NSFCD

Generally Speaking => Artistic Discussion => Topic started by: DededeCloneChris on March 04, 2008, 02:00:26 PM

Title: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 04, 2008, 02:00:26 PM
Chapter 1: START OF DISC 1: A real adventure begins!

Finally, the time has come to invade all the worlds, we will conquer all, we will eliminate anyone who dares to stop us, we will take every world to rule them all, we will be powerful, let the invasion begin...

It was morning, it was very sunny, this story tells about a boy who loves to play videogames and believes in the fantasy. And also, he was very happy when he finally got a game he was waiting for a long time.

He was running in a hurry to his house to play, he didn't want to lose more time and begin the game.

"Hello, I'm Chris, I'm a 16 year old boy who lives all alone in his house, well, not exactly alone, I have someone special there, but to not get sidetracked, let's talk about me. I love to play videogames because they have amazing places to see which you can't find anywhere else, I'm also very smart, and I love to draw too, and now, this day was special, because I got Super Smash Bros Brawl now! Isn't it cool?

After finally reaching his house and panting a little before opening the door, he shouted for someone inside.

"Lucario! I'm home!"

In the terrace, there was a person meditating, when he heard someone calling for him, he smiled a little bit and got up to go.

You won't believe this, that special person was no other than Lucario, how did I met him if he was inside a game? Well, I can't explain that, but it was the fate who decided to let me meet him, but let's talk about him now.

When it was the first day of summer the last year, it was a stormy night and I was alone in the night playing Pok?mon in my DS, after turning off the game while I was looking to the status of Lucario, I placed the DS in the open window and after a while a thunder struck down the DS and from that a Pokeball came out, and inside of it was Lucario, suffering from a fever, I quickly got up and tried to cure him, I placed him in the bed with a wet towel in his forehead and I slept in a chair waiting for his recuperation

The next day, I found myself in the bed instead of Lucario, I thought it was a dream, but it wasn't, because Lucario was to my right looking outside, he saw me in the bed and approached to me, he knelted and told me "I'm grateful to be fine because of you...master"

I told him that it wasn't really necessary to say "Master" to me, but he didn't understand until the third time, and you know what he say after, he wants to stay with me! I have never been so happy in my life before!

Thanks to Lucario, I never was alone, because he was always with me everytime, wanting to know about the real world, there was some mistakes, but he eventually learned them all in no time.

And something that is interesting is this, Lucario has a amazing strength and speed, I knew he is strong, but I never knew he was too strong! On top of that, the most weird thing is, he is as tall as me, weird, isn't? A tall Lucario, just wonderful! He is very proctective, every time I got myself in danger, he jumps and defends me.

Also he got the same likes of videogames, at first, he didn't knew how to play them, but he got very good at it in no time, thanks to me. He is very friendly when you got the time to know him well, that is the most important thing I like from him.


"Did you found it?" Lucario asked.

Chris then placed the game between their eyes "Yep, I got it!" He smiled "Now we can play it together!"

Lucario nodded, but then, he felt a strange presence coming from the game.

"There is something wrong with this game" He said staring at the box.

"Wrong?" Chris asked confused.

"I don't know what it is, but it feels evil"

"Please, that doesn't make any sense, maybe you're too excited to play and you're feelings things inside"

"Maybe"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Ridley on March 04, 2008, 02:04:08 PM
Subspace Emissary is awsome. Can't wait to see how this goes.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 04, 2008, 02:08:24 PM
Quote from: Ridley on March 04, 2008, 02:04:08 PM
Subspace Emissary is awsome. Can't wait to see how this goes.
The first time I see you posting in my stories. O_O
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Ridley on March 04, 2008, 02:11:25 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on March 04, 2008, 02:08:24 PM
Quote from: Ridley on March 04, 2008, 02:04:08 PM
Subspace Emissary is awsome. Can't wait to see how this goes.
The first time I see you posting in my stories. O_O

Yeah I decided to post in more boards than usual.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 04, 2008, 07:12:39 PM
Would this be considered a "sequel" to Lucario and Chris?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 04, 2008, 07:33:17 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on March 04, 2008, 07:12:39 PM
Would this be considered a "sequel" to Lucario and Chris?
It is.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 04, 2008, 07:37:06 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on March 04, 2008, 07:33:17 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on March 04, 2008, 07:12:39 PM
Would this be considered a "sequel" to Lucario and Chris?
It is.

Okay. And did Lucario just call SSBB "evil"? Cause if he did... Well...... >:(
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 04, 2008, 08:47:03 PM
They went to their room and Chris took the disc out of the box.

"See? Nothing seems evil or something" He then placed the disc inside the Wii "Seriously, nothing is happening" And then he selected the game screen.

But something was wrong, the game stopped.

"Huh? Why the game isn't starting?"

"Something is happening in reality" Lucario said.

"That's weird, let me check it" He approached to the Wii and suddenly, a purple light was coming from where the disc was "Strange, when did the light turned purple instead of blue?"

"Look out!" Lucario shouted.

"Why-" The light was shining brightly and a force pushed Chris to the wall, luckily Lucario got him before he could hit the wall.

"What is happening?" Chris asked in terror, suddenly purple lights came from the disc and were flying in a circle in the middle of the room.

"This is getting out of hand!" Chris said, then all the purple lights fired to all the games of Chris's collection and began to glow in a purple aura before fading out.

"I told you, something was wrong with that game you got" Lucario pointed out. Chris approached to the Wii and examined it.

"But, what were those strange lights?" Suddenly, the Wii was shining again, but instead of purple it was this time a yellow light. Chris backed away to where Lucario was. But it stopped glowing, the duo approached curiously to the Wii, and after 3 seconds, 2 big figures appeared and crushed both of them.

"Where are we brother?" One figure asked to the other.

"Crazy, get off me now!" The other one replied in an angrily tone because the other was above him.

Then the 2 started to shake, Lucario was carrying them from him and Chris and he threw them to the floor.

"Phew, I thought I was crushed!" Chris said in relief, then his eyes widened when he saw who were the 2 figures.

"Who are they Chris?" Lucario asked.

"They are...Master Hand and Crazy Hand" He answered, indeed, the 2 figures were the hand of creation Master Hand and the hand of destruction Crazy Hand.

"You know our names? Wait, you're a human!" Master Hand turned to Lucario "And you're a Pok?mon!" Chris and Lucario nodded.

"Humans? I thought Yoshi was a human!" Crazy Hand said.

"Crazy, you don't know how to see the differences now" Master Hand said ashamed of his brother.

Lucario charged up an Aura Sphere in front of his right hand "Ok, you 2 need to tell us what is happening before Lucario kills you" Chris told to both hands.

"Alright alright! We will tell! But first, tell your killer friend to stop charging up that thing!" Master Hand said and Chris told Lucario to stop charging the Aura Sphere.

10 minutes later in the living room with the curtains closed...

"First, we want to know what were those purple lights coming from the disc" Chris asked.

Master Hand cleared his invisible throat before speaking "Those purple lights were the Primids, the culprits for invading all the Subspace Emissary, those evil and foul creatures want to conquer all the worlds by first invading them and then use a Subspace bomb for making their own world, which will be ruled by their boss"

"But how did you 2 got out of the disc?" Lucario asked.

"You see, the disc you 2 have now is very different from the other ones, is a special one, it holds an unbelievable power to transport any living being to any world, if is of fantasy or not" Master Hand pointed out.

"But there wasn't any creature besides you who got here" Chris pointed out.

"That is exactly the goal of the Primids, they want to create their own world and then move their plan to the real world, where they will gain absolute control"

"Absolute control?!" Chris asked in surprise.

Master Hand nodded his hand "That's right, if they make it here, the game is over for everyone!"

Crazy Hand yelled in horror "NOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!"

"Shut up your brother before he can break a window with that voice!" Chris said while he was blocking his ears. Master Hand slapped his insane brother and he calmed down.

"And what about Mario and the others?" Chris asked.

"They were returned to their worlds because they fighted but fell in battle, I used my magical powers to return them, but then me and Crazy needed to escape from the army and we got here, I erased their minds about the event and everything they could remember was erased"

"Wait a minute, then the Primids are hunting them to eliminate them once and for all?"

Master Hand nodded "Yes, they don't want any kind of obstacle to interfere in their plans"

"Did they killed somebody in the process?"

Master Hand looked away to his brother and the 2 nodded "They've killed Lucario"

Chris's and Lucario's eyes widened after hearing this "What? How?" Lucario asked.

"Lucario risked his life for everyone because they shot him with a devastating beam attack before it reached to the others, I couldn't cure him because I don't know how, it was a risky situation, Roy, Pichu and Mewtwo gave their lifes too in the battle"

"This is an outrage! We have to do something before they can kill somebody else!" Chris said angrily.

Master Hand paused for a moment "Then I have a plan, follow me you 2"

The 4 went to the room were the Wii and the games are.

"Chris, Lucario" Master Hand said to the 2 "We have to stop the Primid invasion to the other worlds before they can take them"

"But, how can we go there?" Lucario asked.

Master Hand saw a Wiimote in the desk and pointed at it, he fired a yellow light to the control and it went in front of Chris and Lucario.

"Use this, this control is a key to go to the other worlds" Master Hand said.

"Save them before they vanish!" Crazy Hand said.

"What about you 2?" Chris asked.

"We will do some changes at this place to complete this task" Chris looked at him annoyed "Hey! What are you 2 going to do to my house?"

"Don't worry, we will keep your things in the same position, the only thing that will change will be the space, I mean, we need more space than this!" Master Hand said looking around "And besides, is possible that someone will join us"

Chris opened his mouth "You mean someone can join us to fight this battle?" Master Hand nodded "Alright! I'm in!" Let's go Lucario!"

"As you wish" Lucario said.

"Oh, one last thing before you 2 leave" Master Hand pointed his finger at the 2 and a light shot them and dissapeared.

"What was that?"

"I gave you 2 the ability to change powers"

"Change powers?"

Master Hand nodded "Yes, during your adventures, it will be necessary to gain different abilities to do the fight easier, let's call this a "Job system" for now"

"You know, the Job System is actually a system of Final Fantasy" Chris pointed out.

"Really? Maybe I got the idea from that place" Master Hand blushed a bit.

"No you didn't!" Crazy Hand said.

"Oh shut up Crazy!"

Lucario looked at the games, flashing in a purple light "Where first?"

"Man, you got many games Chris!" Crazy Hand said looking at the games, then he saw some others flashing too "And even the Primids wants to take the worlds from, hmm...." He approached to the weird discs and gasped "Worlds where they didn't have anything to do with the invasion!"

"They want to take the other worlds besides the planned ones! If they managed to do that, everything will be done for!" Master Hand said.

"Then, I want to go to.....EarthBound" Chris said holding the game "EartBound" in his hands.

"So you want to help Ness? Ok, point the Wiimote at the game and then it will transport you to....well...where Ness currently is, be careful though, you need to defeat the Primids and only them, but if by any chance you need to help Ness in his personal things, then you have to do it until the Primids are defeated, then return here by calling us"

"How?" Chris asked.

"Oh just go there now and I will send you something!"

Chris stared at Master Hand before rolling his eyes, then he pointed the Wiimote to the game, Lucario placed his hand in Chris's left shoulder and a light came from the control and struck the game, a light was surrounding the 2 and they dissapeared.

"Now Crazy, let's do some changes at this place!" Master Hand said as Crazy nodded.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 05, 2008, 11:21:08 AM
Chapter 2: EarthBound, the tutorial

After going to EarthBound, the duo landed in Winters.

"I should have taken our scarfs if we knew where we were going to land" Chris said sneezing a little.

However, Lucario felt a little strange.

"What is it Lucario?" Chris turned to Lucario, but his eyes widened when Lucario was more tiny but still he was taller than Chris "Hey, when did you get so big?"

"And when were you tiny and had those eyes?"

"What do you mean-" Chris gasped when he saw his body tiny than the last time, his head was big but his body was almost of the same size as the head, his eyes were now wider instead of being round "Master Hand! What happened to us?!"

A book fell from the sky and Lucario took it.

"This is a...tutorial?"

"Let me see!" Lucario gave the book to Chris, indeed, the book is a tutorial, he opened the book and readed it loud.

Welcome young travelers, so it seems you have been traveling to other worlds huh? Well, this helpful guide will help you in all your doubts, just go to the next page to learn how to venture in all the worlds

"I hope this does help us in any way!" Chris flipped the page.

The first thing you will notice is a process called transformation, this happens if the world you are currently visiting has a different kind of air (example: if you go to a world where everything even the people looks sharper, you will look sharper too, if you go to a world where everything is so tiny, you will be tiny too) however, if someone who is from another world and travels to another world, the differences will be lesser

"That explains your situation Lucario" Chris pointed out.

Job System

This system allows you to change abilities, depending of the place you currently are, is possible to learn the abilities of that world, for example, if there is a place where, let's say, strength is more lethal, you can learn it too, if there is a place where magic can be learned, you can learn it too, also, if you manage to get a least an ability, you will change your uniform with the uniform for that job

To select a job, first you need to navigate through the world and find someone who can teach to you, be warned, some persons can learn more jobs than others

"I'm totally useless in this state then" Chris said looking at the floor.

Rules of traveling

Every world has his own way to travel, but the most important thing is the type of form to travel, for example, some worlds needs to be traveled by fighting monsters in turns, while others needs to be traveled using items and defeating enemies in the open field

However, when you're fighting the Primids, you will fight them in a phenomenon called "Sidescroller" this happens when you want to fight a Primid and you need to defeat them by dealing damage to them and then blasting them off with a strong impact, there are some Primids which have health instead of a "Damage meter" so you need to be careful in all times


"I think this is enough, I'll keep this in my pocket" Chris said keeping the book inside his pocket.

"But what if we need to read more?" Lucario asked.

"Nobody reads the manual the first time they have the game in their hands anyway"

"Look, someone is jumping that fence in that building" Lucario said looking at 2 kids near a building with uniforms.

"Jeff, promise me you will be careful in your journey" The kid with a hat, red hair and uniform inside the fence said to the other, his name is Tony.

"Thanks, I will do everything to save Paula and Ness, cover me in the classes" The other one, Jeff, a little boy with glasses and blond hair with a uniform of school said to Tony.

"Ok! Good luck in your journey then!" Tony said waving his hand to Jeff, while he was entering the school as Jeff was walking alone to a store near the school.

"Should we go now?" Lucario asked.

"Yes, let's go!" Both of them ran towards the store. Jeff got out with a monkey chewing a bubble gum.

"Hmm, what do I have here? A kid and his dog" Jeff said looking at Chris and his dog. Lucario glared at Jeff.

"Errhm, he is not a dog, he is Lucario" Chris pointed out.

"Oh, sorry to be a little rude then, if you 2 excuse me, I have to rescue 2 friends from some zombies in a creepy town" Jeff walked out, but Chris grabbed his shoulder.

"Wait, we want to go with you"

"Really? I would appreciate that, but may I ask why?"

"Because along the way there are evil creatures and we want to defeat them" Chris said.

"Hmm, your assistance could be helpful then, but what can you and that do-I mean, Lucario do?"

Lucario approached to a tree and punched it, then the tree was torn apart and fell to the ground.

"Wow, interesting, your strength could be useful" Jeff remarked.

"Alright, is a deal!" Chris said happily.

"But what can you do?" Jeff asked.

"Well, for the moment I can't do anything because I need to learn a skill first" Chris said dissapointed.

"...That is not important, but you can come too if you want to find that skill"

"Ok" Chris smiled.

"Then off we go" Jeff said as the quartet (Including the monkey) left to the woods of Winters......until they come across a enemy!

Gruff Goat

Jeff  Chris  Lucario
48    59      189

Gruff Goat stomps on Jeff!

Jeff receives 8 damage!

Jeff uses his Pop Gun!

Gruff Goat receives 18 damage!

Chris defends!

Bubble monkey spits in Gruff Goat's eyes!

Gruff Coat receives 12 damage!

Lucario punches Gruff Goat!

Gruff Goat receives 239 damage! It became tame!

YOU WON!

Jeff and company receives 20 EXP points!

Jeff level up!

HP by 4!
Offense by 2!
Defense by 1!
Speed by 3!
Oh baby! Guts by 5!
Luck by 1!
Vitality by 3!
Oh baby! IQ by 6!

"Wow, that is the style of traveling in this game" Chris said.

"Excuse me, but what game?" Jeff asked.

"Nothing! Nothing!"

The quartet then finds a investigation camp inside the woods.

"Hello travelers! We're the Tessie Watching Club!" One man said.

"We currently are investigating the legend of the legendary monster of this lake, Tessie, do you want to know about it?" Another man said to the quartet.

"Well, we're in a hurry now, so maybe later" Chris said.

"Ok! But if you want to know, come to us!" Suddenly the Bubble Monkey runs away to the lake "Hey you! Come here, I spent my hard earned $1 dollar on you!" Jeff said chasing the monkey.

"...Hard earned $1 dollar?" Chris and Lucario said in unison, then they went after Jeff and the monkey.

After catching the Bubble Monkey, he was trying to grab something from Jeff's pocket. And he took a bubble gum from it "This is not the time for chewing gum!" Chris said.

Suddenly, from the lake, a head came out, revealing to be the legendary Tessie.

"Speaking of the devil" Lucario muttered to himself.

"Interesting, Lucario just spoke to himself" Jeff said moving his glasses, staring at Lucario in awe.

"Hey watchers! Here is Tessie!" Chris yelled to the watchers.

"Wait! We can't go without our notepads and stuff!" A voice yelled from a tent, then a crash was heard "Wait a minute!" The Bubble Monkey made a bubble, then Jeff grabbed the monkey and Lucario grabbed Chris jumping in Tessie's head, then Tessie moved to another place with the quartet in top of his head.

"Poor watchers, they didn't saw Tessie" Jeff pointed out.

"Strange, we have been travelling for a time and there is no clues about the Primids yet" Chris said to Lucario.

"I'm not sure if they are waiting for us" Lucario said.

"Who are those Primids things?" Jeff asked.

"The Primids are foul creatures who want to take over the world including this one"

"Wait, when you mean including this one do you mean there are other worlds besides this?" Jeff asked.

"Indeed" Lucario answered.

"This is quite interesting, I must research more for this"

"Look! I see land!" Chris said pointing to safe land (For now) The quartet jumped off from Tessie's head and he went away to the lake.

"HELP!!!" Someone yelled from afar. Lucario ran in a hurry towards where the voice was coming.

"Hey wait for us!" Chris said with Jeff and the Bubble Monkey following behind.

Preview of the next chapter

Hello, my name is Jeff, wow, those Primids are invading the Brick Road, what a boring place to invade actually, but Chris and Lucario take the business too serious, there is something interesting from them? And what is that bomb with the countdown in the middle of the road? I must research this deeper to find out, next time: Invasion! The Primids attack!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 05, 2008, 04:15:35 PM
New chapter above.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 05, 2008, 05:38:16 PM
Heh. Pretty good. Yay Earthbound! ^_^
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Oren on March 06, 2008, 05:44:17 PM
very nice! :) i like it
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 06, 2008, 07:01:54 PM
Chapter 3: Invasion! The Primids attack!

Chris, Jeff and the Bubble Monkey reaches where the voice came from. Lucario was helping a guy to stand up.

"There are evil purple monsters inside the Brick Road!" The man told the quartet "I'm Brickroad, the dungeon master by the way"

"Did you see anything else?" Chris asked.

"Well, I saw those weird robots carrying a bomb with a red X mark on it" Brickroad pointed out. Then Lucario ran inside the Brick Road.

"Geez, he doesn't even waits for us didn't he?" Jeff asked. Then the other 3 ran inside.

(A/N: Is more interesting if you read the chapters while playing the music for the part)

Snowman

Chris's. Lucario's and Jeff's heads appears below the screen with 0%, and the whole place turns into a sidescroller.

GET READY!

Primids appears from the roof holding blue lightsabers, however, Lucario acts quickly and starts to beat them up.

"If I can calculate the radius of the trayectory of the Bottle Rocket..." Jeff said using a rocket and directing it towards a group of 5 Primids, it explodes and blast them away "Then this would be quite easy.

"I can't do anything yet, I don't know any attack!" Chris said.

"Then use the help of the Bubble Monkey" Jeff pointed out, the Bubble Monkey was just standing in front of Chris chewing gum.

"Uh, spit gum in those Primids over there" Chris pointed to 3 Primids and the Bubble Monkey spitted gum in their eyes, and somehow they began to attack each other and destroy themselves "I will think about why those Primids are so dangerous"

"I can see that X bomb Brickroad told us about" Jeff said moving his glasses looking at the bomb with a countdown of 3:00 minutes.

"Hiiiiiya!" Lucario punched with great force to the bomb, but it didn't budge at all "What?" He continued punching it but without any success "I can't destroy this thing!"

And more Primids appeared surrounding the 4.

"Hmm, this bomb will be quite a challenge to disable, protect me while you're fighting the Primids" Jeff started to check the bomb to find any part to disable while Chris, Lucario and the Bubble Monkey were fighting.

"There, there and there too!" Chris was commading the attacks to the Bubble Monkey and every attack hit the Primids's eyes, destroying themselves with the blue lightsabers "They're pretty stupid you know" He pointed out.

Lucario was surrounded by 8 Primids, they pilled themselves above him, but he lifted them up and threw them of the screen. But unfortunately, the Bubble Monkey ran out of gum. And 5 Primids were surrounding Chris and the Bubble Monkey.

"Help!" Chris yelled, Lucario used Extremespeed to beat them in a flash "Thanks!" Chris smiled at Lucario.

"By my analysis, the way to disable this bomb is..." Jeff ducked and saw a little button with the "Turn Off" words in it and pressed it "by pressing this button" The bomb turns off and the screen fades with a crowd cheering at the heros.

Music ends

"Thank you for your help! I didn't knew there were 4 persons like you coming this way!" Brickroad said happily.

"We were just doing our work, that's all" Chris said rubbing the back of his head. Suddenly, the Subspace bomb turns into a ray machine and the only one noticing is the Bubble Monkey, the he grabs Jeff's left hand.

"Wait a minute please" Jeff said, the Bubble Monkey then grabs Chris's left hand "Not now, we can't ignore this guy" He muttered to the monkey, the Bubble Monkey gets annoyed, then grabs Lucario's left hand "What do you want?" He asked, the monkey points his finger to the bomb, Lucario turns his head and his eyes widens.

"I don't know how to repay you however" Brickroad said in dissapointment "Wait, what is that sound?" He asked looking around, Jeff turns his head and sees the ray beam pointing at Lucario with a countdown of 0:10 "Lucario, move out now!" Chris said.

"I...I can't! When I saw that ray my body froze up suddenly!" Lucario couldn't move at all, at the beam was at 0:07. Jeff ran to the machine and examined it "I can't dissactivate it with this time!" He said touching many buttons at the same time. The countdown was now at 0:03 and Lucario was trying to move, but it didn't do any effect.

"No!" Chris ran towards the front of the ray and blocked Lucario, the ray shoots a purple light and hits Chris punching him to the other side of the road, the ray machine explodes and Lucario can move now. He runs towards the other side with Jeff, the Bubble Monkey and Brickroad following behind.

"Chris!" Lucario yells when he spots Chris, but he was shoudred in a purple ball and then shines, everyone block their eyes and when it stops, there was a tiny person besides Chris in the floor.

"Where....am I..." The person opened his eyes, and he sees Jeff, the Bubble Monkey and Brickroad standing in front of him "I'm lost?" But however, he sees Lucario and his eyes widens "A monster! Somebody help me!" He rans outside the Brick Road, and then he enters to a cave.

"Where is Chris? And who was that kid?" Lucario asked.

Jeff moves his glasses "It may seems odd, but that kid was Chris in reality"

"What?" Lucario looks at Jeff.

"Indeed, he is Chris, that tiny kid was wearing the same clothes and his skin color was the same as Chris's, that ray must have taken away some years from him, now he is a 5 year old boy, less or more"

"But why did he ran off when he saw me? He didn't recognized me?" Lucario asked.

"Probably because Chris didn't knew about you in that age and he took you as a monster, I mean, If I were a 6 year old boy I could have run away if I see you standing in front of me" Then Lucario ran outside and heads inside the cave "Do you ever wait for the others just for one time?" Jeff asked annoyed.

"He should be careful, that cave is not ordinary, that's the Pond Cave" Brickroad pointed out "I heard there are mysterious things going on inside"

"Thanks for the information sir" Jeff left the Brick Road with the bubble Monkey following "See you in another cave and good luck in your journey!" Brickroad yelled at them.

Meanwhile inside the Pond Cave...

"Daddy? Mommy? Where are you? I'm alone..." Chris said shivering at the dark place. Suddenly 5 animated mushrooms appears and surrounds him in a corner "Help! I don't want to be hurted!" He ducked in terror and closed his eyes, he was about to cry until he felt something falling above him and he heard some punches and things breaking.

"Huh?" He opened his eyes and saw someone punching the last mushroom and it became a normal mushroom again. He standed up and it was Lucario who was punching them, then he approached towards Lucario.

"You're not going to run away from me?" Lucario asked worried, but instead of running away, Chris hugged his leg "Huh?"

"Daddy! I knew you would come to rescue me!" Chris said happily, Lucario just blinked confused at the situation.

"Sorry, but I'm not your father, I'm Lucario"

Chris backed away and he made a sad face, Lucario quickly acted before the first tear could come "...Fine fine...I'm your father" Chris hugged his leg again "Daddy Lucario!" He yelled happily.

Then Jeff along with the Bubble Monkey came and saw Chris hugging Lucario's left leg "Did I miss something?"

"(Chris thinks I'm his father)" Lucario said to Jeff's mind through telepathy.

"(So you can also talk through telepathy, interesting)" Jeff said moving his glasses "(He thinks you're his father now? What did you do to made him think that?)"

"(I defeated 5 monsters who were going to attack him)"

"(Hmm, now I think you should take care of him while I search for a cure for this predicament)"

"(There is a way to cure him?)" Lucario asked.

"(I don't exactly know, but I will do everything in my hands, but don't rush me at my work)"

"(Fine, I'm counting on you)" Lucario closed his eyes and nodded.

"Daddy Lucario, can we leave this place? Is creepy" Chris asked. Lucario placed his hand over Chris's head and rubbed it "Yes" Lucario smiled a little bit.

And so, our 4 heroes continued their journey in the depths of the Pond Cave of Winters.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Lucario"

"I'm Jeff"

"Why this is happening to me? We got rid of the Primids but Chris is now a 6 year old boy, and I need to take care of him wherever he feels sad or about to cry"

"But I've seen you have enjoying it wherever Chris smiles at you"

"I'm still his best friend, it makes me happy if I'm with him"

"Fortunately, I think I should have found the solution very soon"

"I wish for it to happen soon"

"Next time: Daddy Lucario? Protect me!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 07, 2008, 12:26:31 PM
Chapter 4: Daddy Lucario? Protect me!

To change the things a little besides our 4 heros, let's see what are Ness and Paula doing below Threed

"...Sooooo Paula, what do you do in your free time?" Asked Ness.

"Sometimes I help my mom with her kinder to calm down the kids"

"Oh" There was a moment of silence between the 2 PK kids.

"...And what is your favorite food?" Paula asked.

"Steak, my mom knows what I like" Ness answered.

Another moment of silence.

"Do you think you can call Jeff again if he's heading here?" Ness asked.

"I used the last of my mind to call him, I only hope he can make it here" Paula answered.

Then another moment of silence passed. A kricket was making sounds.

"Do you ever remove your cap Ness?"

"...Now that I think about it, I always remove my cap when I go to sleep, but I don't remove it until bed time"

"Oh" She said only that.

Silent moment before spoking.

"Do you know who is the other fourth kid?" Ness asked.

"I think I know his name, but I forgot, but it rhymes with poo"

"That is gross, who has a name like that?"

"Ask his parents genius" Paula said.

Moment of silence.

"Isn't weird that the Graveyard is above us?" Ness asked.

"Why are you asking that anyway? Remember that we fought a trash can?" Paula asked.

"...Oh...right, that is also weird, how a trash can can have hatred deep inside?"

"Probably because his owner didn't recycled him yet, there were a lot of gross things in there" Paula shuddered at the thought on her head.

Moment of silence.

"...Do you want to play what is thinking the other person?" Ness asked.

"No, we can read people's minds, that would be cheating"

"That's not cheating, that's strategy" Ness pointed out.

"I hate when people says that" Paula said annoyed.

"How about if we lift a rock with our psychic attack and see who can lift if the most time?"

"I'm in then" Both of them grabbed a tiny rock above their fingers, looking at each other. Although that will take a long time for sure.

Meanwhile in Winters, inside the Pond Cave

The Bubble Monkey threw a rope to the other 3, Jeff climbed first and last, because Lucario grabbed Chris and jumped to the top.

"There is air coming near here, the exit should be near then" Lucario pointed out.

"What is that shiny light?" Chris asked pointing at a strange light blocking a exit.

"I don't know, but the exit is in the opposite direction" Jeff said looking at the exit, Chris ran outside alone "Just how energetic was Chris in his childhood?" Jeff asked with the Bubble Monkey and Lucario following behind.

"Aaahhhhhhh! Snow!" Chris said noticing all the snow in the floor and running to a side a picking a little, Jeff, Lucario and the Bubble Monkey got out of the cave. Suddenly a female monkey with a ribbon in her head walks just in front of the 3 and the Bubble Monkey catch a sight of her.

"Kye uki kukye..." The Bubble Monkey said.

"What did he said?" Jeff asked.

"He said that she is his type" Lucario pointed out, then the Bubble Monkey ran towards the female monkey and the 2 ran away, the Bubble Monkey waves his hand at the 2 and dissapears out of view with her. Then someone throws a snowball to Lucario's face.

"Who just threw this snowball at me?" Lucario asked wiping out the snow out of his face.

"Chris did it" Jeff answered, Chris was laughing and holding several snowballs in his hands, then he threw one behind a stone and someone yelled in pain, at that was a Cave Boy, he spots Chris and roars, then he rans towards him with his mace in hand, Chris gasps and runs away terrorized, but he trips and cries and the Cave Boy was about to hit him, but Lucario standed in front of him and the mace hit him, but somehow the mace broke in half when it touched Lucario's arm, he retaliated and punched the Cave Boy hard in his stomach, sending him to a tree and fainting in the process.

YOU WON!

Jeff and company gains 618 EXP points!

Jeff level up!

Jeff level up!

Jeff level up!

Jeff level up!

Jeff level up!

Oh baby! HP by 30!
Offense by 17!
Defense by 14!
Oh baby! Speed by 25!
Guts by 10!
Luck by 3!
Oh baby! Vitality by 26!
Oh baby! IQ by 27!

"Daddy Lucario! Thank you!" Chris said with a smile.

"Just when did your strength grew up suddenly?" Jeff asked.

"What are you talking about?" Lucario asked.

"I remember the battle againts that Gruff Goat and your force was inferior than this time, I calculated that strength and it multiplied by 3 or 4 somehow when you punched that Cave Boy" Jeff said moving his glasses.

"I just wanted to save Chris, that is all"

"Perhaps your desire for saving Chris made you so strong is such little time, but just temporaly" Jeff spots a building away from the stones "I don't see anything more than that building over there, we should enter" He went to the building. Lucario nodded.

"Daddy Lucario, can you carry me please?" Chris asked.

"No" He said, Chris made another sad face and Lucario gave up again like the last time and rolled his eyes "Fine" He grabbed Chris and placed him in his left shoulder. He hugged his left ear in happiness. "(What did I do to deserve this?)" He thought while walking inside the building.

"Visitors?" A man in a lab coat asked as he saw Jeff, Lucario and Chris entering inside "Wait a minute...I remember those glasses and that blond hair somewhere before...is it you...Jeff...my son?" He asked approaching to Jeff.

"You're my father? Wow, it was quite bad of you leaving me alone" Jeff remarked moving his glasses "But the only thing that matters is that I've found you at last...althought I didn't went to search for you in the first place"

"Oh, right, hehe, sorry about that" He said moving his glasses "Oh, I forgot to introduce myself, I'm Dr Andonuts, meaning your surname is Jeff Andonuts" Dr Andonuts pointed out, then he sees Lucario carrying a kid who was hugging his ear "When did you tamed that monster with the kid?"

"He is not a monster, he is my daddy Lucario!" Chris said angrily.

"...Did that kid just said that this mons-I mean, Lucario is his father? I don't see any similarities between them" Dr Andonuts said.

"Well..." Jeff explained it all to his father "And that's the gist of it"

"So Chris was transformed into his 6 year old self by accident and you want to find a cure?" Dr Andonuts asked, Jeff nodded "I have a machine for that kind of predicament, only problem is that is not finished yet, do you want to build it?"

"Yes" Jeff answered.

"Ok, then son, grab that machine over there, but it will be hard to complete if you don't have the neccessary tools"

"Is not a problem actually, I can finish it in less time that I expected"  Jeff said moving his glasses while looking at the broken machine "Oh, I almost forgot, dad do you know a way to go to Threed?"

"The only way to go there is by using the Sky Runner" Dr Andonuts pointed to a weird looking ship "Is already finished, you and those 2 can go, but do you know how to use it?"

Jeff was looking inside the ship, he placed the broken machine inside "Is not so hard to ride, we can go now right?"

"Of course" Dr Andonuts said as Lucario went inside the ship with Chris still grabbing his ear, the Sky Runner blasted off to the sky "Good luck" Dr Andonuts said as the ship was getting away in the sky.

"We should arrive to Threed in 2 hours at this rate, meanwhile I'll fix this machine" Jeff said repairing the broken machine.

"Look! There is a lot of clouds outside daddy!" (You know who) said pointing to a group of clouds.

"Is a pretty view from here" Lucario said.

1 hour later.

"We're above a city now!" Chris was pointing to a city below.

"That must be Fourside" Jeff pointed out, still, repairing the machine "Is the biggest city in Eagleland"

"It says something in that sign" Lucario readed the sign with a picture of a fat kid with blond hair blocking his eyes and a gold teeth making a thumbs up ""If your name is Ness, get out of here immediately!"?"

"How can a sign can have those kinds of words?" Chris asked.

"Ask the fat kid in the sign" Lucario said.

"Hey you fat kid! What's that suppose to mean?" Chris yelled at the sign.

"Shut up you stupid kid!" Yelled a voice from a building with the letters "Monotoli" Chris hid behind Lucario in terror and he got out of the Sky Runner and charged up an Aura Sphere firing it towards where the voice was coming from "AHHH!!!" Yelled the voice. Lucario got inside again.

"Awwww, I'm tired" Chris let out his breath before sleeping in the floor, he started to sneeze a little, Lucario grabbed Chris and placed his head above his waist, above his yellow fur and Chris smiled before sleeping.

"(Look like Lucario is very protective over Chris's sake)" Jeff though to himself. Lucario also was tired and he slept too, he placed his hand in Chris's back before sleeping.

59 minutes later after crossing a dessert, the ship started to shake violently, Chris and Lucario woke up and Chris hugged Lucario in terror.

"What is going on?!" Lucario yelled and asked.

"We're running out of fuel! My dad forgot to add the fuel!" Jeff answered holding the broken machine.

"Daddy!!! I'm scared!!!"

"Don't worry, hold on to me!"

"We're going to need to have a dangerous landing, hang on to something! I'll direct the impact site in...that cemetery!"

And so the 3 landed abruptaly in the Graveyard and they made a hole in it, by coincidence inside the hole were Ness and Paula still holding psychically the rocks in their fingers, but when the Sky Runner came from the roof, they stopped in shock.

"Cough cough cough" Both were coughing by the smoke, 3 figures stepped outside the ship. The smoke cleared out, revealing 3 black figures.

"Seems we have survived somehow" Jeff took out his glasses to clear them with his uniform.

"I'm all black!" Chris said.

"Paula, so who won?" Ness asked.

"You dropped your rock first, so I win" Paula said proudly.

"That's not true, you dropped it first, so I win!" Ness said pointing at himself.

"Are they aware of us?" Lucario (Who was all black) asked.

"Uh, guys? I'm Jeff" Jeff said. Ness and Paula turn their heads "Jeff!" Paula said hugging Jeff, he blushed a little.

"Alright, I'm here, so what do you want?" Jeff asked.

"We're trapped and we need you to open that door" Ness pointed to the door.

"Convenient, I have the Key Broken Machine to open it" Jeff aproached to the door and unlocked it using the Bad Key Machine "There, we can escape now"

"Way to go Jeff!" Ness said with a smile "Who are those 2 by the way?"

"Them? They are friends I met along the way, the little kid is Chris and the other one is Lucario"

Paula approached to Lucario "So, you tamed a monster and he has been traveling with you?"

"Why do people keep saying I'm a monster?!" Lucario yelled and asked annoyed, Chris got scared and hid behind him "I didn't meant to scare you Chris" He came back in front with a sigh of relief.

"Whoa, he just spoke!" Ness said in surprise.

Paula touched Lucario's spikes, fur, hands and legs "It is real and not a person disguised"

"Are you done inspecting me?" Lucario asked.

"Pretty much" Paula answered.

"I think we should get out of here first, let's go!" Ness said leaving the room, with Paula, Jeff, Lucario and Chris following behind.

And they eventually made it out there.

"I never thought you could be so strong Lucario!" Ness said.

"Thanks to Chris because he trained me" Lucario looked at Chris and he smiled a bit at him, Chris closed his eyes and smiled to him.

"So what do we do now?" Jeff asked.

"We should ask around the town to gather information about the zombies and eliminate them once and for all" Paula stated.

"Zo-zo-zombies?!" Chris hid behind Lucario again "I don't want to be eaten by zombies!"

"No zombie will ever eat you if I'm around" Lucario said putting his hand in Chris's head, Chris smiled and nodded.

After a while of asking around.

"You know, there is a mysterious tent to the south, why mysterious? It wasn't there before!" A guy told the 5 heros. They walked towards the south and they found a violet tent.

"A circus!" Chris said walking inside the tent, but suddenly, a evil face came from the tent and Chris yelled terrorized inside of it.

"Chris!" Lucario said.

"Wait! We have to defeat that monster first!" Ness stated.

Boogey tent

Ness   Paula   Jeff   Lucario
121      98       82      189

Ness attacks!

Boogey tent receives 66 damage!

Boogey tent uses PK Flash Alpha!

It has no effect on Ness!

It has no effect on Paula!

Jeff suddenly collapses!

It has no effect in Lucario!

Paula uses PK Freeze!

Boogey tent receives 119 damage!

"Daddy! Is scary in here!" Chris yelled inside the tent, Lucario's strength goes up!

Lucario attacks!

SMAAAAASHHH!!!!!

Boogey tent receives 638 damage! It dissappears!

YOU WON!

Ness and company receives 5500 EXP points!

Paula level up!

HP by 3!
Offense by 2!
Defense by 3!
Speed by 2!
Guts by 4!
Luck by 1!
Vitality by 4!
Oh baby! IQ by 6!

After the battle, the tent dissappears and Lucario runs towards Chris who was crying.

"It was scary daddy!" Lucario grabbed Chris and placed him in his shoulder "Is fine now, you're with me" Chris calmed down and wiped out his tears.

"Hmm, what is inside that trash can?" Ness opened the trash can, inside, there is a Jar of Fly Honey! Ness picked up the Jar of Fly Honey.

"Let me guess, we will use this later as we do with the other things right?" Paula asked "Obvious" Ness said.

"Uh, guys? Can we go to the hospital? I'm a ghost" Jeff said, sure enough, he was a ghost with a halo, Chris saw him a cried again.

"Hurry! I can't tolerate his cries when he is near my ears!" Lucario yelled.

After going to the hospital and being magically revived, Ness's Receiver Phone starts ringing and he responds it, it was the Apple Kid telling about his new invention "The Zombie paper" which attracts zombies and sticks them to the floor, he hangs up and suddenly a Mach Pizza guy cames with the Zombie Paper, he hands it to Ness.

They went inside a normal tent (Chris hugged Lucario's ear more tightly after the incident) and Paula told the residents to evacuate the tent, they placed the Zombie paper in the floor, after 10 minutes of waiting, all the zombies came inside the tent and got sticked up in the floor.

"It works!" Ness said.

"See Chris? All the zombies were defeate-" Lucario stopped when he saw that Chris wasn't in his shoulder anymore "Chris?! Where are you?!" He looked around, glaring at everything he was seeing.

"Daddy!" Chris yelled from the woods inside the Graveyard, ghosts were carrying him inside a basement and ran (Or floated) inside. Lucario heared the yelling and he quickly ran off towards the Graveyard.

"Hey wait for us!" Ness said running behind Lucario "Is useless, I've keep saying that to him and he never understands" Jeff said running behind Ness "They took Chris in that basement that me and Ness were trying to enter!" Paula pointed out running behind Jeff.

Preview of the next chapter

"Hello everyone, I'm Paula"

"I'm Ness!"

"I'm Lucario"

"They took Chris inside that basement didn't they?"

"Yep, they want to do something to him"

"If they ever hurt him, they will die when I catch them"

"Hey calm down, we need to find his whereabouts as soon as possible"

"What's with this weird village with those creatures?"

"Maybe they saw where did they took Chris"

"Probably"

"There are a lot of them, so I expect someone saw him"

"It makes me feel more saf-"

"Did I hear someone crying from afar?"

"I did too"

"That's it, they are so dead!" He shuckles his hands and runs away.

"Hey Lucario! Wait for us, weren't not as fast as you are!" She runs away.

"Next time:Primids's second attack! The vomit monster appears!" He runs away as well.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Ridley on March 07, 2008, 12:43:56 PM
Not bad Chris.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Oren on March 07, 2008, 04:07:50 PM
good! as allways
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 07, 2008, 05:32:12 PM
I agree with Ridley and Oren! ^_^
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 07, 2008, 06:08:43 PM
A lot of modifications were done to Chapter 4.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Oren on March 08, 2008, 03:06:16 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on March 07, 2008, 06:08:43 PM
A lot of modifications were done to Chapter 4.
i see... thats alot diffrent
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 08, 2008, 04:57:28 PM
Chapter 5: Primids's second attack! The vomit monster appears!

They went inside the basement, or rather a cave, fighting all the monsters in the way, but before getting out, a little pink blob blocks them.

"You will not (Burp) pass, I'm the Mini Barf" Said the Mini Barf.

"Gross" Paula replied.

"Giygas sure has gross and disgusting underlings" Ness pointed out.

"Let's ignore him and climb that ladde-" Jeff was interrupted because the Mini Barf exhaled a blast of stinky breath at him and he began crying "Why did you do that?!" Jeff asked angrily.

"You won't (Burp) either beat me" He then exhaled stinky breath at everyone, but Lucario got unharmed "Stay still, I can't (Burp) exhale my breath to yo-" Lucario stepped on him, defeating him instantly "I hate you (Burp) all"

YOU WON!

Ness and company receives 7521 EXP points!

Ness level up!

HP by 4!
Offense by 3!
Defense by 2!
Speed by 2!
Guts by 3!
Luck by 1!
Vitality by 3!
IQ by 1!

After easily defeating the Mini Barf, the group continued their path until they reached the Grapefruit Falls. A man was near the cave.

"Excuse me, did you see ghosts carrying a little kid?" Paula asked.

"Hmm, I remember some ghosts carrying a little kid, and apparently, he was crying......loud" The man answered. Lucario made a fist "Oh, do you want anything? I sell neat things"

After shopping....

"Thank you, come again!"

They continued in their journey again, beating again all the monsters in the way (Lucario was a lot of help) and they found another cave.

"There is not another cave near here besides this one" Jeff moved his glasses "Let's enter"

A lot of Violent Cockroaches were inside the cave, it was easy to beat them. And they eventually got in the other side....finding a very weird village with walking heads with ribbons in their heads.

"We have visitors again boing?!" One approached to them "And they even tame beast boing!"

"Next time I hear someone calling me a beast or a monster, I'm going to kill somebody" Lucario muttered to himself. Ness shuddered a little in fear.

"Welcome to Saturn Valley, boing! Mr Saturn lives here in harmony boing! Until monsters made of barfs came here boing!" Mr Saturn said.

"Did you see a little kid being carried by monsters?" Paula asked.

"I see little kid being carried by monsters boing! He yelling too hard boing! Shouting "Daddy Lucario, help me!!!!" boing! Water, no, a lot of water coming from little kid's eyes boing!" Mr Saturn replied.

Lucario showed his fangs angrily at another way.

"Did you see where did they took him?" Ness asked this time.

"Mr Saturn doesn't know boing! But ask Mr Saturns in village boing! They may know something boing!" And so, the four heros asked around the villlage for clues, until they found a Mr Saturn with a clue.

"If you want to go to Belch's Factory, go to waterfall and ask to someone there, but when you ask him, don't say or don't press buttons for 3 minutes, then you enter Belch's factory boing!" Mr Saturn (Not the same one of course) told them "Also, I see some Mr Saturns were kidnapped boing! Please save Mr Saturns and we tell you our secret boing!"

They returned to the Grapefruit Falls, they went inside the waterfall and someone inside asked "Say the password!"

3 minutes later without saying anything...

"Okay...you may enter" And the door of the factory opened up. When Lucario stepped inside, he glowed "..."

"Daddy! Daddy! Help me! I don't want to die! Help me!" Lucario heard the cries for help, he glared and ran towards where the voice was coming from "You know what? I'm not even asking him again, screw it!" Jeff said annoyed. Ness and Paula stared at him a while before running.

Inside the factory however, there were Primids too!

Humoresque of a little dog (A/N: I know, I don't even know why this music is in Brawl, because it doesn't fits for fight, but still, is catchy!)

Lucario's, Ness's, Paula's and Jeff's faces appear in the screen.

"PK Thunder!" Shouted Paula, firing at one Primid and blasting him off.

"PK Flash!" Shouted Ness firing at a group of 4 Primids and blastin them off too.

Suddenly, a Roader appears and rushes over Jeff "By my calculations, if I can dodge him in the exact-" He was interrupted because the Roader ran over him "And If I can stop saying my thoughts out loud, I could have dodged him" Lucario punched the Roader and it was sent off screen "Thanks for your assistance" Jeff remarked moving his glasses.

They move forward and 3 more Roaders appears, Paula uses her PK Fire to blast them off "Good move Paula! Can you teach me how to do that?" Ness asked "Sure, but after we defeat Giygas" She replied, Ness nodded.

However, when they were about to reach the end, a Big Primid appeared behind Jeff and punched him, he went off screen and Lucario, Ness and Paula were alone againts it.

"PK Flash!"

"PK Thunder!"

Lucario charged up an Aura Sphere and fired it to the Big Primid. The 3 attacks collided to the Big Primid and he dissapeared. They crossed inside a corridor, Jeff came back, following them.

"Daddy! Help me!" A familiar voice yelled from the other side, Lucario started to run faster and he made it to the other side. He saw Chris all tied up in chains upside-down above a pool of acid "Chris!" Lucario yelled running towards him, however, a big pile of green vomit blocked Lucario.

"Sorry (Burp), you can (Burp) leave him alone (Burp) above the pool (Burp) I'm Belch (Burp) the leader of this (Burp) factory, and also (Burp) Giygas's second in (Burp) command, this kid is a (Burp) good sacrifice for (Burp) master Giygas" Belch said, burping all the way.

"Let me rescue him now or you will die!" Lucario said angrily, showing his fangs, Ness, Paula and Jeff came from behind. Lucario punched Belch in his...body, but it didn't do any effect "What?"

"I'm invisible (Burp)" Belch pointed out, however, he smells something in the air "Is that smell (Burp) by any chance (Burp) Fly honey?" Ness took out the Jar of Fly Honey "This you mean?"

"Yes, yes! Give (Burp) it to me!" Ness threw at him the jar "Oh sweet (Burp) fly honey, my only (Burp) weakness to make me (Burp) not invisible....(Burp) oh crap" The four heros rushed at him.

Belch

Ness    Paula    Jeff    Lucario
150       123     103      189

Ness uses PK Rockin Beta!

Belch takes 89 damage!

Jeff uses a Bottle Rocket!

Belch takes 120 damage!

Belch exhales a stinky breath!

Ness starts crying!

Paula starts crying!

Jeff starts crying!

It has no effect in Lucario!

Paula attacks!

It misses!

Lucario attacks!

It misses!

Belch falls above the group!

Ness takes 30 damage!

Paula takes 45 damage!

Jeff takes 34 damage!

Lucario takes 12 damage!

Ness attacks!

It misses!

Jeff attacks!

It misses!

Paula attacks!

It misses!

Lucario attacks!

Belch takes 120 damage!

"Lower the (Burp) chains to the pool!" Belch said, the chains holding Chris are coming closer to the pool!

"Chris!" Lucario yelled, however, Belch calls a bunch of Slimy Little Piles over the group, buring them below "Daddy! I'm going to die! DADDY!" Chris starts to cry, Lucario and the others gets out of the pile and Lucario's eyes reflects Chris's tears falling to the acid pool.

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!" Lucario yells angrily, his body starts to glow intensely in a blue aura, everyone block their eyes, then Lucario jumps towards the chains, he catches Chris and brokes the chains with one hand, he lands safely on the floor with Chris in his arms.

"I was going to die! I was going to die! I don't want to die!" Chris cried louder in the floor, Lucario turned his head towards Belch, he glared at him angrily, Belch laughs and Lucario's eyes narrowed more, he placed his hands in front of him and he started talking with his eyes closed.

"Concentrate your aura in both hands" He said, placing his hands above his head.

"Let the flow gather in one place" He placed his hands to the right of his waist, he standed in a fighting position.

"And concentrate them in a big sphere of aura" Between his hands, an Aura Sphere was forming, but it was very different from the common Aura Spheres, because this one was growing bigger in every second. He opened his eyes, they were glowing in a bright yellow color.

"Then unleash the aura!!!" He fires the Aura Sphere to Belch, but instead of a normal shot, it became a enormous beam of aura, the beam was like Lucario's height by 2, a huge impact struck down Belch.

"I will (Burp) have my revenge!!!!!!....(Burp!)" The beam incinerated Belch and the Slimy Little Piles and they crashed in the wall, making a big tunnel on it, the tunnel was very long for a normal beam to make. Lucario stopped glowing and he knelted where Chris was crying. Ness, Paula and Jeff stared at the tunnel in awe.

"Everything is fine Chris, stop crying now" He said, Chris wiped his tears and hugged Lucario "Daddy! You're amazing! Thank you for saving me!" He said as tears were running from his cheeks. Lucario smiled and he placed his right hand on Chris's back.

"Simply interesting, the force of that beam was very powerful in terms of strength for a big pile of vomit...if that pile is a monster of course" Jeff moved his glasses.

"What is the name of that attack?" Ness asked. Lucario blinked for a second and he finally gave the name.

"I call it, Aura Storm" Lucario replied.

"(What kind of name is that for a beam?)" Jeff thought to himself.

"Daddy, I want to leave this place now, can we?" Chris asked, still hugged at Lucario "Yes" He answered rubbing Chris's back.

"Look, there is a tunnel besides the one Lucario mad-" Paula was interrupted because a huge crowd of Mr Saturns came from behind them.

"We're freed boing! We're freed boing! We're freed boing!" All said in unison running at the tunnel. Chris saw them with a confused face "Who were those walking-wearing-ribbons-heads?"

Jeff then jumped in surprise before talking and moving his glasses "Oh, I almost forgot, the broken machine is fixed now, we can return Chris to his original age Lucario, but we need him sleeping for it to work well"

"Let's head back to Saturn Valley for now" Ness said pointing inside the tunnel.

After travelling through the tunnel...

"Hey, we're back in Saturn Valley!" Paula said looking at the valley.

"This place is full of those walking-wearing-ribbons-heads!" Chris pointed out. Ness and Paula looked at each other and nodded "PK Hypnosis alpha!" Both shouted firing 2 waves in front of Chris, he fell asleep and Lucario grabbed him.

They placed Chris in the middle of the valley, all the Mr Saturns were looking at them "Okay, now I just need to point the machine to Chris and then..." He fired the beam at Chris, he was engulfed in a bright light, everyone closed their eyes, when the light was gone, everyone opened their eyes and Chris was back to normal.

"Ugh, my head, where am I?" He asked, then he saw the crowd of Mr Saturns around him "And when did I slept here?"

"Chris!" Lucario said running and knelting in front of him "Are you alright?"

Chris nodded "I'm fine, but why do you ask?"

"I'll explain it later" Lucario said smiling a little bit. Chris looked around and saw Ness, Paula and Jeff "Ness! Paula! Jeff!" He said in surprise.

"Glad you're back to normal Chris!" Ness said with a smile.

"Back to normal?" He asked confused.

"Eh, forget what he said" Paula replied.

"...Ok"

"Our heros boing! Our heros boing! Our heros boing!" The Mr Saturns said smiling and jumping "Celebration for heros boing!" A Mr Saturn shouted "Yeah boing!" Everyone shouted as well.

That night...

"This Hot Spring is very relaxing" Chris said with a towel above his head inside the Hot Spring, some Mr Saturns were inside too. Lucario was near Chris "It soothens your soul and body, is very relaxing" He was also wearing a towel between his ears "Awwwwww" Chris said going deep inside the water.

"So he just simply punched that Cave Boy and it went crashing to the wall!" Jeff said, he took a sip of coffee and he became energetic in a second "I was stunned! It was really remarkable!" 5 Mr Saturns were hearing his speech, they were amazed.

"Jeff is sure acting with more energy now" Ness laughed, Paula just stared at Jeff's movements "It was coffee, what did you expect instead then?" She closed her eyes and smiled.

Suddenly from the sky, a tiny but heavy machine, a Wiimote and a note fell in the valley...above Lucario's head, he fainted in the water and the things fell in safe ground. Chris opened his eyes a little inside the water and saw 2 swirls where Lucario's eyes should supposed to be, he closed them and smiled...before yelling inside.

Well, since he was inside of the hot spring, bubbles came instead of words, he pulled Lucario out of the water, and the aura Pok?mon was still fainted with those swirls and his tongue was getting out a little bit.

"Lucario! Lucario! Lucario! Wake up! Please! You're creeping me out with your tongue getting out of your mouth!" He said shaking his best friend's shoulders back and forth. Then he spots the machine, the Wiimote and the note on the ground. And Lucario woke up.

"Ugh, something heavy fell above my head" He said rubbing his head. Chris tried to lift the machine, but he didn't lifted it. Lucario, on the other hand, lifted it without problems. Chris took the note.

"Good job Chris and Lucario, you 2 have liberated EarthBound from the Primids, return immediately to your house with the Wiimote A.S.A.P.

Sincerely, the hands

P.S: I like pies!

P.S.S: That was Crazy by the way


"Lucario, we did it! We did it!" Chris hugged Lucario in happiness.

"We should take the machine with us and ask about it to the hands" Lucario said holding the machine.

"So, you 2 are going?" Ness asked.

"Yes, we need to travel to the other worlds to save everyone" Chris replied.

"Too bad you 2 can't stay here" Paula said dissapointed.

"Wait a minute, Chris, what about your skill?" Jeff (Who was normal now) asked.

"Oh yeah, the skill, I don't know where to get it though" Chris said dissapointed, suddenly, he glowed in a bright light and he stopped "What was that?" He asked confused. He saw himself with other clothes besides his normal clothes, and he was wearing the same clothes as Ness's.

"When did you got my clothes on you?" Ness asked.

"I don't know! It happened randomly!"

"Chris, do something you can do now and you didn't before" Lucario said, staring at Chris.

"...Alright" He concentrated, then he shouted "PK Flash!" A bright green flash came from Chris's head and it exploded in mid-air.

"Oh my god! That was a PK Flash!" Paula said surprised.

"But how did you learned it?" Ness asked.

"It may seems odd, but Chris somehow understanded the power of the PSI you 2 have" Jeff moved his glasses "Well, I did saw them but I don't know when" Chris got in a thinking position.

"(When you were a little kid probably)" Lucario thought to himself.

"Let's ask the hands about this too" Chris said to Lucario, who nodded "So, good luck in your adventure Ness!" Chris grabbed the Wiimote and pointed it to the sky, Lucario placed his right hand in Chris's left shoulder and the 2 dissapeared in front of Ness, Paula and Jeff.

"Good luck to you too!" Ness said waving his left hand at the sky.

"We will see you again!" Paula shouted to the sky.

"Always think in every situation!" Jeff shouted to the sky, a shooting star came falling to somewhere in the night.

Preview of the next chapter

"Hi everyone! I'm Chris!

"I'm Lucario"

"We did it! We saved EarthBound from the Primids!.....Somehow"

"Why somehow?"

"Because I don't remember meeting Ness and Paula, and when I think about it, I think I met you long ago in my childhood, isn't that weird?"

"Is not weird, it was a special ocassion to me"

"Huh?"

"Forget what I said before"

"...Alright...daddy" He smiled

"Daddy?"

"Nothing! I didn't said anything!"

Lucario smiled a little bit

"Next time: Questions! Journey to another world!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 08, 2008, 07:43:03 PM
New chapter. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 09, 2008, 08:45:30 PM
Very good. But I have to ask... Vomit Monsters? Ew. :-P
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 09, 2008, 11:07:21 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on March 09, 2008, 08:45:30 PM
Very good. But I have to ask... Vomit Monsters? Ew. :-P
EarthBound has that.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Oren on March 10, 2008, 06:01:11 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on March 09, 2008, 08:45:30 PM
Very good. But I have to ask... Vomit Monsters? Ew. :-P
that game has alot of things like that
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 11, 2008, 10:01:48 PM
Chapter 6: Questions! Journey to another world!

Master Tabuu, the invasion to Eagleland failed misserably.

What? Why? We have everything according to the plan!

It failed because of 2 persons, one was a kid and one was a Lucario.

Lucario? But we killed him before he could get away!

It appears this is another one, but, he is completely different than the last one, he is stronger, faster, and wiser.

Ugggghhhh, send the next invasion to the next destination! And this time, don't fail or you will feel my wrath.
He teleports away.

Why is this happening to my people?..... He floats away.

Chris's house
?????

"Alright! We did it Lucario! Now we just need to sele-AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!"

"What is it?.....!"

Chris and Lucario found themselves in a different location than they thought it was the same, but it wasn't. They were inside of a very technological base or something, the floor was blue and so do the walls, many computers were there and the place was huge.

"What the heck happened to my house?! MASTER HAND! CRAZY HAND!" Both of the hands appeared from nowhere.

"Yes, what is it?" Asked MH.

Chris crossed his arms "What did you 2 did to my house?!"

"Well, we remodeled it a little so we could do the things with more success"

"A little?!" Chris approached to a computer "This wasn't here the last time I was here! Now my house looks like a military base or something!"

"Hey chill out, your house is perfectly fine in reality" Master Hand snapped his fingers, and the whole place changed to Chris's room "What? What is happening?"

"Simple, I use my magic to change the place into a better location, nobody can see the remodelations from outside," Master Hand snapped his fingers, they were in the "base" "besides, we're in the Smash Mansion"

"The Smash Mansion?" Chris asked confused.

"Yep, this is the place where usually all the fighters were living together, until the whole SSE, currently, you and Lucario are standing in the command room of the mansion"

"The mansion has many rooms! Shooting range, kitchen, living room, bathrooms, everything!" Crazy Hand said moving his fingers.

"....Well, this is ok, I like this place!" Chris smiled.

"Chris, the machine" Lucario said.

"Oh, yes," Chris looked at MH "What is this machine who fell above Lucario?"

Master Hand gasped a little "That is....Crazy! I told you to send the lighter one! Not the heavier one!"

"Huuuuuuhhhhh?" Crazy Hand replied stupidly.

"Ugh, you're a dork, did you know that?" MH snapped his fingers and the machine was changed for a lighter one "That machine is the Primid Radar, see that gauge of the middle?"

Chris and Lucario stared at the gauge "When the gauge is in red, Primids are nearby, when is blue, they are far from you, now see that green spot in the top?" Both looked at the green spot "That's the Primid Locator, when is green, that world is protected from the Primids, meaning there isn't any Primid left to beat, but when it's red, that world is being invaded by Primids and must be eliminated A.S.A.P"

"Well, this will come handy" Chris stated "And what happened to me when I got Ness's powers? That is the Job System you were talking about?"

"The Job System?! I forgot to give you 2 your first jobs!" Master Hand snapped his fingers again and Chris and Lucario glowed for a second before stopping.

"So, you forgot to give us the first job?" Chris asked angrily.

"Yeah, it was a mistake I made, sorry, anyway, do you want to learn how to select a different job?" Chris and Lucrio nodded "Is pretty simple, first....wait a minute, you don't know how to access to the menu right?"

"No" Both answered.

"Oh, first, to access to the menu, you must stay out of the action, or not do anything, then think of accessing to the menu and presto! The menu is in front of you!"

A screen suddenly appears in front of the 4 "Yeah, that's more like it, see that icon with the words "Job System"? press it and the list of jobs will appear"

Chris pressed the Job System, and his jobs were being show "Now what? I need to press the job I want to choose?"

"Yes, whoa, you don't need a manual then!" Master Hand said surprised.

"Hmm, what is this job? "Aura Apprentice"?" Chris pressed it, and he was glowing suddenly, when the lights went out, his appearance changed.

"Lucario, how do I look now?" Chris asked.

"Is like looking myself in a mirror"

"What? I need a mirror!" A mirror appeared behind Chris, there wasn't any new clothes, but there were marking in his face and hands, there was the same black pattern in his face like Lucario's face, the black patern was also in his hands, same as Lucario's hands, his eyes were red now instead of brown.

"So does that mean I also get Lucario's powers?"

"Not really, since your job is apprentice, your power is inferior to Lucario, but you can use them with much lesser potency" Chris concentrated to make an Aura Sphere, but it didn't work.

"I'm only a person trying to impersonate Lucario then" He looked down dissapointed.

"Hey no getting sad or anything, you must practice with your job to learn an ability first" Master Hand pointed out "And now, let's see Lucario's first job, to change to another character, press that arrow pointing to the left," He pressed it and it changed to Lucario's job list "and there you go, your first job"

"My first job is "Monk" it has a description to know about it?" Lucario asked.

"Of course, when you highlight a job, the description is to the right of it" MH pointed to the description.

Monks are perfect in Hand-to-hand combat, they have big strength and can also counter hits directed to them, your hands are your best weapon, you can also equip gloves to increase the damage!

Lucario pressed the job, then he glowed and stopped, he was now wearing a red bandana in his forehead and a white karate uniform in his body.

"I feel different now"

"And in that way, you're going to rip many clothes with that spike" Crazy Hand pointed to Lucario's spike, that was making a hole in the uniform.

"But still, you're looking good" Chris said.

"I almost forgot, the description of Chris's job" MH took out a sheet of paper.

Aura Apprentice

Learn the way of the use of the aura, use Force Palm in your opponents to deal damage and stun them for a while, try to learn the most powerful move, Aura Sphere, and unleash it to deal massive damage!


"Force Palm?" Chris placed his hand in front of him and it glowed "Amazing!"

"Here, hit this Sandbag with Force Palm" MH snapped his fingers and a Sandbag appeared, Chris rushed at him with Force Palm and it went flying a little far from him "I did that?"

"Yes you did" MH pointed out "The big differentiation is quite interesting in other jobs, you 2 can learn them and master them, and something else I want to say, when you learn completely that technique or skill, you can use it even if you're not using the job where you were learning it, for instance, let's say you learned to use Aura Sphere in Aura Aprrentice, but when you change to the "PK Kid" job, you can use Aura Sphere in that job too"

Lucario charged up an Aura Sphere from his hand, firing it at the Sandbag, and it was destroyed "That is true, I can use it even if I'm currently in this job"

"Well, enough questions, now choose the next world to save" Master Hand teleported Chris's collection to the command room. Chris took "Super Metroid" and he pointed the Wiimote at it, Lucario placed his hand in Chris's shoulder and the 2 were teleported away.

"Crazy, let's do more things now!"

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris!"

"I'm Lucario"

"Wait a minute, we're in a planet right?"

"Yes, why do you ask?"

"And there are no plants around right?"

"Right"

"...Don't we need to inhale air to live?"

"..."

"Next time! Metroids! The life sucking beasts!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 12, 2008, 03:57:37 AM
Good job, but I think you will add to this later.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 13, 2008, 03:12:16 PM
Chapter 7: Metroids! The life sucking beasts!

?

"Everything is too dark to see"

"Let me use my aura...!!!"

"What is it?"

"We're surrounded!"

The lights turned on, and they were surrounded by many guardians inside a colony, pointing their guns at them.

"We-we come in peace! We don't want to cause trouble here!" Chris said panicked.

"Sir, we have 2 guests inside the colony, one is a kid and the other is a beast with a spike on his chest" A guardian was talking through his communicator in his helmet.

"Send them to me immediately" A voice came from the communicator.

"Roger!" 5 guards escorted the duo to another room.

Ceres Space Colony
Commander's Room

Inside, there was a person with a very important uniform standing in front of a big window and looking the space outside. The guards pushed them to the floor, but Lucario retaliated and rolled in the floor.

"I'm the commander of this place and leader. What is your business inside the Ceres Space Colony and how did you 2 get in?" The commander asked.

Chris stood up "First, we come here to erradicate a menace that is invading all the worlds, we got a signal indicating they were around here"

"(Why are you talking like that?)" Lucario asked through his mind to Chris.

"(Because we're talking to a commander and we need to act like soldiers to make him understand the sittuation)"

"A menace? Do you mean the Space Pirates?"

Chris shook his head "Even worse, the Primids"

"Primids?"

Chris nodded "That's right, Primids are purple creatures who want to take over the worlds by using high tech bombs that sucks everything they can touch with"

The commander turned to the window and crossed his arms behind his back "There isn't any other intruder besides you, however, we got a strange signal from the Planet Zebes, besides the Space Pirates, there are other creatures in there as well" He turned to them "If you've come here to eliminate them, you will need the assistance of our scientists to give you a special equipment that allows you to breath in any planet even if there isn't any oxygen in it, and for more help, we'll send you with a Bounty Hunter to aid you too"

"A Bounty Hunter?" Lucario asked.

"Did that creature just spoke?"

Chris nodded "Yes, Lucario can talk with words or through other people's minds too"

"I see now, if I'm sure, I think she is landing inside the colony in this moment, I'll call 3 guards to escort you to the hangar and meet her" The commander talked through his communicator and 3 guards escorted the duo out of the commander's room to the hangar.

Ceres Space Colony
Hangar

"Samus's gunship has landed now" A guard said.

A orange ship with high tech weapons landed inside the hangar, a hatch opened from above and a person in a orange suit jumped from it and landed in front of Chris and Lucario.

"Um, hello?" Chris asked waving his hand. She stood up and spoke "Who is this kid and that beast?"

"The commander says is alright to have them here, besides, they are going with you to Planet Zebes to complete their mission" A guard told Samus.

"Planet Zebes? Isn't that place a Space Pirate base and it was also supposed to be destroyed?"

"Is a Space Pirate base and it got reconstructed again" Another guard said "And what is that thing you're holding?"

"This?" Samus placed a container with a creature inside "This is a metroid, but it was born in front of me and now he thinks that I'm his mother, but I need to deliver this to the scientists in the colony to examine him"

"If you want to find the investigation room, go straight this way and you will find it" One guard pointed to a door "You 2 can go with her too" Chris and Lucario nodded, then they were going with Samus to the investigation room.

Ceres Space Colony
Investigation Room

"Hmm, what did you bring this time Samus? A infant Metroid?" The scientists started to examine the infant Metroid "Amazing, we can harness the power of the Metroids to benefit the humanity, Samus, you made a important discovery!"

"Excume me, but we've come here to get some devices to breath without oxygen, the commander said that to us too" Chris said.

"That's right, we got the word from the commander, here, take this little devices" A scientist handed over 2 tiny devices to the duo "You just need to place them near your noses at it will produce air" They did and the devices started to produce air "Of course, being here will be hard to see the device working"

"I need to go to Zebes now, good luck with the investigation" Samus said leaving the room with Chris and Lucario following her to the gunship. They went inside and they left the colony.

"Wow, the space is amazing from here" Chris and Lucario were looking outside, watching all the stars in the space.

WARNING: DISTRESS CALL     WARNING: DISTRESS CALL

"Connect me to the distress call" Samus commanded to the ship.

"Samus! Return to the colony, a big dragon like creature is attacking and he is destroying everything her-what? Oh no! Stop! No-" The transmission was interrupted by shots and screams.

"I'm scared" Chris said shaking.

"We have no choice, we need to return to the colony" Samus turned the ship towards the colony and they landed in the hangar.

Ceres Space Colony
Hangar

They went deeper in the colony and found the commander.

"Commander! What is happening?" Samus asked.

"Samus, there is a big monster attacking the investigation room right now as we speak, but not only that, the way to the room is blocked my purple creatures who came with that too"

"Primids" Lucario said.

"Right, I need to go there and destroy it then" Samus said.

"There isn't any much time left, the colony was badly damaged by the monster and it will explode in 30 minutes!"

"30 minutes is just enough" Samus stated, running away to the investigation room.

"She is always like that" The commander pointed out "All the personnel will evacuate the place, you 2 should go with her and aid her with that monster" Chris and Lucario nodded and they went with Samus to defeat the monster.

Metroid Main Theme

Samus went first, then Chris, then Lucario, Bytans appeared from nowhere and the trio quickly prepared to attack.

"Take this!" Chris shouted using Force Palm, he hit 3 Bytans but it wasn't enough to destroy them, however, Lucario finished them with kicks taking them down.

Samus was doing it fine, she was tackling them, shooting and bombarding them, her training with the Chozo gave her good abilities since the beggining. The trio defeated the Bytans and went further inside, Sword Primids were in the way, Lucario took them out with his fists and Samus with charged shots.

They were just in front of the investigation room, but another ordeal of Primids and R.O.B Sentrys appeared, Chris was surrounded, but Lucario used his fists and kicks to defeat them, Samus was using her Grapple Beam and everything was fine, Chris smiled at Lucario for protecting him, then the trio went inside the investigation room.

Ceres Space Colony
Investigation room

"This...is...horrible..." Chris said, looking at the dead bodies of the scientists laying on the floor, everything around was destroyed, the machines were burning and blood was scattered around the place.

"Who could have done this?" Lucario asked to himself, suddenly, a roar came from the right, they turned their heads a they saw a big shadowy figure inside smoke preparing a laser from his mouth and fired it to the trio, Samus evaded it and Lucario grabbed Chris and he evaded it too.

"Ridley" Samus said glaring at the Space Pirate leader, she spotted the container of the infant Metroid in Ridley's claws "Give it back now!" She fired a Missile at Ridley, but he destroyed it with his tail, then he roared and made a hole and went away through it, the trio left the investigation to avoid being sucked into the hole, the bodies of the scientists were being dragged away and the machines as well.

"We must escape from here before it blows up!" Chris said running at the hangar, Samus was faster and Chris couldn't catch up, but Lucario grabbed him by the arm and he speeded to the ship, they eventually made it and everything was blowing up, but they escaped fortunately.

"Ridley was escaping through that direction!" Chris pointed to a planet not far from them, Samus nodded and commanded the gunship to go to Planet Zebes, as they were approaching the atmosphere, the Ceres Space Colony exploded before their eyes.

"Be prepared, we're going into the enemy's territory" Samus stated as the ship was landing in the surface.

Preview of the next chapter

"This is Samus"

"I'm Lucario"

"The Space Pirates stole the infant Metroid to reproduce more Metroids and then they can launch a invasion to all the civilizations of all the planets, we must get back the Metroid as soon as possible"

"What is dangerous about them?"

"They can take the life force of living beings and make themselves stronger"

"That would be a dangerous situation then"

"However, I doubt if you 2 can help me retrieving it"

Lucario glared at Samus "Is that a insult?"

"Not at all"

"I'm don't believe you"

"Next time: Zebes! The base of technology!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 14, 2008, 02:49:04 PM
Chapter 8: Zebes! The base of technology!

"This place looks like a wasteland" Chris said.

"The Space Pirates are maybe underground, they always have their bases beneath the earth" Samus pointed out "Let's move on and follow me"

(A/N: Since Super Metroid is a side scroller, there won't be any bad thing if this is mixed with SSBB style)

Opening/Metroid Prime menu

"What are those disgusting creatures?" Chris asked.

"Many kinds of montrous creatures lives in every planet, this one is no an exception" Samus was shooting them down from the distance "But maybe the pirates brought species of other planets to protect their base or do research and increases their power"

"Chris, look, I found something" Lucario found something behind a boulder. It was a chest, he opened it and inside there was 2 blue gloves in it "Do you think this is a weapon for you? I mean, even the gloves can fit perfectly in your hands" Lucario placed the gloves in his hands "Somehow I feel a little stronger now"

"Then it could be good to use them" Chris stated.

"There are no monsters in here, we can move on" Samus went to another area with the duo following her behind.

"Strange, nothing is here" Samus was looking around, using her visor to detect enemies "Absolutely nothing"

"And is weird because this room is so much bigger than the last one"

Lucario glowed "Wait, something big is approaching"

The earth was shaking and from the ground, a big worm came roaring with his big mouth, the trio stood still for a moment before attacking.

"Wait a minute, that worm has purple spheres coming from around his body" Samus scanned the worm and there were purple spheres coming from it "Maybe it was altered by the Primids!" Chris said in surprise, the big worm charged at them and it damaged Samus and Chris "And...I think he is stronger too"

"How dare that worm to hurt you" Lucario glared at the worm, it roared and dug in the ground, they examined the floor and where it was sounding louder they ran to another part to avoid the attack.

"I don't know where he is going to came!" Samus said scanning the floor to locate the worm, but it was useless, the worm came from beneath Samus and Lucario fired an Aura Sphere, damaging it, but it wasn't enough to defeat it yet.

"Just how long this is going to last?" Chris asked angrily using many Force Palms to the worm, but the worm retaliated and swung his tail in Chris, sending him to wall and crashing to it "I'm...fine" He said before collapsing.

"Is he death?" Samus scanned Chris and she found a little life force coming from him "He is fine, but he is in a critical condition" Suddenly, there was a blue light shining inside the room, Samus turned her head and saw Lucario glowing intensely in a blue light "What? Your power is increasing in a fast rate!" She scanned him before he jumped high in the air and fired a big beam of Aura at the worm, destroying it in the process and leaving nothing behind from the monster, he descended and stopped glowing and went to check his partner laying unconsious in the ground.

"Chris! Wake up! Are you alright?" Lucario asked worried about Chris, he opened his eyes half-way "I'm...fine, I told you that...didn't I?" He smiled at Lucario before standing up "We should continue, we can't waste any second"

"(He is in a bad shape, I need to keep him away from enemies for a while)" Lucario thought to himself.

Chris's damage percent: 78%

As the team ventured deeper in Zebes, there were many problems along the way, lava rivers, disgusting bugs, moving platforms above the lava, Chris didn't felt so good, since that battle with the big worm, Lucario was almost doing everything for him, but he didn't complained even a little.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Huh? What's happening?" MH saw the box of Star Fox Assault and Star Fox Command glowing in a purple light, 2 lights came from it and combined, then it went inside Super Metroid.

"Brother, what was that?!" Crazy Hand asked.

"I don't know! 2 lights came from those worlds and combined, then it went inside Super Metroid!" MH looked at Super Metroid "And maybe is something very bad, I hope they are fine"

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Master Tabuu, we've sent our army to Corneria in both worlds"

"Say the report"

"We couldn't find a good place to take over, there were many disturbances in both worlds, however, we've captured one of them and made him a commander of our army, then we sent him to Planet Zebes to stop that kid and his Lucario"

"Excellent work, they are much better when they work for us, keep going according to the plan" He teleported away

"This is horrible, why I need to do it?" He floated away


Planet Zebes
Room 18

"Are we even there yet?" Lucario asked.

"I'm not really sure, but when there are machines near, we should be closer to the base," Samus said looking at the machines in the room "However, the closer we are, the danger rises"

"She...is right" Chris said with a little force "The last room was and is still dangerous, and yet this room is even harder to get through"

"Chris, stop pushing yourself like that or you will not recover from your injuries" Lucario said worried about Chris's sake.

"Don't worry, I can continue even...in this shape"

Lucario placed his hand in Chris's left shoulder "Look, I know you want to help, but in this sittuation you will only be a burden-"

"Burden?"

"...I know, it's hard to resist that word to you, but please, stay away from danger and let me handle this" Chris looked away a moment before talking and nodding "Alright...I leave everything to you and Samus, but promise me you will protect me"

Lucario smiled a little "I'm always doing that for you since the beggining" Chris smiled and laughed a little "It was a stupid question, I admit it"

"If you 2 are done, we can move to the next room" Samus said entering another room, with the duo following her.

Planet Zebes
Room 19

The room was big, there was no roof in there and the sky could be watched from below, our heroes looked around it there were any Primid or monster.

"Do you think there is another big monster here?" Chris asked.

"No, there isn't any of them approaching" Lucario answered.

"Stay focus, they probably can launch an attack from afar" Samus said charging her weapon.

They remained silent for 20 seconds, they were in a triangle formation with back to back (Lucario's tail passed throught between Samus and Chris), looking at every place inside, the door to the next room was locked and there was probably something inside the room to defeat so the lock can be opened.

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"I hear something" Chris said.

A sound like something doing a countdown was coming to them, they looked at every place again, it was coming closer, but suddenly it stopped and they didn't knew where it was.

"Where is it?" Samus asked.

"It sounds like is near here, but yet so far" Lucario pointed out.

"Wait a second, that sound, is not a ordinary countdown, is like a tiny bomb with enough force to push anything far away with just a explosion if the victim is very near" Samus stated. The sound was going faster now.

"Wait, if that isn't here in our point of view...then that means..." Chris turned his head and gasped.

"That bomb.." Samus turned her head.

"Is between us!" Lucario finished the sentence, indeed, there was a tiny bomb between them, and it was too late because it exploded, causing a big explosion, it sended the trio to different directions, but Samus was flying with Lucario, but Chris blasted off alone.

"Luuucaaariiiioooo!!!!" Chris shouted, flying to another different place.

"Chhrriiisss!!!!" Both Samus and Lucario shouted, flying to another location, away from Chris.

"(I need to do something! I'm going to crash in the ground if I don't act quickly! Wait, I wonder if...)" He was about to crash in the ground, but he shouted "Force Palm!" and he hit the floor, doing a somersault and landing in his feet "Phew, I thought I was goner" Chris looked around "But...this place is too dark to see...and...worse of all...I'm alone..."

"(Chris, can you hear me?)" A familiar voice rang inside Chris's mind.

"(Lucario! You're fine! I'm glad to hear your voice again!)"  Chris said in his mind happily.

"(I'm glad too, but we need to regroup again)"

"(I was thinking the same thing, but hurry up, I'm inside a dark place and I can't see anything too...I'm scared)"

"(Don't worry, I'm coming to you with Samus, just stay there and don't go anywhere else)"

"(Alright, just hurry up)"
Lucario ended the telepathy's talk.

"But, it would be better if I go to them too, it would be faster right?" He walked forward if he could spot a door inside, and he did "Yes, everything is getting better" He opened the door and found himself in another room, this one wasn't dark like the last one.

"Weird, the door is just a few meters away, and is opened, we can regroup in less time than I thought!" He was about open the door, until...

"Can't let yo do that, Star Fox!" A voice shouted from somewhere.

"Star Fox? Since when this world was Corneria?" Chris asked confused, he started to inspect the room from the door, and the roof exploded making a hole in the process, and from it, a shadow came, he was shrouded in a purple aura like the Primids, but he was standing like he was going to attack, his shoulders has spikes and also his knees, he has grey and white fur in his face, a tiny visor in front of his left eye, he was wearing a light blue jacket and a black shirt below, and claws coming from his hands.

"Wait, I remember you, you're Wolf O'Donnell!" Chris said in surprise.

"That's right, I'm one of the commanders of the Subspace, and I came to eliminate you and your partner too!" He pointed with his finger at Chris.

"Partner? You mean Lucario?"

Wolf nodded "Him too, but first, you must be eliminated!" He charged at Chris, but Chris opened the door behind him and escaped, the door closed and Wolf crashed into it, he shaked his head and opened the door and he started to chase Chris and kill him.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris! Man, Wolf is such a pain, escaping through the rooms while he is chasing me is not a easy task...and worse when I'm injured, Lucario, if I need your help, the time is now! I can't escape from him, he is fast and he can catch me and possibly kill me! Next time: VS Commander Wolf! Chris's first battle!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 14, 2008, 10:45:12 PM
Oh, getting dramatic. Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 14, 2008, 11:10:46 PM
This story can have all the genres.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2008, 07:16:52 PM
Chapter 9: VS Commander Wolf! Chris's first battle!

Star Wolf theme

He ran as fast as his feet could let him away from the commander, he passed quickly through many rooms with Wolf following behind, until he found himself standing in a room  full of platforms, the door was high up, and he couldn't jump so high, but still, he jumped from platform to platform.

"This...is getting...so tedious...he doesn't surrender isn't he?" Chris said jumping to a plaftorm and doing it continuosly, however, Wolf was almost catching him up, he was 6 platforms away but still he was jumping quite fast. Chris hided behind some boxes near and Wolf started to look around.

"(Wait, what did Master Hand told us about?)" Chris thought, and suddenly, a cloud popped out of his head with Master Hand in it.

"Remember Chris, use the force when is needed!"

"(No, that's not it)"

"Crazy never washes his glove!"

"(That's not definetly either!)"

"You will never guess what is inside my glove, come on! Guess it!"

"(Wait, I think I remember now)"

"When you learn completely that technique or skill, you can use it even if you're not using the job where you were learning it, for instance, let's say you learned to use Aura Sphere in Aura Apprentice, but when you change to the "PK Kid" job, you can use Aura Sphere in that job too"


"(Hmm, what if...) PK Flash" He said in a low voice, a green flash came from his head and he controlled it towards a clueless Wolf looking in a corner, since the flash was getting bigger, it exploded right behind Wolf and he crashed into the wall and fell in the floor, moaning in pain.

"Got you!" Chris said running to the next room, 20 seconds later, Wolf got up and started again in the chasing.

"Wait a minute, this is a elevator!" He crossed quickly the previous room he just walked when Wolf was damaged, the room wasn't a room, it was a elevator, the elevator area was quite big, 50 people could fit in, he found buttons to the right of where he was standing, he pressed one, and the door was closing slowly, Wolf was coming from the other side, he rushed at the door before it closed, but it was too late and he didn't make it.

Chris let out a sigh of relief and the elevator started to move downward, he leaned to the wall and slidded through it to the floor and took a seat "Man, is over, Wolf won't catch me now, but I wonder....what is Samus and Lucario doing?" He closed his eyes and he became asleep.

Planet Zebes
Room 37

"Chris is not there anymore, I told him to stay there!" Lucario said angrily.

"He's probably fine, maybe something happened inside where he was and he needed to leave it" Samus said jumping to a platform.

"But did you forgot he is in a bad shape?"

Samus nodded "I know, but you got to believe in him if you want to see him again"

"I'm always believing in him, he does that for me too, but this is different!"

"Stop complaining and let's move on, the faster, the better!" She said snapping Lucario out of his rage, he nodded and the 2 ran faster than before.

Planet Zebes
Elevator

"..." Chris was sleeping while the elevator was moving down.

Dream

"Where am I?"

"Chris!"
A voice said from afar, that voice was from Mario.

"Huh? Is that you Mario?"

"Chris!"

"Is that you Luigi?"

"Chris!"

"You're Falco, right?"

"Chris!"

"Captain Falcon?"

"Chris!"

"Ness? Is that you?"

"Chris!!!"

"...That voice...Lucario?"

"Chris!"
Many voices said in unison. Some where from others Chris couldn't remember.

"Show yourselves! I can't see you!"

Planet Zebes
Elevator

"Show yourselves!" Chris woke up saying the same words he said in his dream "What was that dream? It was so weird"

Suddenly, the elevator was shaking a little, footsteps were coming from the roof, Chris looked above "Huh? What's happening?" The roof exploded before his eyes, and Wolf came from it.

"You're cornered kid, say your prayers!" He said standing in a fighting position. Chris stood up and he didn't have another choice but fight him.

Boss battle music 1

Wolf charged quickly and did a combo of 3 attacks, Chris rolled in the floor to evade it, he retaliated using Force Palm and he grabbed Wolf and threw him to the roof, he came back using Fire Wolf, it hit Chris and he fell in the floor.

"I'm...not going to surrender yet" He said, he stood up again and rans towards Wolf, but suddenly, he learned a new ability, it was a normal 3 combo, the first 2 being punches and the last one a kick in the face, that combo was the same combo of Lucario, maybe his job taught him to do it. But still, it wasn't enough to defeat Wolf yet.

"Ha! Think you will defeat me with that?!" He used Wolf Flash and he sliced down Chris, he did it 3 times in a row, Chris's damage meter was rising in an alarming rate.

Chris's damage meter: 108%

"Ugh...I need help...but still, I won't surrender yet!" Chris shouted, he approached to Wolf and rolled passing him through, he did a tiny PK Flash and it exploded in Wolf's back, he crashed into the wall but got up.

The elevator was going down faster than before, making little jumps high jumps.

"(I may use this as an advantage)" Chris thought to himself, Wolf rushed towards him and used a smash attack with his claw, it hits and Chris almost was going off screen, he came back in a slow way, since the elevator was going down faster, he knew what to do next.

"I...can...use...this!" He yelled, he came back faster and he used a downward kick in Wolf's head, he bounced off the floor and he was sent off screen above. The downward kick was mimicking Ness's downward kick. Chris stood in the floor and a crowd cheered for him as the camera was panning out.

AND THE WINNER IS......CHRIS!

The elevator returned to his slow descent, Wolf was laying unconsious on the floor, Chris has won the battle againts him.

"I.....did it? I did it! I've beated Wolf without Lucario's help!" He jumped while smiling, but he felt weak and he stopped jumping, then he took a seat again in the wall, leaned to it and holding his left arm with his right hand "But...I think.....I overdid it" The elevator suddenly stopped, the door was opening up and Chris stood up and walked to the next room. Leaving Wolf behind, however, he pressed a button to make the elevator go up so he could escape from him, the door was closing and he leaved, still badly damaged.

Planet Zebes
Space Pirate's base entrance
Room 41

"Lucario....where are you...." He said weakly. The room was tiny and it had 2 doors, one was surrounded with many machines while the other was a common one. He couldn't go on and he leaned againts the wall and took a seat again in the floor, still holding his left arm. Then he fell asleep again.

3 minutes later, a loud noise came from where the door of the elevator was, Chris just opened his eyes a little and the door exploded, and from it Wolf came again, still damaged but with enough force to walk. He saw Chris in the floor and he approached to him and grabbed him by the throat.

"Ugh, you're persistent...aren't you.." Chris said.

"I won't leave this place until you're dead kid...now close your eyes and let my claw kill you slowly to your death"

"I just....wanted to see....Lucario again...." Chris fainted but he didn't died yet, Wolf smirked a little at this moment, but suddenly, the other door opened up and Lucario came from it and tackled Wolf, Samus came with him too and she examined Chris's condition.

"Why did you do that to him?! Answer the question!" Lucario said enraged at Wolf, he was holding him in the wall charging his fist with aura.

"Hehehe, I almost killed him until you came, how pitiful, he almost defeated me but I came back and now he is in the verge of death"

"You......YOU!!!!!!!!"

"Lucario....don't kill him..." Chris said awakening.

"But, look what he has done to you! He deserves to die!" Lucario replied back angrily.

"Still....he is not the real Wolf......just let him go....please....do it for me...."

"I'm not going to listen to you!" Lucario said again enraged, tears were coming from Chris, Lucario couldn't tolerate Chris's tears and he let go Wolf "Leave now, or else!" Lucario stated charging up his fist again.

"Grr, you're lucky kid, but next time, I'll see you again, I'm going to kill you and your partner-"

"I'VE SAID GO!" Lucario glared at Wolf.

"Hmph" Those were Wolf's last words before he left the room and headed to where Lucario and Samus came.

"Chris, take this, it will heal you completely, I found it during our search for you" Samus handed over a small container, Chris took it and the container shined and he was surrounded in a bright light and he was completely healed.

"I'm feeling better now, thank Samus!" Chris said smiling at Samus, she smiled back to him.

"I told you to stay in that room until we found you!" Lucario said enraged "But-"

"I don't want to hear your explanation!" He yelled, turning his back to Chris and crossing his arms.

Chris looked away, he was getting sad for dissobeying Lucario's orders and getting punished by him, he closed his eyes and he was about to cry.

"Lucario, stop that!" Samus said.

Lucario turned to Samus and he opened his arms "But!"

"You have no rights to yelling at Chris like that, he didn't disobey you, he just wanted to search for you as we did for him, and he was running from him too, don't you think about it before talking?!" She pointed out, Lucario opened his mouth in surprise. He knew he was wrong right at the moment Samus told him that, he looked away and closed his eyes before opening them up and looking at Chris.

"I'm sorry Chris, forgive me" He approached to Chris and placed his hand in Chris's right shoulder.

"..." Chris didn't said anything.

"You should forgive him now" Samus stated.

He turned to Lucario, he was about to cry and hugged him and then started to cry.

"I don't want to be separated from you again!" Chris yelled, still crying, Lucario placed his right hand behind Chris's head as he was crying above his fur in his shoulder. Lucario closed his eyes and a single tear came from his right eye and fell in the floor.

Chris wiped out his tears and he looked at Lucario "I've let out my sadness away from me, I'm good to go when you're ready too" He smiled.

Lucario smiled a little and nodded, Samus did something that helped the duo to say sorry to the other "The base is just behind that door, we should go now"

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris everyone"

"I'm Lucario"

"This is Samus"

"What could have happened to Wolf to act like that? He almost killed me!"

"If he ever do that again, I'm going to kill him"

"We should worry about the present now, you 2 can investigate that later, now we need to infiltrate the base and look for the infant Metroid"

"That's right, but, there are Primids here too"

"And? I can beat them with just one hand"

"Are you saying that just to cheer up and protect Chris?"

"He is doing that"

Lucario blushed a little and looked away embarrased

"Guess that is the point"

"Leave him be, at least he doesn't want anyone to be hurted again"

Lucario looked at Chris "Except the Primids"

"That's the spirit"

"Good point Lucario! Next time: Kraid! The big monster and guardian!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 15, 2008, 08:05:10 PM
Oh. Drama! BTW, you have a great Lucas in SSBB.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2008, 08:21:09 PM
Chapter 10: Kraid! The big monster and guardian!

Planet Zebes
Room 42

The trio continued their path to the base, it was full of machinery, but the weird thing was, it was completely empty.

"Isn't weird to find this all abandoned?"

"Be on your guards, they always know when their enemies will come to their hideout" Samus stated charging up her arm cannon. They walked silently towards the next room, everything as too quiet, there were little sounds coming from anywhere and they turned quickly to find the source.

"Lucario, can you see someone with your aura?"

"Let me see" Lucario glowed for a moment, he saw many figures coming from the other rooms, but mysteriously, he found some in where they were standing, just below of them!

Multiplayer (Metroid Prime 2: Echoes)

"Below us! Avoid it!" He shouted jumping away from there, Samus and Chris did the same and the floor blasted, and from it 5 Space Pirates came shooting at them.

"These guys know how to attack!" Chris pointed out evading some shots "Lucario, cover me up!" He hided behind a pile of boxes, Lucario approached to the pile and protected him from the shots "What are you going to do?!" A green flash came from Chris's head and he controlled it towards the group of 5, it exploded and they fainted and died.

"Well done Chris" Samus congratulated Chris's action, they proceeded to the next room.

Planet Zebes
Room 43

"There are more of them!" Chris said.

"Chris, look out!" Samus shouted, a Space Pirate came with a sable attached to his arm and he was about to slice Chris, until he suddenly learned to use Double Team, he used it and the sable slashed throught it, but he came from behind him and kicked him, Chris was completely unharmed.

"That was Double Team right?" Lucario asked surprised, however, 4 Space Pirates came from behind, he turned and used Double Team too, he dissapeared in a flash and he came from behind them quite fast with a powerful kick sending them to the wall and crashing to them.

"But yours is far more advanced that mine" Chris said.

"You will eventually learn how to use it well" Lucario said.

"Wait a minute, what is that?" Chris saw a little orange ball rolling in the floor and it shined and went towards a group of pirates, knocking them out with a single blown. Then the ball turned into Samus.

"How did you do that?" Chris asked.

"Is hard to explain it, I'll tell you 2 some time later" She said walking towards the next room. Both followed her.

Planet Zebes
Space Pirate base
Room 44

"Why is this room filled with lava? There are only 3 platforms in here too"

The room was starting to shake, the lava was moving wildly.

"Someone is inside the lava!" Lucario said, from the lava, a big dinosaur like creature with a spike in his chest, stomach and another spike between the 2 spikes came from the lava roaring enraged.

"That must be Kraid" Samus said reading Kraid's information in her visor "Wait, what is that?"

"Is a Subspace bomb!" There was a Subspace bomb behind Kraid, the countdown was in 10 minutes.

"We must defeat that thing and desactivate the bomb before it explodes!" Lucario said firing an Aura Sphere at Kraid's head, but it bounced off "What?"

"His head is too hard to break through, his weak point are those spikes in his body! But they need first to be fired in order to do damage!" Samus said, the spike of the middle fired quite fast at Chris, but Lucario grabbed the spike before it could touch Chris, and he threw it to the lava

"Now! Fire!" Samus was shooting in the spot of the spike, Lucario was firing several Aura Spheres there too, Kraid was roaring in pain and he fired the other 2 spikes, however, Chris was charging up a PK Flash and it exploded right in front of the spikes, destroying them in the process.

"Keep going!" Samus said again, now firing missiles, Kraid was without his spikes, so he approached to them and used his giant claw to slice them, they jumped just in time to evade it.

"Wait a minute, Primids are coming this way!" Chris saw a group of Fire Primids appearing from behind them, they used tiny fire balls, the trio was evading them and Kraid's claw. Lucario acted quickly and managed to beat them, then they returned to damage Kraid.

"Is becoming weaker, keep firing at it!" Chris said. Eventually, Kraid was defeated and he fell into the lava, the trio jumped to the next platform where the Subspace Bomb was laying, the countdown was in 4 minutes.

"Lucario, push it to the lava!" Chris commanded and Lucario nodded, he tried to push the bomb to the lava but it didn't budge a little "I can't....is too heavy!"

"Let me scan it" Samus used her visor to scan the bomb "A bomb that will consume everything that is around it...was designed by the Primids...let's see..."

"Found anything yet?" Chris asked.

"Wait, there is something here" She readed it aloud "The only way to destroy this example of bomb is to find 3 switches inside of it, however, one of them will desactivate the bomb, but if isn't the correct one, it will explode instantly"

"I found the 3 switches!" Lucario found the 3 switches inside the bomb "Which?"

"Hmm, pull the first on-no no no- the third on-no no no!"Chris said confused, the chance of the bomb to not explode was of 33.9 percent.

"Pull the switch of the middle!" Samus said "Are you sure?" Lucario asked, she nodded, Chris backed away a little and closed his eyes and Samus crossed her arms in front of her helmet, Lucario grabbed the switch of the middle, he closed his eyes and he pulled the switch down.

.........

.........

.........

.........

"...Did it work?" Chris asked terrified.

The countdown stopped in 0:12:98, everyone sighed in relief and they smiled "The bomb is lighter than before now" Lucario said pushing the bomb to the lava, it melted and everything was normal again.

"Look! The Primid Locator is in green!" Chris saw the locator in green, meaning Zebes was freed from the Primids's grasp "This world is saved! We did it Lucario!" He hugged Lucario.

"Finally, we can rest now" Lucario commented.

"So, are you 2 going to leave now?" Samus asked. Chris turned to her.

"That's right, we need to save the other worlds from the Primids before they can use the Subspace Bombs, and now that we're talking about bombs, your visor said that bomb was an example?"

"That means the other bombs are different from this one" Samus pointed out.

"Phew, I don't want to decide which switch is the real one again!" Chris let out a sigh of relief before looking at Lucario "Lucario, let's go!" Both nodded, Lucario placed his right hand in Chris's left shoulder and he used the Wiimote, pointing it to a wall and vanishing in front of Samus.

She made a soldier salute to the 2 "Good luck"

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"My lord, I've failed you" Wolf said knelting before Tabuu.

"You worthless commander! You were defeated by a kid, that is just ridiculous!"

"I wasn't aware that he was strong!"

"Silence! And for worsening everything, he was weak too! What kind of henchmen are you?!"

"Please my lord, give me another chance and I'll not fail this time!"

"...Fine, you can take them down again, but it's your last chance!"

"Roger! As you wish my lord!"
Wolf ran away to the darkness.

"First Eagleland, now the Planet Zebes, what is next?" He teleported away.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Excellent work you 2" Master Hand greeted.

"Yay!" Crazy Hand took a flower ornament from nowhere.

"Where in the hell did you get that?"

"Um, the garden maybe?"

"Oh, right" Master Hand said sarcastically "How was it in Zebes?"

"Well, the Primids are gone for that place now," Chris pointed out "And Samus is finally doing her work there, say, what is that screen over there? It wasn't there before"

There was a huge screen in the command room "That?" Master Hand snapped his fingers and the screen showed the 36 Smashers in their poses "That screen shows the 36 Smashers and their current status-" MH gasped when he saw Wolf's icon in purple "What happened to him?"

"Wolf attacked me while we were in Zebes, he almost kills me if it weren't for Lucario!" Chris said, remembering the incident "I don't want to remember it..."

"That means he is under the control of the Primids" Master Hand pointed out "They can take over the bodies of their opponents and use them for their own benefits"

"That is horrible" Chris stated "Wait a second, I thought there were 35 Smashers, not 36!"

"Well....take a closer look to the screen and find that extra smasher" Master Hand said, Chris looked closely to the screen "Kirby, Meta Knight, Luigi, Peach, Fox, Lucas, Lucario and...me?!"

Indeed, Chris was just to the left of Lucario's icon, he was standing in the same stance as Lucario, the only difference being his right hand behind his head.

"So, that means...." Chris looked at Master Hand "That's right, you're officialy a member of the Smash Bros!" Master Hand said.

"I can't believe it! I'm a Smasher now!" Chris jumped in happiness placing his left hand in the air.

"Congratulations!" Crazy Hand floated around Chris "Dizzy!" He said crashing in the floor.

"Save the celebration until the end, right now you need to-wait, where is Lucario?" Master Hand looked around "He is there!" Crazy Hand pointed while he was in the floor, Lucario was doing meditation in front of the wall "He is doing Yoga!"

"Hey Lucario! Come on, we need to go to the next world!" Chris shouted at his best friend, but he didn't responded "Lucario?" Chris approached to Lucario "Are you hearing me?"

"Is he in a trance or something?" Master Hand asked.

Suddenly, Crazy Hand took out a Megaphone "EARTH TO LUCARIO! RESPOND NOW!!!!" Chris and Master Hand blocked their ears, but even that didn't made Lucario to respond.

"Crazy! Where did you got that?" The sane hand asked to the insane hand "The same place I took the flower ornament!"

"Ugh! Nevermind!" Master Hand looked away annoyed.

"Can you hear me Lucario?"

"..."

"Hello?"

"..."

"Alright, I have no choice but to do this to you!" He approached to Lucario's back, he placed his hands above his head and...he started to massage his ears.

"May I ask what will that do?" Master Hand asked confused.

"Just watch" Chris said simply, Lucario's mouth suddenly formed a smile "We wanted him to hear us, not to make him smile while he is ignoring us!"

"AS I SAID BEFORE, just watch" Chris said a little annoyed.

"Alright Chris, you can stop now" Lucario said opening his left eye and looking at Chris. Chris stopped "I'd continue but I know you were enjoying it" He smiled and narrowed his eyes "What is making you to think like that?" Lucario looked away blushing a little of embarrasment.

"Enough, my ship sails in the morning!" Master Hand said in a weird tone, Chris, Lucario and Crazy Hand looked at him confused "Erhm, look at the screen!"

An icon was getting darker, a who was in that icon was...

Preview of the next chapter

"You choose who was in that icon so the chapter can proceed! It must be someone who his game was realesed after Melee but before Brawl!"
Chris said waving his hand "Choose wisely!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 17, 2008, 03:20:53 PM
Chapter 10 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 17, 2008, 07:21:06 PM
Awesome chapters! Wolf is awesome! ALso, for the character choice, I suggest [spoiler]Toon Link![/spoiler]
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 18, 2008, 04:24:56 PM
Chapter 11: Big cel shaded eyes

"Toon Link is in trouble! Go to the Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker now!" Master Hand commanded, both looked at each other and nodded, then Chris pointed to "The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker" with the Wiimote and he and Lucario vanished from Master and Crazy Hand.

"But wait a minute, what if we can save Roy, Mewtwo and Pichu in Melee?" Master Hand asked to himself.

The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker

The Great Sea
Outside Forsaken Fortress

"Miss Tetra! The Forsaken Fortress is in sight!"

"Good job Gonzo, Link...," Tetra winked at Toon Link "There is only one way to infiltrate the fortress without being spotted and rescue your sister, are you sure you want to use that method?"

Toon Link nodded with a determined face, Tetra laughed a little because of Toon Link's cluelessness "Okay, Nudge, Senza, grab Link and prepare the cannon!"

Toon Link's eyes widened more than they currently are.

20 seconds later...

"Stop moving the barrel Link! You said you wanted to use this method didn't you?" Tetra crossed her arms and smiled (Or smirked at Toon Link), Toon Link was struggling inside a barrel who was inside a cannon.

"The cannon is ready miss Tetra!" Mako said moving his glasses.

"Excellent! Start the countdown Gonzo!"

"As you wish! 3!" Gonzo said, Toon Link's face was getting angrier "2!" His eyes narrowed "1!" He closed his eyes and showed his teeth "FIRE!" Toon Link was catapulted to the fortress, he yelled and flapped his arms like a crazy chicken being chased by hungry dogs.

"WAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" He said, Tetra laughed a lot, his crew of pirates were also laughing with her.

Forsaken Fortress
Boat Shore

"So, Toon Link is in here right?" Chris looked around "And what do you know? Were inside a fortress full of monsters and guards, just what we needed"

"..." Lucario didn't spoke, Chris looked at Lucario "Are you going to say anythin-" His eyes widened a lot, he saw Lucario with a drastic look, he was tinnier, he was a little overly draw, and still he was taller than Chris like what happened to them in Eagleland "Oh god, you're Toon Lucario!"

"And you're Toon Chris" Toon Lucario stated, Chris made a confused face, he watched his own reflection in the water near there, he gasped when he saw he was a little overly draw like Lucario was, his eyes bigger than they usually were, his head was big, but not too big, his body was thinner, his hands, his legs, his arms, even his fingers were tiny!

"What the heck happened to us?!" He placed his hands in the air "Remember what that manual told us when we could travel to worlds with a different "air"? Well, this world has his own "air" as you see...that us are the living proof of that" Toon Lucario pointed out.

Toon Chris saw a little green spot flying through the sky and crashing into the wall near a window, the figure dropped a little sword and he fell in the water right in front of the Toon heros.

"What was that?" Toon Chris asked, from the water, Toon Link came with a "KO'd" out face, then he snapped out of it and saw Toon Chris and Toon Lucario. And he made this face  :O

"Want any help to get out of the water?" Toon Lucario asked, Toon Link nodded and Toon Lucario grabbed Toon Link's hand and pulled him out of the water. Toon Link smiled.

"Speak! Don't leave us with our words in our mouths!" Toon Chris slapped hard Toon Link's back and he coughed a little, he grabbed his throat and he spitted something out from his mouth.

"What is that?" Toon Chris asked as he examined the thing "Gross! Is a chicken bone!"

"Finally, someone took out that chicken bone from my throat!" Toon Link said "I'm Link, who are you 2?"

"I'm Chris, and this is Lucario" Toon Chris said pointing at him and Toon Lucario "And we came here because-"

"Link! Do you hear me?" A familiar voice came from Toon Link's pocket, he took out a shiny stone-like-pendant from it "Tetra! Yes, I'm fine, but if someone didn't, you know, FIRED ME TO A WALL and lost my sword, yes, I'm fine besides that"

"So, you can talk now? Great, that will make the work easier, anyway, I can talk to you through this stone I placed in your pocket when you were sleeping in the ship"

"Hey, did you stole 30 rupees from my pocket too?" Toon Link asked annoyed.

(A/N: No more "Toon" word)

"Hmm, why are you thinking that?" Tetra threw 30 rupees to her bed "Anyway, since you lost your sword, you have no choice but sneak your way to the tower without being spotted by the guards inside"

"Well, I found 2 new friends in here and they can help me"

"What? That's ridiculous, show them to me!" Tetra demanded, Link placed the floating stone between Chris and Lucario "A kid with tatoos in his face and a beast? You've got to be kidding me" Tetra said, not believing what she saw with her stone, Chris and Lucario glared at the stone.

"Can I crush this stone Chris?" Lucario glared menacingly at the stone.

"Hey! This stone is very important to me, so keep your hands out of this!" Tetra snarled "If you want any help Link, please use this stone to talk to me!" She ended the talk.

"Can you help me in rescuing my little sister please?" Link asked.

"Of course!" Chris said smiling "How about you Lucario?"

"I agree if you agree" He said.

"It's settled then" Link said looking at the stairs near the dock "Let's go, we need to keep our voices down if we want to sneak"

And so, the new trio made their way to the tower, first by evading the huge lights of the fortress.

"Chris, Link, grab my hands, I can evade those lights" Lucario stated, Chris and Link grabbed each hand of Lucario, then he ran so fast evading all the lights and he eventually made it to the other side.

"Wow, and I though the pigs in my island were faster" Link said amazed.

"Yep, the training I gave to him was a total success" Chris said proudly.

"Come on you 2, nobody is inside here" Lucario said. Chris and Link walked inside with Lucario behind them.

Forsaken Fortress
Dormitory

"Is this room full of beds?" Link asked looking at many beds, they were like towers to them, suddenly, a laser came from above and it hit Chris's left arm, he yelled in pain.

"My arm! It hurts!" He grabbed his arm, Lucario showed his fangs and looked above to find 2 living gargoyles shooting lasers with their eyes, he jumped high in the air and he did a powerful kick destroying the first one, then he stood sticked in the wall and he jumped towards the other and he punched it destroying it too, then he landed in front of Chris and Link.

"Chris, are you alright?" He asked worried looking at Chris's wound "I'm fine, is just a little wound, that's all"

"We must find a heart to cure you!" Link said climbing the ladders attached to the beds "Hurry or that wound will get worse!" Lucario grabbed Chris and he jumped to the second floor, Link just opened his mouth "Fine, leave me behind while you two are waiting for me!" Link climbed the ladder faster.

"Quick, hide" Lucario hided behind some barrels with Link and Chris "There are some guards in the hall"

"Let's use these barrels to hide so they can see us while we cross to the other side" Link wispered, they grabbed the barrels, however, below one, there was a heart "Chris, touch this heart!" Link wispered, Chris touched the heart and his wound healed instantly "Amazing, I'm alright now!"

"I'm glad" Lucario said smiling a little bit, they proceeded to hide inside the barrels and walked when the guards were not looking.

"Hey Frank, what is our boss doing now?" A moblin guard was asking to another moblin.

"I don't know George" Frank the moblin replied to George the moblin "Say, when did those barrels were there?"

"You know Frank?"

"Let's ask the barrels themselves," Frank approached to the barrels "Hey barrels! When did you were there?"

"Erhm, we are only talking barrels who only want to cross to the other side! That's all!" The barrel of the middle (Chris) said in a different voice.

"See George? Leave the walking barrels alone, and look! Is time for dinner, let's go, they are serving Red Chu Jelly a la Vaati!" Frank the moblin ran away, his mouth was drooling.

"RED CHU JELLY A LA VAATI?!" George ran away, his mouth also drooling after hearing the name of the food for tonight. Link, Chris and Lucario lifted their barrels.

"Those guards are too stupid" Chris pointed out, Link and Lucario nodded, and they proceeded to the next room.

Forsaken Fortress
Second look out tower

"Wait, this is not a room, is just a hallway" Chris looked around and he found stairs from the other side of the wall.

"Link! Do you hear me?" Tetra asked through her stone, Link took out his stone "You and your friends should first desactivate the lights so you can move on without being spotted from inside" She ended the talk and Link placed his stone back in the pocket.

"Wait here, I'll go" Lucario left and ran to the top of the tower, there was a Bokoblin controlling the lights, he didn't got any difficulty in defeating him, then the lights faced to the sky and turned off, Lucario returned to Chris and Link "Done, let's go now"

"Good job Lucario!" Chris smiled at the Aura Pok?mon who smiled back, they entered to the next room, it was empty, they proceeded further and they were in the third look out tower.

Forsaken Fortress
Third look out tower

Lucario did the same thing he did before, but Chris gasped when he remembered something "We didn't turned off the first lights!" However, Lucario charged up an Aura Sphere and fired it to the first look out tower, by coincidence it landed in a clueless Bokoblin, killing him in the process and the lights faced to the sky and turned off.

"He can do that too?" Link asked surprised "Hey, my best friend is very special you know" Chris said walking to the next room with his arms crossed behind his back, Lucario followed him behind and he said "Hmph" to Link.

Forsaken Fortress
Inner Boat Dock

"RED CHU JELLY A LA VAATI FOR TONIGHT!" Link shouted hiding below a barrel, Chris and Lucario did the same and all the monsters and guards left in a hurry with their mouths drooling like crazy. They laughed a lot (Lucario just chuckled) and they went to the next room without any trouble.

Forsaken Fortress
Area before the main tower

"Strange, no one is here guarding this place" Link said looking at the silent path above them.

"Is because someone shouted Red Chu Jelly a la Vaati" Chris said chuckling.

"Oh right, I forgot about that" Link scratched his head "Aryll is near now, let's go!"

After crossing a chasm in a Mission Impossible style (leaned to the wall while walking) except for Lucario who just jumped over the next platform, they managed to made it just outside where Aryll was being held.

"My sword!" Link saw his sword dropped in the floor, he took it back and he sheathed it "Finally, I can defend myself from enemies..." He looked down to some barrels "Good bye! Sword guys doesn't need to sneak with barrels anymore!"

"He is just showing off" Lucario said.

"It looks like it" Chris stated.

"Aryll! I'm coming!" Link shouted opening the big door.

"Wait, what is that monster doing in the floor?" Chris asked looking to a red Bokoblin laying dead on the floor.

"I killed it when we came here, however, I did it before you 2 came here"

"Oh, good work, I guess"

Forsaken Fortress
Spiral Cell room

"...Big brother!" Aryll said behind a cage with 2 other girls inside, Link made a smile in his face and he ran to where Aryll was "Aryll! You're alright!"

"Big brother, did you just talked? Wait, I remember that chicken bone got stuck in your throat" Aryll blushed a little "Sorry, I knew that since a while ago"

"It's okay, you should thank Chris and Lucario too!" Link pointed to Chris and Lucario who were standing behind him.

"A boy with tatoos and a beast?" Aryll asked confused.

"Why everyone is always saying that I'm a beast?" Lucario asked to himself and he let out a sigh.

"...Sure" Link rolled his big eyes.

"Is that beast going to eat me?" Aryll asked terrified.

"No!" Link shouted "He was a lot of help!"

"Really?" She looked at Lucario again and smiled "Thank you big blue puppy!"

"Hahahaha! Big blue puppy!" Chris bursted out laughing. Lucario glared at Chris and he stopped laughing.

"Ugh! I can't break this lock!" Link was trying to open the lock of the cell, but it didn't work.

"The key is in the hands of the owner of this fortress" A girl with blond hair and expensive clothes said pointing with her fan to the top of the tower.

"Big brother, please, go for the key!" Aryll pleaded to Link "Don't worry, I'll return with the key in my hands!"

"Isn't weird there wasn't any Primid in the way Lucario?" Chris wispered, he took out the Primid Radar "The locator is in red, but the gauge is in blue, meaning they are away from here right?"

Suddenly, from the top of the room, a big masked bird came from above and it crashed in the middle of the room, he slapped Chris and Link with his huge wing making both of them crashing into the wall and fainting in the process, Lucario glared at the bird but he slapped him with his other wing and Lucario crashed and fainted in the wall, the bird took the trio with his big feets and it fled to the top of the fortress.

"Big brother! Chris!" Aryll shouted to them.

"You forgot the big blue puppy" Another girl with poor clothes pointed out.

"Oh, yes, you too big blue puppy!" Aryll finished her sentence.

The huge bird fled to the top, there was a part of a destroyed boat in the top of the fortress, a man clothed in black with a mark of a monster in his back came from it, he saw Link, Chris and Lucario in the claws of the huge bird, he smirked and commanded the bird to threw them far at the ocean, the huge bird nodded and he threw them far away in the ocean.

1 hour later...

The trio was floating unconsious in the water, one right to the next, and then, a red boat came to them and the camera panned out.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Lucario"

"I'm Link!"

"It seems we failed in the rescue, but, where are the Primids?"

"Primids?"

"I'll tell you that later in the next chapter"

"Next chapter?"

"That's right, in the next chapter a talking boat makes an appearance, we were lucky because he saved us from the graps of the death"

"Stop being so dramatic!"

"Next time: Windfall and Dragoon Roost Island"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: jnfs2014 on March 18, 2008, 04:32:58 PM
really good. 1 small mistake. In Chapter9 you put " he didn't disobeyyed you."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 18, 2008, 04:38:13 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on March 18, 2008, 04:32:58 PM
really good. 1 small mistake. In Chapter9 you put " he didn't disobeyyed you."
Erhm, you have it wrong I think.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: jnfs2014 on March 18, 2008, 04:41:44 PM
sorry. It was He didn't dissobeyed. It should be: He didn't disobey.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 18, 2008, 04:53:13 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on March 18, 2008, 04:41:44 PM
sorry. It was He didn't dissobeyed. It should be: He didn't disobey.
Oh, thanks for pointing that out!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 18, 2008, 07:19:57 PM
Chapter 11 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 19, 2008, 04:26:50 PM
ROFL! "Crazy chicken running from a dog..."

"Big blue puppy!"

lol. Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Ridley on March 19, 2008, 07:07:26 PM
Well this story has gotten good. :)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 19, 2008, 09:58:58 PM
Chapter 12: Windfall and Dragon Roost Island

Windfall Island
Below the jail

"Where...are we?" Link woke up, finding himself with a unconsious Chris and Lucario above a boat near a shore inside some sort of little cave.

"You are in Windfall Island" A voice spoke, Link looked around "Whoa! Who's there?"

"I'm here" The voice said, Link was still looking around "Where?"

"I'm in front of you" The voice pointed out, Link turned his head to the front of the boat, suddenly, the head connected to the boat turned his...head to Link "Is a pleasure to meet you Link"

"Wah!" Link said jumping in shock "Calm down, I'm not your enemy, I'm an ally"

"Sorry, but...is ankward to talk to...a boat"

"And isn't ankward to talk to a boy with tatoos and a beast?" The boat said, suddenly, both Chris and Lucario woke up angrily.

"WHO ARE YOU TELLING BOY WITH TATOOS AND A BEAST?!" Chris and Lucario said in unison glaring at the head before blinking "Wait, is this boat alive?" Chris asked confused.

"I'm alive, I'm the King of Red Lions" The King of Red Lions (Who we are going to refer as TKoRL) pointed out.

"The King of Red Lions?" Link asked.

"Is just a nickname, I'm not a king of red lions, seriously, who have ever seen a red lion in his life?" TKoRL shook his head "Wait, that is not important, what matters now is to go to Dragoon Roost Island and get the Din's Orb Link"

"How did you knew my name?"

"I know many things besides your name Link...except who the heck are that boy with tatoos and that beast" TKoRL looked at both Chris and Lucario.

"We have a name you know!" Chris grunted "I'm Chris, and this beast you just called by accident is Lucario...and I should change of jobs soon before anyone says that again"

"If I ever hear the word beast again, I will kill someone this time" Lucario stated.

"Is a pleasure to meet you 2" TKoRL said "Link, I want to ask you something, are you ready to save everyone, not only your sister, but everyone in the Great Sea from Ganon?"

"Ganon?" Link asked.

After a talk with the talking boat...

Link nodded, too sure of his new mission "That's the spirit" TKoRL remarked.

"So, let's go to Dragon Roost Island then!" Link said smiling and making a fist in the air.

TKoRL, however, looked down "Unfortunately, this is embarrasing but, I'm the only boat in the world who have the ability to speak, but also, I'm the only boat in the world without a Sail"

"What?!" Link and Chris said in unison "Then how did you took us to this Island?" Link asked.

"It was rather difficult, I had to take you 3 out of the water with my mouth, but I let the waves of the sea carry me to this island, that was lucky" TKoRL looked away "Fortunately, this island is inhabited with many people, maybe you can find a Sail in the town if you ask around"

The trio looked at each other and nodded.

"Go on, don't waste any second, the Great Sea is depending on you Link!"

"What about us?" Chris pointed to himself and Lucario.

"The legend only says about Link, not a boy wit-I mean, a boy and his...umm..."

"Just forget it Chris" Lucario said a little annoyed.

And so, the trio went to the town in the island, and there were a lot of people in there for such a tiny island.

"Finally, we can visit a place where is actually full of people and not zombies, isn't that great Lucario?" Chris asked to his best friend.

"It is"

"So, where should we start?" Link asked.

"Well, let's take a look to the center of the island first, it should be better if we do that" Chris said walking towards the center of the island, they found a door which was leading to a classroom.

"Lucario, wait here until we're done inside" Chris and Link went inside, Lucario just leaned to the wall and he waited for Link and Chris to come out, just then, 4 little kids were staring at Lucario and he stared to them.

"What" He said to them, they formed a little circle and knelted to themselves.

"Did you saw what was in his chest?" Jan asked to his leader.

"It was a spike! And not only that, he has 2 more in both arms!" Jin said in surprise.

"Ok guys, here is the plan, we'll ask him if he want to join us, the Killer Bees, to the gang!" Ivan, the leader, said.

"But do you think he will?" Jun-Roberto asked confused.

"Of course he will! Or else, he will feel our wrath" Ivan said joining his hands.

"If he actually joins us, we will be feared by all in the town!" Jin said. All of them stood up and they approached to Lucario.

"What is it" Lucario asked.

"We want you to join the Killer Bees!" Ivan pointed at Lucario.

"I'll pass" He closed his eyes, a tiny vein popped out of Ivan's head and he turned to his gang "GET HIM!"

Windfall Island
Miss Marie's classroom

"Sorry dears, I don't know where to get a Sail" Miss Marie said in dissapointment "But I'm sure someone in the town knows where to get one!"

"Thanks anyway, let's go Link before something happens to Lucario" Chris said and Link nodded "By the way, if you see a group of 4 little kids, can you tell them about their homeworks please?" Miss Marie asked "They are always playing outside the classroom, especially that Ivan, he has formed a little gang called "The Killer Bees" and he is the leader of that gang"

"Hmm, sure, we will" Link said "Oh thank you! But be careful though, they are all a bunch of troublemakers, they love to cause mischief to every person who is new in town" She pointed out.

"For the look of this classroom, it looks like they do cause mischief" Chris wispered to Link's ear.

Windfall Island
Town's center

They got out of the classroom and looked around "Hey, where's Lucario?" Chris asked.

"Chris!!!" A familiar voice shouted not far away from them, they turned their heads and saw the 4 little kids trying to tie Lucario with a....pet collar. Every kid was either above his head or in one of his arms or legs.

"What the?! HEY! LEAVE HIM ALONE NOW!" Chris said angrily to the kids.

"No way! We're keeping him as our new member!" Ivan shouted from above Lucario's head.

"Chris! Permission to defend myself!" Lucario asked for a permission.

"Permission granted?" Chris said raising an eyebrow.

"Alright" Lucario just grabbed every kid out of his body and threw them above each other in the ground "I hope that will teach you a lesson" He said glaring at the kids.

"Fine fine! You can go now!" Ivan said enraged "We just wanted to hang out with you!" He crossed his arms.

"Well, if that's all you wanted to do, then I guess you can" Chris said rubbing his head "However, just throw that collar for god's sake!"

Jin threw the collar away "It's settled! We are your new friends!" They formed a little circle around Lucario "Nobody will mess with you if they can't pass us!"

"Wait a minute, you wanted to hang out with Lucario, not doing a shield made of yourselves around him!" Chris said staring at the kids.

"Lucario is his name?" The kids turned to Lucario "Awesome! Lucario is such a neat name!" They said in unison.

"They ignored you" Link pointed out chuckling.

"Of course they did!" Chris said angry crossing his arms "What did you expected from them anyway? A sweet chorus with birds chirping while they sing?"

"We did that the last week" Jun-Roberto pointed out "It didn't turned out so well"

"It was Ivan's fault!" Jan said turning to Ivan.

"Chris, are we forgetting something?" Link asked.

"Of course, the Sail! We forgot about the Sail!" Chris replied.

"A Sail? What are you searching for such pathetic thing anyway?" Ivan asked.

"We need that to go to the next island" Lucario said.

"What?! If you say so, is not a pathetic thing at all then! Killer Bees, let's help them!" Ivan's eyes widened and he commanded his gang to help the trio. The kids nodded their heads.

"It seems they would like to hear Lucario more than you Chris" Link wispered.

"Well, at least they can be of some help" Chris wispered back "Did you hear about someone having a Sail?"

"We sure do!" They all said in unison "Follow us!" They ran to the west of the island, the trio looked at each other and nodded.

"Here! I hear someone saying something about a Sail!" Ivan pointed to a door behind a dancing guy in front of a stone. They went inside except the kids.

1 hour later...

"Who was that guy in green?" Jin asked remembering the guy with green outfit and red nose. Then, the trio got outside.

"Why didn't you tell us it was a very weird guy inside a cell?!" Link asked annoyed.

"Hey! Is not our fault! Who went inside anyway?!" Ivan replied.

"He touched my butt!!!" Link said, the kids's eyes widened a lot and they dropped in the floor laughing madly "It wasn't funny!"

Both Chris and Lucario chuckled "Hey!" Link said annoyed again.

"Well, at least you got that Picto box from the cell" Chris pointed out.

"But still! That man was weird!" Link said.

The kids wiped out their tears "Ok ok, we heard somewhere else about a Sail, follow us!" They ran away.

"If is another weird guy, I'll swear to Farore!"

The seven went now to a shop below a Cafe, there was a guy with a big blue parka and his head was inside a big hood.

"Yes yes yes! I have everything here!...Well, not exactly everything, I've come from a cold land far away and I marooned, oh yeah, there was a big storm and then I came here, but that's not important since I and that survived!"

"What is that?" The Killer Bees asked.

"I'm not going to reveal it until you buy it! It cost 80 rupees!"

"Great" Link said annoyed.

"What is it?" Lucario asked.

"By coincidence I had 80 rupees but if it weren't for Tetra, I could had 80 exact rupees and not 50!"

"We have rupees!" The Killer Bees said in unison, they took out 30 exact rupees out of their pockets combined "Take them!"

"At least they did something good this time" Chris wispered to Link and Lucario. Link grabbed the rupees from the kids and his rupees and he gave them to Zunari (The shopkeeper)

"We want to buy that" He said "Excellent! Here you go!" He handed over that and he grabbed the rupees, by the surprise of everyone, that was a Sail!

"Is a Sail!" Link, Chris and Lucario said surprised "Now we can go to Dragon Roost Island!" Link said running to TKoRL.

"So, are you leaving now?" Ivan asked.

"Sorry, but we need to go there now, is for the sake of everyone" Lucario said knelting to the kids "But just cheer us in our journey"

"We will!" They said running away to the classroom "Ah yes! Miss Marie said that you should do your homework!" Chris shouted to them "No way!" They said in unison, a sweat drop formed in the heads of both Chris and Lucario.

"Well done Link, now get on, we should hurry" TKoRL said "Dragon Roost Island is to the east"

Link, Chris and Lucario boarded the boat, Link prepared the sail and slowly the wind carried the boat to the east until it was getting faster.

"Alright! Dragon Roost Island, here we go!" Link shouted making a fist in the air, the air was pulling the boat at full speed, the sea's waves were so calm and relaxing, seagulls were flying near the boat to the east.

"I've never been in a boat in the sea, and I never thought it could be fun!" Chris said watching the seagulls flying near them, he was in the boat's prow while Lucario was seated in the stern, his eyes closed and letting the sound of the waves relax him. He made a little smile in his face, Link was controlling the Sail in the center of the boat.

"I see land!" Link said, a huge shadow was in front of the boat. And it wasn't a shadow, it was a huge mountain, the top mysteriously was shrouded in smoke.

"Is that Dragon Roost Island?" Chris asked gazing at the mountain.

"Indeed, that is Dragon Roost Island, home of the Rito tribe and the Din's orb" TKoRL pointed out. Some seconds later, the trio made it to the island and they landed.

"Link, before you go, take this with you" TKoRL took a baton out of nowhere in his mouth and Link grabbed the baton "That is the Wind Waker, this baton holds the power of the winds, when the time comes, you will learn a lot of melodies and songs so the wind can aid you in your quests"

Link swung the baton around "It's useless now right?"

"Technically yes"

Suddenly, Lucario heared a melody from afar "That melody...is so peaceful and yet so relaxing...it soothens my soul and my aura" He jumped out of the boat and he ran to a cave above a cliff, he jumped towards it and he went away.

"Lucario! Wait for us!" Chris shouted running away "Hey! Wait for me too!" Link ran with Chris.

"Link has surely made useful friends" TKoRL muttered to himself and chuckled a bit.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris!"

"And I'm Link!"

"Where in the hell did Lucario go?"

"I dunno, but this island is inhabited by the postmans"

"Postmans?"

"Yep, one of them helped me to convince Tetra to help me"

"That's good to hear, wait a minute, where is that music coming from?"

"I heard Lucario saying something about-"
He tries to mimic Lucario's voice "That melody soothens my soul and my aura"

"Why I have the sudden thought of Lucario being...well...in love?"

"Are you craz-"
He is still mimicking Lucario's voice and he shooks his head "Are you crazy? He is as sharp as a sword! How can he fall in love with someone?"

"It's just a thought...only that"

"Next time: Lucario and Medli! Melody of love!"


"..."

"What?"

"The title of the next chapter says it all"

"...You're right..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 20, 2008, 08:31:45 PM
Chapter 12 is complete! What do you think of the next chapter's title?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 21, 2008, 03:01:42 PM
Medli... AND LUCARIO?! O_O

:P Very good chapter.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 21, 2008, 03:28:44 PM
Chapter 13: Lucario and Medli! Melody of love!

Dragon Roost Island

Dragon Roost Island
Shore

After climbing a simple tower of 2 blocks and one rock (the rock was destroyed by a bomb from a plant) Link and Chris continued their way to find Lucario.

"Link!" A voice came from the other side, it was Link's postman, a Rito.

"You're the postman of my island!"

"I'm glad to see you again, but, how did you get here?"

"A lot of things happened when I was in the Forsaken Fortress, and my sister is still there"

"Don't worry, she will be okay, for now, I'm going ahead and tell the chieftain of our tribe to see you"

"Wait, have you seen a blue and black person around here?" Chris asked.

"Well, I saw a beast like that running this way and he jumped high in the air in the cliffs above, he was probably heading where Medli is now" He flew away inside a cave.

"Good thing Lucario wasn't here to heard someone did said beast again to him" Link said.

Dragon Roost Island
Cliff

"Phew, that's for today of my daily training with my harp" A young girl Rito said looking at the sea "Now, I need to try and cheer up Komali to climb the island"

"Can you please play that music again?" A voice spoke behind the young girl.

She turned and gasped when he saw Lucario behind her "A..a beast! What I'm going to do now?"

"(Not kill her, not kill her, not kill her)" Lucario thought to himself "I'm not a beast, I'm just a traveler who happened to hear your soothing music"

She blushed a little "Is my melody...really soothing to you?"

Lucario nodded "Is by far the most relaxing melody I've ever heard"

"I...I think I can play it again if you like"

"Please, I'll apreciate it" He knelted to her (Now that is a signal of love in the air!)

"Alright" She turned to the sea and let out a sigh, then she started to play the harp again and Lucario closed his eyes and he smiled enjoying the melody.

Not far away from there, a younger little Rito kid happened to appear from a cave holding a orange orb in his arms. He placed his head behind a wall.

"Medli? Where are you?" He asked looking around, he heared the music from the cliff and he smiled a little when he saw Medli on the top "Medli! I was looking for yo-" His eyes widened when he saw someone else standing behind her.

"Wh-who is him? And why is he near Medli? I...I don't want to interrupt, but, he is way taller than me and Medli...and he is scary too...is that a spike on his chest? And there are 2 more in both of his arms too..." He shaked a little in terror, and for worsening everything, Lucario turned his head to the kid, the young Rito kid got scared by the glare of Lucario (He took it as a glare, but it was a glare in reality) and he got inside running away scared and he went to his room.

"(Who was him?)" Lucario asked and thought to himself, he closed his eyes, turned his head to Medli and he continued to enjoy the melody.

Dragon Roost Island
Postman's Offices

"I heard from Quill that you're Link right?" The chieftain asked to Link.

"Yes, I am" He replied.

"It's good to have you here, but there is also a problem brewing up in the top of the island," He turned to a wall "As you may see, we are a tribe who take the jobs of postmans, but, there is more about it," He turned to Link and Chris "Every Rito has to climb to the top of the island and get their wings from Valoo, so they can fly and reach their goals"

"And what is the problem then?" Link asked.

"Something has been happening to Valoo, he is acting rather strangely and violently, not long ago, creatures came to the island weeks ago in the night, since that night, Valoo has been acting with great anger"

"But..." Chris looked around "Every Rito has his wings right?"

The chieftain nodded "Yes, everyone except for one"

"Who is?"

"My son, Komali, he is now at the age of receiving his wings, but since this situation has been around, he refuses to climb the mountain, and I'm afraid he is giving up"

Just by coincidence, Komali came running with his orb in his arms to his room.

"That was Komali?" Link asked.

"Yes, he is my son, but, why was he shaking?" The chieftain asked to himself "Link, I have another favor to ask you, can you give something to Komali so he can try to climb the mountain?"

Link nodded "Thank you, you 2 should look around first"

Quill (Link's postman) gaves Link a Delivery Bag and he keeps it.

Link and Chris looked around to know the place, they found a desk with a Rito looking to a pile of letters, he asked if Link could organize them to their destinations by throwing them to their blocks with their marks, he had a time limit to do it just for fun.

"This one to Outset, this one for Windfall, and this one for AHHH!!!" He threw the letter quickly to his block.

"What is it?" Chris asked.

"That letter had the head of that weird man in the cell of Windfall!" He shuddered before continuing. He did it right and he got a Piece of Heart!

"Alright!" The piece of heart dissapeared in thin air. Just then, Chris heared a familiar voice coming from near there and he found Lucario with crossed arms and leaned to a wall.

"Lucario!" He smiled at Lucario and he smiled back to him "Where have you been?"

"I was with a girl who played a very relaxing melody with her harp" He remembered the sound by closing his eyes "It was beatiful, I've never heard a melody like that in my life befor-"

"You're in love with her right?" Chris said in a serious tone and his eyes narrowed and he smiled rather curiously at Lucario, Lucario blushed a little "What? N-n-no! What makes you think that?"

Chris placed his right ear near Lucario's chest right close to his spike and he heared a rather fast beat in his heart "Your heart says the contrary"

"I'm telling the truth!" He said annoyed.

Just then, the same young Rito girl from before came to the right of the 2, Chris's ear was still in Lucario's chest and both looked at the Rito girl "Oh, is you! I didn't introduced myself before, I'm Medli, nice to meet you" She smiled at him, and oddly, Chris felt Lucario's heart beating faster than before.

Lucario blushed more "I'm..Lucario, is a pleasure to meet you too"

"Lucario? That is a good name for you" Lucario's heart was beating faster now "I'm going to be near the third exit of the cave, talk to me if you want" Lucario's heart was now beating madly faster! Medli walked away.

"She completely ignored me" Chris said, he stopped hearing Lucario's heart and looked at him "Lucario, admit it, you're in love with her!"

Lucario's head was now all red except for his black marking "For the last time, I'm not in love with her!" The voice rang inside the cave, only Link heared the conversation while he was still throwing the letter to their blocks. Breaking his record little by little.

"Fine, you're not in love with her" Chris said sarcastically walking away from Lucario, he shook his head and the red color was now blue again and he followed Chris to where Link was.

"Hey guys, check it out, I broke my record several times and see my wallet now!" Link's wallet was now completely full of rupees "Is a shame I don't have a bigger wallet now"

"(You will have a bigger one later)" Chris thought to himself.

"Anyway, I heard from you 2 that Lucario is in love with someone, am I right?" He narrowed his eyes and smiled rather curiously to Lucario as Chris did. Lucario just closed his eyes and turned his head away quickly.

"Eh, no, you didn't heard anything" Chris said sarcastically.

"..." This was Link's response "Oh, by the way, a Rito girl with the name of Medli came not too long ago and asked me to go to the third exit of this cave, we should go with her now"

Lucario turned his head to Link "Fine" He said walking away...a little faster "What's the big hurry Lucario?" Link asked confused, but his words were sent to deaf ears...blue deaf ears.

"Ugh, I'll tell you now" Chris wispered to Link's toon ear, Link then dropped in the floor laughing madly "OH MY GOD, THAT'S IS JUST TOO FUNNY! HAHAHAHAHA!" He holded his stomach in pain for the laugh.

After laughing madly in the floor and some Rito gave weird looks at Link, Chris and Link proceeded to where Medli was.

Dragon Roost Island
Third exit to Dragon Roost Cavern

"Oh, is you again, those clothes are from the ancient Hero right?" She shook her head "You're Link right? I've heard of you by the chieftain of our tribe a while ago, my name is Medli, I'm Valoo's attendant and is my job to help Valoo in times of need, but, actually, I'm not her attendant, I'm studying to become one, I hope you can get back your sister Link"

"I will" Link replied "I want to ask you 3 a favor, I want you to deliver this letter to Komali," She hands over a letter to Link and he keeps it in his new Delivery Bag Quill gave him a while ago "That letter is from his father, it holds something important for Komali to read about, but, after delivering the letter, could you please follow me to the exit behind me? I need another favor"

The trio nodded and they went to Komali's room below the cave, the room was all decorated with many things and amulets.

Dragon Roost Island
Komali's Room

"Who's there?" A voice came from the bed and there was Komali holding his orb in his arms, he lookes at Chris and Link "Oh, it's you, the 2 who were with my fathe-" However, his eyes widened when he saw Lucario, he hid below the blankets of his bed with his orb "AHHH! Is that beast again!"

"THAT'S IT!" Lucario walked towards Komali with fists ready to kill the little Rito kid, Komali screamed in terror, however, Chris took out a big heavy book and he hit Lucario's head really, but really hard (Because Lucario's head is of steel) from behind, making him fainting and falling unconsious in the floor with his mouth opened and his eyes all white.

"NO WAY YOU'RE GOING TO KILL A INNOCENT KID!" Chris's eyes were now like those freakish white eyes that those Naruto characters make when they are angry.

"Where in the hell did you got that big heavy book?" Link asked, his eyes looking at the big heavy book.

EarthBound

Fourside
Museum

"Hmm, where did I left my book of Dinosaurs's History of 700 pages?" Jeff asked searching for his book inside his backpack that nobody can't see even outside the game.

The Legend of Zelda: The Wind Waker

Dragon Roost Island
Komali's Room

"From a friend!" Chris replied angrily. Komali got out of the blankets and he sighed after the event.

"What do you want? If you have anything else to do here, leave now"

"We got a letter from your father" Link handed over the letter to Komali.

"From father?" Komali readed the letter "I'm sorry, but I'm not going to climb the mountain in this sittuation," He stated "I'm not even satisfied if you can calm down Valoo either, is impossible, give up," He paused for a moment "But, however, I'll listen to you when you find someone who can reach the top of the island"

"That would be us then!" Chris said "We will do it!"

"Yeah, good luck" Komali said sarcastically.

"You don't believe it right? Fine, but don't come to us when we are done" Chris said looking at Link "Link, I need your help, is very important"

"You want to climb the mountain right?"

"No! I need someone else to drag Lucario while he's KO'd on the floor, he is too heavy to carry!" Chris tried to lift Lucario "Please?"

Link paused for a moment before nodding, they amazingly lifted Lucario and they carried him away from Komali's room, but his weight was like 4 boulders for the 2, Chris carried Lucario by his head while Link carried Lucario by his legs.

1 hour later

Dragon Roost Island
Outside Dragon Roost Cavern

They saw Medli down inside where a pond and a bridge were supposed to be, they carried Lucario to the edge of the cliff and they climbed down and walked to Medli.

"Why are you 2 so late and why is Lucario unconsious?" Medli asked confused looking at Lucario where she was standing.

"5 words: Lucario.....is heavy.....as hell" Chris said panting.

"Really?" Medli asked before shooking her head "Link, I need to reach to the other side of the cliff, I need to fly there when the wind is going towards where I'm going, you need to lift me above you, I'm going to say when are you going to throw me got it?"

"Got it!" Link lifted Medli above his head, when the wind was going to the side they were wishing for, Medli shouted "Now!" She flew towards the other side of the bridge, but suddenly, the wind changed to the right and she was carried to the right, crashing into a wall with her head and she landed in her butt on the floor.

"Medli!" Link and Chris yelled and they walked towards Medli "Medli! Are you alright?"

"Mom, please, they are taking evasive actions, I need plans for the flat soda machine!" She said randomly with tiny Ritos flying around her head.

"What is a flat soda machine Chris?"

"...I don't know" He said, Medli shook her head and she regained her composture "Let's do it again"

They did it again, fortunately, everything went as planned and Medli made it to the other side "Link! It worked!" She took out a empty bottle from her pocket and thrown it at Link who catched it "Use that! It may come in handy!"

"For what?" Link asked.

"Use your imagination!" She said, Chris thought if Medli was still fine from the crashing or if she was still insane "I'm going to the cavern! Wait her-AAAHHHH!!!!!!"

"Medli!" Chris and Link shouted, a grey arm grabbed Medli by the mouth and that arm was coming from...

"Wolf!" Chris shouted, indeed, Wolf (Who was apparently also influenced by the "air" of the world) was there, grabbing Medli with his arm. Chris remembered what Wolf said the last time they saw each other.

Flashback

"Grr, you're lucky kid, but next time...I'll see you again...then I'm going to kill you...and your partner-"

"I'VE SAID GO!"
Lucario glared at Wolf

End of flashback


"Leave Medli alone you bastard!" Link said angrily.

"Can't let you do that Sta-" Wolf shook his head "Never! I dare you 2- wait, where is your partner?"

Chris pointed where Lucario was, his tongue was getting out of his mouth, Wolf saw him with a confused face "He's wasted?" Again, he shook his head "Nevermind! I dare you 3 to catch me!" He ran inside the cave, crossing the lava river by jumping 2 times with Medli still in his arm.

"Oh man, what are we gonna do?" Chris asked terrified "Hey, those dried plants over there look so familiar like the bombs we got in the shore, what if we spray some water to them with the bottle?"

After spraying water to the wittered plants, Link grabbed a bomb flower and thrown it to a boulder near, it exploded and below the boulder water came filling the lake, they swimmed to the other side where Lucario was laying unconsious.

"Hey lovebird, wake up!" Chris shouted at his best friend...his unconsious best friend "We need to enter the cave now!"

"..." No response.

"Wolf took Medli" Chris said, rolling his eyes, and by coincidence, Lucario woke up...with a huge roar directed to the sky, he jumped over the lake, then he jumped over the lava river and went inside the cave.

"...Why did he roared?" Link asked confused.

"Probably just to show off his "manlyness" to Medli...PROBABLY, I don't know exactly"

They remained silent for 10 seconds.

"Wait a minute, did he left us?" Link asked.

"..." Chris thought for a moment "HEY! COME BACK NOW LUCARIO!" They ran to the lake, swimmed their way through, they made a bridge in the lava using some stones at the sides by exploding them with bombs, they jumped to statue to statue and they went inside the cave.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris everybody!"

"I'm Link!"

"Really, I don't know why Lucario loves Medli, she isn't even his type! And I meant it literally!"

"Yeah, I mean, he has 2 spikes in both arms while she has a nose of bird!"

"Ah, forget it! Just forget it! We need to catch up Lucario before something else happens!"

"Like what?"

"..."
He shuddered "Lucario kissing Medli"

"UGH!"

"I KNOW! DON'T SAY IT! And worse, there are Primids inside this cavern!"

"Next time: A heart broken and a new job!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 21, 2008, 05:12:41 PM
XDXDXDXDXD! LucarioxMedli! Hahahah! I have to agree with Link! Sigh. Good times, good times, good chapter.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 22, 2008, 01:30:47 PM
Chapter 14: A heart broken and a new job!

Underground Theme (Super Mario Land)

Dragon Roost Cavern

"If my memory doesn't fails me, there should be 3 statues in this room" Chris looked around "Say, where are the statues?"

"They are dust and pebbles now" Link saw a big pile of rocks to his right and left "And also, there a huge hole in the wall"

"Why I'm thinking Lucario did it?" Chris asked sarcastically, they walked throught the big hole in the wall and there was nobody in there.

"Look, those Bokoblins are dead" Chris saw 2 red Bokoblins dead in the floor.

"Lucario did it" Link said rolling his big eyes, they proceeded to the next room, but Link saw 3 treasure odd looking chests near the door.

"Hey, those chests looks weird, Chris, open them" Link said and Chris opened the 3 chests, he got a yellow vest with a spike near the top, a blue amulet and a brown bandana.

"Hey, there are descriptions inside" Chris took 3 descriptions of each chest.

Spike Vest

A yellow vest with a spike placed in the center of the person's chest, it makes the training of the aura easier to learn, can be worn by humans

Blue amulet

Slighlty increases the aura of the holder, can be worn by humans and Pok?mon

Brown Bandana

Focuses your mind in a calmer way, it increases your defense slightly, can be worn by Pokemon


Chris equiped the vest, he placed the amulet in his neck and he placed the Brown Bandana in his inventory.

"Say, that vest looks familiar, it looks like Lucario's" Link pointed out.

"It is, now I know how it feels to have a spike in your chest"

They walked towards the next room (this time, they walked without stopping) they felt the next room a little hot, and it was because the room was with lava in the center.

"I hope Lucario is fine, the fire is his weakness, but judging at his current state, I'm starting to believe he isn't weak againts fire anymore" He took out the Primid Radar, and the gauge was at red, but oddly, it was getting to blue little by little "Strange, is this thing broken?"

15 rooms away from where Link and Chris were...

"DON'T INTERFER!" Lucario was defeating a bunch of Roaders, Sword Primids, Armights, Floows and Metal Primids while he was in a rush to find Wolf.

15 rooms back...

"And is getting closer to the blue," He finished, he took away the Primid Radar "And...this room doesn't have any monster either"

"Lucario is doing all the work for us"

"How do you know if he is doing this for us exactly?"

Link thought for a moment "Nevermind, he is doing all of this for her"

"Just one question, if she even in love with Lucario?"

"..." Link didn't knew anything about girls and their tastes "Erh, look! That door is opened!" Link ran away inside the next room "Stop ignoring me!" Chris said annoyed running after him.

(A/N: Since there is nothing else important to do besides rescuing Medli and defeating Gohma, I'll skip the entire walthrough of the cavern)

Dragon Roost Cavern
Island's top

After tolerating all the burden, hot burden of the cavern, the 2 looked around at the top of the island...and they were all wounded up.

"Link, I told you to get off of the falling platform in time and you didn't move at all!" Chris said, he was using like 15 bandages in all his body.

"But I thought it was the monster who was shaking the floor!" Link, on the other hand, was worse than Chris, his butt was all black and he had 25 bandages in his body.

"IT WAS A STUPID RAT, A STUPID LITTLE RAT MINDING HIS OWN BUSINESS! There wasn't any monster besides rats remember?!"

"Stop complaining! At least we're in the top!"

"(Sigh) Well, that is right, which means Lucario is in the top by now" They walked to some stairs hanging into the wall, but as soon as they stepped on, it began to fall!

"RUN!" Both shouted running quickly from falling into the first floor of the island, thier eyes were bigger than they currently were, fortunately for them, normal floor was below their foots once they stopped and panted heavily.

"Where...is...Lucario...when you need him?" Chris asked panting. He looked up and saw Medli behind a cell "Link! Chris!" She shouted from the cell, they approached to her, just above her, Valoo was there yelling angrily and firing flames at every direction.

"Medli! Are you alright?" Link asked.

"I'm fine, but, this is a trap!" Behind them, pointy clubs of wood came from the ground, blocking their only exit.

"We're trapped!" Chris said in shock "No, were inside a cage meanwhile Medli is inside another one but less bigger" Link said rolling his big eyes. From the sky, Wolf came.

"This is the last time I'll try to kill you kid!" Wolf said preparing his fists, Link and Chris stood in a fighting position and prepared to fight Wolf.

Star Wolf (Assault)

(Below the screen, Chris's and Toon Link's faces shows up with 0 percent, Wolf's face shows up with 0 percent too, but his icon was a little dark, and yes, for this battle, the Toon word will be used)

Toon Link charged at Wolf and slashed him, Wolf used a forward smash attack and it hits Toon Link, Chris used Force Palm but it misses and Wolf takes the opportunity to use his Fire Wolf attack and it burns Chris a little, Toon Link slashes Wolf 2 times and he falls on the ground before standing up.

"What's the matter? You think you can defeat me with your companion?" Wolf taunted.

"Actually, yes" Chris said smiling and laughing a little, that only made Wolf angrier than before and he did a 3 hit combo on Toon Link, Toon Link jumps in the air and he stabs Wolf with his sword, it dealed a good amount of damage to Wolf, he ran after Chris and he sliced him 4 times using Wolf Flash, Chris was getting so tired and he collapsed in the ground, Wolf took the opportunity and he jumped in the air and he came falling down above the unconsious Chris, Toon Link, however, interupted him slashing Wolf in the air and he crashed in the wall.

"Why you!" Wolf ran fast at Toon Link and he used his forward smash attack on Toon Link, he flies to the other side and hits the wall with his back, then he falls in the ground unconsious as well.

"And now..." Wolf turned to Chris and he approached to him preparing his claws.

"NO!" Medli shouted from behind the cell, Wolf ignored her and he grabbed Chris by the throat, he smirked pressing the throat tightler and tightler every second it was passing.

"Just a few more seconds and you're done kid..."

But the "just a few more seconds" part was interrupted abruptaly, because a black fist came punching hard at Wolf's face, he again crashed to the same wall, Chris was fine now since Wolf stopped grabbing his throat.

Chris grabbed his throat and he coughed a little, he opened his eyes and saw a familiar blue tail to his right, he looked up and he smiled.

"Lucario!" He said smiling, Lucario turned head to Chris and he smiled a little at him "Are you alright?" He asked in a serious tone "I'm a little weak...but other than that, I'm fine"

Lucario glared at Wolf again, Wolf stood up and he saw Lucario approaching to him, he prepared to retaliate the attack but failed misserably because Lucario did a powerful kick, sending him high up in the sky.

"NOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!" Those were Wolf's last words before he blinked in the sky. The crowd cheered at the 3 and the screen panned out.

Lucario knelted to Chris and he examined his wounds "Stay away from the battle until we find something to cure you and Link"

"Thanks," Chris closed his eyes "I'm happy you're acting the way you were before"

"Umm, Chris," Link interrupted holding his left arm with his right hand.

"What?" Chris asked.

"Lucario wasn't knelted to you when you closed your eyes"

Chris opened his eyes and looked around, he found Lucario in front of the cell Medli was inside "Stay back" He said, Medli backed away a little and Lucario broke the cell with his left arm, Medli got out and she approached to Link.

"Link, thanks for helping me, now that you, Chris and Lucario are here, you need to go below where Valoo is standing now, he told me that something big is below him and it's causing damage to his tail" She took out a Grappling Hook "Here, take this"

"A Grappling Hook?"

Medli nodded "I was going to use it to get to this far by myself, but if it weren't for that bandit, I'd use it, but I didn't at the end, for now, I'm going to head down and tell everyone the cause of Valoo's anger" She flew away, but she stopped above a wooden club attached into the wall "Use this to use the Grappling Hook!"

Link spun the Grappling Hook and he threw it to the wooden club, it attached by itself and Link went swinging in the air thanks to the hook. And with that, Medli flew away from the trio.

"It looks fun! I want to try it too!" Chris asked excited, Link saw an abyss near there, but there was another grappling point to use the hook, he used it and he crossed the abyss, he threw the hook at Chris and he did the same and landed on the floor of the other side, Lucario just jumped the abyss without problems.

After Link found some hearts inside vases and him and Chris were recovered, they proceeded to the room with the boss.

Boss's room

"Let's see, floor attacheds to the wall high above, Valoo's tail is in the center of the roof, a big pool of lava in the center and some vases around the room" Link said looking around "Still, no sight of the enemy"

3 seconds later, the lava was shaking, and it went crazy for a little while and a big horned scorpion like creature came from it and it roared, a banner came from below saying his name "Gohma"

Molgera Battle

(A/N again: Well, this is Smash related and you need a music related to Wind Waker right?)

As soon as they prepared to fight the big scorpion, Gohma acted quickly and he struck his left horn at the group, they evaded it, but it touched Link a little, he gasped at how Gohma attacks.

Lucario charged up an Aura Sphere and he fired it to Gohma, but it bounced off.

"What?" He said astonished.

"His exoskeleton is too thick to damage! We need something else to break it!" Chris exclaimed, he saw the rock were Valoo's tail was embedded, it was a little damaged, so he got an idea "If we use the Grappling Hook to swing in Valoo's tail to the other side, the rock embedded to his tail will fall above him!"

Link spun the Grappling Hook and he threw it to Valoo's tail, he swung to the other side of the room, only thing was, the rock didn't budge at all.

"It's useless Chris!" Link shouted from the other side.

"Damit! What else can we do?!" He stood in a thinking position, Gohma struck both horns at Chris, he yelled terrified but Lucario tackled Chris and they evaded the horns at time. Link came running to them.

"Chris, do you have another idea?" Link asked.

"Well, this is crazy, but, what if we hold on to the Grappling Hook and with our weights combined, the rock could fell above him?"

"Is worth of a try" Lucario stated, Gohma turned to them, Link used the Grappling Hook again this time, however, Chris and Lucario grabbed the hook with Link at the top, together they swung to the other side of the room, and this time, the rock actually fell above Gohma and his skull was breaking.

"We need to do this again!" Link said, Gohma rised up from the lava, pushing the rock back to his spot, they did it again, Gohma's skull was breaking more and more, they did it for one last time and Gohma's skull torn apart, revealing his hideous skin below.

"Link! Use the Grappling Hook on his eye and pull him to us!" Chris commanded, Link threw the hook at Gohma's eye, he tried to pull him to them but he needed help, Lucario grabbed the hook and he pulled Gohma towards them, he was stunned so they started to attack his defense-less eye with punches, slashes and Force Palms, they did their last attack at the same time and Gohma roared in pain.

Gohma solidifies and turns into black stone, then it superheats inside his body and he explodes, a Heart Container appears from it and lands in front of Link (Doing the happy dance with jumps) Chris let out a sigh of relief while Lucario just crosses his arms.

A wind came from nowhere and then it creates a vortex in the middle of the room, the lava was also solidified.

Link takes the Heart Container, showing it in the top of his hand, Chris smiles and takes his left hand at the right of the heart and Lucario just places his right hand on the left side. And the heart dissappears.

"Alright, we beat it!" Link said, he walked towards the vortex "Ooohhh, whirling winds" He said curiously, he standed in the middle and he spun in the air and dissapeared, Chris and Lucario looked at each other and they approached to the vortex and were teleported outside.

Dragon Roost Island
Shore

Outside, Medli was talking to the Chieftain, above the mountain, Valoo roars and the smoke surrounding the top clears up and the ash from outside the cavern dissapears. Link, Chris and Lucario appeared in front of the shore.

Just behind them, Medli alongside Komali appears.

"Link, you did it! Valoo is fine now thanks to you, Chris and Lucario!" She said, the trio blushed a little and looked away.

"I didn't thought you actually reached to the top and calmed Valoo too, I'm sorry for being a idiot" Komali said "Link, I admire your courage too, Medli told me everything when she came to me, I think...I want to be like you someday"

"It's nothing, really" Link said smiling.

"And also, you should have this" He hands over the orb in his arms to Link, and it was Din's pearl! "This is a thanks for giving me the courage to stand up againts bad things"

"Thanks!" Link replied.

Just then, Valoo roars and they saw him, and for a reason he was actually talking in ancient Hylian.

"He is saying that you Link should use the "Wind God's wind" Medli translated and said.

"Is probably about the graves on the other side of that cave" Komali pointed to a cave not far from there. Link nodded and he went to the other side alone, Komali looked at Chris and he approached to him.

"Chris, I...want to ask you something in private"

Chris knelted "Yes?"

Komali blushed a little "Well....I....well....I....think...I....love...Medli..." He looked down embarrased, Lucario managed to hear Komali's words, then he made his hands fists in rage and approached slowly to Komali, but Chris heared his footsteps and a vein popped out of his head and he took out the same big heavy book from the last chapter, Lucario saw the book and he remembered the incident and he gave up the "KILL KOMALI RIGHT NOW" part.

"Do you think...she loves me too?" Komali asked, blushing more "Well, you're younger than her"

"That's not actually true" Komali stated "When we gain our wings, the Rito who gains his wings grows up as well"

(A/N: Yes, the entire "Get wings so I can sour the skies" task has a side effect too, how in the hell is that in the process is just beyond me, this should be in the category alongside "How to revive young boys and make them powerful generals for disgusting pig armys" part too)

"Then again, you may actually have a chance to gain her heart"

"You think so?!" Chris nodded smiling "Thanks for your help!" Komali approached to Medli.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 23, 2008, 08:47:54 PM
And Valoo roared again.

"He is saying something else to you too" Medli looked at Chris and (The mysteriously all white) Lucario "He is talking about a great danger trying to take over the worlds and you 2 should fight againts it to save them"

"Yeah, we know that already, but coming from Valoo is such a honor (I think)" Chris replied and thought.

"Alright! I need to try and get my wings now! Good bye!" Komali left to the Dragon Roost Cavern to try to gain his wings "Komali, wait!" Medli shouted to Komali, she looked at Chris "Thanks for helping Komali to gain his courage again, tell Link I said thanks to him too!" An with that, she ran behind Komali.

"Well, I think this world is free from the Primids, what do you think Lucario?"

"Ugghhhh...." Lucario fell in the floor, all white because of Komali's words about him being in love with Medli.

"LUCARIO!" Chris shouted and he knelted to Lucario holding his head "WAKE UP! DON'T DIE PLEASE! SHE WASN'T FOR YOU!"

That didn't helped at all and Lucario was still unconsious, his mouth opened just then. Link came from the cave.

"Hey guys! I've learned a new melody!" He ran towards them and he looked at Lucario "What's wrong with him?"

"Komali told me that he is in love with Medli and Lucario just got all white and he fell in the floor, probably because he was rejected when Komali told me that"

"Is he nuts? He is...well..."

"A Pok?mon"

"Whatever that is, Medli and Komali are both Rito, they CAN fall in love with each other"

"I know, but right now, we need to do something to wake him up!"

"He probably needs CPR" Chris glared at Link "Fine! He needs something else!"

"Hmm.." Chris ran away, Link made a confused face, then he saw Chris standing in a very high point on a cliff "What are you going to do?" Link shouted asking.

"I'm going to fall!" He said, he opened his arms and he fell at high speed towards the floor, but Lucario didn't woke up, Chris was getting preocupied and he was getting nearer to the floor, Link gasped and he tried to wake Lucario, but it didn't work.

"LUCARIO! HELP ME!!!!" Chris shouted crying, just then, Lucario came to his senses (He regained his blue, black, yellow and red eye colors) and he saw Chris heading to the floor, he shouted Chris's name and he jumped towards him and grabbed him before he could hit the floor.

"What were you going to do?!" He asked worried still holding Chris in his arms.

"(It worked!)" Chris thought to himself smiling in his mind "I was going to die! Please, don't let me die Lucario!" He hugged Lucario's throath, Lucario blinked and he smiled a little "Don't worry Chris, I won't let you die"

"(Chris, you sure know how to convince Lucario)" Link thought to himself, he laughed a little.

"Alright, you can put me down now" Lucario placed Chris in the ground and he stood up, and they approached to Link "Link, we're going to leave now"

"What? Can't you 2 stay here?" Link asked.

"No, you see, we need to save the other worlds before the Primids can take them, this world is now free from their gras-" Chris gasped when the Primid locator was still in red "What the?! There are still Primids in this world?!" Not only that, the gauge was getting to the red "Something is approaching!"

They looked around, from the sky, a familiar figure came falling down between them, it was Wolf!

"Ugh....why me..." Just then, he shined and he turned into a trophy.

"Did he just turned into a trophy?" Link asked touching the trophy. The locator was now in green and the gauge was in blue.

"I think he is out of the Primids's mind control now, thank goodness" Chris said. And not only that happened, but Chris glowed for a second.

"I got a new job!"

Swordman

Use your sword to fight againts enemies! Not only you can use you sword, but also tools to deal different kinds of attacks! Let your courage guide you in battle!


Chris pressed the job in the menu, he changed to a similar appearance like Link's clothes, but his black marks were gone along with the Yellow vest and the Blue amulet.

"I'm now a swordman!" Chris took out his sword "I've always wished to use a sword in my life"

"Awesome, you're me!" Link said examining Chris's new clothes.

"It's good, but right now, we need to return to Master Hand and take Wolf's trophy with us" Lucario stated.

Chris nodded "Well Link, I guess this is a farewell for now"

"We will meet each other again someday?"

"Sure!" Chris placed his hand in front of Link and both did a handshake, Link smiled and he went with TKoRL and he changed the wind to the south and sailed away waving his hand at the 2.

Lucario took Wolf's trophy below his right arm and Chris opened the portal to the Smash Mansion and they dissapeared.

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Lord Tabuu, Commander Wolf was defeated by those 2"

"That is not important, he was useless from the beginning, prepare the next invasion!"

"As you wish my lord"
He floated away.

"Soon, everything will be mine and nothing will stop me. But first I need to take that kid and his Lucario out of the way" He teleported out.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Lucario"

"I'm Chris"

"3 worlds are saved and there are still more to save"

"Yes, this will be a hard task"

"But, we need more help, not from anyone who lives in a world, I mean, someone who actually joins us for the remainder of our adventure"

"Let's ask Master Hand!"

"Right"

"Next time: The 3 forgotten Melee smashers!


Chapter 14 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 24, 2008, 04:17:23 PM
Chapter 15: The 3 forgotten Melee Smashers!

"Ah, it's you 2, how did you mission in Wind Waker go?" Master Hand asked.

"It went well, everything there is in order with their own problems" Chris stated.

"Their own problems?"

"Ganondorf"

"Oh, right" Master Hand looked at Lucario holding a trophy "Is that a trophy?"

"Yes," He replied, placing the trophy in front of Master Hand "It's Wolf"

Master Hand looked at Wolf's icon on the screen and it was normal again, Toon Link's icon was also fine too, then he looked at the trophy "It seems he is out of the Primids"

"Can we turn him back to normal? I mean, living?" Chris asked.

"Well, not now, we have to return him to his world and when everything is fine, we should ask him to join us" Master Hand pointed out "Don't worry, leave that to me and he will return in Corneria without him remembering anything"

"Alright, Master Hand, we wanted to ask you something"

"What is it?"

"Well, is there anyone out there who can join us to help in our adventure through the worlds?"

"Now that you mention it..." Master Hand looked away "I was planning to send you 2 to Melee and ask Mewtwo, Roy and Pichu to join us"

A exclamation point formed above the heads of Chris and Lucario "Is that true?" Chris asked.

Master Hand nodded "Is the truth, but, they maybe will get confused at the sittuation, I mean, if you go to Melee, they could be asking about the next tournament, and if they ever find out that they are not in the tournament, who knows what could they do?"

"Well, Roy will surely start a rampage, Pichu will only...let out a sigh of relief I think and Mewtwo...well..." Chris looked at Lucario "He would probably try to eliminate/kill/assasinate/defeat/explode/slash/levitate and probably torn Lucario in half"

"Please, how can he ever do that?" Master Hand asked laughing a bit.

"Everyone in the world thought Lucario replaced Mewtwo, and I think that thought is still inside our minds and since he can read minds, we're dead meat" Chris pointed out.

"Anyway! You 2 will go to Melee and recruit those 3 to our team! Is an order!" Master Hand said.

"Alright! Let's go nooooowwwwwww......." Chris fell on the floor fainting, but Lucario got him in time.

"Chris? Chris? What happened to you?" Lucario asked worried.

"He is tired" Master Hand pointed out "You 2 have been working through all the day without stopping!"

"Is there a bed in this mansion?"

"A bed?!" Crazy Hand said "We got many for all the smashers!"

"You should take him to your room, follow me" Master Hand floated away with Lucario following behind and holding Chris in his arms.

4 minutes later....

"There, put him in your bed and let him rest, is 11:00 PM already, you should rest too" Lucario placed Chris in his bed "I too will take a rest with my..." He shudders "brother" And with that, Master Hand left to sleep.

The mansion was too big, it has 10 floors and every one was too large to even hold 100 persons, but since currently only 4 persons were living in there, the mansion was only a big spacious place. Not a living soul was roaming the halls. It was quite sad too.

Only the chirps of the krickets were heared, the night was peaceful and clean, outside, Lucario saw through his window and big, no, colossal yard, a big garden surrounding the mansion, a big pool near and a "Sports" area.

But he got tired after a while and he joined Chris in his sleep time, he smiled to him before he fell asleep.

3 hours later...

Chris's stomach was making sounds, he got up and looked around, he found himself in a room with a window to his side, and Lucario was sleeping to his left side.

"I wonder where is the kitchen, I haven't eat anything for a long time" He mutered to himself, he left the bed with Lucario in it and he left the room and he investigated the mansion by himself.

"Everything, too dark to see, where are the lights?" He touched the wall and searched for the switch, he found it and he turned the lights on, he looked around the big hall, many rooms were at both sides, in each one there would be a golden banner with something witten in it "Rec Room" "Observatory" and sometimes the names of the Smashers themselves "Jigglypuff" "Pikachu" "Samus" "Falco"

Chris continued down since he knew kitchens always are in the first floor, and he was right, there was the main hall, which was bigger than any room in the entire house, heck, it could be used for a big party, to his left, there were stairs directing to another room below, he walked down and he found the kitchen...which was almost the same size the main hall was.

In the middle of the kitchen, a big table was there, 35 or more chairs were around the table, Chris thought there were many chairs because the Smashers probably used them for eat together.

But his eyes focused in the refrigerator, but since everything was so big, it was also big, Chris opened the refrigerator and his eyes widened a lot when he saw what was inside.

Almost every kind of food was there! It was full of fruits, vegetables, milk, even snacks, it was a food paradise inside a fridge.

However, he saw a note on the back of the door, and there was something written too...

For the last time, don't eat everything in a one single swallow Kirby!

Master Hand


Chris chuckled a little went he readed that part, he looked around the fridge and he found the neccesary things to make a sandwish.

6 minutes later...

"And here goes the food..." He took a bite of the sandwish, it was good, he closed his eyes and smiled "Nothing is good for a good sandwish in the night" He said looking at the roof.

"And bread too"

"Yes, and bread too" He replied to the voice, until about 5 seconds he gasped and he saw where the voice was coming from, luckily, it wasn't a stranger, it was Lucario eating a piece of bread.

"Lucario! You almost scared me!"

"Sorry, I didn't meant to scare you, I was getting hungry too"

"Yes, I don't blame you, we have been traveling to the other worlds without eating anything"

Both of them sighed in unison.

"Lucario, do you think we can save everyone from the danger?"

"As long as we have fayth in each other and everyone, we will"

"But, what if we can't?"

"Chris, stop thinking about negative things, if you do that we won't go forward"

"...You're right, I won't think about the bad side, I'll be entusiastic as I ever was"

"You got the point, I'm glad" He smiled a little bit.

Chris finished his sandwish "I'm goint to the bed to sleep, we should rest for now"

"I'm going too"

"Wait, I want to ask you something else too"

"What is it?"

"Well, is about your weight"

"Is something wrong about it?"

"No, is because...well...you sometimes weight normal, but sometimes you weight like 4 boulders, why is that?"

"That? Is because a self-defense system I have, since I'm a steel Pok?mon, it activates everytime I'm either unconsious or fainted, so in that way I'll be protected"

"Oh, interesting, I guess, but it was such a pain carrying you around"

"I did that to you?" Chris nodded "I'm sorry if it was annoying"

"It's okay, don't worry" He smiled at Lucario.

"But why you didn't use my Pokeball?"

"I left your Pokeball in our house by accident, if you're done, we need to rest now"

"I'm done, let's rest now" He smiled a little at Chris, both returned to thier room and they were sleeping now.

The next morning...

"Alright, I've returned Wolf to his world without any memory in his mind of the events, are you ready to go to Melee?"

"We're ready now" Lucario said.

"We can do this" Chris said.

"Ok, but first, I need to tell you something else too"

"What?" Chris asked.

"When you're in Melee, avoid visual contact with ANY other Smasher please"

"Why?"

"Because if they see you, they probably will want to help too, but that is the problem, if they follow you, their worlds will be left unguarded and the Primids will take them without any difficulty"

"Got it!" Chris said.

"Alright, now go, good luck" And so, Chris and Lucario went to Melee to try and recruit Mewtwo, Roy and Pichu.

"Now I need to think about their Brawl forms..." Master Hand muttered to himself.

Super Smash Bros Melee
Temple

"Hmph"

"What is it Mewtwo?" Roy asked.

"2 strangers are coming here"

"Are they going to attack us?"

"I'm not sure, but, be on your guard"

"Thanks for letting me know, do you think we should tell the others?"

"No, let's leave this sittuation to us"

"Fine" And they continued their fight againts the other.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris!"

"I'm Lucario"

"There is Mario, Luigi, Fox, Falco, but I don't see Mewtwo, Pichu or Roy around"

"They should be in another stage fighting, let's search for them"

"But remember, no visual contact with the others or this mission will fail"

"I know already"

"Next time:Hello Smashers! We're hiding!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 24, 2008, 05:04:40 PM
Good job! Yay for Roy, Pichu, and Mewtwo!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 24, 2008, 05:52:52 PM
Chapter 15 was short but is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 25, 2008, 02:40:26 PM
Chapter 16: Hello Smashers! We're hiding!

Eagleland
Onett

Chris and Lucario landed in Onett, behind the blue house at the right of the stage, hiding from Ness, Pikachu and Yoshi.

"They are not here"

"But, where could they be?"

"My aura doesn't know"

Only thing they forgot about, it was a special match, well, not exactly special, certain items were going to appear in a high rate.

"Can you see where they are?"

"Hmm...I found 4 in this way, follow me"

"Alright"

Eagleland
Fourside

They hid behind the Monotoli building at the left side, at the right side were Fox, Falco, Link and Pichu fighting, although Pichu was escaping from them.

"Pichu is in the top" Lucario pointed out.

For their bad luck, a Super Mushroom appeared in thin air, it was approaching slowly to Lucario, who wasn't aware of it.

Chris looked at Pichu's tail above his head "This will be easy, Lucario wait here until..." His eyes widened when he saw 2 giant black hands at both of his sides "What the?" He looked behind him only to find Lucario to be the double of his normal size.

"I let my guard down" Said Lucario, his voice changed drastically.

"OH GOD, WE'RE DONE FOR NOW!"

"No, I'm going to hold on to the wall of the building so they can't see me" And so, Lucario grabbed the wall of the building with his currently big hands and legs, unfortunately, his ears were the only thing that could be seen.

"I just hope that they are blind" Chris muttered to himself, he approached where Pichu was standing.

"Oh no, where is an item when you need it?!" Said Pichu looking around for an item to fight back.

"Pss, Pichu, over here"

"HOLY THUNDER!"

"Don't be afraid, turn your head"

Pichu turned his head and he found Chris's face looking at him "AAAHH!!"

"Stop yelling please! I need to ask you something in private!"

"You're not going to hurt me right?"

Chris smiled "For what? I would not hurt you ever in my life"

"S-sorry, but I have to turn down your offer..." He turned his head to the battle and he saw Fox, Falco and Link, he gasped when he saw them giant "O-o-on second thought, I will hear you!" He jumped behind the building and looked at Chris.

"W-what is it?"

"Is kind of hard to explain, but I need you to join us"

"Join who?"

"See? That was the thing I was trying to avoid, but, you want to know who are the others?"

Pichu nodded, Chris saw Lucario's big ears behind the clueless Pichu "Are you sure?"

Pichu nodded again "Are you really sure?"

Pichu was getting angry and he nodded again "....Really sure?"

"JUST SHOW THEM TO ME!" He yelled angrily.

"Ok, you can come out now" Chris said.

"Who is him?" Pichu asked.

"Is a pleasure to meet you" Lucario said behind Pichu. Pichu got scared a little, then he slowly turned his head to his back and he saw the big face of Lucario looking at him.

"YIKES!" He jumped scared, he hid behind Chris "WHO IS THAT?! IS THAT A BEAST?!"

Lucario glared at Pichu, but that made the things worser and Pichu screamed in terror "Lucario! Stop that!" Chris stated, Lucario snapped out of his glaring.

"Sorry Pichu, I've warned you but you didn't listened, allow me to introduce him, he is Lucario"

"Lu-Lu-Lucario?"

"Don't be scared, he is not in his normal size, a Super Mushroom touched him and Lucario didn't saw it"

Just then, Lucario shrunk to his normal size and he stepped on the floor in front of Pichu, however, he was still taller than Pichu and he hid again behind Chris.

"But he is still big!"

"Oh for the love of-stop being a coward!" Lucario (His voice returned to normal) yelled angrily.

"I-I-I'm sorry, I'm like that because I'm not brave" Pichu said looking at the floor, he was about to cry.

"No, wait! Don't cry! Lucario didn't wanted to make you cry!" Chris said panting Pichu's back.

Pichu sniffed "Re-really?"

"Is the truth" Lucario pointed out, Pichu sighed in relief "Thank goodness"

"Pichu, I want to ask you something, I want you to join us" Chris asked.

"For what?" Pichu asked.

"I just need to know something about you, do you want to participate in the next tournament?"

Pichu looked away from the duo "I...don't know exactly, I came here to this tournament because I wanted to be brave, but, since I came here, I was only a Pok?mon who needed to grab items to survive the battles"

"But you want to be brave right?" Chris asked.

"Y-yeah, but, I don't want to be hurted" Pichu looked at the two "Is the only thing I don't want"

Lucario approached to Pichu and he knelted to him, Pichu made a scared face "Pichu, you have to be hurted, is the only thing that can't be avoided if you want to be brave"

"But!"

Lucario placed his hand above Pichu's head "That is also the only way to become stronger, you need to do it sooner or later" Pichu looked at the floor, he narrowed his eyes "But...I...." He paused for a moment before he looked at Lucario with a determined face "Ok, I'm going to do it Lucario, if that is the only way to be stronger, I will do it!"

Chris and Lucario smiled a little "So, are you going to join us?" Chris asked.

Pichu smiled and nodded his head "Yes! I'm going to join you 2!"

"Excellent! 2 more to go!" Chris said excited, just then, footsteps were coming from the other side of the building "They are coming here!"

"Quick! Follow me!" Pichu ran to the left and Lucario and Chris followed him, getting away from the fight.

"Hey, where'd Pichu go?" Fox asked.

"Who cares? He only escapes when we fight" Falco stated.

"I feel sorry for him though" Link said.

"Link is a little girl who likes cute things!" Falco taunted.

"What was that?!" Link said angrily trying to slash Falco.

Kanto
Pok?mon Stadium

"Here, nobody is currently fighting in this arena" Pichu said.

"At least there is a place to hide" Chris said looking around.

"The air, it feels great" Lucario pointed out.

"What?"

"I'm watching myself fighting againts other Pok?mon in this arena" Pichu backed away "Not you" Pichu sighed in relief. There was a virtual crowd in the seats of the stadium. And suddenly Lucario started to punch and kick the air and the crowd cheers for him.

"What is he doing?" Pichu asked.

"Leave him alone, he is happy to be in his world after a while"

"But you're his trainer right?"

"Yes, I'm his trainer, but, to be more precise, I'm his best friend and he is my best friend too"

"That is amazing!" Pichu remarked.

"Anyway, do you know where is Roy?" Chris asked.

"I know! He is in the Temple right now!" Pichu ran away and Chris followed him "Are you going to come with us Lucario?"

"No, I'm going to stay here, when you're done with Roy, I'll join you later"

"Alright, but be careful!" And Chris ran away.

"Be careful of what? I can train here forever if I want, this is my favorite place to concentrate" Lucario said to himself, and he continued his training above the stage.

"And so is mine" A voice said from nowhere.

"Who is there?" Lucario asked looking around.

Hyrule
Temple

Fortunately, Roy was fighting in the Temple againts Marth, Zelda and Samus, Chris and Pichu hid beneath the Temple (The area where is at the left of a pillar hanging in the lower corner of the stage. Pichu went alone to call Roy and brought him to Chris.

"Pss, Roy, can you come with me for a moment please?" Pichu asked to the young Fire Emblem boy.

"I can't right now, not when I'm fighting againts Marth!"

A hammer appeared just above Pichu and he grabbed it "Now, I meant it" He said in a menacing voice.

"Okletsgo!" Roy said fast and he followed Pichu beneath the Temple.

"Roy! Is a pleasure to meet you!" Chris greeted the red haired swordsman "My name is Chris, nice to meet you"

"Hello Chris, is a good thing to see a different person besides..." He looked at Chris's Toon Link's clothes "Oh god, not another Link!"

"My name is not Link! It's just a costume that gives me abilities"

"Phew, good riddance"

"Anyway, Roy, I want to ask you something, and is very important"

"What is it?"

"Could you please join us?"

"For what?"

"We need your assistance to fight againts the Primids, Master Hand commanded me to ask you that"

"Primids? And Master Hand told you that?" Roy looked away "I'm sorry, but, I can't go if Marth doesn't join too"

"He can't join us, he needs to protect his world until it's safe from the Primids, don't tell me you always ask Marth so you can do your things?"

"I...I don't...but...I can't fight if Marth isn't there with me"

"Roy please! Join us! Or you won't be in the next tournament!" Pichu said with a sad face.

"What? I'm not going to appear in the next tournament if I don't join you?" Roy asked worried.

"Sadly, if you want to appear that is" Chris pointed out "But, if you don't want to join, then don't do it, we can't force you if you don't want"

Roy walked at the edge of the stage and he looked at the sky "Come on Pichu, we have to go to Lucario" Chris walked away, Pichu walked a little bit, but he stopped and looked at Roy's back for a moment, then he walked away with Chris.

"There is.....not another way?" Roy asked to himself.

Kanto
Pok?mon Stadium

"Lucario? Where are you?" Chris looked around for the Aura Pok?mon, but he didn't saw him "Where'd he go?"

"Chris! Look at the sky!" Pichu shouted looking at the sky, Chris joined him and he saw 2 figures fighting above.

"Lucario!" Chris revealed the first one "But, who is the other one?" He narrowed his eyes "I can't see him clearly"

"It's Mewtwo!" Pichu revealed the other figure, and it was Mewtwo, fighting againts Lucario. Both Pok?mon landed in the ground at each side of the stage.

"You're....good" Mewtwo said telephatically panting.

"You're strong too...I can see that" Lucario said panting.

"We've found Mewtwo!" Chris said behind Lucario, he turned his head and saw Pichu and Chris behind him "You're here...I met Mewtwo not long ago after you 2 went for Roy, where is he?"

Chris looked at the floor "He didn't wanted to join after all"

"I see..."

"Lucario, stop recovering, we have a fight to end!" Mewtwo said charging at Lucario, he jumped and evaded his attack then he landed on the other side of the stage "And stop using those clothes!"

Lucario nodded and he selected his normal form, then he continued his battle againts Mewtwo.

"Amazing! This is going to be an interesting battle!" Chris said, then he changed his job to the PK Kid job and he changed to his Ness's clothes. After that, he took out a microphone out of nowhere.

"Ladies and gentlemen! You're right now expecting the battle of the century, Mewtwo VS Lucario! Who will win in this fight? The Psychic Pok?mon Mewtwo?" Half of the crowd shouted "Mewtwo! Mewtwo!"

"Or the Aura Pok?mon Lucario?" Another half of the crowd shouted "Lucario! Lucario!"

"Alright! Let's see the outcome of the battle!" And so, the crowd went wild and shouted in amazement as the battle continued.

"Chris, aren't you getting too excited about this?" Pichu asked.

"Of course I'm getting too excited!"

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Pichu!"

"I'm Chris!"

"Their strength is amazing, I can't do that if I were fighting againts those 2"

"You could if you try"

"But, what is this? Why is Mewtwo showing hatred towards Lucario?"

"What do you mean?"

"Just seconds ago, Mewtwo was fighting at his usual level, but, suddenly, he got enraged and now he is attacking with high damage"

"Oh no, you're right! But, I'm worried about Lucario, he is badly injured"

"Stop this right now before it's too late!"

"Next time:Epic Battle! Lucario VS Mewtwo!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 27, 2008, 02:22:50 PM
Chapter 16 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 27, 2008, 03:57:30 PM
OOH! Lucario vs. Mewtwo. Battle of the Ages.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 28, 2008, 12:57:36 PM
Chapter 17: Epic Battle! Lucario VS Mewtwo!

Pok?mon Stadium (Melee)

Kanto
Pok?mon Stadium

The crowd was getting wild, every time an attack of either Pok?mon reached the other they cheered, this was indeed a battle to be watched.

It was all about Psychic and Fight types attacks, although the weakness of each were protected because it was a fight in the style of SSBM.

"They are in extreme damage everyone! Who will win?" Chris asked excited, Pichu was stood still watching the collides of the attacks in awe "But since Lucario is at high damage, his attacks will be a lot stronger than they were before! How will Mewtwo fare in this fight?"

Both Pok?mon were panting heavily, but it seems Lucario was getting the upper hand, Mewtwo thought for a moment to attack his opponent, but was interrupted when he saw Lucario running at him, he levitated to the air to avoid his kick and he suddenly got an idea.

"(Now I just need to wait for him to approach...)" Mewtwo though to himself, and if that were a wish, Lucario did the thing Mewtwo was wishing for, Lucario lunged his left kick, but Mewtwo teleported behind him, then he used a Smash attack behind Lucario, but Lucario acted quickly and he used Double Team, he was divided in 2 frames of himself, then he lunged his kick again appearing behind Mewtwo, who floated aside just in time.

"He.....is good" Lucario muttered to himself.

"You're not going to defeat me!" Mewtwo yelled angrily, as the 2 continued their battle, Chris was still watching along with Pichu.

"This is getting to the end everyone! But the question still comes to mind, why Mewtwo wasn't selected to be in the next tournament?" After he said that, everything went silent, the crowd didn't shouted or yelled, Lucario, Mewtwo and Pichu looked at Chris with eyes widened.

"Why everybody stopped?" Chris asked confused.

"Chris, you just said something you should haven't told at this time" Lucario answered.

"...Oh, god damit!" Chris cursed to himself.

"WHAT?!" Mewtwo said in a furious tone, then he glared menancingly at Lucario "WHAT IS THAT SUPPOSE TO MEAN?!"

"Um, Master Hand didn't wanted you in Brawl?" Chris answered confused.

"THAT HAND AND HIS INSANE BROTHER! WHY DID THEY WANTED ME TO BE OUT OF THE TOURNAMENT?!"

"Um, because they thought Lucario would be a fine replacement for you?" Chris answered, but that wasn't good either, and Mewtwo glared at Lucario again.

"I don't have anything to do with this!" Lucario said in his defense.

"YOU.......YOU!!!!!!" Mewtwo charged at Lucario, unfortunately for the Aura Pok?mon, a Super Mushroom appeared just in the way of Mewtwo, he touched it and he suddenly grew up, Lucario was now in trouble, but he couldn't escape because the now giant Mewtwo grabbed him telepathically and then he pinned Lucario to the floor, he was being crushed by Mewtwo's psychic powers.

"Hey! Stop now! You're not trying to defeat him anymore, but instead you're trying to kill him!" Chris said angrily.

"THAT IS THE POINT" Mewtwo said (His voice changed drastically)

"Stop! You can't kill him in this battle! At least fight with the rules!" Pichu said, Mewtwo glared at Pichu and Pichu hid behind Chris.

"I've said STOP!" Chris said, trying to stop the giant psychic Pok?mon.

"I DARE YOU TO STOP ME"

"Chris......help me......" Lucario said still being crushed by the psychic powers of Mewtwo.

"I....I don't know what to do..."

Just then, Mewtwo was suddenly defeated and he was blasted off with fire around him, Lucario saw a red haired swordsman standing in front him stretching his hand to help him to get up.

"Hey, are you alright?" He asked.

"Yes.....I'm a bit weak, but I'm fine thanks to you" Lucario said streching his hand to the swordsman, then he pulled Lucario from the floor and he got up.

"Roy!" Pichu and Chris shouted running at Roy "Why are you here? What about your match againts Marth?" Chris asked.

"I was still thinking about joining your team, then I've realized that I don't need Marth to fight, I can fight all by myself if I want to"

"Then, you're joining us?" Chris asked.

Roy smiled and nodded "That's right, I'm joining you"

"Alright! Mission succeded!" Chris said smiling at Lucario "Now let's go to Master Hand!"

"Wait" A voice came from the sky, it was Mewtwo descending slowly in front of the four.

"If you're trying to kill Lucario, forget it, I won't let you do that to him" Chris said standing in front of Lucario.

"No, that is not important to me now, I was a fool trying to kill someone who won't change the matter of my problem, I'm sorry" He closed his eyes "I hope you can find the way to forgive me Lucario"

"I'm not going to forget your act againts me" Lucario said glaring at Mewtwo.

"Lucario, forgive him now" Chris said.

"What? He was trying to kill me Chris! You saw that didn't you?"

"Yeah, I saw that, but he is right, it wasn't him who was trying to kill you, it was his rage who was trying, remember when you were trying to kill Wolf back in Zebes? You fury was telling you to do that, am I right?"

Lucario looked at the floor "...Yes, I remember that" He looked at Mewtwo "I'm forgiving you, apologize accepted"

Mewtwo opened his eyes "Thanks, I want to join your team too"

Chris's eyes widened "Are you telling the truth?"

"Yes, I want to fight againts those Primids you 2 have been talking about, and also, if that is the only way to enter the next tournament, I won't complain about it"

"Wait, we didn't told you about the Primids and the tournament yet!"

Mewtwo chuckled a little "I'm a Psychic Pok?mon, therefore, I can read minds"

"Oh, right, I forgot that" Chris looked at Lucario, Mewtwo, Pichu and Roy "Alright everyone, let's go to the Smash Mansion!"

The five nodded their heads, each one placed their hands in Chris's shoulders and he used the Wiimote to make a portal and they vanished.

Hyrule
Temple

"Huh? A note?" Marth found a note laying on the ground, it was from Roy, it had the Fire Emblem symbol on it.

Marth

I need to go on a journey, I'm sorry for leaving in the middle of the fight, but I need to start this now, don't worry for me though, I have friends who will aid me along the way, we will meet each other again soon, just wait! I wil prove myself to be more brave alone than fighting with you!

Roy

P.S: When I return, I want to fight you in 1-on-1


Fire Emblem Theme

Marth smiled after he readed the letter, then he looked at the sky, he thought in his mind "Good luck Roy" then after 10 seconds of staring at the sky, he returned to continue his fight againts Zelda and Samus.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"We have recruited Pichu, Roy and Mewtwo as we planned!" Chris reported.

"Excellent work, now let's see what is the next thing to d-"

"YOU BASTARD!" Mewtwo charged at Master Hand and he used his psychic abilities to smash the hand to the wall.

"Hey! Stop now!" Master Hand said. Chris grabbed Mewtwo and he stopped his rage.

"Stop being furious, geez! You have anger issues you know that?!" Chris said angrily. Mewtwo just crossed his arms and looked away.

"Whew, that was.....dangerous, at least to me" Said Master Hand, dusting little pebbles of the wall from his hand "Anyhoo, welcome back!"

Roy, Mewtwo and even Pichu glared at Master Hand "What is the glaring for?" MH asked confused.

"Ahem, they, not in Brawl, perhaps?" Chris said.

"Oh, right, about that, sorry" Master Hand apologized "But since you 3 are here, I can let you in again, but it will take some time to prepare your new moves though"

"New moves?" Mewtwo asked, making a fist "Finally, I will have a better moveset"

"Can I have a new moveset where I don't get hurted by my own electric attacks?" Pichu asked.

"Save that for later" Master Hand said "I have to change you 3 to your Brawl forms, your poses for the icons, your new moveset, your rooms, your knockback, etc" He pointed his finger at them "But you won't help Lucario and Chris until later"

The Meleers looked at each other and they nodded their heads.

"Alright, now that the problem is solved.." Master Hand looked at Chris and Lucario "There are Primids appearing in Pok?mon Mystery Dungeon, go there now! Meanwhile, I'm going to change a lot of things with Roy, Mewtwo and Pichu"

Chris pointed the Wiimote at Pok?mon Mystery Dungeon, he and Lucario suddenly vanished as they went to the next world.

"You 3, follow me" Master Hand floated with Roy, Mewtwo and Pichu following him.

Pok?mon Mystery Dungeon: Blue Rescue Team
Outside Pok?mon Square

"Where...are we?" Chris was feeling weird after arriving at the next world, he looked around him, but then, he realized that he was too tiny, and Lucario wasn't there with him too, which made him worry.

He walked towards a hill, when he got on the top, he saw a village not far from him, he smiled and he ran as fast as he could, and he eventually made it. He looked around and saw a house with an appearance of a head of a Mudkip.

"If I remember, this is a Rescue Team's base, so, the leader must be a Mudkip" Chris thought to himself, just then, a male Mudkip wearing a blue scarf around his neck carrying a tiny bag came from the base with a female Chikorita wearing a blue scarf around her neck too, also with a tiny bag.

"Let's see what missions are for today" Chikorita said, checking the mailbox, the Mudkip was getting curious if there were missions for his team. Then, Chikorita took out a letter with a mission on it.

"Alright! We have a mission!" Both Pok?mon said happily, then they saw Chris standing in front of them, they stared at him for a while after gasping.

"Oh...my...god! You're.....you're a......." Chikorita couldn't talk when he saw Chris, he made a confused face.

"What? I have something in my face?" Chris asked.

"Is not that! You....look.....like the Legendary Rescue Team Leader Lucario!" Chikorita replied in astonishment.

"What? But, I'm a human!" Chris stated.

"No way! I'm also a human too!" The Mudkip stated.

"Really?"

"Yeah! I didn't knew I was a Pok?mon until Chikorita found me laying unconsious in the forest!" Mudkip said in surprise.

"Wait, what did Chikorita said to me?" Chris asked.

"That you look like the Legendary Rescue Team Leader Lucario!" Chikorita said again.

"Wait....you don't mean..." Chris approached to a nearby lake not far from him, when he saw his reflection, he gasped, he was no longer human, he was now a Pok?mon, he was now tiny, he had red eyes, a black marking in his face, his hands were now blue and there were only 3 fingers instead of 5 and there were 2 spots made of steel in each arm, his ears were tiny and they were above his head, 1 appendage were at the end of both sides of the black marking, his legs were now black, he had now a tail and his chest was black except for his blue torso. Also, he was wearing a backpack (Probably because he had the PK Kid job with the backpack when he arrived)

"I'm a Riolu!" He said.

"Awesome! You will be like Lucario then!" Chikorita pointed out.

"I can't believe it.....I'm a Riolu...." Chris said.

"...Is that a bad thing?" Mudkip asked.

"Not at all" Chris said "It's just, I need to find my friend as soon as possible"

"Is he lost?" Chikorita asked.

"I don't know, but I think he is lost"

Chikorita placed his leaf above Chris's head "Don't worry, we're a Rescue Team, we can find your friend!"

Chris looked at the 2 Pok?mon "Really?"

"Yeah!" Mudkip and Chikorita said in unison.

"Thank you so much! I would appreciate your help, my name is Chris!"

"I'm Chikorita!"

"I had a name when I was a human, but you can call me Mudkip for now"

"And, can I join your Rescue Team to find him?" Chris asked.

"Of course you can!" Chikorita said smiling. She took out of her bag a blue scarf and he gave it to Chris, who placed it around his neck.

"Thanks again!" Chris said smiling.

"But first, we need to prepare for our first mission, follow us to Pok?mon Square!" Mudkip ran away to the village, Chikorita and Chris followed him, and so, the Rescue Team is going to work for their first mission for today.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris!"

"I'm Chikorita!"

"Wow, who is that team over there?"

"That is Alakazam's Rescue Team, they are tough and strong, Alakazam is wise, Charizard is powerful and Tyranitar is strong, they make a perfect team and almost everyone in Pok?mon Square admire them"

"Who are the other ones?"

"Ugh, you don't want to know"

"Why?"

"Just don't ask"

"Next time: First Mission! Find the lost Jumpluff!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 28, 2008, 03:13:30 PM
Chapter 17 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 28, 2008, 08:20:50 PM
Chapter 18: First mission! Find the lost Jumpluff!

The little town of Pok?mon Square was sure crowded, there were many Pok?mon wearing scarfs and many other things to distinguish their Rescue Teams, Chris was amazed at all the Pok?mon he found there with his new friends.

"Come on! You should try to buy some things before we go!" Mudkip said excited.

"But, I don't have money to buy anything" Chris replied.

"Don't worry, as long is not expensive, we will buy it" Chikorita said.

"Fine"

"Hello! Welcome to the Kecleon Shop!" A Kecleon sang greeting the young Rescue Team "Oh my, you look like the Legendary Rescue Team Leader Lucario kid!"

"Well, I'm not him, that's for sure" Chris stated "I want an apple"

"That would be 50 then" Mudkip gave the Kecleon 50 "Thank you! Please call again!" He said still singing happily.

"An apple? It's too common to buy one, but I'm not you" Chikorita said looking at the apple.

After walking a little bit, they were now standing in the center of Pok?mon Square, Chris saw a lot of Pok?mon walking in and away, but none of them was the person he was looking for, until 3 big Pok?mon approached to them.

"?" An Alakazam approached to Chris "You..."

"Is something wrong mister?" Chris asked.

"No, it's nothing, when I saw you, I remembered Lucario, but it was only a mistake, pardon me" He walked away along with a Charizard and a Tyranitar.

"I can't believe you just have spoken to Alakazam!" Chikorita said amazed.

"What's so special about him?" Chris asked.

"He is one of the best Rescue Team leaders from here! He has a big reputation for his wisdom and excellent leadership"

"Wow, I never knew that"

"Anyway, let's check the Bulleting Board if we can find any other mission besides the one we have already" Mudkip said walking towards the Pelipper Post Office, there was a Bulleting Board with missions for rescues, but it was empty.

"Too bad, there isn't any one left" Chikorita said dissapointed, just then, a Gengar along with a Ekans and a Medicham walked by the side of the young Pok?mon.

"Ignore them while you can" Chikorita wispered to Chris's ear, when they passed, they sighed in relief.

"Wait, where is my apple?" Chris looked for his apple, when he turned his head, he saw Gengar holding his apple above him "Hey! Give me back my apple!" Chris charged at Gengar, but he placed his hand in front of Chris, blocking his flapping arms.

"Heh, no way kid, finders keepers!" Gengar ate the apple, Chris watched in shock as the apple went inside Gengar's mouth and dissapeared inside of it.

"That's not fair Gengar! Stop taking his food!" Mudkip defended Chris.

"We got the name of Team Meanies for a reason kids!" Ekans said smirking.

"We will ultimately conquer the world in this way, oh yes" Medicham said singing.

"That is.....so mean!" Chikorita said, the 3 members of Team Meanies laughed and walked away.

"My apple...I was going to eat it" Chris said looking depressed at the ground. Chikorita placed her leaf above his head "We can always buy another one!"

"But....that was the last apple" Mudkip pointed out.

Chikorita sighed and closed her eyes "At least we will find another apple inside a dungeon, let's see what is the mission for today Mudkip"

Mudkip searched in his bag for letter of the mission, but he didn't found it "Um, I lost the letter"

"WHAT?!" Chikorita shouted "HOW?!"

"Hey jerks! Thanks for giving us your mission!" Gengar showed up holding the letter in his hands and he ran away.

"Grr, I hate those guys with passion" Chikorita said showing her teeth, then she sighed "I guess we should take a break today"

"No way, I was getting excited already" Mudkip said walking and looking at the ground.

"Help! Please I need help!" A voice came from behind them, it was a Jumpluff.

"Calm down! What happened?" Mudkip asked.

"Me and my friend were playing in the air, then he jumped very high and the wind carried him at the top of the Silent Chasm! He is in trouble, please, can you help me?" The Jumpluff asked, tears were starting to come from his eyes.

"Of course! It's just a normal cave, that's all!" Chikorita said happily, the Jumpluff took them away from Pok?mon Square and he showed the entrance to the Silent Chasm.

Silent Chasm

"Here is it, my friend is at the top, but I've requested the help of Shiftry yesterday, remember? Well, he hasn't returned yet from the expedition he made!"

Chikorita smiled "Don't worry, we will rescue your friend!"

"Thank you so much! I hope you can't get in trouble because of Zapdos!" When he said that, everything went silent, Chikorita was shaking terrified after hearing one of the names of the Legendary Birds.

"Zap-Zap-Zapdos you said?!"

"Yeah! Shiftry didn't worried about that!"

"Well....I-I-I owww! My stomach! It hurts so much!" Chikorita said faking her actual state to Jumpluff.

"Nonsense! We will climb this cave no matter what Chikorita!" Mudkip replied.

"But...I'm scared, what if we find Zapdos along the way?"

"We have no other choice but fight him! I'm not going to let Jumpluff down!"

Chikorita paused for a moment when she sighed "Okay, since you're the leader..."

"I will do everything I have to help too" Chris said. The young trio went inside the Silent Chasm, Jumpluff waved at them saying "Good luck!"

"Too bad, he will be the only one to see before we die" Chikorita said, Mudkip glared at her, Chris was a little nervous, but he promised to himself that he will be brave, maybe Pichu taught him that.

"Zubats!" The 3 Pok?mon yelled, a swarm of Zubats appeared and they ran for their lives to avoid losing blood to feed them, they hid behind a boulder and all the swarm of Zubats passed without searching for them, they sighed and continued deeper in the cave.

"Look! There is an apple over there!" Chris pointed to an apple laying on the ground and he took it and placed it inside his backpack "You were right after all Chikorita" Chikorita closed her eyes and smiled proudly of herself.

There were wild Rattatas sleeping in a corner, unfortunately, the way for the next floor was in the way of the sleeping rats. the trio walked silently between the Rattatas, they sweated a lot, especially Chikorita, one wrong move and they would be food for a week for Rattatas! Fortunately, they crossed to the other side without making any noise, unfortunately, Mudkip tripped and the sound woke up the Rattatas, they glared at the team before Chris said something useful.

"RUN FOR YOUR LIFES!"

A lot of foosteps made the young team, running away from the Rattatas, their hearts were beating a lot, but misfortune struck Chikorita, who tripped and fell.

"GO ON WITHOUT ME!" She shouted at the grasp of the Rattatas, they lunged at her and she screamed in terror, Mudkip and Chris didn't wanted to continue without Chikorita, so they standed in front of her and they started to attack the Rattatas with Water Guns and Force Palms (Which were more effective againts them) Chikorita got up and she joined them by shooting Razor Leafs at the rats, they retreated after they were hurted.

The trio jumped in happiness after what they have done just now, they could take on any danger if they cooperated and worked as a team.

Silent Chasm
Top

And so, their large struggle ended when they finally found Jumpluff along with Shiftry who was fainted, the young Pok?mon looked at Shiftry with confused faces.

"What happened to him?" Mudkip asked.

"We got to leave this place while we can!" Jumpluff said terrified.

"Why?"

Suddenly, a huge roar came from the sky, and a big yellow bird with a sharp beak, wings that almost resembled thunders, it was approaching to Shiftry and he grabbed him with his big claws of his feet, then he flew away from the scared group of Pok?mon.

"T-t-t-t-that was Zapdos!" Chikorita identified the big yellow bird as Zapdos.

"And it took Shiftry with him!" Mudkip finished the sentence.

"We can't do anything now, we should return with Jumpluff and then think about how to rescue Shiftry from Zapdos" Chris said, the other 3 Pok?mon nodded their heads.

Pok?mon Square

"Yay! You have rescued my friend! Thank you so much!" The Jumpluff from before said happily as he and the other Jumpluff friend jumped in unison.

"But, Shiftry was taken by Zapdos when he tried to defend me..." The other Jumpluff said dissapointed, he was about to cry too.

"Hey, this isn't the time for crying, we will rescue Shiftry from Zapdos!" Mudkip said, determined of what he just have said.

"That's right, he already sacrificed and we will do the same for him" Chris said, determined too.

"Unless we die from thunders coming from Zapdos" Chikorita said, the trio's eyes widened a lot after hearing this.

"You 3 are admirable! We will be rooting for you in your mission, let's go Jumpluff, we should go with our families!" The 2 Jumpluff left the 3 young rescuers jumping happily, however, the trio was already shaking in terror.

"Y-y-y-you know what? We should ask Alakazam to help us" Chikorita said, still trembling in fear.

"I-I-I-I agree" Chris and Mudkip said in unison, just then, a friend Caterpie of Mudkip and Chikorita came running with some news.

"Guys! Hurry! There is an injured Pok?mon in the center of Pok?mon Square, and he is new around here!"

"Although we should see who is him first just for fun...I think" Chikorita ran at Pok?mon Square, the other 3 Pok?mon ran behind her.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Mudkip!"

"I-I-I'm Chikorita"

"What is wrong with you?"

"Nothing, it's just.....It's just....I don't want to fight Zapdos! That's all!"

"But cheer up! We have him as our new member!"

"Who is him?"

"You will know in the next chapter, next time: Team Meanies's unsuccessful torment on Riolu!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 28, 2008, 08:25:45 PM
"Yay, Mystery Dungeon! And Chikorita! Wewt! Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 29, 2008, 12:15:19 PM
Chapter 18 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 29, 2008, 03:22:38 PM
Chapter 19: Team Meanies's unsuccessful torment on Riolu!

A huge crowd of Pok?mon were surrounding the center of the village, Chris, Mudkip, Chikorita and Caterpie couldn't see clearly who was the injured Pok?mon.

"Did you hear? That Pok?mon could be the Legendary Rescue Team Leader!"

"Yes, he could be him, but, why did he came all injured?"

"I don't know, but his body is in a bad shape"

Chris thought that Pok?mon could be the person he was looking for, but how can he and the others pass through all the crowd?

"Chikorita, can you grab me with your Vine Whip so I could see who is in the middle?" Chirs asked, Chikorita nodded and she used Vine Whip, she grabbed Chris by the waist and he was pulled to the air, he narrowed his eyes to see clearly the injured Pok?mon, and it was him! Alakazam along with Charizard and Tyranitar were examining him.

"He is not him, disperse now, he is just a traveler" Alakazam said to all the public, everyone dispersed and they went to different ways, but Alakazam's team stood there.

"It's him! It's the person I was talking about!" Caterpie said, looking at the injured Pok?mon, and he was Lucario, the same Chris knew.

"Lucario!" Chris shouted approaching to him, but he was unconsious, which made Chris worried about his sake "What happened to you?"

"Do you know him?" Alakazam asked.

Chris nodded "Yes, he is my best friend, but we lost contact a while ago after we arrived here (Those injures, they're from the battle againts Mewtwo)"

"I see, there is only one thing that could heal him completely"

"What is it? I need to know!" Chris asked impantiently, Alakazam teleported a Sitrus Berry in his left hand "Here, make him eat this and he should be fully recovered" He levitated the berry in front of Chris, he took it and he knelted to Lucario.

"Here, eat this please" He shoved the berry in front of his mouth, Chris could heard a sniff coming from Lucario, he opened his mouth slowly and Chris approached the berry inside, Lucario took a bite of it, then he accelerated the rate in which he was eating it and slowly, his injures were recovering one by one.

After the berry was completely gone, Lucario opened his eyes quickly and he stood up like he was never hurted "Where am I? Chris?! Where are you?!"

"Look down!"

"Huh?" Lucario looked down, and in front of him a Riolu who was smiling was there "Who are you?"

"I'm Chris!"

"But, you don't look like him"

"Read my mind and you will know"

Lucario glowed for a moment, he was reading the mind of the Riolu, then he stopped and he smiled a bit "Chris!" He knelted to him "What happened to you?"

"Well, when I came here, I was transformed into a Riolu, there are no humans living in this world too"

"Wait, the person you were looking for is him?" Chikorita asked. Chris nodded "That's right, I want you to meet my friend, Lucario!"

"Why didn't you told us about this?" Mudkip asked.

"I didn't?" Chris replied, Mudkip and Chikorita sweatdropped.

"It's a honor to meet you, although you're not the Legendary Rescue Team Leader, is nice to meet at least one of his kind" Alakazam introduced himself to Lucario "I'm the leader of my Rescue Team, we're teams who work to protect other Pok?mon who needs help to rescue missing Pok?mon in dungeons, forest and such"

"Who is the Legendary Rescue Team Leader?" Lucario asked, Alakazam explained all to him "I didn't knew about him until you told me"

"Please, feel free to live here along with us if you want, you could be a lot of help to any Rescue Team" Alakazam walked away with his team, but Chikorita interrupted him in his way.

"Wait! We need to tell you something!"

Alakazam turned his back "What?"

"Remember the Shiftry of yesterday who was going to help Jumpluff to rescue his friend?"

"I remember, why? Something bad happened to him?"

"He was kidnapped by Zapdos!"

"Zapdos?!" Charizard shouted after hearing the name of the thunder bird "But why did Zapdos kidnapped Shiftry? It makes no sense!" Tyranitar asked crossing his arms.

"There is a reason actually" Alakazam looked at his team and the others "The natural disasters that have been ocurring around, Zapdos probably was enraged and his fury made him act like that"

"Rage....the only thing that blinds you from your behavior.." Lucario remembered the battle againts Mewtwo.

"Charizard! Tyranitar! We're going to rescue Shiftry from Zapdos right now!" Alakazam commanded, Charizard and Tyranitar nodded their heads and they headed to Mt Thunder to rescue Shiftry.

"Do you think they will be alright?" Mudkip asked.

"They are the best Rescue Team from here, they haven't lost any mission too, don't worry, they will be fine" Chikorita stated, then she turned her back to Lucario "Nice to meet you, I'm Chikorita!"

"I'm Mudkip!" The person you know said introducing himself. :P

"I'm Caterpie, good bye!" Caterpie ran away by no apparent reason.

"What's wrong with him?" Chikorita asked raising an eyebrow, both Pok?mon were asking questions to Lucario, except Chris, who saw Gengar eating an apple near a tree with his team, Chris glared at him and he approached to Gengar.

"Hey! Give me back my apple!" Chris pointed his hand to Gengar, who only laughed and smirked.

"Kid, didn't you learned your lesson yet? The answer is no way!"

"I don't because I don't need to learn it! Give me that apple in your hand!"

Gengar laughed a bit "Try me!" He placed the apple above in the air, but placed the other hand in Chris's head to stop him from grabbing it.

"Give, me, back, my, apple!"

"You don't understand?!" Gengar pushed Chris, making him fall in the floor "NO!"

Just before Chris could touch the ground, a warm hand wrapped around his back and he heard a rather hard punch coming in front of him, he looked and saw Gengar dropped in the grass in front of a tree he hit, the apple was not with him anymore, Chris turned his head to the right and saw Lucario with his right arm stretched in front of him, then the apple fell from the sky and Lucario catched it.

"Don't you ever push him!" Lucario glared at Gengar, Ekans and Medicham watched terrified as Gengar stood up slowly "And why not? Is really fun!"

Gengar then heard a big noise coming from behind, he turned his back and saw the tree torn in half, he sweatdropped and turned slowly his head to Lucario "S-s-so? What i-i-if we don't want to?"

Lucario approached slowly to Gengar, Ekans and Medicham, they were backing away a little "You don't scare us a little!" Lucario stomped the ground and it broke with great force, the 3 mean Pok?mon gulped in terror as the Aura Pok?mon glowed "RUN IF YOU DON'T WANT TO DIE!" Gengar said, him, Ekans and Medicham left in a hurry, Lucario stopped glowing and he approached to Chris and knelted "Here is your apple" Chris smiled and took it, then he started to eat it.

Mudkip and Chikorita were stunned watching this, they couldn't believe the strong power of Lucario "Alright! You showed them who is the boss here!" Mudkip said smiling and jumping, he turned his head and saw hearts were Chikorita's eyes should be "...Are you alright?"

"I think I fell in love" Chikorita said looking at Lucario.

Just then, Lucario's stomach grumbled and he blushed a little "Do you want an apple?" Chris asked "No, I can't take your apple" Chris searched in his backpack and he took out the apple he found in the Silent Chasm "Eat it!" Lucario grabbed the apple and he started to eat "Thanks"

After eating the apples, Chris wanted Lucario to join the Rescue Team, he accepted and he got a blue scarf, he placed it around his neck and Chikorita fainted mysteriously.

It was night, Chris and Lucario decided to sleep inside the base along with Mudkip and Chikorita, Mudkip was sleeping above a rock, Chikorita was sleeping near a tiny pond inside and Lucario was sleeping seated and leaned into a wall with Chris sleeping below his left arm.

"It's time for our revenge guys" Gengar wispered looking through the window of the base, he looked at Chris "That kid will know to not mess with Team Meanies"

"Hehehe, we will kidnap a kid, what fun!" Ekans wispered.

"Kidnapping is fun when you're evil" Medicham sang.

First try
The rope

"Alright, we need to drag him with this rope I got from the shop, we will throw it to his tail and we will pull him slowly to us, then we run like Dodrios!" Gengar wispered, he saw Chris's blue tail to his left and he threw the rope into it, fortunately for the team, the rope attached to his tail and they turned their backs at some trees, then they began to pull him slowly.

"When...did he...got so heavy?" Gengar asked and wispered, the weight of his prey was just too heavy for them, but eventually, they managed to pull him to them, however, Medicham was the first to turn his back and he gasped.

"Um, guys, can I ask you some questions?"

"Spill them" Gengar wispered.

"He is tiny right?"

"Right"

"He is weak right?"

"Right"

"His tail is not too big right?"

"Right"

"He doesn't have a spike in his chest right?"

"Right"

"He is not definitly tall right?"

"Right"

"He never glows intensely in a blue light right?"

"Right"

"I think we got the wrong one"

Gengar and Ekans turned their backs, his prey was not Chris, instead, they got apparently a bigger version of him, they looked at the rope and it was attached to a much different and bigger tail they thought it was tiny, and his owner was not exactly happy at all.

Oh screw it, it was Lucario glowing intensely and ready to kill the 3 Pok?mon, ok?

He took the rope and he de-attached it from his tail, he threw it at the 3 Pok?mon and then he swung them with the rope above him, they screamed in terror when Lucario stopped, throwing them away from him, Lucario stopped glowing and he returned to the base to sleep.

When he entered, he saw Chris shivering a little, he seated in his place again and he wrapped his left arm around Chris's body to stop the shivering, eventually, Chris stopped shivering and he smiled, still sleeping, Lucario smiled and he fell asleep again.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 29, 2008, 09:25:00 PM
Second try
Invisible Riolu-napping

"Here's the next plan, I'll become invisible and then I'll slowly walk without making any noise and then bingo! We got that kid without any effort!" Gengar wispered to his teammates, he became invisible and he started to walk slowly inside the base.

He was sweating a lot when he entered, even if he saw invisible, he was sweating, one false move and he could wake up above the clouds with a harp and a halo above his head, he gulped silently after approaching slowly to Chris.

"(Darn it, he is below his arm)" The ghost Pok?mon thought to himself, it was now getting harder now, since Chris was wrapped by the left arm of Lucario, the only way to get him out was by pulling him out as slow as possible or else he would die if he fails.

Without thinking it anymore, he slightly grabbed the arm, and slowly unwrapped the Riolu from it, it was almost unwrapped completely, for his luck, he did it and Gengar sighed to himself inside his mind, he grabbed Chris without making any noise at all, and he did it again, he was now holding the sleeping Riolu Chris.

"(Phew, that was close)" He thought to himself with a relief, he turned his back smirking at his idea.

Until mysteriously, he was blasted off out of the base without Chris in his grasp, he crashed into a far away tree just in the front of the base, then he was visible again "(WHAT?! HOW COULD THAT HAPPEN?!") He asked furiously to himself, Ekans and Medicham walked to him "Hey! Why did I crashed into this tree without any reason?!" He yelled wispering to his teammates, Ekans was shaking terrified "What?" Gengar asked.

Inside the base, Lucario had his right hand stretched in front of him, but oddly enough, he was still asleep but he was defending Chris while he was still sleeping, Chris layed in the floor still sleeping, Lucario (who was still sleeping) grabbed Chris and he placed him below his left arm again.

"No, don't take him away from me, or you will die..." He said, still sleeping, or rather dreaming.

Now back with Team Meanies.

"No way, he even defends him while he sleeps?!" Gengar said shocked, both Pok?mon nodded "Grr, he is getting on my nerves now!"

Third try
Mission Impossible style

Mission Impossible theme

"Here's the next plan," Gengar wispered explaining the next plan above the base with Ekans and Medicham "We will kidnap him by the roof, by the hole Ekans made with his acid, we will use the same rope from before and Medicham will be tied to it and he will descend to grab that kid while me and Ekans pulls you got it?"

"Got it" Medicham wispered and sang at the same time, he was ready to go now, he entered the base by the hole Ekans made made before, he was descending slowly above both Aura Pok?mon, the other 2 didn't got any trouble pulling Medicham down through the hole.

When Medicham was just directly above Chris, he saw him below the arm again, but this time he wasn't wrapped up in it, Medicham's luck was getting bigger when Lucario moved away a little, but enough to grab Chris without touching the steel Pok?mon.

"Grrrrr....."

Medicham's eyes widened when he heard a noise coming from the sleeping Aura Pok?mon, he turned his head but luckily it was only a noise he made randomly, he sighed in his mind and he was about to grab Chris when....

"Grrrr......"

Again, the same noise came from Lucario, but he was still sleeping, this time however, he was showing his fangs, which intimidated Medicham a lot, he continued in his mission to kidnap the Emanation Pok?mon and run from the base as soon as possible until...

"Grrrr......"

The same noise came from Lucario again, he was now showing his fangs completely, and since Medicham had a perfect vision, he saw his reflection in Lucario's fangs, and now he was too terrified, heck, he could even be more terrified than a Togepi. But he shook his head and grabbed Chris without any problems.

"(Phew)" He sighed inside his his mind, Gengar and Ekans saw the whole act and he pulled Medicham out of the base, slowly of course.

Until Medicham did something something stupid.

"(I won't do this again ever in my life)" He said in his mind, he rubbed his forehead from the sweating he was making, but that was the stupid thing, because a sweat drop was falling just above Lucario, when the drop came in contact with the tip of his nose, he quickly woke up and used a fast and strong jab in Medicham's face, he dropped Chris in the process and he blasted off to the sky, with Gengar and Ekans since their legs were accidentaly tied up with the rope.

Lucario catched the sleeping Chris and he placed him again below his arm, then he smiled again and he fell asleep again.

Fourth try
Hole below the target

After an hour, the team of stupid Pok?mon were digging below the base with shovels and lights.

"Ok, the next plan is to take him by digging a hole just below and we got the treasure!" Gengar said excited, obviously losing his behavior.

"Treasure?" Ekans asked with shiny eyes, Gengar slapped him "No you fool! The kid is the treasure!"

"Oh, I see" The snake Pok?mon said.

Now they were just below their "treasure" Gengar commanded Ekans to dig through the roof, because somehow Gengar knew Chris was just above where Ekans was standing, the snake Pok?mon slowly dug through the ground to avoid making any noise, he stopped a moment when he saw a blue spot just above his head.

"Guys, I found him, he is there" Ekans wispered, Gengar grinned after he saw the blue spot in the roof, the ghost Pok?mon's plan was now to dig all the ground around the spot so Chris could fell in it without any sound, without thinking again, they started to dig the ground again.

"Finally, we will succeed!" Medicham sang and wispered, the hole was complete and their prize fell in it, they grabbed it and ran outside the base behind some trees.

"Now let's put him down" Gengar said grinning, however, when they placed "Chris" on the ground, they found a rather, or very annoyed and enraged Lucario.

"YOU 3 WON'T STOP ANNOYING ME RIGHT?!" The Aura Pok?mon asked very irritated with a menacing glare.

"AAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" The team ran away scared, but Lucario didn't left them escape alive without shooting a big Aura Sphere to them, it exploded and they blasted off again, then Lucario returned to the base and he sat down close to Chris (placing his arm above him again) and he fell asleep.

Fifth try
Just take him!

Another hour later, a furious Gengar just walked inside the base like nothing happened, he grabbed the sleeping Riolu from the sleeping Lucario and he walked away with him outside behind some trees.

"SEE? WE'VE FAILED AGAIN! GEEZ!" Gengar said, not noticing the Pok?mon he was holding in his purple hands.

"But...isn't he the kid?" Ekans asked looking at Chris.

"..." Gengar thought for a moment when he realized his act "Alright! We got him! It's about fricking time!"

"Shh! You're going to awake him" Medicham said.

"Oh, that's right, we should escape now" The team nodded to each other, they walked just to the right of the base...until they heard a tiny sound coming from their prey.

"What is he doing?" Ekans asked, just then, Chris was making noises of what appears terror, he probably was having a nightmare in his sleep, then he started to cry very aloud. Making the 3 michievous Pok?mon to block their ears.

"Ugh! Shut up! I can't resist this anymore!" Said an annoyed Gengar, blocking his ears from the loud noise. When Gengar, Medicham and Ekans opened their eyes, they saw a big shadow in the ground just in front of them, they gulped in unison and when they turned their backs, Lucario was standing there with his arms crossed, showing his fangs, glowing intensely and glaring menacingly again at the 3 annoying Pok?mon, he saw Chris crying in Gengar's hands.

"THE POK?MON....IN YOUR HANDS....NOW..." Lucario said with a terrorizing tone extending his left hand at them.

"W-w-what Pok?mon? You are probably blind sir!" Medicham sang terrified.

"GRRRRRRRRRR!!!!!!!!"

"Here is him! Take him please! Take him!" Gengar gave Lucario the crying Riolu, he grabbed him wrapping him up with his left arm, but still he was glaring at the 3 Pok?mon and Chris was still crying.

"I-i-i-is something wrong?" Ekans asked terrified. Lucario stomped the ground in rage and they stood still watching the Aura Pok?mon approaching.

"IF I EVER SEE YOU 3 AGAIN.........YOU WILL MEET YOUR GRAVES VERY SOON.....UNDERSTAND?!"

"Y-Y-YES!" They replied in unison.

"RIIIIIIII!!!!!!" Oddly enough, Chris made a high pitched scream, which made Lucario's aura to grow bigger than before.

"NOW GO AWAY!" Lucario said enraged.

"B-b-b-but, first we need to-"

"GGGGGGUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!" Lucario made a huge roar.

"MOMMY!!!!" The Team Meanies ran away at high speed to not being killed by the Aura Pok?mon, the Riolu Lucario was holding was still crying. He just hugged him close to his chest near where his spike is, Chris was stopping slowly his tears and he soon calmed down, Lucario walked inside the base with Chris still in his arms and he sat again leaning to the wall and he fell asleep, 3 seconds later, Chris was smiling with tears coming from his eyes.

The next morning...

"I couldn't sleep so well," Chris said rubbing his head "I had a nightmare where 3 shadows wanted to take me away, but at the end, Lucario appeared from nowhere and he defeated them"

Lucario remembered the incidents of last night, Chris's nightmare was almost the same thing Lucario was experiencing, Chris closed his eyes and smiled at Lucario "I'm happy to have you with me"

"Me too" Lucario replied with a little smile.

"Ugh, at least you 2 didn't got my trouble" Mudkip said.

"What do you mean?" Chris asked.

"Last night I could have sworn many noises inside our base, most of them were either punches or roars," He got in a thinking position "And after that, there was another earthquake right Chikorita?" Mudkip looked at Chikorita.

"Yeah, that was another earthquake, do you think it happened because of the natural disasters?"

"I think so" Mudkip replied. Just then, Caterpie, along with Butterfree, the 2 Jumpluffs from yesterday came running at them panting heavily.

"Hey guys, what's wrong?" Chikorita asked.

"It's Alakazam's team! They haven't returned yet from their mission!" Caterpie said in shock.

The eyes of the team widened after hearing this "What? But they always finish their missions in less than 2 hours!" Chikorita exclaimed.

"We know that, but everyone in Pok?mon Square are worried!" Butterfree pointed out.

"And we're also worried about Shiftry!" Both Jumpluffs said in unison.

"So, are we going to rescue them?" Chris asked.

"Chikorita, Chris, Lucario, we're going to rescue Alakazam's team and Shiftry from Zapdos!" Mudkip said. The other 3 mentioned Pok?mon nodded.

"Wait, are you really going to save them?" Caterpie asked.

Mudkip nodded "That's right, we're a Rescue Team and we have to help each other, isn't that the true meaning of the Rescue Teams?"

"..." Caterpie, Butterfree and both Jumpluffs didn't spoke for a moment "You're right, we're counting on you!" Butterfree said smiling.

"Wish us good luck!" Chikorita said walking with Mudkip, Chris and Lucario towards the road to Mt Thunder, the other 4 Pok?mon waved their hands at the team.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Mudkip!"

"I-I-I'm Chi-Chikorita"

"We're going to rescue Alakazam and Shiftry right? Well, this is not going to be easy, since we're talking about a Legendary Bird"

"What spike...."

"But I know with our forces combined, we could have a chance againts him right?"

"What strength...."

"Um, Chikorita? Are you alright?"

"What tail..."

"Chikorita?"

"What fur...."

"Are you listening to me?"

"What muscles......"
She faints.

"Chikorita? Hello? Are you still in love with Lucario? Chikorita? Wake up!"

"..."

"Ugh, why me, next time: The rage of the thunder! The Primid's General L!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 29, 2008, 09:29:16 PM
ROFL, Mission Impossible style. And Lucario can defend in his sleep?!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 30, 2008, 02:57:49 PM
Chapter 19 is complete!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 30, 2008, 07:59:06 PM
Chapter 20: The rage of the thunder! The Primid's General L!

Mt Thunder
Trail

After a long walk, the Rescue Team finally reached the dangerous Mt Thunder, the top of the mountain had many clouds making thunders, a sound was coming from Chris's backpack, he took the Primid Radar out and he examined it.

"There are Primids in this mountain, we should be careful Lucario"

"Understood" Said Lucario.

"Hey, what is that thing you're holding?" Asked Mudkip.

"And what is a Primid?" Chikorita asked.

Chris and Lucario explained all the information about the Primids and their mission.

"So, you 2 are here to defeat those Primids things and save this world from being invaded by them?" Mudkip asked, both Aura Pok?mon nodded "Amazing, I didn't thought you had that mission to complete"

"What are we waiting for? Let's go!" Chikorita said walking through the path to the top of the mountain.

The quartet we're now climbing the big mountain, there was something odd, there wasn't any wild Pok?mon in their trail, which made the Pok?mon confused.

"Isn't weird that this path isn't inhabited by any Pok?mon? I've heard this mountain had many wild Pok?mon, most of them were of the Electric type," Chikorita stated "It creeps me out to find this place abandonned"

"At least pray to god that there aren't any of them here," Mudkip said "We could be dead meat for Spearows"

"You don't have to worry," Chris said looking at Lucario "We got a powerful ally by our side and us to defend" Lucario blushed a bit and he looked away.

Suddenly, the Primid Radar was beeping, from the ground, Shadow Bugs came from holes spreaded in the ground, the bugs gathered and formed Primid versions of Pok?mon, the difference being only red curious eyes and a whole purple body.

"Wha-what the heck are those things?!" Chikorita asked.

"Primids," Chris pointed out "And it seems they have taken the bodies of the wild Pok?mon living here"

"That is....weird" Mudkip remarked.

"Um, are we going to fight them?" Chikorita asked. Lucario was already beating 4 of them "...Is that a yes?"

"Yes!" Chris and Mudkip said at the same time, they ran towards the purple Pok?mon, Chikorita shook her head and she started to fire Razor Leafs, the fight wasn't that hard, when they've finished, the Shadow Bugs escaped from the Pok?mon's bodies and they dissapeared in thin air.

"Easy!" Chikorita said cheering at their victory "But they were only Rattatas, they could have taken stronger Pok?mon too" Mudkip stated, that made Chikorita shiver of fear.

"We need to keep going, any minute is crucial" Chris said walking his way to the top again, Mudkip was thinking in his mind if the whole trouble with the Primids was really a big deal when Chris and Lucario told him that, but of all matters, he continued.

"Someone is up ahead" Lucario said, he glowed for a moment, then he spotted 1 fainted body on the ground, they accelerated following Lucario and finally they found Shiftry laying unconsious on the ground.

"Shiftry! Wake up! Are you alright?!" Chikorita asked moving Shiftry with her leaf.

"Ugh...Alakazam...be careful..." He said in a weak tone.

"Shiftry! What happened to Alakazam?" Mudkip asked.

"He and his team went to fight Zapdos, but they haven't returned for a while ago"

"How much did it passed?"

"Like 8 hours"

"8 hours?! They could be in trouble!" Chikorita said.

"Not only that...purple creatures who took the bodies of the wild Pok?mon living here are appearing too"

"If the Primids are in this, they are maybe trying to take Zapdos in their control!" Chris said.

"Be careful...not so long ago, odd looking white creatures with red arms came here holding a big sphere with a X in the middle...I think that's a bomb"

"That must be a Subspace Bomb!"

"Please...help Alakazam..." And Shiftry fainted.

Mudkip blinked before speaking "Should we take Shiftry with us?"

Chikorita looked around the area "Nah, we can leave him here, there isn't any wild Pok?mon in this area, besides, we're almost to the top"

"She is right, I can see the clouds closer than before," Chris saw the black clouds closer than before "But be on your guards, they maybe are waiting for us with their best troops"

"What do you mean by best troops?"

"Stronger Pok?mon" Chris pointed out, Chikorita gulped in fear "Let's move on!" Mudkip said walking to the top once again with the rest of his Reacue Team.

Only to be attacked by Primids resembling Raichus.

They quickly attacked, Mudkip was in trouble since they were using Electric types moves, but somehow Chikorita summoned her bravery and stood in front defending him, Chris was fighting well surprisingly, being a Riolu was really lucky, although most of them were attacking to Lucario, he didn't got any problem in wiping them out.

"AH!" Chris screamed in pain because a Raichu used his tail to attack him, but 1 second later, the Raichu crashed into the wall by a furious Lucario.

"Are you alright?" Lucario asked.

"Yes, I'm fine, thanks for worring about me" Chris smiled.

"Look! They are retreating!" Mudkip said. All the Shadow Bugs were retreating from the bodies and they dissapeared in the air. The group continued until they reached the top.

Mt Thunder
Top

The entire Rescue Team looked around for Alakazam and his team, but they found nothing...except for the Subspace Bomb standing in the center.

"What is that thing? It's a bomb?!" Mudkip asked.

"We need to deactivate it before it explodes!" Chris stated, the four Pok?mon started to attack the bomb, they used Aura Spheres, Force Palms, Razor Leafs and even Water Guns, but it didn't work.

"It doesn't work! We have to think about another plan!" Chikorita said panting a little.

Chris looked around for an answer, but he couldn't find one, except 2 robots at each side of the bomb.

"Huh?" Chris said, he saw the 2 robots attached to the bomb, he walked to one of them and he asked "Are you going to escape? The bomb is about to explode!"

The robot only shook his head, Chris somehow felt a little sad, because the robot lowered his head and closed his eyes, the other robot did the same and that made Chris worried, Lucario was wondering what was Chris doing.

"What are you doing Chris?" He asked.

"...Those robots can't escape from the bomb because their hands are attached to it..."

Lucario looked at one of the robots, he approached to him and tried to de-attach him, but it didn't budge either, it felt like the robot was combined with the bomb and couldn't escape from the explosion. Chikorita and Mudkip approached to them with confused faces.

"Is something wrong?" Chikorita asked, Chris explained all to her "...So, they are done for?"

Chris nodded slowly, then he tried to de-attach the same robot, but it was hopeless, the robot was stuck in his current situation and nothing could help him now, his fate was already decided. Chris only knelted and he almost broke into tears..

Just then, a powerful thunder came from the clouds, it struck the bomb destroying it in the process along with the 2 robots, the bomb became ash and the Rescue Team backed away from the center, on the center of the clouds, a sparking, yellow bird came down flapping his wings, it was Zapdos!

"Who has the guts to come here, the home of one of the 3 Legendary Birds?!" The yellow bird asked, his voice was echoing through the top of the mountain. Chikorita, Chris and Mudkip backed away a little.

"W-we-we have come here to rescue Alakazam and his team!" Mudkip said shaking in terror.

"Alakazam? I don't know any Alakazam coming here!"

"Huh?" The four Pok?mon sain in unison "What do you mean you didn't saw him?" Chris asked.

"I've only stole Shiftry because it woke up my rage when he was in the Silent Chasm, but after I came here, those purple abnormalities began to invade my home!"

The Rescue Team looked at each other "What could've happened to them?" Chikorita asked "If it they got lost somehow?" Mudkip asked "Please, the time they can get lost I will dance inside lava" Chikorita joked.

Suddenly, a big explosion came from Zapdos's back, the electric bird Pok?mon yelled in pain and he fell on the ground from the unknown impact.

"What happened?! Who did that?" Chikorita asked, the four Pok?mon looked around to find the source of the attack.

"It was me, General L"

"General L?" Chris asked. From the sky, a very shadowy figure came down with a very intense purple light surrounding all his body, his body couldn't be seen with a normal eye, the only thing the Rescue Team saw was only yellow mad eyes and a whole purple figure.

"Who the heck are you?" Chris asked.

"I'm General L, a high rank soldier of the Primids," He pointed at Zapdos "I've come here because this bird destroyed the bomb to stole this place"

"But it was actually a good thing!" Mudkip said.

"For us it was not," General L stated "Since he is out of commition, we shall take him with us a make him a powerful weapon for our deeds"

"We won't allow you to do such thing to Zapdos!" Mudkip said, standing in a fighting position.

"Yeah! Even if he kidnapped Shiftry, he doesn't deserves that!" Chikorita said.

"That plan of yours is simply stupid and innecessary, we won't leave without a fight!" Chris said.

"If Chris wants to fight, I will fight along with him" Lucario said, standing in a fighting position.

"You little bastards, be that way and feel my wrath!" General L ran at the Rescue Team.

Wild Pok?mon Battle! Diamond/Pearl

As soon as the battle started, General L charged a very odd looking purple sphere, he fired it at Mudkip, he evaded it, but the sphere returned and he was hit by it from the back, he yelled in pain and he fell unconsious.

"Mudkip!" Chikorita yelled, approaching to Mudkip "How could you!" She fired many Razor Leafs, but General L just stood there receiving all the attacks, but it didn't do any effect at all, which astonished Chikorita "What?"

General L ran at fast speed to Chikorita, she yelled in terror, but Chris got in the middle and used Force Palm, somehow, it damaged greatly to General L.

"Ugh, you little brat!" General L said, just as he was about to punch Chris in the face, Lucario interrupted him and used Force Palm too, General L crashed into a nearby wall and he got up quickly.

"That's it!" General L stood still for a moment, then he charged up a big purple sphere again, he fired it a Chikorita this time, she was still trying to revive Mudkip with a Reviver seed and yelled in terror again, but Lucario got between her and the attack and he tried to return it to his opponent with his hands, eventually, he returned it to General L, who evaded it as the big purple sphere exploded in the wall.

General L was in a hurry now, he was easily outnumbered and he was getting weaker, but that was his whole plan all along.

"You fools....you fell in my trap!" Again, he was glowing and he made another big purple sphere, but this was different than the last one, Lucario's ears perked up a bit and he gasped.

"QUICK! DISPERSE!" Lucario said, he grabbed Chris with his left hand and Chikorita ran to the other side, but she realized that Mudkip was still laying unconsious on the ground, she turned and ran to grab Mudkip with her Vine Whip. But it was too late, General L fired a big purple beam within his hands, Chikorita and Mudkip were still in the way, but when the beam was about to hit them, Chris ran and pushed them aside at time, they ran to the other side to evade the attack. The beam was big and it made a huge trail of destruction across his path.

"Wait...it can't be....that beam..." Lucario asked and muttered to himself, somehow, the beam was too familiar to him, he shook his head and when he saw his opportunity to attack a clueless General L, he didn't hesitated and he ran towards him, he quickly made a combo with punchs, kicks, jabs, Force Palms and finally an Aura Sphere, General L yelled in pain as every attack hit him, then he was all weak and he fell in the ground in defeat.

The battle ended and the crowd cheered for our heros.

"Mudkip! Wake up! Everything is fine now!" Chikorita shook violently Mudkip, he already ate the Reviver seed, but he didn't woke up, until Chikorita used Vine Whip and slapped him several times until he woke up.

Chris examined General L's unconsious body laying on the ground, Lucario was near him if his enemy woke up and attacked Chris without guard.

"...Ril..." General L muttered.

"Ril? What does that mean?" Chris asked to himself.

"Rile....Rile....Rile...y...help me...."

"Rile-y?"

"...Rile........Rile.....y.....help me....those things...are....taking....my body......" Mysteriously, a part of General L's body revealed, the purple light around it dissapeared for a moment, at that was a blue tail, but quickly, it was covered by the purple light again and General L escaped using the Shadow Bugs who dissapeared in the air along with him.

"Wasn't that a blue tail?" Chris asked to Lucario "It was"

"But, I remember that blue tail somewhere else before, and also, he said Riley, but I also remember that name somewhere before too" Chris got in a thinking position.

"Not only that, when he fired that big beam, it was familiar to me" Lucario stated.

"Guys! Come here! I've found Alakazam!" Chikorita called from afar, Alakazam and his team was in front of her and they were gettng up.

"Ugh...what happened to us?" Alakazam said rubbing his forehead.

"I don't know! You just appeared out of the ground with those purple things!" Chikorita pointed out.

"..Yes...I remember now...when we were almost going to reach the top, I couldn't see clearly when something got us from behind..."

"The Primids took them prisoners then" Chris said.

"I knew the Primids were behind this all along" Alakazam said.

"What? How did you know about the Primids? We didn't told you anything about them yet!" Chris exclaimed.

Alakazam chuckled a little "I'm a Psychic Pok?mon, therefore, I can read minds"

Lucario chuckled a little too.

"What's so funny Lucario?" Chris asked.

"That was the same thing Mewtwo told us too" Lucario wispered to Chris's ear.

"Look! Zapdos is getting up!" Charizard shouted, the yellow bird Pok?mon was awakening from his unconsiousness, Chikorita hid behind a rock with Mudkip (who woke up thanks to the Reviver seed) and Chris hid behind Lucario.

"You were the ones who defeated those creatures?" Zapdos asked with a echoing voice.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 31, 2008, 08:13:28 PM
"Y-yes!" Mudkip said terrified.

"And those creatures are gone from my home now?"

Chris looked at the Primid Radar and it was in green "Yes, they're gone now"

"I want to thank all of you for your help" Zapdos said.

"Huh?" Mudkip's Rescue Team said in unison.

"You want an explanation?" Both Rescue Teams nodded their heads "Alright then, listen well, one day, I was souring the skies high above the clouds, when I was flying, I felt a disturbance in the land, when I descended, I saw big craters in forest, caves and mountains, those craters were not there before, I was sure that something was wrong to cause such incidents"

"Natural disasters" Alakazam pointed out.

Zapdos nodded "That is correct, many natural disasters had been occurred in every corner of the land, causing many Pok?mon to go missing, that thing was enraging me deeply, then my rage was blinding from the reality and I started to act violently to all the Pok?mon, that is why I kidnapped Shiftry"

"Tell us what happened after" Chris said.

"After I kidnapped Shiftry, I returned to this mountain to rest, but when I came here, purple monsters were invading my home and I dropped Shiftry in some part of the mountain and I quickly flew to the top to protect the mountain from them, when I finished with on the top, I hid in the clouds to wait for more of them," Zapdos looked at Mudkip's Rescue Team "That is when you four made it to the top and fought that monster, I'm very grateful of your actions"

"Oh that was nothing, really" Chikorita said (obviously showing off)

"You can leave now the mountain, I will stop kidnapping Pok?mon from now," Zapdos flew to the clouds again "I will wish you all good luck!"

"Now that everything it's settled, we should return to Pok?mon Square now with Shiftry" Alakazam said, everyone nodded in agreedment.

Pok?mon Square
Mudkip's Rescue Team Base

After returning to Pok?mon Square, Shiftry gave thanks to Mudkip and his Rescue Team, he left waving his hand, Alakazam also gave thanks to them and told something to Mudkip if he wanted to know about his meaning to be in this world without humans, he left too with Charizard and Tyranitar.

"I think we should leave too Lucario" Chris said looking at Lucario.

"What?! You're leaving now?!" Chikorita asked astonished.

"Yes, we need to stop the Primids from invading the other worlds, I'm sorry to leave your team Mudkip"

"Nah, it's okay, you 2 were a lot of help to our team" Mudkip said and shook his head smiling.

"We....will miss you too....Lucario" Chikorita said blushing a little.

"Oh, I almost forgot!" Chris said, he wispered something to Lucario's ear and he nodded, then the 2 took their blue scarfs from their necks and gave them to Mudkip "We almost took your scarfs away from you" Chris said rubbing his head.

However, Mudkip gave them back to Chris "Keep them, so you 2 can remember us" He said smiling.

"Really? Thanks, that is so kind of you" Chris said smiling "Lucario, let's go now!" And with that, Lucario left with Chris walking away from the base, Mudkip and Chikorita were saying good bye to them while a tear came from their eyes.

Just then, Team Meanies were walking to the left side of Lucario and Chris, they gulped in unison when Lucario was walking to their left, just when they were about to pass Lucario...

"Grrr!"

"AAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" They ran away at high speed to Pok?mon Square. Chris made a confused face when he saw them running at such speed terrified, maybe it was because of Lucario?

When the 2 were out of Pok?mon Square's sight, Chris took the Wiimote out of his backpack.

"Now, we need to return to Master Hand and the others"

"Wait, I want to do something else before we go" Lucario said, he knelted to Chris.

"What is it?"

"Since this is probably the last time you're going to be a Riolu....well...I've been asking to myself...."

"Yes?"

Lucario looked away with his eyes closed "Can I carry you a last time in my arm please?"

Chris just blinked at what Lucario did just asked to him, something was telling him that Lucario somehow felt like a father when he was a Riolu.

Chris thought about it for a moment, then he smiled "Of course you can"

Just when he opened his eyes, he was already wrapped up in Lucario's left arm "I didn't thought you would act so quickly" Chris said, he pointed the Wiimote and it fired a light making a portal in the tip of it, Lucario smiled a little and he walked towards the portal, then the 2 vanished from the world.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Lucario"

"I'm Mewtwo"

"It's time to save the Star Fox team from the Primids now, but now, Roy, Mewtwo and Pichu are tagging along with us"

"Heh, with my new attacks, this is going to be entertaining"

"Are you showing off?"

"Maybe, just a little"

"Sure, next time: Corneria! The lack of entusiasm of Fox!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 01, 2008, 09:16:20 PM
Chapter 21: Corneria! The lack of entusiasm of Fox!

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Master Tabuu, I'm sorry to fail in this mission" General L said.

"You worthless little general! You're lucky that I saved you from your death back then!" Tabuu said enraged.

"I'll promise I won't fail this time, just give me another opportunity"

"Ugh...fine, you can go again, but if you fail, you won't return here got it?"

"Understood! I will kill your enemies!"
He ran away.

"Lord Tabuu, we are ready to invade Corneria, the Aparoids agreeded to cooperate with us" The Ancient Minister said.

"Excellent news, if everything goes according to the plan, we should take Corneria without any trouble, teleport the Subspace Bombs now!" He teleported away.

"...And there goes more lives away from my people..."

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Wait, why is Lucario's icon in purple?" Master Hand asked, the icon of Lucario was in purple when he saw it, just then, Chris and Lucario came back and Chris got out of Lucario's arm.

"Well, I'm a human again" Chris said.

"Oh, you're back, did something happened there?" Master Hand asked.

"Nothing special, except for a new enemy who is working with the Primids," Chris pointed out "We didn't saw him well because he was shrouded in a dark light, however, when we defeated him, a part of his body revealed and that was a blue tail, he also made a big beam of purple energy and he said the name of someone named Riley, but at the end he escaped"

"...Wait, Riley? I only know one person who knows that name"

"Who?" Chris and Lucario asked.

Master Hand looked away "...It was the previous Lucario before your Lucario Chris"

Chris gasped "Wait, you told us before he died protecting the other Smashers!"

"Yes, I did said that, but I didn't saw more after that, he maybe survived the attack and the Primids took his body while he was weak," Master Hand looked at the 2 "he is the Lucario of a Pok?mon Trainer named Riley who lives in the region of Sinnoh, I sent a letter to Riley if his Lucario could participate in the tournament, he agreeded and...you know what happened after"

"I can't believe we actually fought againts the Lucario from this tournament" Chris said.

"Oh, I forgot, I should replace his icon for your Lucario" Master Hand snapped his fingers and Lucario's icon changed to his normal form.

"And..." Chris looked around "Where are Mewtwo, Roy and Pichu?"

"We're here!" A high pitched voice yelled from the other side of the room, Chris and Lucario looked at the source of the voice and they saw Mewtwo, Roy and Pichu.

"Oh yes, I've finished with their movesets and all the things they needed to do," Master Hand pointed at them "now you're watching Mewtwo, Roy and Pichu in their Brawl forms!" Indeed, they were now looking a little sharper as the other Smashers of Brawl.

"And fortunately, I have a better moveset now" Mewtwo said grinning a little.

"My attacks doesn't hurt me too much now!" Pichu said jumping in happiness.

"And I....well, I'm still the same" Roy said rubbing his head.

"And for the final thing to add..." Master Hand snapped his fingers again and the screen made 3 more icons along with the 36 icons, the first icon had Mewtwo with crossed arms and looking away to the left, Pichu in a jumping position smiling and Roy with his sword crossed in front of him with the tip of the blade in front of his lap.

Suddenly, an alarm started to sound, Fox's icon was getting darker and Master Hand looked at the screen "Fox is in trouble!" He looked at the five "You need to go to Star Fox: Assault immediately!"

"And do barrel rolls!" Crazy Hand said, everything paused for a moment and all were looking at him rather annoyed, even the alarm stopped "...did I said something innecessary?"

"Yes!" Everyone said in unison, the alarm started again and Chris pointed the Wiimote at Star Fox: Assault, the five walked inside and they vanished in front of the hands.

"...Crazy, I should give you some pills" Master Hand said looking at his insane bother, who floated around and fell dizzy on the floor.

Star Fox: Assault

Lylat System
Corneria

"This is....horrible....the whole city is getting destroyed...." A blue vixen said over the speaker in the ear of a fox who was stepping in the city.

"Fox! We need to destroy the Jammers so we can comunicate with General Pepper and also destroy the Aparoids in the process!" A hare said in the speaker to the fox.

"Got it, guys, cover the air and I'll cover the ground" The fox said.

"I'm a pro in the sky! Leave it to me Fox!" A blue falcon said riding a high tech ship. He confirmed the name of the fox, which was simply Fox.

"I-I-I won't leave the battle either!" A green toad said in the speaker.

"I'm counting on you guys" Fox said, then he started to run at the center of the city with a blaster on his hand.

At the other side of the city...

"God, this city is getting devastated..." Chris said, he was back in his PK Kid job again when he returned to the Smash Mansion.

"Oooohhhh, what does this button do?" Roy pressed a random button from a close machine, then the machine exploded, turning Roy in a black version of himself.

"I forgot Roy doesn't know anything about machines since he is from a era without technology.." Mewtwo said frowning.

"Pichu, you know more about machines right?" Chris asked.

"Y-y-yes I do, using constantly many items gave me knowledge about machines at the same time" The little electric mouse replied.

"Oh look, there is a taxi coming at high speed at us" Chris said looking to a odd looking "taxi", however, it wasn't a taxi, because it was going to ram at them!

"Dodge it!" Mewtwo said, everyone rolled away from the "taxi" which was an Aparoid. Then more Aparoids came from nowhere surrounding our heros.

"We need to fight back!" Roy said, everyone prepared to fight againts the Aparoids. Meanwhile, an Arwing came flying above the fighting place.

"Let's see, where is a Jammer hiding?" The green toad looked outside the window to find the Jammers "Hmm, Aparoids....trees...an announcement for a line of machines (Oooh, I need to buy that!) a infected soldier.....a building burning....5 mysterious guys fighting againts a swarm of Aparoids....another tree....another building on fire....another infected soldie-" A disk scratches and the toad shook his head "Wait, what did I said before another tree?"

"Slippy! What are you talking about?" The hare talked through the speaker. Confirming the name of the toad.

"Peppy! I saw another tree!"

"No, before that!" Peppy asked.

"...A building on fire!"

"No, after that!"

"...A line of machines?"

"No! 2 things after that!"

"5 mysterious guys fighting againts a swarm of Aparoids?"

"What?" Peppy (the hare) checked the radar and he found 5 dots on it defeating the Aparoids "Fox! Do you hear me?"

"Yes, what is it?" Fox asked.

"There are 5 persons fighting the Aparoids on the east side of the city, go there now!" Peppy commanded.

"Roger, I'm on my way" Fox said, then he started to run to the east side of the city of Corneria.

"That was...painful...but we won againts them..." Roy said panting.

"Yeah, they weren't hesitating to kil us" Chris said.

"!!!"

"What is it Mewtwo?"

"I've located 10 Subspace Bombs spreaded all over the city, and they are in a countdown of 30 minutes"

"10?!" Chris, Pichu, Lucario and Roy said in unison "We need to desactivate them before they explode!" Pichu said.

"Halt! Hands to the air!" A voice shouted from the top of a building pointing a blaster to them. They turned their heads and saw Fox on top of it.

"Fox? Are you confusing us for those things?" Chris said "And sorry, but my hands are going to be in my lap"

"Wait," Fox jumped from the building and landed in front of them "how did you knew my name?"

"It's been a while Fox" Fox looked at Mewtwo "Mewtwo! What are you doing here with them?"

"We've come here because the Primids want to take Corneria for their own"

"Primids? Are you meaning the Aparoids?" Fox asked.

"Aparoids were the things that attacked us?" Chris asked.

"Who in the heck are you? And who is that blue monster?" Fox asked pointing his blaster at Chris, only to be crushed by Lucario "I don't like people who point his guns at Chris" Lucario said glaring at Fox, who was looking at his destroyed blaster.

"...Okay, I deserved that for saying heck and monster" Fox stated throwing away his blaster.

After a long talk of who were Chris, Lucario, the Primids, the Aparoids and an apology for destroying Fox's blaster...

"So, let me get this straight, the Primids are trying to take Corneria with Subspace Bombs as you 5 told me about and they are somehow working with the Aparoids and you're here to stop them right?" Fox asked, the five nodded their heads.

"That is very interesting" Peppy said over the speaker in Fox's ear.

"Peppy, did you listened the explanation?" Fox asked.

"Yes I did, and Falco, Slippy, Krystal and even ROB listened too" Peppy said, confirming everybody's names.

"More bad guys? Geez, the Aparoids are feeling weak or something?" Falco asked.

"Looks like we're all tied up in this sittuation" Krystal pointed out.

"I think I have the solution to how to deactivate those bombs guys!" Slippy said over the speaker "But we need to retreat to the Great Fox first!"

"Fox, Falco, Slippy, Krystal and everyone else, return to the Great Fox to discuss our plan!" Peppy commanded, the Star Fox team nodded their heads as the other five did too. However, Fox was feeling uneasy about the security of the city.

"Okay, but let's do it quick, every second that passes the city will get more destroyed than is curretly is" Fox stated.

Great Fox
Over Corneria city

Mission briefing

"Now that everyone is here, let's discuss the plan about the bombs" Peppy said.

"Alright, listen up," Slippy pointed at five Subspace Bombs located through the city "I've located 5 bombs spreaded in the east, west, north, south and center of the city"

"But Mewtwo said they were 10 bombs!" Chris pointed out.

"10 bombs? But I don't see more in the radar!"

"They're probably trying to drop the remaining bombs if the first 5 are desactivated," Krystal said "we need to desactivate them as soon as possible then"

"So, how are we suppose to deactivate the bombs Slippy?" Falco asked.

"That is so simple Falco!" A image of a device appeared on the screen "I've been developing a bomb desactivator since the last month, luckily, I've made 10 exact copies if we were going to use them"

"How do we use them?" Pichu asked.

"That is the most simple thing to do too! You only need to place them in any part of the bomb and it'll be desactivated the first moment it touches the bomb! Easy, isn't?" Slippy said excited.

"Well, you're the genius here, any machine created by you always comes in handy" Fox remarked.

"Huh?"

"What is it Peppy?"

"The Aparoids are creating a barrier of them along with the Primids to stop us!" The radar was showing the Aparoids forming a wall with the Primids to protect the bombs.

"Darn it, they were aware of us since the beggining" Roy said.

"We need to hurry up, the bombs are in 15 minutes now," Peppy looked at the 9 "you have to form 4 teams to desactivate the bombs, I'll drop you in the center of the city so you can finish with the first bomb, since there are only 9 of you on the ground, one will have to guard the sky"

"The sky is my place, personally, I prefer the air" Falco said raising a hand.

"Fine Falco, you'll decide the teams once you touch the ground and desactivate the first bomb," Peppy said "I wish you all good luck"

"I'm ready to go" Lucario said.

"So do I" Falco said.

"Me too!" Slippy said.

"This is going to be fun I think" Chris said.

"I won't surrender either" Krystal said.

"Let them feel my wrath" Mewtwo said.

"I-I-I'm ready! I think" Pichu said.

"I need to test my sword in the fight again!" Roy said holding his sword.

"Okay," Fox made a fist in front of his face "let's go team!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 02, 2008, 05:03:44 PM
Whoo, go Star Fox!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 02, 2008, 06:16:21 PM
End of mission briefing

After everything was planned, the team landed just in the center of the city, Falco was already taking down many ships in the air, Slippy gave them the Bomb Desactivators (named after Slippy), since the bomb was just in the center, Slippy tried it out first, and surprisingly, the bomb stopped.

Chris saw another duo of robots there too, but it seems they were shutted off when the bomb was desactivated, Chris felt a little sad from the inside but shook his head.

"Alright, here are the teams" Fox said the members of each team and where should they go to desactivate the bombs with the devices.

Team 1:

Fox and Krystal

North Bomb

Team 2:

Roy and Slippy

West Bomb

Team 3:

Pichu and Mewtwo

East Bomb

Team 4:

Chris and Lucario

South Bomb


"Any objections?" Fox asked.

Chris chuckled a little "Not at all, but I wish Slippy good luck with Roy though"

"What's so bad about him?" Slippy asked, just then, Roy was near another machine and he pressed another button, exploding in the process like the last one.

"...Can we change members please?" Slippy turned his back and he didn't saw them anymore, Roy walked to him (who was all black)

"Let's go!" Roy grabbed Slippy by the hand and they ran to the west. Slippy sweatdropped about what was Roy going to do. A mechanical genius was paired to a complete clueless idiot about machines.

Preview of the next chapter

"This is Fox"

"And this is Chris, showing a new job!"

"Wait, when did you got a visor, a jacket and that blaster?"

"In the next chapter, Lucario also got the same job as me"

"That's not funny, stop mimicking my moves!"

"How about no? I like this visor, jacket and blaster"

"I've said stop using them!"

"No!"

"Grr!"

"Next time: The 5 remaining bombs! VS a not Primid general!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 03, 2008, 01:19:48 PM
Chapter 22: The five remaining bombs! VS a not Primid general!

Corneria
North side

Star Fox:
Space Armada

As Fox and Krystal continued their way to the north with the Bomb Desactivator in hands, a horde of Primids and Aparoids surrounded them, however, Krystal was already prepared with a Gatling Gun, Fox, who was astonished by this, watched how Krystal was wiping out all of them.

"Krystal, when did you got that Gatling Gun?" Fox asked.

"I always search for weapons laying around Fox, not like you, who always use a Blaster" Krystal said, Fox looked at his Blaster and he shook in embarrasment.

With just one shot, any Aparoid or Primid were instantly killed (Never underestimate the power of a Gatling Gun!) And much for Fox's dismay, Krystal's Gatling Gun was full of shots, leaving the leader of the Star Fox team in shame. Neverteless, Fox was taking out some of them from afar with fully charged shots.

While they were shooting with their guns, Fox approached to Krystal "So, Krystal...I've been wondering..."

"Yeah?" Krystal asked.

"When all of this war is over..."

"I'm hearing"

"Well..." Fox blushed little, somehow, the talk with Tricky in Sauria gave Fox the sudden urge to ask Krystal for a.....date.

"Why are you blushing Fox?" Krystal asked, she eliminated 4 Aparoids in the process.

"Can we....go out for a date when we get rid of the Aparoids?"

When Krystal listened to this, her eyes widened a lot, she blushed a little in the process like Fox too, did Fox just asked for date.....a moment ago?

"Sorry, but I think I heard you wrong, did just you asked me for a date?" Krystal asked, waiting for Fox's reply.

"If we....can go....for a date....when all this war is over?" Fox replied. Krystal was left without words of what to say.

"Um...I'll think of that later.." She said, running to the north in a hurry, Fox sighed and placed his hand in his forehead "You're a idiot Fox...asking her that in a time like this...why I didn't asked her in the Great Fox then?" He shook his head and followed Krystal. Their objective was just above a building which was guarded by many Primids and Aparoids again.

Corneria
East side

"They're attacking from above, Pichu, use Thunder on them" Mewtwo commanded.

"But...I don't thin-"

"GO!" Mewtwo threw Pichu through the air with his psychic powers, somehow, Pichu knew what was Mewtwo's plan, he casted a Thunder above the flying Aparoids, which destroyed them and missed Pichu from hitting him.

"Good, you knew what I was thinking" Metwo said, Pichu stood up and he smiled, just then, 2 Primids were behind Mewtwo and Pichu gasped "Look out behind you!" Pichu shouted.

Mewtwo just grinned and he turned his back quickly, then he somehow sliced them down with his hands "Hmph, I knew using Psycho Cut to change my 3 attack combo was a good idea"

Mewtwo's normal 3 combo attacks were changed for a variation of the move Psycho Cut, when he moves his hands in a diagonal position, he can cast a pink slice in from of him to harm his enemies, good idea, isn't?

"Look! The bomb is between those buildings!" Pichu pointed at the Subspace Bomb hiding between 4 buildings, as soon as he located the bomb, more Aparoids and Primids appeared from nowhere surrounding the bomb. Pichu just sighed and he closed his eyes and ran after them.

"At least he is getting braver now," Mewtwo muttered to himself, then he saw both alien races surrounding him, then he grinned again "Bring it!" He started to glow as the Primids and Aparoids lunged at him.

Corneria
South side

"There is no end to these things!" Chris said, he was tiring himself out of using PK Flash over and over again, he learned PSI Magnet in the process, but it wouldn't help too much.

"Stay behind me!" Lucario shouted running away from the Aparoids and Primids so Chris could hid behind him, Chris managed to hid behind him and started to think about something.

"No...this is not going to work...minus the Swordsman job....ugh, I need a new job!" Chris was searching in the menu for a job that would help him in this battle, he closed his eyes and suddenly, him and Lucario glowed for a moment and stopped "Huh? This one wasn't here before..."

Space Mercenary

With the Space Mercenary as your job, it will give you the neccessary knowledge to use high tech machines as your weapons, use your Blaster to defeat foes from afar and near and also use a wide variety of weapons in your arsenal!

As soon as Chris saw the new job at his disposal, he pressed it and his appearance changed, he gained a green scouter in his right eye, a Blaster with a belt and a gray jacket with 2 pockets of each side.

"Wow...this job is by far my favorite..." He took out his Blaster "And look, I even have this Blaster!" He tried it out with some Primids far away from him, with some shots they were defeated.

"Did you see that Lucar-" When Chris turned his head to see Lucario, Lucario was already different too, he got the same things Chris got too, but he didn't used his Blaster at all "That Blaster is a waste of time for you right?"

Lucario nodded and he ran towards the south side, Chris just frowned and he went with Lucario with his already charged Blaster of his left hand.

"I wonder how are Slippy and Roy though" Chris muttered to himself.

Corneria
West side

"For the last time, don't touch that butto-NO!" Slippy shouted as Roy pressed another random button from a machine, exploding again in the process, Roy wasn't even paying attention to Slippy at all, sure, it was easy for him to defeat the Primids and Aparoids, but listening to Slippy with his curiosity at the highest level was impossible.

"How are you standing up like that after the 8th explosion anyway?" Slippy asked confused.

"Um...because I have this armor perhaps?" Roy pointed at his armor.

"....Ok....right....I knew it all along..."

"Look!" Roy pointed at another horde of Primids and Aparoids coming at them, Slippy, however, had everything already finished, he set mines in the way of the 2 races, when they were just above the mines, Slippy pressed a button and the mines exploded, making the Aparoids and Primids being defeated by Slippy's mines.

"Hahahaha! I'm not that stupid!" Slippy remarked, when he turned around to see Roy, he saw him more black than before "...But how did you turned black again if you've already pressed ALL THE MACHINES IN THE WAY?"

"I was....standing above those mines things" Roy replied, Slippy placed his hand in his forehead and he frowned.

"Ugh, you know what? Stay away from any machine and you'll be fine ok?"

Roy thought for a moment and he nodded, Slippy ran to the west and he found the bomb below some trees, then another horde of Primids and Aparoids appeared from nowhere.

"Falco! We need your help here!" Slippy shouted to the sky with his speaker, just then Falco appeared from the north and he fired many shots at the enemies, eliminating half of them, then he flew away again, giving a thumbs up to Slippy.

"HIIIIIYAH!" Roy shouted using the fire of hiw sword, sending many Aparoids away from him. Slippy just kept firing many shots using his blaster and, oddly, cheering happily as he does.

Corneria
North side

"This is Fox and Krystal, the north bomb was desactivated" Fox said to Peppy with his speaker.

Corneria
East side

"(This bomb was also desactivated)" Mewtwo said telepathically to Peppy.

Corneria
South side

"This is Chris and Lucario, the south bomb was desactivated too!" Said Chris with his new speaker to Peppy, Peppy made a confused face about why Chris was using a speaker.

Corneria
West side

"Slippy here! The west bomb was desactivated with success!" Slippy said happily with his speaker.

"Well done everyone, now let's wait for the other bombs" Peppy said to everyone.

A few moments later...

Many ships came from nowhere in the sky holding the Subspace Bombs, every ship flew  towards every point above everyone's current location.

Corneria
South side

"Here it comes Lucario...be ready..." Chris wispered to Lucario, the bomb was approaching to them, but something unexpected happened, the ship didn't dropped the bomb and it flew away from them "Huh? Why he didn't dropped the bomb?"

"Guys! They're not dropping the bombs!" Slippy said in the speaker.

"I know, it just came flying above us without dropping the bomb too" Fox said in the speaker.

"Wait, I know what are they doing" Peppy said.

"What?" Mewtwo asked.

"They're not dropping the bombs to the ground because they are going to detonate them in the air so we can't reach them!" Peppy yelled, almost everyone gasped when they realized their plan.

"What are we going to do then?" Chris asked.

"Fox, Slippy, and Krystal, go to your Arwings and prepare to chase them in the air, everyone else must board the wing of any Arwing, when you're able to reach the bombs, put the desactivators on them, be careful if the Aparoid on the air start to attack, you must eliminate them at all costs!" Peppy commanded.

"Got it!" "Understood!" "Ok!" Many voices said at the same time.

Corneria
Center

They quickly gathered again, Krystal boarded her Arwing and Pichu hopped in her wing (Because Mewtwo threw him at the wind, even if Pichu didn't wanted in the first place) and then he floated ot the other wing, Slippy boarded his Arwing and Roy hopped in his wing, both Arwing took off, but Fox was looking for his Arwing along with Chris and Lucario.

"Peppy, where is my Arwing?" Fox asked.

"Oh, right, I forgot, your Arwing is on the top of a building very close to you, is at the northeast of your current location" Peppy answered, Fox looked at the top of a red building with his Arwing on the top.

"Follow me guys" Fox said to Chris and Lucario, both nodded and followed Fox to the building.

After running without stopping because Aparoids (The Primids weren't there anymore) were in the way, the found the Arwing just in front of them.

"Alright, now jump to the wings of-" Fox was interrupted, many Aparoids came crawling from the walls around them, they destroyed Fox's Arwing in the process and he cursed to himself.

"Darn it! We're surrounded!" Fox said, just as the Aparoids were very close to them, Fox heard a ship coming to them "DUCK FOR COVER!" He shouted, Chris and Lucario ducked and the mysterious ship started to fire lasers at the Aparoids, destroying them and saving the 3.

"Hmph, Fox, you've grown careless as I see" A familiar voice said from the mysterious ship who was landing in front of them.

"Wolf!" Fox revealed the voice. Chris and Lucario sweatdropped after hearing the previous Primid commander.

"So? You wanna destroy those things or what? Jump to my wing" Wolf commanded, Fox jumped to the left wing of Wolf's Wolfen...and Chris and Lucario jumped to the right wind "Hey, I didn't told you 2!....Wait a minute..." Wolf examined his new "guests" for his right wing, both of them were sweating when Wolf was glancing on them.

"Is something wrong sir?" Chris asked sweating.

"I don't know why....but I think I've seen you 2 before....but I don't know when I did...."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 03, 2008, 07:48:50 PM
"No! We've never met before!"

"I think we did...."

"Errhm...just forget it and fly this thing!"

"Hey! You don't order me around kid!"

"Kid, kid, kid, you don't know anything else besides that don't you?"

"What the heck are talking about?"

"Forget it now please! We have to destroy the Aparoids now!" Chris yelled angrily, Wolf just cursed in his breath to himself and he flew his Wolfen in the air....forgetting why he didn't dropped Chris and Lucario in the first place.

Corneria
Above the city

Star Wolf (Assault)

"Slippy! There is a bomb close to your location, chase after it!" Peppy commanded.

"Got it Peppy, Roy, prepare to touch the bomb with the desactivator!" Slippy said. Roy took out the Bomb Desactivator and Slippy accelerated to the closest ship with the bomb. The ship wasn't trying to get away actually, and Roy installed the device with a simple touch and the bomb stopped his countdown.

"Alright! One is down, 4 more to go!" Both Slippy and Roy said at the same time, they looked at each other and laughed for a bit.

"Heh, these enemies aren't worth to be killed by me" A chameleon said to Wolf and everyone else.

"Stop showing off Leon, this is not the time for doing that" Wolf said.

"Ugh, you party ruiner..." Leon replied.

"A bomb is close to you Krystal!" Peppy said to Krystal.

"I know what to do" Krystal stated, the next bomb was flying above her and she chased after it.

"Fly higher, he is getting away!" Pichu said.

"I can't catch up with him, he is way too high!"

"In that case...Pichu, grab the desactivator" Mewtwo ordered to Pichu, the eletric mouse took the device in his hands "Now what Mewtwo?" When he said that, Mewtwo used his psychic powers to lift Pichu from the wing and he threw him at the ship with the bomb, Pichu saw the opportunity and he touched the bomb with the desactivator, stopping the countdown by doing so, Pichu was screaming when he saw the ground far away from him.

"SOMEBODY HELP ME!" He shouted, when he was in half-way, an Arwing got him, the pilot of that Arwing was Falco himself "Hey Pichu, open your eyes, you're fine" The blue falcon exclaimed, Pichu opened his eyes and he sighed in relief "Thank you Falco!" He thanked Falco with a smile.

"Fox, there are 2 bombs close to you, Wolf, chase it!" Peppy commanded.

"I don't receive orders from a har-"

"JUST DO IT!" Fox, Chris and Lucario said at the same time, Wolf gritted his teeth (or fangs) and he chased the 2 ships.

"They're getting away from us! Accelerate!" Chris said.

"It's the maximum velocity, I can't accelerate!" Wolf stated, just then, another Wolfen came at the right of Wolf's Wolfen, that Wolfen had roses as marking in his sides, and it fired several lasers at the ship with the bomb, making the ship to come down enough for Chris to touch it with the desactivator, stopping the countdown.

"Thanks for your help, who are you?" Chris asked the pilot of the other Wolfen.

"Allow me to introduce myself. I am Panther Caroso... and all who see my rose meet death!" The pilot of the third Wolfen, Panther, introduced himself.

"But you didn't killed the ship...." Chris pointed out.

"You know what I mean" Panther said rolling his eyes.

"The ninth ship it's just close to us, we have to place the desactivator now!" Fox said.

"Then I'm going to accelerate this time, hold on!" Wolf said accelerating this time.

"Wait, you just said a moment ago you couldn't accelerate and you can now?" Chris asked confused.

"At least do you think why I didn't accelerated? It was because I don't wanted blames if you 3 would fall to the ground below at this height!"

"Oh...then you're worring about us right?"

"Not a chance kid"

And again, Wolf said to Chris "Kid" which made Chris a little angry after hearing this. The next ship was very close to them, but it accelerated too.

"He is getting away from us!" Fox exclaimed.

"Sorry, but I'm not going to accelerate this time, think about something and fast!" Wolf said.

"Let's see...." Chris looked at a particular black hand to his right "Lucario, can yo-"

Lucario already knew what was Chris's plan, he took the desactivator from Chris's hand and he threw it at the ship, installing the device in the process and stopping the countdown too.

"Good job Lucario!" Chris smiled at Lucario, and he gave him a little smile.

"Where is the next bomb?" Slippy asked to Peppy.

"Hmm...there is not another bomb on the radar...this is strange..."

"Wait, what is that sound?" Pichu heard a sound coming from far away.

"I don't know, but I can hear it too" Falco said.

"It sounds like a big ship for battle in the air" Slippy pointed out.

"It's coming closer to us!" Roy said.

"The sound is coming from the west!" Leon said.

"Wait, I know that silhouette!" Peppy stated, then he saw a purple ship coming close to Wolf, Fox, Chris and Lucario.

Boss Battle Song 1

"Ugh...Star Fox...everyone...I let my guard down....they took my body..." A voice inside the purple ship said, it was a person with a dog face and clothed in red general clothes, he was somehow embedded to the machine.

"General Pepper!!!" Fox, Falco, Slippy, Krystal and Peppy shouted at the same time, revealing the person inside the purple ship.

"God....he is embedded to the ship...." Chris said, he looked at the appearance of the ship, it was big, a green crystal was on the top of it with purple crystals surrounding it, the ship was a big machine for both hand to hand combat equipped with razor blades is his arms, he was also equipped with long range weapons like missiles, beams and bombs. But when Chris saw the back of the ship, there was a Subspace Bomb atached to it!

"There is the bomb attached to the back of the ship!" Chris pointed at the bomb "We need to place the desactivator to it before 3 minutes!"

"It's not use! If we install the desactivator, the ship will explode with General Pepper!" Peppy said "We have no choice but to defeat it!"

"But...we can't harm the General!" Falco said angrily.

"Don't hesitate in shooting me...just destroy this thing!" General Pepper commanded.

Fox closed his eyes, he didn't thought about fighting General Pepper in this sittuation, but Wolf spoke to him "You knew this moment was going to happen anyway, prepare!"

"ARRRRRGGGGGHHHHHH!!!!" Fox yelled and then the ship was coming right at them.

"Shoot the green crystal on the top, it's his weakness Fox!" Krystal said.

"Lucario, use Aura Sphere on it!" Chris commanded and Lucario nodded, he charged up an Aura Sphere and he started to shoot the crystal, Chris started to shoot too with his Blaster and Fox was using a Machine Gun.

"Darn it, his shield is too thick and we're doing little damage!" Fox said.

"Look out! He is close to you 4!" Slippy said, the ship was ready to attack them with his razor blades, Fox and Chris defended the ship with bullets and charged shots, Lucario was punching and kicking the ship to push it away from the Wolfen, it worked and the purple ship flipped back, but regained the composture and he started to get away.

"What is he doing now?" Chris asked, just then, the purple ship fired around 30 missiles, they stopped in mid-air and they aimed right the Wolfen, following it behind.

"We need some help here guys!" Fox said, Falco came from behind and shooted down half of them, Lucario was firing tiny Aura Spheres, but they were enough to destroy the missiles, Panther came from the left side and he finished the rest of the missiles.

"I've never expected to fight all of you..." General Pepper said.

"This is horrible, we need to save him quick!" Krystal stated.

"Don't worry about the general Krystal my dear, he is a dog hard to beat" Panther said (Or flirted) to Krystal, she ignored him though.

"Look out! He is taking out triangle shaped lasers!" Wolf said "Destroy them before they fire at us!"

Krystal flew just behind the weapons floating in the air, she started to shoot them along with Shadow Balls coming from Mewtwo, they finished them in time.

"He is getting weaker Fox! Don't stop now!" Peppy said. The life meter of the machine was almost at the bottom.

"Not again, he is approaching to the Wolfen!" Fox said, this time however, the purple ship sliced the Wolfen with both razor blades, the Wolfen trembled a little and Chris was slipping from the wing, but when he was about to fall, Lucario grabbed him and pulled him back to the wing.

"Phew, thanks Lucario!" Chris thanked his Aura Pok?mon.

"General Pepper...." Slippy said worried about General Pepper.

"Alright Fox, it's time to beat that thing once and for all!" Wolf stated, Fox nodded and he changed his Machine Gun for a Sniper Rifle, then he remembered the Jammers!

"We forgot about the Jammers!" Fox said.

"Those eye floating things you say?" Panther asked "They're gone, Leon and me took our time to take them down, be thankful to me or else"

"Thanks Panther" Krystal said.

"Oh Krystal my dear, you're finally admitting the love you feel for me?" Panther asked quite excited.

"Please, don't ruin it" Krystal frowned.

"Grr, fine"

"One last shot Fox! You can do it, just aim to the crystal" Chris said.

Fox carefully aimed to the green crystal on the top, he was being careful to not shoot General Pepper instead since the ship was moving a lot, he narrowed his eyes for the exact moment to shoot, if he failed, he could kill General Pepper in one shot, but if he succeeded, General Pepper would be fine to live.

"Quick Fox!" Wolf snapped Fox out of his thoughts "NOW!" Fox shouted, he fired the bullet to the crystal, it was a success, the crystal was destroyed by the bullet and the ship was running out of energy, Fox did it, he saved General Pepper along with his friends.

"Um, one question, who is going to catch the ship now?" Slippy asked, when everybody noticed, they were far away from the purple ship, it was coming down to the ground slowly and nobody was able to reach it at time.

"GENERAL PEPPER!!!" Another Arwing came from the sky, the pilot of that Arwing was Peppy!

"Peppy!" Everyone shouted in astonishment, Peppy flew his Arwing fastly just below General Pepper's ship, he catched the ship in time but Peppy crashed in a street along with the Arwing, General Pepper and his ship.

"It's...he alright?" Roy asked worried, everybody landed on the ground (except for Leon and Panther) and they went towards the smoke of the crashing site, there was a lot of smoke and nothing could be seen if nobody entered the smoke first, but eventually, the smoke cleared out and Peppy along with General Pepper were fine.

"Peppy....you almost lost your life because of me..." General Pepper said.

"Heh, I think I'm not going to retire after this" Peppy replied back.

"They are fine! Everything went well!" Slippy said excited.

"Whoa, that was an amazing stunt back there Peppy!" Falco pointed out.

"Nobody is dead! I'm glad!" Pichu said jumping and smiling.

"That hare knows how to make an scene" Mewtwo said.

"Finally, Corneria is safe for now" Krystal said.

"We have to desactivate the bomb first!" Chris said, he went behind General Pepper's ship with Lucario and he installed the Bomb Desactivator in the bomb, and the countdown stopped "There, mission complete!"

"Now we need to call the Ambulance so they can take General Pepper to recovery" Lucario said. Chris nodded and he went to Slippy to call the ambulances.

"Hey, where is Fox?" Chris asked.

"He is in the center of the city with Wolf, I saw them heading there" Roy pointed at the center of the city.

Preview of the next chapter

"This is Fox"

"This is Beltino"

"What are you doing here?"

"Oh Fox, sorry to interrupt this moment, but I need your help right now"

"Sure, but you need to wait for the next chapter"

"Next chapter? Are you going to listen to me?"

"In the next chapter"

"You mean, the name of the next chapter is this? War above Corneria! General L's counterattack!?"

"Yep, that is the title"

"I'm glad to be of help""
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 04, 2008, 08:30:08 PM
Wewt! I loved that level of Assault! Poor General... :P

Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 05, 2008, 07:53:49 PM
Chapter 23: War above Corneria! General L's counterattack!

Corneria
Center

The Wolfen of Wolf flew away as Fox was thinking about a conversation he and Wolf had just a moment ago.

"When the time comes, just act" He kept saying the same thing Wolf told him about to himself.

"Hey Fox! We need to return to the Great Fox!"

"Huh? Chris?"

"It's something wrong? Where is Wolf?"

"He just left a minute ago"

"Oh," Chris scratched his forehead "He's always like that"

"You know about Wolf, Chris?" Fox asked.

"Very little," Chris remembered all the fights he had againts Wolf in his mind "Really, nothing else"

"Chris..."

"Yes?"

"Do you think...Krystal loves me?"

Chris raised an eyebrow, he wasn't too good about romance, but he knew clearly that Fox was in love with Krystal since he saw the ending of Star Fox: Adventures. It was love at first sight!

"Maybe...very possible in my opinion"

"Thanks, I wanted to ask it to anyone who would keep it as a secret, this is only between you and me ok?"

Chris smiled to Fox "My mouth it's shut for this secret"

"Let's return to the Great Fox then" Fox walked away behind Chris, then Lucario came in front of Fox and he walked to Chris.

"Did I missed something Chris?" Lucario asked.

"Why do you ask?" Chris asked.

"I saw Fox smiling and his eyes were closed"

Chris chuckled a bit "Nothing, let's return to the Great Fox" Lucario didn't talked for a moment, then he nodded, Lucario and Chris headed to the Great Fox after the little event between Chris and Fox.

Great Fox
Command Room

"This mission was a total success" Roy said.

"I was sweating a lot back then" Chris said.

"Who would think we were going to fight General Pepper like that..." Falco said.

"At least he is alright now, thanks to us!" Pichu said.

"Incoming transmission from Orbital Gate's Station" ROB said, he was tipping over a keyboard and he called the virtual screen in front of everyone.

Mission briefing

"Hello everybody, this is Beltino" A green toad appeared on the screen, he was slightly the same as Slippy's appearance, because he is his dad.

"What now dad?" Slippy asked.

"I have a very important announcement to make," A object appeared on the screen "We have discovered that the Aparoids are weak againts Apaptosis"

"Apaptosis?"

"Indeed, we're currently finishing the device to destroy the Aparoids, but the motive for my call is, the Aparoids are coming to the Orbital Gate to destroy the device and the gate!"

"And you need our help to defend the gate right?" Chris asked, Beltino notices Chris, Lucario, Roy, Pichu and Mewtwo in the command room.

"I see you got new members for the team huh Fox?" Beltino asked moving his glasses.

"Yeah, they are a lot of help" Fox remarked.

"That's great, because we have another problem in hands," Another screen appears in the virtual screen and it shows the image of a Primid "There are reports of these strange creatures coming from nowhere inside the station, we need security from outside and inside"

"Primids..." Lucario said.

"Primids you say? Well, they kinda look different from the Aparoids since they doesn't resembles bug forms like the Aparoids does, anyway, would all of you help us while we finish the device?"

"Of course dad! What do you say Fox?" Slippy asked.

"I say let's do it!" Fox said making a fist.

"The work is never away from us, heh" Falco said chuckling a bit.

"I'm ready to go!" Chris said excited.

"It's settled, we're going to the Orbital Gate" Peppy said.

"I thank all of you for your help, be prepared" Beltino left the screen.

"ROB, command the Great Fox to the Orbital Gate" Fox said.

"Commanding next destination, Orbital Gate" ROB said. The Great Fox turned slowly to the space as the ship started to fly to the Orbital Gate.

End of mission briefing

2 hours later....

Orbital Gate

"This is Chris, Lucario, Roy, Pichu and Mewtwo, we're in" Chris said to his speaker. They were inside the station of the Orbital Gate.

"Got it Chris, wait until they appear" Fox commanded.

Several minuted passed, there was an entire army waiting outside the station to fight the Aparoids along with Fox an his team, Chris and the others were inside the station to fight againts the Primids.

Star Fox: Space Armada

"...They are here!" Slippy said, a huge horde of Aparoids ships came from strange purple vortexes, everyone started to shoot them as a big war in the Orbital Gate was unleashed, inside the station, Primids were appearing all around.

"Attack!" Roy yelled as he started to run after some Bytans.

"We should disperse since the station is big" Chris said.

"But, what if something happens to you?" Lucario asked.

"I'll be fine, don't worry" Chris ran away from the quartet, Lucario felt a little worried of what could happen to Chris if he wasn't around.

"Look behind you!" Mewtwo shouted to Lucario, a Shaydas was about to slice Lucario, but Pichu tackled him and used thunder, defeating it.

"Thanks Pichu" Lucario thanked Pichu.

"Yeah.....nothing is hard for me....." Pichu replied, being hit by his own thunder made him dizzy. After a moment, the remaining quartet separated and each went to different ways.

"Darn it, I have enemies on my tail!" Falco was being chased by 3 ships who were shooting at him, Fox came from behind and he shot them down, saving Falco "Thanks for the help Fox" The blue falcon replied.

"Chris, how is everything going inside?" Fox asked through his speaker to Chris.

"There are too many Primids appearing, but they're not so tough to beat" Chris said, he saw Mites coming at him "I'm busy right now. I have to defeat 3 year old's poor drawings!"

"Be careful...wait, what?"

"Fox, I've got enemies on my tail!" Krystal shouted from afar through her speaker. Since it was Krystal, Fox went fast to save her.

As Chris was struggling his way inside the station, a big horde of Fire Primids came from nowhere, they all rubbed their stomachs before they started to shoot fire from their mouths, for Chris's luck, he learned to use the reflector, he was surrounded by a diagonal shaped figure and all the flames were returned to every single Fire Primid, they dissapeared after that.

"Finally, things are starting to get better for me" Chris muttered to himself.

As soon as he turned his back, he saw a trio of Floows ready to attack him (Those enemies are really annoying to me) he couldn't retaliate because they screamed their attacks at him, he was damaged badly and he crashed into the wall.

"You....bunch of...bullies...." Chris said under his breath.

They floated over to Chris, they began to finish their attack, Chris closed his eyes ready to be killed, until he heard a flurry of punchs and kicks, he opened his eyes and the Floows were gone.

"What happened?" He asked to no one.

"They're gone" A voice said, Chris saw a familiar blue tail in front of him and he saw Lucario standing, stretching his hand so Chris could get up.

"Wait, you didn't listened to my order?" Chris asked angrily.

"I'm sorry, but I just can't leave you in times like this"

Chris sighed, then after a moment he smiled "What I'm complaining for? You saved me from those things, and I should be grateful for your help," He rubbed Lucario's head "Thank you" Lucario closed his eyes and he smiled, probably because he felt Chris's hand so comfortable over his head.

After a moment, they ran further in the station, Fox and company outside were killing many Aparoids, they were gaining the upper hand of the battle.

"Do your best team!" Beltino said to everyone.

"Wait...what is that thing?" Falco asked, he saw a big purple vortex forming far away from the station, and from it, a big green missile came aiming at the station.

"Missile approaching, it is targetting the gate" ROB said.

"They're trying to blow up the gate with that missile! Fox, you must destroy that missile!" Peppy said.

"Got it Peppy, Falco, give me a hand!"

"Alright Fox, let's go!" Falco said heading towards the missile.

"Hmph, come on, at least give me a challenge" Mewtwo said, he was killing many Roaders, he was having no difficult whatsoever "I've said, give me a challenge!"

"Then a challenge you will have..."

"Who is there?" After Mewtwo turned his back, a big hit could be heard around the station.

"Mewtwo! Are you alright? Mewtwo, answer me!" Chris asked worried through his speaker, he didn't heard anything, only footsteps, but not normal footsteps, big footsteps "Something bad happened to Mewtwo!"

"I'm on my way!" Roy ran to the area Mewtwo was, when he reached the half of his way, another big hit was produced.

"Roy!" Chris shouted, he was getting more worried about Roy and Mewtwo, what was happening inside the station?

"I-I-I'm going there now!.....AAAAHHHHH!!!!!"

"Pichu! Stay alive! What happened?!" Chris now was scared, Mewtwo, Roy and even Pichu were missing "Lucario, we must go there and save them!"

Chris and Lucario ran to the center of the station, they knew their unknown enemy was going there since their plan was to eliminate the device to destroy the Aparoids, they hid behind a corner, after a minute, the floor was shaking a little.

"I guess our enemy is big" Chris stated.

"Shh, he is coming" Lucario wispered.

The floor was shaking, there was something big coming from the other side of the hall, Chris just hid behind Lucario in terror, Lucario's eyes narrowed while Chris was hiding behind him, when they finally saw who was the source of the sound, both of them gasped.

"I-I-It's General L!" Chris said, he saw General L standing in front of them "And he is....so big!"

"I've learned my lesson from the last battle, so I've used the help of some Shadow Bugs to make me bigger than you, you're now going to die!" General L said.

"Stop now! We know you're just a Lucario and your trainer is Riley!" Chris said glaring at his enemy.

"Riley....Riley..." General L muttered to himself, he placed his hands on his head "I...I...don't know anything about a Riley!"

"Chris, it's hopeless, we need to defeat him to save him" Lucario said.

"Defeating me? Ha! I want to see that if you can!" General L taunted.

"I'm so sick about your way to talk now! You're not like that in reality for sure!" Chris pointed to General L "And I won't let you get away with this, you will return to Riley you like it or not!"

Victory Road

"Chris, is everything ok?" Fox asked.

"Not at all! We're fighting a big enemy inside the station right now, how about you?" Chris asked, dodging a big Force Palm.

"They're firing big missiles at the station, hopefully, Wolf and his team came to help us"

"We're not helping you! I won't let anyone else besides me to kill you!" Wolf said.

"Stop arguing guys, we have to defend the base!" Krystal said snapping everyone out of their discussion.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 06, 2008, 05:15:09 PM
"Stop moving around!" General L shouted as tried to hit Lucario or Chris.

Lucario rolled on the floor behind the big general and he did a combo of the punches behind him, General L yelled in pain and he quickly turned his back to kick Lucario, but Chris changed his job to the PK Kid job again and he used PK Flash, exploding right into General L, he fell on the floor but quickly got up.

"TAKE THIS!" General L punched Lucario in his body and Lucario crashed into a nearby wall, Chris saw this and he quickly thought about an action, he suddenly learned another new technique, it was PK Fire, he moved his hands behind him and shot a tiny lightning from his fingers towards General L, he was engulfed in a pillar of fire and Lucario saw his opportunity and he used his Smash forward attack to do serious damage to General L.

"Missiles approaching, they are targetting the gate" ROB said, more missiles came from the purple vortexes, Wolf and his team went there to destroy the missiles with Fox and Falco following behind.

"We're almost finished with the device, hang in there team!" Beltino said.

"Just how many missiles are they going to send?" Falco asked.

"The necessary to destroy the station and the gate, hurry up and destroy them!" Fox commanded.

Back inside the station, Lucario charged up an Aura Sphere as Chris was continuing his attacks using PK Fire over and over again, when Lucario finished, he fired the Aura Sphere and General L was getting badly hurted, even if he was a giant, he was losing.

"UUUUUURRRRRRGGGGHHHHAAAAAAA!!!!" He charged up a big dark sphere, he shoot it at Chris, but he used PSI Magnet to absorb the sphere and he was healed.

"Aww, I'm feeling better" Chris said smiling.

General L charged another big dark sphere, Chris knew he was going to do the same move and he activated the PSI Magnet again, but General L stopped and he ran towards Chris and he kicked him, then he procceded to grab him and he threw Chris towards the roof.

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled in pain, Lucario glared at his enemy and he ran to General L and he started to punch him in his stomach, General L realesed Chris from his grasp and he was about to punch Lucario, but Chris interrupted him with a PK Flash.

"How is he resisting all that damage we have been causing to him?" Chris asked, he was panting heavily.

"He is not going to last any longer, we're winning this fight" Lucario stated.

"10 missiles approaching, they are targetting the gate" ROB said again confirming more missiles.

"10!?" Slippy said surprised.

"Grr...I won't let him laugh at me....I'm coming..." Mewtwo said awakening from his unconsiousness state, he grabbed his right arm with his left hand and he floated slowly.

As the long struggle was continuing, Chris and Lucario were getting exausted, General L, on the other hand, was worse but he was able to stand up.

"GUUUUAAAARRRRRHHHGGGGGG!!!!!" He charged up his fist and it collided with Chris, he was sent flying at high speed crashing to another wall, he yelled in pain and he landed abruptaly on the floor, fainting in the process.

"No...Chris..." Lucario said when he saw Chris unconsious on the floor, then Lucario glanced at General L and he glared menancingly at him, he suddenly started to glow intensely and his eyes turned yellow.

"You're the only one left...this is going to be easy..." General L said panting.

Much for his bad luck, when he blinked, Lucario was already punching him very hard in his body, every single punch Lucario was dealing it was like bombs exploding right in front of General L, Lucario did a series of punchs, kicks, jabs, grabs, Aura Spheres and even Force Palms, General L was getting weaker and weaker, Lucario then stopped in mid-air and he kicked General L very hard on his face that it made him crash quickly into the wall.

"Warning, warning, 100 hundred missiles approaching!" ROB said, a whole horde of bigger missiles came from the vortexes.

"100 missiles?! We can't stop them in time!" Falco said.

"We have to do our best then! Everyone! Focus your lasers on the missiles!" Fox commanded.

"Chris..." Lucario was still glowing and he ran where Chris was laying unconsious, Lucario grabbed Chris in his arms and he looked at his face, there was a little trace of blood coming from his mouth.

"Please...don't die...I beg of you..." Lucario pressed his face on Chris's shoulder, tears were coming from his glowing eyes, suddenly, everything that was making Lucario glowing was transported in Chris's body, he stopped glowing when he realized that Chris was getting healed in every second, not only that, Chris was now the one glowing, he opened his eyes and they were yellow.

"Lucario...please....protect me while I cast the spell" Chris said.

"Spell? What spell?" Lucario asked.

"Just make sure General L doesn't interrupts me, go now!" Lucario placed Chris on the floor.

"YOU LITTLE BRATS!" General L got up panting, he was about to run after the 2 when he suddenly felt a little strange "What?! My...my body! Isn't responding!"

"That must be because of me"

"Mewtwo!" Lucario said the psychic Pok?mon's name, Mewtwo was leaned to a wall lifting General L with one hand using his psychic powers "Hurry up Chris!"

"Great meteors and stars that travels in the space...." Chris chanted, his eyes were closed as he was casting a spell.

"Darn it! They're getting closer!" Fox said, the missiles were almost near the gate "Chris! What are you doing?"

"Please, hear my call..."

"Is he in some kind of trance or something?" Falco asked.

"And eliminate all my foes and difficults in my path..."

"He's scaring me!" Slippy said trembling in fear.

"Because I need to carry on my fight!" Chris opened his glowing eyes, Lucario was left speechless, what was Chris going to cast?

Chris crossed his arms in front of him "PK-" He opened them quickly and he looked at the roof while he floated a little from the floor "STARRRRRRRRRRSSSSSSSSTOOOOOOORRRRMMMMMMM!!!!!!!!"

"Meteors approaching from above" ROB said, above the space, there were many tiny shiny spots coming from above, everyone who was outside looked and all gasped when they saw something dangerous, big meteors coming straight at them!

"EVERYONE, EVADE THE METEORS!" Peppy commanded, a huge rain of yellow meteors was coming, Fox and his team were trying to get away, until the first meteor was going to hit Fox's Arwing.

"AARRRGGHHHHH!!!!!" Fox yelled closing his eyes, however, the meteor just came passing him without making any trail of destruction, he opened his eyes and he saw his Arwing completely unharmed "What?"

"Look! The meteors aren't harming us!" Slippy said as another meteor passed through him, however, every meteor was directed to every Aparoid and the missiles, the meteors only came there to destroy the Aparoids and the missiles.

Inside the station, the meteors were passing through without making any damage, except they struck General L as he was being destroyed by every meteor, he roared in pain, since Mewtwo was still grabbing him, there was no chance for General L to escape.

"Why are the meteors destroying the Aparoids and not us or the station?" Falco asked confused.

"I may be wrong, but the meteors consider us as their allies" Krystal said.

"Allies? Why?" Slippy asked.

"Chris was the one who called them right? When the meteors came from nowhere, they think we're their allies since Chris consider us as their friends"

"So, let me get this straight, Chris calling the meteors + We, being his friends = Not getting destroyed by the meteors?" Slippy asked confused.

"If you put that in that way, then yes" Krystal said smiling.

"NOOOOOOO!!!!!! I WAS SO CLOSE IN KILLING YOU!!!! NOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!" General L yelled. Roy and Pichu regained their consciousness and they appeared behind Mewtwo, when the meteor shower ended, the station was freed from the missiles and the Aparoids, Mewtwo noticed he was holding a trophy with his psychic powers, Shadow Bugs came from the trophy and they dissapeared in front of them.

"Ugh, my head....what happened?" Chris didn't remembered anything when he finished his casting.

"Because of you, the station is safe now" Fox said grinning.

"But...what did I do? Where's General L?"

"He is not living anymore, but instead, we've saved a person" Lucario pointed to the trophy Mewtwo was holding, above the stand, there was a Lucario extending his left arm in front of him.

Mewtwo explained everything to Chris, Roy and Pichu "I used PK Starstorm?" Chris asked pointing at himself.

"Somehow, you called a great ammount of meteors from the space and they eliminated every single Aparoid and missile" Mewtwo pointed out.

Chris looked at his hands "...I need to ask Master Hand about this"

"Phew, I'm going to be thankful for the rest of my life then!" Slippy said smilling.

"Thankful because of what Slippy?" Beltino asked.

Slippy looked at his right, then to his left "To not be on Chris's bad side!" Everyone laughed for a bit, Chris was laughing too, Falco, Peppy, Beltino, Lucario and Mewtwo were only chuckling.

"Oh, by the way everyone, the device it's now completed, thanks for all your help in the battle!" Beltino said.

2 hours later...

Great Fox
Command room

"Well, it's time to say good bye" Roy said.

"What? You're leaving now?" Slippy asked surprised.

"Since the Primids are gone from this world, we need to go to the other worlds to save them, it's a shame we can't stay any longer here with all of you" Chris answered.

"You're only leaving all the fun to us!" Falco said.

"Are you showing-off?" Chris asked.

"He does most of the time" Slippy pointed out.

"Hey!" Falco glared at Slippy.

"Anyway," Chris looked at Fox "We have to get going now, we need to return to Master Hand"

Fox nodded "I know, it's your own mission after all"

"And do me a favor Fox"

"What favor?"

"Eliminate the Aparoids for us"

Fox smiled "Alright' I'll do it"

"Chris, let's go" Lucario said.

"Good luck guys!" Slippy said waving his hand.

"Be careful on your mission" Peppy said.

"I'll always be rooting for you" Krystal said.

"If you ever need my help, don't forget to call me!" Falco said.

Fox made a soldier salute, then all the Star Fox team did the same "Take care Chris, and everyone else"

"I...I won't cry! I won't-WAHHHH!!!" Pichu was now crying since he was leaving, Chris grabbed Pichu and he panted his back.

"I will, don't worry!" Chris said smiling, he took out the Wiimote and he made the vortex to the Smash Mansion, he was the first walking in the vortex with Pichu on his shoulders, then Lucario followed him behind, then Roy, then Mewtwo holding psychically the Lucario trophy, after all of them stepped inside, the vortex dissapeared.

"Now let's go, we need to defeat the Aparoids in their own home!" Fox commanded.

"For Chris?" Slippy asked smiling, Falco, Krystal, ROB and Peppy looked at Fox.

"For Chris and everyone else" Fox said.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris!"

"I'm Lucario"

"Guess what Lucario? We're going to Sinnoh!"

"Really? For what?"

"Riley's Lucario wants to return to Sinnoh to find Riley, but since there are not Primids there, you, along with Riley's Lucario and me are going"

"And where we will start?"

"...Well...where going to start here..."

"...Oh no....Isn't that city the home of that Gym Leader?"

"I'm afraid so"

"...We're in trouble"

"Next time: The search for Riley in Veilstone City!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 06, 2008, 06:05:54 PM
So General L.... Wow... Awesome, PK STAAAAAAAAARSTOOOOOOOOORM!

Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 07, 2008, 12:47:22 PM
Chapter 24: The search for Riley in Veilstone City!

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"General L has failed and he returned to his normal self Lord Tabuu, the Subspace Bombs were also desactivated and we broke our help to the Aparoids as well" The Ancient Minister said.

"Just what I thought what would happen" Tabuu shook his head slowly.

"What are your next plans?"

"I know what world should be invaded, prepare the next invasion!"
He teleported away.

The Ancient Minister looked away "Please...you're the only ones who can help my race...but I don't want to betray him now..." He muttered to himself.

Smash Mansion
Command room

"We're here!" Chris greeted.

"Ah, you're here, it went well as we planned right?" Master Hand asked.

"Yup! Fox and his team are well!" Pichu said. Master Hand looked at the trophy Mewtwo was holding "Isn't that Lucario?"

Mewtwo nodded "What should we do to him?" Roy asked.

"We should return him to his original form" Master Hand touched the trophy stand, the trophy shone, after 2 seconds, Lucario was standing there confused.

"Where...am I?" He asked looking around. Master Hand and the others explained all the things to him.

Riley's Lucario looked at Chris and his Lucario "I thank you for rescuing me, I would have been under Tabuu's control if it weren't for you"

"Hey....do you know who is Riley?" Chris asked.

"Riley? Yes, he is my trainer and my friend"

"Good, he knows" Master Hand sighed in relief.

"What are you going to do now?" Pichu asked.

Riley's Lucario thought for a moment "I want to return to Sinnoh with him"

"Why?" Chris asked "Are you going to help us?"

Lucario shook his head "No, the only reason that I joined this tournament it's because Riley told me to do it, but after all the things I went through, I don't want to be in this sittuation anymore"

"But that means you're giving up your spot!" Chris said.

"No," He looked at Chris's Lucario "I have a replacement right here"

"Me?" Chris's Lucario pointed at himself. Riley's Lucario nodded "That is right, I couldn't see your battle style, but I think you're stronger than me, I would normally be upset about a thing like this, but it is for the better, besides, I want to stay with Riley again"

"If that's the case..." Master Hand looked at Chris's Lucario "You're now the replacement of Riley's Lucario," He looked at Riley's Lucario "But you can always return here when you want to fight"

"Thank you" Riley's Lucario said.

"So, it is ok to go to Sinnoh?" Chris asked.

"There are no Primid activity currently in any world, so I'd say yes," Master Hand pointed at Chris's Lucario "But you need to recover your energy, you look a little tired after the previous mission, and also Mewtwo, Pichu and Roy"

"Good thing, there are Pok?mon Centers in Sinnoh, I can take Mewtwo, Pichu and Lucario there for recover" Chris said.

"Go on without me, I don't want to be in a Pok?mon Center" Mewtwo said.

"Why?"

"Because since I'm a Legendary Pok?mon to many trainers, they won't hesitate to catch me, and since I'm in this condition, it would be a bad idea, don't worry, I'm going to recover here in the mansion"

"Alright, I understand, what about you Pichu?"

"Well, I guess I could go...but...I'm going with you too!" He said jumping in Chris's shoulder "I need to be healed in the Pok?mon Center too!"

"Are you coming Roy?"

"Nah, I need to train a little with the Sandbag, last time I was bad in battle, I don't want to be defeated the next time" The red haired swordsman replied.

"Everything it's ready, do you know where is Riley Master Hand?" Chris asked.

"Why yes," He thought for a moment "If my memory doesn't fails I remember that Riley was heading to Veilstone City"

"Oh yeah, I almost forgot, when we were fighting in Corneria, I somehow casted PK Starstorm, how did I do that?"

"What? PK Starstorm?" Master Hand asked surprised

"Yes, when I was glowing, I grabbed Chris when he was unconsious, I was sad and I pressed my face in his shoulder and I started to wish for his safety, when I opened my eyes, I stopped glowing and Chris was fully healed, he was also glowing like I was" Chris's Lucario exclaimed.

"Well, I honestly don't know," He pointed at Chris "But I think the job that you're currently using is the explanation, I mean, you're using the PK Kid job and it's the same PK attacks as Ness's right? And since the power of Lucario is equal as a Final Smash, it was enough for you to use it"

"So I can use a different Final Smash if the job is different?" Chris asked. Master Hand nodded "That is awesome!"

"Hey hey, you're not that excited!" Crazy Hand said.

Chris blushed a little and he rubbed his head "Well, sometimes I lose control of myself when I'm getting excited"

"Ok ok, I know now, what are you waiting for?" Master Hand asked.

"Oh right, we have to go to Sinnoh, let's go!" Chris said pointing the Wiimote at Pok?mon Diamond, a portal was created and Chris, Pichu, along with the 2 Lucarios stepped inside and dissapeared.

"If you excuse me, I need to meditate to recover" Mewtwo floated away.

"And I need to go to train" Roy walked away. Suddenly, Pit's icon was flashing.

"Hey! The angel boy's icon is flashing!" Crazy Hand pointed at Pit's icon on the screen.

"Hmm, it appears his world it's fine, I wonder if I can call him to come over here?" Master Hand asked to himself.

Pok?mon Diamond

Veilstone City
Entrance

A man with a blue hat and blue clothes stepped inside the city, his hair was black at there was a black shirt with a yellow marking on it.

He sighed "Lucario...I'm starting to miss you now, I hope you're fine wherever you are in that tournament"

Veilstone City
Near the Pok?mon Center

"We're in Sinnoh!" Chris said excited, he somehow changed his clothes to his normal clothing he always wears, his eyes also turned like Ash's eyes "I think I can't use my abilities here since I can't use the jobs"

Chris's Lucario was in his normal appearance too, but he was feeling rather fine, Chris looked at his Lucario "It's something wrong?"

"No, it's just, I'm in my home"

"...Hey, that's right! Sinnoh it's your homeland!" Chris said smiling "We could find your family after all!"

"Yes, I know, but first we need to go to the Pok?mon Center now" Chris's Lucario said, Chris nodded and he along with his current 3 Pok?mon went to the Pok?mon Center, it was too colorful as Chris thought it would, there were many trainers in there too with their Pok?mon, and Nurse Joy was in the counter with a Chansey.

"Hi Nurse Joy!" Chris said.

"Hello there, do you have a problem with your Pok?mon?" She asked looking at Pichu and the 2 Lucarios.

"Yes I do, I need my Pichu and my Lucario to recover here from a battle we had-" Chris paused for a moment when he remembered that his last battle was againts a general under the control of the Primids "-againts the Pok?mon of a trainer!"

"Don't worry, we can heal all the wounds of any Pok?mon here, you just need to give me your Pichu and your Lucario in their Pokeballs"

"Pokeballs?!"

"Yes, or you can give me your Pichu without his Pokeball and your Lucario inside his Pokeball"

Chris remembered he hasn't got the time for grabbing Lucario's pokeball in his house in the real world, he hoped if his Pokeball was inside his pocket.

"Where is it, where is it, where is it...huh?" Chris felt a round object inside his pocket, he took out a Pokeball with blue and black colors modeled after Lucario's head, there was a note attached to the Pokeball too.

I took my time to model your Pokeball after Lucario since he is your Pok?mon and I dropped it inside your pocket when you weren't looking, I hope you like it!

Master Hand

PS: Good luck!

PSS: DIZZY!

PSSS: That was Crazy Hand again


"My, what a pretty Pokeball!" Nurse Joy said looking at the Pokeball.

"Okay Pichu hop on the counter" Chris said to Pichu "Pichu!" He said smiling "(Wait, he can't talk to me?)" Chris thought and asked to himself "Okay Lucario, return to your Pokeball"

"(Alright, search for Riley while I'm here recovering)" Chris's Lucario said through his mind, he talked through his mind because he didn't wanted to scare any trainer or Nurse Joy. Chris pointed his Pokeball and Lucario returned inside his Pokeball, Chris handed the Pokeball to Nurse Joy.

"What about your other Lucario?" Nurse Joy asked.

"He's not my Lucario in reality, I have to find his trainer in this city to return him"

"I see, you can return in 5 hours and your Pok?mon should be fully healed when you return"

"Alright, thanks Nurse Joy!" Chris left running outside with Riley's Lucario.

"Hey, wasn't that the Lucario of the Gym Leader?" A trainer asked to another one sat next to him.

"No, I've heard her Lucario got lost when they were training and ever since she hasn't taken any challenge from any trainer, apparently anyone can find her sobbing in the Gym"

"I would do the same if my best Pok?mon went missing too"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 07, 2008, 02:21:43 PM
Veilstone City
Streets

"Where do you think Riley could be?" Chris asked.

"When I left, he said he was going to challenge half of the Gym Leaders because he was going to challenge the other half with me"

"Let's find the Gym now, every second that passes he will get away from us!"

Chris and Riley's Lucario ran through the city, they separated so they could find him in less time, every trainer that saw Lucario thought it was the Gym Leader's missing Lucario, but they thought after it wasn't.

After an hour, Chris found the Veilstone City Gym in front of him, Riley's Lucario was still searching in the city.

Veilstone City Gym

Chris stepped inside the Gym, the lights were off but the light of the sun was brightening the place through the windows, the floor was made of wood and the place looked like a dojo.

"Hello? Is anybody here?" Chris asked.

"Go away! I don't want to fight now!" A voice shouted from afar.

"Where are you? I can't see you!"

"I've said go away!" After that, the voice started to cry and sob.

Chris knew the voice was from a girl, he searched for her inside, there was an arena with the Pokeball logo on the center, on the other side, there was a hall, he walked and he found many rooms on both sides of the hall, he didn't found her in any of the rooms, but he noticed another room at the end of the corridor and the cries and sobs were close now.

From the other side of the room, there was a beautiful garden with a pond, rocks and trees, there was a couch on the middle of the room, but Chris's attention was for the garden and he passed the couch.

"I've never seen a garden like this before...it's beautiful..."

"Get out of here now!" The voice from the girl shouted again.

"Huh? Where are you? I can't see you!" Chris looked around the garden, he didn't saw anyone around, but when he turned his back, he saw a girl in the couch looking away from him.

The girl had pink hair, she was wearing white pants and her feet was visible, she was also wearing a shirt with a big blue color and tiny black spots on them, if Chris could see her face, there was a big bandage covering her nose, her hands were inside blue gloves but her fingers were out of the gloves.

"I don't want any challenge now, get out!" She yelled.

"But I don't want to challenge you!"

"That's great, now go away!"

"Wait, I need to ask you something first!"

"What is it? Quick!"

"I've been wondering if you saw another trainer looking for a challenge before me in this day"

"No! I haven't accepted any challenge since one week ago and I didn't turned down any trainer in this day either!" She started to cry again.

"(There is something wrong with her)" Chris thought to himself, he approached to her and placed his hand in her shoulder "You have a problem right?"

She stopped and she started to sniff "Yes...I have a problem...and a big one..."

"Good, you can tell me"

"N-no! I don't want to say it! If the other trainers hear this, I could lose my title as Gym Leader!"

Chris's eyes widened "Wait, you're the Gym Leader of this Gym?"

"That's right.."

"Please, I need to see your face"

"No...I don't want to..."

"It's really uncomfortable if you're like this, trust me, I'm almost the same as you"

"And...why almost?"

"Because I'm a boy and you're girl"

She stopped her sobbing and then she let out a small giggle "Hehe, you're right, I'm sorry to be actiing like this" She got up looking at the hall, she wiped her tears from her face and she turned her back to see Chris "You're the first one to comfort me" By the look of her face, Chris knew she was blushing a little. Chris noticed she was almost his size, but she was like only 1cm less taller than Chris.

"It's good to know another person, I'm Chris, what is your name?"

"I'm Maylene and I'm the leader of the Gym of Veilstone City" She said smiling.

"Why you were crying and sobbing a while ago?"

"It's....it's because....I...I lost my best Pok?mon"

"Lost? How?"

"Well...everything started one week ago..."

Flashback

"We were training in the woods alone as we always do every day, I may look like, but I work a lot on my Pok?mon, especially him, I met him when I was a child, in that day, something weird happened to him, he first closed his eyes, I asked him what was wrong, then, he ran away at high speed!"

"Hey! Come back! We aren't finished with our training!" I shouted

"But he didn't listened, he just dissapeared in front of my eyes in the woods, after that, I thought he would come back on his own to the Gym, but 3 days passed and he didn't returned, and since I always use him in every Gym battle, I can't fight anyone without him"

End of flashback

"And now...there are a lot of trainers coming here to challenge me, but most of them haven't left the city, and that is a big trouble for me...I don't know what to do!" She said, she was looking down to the floor and she was about to cry.

"Hey! With that attitude you're not going nowhere!" Chris yelled, snapping Maylene out of her sadness.

"But, I've already searched for him and I didn't found anything about his whereabouts..."

"And you're giving up?"

"N..No! I need to find him as soon as possible!" She said. Chris placed his hand on her shoulder "What are you doing?"

"I'm going to help you"

"What? I..I can't accept your help, I don't want to interrupt anything in your journey..."

"No, I'm going to help you, you're in a big trouble and you need help, besides, your title as a Gym Leader is at risk! You don't want to lose it right?"

"I don't want to lose it....but finding him is more important to me now..."

"Then we're going to find him no matter what happens"

"...Thanks...it means so much to me" She said giving a little smile "But, why are you helping me?"

"Isn't obvious? We're friends!"

"I know what are you going to say after...friends help each other right?"

Chris smiled "That's right, if you can't do it by yourself, we're going to do it together, what do you say?"

She looked away for a moment "I say..." the scene changes to outside of the Gym, Maylene locks the door of the Gym "Let's go!" She said smiling.

"With this kind of entusiasm we're not going to fail, I promise!" Chris said, just then, someone was coming from behind them, it was Riley's Lucario standing there.

"Hey Lucario, did you find him?" Chris asked, Lucario shook his head "I guess we need to find Riley first, hey Maylen-hey, where did she go?" Chris didn't saw Maylene where she was a second ago, he looked around and she found Maylene...hugging Riley's Lucario very tightly.

"Oh Lucario! You're back! I was so worried about you! I won't let you go away from me ever!" She said smiling.

"Um, Maylene, the person you were going to search was a Lucario?"

She nodded smiling "That's right! My best Pok?mon of my team is Lucario!"

"I don't want to ruin your happy moment....but...that is not your Lucario..."

She made a confused face "What? Then of who is this Lucario?"

Just then, the same tall man who entered Veilstone City came walking to the Gym behind them, he saw Chris, Maylene (still hugging Riley's Lucario) and Riley's Lucario, his eyes widened when he saw Riley's Lucario, the 3 of them turned to see him and the eyes of the Aura Pok?mon widened a lot.

"Who are you?" Chris asked.

"He is....he is..." Lucario was about to say his name.

"Lucario!" The man shouted.

"Riley!" Lucario said, confirming the name of the person, he quickly shoved off Maylene out of his waist (And eventually she crashed her head to the wall and fell unconscious in the process, and Chris went to her) and he jumped in the air and landed knelted in front of Riley "I'm back" Lucario said.

"Lucario, I didn't knew you would return so soon, why?" Riley asked.

"A lot of things happened when I was alone, but that doesn't matters now, I've returned to your side once again" Lucario said looking at Riley.

Riley blinked for a moment  and then he smiled a bit "I hope you were enjoying your stance in the tournament"

"I...kind of did"

"What?"

"Nothing" Lucario chuckled a bit "Chris helped me returning here, you should thank him" He pointed to Chris, who was holding Maylene's head.

"I thank you for helping Lucario" Riley said to Chris.

"It was nothing, really, but could you please help me with her?" He looked at Maylene, her eyes were swirls and she was talking with words that didn't made no sense at all.

"1 Aura Sphere....2 Hyper Beams...3 Tackles...4 Quick attacks....5 Splashes..." She said.

"MAYLENE! SNAP OUT OF IT!" Chris yelled, Maylene shook her head and she regained her consciousness.

"Huh?...I'm alive?"

Chris rolled his eyes "Yes Maylene, you're still alive"

"Hurray! I thank the Machops!" She said, Chris just sighed, then, Riley's Lucario punched her head and she fell unconscious again "WHAT WAS THAT FOR?!" Chris asked angrily.

"She is not alright" He said.

"OF COURSE SHE WAS FINE, UNTIL YOU KILLED HER BY THE SECOND TIME!"

"I'm not dead!" Maylene said waking up. Lucario rolled his eyes and he was just about to punch Maylene in the head again, but Chris quickly pulled her to him "STOP THAT!"

"Lucario, stop it" Riley commanded.

"Yes Riley" Lucario said.

"Phew, finall-" Chris noticed that Maylene was just below his head and in front of his chest, Maylene also noticed it and both of them blushed and quickly separated from the other looking away embarrased.

"..." Maylene didn't said anything.

"..." Chris didn't said anything.

"This moment never happened" Both of them said in unison.

Riley just chuckled a bit "That was at least interesting to watch"

"IT WAS NOT!" Chris and Maylene said in unison.

"Alright, it wasn't" Riley said.

"Anyway, I need to go to the Pok?mon Center to pick up my Pok?mon, do you want to come Maylene?" Chris asked.

"O-ok, I'm going too" She said.

"Wait, I'm going too" Riley said.

"Why?" Chris asked.

"I'm think something bad happened to Maylene if she was hugging my Lucario like that," Maylene looked away embarrased "And I want to help her in her trouble"

Chris thought for a moment, then he nodded "Fine, you can come with us"

"Thanks, this is also my thanks for returning Lucario to me"

"See Maylene? Everything is starting to get better for you!" Chris said smiling.

"I think so" She said.

Veilstone City
Pok?mon Center

"Nurse Joy! I've come for my Pok?mon!" Chris said entering the Pok?mon Center.

"You're here! Your Pok?mon are in perfect conditions now, you can take them with you again" She handed over Chris's Pokeball and Pichu, he jumped to Chris's shoulder.

"Hey Pichu, are you alright?" Chris asked.

"Pi Pichu Pi!" He replied smiling, here is the translation "(I'm feeling better than ever!)"

"Good!" Chris said, obviously, he didn't understanded Pichu at all.

"Oh, Maylene, you're here too" Nurse Joy said looking at Maylene.

"Well...yeah...I'm here..." She said rubbing her shoulder.

"A lot of trainers are waiting for you to fight them for the Gym's Badge, why are you not accepting challenges?"

"Yeah! Why?!" A trainer said walking to Maylene.

"We have been waiting to fight you for the Gym's Badge!" Another trainer said walking to Maylene.

"We can't go on in our journeys because you're refusing the fights!" Another trainer said walking to Maylene. She was hiding slowly behind Riley in fear.

"I...I'm sorry...but...I...I...I-"

"YOU WHAT?" All the trainers inside the Pok?mon Center asked angrily. Maylene was closing her eyes slowly and she was going to cry, until...

"STOP NOW!" A voice yelled from the entrance of the Pok?mon Center. Everyone looked at the source of the voice and all the trainers (Including Riley and Maylene) gasped in unison. There was a woman standing in front of the door, she was tall, she was wearing a long black robe and her hair was long and blond, she was also wearing 4 black sacks on her head.

"Who is she?" Chris asked.

"It's...it's...it's the Champion of the Sinnoh League, Cynthia!" A trainer said confirming the name of the woman.

"What is happening here?" Cynthia asked.

"The leader of the Gym of Veilstone doesn't wants to accept any challenges and she has been turning them down since a week!" A trainer said pointing at Maylene.

"And?" Cynthia asked.

"And we can't proceed to the next Gym!"

"Hmph," She walked towards Maylene "If she doesn't wants to accept any challenges then you have to go to the next Gym"

"Bu-"

"Sorry, but she can do that if she wants, but obviously, she need to fight againts a trainer who challenged her as soon as possible or else her title as a Gym Leader will be lost," She looked at everyone in the Pok?mon Center "I'm sorry, but you have to wait until then" She said smiling.

"(I don't think they're going to understand so easily with tha-)" Chris's thought was interrupted.

"ALRIGHT LADY CYNTHIA!" All of the trainers said smiling and they quickly left the Pok?mon Center, leaving only Chris, Pichu, Maylene, Riley, his Lucario, herself and Nurse Joy.

Chris just blinked at the event "...They surrendered so easily"

"Cynthia! You did come after all!" Maylene said getting out of Riley's back.

Cynthia smiled and nodded "I knew your Lucario went missing too"

"Wait, missing too? Do you mean your Lucario also escaped from you?"

"That's right, when we were training, he closed his eyes and he ran away from me, I knew there was something wrong with him, then you called me 4 days after saying that your Lucario was missing too"

"Now that we're talking about Lucario..." Chris took his Pokeball from the counter "What a pretty Pokeball!" Maylene said looking at Chris's Pokeball "Go! Pokeball!" He shouted tossing the Pokeball in the air, a light came from it and his Lucario came from the Pokeball, he was alright now.

"I'm feeling better now thanks to Nurse Joy" He said smiling to Nurse Joy.

"Be sure to be healthy!" Nurse Joy replied with a smile.

"It's good to see you're fine Lucari-" Chris was once again interrupted.

"OH MY GOD! YOUR LUCARIO IS SO COOL!" Maylene shouted, she was now hugging him tightly as she did with Riley's Lucario before.

"Wow, this one is so tall" Cynthia said looking at Chris's Lucario.

"And I see you have been training him very well Chris" Riley remarked.

"HOW IN ARCEUS's NAME DID YOU MADE HIM SO TALL?!" Maylene asked excited.

Chris rubbed his forehead with a finger "I think it was just luck..."

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris everyone!"

"Hello there"

"Wait....you're Professor Rowan!"

"It is I indeed"

"What are you doing here?"

"I'm going to appear in the next chapter"

"Why?"

"Because something strange has been happening around Sinnoh"

"I see...what?"

"You will see in the next chapter"

"Can you tell me now?"

"No"

"Now?"

"No"

"Now?"

"No"

"Now?"

"No"

"Okay....how about now?"

"NO!"

"Next time: The mysterious Valley of the Aura! How about now?"

"NO!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 08, 2008, 12:35:36 PM
Chapter 25: The mysterious Valley of the Aura!

"Ok Maylene, you can stop hugging my Lucario now" Chris said tapping Maylene's shoulder.

"I don't want to!" She said. Chris's eyes widened when he saw the face of his Pok?mon turning into the purple color "I mean it! You're choking him!"

"I...can't....breath..." Chris's Lucario said, Maylene looked at him and she realezed him from her arms "I'm so sorry! Please, forgive me!" She said bending.

His face returned to his usual blue color and he sighed "It's fine...for now"

"Finally," Chris sighed, then he looked at Cynthia "You said your Lucario was missing too?"

She nodded "That is correct, not only that, I've heard in all the region that all the wild Lucario dissapeared too"

"All?" Riley asked. Cynthia nodded "There must be some kind of event going on in Sinnoh then..." Riley got in a thinking position.

"That's why I called a expert for this job" Cynthia said.

"Who?" Maylene asked.

Just then, the doors of the Pok?mon Center opened, and a man with a white beard, white hair, wearing brown coat and under it there was a lab coat and he was holding a briefcase in his right hand came stepping inside.

"Ah Cynthia, you're here already" The man said.

"Professor Rowan, how is your investigation about the evolution of the Pok?mon going?" Cynthia asked.

"It's going well, but I was interested about your problem"

"I'm glad you took your time to help me"

Professor Rowan looked at Riley, his Lucario, Maylene, Chris and his Lucario "And are they your friends?"

"Yes" She said.

"Good, now let's have a seat over that table" He pointed to an empty table with a couch, all of them sat on the couch (except for the 2 Lucarios, who remained stood)

"What's this all about the dissapearance of the wild Lucarios?" Chris asked, Rowan opened his briefcase and he took out a map, he placed it on the table so everyone could see.

"See the circled points?" Rowan asked pointing to red circles on the map, everyone nodded "Those are the locations of where the wild Lucarios had been roaming, but," He pointed to a big circle on the map "They have been spotted running to this location"

"It's near Mt Coronet" Riley said.

"That's right, I've heard from many sources that they have been climbing into a hidden valley near Mt Coronet" Rowan said.

"A hidden valley?" Maylene asked.

"Yes, a hidden valley that it's almost impossible to enter, the valley is surrounded by high cliffs and pits, his geography could be only matched with Mt Coronet's geography"

"So, we need to enter the valley then?" Chris asked.

"That is the hard part, many have tried to enter, but when they're close, they suddenly are attacked by Aura Spheres coming from nowhere, after that, they fall unconscious to the ground, the next thing they see it's the point where they started to go through"

"It sounds very weird to be attacked by Aura Spheres from nowhere..." Cynthia said.

"That it's because there are Lucarios living there!" Riley said in surprise.

"Do you mean they live there and they attack any traveler who wants to pass?" Maylene asked. Riley nodded "If they don't want any person inside their valley, it's because they are hiding something very valuable"

"But what could it be?" Maylene asked.

"I don't know for sure"

"That's where you 6-"

"7 if you count Pichu" Chris said pointing to Pichu.

"That's where you 7 enter, your mission is to infiltrate the valley and find what is going on with the Lucarios, it won't be easy, so I suggest to be prepared if you dare to go" Rowan said.

"What do you think Lucario?" Chris asked to his Lucario.

"I'm ready if you are" He said.

"Same for me if Riley wants to go" Riley's Lucario said looking at Riley.

"I'm good to go, this mystery is really intriguing me" Riley said.

"I'm ready too, I want to find my Lucario and I won't give up so easily" Maylene said (She was putting her shoes on)

"We're ready Professor Rowan" Cynthia said.

"Good," He stood up "I'm counting on all of you, be careful" He took his briefcase and he left the Pok?mon Center.

Maylene stood up and she made a fist in the air "Let's go!" She said excited. Everyone nodded and they left the Pok?mon Center.

Veilstone City
Street

Just outside the Pok?mon Center, there was a Ice Cream man selling Ice Cream. Cynthia said she was going to pay if they wanted, they nodded and Cynthia bought Ice Cream for everyone....except her.

"Hey Cynthia, are you going to buy one for yourself?" Maylene asked.

"Just a minute, I need to decide which flavor I want to eat" She said, thinking in front of the Ice Cream man.

"Ok, you can take your time" Chris said.

1 hour later...

"Cynthia, haven't you decided yet?" Maylene asked.

"In a second" Cynthia replied.

1 hour later...

"Cynthia, we finished with our Ice Cream, are you done yet?" Chris asked.

"Just a minute" She said.

60 minutes later...

"Cynthia?" Riley asked.

"I'm almost done"

Another hour later...

"CYNTHIA!" Everyone yelled at Cynthia, then she snapped her fingers "I know what to choose now!" She said smiling.

"Really? What do you want?" The Ice Cream asked.

"I want Vanilla please" She said smiling. Everyone were left speechless and they fell in anime style (Even both Lucarios fell in anime style)

"What's wrong with all of you?" She asked while she was licking her Ice Cream "Nothing Cynthia, everything is fine" Chris said sarcastically while his face was on the floor.

After that little (and annoying) event, everyone regained their compostures and walked through the exit of Veilstone City...and Cynthia didn't finished her Ice Cream too.

Route 215

"So we need to cross the Route 215 and then we follow a secret path in the Route 210 near the Cafe Cabbin right?" Maylene asked. Riley nodded.

"Wow, does this Route ever stops raining?" Chris asked as he was getting drenched by the water.

"It's very rarely if the rain stops in this Route" Cynthia said, just then, the rain stopped and the light of the sun was coming between the clouds "Finally! I was getting upset with the rain!" Maylene said.

"Pss!" Chris's Lucario sneezed a bit "Take this, it will clear your nose" Maylene handed over a napkin to Lucario, he took it "Thanks" He said as he cleared his nose, Maylene gave a little smile at him and Lucario blushed a little.

"Wait, I need to see something here" Maylene said as she searched for something behind some trees, everyone else looked at each other and they went with her.

"What is it Maylene?" Riley asked as he looked around, there were a lot of rocks destroyed on the ground and there were also destroyed spots with some destroyed trees.

"This is...where me and Lucario usually train together every day" She said.

"This place looks a little destroyed you know..." Chris said.

"I know, it's because of all the Aura Spheres my Lucario have been shooting at me"

"Wait, your Lucario shoots Aura Spheres at you? Isn't that dangerous?" Riley asked worried.

She let out a small giggle "Not at all! It's really fun!" With those words, the eyes of Riley and Chris widened, but Cynthia was just staring at Maylene "That's because you have been kicking them back to Lucario right?" Cynthia asked smiling.

"That's right!" Maylene answered.

"What?!" Chris said, he looked at both Lucarios "Is that even possible to do?"

"I'm not sure if that can be done" Chris's Lucario said shooking his head.

"I don't know exactly either" Riley's Lucario said shooking his head too.

"That's the way we train together! He shoots his Aura Spheres at me and I return them back to him so he can dodge them at time! We also meditate below waterfalls between many other things!" She said excited, but then, she sighed looking at the clouds "I'm really starting to miss him too..."

"You and him are so close to each other right?" Riley asked.

"I met my Lucario since he was a little Riolu, and I still remember that day 7 years ago, I was little and it was my birthday, my dad gave me a Pok?mon Egg, he didn't knew what Pok?mon was inside until..."

Flashback

"Daddy, what is this big egg?" Maylene asked looking at a Pok?mon Egg in front of her.

"That is a Pok?mon Egg, it holds a Pok?mon inside of it, that Pok?mon will be your present for your birthday" Maylene's father said.

"Really? Do you think he or she will befriend me?"

"For sure, you're such a cute little girl!"

"Daddy! Stop saying lies please!" She said smiling and giggling, then she looked at the Pok?mon Egg "I hope it is a Fighting type, they're my favorite type of Pok?mon because they're so strong!"

"Why do you want a Fighting type?" His father asked.

"Because I saw a fight with a Machoke againts a Hitmonlee, and the Machoke won because of his strength! I hope it is a Machop, I've heard it's the initial Pok?mon to evolve into a Machoke"

Just then, the egg was starting to shake, Maylene glanced at the egg and she smiled "It's hatching daddy! I didn't knew if would hatch so soon!"

"Let's see if you can get the type you were looking for" He said.

The top of the egg was cracking, after shaking for a while, the egg was breaking up, Maylene was getting so happy and finally, the egg hatched, but it wasn't a Machop.

Instead, another Pok?mon came from the egg and he looked around confused.

"Ri?" He said placing his hand near his mouth.

Maylene stood still for a moment, that wasn't a Machop for sure to her, but it was a Riolu.

"Wow, Maylene, you just got a Riolu!" Her dad said surprised.

"A Riolu? That is his name?" She asked looking at Riolu.

"Yes, I've heard they're so rare to get, and for your luck, he is a Fighting type!"

"Ri?" He approached to Maylene. Maylene just stared at him for a minute, then she smiled and she started to hug him tightly.

"Ooouuhhhh! You're so cute!" She said pressing her face to Riolu. Riolu blinked for a moment, then he smiled and he said his name repeatedly in happiness.

"Ri! Ri! Riolu! Ri!" He said.

"See? You're already his friend, I hope you can train him well" Her dad said.

"I will daddy! And also I'm going to become a Gym Leader using Riolu! What do you say Riolu?" She looked at Riolu "Ri!" He said smiling.

End of flashback
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 08, 2008, 09:19:12 PM
"And since that day, he became my best Pok?mon and best friend" She said looking at the group.

"That was a touching story," Chris said wiping a tear from his eye "But how exactly did you become a Gym Leader?"

"I become a Gym Leader by-!" She looked at the sky again, but after a moment of silence, she rubbed her head "I actually forgot how did I became a Gym Leader in the first place, silly me"

-.- "...I see..." Chris said.

"But let's go, I want to find him as soon as possible!" She said running away.

"She regained her energy now" Cynthia said.

"I think she was inspired when she met her Lucario" Chris said.

"AAAHHHH!!!!"

"Something is happening with Maylene, let's go!" Riley said running after Maylene, Chris, Cynthia and both Lucarios followed him.

When they found her, she was sat on the ground shooking her head, because she was going to be rammed by a truck that appeared on the road.

"Hey you kid! Stop appearing from nowhere!" A man said inside the truck, his hair was mysteriously light blue and he was wearing a odd looking space suit with a G on it. The same G was on the truck as the logo.

"Sorry, I wasn't looking at both sides..." Maylene said in her defense while Chris's Lucario helped her to get up, this made the man of the truck gasp.

"Oh no, oh no!" He said.

"What is it?" A girl with the same mysterious light blue hair and space suit with the G asked at the side of the man asked, when she saw the 2 Lucarios, she gasped too.

"It's something wrong sir?" Riley asked, just then, his Lucario and Chris's Lucario started to shot glares at both persons, after a second, they started to show their fangs in rage.

"Lucario, it's something wrong?" Chris asked.

"I don't like those 2 at all" He said.

"Excellent! Good bye then!" The man drove the truck at high speed out of them, Maylene looked at them confused "They were acting so weird, don't you think?" She asked.

"I remember I saw that G somewhere before" Cynthia said.

"There were a lot of eggs inside the truck" Riley's Lucario said.

"Why they were keeping those eggs inside the truck? There is a Day Care near here?" Chris asked.

"Nope, the only Day Care in Sinnoh I know about is in Solaceon Town," Maylene answered "And they were driving to Veilstone"

"Let's find the valley first, then we go back to Veilstone to search for that truck" Cynthia said, everyone nodded and they continued their way to the Route 210.

Route 210

After walking through the Route 215 and passing the Cafe Cabbin, they went inside some woods near there.

"If my memory doesn't fails, the valley should be on the other side of these woods, but after we cross, be careful to not step on a pit" Riley said.

Eventually, they crossed to the other side and they found a big cliff in front of them, it was really huge, they looked around for the pits but there wasn't any of them.

"I don't see any pit around here" Chris said.

"They must be hiding then," Cynthia walked to the cliff and she looked to the top "We need to climb this to pass to the other side"

"But I don't know if we can climb THIS one though" Maylene said.

"Even with the help of our Lucarios we won't be able to cross it" Riley said.

"Then we're going to fly to the top," Cynthia took a Pokeball and she tossed it in the air, a Salamence came from the Pokeball and he roared upon getting out "Now everyone, get on Salamence's back"

Chris, Maylene, Cynthia and Riley along with both Lucarios went above Salamence's back, Cynthia ordered him to fly to the top, he roared in agreedment and he started to fly.

"At this rate we can reach the top in no time!" Maylene said.

Just then Riley's Lucario saw shiny blue spots coming at them from above, he gasped when he realised that they were Aura Spheres!

"THEY ARE LAUNCHING AURA SPHERES AT US!" He shouted.

"Salamence! Dodge them!" Cynthia ordered, Salamance flew avoiding the Aura Spheres, but when they passed them, they turned back and they were chasing them.

"Darn it, since they're Aura Spheres, they can't be avoided so easily, we have to do something!" Riley said.

"I know!" Chris looked at both Lucarios "Use your Aura Spheres to destroy them!"

Both of them nodded and they charged their Aura Spheres, and then, they began to fire at every Aura Sphere that was going to touch them, making them explode in the process.

"They don't even stop firing at us!" Maylene said.

"No matter what they try, we are going to reach to the other side!" Chris said.

"Look! There is a cave up there!" Riley pointed to a cave above them "Fly there so we can take cover from their attacks!"

"Alright, Salamence, fly to that cave now!" Cynthia ordered, her Salamence roared again and he flew evading the Aura Spheres in the process, they eventually made it inside the cave, the rain of Aura Spheres suddenly stopped and Cynthia thanked her Salamence and she returned him to his Pokeball.

"This cave is deep" Chris said looking at the darkness of the cave.

"I dunno, but I think this cave crosses the cliff and the valley could be on the other side" Maylene said.

"But it's so dark to see, and we don't have lanterns with us"

"I know the answer for this problem" Chris's Lucario said.

"You know?" Chris asked. Just then, his Lucario started to glow and with the light of his aura he made enough light to brighten the cave to they could walk further inside.

"I wonder..." Riley's Lucario started to glow as Chris's Lucario and he made more light with his aura, the group can now advance further in the cave.

"Good idea, using the aura of both of you to shine the path through this cave" Cynthia said smiling a bit. Without any interruption, they walked deeper to the cave, it was so silent, even a little sound could make a echo.

"So if we can cross this cave, the valley will appear on the other side" Riley said.

"AAHHH!" Chris tripped on the ground, they stopped and his Lucario knelted in front of him.

"Are you alright?" He asked worried.

"Yes...it's just a little bruise" He saw his leg bleeding a little, but it was enough to make him feel pain every time he walked using his leg. After a while, his Lucario stopped and he grabbed him with his arms.

"You don't have to, really" Chris said.

"No, I can't watch you suffering from your injure, let me help me you" His Lucario said.

"(He is the same as myself)" Maylene thought to herself, then she remembered something from a long time ago.

Flashback

"Alright Riolu, use Force Palm on that rock!" Maylene ordered, Riolu nodded and he ran to the rock to destroy it, but he tripped in the middle of his trail and Maylene gasped and she ran to him worried.

"Riolu! Are you alright?" She asked worried.

"I'm...I'm ok, you don't have to worry about me"

"Huh? You can talk?" Maylene asked surprised.

Riolu nodded "Yes, I was a little afraid to talk to you while your father was close to us, and I choose this moment to talk to you"

Maylene looked at Riolu's leg and it was bleeding a little "We need to stop the training for today, your leg is in a bad shape"

"N-No! I can continue! See?" He stood up, but after walking a little he stopped because he was suffering from his injure, Maylene shook her head and she grabbed him with her arms.

"You don't have to! I can train!" Riolu said.

"Don't be stubborn! You need to recover now or else you're going to worse up your leg!"

Riolu gasped after she said that to him, he looked at his leg again and it was still bleeding, then he nodded agreeding about his health.

Maylene smiled as she was walking to her house with her Riolu on her arms "Finally, you admitted it" Riolu looked away blushing a little, Maylene saw his blushing and she laughed.

"(You're so cute when you blush)" She thought.

End of flashback

"(Don't worry Lucario, I'm going to find you no matter what happens)" She thought with a determined face.

"Shh...I can hear something..." Cynthia wispered to everyone.

"What?" Chris asked wispering.

"It sounds like...leaves..." Riley wispered.

There was light coming in front of them, their eyes widened a little and they ran to the ligh-

"IT'S BLINDING ME!" Maylene shouted.

...As I was saying, they ran to the light, both Lucarios stopped glowing and when they made it to the other side, there found a lot of trees, bushes and grass everywhere, there was a waterfall and a river too.

"We finally made it to the hidden valley" Riley said. Admiring the splendor of the valley, there wasn't any Pok?mon there, which was very strange.

"Isn't strange that this valley it's empty?" Maylene asked confused.

"Wait, something is coming" Cynthia said narrowing her eyes.

"Yes, I can hear something approaching too" Chris said.

"HALT! WHO DARES TO ENTER THE VALLEY OF THE AURA?!" A voice echoed coming from nowhere. Chris and Maylene were scared by the sound of the voice.

"W-we!" Maylene said.

Just then, a moment of silence came to them, after a minute, a lot of noises were coming from the trees, bushes, and in the river, the group looked at everything to be prepared for any kind of attack.

And suddenly, many figures came from everywhere jumping to anything, surrounding the group in the process, after a while, the figures stopped, revealing to be a lot, no, many Lucarios glaring at them, hundreds of them were showing their fangs to the group.

"O-ok....d-don't make any brusque move...w-we are just going to return to the cave..." Chris looked at the entrance of the cave they came from and there were a lot of Lucarios blocking the cave "...n-n-nevermind...w-w-we just wait for them to....k-k-kill us..."

Maylene blinked for a moment "W-w-wait......KILL US?!"

"GGRRRRRR!!!!!" All the Lucarios said in unison after Maylene shouted. That made Chris hid behind his Lucario in terror.

And there was an Aura Sphere coming towards Maylene!

"MAYLENE!" Chris, Riley, Cynthia and both Lucarios shouted in unison, Maylene froze up as the Aura Sphere was coming closer to her.

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 09, 2008, 03:51:57 PM
Whoa. I did not see Maylene and Cynthia coming.... Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 09, 2008, 05:00:51 PM
Chapter 26: Lucarios, Riolus and Maylene

As the Aura Sphere was coming closer to Maylene, there wasn't much time for her to evade it, all of them noticed that they were a little too far from her.

But then she looked straight at the Aura Sphere and she jumped into the air.

"HIIIIIIIIYYYAAAAAHHHHH!!!" She said, kicking the Aura Sphere back to his owner, it was a Lucario standing in front of her, and he just simply stepped away and the Aura Sphere passed through his shoulder, crashing into a nearby tree.

"That was...awesome!" Chris said, still above his Lucario's arms.

"I remember that Aura Sphere," She looked at the Lucario who made that Aura Sphere and smiled "Lucario!"

"Maylene!" The Lucario revealed himself to be Maylene's Lucario, he ran to her and she did the same with tears coming from her eyes, when she reached him, she hugged him "Lucario! I was so worried about you! Where have you been?" She asked crying.

"I'm so sorry Maylene, I needed to come to this place by myself, I'm such a idiot for leaving you" He said.

"That doesn't matters now, I finally found you!" She said smiling, but she was still crying.

"Um, Maylene..." Chris said.

"What?" She asked.

"If you forgot, we're being surrounded by hundreds of killer Lucarios...who at the same time..." All of the Lucarios were charging up hundreds of Aura Spheres "..are probably making those blue orbs to kill us"

Maylene looked at every single Lucario and all of them were charging up their Aura Spheres while they were glaring at her and everyone else.

"...Lucario..."

"Yes Maylene?"

"Do you think we can return all those attacks in time?"

"...Judging by all of them, no"

"..." She hugged him tightly now "I DON'T WANNA DIE!!!"

"STOP!" The same voice from before yelled and all the Lucarios stopped their Aura Spheres.

"Who's there?" Riley asked, he looked at Cynthia and there was a Lucario knelting in front of her "That is your Lucario right?" She nodded and smiled.

Just then, another Lucario came from the huge crowd of Aura Pok?mon, but he was different from the others, he was tall (and he even surpassed Chris's Lucario) there was an scar crossing his left eye and his arms were crossed behind his back, he looked quite intimidating too, which made Pichu hide totally behind Chris's Lucario.

"Humans? Visiting this holy ground?" He asked looking at Riley, Cynthia, Chris and Maylene "I'm the leader of this valley, what business do you have here?"

Chris gulped "W-we don't want to cause any trouble here, we just wanted to find our Lucarios, that's all"

The Lucario from the valley looked at Chris, but when he saw Chris's Lucario, his eyes widened a bit "I don't believe it...you're..."

"He is what?" Chris asked.

"He is...my son"

"WHAT?! YOU'RE HIS FATHER THEN?!" Chris asked pointing at the Lucario.

He nodded "He is my son, we lost him when he was still in his egg a long time ago near the Southwest of the Sinnoh region"

"Wait, I found an egg near Jubilife City as long time ago too, but I gave it to a trainer after he helped me with something," Riley said "But how did Chris obtained that egg?"

"Um, I think I met the same trainer who you met and he gave me his egg" Chris said (Obviously lying and trying to evade the truth who could make many questions to all of them) "Wait, did you said "we"?"

Suddenly, another Lucario (Who was shiny because her (Yes, it was female) fur was yellow where it was supposed to be blue, she was tall too (But she was tiny comparing her size with Chris's Lucario's size)) came from the crowd of Lucarios and she stood behind the leader, apparently, she was crying a little.

"Have you....found my baby?" She asked to Chris's Lucario's father.

"Not yet, but fortunately, we've found our first missing son" He pointed at Chris's Lucario, she looked at him and she started to cry even louder "My son! You're here!"

Chris's Lucario went with his father and mother (He left Chris on the floor) and he ran at his mother and hugged her while he was crying a little "Mother! Father! I thought I was alone in the world, but I never thought either I could find you here!"

"Wow, this is just incredible, not only we found the Lucarios of Maylene and Cynthia, but also we found Lucario's family too and he is the son of the leader of this valley" Chris said looking at Pichu.

"Pi Pichu Pi (It's good for him)" Pichu said.

"Wait, "our first son"?" Chris looked at Lucario's family "Do you mean you have another son too?"

"Not a son, but a daughter" The leader of the valley said.

"I see, that is the motive for calling all the Lucarios of all Sinnoh right?" Cynthia asked smiling a bit.

"That is correct, but it sounds rather odd for just calling all of them for just finding our daughter, but there is a major problem in reality"

"What major problem?" Maylene asked.

"Everything started 7 suns and 6 moons ago..." The leader of the valley remembered an event that happened 1 week ago in the night.

Flashback

"On the middle of the night, we were sleeping under the stars of the sky, in that day also, we were waiting for a major event that was going to happen very soon" Chris's Lucario's father narrated.

"What was that event?" Maylene asked.

"The only important event that was going to happen was the most interesting in the whole story of the Valley of the Aura"

"A fight againts a Legendary Pok?mon?" Chris asked.

"No, more important than that"

"Something about the Lucarios?" Riley asked.

"You're close, I'm giving you a hint, from what thing are the Pok?mon born?"

"Pok?mon Eggs?" Maylene asked.

"Correct, and what are first the Pok?mon that are Lucarios?"

"Riolus" Cynthia responded.

"Correct, and we had many eggs containing Riolus inside that were going to hatch, and one of them was my daughter"

"And what happened to them?" Chris asked.

"That is where I want to explain"

The scene shows the Lucarios living in the valley sleeping in caves and above trees, there was an area with many Pok?mon Eggs far away from there, and suddenly, 10 shadow figures appears sneaking inside towards the eggs.

"That night, humans started to infiltrate our valley while we were sleeping, when they saw the opportunity, they took every single egg from us"

Once the figures finished stealing the eggs, one of the Lucarios woke up by the noises they were making, after he saw 6 of them climbing the cliff, he glared at them and he charged up an Aura Sphere, he fired it at one of the figures, it made a explosion and the light coming from the sphere revealed their appearance, they were wearing space suits with light blue hair haircut and with G on the suits, the Lucario roared and it woke up every Lucario on the valley, and after they saw the mysterious thiefs climbing down the mountain, they all jumped to the cliff to chase them, but they didn't see anything, but there was a black helicopter flying away from the valley far away in the air.

"Since that night, we used our Aura powers combined to call every Lucario living in Sinnoh to help us in finding the eggs"

End of flashback

"And now you know why we called every Lucario to the valley"

"And did you found them yet?" Chris asked.

The leader shook his head in dissapointment "We haven't, we are starting to worry about the eggs and if they were taken to another land far away from Sinnoh and the valley"

"Wait...I remember something about eggs..." Cynthia said trying to remember if she heard of Pok?mon Eggs before.

"Yeah, I remember it too" Maylene said, also trying to remember.

"Didn't my Lucario told us something about eggs before in Route 215?" Riley asked looking at his Lucario.

"Yes...the truck!" Chris said in surprise "You said the mysterious thiefs were wearing spacesuits with weird light blue hair and a G on their suits right?" The leader nodded "We saw them on the way here, Riley's Lucario saw something inside the truck and there were lots of Pok?mon Eggs in it!"

The leader gasped "Are you sure?"

"Definitely!"

"Then we need to assault them and take the eggs back to us!" The leader said, he looked at every Lucario on the valley.

"No, wait, leave this to us" Cynthia said placing her hand on the leader's shoulder.

"We can't leave this to you! We need to retrieve the eggs and fast!"

"I know you want to retrieve them, but with force?"

"That is right! We are going to use the force!"

"Sorry, but that is a very bad idea actually"

"What?! Why?!"

"Using force is never going to resolve anything, you have to think carefully before acting, besides, if you use only brute force they're probably going to escape"

The leader looked at the floor, then Chris's Lucario placed his hand on his other shoulder "Leave this to us father, I promise I'm going to rescue my sister with the help of my friends"

"...Fine, you can go, but you need to fulfill your promise, or else"

"Thanks father, but do us a favor in return"

"What is it?"

"When all of this is over, every Lucario that was under the control of any trainer is going to return to his or her owner"

"You have my word" His father nodded.

"Please, save your sister son" Her mother said with tears coming from her eyes.

"I'll promise mother" Lucario said smiling a bit.

"Alright...now that everything it's settled..." Chris stood up, his leg recovered a little, but it was enough for him to walk "We're going to begin the operation "Bring back the Pok?mon Eggs" what do you say everyone?"

"Pichu! Pichu Pichu Pichu! (I want to rescue them!)" Said Pichu.

"I'm in" Riley said, his Lucario nodded.

"I'm goint too, it would be sad if the eggs hatches in their base" Cynthia said, her Lucario nodded.

"I won't say no to this, it saddens me for those cute Riolus to be kidnapped away from their own home" Maylene said, her Lucario nodded too.

"I thank all of you for your help, now go and rescue them!" The leader said and the team nodded "We have a hidden path that connects the base of the mountain and the valley together," He pointed to a cave inside the valley "Go inside that cave, it will take you to the base of the mountain"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 09, 2008, 09:33:41 PM
Route 210
Hidden entrance to the Valley of the Aura

"This path was sure well hidden" Chris said as he and Pichu got out from a hidden hole near the cliff.

"Alright, now let's think for a moment, where did the truck was heading again?" Maylene asked.

"You said it was heading to Veilstone City" Chris's Lucario pointed out.

"Exactly, we need to return to Veilstone City and search for the truck"

"And then we find the base and sneak inside!" Chris said.

After passing again the Cafe Cabbin, Chris saw not far away from his position a very familiar tall girl clothed in a big green robe, her hair was also green and long, she was smiling because she had a very familiar jar with honey inside.

"Um, where did we saw her before Lucario?" He asked to his Lucario.

Lucario looked at the girl and he tried to remember where did he and Chris saw her before "I don't know...but she is vaguely familiar...and that jar with honey too..."

"Hey guys, go on without me, I'm going to ask her something first" Chris said leaving them as he went with the girl with the jar with honey.

"Oh hello, may I help you with something?" She asked, still smiling.

"Yeah, what's your name and where did you got that jar with honey?" Chris asked.

"My name is Cheryl and I got this honey from a big beehive of Combees near Eternia City" She said, introducing herself as Cheryl.

"And maybe this is going to sound weird, but, did you received any help while you were searching for that honey?"

"Why yes, I got help from a very nice group of trainers while I was searching for the honey," She placed a finger in her forehead "I remember their names were..."

"Yes?"

"Oh! I remember! Their names were Ash, Dawn and Brock!"

After hearing those names, Chris's eyes widened a lot.

"They were too nice to me, Ash had a Pikachu with him, it was so adorable, but his friend Brock was very weird, I thought he was trying to kidnap me or something, although he was also a very good guy, I needed to leave him by saying a lie by looking at a Beedrill who was flying by, and he fell for my lie" She responded smiling.

"Um...thanks...I-I need to leave now..." Chris said backing away a little "Good bye!" He said waving his hand at her and running away.

"B-but, wait! You didn't told me your name!"

"It's not important!" He said dissapearing in the distance.

"...What a strange kid..." She said to herself.

Route 215

When they were heading to Veilstone City, they were challenged by 2 trainers, they asked to challenge both Chris and Maylene in a double battle.

"Are you familiar with double battles Maylene?" Chris asked.

"I don't think so, but let's give it a try!" She said.

They found a open area to fight againts the trainers, they realesed 2 Ursarings, Chris ordered his Lucario to step on the field and Maylene did the same, Cynthia and Riley along with their Lucarios were watching from the middle of the field.

"Ursaring! Use Hyper Beam!" One trainer shouted.

"Dodge it and use Force Palm!" Chris said.

"Lucario! Assist him with Bone Rush!" Maylene said. Her Lucario suddenly made a blue baton in the form of a bone long enough to use with both hands.

"Stop him with Slash!" The other trainer shouted.

Chris's Lucario evaded the Hyper Beam and he used Force Palm right into the stomach of the Ursaring, he yelled in pain and it was instantly paralyzed, Maylene's Lucario swung the bone colliding with the Slash of the other Ursaring, but with enough force, the Bone Rush was too much and the Ursaring was going to fall back.

"Use Force Palm on the head!" Maylene commanded, her Lucario jumped high in the air and his fist glowed and it punched Ursaring in the forehead, the Ursaring was getting weaker, but suddenly he fell on the floor defeated.

"Ursaring!" His trainer shouted worried.

"Ursaring, use Karate Chop!" The first trainer ordered, the hand of the Ursaring glowed and it was going to hit Chris's Lucario until...his Lucario grabbed the glowing hand with one hand.

"Huh?" Maylene said in surprise, Chris's Lucario looked behind him and he lashed the Ursaring still using his hand to the floor, the Ursaring bounced 2 times and he fainted.

"Ursaring!" The first trainer said worried.

"We won!" Chris and Maylene said in unison jumping, Pichu was also jumping. Their Lucarios returned to their sides and the trainers called their Ursarings back to their Pokeballs, they thanked both Lucario's users and they left.

"As I've said before, you have trained very well your Lucario Chris" Riley said smiling.

"I was very surprised at how your Lucario was able to lash that Ursaring with just one hand" Cynthia said.

"And to think that Ursaring was bigger too!" Maylene said. Rubbing her Lucario's head "One of these days, I want to challenge both of you!" She said pointing at Chris.

"....Well, sure...we can have a fight later...." Chris said rubbing his head "Let's move on, we can't waste any second in this task" He said walking away with his Lucario. Cynthia, Riley and Maylene with their Lucarios followed them. It was very close the city now, Maylene looked at some trees in the way and she remembered when her Riolu evolved.

Flashback

"Why did you...had to punch that Mightyena? He is surely searching for us to eat!" Maylene said as she was holding her Riolu in her arms, he was very hurted, there were a lot of bruises in his body, and he could barely even walk.

"I'm sorry Maylene...I think I overdid it a little...I never going to understimate my foes..." He said in a weak tone.

It was raining too, Maylene and Riolu were escaping from a Mightyena that Riolu had punched him on the face while he was sleeping, he woke up enraged and he saw Riolu in a fighting stance, the Mightyena was fast and slashed Riolu several times using his claws and fangs, after Maylene managed to distract the Mightyena to grab Riolu and run away, they ran as fast the feet of Maylene could take them.

"AAHHH!!!" Maylene tripped on the ground and Riolu fell too "My leg...it hurts so much!" She said holding her left leg.

"Maylene!" Riolu shouted walking to her, he somehow was able to stand up without tripping "Are you okay?"

"No...my leg hurts so much...Riolu, you must flee away from here now, hurry!"

"What? I-I can't do that! What if that Mightyena tries to kill you?" He asked with teary eyes.

"It doesn't matters...I just want you to live!"

"I can't do it! Sorry Maylene....forgive me..."

Just then, the Mightyena finally appeared in front of them, he was growling as he was showing his fangs in rage, Maylene gasped and she started to cry for her life. But Riolu stood in front of her with his arms opened.

"DON'T TAKE HER! TAKE ME INSTEAD!" He said.

"RIOLU!" Maylene said crying.

"RAAAHHHHHH!!!!!" The Mightyena lunged at Riolu with his mouth opened, Maylene clossed her eyes to not see how Riolu was going to suffer, and then, Riolu's eyes widened when the fangs of the Mightyena bit his right arm.

"RIOLU!!!" Maylene shouted, her voice was echoing in all the rain.

"(I'm sorry Maylene....if only I were bigger and stronger....)" Riolu thought crying.

Suddenly, Riolu began to shine intensely, the eyes of the Mightyena widened, he backed away and he closed his eyes, Maylene opened her eyes when she saw the light coming from Riolu, she saw Riolu growing, his tail got bigger as well as the rest of his body, the little steel parts of his arms turned into sharp spikes and one also appeared on his chest, his ears grew and his sacks on his face dissapeared and 4 new sacks appeared behind his head, his torso was no longer blue, yellow fur grew on it instead, 2 black rings formed on his shoulders and his eyes turned sharper and the black marking of his face was now crossing his head in both sides of both ears, his nose was now a little longer, there was also a black marking around his lap that looked like he was wearing a belt. Since Maylene was still a little girl, Riolu was now bigger than her.

"AND THAT IS EXACTLY WHAT I'M GOING TO USE TO PROTECT HER!" He said glaring at the Mightyena, Maylene also noted that his cute little voice turned into a menacing voice. She saw the wounds of Riolu dissapeared in the process too. He ran with his fist ready to punch Mightyena, he did and Mightyena went flying to a nearby tree and he yelled in pain when he fell, then he shook his head and ran away scared.

"Ri-Riolu" Maylene said very surprised at the sudden change of Riolu.

"I'm no longer Riolu," "Riolu" turned his back to see Maylene "I'm now Lucario"

"Lucario?" Maylene asked. Lucario nodded and he knelted to her "Your leg is still hurting you?"

"Y-yes" When she said that, Lucario grabbed her with his arms carefully to not touch her leg "You don't have to!"

"No, it was my fault for enraging that Mightyena in the first place"

Maylene blushed a little and she nodded slowly, Lucario smiled a little "Now let's go to our house, If I remember your mother is making rice for dinner"

"Y-yeah! Let's go!" She said smiling and blushing, Lucario walked to their house as he was carrying Maylene on his arms, in the middle of the way, Maylene yawned and she closed her eyes, she moved her head to Lucario's face and she also wrapped her arms around his neck, Lucario closed his eyes and smiled. Then the screen looks slowly to the rain and the clouds disperse and the light of the sun came from the sky once again.

End of flashback

A tear appeared on Maylene's left eye and she wipped it out.

Veilstone City
Street

"Now where could that truck be?" Chris asked looking around.

"It's over there" His Lucario said pointing to the truck with the G on it, it was opened from behind and the mysterious men were in front of the truck talking to a little group of their team, Chris and the others sneaked carefully behind the truck and they found the eggs inside.

"...whoa...just look at all the eggs!" Maylene said smiling, she saw all the eggs piled above more eggs, the truck was just full of them because they were literally touching the roof of the truck.

"They weren't joking about the amount of eggs" Cynthia said.

"But how are we going to carry them before they start the car?" Chris asked.

"I have everything ready," Cynthia looked at her Lucario "Use Psychic to carry the eggs"

"Yes Cynthia" He said, he started to glow in a purple light and he pointed his hands to the eggs, the eggs were now floating towards them slowly, Riley and his Lucario took the eggs to hide them behind some trees, after half of the eggs were retrieved, Chris entered the truck along with Maylene and Pichu to carry the remaining eggs to Riley and the other 3 Lucarios.

"Are there more eggs inside?" Riley asked.

Chris, Pichu and Maylene looked behind them and they smiled "Nope, we're done" Maylene said.

Just then, the back of the truck closed quickly and Chris, Pichu and Maylene were trapped inside, Cynthia, Riley and the 4 Lucarios gasped in unison and the truck was driving away from them.

"LUCARIO!!!" Both shouted in unison inside the truck.

"Hey, did you hear something from the eggs?" The man of the truck asked to his partner.

"Nah, it must be a fly or something" She replied.

"CHRIS!" Chris's Lucario, Riley and his Lucario shouted in unison.

"MAYLENE!" Cynthia, her Lucario and Maylene's Lucario shouted in unison.

"We have to save them now!" Chris's Lucario said.

"But what about the eggs? We need to keep them!" Maylene's Lucario asked.

"2 of us will stay behind while 4 of us will follow the truck without being spotted," Cynthia said "Riley, we should stay behind and let our Lucarios to do the job"

"Alright Cynthia, be careful along the way," Riley said to the 4 Lucarios, all of them nodded and they ran away chasing the truck carefully "Why did you choose them anyway?"

"Because they are Lucarios" Cynthia replied smiling.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Chris's Lucario"

"I'm Maylene's Lucario"

"I'm Riley's Lucario"

"I'm Cynthia's Lucario"

"They took by accident both Chris, Pichu and Maylene to a hidden base near the Route 215"

"If they ever lay one finger to Maylene, they are going to die"

"Calm down, we need to think carefully or else this mission is going to fail"

"I agree with him"

"You're right, we should think before acting"

"I can't concentrate well if I know that Maylene is in danger!"

"Relax, we're going to rescue them"

"The key word for this mission is teamwork"

"Alright, let's rescue them now!"

"Next time: Revelations! Good bye Sinnoh!"
All of them said in unison.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 10, 2008, 09:30:23 PM
Chapter 27: Revelations! Good bye Sinnoh!

Route 215
Inside the truck

Chris, Pichu and Maylene were still inside the truck, only their eyes were showing in the darkness of the truck.

"Let's see, we rescued the Pok?mon Eggs, but we forgot to get out of the truck right?" Chris asked.

"It appears so" Maylene said.

"Pichu Pi (Uh-hu)"

"Man, things can get any worser"

"Open the gates!" A voice yelled from outside, the sound of gates opening up were heard.

"Did you said something?" Maylene asked narrowing her eyes at Chris.

"No" He said grinning.

"Pi Pi Pi! (LOL, you got owned!)" Pichu (Surprisingly) said.

"They are not looking, let's move on" Chris's Lucario wispered to the other Lucarios, all of them ran quickly to the other side of the gate while the mysterious people weren't looking, they hid behind a pile of boxes near a base.

"I just can't wait to see the face of Commander Mars to see the Pok?mon Eggs, she will be very pleased if Master Cyrus thank her" The man said.

"Stop dreaming and drive this thing inside the base!" The woman said annoyed.

"Look, they're opening that door" Riley's Lucario said.

"The coast is clear, go" Maylene's Lucario said, all of them ran inside the base and they hid in another pile of boxes.

Route 215
Mysterious base

"Did you hear something like something grabbing this truck?" Maylene asked.

"Yeah, I did, I think this is not the interior of the truck, but instead, it's a big metal box"

"AAAHHH!" The big metal box shook violently and the 3 of them fell on the floor, they moaned in pain. Outside, the big metal box was being carried away with a crane to a big treadmill leading to another place of the base. The group of Lucarios looked around to see if there was anyone looking, unfortunately, there were a lot of persons walking at different places at the same time, leaving the Lucarios stuck in their positions as the big metal box dissapeared to another room.

Mysterious Base
Commander Mars's room

"And now Sir Cyrus, let me introduce you your present" A woman in the same space suit but with a different desing and red hair said pointing to the big metal box coming from the long treadmill.

"I hope this is useful as you told me before, I'm very busy with my work now" A man in the same space suit with blue hair said staring blankly at the box.

"You will not regret it! Inside this box there are a lot of Pok?mon Eggs!" She said smiling.

"Are you really sure that those eggs are going to help us in our research for the energy they emanate when they evolve?" He asked, still his face was staring at her blanky, showing no emotion at all.

"I'm so sure of it!" She took out a button "And with just one click, this box is..." She clicked the button and the big metal box's walls fell apart, revealing to be a big metal cage "Holding so many eggs that are touching the roof of the cage!" She said smirking.

"...You really dissapoint me"

"Of course I always dissapoint yo-WHAT?!" She looked at the cage and instead of "many eggs" she revealed 2 kids with a Pichu staring blankly at her "THIS MUST BE SOME KIND OF MISTAKE!"

"They look like humans, they smell like humans and they sound like humans, therefore they are humans" Cyrus said staring blankly at them.

"I SWEAR THAT THERE WERE A LOT OF EGGS JUST A MOMENT AGO!" She said pointing at the cage.

"Sure, they were," He turned his back and he crossed his arms behind his back "Expect a lowering in rank tomorrow" He walked away from her.

"But...but...but..." She bent looking depressed at the floor.

"Geez, get a life please" Maylene said narrowing her eyes.

"Yeah, I mean, stealing eggs from a valley it's just plain wrong" Chris said.

"Pichu Pichu Pi (You're a loser)" Pichu said.

"...Hehehehe" She said.

"What was that?" Maylene asked.

"If I'm getting my rank away from me..." Commander Mars looked at them while grinning "Then you're really going to pay for that...."

"How? We're inside this cage and you're out of it" Chris asked. Just then, she took out a Pokeball, she tossed it in the air and a Purugly came from it.

"I don't get your point still" Maylene said staring at the Purugly.

"I just use Supersonic to torture you 3 from what have you done to me" She said smirking.

"You wouldn't dare!" Chris said surprised.

Team Galactic Battle

"WATCH ME! PURUGLY! USE SUPERSONIC!" She shouted, her Purugly opened his mouth and ultrasonic waves came colliding with the cage, the 3 blocked their ears in pain as the sound of the attack was hurting them.

"UGH! STOP IT!" Chris shouted.

"NEVER! THIS IS A PUNISHMENT FOR STEALING OUR EGGS AND MY RANK!" Commander Mars said.

"THOSE EGGS WEREN'T FOR YOU!" Maylene said.

"SHUT UP! PURUGLY! DOUBLE POTENCY!"

Purugly nodded and the Supersonic attack grew in size, the 3 were screaming in pain, blocking their ears wasn't enough to protect them.

"I hear something coming from the other side of the treadmill" Riley's Lucario said.

"LUCARIO!!!"

"CHRIS! THAT'S IT!" Chris's Lucario glowed in an intense light and he ran to the treadmill, in doing so, all the personnel inside the base noticed them.

"FORGET ABOUT THE PLAN! WE NEED TO ATTACK THEM NOW!" Maylene's Lucario said glowing too, he jumped high in the air and he charged an Aura Sphere shooting it at some machines around the area.

"STOP THEM! WE CAN'T ALLOW THEM TO DESTROY THIS BASE!" One man shouted taking out a Pokeball, every single member took out a Pokeball and all of them called different kinds of Pok?mon out of the Pokeballs. Riley's Lucario and Cynthia's Lucario stood in a fighting stance and all Pok?mon lunged at them.

A big explosion was heard in all the base, and Purugly stopped and he noticed the noise coming from the treadmill.

"Huh? What was that big noise?" Commander Mars asked. The back of the treadmill was suddenly glowing and Chris's Lucario came from it and he quickly punched Purugly to the wall. Purugly crashed to the wall and he fell unconscious with swirl is his eyes.

"Purugly!" Commander Mars ran to her Purugly "You little bastard! How dare you to hurt my cute little Purugly?!"

"GUUUUUUAAAAAARRRRRGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" Chris's Lucario roared. Chris, Maylene and Pichu unblocked their ears and opened their eyes and they noticed Chris's Lucario glaring at Commander Mars and Purugly.

"S-so? With that kind of emotion you're not going to scare m-"

Chris's Lucario stomped the floor and it broke leaving a huge mark of destruction on it.

"You know what? Nevermind! Bye!" She said grabbing her Purugly and running away scared.

"Lucario!" Chris said smiling, his Lucario looked at the cage and he stood in front of the bars, he grabbed 2 of them with each hand and he broke them without any problem. Chris stood up and ran at his Lucario to hug him.

"I was a little worried Chris" His Lucario said rubbing Chris's head.

"Where is my Lucario?" Maylene asked looking around.

"Maylene!"

"Lucario!" Her Lucario came from the treadmill and the 2 hugged each other. Maylene was smiling happily.

"Pichu Pichu! (Let's get out of here!)" Pichu said.

"Right, we need to escape from this place" Chris's Lucario said. Chris, Pichu, Maylene and her Lucario nodded. All of them ran inside the treadmill.

"Are you tired yet?" Riley's Lucario asked panting, Cynthia's Lucario was at his right side looking back "No, and you?" He asked panting. A lot of Pok?mon were laying unconscious on the floor, probably because they defeated them.

"They are too powerful! We need to escape now!" A member said to the other.

"No! We need the order of Commander Mars first!"

"RUN AWAY IF YOU WANT TO LIVE!" Just then, Commander Mars came from a door holding her Purugly, she was rather scared too.

"RUN!" Every member shouted taking back their Pok?mon to their Pokeballs.

"Bunch of cowards" Cynthia's Lucario said crossing his arms. Chris and the others came from the treadmill.

"Now let's go!" Chris said, all of them ran outside the base to the gate, after passing through the gate, the stopped to catch their breathe.

"Ooof...we did it...right Maylene?" Chris asked.

"Yeah...we did it" She said smiling.

"PICHU!"

"What's wrong Pichu?" Chris asked.

"PICHU PICHU PICHU! (We're surrounded!)" Pichu said scared.

"Huh?" Chris looked and he gasped when he saw many members of Team Galactic surrouding them, they were holding a lot of high tech guns and pointing at them.

"Did you think we would surrender so easily?" Commander Mars came out of the crowd smirking "That is where you are wrong kids"

"Darn it! They don't stop calling me kid!" Chris said annoyed. His Lucario glared at them and he charged up an Aura Sphere.

"Halt! If you shoot that orb, we will shoot at you with our guns!"

"Grrr..." Lucario stopped charging up his Aura Sphere.

"Now...surrender now...or else..." She said.

"Guess there isn't any choice left then..." Chris dropped to the floor, Maylene and Pichu did the same "We surrender"

"Excellent, now take the-" She was interrupted because she heard a noise coming from the bushes, but in reality, all the bushes around them were moving "Huh? Who is there? Show yourselves!"

"If you say so!" A familiar voice said smiling, suddenly, from the bushes came hundreds of Lucarios walking towards the members of Team Galactic, all of the Lucarios were glaring at them, some were above the trees with crossed arms and some were high atop the trees. From the crowd of Lucarios, Riley and Cynthia came walking along with the leader of the valley.

"Guys!" Chris said getting up surprised at the sudden help from all the Lucarios.

"Oh you gotta be kidding me! I had everything perfectly planned to steal the eggs from these freak-" When Commander Mars said that annoyed, all of the Lucarios grunted at her and she stopped sweatdropping.

"Commander Mars! We're waiting for your orders! What should we do now?" A member asked looking at all the enraged Lucarios.

"LUCARIOS OF THE VALLEY OF THE AURA! PREPARE THE AURA SPHERES!" The leader ordered and all the Lucarios stood in the position for charging the Aura Spheres as the aura of each one was concentrating between his hands.

"I....I....I...I-" She studdered in terror, what was she going to do now?

"Commander!" All the members said.

"I orde-"

"ATTACK!" The leader said and all the Lucarios fired their Aura Spheres at Team Galactic, Chris, Maylene and Pichu ducked and a big explosion was created from the attack and the poor members blasted off to the sky.

"I order to ask for my RRAAANNNKKKKKK!!!!!!" She said as she and the members dissapeared in the cerulean sky.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 11, 2008, 06:02:19 PM
Pichu, pichu, pichu, pi, pi. (So many Lucarios, but still good.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 11, 2008, 07:50:34 PM
Route 210
Valley of the Aura

Everyone returned to the Valley of the Aura to return the Pok?mon Eggs.

"So, you 2 went here after we were trapped by Team Galactic and asked for the help of the Lucarios?" Chris asked to Riley and Cynthia, both nodded.

"We are in your debt for rescuing all the Pok?mon Eggs, you have my regards" The leader said knelting. His wife was holding a Pok?mon Egg in her arms.

"Isn't that Pok?mon Egg Lucario's sister?"

She nodded smiling "That's right, very soon my daughter will be born from this egg"

"Hey look!" Maylene said pointing to the eggs.

"What?" Riley asked.

"They're shaking!"

Indeed, all the Pok?mon Eggs were shaking, even the egg of Lucario's mother was shaking too, all of the Lucarios watched as the eggs were breaking up from the top, Chris, Pichu, Maylene, Riley and Cynthia were also watching.

"They're going to hatch at the same time! It's amazing!" Riley said surprised.

When they stopped shaking, every single egg broke and as expected, Riolus came from the eggs saying their names in baby-ish tones, many Lucarios (who were female) walked to the Riolus and grabbed them smiling, every Riolu was too happy to have their mother in front of them.

And that was also the same reaction for Chris's Lucario's mother. Her daughter was also a Shiny Pok?mon as her.

"My baby!" She said hugging her daughter in her arms. Chris's Lucario approached to her and he saw his little sister looking curiously at him.

"Isn't great Lucario? You have a little sister!" Chris said smiling.

"Do you see him?" Chris's Lucario's mother pointed at his son "He is your big brother"

"Big brother?" The Shiny Riolu asked putting his little left hand in his mouth.

"Wow, she can talk too!" Maylene said surprised.

"Big brother!" His little sister said trying to hug his brother. Lucario approached closer to her and she hugged his right arm.

"Aww, isn't cute?" Maylene asked to Cynthia with closed eyes. She replied by nodding and smiling.

"Say, aren't those the new Riolus that hatched just now?" Chris asked, Maylene turned her back and she saw all the Riolus looking at her curiously.

"Hey!" She bent to them "Aren't you the most cute little things in the world?" She asked smiling. Every Riolu looked at each other. They blinked in unison and...they leaped to Maylene, causing her to fall on the ground.

"Ri! Ri! Ri! Ri! Ri! Ri! Lu! Lu! Ri! Lu!" They said above Maylene.

"AAHH!! PLEASE! STOP! YOU'RE ALL TICKLING ME!! HAHAHAHA! PLEASE! I BEG FOR MERCY PLEASE!" She said laughing, tears were coming from her eyes since all the Riolus were tickling her "HEY! THAT'S MY CHOCOLATE BAR!" She said looking at a Riolu staring at the Chocolate Bar he took from Maylene's pocket, he took a bite of it and the Riolu smiled.

"Riiii!" He said in happiness.

"AWWW! YOU'RE SO CUTE!" She said smiling and laughing.

"Maylene...you're impossible" Chris said frowning, everyone laughed at this for a while, even the Riolus were laughing too.

"Hey you, come here for a moment" Chris's Lucario's father said to Chris.

"Huh? For what?" Chris asked.

"Just come, quick" He said leaving inside a cave, Chris made a confused face and he followed him.

"What is it?"

"I need to show you something very important"

"Important?"

"Yes, and it is right here" He stopped in front of wall, there were torches with fire around the cave, in the wall, there was a picture of a giant Lucario glowing. letters were shown around the image too.

"What is that?"

"That," He turned looking at the wall "Is my son Lucario"

"Huh? And why is he in that wall?"

"I need to tell you a myth of the Valley of the Aura," He turned his back to look at Chris "Is a myth of a Legendary Lucario"

"A myth?"

"Yes, a myth that has been here in the valley since his existence, there was a old legend about a bloodline of the strongests Lucario in the region of Sinnoh, I am one member of that family"

"So, that means..."

"Correct, your Lucario is also one of those members, however, he is special"

"Special about what?"

"There was an old saying about a Lucario who will have the special task that will prove his strength between all the Lucarios of the family," He looked at the wall "The saying was this: One Lucario of the family will have a special destiny that will be used in good hands, this Lucario will help and protect a certain special being to save a great catastrophe that will engulf and destroy all the universe out of existence, the special being is the World Traveler, the human who is from another world and will save all the worlds from the ultimate destruction"

"Wait, does that mean I'm the World Traveler? You knew all about me from the beginning?"

He nodded "Since you took a step inside the valley, I knew everything about your past and your destiny, I'm honored to have a son that will prove his loyalty to a human like you"

Chris looked away "...I...I didn't knew that I was THAT important...I just wanted to help to save the worlds....that's all"

"You have nothing to be ashamed of, remember that you still have him as your guardian, he will step in front of the danger for you"

"No"

"What?"

"The saying has something that it didn't told too"

"Impossible! What was the only thing that the saying forgot to say?"

Chris looked at him and smiled "That the special Lucario will be his best friend forever in his life"

"Friendship? That was the only thing then?" He asked surprised.

"Yes, it's the only thing that matters to me"

"I see...you are indeed that special being after all" He said smiling a bit "He has the permission to travel with you until your adventure is over"

"Wait, what? Can't he stay with me?"

"Well, if he wants to stay with you, I won't discuss it"

"I want to stay with him"

"Lucario!" Chris said surprised, his Lucario appeared behind him "You heard all the conversation?"

He nodded "Yes, and I accept my destiny father, I'm going to travel with Chris to save the worlds and protect him in the process"

"Then I wish you good luck my son, but remember, you still have a family in this valley and you can always return to visit us, especially your little sister"

"I'll not forget that," He looked at Chris and nodded "Let's go"

"Yes, let's go!"

Veilstone City
Entrance to the Veilstone City Gym

"Well, you have your family now, a little sister to look after and a home to return," Chris said "And I guess it's time to leave now"

"Yeah," Riley looked at his Lucario "We're going to Iron Island to train for a while, after all the things that happened, we need a little break as we call it"

"Just a promise everyone"

"What Chris?" Maylene asked.

"Let's promise that we will never let anyone hear about the Valley of the Aura and that the Lucarios can talk, we will keep it as our little secret, if you see anyone coming to you if you're talking to your Lucario, you must stop talking to him and he can only say the only common thing every Pok?mon does"

"His name over and over again?" Maylene asked.

"Sadly, yes" Chris said grinning a little.

"Well, that's good for me" Cynthia said. Licking something familiar.

"Cynthia....isn't that the same Ice Cream from before?" Chris said narrowing his eyes.

"Yes, and look! I've finished!" She said tossing the cone away in a trash can.

"...Leaving that, we need to get going now, let's go Lucario" Riley said.

"Yes Riley," He looked at Chris "Thank you for all your help"

"Good bye Riley! Good bye Lucario!" Chris said waving his hand to them, they left waving their hands too.

"And I need to return to do some work around Sinnoh, it was a pleasure to stay with you, Lucario, return to our Pokeball" She said pointing her Pokeball at Lucario.

"Yes Cynthia" He said before returning to his Pokeball.

"Good bye Cynthia!" Maylene said waving her hand at Cynthia, she did it too and she left in the distance.

"Well Maylene, we need to go now, it was very fun to stay with you" Chris said smiling.

"Chris, thank you so much for helping me to be reunited with my Lucario, I've never been so happy before in my life...but I don't know how to repay you"

"You don't need t-" Chris was interrupted.

"Oh! I know how! Chris, I need you to open your hand and close your eyes, when I said the word, open your eyes"

Chris did it "Now what?" He felt something above his hand "Maylene, what did you gave m-" He was interrupted once more, but, the strange thing was, there was something in his cheek.

Chris's Lucario's eyes widened a lot, and Maylene's Lucario's eyes widened too.

If you have been wondering what was the other thing...

"Maylene, a-a-are you kissing me?!" Chris asked blushing.

"Okay, you can open your eyes now"

"Did you just kissed me on my cheek?"

Maylene blushed a little "Well...I....think I was a little too thankful"

Chris just blinked in embarrasment, then he looked at his hand and there was badge "Isn't this..."

"Yeah, that is the Cobble Badge of the Veilstone City Gym, you've earned it" She said smiling.

"But I didn't challenged you!"

"That doesn't matters, consider it as a thanks for reuniting me with my Lucario, without him, my Gym would be a dissapoinment for the Sinnoh League!" She paused for a moment "That's it! You should challenge the Sinnoh League!"

"Me? Challenging the Sinnoh League?" He looked at his Lucario "I'm going to think about it"

"That's great! I want to see you winning!" She looked behind Chris and there was someone coming to them far away "Look! There is a trainer coming!"

"Really? You should start accepting challenge with HIM!!!!!!!!" Chris's face was really scared of what he just saw coming, the trainer who was coming was too familiar, way too familiar to Chris. His Lucario saw his terrorized face, when he turned his head he made the same terrorized face, although Pichu was confused. Because that trainer was...

"Hey! I know who is him! He is Paul!" Maylene said smiling.

"PAUL?!" Chris and his Lucario said surprised. Chris grabbed Maylene by the shoulders.

"Chris! What are you doing?!" She asked confused.

"MAYLENE, YOU HAVE TO PROMISE ME SOMETHING, AND IT'S VERY IMPORTANT, IF PAUL OR ANYONE WHO HAS A PIKACHU AND TRAVELS WITH 2 OTHER PERSONS ASK ABOUT ME OR MY LUCARIO, YOU HAVE TO PROMISE THAT YOU WILL NOT TELL THEM ABOUT MY EXISTENCE OR MY LUCARIO'S EXISTENCE UNDERSTAND, AND IF YOU HAVE A FLASHBACK WITH ME IN IT OR MY LUCARIO, DON'T TELL THEM ABOUT US!"

"Why?" She asked still confused.

"FOR THE SAKE OF YOUR GYM AND YOUR LUCARIO, JUST DO IT! PLEASE!"

"O-ok! Got it!" She said scared.

"GOOD! LUCARIO! USE EXTREMESPEED AND LET'S GET OUT OF HERE!" Chris said stopping grabbing Maylene by the shoulders, his Lucario grabbed him and Pichu quickly and the trio dissapeared in front of Maylene and her Lucario.

"...You will remember his promise Maylene?" Her Lucario asked.

"You bet I will! Now for starting good in this day, let's beat Paul and regain our fighting spirit as a team!"

"Shh! He is coming!" He wispered.

"Oh shoot! You're right!" She wispered back.

"Hey, I want to challenge you now" Paul said with a blank face.

"You're on! Let's do it Lucario!"

"Lucario!" Her Lucario said nodding. Remembering Chris's promise.

Veilstone City
Street

"Phew, that was close" Chris said clearing his forehead because he sweated "I can't believe it, we're inside the anime?!"

"We saw Paul, and Cheryl was also holding the same honey she got from that episode" Lucario said.

"Pichu Pi? (Do you know them?)" Pichu asked.

"Yes" Lucario answered.

"Now that everything is done here, let's return to the Smash Mansion" Chris looked around if there were persons looking at them, the coast was clear and he made the vortex, the trio stepped inside and they dissapeared, but the vortex didn't closed and a yellow figure walked inside along with a round pink figure, then the vortex dissapeared"

WORLD COMPLETED!

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 12, 2008, 01:11:21 PM
Wait... Paul.... He's the new rival guy in the anime, right?

Oh, well. Good chapter.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 12, 2008, 02:13:01 PM
Chapter 28: Newcomers!

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"You were gone for the last 9 hours, what you were doing in Sinnoh?" Master Hand asked.

"Sorry, we got a little sidetracked, we discovered many things in the process" Chris said.

"What kind of things?"

Chris, Pichu and Lucario explained it all to Master Hand and the others.

"Oh yeah, I forgot to tell you that you're the World Traveler"

Chris glared at Master Hand "You ALWAYS forget everything!"

A screen suddenly appeared in front of Chris with a picture of a person.

NEWCOMER!
Pikachu joined your team!

And then another one appeared.

NEWCOMER!
Jigglypuff joined your team!

"What? That's not true! I haven't seen them in Sinnoh!" Chris said.

"Hello? We're behind you"

"ACK!" Chris turned his back and there was Pikachu and Jigglypuff looking at him "How did you?"

"We followed you from Sinnoh, sorry to be so late, Ash didn't slept enough for my cousin to replace me" Pikachu said rubbing the back of his head.

"Wait, you're Ash's Pikachu?" Chris asked pointing at him. Pikachu nodded.

"Yep! And I want to help in your journey!" Pikachu said smiling.

"Pikachu!"

"Pichu! How have you been?" Pichu jumped from Chris's shoulder and he hugged Pikachu.

"Yippie! Pikachu! You're here! I won't be so alone from now!"

"AHEM" Roy, Chris and Master Hand said in unison.

"Oh....sorry...I forgot about you...." Pichu said sweatdropping.

"And what about me? Are you gonna notice me now?"

"Jigglypuff!" Pichu ran to Jigglypuff to hug her.

Jigglypuff smiled "It's good to see you again Pichu!" She said.

"Pikachu"

"Hi Mewtwo! Are you ready to end our fight?" Pikachu asked smiling.

"Not now, we have important things to do now" Mewtwo shook his head.

"You're right, when I saw Pichu in Sinnoh, I knew it was the same Pichu from the tournament, and I thought something was wrong if he was traveling with him and that Lucario"

"You're so smart Pikachu" Chris said.

"Hi! Who are you?"

"I'm Chris, nice to meet you!"

"Hi Chris!" Pikachu said smiling.

"Enough with the introductions," Master Hand looked at Chris "When you and Lucario were away, I've invited 3 more allies to join us"

"Who?" Chris asked with a confused face.

From the other side of the room, an angel appeared wearing white clothes and 2 gold bracelets in both wrists, by the look of his clothes it looked like he was from a high rank of some army. He was holding 2 twin swords in each hand and his hair was brown with a gold leaf crown around his head, he also looked like he was a young teenager like Chris.

NEWCOMER!
Pit joined your team!

"He is Pit?" Chris asked. Pit approached to him.

"Hello Sir Chris," He said knelting "My name is Pit, leader of Palutena's Army, and I have come to aid you"

"Sir Chris?" Chris asked confused.

"Um, yeah, he names almost everyone with sir, he even called by brother "Sir Crazy Hand" " Master Hand said.

"Listen, I know you're from an army at all, but you don't need to say sir to everyone you see walking near you" Chris said.

"I don't get your point Sir Chris" Pit said.

"Just stop saying sir and say only my name, try it"

"Alright, Si-I mean, Chris" Pit said embarrased.

"There! You got it!"

"You're right! I don't need to call sir to anyone! Thanks Chris!"

"Wow, he can change the way of the people" Master Hand muttered to himself.

"Who are the other 2?" Chris asked.

From the other side of the room, 2 kids wearing eskimos with each one holding a hammer in their left hands came, one was a kid wearing a blue eskimo and the other was a girl wearing a pink eskimo, the only differences between the 2 were the colors of their clothes and the style of their haircuts.

NEWCOMER!
The Ice Climbers joined your team!

"Ice Climbers?" Chris asked. Both kids approached to him.

"Hi! I'm Popo!" The kid with the blue eskimo said shaking Chris's left hand.

"Hi! I'm Nana!" The girl with the pink eskimo said shaking Chris's right hand.

"We are the Ice Climbers!" They said in unison smiling.

Chris couldn't believe it, 4 new members just joined him in a second? And how did Pit, Popo and Nana appeared in the Smash Mansion?

"Say, how did Pit, Popo and Nana came here?" Chris asked.

"Well, the thing is, their worlds are in perfect harmony and the Primids doesn't have in mind to invade them, probably because they don't have anything important"

"Your mind says the contrary, it's because their worlds are pixeled and the Primids doesn't want a pixeled world, and with further analysis, you're also thinking that it a waste of time to invade them since they're not important" Mewtwo said, Pit, Popo and Nana glared at Master Hand.

"Hey! Stop reading my mind!" Said Master Hand.

"That is an insult to Goddess Palutena!" Pit said.

"Yeah! It's also an insult to our mountain!" Popo and Nana said in unison.

"I didn't meant to insult anybody! I swear!" Master Hand said sweatdropping.

"Hey calm down everyone!" Chris said "We aren't suppose to fight againts ourselves! Our enemy right now are the Primids!"

"...He is right" Roy said.

"I'm sorry for saying that your worlds were pathetic" Master Hand said looking at the floor.

"Apology accepted" Pit, Popo and Nana said in unison.

"Good, everything is fine again" Chris said sighing, then he yawned "Let me guess, it's already night righ-" He paused for a moment, then he thought about something and gasped "OH NO! I HAVE TO GO TO SCHOOL TOMORROW!"

Master Hand laughed for a bit "Oh what joke! You're so funny!"

Chris glared at him "Hey! I have a very good grade and I don't want to lose it!"

"Relax, it's still Saturday in your world" Master Hand said, Chris stopped glaring at him and he made a confused face again.

"It's still Saturday?"

Master Hand nodded "That's right, I used my powers to stop the time in your world and by thinking, you're not losing even a single second in the real world"

"Re-really?"

Master Hand nodded again "The time will flow normally again when you return to your world, and also, you're not agging inside this world too, you can live here forever and you will be always a teenager!"

"Hurray for the Fountain of Youth!" Crazy Hand said floating like...crazy.

"Wow, gotta love the mechanics of this place then" Chris said smiling. Then his stomach grumbled along with the stomachs of everyone else "...Can we eat now?"

Smash Mansion
Kitchen

Master Hand snapped his fingers and lots of food appeared before the eyes of everyone, it was like a big buffet if you could see the vast variety of food on the table.

Everybody grabbed their favorite food (Although Mewtwo and Lucario only took apples) Master Hand sat at the end of the table with his insane brother (Eating incorrectly his Sphagetti), various chairs away from them, Mewtwo was sitting eating a apple using his psychics powers, to his left, Lucario was also eating an apple, various chairs away from them, Chris was eating along with Popo and Nana, they were talking about siblings things and how they got their hammers, various chairs away from them, Pit was eating with Roy, they were holding the swords of each one, admiring the sharpness and how easy are they to hold, and finally various chairs away from both swordsmans, Pichu, Pikachu and Jigglypuff were eating together laughing at how the trainer of Pikachu made many mistakes in his journey in Sinnoh.

"Everyone! I have an announcement to make!" Master Hand said, everyone stopped their conversations and looked at him "Now that I have your attention..." He snapped his fingers and a Target appeared in the center of the table floating "Do you know what is this?"

"I know!"

"Alright Pichu, explain"

"That is a target! We use them to train our abilities to hit them, they are located through different locations in the stage and some of them can move too!"

"Correct, and what else?"

"Everyone has their own stage to destroy 10 targets!"

"Good explanation, but the part of their own stage is wrong now"

"What? Didn't we had our own stage to practice?" Pikachu asked.

"That was in the previous tournament, in this tournament, however, everyone has 5 stages to practice, the only difference is that everyone will use the same 5 stages, each one in a different difficulty"

"Sounds interesting to me" Mewtwo commented grinning.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 12, 2008, 10:05:37 PM
"Who wants to try the first level?" Master Hand asked.

"Me! Pick me!" Roy raised his hand.

"Ok, Roy," Master Hand snapped his fingers and a teleporter appeared in the kitchen, a screen also appeared in the middle of the table showing the first level of the Target Test "Step in" Roy took his sword back from Pit and he stepped inside the teleporter and he appeared on the stage.

Break the Targets!

"READY?...GO!" A voice shouted from nowhere, Roy started to run after the targets in front of him, the first 3 were easy to break.

"Those targets are too big you know" Jigglypuff pointed out.

"It's because the first, second and third level have the targets big so they are easy to hit, the fourth and fifth, however, had it small so it can be hard to destroy" Master Hand exclaimed.

"Roy! You left one target behind you!" Chris shouted.

"Looks like he destroyed it" Lucario said.

"Now Roy only needs to destroy the 3 targets on the left on the stage" Pikachu said.

"Use your sword of fire young one!" Crazy Hand said (With Spaghetti hanging out of his mouth)

"Look above you!" Popo shouted.

COMPLETED!

Roy returned to the kitchen with a smile for clearing the first level.

"Well done Roy, now who wants to clear the second level?"

"Me!" Pikachu raised his hand.

"Ok Pikachu, you know what to do" Pikachu stepped inside the teleporter and he appeared on the second level, the screen showed him in the next stage.

"READY?...GO!"

Pikachu destroyed the first target behind him and then he jumped to the right and he destroyed the second one with his tail.

"Look! There is a Super Mushroom!" Pichu pointed to a Super Mushroom passing by in the stage, when Pikachu touched it, he shrunk instead of growing up.

"Guess that was Poison Mushroom" Jigglypuff commented frowning.

Pikachu jumped to the next platform above him and he pushed a crate with wheels and it went crashing to a near target in his road, Pikachu saw more targets above him and he used his Quick Attack to reach the next platform, he saw a Cracker Launcher laying on the floor.

"He is using the Cracker Launcher to destroy the far away targets!" Master Hand said surprised.

COMPLETED!

Pikachu returned to the kitchen, smiling after clearing the second level.

"Good job Pikachu!" Pichu said smiling.

Pikachu rolled his eyes "Geez, I forgot how many times Ash has been telling me that battle after battle after battle after battle after battle after battle after battle afte-"

"WE GOT YOUR POINT! STOP ALREADY!" Everyone said annoyed.

"Alright, who wants to pass the third level?"

"I want to do it" Lucario raised his hand.

"Good luck Lucario!" Chris said smiling.

"I will have that in mind, thanks" He replied, Lucario stepped inside the teleporter and the screen changed to the third level with Lucario in the upper right corner.

"READY?...GO!"

"There is one target below you!" Chris shouted, however, Lucario didn't listened and he stepped above a sled and he went flying to the other side of the stage, he saw a Smart Bomb laying on the grass, he tossed it at 2 floating targets to his right, it exploded causing them to be shattered. He continued downwards and he used tiny Aura Spheres to destroy 3 below him.

"Why he didn't listened to me?"

"Because he knows a better way to clear this test" Mewtwo responded.

"He is already an expert of clearing this level, it's amazing at how well he is doing it!" Popo said surprised.

"And he only needs to destroy the target Chris mentioned before" Pikachu said.

Lucario jumped in a yellow spring hanging in the air and he was elevated to the target Chris mentoned before and he did a kick, completing the level.

COMPLETED!

Lucario returned to the kitchen with his arms crossed.

"Amazing job Lucario!" Chris said smiling to him.

"Sorry if I didn't listened to you, I knew a better way to finish this level faster than your idea" Lucario said.

"Yeah, Mewtwo told us about that a moment ago" Chris pointed at Mewtwo, who nodded.

"I want to pass the next level" Mewtwo floated to the teleporter and the next stage was even harder than before, because it was made of ice now and Mewtwo appeared on the stage.

"Hey! We want to try it too!" Popo and Nana said in unison, they ran inside the teleporter with their hammers and they appeared in front of Mewtwo.

"Leave this to me, begone!" Mewtwo said narrowing his eyes.

"If it has ice involucrated, we want to be involucrated too!" Popo said pointing his hammer at Mewtwo.

"Hmph, fine" Mewtwo said annoyed.

"I almost forgot!"

"Again Master Hand?" Chris asked smirking a little.

"Yeah! I know! I always forgot everything! Happy?" Master Hand asked annoyed. Chris nodded "As I was saying, you can cooperate to eliminate the targets faster than before too"

"Still, it will be the same result" Mewtwo said looking away, the Ice Climbers glared at him.

"READY?...GO!"

Mewtwo floated quickly to the right side of the stage, Popo and Nana ran to the other side without slipping on the ice since their shoes were designed with 3 spikes below them. Mewtwo used a tiny Shadow Ball and he destroyed the first target coming from the ice.

"You know, it's actually interesting to cooperate with a partner to destroy the targets" Chris remarked getting in a thinking position.

"It is right?" Master Hand asked excited.

Popo and Nana destroyed the first 3 targets crossing in thier path, Mewtwo was having a hard time reaching the a target behind an ice which was aboce a chasm without platform, he waited for the Ice Climbers to destroy one target floating on the middle of the stage, after they used their move Belay to reach and hit the ninth target, Mewtwo fell below the target, but he jumped in the air and he used his tail to break it.

COMPLETED!

Mewtwo, Popo and Nana returned to the kitchen, Mewtwo was smirking a little, Popo and Nana were hugging each other in happiness for clearing the fourth level.

"Now, who wants to clear the last level?" Master Hand asked, then the screen showed the last level, it was a little creepy, there were a lot of chasms and the targets were located in different places that were hard to reach and return back to safe floor, hopefully, there were also items that could help...a lot.

"That stage looks...tough..." Pichu said shaking.

"Hmm...I want to do it" Chris raised his hand, Lucario looked at him quite concerned.

"But Chris, you're not used to this kind of level yet!"

"I...want to try it...and besides, there is nothing bad that could happen to me right Master Hand?"

"You can't be hurted in these kinds of practices, even if you fall, you won't be damaged"

"...Okay, I'm going now"

"Wait a minute," Master Hand snapped his fingers and Chris glowed for a second "There, you can use the double jump now"

Chris glared at him "Don't tell me you forgotted that part too!"

Master Hand scratched his...head "Fine! I won't tell you!"

Chris just frowned at this and he stepped inside the teleporter, when he appeared on the stage, he appeared on his clothes of Swordsman.

"READY?...GO!

Chris saw the first target above him, he used his newly adquired double jump and he slashed his sword destroying the target, suddenly, he learned a new ability, a bow appeared on his hands and he used some arrows to hit a target floating above a chasm.

"Well, he is doing it fine for now" Roy remarked.

Chris jumped to the next platform and saw a Cracker Launcher laying on the floor, he saw a target not far away from his position and he shot various bomb from the launcher and the target vanished after one touched it. Chris fell to the left of the platform with the Cracker Launcher still in his arms and he saw another target to the left of some small platforms floating to the roof, he fired one bomb and it destroyed the target.

"You know, he looks like Link in those clothes" Nana said.

"When he landed near some spikes, he saw another target floating in the same chasm as the other one from before, the launcher had one more bomb to shoot, he used the last one on the target and fortunately, the bomb touched the target, destroying it, Chris jumped over the spikes and he jumped again over a chasm.

"Oh no, he is going to fall!" Crazy Hand said.

"Oh no! I'm going to fall!" Chris said, just then, he learned another new ability, the Spin Attack!

"HEEIIYYAAAHHHH!!" Chris was elevated to the air with a spin attack, he landed just in front of a Beam Sword, he grabbed it and he saw one target high above, he looked at the Beam Sword in his hand and he tossed it with enough force to reach the other target, when the Beam Sword destroyed the target, it went down and Chris catched it, he saw 2 more targets to his left and using the Beam Sword again, he threw it at the eighth target and the sword bounced again and it destroyed the ninth target below the eighth one.

"Chris! The last target is behind the wall behind you!" Popo shouted, Chris saw the final target to the other side of the wall and he jumped and used his sword to pass the wall and break the target, completing the stage.

COMPLETED!

"That was...really interesting to watch" Master Hand remarked, Chris returned to the kitchen panting after clearing the stage, Lucario approached to him and patted his back, Chris gave him a smile in return.

"I never knew I would do it...I don't know my own potential..." Chris said rubbing his head.

"That was incredible Chris!" Nana said smiling "What is your secret? Tell me!"

"What secret?" Chris asked confused.

"Nana, I think you're overxagerating a little" Jigglypuff said frowning.

"You think?" Nana scratched her hood.

Pikachu, Pichu, Popo and Chris yawned "We should rest for now, good night everyone" Master Hand said floating away, while he was grabbing his insane brother with Sphagetti still hanging out of  his mouth.

Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Roy, Popo, Nana, Pit, Jigglypuff and Pikachu nodded to each other and they walked to their rooms, Mewtwo's room was to the right of Lucario's room, Pikachu's room and Jigglypuff's room were located to the left of Ness's room and Lucas's room, who were to the left of Lucario's room too (Master Hand thought it would be a good idea to gave each psychic person a room close to another psychic person to talk to each other telepathically) Pit's room was in the next floor along with the room of Popo and Nana, Pichu's room was to the right of Pikachu's room and Roy's room was in front of Lucas's room.

Everyone said their good nights at each other dthey went to sleep to their rooms. Chris was obviously sleeping in Lucario's room. Chris hanged his green hat to a chair and left his sword, shield and bow above a desk, then he went to the bed with Lucario. After some minutes, he was now sleeping.

But...

Dream

"Huh? Where am I?"

"Ugh...."

"Lucario! What happened to you?!"

"Stay away!"

A beam was coming in front of Lucario, he was badly injured and he couldn't move because he was dropped in the floor.

"LOOK OUT!"Chris shouted and he ran in front of Lucario, he opened his arms and the beam crashed into him, after that, he fell unconscious.

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

"Please...don't die...please..."

"Huh?" Lucario woke up hearing Chris sobbing while he was dreaming, he shook him a little and Chris woke up "Don't die? What do you mean?"

Chris stared a little at Lucario and he started to cry "Lucario! You were going to die by a beam, but I stepped in front of you to block the beam and I died instead of you!"

"A beam?" Lucario asked confused.

After that, Chris looked away crying, Lucario didn't knew what was exactly Chris's dream, but since Chris was crying after awakening, it was sure a very bad one for Chris to cry like that, he tried to calm him, but it didn't worked and he continued crying.

"(What to do....what to do....)" Lucario thought for a moment "(...I have no other choice left then...)" He approached his face to Chris's face.

"Huh? What is touching my face?" Chris felt something licking his face, his tears were dissapearing after every touch he felt, he blinked for a moment, then he started to laugh a little. After looking at the source, he saw Lucario licking his face!

"LUCARIO?! PLEASE! HAHAHAHA! I CAN'T STOP LAUGHING IF YOU CONTINUE TO LICK MY FACE! HAHAHAHA!" But Lucario didn't listened and he continued licking his face, apparently his plan was to lick the tears of Chris and making him laugh for a moment, he was feeling like a dog.

"PLEASE!! HAHAHAHA!!! I CAN'T STOP LAUGHING!! HAHAHAHA!!! YOU'RE TICKLING ME!!!"

"If you say so" Lucario stopped and Chris was inhaling for air after laughing so hard.

"Lucario! I didn't knew you would do that just to comfort me!" Chris asked smiling.

"I just can't see you suffering and crying like that, and you wouldn't calm so easily too"

Chris looked away and he looked again at Lucario "You're such a nice friend, you know that?"

Lucario smiled a bit and nodded "You know more than I do"

"Thanks Lucario for comforting me" Chris said smiling.

After that, both of them went to sleep again, Chris thought what kind of dream was that, but after a second, he shook his head and smiled before sleeping, a minute later, he could have sworn that Lucario was placing his hand on his shoulder after he fell asleep.

The next morning...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"So Chris, where do you want to go next?" Master Hand asked.

He pointed to a game "I want to go to-"

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 15, 2008, 09:56:52 AM
lol, Lucario acts like a dog sometimes. And I just realized, you actually ussed the Target Tests in the game!:O
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 15, 2008, 12:18:47 PM
Chapter 29: Flowers and pellets

"-Pikmin!" He pointed to the box of Pikmin, on the screen, Olimar's icon was getting darker.

"Now choose who is going to go with you" Master Hand said looking at the Smashers. Chris turned his back to see them.

"If anyone wants to go with me to this world, please raise your hand" Chris said smiling, for his surprise, everyone raised their hands, even Crazy Hand, but his brother slapped him "Um, if anyone wants to stay in the Mansion, please raise your hand" Nobody raised their hands, Master Hand slapped his brother and he and Crazy raised their hands "Fine, you can go with me" Chris frowned to himself as he summoned the portal. Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Roy, Pichu, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Pit, Popo and Nana stepped inside and the portal vanished.

"Brother, do you think they will be alright? Sending 10 persons to a single world can be disastrous" Master Hand asked.

"ARGH! I HATE TO THINK!" Crazy Hand floated like crazy and he fell fainting.

"I just wonder, why are you so crazy anyway? Wait, I don't wonder it just this time, I ALWAYS WONDER EVERY DAY OF MY LIFE, WHY ARE YOU SO CRAZY?!" Master Hand's voice echoed through all the empty halls of the Mansion.

Pikmin

The Distant Spring
Landing Site

Plucked from the ground, gathered together, and ignored
Yet we don?t ask that you love us
(Part of the translated lyric of "Ai No Uta")

"BIBIIIIIIII!!!!!" A sound coming from a whistle echoed through the area, a little person with a helmet, a space suit, closed eyes, a big pink nose and a little red light attached to the helmet was commanding a large group of plants, the plants were actually living, they were oddly curious, red, yellow and blue were the colors of their bodies, some of them had flowers, buds, or leafs over their heads, which the first one would increase their speed.

The little man saw a group of red plants coming to an onion, 20 of them were carrying a big, red pellet with the number "10" on it, probably because they were listening to the little man's order.

The Distant Spring
Sky

A portal appeared in the sky of the Distant Spring, our 10 heroes stepped outside of it and the portal dissapeared.

"What a pretty view from mid-air" Nana said looking at a distant valley.

"I feel like I have become smaller" Chris said.

"Aww, the air, my favorite place in the world" Pit said.

"Wait, what did Nana said just a moment ago?" Pikachu asked.

"I don't know, something about mid-air" Jigglypuff responded. Mewtwo looked below him and there was the ground far away from his feet.

"Were standing in the air without a platform to stand up" Mewtwo said.

"Oh, great" Pichu said. After some seconds of blinking, everyone realized their current status.

"MID-AIR?!" Everyone shouted in unison, and then they started to fall to ground, except for Pit, Jigglypuff and Mewtwo, who just descended slowly. Chris yelled in terror, but Lucario grabbed him, Popo and Nana were falling whle they were spinning, Pichu and Pikachu were also falling while spinning, Roy, meanwhile, was in a praying position saying something in Japanese.

The Distant Spring
Landing Site

The red plants were close to reach the red onion with the big pellet above their little hands, the little man was waiting, he knew with 10 more plants, his work on recovering the missing parts of his ship would be faster and easier.

Just as the red plants were going to reach the red onion...

He saw 7 shadows above the big red pellet, they were increasing in size every second, he looked up and he saw the 7 figures falling at great speed over the pellet.

BUMP!

They jumped, the pellet saved their lives, but unfortunately, the red plants below the pellet were crushed by the pellet itself, 1 red plant escaped from his death and sighed in relief, but Popo fell above him, killing the red plant in the process. Then Pit, Jigglypuff and Mewtwo came floating to the ground.

"Good news, the number 10 is our lucky number!" Pichu said jumping happily over the pellet.

Chris looked around and he saw 3 onions, a ship, 80 plants of different colors and the little man staring at them with his arms pointing at the floor in disappointment after the death of his little group of red plants "Hello?" He said confused.

The little man only stared at them, then he turned his back and he took out a book for write. It was apparently a journal.

Day 24
The sky is my enemy
Today 10 unknown persons from the sky came above the pellet that the red Pikmin were carrying at their onion, unfortunately, my Pikmin were crushed by the pellet, something tells me that the sky doesn't wants me to return to my lovely home planet, Hocotate, oh, how much I miss my wife and my daughter, my work it's going to be harder than I imagined it would be


He kept his journal in some place of his suit and he walked to the group.

"Hi, are you Olimar?" Chris asked.

The little man gasped after he heard his name coming from a unknown person "Ho-how did you knew my name?"

"It's just a question"

"Oh, I see, yes, my name is indeed Olimar"

Everybody introduced themselves to Olimar.

"So, it's the sky mad at me because I want to leave this planet?" Olimar asked.

"...The sky is mad at you? Why?" Popo asked.

"Because you 7 came falling above my red Pikmin who were carrying that big pellet you're standing on, and they died afterwards" Olimar pointed to 19 red ghosts resembling Pikmins from below the pellet. One came below Popo's butt. Pichu gasped when saw a red ghost in front of him and he hid behind Pikachu.

"No, we just came here to help you" Pikachu said.

"By killing my Red Pikmin?" Olimar asked with crossed arms.

"No!" Nana shouted.

"Then, I'd appreciate your help very much, I need to return to my planet in 6 days, you see, my ship, The S.S. Dolphin needs his parts to fly to the space, and with the help of the Pikmin it's easy to recollect them," He turned his back "But there are animals and beasts roaming all over the planet to stop my progress, and this place it's new for me, there are 10 parts of my ship scattered around"

"Then we would be glad to help you!" Chris said smiling.

"You can?! Thank you so much! It's really a miracle to meet all of you!" Olimar said, his Pikmin were jumping, although they weren't smiling of the fact they didn't had mouths, they were shouting in happiness.

Day 24
The sky is my friend
It turns out that they are willing to help me in returning to my planet! I couldn't believe it, is a step closer to escape from this planet, or 10 more steps closer since they are 10, but I wonder, can they be of help to me? I still have in mind the dead of my 20 red Pikmins though


"Huh?" Chris heard the Primid Radar beeping loudly, after looking at it, there was a high emergency of Primid activity sprouting at every area of the Distant Spring! "We've got company! Primids are starting to appear all over the place!"

Olimar asked about what were the Primids, after explaining everything to him, he used his map from the Dolphin to locate the missing parts "I have located all the missing parts, but I can see those Primids things guarding them, also, they have possesed every beast in this place too, we should separate in groups of 3 or 2 to gather the parts"

Groups:

Group 1: Olimar, Chris and Lucario

Group 2: Roy, Pichu and Pikachu

Group 3: Jigglypuff and Mewtwo

Group 4: Pit, Popo and Nana


"Group 1 is going to the north, group 2 to the east, group 3 to the south and finally group 4 to the west" Olimar said. Everyone formed the groups, after that, they nodded to each other and they went to different directions of the Distant Spring.

After walking about 10 seconds, Olimar, Chris, Lucario and an army of 80 blue Pikmin saw a group of Primids surrounding the first part of the ship above a high place to reach.

"How are we suppose to reach that?" Chris asked. Olimar saw a slope where he could throw the Pikmins in so they could walk all the way up to the part behind the Primids, Olimar threw 30 of them and they walked to the top of the slope. The unsuspecting Primids were looking at the wrong directions, the Blue Pikmins only pushed them to the lake and they drowned.

"They drowned in that height of the water? How pathetic" Chris said frowning, the Primids drowned from the water that was only reaching their foots. He saw Lucario with the Blue Pikmins on the top, the part of the ship was laying there, so they grabbed it, although Lucario was able to lift it with both hands, and the Blue Pikmins returned to Olimar. Above the machine, there was a fraction, below the line there was a 20, but above the line, there was 100 on it, meaning that Lucario's lift power is of 100.

"Um, where should I command the Pikmin now?" Olimar asked looking around, he saw various sticks pilled above each other, he ordered the Pikmins to build a bridge with the sticks, from the other side of the lake, Roy, Pichu and Pikachu were hiding from a sleeping black Bulbear, and it was possesed by the Primids, there was a dark aura coming from his mouth.

"Alright, here is the plan, you 2 will use Thunder of both sides of that beast, then I'll use my Flare Blade to burn it to crisp!" Roy said excited.

"Burn it to crisp?" Pichu and Pikachu asked in unison confused.

"Just go there and zap him!" Roy pointed to the sleeping beast, Pichu and Pikachu walked silently towards the creature, after one was behind and the other was in front, both shouted their names and a lightning bolt came strucking them down, the intensity of the thunder awakened the Bulbear who furiously roared, Roy came in and he used his Flare Blade to "Burn it to crisp" as he said, however, it wasn't enough to destroy him.

"The Primids must have increased his force while he is under their control!" Pichu said running away from the black Bulborb, the bulborb stopped to inhale air, then surprisingly, he made a flame thrower from his mouth, Roy gasped when he saw the big stream of fire chasing after Pichu, but Pikachu pushed Pichu out of the way and they evaded the furious fire.

"Don't tell me they also gave him fire attacks!" Pikachu said.

"Look out Roy!" Pichu shouted to Roy, the red haired swordsman saw the big fire shooting Bulborb running at him, he gulped and he ran away from him, the black Bulbear was shooting fire balls at Roy, who fortunately evaded all of them, Roy looked around for something to hide, he was running inside the pond, the Bulbear was still following him, but when the Bulbear felt the water on his feet, he looked down and...he died?

"Huh? What happened?" Roy asked, he approached carefully to the Bulbear, he poked it with his finger on the nose and it didn't budge.

"Is he dead?" Pichu asked poking his eye.

"Looks like it, maybe his weakness was the water and he died" Pikachu said.

The bridge that the Blue Pikmin were building was complete, Olimar came from the crowd and he saw another part near where the Bulbear was, he ordered the Pikmin to carry the part to the Dolphin, Roy, Pichu and Pikachu followed him with the Pikmins.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 15, 2008, 06:29:11 PM
To the south of the Landing Site, Jigglypuff was exploring the area along with Mewtwo.

"Stop" Mewtwo said hiding behind a log, Jigglypuff hid along him "What is it?"

"There are 3 frogs guarding a part, they are also possesed, their strength and speed were increased too"

"Do you have any idea to defeat them?"

"Yes I do" Mewtwo said grinning.

The 3 frogs were also surrounded by a dark aura, they were just walking to any side without anything special to do, except for guarding a part of the ship. Mewtwo floated quickly between them and they jumped high in the air to crush Mewtwo with their weights, Mewtwo passed from below them and they crashed their stomachs to the water, making a big splash.

Mewtwo's idea was to get them close so Jigglypuff could use her move Rest to create a chain reaction that would make them blast off to the sky, then Mewtwo would use a barrage of tiny Shadow Balls to destroy them.

For the luck of the Psychic Pok?mon, they landed very close to each other, Jigglypuff floated quickly at them and she used Rest just on the middle of the group of frogs, the frogs were blasting off to the sky and Mewtwo fired several tiny Shadow Balls at them, but they were still living, Jigglypuff saw her oportunity and floated to the air, the frogs were still so close to each other, she used a powerful Pound and they yelled in pain, they fell on the water and Jigglypuff landed above them, and she spun and made a pose.

"Show off later, we still have more work to do" Mewtwo said floating away with arms crossed, Jigglypuff just inflated herself in rage and she followed Mewtwo.

Pit, Popo and Nana found a part of the Dolphin close to the Landing Site, it was above a odd looking maze, Pit flew over the maze and he landed near the part, Popo and Nana used their move Belay to grab onto the ledge and they climbed.

"Let's attach this part with a rope and you will bring it down the wall carefully" Popo said taking a rope from his back.

"I agree, but don't drop it above me" Pit said, he stood near the edge as Popo and Nana were tieing up the part with the rope, after they finished, Pit flew to the ground and he flew again to the ledge, the part was coming and he placed his hands below the object, Popo and Nana were pulling it down slowly so Pit could bring it to the ground without dropping it.

"Guys, could you hurry up please? My wings aren't going to resist for much longer!" Pit said under the part, Popo and Nana nodded to each other and they stopped grabbing the rope, and the part fell along with Pit to the ground, fortunately, the part was unharmed, but unfortunately, Pit served as a perfect couch for it.

"Pit! Are you okay?" Popo asked from the ledge worried.

"Yeah! Just a few bones are not responding, but other than that, I'm fine!" Pit said making a thumbs up under the part. Popo and Nana looked confused and they climbed down the ledge and helped Pit to get out of the part, after that, they carried the part to the Dolphin.

Roy, Pichu and Pikachu saw another part far away on the water, but there was a swarm of 3 eyeless beast with dark aura surrounding the part, but Pichu and Pikachu ordered Roy to step out of the water.

"What are you 2 gonna do?" Roy asked.

"Just watch, Pichu, are you ready?" Pikachu asked. Pichu nodded smiling and they casted another Thunder, the electricity electrocuted all the water of the area and the blue beasts yelled in pain and they died instantly, the part was now safe to take. The trio walked towards the part and they carried it to the Dolphin.

"What a great idea Pikachu" Roy remarked.

"Yeah, if you were inside the water, you could be zapped badly" Pikachu said laughing a bit.

Unfortunately, Pikachu did electrocuted a person inside the water from far away.

"Chris!" Lucario shouted, Chris was actually inside the water when Pikachu and Pichu used Thunder, and his hair was pointing to all directions.

"No Lucario, you don't have to worry about me, worry about the debt of the Hospital" He said and he fell to the water. Lucario just frowned and he carried Chris in his back.

"Did you hear something?" Roy asked as he and the duo of electric Pok?mon were walking to the Dolphin.

"Nah, must be the wind or anything else" Pichu said.

Back with Mewtwo and Jigglypuff, they saw a part behind a thick wall that can be destroyed. But Mewtwo told Jigglypuff to stay in her place, Mewtwo levitated to the other side and he used his Psychic powers to lift the part, he glowed in a pink light and he pointed to the other side of the wall and the part floated to the other side, Mewtwo floated too.

"Go with Pit, Popo and Nana, I can carry this by myself" Mewtwo said, Jigglypuff nodded and she headed to where Pit, Popo and Nana were. The 3 retro Smashers were heading further to the West after delivering their part to the ship. Olimar, Chris and Lucario headed to the center of the place to locate another part guarded by a big black beetle. Olimar saw fire pillars coming from the holes, he told Chris and Lucario to stay put until he returned with Red Pikmins.

Far to the West, Pit, Popo and Nana were fighting againts another Bulbear surrounded by dark aura.

"This thing doesn't die!" Pit said shooting many arrows at the beast, not only the attack was weak, but it enraged more and more the Bulbear, Popo and Nana were fighting againts 3 little versions of the big Bulbear, and they were fast.

"Squall Hammer!" They shouted spinning with their hammers, the little Bulbears were dumb enough to approach the spinning duo, each one was punched by the hammers, they shook their heads and prepared their fangs to bite them. Popo and Nana were unguarded after stopping their attack.

Then Jigglypuff came from the South with a powerful Rollout attack, it hits one of the little Bulbears, creating a chain reaction by bumping into the remaining Bulbears and they crash into a wall, then they died.

"Thanks Jigglypuff!" Both Ice Climbers thanked the Singer Pok?mon.

"We have to save Pit!" Jigglypuff pointed to Pit, who was inside the big Bulbear's mouth.

"Oh my god! He is eating him!" Nana said in shock, the little trio charged at the big beast, the Bulbear spitts Pit out and the angel crash with Jigglypuff, the Ice Climbers jumps high in the air and they use their hammers in the head of the black Bulborb, he screams in pain and he faints.

"Pit! Are you alright?" Nana asked worried.

"After being crushed by a machine, and being eaten by a big monster, I'm not fine at all!" Pit said annoyed. The Ice Climbers looks down sadly and Pit shooks his head "But you've saved me from that monster, so I should thank you 3" Pit said smiling, Popo and Nana looks at Pit and smiles.

"Ahem"

"Oh, sorry Jigglypuff" Pit got out from above Jigglypuff. After a moment, they start to head farther to the West.

Back with Mewtwo, he reunites with Roy, Pichu and Pikachu, Mewtwo tells them that there aren't more parts to the East, so they decide to go to the West and aid Pit, Popo, Nana and Jigglypuff, Olimar came with his army of Blue Pikmins and he tells them to return to their Onion, then he goes below the Red Onion and calls 70 Red Pikmins to help him, Roy and Pichu decides to acompany Olimar, they follow him while Mewtwo and Pikachu heads to where Pit, Popo, Nana and Jigglypuff are.

"Didn't Olimar told us about a big black beetle in this area?" Chris asked, he didn't saw any big black beetle around the area with fire.

"I can't see that bug here, but something is telling me the contrary" Lucario said narrowing his eyes.

"I've returned!"

"Olimar, there isn't any black beetle here" Chris said.

Olimar rubbed his helmet "But my radar told me about him, I fought one in the Forest of Hope a days ago"

"Let's just search for him inside this area" Roy said, everyone nodded and they along with the army of Red Pikmin stepped inside the wooden floor while they were evading the fire coming from the ground.

Meanwhile, Pit, Popo, Nana and Jigglypuff were trying to get 2 parts at the corners of the West of the Distant Spring. One was near a shore, Popo and Nana were heading there and the other was high above a block of cement, Pit and Jigglypuff went there.

"Hey Popo!" Pit shouted.

"What Pit?" Popo asked.

"Do you have any trouble with that part?"

"Nope! We can carry this to ship by ourselves, what about you?"

"We can carry this without problems too!"

"Alright, let's head back to the ship!"

Just then, Mewtwo and Pikachu came, Pikachu went to help Pit and Jigglypuff, Mewtwo lifted the part of Popo and Nana with his psychic powers, both Ice Climbers thanked the Psychic Pok?mon and he just nodded. The 6 were heading back to the Dolphin and after that, they were going to reunite with Olimar and the others for the part guarded by the black beetle.

"I can't see either the beetle or the part here" Chris said.

"Keep looking around, it gotta be somewhere around" Roy said.

"But there isn't any of them!" Pichu said "It's just the fire, the big yellow pellet from over there and the weird black wood in the floor!"

"Pichu is right, we can't find anything else in this are-wait, what did you said about the floor?" Chris asked.

"That it's black?" Pichu replied confused.

They looked below and the floor was black, after some seconds, the ground started to shake and they quickly left the area, the wood serving as wall was becoming crumbles and the fire stopped coming from the floor, they watched the area being destroyed by itself and Pichu hid behind Chris in terror, suddenly, the floor was starting to shake violently and then, the big black beetle came from it.

"Impossible! This one is even bigger than the last one I fought before!" Olimar said surprised.

"Look! There is that dark aura surrounding him too!" Pichu pointed at the black aura coming from the body of the big black beetle.

"There is no other way but to fight this thing and retrieve the part from him!" Roy said taking out his sword.

"Then, we have to fight the Armored Cannon Beetle, or in this case, I shall name this one, Armored Primid Beetle" Olimar stated.

Preview of the next chapter

"Greetings, I'm Captain Olimar"

"I'm Pichu!"

"Why are the Primids so interested in taking this world?"

"Not only they want to take this world, but other worlds too"

"Really? Then I should fight to save the world of the Pikmin?"

"Yes! We can defeat them if you help us!"

"...Okay, I will help you"

"Next time: One big trouble!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

The Distant Spring
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Olimar
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 16, 2008, 08:24:06 PM
Um... Good chapter! I like the idea of getting the parts like in the game, but I have one question.

How is it that a Wii Remote lets them go into games that are from consoles that aren't the Wii?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 16, 2008, 08:55:41 PM
Chapter 30: One big trouble!

Ai No Uta

"Um, that music doesn't fits with this battle you know" Chris said, breaking the fourth wall.

Tane No Uta

"Next please!"

Snowman

"NO!"

Wildlands

"JUST NO! Here's a hint, we're fighting againts a boss"

Boss Battle Song 1

"That's better" Chris said smiling.

"Who were you talking to?" Olimar asked confused.

"With nobody" He frowned.

The Distant Spring
Landing Site

"Hey, did you hear that?" Roy asked hearing various loud steps from the West.

"It looks like a enormous enemy is fighting againts the others" Pit said.

"We should hurry up and help them!" Pichu said.

The Distant Spring
Armored Primid Beetle area

The APB was 2 times bigger than the common one, a dark aura was surrounding his body, his 6 legs were black along with all of his body, the only part of his body that wasn't black was his orange mouth. His skin was like a thick shield protecting him from any attack. He inhaled some air and...

"Watch out for his rocks!" Olimar said, the APB fired big rocks, but they were a lot different, they were big, fast and also they were burning.

"AGH!"

"CHRI-UGH!"

"OH N-WAAAHH!"

"GUY-AAAHHH!"

"RED PIKMI-NO!"

The big rocks of fire crashed to all of them, they were fast and nobody was able to dodge that attack, fortunately for Olimar, his Red Pikmin were unharmed.

"What...are we going to do to defeat him?" Chris said getting up.

"His mouth is his weak point, we need to throw something at it and he will open his back, after that, we need to attack his back!" Olimar said, he got up and quickly ran to the mouth of the beast with his army of Red Pikmin following him, he grabbed one of his Pikmin "Stucky, shut his mouth!" Olimar threw the Red Pikmin with the name of Stucky to the mouth, the APB choked a little and he opened his back, revealing a redish skin under the black shield.

"Now attack! It's our oportunity!" Roy yelled running to the back, but the APB closed his back after 5 seconds of being opened and Stucky came out, crawling back to Olimar's side.

"But, how?" Olimar asked "He shouldn't close his back now!"

"Maybe the Primids had made the time lesser when he closes his back" Pichu said. The APB inhaled more air and everyone hid behind walls, rocks and dead corpses of previous enemies defeated, but the fiery rocks destroyed every single place to hide.

"This thing is nearly invincible! What can we do to defeat him?" Chris asked.

"Hmm, if the status of him was increased, we should increase our attacks as well" Lucario said.

"Do you mean if an enemy multiplied his force by 2, we should multiply ours by 2 too?" Roy asked.

"That is my idea" Lucario replied back.

"In that case..." Chris looked at Olimar "Olimar, throw 5 Red Pikmins at his mouth!"

"Five?"

Chris nodded "His mouth's size was increased too right? More Pikmins can enter to it right?"

Olimar saw the mouth of the beast and he noticed the size "You're..you're right! I can do that!"

"Watch out! He is shooting more rocks!" Roy yelled as five more rocks were coming at them, it was too late for evading the rocks, they closed their eyes to try to resist the attack.

"...Huh? What happened?" Pichu asked as he was opening his eyes, he saw Pikachu standing in front of him "Pikachu! What happened to the rock?"

"It's gone, I used a thunder to destroy it" He said, the second group joined the first group at the perfect time, Pit was in front of Chris using his Mirror Shield to reflect the rock, Popo and Nana were guarding Olimar and his Pikmin using their move Blizzard to freeze the rocks, Mewtwo used his psychic powers to reflect the rock coming to Lucario and Jigglypuff used her move Rest right at the rock coming to Roy.

"Now! Olimar, it's your chance!" Chris said, Olimar nodded and he ran with his Pikmin to the APB, Popo and Nana were protecting him from the fiery rocks and he managed to throw 5 Red Pikmins (One of them was Stucky) and the bug opened his back again, this time, it didn't closed and Olimar ran behind the bug and threw as many Pikmins that he could throw.

"Let's help him!" Roy said running to the back, Pikachu, Lucario and Chris ran with him and they saw the redish back of the monster, Roy and Chris jumped to his back and stabbed it with their swords, Lucario used his spike of his right arm, stabbing the back too, Pikachu was making electricity around his body to electrocute him. After 10 seconds, the APB closed his back again and they jumped to the ground.

"Olimar, do it again!" Chris said.

"Everybone, take cover! He is firing more rocks!"

The APB fired more rocks at them, fortunately, Pikachu, Pit, Mewtwo, the Ice Climbers and Jigglypuff served as good shields to stay unharmed. Olimar acted quickly and he ran again to the APB with his Pikmin and threw more at his mouth, the APB opened again his back and the same group from before along with the Pikmins did the same tactic again.

"Huh? OLIMAR! LOOK OUT! HE IS SPITTING OUT ANOTHER ROCK!" Roy said pointing to a rock coming from the mouth, the 5 Red Pikmin were yelling in terror inside the mouth, unfortunately Olimar tripped on the ground and he was at the range of the attack, Mewtwo tried to float quickly to protect him, but he was quite far away from him, Olimar ducked and he waited for the attack.

"PI-CHU!" Pichu shouted from behind the beast, he made a Thunder Jolt which bounced on the ground at it merely touched the back of the APB, and for the surprise of everyone, the APB roared in pain and he fell to his right side, Roy, Chris, Lucario and Pikachu jumped to the ground and the dark aura surrounding the beetle came out as Shadow Bugs and they vanished in thin air, the APB turned back to the Armored Cannon Beetle but still, he died curling his 6 legs above his stomach, and another part came from his mouth.

"Victory!" Yelled Roy with his sword pointing to the sky.

"Pikmins! Carry the part and the corpse!" Olimar ordered, his army of Red Pikmin lifted the part and corpse of the ACB, but then, an alarm was coming from his suit "Night is going to fall very soon! Hurry up everyone and report back to the Landing Site!" He ran to ship with everyone else.

"For what?" Chris asked.

"The beasts are more active in the night and they always are searching for more food to eat, and that food can be us!" Olimar said.

The Distant Spring
Landing Site

Luckily, Olimar did found the other parts of the ship at time, the area was empty of the S.S. Dolphin parts.

"I...can't take the Pikmin off the ground in time!" Olimar was plucking every Pikmin from the ground that the corpse of the ACB left behind, unfortunately, there wasn't time left to pluck all of them in time.

"Let me help you!" Chris ran to help Olimar, after he plucked one Pikmin, he glowed in a bright light for a little moment and he got another job at his disposal, his clothes of Swordsman changed and was now wearing a helmet on his head with a blue light on the top, his clothes were now the standard clothes he was always using, he also saw a whistle in his right hand, and the Pikmin he plucked from the ground was behind him.

Pikmin Captain

The only way to fight in this job is by ordering your Pikmin to attack any enemy, you need to have at least one or more Pikmin to exploit this job to the fullest, use the whistle to call them back and then command again!

10!

"What's wrong with this Pikmin? He doesn't wants to return to his onion!" Chris said.

9!

"Tell him to do it!" Olimar said.

8!

"Go and return to your onion now!" Chris said pointing at the red onion, the Red Pikmin nodded and he climbed one of the 3 legs of the onion.

7!

"You need to hang into something to escape from this place!" Olimar said inside his ship.

6!

"But, what?" Pichu asked.

5!

"Hmm..." Roy looked at the legs of the onions.

4!

"Think...think...think..." Pikachu said in a thinking position.

3!

"GRAB THE LEGS OF THE ONIONS!" Roy said grabbing a leg of the Blue Onion, everybody looked at each one and nodded.

2!

Chris and Lucario grabbed the remaining 2 legs of the Blue Onion, Pichu, Jigglypuff and Pikachu grabbed the legs of the Yellow onion.

1!

Mewtwo, Pit and the Ice Climbers grabbed the legs of the Red Onion.

0!

"Ignition!" Olimar shouted, his ship was starting to take off to the sky, the 3 onion along with the 10 Smashers took off from the ground, they saw many bugs coming from the ground and searching for food as Olimar told them before. They sighed in relief and looked above the night of the sky.

"That was close...thank you for assisting me" Olimar said.

"No problem, but," Chris saw the Primid Radar and it was still red "There are still Primids in this world"

"I've located another place to find another part, its only one, so this should be easy for us, I shall call that place "The Final Trial" " Olimar said.

"What are we going to do meanwhile?" Popo asked.

"We're going to land near the top of a mountain to rest, there aren't monsters in that area" Olimar said commanding his ship to land near the top of a close mountain, the onions followed him with the others, after landing, they started to set a camp with a bonfire and they sat close to the fire.

"Olimar..."

"Yes Nana?"

"Why did you landed in this planet? I mean, I can see you didn't wanted to be here in the first place"

Olimar looks to the sky "You're right Nana...I didn't wanted to land in this planet, it was an accident while I was in my vacations, a meteor crashed into my ship and I fell to this land, all the 30 parts of my ship scattered around, so when I woke up from my unconsciousness state, the first thing I saw was my ship in a destroyed state, then I looked around and I found the red onion of the Red Pikmin, after plucking out my first Pikmin, he was curious about me, then he followed me wherever I was going..."

30 minutes later...

"And then my task for recovering the missing parts started to unfold, with the help of the Pikmin, it was going to be easier, I miss my family and my job back in Hocotate"

"That was an interesting story Olimar" Pikachu remarked.

"Thanks, but after we recover the last part, I'm going to return to Hocotate"

"Don't worry, with us helping you, there is no chance in failing in this mission" Roy stated.

"I'm sure of that" Olimar said.

After an hour, they fell asleep, Popo and Nana were sleeping close to each other, Olimar was sleeping near his ship, Mewtwo was sleeping while meditating above some rocks, Roy was sleeping behind a rock, Pichu, Pikachu and Jigglypuff were sleeping with their backs close to each other, Pit was sleeping near the onions and finally Lucario was sleeping, he was sat and leaned to a wall with Chris's head (He took off his helmet first) resting on his lap.

But little did they know that someone was watching them from the top of the mountain above the highest point. A person wearing a brown hood and a cape covering his whole body was there.

"Those are my enemies right Lord Tabuu?"

"Exactly" Tabuu reasured in his mind.

"They look pretty weak if you ask me"

"Don't underestimate them, especially that boy and that Lucario"

He looks at Chris and Lucario "They look weaker"

"What did I told you before? Don't underestimate them or you will suffer the consequences"

"Yeah yeah, whatever you say my Lord"

"Listen well, your mission will start tomorrow in the morning, you will attack when I say the order understood?"

"You know that I hate to wait, because stopping isn't in my dictionary"

"Too bad, you have to listen to me"

"That is the only worse part of this, listening to you"

"Do you want to be turned into a trophy?"

"Wha-no! I don't want to be turned into a trophy! Everything but that!"

"Then follow my orders and you will be fine"

He gritted his teeths "Fine"

Lucario's ears perked up a little and he wakes up and he looks to the source of the voices, after he turned his head, the black figure dissapeared before making contact with Lucario's sight, the Aura Pok?mon grunted a little at this.

"Lucario...what is it?" Said Chris, awakening up by opening his eyes a little.

"It's nothing, go to sleep now"

"..Fine..good night" Chris wispered smiling and he fell asleep again, Lucario smiled a little and he went back to sleep.

Day 24
Last night
Today my new friends helped me in finding the remaining parts of my ship, unfortunately, there is one last part hidden in "The Final Trial" I wonder if we can get it without problems, and I hope my company is well as family is too, I just need some rest and tomorrow it's going to be the final day with me and the Pikmin
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 16, 2008, 08:57:59 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 16, 2008, 08:24:06 PM
Um... Good chapter! I like the idea of getting the parts like in the game, but I have one question.

How is it that a Wii Remote lets them go into games that are from consoles that aren't the Wii?
In terms of traveling, the Wiimote is an improved version of a KeyBlade. :D
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 17, 2008, 03:43:47 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on April 16, 2008, 08:57:59 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 16, 2008, 08:24:06 PM
Um... Good chapter! I like the idea of getting the parts like in the game, but I have one question.

How is it that a Wii Remote lets them go into games that are from consoles that aren't the Wii?
In terms of traveling, the Wiimote is an improved version of a KeyBlade. :D
So we're gonna have characters killing things with giant wii remotes? O.O :P

Lol, makes sense. Good chapter, but... Olimar... name his Pikmin? All one hundred?!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: jnfs2014 on April 17, 2008, 04:08:46 PM
Chris, no offense, but you need to use periods.
Example I:

"But I don't wanna go"

Example II:

"But I don't wanna go."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 17, 2008, 07:30:29 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on April 17, 2008, 04:08:46 PM
Chris, no offense, but you need to use periods.
Example I:

"But I don't wanna go"

Example II:

"But I don't wanna go."
But I've seen many fan fictions without dots.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 17, 2008, 07:31:55 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 17, 2008, 03:43:47 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on April 16, 2008, 08:57:59 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 16, 2008, 08:24:06 PM
Um... Good chapter! I like the idea of getting the parts like in the game, but I have one question.

How is it that a Wii Remote lets them go into games that are from consoles that aren't the Wii?
In terms of traveling, the Wiimote is an improved version of a KeyBlade. :D
So we're gonna have characters killing things with giant wii remotes? O.O :P

Lol, makes sense. Good chapter, but... Olimar... name his Pikmin? All one hundred?!
Unfortunately, this is not Disney or Square-Enix story, the Wiimote only serves as travelling tool...for now.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 17, 2008, 08:34:12 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on April 17, 2008, 07:31:55 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 17, 2008, 03:43:47 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on April 16, 2008, 08:57:59 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 16, 2008, 08:24:06 PM
Um... Good chapter! I like the idea of getting the parts like in the game, but I have one question.

How is it that a Wii Remote lets them go into games that are from consoles that aren't the Wii?
In terms of traveling, the Wiimote is an improved version of a KeyBlade. :D
So we're gonna have characters killing things with giant wii remotes? O.O :P

Lol, makes sense. Good chapter, but... Olimar... name his Pikmin? All one hundred?!
Unfortunately, this is not Disney or Square-Enix story, the Wiimote only serves as travelling tool...for now.

"For now"?! So Chris is gonna get some new ability involving the wiimote and killing Primids... O.O
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 18, 2008, 12:25:23 PM
The next morning...

The Final Trial
Landing Site

"This is the last place?" Pit asked.

"Yes, the final part it's just close to our location" Olimar responded.

"You know, something is telling me that someone is waiting for us" Pichu said rubbing his chin.

"And you're correct!"

"Who's there?!" Pit asked taking out his dual swords.

Above a hill, the same dark hooded person from yesterday appeared, he was surrounded in a dark aura and his face was covered by the hood.

"Heh, so you were the ones who has been causing a lot of trouble to my Lord right?"

"Well duh!" Pikachu said.

"Tsk tsk tsk," He shook his head "You're not going to live if you continue to do this!"

"Actually, if we continue at this rate, this should be no problem at all" Chris said. The dark hooded person suddenly appeared in front of him in less than a second "What the.."

"I like your style, but unfortunately if you want to fight againts me, you'll have to wait until another time" He said smirking inside the hood. Lucario got enraged a little and he tried to land a punch to his face, but he appeared right above the hill.

"You need to be faster than that, you turtle!" He taunted.

"Grr"

"Lucario, don't listen to him" Chris said.

"Fine" He said.

"And without further interruptions..." He showed his left hand, it was a glove and he snapped his fingers, then a ridicoulous amount of different Primids appeared surrounding the 11 Smashers, there were Floows, Primids, Glices, Glunders, Glires, Roaders between many other types "Here is my little welcome committee, hope you get some fun!" Then he dissapeared.

"His lord must be very angry at us for sending this kind of welcome committee" Roy said.

"Sooo...are we gonna fight them to get through?" Popo asked. A Roader was going to ram him but Nana pushed him and they evaded the Roader.

"That is a yes!" Chris said.

Underworld

Olimar went to his ship to take more Pikmins, but Bytans blocked his way and they multiplied, Pit was firing arrows at their eyes and they died, but they were multiplying at a fast rate, Mewtwo used his psychic slashs to take out the Bytans, hopefully Olimar came back with 50 Blue Pikmins and 30 Yellow Pikmins. He ordered his army to attack every single one Bytan, and they did it successfully.

"Hey Olimar, can I take some Pikmin from you?" Chris asked.

"Okay, you can" Olimar replied.

Chris used his whistle and 40 Blue Pikmins ran to his back "Hey, what kind of special abilities have these Pikmins?"

"They can breath under the water"

"And?"

"That's all"

"...To the water!" Chris said running with his army of Blue Pikmin. Various Glices blocked his way, but the Blue Pikmin attacked them and they went down "Although they are very good in my opinion" Chris said smiling.

Floows were attacking Popo and Nana, but they stopped in mid-air and the Ice Climbers approached curiously to them "Why are they stopping?" Popo asked. The Floows suddenly realesed various ghostly images and terrorific screams around his labeled bodies and the Ice Climbers suffered a lot of damage "Nana...are you alright?" Popo asked worried "Yes..I'm fine...but they are gonna get it now!" She said with her hammer ready to hit the Floows, Popo joined her and they fought againts the Floows.

"Hmph" Mewtwo was getting attacked by a Roturret (The enemy with a skull face and stays in mid-air firing 6 bullets at you) the Roturret shot 6 rounds of bullets, but Mewtwo just stood there in the middle "Your blind spot it's so obvious to discover" Then the psychic Pok?mon proceeded to used a charged Shadow Ball, after that, he used his Teleport move and he appeared behind the Roturret, and followed his barrage of attacks with several psychic slashs and the Roturret blasted off, Mewtwo grinned a little and he floated away.

"Pi-Pikachu! Help me!" Pichu was being surrounded by Sword Primids, Pikachu was occupied with several Glices rolling after him, instead of Pikachu's help, Jigglypuff came using Rollout, but it only defeated one of the Sword Primids, but Pichu summoned his bravery and he used a Thunder, he was struck by it, but the electric attack electrocuted all of the Sowrd Primids and Pichu was a little dizzy after using Thunder, Jigglypuff slapped his face and Pichu returned to normal.

Meanwhile, Olimar was commanding his Pikmin to build a bridge with sticks, Chris came with his Blue Pikmin and he ordered them to help building the bridge.

"Chris, look behind you!" Olimar said, a Greap was about to slice him with his razor blades, Chris gasped but Lucario appeared in front of him and he stopped both razor blades with his hands extended, Chris saw his oportunity and he ordered some Pikmin to attack the head of the Greap, he threw 30 Blue Pikmin at the red head and since the Greap was busy trying to get his razor blades from Lucario, he was being defeated slowly by the Pikmin, and finally the Greap blasted off.

"Thanks Lucario, you were a big help to me" Chris said thanking the Aura Pok?mon.

"Let's move on" Lucario said. The Blue Pikmin finished the bridge and Olimar saw a rocky wall blocking the path, Chris told Lucario to punch the wall, he nodded and the wall went down with 5 hard punchs, but now the next part was harder because the sticks to make another bridge was at the othe side.

"Let's see if we can find another path!" Olimar said running back to the Landing Site, the Blue Pikmin, Chris and Lucario followed him.

"Hey, this way has fire sprouting from the ground" Roy discovered a path with fire sprouting from the ground, Olimar came just then and he had an idea, he went to the Blue Onion and he ordered the Blue Pikmin to return, then he went to the Red Onion and called 50 Red Pikmin.

"Oh, I see what do you have in mind" Pikachu said, a group of Glires appeared and he went to destroy them, Olimar ran to the fire path and he threw every Red Pikmin and he told them to walk to the other side and search for sticks to make another bridge, they walked and did exactly what Olimar told them to do. But they found a box blocking their way, they pushed it aside and they started to make the next bridge.

"Pit, I need your help over here!" Chris said, there was a flock of Auroros flying towards them, Pit knew what to do and he shot several arrows at them, however, an Auroros was going to fall over Chris, but he stepped aside and the Auroros came falling down with his beak and he was now stuck in the ground.

"I wonder If I..." Chris grabbed the Auroros and he didn't moved at all, Chris saw a Primids ready to punch Pichu behind, he looked at the Auroros and he tossed it to the Primid, both enemies blasted off and Pichu thanked Chris for helping him.

"Hey everybody, we can advance through the bridge now!" Olimar said, the 10 Smashers nodded and they ran towards the other side of the lake above the bridge made of sticks. They saw a wall made of hard vines and Olimar ordered his Pikmin to take it down. Meanwhile, more Bytans came from nowhere, but Popo and Nana used their hammers before they could multiply, the Bytans didn't had much time and they blasted off.

"The wall is gone, the part it's just to the other side now!" Olimar said, all of them along with the 50 Red Pikmins ran to the other side of the wall.

Music stops

The next area was covered by sand from the ground, it was a little big, but in the center there were strange green vines pointing to the sky, they were moving slowly too.

"What is that over there?" Nana asked pointing at the vines.

"I don't know, but the part is below the vines" Olimar said.

"Whoa, so you DID defeated my horde of Primids after all!" The same dark hooded person from before appeared above the green vines floating.

"Hey! Can't you just leave us alone?" Jigglypuff asked angrily.

"Nope, you're just too interesting to fight with"

"So? Come over here and let's fight!" Popo said swinging his hammer.

"I'm afraid you have to wait a little longer this time too"

"Why?" Chris asked.

"SHADOW BUGS, COME FORTH AND TAKE THIS LIFE FORM!" He pointed to the green vines with his glove and Shadow Bugs came from it, the bugs showered completely the vines and they turned purple.

"...You turned into a professional gardener by changing the colors of the vines now?" Pikachu asked.

Suddenly, the sand around the place was starting to shake violently, the purple vines were moving like crazy, the dark hooded person smirked inside his hood and everybody stood in a fighting stance, then the purple vines were being lifted up from the sand, the sand was covering the view from the 11 Smashers and when the sand cleared out, there was huge, grotesque giant purple Bulborb half awakened looking at them, the dark hooded person was at the top of the giant monster looking down at them.

"Hahahaha! Now let's see if you can take down this little pet of ours! Primid Bulblax, attack them!" He ordered pointing at the 11 Smashers, then he laughed maniacally and dissapeared. The Primid Bulblax made a bored roar like he didn't care at all.

"...Anyone have an idea to defeat this huge thing?" Pit asked worried.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Jigglypuff!"

"I'm Pichu!"

"He's big!"

"He's gross!"

"He's uses his huge tongue to suck us!"

"He stomps the ground in rage!"

"He...drools"

"...Eww, anyway, we have to beat this huge thing or else Olimar will not return to his home"

"I'm gonna sing to sleep him!"

"And us?"

"You too!"

"...Please don't do it, next time: Bulborb of the Primids!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

The Final Trial
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Olimar
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 18, 2008, 02:45:39 PM
Eh, that's the monster you have to throw bomb rocks at, right?

Good chapter, but why a bulborb over a dweevil?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 18, 2008, 08:33:22 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 18, 2008, 02:45:39 PM
Eh, that's the monster you have to throw bomb rocks at, right?

Good chapter, but why a bulborb over a dweevil?
A Dweevil? What is that?

And yes, it's the final boss of Pikmin 1.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 18, 2008, 09:24:22 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on April 18, 2008, 08:33:22 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 18, 2008, 02:45:39 PM
Eh, that's the monster you have to throw bomb rocks at, right?

Good chapter, but why a bulborb over a dweevil?
A Dweevil? What is that?

And yes, it's the final boss of Pikmin 1.

Ah, I see. I'm guessing you only played the first one. In Pikmin 2, there is a new type of enemy, the Dweevils. Unlike the Bulborbs, who use natural weapons such as teeth, the Dweevils hold treasures and use them. They generally find some form of weapon, and killing them will get you that weapon as a treasure. The Titan Dweevil is the final boss of the game, and attacks using fire, thunder, poison, and water weapons that it finds.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 19, 2008, 06:39:42 PM
Chapter 31: Bulborb of the Primids

Boss Battle Medley

The Primid Bulblax just stood there blinking slowly.

"..." Chris didn't said anything.

"...It's a waste of "Shadow Bugs" to use on that Bulborb" Olimar said.

"Attack!" Popo said, everyone looked at each other and they initiated a frontal attack, the Primid Bulborb just stood there again without doing anything, they started to attack with arrows, punchs, slashs, more slashs but psychically, throwing Pikmins and even Blizzards moves coming from the Ice Climbers, but the Primid Bulblax just stood there without feeling anything.

"Our attacks aren't doing any damage at all!" Roy said.

Remember the purple vines from before? Well, they were now huge whips and there were enough of them to grab the legs and foots of everyone attacking the Primid Bulblax, he did and now his whips were doing all the work for him.

"HOW IN THE HELL ARE WE GOING TO ATTACK NOW?!" Pichu asked terrified as he was moving violently in the air by the whip.

"HE'S JUST PLAYING WITH US!" Chris said.

"GET OF ME, NOW!" Lucario demanded, but the Primid Bulblax just watched as the whips were swinging them in the air.

"PIKMINS! DO SOMETHING!" Olimar ordered, but his Pikmin were running after him like crazy below following his shadow, sometimes they could get confused by the quick shadows of the other 10 persons.

"I DON'T FEEL SO GOOD!" Nana said holding her stomach in pain. Popo was trying to get to her but it didn't work.

Pikachu was using thunder like crazy, but he was miscalculating the exact time of the attack and it hit Chris instead by mistake.

"PIKACHU, STOP NOW!" Chris said enraged. Pikachu wanted to nod, but he stopped.

"YOU'RE JUST TRYING MY PATIENCE!" Mewtwo shouted enraged, his psychics attacks didn't do anything because of the constant swinging he currently was.

Then, Pit managed to direct an arrow to the left eye of the Primid Bulblax, although it was good to at least inflict some damage to the beast, the shock of the attack made the whips to stop instantly and everyone sighed in relief, but after opening their eyes, they met face-to-face to the mouth of the beast, or in this case, face-to-mouth.

"Oh no, what is he going to do now?" Jigglypuff asked worried, the Primid Bulblax moved his whole body to see the sky a little and then, he opened his mouth, revealing a big, huge tongue, the tongue wasn't not only big, but large too, he threw his tongue at the 11 smashers and they got stuck in it and they were dragged inside the mouth.

Inside the beast...

"EWWW! GROSS!" Nana squealed inside the beast, still holding her stomach.

"Good thing he doesn't have teeth" Chris pointed out, being covered by saliva, huge amounts of saliva.

"This is really humiliating..."

"My sword is now sticky!" Roy said poking his sword.

"Lucario! Where are you?" Chris asked.

"Behind you"

Chris looked behind him and Lucario was sticked to his back due the saliva running from his back, Chris also noticed Lucario's tail was underneath his butt "So...are you enjoying your sight from my back?" Chris asked.

"Sadly, no, and maybe you're thinking the same as I"

"You're absolutely correct" Chris said smiling.

"That wasn't a compliment"

"I know" Chris looked down sadly.

"Guys...Nana's not feeling so good..." Popo said.

"My stomach..." The pink Ice Climber said twirling her head slowly.

"...Why I'm thinking Nana is going to..." Pit wondered to himself. Pikachu and Pichu gasped in unison.

"OH NO, SHE IS GOING TO PUKE!" Pichu shouted terrified.

"NO WAY, THE SALIVA IT'S JUST INTOLERATING AND NOW WE HAVE MORE?!" Chris asked terrified.

"...Urgh...."

"Oh boy..." Olimar said frowning to himself.

"Nana, do anything else, but please DON'T PUKE HERE!" Jigglypuff said begging for mercy to Nana's stomach.

"Too late, she won't hold on any longer"

"MEWTWO, YOU'RE NOT BEING OF ANY HELP!" Pikachu said furiously.

"Nana...think about something pretty and cute...and then gulp for 3 seconds..." Popo said with wide eyes.

"...Okay...something cute and pretty....cute and pretty...cute and pretty....."

"Isn't being stuck inside this mouth gross?" Popo asked curiously rubbing his chin.

"URGH!"

"OH NO!" Everyone yelled in unison.

Outside the Primid Bulblax's mouth...

"BBLLLLUUUAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!" The voice of the pink Ice Climber rang inside the mouth, the Primid Bulblax felt a disgusting taste in his tongue and his eyes widened a lot, then he needed the sudden urge to spit, he did and everyone (Still covered in saliva) went out from his mouth and they landed in the sand, Nana was feeling fine now after doing her "business" and the Primid Bulblax fell to the ground dizzy. The Red Pikmins were still living and they quickly jumped to his face and started to smack him down.

"Look! He is receiving damage now!" Pit said, after removing some disgusting water from their bodies, they ran again the Primid Bulblax and this time their attacks were working.

"Don't stop, we're so close to beat him!" Pichu said casting thunders from the sky.

After 3 minutes, the Primid Blublax regained his consciousness and he stood up, this time however, he was furious for tasting you-know-what from Nana, and he stomped the ground in rage and the whole Red Pikmins died, fortunately, the 11 Smashers survived his attack by rolling away (Which was a bad idea because the sand got sticked to their backs due the saliva) Olimar looked around for something to use and he saw weird rocks with red trails around them.

"I know what to do to defeat him!" He said.

"Me too! We just need Nana to puke inside his mouth again!" Jigglypuff said smiling, but she was punched by Nana's hammer.

"No! I need to go for Yellow Pikmins to carry those bombs from over there and then, they can throw the bombs at his mouth and they will explode, making the Primid Bulblax to fall, then we attack again and then he will be defeated!" Olimar said.

"...Or we can carry the bombs instead of the Yellow Pikmins or better, Mewtwo can use his psychic powers to lift the bombs and then throw them at his mouth" Pit said.

"...Actually, that is a better idea..." Olimar said rubbing his helmet.

"Distract him" Mewtwo said as he floated away.

The Primid Bulblax was now furious and he ran (slowly) to the group, it was very easy to escape from him, they realized that their enemy was really easy to defeat and defend.

"The whips are coming for us!" Pikachu said, the purple whips were going after them again.

"Oh no, he already did that to us, but twice? Forget it!" Roy say taking out his sword, his sword was now engulfed in flames and he realesed his Flare Blade and it sliced 3 whips in a single blown, the Primid Bulblax felt the pain and he roared.

"He's right, we don't want to enter to his mouth again right?" Pikachu asked and everyone nodded, a lot of whips were coming at them and this time, they were prepared.

"Lucario, change to your Monk job and grab his whips!" Chris ordered, Lucario nodded and he chose his Monk job, he got the same clothes from before and he was able to grab the whips in time before they could make contact with his legs, after that, he pulled with all his force and the whips abruptaly got out from the Primid Bulblax, and he again roared in pain.

"Blizzard!" The Ice Climbers shouted and an icy wind came from their mouths, freezing the whips, Pichu and Pikachu jumped from behind and their used their tails to shatter the whips, Jigglypuff used her Pound attack and the whips shattered into pieces.

5 whips were coming at high speed to Pit, he stood there and before the whips could even reach him, he used his Angel Ring attack and the whips became stuck inside the blades, and Pit spun again his swords and the whips were torn apart.

There was only one whip left, and it was directed towards Chris and Olimar, however, Chris had a trick beneath his sleeve (Literally), he took out a tiny knife and somehow, the knife sliced the last whip and it fell to the sand.

"Where did you got that knife Chris?" Olimar asked glancing at the dagger.

"Before we came here, I took by accident this knife from the dinner" Chris said putting away the knife in his sleeve.

"Stand back!" Mewtwo returned with a full arsenal of Bomb Rocks floating around him, everyone backed away from the place and the Primid Bulblax saw every Bomb Rock, Mewtwo twirled his left hand and then he pointed his hand to the huge bulborb, the Bomb Rocks quickly floated and exploded in the face of the beast and he fell again to the ground unconscious.

"AAAATTAAAACK!!!" Roy commanded, the 11 Smashers took their oportunity and they ran again and started to attack, the Primid Bulblax was being defeated and finally, after a long minute of damaging his face and all his body, the Primid Bulblax roared in pain for the last time and he fell in the front, the 11 Smashers ran from his huge body and he crashed to the sand, after that, the crowd cheered for the heros and the screen panned out.

Music stops

"And...he isn't living...anymore..." Lucario said panting.

The Primid Bulblax returned to his normal form and the Shadow Bugs escaped from his body and floated away in the air and disappeared, the Emperor Bublax was very weak and he exploded, the final part of Olimar's ship fell to the sand and Olimar ran at his part and rubbed it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 19, 2008, 06:47:36 PM
"Finally, after so much struggle, I've finally gathered the best part of my ship...the one that is very important to me...now is back..." Olimar said rubbing the final part.

"...A piggy bank?" Nana asked, Olimar nodded and Nana's right eye twitched.

"So, we were fighting againts a disgusting monster, just for recover your allowance?" Jigglypuff asked, Olimar nodded again and her right eye twitched as well.

"And look, it's still full!" Olimar said looking inside the Piggy Bank "Thank goodness!"

"...Anyway, we should take your money to your ship now" Chris said.

The Final Trial
Landing Site

"Annnndddddd done! My ship is finally complete!" Olimar said jumping in happiness, his Pikmins were jumping as well.

"Hurry up! The night it's going to fall again!" Jigglypuff said.

"Okay...it's time to leave this planet once and for all..." Olimar walked slowly to his ship, but then he looked behind and his Pikmin were standing in a row, they tilted their heads to the right making a wave with their heads and then tilted their heads to left making another wave.

"..."

"What is it Olimar?" Chris asked.

"...I'm really going to miss my Pikmins...after all, they helped me in my whole adventure...."

"Well....you have to go to your planet again or else you won't see your family again" Nana said.

"And what about you?"

"Don't worry, we can return to our home by ourselves, maybe someday we will meet again" Pikachu said.

"...Okay....so it's a farewell...." Olimar looked at his ship and he entered inside and sat down in his seat, he pushed various buttons and the ship was starting to shake to prepare the ignition, he looked outside and saw the Pikmin still looking at him along with the 10 Smashers.

"I'll promise I'm going to return here someday Pikmins...just survive without me! I know you can do it without my orders!" Olimar yelled from inside the ship, the Pikmins were still looking at him confused, Chris smiled a little and then, the ship was starting to fly away from the ground and Olimar flew to the sky, then he successfully reached the space and saw behind him a lot of different colored Onions flying from the planet, he smiled inside his mind and a tear appeared in his left eye, then he accelerated his ship in the space and he dissapeared between the stars, leaving a small blink.

"It's time to return to the Smash Mansion" Chris said opening the portal to the Smash Mansion, suddenly, a Bulborb appeared from the bushes and they stopped to beat him, but...

"Huh? What are the Pikmins doing?" Pit asked as he saw the Pikmins jumping towards the Bulborb and then started to smack him in the head, the Bulborb tried to shake them off from his head but it didn't worked and the Pikmins continued their defensive attack on the beast, the Bulborb ran away with the Pikmins still following him.

"This could be wrong, but I think they are doing the last order from Olimar" Roy said rubbing his chin.

"No, they are doing the exact thing Olimar told them to do" Lucario said.

"His lasts words to the Pikmins were actually an order" Mewtwo said chuckling a little.

"I'm happy to see the Pikmins defending for themselves without Olimar" Popo said.

"And since there isn't any Primid left in this world, everything has returned to normal again" Pichu said.

Chris smiled "Now, let's go back to the Smash Mansion!" He said, everyone nodded and they stepped inside the portal, then after a second, it dissapeared.

Ai No Uta

Day 25
Good bye Pikmins
This was really a difficult fight to survive, but I finally escaped and now I'm heading back to Hocotate to reunite with my family, I wonder if the Pikmins are doing well without me, but something is telling me that my adventure with is not over yet, and for ending this journal, I just have a few words left before finishing it

Pikmins, please, I want to see you again very soon, and I hope that my friends I made there are going to be fine in their adventure to defeat the Primids, I wish I could help them, but my dear family and home are first to me...oh boy, I'm starting to cry...be strong Olimar....be strong....

Good bye...


WORLD COMPLETE!

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Mewtwo"

"I'm Roy"

"Our next destination is Nowhere Island"

"I've heard from Chris that there is a kid who uses PK attacks like Ness does"

"This should be interesting"

"Because he maybe can talk telepathically like you, Ness and Lucario right?"

"Correct"

"Next time: The odd world of Nowhere Island!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 20, 2008, 10:46:47 AM
Yay, Lucas is coming! ^_^
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 20, 2008, 12:13:11 PM
Chapter 32: The odd world of Nowhere Island!

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"It seems they fell for our trap Lord Tabuu" The darh hooded figure said to Tabuu.

"I can't believe I didn't thought about this before...creating the biggest Subspace Bomb of all...but making it takes so much time to create"

The darh hooded person pointed at himself with his thumb "Now what should I do now? Drop a few more Subspace Bombs in another pathetic world?"

"You may do that now, go to the next world, but I warning you, don't underestimate them even a little, or else you shall suffer the consequences"

"Ha! I want to see them trying it!" The dark hooded person ran away at high speed.

"Lord Tabuu, I think he is not a good puppet for your plans" The Ancient Minister said.

"Let him be, every strong general or commander that I take away from their world always underestimate them, and you see what are the results after that, but I have my power bestowed in him, I don't know why, but he can do chaos around his surroundings when he wants to"

"...Right..."

"Now send the next Subspace Bombs!" Tabuu teleported away.

The Ancient Minister opened a virtual screen and there were a lot of Mr G&W inside tubes, there were a lot of Shadow Bugs coming from their bodies too "Please, somebody save them...and my people too....

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"...And with that Olimar returned to his planet" Chris said finishing his story to Master Hand.

"Good job, everything is still going well...and also, I want to announce something very important to you" Master Hand said.

"What?"

"From now, when you save the worlds, you will gain a certain amount of coins called "Smash Coins", they can be used as money for every kind of shop out there"

"Sweet, and how much did I got?"

"1000"

1000 coins came from the roof, buring Chris below the golden coins.

"Awesome!" He yelled below the coins, then they dissapeared and a little wallet appeared in Chris's hand.

"See the wallet? You can store 9999 coins inside and it won't look like it has 9999 coins, use them well" Master Hand stated.

"Alright, but where I can buy something?"

"Over there" Master Hand pointed to a corner, Crazy Hand was behind a counter and he was wearing a big red ribbon in his wrist "Come here to Crazy crazy wares!" He said.

"What does he sells?" Pit asked.

"Almost everything, from food for traveling to secret jobs" Master Hand said.

"Secret jobs?" Chris asked.

"Well, almost all of the jobs are for Lucario, he only has 2, and you have 5"

"Good...hey, wait a second, you're selling us things instead of giving them to us?" Pichu asked.

"Hey, we need to work for a job, I need to pay for the lights, the water and everything else here in the mansion, everything is not for free you know!"

Chris was shown already buying a job for Lucario for 600 Smash Coins.

"Thank you! Come again!" Crazy Hand said happily.

"What did you bought Chris?" Lucario asked.

"See for yourself in your menu" Chris simply said. Lucario opened the menu and saw the new job on his list "PK Pok?mon"?"

"That's right, I think it has the same abilities from the PK Kid's job, try it out!"

Lucario nodded and when he touched the label, his clothes dissapeared and nothing else happened afterwards, he looked at his hands and still nothing happened "Nothing happened"

"Try using Pk Fire!" Master Hand said, Lucario focused his power in his hands and they glowed in a red color, then he fired a little lightning in front of his hands.

"And it's his first attack" Roy said.

Suddenly, the alarms were activated and Lucas's icon was getting darker "Lucas is in trouble!" Master Hand said.

"But I don't have his game in my list!" Chris said.

"Don't worry," Master Hand snapped his fingers and a copy of "Mother 3" appeared in his hand "Here, you can go now," He placed the game in the desk "But you can take 3 characters only to this world"

"I choose Lucario, Popo and Nana" Chris said, the said characters nodded and Chris opened the portal to Mother 3 and they stepped inside, then the portal dissapeared.

"Why did he chose those 3?" Pikachu asked.

"Lucario because he always goes with him and Popo and Nana because they look more human than us" Mewtwo said.

"But I'm human!" Roy protested.

"But you're wearing an armor and a sword, and in that world is full of normal humans, Popo and Nana look more common to wear those parkas" Master Hand pointed out.

Mother 3

Naming screen

On the screen, the naming screen appears with the upper left corner showing the front of a wooden house and a little boy with blond hair, wearing an orange and yellow stripped shirt and shorts with orange shoes walks in looking inside a Dog's house.

The younger twin brother.
A gentle boy.

Don't care

Lucas


Then, another little boy with orange hair walks in wearing a green and yellow stripped shirt with blue shoes as he looks at the other kid looking for his dog.

The older twin brother.
An energetic boy.

Don't care

Claus


After several seconds, a man wearing a comboy hat bloking his eyes walks in and he stands still behind the boys and they tilt their bodies to the left and to the right.

The strong, kind,
and dependable father.

Don't care

Flint


The boys run away but the blong boy trips but then stands up, the man adjust his hat and then the boys come dragging and pushing slowly a woman with brown hair, wearing a red skirt and red clothes and then she stands behind the boys and to the left of the man as they watch the boys playing Rock-Paper-Scissors.

The beloved mother!

Don't care

Hinawa


When the kids stops playing, a brown dog cames from the left and he stops in the middle of the kids and the man and woman, the kind with orange hair stands in front of the woman and the blond kid stand in front of the man and the 5 looks at you.

The brave and smart dog

Don't care

Boney

What's your favorite food?

Don't care

Eggs

What's your favorite thing?

Don't care

Love


The persons reveals themselves to be a happy family, the orange hair kid runs away with the dog and the blond kid, then the mother walks away to them and the man walks along with her, leaving the screen...several moments later, a dark skinned kid with black hair walks in, then he suddenly changes and he is now wearing the same clothes of the boy with orange hair and he looks at you.

The boy that will save everyone.
An entusiastic boy.

Don't care

Chris


He looks around confused and then, purple creatures walks in and he hides behind the dog's house in terror.

The menace that wants to
conquer everything.

Don't care

Primids


After some minutes, another figure cames from the sky and then he starts to defeat the purple creatures, leaving only him and the boy alone, then he walks behind the dog's house and the boy hugs him in happiness and he smiles a little.

The powerful, yet caring
Aura Pok?mon!

Don't care

Lucario


The boy stops hugging the Pok?mon and then they walk and stands in front of the house, suddenly, 2 kids wearing parkas of blue and pink colors walks in smiling and they look at the boy and the Pok?mon.

The blue eskimo, and funny
boy.

Don't care

Popo

The pink eskimo, and cheerful
girl.

Don't care

Nana

Together they are...

Don't care

Ice Climbers


The four talks for 6 seconds, and then, they walk away to the right, leaving the screen.

3 years ago...

With Yokuba's arrival, the town is beggining to change. The townsfolk may be prospering but without knowing what they are dragging themselve into.

In all this darkness, a little boy is becoming stronger and stronger... Lucas wants to change this sad story into a happy one. He's becoming their only hope... and no one knows it...

Three years passed and you won't believe how much the town has changed...


Chapter 4: The Chichibou Theater

Nowhere Island
Tazmily Village

The scene changes to a peaceful island in the middle of nowhere (Hence the name of the island) we see a little city with happy citizens doing their usual day's labors, on the middle of the square, an arabian-looking guy is talking to several people about something, then we change the scene to a close house near the city where inside, there was a boy with blond hair and blue and white striped pajamas awakening from his bed and he shooks his head for a second.

"...They weren't joking about the thunder then..." He said looking outside the window to find the animal corral destroyed with smoke coming from the impact. He gets out of the bed and then he walks towards a mirror and he looks at his hair all messed up. He remembers his mother combing his hair when he was younger and then he changes to his shirt with yellow and orange stripes and he leaves the house, wondering where his father was now, searching for his dead brother.

"Boney! Come over here!" The boy shouted and the brown dog named Boney came to him.

Boney joined your party!

Mother 3 - Love Theme

From the other side of the city, a portal appeared and Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana came from it and the portal dissapeared. Nobody changed, except for Chris who was now looking in his EarthBound body.

"And to go along with this world..." He changed to his PK Kid job and his clothes changed, but instead of getting Ness's clothes, he got Claus's clothes "Huh? Why I'm wearing this and not Ness's clothes?"

"It doesn't matter, we need to find Lucas now" Lucario said.

Tazmily Village
City Square

The boy (Which we will call Lucas) was walking through the city with Boney and they saw the arabian-looking guy talking to the citizens about the happiness boxes that all the citizens must have inside their houses, and if they don't have that, a "lightning" will destroy their house and everything inside, that was also the cause of the destruction of Lucas's animal corral because he doesn't have a happiness box since he thinks there is something fishy going on with those things. He shook his head and headed towards the Train Station.

When he reached the station, 2 mens came out from the train after working in their...work.

"I'm telling you! I'm sure it's him!" Jackie said to Bronson.

"It's just not quite possible, he dissapeared three years ago" Bronson looks at Lucas and Boney "Oh, hi Lucas"

"Hi Jackie, hi Bronson, what are you talking about?" Lucas asked.

"It's nothing, we just came from watching DCMC in the Chichibou Theater and Jackie thinks the bass musician of them is Duster" Bronson said.

"Duster? It's that true?" Lucas asked surprised.

"Believe me Lucas, he looks like Duster!" Jackie said.

"Aw, come on, sorry Lucas, but we have to go now" Jackie and Bronson walked away from Lucas and Boney.

"I need to tell this to Wes now!" Lucas said running away from the Train Station along with Boney towards the city.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 20, 2008, 03:48:42 PM
Hey, is this actually in the game?

(insert title here)

Don't care.

(insert name here)


Good chapter, BTW.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 20, 2008, 04:04:18 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 20, 2008, 03:48:42 PM
Hey, is this actually in the game?

(insert title here)

Don't care.

(insert name here)


Good chapter, BTW.

When you start it, yes.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 20, 2008, 04:06:25 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on April 20, 2008, 04:04:18 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on April 20, 2008, 03:48:42 PM
Hey, is this actually in the game?

(insert title here)

Don't care.

(insert name here)


Good chapter, BTW.

When you start it, yes.
Interesting... I hope Mother 3 comes to America...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 20, 2008, 06:04:36 PM
"And then everyone will know the true awesomeness of the Pig Mask Army!" The arabian-looking guy said to various citizens.

An old man with a white beard and little white hair on his head walked from the right and he heard the conversation of the arabian-looking guy (Who we will call Yokuba)

"Do you think that is actually stupid? Since you came here, everything has gotten worse!" The old man said. Yokuba looked at him and then a person wearing a pig mask came from behind the unexpected old man and got him with a bug-catching net then dragged him away from the city. Lucas and Boney came from the north and Yokuba saw him and stood in front of him.

"Hey you, you're the same kid who doesn't have a happiness box!...And you remind me of someone who almost killed me with a Drago" Yokuba said rubbing his chin "Go away and find a happiness box!"

"...Alright..." Lucas said sarcastically and Yokuba left him to talk with the citizens. Lucas and Boney then ran away to the east where Wes was taken. Then, Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana came from the same direction Lucas came from.

"This city looks so cheerful" Popo said.

"Hello!" "Hi!" How are you?" "You're new around here right?" "It's nice to see more travelers in this city" A lot of people talked to the four when they were walking deeper.

"...All of them are so cheerful" Nana said.

"It creeps me out, I thought half of the persons living here were going to say hi, but not all of them!" Chris said. Suddenly, 2 guys wearing pig masks walked by in front of them, but after a second, they walked backwards and stopped in front of them.

"Hey kid (Chris: (Kid?) "Eye twitches"), you're new around here right?" Chris nodded "You should have a happiness box with you now"

"Um...sorry..but I don't want a happiness box now..." Chris said asking to himself what the hell was a happiness box.

"Then come with us!" One of the pig masks grabbed Chris's left arm. The other grabbed the arms of Popo and Nana, without noticing Lucario at all.

"Hey, stop it! You're hurting my arm!" Chris said trying to get his arm out of the pig mask's grasp.

"You're hurting my arm! You're hurting my arm! You're hurting my arm!" Those words rang inside Lucario's mind and he growled angrily. Then he separated both pig masks from the arms of Chris, Popo and Nana.

"What the hell is wrong with you?" Both pig masks asked angrily. Lucario grabbed both of them by the collars and he approached them to his face, showing a very angry face.

"Nothing, I just hate someone hurting Chris" Lucario said coldly.

"And what if we want to hurt him?" One of them asked. Lucario just glowed instantly.

And after a long moment of screams and yells of pain begin for mercy, both pig masks were shown buried in the ground, their costumes were abruptaly damaged and blood was coming from parts where it was supposed to not come out.

"That was the most scariest thing I've ever seen" Nana said as she and the others were walking away.

Back with Lucas and Boney...

"Lucas, thanks for letting me know about Duster's whereabouts, now I need you and Boney to go to the Chichibou Theater and find Duster, then if you manage to find him, send me a pigeon with a letter" The old man from before (Which his name is Wes) said to Lucas and Boney, they were inside an almost wrecked house along with more people, they were there because they didn't have happiness boxes and the Pig Masks threw them inside to hear the sounds of the happiness boxes.

"I will find Duster, we need to do something about the Pig Mask Army" Lucas said nodding.

"Thank you Lucas, you sure have grown well since...you know...your brother died..."

Lucas looked away sadly, he remembered that his brother, Claus, was dead after trying to get revenge on the Drago that killed her mother, Hinawa, the 2 of them were now in the heaven while Lucas was still living with his father and dog, but Lucas shook the thought away and he nodded. Boney barked and Lucas nodded again and both ran outside to the city, a little smile formed in Wes's face after looking at Lucas's energy for saving the city and the people.

Back with Chris, Lucario and the Ice Climbers...

"Do you always remove your parkas?" Chris asked to Popo and Nana.

"Nope! We always wear them!" Popo said smiling.

"...Even in summer?"

"Yeah!" Nana responded smiling, this caused Chris to back away from them.

"Chris, we must find Lucas now" Lucario said.

"But....where do we start?" He scratched his head "He could be everywhere"

"Let me use my aura" Lucario glowed and closed his eyes, he searched for Lucas around the area but he didn't find him for 10 seconds "Wait...someone is approaching to us"

"Who?" Chris, Popo and Nana looked around quickly "I can't see anybody approaching" Chris stopped looking at Lucario.

"He's accelerating..."

"To where?" Chris asked.

"....behind you"

"Wha-" Chris was suddenly tackled down by a blond kid, it was Lucas smiling happily with Boney wagging his tail and barking happily.

"Claus! I thought you were dead! But...you're alive! I'm so happy to see you again!" Lucas said hugging Chris's back without opening his eyes, Chris was trying to get Lucas off from his back. But it was useless since Boney was licking his face.

"AHAHAHA! PLEASE! STOP! I CAN'T STAND UP! HAHAHAHA!!" Chris said laughing "I'M NOT THAT CLAUS!"

When Lucas heard that, he opened his eyes and saw clearly the face of "Claus" and he backed away embarrased of himself, Boney did the same and he looked down sadly.

"Sorry...but when I saw your clothes...I thought you were my brother Claus..." Lucas said.

"You're Lucas right?" Nana asked.

"Ye-yeah, but how did you knew my name?"

"Because we heard many things from you" Chris said getting up from the floor.

"Really?" Lucas asked. Chris nodded "Wow...I didn't thought I was famou-HOLY CRAP, A MUTATED DOG!" Lucas said terrified after looking at Lucario, he backed away a little and Boney hid behind Lucas terrorized.

"Lucario? A mutated dog?" Chris asked looking at Lucario "Well...he does looks like on-" He stopped because Lucario glared at him "Butontheotherhandno!" He said quickly.

"Yeah, Lucario isn't a bad guy, don't be scared!" Popo said smiling.

"O-o-o-o-o-o-okay.....j-j-j-j-j-just I-I-I-I-I-n-n-n-n-need-to-to-to-to ig-ig-ig-ig-ig-" Lucas said studdering, Lucario shook his head and he walked towards Lucas.

"BO-BO-BONEY! PROTECT ME!" Lucas ordered, but Boney was playing dead behind him "YO-YO-YOU!"

"Calm down," Lucario said putting his hand on Lucas's shoulder "Now relax, close your eyes, breath and count to 3"

Lucas was still shaking in terror, but after a second, he nodded slowly closing his eyes and taking a deep breath "....on-one....tw-two.....three....." He opened his eyes and saw Lucario's face "I....feel more relaxed now...that was weird...but I see you as a common person to me now"

"Great" Lucario smiled a little and Lucas sighed in relief, Boney was now revived.

"I'm sorry for acting like that before" Lucas said apologizing to Chris and Lucario "I'm Lucas and this is my dog Boney" Lucas pointed at his dog, who barked happily, Popo and Nana approached to Boney and the dog leaped to them licking their faces, they were laughing.

"I already like this dog!" Nana said petting Boney's head.

"Who doesn't?" Lucas asked smiling, but then he gasped "Oh no, I have to find Duster first, I almost forgot!"

"Wait, can we go with you please?" Chris asked.

"Why?" Lucas asked.

"Because I know there is going to be trouble ahead and probably you will need our help in your way to find Duster"

Lucas looked at Boney, who was still licking Popo's face and wagging his tail happily "Ok, you can go with us!" Lucas said smiling.

Lucas and Boney joined your team!.....For now!

"Thanks!" Chris replied smiling. Everyone nodded and then they went towards the Train Station to travel to the Chichibun Theater.

"What? There are no trains going to the Chichibun Theater?" Lucas asked worried to the man of the station.

"I'm sorry, but we don't have a train to that place for now, wait until tomorrow" The man said.

"...Okay! Thank you mister!" Lucas said running away with Boney, the others wondered what was Lucas thinking now and they ran with him, when they stopped, they saw the rail road going inside a tunnel.

"Lucas, what is your plan?" Nana asked.

"My plan is to follow the rail and then we can reach the Chichibun Theater!" Lucas said proudly.

"If you're going to follow the rail then..." A black man walked to them and he stood in front of Lucas holding a map "You will need this map" He handed over the map to Lucas, and he walked away from them "Oh, and be careful of the monsters inside the tunnel!"

"Mo-mo-monsters?" Lucas asked worried, he peered inside the tunnel and there were walking mushrooms and serpent with chicken heads sneaking around.

"Lucas! Stop scaring yourself! Remember, you have us to fight those horrible abominations known to the man!" Chris said angrily.

"...You're right...thanks Chris for cheering me up..." Lucas said smiling.

Preview of the next chapter

"I-I'm Lucas"

"Woof! (I'm Boney!)"

"Who is this girl..I mean..man in the hot springs? I'm scared of his appearance"

"Woof! Woof! (He is so weird!)"

"But see the good news...at least I have those PK abilities that my brother told me about, right Boney?"

"Woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof woof (Right!)"

"...Okay...I don't know if you tried to say a very hard explanation to me or you're either happy because I gave you your snack...oh....right...next time: You're a Jealous Bass!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Tazmily Village
Chris, Lucario
, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Lucas, Boney
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 20, 2008, 07:02:35 PM
Lol. Lucario does kinda look like a mutated dog... :P

Good job! ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 22, 2008, 01:00:30 PM
Chapter 33: You're a Jealous Bass!

Tazmily Village
Rail Road

Previously, our heroes have encountered Lucas and Boney, we resume their adventure inside the tunnel on the way to the Chichibou Theater...until a Rumbling Mushroom blocks their way!

Mr Batty Twist

Rambling Mushroom steps in!

Lucas Boney Chris Lucario Popo Nana
98        89      96     200      89     78

Boney attacks!

Rambling Mushroom receives 36 damage!

Rambling Mushroom kicks Popo on the kneel!

Popo receives 12 damage!

Chris attacks!

Rambling Mushroom receives 13 damage!

Nana attacks!

Rambling Mushroom receives 29 damage!

Lucas attacks!

Rambling Mushroom receives 4 hits, 37 damage!

Rambling Mushroom turns back to normal!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 16 EXP. Points!

"That was easy" Lucas said.

After looking at the map, Lucas and the rest of the team walks for a while, then Lucario notices steam coming from above a ladder.

"There is steam coming from up there" Lucario said pointing to a cliff with a ladder going above, all of them climb the the ladder and they found a hot spring big enough for them to enter. They entered inside (Still using their clothes by no apparent reason)

"Isn't this hot spring relaxing Nana?" Popo said smiling and closing his eyes, his sibling replied nodding and smiling, Lucas, Boney, Chris and Lucario were also enjoying the hot water.

"You know, I feeling that someone besides us is inside this hot spring" Lucas.

"You're quite right little boy"

After hearing another voice coming behind Lucas, they opened their eyes and saw another man inside the hot spring.

Lucas blushed "Oh sorry! We didn't saw you!"

"Oh please, don't apologize, I'm Ionia, this happens very often to me, wait, aren't you Lucas by any chance?" He asked.

"Yes, I'm Lucas"

"Then Kumatora was right about you, you have a special power inside you that hasn't awakened yet"

"You know Kumatora?" Lucas asked surprised.

"Why yes, I along with the other Magypsies raised her when she was a baby, but she doesn't act girly like us though"

"Girly?" Chris asked confused "But you're a man!"

"Actually, I'm a woman"

With that, everyone including Boney swam away a little from Ionia.

"Don' be scared, we're very friendly with the other people," She looked at Lucas "Lucas, you hold a strong power that needs to be used for fighting those idiots of the Pig Mask Army, are you willing to use that power for the good?"

"What power?" Lucas asked confused.

"Like Kumatora, you have the same PK or PSI abilities like she does, do you want to have those powers?"

Lucas thought for a moment and he nodded, he remembered when he saw Kumatora using PK Fire alpha on the Pig Tank when he went for the Dragos to save them.

"Okay, come to me now Lucas" Ionia ordered, Lucas stood in front of her as she started to say the neccessary for Lucas to learn the PSI abilities.

"First, focus your mind"

Lucas focused his mind.

"Now, think about your favorite thing in the whole world"

Lucas thought about his favorite thing, love.

"And finally..."

The steam of the hot springs were coming out and it prevented the whole party to see Lucas and Ionia. Chris and Lucario could see Ionia approaching to Lucas.

"Lucario, what is Lucas doing?" Chris asked.

Lucario glowed for a moment to see what was Lucas and Ionia doing, he gasped and stopped glowing, then he blocked Chris's eyes with his black hands, Chris made a confused face below his hands, Popo and Nana opened their mouths and they blocked the eyes of each other and Boney whined scared.

"There, you can use now PSI abilities" Ionia said smiling.

Lucas has learned PK Healing alpha!

Lucas has learned PK Lifeup alpha!

Lucas has learned PK Love alpha!

"I feeling different now" Lucas said as the steam was clearing out, somehow, the water of the hot spring fully recovered the party!

"Now go and find Kumatora, I saw her heading to the Chichibou Theater a while ago" Ionia said "I must continue to enjoy the hot spring for now"

Lucas and company left the hot springs and they continued thei way to the Chichibou Theater, Lucas found several gifts in the way, a pair of good sticks, he gave one to Chris to defend himself from the enemies. And suddenly, 2 snakes with Chicken heads and 3 Rambling Mushroom appeared!

Okera Battle

Chicken Head sneaks in with his conhorts!

Lucas Boney Chris Lucario Popo Nana
98        89      96     200      89     78

Chicken Head 1 pecks Nana's face!

Nana receives 18 damage!

Chicken Head 2 pecks Nana's face!

Nana receives 20 damage!

Boney attacks!

Rambling Mushroom 2 receives 5 hits, 40 damage!

Rambling Mushroom 1 kicks Nana on the kneel!

Nana receives 12 damage!


"Nana! Don't surrender yet!" Lucas shouted.

Lucas uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Nana recovers 40 HP!

Chris attacks!

Rambling Mushroom 2 receives 3 hits, 38 damage!

Rambling Mushroom 2 turns back to normal!

Rambling Mushroom 3 kicks Lucario on the kneel!

Lucario receives 9 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Lucario attacks!

Rambling Mushroom 3 receives 8 hits, 212 damage!

Rambling Mushroom 3 turns back to normal!

Popo attacks!

Chicken Head 1 receives 2 hits, 35 damage!

Nana attacks!

Chicken Head 1 receives 5 hits, 49 damage!

Chicken Head 1 fades out!

Boney attacks!

Chicken Head 2 receives 20 damage!

Lucas uses PK Love alpha!

Chicken Head 2 receives 120 damage!

Chicken Head 2 fades out!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 98 EXP Points!

Lucas's level goes up to 17!

"Al-alrigth!" Lucas says happy.

HP goes up by 3!
PP goes up by 5!
Strength goes up by 2!
Defense goes up by 1!
Guts goes up by 3!
Right on! Speed goes up by 6!
Evasion goes up 2!

"Wow, did you see that attack? It was awesome!" Popo remarked at Lucas's PK Love.

"Not only that, he healed my wounds too!" Nana said surprised.

"...I don't know my own strength" Lucas said blushing a little and scratching his back.

And then, they finally reached the next side of the rail road, thw whole party except Lucario reached another level in doing so.

Chichibou Theater
Working Site

"What is a construction site doing here?" Nana asked, she glanced around and saw many mens wearing pig masks walking around the area, there was a huge hill on the other side with a gondola going up, on the top of the hill, the Chichibou Theater was on the top. Lucas saw the way to the gondola, but he was stopped by a pig mask.

"Sorry, you can't go up until you have a ticket" He said.

"Where we can get one?" Lucas asked.

"By buying it for 100,000 Dragon Points or by working at that building over there" The pig mask pointed to the building in the center of the area.

"Okay, thanks!" Lucas said walking towards the builfing with the others.

"Lucas, what is your plan now?" Popo asked.

"We're going to get a job so we can get tickets" Lucas responded.

Chris crossed his arms" Lucas, there is a 9% that someone would actually give a job to 4 kids, 1 Pok?mon and 1 dog, and there is also no way that would happen..."

Chichibou Theater
Clay Man's Storage

"Accepted!" A blue pig mask said to the group signing a document with the emblem of the Pig Mask Army.

"...if the Pig Mask Army wasn't the one who are we talking about" Chris finished his sentence by sighing.

"Okay, first, you need to give your names to us" The blue pig mask said. Lucas thought it would be a bad idea to give his real name to them, so he created one.

"Luis" Lucas said, the blue pig mask nodded and he wrote "Luis" on the document.

"Lolo" Popo said.

"Lala" Nana said.

Chris thought for a moment to create a name and chuckled to his thought.

"Name?" The blue pig mask asked.

Chris chuckled "Chuck Norris" The blue pig mask nodded and wrote in the document "Chuck Norris", Lucario also chuckled a bit.

"Hold on," The blue pig mask said, stopping them in the process "The dogs go to the treadmills"

A toon red vein popped out of Lucario's forehead, Boney whined dissapointed and he and Lucario walked first, after some seconds, Luis, Chuck Norris, Lolo and Lala walked after.

"So, where do we start to work?" Lala (Nana) asked.

Luis (Lucas) saw a big pile of Clay Mans to their right with some mens trying to revive them using electricity.

"You're new here right?" A man approached to them "You should go inside the tunnel in this building and bring a Clay Man for test him if he works perfectly, each one of you should bring one, meaning 4 Clay Mans" He said and walked away.

Lolo (Popo) hurried to the next area, he and the others found treadmills attached to machines to store electricity, they saw a pig, a dog, a coyote, Boney and Lucario running above them.

"Say, this doesn't looks like a dog at all" A pig mask said to another while looking at Lucario.

"Well, he has a tail, meaning he is a dog right?" The other pig mask asked.

"Who cares? At least he can give more power to the machines than the others" Indeed, Lucario was running quite fast in the treadmill, making a lot of electricity.

"...But still, he doesn't looks like a dog at all"

"Oh, REALLY?!" Chuck Norris (Chris) said climbing down the ladder to the tunnel, both pig masks turned to see no one in the ladder, they lifted their shoulders and walked away.

Inside the tunnel...

"Well, there are a LOT of Clay Mans walking around" Lolo (Popo) said, multiple Clay Mans were walking around carrying a lot of things, there was an elevator to the left of the ladders (The perspective is like you're playing the game)

"Hey you 4, go and pick up the 4 Clay Mans at the end of this tunnel, don't worry, they can be pushed to this elevator without problems" A pig mask near the elevator said to the little group, they nodded and Luis went ahead with Chuck Norris, Lolo and Lala following, after walking for a while inside the tunnel, they found 4 Clay Mans standing without moving at all.

They pushed each one behind their backs to the entrance of the tunnel. The Clay Mans were easy to push around, but they only did made sounds like robots, surely, there was something wrong with them.

Eventually, they reached the elevator and the Clay Mans were being lifted to the floor above, the pig mask thanked them for a well done work and they climbed the ladder again, after bringing the Clay Mans to the guy who was electrocuting their little antennas on both sides of their heads.

"Annnnddddd done, they are working perfectly now, thanks for your help..."

"Chuck Norris"

"Yes Chuck Norris, thanks for your help!" The man thanked "Chuck Norris", who chuckled as a response.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 22, 2008, 07:22:23 PM
They went to the blue pig mask and Luis asked for tickets to see the DCMC band, the blue pig mask nodded and he gave to them 6 tickets, Boney returned from the treadmills.

"Hey, where is Lucario?" Chuck Norris asked, he went inside again to find Lucario still running in the treadmills...smiling happily?

"Lucario, we need to leave now!"

"But I want to stay here"

"What? Why?"

"Running above this it's great for doing exercise, and I don't want to leave yet"

Chuck Norris thought for a moment "If I say I could take you to Hyrule for you to run around the fields freely, would you stop running on the treadmill?" With those words, Lucario was kneeled down in front of Chuck Norris already.

"You got it" Lucario said smiling a little.

"Okay,  let's go, they are waiting for us!" Chuck Norris and Lucario left the building. (But we will stop calling them by their fake names now(Sorry Chuck Norris's fans!))

Chichibou Theater
Working Site

Lucas, Boney, Popo and Nana were waiting for Chris and Lucario near the gondola, Lucas has already handed the tickets to the man controlling the gondola to the top of the hill, Chris and Lucario came and they took the gondola towards the top.

"What a pretty view from here!" Nana said admiring the long view from the gondola.

"We're reaching the top now!" Popo said excited. And they reached the top of the big hill.

Chichibou Theater
Entrance

Lucas found a gift in a tiny bridge, but there was firewrok inside and it went to sky and exploded, weird, wasn't it?

They walked towards the entrance of the theater. but they found 2 guards...guarding the entrance of course.

"Sorry, we don't accept dogs and kids inside" Skinhead said, they left looking down sadly at the floor. Boeny whined in dissapointment.

But 5 minutes later...

They returned, but this time, Boney was dressed as a kid walking in 2 paws and Lucario was also dressed as an adult (With a DCMC's Hat, which was conveniently floating in the air)

"Um...you're too familiar...but we still don't accept kids inside..now get ou-"

"They are coming with me!" A voice shouted from behind the guards, they turned their backs and saw the waitress of the theater, she was young, and her hair was in a weird pink color, her name was Yoshikoshi.

"Yoshikoshi! Are they coming with you?" Neckbeard asked.

"Well, yes!" She looked at Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana "At least 2 of them" She muttered to herself.

"If they are friends of Yoshikoshi, then they can come in" Skinhead said moving away and the 6 entered the theater with the help of the mysterious waitress Yoshikoshi.

Chichibou Theater
Lobby

"Why did you let us in?" Lucas asked confused.

"...Have you forgotten all about me?" Yoshikoshi asked annoyed.

"Um...I don't remember meeting you" Lucas scratched the back of his head.

"Lucas...I'm Kumatora!" Yoshikoshi said revealing to be the Kumatora "Kumatora! Remember? The princess of Osohe Castle?"

"Oh right! You're Kumatora! The same girl who fought againts the Pig Tanks 3 years ago!" Lucas said smiling "Where have you been anyway?"

"I have been here working to help Duster, he is the bass musician of the famous band, DCMC" She looked away "But apparently, he doesn't remembers anything, because he lost his memory when I found him here"

"He lost his memory?" Lucas asked raising an eyebrow. Kumatora nodded.

"Yes, but maybe with your help you can help him remember...say, who are the other 5 coming with you?"

"Well, this is Boney" Lucas said pointing to his current-kid-dog Boney, who barked silently "And they are friends I found in Tazmily Village"

"I'm Chris, nice to meet you!" Chris said smiling.

"We're Popo and Nana, the Ice Climbers!" Popo and Nana said in unison smiling at Kumatora.

"..." Lucario didn't spoke.

"Who's the silent guy?" Kumatora glanced at Lucario's body and she noticed many things, then she lifted his hat a little to discover his blue ears, then she turned to see Lucas "Lucas, when did you tamed this monster?"

Lucario was about to punch Kumatora while she wasn't looking, but then Kumatora turned to him "And come to think of it, he looks like a big blue dog to me"

"It...It's because he is a big blue dog...with spikes on chest and arms!" Chris said sweating. Lucario looked at him confused, then he felt something rubbing his head with care.

"Aww, he looks cute to me" Kumatora said rubbing Lucario's head, he blushed a little and Kumatora laughed for a bit. Then various cheers were coming from the main room "I totally forgot! They are going to play in a moment! Enter now, quickly!" She said pushing somehow the whole group and they entered in the stage area.

Chichibou Theater
Stage Area

There were a lot of people standing up or sat on chairs, a big couch with a muscular pig mask with some ladies was at the front of the stage, apparently he is a die-hard fan of DCMC.

"Take a look around please!" Kumatora said, then someone called for a drink and she walked away to attend the order, the 6 dispersed through the stage area and they talked to various persons, many of them said about how well the band plays, especially the big muscular pig mask.

"They are going to play now!" Popo said, the group quickly reunited and they took a table with six chairs, the order in which they were sat from left to right was this: Lucas, Chris, Lucario, Popo, Nana, Boney and Lucas again.

Kumatora came again to them again.

"Wait for me in the lobby, I have to show you something" Kumatora walked away.

Then, a man came running and sat in a chair, on the middle of the area, he looks at Lucas and gasps.

"Hey Lucas! It's me! Thomas! Remember?"

"Yes! You're Thomas from the village!" Lucas said.

"Say, isn't the bass musician familiar? I think he is Duster"

"Well, he IS Duster in reality"

"I knew it!" Thomas said surprised, then he bought some drinks for Lucas and his friends.

Then the 5 members of DCMC walked in above the stage with the big letters of "DCMC" on the background. The group was consisting of OJ, and man with blond hair, blond beard, who plays the saxophone, Magic, a man with a brown mohawk, who plays the electric guitar, Batch, a man with blond hair and sunglasses, who plays the drums, Shimmy Zmith, a man with red braids, black hair and sunglasses who plays the electric piano, and finally the man with a big brown afro, the bass musician, Tamekichi, who was awfully familiar to Lucas.

"Hello people! We're the DCMC, A.K.A. Desperado Crash Mambo Combo!" OJ said in excitement, the audience cheered loudly for the band "And now we're playing tonight your favorite theme, the Mr Great's theme!!!" Then, the whole area is blackened out.

Mr Great's theme (DCMC Theme)

A light shone on Magic and he starts to play the electric guitar (Wait until the others starts playing with him so you can read the next part in rhythm with the music) The audience starts to gave loud cheers at his performance on the stage.

Then, the lights turns on wildly at the whole area and the band starts to play in rhythm, the big muscular man was enjoying his time with the ladies, he was sure a womanizing guy.

On the table with our heroes, Chris was shown cheering at the band as well, Popo and Nana were also cheering wildly, Lucas was very impressed at Tamekichi's performance, Boney was barking silently, cheering too and Lucario was tapping his foot below the table, he was also enjoying the music.

The whole audience stops cheering to hear the band, their music was really amazing to all of them, half of the public was dancing along with the music.

Lucas then started to dance as well, Popo and Nana joined him too.

Chris was clapping his hands in rhythm with the music, Lucario smiled when he saw how Chris was enjoying the play.

The big muscular man was shown dancing too, the ladies were laughing at how he was dancing, but then he felt tired and he sat on the couch again, he placed his big arms around the couch behind the ladies and they giggled.

The public was still amazed, Thomas was enjoying the music as the big pig mask, when did Tamekichi got so good on the bass?

Magic starts to make a little solo with his electric guitar. Then they start to get more entusiastic.

A light shone on Tamekichi and Shimmy Zmith, they start to make a play with only the 2 of them, Tamekichi was playing perfectly with Shimmy Zmith, after some seconds, the whole band joins in and they are finishing the song, the public begans to cheer again, then a light shone on Magic again and he made another solo play with the electric guitar, and finally, the whole band plays the last part, the crowd starts to cheer louder than before with a big "EEEHHHH!!!!"

"ALL OF YOU ROCK!!!" The big pig mask said very excited, one of the members of the band waved a hand to him and he fainted, the ladies giggled a lot.

The stage blackened out and then the light went on and the band already left.

"Woof woof woof! (We need to see Kumatora now!)" Boney barked, somehow Lucas understood what Boney was trying to say and they went to the lobby, Kumatora was waiting for them to the right side, they followed her to a ladder mad with ropes and they went down along with her.

Chichibou Theater
Hidden Tunnel

"Follow me, but be careful of the Slimy Slugs on the way" Kumatora said, unfortunately, the group touched a Slimy Slug...

Michievous Blues

Slimy Slug steps in!

Lucas Boney Chris Lucario Popo Nana
101     97     105     200      94     86

Boney attacks!

Slimy Slug receives 2 hits, 60 damage!

Popo attacks!

Slimy Slug receives 4 hits, 78 damage!

Slimy Slug became tamed!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 19 EXP Points!

Lucario's level goes up by 33!

"GUUUUARRRRRGGGGGHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" Roared Lucario.

"Was that neccesary?" Chris asked.

"...Yes" Lucario replied.

HP goes up by 4!
PP goes up by 3!
Right on! Strength goes up by 6!
Defense goes up by 4!
Guts goes up by 2!
Speed goes up by 4!
Evasion goes up 3!

On a side note, the tunnel was so tiny that they got dirty...

Chichibou Theater
Yoshikoshi's room

"Ugh! You're all dirty! You should get a shower right now...ALL AT ONCE!" Kumatora said disgusted.

"But...we can't enter all at onc-" Lucas was interrupted by an angry Kumatora.

"I'll burn you with PK Fire alpha!" She said with glowing red hands, all the guys (Including Nana, and even Lucario was terrorized by the Magypsy girl) entered in a hurry inside the bathroom, for their surprise, it wasn't a bathroom, but another Hot Spring, they sighed in relief and they entered the water (Again, without removing their clothes, but this time by obvious reasons)

5 minutes later...

"Okay, now that all of you are clean..." Kumatora revealed a ladder going inside the ventilation behind the pink wall "In order to get to the room with Duster, you need to travel inside the ventilation and find the duct to their room"

Everyone except Kumatora climbed the ladders, then she went away and she headed to the DCMC's room, the reason because they couldn't use the door to see the DCMC was because of the guardians guarding the door, and only Kumatora could pass.

Chichibou Theater
Ventilation's Ducts

(For the sake of the history, we will skip the entire area and we will move onto the battle againts...a Jealous Bass...)

After walking throught the ducts, the party found a living bass looking down above the DCMC's room at Tamekichi.

"Why Tamekichi? Why'd you replaced me with another useless bass?...I'm so jealous now!"

"...Is that bass talking?" Chris asked surprised pointing at the bass. The bass turned to see them and got even angrier.

"GRR! Who dares to interrupt my time now?! Destroyed Drum! Zappy Guitar! Let's kill them!" The bass commanded and a living drum with his...drum with a hole, legs and eyes coming from the hole and a living guitar with a broken string came from nowhere and joined the fight.

Twist and Battle

Jealous Bass steps in with his conhorts!

Lucas Boney Chris Lucario Popo Nana
101     97     105     204      94     86

Boney attacks!

Boney misses!

Chris uses PK Fire alpha!

Jealous Bass receives 70 damage!

Zappy Guitar receives 78 damage!

Destroyed Drum receives 80 damage!

Zappy Guitar plays a horrible music!

Lucas receives 30 damage!

Lucario receives 17 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Nana receives 25 damage!

Destroyed Drum starts to play a loud music!

Boney receives 19 damage!

Chris receives 21 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Popo receives 23 damage!

Popo attacks!

Destroyed Drum receives 5 hits, 59 damage!

Lucas uses PK Love alpha!

Jealous Bass receives 157 damage!

Zappy Guitar receives 160 damage!

Destroyed Drum receives 173 damage!

Jealous Bass plays a horrendous music!

Lucas receives 75 damage!

Lucario uses PK Fire alpha!

Zappy Guitar receives 78 damage!

Zappy Guitar was destroyed!

Jealous Bass receives 60 damage!

Destroyed Drum receives 63 damage!

Destroyed Drum was...destroyed!

Nana attacks!

Jealous Bass receives 2 hits, 54 damage!

Jealous Bass plays a strange music!

Jealous Bass's strength goes up!

Jealous Bass attacks!

Popo receives fatal damage of 90!

Boney attacks!

Boney misses!

Lucas uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Popo recovers 67 HP!

Chris attacks!

Jealous Bass receives 3 hits, 59 damage!

Lucario attacks!

SMMMAAASSSSSHHH!!!!

Jealous Bass receives 349 damage!

Popo attacks!

Jealous Bass receives 39 damage!

Nana attacks!

SMMMAAASSSSSHHH!!!!

Jealous Bass receives 7 hits, 98 damage!

Jealous Bass was destroyed to pieces!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 1352 EXP points!

Popo's level goes up by 21!

"Yippie!" Cheered Popo.

HP goes up by 5!
PP goes up by 1!
Strength goes up by 3!
Defense goes up by 4!
Right on! Guts goes up by 7!
Speed goes up by 2!
Evasion goes up 4!

Nana's level goes up by 21!

"Yippie!" Cheered Nana.

HP goes up by 4!
PP goes up by 1!
Strength goes up by 4!
Defense goes up by 5!
Guts goes up by 3!
Speed goes up by 2!
Right on! Evasion goes up 6!!

"I...hate this world..so much...and you too..." Those were the final words of the Jealous Bass.

"Poor thing, if only he could stop being jealous..." Nana said.

"Look! We're above the room now, let's jump!" Lucas said, he, Boney, Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana jumped from the duct and they entered the room in the middle of the band and Kumatora.

Chichibou Theater
DCMC's room

Happy Happist Music

Lucas and company lands in the center of the room, then Tamekichi looks at them.

"Tondagossa. ((This is DCMC's catch phrase greeting))...Who are you?"

"He's your acquaintance I was talking about earlier. Duster" Kumatora said to "Tamekichi"

"Don't you remember your real name?" Lucas asked.

"Duster? I'll admit I don't remember my real name but I've lived as 'Tamekichi' for a number of years now" Tamekichi stated.

"Okay, I understand Mr. Tamekichi. Sorry but can you explain again what you remember for him?" Kumatora asked.

"...Alright. I know that it's a very important time right now..." Tamekichi starts to narrate.

"Before I came to Club Chichibou, I lost any memory of myself. I didn't know who I was, where I came from, and where I was going. But, for some reason, I was carrying a very important looking Egg. Without knowing where to go, I kept on wandering around. All I knew was that the Egg seemed very important. I had to protect it at all costs...I looked for a hiding place, I kept on walking and walking until I hid it in a lump of clay in a valley where no one would look. I still remember that hiding spot. It's at the top of a cliff near a waterfall..."

Then, a scene shows a huge yellow tower firing lightnings at Tazmily Village and Tamekichi stops narrating.

"...That's No Man's Valley! It's got to be, Duster! The Egg we've so carefully protected is there! Let's go there right now!" Kumatora said.

However, Takemichi looked worried "...But, am I really Duster? If I am that Duster, then I'll have to leave the band...that's what it'll mean right? Either Duster or Tamekichi has to disappear today...right?! If I were Duster, then what will happen to DCMC? If I were to go on living as Tamekichi, then what was that Egg for?" He paused for a moment "What should I do?! I can't decide"

Zhimmy Smith then talked  "...That's not for you to decide. You have to ask fate."

Batch then talks too "Yeah. If fate dictates it, then I'll gladly let Tamekichi go."

OJ then starts to think "Fate, huh...Let's ask fate. There is an easy way, after all. Whenever I'm unsure about something, there's always this..."

Tamekichi then finishes OJ's sentence "...Rock, Paper, Scissors"

Chris sweatdrops "Rock, Paper, Scissors? Are you kidding me? Do you have a life?"

"We have a life" The whole band said in a robotic tone, which made Popo and Nana back away slowly.

Lucas approaches OJ, he decides to take the challenge, then OJ talks  "Yeah. We're going to play Rock, Paper, Scissors with this guy Lucas. If he wins 5 times in a row against all of us, you'll go. If he loses even once, you stay with DCMC and continue playing bass...How does that sound?"

"Five times in a row..." Tamekichi thinks about it and nods "Sounds good to me. You there, that's fine with you, right?"

Lucas nods, safe of his decision.

"You can begin whenever you're ready. It doesn't matter who you play first" OJ said, the whole band prepares to defeat Lucas in the Rock, Paper, Scissors game, while Boney, Kumatora, Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana watches.

After an humiliating defeat by a 13 years old (With psychic powers...)

"Wow, looks like we lose..." OJ said.

"Then...it's a farewell..." Tamekichi said "I'll stop using the name of Tamekichi right now, and I'll use the name of Duster now"

"Now, wait here until I take out the guards Duster" Kumatora left the room, and various sounds of punchs and kicks were heard.

OJ looked at Duster "Well, good bye Duster..." He walked to the door "It was really fun to play with you" He left.

Magic looked at Duster "It's really a shame for you to leave us, but, we don't decide for you, still, don't forget us!" Magic left the room.

Zhimmy Smith looked at Duster "Farewell, my friend!" He left the room.

Batch looked at Duster "Come again to visit us, maybe you can play again!" He left the room, Duster walked to Lucas "Okay, it's time to go now"

Duster joined your party!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 23, 2008, 12:59:02 PM
The 7 left the room, they found a guard laying unconscious on the ground with a girl with a big blue sweater waiting. She was Kumatora.

"About time, let's go!" She said.

Kumatora joined your party!

The party of 8 people (I think that's a new record!) were going to leave the theater, until...

"Huh?...That music..." Duster said when he heard a familiar music coming from the Stage Area.

Chichibou Theater
Stage Area

Bon Voyage, Amigo

The DCMC group was playing a farewell song to Duster, they were keeping that song until something like this happened.

Remember, you're not alone,
you have friends who worry about you,
no matter how far are they,
they are close to you in your heart

And still, you will keep fighting,
fighting for a better future,
that all the people will admire,
just keep fighting

And...don't forget your friends who believes in you


Kumatora left the lobby with the other 6 and Duster was alone hearing the song playing.

The scene changes when he reached the theater a long time ago, still with is memory lost. He was being pushed to the exit by the guards, but the DCMC group saw him, then the scene changes with Duster and his brown afro playing in their room, but after some seconds, Duster gets angry at his first training session.

The scene changes to reality outside, Kumatora and Lucario were leaned to the walls, Chris, Popo and Nana were looking away the cliff, Boney was looking at the entrance and Lucas was writing a letter with a pigeon. All of them were still hearing the music.

The scene changes inside the lobby, and then the Stage Area, then the lobby again, Duster walks to the Stage Area, but stops in front of the door "Farewell...and good bye..." He says, he leaves his brown afro on the floor and he leaves the lobby, a small tear appeared on his right eye, but he wipes it out.

Duster walks outside, Kumatora and Lucario stops leaning and everyone looks at Duster "Let's go now" He said.

"Now Lucas, send the pigeon!" Kumatora said. Lucas nodded and he walked away a little from the group, and then he sends the pigeon away with a letter adressed to Wes, the whole party looks at how the pigeon dissappears on the distance.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm Duster"

"I'm Kumatora"

"Not here....not even here either....where it could be?"

"Duster, concentrate, you need to remember where did you left the egg!"

"...I can't remember..."

"Do it now! We have to stop that crazy lieutenant and that bomb before it blows up!"

"I'm doing my best..."

"Well...next time: A Scary Womanizing Pig Mask!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Chichibou Theater
Chris, Lucario
, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Lucas, Kumatora, Duster, Boney
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 24, 2008, 02:09:18 PM
Wait... Why did Chuck Norris appear? O.O

:P

Good job!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 25, 2008, 10:40:31 PM
Chapter 34: A Scary Womanizing Pig Mask!

Chapter 5: The Thunder Tower

No Man's Valley
Near the highway

The scene changes to a morning near a valley, we see our 8 heroes looking at the valley. There was a highway near too.

"So, that's the Thunder Tower?" Nana asked.

"Yes, this huge thing has been shooting bolts of lightning at Tazmily Village" Lucas said.

"Our mission now it's to find the Humminbird's Egg and also destroy the Thunder Tower" Kumatora said.

Chris came into the scene eating a big piece of Beef Jerky "Oh god, this jerky tastes so good!" He said looking at Lucas "You were right about this Lucas"

"Told you, I know what kind of food it's good" Lucas said proudly.

Just then, Chris heard a grumbling near, that sound was coming from Lucario's stomach, he blocked his stomach with one hand and he looked away embarrased.

"Here, you can eat this" Chris was holding the big piece of Beef Jerky in his left hand, showing it to Lucario.

"But it's yours" Lucario said.

"Nah, I don't want to eat anymore, so take it please" Chris said smiling, Lucario looked at the jerky and he nodded, after one bite, he smiled at the taste of the jerky "I knew you would like it, since you resemble a dog, they always like to eat fresh meat"

"Wait, you said he WAS a dog!" Kumatora said quite annoyed.

"Umm, well, he's not a dog, he is...well...you know...a Pok?mon..." Chris couldn't find the words to say to Kumatora.

"I know now, thanks to your mind" She said smiling a bit.

"Thanks to my mind?" Chris asked confused.

"I was reading it and I found everything about him, but also, I found the cause of why are you 4 here with us too"

Chris gasped "Then, does that mean..."

"Yep! You want to eliminate some nasty creatures called Primids right?"

Lucario nodded while he was eating the Beef Jerky "Doesn't he looks cute while eating?" Kumatora asked smiling, Lucario blushed again and he looked away.

"Hmm, yeah, sure, why not" Chris replied.

Lucas was a little confused at what were the Primids, so Kumatora explained him all, then he was still confused, why were they taking the worlds?

"There's a big road ahead, we should go on now" Duster said, everyone nodded and they walked further into the valley, but before they could step inside a little road with grass and disgusting creatures inside a cave with another hot spring, the dark hooded person appeared before them.

"Geez, you're so freaking slow! I was getting impacient!" He said tapping his foot below his cape.

"You're the same guy from the Pikmin World!" Popo said, pointing with an acussing finger to him, the dark hooded person just laughed for a bit and he stopped.

"You dare to compare me to those inferior beings? Ha! That's a laugh!" He replied, then he glanced at Lucario eating the Beef Jerky. Lucario glared at him, but then, the dark hooded person was holding the Beef Jerky in his glove, Lucario looked at his hand and the meat dissapeared.

"Hey! Give him back the jerky I gave to him!" Chris asked angrily. The dark hooded person shook his head, then he took a bite of the jerky but he spat it out "UGH! That's why I like Chili-Dogs better!" He threw it at the ground and started to stomp on it with one foot.

"Stop that!" Chris asked angrily.

"And if I don't want to?" He stopped and the jerky was already too dirty to even eat, Lucario showed his fangs in fury at him.

"Whoa, you sure are quite the mean guy around here!" Kumatora remarked.

"Thanks" The dark hooded person said.

"...That wasn't a compliment" Kumatora said.

"Whatever! That doesn't matters!" He pointed at the top of the Thunder Tower and there was a Subspace Bomb with a big countdown to explode "I dare all of you to desactivate that bomb before it takes this whole place!"

"...You're really stupid" Duster pointed out.

"What?!"

"You heard me, you're so stupid, I mean, letting us a chance to desactivate that bomb? What kind of tactic is that? Even a 2 years old won't fall that low" Duster said.

"You're getting on my nerves whoever you are!"

"Duster"

"THAT DOESN'T MATTERS EITHER!"

Duster rolled his eyes "I have the sudden feeling that you're going to accidentaly reveal your identity in a second"

"OH YEAH?!" The dark hooded person pointed angrily at Duster, just then, a simple wind came from the east and his hood along with his cape covering his whole body flew away without any problem, various (...) globes above the heads of our heroes appeared.

"...Wait...you're..." Chris said pointing to him rather confused.

"ARGH! ALRIGHT ALRIGHT! MY TRUE IDENTITY IT'S SONIC! HAPPY?! LIEUTENANT SONIC THE HEDGEHOG!" The previously dark hooded person revealed himself as Sonic the Hedgehog, he was very angry at Duster's response, his body was glowing in a purple aura.

"So...your enemy is a hedgehog?" Kumatora asked.

"It looks like" Nana said.

"YOU KNOW WHAT?! SCREW ALL OF YOU! I'LL WAIT AT THE TOP OF THE TOWER TO SEE IF YOU CAN STOP THAT BOMB!" He ran away with great speed, but then, he returned "OR ME!" He said pointing with his thumb at him, then he dissapeared in a blink.

"He has a lot of anger problems" Kumatora pointed out.

"That's maybe because of the control of the Primids" Chris said.

"He...scares me..." Lucas said trembling.

"Who doesn't?" Chris said walking away, Lucas made a confused face and they walked forward, however, Lucario stopped and he looked at his jerky on the ground. He closed his eyes in dissapointment.

"...Hmm?" Lucario felt a sweet smell of meat near his nose, when he opened his eyes, he saw another piece of jerky!

"That wasn't the whole jerky, I kept this one for an emergency, but you can eat it if you want" Chris said smiling.

"...Thanks" Lucario grabbed the jerky and he started to eat, he gave a little smile at Chris and they continued further inside.

"This is...horrible..." Nana said, she saw various monsters on the way, but those monsters were not normal, they were either fusioned with another animal or transformed into a disgusting thing.

"Wasn't that a Kangaroo before?" Popo said pointing to a monster with the bag of a kangaroo, but instead, the rest was fusioned with a shark and a litte shark was inside the bag.

"I can't believe this" Chris said. The horrible sensation of watching a living nightmare in front of his eyes was impossible, how in the world can a shark suffer like that?

"This is the work of the Pig Mask Army!" Kumatora said making a fist "They are altering the fauna of the island!

"And also, they're making those things too" Duster said pointing to an armadillo with a machine embedded to his back.

"It's like those serpents with chicken heads we fought a while ago" Chris said.

"Look out!" Lucas said. One of the deformed kangaroo approached to them and started a battle!

Lucas and company met Parental Kangashark face-to-face!

Lucas  Kumatora  Duster  Boney  Chris  Lucario  Popo  Nana
101        123         126       97      105     204       99      90

Boney attacks!

Parental Kangashark receives 48 damage!

Duster attacks!

Parental Kangashark receives 2 hits, 57 damage!

Popo attacks!

Popo misses!

Nana attacks!

Parental Kangashark receives 37 damage!

Parental Kangashark rests!

Parental Kangashark recovers 140 HP!

Kumatora uses PK Freeze alpha!

Parental Kangashark receives 114 damage!

Lucas attacks!

Parental Kangashark receives 51 damage!

Parental Kangashark attacks with his son!

Duster receives 60 damage!

Chris receives 41 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Chris attacks!

Parental Kangashark receives 53 damage!

Parental Kangashark was eliminated!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 87 EXP points!

"What the hell is that?" Chris asked, he saw various tentacles attached to a Lion's head, the robot sees them and he starts another battle!

Recon Lion makes his way to you!

Lucas  Kumatora  Duster  Boney  Chris  Lucario  Popo  Nana
101        123          93        97       76      204       99      90

Recon Lion fires a stream of fire!

Lucas receives 24 damage!

Kumatora receives 21 damage!

Duster receives 23 damage!

Boney receives 20 damage!

Chris receives 24 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Lucario receives 19 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Popo receives 25 damage!

Nana receives 25 damage!

Boney attacks!

Boney misses!

Duster throws a bomb!

Recon Lion receives 123 damage!

Nana attacks!

Recon Lion receives 3 hits, 57 damage!

Kumatora uses PK Thunder alpha!

Nothing happens!

Recon Lion receives 110 damage!

Lucas uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Chris is fully recovered!

Chris attacks!

Chris misses!

Lucario attacks!

Recon Lion receives 289 damage!

Recon Lion explodes in defeat!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 96 EXP points!

Kumatora's level goes up by 23!

"Alright!" Kumatora said smiling.

Right on! HP goes up by 6!
PP goes up by 2!
Strength goes up by 2!
Defense goes up by 3!
Guts goes up by 5!
Speed goes up by 3!
Evasion goes up 1!

"What kind of monsters are the Pig Mask Army to make the animals suffer like this?" Chris asked.

"They are too insane!" Popo said.

"Who knows what kind of monsters are ahead" Duster said.

The group continued further, but Boney stopped and he barked.

"What is it Boney?" Lucas asked.

"Woof woof woof! (I need to change my clothes!)" Boney said by barking, he was still dressed as a kid, after a moment, Boney was now in his usual appearance and they walked away to another area with many holes, Duster stepped in front of the group and he looked around.

"Wait, the pile of clay is near here, I remember I used one hole to reach the place where I hid the egg...but I don't remember which hole I used" Duster said.

"Then let's jump in one and see if you remember the way inside" Lucas said. Duster nodded, but Lucario stopped them.

"What's wrong Lucario?" Chris asked. He saw the eyes of Lucario turning into a bright yellow color and he closed his eyes and glowed.

"...The right hole is that" He said opening his yellow eyes and turning back to red, he pointed to one of the holes.

"Really?"

"My aura doesn't lies to me"

"Okay, you heard him, let's jump inside!" Popo said jumping in the hole, Nana followed him and soon everyone jumped inside.

Duster looked around the cave "This is the right way, at the end of this path, the pile of clay should be outside" He said, they started to walk around.

"It's good to have someone like you around Lucario" Kumatora said putting her hands behind her back.

"Thank you, Princess Kumatora" Lucario said nodding.

"Oh no, don't call me princess, just call me by my name"

"Fine, prin-"

"Lucario" Chris said interrupting him.

"I mean, fine, Kumatora"

"That's better" Chris said chuckling. Kumatora let of out a small giggle and soon, they found the way outside.

"There is the pile of clay!" Lucas said pointing to a forgotten Clay Man laying above the grass, Duster walked to him and he crouched to seek the egg, he stood up and turned his back to the group "I found the egg!" He said. But he didn't had the egg with him and unfortunately, the Clay Man woke up with a explosion of electricity and Duster was pushed back to the group.

"Duster!" Kumatora said worried. Duster shook his head and he walked in front of them "What happened? Why is the pile of clay awakening?!" He asked confused.

The Clay Man stood up, he trembled for a moment and then. he walked around confused and he crashed into a wall, then he ran away at high speed to the east!

"He's escaping!" Duster said.

"After him!" Kumatora ordered. They ran after the Clay Man, when they looked around, the Thunder Tower was standing in front of them, they looked above and another bolt of lightning was shot to Tazmily Village, but that doesn't matter for them now.

"There he is!" Kumatora said pointing to the Clay Man, he walked confused again and he left the area in a hurry while running backwards.

"Are we really going to climb this tower later?" Lucas asked as he was watching the tall Thunder Tower.

"Sadly, yes" Duster said.

After some minutes, Lucas, Kumatora and Chris felt a little sick.

"Ugh...my head..." Chris put his hand on his forehead.

"I don't feel so good..." Lucas said.

"It must be time now..." Kumatora said.

Lucario was holding Chris in both arms "What...do you mean?"

"It's time for us to learn another PSI ability, when we feel a fever and if we can use PSI abilities, we're ready to learn another technique" Kumatora explianed.

"How much does this lasts?" Lucario asked.

"Don't worry, it only lasts for a moment" Kumatora said reasuring Lucario.

They continued searching for the Clay Man, they found the highway again, but it was connected to a building.

"There's the Pig Mask Army's mark" Duster said pointing to an emblem of a pig nose.

"This must be one of their headquarters" Kumatora pointed out.

"Chris, are you alright?" Lucario asked worried.

"Everything is blurry, but...I think I'm fine..." Chris said.

"UGH!" Lucas, Kumatora and Chris said in unison, their fevers dissapeared and they learned a new ability!

Lucas has learned Offense Up alpha!

Kumatora has learned PK Fire beta!

Chris has learned PK Lifeup alpha!

"The fever...it's gone!" Chris said blinking.

"Thank goodness!" Lucas said.

"See? That was a little painful, but we're fine now" Kumatora said. Lucario placed Chris safely back to the ground.

"Let's enter now!" Nana said, they nodded and they entered the building.

"Hey, do you take your mask off when you go to the bathroom?" A Pig Mask asked to another 2 Pig Masks.

"No, I leave it on," Another responded "Do you takes yours off? You go throught all that trouble in the bathroom?"

The 8 walked to them, and the trio of Pig Masks gasped.

"CO-COMMANDER!" They said in unison while looking at Lucas and Chris.

"Commander?" Lucas and Chris asked confused.

"Wait, there are 2 of them! What should we do now?"

"Well, 2 are better than 1, right?" The third Pig Mask asked.

"I guess so"

Lucas, Kumatora, Duster, Boney, Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana sweatdropped.

A blue Pig Mask appeared behind the door where the 3 Pig Masks were standing "Commander! You should wear your uniform! Who knows what will our leader say about your freedom!"

Later...

Both Lucas and Chris were wearing a dark brown jacket with orange baggy pants, everyone else was wearing a Pig Mask uniform (Except for Boney and Lucario, they were wearing only the mask)

"There, that should do it, now go and patrol the highway commander!" The blue Pig Mask said, leaving the group.

"Yuck! This uniform is stinky!" Kumatora said under the uniform.

"This is so humiliating" Lucario said.

"At least nobody who knows us are here" Nana said sighing in relief.

"But why did they confused us for their commander?" Lucas asked.

"Maybe we look like him" Chris replied.

They walked inside and they saw a big pile of destroyed Clay Mans, but none of them were the one Duster was looking for.

"There he is!" Kumatora said again, the Clay Man that they were chasing was running away outside, they ran as fast as they could but they saw the Clay Man being carried inside a garbage truck and it drove away in the highway.

"Follow that truck!" Nana said under the mask.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 26, 2008, 09:49:54 PM
No Man's Valley
Highway's tunnel

"And here comes another deformed monster" Popo said sighing in dissapointment. Another deformed monster with huge balls as wheels and a boar's body rolled at them.

Wound Up Boar is rolling after you!

Lucas  Kumatora  Duster  Boney  Chris  Lucario  Popo  Nana
77          108           70        77       54      185       74      65

Wound Up Boar rolls over everybody!

Lucas receives 50 damage!

Kumatora receives 54 damage!

Duster receives 49 damage!

Boney receives 51 damage!

Chris is fataly wounded with 58 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Lucario receives 37 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Popo receives 56 damage!

Nana receives 56 damage!

Boney attacks!

Wound Up Boar receives 4 hits, 67 damage!

Duster uses his Wall Stamples!

Wound Up Boar became paralyzed!

Kumatora uses PK Lifeup alpha!

But she couldn't make it in time and Chris got tired and collapsed!

Kumatora recovers 89 HP!

Lucario is glowing in a very intense aura!

Lucario fires a big Aura Storm!

Wound Up Boar receives 897 damage!

Wound Up Boar was destroyed completely!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 150 EXP points!

Duster's level goes up by 24!

"Interesting" Duster said.

HP goes up by 4!
Strength goes up by 5!
Right on! Defense goes up by 6!
Guts goes up by 4!
Speed goes up by 3!
Evasion goes up by 3!

"Chris! Please! Answer me! Are you alright?!" Lucario asked worried as he was holding Chris in one arm.

"I'm...fine....don't worry..." Chris said weakly. Lucas and Kumatora looked at each other and they nodded.

"PK Lifeup alpha!" Both shouted firing a green light to Chris, he was surrounded by the green light and he was completely recovered!

"I'm better than ever now!" Chris said jumping.

"Thank you" Lucario said nodding to Kumatora and Lucas.

"We should recover now, that fight was a danger" Duster said, Lucas and Kumatora nodded and they along with Chris used PK Lifeup alpha on the whole team and they were completely recovered too.

"Woof! (Thanks!)" Boney barked. He was wagging his tail happily.

They saw the end of the tunnel on the other side, after walking towards the other side, a flying ship with the Pig Mask Army's logo appeared stopping in front of the group. A Pig Mask got out and he looked at Lucas.

"Commander! You shouldn't be walking in these streets! It's dangerous!" The Pig Mask pointed to the ship "Use this Porkbean to patrol the Porkbean Highway!"

"But I don't-" Lucas was interrupted because the Pig Mask pushed them inside the Porkbean.

"There! Now you can go and patrol the area!" The Pig Mask said. He backed away a little from the Porkbean.

"Lucas, do you know how to drive this?" Chris asked.

"Honestly, I don't know how, but I'm going to give it a try" Lucas said grabbing the steering wheel, he started to move slowly the Porkbean and it went flying to the other side of the tunnel, until...

"LOOK OUT! A BANANA PEEL!" Popo said pointing to a random banana peel on the street.

"This thing is floating, we can't trip over that peel, you don't have to be afraid of such thing" Lucario stated.

"Phew, that was a RELIIIIEEEEEFFFFFF!!!!" Popo was going to sigh, but by no apparent reason at all, the Porkbean somehow slipped over the banana peel and they were spinning like crazy over the street.

"LUCAS! TURN TO THE LEF-" Kumatora was interrupted, they crashed into the wall and they got out laying unconscious on the street, the Porkbean was making smoke from the inside. Then another Porkbean came from the north and it stopped in front of them.

"I can't believe this thing ACTUALLY slipped above that peel..." Lucario muttered while his face was in the street.

"At least we're okay..." Chris said, his face was also on the street and he was to the left of Lucario.

"Commander!" A voice said coming out of the Porkbean, it was the same big muscular guy from the Chichibou Theater, Lucas and everybody else stood up and they shook their heads after crashing "Wait a minute...YOU'RE NOT THE COMMANDER!" The big Pig Mask said angry.

"Oh no, we've been discovered!" Nana said putting her hands in front of her face.

"You're not getting away without a beating of m-" The big Pig Mask looked at Kumatora and Nana "Hey there" He winked at the 2 girls and both shuddered.

"Stay away from Nana!" Popo said standing in front of Nana.

"Get out dorky!" The big Pig Mask said.

"Um, what were you talking about a moment ago?" Lucas asked. Chris and Lucario got up from the floor and Lucario lost his mask.

"Oh...well...I...oh yeah! You're not getting away without a beating of my fists!" The big Pig Mask chuckled his fists and he started another battle!

You met the Scary Womanizing Pig Mask face-to-face!

Lucas  Kumatora  Duster  Boney  Chris  Lucario  Popo  Nana
101        129         126       97      105     204       99      90

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask punchs the group!

Kumatora receives 59 damage!

Duster receives 57 damage!

Popo receives 60 damage!

Boney attacks!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 5 hits, 68 damage!

Duster uses his Scary Mask!

But it doesn't do any effect!

Kumatora uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Popo is fully recovered!

Lucas uses PK Love alpha!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 143 damage!

"...HUH?! IS THAT A?!" The Scary Womanizing Pig Mask approaches to Lucario and he looks at the DCMC Hat he has on his head. Lucario has forgotten completely about the hat all the time on top of his head.

"...What?" Lucario asked confused raising his invisible eyebrown.

"OH MY GOD! IT'S A HAT OF DCMC!" He gasps "I...CAN'T...ATTACK!"

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask became paralyzed!

"...Well then..." Lucario narrowed his eyes and he ducks below the Scary Womanizing Pig Mask.

Lucario does a powerful jab!

SMMMAAASSSSSHHH!!!!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 387 damage!

Chris uses PK Fire alpha!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 90 damage!

Popo and Nana uses Blizzard!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 78 damage!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask is still paralyzed!

Boney attacks!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 8 hits, 71 damage!

Duster throws a bomb!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 123 damage!

Kumatora uses PK Fire beta!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 134 damage!

Chris attacks!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 4 hits, 65 damage!

Lucario attacks!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 16 hits! 584 damage!

The crowd cheers for Lucario!

Popo attacks!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask receives 3 hits, 67 damage!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask collapses!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 1548 EXP points!

Boney's level goes up by 23!

"Woof! (I'm happy!)" Boney barked happily.

HP goes up by 3!
Strength goes up by 4!
Defense goes up by 1!
Guts goes up by 2!
Speed goes up by 1!
Evasion goes up 3!

Scary Womanizing Pig Mask left a present!

Inside the present, there were Pickles!

Duster stores the Pickles in his inventary

"URGH! I can't believe I lost to a bunch of...kids! But I'll not surrender yet, next time we meet it will be your last breath on the EarRRTTTHHH!!!" The Scary Womanizing Pig Mask slipped above a banana peel and he went jumping in his butt away.

"Your hat has powers" Popo said to Lucario. He replied by rolling his eyes.

"Woof woof woof! (I can smell the scent of clay close to us!)" Boney started to smell the floor and he went away slowly following the smell, the others looked at him and they went with him inside another tunnel.

"...Chris..." Lucas called Chris a little preocupied.

"Yes Lucas?"

"...Do you think I'm brave?"

"Of course you are! Why?"

"...Tell me the truth, I'm a coward?"

"You're not a coward"

Lucas got upset "Liar! I'm a coward!"

"Lucas, why are you suddenly asking me that?" Chris asked angry.

"I-I'm sorry, it's just because that I may be brave now, but it's also because of all of you around me, but when I'm alone, I don't know what to do, and if a monster is trying to kill me...I'll surely run terrified..." Lucas looked away a little scared.

"Well...I'm like you too...I think I'll do the same as your sittuation, but I know something for sure" Chris said.

"What?"

"I know that if I'm in trouble, I need to act and not run away scared, If you believe in yourself, you can have a possibility to win, why don't you try it too when it's the time?" Chris asked.

"...Thanks, that was an interesting talk with you Chris, I'll promise that when it's the time, I'm going to be brave...alone" Lucas said nodding and smiling a bit "Look there is a sign over there!" Lucas said pointing at a sign to the left of another sign.

East:
Garbage Dump


"The Clay Man is there for sure!" Nana said.

"Wait, what does the other sign says?" Popo asked and he readed the other sign.

This may look persistent but...
East:
Garbage Dump


Everyone sweatdropped.

"Was that really necessary?" Kumatora asked confused. Boney was barking to the east and he ran away in a hurry, they started to run as well to find the whereabouts of the Clay Man.

Porkbean Highway
Garbage Dump

After walking throught another tunnel, they found the Garbage Dump and there was a lot of garbage in there (Duh!) and the Clay Man was also there! They climbed down the ladder since the dump was inside a hole, Duster looked around for the Clay Man.

"...Huh? Did you heard something moving?" Lucas asked looking around.

The pile of trash was moving and a deformed Clay Man stepped outside of it, everyone looked at the monster and he started another ba-

"SCREW IT!" Kumatora said annoyed and she lifted a huge boulder with her psychic powers and she dropped it above the deformed Clay Man and he was destroyed in less than a minute, Lucas, Boney, Chris, Popo and Nana backed away terrified from Kumatora.

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company received 2534 EXP points!

"There!" Duster said, he found the Clay Man that he was looking for near the ladder, it was desactivated and he looked around for the egg "!!!" Duster found the Hummingbird's Egg!

"Finally!" Kumatora said smiling.

"I...I remember everything now..." Duster said blinking "Kumatora, Wes and I were in Osohe Castle saving this egg from the Pig Mask Army, and then, we fell to the bottom of the castle and fought againts a big snake on the water, then we were dragged away by the water and I lost my memory ever since...I also remember Rope Snake"

"Glad you remembered me!" A little but long red snake appeared in Duster's pocket, he was looking at Duster "I'm so happy now!" He returned to the pocket.

"Now...to where?" Chris asked.

"COMMANDER!!!" A Pig Mask came inside a Porkbean and he saw the group inside the Garbage Dump "We have troubles in the Thunder Tower, we need your assistance now!"

Lucas thought for a moment "Troubles?"

"Yes! Troubles! Hurry up!" The Pig Mask said quickly, the whole group entered inside the Porkbean "Keep your dog away from the controls!" He said, Boney whined sadly at this and the Porkbean flew away at high speed inside a tunnel, they reached below the Thunder Tower and the Pig Mask parked the Porkbean just in front of the entrance "Enter now!" He said, he pushed them inside and they entered.

Porkbean Highway
Thunder Tower 1st floor

"...Wait, we didn't asked him what was the problem!" Kumatora said in shock.

Preview of the next chapter

"I-I'm Lucas!"

"I'm Nana!"

"I have a question, why the monsters inside this tower are attacking us? I thought the monsters listened to the army!"

"Maybe that is the problem"

"Oh no, something very bad will happen when we reach the top...It's scaring me..."

"Don't be scared!"

"...I'll...I'll do my best to not run away, even if I'm with you!"

"Next time: The mysterious Masked Boy!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Thunder Tower 1st floor
Chris, Lucario
, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Lucas, Kumatora, Duster, Boney
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 28, 2008, 02:03:25 PM
Chapter 35: The mysterious Masked Boy!

Porkbean Highway
Thunder Tower 1st floor

"What should we do now?" Lucas asked.

"Climb the tower and ignore their trouble, easy" Duster answered.

"If I remember correctly, the bomb is in...1 hour until the explosion!" Kumatora said surprised "We need to run now!"

Unfounded Revenge/Smashing Song of Praise

They entered to the next room and they found little enemies with batteries on their heads.

"PK Fire alpha!" Lucas and Chris shouted and they fired the fire from their hands, the little battery enemies exploded and they continued further inside.

"Commander! I see you saw our experiments attacking without reason!" A Pig Mask said as they were running away, the Pig Mask made a confused face and he walked away.

A robot that was looking like an iPod blocked their path "Lucario, it's your turn to act!" Chris said, Lucario's left hand glowed and he used a quick Force Palm, destroying the robot in the process "Good job!" Chris said as they were running.

And more enemies like before blocked their ways "PK Love alpha!" Lucas yelled and various explosions and lasers came from nowhere and the robots were destroyed, 5 little battery enemies appeared from behind some pillars and they lunged at Boney, they started to laugh and they were surrounded by volts of electricity and Boney whined in pain.

Duster used his Scary Mask to scare the batteries away, they screamed in terror and they started to run away "PK Fire beta!" Kumatora yelled and a stronger fire came from her hands and the batteries were incinerated.

"...More of them?!" Popo asked annoyed when he saw little robots with mole's heads as their bodies, he and Nana nodded to each other and they started to spin in their feets using Squall Hammer, the moles robots were hit by the hammers and they exploded.

"Keep up the good work commander!" A Pig Mask said walking away while he was writting something in a note pad.

"Look! I can see a ladder leading to the next floor!"Nana said pointing to a red ladder "What is a poster of DCMC doing here?" Duster asked, he was glancing to a poster of DCMC, there was also 5 dolls of him and DCMC above a table.

"Ha! Did you think I'd leave defeated and never return right? WRONG!" The Scary Womanizing Pig Mask was blocking the ladder, but he was wearing a grey armor this time so that he could defeat them.

"Then we have no choice but to use..." Popo took Lucario's hat out from his head and showed it to the Scary Womanizing Pig Mask "THE HAT POWER!" Popo said proudly of himself.

"ARGH! I CAN'T ATTACK AGAIN!" The Scary Womanizing Pig Mask was paralyzed again.

"BEAT HIM UP!" Chris ordered and all of them lunged at him, various PK Fires, punchs, kicks, bombs, PK Thunders, ice attacks and Aura Spheres were being used many times at him, comically, this time they finished him without any problem, even if he was using an armor.

"Urgh...long live....the Pig Mask Army..." The Scary Womanizing Pig Mask said before vanishing "HAT POWER RULES!" Popo said holding the DCMC Hat. Nana rolled his eyes at the response of her partner.

"And here goes the next floo-" Duster was interrupted.

"STOP!" A voice said behind of them. It was Yokuba! Then he looked at Lucas "You're not the commander, you're that brat Lucas from 3 years ago who attacked me with that Drago!"

"Oops.." Lucas said sarcastically.

"But you're not going to escape this time! Nuehehehe!" Yokuba said eating a banana and throwing the peel away. After a moment of silence, the group quickly climbed the red ladder in a hurry.

"AFTER THEM!" Yokuba ordered the Pig Masks, but there wasn't anyone with him and he looked around "...PIG MASKS?! I'VE SAID, AFTER THEM!" He said pointing to the ladder.

Thunder Tower
Long Red Staircase

Our 8 heroes got rid of their uniforms (Nana sighed in relief)

"Looks like there's no turning back now" Kumatora said.

"We have to hurry up to the top" Duster said, all of them nodded and they started to run in the long red staircase.

"Don't tell me those screws are alive too..." Chris said as he saw a swarm of living red screws approaching to them

"...Since they're tiny, why we don't kick them?" Popo asked, everyone thought for a moment and  nodded, they started to run again while kicking the screws out of the way.

20 minutes later...

"Just how...long is this staircase?" Lucas asked panting.

"...The next floor it's just above us Lucas..." Popo said pointing to the next floor. Lucas made a upset face and they climbed th next ladder.

Thunder Tower
Game Room

"What is a room like this doing here?" Chris asked, the room was filled with so many toys, plushies, a star-shaped hot spring, toy airplanes, boxes and such.

"Someone as retarded as their leader must have done this" Kumatora commented.

"Hello visitors"

"Who's there?!" Lucas asked terrified, behind the hot spring, a robot with the look of a maid appeared.

"I'm Miss Marshmallow, and this is the King's room, don't do anything suspiccious or else you shall feel my drill" Miss Marshmallow introduced herself robotically speaking.

"Drill?" Nana said rubbing her chin.

"That is correct, I'm equipped with weapons that would kill 4 cows in a row"

"...4 cows in a row?" Duster asked confused.

Miss Marshmallow nodded "Have a good piggy day sirs" She walked away to a container holding a Yo-Yo.

"She scares me" Popo stated.

"Oh well, let's go to the next floor, there's the ladder" Duster said pointing to another ladder.

"...Wait" Lucas stopped them.

"What?" Chris asked.

"That Yo-Yo of over there looks like a good weapon to use" Lucas said, he was coming closer to the Yo-Yo, but Miss Marshmallow slapped him "AHH! WHAT WAS THAT FOR?!" Lucas asked while a tear appeared in his right eye.

"INTRUDERS WHO WANTS TO TAKE AWAY THE KING'S FAVORITE YO-YO SHALL BE ELIMINATED WITHOUT ANY BLOOD FALLING TO THE FLOOR!" She said angry.

"Here she comes!" Duster said warning them. Suddenly, from her back, a drill and a pair of scissors appeared ready to attack them.

"HAT POWER!" Popo screamed holding the DCMC Hat, but Miss Marshmallow sliced it with her scissors, Popo just blinked terrorized and he let the sheddred hat fall on the floor.

"FLOOR IS GETTING DIRTY! PREPARE TO KILL THE INTRUDERS WHILE USING A MOP!" She said robotically, but there wasn't a mop on the room. She ordered the drill to attack Kumatora, but she evaded it, Miss Marshmallow moved the drill to the left and it got Duster, Boney and Nana.

"Nana!" Popo yelled after he saw Nana crashing into some toys, he got distracted enough for Miss Marshmallow to slam hit with her scissors, Popo was sent hitting the roof.

"PK Love alpha!" Lucas yelled and the attack crashed into Miss Marshmallow, a cloud of smoke was made and cleaned her uniform and she continued her rampage while spinning around, the drill and the scissors were hitting almost everyone and they yelled in pain.

"UGH!" Chris yelled. The scissor made a rip on his clothes and he was panting. Kumatora was damaged by the drill and Lucas and Lucario barely evaded the crazy attack.

"CHRIS!" Lucario yelled after he watched Chris holding his stomach where the attack got him, Lucario got enraged and he ran towards Miss Marshmallow.

"DUST COMING TO CLEANER! ELIMINATE THE DUST AT ALL COSTS!" Miss Marshmallow said and she aimed her scissors to Lucario, Lucario was between the scissors and Miss Marshmallow ordered to close them.

"NO!" Chris yelled, but instead of Lucario being torn in half, the scissors were destroyed after touching his body and Miss Marshmallow gasped at this "NEED REPAIRMENT OF SCISSORS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, PREPARE THE DRILL TO KILL!" She prepared the drill and it went at high speed towards Lucario, he placed his arm with his spike pointing directly at the drill and the spike and the drill collided with each other, Lucario gritted his fangs and he advanced forward slowly.

"PK THUNDER ALPHA!" Kumatora got up from the floor and she casted 2 bolts of lightning, fortunately they came strucking Miss Marshmallow and she felt a little weak enough for Lucario to rush and destroy the drill with his spike, then he jumped high in the air and Miss Marshmallow looked at how Lucario was coming closer to her "PREPARE TO REBUILD WEAPONS TO KIL-" But she was abruptaly interrupted by a powerful Force Palm of Lucario blowing up her right arm and making short circuit, she stood up for a moment and collapsed on the floor.

Everyone got up from the floor and Lucario ran to Chris to help him to stand up.

"It's over?" Popo asked dusting off his hood, Kumatora nodded and they looked at Miss Marshmallow who was collapsed on the floor.

"KING...FORGIVE ME...BUT I NEED TO BE DESTROYED TO EVADE YOUR PUNISHMENT...ACTIVATING SELF-DESTRUCT PROGRAM IN...NOW!" She exploded leaving no trails of her behind.

Lucas walked towards the Yo-Yo and he grabbed it.

Lucas got the Friend's Yo-Yo!

"Why we don't use the hot spring to recover?" Kumatora offered, looking at the star shaped hot spring in the middle of the room, they nodded and got inside the hot water, after enjoying a relaxing time inside the warm and calm water, their wounds were completely healed!

"Let's move on, with that fight, the bomb is going to explode sooner!" Lucas said and they climbed quickly the ladder leading to the next floor.

Thunder Tower
Engine Room

"Whoa!" Chris dodged a bolt of electricity coming from the generator on the middle of the floor, however, the bolt of lightning turned into a creepy smiling monster laughing like crazy.

"HAAA!" Lucario pushed the monster, but he got zapped after making contact with his body.

"Lucario! Are you alright?!" Chris asked worried. Lucario shook his head and he looked at Chris "I'm fine, but we need to evade them if we don't want to be electrocuted" He said.

"INCOMING!" Kumatora yelled and more bolts of lightning were being shot at them, they ran quickly to the other side while evading the monsters made of electricity, another ladder was there going to the next floor, they climbed it but unfortunately, the engine was still in the middle because it was tall and without any lost second, it started to fire more bolts of lightning!

"We need to return their attacks! PK Love alpha!" Lucas shouted and he fired the laser and blasts to the bolts, they dissapeared but the generator shot more to them, Kumatora and Chris used PK Fire alpha and beta while running and crossing to the other side, but suddenly, the generator stopped his attacks.

"...HA! WE BEAT IT! TAKE THAT!" Lucas said smiling, putting his hands on his lap proudly of himself and closing his eyes, but comically, a thunder quickly fell above him and the next second, his body was black, laying unconscious on the floor. Everyone opened their mouths at the event.

"LUCAS!" Kumatora and Duster yelled preocupied.

"OH GOD! THAT WAS VERY FUNNY! HAHAHAHA!" Popo said laughing and rolling in the floor while holding his stomach.

"...Urgh..." Lucas got up, rubbing his forehead and shaking his head "I...I learned another ability!"

Lucas has learned PK Flash alpha!

"You learned an ability by being hit by a thunder?" Chris asked, Lucas nodded smiling a bit "Hmm..."

"Don't think about doing it" Lucario said closing his eyes. Chris rubbed the back of his head and he laughed a little.

After climbing another ladder leading to another floor with the annoying generator (Who was stopped mysteriously and they proceeded further to the top) and climbing YET another ladder, they found the main generator room.

Thunder Tower
Generator Room

"That's a big ass generator!" Popo said surprised pointing to the big a-I mean, big generator.

"Popo! Don't say that!" Nana said angry at Popo's way of talking, everyone looked away embarrased.

"ALERT! ALERT! INTRUDERS DETECTED IN THE AREA!" An alarm with red lights turned on after locating the group inside the room, a big robot who came from a hole from the generator looked at them.

"I'M MR GENERATOR, AND YOU HAVE BEEN SPOTTED FOR INTERRUPTING THE PROCESS OF FIRING LIGHTNINGS AT COMMANDED LOCATION!" Mr Generator introduced himself and warned the group.

"You're the responsible for firing lightnings at my house and the whole village!" Lucas pointed to him angrily.

"I JUST FOLLOW THE ORDERS OF MY SUPERIORS, NOW YOU SHALL DIE BY MY HANDS!" Mr Generator said making electricity coming out from his hands.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 29, 2008, 02:19:51 PM
Ms. Marshmallow

Mr Generator is blocking your way!

"Now here comes another battle..." Chris said (Since they defeated a lot of enemies in they, their levels were increased)


Lucas  Kumatora  Duster  Boney  Chris  Lucario  Popo  Nana
135        154         161       121     137     207      117    114

Duster uses his Wall Stamples!

It didn't do any effect!

"For what are the huge stamples?" Nana asked.

"They can make a ladder in the walls" Duster responded.

Boney smells Mr Generator!

Boney detects his weakness!

"Woof woof woof! (He's weak againts ice!" Boney said barking.

Kumatora uses PK Freeze alpha!

Mr Generator receives 143 damage!

Mr Generator attacks with electricity!

Lucas receives 66 damage!

Kumatora receives 64 damage!

Lucas attacks!

Lucas misses!

"But he doesn't moves at all!" Lucas complained.

Chris uses PK Fire alpha!

Mr Generator receives 76 damage!

Lucario attacks!

Mr Generator receives 5 hits, 287 damage!

Popo and Nana uses Blizzard!

Mr Generator receives 167 damage!

Mr Generator is storing energy!

Duster attacks!

Duster misses!

Duster rolls his eyes for not being able to hit a thing that doesn't move from his spot.

Boney throws a bomb!

Mr Generator receives 111 damage!

Kumatora uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Lucas was fully recovered!

Lucas uses PK Flash alpha!

It didn't do any effect!

Chris attacks!

Mr Generator receives 6 hits, 99 damage!

Lucario fires an Aura Sphere!

Mr Generator receives 367 damage!

Popo and Nana uses Blizzard!

Mr Generator receives 161 damage!

Mr Generator unleashes a powerful bolt of lightning at everybody!

Lucas is fataly wounded with 153 damage!

Kumatora receives 150 damage!

Duster receives 154 damage!

Boney is fataly wounded with 156 damage!

Chris is fataly wounded with 155 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Lucario receives 129 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Popo is fataly wounded with 156 damage!

Nana is fataly wounded with 159 damage!

Mr Generator is unable to move!

Boney eats a yogurt!

Boney recovers 80 HP!

Duster attacks!

Mr Generator receives 4 hits, 89 damage!

Kumatora uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Chris recovers 90 HP!

Lucas uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Lucas recovers 88 HP!

Lucario fires an Aura Sphere!

Mr Generator receives 365 damage!

Popo eats a Fresh Egg!

Popo recovers 80 HP!

"Yummy!" Popo said.

Nana eats Pork Chips!

Nana recovers 50 HP!

Mr Generator electrocutes himself!

Mr Generator recovers 100 HP!

Boney attacks!

Boney misses!

Duster uses the Scary Mask!

It didn't do any effect!

Kumatora uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Boney is fully recovered!

Lucas uses Offense Up!

Lucario strength goes up!

Chris uses PK Lifeup alpha!

Lucario recovers 89 HP!

Lucario's strength goes down!

Lucario attacks!

Mr Generator receives 10 hits, 388 damage!

Popo and Nana uses Blizzard!

Mr Generator receives 166 damage!

Mr Generator electrocutes himself!

Mr Generator recovers 100 HP!

Mr Generator is able to move!

Kumatora uses PK Freeze alpha!

Mr Generator receives 147 damage!

Duster attacks!

Duster misses!

Lucas uses PK Love alpha!

Mr Generator receives 145 damage!

Chris uses PK Fire alpha!

Mr Generator receives 78 damage!

Lucario attacks!

Mr Generator receives 14 hits, 487 damage!

Popo attacks!

Popo misses!

Nana throws a bomb!

Mr Generator receives 104 damage!

Mr Generator attacks with electricity!

Boney receives 66 damage!

Boney was paralyzed!

Lucario receives 49 damage!

Lucario's strength goes up!

Lucario was paralyzed!

Boney is unable to move!

Duster attacks!

Mr Generator receives 67 damage!

Kumatora uses PK Healing alpha!

Lucario is able to move!

Lucas uses PK Healing alpha!

Boney is able to move!

Chris attacks!

SMMMAAASSSSSHHH!!!!

Mr Generator receives 8 hits, 123 damage!

Lucario attacks!

Mr Generator receives 9 hits, 388 damage!

Popo attacks!

Mr Generator receives 66 damage!

Mr Generator explodes!

YOU WIN!

Lucas and company receives 4389 EXP points!

"NO! THIS CAN'T BE! MR GENERATOR DOESN'T APPROVES DEFEAT! MAYDAY! MAAAYYYDDDAAAYYYYYY!!!!" Mr Generator yelled and he was starting to explode, the entire engine was exploding and after a while, he was destroyed and the lightnings stopped from firing at Tazmily Village. The alarm was activated in the process of destruccion of the generator.

"Phew, that was close" Kumatora said wiping some sweat from her forehead.

"THERE THEY ARE!" Yokuba appeared with 2 Pig Masks near the ladder.

"Oh no, we need to escape!" Popo said in shock.

Chris looked behind him to find a door leading to the top of the tower "Follow me!" He said running away, all of them followed him and Yokuba stepped in front of the destroyed generator eating a banana and throwing the peel away "Fools! They're cornered! Nuehehehe!" He said laughing.

Thunder Tower
Top

"What's the big deal with ladders in this building?!" Nana asked annoyed after finding another ladder leading to the top, they climbed and gasped when they saw the Subspace Bomb, which was about to explode in less that 5 minutes.

"No...don't tell me..." Chris saw 2 R.O.Bs looking at the floor sadly, to their horror, Sonic was sleeping (And snoring) close to the bomb...or more especifically, close to the group.

Popo's eyes widened and he wispered to them "Now let's walk slowly to the bomb without awakening him...and then...we try to desactivate it..." Everyone nodded and they started to walk silently and slowly to the bomb while their eyes were looking at Sonic. If anything should wake him up, Lucario was near Chris to protect him.

"Okay...now that were far away from him...let's look at the BOMB!" Popo shouted terrified, when he turned his head to the bomb, Sonic's face was near his face looking at him with a evil smirk "But, how did you, and you, was there, an-"

"Tsk tsk tsk, kids, I'm the fastest hedgehog on the earth" He said moving his finger. For his bad luck, they were already trying to desactivate the bomb, ignoring him completely "HEY! DON'T LEAVE TALKING TO NO ONE!"

"If you're done, we're trying to do something to save this place, now shut up" Duster said focusing his attention at the bomb.

"GRRRR!" Sonic grunted and turned into a spinning ball and he quickly attacked everyone with speed.

"Hey! Watch it!" Kumatora said while getting up from the floor.

And Yokuba appeared and he saw them, Sonic and the bomb.

"What the heck is going on here?!" He asked furiously.

"Don't tell us you didn't noticed that bomb!" Chris said pointing to the bomb.

"...Well, it's useless to blow up that bomb now...."

"Why useless?" Lucas asked.

"Nueheheheheh! You idiots. You can't run anywhere! That's why! Nueheheheheh!" Yokuba said laughing.

"This is no ordinary bom-" Sonic was ignored again.

"You've done well to get in the way of our plans. We would've given you happiness if you just lived quietly in Tazmily Village and minded your own business." Yokuba takes out a banana and he throws the peel away, then he receives a phone call from his cellphone "Good, you're ready. I'll finish up here soon, so bring up the Pig Craft and wait for me" He hungs up the phone.

"You're not going to escape from the tower?" Popo asked.

"The Thunder Tower is now useless. But, this is the perfect chance to get rid of you all. This is a lot of talking for just 3 mangy rats but our King likes to do things with pizzazz"

"Pizzazz?" Sonic asked confused.

"That's why we're going to eliminate you in style by destroying the Thunder Tower along with you guys" He said, everyone gasped except for Sonic who was angry because he was being ignored by all.

"There's an aircraft approaching!" Lucas said pointing to an aircraft with the symbol of the Pig Mask Army on it.

Yokuba looks at the aircraft "Looks like my ride is here. Now, if you'll excuse me ladies and gentlemen, I have to get going"

"The bomb! We need to stop it!" Nana said and evryone returned to try and desactivate the bomb.

Yokuba calls to someone in his cellphone "Alright, I'm ready. Destroy the tower!" He ordered and the tower started to shake violently.

"There's only 1 minute left!" Duster said warning the group.

"ARGH! STOP IGNORING M-" Sonic was interrupted yet again.

"Well then, Lucas. We've only known each other for a short time, but I won't forget you. Nueheheheheheh, heeeheheheheh!"

A large explosion was heard from the base of the tower and Yokuba was going to fall but the banana peel he threw to the floor was close to him and he tripped in the air and he fell off the tower "NNNOOOOOUUUUUU!!!"He yelled before disappearing.

"...The nuisance is gone...and now..." Sonic looked at the group "IT'S TIME TO STOP YOU!" He turned into a spinning ball and he tackled everyone with great speed, they were trying to not fall from the tower since the attack made them stay near the edge, Lucas and Chris unfortunately were going to fall, but luckily (And painfully) they grabbed a blue tail at their range.

And from who was that tail?

"Umm, Lucario, I hope you don't mind us for grabbing your tail as a rope!" Chris said worried.

Lucario's left eye was twitching uncontrollably "D-D-Don't worry, I-I-I don't mind at all!"

"Can you please pull us to safe floor? PLEASE?!" Lucas asked terrorized after he saw the ground far away from his feet.

"SHIEEE!" Sonic rolled and pushed them out of the tower and they started to fell to the ground.

"LUCAS!" Kumatora yelled in shock.

"Hehehe, 3 gone, 5 remaining" Sonic said smirking evily.

"WE'RE NOT DONE YET!" Chris's voice was heard. Sonic opened his mouth surprised and he looked behind him,  Lucas and Chris were grabbing Lucario's back while he used Extremespeed to return safely to the floor and Chris quickly retaliated with a PK Fire alpha to burn Sonic, the attack reached him and it exploded in a diagonal pillar of fire.

"Y-YOU!" Sonic said furiously.

"PK FREEZE ALPHA!" Kumatora yelled from behind him and he was frozen instantly, but quickly got out rolling at Boney, the dog was fataly wounded and he crashed into the big gun which was firing lightning bolts before and whined sadly.

"BO-BONEY!" Lucas shouted worried, he ran at his dog but Sonic was going to punch his face, but Duster got in the way and he received the hit instead of Lucas, Duster fell unconscious on the floor and Popo and Nana ran towards Sonic with their hammers ready, but Sonic rolled behind them and quickly kicked them hard in their backs, with that blow, they also fell unconscious. Kumatora tried using PK Freeze alpha again, but when she blinked, Sonic pushed her neck and she fell unconscious too.

"HOW DARE YOU TO DO THAT TO HER!" Lucario said furiously and he ran at Sonic, but the hedgehog appeared behind his back and he pulled his leg fastly and Lucario was going to fall, but Sonic quickly appeared in front of his face and he punched him hard in the mouth, making the Aura Pok?mon to back away slowly.

"T-There's blood coming from your mouth!" Chris shouted pointing at Lucario's mouth, blood was coming from it and Lucario wiped it with his right hand, he glared at Sonic and both ran at each other to deliver a powerful blow, one being Lucario's brute force and the other being Sonic's speed.

But then...

4 bolts of lightning came from nowhere above both adversaries, they yelled in pain and they fell on the floor defeated!

"Huh? Where did that lightning came from?" Lucas asked as he was holding Boney's head in his arms. Chris walked to him and he found someone standing in front of the bomb, it was a boy with a helmet which was blocking his eyes, but his mouth was visible, a sword in his left arm and a arm cannon in his right arm and a black cape, he lifted his sword above his head and he easily destroyed the bomb with a single slice, the bomb was about to explode in 3 seconds, that was good right?

"A-A-Amazing!" Lucas remarked, the masked boy looked at them showing no emotion and started to walk slowly with his sword ready, they couldn't try to escape because behind them there was no floor to step on, the masked boy was now closer and they tried to attack him with PK Fire alpha, but it didn't worked and finally the masked boy held his sword above his helmet, he was trying to cast those lightnings from before while looking at Lucas.

"Wh-Who are you?!" Lucas asked terrified, the masked boy didn't replied and he continued to watch Lucas, then he looked at Chris.

"Why don't you tell us your name?!" Chris asked angrily, but the masked boy didn't said anything still. He looked at Boney but then he looked at Lucas again and the whole area blackened a little and far away from above, a lightning was going to attack them.

"OH NO!" Both Lucas and Chris yelled terrorized. Both of them ducked and tried to defend themselves from the attack. A powerful sound was heard around the clouds like something being attacked severely.

But...

"...It's over?" Lucas asked and he felt perfectly fine. He lifted his head to see Chris fine and Boney was still alive whining silently.

"Nothing happened?" Chris asked confused, Lucas nodded "Look!" Chris pointed to the masked boy, who was being electrocuted...by his own attack? How can that be possible?

"What EXACTLY happened here?" Lucas asked too confused "Huh? Who is that person above us?" Lucas asked when he looked above him. Chris looked above and he gasped when he saw someone familiar.

"It's...It's...It's..." Chris was trying to finish his sentence but he couldn't, the person landed in the floor in front of the masked boy "That tail...those ears...that uniform...those boots...and ESPECIALLY that reflector on his belt...it's...

"Hey Chris, how have you been?" The person asked smiling a bit.

"How in the hell do you think I am now? It's pretty obvious I'm not fine...Fox!" Chris said the name (A little annoyed) he revealed the person to be Fox McCloud!

The masked boy was still being electrocuted, but he shook his helmet and he jumped back to the aircraft entered inside, everyone who was unconscious on the floor woke up shaking their heads, Sonic was the first one to wake up, but he jumped from the tower doing a backward somersault and disapeared using the Shadow Bugs.

"Ugh, what happened?" Kumatora asked rubbing her forehead, she saw the aircraft getting slowly away from them and the tower was being destroyed from the bottom! Duster looked at a rope ladder hanging from the aircraft and Kumatora looked at him "Grab the ladder!" She said.

"Rope Snake! Go!" Duster shouted and he grabbed Rope Snake from his pocket and the snake bit the ladder with his teeths, everyone looked at each other and they quickly jumped and grabbed each one. Duster was holding the Rope Snake, Kumatora was holding his left leg, Lucas was holding his right left, Boney was biting Lucas's short to not fall, Chris was holding Kumatora's left leg, Popo grabbed her right leg while Nana was grabbing his back, Lucario was holding Chris's left leg and Fox was holding Popo's left leg (The entire group was looking like a human ladder from below if you could see them)

"Hold on! We can't fall now at this height!" Duster said.

The masked boy got out of the aircraft and he looked at them with a blank face.

"Who's that?" Kumatora asked, the masked boy turned his back and he entered the aircraft, then the ship was going up and down to try to shake them off from the ladder, until the Rope Snake spoke.

"Erm, Duster, I think I can't hold 9 persons at once in this sittuation, I could hold 4, but still, I can't resist all your weights combined, also, my tail is REALLY hurting me" Rope Snake said while the ship was trying to shake them off "I'm sorry, but I need to stop grabbing this thing! Please Duster, I hope you can survive without me...or if I can survive without you...the thing is...I'M SORRY!"

"What's the red snake babbling about?!" Fox asked.

"...I'M SORRY EVERYONE, FORGIVE ME!" The Rope Snake realesed his teeths from the rope ladder and everyone started to fall slowly in the air while their eyes and mouths were wide opened.

"AAAHHH!!" "WAAAHHH!!" "ARRGGHH!!" "WOOF! (I'M SCARED!)" "I DON'T WANT TO DIE!!!" "I'M TOO YOUNG TO DIE!!!" "HELP MEEEE!!!" "UUAARRRGGHHH!!!" "NNNNNNNNOOOOOOO!!!!" All of them yelled while they were being separated slowly in the clouds.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 29, 2008, 03:09:03 PM
The moving creatures made from dirt. The Tower that can create lightning. The
winding highway. And the flying ship.

The enemy Lucas and his fiends have to face is much more advanced. Is there
any chance of defeating such a wicked and powerful foe?

No.
We cannot think like that.
Even if there is only one in a million chance,
there is still some chance of prevailing.

Lucas
Kumatora
Duster
Are the three going to be struck down again?

Or are they going to come together and stand back up despite their hardships?

And who was that Masked Boy that was looking down on Lucas and his friends
from the ship?

The story leaves the fierce battles up to this point lingering and moves on to
the next chapter


But unfortunately, we have to see where Chris's group is going to fall!

"THIS IS IT! WE'RE DEAD! NANA, FORGIVE ME FOR TAKING YOUR FOOD THE OTHER DAY!"

"WHAT?! IT WAS YOU?!" Nana asked enraged and she tried to kill Popo by strangling his throat.

"CALM DOWN YOU TWO! WE HAVE TO THINK IF WE WANT TO LIVE!" Fox said.

"ANY IDEA CHRIS?!" Lucario asked.

"...ARGH! I DON'T KNOW WHAT TO DO!" Chris said grabbing his head.

"JUST THINK!" Fox said.

"IT'S EASY FOR YOU TO SAY IF YOU'RE NOT THINKING WITH ME! WHAT IS GOING TO HAPPEN NOW?! A BIG RANDOM TRAMPOLINE WILL BE BELOW AND SAVE US FROM THE DEATH?!" Chris asked angrily crossing his arms.

Far away from them in the ground...

Tazmily Village
Thomas's House

"For the last time, I didn't ordered a big trampoline sir!" Thomas said to a mister. A big trampoline was standing in front of his house.

"Really? Well, I don't see why you don't have to pay for it!" The mister said while looking at Thomas.

And out of a cue, Chris, Lucario, Popo, Nana and Fox fell above the trampoline and jumped high in the air to Wes's house.

"Did someone fell from the air, landed and jumped in the trampoline just now?" Thomas asked.

"I don't know, but you're going to pay for it!" The mister said arguing with Thomas.

Tazmily Village
Wes's House

Our heroes were lucky enough since they fell above a bige pile of hay.

"NANA! STOP! WE'RE LIVING!" Popo said, Nana looked around and she stopped her attempt to kill Popo and blushed in embarrasment.

"Phew, that was close" Chris said getting out of the hay "Where is Lucas and the others?"

"They fell in different locations" Lucario pointed out.

"Shh! Hide! Someone is approaching!" Fox said, they hid inside the hay and Wes along with Alec (Lucas's grandfather) appeared, they looked around after hearing some voices coming from the pile of hay, but then, Lucas and Boney fell above the pile unconscious, Wes and Alec were surprised and they took both of them inside Wes's House to rest. And Chris and the others got out.

"It's Lucas! We have to go with him!" Chris said, he was about to run away, but Lucario grabbed his shoulder "Lucario! Don't stop me!"

"We need to return to the Smash Mansion now, our job here is done" Lucario said crossing his arms.

"But what about Lucas?" Nana asked.

"He and the others are going to be fine by their own without us, also Chris, I think it's time for Lucas to act alone by himself"

Chris looked to the grass "But..."

"I don't know what happened here before I came to you in the tower, but I know that we need to return now" Fox said.

"...Okay...let's return now..." After a moment of silence, Chris and the others saw Lucas and Boney leaving Wes's House, Lucas turned his head because he could have sworn he saw Chris, Lucario, Popo and Nana standing next to big pile of hay, but they dissapeared, Lucas looked down sadly but Boney barked at him and a little smile grew on Lucas's mouth, he nodded and they ran away.

Behind some trees, Chris, with Lucario who was just behind him, Popo, Nana and Fox were watching Lucas running away to who knows where, Chris smiled and blinked.

But a tear appeared on his right eye and Lucario noticed it.

"Chris, are you crying?" Lucario asked.

"W-what? No! I didn't wanted to cry!" He wiped out the tear "I felt someone inside me was sad when Lucas ran away and he cried...that presence was familiar too"

"Someone inside you?" Fox asked raising an eyebrown.

Chris nodded "Yes, I could feel his feelings, he was crying out loud "Lucas! Don't die! I know you can stop them, remember me and mom! She's watching and protecting you from the heaven, don't surrender yet!" And then he started to cry louder"

Popo and Nana sniffed in unison after hearing this "That was...so touching!" Nana said buring her face in her gloves, Popo panted her back in response.

Chris closed his eyes "...Maybe this is wrong, but, I think he was..." He opened his eyes "Nah, he couldn't be" He opened the portal and stepped inside, Lucario thought who was him as he walked inside the portal, Popo and Nana walked inside crying a little and Fox went next and the portal dissapeared.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 1000 SMASH COINS!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, ?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on April 29, 2008, 04:04:04 PM
Haha, Sonic is a villain. Plus, Mother has funny enemies! XD

Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 30, 2008, 02:11:03 PM
Chapter 36: Third adventure on the space!

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"You failed? How could you lose to them?!" Tabuu asked furiously to Sonic.

"It wasn't my fault! Someone attacked me with 4 thunders!" Sonic defended himself.

Tabuu frowned "I'm having high hopes of you to destroy them, but it's the contrary!"

"Lord Tabuu, we managed to convince him to join us" The Ancient Minister said.

"Who?" Sonic asked.

"A previous ally of us that was fighting againts his own will, but we convinced him to join us by his own again without using Shadow Bugs" Tabuu responded.

"Heh, he's right" A voice spoke from the darkness.

"Who's there?!" Sonic asked.

"Shut up!" Tabuu yelled and Sonic trembled in fear "Our plan to take over your world with our best weapon is now beginning, you along with him are going there to defend the bomb"

"W-where?" Sonic asked again terrorized.

"This location" The Ancient Minister pointed to what appears to be a space colony high above the Earth, it was shaped in a ugly face of someone, but a big evil smirk grew on Sonic's face.

"Now THAT is where I'm going to kill them for sure!" Sonic said.

"Correct, I've analyzed those emeralds with chaotic powers that you use in extreme conditions and this is the time to use them" The Ancient Minister said.

"But not only I'm going to use the Chaos Emeralds, I'll ask for my friends to give us a hand" Sonic said.

"Excellent thinking, now go!" Tabuu ordered and Sonic dissapeared in a blink.

"You're sure I can defeat Fox in this mission right?" The person asked.

"Just follow my orders and use the gun" Tabuu said.

"There's no chance in hell I'm going to carry that thing around!" The person said angrily.

"Fine, do want you want to do, but you will regret it" Tabuu said and the person ran away following Sonic to the next world "If they ever fail in this mission, I'll cause serious punishments around here" Tabuu teleported away.

The Ancient Minister looked away at the emptyness of the Subspace "You're doing it well, stop his plans before it's too late"

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Fun, strange, but we managed to save Lucas!" Chris said reporting the status of his mission.

"We haven't failed any mission, now that's luck" Roy said.

"I'm happy to know that everything is going well" Master Hand said "Oh, and before we begin..."

Fox joined your team!

"Hmm, yeah, about that..." Chris wispered into Master Hand's "Ear", if he has one "Ok, how did you managed to get Fox to join us and what ending did you chose in his game?"

Master Hand wispered "Well, it was so hard to decide an ending, so, I invented my own ending, and that was the Star Fox team being reunited at the end"

"Good" Chris ended the silent chat and turned to see Fox "And Fox, how is the team doing?"

"They're fine, but I have someone else to help us too" Fox said.

"Who?" Chris was hearing footsteps coming from behind and he saw another familiar face.

"Hey Chris! Good to see you again!"

Falco joined your team!

"Falco! You're joining us too?"

"Yep! My duties are done back in Corneria and Fox asked me to come here, so I said why not?" Falco said smiling a bit.

"Well, we have more allies now" Master Hand said.

"Wait, isn't Mother 3 the sequel of EarthBound?" Chris asked.

"Yes it is, why?"

Just then, Ness's icon was flashing and everyone looked at the screen.

"The good news doesn't stops, we can recruit Ness now!" Master Hand said surprised "When you were gone, I've upgraded the system to see the worlds from here, let's see what is Ness doing now, shall we?" Master Hand said and the screen with the whole character roster changed to see Ness's current location.

EarthBound

Onett
Ness's house

"Mom! Ness is back from that tournament!" A young girl with blond hair shouted from the entrance of her house.

"Coming Tracy!" A woman appeared from the stairs and she ran at Ness, who was standing in front of the door "Ness! My special son, did you have fun participating?"

"Sure did! There were a lot of people from different places!" Ness said smiling, closing the door.

"He must have returned from the Melee tournament" Pikachu said.

"And did you win?" Tracy asked.

"Unfortunately, I didn't, sorry, but that Mario guy defeated me in the third round" Ness said.

"Oh, don't be sad, for a consolation prize, we're going to eat Steak in a moment!" Ness's mom said. That made Ness to jump in happiness after hearing his favorite food. Tracy was laughing a little.

And then, 3 knocks were coming from the door.

"I wonder who is it now?" Tracy asked to herself and she opened the door, and Chris was standing there.

"Huh? Isn't that Chris?" Pichu asked confused, everyone looked around the command room and Chris wasn't there with them.

"Hi! Is this Ness's house by any chance?" Chris asked.

"Ness! Someone is looking for you!" Tracy shouted to his brother.

"Who?" Ness walked to the door "Chris! What are you doing here?"

"Well..." Chris explained everything to Ness in 5 minutes "And that's the problem"

"I see, ok, I'll join you!" Ness said.

"Whhaaatt? Are you going out again?" Tracy asked surprised.

"Tracy, you know I like adventures right?"

"Yeah, but, I was hoping you could stay with us a little longer, I mean, our dad is going to come here in your birthday!"

"Tracy, he hasn't visited us even in our 4th birthday and he always says he will come"

"...Wait, you're right, our dad is hopeless as you are"

"Yeah-wait, what?"

Tracy giggled "Nothing!"

"Ness! The Steak is ready!" Ness's mom yelled from the other side of the kitchen.

"Oh no, the steak my mom makes is delicious...what to do..." Ness thought in his head "(Steak, save the worlds, steak, save the worlds, steak, save the worlds, steak, save the worlds, steak, save the worlds, steak, save the worlds, stea-)"

"NESS!" Chris yelled.

"AAHH!!" Ness screamed.

"ARE YOU COMING OR NOT?!"

"Well...can I eat the steak before?"

"...Ok, I'll leave the portal opened outside your house, when you're done, step inside" Chris said leaving and Tracy closed the door.

"Was that person Chris who helped you in your journey to stop that Giygas?"

"Yes!" Ness said happily eating the steak, Tracy frowned to herself and she went to eat with him and her mom.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"You should have told us that you were going" Master Hand said.

"Sorry, I thought ahead" Chris said "...Lucario, what are you looking at?" Chris saw Lucario watching the screen, he turned his head to see the screen showing the steak on the table "Oh, you're hungry?"

"..." Lucario didn't said anything and Chris rolled his eyes and shook his head.

"Ok mom! I'm done!" Ness said putting his fork down "I have to go now!"

"Okay sweetie, enjoy your adventure!" Ness's mom said waving her hand at him, Ness nodded and Tracy gave him a hug before leaving his house and stepping inside the portal, then he appeared in front of the Smashers.

"Hey guys!" Ness said looking at everyone.

Ness joined your team!

"Alright, one more!" Pichu said jumping. Chris was shown standing in front of Crazy Hand's shop, Crazy crazy wares.

"Ok, I want a full list of what you sell" Chris said.

"Alrighty!" Crazy Hand said handing over a list to Chris with many things to sell.

Smash Coins in hand: 1400

Fake King - 700 Smash Coins: Can be used by Chris.

D (Description): Use a big mechanized hammer to pummel down your adversaries, call forth Waddle Dees or other weapons to aid, and sport a good looking big red robe with a hat! (Warning: This job can slow you down in battle because of the hammer)

Psychic User - 900 Smash Coins: Can be used by Chris or Lucario

D: Ever wanted to be psychic? This is the right job to start! Use your hands to levitate boxes or your opponents and slam them to the walls, have the ability to read minds or talk telepathically and see your feet levitate freely above the ground!

Racer - 800 Smash Coins: Can be used by Chris

D: With the Racer job as your...job, gain the neccessary knowledge to be able to use any vehicle in an instant, the good thing of this is, your speed while running will be increased a little bit!

Chozo Arts - 750 Smash Coins: Can be used by Chris

D: Leap into the air with style, do some somersaults, use a electric whip and a paralyzer gun to stun your enemies for a moment and jump from wall to wall to reach big heights, with this job, you could win a contest of athletism!

Dragoon - 1000 Smash Coins: Can be used by Lucario

D: Use a lance to attack your enemies, jump to higher heights that you couldn't reach before and thrust your spear into the enemies from above, why don't you try and test this job out now?


"And that's all?" Chris asked.

"The next time you come, I could have more jobs to sell" Crazy Hand said.

Chris rubbed his chin and decided to buy a job "I want the Dragoon job please" He handed over 1000 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand.

"Thank you!" With the new job in his hands, Lucario changed his current job and he gained a lance in his right hand, a blue and yellow helmet was covering his face except for his eyes and blue and yellow gloves appeared in both hands.

"You look so cool with a lance Lucario!" Chris remarked. Lucario looked at the lance and he spun it above his head "And it looks like you've already mastered it!"

"Now if you're done, we need to wait for another attack" Master Hand said.

"Wait, something's wrong" Roy said.

"What is wrong Roy?" Pit asked.

"Don't you think it was weird that there wasn't any Subspace Bomb in the Pikmin world?"

"Now that I think about it, it's weird" Pikachu said.

"And we went to help Lucas, we didn't saw any Primid save for the bomb and Sonic" Nana said.

"Call me crazy but, I think they were just..." Chris looked away a little scared.

"WARNING! WARNING! HUGE AMOUNTS OF PRIMIDS ARE TAKING OVER A WORLD, ALERT OF A GIANT SUBSPACE BOMB IS ACTIVATED!" The alarm said with red lights.

"DISTRACTING US!" Everyone said in unison.

"Computer! Show to us what world is being attacked!" Master Hand ordered, the screen changed to a space colony above the Earth.

"Wait, isn't that the Space Colony ARK?" Chris asked while pointing to the colony

"The hell is that thing?!" Falco pointed to a big atrocity.

"It can't be! That is a Subspace Bomb!" Popo said revealing, there was a giant Subspace Bomb embedded from beneath the colony.

"They have been working on that bomb to take over the Earth with one single blow!" Mewtwo said.

"Those bastards, we can't let them do such thing!" Jigglypuff said.

"But...that means it's Sonic's world..." Chris said a little depressed.

"We have to save his world" Lucario said.

"...You're right, even if he wants to stop us, his world doesn't needs to suffer"

"Wait! I have another reason to be here too" Fox said stopping all of them.

"Another reason?" Nana asked.

"It's about someone who joined them too, I can't believe he would actually agree since he only wants to take me down by his own"

"Foooox! Don't tell me that person is actually..." Chris tried to warn Fox from saying that name.

"Wolf O'Donnell" Fox finished his sentence.

"This is JUST great, not only we have to try and save Sonic's world, but we have to watch out for Wolf as well...AGAIN!"

"YOUR FATE HAS BEEN DECIDED" Master Hand said, everyone stared at him confused "...What? I wanted to make this moment dramatic!"

"...You've failed totally at it" Ness said.

"ALRIGHT! All of you need to go there ASAP!" Master Hand ordered.

"Even me?" Pichu asked pointing at himself.

"EVEN YOU!" With that, Pichu fainted.

"I'll open the portal now!" Chris was now opening the portal to Sonic Adventure 2: Battle, when the portal appeared, everyone ran inside (With Pikachu dragging Pichu by the tail) and dissapeared.

"This trouble is so big that we need to use the help of everyone avaiable" Master Hand said.

"They are going to be alright, right brother?" Crazy Hand asked preocupied.

"They will...I hope they will..."

Sonic Adventure 2: Battle

Space Colony ARK
Outside the colony

A Space Shuttle was getting closer to the colony holding a fox with 2 tails, a red echidna, a pink hedgehog, oddly, Sonic was there without the dark aura surrounding his body, he was leaned to the wall smirking rather evily while his eyes were closed.

"Whoa! When did that huge bomb was there?" The fox asked after glancing at the Subspace Bomb.

"Do you think this is one of Dr Eggman's plans?" The red echidna asked.

"I dunno" The pink hedgehog said "Hey Sonic, do you know what are we gonna do about it?"

Sonic opened his eyes "I don't know Amy, but you're going to obey my commands from now" He said to Amy, the pink hedgehog.

"Your commands? What are you talking about?"

"METEORS!" The fox screamed and he tilted the ship to the right, but the meteors got the ship and little green shards got out of the shuttle.

"THE MASTER EMERALD'S SHARDS!" The red echidna yelled and he jumped out of the shuttle to catch the shards.

"KNUCKLES!" The fox yelled.

"TAILS! HELP ME!" Amy shouted, Tails, the fox with 2 tails, turned his head to see Amy being covered by strange tiny purple shadows, he opened his mouth in surprise "SONIC! HELP HER!"

"Why should I?" Was Sonic's response. Tails noticed something odd with him, a dark aura was surrounding his body, but after blinking, he saw those strange purple lights coming at him and covering his whole body. Then the scene changes to outside.

"AAAAAHHHH!!!" Amy and Tails shouted.

"...What in the hell happened to them?" A man hiding behind a door said, he was wearing a space suit, but inside he was wearing a black tuxedo and he was looking like he comes from Japan or something.

"Hehehehe, you know what to do now right?" Sonic asked smirking evily, both Amy and Tails were now surrounded by the dark aura.

"Of course we know, right Tails?" Amy asked smirking.

"Sure" Tails replied.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 30, 2008, 10:20:15 PM
Space Colony ARK
Control Room

"UGH! They doesn't give up!" A white bat said dodging an attack from a Primid.

"Doctor, what the hell are those things?" A black hedgehog asked "...Doctor?"

"Hehehehehehe, Shadow, Rouge, why don't you join us?" The doctor said smiling evily.

"Doctor? Doctor?! Snap out of it!" Shadow, the black hedgehog said, but Shadow Bugs came from behind him and they quickly spreaded over all his body, Rouge, the white bat, was also being covered by them while screaming.

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"...Huh? What's that sound?" A kid asked when he heard someone yelling for help far away from his current location "(Something weird is going on...I can feel it....Sonic...everyone...please, help me!)" He thought yelling on his mind, 2 robots were alongside guarding him from escaping, one was a tall, yellow robot and the other was a grey, short robot.

"Was that the doctor yelling Decoe?" The grey robot asked.

"I dunno Bocoe" Decoe said to Bocoe.

Space Colony ARK
A part where the Eternal Engine level should be....wait, what?

Our 13 heroes appeared from the portal and it dissapeared, they looked around to see if there was a Primid near.

"...Too silent" Fox stated.

"...Too empty" Roy said.

"...Too lonely" Pichu said trembling.

"Okay, let's walk around until we spot something" Pikachu said, they nodded and started to wander around the colony with weapons ready to attack any enemy who could appear in a corner.

"I don't know why, but there's something odd with this world" Chris said wispering to Lucario.

"What?" Lucario asked.

"It's like it's not a game...but instead...I think this is th-"

"Who's there?!" Falco asked pointing his blaster to a corner, everyone else turned their attentions at the direction, but they saw Amy walking to them smiling happily.

"Oh, hi there!" She said waving her hand at them.

"You're Amy right?" Chris asked.

"That's right! You're one smart kid!" She said. Chris was getting a little insulted after hearing someone else saying "kid" to him again.

"Umm, thanks I guess, what are you doing here?"

"Well, I became lost trying to find my friend Tails, you see, the poor boy wanted to look around this technological colony since he loves machines and their complexity"

"I see..." Popo said rubbing his chin.

However, both Mewtwo and Lucario felt a little strange about her.

"Soooo, can you help me please?" Amy asked making puppy eyes to Chris.

"Urgh...well...I don't see why not...." Chris said rubbing his forehead and Amy hugged him.

"Ooouuhhh! Thank you so much!" She said smiling.

"Al-alright, but let me go!" Chris said gasping for breath, she listened and stopped her embrace on him. After a second, everyone wandered around with Amy following them.

"(Ha! They're so easy to trick! Now I just need to attack that nuisance with my hammer a Lord Tabuu will be happy! Oh yes!)" Amy thought evily in her mind. She saw that everyone was looking away while walking and it was the perfect opportunity to attack the clueless Chris, then she took out her hammer from nowhere and lifted it slowly above Chris's head "(Don't look behind you, aaaaaaaannnnnnnnddddddd-) AAAAHHHHH!!!!!!" She was sent quickly towards a wall, crashing in the process "Guys! Something attacked me! Help m-" She stopped when he saw that everyone was shooting glares at her.

"Why are you taking us for? Idiots? Sorry, but the only idiot here is you!" Ness said.

"Wha-what are you all talking about?" Amy asked confused.

Chris pointed at Mewtwo and Lucario "They told us in our minds about your little plan to attack us from behind since you passed through the corner!"

"Im-impossible! How could you do that?!"

"We can talk through telepathy" Mewtwo said crossing his arms "It's not hard for me, Lucario and Ness"

"Grrr! That's it! I can't stand all of you!" She got up from the floor, ready to attack them with  her hammer "AAAHHHHHH!!!!!!" She yelled while rushing at them while the dark aura was surrounding her.

"HAAA!" Popo and Nana used their own hammers to give the first hit to Amy and she yelled in pain and backed away slowly, after she opened her eyes however, everyone were running at her "Oh shi-"

"BEAT HER UP!" Jigglypuff yelled.

Outside the colony, many hits, punchs, kicks, explosions and slashs were heard along with screams and yells for help.

Inside again, Amy was shown with swirls of her eyes and the Shadow Bugs escaped from her body. Everyone were forming a circle to make a little discuttion.

"Did you see that? She was also taken by them too" Pit said.

"Not only they're trying to blow up this bomb, but also they're taking Sonic's friends too" Chris said.

"It's for slowing us down" Roy said.

"Most likely" Pichu said. Nobody was noticing that Amy was regaining her consciousness.

"We have no choice but fight them" Falco said.

Pikachu sighed "Why is always fighting? Can't we just discuss things over for a change?"

"If you want to be mauled to death, then do that" Mewtwo said and Pikachu shuddered in fear.

"Well, let's get going now" Amy said.

"Yeah, let's-wait what?" Jigglypuff asked and they noticed that Amy was with them in the circle.

"Oh, sorry, I didn't introduced myself, I'm Amy!" She spun over her feet "Amy Rose!"

Everyone introduced themselves to Amy.

"Amy, do you know what happened to you?" Fox asked.

"Well...I remember being covered by strange purple bugs who were coming from...SONIC! OH NO! WHERE DID HE RAN OFF TO?!" She yelled putting her hands on her cheeks.

"Calm down! Tell us what happened next!" Ness said.

"Ok, ok, ok, I also remember Tails being covered by them and...then, I woke up here with all of you inside the colony" She said finishing her story.

"Then we're right, they took their bodies" Popo said.

"Amy, I know you want to come with us to find Sonic and Tails, right?" Chris asked and Amy nodded.

"But of course! I won't let them take my poor Sonic away from me!" She said taking out her hammer while fire was surrounding her body.

"(Now I know why Sonic can't stand her, she's scary)" Chris thought "Okay Amy, welcome to the team!"

Amy has joined your team temporaly!

"Thanks guys, now let's go!" She said walking away, everyone looked at each other and they followed her "Alright Sonic, Tails, I'm coming for you! And you too Chris!" She said making a fist in the air.

"Umm, Amy, I'm right here" Chris said raising his hand. Amy looked at him and laughed for a second "What's so funny?"

"Oh, sorry, it's just funny that I know 2 Chris and one of them is kidnapped in this colony"

"I see....wait, WHAT?!"

"You didn't know? I have another friend and his name is Chris too!" She said smiling and putting her hands behind, Chris's eyes were too big at this moment.

"(...Lucario...)" Chris thought while looking at Lucario.

"(...Yes?)" He asked, he knew Chris was trying to talk in his mind.

"(We got inside another freaking ANIME!)"

"(Sadly, it seems so)" Lucario thought and both sighed.

"FALCO! GIVE ME THE BINOCULARS! NOW!" Chris ordered placing his hand in front of Falco and he handed over some binoculars to Chris and he looked outside in the space searching for something "OKAY, WHERE IN THE HELL IS THE METEOR HERD LEVEL?! AND WHERE IS THE FINAL RUSH LEVEL?! AND THE MAD SPACE ONE?!" He looked terrified in the space, but the only things he saw were just only meteors, satelites and a baloon, then he fell on his knees "This its JUST great right? Now how I'm going to act in front of that Chris?!"

Jigglypuff used Pound on him several times "Thanks Jigglypuff, I needed that so badly" Chris said smiling a bit.

"Here they come!" Mewtwo said and Primids were starting to appear over the whole hall, everyone took their battle positions to prepare.

Mission:
Travel inside the colony and fight
your way through the horde of enemies!

GET
READY!

Meta Knight's Revenge

Roturrets appeared above the air, Ness used PK Thunder several times and it went blasting off, Boom Primids came from far away and they threw their boomerangs at them, but Falco threw his Reflector, returning the boomerangs and destroying them in the process.

"Wow, you guys are something!" Amy said surprised.

"Amy! Behind you!" Nana shouted, a Greap was going to dig his scythes on her, but Amy turned her back and she used her big hammer to pound his head to the floor. Fox took the opportunity and he attack using his kicks and the Greap blasted off.

"PK Fire!" Ness shouted firing a tiny lightning at some Bytans, they were trapped inside the pillar of flame and Chris used a branch of a tree to send them far away "Cool! A branch!" Ness said looking at the branch.

"It's the Good Stick that Lucas gave to me" Chris said remembering.

"Who?"

"Nevermind, forget it"

"Pichu! Are you ready?" Pikachu asked to Pichu in his back.

"Sure!" He said, both of them casted thunders when 3 Big Primids appeared, they made a explosion of electricity and the Big Primids were sent flying away.

"Time to test your lance Lucario!" Chris said as Roaders were approaching at high speed to them, Chris used PK Fire to stop their run and Lucario thrusted his lance and the Roaders were destroyed. Both of them smiled to each other and continued further.

"Pit, you know what I'm thinking now right?" Roy asked when he saw Floows coming at them.

"Of course!" Pit said, he used his angel Ring ability to catch the Floows inside his blades and Roy used his Flare Sword to send them flying away.

"Pathetic adversaries" Mewtwo said with crossed arms after he saw Towtows running at him, he teleported behind them and he used his psychic powers to levitate and throw them away. He grinned at his action and levitated further inside.

"How about if we combine our hammers?" Popo asked to Amy, she nodded as Armights were coming from both sides, Popo, Nana and Amy grabbed the shoulders of the others and they started to spin above their feets and hitting the Armights with each hammer, Ness used PK Thunder on him to crash with a powerful blow of electricity and the Armights dissapeared after touching the wall.

"I wish I could do that too!" Chris said remarking Ness's PK Thunder attack, he rubbed his chin if he could do it and he stood with crossed arms and 2 fingers in each hand pointing at both directions (He was mimicking the way Lucas does his PK Thunder), and for his surprise, he shouted "PK Thunder!" and a ball of lightning came slowly from his head and he ordered it from his mind to touch him, he was sent with another similar blow towards a Shaydas, he passed through his body and at the end of the attack, the Shaydas went blasting off and Chris landed safely on the floor.

"Wow, that was incredible!" Ness remarked.

"It was?" Chris asked rubbing the back of his head embarrased.

"That is not something to be embarrased for you know"

Chris laughed for a bit "I think you're right"

"BEHIND YOU!"

A huge Bytan appeared behind Chris and he was about to attack, but Jigglypuff used Rest on him and he was destroyed in a single blow.

"Thank you Jigglypuff" Chris said, but Jigglypuff was sleeping "Jigglypuff? Hello?"

"Huh? Good morning" She said shaking her head, Chris rolled his eyes and frowned.

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"What in the name of the Egg Carrier is going on in this place?" Bocoe asked when he heard many explosions coming from far away.

"It's something wrong?" The boy asked, he was Chris!

"How are we suppose to know? We're just watching you!" Decoe protested.

"But I think you should see what is the problem" Chris suggested and crossed his arms "I mean, you can go right?"

"That is againts the orders of Dr Eggman!" Bocoe said "If he finds out, we're done for!"

"But he will be too angry if he finds this colony destroyed and you 2 will be punished for just looking and not trying to do something, am I right?" Chris asked raising an eyebrow.

"Oh no, he is right Decoe, do you imagine what can the doctor could possibly do to us?" Bocoe asked to Decoe and he made a image in his head reflecting the future.

"YOU IDIOTS! THIS BASE WAS BELONGING TO MY GRANDFATHER AND YOU JUST SIT AND WATCH THE WHOLE COLONY BEING DESTROYED?! I'M GOING TO SHRED YOUR METAL TO RIBBONS AND MELT IT IN SCORCHING FIRE!" Dr Eggman said while fire was coming from his eyes in Decoe's head and he gasped.

"WE NEED TO GO!" Decoe said grabbing Bocoe's hand and they ran away leaving Chris behind laughing a little.

"I didn't thought it could be so easy to trick them!" He said laughing and he stopped "But I need to find Sonic and the others soon, I can't stand here knowing that the world is being menaced by-" When he looked outside, his eyes widened when he saw the Subspace Bomb "A BOMB?! When did that was there?!" He asked to himself holding his hair, he was freaking out a little "Okay, change of terms, I can't stand here knowing that the world is being menaced by a huge bomb, I need to do something about it and what can Sonic say to me?"

Inside Chris's mind, there was Sonic looking at him and smirking "Leave the fight to the professionals!" He said punching a robot bigger than him and Chris shook his head.

"Nah, he would never say anything like that to me ever in my life" Chris said to himself smiling a bit (How wrong he was since he thought that), and he walked away slowly, but he heard someone coming from the other side of the hall, it was Shadow with a strange dark aura surrounding his body.

"(Is that Shadow? Why is he glowing?)" Chris asked to himself hiding in a corner, Shadow passed at his side and Chris sweated a little, but fortunately, Shadow went away without finding Chris, Chris sighed in relief and he ran to the other side "(Soon Sonic, I'll be reunited with all of you)" He thought while running.

But unbeknownst to him, Shadow did saw him.

Space Colony ARK
Replacement of the Eternal Engine level

"HEEELLLPPPP!!!!" Somebody yelled from far away and everyone looked at the direction of the voice.

"That voice....Chris!" Amy said running away to find Chris.

"Amy! Wait up!" Popo said trying to stop Amy, but she didn't listened and continued running away.

"Somebody is approaching" Lucario said warning all of them, while Amy was running, she found Tails standing in her way.

"Tails!" Amy said surprised.

"Hi Amy, did you managed to kill them?" He asked smiling a bit.

But Amy raised her hammer "Is this a no for your question?!"

"What?! You LEFT us?! HOW COULD YOU AMY!" Tails said enraged.

"SNAP OUT OF IT! YOU'RE NOT THE TAILS I KNEW BEFORE!" Amy said.

"DARN IT! I HAVE NO OTHER CHOICE BUT DESTROY YOU ALONG WITH THEM!" He said flying away to another area, Amy followed him and soon, everyone else ran with her. They found themselves standing in a wide green area.

"Where'd he go?" Falco asked looking around.

"RIGHT HERE!" Tails shouted from above, he decended inside a big white robot laughing evily and everyone were surprised to see a big robot standing in their way.

"We can't lose more time now!" Roy said.

"Then go! Leave this to me!" Pikachu said stepping in front of them.

"I see, robots are weak againts electricity" Mewtwo said.

"I-I-I'll stay behind too!" Pichu said stepping to the right side of Pikachu.

"I'm staying here too!" Ness said walking next to Pikachu.

Fox joined them "Go now, leave this to us and proceed with caution"

Chris nodded "Okay, but be careful!" He said running away with the others, but Tails stopped them in their way.

"YOU'RE NOT GETTING AWAY!"

"PK THUNDER!" Ness shouted firing himself towards Tails and the machine received the hit studdering a little "GO!" Ness yelled and they ran away.

"I'LL DESTROY YOU 4!" Tails said stomping the floor with the machine, Ness, Pikachu, Pichu and Fox stood in a fighting stance.

"Now let's see what fox is stronger" Fox said narrowing his eyes. Ness, Pikachu and Pichu sweatdropped "What? Did I said something weird?" Fox asked confused.

Preview of the next chapter

"As we thought, they are trying to destroy us with all their arsenal at their disposal"

"Yeah, but I feel sorry for fighting againts Sonic's friends Mewtwo"

"It's our fate Ness, you knew that since Amy told us"

"When this is over, let's just forget they were taken by the Primids"

"I agree with you"

"Next time: 2 hedgehogs, 2 Chris and a war!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Space Colony ARK
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Amy
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 01, 2008, 08:49:53 PM
Chapter 37: 2 hedgehogs, 2 Chris and a war!

Boss Battle Song 1

"X Tornado, Battle Mode engaged!" Tails shouted pressing a button and the X Tornado  changed to a floating machine with 2 big hands "Ha! Now try to destroy this baby!"

"Why I'm thinking he doesn't says baby too often?" Ness wondered.

"Shut up! Take this!" Tails shouted and the X Tornado charged a quick punch at Ness, but Ness did a double jump in the air dodging the attack, Pichu took the opportunity to cast a thunder below the punch and the X Tornado was struck by the lightning and Tails gritted his teeths "You're so annoying, did you knew that?"

"Don't say that to him!" Pikachu said above Tails's window, Tails was too slow to react before Pikachu casted another thunder which came with a strong impact upon the machine.

"ARGH! TAKE THIS!" Tails yelled trying to punch Pichu, but Fox pushed him out of the way and they barely evaded the attack "STOP MOVING!"

"Look below you!" Pikachu said below the X Tornado, Tails tried to stay away from Pikachu but another thunder came from above but this time, the thunder broke through the glass of the cockpit and Tails was damaged badly inside.

Tails yelled in pain, that was the last thing someone could dare to do to him, but before he could retaliate, Ness was just inside the cockpit in front of Tails with a Baseball Bat, Tails's eyes widened and Ness started to hit him hard with the bat, but Tails managed to grab Ness using a hand of the machine and he threw the PK user to a wall, fortunately, Ness was able to evade the crash.

"THAT'S IT!" Tails said and he ordered the X Tornado to spin around the air with the hands extended at both sides, he moved to Pikachu and the hands slapped him hard enough to bury him in the wall, Pichu went to Pikachu's side, but the X Tornado was coming closer to them.

"AAAAHHHH!!!" Pichu yelled terrified.

"PK THUNDER!" Ness shouted firing a ball of lightning directly to Tails and the fox with 2 tails stopped his attack to regain his composture, it was too late because Fox was hovering in the air with fire surrounding him.

"What th-"

"FIRE!" Fox was surrounded by fire and he turned into a blazing comet, the attack was fast enough to hit the right hand and destroy it in the process, Fox landed safely above the floor and Tails was shocked to see his machine being slowly destroyed by 4 little pests.

"MY-MY X TORNADO! STOP IT!" Tails yelled trying to beg.

However, Ness came back using another PK Thunder and he went blasting off to the other hand and it exploded with the strong blow of electricity, Tails was now defenseless at this point.

"WHY YOU LITTLE! FINE! IT'S TIME TO FIRE THE CANNON!" Tails said pushing a button, from both hands a blue light was starting to charge up and he pointed it at Pichu, Pikachu and Ness (Ness landed near them), that made Fox to grin a little and he stood in front of them with one hand in his belt "YOU WANT TO DIE FIRST?! SO BE IT!"

The cannon was fired directly at Fox, but he took out his Reflector and he was surrounded by a diagonal shaped figure "A shield?! This cannon can break any kind of shield!"

"Who said it was a shield?" Fox asked smirking a little, Tails made a confused face and he thought what was Fox trying to say.

"Unless it's a...REFLECTOR! OH NO!" Tails said gasping. For his misfortune, the beam was abruptaly reflected back to him and the whole machine exploded with Tails inside, he yelled in extreme pain and after a blinding light coming from the explosion covered the whole area, it panned out showing Tails unconscious on the floor and the Shadow Bugs escaped from his body.

The crowd cheered for them and the music stops.

"It's over" Pikachu said getting up and shaking his head, Pichu and Ness sighed in relief and Fox approached to Tails and kneeled "Hey, are you ok?" Fox asked.

"Ugh...my head...where am I?" Tails said getting up slowly from the floor, then he saw the face of Fox looking at him "Who...are you?"

"Fox"

Tails got up completely and he cleaned his head from the smoke "Fox? Well, you're a fox like me, but is that really your name?"

"Of course, and I know your name is Tails and I think it's because of your 2 tails right?" Fox said looking at Tails's....tails.

Tails rubbed his forehead "Hehehe, you're right, but how did you knew my name?"

"Amy told us"

"Amy?" Tails looked around and he saw Ness, Pichu and Pikachu looking at him "There are more of you in this colony as well?"

"Yeah, my comrades headed that way" Fox pointed behind Tails to a corridor.

Ness, Pichu and Pikachu introduced themselves to Tails.

"Do you remember anything?" Ness asked.

"Well, I remember being covered by strange purple spores and Amy was also living the same sittuation...and...SONIC! HE DID THAT! I SAW THOSE STRANGE SPORES COMING FROM HIS HANDS!"

"Master Tails, I see you've been recovered from your mad state" A voice spoke close to them.

"Is that you Mr Tanaka?" Tails asked, the person inside the space suit came from another corridor and he approached to Tails, it was Tanaka, Chris Thorndyke's personal butler.

"What a relief to see you well" Tanaka said while his little japanese theme played when he appeared "I thank you 4 for saving him" He said bending a little.

"Well, thanks" Ness said.

"Master Tails, we must go on and find Chris before anything bad happen to him" Tanaka said.

"Yeah, I know, but...where is my X Tornado?" Tails asked looking around for his machine.

"My bad, you fired a big beam at us and I used my Reflector to return the attack at your machine and it exploded" Fox said rubbing his head and Tails looked down sadly but his ears perked up a little.

"Wait, Reflector you said?"

Fox took out his Reflector and showed it to Tails "This is the Reflector" Tails took the Reflector and he started to examine it.

"Amazing! I haven't see this kind of technology before in my life! Whoever did this is a total genius!" Tails remarked returning the Reflector to Fox and he kept it in his belt.

"Slippy will be happy to hear this coming from another inventor like you" Fox said.

"Ahem" Tanaka said.

"I forgot about Chris! We need to find him!" Tails said.

"Alright, you can come with us!" Pikachu said smiling.

Tails (And Tanaka) has joined your team temporaly!

"The direction where they went was....there!" Pichu said pointing to the right corridor, everyone nodded and they left the room.

Space Colony ARK
Near the Capsule Room

"Huh? Who are they?" Falco asked when he saw 2 strange robots running at them.

"They are the intruders! Seize them!" Decoe said.

10 seconds later...

Decoe and Bocoe were touching the wall with their backs while Lucario, Pit, Amy and Roy were pointing their weapons at them.

"Okay, tell us, where is Chris?" Chris asked with his hands behind his back.

"Why we should tell you?" Bocoe said and Lucario thrusted his lance just an inch away from his head and Bocoe sweatdropped "He-he-he is in the next room! Ju-ju-just follow this hall and you can't miss it!"

"Bocoe! You traitor!" Decoe said angry.

"It was either live or be punished by Dr Eggman...wait, that's worser!" Bocoe said gasping. Everyone else besides him and Decoe left running away to the Capsule Room "Just who were those guys? They don't seem to be one of Dr Eggman's rivals as Sonic is!"

"You didn't saw Amy with them? Any friend of Sonic or his friends is the enemy of the doctor!" Decoe said.

"We need to report this to him! I don't care if he menace us with punishments, he is going to listen this time around! Come on!" Bocoe said running away with Decoe.

"AAAAAHHHHH!!!" A little robot with 2 horns came floating away scared.

"Bokkum! What are you yelling?" Decoe asked.

"Guys! It's horrible! The doctor, Shadow and Rouge....AAAAHHH!! I DON'T WANT TO THINK ABOUT IT!!!" Bokkum said moving his hands up and down.

"Keep it down! Tell us what happened to them!" Bocoe demanded.

Bokkum sniffed "....I....well....this is what happened...."

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"Shadow! What is wrong with you?! Stop! AAAHHH!" Chris yelled barely evading one of Shadow's Spin Dash attack.

"Orders from the doctor, you must be eliminated now" Shadow said in a serious tone.

"But I thought you were going to use me as bait for Sonic!" Chris protested.

"Him? No, you don't understand, he's already in our side"

"What?! That can't be possible! He'd never join you in his life!"

"Feel the truth kid, he's bad, a villain, admit it" Shadow said crossing his arms.

Chris looked at the floor clenching his hands "No...you're lying!" Unfortunately, Chris wasn't expecting Shadow and the hedgehog used another Spin Dash and Chris blocked his face and yelled in terror.

"HAAA!" A branch smacked the Spin Dash and Shadow was sent crashing to the wall.

"...Huh?" Chris opened his face and he gasped when he saw another human and more strange persons standing in front of him "Wh-who are you?!"

"Allies, now stay behind and try to not be attacked" Falco said glancing at Shadow.

"But how did you came here?"

"It doesn't matters!" The other Chris said and shook his head.

"So you're here, good, now I can kill all of you in one assault" Shadow said.

"Not if we attack first!" Popo said.

"Chris, run away with him, leave this to us" Mewtwo said glowing, he, Popo, Nana, Falco and Roy stepped in front of Chris, the other Chris, Amy, Lucario, Pit and Jigglypuff, Chris nodded and he told Chris to come with him and the group escaped.

"Fine, I shall kill them later," Shadow pointed at the current group in the room "You're next"

"So be it" Mewtwo said.

Space Colony ARK
Near the Capsule Room

"Wait! Just who are you?! Amy, you know them?" Chris asked while running.

"I just met them a while ago, they're a lot of help!" Amy said.

"But the only thing I can't understand is why is another kid like me doing here!" Chris said confused.

"Hey! I'm not a kid!" Chris protested.

"Haven't you see yourself in a mirror? You have the same height as me!"

"What are you talking abou-" Chris noticed that he was the same size as the other Chris "This world has also his own air?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 02, 2008, 12:14:52 PM
"Now I even more confused!" Chris said.

"STOP! PLEASE STOP! First, we must introduce ourselves!" Chris suggested.

5 minutes later...

"...Your name is Chris too?" Chris asked and Chris nodded "And they are your partners...even the angel?" Chris asked pointing to Pit.

"Even Pit" Chris said.

"And you're here to destroy that bomb which is going to explode right?"

"Correct"

"But I don't understand, why Shadow said Sonic was a bad guy?"

"This is going to sound very painful to you, but...Sonic has been turned into a bad guy just recently" Chris said looking away.

(To not confuse both kids (Chris: I'M NOT A KID!) with their names, we're going to call the Chris from Sonic's world Christopher outside the dialogue)

Christopher's eyes widened after hearing that Sonic was now a villain "But how? Sonic is not a bad guy!"

"It's the truth" Jigglypuff said.

"I fought him not so long ago" Lucario said.

"...Why? Who made him to act like that? It was me?" Christopher asked.

"You have nothing to do with this, Sonic was attacked by the Primids" Chris said.

"Primids?"

Chris, Lucario, Jigglypuff and Pit explained everything to Christopher.

"So they are the responsibles for this?" Christopher asked. Pit nodded "I can't believe this..."

"I'm can't believe it either, but in order to make Sonic a good guy again, we need to defeat him" Chris said.

"...Alright, I understand, but please, try to not kill him"

Christopher has joined your team temporaly!

"Oh, don't be afraid, I'll never die by them EVER in my life" A voice spoke behind them.

"Sonic!" Amy shouted.

"Sonic! So it's true!" Christopher said.

"It's true what? The fact that I'm going to kill you here right now?" Sonic asked smirking.

"Ok, I'm so mad at you now! Give me back my Sonic!" Amy said with hammer ready.

"You're not the Sonic I knew before! The Sonic I know it's a good friend, a hero to many persons, a person who doesn't hesitates to stop Dr Eggman, a-"

"A person that leaves you most of the time while you enjoy your free time with Tails, Amy, Cream and Cheese and he will just come when you're in danger" Chris finished.

"...Umm...well...sadly that is true but...I know your friend also leaves you alone! And how did you knew about Cream and Cheese?" Christopher tried to taunt and asked.

"Who? Lucario?" Chris looked at Lucario and both laughed heartily "He doesn't leaves my side ever, I'm always taking him in every adventure and for your question, I know many things"

"...WHAT?!"

"He is right" Lucario said nodding. Christopher was now feeling a little depressed, everyone didn't noticed that he was ducking in a corner with black tiles surrounding his body as he was touching the floor with one finger.

"We just made him to act like an emo" Pit said.

"I'm NOT emo!" Christopher got up from the floor upset.

"Guys, we ignored Sonic again" Jigglypuff said pointing at Sonic while he crossed his arms.

"Are you done? Finally, now DIE!" He said turning into a spinning ball, Lucario thrusted his lance to attack, but Sonic moved far away in the hall and he came with great speed delivering a strong blow to them.

"Chris, go, leave this guy to us!" Pit said taking out his blades, Chris nodded and he along with Christopher ran further inside the colony with Lucario and Jigglypuff following them, Pit and Amy stood still in a fighting stance to stop Sonic.

"Let me pummel you!" Amy said jumping towards Sonic with her hammer ready.

Space Colony ARK
A part that resembles the Meteor Herd level inside the colony

"I think we can rest for now" Jigglypuf said sitting on the floor, they were standing next to an abyss with a half-constructed platform.

"Lucario, go and stay guarding us from anyone who comes here" Chris said, Lucario nodded and he ran near a corner, jumped and he held his position in the roof hiding in th darkness to attack anyone.

"Say Chris, I want to ask you some questions" Christopher said.

"What questions?"

Christopher looked away "Well...it's about you and Lucario, have you been together most of the time?" Jigglypuff was sat next to Chris while she was hearing the conversation.

Traverse Town

Chris looked at the platform "Yes, he has been with me ever since I helped him recover from a horrible fever, after that, he hasn't leaved my side because he said I was so peaceful and kind for taking care of him," Chris looked at Christopher and smiled "I'm really happy to have someone like him as my friend, he always protects me from danger wherever I get into trouble and for sum that up, I live all alone in my house without my fathers because they travel around to do serious business, it's really fun to have company like Lucario"

"Wow, you're the same as me!"

"What do you mean?"

"I met Sonic one night and he fell to my pool in my house, I woke up and got up from bed to look who fell inside the water, I thought it was cat again, but after swimming inside, I saw Sonic there with crossed arms and an angry face since he hates the water so much, I swam to him and grabbed his hand to pull him to the surface and we got out and gasped for air, I asked what was his name and he answered saying "I'm Sonic the hedgehog!", after that, well, you don't want to know..."

"Oh please, tell us!" Jigglypuff said excited.

Christopher continued his story "The next morning, Sonic wanted to leave and find his friends as soon as possible, I asked him to stay just a little longer but he didn't listened and ran away, but I asked if he knew the city, after a second, he came back and lifted his arms and made a confused face with a weird smile, I knew he didn't knew anything about the city so he stayed with me, some time later, we found the others by searching, Tails was a great help back when we rescued Cream and Cheese from the military base"

Christopher looked at the floor "But after that, Sonic was always leaving me with Cream, Cheese, Amy and Tails in my house, the only way I could see him is if there was a Chaos Emerald to find or wherever we got in trouble by Eggman, and just to let you know, I also live alone in my house with them because my dad is an important business man and my mom is a famous actress, she was always asking me why my friends were wearing costumes, but after a while, she knew the truth"

"Interesting!" Jigglypuff said.

"But is there a way to be useful to Sonic?" Christopher asked.

"Well, I don't know what can you do" Chris responded.

"And I don't what can you do either, you just smacked Shadow with a branch" Christopher said crossing his arms.

"Oh, you don't know me very well" Chris put his hand in front of his face and little sparks of energy came from it, Christopher gasped after he saw that.

"What the-how did you do that?"

Chris stopped his demostration "I have special powers to learn abilities in battles, it helps me so much when I'm in trouble, luckily, I'm not a burden to my friends"

Christopher looked away "A burden....that is the thing I've been doing ever since I found Sonic"

"Hey! How can you say that to yourself? Don't be so harsh please, I know you can be of some use to Sonic!"

"But, tell me! What should I do? The reason I'm here it's because Shadow kidnapped me!"

"Certainly, I don't know for what thing you can help, I'm sorry for not answering that question" Chris blinked "But try harder and find your way to help them out, that's the only thing I can say if that cheers you up"

Christopher closed his eyes and opened them after 3 seconds "Thanks, I'll remember that for sure" He smiled at Chris and Jigglypuff and they returned the smile.

The music stops "...Wait, did you said Chaos Emeralds just a moment ago?"

"Well yeah, I did, why? The Chaos Emeralds are here inside the colony in the core"

"Oh no...we're in serious trouble now..."

"Why?" Jigglypuff and Christopher asked.

"Who knows what could happen if Sonic OR Shadow gets in possession of the Chaos Emeralds while they're possesed by the Primids"

Christopher gasped "You...You're right! The way they're acting right now could be serious trouble if they manage to grab the emeralds!"

"Then you know what to do right?"

"Of course! We need to get the Chaos Emeralds before they can get them!"

"Nobody else is approaching" Lucario said approaching to Chris.

"Lucario, we have a new mission," Chris stood up "We need to retrieve the Chaos Emeralds from the core before Sonic or Shadow can take or touch them!"

"Then let's go!" Jigglypuff said jumping from the floor, Christopher stoo up and they nodded and looked at the platform "Talking about narrow to walk..."

"We have to watch our step" Chris said.

"That won't be neccessary" Lucario said.

"Why?" Chris asked, just then, Lucario grabbed Chris with one arm (Since the other was occupied with the lance) and he jumped to the other side and put Chris down to the floor "I see!" Chris said, Lucario jumped back and he grabbed Christopher, since Jigglypuff can float in the air for a time, she made it without problems.

"I really admire Lucario now" Christopher said.

"Where are you going boys?" A female voice spoke in the platform, they turned their backs so see who was talking to them.

"Rouge!" Christopher revealed the bat girl, which was being surrounded by the same dark aura.

"Now where is Knuckles? I want to recover the shards of the Master Emerald" She asked.

"Sorry, but we don't know where is Knuckles now" Chris said.

"Too bad then, I have to stop you 4 and wait for him to appear"

"I know the perfect way to call him though" Christopher said.

"What?" Rouge asked raising an eyebrow.

Christopher placed his hands in front of his mouth "HEY KNUCKLES! SOMEONE SAID YOU'RE TOO WEAK TO EVEN LIFT A PEBBLE!" He shouted.

"...That's it? The only way to call Knuckles is with an insult?" Jigglypuff asked. Just then, the roof above them started to shake and it was destroyed by a white glove with spikes, then it revealed to be Knuckles and he landed in front of the group.

"WHO SAID TO ME?!" Knuckles asked enraged.

"Calm down, nobody told you that" Christopher said chuckling a little.

"Hey Knuckles" Rouge said, Knuckles turned his back and saw Rouge on the platform and he jumped and landed in front of her.

"Rouge! What happened to you?" Knuckles asked.

"Why, I joined another side which promised me more jewels and you know I can fall for them so easily" She said smirking a little.

"...Let's just leave them alone" Christopher said, they nodded and ran away in the other hall.

"Huh? Wasn't that Chris? And who were the others?" Kunckles asked turning his head to see them dissapearing.

"You asked just now? My, you're so slow" Rouge said, a red toon vein popped out of Knuckles's head and he gritted his teeths (Or fangs) and turned to Rouge.

"Okay, now that's it! You will give me back the shards of the Master Emerald now!"

"Hmph, try me!" Rouge said taunting.

Space Colony ARK
Near the Capsule Room

"And that's pretty much it" Bokkum said finishing his story.

"Unbelievable! The doctor and the others got possesed?" Bocoe asked terrified, Bokkum nodded a little scared "Now what are we going to do Decoe?"

"I think it's time for Sonic and friends to stop him this time, we can't do anything by ourselves, let's just face it, we're useless right now"

"Oh, who are they?" Bokkum saw Fox's group approaching to them.

"Intruders! Seize the-" Decoe was interrupted by Bocoe.

"Stop, we know what is going to happen now" Bocoe said frowning.

10 seconds later...

Once again, the poor pair of useless robots (Along with Bokkum) were being questioned while their backs were touching the wall.

"So that happened then?" Tails asked, the trio of robots nodded.

"Absolutely, the doctor is in trouble now" Bokkum said.

"Let's go and find the others soon!" Pichu said, after a second, everyone ran further inside.

"This was more humiliating than the last time" Decoe said.

"Why?" Bocoe asked.

"There was a little big headed kid with them and we got questioned by 2 yellow rats"

"...We're the laugh of the villains right?"

"Afraid so"

1/4 of the screen suddenly shows Mewtwo's group fighting Shadow.

"He's good, what are we going to do?" Roy asked to Falco.

"What else? Just keep fighting back!" Falco answered.

"That's the plan" Mewtwo said telepathically while dodging Shadow's Spin Dash.

Another 1/4 of the screen suddenly shows Fox's group running to the capsule room.

"I'm feeling a strong dark energy coming from a room!" Ness said.

"Got it" Fox said nodding.

Another 1/4 suddenly shows Pit's group fighting againts Sonic.

"He's so darn fast!" Pit said panting.

"I know....it's hard to hit him while he runs" Amy said panting.

"See this?" Sonic was holding a yellow emerald and Amy gasped.

"OH NO! THAT'S A CHAOS EMERALD!"

"A what?" Pit asked confused.

"It's a powerful crystal that holds an amazing power, whoever knows how to use it can turn into a powerful being!"

"Let me guess, Sonic knows how to use it right?" Pit asked, Amy nodded and they Sonic's hand shining and turned into a better version of the Spin Dash attack and he prepared to attack them.

The final 1/4 of the screen shows Knuckles fighting againts Rouge.

"UGH! (Something is wrong with Rouge, what the hell is the dark aura for?)" Knuckles thought inside his mind while dodging one of Rouge's kicks.

Then, the entire screen shows Chris's group being surrounded by Primids.

"They are the Primids?" Christopher asked while pointing to a Metal Primid.

"Yes, they were the ones who took Sonic" Chris said.

Preview of the next chapter

"We're doing a race to the core of the colony?"

"Yes Pichu"

"But how are we going to make it before Sonic and Shadow, Tails?"

"We need to try at least or the Earth is doomed!"

"Bah, it was doomed from the beggining"

"What'd you said?"

"I mean, it still has hope to survive!"

"...Next time: The cheapest thing in fights!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Space Colony ARK
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Amy, Tails, Christopher
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 02, 2008, 05:24:44 PM
"Let me smack you!" <_< Lol :P

Great job, and I'm glad the ARK is featured.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 03, 2008, 08:30:05 PM
Chapter 38: The cheapest thing in fights!

Mission: Defeat the bosses and reach the core!

Boss Theme Medley

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

GET
READY!

Shadow prepared another Spin Dash, this time he was attacking the Ice Climbers, they prepared to wait for right time to dodge him.

"Wait, use Blizzard" Mewtwo said, the Ice Climbers stared at him for a moment.

"Ok..why not?" Nana asked to Popo and he nodded, Shadow was now firing himself towards them, Popo and Nana used Blizzard and Shadow was instantly frozen.

"Now..." Mewtwo lifted psychically the frozen Shadow and slammed him in the roof, shattering the ice, Shadow was about to fell on the floor, but Falco kicked him in the air and the hedgehog slipped in the floor with his face and got up quickly.

"You're good, but I'm better" Shadow said.

"Oh no, nostalgia!" Falco said.

Shadow ran this time without using Spin Dash and he rolled behind Mewtwo and punched him hard in the back, Mewtwo closed his eyes to resist the pain and he turned to see Shadow.

"Why you..." Mewtwo charged up a Shadow Ball and it went flying in a strange pattern and Shadow couldn't see which way to go and dodge the attack, but unfortunately for him, the Shadow Ball got him and he backed away shaking head.

The Ice Climbers were in the air above Shadow and he looked above and they smashed his face with their hammers, Shadow was sent flying to another wall but he rolled in the air and went straight to Falco and the Star Fox member fell on the floor. Shadow quickly jumped in the air and he extended his feet to attack Falco's head while he was a little distracted trying to get up.

"FIRE!"

Shadow was pushed in the air but landed in his feet, Fox came using Fire Fox and he stood in front of Falco.

"Falco, are you alright?" Fox asked while Falco was getting up from the floor.

"A little weak, but I'm fine, thanks" He replied.

"Ugh, more?" Shadow asked, behind him, someone shouted "PK Thunder!" and he felt a lot of electricity being sent through his body and he went flying away a little.

"Can I join the fight please?" Ness asked to Mewtwo and he nodded.

"Where's Master Chris?" Tanaka asked.

"The Chris you're searching for went ahead in the hall you're in" Mewtwo said, Tanaka nodded and he, along with Tails, Pichu and Pikachu ran further in the hall leaving Fox and Ness behind to fight Shadow.

Shadow looked behind him and stared at Ness "Hmph, you're interesting, that's why you should die first than the others"

"No way!" Ness protested, Shadow ran towards him with a fist ready, but Ness trapped him inside his PK Fire, Fox and Falco saw their opportunity and they kicked Shadow out of the fire sending him straight to the Ice Climbers and they raised their hammers and slammed them in Shadow's face and he went flying to Mewtwo, who grabbed him psychically and threw him to the roof, Shadow touched the roof with his hands and he went after Fox with a punch ready.

"You're doing the same tricks" Fox stated and he dissapeared using his illusion and Shadow landed the punch shattering the floor a little, Ness used his bat to hit him in the back, Shadow moaned a little in pain and he glared at Ness, he again rolled in the floor and pushed Ness with a strong Spin Dash, Ness was about to touch the wall, but Nana got him in time before he could touch the wall, Ness sighed in relief.

"Time to end this" Mewtwo said and he floated towards Shadow, the hedgehog ran to the other side of the room and he used the Spin Dash again, but this time, he rolled around the floor with great speed and he attacked everyone in a single move, making them to trip or back away.

Just then, Shadow took out a red Chaos Emerald and held it in his right hand showing it in the air "CHAOS SPEAR!" He shouted and yellow spears came from nowhere going straight to Ness, the PK kid gasped and he tried to evade the attack by running, but he tripped and he was at the grasp of the attack.

"Ha!" Falco yelled kicking his Reflector to protect Ness from the spears, the spears were reflected back at Shadow but he jumped back and the spears destroyed the floor with a great blow.

"Reflecting my own attack back at me, not bad, but still" Shadow used the power of the Chaos Emerald and he teleported behind Fox and punched him in the head, Fox was a little stunned enough for Shadow to kick him in the back and sending him slipping in the floor, Falco tried to attack him with his hands, but Shadow teleported behind him and did the same as Fox.

"(Ok, I got it!)" Ness said to Mewtwo in his mind.

"Weakling" Mewtwo said to Shadow, the hedgehog grunted a little and he teleported behind Mewtwo, Mewtwo grinned at this and then, Ness used PK Thunder on him and he was sent with a strong electrical blow towards Shadow, Shadow couldn't dodge the attack and he yelled in pain and he fell unconscious on the floor dropping the red Chaos Emerald.

"We did it?" Fox asked getting up with the help of Falco.

"For now it seems" Mewtwo said nodding.

"Ugh...I can't lose...to inferior beings like you here...not if I'm the ultimate lifeform..." Shadow said under his breath.

"The inferior being is you" Mewtwo said.

"We'll see about that after I gather the Chaos Emeralds..." Shadow said smirking and he took the Chaos Emerald and dissapeared in a blink.

"Follow him!" Popo said, everyone nodded and they started to chase Shadow out of the Capsule Room.

Space Colony ARK
Near the Capsule Room

"AMY! WATCH OUT!" Pit yelled, but it was too late and Amy was struck by Sonic's powered Spin Dash and she yelled in pain and crashed to a wall fainting in the process while being stuck there.

"She's not a good fighter, pathetic, she's not worth to fight me" Sonic said narrowing his eyes, unfortunately for him, Pit shot an arrow directed to his head and Sonic backed away slowly rubbing the spot "How dare you!"

"It's my job to stop you from killing her!" Pit protested.

"I want to see THAT!" Sonic was struck by a thunder coming from behind and he flew a long distance in the hall before stopping by touching the floor with his feet, he turned his back to see Pikachu with electricity coming from his cheeks.

"Don't do anything to her!" Pichu demanded doing the same as Pikachu.

"Sonic! What is wrong with you?" Tails asked worried after he saw Amy fainted in the wall.

"No Tails, what is wrong with you? You left our side so soon? I thought you were going to destroy them as me" Sonic asked smirking.

"You know that I'm good guy like you!" Tails said pointing at Sonic.

"A good guy like me? I take that as an insult you little twerp!"

"Master Sonic, this kind of manners coming from you now it's really incomfortable, I ask you to stop" Tanaka said with a straight face.

"How about no?" Sonic said chuckling a little.

"I thought you were going to say in the begginning"

"Fool, then why did you asked me that?"

"Because we want the old Sonic to return with us!" Tails said.

"The old Sonic you knew is dead, you're watching now the new Sonic, a person which is hungry for more power!" He said turning into the powered version of the Spin Dash, Tails  could have sworn that the yellow Chaos Emerald was in Sonic's hand and he gasped.

"Watch out! His attacks are stronger while he is holding the Chaos Emerald!" Tails warned everyone,  Pikachu, Pichu and Pit nodded and they prepared to defend againts the Spin Dash, Sonic went blasting off with great towards them but Pit used his Mirror Shield to protect himself from the attack and Sonic bounced quickly and he hit the roof with his own attack and was still spinning in the roof without moving at all.

"NOW!" Pikachu said under Sonic, he and Pichu nodded to each other and they casted 2 thunders and they struck Sonic while spinning, he yelled in pain and he fell off the roof, but Pit ran below him and he slashed Sonic with his twin blades and Sonic was sent again to the roof, but Pikachu slammed his tail in Sonic's face and he crashed in the floor and moaned in pain.

"I think it's over now" Tails said sighing, he looked to Amy and pulled her from the wall while she shook his head confused.

"What happened Tails?" Amy asked, Tails pointed behind her and they saw Sonic unconscious in the floor and the yellow emerald was laying at his right side.

"We should take the emerald back" Tails said walking towards the emerald, however, when he ducked, he was pushed by a strong punch from behind and he slipped in the floor with his body "Who...who pushed me?" Tails asked.

"It was me fox boy" Shadow said with a fist extended towards Tails.

"Shadow...you're here" Sonic said while gasping for air.

"You were defeated too..." He took the Chaos Emerald "Well, I'm planning to use the Chaos Emeralds right now to eliminate them once and for all, want more power?"

Sonic smirked at Shadow's plan "I like how that sounds..."

"Then get up and let's go to the core" Shadow ordered with crossed arms, Sonic jumped from the floor and they ran away with great speed towards the core.

"Oh no! They're going to use the Chaos Emeralds!" Amy said surprised.

"Guys!" Ness said running to them.

"Sonic and Shadow are going for the Chaos Emeralds!" Tails said.

"We need to stop them!" Pichu said.

"It's too late now, they're probably 1/5 away from us" Mewtwo stated.

"HOO-HOO-HOO-HOO-HOO!" Someone said from where Sonic and Shadow went.

"Who was that?" Pit asked.

"That hideous laugh must be from..."Tails said.

Many meters away from them...

"Shadow...how could we let our guards down..." Sonix said in the floor.

"Hehehehe! You 2 thought you could get away with the emeralds without problems? Wrong!" Dr Eggman was there inside his floating machine along with Decoe, Bocoe and Bokkum. Oddly, he wasn't surrounded by the dark aura.

"It's incredible how can Bokkum's explosive TVs can defeat the doctor with one single attack" Decoe said to Bocoe.

"I thank you robots for snapping me out from that crazy mental power" Dr Eggman said grinning while holding the 2 Chaos Emeralds.

"Aw, it was nothing, anything for you doctor!" Bocoe said rubbing his head and blushing (He's not gay, by the way)

"And now, let's install these emeralds to the cannon to begin our operation to destroy the Earth!" Dr Eggman said floating away with the robots inside a hidden entrance and dissapearing.

"I hate that Eggman..." Sonic said.

"Stop resting and let's continue!" Shadow demanded, Sonic grunted at this and they ran away with less speed since they weren't holding the emeralds.

Space Colony ARK
Meteor Herd level place look alike

(Because the author of this story is tired of describing battles, this scene will be displayed with Rouge being defeated after a long struggle againts Knuckles)

"Darn it..." Rouge said fainting slowly and falling in the abyys below, but Knuckles got her in time and the Shadow Bugs escaped from her body.

"It's over now, she's alright" Knuckles muttered to himself while holding Rouge "...There, the missing shards" He said taking away the shards of the Master Emerald from Rouge, he placed all the shards of the Master Emerald together and it recovered his original form "Finally..." He said touching the emerald.

"Ugh...my head..." Rouge was slowly opening her eyes and saw Knuckles staring at her and she blushed "AAHH! Stop holding me!!" She yelled and Knuckles blushed as well and Rouge jumped from his arms "What the heck is wrong with you retard?!"

"Retard?! You were being possesed by some strange spores!" Knuckles pointed out.

"Wait...I remember that I was being covered by those weird spores coming from some strange beasts...and...you completed the Master Emerald?" Rouge glanced at the Master Emerald.

"Well yeah! It's my job to protect it from you for example!" Knuckles said.

"Alright alright, I surrender, stealing the Master Emerald is not fun for me anymore" Rouge said lifting her hands above her shoulders.

After a moment, 2 fast blurs came from the hall dissapearing to where Chris and his group went.

"Shadow?" Rouge said.

"Sonic?" Knuckles said.

"Together?" Both said in unison surprised.

"Something is wrong with them" Knuckles said.

"I agree, seeing Shadow with Sonic running together creeps me out, I thought they were going to punch the other in quick movements but this doesn't looks like it" Rouge commented.

Space Colony ARK
Control Room

"Mwhahahaha! At last! All the Chaos Emeralds were gathered!" Dr Eggman said putting the last emerald in the cannon "Now, I just need to adjust the coordinates and fire the cannon to the Eart-what the hell is that?" Dr Eggman saw the big Subspace Bomb embedded to the cannon "A bomb?! How did that managed to appear there?!"

"ALERT! ALERT! ALERT! ALERT! ALERT!" A voice coming from the computer warned inside the whole colony "STARTING PLAN TO COLLIDE THE SPACE COLONY ARK WITH THE EARTH, ALL THE PERSONNEL MUST EVACUATE IMMEDIATELY!"

"What?!" Dr Eggman asked in shock and he started to type fast in the computer "I can't stop this thing! What is happening?!...Huh?" Dr Eggman saw a video starting to play in the computer as the Chaos Emeralds were taken away from the room.

Space Colony ARK
Near the Capsule Room

"Starting plan to collide the Space Colony ARK with the Earth?" Pichu said confused an terrified at the same time.

Pikachu's ears perked up "Huh? Someone is talking in that room..." He said running to the Capsule Room along with the others.

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

Inside the room, a machine appeared showing an old man chained to a chair and looking at the floor.

"Do you have anything else to say?" A voice spoke inside the video.

"No, I just wished to see the face of my beloved granddaughter Maria again, but you...you killed her in that assault to the colony along with the other scientists, we were just investigating an easier way to protect the Earth from danger and you misunderstood us believing that we were plotting to destroy the Earth" The old man said.

"Maria?" Ness said confused.

"Shh! He's not over yet" Amy said.

"But after so much work, we finally made the Ultimate Lifeform...the Project Shadow gave life to our new creation, a being with infinite power that will cause chaos and destruction to all the people who dares to attack him...you're doomed now"

"That's all?" The voice asked angrily.

"Yes, it's a shame I won't be here to see you all die by him"

"Alright soldiers, fire!" The voice commanded and the video ends with the old man screaming and dying afterwards by bullets from guns.

"But still, who was him?" Pichu asked confused.

"That was my Grandfather, Doctor Gerald Robotnik, a renombrate genius of the science by all" Dr Eggman came walking from the door explaining who was the old man in the video.

"But why was he killed?" Tails asked.

"He was killed by accident by the goverment after a misunderstanding for making experiments in this colony 50 years ago, every scientist died along with my cousin, Maria Robotnik"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 04, 2008, 01:09:43 PM
He explained taking out a disc "This is the diary of him about the incident"

"Then let me insert it in the computer" Rouge came along with Knuckles while he was holding the Master Emerald in his hands "And when did we have so many different visitors?" She asked raising an eyebrow.

"It doesn't concerns me, just play the video" Dr Eggman said, Rouge took the disc and she walked to the computer and inserted the disc, after a second, the video starts with words appearing and Rouge reads them.

5 minutes later...

"I can't believe that happened here, he must have been feeling very sad about the death of Maria" Amy stated.

"In any case, we must stop the colony from crashing into the Earth! The power of the Chaos Emeralds combined will cause the biggest explosion of the story, even more powerful than a Supernova" Dr Eggman said typing in the computer and a map appeared showing the route to the core "Huh? Someone is already going there" He typed to show who was going to the core and a screen appeared showing Chris, Christopher, Lucario and Jigglypuff running and fighting againts the Primids.

"Chris!" Pichu said.

"Master Chris!" Tanaka said.

"That's the same kid from earlier!" Knuckles said.

"Wait, someone else is also going there" Dr Eggman typed in the computer and the screen showed Sonic and Shadow running at high speed towards the core, but then Sonic destroys the camera with his fist "Darn it! They need to hurry up before it's too late!"

"What can we do meanwhile?" Pikachu asked.

Dr Eggman looked at everyone "We don't have any choice left but wait for them to reach the core and take back the Chaos Emeralds, but if Sonic and Shadow manages to grab the emeralds, we must use the Master Emerald to neutralize their powers"

"The Master Emerald..." Knuckles trailed off while glancing at the Master Emerald.

"It's worth of a try" Rouge said.

"Chris! Hurry up! The Earth is in danger!" Popo and Nana said in unison cheering the group.

Space Colony ARK
Near the core

"That alarm is warning us from the collision to the Earth, we must reach the core and retrieve the emeralds!" Jigglypuff said while using Pound in an Auroros.

"Huh?"

"What is it Lucario?" Chris asked.

"They are coming here"

"Who?"

"Sonic and Shadow"

"Oh no, run faster!" Christopher said.

"Do you know a way to defeat Sonic while using the Chaos Emeralds?" Chris asked.

"No! Everytime he uses it, nobody so far was able to defeat him!"

"Then this is a high alert!"

"Look! We made it!" Jigglypuff said.

Space Colony ARK
Core

"A sanctum?" Christopher asked when he saw a Sanctum similar to the temple of the Chaos Emeralds.

"The Chaos Emeralds are there! Hurry up!" Chris said running with the others, they were standing around a pool with orange water and then, a virtual screen appeared above the sanctum "Huh?"

"Fools...you don't understand what it's the meaning of our creation..." Dr Gerald Robotnik said in the screen chained in a chair "You will see a true monster made by our technology..." The screen suddenly shuts down and a huge roar came from nowhere, the group looks above them and a huge lizard with a machine embedded to his back came falling in the center of the pool and he roared again.

"The Biolizard?" Chris asked surprised "We don't have much time left, somebody needs to stay behind and fight that beast!" When he said that however, Lucario was already grabbing both kids "...Oh no"

"HAAA!" Lucario tossed them to the other side of the pool and they fell on their butts "GO! I CAN DESTROY THIS GIANT LIZARD!"

"Correction, WE can destroy this huge lizard!" Jigglypuff said upset.

"...Alright, be careful! Remember that the machine it's his weak point!" Chris said leaving away with Christopher and they ran at the Sanctum while Lucario and Jigglypuff were fighting againts the Biolizard.

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"What in the world is that monster?" Falco asked.

"It can't be, so that was the experiment my grandfather and the scientists had been working on" Dr Eggman said.

Space Colony ARK
Core

02 Battle

The Biolizard swung his tail to both Pok?mon, but they jumped above it, the Biolizard however swung his tail in the air and both Pok?mon were slammed in the floor.

"Ugh!" Lucario lifted the and Jigglypuff escaped, Lucario saw his opportunity and he quickly got out of the weight of the tail, the Biolizard roared and he charged up strange energy balls and fired them at both Pok?mon, Lucario rolled, jumped and used Extremespeed to evade the energy balls, then the Biolizard was looking at his machine to recover energy that he hasn't lost yet.

"The machine!" Jigglypuff said.

"I've got it!" Lucario has learned a new ability, he jumped high above in the room and landed using a strong thrust into the machine with his lance, the Biolizard roared in pain and he swung his tail again, Jigglypuff used Rollout to escape to the other way while Lucario was evading the tail by jumping, the Biolizard opened his mouth to catch , but she rolled to the other side and slammed into the tail by accident, but the Biolizard felt pain and he shaked a little.

"Now it's my turn!" Jigglypuff floated towards the machine and she used rest on the center, it made another strong blow and the Biolizard roared again, this time, he called strange pink spheres surrounding his whole body, he ordered them to slam into Lucario, but the Aura Pok?mon dodged every attack since he knew which ones were going to come at him.

Jigglypuff woke up and she saw the Biolizard busy trying to attack Lucario, she blinked and floated towards the machine again, but a pink ball slammed into her and she landed in the water near the foot of the monster, the Biolizard lifted his foot above Jigglypuff and she yelled in terror, but Lucario came using Extremespeed, grabbing Jigglypuff and saving her from being crushed.

"What the..." Jigglypuff trailed off when she saw her feet above the floor along with Lucario, the Biolizard must have altered the gravity around his body to attack them, more pink ball were appearing around "No! I won't lose to him!" Jigglypuff said angrily and she started to use Pound to travel between the spheres, the Biolizard roared and the pink balls were flying towards Jigglypuff, but Lucario used his lance as a shield to destroy them while protecting Jigglypuff.

After floating through the gravity, Jigglypuff finally made it to the machine and she used the last attack using Pound and the machine was exploding now, the gravity turned back to normal, she and Lucario landed safely in the floor and they saw the Biolizard fainting and slamming his head in the water.

"Now let's go, we need to catch up with Chris" Lucario said to Jigglypuff.

Space Colony ARK
Sanctum

After climbing a long staircase, both kids reached the center of the sanctum, and they found the 7 Chaos Emeralds laying on the ground and both smiled happily.

"We made it! We made it! We made it!" Both said singing.

"Alright, now we just need to hide them from the hedgehogs!" Chris said, Christopher nodded and he ducked to grab the Chaos Emeralds "Now we need to escape and the colony should stop from colliding with the Earth"

Chris and Christopher walked towards the long staircase but then...

"OH NO!" Chris said in shock after he saw a blue and a black blur coming from the other side of the big room, they passed right between Lucario and Jigglypuff and then they ran at high speed climbing the staircase and both were running towards Christopher, who was holding the 7 Chaos Emeralds .

"MOVE OUT! NO-" It was too late for Christopher to react because both hedgehogs landed a powerful punch in his face and stomach and he went falling to the other side of the sanctum (Dropping the Chaos Emeralds in front of both hedgehogs) and Chris watched in terror as how Christopher was falling to the ground, but fortunately, Lucario used Extremespeed to reach the other side 6 seconds before Christopher could hit the floor and Chris sighed in relief.

"...No..." Chris was feeling the most powerful and destructive power being gathered behind his back after he felt a blinding light coming close to him, when he turned, for his horror, both hedgehogs were floating above the ground in their super forms smirking evil. But they were surrounded in a purple and darkish aura instead of a golden aura.

"Hehehe, now who's the weakling?!" Super Sonic asked smirking.

"I-I-I won't run away from you 2!" Chris said studdering a little.

"Too bad, because we're going to destroy the Earth with our powers" Super Shadow said. Both hedgehogs started to yell aloud and they teleported away.

"The Biolizard!" Chris said in shock after he saw the Biolizard dissapearing along with them.

"Chris!" Lucario came up holding Christopher in one arm and Jigglypuff floated to them.

"It's too late, we can't save the Earth now..."

"Don't say that, we need to try and defeat them!" Jigglypuff said.

"Are you nuts Jigglypuff?! Fighting againts them it's like fighting againts the characters of DBZ!"

"Characters of DBZ?"

"Nevermind! Let's escape now, all hope is lost for this world, besides, I know there is way to restore the Earth once the bomb explodes!"

"Take that back" Lucario said glaring.

"...What?"

"I can't believe I'm hearing this from you, you're always being optimistic about all the problems werever they are bad or good, and you're giving up now? If we follow your idea, I promise I'm going to kill you"

"Lu-Lucario, please, don't say that to me!"

"I'll stop once we save this world!"

Chris looked away "...Ok, we're staying to fight them, but promise me something"

"What?"

"Promise that you're not going to threaten me with death, I'm feeling very scared inside my mind now"

Lucario thought about what he just said a moment ago "I'm sorry...I was getting furious...forgive me"

"Phew, that was close, I forgive you" Chris said smiling and Lucario gave a little smile to him.

"The...emeralds..."

"Whoa, he is alive!" Jigglypuff said.

"Chris! Are you alright?!" Chris asked worried.

"They just used...the negative powers...the positive powers are still inside the emeralds...use them..." Christopher said pointing to the Chaos Emeralds in the ground and Chris glanced at them.

"...HELL NO! WE'RE NOT GOING TO FALL SO LOW AND TURN INTO THOSE POWER HUNGRY FOOLS!"

Power Hungry Fool

"I DIDN'T MEANT THE MUSIC EITHER!" Chris said breaking the fourth wall and the music abruptaly stops with a screech.

"Then what is YOUR plan?" Lucario asked narrowing his eyes.

"Well..umm..we could...use the help of everyone...and...well...OK OK! Let me touch those emeralds!" Chris said annoyed and he touched all the emeralds at once and he started to glow...but stopped with a funny sound of someone farting

"...Hurray! Nothing happened! I can't control that power!" Chris said cheering "We're staying with the plan with everyone else to attack them!" After he said that however, he suddenly started to glow again and his clothes changed to what appears to be a long green robe with a yellow V upside-down at the end of his back with long green sleeves and black shirt underneath, his shoes changed to black shoes and his pants were now baggy white pants, he was also wearing a long green horn in a tiara on his head and a staff appeared on his right hand.

Summoner

Call upon powerful entities to aid you in battle, destroy your foes with mighty magic and shatter the ground with great force using all kinds of attacks by your summons, with this job, you're going to make a lot of damage around!


"...Wait, I remember this job somewhere before..." Chris said thinking "Wait, I know how to use it!" Chris concentrated his magic into his staff and he called forth an entity, the background blackened out a little and then the floor was starting to shake as something with great power was approaching, Chris was smiling happily and he waited for a powerful summon to appear and aid them.

But much for his dismay, a Chocobo appeared and he chirped happily.

"..." Lucario didn't said anything.

"..." Jigglypuff didn't said anything.

"..." Christopher was still fainted if you forgot by the way.

"...A Chocobo?! I gained the most powerful job so far and I only called a Chocobo?! What the hell is wrong with those emeralds?!" Chris asked furiously. The Chocobo chirped happily again and it touched Chris with his beak in affection for calling him "...But at least, I have a new pet!"

"The world is in danger and you're adopting a Chocobo now?!" Lucario asked enraged.

"Hey! Anything else for a Chocobo is a dream coming true!" Chris petted the head of the bird "I'm gonna call you Freddy!"

"...It's female" Lucario pointed out.

"Lenne shall be then!" Chris said smiling petting the head of newly named Chocobo named Lenne.

"Guys! We need you here right now! The monster combined himself with the bomb!" Tails said over the speaker.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 04, 2008, 01:31:04 PM
Lol, a chocobo. :P

Yay. Good chapter(s)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 04, 2008, 01:50:19 PM
"Alright! Wait for us!" Chris said climbing on the back of Lenne "Come with me, Lenne will take us in a second with everyone else!"

Lucario sat on her back behind Chris and holding Christopher "But if I use Extremespeed again, we can reach the room without delays" Jigglypuff floated and sat in the head of Lenne.

"Don't underestimate the abilities of a Chocobo, Lenne, at high speed!" Chris ordered and Lenne chirped.

Lucario closed his eyes "Fine, but when we reach the room, the Earth is going to be destroye-" After he opened his eyes, he saw the Capsule Room not far away from them "...I take that back" He said frowning.

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"What's happening?" Chris asked while getting down from Lenne, she chirped again and dissapeared in a second.

"Look over there!" Pichu pointed outside and the Biolizard was fusioned with the bomb as his new machine and both super hedgehogs were at both sides smirking evily with crossed arms while the colony was getting closer to the Earth.

"Knuckles! Use the Master Emerald now!" Rouge said, Knuckles nodded and he lifted his hands in the air.

"Oh great Master Emerald! Hear my words and stop the power of the Chaos Emeralds from destroying the Earth!" He chanted and the Master Emerald shone intensely, then it fired and light towards Sonic and Shadow, but the light just passed through them without doing any effect "What!?"

"It can't be! The Master Emerald can't even stop them from using the power of the Chaos Emeralds!" Dr Eggman said in shock.

"...We don't have any choice left then..." Chris nodded to his group and they nodded agreeding with his plan "We're going to fight them!"

"But you need a spacesuit or else you will need air to breath!" Tails said.

"For some odd reason, we can breath outside in the space" Mewtwo pointed out.

"Follow me, I'll take you to them inside a platform" Dr Eggman said, soon everyone else followed him except for Sonic's friends who remained in the Capsule Room to watch their battle. Lucario put Christopher down in the floor near Amy and Tails and he ran away with the others.

"I hope they can defeat Sonic and Shadow" Amy said putting her hands together in front of her face.

"I'm not giving up either!" Knuckles said, he lifted his hands to the Master Emerald and he started to cast a long chant to neutralize the powers of the Chaos Emeralds.

Tails sighed "When is this going to end?"

"After we die in the explosion or if they can defeat both hedgehogs," Rouge said with crossed arms "I don't want to be involved in this fight, I'll stay giving hints"

Space Colony ARK
Space

"Heh, they're coming now" Super Sonic said smirking when he saw a platform coming from the colony and the 13 Smashers appeared glaring at the 3 monsters.

"We are not going to let you 3 from destroying the Earth!" Chris said glaring.

"This is your own world and you want it destroyed? That is crazy!" Ness said.

"So far, this is the hardest battle we have been in..." Chris closed his eyes "But I'm not going to give up yet..." He opened his eyes with a glare "Even if that means I need to defeat you!"

"NOW I'LL SHOW YOU!!!" Super Sonic shouted and he ran at high speed at them with Super Shadow and the Biolizard, now the Biohazard, roared and prepared a beam to fire, all the Smashers stood in a fighting stance and they ran towards the monsters to begin the battle.

Preview of the next chapter

"Lenne...I don't know what to do now..."

"Kweh!"

"They're too strong and...we can't beat them even with our forces combined..."

"Kweh!"

"What'd you said? I can summon him now?"

"Kweh!"

"But I don't know if I can do it!"

"Kweh!"

"...You're right, there is still hope....thanks for cheering me up!"

"Kweh!"

"Next time! Live & Learn? This is Die & Forget!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Space Colony ARK
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Amy, Tails, Christopher, Knuckles, Rouge, Dr Eggman
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 04, 2008, 03:35:06 PM
Amazing.  Simply amazing.

My only problem is that it feels like (to me) that you didn't give Super Metroid enough attention...

Other than that, awesome.

Keep up the fantastic work.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 05, 2008, 05:21:43 PM
Quote from: red7js on May 04, 2008, 03:35:06 PM
Amazing.  Simply amazing.

My only problem is that it feels like (to me) that you didn't give Super Metroid enough attention...

Other than that, awesome.

Keep up the fantastic work.
It's because I don't know anything about that game. :P

But don't worry, I DO know the Prime series. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 05, 2008, 05:25:29 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on May 05, 2008, 05:21:43 PM
Quote from: red7js on May 04, 2008, 03:35:06 PM
Amazing.  Simply amazing.

My only problem is that it feels like (to me) that you didn't give Super Metroid enough attention...

Other than that, awesome.

Keep up the fantastic work.
It's because I don't know anything about that game. :P

But don't worry, I DO know the Prime series. ;)
Well, I coulda helped you with that, but sadly, I was out during that time due to my grandmother's stroke (she lives with my family, and I had to help take care of her).

Well...  seeing as you know the prime series well, and me being one of the biggest Metroid Fans around (it's debateable wether either I or Jono2 are the biggest fan here...) I could help you take it even deeper!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 05, 2008, 07:05:14 PM
Chapter 39: Live & Learn? This is Die & Forget!

Space Colony ARK
Space

Mission: Defeat Sonic, Shadow and the Biohazard once and for all
and save the Earth from the collision!

GET
READY!


Live & Learn

"Okay! It's time for summon a real Aeon!" Chris focused his magic once again into his staff and pointed it at the space as the energy was gathering.

Unfortunately, Lenne came again chirping happ?ly.

"Kweh!" She said.

"No Lenne! Go away, you can't be here now!" Chris said trying to dismiss Lenne, but she pressed her beak at him in affection "Stop it please!"

"...I think you should stay away from this battle" Roy said.

"Behind you!" Chris shouted pointing behind Roy.

"Huh?" Roy turned his back and he received a powerful punch in the chin by Super Sonic, Roy was sent soaring in the air but Super Shadow kicked him back at the floor and Roy fainted with great wounds coming from his body.

"Roy!" Pichu yelled worried, suddenly, when he blinked, he was already at high feet above the floor and Super Sonic punched him in the back towards Super Shadow and he punched him back towards Super Sonic, Pikachu watched in horror as Pichu was being used as a Beach Ball for both super hedgehogs.

"PICHU!" Pikachu yelled and he went after Super Shadow, but Super Sonic punched Pichu at high speed towards Pikachu and both electric mouses fell unconscious, Pichu was above Pikachu's back.

"Sorry Pikachu..." Pichu said before fainting.

"Look out! That monster is trying to fire a beam!" Chris yelled while Lenne was still pressing her beak at his face, the Biohazard was charging up a big beam from his mouth to the Ice Climbers.

"Where now?" Nana asked terrified to Popo.

"I don't know! We need to act before he fires the beam!" Popo said, just then, Fox and Falco stepped in front of them with their hands near their belts.

"Don't worry, we can return his beam at him wit-" Falco stopped when he didn't felt the reflector and he started to look around his belt for it, Fox didn't felt his reflector in his hand either "Where is my reflector?!" Falco asked shocked.

"You mean this?" Super Sonic was holding both reflectors in his right hand and he crushed them and dust went floating in the space. Fox and Falco watched their previous reflectors floating away.

"Yo-YOU!" Falco took out his blaster and pointed it at Super Sonic, but he just pointed him with a invisible gun "Where is my blaster?!"

Super Shadow crushed 2 familiar blasters in his left hand and dust came from it too, Fox looked in his belt and his blaster wasn't there either.

"THE BEAM!" Nana yelled after the Biohazard already finished the beam, he fired it towards the quartet, they screamed and closed their eyes, but after 4 seconds, nothing happened and they opened their eyes to see Pit with his Mirror Shield trying to reflect the attack.

"H-HURRY UP AND GET AWAY!" Pit said gritting his teeths, the Ice Climbers and both Star Fox members jumped out of the way and they ran towards the Biohazard to stop his attack.

"STOP NOW!!!" Super Sonic went at high speed towards them and he punched Falco in his face and he hit the floor 6 times before fainting at the right side of Chris and Lenne.

"FALCO!" Fox and Chris yelled. When Fox turned his head to see the Biohazard, he saw Super Shadow with a fist coming to his stomach and Fox closed his eyes.

"USE CHOCOBO KICK!" Chris yelled

"KWEH!" When Super Shadow noticed, Lenne was at his right side and the Chocobo kicked his face with a blow and he flew away a little shaking his head.

"How...HOW DARE YOU!" Super Shadow glared at the Chocobo but suddenly and pink aura was surrounding his body, Mewtwo was pointing his hand at him psychically and he threw Super Shadow at Super Sonic and both hedgehogs crashed into the other. For their bad luck, Ness used PK Thunder on him and he rammed his head at them with a strong blow with electricity and they yelled in pain.

"NOW ATTACK!" Fox ordered and he and the Ice Climbers jumped towards the machine and they delivered a strong blow with their hammers and kicks, the Biohazard roared in pain then he stopped his attack towards Pit and the angel moved away panting, and the trio jumped away from the Biohazard.

"LUCARIO! JUMP HIGH IN THE AIR AND AIM YOUR LANCE AT THE SUBSPACE BOMB!" Chris commanded, Lucario nodded and he jumped high above in the space dissapearing.

"AFTER HIM!" Super Sonic ordered angrily and he along with Super Shadow went after Lucario, but Chris laughed mysteriously.

"Hahaha! They felt for it! Now attack the machine!" He said pointing at the the Subspace Bomb, Lenne chirped happily again and she flew right into the bomb and she used many Chocobo Kicks on it, the Biohazard roared in pain again and he aimed his mouth at Lenne.

"HAAA!" Jigglypuff came from behind the head of the Biohazard with a Rollout and it landed making the Biohazard to shook his head and recover his composture, but it was too late because Mewtwo used his psychic powers to slam his head in his body several times while Lenne was still kicking the bomb.

"It's working! Keep going!" Tails said in the speaker.

"Lucario's here!" Chris said when he saw the Aura Pok?mon coming from the emptyness of the space and thrusted his lance in the machine on the back of the monster, Pit took the opportunity to fire several arrows at the monster's head to stun him while Popo and Nana were hitting the bomb with their hammers.

"CHAOS...CONTROL!" Super Shadow came from above slowing down the time around the colony, only him and Super Sonic were unnafected and they rammed at everybody at high speed, Mewtwo was able to teleport just before they could even reach his body and so did Lucario, but unfortunately for everyone else (Except for Chris because both hedgehogs thought it was a waste of time to kill him) received a lot of damage from Chaos Spears and Sonic Winds, Popo pushed Nana aside slowly from a Chaos Spear and she landed on her butt watching Popo screaming in pain and fainting.

"POOOPOOO!" She slowly yelled worried after seeing the blue Ice Climber unconscious.

"FOOOX! BEEEHHHIIIINNNNDDDD YYYOOOUUUU!!!" Chris yelled slowly, Fox turned his head to see Super Shadow preparing a Chaos Spear, Fox blocked his face with the wrists of his hands and closed his eyes slowly (The whole Chaos Control attack it's just stupid, don't you think?) to defend himself of the destructive attack.

However, lasers came from nowhere and they went straight towards Super Shadow, he yelled aloud and he turned his back to see who attacked him, but there was no one there, in the process of the attack, the Chaos Control effect worn off since Super Shadow lost his concentration.

"Huh? Those lasers...I remember that attack somewhere..." Fox muttered to himself.

"PK FIRE!" Ness was able to fire a little bolt of lightning at Super Sonic and Pit used his Angel Ring to trap him inside, Nana came up with her hammer and she dealt the attack in Super Sonic's head, the super hedgehog closed his eyes enraged and he yelled aloud creating a invisible force attack and the trio were pushed away by the sound.

"Ugh...I won't give up yet..." Ness got up from the floor and he shook his head, but after opening his eyes, both hedgehogs landed a punch at both sides of his head and he fell unconscious, the blow also made blood to come out of his mouth.

"NESS!" Mewtwo yelled furiously, losing a psychic person to him was unforgiveable since he is a psychic Pok?mon himself, he glowed in a pink aura and he charged at both hedgehogs, they grinned (like idiots) and they pointed towards the Biohazard, the group didn't noticed that the monster was charging up another beam and it went straight towards Mewtwo, he crossed his arms in front of his face to shield himself but Pit came up using his Mirror Shield again.

"I...CAN'T HOLD MUCH LONGER...GET AWAY! HURRY!" Pit said closing his eyes.

"Right!" Mewtwo said and nodded, he floated away and he saw the beam pushing the Mirror Shield away and the beam got Pit completely, Mewtwo's eyes widened a lot and he tried to attack, but Super Sonic punched his face and Mewtwo entered the beam by force and he along with Pit lost their energy and fell unconscious on the floor.

"MEWTWO!" Chris, Fox, Nana and Lucario yelled after seeing Mewtwo fainted below Pit, Nana rushed at both allies but she was kicked on the back of her head by Super Shadow and she crashed into Popo, Nana had her eyes half opened and she looked at Popo in the face.

"Popo..." She said before fainting.

"NANA!" Chris yelled worried, Lenne was able to stand up and she chirped again and kicked Super Shadow in the face again, Super Sonic launched another Sonic Wind and Lenne closed her eyes to resist, but Lucario got in the way and he used his lance anfd blocked the attack, but after a moment, his lance broke up, the wind got him and he yelled in extreme pain and fainted on the floor, Lenne chirped worried about Lucario and she pressed her beak in his back but he didn't responded.

"LUCARIO!" Chris and Fox yelled.

"Oh no, they're losing!" Amy said in shock "Knuckles! Hurry up with that chant!" She said lookingat Knuckles, he was trying his best effort to concentrate the Master Emerald at his maximum power.

"Don't rush him or else Master Knuckles will lose the concentration" Tanaka said holding Christopher in his arms and he looked at him "Master Chris...I hope you can recover soon to see them trying to rescue Master Sonic"

"KWEH!" Lenne chirped and she did another strong blow with a kick in the Biohazard, fortunately, it was enough and the monster roared in pain and then, the whole colony stopped from colliding to the Earth before 6 minutes to reach it and the Biohazard exploded leaving no trails of the bomb behind.

"Good job Lenne!" Chris said petting the head of Lenne, she replied chirping happily and Fox walked up holding his right arm with his left hand "We've saved this world!"

"Chris...you forgot about them..." Fox said.

"...Huh?" Chris looked at both hedgehogs and they fired a lot of Chaos Spears and Sonic Winds at the trio, Chris and Fox ducked and tried to resist the destructive attacks, but nothing happened.

"...What happened?" Fox asked confused, however, both looked in front of them and they saw something very horrible.

Lenne was standing there with opened wings and she received the attacks to protect both of them.

"LENNE!!!" Chris yelled crying after watching Lenne falling slowly to the floor, Chris ran at her with tears coming from his eyes and he ducked and grabbed her head "LENNE! PLEASE, DON'T DIE! WE JUST MET A MOMENT AGO!"

"Kweh..." She replied with a weak chirp.

"Please...don't leave me alone...you're the first Chocobo to aid me in battle and you just saved the Earth from the colony!" He said crying, Lenne just chirped weakly and light was starting to surround her and Chris gasped "NO!" He said, but after a moment, Lenne left in the light and Chris closed his eyes to stop crying.

"She's gone..." Fox said shaking his head in dissapointment.

"No...this can't be happening! This can't be!" Chris said hitting the floor with his staff.

"Hehehehe, how do feel to lose someone precious to you?" Super Shadow asked smirking with crossed arms.

"It feels horrible...I can't believe you did this to her! What would Maria say about your action?!" Chris asked furiously.

Super Shadow looked away "I don't care for her anymore...I just live for gather more power and destroy everything in my path...THAT IS THE REASON OF MY EXISTENCE!" He yelled enraged.

"Now Shadow, let's destroy the Earth with Chaos Control!" Super Sonic suggested and Super Shadow nodded smirking, they floated high above at they started to prepare the most powerful Chaos Control in the story.

"WAIT!"

"What do you want kid? Can't you see we're trying to destroy this pathetic planet?!" Super Sonic asked furiously.

"Chris! You must stop right now!" Fox said.

But Chris clenched his hands in his staff while tears were running from his cheeks and falling from his chin "NO! I won't stop now!" He turned to see both power hungry hedgehogs "I WON'T ALLOW YOU TO DO SUCH THING! THERE'S NO WAY YOU'RE GOING AWAY UNPUNISHED!" He looked at everyone else fainted on the floor "THEY ARE VERY SPECIAL TO ME AND I WILL DO EVERYTHING IN MY POWER TO STOP ANY BASTARD LIKE YOU 2 FROM KILLING THEM AND THE OTHER INNOCENT PEOPLE!" He closed his eyes "And I will defeat both of you in a single attack for...for...for..." He opened his eyes "FOR TAKING LENNE AWAY FROM ME!"

"BRING IT THEN! YOU SAID YOU WANTED TO DEFEAT US WITH A SINGLE ATTACK?! THEN WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR?!" Super Sonic taunted smirking evily with crossed arms and Super Shadow did the same as him.

"What the?!" Fox said surprised after he saw something odd happening to Chris, his whole body was starting to glow with a blinding light and then he started to focus his magic in the staff chanting a spell.

Final Fantasy X Battle Theme

"The ultimate power of summoning, the ruler of all the dragons and god to all the summons, I call upon the skies to ask for help and destroy my enemies to protect the innocents from being killed," Chris chanted making a hand sign in the staff and closing his eyes "COME! BAHAMUT!" He said pointing with the staff at the emptyness of the space with eyes opened.

"HA! ULTIMATE POWER?! THE ONLY ULTIMATE POWER HERE IS MY FISTS!" Super Sonic said smirking.

"GGGUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!" A extremely huge roar was heard echoing through the space, the whole Earth with the humans were hearing the big echo, Fox looked around surprised to find the source of the roar, both super hedgehogs were just moving his eyes at both directions of where they were floating.

"Where did that roar came from?!" Tails asked looking around.

"OH NO! WE'RE DOOMED!" Bokkum said terrified flying like crazy in the room.

"THIS IS THE END!" Bocoe and Decoe said hugging each other.

"IMPOSSIBLE!" Fox said surprised. A enormous portal appeared behind the clueless super hedgehogs and they felt the most destructive and chaotic power gathering, they turned their backs to see a huge dragon head coming out from the portal, then the body was getting bigger and bigger, the dragon was slowly revealing his body, he had big black wings with a huge black tail and a weird orange wheel was between his wings, his chest was all protected by his scales of black, blue, red and yellow colors running to the tip of his tail, after a minute, the dragon stood there with crossed arms looking at his adversaries.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 05, 2008, 10:00:23 PM
"WHO DARES TO INTERRUPT MY DEEP SLEEP?!" Bahamut asked very furiously.

"(Wow, I never thought he could be so big)" Chris thought in his mind, it was true, somehow Bahamut was now 5 times bigger than his normal appearance and his height was like 1/3 of the colony itself "I was the one who summoned you!" Chris shouted. Bahamut moved his eyes to look at him.

"A KID?!" Bahamut asked chuckling a little "THIS MUST BE SOME KIND OF JOKE ISN'T?!"

"Sadly, I'm not joking, I need your help to destroy both of them!" Chris said pointing at Super Sonic and Super Shadow.

"THESE 2 WEAKLINGS?!" Bahamut asked furiously and both hedgehogs glared at him "THEY WON'T SURVIVE TO MY ATTACKS!"

"Try us!" Super Sonic taunted. But after he noticed, he was now being held inside Bahamut's right hand while Super Shadow was in the left hand, both tried to punch his fingers to get out, but Bahamut didn't felt nothing since his scales were too thick to break "LET ME OUT YOU BIG DORK!" Super Sonic asked furiously but Bahamut roared directly in his face and the hedgehog trembled in fear.

"(Wussy)" Super Shadow thought in his head.

"VERY WELL THEN, YOU SHALL SUFFER MY WRATH!" Bahamut said, he lifted his hands and he threw both hedgehogs at the floor with a loud crash and they shook their heads, the wheel behind Bahamut was now spinning rapidly and he opened his mouth and a bright light came from it.

"HAHAHAHA! YOU FORGOT THAT WE CAN FLY AWAY FROM YOUR ATTACK AT HIGH SPEED!" Super Sonic pointed out, he and Super Shadow tried to get away but they couldn't do anything "What the?! WHY WE CAN'T ESCAPE?!"

"IT'S BECAUSE OF ME!" They looked below and they saw Lucario glowing intensely since the Sonic Wind builded up enough damage for him to be at the same level as both hedgehogs, he was holding them by the legs and they tried to get their legs off but failed miserably "YOU WILL NOT ESCAPE FROM THIS ATTACK!" Lucario demanded.

"ARE YOU NUTS?!  YOU'RE SACRIFICING YOUR LIFE!" Super Sonic said. But Lucario chuckled to himself "WHAT'S SO FUNNY?!"

"Fools, the colony is going to be unharmed except for you 2 since all the destructive attacks that Chris calls doesn't kills his allies in the process, instead, they protect us from the likes of you!" Lucario pointed out breathing heavily.

"NO! I CAN'T LOSE TO THIS PATHETIC KID!" Super Shadow said angrily pointing at Chris, who glared at him.

"JUST FOR THAT, YOU'RE GOING TO DIE FIRST!" Chris said furiously gritting his teeth, at the same time, everyone else woke up from their previous state and they looked at Bahamut charging up his attack.

"RETURN THEM BACK TO THEIR ORIGINAL FORMS!" Knuckles said the last part of his long chant and it fired a light towards the hedgehogs, this time it worked and both returned to their original forms but the dark aura was still with them, they felt a strong pain coming from his legs since Lucario was holding them.

"NOW!" Chris ordered.

"MEGA FLARE!" Bahamut somehow yelled the name of his destructive attack and he fired the big beam from his mouth at both hedgehogs, they widened their eyes a lot and screamed, shouted and yelled in extreme pain, the attack was just the most powerful and strong attack Chris has called so far and after a while, the beam dissapeared leaving Sonic in his normal state fainted on the floor.

"Maria...I'm joining you now" Shadow said before dissapearing, he was gone forever, supposedly, Chris killed him for the previous insult, or not?

"I HAVE COMPLETED YOUR COMMAND, NOW I MUST LEAVE TO BE CALLED BY ANOTHER POWERFUL SUMMONER AND TRY TO DEFEAT THEIR ENEMIES, CALL ME WHENEVER YOU NEED MY ASSISTANCE, YOUR POWER IS THE ONLY THING THAT MAKES ME STRONGER" Bahamut said before dissapearing in the portal whil making a huge roar and the king of all the dragons left.

"It's...over...finally...guys...we can go now..." Chris made a sigh of relief and he fell slowly but Fox catched him before hitting the floor with his face.

"You did well Chris...I admit it" Fox said smiling a bit.

"Wow, they actually did it" Rouge said surprised.

"HURRAY! MY SONIC IS BACK!" Amy said jumping happily with Tails.

"Excellent work" Tanaka said smiling and nodding.

"Heh, that was close" Knuckles said grinning and wiping sweat from his forehead.

"WE'RE ALIVE!" The trio of idiots robots said cheering.

"(They just defeated both hedgehogs in their corrupted forms, if they were in their correct forms, they could have lost instantly)" Dr Eggman thought "(But after all this trouble, it's finally over)" He sighed and he commanded the floor beneath the Smashers to pull them back to the colony.

The screen slowly fades out while the crowd cheers for the heroes.

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"You did it!" Amy and Tails said in unison smiling, all the Smashers came holding their arms or walking with the help of someone else with one arm above his or her shoulder. Lucario was able to walk and holding Chris at the same time.

"All thanks to Chris" Roy said glancing at Chris, after a second, both Chris opened their eyes awakening.

"What happened Lucario?" Chris asked.

"You defeated Sonic and Shadow a moment ago" Lucario commented.

"Really?"

"He's right ki-I mean, Chris," Rouge said smiling a bit "But you killed Shadow in the process"

"I what?"

"That doesn't matters," Amy said "Where is Sonic?" She asked.

"Right here" Mewtwo used his energy to bring the unconscious Sonic floating to the room and Amy ran and hugged him crying "OH SONIC! YOU'RE BACK! I'M SO GLAD!" She said and everyone laughed at this.

"But, who fired those lasers at him?" Fox muttered to himself while holding Falco with his arm around his neck.

"Did you said something Fox?" Falco asked.

Fox shook his head "No, I didn't said anything"

"So-Sonic!" Christopher got out from Tanaka and he ran at Sonic and Amy "Finally, he's a good guy again" He said smiling a bit.

"But I have a question," Roy stated "Why was he possesed so easily by the Primids?"

"Now that I think about it, he's one of those guys who likes to defend himself from any unexpected attack" Ness said rubbing his chin.

Just then, someone was snoring inside the room, they looked around at the source...and it was Sonic who was sleeping.

"It's he snoring?!" Pikachu asked raising an eyebrow.

"Oh yeah! I remember now!" Tails said lifting a finger from his right hand.

"What?" Knuckles asked.

Tails slammed slowly his right hand above his left hand "I remember Sonic sleeping above Chris's house when I was getting a glass of milk in the night, then I saw those purple spores crawling in the window, I rubbed my eyes and they were gone and I thought it was only a dream, and after that, Sonic was starting to act weird" Tails explained.

Chris's right eye twitched "...Let me get this straight...so the reason about why Sonic was possesed so easily...WAS BECAUSE HE WAS SLEEPING?!"

Tails scratched the back of his head "Hehehehehe, it seems so" He said laughing heartily.

Just then, Sonic woke up, inhaling 3 long seconds of air from his mouth, exhaling and scratching his head "Umm...good morning guys..." He noticed that everyone was glaring at him with red shiny eyes "...Guys? Are you okay?"

Popo and Nana took out their hammers "Popo"

"Yes Nana?" Popo asked.

"I have the sudden feeling to eat flat hedgehog now"

"How weird, I was thinking the same thing" Popo said grinning.

"Guys?" Sonic asked a little scared. He noticed that Fox and Falco were clenching their fists.

"Fox, did you forgot about the reflectors AND the blasters?" Falco asked grinning.

"No Falco, he needs to pay them NOW" Fox responded grinning.

"...Guys?"

"Chris, can I have the permission to eat his flesh?" Lucario asked.

"No Lucario, leave some flesh for me" Chris answered.

".......Guys?"

Pretty much soon everyone were either clenching their hands or preparing their attacks to kill Sonic (Heck, even Tails wanted to punch him), this made Sonic tremble in fear.

"...Amy? You can stop hugging me now!" Sonic said with a scared smile. He noticed that Amy was surrounded by fire.

"Yes Sonic...you will go on a date with me..." She realesed Sonic from her arms and she took out her huge hammer "ONCE YOU GET OUT OF THE HOSPITAL!" And with that, Sonic left in a hurry.

"GET HIM!" Roy yelled taking out his sword and soon everyone started a crazy chase to kill Sonic around the colony except for Dr Eggman who just sweatdropped at the event.

Then, Lenne came from nowhere all fully replenished and the doctor petted her head and she chirped happily "You have a bunch of weird killer sickos as your friends"

"Kweh!" She said chirping.

Far away from them...

"GUYS! STOP PLEASE! I BEG OF YOU! AAAHHH!!" Unfortunately, Sonic tripped and everyone lunged at him to kill him in that instant, but the scene stops with Chris being the first one to hit him with his staff and everyone else were too angry at the hedgehog. The scene blackens out a little showing the rank of the mission with the victory theme of the Sonic's missions.

...It was a "E"....

"YOU'VE GOT TO BE KIDDING US!!!" The 13 Smashers said in unison, their faces covered the whole screen with angry looks and the screens fades out.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 1500 SMASH COINS!

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 06, 2008, 02:16:28 PM
That was amazing how Chris did that.  Stupendous.

I also laughed at the end how nearly everyone went after Sonic like that, then they get the rating of mission completion be an "E".

Very good.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 06, 2008, 09:29:02 PM
Chapter 40: Break Time

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Mission failed" Wolf reported.

"You fool, don't be an idiot around me, I know what you did back there!" Tabuu said.

"My action of saving Fox from someone who was going to kill him and WASN'T me? I thought you remember our little deal" Wolf said crossing his arms.

"Lord Tabuu, if I remember correctly, that was part of your deal with him" The Ancient Minister said.

"Fine, I admit it, that was our deal"

"Heh, good" Wolf said grinning.

"But the part I can't believe is that our effort to take the whole planet ended misserably...BY HIM!" Tabuu made a screen appear showing Chris, who was smiling happily.

"He is going to be a lot of trouble your plans" The Ancient Minister said.

"I refuse to believe a normal human can defeat a whole army of Primids"

The Ancient Minister made another screen with the current Smashers along with Chris "His strength comes from them, if he fights, they will too"

"But even with the power of the Chaos Emeralds and TWO hedgehogs, he wiped them out with one single attack, it's pathetic losing my best men to him"

Wolf grunted "Your first big error is making a egocentrical hedgehog your "best men" and the second was wasting your time creating a bigger Subspace Bomb" He stated.

"We need to make a distraction the next time..." The Ancient Minister got in a thinking position.

"No, what we need is more allies that can join us without using Shadow Bugs, that is our current plan" Tabuu said.

"I want to see that" Wolf said.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Flashback

Space Colony ARK
Capsule Room

"Well everyone, we need to go now" Chris said.

"You're going away to defeat the Primids right?" Tails asked and Chris nodded. The entire group was shown separated by the Smashers and Sonic'c group, speaking of Sonic, he had several or many lumps in his head but was standing up with crossed arms.

"It was really fun to be here, but it's time to go to another world" Ness said doing a handshake to Knuckles.

"You know, I could repair your weapons in less than 2 hours" Tails said but Fox shook his head.

"Thanks but, we can ask Slippy to make more of them, don't worry about that" Fox said and both foxes did a handshake.

"Chris, remember what I told you before" Chris said.

"Yeah, I won't forget our promise" Christopher said and both did a handshake.

"I hope we can see each other very soon" Amy said.

"Don't worry, I'm think we will" Jigglypuff said.

"Ok guys, we need to go now" Chris said and his group nodded, they walked away for 9 seconds but Sonic stopped them "It's something wrong Sonic?"

Sonic shook his head "Well, I was thinking in saying thanks to all of you for returning me to my old self but..."

"...You know, that would actually be good" Pikachu said.

"But I thought it could be more thankful if I join you" He said smiling a little.

"WHAT?!" His group said surprised but Chris stared at him with wide eyes.

"...Of course you can!" Chris said smiling.

"CHRIS!" The Smashers however protested at his idea but Chris winked at them.

"But first, I need to see if you can make a lap around the colony in less than 5 minutes, after that, you can come with us!"

Sonic made thumbs up "Gotcha!" He ran away at high speed, after Chris secured that he was away, he quickly made the portal "QUICK! ENTER!" The Smashers entered in a hurry inside the portal and it dissapeared. Sonic's group sweatdropped at this.

End of flashback

"And that's pretty much it" Chris said finishing his flashback.

"And what happened to that bird?" Master Hand asked.

"Lenne? She's fine, I thought she died but I found Dr Eggman with her and she ran at me pressing her beak at my face chirping, after 3 seconds, I dismissed her," Chris explained and sighed "But...this mission was the hardest one so far...summoning Bahamut took so much energy from me"

"Not only that, Pichu was badly damaged, Fox and Falco lost their reflectors and blasters, Ness was hurted horribly in his head and Popo and Nana were almost killed" Roy said.

"I just need a nap...and I'll be fine in the morning" Ness reasured.

"I'll call Slippy to send us our equipment to be ready" Fox said.

"I need to take a long rest...I think I can't go to any world for a while" Pichu said.

"I'll stay here to care of Pichu" Pikachu said.

"Same as Ness's idea" Both Ice Climbers said in unison.

"A meditation is the only thing I need to do to recover" Mewtwo said.

"I can't fly for now, my wings are hurting me a lot" Pit said without moving his wings.

Master Hand yawned "Well...it's already night so we should rest for now...I see you in the morning and good night"

"Good night" The Smashers replied and Master Hand floated away, then Crazy Hand floated in front of them.

"Hehehehe! You'll be surprised tomorrow after I show you my new list of merchandise!" He said before snoring in the air and Master Hand came again (frowning at himself) and dragged Crazy Hand away from the room.

But Chris suddenly collapses.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled worried holding Chris in his arms.

"Didn't he said summoning that dragon took away his energy?" Falco asked.

"Yes, he did, after all, his energy made that dragon stronger" Roy spointed out.

"He just need a nap like all of us, there's nothing to be worry about" Jigglypuff said, reasuring Lucario.

The Aura Pok?mon sighed in relief "Thank god..."

After a second, some of them yawned and they went to their rooms to sleep for the night, Fox first called Slippy to send his weapons in the morning and the inventor nodded, then Fox ended the communication and he went to sleep in his room, Pikachu decided to sleep with Pichu to take care of him and everyone else soon were sleeping to recover their energies.

4 hours later...

Enviromental Noises

Falco's Room

Falco woke up shaking his head, he wasn't wearing his usual uniform of Star Fox, instead, he was wearing only a white shirt and red shorts "...Time to get a warm glass of milk" He said to himself before getting out of the bed and putting on his black slippers and he went towards the kitchen in the emptyness of the mansion in the night.

Kitchen

Falco made it to the refrigerator and he poured milk inside a glass, then he inserted the glass with milk inside the microwave and he set the timer in 1 minute.

...But after 10 seconds of staring at his glass, he felt a horrible sensation inside his stomach.

"(Why? Why the effects of the laxative from yesterday are acting now?)" He thought to himself while his eyes were twitching uncontrollably, yesterday before joining the Smashers, Falco just had ate water with laxative and he drank it completely, then Fox came to him telling about his mission and Falco nodded agreeding with his idea, but in the course of the whole adventure in the Space Colony ARK, he forgot completely about that.

"(Where in the hell is the bathroom?!)" He thought in shock after looking at both sides of the huge kitchen, the expert Arwing pilot ran away in a hurry to search for the bathroom and leaving his glass of milk being heating up inside the microwave.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 07, 2008, 05:29:44 AM
:D Wow!  How easy it is to trick Sonic!  "Hey, if you can run around the colony in 5 minutes, I'll let you join our party!"  And then they leave.  I almost feel sorry for him!  Almost.

And Falco took LAXATIVES?  So he then leaves his milk heating up in the microwave running for the bathroom...  that can't be good!  Just hope he doesn't lose it in his pants!

BTW, I don't like warm milk.  BLEECH!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 07, 2008, 02:07:28 PM
Ness walked to the kitchen wearing his red pajamas, his hat was moving mysteriously and something said "BOING!" inside the hat.

"Mr Saturn...you want milk too?" Ness asked with half opened eyes.

"Mr Saturn likes milk, BOING!" A Mr Saturn came out of the hat looking around, Ness joined his search and then, a "ding!" sound came from the microwave and both found a warm glass of milk inside.

"How convenient..." Ness trailed off, he took the glass out of the machine and he drank the half of it and he gave the glass to Mr Saturn, the fact that Ness didn't or ever saw his mouth once wasn't so important now, but the nose of Mr Saturn was covered with milk.

"ZOOM!" The Mr Saturn replied happily.

"I know you didn't took a sip, right?" Ness asked grogily.

"NOPE, BOING!" He replied, Ness sighed to himself and he returned the glass inside the microwave and both returned to Ness's room to sleep.

Just then, Falco came from his trip to the bathroom and he took out the glass from the microwave, but after lifting the glass while touching his mouth (or beak) he didn't felt the flavor of warm milk going inside.

"Huh? What the..." Falco glanced inside the glass and the milk was gone! "Did I set the timer to 10 minutes that it vaporized?...How can that be possible?" He asked to himself confused, but he poured more milk inside the glass and he secured that the timer was in 1 minute and turned it on.

...But oddly enough, he felt another horrible sensation inside his stomach.

"(Again?!)" He thought in shock "(What kind of laxative did I drank?!)" The little bag with laxative was inside his pocket of the short he was wearing so he took it and he desperately readed all the information until he found something very stupid...

Warning: May act several times

"(WHY ISN'T THIS PART IN BOLD LETTERS?!)" Falco thought furiously before running away to the bathroom again.

Someone was walking inside the kitchen again, it was Pit in white pajamas.

"A glass of milk? That should do" He said glancing at the new warm glass of milk in the microwave, he grabbed it and drank his content before wiping out a mustache of milk in his face and placing back the glass in the microwave, then the angel went to his room.

Again, Falco walked to the microwave and found the glass empty again.

"This is weird..." He trailed off before he shook his head, and again, he poured more milk, put the glass inside the machine and he set the timer at 1 again.

And another sensation was happening in his stomach.

"(OH COME ON!)" He thought annoyed grabbing his stomach in pain and running away to the bathroom once again.

This time, Jigglypuff came walking with half opened eyes and she drank the warm glass of milk before returning it to the microwave.

"Someone must have heard my wish..." She said smiling grogily and walking away to her room.

The Star Fox member came once again from his painful trip to the bathroom and once again, the glass was empty without a single drop. Falco cursed A LOT under his breath before pouring more milk and putting the glass inside the microwave and setting the timer to 1 minute.

And once again, his stomach was hurting him and he found more words in the bag.

CAUTION: Drinking the entire bag can cause a lot of pain, pour one gram only in each sip

"(I'M GONNA SUE SOMEBODY AFTER THIS, I SWEAR!)" He said before running once again to the bathroom in a hurry.

The Ice Climbers walked inside the kitchen wearing a blue and pink pajamas for their respective genders and they found the glass of milk ready from the microwave.

"We share it?" Popo asked grogily.

"Why not?" Nana responded grogily.

Both of them shared half of the glass, they wiped out milk around their mouths and they left to sleep in their room.

"...There's somebody else here besides me right?" Falco asked furiously to no one in the kitchen and he did the same thing...again.

For his misfortune...

"(AAAHHHHH!!!!!)" He yelled inside his mind before running away to the bathroom...again.

Nobody was walking to the kitchen, instead, someone came floating above the floor, it was Mewtwo, he used his psychic powers to lift the glass towards his mouth and he drank the milk, then he returned the glass inside the microwave and left to his room to meditate (That's his way how he sleeps)

And sadly for Falco, he cursed a lot under his breath, poured more milk inside and placing the glass inside the machine again, but he thought ahead and ran away to the bathroom to suffer his demise (Mwhahaha, I'm so evil)

Now, Fox came walking grogily to the kitchen, he was wearing only a red shirt, blue shorts and black slippers.

"Good, somebody left this behind..." He said after finding the glass of milk ready in the microwave, after taking a long sip of it, he returned the milk inside the machine and he walked away trying to not fall for the need to sleep above something soft and not hard.

...And Falco came again saying a long list of curses, it only was fed with more curses after finding his glass empty, so he did the same process and left to the bathroom since his sickness became worser every minute.

Roy came wearing a blue shirt, black shorts and pale blue slippers.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 07, 2008, 10:38:56 PM
The red haired swordsman found the glass ready in the microwave and he grabbed it and...you know what he did after...

"Aww, time for more rest..." He said to himself with a little smile before walking away to his room to sleep, of course he returned the glass in the microwave.

"(...THIS...IS...JUST...STUPID!)" Falco thought furiously inside his mind, after repeating the entire process AGAIN, he went to the bathroom AGAIN.

This time, 2 persons came, it was Lucario holding Chris in his arms, somehow, Chris had enough energy to change clothes before falling unconscious in the bed, he asked Lucario if he could take him to drink something in the kitchen, obviously, Lucario agreeded and he took him with him.

"Let's see..." Lucario said looking around the kitchen, fortunately, he found a glass of warm milk ready in the microwave, so he grabbed the glass and gave it to Chris, who started to drank it slowly.

"Thank you..." Chris replied before falling sleep, a small smile formed in Lucario's face and he placed back the glass in the machine, then he walked away with his sleeping trainer.

Falco came again, cursed a lot again, more curses for finding his glass empty again, pouring more milk inside again, setting the timer again, feeling the same sensation again and running away...AGAIN!

Pikachu walked inside the kitchen with a glass already in his hand for Pichu, he found the glass ready and he poured the milk inside his glass and he walked away with half opened eyes while yawning.

"...." Falco was left speechless, something weird was happening to him in this night, he couldn't know what it was, but then, an idea came to his mind and he smirked, he didn't do anything except for walking away to the bathroom.

1 minute later...

When Falco returned, he was angry for the fact that the effect has worn off so he could rest secured for now, but his plan worked and he found a glass of warm milk ready in the microwave, after drinking his content, he was able to walk away to his room with a smile of victory in his face.

"..." Master Hand found his glass of milk empty however...

The next morning...

All the Smashers were eating breakfast in the kitchen in their sleeping clothes (But Pichu was receiving help from Pikachu since his injures were still hurting him), everyone else was fully recovered from the previous mission.

"Say, this breakfast it's too good!" Jigglypuff said eating her breakfast.

"I agree, I've never thought something like this could exist!" Chris said. Lucario was happy to see Chris with his usual energy from everyday back to him "What about you Lucario?"

"I agree too" He said eating.

Surprisingly, even Mewtwo decided to eat the breakfast with the others and he thought it was not so bad after the first bite.

"...Wow, I don't know why I'm feeling something heating up inside my stomach..." Popo said touching his stomach.

DING...DING...DING...DING! A little sound was heard inside the mansion, it was an announcement from Master Hand.

"Good morning everybody! Today is a beautiful morning to start our missions, isn't?" He said excited in his office "Anyway, today, we have another upgrade to the system, now you can watch the worlds from the kitchen while doing your business, the virtual screen is going to be shown in the middle of the table, so if you want to see a world, use the remote control near the table, that's all for today! See you in the Command Room!"

"AND DON'T FORGET TO VISIT MY SHOP, CHRIS!" Crazy Hand's voice boomed in the speaker causing everyone to block their ears.

"CRAZY!" Master Hand yelled annoyed and the announcement ended. A remote control appeared near Pichu and he grabbed it and turned on the virtual screen to show the current status of the worlds.

"Hey Slippy! Have you sent the reflectors and blasters Fox ordered to you?" Peppy asked.

"Sure did! Right now, I'm trying to desactivate this!" Slippy said trying to desactivate something...

"Wha-NO! SLIPPY! DON'T-" Peppy was interrupted because Slippy was trying to desactivate the most dangerous item of the Star Fox team, a Smart Bomb who exploded after cutting down the red wire (The blue wire was the correct one)

"Are they going to be alright?" Nana asked.

"Usualy, Slippy is always trying to desactivate those bombs everyday, but the result is always the same as this one, don't worry about that" Falco explained. Pichu changed the channel to another world.

"Prince Poo, how is your training going today?" A monk asked to a kid with karate clothes and with a little string of black hair in his head.

"..." Poo didn't replied.

"Oh, I see, you don't want interruptions now, pardon my behavior" The monk said before leaving.

"(Ness, we were almost done with your training to cast PK Starstorm, but you left before teaching the last thing, I wish you good luck in your adventure)" Poo thought in his mind before returning to his meditation.

"Why I'm thinking I forgot something very important to do with Poo?" Ness asked to himself, then Pichu changed the channel again.

The channel showed Maylene kicking an Aura Sphere from her Lucario, but something was weird with her Aura Pok?mon...

"Lucario, call me crazy but I think something is wrong with Maylene" Chris said.

"Her Lucario probably lost his match againts Paul, I can feel anger coming from his attack" Lucario stated.

Just then, a group of young travelers came into the scene an-

"GIVE ME THAT CONTROL!" Pikachu took quickly the control from Pichu and he changed the channel to another world, the electric mouse Pok?mon sighed in relief and he returned the control to a very confused Pichu.

"Weren't they Ash, Dawn and Brock?" Chris asked confused, Pikachu nodded.

The screen shows the Tower of the Gods rising from the water, but Toon Link wasn't there.

"Where is Toon Link?" Chris asked, just then, Toon Link came from nowhere and he crashed into the wall and fell to the sea "Oh, wait, I remember that scene..." He chuckled to himself, Pichu changed the channel again.

"Louie, stop sleeping in the cockpit! You're going to stay behind without doing absolutely nothing!" Olimar complained to another guy like him, but he was a little tall, his gloves and the antenna on his helmet were blue instead of red like Olimar's.

"...Huh? We're already here?" Louie said awakening from his slumber, then he got out of the ship (The ship was very different this time), but he fell to the ground and Olimar frowned to himself.

"(This didn't happened with them though)" Olimar thought inside his mind remembering the Smashers.

"Olimar is going to have a hard time with him" Popo said laughing, then Pichu changed the channel.

The screen showed Samus landing in Tallon IV and she landed with a somersault, but her suit was smaller than the last time.

"Now it's time to explore this planet and search for more equipment" Samus said to herself and ran away. Pichu changed the channel again.

The channel was showing another different world that they haven't traveled to, there was a tall girl with a long green ponytail and blue clothes, brown boots and a sword in her belt, and there was a tall man in blue armor, purple hair and with a long axe standing in front of her, but Pichu noticed that they were going to kiss so he changed the channel quickly.

"Ugh, I don't want to see a romance novel now..." Pichu said dissapointed.

But Roy's eyes widened a lot and he spat out his coffee...on Fox...wait, isn't he too young for drink coffee?

"YUCK! WHAT WAS THAT FOR?!" Fox asked angrily cleaning his face with a napkin.

"SHE...SHE...SHE IS...SHE IS...SHE'S MY MOTHER!" Roy said in shock and that caused a lot of them to stare at Roy confused.

"Come again?" Popo asked confused.

"GUYS! THAT WAS MY MOTHER WHEN SHE WAS YOUNGER, BUT WHAT IS SHE DOING WITH THAT GUY?!" Roy asked in shock.

"You mean Lyn is your mother?" Chris asked and Roy nodded "And that guy...what's wrong with him?"

"DON'T YOU UNDERSTAND?! MY FATHER WASN'T HIM! IT WAS MY FATHER ELIWOOD!" Roy explained.

"...I see..." Mewtwo said nodding.

"What?" Ness asked.

"If Lyn manages to marry that guy, I'm afraid that Roy is going to dissapear for good from us" Mewtwo stated and everyone's jaws dropped astonished.

"...Won't that cause a time paradox?" Popo asked.

"Popo, scientists in the world had proven that time paradoxes don't exist" Nana responded frowning.

"...The point is! We need to stop him from marrying Lyn before it's too late!" Ness said and everyone nodded agreeding.

But all of a sudden, Pichu felt something bad inside his stomach.

"Ugh...I don't feel so good..." Said Pichu.

"I'm not feeling good either..." Said Pikachu twirling his head slowly, very soon, everyone else were feeling bad, then Chris gasped.

"What?" Lucario asked.

"Guys...there's a reason of why are we feeling so bad right now...." Chris said.

"What is the reason?" Falco asked.

"It's not weird that our breakfast has fire coming from it?" Chris asked raising an eyebrow, everyone noticed that fire was coming from their food.

"..." Fox didn't said anything.

"..." Mewtwo didn't said anything.

"...WE JUST ATE SUPERSPICY CURRY!" Chris yelled in shock.

The scene changes to outside the mansion and a fiery red color came from the kitchen with yells, screams and pleas for water.

"AAHHHH!!" Jigglypuff yelled, hell broke soon inside the room and many fireballs were coming from the Smashers and they were trying to cover their mouths but failed.

"COVER YOUR MOUTH!" Chris said, trying to cover his mouth.

"IT'S NO USE! THE FIRE CAN BURN OUR HANDS!" Roy yelled.

"AAAHH! PICHU! LOOK TO ANOTHER DIRECTION BESIDES ME!" Pikachu yelled as his fireballs were burning Pichu alive, but the same happened to Pikachu unfortunately.

"MY FEATHERS!" Falco screamed.

"THIS IS TOO HOT!" Nana yelled.

"!!!" Mewtwo was trying to evade yelling, but the effect was just too much for him to handle and he yelled.

"MY TAIL!" Lucario yelled looking at a little flame increasing in size in his tail.

"WHERE IS SQUIRTLE WHEN YOU NEED HIM?!" Pichu asked in shock.

"MY HAT!" Ness yelled watching his hat for sleep being burned by the fire, the Mr Saturn from before got out with a tiny flame burning his ribbon.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Where's that noise coming from?" Master Hand asked and he made a virtual screen showing the kitchen and the poor Smashers being burned alive and gasped "THE KITCHEN!!!"

"Oops...I think I served Superspicy Curry instead of eggs..." Crazy Hand muttered to himself and his brother ran away with a huge bucket with water to douse the fire. He forgot completely of someone else standing in the Command Room watching Roy, but the person was very familiar.

"Roy...looks like you haven't changed at all"

Preview of the next chapter

Currently, we're experiencing techniqual dificulties due to a fire starting in the mansion, to advance, we're going to leave this note with the title of the next chapter


Roy is NOT our boy

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, ?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 09, 2008, 02:41:55 PM
Poor Falco!  It just wasn't his night...

And the next morning, Crazy Hand screwed up bad!  My...

Oh, I can't wait to see who the mysterious person is!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 13, 2008, 08:07:49 PM
Chapter 41: Roy is NOT our boy

Kitchen

"FIRE IN THE HOLE!" Master Hand screamed before throwing the water from the bucket to the Smashers, a big river of water flooded the entire kitchen and after the water was gone, the Smashers were shown with upset faces and water running down their bodies, but the effect of the Superspicy Curry was gone.

"I don't know if I need to be mad or happy after this" Chris said.

"At least the fire is gone" Jigglypuff said sighing in relief.

"It could have been worse if all the Smashers were here" Master Hand said shuddering "The mansion would be on fire"

"I don't even want to think about that" Roy said clenching his shirt to dry it.

"Oh, by the way Roy, a friend is waiting for you in the Command Room, he wants to see you there now with everyone else" Master Hand said before leaving with the bucket.

"Who could it be?" Pikachu asked getting in a thinking position.

"...REALLY?!" Roy ran away at high speed towards the Command Room, forgetting the fact that he was still wet in his clothes for sleep.

"Hey! Wait up!" Popo said drying out his parka for sleep.

"...He's already there" Mewtwo pointed out.

Command Room

"IT'S YOU!" Roy said surprised pointing at the mysterious person.

"Man, he reached the room before me already?" Master Hand asked floating inside the room after Roy came in.

"Roy, how have you been since the Melee tournament?" The mysterious person asked.

"Good! I've been fighting againts the Primids with the others currently here!" Roy said.

The mysterious person glanced at Roy's clothes "...In that?"

"You know not with this" Roy said closing his eyes at the middle.

Suddenly, everyone else came with their clothes for sleep dried and they gasped after seeing the mysterious person.

"It's...it's...it's..." Nana trailed off accidentaly pointing surprised at the mysterious person.

"That's right! Our favorite nancy boy, Marth, is here!" Crazy Hand said. Revealing the mysterious person to be Marth!

"STOP CALLING ME LIKE THAT!" Marth demanded angrily and that made various Smashers to chuckle a little "HEY!"

"We're kidding! Take it easy!" Falco said still chuckling.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 14, 2008, 05:31:11 AM
Say, it was Marth!  Crazy hand called him a nancy boy :D
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 14, 2008, 01:59:37 PM
Marth glanced at the current Smashers, but his eyes were more interested in one particular person "Who is him?" He said looking at Chris.

"My name is Chris, nice to meet you" Chris introduced himself to Marth.

"He doesn't looks like he's from a land or place like all of us are"

"It's because he is a human of the real world" Master Hand pointed out.

"The real world? So it was true that there was a world like that"

"How did you contacted Marth?" Ness asked.

"Ugh, I don't want to remember how I went through all the trouble to take him here" Master Hand said frowning.

Flashback

The scene shows Master Hand being surrounded by a huge army of japanese soldiers.

"Calm down! I'm just looking for Marth of Altea!" Master Hand said sweating.

The only problem that made Master Hand was the soldiers who didn't understand his language since they only speak japanese, and many ramblings in japanese were created after he said that.

One of them asked something to the hand.

"Hey! My mother was a saint, mind you!" Master Hand responded angrily (He didn't knew what were they talking too) "What'd you say?!"

End of flashback

"And then, Marth came from nowhere and he explained everything to his crazy japanese army in his language and then, I convinced him to come with me" Master Hand said.

"I admit it, I would do the same if I were you" Popo said.

Marth joined your team!

"...Wait, we forgot something about Roy, didn't we?" Pikachu asked.

"..." Roy thought for a moment and he gasped "MY MOTHER!"

"Your mother? What about her?" Master Hand asked, Pichu was still holding the control and he changed the screen to show Lyn about to kiss Hector "HOLY SH-"

"No need to swear" Marth said.

"Sorry," Master Hand said embarrased "If we don't stop them before Lyn or Hector say if they want to marry, this is going to cause a time paradox!"

"Time paradoxes doesn't exist!" Nana protested.

"SUUUUURE, they don't exist!" Master Hand said sarcastically "We need to do something since the Primids are taking a "break" from their invasions, everyone, prepare to go there now!" Master Hand ordered and everyone left to their rooms to prepare except for Marth.

WARNING: Epic scene coming after this message

The scene blackens out, but suddenly, it shows Ness putting on his stripped shirt with a impacting sound, then it shows electricity gathering in Pikachu's tail (With another impacting sound), Roy putting on his shoes, Nana taking her hammer from the floor, Chris changing of jobs, Jigglypuff clearing her throat, Fox adjusting his belt, Lucario chuckling his hands and the aura glows in them, Popo covering his head with his blue hood (Unfortunately, we lost the chance to see his head), Mewtwo slowly opening his eyes, Falco putting on his vest, Pit swinging his blades at the air, Pichu yawning, then, it shows everyone preparing themselves for the mission and the scene focuses on their faces.

"Let's do this!" They say in unison, but Pichu falls asleep since he was still weak.

End of epic scene

Everyone returns to the Command Room.

"Oh, I forgot something, only humans are allowed to go to this world" Master Hand said and that caused the non-humans Smashers to groan at this (Save for Mewtwo and Lucario).

"Why we can't go to that world?" Pikachu asked.

"You see, there are rules for each world, the rules are that only characters who resembles another person or race in that world can go to that world, for example, the last world you visited was Sonic's, correct? It has various characters resembling different species, that's why all of you were allowed to go," He looked at the screen "Unfortunately, Fire Emblem only has humans, basically, only Roy, Chris, the Ice Climbers and Marth can go"

Ness made an upset face "But I'm human!"

"Humans don't have big heads"

"Racist!" Ness replied back.

"I'm not racist! Admit it! I consider you an EarthBounder!"

"Fine!" Ness crossed his arms "I didn't wanted to go from the beginning!"

"Do what you want to do!" Master Hand said "There's also a capacity of characters to go, let me show you with this explanation on the screen" Master Hand snapped his fingers changing the moment of Lyn kissing Hector to an instruction about traveling "Wait! This is also in the manual I send to you in your first trip!"

"I forgot about the manual the whole time" Chris said (He was using the PK Kid job) and he grabbed the manual from his pocket.

About traveling section

Over your travels, there are certain options to let a member of your party to travel along with you, if your partner has at least 2 or more of the next requirements, he or she can go with you


Race: This happens if the world has characters that are in one or many ways like your partner is, example: if there are characters who looks like birds, you can take any member who looks like a bird

"In other words, me" Falco said pointing at himself.

Abilities: In some worlds, there are certain cases that some abilities are strongly neccessary to use, example: ability to run fast, climb walls, espionage, magic, etc

"Well, I have espionage skills" Fox said.

Level of danger: If there is absolute danger of the world about to be destroyed, you can take ALL the party members you want to take, if this case appears, use this method IMMEDIATELY

There are 3 levels of danger (This method is always combined with another method):

Low: You can take 3 party members, this level appears if there is no danger


"This level must have appeared when we went to Sinnoh" Chris said.

Medium: You can take 9 party members, this level appears when the world is in a common danger of being destroyed along with his normal threat (Example: The world's main antagonist fighting with another villain of a completely different world)

"9? What a rare number when we went to Pikmin" Pit said.

High: This method is the most rarest of the previous 2 mentioned methods, this level appears when the world is about to be destroyed with a high percentage of enemies inside, take this level as the medium level but worser

"Like what was going to happen in Sonic's world" Pit said.

"Exactly, that was another reason of why you were allowed to go" Master Hand pointed out.

Members allowed to dispatch: There is a limit of party members to take in some worlds, for example, if a world has 4 protagonists, you can take 4 more characters to help you, this method can sometimes nullify the Level of Danger method

"Like in Mother 3" Nana said.

"But how I was able to go there?" Fox asked.

"Keep reading" Master Hand said.

Help request: If there is a risk of losing inside the current world, members outside the current party on the world can appear to save them from imminent danger, using this method it's strongly recommendable if you don't want to lose your life in the process, like the Members allowed to dispatch method, this can nullify the Level of Danger method too

"Well, this is helpful" Pikachu remarked and Chris took the manual back to his pocket.

"...But, I can only take 2 with me" Chris said glancing at the Ice Climbers, Marth and Roy.

Popo and Nana looked at each other and nodded "Go with Marth and Roy" Popo said.

"After all, is their kind of world" Nana said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 14, 2008, 03:19:32 PM
An interesting twist...

Does this mean Lucario can't go?  My, what twists can do...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 14, 2008, 08:33:49 PM
"Thanks, I really appreciate it" Roy said.

"I'm sorry for not taking you with me in this mission Lucario" Chris said.

"I understand, but if something bad happens to you, I'll be there in a blink to protect you" Lucario said.

"I'm happy to hear that," Chris said smiling a bit "Okay, Marth, Roy, let's g-"

"WAIT!" Crazy Hand interrupted "I HAVE NEW THINGS TO SELL!"

"Oh yeah, you said that at the breakfast, let me see the new things you're selling now," Chris said looking at the list, but he raises an eyebrow "Isn't this...a sticker?"

Crazy Hand nodded (Or shook his head) "That's right! Now I sell stickers to increase your powers!"

"(Sweet! Time for another explanation from me!)" Master Hand thought excited "Ahem, as you may know, there was an update in the official site in your world about stickers and their powers right?"

"Right" Chris said.

"AND you haven't found any equipment since when?"

"...Now that is another thing I forgot about, I haven't found any armor or weapon since we went to Dragon Roost Island," Chris took out the Blue Amulet "This amulet increases the aura of a perso-" The amulet suddenly shines and Chris blocks his eyes, after a second, the amulet was gone, but a sticker took his place "What's this? A sticker of Rachel of Advance Wars DS?" After that, all his extra equipment turned into stickers.

"See? The amulet and the others turned into stickers, now you need to add them to Lucario's trophy stand" Master Hand explained.

"...Alright, where is it?"

"..." Master Hand thought for a moment "Err...it seems neither of you haven't cleared the Classic Mode yet"

"Classic Mode?" Pichu wondered (He woke up, but he was still weak)

"(This is my day!) The Classic Mode is the mode were a fighter proves his or her skills againts various challenges, if you pass the mode without giving up, you gain your trophy AND trophy stand"

"I want to take the challenge!" Ness said raising his hand. But Master Hand shook his "head" "I can't?"

"Nope, unfortunately, we need more Smashers to create the chain and eventually...fight againts me or Crazy Hand"

"Which characters do we need to unlock the Classic Mode?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Link or Zelda, Toon Link and Ganondorf, then Yoshi or Donkey Kong and Diddy Kong, the 3rd round is againts any Pok?mon but we have 5, the next round is againts either a Fire Emblem character or EarthBound character that is also completed, a target test comes after that, we need Kirby or Meta Knight and King Dedede for the round 5, round 6 needs either Samus or Olimar, the 7 is completed since Fox and Falco are available, but Captain Falcon or Wolf can be in this round too, we need Mario or Luigi, Peach and Bowser to create the 8 round, next round contains the Ice Climbers or Pit, but Mr Game & Watch or R.O.B can be here too, the next round needs Wario or Snake and Sonic, another target test comes after that and for the semi-final, a 1-VS-3 takes place but friendly fire is activated in the process and finally, if you choose to play in hard and you passed the previous matches in less than 15 minutes, you can challenge me and my brother to pass the mode and for fun, you get to shoot down some images of the current Smashers," Master Hand explained "Not to mention that in some matches, there are going to be special matches, such as Giant, Team Battle, Multi Man Brawl  or Metal"

"...That IS interesting!" Popo remarked.

"Finally, there is variation in this tournament" Falco said.

"In other words..." Chris looked at Crazy Hand "I just lost equipment that we can use later after we recruit the missing characters?"

"Exactly!" Crazy Hand said.

"...ARE YOU CRAZY?! WHAT ARE WE GONNA DO NOW WITH THESE THINGS?!" Chris said holding a Eldstar's sticker.

"...Stick them in your body?" Pichu suggested.

"I'm not a living flier!" Chris protested.

"Crazy, this time, you totally screwed it" Master Hand said frowning.

"It was YOUR idea!" His brother said angrily.

"It was YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"Guys..." Roy trailed off.

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"Guys"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"YOURS!"

"GUYS!"

"WHAT?!" Both hands asked panting heavily.

"We can't have another delay or else I'm going to seize my existence!" Roy said angrily.

"Too bad" Chris said.

"What?!"

"I'm looking at the list right now"

Smash Coins in hand: 1900

Fake King - 700 Smash Coins

Psychic User - 900 Smash Coins

Racer - 800 Smash Coins

Chozo Arts - 750 Smash Coins

Ranger - 900 Smash Coins: Can be used by Chris

D: Use a powerful but heavy sword in one hand, crush your enemies under the weight of your weapon and perform attacks that needs time to act before unleashing the might of your power! With this job, you're going to torn in half some monsters!


After that new job, the list was showing a lot of stickers.

"Hmm...I'll take the Ranger job please" Chris said taking out 900 Smash Coins to purchase the job, Crazy Hand took the money away from Chris's hand and he glowed changing his appearance.

To be more precise, he was wearing a smaller version of Ike's clothes, but obviously his sword wasn't Ragnell, but instead, it was a light blue color sword with the same weight as Ike's sword.

"This costume really goes along with Fire EMBLEEEEMMMM!!!" Chris fell on the floor because of the sword's weight "THIS SWORD IS TOO HEAVY!"

"Let me help you!" Lucario ran at Chris and he tried to lift the sword, but surprisingly, he couldn't lift it even an inch away from the floor "UGH!...I...CAN'T...LIFT...THIS...THING!"

"WHAT?!" Chris yelled in shock after hearing Lucario's statement.

"TRY TO LIFT IT WITH ONE HAND!" Master Hand said.

"AND WHY NOT WITH BOTH HANDS?!"

"JUST LISTEN TO ME!"

"FINE!" Chris lifted the sword with one hand and it felt normal like any plain sword (Lucario thought if Chris was stronger than him for lifting the sword from the floor) "Huh? It feels normal"

"I can sense something else in that job," Mewtwo said "There is an ability to carry the sword with both hands, but you need more training to learn it"

"I see"

"That's not quite possible," Fox said "Chris's strength is by far a little weak but carrying that sword with one hand just seems wrong, the job is actually giving his freedom to carry it with one hand and not both hands"

"In resume, you're saying I'm weak?"

Fox nodded, Chris's left eye twitched "Fox..." Chris trailed off smiling sarcastically.

"Yes?"

"THINK FAST!" Chris threw his sword to Fox, who unfortunately was crushed by his weight above his waist and he yelled in pain "ARGH! I'M KIDDING! I'M KIDDING! NOW TAKE THIS SWORD OFF ME!" Fox shouted.

Chris didn't moved from his spot watching Fox trying to lift the sword "...Okay, that's enough" Chris said and he lifted the sword with one hand and Fox panted heavily to catch his breath. Then he opened the portal to Fire Emblem and he, along with Roy and Marth dissapeared inside the vortex.

Falco looked at Fox "Well, we couldn't go since our weapons haven't arrived yet from Slippy"

Pit noticed that one of Fox's boots was missing.

"Where is your boot Fox?" The angel boy asked.

Fox looked at his left foot and the boot that was once there, dissapeared by no reason.

Fox looked around the room "Where'd it go?

"You know, I saw Roy approaching to us when Fox was trying to take off the sword from his waist and he then walked away with a smirk on his face" Nana said.

Fire Emblem

Caelin Kingdom
Near Caelin Castle
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 15, 2008, 05:33:37 AM
Interesting, he can't lift that sword that looks like Ike's (blue, not orangeish) with 2 hands, but with only 1 he can.  And no body else can seem to lift it.  The whole "can be lifted with one hand, not 2" is the wierdest part.

My, and Roy found his mischevious side, as well.

Keep up the good work! (BTW, I hope I'm not rushing you by posting after each chapter...).
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 15, 2008, 02:01:06 PM
Near the castle of Caelin, a group of rebels are camping outside the castle to plan an assault to take back the building, but we change the scene to see Lyn about to kiss Hector, meanwhile, a group of his team hides behind some bushes watching the whole scene.

"Oh, this is getting so suspenceful! I want to see the kiss already!" A young girl with pink hair and ponytails on each sides of her head wispered, she was wearing a long, white clothes with a large purple bandana around her neck and brown shoes, she was also using a staff witt a violet crystal on the top, but she wasn't using it this time.

"Why did you dragged me into this? I was studying my magic for the plan of tomorrow!" A young man with purple hair wispered back angrily while he was reading a book of magic, he was wearing a long, orange cape, blue shirt, white pants and brown boots.

"Oh, come on! I know you like to see these things!"

"No, I like to study, that is the only thing I do everyday after we fight againts someone else"

"Sure, what about you Florina?"

"Um...well..." Another young girl was hiding with them too, she has violet hair, she was wearing blue armor pads on her shoulders, white clothes and long blue boots, she was blushing a little and playing with her fingers, her name was Florina "I like to see this kind of scenery Serra...but...I..."

"...I get it! You want to be the woman standing there!" Serra said (The girl with pink hair).

"No! How can you think like that?!" She wispered blushing more.

"It's because it's so obvious! You're in love with Hector!"

"Serra, stop teasing Florina now," There was another man wearing a light blue bandana on his head, he has dark green hair with a long tail of horse on his back, a sword sheated on his lap, wearing blue clothes, a green belt on his lap like martial-arts fighters, he was also wearing white pants and weird dark brown shoes.

"Geez Guy, you're like Erk!" Serra wispered, revealing the name of the first man and the second man.

"If my calculations are correct, you like to watch this right Serra?" Erk asked wispering.

"Yup!" She wispered happily.

"Too bad, Sain was trying to get Lyn's heart" Guy wispered.

"The nerve of that man, he flirts with all the girls, Lyn, me, Florina, Rebecca, Priscilla, heck, he even flirted with Lucius by accident!" Serra wispered annoyed "But someone can mistake Lucius for a girl"

"Now you're attacking Lucius? What kind of friend are you?" Erk asked wispering.

"It's not Sir Sain's fault that his vision was worse in that time" Florina wispered.

"You actually believed the words he told us? I can tell he was lying!" Serra wispered.

"Well...he was acting strange so...I think you're right" Florina wispered.

"Of course I am!"

"Sadly, I have to agree with her" Erk wispered sighing.

"Moving on, I can't believe Lyn fell in love with Hector after he received a full attack of arrows towards Lyn, that was so brave and romantic!" Serra squealed wispering.

"But somehow, I think Eliwood was interested in Lyn" Erk wispered flipping some pages.

"Well, Sir Eliwood and Miss Lyn could be a cute pair" Florina said.

"You're saying that because you could be another good couple with Hector!" Serra protested wispering.

"T-t-that's not true!" Florina wispered blushing more.

"Serra, stop it" Erk demanded wispering.

"...Fine, sorry Florina" Serra wispered.

"Thanks, it means so much for me" Florina wispered smiling.

"...What about Sain?" Guy asked wispering.

"Sain can kiss my a-" Serra was interrupted.

"Look! They're going to kiss!" Florina wispered alerting the group (Even Erk was surprised and he decided to look at the couple).

"Ha! What did I told you before?" Serra asked wispering triumphaly.

"...Shut up" Erk wispered annoyed.

Lyn was now ready to kiss Hector's lips, Serra was getting desperate for watching them approaching slowly to the other, Florina was also a little desperate, Guy's eyes widened a little and Erk couldn't resist but he looked at the scene.

As the lips of the other were almost closing in the other mouth, they closed their eyes to feel the kiss.

Until...

"...Hmm? Hector, why are you smelling suddenly like a stinky boot?" Lyn asked while her eyes were still closed, when she opened her eyes, she gasped after her eyes met face-to-face to Fox's missing boot, she looked around for Hector and he was unconscious on the grass with a boot's mark on his face, and comically, there was smoke coming from the print.

"NO WAY! THIS IS JUST STUPID!" Serra said standing up with clenched fists, she couldn't believe that she missed the romantic scene...by a boot.

"Huh? Who's there?" Lyn asked looking at the hiding group.

Guy stood up "Great going Serra"

"I'd imagine she was going to ruin our hiding spot" Erk said standing up.

"So-sorry Miss Lyn!" Florina said blushing a little and standing up.

"I don't care if you were watching, but," Lyn looked at the boot "Where did this came from?!"

"What the-ROY! What was that for?!" Chris asked running towards Lyn.

Flashback

"They're going to kiss!" Chris wispered to Marth and Roy behind some bushes.

"(BOOT TO THE HEAD!)" Roy yelled inside his mind throwing the boot at high speed towards Hector's face.

End of flashback

Unfortunately, it seems that Hector suffered from the commonly and sudden attack of...a boot to the head.

"Who are you?!" Lyn asked in shock.

"And who's the girl?" Serra asked pointing at-

"I'M NOT A GIRL!" Marth protested angrily.

"You're wearing a tiara, nancy boy!"

"THAT IS A-"

"I ask again!" Lyn demanded pointing her sword at them "Who are you?!"

"Um..well..I'm Chris," Chris said raising his hand "This is Marth," He said pointing at Marth "And this is-"

"Eliwood?!" Lyn's group said surprised.

"I'm not my fath-" Roy's mouth was blocked by Marth.

"Excuce me?" Erk said.

"He's Roy!" Chris said sweating.

"Wow, he looks like Eliwood to me" Serra said.

"We're sorry for throwing that boot to your..." Marth looked at the unconscious Hector "Friend!"

"Who threw the boot?" Guy asked.

"Roy"

"And why did you threw the boot at Hector?" Lyn asked putting away her sword.

"Because...he was practicing his Boot Throwing Training!" Chris said and everyone stared at him.

Florina turned to see Serra "It's there a training like that?"

"Not sure..." Serra trailed off thinking.

"Yeah! He's still learning the way of the boot but he's not expert in throwing the boot at his target, most of the time he hits me or Marth! Right Marth?" Chris lied and sweated, glancing at Marth.

"Err...yes! That is the truth!" Marth said smiling, sweating at the same time.

"..." An awkward moment of silence came after that.

"...Ahem! Hector?" Serra said looking at Lyn.

"Oh right!" Lyn kneeled to Hector throwing the boot away (Chris got the boot in the air and he stored it safely in his inventary) "Hector! Wake up!"

"..." Hector didn't responded, the smoke was still coming from his cheek.

"Hector! Wake up!"

"..."

"WAKE THE HELL UP!" Lyn snapped and Hector suddenly woke up.

"(Wake)" Guy thought.

"(The)" Serra thought.

"(Hell)" Erk thought.

"(Up?)" Florina thought.

"(That is new coming from Lyn)" Serra thought.

"Huh? What happened?" Hector asked while getting up.

"You were attacked by Crazy Boot's man over here" Serra said pointing at Roy.

"Eliwood?" Hector asked rubbing his head.

"He's not Eliwood, he is Roy" Erk said.

"It's weird to meet someone who looks like Eliwood now...ugh, I don't feel so good..."

"(Fear the power of the boot throwing skills of Roy, Hector)" Chris thought sarcastically "It's there some kind of tent to tend Hector's injury?"

"It's not so bad, really" Hector said.

"(But the smoke is still coming from his cheek)" Florina thought.

"Say...are you swordsmans by the way?" Guy asked while glancing at the swords of Roy's group (Yes, he is the protagonist of this arc).

"We are" Marth said.

"And do you have a group?" Florina asked.

"Not by the moment" Roy said.

"Then could you join us for now?" Serra asked.

"Well..." Chris trailed off.

"Sure!" Roy said nodding.

"(He wants to join because he wants to stop Hector to marry Lyn)" Marth and Chris thought at the same time.

"Excellent! Welcome to our team!" Serra said smiling cheerfully.

"It's getting late, we should return with the others now" Erk said walking away with his book.

"Follow us" Lyn said leaving, after a moment, Roy's group walked alongside Lyn's group.

"Can I carry your sword please?" Guy asked.

"M-my sword?!" Chris asked in shock.

"Yes, I'm also a swordsman"

"Um...well...why not?" Chris said taking out his sword and giving it to Guy.

"WHOA!" Guy fell to the grass trying to lift the sword "UGH! THIS SWORD IS TOO HEAVY! HOW CAN YOU CARRY IT?!"

"It's...a secret!" Chris said grabbing and putting away his sword, Guy got up gasping for breath.

"Okay...I prefer my sword better if you don't mind"

"It's okay, I don't mind at all" Chris said laughing a little.

"We're here!" Serra said taking the attention of the whole members of Lyn's group. All of them were either standing up or sat around campfires with tents around "And not only that, we have 3 more members!"

Chris noticed that someone familiar was approaching to them "Oh no...we have another problem in our hands..." He wispered to Roy.

"Why?" Roy asked confused.

"Hey there" A man wearing a green armor, a black shirt underneath, pale dark green hair with a pale grey bandana around his forehead, white pants, long green armored knee pads and brown boots said winking at Marth.

"I'M NOT A GIRL!" Marth protested furiously.

"He's Sain, a womanizer guy" Chris wispered to Roy.

Preview of the next chapter

"Serra, why are you helping me?"

"Roy, isn't obvious? I don't want Hector to be Lyn's boyfriend! I want to see Eliwood in his place!"

"Can I ask why?"

"It's a secret until the next chapter!"

"And why don't you say it now?"

"C'mon! Can you wait until the next chapter?!"

"No! I want to know now!"

"Next time: Roy's and Serra's plans to break up couples!"

"Don't ignore me!"

Runs away.

"Hey! Come back here in this instant!" Runs away.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Caelin Kingdom
Chris
, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lyn, Eliwood, Hector, Serra, Florina, Erk, Guy, Sain
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 16, 2008, 02:20:35 PM
Chapter 42: Roy's and Serra's plans to break up couples!

"Oh! Pardon me, I thought you were a girl by your tiara" Sain said rubbing his head.

"Don't worry, I did the same as you" Serra said.

"(Great, I'm starting to think about wearing a bandana now)" Marth thought annoyed.

"Hey Lyn! Who's the Eliwood wannabe?" A man with dark orange hair, wearing a long red cape on his right shoulder, pale green clothes, white pants and brown boots asked to Lyn. One man sitting next to him opened his left eye to glance at "Eliwood's wannabe".

"Allow me to introduce our new recruits, he is Roy," She said pointing at Roy "This is Marth," She said pointing at Marth "And he is Chris" She said pointing at Chris.

"Like I've said before, the more, the merrier!" A young girl with a bow said cheerfully, she has dark green hair, ponytails on each sides of her lower part of her hair, she was also wearing a pale green handkerchief on her head, brown shoulder pads, a blue big bandana on her waist, brown clothes, a small brown skirt and brown boots.

"I agree with you Rebecca!" Serra said revealing the name of the girl.

"I expected to see another axe wielder" A tall muscular man wearing blue clothes, a blue steel circle around his forehead, a destroyed green cape hanging on his belt, black pants and sandals said crossing his arms.

"You get your chance to have a match againts Dorcas another time, Bartre" Guy said, revealing the previous man.

"That's the only thing that cheers me up! Hahahaha!" Bartre said laughing "Hey! I've got an idea! Let's have a small party to celebrate our new members!"

"(A party? I know Lyn is going to say-)" Chris's thought was interrupted.

"Sounds good to me" Lyn said nodding.

"(What?)"

"Alright! Lowen, Rebecca, how about if you two cook the dinner?" Serra suggested.

"I'll give it a try" A man with light green hair that covered his eyes said, he was wearing a yellow armor, dark pale green pants and brown boots.

"Ok!" Rebecca said.

That night...

Lyn's group were having a party for the recruitment of Roy, Marth and Chris, many of the friends of her were having a great time between the comrades (Some of them were drunk, especially Bartre), but only one man was keeping his composture and remained skeptical.

Lyn was introducing the last but important member, or to be more precise, the other leader of her group.

"I'd like you to meet our next leader, Eliwood" Lyn said looking at Eliwood. Roy was sweating after his own future father glanced at him.

"So, you're my wannabe?" Eliwood asked, he was like an adult version of Roy, the differences being that he was wearing a long, blue cape, a yellow circle on his forehead, blue clothes, white pants and blue boots, but he only thing that they shared were the color of their hairs...oh well, some clothes were the same as Roy's.

"Y-y-ye-I mean, no!" Roy said sweating.

"What's wrong with you? I just asked a simple question" Eliwood said.

"Maybe for the fact that you have the feeling of looking yourself in a mirror?" Marth asked.

"It could be"

"..." Roy didn't said anything.

"Roy! Say something!" Chris suggested angrily.

"I had an accident in my bed!" Roy said randomly, that caused a lot of eyes to see him a little disgusted (Even Marth and Lyn backed away from him).

"...He is just nervous, I know he didn't had that...accident, right?" Eliwood asked.

"Right! Right!" Roy said.

"Err, let's continue this party!" Serra suggested and everyone returned to their little festival, talking with each other. Chris dragged Roy away from Lyn, Marth and Eliwood.

"Roy! What the hell were you thinking?!" Chris wispered to Roy.

"Have you ever seen your own father in his childhood with you in person?!" Roy asked making a point.

"Well...no"

"See my point? I can't stop my nervousness with him around!"

"You need to overcome your fear now or else, you're going to dissappear if Hector manages to marry Lyn!"

Without knowing, they were being spied by someone who got their attention and she hid behind them listening to their conversation.

"I know! But...I think we need help for this mission"

"Sorry but, I'm not a pro in breaking up couples, you're on your own this time around" Chris said, then she went away sitting on a table.

"But why are you here then?"

Chris got in a thinking position "Well, you have another point there, maybe because I want to help you, but I didn't expected to break them up in the process"

"That was the idea!"

"Really? Then I can't help you"

"Please!"

"...Ok, I'll help you out, but only if you need my help when you got a plan, got it?"

"Got it!" Roy said smiling a bit.

"Well then, see you later!" Chris said walking away sitting near a table with other members.

Roy stared at Chris for a moment and he looked away a little concerned "(What if I can't convince my father to marry my mother?)"

After some minutes, Roy sat near a table with other members and he was thinking a plan to make Eliwood to fall in love with Lyn, but first, he needs to break up Hector and Lyn, the question is, how can he do that?

"I know why are you here" A creepy voice said near Roy and he looked around in shock.

"Who's there?!" He asked scared.

"Over here you idiot!" The voice said, Roy turned his head to see Serra sitting next to him to his left.

"Aren't you Serra?"

"That's my name! You didn't forgot!" She said smling.

"Excuse me, but, what did you said before?" Roy asked confused.

"Roy, I'm not stupid, you're here because...you want to break them up" She said grinning.

"Break up who?!" Roy asked trying to evade Serra.

"Hector and Lyn! I know you don't want them to be a couple!"

"How did you know?!"

"It's a secret, anyhoo, want any help from me?" She asked.

"Help from you? Why do you want to help me?"

"This may sound weird, but, I don't want them to be married" She said in a serious tone.

"Why?"

"It's yet another secret, I can't tell you, maybe because you look too troubled and I'm a good friend"

"...Alright, you can help me"

She hugged Roy "Thank you!"

"UGH! I...NEED...AIR!"

She stopped her embrace and blushed a little "Oops, sorry, I get carried away sometimes"

Roy was gasping for breath "I....know...now"

"Do you want to know what are my plans?"

"...I'm all ears now"

"Good!" She looked around and Lyn and Hector weren't there "They're hiding from us for the kiss, follow me!" Serra grabbed Roy by the cape and they ran away to find the wrong couple of the future.

After some minutes of looking around, they finally found them hiding behind some trees, Serra asked Roy if he could follow her, when Serra reached the place, Roy's eyes widened when he saw Serra's plan.

"Serra, for what is the catapult?" Roy asked a little scared, standing in front of him, there was a big catapult ready with a big boulder aiming at Hector.

"Isn't obvious? The boulder is going to fall above the clueless blue armored knight!" Serra said proudly.

"I thought we wanted to break their relationship, not break his bones!"

"Sometimes you need to do sacrifices my red haired swordsman" Serra said grinning.

"Serra, what is exactly your intension to kill Hector?"

Serra looked away with an upset face "The big meanie didn't wanted me to participate in a battle againts an army, but I kept protesting back to him and somehow, he managed to convince Eliwood to not accept me in the battlefield, if you were there at that moment, Hector was the one who suffered a lot of damage than the others! I was so angry at him at that day and I decided to get revenge on him!"

"But he was just thinking about your safety!" Roy said.

"I'm also doing a favor to Florina, you know!"

"Florina? What does she has to do with this?" Roy asked confused.

"I know Florina wants to marry Hector someday, so I'm doing big favor to her!"

Roy walked towards Serra grabbing the rope to stop her from launching the boulder at Hector "By killing his future husband?"

"...Wow, I didn't thought about that before"

"Come on, we have to think about another plan now!" Roy had enough guts to pull the rope by accident and Serra's jaw dropped after the boulder went soaring in the sky falling above Hector. Just then, he was about to kiss Lyn.

"(How I've been waited for this moment to happen)" Hector thought with closed eyes, he didn't noticed that the shadow of the boulder was getting bigger below his foot.

"(After this kiss, I'm going to ask Hector for marriage)" Lyn thought with closed eyes.

"HAAAA!" Someone shouted behind Hector and both of them were pushed away by Guy and Chris who were training in the night with their swords.

"You're good!" Chris said panting.

"You're not bad either, your style of battle it's getting better now" Guy said panting.

"Thanks for helping me mastering the ability to hold my sword with both hands, it's really weird to fight with one hand" Chris said. Unfortunately, Chris was standing in Hector's spot and he didn't noticed the shadow growing in every second.

"Let's continue!" Guy suggested, he yelled and ran at Chris with his sword ready and Chris prepared to retaliate with his sword, but just then, Chris was comically crushed by the boulder and Guy crashed into it by accident, making his own image on the rock as he walked away with dumb movements.

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" Roy and Serra yelled surprised and worried about their action.

"WHAT THE HELL I'M SUPPOSE TO DO NOW?! HOW I'M GONNA EXPLAIN THIS TO LUCARIO?!" Roy asked in shock grabbing his hair, he made a think cloud and he appeared on it in a dark place.

"H-hello? Who is there?!" He asked scared looking around, just then, big footsteps were coming from behind, he slowly turned his head scared and yelled terrorized, in front of him, a big black foot was standing there, he looked above the foot and found Lucario with crossed arms and a very menacing face towards him "W-when did you got so big?!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY!!!!!!!!" The giant Lucario said furiously and making a big echo in the cloud, Roy was now very terrorized.

"Y-y-y-y-y-y-y-y-yeah?!" He asked.

"WHAT HAPPENED TO CHRIS?!" He asked glowing intensely.

"W-w-w-w-well, it's a funny story, you see, Serr-"

"WHAT HAPPENED TO CHRIS?! TELL ME NOW!!!!" The giant Lucario demanded and Roy felt he was shrinking after the giant Lucario spoke.

"A boulder crushed him!" Roy said ducking and bowing to Lucario "Please! Don't kill me! I'll be good! I promise!"

"DIIIIIIIEEEEEE!!!!!" The giant Lucario said making the biggest, huggest, enormous and colossal Aura Sphere of all times directed to Roy and the currently tiny swordsman yelled like a girl of third grade.

"Roy! Roy! Roy! Earth to Roy!"

"I DON'T WANT TO DIE YET SERRA! I'M TOO YOUNG AND SEXY TO DIE!" Roy said randomly snapping out of his think cloud and hugging Serra scared (That made Serra to blush a little), then she slapped Roy angrily.

"Get a hold of yourself, you perv!" Serra said blushing madly.

"Huh? I'm still alive?! Hurray!" Roy said cheering.

"Roy! What the hell were you doing back there?! Who's Lucario anyway?!" Serra asked furiously and confused at the same time.

"IT'S THE MANIFESTATION OF ALL THAT IS EVIL, SCARY AND DEATH!" Roy said scared.

"Puuh-lease! There's no such thing like that! Come on! We have to heal Chris with my healing abilities!" Serra said grabbing her rod and running towards the boulder.

"W-wait, healing abilities?! I'm saved!" Roy said running with Serra smiling happily.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Although Roy forgot completely about something, the remaining Smashers can see the group from the mansion at any minute if they want to, and it just happens that they were watching Roy's group the whole time. Laughing madly, except for someone else (And Mewtwo).

"Look Nana! Lucario's turning red!" Popo said pointing at Lucario, all the parts of his body that were blue once were now a shade of red.

"Oh no..." Mewtwo muttered to himself.

"BRING THAT IDIOT TO ME! I WANT TO KILL HIM, DESTROY HIS BONES AND EAT HIS FLESH NOW!" Lucario demanded glowing intensely while his voice echoed through the halls of the mansion...or the whole mansion itself.

Fire Emblem

Caelin Kingdom
Near Caelin Castle

Suddenly, Roy sneezed "Man, I need to stay away from the cold"

1 hour later...

"Chris, what happened to you?" Erk asked looking at Chris's head, there was a big cartoony lump on the top.

"Don't...ask" Chris said with gritted teeths.

Lyn and Hector were now hiding again behind another trees, but this time they were walking towards a secret lake Hector found some time ago, but Roy and Serra were following them.

Serra appeared from some bushes wearing a helmet with a black cross "Ha! Hector is walking towards the hole we dug and hid!" She said chuckling.

"How is that going to break them up?" Roy asked appearing with another same helmet as Serra.

"That is going to break them up because...well...they are...umm...oh snap!" She said in shock after realising her useless plan.

"What a lovely night, isn't it Hector? Lyn asked.

"Of course it i-" They were again pushed away by Bartre and another tall muscular man, he has red hair, he was wearing a pale green shirt, a brown collar around his neck, a belt, black pants and sandals with brown wristbands, both of them were fighting with giant axes.

"Bartre, this isn't the time to be fighting while you're drunk!"

"Shut up Dorcas! Prepare tooouu be tefeaded!" Bartre said drunkily and he charged at Dorcas, but just then, the drunk axe wielder fell in the hiding hole Roy and Serra dug for Hector and he yelled in pain after touching the far away ground with his butt.

"Bartre! Are you alright?!" Dorcas asked looking at the darkness of the hole.

"I'm fine! Say, what are the birds flying around my head for?!" Bartre said with hiccups and he lost consciousness, Dorcas frowned at this and he went for help, behind the bushes, Serra was getting more and more upset.

"Grrr! I can't believe this!" She said angrily.

"You know, we should think before acting, that is one of the things I've learned from Marth" Roy stated.

"I know! We should think before acting so we can come up with another plan!" Serra said smiling.

"But I said tha-" Roy was interrupted because Serra was pointing her staff at him with a glare.

"Who said that?!" She asked angrily

"You!" Roy said scared and sweating.

"Good boy..." She said lowering her staff and walking away, Roy sighed in relief and he walked away with her.

"...Hello? Is somebody there?" Bartre asked waking up inside the hole.

This time, Serra told Eliwood about someone trying to kill Lyn in the forest and he went inside the forest, of course, she didn't said that Hector was with her, but that was part of her plan. In a blink, she appeared just in front of the couple.

"Serra?! Where did you came from?!" Hector asked in shock grabbing his heart.

"Hey there Hector! How have you been?" Serra asked smiling.

"Um...fine?"

"Good! I need your help! Someone is trying to take your axe!" She said.

"My axe? But I have it right her-" Hector gasped when he saw his axe gone from his belt "MY AXE!"

Serra pointed to a random direction "Hurry up! The thief went to that direction!"

Hector ran away at mentioned direction yelling "COME BACK HERE, YOU THIEF!"

"I'll go with him to get his axe back" Serra said following Hector.

"I didn't see anyone grabbing Hector's axe...how weird..." Lyn said to herself getting in a thinking position.

"Hold it right there missy!" A voice spoke from nowhere and Lyn looked around confused.

"Who is there? Show yourself!" Lyn demanded.

A black hooded figure wearing a black ninja costume appeared from the trees with a sword ready, Lyn only was able to see his eyes "You're one pretty girl, I'll take you to my house for some action...(Serra, I'm so gonna kill you after this!)" The ninja said and thought in his mind, it was Roy in disguise and probably Serra told him to say that to Lyn.

"Yo-you pervert! I'll show you some actio-" Lyn was trying to take her sword, but she looked at her belt and it was gone "My sword! Where is it?!"

Back with Serra...

"(Hehehehe! I knew Lyn was going to defend herself, good thing Matthew stole her sword along with Hector's axe!)" Serra thought smirking a little "I saw somebody running to that direction!"

"Get back here!" Hector yelled to no one in particular, that made Serra to laugh a little.

Back with Lyn and the pervert ninja A.K.A Roy...

"What's wrong? You lost your weapon or something?" The ninja (Roy) asked.

"Ugh! I can't fight like this!"

"Too bad!" The ninja (Roy) ran towards her with his sword ready to cut her alive, Lyn blocked her face with crossed arms to resist the attack and wait for her death.

"Not so fast!" Eliwood came from nowhere and he shielded Lyn with his sword, the ninja (Roy) backed away after both swords impacted with each other.

"E-Eliwood!" Lyn said surprised.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 16, 2008, 02:21:39 PM
Fire Emblem! Yay! Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 16, 2008, 03:28:29 PM
I must say, that was humorous!

Very good!  And the grammar has been improving greatly!  I Commend you.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 16, 2008, 10:17:55 PM
"(Alright! It's working!)" Roy thought "Oh no, I can't fight againts you! I need to escape!" Then he ran away at high speed and Eliwood sweatdropped putting away his sword.

"...That was easy though..." Eliwood said.

"Thank you for saving me" Lyn said.

"You're a comrade, why I shouldn't help you out?"

"Well, that's true too" Lyn said blushing a little.

Behind some bushes, Matthew was watching the scene with the weapons of Lyn and Hector "They DO look like a good couple" He said laughing heartily.

"Did you hear something?" Eliwood asked after hearing someone laughing.

"Umm, miaooo!" Matthew turned into a cat to evade them.

"It's just a cat with vocal problems" Lyn said.

"Yeah, his voice is too deformed to be a cat actually"

"(Hey!)" Matthew thought angrily.

"Anyway, can you help me to search for my sword?" Lyn asked.

"(She lost her sword?) Fine"

Matthew gasped "(That's the signal to escape!)" He was about to flee away, but he crashed into a hard wall "(Aoohh!)" He rubbed his head and he glanced at the sudden random wall, but it wasn't a wall exactly...

"Matthew?!" Hector stood there with crossed arms glancing at his weapon above Matthew's hands.

"Err, hi Hector! How are you doing?" Matthew said smiling a little scared. He noticed that Serra was there looking a little annoyed.

"I told you to hide in those bushes, not these bushes!" She said.

"So you were working together in this?" Hector asked with a glare towards Serra.

"Umm, what makes you say that?" Serra said sweatdropping.

"Did you hear something?" Eliwood asked again.

"Aren't they Hector, Sierra and Matthew behind those bushes?" Lyn asked and mentioned characters glanced at them.

"Hello there!" Matthew said waving a hand sweating, for his bad luck, he was showing Lyn's Mani Katti.

"Matthew....did you stole my sword?" Lyn asked glaring at Matthew.

"N-no!"

"I told you Hector! Matthew was stealing your axe along with Lyn's sword!" Serra said pointing at Matthew.

"WHAT?!" Matthew said in shock "YOU! YOU TOLD ME THA-" He was quickly attacked furiously by Serra and her staff and he lost consciousness.

"Hahaha! I defeated the villain! Now you can take back your weapons!" Serra said proudly of herself and sweating at the same time.

"...Ok" Lyn said taking back her sword and putting it away and Hector did the same.

"(First phase of our plan is complete!)" Serra thought proudly.

1 hour later...

"Are you serious Serra?" Sain asked excited.

"It's true! Lyn took her clothes off!" Serra said dragging Sain with her. Then Sain's eyes turned into hearts.

"Heaven, here I go!" Sain said happily.

After running for minutes, Serra stopped her walk and Sain looked around, but Serra took this advantage and she hid above a tree.

"Huh? Serra? Where'd you go?"

"(Now!)" Serra pulled a rope close to her and a box was above Sain and the box was containing...a lot of women panties that fell above Sain.

"What the..." Sain said as he looked his body being buried in the panties "(Which is better? This or...)"

"Show yourself thief!" Eliwood came from nowhere with his sword ready "...Sain?! What the hell were you doing stealing...those?!"

"Eliwood! Is not what it looks like! Really!" Sain said trying to explain to Eliwood.

Just then, Lyn came from nowhere as Eliwood and she gasped after finding Sain inside the panties "Sain! How could you?!" She said with clenched fists.

"Lyn, wait! Let me explain!"

"I saw everything!" Serra said appearing from the tree "Sain was stealing our panties!"

"What?! I'd never do something like that!"

"You're a womanizer guy! That's enough to hear!"

Meanwhle, Roy was hiding behind some bushes "(How is this going to help us?)" He asked in his mind.

"He especially said that Lyn's were beautiful!" Serra said with an accusing finger towards Sain.

"(How is she able to think like that?!)"

When Sain noticed, Lyn was surrounded by fire and she was slowly taking out her sword "Lyn! Please! Listen to me!"

"Not only that, he was about to blame Eliwood too!" Serra said. Then Eliwood was surrounded by the same fire and he was preparing his sword.

"Eliwood! Who are you going to listen?! That liar or me?!" Sain asked sweating.

Another hour later...

Sain was fataly wounded by 2 swords and he decided to stay away from Serra for the remaining of the night, then he thought it was a good idea to fall unconscious in the table...over his plate.

"What is wrong with Sir Sain?" Florina asked.

"Probably he was doing one of his tries to get a woman's hearts again" A man next to Florina said, he was the same rank as Sain, but the difference was that he's not a womanizer like Sain is, but still, he is his best friend, he was wearing a red armor and his hair was orange.

"That guy is unbeliavable" Erk said while flipping some pages of his book.

"I think Sir Kent is right" Florina said revealing the name of the man close to her "Sir Wil, it's something wrong?" She asked to a man close to Kent, he was an archer like Rebecca, he was wearing blue clothes, his hair was brown, a shoulder pad on his left shoulder protecting his chest in the area of the heart, a blue glove on his left hand and a light brown glove on his right hand, white pants, a belt with an arrow holder (With arrows) and brown boots.

"It's about Caelin Castle, we're going to attack in the morning right?" Wil asked.

"Yeah, like Eliwood planned" Erk said.

"So?" Rebecca appeared from behind Wil.

"I'm worried about Lucius, I heard he was imprisoned inside the castle along with Priscilla's brother"

"Well, Priscilla told me that his brother is Lucius's lord since childhood" Kent said (Trying to wake up Sain).

"My point is, we need to rescue them before we can take back the castle"

Coming from the forest, Roy and Serra were shwon a little exhausted.

"Phew...that was close..." Roy said.

"I told you to fire the arrow at Hector! Not Lyn!" Serra saind angrily "And for worsening up, you fired the arrow towards the castle!"

"How do you know the arrow actually made it to the castle?"

"I know because you broke a window!"

"Stop arguing! At least, Eliwood appeared again without us telling him to protect Lyn" Roy said sighing.

"Well, you're right, I think we can continue this until tomorrow, I'm so exhausted right now"

"Let's call it a night then?" Roy suggested.

"Let's do that" Serra said smiling a bit.

The next morning...

The whole group was shown preparing for the attack againts the castle behind a huge hill.

"Okay, here goes nothing, I'll see if my sword's skills were improved last night" Chris said nodding at his sword.

Behind Chris, Marth was looking at the army of Lyn and Eliwood preparing for the attack, until he found Florina riding a pegasus.

"Florina, are you a Pegasus Knight?" Marth asked.

"Yes, it's because of my sisters that are also Pegasus Knights, they're more skilled than me but I work hard to be of use to this army"

"I see (It's remarkable to see someone as young as her to be able to ride a pegasus)" Marth said and thought. Roy was taking out his sword and he looked at Eliwood.

"What is it?" Eliwood asked.

"It's...it's nothing, it's just that I want to see you in battle fa-Eliwood" Roy said sweating a little.

"...Well, I want to see you too"

"Really?!"

Eliwood nodded "Every time a new recruit joins us I always want to see their abilities, skills and development in battle"

Roy blinked "I think it's a good strategy to know about your comrades"

Eliwood laughed heartily "You shall see more of that after you have your own army"

Roy was now sweating more "Y-yeah...(Thing is, I have an army already...)"

"Is everyone ready?" Lyn shouted to have the attention of everyone. Various statements of agreedment were heard "Our plan for today is to take back Caelin Castle and rescue Lucius from the enemy inside, if you find the leader of the group inside, don't hesitate to kill him"

Chris gulped "(I have to kill people in this mission?!)"

"(Nothing like a good morning to fight againts an army with companions alongside me)" Marth thought.

"(This day, I'm going to make my father to love my mother or else, I'll dissappear for good!...Wait...)" Roy was thinking inside his mind but he saw Serra looking at him "Serra?"

"Roy, our plans aren't finished yet, we have to clear our plans this day since we're going to attack the castle" Serra said in a serious tone.

"Alright, but tell me when you have one, got it?"

"Affirmative!" Serra said excited.

Lyn turned to see the top of the hill and she pointed the top with her sword and she yelled "ATTACK!!"

Attack

A huge war cry was heard and every men, woman and horses were running towards the castle ready to start their plan.

Caelin Castle
Terrace

"Huh? S-sir!"

"What is it?!"

"Look over there!"

"...An assault?! Alert the commander now!"

"Roger!"

Prison

"...Looks like they started" A monk inside a cell said.

"Hey you! Shut up and stay there without moving!"  A guard shouted from outside the cell.

Preview of the next chapter

"How are we going to convince Eliwood to fall in love with Lyn while we're fighting, Serra?"

"Don't worry! I have everything planned right now!"

"Care to share information with me?"

"Geez, you're asking something again like the last preview!"

"But I can't help it! I need to know!"

"Next time: Roy and Eliwood!"

"Oh no, you're not gonna escape no-"

Runs away

"Darn it!" Runs away
"

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Caelin Kingdom
Chris
, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lyn, Eliwood, Hector, Serra, Florina, Erk, Guy, Sain, Rebecca, Marcus, Lowen, Bartre, Dorcas, Matthew, Merlinus, Wil, Oswin, Priscilla, ?, ?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 17, 2008, 08:01:41 AM
My, my, the chaos and trickery that's going on here!

I wonder what's going to happen next.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 18, 2008, 01:08:28 PM
Chapter 43: Roy and Eliwood

Attack

Caelin Kingdom
Outside Caelin Castle

A war soon unleashed upon the castle of Caelin, Lyn's legion was outnumbered by the soldiers currently in command of the castle, but nevertheless, Eliwood knew that his soldiers were stronger.

"They're launching a frontal assault!" A guard said.

"We must defend this castle for Lord Bernard or we get our heads above lances!" Another guard said, then an archer approached to them "What is it?"

"Send more guards to the prison, the commander says that they're going to rescue the prisoners inside."

"Roger, send more guards now!"

"Affirmative!"

The guard ordered more guards to protect the prison from Lyn's group as they were approaching every minute.

"Remember, someone has to rescue Lucius from the prsion, who wants to do this?" Eliwood asked while he was running.

"Leave that to me Eliwood, I need to rescue my brother from them." A young girl with red hair said, she was wearing a feather on her left ear, a little white cape, green vest, a white skirt, light brown boots and a rod with feathers surrounding a purple crystal ball on the top.

"Fine, but you need more help if you want to return without problems, who wants to follow Priscilla?" Eliwood asked, also revealing the name of the girl.

"Umm, I want to go if you don't have any objections." Chris said.

"Count me in." Marth said.

"I'm ready to go too!" Guy said.

"Me! Me! Please me!" Rebecca said excited.

Eliwood nodded "Alright, now make a path for Priscilla's group!" He commanded and soon, the opposite army came clashing with Lyn's army and the battle finally began, Lyn ordered to make the path with the help of Sain (Now recovered) and Kent with their horses, an they started their plan.

"This...this is...madness! I can't believe I'm doing this!" Chris said surprised running throught the army alongside Priscilla, Rebecca, Marth and Guy.

Arrows, fire, yells of pain, everything that was always included in a war was now happening in the field in front of the castle, Chris thought it this was the life that Roy and Marth were always doing.

"Look out!" Guy yelled spotting an arrow coming towards Chris's heart, he couldn't do anything but the arrow reached his body, but...

"Huh? Nothing happened?" Chris asked confused, he looked at his chest and he forgot completely about the armor protecting his heart, he sighed in relief and they continued further.

Back with Lyn...

She was getting surrounded by many soldiers ready to launch an attack with their swords, but suddenly...

"HAAA!" Eliwood sliced 1/4 of the group and he ran towards Lyn.

"Eliwood!" Lyn said surprised.

"Are you alright?" He asked looking at the soldiers.

"I'm fine thanks to you, but, how are we going to defeat them?"

Serra was healing and healing and healing the army, then she noticed Lyna and Eliwood in a bad time, but then, Hector was running to Lyn and Eliwood and she gasped and thought about something quick.

"Umm....oops!"

"AAAHH!" Hector fell on the grass because Serra "accidentaly" put her foot in Hector's way "Serra!"

"I'm sorry! I didn't see you!" She said rubbing her head. Eliwood and Lyn were now fighting without Hector.

Hector stood up "Be more careful the next time, ok?"

"Y-yeah! Sure!" She said, but gasped after Hector was resuming his rescue "Wa-wait up!"

Hector looked at Serra "What is it now?!"

"Umm...look! An axe seller!"

"Where?!" Hector looked around for the imaginary axe seller and Serra took the opportunity to hit Hector's head with her rod and he fell unconscious on the grass with a dumb face.

Then Lowen came from the army riding a horse and he looked at Hector "Serra, what happened to Hector?"

Serra was now healing Hector "The poor knight was attacked on the head and I decided to heal him." She said with a smile.

"Oh, good luck with that." He said leaving with his horse, a smirk appeared on Serra's face.

"(That was easier than I thought it would be!)" She thought evily.

Meanwhile, Lyn and Eliwood were still fighting, but then, Roy came jumping above 5 soldiers and he sliced them with his sword and joined Eliwood and Lyn.

"Roy! It's good to see you here!" Lyn said.

"(Weird, I'm fighting with my fathers)" Roy thought "Do you need any help?"

Eliwood looked at Roy and nodded "Yes, they're trying to kill us now."

Just then, they quickly formed a triangle formation because more soldiers were now outnumbering them, now they were getting in a big trouble.

"Do you have any ideas?" Lyn asked. Eliwood glanced at every soldier.

"We must attack now!" Eliwood ordered and the big ordeal of soldier ran towards them yelling a war cry.

Suddenly, a horse came jumping above the soldiers and above the horse there was a man with purple hair, a small purple beard, dark orange armor with a pale yellow shirt underneath, white pants, dark orange armored knee pads and brown shoes using a lance, when he appeared he quickly used his lance to stab the soldiers, not only he was alone, but another man with green hair, orange armor with a dark purple shirt underneath, armored orange gloves, armored orange knee pads, dark green pants and brown shoes using a lance came slicing more soldiers and helping the trio from the assault.

"(It's my mentor, Marcus!)" Roy thought surprised after seeing the man of the horse.

"Are you alright?" Marcus asked.

"Thanks to you!" Roy said nodding.

"Good," The other man said "Even Serra is working hard in this battle"

"(Or she's just only hitting Hector every single second)"

Marcus looked at Eliwood "Eliwood, the assault is working from the begginning, we just need more time until the wall of soldiers blocking us retreats."

Eliwood nodded "Alert our troops to keep their movements, Oswin." He said to the other man.

"Yes?" Oswin asked.

"Try to shield Serra from any enemy."

Roy gasped in shock inside his mind "(Oh no!)"

Lyn noticed that Roy was a little nervous "It's something wrong Roy?"

"No no no! Everything it's fine!" Roy said sweating.

Eliwood looked at the castle "Alright, our next territory is the castle, Marcus, go on and tell them but keep yourself safe from the attacks of the enemy"

Marcus nodded "Sounds good." He said and he left riding his horse. Then Oswin went towards Serra to protect her but Roy was thinking about something.

"(Is Eliwood even aware that I'm his son?!)" Roy thought annoyed.

Caelin Castle
Entrance

Meanwhile, Priscilla's group were infilrtrating the castle avoiding the guards and using Rebecca's arrows to take them down.

"Where do you think the prison is?" Guy asked.

"Hmm, let's see...QUICK! HIDE!" Chris wispered when he heard a group of soldiers coming their way, they hid behind a wall as the footsteps were coming closer, but before Marth could attack, Priscilla stopped him.

"Hey, what's the big deal?" Marth wispered angrily.

"Shh! They're talking!" Priscilla wispered trying to hear the conversation.

"Send more guards to the prison to prevent the prisoners from escaping!" A guard ordered.

"Roger!" Many guards said running to the prison and they left, Priscilla's group then got out of their hiding spot and silently, they followed the guards without making any sound.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 18, 2008, 08:04:38 PM
Prison

Inside a cell, a monk with long blond hair, wearing a long white cape, light blue clothes, a long light yellow belt and dark brown boots was sitting next to another man, his hair was dark red, he was wearing purple clothes, a belt, white pants, light brown boots and a shoulder pad in his left shoulder, on his wrists, he was wearing a bandage on his left wrist and a glove on his left wrist, there was a sword on his belt, but it was guarded by the guardians of the prison that were increasing in numbers.

"Lord Raven, what are we going to do now?" The monk asked wispering to the other man.

"Grr, this is getting too stupid Lucius, why are so many guards taking care of the prison this time?" Raven wispered to Lucius (The monk).

"Didn't you heard? There is war just outside the castl-" Lucius was interrupted.

"Hey you! Stop talking!" A guard ordered angrily.

"On top of that, there are like 20 guards close to this prison now," Raven said "I have no choice but t-"

"Wait, someone else is coming." Lucius wispered to Raven when he saw 5 persons hiding behind a wall while they were ducking.

"Damit, there are many guards in there" Guy wispered.

"What are we going to do now?" Marth asked thinking.

"...I have no choice" Chris said standing up.

"What is your plan?" Priscilla asked wispering.

Chris closed his eyes "...I'm going to gather up my courage and take one for the team!" He wispered opening his eyes in a serious tone walking towards the cell where Lucius and Raven were being held, the guards noticed Chris approaching and they pointed their swords at him.

"Stop! Now enter the cell if you don't want to die now!" A guard demanded.

"(He has guts to fight againts 20 guards)" Raven said.

"Alright, I will." Chris said taking out his sword and dropping it on the floor, the weight caused a perfect image of the sword in the floor and everyone sweatdropped at this "But first, I want to do something else before surrendering."

"(Huh?)" Rebecca wondered. Just then, Chris got in a weird position and he started to...

Wes Dance

...to do the Wes Dance? That's right people, Chris does the Wes Dance!

"(WHAT?!)" Marth, Guy, Priscilla, Rebecca, even Lucius and Raven were left speechless with those freaky Naruto eyes on their eyes, except the guards who were watching the humiliating dance.

"(Alright! I'm gathering up my courage after all!)" Chris thought while dancing with weird moves.

"(What in the world is that weird dance?!)" Rebecca thought in shock.

"(Is he crazy?!)" Marth thought.

"(...Definitely, he's pretty much death)" Guy thought.

The guards were still a little surprised at the dance, Chris was sweating a lot during his play and everyone else were staring in shock at him, where did he learned of that dance?

He was getting to the end of the dance now, after twirling around with his arms pointing to the rocky roof, he twirled over his feet and finally, he pointed at the roof with his finger of his left hand while his right hand was on his lap, then he panted heavily still sweating.

"..." There was a moment of awkward silence following the dance.

Until...

The guards started to whistle at Chris and clapping their hands, they were in fact amazed for the dance and Priscilla's group, Raven and Lucius were left speechless and confused with their jaws wide opened.

"YOU'RE THE BEST!" "AWESOME!" And many other cheers were coming from the guards and Chris bowed to them in honor.

"Thank you!" Chris said taking out a piece of paper with something written on it "Now the next act is, "Kill the guards and rescue the prisoners while they're clapping at your host, Chris!" now stand there!" Chris said grabbing back his sword and Priscilla's group shook their heads and they started their attack at the guards, surprisingly, they were defeated in a second.

"Victory!" Chris said turning into a chibi-style of himself, making a thumbs-up to the roof.

"...You're just too excited, aren't you?" A chibi-style Rebecca appeared with eyes closed and arms pointing at the floor.

Leaving the chibi-style, Marth broke the lock of the cell, the door opened and Lucius along with Raven walked outside, then Priscilla ran at Raven to hug him.

"Raven! I knew you were alive!" She said with closed eyes.

"Pri-Priscilla! Are you with them?!" Raven asked surprised and Priscilla stopped her action on him and nodded smiling with some tears on her eyes.

"Yes! Not only that, I'm with an entire legion!" Priscilla said.

Raven looked at the others "Thanks for taking care of my sister, let me show my gratitude by joining your legion."

"Lord Raven, if you let me, can I go with you?" Lucius asked.

"Of course." Raven said nodding.

Chris looked around for safety "There's nobody close, let's join the others now."

Entrance

Oh, wait, the music...

With Mila's Divine Protection (Celica Map 1)

Lyn's group was now infiltrating the castle and fighting againts the guards, enemy archers and mages, the battle for the castle maybe has just begun...

"Lyn! Where are you going?!" Roy asked.

"I'm going to kill the bastard who took the throne!" Lyn said.

"Wait, I'm going with you." Eliwood said stepping in front of Roy.

"Wa-wait! I'm going too!" Roy said.

"Is there any more space in your team to let me in?" Hector came holding his axe over his right shoulder, with Serra following him behind.

"(Oh no...)" Roy thought inside his mind after seeing Hector. But Serra tried to get his attention with some faces she was making.

"This is it Roy! We have to finish this before this war ends!" Serra wispered to Roy.

Lyn nodded "Thanks, I'll need help as much as I need it."

"Then let's go!" Hector said running deeper inside the castle along with the assassination group to recover the throne while a huge battle was ocurring outside the castle.

Outside Caelin Castle

In the air, Florina was riding her Pegasus but she was having sudden thoughts when she glanced at the castle and remembered Lyn and the others infiltrating it.

"...I...I need...I need to...I need to aid Sir Hector!" She said commanding her Pegasus to fly to the castle.

Inside Caelin Castle

We change the scene to Priscilla's group, making their way further inside the castle while attacking the outnumbering and annoying resistance of soldiers.

"Take this!"

"AAAHHH!" A guard was killed by Chris, but he was studdering and trembling all the way to see the blood coming from the body.

"Blo-blood..." He said scared.

Guy backed away blocking a slash of another sword "It's something wrong?"

"We-well...I didn't expected to kill anyone now...but...I just did!"

Guy defeated the soldier "These are the kind of things that happens in a war, haven't you experienced this before?"

"Something like that...but with less bloo-" Chris was suddenly sprayed by blood in the face by Raven who by accident sent some blood from a soldier he killed "Bloooooooooodddddd...." He said fainting with a dumb face.

Raven walked towards Chris "What happened to him?"

Guy glanced at Chris, then at Raven, then at Chris, then at Raven "He just was surprised to see blood on his face."

"Then do something, we can't have him in this state"

"Well..." Guy kneeled and shaked Chris by the shoulders "Hey! Wake up! We're on the middle of the war, wake up!"

"May I suggest to clean his face first?" Rebecca suggested cleaning his face with a napkin.

"Ugh..." Chris was awakening grogily "What...happened?"

"This is what happened!" Rebecca said shwoing the napkin with blood.

"BLOOD!" Chris yelled fainting again.

Marth appeared "What happened to him?" He asked, pointing at Chris.

Then he woke up again.

"What happene-"

"This is what happened!"

"BLOOD!" He said, fainting again by the napkin that Rebecca was holding.

"...Let's wait 10 seconds." Guy suggested and they nodded.

10 seconds later...

"Ugh...what happened?" Chris asked grogily.

"This is what happ-" Lucius took the napkin from Rebecca and he threw it outside a window.

"A soldier hit your head...VERY hard." Guy said sweatdropping.

Chris rubbed his head "I need to be more.." He stood up "Careful next time, right?"

"...Yeah." Said Rebecca.

"Hey look! Someone is coming!" Marth said looking to the other side of the corridor, it was Roy, Lyn, Eliwood, Hector and Serra running to the throne room.

"Lucius!" Lyn said.

Lucius bowed to Lyn "It's good to see you again."

"So, he is your lord?" Hector said looking at Raven.

"(Huh? He is Hector! From House Ostia!)" Raven thought surprised "Nice to meet you, I'm Raven."

"(I sense something bad from those words)" Lucius thought.

"There is no time for introductions, we must reach the throne room and kill the commander of this army againts us!" Eliwood said looking further inside the halls.

"I agree with him," Lyn said "This is my homeland and I cannot allow someone to make his own orders above a throne that doesn't belongs to him."

"What are we waiting for?" Serra asked excited "Let's kick his butt right now!"

Everyone nodded and they ran together towards the throne room, in the way there...

"Roy." Eliwood said.

"Huh?" Said Roy.

"I can see you're a skilled person with your blade, am I right?"

"O-of course I am!...I think..."

"Then hear my hint, don't die on battle and don't left anyone else at the mercy of the death."

Roy looked away "(Father...you were a respectable leader when you were young...)"

"Did you listened to my hint?"

Roy looked at Eliwood "Yes I did."

Eliwood smiled a little bit "Good, if you remember that in every fight you take part, I'm sure you're going to succeed without losing your comrades."

Roy nodded and they continued their search for the throne room "(I will remember your advice)"

Preview of the next chapter

"Ugh..."

"What is it Roy?"

"It feels weird to fight with my parents in a war, Marth, hopefully, this is going to end very soon."

"I'll lend you a hand if you want."

"Thanks, let's fight for Caelin!"

"Next time: Roy's family is reborn!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Caelin Kingdom
Chris
, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lyn, Eliwood, Hector, Serra, Florina, Erk, Guy, Sain, Rebecca, Marcus, Lowen, Bartre, Dorcas, Matthew, Merlinus, Wil, Oswin, Priscilla, Lucius, Raven
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 19, 2008, 03:40:06 PM
Okay, I'm not very good with Fire Emblem games before Path of Radiance, so just as a refresher, Roy's mother is unknown?

Anyway, good chapter!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 19, 2008, 03:41:52 PM
Oooh!  This is getting exciting!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 19, 2008, 06:36:56 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on May 19, 2008, 03:40:06 PM
Okay, I'm not very good with Fire Emblem games before Path of Radiance, so just as a refresher, Roy's mother is unknown?

Anyway, good chapter!
Well, Lyn didn't even appeared in Roy's game, but Eliwood is his father.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 19, 2008, 09:05:41 PM
Chapter 44: Roy's family is reborn!

Caelin Kingdom
Near the throne room

With Mila's Divine Protection (Celica Map 1)

"There they are!"

"Shoot, more soldiers? I can't believe this army has so many of them." Guy said taking out his sword and running after the soldiers.

"Wait, the amount of persons guarding that door...it must be the throne room!" Lyn said.

"Don't let them enter the throne room!" A soldier said.

"...There is your answer." Chris said frowning and taking out his heavy sword.

And so, another battle started inside the castle, the swordsmans were fighting againts soldiers with swords, mages and archers were firing arrows at whatever enemy dared to move to attack them, Serra trying to interrupt Hector from getting near Lyn while healing the wounds of someone hurted with the help of Priscilla, Roy, Lyn and Eliwood making the triangle formation, Chris, Marth and Guy teaming up killing soldiers (And Chris evading all the blood possible to touch his face), Raven having thoughts of killing Hector...you know, the usual (Man, I made that scene a little boring, didn't I? XD).

To hell with random enemies without character bios! Who wants to see them anyway? People ALWAYS wants to see the heros kicking the boss' a**! So we will change the scene...hmm...let's say...10 minutes later...

10 minutes later...

Wait, are they still trying to kill the useless random enemies without character bios? Wonderful! Just wonderful!

"You know, this is getting so repetitive! In every gosh darn story there are lots of useless enemies without backgrounds that are so annoying!" Chris said annoyed to Marth (Italic letters were directed at you, the readers and yes, he broke the fourth wall again).

"Do you have an idea?" Marth asked.

Chris nodded "Of course I have one!" He looked at Lyn, Eliwood and Roy "Go and kill that commander while we try to kill these useless guards!"

"Hey!"

Chris killed the random guard in rage "Shut up! I can't stand this anymore!"

Eliwood, Lyn and Roy sweatdropped "...Fine." Eliwood said entering the throne room along with Lyn and Roy.

"Wait for m-" Hector was abruptaly hit in his head by Serra and the knight fell unconscious on the floor, but her action was discovered by the other members of Lyn's legion (Even the useless random guards noticed this and they stopped their attacks).

"Is that even a tactic in a war?" A soldier asked confused, but he earned a nasty glare of Serra.

"Oh, stop it! I can't tolerate this either!" Serra said enraged.

"Err, Serra, I think you need to calm down a littl-" Guy said but he was interrupted by Serra glaring at him.

"SHUT UP! Do you want to know why I tried to stop Hector from following Lyn correct?!" She asked (Eliwood's team was on the other side of the door and they didn't heard anything from Serra).

"Well..." Rebecca trailed off.

"FOR THE LOVE OF GOD, REBECCA! Isn't obvious?! I don't want this stupid axe wielder to be married with Lyn! Eliwood is a much better choice for her! Happy?!" She said panting heavily.

A moment of silence was followed after her furious speech and she waited for an answer impatiently.

"...Why didn't you told us that before?" Priscilla said smiling.

"Huh?" Serra was confused.

"I'd be glad to help you out in this too!" Rebecca said smiling.

"Say what?"

"God, I forgot completely about this." Marth said.

"What?"

"I don't know why, but they don't look good to be a couple." Guy said.

"Come again?"

"I was having second thoughts about helping Roy or not." Chris said.

"Huh?!"

"They? A couple? They don't even match!" A random useless soldier said laughing.

"You too?!"

"I don't want my sworn enem-I mean, ally to be married with her." Raven said.

"The hell?!"

Throne Room

"Where are you? Show yourself!" Lyn demanded with her sword ready.

In front of the throne, a man with a heavy red armor was sitting there and glaring at Lyn's team.

"I am Bernard, knight commander of Laus!" He said "I can't allow you to ruin my plans for this kingdom and nobody else shall do this either!" He demanded taking out his axe.

"Your days as commander are counted!" Lyn said.

"How pitiful."

"What?" Lyn asked, then Bernard snapped his fingers and soldiers came out of nowhere surrounding Lyn, Eliwood and Roy.

"Not again." Roy said glancing at every soldier.

"Kill the infidels!" Bernard ordered and the soldiers made a war cry.

"Do we have any plan?" Roy asked.

"Our plan is, fight to the death!" Eliwood said charging at the soldiers, Roy didn't do anything but then he nodded and he joined Eliwood in his battle "Where is Lyn?!"

"Lyn!" Eliwood yelled when he saw Lyn running after Bernard grabbing her sword from her belt.

However, Bernard blocked her attack with his axe and Lyn was trying to push aside the axe with her strength "So this is the legendary Mani Katti, I'm impressed that someone like you is able to fight with this sword."

"Shut up!" Lyn said.

"However, this is the end for you!" Bernard pushed Lyn's Mani Katti away and he lifted his axe above her, Lyn stared in shock when the axe was getting closer at her body and she blocked her face with her sword.

CLING!

"Out of the way whoever you are!" Bernard said gritting his teeths.

"The name is Eliwood!" Eliwood said blocking the attack from cutting Lyn and she unblocked her face to see him in front of her.

"E-Eliwood!" Lyn said surprised as Eliwood pushed the axe aside with his sword and he looked at Lyn.

"Are you alright?"

"Thanks, but you don't have to worry about me," She said smiling a bit "But where is Roy?"

"HELP!" Roy screamed while he was receiving a lot of attacks to his body.

"I'm on my way! Hang in there!" Lyn said.

"Not on my watch!" Bernard said swinging his axe at Lyn, but Eliwood blocked the attack again and he gritted his teeths.

"Hurry! Go and help Roy, this battle will be useless if he dies!" Eliwood said and Lyn nodded, running towards Roy to rescue him.

"(I can't make it in time!)" Lyn thought and analyzed the sittuation that Roy was experimenting, she was a little far away from the red haired swordsman but what could she do to help him?

"OUT OF THE WAY!" A voice spoke from behind the door and it was destroyed by weapons of war, Serra, Guy, Hector, Priscilla, Marth, Chris, Raven and Lucius appeared rushing to the room and they joined the fight while Serra helped Roy to heal his wounds.

"You can't win this battle without us!" Serra said while healing Roy.

"Finally, this is going to end NOW!" Guy said and he started to attack the soldiers.

Chris blocked an attack of an enemy "Lyn! Roy! Eliwood! Kill the commander! We can defeat these guys without troubles!"

"Roger that!" Roy said (Now fully healed), he stood up and he went after the commander alongside Lyn and Eliwood.

"Impudent fools! You think you have a chance to defeat me?!" Bernard asked as he wung his axe.

"Actually, we do!" Roy said charging at Bernard and his sword clashed with the axe, Lyn took the opportunity to attack Bernard behind his back and she slashed her sword in his back and he yelled in pain.

"Hector! Look out!" Priscilla yelled when she saw 5 soldiers lunging their swords at Hector on his back and the axe wielder turned his back to see them ready to kill him.

"NOOOOO!" Someone yelled from the roof of the room, the roof was destroyed by a lance and then, Florina came with her Pegasus and she threw her lance at one of the soldiers, it was enough for Hector to defend himself and he quickly took out the remaining 4 soldiers thanks to Florina's help.

"Florina! I didn't thought you could help me at this time!" Hector said smiling a bit.

Florina blushed a little "It's because...I couldn't let you go to this place alone..."

Somehow, Hector was blushing a little after hearing this "I...I thank you."

"It means so much for me, thanks!" Florina said smiling.

"Umm, help please?" Guy asked when 6 swordsmans were surrounding him.

"Ri-right! I'll help you!" florina said grabbing her lance from the body of the dead soldier and she ordered her Pegasus to take her to Guy.

"...(What is this sudden feeling when Florina saved my life?)" Hector thought confused.

Serra saw the face Hector was making and a small smile appeared on her face "(Ha! It's working! Roy, this is working smoothly as we planned!)"

"THAT'S IT!" Bernard yelled furiously and he swung his axe around his body and the trio received a fatal blow and they backed away holding their wounds in pain.

"Ugh, that axe is a real trouble." Lyn said holding her right arm.

"We need to distract him to return his attacks." Eliwood said.

"I know how to do that!" Roy said, the red haired swordsman ran after Bernard and the commander lifted his axe again, but this time, Roy ran away from him and getting his attention in the process "Now!"

"I see! Lyn, gather your energy and help me!" Eliwood said running at the distracted Bernard, Lyn was able to lift her sword and she ran with Eliwood, both of them jumped high in the air and they slashed the shoulders of Bernard and the commander yelled in pain after feeling 2 swords piercing through his armor.

"Im-impossible! My armor...my armor is supposed to be unbreakable!" Bernard said in shock.

"You forgot....one thing Bernard..." Lyn said trying to speak.

"What could I possibly forget?!" Bernard asked furiously.

"You're fighting againts a person who wields the legendary sword, the Mani Katti!"

"That sword...that stupid and useless sword!"

Lyn pointed her sword and Bernard's face "Don't dare to say that again to this sword!"

Meanwhile, Roy was hiding behind the throne to launch a surprise attack to Bernard "(He's still distracted, I need to wait a little longer to execute my plan)" He thought while watching Bernard.

"Your days as the corrupt commander of this kingdom is over Bernard!" Eliwood said.

Bernard was left surprised for various seconds, but then, a grin appeared on his face.

"Hehehehe....."

"What is so funny?" Lyn asked, demanding an answer.

"Fools...if I continue with this nonsense...I'd possibly die in your hands..." Bernard said backing away to the throne.

Just then, Serra and the others finished their fight againts the soldiers and they joined Lyn and Eliwood.

"I want to finish this thing now!" Raven demanded with his sword ready.

"Sorry...but you have to wait..." Bernard said.

"What is your intention now?" Serra asked.

"My intention?...THIS IS MY INTENTION!" Bernard turned his back to push the throne aside and he quickly grabbed Roy by his throat by wrapping up his arm, and he placed his axe near his throat as the Smasher was struggling on his arm.

"YOU, YOU WON'T!" Lyn said.

"What's the matter? You can't kill your enemy when a comrade will die along with him?" Bernard asked smirking.

"Leave him alone you bastard!" Marth demanded.

"UGH! Somebody....help me...." Roy said in a weak tone.

"How can you do that to Roy?!" Serra asked angrily.

"My death will only be fed along with the death of this young prey, I refuse to lose to all of you!" Bernard said moving the axe towards Roy.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 20, 2008, 04:17:51 PM
Oooh!  The suspense is gripping!

Will they find a way to save Roy and kill Benard?

Or is it Roy's demise?

To be continued...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 20, 2008, 07:37:50 PM
"What are we going to do now?!" Chris asked in shock.

"I tell you what! Drop your weapons and lift your hands in the air!" Bernard demanded.

Eliwood closed his eys for a moment before opening them again "...Do as he says." He said dropping his sword on the floor.

"Eliwood!" Lyn said.

Eliwood looked at Lyn "I'm sorry, but the lifes of our comrades are the most important thing in a battle like this."

"...Alright." Lyn said dissapointed throwing her weapon away.

Pretty soon, everyone dropped their weapons on the floor and lifted their hands in the air surrendering.

"(No way, we lost?)" Guy thought.

"I'm sorry...I let my guard down everybody..." Roy said in dissapointment.

"Mwhahahahahaha! What a way to lose in a war! I'm a genius by using a hostage as a shield! Mwhahahahahahaha!" Bernard said luaghing maniacally.

"...Actually..." Chris said moving down his hands "You're not a genius."

Bernard stopped laughing "What?!"

"Alright guys! Come on out!" Rebecca said smiling.

Winning Road - Roy's Hope

Bernard was now confused, what were they planning? And where did that smoke came from....wait...isn't that Bernard's hair?

"MY HAIR!" Bernard sreaming after he spotted fire growing in his hair.

"ROY! NOW!" Priscilla said.

"TAKE THIS!" Roy said slamming his wrist in Bernard's face and he got out of his grasp as the commander was trying to put the fire out.

"WHAT?! HOW COULD YOU DO THIS?!" Bernard asked in rage.

"It's quite simple." A voice spoke from the destroyed roof Florina made a while ago, then the person jumped from the hole and he landed in front of Eliwood and the others, it was Erk with his book opened "We've planned this from the beginning."

Soon, the rest of the army of Eliwood came by the hole and they started to gather together, surrounding the commander.

"What?!" Bernard was still confused.

Serra stepped in front of the group "You still don't get it? Alright, let me explain how we planned this."

Flashback

"Let's do that" Serra said smiling a bit.

"Hey Serra, Roy." Wil called out from the table.

"Yeah?" Serra asked.

"We need your help with a plan for tomorrow." Wil said.

"A plan huh?" Roy rubbed his chin "Sounds good, what do you have in mind?"

Wil joined his hands together "I hear the knight commander of Laus, Bernard is the current person in control of the castle, I've heard also that his armor is hard to break through."

"But isn't Lyn's sword a legendary weapon?" Rebecca asked.

Wil nodded "That's right, but I fear with that sword alone isn't going to give us a victory, so I have deviced a plan, but this plan doesn't includes rescuing Lucius and his lord, that would be an direct order from Eliwood."

"I'm hearing." Kent said.

"My plan is to have the help of Florina."

"Did somebody said my name?" Florina asked appearing from nowhere.

"Good, you're here, Florina, we need your help right now, do you want to take part of this plan?"

End of flashback

"After that, Florina," Serra looked at Florina "Agreeded to help us out, then we planned an assault to the throne by making a hole on the roof, the plan was simple, just distract you while everyone was fighting outside your army, after we finished, we would gather up right in this room to corner you like the filty rat you are!" Serra said smiling.

"But Florina...acted so quickly as we planned." Wil said.

Florina looked at Hector and she blushed a little "Well...I have my...my reasons..." She said.

"Defeating me...by distraction?!" Bernard asked confused in shock.

"Let me put this in simplier words," Chris said lifting his sword "Kill your army, rescue Lucius and Raven, distract you long enough for everyone else to join this battle and lastly, stop your evil and useless reign!"

When Bernard noticed, he was surrounded by the army of Eliwood and he didn't had any place to run away.

"IMPOSSIBLE! I CAN'T LOSE IN THIS WAY!" Bernard demanded furiously.

"TOO BAD!" Lyn said running at Bernard.

"Nevertheless, I'M NOT GOING TO LET ANY OF YOU TO KILL M-WHAT?! MY ARMS AREN'T MOVING!" Bernard said when he saw his arms glowing but they couldn't move even an inch from their position.

"That is because of me." Lucius said, he was casting an immobilizing spell to stop Bernard from moving.

"NO!" Bernard screamed.

"I want to join you!" Eliwood said running with Lyn.

"Me too!" Roy said joining the attack of Lyn.

"THIS IS IT!" Lyn said taking out her sword and pointing it at Bernard's stomach, Eliwood and Roy did the same move and then.........

Music stops

CRIIIIIUUSSSSSSHHHHHH!!!

A moment of silence soon came after stabbing Bernard's body with 3 swords from a soon-to-be family, the background was all white and Lyn, Eliwood and Roy along with Bernard and the floor were black.

"...I...can't....believe....this....nonsense...ugh..." Bernard said as his final words when he fell on his knees and then, he fell on the floor defeated and killed, then Lyn, Eliwood and Roy sheated their swords with blood on them.

Just then, Chris walked between them and he kicked the body to reasure that he was dead.

Kick.

No response, he was defeated, visiting the hell right now after all his deeds to Caelin Kingdom.

Chris turned his back and he saw everyone staring and blinking at him, he sighed for 4 seconds before looking at them again, but then, he closed his eyes and smiled as he lifted his sword to the sky where Florina made the hole.

Victory is Near

"VICTORY!" He yelled proudly after the outcome of the war, the whole army smiled and they began to cheer loudly after gaining the victory, many of them were lifting their axes, swords and bows to the air in glory, Lyn smiled after ending the evil reign of the evil commander and a tear appeared on her right eye, but she wiped it out.

The most happy of all the army was Florina, who jumped out of her Pegasus and she ran at Hector giving him an embrace, the axe wielder blushed after watching Florina below his head.

"Mission complete!" Chris said smiling, putting his hands on his lap "Nothing is going to ruin this wonderful moment!"

How wrong he was.

Just then when he said that, from the body of Bernard, blood stupidly came firing right to his face...again, he laughed for several seconds before everyone noticed him, sweatdropping.

"..." Chris didn't said anything but he was still smiling until "Bloooooooooooodddddddd....." He fainted again.

Music stops

Nobody was able to speak after watching him, they were left without saying anything.

But then.

"...Hehehe..." Serra said "Hahaha, hahahahaha, HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" She bursted out laughing, but that was just only fed by more laughs coming from everybody else, they took Chris's despair as a joke...but luckily, it was a friendly joke.

Victory is Near

Caelin Kingdom
Outside Caelin Castle

After talking to all the captives inside the castle, Lyn was able to recover the pride of her kingdom, but unfortunately, she has more things to do if she wanted absolute peace, her army was going to help her regarding of what troubles could the future hold for her and the others.

"What?! You're leaving now?!" Serra asked surprised.

"Our work here is done, we just wanted to help in your war." Marth said.

Serra crossed her arms, grinning a little "Oh, really Roy?"

"...Okay okay! Also because we wanted Eliwood to fell in love with Lyn!" Roy said embarrased.

Serra sighed "Yeah but, I don't see our results yet, sadly."

"Serra! Roy! Come here! You need to see this!" Guy said from some bushes, Serra, Roy, Marth and Chris hid along with him, then they noticed Florina and Erk hiding too.

"What is it?" Serra asked wispering, Guy pointed at something and Serra looked at the direction Guy was pointing to, when she saw Hector and Lyn talking.

"No way, we failed after all we did?" Roy asked wispering.

"Lyn...I...I need to tell you something." Hector said.

"What coincidence, I wanted to tell you something too." Lyn said.

"Really? Well, who says first?"

"You first, I don't mind."

"Lyn...I'm...I'm afraid that our relationship is not going to workout." Hector said, his tone was a little dissapointed.

"I...I think so too."

"Huh? What do you mean?"

"Hector, forgive me, but I have another person to love..." She said closing her eyes "But I can't tell you who is him."

"I understand...because I have my own person to love too, but I can't tell you either."

"So...lets make a promise, shall we?" Lyn said opening her eyes.

"Tell me."

"When we reveal who are our special someone, we're not going to argue and we will agree with the decision of the other, do you agree with me?"

Hector gave a little smile "I don't have any negative comments."

"Thank you for understanding it, I really appreaciate it." She said giving a quick hug to Hector.

"Let's give our best wishes to the other." Hector said. Then, they went away towards Caelin Castle, but this time, without any kind of embrace, just a friendly walk without love, but with partnership.

"...WE DID IT!" Serra said proudly.

"I'm saved! Hurray!" Roy said.

"Does that mean...I'm his special someone to Hector?" Florina asked blushing.

"You bet you are!" Serra said smiling.

"...I'm...I'm...I'm so happy!" Florina said, giving the most beautiful smile to the group.

Erk sighed and he smiled a bit "At least this has a happy ending."

"(Ironically, this has it now)" Chris thought.

"(Our mission here is done)" Marth thought.

After saying their farewells, Roy, Marth and Chris left walking away to return to the Smash Mansion, but not before Roy could tell something to Serra to tell Eliwood something, and that was:

"Tell him that I'm going to think of his advice in every duel and fight I take part, also, that I'm so grateful to fight alongside him."

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 500 SMASH COINS!

Mother 3

New Pork City
Very deep below the city

The scene shows somebody inside a capsule with the symbol of the Pig Mask Army, it was a fat-old-greedy-stupid-idiot-little-piece-of-crap-annoying-little-bastard-who-doesn't-have-any-respect-even-if-he-doesn't-takes-a-bath-daily-as-every-normal-person-does-

"I GET IT ALREADY!"

The fat-old-greedy-stupid-idiot-little-piece-of-crap-annoying-little-bastard-who-doesn't-have-any-respect-even-if-he-doesn't-takes-a-bath-daily-as-every-normal-person-does-kid inside a machine, who was inside a capsule said breaking the fourth wall.

"Man, getting your butt handed by a kid, a girl with a long sweater, a guy who doesn't walks right and a common dog isn't even funny to the greatest, king of all times!" He tried to look around "And that annoying doctor left! He doesn't has any respect at all for his king, King Porky!" He said enraged.

"Do you want to take revenge?"

"HOLY CRAP! WHO IS THERE?!" Porky asked terrified.

"I ask again, do you want to take revenge in those who laughed at you? Even if they are dead, but you want to make them suffer?"

"You mean that Pig Butt, Ness and that crybaby, Lucas?"

The voice chuckled "Exactly....But why did you called Ness, "Pig Butt"?"

"Personal issues, a long but tragic incident in schoo-WAIT, GET ME OUT OF THIS JUNK!"

"Hold it right there, if you want to escape from that capsule, you will listen to the orders from my boss."

"Hmm, what are the benefits of the membership?" Porky asked and a disc scratches.

"(Benefits? What is this kid talking about? Okay Wolf, remember, you're talking to a...old fat kid...why does Tabuu wants him?) Well...we have evil cookies" The voice said sweatdropping (It was Wolf), and lying about the evil cookies part.

"Evil cookies huh?...Hmm...Sounds good and tasty at the same time...count me in! NOW GET ME OUT OF THIS CRAP!" Porky demanded trying to slam his arms inside the machine but failing miserably.

Wolf appeared from a dark portal and he looked around to open the capsule.

"What the hell are you doing?! There isn't anything outside to open this thing!" Porky said furiously.

"...The doorknob is missing...you idiot kid." Wolf said sweatdropping.

"WHAT?! Why I didn't noticed that before?! URGH! I JUST MADE A DEAL WITH A STRANGER!...A FURRY!"

Wolf opened the Absolutely Safe Capsule and Porky got out trying to breath, but failing miserably "Say furry to me again and you're dead meat." Wolf warned walking inside the portal.

"Sure! Whatever...wait, evil cookies?! Here I go!" Porky said forgetting his rage and walking inside the portal, dissappearing in it, just as a meteor crashed into the capsule but didn't got destroyed.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Chris's group returned safely to the Smash Mansion and he sighed in relief.

"Finally, back to our home, where I can see a psychic, a kid, 2 twins, a bird and whatever Pikachu is!"

"...A Pok?mon?" Marth asked.

"Yeah!" He noticed the other Smashers looking at them "We completed our mission successfully!" He said smiling.

"..." Pichu didn't said anything (He was fully recovered now).

"What's wrong?" Roy asked.

"...Look above you." Ness said pointing above Roy. The red haired swordsman made a confused face but quickly gasped after seeing someone just above him.

...It was...

"YOU STUPID BASTARD!!!!" It was a very furious and enraged Lucario with aura glowing intensely and he lunged at Roy with great speed, Roy tried to get away but it was too late and Lucario was already beating...or killing him with his fists. Roy was now screaming like a girl of third grade.

"What the? Why is Lucario attacking Roy?!" Chris asked.

"Lucario didn't took very friendly the part where you were crushed by a boulder because of Roy's clumsiness." Mewtwo explained.

"Oh BASTARD,, I IDIOT, see, so BURN that IN was HELL! his YOU reason HEAR ME?!" Chris said (Bolded letter were Lucario yelling angrily) But I need to stop him before he kills Roy or this mission was all in vain!" He thought for a moment.

"Do something, quick!" Marth said in shock.

Chris snapped his fingers "I know what to do! Hey Lucario!"

"WHAT?! CAN'T YOU SEE I'M KILLING THIS DORK?!" Lucario asked enraged.

Chris smiled "I'm back!"

Those were his words, Lucario suddenly slowed his attacks towards Roy and then, he stopped and his aura dissappeared, then he stood up and smiled a little bit, it was true after all, Chris was back, safe and sound.

To end this, Chris ran at Lucario to gave him a warm hug.

"I really missed you when I was in Caelin!" Chris said smiling.

Lucario panted his back "Me too, it's good to see you here again, right besides me."

Chris glanced at Roy and he gasped "...Lucario..."

"Yes?"

"Is that arm supposed to bent that way?" He asked pointing at Roy's left arm...and his dead carcass, Lucario looked at Roy and his jaw dropped, then he quickly blocked Chris's eyes and the world traveler made a confused face behind the black hand and everyone else had their jaws dropped in surprise.

Master Hand came holding Fox's and Falco's blasters and reflectors "Hey you guys! The reflectors and blasters you ordered are her-HOLY (BEEP!)" He cursed when he saw Roy dead on the floor and throwing away the weapons.

To break the awkward moment of silence, everyone ran at Roy to treat his fatal wounds caused by Lucario.

"ROOOOYYYY!!!" Everyone screamed worried, but the scene stops showing them running towards the comically dead Roy.

"Don't worry, we'll be back very soon, thank you and have a safe day!" A message appeared in front of the screen with the Smashers, with Crazy Hand sleeping above a sofa (Even thought the sofa was smaller than him).

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 21, 2008, 05:34:17 AM
So, Roy getting taken hostage was part of their plan afterall?  Crazy, but ingenious.

And boy did Lucario go into a rage!  So Roy survived Benard, but... my.

And now Porky has joined the SSE...

Getting better and better, ya!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 21, 2008, 11:35:55 AM
Well, I can't decide which world is going to be in the next arc, so I decided to hold a poll with thse worlds:

Paper Mario: The Thousand Year-Door

-Glitz Pit

-Twilight Town

-Excess Express (Day One)

Mario and Luigi: Superstar Saga

-Chucklehuck Woods

-Woohoo University

-Gathering the pieces of the Beanstar

Donkey Konga 2 (Wait, what?)

-(Mysterious plot yet to be revealed)

Kirby and the Amazing Mirror

-Candy Costellation

Luigi's Mansion

-Adventure before fighting Bogmire

-Adventure before fighting Boolossus

-Adventure before fighting King Boo

The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess

-Adventure before the Water Temple

-Adventure before Snowpeak

-Adventure before the City in the Sky

Super Mario Sunshine

-Bianco Hills

-Ricco Harbor

-Pinna Park

The rules? Simple, you can choose 3 worlds, but why are these locations below each one? Because not only you will choose a world, but also the current sittuation, it's a ggod way to let the readers decide for their own right? So think hard and vote please! ;) :D :P :( ...... :| :) ;D 8)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 21, 2008, 09:26:37 PM
...THE POLL IS CLOSED! You lost your chance everybody!

The next world is....

Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door!

But the situation it's still a mystery...next chapter will be up tomorrow!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 22, 2008, 12:35:29 PM
Chapter 45: In paper style!

Smash Mansion
Infirmary

Since Roy was fataly wounded in the last chapter by Lucario, there wasn't any choice left but to...cover his whole body in bandages. All the Smashers were there with him, but Chris was kneeled to the right side of the bed.

"I'm so sorry Roy! I swear this isn't going to happen again!" Chris said preocupied "Lucario! Apologize now!"

"He started it." Lucario said with crossed arms.

"Lucario!"

"...Fine, if you say so...forgive me Roy." Lucario said.

"Don't worry, I deserved that in all matters." Roy said under the bandages.

Chris looked at Master Hand "Is he going to be fine?"

"Well, Lucario broke both of his arms, six ribs and I'm afraid he ruptured various organs in the process."

Nana's jaw dropped "What?!"

"But one of his arms was bent in the wrong way!" Chris protested.

"You just saw one, not all." Master Hand said.

"dangit Lucario! You had to be so hard in him, didn't you?!" Chris asked angrily.

"I'm sorry...my rage blinded me totally." Lucario said ashamed of himself.

Chris sighed "...I need to train you harder then..."

"Don't worry about Roy! He's going to be fine!" Master Hand reasured "He just need...hmm...let's say...100 Heart Containers."

"Do we have that many?" Pichu asked.

"Well no...but we have Maxim Tomatos...but it will take 200 Maxim Tomatos to heal him completely."

Crazy Hand came wearing a huge nurse tiara "And I'll be the nurse!" He made a Maxim Tomato appear in his hand and he approached to Roy "Now open wide!"

"..."

"Open wide!"

"..."

"I said, OPEN WIDE!"

"..."

Crazy Hand got angry and he started to pummel Roy with the tomato "DAMM YOU! OPEN WIDE! YOU HEAR ME?!"

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!" Roy screamed in fatal pain.

"OH MY GOD, STOP HIM!" Pikachu yelled in shock and all of them started to hit Crazy like....crazy.

10 minutes later...

"I lied actually," Master Hand said panting "We need 300 Maxim Tomatos PLUS 200 Maxim Tomatos for Crazy Hand," Crazy Hand was all covered in bandages next to Roy's bed "And the shop is closed for now."

"Just great, I was going to buy something." Chris said.

"Somebody has to watch for these 2, who wants to help?" Master Hand asked and somebody raised his hand...or her hand.

"Me!" Jigglypuff said wearing a nurse tiara "I always wanted to be a nurse!"

Pikachu stared at Jigglypuff "I thought you wanted to be a singer."

"I have many dreams you know!" Jigglypuff said "I'll go for the tomatos!" She said leaving the infirmary.

"...Can we go to the command room now?" Ness asked.

Hallway

"Oh wait!" Master Hand said stopping them "Chris, I need to talk to you in private, everyone else, wait for us in the command room please." All the Smashers except for the hand and Chris "Alright, follow me please."

"Where are we going?" Chris asked.

"We're going to a secret room in this hallway....and it's riiiiiiggggghhhhhhtttt..........here." Master Hand pressed a part of the wall and a door appeared to the right of the button, Chris blinked in confusion and they entered the room.

Secret Room

It was pitch black inside, there was nothing, except for them of course.

"Why did you brought me here?" Chrs asked. When he asked, a screen appeared showing the current Smashers on his team with red bars at the right side of each one, some were full, but others were half-filled "What's this?"

"This," Master Hand said "It's the partnership screen."

"Partnership screen?"

Master Hand nodded "Yes, the partnership screen shows how well you and another partner works together in a battle."

"I know this is useful...but for what? It's some kind of trust level or something?"

"It's ALSO a trust level, let me show you your level or partnerships with the others, here," Master Hand handed over a strange machine to Chri-

"Wait a second, this is MY DS!" Chris said with his blue DS in his hands.

"Well duh! I've made some changes to your DS, it'll now show you the partnership screen along with more interesting features, but first, take out your pen and touch the arrow pointing down the screen the scroll down, give it a try and inspect the levels."

Chris did as Master Hand told him to do and he examined the screen.

Partner: Percentage Level

Lucario: 100

"This one is obvious." Chris said.

Pichu: 80

Roy: 80

Mewtwo: 60

"Wait, 60?"

"It seems you need to fight alongside Mewtwo if you want the level higher than that." Master Hand said.

Pikachu: 75

Jigglypuff: 75

Pit: 70

Ice Climbers: 85

"Before you scroll down the screen, I need to tell you something. If the level is in 50 or less, that person doesn't trust you enough, and it's worse if it is below 40."

"...Okay (Gulp!)" Chris said and thought worried "(But wait, the last 4 are Fox, Falco, Ness and Marth, what could be possibly wrong with any of them? I mean, they're friendly enough with...)"

Fox: 50

Falco: 35


Ness: 80

Marth: 75

"WHAT?! HOW COULD THIS HAPPEN?!" Chris asked terrified "WHAT DID I DID WRONG?!"

"Let me see...HUH?! What in the world is this?!" Master Hand wondered surprised.

"They don't trust me enough?! But I thought it was the contrary!"

"Calm down! You don't need to panic! Let me explain what is the true meaning of this too!"

Chris started to pant a little scared "O-okay...go ahead."

"First, you saw Lucario's partnership level at 100, right?"

"Right, he trust me completely, right?"

"That's correct, but also, it helps them in another way."

"It helps them in another way? How?"

Master Hand paused for a moment before speaking "It gives them strength."

"This may sound repetitive but...how again?"

"There are jobs that are actually a copy of themselves right? Their powers, skills, dexterity and abilities are all passed to you."

"But I need to unlock them first by fighting, isn't that right?"

"Of course! Well, your job is to unlock all the abilities and raise the levels to their maximum intervals, after that...something good will happen..."

"What?" Chris asked again.

"Maybe an attack combined with you and another Smasher working in perfect synch or making your partner stronger than he actually is by launching a devastating attack, basically, you make combined Final Smashes...but not now, you need to work hard in your battles if you want to discover those special powers."

Chris paused for a moment and he started to thought.

"Oh right, you want to know how to raise their levels?" Master Hand asked and Chris nodded "There are many ways to raise the levels, spending time with them, fighting with them, have fun together, help them and any other cheesy thing my mind lets me think of!"

"(Any cheesy thing?) Oh...well...I'll...do my best! I swear!"

"That's the spirit! (One step closer to reveal his real moves! I imagine you as the son I never had before! Sniff!)" Master Hand said and thought crying a little.

"It's something wrong?"

"No son, I mean, Chris!"

"...You're starting to creep me out."

"...I know."

Command Room

"Hey, where did this came from?" Ness asked finding a red book with a Starman printed on it.

"It was above Crazy Hand's desk, so he could have been reading it." Mewtwo said.

Ness opened the book "Hmm...it has something written on it."

Master Hand and Chris came to the room "Hey, what is that book?" Chris asked glancing at the book.

Ness gave the book to Chris "Why don't you read it for us?"

"It could have a nice story!" Pichu said excited.

"Well...let's see..." Chris cleared his throat.

Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door Intro (Music)

Ahem! Today...

I'm going to tell you the story of the Thousand-Year Door.

"A Thousand-Year Door? Ooohhh! This is getting interesting!" Pichu said sitting on the floor.

An awfully long time ago...

In a strange and far-off land, a big, bustling town thrived.

Chris flips the cover to discover a big, white city in a picture.

It was a town where all
people lived very happy lives.

And it was said that the
town was very prosperous.

But one day...tragedy befell
this blessed place.

"What happened next?" Pikachu asked.

A great cataclysm struck
the town and its people.

"A-a-a cataclysm?!" Popo asked scared, Chris flips the page to see the big city in chaos, the waves were furious, the sky was firing thunders, the buildings were being destroyed and the background was dark.

Darkness filled the skies, and
the earth roared and shook.

It was as if the very world
had come to a violent end.

And in but a single night...

The town sank into the
depths of the earth...

"It's hard to believe that something like that happened." Fox said.

"It's possible." Pit said, Chris flips the page again, revealing a picture of a small settlement with ships and clouds with happy smiles, the background was now calmer than before.

Many moons rose and set...

Stories of the town passed
into the pages of fairy tales...

"Because IT IS a fairy tale!" Falco said.

"Shh! The best part is coming!" Pichu said angrily.

And when the town's site no
longer held relics of its past...

People gathered at that spot
and built a new town.

"And they lived happy there after!" Nana said.

"Well...that's not all." Chris said, clearing his throat again and reading the book in the next page, it was showing a picture of a treasure in front of a door.

But word soon spread among
the people who moved in...

Than an ancient city lay
deep underground...

"BOOORRRIINNNGGGG!" Falco yelled.

And that a magnificent
treasure rested there.

"Wa-wait, a magnificent treasure?!" Falco asked a little excited and Fox frowned to himself.

Indeed...

This is the tale of the
fabled treasure of Rogueport.

Chris flips the book and a weird looking town was shown in the picture along with a tiny image of a princess and a seller on the street.

Yes, this is where it begins,
in the sea town of Rogueport.

The tale of the quest for
the legendary treasure...

And the Thousand-Year
Door...starts here.

Chris closes the book and he receives some claps from Pichu, Pikachu, Ness, Popo and Nana.

"Basically, a legendary treasure rests beneath the city." He said smiling a bit.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 22, 2008, 04:07:44 PM
A very interesting way to begin the next world, and another interesting plot twist...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 22, 2008, 06:50:44 PM
Suddenly, the alarms went off, and the screen showed a city near the sea.

"Wait, that is Rogueport!" Master Hand said "What a coincidence...wait again, what is this Assist Trophy doing here?" He asked glancing at an Assist Trophy in the room.

Ness took the Assist Trophy "How do you open this?" He said pointing quickly the trophy at the roof and it broke, then someone came out of it, it was...

"Where am I?" The person looked around and he found Ness looking at him "Ness? What are you doing here? Is this the place where you have been participating?"

"It is!" Ness said smiling.

"Jeff?" Chris asked confused. The person was Jeff indeed, who adjusted his glasses when he glanced at Chris.

"Is that you Chris?...Wow, you're actually taller than us in reality, interesting...wait, Ness, I have a request to ask you."

"What is it?" Ness asked.

"It's my dad, Dr Andonuts, he was kidnapped by someone from a distant future when he was sleeping in the bathroom...again."

"EEEWWWW!!!" Nana squealed shaking the thought off her head.

"Dr Andonuts you say?" Master Hand asked.

Jeff adjusted his glasses again when he saw Master Hand "A hand? Without a wrist or a body? Remarkable indeed and yes, do you know where is he?"

"Hmm, I remember someone like him in Nowhere Island, who wants to go to get him?"

"I want to do it!" Ness said raising his hand.

Chris quickly opened the portal to Mother 3 and Ness stepped inside, not before he said something "I'll be right back! Don't leave me behind for the next world!"

"...This place is actually interesting." Jeff said breaking the silence and seeing everything in the room, even the Smashers "A rat, a flying cat, an animal, a bird, another tiny rat, and a guy who doesn't has dignity and wears a tiara."

"HEY!" Pikachu, Mewtwo (Even he), Fox, Falco, Pichu and Marth said annoyed.

"I wonder what is Ness doing there?" Chris asked getting in a thinking position.

30 minutes later...

In the meantime, Chris changed to his Aura Apprentice job.

"Ness! Come back! We're gonna leave you!" Pikachu said to the portal, just then, Ness came out with Dr Andonuts following him.

"Thanks Ness for taking me back to my lab, I was already missing it...but...this isn't my lab!" Dr Andonuts said looking at the room, then Jeff walked towards him.

"Dad."

"Son."

"Glad you're back, let's return to Winters now." Jeff said crossing his arms behind his back.

"(What a way to receive his dad)" Popo thought.

SHAKE SHAKE SHAKE

"...Where did that sound came from?" Nana asked looking around.

"!!!" Someone was surprised.

"Dad, why is your lab coat shaking from behind you?" Jeff asked glancing behind Dr Andonuts, he found someone hiding behind his father "Who are you?"

"Err, don't say anything! Really, I don't want to see anyone now!"

"I got to remark, you look like Ness."

"Ness? Who is him?" The person asked scared a little.

"(Wait, that voice, I remember that voice somewhere)" Chris thought walking towards the doctor "Is that you...Lucas?"

"Ch-Chris? Is that really you?" The person asked a little surprised, he peered from the back of Dr Andonuts and he glanced around terrified "D-d-don't harm the doctor! I swear I'm going to kill anyone who touch him!"

Ness touched the doctor "Ooooooooohhhhhhhhhh......" Lucas fainted, if this was an anime, his soul could have been seen escaping from his nose.

1 second later...

"He's coming back."

"Man, he is as weird as Ness."

"FALCO!"

"What?!"

"Shut up you guys! You're going to scare him again!"

"Shh! He's fine now!"

"Ugh...what happened?" Lucas asked confused. By the time he woke up, Jeff and Dr Andonuts left saying good bye to Ness (Yes, they left in one second).

"Ness over here touched the doctor and you fainted." Popo said.

Lucas looked around trembling "I-i-i-is this where you go to another worlds like mine?"

Chris nodded "Yes!"

"W-w-well, I just know 4 persons of all of you...WHO THE HELL IS HIM?!"

"Lucas, that is Lucario."

"He is Lu-Lu-Lucario?! He's even scarier than the last time!"

Lucario growled and Lucas sweated a lot "Lucario! He didn't mean to insult you!"

"...Sorry." Lucario said apologizing.

"P-Phew, t-that was close." Lucas said wiping out his sweat.

"Lucas, why did you came here?" Nana asked.

"W-well, I saw this Ness walking with the doctor to that portal and I thought it was an enemy, I was with Boney at that time and I left a note quickly saying a lot of things to everyone back in the new Tazmily since the Pig Mask Army was defeated, Boney left wagging his tail and I ended up here...I hope you're not mad at me."

"So Lucas is here already?" Master Hand asked.

"EEK! A FLOATING HAND!"

"Relax! It's just Master Hand, the host of the tournament! He's not a bad person...when he is not on Final Destination of course." Ness said panting Lucas's back.

"Wait, I know you, I saw a recording of you and 3 other kids in a cinema in New Pork City!"

"Nice to meet you, I'm Ness!" Ness said holding his hand in front of Lucas.

Several minutes later after some introductions...

Lucas was able to maintain his composture (But nearly fainted after looking at Mewtwo's eyes) and he learned everything about...well, everything.

"I-I see now...c-can I please join your team?" Lucas asked.

"I don't see why not!" Chris said smiling a bit.

NEWCOMER!
Lucas joined your team!

"But he is new in this thing, Lucas, do you know how to fight?" Marth asked.

"I-I know many abilities like PK Love, PK Healing and PK-"

"You can't use ANY of those abilities here." Master Hand said.

"Wh-why not?" Lucas asked confused.

"Master Hand, can I be Lucas's tutor please?" Ness asked raising his hand.

Master Hand thought for a moment before speaking "Alright Ness, you're going to teach Lucas about how to fight...but, approach your ear to me."

Ness did it and got upset after hearing Master Hand "WHAT?! Is he going to be a clone of me?!"

"A-a-a clone? I-I know we look the same, but we're not clones!" Lucas said studdering again.

"Grr! Fine, at least someone else can represent my symbol in the matches besides me." Ness said sighing a little "Chris! Open the portal, now!" He ordered.

"Umm, ok?" Chris said creating the portal to Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door and Ness stepped inside dragging Lucas by the hand "Isn't Ness being a little hard on Lucas?"

"Let him be, I was upset like him when Falco was a clone of my moves." Fox said, but he noticed Chris staring at him "...It's something on my face?"

"(I have to raise the level of him now, but I need to be friendly with him if I want to earn his trust)" Chris thought and he quickly hung his right arm around Fox and pointed to the portal "Let's go! My sneaky partner!"

"Sneaky partner? What are you talking about?" Fox asked confused.

"It's simple! We have to save that world from the Primids, right?"

"...Right?"

"So! My point is, let's kick them out!"

"B-but wait! I can't go! How do you know if I can go?"

Chris pointed at Falco who ran in a hurry inside the portal "If he can go, you can too!"

"I don't want to go thoug-"

"TOO BAD!" Chris said throwing Fox to the portal using the red scarf on his neck and the leader of Star Fox went blasting off to the next world (Everyone sweatdropped at this and backed away from Chris in the process), then Chris ran towards the portal "Can anyone else come with me?" He asked to Master Hand.

"Well, the level of danger is at medium and since there are many species on that world, you can take 4 more party members of any kind."

"Lucario! Pichu! Pikachu! Pit! We're going in!" Chris said leaving, the mentioned characters paused for a moment before entering the portal and it dissappeared.

"...Chris is acting so strange all of a sudden." Marth said to Mewtwo.

"He must be energetic...or he is high on sugar." Mewtwo said shuddering.

"High on sugar perhaps." The Ice Climbers said in unison.

Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door

Rougeport
Underground City

The group safely appeared beneath Rogueport...but upon stepping out of the portal.

"What th-MY EYES! WHAT HAPPENED TO MY EYES?!" Falco asked in panic after he noticed something very different on him.

"Why I'm feeling I'm so flat?" Pikachu asked.

"My wings feels weird." Pit said trying to flap his wings.

"Wow, it's just me or Fox suddenly grew up and reached my size?" Chris asked confused "And Falco too?"

"...We don't feel any different though." Ness said and Lucas nodded.

"...Wait, we're flat..." Chris looked at Falco's eyes and they were different "Our eyes changed..." He looked at Fox "Our sizes changed...that only means something..."

"My eyes are different too." Lucario said, his eyes were now round red eyes shooting a glare like he always do (If they were black, his marking could hide it, don't you think?).

"...WE ARE OF PAPER!" Chris yelled revealing the status of the group, they were now transformed into paper forms of themselves, their eyes were now like Ness's and Lucas's (Because they look like that), their sizes changed, now Chris and Lucario were at the same size as Fox, Falco and Pit, but Lucario's eyes were red instead on black "...Actually, we could be cuter than our real forms in this way." Chris said embarrased.

"CUTER?! HOW I AM SUPPOSE TO IMPRESS WOMENS?!" Falco asked in shock.

"Wait, impress womens?"

"Errhmm, I mean, recover my original form?!"

"If we return to the mansion, we could regain our original appearances, but we need to save this world from the Primids first." Chris looked around "...And I think we're below Rogueport, near a pipe where...wait...I forgot, I can't remember where are we!"

"Chris, we're in...wait...I can't remember!" Lucario said.

"But I know this place!...But I forgot completely about this world! Lucario, you were playing this game recently, do you remember anything?!"

"...I'm afraid I don't know anymore."

"...How could this happen?" Chris wondered.

"Hey you! Out of the way!" Someone said behind them, it was a old woman with a tiny purple body along with 2 more purple ladies, they didn't had feet, the old lady was wearing a pointed striped blue hat and her hair was a pale, purple color, the other lady was fat, she had orange hair sticking out of her pointed stripped yellow hat , there was another lady, but she was more innocent, her hair was pink making a swirl in front of her pointed stripped red hat, her hair was also on her back, the 3 shadow figures's eyes weren't visible since their hats were bigger than their heads "We just got beaten by Mario and his annoying friends!"

"By Mario? He defeated you?" Ness asked.

"Wait, you know the red pest?...Hmm...you're a little useful from my point of view." The old lady said.

"Be-Beldam!"

"Yes Vivian?"

Vivian (The girl with pointed stripped red hat) wondered "What if they are Mario's partners? We could kidnap them to lure Mario into a trap!"

"ARE YOU STUPID OR SOMETHING?!" Beldam (Old lady) asked furiously and Vivian started to tremble (Lucas was trembling too).

"Guhh." The fat lady said.

"Oh wait! I know! We could kidnap them to lure Mario into a trap!" Beldam said smirking.

"Bu-but Beldam! That was my idea!" Vivian protested scared.

"Shut up! It was my idea! Right Marilyn?"

"Guhh." Marilyn (The fat lady) said.

Beldam looked at Chris's group "Hmm, 9 enemies....this should be easy to take all of you out in one single attack!"

"...Is she for real?" Falco asked.

"Shut up! You bird with the strange Brooklyn accent!" Beldam said in fury.

"(Brooklyn accent?)" Falco asked to himself in his mind.

"That does IT! We are the Three!" Beldam said.

"Shadow." Marilyn said.

"Beauties!" Vivian said excited.

"The Three Shadow Beauties?!" Lucas asked surprised.

"...VIVIAN! You nincompoop!" Beldam said enraged and Vivian was trembling again "IT'S "SIRENS"! NOT "BEAUTIES"! And where are the 3 beauties?! I see only 2 but YOU!"

"Be-Beldam! Don't be so harsh on me please!" Vivian begged for mercy.

"She actually made a point." Pit said.

"SHUT UP! JUST SHUT UP ALL OF YOU! MARILYN! VIVIAN! PREPARE TO ATTACK!" Beldam ordered enraged.

"Guhh." Marilyn said.

"...Okay..." Vivian wispered, then they ran towards the group starting a fight.

Fox stood in a fighting position "We're fighting againts girls?...Okay, if there isn't any choice lef-" He was interrupted because a long red curtain covered the whole screen and it went up and the scene changes to a theater with little public watching the fight from the seats.

Shadow Sirens

Chris, Ness, Fox and Falco walked to the stage from the left and the Shadow Sirens came from the right.

Chris: 30HP
Ness: 25HP
Fox: 35HP
Falco: 35HP

"Wait, where in the hell are we?" Fox asked looking around.

Chris looked around "Well...I think this is how we fight in this world."

"By making a play?" Falco asked looking at the public of 40 spectators.

"Not exactly...but I know how to fight in this world! Listen to me please!" They looked at Chris "First of all, we fight in turns, currently, is our turn and we can attack without them defending from our attacks."

"What are those strange icons above your head?" Ness asked pointing to some icons with the words like (From left to right) "Attack", "Items", "Special Moves" and "Tactics" above Chris.

"These are the commands to choose, if you hit the icon..." Chris hits the icon and a list of attacks appears "You can choose which attack are you going to use."

Force Palm
Double Team 3 FP

"...Wow, I'm short of attacks it seems. Well, let me choose "Force Palm" for example." Chris chose the attack and a comment box appeared below them with a instruction "See the text below us?"

Press the A button when the bar is filled!

"...The A button?" Falco wondered to himself.

"(What do I do now? What if...) Think in your minds that you're pressing that button in the right time and if you succeed..." Chris walked towards Vivian and he started to concentrate his attack, a bar appeared starting to fill itself, then he fired a little blast of aura from his hand, thinking he pressed the A button in his mind and the bar stopped at the right time "4! The attack could have done 3 if I didn't thought of the A button being pressed in my mind, basically, if you press the button at the right time, you deal extra damage!" He returned to them "Now, try it!" He said and a spotlight shone on Ness.

Tactics         Items
Attack

Ness hits the icon of Attack.

Normal Attack
PK Fire FP 3
PK Thunder FP 4
PK Flash FP 7

Ness chooses the Normal Attack and he walks towards Vivian with his bat ready to land the first blow.

Hold the Control Stick to the left and realese it when the star lights up!

A bar with 3 dots and a big star appeared with the control stick above, Ness thought he was holding it to the left and when the big star turned on, he hits Vivian, damaging her with 6 of damage and he returns to his group. But she falls in defeat after that.

"Sorry Beldam..." She said fainting.

"Great, just great!" Beldam said.

"I get it!" Ness said. Then the spotlight shones on Fox. (Same commands as Ness) He chooses the Attack too.

Normal Attack
Reflector FP 3
Fire Fox FP 4
Fox Illusion FP 6

"I choose this one!" He said choosing Fire Fox and he walks towards Marilyn.

Press the A button when the pointer is at the center and don't miss!

Another bar appeared with a red mark on the center and a pointer was going to each end quickly and Fox thought about pressing the A button at the right time as fire was surrounding his body.

But he accidentaly fails by stopping the pointer at one end and burns himself, receiving 3 of damage instead of dealing damage to Marilyn and he returns to his group.

"You ok fox?" Falco asked.

"No Falco, I just got burned...BY MY OWN ATTACK!!" Fox said furiously as the spotlight shones on Falco.

"Let ME teach you how this is done." Falco said and he chooses Attack.

Normal Attack
Reflector FP 3
Fire Falco FP 4
Falco Illusion FP 6

"This one is the best!" He said choosing Falco Illusion and he stands in front of Beldam's group.

Press the right buttons quickly as they appear!

A pale orange bar appears with the A, B, X, A, A, Y, A buttons and Falco focuses his mind in pressing them without falling.

He succeeds in doing it and he quickly slashes both Marilyn and Beldam 7 times crossing the stage, doing 1 of damage in each attack.

"See now? This's how is done!" He said making a thumbs up and the pinkish word "STYLISH!" appears to his right and the spectators goes wild "Are they cheering me?"

"Correct! After you execute an attack, you can do something like backflips to impress the public and they will cheer you in the battle!" Chris said.

"Sweet! I like this style!" Falco said as he returned doing backflips but the crowd stops their cheers "...Why aren't they cheering me now?"

"Probably because it's too late to do more impressions." Ness said.

"What? Come on people! I'm doing this for all of you!" However, the spectators were all holding rocks above their heads and Falco's eyes shrunk, I should have mentioned that the spectators were all X-Nauts before "They can't harm me with those rocks, can't they?" Falco asked in shock.

"Actually..." All the X-Nauts threw their 40 rocks at Falco and he received 40 of damage and falls defeated "They can hurt you if you don't attack one of them to stop their attacks."

"..." Falco was apparently dead.

"Is our turn you losers!" Beldam snickered and Marilyn starts to shake and opens her arms, shooting down thunders from abov-

"STOP!" Chris yelled and the thunders stopped various inches above their bodies "Press the A button to decrease the attack!" He said and his group thought pressing the A button, covering their heads and receiving less damage of 1.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 22, 2008, 09:26:47 PM
"That hurts!" Ness complained "Is there any way to not receive damage?"

Beldam dissappears in her shadow and she appears in front of Fox "What now?"

"Fox, press the B button at the exact moment her attack lands on you!" Chris yelled and just about the attack of Beldam lands, Fox spins above his feet dealing a counter of 1 of damage to Beldam and she returns to her position cursing under her breath "That is how you don't receive damage! But it's harder than defending with the A button, you need to press the B button at the exact time the attacks hits you to counter it!"

"Got it!" Fox said.

"Our turn!" Chris said but he looks at Falco "Hmm...we need to change of allies now...now it's time to explain the Tactics coomand!" He hits the Tactics command and another list appears.

Swap Partner

"Swap Partner is obviously change any party member on the stage, but careful, you sacrifice your turn in the process!"

Appeal

"Appeal is for impressing the spectators by doing something like waving at them or blow a kiss! It varies depending of what character appeals!" Chris explained.

Defend

"Cover yourself, increasing the defense for one turn but returning your defense back to normal when the enemy's turn ends!"

Run Away

"Run away when you're low of Heart Points! As I said before, run away to fight another day!"

Do Nothing

"Need I say more?" Chris asked chuckling "Time to open the menu for party members!" He said choosing Swap Partners and yet another list appears.

Lucario HP 45/45

A hard ally to defeat! Try to store his damage and his attacks will grow!

Pichu HP 20/20

His thunder attacks are strong! But he receives a little damage for using them.

Pikachu HP 25/25

This one is powerful at using electric attacks of all sorts!

Pit Hp 30/30

This angel is not dead! Use his arrows to not fail!

Lucas HP 20/20

A starter in using PK abilities! They can deal a lot of damage too.


Chris chooses Pikachu and Falco's dead body jumps and shrinks towards Chris and Pikachu jumps out a little confused.

"Where am I? First that red curtain falls and now I'm here?" He asked confused and Chris sacrifices his turn "But somehow, I know how to fight in this stage!"

Thunder Jolt
Quick Attack FP 2
Skull Bash FP 4
Thunder FP 8

Pikachu selects Thunder and he stands in the center of the stage gathering electricity in his body.

Press A, B, X, and Y buttons in order to gather up electricity!

Pikachu thinks pressing the right sequence of buttons, he does 6 in a row and then, Thunder falls from above doing 6 of damage to Marilyn and Beldam and they were defeated by Pikachu's Thunder and he returns to his group.

"Guuuhhh..." Marilyn said before fainting.

"Nooo!!!" Beldam yelled before fainting.

The crowd whistles because they receive 28 Star Points!

"Star Points are EXP points in this world, when we reach 100, our level goes up! Try to defeat all the enemies in your way to level up faster!" Chris said and the camera focuses on the 4 "Now do something to show you won at the audience!" He said and he waves happily to the spectators, Ness says "Okay!", Fox crosses his arms and nods and Pikachu waves at them too and the screen pans out.

The next scene is now back to normal and it shows Vivian, Marilyn and Beldam laying on the floor.

"Urgh! I'll get you next time! Marilyn! Vivian! Let's run away!" Beldam ordered and she runs away with Marilyn, Vivian got up but she tripped, she got up again before looking again at Chris's group and she runs away.

"...Now you know how to fight in this world, right...where is everyone?!" Chris asked, nobody was there except of him and Lucario "Lucario! Did you see where'd they go?"

"I remember them jumping at you like they were being draged by a strange force." Lucario said.

".HR..!!"

"Did you hear something?" Chris asked looking around.

"C..IS!!"

"It's near here." Lucario said.

"CHRIS!!"

"They are! Aren't they?"

"LOOK INSIDE YOUR POCKET!" Many voices yelled at the same time. Chris made a confused face and he examined his pocket and for his surprise, all of them were inside in smaller versions of themselves.

"AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled surprised.

"GET US OUT OF HERE!" Pit demanded struggling out.

"But how?!"

"YOU PLAYED THIS GAME BEFORE, YOU SHOULD KNOW HOW!" Pikachu yelled.

"(Alright, all that I remember is that Mario could only take 1 partner out in the field, but sometimes they appear in conversations...but MY team wants to get out...wait...team...teams...that's it!)" Chris thought "FOX, FALCO, PIKACHU, PICHU, PIT, NESS, LUCAS, YOU'RE ALL FIRED!" He yelled and by magic, all of them jumped out instantly returning to their normal sizes.

"Fired? What do you mean by that?" Ness asked.

"Well, that was the only way to get you out of my pocket (Which means Mario had his partners inside his) but if you don't want this to happen again, all of you need to make teams for your own safety...NOW!" Chris yelled and everyone else except for him and Lucario made teams "So let's get this straight, the teams are Fox and Falco (And Obvious team), Ness and Lucas (Another obvious team), Pikachu and Pichu (Duh!) and Pit stays alone because he doesn't has any partner to choose from."

Pit looks down sadly and sad music plays.

"Now that everything is under our control, let's move on and find Mario!" He said walking with everyone else to a pipe connecting the surface with the underground, they enter and appears in Rogueport.

Rogueport's East Side

"And welcome to Rogueport! The sea town of bandits, the mafia and many other dangerous things!" Chris said.

"Bandits, mafia and many other dangerous things?" Ness asked.

"Well, that's true, but you need to be careful in this town if you don't want to lose something," He said as he walked with everyone "See that person with the mask and blue clothes?" He pointed to a Bandit with a rather evil face "That's a Bandit, be careful with them."

THUD!

"Watch were you going!" Falco said to a Bandit who crashed into him.

"Heh, you too." The Bandit said leaving with a smirk.

"That's exactly why you need to be careful." Pichu said.

"But he started it!" Falco said.

Pit looked at the Bandit and he spotted something the buglar was holding in his hands "Say, when did he got that gun?"

"...Actually, that's Falco's-" Ness was interrupted.

"HEY! HE STOLE MY BLASTER! COME BACK HERE!" Falco shouted raising a fist in the air and the Bandit ran away with Falco chasing him.

"...Well...Fox, I think you should help Falco in his trouble." Lucas suggested and Fox went running behind Falco.

"I'll be careful but not like Falco!" Pichu said running to the west, when he got out of sight, he found someone else on the other side "Guys! I found him!"

"You found Mario? Good job Pichu!" Pikachu said running with everyone to the center area of Rogueport.

Rogueport's Shop Area

"Where is Mario?" Pit asked looking around.

"I didn't found Mario, but I found Luigi!" Pichu said pointing to Luigi, he was talking to a tanned Blooper to his right side.

"Oh? Who's there?" Luigi asked as he turned his head to see the group "Hey guys! I didn't thought I'd find you here after the tournament!"

After Luigi asked who were Chris, Lucario, Pit and Lucas, they introduced themselves to him.

"What are you doing here?" Pikachu asked, while the Bandit from before was running in the background with Falco chasing him.

"I've been on my own adventure to save Princess Eclair from the Chestnut King!" Luigi said excited, then Fox cames from the right looking around for Falco and the Bandit "Do you want to hear my story? It'll not take no longer than 5 minutes!"

"2 stories in one day? Yes!" Pichu said excited and he sat on the floor, Fox was looking to the left and the Bandit cames from the right at high speed and Fox spins above his feet and he falls on the floor, then Falco runs above his poor leader and he runs away.

"(Wait, what was the thing about Luigi's stories?)" Chris wondered as Luigi started his tale.

WARNING: ACTUAL DIALOGUE AFTER THIS MESSAGE

"As soon as my ship docked on the Pudding Continent, I set out for the volcano. To reach my destination, I spent several days fording through dense jungle...Scary beasts were all over! More than once I thought I was done for, guys! I may have screamed a bit. To scare them off, you know. But as fate would have it...A Blooper named Blooey heard me shrieking and found me in this one town. Blooey was on a journey of his own, but he joined me after hearing my tale. Now, Blooey's a madman.  Back in his hometown, they call him "White Torpedo"! Yeah, he's a tough guy. Anyway, he helped me fight to Rumblebump Volcano. This place was all about bubbling lava pools and heat that'd make the sun
sweat. AND, the place was lousy with evil traps designed to protect the compass piece. The scariest one of all was this gigantic, 100-foot-tall statue that stomped around. Now, the weakness of this giant statue, guys, was a red gem on its forehead...Now, I can jump high, but not high enough to reach this thing by a long shot. So I came up with this plan for Blooey to hit that weak spot! "All you, man!" I said. I waited for a pause in the statue's movements and hucked Blooey up there! And bull's-eye! The White Torpedo saved the day! That jewel got whacked! It was a critical hit, and that stone statue toppled and crumbled into pieces! Once that was done, it was an easy stroll to the room where the treasure was. Unfortunately, Princess Eclair was nowhere to be found...But I got another piece of the Marvelous Compass, and put it in the base...Now the compass pointed west, to Plumpbelly Village on the Strudel Continent. So I set sails once again and came back here to Rougeport to recharge. That's what happened to me lately, but I'll be heading back out soon..." Luigi noticed that Chris, Lucario, Ness, Lucas, Pit and Pikachu were all snoring and sleeping above their feets except for Pichu and his Blooper named Blooey "So did you listened?" He asked ignoring the most obvious fact that they were sleeping, then they woke up.

"I course we did!" Pichu said excited "I can't wait to hear your next adventure!"

"Well, how about if you wait until I return?" Luigi suggested.

"Yay! I will!" Pichu said excited. Blooey floated towards Pichu and he wispered something to him.

WARNING: ANOTHER ACTUAL DIALOGUE AFTER THIS MESSAGE

"Hey there, I'm Blooey...And this guy is a total liar! Don't listen to him! You heard his story, right? Well, he did TRY to throw me, but he completely tripped! And what happens? I end up landing in lava! LAVA, man! You think that feels good? Thanks to him, you can stick a fork in me! I'm well-done! My pale skin's crispified! I'll NEVER forgive this guy! I'm gonna make him pay if it takes my whole lifetime! That's the ONLY reason I'm still hanging around with him. YOU'LL PAY, LUIGI!" Blooey wispered angrily and Luigi looks around confused.

"Weird, I heard someone saying that I'll pay or something." He said.

Now back with Fox...

"...Fox..."

"Huh?"

"Fox, can you hear me?"

"Wait, that voice...father?"

"Follow my voice Fox, and you will find me when you open your eyes."

"You're not joking right?"

"Of course not son, now wake up!"

"FATHER!" Fox yelled waking up from the ground and he hugs the first person in front of him.

"Wow, Fox got all happy all of a sudden. But even if you are a friend...STOP HUGGING ME!" Chris demanded embarrased, Fox opened his eyes and he gasped when Chris wasn't his father and stopped his embrace.

"But I heard my father!" Fox said defending himself.

"Yeah yeah, and I'm the president of Corneria, where is Falco?"

"But I!"

Chris got fed up in rage and he grabbed Fox's scarf again "Nevermind, you're going to follow us now and we'll find Falco!" He said dragging Fox to the West Side with everyone else following him (And sweatdropping).

Somewhere else besides Rogueport, maybe the heaven or Corneria? Who knows

James McCloud was taking a sip of his coffee and chuckling to himself "My son needs more things to learn." He said laughing a little and drinking his coffee.

Rogueport's West Side (Not the gangster one, mind you)

The group found Falco already killing the Bandit.

"ARGH! STOP IT! STOP IT! I've learned my lesson now, let me go please and tell Don Pianta that I'm not gonna mess with his guys!" The Bandit said.

"Falco, stop now." Ness said.

"Fine." Falco said letting free the Bandit and he ran away.

"Wait, Don Pianta? Who is him?" Lucas asked.

Don Pianta Office

"Huh? Boss, somebody said something about us." A yellow Pianta in black uniform said.

"Yes, I did hear it too, who was dat?" Don Pianta wondered and he peered outside the window "Nah, just 9 nuisances saying random things."

"Mario? Where are you going?" A female Goomba asked confused, she had a yellow ponytail and a helmet with a headlight on it, she was wearing a tiny red ribbon below her pink head. She was accompaning Mario and the plumber peered outside the window as well, then he looked at Don Pianta.

"What's dat? You want 9 more tickets now?! What do ya think this is? Get one ticket and take 9 free special?"

Mario thought for a moment.

"...Well, I don't want to visit the Glitz Pit in a while, so take them." Don Pianta said giving Mario 9 more tickets and he left in a hurry.

"Hey! Wait up!" The female Goomba said chasing Mario.

"And don't show your faces around here!" Don Pianta yelled.

Preview of the next chapter

"So what do you think about riding this airship?" Chris asked to Fox.

"Our Arwings are better" Fox and Falco said in unison.

...............................................................................................

"Look! It's Falco's cousin!" Pikachu said pointing to Rawk Hawk.

"Very funny!" Falco said sarcastically.

...............................................................................................

"No way my name in the ring is The Great Pedro you racist!" Chris said angrily.

"But your real name sounds boring." Grubba said.

...............................................................................................

"Hey! Watch were you going!" Falco said rubbing his head, but gasped after he saw who was "WOLF?!"

"You're finally here." Wolf said grinning a little.


...............................................................................................

"Next time: Of Glitz and Glory and Stupid Rules!" Falco said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Rogueport
Chris, Lucario, Pichu
, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 23, 2008, 03:29:00 PM
Yay, the Glitz Pit! I wasn't expecting Paper Mario to win.

Good job!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 24, 2008, 12:45:25 PM
Chapter 46: Of Glitz and Glory and Stupid rules!

"Okay, now that we're here, where is Mario?" Pikachu asked.

FLIP! FLIP!......OK!

"Where did that sound came fro-"

"This is Pikachu, the Electric Mouse Pok?mon, is actually kind of cute isn't? Max. HP: 25, Attack: 5, Defense: 0, be careful though! He can store electricity and paralize you with it! However if you defend correctly, you won't get paralyzed." The pink Goomba from before said while reading a green book.

"Who is sh-" Pit was interrupted.

"This is Pit, an angel...wait, if he is an angel, that means I'M DEAD?!....Just kidding. Max. HP: 30, Attack: 5, Defense: 0, he can also use a shield to reflect projectiles too and use arrows that never fails at hitting an enemy, if he doesn't proves that I'm dead, does that means he is Cupid?"

"I'm not Cupid!" Pit protested.

"This is Pichu, the Electric Mouse Pok?mon, he is the pre-evolution of Pikachu but is weaker than him (And cuter too!). Max. HP: 20, Attack: 4, Defense: 0, he can also paralyze you if you're not careful, but something that you should know is that his own attacks hurts him too, sacrificing his life in battle isn't good, you know?"

Pichu was now in fetal position with Pikachu trying to cheer him up.

"He is Ness, a boy with psychic abilities, don't you think his head is a little too...big? Just kidding again. Max. HP: 25, Attack: 6, Defense: 0, he can burn, paralyze and recover himself too? This boy is full of wonders, wonder if he could make a good partner with us?"

"I let the head part pass this time." Ness said a little upset.

"He is Lucas, another kid with psychic abilities, but he's having trouble fighting with his own abilities at this moment. Max. HP: 20, Attack: 6, Defense: 0, he can use the same abilities as Ness, but they are a little bit different in some parts, try to be kind or else he will be scared!"

"I-i-i don't have troubles with my abilities!" Lucas said protesting.

"He is Fox, the leader of Star Fox team and also, he has a secret romance with someone else....hmm, must be another fox, how romantic! Max. HP: 35, Attack: 6, Defense: 0, he can use a reflector to...reflect projectiles obviously, not only that, he can attack a whole bunch of enemies with one attack! Be careful with him too!"

Fox looked away blushing a little.

"He is Falco, another member of Star Fox as Fox, but more profesional in controling the Arwing, what is an Arwing anyway? Max. HP: 35, Attack: 6, Defense: 0, same abilities as Fox, nothing else...what? Is the truth!"

"Hey!" Falco said annoyed.

"He is Chris, a newcomer from a completely different world that can use many abilities. Max HP: 30, Attack: 4, Defense: 0, he can use attacks combined with his aura but doesn't know many of them, on a side note, if a certain partner is with him in battle, don't attack Chris or else "The aura will crush you"? What does that means?"

"(Seriously, I need to train my abilities)" Chris thought.

"He is Lucario, the Aura Pok?mon...is he lookng at me? (He's scary!). Max. HP: 45, Attack: 7, Defense: 3, whoa, he has better attributes. His attacks are all combined with his aura, wait, there is something else in this book, if he manages to store enough damage, his attacks will grow considerably too. Be EXTRA careful when fighting againts him ok?"

Lucario didn't do anything.

"Well, that all about them Mario." The pink Goomba said to Mario.

"Wait, Mario?" Pit asked, he found Mario and the pink Goomba looking at them.

"We finally met Mario in person!" Chris said excited but sighed "But he doesn't talks too muc-"
"You're-a wrong!"

"Huh?"

"Nice to meet you, I'm Mario!" Mario greeted Chris with a handshake (Chris was very surprised).

"Wait, Mario, you spoke with words this time!" The pink Goomba said.

"Sorry for not telling this Goombella, but I like to listen instead of talking." Mario said to the pink Goomba with the name of Goombella.

"Ni-nice to meet you!" Chris said rubbing his head "(Wow, he's very nice as everybody says)"

"So Mario, you finally stopped your killing spree on Goombas and joined one of them?" Falco asked, looking at Goombella.

"Hey! I'm so much different than any normal Goomba!" Goombella protested.

"He's just joking." Mario said.

"But still, I take that as an insult! C'mon! Let me headbonk his head!" Goombella said trying to jump above Falco's head but Mario grabbed her by her back "Let me go! I need to teach this bird a thing or 2!"

After a long introductions of new persons Mario didn't knew about...

"Anyhoo, why did you wanted to take 9 more tickets?" Goombella asked (Now relaxed).

Mario took the 9 extra tickets out "Because they are going with us to Glitz Pit!" He said handing over a ticket to each one.

"Ticket for riding the Cheep Blimp which will take you to Glitzville, the flying city with the famous Glitz Pit where warriors show their powers and rise to the top as famous contenders. But I don't know if we need to go ther-" Suddenly, Chris's pocket was ringing and he grabbed his DS who somehow was now the Primid Radar "The Primid Radar has fusioned with the DS?...Hmm, it's pointing to the air to the east...in THAT direction!" He said pointing to the east in the air.

"That's where Glitzville is along with the Crystal Star!" Goombella said.

"Crystal Star?" Pit asked.

After hearing all about the Crystal Stars...

"What are we waiting for? Let's go!" Falco said running towards the Blimp Cheep.

"What's wrong with your Brooklyn friend?" Goombella asked.

"He wants to find the treasure." Ness said.

"Oh. We too."

Rogueport's Train/Blimp Station

"You want to go to Glitzville? Show me your tickets please." A Cheep Cheep wearing a hat said and everyone showed their tickets to him "Okay, use the pipe behind me to take you to the blimp, then aboard it, have a nice trip!" He said stepping out of the way and all of them enter the pipe.

But appear far away from the pipe.

"Where are we?!" Lucas asked scared.

"Relax blondie, we're just in the background! Nothing bad can happen here!" Goombella said, then she saw the Blimp in front of them "There it is!" She said stepping above the platform.

"We're gonna ride this blimp? I can't wait to see the clouds!" Pichu said excited, stepping above the platform.

Just when everyone was above, the platform lifted and they entered the Cheep Blimp as the blimp was starting to float over the grass, after some seconds, it went flying away slowly with some relaxing music.

5 minutes later...

All of them were waiting to reach the floating city in the sky (Reminder, this is not Twilight Princess, besides, they could have reached that city in the wrong way) and Chris saw the opportunity to have time with Fox, so he walked towards him. Falco was also there with him looking outside.

"So what do you think about riding this airship?" Chris asked.

"Our Arwings are better." Fox and Falco said in unison.

"(Great going Chris, you're talking to guys who spend their entire days fighting in the air, think hard the next time!) I see." Said and thought Chris.

"Hey Pikachu! What does that cloud look like?" Pichu asked excited to Pikachu, the small mouse was asking the electric mouse about the shapes of every single cloud Pichu saw floating away.

"I dunno Pichu, a cloud?" Pikachu asked a little annoyed.

"Yes! You got it right again! Now, what does that cloud from over there look like?"

"A cloud?"

"And the other one?"

"A cloud?"

"And the other one?"

"A cloud?"

"And the other one?"

"A cloud?"

"And the other one?"

"A cloud?"

"And the other on-"

"ALL OF THEM ARE CLOUDS AND THE LAST ONE IS EVEN MORE STUPID! STOP IT!"

"Wrong! That cloud looks like your face!" Pichu said laughing, pointing to a cloud with the exact happy face of Pikachu "You said stupid to yourself! Hahahaha!"

"...I hate you." Pikachu muttered to himself.

"Hmm, I think I need to know about Lucas, what do you think Pikachu?"

"Oh please, got with him! I heard he likes to guess about clouds like you too!" Pikachu said pushing Pichu away from him.

"Yay! We're so alike!" Pichu said running towards Lucas.

"(Hehehehe, now let's see if Lucas can bear Pichu's game!)" Pikachu thought evily.

5 more minutes later...

"A cloud!" Lucas said smiling.

"Yay! and that one?" Pichu asked excited.

"Another cloud!"

"Yay!"

"I can't believe this!!!" Pikachu yelled traumatized "(At least Ness isn't like them though)"

"Hey guys! What does that cloud look like?" Ness asked excited.

"A cloud!" Pichu and Lucas responded laughing.

"AAARRRGGGHHHH!!!!" Pikachu yelled traumatized for life. To his left, Lucario was staring a Pikachu.

"...You have problems, serious problems." He said walking away.

"I know." Pikachu said looking at the clouds with half-opened eyes.

"I see land!" Pit said spotting a dot far away in the clouds.

"Pit, we're above clouds." Chris reminded "Your life in Skyworld really afected you. That reminds me, where is the floor?"

"4 feets away from our feets!" Pit said pointing to a cloud below them.

"That's a cloud." Goombella said.

"Nope! That is the floor!"

"Pit, that is a cloud!" Chris said.

"A floor!"

"A cloud!"

"A floor!"

"A cloud!"

"A floor!"

"A cloud!"

"A floor!"

"A cloud!"

"STOP IT! IT'S TOO MUCH WITH PICHU'S GAME ALREADY!" Pikachu said walking away with his ears blocked.

"...A floor!"

"A cloud!"

"A floor!"

"I can see Glitzville!" Mario said pointing to the floating city.

"Yay!" Chris, Pit, Pichu, Ness and Lucas said excited.

Chapter 3: Of Glitz and Glory

A tiny Pit walks in and he sticks a note in the chapter.

Chapter 3: Of Glitz and Glory and Stupid Rules!

Glitzville
Attractions Area

They came from the lift of the Cheep Blimp and land above the city of attractions, they step out of the lift and they're greeted by another Cheep Cheep.

"Welcome to Glitzville! Home of the famous Glitz Pit and attractions!" He said smiling.

Everyone looked around to examine the city, a shop, a bar, a Hot Dog stand, many posters of fighters scattered around the city and the glorious Glitz Pit were there.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 24, 2008, 07:31:06 PM
Pikachu really has problems.  Although if that kept going like that, I might get a little annoyed, too.

Also, keep up the good work!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 24, 2008, 09:24:22 PM
"Where first?" Pichu asked.

"Glitz Pit!" Mario, Goombella, Chris, Lucario and Falco said.

"Hot Dog Stand!" Ness, Lucas, Pit, Pikachu and Pichu said.

Everyone looked at Fox.

"...Glitz Pit?" He said confused.

"We hate you." Ness, Lucas, Pit, Pikachu and Pichu muttered to themselves, then they walked inside the Glitz Pit.

Glitz Pit's Lobby

A yellow lobby was there with persons walking around, a door was in front of the entrance with another door above the stairs plus 2 doors leading to the back hallway of the arena, there was also a virtual screen to the right of the door of below.

"Fancy." Ness said.

"There is an arena supposed to be inside this place right?" Pikachu said walking towards the door "I hear many cheers inside!" He said opening the doors and they walk inside.

Glitz Pit's Arena

A huge amount of people were watching a fight in the center of the stage, there was a Dark Koopatrol being defeated by a big, muscular yellow hawk wearing sunglasses with long yellow hair on the center and the hawk beat the Koopa with a rolling kick.

"You call that a fight?! Pfff, the rocks are harder than you!" The yellow hawk protested.

"Just astonishing! Rawk Hawk has defeated another opponent with his strength! Rawk Hawk, do you have any comments of this fight you just had?" A rather short suspiccious guy wearing sunglasses, a red ribbon, a little vest with a green shirt underneath and black hat with orange hair asked, his lips were big and orange and his skin was a pale blue while his belly was white, a purple shell was on his back, he was pointing his microphone to Rawk Hawk (The yellow hawk).

"He didn't learned to mess with the RAWK until now! Kids out there surely take my advice very seriously!" Rawk Hawk said and the crowd went wild, then he holds up a belt with an orange star on it "This proves my power on the ring!" He said and the people goes wild again.

Pikachu was standing above Chris's head to see (Chris didn't minded).

"Look! It's Falco's cousin!" Pikachu said pointing to Rawk Hawk.

"Very funny!" Falco said sarcastically.

"Wait, isn't that...Mario! That is a Crystal Star!" Goombella said looking at the Crystal Star.

"Do you think a fighter can defeat you Rawk Hawk?" The announcer asked.

Rawk Hawk pointed at the crowd (Or the readers) "Ha! There's nobody out there who can't resist the power of the RAWK!!!" He said grinning and the crowd again goes wild.

The party left the arena and they return to the lobby.

Glitz Pit's Lobby

"That is the Crystal Star?" Falco asked.

"Yep! No doubt about it!" Goombella responded "Mario! What are we gonna do to get that star?"

"Steal that thing!" Mario said.

CUT! RE-MAKE THAT SCENE!

5 seconds ago...

"Yep! No doubt about it!" Goombella responded "Mario! What are we gonna do to get that star?"

"Fight our way to the top!" Mario said.

THAT'S! THAT'S HOW YOU (BEEP!) DO IT!

"You mean, fight to challenge him in a fight?" Lucas asked.

"There's no other way to do this." Lucario said.

"We could always steal that thing." Falco suggested.

"Unfortunately Falco, we're not burglars." Ness said.

"Sounds good to me!" Chris said walking away "But we need to register first. To where now?"

"Hmm? Isn't that...yes! It's you!" A white mouse wearing red glasses and red long shoes said walking towards Mario's group, her tail was curled up making an image of a heart, her name was Ms. Mows "Hey sweetie! What are you doing here?"

"Oh no, you again!" Goombella said "Are you gonna steal another badge around here?"

"Of course! I'm not a treasure-hunter for nothing! So are all of you plus the handsome mouse from over there," She said pointing to Pikachu "Enter the fights in this place?"

"You bet!" Ness said.

"Really? That's soooo dangerous and interesting at the same time! I'll cheer for all of you!" She said leaving, but she returns and kisses Pikachu on the cheek (With a heart popping out) and he blushes "Especially you dear!" Ms. Mows said leaving.

"The flirting type it seems." Pit says

"Y-yeah." Pikachu said studdering.

"...Let's register now." Mario said walking to the left side of the lobby where he asks a guard to enter the backstage and he does it with everyone else.

Glitz Pit's Back Hallway

Our heroes thought the hallway was going to be even fancier than the lobby, but it was the contrary, it actually looked like a dump, there were pipes with several holes and water drops came from them, it was rather loomy with guards guarding the doors.

"N-Ness?"

"Yes Lucas?"

"This isn't the prison right?"

"It looks like a prison...but is not a prison for sure." Ness responded.

A drop fell above Pichu "Say Mario, can you please fix these pipes? You're a plumber right?"

Mario just continued walking, ignoring Pichu's conversation "Where is the room to register in the matches?" He asked to a guard.

"Over there." The guard pointed to a door which looked more normal instead of the others, the group walked inside and they were now in a fancy office with the announcer from before counting money.

Grubba's (Fancy) Office

"Who's there?" The announcer asked "Oh, more people who wants to fight in the arena?"

"Is this where we register to fight?" Pikachu asked.

"Of course you mouse, you all came to the right place. Pardon my manners, you're talking to Grubba, the manager and creator of this arena. You wanna live the glamorous life of a champion right?" Grubba asked and he walked behind the group "You know, I was a very good fighter myself back when I was young, but now, I'm just and old man with high hopes of a winner, the point is, if you dream big, you'll be BIG when you notice!" The camera focuses on his face "The real point is! Do you wanna be big in the arena?!"

"Yes! I want to be big!" Pichu said excited and jumping.

"That's the spirit kid! Now follow me to show you the places were you need to be." Grubba said leaving the office with everybody else following him.

Champion's Room

They were taken to another fancy room, the champion's room, it was small, but it had many gifts, a golden bed, a picture with the current champion (Rawk Hawk), a closet and a dish washer "Now how you like THIS? Just feast yer eyes, go on! This...is the champion's room."

"Can I sleep in that bed?" Lucas asked pointing to the bed.

"No way pal, you'll have to wait until you're the champion." Grubba said and Lucas groaned at this "This place is worthy of any champion isn't?"

The scene gets literally changed (Or replaced) quickly to another room full of fighters with lockers, pink floor, lockers, a single bed (I don?t even want to think about how they manage with one bed) and 2 red coushes on the center.

Major-League Locker Room

"Now, uh, here we have the major-league locker room. A lotta contenders here!" Grubba said grinning a little.

"(Pink floor? Gay)" Falco thought.

"Move out." A koopa wearing a pale green shell, boots and glasses said to Pichu.

"Eek!" Pichu said hiding behind Pikachu.

"At least the floor is clean." Pit said.

"Not exactly glamorous, but it's clean and comfortable. Totally sanitary, too. MAYBE I'm old-fashioned, but I CARE about my fighters, darn it!" Grubba said a little bit angry.

"(You ARE old-fashioned!)" Chris thought.

The scene gets again literally replaced and now they were back in Grubba's Office.

Grubba's (Fancy) Office

"Now...I'm sure you know this already, sons, but there ain't but one world champion. All of ya got the eye of the tiger to aim the champion's title!...But since there are so many of you, only one can become the champion...unless somebody is the leader of yer little groupie." Grubba said.

Mario raised his hand and they nodded, then a exclamation mark appears above Grubba and it disappears "Oh. You gotta sign a itty-bitty contract to be a fighter. It ain't no thing, just take a second or 2 of yer time. Just jot your names here here, ok?" Grubba asked and all of them signed the contract with their names, but when it was Fox's turn "Hey you!"

"Huh? Me?" Fox asked confused.

"You've already signed the contract a while ago! You're...oh yeah! You're that grey vulpine!"

"Grey vulpine? But my fur is brown! See?"

"Hmm, you're right son, go on and jot your name in the contract." Grubba said.

"(But still, grey vulpine?)" Fox thought in his mind and he finished.

Grubba took the paper and he started to read the names aloud "Mario, Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness and Lucas right?" He threw the contract "A bunch of boring names! Hmm...we need to change yer names...I know!" He pointed at Mario "How about if your name is...The Great Gonzales! Hoo! Ain't that a beaut?"

A globe with 3 dots appeared in everybody's heads and they disappeared "Not only that, I shall call all of you in this order, The Great Pedro, Spike, Yellow Menace, Dangery, Golden Crown Leaf of Despair, Brown Vulpine, Brooklinator, Head of Chaos and Blondie Power!"

All of them started to protest about their nicknames in the arenas.

"No way my name in the ring is The Great Pedro you racist!" Chris said angrily.

"But your real name sounds boring." Grubba said.

"Just because my skin is slightly tanned doesn't means you can address me as a mexican!"

"C'mon pals! Be entusiasts and use yer new names proudly!" Grubba said smiling.

"But Head of Chaos sounds a little offensive to me." Ness said.

"What the hell does Brooklinator means?" Falco asked confused.

"Dangery?" Pichu wondered to himself.

"Everything it's settled then! Ohh, Jolene? My dear? Can you please come in?" Grubba called from his computer on his desk, then the door opens and a Toad with pink polka-dots on her head walks in, she was wearing long glasses, a red uniform and red shoes, her hair was yellow and it was making a shape slightly looking like a banana in front of her face, she was also holding a clipboard and her name was Jolene.

"Yes sir? You wished to see me?" Jolene asked.

"Jolene, hon, this is The Great Gonzales and his team. Be a peach and take them to the minor-league locker room, all righty?" Grubba asked.

"Right away, sir." Jolene said and she looks at the group "Mr. Gonzales and his team? If you would be so kind, follow me please." She said leaving the room and they follow her outside the office.

Glitz Pit's Back Hallway

They exit the room and follow Jolene to the right as she explains something to them.

"First and foremost, what Mr Grubba says, goes. Period. You must do what he says. There are many other guidelines that I will explain as they become relevant." Jolene explained as they entered another room.

Minor-League Locker Room

The room was all dirty, there were 4 fighters inside, the lockers here were a little destroyed and kicked instead of the major-league locker room's, the couches were red, but springs were sticking out of it, there was also a bed to the right side (Again, I don?t even want to think about how they manage with one bed still), and the wall's paper were sheddred, there was also a purple GBA-look like screen to the left of the door.

"Well, here we are. This is your locker room." Jolene said.

Lucas looks around "I-it's little bit dirty, don't you think?"

"No, it's as dirty as hell is." Pikachu said.

"If you don't like this dingy room, I suggest you work your way up through the ranks." Jolene said adjusting her glasses.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 25, 2008, 11:51:23 AM
After she explained everything about the matches and how to reserve a match in the GBA screen, she left.

"We're up againts the Goomba Bros." Goombella said "Although we can only take 2 of you."

"What was the rule again?" Chris asked.

"Defeat them in less than 5 turns." Pit said.

"Lucas! We're next!" Ness said.

"W-what?! S-so soon?!" Lucas asked terrified.

Just then, a guard came up from the door "The Great Gonzales, your match is ready." He said.

"Good luck Lucas!" Pichu said as Mario, Goombella, Ness and Lucas left the locker room.

Glitz Pit's Arena

"And here we are ladies and gentlemen! Welcome to the first match of the unique, incomparable and rising to the ranks, THE GREEEEEEEEEAAAAAAATTTTT GONZALEEEEEEEESSSSSSSSSS!!!" Grubba said over the mic pointing to the left of the arena, Mario, Goombella, Ness and Lucas came walking slowly to the arena while hearing some things of the spectators.

"Love that mustache!"

"I love his hair!"

"Is that a kid?"

"Nice cap!"

"He's sweating!"

"1 Hot Dog please!"

They stepped inside the arena, and from the other side, a group of 5 Goombas were there looking at them.

"This man needs reinforcements!" The first Goomba said staring at Mario's partners.

"So do you!" Goombella taunted.

"Hey there honey! Want to hang out with us?" The third Goomba asked.

"Sure, I'd rather be eaten by Piranha Plants!"

"Ouch!" The fifth Goomba said.

"Now now, the battle hasn't started yet, now for the rules of this match ar-" Grubba was interrupted by the first Goomba.

"Screw the rules! Hey Gonzales! Head's first!" The third Goomba said jumping above Mario, starting a battle!

Mario: HP 25
Goombella: HP 20
Ness: HP 25
Lucas: HP 20

Mario receives a cowardly attack by the Goomba, but he uses a Superdodge to counter it and he returns to his position.

"That's IT! Mario, let's take those guys quickly!" Goombella suggested angrily.

Finish this battle in less than 5 turns

"Hey Mario! Wait please!" Ness said.

"What is it?" Mario asked.

"Let Lucas defeat those guys!"

"Oh well." Mario said swapping his turn to Lucas.

"Err, what I need to do?" Lucas asked.

"Use your list of attacks!"

"O-oh right! I will!" Lucas said selecting his list of attacks.

Normal Attack

"What?! What about your other attacks?!" Ness asked surprised.

"W-well, I'm so confused right now." Lucas said embarrased.

"Use this then!" Goobella gave Lucas a Fire Flower.

"What's this?"

"A Fire Flower! Just plant it in front of us and it will launch fireballs to them! C'mon! Do it!" Goombella said, Lucas held the flower above his head and he planted (Even if the stage was of wood and not soft ground) and a flower came out, it closed his eyes before lauching several fireballs from its head and the 5 Goombas were all incinerated and defeated instantly.

And they receive 1 Star Point.

They greeted the crowd and left the stage.

The scene changes back showing them jumping in victory and the Goombas were dizzy, Grubba approaches to Mario to ask him a question about the match.

"So how do you think about this match Gonzales?" Grubba asked.

"It was oka-" Mario was interrupted.

"What's that? They should have never meet you because they lost to you because you're stronger than them because they punch like girls because they are girls because they took a gender change?"

"He didn't said tha-" Lucas was interrupted.

"Oooohhh!!! What a speech everyone! This guy really says it! He has the guts to reach the title perhaps?! Let's give him one final cheer!" Grubba said holding his hand in the air and confetti starts to rain down above Mario's group, but he makes a thumbs-up to the crowd and they continue to jump.

Minor-League Locker Room

"That was a terrific match Gonzales, seriously, you gave quite the impression back there, Jolene, give him his salary." Grubba ordered and Jolene gives Mario a very poor salary for his first match "Well, see ya pal, see you in the ring!" Grubba said leaving with Jolene.

"Hello there." A yellow koopa said walking towards Mario "My name is King K, nice to meet you. Hey, I saw your match back there, not bad, you're really getting used to this as all of us here, let me introduce you the people inside this room." He looks to a Bob-omb "He's Master Crash, his vocabulary is a little bad, but other than that, he's a good guy."

"BOOM! Nice to meet you, the BOOM! name is Master Crash, hope to BOOM! see you in the ring! BOOM!" Master Crash, the Bob-omb said.

"Next, we have Cleftor the Cleft, his vocabulary is EVEN worser than Master Crash's." King. K said looking to a green Cleft.

"Cleftor no like you, go away and Cleftor win matches." Cleftor the Cleft said.

"(Where did this guy came from? The rock era? Hey! I made a pun!)" Ness thought in his mind.

"And lastly bot not least, we have Bandy Andy the Bandit. He doesn't stays in this room sometimes." King. K said looking to a green Bandit.

"Hehehe, nice to meet you buddies, if you have any doubt about the Glitz Pit, just ask me." He looked at Falco "Nice gun you have there."

"Oh no, not again!" Falco said grabbing the doorknob "If anyone needs me, I'll be looking around this place." He said leaving the room.

"Wait up!" Lucas said following Falco.

"I'm a little worried about Lucas." Ness said following Lucas.

"If you want to recover your energy, rest in that bed of over there, careful thought, it won't recover Star Power, well, that's all you gotta know, see you." King. K said walking away to his position.

Meanwhile, Fox was typing something on the GBA screen, he was looking through the list of fighters in the ranks.

20. Goomba Bros.
19. The Great Gonzales
18. Pokey Triplets
17. K.P. Koopas
16. Spike Storm
15. Dead Bones
14. Mind-Bogglers
13. Bob-omb Squad
12. Hand-it-overs
11. Punk Rocks
10. Armored Harriers

"Fox, what are you doing?" Chris asked.

"I'm looking for that grey vulpine Grubba said a while ago when he misunderstood me." Fox said still typing.

9. Tiny Spinies
8. Poker Faces
7. Shellshockers
6. The Fuzz
5. Magickoopa Masters
4. Craw Daddy
3. Chomp Country
2. The Koopinator
1. Grey Vulpine
Champ: Rawk Hawk

"(Yes, I took out Hamma, Bamma and Flare)" The author of this story said.

"Whoa, he's in the first place, does that means he is a good fighter?" Chris asked rubbing his chin.

"I don't know, but I want to know his real name." Fox said.

"Let's reserve the next match already!" Goombella said.

Glitz Pit's Back Hallway

Falco, Lucas and Ness were examining the place and they found it....rather gloomy and with a feel of seriousness.

"Falco, did you just walked away from that Bandit?" Ness asked staring at Falco.

"Alright alright! That's why I wanted to see this place! Remember that I got a brand new Blaster this day? I don't want to lose this one like the last Blaster!" Falco said, they were now going to cross a corner but they stopped "Bandits just creep me out and I don't like my things to be stealed!" Then he crossed the corner but crashed into someone else and fell on the cold floor.

"Hey! Watch were you going!" Falco said rubbing his head, but gasped after he saw who was "WOLF?!"

"You're finally here." Wolf said grinning a little.

Falco took out his Blaster and aimed it at Wolf "Okay, what are you doing here?" He questioned the leader of Star Wolf.

Wolf lowered Falco's Blaster and stared at the bird "Simple, defeat Fox in one-on-one in the arena."

"B-but how can you fight alone?" Lucas asked trembling.

"Heh, I have some support behind me." Wolf said pointing behind his back, there was a small Primid with big red overalls with gifts in them and his ears were white making spirals "Of course, when our match starts, I'll kill this guy."

"Lah dee dah! I'm Poppant! Nice to meet you!" The Primid (Poppant) introduced himself.

"...Your partner is a guy that has his own pants full of gifts?" Ness asked confused.

"You'll see how can he be useful in the battles later." Wolf said grinning evily (Lucas gulped as a response).

"Say Wolf..."

"What is it, bird-brain?"

"You got also a nickname as we did right?" Falco said smiling a little.

"...I don't want to talk about that." Wolf said looking away a bit embarrased.

"I-is not Grey Vulpine isn't? Mr Grubba said something like that to Fox." Lucas said studdering.

Wolf's right eye twitched a little "Errhmm, no, just no." He said walking away to the Major-League Locker Room with the Poppant singing "Shut up." Wolf said to the Poppant before entering the room.

"Wait a minute, if he is with the Primids, does that means he knows the location of the bomb we're searching?" Ness asked.

"....Oh crap! I forgot about that!" Falco said running to the Major-League Locker Room but he was pushed away by a guard "Hey!"

"Sorry, only Major-League fighters or Grubba and Miss Jolene are admitted here." The guard said staring blankly at Falco.

"C'mon Falco, we need to return to our lockers." Ness said walking away with Lucas.

"(I need to tell Fox about this and quick!)" Falco said running to the Minor-League Locker Room.

Minor-League Locker Room

Mario, Goombella, Chris and Lucario came from their fight againts the Pokey Triplets and their rank went up to 18.

"Oh my god, 20 of damage? That was awesome Lucario!" Goombella said to Lucario.

"All thanks to Chris." Lucario said looking at Chris, who rubbed his head embarrased.

Then, Falco, Lucas and Ness came running to the room panting.

"Fox!...Fox!"

"What's wrong Falco?" Fox asked confused.

"It's the Grey Vulpine!" Falco said.

"Who's the Grey Vulpine? You know him?"

"No, I mean, yes! He is Wolf!"

"Then I was right, Wolf is here to defeat me."

Suddenly, an earthquake was produced and everything shook a little in the area.

"What the hell was that?" Pikachu asked looking around.

"Oh, it must be that Grey Vulpine again, he does that a lot in his matches." Bandy Andy said.

"Wolf made that earthquake? But how?" Pit asked confused.

"Maybe this computer can show us the image of the arena." Mario said typing on the GBA screen, he found the option to look the arena from there and he waited for the image to appear, but suddenly, all of them gasped surprised (Except for King K. Master Crush, Cleftor, Bandy Andy and Lucario).

There was a big mark with the image of a huge claw on the stage, it was covering a quarter of it and Wolf and Poppant defeated the Koopinator.

"Astonishing Grey Vulpine! I've never seen someone using an attack combination like that before! Do ya have any comments of this fight?" Grubba asked pointing his microphone at Wolf.

"I do have one." Wolf said grinning and he pointed to the camera "Fox, I'm waiting for you in the first place, come on out and fight me!" He taunted by smirking "And never call me Grey Vulpine!" He demanded.

"Yeah yeah, whatever." Grubba muttered annoyed since Wolf has been saying that to him every single fight he was taking part of "Look's like Grey Vulpine is waiting for someone else to show up and beat him up ladies and gentlements! Let's look forward to that battle!" He said as the crowd cheered for Wolf and Poppant.

"How he was able to do that?!" Pichu asked terrified while hugging a terrified Lucas.

"The mark is too big, unless he grew up suddenly or something else!" Pit said.

"I think Poppant has something to do with that." Ness wondered.

"There's only 3 things to do here," Chris said and everybody looked at him "Retrieve the Crystal Star by defeating Rawk Hawk, find the Subspace Bomb hiding in this colosseum and watch out for Wolf."

Preview of the next chapter

"Hey guys, Mr Hoggle the hot dog vendor from outside is selling special hot dogs with some egg from a southern island, you gotta eat it before a match!" King K. said

"Egg with hot dogs?" I'll pass." Falco said, but his stomach suddenly grumbled "...But is better than nothing I think."

...............................................................................................

"These guys are invincible! We need to run away and forfeit this match!" Pikachu said.

"Count me in! Goombella suffered a lot already!" Pichu said while holding Goombella on his back.

...............................................................................................

"Hey you! You're my son from now on!"

"What?! Me?!" Lucario asked in shock.

"It's the other way around genius! Besides, you didn't saw him, you saw Mario on the screen instead!" Ness said pointing to Mario.

...............................................................................................

"Guys! Fox is missing!" Falco said.

"Wonderful! That counts 7 now!" Chris said angrily, not believing that they just lost almost all their teammates.

...............................................................................................

"N-next time: Fights, missing teammates and Yoshis!" Lucas said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Glitz Pit
Chris, Lucario, Pichu
, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Mario, Goombella, ?, ?, ?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 25, 2008, 02:38:09 PM
Ahhh... yes.  I remember how ch. 3 went in that game.  A good chapter, albeit a annoyingly long one.

But it is proving to make a nice part of the fic!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 25, 2008, 02:58:38 PM
Last part was editted. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 25, 2008, 03:07:50 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on May 25, 2008, 02:58:38 PM
Last part was editted. ;)
I noticed that.  I appreciate the hard work you're doing to make this in the first place.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 25, 2008, 03:10:27 PM
Quote from: red7js on May 25, 2008, 03:07:50 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on May 25, 2008, 02:58:38 PM
Last part was editted. ;)
I noticed that.  I appreciate the hard work you're doing to make this in the first place.
Thank you. :P
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 25, 2008, 06:26:14 PM
The Glitz Pit was good as a story chapter, but I agree that fighting through all those enemies just to fight the annoyingly easy-to-beat Rawk Hawk was a waste of time... But yay, the Yoshi kid! What is it's name gonna be? And what color?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 25, 2008, 06:40:19 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on May 25, 2008, 06:26:14 PM
The Glitz Pit was good as a story chapter, but I agree that fighting through all those enemies just to fight the annoyingly easy-to-beat Rawk Hawk was a waste of time... But yay, the Yoshi kid! What is it's name gonna be? And what color?
Default Yoshi color, and name? It's up to them. :P :D ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 26, 2008, 12:54:39 PM
Chapter 47: Fights, missing teammates and Yoshis!

"Hey, looks like you're againts me, good luck to both of us." King K. said.

"Gonzales, your match is ready to go, please follow me." A guard said and Mario, Goombella, Fox and Falco follow him to the arena.

"We should also find the bomb before it explodes." Pit suggested.

"Alright, who wants to investigate?" Ness asked.

"Me!" Pikachu said.

"Me too!" Pichu said.

"Your plan is to investigate the whereabouts of the bomb while we fight, but be careful, I have a bad feeling about this place." Chris said and Pikachu and Pichu left the room to search for the bomb.

Meanwhile in the arena...

Glitz Pit's Arena

Don't switch partners during this battle

"They're down! Falco, it's your turn!" Mario said returning from bouncing above the Koopas and Falco proceeded to slash them with Falco Illusion, he managed to do 2 attacks, but were enough to defeate them.

"(Oh right! I almost forgot!)" Falco thought, then he returned to his position doing backflips and this time, the crowd went wild instead of killing him.

They receive 3 Star Points and they greet the audience.

"AND THE WINNER IS THE GREAT GONZALES!" Grubba announced and the crowd went wild once again.

"See?! No biggie!" Goombella said jumping.

Minor-League Locker Room

Pikachu and Pichu cames first, then Jolene enters and gives Mario another poor salary, but with a bit more of money and she leaves. Their rank roses up to 17.

"Hey man, good match back there." King K. said.

"But we didn't saw those other allies of you!" Mario said.

"Oh sorry, some fighters have also allies like you do too, I guess Grubba told you that already, right?" He asked and Mario nodded.

"So what did you found?" Ness asked.

Pikachu shook his head "Nothing about the bomb, but we found Bandy Andy in the hallway and he told us something about "The 7 wonders of the Glitz Pit", wanna hear?"

Just then, Jolene came once again in the room with Bandy Andy in front of her.

"How many times must I tell you? Don't leave this room during the matches or else you're going to be disqualified!"

"Heh, sorry." Bandy Andy said.

"Also, I've got the strange feeling you're following me, that is creeping me out too, now stay in this room and wait for your match." Jolene said before leaving.

King K. walks to Bandy Andy "Man, you're such a MAGNET for trouble, you know that?"

"Sorry King K. but I like to know about this place," Bandy Andy grabbed the doorknob "If you excuse me, I need to find more information." He said before leaving.

"That guy never learns." King K. said.

Mario was already reserving the next match and he decided to take Goombella, Pikachu and Pichu this time. But he didn't liked something about the match.

Kiss the person to your left side after winning

Goombella blushed "What the hell is that rule suppose to mean?!" She asked angrily.

Grubba was still on the screen "Romance is a very demanded thing these days so I'm giving them what they want! You gotta follow this rule or you won't advance further!"

Pikachu looks at Pichu "But he's a guy!"

"Gay pairings are rarely the most popular things instead the usual way, don't ask me that or how." Grubba said grinning before leaving.

"I wonder if the other fighters does this." Goombella wondered.

"Gonzales." A guard called and Mario, Goombella, Pikachu and Pichu followed him.

Glitz Pit's Arena

FOR MAKING THIS STORY MORE INTERESTING, WE ARE GOING TO SKIP THE INTRODUCTION PART AND WE WILL JUMP STRAIGHT TO THE BATTLE

Mario: HP 25
Goombella: HP 20
Pikachu: HP 25
Pichu: HP 20

"Their defense is too high and they have spikes on the top! What should we do Mario?" Goombella asked after viewing the infromation of the Red Spike Buzzys.

"Hmm...use Earth Tremor!" Mario said taking out the gray Crystal Star from a map "Everybody, jump above the star!"

"For what?" Pikachu asked.

"Just do it!" Goombella said and the quartet jumped above the star and Mario focused his mind to make the star bigger and stronger (Pressing the A button in the stars), after a while, the star starts to grow.

"Oh boy!" Pichu said surprised as the star continued growing, until Mario successfully made the star reach its maximum power, the huge star starts to jump on the stage, making tremors and waves towards the Red Spike Buzzys, defeating them...

"...We really need to do this?" Pikachu asked worried.

Goombella sighed "Yep...sadly yes..."

Mario walks to Goombella and they...

CENSORED SCENE FOR DAMAGE OF HUMAN SANITY

"What an ending my friends! THE GREAT GONZALES WINS AGAIN!" Grubba said grinning.

"Yuck..." Was the reply of the team of Mario (Goombella gave Mario a glare because she actually enjoyed the kiss).

Minor-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario his salary and she leaves the room again. Their rank roses up to 16.

"What it feels to be kissed by a Goomba Pikachu?" Ness asked lchuckling.

"Shut...up...now..." Pikachu said angrily.

"...? What's that sound?" Pichu asked. From the other side of the wall, there was someone moaning in pain and he was being carried by some guards and doctors.

"AAAHHH!!"

"Hang in there!"

"Apply more pressure there!"

"AAAAHHH!!!"

"He's leaving us!"

"Don't said that!"

"AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!"

"W-what was that?!" Lucas asked scared.

"Looks like someone got himself a trip to the hospital." King. K said "This happens a lot in this place."

Lucas gulped, fearing that his future doesn't has a bed with his name on it.

"The next match is againts the Dead Bones." Goombella said.

Appeal at least once

"The rule is simple this time." Ness said, a guard came and Mario, Goombella and Pit went to the arena.

Arena

Mario: HP 25
Goombella: HP 20
Pit: HP 30

Mario appeals by waving at the audience and he receives Star Power in the process.

"Guys look! It's an angel! I'm so scared!" A Dull Bone said taunting Pit.

"That's it you idiot!" Pit said selecting his list of attacks.

Normal Attack
Palutena Bow FP 2
Mirror Shield FP 4
Angel Ring FP 6

Pit transformed his blades into a bow and he pointed his arrow to the first Dull Bone.

Hold A button until the bar is filled!

He does the command correctly and launches the arrow at full speed, passing through each Dull Bone and piercing their defenses too, doing 5 of damage.

They receive 1 Star Point and greet the audience.

"ANOTHER MATCH WON BY THE GREAT GONZALES!" Grubba said grinning as the crowd went wild again.

"Goddess Palutena, victory is ours!" Pit said.

"Palutena?" Mario wondered.

"Must be her fianc?." Goombella wispered.

Minor-League Locker Room

Once again, Jolene gives a better salary to Mario and she leaves the room, then King. K walks towards Mario. Their rank roses to 15.

"Hey guys, Mr Hoggle the hot dog vendor from outside is selling special hot dogs with some egg from a southern island, you gotta eat it before a match!" King K. said

"Egg with hot dogs?" I'll pass." Falco said, but his stomach suddenly grumbled "...But is better than nothing I think."

"Yay! Hot Dogs!" Pikachu, Pichu, Ness, Pit and Lucas said.

"(I wonder if Pit is still a kid)" Chris wondered in his head "I want to eat one too."

Lobby

"YAAAAAAAAAYYYYYYYY!!!!!" A big crowd of spectators were blocking the way to the exit because Rawk Hawk was signing autographs to his fans at that time.

"What do we do now?" Lucas asked. Then Mario started to beat the fans with his hammer to make a path, but accidentaly beats ALL of them and Rawk Hawk sees Mario and his team.

"Hey! Don't beat up my fans! Who is going to get an autograph of the RAWK?!" Rawk Hawk asked furiously. But the group ignores the fighter and they leave, oh, the group was Mario, Goombella, Chris, Falco, Pikachu, Pichu, Ness, Pit and Lucas while Fox and Lucario stayed in the locker room.

Attractions Area

"COME BACK HERE!" Someone shouted from the Hot Dog Stand, it was Mr Hoggler the hot dog vendor chasing a runaway egg escaping from his station of work, the worker tried to get the egg but the animated food was faster than him as it went jumping around. The egg was weird because it had colored polka dots in each part of it.

"It's something wrong?" Lucas asked.

"It's the special egg for the hot dogs I ordered from the southern island, if it manages to get away I won't serve any special hot dog!" Mr Hoggler said.

"..." Pichu was staring at the egg "Food....Pichu....wanna....EAT!!!" The small yellow mouse was drooling like crazy and he crazily ran after the egg, but failed in capturing it.

"Catch that egg!" Pikachu said and everyone started to catch the rare egg.

They tried everything, from running after him and...well, only running after him, but the egg jumped in everyone's head without touching the floor and that annoyed them.

"That egg is probably laughing at us!" Ness said while running after the egg.

After a minute, the egg was surrounded by 9 hungry characters made of paper, all lunged their hands at the egg but the food escaped by jumping away and they crashed their heads with everybody else. Piling themselves above each other, defeated and humiliated by an...egg.

The egg jumped above the Hot Dog Stand and it stopped from moving.

"Get...that...egg!" Pichu demanded.

"...Zzzzz..."

"Huh?" Pit said.

"...Zzzzz..."

"...The egg...is sleeping?" Lucas asked confused after hearing various snores coming inside the egg. There were some Zs appearing above the egg, indicating it was sleping deeply because it tired itself out after jumping and escaping.

"Oh great, now he's up there, can you get the egg for me please?" Mr Hoggler asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 26, 2008, 07:18:18 PM
Mario and Goombella walked away searching for something to reach the egg while the group were talking to themselves.

"Well, who wants to reach the egg?" Chris asked.

"Pfff! Mario forgot we can reach that egg with a double jump!" Falco said standing to the right side of the car, but he just jumped one feet "..."

"What are you waiting for? Get the egg!" Pichu said.

"I can't."

"What?"

"You saw me! I didn't jumped twice, I jumped one time!"

"Please, you're just kidding!" Ness said and he jumped one feet "..."

"Now you see?" Falco asked.

Pikachu tried and the result was the same, Lucas tried and failed and so did Chris but failed too.

"Pit! You have wings, fly over there!" Chris said.

But Pit only floated above the ground, with the exception that he made it to 2 feets above the floor.

"Wonderful, he made it! Now we need to wait until HE REACHES THE 6 FEET!" Chris said and Pti rubbed his head embarrased.

"There must be something in this world that prevents us from jumping twice!" Pichu said, still staring at the egg, then, a paper plane came from the right landing safely above the Hot dog Stand.

"Great, we lost the chance to get that well-made paper plane too!" Ness said.

But the paper plane turned into Mario and Goombella!

"I knew it! Mario is a paper plane in reality!" Pichu said pointing an acussing finger to Mario.

"Pichu, you forgot we're of paper right now?" Lucas asked.

"Mario, what are we going to do with this egg?" Goombella asked glancing at the egg. Then, it woke up by jumping and somehow, he was talking "What's that? You want to follow us?" She asked and the egg jumped agreeding "Mario, can we take this eggy-weggy with us?"

"Jumping eggs bugs me out." Mario replied.

AHEM!

"Mario, can we take this eggy-weggy with us?" Goombella asked.

"Ok!" Mario replied.

"Hurray! You heard that eggy-weggy? You're coming with us!" Goombella said smiling at the egg.

"Oh well, jumping eggs must be bad for health if I added it to one of my hot dogs." Mr Hoggler said.

Mario jumped to the floor with the egg following him and Goombella, Chris, Falco, Pikachu, Pichu, Pit and Ness went inside the Glitz Pit again...wait, there is somebody missing here....

"Here you go!" Mr Hoggle said handing over a Hot Dog to Lucas who ate it while returning to the building. And yes, they forgot their hunger.

Minor-League Locker Room

The group continued their way winning the matches easily, they were giving the best to the audience, even if there was something odd in the air around the arena, they were still fighting whatsoever. The egg Mario and Goombella took was always staying in the room with the other fighters (Even some of them polished the egg).

When they reached the rank 13th...

"Hey man," King K. called "I'm going to retire after some matches, you know, I want to surrender this kind of life because I don't want to awake above a bed, y'know what I mean?" He said walking away to his position.

"(I wish I could be him)" Lucas thought.

And finally, they reached rank 11th, just one more rank to leave the minor-league locker room and stay in the major-league locker room. Jolene came from the door with a little violet bat and she explained everything that he should know, after a while, she left again.

"Umm...nice to meet you, I'm Sir Swoop, let's fight with...you know...with honor ok?" Sir Swoop said.

Back Hallway

Pikachu and Pichu were still searching for that bomb when they saw Jolene talking with a guard in front of a door with a lock.

"You say there are strange noises coming from inside?" Jolene asked.

"Yes of course Ms. Jolene, but we can't enter since we don't have the key." The guard said.

"Hmm, keep an eye of this door." Jolene said and the guard left "I wonder if he is in there..." She noticed Pikachu and Pichu were staring at her "Y-you! What are you 2 doing here? Go to your locker room or you're going to be disqualified!" She said leaving.

"She was acting a little odd, don't you think Pikachu?" Pichu asked rubbing his chin.

"There is something inside this room...and now that we're talking about odd things, have you seen Bandy Andy?"

"Nope, he was right there crossing that corner, but he wasn't in the our locker room either."

Mario and Goombella came with a guard leading them to their next match "Hey guys! You're coming with us to the next match!" Goombella said and the 2 mouses followed them to the arena.

Arena

"Welcome once again everyone! Now The Great Gonzales is up againts the Iron Adonis Twins, the Iron Cleft Bros. The Armored Harriers!" Grubba said looking at 2 big blue Clefts with red boots and green boots.

"Hey bruddha!" The green boot Cleft called his brother.

"What?" The red boot asked.

"They're going down right? Because we're invincible!"

"Right on bruddha!"

"Those 2 are just talk and no much else." Pikachu taunted and the crowd cheers.

"Now.....BEGIN!" Grubba said and the battle started bu with another type of music.

Event Battle

Don't use items

Mario: HP 19
Goombella: HP 6
Pikachu: HP 17
Pichu: 15

Mario changed his turn and Goombella moved to the front and she searched in her book for information regarding the Iron Clefts...but...

"WHAT?! This book says they're invincible!" Goombella said in shock, Mario tried to attack using his Power Hammer, but it didn't do any effect on the first Iron Cleft.

Pikachu casted a powerful thunder with full force, but it didn't do any effect like Mario tried "Impossible!" Pikachu said astonished.

Pichu was looking at his list of attacks.

Thunder Jolt
Agility FP 1
Skull Bash FP 4
Thunder FP 9

He used thunder at full force like Pikachu, although the attack was stronger this time (And thus, damaging Pichu by 2), it didn't caused any effect like previous attacks "No!" Pichu said.

The Red Boot Iron Cleft ran towards Goobella and she closed her eyes to resist the attack, reducing it to 3, but her HP was at 3.

"Goombella! Use a Superdodge!" Mario said, Goombella was now defending herself from the second Iron Cleft, unfortunately, she was so tired and the attack came without changing his force and Goombella fell to the floor defeated "Goombella!" Mario shouted worried.

"These guys are invincible! We need to run away and forfeit this match!" Pikachu said.

"Count me in! Goombella suffered a lot already!" Pichu said while holding Goombella on his back.

"....Alright!" Mario said selecting the option to run away and they did.

The next scene shows them unconscious on the floor and the crowd cheers the Iron Clefts for their victory.

"And the Armored Harriers wins this match!" Grubba said.

Minor-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario his salary and she leaves, muttering something about a door.

"Now what are we going to do? Goombella was injured in battle, those rocks are invincible, what now?" Pikachu asked.

"Hey, the egg!" Pichu said pointing to the bench were the egg was "It's gone!"

"It was here a moment ago!" Pit said looking around.

"Yo!" Somebody called from the room, a small green Yoshi with a tough face, wearing yellow pants and red hair between his eyes walked towards Mario "You were the ones who saved me from being an ingredient from a hot dog right? Well, nice to meetcha!" It was the same small Yoshi who hatched from the egg.

"Oooohhhh! My baby has born!" Pichu squealed.

"What do you mean your baby? I polished his egg!" Chris protested.

"I was taking care of him from Bandy Andy!" Falco protested (Even if Bandy Andy wasn't in the room the whole time).

"I was telling him a story of an angel saving an ancient land!" Pit protested.

"You mean, you?" Pikachu asked raising an eyebrow.

"Umm...no?"

"I was sleeping with him!" Lucas protested.

"I was showing him my pictures when I was in my adventure!" Ness protested.

"I was covering him with my vest!" Fox protested and everyone gave him a series of confused faces.

"...Are you that protective?" Pikachu asked confused.

"...Sometimes..." Fox muttered.

"Is my baby!" Chris said.

"Mine!" Pichu said.

"Mine!" Pikachu said.

"Mine!" Falco said.

Soon, everybody lunged at every other possible father and they made a fight inside smoke, except Mario, Koops (He replaced Goombella), Lucario, Ness and Lucas.

The newborn Yoshi looked at Lucario and an exclamation mark appeared above his head and he walked to the Aura Pok?mon.

"Hey you! You're my son from now on!"

"What?! Me?!" Lucario asked in shock.

"It's the other way around genius! Besides, you didn't saw him, you saw Mario on the screen instead!" Ness said pointing to Mario.

The Yoshi looked to Mario "When I did that?"

Flashback

Mario and co. were fighting againts the Armored Harriers and the egg was watching the fight from the screen below Lucas, who was sleeping above.

Ness looked at the egg and it bounced from the bench, then when he blinked, the egg was gone and Lucas woke up in the floor with a lump on his head.

End of flashback

"Oh yeah! I remember!" The Yoshi said "Hey bunch of lunatics! I don't need a dad after all! Because I don't need one! Hahahaha!"

The smoke cleared out and they stopped in mid-air (Literally), and fell on the floor.

"So what's your name?" Koops asked.

"Well...I'm a newborn, so why don't you decide for me?" The Yoshi suggested.

"Rocky!" Chris suggested.

"Churai!" Pikachu suggested.

"Victor!" Pichu suggested.

"James!" Fox suggested.

"Angelo!" Pit suggested.

"Ninten!" Ness suggested and strangely, it was the name of someone from Mother 1.

"Pancakes!" Lucas suggested.

"Falco Jr!" Falco suggested and everybody stared at him with weird faces "...What? Isn't Pancakes weirder?"

"No." Everyone else said.

"I didn't even asked you 8! I asked this guy!" The Yoshi said pointing to Mario.

"His name is Mario." Koops said.

"Whatever his name is! It doesn't sounds cool! Now, please give me a name!" The Yoshi demanded and Mario started to think about a proper name for the newborn yoshi.

"(After all we did, the Yoshi decides for himself)" Pit thought.

"I got it!" Mario said snapping his fingers "I have a good name that is better than all yours combined!"

"Really?" Chris asked surprised.

"His name will be..." Drums starts to play "...Yoshi!"

Cricket chirps for 1 minute.

"...Geez, like that name is really original." Falco said sarcastically.

"Hmm, Yoshi? Sounds good to me!" The Yoshi, now with the name of...Yoshi said.

"You've gotta be kidding me!" Falco said surprised.

"Too bad he isn't an adult yet, I wanted to ride a Yoshi." Mario said.

"What are you waiting for? Get on my back!" Yoshi said.

"But you're still a baby!" Lucas said.

"Baby my red sticky tongue! C'mon! Get on!" Yoshi said.

"...If you say so..." Mario said jumping in the back of the Yoshi and everyone closed their eyes before Mario could even touch him.

"Oh no! He's crushed by Mario's weight! Why the good need to die so earlier?! WHY?!" Ness asked to the roof dropping to his knees.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 26, 2008, 09:03:51 PM
But instead of Ness' prediction, he opened his eyes and saw Yoshi carrying Mario as nothing bad happened.

"This Yoshi has much energy than I thought!" Mario said while riding Yoshi, then he got out of his back.

"So? Can I join your team?" Yoshi asked and Mario nodded "Cool!...Hmm, oh yeah! Your name was Gonzales isn't?"

"His name is Mario." Koops said again.

"No, I'm pretty sure that guy with the funny ribbon said Gonzales to him, that name is so cool man! I'm going to call you Gonzales!" Yoshi said.

"But my name i-" Mario interrupted.

"No need to talk! Is Gonzales and that's that!"

"...Fine." Mario said surrendering.

"Anyway, I saw your defeat back there in the arena, I can help you out!" Yoshi said reserving the match againts the Armored Harriers without Mario telling him to do it "There!"

"Are you crazy!? We can't defeat them!" Pikachu said.

"Please! Those guys will be out before they say victory! C'mon Gonzales! Let's give it our best!"

"...Sure." Mario said unsure of what he said, a guard came and he, Yoshi and Pit followed him to the arena.

Arena

"The Great Gonzales is back for a rematch lads! Who will win this time?" Grubba asked excited.

"DUH! US!" The Armored Harriers said.

"Get yerself ready......TO BATTLE!!!"

Event Battle

Mario changed his turn to let Yoshi stand in the front.

"Ha! Let me show them who's boss!" Yoshi taunted and he approached slowly to the first Iron Cleft.

"Ooohh! I'm scared! What is a twerp like you going to do?" The red boot Iron Cleft asked taunting.

"EAT YOU!" Yoshi said sticking his tongue in the Iron Cleft, pulling the rock inside his mouth, then Yoshi spat him out to the his brother and both received damage, and they fell defeated!

"What?" Pit said amazed.

They receive 18 Star Points and greet the audience.

"WOW! Amazing! The Great Gonzales has defeated the Armored Harriers in his revenge! AMAZING!" Grubba said making the crowd to cheer wildly and Mario gaves them a thumbs-up.

Minor-League Locker Room

"Here's your fight money, Mr Gonzales." Jolene said giving Mario his salary "Mr Grubba wishes to see you and your team in his office, please follow me." She said with Mario's team leaving the locker room. Their rank roses up to 10th!

Hallway

"Yo! Gonzales!" Yoshi called.

"Yes?"

"I hear everything about the Crystal Stars and your quest for collecting them! So I wanted to ask you if I could tag along!"

"Of course! Why not?"

"Yippie!" Yoshi replied.

Grubba's Office (But still fancy)

Mario and company walked inside the office.

"Mr. Grubba, I've brought you Mr. Gonzales and his team, as you requested." Jolene said.

"Muh-muh-Ms. Jolene! You mind yer manners, now! We KNOCK 'round here, missy!" Grubba said.

"I apologize, sir." Jolene said.

"Ahh, don't mind yer head in little things then, now where I was...somethin' 'bout Gonzales...oh yeah!" Grubba said walking to Mario "Gonzales, you ol' so-an'-so! Lemme me congratulate you and yer team, sons! Major league already, huh?"

Mario nodded.

"I've got that strange feelin' of you getting on the top, and darn it! I love when I'm right! Now lemme give you somethin'-something for yer ascend." Grubba gives Mario 30 coins for reaching the Major-League "Oh, by the way, yer clothes ain't cool, but don't worry, son, when you get the champ's title, I'll give ya some clothes, I dunno, maybe a flashy pink with frills or somethin'"

"(Does-a he think I'm a queer?)" Mario thought confused.

"Now that I'm finished with my little rant, now give 'em yer fightin' skills! Jolene, take 'em to the...MAJOR-LEAGUE LOCKER ROOM!" Grubba said excited.

"(He must be very excited to talk like that)" Ness thought in his mind.

Pichu's eyes shined "For real?! We're top fighters now?!"

"Ya hear right, son!"

Major-League Locker Room

"Okay Mr. Gonzales, nothing is different in this league, except that the room is cleaner and the fighters here are stronger and harder to beat." Jolene said adjusting her glasses "If you excuse me, I need to leave to attend more business around here, have a nice day Mr. Gonzales." She said leaving the room.

"Hmm, not exactly my style of room, but what the hell? We're in the major league!" Yoshi said, just then, Rawk Hawk came from the door and he looks at Mario and his team.

"Hey you! You're that Gonzales guy right? Congratulations on ascending so quickly to this league!" Rawk Hawk said. He notices that Yoshi was inspecting his belt, or more accurately, the Crystal Star "Hey! Get your hands off me or you will get RAAAWWKED!" Rawk Hawk warned.

Yoshi nodded to Mario "Yep! No doubt about it! This one is a fake!"

"What?! You're saying my belt is a fake?! How dare you to insult the RAWK?! I'll crush all of you in the ring later!" Rawk Hawk said offended by Yoshi's words and he leaves.

"That isn't the real Crystal Star then?" Pikachu asked "Where is the real one?"

Suddenly, Mario starts to make a weird music of Super Mario Bros. 3 from his pants' pockets.

"Cool! Where I can find one of those pants with music on them?" Pikachu asked, for his bad luck, it was Mario's Mailbox SP for receiving messages and he looks to his new message and reads it aloud.

FoLlOw My InSTrUcTiOnS tO FInD tHe CrYsTaL sTaR.

From X.

"From X?" Chris wondered.

"Do you think he knows where is it?" Pit asked.

"I say follow his instructions! We don't have any clue about where is the real Crystal Star hidding!" Yoshi said as he reserves the next match, but...

"Hold yer foots son! There is a match currently takin' place in the arena!" Grubba said in the screen.

"Who?"

"Hmm...let's see....oh yeah! The Grey Vulpine VS the Koopinator again!"

When Fox heard this, he pushed Yoshi out of the way and he starts to type on the computer to show the image of the fight.

Arena

"I'll take you out this time for sure." Dark Koopatrol said.

"Heh, let's see that," Wolf said and he looked at Poppant "You, give me that again."

"Lah Dee Dah, here you go!" The Poppant said singing handing over a orange bottle to Wolf.

Major-League Locker Room

"What? Is he thirsty now?" Falco asked chuckling.

"Wait...that bottle...is not ordinary!" Mario said.

"Of course is ordinary! What does it has? A strange potion that makes you big or something like that?" Ness asked chuckling.

"Actually...is that."

"...No...you're not being serious right?"

"It's a Power Punch!" Mario said.

Arena

Wolf starts to drink the entire bottle and he suddenly starts to grow the double of his size and glares at Dark Koopatrol.

"You're dead." Wolf said in a deep voice thanks to the effect of the Power Punch, then he jumps high in the air and struck his claws above Dark Koopatrol, making another earthquake in the stage and leaving a big claw mark on it again, then Dark Koopatrol falls defeated and Wolf returns to his original size.

"WHAT A DEMOSTRATION OF POWER LADS!" Grubba said making the crowd wild.

Major-League Locker Room

Pichu and Lucas were fainted on the floor and some of them had their eyes wide.

"Is-is this some kind of joke right?!" Chris asked scared.

"No, the Power Punch makes you big and your strength obviously is enhanced greatly too." Mario said.

"...Fox?...Are you alright?" Chris asked tapping Fox's shoulder but he faints "Oh god! Somebody help him!"

"I'm...so...dead....now..." Fox managed to say.

"T-that's not true! Besides, it's obvious that Wolf doesn't wants to kill you, right Falco?!" Chris asked but Falco makes a weird laugh "...Falco?"

"Well...not exactly..." Falco said scratching his head.

Flashback

High in the air above Corneria, Fox was taking his daily training in his Arwing when suddenly, his ship is attacked by lasers coming from Wolf's Wolfen and he tries to defend himself.

"Don't escape, I'm going to kill you right now!" Wolf said grinning.

Scene changes, Fox was walking without doing anything else in the streets of Corneria when suddenly, Wolf appears with a gun ready.

"Stand there, I'm going to kill you this instant!" Wolf said grinning.

Scene changes, Fox was awakening from his bed, just to find Wolf with a Rocket Launcher pointing at his head.

"How did yo-" Fox was interrupted.

"Don't move, I'm going to kill you now!" Wolf said grinning.

And that wasn't all of them...

"Panther! Kill Fox now!"

"Kill Fox, Leon!"

"This is the end for you, because I'm going to kill you!"

"Kill Fox is the only thing I want to do in my life!"

"Today, I'm going to kill you Fox!"

"I'm not here to beat you, I'm here to kill you!"

End of flashback

"At least he didn't said kill though!" Ness said sighing.

"What is yer goal in yer life son?" Grubba asked in the screen to Wolf.

"To kill Fox McCloud." Wolf responded bluntly with crossed arms.

"Sorry Ness, I didn't hear you, what did you said?" Pikachu asked sarcastically.

The match ended and Grubba appeared on the screen "You're up againts The Tiny Spinies! Now here's the rule son, I want you and your partners to make a human tower above each other's backs and hold still until 10 seconds after winning, I want to impress some cheerleaders of the front row after all!" He said leaving the screen.

"If it just me or are the rules getting stupidier?" Ness asked confused and he was trying to wake up Lucas.

Arena

VS The Tiny Spinies

Don't use items

"PK FLASH!" Ness shouted commanding the PK Flash to explode between the Lakitus, it exploded right on the middle dealing 8 of damage and the Lakitus were defeated along with their clouds.

"Oh no, here it goes!" Ness said standing above Mario's back, then Lucas stood above Ness' back and Yoshi jumped high in the air to land on Lucas' back, the four made a human tower who tilted to the sides and they counted in their minds the seconds, just before when they were going to fall, they reached the 10 required seconds but they fell to the floor.

"Ooowww...." Lucas said rubbing his butt.

"THE GREAT GONZALES IS THE WINNER!!!" Grubba said and the crowd goes wild.

"I don't want to do that again!" Lucas complained.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario his fight money and she leaves and their rank roses up to 9.

"Say Mario, I want to investigate the Glitz Pit to find the Subspace Bomb, Lucas, do you want to come with me?" Ness asked.

"S-sure!" Lucas said. The psychic kids left the room to find the bomb.

"I hope they find it or this place is doomed." Chris said.

Arena

VS The Poker Faces

Don't use items

Mario: HP 25
Yoshi: HP 10
Chris: HP 30
Lucario: HP 45

"AAHHH!!" Chris yelled after the first Bristle pinched his body with his spikes.

"How dare you!" Lucario said enraged.

Force Palm
Double Team FP 3
Aura Sphere FP 5
Extremespeed FP 9

He launches an Aura Sphere, dealing 10 of damage to the Bristle and it was defeated.

The second Bristle starts to spin widly and he crashes his own body to Mario, but he defends himself, making the damage drop to zero.

"Take-a this!" Mario throwing his hammer to the Bristle, but it was useless and he didn't received any damage.

It was Yoshi's turn and he decides to defend himself.

Chris' turn and he does the same as Yoshi.

Lucario uses another Aura Sphere and it collides with full force and the second Bristle falls defeated.

They receive 2 Star Points and greet the audience.

"THE GREAT GONZALES IS THE WINNER!!!" Grubba said in the mic.

"We're awesome!" Yoshi said.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario a better salary and she leaves, then their rank roses up to 8 and Mario receives another strange e-mail from X.

Go To ThE wAtErInG hOLe OuTsIdE tHe GlItZ pIt.

From X.

"The "Watering Hole"? What does that means?" Yoshi wondered to himself.

"Watering Hole...it means something with water but...we didn't saw anything like a water coming from a hole..." Chris said.

"What if it doesn't needs to be water exactly?" Ness said "It could be something related."

"How about if we just go outside and find something related to a watering hole?" Pichu asked and they nodded.

Attractions Area

Although it was stupid to take the whole party, only Mario, Yoshi, Chris and Pichu went outside to search the "Watering Hole".

"The Hot Dog Stand?" Pichu asked.

"No." Yoshi replied.

"The shop?"

"No."

"The Juice Bar?"

"No."

"The Glitz Pit?"

"We already got out of that place!"

"...The Hot Dog Stand?"

"Ugh, give up Pichu, you're bad at being a detective." Yoshi said.

"Wait, what was the third option again?" Chris asked.

"The Hot Dog Stand?" Yoshi asked confused.

"No, he means the Juice Bar!" Mario said.

"Hmm, the juice is the closest associated thing to the water." Chris said.

"Let's go inside!" Pichu said stepping inside the bar.

Juice Bar

"Hmm, juice..." Pichu said trailing off.

"Sweeeeeet juice..." Chris said trailing off.

"Stoooop doing this!" Yoshi snapped.

The manager of the place looks to Mario and he walks to him "You're the Great Gonzales right? Well, someone left a package in the door but when I went for the package, the person was gone, but the letter told me to give you this!" The manager said giving Mario a Super Hammer!

The red plumber was suddenly pulled to a explanation area with Toadette, except for Yoshi, Chris and Pichu.

"Where is Mario? He disappeared!" Pichu said in shock.

Mario came back blinking from nowhere and the manager speaks to him "That's the Super Hammer 2004, it's the last model in the hammer series, yeah, good refinery, nice handle, the commercials says that the hammer chooses its owner, it isn't cheap too, so someone is really a biggest fan of yours, use it well!" He said and Mario receives another e-mail.

SmASh ThE bLoCk In ThE mInOr leAgUe loCkEr roOm

From X.

"The Minor-League Locker Room? Now that I remember, there was this huge yellow block to the left side of the room." Yoshi said.

"But how are we suppose to enter that room? There are guards guarding every single room." Chris said.

"Not all the rooms, except for one with a big lock on the center of the hallway." Pichu said.

"Let's just ask kindly and they will let us in." Mario suggested.

"There is a 0.1 percent of that..." Chris said as the scene changes.

Minor-League Locker Room

"...happening." He finished by sighing.

"Look! There is the big yellow block! Gonzales, smash it!" Yoshi said pointing to the yellow block blocking a secret room, Gonzale-I mean, Mario spun around his feet with his hammer and he destroyed the block, they walked to the other side to find a destroyed computer with a book shelf, but above the shelf, a paper was there.

"Now how are we going to reach that place?" Chris asked, but he saw Mario and Yoshi jumping above the furniture which the destroyed computer was and Mario jumped above Yoshi's back and he floated for a few seconds in the air enough to reach the shelf, then Mario took the paper and they jumped to the floor.

Mario, Yoshi, Chris and Pichu examined the paper "Look! It has an article about the Crystal Star!" Pichu said.

"Let's return to our room to examine it with everyone else." Mario said and they agreeded, but just as they crossed to the other side, Jolene was inside the room and she notices them.

"Mr. Gonzales! What are you doing here?" She looks at the paper "And what's that you're holding? I'm sorry but I have to confiscate it." She took the paper from Mario's hands "Now return to your room immediately." She said before leaving.

"Aww man! She took our evidence!" Yoshi said disappointed.

"(And I was hoping to use my Apollo Justice's skills on her...)" Chris thought disappointed with blue text on his words.

"Anyway...let's go..." Mario said leaving the room with them.

Arena

VS The Shellshockers

Say a bad word with censor

Mario: HP 25
Yoshi: HP 10
Pikachu: HP 25
Pichu: HP 20

Mario's team were fighting againts the Shellshockers, they were 2 Shady Koopas and 2 Shady Paratroopas.

"THUNDER!" Pikachu yelled launching a strong but not so powerful thunder, dealing 6 of damage.

"THUNDER!" Pichu yelled casting a less stronger thunder (And he receives 1 of damage), but the attack deals 3 of damage and the Shady Koopas were defeated.

"BEEP!" They said a curse or a swear in unison and the crowd was left speechless.

"THE WINNER IS THE GREAT GONZALES!!!" Grubba announced over the mic.

"Ha! Take that!" Pikachu taunted and the crowd goes wild.

"HEY!" Somebody yelled from the crowd, it was one of the Iron Clefts from before with his brother and they jump to the arena, demanding another match with Mario "Gonzales! We're here to take revenge! Prepare yourself!"

"Screw it!" Yoshi said gulping one of the Iron Clefts and launching it to his other brother and they were defeated in less than 5 seconds.

"WOW! THE GREAT GONZALES SHOWED 'EM WHO'S THE BOSS 'ROUND HERE! LETS GIVE HIM MORE CHEERS!" Grubba said excited and the crowd goes wild again.

Major-League Locker Room

As usual, Jolene gives Mario his salary and she leaves, muttering something about a paper. And their rank roses up to 7 and he receives another e-mail, but...

Keep sticking your noses in where it doesn't belong and you are D-E-A-D M-E-A-T

"Man, THAT dude sounds peeved! I'm thinking he isn't our X buddy." Yoshi said.

"Let's take this as a threatening e-mail." Chris said.

"I don't know why, but I have the feeling that Jolene is that mysterious X." Pikachu said.

"You're giving quick results but without proof." Fox said.

"Leave him be, because I know Grubba is that mysterious X." Chris said.

"No, it's Bandy Andy." Falco said.

"Alright, you either have a rivalry with that Bandit or you hate him." Pichu said.

"I hate him."

"Thought so."

"..." Lucario didn't spoke and Chris looks at him.

"Lucario? You know something about that X person?"

"..."

"Ahh, you're thinking right? I really admire you!"

"...Zzzz..."

"WAKE THE HELL UP YOU DORK!"

"WHO?! WHAT?! WHEN?! HOW?!" Lucario asked in shock as he woke up.

Chris sighed "Nothing...please calm down and don't fall asleep just because you didn't talked so much in this day."

"...Fine."

Arena

VS The Fuzz

Don't let your partner attack

Mario: HP 25
Yoshi: HP 10
Chris: HP 30
Lucario: HP 45

Yoshi, Chris and Lucario crossed their arms annoyed by the rule and Mario was fighting againts the Fuzz alone. They were composed of a Fuzzy, a Flower Fuzzy and a Forest Fuzzy.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on May 27, 2008, 02:27:44 PM
I remember who X is (I think).

It is [spoiler] Jolene, right? [/spoiler]

Oh, well.  Just keep up the interesting story!

I happened to notice you're slipping on the grammar a little again (nothing horrible or anything.).
Remember to check it.  I don't care if checking it takes longer to get another chapter posted, because I want each chapter to show your full potential :)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 27, 2008, 08:34:09 PM
"HIYAAAH!" Mario used his Quake Hammer to make a tiny quake which dealt 2 of damage to each Fuzzy.

"MEEEOOORRRKKKKK!!!" They "yelled" in pain.

The Fuzzies leaped their bodies (Or heads) to Mario and they started to suck-up his health (And FP, because of the Flower Fuzzy).

Mario used a Shooting Star and stars came from his side, damaging every Fuzzy with 6 of damage, defeating them.

"THE GREAT GONZALES IS THE WINNER!!!" Gruuba announced once again.

"And without doing anything!" Chris said.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gave Mario a better salary and she leaves the room, their rank roses up to 6.

"Where is Ness and Lucas? Haven't they returned yet?" Chris asked looking around the room.

"Something happened to them if they were searching for the bomb for sure." Pikachu said.

"Can you please go for Ness and Lucas, Pikachu?"

"Leave it to me! Pichu, let's go!" Piakchu said leaving the room with Pichu, leaving Mario, Yoshi, Chris, Lucario, Fox, Falco and Pit.

"I have a very bad feeling about this..." Fox muttered to himself.

Arena

VS The Magikoopa Masters

Finish this match in 5 turns or less

Mario: HP 18
Yoshi: HP 10
Fox: HP 30
Falco: HP 30

They were fighting againts the Magikoopa Masters, a Red Magikoopa, a White Magikoopa and a Green Magikoopa above a flying broom were the members of that team.

And Mario used the power of the green Crystal Star.

"For what was that?" Falco asked and suddenly, a big bomb with a big green star on it appeared on their side and they gasped "MARIO! THAT'S A FREAKING BOMB YOU IDIOT!" Falco said moving his hands crazily up and down, they quickly acted and throwed the big bomb to the their enemies, they throwed the bomb back to them and that continued back and forth until...

BOOM!

The Magikoopa Masters were frozen without moving.

Yoshi floated above the air by moving his foots and he stops above the Green Magikoopa, he starts to jump above him 4 times and returns to the group, the magician was taken down from his broom.

This time, Fox tried to use Fox Illusion and he tries to not fail in his mind, and fortunately, he succeeds and he quickly slashes the magicians 7 times in a row, defeating them in one turn.

"You stealed my spotlight!" Falco said angrily and they receive 9 Star Points and greet the audience.

"THE GREAT GONZALES IS THE WINNER!!!" Grubba announced.

"Hmph!" Falco said angrily looking away.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gives better salary, she leaves, their rank roses up to 5 and the Koopinator walks to Mario.

"Hey. You, Gonzales. Jolene brought you a piece of cake. From a fan, I guess." Dark Koopatrol said pointing to a delicious piece of cake above a red wooden furniture.

"Now THAT is a present! Just look that Strawberry on top of the cake! YUMMY!" Yoshi said and after staring at the cake, he eats it and rubs his stomach "Gooood caaake." He said dreamily and recovers his health.

"All Yoshis are the same, no doubt about it." Fox said.

"...Where is Pikachu and Pichu? Don't tell me they haven't returned either!" Chris said looking around.

"Let me search for them." Pit said leaving the room.

"And there goes another brave soul." Lucario said.

"That was very touching Lucario!" Chris said wiping out a tear from his eye.

Arena

VS The Craw Daddy

Don't take 20 HP of damage

Mario: HP 18
Yoshi: HP 10
Chris: HP 30
Lucario: HP 45

"HHHHHIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Lucario launched the most powerful Aura Sphere he could make towards the Dark Craw, he receives 20 of damage and he was defeated quickly.

"THE GREAT GONZALES IS THE WINNER!!!" Grubba announced once again and the crowd goes crazy about the victory.

"Nobody can defeat us!" Chris said happily.

"MAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRIIIIIIIIOOOOOOO!!!!!!!"

"...Oh no...that voice..." Chris said shaking his head. From the crowd, the most stupid and idiot king of all, the same Bowser in person cames jumping to the ring.

"I've finally found you of all places!" Bowser said and he looks to Mario's team, especially Chris "Who's the wussy from over there?"

"W-wussy?" Chris asked a little hurted from the inside. But Lucario steps in front of him.

"Call him like that again and you're going to regret it!" Lucario said angrily glaring at Bowser.

"Whoa whoa whoa! I'm a king and I can say what I want to say!" Bowser looks around "Talk about perfect timing! And now all these folks get to watch me murdalize all of you together!"

"Just try it." Lucario demanded narrowing his eyes.

Bowser Battle

"Mwhahahahaha! Now watch me audience! I'm gonna beat the crap out of them!" Bowser said laughing evily.

"Ugh, let's just finish this guy already!" Chris demanded.

Mario uses Power Bounce on Bowser 8 times, then Yoshi makes 3 eggs and he throws them at Bowser, he suddenly shrinks upon receiving the second egg plus 6 of damage in total.

"You little punks! I'm so gonna kill you 4 now!" Bowser said in a squeaky tone due to his tiny size.

"Chris, it's time for you to use the Aura Sphere." Lucario said and Chris looks at him.

"But I'm still a rockie!"

"I believe in you, you can do it."

"...O-ok...let's see..."

Force Palm
Double Team FP 3
Aura Sphere FP 5

Chris focuses his hands to create the Aura Sphere, but just as the orb was getting bigger, it explodes and Chris receives 4 of damage "Oowww..." Chris said.

"...Don't worry, I'll train you after we return to the mansion." Lucario said with a little smile, then he uses Force Palm on Bowser and he receives 7 of damage.

"ARGH! I'll get you for this!" Bowser said walking towards the group and he exhales fire and they receive 1 of damage.

To finish this useless battle, Mario uses Power Bounce again on Bowser and he receives 9 consecutive hits and falls above his belly defeated "Noooo...." Bowser said returning to his original size, giving Mario and company 10 Star Points.

"Hoo, nelly! GONZALES DEFEATED THE OUTSIDER IN A BLINK! CONGRATULATIONS GONZALES! NOBODY CAN STOP YOU!" Grubba said.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario his salary and she leaves as always and their rank roses up to 4.

"That was Bowser right? Man, you can't get away a single day without him annoying you!" Falco said and Mario nodded.

And Mario receives another e-mail (He needs to remember to get a spam e-mail blocker for his Mailbox SP).

gO tO tHe TeLePhOnE bOoTh OuT oN tHe PaViLiOn.

From X.

"A telephone booth? There is one in this city?" Chris asked "And Pit hasn't returned yet..."

"Let me go for him and the others." Lucario said leaving the room.

"Okay, this is creeping me out now, we need to go outside but this time, together." Chris suggested.

Back Hallway

Rawk Hawk was there and he sees Mario and company "Gonzales! There you are you little punk, if you keep stealing the spotlight from me, you're going to enter a world of hurt! Quit making such a splash, if you value your puny life along with your teammates! Harharharharharhar!" He said laughing, warning and leaving.

"Geez, what the heck is wrong with that guy?" Fox asked.

"He was threatening us, wasn't he?" Chris asked.

"He sounds like Falco, so he must be his cousin!" Yoshi said.

"Haha, look at how I'm laughing." Falco said sarcastically.

Attractions Area

They found a telephone booth just near the shop and they found a storage key laying inside. After taking it, Mario receives another e-mail.

gO tO tHe StOrAgE rOoM nExT tO gRuBbA's OfFiCe.

From X.

"I'm starting to wonder if we are detectives by helping X with this." Yoshi wondered to himself.

Preview of the next chapter

"Guys! Fox is missing!" Falco said.

"Wonderful! That counts 7 now!" Chris said angrily, not believing that they just lost almost all their teammates.

...............................................................................................

"It's my fault...why did he had to suffer like that?! Why?!" Chris asked crying above Falco's shoulder.

"Don't blame yourself please, it's obviously not your fault." Falco said patting Chris's back.

...............................................................................................

"You're going down kid!" Wolf said in a deep voice.

"If Fox was here to help us to defeat Wolf..." Chris muttered to himself.

...............................................................................................

"When the time comes, just act kid." Wolf said as he was preparing to fight againts Rawk Hawk.

"You mean, now?" Chris asked.

...............................................................................................

"You bastard!" Mario said to Grubba.

"Say what you want! I'm gonna use the power of the Crystal Star and the Subspace Bomb to crush yer bones!" Grubba said as he started to grow with a purple aura.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Everyone wants to be BIG!" Wolf said.


Back Hallway

Chris founds a Save Block and he hits it from below.

Saving...don't remove the Memory Card from slot A or turn off the game.

Your game was saved!

Glitz Pit
Chris, Lucario,
Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Mario, Goombella, Koops, ?, Yoshi
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 28, 2008, 07:10:27 PM
Chapter 48: Everyone wants to be BIG

Back Hallway

Our current team is now in their way to the Storage Room in the back hallway, but they find Jolene speaking with a guard and the guard leaves and she spots Mario.

"Mr. Gonzales! What are you doing her-"

"HOLD IT!" Chris yelled dramaticaly stopping his right foot in the floor "Okay, now tell us, you know something about that room, right?" He asked with a dialogue box below him.

"I don't know anything about what is making sounds inside that room and no, I don't know absolutely nothing." Jolene said with a dialogue box below her.

"(Wait, when she said don't, she bit her lips slightly...) OBJECTION!" Chris yelled and then his group jumped surprised.

"Chris, this isn't a courtroom! Stop yelling like that!" Fox said.

"Jolene...when you said don't, you bit your lips a little, meaning that you DO know something about that room!" Chris said with an acussing finger towards Jolene.

CRACK!

Jolene starts to sweat a little "Errhh, Mr. Pedro, stop being paranoic! You can't prove that just because I bit my lips!"

"(She's right, just because she showed nervousness that doesn't means she didn't had...wait, of course she knows something!) Okay Ms. Jolene, tell us everything that you know about the Storage Room!"

"There's just one little problem."

DING!

"What?"

"How should I know what is inside if there is a lock on the door? I'd have enter anytime instead of asking the guards."

CRACK!

"AAAHHHHHHH!!! SHE'S RIGHT!" Chris said defeated and the dialogue box disappeared.

"Now if you 5 will excuse, I have important matters to attend, please return to your locker room." Jolene said adjusting her glasses and walks away, muttering something about a star.

"...What did I did wrong?" Chris asked with toon tears running from his eyes and the others ignored his "courtroom dramatization" by entering the room, opening the lock.

Storage Room

"Who's there?" Somebody asked above some boxes, it was the treasure hunter, Ms. Mows "Oh it's my hunky mustache hunk! What are you doing here?"

"You're Ms. Mows! So you were making noises inside this room?" Yoshi asked.

"Sorry for not helping you but I didn't made even the smallest sound in this room, a treasure hunter needs to be silent on his actions!" Ms. Mows said denying their question "Anyway, I found already what I was looking for." She jumps close to Mario.

"(Here we go again...)" Mario thought in his mind and Ms. Mows kisses him.

"I almost forgot my sweet...this arena holds many secrets, you know. You should be very careful, lest you end up like the poor souls uptairs. So bye sweeties! Say hello to that yellow handsome mouse for me! We shall meet again!" Ms. Mows said leaving the room.

"Poor souls uptairs? What does that means?" Chris wondered.

And Mario receives another e-mail from X.

fInD tHe StAiRcAsE sWiCtH tO rEaCh ThE aTtIc.

From X.

"There is a staircase switch around here? But I only see boxes in this room!" Yoshi said looking around.

"I think we should end this investigation, darn it! We were so clos-" Falco kicks one of the boxes but he notices something odd in them "Huh?" He kicks the box again "Something's wrong with this box, it doesn't makes a sound inside."

Chris sticks his ear to one box and he knocks it a little "This isn't a box! It's a block beneath!"

"Ooh! I know who to call!" Mario said and he makes Yoshi disappear and he replaces him with a huge woman-cloud thing with...ugh, what did I rated this story T? With...boobs.

"Oh Mario sweetie, for what did you called me for?" She asked.

"Flurrie, can you please shoot air to those boxes?" Mario asked pointing to the fake boxes.

"Alright dear, make air from me!" Flurrie said and Mario starts to make air through Flurrie and she makes the boxes "flip", revealing that in reality, there were yellow blocks! "Ok, my job is done!" Flurrie said leaving and Yoshi again comes from Mario.

"...Mario, did I ever told you that you have weird partners?" Falco asked confused. Mario started to break the yellow blocks and after a while, he found a blue switch with an exclamation mark inside and he stomps the switch, and a staircase appears in the room leading to the attic.

"I just love when things like that happens! Let's go!" Chris said climbing the staircase and they follow him.

Attic

"Just like old-mysteries stories, there is ALWAYS something odd in the attic." Chris said looking around "And look over there! A huge yellow block is blocking something behind those boxes!"

"Another room with a lock." Yoshi said looking to his right, there was a door with a lock on it just close to the staircase.

They went to the left side of the room and Mario smashes the huge yellow block, revealing a ventilation duct below.

"Maybe there is something inside the duct, let's go inside." Fox suggested and they enter inside the duct.

Attic's Ventilation Duct

"Apart that this place is too small, there is nothing else in this duct." Falco said.

"Wait, there is a hole with light over there." Yoshi said finding a hole with light.

"Isn't that hole just above Grubba's office?" Chris asked and Mario looks through it.

"It is, Jolene is inside talking to him." Mario wispered and they sticked their ears on the duct to hear the conversation of the 2.

Grubba's Office (Still fancy)

"...So you didn't find hide or hair of nobody in the storage room, that what yer sayin'? Grubba asked.

"Yes. Mr. Grubba. It appeared to be secure." Jolene said "Don't worry about it, sir. I've taken necessary precautions. It was likely just a rat or something."

"(But Ms. Mows said she didn't made a sound!)" Yoshi thought.

"Well, no big deal either way. Ain't nothin' in there we'd miss too much anyway." Grubba said "Thanks fer stayin' on top of this, Jolene. Hey, an' by the way, any word on King K?" He asked.

"(Well, he said he was retiring soon, right?)" Fox asked in his mind.

"I'm afraid we still don't know the whereabouts of King K, Mr. Grubba." Jolene said.

"(Are they spying him or something?)" Mario thought.

"And so....I deleted his post on our roster per regulations. The Glitz Pit no longer has any official connection to KP Pete, a.k.a, King K." Jolene said continuing "I have, of course, taken the same steps with all fighters who have gone missing."

"(Wait, missing?)" Yoshi thought asking in his mind.

"Hoo, fighters have sure been goin' missin' a lot lately! That's the eleventh this year!" Grubba said surprised.

"(Eleventh? Then he counted our friends too?)" Chris thought confused.

"What in tarnation's goin' on? I even heard some security ijit sayin' the Pit's cursed!" Grubba said.

"I doubt that, sir, but I certainly don't understand the disappearances." Jolene said.

"(Us neither)" All of them thought in unison.

"Well, fer the time bein', tell the other fellas that King K. headed on home for a spell." Grubba said "If word gets out about missin' fighters, it sure ain't gonna be good for business, no siree! Nasty rumors have a way of sendin' folks runnin' to the hills, know what I mean?" He asked.

"A think that's it." Falco wispered.

"Wait, there is more." Chris wispered back.

"I understand completely, Mr. Grubba. I'll take care of everything, sir." Jolene said and she walked towards the door, but Grubba says something to her.

"Y'know, Jolene...yer a dang fine manager, but you just plumb disappear sometimes...I gotta know! Where in the world do you go, darlin'?" Grubba asked.

"The girl's bathroom, duh!" Chris wispered and they chuckled a little bit.

"Uh...th-that's...Mr Grubba, I know you're my boss, but I don't believe that's any of your business." Jolene said.

"Easy! Didnt' mean to pry, now! How 'bout this, then...Heard of the Crystal Star?" Grubba asked grinning.

"(That's what we wanted to hear about!)" Yoshi thought.

Jolene gasps a little "! N-no...I've never heard of such a thing, Mr. Grubba."

"Okeydoke, well, I 'preciate yer time, Ms. Jolene. You go ahead an' run along, now, y'hear?" Grubba suggested and Jolene nods, leaving the office, but then, Grubba starts to talk to himself "Well, if this ain't a fine how-do-you-do! Seems like good fighters are a dyin' breed. That wild child Gonzales and his group are just about the only draw I still got 'round here."

"(Is he considering us like his enemies?)" Fox thought.

"Whoa, Gonzales! WHOA! Did you hear that?!" Yoshi asked.

"We know, fighters are going missing, and surely Pikachu, Pichu, Pit, Ness, Lucas and Lucario are one of them too." Chris said.

"What in the hey?! Dang ceilin's is spookin' me! HEY! Somebody up there?" Grubba asked sweating a little after hearing some voices coming from the roof.

"Errhh..." Falco cawked.

"...Hoo, nelly! Just a little ol' bird...Here I am, thinkin' someone's up there a-peepin'! I gotta relax...take some yoga classes or somethin'...Yep. Well, back to the ring!" Gruuba said wiping out his sweat and he leaves to the arena.

"Phew, we almost got caught by him, that was SO close!" Chris said sighing in relief.

"Grubba appears to know something about the Crystal Star after all." Fox said.

"Don't forget about Jolene, she was nervous after hearing about the star too." Falco said.

"I'm tired of this, let's return to our locker room to fight againts the next opponent before somebody finds us here!" Yoshi said and they found another way out of the duct, they enter and falls inside the storage room, then they head to their locker room.

Major-League Locker Room

"Are you serious Fox?" Chris asked.

"Yes, I'm going to find more about the disappearances around here." Fox said.

"And I'll go with him to be secure." Falco said.

"...Fine, but be EXTRA careful this time, you hear me?" Chris asked and they nodded, but just as they were about to leave...

"Hey Fox, you're running away from me?" It was Wolf who was leaned to the wall with crossed arms.

"He's definitely not running away from you, we're worried about the others who disappeared investigating the whereabouts about the bomb you brought here!" Chris said.

"I'm not a suspect if you're thinking that way."

"Huh? What do you mean?"

Wolf looked at Chris with a glare "I don't have anything to do about all those mysterious disappearances."

"Lah dee dah, Master Wolf is right!" Poppant said singing.

"But if you Fox, run away from our match, I'll never forgive you and I'll kill your entire team."

Chris was now worried, Fox was a little scared about that match with Wolf and the Koopinator, could he fight Wolf's strategy?

"I promise, I won't run away." Fox said smiling a bit.

"(What? He was scared a while ago!)" Chris thought.

Wolf smirked "It's settled then, don't let me down...or else."

Fox and Falco left the room.

"...Great, I don't have a partner to fight now." Chris muttered to himself.

Arena

VS The Chomp Country

Finish this battle before you take 20 of damage

Mario: HP 25
Yoshi: HP 10
Chris: HP 30

"Ugh, Red Chomps, they have a good defense of...hmm..3 I guess." Chris said looking at the Red Chomps.

"Not-a problem!" Mario said and he used Earth Tremor, they jumped above the star and it started to grow to its maximum size and it caused various quakes in the stage, the Red Chomps received 6 of damage and they were defeated,

" WE GOT OURSELVES A WINNER, THE GREAT GONZALES!!!" Grubba announced excited and the crowd goes wild.

"All thanks to Mario!" Chris said smiling.

Major-League Locker Room

Mario receives his fight money from Jolene and she leaves and their rank roses up to 3, then Mario receives another e-mail.

This is your last warning! Stop snooping around about the Crystal Star! If you don't, you'll suffer the same fate as the others who have gone missing...

"Who's threating us with these e-mails? It's Rawk Hawk?" Chris asked confused, but he shook his head "No, I don't care who sent us this, but whoever is him, we're going to take him down no matter what with Fox and Fal-" His heroic speech was interrupted because Falco came from the door panting.

"Guys! Fox is missing!" Falco said.

"Wonderful! That counts 7 now!" Chris said angrily, not believing that they just lost almost all their teammates.

"You're kidding me right?! I told Fox to not get missing!" Wolf said angrily.

"It wasn't my fault! He went towards the ring when nobody was there and I went to the lobby, but after checking the ring, he was gone and I returned here to give the news!" Falco said.

"That does it! I order all of you to find him so we can start our match!" Wolf demanded with a glare "I've been waiting for this opportunity to happen in this day!"

"We haven't reached the second rank yet you know." Chris said.

"Then hurry up!"

Out of a cue, Mario received another e-mail.

rEmOvE tHe GrEaT gOnZaLeS pOsTeRs In ThE lObBy.

From X.

"You heard him, let's go!" Yoshi said and Mario, him, Chris and Falco left the room.

"There you go again, running away from your matches!" Wolf said angrily.

"SHUT UP ALREADY!" Chris yelled from the back hallway and Wolf grunted at this.

Lobby

A lot of Mario posters were sticked to the walls.

"Is there any poster with me on it?" Falco asked and Chris frowned at this. They started to peel off the posters from the walls and they didn't found anything behind them.

"Are we going to be put in jail for doing this?" Chris asked worried.

Finally, after pulling off the last poster and key fell from behind and it was another storage key.

"Another key? For what could it be for?" Yoshi asked to himself and another e-mail came to Mario.

gO tO tHe SeCoNd FlOoR oF tHe StOrAgE rOoM.

From X.

"There was a door with a lock on the attic right?" Chris asked and Mario remembered the door with the lock back at the attic and they headed to the storage room.

Attic

"Now open it!" Yoshi said and Mario opened the door, they entered to another different area with another huge yellow block blocking something.

Mario smashed the block with his Super Hammer and Chris takes a look of what was hiding behind it, but...

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" He yelled terrified after finding the most horrible thing his eyes could ever let him see.

"Chris! What's wrong?!" Falco asked from the other side.

"F-FALCO! WHATEVER YOU DO, DON'T COME OVER HERE! IT COULD BE TOO PAINFUL FOR YOU!" Chris yelled from the other side.

"What are you talking about?!"

"JUST GO AWAY AND DON'T COME!"

"For wha...oh...my....GOD!" Falco's eyes widened a lot, from the other side of the block, they found King K, Bandy Andy and for their surprise...Fox...and what was the scary thing? They were crushed on the floor moaning in extreme pain!

"My......body......" Fox managed to say.

"FOX! WHAT HAPPENED TO YOU?!" Chris asked crying.

"Don't....go...near....the....ring....when....nobody....is....there....ugh...." Bandy Andy managed to say.

"This is outrageous! Who did this to you Fox?! You must tell me who!" Falco demanded.

"...I...couldn't...see....but...I...saw...somebody...huge....crushing....my....body....from...behind...then...I...woke...up...here...ugh..." Fox said.

"We have to take them back to the locker room to recover!" Mario said grabbing Bandy Andy, Yoshi put King K. on his back and Chris and Falco carried Fox, after crossing some boxes, there was somebody hiding behind the door but he escaped quickly after they saw him.

"Hey, wasn't that Jolene? What was she doing here?" Yoshi asked.

"Worry about that later, we have to reach the room now!" Chris said while carrying Fox with Falco's help.

Major-League Locker Room

They took the injured above the benches and Chris and Falco put Fox above the bed, then Chris quickly hugged Falco.

"It's my fault...why did he had to suffer like that?! Why?!" Chris asked crying above Falco's shoulder.

"Don't blame yourself please, it's obviously not your fault." Falco said patting Chris's back.

"But it was originaly my idea to investigate the Glitz Pit and they offered themselves to help, but they slowly disappeared one by one and we don't know where are the others!"

"What is the meaning of this?!" Wolf asked enraged after seeing Fox extremely injured above the bed "Who did this to him?! Answer my question!"

"W-we don't know!" Chris responded crying.

"Get a hold of yourself kid!" Wolf demanded.

"I...I just can't!"

"Grr, my opportunity to defeat Fox in battle was taken away by somebody else instead of me...WHATEVER! I challenge you to defeat me!" Wolf said pointing at Chris.

"B-but why me?"

"I hear you saying that it was your fault that Fox was injured investigating the whereabouts of your missing companions, so I'm going to finish you off!"

"Easy there Wolf! Chris isn't the culprit of this problem!" Falco said glaring at Wolf.

"Shut up bird brain!"

Falco approached to Wolf "What was that?!"

"Bird brain!"

"Argh! I had enough of your mouth!" Falco said clenching his fists.

"What are you waiting for?! Hit me if you dare!" Wolf said taunting Falco.

"STOOOOOOOOOOP!" Chris yelled at the top of his lungs and both rivals looked at him surprised "Stop right now! I'm so sad after finding Fox in a state like this and you 2 are just worsening everything up!"

"Who is going to tell me what to d-" Wolf was suddenly grabbed by the throat by Chris "Get...your...filthy...hands...off...me!"

"If you really want to fight me so badly, so be it! But you'll have to wait until we reach the second rank so wait for us!" Chris said furiously and Wolf was left speechless for 10 seconds.

"...I like your style kid." Wolf said when Chris got his hands off him "I admire your guts to challenge me like that."

"...Really? Well, I was so furious right now." Chris said rubbing his back embarrased.

"I consider your menace worthy of a opponent like Fox does." Wolf said grinning.

"...Since when did you 2 were friends?" Falco asked confused.

"Shut up bird brain, he's even more worth fighting than you are."

"Hey, Gonzales, Jolene brought another cake to you, from another fan, I guess." Dark Koopatrol said pointing to another cake above the same wooden pedestal.

"This should recover Fox in a sinch for sure!" Chris said grabbing the cake and he walks towards Fox and opens his mouth "Now open wide!" He said dropping the entire cake inside Fox's mouth.

A moment of silence soon followed.

"...GUH!" Fox was grabbing his throat and his face turned to an unusual violet color before fainting.

"That cake had poison on it!" Falco said.

"I just killed Fox by accident!" Chris said grabbing his hair.

"...I take back my words, you're worthless kid." Wolf said walking away.

"Great, now we need to get a cure or an antidote for Fox!" Chris said.

"That'll be not necessary, the poison is going to worn-off in an hour, he needs to rest." Falco reasured.

"Thank goodness..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 29, 2008, 11:56:40 AM
Arena

VS The Koopinator

Don't use your jump

Mario: HP 25
Yoshi: HP 10
Chris: HP 30
Falco: HP 30

"And the Spike Shield badge was going to be useful for this time, I'll use this!" Mario said using Power Smash on the Dark Koopatrol, dealing 2 of damage.

"Gimme a break Gonzales! This guys isn't hard to beat!" Yoshi said walking over The Dark Koopatrol and he eats him and spat out dealing 4 of damage.

"Glad I can help!" Chris said using Force Palm on his enemy dealing 4 of damage "Wait, it doesn't paralyzes the enemy, it's a defense piercer! Now Falco, use fire on him!"

"Gotcha!" Falco said as he was surrounded by fire, after 5 seconds, he was launched at full speed towards the Dark Koopatrol dealing 8 of damage (And doing a somersault in the air while returning to his position).

The Dark Koopatrol started to stomp the floor and he ran after Mario with his spike of his helmet directed to him, Mario couldn't defend because he was faster than him and he received 5 of damage.

"Mario! Are you alright?" Chris asked worried.

"I'm fine, you don't have to worry!" Mario reasured using a Thunder Bolt and the thunder came above the Dark Koopatrol dealing 5 of damage.

"And now for the final blow!" Yoshi said using a POW Block, the block appeared on the center and Yoshi hits the block from below causing a tiny quake enough to defeat the Dark Koopatrol with 2 of damage.

"THE WINNER IS THE GREAT GONZALES!!!" Grubba announced once again.

"That means we're on the second rank now!" Chris said.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario a better salary and she leaves, their rank was now 2nd.

"Finally, we can settle this." Wolf said.

"Wait just a moment please." Chris asked as he changed his job for the Space Mercenary (For those who forgot about this job, is the job with the same abilities as Fox's skills) "There, I'll fight using this."

"Changing your clothes doesn't changes anything."

Chris took out his own Blaster "I think my little friend says the contrary!"

"Heh, we shall see that."

Arena

"In the left corner, The Great Gonzales makes his stand with his team!" Grubba announced.

"We're going to win!" Yoshi said.

"On the right corner, the Grey Vulpine is preparing for battle!"

"Stop calling me like that!" Wolf demanded angrily.

"Lah dee dah, obey Master Wolf's demand!" Poppant said singing.

"Get yerself ready...TO BATTLE!!!" Grubba yelled on the mic and the scene changes to the theater.

Fatalize

VS Wolf

Appeal at least once

Mario: HP 20
Yoshi: HP 10
Chris: HP 30
Falco: HP 30

"Hey! Wolf acted before he could take his turn! Not fair!" Chris said as Wolf was already a giant.

"You're going down kid!" Wolf said in a deep voice.

"If Fox was here to help us to defeat Wolf..." Chris muttered to himself.

For this fight, Mario used the Peekaboo badge to know about Wolf's HP.

"What? He has over 50 HP!" Mario said surprised.

"No way!" Chris said.

"But we can't lose this fight!" Mario used Power Smash on Wolf but he dealt only 1 of damage "And his defense is of 3!"

"Darn it, that wasn't an ordinary Power Punch then!" Yoshi said.

"Even though, I can pierce any defense with...Force...Palm..."

Normal Attack
Reflector FP 3

"Shoot! I don't have many attacks in this job!" Chris said in shock.

"Hey Pedro! Isn't your turn yet, it's my turn!" Yoshi protested.

"Oh, right, I forgot, go on please." Chris said embarrased and Yoshi used Gulp, he was somehow able to eat the whole body of Wolf and he spat him out towards the Poppant dealing 4 of damage.

"Daaah! That hurts Master Wolf!" Poppant complained.

"Shut up you twerp." Wolf said.

"I'll use my normal attack!" Chris said standing in front of the big Wolf charging his attack, then he was moved towards Wolf with a strong kick dealing 3 of damage and he returned to his position "It's all yours Falco!"

"You don't have to tell me twice!" Falco said using Fire Falco and he dealt 5 of damage to Wolf.

"Now die!" Wolf yelled and he was moved with great speed using his claw attacking the whole group dealing 10 of damage...wait, 10 of damage?

"ARGH! Gonzales, avenge me..." Yoshi said fainting.

"YOSHI!" Mario yelled.

"Lah dee dah, Master Wolf, take this please!" Poppant said throwing a Ultra Mushroom to Wolf, who recovered his damage in an instant.

"This is unfair! We were so close to beat him if it weren't for that Primid!" Falco complained.

"In that case, let's defeat that Primid first! Besides, he has only 16 HP!" Mario said jumping above Wolf and stomping above Poppant using Power Bounce, Mario was able to deal 9 of damage to him and he returned.

"Daaaahhh! Master Wolf, do something!" Poppant said in pain.

"Ugh, I can't! Something is preventing me to move from my place!" Wolf said.

"Hahaha! It's because of the Game Engine! You can't do anything unless your turn comes!" Chris said laughing a little.

"Damm you Game Engine!!!" Wolf shouted angrily (Making half of the audience to flee away scared).

"(But I can't attack that Primid because Wolf is blocking the way to frontal attacks, Ugh, what should I do?)" Chris asked in his mind and suddenly, he glowed and learned a new ability!

Normal Attack
Reflector FP 3
Chris Illusion FP 4

"Even though my name it's part of a name of this attack, it sounds stupid in reality, really." Chris admitted with an anime drop on his head "Still, I'm going to use this!" He said walking towards Wolf and he prepared his attack in his mind, but he was able to do 4 slashes without damaging Wolf because of his defense "It's on the ropes Falco, don't fail!"

"Leave it to me!" Falco said selecting Falco Illusion and he concentrated his mind to not fail, fortunately, Falco managed to make 5 consecutive attacks in a row, and Poppant was defeated and he disappeared.

"Master Wolf, forgive me!!!" Poppant said before vanishing.

"THAT'S IT!" Wolf yelled angrily and he used his Fire Wolf attack to deal massive damage of 14 HP with his foot to the entire group and Mario was in peril with only 1 HP left.

"This...is...impossible...I...need to...use...Sweet Treat!" Mario said casting the Magical Map and the 7 Crystal Stars came from it and they flew above the scenery, stars appeared on Mario's hands and he started to launch them to hearts with the faces of his team to recover their injures, Mario was concentrating his aim carefully to not touch any Poison Mushroom and at the end, he managed to shoot down all the hearts and flowers and they recovered 8 HP in total.

"Gotcha!" Chris said and he learned the next ability!

Normal Attack
Reflector FP 3
Chris Illusion FP 4
Fire Chris FP 8

"Sounds stupid!" Chris said.

"How come that attack is the last of your list?" Falco asked.

"What do you mean?"

"I mean it's the third attack on my list but why did you have it at the end?"

"Hmm...maybe because it deals more damage...let me try it!" Chris stepped in front of Wolf and fire started to come below his body "FIRE!" He shouted lauching towards Wolf colliding with his body, dealing a damage of 7 since Wolf's defense was of 3 "Cool! That was awesome!" Chris remarked smiling.

"I'll get you for this!" Wolf said grabbing his body in pain.

"Let's continue this assault! FIRE!" Falco said using Fire Falco on Wolf and he received 8 of damage.

"Wait, your attack pierces defense then!" Mario said.

"Here he comes!" Chris warned as Wolf charged his claw attack again, this time however, Mario used a Superdodge just in time and Wolf received 1 of damage and he returned to his position.

"ARGH! STOP COUNTERING MY ATTACKS!" Wolf yelled angrily but suddenly, his body was starting to shrink and he returned to his normal size "No! This can't be! My power is gone!"

"And so does your insane defense!" Mario said and he used Power Smash on Wolf dealing 6 of damage and he did 4 backflips while returning to his place and the crowd goes wild.

"(Huh? What's this? My mind is telling me something....)" Chris said in his mind.

"(Chris? It's that you?)"

"(Falco! How did you get inside my mind?)"

"(I could ask you the same thing)"

"(Well, my mind was telling me something about a combinated attack with both of us)"

"(Strange, I was thinking that too)"

"(Hmm, how about if we combinate our fire attacks into one?)"

"(Sounds good to me!)"

"Alright, let's get this started!" Chris said and he and Falco jumped high in the air and they stopped in mid-air, preparing their attacks with fire, when they were ready, they went towards Wolf colliding with a burning attack in unison "DOUBLE FIRE!!!" Both said in unison and Wolf received a combinated damage of 20, then they made a somersault in the air and Falco lands first then Chris lands above Falco but he moves Chris to his right and both return to their positions.

New ability learned! Double Fire!

An attack in which 2 persons use the same attack with fire and crash their attack to their opponent, dealing great fire damage

"Ugh, how could you 2?!" Wolf cursed and he decided to attack them with his own illusion attack, but Mario uses a Superdodge and Wolf's attack fails again.

"And now for the final blow!" Mario said jumping above Wolf and uses Power Bounce once again and he manages to deal 9 of damage and finally, Wolf falls defeated.

"I...must...know...your...power...kid..." Wolf said before fainting.

They receive 18 Star Points and Mario's level goes up! He decides to increase his HP to 30 and recovers all his FP lost in the match.

"WE GOT OURSELVES A WINNER...THE GREAT GONZALES!!!" Grubba announced to the crowd and they go wild.

"That was hard, but we were able to win!" Mario said.

Major-League Locker Room

Jolene gives Mario his salary and she leaves, then their rank roses up to 1, meaning that they can challenge Rawk Hawk for the Champ's title.

"I couldn't believe that attack we made together in that fight! I was feeling a strong power inside me!" Chris said amazed.

"For the first time ever, I did a combinated attack with you, that was very impressive!" Falco said.

"(Wait, I need to check out my DS first...hmm...wow!)"

Fox: 85

Falco: 100

"(N-no way! Now Falco trusts me completely! I'm so...so...)"

"Chris, it's something wrong?" Falco asked.

Chris hides his DS and he looks at Falco, sweating "No no no! I'm fine, thanks for asking! (Then what Master Hand told me was true)"

Flashback

"Of course! Well, your job is to unlock all the abilities and raise the levels to their maximum intervals, after that...something good will happen..."

"What?" Chris asked again.

"Maybe an attack combined with you and another Smasher working in perfect synch or making your partner stronger than he actually is by launching a devastating attack, basically, you make combined Final Smashes...but not now, you need to work hard in your battles if you want to discover those special powers."

End of flashback

"(But what if he didn't said that there are more combined attacks with just one partner? I don't know why but I think there is more than just this attack, but how can I discover it?)" Chris thought confused.

"Hey kid." Wolf was standing behind Chris.

"Oh great, what do you want now?" Chris asked annoyed.

"I'll join you." Wolf said.

"What?!" Falco asked surprised "Why do you want to join us?!"

"I want to find that person who took away the opportunity to defeat Fox from me, however, I won't follow you after we defeat him though."

Mario blinked in confusion "Well...what do you think Chris?"

"...I say let him in!"

"Are you kidding me Chris? He's only but trouble! There is a reason of why he has a large bounty on his head in Corneria!" Falco said angrily.

"And tell me, why in the hell the police or your team always let Wolf go away?" Chris crossed his arms "Something tells me that Fox always forgets that part everytime they fight againts the other!"

"Errhh...well...when you put that in that way..."

"The kid has a point bird brain." Wolf said.

"Just one condition." Chris said.

"What?"

"You're going to call us for our names, I'm so sick of hearing kid coming from you everytime you call me."

"Ugh, fine k-k-k-k-k-"

"...Why is your mouth twitching?"

"K-k-k-k-C-C-C-C-C-"

"Oh please, don't tell me you can't say a name besides Fox or your team?"

"Look! I can do that! It's so easy C-C-C-C-C-"

".....-_-.....You're totally hopeless Wolf."

"And so you are, C-C-C-C-C-"

"OH STOP IT! CALL ME KID IF YOU WANT! I CAN'T STAND THIS ANYMORE!"

NEWCOMER!
Wolf has joined your team temporaly!

Mario was already reserving the match againts Rawk Hawk and he waited for the guard to come in.

"Gonzales, come with me." The guard came from the door calling Mario and his team.

"Yoshi, I hope you don't mind if Wolf replaces you." Mario said.

"Ah, don't worry Gonzales, I understand, besides, I need to rest a little." Yoshi said disappearing in Mario and they walk outside the room.

Back Hallway

The guard walks to the left "Hey! Where are you going? The ring is in the other side!" Chris called.

"This is a special match and you need to enter another area, sorry, regulations." The guard said walking away with the group following him.

"Something fishy is going on here..." Chris muttered to himself "Wait, Wolf, you know where is the bomb you brought right?"

"I don't know anything about the bomb." Wolf responded bluntly.

"Huh? What do you mean?"

"I came here just for the desire to defeat Fox, even if it costed my appearance as you may have noticed, the bomb was dropped somewhere in this city without me knowing it."

"Originally, you weren't included in this world to invade right?" Falco asked and Wolf nodded.

"You can say that, I act on my own most of the time."

"But then, why did you joined the Primids?"

"Because it was the only way to track Fox down. And another thing, my superiors are sick of you calling them the Primids, we're the Subspace Army."

"The Subspace Army...that sounds...good?"

"That's right kid."

"We're here." The guard said in front of a door and they enter inside.

Minor-League Locker Room #2

"Wait, this is the minor league room! What's happening?" Mario asked confused, when they turned their heads to the door, the guard disappeared locking the door with them inside.

"Get us out of here!" Chris said trying to open the door "It's no use! I can't open this thing!"

"Out of the way!" Wolf said charging at the door with his shoulder, but after crashing, Wolf was pushed back in the floor and he got up "They reinforced the door from outside, we can't get out!"

"Oh no, the match is going to start in any minute now!" Mario said.

Arena

Rawk Hawk was already entering the ring while many of his fans were cheering him.

"Our champ, Rawk Hawk is now here right in front of yer eyes! But what's this?! The Great Gonzales isn't here yet!" Grubba said grinning.

"I'll tell you why he is not here! Because he ran away to his house crying with his mommy for not challenging the RAWWWWWKKKKK!!!" Rawk Hawk said yelling and the crowd goes wild.

"Hoo hoo hoo! Good speech there buddy! The question is, where is exactly The Great Gonzales?!" Grubba asked excited.

Minor-League Locker Room #2

"What now? We can't go outside...that's it, we lose this tournament." Chris said.

"Don't give up yet, there's gotta be something here with some kind of secret passage!" Falco said looking around.

"Like that poster of the princess without crown?" Wolf asked pointing to a poster of Peach without her crown.

"What is a poster of Peach doing here?" Mario asked and he touched the poster "Huh? I can't feel any wall behind it." He pressed his hand on the poster and he made a hole.

"Mario! You did it! You found a secret passage!" Falco said pulling the poster off, revealing a secret passage as he said before.

"Whatever it has inside, it must be more interesting than this dump, move on!" Wolf said walking inside the passage and they followed him, they found a small TV in front of a mini table but there was a door leading to who-knows-where and they entered.

Major-League Locker Room #2

"Another major league room? Why is this place without participants?" Chris asked.

Falco tried to open the door but he couldn't do it "No good, this one is locked too."

"Mario, where are you going?" Chris asked glancing at Mario entering the bathroom of the room "Oh, I see, gotta do what you need to do right?"

"...Huh? What's this?" Mario asked inside the bathroom and he got out "Guys, there is a pipe leading to another place in this bathroom!"

"A pipe? You don't mean...the toilet right?" Falco asked disgusted and Mario nodded "...Okay, it's our only way to get out from this place..." He said entering the bathroom with Chris and Wolf.

"And I thought I'd never enter the same bathroom with 3 other persons." Chris said as they entered inside the toilet and were taken away inside the pipe, it took them through the back hallway below the floor until they reached the other side.

Major-League Locker Room

They appeared inside the bathroom of the first major league room.

"Ugh, traveling inside a pipe isn't my style." Wolf said disgusted.

"C'mon! We have to go to our match!" Falco said exiting the bathroom and they got out of the room, but Chris saw Fox in the bed and he wispered something to him.

"I'll find that idiot who made you this, I promise!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 29, 2008, 08:14:38 PM
Arena

"...Huh?! Whuzzat?! The Great Gonzales is here folks!!!" Grubba announced as Mario, Chris, Falco and Wolf walked to the ring while their fans cheered them.

"GO, JUMPMAN!"

"Isn't that the Grey Vulpine?!"

"YOU'RE AWESOME!"

"MARRY ME!"

"This is the battle for the ages ladies an' gentlemens! Who will win in this clash of powers?! The Great Gonzales?!" Grubba asked excited pointing to Mario "Or the undefeated powerhouse, Rawk Hawk?!" He pointed to Rawk Hawk who crossed his arms "GET YERSELF READY...TO BAAAATLE!!!"

Suddenly from nowhere, Shadow Bugs came appearing from the center of the stage and they cover Rawk Hawk's body completely "ARGH! GET THIS THINGS OFF ME OR YOU WILL GET RAWKED!" Rawk Hawk said.

"Hey Grubba! Stop this math, he needs help!" Mario said but Grubba ignored him "Grubba! Listen to me!"

"(Heh, Gonzales is so predictable...)" Grubba thought evily in his mind.

The Shadow Bugs took Rawk Hawk's body and he glowed in a purple aura, then he starts to yell "RAAAAAAWWWWWWKKKKKKKK!!!!!" And suddenly, he starts to grow the double of his size!

"What the-those Shadow Bugs are making him stronger!" Chris said in shock.

"When the time comes, just act kid." Wolf said as he was preparing to fight againts Rawk Hawk.

"You mean, now?" Chris asked.

VS Dark Rawk Hawk

Don't use items on this fight

Rawk Hawk

Mario: HP 30
Chris: HP 30
Falco: HP 30
Wolf: HP 50

"RAAAAWWWWWKKKKKKKKK!!!!!" Yelled Dark Rawk Hawk furiously, his HP was of 60.

"Just shut up already!" Chris complained.

"Let's-a go!" Mario said doing a Power Jump on Dark Rawk Hawk, only to deal 1 of damage "His defense is of 5?!" He asked surprised.

"No problem! Leave it to me Mario!" Chris said using Fire Chris on Dark Rawk Hawk, dealing 5 of damage.

"Let me pierce his defense!" Falco said using Fire Falco, piercing Dark Rawk Hawk's defense and doing 8 of damage.

"Heh, bring it on." Wolf said grinning.

Normal Attack
Reflector FP 3
Fire Wolf FP 6
Wolf Illusion FP 7

Wolf used his Normal Attack, which was a simple claw atack that pierces the defense of his opponent and he deals 5 of damage to Dark Rawk Hawk.

"RAAAAAAWWWWWKKKKKK!!!" Dark Rawk Hawk yelled furiously and he starts to spins in the air jumping above each member doing 15 of damage and he returns to his position.

"He's so strong...I already lost the half of my HP and we can't use items either...so let me use Sweat Treat!" Mario said calling forth the power of the Magical Map and he starts to launch stars at the recovery icons, he failed sometimes, but he gets 8 recovery hearts for each one of them.

"Let's use our combination attack Falco!" Chris said.

"...Right, how did we did that again?" Falco asked confused.

"What do you mean? We...umm...well...we..."

"Don't tell me you forgot how to use that combination now!" Mario said.

"(In a moment like this? It's time to use that attack again but why we can't use it?...Maybe...it has something to do with pressure that we were under pressure that time...)" Chris thought in his mind "I can't use that attack now, there is only one way to defeat that monster and that is with our normal abilities!" He said using Fire Chris once again, dealing 5 of damage.

Falco used Fire Falco again, piercing through his defense and dealing 8 of damage, Wolf used Fire Wolf and he dealt a strong downward kick dealing 4 of damage "It's better if I use my Normal Attack!" Wolf said cursing under his breath.

"RAAAAAAAWWWWWWKKKKKKK!!!!!" Dark Rawk Hawk lifted one finger to the roof and then, he made a backflip and he touched the wall with his foots and then, he crossed his arms and blasted fastly towards Mario dealing massive damage of 30 and Mario falls defeated.

"MARIO!" Chris yelled preocupied "You're gonna pay for that!" He said glaring at Dark Rawk Hawk "Wait, don't tell me we need to spam our fire attacks again and again?"

"Afraid so." Falco said.

"Ugh, I hope poeple out there don't get mad at me or something, fire!" Chris was sent colliding with Dark Rawk Hawk dealing 5 of damage "Now as our unthinkable and annoying strategy goes, use it Falco!"

"Fire!" Falco was surrounded by fire once again dealing 8 of damage "Our FP is depleted!"

"That doesn't matter!" Wolf said sending another claw attack dealing 5 of damage.

"RAAAAAAAWWWWWWKKKKK!!!!"

"Does this guy ever shut up?" Falco complained, then Dark Rawk Hawk stomped the floor and part of the scenery's stage goes down from above slowly, the big adversary hung into the iron bar and he starts to shake it and objects starts to fall above the group.

"AAHHH! How in the-AAAHHH!! STOP I-AAHHH!!" Chris yelled in pain after receiving 14 of damage, Falco received 12 of damage and Wolf received 13 of damage "I...don't have much energy left..."

"But we're so close now!" Falco said panting.

"He is above and we need to use an attack that doesn't jumps but instead crashes since there is a floor above us. If only our FP wasn't depleted...wait, I don't care if we break a rule! This could end our lives if we don't use items!"

"I dunno, but-" Falco was interrupted.

"Falco, may I ask you a question?"

"What?"

"Do you trust me?"

"Well, of course I trust you!"

"Then trust me in this time, you won't regret it!"

"...Alright, do what you want to do."

Chris smiled "Thank you!" He said as he drinked a Maple Syrup, recovering 10 FP "End this match now!"

"FIRE!" Falco shouted crashing into Dark Rawk Hawk's beak dealing 8 of damage and the big purple hawk stops hanging from the bar and falls on his back above the floor and the Shadow Bugs leaves his body and shrinks instantly.

They received 30 Star Points and greet the audience.

"AMAZING! ASTONISHIN'! THE GREAT GONZALES HAS WON THE VALUABLE AN' HARD-TO-GET CHAMPION'S TITLE! GONZALES?! HOW DO YOU FEEL NOW?!" Grubba asked to Mario.

"I...feel like a-"

"HE FEELS LIKE A CHAMPION DUH! WE HAVE A NEW CHAMPION AN' HIS NAME IS THE GREAT GONZALES!!!!!!" Grubba said ignoring Mario's words and the crowd gives their final big cheer to the team and Mario gives up and salutes them.

Major-League Locker Room

"Here's your fight money, Mr. Gonzales." Jolene said giving Mario 20 coins "Mr. Gonzales, if you don't mind, could you please follow me to the champion's room?" She asked adjusting her glasses.

"We did it! We're the champions!" Chris said and he glanced at Fox "Hmm...we should take him with us."

"I'll give you a hand." Falco said.

Champion's Room

"Now here you go." Jolene said giving Mario the Champ's Belt as Chris and Falco put Fox on the bed carefully "From now on, this is where you'll stay. It's your room now, so make yourself at home If you excuse me, I have special business to do, have a nice day Mr. Champion." She said leaving the room.

"After so many fights, we finally reached this room." Chris said "Wait, are we forgetting something?"

"The disappearances?" Falco asked.

"Oh right! I forgot about that!"

"Okay, now what?" Wolf asked.

"Well, we don't have any clue yet of where are they."

"But those spores came right from the center of the stage, that was weird." Falco said rubbing his chin.

"And Grubba didn't do anything after watching the whole thing too." Mario said.

"Hmm..." They said in unison getting in thinking positions.

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"Huh? Where's that voice coming from?" Mario asked looking around the room

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"It's coming from the air vent." Wolf said looking at the air vent from above the closet.

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..."

"The question is.....it's a ghost?!" Chris asked scared a little, then Mario receives another e-mail and he reads it aloud.

fInD tHe GhOsT iN tHe ChAmP's RoOm.

From X.

"There are ghosts in this place too?" Falco asked.

"One way to find out is entering that air vent and discover the "ghost"." Wolf said while looking at the air vent.

"Let's go then." Mario said trying to climb the closet and Chris helps him to climb, then Falco and Wolf does the same and they enter inside the vent.

Air Vent

"Follow the big gray road!" Chris sang looking to the other side of the vent.

"Shh! Shut up and listen to that voice kid!" Wolf wispered angrily, they leaned their ears to the other side of the vent and they heard the voice of Grubba, talking to himself.

Grubba's Office...Fancy!

"Hyuk hyuk hyuk hyuk! Well, THAT'S in perfect condition, as usual! Yep, as long as I got THAT baby workin' fer me, this ol' bod ain't NEVER gonna get weak!" Grubba said.

"Body? Is he talking about his body?" Chris wispered.

"But I'm gonna have watch my tootsies here fer a little bit...First, I let that King K. ijit walk in on me when I was with...THAT...An' now I can't shake the feelin' that Jolene an' Gonzales' team are onto me..."

"He's starting to act suspiccious now." Falco wispered.

"Well, I guess I'll burn that bridge when the time comes, I'll just disappear 'em! Yep, just like I did to them others...like I did to Prince Mush, the first champ!"

"So he was behind all the disappeared fighters from the beginning!" Mario wispered surprised.

"I better lock this room up tighter 'n a peanut butter jar at a squirrel convention. An' I'll just go ahead an' hide the paper relatin' to THAT in the desk drawer...There we go! Y'know what, though? Since I'm thinkin' aloud here. Good fighters ain't nothin' to mess with. Even Rawk Hawk lost to Gonzales usin' the Shadow Bugs that ol' pal Tabuki...was that his name? Said to me to use 'em on him."

"Wait, Shadow Bugs? Those are the things we saw on the stage? He must know something about the bomb as well!" Chris wispered.

"This new champ might have to disappear purty soon...For my sake..." Grubba said before leaving his office, Mario smashed the vent to open it and they entered the room inspecting the desk drawer to find that paper (Chris found a Star Piece and gave it to Mario), then, they found the paper.

"Hmm...wait, this is a machine hiding under the stage! This is a blueprint of the entire stage!" Falco said.

"Calculations, force divided by 3, there are many equations on this, but look at this part!" Chris pointed to the top of the machine "This is surely the real Crystal Star! This machine sucks up the power out of the people using the Crystal Star! Talk about disgusting!"

"So Fox's energy was drained out then?" Falco asked.

"It seems that way...along with King K. and Bandy Andy too." Chris responded.

Suddenly, Grubba enters the office again and he finds Mario, Chris, Falco and Wolf looking at the paper and they look at him with glares "GREAT GALLOPIN' GULPITS! How in tarnation did YOU get in here, sons? Well, slap me an' call me sassafras! Yer starin' at my secret paper, too!" Grubba said surprised.

"Okay sassafras, you're making me sick now, we know all the things you have been doing around here!" Wolf said.

"Whoa, nelly! This ain't good!" Grubba said scared and he runs away from the office.

"After him! Don't let him get away!" Chris said and they started to chase Grubba.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 30, 2008, 10:25:54 PM
Back Hallway

They lost him in the way when they got out of the office.

"Where'd he go?" Chris asked.

"Probably in the arena." Mario said and they walk towards a guard guarding the left door of the arena.

"Oh, Mr. Grubba? Yes, he went inside, but there aren't any match scheduled now." The guard said stepping out of the way. But first, they prepared their HP and FP to be ready.

Arena

The crowd was gone, the whole area was silent, only Mario, Chris, Falco and Wolf were the only ones inside along with Grubba standing on the center of the platform, grinning evily.

"Okay Grubba, you can stop your plan to suck up the energy of the fighters!" Mario said.

"Like I care Gonzales, drainin' energy from others makes me feel like I'm on the top of an army of bulls! Don't you understand?" Grubba asked grinning.

"You're wrong Grubba, you need to accept your age and be a good business guy!" Chris said.

"Whatever you say it's useless againts me sons! I hope yer lifes were enjoyable before this, because I'm gonna use my machine and the Subspace Bomb!"

"Wait, Subspace Bomb?"

"That's right! That Tabuki guy or whatever his name was made a deal with me, if I finished you like I did with that little furry guy from a while ago, I'd keep the bomb for my own purposes to stay young! Sweet, isn't?"

"So it was YOU!" Wolf said glaring.

"How could you be so stupid? It's a bomb, not a power machine!" Chris said.

"The Subspace Bombs have many secrets son, an' 2 of 'em are spawning Shadow Bugs out and givin' absolute power to his target if it's used correctly, but I dunno if I only have one of a kind." Grubba said as the stage started to shake widly and he falls inside a hole, then a huge yellow machine with the Crystal Star on the top appears with Grubba inside "Hope you enjoy the arena in the heaven sons!"

"You bastard!" Mario said to Grubba.

"Say what you want! I'm gonna use the power of the Crystal Star and the Subspace Bomb to crush yer bones!" Grubba said as he started to grow with a purple aura.

"I won't forgive you for draining Fox's energy!" Chris said.

"Me neither!" Falco said.

When he stopped growing, his body turned into a dark orange color, his shell had spikes on it, an dark orange mohawk on his head and his clothes were small for him "MAAAAAACCHHHHHOOOOOO!!!!" Grubba yelled, now turned into Dark Macho Grubba.

Macho Grubba Battle

"MAAACCCCHHHOOOO!!!!" Dark Macho Grubba yelled.

"Ugh, I hate this kind of people already." Falco said.

Mario: HP 30
Chris: HP 30
Falco: HP 30
Wolf: HP 50

"Since I think he is going to attack us with a powerful attack, Wolf should be in the front because his HP it's high enough to resist." Mario said moving Wolf in the first position "And his HP is of 80? I can't believe-a this." He frowned.

"Stop talking and let's start!" Wolf said using Fire Wolf and was rocketed towards Dark Macho Grubba and he dealt 6 of damage and returned to his place "His defense is of 3 I presume." He said.

"Hmm, this should help us a little!" Chris said using a Courage Shell on Wolf and his defense was raised by 3.

"Good move kid." Wolf said grinning.

"Aww, don't mention it."

"...I didn't asked for your help!"

"...Fine." Chris said frowning.

"Fir-"

"Wait Falco."

"What Chris?"

"Why don't you use your Normal Attack for a change?"

"Hmm...sure..." Falco said walking towards Dark Macho Grubba and he lifts his hands above his head and when it was charged enough, he moved them down quickly dealing 3 of damage "That was useless!"

"Oops, sorry, I think I just wanted to see that attack."

"My turn!" Mario said walking towards you-know-who already and he lifts his hammer above his head, and he was able to deal 4 of damage because he use Piercing Blow.

"At this rate, we're not going to defeat that bulky monster!" Chris said.

"MAAACCCHHHOOOOO!!!" Dark Macho Grubba yelled gaining 2 more attacks each turn.

"HIYAH!" Wolf used his claw attack on Dark Macho Grubba dealing 5 of damage, Chris used his turn to give a Repel Cape to Falco and he became dodgy, then Falco used Fire Falco dealing 8 of damage and Mario used Piercing Blow, dealing 4 of damage.

"MAAACCCHHOOOO!!!!" Dark Macho Grubba yelled increasing his power by 3, then he walked backwards behind him and then, he ran spinning above the stage and the group jumping above each other, but since Falco was dodgy, he fell on the floor and returned to his position cursing in his mind. Wolf received 17 of damage and Chris received 20.

"Now you're fine because I gave you that Courage Shell! At least be thankful!" Chris said to Wolf.

"This is not the time to talk!" Wolf said.

"Wait, what attack besides your Normal Attack pierce defenses?"

"Well, my illusion can, I think."

"Are you thinking what I'm thinking?"

"..." Wolf smirked "Heh, I think I perfectly do." He walked towards Dark Macho Grubba and he started to slice him down with 9 slashes of his claws and Dark Macho Grubba received 9 of damage in total.

"Good! But I'll look to our FP to keep using special attacks." Chris said keeping an eye of the FP "Now Falco, I know this is getting repetitive, but-"

"Fire!" Falco was already using Fire Falco again on Dark Macho Grubba dealing another 8 and Dark Macho Grubba yells in pain.

"...Oh well, our FP is vital." Chris said.

"Oh wait, I forgot we have this too!" Said Mario taking out a Mr. Softener and making Dark Macho Grubba's defense drops temporaly by 2.

"MMMMMMMAAAAAAACCCCCCHHHHHHOOOOOOO!!!" Dark Macho Grubba yelled increasing his defense by 3 and making the Mr. Softener's effect useless and he jumps in the air and crushes Mario dealing 25 of damage.

Without interruptions, Wolf used his illusion dealing 9 of damage.

"25?! That's a lot! I'm sorry but I have to sacrifice this turn by using this Ultra Mushroom!" Chris said giving Mario and green mushroom recovering his damage "No wait, let me say it, fire!" Chris said Falco's words as Falco used his own attack on Dark Macho Grubba dealing 8 of damage.

"It's on the ropes now!" Falco said.

"Charge!" Mario yelled increasing his attack power by 2 using Charge.

"MMMMMMMMMAAAAAAAAAAACCCCCCCCHHHHHHOOOOOOO!!!!!" Grubba yelled making himself dodgy and he jumps in the air and stomps on Wolf, dealing 25 of damage.

"Wolf, are you alright?" Chris asked a little worried.

"Don't be distracted just because I was damaged!" Wolf replied angrily.

"Very well Wolf, I'll ignore your moans of pain." Chris said.

"I didn't moaned either!"

"Ok fine! But I'll stay recovering your wounds you like it or not!"

"HIYA-what the?!" Wolf missed his attack on Dark Macho Grubba by stopping with 3 jumps behind Dark Macho Grubba and the bulky monster falls on his back crushing Wolf and dealing 30 of damage and Dark Macho Grubba got up "AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!" Wolf yelled in pain.

"Hey! That wasn't suppose to happen!" Chris complained "Wolf! Don't punish me but are you alright?!"

"..." Wolf didn't responded.

"Great, we lost him! Now this is going to be harder to defeat that thing!" Falco said angrily.

"There must be something here to revive Wolf, but..." Suddenly, one of the audience's members holds something above his head and throws it to Chris, it was a Life Shroom "Just what I was looking for! Wolf, even if you're out of cold, catch it!" Chris said throwing the Life Shroom to Wolf's back, the heart-shaped mushroom starts to blink and then, it disappears in tiny lights surrounding Wolf's body and he opens his eyes and returns to his position.

"Hmph, that was a smart move kid." Wolf said with crossed arms.

"It was nothing, thanks to somebody in the audience." Chris said (He didn't saw who threw the Life Shroom, and that person was Luigi for luck).

"Fir-not again!" Falco said crashing his own beak to the floor and Dark Macho Grubba falls on his back above Falco, but..."Not this time!" Falco said using a quick Superdodge dealing 1 of damage to Dark Macho Grubba and protecting himself in the process.

"Charge!" Mario said charging up and increasing more his power to 2.

Dark Macho Grubba did the same yell and he increased his attack by 3, then he walked backwards and ran and jumped spinning above the stage and stomping in Wolf, but he used a Superdodge, stopping Dark Macho Grubba's attack.

"Umm...bad news, we ran out of FP." Chris said.

"Are you kidding me?!" Falco asked in shock.

"Nope, unfortunately, we can only use Normal Attacks and worse yet, we don't have any FP recovering items and the audience always wants to see difficult in these kinds of fights and don't help the main heroes, or us, and if there is a posibility, people who watches or somehow reads our actions in some kind of freaky dimension where nothing fun happens." Chris explained.

"Was the part of the other dimension really necessary?" Mario asked confused.

"Erhm, no, but even worser, out Star Power was completely depleted because that freaking bed on the major league room doesn't recovers Star Power!" Chris said angrily.

"...If you finished your rant to no one on particular, let's continue!" Wolf said snapping out the explanation and he was able to hit Dark Macho Grubba with his claws and dealing 5 of damage "Just 10 more and this nightmare ends..."

"Wait just a second...there is a Power Punch on the inventary!" Chris said taking out the Power Punch.

"Give it to me! Give it to me! Give it to me!" Falco and Wolf said in unison.

"Erhm...sorry, but since Mario is charging up his attacks, he can defeat him with just 2 jumps!" Chris gives Mario the Power Punch and he grows the double of his size.

"Aww! I wanted to be big!" Falco said before using his Normal Attack on Dark Macho Grubba, fortunately, it hits and deals 3 of damage.

"Okay Mario, I know this could be the last move but please, even if Grubba is dodgy and some attacks can miss, DON'T MISS FOR THE LOVE OF CAREER AS A PLUMBER WHO DOESN'T FIX PIPES!" Chris pleaded.

"Okay...but I don't make promises..." Mario said in a deep voice and he jumps above Dark Macho Grubba and the entire stage and audience stops.

"(This is the end! If we fail, we get a free pass to the Game Over screen, nobody wants to live in that place for sure, I mean, a very dark place with the letters G-A-M-E O-V-E-R above their heads while they cry is just painful!)" Chris thought in the stopped time.

"(Fox, if Mario fails at hitting that guy, I swear I'm going to haunt every single plumber in the world in your behest and probably kill them if I'm the right mood)" Falco thought in the stopped time.

"(If you thought I was going to say something stupid as those 2, think again, I'm not an idiot)" Wolf thought to the readers breaking the fourth wall in the stopped time.

Out of nowhere, Merlee the magician appeared on her magic spinning box and she disappeared putting a spell on Mario.

Damage will be increased in this turn!

The big Mario jumped twice on Dark Macho Grubba dealing damage of 11 in each jump, making in total 22 and Dark Macho Grubba moves his arms up and down and then, he falls on his huge belly above the floor giving the group 40 Star Points.

"YAARRGGGGHHHHH!!!" Dark Macho Grubba said defeated and they greet the audience (Wolf, however, howled to the roof).

The Shadow Bugs escapes from Dark Macho Grubba's body and he shrinks to his original size (Still defeated) and the black spores disappear in thin air.

"No...How'd this happen? How could a perfect bod like mine lose to such chubs? Oh...Great...Gonzales...Great fight, there, son. Great fight...Urrrgghhhh...." Grubba said in a weak tone inside the machine, the Subspace Bomb stopped its countdown and nobody noticed it the entire fight.

"Mr. Champion!" Somebody called Mario and the group from behind, they turned their heads to see Jolene standing below the stairs of the arena.

Sad Music

"...No, I mean...Mario..." Jolene said "Please allow me to offer my earnest thanks for defeating that foul Grubba."

"Huh? What do you mean Ms. Jolene?" Chris asked.

"I really have to apologize...I'm so sorry that I had to get all of you involved. But you must understand...I had to learn the truth about this arena by any means." She said.

"Why did you wanted to learn about this anyway?" Falco asked.

"Let me tell you everything...I had a little brother once, by the name of Mush. He'd have done anything for me."

"Mush? I hear that name before...wasn't him the champion of this arena?" Mario asked and Jolene nodded.

"Our family was always poor, so he became a fighter here to support all of us...But he suddenly went missing one day. Our family was inconsolable. I suspected foul play so I got hired as the manager and investigated in secret. As I looked for clues about my brother, I accidentaly saw Mr. Grubba transform. Seeing what I was up againts, I almost gave up hope...and then you appeared. So I decided to secretly guide you." She explained.

"Wait, then that means you were that X person?" Falco asked.

Jolene nodded "Yes...it was me. Once I saw all of you fight, I knew I found the only ones who could challenge Grubba." She said climbing the stairs and walking to the machine were Grubba was dropped inside "Now, sir...No! Not "sir"! Grubba! I want answers, right NOW! What did you do with my precious little brother? You know exactly what I'm talking about! The first champion: PRINCE MUSH!" Jolene asked angrily.

"And what happened to Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu, Pit and Lucario?" Chris asked angrily too.

"Urrgghhh...Prince Mush...as those 7...they...they...discovered the secret of my...power-suckin' machine...I...had them...disappear...Any which way you look at it...oooog...they ain't around these parts no more." Grubba said in a weak tone.

Upon hearing that, Chris was left speechless and he dropped to his knees "No way...that...can't be...possible..."

"...No!" Jolene yelled "I...suspected as much...Oh, poor, sweet Mush..."

"Wow, talk about depressing, she lost her brother...and we lost them too..." Falco said shaking his head slowly.

"Don't said that! I know they are here somewhere!" Chris said trying to not cry.

"...Huh? Something is happening to that star!" Wolf said pointing to the Crystal Star on top of the machine, it was spinning like crazy making the machine crazy, after some seconds, from it, a toad with the same color for his head and hair as Jolene's except for his blue kenpogi appeared on the floor spinning a little and he looks around.

"Whoa...is this...Am I back in the Glitz Pit?" He asked confused.

"MUSH!!!" Jolene yelled with some tears on her eyes and she walked towards Mush.

"Oh...is that really you, sis? What are you doing here? I...I was...I was just..." Mush trailed off.

"There, there, Mush. It's OK. It's all over...finally..." Jolene said.

"He was inside the Crystal Star? That was...unexpected..." Falco said.

Jolene looks at Mario "Now, Mario...the Crystal Star...is yours..." She said and the Crystal Star falls on the stage and it bounces a little.

"Are you sure you don't mind giving it to me?" Mario asked.

"It's better that you have it...so that nothing like this will ever happen again."

"OK then!" Falco walks towards the star and grabs it "It's ours from now on!"

"F.l.O!!!"

"....Huh? Did anybody else heard that?" Falco asked looking around.

"What?" Mario asked.

"FA..O!!!"

"Those voices."

"I don't hear anything." Mush said.

"FALCO!!!"

"Wait, something is coming from this thing." Falco said glancing at the Crystal Star on his feathered hands.

"Why don't you shake it?" Mario suggested.

"...Well, that will surely not work...but let's give it a try!" Falco said shaking up and down the star, after feeling something moving inside the star, the star made Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu, Pit and Lucario appear and fall above each other unharmed (But unfortunately Lucario's spike touched Pit's back and he screamed in pain) "What the-guys! You're alright!"

"LUCARIO!!!" Chris screamed preocupied and he ran to Lucario "Lucario! Are you alright?!"

"Chris...is that you?...It's you!" Lucario said jumping from the pile (And they moaned a little in pain) and he landed, kneeled to Chris "Thanks for rescuing me and the others."

Chris gave Lucario an embrace "Oh please, nothing could have been possible if it weren't for the help of...hey, where'd he go?" Chris asked when Wolf was gone from the area.

"Of who?" Lucario asked confused.

"Erhm...of Falco and Mario!" Chris said looking to Falco and Mario, and Falco smiled a little.

"....Grubba!" Jolene said.

"What about him?" Falco asked.

"He is gone!" She said, Grubba took the opportunity to escape from them and they looked around, Grubba was standing to the left door with one hand to the wall.

"Hyuk hyuk hyuk! I'm afraid you lost the chance to get me inside a jail, too bad! I'm leavin' sons and..." A familiar hand with finger-less gloves tapped his shoulder from the right "Huh? What do you-"

PUNCH!

"ARGH!!!" Grubba fell unconscious on the floor and the hand in the glove disappeared and then, the person who punched Grubba on the face appeared.

"It's...a miracle..." Chris said surprised "....FOX!"

"Oh hey guys, what happened?" Fox asked sarcastically with a little smile and Chris and Falco ran to him.

"I can't believe it, you're fine!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 31, 2008, 11:58:18 AM
"I just needed a rest, that's all." Fox said.

"Listen Fox, I have to apologize to you."

"For what?"

"I dragged you into this mess even if you didn't wanted to visit this world, it was selfish of me...I'm sorry."

"...Well, to tell the truth, I really enjoyed this place."

"...Really?"

"Of course, I had to fight through many enemies like all of us did, if I knew this was going to happen, I could visit this place without second thoughts."

"Oh thank you Fox! That really means so much for me!...Oh, by the way, here is your boot Roy stole from you." Chris gave the boot to Fox.

"Erhm...thanks, I guess....I think you should have this in return, not for the boot for sure." Fox gave to Chris an emblem.

"What's this emblem? It seems familiar."

"That is an emblem of the Star Fox team, it proves that you are an official member."

Chris jumped a little "What? That means I'm a member of your team now?"

Fox nodded "That's right, you earned it."

"...I'll promise I won't lose this." Chris said keeping his emblem on his pocket, then he looked at the Crystal Star "Now to finish with this world, Falco, give Mario the Crystal Star."

"..." Falco didn't responded.

"Falco...give Mario the Crystal Star."

"...Errrh...sorry, but, I want to find that treasure."

"Sorry but Mario will do that, now give him the Crystal Star!"

"No!"

"I said give it!"

"No!"

Chris tried to take the star from Falco's hands "Give it!"

"No!"

"Give it!"

"No!"

"Give it!"

"No!"

"Look! Isn't that Katt?"

Falco looks away "Where?! Is she here too?!" Chris took the Crystal Star from Falco's hands "Hey! You cheated!"

Chris walked towards Mario "The genius always win, sorry!" He looks at Mario "I think this belongs to you Mario!"

After giving the star to Mario, it starts spinning around him until it stops above his head and Mario holds up the star with a different background, and he learns to use Power Lift!

END OF CHAPTER

The curtain closes and text appears on the center.

Mario was able to obtain the third Crystal Star from the mysterious Glitz Pit, with the help of Chris and company, his adventure is getting shorter and shorter, Jolene is now reunited with his lost brother, Mush and everything is now at peace, what does the future holds for Mario? And what for Chris and the others? Only the time will tell...

1 hour later...

Rogueport

Bowser was walking weakly through the streets searching for Kammy Koopa as the citizens were running away scared of him "Ugh, defeated by Mario again? How can the evil king of the koopas fall so low again? GRRR!!" Bowser said stopping the floor in fury.

"Maybe I can help you." A voice said in Bowser's mind and he looks around.

"WHUZZAT?!"

"Bowser, king of the koopas, do you wish to defeat Mario?"

"Well duh! That's so obvious genius!"

"The join my army of the Subspace, you will be a powerful general."

Bowser took out his agenda "Sorry pal, but my agenda is full of things to do." The agenda had this written on it.

KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
DINNER
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL LUIGI, BUT IT'S BORING ANYWAY
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO
KILL MARIO


The voice frowned to himself "Fine, but remember the deal, you won't be disappointed." The voice said leaving Bowser's mind.

"Yeah, yeah, whatever....HEY! What I was going to do now?" Bowser looks his agenda "KILL MARIO? Oh yeah! It's that time again!" Bowser said smiling and walking away, whistling.

Lobby

"Mario, and everyone, thank you so much for your help, I'll never forget what you done here." Jolene said, the entire group along with Bandy Andy, King K, Prince Mush and Rawk Hawk were there saying good-bye to Mario.

"Hey man, thanks for helping us through all this trouble, if you ever want to fight me again, just come to the minor league room and I'll do it." King K. said.

"Heh, good thing you were here or else I couldn't recover for those injures." Bandy Andy said.

"Gonzales! You showed me what true fighting is all about! From now on, I'll hit the dumbells, vitamins and reclaim my title as a champ without cheating! I'll be waiting for you in the ring!" Rawk Hawk said.

"I think it's time to leave, let's go Mario!" Yoshi said walking outside Mario and the others.

Attractions Area

"Mario, I really enjoyed my time here, but we must leave now becaus-" Chris was interrupted.

"I know, defeat that villain who brought those Shadow Bugs things right?"

"Uh-huh! You understand then?"

"Of course! I won't give up either, I have many people to help me too."

Mario and Chris did a handshake "Well, the blimp is waiting for you 2, have a nice adventure!" He said waving at Mario and Yoshi, who boarded the blimp and they flew away, waving at them inside the blimp.

Falco sighed "There goes my chance to find that treasure."

"Oh cheer up!" Ness said patting Falco's back "You still have us!"

"...How is that going to cheer me up?"

"Okay everyone, time to leave this place." Chris said opening the portal to the mansion "I'm sorry because you couldn't fight with me Lucario."

"No, we can get another chance next time." Lucario reasured.

"You're right, thanks!" Chris said stepping inside the portal with Lucario.

"I wanted to eat a Hot Dog." Pichu said disappointed.

"I think there was a hot dog on the fridge in the mansion." Pikachu said.

"Hurray!" Pichu said stepping inside the portal with Pikachu.

"Ness, it's my fight style getting better?" Lucas wondered.

"Well, I'm not really sure, but let's train together in the mansion, how that sounds?" Ness asked with a little smile.

"G-good, I think." Lucas said stepping inside the portal with Ness.

Pit sighed "I need to improve my skills to fight, I didn't got any chance to fight much on this world." He said stepping inside the portal.

"Hmm..."

"What is it Falco?" Fox asked.

"Nothing, I was just remembering how we fight with the others back at the mansion."

"Oh, right, when we get back, everything will return to normal."

"Wait...everything...that means...HERE I GO, MY HANDSOME APPEARANCE!" Falco said running excited inside the portal and Fox sweatdropped.

"...I need to remember why I ever let Falco join me." Fox muttered to himself stepping inside the portal and it disappeared.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU GAINED 1100 SMASH COINS!

Fox's partnership level is filled! A path to a different world has been opened!

Falco's partnership level is filled!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Preview of the next arc

"ARGH! My...my body!...I'm...feeling...different!" Chris said putting his hands on his head and everyone else fell to their knees.

...............................................................................................

"Grrrrrrrr."

"It's official, we're wild beasts now." Chris said.

...............................................................................................

"Link, do you think we can trust them?"

"Midna, they're friends and they can help us a lot."

...............................................................................................

"(So they are trying to kill Link, I won't let them ruin my plans so easily)" She thought with a smirk on her face.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on June 02, 2008, 05:58:40 PM
Great chapter!

Twilight princess, hmm?  Although I was wanting Metroid Prime.  That would also make another epic chapter.

Still, Twilight princess should make a GREAT chapter.

Can't wait!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on June 05, 2008, 04:17:57 PM
TP? Interesting. If the humans turning beasts, what will Fox and Falco do?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 05, 2008, 06:07:26 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on June 05, 2008, 04:17:57 PM
TP? Interesting. If the humans turning beasts, what will Fox and Falco do?
Unfortunately, they aren't planned to be in this arc.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 09, 2008, 01:16:36 PM
Chapter 49: Beasts of Twilight

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"First, you aid them in a battle that they could have lost, then, you join them? What kind of henchmen are you?" Tabuu asked furiously.

"I told you before, my only goal is to defeat Fox and nothing else, I had no choice but to make a little truce for revenge." Wolf said bluntly.

"Urgh, and of top of that, we have the second, annoying general..."

"Who are you calling annoying? Mr. Virtual Old Man?"
Porky asked angrily within his machine.

"Shut up! You shall refer me as your lord!" Tabuu's voice boomed through the Subspace.

"O-okay, if you want that to be in that way, I won't argue!" Porky said sweating.

"Lord Tabuu, what is our next movement?" The Ancient Minister asked.

"I'm still planning to get more soldiers to our organization, I heard that someone out there named Ganondorf is the lord of all evil and wielder of the Triforce of Power, send the next Subspace Bomb to the next destination!" Tabuu ordered.

"Hey Mr. Virtua-I mean, Lord Tabuu sir! Can I please go there?" Porky asked sweating "I have a very evil plan in my mechanized claws!"

Tabuu blinked "And that is?"

"Kill flowers by stomping on them!" After Porky said that, the whole Subspace was starting to shake violently and the Ancient Minister floated away slowly "He-hey! What's with the sudden earthquake on this place?!"

"And just when I thought things couldn't get worser..."
Wolf said walking away.

"Hey! Could anybody please tell me what the hell is going o-" After Porky looked at Tabuu, he was preparing his laser eyes "Oh no..."

Then Tabuu fired his lasers at Porky and he said "YOU WORTHLESS PIECE OF SH-"

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"ACHOO!"

"Chris, are you getting a cold?" Pichu asked.

"No...is not that, I feel like I haven't been doing anything for the last week or something."

"But we just returned from Mario's world!"

"Ah, forget it, is not important of all manners."

Chris has been explaining all the things that happened when most of the Smashers were missing, although his explanation was being a little too childish...

"And then BOOM! We dealed like 20 of damage in a combinated attack!" Chris said, slamming his DS with his manual.

"I know this explains a lot, but aren't you getting...hmm...I don't know, too excited perhaps?" Marth asked.

"Oh sorry, I just get excited when something suddenly combines to create something stronger like that...hey...do you feel something strange?" Chris asked confused looking around.

"I don't feel anything." Popo said.

"No, it's true, I can feel something close to me."

"Look!" Master Hand pointed to the DS and manual that Chris just slammed a moment ago and both things started to shine intensely.

"What the heck is going with these things?!" Chris asked in shock as the light was engulfing all the room and they blocked their eyes, then about 5 seconds later, the light was gone, along with the manual and Chris blinked in confusion "...What happened?"

"I tell you what happened, lights and manuals don't mix!" Pichu said.

"Geez, that sure explains a lot." Chris said sarcastically.

"I really laugh at all your comments!"

"WHOA! Where did that voice came from?" Lucas asked surprised.

"It's coming..." Chris said opening his DS "From my DS."

"Oh! Hello there!" A floating head of a japanese man said happily inside the DS.

"Who are you?" Chris asked.

"Pardon my manners everyone! My name is Dr. Ryuta Kawashima!" The japanese head introduced himself as Dr. Kawashima.

"Erhm, nice to meet you...but...what are you doing inside my DS? I don't remember I had Brain Age on the Game Slot."

"Well...hmm...your name is Chris, right? The memory of this DS tells it, it's quite simple actually! When you placed this DS with your manual, they combined together to let me live inside here!" Dr. Kawashima said excited.

Master Hand looked at the DS "You!"

"Oh, it's the same hand again who failed at Sudoku." Dr. Kawashima said a little ashamed.

"You failed at Sudoku?" Chris asked raising an eyebrow.

"He failed the Beginner level like...well...I lost the count between 39 times and-"

"Oh shut up! Or I'll banish you to be an instruction manual again!" Master Hand said annoyed.

"Like you would do that again!" Dr. Kawashima taunted.

"Hey both of you! Stop!" Chris said "Now how can you help me?"

"Simple as fractions! I'll be your interactive manual! You can ask me anything like doubts and questions whenever you want!" Dr. Kawashima said excited.

Chris looked at Master Hand with a mischievous face "I think he can be of more help than you are."

"In your face if you have one!"

Master Hand sighed in defeat "Ugh, alright, I'll let you keep him."

"Thank you very mu-wait, that sounded like you're treating me like an animal!" Dr. Kawashima said.

"It's because you are!"

"Want to try Sudoku again?"

"Blasphemy!"

"STOP!" Chris yelled "You 2 will stop this nonsense already!"

"But..." Both said in unison.

"I don't care how many times Master Hand lost in Sudoku, I care what world is in danger to be taken by the Subspace Army!" Chris said.

"Great strategy Chris!" Dr. Kawashima remarked "Now how about if you try to pass the Beginner level of Sudok-" Chris quickly turned off his DS and closed it with force.

"On second thought, I'll ask him later my question when he forgets his idea to let me play Sudoku." Chris said sweatdropping and blushing a little of embarrasment.

"Wait...don't tell me you..." Master Hand trailed off.

"Blah! Blah! Blah! Please, tell us which is the next world!" Chris said sweating.

"Well...Link's world is currently in danger so..."

"Lucario, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Pichu, the Ice Climbers and Marth, we're going in now!" Chris said creating the portal.

"At least do you know if they can go?" Master Hand asked.

"The mentioned characters can go because 1, Link can turn into a wolf and I think Lucario falls on that category, 2, there are rats, both Pikachu and Pichu can go, 3, a lot of cats are there, Mewtwo can go too, 4, swordsmans can be in this world and I think Marth can go and finally, Popo and Nana can go since they are humans...with big eyes."

"Wait wait wait, Link, turning into a wolf? Since when he can do that?" Fox asked.

"Since...well..."

"Ahem, that IS a different Link." Master Hand pointed out.

"A different Link?" Chris asked confused.

"Of course, the new Link is very different from the last tournament, and unfortunately, this one doesn't remembers anything of the past."

"But he will." Mewtwo said raising a finger.

"What?" Master Hand asked confused.

"This Link is a descendant of the previous Link, if I can use an ability that I developed for several months, I think I can revive his past memories inside his mind." Mewtwo stated.

"That would be very helpful, we don't want another Link afraid of the toaster again." Pikachu said.

"Afraid of the toaster? Why?" Chris asked confused.

Pikachu laughed for a bit "When we met and when we were only 12, Link was acting like a cave-dweller as the bread was being burned inside the toaster, then when the bread popped out, Link screamed like a mad man and he literally destroyed the toaster with his sword saying that Ganondorf cursed it."

"...Men are so hopeless these days." Nana said frowning.

"And too many." Chris added "Okay then, let's go...by the way, how is Roy?"

Infirmary

"Just a few little more Roy and I'll take you out of this room!" Jigglypuff said as she dropped more Maxim Tomatos inside his mouth using a small spoon.

"Hey! You're giving him too many! I want too!" Crazy Hand said angrily.

Command Room

"He's fine, now go!" Master Hand said as Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Mewtwo, the Ice Climbers and Marth stepped inside the portal, disappearing.

"Hey Lucas! C'mon! I need to show you the mansion!" Ness said walking away.

"Co-coming!" Lucas said leaving with Ness.

The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess

Hyrule
Twilight Lanayru Province

Our group of Smashers appeared on the twisted world of twilight currently surrounding the north part of Hyrule, they stepped outside the portal before it disappeared.

"Wait, isn't this the twilight?" Chris asked as his voice echoed.

"Apparently, it is." Lucario said.

"Why? It's something wrong?" Marth asked.

"Well, I remember that only Link can travel inside this world in his wolf form, but...I have...a...very...bad...feeling...about...us...ugh...my...body!" Chris said.

"Ugh! What is this...power?" Mewtwo asked.

"Everything is spinning...around me..." Marth said.

"Pikachu...I don't feel so good either..." Pichu said.

"Something...is...changing us!" Pikachu said.

"I...can't...stand up!" Popo said dropping to his knees.

"Everyone!...Just...hold...on..." Lucario said, also dropping his knees.

"Popo...don't...leave me..." Nana said before she fainted.

"ARGH! My...my body!...I'm...feeling...different!" Chris said putting his hands on his head and everyone else fell to their knees.

Soon, everyone else fell unconscious as their bodies were being covered by a dark light...

"Ugh!...Don't...think...they...will...take...my...consciousness!" Mewtwo said enraged inside the black light and he slashed through the darkness and stood up, then he slashed the other black auras surrounding the bodies of everyone else and he managed to save them in time "What the..."

"Mewtwo..." Lucario trailed off as he got up "Thank you for saving us..."

"Lucario..."

"...What?"

"What happened to your face?"

"What do you mean?"

Mewtwo looked around for something to show what happened to Lucario and luckily, he found a river "See your reflection in the water."

Lucario walked over to the water to see his face and he kneeled to see clearly "What...happened to me?" He asked, his face changed when the light covered him, his fangs were sticking out from his mouth, his fur grew a little, especially his yellow fur, the appearance of Lucario was now beastly inside the twilight.

"Not only that...they changed too." Mewtwo said looking at the others fainted on the grass.

"Hey...what happened?" Chris asked as he was getting up "And...why I'm feeling I got small? Mewtwo? Did you grew up?"

"Chris...you're a..." Mewtwo trailed off.

"I'm a what? I'm a human, you know that very well."

"No...you're a..." Mewtwo couldn't finish his sentence because Chris looked at Lucario and he almost screamed.

"AAAAHHH!!!" Well...he screamed anyway "Lucario! When did you got so scary?!"

"Chris? Is that really you?" Lucario asked.

"What do you mean? Stop leaving me in suspence! Tell me, what happened to me or something!"

"You're a Riolu!"

"...Okay, I know you really liked when I was a Riolu back at Mystery Dungeon, but seriously, stop joking!" Lucario quickly grabbed Chris and he ran to the water "Hey! Let me go!"

"Look at the water and tell me what do you look." Lucario said.

"At the water? For wha-" Chris discovered that he was in fact a Riolu again, however, little fangs were sticking out from his mouth and his fur was a little bit longer too "...I'm a freaking tiny beast!"

"AAAHHH!! What did you do to Nana you monster?!" Popo asked in shock after finding a Topi in Nana's clothes.

"No! What DID you do to Popo you monster?!" Nana asked in shock after finding a Topi in Popo's clothes.

"Wait, that voice..."

"It can't be..."

"Nana?"

"Popo?"

"WE ARE TOPIS!" Both said in shock.

"AAAHHH! PIKACHU! THIS ISN'T HALLOWEEN!" Pichu said covering his face.

"What are you talking about Pichu?" Pikachu asked confused "Oow! Who put these fangs in my mouth?!"

Chris walked with Lucario to where everyone were "Oh god, this is what I was trying to tell all of you before!"

"Chris, did you turned into a Pok?mon?" Pikachu asked.

"I thought I was going to turn into a wolf, but this is the closest thing that suits to me I think."

Pichu uncovered his face and Pikachu looks at him "PICHU!"

"What?"

"You have fangs!"

"What? But, you too have fangs!"

"What about us? We're Topis!" Popo said.

"And what happened to Marth?" Nana asked looking around.

"I'm here." Marth said raising his hand, oddly, he didn't changed at all.

"...How come Marth didn't changed?" Popo asked confused.

"I was able to save him first in time before all of you, but it was too late for everyone else." Mewtwo responded.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 09, 2008, 06:34:40 PM
"Hahaha, it could be funny to see Marth turned into a wolf." Chris said smiling a bit.

"Grrrrrrrr."

"It's official, we're wild beasts now." Chris said.

"But I didn't do anything." Lucario pointed out.

"I don't even growl." Mewtwo said.

"Topis never growl either." Popo and Nana said in unison.

"I don't growl." Marth said

"It wasn't me!" Pikachu said.

"I-I don't know how to growl!" Pichu said.

"Then if I didn't growled, neither Pok?mon growled, Popo and Nana didn't do it and minus Marth, then that means..." Chris turned his head just to find a big wolf staring at him, showing his fangs and breathing heavily "...Umm...LUCARIO!"

"Don't move Chris, wolfs doesn't attacks his prey if their preys doesn't make brusque moves." Marth said slowly taking out his sword.

"Marth, I know that perfectly but the thing is...HE IS LUNGING AT US!!!" Chris said running away from the big wolf with Popo, Nana, Pikachu and Pichu "HEY! COME ON! SOMEBODY SAVE US!"

"I...can't! Something is...grabbing my legs!" Mewtwo said trying to move his legs but he couldn't because a dark force didn't let him to do it, and unfortunately, Lucario and Marth couldn't move either.

"I DON'T WANT TO DIE!" Pichu screamed while crying above Pikachu's back.

"CHRIS! DO YOU KNOW SOMETHING ABOUT THAT WOLF?!" Popo asked screaming.

"I FORGOT! IT WAS SOMETHING IMPORTANT, BUT I FORGOT IT!" Chris said screaming and running away to the east with everyone trying to escape from the wolf, while the others were trying to get their legs off from the dark magic.

"Ugh! Not this again! It's the same magic!" Mewtwo said.

"Nani!?" Marth asked in japanese language.

"This is not the time to speak in a foreign language!"

"Hehehe, you're so fun and stupid!" A creepy voice of a girl said coming from somewhere.

"Who's there?!" Mewtwo asked enraged.

Near Hyrule Castle Town

"GRRRRR!!!"

"HURRY UP! HE'S CATCHING UP!" Nana said screaming.

"I KNOW! EVERYONE SPLIT UP!" Chris said and the little Smashers ran at different ways but unfortunately, the wolf decided that Chris was an easy prey for him "YOU p***y! THE OTHERS HAVE MORE MEAT!"

"HEY!" Pikachu and Pichu said hiding behind a tree.

"GRRRRR!!!" The wolf replied furiously after hearing someone calling him "p***y" and he accelerated towards Chris.

"AAAHHHH!!!" Chris found himself cornered in a corner and the wolf slowly approached him with his fangs out "HEY! SOMEBODY! HELP ME!"

It was too late, the wolf jumped in the air and he lunged his fangs at Chris and the currently transformed Pok?mon joined his hands in front of his face to wait the bite that probably could end his life.

CLING!

"NOOOOOO!!!" Nana screamed after the wolf was covering Chris.

"Ugh...is this it?...But how? I really wanted to live longer...WHAT THE?!" Chris opened his eyes after discovering that the wolf stopped abruptaly when he bit his arms, for the bad luck of the animal, his fangs crushed right into Chris's steel parts of his arms and the wolf fell to the floor defeated "...Wow...now I know why are these parts like this." He said looking at his steel parts.

"Chris! You did it!" Popo said running to Chris along with the others.

"But it was an accident! I didn't thought my arms could protect me like this!"

"See the bright side! That wolf is dead!" Pichu said pointing to the wolf while a pink fairy was flying around him and dropping light spores above him.

"Yeah! Even that fairy is here to take him to the heaven!" Pikachu said.

"...But I thought the angels are in charge of that!" Chris said.

"Oh please, we need to return with the others now, leave the work to the fairy!" Nana said and they turned their backs...only to find the wolf standing up and growling menacingly at them and they sweatdropped.

"...Okay...what now?" Pikachu asked preocupied.

"Well, we're pretty much dead since he is cornering us in this corner...so..." Popo trailed off.

"GRRRRRR!!!" The wolf once again lunged at them with his fangs opened and they screamed.

"AAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!" I already said they screamed! Ugh, nevermind, the wolf was lunging at them.

"SCREW THIS! I'M NOT GOING TO LET THIS WOLF EAT ME! EVERYBODY! ATTACK HIM!" Chris said and he jumped as his hand glowed with a Force Palm.

"HE'S RIGHT! POPO, LET'S DO IT!" Nana said taking out her hammer and she and her brother jumped with Chris.

"PICHU! LET'S GO!" Pikachu said jumping and Pichu nodded and jumped with him, charging his body with electricity.

Eventually, their attacks crashed with each other dealing a powerful impact.

CRAAASSSSSHHHHHH!!!!!!

Even if I said they crashed before the previous message, the whole screen was engulfed in light and then after 5 seconds, it cleared out showing the wolf fainted on the grass and they were jumping and hugging together.

"WE DID IT! WE DID IT! WE DID IT!" They said jumping and embraced to each other, smiling too.

"Look! It's the same pink fairy from before!" Pichu said pointing to the same fairy floating above the wolf, dropping light spores again.

Suddenly, Chris's DS was beeping and he opened it, it was Dr. Kawashima again.

"God! You didn't had to be so harsh and turn the power off!" Dr. Kawashima complained.

"You just came here to complain?" Chris asked annoyed.

"No! I'm here because those fairies that you saw a moment ago are..."

"GRRRRRR!!!"

"...Fairies that revive dead people and animals like that wolf." Dr. Kawashima said sweatdropping and Chris closed his DS again.

"...RUN!" They said in unison after the wolf was in the air once again and they ran below him just in time before he could bite them, the wolf quickly turned his back to start his chase again.

"IS THERE...A WAY...TO...BEAT THAT...WOLF?!" Pikachu asked panting. And just to worse everything up, the wolf appeared just in front of them and he lunged at Nana with high speed.

"AAAAHHHH!!!" Nana screamed.

"TOO LATE! WE CAN'T PROTECT HER!" Chris said.

"NOOOO!!!" Popo said blocking the path of the wolf and Nana watched in horror the noble sacrifice his brother was doing for her.

CRRRIIUUUSSSHHHHH!!!

Seriously, are these innecessary messages going to appear so frecuently?

"POPOOOOOOO!!!" Nana screamed at the top of her lungs while she covered her eyes in terror, she could find her brother probably dead with blood coming from his Topi-zied body.

"...Nana...open your eyes...it's over now..." Pichu said.

"No! Popo! Please, don't die!"

"No! You're not understanding! Open your eyes!"

"For what? To see my brother dead?"

"Ugh, why me, Nana, Popo is fine, the wolf, he doesn't." Chris said, Nana uncovered her eyes to see the wolf floating in midair with a pink light as he was trying to get out.

"Wh-what happened?" She asked confused.

"Everything is fine now." Mewtwo said as he came with Lucario and Marth while he used his psychic powers to levitate the wolf "We got out from that spell that imp put on us."

"Imp?" Pichu asked, Mewtwo motioned his hand to his back and an imp with a destroyed mask with red and orange hair and black and grey body came floating to them, trying to get out of Mewtwo's psychic powers.

"We were...so close in beating all of you!" She said with gritted teeths.

"Shut up now and tell us, what did you do to Link?" Mewtwo asked with a glare.

"Huh? You know Link?" The imp asked surprised and the wolf opened his mouth in surprise.

"Of course, I readed the mind of that wolf and there's no doubt he's Link."

"...So Link was trying to...EAT US?!" Pichu asked in shock.

"GRRRR!!!"

"Silence!" Mewtwo said moving his hand towards the wolf and the beast calmed down with force "Now..." Mewtwo closed his eyes and then, his body was glowing as he tried to concentrate his power of the wolf.

"What is Mewtwo doing?" Marth asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on June 10, 2008, 07:12:03 AM
This is very interesting.

That delay in posting the chapter is making this turn out... AWESOME!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on June 10, 2008, 07:21:45 AM
I enjoyed Wolf Link (?) being called a vagina-y. ^_^

Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 10, 2008, 02:58:45 PM
"He is using that ability he was developing." Lucario said.

"Ugh! Stop this right now!" The imp demanded. However, Mewtwo ignored her.

"...I'm almost done." Mewtwo said.

"..." The wolf had his eyes closed and he slowly was going down on the grass, and Chris, Pikachu, Pichu, Popo and Nana hid behind Marth and Lucario.

"...I'm done, he now remember us." Mewtwo said reasuring them, the wolf looked around confused and his ears perked up after looking at Mewtwo and Marth, then Mewtwo lets the imp free and she rides the wolf.

The wolf slowly walked towards Marth and he just stares at him.

"Mewtwo, do you know what is he doing?" Marth asked.

"He says in his mind that it's good to see you again." Mewtwo said. Then the wolf looks at the remaining Smashers "And they too."

"What? Link, do you know them?" The imp asked and the wolf who was Link nodded "Okay, tell me, are you all helping the king of Twilight?" She asked with a glare.

"No," Mewtwo shook his head "We work on our own because we came here to defeat our enemies called the Subspace Army."

"...Subspace Army?"

The Smashers explained all to Link and Midna.

"That doesn't make any sense and I don't care about your problems now." The imp said crossing her arms, but the wolf looks at her while showing his fangs "What? Are you telling me to let them follow us?" The wolf nodded and the imp frowned at this "...Alright, alright, but if they just do something suspicious, I'll get mad."

"Can you please tell us your name?" Nana asked.

"Midna."

Link and Midna temporaly joined your team!

"Okay Midna...where are you 2 heading?"

The imp named Midna pointed at the Castle Town "There, we're following an scent from the lover of Link." She said with a smirk and the wolf growled at this "Oh come on! It's so obvious you were in love with her!" Midna said crossing her arms proudly.

"Alright, stop teasing him, we'll follow you." Chris said.

"Then my loyal order of servants, follow me!" Midna said as she and Link went inside the Castle Town running.

"...Since when we were "his loyal order of servants"?" Pikachu asked annoyed.

"She's the bossy type, it seems." Lucario stated.

Hyrule Castle Town East

Link was starting to use his nose to smell an scent of his friend that he lost in his village, and Midna was snickering for an odd reason, the group were following them through the ghostly state of the town.

"What are those flames?" Popo asked.

"Those are people who were unlucky enough to enter the Twilight Realm, they just turn into ghosts who can't see us except for the beasts that roams this realm." Midna said "Of course, I hate the light so much that I actually like Hyrule in this state, but I don't know what's so great about the light for Link."

Hyrule Castle Town West

"Then why are you helping him?" Pichu asked.

"Because he owns me one." Midna said smirking and Link growled "I saved him from being a poor cub inside a cell in Hyrule Castle."

"A poor cub?" Nana asked.

"Oh yes, you should have seen his face, full of confusion and despair! He's lucky to have me in short terms." She said and Link growled angrily.

"The way you told us doesn't seems too accurate." Marth said.

"Oh shut up you light-dweller! He was even chained to the floor and I had to use one snap of my fingers to set him free!" Midna said with a glare.

Hyrule Castle Town South

"Midna, I don't think your current attitude will give you good things." Chris said.

Midna crossed her arms and looked away angrily "And what does THAT tells you?"

"Someday, the karma will strike you after being so harsh on everybody that you will beg for help from people who were trying to guide you."

"Ha! It's another thing you light-dwellers believe? I don't believe in such things! And also, who's being harsh? I'm helping this person right now as we speak!" Midna said slapping Link's back and he growled again "What's up with you? You have been growling and growling ever since they came with us!"

"Look, there is a door opened over there!" Pikachu said pointing to a door a little opened inside a corridor. Then Link proceeded to enter and following the scent. Everyone else followed them inside.

Telma's Bar

"I-I still don't like these floating flames around us." Pichu said studdering and trembling a little.

Link's ears perked up a little and he walked over a chair and a box with someone sitted on it, he used his senses to find his friend looking at an ill Zora above the box, breathing heavily, trying to get air.

"Hmm, it doesn't looks good from here honey." A tall woman said behind the girl.

"I know, even the doctor in this town didn't helped so much, and he needs help so badly." The girl said.

"If only this madness of the foul monsters roaming this land could disappear, we could help him in some way." She said putting her hands on her hips.

"But is there anything we can do? We can't just sit here and wait for him to die!"

"Calm down, the only thing we can do is wait for something to happen."

"My, my! How useless do you look right now, aren't you?" Midna asked with a smirk "Your friend is right in front of you and you can't do anything to save her! Sorry, but that's the trut-AAAHH!!" Midna was slapped on her cheek and she fell to the floor "Who did this to me?!"

"I told you before," Chris said, putting his hand down "Karma will strike you for doing these kind of things."

"Link! Don't just stand there! Do something!" Midna demanded but Link let out a small laugh "...Okay, I deserved that, happy?" She said riding on Link again "Anyway, we can't do anything in this state, we need to find a clue of where is the next temple and the Lanayru's Spring, any clues?"

"So you say we should get to this area?" A soldier near a table asked pointing to something in a map and Midna glanced at it.

"Bingo!" She said.

"Yes sir! Those mysterious beasts were coming from Lake Hylia!" Another soldier said.

"You hear them Link! To Lake Hylia!" Midna said and Link went to the door with the others, but he looked to the girl once again before running away.

After a while...

Lake Hylia

"Whoa, we're so far from the ground!" Popo said looking at the ground below the bridge of the previously Lake Hylia, it was all dried up and just a small puddle was there with some flames around.

"Something doesn't seems right..." Marth said rubbing his chin.

"Do you mean the oil covering the whole bridge?" Nana asked as she treid to not slip above the oil, but she forgot she had spikes on her shoes which prevented her to slip.

"Grrrr." Link growled showing his fangs.

"What is it Link?" Pikachu asked.

"Look over there! On the other side of the bridge!" Chris said pointing to the other side of the bridge, a Twilit Bokoblin Archer was preparing an arrow with fire and he aimed to the other side, he fired it and it went flying above them and the arrow fell to the other side above the oil, it started to ignite quickly and the monster ignited the oil from his side and he escaped, making a fire wall coming at them without escape.

"Oh no, we're trapped!" Pichu said in shock.

"Link! Think about something! Quick!" Midna demanded and Link looked around for a route to escape. He looked below the bridge to find the puddle again and he backed away.

"Don't tell me we're going to jump at this height!" Marth said surprised, but Link jumped above the stone and he fell from the bridge with Midna "Do we have any other choice left?"

"Jump!" Mewtwo said falling to the puddle, Lucario grabbed Chris and they both jumped the bridge, then Popo, Nana, Pikachu and Pichu followed them and Marth looked at both sides before joining them, evading the fire walls from burning them alive.

"Please! Tell me we're going to fall inside the water!" Chris said before all of them fell on the water, saving themselves from the death (unfortunately, Popo fell on the ground with a thud comically and Nana went for him), then they got out of the water and most of them shook their bodies to get dry.

"Well...what do we do now? I can't see anything here besides those flames." Pikachu asked looking around.

"Isn't obvious rat? We eavesdrop to find out what happened to this lake." Midna said.

"You're starting to get in my nerves!"

"And so do all of you!"

"Stop it! We have to do Midna's plan!" Marth said snapping them out of their discussion.

"Ha, I won." Midna said snickering and Pikachu gave her a glare, after Popo regained his consciousness, the group walked towards a shack to find out what was happening to the lake.

Preview of the next chapter

"Okay, we got the Vessel of Light, time to get moving and find those Light Essences." Midna said.

"I want to be a normal human again!" Chris complained.

...............................................................................................

"Huh? What in the world is that monster?!" Marth asked.

"It's too big just for being a monster of the Twilight Realm!" Midna said surprised.

...............................................................................................

"See dear? Everything will be fine with these 5 young warriors, they are better than those coward soldiers!" Telma said, reasuring Ilia.

"Thank you...I really appreciate your help." Ilia said with a little smile.

...............................................................................................

"But...how are we going to get inside the Lakebed Temple?" Pikachu asked "Link can only enter that place with his clothes!" Everyone looked at Mewtwo.

"Mewtwo, do you have any idea?" Link asked.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Twilit and Primids, a fearsome combination!" Midna said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Hyrule
Chris, Lucario, Pichu,
Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Link, Midna
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 11, 2008, 12:18:12 PM
Chapter 50: Twilit and Primids, a fearsome combination!

Our group of Smashers walked towards the shack that was above the dried ground of the lake, Link used his senses to find an old man in a clown costume looking down at the ground.

"This won't do for business at all, oh no, with the lake dried, how am I suppose to get my job back into work?" The clown looked at the west and he saw something "Huh? What's that thing?"

The group looked at the direction and Midna found a Twilit near grass from the other side of the puddle "Maybe we can find something over there, Link, go!" Midna said and she along with the others ran to the other side of the puddle.

They reached the place where the monster was and he noticed them running at him, but he cuts a grass with the appearance of a hawk and he uses it to sing a melody, a howl was heard and they look around for the source, then a big black bird without face cames from the sky and the Twilit rides on its back and he commands the bird to attack them.

"Here it comes!" Marth said warning them, the monster flew towards them dealing a slash with his claws and Marth tries to block it with his sword.

"Link! Now's our chance!" Midna said to Link and he leaped to the body of the bird and starts to bite them several times, then he leaps out and the bird flies above in the air until he sees Pikachu standing alone by himself, then he leaps at him with his faceless appearance.

"I got you!" Pikachu said gathering electricity and he launches a thunder from the bird, the bird shook his head and he quickly flies towards Pichu and he grabs it with his claws.

"HEEEEEEEELP!" Pichu said in the monster's claws.

"Hang in there!" Lucario said charging up an Aura Sphere and firing it at the feet, the bird screams a terrorizing yell and Pichu falls, but Popo catches him in time by slidding in the ground and both sighs in relief.

"Link! One more time!" Midna said and Link quickly leaps to its body and starts to bite him furiously, then the bird screams in defeat and the Twilit falls on the ground, but Mewtwo quickly uses his Confusion to stop him from moving and Marth finishes him with a stab on its heart and the Twilit explodes leaving a trail of black squares before disappearing.

"Okay, now that we got rid of that monster, what do we do now?" Nana asked.

Midna looks at the grass the monster previously used "Link, do you think you can howl near the grass to call one of those monsters?"

"Are you crazy? We can end up fighting another one!" Pichu said.

"Shut up! That bird was listening to the orders of that subordinated freak, if we call another one, it will listen to our orders." Midna explained.

"I get it, so we could use him to escape from the lake to the bridge." Chris said.

"Or even better!" Midna said looking at a cave above the lake "We could follow that path to find out what happened to the water in this lake!"

"For what?" Pikachu asked.

"The water of this lake comes from the Zora's Domain, a domain inhabited by Zoras, surely they know something about this."

"Just a question, after we find out what happened to the lake, what are we going to do after that?" Marth asked.

Link was starting to howl a melody "I'll tell you once we advance." Link finished the melody and the same black bird comes to them, them Midna rides his back "Now get on!" She said, everybody was able to ride the back of the monster (save for Link, who didn't had any choice but to be carried in the claws), and Midna ordered the bird to fly inside the cave.

Zora's River

Along the way however, Twilit Bokoblins Archers were in the way and Midna had no other choice but to evade them while flying, the Smashers who could use projectiles attacks lauched their attacks at every monster and arrow that could reach the bird, but luckily Midna's way to order the bird to fly around was very helpful, unfortunately, Link made a sick face after all the dangers to crash into the rocks, poor wolf...

Upper Zora's River

The bird dropped them near a house with a flame floating about a tiny staircase and the monster flew away from them, there wasn't water there too. Link used his senses to see who was near the house, it was a tall woman with a big afro looking sadly at the grass.

"Man, if the water doesn't runs, my job is done for, ain't this a big misfortune? I wonder what happened in the Zora's Domain..." She said before sighing.

"Come on! The Zora's Domain is just passing that cave!" Midna said running with Link and the others.

Zora's Domain

"B-Brrrr! I-i-it's cold in here!" Chris said snivering.

"Really? I don't feel anything!" Popo said with a smile.

"D-d-duh! Y-y-you're using a parka!" Pikachu pointed out studdering and Popo sweatdropped.

"I-i-it because of that!" Marth said pointing to a big frozen waterfall in front of them, the frozen waterfall was extending from the top with some monsters flying around, the area was empty and there were a lot of paths from each side.

"H-h-how are we going to climb this now?" Pichu asked.

"W-we can only jump from those frozen platforms, but be careful and watch your step, if you fall from a big height, you could die." Mewtwo responded.

"A-a-at least Popo and Nana can climb this waterfall, right?...Hey, where'd they go?" Pichu asked looking around.

"Over here!" The Ice Climbers called from the top of the frozen waterfall waving at them.

"J-j-just how did they climbed that in so little time?" Pikachu asked.

"T-t-they don't have the name "Ice Climbers" for nothing, Pikachu." Chris said "S-s-say, I don't think I could jump that high..."

"Then let me help you." Lucario said putting Chris on his back "Hold on on my neck to not fall."

"T-t-thank you Lucario!" Chris replied with a smile, wrapping his arms on Lucario's neck to not fall, he noticed that Pichu was to his right doing the same.

"Pichu, get down." Lucario said.

"L-l-lucario, let him go with us."

"...Fine." Lucario replied with a sigh.

"T-t-thank you." Pichu wispered in Chris's ear.

The 8 characters started to climb the frozen waterfall carefully, there were some ice spikes in the way hanging above the platforms, but they took their times to let them fall first and then jump to the next platform, in the end. they reached the top where Popo and Nana were waiting.

"The throne room must be up ahead, let's go!" Midna said and they ran deeper inside a cave to the north.

Waterfall Cavern

Suddenly, the group were trapped inside various pillars that fell from the air, creating a dark barrier and a hole appears above them and it drops 3 Shadow Beings that fell surrounding them.

"A-A-AHHH! What are those beasts?!" Pichu asked terrified.

"They are Shadow Beings, stronger monsters of the Twilight Realm." Midna said narrowing her eyes.

"W-w-we just defeat them like any monster right?" Marth said stabbing the heart of one the monsters and it fells above the frozen floor.

"Ha!" Popo and Nana smashed the mask of one them followed up by a Thunder from Pikachu, then the creature falls.

"No! Don't do that!" Midna said opening her hand at them.

"Why?" Nana asked, suddenly, the remaining Shadow Being produced a terrorizing scream and they block their ears in unison, and the previous monsters that were killed got up reviving.

"W-w-what in the world..." Chris trailed off.

"You need to defeat them at the same time or the last one will revive them!" Midna said.

"But how?" Lucario asked.

"Link has a plan in hands." Mewtwo pointed out, Link started to growl a little and Midna's hair grew a little creating a hand and a force field below them, the 3 Shadow Beings had a strange red barrier around their bodies and Link quickly leaped from beast to beast dealing a fatal blow that killed them at the same time, the Shadow Beings yelled in a terrorizing pain before turning into black squares and they flew to the air high above, creating a black and blue portal.

Chris looked around to see if there was anyone there "T-t-there's nobody here..." Chris trailed off snivering. Link's ears perked up and he smells the ice below his paws, then he uses his senses to find all the Zoras frozen and trapped inside the ice below their feets.

"Oh, I see, the Zoras were trapped in the ice below us." Midna said.

"N-n-now that you mention it, there are a lot of flames inside the ice." Marth said.

Midna rubbed her chin "But now, how are we going to melt the ice?" She started to thought for a moment before snapping her fingers "Hey Link, remember that big chunk of blazing rock back in the Goron Mountain?" She asked with a little smirk and Link nodded "Ah, you know my plan already," She looked at everyone "Wait here, we'll be right back."

Link and Midna disappeared in front of their eyes, turning into those black squares and entering the hovering portal, the rest of the group made confused faces after watching the sudden transformation.

"Where'd they go?" Pichu asked.

"They said they were heading towards the Goron Mountain, the mountain which is located in the western province of Eldin." Mewtwo stated.

Just then, Link and Midna came again and the imp brought a huge blazing rock in the portal, they looked above them and gasped after the object was falling in the center of the ice, they backed away quickly before the rock could even hit them and the ice was struck down with a strong impact, destroying itself and melting all the ice, making the water flow in a fast rate.

"Alright, let's jump inside the water to reach the Lanayru's Spring." Midna said, just before they could jump inside the water, a shining light appeared on the center of the room and they looked to see who was, it was an image of a Zora.

"YIKES!" Nana said terrified.

"Do not fear my appearance," The Zora said "I am the Queen of the Zoras, Rutela." She said introducing herself as the queen of the Zoras.

"Wait, if you're a ghost, then that means..." Midna trailed off and Rutela nodded slowly.

"Yes, those beasts invaded my domain and they did not hesitated to kill me, I was trying to protect my people in the fight but I perished for my actions, but that is not the reason of why did I appeared before all of you."

"Then what is your reason?" Marth asked.

"I am here to ask for a favor, my child, Ralis, the prince of the Zoras was in his way to Hyrule Castle to get help when those beasts attacked, but it has been a long time since he went there that I fear something bad happened to him."

"Wait, we saw a sick Zora child back in the bar in the Castle Town, that must be him!" Popo said.

"Then it was true that something bad happened to him, I ask you to save him from dying." Rutela said.

"That's great and all, but what do we get in exchange?" Midna asked with crossed arms.

"Midna!" Chris said a little angrily.

"What? It's another obstacle to save this land!"

"I will teach you the ability to be able to breath under the water if you help him." Rutela said. Just then, inside Popo's mind, he was starting to dream a life inside the water while dancing with the fishes, clams and seaweed, Little Mermaid style with the music should I add.

Link nodded and he accepted the task "Very well then, I will bestow you my wishes, be careful." Rutela said before disappearing.

"Okay, now jump to the water!" Midna said making Link to jump inside the current and all of them followed the pair (Nana asked Popo what was he doing by standing there that she had to push him inside the water).

"LUCARIO! DON'T LET ME DROWN!" Chris said trying to swim inside the water, Lucario quickly grabbed him and all of them were being dragged by the fast current of the water outside the throne room.

Zora's Domain

The current made them fall in the big waterfall, and quickly dragged them out of the domain as well.

Lake Hylia

Since the water from the Zora's Domain is the main source for the water of Lake Hylia, they quickly came from the Zora's River and reached just in front of the Lanayru's Spring.

"We...we made it! The Lanayru's Spring is just inside this cave!" Midna said a little excited.

Popo was drying his gloves behind a pillar with Nana so nobody could see them "What's so special about the spring?" He asked shouting.

"It's the only way to restore this province from stop living in the Twilight Realm and live in the light...ugh, I don't know why I even got excited about this part, whatever, Link, let's enter this place." Midna said poking Link's head and the group entered inside the spring, then the Ice Climbers followed them.

Lanayru's Spring

After receiving a talk with the spring and knowing that the light could return all of them to their original forms, it gave Link and Midna the Vessel of Light to gather the Light Essences

"Okay, we got the Vessel of Light, time to get moving and find those Light Essences." Midna said.

"I want to be a normal human again!" Chris complained.

"...Humph..." Lucario said looking away.

"I'm sorry Lucario, but don't take it as if I don't like being a Riolu, it's just because I want to see my normal face again, you know that very well, don't you?"

"...Alright, I can't tell you what things can you like and what not."

Chris approached to Lucario with a smile "If you want, you can carry me behind your back."

"...Fine." Lucario said putting Chris on his back.

"Now? How do you feel?" Chris asked.

"More satisfied." He said with a little smile.

"Yuck, you guys makes me sick." Midna said with a disgusted face and Lucario glared at her.

"Stop it Midna, what are the Light Essences?" Marth asked.

"The Light Essences are special spores of light that the Twilit stole from this spring, they are scattered around the province for our luck, we can use this map to locate them." She said taking out a map to see the locations of the Light Essences but she made a confused face "...Weird, there's one missing... Well, it'll show up when we gather the others."

"How about if we split up?" Pikachu suggested.

"That sounds good!" Pichu said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 11, 2008, 09:37:43 PM
Lake Hylia

When they got out of the spring, electricity appeared out of nowhere and it went crossing the wooden bridge to the right of them.

"What was that?" Pikachu asked.

"It was probably one of those Twilit who stole the Light Essences," Midna said "Follow that bug, Link!" She ordered, all of them ran with the pair but Mewtwo stayed behind looking at the contrary direction and Chris returned to see him.

"What's wrong Mewtwo?" Chris asked.

"There is another one of those Twilit on the other side of this path." He said pointing to a small dock to the other side of them.

"Should we tell the others about this?" Chris asked.

"No, we can beat that thing by ourselves, but I need you to use your senses."

"My senses? Do I look like I have a sixth sense to you?"

"When that strange magic covered you, you gained the power to see the people and the monsters that hides in the Twilight Realm." Mewtwo explained.

"Are you serious?"

"Yes, go on and try it, you can see that monster as Link does."

"But how can I use that?"

"Focus your eyes in one direction and the ability should activate by itself." Mewtwo explained again.

"...Okay...here I go..." Chris focused his eyes on the direction Mewtwo was pointing to him and suddenly, his vision suddenly changed, he was able to see a bug sending electricity through his body near the dock "I...I see it!"

"Then let's move on." Mewtwo said levitating above the water, Chris just stood there with crossed arms and Mewtwo returned to him "...You can't swim, right?"

"Right."

"Then..." Mewtwo used Confusion to lift Chris and they went to the other side alone.

"There it is!" Chris said pointing to the grass, Mewtwo nodded and he slashed the grass through, the bug went towards Mewtwo and he sticks himself sending electricity to Mewtwo's body and the Psychic Pok?mon gritted his teeths in pain.

"Leave him alone!" Chris said jumping and using a Force Palm on the bug, the bug falls above his back on the grass before exploding and a shiny light cames in his place and it floats towards Chris, making him to glow and stopping after a second.

"Thanks for the help." Mewtwo said.

"It was nothing." Chris said looking away a little embarrassed "Hey, we got the first Light Essence, right?" Mewtwo nodded "We should tell the others too!"

"Tell us about what?" Midna said behind them with the whole group and Chris jumped surprised.

"We got a Light Essence!"

"Really? Well, that's good, now we need to get the other ones. To do that, we're going to scatter all of you to different places and we shall meet in front of the spring," She explained "First, we go to this place and..."

30 minutes later...

Waterfall Cavern

Midna teleported her, Link, Chris, Pikachu and Pichu to find the Light Essences of the Zora's Domain and Upper Zora's River, Mewtwo teleported him, Lucario, Marth and the Ice Climbers near the Castle Town.

"There it is!" Midna said pointing to a wall.

1 hour later...

Upper Zora's River

"Huh? What's that?" Pikachu asked, glancing at a strange stone with a hole on the middle, Link inspected it and he sat in front of the stone and his ears perked up.

"Link, it's something wrong?" Pichu asked confused, then suddenly, Link was starting to howl a melody that he was only able to do. And some seconds later, he disappears along with Midna and the group gasps.

"Oh no, where are they?" Chris asked.

"(Chris!)"

"(Huh? Is that you Lucario?)"

"(Yes, how is everything in your side? We were attacked by those Shadow Beings from before.)" Lucario said telepathically.

"(Did you managed to defeat them as Midna explained?)"

"(Yes, but I felt something happening where you are now, where is Link and Midna?)"

"(They vanished in front of us when he finished howling to the stone.)"

"(I see, they should return shortly, don't worry about that... Mewtwo says that there is another Twilit inside the town, we'll meet in the spring as we planned.)"

"(Okay, be careful.)"

"(Thanks, you too.)" He said before ending the telepathy talk.

"Look! They've returned!" Pikachu said pointing to the pair.

"Well Link, looks like another one of those wolfs is waiting for you, but let's finish this first." Midna said and Link nodded.

"Hey Midna... Lucario said that we should meet in the spring now." Chris said to Midna.

"Hmm, we almost gathered all the Light Essences...but...wait, this wasn't here before!" She said looking at the map and they looked along with her.

"It's near the spring, in Lake Hylia..." Pichu said.

"Then there is no other choice but...JUMP TO THE WATER!" Midna said and Link quickly put all of them on his back and they jumped to the river which leaded directly to the lake. (Along the way, they were screaming, since you know how is the current in the river).

Lake Hylia

They were able to reach the entrance of the spring.

"Pfff!" Chris spat out water "Tell us when are you going to do something like that before Link!"

"Heh, you forgot that he can't talk right at the moment...and never will." Midna said a little disappointed.

"Why?" Pikachu asked.

"From the beginning of this ordeal, Link has been speechless when talking to everyone he met, I don't understand how can them understand him with just grunts, facial expressions and such." Midna explained.

"Oh no, not this again." Chris said frowning.

"What?"

"I'll tell you once we regain our normal forms."

"Hey hey hey! Look! There is something over there!" Pichu said pointing to some wooden platforms far away from them floating in the water.

"I sense something powerful from that direction..." Chris said trailing off.

"We're here." Mewtwo said teleporting him with everyone else.

"Oh, right time, the last Light Essence is there." Pikachu said.

"Then let's not waste anymore time." Marth said entering the water, then the group enters as well (with Chris riding on Lucario's back) and they reached the wooden platforms and looked around for the last Light Essence.

"Link, do you see something?" Marth asked, Link was tracking down the odor and he growled all of a sudden.

"What is it?" Chris asked, he looked at the direction in which Link was looking and he found something large approaching to them at high speed "WATCH OUT! JUMP OUT OF THE WAY!" He yelled jumping to another platform and they jumped to different directions evading the attack of the monster. Then, it revealed himself with a huge roar, its aspect was gross, its body was big with strange pink spots and it was resembling a huge bug for traveling inside the water.

The Arrow was Shot

"Huh? What in the world is that monster?!" Marth asked.

"It's too big just for being a monster of the Twilight Realm!" Midna said surprised.

"Here he comes!" Mewtwo warned them, the huge bug hid inside the water and he quickly rammed his huge body in Popo and Nana, they jumped high in the air and the bug suddenly jumps to catch them with his mouth.

"HELP!" Both of them screamed.

"Wait for me! Thund-"

"Wait Pikachu! If you use Thunder you will hurt us too by the water!" Mewtwo said.

"But!"

"AHHHH!!!" Both Ice Climbers were being dragged in the beast's mouth far away inside the water, trying to struggle out by hitting him with their hammers.

"We have to do something!" Chris said.

Lucario grunted "If only that thing stopped from moving so quickly, I could concentrate my Aura Sphere to hit the right spot without risking their lifes."

"Mewtwo! You have something in hands! I know!" Chris said looking at Mewtwo.

"Sorry, but my abilities doesn't reach that far." Mewtwo said closing his eyes.

"What about you Link?" Chris asked but Link looked down sadly "...Oh no... Wait, where is Marth?"

"He was here just a second ago!" Pichu said.

Suddenly, the monster screamed in pain and he let the Ice Climbers escape by accident and he jumps out of the water, on the back of his body, Marth was pulling out his sword from his back and he jumps to escape from him as well.

"Marth! You did it!" Pikachu said smiling in relief.

"But the monster is heading to them again!" Chris said as the monster opened his mouth to not only trap the Ice Climbers, but Marth as well.

"HEEEELP!" Nana screamed preocupied and Popo hugged her to protect her.

"TAKE THIS!" Lucario said launching an Aura Sphere to the monster and it impacts on his head and the bug changes direction confused towards Link and Midna, then he rises from the water preparing to attack them with his fat tail.

"Oh no you don't." Mewtwo said stopping the bug using his Confusion, Link took the opportunity to leap into the body of the beast and he starts to bite him furiously.

"Hey! I have an idea! Pikachu, Pichu, jump to the wings and paralyze them!" Chris said, both electric Pok?mon nodded and they jumped to the tail, they climbed through the back and they reached the top, then, using both attacks, they casted a double Thunder paralyzing the huge bug and it screams in pain and falls on his back (they jumped out just in time) on the center of the wooden platforms and he realeses his pink spots.

"He isn't death yet! We have to destroy those legs or he'll rise again!" Mewtwo said.

Link quickly stood there and Midna casted the force field to lock-on all the six legs of the bug and they start to leap from leg to leg, dealing a fatal blow which made the monster to yell in pain and he swims frantically in the water before jumping above them and exploding, dropping the last Light Essence which floats to Link and Midna and the crowd cheers the group for their victory.

Music stops

"Whoa! What's happening?!" Popo asked confused as Link and Midna started to glow intensely which made them to block their eyes as an strange magic teleports all of them to somewhere else.

Lanayru's Spring

The Vessel of Light floats down inside the water of the place and the Twilight Realm starts to fade out, then Link, Chris, Pikachu, Pichu, Popo, Nana and Lucario started to feel a power, changing them to their normal appearances in a bright flash.

"I-I'm a human again!" Chris said jumping, he noticed that he was instantly using the Swordsman job, he looked at the rest, Popo and Nana were jumping and hugging each other happily for not being a Topi again, Pichu was hugging Pikachu for having losing his fangs and Lucario's fur was back to normal and his fangs were inside his mouth again, and Link was now a normal human again without Midna.

"Yes, it's good to see you normal again..." Lucario trailed off.

"...Oh please Lucario, we've already been for this situation before and you accepted it." Chris said.

"...I accepted it..."

Chris sighed and he approached to Lucario "Then I have no choice but!" He started to rub the head of the Aura Pok?mon before stopping again "Now how you feel?"

"A little bit more relaxed." Lucario replied with a little smile.

"That's good." Chris said with a smile before looking at Link "Well, it's nice to meet you finally!" He noticed that Link just smiled and Chris narrowed his eyes "Oh no, not this again..." He said frowning to himself and he walks up behind Link, the Hero of Twilight made a confused before Chris punched his back...hard, and Link spats out something from his mouth that fell inside the water and he grabs his throat, trying to catch his breath.

"What was that?" Popo asked confused.

"Ugh, my throat...wait, I can talk again!" Link said surprised.

"Don't tell me he had a-" Mewtwo was interrupted before the thing Link dropped inside the water returned from a water gun and it fell in front of Nana, who made a sick face.

"YUCK! IT'S ANOTHER CHICKEN BONE!" She said hiding behind Popo.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 13, 2008, 02:06:47 PM
"Wait, what do you mean by another chicken bone?" Chris asked confused.

"The previous Link had also a chicken bone stuck in his throat in the past tournament, and so did Young Link." Mewtwo explained.

"What's wrong with Links and chicken bones?" Chris asked to himself with a chuckle.

Out of a sudden, the whole spring started to shook violently and a light ball floated from the center of the room, the water was making waves at every direction and then, a big, long, shiny snake took the light ball in his mouth and he looks at the group standing before them atop the cliff of the room.

"Whoa! Just look at that! It's...beautiful!" Nana said.

"The light of this land has returned once more, thanks to the Hero of Twilight and his efforts." The snake spoke to them "I am Lanayru, the Light Spirit that guards this spring."

"Li-Link, have you been meeting these kinds of magical creatures before?" Pikachu asked.

"I see you brought different allies with you." Lanayru said.

"Well..." Chris trailed off.

"It is because of the other menace that is currently trying to create destruction inside the Lakebed Temple."

"Do you mean..." Popo trailed off and Lanayru nodded.

"Yes, but that is not important now," The Light Spirit looked at Link "I need to tell you the story of the Fused Shadows and the Twilight Realm, it would be necessary knowledge to you to know."

The Light Spirit explained everything to Link and the others about the Fused Shadows, the Twilight Realm, and the Light Spirits were charged by the gods to protect the light that sustains the World of Light and the task to intervene when the Twili attempted to intervene the Sacred Realm, and the sealing of the tribe's power in the Fused Shadows.

"Those who do not know the danger of seeking power will be ruled by it." Were the words that the Light Spirit told them that was currently inside their minds. After he told Link to seek the Fused Shadows, he disappeared, hiding inside the water and leaving only trails of light.

"Okay, now that we know the danger of the Twili, what do we do now?" Popo asked and all of them got in a thinking position.

"...Wait, are we forgetting something?" Pichu asked.

"Oh, right! The favor the queen of the Zoras asked us to do!" Chris said.

"Then we're heading to the Castle Town." Link said.

"Let me handle this." Mewtwo said, gathering his energy to teleport them to the east entrance of the town.

Near Hyrule Castle Town

When they were teleported near the Castle Town, a golden wolf was blocking their way to the town, he had a red eye and he was panting heavily, even if he was sat on the ground.

"What is a golden wolf doing here?" Marth asked.

"Chris, stay behind!" Lucario said after noticing that Link and Chris were close to the golden wolf, the rare animal started to growl and Chris saw Link taking out his sword.

"Link, are we going to kill him?" Chris asked.

"No, he is-WATCH OUT!" Link yelled quickly after watching the golden wolf lunging at both of them, Chris quickly turned his head to see the wolf jumping towards both of them before a blinding light engulfed the whole place, changing the scenery.

Sacred Grounds

"....Ugh...."

"Chris, open your eyes, we're fine." Link said, his voice was echoing.

"...Huh?" Chris opened his eyes, realising that he and Link were in another different place, it was cloudy, or it was filled with mist, there were images of important places in Hyrule far away from them, the Hyrule Castle was standing proudly in front of their eyes and the floor couldn't be seen "Where are we?"

"This is one of those trainings of the Hero's Spirit." Link said pointing to the golden wolf who was looking at them as he was sat on the mist, panting heavily.

"Okay, this is ridiculous, but what's wrong with me and wolves? I mean, first, I have an enemy with a wolf that is trying to kill me and the others, then, I have a friend who almost ATE me alive by accident when he was a wolf," Link looked away embarrassed "And now you're telling me that this wolf is a Hero's Spirit? Who is making me fight all these wolves anyway?" Chris asked very annoyed for the fact that he has been fighting againts so many wolves on his adventure.

Either the golden wolf was deaf or he ignored Chris's complain because he howled at the sky, creating a blinding light and in his place, a skull entity wearing a rusty armor with a sword appeared in front of them.

"Hero of Twilight, we meet again," The Hero's Spirit said "And I see you brought another Swordsman in training for the menace."

"M-me?" Chris asked pointing at himself and the Hero's Spirit nodded.

"Correct, now is time for me to teach the two of you the next technique, the Back Slice!" The Hero's Spirit said.

Hidden Skill: Back Slice

"When fighting againts heavily armored enemies, using the Shield Bash may not be enough to drop their guards, but fortunately, some enemies lack armor on their backs that is easily to hit with the Back Slice, I'll show you how." The Hero's Spirit quickly rolled around the 2 of them and he rises from the floor with a yell doing a slash with his sword on their backs, but without doing damage "That's how the Back Slice is done, now show me that technique again!"

"Y-you first Link, I need to see it again." Chris said backing away, the Hero's Spirit prepared his sword and Link did the same, but he jumped to the left of the skull spirit, rolling in the floor and he yelled, doing a slash on his back and the Hero's Spirit falls on the floor before standing up.

"Great, now let's see if the younger Swordsman can do it." The Hero's Spirit said looking at Chris who sweated a little but took out his sword.

"O-okay, here I go I think..." Chris said approaching to the spirit, he looked around first for an opening but the spirit quickly pushed him with his sword "Oww! What was that for?!"

"Your enemy will not wait for you to make the next move, you need to act quickly before he deals the first blow! Remember that well!" The Hero's Spirit said angrily.

Chris nodded slowly "A-alright! Then let me do it!" He said rushing towards the spirit with his sword ready, the Hero's Spirit lifted his sword in the air to hit Chris, but Chris jumped to the right side and the sword was stuck in the floor, he rolled around the spirit until rising up from the ground, yelling and doing the Back Slice, making the spirit to back away slowly.

"Great..." The Hero's Spirit turned to them "You did it with great courage, the Hidden Skill: the Back Slice, has been passed on!" The Hero's Spirit said and both nodded, doing the Back Slice before sheathing their swords in different ways (Chris failed at sheathing in the first try and he blushed embarrassed before putting it away).

"Wow, this technique will be handy!" Chris said smiling a bit.

"Now let's go." Link said.

"Wait," The Hero's Spirit interrupted them "I need to tell you, younger Swordsman, about the strength that you possess."

"It's because of the sword or what materials were used to create it?" Chris asked confused but the spirit shook his head.

"No, the edge of the sword does not matters, neither the materials that were used to create sword are not important. A sword wields no strength unless the hand that holds it has courage." The Hero's Spirit said to Chris, who looked at his sword.

"My courage is important, no matter what sword I use?" Chris asked and the spirit nodded chuckling a little.

"Very well, you learned the true meaning of the swords. Now go and banish the evil spirits!" The Hero's Spirit said before a blinding light took place between them, changing the place again.

Near Hyrule Castle Town

"...Chris...Chris...Chris...."

"...Ugh..."

"Chris, wake up."

"Huh?" Chris found himself laying on the floor with everyone else looking at him and Link, then they got up "What happened?"

"That wolf blinded us with a strange light and later, we found you unconscious on the ground." Marth explained.

"Are you alright?" Lucario asked.

Chris nodded slowly "Yes, I'm fine... Well, what are we waiting for? We need to save that Zora!" He said rushing inside the town but he noticed that he, Marth, the Ice Climbers and Link were going with him "Hmm, hey, are you going in?" He asked to the group of Pok?mon.

"We can't, if the humans inside the town sees us, they will start an uproar." Lucario said.

"Yeah, go on without us, we'll be fine." Pikachu said.

"Okay, but be careful." Chris said before leaving with the others.

Later...

Telma's Bar

After the group of 5 Smashers entered the place, Link quickly went where the girl was standing with Ralis, the sick Zora child.

"I-Ilia..." Link said.

"...Huh? Did you called me by my name?" The girl with the name of Ilia asked surprised "But...I don't know you."

Link suddenly felt a little shocked after hearing Ilia's words, what happened to her? She forgot all about him? And how?

"Hey there," The tall woman who was previously with Ilia approached to Link and the others "You must be a talented Swordsman am I right?" She asked with a smile and Link nodded "I beg your pardon, but we're in a hard situation over here. You see, this Zora is very sick currently, and we need to take him to an aquaintance of mine that lives in Kakariko Village, his name is Renado, the shaman of the village."

"Renado? I know him." Link responded.

"Really?" The woman smiled upon hearing that "Well that's good! Right now, we need a escort to cross the Hyrule Fields and-"

"Then let's take your request ma'am!" A voice came from behind the woman and she looks behind to find a group of soldiers with their lances "We can help you in your escort along the way! Right soldiers?" The soldier asked lifting his lance in the air with a crazy yell and his soldiers joined him with the same yell of some sort of victory.

"Nothing is getting bad this time honey!" The woman said with another smile "This escort will be of so much help to get rid of the wild monsters roaming the fields! Right guys?..." The woman turned his head to see the soldiers gone from the bar, except for a small soldier who looked around confused and he runs away from the bar, screaming like a maniac and the woman got a little angry by this "Great! Don't ever show your faces here again! You hear me?!" She said with a scary tone.

"Excuse me, ma'am..." Marth said.

"You can call me Telma pretty boy." The woman introduced herself as Telma with a wink to Marth.

"Err...Telma...right...if you don't mind, we can be your escort with all of us, it doesn't matters how many monsters are outside in the fields."

Telma looked at Link's little group "3 Swordsmans and 2 little kids with hammers...well!" She turned to Ilia with another smile "Better this than nothing dear!"

"We would like to help!" The Ice Climbers said jumping.

"I'll be glad to help as well!" Chris said.

"With respect, I shall escort you." Marth said.

"See dear? Everything will be fine with these 5 young warriors, they are better than those coward soldiers!" Telma said, reassuring Ilia.

"Thank you...I really appreciate your help." Ilia said with a little smile.

"Okay then," Telma said, putting her hands on her hips "I'll prepare the carriage, you 5 meet us outside the east gate." She said.

Near Hyrule Castle Town

It was night already, the group of 7 looked at the bridge above Lake Hylia to find King Bulblin riding Lord Bullbo, guarding the bridge from any trespasser that dared to pass the bridge.

"So you say the Bridge of Eldin was destroyed, correct?" Telma asked to Link and he nodded "This doesn't looks good, we need to take him out to take the other route towards Kakariko Village," She looked at Link again "That's where you enter my dear! You'll ride your horse to defeat that thing!"

The scene changes further to the west, showing the carriage ready with Ilia, Ralis, Chris, Popo, Nana and Marth inside with Telma sitting in front of the carriage, holding the rope of the horse. And Link was riding Epona "Now hear me boys, after this kind Swordsman defeats that monster, we'll take a dangerous route filled with monsters that will fire arrows with fire at us, but you need to protect the carriage from getting burned or else we die!"

"Right!" They said in unison, Chris looked at the top of a hill to find Lucario, Mewtwo, Pikachu and Pichu looking at them while hiding from Telma and Ilia.

Ilia thought for a moment before looking at Link "Thanks for your help, but, may I ask you what is your name?" She asked.

"Link." Link said.

"Link... I think I heard that name before... Thanks Link, I'll remember this." She said with a little smile and Link her a little smile too, but he didn't forgot why Ilia lost her memory about him.

"Now, let's start!" Telma said commanding the horse to run, pulling the carriage along with as Link went ahead with Epona to prepare his fight againts King Bulblin.

Hyrule Field (Twilight Princess)

GET
READY!

Link stood there riding Epona from the north side of the bridge and King Bulblin was riding Lord Bullbo on the south side of the bridge, he was using this time 2 big shields in each arms to protect his body from Spin Attacks coming from Link and the Hero of Twilight gasped a little.

"What should I do now?" Link asked to himself after lokking at the shields of the monster "Wait, what if I use my arrows?"

He was soon interrupted because King Bulblin was already rushing at him with his lance ready, Link had no other plan but to rush to him as well with his bow ready, he quickly prepared an arrow and he aimed at King Bulblin's head.

"(Wait, maybe I can help Link if I use my arrows as well...)" Chris thought while taking out his bow and an arrow, he put the arrow on the cord of the bow and he aimed to the head of the monster as well.

"NOW!" Link yelled firing his arrow to the monster, the arrow went flying quickly towards the head and it was encrusted instantly upon impact, however, King Bulblin took the arrow out of his head and he throwed it away before preparing his lance again, Link noticed that he and Epona were close to both monsters and he quickly took another arrow, but it was too late and King Bulblin thrusted his lance towards him and Link shielded himself with his shield.

"HAA!" Chris found the right time to fire his own arrow and it went flying straight to the head again, and fortunately, in the same spot as Link's arrow was encrusted, dealing painful damage to King Bulblin and he lost consciousness, leaving Lord Bullbo in confusion and it went running to the left side of Link and Epona, then his monster rams into the blocks of the bridge, making the king of the Bulblins to fall deep in the lake.

"Okay! Let's move on!" Popo said and Telma nodded, ordering the horse to cros the briddge with Link guarding their front, he found the Gate Keys where King Bulblin crashed to unlock the gates of the Ordona Province and Kakariko Village.

"WAAAHH!! THERE THEY ARE!" Nana yelled pointing to the Bulblins above the cliffs preparing their arrows with fire which were directed at the carriage, however, a unknown explosion made one of the monsters to fall off the cliffs, then 2 thunders fell from the sky eliminating a group of four of them and 3 were crushed by a levitating rock. Telma, after watching this, made a confused face.

"What in the world was that? Are the gods helping us?" She asked to herself while ordering the horse to turn to the left.

"It seems so." Marth said with a very silent chuckle.

"(Good job Lucario!)" Chris thought in his mind with a smile.

Near Faron Woods

Link dismounted Epona and he unlocked the gates of the Ordona Province, then the carriage continued its way inside the field and Link quickly remounted Epona and he protected the right side, for their misfortune, a big horde of Bulblins riding Bullbos appeared from far away preapring their arrows, they fired like 6 of them and they reached the carriage, igniting it.

"AAAAHHH!!" Ilia screamed after finding fire above the roof, the Ice Climbers looked at each other and nodded.

"YAH!" They used Blizzard to disappear the fire from the carriage and it worked, the fire was gone but Ilia got a little surprised after watching a blizzard coming from their mouths.

"H-how did you do that?" She asked.

"A special ability we learned a long time ago." Nana said with a smile, Ilia didn't understood what was that but she gave them a little smile with a nod.

"AAH!" They heard Link screaming in pain after finding a fire arrow encrusted on his right arm. But he took it out from his arm and used it againts the Bulblins.

"That's it! They asked for it!" Chris said preparing another arrow to a group of three Bulblins, he got out his tongue for a moment to aim well before launching the arrow at the Bulblin of the right, he shook his head violently and the Bullbo was getting confused, then the big boar veered to his right, crashing with the other Bullbos and throwing the Bulblins out of them "Yes! I love to use arrows!" Chris said looking at his bow.

"What the... MARTH! THEY ARE CARRYING BOMBS!" Popo said after finding a flock of birds carrying bombs in their claws, Marth not only looked at them, but he knew that they were at close range meaning that he could reach them if he extended his sword to their feets, so he did it quickly before they could throw the bombs, eliminating only one and two were left, althought for his bad luck, they were high in the air, close to the other.

"HOLD IT RIGHT THERE!" Chris said firing an arrow to the bomb of one of them, it made the bomb explode upon impact, and since both birds were so close, they fell to the grass because both bombs were near each other "Another victory for the bow!" Chris said excited.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 14, 2008, 01:01:47 PM
Suddenly, the carriage was attacked by 3 bombs from 3 other birds, creating fire above the roof, Ilia screamed terrified but Link used his Gale Boomerang to disappear the flames, he did it without before returning to slashing the Bokoblins with his sword.

"We're entering the Eldin Province! Hold on a little longer!" Telma said ordering the horse to speed up towards the province of Eldin through a corner, however, little did they know that a big horde of Bokoblins riding Bullbos were waiting for them on the other side.

Near Kakariko Village

"Oh no, look up ahead!" Nana said pointing to the bridge, 10 Bokoblins were waiting for them preparing to shot their fire arrows at them, but Telma didn't told the horse to slow down.

"Wait, are you crazy? We're going to crash into them!" Marth said.

"That's the plan, but I know they're going to fire the arrows just before we kill them," She looked to them "But with the help of those little kids, they should put the fire out in less time, right?"

"Right!" Both Ice Climbers said nodding.

"HERE WE GO!" Telma said speeding up the horse, the Bokoblins shot their arrows at full speed, they passed through the mantle of the carriage and the Ice Climbers quickly used Blizzard to put it out, although it could take them a little more time than the last time. And Telma was able to crush them with the horse.

"AAAHHH! MORE BOMBS COMING AT US!" Chris said spotting 8 irds carrying bombs in each claws and they dropped them above, Chris quickly tried to shoot them with their arrows, but unfortunately, he destroyed 3 of the 8 bombs and they collided with the carriage, and the horse went crazy and he veered to another direction scared to death while Telma tried to calm him down to return to the path.

"Link! Do something, quick!" Ilia said trying to shield Ralis from the explosions, Link was very busy trying to kill the horde of Bokoblins riding the Bullbos, but he ignored and quickly went towards the birds who were still carrying the bombs.

"I'll join you!" Chris said shooting more arrows at the birds, both Swordsmans started to fire arrow like crazy because the birds were dodging almost all of them, but for the luck of them, they took down the 8 birds with one shot since they were so close to each other, carrying the bombs that made a chain reaction of explosions, Link quickly noticed that the Bokoblins that were fighting him had shot mary fire arrows at the carriage as the Ice Climbers did their best to save the mantle and the carriage, so he took out again his Gale Boomerang to take the fire out, and he did it again.

"Link, sweetie, the gate is in front of us! Open it!" Telma said stopping the horse in front of the locked gate, Link dismounted Epona and he ran at the gate, but a lot of Bokoblins came out of nowhere preparing their arrows.

"Stop right there!" Marth shouted jumping out of the carriage and he ran at the Bokoblins with great speed, cutting their bodies in a quick flash, Chris also joined him by stabbing his sword in the heart of one of them and he noted that a Shadow Ball, an Aura sphere and 2 Thunders were coming right above the Bokoblins, destroying them as they yelled in extreme pain, Chris looked around to find the Pok?mon and he smiled.

"Thank you guys!" Chris said.

"Alright, let's enter the village, now!" Telma said, commanding the horse to enter the village before some bombs touched the carriage, Link, Marth, Chris and Epona ran inside the village where they succeeded in protecting Ralis, as the crowd cheers for them for their success.

Music stops

Kakariko Village

After completing the task of taking Ralis through the Hyrule Field, the kid of Ordon were thanking Link for finding Ilia and admiring how he was brave at going through all the trouble (especially Colin a kid Link knew from the village), later, Telma told Link about a resistance group that she is part of before Renado told Link that Ralis was going to be fine and he walked away, Telma looked at Renado and she looked at Link.

"Well Link, I need to go with Renado," She winked at Link "Before I go, I need to tell you something, there is a secret passage inside my bar that leads directly to the Hyrule Castle, if you want to know where is it, come to the bar, good bye!" She said running towards Renado, later, the Smashers appeared behind him.

"Now that we brought Ralis safely into the village, what do we do now?" Nana asked.

It was not long before Rutela appeared before them to the right of the house of Renado and she floated away towards the Graveyard.

"Should we follow her?" Marth suggested and they nodded before running to follow the queen of the Zoras.

Graveyard

"Lucario! Thank you for your help!" Chris said finding the Pok?mon standing near a grave.

"Chris, that queen passed through that wall from over there and there's this weird rock with a weird symbol that disappeared when she passed the wall!" Pichu said, pointing to a hole in the wall leading to somewhere else.

"Hmm, we can crawl inside the hole." Link said as he entered the hole by crawling inside and they looked at each other.

"...Okay, I'll crawl inside." Chris said entering the hole.

"It's better if I just float to the other side." Mewtwo said floating to the other side of the wall as the others crawled inside the hole to pass, on the other side of the wall, they found a spring with a tombstone with the symbol of the Zora's Sapphire.

"Wow, this place is beautiful too!" Nana said admiring the water around her.

They found Rutela floating near the tombstone and she spoke to them "Thank you for saving my son from the death, as I have said before, you reward is below the tombstone of my husband. This place of the Graveyard is a special place for the Zoras of the Royal Family, like my son Ralis, now, I will open the tombstone." She said waving her hand slowly and the tombstone backed away slowly, Link looked to what was below and he found clothes with Zora's scales on them.

"With this, now you can breathe under the water as the Zoras, you can now reach the Lakebed Temple that resides deep inside the Lake Hylia, for now, I need to depart and leave all of you in your quest," She said, disappearing "Good luck, Hero of Twilight..." She said before fading away.

Link put the Zora Armor on and he looked at the water below him.

"But...how are we going to get inside the Lakebed Temple?" Pikachu asked "Link can only enter that place with his clothes!" Everyone looked at Mewtwo.

"Mewtwo, do you have any idea?" Link asked.

"Yes, wait a minute..." Mewtwo glowed for a moment before everyone except Link glowed but stopped after a second "Now, you can breathe inside the water with a special bubble of air, with this, you can't drown."

"Hmm..." Popo jumped inside the water and he noticed that a bubble was covering his mouth "Wow! I can breathe!" He said surprised.

"I-I hope I can swim inside..." Chris jumped inside the water and soon, everyone else entered inside as a bubble of air appeared on their mouths to let them breathe, except for Link because Midna appeared again.

"Link, do you think we can trust them?"

"Midna, they're friends and they can help us a lot."

Midna snickered a bit "But...they..."

"Midna, stop it, I know them perfectly, stop acting like that around them."

"Ugh..." She said hiding inside Link's shadow and he jumped inside the water, Lucario was destroying a huge rock blocking their path with his fists and they swam to the other side, appearing in Lake Hylia.

Preview of the next chapter

"Wait...what is that?" Pikachu asked.

"Darn it! They're here now!" Porky said.

...............................................................................................

"And? What are you going to do? Midna?" The dark voice asked smirking.

"(So they are trying to kill Link, I won't let them ruin my plans so easily)" She thought with a smirk on her face.

...............................................................................................

"Phew...that huge worm was almost killing us!" Nana said.

"Link! Look over there!" Midna said pointing to a random direction and Link looked confused at that way, Midna took the opportunity and she made quickly a dark portal, teleporting the rest of the Smashers "I'm sorry, but I won't let you kill Link and ruin my plans!" She said telepathically.

...............................................................................................

"Foolish, little Midna..." Zant said, opening his helmet to talk above Midna's left shoulder "Betrayal is such a good thing, isn't it?"

"No...you fooled me!" Midna said gritting her teeths.

"Who said I did that?" Zant asked with a smirk.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Midna's Betrayal!" Link said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Hyrule
Chris, Lucario, Pichu
, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Link, Midna
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 15, 2008, 12:42:15 PM
Chapter 51: Midna's Betrayal!

Lake Hylia

The Smashers continued their way deep inside the lake where they found a cave blocked by a rock above the reef that was blowing air.

"Now, how do we enter in that place?" Chris asked.

"Leave it to me." Lucario said swimming towards the rock and he started to destroy it with his fists to uncover the entrance, after the rock was turned into pebbles, they entered the temple (with Lucario grabbing Chris by the hand since he doesn't know how to swim).

Lakebed Temple

"Oh no! I'm in the water! Oh no! Oh no! Oh no!" Dr. Kawashima said in shock.

"Relax, the DS has also a bubble to protect you." Chris said and the doctor sighed in relief.

"Thank goodness!" He said "Oh, and by the way, I'm detecting some disturbance inside the temple, be careful out there!"

"You mean the Subspace Army?"

"Uh-huh! They're here! But not only that, there is a general inside too!"

"Don't tell me it's Wolf again!"

Dr. Kawashima shook his head "Nope, this time is a machine, a fat old kid!"

"A machine, a fat old kid?"

"Yep, there is no doubt about it, you should be careful, since his mind is very disturbed and...retarded."

"I wonder who that is..."

2 hours later... (Since it could be boring to write the entire walkthrough of the temple, we'll have to skip it to the boss battles).

Sub-Boss Area

After swimming inside the dungeon and deactivating and activating the traps and switches, the group got inside a room by the water from below.

"Ha! That'll teach that frog to not mess with the great, incredible, genius, marvelous, handsome, dreamy, cute, best, adorable, dangerous, powerful, all-mighty, gorgeous, amazing, coolest, super, genius-"

"You said genius again...genius." Popo said.

The mysterious person turned his huge machine to see the Smashers looking at him with blank faces.

"Wait...what is that?" Pikachu asked.

"Darn it! They're here now!" Porky said.

"And to think a fat old kid was a joke..." Chris said frowning.

Porky looked at everyone but after finding Lucario, he pointed one of his claws at him "YO-YOU!" He said in shock.

"Do you have any problem with me?" Lucario asked with a glare.

"YOU! YOU WERE THAT BASTARD WHO SHOT A STRANGE BLUE BALL AT ME BACK IN CHAPTER NUMBER 4!" Porky said angrily.

"What does he means by "chapter number 4" Chris?" Pichu asked confused.

"I...don't...know..." Chris replied very confused.

Pichu walked behind Porky who just stared at him and the Pok?mon found the Subspace Bomb placed behind Porky "I found the bomb!"

"Okay, let's deactivate it." Nana said as everyone walked towards the bomb and ignoring Porky completely.

"..." Porky started to think "WAIT! You're not supposed to deactivate the bomb, who knows what will that crazy Virtual Old Man do to me!" He said slamming his claws at the rock beneath him.

"Ugh, fine, we'll fight you." Mewtwo said annoyed.

Porky's Theme

GET
READY!

"Hey! What was that just now? I'm not an interesting opponent to fight with?!" Porky asked as he slammed his claws at Link, who rolled away to dodge them.

"Well, we heard you praising yourself with so many, wrong things a moment ago." Pikachu said running below Porky.

"Shaddup! You don't know what beauty really is!" He said launching a red beam at Lucario, who dodged it by running to the right.

"Come on, you have a very pale skin, old man!" Popo said slamming his hammer at one of the claws.

"I'M NOT AN OLD MAN! I'M A YOUNG, PRETTY BOY!" Porky said trying to crush Popo, Nana and Mewtwo by doing a mad rush with his claws, but Mewtwo teleported himself and the Ice Climbers behind Porky before he stupidly crashed into the hard wall.

"If by pretty you mean leaving your mouth open all the time, then the answer is yes." Mewtwo said.

"DIE YOU P***Y CAT!"

Mewtwo was starting to glow "That's it...now you have done it..." Mewtwo concentrated his psychic abilities by gathering them in his right hand before pointing it at Porky's Spider Mech, the machine was starting to float above the rock but Porky tried to get in the floor by moving his claws frantically, which made Mewtwo to close his eyes slowly to resist the struggling "...Stop...now..."

"Mewtwo is in trouble! We have to help him!" Link said running below Porky and he stabbed his sword at the machine, going through the gears and missing Porky's right shoulder by mere inches inside the machine.

"HEY! WATCH IT! DO YOU KNOW HOW MUCH THIS MACHINE COSTS TO ME?!" Porky pointed out furiously after the sword was gone from his shoulder.

"BEGONE!" Mewtwo yelled directing Porky's machine towards the wall, destroying it and leaving a huge mark of the mech.

"Ugh! Now you're trying my patience! Porky-Bots, go!" Porky said releasing 6 Porky-Bots who ran in a weird fashion after them, they tripped floating a little above the wet ground before exploding right into Pikachu, Chris, Pichu, the Ice Climbers, Link and Marth.

"Why...is the...fire...so strong?!" Link asked holding his arm in pain.

"It's because of that armor! The scales are weak againts fire!" Marth stated.

"So THAT'S how it is!" Porky said trying to smirk.

"Marth! You idiot!" Link said and Marth was starting to swear under his breath in japanese before more Porky-Bots came from Porky.

"Arrow time!" Chris said firing more arrows at half of the robots before they exploded, but the remaining 3 were still running around until they tripped towards Link again.

"HIIIYYAAAAHHH!" Lucario launched an Aura Sphere that passed through the 3 robots, exploding in midair before touching Link.

"A marvelous plan was just demolished! I'll kill you all!" Porky said jumping in the air and hovering, he commanded his Spider Mech to charge up a thunder attack from beneath his machine.

"Wait, STOP!" Chris said trying to stop Porky, but it was too late and Porky fired his thunder attack into the wet ground, and the whole room was electrocuted because it was very wet from the floor to the roof and they received a lot of damage after that.

"Is...anyone alright?" Marth asked breathing heavily.

"We're fine!" Pichu said raising his hand with Pikachu, the bolt made almost no damage to both of them, instead, they drained a little of the electricity but suffered a little bit "I'll use Thunde-"

"NO! You're just going to repeat the previous attack!" Chris said.

"But..."

Porky landed on the floor "HA! AND I THOUGHT YOU WERE GOING TO BE HARDER TO BEAT THAN THAT!" He taunted, trying to smirk again.

"(Okay, he is not watching me,)" Chris thought while walking slowly behind Porky's Spider Mech "(If I can sneak to the top, I could stab my sword in the glass and defeat him.)"

"Wow, I'll defeat you all in style!"

Chris was approaching "(Just a little more...)"

"By using another thunder attack!"

"(Closer...)"

"Yes! That's how I'll this useless fight!"

"(Come on...don't look over here...)"

"Hahaha! I'm so darn evil!"

"(And...)"

"So let's finish this already!"

"(...No...my...)"

"What the? What did I just hit?"

Everybody had their eyes widened, Porky accidentaly struck Chris below his left claw with force that it shocked everyone, especially Lucario, whose jaw was dropped in terror after he saw...blood.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!! MY BACK! IT HURTS SO MUCH! UGH! I...I NEED...I NEED TO STAY ALIVE!!!" Chris screamed in extreme pain after feeling a lot of blood getting out of his back and Porky was sweating like crazy inside his machine.

"Oo-oops, I think I made a mistake...WAIT! THAT WASN'T A MISTAKE RIGHT?!"

"OH NO! HE'S LOSING A LOT OF BLOOD!" Nana said in shock.

"STOP!" Mewtwo yelled as he used Confusion to stop the blood from escaping Chris's body "Whew, that was close, but it's not enough to heal him!"

"HA! AND THAT FURRY MADE EVERYTHING SO HARD, MR. VIRTUAL OLD MAN WILL SURELY BE PLEASED AFTER I TELL THIS!...Wait...where is this earthquake coming from?" Porky asked looking around after feeling a strong earthquake shaking the water below his claws.

"Lu-Lucario?! Are you alright?!" Pichu asked terrified after he saw Lucario's body glowing as he was gathering all of his aura that he could, the Ice Climbers, Pikachu an Pichu backed away terrorized.

"GRRRRRRR!!!!! YOU...YOU WILL PAY FOR THIS!!!!" Lucario said as he quickly vanished by using Extremespeed and Porky quickly looked at all directions, wondering where he went.

"Hey! Where is him? I want to crush his body but good!" Porky asked angrily, but then, his machine was being lifted from the floor and everyone saw Lucario lifting the big machine as his eyes were in a bright, yellow color "PUT ME DOWN, YOU FREAK!"

"GGGGGGGGUUUUUUUUUUARRRRRRGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" Lucario threw the spider mech to the roof with great speed and Porky went flying and screaming like an idiot before crashing into the roof, then after 5 seconds, the machine fell from the roof and Porky saw Lucario's right hand glowing with an intense light before he went rocketing using a combination of Extremespeed and Force Palm, the Aura Pok?mon passed through the machine and just below Porky's feet before the machine exploded, leaving the old kid out of cold with his destroyed Spider Mech above the floor.

"Wh-whoa! Th-that was very intense!" Pikachu said astonished before Lucario landed, still glowing and he turned to see Porky with a menacious glare.

"...Now the repairs...are going to...cost me a fortune...oh no..." Porky saw Lucario approaching slowly to him with clenched fists glowing with aura and somehow, his Spider Mech reacted quickly, still badly damaged "HELL NO! I'M NOT GOING TO DIE IN THIS WATER PRISON! LIKE THEY SAY, RUN AWAY TO FIGHT ANOTHER DAY! GOOD BYE LOSERS, IT WAS A PAINFUL PLEASURE TO MEET YOU! YAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!" Porky screamed scarred for life, and if that wasn't enough, the portal appeared just behind the Subspace Bomb and he ran towards it and crushing the bomb in the process before disappearing "STILL, YOU WON'T DEFEAT THE MONSTER INSIDE THE TEMPLE! HAHAHA! I WIN AFTER ALL!" He said as his voice echoed.

This time, however, the crowd didn't gave any cheers for them...

Music stops

"Mewtwo! How is Chris?" Link asked worried.

"It's not good, we need to take him back at the mansion or he'll die here!" Mewtwo said.

"I-I-I DON'T WANT TO DIE! P-P-PLEASE, I-I-I DON'T WANT TO DIE! I-I-I BEG OF YOU!" Chris pleaded crying, scared to death. Pichu was very scared and he embraced Pikachu in horror, Nana did the same with Popo.

"Chris! Please, hang in there!" Lucario said as he stopped glowing, kneeling to calm Chris.

"What's all the commotio-HOLY NUMBERS! CHRIS!" Dr. Kawashima said surprised inside Chris's pocket "WHAT HAPPENED TO HIM?! HE NEEDS IMMEDIATE TREATMENT!"

"But how?" Pikachu asked in shock.

"EASY! First, he needs to return to the mansion before more blood comes out from his back, but also, somebody needs to keep the Wiimote to leave this world before he leaves, I'd also like to take Mr. Mewtwo along to heal him too!" Dr. Kawashima explained.

Pichu searched inside Chris's pocket and he found the Wiimote "I found it!" He said, showing it to them.

"Good, use it when this world is saved, I sense some strong readings deeper in the temple, but not only that, there are more strong readings coming from the southeast region of Hyrule."

"Wait, southeast...it's near my village!" Link said surprised.

"To be more accurate, they're inside a forest, but I don't know why they are there."

"O-okay..." Chris said trembling "I-I leave everything t-to y-you, M-Marth..."

"...Fine, but promise me you're going to be alright and resist the pain." Marth said nodding.

"I-I-I'll promise." Chris said, Pichu opened the portal to the Smash Mansion, Mewtwo carried Chris using Confusion but Lucario stopped them "W-w-what i-i-is it, L-L-Lucario?"

"I...want to follow you." Lucario said.

"N-n-no, you s-stay behind."

"But Chris! Just look at your wound! Also, I promised that I was going to protect you, but I failed this time." Lucario said closing his eyes.

"L-L-Lucario, please, l-l-listen to me, t-t-they need you m-m-more than I-I-I do, d-d-don't worry a-a-about me, I-I-I'll be fine."

Lucario looked down sadly "...If...that's what you want...I won't argue."

Chris gave him a very worried smile "T-t-thanks..." He managed to say before he fainted.

"Chris!" Mewtwo blocked Lucario with one hand "Don't stop me!"

"You already told him that you were going to listen to him," Mewtwo looked at Chris "He'll live, stop getting preocupied now."

"Mewtwo! Stop being so harsh on Lucario!" Nana said upset.

"Sorry, but we must leave now, excuse us." Mewtwo said, entering the portal with Chris.

"Hey, why hasn't the portal disappeared now?" Pikachu asked confused.

From the other side of the portal, many voices were heard and they gasped.

"What in the world?!"

"He needs treatment, immediately!"

"How could they do this to him?!"

"AAAHH! I-I'm very scared!"

"C-Chris! Please, don't die!"

"He is going to be fine Lucas, r-right Mewtwo?"

"I'm not sure, but we need to act, quickly!"

"Oh man, I can't stand something like this!"

"Hurry! Take him to Lucario's Room!"

"Roger!" All the voices said in unison before the portal disappeared.

Chris and Mewtwo has left the party

"Weren't those..." Popo asked trailing off.

"...Let's go, we can't lose more time." Lucario said.

"(It had to be so hard to see him like that.)" Link thought, before his eyes found a treasure chest where the Subspace Bomb was before and he walked towards it, finding the Clawshot "I wonder how is this going to help us?"

"Link! Over here! This gate is blocking our way!" Marth said waving at Link as he pointed at a blue gate blocking their way, Link looked around for a switch to open it and that's where he saw a hanging point to use his newly acquired item. He used it to reveal that the hanging point was the switch, and the gate opened after that.

Below Link's shadow, Midna was talking to herself "...Humph, that kid almost died, that was surely a stupid move coming from him."

"Midna." A voice spoke behind her and she looked around for the source.

"Who is there? Show yourself!" She demanded with a glare.

"Midna, I know there is something troubling you, am I right?" The voice asked with a tone full of evil.

"...Shut up! There is absolutely nothing troubling me! Go away!" She said crossing her arms and looking away.

"Aw, I know what it is, it's because of them, right?"

Midna grithed her teeths, knowing that the voice knew her problem "...Alright! You got me! They! They are causing me a lot of trouble! Happy?"

The voice chuckled evily "And haven't you wondered why did Link befriended them in matter of seconds?"

"Now...that you mention it, they appeared out of nowhere and that strange cat put a spell on him when we met."

"Exactly, isn't weird that they want to follow Link and you around too?"

"Because they want to help us, but I can't argue with Link because "he wants to stay with them", geez, what a pain." Midna said.

"...Then I leave you and the assassins alone." The voice said before leaving, but Midna gasped a little and he stopped him.

"Stop!" She yelled opening her left hand at him.

The voice turned to Midna "Yes?"

"What do you mean by "assassins"?"

"It's obvious, they look like they're assassins."

Midna chuckled to herself "Yeah, yeah, and what do you think those 2 parka kids and the 2 yellow rats are?"

"Assassins."

Midna was now getting furious "Stop this foolishness! You can't trick me!"

"Fine Midna, but I warning you, those persons can't be trusted so easily." The voice said chuckling to itself.

"I...I...I can't allow Link to die! They could ruin my plans!"

"And? What are you going to do? Midna?" The dark voice asked smirking.

"(So they are trying to kill Link, I won't let them ruin my plans so easily)" She thought with a smirk on her face.

"So what's your decision?"

"I'm going to kill them when Link doesn't look, then after that, I'll be safe with just Link around." Midna said smirking.

"Hahaha, good luck then." The voice said before disappearing "(Foolish Midna, too easy to trick by her own thoughts...she doesn't even wonders what is waiting for her ahead...you'll pay for defying the lord of all evil, mwhahahahahaha...HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!)"

2 hours later...

Boss Room

After going through the temple, they finally got inside the Boss Room...which was very small room with a hole in the middle.

"What if we jump inside the hole? There could be something inside." Marth suggested.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 17, 2008, 12:29:44 PM
"A monster..." Lucario trailed off.

"W-w-what?" Pichu asked scared.

"A huge monster is waiting for us inside, and not only that, I can feel the Shadow Bugs taking over his body."

"Then that means he's going to be stronger." Pikachu said.

"We've come this far and I'm not going to give up yet! Come on!" Nana said jumping inside the hole with Popo following her, Pikachu jumped inside with Pichu and finally, Link, Marth and Lucario got inside the hole, falling inside a big room filled with water.

"Whoa...this room is too big." Popo said falling to the center with everyone.

Marth looked around "Rooms like this always have a huge enemy."

Pichu gulped preocupied "W-we're going to be fine, right?"

"Of course we will!" Nana said.

"We should reach the floor now." Link said, stepping in the floor with sand.

"Strange...nothing is here besides those big seaweeds." Marth said.

"Wait," Lucario said glowing to inspect the place "I can sense life coming for us."

"Where?" Link asked.

"From..." The sand was starting to shake violently and they almost stumbled (even inside the water), they quickly swam to different directions as the sand from the center was creating a quicksand, from the sand, transparent tentacles with a dark aura came rising with speed, from one of the tentacles, a scary-looking eye came glancing at their prey, not only tentacles came, but a big mouth was located in the center of the room.

TWILIT AQUATIC
MORPHEEL


Boss Battle Song 1

GET
READY!

"Okay, now what do we do?" Popo asked.

"Popo, you have been asking the same thing over and over again when you don't know what to do!" Nana pointed out angrily.

Popo crossed his arms "Then you know what to do?"

"Well...I...was...AAAAHHHHHH!!!!" Nana was pulled by one of the tentacles and Popo gasped before swimming after her, but the monster threw Nana inside its mouth to swallow her.

"NANA!" Popo screamed in terror before he went after the tentacle that catched Nana.

"I'll help you!" Pikachu said swimming towards Popo, but he accidentaly got stuck by one of the tentacles and he went at all directions as the tentacle was swinging him, before throwing the yellow mouse inside the mouth again with Nana.

"PIKACHU!" Pichu yelled worried but he had second thoughts, if he used Thunder, he could attack all of them with the water all around the room.

"These...tentacles...are...so...strong!" Popo said, bashing one of the tentacles endlessly but the tentacle kept his stance and the blue Ice Climber accidentaly got his right hand stuck on it before he went around screaming, then the tentacle threw him inside the mouth.

"Stop eating them!" Lucario said swimming towards the tentacles, 4 of them went towards him but he used several tiny Aura Spheres to hold them back, but unbeknownst to him, a tentacle struck his back hard and Lucario tried to get out by punching it, but it got worse and his hands got stuck too.

"Link! We have to do something!" Marth said.

"But what can we do? Those tentacles can stick to us and...wait," Link saw the eye that was appearing from tentacle to tentacle "Don't you think there is something odd with that eye?"

Marth looked at the eye "It had been appearing inside the tentacles, but why do you ask?"

"I think that's the monster's weak point!" Link said snapping his fingers, although they didn't do any snap since he was inside the water. Forgetting that Lucario just got swallowed because of their ignorance. (Ignorance is Bliss, people).

"Umm, guys..." Pichu tried to get their attention by pulling Marth's cape.

"Shut up Pichu," Marth said, getting in a thinking position "But as you saw, the eye is too far from us, also, the tentacles keep us from reaching it." He pointed out.

"Wait," Link took out his Clawshot "Maybe this can pull that eye out!"

"Guys!" Pichu shouted.

"What?!" Both swordmans asked angrily.

"We're being dragged by the tentacles." Pichu said as he was upside-down, Link and Marth looked below to see their right foots wrapped in one tentacle and they tried to struggle out, but it was uselles and the tentacles swung them around "YIKES!" Pichu yelled scared.

"HURRY LINK! USE THAT!" Marth said from afar before Link shot his Clawshot right into the eye, but the new strength that the Sadow Bugs gave to the monster was enough for the eye to resist.

"DAMM IT! GET OUT!" Link said clenching his teeths as he tried to pull the eye out.

"Pichu! I don't care if you hurt us, but use Thunder!" Marth ordered.

"O-OKAY! BUT DON'T BE MAD AT ME! PIIIIIIICCCHHHUUUUU!!!!!" Pichu casted a thunder from above that electrocuted all the water, not only the monster but including Link and Marth. The tentacles stopped moving and Link tried to pull it out.

"Let me help you!" Marth said trying to grab the chain of the Clawshot, but fortuntely he did and joined Link to fight againts the eye by pulling the chain.

"Wait for me!" Pichu said grabbing the chain with his teeths, he began to pull the eye out with the other 2 as fast as he could.

"GET OUT!" The 3 yelled in unison and the eye went out from the tentacle towards Link, the Hero of Twilight took out his sword and he stabbed it at the eye, then the animated monstrosity tried to return to one of the tentacles but...

"NO WAY!" Marth said stabbing the eye a second time before it went floating faster to the tentacles, but for worsening the short life of the possesed eye...

"PIIICCCHUUU!!!" Pichu yelled casting another thunder above the eye and hurting Link and Marth again, all the tentacles swung madly as the eye retreated inside the mouth, throwing the trio aside and luckily, Morpheel spat out the 4 Smashers, before it withdrawed inside the sand along with the tentacles.

"Yuck! That's the second time a monster eat us!" Nana complained.

"Hey, at least you didn't puke!" Popo said chuckling and he earned a glare from Nana, sweating.

"Do you think we killed him?" Marth asked to Link.

"No! He's going to appear again!" Lucario warned them, then, the sand trembled and a huge roar came below their feets, they swam to the same direction before Morpheel came as a huge worm with his dark tentacles around his mouth, the eye that they were previously defeated was now embedded to the back close to the mouth and the tentacles. His body could eat a whole town in terms of height.

"Oh no, he's coming after us again!" Pikachu said swimming out of the way with the others quickly to evade the big mouth of Morpheel "Hey, where is Pichu?"

"HEEEEEELLLLLLLLLPPPPPPPP!!!!" Pichu screamed from one of the tentacles, getting away in every second.

"How do we reach him?" Popo asked.

"Ugh, keep asking Popo, someone will respond YOUR problem for sure!" Nana said annoyed.

"I know! Since the eye is now on his back, we could grab the chain of the Clawshot to pull us to him, directly going to the eye and we should reach Pichu AND attack it!" Link said.

"I really, REALLY hate you Popo!" Nana said.

"Really?" Popo asked.

"Only this time."

"Link, hurry or Pichu will be eaten!" Lucario said snapping Link from his current state, he took out his Clawshot and all of them swam to the center to get an easy point to grab the eye, they grabbed the Clawshot and Link carefully aimed it at the eye, then, he shot the chain in the right time and it got stuck in the eye again, pulling all of them to his body.

"Pichu! Hang in there!" Pikachu said stopping grabbing the back and he swam quickly towards Pichu to get him out of the tentacle.

"NOW! ATTACK THE EYE!" Link said as he and Marth started to stab their swords at the eye, Lucario punched it and the Ice Climbers smashed it with their hammers, the huge worm roared in pain and he shook his body to throw them away, but accidentaly threw Pichu out of his tentacles with Pikachu.

"I think he's mad." Pikachu said.

"Why?" Pichu asked.

"BECAUSE HE'S ABOVE US!" He yelled and they screamed, Morpheel struck the sand with his mouth missing them by some centimeters, but he managed to eat Marth and Popo this time.

"NOT AGAIN!" Popo yelled inside the beast before Morpheel appeared below Link, swallowing him too and leaving Nana, Lucario, Pikachu and Pichu alone.

"What now? We can't reach the eye without Link's Clawshot!" Nana said.

"Then we have to create our own strategy." Lucario said.

"How?" Pichu asked.

"Grab my hand and follow me!" Lucario said extending his hand at Nana, she grabbed his hand and Pikachu grabbed Nana's and Pichu grabbed Pikachu's, Lucario swam as fast as he could.

"Wait, Lucario, what are you doing?" Nana asked preocupied, Lucario was swimming towards the mouth of Morpheel and they screamed in terror "CCCCCCRRRRRRRRAAAAAAAAPPPPPPPPP!!!!!!" Nana yelled at the top of her lungs.

"GO!" Lucario said throwing the trio to the back and sacrificing himself as he entered the mouth by his own will.

"NOOOO!!! YOU BASTARD!" Nana said enraged and she started to hit the eye with all her strength, Pikachu and Pichu were slamming their tails at the eye with their final force, with their final blow combined together, Morpheel made a huge scream of pain and he shook them off his body, the creature spat Link, Marth, Popo and Lucario before he went crashing around the room's wall, destroying himself in every second that was passing, then, he crashed his mouth directly to the wall, creating a huge crack and the water was drained out fastly and to end it all, his body exploded leaving black squares floating around the room and dropping a Heart Container, the squares quickly gathered in the center and a shadow piece of a mask came from the squares, it was the mysterious Fused Shadow. The crowd cheers for them before anything else was going to happen.

Music stops

"We...we did it!" Nana said jumping happily and Popo joined her.

"Now let's leave this temple right now!" Marth said.

"And save the forest to return to the mansion." Lucario said.

"Phew...that huge worm was almost killing us!" Nana said.

"Link! Look over there!" Midna said pointing to a random direction and Link looked confused at that way, Midna took the opportunity and she made quickly a dark portal, teleporting the rest of the Smashers "I'm sorry, but I won't let you kill Link and ruin my plans!" She said telepathically.

"Mi-Midna! What are you talking abou-" Marth was interrupted.

"Shut up nancy boy!" She said and Marth glared at her comment "I'm afraid this is a good bye to you, stop following us!"

"But why?" Pikachu asked very confused.

"I don't want to tell you!"

"Okay, if that what's you want," Lucario looked at Link "Link! Help us!"

"Link, come on, we need your help!" Popo pleaded.

"...Link? What's he doing?" Nana asked confused.

Link was holding the Heart Container in his hands, the heart was floating and spinning mysteriously and Link was wondering how can that be possible, not only that, a weird green screen with the image of the heart was in front of him describing the properties.

"LINK!" They yelled annoyed in unison.

"Farewell! See you later...IN HELL!" Midna said snapping her fingers furiously and the portal took them away from the temple, by that time, Link walked towards Midna and he looked around for them.

"Midna, where are they?" Link asked.

Midna made a smile of mischief and she looked at Link "Oh, they returned to their "mansion" thing, stop goofing around and take the Fused Shadow!" She ordered pointing at the Fused Shadow floating in the center of the room, Link was very confused at this moment as he took the Fused Shadow, then Midna made another portal to the Lanayru's Spring and Link stepped inside, but Midna looked around narrowing her eyes.

"Ha! I laugh at your karma, kid!" She said with a smirk to the hole above the room.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on June 17, 2008, 02:48:38 PM
Good job! Suspenseful. They're about to fight Morpheel, right?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 18, 2008, 12:34:56 PM
Suddenly, a disc scratches and the image of Midna smirking evily freezes and the author's voice appears.

"Okay! It's payback time for her for being such an a** in the beginning of the game!" The author said clenching his fists before Chris's voice appears.

"Hey! You can't do that, she's vital for this chapter!" Chris said protesting.

"Watch me, she was so irritating to me!"

"How are you going to make her suffer?"

"Elemental, my currently damaged character, I'm going to use something called scene skip to humiliate her!"

"No! I won't allow you to do such thing!"

"She said you were a moron below Link's shadow, even worse, he called you a kid again."

"...On second thought, make her suffer!" He said taking out a bag with popcorn.

"Hey, can I have some?"

"Get your own damm popcorn!"

"(Geez, he took the moron part so personal...and it was a lie too...)" He thought.

"You said something?"

"Er, no, don't mind me, okay, first we rewind this part when she looks at the hole and thhhhheeeeeennnnnnnnn, go." He said continuing the story.

"Ha! I laugh at your karma, kid!" She said with a smirk to the hole above the room.

After a long, dramatical event in the Lanayru's Spring...

"Ugh! Zant...stop this...nonsense at once!" Midna said trying to escape from Zant's power in midair, the Twilight Realm was covering the spring, Link was in his wolf form, fainted because he tried to protect Midna from Zant, but the ruler of Twilight had a force field that knocked him out.

"Hehehehe...Midna, you're so hopeless in this form..." Zant said chuckling.

"Zant...just what are you trying to do?" Midna asked with gritthed teeths.

"It's so simple Midna, I'll be the one to conquer this land, and you are just a pesky rat, trying to kill me."

"You...why did you talked to me inside the temple? Thanks to you, they could have defeated you in a matter of seconds!"

"Foolish, little Midna..." Zant said, opening his helmet to talk above Midna's left shoulder "Betrayal is such a good thing, isn't it?"

"No...you fooled me!" Midna said gritting her teeths.

"Who said I did that?" Zant asked with a smirk.

"What?"

"Midna, I didn't talked to you in the first place, maybe my god talked directly to you in the shadows."

"Your god? What god are you speaking of?"

"That's a secret...my dear Midna..." Zant said motioning his hand to the spring and Midna went flying in the center of the cliff trying to escape.

"What are you going to do now?"

"Simple," Zant said chuckling evily "I'll let you inside the Light Realm for eternity."

Midna gasped and she tried to get out of Zant's power "No! Please, you know that that is a fatal move for a being of the Twilight Realm!"

"Impressive...Midna? Begging for forgiveness? Now that is a nice image!" Zant said, starting to laugh evily "Come forth, Lanayru! Pull this being to the Light Realm!" He said, making Lanayru to come out of the spring with his dark magic and he approached slowly to Midna as the orb in his mouth was starting to shine intensely, Midna's eyes widened, the light was her most dangerous weakness and she screamed at the top of her lungs, the light covered the whole spring and she disappeared, Zant looked behind his shoulder and Link was gone too "Humph, that should be the end for them." He said, vanishing from the spring.

Near Hyrule Castle Town

The Smashers, meanwhile, appeared outside the Castle Town in the night and they wondered why Midna called them assassins.

"Why did Midna acted like that to us?" Nana asked confused.

"And since when did we tried to kill Link?" Pikachu added asking too.

"I knew she wasn't a good person since the beginning." Lucario said.

"But...I'm afraid what is she going to do with Link!" Pichu said worried.

"Guys, let's forget all of this, I know Link is going to be fine, he always confronts these kinds of situations and this is no exception." Marth said, reassuring all of them.

"Wait..." Lucario said closing his eyes and he concentrated his aura to sense someone "There is someone to the northwest."

"What's so special about that someone?" Popo asked.

"It's a...wolf. And he is unconscious with another person." Lucario said as he stopped glowing.

"A wolf? Don't you mean...Link?" Marth asked confused.

"I'm not sure, but may as well investigate there before going to the forest."

Marth nodded "If there is someone in need, we should help him out."

Preview of the next chapter

"How could you do that to us? We were so friendly to you!" Nana said furiously.

"We tried to be good, but why did you do that?" Pichu asked crying.

"There is no place for you in this world, burn in hell!" Lucario said.

"No! Wait! Please, don't leave me alone! I'll atone for my deeds, just don't leave me alone!" Midna said trying to run after them but it was futile as they walked away in the darkness.

...............................................................................................

"...Zelda?" Marth asked surprised.

"...Marth? Is that really you?" The hooded person revealed herself to be Zelda.

...............................................................................................

"The Master Sword is just beyond the gorge." Lucario said translating Link's words "But they are there too."

"Let's save Zelda!" Nana said, lifting her hammer.

...............................................................................................

"UUUUGGGGGGHHHHH!" He panted "Stupid sword! Why don't you get out already?"

"Hey! Leave the Master Sword alone, you furry!" Midna said with gritted teeths.

"Another wolf? You must be kidding me." Wolf said.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Midna's Lament!" Popo said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Hyrule

Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Link, Midna
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 19, 2008, 11:31:38 AM
Chapter 52: Midna's Lament

"...Zant...why..." Midna found herself standing in the emptyness of the darkness and she got up, moaning a little in pain "Where...am I?"

"Humph."

Midna turned to see Mewtwo who appeared from nowhere "Yo-you're him! Please, I know this is strange, but I need your help!"

"And why should I?" Mewtwo asked.

"Huh? What do you mean?" She asked and she quickly noticed that everyone except Link appeared in a group "How did you get here?... That's not important right now, please, can you help me?"

"No." Chris responded.

"B-but...why?"

"Don't act like a fool around us Midna," Marth said "We trusted you since we met."

"That's a misunderstanding! O-of course I trusted all of you!"

"Well, it doesn't seems like that," Pikachu said lowering his ears a little "You took advantage of us for your plans.

"I-I didn't!" Midna said joining her hands "I listened to Link too! I-Isn't that enough?"

"But only listening to Link won't get you friends," Popo said shaking his head slowly "Your behavior is the most important thing too."

"I-I showed you my good behavior!"

Chris looked down sadly "That's not true... You're lying to yourself."

"Chris, leave her alone, she doesn't matters." Lucario said.

"You've got to...be kidding me!" Midna said surprised.

"Lying is the first path to destruction." Mewtwo said narrowing his eyes.

"Tricking people is dishonorable." Marth said.

"Attacking them is even worse!" Pikachu said.

"Saying harsh things can hurt them from the inside." Nana said.

"Betrayal? Isn't that a bad thing too?" Pichu wondered.

"Gaining their confidence and then throwing it away is painful." Popo said.

"If you want power over friends, who is going to stay by your side when you want company?" Chris asked.

"Solitude...that is the place where you belong." Lucario said glaring at Midna with crossed arms.

"No way...I can't believe...I did all that...to you..." Midna said dropping to her knees "I'm...I'm sorry!...I'm so sorry!" It wasn't too late for her to cry and burying her eyes in her hands.

"How could you do that to us? We were so friendly to you!" Nana said furiously.

"We tried to be good, but why did you do that?" Pichu asked crying.

"There is no place for you in this world, burn in hell!" Lucario said.

"No! Wait! Please, don't leave me alone! I'll atone for my deeds, just don't leave me alone!" Midna said trying to run after them but it was futile as they walked away in the darkness.

Midna's Lament

"Don't go...please...don't go..." Midna opened her eyes a little and she looked around above dark green fur, it was night, and the sky had many clouds which were going to create rain in any minute "...Link..." She was able to identify Link, who was in his wolf form looking at her a little worried "...Let's...see...Zelda...she...knows..." She said before losing consciousness, Link ears perked up and his mouth opened surprised and he ran at the east at full speed, if Midna knew a way to return Link to him human form, then there was no time to lose.

"!!" Link noticed that the Smashers were coming from the east and he stopped when they saw him.

"Link, what happened?" Marth asked. Link couldn't talk but he looked at Midna and they looked at her weakened body, panting heavily "Oh, it's her."

"...I'm..." Midna managed to say.

"Humph! I don't care what happens to her anymore!" Nana said crossing her arms and looked away.

"You're the first person who makes me sick!" Pikachu said glaring at Midna.

"People who betrays us like she did are destined to suffer for eternity." Lucario said.

They noticed that Link was staring at them, blinking with a blank face and Popo rubbed his chin "Hey, are you trying to tell us something?"

Link looked at Midna and he turned to see them again "...Link, don't tell me you want us to help her!" Pichu asked surprised and Link nodded.

"After what she did back in the temple? Forget it!" Nana added angrily.

And again, Link was just staring and blinking at them with a blank face "Link, is this is a joke? She could do something very bad to us if we find something to save her!" Pikachu said protesting.

But Link looked at Midna again and he stared at them "Please Link, she deserves this!" Marth said protesting but Link was still staring at them.

"Are you willing to help her even if she used you?" Lucario asked and Link nodded "...I can't believe you still trust her."

Link looked at the direction of the castle and they joined his view "The castle? Are you going there?" Marth asked and Link, once again, nodded "But why?" Link looked at Midna "It's for Midna?"

"Link says Zelda can help Midna in her situation." Lucario pointed out.

"...But we're talking about Midna! The same person who betrayed us!" Nana said.

"I'm right with her." Popo said raising his hand.

"Me too." Pikachu said.

"Me too!" Pichu said pouting.

Lucario sighed to himself "...Fine Link, I'll help Midna."

"WHAT?!" The four little Smashers said surprised.

"Lucario, are you for real?" Pikachu asked.

"Don't think I trust her, if she makes another move like before," He pointed at Midna with his hand glowing "I'll kill her, no matter what."

"...If Link wants to help her, we don't have any choice left." Marth said sighing "But beware, I support Lucario's idea."

"Unbelievable...alright! I'll help her too." Pikachu said "But! I'm another person who supports Lucario's idea."

"...I...I don't like where is this going...but I'm in." Pichu said.

Popo looked at Nana "There's no point in staying in this group only by you and me."

Nana sighed "Okay...I'll help too." She said.

"Then let's go to the castle." Marth said and they nodded.

"...Thank...you..." Midna wispered with a tear strolling down her cheek. Not much time passed before the rain started to fall.

Hyrule Castle Town North

"It's not good," Marth said "The gates are closed and only Lucario, Pikachu and Pichu can pass to the other side."

"What really impresses me is that the townsfolk only screamed after they saw Link." Popo said.

"Yeah, the guards didn't do anything except protect themselves with their lances from us." Pikachu said.

Suddenly, Link's ears perked up and he remembered something from the past in Kakariko Village.

Flashback

"Before I go, I need to tell you something, there is a secret passage inside my bar that leads directly to the Hyrule Castle, if you want to know where is it, come to the bar, good bye!"

End of flashback

"...So that's the other way." Lucario said to Link.

"What?" Pichu asked.

"The woman that you met before said something about a secret passage in her bar that leads inside the castle."

"You mean Telma?" Marth asked and Link nodded "Oh well, let's go there."

Hyrule Castle Town South

"Link, I don't think it's a good day if you enter firs-" Pichu was interrupted before Link was pushed from the bar, rolling in the floor and the door closed with a lock.

"Great, now we can't enter the bar." Popo said frowning.

"Miaaoo." They turned their heads to see a female fluffy cat with a violet ribbon looking at them, the cat walked towards Link and she talked to him.

"What is she doing?" Nana asked confused, the cat ran away to the boxes at the left of the bar and she jumped to the top, where she talked to Link.

"Link says that the cat told him about the secret passage, it's inside that window." Lucario said pointing to the window where the cat was standing before she went inside.

"Phew! We were almost in a problem!" Popo said before they started to climb the boxes to enter the bar from the window.

Telma's Bar

"Shh, the bar is a little crowded, don't make any sound while walking." Marth warned them as they looked between the jars to eavesdrop the persons inside the bar, Telma was worried about what happened to Link when he went away from Kakariko Village, a Goron was asking to himself what to do with the rain outside and another group were sitting around a table, talking about someone wearing green clothes that defeated the beast of the temple.

"Look, there is a path over there." Lucario wispered to them, pointing to a dark path from the other side of the room "We can use those ropes to cross to the other side." He said looking at some ropes that were hanging from floor to floor.

They carefully walked above the ropes without making sounds, what really impressed Nana is that the people inside the bar didn't noticed them, even a little.

"There is water coming from the passage, let's enter." Marth said and they nodded, entering the passage.

Jovani's House

On the other side, they found a room filled with treasure, Nana squealed after finding gold below her foots, a floating candle was there floating and Pikachu was suddenly attacked by an unknown force.

"Ugh, who attacked me?!" Pikachu asked surprised.

Link started to growl angrily and he used his senses to find a ghost with a maniac face ready to slash Lucario from behind with a big scythe, Link jumped towards to Lucario, who gasped and ducked to let Link attack the phantom by biting its body, the ghost disappeared by Link because he pulled out a red soul from its chest, finding a Poe Soul.

"Oh little puppy, did you defeated that ghost?" A gold statue sitting above a big red chair spoke to them and Pichu hid behind Marth, scared "Thank you for collecting that soul, I'm Jovani, the owner of this house and the treasures, but may I request you a favor? Can you please defeat and collect the souls from the Poe's that took my body from me? If it is not much? If you accept, I'll open a secret path to the castle."

Upon hearing the words "secret path to the castle", Link nodded "Thank you! Here, I'll open it without moving from here." Jovani said and a big treasure chest opened to reveal a hole leading to somewhere.

"Whoa, how did he do that without moving?" Popo asked with shiny eyes, but Nana frowned to herself and they jumped inside the hole.

Castle Sewers

"WHEEEEEYYYYYYYYY!!!!!!" Pichu shouted happily after sliding across the water from the sewers, taking them to the sewers of the castle.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: The Seventh on June 20, 2008, 06:22:35 AM
Must... resist... commenting... mid... chapter...

Oh, might as well.  Sorry if it has seemed like I haven't been reading it lately, I have, actually, and thought it was high time I commented.

One thing...  AWESOME!  Just like always, great story, and a twist that made me wonder if they were ever going to get through.  Just plain awesome.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 20, 2008, 01:30:14 PM
"Wait up, Link!" Popo said as Link ran away in a hurry, they followed him to find Zelda by passing through the sewers, in the way, Link had to grab levers hanging from the roof to open some doors.

"This place is full of ruins." Marth said looking around, where the rain was falling above their heads.

"Don't stay in the rain for too long or you will get a cold, Chris." Lucario said looking behind him, but he gasped a little "Where is him?"

"Lucario, remember, Chris is in the mansion trying to recover from that wound." Marth said.

Lucario looked down with his eyes closed "...I know."

"I'm very worried about him..." Nana said.

"Yeah, I didn't thought he could receive that attack." Pikachu said.

"And this rain makes everything so unhappy and sad." Pichu said, drying himself by shaking.

"..." Lucario just walked ahead of them, looking at the floor while the rain was soaking his fur.

Pichu made a sad face "Poor Lucario..."

Pikachu patted his back "Don't worry, I got the feeling that Chris is going to be fine."

"Let's finish this mission to see if he recovered." Marth said and they continued their way with Link.

The group of Smashers eventually made it to the top of the castle, outside in the roofs.

"Be careful not to slip, or we could die from this height." Marth said.

"Yikes!" Pichu said slipping and going down the roof, slidding by the water, but Pikachu was able to catch him by grabbing his tail and he sighed.

"Be more careful Pichu!" Pikachu said pulling Pichu to him.

"Sorry, I was thinking about something else..."

"Pichu, I already told you, he'll be fine! Trust me!"

"...Okay, if you say so." Pichu said, returning with the others.

"Zelda is inside that tower, on the top." Lucario said pointing to a tower far away from them.

"We're almost there!" Popo said.

"Ahh!" Nana was being attacked by a big bird who appeared from behind her, Popo and Marth joined forces and they defeated the bird with a combined blow, falling down the castle.

"Nana, are you okay?" Popo asked worried.

"...Y-yes, I'm fine, it's just..."

"...I'm also worried about him, but please stay alert!"

"...I...I will."

Popo smiled a little "That's the spirit! Let's go!" He said running through the roof with Nana and the others.

Midna was breathing heavily with long pauses, she noticed and heard all the conversations from the Smashers, the demostration of how they cared for Chris was surprising her by the way the others were thinking about him, because they were his friends, but there was one problem with Midna, who is going to get worried about her right now in her current state? Does she has someone who actually cares for her? Probably not she thought, recognizing about all the things she did only by caring about her, and only her.

But what about Link's thoughts?

Tower

The Smashers climbed the long stairs and stepping inside a room, where a hooded person was looking outside the window.

"Who are you?" Marth asked.

"Have you seen someone named Zelda around here?" Nana asked.

The hooded person turned his back to see them, but he was surprised after identifying who were they, Marth glanced at the face and he blinked in surprise.

"...Zelda?" Marth asked surprised.

"...Marth? Is that really you?" The hooded person revealed herself to be Zelda.

"Zelda! What are you doing here, locked-up in this room?" Pikachu asked.

"And how do you know us? You're a different Zelda." Marth asked.

"It's because I know who you are, I can remember all the fights we have been." She said, uncovering her head to see them more clearly "It's good to see you all again...who is him?"

"Lucario, a Pok?mon like Pikachu and Pichu." Popo said.

"It's a pleasure to meet you." Zelda said extending her hand at Lucario, but he looked away "Why is he so silent?"

"Something bad happened to a new friend we met a while ago, and he has been like this for a moment." Marth explained.

"...Oh...I see." Zelda said returning her hand to her, but she quickly noticed that Midna was all weakened above Link and she kneeled to see her "Midna...did you were pulled to the Light Realm?"

"...Zelda...Zant...did...it." Midna said in a weak tone.

"One bad thing after another, Link, I presume Zant used his dark magic to turn you into a wolf permanently, right?" She asked and Link nodded "But don't fear, there is a way to return you to your original form." She got up.

"Really?" Pichu asked.

"Yes, deep inside the woods of Ordona, lies the Sacred Grove, where the Master Sword rests in the remains of the Temple of Time, with the light of the sword, Link can return to his original form," She looked at Link and Midna "Link, Midna, you should head there and get the sword before Zant attacks with his forces."

"But what about Midna? She can't dwell in this world for too long!" Marth said.

Music Stops

Zelda put her hand above Midna's body and it started to glow with a shiny light and Midna gasped "Wait! Please...don't do it Zelda! You...will die...if you use that!"

"Sorry Midna, is the only way to save you."

Midna slowly looked at Link "Link! Stop her! Now!"

"Zelda! Don't die!" Nana said putting her hand in front of her face.

"It's too risky to lose you!" Marth said.

Zelda slowly closed her eyes "Midna...I hope you can understand what sacrifices are meant to."

"I...I know Zelda! But this is my fault, not yours!" Midna said trying to not cry.

Lucario couldn't resist anymore and he looked at Zelda "Your sacrifice is not going to bring any good!"

"...It will..." Zelda said with a little smile "...It will save Midna from the death..."

"Zelda!" Pichu shouted crying.

"We just found you are you're already sacrificing!" Pikachu shouted crying.

"Please! Don't do it!" Popo shouted.

"...Farewell..." Zelda said, turning herself into a blinding light, everybody shouted her name in preocupation before the light covered Midna completely, her body was recovered and she floated down the floor, looking at her hands with a worried look on her face, she couldn't believe that someone was caring for her all this time, and that person was Zelda.

"Midna..." Marth trailed off.

Midna blinked before she looked at them "...Everyone...I have something to say...I'm sorry..."

"Are you apologizing?" Pikachu asked very confused.

"Yes...I've been very rude to all of you...especially you Link," She said to Link "I'm sorry for making troubles...for thinking only about me....for saying insulting nicknames...for not helping inside the temple...for saying that you should go to hell...for not trying to be friendly...for everything I've done!"

"But that doesn't changes the fact that you were trying to keep us away from helping Link." Marth said, crossing his arms.

"Yes...it will take some time to get your affection and acceptance, but until that day comes," She looked at Link "Please, trust me, and I will trust you."

"What do you think everyone?" Popo asked.

"Well, she looks very troubled this time, so I guess we could trust her one more time." Nana said.

"...I'm only doing this because Zelda gave her life to Midna, but I'll help her." Pikachu said.

"She said "sorry", meaning that she is a good person, right?" Pichu asked.

"Zelda was a very special friend to me, I'll give Midna another opportunity." Marth said nodding.

"Thank you everyone..." Midna said smiling a little, it was the first smile she used instead of an evily smirk or a grin, she rode Link again, but she forgot that Lucario hasn't said anything to her and she looked at him "Are you going to say anything to me?"

"..." Lucario didn't said anything.

"...Oh...right...I didn't apologized for insulting him..."

"..." Lucario turned his head to see her with crossed arms.

"...If he can survive...tell him that I wish him good luck...and a safe journey with all of you..."

"..." Lucario was staring at Midna for more seconds.

"...And I'm sorry for not caring about him and all of you..."

"..." Lucario was still staring at Midna.

"Well, say something! I already said I'm sorry!"

"...I'll be the only one in this group with a desire of death towards you...but...if you're going to change, I'll think about it."

"...Thank you..." She said nodding slowly, knowing that she had to work hard to gain their trust again.

Faron Woods

Midna used her dark magic to teleport them deep inside the Faron Woods, where the first temple which Link went through before was there.

"It's this the deepest part of the woods?" Martk asked looking around.

"Yes, I think so," Midna said "But I didn't knew there was more here."

"UKYE!" Someone shouted from afar, it was a monkey being attacked by strange dark puppets with scary faces and they noticed the animal in danger.

"Hey! That monkey is in trouble!" Nana said.

"And look at that aura, the Subspace Army must be behind of this!" Pikachu said gathering electricity in his cheeks.

"Let's fight!" Popo said running after the dark puppets, everyone joined him and they managed to defeat them within 8 minutes, their velocity was increased along with their strength, good thing Midna used her force field to make Link to deal a fatal blow to all of them.

"Hey, are you alright?" Nana asked to the monkey, it was a female with a flower on top of her head, the monkey looked around before realising that she was saved by them, but after looking at Link in his wolf form, she remembered him and walked towards him, she told him something about a disturbance far away in the gorge close to them, before she went away jumping to some trees and disappearing. Link also got the feeling that the Master Sword was deeper inside the gorge.

"The Master Sword is just beyond the gorge." Lucario said translating Link's words "But they are there too."

"Let's save Zelda!" Nana said, lifting her hammer.

"For Zelda!" Popo said, lifting his hammer.

"For this land!" Marth said, lifting his sword.

"For the cake!" Pichu said, putting his hands on his hip and they stared at him confused.

"...Just ignore him." Pikachu said frowning to himself.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: makuta on June 20, 2008, 02:08:32 PM
You know, I think I just figured out a way to take out Chris without Lucario trying to kill you.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 20, 2008, 09:40:37 PM
The group crossed the gorge where they found a secret path leading further inside the forest, Link stopped because he found another Howl Stone to call the Hero's Spirit, after he finished, they went inside the forest.

Sacred Grove: Labyrinth

"Why did it turned too weird all of a sudden here?" Pichu asked confused, Link found another Howl Stone and he howled another melody, but something was strange, the Hero's Spirit didn't appeared, except for a creepy Skull Kid glowing with the same dark aura, the kid summoned forth 5 dark puppets with his strange trumpet of the wind to kill them before he vanished in midair.

"Here they come!" Marth warned them by grabbing his sword from his sheath.

Hidden Mountain & Forest

GET
READY!

"Take this!" Marth stabbed one of the puppets with his sword before it vanished, Pikachu used Thunder to eliminate 2 of them and the Ice Climbers frozed the remaining 2 and crushed them with their hammers, shattering the ice.

"Well, that was easy." Pikachu said.

Not much time passed before they heard the same sound the Skull Kid produced with his trumpet, and 5 more dark puppets came making noises with their invisible strings.

"What the, there are even more?" Marth asked confused, he looked around for a way to escape and he found a little cavern "Follow that path!" He ordered and they went running inside the cavern, finding another area with more trees.

"They're following us!" Popo said as the dark puppets came closer with their maniacal faces, Pichu went after them by using another Thunder, but he was quickly interrupted by the claws of each puppets and he screamed in pain.

"Pichu!" Lucario yelled putting his hands close to the other to create an Aura Sphere...but something happened and he couldn't use his aura to create the orb "...What?"

"Lucario! Just don't stand there, do something, quick!" Pikachu said running to save Pichu, Pikachu attacked one of them with his tail and Link bit one of them furiously, Marth was surrounded by 2 of the dark puppets but he shielded himself using Counter to retaliate their attacks with a strong slash, cutting them in half, the last one went after Lucario.

"HIYAH!" Lucario punched him in the face, but the dark puppet stared at him evily and the Aura Pok?mon gasped and looked at his hands "What is happening to me? Why I can't destroy him?"

"Lucario! Look out!" Popo called.

"Hu-" Lucario was slashed across the face and he backed away, wiping the trail of blood from the scratches.

"Ha!" Nana destroyed the dark puppet that slashed Lucario and they went with him.

"Lucario, why didn't you do anything back there?" Marth asked.

"I...I don't know!" Lucario said astonished.

"Pichu was going to be seriously injured if I didn't intervened from their attacks!" Pikachu said coming with Pichu.

"...My aura..."

"What about it?" Popo asked confused.

"...My aura...is gone!"

"Wait, isn't your aura the source of your power?" Pichu asked.

"Yes, without it, I can't fight very well and my strength is greatly reduced...I can't believe I lost it." Lucario said looking down at the grass.

"Great, now we need to take care of him." Midna said and she earned a glare from him "No! I wasn't being bad for that!"

"...Maybe...you can't concentrate well because something is preventing you from doing so." Marth said rubbing his chin.

"...I think I know wh-" Nana was interrupted.

They couldn't have more time to talk because the dark puppets came again tilting their heads as the Skull Kid summoned more of them to kill the Smashers.

"This is not good, we need to find that monster and defeat him!" Marth said running inside a cave with everybody else.

"Wait, he's up there!" Pikachu said pointing to the top of a tree where the Skull Kid laughed as he summoned even more dark puppets, now there were 10 surrounding them.

"PPPPPIIIIIIIIICCCCCHHHHHHUUUUUU!!!!!" Pichu casted down a Thunder above the Skull Kid and that made him lost his control and the 10 dark puppets vanished, the little monster stomped the tree in fury and he vanished again, appearing in another location.

"Ignore the puppets and find the monster!" Marth said as the other went inside another cavern, finding another area.

"Where is he?" Popo asked looking around.

Midna remembered that the Skull Kid had a lantern with fire on his left hand and she found the light of the fire coming from a close cavern "Link, he's inside that part, go there now!" She ordered and Link ran to the way Midna directed him and they followed the wolf, but as soon as they crossed the other side, the Skull Kid summoned 8 dark puppets to protect himself from the Smashers.

"Idiot, if he called this amount of puppets, he must be hiding somewhere around here." Midna said grinning.

"Good thing that grin was friendly." Nana wispered to Popo, who nodded.

"I see the light behing that stump!" Pichu said pointing at a stump with the hat of the Skull Kid being shown, the dark puppets appeared quickly in front of the stump and they slashed Link while protecting Midna.

"Link! Are you alright?" Midna asked looking at Link's face, he nodded with his eyes closed a little, before he growled and lunged at 1 dark puppet "Don't waste your time beating those monsters, the Skull Kid is important to defeat them instantly!" Midna said before a puppet lunged its claw at her and she blocked her face with her arms, but Pikachu slammed his tail hard to the monster, and the dark monster disappeared "...But...why did you..."

"I got to admit," Pikachu smiled at her "You changed as you promised!"

Midna blushed a little after hearing this and she looked away embarrased "H-hey! What did I said to you before? Attack them!"

"You didn't said that..."

"...W-well, do it! What are you waiting for?" Midna asked trying to glare at Pikachu but it was imposibble to her since she was still blushing and sweating.

"HA!" Marth slashed the Skull Kid, and the monster stomped the floor again before vanishing in thin air, revealing a hidden cavern leading to a new area.

Now the Skull Kid summoned 15 dark puppets that blocked totally the cavern to stop them, but Lucario had an idea.

"Leave this to me!" He said accelerating.

"But you can't fight without your aura!" Pikachu said.

"You forgot that I still can use my spikes of both arms!" Lucario said putting his arms close to his face and he went crashing, striking them with both spikes and making a path to let them pass, they hurried further inside the area to find the Skull Kid sitting above a tall tree rising from the water as he called more dark puppets.

"Without Lucario's Aura Sphere, we can't reach him!" Pichu said.

"Leave it to us!" The Ice Climbers said in unison using Belay to pull Popo to the air, slamming his hammer right on the head of the Skull Kid before he vanished again, revealing another hidden path.

"I'm starting to hate that monster and his giggles!" Nana said angrily. For her luck, they found the final area of the forest where several pedestals and some rocks were located, the Skull Kid appeared on the center above a pillar, he giggled before summoning more dark puppets and he vanished again.

"Wait, he disappeared from this place!" Pikachu said looking around for him, he was eventually attacked by 3 puppets and he yelled in pain.

Marth quickly cut the puppets in half and he kneeled to see if Pikachu was fine "Pikach-"

"Yeah, I'm fine, just a little scratch on my back." He said sarcastically because Marth was staring at the blood coming from one scratch.

"...Y-yeah, sure." Marth said rubbing his head before he attacked just in time at 2 dark puppets from behind him.

"Stay back!" Pichu said appearing from behind the currently surrounded Lucario and he casted a Thunder to eliminate 7 of them "See? I'm useful to you Lucario!..." However, his Thunder was able to reach Lucario and he was laying unconscious above the grass with his tongue sticking out a little "...Oops?" Pichu replied sweatdropping as a little jolt appeared between Lucario's ears.

"There he is!" Pikachu yelled pointing to the giggling Skull Kid blowing his trumpet to call more puppets to kill them, Marth ran at high speed using Dolphin Slash to reach and hit the Skull Kid, the mischievous monster appeared in another side and called ever more dark puppets who went quickly flying at them.

"Darn it! He keeps calling more of them!" Popo said smacking 2 of them with Nana, then freezing 4 by using Blizzard, Pich appeared jumping and slamming his tiny tail to shatter the ice and the monsters inside.

The trumpet made yet another sound and more dark puppets came tilting their heads, scaring Pichu in the process and Marth and Pikachu did a combinated attack, with Pikachu slamming his head with Skull Bash and Marth using Dancing Blade to cut 6 in a row.

"NOW!" Pikachu shouted casting another Thunder above the Skull Kid, he vanished after receiving another attack and called more dark puppets that filled enterely the room, cornering them in one place (where Lucario was fainted, still with the dumb face).

"Midna, do something about this!" Nana said.

"I'm on it!" Midna said casting the longest force field she ever did so far, targetting all the puppets who were just going to attack at the same time and in a second, Link mae many jumps to many sides of the room dealing devastating blows to each one of the puppets, creating a big field of dead wooden corpses before they vanished in unison, the Skull Kid got very enraged and he inhaled more air to call the double of puppets to eliminate them once and for all.

"STOOOOOPPPPPP!!!" Pichu yelled at the top of his lungs before using Skull Bash to strike the body of the Skull Kid, the monster was just about to vanish before Pikachu came behind creating a ball of electricity, electrocuting the Skull Kid, even worse for the monster was that Marth used Dancing Blade dealing several damage, Popo and Nana followed up using Squall Hammer to hit his head in quick movements, and finally, Link lunged at him biting his little body with his sharp fangs.

The Skull Kid yelled in extreme pain and Link backed away growling, the dark aura around the Skull Kid disappeared and he falls unconscious on the grass, after a second, he got up with the same scary smile and he vanished.

"Hehehehehe! Thank you very much for rescuing me! The idiot who made me this is further inside this area, be careful!" The Skull Kid said before another area was revealed before them. The crowd cheered at their victory.

Music Stops

"Finally! This nightmare is coming to an end!" Pikachu said sighing in relief as they walked inside the hidden area. But more puppets without the dark aura appeared tilting their heads again "WHAT NOW?!" He asked very annoyed this time.

"Even so, I'm still evil, so I shall put my final move on you!" The Skull Kid said from afar and the puppets lunged their bodies at the Smashers, trapping them in the walls with their claws stuck on the hard cement, but the only one who was able to evade and kill one puppet was Link along with Midna "Hehehehe! How amusing! I shall cheer you 2 againts that idiot! Good luck!"

"...We were defeated by this cowardly move...right?" Nana asked annoyed, looking at Popo.

"...It appears so..." Popo replied back, who was upside-down.

"Where is Lucario though?" Pikachu asked, Pichu looked over where Lucario was still laying unconscious with the same dumb face and Pikachu sweatdropped "...Erhm, go on ahead, we just need to wake him up to get out."

"...Okay, you heard him Link, let's go!" Midna said and Link nodded, as they went to the next area.

"...Lucario!" They yelled in unison trying to awake Lucario, and sadly for them, this was going to take a while...

Sacred Grove

"We...we made it!" Midna smiling a little after finding the hidden Sacred Grove, home of the legendary sword, the Master Sword, Midna didn't wanted to lose more time and she looked around, there were some destroyed statues with black points in front of the door to the Master Sword, without more interruptions, they ran inside the door. Where Wolf was trying to pull out the sword with all his strength.

"UUUUGGGGGGHHHHH!" He panted "Stupid sword! Why don't you get out already?"

"Hey! Leave the Master Sword alone, you furry!" Midna said with gritted teeths.

"Another wolf? You must be kidding me." Wolf said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 21, 2008, 02:01:12 PM
"What are you trying to do with the Master Sword?" Midna asked demanding for an answer.

"I've been requested to steal this sword from you, but, this thing doesn't wants to get out."

"It's because you're not worthy of its power." Midna said crossing her arms.

Wolf stood in a fighting stance "This will be your grave...prepare to die!"

"Here he comes Link!" Midna warning Link who growled.

Sacred Grove: Labyrinth

"Lucario!" They continued shouting their name which didn't made any result.

"Okay, that's it, we're stuck here for eternity." Pikachu said sighing in disappointment.

"Wait," Marth said "Pikachu, Pichu, why don't you use Thunder to destroy the puppets?"

"...Why we didn't thought about that before, Pikachu?" Pichu asked confused, looking at Pikachu.

"...Shut up please." Was the reply of Pikachu and he gathered his strength to cast a Thunder.

Sacred Grove

Hidden Village

GET
READY!

As soon as the battle started, Wolf ran after Link and he slids below him, slashing his stomach with his claw and Link growls in pain, he quickly backed away before leaping towards Wolf to try to bite him, but the Subspace enemy kept Link away from his face to preventing contact with his fangs.

"There's no way I'm gonna lose to this animal!" Wol said with gritted fangs and he throws Link away with his right leg to get up. Then he proceeded to fire several shots from his blaster to paralyze both of them and he kicked them using Wolf Illusion.

"Ugh! I hate these kind of people like you!" Midna said glaring at Wolf as Link got up from the floor, he ran in circles surrounding Wolf and he attacked his back with his claws, but Wolf grabbed one of his paws before lashing him to the floor with force. But luckily for Midna wasn't crushed accidentaly by Link because she hid under his shadow to prevent damage.

"Where did that little imp go?" Wolf asked with a glare to Link, before he was struck down with a dark spell from Midna below his feet "You...you little!"

Midna appeared above Link's back and she was panting "I'm not suited...to use my spells to fight yet...I leave this to you Link..."

Link nodded and he ran after Wolf again, unfortunately, Wolf used his Reflector to create a wall around him and Link crashed into it, he shook his head a little and was attacked by Wolf using Fire Wolf (question: does he even gets covered by fire in that attack? It looks like a purple gas if you ask me), dealing a strong downward kick, pinning the Hero of Twilight to the floor by Wolf's foot.

"Heh, weakling." Wolf said smirking.

"Aaah!" Midna, surprinsingly, lunged at Wolf to slap him across the face, he backed away rubbing a little the spot Midna slapped before Link was the person pinning him down, trying to bite his face with his fangs.

"So this is a wild fight now? Then both of you will have one!" Wolf said punching Link in the face, sending him in the air a little, then Wolf used his claws to incrust them in Link's paws, the wolf of Twlight growled in pain and he bit Wolf's right arm. Not much time passed before Wolf decided to actually bite Link in the same paw with his own fangs.

"Stop it!" Midna demanded.

"Shut up, you little imp!" Wolf said while his fangs were getting deeper in Link's skin.

"Don't call me little imp, you smarty little dork!" Midna yelled hitting Wolf's head several times, but she couldn't do much damage and Link was continuing to suffer the loss of blood getting out of his paw.

"UGH!" Wolf was attacked by 2 jolts of lightning, stopping his attack in Link and the wolf of Twilight was twitching in pain, his paw was seriously bleeding "Who did this?!"

"Us!" Pikachu an Pichu said glaring at Wolf from the door.

"Don't think you can interfere!" Wolf said pushing a little button from his scouter, activating a force field hiding in the door that prevented the Smashers from helping Link and Midna.

Popo came carrying Lucario's body with Nana and he looked at both wolfs, he smiled after knowing what were they doing and he shouted "WOLF FIGHT!"

"Popo! This isn't the time to be happy!" Marth said.

Both wolfs continued their fight afterwards, Link jumped to a nearby wall before jumping from it towards Wolf, the leader of Star Wolf stepped away and Link dug his claws in the floor, before Wolf dug his own claws in his left part of his body (of Link, not him).

"Go away!" Midna said biting Wolf's hand to deal damage, he backed away as his eye was twitching after feeling the blood escaping his hand.

Wolf was now panting, this fight was so far the most dangerous to him, and who knew he was going to fight againts a wolf, what irony "...Okay...now is time to get serious..." He said taking out his vest, which made Nana to faint with a smile and she rolled behind her since there was a slope.

"What does that have to do with anything?" Pichu asked confused, just to know that the vest made a crack on the floor and he started to sweat.

"Wow, his vest is heavy?" Pikachu asked surprised.

"(No wonder why he is Fox's rival.)" Marth thought.

"Be careful Link!" Midna warned as Wolf ran after them, Link went after him too, but Wolf was faster than him and he was attacked with both of Wolf's claws, scratching severely his face and he shook his head, before Wolf continued his quick attacks with a kick on the face, sending Link to crash in a wall with Midna hiding in his shadow to protect herself.

"Link, are you okay?" Midna asked concerned about Link, his face was getting a little bloody but he nodded growling.

"HAA!" Wolf came unexpectly behind Midna and she was fataly attacked with one claw, and she went flying towards a wall, where she lost consciousness upon falling to the floor.

"MIDNA!" The Smashers yelled worried about her.

Link got furious and he quickly leaped to Wolf, pinning him down once again in the floor and he started to scratch Wolf's face with his one claws, Wolf gritted his fangs in pain and he used the knife attached to his Blaster to cut Link's stomach, creating a severe cut which was starting to bleed.

"Talk about a bloody fight, eh?" Popo asked laughing but Marth hit him hard in the head and the blue Ice Climber fell above Lucario's stomach with a dumb face.

Wolf followed up his attack with a kick in Link's injured paw, he gritted his fangs feeling the strong pain going through him before he was hit in the head with a punch. Throwing himself in the floor, moaning in pain, then Wolf put his right leg above Link's throat to crush it slowly.

"Stop it! You're going to kill him!" Marth demanded behind the force field.

"That's the plan, you idiot." Wolf said grinning evily, Link's throat was being crushed by Wolf's foot and he was starting to whine silently, and Midna woke up slowly.

"...Ugh...Link..." She said trying to get up "I...will...not...let...you...die...now!" She said making an upset face and her hair grew, and ordered it to slam Wolf to the floor, and he gritted his fangs in pain.

"Midna! Don't push yourself!" Marth said warning Midna.

"It's...alright...now...I know...what are...the meanings...of sacrifices..." Midna said while a little smile grew on her face.

"Don't think you defeated me yet!" Wolf said under the hair and he used his Reflector to send an electric shockwave through the hair which landed on Midna, she screamed loudly before her hair returned to her, and Wolf got up and he walked slowly to her, taking out his Blaster.

"...I know what is he going to do!" Popo said awakening from his unconscious state "He's gonna cut Midna'a throat with the knife of his Blaster!"

"...I wasn't going to do that, but that is not a bad idea either." Wolf said smirking evily.

"POPO! STOP GIVING IDEAS TO THE ENEMY!" Pikachu said electrocuting Popo, who fell unconscious again above Lucario's stomach.

"AAHH! PLEASE, SOMEBODY HELP HER!" Pichu said crying loudly, Wolf was walking slowly to Midna, sharpening the knife with one of his claws with Midna's reflection on the tip of the knife.

"(...Link...)" Midna thought slowly in her mind "(I...changed didn't I?... Did I saved you from the death?... Did Zelda's sacrifice was all in vain?... Did they accepted me?... And most important... We defeated him?... At least... I tried...)" She said with tears coming from her eyes.

Wolf was now standing in front of Midna and he lifted his knife above his head and he smirked "This...is the end for YOU!" He said aiming the knife at Midna's throat and he struck the knife towards her with great speed.

"NOOOOOOOO!!!" The Smashers yelled in unison, blocking their eyes to not watch the horrible scene with the death of Midna.

Music Stops

Then...a stab of the edge of a weapon was heard through the forest, within the Sacred Grove, making some birds to fly away.

"..." Nobody was able to talk for several seconds. The sound of the leaves by the wind was breaking the silence that engulfed the whole place, Pichu was trying to not cry under his hands, Pikachu looked away with eyes closed to not watch, Marth blocked his face with one arm, Popo was still unconscious with Lucario and Nana was even fainted a few steps behind them.

To know what happened after the sound of the weapon, Lucario chose the time to wake up from his current state and he looked around confused and ignoring the events that have occurred during his accident "What happened?" He asked.

"Lucario is awake!" Pichu said smiling and forgetting that he was about to cry, his curiosity got the better of him and he glanced where Wolf was standing without moving at all, the knife was just a centimeter away from Midna's throat "...Huh?" He stared at the place before he pulled Marth's cape.

"What is it Pichu? Don't you see I don't want to see?" Marth asked behind his arm.

"Marth! Look!" Pichu said.

Marth lowered his arm slowly to know what happened, he made a surprised face after finding a sword crossing through Wolf's chest, for his own surprise, a familiar person was grabbing the sword from behind Wolf.

And that person was...

"LINK!" Marth and Pichu yelled, Pikachu looked at Wolf, while Popo and Nana recovered their consciousness.

Link was now back in his human form without any trail of blood, the Master Sword was stabbed in Wolf from his back, with blood covering the tip of the sword which made a drop that fell above Midna's face and she looked above her where Link gave a little smile to her.

"Link! You're fine!" Midna said smiling.

"...Why...you...little...punk..." Wolf said with the last energy he had before Link sheathed his sword, Wolf walked to the right grabbing the area where the sword was with his right hand, he let out a last gasp before he fell defeated, turning himself into a trophy. And finally, the crowd cheered at Link for his victory and he deactivated the force field to let the Smashers in.

"Link! You did it! You saved Midna!" Pichu said crying in happiness, running towards Link and Midna with the others.

"And Wolf's trophy is a perfect proof of your victory." Marth said glancing at the trophy.

"Link...thank you for saving me," Midna said with a tear running down her chin "I...finally gained your trust after all..."

"Midna, you gained my trust since you rescued me from that cell." Link said with a little smile.

Midna gasped a little and she made a surprised face "I...I can't believe you trusted me from the beginning...even if I was acting like that before..."

"...Link is admirable." Lucario said, looking at Link "He was trying to help you, regardless your actions that almost endagered his life in doing so."

"...Wait...you're...you're smiling!" Midna said to Lucario who was giving her a little smile "...I gained your trust too?"

Lucario nodded "It appears."

"Everyone...thank you...thanks for all the help you gave to me." Midna said smiling.

"Ha-ha! You a-re blu-shing!" Popo teased pointing at Midna.

"N-no I don't!" Midna said blushing more, glaring at Popo. But after a second, she was starting to laugh heartily and they joined her that lasted for a minute.

Nana sighed "Well, this world is alright now, that means we can return to the mansion anytime!" She said.

"And don't forget Wolf's trophy!" Popo said pointing to the trophy, which being dragged inside a dark portal "..."

"..." Everyone stood there watching the trophy slowly getting inside the portal.

"WHAT ARE YOU DOING?! GET THE TROPHY!" Lucario demanded at the top of his lungs and they lunged in unison to catch the trophy, it was too late and the trophy disappeared along with the portal and they crashed right into the other with a thud.

"Darn it...we were so close..." Marth said getting up and scratching his head.

"Who cares anyway?" Pikachu said getting up and lifting his hands "We can always beat him another day."

"Pikachu's right!" Pichu said pouting "Next time I see him I'll shock him but good!"

"Hahaha, let's see if you do that." Link said.

"Liiiiiiiiiiiiiiiink!" Pichu said annoyed.

"Oh please, stop now," Marth said and looked at Link and Midna "Link, we part ways from here until you're done with your mission." He said as Pichu used the Wiimote to create the portal to the mansion.

"Good luck to you, I'll join you after I finish here." Link said doing a handshake to Marth.

"AAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!" Somebody yelled from inside the portal and Lucario gasped before he entered in a hurry.

"Chris! We forgot about him, let's go!" Pikachu said running inside.

"Wait! Don't forget about my apology!" Midna said stopping Popo.

"Don't worry! We will tell him that!" Popo said smiling and waving at Midna before he and Nana entered the portal.

"See you later Link!" Pichu said disappearing inside.

"Take care Link, you too Midna," Marth said waving at them "Good luck to both of you!" He said before the portal could vanish, disappearing with them.

"...Link."

"Yes Midna?"

"Are they going to be fine without us?"

"I'm sure they will."

"I thought so." Midna said to Link, and both shared smiles.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 1200 SMASH COINS!

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

Everyone was gathered in Lucario's Room were Mewtwo was finishing the instructions that Dr. Kawashima was telling him to do to save Chris, fortunately, everything went as planned before he kneeled to catch his breath.

"CHRIS!" Lucario came from the corridor panting heavily and he looked at Chris, sleeping in the bed with bandages covering his body "Tell me! Is he going to be okay?!" He asked grabbing Roy's shoulders, he was recovered now by the time they were in Hyrule.

Roy sighed "Yes...luckily, he will live."

"Thank goodness..." Lucario said sighing in relief as the remaining Smashers came panting.

"Ugh...this treatment drained all my energy left..." Mewtwo said twitching in pain.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 21, 2008, 04:41:39 PM
"Cheer up! You're a hero!" Dr. Kawashima said above a desk. But Mewtwo used his last energy to turn off the DS in annoyance.

"Not even Maxim Tomatos were enough to heal him." Jigglypuff said.

"But see the bright side! He just need a rest before he can go with us to save the worlds!" Falco said trying to cheer everyone.

"Speaking of worlds," Master Hand said "Tomorrow, a new world was opened when you were fighting in the Glitz Pit, but I'm warning you, this world is not related to any of you."

"You mean this world..." Fox said "Is different?"

Master Hand nodded "Yes, and to tell the truth, I don't know ANYTHING about it, but Chris may know."

Everyone looked at Chris "I hope he can recover for tomorrow." Pikachu said.

"For now," Mater Hand said and they looked at him "Let's sleep for now and be prepared for tomorrow."

"Don't worry about me, I'll be fine." Chris said getting up.

"I want to go to that new world!" Pit said.

"Me too, learning something new is good." Roy said.

"Yeah, good night." Popo said leaving with Nana yawning, before everyone else left the room and Chris went back to sleep.

"..." Everyone was ignoring something very important, they stopped walking to their rooms before yelling and running back to Lucario's Room (the only one that didn't yelled was Mewtwo and he returned to his room).

"AAAAHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled scared to death after they filled the room again "BUNCH OF WEIRDOS! LET ME SLEEP FOR ONC-"

"CHRIS!" The little Smashers jumped in unison into the bed embracing Chris totally.

"He's alive!" Shouted Lucas from behind him with his eyes making this face. XD

"OF COURSE I'M ALIVE! LET ME GO!" Chris demanded and they got out of the bed "Phew, I was going to die just a second ago."

"Sorry." Pichu said embarrased.

"But how could you be like this without feeling the pain in your back?" Pit asked.

"Pain in my back? What do yo-AAHH!" Chris felt the pain right behind his back.

"Stop! He needs to recover!" Master Hand yelled.

"Ack!..." Chris panted heavily after a second.

"Chris, you need to rest right now to recover your strength, that battle againts Porky was too much for you to handle."

"...I...I know." Chris said lowering his head slowly to the pillow "I couldn't see what happened after I was brought here."

"Midna changed when you were here, she is now a good person!" Pichu said smiling.

"Really? Did she apologized?"

"Yep! For all the things she did!"

"...I'm...happy for her."

"The next time I see Porky he is going to die!" Lucas said a little furiously.

Roy raised an eyebrow "But if I remember you were hiding below the desk after you saw him."

Lucas blushed "S-shut up! That's not true!"

"Hmm...I think I know Porky somewhere else before..." Ness said rubbing his chin.

"Please, if all of you can do me a favor, I need to rest to recover." Chris said.

Fox sighed "Okay, you earned it."

"Thank you."

"Good night." Some of them said to him before going to their rooms to sleep. Leaving Chris and Lucario alone in their room.

"...Lucario...it's something wrong?" Chris asked looking at Lucario, but he turned his back clenching his hands with force and Chris was getting worried "...Lucario..." He muttered before he fell asleep.

1 hour later...

Lucario finally turned his back to see Chris sleeping deeply in his bed, he blinked for a moment before closing his eyes and trying to not cry as he kneeled, touching the right hand of Chris "(Master...I couldn't protect you in that battle...please...forgive me...I was an idiot...)" He thought as the first tears were strolling down his cheeks, he looked at Chris's hand and grabbed it without doing brusque moves and he lowered his head, resting it above the bed, then he put the hand between his ears to try to make like Chris was rubbing his head, and to end his actions for the night, he slowly closed his eyes, falling asleep.

But deep inside his own self, a terrible fault was hurting him, he wanted to cry for the sudden events and nothing could help him...at least for today...

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Pit, Ice Climbers, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 22, 2008, 06:08:14 PM
Chapter 53: A day of vacation...sorta

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"And that concludes my awesome report!" Porky said laughing maniacally.

"You fool..." Tabuu said frowning.

"Hey! What do you mean by fool? I killed that stupid teenager!"

"IMPUDENT LITTLE OLD BRAT!" Tabuu's voice boomed inside the Subspace "He managed to stay alive! But no, you had to stay there being an nuisance, watching him about to die!"

"I-I don't get it!"

"Ugh, let me put this easier to explain to a simple brain like yours," The Ancient Minister said "You had the perfect opportunity to kill him, but instead, you stopped watching him crying in pain ignoring the best chance to finish him."

"Just thank someone else that I gave you another opportunity to stay here," Tabuu said "Now," He turned to Wolf, who was back to normal "What's your excuse for failling in this mission?"

Wolf crossed his arms "They got me when I was distracted."

"Humph, at least is not a pathetic excuse like him."

"Hey!" Porky said angrily.

"SHUT UP!" Tabuu ordered, creating a shiver in orky's old spine "What did Ganondorf said about our offer?"

"Not good," The Ancient Minister said shaking his head "He refused to cooperate after they defeated Morpheel and he decided to conquer Hyrule by his own."

Tabuu chuckled evily "Fool...he will return here seeking more power, everyone in the universe is a fool in hunger of more power...is the next invasion ready to follow the plans?"

The Ancient Minister looked away and Tabuu was glaring at him "My lord...we have a serious problem here, we were almost going to the next world, which was new thanks to the kid, but a problem appeared from nowhere and we can't-"

"WHAT?!" Tabuu's voice once again echoed through the Subspace.

"I beg for your forgiveness my lord, but it appears that the hands have sealed the ways to all the worlds using their powers about an hour ago. The spell should stop working after 24 hours have passed."

"That means we're stuck in here then?" Wolf asked.

"Master Hand, always making me mad!" Tabuu said furiously.

"S-s-say Tabuu my eternal master!" Porky said studdering "Maybe if you let me infiltrate their mansion, I can possibly defeat them!"

Tabuu was starting to think "Hmm...good plan, but I only have enough power to let one person go to their headquarters, and that person will be you."

Wolf stomped the floor angrily "Hold on a sec! How come this old brat gets the chance to invade that mansion and not me? This is the perfect chance to kill Fox!"

"SILENCE!" Tabuu yelled furiously and Wolf grunted "My decision is final! You will obey and listen to my orders you inferior being!"

Wolf pointed at Tabuu with one finger "Just to let you know, I'm not the kind of person who doesn't defends himself from his "boss", so watch your words."

Tabuu was getting now really furious and he snaps his fingers, a force field suddenly covers Wolf totally before it sent electricity of high voltage to him, he tries to resist but he yells in pain before the electricity stops.

"Now, what did you said?" Tabuu asked narrowing his eyes at Wolf.

"I...will...obey...your orders." Wolf said falling to his knees and the force field disappears.

"Ha-ha! You ma-de him ma-ad!" Porky teased Wolf stupidly.

"Shut...up." Wolf said getting up.

"Now prepare, this will be an undercover mission, so don't get caught." The Ancient Minister said "(Why this nightmare needs to continue?)"

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

I'm Sorry, Master!

The sun soon rose up from the far away hills of the mansion and it touches the whole building with light, the birds outside woke up and they flew to the north chirping.

Inside Lucario's Room, from the bed, Chris was slowly opening his eyes and he yawned a little, before noticing that his right hand was above Lucario's head between his ears,he made a confused face and he approached to him moving a little his head.

"Lucario, wake up, it's morning already." Chris wispered gently to him, Lucario grumbled a little, then yawned opening his mouth, revealing a little his fangs and finally, opening slowly his eyes to see Chris looking at him.

"Chris!" Lucario said smiling and he stood up putting Chris's right hand down in the bed "How are you feeling today?"

"I think I can walk for now, the pain is lesser than yesterday." He said giving Lucario a little smile.

Lucario's smiled faded away and he looked at floor "...Master..."

"Huh? Did you called me Master again? Lucario, I thought we were done with that a long time ag-" Lucario quickly embraced Chris and he closed his eyes.

"I'm sorry, Master!" Lucario said with tears coming from his eyes above Chris's left shoulder.

"Why are you apologizing?" Chris asked confused.

"It's my fault! That severe injure you got yesterday was because of me!"

"Lucario, stop now! First, stop calling me Master! Second, get a hold of yourself please!" Chris said pushing Lucario away from him "It's not like you to cry like that too!"

"Chris, I'm sorry!" Lucario said kneeling to him "Please, don't be mad at me!"

"Lucario, stop!"

"If I only were closer to you, I could have protected you!"

"Lucario."

"I was very scared to lose you in that moment!"

"Lucario."

"It's not your fault, it's not your fault!"

"Lucario."

"I should be the one to die here!"

"LUCARIO!" Chris punched Lucario in the face "I SAID STOP AND LISTEN TO ME!"

Lucario rubbed his cheek "See? I made you mad! I'm a total failure!"

"Lucario..." Chris was now starting to cry "Please...listen to me!"

Lucario wiped out his tears "F-for what? There's nothing that can cure me!"

"Why Lucario? Why are you crying now? It's not your fault and you know it, please...calm down and hear me!"

Lucario was starting to tremble a little and he nodded slowly "O-okay..."

Chris sighed "Thank you...now, listen Lucario, you don't have to act guilty every time an enemy hurts me, it's my fault in the first place that I got wounded!"

"B-but..."

"No buts! Now explain to me," Chris sniffed "Tell me...what are you afraid of?"

"I-I'm afraid of your death, I'm scared to not see you again, you're the only person that really matters to me..."

"...Tell me you're not in love with me or some-"

"NO!" Lucario yelled with a glare.

"O...okay! I understand! Please, continue!"

Lucario gasped a little "I-I'm sorry for yelling at you...as I was saying, it scares me to see you hurt, I still remember the day you found me in your house, I knew later that the humans normally would go away from me because they could be afraid of someone like me...but you were the only one who cured me from that fever, I felt like I was in my home, being alone for so much time was painful to you, and I couldn't stand it and decided to live with you..." He looked outside the window "And who knew we were destined to meet each other, and to get ourselves involved into this world."

Chris looked down "...You still remember that stormy night...right Lucario?"

"Yes."

"...I...I really admire you so much." Chris said with a little smile.

"No!" Lucario turned to Chris "How could I can be admired if I couldn't protect you?!"

"Even so! I'm still so happy to be living thanks to the strength you gave to me!"

"But I...didn't give you strength."

"Of course you did!" Chris said closing his eyes with a smile "Since you saved me from many things in the past, I was able to realize that I needed to be strong just like you!"

"..."

"And with this chance to save my world...no...all the worlds is the perfect opportunity to be a real hero like you are!"

Lucario looked away "But...what if something happens to you in the way?"

"I have you and the others to be safe!"

"Then that doesn't make sense about your injury!"

"No, you don't understand, remember to what you told to Pichu when we met him? You said that if he wants to be brave, he needs first to suffer in the battles, and that was exactly what I...suffered."

"...I have to...think carefully the next time..."

"Why? It was right what you said!"

"...Y-you think so?"

"Yeah! I'm so proud of you!...Wow, that sounded like I was a father or something," Chris said scratching his head "I think of you as the big brother I never had before...even if you have only like 10 or 9 months of birth."

Lucario looked down to the floor and clenched his hands, showing his fangs "...Chris..."

"Huh? What is it?"

"..." Lucario kneeled to Chris once again "...Thanks for making me realize my trouble..." He noticed that Chris was hugging him and Lucario's eyes widened.

"Everything will be fine," Chris said closing his eyes and patting Lucario's back "I promise to you, everything will be fine."

"...How?"

"Everything will be fine if we work together, not only you and me, but all of our friends, comrades and allies in the mansion and the other worlds, like Paula, Jeff, Toon Link, Medli, Komali, Mudkip, Chikorita, Krystal, Slippy, Peppy, ROB, Maylene, Cynthia, Riley, all the Lucarios including your sister, Olimar, Kumatora, Duster, Boney, everyone is counting on us!... Except Maylene, Cynthia and Riley, they don't know anything about our mission."

"...I'm surprised..."

"Why?"

"You remembered all of them until now."

"Well of course! They're special! And you know them too!"

"I forgot who is Knuckles though..."

"..."

Chris started to laugh loudly and Lucario just chuckled to himself with closed eyes "Oh Lucario!" Chris wiped out a tear "Stop kidding me!"

"As you wish." Lucario said nodding and smiling.

"So, how do you feel now? Can we start with the Aura Training you promised to me?"

"!!"

"What's wrong?"

"Chris, didn't you notice something when you punched me?"

"...Wait, your face wasn't so strong like before..."

"...I...I lost my aura Chris."

Chris gasped "What?! H-how?!"

"I don't know, maybe my preocupation about you didn't let me to concentrate well, please watch this." Lucario said trying to make his hand to glow with aura and closed his eyes "...See?"

"Lucario, tell me if I'm wrong but, isn't your hand glowing right now?"

"What?" Lucario looked at his hand and it was glowing with aura as he wished "My aura...is back!"

"Maybe because you don't feel worried now, I'm so glad that everything went well and that means that you can train me after all!"

Lucario's hand stopped glowing and he got up "Now, I will protect you this time without fails!"

"Thank you!" Chris said smiling "Now what do you want to do?"

Lucario looked outside the window "...I want to yell...loud."

"Then, go ahead! It'll inspire me!"

Lucario smiled upon hearing that if he yelled it would inspire Chris, his body was starting to glow and he embraced himself, before opening his arms in a fighting stance, yelling at the sky with a big roar.

"GGGGGGGGGGGGGGUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!"

"SHUT UP!" Many voices inside the rooms of the mansion came before returning to sleep.

"WHOA!" Somebody said in a room dropping various rounded objects.

"...That was your plan, right Chris? Getting a scold from everyone for me?" Lucario asked smiling a little and Chris couldn't resist more before laughing out loud.

"You fell for it!" Chris said holding his stomach "HAHAHA-UGH!"

"Chris!" Lucario yelled placing his hand in Chris's back.

"I still need to...rest...but...I'll be fine for today." Chris said looking at Lucario.

Lucario sighed "There you go again, pushing yourself around."

"At least I have you to help me."

"...You couldn't be more right than before." Lucario said shaking his head and smiling a little.

"Thank you, now, could you do me a favor and remove my bandages please?"

"Yes." Lucario said untying the bandages around Chris's body, taking the long trail of bandage in circles around him "(...What the...)" Lucario's eyes widened a lot after finishing Chris's favor, his eyes found a big atrocity behind Chris and the world traveler looked at him confused.

"Lucario, why did you gasp just now?"

"(A...long...scar...)" Lucario though terrified after finding a long scar that was running from the throat to the middle of the back, if Chris knew about the scar that he wasn't aware of, he could be very shocked.

"Lucario?"

"Nothing, I was just thinking about...the Aura Training you want to do." Lucario said sweating a little.

"Oh, you're right, I can't wait to train with you."

Lucario sighed "(...Stay calm...if he doesn't know...nothing will go wrong...)" He thought before throwing the bandage outside the window, which it fell conveniently inside a trash can with the help of the wind.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 23, 2008, 09:08:11 PM
Find That Pok?mon!

Hallway

The duo got outside the room, walking in the hallway as Chris changed his job to Aura Apprentice and closed the door of their room.

"Now let's see if there is something for breakfast!" Chris said.

"...Wait..." Lucario said looking around.

"What now?"

"Don't you feel the tremble?"

"Tremble?" Chris noticed that the floor was trembling suddenly "E-earthquake!"

"Not, it's too silent to be an earthquake, someone is causing thi-" Lucario was interrupted before both found a stampede of little Pok?mon just running from the left to the right, they watched the Pok?mon running away with a cloud of smoke, causing them to cough a little.

Chris coughed "Lucario! Did you see that?"

"The Pok?mon that appeared from nowhere?"

"Yes! They were like, 15 of them?"

"Correct, they were a Bellossom, a Bonsly, a Chikorita, an Electrode, a Gulpin carrying a Goldeen, a Meowth, a Munchlax, a Piplup, a Staryu, a Togepi, a Torchic, a Weavile and a Wobbuffet, and if my memory lets me remember, there was a Manaphy with them too."

"But why did they ran away? And how did they got outside their Pokebal-"

"GUUUYYSSS! HELP ME!"

"Isn't that Lucas?" Chris asked as Lucas came running to them, panting heavily.

"Guys! I need your help! Those creatures got out from some rounded things I accidentaly dropped to the floor!" Lucas said flailing his arms.

"First, they're Pok?mon, second, those rounded things were Pokeballs, third, what were you doing?" Chris asked.

"Well..."

Flashback

Storage Room

"I decided to wake up earlier in the morning to see the Storage Room, where all the items are stored, obviously, because Ness showed me this locked room, and I used my PK Fire to burn down the lock and I entered inside." Lucas narrated.

"So this is the Storage Room with the items Ness told me about..." Lucas said looking around the Storage Room, then he found a door with a golden label with the word "Pokeballs" on it "I wonder what are Pokeballs?" Lucas wondered to himself as he opened the door, leading to a solitary shelf with 30 Pokeballs, labeled with the names of some Pok?mon in each one.

The curiosity was one of Lucas's weakness, he took 15 random Pokeballs in his arms to inspect them, there was an instruction in the wall to how to release the Pok?mon inside the Pokeballs.

"But...what if I get in trouble for doing this? Master Hand will be mad at me for sure..." Lucas thought scared and walked towards the shelf slowly to put all the Pokeballs to their places, Master Hand was a person with a clean past of hard work, but if Lucas dared to play with the items outside matches, Master Hand's color could change from white to a strong red of fury with smoke.

Just as he was about to put the first one in the shelf...

"GGGGGGGGGGGGGGUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!"

"SHUT UP!" Many voices inside the rooms of the mansion came before returning to sleep.

"WHOA!" Lucas tripped where he was standing, dropping all the Pokeballs in the floor by accident and each one shone, opening themselves by their own releasing all the Pok?mon inside them, Lucas backed away scared to the wall and all of them looked around very confused, before running away from the Storage Room, leaving Lucas with a very terrified face.

End of flashback

Lucario looked away embarrassed, his huge roar just made Lucas to get himself into trouble by accident.

"I don't know what will Master Hand do to me! Ness told me one time that he seriously hurted someone named Captain Falcon when he poured beer in the punch in a party of the mansion, and everybody got drunk, even Pichu!" Lucas said scared and put his hands above his head shaking.

"D-don't worry Lucas we'll help you." Lucario said.

"T-thank you!" Lucas said sighing.

"Well, first we have to distract Master Hand or his brother to see the Pok?mon, Lucario, help Lucas while I go to the Command Room." Chris said.

"Understood." Lucario said running away with Lucas, leaving Chris to go directly to the Command Room.

Command Room

"Master Hand?" Chris was able to reach the Command Room and he looked around for the hands "Master Hand? Crazy Hand? Where are yo-AAAAHHHH!!!!" He found both hands pilled themselves in the floor unconscious "MASTER HAND! WAKE UP!"

"...Oww..." Master Hand moaned getting up and floating "That seal took almost all my energy left..."

"Master Hand! What were you doing in the floor just now?"

"I was sealing all the worlds to prevent anyone to go there, Crazy Hand also took part of this."

"But why? That means we can't go too right?"

"Exactly...that's another reason..."

"Another reason for what?"

"Because I knew you wouldn't recover for this day, then I thought it would be a good idea to let all of you a day of vacation."

"...Wow...I don't know if I need to be happy or relieved for what you did."

"Hey, all my fighters are special to me, you are one of us too."

Chris smiled "Thanks for worrying about me, but what about Crazy Hand?"

Master Hand looked at his brother "He'll be fine, but I know he's joking right now."

"Whuzzat?!" Crazy Hand woke up.

"See?"

"Yes." Chris said chuckling.

"Now, since is our day of vacation, I think I should take a break too," He looked away "Nothing can put me in a bad mood...except if some of the Pok?mon from the Storage Room got away from someone who couldn't resist the tentation to free them, then I would kill him or her with extreme pain!"

Chris gulped and sweated "Y-yeah, I know, I mean, who's stupid enough to free them?"

"You're right!" Master Hand and the other two laughed heartily, but Chris was sweating even more than before.

"W-well, go on and sleep in your room! You must be so tired now, right?" Chris said pushing the big hand to the hallway.

"O-okay, but why are you insisting?" Master Hand asked confused.

"Because I say so!" Chris said stopping the hand and waving at him, while Crazy Hand crashed into the walls by accident (or not).

"I'll leave you and the others to do whatever they want to do!" Master Hand said, disappearing in the hallway.

"...(I need to find the Pok?mon or Lucas is so dead!)"

Kitchen

Meanwhile, while the chaos was just starting, Jigglypuff, wearing a sleeping hat and Roy, wearing only green shorts and a white shirt, were eating breakfast, waffles.

"At least this isn't Superspicy Curry like before!" Jigglypuff said happily munching a waffle.

"You know, I don't know why," Roy wondered, lifting a whole waffle to his left side and he looked to the right "But I get this strange feeling."

"What?" The puffball Pok?mon asked.

"Something unexpected is going to happen right now, like something or someone hiding from us."

"MUUUUNCH!"

"Did you hear that?" Jigglypuff asked, eating another waffle.

"That must be my imagination." Roy said biting his fork, wait, fork? "Hey! My waffle is gone!" He looked at Jigglypuff eating...a waffle! "Jigglypuff...did you stole my waffle?"

"What are you talking about? This waffle is mine!" Jigglypuff said biting the waffle and putting it to her right side while looking at Roy, because he was to her left.

"Yeah, and how do you explain the disappearance of my waffle?" Roy asked crossing his arms.

"MUUUUNCH!"

"There's that voice again." Roy said.

"Who cares?" Jigglypuff said with a small smirk and she bit her fork...fork? "Hey! My waffle is gone!"

"You mean MY waffle!" Roy protested, picking another waffle with honey spilling over.

"Come on! I'm not Kirby!"

"But both of you are puffballs!"

"Racist!"

"Shorty!"

"Japanese hero!"

"Pinky!"

Jigglypuff gasped "Why you...Hector's son!"

Roy gasped "Waffle thief!"

"MUUUUNCH!"

"Waffle kidnapper!"

"That doesn't makes sense!" Roy said biting hardly his fork, only to be hurted painfully inside his mouth "AAAAAHHH!!!"

"Ha! You deserved that!" Jigglypuff said pointing with a face of victory to Roy.

"THAT'S IT!" Roy lunged at Jigglypuff and both started a fight in the floor, but it seemed that Jigglypuff was winnin because of her hard Pound attack.

Although both were unaware of who was the true thief, it was the Munchlax who escaped from the Storage Room, munching all the waffles while both were fighting and ignoring the glutton Pok?mon.

Just then, Lucario and Lucas came from the other side of the room, noticing Munchlax eating the waffles below the table while the 2 were fighting "There it is!" Lucas said pointing to the Munchlax.

"Point his Pokeball at him!" Lucario said.

"Okay!" Lucas pointed Munchlax's Pokeball and the red light went towards him, returning Munchlax to his Pokeball "We got it!"

"Let's find the others!" Lucario suggested and they ran away.

"UGH! STOP!" Roy said hitting the floor as Jigglypuff was bending his leg to his back.

"Ha! I win!" Jigglypuff said triumphaly and she floated and sat on her chair, Roy came 10 seconds ago moaning in pain and sat on his chair too.

"...Roy..." Jigglypuff said smiling, looking at her plate.

"...What?..." Roy asked.

"Our waffles...are gone...and we didn't stole them..."

"...Crap..." He muttered, before both started to bang their heads to their plates.

Fox's Room

"Fooooxxxx." Krystal appeared running towards Fox above a flower field.

"Krystal? What are you doing here?" Fox asked confused.

"You silly, you wanted to see me, right?" Krystal asked with a little smile, stopping in front of him.

"Well...not right now...I'm kind of busy..."

"Fox...are you...not pleased to see me again?"

"What?! No! I'm happy!"
Fox protested blushing a little.

"Just look at you...you're so cute when you blush."

"T-that's not right! I'm not blushing!"

"Fox, don't hide it, both know we love each other."

"K-K-Krystal..."

"Shh, don't say it, just...feel it."
Krystal slowly closed her eyes and she was approaching her lips towards Fox's.

"(Oh man, she's serious now...what do I do?... Who cares? This is the moment I've been waiting for!)" Fox thought and he did the same action as Krystal, the lips of each other were going to touch very soon as the petals of the flowers around were flying to the blue sky...

"...Bye."

"What?"


Krystal just exploded right in front of Fox, creating a big bang that incinerated the whole field of flowers, sending Fox blasting off to the sky with a great blink.

"Return!" Lucas yelled returning the Electrode that exploded just above Fox, then the 2 ran away to find the other Pok?mon.

Fox had the bad luck of getting attacked by the Electrode and he woke up with a very dark face, except for his green eyes that were unnafected.

"...That wasn't a dream?!" He yelled before fainting on his pillow, with smoke getting out his ears.

Pikachu's Room

"MEEEEOOOOWWWWTTTTHHHH!"

"Meowth, don't get in our way..." Pikachu muttered while he was asleep.

"MEEEEOOOOWWWWTTTTHHHH!"

"Meowth, what's up with you?"

"MEEEEOOOOWWWWTTTTHHHH!"

"Since when did you started to say your name?"

"MEEEEOOOOWWWWTTTTHHHH!"

"Ugh, just leave me alone..."

"MEEEEOOOOWWWWTTTTHHHH!!!" The Meowth from before suddenly got very angry at Pikachu and he started to throw him a lot of coins using his Pay Day attack, pummeling Pikachu's face with his coins.

"AAAAAHHHHH! IT'S THE END OF THE WORLD, MEOWTH IS ATTACKING ME!" Pikachu screamed receiving all the coins at his face as his body was being covered under the coins.

For his good luck, Lucas and Lucario came to his rescue and they returned Meowth to his Pokeball, then they went to another direction. Pikachu had his face with a very dumb expression until he woke up, shaking his head.

"What happened to me? First, I was attacked by a Meowth, for god sake, it was a MEOWTH!" Pikachu said annoyed "Then, the first thing I see is this pile of money above my be...wait...pile of coins?" He found a big pile of coins just below his foots and his eyes glittered in happiness "I'M RICH! MY DREAM HAS COME TRUE! YAYZ!" He jumped inside the pile, playing inside by swimming through, before the whole cash disappeared, leaving Pikachu "swimming" above his bed.

He opened his eyes, the pile of coins gone forever, then he inhaled for 5 seconds before yelling out loud "(Long list of swears and curses.)"

Mewtwo's Room

Mewtwo bothered to use Confusion to catch the Gulpin carrying the Goldeen, then Lucas came and he returned both Pok?mon to his Pokeballs and they ran away, leaving Mewtwo in peace as he continued to meditate.

Popo and Nana's Room

"Yeeeeeessssss...more...iiiiiiiiicccccceeee..." Both of them were being frozen by the Weavile from earlier because he was using Blizzard on both of them, but the Weavile was wondering how they could be enjoying it, his original plan was to hurt them just for fun using Blizzard, but that didn't stopped him from trapping them in a big chunk of ice.

"Return!" Lucas returned the Weavile to his Pokeball, then the 2 continued their way.

Inside the ice, the Ice Climbers were shown very happy, creepy...

One of the Many Hallways

"Okay, if I were a Pok?mon, where I could be?" Chris wondered getting in a thinking position "Oh, hey there." He said to the Bonsly from before, entering Falco's Room while he was asleep "Now where I was...OH GOD!"

Falco's Room

"Get...down...there...please..." Chris wispered pleading to the Bonsly who appeared just above Falco's head, above a wooden platform attached to the wall for books and magazines, the Bonsly was hyperactive for Chris's dismay, because he was saying his name happily and jumping to each side.

"...Peppy...tell...Fox...to...do...a...Barrel...Roll,...not...me..." Falco muttered sleeping, turning his head to the right.

"Please, don't shout and just get here with me." Chris wispered loudly to make the Bonsly to listen to him, but apparently the Bonsly loved to cause mischief to the people around him, and for make everything worse, the little but heavy Pok?mon jumped towards Falco's head.

"BONSLY!" The Bonsly said happily.

"NNNNNNNNNNNOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!" Chris ran towards the Bonsly to catch him in slow-motion, but the Bonsly was winning the race to see who manages to do his work, Chris only managed to close his eyes and block his ears to try to not hear Falco yelling by the pain.

"Return!" A red light touched Chris's right shoulder and he saw the Bonsly being covered in the light before returning to his Pokeball, thanks to Lucas and Lucario, before running away from the room as Chris sighed in relief.

"Phew, that was close..." He muttered wiping out some sweat.

"...Chris! Have you ever heard of privacy time?!" Chris sweatdropped and turned his head to see Falco glaring at him for interrupting his privacy in his room, not only that, he was shirtless showing his blue feathered body which made Chris to blush a little bit.

"I...well..."

"No excuses! Get outta here!" Falco ordered and Chris ran away shaking the thought "Man, was wrong with him?" He asked to himself before searching for his clothes.

Pit's Room

"...Hmm...Goddess Palutena...what is that beautiful aroma of today?" Pit muttered while he was asleep, the Chikorita decided to sleep with him to the left of the pillow, curled up and putting her leaf in Pit's nose. (She was female and probably fell in love with Pit).

"Return!" Lucas said returning the sleeping Chikorita to his Pokeball, and both ran away, various seconds later, Chris came panting in front of Pit's door.

"Wait...for me! Please!" Chris said.

And Pit woke up surprised "Who's there?!"

"Oops."

"Hey, close the door! I'm sleeping now!" Pit said a little angrily before returning to sleep, and Chris listened to his demand, closing the door saying a swear "I hear that!" Pit said in the pillow.

Marth's Room

The Torchic was burning down Marth's clothes which was fun for the Fire Pok?mon, luckily, Marth wasn't aware, his nose was covered in the pillow preventing him from smelling the smoke. Even worse, his cape was disappearing in the ashes.

"Hey! Here it is!" Chris said pointing to the Torchic and Lucas returned the Pok?mon to his Pokeball, ignoring the fire that was growing bigger in the room of the japanese swordsman.

Pichu's Room

The Bellossom was hiding from Pichu, looking around his room because he could have sworn hearing someone saying "Bellossom!" and making the decision to find the culprit (even though the culprit wasn't a culprit).

"Oh, good morning!" Pichu said smiling to the trio, who completely ignored him and they searched in the room to find the Grass Pok?mon.

"Here." Lucario said pointing to 2 random vases with flowers near the window, and behind them there were Bellossom's flowers of her head, Lucas didn't stopped and he returned the Grass Pok?mon to his Pokeball, then they ran away.

"Huh? Lucas dropped this Pokeball by accident." Pichu said finding a Pokeball with the name of a Pok?mon "Oh well, he'll come for it later."

Ness's Room

The Wobbuffet was "staring" at the sleeping Ness, doing absolutely nothing.

Lucas, Lucario and Chris came, returned the Pok?mon to his Pokeball, and then, ran away.

Ness sneezed randomly, waking up in the process and wondering if there was someone inside his room just now.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 25, 2008, 03:07:34 PM
Main Hall

A new waterslide was made in one of the staircases of the Main Hall, wait, what is a waterslide doing in the Main Hall? It was created by the the Staryu, using Water Gun to make the slide as the Piplup used Surf to play by going down quickly and walking all the way to the top to play again.

"Cool! I always wanted a waterslide!" Chris and Lucas said in unison.

"Ahem." Lucario coughed, trying to reminding them of their mission.

"Oh, right, return!" Chris said returning the Piplup to his Pokeball and Lucas returned the Staryu.

"That only leaves one Pok?mon left." Lucas said looking at the last Pokeball.

"Hey guys!" Pikachu came with the Togepi from before "Look! I found Togepi walking around and I decided to bring him to Master Hand!"

"Oh no you don't!" Lucas said returning the Togepi to his Pokeball and Pikachu made a confused face.

"Why did you returned him to his Pokeball?" Pikachu asked.

The trio explained everything to Pikachu.

"Then a Meowth did attacked me after all!" Pikachu said annoyed.

"Please, don't tell Master Hand or he will surely murder me!" Lucas pleaded joining his hands.

"Okay okay! But stop doing this, you're embarrassing me!"

Chris and Lucario sighed "Well, this is over, now Lucas, return the Pokeballs to the Storage Room and everything should be fine after that." Chris said and Lucas ran towards the Storage Room to place all the Pok?mon back to their places.

Pikachu turned to them "Oh, by the way, the others are having a meeting, wondering what world is the next one."

"Oh yeah, Master Hand told me that we have a day of vacation today, so we can relax this day without going to any world."

"Hmm, a day of vacation?"

"...Sorta." Chris replied remembering the Pok?mon incident.

"That sounds good, follow me to the Living Room."

However, Lucario had something in his mind about all the missing Pok?mon, he was trying to remember if there was any left behind by accident, but he decided to think about that later as they followed Pikachu to the Living Room with everyone else.

Living Room

The Living Room was one of the big rooms of all the mansion, with golden and red furnitures ornamenting the place that almost made the room like it was some castle, all of the Smashers were sitting in chairs or above sofas, talking about the next world. Except for Mewtwo, Marth and Pichu, who weren't there at the present time.

"I like the idea of the day of vacation." Falco said crossing his arms behind his head.

"Me too, we could visit Nintendo City again this time." Ness said.

"Nintendo City?" Chris asked.

"Yep, there is a city called Nintendo City just crossing the big hill in front of the mansion, the city is like a big metropolis with all sort of persons visiting it everyday, sometimes friends of our worlds visit the place too!" Pikachu explained.

"(Oh, the irony.)" Chris thought.

As everyone minus Lucario were explaining all the places of Nintendo City, Lucario was in his own world thinking about all the missing Pok?mon, he couldn't let the thought go away because there was a Pok?mon left, and not a common Pok?mon, it was...he looked above the candelabrum hanging in the roof with the shadow of a tiny Pok?mon that was silently saying happily...

"Manaphy!"

Lucario's pupils shrunk after hearing the silent wisper of Manaphy, he blinked to grow back his pupils and patted Chris's right shoulder to get his attention.

"Lucario, I'm talking right now, what is it?" Chris asked and Lucario pointed to the candelabrum were Manaphy was hiding giggling happily and Chris made the same action that Lucario made "Oh...god..." He muttered to himself "Lucas, Lucas! Look above you!" He wispered to Lucas and he got the same reaction from before, if the other Smashers noticed Manaphy in the candelabrum, they could tell Master Hand about the roaming legendary Pok?mon, putting Lucas in a deep trouble.

"Oh no, oh no, oh no, what do we do?!" Lucas wispered to the duo, frantically looking for the Pokeball.

"Lucas, where is the Pokeball?" Chris wispered as he looked to Roy and Fox, who were talking and they looked at him, but Chris waved at them with a worried smile before looking at Lucas again.

"I-is not here! I lost it!" He responded wispering and sweating at the same time.

Then Marth came to the room, his body all black for the incident which made Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Roy, Ness and the Ice Climbers to laugh hysterically at him.

"What do you mean you lost it?! If Manaphy manages to get their attention, you're totally screwed!" Chris wispered angrily.

"I-I must have dropped it in some place before!"

"Chris, Lucas, look!" Lucario wispered and the trio looked at the candelabrum, which was starting to glow in a pink light because Manaphy was going to use...

"Oh no, he's going to use Heart Swap! And in this room...with all of us!" Chris wispering sweating more.

"Too late." Lucario wispered.

"What?!" Chris wispered surprised watching Manaphy floating above and...using the move that switches the bodies of the persons around him...

A bright pink flash engulfed the whole room and pink hearts were flying around, pressumably the souls of everyone in the room, entering to different bodies with the tones of their voices too, which was even worse.

"So, then I think that would be a good plan to defeat them." Ness said and he looked at some person with his same appearance "Hey, who's him? He looks just like me!"

"Whoa, since when Falco can talk like Ness?" Pikachu asked, seeing another Pikachu in front of him "Another Pikachu?"

"Who is him?" Roy asked pointing at another Roy.

"I felt like my whole body grew hair, even in my face." Chris said, and he found another Chris "What am I doing there?"

"Ahh! I'm wearing a tiara!" Lucas panicked touching a tiara on his head.

"Hey you! Give it back to me!" Marth said pointing to another Marth.

"Hey Nana! We have another Popo!" Popo said finding another Popo sitting to his left.

"And a Nana too!" Nana said looking at another Nana.

"Who are you?" Lucario asked to another Lucario.

"Hey, I could ask you the same thing!" Jigglypuff said crossing her blue arms...wait, blue arms?

"Say, where is my Blaster?" Fox asked trying to find his Blaster on his belt, that disappeared and he looked to another Fox "What the hell?"

"Go away you useless copy!" Roy said trying to slash the other Roy with his sword, but he didn't found his sword in his invisible belt "My sword!"

"Why is my head too big?" Falco wondered touching his head.

"...Wait a minute everyone!" Chris said and they looked at him.

"Fox, when did you talked like Chris?" Falco asked.

"What do you mean like Chris? I'm Chris, Ness!"

"Ness? But I'm Falco!"

"...Oh no."

Just then, the Manaphy from before came floating down in the table and they looked at him with blank faces.

"Manaphy?" Pikachu said confused.

"Manaphy!" The Manaphy said happily sitting.

"What's the big deal here? Why is this Pikachu sounding like Roy?" Pikachu asked confused.

"It's because I'm Roy!" Roy said. Before he was grabbed by Pikachu "Let me go!"

"No way! Give me back my body!"

Soon, almost everyone were fighting againts their "evil clone" and the Living Room became the newly adquired "Fighting Room", but the only ones that weren't fighting were Chris, Lucario, Jigglypuff and Fox.

"...And that's about it." Chris (currently in Fox's body) explained to Jigglypuff (Lucario) and Fox (Chris) "But I want my body back!" He grabbed his new tail "I mean, look at me! I have a tail!" He protested, as a cloth of Roy's cape passed by.

"I agree, this new Pok?mon can bring more chaos in a match, but outside? Total madness, just look at them!" Fox (Chris) said pointing at Falco (Ness) who was smashing the head of Ness (Falco) with his new bat.

"This is very humiliating." Lucario (Jigglypuff) said frowning to himself.

"Look who's talking, I don't want to know if someone sees me in your body!" Jigglypuff (Lucario) said glaring at Lucario (Jigglypuff).

"What happened to Pit? I haven't see him when our bodies switched." Chris (Fox) asked and looked around the place.

"Here I am."

"Pit?"

"Look over there!" Jigglypuff (Lucario) said pointing to Pit, who was crashing into the window as he tried to get out, flailing his arms around.

"Who is inside Pit's body?" Chris asked as Popo's hammer almost hit his face.

"AHEM!"

Chris looked at his shoulder to find a fly with the voice of Pit looking at him "YIKES! PIT! IS THAT YOU?!"

"Don't yell at me! I appeared in this body of the fly I was trying to kill!" Pit (the fly) protested glaring with his glass-like eyes, Jigglypuff and Fox chuckled to themselves "Hey!"

Chris (Fox) sighed "Well, we just need to tell Manaphy to return our bodies back to normal." He said walking over to Manaphy and he ducked to ask him "Manaphy, can you please return us to our bodies? Before Marth kills Lucas with a branch." He said as a branch almost hit his head.

The Manaphy said his name happily and he used Heart Swap again, switching the bodies of all the people in the room, but this time was even worse than before.

"Oh no, Manaphy! You did it wrong!" Chris (Roy) said shocked.

"Why I'm wearing a toga?" Falco (Pit) asked very confused.

"Great, now look at me." Fox (Pikachu) said above Roy's (Chris's) head.

"Where did this beak appeared?" Lucas (Falco) asked touching his new beak.

"Manaphy!" Chris (Roy) yelled and Manaphy changed their bodies once again, with even more weird results "Thank you, if you keep going, I should make it before the night COMES!" Chris (the fly) said above the right shoulder of Popo (Chris).

"Phew, I'm back in my own body!" Jigglypuff said happily.

"..." Lucario (Pikachu) didn't spoke.

"What in the name of Altea is happening here?!" Marth (Popo) asked angrily lifting his sword (hammer).

"You know, being a pair the 2 of us does make sense now." Roy (Nana) said rubbing his feminine chin, only to earn a glare of Marth (Popo).

"Manaphy!" Chris (the fly) yelled and they changed bodies again.

"Manaphy!" Jigglypuff (Fox) yelled, and sadly, this went for hours, yelling his name again and again.

"Manaphy!" Lucario (Ness) yelled.

"Manaphy!" Fox (the fly) yelled.

"Manaphy!" Marth (Nana) yelled.

"Manaphy!" Pit (Falco) yelled.

"Phew, finally!" Chris (Fox) said "Damit! Back to square one! Manaphy!"

"Manaphy!" Pikachu (Lucario) yelled.

"Manaphy!" Nana (Chris) yelled.

"Manaphy!" Roy (Pit) yelled.

"Manaphy!" Popo (Roy) yelled.

"Hey Lucas!" Pichu came holding the Pokeball of Manaphy "You dropped this by accident in my room so I-"

"Manaphy!" Fox (Lucario) yelled, dragging Pichu into this in the process.

"Waaah! What happened to me?!" Pichu (the fly) asked.

"Manaphy!" Lucario (Chris) yelled.

"...Wait, this doesn't feels so bad." Chris (Lucario) said.

"Ugh, Manaphy!" Lucario (Pichu) yelled.

"Wait! Let me get the Pokeball!" Lucas (Pit) yelled running towards Jigglypuff (Pichu).

"Manaphy!" Falco (Marth) yelled.

"Wait please!" Lucas (Ness) yelled running towards the fly (Pichu).

"Manaphy!" Pikachu (Nana) yelled.

"Wait! Can't you wait for me?!" Lucas (Lucas, what?) pleaded running towards Pichu (Pichu, again, what?) "Wait again, I have the Pokeball!"

"Thank goodness! We're back in our bodies!" Chris (Chris) said smiling in relief.

"...Manaphy!" Pit (Pit) yelled by accident.

"PIT!" Everyone yelled annoyed before changing bodies again, and back to square one.

"SHUUUUUUTTTTTT UUUUPPPPPPPP!!!!!!" Everyone sweated before looking at a furious Mewtwo, who has been hearing their yells from his room "I'M TRYING TO MEDITATE IN PEACE AND YOU WON'T SHUT UP! OBEY MY DEMAND OR DIE IN HELL!!!" He yelled furiously creating an earthquake that shook the furniture violently before sighing "And now...continue with your business, in silence." He said before teleporting to his room and the earthquake subsided.

"...Whoa, I've never seen Mewtwo so angry before." Popo (Nana) said surprised and sweatdropping.

"...A-anyway, Manaphy, can you please do it right this time, please?" Chris (Fox) asked worried, but before Manaphy could use Heart Swap, Master Hand (wearing a huge sleeping hat) came yawning and Lucas (Marth) quickly hid Manaphy in his Pokeball and behind his back, sweating.

"Good morning everyone..." Master Hand said yawning more.

"Okay, that's it!" Ness (Falco) said angrily "Master Hand, there was Manap-AAHH!" He was tackled down by Chris (Fox), blocking his mouth while he was above Ness (Falco). But Ness (Falco) tried to get Chris (Fox) off his body.

"Manapaah? What? And why is your voice a little bit...squeaky?" Master Hand asked confused.

"Erhm, it's because we were playing a game where we change our voices and try to mimic the voice of one of us!" Chris (Fox) said trying to mimic Fox's voice, but he ended up with a deeper tone of Fox's voice, sounding a little bit manlier as Jigglypuff (Lucario) thought.

"What happened to your voice Fox? It's deeper than before." Master Hand asked wondering.

"...Second puberty?" Chris (Fox) said confused and everyone slapped their foreheads (but Fox (Chris) added a frown to himself).

"...Oh! I see! Ahahahaha!" Master Hand laughed "Yeah! Second puberty! I remember my lost cousin Glover had one of those before, oh yeah, I need to send him a letter to see what he has been doing with the mage, okay okay, I leave all of you in your little game, bye!" Master Hand said chuckling and leaving the room, laughing hysterically after entering the kitchen and that caused everyone to sweatdrop.

"...That was really close." Lucas (Marth) said wiping out sweat of his forehead and calling Manaphy from his Pokeball.

"Do your magic please!" Jigglypuff (Lucario) pleaded and Manaphy used Heart Swap again, causing everyone to close their eyes to see the results after that.

"...It's over?" Chris (?) asked scared, opening slowly his eyes to see his hands in front of him "It's over!"

"Phew, that was very weird!" Pichu said sighing.

"I'm glad that this is finally over." Fox said sighing.

"That's good and all, but, can you please get off me?" Falco asked glaring at Fox and tapping his fingers in the floor, because Fox was still above his back and he got up scratching his neck.

"Aw, and I was thinking another Popo was a great idea." Popo said.

Lucas explained the big accident to all the Smashers, luckily for him, they told him that it was fine and won't tell Master Hand about it, or Lucas could be really screwed as Chris said before, that made him to thank all of them for understanding.

Oh, and fortunately Pit managed to kill the fly.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 26, 2008, 03:04:15 PM
Porky who?

3 hours later...

Kitchen

"And with that, we receive Lucas as the new member of the tournament with us, the young Smashers, as the new recruit to show the older Smashers that the younger Smashers can be as strong as they are, congratulations Lucas!" Ness said proudly in a table where he, Popo, Nana, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff and Lucas were sitting.

"Congratulations!" Pichu said as they clapped their hands to Lucas who blushed a little after this.

"Of course, we were missing Young Link and Kirby into this announcement, but why not begin now?" Nana asked doing a handshake to Lucas.

"T-thank you, but why are we doing this?" Lucas asked rubbing his head.

"Because, Lucas," Popo began "You know there are older fighters in this tournament right?" Lucas nodded slowly "And, we are the younger ones right?" Lucas nodded slowly again "And so, we thought if we made a group just for us to work in teams and defeat the others in the matches would be a very good idea! And here you are now, part of us!"

"Yep, we usually hang around in group as we are right now," Pikachu said "In that way, it's more fun!"

"What do you think Lucas?" Jigglypuff asked with a smile.

"W-well, I think it's a good idea too." Lucas said shyly.

"Oh please, you don't need to be shy Lucas!" Nana patted his back "It's a real honor!"

"R-really?"

"Not exactly bu-"

"Pikachu!"

"Okay! Okay! It's a real honor! Geez!" Pikachu said crossing his arms behind his head.

"And what do you do now?" Lucas asked curiously.

"We!" Ness raised a finger "Well...this happens most frecuently between us."

"Yeah, the other reason of this group is to do something fun but productive." Popo said licking a red popsicle.

"Hey, where did you got that?" Pichu asked.

"The fridge, duh." Popo replied pointing at the fridge and Pichu went over there.

"I'm going too!" Jigglypuff said, following Pichu.

"Fun but productive? Like what? Doing charity?" Lucas asked.

"Nah, too good." Ness said.

"Clean?"

"Too boring." Jigglypuff said, licking a pink popsicle.

"Tag?"

"Lack of players." Pichu said, licking a yellow popsicle.

"Hide-and-seek?"

"Same as Pichu's response." Ness said.

"Battles?"

"First reason of this group." Nana said.

"Oh."

"Hmm, anyone has something to say?" Pikachu asked, looking at everyone.

"...I can't concentrate if it weren't for that tremble!" Jigglypuff complained hearing a tremble of a huge machine getting closer to them.

"Wait, tremble?" Ness asked confused, they noticed that he was now eating a noodle soup.

"Yeah, like the earth shaking all of a sudden?" Nana said sarcastically.

"The earth's shaking?" Popo asked surprised.

"Duh!" Nana replied.

"It's getting stronger!" Pichu said.

"And come to think of it, it sounds familiar to me." Lucas wondered rubbing his chin.

"HEEEEEERRRRRREEEEEEE'S JOHNNY!!!"

"Where's Johnny?!" Popo asked excited before the wall of outside the kitchen was destroyed by several claws, creating dust that made them to cover their eyes and cough at the same time (and a chunk of the wall fell on Ness's soup, splashing the soup on him across the face).

"Hehehehe! Here I am in an undercover mission losers!" The dust cleared out to reveal Porky laughing like a maniac as he looked at the 6 young Smashers.

"Yikes!" Lucas and Pichu said in unison, hiding below the table.

"Oh no, not him again!" Nana said.

"Okay Johnny, what do you want?" Popo demanded for a response.

"Popo, his name's Porky!"

"How do you know?" Popo raised an eyebrow.

"Shut up you idiots!" Porky yelled "Ness! Lucas! I've come here to kill you!"

"S-sorry, but Mr. Lucas is not currently here, l-leave a message if you want!" Lucas said under the table shaking.

"Oh, well, recorder, tell him that I was trying to kill him this time and-WAIT! Don't take me for an idiot!"

"Look who's talking! Undercover means staying hidden from anyone else!" Pikachu pointed out.

"Well duh! And what did I did?"

"Break down the wall and revealing your position." Nana said frowning.

"I was hiding behind some trees for the right moment to attack!"

"Which was..." Pikachu trailed off.

"...Now?" Porky wondered to himself "Hey! Don't interfere!"

"I have one question!" Ness said cleaning his face with a napkin.

"Spill it! I dare you!" Porky said and Ness pointed at him with an overly drawn finger.

"WHO-THE-HELL-ARE-YOU?!"

Crickets chirps were heard after that.

"Oops, wait a minute, I activated the cricket chirps button by accident." Porky said blushing a little, turning off the sound "Now where were we? Oh yeah, WHAT?! YOU DON'T KNOW WHO I AM?!"

"No." Ness responded with a blank face.

"His name's Porky." Pikachu and Nana said in unison.

"I don't remember any Porky."

"But Neeeeeeeeess! I'm sure you remember your favorite neighbor in Eagleland!" Porky said in a stupid tone of some kid of Colorado.

"Lier X. Agerate?" Ness tried to guess.

"He's not even near your house!" Porky said angrily.

"Frank?"

"No!"

"Jeff?"

"Not the nerd!"

"Poo?"

"The kid with the crap name? No!"

"Monotoli?"

"No!"

Ness gasped "My dad?!"

"You mean your father who hasn't payed to my dad? No!"

"King?"

"No! I'm not your cowardly dog!"

"The Orange Kid?"

"No!

"The Apple Kid?"

"NO!"

"Master Belch?"

"YUCK, NO!"

"Tracy?"

"I'M NOT YOUR SISTER!"

"Picky?"

"NO-wait, you're closer! Keep guessing!"

"Aloysius Minch?"

"Closer!"

"Her wife?"

"You're almost there!"

Ness gasped again "Then...no...you're..."

"YES! YES! YES!"

"PAULA!"

Porky fell in anime style and he got up, sighing "Yes Ness, I'm Paula, your big and annoying girlfriend."

"I-I CAN'T BELIEVE IT!"

"I WAS KIDDING, YOU IDIOT!"

Ness crossed his arms behind his head and looked away with his eyes closed "Geez, that stupid and idiot attitude reminds of Pokey Minch, ugh, good thing he escaped through time travel."

"Wait, what did you say?"

"What you heard."

"I'M POKEY MINCH! YOU BASTARD!"

Ness looked at Porky "But I'm pretty sure your name is "Porky" and also, you're not my favorite neighbor."

"I changed Pokey for Porky, cool, isn't it?" Porky was showing off his illegal name.

"So you're telling us that you changed your name illegally by no reason?" Pikachu asked.

Porky nodded "Uh huh! You got it!"

"...That's the dumbest idea I ever heard so far." Nana said taking a sip of her soda.

"...That's coolness for you!"

"That's your idiocy you mean." Pikachu pointed out eating a strawberry.

"S-shut up!"

In that moment, Lucas and Pichu got out of the table "Sooo, what are you gonna do now?" Pichu asked curiously.

"Kill the 6 of you now!"

"How?" Lucas asked.

"By!...Well...uhh...."

"By making us to eat dirt?" Pichu asked.

"Hmmm, dirt..." Porky drooled at the thought "N-no!"

"Then how?" Ness asked.

"...Argh! I've come this far without thinking a way to kill you!"

Ness looked at the others "And that's how you show the idiocy of your neighbor, thank you." He received a series of applauses by the others.

"Hey, what's happening here?" Roy asked peering from the other side of the kitchen "I heard some rants coming from here and I-WHO ARE YOU?!"

"I'm-"

"The lord of all the lard, Pokey Minch." Ness said.

"IT'S PORKY!" Porky demanded.

"You were the one who almost killed Chris, right lord of all the lard?" Roy asked and taking out his sword.

"The dork? Well...yeah, pretty much....HEY!" Porky said blankly.

"You idiot! You're not getting away for doing that!"

"Why are all of you calling me an idiot?!" Porky asked angrily.

"You're one, enough said." Nana said.

"SHUT UP!"

"Idiot? Who's one?" Pit asked peering from the other side of the kitchen "I heard someone complaining about something and I-YOU!" He took out his dual blades.

"Oh great, more people." Porky muttered to himself.

"Who are you?!" Pit demanded.

"I'm-"

"The biggest idiot in the whole world, Porky Minch." Pikachu said.

"IT'S POKEY, DAMIT!"

"The biggest idiot in the whole world! I shall avenge Chris in that fight!" Pit said.

"Why can't somebody say my previous name and not the unnecessary nicknames?!"

"Calm down, will ya?" Falco appeared from Roy's side "I was reading one of my magazines in peace and I-YOU AGAIN?!" He took out his Blaster to aim it at Porky.

"I'm not even bothering anymore." Porky said frowning.

"It's Porky Minch." Lucas said.

"IT'S LORD OF ALL THE LARD!...DAMIT!"

"Don't think I'll let you go alive without taking revenge for what you did to Chris!" Falco said glaring at Poke-I mean, the lord of all the lar-I mean, you know who.

Porky looked around "...If there is someone left to show up, please do it now!" He said like he was in the speaker.

"Me?" Marth asked peering from Pit's side "YOU!"

"Me?" Fox asked peering from Roy's side "YOU!"

"Great, now all of them are here." Porky muttered "But that doesn't matter! I shall kill you all wit-"

"Humph."

"Who's ther-oh crap!" Porky found Lucario walking towards him with crossed arms "Get away from me! Or you'll suffer!"

"Why?" Lucario asked with a glare "By the last act you did to Chris, do you think I'm going to forget that so easily? You're wrong, that left a serious revenge on you."

"H-hey, c'mon pal, I was just kidding!"

"Yes, you were kidding." Popo said sarcastically.

"D-don't help him!" Porky said, backing away slowly "I-I-I'm not afraid of you!" Lucario stomped the floor and it made a crack "It was made of second hand!" Porky tried to point out before Lucario destroyed a portion of the wall with his hand while he was still walking towards Porky "And that was made from third hand!"

"Usually, this is the time where Lucario tries to kill somebody." Ness said licking a popsicle.

"Y-you're kidding right?!...Wait!" Porky took out a Lightning from behind him "Tabuu gave me this if a situation like this happened!"

"What's that?" Pikachu asked curiously.

"This electric item shrinks everyone except the user!" Porky said and almost everyone gasped (except Lucario).

"So, you're telling us that that thing is like a Poison Mushroom?" Nana asked and Porky nodded his machine.

"You're smart! But with this, I'll be the only big person around to smash you with my claws!" He ordered one of his claws to touch the Lightning "See ya, losers!"

Outside

A bright flash came from the kitchen and an instant earthquake was made, creating dust that covered the whole room.

Kitchen

Porky was shown coughing "Hahahaha! It worked! This item really helps! Now, for the final act, I'll stomp on everyone else and...WHAT THE HELL HAPPENED HERE?!"

"Ugh, my body..."

"Why I'm feeling like I've suddenly grow so much?"

Many deeps moans came from the kitchen and Porky was left very surprised, instead of turning everyone into tiny characters, the Lightning backfired at Porky and made everyone else big, giants.

"Hey, look! We're bigger!" Falco said in a deep tone and he looked at Porky "Looks like we were the ones to smash him up!" He said cracking his fists and approaching slowly to him.

"I like the idea!" Roy said lifting his sword.

"C-C-C'mon guys! I was...joking? Yes joking! Don't take it seriously!" Porky pleaded.

"We are going to say we were kidding AFTER trying to give you some "sense", stupid brat." Fox said cracking his fists.

"N-n-no! Please, don't do it!"

"FEAR ME!" Pichu said.

"YIKES!" Porky jumped surprised.

"I got him!" Marth said grabbing all the claws of the left side.

"We got him too!" The Ice Climbers said grabbing the claws of the right side.

"L-l-let me go!...oh no!" Porky noticed that Lucario had his hand just above the glass of the machine glowing with so much aura "PLEASE! STOP! I WON'T BOTHER YOU IN THE NEAR FUTUR-"

"GET HIM!" Falco yelled and all of the giant Smashers lunged at Porky, beating the crap out of him with so many punches, slashs, electric attack that were like thunderstorms, blood spilling all over the place and destroying almost all the kitchen...oh well, the kitchen was destroyed enterily by them.

"I'M BLASTING OFF TO THE SUBSPACE!!!!" Porky said as a portal of the Subspace appeared on the sky as his very, extremely, destroyed, scrapped spider mech entered and disappearing inside.

"I'll pretend I didn't hear that." Pikachu said sighing.

Just then, out of nowhere, Chris came "Hey, I hear many explosions coming from here and I-WHAT HAPPENED TO ALL OF YOU?!"

"Chris!" Lucario walked towards Chris (and creating some trembles too) and kneeled to him.

"Lucario! When did you get so big?!"

Lucario shook his head "We avenged you from Porky, he came just right here and he was defeated by all of us."

"Huh?"

Everyone explained everything to Chris.

"Oh, I see...thank you so much for doing that for me!" Chris said smiling and most of them were a little embarrased, saying that it was nothing and such (the situation was very awkward because the effect of the Lightning didn't worn off).

"AAAAHHHHHH!!!!" Master Hand came from nowhere and he found the giant Smashers and Chris in the utterly destroyed kitchen "THE KITCHEN! IT'S GONE!"

"Umm, sorry about that Master Hand." Marth said.

"Chris! What's the meaning of this?!" Master Hand asked angrily.

"W-well, Porky appeared out of nowhere and then he used a Lightning and then they were turned into giants and then they destroyed Porky and the kitchen and the-"

"Yes, yes, like I believe your made up story!"

"Hey! He's telling the truth!" Nana said.

"ENOUGH! Chris, you will pay for the damages to the kitchen right now!"

"...Okay, how much is it?"

"1600 Smash Coins!"

"WHAT?! That's way too much!"

"It's the kitchen, remember?!"

Chris took out 1600 Smash Coins and gave it to Master Hand, thus giving away the hard earned coins from saving 2 worlds "There!"

"Okay, the kitchen should be repaired for tomorrow," He looked at the wall "For now," He snapped his fingers and the wall was repaired "There, good bye useless night bugs, see you later everyone." He teleported to him room to rest.

Chris was there looking away to the direction where Master Hand came and the Smashers were behind him, still in their giants forms.

"...Sorry...about...that...Chris..." Falco said trying to apologize and scratching his neck.

"...Yeah....but...we...had...to...do it...right?" Pikachu asked.

"...I hate you all." Chris simply said walking away from the destroyed kitchen and leaving them alone.

"...Do you think he will be alright?" Fox asked to Lucario.

"Normally, I think yes."

"YAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!"

"You were saying?" Popo asked raising an eyebrow.

"..." Lucario was left speechless before they returned to their original sizes.

"...Well...at least we avenged him..." Lucas said before noticing another tremble "What now?"

They looked above them to see the roof about to collapse, or more accurately, it collapsed fastly before they could even run from it, burying them below the previously floor known as roof.

"THAT WILL COST 600 SMASH COINS TOO!" Master Hand's voice echoed through the mansion.

"THANK YOU VERY MUCH, FRIENDS!" Chris yelled giving Master Hand the money.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 26, 2008, 08:51:31 PM
Night In The Spa

Hallway

6 hours later...

"FIRST, my body gets switched with them, SECOND, they destroy the kitchen by fighting Porky, THIRD, I get to pay their damages and FOURTH, I need to recover the lost money!" Chris said angrily stomping all the way to the Main Hall "This is the worst day in my life EVER!" He complained "And I don't want to see them again until tomorrow!...Hey...where's that steam coming from?" He asked finding a trail of steam in the roof  and he decided to follow it.

Spa

"Whoa! There's a Spa inside this room!" Chris said surprised after he found a Spa with hot water inside "I wonder who made this place..."

"Hello!"

"ACK!" Chris jumped surprised at the voice, who was Crazy Hand behind a counter "Crazy Hand?!"

"Welcome to Crazy Hand's Spa! Or Spa for short." Crazy Hand said.

"You made this place?"

"Correct! I asked my brother to do a Spa to the open air and he thought it was a good idea!"

"Open air?" Chris asked and he peered inside the Men's Side to find the whole place below the starry sky "...It makes the place to be enjoyable."

"Do you want to enter?" Crazy Hand asked.

"Hmm, okay! I need a good refresh for the last trouble they caused to me!"

"Trouble?"

"Don't ask." Chris said with gritted teeth.

"Okay," He took out a white towel and a white short "Towel or short?"

"...Short, I don't want to be naked inside."

Men's Side

"Ahhhhhhhhhh...now that hits the spot..." Chris said with a anime dumb smile, wearing a towel in his head, the water made a lot of steam that covered the whole place, preventing from seeing anything through, but Chris didn't cared at all "This...is the heaven..."

He was starting to wonder inside the steam "And...what am I supposed to do now? It's just me and the sky...wait, just me?" He asked with a smile looking around "Hey, that means..." His eyes glithered "I can finally sing without anyone hearing me! It's the opportunity of a life time!"

"(But Crazy Hand is here...)" He thought. Before hearing a snore from the idiot hand "(That solves the trouble.)" He thought with a chuckle "And why not sing my favorite themes? Alright!" He cleared his throat, singing with his own voice without changing it.

First Song

Sooousa kaanashimi wo yasashisa ni
Jibun rashiiisa woo chikara ni
Maayoi nagara demo ii
Aaaruki daaashiiteeeee
Mou ikkai!

Dareka no kitai ni zutto kotae
Homerareru no ga suki nano desu ka?
Naritai jibun wo suri kaete mo
Egao wa itsudemo suteki desu ka

Haaajiiiimaari daaake yumeeee mite okiru
Sooonoooo saki naaara itsuuuuka jibun no ude deee!

Souda
Daiji na mono wa itsumo
Katachi no nai mono dake
Te ni irete mo nakusshiittemo
Kidukanu mama

Sousa
Kanashimi wo yasashisa ni
Jibun rashisa wooo chikara ni
Kimiii nara kitto yareru shinjiteeeeii-iteeee
Mou ikkai! Mou ikkai!

Second Song

Tooku de kikoeru koe wo hitori
Hitori mata hitori de chi agaru toushi
Kurikaesu dake no fudan doori
Itsu ga iku jumbi ii are you ready?

Karadajuu fuu no wa shinzou ni
Hageshiku chi narase yo stoping
Taeru tsuki wo ukasu call me
Kawarisugiru ga nuki ka story

Come on everybody stand up
Agero kyou ichiban no jikan da
Me ni mo tomoran no speed wo handa
Dare mo nobinattori ko kanba yeah

Come on everybody hands up
Mata ass***ta no heroes wa comeback
Tsuujou kazoe hibi wo countdown
Let's go, 3-2-1 make some noise! Make some noise! Make some noise!

Hey yo mou basho nori tsuku wa kakugo desho
Nankai korondatte tatsu keredo
Nade aida naze kami hito e no seisho
Irikunda kanjou kizuki ageta desho

Mochiagaru kansei ga yuuki to naru
Tashiagareba ima kurushimi tomonau
Sore demo saikou wa kitto aru
Subete sarau to shouri no kansei

Everybody stand up
Agero kyou ichiban no jikan da
Me ni mo tomoran no speed wo handa
Dare mo nobinattori ko kanba yeah

Come on everybody hands up
Mata asshiitta no heroes wa comeback
Tsuujou kazoe hibi wo countdown
Let's go, 3-2-1 make some noise! Make some noise! Make some noise! Make some noise!

Third Song

We are Fighting Dreamers Takami wo mezashhite
Fighting Dreamers Narifuri kamawazu
Fighting Dreamers Shinjiru ga mama ni
Oooli Oli Oli Oh! Just go my way!

Right here Right now (Bang!)
Buppanase Like a dangan LINER!
Right here Right now (Burn!)
Buttakitteku ze Get the fire!

Kewashii shura no michi no naka Hito no chizu wo hirogete doko e yuku?
Gokusaishoku no karasu ga Sore wo ubaitotte yaburisuteta

Saaaa kookoro no me Mihiraite Shika to ima wo mikiwamerooo! (Yeah!)
Uuushinauu mono nante nai sa Izaaa maaaiiroooouu!

We are Fighting Dreamers Takami wo mezashhite
Fighting Dreamers Narifuri kamawazu
Fighting Dreamers Shinjiru ga mama ni
Oooli Oli Oli Oh! Just go my way!

Right here Right now (Bang!)
Buppanase Like a dangan LINER!
Right here Right now (Burn!)
Buttakitteku ze Get the fire!
Right here Right now (Bang!)
Buppanase Like a dangan LINER!
Right here Right now (Burn!)
Buttakitteku ze Get the fire! (BANG!)

"OWW!"

At the last part of the third song, Chris accidentaly moved his fist in front of him and feeling someone inside the steam by punching him, sneezing like 5 times.

"HEY! WHO'S THERE?!" Chris asked surprised and blushing because if there was someone hiding in the steam, he could have heard Chris singing alone without knowing another presense inside the water.

"MY NOSE!"

"...Isn't that..." Chris moved directly where the voice was and he exhaled air to blow away the steam, revealing the person hiding there "YOU?!"

"I-I'm sorry for eavesdropping!"

"Why did you do that for, Fox?" Chris asked.

"W-we can explain it!"

""We?" There are more?"

"Darn it!"

Chris started to exhale more air to blow the steam away, finding Falco, Marth, Roy, Pikachu, Pichu, Pit, Ness and Lucas hiding from him "What the hell?! Did I just gave a private concert in THIS place?!"

"Sorry! We didn't meant to eavesdrop on you!" Pichu said.

"But why didn't you told me you were here?!"

"Because after the incident in the kitchen left you very angry againts us, we entered inside the Spa and then you appeared and we hid in the steam." Roy explained.

"Although I understand all the words you were singing just now." Marth said.

"(...This is so embarrassing! But good thing they don't know anything about those songs.)" Chris thought "Well, is somebody else in the Spa?"

Women's Side

"Just the 2 of us, huh?" Jigglypuff said to Nana, who was covered by the steam, preventing Jigglypuff from seeing her without her parka.

"It seems that way..." Nana said.

Men's Side

"Where's Popo?"

"Over here!" Popo said in an area where the steam prevented them from seeing his face without his parka.

"Where's Lucario?"

"He went to his room an hour ago." Pikachu responded.

"I see..."

A moment of awkward silence soon followed and they looked around to find something interesting to talk about, but without results.

"...Are you still mad at us?" Ness asked breaking the silence.

"After losing 2200 Smash Coins because of your combined recklessness, do you think I'd forget that so easily?"

"B-but we apologized!" Lucas said.

"Apologizing isn't enough to me!"

"...Then, what do you want?" Popo asked.

Chris thought for a moment "Just leave me alone to think carefully about that..."

The others looked at each other "Let's go Lucas..." Ness said to Lucas and everybody left to different parts of the Spa to leave Chris alone and he looked away.

Chris sighed "...Now what...I think I should accept their apologies, but then again, this incident can happen anytime...because they're a bunch of lunatics...wait...they said it was because of Porky..." He looked at the sky "...Am I taking this so seriously because I lost money? What the hell am I thinking? They could think of me as a greedy little kid...what to do...hmm...no, no, no! I'll accept their apologies even if I lost that amount of money!" He turned his head "Guys, I want t-AHH!"

"S-sorry again!"

"What's with you Fox? This is the second time already!"

"Well, I can't think of something better than saying sorry to you!"

Chris narrowed his eyes and looked around "Is there someone else eavesdropping on me again?"

"Falco's behind me." Fox said pointing to Falco, who waved at Chris.

"And there's someone else behind him?"

"Just water and steam." Falco said.

"Phew, that's better."

"And...what were you going to say?" Fox asked.

"I...I accept your apologies, I was only thinking about the money I lost back then and well..."

"Just that?"

"...Yes?"

Fox chuckled to himself "Don't worry about things like that, sometimes even Falco does that."

"Yeah, sometimes I-HEY!" Falco glared at Fox.

Chris laughed a little "Hahaha! Now that puts me back in the mood!"

"But what about me?"

"Oh please, stop! It's too much already!"

"(...What kind of person is Chris?)" Fox thought and then got an idea "Say Chris...it's everything fine now?"

"...Hmm...I think yes."

"Can I ask you some questions?"

"Go ahead, I like to talk with persons like you!"

"Good, I want to know about your sudden changes of personalitites."

"Sudden changes of personality? Like what?"

Falco got a little closer to join the conversation "He means sometimes you're too calm, sometimes you're too hyperactive, and then, sometimes you're too angry, we thought humans of your age doesn't act like that!"

"...Most of that it's because...I...live alone in my house..."

"You mean locked up in your house without having someone else to live with you?" Fox asked and Chris nodded slowly.

"Yes."

"Wait just a sec!" Falco said "And where are you fathers? Do they know you're here?"

"My fathers doesn't know where I am now, they're impotant business people that travels around the world to work, ever since I had 9 years, they decided it was time for me to live alone in my house...you don't know how sad I was then..."

"...Sorry for hear that." Fox said.

"No, it's okay, I managed to live after that, my fathers were still paying attention to me no matter where they were by sending letters to me...but even with my friends of school, nothing was very fun to me."

"...Did something happened after that?" Falco asked.

"...Well, nothing, until 6 years later where I met Lucario during a thunderstorm..." He explained everything until he and Lucario came to this world "...And that's how we ended up here..."

"..."

"...What do you think?"

"Chris, from where you come, there are more humans like you, correct?" Fox asked and Chris nodded "Are they the same as you?"

"I don't think so, I think I'm the only childish teenager as far as I know, persons at my age only worry about their appearances, how much they win in part-time jobs and...how bigger their breasts are..." He shuddered at the thought.

"...That doesn't sounds bad..."

"FALCO!" Fox yelled at him.

"Okay! Okay! It's wrong!"

"And what do you think about this whole trouble to save the worlds?" He asked returning to their conversation.

"...I think that it's the best experience in my life!"

"And there he goes again..." Falco said and Chris blushed a little.

"S-shut up! As I was saying, I'm so lucky to meet all of you! To be honest, it's like I'm already part of this, visiting all the worlds with you, hanging around, meeting more interesting people that I can only do from my world, and to make everything more interesting, I have my own skills to help!" He smiled "I can't wait to save the next unknown world!"

"Save that entusiasm for tomorrow, because we're going to need all the possible help." Fox said smiling a little.

"Thank you, that's a good idea...you know Fox...now I'm seeing both of you like the brothers that I never had before."

"Huh?" Falco said confused.

"Thanks to this little meeting, I'm so happy that both of you understood about my life, I feel like I can challenge any threat in my way if you help me to fight it."

"Hmm...brothers that you never had before...sounds good to me, I like the idea!" Falco said.

"I agree too." Fox said.

"Thank you again for accepting my point of view! (Wait, I'm talking to 2 videogame characters right? It's time for ask a personal question then!) Hey Fox, can I ask you a question too?"

"Sure."

"What is the name of your mother?"

"...What?"

"Hey, that's a good question," Falco remarked "I don't have any memories of your mother."

"T-that's not true! What about your mother, Falco?" Fox asked raising an eyebrow.

"D-don't look at me! If I remember correctly, he asked you! Not me!"

"Come on Fox! Tell me please!" Chris said.

"...Okay, the name of my mother wa-"

"HAHAHAHA!"

"Lucas! That was the easiest joke I ever told you!" Ness said chuckling to himself.

"But it's so funny! I can't stop laughing!" Lucas said wiping out a tear.

"...Oh, so that's her name." Chris said after Lucas's laugh faded.

"Now I remember!" Falco said, before noticing Chris looking at the sky again "What's wrong?"

Chris looked at them "Oh, it's nothing, I was thinking about what world is the next one, Master Hand said it was unknown to you but known to me," He looked at the moon "But which one is it?"

The screen looks at the moon in the sky and suddenly, it changes to a blue moon from another place as a long beam coming from it creates a portal between 3 huge rocks and a group of 9 travelers enters inside, the portal disappeared and a person in a red ninja costume stomps his foot in fury.

"Darn it! The guardian signature disappeared! They've escaped into Sylvarant!" The ninja said before the screen looks at the moon again, changing to his white color above the Spa.

"Yeah, this will be the first time we go to another world that isn't related to us." Fox said.

"Let's just wait for tomorrow and see which one is," Chris said with a little smile and they nodded "Okay, I think I need to sleep for now."

"We'll stay here for a little longer." Falco said.

"Okay, good night to you, it was an interesting talk in my opinion!" He said leaving them alone, but both had their eyes wide after finding something in Chris's back.

"W-what the?!"

"Huh?" Chris turned to them "It's something wrong?"

"N-no, w-we just wanted to say good night to you." Falco said sweating a little "...Good night?"

"...Oh...good night again...I guess, oh, and also, I'll make sure to bring both of you to that place, think of it as a thanks for the conversation of a moment ago." Chris said and they nodded, leaving them alone and the Spa.

"Fox, did you see that?"

"The scar on his back?"

"Yes! It was very...weird!"

"And he didn't seemed to know about it too...he doesn't know then..."

"What should we do?"

"As long as he doesn't know, nothing bad can happen."

"...Let's tell the others?"

"Yes, let's do that." Fox said and they told the others about the situation, which they took it seriously considering the description of it. After that, they were starting to wonder about a cure of the scar.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 27, 2008, 03:55:48 PM
Good Night

Lucario's Room

"Oh, you're here." Lucario said looking at Chris.

"Yes...Lucario, about that incident, I accept your apology." Chris said.

"I'm glad to hear that."

Chris yawned "Well then, it's time for me to sleep," He jumped to his bed to sleep and Lucario went after him "Good night Lucario."

"Good night, Chris." Lucario said with a little smile before Chris fell asleep "...(I wonder what happened that made him so happy...)" He thought before falling asleep, as the light of the moon touched his face from the window.

Preview of the next chapter

"Goddess Palutena! Please, you have to understand! Don't take my wings from me!"

"Pit," Palutena smiled at him "Sometimes you need to pass the dangers ahead in your way with disadvantages to grow stronger and wiser, I hope you understand."

"But how am I suppose to help a female angel even if I don't know one in the first place?"

...............................................................................................

"I'm going to give you all my jobs." Lucario said.

"What?" Chris said surprised "But!"

...............................................................................................

"Oh my god! I know about this world!" Chris said very excited.

...............................................................................................

"Victory..."

"Belongs to..."

"The most..."

"Sexy! Dead sexy!"

...............................................................................................

"Next time: An angel who lost his wings!
" Ness said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 28, 2008, 08:11:24 PM
Chapter 54: An angel who lost his wings

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Giant...fists...big...swords...gigantic...kicks...DUAHA! BUAHAHAHA! HAHAHAHA!" Porky laughed insanely in fetal position with one claw of his destroyed spider mech rolling his old carcass inside.

The Ancient Minister rolled his eyes in disgust without closing them even a little bit "Maybe letting him go to their headquarters was a very bad decision, Lord Tabuu."

"Or giving him the Lightning." Added Wolf.

"...The idiocy is for the most stupid people..." Tabuu said frowning.

"And what about that seal?" Wolf asked.

"The seal should stop working in approximately 3 hours." The Ancient Minister said.

"When that it's gone, prepare the invasion immediately." Tabuu ordered.

"So I guess it's my turn again..." Wolf said crossing his arms "Seriously, when are you going to recruit more people into this? The old kid has lost all the dignity to me."

"Mama, get the swords away from me, mama, get the hammers away from me, mama, get the clouds away from me, mama, get the big people away from me. DUAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" Porky laughed like crazy again.

"Just wait, the time should reveal for itself." Tabuu said.

"And when then?"

"I've said wait!"

"Fine."

"Ancient Minister!"

"Yes?"
The Ancient Minister asked.

"Be prepared to deploy the Subspace Bombs! I won't let the opportunity to take over a new world from getting away from me, this is the chance I've been waiting for!"

"Understood, Lord Tabuu." The Ancient Minister said, disappearing in the Subspace.

"...I hope you remember my suggestion." Wolf said.

"That is something that I don't care now." Tabuu said.

"Won't that make everything easier? They're like 10 or more against me and the traumatized old kid."

"...I'll have that in mind."


Smash Mansion
Outside

Pit's Room

Pit was in the middle of a conversation with Palutena, the goddess of Skyworld, his room was gone and he was standing in a dimension with clouds and Centurions flying around, with Palutena standing in front of him, smiling as Pit told her about his adventures.

"Goddess Palutena, I clearly say that this mission to save the worlds is so far helpful to increase my skills as a combatant in your regards." Pit said kneeling to her with a little smile.

"I see." Palutena said.

"In the honor of Angel Land, I shall help them as you wish, my goddess."

"Pit, I am so proud of your spirit as the captain of the royal bodyguards of my order, your wisdom in the fights are true to be believed."

Pit stood up "Then, with the Three Sacred Treasures, I will not let you down." He turned his back to her, starting to walk away before 4 Centurions blocked his way "May I please leave?"

"Sorry, but Her Majesty wishes to speak more with you." A Centurion said to Pit and he turned to Palutena with a confused face.

"Goddess Palutena, is there something to talk about?" Pit asked.

"Yes, it is about your fighting style." Palutena said.

"My fighting style? It's because of some mistake I made before?"

"No, it is the lack of bravery."

Pit gasped "L-lack of bravery? I don't understand! What is wrong with my bravery?"

"Don't dare to speak with her in a tone like that!" A Centurion glared at Pit with his bow ready, aimed at his head.

"Do I need to remind you that I'm your captain?" Pit said.

"Pit, I am sorry to tell you this, but your rank as the captain has been lowered."

"W-what?!" Pit asked in shock.

"Her Majesty has noticed your efforts from the realms of Skyworld, so far, Palutena has yet to see your true potential." A Centurion explained to him.

"True potential? What potential? It's there another Sacred Treasure I didn't find yet?" Pit asked very confused. But she shook her head "W-wait!"

"Pit," Palutena smiled at him "By the rules that I hold in the power of Angel Land, I shall decrease your rank of captain to a novice soldier, meaning that you will lose the Wings of Icarus as the rules for the rank of novice soldiers." She said as her right hand glowed with a sacred light, and Pit's wings glowed before vanishing into of spores of light, floating away in the sky of her realm and Pit's face was now very shocked at this moment.

"B-but how can I show you my true potential, goddess, if I can't use my wings?!" Pit asked yelling by accident.

"There are 2 conditions, you need to clear at least one to recover your wings and the rank of captain."

"Which?"

"The first condition is to help a female angel in her own mission, but if you fail to clear the first condition, then the second condition is to sacrifice your life in battle."

Pit was now utterly traumatized by this moment, the 2 conditions were impossible to accomplish for him.

"Goddess Palutena! Please, you have to understand! Don't take my wings from me!"

"Pit," Palutena smiled at him "Sometimes you need to pass the dangers ahead in your way with disadvantages to grow stronger and wiser, I hope you understand."

"But how am I suppose to help a female angel even if I don't know one in the first place?"

"The future shall be revealed to you in time, my loyal soldier."

"And if I can't clear the first condition, then the second is really insane! Dying in battle just to recover my wings and not be able to awake from the death is pure blasphemy!"

All the Centurions in the realm gasped in shock after Pit had enough guts to say that word to Palutena, and the angel without wings realized his error and waited for a punishment coming from her own goddess.

But nevertheless, Palutena just laughed a little and all the persons in the realm looked confused at her, even Pit.

"Pit, you need to trust my words, by the time that occurs, you will understand, believe in your allies of battle and they will help you."

"...(I'm surprised that she didn't reacted at my poor choice of vocabulary.)" Pit thought.

"However," Palutena continued "Since one of our rules is to have a good sense of choice of words, you have a limit to clear these conditions."

"Huh?"

"You have only 2 suns and 2 moons to clear one of the conditions or if you cannot do it, you will keep the rank of novice soldier for the eternity."

"W-WHAT?! (2 suns and 2 moons equals 2 days.)" Pit shouted very surprised.

"Be careful, another bad choice can turn this from bad to worse." Palutena warned Pit with a smile.

"F-fine my goddess, I'll try to do it." Pit said looking down at the clouds.

"I am happy for hearing your decision my soldier in training, but still you can use the Palutena's Bow to fight and the Mirror Shield to protect."

"Y-yes..."

"And now, I leave you in your mission, farewell..." Palutena said as a bright light shone in the realm, turning back to Pit's Room and the angel looked at the place where his wings once were, then he sighed in disappointment.

"..." He was left speechless, looking at the floor in shame.

Outside

Once upon a time, there existed a giant tree that was the source of all mana.

A war, however, caused this tree to wither away, and a hero's life was sacrificed in order to take its place.

Grieving over the loss, the goddess disappeared unto the heavens.

The goddess left the angels with the edict: "You must wake me, for if I should sleep, the world shall be destroyed."

The angels bore the Chosen One, who headed towards the tower that reached up unto the heavens.

And that marked the beginning of the regeneration of the world.

"...Chris, wake up."

"..."

"CHRIS!" He yelled at Chris.

"AH! WH-WHAT?!" Chris woke up in his meditation with Lucario, it was 5:00 AM and the Aura Pok?mon decided to begin Chris's Aura Training early before going to the next world, and the World Traveler wasn't fully awakened yet and he fell asleep in front of Lucario.

"How can you sleep in a time like this, honestly?" Lucario asked, crossing his arms.

"Well, who had the idea to start this training," Chris pointed at the far away hills "When the sun hasn't even appeared yet?"

"We forgot the Aura Training yesterday and I thought that the only way to make up for it is by starting at this time." Lucario explained.

"Oh well, you're right in you explain it like that way."

"Moving on, what did you heard of my explanations?"

"That if I want to make an Aura Sphere, I need to have my mind empty to let my Aura flow without interruptions, but then does that means that you have your mind empty of thoughts everytime you make your Aura Sphere?"

Lucario shook his head and Chris made a confused face "No, once the Aura becomes one with you, it will obey all your orders."

"Become one with me? So it's like a wild beast waiting to be tamed?"

"Something like that if you want to put it in that way, let me show you my Aura Sphere for an example." Lucario positioned his hands to create an Aura Sphere, but several seconds passed without any effect, and he looked at his hands "This is strange...my Aura is back with me but...the Aura Sphere didn't appeared..."

"I think I know the answer for that question!"

Chris took out his DS where Dr. Kawashima appeared again "You know what's wrong with him?"

"Of course!" Dr. Kawashima said "It's theorycally possible that his Aura has returned to him, but there's a downside present at this moment right now."

"Downside?" Lucario asked.

"No doubt about it, it's another power you 2 share from the beginning."

"What?" Chris asked.

"The Job System that hand gave to you, it's not very conventional for a person like Lucario to handle it."

"Why?"

"Keep asking! I like to give answers!" Dr. Kawashima cleared his throat "Lucario has already the Aura to fight, right?"

"Right."

"Then, the Job System is another power that allows the user to get different abilities depending of the job, correct?"

"Correct."

"But," He narrowed his eyes "A character that has already his or her own fight style could be considered a sacrifice to his abilities because both skills could neutralize the other, and since there are so many jobs out there, the jobs are winning the "war" against Lucario's Aura, if Lucario continues to use the Job System, he will eventually lose his Aura abilities FOR THE REST OF HIS LIFE."

Chris gasped "What?! But...there is a way to get his Aura back to him if he lose it?"

Dr. Kawashima shook his head "I'm afraid not, it's up to Lucario to decide, or he gives you his jobs or his Aura disappears for good."

"I'm going to give you all my jobs." Lucario said.

"What?" Chris said surprised "But!"

"Whoa, you decided to fast!" Dr. Kawashima remarked surprised.

"There is no meaning for me if my Aura is gone, remember, everybody knows me as the Aura Pok?mon." Lucario said.

"W-well, that's true but..." Chris trailed off.

"Trust me in this one Chris, it will help you in the process too."

"...If that is your decision...then...okay, I'll do it."

"HOLD ON A SECOND CHRIS!" Dr. Kawashima shouted.

"What?"

"You must also sacrifice another power, the power that lets you use ANY other skill of another job if you're using another job that doesn't has that skill."

Chris took out his bow, even if his job was currently the Aura Apprentice "You mean this?"

"Yes!"

He looked at the bow "I...don't care anymore for this ability, I think I can handle everything just fine with one job at a time."

"Then it's settled," The doctor looked at Lucario "Now, hear me Lucario, once you give all your jobs to Chris, there's no other way to get them back, are you sure?"

"My answer will still be yes." Lucario said.

"That's fine with you Chris?"

"Yes."

"Okay, Chris, please navigate through the menu of the DS and press the "Option" menu," Dr. Kawashima explained and Chris was listening to his orders "Now, click in the "Job System Configuration," after that, select the "Transfer Jobs" button and highlight your icon, then, select Lucario's list of jobs and then arrange all of them to your list, once you're done, select the "Done" button." Chris finished the process and Lucario glowed and various lights that were shot at Chris, gaining all the jobs of Lucario and the "Transfer Jobs" button disappeared in the DS.

"Process was successfully cleared! Also, the Space Mercenary and PK Kid jobs were updated with stronger attacks!" Dr. Kawashima said happily.

Chris has gained Lucario's jobs

Lucario can't use the Job System from now on

"...Lucario..." Chris trailed off.

Lucario was able to create an Aura Sphere and he fired it to a nearby tree, destroying it with a explosion "It's fine with me, now let's continue with the training."

"Aren't you going to say anything about losing all your jobs?"

"Yes," Lucario smiled a bit "It will help you in the battles."

"...You're right, thank you Lucario." Chris smiled a bit before he returned to his meditation position alongside Lucario with closed eyes, listening to Lucario's orders to master the Aura inside himself.

2 hours later...

One of the many Hallways

Pit stepped out of his room with a worried look, so far he was the only one in the whole mansion that knew that his wings were gone, and what could they say about him?

"Now what? I don't know what to do now...but...I can't let them see me like this...first, I need to stay away from them, then I-"

"Hello Pit without wings." Chris said walking away like if Pit's condition was normal to him.

"..." Pit thought for a moment "It's that all what were you going to say?"

Chris turned to Pit "...PIT! YOUR WINGS ARE GO-" The angel quickly blocked his mouth to stop his loud voice to startle anyone else close to them.

"Please, don't tell anybody about this, who knows what could they say!" Pit wispered to him and setting him free.

"O-okay Pit, but what happened to your wings?" Pit explained everything to Chris "...Hmm...that's a hard situation..."

"I know! I don't have the right to be called an angel if I don't have wings first!"

"But the conditions you told me about were weird, help a female angel or die in battle..."

"Do you know a female angel Chris?"

Chris rubbed his chin "I'm afraid not."

Pit looked down "Then I'm done for..."

"N-no! You're not done for! Maybe there is a way to find that angel somewhere, in a world...just maybe..."

"What should we do now?"

"Hmm...everybody except Lucario and me are sleeping, so let's go to the Command Room and search for a girl angel in one of the computers, there's a posibility of finding the necessary data."

"Do you know how to use one of those computers?"

Chris laughed heartily "Of course! It's my favorite field of study! Just leave it to me!"

Pit smiled a little bit "Thanks."

"Save it for later, now here we go."

Command Room

Chris was typing fastly in a computer to search about the angel Pit was searching for, while Pit watched from behind the chair as he navigated through the information of all the worlds.

"Now let's press Search and..." Chris said as the computer started to analyze data from all the worlds that have angels and he finally found one file of a world "..."

"What? It's not that?" Pit looked at Chris, who had his face glittering with a very happy face.

"Oh my god! I know about this world!" Chris said very excited.

"You know?"

"Yes! Let me see, I remember various angels living there, and...here." A list of all the angels in the world Chris knew about apeared on the screen and he started to analyze their names "Mithos...Martel...Kratos...Yuan..."

"I think Martel is a girl's name, right?"

Chris turned to Pit "Well yes, but I'm afraid she passed away 4000 years ago."

"4000 years ago?!"

"Shh! You will wake them up!"

"Sorry."

"But there's more in this list..." Chris continued to read all the names of list and he finally found one match "Here it is! The only angel that is a girl and lives in this world is called...Colette Brunel." He clicked the file with the name of Colette Brunel and an image of her appeared on the screen.

"She's an angel? But where are her wings?"

"It says here: "Colette Brunel is the Chosen of Mana that is said to be the Chosen One to regenerate the world of Sylvarant, called Journey of World Regeneration, after struggling the dangers ahead of her with the help of her allies, she gained her wings to be an angel in the process of the regeneration to save the world from awakening the goddess, but once she managed to reach the Tower of Salvation, she failed her mission in a sudden twist of events and currently, she, along with her friends, are trying to find a way to save not only Sylvarant, but the second world of Tethe'alla to reunite them together and return peace once again, as the hero Mithos did in the Ancient Kharlan War from 4000 years ago by separating both worlds." ...And that's all...Pit?"

"...She's beautiful..."

"Excuse me?!"

"Oh oh! Sorry, I was distracted, what did you said?"

Chris sighed in defeat "Nevermind Pit, in other words, she's the female angel you were looking for."

"Then let's go! She needs my help so I can get my wings back to me!" Pit said.

"Okay, I understand but...we can't go to that world without telling Master Hand first..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 29, 2008, 04:11:40 PM
"Yeah, 'cuz I'm going to tell him!"

They looked away to find Crazy Hand behind his counter where he sells jobs to Chris and they jumped in surprise.

"Crazy Hand! Don't tell Master Hand about this!" Chris said.

"Nope! I'm his brother and we share a very special bond together, 'cuz we're brothers!"

"That sounded cheesy, but don't tell him!"

"Tell you what, if you buy a job from me, I won't tell him."

"...Deal!"

"But I know this is weird, but all the jobs were changed so you could use them and not Lucario, why is that?" Chris explained everything to the insane hand "...I don't get it!"

"That doesn't matters, let me buy something!"

Smash Coins in hand: 2200

Fake King - 700 Smash Coins

Psychic User - 900 Smash Coins

Racer - 800 Smash Coins

Chozo Arts - 750 Smash Coins

Chosen of Mana - 1200 Smash Coins

D: Fly around your battles and use Chakrams to attack from long distances, pray to the heavens to unleash their holy power upon your enemies and use a wide selection of attacks to attack all close adversaries!


"(Chosen of Mana? Then...) I'll take the Chosen of Mana job please." Chris said giving Crazy Hand 1200 Smash Coins and he glowed instantly, his appearance once again changed and he now wore dark blue pants, white boots, a white shirt with blue edges and in the center of the shirt, a picture of a yellow cross was there, a tiny white cape of approx. 10 centimeters was behind his neck, in both hands, 2 white chakrams appeared and above his chest, a Cruxis Crystal appeared embedded to his skin and Pit looked at him.

"Those clothes looks like for a person from a church, but for battle...in my opinion..."

"Wait, I think I can take out wings from my back!"

"What?"

Chris concentrated his mind and a holy glyph appeared below him with spores of light floating around him, and then in a flash, light blue wings appeared from his back glittering a little and Pit was very surprised at this.

"W-whoa! You're an angel!" Pit and Crazy Hand said in unison.

"Yep!" Chris said happily "And look! And can put them away too!" He said before his wings disappeared "And put them back too!" He said and his wings appeared quickly flailing a little, before disappearing again.

"..." Pit looked down sadly.

"...Oh..sorry Pit, I forgot about your wings..."

"...No, it's okay, after all, we found her to help me."

"You're right."

"But," Pit glanced at the chakrams "What are those?"

Chris lifted his right hand with a chakram "These? These are chakrams, they're like Boomerangs, look!" He threw the chakram in a long distance to the other side of the room and it returned by changing directions to Chris "See?"

"Impressive! I wish I could use one!"

Chris walked to Pit and he gave him a chakram "Then try it!"

"Alright!" Pit said throwing the chakram to the same direction where Chirs threw it, but instead of returning to him, the chakram suddenly took another way and it went away in the hallway "...What happened?"

"I-I don't have any idea!" Chris said before noticing that the Chakram was getting away and oddly enough, various loud noises came from where the chakram went to.

"HEY!" Ness shouted from his room awakening from a hit of the chakram.

"Wasn't that Ness?" Chris asked before a crash was heard.

"MY VASE!" Jigglypuff yelled in shock awakening in her room by the chakram.

"What is going on?!" Pit asked.

"How should I know? You were the one who threw the chakram, not me!" Chris said protesting.

Whack "OWW!" Marth said awakening.

Thud "What was that?" Lucario asked confused.

Hit "OUCH!" Popo yelled awakening with Nana.

Crash "UGH!" Falco yelled awakening and rubbing his beak.

"...This is getting really stupid..." Chris muttered.

"...Oh no! The chakram is awakening everyone else!" Pit said in shock. Before the chakram was somehow able to fly around and hit everyone in the mansion, including Master Hand for Pit's dismay, and by the end of the track of the weapon, it returned to Pit with traces of ground, blood, feathers, cloth, a flower, blue hair, red hair, part of a red cap and a free coupon for a free hamburger in some restaurant.

And after that, the trio inside the room began to hear many foosteps getting closer and Chris gasped, before cleaning the chakram from all the items (and stealing the coupon because nobody would guess he stole it) before all the Smashers came.

"PIT! HIDE!" Chris yelled.

"BUT WHERE?!" Pit yelled in shock.

Chris looked at Crazy Hand and the hand gasped sweated.

The Smashers came complaining about a ring that appeared out of nowhere and hit them while they were sleeping with Ness saying that he lost a coupon too. Also, they were wondering if they could go to the next world in that time to Master Hand.

"Can we go now to the next world now?" Chris asked to Master Hand.

"Everyone is ready, I think." Master Hand said.

"A new world? Finally!" Roy said excited.

"It's about time to meet new characters!" Ness said excited.

"(I'm sorry Pit, but it seems we can't do your mission right now...)" Chris thought in shame.

"What's the matter Chris?" Lucario asked.

"N-nothing..."

"Okay everybody," Master Hand said "The next world...that is new to all of you but only known to Chris is..." The screen appeared with drums playing on, before disappearing at the final sound, revealing the next world to all of them "Tales of Symphonia!"

"Uuuuggghhhh..." Upon hearing that the next world was Tales of Symphonia, Chris's fanboy senses acted so soon of the expected and he fainted dropping in the floor with a thud, and Pit's hiding spot was revealed because he fell from inside Crazy Hand's...hand.

Re-take, that scene was false

"...Wait, what?" Upon hearing that the next world was Tales of Symphonia, Chris was left very surprised and he shook Crazy Hand violently, and Pit fell from inside the hand with a disgusted look on his face.

"Yuck, do you know what does this hand hides inside his hand? A lot of disgusting and gross things that I should not speak about and...oh no..." Pit looked at all the Smashers and Master Hand with wide eyes after seeing that Pit didn't had his wings with him.

To broke the silence, Pikachu spoke "...Pit...where are your wings?"

"Shouldn't they be in your back in all times with you?" Marth asked.

"..." Pit looked down sadly at this and Chris stood in front of him.

"Wait guys, I guess you need an explanation of this, right?" Chris said and they nodded "Well, thing is..."

30 minutes later...

"And that's why Pit lost his wings, the ring attacked all of you by no reason at all and why I'm wearing this." Chris finished his explanation to all of them.

"I see..." Master Hand trailed off.

"Please, I begging you, help me in this one!" Pit begged to them.

"But for our bad luck, we don't know anything about that world..." Roy said before speaking again "...Except for Chris who knows."

"Oh, right!" Chris said "Don't worry Pit, if all of you listen to me, we will save that world and get your wings back!"

"...Okay, I'll trust you all." Pit said with a little smile.

"But Pit, if you can't recover your wings, I'm afraid you can't participate in any official match of the tournament." Master Hand said blankly and Pit gasped.

"What? Master Hand! That's so cruel!" Pichu said.

"I'm sorry but those are the rules of the fights in this place."

"You've got to be kidding me Master Hand!" Chris said "Give Pit an opportunity!"

"...Well...I can't...but I'll try to think about the situation, or he gets a replacement."

Chris rolled his eyes "Yeah yeah, a replacement, whatever."

"Chris!" Pit said.

"Pit, I'll promise to you, we will recover your wings no matter what happens, simple as that." He said with a little smile and a nod to Pit "Besides, with my intelligence of Tales of Symphonia, nothing will go wrong."

Three Legged Race

"...You know, I think we can do it after all!" Pit said taking out his dual blades.

"Hey Chris!" Dr. Kawashima said from Chris's pocket "The status of this world will be displayed on the screen now! I'll updated the system to be more precise from now on!" He said as the screen showed the status of Tales of Symphonia.

Tales of Symphonia
Current Status: In way to the Remote Island Human Ranch
Race: Humans, elves, half-elves, angels
Number of protagonists: 9
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Sword, Espionage and Magic skills

"Human Ranch?" Falco asked confused.

"Why does that sounds a little too...insane?" Marth wondered.

"I'll explain once we get there," Chris said "Well then," He opened the portal to Tales of Symphonia "I'll take Pit, Lucario, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Fox and Falco."

"You hear him!" Master Hand said and same Smashers who were called made a group, but Pikachu, Pichu, Popo, Nana and Jigglypuff made upset faces.

"...Erhm, don't worry!" Chris reassured them "I have the feeling that more new worlds are going to appear soon!"

"...Promise us that you're going to take us to those places!" Pichu said jumping excited.

"Wait, how can Lucario go? He doesn't has any required ability!" Pikachu pointed out.

"Pss! Chris!" Dr. Kawashima wispered to Chris and he opened his DS "Don't tell anyone, but read in the Touch Screen to see why Lucario can go."

"...O-ok..." Chris saw the reason of why Lucario can go with them "...Interesting...I didn't knew that Kratos's voice actor was Charizard's..." He wispered to him (If anyone forgot, there was a rule if a related character from the same series of another one that can go, his related characters could go too.)

"Did you said something Chris?" Pikachu asked.

"N-no, nothing, Lucario can go because he's a...well...a...sacred beast of the mythology of Sylvarant..."

Everyone stared confused at him after that "...You don't know anything about Sylvarant, remember?"

"Ohh." They said in unison.

"Wait!" Ness stopped them and Chris tripped strangely.

"...What, Ness?" Chris asked getting up.

"Master Hand considered me and Lucas "EarthBounders", and yet there aren't any of us in that world!"

Master Hand started to chuckle "Well...I lied, you're humans."

Ness's face was getting very red at that moment and Chris didn't wanted to see a scene with a murder, so the most useful way to prevent that was...

"Look! A Manaphy!" Chris yelled pointing to another direction and they gasped in unison, looking at the direction where Chris told them before pushing all the 8 Smashers inside the portal, disappearing along with it.

"...Hey, there isn't a Manaphy!" Popo said and looked around "And they're gone!"

"How rude!" Nana said.

"Where's Mewtwo?" Pikachu asked.

"Him? He's still recovering in his room, apparently trying to heal a person takes away all of his energy to the last drop." Jigglpuff explained.

Tales of Symphonia

The Port City, Palmacosta
Prison

Music Stops

"...How did we ended up in the prison?!" Chris asked angrily trying to get out of one of the cells. He was on the cell of the middle with Ness and Lucas, to the right cell, Marth, Roy and Pit were inside behind the bars.

Fox rolled his eyes inside the cell of the left where he, Falco and Lucario were "You tell us."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 29, 2008, 09:42:51 PM
Sylvarant
Southeast continent

30 minutes ago...

"So let me get this straight," Roy began to speak "Only 4 of us can fight againts the monsters inside a field right?"

"Right." Chris said nodding.

"But if we die in battle, it's the end for the rest?"

"Yes, that's about it."

"It's Paper Mario all over again." Falco said crossing his arms.

"Well, it's very different because we fight on real time, and I saw how much you liked being in Overlimit, Falco." Ness said.

"As long as the enemies don't make me flinch, I'm good to go."

"And who would imagine that Chris had wings." Roy said.

"Hehehe, but I was a total mess back then." Chris said rubbing his forehead.

"The tripping was really random, and so did that squeaky hammer called "Pow Hammer", was it?."Ness asked wondering.

"But he fell above the tiny monsters, and he killed them with his own body!" Lucas said and Chris blushed a little.

"It wasn't supposed to be that way!" Chris protested.

"Well, do you know what we need to do Chris?" Marth asked and Chris looked to the port city of Palmacosta.

"Uh huh, I think we need to enter Palmacosta and gather information but...I don't know how the citizens will react when they see our 3 "monsters"." He said glancing at Lucario, Fox and Falco.

"Aw, c'mon! What would happen anyway?" Falco asked chuckling.

"They could dissect you alive for the sake of the science for example." And Falco gulped at this, but Chris made a fist in the air "Don't worry! If Digimon 3 taught me something it's to let any kind of company to go with you even if humans get scared...and to be a genius and not have a stupid beast that will react like a wild animal to another creature."

"I have a question," Lucas raised his hand "What is Digimon 3?"

Chris shook his head "Ugh, you'll have a hard time understanding it, believe me."

"But I'm curious! Tell me please!"

Chris raised a finger and smiled "Basically my curious friend, Digimon are steroidyzed and bigger versions of Pok?mon that loves to cause massive destruction at their path to make themselves stronger to have more power and it goes on..." He noticed that everyone except him and Lucario had their entire bodies in a color white with worried looks and a cartoony black crow flew above them while he said "Loooosers! Loooosers!"

"...But we won't visit a kind of world like that! Rest assured!" Chris said and everyone sighed in relief, returning to their usual colors.

"Phew, I don't ever want to be annihilated by some kind of monster like that." Ness said.

"Neither do I." Pit said.

"If we're done, let's go into the city." Fox said walking away and Chris ran to get ahead of him with the others following.

The port city, Palmacosta
Entrance

For the first impression of the people living in Palmacosta was the weirdest event that they weren't expecting, of course, many travelers came from time to time to the city, but never travelers like the oddly and strange group called "Smashers".

"Chris...they're staring at us..." Lucas wispered terrified behind Chris, and his statement was true, all the persons were wispering amongst themselves like "Who are those travelers traveling with monsters?" And "I've never seen anything like them before."

"I think this wasn't the best idea Chris." Lucario said walking to Chris's right side.

"Oh don't worry, I don't think the guards around the city will let anyone like us to be judged by everyone else." Just when he said that, a guard stepped in front of them "Good time to show up, look sir, we need to sgather information for-"

"Hmm? What's this?" The guard glanced at Chris's Cruxis Crystal "It's one of the Cruxis Crystal from the World Regeneration, but the Chosen of Mana already passed through here!"

"I don't like the tone of his voice at all." Ness said.

"IMPOSTORS!" The guard yelled and the group was quickly surrounded by all the guards in the city with their lances pointed at their throats.

"How did they appeared so quickly?!" Fox asked sweating at the mercy of the edge of a lance.

"Who knows?!" Pit yelled.

"Please listen to us! We're not trying to impersonat-" Chris was interrupted.

"We will not allow another accident like this to happen again!" The same guard from before said before ordering them to be thrown in the prison, Chris was accused for trying to impersonate the Chosen One, Lucario, Fox and Falco were falsely accused for being monsters and Marth, Roy, Ness and Lucas for being accomplices of the group.

Prison

"Well, I guess it's my fault from the beginning then..." Chris muttered.

"IT IS YOUR FAULT!" The others except Lucario yelled angrily.

"You and your Digimon 3 stuff!" Ness said.

"But it was because of that weird Cruxis Crystal thing on his neck!" Falco said.

"Don't forget your presenses, that pretty much made us to be thrown in jail!" Chris protested.

"Oh really? We don't know anything about this place and we thought it would be a good idea to listen to you!"

"Anyone have any idea to get out of this place?" Pit asked ending the discussion between them.

"Lucario, can you break the bars?" Chris asked to Lucario.

"I can do it but, escaping from here would be breaking the law of the city." Lucario said.

"Please, break them!"

"I don't want to do it."

"Why?"

"You taught me to respect the laws and that is exactly what I'm doing now."

"Just for this time, I let you to break one rule!"

"No."

Chris sighed "You're impossible, can anybody else break the bars and laws?"

"No." They said in unison.

"You don't have to be so good as persons, just for this time!"

"No." They said again.

"Then how are we going to escape?"

Marth raised a finger "By completing the sentence."

"We got a life imprisonment you know!"

"Then we're done for." Pit simply said.

"I can't believe all of you! That's it!" He took out his chakrams "These bars are SO going down!"

Chris started to bang the bars with his rings to destroy them, but the only thing they made were strong and annoying sounds that got the others angry at this, but then he started to use Pow Hammers to make everything easier but instead, it backfired making everything worse and they started to argue loudly.

But Pit, Lucas and Lucario were the only ones not caring about the arguing and they looked outside the windows of the cells.

"...Should we help them in some way?" Lucas asked.

"Nah, I think entering into their discussion it's a very bad idea." Pit said.

"I agree." Lucario said.

Governor-General's office

Since the prison was built just below the office of the Governor-General by unknown reasons, the loud yells were going all the way up to the office where Governor-General Neil was, and currently the Chosen's group was there leaving one friend of them and finding information about the reconstruction of the Human Ranch near Palmacosta.

"...Gah! Who the hell is making those loud yells?!" A man in red clothes with twin swords asked angrily.

"Oh, about that, we just got news of another group trying to impersonate the Chosen One not long ago, but it appears their way of impersonating was very odd," Governor-General Neil explained to them "They had monsters traveling with them too."

"Seriously, how many more people are still doing that?" A young kid with long white hair asked without trying to get a response from his question.

"Hmm, yes, I believe they could be another group judging by their yells." A woman with almost the same style of hair of the young kid said wondering a little bit.

"POW HAMMER! POW HAMMER! POW HAMMER!"

"Hey, that sounds like one of my attacks!" A girl with long blond hair said putting her hands on her neck above her Cruxis Crystal "Wow, I've never seen someone trying to impersonate me so well before!"

The man in red clothes and the young kid frowned at this "Colette, when did you start to be happy when someone is trying to steal your position?" The young kid asked, calling the name of the blond girl.

"But don't you hear that same squeaky noise, Genis?" Colette asked as a squeaky noise was heard, also calling the name of the young kid.

"...She's right, Lloyd..." Genis said to the man in red clothes named Lloyd.

"Now that you mention it, I can hear it too." Lloyd said.

"I'll go on ahead and meet them!" Colette said with a little smile and she ran off to the prison.

"And there she goes again..." A girl with black hair and violet ninja costumes said frowning.

"You gotta love that beautiful smile though." A swordsman in pink clothes (or armor) and long red hair said with hearts on his eyes.

"Oh brother..." She muttered to herself frowning.

"...Lloyd." Genis looked at Lloyd.

"What Genis?" Lloyd asked.

"Isn't dangerous to let Colette alone with prisoners like those ones?"

"Well, she has that superhuman strength at her side to defend so..."

"Do I need to remind you that Colette is so naive?"

"..." Lloyd crossed his arms "She'll be fine...unless she freeds them like the other prisoners of the other day and we had to attack them..."

Prison

"Oh god, please, stop yelling!" Pit pleaded blocking his ears and closing his eyes.

Lucario leaned to the bars with crossed arms "This isn't going anywhere." He said.

"And not even from the cells..." Lucas said.

Footsteps were heard but they weren't because of their arguments creating more yells, Pit noticed that someone was coming to the prison and he hid behind Marth and Roy to not be found, Lucas did the same but Lucario didn't and closed his eyes to wait for them to stop. And finally, Marth and Roy stopped arguing after looking at a blond girl with a smile and closed eyes walking and passing them without noticing both swordsmans, then Chris and Ness stopped and after passing their cell, Fox and Falco stopped arguing to no one before looking at Colette who stood just behind Lucario as she examined him.

The Aura Pok?mon looked at both Star Fox members and he spoke "At least you 2 finished already."

"Er...Lucario..." Chris began.

"What?"

"There's a person behind you."

Lucario made a confused face before turning it into a smile with closed eyes because a gentle hand passed between the bars and rubbed his head between his ears with care, and for the first time in a long time, his tail was wagging slowly as Chris saw it.

"How cute! This one must be Poochie!" Colette said smiling.

"HAHAHAHAHAHA! POOCHIE! HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" The others laughed hysterically at Lucario's new name, dropping themselves to the floor holding their stomachs in pain, and Lucario glared at all of them before pushing the hand away from his head.

"Give me a good reason to not kill you all!" Lucario demanded.

"He even talks!" Colette said surprised as if Lucario was the first normal "dog" to her "You could be a very well trained dog!"

"I'm not a dog!" Lucario said turning to Colette before she couldn't resist more and started to rub his head and he smiled again.

"You're so cute, Poochie!"

"POOCHIE!" They started to laugh even louder than before and Lucario glared at them again and pushing away Colette's hand.

"Stop! Just stop! First, my name is not Poochie-" Lucario was interrupted by louder laughs of the others and his glare grew even more menacing "...My name is Lucario! Second, I'm not a dog and third, stop rubbing my head!"

But nevertheless, Colette wasn't even half-scared by Lucario's glare and she continued to rub his head "Ow! You're even cuter when you're angry!"

"(Just great, she is impossible to deal with.)" Lucario thought.

"...Wait, who are you?" Colette asked stopping rubbing Lucario's head and they stood up with embarrassed faces and stopping laughing.

"(She noticed us at this time?)" Ness thought.

"(And to think I fell in love with her.)" Pit thought ashamed.

"(Talk about weird.)" Roy thought

"(That's what I call being dumb.)" Falco thought.

Colette looks at all of them with a confused face and she looks at Chris with the Cruxis Crystal "Wow, you're also a Chosen One too?"

"(...And I thought she wouldn't be even naiver than before.)" Chris thought "Um...how can I explain this...well..."

Colette quickly went to Lucario's cell and she looked at Fox and Falco "Those are some incredible costumes!"

"Costumes?" Both said confused before she went to Pit's cell and she looked at the 3.

"You're swordsmens right? I have 2 friends like you too!"

"Umm...really?" Roy asked very confused. Colette was quickly asking and saying to all of them without getting a response or an explanation, which made the situation really weird.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 30, 2008, 07:56:44 PM
"Wait, stop!" Chris said and Colette looked at him.

"Yes?" She asked with a smile.

"Well, you see, I didn't tried to impersonate you so we need to get out of the jail if that's not much trouble for you..."

"Of course!" She said before blinking "Oh, sorry, I think I got carried away again without introducing myself, my name is Colette Brunel, nice to meet you all," She walked towards Lucario's cell "Especially you!" Lucario looked away blushing a little.

"Colette, can you please tell them to let us go?" Pit asked.

Colette nodded with another smile "Yeah, wait here please."

"We can't get out, remember?" Falco said crossing his arms.

"Oh, hehehe, sorry again, I'll be right back." She said walking upstairs and leaving them alone.

"...She's the most stupid person I ever met."

"She's so naive too." Fox said.

"Why I'm thinking that this is going to get bad?" Lucas asked to himself.

Governor-General's office

By the time Colette got to the office, her group already left her behind.

"Huh? Where's everybody?" Colette asked looking around.

A man with blond hair and wearing a white shirt with green edges and blue pants spoke to her "They've already left Colette, Lloyd told me that they'll wait for you outside the city to reach the Human Ranch near Palmacosta." He said.

"I see, thank you Mithos." Colette said to the man with the name of Mithos "Neil, could you do me a favor?"

"Why yes, what do you need chosen?"

"Well, the people imprisoned below didn't wanted to impersonate me, because they were falsely accused and I believe their statements, can you please let them go?"

"Hmm, I can't say no to the wishes of the chosen...fine, they can go, use the keys of the cell to unlock the doors." Neil said handing over the keys of the cell to Colette.

"Thanks!" She said running below to the prison.

"Neil, you said something about a person wearing a Cruxis Crystal right?" Mithos asked to Neil.

"Indeed, one of them had a fake Cruxis Crystal on his neck like the Chosen One's." Neil said.

"(But I can feel the presense of another Cruxis Crystal nearby...)" Mithos thought in secret.

"We're freed!"

"Thanks Lady Colette."

"You're our heroine!"

"Hehehe, it was nothing, really!"

Colette temporaly joined your team!

After Colette set them free, Chris asked if they could go with her, and she quickly agreed with a smile (before hugging Lucario, and making him to blush again), then the group walked towards the office following Colette and Mithos was left very confused after seeing who were they, leaving the office to go to the Palmacosta Human Ranch.

"That...that kid had a Cruxis Crystal!" Mithos said surprised.

"Mithos, it's something wrong?" Neil asked.

"...No...Neil, I need to go out for a bit." He said leaving the office leaving Neil before he could tell him to not leave the city.

City Square

Mithos looked around for a place to hide and he found one between some buildings, hiding in the shadows as he looked at both sides to see if there wasn't anyone. After finding the coast clear, he closed his eyes to communicate with someone else from afar.

"(Kratos, where are you? Speak to me!)" Mithos asked telepathycally.

"(Mithos, did you call me?)" Another voice spoke with the name of Kratos.

"(Yes, I need you to kill this kid.)"

"(Humph, and why do you need me to kill an innocent kid?)"

"(Because I found a kid with a very strange group with monsters, and he had a Cruxis Crystal on his neck!)"

"(Impossible, is there anyone else using a Cruxis Crystal without us knowing about it?)" Kratos asked with curiousity.

"(I know this is weird, but we can't let a person like him to be using a Cruxis Crystal, and even if they travel with Lloyd's group.)"

"(Alright then, I'll do your command Mithos, but I need to do some things first.)"

"(Do what you want to do, but hurry!)"

"(Don't rush me, even if you're the leader of Cruxis, you can't order me around with hat attitude.)"

"(Grrr!)"

Kratos sighed "(Just wait and I'll do it.)" He said ending the telepathy talk and Mithos found a wild dog growling at him showing his fangs, but he held his hand towards the dog, firing a light blast and killing him instantly.

"Pathetic being..." Mithos said before returning to the office with Neil as if nothing happened.

Sylvarant
Southeast continent

The party currently led by Colette was walking in the fields of the southeast continent, Lloyd's group already went ahead to the ranch and she decided to bring them to meet her group.

A better name

"You know," Colette began "I'm starting to think that you're not wearing costumes."

"It's because they're not wearing costumes!" Pit said.

"Really?" Colette approached to Fox and she touched his face, which she felt so real "A-amazing! I can't believe you're not a person in disguise!"

"That's what we were trying to tell you." Falco said.

"So does that means you're monsters?" Colette asked.

"One thing that I'm certain is that we aren't monsters." Fox said.

"I never thought I'd have the opportunity to meet a person like you in my life before...umm..." She put her finger close to her mouth.

"Fox, Fox McCloud."

"Oh, that's your name?" Colette asked and he nodded "You know, I'm very good at giving names to animals and, wait don't get insulted by this!"

"Don't worry about that, I'm already used to it."

"I see, well, I think I know a pretty good name for you!"

"Really?" Pit asked.

"Yeah! One name full of bravery." She began.

"It's there another name better than Fox?" Falco asked.

"Yeah! One name with the strength of a bear."

"Hey, what are you doing?" Roy asked entering the conversation.

"Colette's going to give Fox a better name." Pit said.

"One name that will terrorize anyone, with a surname too!" Colette said excited.

"Wow, it could be true then." Fox said.

"And that name is..." She waited for an opportunity to get on everybody's nerves, which worked perfectly.

"Okay, tell us already!" Roy said with curiosity.

"That name is...Wolf O'Donnell!" She said with a smile and everybody blinked in surprise.

"...I'm out here." Fox said leaving with a glare and clenched fists.

"Hey, why did he left?" Colette asked confused looking at Falco, who was chuckling uncontrollably.

"Of all the names in the world you had to choose that one." Falco said chuckling and leaving.

"But what did I do? Was something wrong with that name?"

"Er, you'll find out soon I think." Pit said leaving.

"Don't ignore me!" Colette said a little angry and leaving, wondering what made Fox angry.

"...I'll guess it was just coincidence..." Roy muttered to himself.

End of skit

A few miles away from them...

"Victory..."

"Belongs to..."

"The most..."

"Sexy! Dead sexy!"

"Zelos! Why did you ask me to say Colette's line?" Genis asked angrily to the man with red long hair named Zelos.

"Well twerp," Zelos began "It's not the same with my cute little Colette around us, and I had a horrible case of nostalgia and that's why you're saying her victory line." He said winking at the violet ninja, only to be punched hard in the face "Oww Sheena! Not the face!"

"That's what you get for flirting to every single woman near you!" Sheena, the violet ninja said angrily.

"Now now, settle down Sheena." Zelos said with a smile ignoring the pain of his black eye.

"Raine, did you heal him when we weren't looking?" Genis asked to the woman with the same color hair as his with the name of Raine.

"No, somehow Zelos can "resist" extreme pains without the help of my healing magic." Raine explained frowning.

"Zelos is...weird..." A young girl with pink hair and black clothes with a small skirt said.

"Presea, I think there are more things to describe Zelos." Genis said to the girl named Presea.

"What did you said, twerp?" Zelos asked crossing his arms and glaring at Genis.

"Guys, stop fighting, we need to see if the Human Ranch is being reconstruted." Lloyd said stepping between them.

"Lloyd is right," A tall man with handcuffs and long blue hair said "We must see if the ranch is operational again."

"So far, I agree with Regal about Lloyd's statement." Raine said.

"But what about Colette? We left her with those prisoners back in Palmacosta, remember?" Sheena said.

"Oh don't worry Sheena, Colette has her angel senses with her to fight back, I think they're pretty much death if they try to attack her." Zelos said.

"W-well...that's true but still..."

"You're worrying to much about Colette," Presea said "The worse thing that could happen is if she lets them free."

Lloyd chuckled "Like the last time she let the dogs out?"

Genis chuckled too "Heheh, you gotta admit, that was very funny!"

"I even wanted to sing a song related to dogs!" Zelos said laughing.

"They reconciled so quickly..." Raine trailed off.

"They're like that, what did you expected?" Sheena asked lifting her hands above her shoulders.

"I can see the ruins of the ranch." Regal said.

"Yeah, let's go!" Lloyd said.

Back with Colette and the others...

Kids?

"Are you not too young to be traveling around?" Colette asked to Ness and Lucas.

"Of course not! Watch this!" Ness said and he made his hand to low with light and Colette's eyes gleamed.

"Incredible, that was awesome!"

"Heh, I know."

"What about you?" Colette asked to Lucas.

"W-well, I have the same powers as Ness, see?" He made his hand to glow as Ness an Colette smiled.

"I bet you 2 are strong fighters!"

"We are!" Ness said making a PK Thunder which he controlled it around Colette and she was becoming even more surprised than before and the electric ball disappeared.

"That was wonderful!" Colette remarked and Ness scratched the back of his throat blushing a little.

"I-I can do that too!" Lucas said a little jealous and he made his own PK Thunder, but he wasn't able to control it properly and the thunder went towards Roy, zapping his hair.

"Oww!" Roy entered with his hair pointing to all directions "Who threw me that thunder?"

"I-It was Ness!" Lucas said running away.

"Lucas!" Ness shouted angrily before he was hit hard on the head by Roy's sword, falling unconscious with a dumb face.

"...Hehehehe!" Colette giggled heartily.

End of skit

Preview of the next chapter

"Tell me a good reason to not punch you!" Lloyd said cracking his fists.

"And tell me a good reason to not kill you." Lucario said stepping in front of Chris.

...............................................................................................

"An underwater facility..." Raine said.

"Raine, don't get seasick again." Genis said, earning a smack on the head by her sister.

...............................................................................................

"You know, I think I can trust you!" Lloyd said.

"Finally!" Falco said.

...............................................................................................

"You will die within this ranch!" Dark Rodyle said.

"Here he comes!" Presea said warning all of them.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Tales of Smash?!"
Pit said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario
, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 01, 2008, 08:52:43 PM
Chapter 55: Tales of Smash?

Sylvarant
Southeast Continent

Colette's temporal new group continued their way to the Palmacosta Human Ranch, while she was still asking about them.

"I hope you get to like my group, it's good to have friends to travel with." Colette said.

"Well, I agree with you Colette," Chris said "But I don't think they will react like you before."

"Why do you mean?"

"Hello? We have Lucario, Fox and Falco, which they will take them as monsters!"

"...Really?" Colette asked confused and Chris slapped his forehead.

"...I shouldn't have asked."

Colette just smiled and she looked away to find the ruins of the Human Ranch "There is it!" She said pointing at the ruins.

"You said your friends are there right?" Pit asked and Colette nodded.

"Yep!... And here they come!" She said as Lloyd's group was walking towards them "I want this to be a surprise so, could you hide in those bushes please?" She asked pointing to some bushes near them.

"Umm...okay..." Chris said hiding in the bushes, only to notice that everyone else didn't "Get over here!"

They rolled their eyes in response and hiding alongside him.

"Colette!" Lloyd came running towards her.

"Lloyd! Did something happened there?" Colette asked.

Genis walked towards her "Well, Yuan and Botta told us that Rodyle is building the Mana Cannon in his own Human Ranch near the sea close to Palmacosta and we're heading there, what took you so long anyway?"

"Oh, you see, I met those prisoners in Palmacosta and I...well..."

Genis sweatdropped "Please don't tell me you let them go like before again."

"Oops?"

"Hah! Told you Genis, you lost the bet!" Lloyd said putting his hand in front of Genis and the half-elf gave Lloyd some gald angrily.

"Well, not only that, I befriended them too and I was wondering if they could tag along with us..."

"Colette, first you set free our impersonators, then you're asking us to take them with us? Are you insane?"

"Genis!" Lloyd said angrily.

"But it's true Lloyd! What if there is another ugly guy impersonating me again?"

"Colette," Sheena began "May I ask you who are they?"

"I can't tell you if you don't let me to take them!"

"Stop acting so childish Colette, first, let us see them." Raine said with calm.

"...Are you sure you want to see them?"

"It's something wrong that you don't want to tell us Colette?" Presea asked.

"N-no...well, but promise to me you're not going to scream or attack them...okay guys, come on out now!" Colette said turning to the bushes and slowly one by one, they stood behind Colette with worried looks.

"...Colette..." Zelos began.

"Y-yes?"

Zelos looked at both sides and he inhales air for 5 seconds "...I-" Lloyd however wasn't too pleased after finding Colette's impersonator, who was the only member of the Smashers that had a Cruxis Crystal on his neck, and that was Chris "Hey Lloyd!"

"Tell me a good reason to not punch you!" Lloyd said cracking his fists.

"And tell me a good reason to not kill you." Lucario said stepping in front of Chris.

"...He talked..." Raine said surprised.

"And he understood..." Regal added.

"..." Lloyd blinked in surprise "...Say, that's a good costume you have on." He said and everyone in both groups fell in anime style with a thud.

"Lloyd, you idiot! He's real!" Sheena said getting up angrily.

"How do you know?" Lloyd asked crossing his arms.

"His tail is moving, anyone inside a costume can't make his tail to move!" Genis said pointing at Lucario's tail, who moved slowly at both sides.

"And besides," Zelos said "He's WAY too skinny for a person to wear a disguise like that." And that made a vein to pop out from Lucario's forehead and he grunted at this.

"Look," Chris stepped in front of Lucario "We didn't tried to impersonate your group, we're sorry for this misunderstanding." He said bowing his head.

"We're sorry too." Marth and Roy said in unison.

"Us too." Ness and Lucas said in unison.

"And so us too." Fox and Falco said.

Genis not only was surprised that the 2 other persons in "disguises" talked, but he noticed that Raine's face was getting even more surprised that all of them combined.

"...Sis...don't tell me you're going to-" He was quickly interrupted before Raine laughed like a maniac and she ran at high speed towards both Star Fox members and they gasped at her mad dash towards them.

"F-Fox! What should we do?!" Falco asked, waiting for a response.

"W-" Neither Fox had the time to respond before Raine already examined both of them in thinking positions.

"Fantastic!" She said inspecting them "I've never seen these kinds of specimens before, you must be in danger of extinction!"

"Danger of extinction?" Both asked very confused at her statement.

"Hmm, what's this?" Raine took Fox's Blaster out of his belt and he tried to get it back.

"Hey! Give it back to me!" Fox said trying to get his Blaster but Raine was obviously taller than him and she examined it above him.

And she fired a shot at Lloyd and he quickly ducked in shock "Such a marvelous weapon, it appears that this wasn't made of mana or any known material in both worlds!"

Marth walked towards Raine and he took the Blaster and returned it to Fox "I'm sorry for interrupting but, you can't take people's things without asking."

Raine simply stared at him "...Who is this girl?"

After hearing the word "girl" Zelos's face glittered with hearts on his eyes and took out a flower and took Marth's hand and kneeled to him "Hunny, where were you?" He asked with a wink.

That only made the Smashers to chuckle a lot and Marth quickly backed away from Zelos "G-get away from me! I'm a man!"

Lloyd and Genis started to laugh hysterically at this "Haha! Zelos likes mens!" Genis said laughing.

Zelos was blinking in surprise and his face was getting red of embarrasment "S-shut up, twerp!"

Zelos obtained the title of, "Men Lover."

"It was a mistake! I swear his appearance looked like a girl to me! (According to him)."

Lloyd stopped laughing and he looked at Marth's sword and he walked to him "Hey so, you're a swordsman too?"

Marth looked at Lloyd's twin swords "Yes I am, and you fight with 2 swords?"

"Yeah, I'm pretty good in my opinion." Lloyd said.

"Don't forget me!" Roy said.

"No way, you too?"

And the trio of swordmens started a conversation between them and Raine started to examine Lucario.

"What an amazing specimen!" She said looking at his spikes and his appendages "Hmm, these appendages are not for decoration aren't they?"

"(And there she goes again with her Ruin Mode.)" Genis said with small pupils.

Lucario sweatdropped "...No."

"Interesting, could you please tell me for what are they?"

"I'm sorry...but that is a secret."

"Oh, what a shame," She said crossing her arms until her eyes were staring at Falco "Now about you..."

"Uh-oh." Falco said before Raine slowly approached to him.

"Colette, are they friendly?" Genis asked and Colette nodded "Well, I don't see those monsters attacking us so..."

"H-hello?" Lucas waved shyly at Genis and he looked at him.

"Oh, hello, I didn't see you."

"W-well, nice to meet you, I-I'm Lucas." Lucas said putting his hand in front of Genis.

"I'm Genis Sage, nice to meet you!" Genis said with a smile and both did a handshake "So, how many years do you have Lucas?"

Ever since Genis asked that to Lucas, both became fast friends in no time and Ness looked at Presea and he walked to her.

"Hi, who are you?" Ness asked.

"I'm Presea, nice to meet you." Presea said simply.

"Nice to meet you too, I'm Ness!" Ness said.

"..." Presea didn't talked.

"...So..." Ness started to think about something to start a conversation between him and Presea "Isn't dangerous to a girl like you to travel around?"

"No." She said, taking out a huge axe which was the same height as Ness.

"...Oh...my...god..." Ness said with a very shocked face, being reflected in the edge of the axe.

Zelos recovered his composture and he joined the group of swordmens "Hey, you."

"My name is Marth."

"Yeah, Marth, I'm sorry for judging you back there."

Marth sweatdropped "You don't have any idea how that happens very often to me, I bet you are treated like me for your long hair."

Zelos blinked in surprise before laughing heartily "Haha! What a joke, actually, girls think it's really handsome of me to have such a good appearance."

"..." Marth stared at him in utter surprise "(He's the Narcissistic type then.)" He thought.

Sheena rolled her eyes in response and she looked around, where Raine was still examining Falco with a magnifying glass in every part of his body and she walked towards him "So who are you?" She asked putting one hand on her hips.

"Erh...." Falco was blushing a little after staring at some part of Sheena which was...you know what...

"...Oh no, not another stupid Zelos!" Sheena said slapping her forehead is embarrasment.

"I hear that!" Zelos said.

Falco shook his head "Who are you calling stupid? The name's Falco, Falco Lombardi!"

And somehow, Sheena was able to make friends with Falco after a while, but the only one that wasn't so interested in the Smashers was the calm and serious, Regal Bryant.

"Hmm, it seems they made friends in such little time...now what's that?" Regal looked at something that he found rather interesting and Fox noticed that Regal was approaching to him, staring at his boots.

"B-back off criminal!" Fox said pointing his Blaster at Regal.

"Don't fear me, I'm not going to harm you in any way." Regal said and Fox lowered slowly his Blaster "I see your fighting style is by using kicks, am I right?"

"W-well, yes, you're right, I fight using kicks, why?"

"Because I fight using Greaves which increases the power of my own techniques." Regal said pointing at his Greaves and Fox looked at them.

"Wow, I didn't knew there were weapons like that before."

"If you want, we can train sometime to teach you some things."

Fox put his hand in front of Regal "It would be an honor...oh, sorry, I forgot about your handcuffs."

"No, it's okay." Regal said and both made their own conversation and became friends.

The only ones that weren't talking to any of them were Chris, Colette, Lucario and Pit "Looks like nothing bad happened after all." Pit said.

"Yeah, I'm so happy for this!" Colette said putting her hands in front of her neck.

"Hey Colette, who is the leader of your group?"

"Lloyd, I think." Colette said.

"Can you tell him to let us go with all of you?"

Colette nodded " Yes, but mostly we decide in group, wait a little longer please."

30 minutes later...

"Lloyd, can we take them with us please?" Colette asked.

"Why not? Marth and Roy agreed to train with me in a sword fight, I say let them in!" Lloyd said.

"After I met Lucas, I don't have any objections for that!" Genis said.

"I must say," Raine began "Lucario, Fox and Falco are good specimens."

"Raine!"

"...I-I was kidding, I have no objections either."

"Heh, I guess having a person like Falco isn't too bad, let them follow us." Sheena said.

"Marth is officialy one of my old pals!" Zelos said laughing a little "Yeah man, we'll rock all the hunnies in the world!"

"You're the biggest idiot I've ever met!" Sheena said angrily.

"Oww! Sheena!"

"Ness is a good person too." Presea said simply and Ness got a little ashamed for only receiving those words.

"So far, I've never thought I would meet someone like Fox, I decided to take them with us." Regal stated.

"Alright, looks like you guys can hang around with us!" Lloyd said smiling.

"It worked!" Colette said jumping happily.

Lloyd, Genis, Raine, Sheena, Zelos, Presea and Regal temporaly joined your team!

"This is going to be fun!" Lucas said exicted.

"Oh, right," Colette turned to Lloyd "Where are we going?"

"We're going to Rodyle's Human Ranch near Izoold and Palmacosta to stop him, but Botta warned us to not destroy the ranch because they need something there." Lloyd explained.

"Do you think we can take all of them in the Rheairds?" Zelos asked.

"Well, I think 1 person is going to stay behind..."

"Don't worry about that," Chris said "I can fix that problem, Lucario," He took out his Pokeball "Return!"

"Understood." Lucario said returning inside the Pokeball.

"See? Now we can all g-"

"How did you do that?!" Genis asked surprised before Raine quickly took the Pokeball away from him.

"JUST MARVELOUS!" She yelled examining the Pokeball "This machine isn't made of mana either, it could benefit the humanity for the eternity!"

"(And here we go again...)" Genis thought.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 02, 2008, 12:19:23 PM
Sky

Both groups managed to get along after all, and just for luck all of them were able to ride to Rheairds, but nobody missed the opportunity to start conversations above the air.

Genis, the scary chef

"Say Genis, what are you doing?" Chris asked.

"Oh, I'm doing the food of today." Genis responded.

"Hmm, it smells good."

"Hey, what's that good smell?" Ness asked.

"You 2 want to eat it?" Genis asked.

"Sure!" They said starting to eat Genis's food.

"And did you like it?"

"Yup!" Ness said.

"Hmm, the flavor reminds me of something, but what's this Genis?" Chris asked.

"It's Curry."

Ness's left eye twitched "C-c-curry?!"

"Y-yeah, it's Curry, why do you ask?"

"I-I gotta go!" Ness said running away and blocking his mouth.

"What's wrong with him?"

"...You don't want to know." Chris said eating his Curry.

End of skit

The lover of all monsters

"Hehehe!" Colette was hypnotizing Lucario with more rubs on his head.

"..." Lucario was smiling.

"You don't stop doing that, aren't you?" Marth asked.

"Hehehe, sorry, but he's so cute!" Colette said.

"Well stop it before he starts to scratch his throat with his paws!" Roy said.

"What does that supposed to mean?!" Lucario said pushing Colette's hand away angrily.

"Good, you're back to your senses." Marth said.

"By the way Colette, just for curiousity, what kind of animals do you like?" Roy asked.

"Oh, I like dogs, cats, birds, mouses, pigs, horses..." After a while, she was starting to say very weird things about her tastes "Serpents, boars, dinosaurs, tortoises, anacondas, eels, jellyfishes and-"

"Wait, you said every kind of animal just now!" Marth said.

"And what's so cute about anacondas anyway?" Roy asked.

"The way they're so sneaky!" Colette said smiling.

"But they're so huge!"

"I know! That's what makes them even cuter! That sound they make with their tongues are cute too!"

"Colette, have you ever had an anaconda before?" Lucario asked.

"Well...no." Colette said and all of them sweatdropped.

"Thought so." Marth and Roy said in unison.

End of skit

Cooking Contest? Part 1

"Hmm..."

"What's wrong Genis?" Lloyd asked.

"I was wondering if they can make recipes like all of us do."

"Well, why don't we ask them?"

"Good idea! Hey Lucas!"

"Y-yes?" Lucas asked.

"Do you know how to cook?"

"Only Sandwishes, why?"

"...That's very basic." Lloyd said.

"Yeah, Lucas, have you ever tried to make hard to make recipes before?" Genis asked.

"I-I think one time I wanted to make my own Omelet, but it got burned down."

Both of them sweatdropped "...If you like, I can teach you how to do it."

"T-that would be great!"

"Hey, I have a better idea." Lloyd said.

"What?" Genis asked.

"Let's do a Cooking Contest with the 9 of them to see who's the better chef!"

"Hmm, that doesn't sounds so bad. (As long if there isn't any "Raine" in their group.) What do you think Lucas?"

"W-well..." Lucas trailed off.

"It's settled then!" Lloyd said running away.

"W-wait! I didn't responded yet!"

Genis sighed "This is going to end badly, I know it."

End of skit

Know them, dissect them!

"Could you please stop examining every part of my body now, please?!" Falco asked to Raine.

"Sorry, but this is an important research, and it doesn't seems that an Exsphere wasn't responsible of your mutation."

"Mutation? What the hell are you talking about? I was born in this way!" Falco protested.

"Hey you, leave Falco alone now." Fox said before she went to examine him.

"Thanks Fox, I leave her with you!" Falco said laughing.

"Stop!"

"Be quiet, I'm doing various calculations in this moment." Raine said.

"Sis, I think you're going a little too far." Genis said.

"Shut up Genis, this could be the last time I get the chance to do an investigation to such magnificent lifeforms, think of all the Diplomas I could receive!" Raine said excited.

"At least she called us magnificent..." Falco said.

"Now take your clothes off."

"WHAT?!" Both said in shock and in unison.

Genis's eyes were wide after he saw Raine taking out an scalpel from their inventory "R-Raine! Where did you get that from?!"

"If I want to know more about them, I need to dissect them right now." She said in a serious tone that made both of them to shudder in fear.

"RUN FOR IT FOX!" Falco yelled at the top of his lungs and he and Fox ran away at high speed.

"COME BACK HERE YOU PIECES OF VALUABLE RESEARCH!" Raine said very excited, chasing after them.

"...Erh...WAIT! DON'T DO IT RAINE!" Genis said running after her sister.

Fox obtained the title of, "Specimen about to be dissected."

"Run away from the scientists! Run away from the labs, but whatever you do, don't get near Raine and her scalpel!"

End of skit

The trio of angels

"See Colette?" Chris said pointing to his wings.

"Wow, you have wings too!" Colette said surprised.

"Whoa, whoa, whoa, I don't remember any other chosen besides me and Colette before!" Zelos said.

"Is there any other world besides Sylvarant and Tethe'alla, Zelos?"

"Not that I'm aware of."

"I have wings too." Pit said.

"Really? But you're not wearing a Cruxis Crystal." Colette said.

"I-It's because I'm a real angel..."

"Get away from Colette!" Zelos said stepping in front of Colette.

"Huh? Why?" Pit asked confused.

"How do we know you're not from Cruxis?"

"Cruxis who?"

"Oh, that's enough explanation for me." Zelos said sighing in relief.

"...(Idiot.)" Chris thought.

"So anyway, Pit, you're saying you're an angel too?" Colette asked and Pit nodded "But where are your wings?"

Pit looked down sadly and he scratched his right shoulder "I can explain it." Chris said and he explained everything to both chosens "And that's about it."

"Whoa, you all come from another world?" Zelos asked and Chris nodded "...Are you part of a gang or something?"

"It's funny but, we could be like that, there are more persons like us too."

"Like a big, happy family right?" Colette asked.

"Oh...well...almost like that too."

"Living with so many persons in the same roof is so fun!"

Chris smiled "Of course it is!"

"Y-yes, it's true!" Pit said.

While the trio were talking, Zelos was thinking all by himself "(So Pit says he's an angel, and yet he doesn't have a Cruxis Crystal...this is so weird...)"

End of skit

Lloyd's stupid phobia

"Lloyd, why are backing away from Falco?" Sheena asked to Lloyd who was standing behind her.

"B-backing away?! What are you talking about?" Lloyd asked studdering.

"Lloyd, there are several trails of fear in all the sweat you're making." Presea pointed out.

"It's obvious that you have a phobia or something else." Regal said.

"Wait, a phobia because of me? That's the most stupid thing I've ever heard!" Falco said.

"Lloyd...are you afraid of birds?" Sheena asked.

"...S-something like that..." Lloyd said.

"...Hahahaha! C'mon! You've gotta be kidding me!" Sheena said laughing.

"I-I'm not kidding! Birds are scary!"

"Why?" Presea asked.

"W-well, when I was kid, I was trying to get a bird's nest near my house, it was a big nest for my bad luck, and when I took it, a huge flock of hawks appeared out of nowhere and they started to pinch me with their beaks, good thing Genis was there because he learned to cast Fireball and he used it againts the hawks, scaring them away and saving me."

"Hmm, it could have been a very bad experience."

"Hey, wait a minute Lloyd, we just fought againts hawks yesterday and you weren't showing any fear at all!" Sheena pointed out.

"Perhaps it's because of Falco's height." Regal said.

"Huh? What do you mean by height?"

"It's the same as some women have a fear againts spiders, but it's obviously that if the bug is bigger, the girls are going to get scared with a strong sensation without problems.

"And Falco it's at least bigger than any bird living in this world." Presea pointed out.

Falco rolled his eyes "Yeah, yeah, phobia againts birds, look, with me around, you're not going to-" He put his right hand of Lloyd's shoulder and the swordsman instantly fainted "C'mon! You've gotta be joking!"

"He is drooling." Presea pointed out.

"Oh man..." Sheena said frowning to herself.

"...May as well cure Lloyd from his phobia." Regal suggested.

Falco obtained the title of, "Fear me!"

"It's this some kind of a joke? (According to him)."

End of skit

"Look! There is the entrance!" Genis said pointing at the entrance of the Remote Island Human Ranch.

"Okay, let's go!" Lloyd said commanding the Rheairds to land near there, but to hide the Smashers from Botta and some Renegades.

Remote Island Human Ranch
Entrance

Afer hiding from Botta's group, the Smashers were waiting for the opportunity to infiltrate the ranch when Lloyd say the order to let them in.

"Okay guys, let's go inside." Lloyd said to them and the 2 combined groups entered the ranch, Chris also didn't forgot to let Lucario out of his Pokeball and they proceeded further inside.

Corridor

"Whoa, look at this place!" Lucas said surprised after watching all the water outside the glass that was extending from the entrance to the base.

"An underwater facility..." Raine said.

"Raine, don't get seasick again." Genis said, earning a smack on the head by her sister.

"Wait, what is a Human Ranch anyway?" Roy asked and Sheena explained everything to them "There are humans here held like prisoners?!"

"Yeah, it's our work to save them from persons like Rodyle." Colette said.

"And what do they do with them? Isn't a prison a place to capture bad people like thiefs or assassins?" Lucas asked.

"...You don't want to know what they do to them..." Genis said.

"Why?"

Even more explanations, that left the group very shocked (except for Chris, who already knew).

"This is an exsphere," Sheena said showing them a blue orb with a mouth on her right hand "It helps you to increase your abilities."

"So those things are born from human bodies?" Roy asked and Sheena nodded "Unbelievable."

"Yeah, someday, I'll gather all the exspheres in the whole world so that no one can suffer again." Lloyd stated making a fist.

"That's some good dream."

"Heh, I know."

"Lloyd, stop showing off." Genis said walking away.

"Shut up, Genis!"

The party continued forward until passed through a big door which leaded to a room with 3 doors, and for their bad luck, guards were there.

"Hey you!" One guard shouted.

"Oh no..." Genis said before they started another fight.

Full Force

Lloyd, Genis, Presea, Zelos, Chris, Marth, Pit, Ness

It was a standard battle against a Whip Master, a Spearman (wait just a second with this name, it's a Spearman, but it's a woman, how does that work anyway?), and 2 Bowmans.

"This is gonna be a piece of cake!" Lloyd said running after the Bowman.

"How do you know?" Chris asked.

"Well-"

"Begone!" Lloyd was sent to the air by a punch of the Bowman "Take this!" He fired several arrows that hit Lloyd.

"Hey! That wasn't good!" Chris said angrily and he started to bang his Chakrams at the Bowman "Pow Hammer!" He said calling a hammer which hit his head "Wow!" He shone because he instantly learned another ability "Pow Pow Hammer!" He said calling more hammers hitting his head.

"It'll be over soon." The Spearwoman said blowing a kiss with a heart with hit Chris behind his back.

"Destruction!" Presea said hitting the floor with her huge axe creating a tremble which damaged the Spearwoman "Dual Infliction!" She said spinning her axe 2 times damaging severly her opponent "Eternal Devastation!" She jumped in the air slamming her axe in the ground hurting the Spearwoman, then another jump with a somersault with a stronger effect than before.

"No!" The Spearwoman said fainting.

"My goddess, did you looked how she used that huge axe Marth?" Pit asked to Marth, but the prince of Altea was busy trying to defeat the Whip Master.

"I could use some help here Pit!" Marth said turning to him.

"Watch out!"

"Huh?" He looked behind where the Whip Master was about to slash his back with his whip, until...

"Demon Fang!" A shockwave came from behind the Whip Master and he was stunned briefly "Sword Rain: Alpha!" Lloyd appeard from behind him slashing continuosly his body with many stabs "Twin Tiger Blade!" He yelled lifting his enemy in the air 2 times before sending him to the floor.

"That technique was very effective!" Pit said amazed.

"Heh, I know."

"(There he goes again.) Engulf this pathetic so-AH!" Genis couldn't cast Ground Dasher because one of the Bowmans shot an arrow at him.

"Ready for th-Whoa!" The same Bowman stopped Zelos from casting Eruption.

"Begon-" The Bowman was just about to send Genis into the air until...

"PK FLASH!" Ness came from behind with a fully charged PK Flash which exploded right behind the Bowman, throwing him away with great damage.

"How did you do that?" Genis asked.

"I have my own tricks!" Ness said.

"Guys, I need help here!" Chris yelled guarding some arrows from the first Bowman.

"AYAYAYAH!" Pit used his Angel Ring attack to spin quickly his blades damaging severly the back of the Bowman.

"Lose, to inferior beings?" The Bowman said dying.

"Thank you Pit!" Chris said.

"It was nothing!" Pit said.

"Wanna charge? Thunder blade!" Genis said pointing his Kendama towards the Whip Master, Marth and Roy gasped when they saw a big sword of lightning coming from above and they quickly ran away, but Lloyd stood there still slashing the Whip Master.

"Lloyd! Get away from there!" Pit yelled.

Just then, the blade came in contact to the floor and it sent electricity in the foots of the Whip Master, killing him.

"Inferior...beings!" The Whip Master said before falling to the floor, defeated.

"But that sword and..."

"Genis's spells or any other spell in our team doesn't harm us in any way." Lloyd pointed out.

"Oh." Pit said.

Won The Battle

"Not bad, am I?" Lloyd said sheathing his sword.

"Well, you were showing off to Marth and Pit all the time." Chris pointed out.

"Affirmative." Presea added and Lloyd sighed.

Music stops

The guards were defeated and the whole party looked around.

"There are 3 doors in this room, which one Professor Sage?" Lloyd asked.

"We came here to climb up so...I think the right door is the middle one." Raine said looking at the door of the middle.

"Then here we go." Sheena said walking ahead.

Elevator

"Hey, there is a weird machine over here." Lucas said pointing to a device to change the Sorcerer's Ring.

Lloyd touched the device and it changed the effect of the Sorcerer's Ring "It makes a sound this time."

"Hmm, it must react to other deviced inside this ranch." Raine said wondering.

"So apart from finding this machine, now to where?" Roy asked.

Regal stepped above the center of the room and looked below him "This is an elevator, it seems."

"Let's use it." Genis said and all of them stepped in the center and the platform went up, only one level.

"This doesn't goes higher than this?" Ness asked.

"There could be more elevators like this one ahead." Raine explained.

"And there's a door here too, let's go!" Zelos said entering the next room.

Puzzle Room

"Who's there?!" A guard asked demanding for a response.

"Oh crap..." Zelos muttered.

Sheena, Raine, Colette, Regal, Lucas, Lucario, Fox, Falco

This time, it was a battle against 2 Evil Sorcerers and 2 Whip Masters.

"Don't worry, leave it to me!" Colette said trying to reassure them.

"I don't think you can handle all of them at the same time." Lucas asked.

"Watch me!" Colette said as she started to do pray signs with light coming from below her.

"This isn't the time to be praying!" Falco said before he was attacked by one Whip Master on his back "Oww! Now you're so dead!" He said running after his enemy.

"Power Seal!" Sheena said attacking the same Whip Master with her cards "Life Seal!" She yelled taking some of his health to her "Pyre Seal!" She ended her attack with an explosion of orange cards sending the Whip Master away.

"My turn, ha!" Falco said slashing the Whip Master with his hands "Now this!" He said pushing him with Falco Phantasm "(Huh? This is strange.) And finally, this!" He said burning slowly the Whip Master with his fire and pushing him high in the air, killing him with a combo.

"Inferior...beings!" The Whip Master said dying.

"Ha! That'll show you!"

"Falco, that was amazing!" Sheena remarked.

Falco crossed his arms "Of course it was." He said simply (trying to flirt with Sheena in her opinion, which wasn't good).

"You know what, just stay focused." She said running away.

Falco sighed in disappointment "I don't have any future with he-OWW!" He was attacked by several fireballs from behind.

It was because of one of the Evil Sorcerers who made the spell.

"Hey, that's gonna leave a mark!" Falco complained.

"Are you okay? First Aid!" Raine spun her staff casting First Aid to instantly heal Falco's wounds.

"The pain...is gone!" Falco said surprised.

"Of course, I can't let a specimen like you to be killed now." Raine said crossing her arms.

"You're still obsessed with me?!"

Leaving them alone, Lucas was hitting the same Evil Sorcerer with his branch.

"No way!" The Evil Sorcerer said blocking Lucas's attacks and he swung his staff to send Lucas to the air. Only to be catched by Lucario.

"Thank you Lucario!" Lucas said to him.

"Don't get distracted, or we will be-"

"You ready for this? Fireball!" The second Evil Sorcerer yelled firing 3 fireballs at Lucas.

"Ahh!" Lucas yelled terrorized as the fireballs were coming closer at him, but Lucario stepped in front of him, receiving the attack as he gritted his fangs in pain "L-Lucario!"

"I-I'm okay..." Lucario said trailing off.

"Do not overexert yourself." Lucario looked in front of him where Regal was giving him a strange red gelatine.

"What's this?" Lucario asked grabbing the item.

"Eat it, it will heal your wounds instantly." Regal said running after the Evil Sorcerer.

Lucario looked at the strange red gelatine before eating it, and his wounds from the fireballs disappeared in an instant.

"Lu-Lucario! Your wounds disappeared!" Lucas said surprised.

"It seems that way...Lucas, let's go." Lucario nodding to Lucas.

"R-right!"

"Ugh, just die already!" Fox said angrily trying to kill a Whip Master with the same combo Falco discovered just a moment ago.

"Thy faithful servant asketh for thy blessing. Honor us with the splendor of
thy song. Holy song!" Colette ended her prayers to the heaven and the whole room gets completely dark and a magic circle appears below them, creating a light ring which increased their strength and defense instantly.

"Th-this power...it makes me feel stronger than before!" Fox said before attacking his enemy with more intensecity which let him to defeat the Whip Master.

"Inferior...beings!" The Whip Master yelled before falling to the floor, dead.

"I guess that does it." Fox said.

"Ray Thrust!" Colette yelled launching one of her chakrams to one sorcerer "Para Ball!" She threw 2 spiked balls which casted 2 Lightnings upon contact with the sorcerer "Grand Chariot!" She threw both chakrams in a X-shaped direction with a powerful Lightning on the center, killing the Evil Sorcerer.

"Damm..." The Evil Sorcerer muttered before dying.

"Triple Kick!" Regal was doing three roundhouse kicks to the other Evil Sorcerer "Rising Dragon!" He yelled pushing him into the air with another kick "Eagle Fall!" Regal fell quickly to the floor dealing the last attack that killed the Evil Sorcerer.

Won the Battle

"And don't come back!" Sheena said with a glare.

"I don't think they can come back!" Colette pointed out.

"...Um... You're becoming more like Lloyd, aren't you?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: jnfs2014 on July 02, 2008, 07:35:05 PM
Woah. HUGE Chapters.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 02, 2008, 07:43:52 PM
The party continued their path until they found a huge gap with no bottom.

"Now how are we going to cross this?" Pit asked.

"Well," Colette looked above her "This platform can help us but, it's so far from us."

Ness looked around "Hey, where's Lucas?"

"Ness! Over here!" Lucas shouted from behind them and they found him stepping above lights that were turning on after he stepped above them "This is fun, you need to try it!"

"Lucas, stop playing around!" Pit said.

"But I can't help it, it's so fun!" Lucas said finishing and making sure that all the lights were on, which was the solution for the platform to go down and they blinked in surprise.

"So that's how it works." Raine said.

"What did you said, Raine?" Genis asked.

"There's another puzzle like this one up ahead but it's even harder than before, if we try to turn on all the lights of each section, the next platform will go down like this one." She explained.

"Leave it to me!" Lucas said running up ahead of them, then they followed him.

Unfortunately for the little PK user, it was impossible for him to clear the next one, which was even more confusing than before.

"Lucas," Fox began "Are you done yet?" He asked tapping his foot impatiently in the floor.

"I-I'm trying my best to finish this, seriously!" Lucas said.

"Ugh, this will take a while for sure." Zelos said crossing his arms behind his head.

"Hey, I have a better idea." Chris said.

"What is it Chris?" Colette asked.

"Why don't you and me carry each one of them to the other side so we can all pass?"

Colette put her finger close to her mouth "Hmm...you know, that's a great idea!"

Chris promptly proceeded to bang his head in a nearby pillar in frustration, even more stupid, why didn't they thought about that in the game itself?

Prison

"Look, there are prisoners inside the cells!" Sheena said.

"Please...help us..." One prisoner pleaded.

"Don't worry, we'll get you out here."

Fox's ears perked up "Someone's coming."

"Hide!" Genis suggested and they hid above the door.

Just then, 2 Desians guards came out and they looked around to find the group.

"Now!" Lloyd said and he and Colette jumped and attacked both guards which they killed with no problems.

"Hmm, those switches can make the elevator to go to upper levels." Raine said running towards some switches she found, then she pressed each one of them, activating another route for the elevator to go.

"Now we can go further inside." Presea said.

"Thank you for your help." One of the prisoners said.

"It was nothing, now go and escape from this place, we defeated all the guards in our way here." Sheena said and all the prisoners nodded their heads, leaving the prison.

"Do you think they will be alright with just them alone?" Pit asked.

"Yeah, we have done this before so don't get worried about them." Colette said and they went inside the elevator again.

Laser Elevator

"...We have a serious problem here." Genis said glancing at a very tiny platform that could only take 4 people above.

"Is anybody going to stay behind? No? Then me, Sheena, Presea and the Gorgeous Ultra Cool Beauty will go ahead!" Zelos said stepping above the platform but almost all the mens pulled him away and he received a punch in the eye by Sheena, who was blushing a little and glaring at him.

"We should be careful," Raine said "Those sparks from the lasers can paralyze us."

"Do you have any idea to cross this?" Regal asked.

Raine looked above her where a platform was that led to the next room "Lloyd, pick 3 of us and then use the Sorcerer's Ring to change directions of the platform, after you reach the platform from above, throw us the Sorcerer's Ring to pass, but be careful to not touch the sparks." She explained to Lloyd and he nodded.

Multi-Warp Room

The whole group came out of the door with their hair or fur pointing to all directions with traces of jolt in some of them.

"I learned something in my life, NEVER follow Lloyd." Chris said as his hair produced electricity.

"Hehehe! Look at Fox's tail!" Colette giggled (with her hair pointing to all directions as Chris and the others) pointing to Fox's tail, his tail was even bigger than before thanks to the sparks.

"Don't...say...ANYTHING." Fox muttered with gritted teeths, his tail produced electricity too.

"Ugh...Purify!" Raine yelled casting Purify to heal their conditions in a second.

"I needed that, thanks." Falco said adjusting his feathers of his head.

"Me too." Lucas said adjusting his hair.

"I was scared after Lloyd threw the ring to the abyss by accident, it almost gave me a heart attack!" Genis said.

"But luckily Colette flew after it before it could disappear." Regal said.

Marth found a warp near him "What's this?"

Raine examined the warp point "This looks like a warp point, but if we use the Sorcerer's Ring again, it will change ways with each sound."

"Like this?" Lloyd said making a sound with the ring and the warp changed to a pink color.

"Let's go!" Zelos said entering the warp point and disappearing in front of them "AAAHHHH!!"

"He's in trouble!" Colette said and they ran inside the warp point.

Lloyd, Colette, Presea, Zelos, Roy, Pit, Lucas, Marth

The next battle was against 2 Giant Slugs, 2 Evil Jellys and a Sea Horror.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 03, 2008, 04:45:22 AM
Good job. Sorry I haven't commnted in a while, I as lazy. :p
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 03, 2008, 04:51:54 PM
"Colette, are you praying again?" Lucas asked to Colette was praying again.

"Look out!" Marth yelled but Lucas was attacked by behind by the tongue of one Evil Jelly.

"Take this!" Roy said slashing the monster with his sword surrounded by fire.

"Leave it to me!" Marth said using Dancing Blade to deal a four-hit combo, followed by Lloyd using Sword Rain: Alpha and Twin Tiger Blade, killing the monster.

"Oww!" Zelos yelled in pain after receiving 3...musical notes of the Sea Horror "Don't do that you idiot! Demon Fang!" He touched the floor with his sword to create a shockwave which reached the mermaid "Lightning Blade!" He thrusted his sword which called a Lightning "Super Lightning Blade!" He thrusted it once again but with a stronger effect, killing the Sea Horror.

"AH! OWW!" Lucas was getting attacked by the 2 Giant Slugs, lunging their bodies at him.

"Punishment!" Presea came from behind spinning her axe one time "Dual Infliction!" She said jumping in the air swinging her axe 2 times to make 2 crescents moons levitating the slugs "Beast!" She stopped for a second before swinging her axe with a strong swing calling the face of a roaring lion, pushing back the Giant Slugs with great damage "Are you okay, Lucas?" She asked.

"Y-y-yeah, t-t-thanks to y-y-you." Lucas said studdering after watching Presea using her huge axe.

"It's something wrong?" She asked simply.

"N-n-no..."

"Ugh! I need help here!" Pit said as he was being attacked several times by the second Evil Jelly.

"Oh holy one, cast thy purifying light upon this corrupt soul... Light of
judgement, Judgement!" Colette lift her hand in the iar calling forth lights from the heavens crashing down the 3 remaining enemies, the Smashers in the fight were too shocked after watching the lights missing them by mere centimeters, but in all manners they couldn't harm them in any way possible and the remaining monsters vanished.

"...Why I can't do that?" Pit complained.

Won The Battle

"Good job everyone!" Colette said smiling.

"But you did almost all the work for us..." Pit said sighing.

"...Sorry?" Colette added confused and they slapped their foreheads (save for Presea).

Raine looked around the room where they appeared "This room doesn't has any other warp point, we should return and see if we can take another route." She said before they left the room.

...But, it was a very great mistake experimenting all the ways around the big maze, many of them took other routes which leaded to more routes with even more warp points, sometimes the whole party would end up in groups of 3 or 2 to fight againts more enemies, even Lucas had to stay away from Presea because he was afraid of her huge axe accidentaly hitting him when he didn't looked.

It was Raine's day for sure, because she ended up in the same room where her special "specimens" (A.K.A. Fox and Falco) were cornered by her and her scalpel in hand, but luckily Genis came from behind Raine and he melted the scalpel with fireballs and both of them sighed in relief before watching Raine smacking furiously Genis's butt, earning some chuckles from them too.

Zelos unfortunately mistook Marth for a girl again before glomping on him, but Marth "friendly" punched him in the face and Zelos used various Apple Gels to heal himself.

Lucario EVEN couldn't escape alive from this, that's for sure, because him and from all persons in the world, Colette, ended up in the same room which he wasn't able to escape until Colette started to tickle his paws and she giggled as the Aura Pok?mon was trying to not laugh.

"Colette!" Chris yelled appearing from the warp point and Luario quickly tried to get away from Colette and hide behind Chris for protection, but for his bad luck, Colette had her insane angel strength with her and she didn't had any trouble in grabbing Lucario with a big bear hug.

"CHRIS!" Lucario pleaded at the top of his lungs and Chris had toon tears strolling down his cheeks.

Lucario obtained the title of, "Big Blue Puppy."

"Don't deny it, you're a big, blue, puppy for all the little girls!"

"(I'm afraid your days of being a calm person ended this day, I'm sorry Lucario.)" Chris thought while he returned Lucario to his Pokeball and Colette fell on the floor, then the 2 continued searching the way to the top. Before appearing in another room with 2 warp points and they watched as how Zelos was trying to escape from a furious Marth, sweatdropping in the process.

Lloyd was by far the only one alone, trying to find the others by his own.

"Great, all of us are missing inside this maze," He sighed in disappointment "Man, I wish someone was here with me to fight againts all those Desians..."

"...Is that crazy woman here?!"

"Who's ther-OH NO!" Lloyd met face-to-face with Falco, who was sweating like crazy after losing track of Fox and especially Raine in her Ruin Mode.

"...Oh, great...him." Falco said.

"G-GET AWAY FROM ME!"

"Relax buddy, I'm not going to bite you or anything." He noticed that Lloyd was scratching the wall, apparently, trying to dig a hole "...Are you an idiot or what?"

"You!" A Desian appeared from nowhere and Falco ran after him.

Lloyd, Falco

Falco didn't liked how the things were looking for them, it was a fight againts 3 Whip Masters and a Evil Sorcerer.

"Okay, now you can't run away and leave alone fighting them..." Falco looked around "Hey, where'd he go?"

"Leave me alone, you freak!" The Evil Sorcerer said trying to get Lloyd off from his back.

"...Just great, JUST GREAT." Falco said frowning to himself before he was suddenly attacked by 2 whips "AAH! STOP IT!"

"Ha!" The 3 Whip Masters were treating Falco like a weak kid because they were whipping his back with strong impacts and kicking his body, which was depleting his health rather quickly as he tried o get up.

"UGH! YOU, OVER THERE, HELP ME!" Falco said yelling in pain.

"B-b-but...I..." Lloyd trailed off, forgeting that he was still hiding behind the Evil Sorcerer.

"I'M GOING TO DIE IF YOU DON'T HELP ME OUT! AAAHHHH!"

"Get off me!" The Evil Sorcerer said whacking Lloyd with his staff.

"...Ah...AAAHHH!!!" Lloyd pushed the Evil Sorcerer aside and he closed his eyes as he ran towards the 3 Whip Masters "Tiger Blade! Fierce Demon Fang!" He yelled slamming his sword to create a tiny tremble pushing away the 3 enemies a little "Rising Falcon!" He yelled rising in the air and rocketing towards 2 Whip Masters, dealing a fatal blow that killed them, saving Falco from dying.

"...I...I owe you one..." Falco said getting up.

"Look behind you!"

The last Whip Master was just about to hit Falco but he quickly turned his back to deal a strong kick sending his enemy away, killing him by the impact "Thanks...if it weren't for you, I couldn't have noticed him behind me..." He said panting heavily.

"You ready for this? I'll rip you to shreds!"

Both turned to see 3 fast fireballs coming from the previous Evil Sorcerer, they gasped and blocked their faces with their arms and closed their eyes to try to resist the attack.

But...

"AYAYAYAH!" Pit came out of nowhere spinning fastly his blades to reflect the fireballs, dealing damage to the sorcerer and he backed away before being attacked by 2 persons with several hits coming from their feets, it was a combinated attack coming from Regal and Fox.

"Damm..." The Evil Sorcerer said falling to the floor, dead.

Won The Battle

"You know, I think I can trust you!" Lloyd said.

"Finally!" Falco said.

"About time." Pit said.

"Yeah." Fox added.

"I agree." Regal added.

"Man, did everybody had this in mind?" Lloyd said looking down to the floor.

After a long and painful trip around all the maze (literally), all the party was able to regroup in the highest point of the ranch.

"I don't want to return here for the rest of my life, that's for sure." Roy said.

Chris was the most confused of all of them because he couldn't ask why Fox and Falco were hiding behind him, but he asked anyway "Okay, now you 2 are starting to act very weird this day like Lucario, what's wrong with you?"

"ASK HER!" Both said in unison pointing with an acussing finger to Raine, who had her hands behind her back.

Raine just coughed and Chris looked at them "Yeah...from now on, I consider you 2 as weirdos."

Ness looked at both of them and he rolled his eyes.

Ness obtained the title of, "I'm calmer than you are!"

"An adult? Being scarred for life? At least I have dignity (according to him)."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 04, 2008, 03:10:07 PM
"...Moving on," Genis said sighing "There's a door over there." He said pointing to a door.

"Rodyle must be on the other side." Regal said.

"Yes...let's go." Presea said walking ahead of them.

"It's something wrong with Presea?" Ness asked.

"Rodyle did something horrible to her sister, Alicia, along with more people that turned her into a monster." Colette explained.

Regal suddenly blinked in surprise and he looked away.

"Regal, its something bothering you?" Lloyd asked.

"...No, it's nothing." Regal said shaking his head.

Rodyle's Room

"Show yourself!" Presea yelled taking out her axe (and missing from killing Ness and Lucas by inches of their noses too).

Zelos looked above a platform where Rodyle was looking outside a big window with a room containing a bomb, but something odd was happening to Rodyle.

"When did he glowed in that dark light?" Zelos asked and the Smashers looked at the Desian Grand Cardinal and gasped.

"H-his body...the Shadow Bugs took his body!" Pit said surprised.

"Shadow Bugs?" Genis asked.

"Hehehehehe!" Rodyle turned to see them "Well, well! If isn't Presea!"

"Die!" Presea said glaring at Rodyle, who stopped for a moment before speaking.

"Now, now, you don't have to be so rude!" He said as the party went towards him in the platform via a little staircase, Presea quickly tried to slam her axe above him but he backed away before making contact with the axe "You won't stop me from building the Mana Cannon and destroying the Tower of Salvation!"

Raine looked at the bomb on the other side of the window with Chris "That's a Subspace Bomb!" Chris said.

"Subspace Bomb?" Raine asked interested.

"That's right, with the help of the Subspace Army, I'm going to blow up this place for my lord! And don't think the prisoners that you let escape are going to be alive!" He said making a virtual screen to appear to their left, showing all the prisoners about to escape but the doors suddenly closes and water starts to came from the abyss, rising with every second it passed.

"Oh no, they're going to drown!" Colette said worried.

"There are kids in there, you bastard!" Zelos said.

"Damm it! We can't do anything to save them!" Roy said.

"How pitiful, those useless beings are going to drown thanks to all of you!" Rodyle said laughing maniacally.

"How dare you to call them useless beings? I'm sick of your mouth already!" Lloyd said taking out his twin swords.

"Just try to defeat me!" Rodyle said touching his Cruxis Crystal to mutate into a big monster with a huge blade arm and armor embedded to his body and a disgusting brain growing and shrinking on his back "I am Dark Rodyle! One of the Five Grand Cardinals and one secret commander of the Subspace Army!"

"There's that Subspace Army thing again." Zelos said.

"What the hell is that thing?!" Ness asked in shock.

"You will die within this ranch!" Dark Rodyle said.

"Here he comes!" Presea said warning all of them.

"I need your help, come please!" Chris said taking out his Pokeball and calling out Lucario, who stood in front of him to protect him.

Law of the Battle

Colette, Raine, Presea, Regal, Chris, Lucario, Roy, Pit

"This is going to be an arduous battle." Raine said, she and Colette started to cast their spells while all the melee fighters ran towards Dark Rodyle, but the monster attacked first by swinging his blade arm to damage all of them but luckily they blocked in to resist.

"AHH!" Chris saw Dark Rodyle's blade arm above him and blocked his face with his chakrams to defend, but Lucario stepped in front of him to block the attack using his spikes of both arms.

"What are you waiting for?! Hurry and escape!" Lucario said to Chris and he nodded stepping away from them.

"Let us help you!" Roy and Pit said in unison to help Lucario to push the blade away, unfortunately the Shadow Bugs gave more power to Dark Rodyle and he crushed the trio under his blade arm, causing extreme damage.

"What the-" Regal saw a glyph appearing on Dark Rodyle, casting an instant Stalagmite that sprouted from below the previous trio, sending them high in the sky and Lucario couldn't take it anymore and he fell defeated since it was a earth attack equivalent to a ground type attack.

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled worried running towards his Pok?mon "Lucario! Please, wake up!"

"Chris, look out!" Presea yelled before Chris was pushed away by the blade, receiving a big amount of damage.

"Help is on the way, Nurse!" Raine yelled spinning her staff to call...4 nurses with wings on their backs.

"Where did you appeared? Get away from here!" Roy said to one of the four nurses. Before he suddenly glowed with the others recovering from their wounds "What happened?"

"That was one of Raine's special techniques." Presea pointed out before attacking Dark Rodyle with 2 hits, then using a combo with Devastation, Dual Infliction and Eternal Devastation.

"Lucario, please, answer me!" Chris yelled running and trying to awake Lucario.

"Leave him to me." Raine said preparing to heal Lucario.

"Holy wings, I beg of thee to reveal thy glory... Angel feathers!" Colette said lifting her hand above her calling 3 pink rings from her wings flying and slicing Dark Rodyle, Marth followed up by using Dancing Blade with dealing 8 hits with Angel Ring, but that wasn't the best idea because Dark Rodyle went into Over Limit, preventing him from any attack to make him to stagger.

"GET AWAY FROM HIM!" Regal yelled before Dark Rodyle casted Gravity Well, taking a big portion of the field and damaging him, Presea, Pit and Roy, depleting thier health to the critical level.

"Bring back this soul from Purgatory! Ressurection!" Raine said as she spun her staff in the air creating a holy glyph below Lucario, reviving him in the process.

"Ugh...what happened?" Lucario asked rubbing his head.

"Lucario, thank goodness you're okay, we need to defeat that monster!" Chris said pointing to Dark Rodyle, who was just about attack him "AAH!!"

"Leave him alone!!" Lucario demanded slamming his right hand in Dark Rodyle's body and creating an Aura Sphere that exploded doing a critical impact and pushing the monster away from them, for their luck, the Over Limit ended soon.

"Thank you!" Chris said.

"Save the thanks for later!"

"R-right!" Chris said as the 2 ran towards Dark Rodyle "Pow Hammer! Wow!" He shone learning another ability "Para Ball!" He said throwing 2 spiked balls creating 2 lightnings above Dark Rodyle's body.

"Spin Kick!" Regal yelled attacking the monster with a spin kick "Swallow Kick!" He yelled jumping in the air and kicking Dark Rodyle in the face "Eagle Fall!" He finished his combo with a fast attack towards the floor, damaging Dark Rodyle in his way.

"Root of all creation, grant us the breath o-AAH!" Raine was suddenly attacked by a quick Stalagmite pushing her to the air falling to the floor, but she jumped in the air to prevent falling on her back.

Dark Rodyle took the opportunity to strike the melee fighters close to his body by creating an energy orb that exploded hurting all of them with force.

"How does he do that?" Roy asked as he continously slashed the Dark Rodyle.

"Light! Photon!" Raine yelled casting a holy glyph that appeared on Dark Rodyle, at the end of the attack, he was badly hurted with an explosion of light.

"Begin..." Presea said touching her neck and hitting Dark Rodyle to start an Unison Attack with the help of everyone.

"Flare Blade!"

"Dancing Blade!"

"Dual Infliction!"

"Aura Sphere!"

"Grand Chariot!"

"Angel Ring!"

"Photon!"

"Pow Hammer!

All the attack belonging to their owners attacked in perfect unison to Dark Rodyle, but also, a special combined attack was called forth with the combined forces of Chris and Pit.

"(Wait, this is the same feeling again.)" Chris thought while the time around him and Pit stopped.

"(What feeling?)" Pit asked.

"(This happens every time someone else and me unite our attacks to create an even stronger skill.)"

"(Shall we use it?)"

"(Why not, let's go!)"

"Whack him!" Chris said turning Pit's blades into 2 Pow Hammers.

"POW RING!!" Both yelled in unison as Pit spun both Pow Hammers dealing more damage towards Dark Rodyle with many squeaky noises, which weren't weak at all.

New ability learned! Pow Ring!

Turns both blades into Pow Hammers to spin them near the enemy, dealing moderate damage with squeaky noises

"Alright! We won!" Pit said.

"...Actually...that attack wasn't actually a one-hit KO Pit..." Chris said and Pit made a confused face before turning his back to see the blade arm, creating a big cut in his arm.

"AAAHHHH!" Pit yelled grabbing his left arm.

"Are you okay? First Aid!" Raine yelled healing Pit's arm instantly.

"Something's comin-" Colette tried to warn them from an upcoming attack from Dark Rodyle, but it was too late and Dark Rodyle casted his magic on them. The melee fighters blocked their bodies to defend but nothing happened.

"...Nothing happened?" Roy asked as he unblocked his body.

"AH! AH! AH! AH! AH! AH! AH! AHH!" They turned their heads to see Colette being attacked by Gravity Well, not only her was being attacked but Raine got herself inside the field of destruction of thunder "I'm sorry everyone..." Colette said falling on the floor defeated.

"I'm...sorry..." Raine said weakly dropping on her knees and falling to her right side defeated as Colette.

"N-no! How could you!" Roy said charging furiously at Dark Rodyle, but he by accident activated Dark Rodyle's Over Limit and he slashed his body without noticing it.

"No, Roy, stop and get away from him!" Regal tried to warn Roy but the monster created an energy orb that exploded right into Roy, and worse, it was a critical attack defeating Roy with a single impact.

"...No...way..." Roy muttered in the floor before fainting.

"I was too late..." Regal said to himself.

"No, it's not your fault Regal," Chris said "IT'S THE FAULT OF THAT MONSTER AND HIS BIG A"" BLADE ARM!" He said running towards Dark Rodyle.

"...Chris...saying a curse?" Pit asked very surprised.

"NO!" Lucario quickly used Extremespeed to appear in front of Chris to block an attack from the blade with his spikes again "How many times are you going to act like that?!"

"W-well, do you have an idea?!" Chris asked to him.

"Yes! Attack him on his back while I distract him, my aura has grown stronger of all the damage he caused to me!"

"G-got it!" Chris nodded flying behind Dark Rodyle and he started to attack him using 2 hits, Pow Hammer and Para Ball, which set Lucario free from him and he used Force Palm to hit him on his right arm, then Presea came using Fiery Infliction, Regal, meanwhile, was reviving the others using Life Bottles.

"Here." He said pouring the liquid inside Roy's mouth, the fallen swordsman coughed before awakening.

"...Where's that monster?! I need to get a revenge!"

"Go on and help them." Regal said leaving Roy to revive Colette and Raine.

Below Pit's feets, the floor was starting to shine brightly with a yellow color because Dark Rodyle casted Stalagmite in a second, the angel blocked his body with his blades to protect himself.

"NO!" Chris came from the sky grabbing Pit from his left arm to take him away from the stalagmites.

"C-Chris!" Pit said surprised.

"I told you before, I'm going to help you to recover your wings!" Chris said with a little smile.

"...Wait, Colette was defeated, right?"

"...Right?"

"And, Regal is using those weird bottles to revive her, right?"

"...Right?"

"...LET ME GO, I NEED TO GIVE HER A BOTTLE!" Pit yelled.

"Giving me what?" Colette asked appearing in the air in front of them.

"..." Pit was left speechless and he fell to the floor because Chris did it by accident.

"Presea!" Lucario yelled when he saw Presea about to be slammed by the blade arm, but she created a green barrier called Earthly Protection to reduce the damage done to her.

"Why doesn't he dies already?!" Roy asked angrily using Flare Blade on him "Hey!" Presea jumped on his back, jumping high in the air and she lifted her axe above the monster, Dark Rodyle saw her and he tried to swing his blade again to stop her.

"Stop!" Raine yelled casting Photon to stop Dark Rodyle, giving Presea enough time to deal the final blow.

"ETERNAL DEVASTATION!" Presea yelled at the top of her lungs slamming with great force her axe to the monster, then she jumped again in the air creating a small earthquake that damaged Dark Rodyle greatly as he screamed in fatal pain before dropping himself on the floor, defeated.

Won the Battle

"I did it, Alicia. I've avenged your death." Presea said wiping out her axe from blood of Dark Rodyle.

"...Creepy." Roy muttered to himself.

"Totally." Chris muttered.

"Humph." Lucario simply said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 04, 2008, 11:15:20 PM
Dark Rodyle grabbed his chest in pain and he started to talk again.

"Ugh!... My... My body! My body is disintigrating!" He said walking towards the edge of the platform where he was standing to activate something in his machine "Prooonyyma, you tricked me!" He said tripping above his machine "But I won't die alone! I'm taking all of you with me!" He pressed a button with his oversized right hand as he vanished, everyone inside the room began to hear water coming from the previous room.

"What's that sound?" Ness asked.

"The water is rising up!" Lloyd said "Professor Sage, can you stop the water from rising?"

Raine was shown typing in the computer "I... I can't! This will take much time even if the water comes to us, he also activated the self-destruct system!"

"Botta told us to not destruct this ranch!" Colette said and out of a cue Botta and 2 Renegades came near them.

"Move aside!" Botta said, not caring for Lloyd's extra members.

"Botta!" Lloyd said.

"This is not the time to chit-chat, go and enter that shaft to escape!"

Marth found an escape route where it opened "Let's go!" He said and everyone else followed him.

Cage Room

Lloyd's group managed to escape from the previous room before he noticed that the escape route was sealed to prevent the water from filling the room "Botta! Open the door!" Lloyd demanded.

"Heh... I think this is the time to say farewell..." Botta said from the other side of the window.

"Botta, don't die, please!" Colette pleaded.

"No, my death would be in vain if you do not tell Yuan about the success of this mission."

"Success? What kind of success is losing you?!" Lloyd asked angrily.

"Because my sacrifice was able to let you all to live, that's the meaning."

"Are you trusting us?" Genis asked.

"Yes, you're the only ones who can defeat Yggdrassil and his twisted idea of a world of lifeless beings, stop him or else..." Botta closed his eyes "This world will have no emotions to live."

"Botta!" Lloyd cried out.

"Thank you for helping Yuan and the rest of the Renegades...now...farewell..." He said closing the window with a huge wall as the water started to cover his necks, Lloyd tried to open the window with force but he couldn't do it.

"Out of the way." Regal said stepping in front of the window, he started to kick it with all of his strength but gave up after a while "Is useless..."

"Hmm..." Raine as examining the Subspace Bomb "This bomb has a very complicated system, but I think I can deactivated it in some seconds."

"You can do that Raine?" Chris asked and Raine nodded.

"Yes, don't worry, it'll not explode if I keep modifying it."

"Please, do it."

"I will."

Lucas and Ness, meanwhile, were looking away sadly at the floor and Chris walked up to them "I know why are you 2 sad, it's because of the prisoners that were about to escape but died in the water, right?"

Lucas sniffed a wiped out a tear "Y-yes, I'm so sorry for them!"

"We couldn't do anything to save them after all!" Ness said.

"Hey," Chris kneeled to them "I'm... I'm sorry too. But look at the bright side, Raine is deactivating the bomb as we speak."

"In a matter of fact," Raine began "The bomb was deactivated."

"See?" Chris smiled wiping out a tear "Everything will be fine."

"We should be trying to figure out for a way to escape." Lucario walked to them with crossed arms.

"Yes, besides, things couldn't get much worser than they are, right?" Chris said with a smile, before several huge roars came from the other side of the room were cages opened their bars and 3 dragons (they're not babies, how can they be babies at that size anyway?) came out flapping their wings.

"Behind you!" Presea said making all of them to see the dragons roaring.

"The universe just LOVES proving me wrong, doesn't it?!" Chris said annoyed glancing at the dragons.

Preview of the next chapter

"Mithos!" Genis said taking out a panpipe and making a melody to call someone to help them.

...............................................................................................

"Wow, look at the size of the hotel!" Lucas said looking at the Altamira's Hotel.

"Even better," Zelos said "Look at all the hunnies in the beach!"

...............................................................................................

"This is an order from Yggdrassil, I must stop the third Chosen One from traveling with you." Kratos said taking out his sword.

"M-me?!" Chris asked pointing at himself in shock.

...............................................................................................

"Who the hell are these guys?!" Fox asked surprised.

"Meteor Storm!" He looked above him to see a bunch of meteors coming from the sky to crush them alive.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Altamira, Meltokio and the Cameo Battle!" Pit said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Sylvarant
Chris, Lucario
, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Colette, Lloyd, Genis, Raine, Sheena, Presea, Zelos, Regal
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: thunderhero4 on July 05, 2008, 12:34:56 AM
neverr found the time to read this! :O Its not bad, I like how you do these ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 05, 2008, 12:56:26 AM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 05, 2008, 12:34:56 AM
neverr found the time to read this! :O Its not bad, I like how you do these ;)
Sweet, thanks!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 05, 2008, 07:21:50 PM
Chapter 56: Altamira, Meltokio and the Cameo Battle!

Cage Room

"Whoa! What are they?" Lloyd asked surprised.

"They're transport dragons, they must have been released when the alarm was activated." Raine said.

The 3 dragons roared furiously. "Let me guess, they haven't eat for days, that explains why they're so skinny." Zelos joked.

"Yeah," Sheena said with a grin. "I bet you can feed them completely Zelos while we escape from here."

"Haha, very funny Sheena." Zelos said sarcastically.

"Here they come!" Regal said warning all of them.

"I'm sorry, but I can't fight this time, I'm so tired..." Chris said.

"Then I'll stand with you." Lucario said.

"But you need to help them!"

Lucario shook his head. "No, they'll be fine without me."

"...Thank you..." Chris wispered to himself.

"I'll fight them!" Sheena said as they prepared to fight againts the 3 Baby? Dragons.

The Struggle to Survive

Lloyd, Genis, Sheena, Zelos, Roy, Lucas, Fox, Falco

"They're going down!" Genis said.

"I-I hope we're not the ones going down!" Lucas said studdering.

"Just keep all of 'em occupied while we cast spells!" Zelos said as a magic glyph appeared below him.

"UGH!" Sheena was pushed to the air by one green tornado that one of the Baby? Dragons made, but she jumped in the air to land of her feet. "Don't try to make me angry!"

"(I couldn't agree better with her.)" Zelos thought scared. "Burn baby! Eruption!" He yelled lifting his hand in the air with a swirl as lava was sprouting below the feet of of the dragons, lifting him in the air with 3 hits. "Now, attack him while he's busy trying to escape!"

"Okay, here I go!" Roy said running below the dragon and he stabbed his sword several times in its stomach. Lloyd came from behind him and he used Tempest to slash the dragon in his tail, then he used Tiger Rage to keep the dragon in the air.

"Cyclone Seal!" Sheena said casting various magic cards that surrounded the first Baby? Dragon with one hit then followed by another stronger hit, making him to trip in the floor.

"Form a torrential vortex and engulf the evil spirits. Tidal wave!" Genis yelled pointing his kendama to the dragons as the background gets all black and a huge torrential whirlpool appears damaging all the dragons in the process. "Now's your chance!"

"H-here I go, PK Freeze!" Lucas said casting PK Freeze which he directed towards the second dragon, frozing the water below his feet. "D-did I do it?"

"Yeah, that was a good idea!"

"Now leave it to me!" Fox said delivering several kicks in its stomach, then, he used Fox Illusion to push the dragon with him and finally, he used Fire Fox to burn slowly the dragon before rocketing towards his head, dealing a moderate amount of damage.

"Ha!" Falco did almost the same combo as Fox but first he paralyzed the dragon with one shot of his Blaster, then he used Falco Phantasm to push it again along with him and to end his combo, Fire Bird to push him in the air with fire damage.

"Wait, be careful!" Lucas tried to warn Roy before the swordsman got literally slapped 2 times by the third dragon, sending Roy away from him.

"Ready for this? First Aid!" Zelos casted to heal Roy's wounds from the attack, the other 2 dragons were attacking Sheena with 2 tornados that dealed several hits to her, but also, her Over Limit was activated and she got away from them to call a Summon Spirit.

"What is she doing?" Lucas asked as he saw a floating card in front of Sheena.

"She is going to cast a Summon Spirit to help us!" Genis said.

"I call upon the disciple of everlasting ice. I summon thee, come. Celsius!" Sheena yelled grabbing her card to show it to the sky, ending her spell.

"Oh yeah, and the best one too!" Zelos said with hearts instead of eyes, Celsius, the Summon Spirit of ice, appeared just behind Falco giving him a cold air and he turned to her.

"H-h-hello t-t-there." Falco said embracing himself from the cold air and Celsius knew he was trying to flirt her but she rolled her eyes and ignored him.

"It's over!" Celsius said slamming her right hand on the floor, creating 4 huge waves of icicles that ran towards the 3 dragons, dealing massive ice damage and killing 2 of them as she disappeared in a blink.

Roy and Fox were both attacked by another tornado coming from the last dragon and Genis saw this. "I'll show him what is a real tornado!" He said casting another spell "Gentle winds, gather before me and transform into waves of air. Cyclone!" He yelled pointing at the Baby? Dragon, creating a huge tornado that sliced him 12 times before the monster screamed in pain before vanishing.

Won the Battle

"Man, that was pathetic!" Genis said frowning to himself after winning the fight so easily.

"Even so, it tired me out." Zelos said.

"Suuure." Roy said sarcastically.

But after defeating the 3 dragons, an insane amount of dragons appeared from the cages surounding them from all directions. The party looked around for a way to escape but there wasn't any around.

"Darn it, there isn't any way to escape from here?!" Lloyd asked.

"I think we can defeat all of them." Ness said.

"But they're like, 20 or 30!" Fox said.

"Lucario, don't tell me we're going to die!" Chris said hiding behind Lucario.

"No, we're going to live, I'll promise!" Lucario said as he glared at the dragons with fury.

"Mithos!" Genis said taking out a panpipe and making a melody to call someone to help them.

The melody echoed through the room and all of them looked at Genis playing the song, and after that, they heard a sound from a big bird outside the room and for their surprise, many light that were fireballs came from above the dome, destroying it and creating a hole (because the room was also a dome), strucking down every last dragon as all the monsters screamed in pain, dying and vanishing in front of them.

"W-what was that?" Falco asked surprised.

"Genis! Raine! Everybody!" A voice came from the hole and Genis blinked in surprise before looking up.

"T-that's Mithos's voice!" Genis said surprised.

"Come on, get on your Rheairds!" Mithos said to all of them.

"Alright, let's go!" Lloyd said calling out the Rheairds from the Wing Pack to escape using the hole that supposedly Mithos made.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: thunderhero4 on July 05, 2008, 09:22:45 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on July 05, 2008, 12:56:26 AM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 05, 2008, 12:34:56 AM
neverr found the time to read this! :O Its not bad, I like how you do these ;)
Sweet, thanks!
man, i have Interview fever :( I wish I had some form of writing that brought me as much joy as my interviews did...at least reviews are tiding me over for the moment, for i have something big planned for the interview show at NS2 soon! Dave is going to co-star it too!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 06, 2008, 08:08:29 AM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 05, 2008, 09:22:45 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on July 05, 2008, 12:56:26 AM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 05, 2008, 12:34:56 AM
neverr found the time to read this! :O Its not bad, I like how you do these ;)
Sweet, thanks!
man, i have Interview fever :( I wish I had some form of writing that brought me as much joy as my interviews did...at least reviews are tiding me over for the moment, for i have something big planned for the interview show at NS2 soon! Dave is going to co-star it too!
Yep.

ALso, good chapter(s). Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 06, 2008, 09:52:01 PM
After escaping from the human ranch about to be destroyed, thanks to help of Mithos who said that he didn't do anything because a golden sparkling bird attacked the dome with fireballs, Sheena said it could be Aska, a Summon Spirit, they eventually passed the word to Yuan (of course with the Smashers outside the base) and Lloyd told them to go to Tethe'alla and leave Mithos with a dwarf named Altessa, then, Regal asked Lloyd and the others to go to Altamira and see the grave of Presea's sister, Alicia.

The flourishing world, Tethe'alla
The seaside paradise, Altamira

"Hey, where's Lucario?" Chris asked looking around.

"He along with Fox and Falco decided to stay outside to not be judged again." Marth said.

"Oh well, they're losing all the fun anyway." Chris lifted his hands above his shoulders.

"Wow, look at the size of the hotel!" Lucas said looking at the Altamira's Hotel.

"Even better," Zelos said. "Look at all the hunnies in the beach!"

The seaside paradise of Altamira was a beautiful sight to behold, a beach, a grand hotel, the Lezareno Company and the Amusement Park made the city one of the best resort places in Tethe'alla, the human Smashers were surprised just at the look of the place.

"Zelos, we're not here to see you flirting with all the girls near, we're here to see what Regal wants to see." Raine said. "And speaking of which, I need to go outside of this place."

Genis raised an eyebrow. "Raine, don't tell me you're going to-"

"Sorry, but I need to go!" Raine said running at high speed outside Altamira and if Colette's eyes weren't deceiving her, she saw a knife-look alike thing hidden in Raine's belt.

Chris noticed that Lucas and Ness were gone. "Ness? Lucas?"

Both kids came with candy in their mouths. "This place is awesome!" Ness said munching candy.

"Can we go to the company now, please?" Sheena asked. "We can go to show them the place later."

Lezareno Company

The party reached the skyscraper of the company, where they found a fat man named Vharley demanding for the password to George, the company's owner to open a sealed gate in a mine called Toize Valley Mine, but Regal told him that the gate opened with his words but refused to go with him, and Vharley called Kuchinawa, a previously friend to Sheena to escape from the building, after that, they watched Alicia appearing above her tomb (which scared Lucas and some of the Smashers) telling the story how Regal, the noble with the name Bryant, killed her to save her, after Regal told them the rest of his story as he also told them that he is the president of the Lezareno Company, he decided to remove his shackles until the 2 worlds were saved for Alicia.

And since the party was still there...

"I see..." Regal said.

"What is it Regal?" Lloyd asked.

"The person who was going to wear the costume of Klonoa, the dream traveler, fell ill and someone needs to wear the costume."

"Master Regal," George began. "We also need another person to use another costume of Klonoa."

"George, why do we need 2?"

"Because we recently held a voting for children, and strangely, they wanted to see another Klonoa to appear."

"Odd, kids these days gets weirder and weirder." Zelos said.

George looked at Presea. "Master Regal, Presea is the perfect person to wear the costume," He looked at Chris. "And him can use the other costume as well."

"Wait, I'm going to wear a costume?" Chris asked and George nodded.

"We need your help or else the company is going to be in bankrupt."

"I don't have any regrets." Presea said accepting to wear the costume.

"Oh, please do it Chris! I like to see people dressed in costumes!" Lucas said hopping up and down.

"...Well...very well, I'll do it." Chris said sighing.

"Great, now please follow me." George said and Presea and Chris followed him to wear the costumes.

Altamira Hotel

Chris adjusted his new hat with the emblem of Pac-Man to the right part of the hat as Presea put her red shoes on.

Entrance

"I wonder what kind of costume is that." Pit said.

"It's said that Klonoa is Altamira's mascot too." Sheena said.

"And now young kids and girls, here is the great and unique dream traveler, the only hero with a big smile that brings happiness to all the young children, the great, Klonoa!" A person in an uniform said on the microphone opening the doors of the hotel, revealing Presea staring at all the kids without saying anything and Chris blushing a little.

Chris wore a light blue hat with the emblem of Pac-Man, a light blue shirt with a big zipper on his neck and blue shorts with red shoes, his hands were wearing big yellow gloves, Presea was wearing an smaller version of his costume, but the difference with Chris was that the hat had 2 long black ears with white in each end that reached his belt.

"Wahoo." Presea said simply.

"W-wahoo!" Chris said blushing more and all the persons around had bubbles with 3 dots after hearing them, even the Smashers.

But even so, the kids were all happy as they were receiving balloons from both persons in disguises, also, George let Chris and Presea to take the costumes with them.

Chris obtained the title of, "Dream Traveler."

"You're not only the World Traveler, but also the Dream Traveler! Wahoo!"

30 minute later...

Klonoa? Special Edition

"You made a great Klonoa, Presea!" Genis said.

"Wahoo!" Presea replied.

"What about Chris? These ears are so soft!" Lucas said.

"Wahoo!" Chris replied happily.

"I am grateful that you 2 helped to recover my company's mistake." Regal said.

"Loople-do!" Both said in unison.

"Heh, it sounds like you had fun, being Klonoa, the idol of Altamira." Zelos said with a small grin.

"Wahoo!" Presea said.

"Wahoo, wahoo!" Colette replied happily.

"Wahoo wahoo wahoo!" Presea and Chris said.

"Wahoo!" Lucas said happily.

"Lucas, don't say tha-wahoo!" Ness said. "Wow, it rubbed off to me."

"Wahoo!" Genis said and blushed "I-it seems so..."

"...Presea, Chris, it is all right for you 2 to speak like a normal human when you are outside Altamira."

"But Regal, we're not outside Altamira!" Colette said.

"Wahoo... Oh, I see." Presea said.

"...Oh well, it's not like they can say anything to them for speaking like usual right Regal?" Genis asked.

"...Maybe." Regal said.

"Wahoo!" Chris said happily.

"...Wahoo..." Zelos muttered embarrassed.

End of skit

30 minutes later...

Altamira Hotel, 2nd floor

Roy noticed that Chris was still wearing the Klonoa costume and he talked to him. "Chris, are you going to continue to wear that?"

"Why not? I actually like it!" Chris said touching his fake long ears. "Besides, I could use this in battle too!"

"...Well, not to tell you what to do or anything but, it looks weird." Marth said.

"Think whatever you want, but my decision will be the same!"

"By the way, has anyone seen Raine around here?" Genis asked looking around.

"Didn't she went outside the city to do something?" Colette asked.

It was not too late before they heard various screams coming from outside the hotel, they blinked confused before asking to themselves who was making all the scandal, until they heard someone screaming...

"MONSTERS!"

"Monsters?" They asked confused to themselves.

"Hmm, it is not common to have monsters inside Altamira." Regal said while Sheena looked outside the window.

"And neither a city has this kind of problem." Zelos said before Sheena sweatdropped.

"Umm...guys...I think we know the monsters very well..." Sheena said pointing down below and they joined her, and the cause of all the yells was because of...

"RUN! FOX! RUN!" Because Falco was running alongside Fox passing the hotel while the party noticed that Raine had a very freaky look on her eyes searching everywhere for them.

"COME HERE, I JUST WANT TO DISSECT YOU 2 FOR THE SAKE OF SCIENCE!" Yelled the maniac Raine running away to capture them using another scalpel.

"...Oh man...my sis did it again..." Genis said disappointed.

"Oh no, Lucario was with them, if Raine managed to-" Chris was interrupted by a knock on the other side of the window, he peered outside to find Lucario to the left side, hanging from the wall. "L-Lucario!"

"Chris, quick, hide me inside my Pokeball." Lucario said in a serious tone.

"Lucario you don't have to worry about Raine dissecting you, you're a steel Pok?mon remember? Any scalpel can't cut through your skin!"

"Any scalpel that isn't from Raine that is."

Chris made a confused face. "What do you mean by that?"

"She somehow discovered that I was a steel Pok?mon and she decided to make a scalpel with fire elements to dissect me." Lucario explained and Chris sweatdropped.

"On second thought, you're in danger, get inside." Chris said taking out his Pokeball and returning Lucario inside it, then he turned to the group. "What now?"

"Save both of them before we get to see them inside a museum." Pit said.

"Wow Pit, you know about museums?" Roy asked.

"Stop talking, we need to save both of them from crazy scientist number one!" Lloyd said stepping inside the elevator.

Entrance

30 more minutes later...

Lloyd, Genis and (fortunately for himself) Zelos managed to calm down Raine and throwing her fire scalpel to the water, while Fox and Falco hid AGAIN behind Chris, trembling which made the situation even more awkward that before, should I say that they were hidding behind the fake ears too?

"Now...inhale air for 10 seconds and...think about your happy place..." Lloyd said.

"MWHAHAHAHA!" Raine laughed maniacally.

"Lloyd," Genis wispered. "Not her happy place, a museum full of things she discovered by herself."

"Oh...then think about...A BOAT SINKING IN THE WATER WITH JUST YOU!" Lloyd said.

Raine stopped and she started to inhale and exhale air quickly and slowing down in every second, until everything was fine.

"Phew, that was close." Genis said. "...Zelos, you can stop grabbing Raine anytime now."

Zelos shook his head. "Oh, what? Oh oh, yeah." He said releasing Raine.

"..." Raine was left speechless trying to find a way to apologize. "I'm...I'm sorry for what I did..."

"HOW DO WE KNOW YOU'RE NOT GOING TO DO THAT AGAIN?!" Falco asked hiding.

"I'll stay close to her and watch her closely." Genis said.

"Thanks, that should work too." Raine said.

Many persons were staring at the 2 returning members of the party, muttering something about calling the Church of Martel to kill them.

Regal looked around. "...I think we must leave Altamira for the time being..."

"I agree." Sheena said nodding and they slowly left the city, but the people were still staring at them.

Sky

Lloyd's group wanted to show the Smashers the world of Tethe'alla to make them feel like their own home...or something like that, while they were on the Rheairds soaring the skies.

Roy's curiosity

"The world of Tethe'alla is amazing!" Roy said happily.

"Yeah, the people, the places yet to see and the big sea below are great!" Ness said.

"Wahoo!" Chris said happily.

"...Are you still wearing that costume?"

"Well yeah, nobody is complaining about that."

"...As I was saying before, visiting new worlds is a good experience!" Roy said.

"Hmm, I wonder if there are other new worlds like this one too." Ness asked to himself.

"Don't worry, I have a big collection with so many worlds to visit!" Chris said with a smile.

"Really? That's great! I could get the chance to meet more swordsmens like me!" Roy said.

"I've never seen Roy so hyped up." Ness said.

"Let him be, let's enjoy the experience while it lasts." Chris said.

"Okay!"

Roy obtained the title of, "Curiosity killed the swordsman."

"No matter what cuts me or tries to kills me, the mere thought of meeting more swordsmens makes me feel in home! (According to him)."

The Tower of Salvation

"Now, let's fly to over there." Sheena said.

"Where are we going?" Falco asked.

"I want you 2 to see one of the biggest monuments in the history of Tethe'alla."

"What monument?" Fox asked, riding in Regal's Rheaird.

"That." Regal pointed to something and the camera zooms-out from them revealing the tallest tower of all the times, the Tower of Salvation, which his height is supposed to reach the heavens and the camera zooms-in to shown Fox and Falco with very surprised faces.

"..." Fox didn't talked.

"So what do you think?" Sheena asked.

"...I think someone had all the time in the world to build that thing." Falco said.

"I don't think someone could climb that tower." Fox said in his opinion.

"In some points, you're right, nobody can climb that high because the tower goes all the way up to the heavens, according to the ancient books." Sheena explained.

"Do you think our Arwings can reach that high?" Falco wispered to Fox.

"Well...I think so but..." Fox trailed off wispering.

"It is bad to wisper in front of people." Regal said.

"Oh, sorry, we think it's an amazing monument."

"I'll tell you more about it later." Sheena said with a small smile.

Cooking Contest? Part 2

"I told them." Lloyd said to Genis, Lucas and Colette.

"And what did they said?" Colette asked.

"They said it's alright...as long if isn't Curry."

"What's so bad about Curry anyway?" Genis asked to Lucas.

"I-I don't know what happened either." Lucas said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 07, 2008, 01:50:19 PM
Marth entered the conversation. "Oh, you don't want to know that painful experience."

"...So, Marth, can you really cook?" Lloyd asked.

"Well, honestly this is my first time, but a first time is always good."

"(...And we have our second Raine right here.)" Genis thought with small pupils.

End of skit

The snowy city, Flanoir

The party managed to reach Flanoir, the city which is full of snow and ice.

My ears...

Lucario sneezed.

"Lucario, are you feeling okay?" Chris asked.

"I-I-I'm fine but...something is freezing me."

"Impossible, the ice can't affect you."

"B-b-but something did."

Colette looked to Lucario's ears and she found snow getting inside. "Oh! It's because the snow is getting inside your ears, here, let me clean it."

Lucario blushed. "N-n-no!"

Colette was already taking the snow out with one finger. "I don't want you to catch a cold."

"Well Lucario, I don't think Colette is scary." Chris said.

"When she doesn't have the urge to hug me." Lucario said recovering thanks to Colette.

"There, it's done, how do you feel now?" Colette asked.

"...I'm fine, thanks to you." Lucario said blushing a little and unfortunately, that was what Colette wanted to see and she quickly gave him a hug. "C-C-CHRIS!"

"Oh no, the snow is in your ears again?" Chris asked sarcastically.

"N-N-NO! GET HER AWAY FROM ME!"

"Sorry, you have to get used to it."

"AAAAHHHHH!!!"

"Hehehehe!" Colette giggled heartily.

"...Talk about stupid." Pit muttered to himself with small pupils.

End of skit

The university town, Sybak

Next on their list, they reached Sybak, the town full of scientists and researchers (luckily, Presea warned Fox and Falco to not enter the city because of this).

Studying is boring

Marth was reading a book inside the library while Lloyd was trying to not fall asleep. "Lloyd, it's bad to sleep when someone is reading."

"...Uh..." Lloyd replied sleeping.

"Does he always acts like this?"

"I would said yes," Raine said. "Lloyd is clearly an ignorant person for the field of study, it's hard to make him to listen to my classes."

"Knowledge is the first path to victory."

"Marth, I see you're a wise person right?"

"Of course, I'm the prince of my kingdom and every prince needs to have the necessary intelligence outside and inside fights."

"Absolutely correct." Raine remarked. "You're not like the people around here."

"Zzzzzzzz..." Lloyd snored.

"...Like him?" Marth pointed at Lloyd.

"I'm afraid yes." Raine said sweatdropping in disappointment.

End of skit

The mystical village, Mizuho

The next destination was Mizuho, home of Sheena and the village hidden from any other city and town.

How do they manage to live?

"This place is full of ninjas!" Lucas said.

"And here I'm thinking Sheik was the only ninja I knew about." Ness said.

"I'm glad you liked my village, normally I wouldn't show this village to any people but I took an exception with you and the others." Sheena said.

"It's so calm around here, the river, the trees, the statues and everything else." Pit said.

"Hmm..." Lucas started to think. "Sheena, can I ask you a question?"

"Of course you can, but as long as if isn't what are our secrets to fight."

"N-no, is not that, I was wondering something."

"What was that Lucas?" Pit asked.

"W-well...so far, there are a lot of people walking around right?"

"Yes." Sheena responded.

"But how come there are only 2 houses in the whole village? There are a lot of people that couldn't fit inside the houses and I don't think they live with the chief who is ill right now."

Sheena blinked in surprise and sweated "I...we...well...um...er...many of our people have houses hidden within the trees."

"Really?"

"Y-yeah! We're ninjas, so it's customary for us to live in trees to sneak and attack intruders and to protect the house of the chief." Sheena said closing her eyes with a worried smile.

"...It makes much sense to me!" Pit said.

"Me too!" Ness said.

"W-wow! Ninjas are amazing!" Lucas said.

"(Phew, it's easier to trick persons like them in any day.)" Sheena thought sighing in relief.

Sheena obtained the title of, "Secret maker."

"What do you mean I tell lies? It's for the sake of the good and... (According to her)."

The quiescent village, Ozette

Near Mizuho, they visited the burned village of Ozette, it was going to make no sense at all but Presea wanted to pray in the tomb of her father near her house, which made sense to them.

I'm not alone

Deepest Woods

"..." Presea made a sad face after praying.

"Presea, are you alright?" Genis asked.

"Yes...it's just...I..."

"It's something bothering you?" Chris asked.

"...Yes, it's because I don't have anywhere to live, I killed my father, my village was destroyed, and it was because my fault..."

"No! It wasn't your fault Presea, it was Rodyle's fault that all of this happened to you!" Genis said.

"...But even so, my time is not going to come back to me, I feel very depressed right now."

"I'm sure there is a way to-"

"Wait, what's that of your time not coming back?" Ness asked entering the conversation.

"Presea's age was stopped and she couldn't grow because of the Exsphere, she may look like a 12 year old but in reality, she chronologically has 28 years." Genis explained.

"...S-S-S-S-S-S-SHE HAS 28 YEARS?!"

"Ness!" Chris said angrily.

"S-s-s-sorry, but it's hard to believe that the Exspheres made all that to Presea!"

"But it's okay...I need to live without my time coming back..." Presea said sadly.

"You don't have to be so sad about it Presea." Chris said.

"Why?"

"Because you have us, maybe you can't recover your time, but you can enjoy your days to the fullest if you try, I know that of experience, living alone in my house without my parents with me as they were occupied was very painful, fortunately, I met Lucario and since then, I was so happy to have company with me. You're not different from me, because you have all of us to support you."

"...Thanks..."

"?"

"Thank you for telling me what I need to do with my life, I'm sure I can enjoy my days if I try." Presea said smiling a bit.

"You're welcome!" Chris said smiling.

"Let's do it together!" Ness said smiling.

"I...well..." Genis trailed off blushing before noticing that they were gone. "ARGH! Why I couldn't say that to her?!" Genis said to himself furiously.

Genis obtained the title of, "Too slow!"

"Gaining the heart of a girl may be your hardest test in your life."

Music stops

End of skit

Temple of Darkness

After showing all the locations known to Lloyd's group, they headed to the Temple of Darkness to form the pact with Shadow, but unfortunately it was pitch black inside and even a common light coulnd't penetrate the dark, and oddly enough, Chris didn't went with them.

"Wow, it's pitch black inside." Lloyd said.

"Lloyd, always stating the obvious." Zelos said, earning a glare of Lloyd but he couldn't see it.

"Even the light of outside doesn't reaches this place." Roy said.

"Where's Chris?" Lucas asked.

"Odd, he was here just a moment ago." Pit said.

"I'm going to find him." Lucario said leaving.

"What do we do now Raine? Do you know how to bring light that can disperse this?" Genis asked to her sister.

"Hmm, I heard the Blue Candle can create light to this kind of darkness." Raine said wondering.

"Oh yeah, the Elemental Research Laboratory in Meltokio has a Blue Candle, let's ask them to give it to us." Sheena said.

"Oww!" Lloyd tripped above Zelos's foot and the chosen gasped.

"My foot!" Zelos said shocked.

Outside

"D-d-dark...everything...dark..."

"Chris?"

"Ah! L-Lucario!" Chris jumped behind a boulder.

"What were you doing behind this rock?"

"W-well...I was waiting to enter the temple but I twisted my leg!"

Lucario looked at Chris's leg and it was fine. "But it looks fine to me."

"N-no! See?" He touched his leg, faking moans of pain. "Oww..."

"...You're afraid of the darkness, right?"

Chris sighed in disappointment. "...Yes..."

"But you're not afraid of that when everything is dark, like when we sleep."

"That's not it...it's because I get afraid if I don't know a way to enlighten the place where I am, and...this temple...has darkness all around it..." Chris started to shudder in fear. "I-I'm sorry...I'm pathetic..."

"No, you're not."

"What? Why?"

"Because I'm going to stay close to you once we enter the temple."

Chris looked away before speaking "...You don't mind if I stay behind your shoulder?"

"If that's what you want, I won't complain."

"Thank you..."

"Hey, you 2, we're going to Meltokio to get the Blue Candle so we can enter the temple." Zelos said.

"A life saver!" Chris said happily running to the north and Lucario sweatdropped.

Regal looked to where Chris was going. "We should catch up with him before he gets attacked by monsters."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 07, 2008, 09:22:13 PM
The imperial city, Meltokio

"It's amazing that Chris was able to reach the city by foot and not the Rheairds." Lloyd said and Lucario sighed.

"Now that we're talking about him, where is he?" Marth asked looking around and he saw 2 guards standing in the gate. "Have you seen a kid with a weird costume getting inside?"

"Oh, not too long ago a kid like the one you talked about entered, but we can't let you enter since you're with the traitor." A guard said to Marth.

"Just ignore them, I know a way to get inside." Zelos said walking to the west.

City Square

"Oww!" Chris bumped into an innocent looking girl, she wore a white cap on her head with 2 long slightly pink tails, her hair was of a pale yellow, under her white cape, she wore a pink vest, various red belts were in her chest, in the middle of her arms with long sleeves and her wrists, she wore also long white boots with gold emblems on the top, but Chris also saw a knot with the tip of it with hard iron for punishing someone as he thought.

"Hey you! Watch where you going!" The innocent looking girl said angrily.

"How dare you to push Alice in that way!" A man said pointing his big sword at Chris's face, his hair was purple, he wore a white vest with 3 diamond-shaped holes on the middle on his body with a long purple belt passing through them and attached to his throat, black gloves, black feathers around his neck and black pants and black shoes, there were also more purple belts in various parts of his clothing.

"It's okay Decus, we don't need to waste anymore time with this brat anyway." Alice said closing her eyes with a smile.

"Right, Alice." Decus said kneeling to her.

"(Geez, what an idiot, his attitude it's just disgusting!)"

"Oh, s-sorry if I made you mad." Chris said getting up and scratching his head in embarrasment.

"Of course you did!"

"Yeah, I don't...wait, what?"

"Of course you made me mad! What kind of brat are you? Pushing little innocent girls like me around?" Alice asked with another smile that was really scaring Chris.

"Please bow to her." Decus said.

"What?" Chris asked very confused raising an eyebrow.

"I've said, bow to her."

"Why should I do that for?"

"Because I want to, bow to me now!" Alice demanded with yet another smile.

"I'm sorry, but I've already apologized to you, meaning that I can leave now." Chris said walking to the right side of Alice but she slashed her knot hard on his back and he fell to the floor, resisting the pain where the same scar from before was. "Ugh! W-why did you do that?!"

"Isn't obvious? You didn't apologized to me, now bow to me!" Alice said with another smile.

"I...I dont' want to..."

"Impudent fool, bow to Alice now!" Decus said glaring at Chris with crossed arms.

"Or else I'll unleash my loyal monsters on you!" Alice said.

"Monsters?" Chris asked.

"That's right, with just one hit of this knot and the power of the Exsphere I use, no monster can't resist to obey my orders!" She sighed. "But honestly, I'm too depressed right now..."

"...Why?" Chris asked confused trying to get up.

"Because of the fact that I have almost every kind of monster at my arsenal, but neither them can ease my passion to get more," She joined her hands together and looked at the sky. "I wait for the day to get a monster that is unique and the only one of its species to get under my hand, and to be my chair!"

"...Your chair?" Chris asked even more confused.

"Yeah! Like this," Alice snapped her fingers. "Decus."

"Right." Decus fell on his knees and he held himself up with his hands keeping him from hitting the floor and Alice sits on his back with crossed legs.

"What do you think? Beautiful, right?"

Chris sweatdropped at the weird "couple". "...Um...right..."

"That's the meaning, you understand after all!" She stood up and so did Decus. "Now where were we? Oh yeah," She slashed her knot into Chris's face. "Bow to me!"

"Oww!" Chris rubbed the spot where Alice hit.

"Stop...now..." Alice was now getting irritated by Chris's behavior and she hid her smile behind her arm to slash Chris again, and an evil look replaced her innocent face. "OR ELSE I'LL-" She was just about to hit Chris again before noticing that someone taller than her was grabbing her knot by the iron part, and that person was...

"Get away from her, you monster!" Decus said trying to slash the monster with his sword but the monster took Chris away from them by backstepping and Chris looked up and gasped.

"Lu-Lucario!" Chris said surprised with a smile.

"What did they do to you?" Lucario asked while he glared at Alice and Decus.

Apparently, Alice was left speechless and surprised, Decus didn't do anything to her and her evil look disappeared and the innocent look returned to her once her eyes layed on Lucario, inspecting his body and his appearance while a big smile grew on her face.

"YAAAAAHHHHH!!!!" Alice squealed happily. "THIS IS THE KIND OF MONSTER I'VE BEEN SEARCHING FOR!"

"...Not again..." Lucario thought while he replaced Alice with Colette in his mind.

"Alice, do you want him to be your monster?" Decus asked kneeling to her.

"Wait just a minute Decus," Alice said walking towards Lucario with her knot behind her back. "This monster is very different than the others we've seen so far, it can talk too, and I just happen to be a good dealer so I may have a very good chance to convince him to join me to be my servant like you are," She joined her hands again. "Just imagine him as my new chair!"

"A-Alice, I'm astonished by your intelligence!" Decus said bowing his head to her.

"(What a double idiot.)" She thought with small pupils and she walked around Lucario. "So, your name is Lucario, right? That's a very good name, you know, I'm searching for the ideal monster right now, and you're that one special monster! Don't worry about my tastes, you won't get disappointed, I swear it! Just imagine me, being carried on your back as we travel in the grassy fields."

"What about me?" Decus asked pointing at himself.

"You're the random villager number 18 looking at us." Alice said ignoring him.

"Yay!" Decus said happily and Chris sweatdropped at the stupid response of her servant.

"SO!" Alice stomped her right foot in front of Lucario. "How does that sound to you? Leave this pathetic brat alone and join me, together we will conquer anyone in our path while I support you with my magic! What do you say?" She asked with a wink towards him.

"I'll pass." Lucario said walking away.

A hard red toon vein popped out in Alice's forehead and she blocked Lucario from getting away. "Come on, the offer it's just for one chance only!"

"No."

The vein was getting bigger. "Please?" She asked while his right eye was twitching uncontrollably with a smile.

"No."

The vein was getting bigger again. "How about now?" She asked while both eyes were twitching uncontrollably with a twitching smile.

"Never."

The vein was now bigger that her own forehead but she didn't let her smile to escape from her face, if Lucario ignored her again, she could use her knot on him to make him to listen. "ONE LAST TIME, DO YOU WANT TO BE WITH ME SO YOU CAN BE MY CHAIR USING YOUR HAIRY YELLOW BACK?!" She asked with a loud voice that was literally echoing through all the city, scaring Chris in the process.

"Please, accept the offer of Alice." Decus said bowing his head calmly to Lucario.

"...No." Lucario said and with that, both left the weird couple alone while Decus was trembling as a dark evil aura was covering Alice completely, she looked at the floor before taking out her knot with a serious vein above the skin of her right hand.

"THAT'S IT! YOU'RE GOING TO LIKE TO BE WITH ME YOU LIKE IT OR NOT!" Alice said furiously rushing at Lucario and Chris, then she leaped high in the air to slash Lucario on his back, when she was about to hit Lucario, the Aura Pok?mon turned his back and blocked her attack with his spike on his right arm and a wide smirk grew on Alice while she was floating in midair, literally. "HAHAHAHA! YOU'RE NOW IN MY POSSESION! NOW THROW THAT BRAT IN THE STAIRS AND KNEEL TO ME!"

However, Lucario was now utterly irritated by her and he simply took the knot out of her hand and bit it hardly that it made a snap, breaking the knot in the middle and returning it to the still-in-midair Alice. "This is yours." Lucario said turning his back and walking away with Chris on his arms and Alice looked at her broken knot, and part of it fell to the floor with a funny sound and she fell on the floor with a thud.

"Alice!" Decus yelled running after her, but she got up and slapped him hard in the face. "I-I know, you thought I was showing off by helping you than you getting up by yourself." He said not caring to rub the bright red spot with the hand's mark and Alice looked angrily at Lucario.

"YOU!" She said replacing her broken knot with a new one out of nowhere. "HOW DARE YOU! WHEN I SEE YOU 2 AGAIN, I'LL MAKE SURE TO MAKE YOUR LIFES MISERABLE! SLEEP WITH THE MERE THOUGHT OF SAFETY, BECAUSE WHEN YOU DO THAT, I'LL APPEAR OUT OF NOWHERE AND STAB YOUR BACKS AND SPIN THE DAGGER AROUND TO SPILL BLOOD OUT OF YOUR HELPLESS BODIES AN-"

"Hey Lucario! You found him!" Falco appeared out of nowhere with the rest of the group and Alice's evil face disappeared and butterflies floated around her while her eyes were replaced by hearts.

"OH MY GOODNESS! THAT IS SUCH A FINE MONSTER!" Alice squealed again and Falco looked at her with a confused face.

"...What wrong with her?"

"OH! HE CAN TALK TOO! Not like the idiot blue dog, BUT HE'S EVEN COOLER!"

"What about me?" Decus asked pointing at himself.

"You're still the random villager number 18...Decus." Alice said not caring about Decus.

"Yay!" Decus cheered stupidly.

"So anyway!" Alice said cheerfully touching Falco's beak with the tip of her new knot. "Have you ever wanted to be with someone as cute and brilliant like me before?"

"Bah, you're too young for me, get away." Falco said pushing the knot away from his beak and Alice's eyes twitched again.

"(GRRR! Oh, wait! There's someone even cooler than this weird bird with the strange accent!)" This time, Alice went with Fox and she pointed the tip of her knot on his nose. "How about you? You're WAY cooler than that bird!"

"No." Fox said pushing away her knot. And Alice was left even more surprised.

"Let's move on, we have to go to the Elemental Research Laboratory to get the Blue Candle." Sheena and everybody left the 2 of them...this time for real.

Alice was looking down at the floor while she grabbed her knot with so much force that she wanted to break it, but Decus stepped in front of her and put his left hand on her right shoulder.

"Alice, I-" He was punched very hard in the face and he was sent crashing into a tree, breaking in apart because Alice was not utterly furious by this moment.

"HOW DARE THEY DECUS, HOW DARE THEY TO MAKE FUN OF ME!" Alice asked furiously before she panted for several seconds and calmed down as another smile grew on her face. "Oh well, nobody say I can't make their lifes miserable."

"Then do you really want to have them in your disposal?"

"Who the hell is there?" Alice asked with a glare.

100 metres away from them...

"Who was that girl?" Genis asked confused.

"I don't know but...that servant of hers said she was Alice." Chris said rubbing his back while Raine noticed the back of his throat.

"Alice?" Lucario asked.

"No Lucario, she's not the Alice we know."

"Hmm, Chris, may I ask what's this scar behind your throat? It seems grave." Raine said approaching to Chris.

"Scar?" Chris asked confused and all the Smashers (except Lucario) were sweating. "Where?"

"In your back, and it also seems it doesn't ends there."

Roy quickly pulled Chris away from her. "Er, no! He doesn't have any scar, what do you mean by that?" He asked sweating.

"Roy..." Chris glanced at the others. "Are you all hiding something from me?" He asked narrowing his eyes and they were shown whistling at random directions, still sweating.

"If you want to, I can heal that scar to disappear it." Raine suggested.

"...Okay, please do."

"Stop!" A voice yelled behind them and they turned to see no other that Kratos Aurion with crossed arms.

"Kratos!" Lloyd yelled stepping in front of the group.

"Calm down, I'm here to ask something to her." He said.

"What do you want with Presea?" Genis asked.

Kratos started to ask something about the Sacred Wood to Presea that only grew around the area near Ozette, but he didn't walked away.

"What now Kratos?" Lloyd asked glaring at Kratos.

"This is an order from Yggdrassil, I must stop the third Chosen One from traveling with you." Kratos said taking out his sword.

"M-me?!" Chris asked pointing at himself in shock.

"What's with the sudden change of mood?" Zelos asked.

"I do not know why he has a Cruxis Crystal that we did not were aware of, but if Yggdrassil wants it to be destroyed, so be it." Kratos said.

Colette stood in front of Chris. "No! Kratos, please, don't do this!"

"Out of the way!"

"And If I don't want to?" Lucario asked stepping in front of Chris.

"Humph, Yggdrassil was right after all, they're with monsters."

"I hate being discriminated just by my appearance!" Falco said angrily.

"I will not show no mercy againts you, get out of the way before you get killed."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 08, 2008, 12:49:52 PM
Beat the Angel

Lloyd, Genis, Zelos, Presea, Lucario, Marth, Roy, Falco

"You earnestly believe you can defeat me?" Kratos asked coldly while his wings appeared on his back.

"I have a bad feeling about this..." Roy trailed off before all the melee fighters charged at Kratos.

"Demon Fang! Lightning Blade! Super Lightning Blade!" Kratos dealed a devastating combo towards Roy, defeating him in an instant.

"...What...no way!" Roy said falling to the floor.

"You're going to pay for that, Sword Rain!" Lloyd yelled dealing various stabs to Kratos, who didn't flinched and he attacked Lloyd by breaking his flurry.

"Humph, Sonic Thrust!" Kratos yelled stabbing Lloyd with a strong thrust. "Fierce Demon Fang!" He slammed his sword in the floor creating a earth shockwave hitting almost all of them. "Demon Spear!" He yelled spinning hi body and sword to push many of them in the air and pushing them away from him, defeating Lloyd.

"Aaugh..." Lloyd said before he fainted.

"Lloyd!" Marth said before he was attacked by a Thunder Blade of Kratos, receiving electricity that damaged him greatly before another impact of lightning, finishing him. "He's so...powerful..."

"Drown! Spread!" Genis yelled casting water below Kratos and the attack managed to reach Kratos and he was pushed to the air receiving damage of the water. "Now's our chance, attack him!"

"Devastation! Dual Infliction! Eternal Devastation!" Presea made a combo with all those attacks to Kratos and Zelos was casting an spell from far away.

"Ready for this? Healing Wind!" He twirled above his feet casting a wide tornado healing the wounded fighting againts Kratos.

"This is for calling me an animal!" Falco said angrily sladhing Kratos with his hands and dealing another combo using his phantasm and kicking his Reflector towards Kratos, then Lucario did a 3-hit combo followed by a Force Palm and an Aura Sphere.

"Want more?" Kratos asked as his Over Limit was activated and he held his sword in front of him casting magic while spores of light floated around him.

"Oh no, he's going to use Judgement on us!" Genis warned all of them but the melee fighters were still attacking Kratos without staggering him.

"Sacred Powers, cast your purifying light upon these corrupt souls. Rest in Peace, sinners! Judgement!" Kratos yelled pointing his hand at them and the background gets darker as an extreme attack with lights from the sky came crashing down all of them causing destruction, and unfortunately, it was too late and everybody in the party got defeated instantly by Kratos's Judgement attack.

Total Defeat

"You cannot oppose fate!" Kratos said.

Half of the group was fainted on the group and Kratos slowly approached to Marth with his sword in hand. "Humph, what kind of performance was back there, die!"

"NO!" Chris stepped in front of Marth with entended arms. "Please, don't do anything to them, they don't deserve this!"

"Then you'll take their place?"

"...If that's the only way to save them...I...I...I...I will!"

Kratos lifted his sword above his head and Chris closed his eyes to resist the attack, but after 5 seconds, Kratos sheathed his sword crossing his arms and looked at Chris. "Very well."

"...Huh?"

"I'm not sure what kind of trouble you can cause to Yggdrassil, but you're weak to me."

A vein popped out of Chris's forehead. "What does that supposed to mean?!"

"It means that you need more training to be a menace to your enemies...and also, because of the way of use of your clothing..."

Chris looked at his fake long ears and he glared at Kratos. "Sorry, but I like my own style, thank you."

Kratos closed his eyes in disgust before opening them again. "...Think what you want to do..." He said walking away from them.

"...Idiot..." Chris muttered.

Kratos looked behind him and Chris whistled innocently and sweated, the Seraphim made a glare before leaving.

"...Lucario!" Chris kneeled to Lucario, holding his head. "Lucario, are you okay?!"

"..." Lucario didn't responded.

Raine kneeled to see them. "We should rest at the inn for this day, after today, we can continue to get the Blue Candle."

Pit looked away concerned. "...I agree..."

Inn

"A-AAH! MONSTERS!" The girl of the Inn yelled terrorized.

"Not again..." Fox muttered while he carried Falco above his shoulders.

"S-stop!" Chris said. "Please, allow them to sleep in the Inn, they're our friends and they need to rest right now!"

"B-but..." The girl trailed off thinking.

"See him?" Sheena asked to Zelos who was being carried by Regal.

"C-Chosen One!"

"He needs to recover too and this Inn is the only place to help us."

"But don't tell the Church of Martel about us, it's for the sake of this city." Raine said.

The girl looked away and she spoke. "...I'll make an exception this time, the rooms should be after climbin those stairs." She said pointing at the stairs.

"Thank you!" Chris said smiling to her.

That night...

Just one day left

"..." Pit looked outside the window at the night.

"What's wrong Pit?" Marth asked entering the conversation.

"Oh...it's nothing..."

"Come on, you can tell me."

"No..."

"Please?"

"...All right, Marth, tomorrow it's my last chance to recover my wings, and if I can't do it by the end of the day of tomorrow, I will never have my wings back for the rest of my life."

"Hmm, yes, I remember that a short while ago."

"But I'm very afraid of what can happen...I'm scared..."

"...Then don't be scared."

"What?"

"I know this is going to sound cheesy, but you need to believe in yourself in order to recover your wings, in that way everything is going to be easier for you."

"...Who told you that?"

"Myself, see? I told you before."

"...Well...I'll try it..."

"I'm glad I was of help, good night." Marth said smiling a bit and leaving to sleep.

"(...I need to understand the true reason of this test though...)"

End of skit

A hero

"Doctor, is there a reason about why I can remember what happens inside the games and sometimes I can't?" Chris asked to Dr. Kawashima.

"Simple, because the Spoiler button is on." Dr. Kawashima said.

"...That sounds stupid! Where is that Spoiler button?"

"In your DS, you can adjust the option there, take a look!"

"Hmm, the Spoiler button is on, but if it is off, I will lose all the things that I remember inside this game for example?"

"Correct."

"Hey, there is another option here, Difficulty button...Normal, Hard, Mania, Unknown?"

"Careful there! If you press an even harder difficulty, all the enemies will gain a sudden boost of status, making everything else harder to all of you!"

"Ah!" Chris closed the DS in fear and turning it off, then he looked at Lucario. "...Lucario..." Chris wispered to himself while Lucario rested to his right side, wounded.

"..." Lucario didn't responded.

"...It's useless right now, isn't? Because of me, you got hurted and this is what happened to you..."

"..." No response.

"...You're really a hero, you knew that, right? You're always protecting me and...well, you risk your life just for me, I'm so grateful to have someone like you."

"..." No response.

"...Too bad you can't listen to me, I could make you feel embarrassed."

"..." No response.

"...Well...good night Lucario..." Chris said starting to sleep deeply.

"...Good night..." Lucario was able to say but Chris was already sleeping, he smiled a little bit before sleeping.

"...Hehehe..." Someone was sneaking to their room and the person slowly slid through the bed, close to Lucario.

End of skit

Nightmare

"WAH!" Lucas woke up panting heavily and Ness woke up.

"Lucas! I was dreaming with Pau-I mean, I was dreaming about my family, what's wrong?" Ness asked blushing a little.

"S-sorry, but I had a nightmare where that scary man from this day attacked all of us using that spell, and we were bleeding like crazy on our faces!"

"...And?"

"W-what do you mean by "and"? It was so scary!"

"But the thing is that that didn't happened."

"?"

"Ugh, Lucas, let me tell you something, there are 2 things in the life, one of them is called real, and the other one is called dream, the real is something that you need to care about and dream is something that you don't need to care about."

"But what if the dream was good?"

"Then take notice of it, if it is a nightmare, then ignore it until it's over."

"...Hmm..."

"Tell you what, think what I told you in this conversation and nothing bad is going to happen, good night." Ness said returning to sleep.

"...Okay..." Lucas muttered returning to sleep.

End of skit

Discrimination

"Monsters...monsters...monsters..." Fox muttered to himself. "Why does everyone tells me I'm a monster?"

"Maybe is because you're not normal like me or Genis." Raine said enetering the conversation. "Don't be scared, I managed to seize my attitude."

"But you 2 are humans."

"That's not true." Raine said. "Genis and I are half-elves."

"What are half-elves?"

Raine looked down sadly. "The result of a human breeding with an elf, elves are people with long lifespans but half-elves are persons with longer lifespans than normal elves, everyone in Tethe'alla are scared of us because most of the crimes are comitted by half-elves."

"But what about my case?"

"Easy, because all the people living here think of you and Falco as a monster, nobody sees a fox walking in 2 legs wearing clothes in any day, never."

Fox looked down a little sadly. "..."

"I know this will be hard to you, but as you travel around, many more persons are going to say the same things over and over again, no matter what actions you do, everything will be the same."

"...Is there any solution?"

"Yes, and that is be yourself."

"Be me?"

"Exactly, nobody can tell you what to do, as long as you think what is right and what is wrong, don't listen to what people tell you, do what you want to do and help them with the help of the friends with you, like Chris for example, he doesn't gets scared by your appearance, for the fact that you're his companion and most importantly, a friend."

"..." Fox looked at her. "I'll remember that."

"Do it and don't regret it, because you're still a valuable specimen."

"Yeah, I will...wait, what?"

"Just kidding." Raine said laughing heartily, but Fox knew she wasn't kidding at all.

End of skit

The next morning...

The sun appeared in the sky with the light touching Lucario's face, the Aura Pok?mon yawned a little and he looked to his left side, where Chris was sleeping deeply, a smile grew on his face and he returned to sleep noticing a blond bur resting to the right side on his chest...and his eyes opened wide enough like he was going to yell.

"GUUUAAAAARRRRGHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!"

Oh well, he yelled loudly enough to make a long echo in the city and passing through the mountains, echoing and scaring all the birds in the continent of Meltokio that flew away to Flanoir, where they died freezing to dead and losing 10 percent of the fauna of Tethe'alla. At least the merchandise of meat grew perfectly fine in that day for the residents of Flanoir.

Back at the inn, everyone woke up by the yell.

"Lucario! Shut up, I'm trying to sleep here!" Chris said very annoyed and burying his face on the pillow.

"Oh, good morning Poochie!" Colette said resting her head in Lucario's chest.

"Colette, did you sneaked to our room just to rest with Lucario?"

"Yep!"

"(Ugh, I can't believe her.)" Lucario thought annoyed.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 09, 2008, 05:02:06 PM
Raine knocked the door and she walked inside and sweatdropped after finding Colette in the bed with Lucario. "...I'll not ask about this," She looked at Chris. "If I may have a moment with you in private?"

"Oh, right, the scar you were talking about yesterday." Chris said getting out of his bed and dressed to follow Raine.

Town Square

"As I expected."

"What is it Raine?"

"There's a long scar running through your body from the throat to the half of your back, didn't you knew about this before?"

"N-no, nobody told me anythi...wait, they knew about my condition but hid it to not tell me!"

Raine put her staff above Chris's back and making it to glow with light. "They have a reason for this."

"What reason?"

"If you knew about this, you'll probably end up in a crazy state of trauma for the lenght of this attrocity."

"So...they were just protecting me..."

"Correct."

"...What do you think of them Raine?"

"Normal persons to me, there are some unique that I should not talk about."

Chris chuckled to himself. "Hehehe, I know who, are you done?"

"Yes, the scar has disappeared and your back is fully replenished."

Chris looked at her. "Thanks Raine, my fathers could have freaked out if they knew."

"Don't worry, it's my job to cure the hurted."

Elemental Research Laboratory

The party entered inside the laboratory to get the Blue Candle, but just as Sheena was going to take it.

"Wait! Because of them, Kate is in the prison waiting to be killed by the orders of the Pope!" One scientist said angrily.

"Kate is in the prison?" Genis asked confused.

"That's right, ever since you escaped from Sybak, they imprisoned her to atone for your actions!"

"Then we will rescue her." Sheena said.

"H-how?!"

"I hear the prison is directly connected directly to the colisseum." Regal said.

Zelos looked at him with a weird face. "How do you know that?"

"Zelos, there's no point in asking Regal how he knows that, we need to rescue Kate before they kill her!" Lloyd said.

"Yes." Presea said simply and they were about to leave the laboratory, until one of the scientist noticed 3 particular characters of the party.

"NEW SPECIMENS!" He yelled excited and all the half-elves scientists appeared with scalpels on their hands, shining.

"AAAAHHHHH!!!!!" Falco yelled at the top of his lungs running away from the lab.

City Square

"!!" Someone was eavesdropping them and Zelos managed to see an orange hat and pink hair running away in the distance of the city.

"...Wait, I remember that hat and hair somewhere else before..." Zelos trailed off.

"Zelos, what are you doing?" Colette asked.

"Nothing." He said seriously walking towards the colisseum.

"Wow, I've never seen Zelos like that before." Lloyd said.

Colisseum

After entering the colisseum, they heard a multitude of cheers on the center of the place, because a battle was being held in that moment.

"All right! I always wanted to participate in a colisseum!" Lloyd said.

"Lloyd, you just made that up." Genis said.

"Shut up, Genis!"

"Excuse me, but can we enter the colisseum for a match?" Marth asked to the receptionist, who was a girl.

"Yes, but today we're are holding a special exhibition match of 4 people."

Chris walked to her. "Say, can you let 4 more participants to enter please?"

"I'm sorry, but that's againts the rules."

"Don't worry, we'll give you Zelos." Sheena said.

"Oh my!" The receptionist blushed in surprise, putting her hand in front of her mouth.

"Sheena! What does that supposed to mean?!" Zelos asked scared.

A light bulb appeared above Ness's head and he walked towards the receptionist. "Yes, that's right, we'll give you Zelos in exchange to let 4 more of us to fight! But you can only have a date with him 3 days after, how does that sound to you?"

"...Deal!" The receptionist said blushing a lot. "And just for this occasion, the entry fee is free!" And Zelos cursed under his breath and his anger againts twerps grew more.

A small girl peered from the entrance from the exit to the arena and looked at Zelos, but Zelos looked at her and she gasped and ran away inside. "What the-Seles?!" He ran inside the door to find the girl, and accidentaly registering himself to enter a match.

"Hey, wait up Zelos!" Lloyd said running after him with Raine and Sheena.

"Don't leave me behind, let's go Lucario!" Chris said grabbing the hand of "Lucario" and running inside with Marth and Ness.

"(A date with the Chosen One...my dream is going to come true!)" The receptionist thought excited.

Arena

The 8 party members stepped in the center of the colisseum as the people in the seats were cheering loudly.

"It's like my home." Marth said taking out his sword.

"It's like those matches I watched in the T.V." Ness said.

"It's like I'm famous already! How does that sounds to you Luca-" Chris turned to see another person instead of Lucario looking at him with an upset face and crossed arms, and that person was...

"Ahem." The person was Fox, tapping his foot in annoyance to the ground.

"...Don't tell me I dragged you into this again..."

"I'm 100 percent sure about that."

Sheena looked at them. "Relax, I'm sure the match is going to be easy." She reassured them.

The gates of the other side of the arena opened slowly, revealing a young girl with purple hair and pigtails to the sides of her hairm she wore a pink dress with a small pink skirt and golden triangles on her wrists and the end of her skirt with a strange blue animal in her shoulder. "Hi, I'm Meredy." She said shyly to them.

Another young girl stepped outside with her hands on her hips of her orange skirt, she wore also another slightly pink skir belw the first one, her shoulders had red feathers and her neck was visible from any view with the image of a butterfly below it, her hair was of a dark green and she was wearing white shoes. "Hi! My name is Farah Oersted and I fight using my palms!" She said putting her hand in front of her.

The next combatant was a tall man with silver hair, he wore a small dark blue armor with 2 green jewels in front of his shoulders, his arms didn't had armor but he wore more armor on his hands, he was also wearing black pants and light blue shoes, on his back, he was carrying a bow and a sword. "My name is Garr Kelvin, nice to meet you." He said simply.

The last combatant was the one that surprised Zelos the most, it was another young girl with an orange hat and pink hair, she was wearing a white shirt without sleeves on her shoulders but in her arms with big blue crystals on her wrists, she wore also an orange skirt with a white ribbon crossing it from her hips, an orange purse and blue shoes. "Big bro-I mean, I'm going to prove that I can fight using the power of the exsphere to defeat you!" She said pointing at Zelos.

"Zelos, is that your sister?" Sheena asked, remembering that the girl previously attacked her mistaking Sheena for a demon trying to kill Zelos.

"Is my little darling sister Seles." Zelos explained to them.

"Stop saying thosing things to me!" Seles said and she searched for something inside her purse, and surprisingly, she took out a big sword that really breaks apart the laws of the physics.

"Wait, that swords was inside that purse? It breaks apart the laws of the physics!" Ness said surprised.

"I'll show you all my power!" Seles said.

"Don't forget about me!" Farah said.

"And me." Meredy said.

"And me!" Garr said taking out his bow.

"(Strange, this didn't happened in the game at all.)" Chris thought to himself.

"Here they come!" Raine said taking her staff as both groups ran after the other to begin the fight.

Fatalize

Lloyd, Zelos, Sheena, Raine, Chris, Fox, Marth, Ness

"Don't hate me because I'm beautiful!" Zelos said.

"Oh come on, focus on the enemy!" Marth said annoyed.

"Get 'em! Acid Rain!" Meredy casted an acid rain and Ness panicked.

"Oh no! My clothes are going to disappear!" Ness said running around.

"No, that spell will drop our defense a little!" Lloyd said and their defenses dropped down.

"Huh? What's this?" Chris was starting to do pray signs and holy magic came behind his foot. But he couldn't finish his spell because Farah dealed 3 strikes to his body.

"Palm Strike!" Farah thrusted her palm on his body and he was pushed back.

"Ahh! That hurts!" Chris complained and he flew after Farah, but she used Beast to deal extreme damage to him, dropping his health to the critical levels. "...Help..." He said moaning and trying to not be defeated.

"Help is on the way, Nurse!" Raine yelled spinning her staff above her, calling the same nurses from before.

"Get 'em! Spread!" Meredy yelled pointing at the sky and a tower of water defeats Chris from below before the nurses could heal him and his body falls to the ground.

"I'm...weak...right..." He said fainting.

"I'm gonna take you out!" Sheena said running after Meredy and she started to attack her using her cards. "Power Seal, Life Seal, Demon Seal!" She used the last atack to push her to the ground with skulls appearing around the cards, but she got up and started to cast again.

Meanwhile, Lloyd and Marth were fighting againts Garr, who was gaining the upper hand by using a combination of his bow and sword in quick movements.

"Ugh! This guy is strong!" Lloyd said blocking his attacks with his sword along with Marth.

"Gale!" Garr yelled firing a flurry of arrow breaking Lloyd's defense and running after him. "Decisive Slice!" Garr rose up to the air dealing fatal wind damage to Lloyd, defeating him.

"I'm sorry...dad..." Lloyd managed to say before fainting.

"Now you're going down!" Marth said using Dancing Blade to deal various blows to Garr and he continued to fight againts him.

Zelos and Ness were fighting againts Seles, and the PK user was very surprised at her arsenal of ice attacks.

"Ready? Freeze Lancer!" Seles yelled lifting her hand as an ice glyph appeared in front of her launching several ice shards that went straight towards Zelos and Ness, cutting them through.

"Ugh! How can she be so strong?!" Ness asked panting.

"It's the Exsphere that makes her strong!" Zelos said firing a Demon Fang towards her, but she stepped away from the track of the shockwave and prepared another spell.

"Ready? Absolute!" Seles called an icy wind below Raine's feet and a fast galcier appeared stunning her, before exploding into shards receiving fatal damage.

"Don't get in my way!" Raine said clenching her hands on her staff because she was trying to revive Chris and Lloyd.

"Burn baby! Eruption!" Zelos yelled calling lava from below Seles, sprouting and dealing fire damage, Ness took the opportunity to ran inside the harmless magma and he used PK Flash to deal damage to Seles, and the 3 continued to fight.

"Bring back this soul from purgato-Don't get in my way! AAH!" Raine was pushed but she jumped to land on her feet from an attack coming from Farah. "I'm casting, I need support!"

"Palm Strik-"

"Not in my watch!" Fox came from the side dealing a strong kick in Farah's face, pushing her away from Raine and went after her to stop any other interruptions to Raine.

"(Thanks Fox.) Bring back this soul from purgatory! Resurrection!"

A light thrusted Chris and he slowly woke up, getting up from the floor and shaking his head. "...Ugh...I...I won't let them to defeat me again!" He said casting the magic that it was previously interrupted by Farah.

"This is the end! Indignation!" Meredy said casting a blue and purple glyph above Sheena, she gasped and ran away to evade the attack, but it stroke her down quickly with an explosion of lightning receiving a grave injure, dropping her into her knees.

"She's...strong!" Sheena said and took out a Lemon Gel to recover before attacking Meredy again.

"Holy wings, I beg of thee to reveal thy power! Angel Feathers!" Chris yelled firing 3 light blue rings from his wings slicing Farah's body while Fox dealed fast kicks to her to prevent Farah from attacking.

"Resurrection!" Raine yelled reviving Lloyd from his state and he got up shaking his head and running after Marth to help him to defeat Garr.

"Fierce Demon Fang!" Lloyd said slamming his sword to Garr.

"No!" Garr replied as he was being lifted to the air a little by the shockwave of earth, the Marth used Dolphin Slash to push him more to the air and Lloyd used Tempest to slice his body.

"Mini Meteor!" Seles yelled creating a meteor on the her sword, crushing Ness under the weight.

"AAHH!"

"Ready for this? Healing Stream!" Zelos said yelled casting a blue field with blue sprouting light that healed Ness little by little.

"PK Fire!" Ness yelled firing a lightning of fire and exploding to create a tower of fire that paralyzed Seles, then Zelos ran towards her.

"All right." Zelos said shining and starting an Unison Attack to make all of them attack Seles in perfect synchrony.

"Lightning Blade!"

"Dancing Blade!"

"Angel Feathers!"

"Demon Seal!"

"PK Flash!"

"Demonic Tiger Blade!"

"Photon!"

"Fire Fox!"

"Don't run!" Zelos said as he and Raine shone, creating a combinated attack.

"Plasma Blade!" Raine yelled casting another Photon on Seles as Zelos rocketed towards her with Lightning Blade, exploding the Photon with lightning and light.

Seles's hat was dropped to the floor and she defended herself from Zelos's attack using a shield (obviously bigger that her purse because it was also inside with the sword). "It won't work!" She said.

"Pow Hammer!" Chris ran towards Garr to help Lloyd and Marth to defeat him calling a hammer that whacked Garr's head, followed by Lloyd's Sword Rain and Marth's slashs.

"Here!" Farah said using a Hourglass that froze the time, stopping the 8 fighters except from Garr, Farah, Meredy and Seles.

"Get 'em! Indignation!" Meredy called another glyph appearing above Chris, Lloyd and Marth, strucking them with a powerful impact that was going to appear after the time went on once again.

"Swallow Dance!" Farah yelled pushing the timeless Fox into the air receiving a 3-hit combo, but the vulpine didn't reacted at all.

"Gale!" Garr yelled firing a flury of arrows towards the timeless Raine.

"Absolute!" Seles yelled casting an instant glacier on Zelos, who exploded dealing a powerful ice attack.

The time suddenly went on and Marth, Raine and Zelos fainted defeated.

"What a sorry way to go..." Zelos managed to say before losing his consciousness.

"Aaugh!" Raine yelled fainting and dropping herself to the floor.

"The Altean kingdom...will live on..." Marth said burying the top of his sword in the ground and he dropeed to his knees, holding himself from the handle of Falchion.

"...No! How could you?!" Chris said angrily and flew towards Seles, who almost hits Chris with turning her sword into a big comet called Star Comet, but he threw a Pow Hammer at her head, used Para Ball to stun her and learning...Item Rover "AAHH!" He tripped on his own feet, dealing a surprisingly massive damage to her.

"No...Zelos..." Seles said before she fainted, defeated.

"...YES! YES! I DEFEATED HER! I KICKED HER BUTT BUT GOOD!" Chris cheered flying around happily.

"Here!" Farah said again reviving Seles with a Life Bottle.

"...AAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!" Chris yelled furiously beating the crap out of the now revived Seles, defeating her once again using Item Rover.

"No...Zelos..." Seles said again, fainting.

"AND STAY DEAD! STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEAD, STAY DEA-"

Zelos was tapping his foot impatiently behind Chris because Lloyd used a Life Bottle on him, Chris was kicking Seles's fainted body and he stopped after looking at Zelos, sweatdropping.

"Hehehe...sorry..."

"...Chris..." Zelos began. "I truly agree with you!"

Chris's eyes gleamed. "T-thank you!"

"No!" Sheena managed to defeat Meredy and a small grin of victory grew on her face.

"Ha! That'll teach you!" Sheena said proudly.

"Here!" Garr said giving a Life Bottle to Meredy, reviving her.

And unfortunately, Fox did defeated Farah, but Meredy used a quick Resurrection spell to revive her and a vein popped out from Fox's forehead.

"Who the hell are these guys?!" Fox asked surprised.

"Meteor Storm!" He looked above him to see a bunch of meteors coming from the sky to crush them alive.

They received a full assault of meteors crashing upon the battlefield that dealed massive damage to all of them, Lloyd, Zelos, Fox, Ness, Sheena and Raine (she was revived but later defeated again) were defeated moaning in pain, and the only one left in the field was Chris.

"Everything is over!" Chris said as he glowed in a black light activating his Over Limit, then he was able to cast another spell that was very painful to him. "Thy power floweth purely, ever unwavering. Accept my soul into thine embrace. Sacrifice!" He lifted his hand towards the air and Garr, Farah and Meredy received holy damage and Chris sacrificed his life to revive everyone else as he fell to his knees.

"Hey, what happened?" Lloyd asked confused.

"Look! Chris was defeated!" Ness said pointing at the unconscious Chris.

"Leave him to me!" Raine said preparing to cast Resurrection on Chris.

"Ready for this? Grave!" Zelos twirled above his feet calling a big Stalagmite below Garr, who was pushed into the air and Marth used Dolphin Slash to slice his body, then when Garr fell to the floor, Lloyd came from behind Marth.

"Hunting Beast!" He pushed Garr from him, then he created a shockwave in the air before slamming both swords into the floor, creating a strong impact and defeated Garr.

"Aahh..." Garr said before he fell giving up.

"Bring back this soul from purgatory! Resurrection!" Rain yelled casting a light above Chris who revived him instantly.

"It-it worked! My spell revived all of you!" Chris said happily.

"Get 'em! Thunder Blade!" Meredy yelled calling a sword that was going to crush Chris, the World Traveler disguised in the Dream Traveler's clothes gasped and he blocked his body, before he was suddenly by someone with grea speed, saving him from being electrocuted.

"...Huh? Fox!"

"Are you alright?" Fox asked with a small smile.

"Yes, thanks to you but," He looked below him. "How can you carry me when you're smaller than me?"

"..." Fox felt Chris's weight enough to him and he fell.

"Thought so." Chris said.

"Get off me!" Fox complained.

"Okay, time to end this, Cyclone Seal!" Sheena surrounded Meredy using many cards that pulled her to the air, then, she was attacked by a explosion of wind by the cards.

"OwwwwhahaaaaaaaAAAAAaaaaa!!!" Meredy yelled fainting as his little pet behind him licked her face.

"PK Fir-AAHH!" Ness was attacked by Farah using Beast, then she hit his face with her arm and to end her combo, she used Beast again to push him and his health to the critical level "I need help!"

"First Aid!" Zelos yelled healing Ness's wounds.

"Thanks! PK Fire!" Ness yelled firing a lightning to Farah, creating a tower of flames. "PK Flash!" He called a flash of green light that exploded in Farah. "PK Thunder!" And finally, he casted a thunder moving it behind his back, sending him with a strong impact to Farah who was still stuck in the tower of fire, defeating her and the Cameo Team once and for all.

"No waaay!" Farah complained falling defeated on the ground.

Won the Battle

"I need to get a diary and write this victory on it!" Chris said.

"Write about my swordsman's skills!" Lloyd suggested.

"And my healing techniques!" Raine suggested.

"And my beauty!" Zelos suggested.

"And my abilities!" Ness suggested.

"And my tactics!" Marth suggested.

"And my card spells!" Sheena suggested.

"And my...um..." Fox started to think.

"So?" Chris asked.

"Well, you all took the good parts!" He complained.

Chris sighed.

Preview of the next chapter

"Remember me?"

"Not her again." Chris said.

...............................................................................................

"Here, my recipe." Marth said.

"I don't think our stomachs are going to last any longer..." Lloyd said.

...............................................................................................

"How cute! Another puppy!" Colette said happily.

"Ugh, I'm not a puppy! I'm a wolf!"

...............................................................................................

"Gruuumbleeeeeeee..."

"Scaaaaaaaaary!" Chris said hiding behind Lucario.

...............................................................................................

"Next time: Gruuumbleeeeeeee!" Pit said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Tethe'alla
Chris, Lucario
, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Colette, Lloyd, Genis, Raine, Sheena, Presea, Zelos, Regal
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 10, 2008, 11:37:48 AM
Okay. I'm vaguely disturbed by the Lucario and Colette in bed thing, but still good chapters!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 10, 2008, 12:05:38 PM
Chapter 57: Cruuumbleeeeeeee

Coliseum

"Those combatants were so strong!" Ness said surprised.

"I was so preoccupied when those meteors appeared in the sky, thank god we managed to beat them." Chris said sighing in relief.

"Regal told me to enter in that door from over there, let's go." Lloyd said pointing at obe door to their left side, fortunately, all the persons inside the room were occupied doing their own business and the party of the match entered, leaving Zelos behind to ask why Seles fought against him and the others.

Prison

"At least we're not the prisoners this time." Ness said walking down the stairs, they turned to the left of corner where Kate was held inside a cell.

Ozette

Kate wanted to go back to Ozette where she explained that it was her home before the village got burned to ashes, she decided to stay in the destroyed village, leaving the party with no option but to leave her alone. Presea, who was the most concerned, thought about her.

Elemental Research Laboratory

"SPECIMENS!" The same scientist from before yelled excited, Sheena went up ahead taking the Blue Candle from his hand and the party made a run for it.

City Square

For the surprise of Sheena, the half-elves scientists finally decided to leave the lab just for having an example of the 2 specimens between the Smashers, so the party decided to escape through the sewers, but in the way, Alice and Decus returned to cause more trouble to them and the innocent and selfish girl pointed her knot at Lucario.

"Remember me?"

"Not her again." Chris said.

"I'll not let you escape this time around, because I-"

"OUT OF THE WAY!" Lloyd said pushing Alice to the floor and Decus stepped away from not being crushed by 32 legs, unfortunately Alice was all stomped by the entire party and her back had all their footprints.

"...Ugh! Why you! How rud-" Alice was once again stomped by the group of scientists, burying her whole body to the floor with Decus slowly walking towards her with a worried look.

"A-A-Alice?" Decus asked studdering.

"..." Alice suddenly got up, with a very furious face. "GRR! COME ON, WE'RE FOLLOWING THEM!" She said grabbing Decus by the right leg and slidding his back on the floor.

"ALICE! THAT HURT-AAHH!" Alice ignored walking above pointy rocks that were seriously hurting Decus's back, how did the pointy rocks were there you ask? It's one of the many mysteries of this world.

Sky

The party managed to get away from Meltokio and the crazy scientists, since the trip was going to be short, they had another conversation.

Cooking Contest? Part 3

"Okay, here are the rules, all of you must make an easy recipe, that recipe is going to be Ramen, and me, Lloyd, Colette, Sheena and Zelos are going to be judges to taste the food, you all will have your own time to make the food." Genis explained.

"Okay." Chris said.

"And...go!"

40 minutes later, and surprisingly, they didn't made it to the Temple of Darkness yet...

"Time, let's see what all you made, first we're going to taste Chris's recipe."

"Here..." Chris said handing over 5 plates with Ramen.

"...Umm...just by looking at it, it got burned." Lloyd said.

"I'm sorry! I'm not good at this!"

"Nah, we're eating it anyway." Zelos said taking a sip of the Ramen, before spitting it out and sticking out his tongue. "Who said that you don't need to judge a book by its cover?!"

"Zelos!" Sheena said, taking a sip of the soup and trying to not spit it out. "...Ugh..."

Lloyd, Genis and Colette decided to not taste the Ramen and they went ahead. "O-okay, next is Ness's." Genis said.

"Here!" Ness said giving them 5 plates.

"Wait a minute, this isn't Ramen, this is a Sandwich!"

"Then it wasn't Sandwich then?"

Genis rolled his eyes. "Oh well, we can't waste this, let's eat it...YUCK! There was something in there!"

"Yeah, it felt like a Squid moving." Colette said.

"W-well, there wasn't jam, so I replaced the jam with a Squid." Ness said blushing.

"But you forgot to check if the Squid was dead!" Sheena said.

"...It needed to be dead?"

Lloyd frowned at this. "...Let's move on, next one is Roy's."

"Here." Roy said doing the same action as the previous failed cooks.

"Hmm, it smells nice, let's eat it!" Lloyd said excited taking a sip of the soup with the others following his movement...only to spit the soup out after 3 seconds without moving at all. "Bleck! It did smelled nice, but the taste is horrible!"

"What were you thinking when you made this?" Zelos asked.

"Well, after I finished, I decided to put a little of perfume so-"

"Perfume? Are you crazy? Nobody in the whole world adds that as an ingredient!" Sheena said.

"...Really?"

"You have no future as a cook, that's for sure, next on is Lucas's." Genis said.

"H-here..." Lucas said.

"Let's eat this one." Colette said taking a sip. "Hmm, not bad for your first try, but you need to put more heat and noodles."

"Wow, Lucas didn't failed like I did." Chris said.

"And next one is Lucario's" Sheena said as she received her plate made by Lucario.

"...!!!" Genis quickly decided to leave after taking the first sip, and everyone heard someone puking with long seconds, then Genis came back wiping something from his mouth. "Alright, helpful advice, taste his soup and you will lose 400 instant grams in 4 seconds."

The other 4 pushed the Ramen away from them.

"Lucario, what did you do to the Ramen?" Chris asked.

"I used several abilities on the ingredients like Force Palm, Extremespeed and Aura Sphere to-"

"So you're telling us that you made this soup by attacking it with skills and mixing them all together?!" Lloyd asked in shock and Lucario nodded.

"...New rule, Pok?mon CAN'T cook and they'll never will for the sake of humanity." Ness said, earning a glare of Lucario.

"Next one is Pit's." Genis said as Pit gave them 5 plates with his Ramen, they took a sip of it and their faces turned into a bright purple color. "My...stomach...hurts...so...much..."

"Pit, what did YOU do to your soup?" Roy asked terrorized.

"W-well, I replaced the seaweed with grass an-"

"Wait, what? Pit, we have all the ingredients!"

"That's not true! My ingredients were gone when I searched for them in our inventory!" Pit said trying to defend himself and Chris whistled and looked away because he used Pit's ingredients when he didn't looked to add more flavor to his soup.

"Oh god, what's this brown thing?!" Zelos asked pointing to a brown thing in his soup.

"The meat that I was going to use was gone, but luckily I found something brown near the back of an animal and I-"

Lloyd, Genis, Sheena and Zelos used their Rheairds to fly away from them while they were blocking their mouths, trying to not release their contents, but they did it high above the Fooji Mountains, where a big echo of 4 persons puking were heard (Colette was immune to the taste because of her angel senses), then they returned, holding their stomachs in pain.

"N-n-next is Fox's recipe...MY GOODNESS!" Genis blocked his eyes. All the Smashers gasped and the other 4 judges had their eyes wide open after seeing the "thing" Fox cooked.

"FOX, I THINK YOU JUST CHALLENGED THE MOTHER EARTH WITH THAT THING!" Chris said blocking his eyes in disgust.

If nobody else reading this had any clue about Fox's recipe, here's the description, the seaweed was somehow moving, the meat was making weird moans of pain, the noodles were trying to rise up to the air, the soup had a very weird green color with bubbles coming out, the mushroom that he added was giggling like crazy trying to be reanimated, not only that, they saw an eye too!

"IT WINKED AT ME!" Zelos said in terror.

"W-what's so bad about it?" Fox asked confused.

"In a few words, you made a living sin!" Sheena said blocking her mouth.

"No wonder why I've never seen Fox cook before." Chris said, earning a glare of Fox.

"A-a-a-anyway, throw that thing away!" Lloyd said motioning like he wanted to throw it himself.

"No way, you're going to taste it!" Fox said shoving his soup at Lloyd.

"GET THAT AWAY FROM ME!"

"Why don't you taste it Fox?" Pit suggested.

Fox took a spoon. "Fine, but I don't see what's wrong with thi-" After taking a sip of his own recipe, his pupils shrunk so fast and his ears perked up like never before, his tail even went up to his back and he fell to the floor, KO'ed.

"OH GOD, THAT THING KILLED HIM!" Lucas panicked hiding behind Ness from the soup, who was literally walking towards him because the noodles made 2 legs and the mushroom was the crazy head of the plate giggling like a maniac.

"IT IS A LIVING SIN!" Pit panicked.

Luckily Lucario destroyed the "living sin" with an Aura Sphere, and the 4 extra plates that were going to turn into monsters and the group sighed in relief as Roy used a Life Bottle on Fox to revive him.

"Keep Fox AWAY from any KIND of INGREDIENT from now on, got it?!" Lloyd asked and they nodded agreeding.

Genis was trembling, scared. "O-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-our next recipe is from Falco."

"Humph, here." Falco said giving them a...miracle! It was a good looking and ordinary Ramen soup!

"Phew, now we can finally have the chance to eat real food!" Zelos said wiping out his sweat from his forehead and he took a sip of the Ramen. "Hmm! Now this is what I was talking about!"

"Yeah, it taste so good!" Colette said happily.

"Heh, I think the new meat that I added was perfect after all." Falco said crossing his arms.

"What new meat? And why is the soup a little bit...red?" Genis asked curiously.

"The meat that I was going to use was burned by accident of some mistake I did, but then, I decided to look inside the forest to kill an animal to get meat from it, unfortunately, a bandit attacked me while I was going there, I managed to kill him but the time was running out, but then I looked at the dead corpse of the bandit and carefully, I used a knife to-"

Fox's face was surprised at this moment. "Falco...don't tell me you..."

"...As a matter of fact I did that, I replaced the meat with the "meat" of the bandit."

Everyone stared utterly disgusted at Falco's secret ingredient, Sheena looked closely to her Ramen and she saw blood coming from...well...you know what....

"I JUST ATE HUMAN FLESH!" Lloyd panicked grabbing his hair.

"I'M A FREAKING CANNIBAL!" Zelos said in shock.

"I don't...feel so good..." Genis said grabbing his stomach.

"Really? I don't feel anything!" Colette said blinking in surprise and the 4 other judges backed away from her. "The last one is Marth's!" She said cheerfully.

"Here, my recipe." Marth said.

"I don't think our stomachs are going to last any longer..." Lloyd said.

"Or our own bodies..." Zelos added.

"But...look...it looks...normal to me..." Sheena said looking at her Ramen.

"Okay!" Genis glared at Marth. "What did you added to this thing?! A dog's head?! Saliva?! Dirt?! Poison?! DEADLY POISON?!"

"No, I followed the instructions like it needed to be." Marth said calmly.

Genis stared at his Ramen and gulped, then he took his spoon. "Here goes...nothing." He said sinking his spoon inside the soup and lifting it up in front of his mouth, he gulped again before pulling the spoon slowly to his mouth to taste the last Ramen of the day, he quickly shoved the spoon inside and closed his eyes.

"..." Several seconds passed and his eyes opened shaking a little in surprise. "THIS RAMEN WINS!" Genis said excited taking many sips from his Ramen, the others looked at each other before tasting the Ramen, before various smiles grew on their faces.

"W-wow! This Ramen could even challenge Genis and Regal's cooking skills!" Lloyd said surprised.

"Marth, what's your secret?" Pit asked.

"I don't have any secret, I followed the instructions like they told me to do it." Marth said.

"Too bad for you." Zelos said.

"Why?"

"Because this greatly boost your fake girly appearance."

"...That's not true!"

"I...agree with Zelos, if the soup tastes so good, it will only make Marth look more girly, considering that most girls are chefs." Roy said.

"You too?!"

All of them laughed at this and Marth clenched his hands in fury.

Marth obtained the title of, "Prince of the Dinner."

"That culinary skill, that hair, that tiara! Everyone is happy for this girl (boy)!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 11, 2008, 12:01:07 PM
End of skit

Temple of Darkness

Lloyd used the Blue Candle to enlighten the place and the darkness slowly disappeared, making a path in front of them.

"Alright! This really works!" Lloyd said.

"I've got the feeling that you're going to be bored after a while like you did with the other things." Genis said.

"Shut up Genis!"

Lucas looked at Lucario and he saw Chris hiding behind his left shoulder, his head in front of his appendages. "Chris, why are you hiding behind Lucario?"

"I-I'm sorry, but the darkness scares me...a lot..." Chris said studdering and everyone tunred to him.

"Are you afraid of the darkness?" Zelos asked.

Chris nodded slowly and he waited for someone to burst out laughing at his fear, but nobody did before Presea spoke.

"It's alright, I also fear the darkness." Presea said in a calm tone.

"...Really?"

Presea nodded. "Yes, but this is not the time to be afraid of it, except if the darkness takes control of your body or something like what happened to me in the last 16 years."

Chris looked away. "...I...I see, but either way, I'm going to stay close to Lucario."

"It doesn't bothers me at all."

"(But it's awkward, how is he going to fight in that state?)" Falco thought to himself.

Suddenly, Lucario was starting to hear someone hiding inside the darkness and he looked at all directions. "Lucario, what are you doing?" Pit asked.

"We're not alone, there is somebody else waiting to attack us around here." Lucario said narrowing his eyes.

"And you're correct." A voice said, echoing.

"...Not him again." Fox said frowning to himself before Wolf appeared in front of the party from above, standing in a fighting position.

"What now Wolf? And where's Lier X. Agerate?" Ness asked.

"His name is Porky, and he's currently counting sheeps in a fetal position." Wolf said.

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"1...2...3...4...5...6...7...8..." Porky said while his machine was in fetal position, studdering.

Tales of Symphonia

Tethe'alla
Temple of Darkness

Wolf sweatdropped. "...And I rather not talk about that."

"What an amazing specimen!" Raine said and everyone else frowned to themselves.

"I'm not any kind of specimen you, woman...and...I...well..." Wolf noticed that Colette was rubbing his head gently and to the surprise of the Smashers, his tail was wagging and blushed a little. "H-hey!"

"How cute! Another puppy!" Colette said happily.

"Ugh, I'm not a puppy! I'm a wolf!"

The Smashers were starting to chuckle uncontrollably at this and Wolf glared at them. "What's so funny?!" He asked glaring.

"Hey, have you ever wanted to be named Fox McCloud instead of Wolf?" Colette suggested with a smile and Wolf's eyes twitched.

"The hell are you talking about?! You're not making sense!"

"...Can we move on?" Zelos asked walking to their left side, but Wolf took out his Blaster and he fired at Zelos's feet. "Hey, watch out! My foot doesn't wants to be hurted here again!"

Wolf pushed Colette away from him. "I won't let you pass, we're going to blow up the Subspace Bomb hiding in the deepest part of this place."

Chris looked at him. "There's a Subspace Bomb at the bottom of the temple?"

"You hear me."

"G-great, now we have to go all the way down into that darkness."

Suddenly, there were more footsteps walking around them, Lucario looked to both sides to find the stalkers, then, someone hit Wolf behind his head, then the figure ran towards the Smashers hitting Fox, Falco and Lucario.

"Hehehehe!" From the darkness, Alice and Decus appeared as Alice had her hands on her hips. "Finally, I captured a wide assorment of monsters at my command!"

"Alice, you're truly amazing." Decus said bowing to her.

"Shut up Decus." Alice muttered while she looked at them. "Now, my beasts, c'mere!"

"...You think they're going to listen to you?" Roy asked, before he was punched in the face by Falco. "Hey! Why did you do that?"

"Ugh! I...can't...control...my...body!" Falco said clenching his teeths in pain.

"I've said, come over here!" Alice said stomping her foot on the floor and Fox, Falco and Wolf walked to her side, but she noticed that Lucario didn't went with her. "You too!"

"L-Lucario? A-Are you alright?" Chris asked scared because if Lucario was possesed, he couldn't have the chance to escape from him since he was still hiding behind his shoulder, Lucario looked down at the floor while he clenched his fangs.

"..." Lucario didn't spoke.

"...Lu-Lucario?"

"...I...will...not..."

"Huh?" Alice made a confused face.

"I...will...not...LET YOU CONTROL MY BODY!" Lucario yelled making a fighting position, freeing himself from Alice's control and she gasped.

"What?! How could you get away from my control?!"

Lucario looked at Chris. "My loyalty will only stay with Chris and no one else!"

"...Lucario!" Chris cried a little and gave Lucario a hug. "T-thank you!"

Alice made the scariest face ever and Decus took out his big sword. "AAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!! I HATE YOU, I HATE YOU, I HATE YOU, I HATE YOU! I SHOULDN'T HAVE LISTENED TO THAT WEIRD TABUU GUY IN MELTOKIO!" She said furiously.

"Wait, Tabuu told you to attack them AND me?!" Wolf asked and Alice nodded with a glare. "YOU IDIOT, I'M ON YOUR SIDE!" Wolf said trying to punch Fox to his left side and Alice shook her head, not caring about which side was Wolf with.

"She is controlling us!" Fox said.

"I'M SO mad OFF NOW! MY BEASTS, ATTACK THEM!" Alice ordered pointing her knot at the party and she along with Decus and the 3 possesed Smashers ran after them.

"Everybody, this way!" Sheena said running deeper inside the temple.

"But what about Fox and Falco?" Lucas asked, then he noticed that Lloyd, Regal, Presea, Zelos, Ness, Marth and Roy made a wall to protect them. "Wait, you don't mean..."

"Yes, we are going to hold them off while you get inside and form a pact with Shadow." Regal said.

"You can't hurt them, they're our friends!"

"And who said we're going to hurt them? That strange and weird girl is controlling them right? All we have to do is defeat her and maybe they can recover their senses!" Lloyd said.

"T-that could work too..." Chris trailed off.

Presea looked at the 3 possesed Smashers, preparing to burn them with their fire attacks. "Here they come!"

"Hurry! Let's go!" Pit said entering the temple with Colette, Sheena, Raine, Genis, Chris, Lucario and Lucas, starting a double mission to form a pact with Shadow, the Summon Spirit of darkness and to save Fox and Falco from Alice and Decus.

With Sheena's group

Like a Glint of Light

GET
READY!

Genis found various weird floating fishes with one eye looking at them. "What are they?!"

"T-they're monsters of the Subspace Army!" Chris said as he noticed that a shadow was close to him. "A-AAHH!" Lucario turned his back to see the shadow and Raine kneeled to see it while hearts appeared above her.

"Marvelous! This must be a shadow made from mana, and look at this!" She found a light pillar and walked to it while the shadow followed her but stopped when the light of the pillar reached him. "This light is also made from mana! Oh, so many valuable objects!"

"Raine!" Genis called out.

"I'm sorry," Raine looked at them. "It seems these little shadows are remnants of Shadow."

Sheena was currently fighting against a swarm of Fisheyes. "Then we have to gather those shadows in order to call Shadow?"

"Yes."

3 Armights appeared from the darkness laughing and Chris hid behind Lucario. "AAAHHH!"

"Don't scare him!" Lucario yelled firing an Aura Sphere at one of them, killing it. Suddenly, Sword Primids, Poppants, Boom Primids and Roturrets appeared from dark portals infesting the whole place and looking at the party.

"G-Genis, can you attack all of them at once?" Lucas asked.

"Yes!" Genis said casting a spell while he played with his kendama. "Form a torrential vortex and engulf the evil spi-DUAH!" Genis was smacked by a Sword Primid. "I need help!"

"Chris, you need to stop being scared and help us!" Lucario said blocking various slashs from 3 Sword Primids from hurting him and Chris.

"L-l-l-let me try... H-h-h-holy wings, I-I beg of thee to reveal thy power! A-a-a-angel Feathers!" Chris yelled casting from behind Lucario but nothing happened. "I-It's useless! I can't concentrate in this state!"

"You need to get over it now!"

"S-sorry, I leave it up to you, forgive me!"

"..." Lucario just continued to make his way through the Sword Primids before a Roturret fired 8 rounds at him. "Ugh!"

"L-Lucario!"

"I'm fine, but he will not!" Lucario said jumping in the air (with Chris because he embraced Lucario's throat) and punching the Roturret right on the face, sending him crashing into something hiding in the darkness.

"Light! Photon!" Raine yelled casting a holy glyph in an Armight, exploding into spores of light and destroying the monster. "Haha, how was that?"

"Serpent Seal! Spirit Seal! Demon Seal!" Sheena did many combos to a Shaydas that she was able to defeat using her fierce combination of attacks, before another Shaydas slashed her back 3 times. "UGH!"

"You okay?" Colette said giving Sheena a Lemon Gel.

"Thanks!"

"Form a torrential vortex and engulf the evil spirits. Tidal Wave!" Genis casted his spell with the help of Lucas guarding him from the Mites as a huge whirpool appeared below the drawings, eliminating every single one of them.

"I found a shadow!" Pit said touching the shadow to follow him with the other.

Roaders and Floows appeared running and flying towards Colette, who was trying to cast Judgement to kill them. Pit noticed them and he thought that it was the perfect opportunity to help her.

"AYAYAYAH!" Pit spun his blades close to Colette to protect her from the Floows and Roaders.

"Oh Holy one, cast thy purifying light upon this corrupt soul. Light of
judgement, Judgement!" Colette lifted her hand to the air as light from the heavens struck every last Roader and Floow in their way. "Thanks Pit!"

Pit blushed a little. "Y-you're welcome."

"I'll help, Sharpness!" Raine said casting a red magic that increased their strength to keep up attacking the monsters to defeat them faster.

Genis was getting attacked Bytans slamming their rounded bodies at him, pushing the half-elf back and forth. "SOMEBODY HELP ME!"

"G-Genis!" Chris said scared and he thought about helping him. "N-no...I won't let him die now!" He quickly ran away from Lucario's shoulder and used Pow Hammer, Para Ball and Item Rover to kill 3 Bytans, but the remaining Bytans started to attack him instead of Genis, jumping above his back. "HELP!"

"GUUUUUAAARRGGHH!!!" Lucario appeared out of nowhere using Force Palm to push a whole horde of Bytans from Chris and he kneeled to see if he was fine. "Are you alright?"

Chris slowly got up trembling and hiding behind him. "Y-yes, thank you Lucario!" The Aura Pok?mon backstepped to evade a ramming attack from an enormous Bytan as he glared at him.

"Ha!" Pit shot 8 arrows continuosly behind the huge Bytan to stagger him, and Lucario used this time to fire a charged Aura Sphere that sent the Bytan away, killing it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 11, 2008, 09:22:21 PM
"There's another shadow over there" Genis said pointing to a shadow near the edge of a platform.

"I'll go for it!" Colette said flying towards the shadow, but since the platform didn't had any kind of bridge to let the shadow go to the other side, it was stuck there. "Umm, we need something to take him to the other side!"

Chris looked at his wings and had an idea. "I-I know!" He flew between the platform and the floor, extending his hands to touch each side of the floors and Colette guided the shadow above Chris's arms, but he studdered in shock after the shadow passed above his head, fainting and falling to the floor below as the mana creature managed to cross him in time.

"CHRIS!" Lucario yelled jumping to the floor below and running below Chris to catch him. "That was close."

"Ugh....Lucario?" Chris asked opening his eyes and Lucario put him down safely to the floor. "Thank you again..." He quickly hid behind him again. "N-now let's go please!"

Lucario frowned to himself and Chris glared at him. "Y-yes, let's go." He said jumping with Chris to where the others were fighting.

"It seems the path is clear to the right side, let's follow it!" Raine said and everyone nodded running to the right side of the room, finding a staircase leading deeper to the room, where the shadows were hiding.

With Lloyd's group...

Decus and Alice Battle

Lloyd, Regal, Presea, Zelos, Ness, Marth, Roy

"Remember, take Alice down to make this fight easier!" Lloyd said rushing towards Alice.

"Oh no, you won't!" Alice said kicking Lloyd in...his crotch?

"HEY! THAT WAS VERY LOW!" Lloyd said twitching in pain.

"And you think I care? Attack him!" She ordered and all her possesed subbordinates started to attack Lloyd doing a long combo that was pushing his health to the limit.

"Sorry! I can't control my actions!" Falco said as he tried to not slash Lloyd.

"Ready for thi-WHOA!" Zelos's First Aid was interrupted by Decus who stuck his sword in the floor and spun around hitting Zelos 3 times followed by Fierce Demon Fang. "Not the face!"

"Ha, what an idiot." Decus taunted.

"Devastation!" Presea came from behind slamming her axe on Decus to deal earth damage, interrupting his attacks on Zelos. "AH!"

"Even if I'm possesed, I still wanted to do it anyway." Wolf said slashing Presea with his claws. "But this is just ridiculous!"

"Swallow Dance!" Regal appeared from Wolf's right side sending him in the air with 3 kicks. "Eagle Fall!" He thrusted his legs to the floor damaging Wolf.

"Stop your useless mind control on them!" Marth said using Dancing Blade to stagger Alice who was going to cast Eruption, then Roy was charging his Flare Blade to deal massive fire damage to Alice, but was interrupted by a possesed Fox pushing him in the air using Fire Fox.

"I didn't wanted to do it, sorry!" Fox said landing on his feet after attacking Roy.

"Ready this for this? Healing Wind!" Zelos casted a recovery field where Lloyd was trying to get away from Alice, recovering slowly his health.

"Be burned, Eruption!" Alice casted her own Eruption on Lloyd, who received the damage equal to what he gained just a moment ago.

"Don't run! Thunder Blade!" Zelos casted a huge blade of thunder falling above Alice, who screamed in pain as the electricity damaged her foots.

"Oww! You don't know how to treat a woman properly!"

"Sorry, but I'm not interested in evil girls like you."

"GRR! I'M NOT EVIL! Shatter in million of pieces, Absolute!" Alice yelled casting Absolute on Zelos, as a quick glacier froze his body before shattering into pieces dealing great ice damage to the womanizer chosen.

"Infliction!" Presea once again appeared out of nowhere swinging her axe to push Alice above her. "Mass Devastation!" When Alice landed on her feet, still stunned by the last attack, Presea created a shockwave made of earth that hurted her with earth damage. "Fiery Infliction!" She slammed her axe in the ground creating another shockwave and linking her attack with 2 Inflictions, sending Alice to the air and falling to the ground.

"Yuck! Just look what you did to my skirt! You'll pay for that!" Alice said angrily trying to slap Presea with her knot, but Presea's axe was blcoking her way.

Decus went after Marth and used Light Spear to push him into the air before thrusting his sword, using Super Lightning Blade to deal great lightning damage to Marth. "Why do you follow Alice around anyway?" Marth asked as his sword Falchion crashed with Decus's sword, trying to push the sword of his opponent away.

"Because she is the girl of my dreams, you don't understand the true power of our love, right Alice?" Decus asked (with Marth muttering how cheesy the part of the love sounded to him) to Alice.

"Whatever you say, idiot!" Alice responded back while she tried to cast Freeze Lancer on Regal, but Presea was still staggering her preventing any ice spell from the monster controler.

"See? She truly loves me!" Decus said trying to push Marth's sword away.

"...Have you ever considered therapy before?" Marth asked annoyed.

"...Once, but that was when a dog bit my hair."

"...Loser." Marth muttered to himself.

"I hear that!" Decus said pushing Marth's sword away and slashing his body using Super Sonic Thrust.

"PK F-Oww!" Ness was kicked by Falco who tried to use Falco Phantasm on Ness, but Alice's mind control was stronger than him, taking Ness along with him to burn the PK user using Fire Bird, sending Ness to the air and landing on his back, moaning in pain. "Do something about that mind control thing!"

"I can't! You need to attack her now, hurry!" Falco said kicking his Reflector to push Ness in the ground to prevent him to get near Alice.

"Fox! Stop!" Roy said blocking Fox's right leg using his sword, clenching his teeths.

"You must attack that girl, this strange magic is stronger than me!" Fox said pushing Roy's sword away and kicking him directly in his stomach, sending the red-haired swordsman away.

"No way!" Lloyd said blocking Wolf's shots coming from his Blaster.

"This is not like me to ask, but set me free from that annoying pesky girl!" Wolf said as he "accidentaly" sent Lloyd to the air with a strong kick before using Fire Wolf to push him even farther from the ground, crashing into it as he moaned in pain.

Regal, meanwhile, went to help Marth to fight against Decus. "Wolverine!" He spun around to deal 5 roundhouse kicks. "Dragon Rage!" He pulled Decus into the air with 2 kicks. "Eagle Dive!" He fell to the ground with speed, damaging Decus on his way.

"Enough of this!" Decus yelled loudly as the whole background gets darker and pink hearts starts to appear behind him, putting his big sword behind his back while he stupidly watched a photo of Alice smiling. "Oh yes! What smile!" He said dreamily as somehow, the photo got burned leaving the part of below in Decus's hand, he then glares at the floor clenching his fists into his sword before looking up. "I'LL KILL YOU!" He yelled loudly slashing both Marth and Regal, oddly enough, he spelled... "L-O-V-E!" In pink letters and in actual images dealing great damage, after that, he embraces himself before opening his arms to yell at the sky. "THIS IS THE TRUE POWER OF LOVE!!!" He yelled loudly creating a big purple shockwave that damaged the entire party greatly, defeating Regal and Marth.

"I'm sorry!" Regal yelled fainting, defeated.

"I leave it...to you..." Marth said holding himself on his knees by thrusting hs sword of the ground.

"Zelos, we need your healing skills." Presea said simply.

"Yeah," Ness said running. "And fast!" From the possesed Falco because his health was at 1.

"Okay, okay, geez, you don't have to remind me that." Zelos said preparing to heal each member of the team.

With Sheena's group...

Keen Edged Blade

Sheena's group was able to gather all the five shadows and the group's next destination the deepest part of the temple, where Shadow's lair was.

"More battles?!" Sheena asked annoyed as she saw Floows flying towards them, the ninja/summoner leaped into one of them sticking a tag, then she landed on her feet doing a lot of handsigns to set the tag to explode, taking the horde of Floows in one blow. "Come on, the path is clear!"

"C-coming!" Chris said running with Lucario down the stairs with Colette, Pit, Genis, Raine, Lucas and the 5 shadows following them.

"Get 'em! Fireball!" Genis casted 3 fireballs towards a Trolow, who was sent away spinning madly.

"Whoa!" Lucas was lifted above the back of a Trolow and the flying monster started to fly slowly to the air before speeding up. "AAAHH!!"

"Pow Hammer!" Chris called from behind Lucario creating a red hammer that whacked the Trolow, giving enough time to Lucas to escape from his back by jumping. Then Lucario fired an Aura Sphere, destroying the Trolow in an explosion.

"Pit!" Colette called as she was attacked by 2 Shaydas, Pit took a quick action and fired 4 arrows at each blade wielder. Colette used Whirlwind Rush to spin her chakrams around her to hit the 2 Shaydas, sending them away from her. The angel without wings looked behind him to see if his wings appeared, but he found the contrary and sighed in disappointment.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 12, 2008, 07:26:34 AM
Good chapter! ONce again, vaguely disturbed by certain bits, but still good!

Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 12, 2008, 01:54:50 PM
"What is this monster?" Lucas asked confused when a Gamyga appeared rising from the floor looking at someone in particular. "We can't pass, its blocking the way!" Lucas said as he was attacked by a laser coming the Gamyga's eyes.

"Light! Holy Lance!" Raine yelled casting 4 light lances that destroyed the four bases of the Gamyga as its head fell to the floor until the last lance coming from above destroyed him, clearing the path for them to pass.

"Birds?" Colette asked confused when she saw a flock of Auroros flying above them and diving their beaks to attack Colette, but Pit shielded the clumsy chosen with his Mirror Shield and slashing them while they were trying to get their beaks out of the floor. "Thanks!"

"(Not good, my wings haven't returned yet.)" Pit thought in disappointment after looking at his back again.

"Umm, Pit, it's something wrong?"

"What? No."

"Oh, let's go then!"

"Y-yes!" And both of them followed the group, deeper in the big void of darkness.

Not much time passed when purple portals appeared surrounding the group and releasing 2 Greaps that rolled towards them strucking their big scythes at Sheena, who rolled out of the way and using Pyre Seal behind its back, but the attack wasn't so effective. "How can we beat these monsters?" Sheena asked.

Chris remembered something. "Their heads! Attack their heads, it's their weak point!"

"Oh! I know what to use!" Colette said smiling and flying towards the first Greap. "Hammer Rain!" She called a light that was replaced by 10 red hammers whacking the head of the Greap, destroying it completely. "Hehehe!" Colette giggled.

"(How can she be so happy in this place?)" Chris thought terrified as Lucario jumped towards the head of the Greap, dealing a strong punch stunning the fat monster and with Chris using Para Ball to sending it rocketing away from the lightnings.

A Glice, a Glyre and a Glunder appeared rolling on the floor behind Genis, who was burned, electrocuted and frozen instantly. "G-Genis!" Lucas said scared before running after the Glice, smacking it with his branch and concentrating his energy to released a powerful PK impact to the sky that sent the Glyre and Glunder away from the frozen Genis. "PK Fire!" Lucas yelled firing a lightning that explode in fire, melting the ice and freeing Genis as he sneezed.

"T-thanks, L-Lucas." Genis said sneezing more.

Chris looked away worried about something and Lucario looked at him. "If you're thinking about Lloyd and the others, they'll be fine, don't worry."

"...O-okay." Chris said nodding slowly. "WATCH OUT!"

"Huh?" A Big Primid punched Lucario directly on his neck, backing away shaking his head.

"I'm sorry Lucario! I distracted you!"

"The one that will be sorry is him!" Lucario yellled furiously, jumping high in the air and kicking the Big Primid in the face, pushing it away the edge of the floor where the monster fell into the void of darkness.

"First Aid!" Raine casted healing Genis's wounds and they went deeper, walking down the stairs watching each sides to prevent any surprise attacks.

"We're closer to Shadow, let's move on!" Sheena said as she jumped and kicked away a Puppit into 3 more Puppits.

"PK Fire!" Lucas yelled firing another lightning towards the 4 Puppits, burning their strings that held them in the air, falling into the darkness.

"Don't get in my way!" Raine complained after a Shellpod pushed her away from the front, Pit came behind the Shellpod spinning his blades at each side to deal minor damage since the Shellpod was hiding inside a shell, but it broke soon as the bug-like monster "roared", then Chris used Grand Chariot to stun him and Lucario used Force Palm to send him away.

"Look! There is the lair!" Genis said pointing at Shadow's lair, with the Subspace Bomb just behind the big pedestal with the countdown at 10 minutes.

"Alright, there aren't any monsters around here." Sheena said as the 7 made it to the lair and the 5 shadows joined together in front of the pedestal, then it rose up to the air as a black magic materialyzed, and Shadow, the Summon Spirit of the darkness, appeared.

"Paaaaaaaact..." Shadow said trailing off, not caring about the bomb behind him.

"I am Sheena! I ask thou annulst your pact with Mithos, and establish a new pact with me." Sheena said trying to get a pact with Shadow.

"What the?!" Lucas and Genis said in unison and surprised when they found Shadow Bugs leaking out of the bomb and surrounding Shadow, the Summon Spirit looked below him as the spores were slowly crawling into his body.

"Awaaaaayyyyyy..." Shadow said turning his fingers into big blades, stabbing every spore but it didn't worked, his attacks were useless. "Begoooooone..." He said creating a dark force field that was supposed to damage the spores, but instead, the Shadow Bugs took this advantage and covered Shadow completely.

"What is happening? I demand answers!" Raine said surprised trying to get a response from the Smashers.

"W-well, all that I know is that those things were Shadow Bugs, they can take over the consciousness of anybody and take it to use it to fight." Chris said studdering in fear. At that time, the Shadow Bugs finished their task and Shadow's body was glowing in a dark aura, that made the air around him dangerous for Sheena.

"Fiiiiight..." Dark Shadow trailed off.

"Be careful, I don't like how is this going to turn out!" Sheena said taking out her cards."

"Cruuumbleeeeeeee..."

"Scaaaaaaaaary!" Chris said hiding behind Lucario.

"Be prepared," Lucario said to Chris. "This could be the hardest battle."

"W-wait, don't drag me into this, pleas-" Chris was interrupted because the fight already started.

With Lloyd's group...

Decus and Alice Battle

The fight grew even more dangerous this time, Regal and Lloyd were defeated, the only ones that weren't damaged at all were Fox and Falco, because the party were avoiding any attacks towards them, except for Wolf of course. Decus's health was in critical and so did Alice's, who was so mad this time and released her Mystic Arte.

"That's enough!" She said concentrating her magic around her. "Now, let's see if you can resist the ice." She said as the whole battlefield was frozen, freezing everyone except for "her monsters". "Time to finish this!" She yelled slamming her knot around the glacier surrounding her to shatter it. "FRIGRID GLACIER!" She yelled at the top of her lungs, shattering all the glaciers and creating a big chain reaction, exploding into shards of ice and leaving all the party with only 1 HP left.

"Zelos! Quick! Heal m-So quickly..." Roy was defeated by a simple slash of Falco.

"Ready for th-What a sorry way to go..." Zelos pushed hard on his back by Wolf.

"Endless Infliction!" Presea was able to deal the last attack to Decus, with 2 Inflictions on the ground, followed by another Infliction in the air and 2 more Inflictions on the ground sending Decus away from her.

"Alice..." Decus muttered in the air before crashing into the floor.

"Take this." Marth said reviving Zelos with a Life Bottle, after that, he revived Roy, also, running out of the bottles which was going to cause more troubles to the other group.

"Ready for this? Healing Stream!" Zelos said casting sprouting ground that appeared below him, the other remaining melee fighters ran quickly inside the circle to be cured, then after that, they went directly towards Alice who gasped.

"Let's take her down!" Roy said holding his sword on his right hand, pointing the tip of his sword to Alice.

"Move!" Fox came from nowhere blocking Roy's attack.

"(Okay, sorry, but I have to do this.)" Roy thought to himself before he pushed Fox out of the way and throwing himself to apparently, seize Fox by falling above him. "HURRY! I CAN'T HOLD HIM MUCH LONGER!"

Marth sweatdropped at this and he continued to ran towards Alice, but Falco stepped on his way before the Altean fell above him to let the others attack Alice. "GO, NOW!"

"(Well, I guess this was the only way to stop my betrayer self.)" Falco thought sweatdropping in embarrassment.

"Oh no, Decus!" Alice said when she was finally surrounded by Presea and Ness. But unfortunately her fake, innocent behavior were directed at deaf ears since Decus was fainted. She looked at her 2 enemies who already were lifting their weapons above her. "Oh shi-"

"PK Flash!" Ness yelled casting a full charged PK Flash, exploding into Alice and pushing her above Presea.

"Beast!" She said calmly spinning her axe, creating a howling face of a lion dealing a massive damage to Alice, who screamed in extreme pain.

"NOOOOO! MY...MONSTERS...HOW...COULD YOU!" She said falling to her knees and dropping herself, hitting her face on the ground.

"...Huh?" Wolf suddenly recovered his control over his body, but since the battle took so much energy from him, he decided to leave them alone for their own problems.

"...Hey! I can move again!" Falco said touching his head with his left hand, but since he was still below Marth, he pushed him away. Not only him but Fox too was able to regain his control.

Won the Battle

Lloyd got up but he fell to his knees. "Ugh...did we win?" He asked weakly.

After defeating Alice and Decus, both persons stood up shaking their heads.

"GRR! WHY?! WHY DO YOU HAVE TO BE SO MEAN TO ME?! I JUST WANTED TO HAVE COMPANY!"

"Alice...you still have m-"

Alice kicked Decus on his crotch. "SHUT UP!" Her eyes quickly looked at the party, who were shooting glares at her, especially Fox and Falco, who slowly walked towards Alice, cracking their fists. "Um, er, please, we can discuss this as civilized people!" She said touching the wall behind her, but Falco keep approaching to her before wispering something.

"...Boo!" Falco said.

Alice couldn't take it anymore and she started to cry loudly. "AAAAAAHHH! YOU'RE SO MEAN! AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" She quickly ran away crying from the temple at the speed of light leaving a cloud of dust, with Decus running after her.

"Wait for me Alice!" Decus said grabbing the part where Alice previously kicked. Twitching in pain.

"...We were going to lose to them?" Ness asked confused.

"Talk about pathetic." Zelos said.

"Anyway, let us reunite with Sheena and the others." Regal said and the group nodded.

With Sheena's group...

Fighting of the Spirit

Sheena, Raine, Genis, Colette, Pit, Chris, Lucario, Lucas

"Cruuuuumbleeeeeeeee..." Dark Shadow said as his voice echoed around the void.

"I-I don't think we can defeat him!" Chris said hiding behind Lucario.

"Just have faith!" Raine said, preparing to cast Holy Lance on Dark Shadow, but as she was preparing, Lucario was trying to punch Dark Shadow but his fists passed through his body like if Dark Shadow was a ghost.

"Grr! I can't hurt him!" Lucario complained, using Force Palm if that worked but it didn't and Dark Shadow stabbed him several times, fortunately, he pushed Chris away from him. "UGH!" The last attack of Dark Shadow defeated Lucario and the pupils of the Aura Pok?mon shrunk, fainting.

"LUCARIO!!" Chris yelled very worried before he noticed that Dark Shadow appeared behind him, with a big hand that smacked him to the floor. "AAHH! But how?! Lucario punched his body and it didn't do any damage!"

The Shadow Bugs that captured Dark Shadow increased his strength, his body was now transparent but he can still deal great damage to his opponents even if his body was visible, also his casting time was greatly reduced.

"Light! Photon!" Raine yelled casting a holy glyph in Dark Shadow, somehow, the light made his body visible and the Summon Spirit received damage this time, that made Sheena to have a plan.

"Hey, Shadow is weak against light magic, if we attack him with that element, his body is going to be solid again!" Sheena said.

"I know! If we hit him while his body is solid, we can deal physical damage, right?"

Sheena was already doing a combo with 3 hits, followed by Serpent Seal, Life Seal and Demon Seal, with the last attack pushing Dark Shadow away. "Exactly!" Sheena said as quickly got up turning his body transparent again.

Lucas searched through his inventory to revive Lucario with a Life Bottle, but he was starting to go into panic when he couldn't find the bottle." Oh no! We ran out of Life Bottles!"

"What?! Are you serious?!" Chris asked scared and Lucas nodded. "Then how are we going to revive Lucario?!"

"That's my job." Raine said, concentrating her magic to revive Lucario. "Return this soul fro-"

"Cruuuuuumbleeeee..." Dark Shadow quickly casted Bloody Lance on Raine with 4 dark lances stabbing her body, with a last lance dealing massive damage of darkness that eventually defeated her. "I'm...sorry..." Raine said fainting.

"Oh no! She was the only one to resurrect us!" Lucas said putting his hands on his hair. "Now what are we going to d-"

"Cruuuuuuumbleeeeeeee..." Dark Shadow, this time, casted Dark Sphere on Lucas, which the first hit stunned him before exploding into spores of darkness.

"I need...to be healed..." Lucas said weakly.

"H-here!" Chris said giving Lucas and Lemon Gel, recovering 60 percent of his damage. But his eyes widened when he saw a black and red glyph below him, and it was because Dark Shadow casted Bloody Lance on him. "AAAHHH!!!"

"NO!" Sheena pushed Chris away from the first stab of the lance and she was extremely injured, closing her eyes slowly and falling, giving up. "Damm..." She managed to say.

"SHEENA!" Chris cried out loud after seeing Sheena defeated. "...N-no, NO! I want to revive them!" He started to pray to the heavens and Colette gasped.

"You can't sacrifice yourself!" Colette said.

"Listen to her, please!" Pit said, but Chris continued not caring.

"When my spell attacks him, try to prevent him from casting!" Chris said ordering. "Thy power floweth purely, ever unwavering. Accept my soul into thine embrace. Sacrifice!" Lifting his hand into the air, Dark Shadow received a lot of damage with the light while the others were being healed and revived, but since Chris was sacrificed, he slowly closed his eyes. "Please...defeat him for me..." He muttered to himself before he fell on his back, above the long left ear with his wings disappearing.


"PK Freeze!" Lucas made an ice image going towards Dark Shadow, exploding into a mist of ice and frozing the Summon Spirit, Lucario took the time to shatter it with a hand charged with aura, dealing a moderate amount of damage to Dark Shadow. "NO! AHH!" Lucas was quickly defeated by a quick barrage of stabs coming from Dark Shadow, the PK kid, however, was able to deal a fair amount of damage to the Summon Spirit. "Mom..."

"I'm gonna take you out!" Sheena said glaring at Dark Shadow as she jumped high in the air and attacking Dark Shadow with her cards, taking his health a little with Life Seal, then using Demon Seal, luckily the now revived Lucario came from behind before Dark Shadow could fall, using orce Palm to stun him and Aura Sphere, since Raine was revived, she casted Holy Lance to continue with the combo dealing great damage to the Summon Spirit, then she was trying to concentrate and revive Chris and Lucas.

"..." Unfortunately for the group, Dark Shadow's Over Limit was activated and he hid on the floor, teleporting in an instant behind Raine, stabbing her to death to prevent any resurrections.

"You're gonna pay!" Genis said glaring at Dark Shadow. "Get 'em!" He suddenly glowed. "All right! Prism Sword!" He yelled to the sky casting 6 swords of light damaging Dark Shadow, with a much bigger sword impacting on his area, pushing him back.

"Take this!" Pit said firing many arrows at Dark Shadow, but he made his body transparent again and most of the arrows passed through it.

But actually, since the arrows were of light, all the shots were making Dark Shadow to stagger and receive minor light damage.

"I've got it!" Sheena said casting Cyclone Seal around Dark Shadow, pulling him into the air with an explosion of wind, then Lucario leaped to his body dealing a strong kick charged with aura as the last hit coming from him. Dark Shadow quickly got up and he teleported throguh the floor near Genis, crushing the half-elf with his big hand and defeating.

"Sis..." Genis muttered falling defeated.

"Annoying!" Sheena yelled activating her Over Limit, then she put a card floating in front of her to cast another Summon Spirit to help them. "I call upon the Heavenly Messengers A big glyph appeared rotating below Sheena and she continued her spell. "I summon thee, come, Sylph!" She called taking the card in front of her to show it at the sky.

Suddenly, Selphie, Yutis and Fairess appeared, with Selphie pushing Dark Sahdow into the air. "Are you ready?" She asked.

Then, Yutis appeared in the air firing several arrows at Dark Shadow. "Go go go!" She said firing the arrows as Dark Shadow fell.

"Here I go!" Fairess appeared on the ground pushing her huge shield to deal a strong impact on Dark Shadow.

"Cruuuuuuuuuuuuuumblleeeeeeeeeeeee..." Dark Shadow said again casting Bloody Lance on Lucario, but the Aura Pok?mon  stepped out of the way in time to evade the lances, he told Pit to fire an arrow to the Summon Spirit, which he agreed to make him solid to enable Lucario to attack him with his fists.

"Pow Hammer! Para Ball! Whirlwind Rush!" Colette started to attack Dark Shadow with her combo, then, she shone to initiate an Unison Attack. "Ready?" She asked hitting Dark Shadow.

"Whirlwind Rush!"

"Aura Sphere!"

"Angel Ring!"

"Demon Seal!"

And Dark Shadow was pushed before getting up and teleporting behind Sheena. "Diiiiiiieee..." He said by first smacking her with his big hand, then following his attack by stabbing her body with his fingers and finally, using a quick Dark Sphere to defeat the ninja.

"Damm..." Sheena muttered falling on her back.

"No!" Colette said, not trying to believe that almost the entire party was annihilated except for her, Pit and Lucario. "What are we gonna do?"

"Keep him away from us, firing at long-range!" Pit said trying to command his arrows to hit Dark Shadow from far away, but the Summon Spirit kept hiding on his own shadow from every arrow and slowly approaching towards Colette. "Lucario! Protect Colette!"

"I'm on it!" Lucario said stepping in front of Colette.

"Po-" Colette was interrupted by Lucario.

"Stop calling me with that name!"

"S-sorry...Lucario..."

"I'll protect you from that monster!"

"...Thanks..." She muttered before noticing that Lucario was blocking Dark Shadow's stabs from getting to her. "Lucario!"

"What are you doing standing there!? Run away!" Lucario said gritting his fangs.

"G-got it!" Colette said flying away from Lucario and Dark Shadow, but when she was to Pit's side, she heard a yell of pain and turned her back to see a blade stabbed on Lucario's neck. "NOOOOO!"

"I...will...live...on..." Lucario managed to say as Dark Shadow narrowed his eyes and pulling slowly his blade from the Aura Pok?mon, Lucario then fell to the floor, trying to turn his head to where Chris was defeated. "You're...not...alone...Chris..." He was able to say before fainting.

"NOOOOO! LUCARIO! LUCARIO! LUCARIO!" Colette cried out loud as tears started to stroll down her cheeks.

"It's useless! They were killed!" Pit said trying to calm down the Chosen One.

"But look! The only way to revive them is to sacrifice my life!"

"No! Don't do that! By this time, he should have noticed that you and Chris can revive everyone else!" Pit looked at Dark Shadow who was slowly crawling his "legs" towards Colette. "And speaking of the devil, here he comes! Run away!"

"No! I won't!"

"Colette, I'm doing this for you, get away from here!"

"No!"

"Colette!"

"AAAHHHHHH!!!" Colette shielded herself from a powerful thrust attack from Dark Shadow, closing her eyes as her tears were still strolling down.

10 seconds passed and nothing was heard, Colette was starting to think if she was dead, if everything was over, if Lucario is in the heaven with the others, but it was the contrary as she slowly opened her eyes to see Pit in front of her with extended arms, she then looked below his face, to find that Dark Shadow's blade was stabbing his heart.

"NOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!" Colette cried even louder after witnessing the event. "PIT!"

"...See? I...protected you...didn't I?" Pit said slowly closing his eyes with a small smile while Dakr Shadow removed his finger from his heart, and Pit fell on his knees, but Colette dropped to her own knees and catched Pit's head.

"PIT! PLEASE, DON'T DIE!"

Pit was starting to cough blood, the attack that previously crossed his body through his heart was just too much to him to bear. "Please...don't cry...I don't want to see you suffer now..."

"PIT!"

"Stop now! I...I...can't hold on much longer..."

Colette took out a Miracle Gel and she dropped it in Pit's motuh to heal him, but it was useless and his wounds didn't healed. "NO!"

"Don't cry...please...don't cry..."

"I won't cry! I won't cry! I won't...aha...aha..."

"And..." Pit turned his head to see his back, without his wings. "Looks like I've failed to recover my wings...Colette...thank you for being so nice...to everybody else...I tried to save you...and I did without caring about my wings...the lifes of the others...are the most important thing...to me..."

"DON'T DIE PIT, DON'T...DIE!" Colette cried even louder than before embracing Pit's head to her face.

"...Good bye...Colette..." Pit said dying, but not fainting.

"(...Why? Why? I couldn't follow our ideal of "no life should be born for the sole purpose of dying", and Pit wasn't able to make because of me...no, no, NO! This is wrong! There must be some way to revive Pit without using healing magic!) THERE MUST BE A WAY!" Colette thought crying, noticing that Dark Shadow lifted his hand above her to crush Colette and end the battle. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!"

Angel Land
Skyworld

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!"

"Goddess Palutena! Soldier Pit was able to help and sacrifice his life to a female angel!" A Centurion told Palutena, who was watching the whole fight through her spring.

"Yes, after all the problems he went through, he completed both tasks at the same time!" Another Centurion said amazed.

Palutena smiled upon hearing that. "Then, let us return Pit back to life with the Wings of Icarus." She said as her right hand glowed.

"Your Majesty, but what if that monster kills Soldier Pit again?!"

"He will not," Palutena said smiling. "Because Colette will help him with my aid... One last thing."

"What is it, my Goddess?"

"He is not a soldier anymore, he is the captain of the royal guards of my order." Palutena said making a swing on her right hand, creating a big light that went towards the sky, disappearing in a blink.

Tales of Symphonia

Tethe'alla
Temple of Darkness

With Lloyd's group...

"Huh? DOWN! NOW!" Roy yelled and all of them gasped when they saw a fast light firing towards them, they quickly ducked to evade the light that went piercing through the darkness as they watched it going deeper and deeper inside the temple.

"What is going on?!" Lloyd asked very confused before he started to run down the stairs.

With Sheena's group...

"Diiiiiiiiiiiieeeeeeeee..." Dark Shadow trailed off preparing to stab Colette in her heart, who was still holding Pit's head close to her neck and crying.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 12, 2008, 05:19:09 PM
But his attack was interrupted by a big light shooting down from the sky of the place piercing through the darkness anmaking Dark Shadow to block his eyes as the blinding light paralyzed his whole body and covered Pit and Colette completely, the light was so strong that it enlightened the whole temple, and Pit was slowly rising up to the air, with the Wing of Icarus appearing with holy light in front of Colette's eyes, who watched in surprise as Pit descended, touching the floor with his feets.

"What happened?" Pit asked confused before finding his wings back to him. "The Wings of Icarus! They've returned to me!"

"Pit! We have to defeat him!" Colette said pointing at Dark Shadow, still stunned by the light and Pit had an idea.

"Colette, let's combinate our attacks together to defeat him!"

Colette nodded with a smile. "Right!" She said preparing to cast Judgement and Pit readying an arrow, but to his surprise, the arrow wasn't blue as the other ones, it was gleaming with a golden color.

"What? Why is this arrow different than the others?"

"Pit."

Pit looked above him. "Goddess Palutena!"

"Fire your arrow at the sky to let the light of judgement punish your foe." Palutena said with an echoing voice.

"I-I got it!" Pit aimed directly to the center of the sky and he fired the golden arrow to the clouds, but nothing happened and he wondered why he did that.

Up above the clouds in the sky, 100 Centurions were summoned in Palutena's behalf. Then they saw the golden arrow coming to the center of their formation in a shape of a circle.

"That's the signal! Fire your arrows at the golden arrow!" A Centurion commanded firing his arrow and the other 99 arrows at the same time with all the Centurions to Pit's arrow, when all the arrows came in contact with Pit's arrow, it suddenly spreaded into 100 golden arrows stopping in the air as the whole background gets darker.

Back with Colette and Pit. "Thy faithful servant asketh for thy blessing, honor us with the splendor of thy...uh...whoops! I messed up!" Colette said sticking out her tongue a little and Pit looked at her with a shocked face.

"What do you mean you messed up?!" Pit asked in shock.

"Heh heh!" Colette giggled heartily but then, she felt a strong power appearing in the sky where the arrow stopped and a holy glyph appeared below her. "...Wha-?" Suddenly, a big circle grew on the place touching the bodies of everybody, making them to glow and surprisingly, the circle fully healed all the fallen fighters and meawhile in the sky...

The lights of judgement that Colette called struck every single arrow, creating a big horde of golden arrows of sparkling lights that went at high speed towards Dark Shadow. On their trail, the others who were still heading down watched the 100 golden arrows going down at full speed, they made very surprised faces at the sudden event.

Pit and Colette looked above them to find the 100 arrows falling at high speed towards Dark Shadow. "WHAT IS HAPPENING?!" Pit asked yelling.

Chris was able to stood up where Pit and Colette were and he took out his DS because Dr. Kawashima was calling him. "Impossible!" The professor said astonished.

The 100 arrows quickly crossed Dark Shadow's body as he yelled in pain, every arrow was stabbing every part of his dark self, each arrow made a loud sound when they stabbed Dark Shadow and hitting the floor, leaving trails of light as they did.

"No! He's still alive!" Colette said shocked when Dark Shadow was still standing up, but almost trying to trip, however, Pit felt a strange power being gathered below Dark Shadow.

"Huh?" He looked at the floor to find an enormous holy glyph where the 100 spots of the arrows landed after stabbing Dark Shadow, it shone intensely before shooting the same 100 arrows at the same time, defeating Dark Shadow with the most powerful attack Pit has ever made before.

New ability learned! Judgement Arrows!

Shoot a golden arrow to the sky to call 100 arrows, then combinate it with Holy Judgement to turn all the arrows into holy lights to cure all the allies and deal extreme, massive light damage to all the enemies

"Weeeeeell...doooooooone..." Dark Shadow said as the Shadow Bugs disappeared in the air while he returned to normal.

"What was that attack?" Chris asked.

"That was a Level 3 Final Smash!" Dr. Kawashima said.

"A Level 3 Final Smash?"

"Ah, don't worry about that, it's easy to explain. You see, the moment you fill the partnership level of a character lets you and him or her to combinate attacks, of course, now you can only create Level 1 Final Smashes, but it appears Pit and Colette managed to get Pit's Level 3 Final Smash, the magnitude of the attack was just too destructive for that guy, Shadow, was it? And you saw the results before your eyes!" Dr. Kawashima said excited.

"Does that mean I can discover those special Final Smashes with the jobs that I use?"

Dr. Kawashima nodded. "Correct, every job has a secret use to create a Final Smash, just experiment each one to find them all!"

Chris nodded as Lucario approached to him. "I will! This discovery is really going to help us!"

Won the Battle

"All talk, no action." Genis said frowning.

"Wait wait wait," Chris said. "He didn't talked to much and we almost die!"

"Genis, you're horrible." Sheena said.

"I feel sorry for the rudeness of my brother, forgive him." Raine said.

"Aw, I was joking!" Genis said.

"Sure." Lucario said.

Luckily, Sheena's group managed to defeat Dark Shadow to save him from the Shadow Bugs, but Raine gasped when she saw the Subspace Bomb's countdown at 10 seconds.

"The bomb!" Raine yelled and Shadow turned his back to cast Bloody Lance on the bomb, destroying it with a strong impact.

"Paaaatheeeetiiiiic..." Shadow said turning his back to Sheena. "Vooooow..."

"You're of few words, aren't you?" Sheena said.

"Ahem!" Genis coughed.

"Umm, for the sake of the worlds to reunite them together and to let the people live in peace, I ask you to lend me your power."

"Agreeeeeee..." Shadow said agreeding to Sheena's vow and materializing into magic, before floating towards Sheena, giving her his power of darkness.

"All right! We finally saved this world!" Lucas said jumping happily.

Chris landed on his butt. "Phew, I thought I was going to die."

"Let's not make the same mistake again." Lucario said, receiving a nod and a smile from Chris. "AAHH!"

"Oohh! I was so worried about you, Poochie!" Colette said rubbing her cheek to Lucario's cheek with care, or rather with force.

"I TOLD YOU MY NAME IS LUCARIO!"

"Yes! Your first name is Poochie and your second name is Lucario from now on, Poochie Lucario!"

"NOOOOOO!!!!"

Chris's pupils shrunk with an annoyed face. "(Good thing we can leave this world anytime, which reminds me, where is Marth and the others?)"

Not too long ago Lloyd's group reunited with Sheena and the others asking about what was happening in Shadow's lair, Sheena's group explained everything to them with Pit recovering his wings (Lloyd's group was astonished by seeing Pit's wings on his back), then, they continued their way to leave the temple while they were talking to say good bye on their way up.

"Good news for you 2, we can leave this world anytime!" Chris said to Fox and Falco.

"Finally, no more persons calling us specimens." Falco said crossing his arms and looking at Chris. "When are you going to stop wearing that ridiculous outfit?"

Chris touched his fake long ears. "Well, I think it's time to stop using this, oh well, I enjoyed it while it lasted.

Suddenly, Raine appeared from nowhere. "So you're going now?"

"That's right, we need to travel to other worlds to save them from the Subspace Army."

"Oh man, that doesn't sounds good, I wanted to show Marth my groupies!" Zelos said hanging his right arm around Marth's shoulders.

"Sorry but, I'm not interested in girls right now." Marth said pushing Zelos's arm away from him slowly.

"What?!" Zelos asked in shock. "I lost all respect to you man." Marth sweatdropped at this.

"I gotta admit it, it was good to meet you and Roy." Lloyd said crossing his arms behind his head.

"Someday, we will meet again." Roy said doing a handshake to Lloyd.

"Genis, please take care of yourself." Lucas said.

"Don't worry, I'll be fine with Lloyd and the others." Genis said smiling and doing a handshake with Lucas. "You're the first human close to my age to be a friend too."

"And you're my first half-elf friend!"

"That's true!"

Lucas obtained the title of, "Second Brother."

"There is always a friend that you will consider a brother, don't forget that there are second families in some worlds waiting to meet you."

"Presea, are you feeling okay now?" Ness asked.

Presea nodded. "Yes, thanks for your concern."

Ness blushed a little bit. "T-thank you."

"You're blushing."

"I-I'm not!"

Presea laughed heartily and Ness's face was surprised now. "What's wrong?"

"This is the first time to see you laughing!"

"Really? I haven't noticed it."

"..." Ness decided to not continue this conversation but he did a handshake to Presea. (Unfortunately, Presea had her insane strength to her side and she crushed Ness's hand by accident).

"Hey Falco." Sheena called out.

"Yes?"

"One suggestion for you and only you."

"What is it?"

"Don't try to cook ever in your life."

"..." Falco looked at each sides embarrassed.

"...Unless you take cooking lessons, then do it." She approached to him. "Especially him." She wispered pointing at Fox.

"...Er, I'm not going to cook ever again, that's for sure."

"Okay, I'm fine with your decision." She chuckling a little and giving Falco and handshake. (To tell the truth, he blushed a little).

"I was truly an honor to gave traveled with you 2." Regal said to Chris and Fox.

"Of course, it was really fun to fight together!" Chris said nodding. "By the way, did he taught something to you Fox?"

"Yes," Fox closed his eyes. "But that is a secret!"

"Oh please, tell me!"

"No."

"Please?"

And sadly, their conversation went for seconds and Regal frowned at this, but chuckled a little under his breath.

"Pit, thank you so much for what you did back there for me." Colette said putting her hands in front of her neck. "You're the second person toprotect me like that."

"Who was the first person?" Pit asked and Colette wispered to his ear.

"Lloyd."

Pit looked at Lloyd. "Oh, I see, well, thanks to you, I was able to recover my wings, I can't be more grateful than this."

"Me too!" She said smiling. "I'm so sad you have to go now..." Colette looked at Lucario and she gave him hug. "Especially you, Poochie Lucario!"

"Oh for god's sake, can you get a hold of yourself now?!" Lucario asked annoyed while everyone laughed at this.

Outside the Temple of Darkness

Chris was already opening the portal to the Smash Mansion as the sunset appeared on the sky. "Thank you for everything, we really enjoyed our time here!" Chris said entering the portal, but tripping accidentaly.

"See you later!" Roy said entering the portal.

"Bye!" Lucas said waving at them, entering the portal.

"I hope we can meet again!" Marth said entering the portal.

"Humph..." Lucario said entering the portal.

"Take care!" Pit said entering the portal.

"Good bye!" Ness said entering the portal.

"Good luck in your journey!" Fox sid entering the portal.

"Don't forget about us, or I'll remind you!" Falco said entering the portal.

"And there they go." Genis said watching all of them disappearing before looking at Raine, who was holding several weapons and deviced with her. "Raine, where did you get that?"

"Umm, Chris, Fox and Falco gave them to me as souvenirs!" Raine said sweating a little, but suddenly, the same mentioned characters returned from the portal, annoyed, taking their Blasters, Reflectors, a Pokeball and a DS from Raine's hands, running inside the portal and disappearing with it as Raine sighed.

"You're unbeliavable sis." Genis said frowning to himself before earning a hard smack in the head by Raine.

"(Good bye...Pit...)" Colette thought with a smile as Lloyd called the Rheairds, riding them to fly far away to form a pact with Luna in Sylvarant as they remembered their experiences with the Smashers along the way.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU GAINED 1500 SMASH COINS!

Pit's partnership level is filled! A path to a different world has been opened!

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas

Preview of the next arc

"Poyo!"

"We found Kirby already!" Chris said excited. "But he can't talk to us..."

........................................................................

"Yummy! This block tastes like candy!" Nana said licking the blue block.

"This place has the name Candy Costellation for a reason." Pikachu said, licking a star which tasted like lemon.

........................................................................

"What is Master Hand and Crazy Hand doing here?!" Ness asked.

"DESTROY!" Both hands said in a scary tone.

........................................................................

"Who is there?" Chris asked scared looking around the destroyed area of the mirror world.

"I am Meta Knight," Meta Knight appeared from nowhere using his cape and throwing it away. "And you're in my way, begone!"


........................................................................

SMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAASH CHANNEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEL!!!

Air Harmony

The text drops to the floor and Chris is shown happily smiling at the readers. "Hi hi hi everyone! Welcome to the special segment, SMASH CHANNEL! With your host Chris, one of the protagonists of the main story! Today, we're going to interview the 9 protagonists of Tales of Symphonia, this section will now appear everytime we go AND save other worlds that are not from Nintendo or Sonic or Snake's worlds! And for the theme of this show, we're going to use the theme of the Lost City of Surferio and Gemity, of Star Ocean 3: Till the End of time! Today we're presenting you the guests, give a loud applause to Lloyd Irving!"

He said presenting Lloyd waving at the readers. "Colette Brunel!" Colette waved too. "Genis Sage!" The half-elf waved too, happily. "Raine Sage!" She nodded upon hearing her name. "Kratos Aurion!" The mercenary just crossed his arms. "Presea Combatir!" She bowed to the readers. "Regal Bryant!" He nodded like Raine did. "And lastly but not least, Zelos Wilder and Sheena Fujibayashi!"

"WAIT!" Sheena yelled angrily. "Why did you mentioned me along with the pervert?! We're not a couple!"

"Obviously Sheena, there are so many pictures of Deviantart with you and Zelos according to my sources!" Chris said happily.

"What's so great about that?!"

"Cheer up Sheena! We're obviously the best couple there is!" Zelos said patting Sheena on her rear, and he was smacked by a giant hammer from Sheena.

"Okay okay, don't destroy the forum on its first day, geez." Chris said rolling his eyes. "Okay! Today the theme of the show is, what location of Sylvarant or Tethe'alla should be a perfect place to fight if you were represented in Super Smash Bros. Brawl? Lloyd, we start with you!"

"Hmm." Lloyd rubbed his chin. "I dunno, but I think Iselia could be a good place to fight!"

"Yeah! Because you want it to be destroyed again!"

"Yeah, that is my-wait, I didn't said that!"

"So Lloyd, what hazard could appear on Iselia to hurt the fighters on your stage?"

"...Well, Desians could appear from the gates shooting fireballs and-"

"AHA! So you want Iselia to be burned again!"

Lloyd was starting to get annoyed. "No! And if Iselia was attacked again I woul-"

"Oooohh! Sorry! Your time ran out, next up is Genis!"

Genis was starting to think. "How about Palmacosta? The residents living there could enjoy the fights in the City Square!"

"Great idea Genis! Not like Mr-I-Want-To-Burn-My-Village-Again." Chris said narrowing his eyes at Lloyd, who glared at him. "And what hazard could appear?"

"...Actually, I forgot that Palmacosta was destroyed, so I think the place is desolated right now..."

"Oh, you're right, I'm sorry for hearing that..."

"It's okay, it's not like someone important died in the chaos."

Chris ripped a piece of paper with the photo of the parents of Marta from the sequel and threw it inside the trash can. "Umm...yeah....sure, okay Colette, suggest a stage please!"

"The dog kennel!" She said smiling, excited as the screen showed a random dog kennel.

"Colette, as far as my memory of traveler around Sylvarant and Tethe'alla let's me to remember, there wasn't any dog kennel on both worlds!"

"Really? I thought I saw one in Meltokio!"

"That was the slum, actually."

Colette blinked in surprise and the only thing she did was to stick out her tongue a bit, embarrassed and making Chris to frown.

"Okay, Kratos, please name your stage."

"Derris-Kharlan." Kratos said showing a picture of Derris-Kharlan.

"Ouch, talk about the Final Destination of ToS, so what hazards could appear on it?"

"Yggdrassil could appear on the background to cast 50 lights of Judgement to punish the corrupt souls plaguing to field."

Chris sweatdropped and laughed scared at this. "S-sorry, but we can't kill the participants, or torture them."

"Then, just let a Phantasm appear and hit its target with a barrage of punches."

"...Sheena, please suggest your stage."

"The Isle of Decision near Mizuho." Sheena said taking a picture of where she and Kuchinawa fought before. "It shows the worthyness of rivalry between comrades under the laws of Mizuho and the Chief himself."

"Wow, that was inspirational, and what hazards?"

"Well, Kuchinawa could appear on the single tree casting Raiden to fataly damage an opponent."

"Hmm, not bad, not bad, Zelos, name your stage please."

Zelos got up with a big bump on his head with a bandage. "Altamira! Especially inside the Casino where most of my hunnies go to cheer for me!"

"Forget it, we can't have such kind of stage just to show your favorite gambling place and-what do you mean we can?!" Chris asked a little angrily receiving a note from the author himself. "Ugh, fine, hazards?"

Zelos's eyes were hearts at this point. "Preventing your nose to bleed from the hunnies inside the bathrooms." Sheena pummeled Zelos with her hammer again.

"Thanks Sheena, Raine? How about you?"

"The ruins of Asgard!" Raine said excited. "Such a marvelous place to fight while fighting in such invaluable site!"

"O-okay, hazards?"

"The Windmaster that attacked us above the ruin, he could cast Air Thrust to slash the fighters or use his blade on his tail to deal a fair amount of damage."

"Oh, very well, Regal?"

"The Skyscraper on the Lezareno Company in Altamira, where Alicia's grave is." Regal said.

"Hmm, that would be an interesting place, but what kind of hazards could appear there?"

"We have very dangerous weathers in some times, like winds that sometimes pushes the persons out o the building."

"Push the persons out of the building?! Then why did Alicia's grave was there in the first place?!"

"Because it was her favorite place when she was alive."

Chris made an ashamed face. "Oh...I see...that's so sad and yet solitary, I think...well Presea, what about your stage?"

"Ozette, actual place." Presea said.

"But nobody is living there except for you!"

"That's right."

"Huh?"

"The loneliness of the village makes a perfect place for battle, the sound of the birds chirping while the music of the forest plays should be a soothing melody."

"...Whoa, and what hazards?"

"The sensation of the sorrow invading the hearts of the people that will slowly consume their souls into the darkness to torture them for eternity, like I was in my state when my Exsphere didn't had a Key Crest."

Chris wiped out a tear. "That was so....touching...but we don't want the Smashers to be in fetal position or something, remembering their dark pasts in a match."

"Sorry, that was the only place I could think of." Presea said apologizing.

"Nah, don't worry about that, and look at the time!" Chris said looking at the clock. "Our time has ended for now! Thank you for letting us know your stages preferences in this show an-"

"But what about my stage? I was going to suggest The Tower of Salvati-"

"Shut up Lloyd." Chris muttered without looking at him. "Good bye to everyone! Please wish to me and the Smashers good luck in the next world! BYE!" He said as the logo of the show appeared, blocking the screen. "So Lloyd, what was going to be your suggestion?" Chris asked behind the logo with a dark voice.

"The Tower of Salvation."

"No, just no."

"Why? It's a good place to fight!"

"You mean carcasses floating around the place to scare the people away? What's so great about that?"

"No! You don't understand! I-"

"Lloyd, you're bad at suggesting things, give up, also, who knows if Mithos appears there like Kratos's suggestion."

"Humph." Kratos said.

"Like father, like son, Lloyd."

"But..." Lloyd trailed off.

"LIKE FATHER, LIKE RETARDED, STUPID AND FUC-" The screens disappears before Chris could even finish his sentence with his swear.

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 13, 2008, 10:35:32 PM
Chapter 58: The Amazing, Shattered Mirror

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"You idiot!" Wolf snarled. "I couldn't fight because you had to recruit that annoying girl and his stupid servant!"

"SILENCE!"
Tabuu said furiously. "Right now, we got another plan in hands, it does not matters to me if you were possesed or not."

Wolf crossed his arms and glaring at Tabuu. "Well, what plan do we have now?"

The Ancient Minister appeared from the void of the Subspace. "Lord Tabuu is planning to find a ship to make our third base of operations, unfortunately, we couldn't find one."

"Our first base of operations is the Subspace, then it's the floating island called "Isle of the Ancients", but now we need another one?"
Wolf asked and Tabuu nodded.

"Exactly, but we are not looking for an ordinary base, we are looking for a base to move around the worlds to invade them properly, the biggest ship in existence." Tabuu said. "After this defeat in the new world, that idea came to mind."

"Lord Tabuu, in reality, I have good news, we've found something related to that ship." The Ancient Minister said.

"Related?"

"Yes,"
He made an hologram of a small warrior wearing a mask, a dark purple cape and a sharp, golden sword, his whole dark blue body was round but a little big for some. "He is the owner of a ship called Halberd, a battleship full of weapons and a long and complicated facility inside. I don't have much more information about the rest, but if we manage to capture him, everything else should be easy."

"What is the name of that person?"
Wolf asked.

"His name is Meta Knight."

Tabuu chuckled evily. "Ancient Minister! Tell me the current location of Meta Knight to start an invasion in our way to get the Halberd!"

"Currently, my sources tell me that he is somewhere in the Mirror World, above Dreamland."

"Very well, prepare the next invasion!"
Tabuu said disappearing.

"Hey, where is that traumatized old kid?" Wolf asked.

"Sucking one of his claws somewhere in the Great Maze, it's better to leave him alone for the time being." The Ancient Minister said leaving into the deepness as Wolf walked away to prepare.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

In the previous chapter, we saw Chris tripping accidentaly in the portal, so, he crossed the other side continuing with his way to hit the floor with his face and unfortunately all the other returning Smashers tripped because of him, pilling themselves above the others (Lucario however knew this and jumped out of the way).

"Oww!" Chris moaned in pain. "Get off me!"

"Tell that to Lucas!" Roy said.

"I could say the same thing to Marth!" Lucas said.

"Blame Pit!" Marth complained.

"And why me? Blame Ness!" Pit complained.

"What about Mr. Beak?" Ness asked.

"Hey! Don't call me that, how about Mr. Specimen number 1?" Falco complained. Everyone were able to turn their heads towards Fox, who sweatdropped.

"...Who made us to trip?" Fox asked staring at Chris and they stared at him.

"ENOUGH!" Master Hand said annoyed taking all of them in his hand and throwing them to the floor again, separating them as they got up. "And where was I? Oh, yeah, congratulations on saving the new world everyone."

"YAYZ!" Crazy Hand threw confetti from his counter.

"So, it's our turn to go now?" Jigglypuff asked excited.

Master Hand showed the screen where a shattered mirror was. "Yes, in fact, this time you're going to help Kirby in the Mirror World. I'll tell you the details once Chris finishes his business with Crazy Hand and his shop."

Smash Coins in hand: 2500

Fake King - 700 Smash Coins

Psychic User - 900 Smash Coins

Racer - 800 Smash Coins

Chozo Arts - 750 Smash Coins


Chris, this time, bought the Fake King job, handing over 700 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand, then suddenly, his clothes were once again replaced, now he was wearing a red cap with a white cotton on the top and with a yellow edge, a long red robe appeared on his back and arms, yellow gloves, a yellow kenpogi below the robe, a belt with red and yellow triangles and blue pants, and finally, yellow shoes.

"...Look! I'm wearing King Dedede's clothes!" Chris said looking at his red robe. "Wait, what's thiiiISSS!!" He noticed that a big hammer with 2 bigs star on both sides of the weapon was above his right shoulder, holding it with his right hand, but since the hammer was heavier than any other hammer, he fell to the floor.

"So, you're going to be like us?" Popo asked.

Chris slowly lifted his hammer to stood up. "I...think...so..."

"Wait, who's King Dedede?" Nana asked rubbing her chin.

"It must be that rival of Kirby he told us about, a big penguin carrying a hammer and the king of Dreamland, with a weird accent." Pikachu responded.

Chris managed to put his hammer above his shoulder. "Oh yeah, I know about him too, I hope we don't run into him in Kirby's world."

"If you're done, I'll display the status." Master Hand said displaying the status of the next world.

Kirby and The Amazing Mirror
Current Status: In the way to the Candy Costellation
Race: ?
Number of protagonists: 1
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Traveler skills

"...Wait a minute...this is strange..." Master Hand trailed off.

"What? We can't go?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Yes, you can, but there's another information in here," He turned to see all of them. "Only "cute" characters and of course Chris are allowed to go to Kirby's world."

"...Cute? Like muah?" Jigglypuff asked with an Italian accent.

"I hate to describe the looks of the persons but, if the information says that only cute characters can go, then that means Pikachu, Pichu, the Ice Climbers, Jigglypuff, Ness and Lucas can go with Chris." Master Hand explained and some of them blushed for being called cute.

"Okay, that does it!" Falco said stomping the floor. "Tell me something, it's really necessary to obey those rules just to enter a world?!"

"Well duh! It's just plain wrong to make a character that doesn't meets the rules to go!"

"Bah! I'll show you how wrong you are! Chris, make the portal!" Falco commanded and Chris just blinked confused at the situation before creating the portal as Falco stood in front of the vortex. "C'mon! We're going i-AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" After touching the portal with his right foot, he was instantly electrocuted with high voltage zapping his entire body and feathers, with the others blocking their eyes of the sparkling electricity that was currently electrocuting Falco to death.

"Falco!" Fox yelled.

"See? That is what I was trying to warn him!" Master Hand said as Falco was all black after the atttack and fell to the floor, surrendered. "He doesn't meets the conditions to travel and so, we have a fried Falco in our disposal."

"Lame..." Falco muttered.

"Hmmmmmmmm, fried Falco." Jigglypuff said drooling a little, causing the others around her to back away scared. "Well, he's a bird! I was hungry!" She said crossing her arms.

"In other words, if we force our way into a world that doesn't needs our skills that some of us have, we will only just be rejected by it?" Roy asked and Master Hand nodded before loaking at the toasted Falco. "...Okay, I'll have that in mind from now on."

"Ness, Lucas, do you want to go?" Chris asked.

"Hmm, okay, I still have energy left to continue." Ness said, glancing over Lucas. "What about you?"

"I-I'm fine too, I want to go too to meet Kirby." Lucas said.

"Okay, it's settled. Pikachu, Pichu, Popo, Nana, Jigglypuff, Ness, Lucas and me are going in." Chris said and Master Hand nodded. "Lucario, is that alright with you?"

"Don't worry, I'll leave everything to the others to protect you." Lucario said crossing his arms.

"Aw, I'll be fine, besides, I'm going to protect them too if it is necessary, let's go then!"

"Wait," Master Hand said stopping the party that was going to the Mirror world. "Give this to Kirby." He gave Pikachu a device and the electric mouse blinked in surprise.

"This is a translator!" Pikachu said and Master Hand nodded.

"Yes, Kirby forgot to take his translator with him, with this, he is going to talk like everybody else." The hand explained to Chris.

"Kirby? Talking? Hell yes, I want to see him talking!" Chris said excited walking inside the portal (and over the toasted Falco) with the others (walking above the toasted Falco too) inside the portal, disappearing along with it.

Marth looked at Pit. "Now Pit, can you tell us how did you do that powerful attack a while ago?"

"The Judgement Arrows attack you mean?" Pit asked and Marth nodded. "I don't know how did I do that, but Chris surely knows."

Kirby and The Amazing Mirror

Mirror World
Candy Costellation

A lot of Primids infested the whole costellation that was currently being investigated by no other than Kirby, who was very scared at this moment because the Primids looked at him, walking slowly to where he was, the pink puffball covered his head in fear and he floated towards the space, but Auroros appeared diving from above him and was struck down the floor.

"Poyo..." Kirby moaned in pain before getting up and starting to run as fast as he could, soon, Roaders appeared behind him crashing into him to send Kirby away from the site, entering inside a mirror that sent him to the entrance of the Amazing Mirror.

Entrance

The portal appeared near the mirrors leading to different areas of the mysterious world, and the Smashers stepped out of the vortex who instantly vanished.

"Hey look! Our appearances changed!" Popo said as he looked to his reflection in a shattered mirror, everyone were now smaller versions of themselves but "cuter", except for Chris, who was still the tallest of the group...with the height of 2 Kirbys above each other.

"Personally, I like these little blushes on my face." Chris said finding 2 red blushes on each sides of his cheeks. "...Wait...this is the Amazing Mirror!" He pointed out about the mirror that they were seeing to see their reflections.

"Whoa...look at this place!" Lucas asked surprised glancing at all the clouds and the big pillars with stars in the background, that it made it look like a holy coliseum.

"This is Kirby's world, where the food is abundant and flowers have faces that winks at people!" Pikachu said as a flower with a face winked at him and he winked back at it.

"But where is Kirby?" Pichu asked looking around.

"Probably he is eating a big pile of food he found near here." Ness said.

"Let's see if we can find our next member of the younger Smashers!" Jigglypuff said as every member glared at her. "...What?"

"Member of the younger Smashers? What do you mean by that?" Chris asked confused.

"Great going Jigglypuff, now we have to tell Chris about our little society!" Pikachu said crossing his arms.

"Little society?"

Popo looked at Chris. "All of us are part of a group with only young Smashers as us, the only members we're missing are Kirby and Young Link."

Nana continued. "Basically, we "conspire" to defeat the other older Smashers."

Chris tilted his head to the right, confused. "You mean kill them for good?"

"NO!" All of them responded angrily.

"It's just for fun, but after we created our little group, we have been winning many matches by sharing information and strategies between us." Ness said.

"I've won so many matches after that!" Pichu said happily.

"I see, a little group in secret would be good to plan all kinds of attacks...so, who is the leader?"

"Me, of course!" Ness said raising his hand.

Pikachu walked up to him. "Who died and made you leader? I'm the leader!"

"The leader is me!" Popo said, earning a glare of Nana. "...And her too!"

"The leader needs to have a good voice, I'm the leader!" Jigglypuff said spinning above her feet, showing a pose.

"I'm the leader!" Ness said glaring at everyone.

"No, me!" Pikachu said glaring.

"Us!" The Ice Climbers said glaring.

"It's me!" Jigglypuff said glaring.

Suddenly, a "ding" sound was heard and the mentioned Smashers leaped into one another, creating a cloud of dust where they were fighting inside pulling their hairs, biting their arms or hands, saying so many harsh things that nobody even didn't heard because of their yells, but Lucas and Pichu were outside the fight standing at each sides with Chris, who was watching back and forth the cloud of dust walking around them.

Chris looked at the 2 timid and shy Smashers. "And...why aren't you 2 fighting?"

"B-because I think Ness is the leader, in my opinion." Lucas said.

"That's right!" Ness's voice came inside the cloud before he was bit in the right leg by Pikachu.

"And you Pichu?" Chris asked.

"I-I think we don't have a leader to begin with..." Pichu said and soon, everybody in the cloud of dust stopped in midair, looking at him while they fell.

Chris looked at all the mirror doors around them. "...Er, where I was? Is going to be hard to find Kirby, this world has so many areas to explore and he could be anywhere, if there's some luck to indicate us like something like, I don't know, Kirby appearing from one of the doors and finding us instantly?"

Not much time passed before everybody's favorite puffball came from the mirror door leading to Candy Costellation, rocketing towards Chris because Kirby was still trying to recover his control, but he wasn't able to do it and crashed directly into Chris's head, pushing him to the floor in the process.

"Kirby!" Everyone said surprised at the Kirby with swirls instead of eyes above Chris's back.

"(@.@)" This was Kirby's face at the moment. And yes, they weren't swirls, they were letters.

...

Did you actually believed that? Of course they weren't letters!

Anyway, Chris slowly got up from the floor and he looked at Kirby, who shook his head, the pink "marshmallow" looked up to see Chris as a small smile grew on Kirby's face, walking around the red robe he was wearing and going below the robe to appear in front of him to say his favorite word.

"Poyo!"

"We found Kirby already!" Chris said excited. "But he can't talk to us..."

Candy Costellation

"Don't fear!" Pikachu said showing the translator to Kirby, who happily took it before throwing it inside his mouth as a little explosion was heard inside him, then he coughed a little.

"Thanks! I can speak again!" Kirby said cheerfully. "Who's him? He looks friendly!"

"Nice to meet you Kirby," Chris said dropping to his knees to do a handshake to Kirby. "I'm Chris!"

"Hi! My name is Kirby!"

"Yes, I know that."

"Ness, who's him?"

"He's Lucas, a new friend we met a while ago." Ness said presenting Lucas to Kirby, who walked up to him and shaked his hand.

"Nice to meet you!" Kirby said with a smile.

"N-nice to meet you too!" Lucas said smiling a little before Kirby looked at the Amazing Mirror.

"Hey, is Kirby so happy all the times like this?" Chris wispered to Nana.

"Yeah, most of the time around us too." Nana wispered back.

"...Say..." Kirby turned to see them. "I have a huge favor to ask to all of you."

"What is it?" Popo asked.

"Well, you see...this mirror was shattered and I need to recover the other pieces to save this world, but Meta Knight was trapped inside too!" Kirby said trying to not cry, as Pikachu pulled a violin to play sad music as Kirby narrated. "I don't want to see him suffer like this, I was trying to get the shard of the costellation but a lot of monsters appeared out of nowhere from purple portals, they kicked me, punched me and pushed me out of my way! Please, I need the help of everybody! Or Meta Knight will be trapped forever inside the mirror!"

At this time, Chris was trying to not cry at the sad look on Kirby's face because he was believing Kirby's story, so the only thing he did was...hug Kirby?

"O-of course we're going to help you! I can't let them make you to cry!" Chris said with tears strolling down his cheeks.

"R-really Chris?! T-thank you so much! I appreciate it!" Kirby said happily.

Kirby temporaly joined your team!

"(No way, he fell for it.)" Popo thought.

"(So far, Kirby was able to convince Chris and Peach to help him in his troubles.)" Pikachu thought while he continued to play his violin.

"(Even I don't fall that low.)" Pichu thought.

"(But we were going to do it anyway.)" Nana thought.

"(He has so many moods.)" Ness thought.

"(What's so bad about Kirby or Chris?)" Lucas thought wondering.

"(Hmmmmmm, fried Falco.)" Jigglypuff thought drooling.

Chris released Kirby from his arms and sniffed. "W-well Kirby, we only need you t-to tell us the way and f-find the shard you're looking f-for to save M-Meta Knight and-COULD YOU STOP PLAYING THAT VIOLIN?!" Chris said enraged lifting his huge hammer and destroying Pikachu's violin to stop the sad music from playing, because the music made him to cry, not Kirby's story. "Ahem, Kirby, who did you say that was trapped inside the mirror again?"

"Meta Knight."

After hearing the names "Meta" and "Knight" in a short sentence, his eyes widened a lot while his pupils shrunk so fast. "Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Me-Meta Knight?! The same Meta Knight with a cold attitude and mexican accent?!"

"The same Meta Knight! But I don't know about the part of the mexican accent thought, he sounds a little evil but good behind his mask!" Kirby said happily.

"(Okay, that proves there's no Tiff or Tuff or Escargoon around here, or the weird purple Knuckle Joe.)" Chris thought inside his mind, sighing in relief for not being inside another anime by accident. "Okay member of the younger Smashers, can you tell us where is the Candy Costellation?"

Upon hearing his secret society, Kirby glared at the others. "You told him?"

"Well, thanks to second pink puffball here." Ness said pointing at Jigglypuff.

"Oh yeah," Chris dropped to his knees again to talk to Kirby. "Are you the leader of them?"

"Of course!" Kirby said putting his hands on his hips, proudly.

"No way!" The other younger Smashers (except Pichu and Lucas) yelled angrily and lunging at Kirby, creating another cloud of dust to fight for the leadership, but Chris narrowed his eyes with small pupils and sweatdropped at this.

"(I shouldn't have asked him about that, while I'm around them it makes me feel like the big brother of the bunch.)" Chris thought frowning to himself.

"This is..." Lucas began.

"Going to be..." Pichu added.

"A long day for sure." Chris added before they sighed in unison, looking down the floor.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 14, 2008, 09:51:10 PM
Candy Costellation

Kirby leaded the group towards the huge and deep galaxy called Candy Costellation, a place full of stars, paths, nights and...enemies far away from them.

"Chris, can you tell me why are you wearing King Dedede's clothes?" Kirby asked curiously sitting above Chris's hammer.

"Well Kirby, I have a special ability called Job System that helps me to gain many, many skills to fight, the clothes are a second proof of me having a new power, for example, if you see me wearing Link's clothes, I'm going to have his moveset to fight." Chris explained while they were walking peacefully.

"(0.0) Wow! You're one million characters in a single person then?!" Kirby asked very curiously with glithering eyes.

"...Maybe, but don't think I can use all the skills in the same job, it would be unfair to be a godly-like character to defeat anyone."

Kirby jumped out from the hammer and started to walk next to Jigglypuff. "Does that mean you can have my abilities?"

Chris stopped and his eyes were trembling a little. "...You know Kirby, if I can get your ability to copy, I could have many, but many attacks to copy the attacks of the enemies!" He said excited and continuing to walk.

"Hmm, and what kind of abilities has Dedede?" Kirby asked, curiously again.

Chris searched through his long sleeve and they looked at him. "Hmm, let's see...hey, what's this?" He felt a head moving inside the sleeve and he took his hand out of the red sleeve, with a Waddle Dee looking at him. "WHOA!" He threw the Waddle Dee away from him and the mouthless creature walked towards them, staring at Chris.

"..." The Waddle Dee just kept staring at them while they stared back at him in surprise. "...You're King Chris?" He was able to talk, which amazed all of them.

"(0.0) Wait, that Waddle Dee just talked!" Kirby said surprised.

"Of course I can talk! We're only just too timids to speak, because..." The Waddle Dee closed his eyes and sniffed "(T T) Because King Dedede is such a greedy bastard that only cares for his money and to make Kirby's life impossible!"

"(-.-) Well...he is always doing that to me, it's not too new..." Kirby said.

"Aw, don't worry Waddle Dee, can I call you Waddle Dee?" Chris asked patting the back of the Waddle Dee.

"(- -) I don't have another name rather than Waddle Dee..."

"Then how about if I name you, hmm, Dave?"

"(O O) A new name?! For real?! Yay!" The Waddle Dee named Dave cheered happily at his new name.

Nana rolled her eyes. "...But...isn't awkward to give a name to a random Waddle Dee?"

"Hey! Don't hurt Dave's feelings!" Popo said upset.

"Yeah! Dave didn't do anything to you!" Pichu said upset.

"...H-hey! Who was being rude to Dave?!" Nana asked very confused at the situation.

Meanwhile, Chris searched inside his sleeve and he took another Waddle Dee. "Another Waddle Dee?!" Pikachu asked surprised as the Waddle Dee jumped to the floor, staring at them in curiousity.

"Guess what, my new name is Dave!" Dave, the Waddle Dee said to the other Waddle Dee.

"(O O) Really? Hey, I want a name too!" The second Waddle Dee demanded.

"...Hmm, Jonathan?" Chris wondered.

"(O O) Wow! I like it!" The Waddle Dee named Jonathan said happily.

Once again, Chris searched in his sleeve and the first Waddle Dee disappeared, but he took out a Waddle Doo staring at him.

"How did you were inside my sleeve?" Chris asked.

"(O) It's a pretty big place inside there." The Waddle Doo said.

Pichu looked inside Chris's sleeve and he started to move his legs up and down. "Hey, there's a big party inside!" He said entering the sleeve and various cheers were heard inside. "Yay!" Pichu cheered inside.

"What?" Chris looked inside his sleeve just to find a dimensional rift that appeared in a big castle full of Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos talking among themselves as Pichu was being dragged above the heads of the mouthless characters. "What the hell? Is my sleeve this big?"

Dave, the Waddle Dee, appeared from the crowd. "Hey! He's the one who gave me a name everyone!"

"...Oh no..." Chris muttered under his breath before all the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos were asking him for a name.

And just because some people wanted to know the names Chris gave to the thousands of Kirby-look alikes, he gave them the following names: Erika (there were Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos that were females, which was a great discovery to Chris), Ed, Diana, Jerrell, Harrison, Ed, Prosser, Gustavo, Ricky, Lanette, Bell, Aaron, Cameron, Maxwell, Elliot, Cherry, Tony, Florencia, Mimi, April, Edwin, a Waddle Dee which he named with 2 names, Nick Grey, John, Amber, Gambit, Anthony, Taylor, Kayla, Rachel, Asia, Martha, Weasel, Lee, Dan, Wes, Jessica, Skye, Alex, Sam, Willis, Kevon, Scribe, Ethan, between many other kinds of names.

1 hour later...

Chris and Pichu finally got out of the sleeve, noticing that the Waddle Doo and Waddle Dee were gone and the others were walking around the place.

"So in other words, I have a very big sleeve." Chris said, noticing the young Smashers licking some things around.

"Yummy! This block tastes like candy!" Nana said licking the blue block.

"This place has the name Candy Costellation for a reason." Pikachu said, licking a star which tasted like lemon.

"What do you mean that block tastes like candy?" Chris found a star falling down the costellation and catched it. "...This is candy?" Chris licked the star with a confused face before his eyes widened. "Hmm! Lemon mixed with Strawberry!"

Kirby was shown eating a bigger block than him. "HMHMHMMHMHMHM!"

"What did you say Kirby?"

"HMMHMHMHHMHHMHHM!"

"What?" Lucas asked as he was licking a tile with a Cherry flavor.

Kirby ate the whole block, turning into a squared Kirby before swallowing it completely with a "puff!" sound. "This is my happy place!"

"Yeah!" Pichu said eating a cloud with a banana flavor.

"...Wait, Kirby, can you tell us where did those monsters appeared again?" Ness asked, licking a tiny block with a mango flavor.

Kirby looked around and found the door where a Fire Primid appeared. "Beyong that door!" He said scared and hiding behind Chris.

The World Traveler pulled Kirby out of his back. "This is not the time to be scared Kirby! I know you can defeat that single enemy alone!" Chris said.

Kirby nodded slowly before looking at the Fire Primid, the puffball then made a glare and rushed towards the Fire Primid, who shot a tiny fireball which Kirby swallowed, turning all red and gaining a golden circlet with fire sprouting above his head, transforming into Fire Kirby shooting a big stream of fire from his mouth that incinerated the Fire Primid.

"Now, let's go please! I want to rescue Meta Knight as soon as possible!" Fire Kirby said running inside the door, with the others following him inside. But without knowing the big dangers ahead of them.

Preview of the next chapter

"Hey Kirby! Let me ride on you!" Pichu said excited.

"Okay!" UFO Kirby said happily as Pichu rode above him to combine forces.

........................................................................

"You had to call us, right?"  Red Sword Kirby said angrily.

"Please...nobody needs to be hurted..." Yellow Cupid Kirby said worried.

"Let's have a fun time! Oh yeah!" Green Parasol Kirby said excited.

........................................................................

"What is Master Hand and Crazy Hand doing here?!" Ness asked.

"DESTROY!" Both hands said in a scary tone.

........................................................................

Kirby slowly put the last shard in the mirror, everyone watched the shining light coming from inside, where a voice spoke to them.

"Come..." A familiar voice said to them.

........................................................................

"Next time: 4 Kirbys, oh joy!" Nana said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Candy Costellation
Chris
, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Kirby
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 15, 2008, 06:43:04 PM
Awesome job. *is too lazy to elaborate any further.*

Great sigs by the way.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 15, 2008, 10:00:36 PM
Chapter 59: 4 Kirbys, oh joy!

Candy Costellation

Candy Costellation

"There's so many of them!" Pichu said as the group made a wall position.

"Okay, here's the plan, we're going to rush towards them, using all our attacks at once to make a path to the next door, that way, everything should be easier for us." Chris said lifting his hammer.

"So easy, yet so simple." Ness said.

"R-right!" Lucas said.

"Of course this method not only will provide us an attack strategy, but a protection to keep everyone safe from any enemy." Chris explained.

"In the count of 3...3!" Popo said beginning and they narrowed their eyes at him before going along with Popo.

"Nana! Birds at 1:20 PM!" Pikachu said spotting 3 Auroros flying above them.

"But it's 12 o' clock!" Lucas said looking at his watch.

"It was a saying!"

"Got it!" Nana said jumping and using Blizzard to freeze the flock of birds instantly, falling above Fire Kirby, who exhaled fire and melting them.

A Greap appeared blocking their way and it rolled towards them to use its slices to cut them alive. "Leave it to me!" Pikachu said jumping above the Greap and casting Thunder to electrocute its red head, giving Chris time to slam his hammer at its head which was enough to send him flying away in the costellation.

"Lucas, can you freeze those 3 drawings up ahead?" Jigglypuff asked poiting to 3 Mites or red, yellow and green colors walking weirdly at them to leap.

"Y-yes! PK Freeze!" Lucas created a mist of ice that went directly exploding between the 3 Mites, freezing them until Jigglypuff used Rollout to shatter the ice and the Mites.

"Oh no, not those guys again!" Ness complained after he found 2 Armights laughing and appearing out of nowhere, the 2 floating swordsmens flew towards them, firing their swords but they dodged them easily. "PK Flash!" Ness yelled creating a tiny green flash that went growing overtime and exploding into the 2 Armights, sending them away.

"BOOMERANGS!" Chris yelled ducking in the floor to dodge 2 boomerangs coming from 2 Boom Primids, Popo and Nana went ahead to smash their hammers at the 2 Boom Primids, but they took their boomerangs to hit both of the Ice Climbers trying to defeat them.

"Whoa!" Chris suddenly jumped high in the air with his hammer pointing at the floor, jumping so high that he went above the Boom Primids and diving to crash between them, saving Popo and Nana from more hits. Learning the Super Dedede Jump. "Ouch, that didn't hurted...but still, that was a little heavy for me." Chris said lifting his hammer above his shoulder to continue their movements.

Fire Kirby was suddenly attacked by 6 UFOS appearing from the stars by shooting at him, 3 on each side firing their lasers at the fire ally. "Help!" Fire Kirby said.

Pichu was below a platform where the 3 UFOS of the left were above while Pikachu was above the platform where the other 3 UFOS of the right were above him, both yelled their names to cast 2 Thunders, eliminating the 6 UFOS from attacking Fire Kirby.

"Thanks!" Fire Kirby said smiling before running forward with the 2 electric mouses.

"OUCH! OUCH! OUCH!" Chris was attacked by 3 rounds coming from a Roturret, Ness and Lucas saw their moment to attack and jumped 2 times in the air to stay above the Roturret, before attacking the rotating monster with 1 strong downward kick from Ness with 4 blows coming from Lucas using his PK abilities at the tip of his shoes to defeat it. Chris thanked both of them before continuing.

Fire Kirby was blowing out fire from his mouth to burn 4 Sword Primids, while they were stunned, preventing them from moving, Popo and Nana jumped inside the harmless fire to smash their hammers right into their heads, pinning their heads at the floor before vanishing and leaving a tiny cloud of smoke which disappeared.

"I'm going to sing!" Jigglypuff said excited taking out a microphone to sleep 2 Primids and everybody gasped at this.

"NO! DON'T SING!" They protested except for Lucas, who was clueless about Jigglypuff's singing ability.

"Jiiiiiggggglyyyyyypuuuuuuuuuuuuff Jigggglyyyyyyyyyyypuuuuuuuuuuuffffff...." She sang and everybody was feeling drowsy a little before falling to the floor sleeping and snoring deeply, even all the enemies fell asleep, some in the air and some on the floor. "...Hey! Why did you fell asleep in a time like this?!" Jigglypuff asked angrily inhaling air to make herself bigger and taking out the top part of the microphone, which wasn't a microphone but a black scoreboard. "Wait a minute, they fell asleep too?!" She asked furiously finding all the enemies around them sleeping deeply, and used Rollout seveal times to send them away from the Smashers.

"...Ugh..." 4 minutes passed and they woke up shaking their heads. "What happened here?" Chris asked confused looking around.

"...If Jigglypuff sang...then that means..." Pikachu touched his face and looked at his hand to see a black color on it. "She drawed on us!" Pikachu said in shock with a star on his right eye and a drop on his left eye.

Ness had 2 long lines coming from his nose like he had a cold, Lucas had a 2 swirld on both cheeks, Popo had a mustache and a circle on his right eye, Nana had a pig's nose on her forehead, Pichu had a fake tongue below his mouth with a whisker to the left side of his nose, Fire Kirby had like 5 stars on his mouth, eyes and behind his back and Chris had an arrow pointing down between his eyes.

"Jigglypuff! What do you always have to do this to us?!" Pikachu asked wiping out the color.

"And why do you always have to fall asleep when I sing!?" Jigglypuff asked crossing her arms.

"Because your song was supposed to be used to sleep people!"

"...Really?"

Pikachu sighed. "Yes Jigglypuff..."

"According to this map, we need to go down." Popo said.

"That's my face you idiot!" Chris said wiping out the arrow.

Fire Kirby wiped out the color and decided to stop using the Fire ability. "If I could assorb one of those UFOs to become UFO Kirby..." Kirby said trailing off. Before mentioned enemy appeared floating around him and swallowing the floating machine, turning Kirby into UFO Kirby, a flying pink machine with Kirby's head above. "Look at me!"

"You know, if you could use that ability in official matches, you probably could win many fights with it." Nana said as UFO Kirby charged his beam.

"BOOM!" UFO Kirby shot a powerful laser that went crashing into a sleeping, huge Bytan, sending it away from the group.

"Hey Kirby, it's there a door nearby?" Chris asked and UFO Kirby flew forward, finding a door above a platform.

"This way!" He said flying above to reach the platform, the others simply jumped twice to reach it to go to the next area.

Lucas looked around. "Kirby, are we there yet?"

UFO Kirby shook his machine. "No, it's a long way to go, but if we can find a shortcut, we could reach the boss in no time." He looked away. "Although it's most likely to find a mini-boss in that way."

"We're so many to fight any big enemy, let's search for that door!" Ness suggested and they nodded, searching around for a hidden door.

"Hey Kirby! Let me ride on you!" Pichu said excited.

"Okay!" UFO Kirby said happily as Pichu rode above him to combine forces.

2 Shaydas appeared spinning their blades between Chris, who searched through his sleeve to get help and threw a Gordo. "YIKES!" He said throwing the Gordo away, destroying one of the Shaydas, but the other one slashed his back and pushing Chris to the floor, but luckily Pichu and UFO Kirby were above above the Shaydas and Pichu quickly casted Thunder with UFO Kirby moving out of the way to evade the impact to let the Thunder crash into the Shaydas, electrocuting the blurry enemy to let Chris smash him with his hammer, sending it away.

Ness and Lucas were being attacked by 10 Mites coming from dark portals that haven't vanished yet, every time the 2 PK users eliminated one of them, the portal brought another one to kill them. "They just keep appearing from those portals!" Ness said battering 3 Mites, who were replaced by 3 more Mites.

"What if..." Pikachu walked next to the portal and spun around to send electricity to the portal, he noted that the portal was receiving the electricity and continued spinning to destroy it, eventually vanishing the portal. "The portals can be destroyed!"

"I know what to do!" Popo said continuosly hitting the second portal with his hammer and dealing a final blow to destroy it, closing the portal to stop more Mites from coming, Nana went with Lucas and Ness to freeze the Mites with her Blizzard attack, then the 2 kids smashed the ices around them with a bat and a branch, shattering them.

"Did anybody found the hidden door yet?" Chris asked as he was blocking the attack of 2 Sword Primids.

"No," Pichu said from a very far above platform with UFO Kirby. "There's only this wooden switch and that weird looking wall in front of us.

"...That's where the hidden door is!" Chris said slamming his hammer and squashing the 2 Primids. "But how do we get to that floor?"

"There's not another way to get to this floor without flying, but I think I can carry all of you to this part if yo want." UFO Kirby said leaving Pichu near the wooden switch and floating down towards them.

"Okay, here I go!" Chris said jumping above UFO Kirby, but his weight was too heavy because of the hammer for the puffball and UFO Kirby tried to get him to where Pichu was, flying slowly to the air.

10 minutes later...

Popo and Nana looked at the wooden switch. "Hey, we can hit this swwitch with our hammers!" Popo said looking at them, and the 2 Ice Climbers hit the switch, but it didn't budge at all.

"What's the problem?" Jigglypuff asked.

"The switch doesn't moves even with 2 hammers hitting it!" Nana said trying to make the switch to go down.

Chris walked up to the switch and looked at his hammer. "Wait, let me try." He said lifting his hammer and slamming it to the switch, but nothing happened. "Even my hammer doesn't have much power to press the switch!"

"(Wait, the same feeling again...)" Chris thought in his mind with an echoing voice.

"(Is that you Chris? I'm Popo!)" Popo talked to Chris in his mind.

"(And I'm here too!)" Nana said to their minds.

"(Maybe...Popo, Nana, do you think we can combine our hammers to create a stronger attack?)" Chris asked in his mind.

"(Hey, that doesn't sounds so bad, let's do that!)" Popo said excited.

"(I'm in!)" Nana said excited.

"(Okay.)" Chris said ending the sudden telepathy talk.

The trio of hammers wielders lifted their hammers in a triangle formation around the switch. "Hey, wait a minute, you're not too tall to hit my hammer." Chris said.

"Don't worry, we jump to hit it from above!" Nana said smiling a little.

"...Alright, let's do it!" Chris said looking at the switch, when he was about to move down his hammer, Popo jumped high in the air and Nana jumped after him, lifting their hammers together before hitting the switch with Chris's hammer below, Nana's hammer above it and Popo's hammer to the top of both hammers and hitting their weapons at the same time as they collided with the switch, pressing the switch with a strong impact that made a huge crack around the Smashers who were surprised at this.

New ability learned! Hammer Squash!

Smash 3 hammers at the same time above a single enemy, dealing a moderate amount of damage

"Whoa! When Popo and Nana got so strong?" UFO Kirby asked excited checking the huge crack around them.

"W-we didn't do that! Chris did that!" Nana said looking at Chris.

"D-don't look at me! Maybe we created our own combinated attack!" Chris said.

"Does that means you can do that with everyone else to make more attacks like that?" Ness asked.

"I think so, Dr. Kawashima told me that everyone has 3 combinated attacks that needs to be found when the situation demands it."

"T-that's so cool! Think of all the attacks we could discover!" Popo said and suddenly, the 8 young Smashers sat on the cracked floor forming a circle (with UFO Kirby only floating above) without Chris who was watching them with a confused face.

"Guys, I think if we let Chris join us, we could be stronger in team matches with him to discover those combinated attack he was talking about." Ness said with narrow eyes.

"We could even have a portrait of us in the main hall as the most talented fighters!" Pikachu said with narrow eyes.

"The possibilities are infinite, think of all the fame!" Jigglypuff said with glittering eyes.

"So who wants him to be in our group?" UFO Kirby asked and they instantly raised their hands in unison. "Thought so."

Various evil snickers were heard from where Chris was standing and he sweatdropped at the shadow that was covering the entire group of young Smashers. "It's something wrong?" He asked confused and they laughed heartily, hiding their mischievous personality.

"No, nothing's wrong! Say Chris, do you want to join our little group?" Pikachu asked sweating a little.

"Hmm...well...I was just thinking about that just a moment ago." Chris said rubbing his chin and their eyes instantly gleamed with glee. "...But to tell the truth, I don't have 13 years to join s-"

"Oh no no no no no! We can make an exception with you! What do you say then?" Ness asked sweating a little.

"Yes! A beautiful but tempting exception!" Jigglypuff said.

"...I'll pass anyway." Chris said lifting his hands above his shoulders.

"What!?" They asked in unison.

"Sorry, but I like to be with Lucario most of the time, I'm sorry but maybe another time, oka-"

The young Smashers, once again, formed at circle between. "Is anybody against the idea to take out the big blue dog from our way?" Nana asked with an evil look, and they shook their heads in unison, even Lucas was acting like them.

"Who's Lucario?" Kirby asked and they explained everything to him. "I see..."

"Once we get rid of Lucario in a near future, Chris will be ours to use." Pikachu said evily.

"Oh yeah..." Ness said evily.

Another group of evil snickers came from them where Chris was, sweatdropping again. "(I need to stay away from those psychopaths as soon as possible.)" He thought.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 16, 2008, 01:53:11 PM
The group of Smashers continued forward to the next door Chris, Popo and Nana opened using their Level 1 Final Smash, but UFO Kirby stopped in midair and glared at his surroundings.

"Kirby, it's something bothering you?" Nana asked to the floating pink machine.

"It's here..." UFO Kirby said.

"It's here? Who?" Jigglypuff asked confused.

Suddenly a shadow slidded below them and stopping 5 feets from the Smashers, and from the ground, a black Kirby rose up blinking innocently with UFO Kirby glaring at him.

"Look! It's Kirby's lost brother!" Pichu said excited.

"Kirby doesn't has a lost brother, Pichu." Pikachu said frowning.

"Then what is this...dark Kirby doing here?" Jigglypuff wondered to herself.

"He's bad! He has been trying to stop me from reuniting the Mirror shards!" UFO Kirby said.

"So we have to defeat him?" Popo asked and UFO Kirby moved up and down to say yes. "Then, let's defeat that doppelganger!"

UFO Kirby floated in front of them. "Sorry, but I need to fight him with my friends."

"Your friends? We're your friends!" Ness said.

UFO Kirby moved to the right and to the left. "Not you, my other friends."

Everyone stared confused at him before he took out a tiny satellite from his UFO, sending a signal to someone, then suddenly, in a cloud of smoke, 3 round puffballs appeared as shadows, but after the smoke cleared out, 3 Kirbys of red, yellow and green colors appeared with different abilities already being used by them.

Of course, Chris, being the one that knew about Kirby's abilities, recognized them as a red Kirby with the Sword ability, a yellow Kirby with the Cupid ability and a green Kirby with the parasol ability.

"You had to call us, right?"  Red Sword Kirby said angrily.

"Please...nobody needs to be hurted..." Yellow Cupid Kirby said worried.

"Let's have a fun time! Oh yeah!" Green Parasol Kirby said excited.

"...Is there something odd in them?" Ness asked confused.

"What's so odd about me? Got a problem with that?" Red Sword Kirby asked angrily pointing his sword at Ness.

"I just want to be in peace to not hurt anybody..." Yellow Cupid Kirby said studdering a little.

"Pizza!" Green Parasol Kirby said drooling.

"Hmm, Pizza..." UFO Kirby thought drooling inside his machine.

"Kirby!" Chris snapped UFO Kirby out of his thoughts.

"Oh...sorry, everyone, I like you to meet my other friends, Red Kirby, the angry Kirby." UFO Kirby said.

"I'm not angry!" Red Sword Kirby said angrily.

"Yellow Kirby, the peaceful one."

"Nice to meet you..." Yellow Cupid Kirby said waving his hand shyly at them.

"...And the most weirdest of them all, Green Kirby."

"What's up!" Green Parasol Kirby said.

Nana stared at all of them before speaking. "So Red Kirby is always angry, Yellow Cupid is too shy and peaceful and Green Kirby is...high on sugar?"

"(-.-) It appears so..." UFO Kirby said sweatdropping.

"Candy!" Green Parasol Kirby said excited.

"...Then, what are we going to do now?" Yellow Cupid Kirby asked as he turned to see the dark Kirby. "Y-you!"

Red Sword Kirby stepped in front of them. "You're back for more, right?" He asked smirking a little.

"Do you wanna be friends?" Green Parasol Kirby asked excited.

"All of them combined are just plain scary..." Chris said backing away.

UFO Kirby looked back and forth between the Kirbys and the Smashers. "...H-hey! I'm not like them!"

"...Well...are you going to fight against that dark Kirby, Kirby?" Lucas asked, returning into the topic.

"What Kirby are you asking to?" The 4 Kirbys asked in unison turning their attention to Lucas.

"...T-the pink one..."

"Of course!" UFO Kirby said as he and his other companions charged at the dark Kirby...who they defeated in less than 10 seconds, as the dark Kirby disappeared in the darkness, leaving Kirby's favorite candy, an Invincible Lollipop.

"Oooooohhhhhhh..." The 4 Kirbys stared in awe at the glithering sparks of the candy.

"...Calm down Kirby, it's just a lollipop..." Pikachu said, but too late since the Kyrbys already licked the lollipop and shining, running or floating around like maniacs as the Smashers stared all the 4 Kirbys going hyper.

"Ohgodthatissogoodmygodmygodmygod." Red Sword Kirby said quickly that nobody else was able to understand.

"yesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesyesohyes!" Green Parasol Kirby said running around.

"Youguys!Youhavetolickthatcandy!Itissodelicious!" UFO Kirby said quickly, flying around as they stared back at the lollipop the Kirbys had already licked that layed on the floor.

"Ihavenottastedsomethingsogoodinmylifebefore..." Yellow Cupid Kirby said quickly, flying around.

"...You mean lick something that was already licked? No way!" Pikachu said protesting, noticing that Chris had the lollipop on his right hand. "Wait, don't do it!"

Too late, with just one lick, many glithers appeared around Chris and he dropped the lollipop to the floor, his eyes grew a lot and started to hop up and down in a faster rate, like 10 hops or so in a single second. "HEY!THISDOESN'TTASTESSOBAD, TRYIT!" He said jumping very excited with his hammer.

"Pff, do you think we're going to lick that candy? Sorry, but I'm out." Ness said looking away.

"Me too." Pikachu said joining Ness.

"And us too." Added the Ice Climbers, looking away.

"We too." Lucas and Pichu said looking away.

3 seconds later...

A large shining group was crossing at high speed in the area of the Candy Costellation, it was a group made enterily by kids, small creatures and a teenager who have gone high on sugar due to the effects of a radioactive lollipop with the power to make anyone invincible for a period of time, and they were enjoying their crazy mad rush in the costellation.

"SUUUUUUUUUUGGGGGGAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRR!!!!" They screamed in unison with so much happiness that it could kill anyone on sight, speaking of anyone in sight, all the Primids, Glyres, Glices, Glunders, Greaps, Roturrets, Auroros, Fire Primids, Poppants, Feyeshes, Mites, dark portals, Gamygas, Shaydas and between many other monsters had the bad luck to run into them as they crashed directly into any of the monsters of the Subspace Army, which was very humiliating to be defeated by a bunch of people high on sugar and hunger for more.

"Whendoesthiswornsout?!" High on sugar Ness asked jumping continuously.

"Usuallyinanhourorso!" High on sugar UFO Kirby said lauching a barrage of lasers.

"Getmovinggetmovinggetmovinggetmoving!" High on sugar Green Parasol Kirby said floating down at high speed towards the floor.

"Let'sgowecan'twastemoretimelikethis!" High on sugar Nana said swinging her hammer rapidly around.

"TellthattoRedSwordKirby!" High on Sugar Pikachu said pointing at high on sugar Red Sword Kirby who was jumping over the enemies and diving with his sword to stab them on their heads.

"HAHAHAHAHA! DIE! DIE! DIE! DIE!" High on sugar Red Sword Kirby said laughing like an evil maniac when his sword went throught the bodies of his enemies, liking the deaths he was causing around.

"He'snotonlyangry, butthirstyforblood!" High on sugar Chris said smacking his hammer in front of him, crushing every single enemy who dared to step in his way.

Just when their invincibility was giving them a lot of energy, it worn out just when they were about the final door where the last enemy was.

Everyone panted heavily, slowing down at their mad rush and wiping out their sweat. "Hmm...this is the door to the boss of this area guys!" UFO Kirby said excited.

"We already came this far?" Chris asked confused.

"The shortcut proved to be so useful actually." Jigglypuf said.

"I've got a bad feeling about this..." Pikachu said.

"Well, bosses are meant to be stronger than usual enemies right? You have to have a good strategy to beat them!" UFO Kirby said.

"And to be honest," Dr. Kawashima said from Chris's pocket. "There's a Subspace Bomb beyond the door!"

"Now that proves the existence of the boss." Chris said sighing in disappointment, trying to remember what boss was in the Candy Costellation. "Hey, the 3 Kirbys haven't left yet?"

"Weird, they don't follow me this far." UFO Kirby said.

"Is there another problem with that?" Red Sword Kirby asked angrily.

"W-well...I kinda want to stay this time around..." Yellow Cupid Kirby said studdering.

"Party!" Green Parasol Kirby said excited.

"Why do we need to be scared? We're so many to take anyone down!" Pichu said trying to reassure them.

"Pichu is right...with the help of the 3 Kirbys, nothing bad can happen...I think..." Lucas said wondering a little.

"I'm good to go!" Chris said. "We already came this far without even a scratch thanks to our tactics and...that radioactive candy thingy...so who's with me?"

Everyone raised their hands and Chris smiled and nodded, then, they went inside the boss room.

And of course, the Subspace Bomb was laying there on the center.

"...This is the part where the boss shows up after you're 1 inch away from the objective." Ness said and if it that were a wish, 2 shadowy figures appeared floating the costellation, they looked above them and their eyes widened a lot after seeing who were the 2 mysterious figures.

"It can't be..." Pikachu said.

"No way..." Popo said.

"Why are they here?" UFO Kirby asked confused.

"Is this some kind of a joke? Because I'm not laughing!" Jigglypuff said.

Everyone realised that the 2 mysterious figures were Master Hand and Crazy Hand, who were staring at them in an awkward silence while floating above.

"What is Master Hand and Crazy Hand doing here?!" Ness asked.

"DESTROY!" Both hands said in a scary tone.

"DESTRUCTION!" Master Hand said.

"BARBIE!" Crazy Hand said.

"Barbie?" The Smashers (minus Chris) asked very confused at this.

"...ANNIHILATETION!" Master Hand yelled, causing everybody to roll their eyes.

"Those aren't the hands we know, our hands are more stupid and less chaotic than they are!" Pikachu said, charging electricity on his cheeks.

"...Pikachu, you're really gonna get it once we get back to the mansion, Master Hand and the others can see our actions anytime they want." Nana pointed out, which made Pikachu to stop charging up and trembled in fear.

"I don't think they're awake though." Chris said.

"Why?"

"Because Jigglypuff used Sing remember? So they could have fallen asleep, and what is happening now and the secret of your group is safe for now."

"Phew, what a relief..." Pikachu said.

"...But to tell the truth, Jigglypuff pretty much revealed it before we entered this area when Kirby found us."

Everyone shot glares at Jigglypuff, who looked back anf forth and laughed heartily and scar-

"Ahem, the crazy hands? About to destroy us for good?" Red Sword Kirby coughed angrily.

"Oh, right!" Pikachu said, starting to charge electricity again on his red cheeks.

Kirby and The Amazing Mirror: Boss Theme

"Okay, here's the plan, we split up to take both hands down an-AAAHHH!" They were instantly trapped inside both hands, who shaked them around the room madly before throwing them at different directions, crashing into the walls. "Oww...that was lame..." Chris moaned in pain.

"Screw the strategy! We can't think of anything if they keep attacking us!" Ness said as Master Hand made a fist and crashed into him.

"Hey! Infinite supply of Waddle Dees and Doos! I need your help!" Chris called looking inside his sleeve, but there was sign with something on it.

Please, wait 1 hour

"WHAT?! Since when they can take breaks?!" Chris asked angrily before Crazy Hand grabbed him. "HELP!"

Popo and Nana came from below using Belay to smash Crazy Hand, setting Chris free from his grasp and lading safely in the floor. Then the duo spun to use their Squall Hammer to hit Crazy Hand several times before he shot various bullets at them. "ACK!" Popo received a bullet right into the face and fell with Nana trying to help him.

"Pikachu! Pichu! Spam your Thunders!" UFO Kirby said dodging various flying fists coming from Master Hand.

"But spamming is cheating!" Pichu said.

"This isn't an official match, just do i-AAHH!" UFO Kirby crashed into the wall, losing the UFO ability instantly. "Grab that star!" He said pointing at the star with the UFO ability jumping around the room.

"I've got it!" Green Parasol Kirby said throwing his parasol away and sucking up the star...which he shot at Crazy Hand.

"Are you stupid?! We just lost 2 abilities because of you!" Kirby said angrily.

"But see the bright side! We can search for a new one now!" Green Kirby said.

"No we can't! Remember? Door disappearing once we enter the boss room? No more exits until we defeat them?"

"...Then ask Yellow Kirby or Red Kirby to give us their abilities!"

"Good job, I can prevent them from giving you a power." Kirby said walking towards Red Sword Kirby, as the pink puffball dodged several bullets from a fight Jigglypuff, Pichu, Chris, and Lucas had against Crazy Hand, and going where Red Sword Kirby, Yellow Cupid Kirby, Ness, the Ice Climbers and Pikachu were fighting against Master Hand. "Hey, Red Kirby! Can you give me your sword?"

"Hell no, you lose your ability, you're screwed." Red Sword Kirby said when he was crushed into the floor by Master Hand, losing his Sword ability turning into a star which Kirby promptly ate to become Sword Kirby. "Oh go on! I'm tired anyway!" Red Kirby said angrily, starting to look around for an ability or objects that came from to hands to eat them and shoot them back at them.

Thunders, PK Flashes, PK Freezes, hammer attacks and arrows flew, crashed, exploded around the room. While Red Kirby and Green Kirby were sitting on the floor trying to find a star.

"Hey look, the timid Kirby lost his ability." Red Kirby said while the Cupid ability jumped around as a star which came from a hurted Yellow Kirby by a smack on his face.

"Then go for it!" Green Kirby suggested with a smile.

"I'm not a vagina-y like he is, you, on the other hand..."

I'll go! I'm a very good vagina-y!... Whatever that is..." Green Kirby said absorbing the Cupid ability and tiny wings sprouted in his back with a crown and a bow on his left hand. "See ya!" He said waving and flying away.

"...God, why he needs to be so stupid?"

Master Hand and Crazy Hand went to each side of the room with their hands opened and Chris gasped at this. "They're going to crush us at the same time!"

"Jump!" Pikachu suggested and they jumped from a clap that the hands made, but they continued it by going above to reach them. "Oh no, we're trapped!"

And unfortunately, they were, once the hands reached them, they started to clap very fast dealing strong amounts of damage, the Smashers then fell to the floor moaning in pain before getting up shaking their heads.

"They're too strong! No matter how many of us are attacking them!" Nana said.

"Remember, even if they don't look tired, their health will be reduced with each hit we give to them!" Jigglypuff said.

"That's true, but the ones who are in trouble are us!" Pichu said.

Chris looked inside his sleeve again and the Waddle Dees and Doos were there again. "It's about time, where were you all?"

"The bathroom!" They responded in unison and Chris made a sick face.

"I hope my sleeve doesn't smells bad because of you, now please aid me!" He said looking at the hands and taking out a random helper, which was a Waddle Doo. "Hey Maxwell, can you help me?"

"(O) Actually, I'm Edwin." Edwin the Waddle Doo said.

"Whatever, so Taylor, can you give me a hand against...those hands over there?"

Edwin looked at the hands. "(O) Hmm, okay, give me a second." He said walking towards Crazy Hand. "(O) I see...yes...here I go!" Before he could shoot rays from his eye, Crazy Hand slapped the Waddle Doo, sending him crashing into the wall. "Oww..." He said, disappearing in a puff.

"..." Chris looked inside his sleeve and there was another sign.

Please, wait until the battle is over

"...That's it, I'm not going to bother calling you guys again." Chris said rolling his eyes before he used the Super Dedede Jump, falling above Crazy Hand and pinning him down to the floor. "NOW ATTACK HIS FINGERS! LIKE THIS!" He yelled smashing the "bad" finger. "Oops, wrong finger, sorry." He said changing to the index one.

"DAMNATION!" Master Hand yelled flying towards Chris to set Crazy Hand free. But Chris used the Super Dedede Jump again to fall right above Master Hand to stick him with his insane brother.

"Does this hammer weights so much for you 2?!" Chris asked furiously smashing Master Hand.

"YES!"

"...Wow, they actually listened to me for once."

"ENOUGH!" Master Hand and Crazy Hand yelled moving out of the way quickly and smashing them to the floor in their place.

"AAHH! PIKACHU! PICHU! USE THUNDER TO PARALYZE THEM!" Popo said resisting the attacks.

Pikachu and Pichu used Thunder to create a black cloud that shot a thunder above the hands, crossing them and going down to impact both yellow mouses. "Now! Get out of the way!" Sword Kirby said rolling away with the others to evade another smash from the hands.

"Receive my love!" Green Cupid Kirby said firing arrows with hearts at Master Hand. "Hahaha! Did you fell in love with me?" Green Cupid Kirby asked excited as Master Hand grabbed him to crush him inside. "Ugh...look you guys...he's changing my facial color from green to blue...I'm Blue Kirby now!" Green Cupid Kirby said inside Master Hand.

"Pound!" Jigglypuff yelled using 3 Pounds on Master Hand to set Green Cupid Kirby free from him. "You're cheesy too!"

"Of course I smell like cheese!" Green Cupid Kirby said stupidly.

"I have an idea!" Chris said running from Crazy Hand. "Let's reunite them above each other to use our combinated attacks!"

"Okay!" The Ice Climbers said sticking out their tongues at Master Hand, who turned red and flew towards them while he noticed that Pichu and Pikachu were doing the same thing, and he turned to them to crush them alive.

"Closer..." Chris said when Crazy Hand and Master Hand were getting closer to each other. "Pichu! Use Thunder once they're above each other to paralyze them..or better yet, make them go above the bomb!"

"O-okay!" Pichu said a little scared from the plan but he ran to the center of the room above the bomb, placing himself above the bomb as both hands went after him. "PIIIIIIIIICHU!!!" He called forth a thunder when they were jus above each other and him, paralizing them in midair.

"Pikachu! Use Thunder too!" Ness said to Pikachi who nodded and ran above where Pikachu was and they casted 2 Thunders at the same time, electrocuting the hands to give Chris and the Ice Climbers time to jump high in the air to smash their hammers in unison.

And they jumped high in the air raising their hammers above the hands, letting out a yell. "HAMMER SQUASH!" They yelled in unison smashing Chris's hammer, then Nana's hammer with Popo's hammer above the 2 hammers above Master Hand. And then, Sword Kirby came from above with the tip of his sword pointing down above Master Hand and stabbing him, pushing him towards Crazy Hand and the Subspace Bomb with a great impact, creating a huge crack around them and the floor as the bomb exploded below the hands, then various flashes appeared on the background and Master Hand and Crazy Hand flashed together to scream in extreme pain, exploding too and the crowd cheered at their victory.

Music stops

"We...we did it!" Lucas said smiling and jumping happily along with the others and the Kirbys (except for Red Kirby, who crossed his arms), suddenly, a shard of the shattered Amazing Mirror floated down the costellation and Sword Kirby looked at it.

"We even destroyed the bomb on our own!" Jigglypuff cheered.

"This is the final shard! Now we can save Meta Knight!" Sword Kirby cheered, taking the shard and they suddenly formed a group in a line, looking at the costellation with the typical victory dance of Kirby as they danced happily around before holding their hands above them (a Waddle Dee and a Waddle Doo appeared within the sleeve at the end of the dance, with happy faces).

Entrance

They instantly teleported right in front of the Amazing Mirror, where they looked at the mirror with their reflections on it.

"It looks a little sad when you think about it." Lucas said.

"Nevertheless, Meta Knight will be saved thanks to us." Pikachu said.

"Hmm..." Chris rubbed his chin.

"What's wrong Chris?" Pichu asked confused.

"Don't you think there's something wrong around here?"

"What do you mean?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I mean, we went through the costellation where many enemies appeared, but to tell the truth, I think they weren't showing us their true potential, and to sum that up, the fakes Master Hand and Crazy Hand we fought weren't possesed by the Shadow Bugs and the Subspace Bomb was laying there too."

"Yes...and Wolf didn't showed up too...weird..." Nana wondered.

"But they couldn't have entered inside the mirror, it was shattered!" Pichu said glancing at the mirror with his reflection. "Or did they?"

"Remember, they can create those dark portals to enter anywhere, maybe even in the mirror." Chris said.

Sword Kirby looked down the clouds to see Dreamland, then he spotted various tiny spots moving inside a hidden place where the sunset was red. "Hey, what's happening down there?"

The Smashers and the 3 other Kirbys looked below to see the spots moving inside the hidden place where the sunset was oddly red. "Are they...the Subspace Army?" Ness asked.

"And what's up with the odd red color covering the site?" Popo asked confused at this.

Chris looked at the mirror, then at the spots, then back and forth until he stopped. "But we need to rescue Meta Knight this instant, maybe he can help us."

"Meta Knight? Helping us? That only happens when I'm about to defeat the last boss!" Sword Kirby said, giving the Sword ability back to Red Kirby. "Let's just put the last shard and enter that world!"

Kirby slowly put the last shard in the mirror, everyone watched the shining light coming from inside, where a voice spoke to them.

"Come..." A familiar voice said to them.

Chris thought instantly of Meta Knight dancing above a big sombrero while the music of Mariachi played as the masked warrior clapped together along with the music on his head. But Chris shook his head to stop having that thought and spoke. "Great, he doesn't has a mexican voice, but instead, he stole Darth Vader's voice."

"Who's Darth Vader?" Pichu asked curiously.

"Your father."

Pichu gasped. "Really?!"

"No!" Replied Chris angrily.

Preview of the next chapter

"Who is there?" Chris asked scared looking around the destroyed area of the mirror world.

"I am Meta Knight," Meta Knight appeared from nowhere using his cape and throwing it away. "And you're in my way, begone!"

"You're no Meta Knight!" Kirby protested. "He's not that dark!... Unless you're his dark version from the Raddish Ruins!"

........................................................................

"I'm Ness!" Ness said.

"My name is Chris," Chris began. "I like potatoes."

........................................................................

"Oww! Oww! Oww!" Jigglypuff moaned in pain as the mirrors were hitting her continuously.

"Hit the eye! That's his weak point!" Kirby said swinging Galaxia.

........................................................................

The Smashers entered inside the portal, but just as the portal was going to close, a fast flying person entered inside in a rush to seek questions about something that was bothering him and the vortex disappeared.

........................................................................

"Next time: Galaxia, The Mighty Sword!" Kirby said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Mirror World
Chris
, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Kirby, Red Kirby, Yellow Kirby, Green Kirby
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 18, 2008, 01:09:26 PM
Chapter 60: Galaxia: The Mighty Sword

Entrance

"...Are you sure we can fight the last villain?" Yellow Kirby asked trembling.

"Pff, I bet he's weak like the other enemies." Red Sword Kirby said rolling his eyes.

"Maybe he has candy for us!" Green Kirby said.

"Guys, guys, guys, stop saying those things, we're 12 against 1, let's just enter and defeat him once and for all." Kirby said, jumping inside the Amazing Mirror.

"I've got an even worse feeling than before this time..." Pikachu said, jumping inside the mirror.

Chris looked inside his sleeve. "Hey, you're not going to run away again, right?"

"Of course not! Last time we were busy, but not this time!" Cherry the Waddle Doo said making a fist.

"Yeah!" All of them said in unison.

"...And just to be sure, do you need to go again?" Chris asked. And suddenly, all the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos ran away to the bathrooms. "...You're all unbelievable!" And Chris jumped inside the mirror, frowning.

"W-we can do it...w-we can do it...w-we can do it....w-we can do i-" Ness pushed Lucas inside and he jumped after him.

"For the combinated attacks!" The Ice Climbers said in unison jumping inside the mirror.

"This is going to be fun..." Red Sword Kirby said jumping inside the mirror with the other 2 Kirbys.

"D-don't be scared...y-you can do it Pichu..." Pichu said to himself, entering with Pikachu.

Amazing Mirror

The Smashers found themselves standing in a desolated, destroyed and gloomy place of the entrance of the Amazing Mirror. The pillars of the background were destroyed that it made the place look like a war took place there.

"H-hello? Is anybody there?" Yellow Kirby asked studdering. Then a pebble fell from the pillars. "Aah!"

"It's just a pebble." Nana said, looking around.

Winds were starting to blow around, creating a horrifying sound that made Lucas, Pichu and Yellow Kirby to duck, scared.

"This place it's just too creepy, and where is Meta Knight, our captive person?" Ness asked.

"I don't see him anywhere..." Kirby said.

"Because we already got him."

"Who is there?" Chris asked scared looking around the destroyed area of the mirror world.

"I am Meta Knight," Meta Knight appeared from nowhere using his cape and throwing it away. "And you're in my way, begone!"

"You're not Meta Knight!" Kirby protested. "He's not that dark!... Unless you're his dark version from the Raddish Ruins!"

"And that evilish aura...the Shadow Bugs!" Popo said surprised.

"That's right," Behind a boulder, Wolf (in a cuter version of himself and shorter) appeared with crossed arms. "The Shadow Bugs took over his body."

"Aww, look, Wolf's a puppy!" Nana squealed.

"S-shut up! I hate being here anyway!" Wolf the pup-er, I mean, Wolf snarled at this.

"Wolf, I need to tell you something very important, he isn't Meta Knight." Chris said.

Wolf raised an eyebrow. "What? Don't try to trick me kid!"

"But it's the truth! You just captured his dark version of himself of the Mirror World!"

Wolf looked with a frustrated look to Dark Dark Meta Knight (another Dark name was added since he had the first Dark from the beginning). "Hey you, do you know where is the Halberd?"

"The Halberd?" The Smashers and the Kirbys asked in unison.

"I don't know anything about that Halberd thing, I'm here to destroy them!" Dark Dark Meta Knight said pointing his sword at them.

"...Then I wasted my time with you! Ugh! Now how I'm going to explain this to Tabuu? He'll be very upset about this!" Wolf said angrily.

"Excume me but, why are you asking about the Halberd?" Kirby asked tilting his head at the right.

"That doesn't matters for you to know! We don't reveal our plans to you!"

"...Wait, you're not trying to-" Chris was interrupted.

"Well, at least this faker can destroy you this time, I'm leaving to report this to Tabuu."

"Call me a faker and you're going to regret it." Dark Dark Meta Knight said glaring at Wolf.

"Says the idiot who hides his face behind the mask." Wolf muttered to himself.

"What'd you say?!"

"Nothing," Wolf looked at the Smashers. "You're lucky this time, but I already ordered the Shadow Bugs to take over the body of Dark Mind to make all the things difficult to you, with that, my task is done here." Wolf said, entering inside a dark portal to the Subspace and vanishing with it.

"Oh no, just where do they obtain the Shadow Bugs from?" Pikachu asked upset about this.

"Well, most of the dangerous organizations have their resources from people and their arsenals," Chris said, trembling a little after looking at Dark Dark Meta Knight. "I hope they don't force anyone to help them."

"Because that would be cruel!" Pichu said.

Checker Knights

GET
READY!

"Enough!" Dark Dark Meta Knight said enraged. "We shall fight here and now!" Suddenly, he levitated from the ground flying using dark wings sprouting on his back and they gasped at this.

"Wait, that means the normal Meta Knight has wings like him?" Jigglypuff asked scared.

"Umm, yeah...well...it makes me wonder if he's a vampire, you know, maybe he's a vampire and hides his fangs in his face to-"

"KIRBY!" The Ice Climbers shouted in unison before Kirby was slashed several times by Dark Dark Meta Knight's sword and was pushed to the ground by his foot.

"Red Kirby! Give me your ability!" Kirby said as he got up.

"No way, he's mine!" Red Sword Kirby said and they backed away from him. "Not in that way you sickos!"

"Oh no, get away!" Yellow Kirby shouted.

Dark Dark Meta Knight quickly flew towards Red Sword Kirby, who instantly started a furious sword fight between them.

"...Er...guys...shouldn't we help the red Kirby to fight?" Chris suggested and they thought about it before charging at Meta Knight.

"Begone!" Dark Dark Meta Knight said swinging his sword one time to create a big tornado that went towards the Smashers.

"What the?! Get out of the way!" Ness gasped and they quickly ran to the opposite direction, but the tornado was faster and it trapped all of them, slashing continuously their bodies as they went up to be launched to the air and crashing directly to the ground, moaning in pain.

"Oww...he's too strong even with all of us to fight against him..." Popo said as he got up with Nana.

"But Red Kirby is in danger! We have to help him and fast!" Yellow Kirby said.

"AAHH!" Red Sword Kirby was pushed away to one of the pillars, losing the Sword ability who jumped around as a star.

"Kirby! Go and get the star while we distract him!" Jigglypuff said preparing to use Rollout on Dark Dark Meta Knight, but the dark warrior created a huge shockwave that went directly to her and changing directions to prevent Kirby from getting the Sword ability.

"Oh no you don't!" Chris said using the Super Dedede Jump to crash his hammer above Dark Dark Meta Knight, but he dodged the attack and used Drill Rush to spin with his dark sword at Chris's stomach, sending the World Traveler in the air a little just for Dark Dark Meta Knight to use Shuttle Loop and do a slash to Chris, sending him even higher in the air.

"PICHUU!" Pichu managed to cast a Thunder just below Dark Dark Meta Knight to deal electricity, giving Chris time to land on his feet and run away to recover a little from his wounds.

"Hiyah!" Ness used his bat on Dark Dark Meta Knight to send him away in the air, then Lucas came from Dark Dark Meta Knight's direction to use PK Freeze and froze the dark version of the knight.

"Fools!" Dark Dark Meta Knight said inside the ice, breaking out and flying directly towards Kirby who was about to eat the star with the Sword ability.

"No!" Kirby said as Dark Dark Meta Knight collided into him and taking the puffball high in the air with him, just to throw him back using his sword to crash in the ground, then Dark Dark Meta Knight flew at high spped towards Kirby to stab his sword at him.

"Don't do it!" Out of nowhere, Yellow Kirby appeared wearing a green hat and a sword, because he absorbed the Sword ability to save Kirby from Dark Dark Meta Knight pushing the dark version of Galaxia away, which gave time to Kirby to run away.

"Humph, a pitiful intent to save that idiot." Dark Dark Meta Knight taunted.

"I-I won't surrender yet!" Yellow Sword Kirby said shielding himself with his sword.

"It's on!" Dark Dark Meta Knight flew directly to Yellow Sword Kirby, who surprisingly gasped at every slash that was almost going to reach him, but blocked all of them by closing his eyes and imagining in his mind to block the sword in random directions, which were the right ones.

The Ice Climbers appeared from behind and used Blizzard to freeze Dark Dark Meta Knight, but he reacted instantly to dodge the ice wind to appear from behind the Ice Climbers and push Nana to hit Popo by accident, then Dark Dark Meta Knight prepared to slash his sword on their backs, but Yellow Sword Kirby jumped over the parka kids and blocked the slash to continue his fight.

"Go Taylor!" Chris said throwing a Waddle Dee (with the name Michelle actually) to hit Dark Dark Meta Knight from behind, it impacted and the Waddle Dee named Michelle rubbed her head before Dark Dark Meta Knight thrusted his foot at her to send the Waddle Dee away from his fight, but Michelle got unharmed and simply disappeared. "Why didn't that Waddle Dee got any damage from that attack?" Chris asked to himself before Harrison the Waddle Doo appeared from his sleeve.

"(O) Because we can resist even the most devastating attack and not receive any damage at all!"

"How can that explain everything Harrison?"

"(O;) A-actually sir, my name is Cameron."

"Okay Cameron, give me a full explanation of-"

"CHRIS! LOOK IN FRONT OF YOU!" Lucas warned but Cameron hid in the sleeve before Chris was pushed by Dark Dark Meta Knight's right foot, pinning the World Traveler to the ground to try to stab him.

"Oh god, please don't tell me, you're going to stab my heart!" Chris said pleading for mercy sarcastically, and thinking why the dark knight was heavier than him if Dark Dark Meta Knight was smaller.

"Exactly what you say." Dark Dark Meta Knight said lifting his sword above him and Chris closed his eyes, before Jigglypuff, Green Kirby and Red Kirby came from the right side pushing him aside. "Get off me now!"

"Of course not, you're staying with us you like it or not!" Red Kirby said, glaring at Dark Dark Meta Knight.

"Now GIVE US DAH CANDY!" Green Kirby said laughing maniacally.

"...Do they have more hidden personalities?!" Jigglypuff asked confused at Kirby.

"(-.-) Well...Yellow Kirby is good at crying..." Kirby said and Yellow Sword Kirby instantly cried. "W-wait! No! I didn't meant to make you cry!" The yellow Kirby instantly stopped and blinked in surprise. "See?"

"TAKE THIS!" Dark Dark Meta Knight yelled pushing the 3 puffballs away and using Drill Rush to slash Jigglypuff, and using the same combo of attacks like he did with Chris.

"Stop right there! PIKACHUUU!" Pikachu used Thunder just when Dark Dark Meta Knight was going to use Shuttle Loop on Jigglypuff, paralizing him for a brief moment enough to let Chris to slam his hammer above him.

"UGH!" Dark Dark Meta Knight's mask was starting to fall apart but it didn't shattered and noticed that the Smashers and the Kirbys were running towards him, to attack all of them at once, he turned into a mini tornado using Mach Tornado, pulling all of them inside with a final slash to push each one to different directions.

"How can a thing so small be so strong?" Lucas asked confused, noticing that Dark Dark Meta Knight became enraged by his statement of "thing" and flew to him. "...HELP!" Lucas said, trying to run away before Dark Dark Meta Knight grabbed him by the collar of his striped shirt and pushing the PK uder to the grounf with a slash over Lucas, before attacking his stomach with a strong kick and crashing into a pillar. "Oww!" Lucas moaned in pain, slowly getting up.

"YAH!" Yellow Sword Kirby came from the left side but Dark Dark Meta Knight jumped above the yellow Kirby before thrusting his sword above him, Yellow Sword Kirby was instantly defeated and disappeared in a cloud of smoke, leaving the Sword ability to jump away from the spot towards Green Kirby, who ate it to turn into Green Sword Kirby.

"I'M DAH MAN, WEAKLINGS!" Green Sword Kirby said like an idiot before swinging his sword widly at Dark Dark Meta Knight, who simply stabbed Green Sword Kirby to defeat him in one strike. "Oh...well...screw you!" Green Sword Kirby said angrily before disappearing in a cloud of smoke, letting the Sword ability be eated by Red Kirby to turn into Red Sword Kirby once again.

"I'm not an idiot like him, I warned you!" Red Sword Kirby said rushing with Dark Dark Meta Knight doing the same thing, starting another sword fight between them.

"Let's help him!" Pichu said as he ran towards Dark Dark Meta Knight, but the dark knight grabbed Pichu and threw the yellow mouse into Red Sword Kirby, pushing them away and falling above their backs, noticing Dark Dark Meta Knight about to stab Pichu. "Help me please!"

"UGH!" Red Sword Kirby stepped in front of Pichu to receive the stab, thus saving Pichu from the attack.

"NO!" Pichu cried.

"Don't cry over me you idiot!" Red Sword Kirby said dropping to his...er...stomach? "Just do all of us a favor and defeat him to end this!" Red Sword Kirby said letting the Sword ability to wander around as a star again, as the angry Kirby disappeared in a cloud of smoke.

"PK Freeze!" Lucas yelled casting a cloud of mist flying towards Dark Dark Meta Knight, but he dodged the ice explosion and flew to Lucas, but Ness appeared and used his bat to hit him, sending Dark Dark Meta Knight at Chris, who slammed his hammer once again at the dark knight, breaking his mask a little more.

"All of you...ALL OF YOU SHALL PAY FOR MY MASK! AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Dark Dark Meta Knight swung his sword 10 times to create 10 huge tornados that went in circles around the destroyed area, eliminating almost everything in sight including all the Smashers and keeping Kirby away from getting the star with the Sword ability, pushing all of them high in the air to crash their bodies at the ground, moaning in pain once again.

"I can't...keep fighting him...even if we dealed a lot of damage...he's still standing..." Pikachu said, clenching his teeths.

"My voice is too...hurted...now..." Jigglypuff said, moaning.

"Thank you very much...guys..." Chris said sarcastically to the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos inside his sleeve.

"Did I let you guys...down?" Kirby asked weakly.

"Nooo..." They said in unison moaning too.

Dark Dark Meta Knight slowly approached towards Kirby, grabbing his left arm with his right hand, his sword on his left hand since he was the "mirror" of the real Meta Knight. "Say your prayers...this time...I shall end your life here and now...say good bye to your friends!"

"Forget it!" Chris said angrily throwing a Waddle Dee (named Amber) at Dark Dark Meta Knight, who pushed her with a single slash, disappearing in a cloud of smoke.

"We won't let you do that!" Jigglypuff said charging her Rollout and running quickly towards Dark Dark Meta Knight, but he slammed his sword at the ground to create a huge shockwave to stop her and hurt Jigglypuff. "AAHH!!!" Jigglypuff fell unconscious on the ground.

"Stop trying to stop me, it's inevitable to save this nuisance." Dark Dark Meta Knight said, lifting his sword again above him to deal the final blow to Kirby, who was now crying a little for mercy and the rest of the Smashers turned their heads to see Kirby about to be defeated by Dark Dark Meta Knight, but couldn't do anything else to move from their positions, wishing for something to save the poor pink puffball. "THIS IS THE END!"

"FOR YOU!" Someone yelled above the destroyed pillars, they managed to look up to find a mysterious figure hidding inside a purple cape, covering his body, until the mysterious person put away his cape to reveal a mask with yellow eyes, a dark blue body behind the mask and black armor shoulders with 2 white gloves on his hands and the legendary golden sword, Galaxia on his right hand, close to his purple boots that fit his feets perfectly, then he flew down at high speed towards Dark Dark Meta Knight, who was standing above Kirby and was instantly pushed by the mysterious figure, backing away to stay above his feet, but before he could do that, the mysterious figure stabbed his mask right into the middle, into his red eyes, killing Dark Dark Meta Knight in a fatal way.

"...No...I thought I defeated you...curses!" Dark Dark Meta Knight yelled angrily, before he fell to his back and turning his head at Kirby. "You...you won't stop Dark Mind from destroying the Mirror World...not even Dark Kirby tried to save the Mirror World from you...uuuugh" Dark Dakr Meta Knight said before gasping for breath and vanishing for good.

"Wait...that dark version of Kirby was trying to protect the Mirror World?" Nana asked confused, before noticing a Maxim Tomato in front of her eyes, not only her saw a Maxim Tomato, but everybody else saw their own one.

"...Eat it!" Chris said grabbing his tomato and eating it completely, restoring his health instantly with everyone else, who got up and walked towards Kirby.

"Meta Knight! You came to save us!" Kirby said happily and revealing the mysterious person to be Meta Knight, who stare at him, rather interested.

"Kirby?... Are you talking?" Meta Knight asked.

Kirby nodded smiling. "Of course! Thanks to my friends!"

Meta Knight looked at all the Smashers. "...So they are the persons who you met in that tournament you told me about..."

"Exactly like I told you!"

"H-hi...my name i-is Lucas..." Lucas said smiling a little, scared at the masked warrior.

"I'm Pikachu sir, nice to meet you." Pikahu said bowing his head and Pichu did the same.

"I'm Pichu!" Pichu said excited.

"I'm Ness!" Ness said.

"My name is Chris," Chris began. "I like potatoes."

Everyone stared at Chris by his strange response.

"...You like potatoes?" Pikachu asked confused.

"Well, sorry! That fight must have knocked me out some brain cells!" Chris complained.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 19, 2008, 03:53:45 PM
"I don't care who you are, I care about, however, about that portal to Dark Mind." Meta Knight said pointing to a dimensional rift above them, growing in size in every second that was sucking all the rocks around, including the Smashers except for Meta Knight.

"AYEEEEEHHHH!!!" Pichu screamed as he entered inside with the other ones too.

"Meta Knight! Are you going to help us to fight him?!" Kirby asked, trying to get away from the portal.

"No, but take this!" Meta Knight threw his sword Galaxia inside. "Use my sword to defeat him once and for all!"

"But what about you?! What are you going to do?!" Nana asked as she slowly entered the portal by force.

"Something is happening back in Dreamland, I don't know what it is, but there are mysterious creatures trying to steal the Halberd!"

If Chris was still outside the portal, he could have had an idea about the intentions of the Subspace Army to steal Meta Knight's ship.

"META KNIGHT!!!" Kirby screamed before they were swallowed by the dimensional portal, and Meta Knight quickly ran away back to Dreamland before calling out his wings to fly down.

Dark Mirror World

"OWW!" They fell above each other above the ground, but Kirby and Jigglypuff just bounced off and landed on their feet, Kirby looked around for Meta Knight's sword and he found it struck just in front of his eyes, taking it and receiving his power.

"What is this place?" Pichu asked confused at the ominous background that was like a dark whirlpool.

"This is probably where Dark Mind is..." Chris said, slowly getting up and wiping some dust from his robe.

"Wolf told us the Shadow Bugs took his body, if that's the case, then the battle could be harder this time." Ness commented.

"MWHAHAHAHAHA!"

"And speaking of the devil, here he comes!" Kirby said glaring at the floating, dark creature who was appearing from above, the darkness around him disappeared to reveal and dark magician with a wicked face, an orange ball with a red eye was on the center of his body and he also wore a dark cape, covering his body with 2 floating mirrors.

Kirby and The Amazing Mirror Boss Theme

"Wait, there aren't any Shadow Bugs possesing his body!" Nana said.

"Call me an idiot but, I don't think this is the real Dark Mind!" Popo said.

"Who cares? Let's just beat him!" Kirby said charging towards Dark Mind, but the magician teleported to different places as they tried to land a blow to his body, but Dark Mind appeared on the center, firing 2 stars at Lucas and Jigglypuff.

"Dodge it!" Jigglypuff said rolling out of the way, but Lucas got the hit and was damaged by a little amount.

"Ouch! That hurts a little!" Lucas complained.

"Good, now we know his attacks are weak." Pikachu said, using Thunder above Dark Mind but he didn't received any damage at all. "What the heck? It didn't worked!"

"HAHAHAHA!" Dark Mind laughed, spinning his mirrors around his body to land many hits on Pikachu.

"HEY! OWW! STOP! OWW! THAT!" Pikachu complained before the last hit sent him crashing into the ground.

"That's not how you do it you silly!" Jigglypuff said as she floated towards one of the mirrors. "You need to do a pose to wait for the mirror to break by your looks!" She said making a pose.

"...Jigglypuff, that's the most stupid thing I've ever heard!" Chris said. "You sound like those girly girls back in my school where they only care for their bre-"

"HAHAHAHAHA!" Dark Mind laughed maniacally before throwing his mirrors at Jigglypuff and Chris.

"Hey! Don't interrupt me!" Chris complained and threw a Gordo at his cape, which actually gave damage to the magician and backed away in the air grunting a little. "...I just remembered! The eye inside his cape is his weak point!"

Popo and Nana nodded to each other and ran below Dark Mind, using Belay to smask their hammers below him where the eye was looking, causing pain to Dark Mind as he backed away and began to teleport to almost all the parts above the Smashers, and calling an odd blue ball that he threw on the middle of the field.

"Where'd he go?" Kirby asked confused as Lucas saw the odd blue ball that was starting to shine brightly.

"Umm...everyone...I think we need to-" Lucas was interrupted because the odd blue ball was in fact a bomb that made a huge explosion around the field, damaging all the Smashers in the blast as they fell on their backs.

"That was so cheap!" Popo complained as he got up. "Creating a bomb to hurt us!"

"Look! There he is again!" Pichu said pointing at a laughing Dark Mind who called 2 more stars to hit them.

"Say, what's that odd sound of a machine?" Chris asked confused, glancing at his hammer which was making odd sounds, then he lifted his hammer to the air and it changed into a mechanized version of it. "What the?! This hammer is a machine?!" Indeed, Chris just learned to use the Jet Hammer, as the hammer was charging to deal a strong blow, he saw one of the stars going directly towards him, then he thought about using the Jet Hammer to deflect it to one of the mirrors, he did it and the star went flying at high speed towards the first mirror, destroying it.

"Keep going! We have to defeat him!" Kirby said as he unleashed a huge flying shockwave that flew directly towards the cape, hitting the eye inside which made a nasty look on Dark Mind's face.

"PK Flash!" Dark Mind looked below him to see a green flash going inside his cape, who instantly exploded in a bright flash and...the magician shattered like a mirror?

"...Huh? Did we beat that thing already?" Lucas asked very confused at this before they were teleported to another place.

"What is happening here? Everything it's just too confusing..." Popo said shaking his head.

"Well, there's another door over there, why we won't go in now and see what is on the other side?" Kirby suggested as he saw his reflection on Galaxia.

"I-I suggest to just keep going..." Lucas suggested studdering a little before entering inside the next door, taking all of them back to the same spot, but with the difference of 2 platforms standing above them.

"Wait, so we returned to the same place again?" Nana asked angrily.

"No, see? Those 2 platforms above us weren't there before, right?" Popo said pointing to the platforms. "And Dark Mind it's there with his wicked look on his ugly face, laughing maniacally at us like usual, see? I'm a genius!"

In fact, Dark Mind was floating above the right platform laughing maniacally at them with his wicked look on his face.

"Popo, you do realize that we just met him 56 SECONDS AGO?!" Nana said angrily at his brother.

"Look out!" Pichu and Lucas said in unison stepping out of the way from a star, that went right towards Ness, knocking him out.

"Kirby, just thrust Meta Knight's sword into his eye like the last time!" Chris said to Kirby.

"Okay, but it's not a one-hit KO!" Kirby said as he ran below Dark Mind to thrust Galaxia into the eye, and Dark Mind backed away before teleporting to different places again.

"No you don't!" Ness said smackinh his yo-yo in of the mirrors, then Lucas used PK Freeze to freeze the flying mirror with an explosion of ice, the mirror went down and Jigglypuff used Rollout to shatter it in small pieces, with the ice and the mirror shards.

"Here I go!" Chris came from above using the Super Dedede Jump, landing above Dark Mind to push him to the ground, and Kirby came from the same direction Chris came and struck down his sword in the eye, shattering Dark Mind once again and teleporting the Smashers to another location.

"Not again, are we going to do this one more time?" Jigglypuff asked panting a little.

"I think, we can't rest once we see him explode to make sure he was killed." Chris said.

"Enter then!" Kirby said, entering another door where the platforms disappeared, but 2 puddles were at each side this time, and Dark Mind descended from the darkness once again.

"This is going to be a long day..." Pikachu muttered under his breath.

After fighting 2 more times against Dark Mind...

Their energies were almost depleted, they looked at each other after fighting 4 times against the annoying boss.

"I'm almost out of energy..." Lucas said weakly.

"And look...something is happening with his weird orange body..." Popo said pointing at the orange body with the eye that was the only thing from Dark Mind, it floated above the ground creating another area, the background was now an orange whirlpool, the ground was a floor, and the eye was closed, floating above the weakened party.

"T-the Shadow Bugs...are coming out from the eye!" Pikachu said, the Shadow Bugs that Wolf previously mentioned were pouring out from the eye and crawling to its body, turning Dark Mind's eye into an even stronger version as it opened his red glowing eye, Jigglypuff felt an earthquake shaking the whole place and they looked the eye growing slowly in size, and it was now bigger that Dark Mind himself.

"Those things were...probably waiting the right time to take his body in his final form..." Nana said as she got up with the others, trying to not stumble.

02 Battle

Kirby then looked at each sides, he felt someone approaching and turned his head to find Dark Kirby holding several Maxim Tomatos in his hands to each one of them. "Are you...helping us?" Kirby asked confused and Dark Kirby nodded with a little smile, giving each one of them a Maxim Tomato to recover their energies.

"That fake Meta Knight was right! This Kirby wanted to help Kirby to save the Mirror World!" Ness said.

Kirby simply stared at Dark Kirby and the pink puffball nodded to the dark puffball, who left in a hury to let them fight Dark Mind's eye, or in this situation, Dark Dark Mind's eye.

"Kirby, did he told you something?" Jigglypuff asked as she finished her tomato to regain her energies.

Kirby nodded with a smile. "Yes! He told me with the "please help me to save this world from Dark Mind, Dark Meta Knight tricked me to stop you and I'm sorry for the misunderstanding, but I beg of you, please defeat that evil monster from destroying this world, if you do that, I swear I'm going to protect it with my own hands if everything is saved with the help of that sword and your friends!" face!"

Chris made a confused face. "...He told you all that just with a simple face?"

"Yes!"

"Kirby, you're official th-"

"WATCH OUT! BEHIND YOU!" Popo yelled.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 19, 2008, 04:14:17 PM
Good job on it. (Sorry for interrupting chapter.)

Also, why of all the games in the Kirby series, why do it based on Amazing Mirror?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 19, 2008, 04:28:52 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on July 19, 2008, 04:14:17 PM
Good job on it. (Sorry for interrupting chapter.)

Also, why of all the games in the Kirby series, why do it based on Amazing Mirror?
The one being Smash related, Master Hand and Crazy Hand, the Smash ability he gets when he absorbs one (thought I forgot to give him that, oh well).
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 19, 2008, 09:42:47 PM
Chris looked above him to be impacted by a giant blue beam from Dark Dark Mind's eye, which damaged half of his health.

"Just great...when my energy returned to me..." Chris panted a little.

Pikachu found the 2 mirrors in each side of the place, then Dark Dark Mind's eye shot another laser that went to the first mirror, which was looking directly at the second mirror and his way, Ness and Kirby were fataly attacked and the beam bounced from the second mirror that went impacting on Pikachu, pushing him. "That was...too low..." Pikachu muttered.

Next thing Dark Dark Mind's eye did was to dig itself in the floor, with the eye facing the sky and the mirrors became a huge barrier that also was for attacking Jigglypuff and Lucas.

"Oww! Oww! Oww!" Jigglypuff moaned in pain as the mirrors were hitting her continuously.

"Hit the eye! That's his weak point!" Kirby said swinging Galaxia to create a shockwave that went towards the big boss, but Dark Dark Mind's eye quickly got out from the floor and floated above them again, evading the shockwave Kirby made.

"Yah!" The Ice Climbers were pulled towards the eye using Belay to hit it with their hammers, but Dark Dark Mind's eye quickly teleported to their right side, slashing its mirrors in an X shape across the sky to damage both parka kids, and crushing both of them to the floor by the mirrors. "Nana...are you okay?" Popo asked weakly under the first mirror.

"Yes...I can't believe that eye is already beating us..." Nana said weakly as the mirrors started to push them harder into the floor, yelling in pain.

"No!" Chris yelled raising his hammer to smash the first mirror, breaking it to set Popo free as he went to help Nana, suddenly, Dark Dark Mind's eye shot another laser that almost hits Chris, but Pikachu pushed him out of the way in time to save him. "Pikachu!"

"Ugh! Run...please!" Pikachu managed to say before he fell, defeated.

"Kirby! Call the other Kirbys to help us!" Ness said as he evaded the lasers from Dark Dark Mind's eye, Kirby took out a cellphone and called for help, suddenly, Red Kirby appeared using the Hammer ability, Yellow Kirby appeared using the Bomb ability and Green Kirby appeared Wheel ability.

"Okay, you need to hit its eye to do damage, so get moving now, please!" Kirby said before jumping above him to stab Galaxia into the eye.

"Heh, this is going to be a piece of cake." Red Hammer Kirby said, lifting his hammer above him.

"Piece of cake?! Where!?" Green Wheel Kirby asked drooling as he turned into a green wheel with a star that went accelerating towards the mirror that was crushing Nana, using it as a ramp that sent him at high speed above Dark Dark Mind's eye.

"H-here! Please don't hate me for this!" Yellow Bomb Kirby said throwing a bomb to the eye, which the round monster closed it before the bomb touched the eye, and opening it again to find Red Hammer Kirby about to smash his hammer into it, which he did and Dark Dark Mind's eye teleported madly around the place, recovering its first mirror and taking his second mirror off from Nana.

"Waddle Dees! Waddle Doos! We need your help here now!" Chris demanded looking inside his sleeve, just to find all the mouthless creatures running around. "What's wrong?!"

"(O O;) We're searching for something special to aid Kirby, but we can't find it." Gambit, the Waddle Dee, said.

"It? What's that?"

"(- -;) You'll find out soon, give us more time to find it first!" Gambit said, continuing his search for it.

"(But what is it?)" Chris wondered before dodging a mirror that fell from Dark Dark Mind's eye. "Watch it! Do you know how hard is to get a robe like this?!" He complained angrily showing his robe at Dark Dark Mind's eye.

Pichu used Thunder below the second mirror, since Popo smashed it a little, it was enough for the electricty to break it apart, Yellow Bomb Kirby threw another bomb, causing the monster to lose his vision for a moment because the bomb caused a cloud of smoke that let Jigglypuff to slap it 3 times, before Red Hammer Kirby smacked the eye with his hammer and another stab from Kirby using Galaxia.

"I think it's working! Keep going!" Pichu said a little excited before casting a thunder that went across the eye, Dark Dark Mind's eye called his destroyed mirror and controlled both mirrors to became blue bullets that went firing across the place of destruction, damaging fataly all the Smashers and the Kirbys.

"Waddle Dees!" Chris yelled.

"10 more minutes!" They yelled inside the sleeve.

"We're going to be under tombs before 10 minutes, hurry up!"

"Yes sir!" They responded in unison creating a lot of loud sounds inside the sleeve.

Dark Dark Mind's eye spun his mirrors around its huge body and he slowly flew around, but accelerating as the seconds went, slashing everyone else with its mirrors, causing more destruction in his path by leaving the huge scars that the mirrors left in the floor.

"I can't...go on..." Popo said fainting.

"Me too..." Nana said falling above Popo's back.

Dark Dark Mind's eye continued its assault with more lasers using its mirrors to reflect them.

"This is getting...so annoying..." Ness managed to say before falling on his back, defeated and gasping fro breath.

Dark Dark Mind's eye's next movement was to bounce around the floor, crushiing Lucas and Pichu in its way.

"That move looked...so random..." Lucas said, fainting defeated.

"Yeah...it's up too you Kirby..." Pichu said weakly before he curled up and fainted.

Dark Dark Mind's eye was now charging up his laser to increase it in size for a massive impact that could take the entire place where they were standing.

Chris looked above him to see the eye about to fire its laser. "Now?" He asked annoyed to the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos.

"Not yet!" They responded in unison, making more sounds.

Dark Dark Mind's eye shot its laser, taking half of the stage and depleting the health of all the Kirbys, leaving them with just only a tiny bit of their health bar.

"Jigglypuff?... Where are you?" Chris asked as he looked around for the Singing Pok?mon, and instantly felt something coming fro his sleeve. "Jigglypuff?"

Jigglypuff appeared from the sleeve, apparently hiding from Dark Dark Mind's eye. "Oops, sorry, I was hiding to survive from that nasty monster and-"

"You're supposed to help us out!" Chris complained angrily, trying to get up.

"And that is exactly the thing that I was doing with the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos! To find it!" Jigglypuff said cheerfully.

"But how in the hell did you were healed? I recall seeing you the most hurted of all of us!"

"You silly, the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos gave me a Maxim Tomato to heal myself!"

"...Then ask them to give a few to us now!"

Jigglypuff peered inside the sleeve. "Everyone! Chris needs Maxim Tomatos!" Many burps were heard and she sweatdropped and looked back to Chris with a worried smile. "...Well...I think they're gone for good...sorry...forgive me!" She said returning inside the sleeve. Even Chris was so desperate that he cursed to Jigglypuff by calling her a hussy in his mind.

"AHH!" Yellow Bomb Kirby screamed after both mirrors almost cut his feets, Green Wheel Kirby rolled towards the mirrors to crash into them, but Red Hammer Kirby saw Dark Dark Mind's eye rolling above the floor towards Green Wheel Kirby, unfortunately, the bigger one crushed Green Wheel Kirby under his weight, thus losing the Wheel ability with one of the mirrors cutting the star in half.

"That didn't tasted so good!" Green Kirby complained, somehow, because he was at the verge of be defeated.

"Of course not you idiot!" Red Hammer Kirby said angrily, slasmming his hammer at the first mirror to shatter it, then Yellow Bomb Kirby threw a bomb at the other mirror, destroying it too and leaving Dark Dark Mind's eye unguarded that let Kirby slash his sword at its eye, dealing a moderate amount of damage since he was charging it.

"No! No! I won't let him kill us! Take this! And this! And this! And this!" Yellow Bomb Kirby screamed lauching a barrage of bombs to the eye, creating another cloud of smoke and blinding temporaly Dark Dark Mind's eye, Red Hammer Kirby and Kirby joined forces and they jumped at the same time to smack their weapons at the pupil, making Dark Dark Mind's eye to try to escape slowly from the 3, but for its surprise, he felt a huge pain from a green explosion coming from the fainted Ness.

"Ugh...that was my...last attack for today..." Ness said weakly as he fell unconscious.

Dark Dark Mind's eye once again recovered his mirror and he dug itself into the floor, creating a protective barrier with the mirrors to slash the 3 Kirbys, taking their abilities in doing so, but Kirby was able to catch Galaxia in the air and he stabbed it in the eye, dealing more pain to it.

"Don't be a fool Kirby...he's stronger that you are..." Red Kirby said weakly.

"But at least I need to try! Or their defeats are going to be in vain!" Kirby said, glancing at the fallen Smashers but finding Chris still standing using him hammer. "Chris!"

"I still have energy to go on...but I'm waiting for the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos to find it." Chris said panting.

"In a matter of fact sir," An unnamed Waddle Doo appeared from the sleeve. "(o) We found it!"

Jigglypuff came out holding something on her hands. "It was this!"

"...A capsule?! You mean you were searching for that useless piece of-" Just when Chris was about to say his curse, something inside the capsule shone and he blinked in surprise. "Wait, there's something important inside...right?"

"(-) Give me a name first." The Waddle Doo said crossing his arms.

"Okay Brandon, there's something inside?" Chris asked rolling his eyes.

Brandon, the Waddle Doo, spoke. "(O) Uh-huh! Break it! I don't know what it is, but it was a strange symbol with a colorful color!"

Chris took the capsule and looked around it, as the Kirbys were running away from Dark Dark Mind's eye who trying to crush them by slamming its round body.

"Then...let's see what is inside!" Chris yelled throwing the capsule at the floor, breaking apart and revealing the mysterious, yet powerful item inside, it was amazing, it was floating, it had a familiar symbol that many remembered, the colors that were surrounding it was stunning Chris, Jigglypuff and Brandon, while Dark Dark Mind's eye was still trying to crush the Kirbys, who rolled from its path and ran towards Chris and the others.

"...Wow...what's that?" Green Kirby asked putting his left hand below his mouth in curiosity.

"I've never seen something so beautiful in my life before..." Yellow Kirby said with glittering eyes.

"I can feel the power gathering in front of me..." Red Kirby said.

"Isn't that the symbol of..." Kirby trailed off.

"It is! But I don't know what's this though..." Jigglypuff said wondering a little. Noticing that Dark Dark Mind's eye was slowly floating towards them and she gasped. "Guys! Do something!" She warned them.

The only thing that could turn the battle at their good side was the only item in the whole world that allowed anyone to use a final attack, a strong blow that could defeat anyone in sight, the only item that held an unbeliavable power, and that item was named...

"It's a Smash Ball!" Chris said surprised.

"Smash Ball?" They asked in unison confused.

"Kirby! Please, destroy the Smash Ball with your attacks to gain its power, quickly!"

The Kirbys looked at the Smash Ball slowly descending in front of them and they looked at each other.

"Wait, I don't know if 4 persons can take the power at the same ti-"

"HIYAH!" The 4 Kirbys yelled kicking the Smash Ball and shattering it, suddenly, their bodies glowed in a strange light and their eyes turned into a bright yellow color, turning their backs to see Dark Dark Mind's eye floating above them.

"Whoa...it worked...I can't believe it..." Chris said very surprised at this.

"What is going to happen now?" Jigglypuff asked curiously.

Chris looked at her and Brandon and smiled a little bit. "Just watch, I bet everything is going to be fine!"

Jigglypuff looked at the 4 Kirbys, taking out 4 chef's hats and putting them above their heads.

"Oh, mama mia! We're going to cook Fried Eye!" Green Cook Kirby said in an italian accent.

"Let's just add some spice to make it delicious..." Yellow Cook Kirby said a little excited.

"Leave to me the blood, I think I can do something very productive with it." Red Cook Kirby said smirking a little.

"And here's the pot everyone!" Cook Kirby said holding above his tiny arms what appeared to be a 10 foot tall iron pot with a fork and a spoon on the front as a symbol (Chris, Jigglypuff and Waddle Doo had their eyes so big at this item that was literally extremely bigger than the Kirbys) and Cook Kirby put the 10 foot tall pot down at the floor with a strong impact.

"(What?! I didn't knew they needed something that big!)" Chris thought in shock.

"(O) (Kirby is really scary...)" Brandon thought.

"(Hmm, I wonder if Kirby can add a certain blue bird into it.)" Jigglypuff thought drooling.

Suddenly, the four cook Kirbys took out a frying pan and a big spoon for each one behind them, then they started to smack them together and somehow an invisible force pulled Dark Dark Mind's eye inside the pot along with his mirrors, and Red Kirby prepared the fire below the pot, Green Cook Kirby added the very hot water inside the pot (causing Dark Dark Mind's eye to suffer a grave case of conjunctivitis), then Yellow Cook Kirby held a 9 foot tall spoon above his tiny hands and jumped high in the air to twirl the spoon inside the soup (crushing the mirrors and thus the shards damaged the eye with extreme pain), Cook Kirby added a lot of vegetables inside the soup while Red Cook Kirby was shown laughing maniacally adding all the contents of a 5 foot tall spice jar (and even making Dark Dark Mind's eye to suffer inside the soup), the four cook Kirbys enjoyed their time cooking with the big pot, singing.

"...This is the most weirdest way to finish the last boss of this world..." Chris muttered embarrassed.

"La-di-da! We must cook! For the sake of the foooood! Because we felt like cooking this incredible dish for only uuus!" The four cook Kirbys sang happily. "O li-li! It is done! Now please enjoy the recipeee! Just let your tongue taste the amazing flavor of this..." The four cook Kirbys jumped to the floor with their hands pointing at the top of the pot. "OLEH!" They sang in unison and from the pot, Dark Dark Mind's eye came out with a very red color and went flying at high speed to the air, blinking to make the pain disappear, as a million of Maxim Tomatos appeared pouring down the pot and rolling inside the mouths of the defeated Smashers, slowling munching the vegetables to recover their strengths in a second as they got up, shaking their heads.

"What happened?" Ness asked confused when he saw his refection of the pot. "HOLY CR-"

"Look!" Jigglypuff pointed at Dark Dark Mind's eye, who was falling down and crashing with a strong impact to the floor, creating a big crater.

"...No! He's trying to escape!" Pikachu said surprised and the big eye flew farther away to the ominous sky.

"HE CAN FORGET IT NOW!" The four cook Kirbys said angrily in unison, grabbing the big pot with their hands and throwing it with an surprising speed towards Dark Dark Mind's eye, the pot went through above the eye and it vanished in thin air, Dark Dark Mind's eye was now low of energy and it closed its eye and fell towards the Smashers and they gasped at this.

"AAHH! THAT THING IS GOING TO CRUSH US!" Pichu, Popo, Lucas and Jigglypuff yelled and screamed scared, but then, Cook Kirby saw Galaxia trembling a little and the puffball approached to it.

"Huh?" Cook Kirby looked at sword slowly getting up by itself, then Galaxia floated in front of Cook Kirby and instantly, the sword flew towards Dark Dark Mind's eye, right in the center of the pupil, crossing across its body as Galaxia vanished in a blink in the sky, the Smashers and the Kirbys looked at the eye trembling a little, but after a while, it trembled violently before exploding, creating a huge explosion that shone the whole place and all of them saw the floor disintegrating and fell into the nothingness, yelling scared as the crowd cheered them for their victory.

Music stops

Dreamland
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 19, 2008, 11:58:38 PM
"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!" The Smashers yelled in unison as they saw the grass approaching to their feets, but Chris felt something moving inside his sleeve.

"King Chris needs our help to survive! Everyone, go go go go go!" Brandon the Waddle Doo said as all the possible Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos began falling above their rears in the grass as each one made a circle for each Smasher and Kirby.

Eventually, all of the mouthless creatures made perfect coushes and Chris, Popo, Nana, Kirby, Red Kirby, Yellow Kirby, Green Kirby, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Ness and Lucas fell above them, looking around and sighing in relief before getting off the Waddle Dees and Doos.

"Great work everyone, you saved our lifes." Chris said smiling to all his subordinates, who nodded and closed their eyes happily before running inside his sleeve, with the last Waddle Dee (Diana) waving happily at him.

"Tomato rain!" Green Kirby said excited as the rest of the Maxim Tomatos from before fell around them. "Hmm! Yummy!"

"Let's eat!" Kirby suggested sucking all the Maxim Tomatos inside his mouth with the other Kirbys, rubbing their stomachs in happiness as they let out a big burp that echoed through the fields, the Smashers chuckled at this before starting to laugh hysterically at this and dropping themselves to the grass, laughing as the Kirbys blushed in unison (except Red Kirby, of course).

10 minutes later...

Dakr Kirby came riding a Warpstar from the sky and they looked at him. He gave Kirby the face of: "I'm so grateful for what you did to save the Mirror World, Kirby! I was wrong in thinking bad about you, I'm so sorry...forgive me, I bet you always do this to save your own world too!"

"It's my work after all." Kirby said sarcastically and Dark Kirby laughed a little.

Dark Kirby blinked, smiling and giving Kirby another face: "Kirby, I need to ask you something very important, it's about the other Kirbys, since Dark Meta Knight was the one who made them to "stop" your progress, they need to return to the Mirror World before they disappear for good!"

Kirby gasped at this and he looked at the 3 Kirbys and told them what Dark Kirby told him.

"W-what? But I like to be here!" Yellow Kirby said with tears strolling down his cheeks, as 3 more Warp Stars appeared from the Amazing Mirror, which was floating in the air and was the portal that teleported the Smashers to Dreamland.

"...I accept that condition." Red Kirby said, jumping to his Warp Star and both Kirbys looked at him. "You need to understand, if we stay here, we disappear, but if we live in the Mirror World, we'll live forever."

"...I want to...I want to..." Green Kirby trailed off. "I want to go too!" He said excited and jumping to his Warp Star.

"W-w-what? But why?" Yellow Kirby asked crying, before Kirby walked to him and patted his back.

"Don't cry please...I'm wishing you to live happily, if you stay here, you'll stop eating delicious things! You don't want that to happen, right?" Kirby asked smiling a little, with some tears appearing on his eyes.

"...I don't want to disappear...I need to...think..." Yellow Kirby turned his back...before closing his eyes and crying as he jumped to his Warp Star. "Aaaahhh! This is so...so...unfair!"

"Stop crying!" Red Kirby shouted and Yellow Kirby stopped crying. "You heard him already, stop complaining about that now!"

"Red Kirby..." Yellow Kirby trailed off. "Are you...crying too?"

"Wha-? N-no! I-I'm not..." Red Kirby wiped out his tears and turned to smile at Kirby. "This is not me but...it was so fun to be traveling with you Kirby..."

Kirby nodded smiling and turned to Yellow Kirby. "See? You're not going to be sad, because you have the 3 other Kirbys with you to be happy!"

Yellow Kirby looked away before nodding and smiling to Green Kirby. "Yes...yes! I still have you!"

"Meat!" Green Kirby yelled happily and Yellow Kirby sweatdropped.

"...Umm...I mean..." He turned to Shadow Kirby. "I have you!"

Dark Kirby smiled and looked at Kirby with another face: "It's time to go now, are you sure you don't want to say anything else to them?"

Kirby nodded. "I'll see you later Kirbys!"

"Bye Kirby!" The 3 Kirbys said waving a hand to the original Kirby with Dark Kirby, then, the Warp Stars slowly flew inside the Amazing Mirror, and the Kirbys disappeared inside and the mirror vanished in thin air with tiny sparks of light as leftovers.

"(So much Kirby for only one occasion...)" Chris and the others thought in unison.

Kirby turned to see them. "And...what are you going to do now?"

Chris rubbed his chin. "According to my DS, the Subspace Army is retreating from Dreamland, I think it's time for us to go now too."

"Something doesn't feels right though..." Pikachu said, getting in a thinking position.

"What do you mean?" Popo asked.

"Doesn't looks weird in this way? A final boss waiting for us without a Subspace Bomb under his care? Since when they do that?" Ness asked to himself and the others.

"For this time, right?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I think so..." Chris said. "But still, something very bad is going to happen later...I have that sudden feeling..."

"W-what kind of feeling?" Lucas asked scared.

"They're making themselves stronger to wipe us out...probably..."

Popo threw his hands above his head. "Okay okay, I get it, but let's discuss this with Master Hand and the rest of the team to get to a point, okay?"

"Okay." They said in unison, nodding as Chris opened the portal to the Smash Mansion.

"Kirby," Chris looked at Kirby. "I really liked to be with you, it was very fun to help you in your troubles, I hope we meet again sometime in the future."

"..." Kirby didn't responded and Chris made a confused face.

"...Hmm...oh! I forgot to say good luck to you right? Then good luck Kirby, we'll meet again very soon for sure!" Chris smiled and waved at Kirby as he walked towards the portal, but something was pulling his robe from behind. "Hey wait, something got my robe...Kirby?"

Kirby looked down at the floor. "Chris...can I...go with all of you...please?"

Everyone's eyes widened a lot and they looked at Kirby. "...What?"

"I want to go and help you too! Also, because I want to see everyone else since the last tournament and meet the new fighters! Please, let me go with you!" Kirby said with a smile, jumping up and down.

"I'm sorry Kirby..." Chris said, with disappointment. "I can't let you go with us now, you have more adventures to have before I can let you join us."

Kirby looked down sadly again. "But...but...but I wanna go!" He started to cry a little. "I wanna go!"

Chris kneeled to Kirby. "Kirby, please, you have to understand! Then for what was the talk with Yellow Kirby?"

"It was only to encourage him, but my case is different, I wanna go Chris!" Kirby started to cry. "I wanna go to help!"

Chris's eyes began to fill with tears and he sniffed. "Pikachu, please stop playing that sad music now..."

"But you destroyed my violin!" Pikachu pointed out.

"I wanna go! I wanna go! I wanna go!" Kirby continued to yell and cry at the same time.

"K-Kirby, please, stop or you wil-" Chris was interrupted.

"UUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" Kirby dropped to his back and started to cry even louder with so many tears strolling down his cheeks and Chris couldn't help it but cry a little.

"Chris, just let him go with us this time! Ness suggested with tears coming from his eyes.

"Kirby is going to be so helpful, I bet he will!" Pichu said, crying a little.

"Let him join us!" Lucas suggested to stop his tears.

"PLEASE!" The younger Smashers said, crying a little because of Kirby's decision.

Chris sniffed and looked at Kirby, petting his head with his left hand. "Kirby...I have my final decision...do you..want to hear it? It could be bad or good depending of what you do..."

Kirby looked at Chris and smiled and nodded a little with more tears. "Yes...I wanna hear it!"

"My decision is..." Chris got up and put his hammer above his right shoulder. "SCREW DRAWCIA AND THE SQUEAK SQUAD! Jump to my hammer to follow us for the rest of our adventure, together!" He said giving Kirby a smile that made the pink puffball very happy and jumped quickly to Chris's face, hugging him and rubbing his cheek with his before sitting on his hammer.

Kirby has (happily and excited) joined the team!

Forest Nature/Area

"Kir-by! Kir-by! Kir-by! Kir-by! Kir-by" The young Smashers cheered loudly and happily for Kirby, even Chris was cheering happily along with them as Kirby smiled happily and clapped his hands for accepting the decision that probably would bring many fun times to the Smashers.

The Smashers entered inside the portal, but just as the portal was going to close, a fast flying person entered inside in a rush to seek questions about something that was bothering him and the vortex disappeared.

...And if they were there just a little bit longer, they could have seen a battleship flying away inside a dark portal...

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU GAINED 900 SMASH COINS!

Kirby's partnership level is filled!

Ness's partnership level is filled!

Lucas's partnership level is filled!

The Ice Climbers's partnership level is filled!

Pikachu's partnership level is filled!

Pichu's partnership level is filled!

Jigglypuff's partnership level is filled!

"YOU DID WHAT?!?!?!"

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"I-I'm sorry Master Hand! But Kirby wanted to go with us so badly that we didn't had any choice but to recruit him!" Chris said as Kirby looked around the place.

"YOU JUST BROKE THE RULE I WAS TRYING TO NOT BREAK! DO YOU KNOW WHAT IS GOING TO HAPPEN NOW THAT KIRBY IS HERE?!?!?!?!" Master Hand asked yelling, furiously, angrily, irritated and frustrated.

"Er....we'll have a big party?"

"NO! OF COURSE NOT!"

"Then what?!" Pikachu asked angrily.

"...Well...I don't know..."

Everyone stared angrily at Master Hand.

"Seriously," Chris put his hammer down (nearly hitting Pichu) and crossed his arms. "There's no need to be angry about Kirby, I mean, just look at his face!" He held Kirby in his hands. "It's so sickly happy all the time that anyone can do his wishes!"

"Anyone that isn't you." Roy said.

"(Are you aware that you sounded a little bit...)" Lucario talked telepathically to Chris's mind.

"(I know, childish, but you know I act like this because of the excitement.)"

"Ahem."

Someone inside the room coughed a little bit and the Smashers looked around, the voice was deep but also creepy if you didn't knew who it was.

The World Traveler felt his spine trembling with fear because someone stood behind him, he was shorter than Chris, but he could take anyone any day if he wanted to, finally, Chris turned his back to find an unexpected guest that he didn't expected to come yet...

Then all the young Smashers backstepped into the others with their hearts about to exit their bodies in any minute and yelled scared.

"ME-ME-META KNIGHT?!" They said scared, in unison, seeing no one else than Meta Knight, with his mask, or his yellow eyes inspecting the room and the Smashers themselves, everything that Chris knew Meta Knight had was all with him, Galaxia returned to him, his cape behind his back, his purple boots sharper than usual and his right hand holding Galaxia.

"Chris, don't tell me you let Meta Knight go with us too!" Ness said glaring at Chris.

"D-don't look at me! I didn't see him entering with us if I remember correctly!" Chris defended himself.

"Humph." Meta Knight said simply and the young Smashers gasped at this. "To think Kirby has spent time with pathetic fighters like you."

A large group of toon red veins appeared on everybody's foreheads by Meta Knight's rude comment.

"Anybody felt like kick his face right now?" Falco suggested while he glared at Meta Knight.

"Hmm...Meta Knight..." Meta Knight turned to Master Hand. "Is there a reason of why are you here? I know there's a reason of your sudden visit to the mansion...am I right?"

Meta Knight nodded. "Yes, I do have a reason to come here."

Chris made a confused face. "You do? Then it's not your hatred towards the potatoes?"

Meta Knight just stared at Chris with some intrigue. "...As I was saying before, there is something to ask you about a problem I had a while ago..." He turned his back to them. "It is crucial to request your help for my trouble, however, I'm searching for help and nothing else, I don't have plans to stay and help you out with your own business and once you help me, I'm leaving for good."

"When you put that in that way, it sounds a little demanding." Marth said.

"Because, indeed, I'm demanding for answers right now." Meta Knight pointed his sword at Chris, and Lucario stepped in front of him to protect Chris while he glared at Meta Knight. "Tell me everything about the thiefs who stole the Halberd! My battleship for missions of high danger!"

"T-t-the Halberd?! Was stealed?!" Chris studdered scared by the tone of Meta Knight's voice, as a sudden silence spreaded through the room.

Preview of the next chapter

"Boring, boring, boring!" King Dedede said furiously. "When that little puffball is not around to be annoyed by one of my ingeniuos schemes, everything really sucks! First, that weird mirror-thingy appears in the sky, second, the pink marshmallow goes off to save us from imminent destruction," He put his right hand on his right cheek as he put his right arm above a table. "Man, if there was some way to make the life of Kirby impossible and miserable, I'd do it without complains!"

"Then you will do it?"

"What the-who's dat?!"

........................................................................

"Therefore, I'll ask you to leave right now or else you shall suffer the consequences!" Meta Knight said with a scary tone.

"And what is a tiny masked idiot like you going to do?" Wolf asked smirking and chuckling.

"(It's time to call Galaxia to return to me, sorry Kirby, but this needs desperate actions.)" Meta Knight snapped his fingers and from the window, Galaxia came from the Mirror World and landed in Meta Knight's hand. "En garde!"

........................................................................

"Finally...it's over..." Meta Knight said panting and he turned his back, before a big hammer hit his mask with a strong force, pushing him out of the bridge and out from the ship.

"Hehehehehe! Who thought it was going to be easy to steal Meta Knight's ship?" King Dedede laughed before grabbing the steering wheel of the ship while more Primids appeared behind him. "Hehehehehehe!"

........................................................................

"Mewtwo?" Chris asked as he entered Mewtwo's room, finding the psychic Pok?mon floating above a pedestal.

"Yes? What is your motive of your visit?" Mewtwo asked.

"I wanted to say thanks for saving my life when...you know..."

........................................................................

"Next time: How the Halberd was stolen." Meta Knight said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy, Mewtwo, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Ice Climbers, Pit, Fox, Falco, Ness, Marth, Lucas, Kirby
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 21, 2008, 12:40:13 PM
Chapter 61: How the Halberd was stolen

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"...Wait...the Halberd was stolen?" Master Hand asked, breaking the silence.

"Correct, ever since you people, friends of Kirby, came to Dreamland, those foul creatures began to invade the Mirror World and took the time to invade my ship." Meta Knight said.

Chris slowly walked in front of Lucario. "M-Meta Knight...we're not the cause of this trouble..."

"You say that like if it was a common thing, I can tell by the look of your face that you know something about them," He turned to the others. "Including you all, without exceptions."

"Meta Knight," Kirby began. "That means you're going to help us to fight them right?"

"I already said no, until the time I get my ship back, I'll stay here for the time being."

"(This can't be happening, the events that happened during the fight against Tabuu are repeating all by themselves...or...it's just a coincidence?... Hmm... I wonder...)" Master Hand thought to himself. "Meta Knight, can you tell us how did your ship was stolen again?"

Meta Knight nodded, sheating his sword. "Everything happened like this when I left Kirby to fight Dark Mind while I returned to Dreamland..."

Flashback

Before Meta Knight's story...


Dreamland
King Dedede Castle

We see King Dedede's castle above a high cliff close to the ocean, the camera goes through the long halls, going further and further inside as we see many Waddle Dees with spears and Waddle Doos walking along to inspect all corners that they saw along the way, but our attention goes inside 2 big golden double doors, where a big penguin in king's clothes was utterly bored for not finding something to get distracted with. That king's name was King Dedede.

"Boring, boring, boring!" King Dedede said furiously. "When that little puffball is not around to be annoyed by one of my ingeniuos schemes, everything really sucks! First, that weird mirror-thingy appears in the sky, second, the pink marshmallow goes off to save us from imminent destruction," He put his right hand on his right cheek as he put his right arm above a table. "Man, if there was some way to make the life of Kirby impossible and miserable, I'd do it without complains!"

"Then you will do it?"

"What the-who's dat?!"

His pupils shrunk so fast and looked around his chamber, to find the intruder who spoke to him.

"Okay pal, show your big face to smack it with mah hammer!" King Dedede said smirking and spinning his hammer.

"Very well." The voice said as a huge void of nothingness engulfs the chamber and Dedede looked below him, stepping above nothing and wails his arms around in terror, grabbing his hammer with force to guard himself from any surprise attack (that he would rather run before fighting it).

"H-hey! M-my castle is gone! Who dah hell are ya?!" King Dedede asked trying to sound scary, but his voice was scared.

"So, we finally meet, King Dedede..." The king looked above him to find Tabuu, glancing at him as the penguin began to tremble with fear.

"G-g-g-g-g-ghost!"

"Silence you fool, I am not here to harm you...yet..."


Dedede hid his face inside his robe by this comment. "T-t-t-tell me you're lying..."

"Maybe...maybe not..."

"W-w-what's your business to interrupt mah privacy?! Can't ya see I'm busy right now?!"

"I am merely a friend of yours."

"...Y-y-yeah...sure...that explains a lot..."

"Do not fear me,"
Tabuu said. "I heard you want to make Kirby's life a hell, am I right?"

Dedede revealed his face to Tabuu. "H-huh? Do ya know that Kirby dingo-dingy then?!"

Tabuu nodded with a chuckle. "Indeed, my sources tells me that you always make Kirby's life a hell just for fun, you enjoy your time crushing, torturing, laughing and watch him cry on the ground while you laugh at him."

"N-now we're almost talkin' the same way..."

"Again, indeed, you are one of those persons who likes to see the pain of others, what are you going to do if I propose to you a deal?"

"A-a-a deal? What's ya talkin' about?"

"Here is my deal, I let you do anything you want to do with Kirby if you do me 3 favors."

"A-a-a-and those 3 favors are?"

"Simple,"
Tabuu snapped his fingers and showed the group of Smashers. "The first favor is to take all of them out," He pointed at Chris and Kirby. "Especially this pest and your enemy."

"H-hey...who are those guys?"

"This group is a special group of fighters that lives all together inside a mansion, their leader is Master Hand, the hand of creation that is against me and my organization to take over all the worlds, Kirby is also one of those fighters or "Smashers" as Master Hand says, however, not long ago a new threat joined their ranks, and is this human from the real world."

"Dah puffball is a fighter?! Now that's a laugh! But why do ya think that kid from the real-thingy world is a threat?"

"Since that kid joined them, every plan that I had before were foiled by him, it is rather ridiculous to lose to such inferior being as I."

"...Bah! Pure blasphemy!"

"Of course it is, the next favor is to steal a ship."

"Why bother for a ship? I have mah ships with m-"

"Not an ordinary ship you idiot. I am talking about the Halberd."

"...THE HALBERD?! Are ya crazy?! That ship belongs to the most ruthless, sinister swordsman, Meta Knight! One of Kirby's rivals!"

"Did not you once joined forces with Meta Knight at some point to take Kirby out of your way?"

"Dat was a long time ago you freaky-virtual old geezer!"
King Dedede was instantly electrocuted. "Oww..."

"That was one of my powers, do not make me angry OR ELSE."


Dedede slowly got up with more smoke coming from all around him. "I'm not blind...but why do ya need his ship?"

"Once you do the third favor, I will tell you all the details."


Dedede looked around scared for not being electrocuted "randomly" as he thought. "A-a-and that is?"

"The most easiest favor, join me."

"Join you?! Ya mean I'm goin' to be ordered by a old-I mean, a floatin' person that tells his minions what to do for his own pleasure?! What dah ya think this is? Some kinda adventure where ya ask anyone to help ya out?!"

"If you do not like my deal, then I will leave you alone and..."

"W-w-wait!"
King Dedede stopped Tabuu when the threat of the Smashers was floating away, as a small grin grew on his face. "I'll...I mean...I have nothin' else to do so your deal isn't so bad at all...but I have a question, how do ya think I'm goin' to beat all those guys by myself?! I'll get mah butt handed down with just 2 of 'em!"

"I have everything planned, my organization is slowly growing by seconds, minutes, hours and days depending of the situations, you will be helped by more members, do not worry about such small details, I will swear you get your reward as soon as possible..."

"(Okay, random old-geezer appears outta nowhere askin' me to torture Kirby every time I want to do it in exchange to help him out, think Dedede, the deal is temptin', yet a little or too dangerous at the same time...who cares?!) Alright whatever your name is!"

"Tabuu."

"Okie-dokie Tabuu, old pal, I'll join you to get mah reward as we promised!"
King Dedede said with a smirk.

Tabuu smirked before laughing evily. "Then it is a deal, welcome to my organization and let us take anyone out of our path to gain control of all the worlds!"

"Yeah, right!... Wait! But I don't know where's Meta Knight's ship!"

"Thanks to the Ancient Minister, we found the secret location of the Halberd, at this time, there is a group of monsters outside your castle to show you the way to the Halberd, do not fear them, because they will obey you orders as you want to."

"...Well...can ya please return me to my throne room?"

"Why not."
Tabuu snapped his fingers and King Dedede found himself floating above his throne room without the Subspace covering it anymore, falling on his back and rubbing his butt before getting up.

"Geez...what did I get myself into...but mah reward is Kirby! Hehehehe!"

King Dedede laughed to himself as he walked through the corridors where the Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos saluted to him, crossing the gate to outside the castle and finding Primids in a formation, the Primids leaded King Dedede through a hidden path where he looked above to find the red sky with the red ocean, the king glanced above him where the Mirror World was and saw 12 small spots from the clouds looking at his direction, but Dedede smirked before continuing further inside the hidden cave the Primids told him to follow.

20 minutes later...

Back with Meta Knight's story...


Mirror World
Entrance

"After Kirby and his friends were swallowed into the portal, I quickly ran away from the Mirror World and descended using my wings to where the Halberd was hidding from any trespasser." Meta Knight narrated as we see him descending at high speed to the area where the sky was red.

"But how did you know that your ship was going to be stolen?" Marth asked outside the flashback.

"Simple, after Kirby managed to get the last shard of the mirror, he got inside and I got outside at the same time in my weak state to search for something to heal me and fast, but as soon as I looked around my surroundings, I saw the hangar where the Halberd was hiding, slowly opening up, but of course, I decided to find out who was trying to take my ship later to help Kirby instead to defeat that version of myself using my sword, Galaxia, and thus giving Galaxia to Kirby to defeat Dark Mind."

"Darn it, I need to fly faster and retrieve my ship once it launches!" The Meta Knight from the flashback said as he landed 2 more minutes later where the secret entrance of the Halberd was. "That evil air...is coming inside my facility..." He looked at the Mirror World. "...No...Kirby needs to use my sword a little longer...this is going to be hard..." He said as he entered inside his hidden facility.

Meta Knight's facility

Meta Knight's Revenge

GET
READY!

With the lack of his sword Galaxia, Meta Knight was instantly defenseless and decided to sneak to his hangar and take over the steering wheel to command his ship to take all the intruders out, unfortunately, his battleship was not only far away from his current position, but the facility that he was currently in was half the long the Halberd is.

"Ugh, why didn't I decided to take other lessons to attack?" Meta Knight complained to himself by wispering and hiding behind some boxes from 5 Shaydas who came floating, he secured his path and ran by flying from evade visual contact.

"It wasn't easy to sneak through my own dungeon, fortunately, judging their movements was enough to let me go through." Meta Knight narrated.

"!!" Meta Knight quickly leaned to the wall before turning a corner where 5 Feyeshes were floating to act as security cameras, the knight looked around to find something to help him to distract the monsters, finding a rock below his right boot, he threw the rock in another hall and the Feyeshes followed the sound and went away, letting Meta Knight to run deeper inside.

"My eyes didn't deceived me, my own facility was plagued by different kinds of monsters that were trying to prevent anyone to reach the Halberd to retrieve it. But nevertheless, I made my way."

"Of all the enemies I made, why are these monsters invading my place?" Meta Knight muttered to himself as he ran through the endless halls to the hangar.

"I never understood why those beasts wanted my ship, until I made it to the hangar."

Hangar

Meta Knight found the hangar, full of Subspace monsters as he expected, taking out many objects that Meta Knight kept inside the battleship for future purposes that he himself concealed from anyone else, but his eyes were being concentrated in the Control Room, where probably one of the leaders of the monsters is currently.

He glanced over a group of Bytans that were carrying purple capes above their round bodies, the freaky enemies entered inside the ship with 6 Big Primids looking down their necks to inspect them, the knight got an idea and took out a Bytan that was going inside the line, silently, he covered his mask with his own cape and got into the line, walking slowly to trick the Big Primids into believing that he was a Bytan, he thought that the bigger they are, the dumber they will be.

And of course, he thought correctly and entered inside his own ship to recover it, and breaking out of the line to sneak.

"Along the way, I saw all the corridors being infested by them, taking out all my items to empty completely my ship to later fill it with something else, it was very irritating to see the battleship turning into a big nest for monsters. But I didn't stayed with arms crossed and continued through."

Later, Meta Knight found other creatures that weren't monsters, but instead of monsters, they were robots with a base, a skinny body with 2 arms of grey colors and a head with 2 black eyes like binoculars, many types of robots were transporting heavier items than the Primids, what more else, Meta Knight found something written on a robot that was malfuctioning, it readed:

Family Computer Robot

"...I shuddered and shook the thought of something written on those robots out of my mind, thinking a weird machine with something like...that written on its base was embarrassing if the Halberd was the current subject..."

Meta Knight had many obstacles in his way to the Control Room, first, he had to make sure to not create any sound by his boots, second, he had to take the long road because the short road was infested or plagued by Gamygas, Primids walked fom anywhere like soldiers waiting to get an order to do something, the knight sneaked through the different problems, such as evade visual contact with 3 Roturrets that were acting like security cameras like the Feyeshes, a Fire Primid almost catch sight of his cape but it remembered that the Bytans were in charge to keep them safe and thought that Meta Knight was a Bytan.

Control Room

"Fortunately, I was able to reach the Control Room of my ship where all the operations are ordered from there, but also, I came across an evil entity with his back turned to see me, and of top of that, I could sense a smirk growing in his face, that person was a wolf with a look of a criminal."

"That wolf was Wolf?" Popo asked outside the flashback.

"Just how many times will he try stop us?" Falco asked.

"Until the day he defeats Fox...maybe..." Chris said as Fox looked away a little upset about Wolf.

"Wait, I thought he gave up to try to find the Halberd!" Pikachu said.

"Wolf is not that stupid, he will try to finish his objective even if you see him defeated, why do you think we're always trying to beat him when he always comes back to fight us?" Falco asked.

"So I was right after all, this has somehing to do with you." Meta Knight said as he continued to narrate his story.

"Who are you and why are you doing with the Halberd?" Meta Knight asked with irritation in his voice.

"Well, well..." Wolf turned his back to see Meta Knight and crossed his arms. "The owner of the ship finally appears."

"I asked you a question, who are you?"

Wolf chuckled. "My name is Wolf O'Donnell, I'm one of members of the Subspace Army."

"Subspace Army? And why my ship is currently being filled with those worthless monsters?"

"Isn't obvious you idiot? We're going to take this from you to make our plans easier."

"Without my permission?!"

Wolf rolled his eyes. "Like if you were going to lend us your ship if we asked to."

"Don't try my patience and leave the Halberd at once, this is an order!"

"I'm not going to listen to your demands, nobody tells me what to do except for Tabuu."

"As a warrior and user of the legendary sword Galaxia, I ask you to leave with your monsters peacefully and away from my facility without unnecessary fights brewing up all over the place!"

"(I've had enough of this guy already...)"

"Therefore, I'll ask you to leave right now or else you shall suffer the consequences!" Meta Knight said with a scary tone.

"And what is a tiny masked idiot like you going to do?" Wolf asked smirking and chuckling.

"(It's time to call Galaxia to return to me, sorry Kirby, but this needs desperate actions.)" Meta Knight snapped his fingers and from the window, Galaxia came from the Mirror World and landed in Meta Knight's hand. "En garde!"

"Try it, I dare you!" Wolf taunted as he ran towards Meta Knight, beginning a battle between the 2.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 21, 2008, 03:01:04 PM
Hey, this is the scene in SSE that they left out! Yay.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's worlds conquest
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 22, 2008, 04:41:04 PM
"And so, we started a fight between the 2, he had a horrible style of battle because I was taunting him a lot of times, I always let the rage rise up from enemies like him to blind them completely to make everything easier for me."

Meta Knight was grabbed by 2 Big Primids and Wolf started to prepare the ship to take off, all the monsters outside the Halberd were now getting inside the ship as the ship began to rise up from the hangar and out from the facility.

"But then, I was the one enraged after I saw my ship taking off from my facility. Causing my concentration to go down."

The warrior used Mach Tornado to defeat both Big Primids as he charged at Wolf, but the grey vulpine stepped out of the way and slashed his right claw in Meta Knight's mask.

"Then he did the unthinkable, pull my mask away from my face."

"He did?" Kirby asked outside the flashback and Meta Knight nodded. "Then he saw your face?"

"Fortunately, no, I kicked his nose-" Falco chuckled at this. "-to make him to sneeze while I went for my mask that he threw away before he could see my face, then I returned to fight him back, he told me how pathetic my sword was when he blocked my attack with the iron boot of his left foot."

"It's incredible that a legendary sword can't even get pass my foot, you're pathetic." Wolf taunted smirking.

"As you are more then."

"Using one of my new moves that I call Dimensional Cape, it makes me to vanish quickly from the sight of my enemy and appear in a short distance away or behind him."

"And the latter happened, right?" Master Hand asked.

"Indeed, he was left surprised before I began to thrust my sword several times in his back before pinning him down at the floor, then I questioned him again."

"Now, leave my ship peacefully with your monsters and I'll promise I won't harm you in any way possible." Meta Knight demanded while he was above Wolf's back.

"Maybe..." Wolf said. "...Maybe NOT!"

"UGH!"

"He made a cheap trick to me, incidentaly, while I questioned him, he slid his hand to reach a gun with a knife below the shooter and cut my right arm."

"Meta Knight, are you alright?" Kirby asked.

"Yes, the wound he made me healed by itself an hour ago. After I noticed, there was an odd sound coming from the hall leading to the room where we were, but I left that thought before hearing a growl as I was pulled to the air by him, using a first kick that sent me above as he turned upside-down to deal another kick, obviously, I sensed his ego when I saw his arms crossed when he was upside-down, before he went rocketing towards me to push me down in the floor, with his iron boot above my back, increasing the pain."

Wolf chuckled evily as he crossed his arms, proudly. "Don't tell me that was all talk just to distract me, I'm not that pathetic."

"In reality, you're pathetic."

Wolf glared at Meta Knight, increasing the force of his leg to hurt Meta Knight. "What did you say?"

"In reality...you're pathetic...are you deaf?"

"Then, I was still hearing that sound of someone, he or she was hiding behind the door to the Control Room, but in my current situation, I decided to take care of him first."

"I'll teach you to-" Wolf noticed that where he pinned Meta Knight down, the warrior was typing on a secret control panel, when Wolf looked outside the window, a big mechanical claw destroyed the glass to enter and grabbed him, pulling Wolf above Meta Knight who slowly got up panting heavily. "You piece of sh-"

"Good...bye..." Meta Knight said panting, ordering the claw to throw Wolf away from the ship and into the ocean.

"I'LL GET YOU FOR THIS!!!" Wolf yelled at the top of his lungs as he splashed inside the water, before getting out and seeing the ship flying away to the red sky, as he sneezed again.

Music stops

"Then, the only thing that was left was to turn the ship to the hangar and take out the monsters from my facility and the Halberd. But if you recall, the sound from before was getting louder and louder behind me, unfortunately, I was panting heavily, preventing me from hear the sound."

"Finally...it's over..." Meta Knight said panting and he turned his back, before a big hammer hit his mask with a strong force, pushing him out of the bridge and out from the ship.

"Hehehehehe! Who thought it was going to be easy to steal Meta Knight's ship?" King Dedede laughed before grabbing the steering wheel of the ship while more Primids appeared behind him. "Hehehehehehe!"

"Of all the enemies, monsters, abnormalities, rivals, arch-rivals and troubles, King Dedede had to be the last person in my mind to actually hit me when I was low of energy." Meta Knight narrated, irritated.

"There's no doubt he joined them too!" Master Hand said.

"After that embarrassing defeat, the ship began to accelerate, preventing my progress to land because not only that happened, but the monsters took control of the Halberd and ordered it to fire all cannons to me, of course, there was no choice left but to fly away back to Dreamland to heal a little and recover my energy. And I saw the sky as always, peaceful, Kirby was able to defeat Dark Mind after all."

Dreamland

"My ship was stolen from me...that strange Subspace Army organization appeared out of nowhere...and I don't have any clue to follow them..." Meta Knight said as he landed near some trees. "...Huh?"

"And then, I've found you by pure coincidence, overhearing your talk with Kirby."

"And...what are you going to do now?" Kirby asked.

Chris rubbed his chin. "According to my DS, the Subspace Army is retreating from Dreamland, I think it's time for us to go now too."

"(Did he said Subspace Army? Are they on their trails too?)" Meta Knight thought as he continued to hear the young group of Smashers.

"Something doesn't feels right though..." Pikachu said, getting in a thinking position.

"What do you mean?" Popo asked.

"Doesn't looks weird in this way? A final boss waiting for us without a Subspace Bomb under his care? Since when they do that?" Ness asked to himself and the others.

"For this time, right?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I think so..." Chris said. "But still, something very bad is going to happen later...I have that sudden feeling..."

"W-what kind of feeling?" Lucas asked scared.

"They're making themselves stronger to wipe us out...probably..."

Popo threw his hands above his head. "Okay okay, I get it, but let's discuss this with Master Hand and the rest of the team to get to a point, okay?"

"Okay." They said in unison, nodding as Chris opened the portal to the Smash Mansion.

"Just by hearing that talk, I managed to get a clue to get my ship back, I've realized that you were in this matter too." Meta Knight narrated as his flashback self looked at Kirby crying with tears as Chris smiles and his tears disappears and jump to his hammer as the others cheered Kirby. "And of course, that strange portal that the kid-" Chris's right eye twitched at this. "-made was strange in some way, but when I saw all of you entering inside, I flew quickly inside before it could vanish to follow you. I felt the Halberd slowly flying away from Dreamland as I got here."

End of flashback

End of Meta Knight's story


Smash Mansion
Command Room

"And that's the end of my story." Meta Knight said.

"I'm sorry for hearing that your ship was stolen because of us...I'm sorry Meta Knight. (Now I need to hear that apologize from calling me "kid")" Chris said innocently, but thought evily, and creepy.

"Of course, that fault will not be forgiven."

"...What?"

"Until all of you help me to recover my ship, I will not pardon your fault for getting in Kirby's way."

Everyone glared at Meta Knight by this comment.

"Getting in Kirby's way? What the heck are you talking about?! He was in trouble when they invaded your world!" Falco protested.

"You fool."

"What was that?"

"That could be the test to make Kirby a stronger fighter if it weren't for you to help him."

"Now now Meta Knight..." Master Hand said calmly. "No need to be rude with everyone els-"

"And you, if you're the leader of the group, then you should be ashamed for sending them to help Kirby, only a minuscule brain like yours can have those kind of dumb ideas." Meta Knight said blankly.

"I'LL KILL YOU! I'LL KILL YOU! I'LL KILL YOU!" Master Hand's glove was now red and Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Ness, Roy and Pit tried to get him away from murdering Meta Knight.

"...Humph..." Meta Knight said simply as he walked away, stopping in front of Falco who was mad off at Meta Knight's talk. "Hand."

"YES?!" Master Hand asked angrily, still with the mentioned characters trying to hold him off.

"Kirby told me that this mansion has many rooms, I remembered that he also told me a long time ago that you were building my own room here if I wanted to join, where is my room?"

"SECOND FLOOR, RIGHT NEXT TO KIRBY'S ROOM, CROSSING THE GREAT DEKU TREE REPLICA!"

"Thank you," He looked up to see Falco glaring at him with crossed arms. "Out of the way."

"No, I still have something to discuss with yo-"

PUNCH!

"OWW!!!"

Apparently, Meta Knight had the bravery to hit Falco...where it hurts so much...

"A word of advice," Meta Knight began. "The black part of his pants is his weak point," He looked at Fox. "And so does him." And with that, he walked away to his room.

"You...little...piece of..." Falco managed to say, twitching in pain. As Lucas backed away from him.

"LET ME GO!" The red Master Hand said angrily.

"NO WAY!" Chris, Ness and Pit said in unison, but the PK user and Roy gave up and jumped away from the hand.

"I need to go to my room as well..." Ness said before Roy stopped him. "Yes Roy?"

"So Ness..." Roy began with a small grin on his face. "About that little and secret group..."

"..." Ness's face turned to a bright red.

Outside

"JIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIGGLYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYPUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUFF!!!" Ness's voice boomed from inside the mansion with rage, fury and irritation.

Mewtwo's Room

After this event passed, Chris decided to go with Mewtwo, ever since he returned from Hyrule and saving his life once, the World Traveler grew little worried about the Psychic Pok?mon's sake. Although Chris was more preocupied about the partnership level with him and Mewtwo, since his level was the lowest of all the others Smashers.

"Mewtwo?" Chris asked as he entered Mewtwo's room, finding the psychic Pok?mon floating above a pedestal.

"Yes? What is your motive of your visit?" Mewtwo asked.

"I wanted to say thanks for saving my life when...you know..."

Mewtwo closed his eyes. "I see, I've already readed your mind with the response you want to say to me."

"Oh...well...that was...fine I guess...so Mewtwo, are you alright to go with us to save another world?"

"My energy has recovered just now, but I'll go if the status of the next world lets me to do it."

"Mewtwo, did you somehow knew who came to join us?"

Mewtwo nodded. "Kirby, I know, and the solitary Meta Knight, I knew it because I used my mind to see from my room about his narration of how his ship was stolen from him."

"You have some incredible abilities with you."

"But I curse them at the same time."

Chris made a confused face. "Huh? Why?"

Mewtwo got down, floated and looked outside the window. "I was created by Mew's DNA in Cinnabar Island's lab to be the strongest Pok?mon of all, but the burden of carrying out my psychic powers are a pain in reality."

"But that power is devastating and helpful! You should be happy for having that ability!"

"I should...yes...but it wasn't easy to control it at first. When I was born, everything around me either floated or went flying to different directions, my abilities at that time were poor and I almost destroyed the lab, then, the scientists managed to put all kinds of machinery that inflected pain on me from restraining the crazy psychic power that went out of control, but in doing so, they weakened me in a painful action."

"Wow..." Chris looked away. "That sounds painful..."

Mewtwo turned to him. "After that, they kept me for years and years to let me to control my own power, I grew up inside the capsules, without nothing else to do but look around the lab, papers, talks, laughs, machines constantly making sounds, I was bored to death..."

"What happened after that?"

"The scientists goals were to use me to cause destruction and pain to conquer the world, use me?! For their own deeds?! What was that all about?! I'm not a thing! I'm a living Pok?mon that wants to have a peaceful life without causing destruction!"

Chris noticed that Mewtwo was glowing. "O-okay Mewtwo...y-you can calm down now..."

"CALM DOWN?!" He yelled as he flung a chair at Chris, but he ducked to evade it, with terror. "They were trying to use me! I'm don't want to be someone's toy! That enrages me and makes me to want to kill someone to ease my deep pain!"

"M-M-Mewtwo! P-p-please! Get a hold of yourself, you're trying to kill me just to ease your pain? W-what is that going to bring to you?"

Mewtwo blinked in shock and he stopped glowing and panted heavily. "I'm sorry, just remembering that horrible event...you know already..."

Chris slowly got up, shaking. "I-i-it's okay...everything is fine now...but how did you join them?"

"One day, Master Hand came when I was hiding at the top of the tallest mountains of Kanto, he asked me if I wanted to live in a place where more persons fights and lives together, just for fun, I've realized that there was nowhere else to go..."

"Then you joined."

Mewtwo nodded. "That's right, ever since I came here, everypne treated me as a friend, I met Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff, more Pok?mon that didn't had a past like me, I was distant, but I was able to live here, I was happy but didn't showed that emotion to anyone else..."

"And you're showing it just now."

"What?"

"I-I'm sorry, I'm just imagining things...so, are you ready to go?"

Mewtwo nodded again. "Yes...thank you for hearing my story."

"It was a little educational, I like to learn anyway." Chris could have sworn that Mewtwo chuckled a little bit. "Was that a-"

"Let's go." Mewtwo said simply, floating away to the Command Room with Chris following him.

Preview of the next arc

"Amy, be more careful with our only clue."

"Yeah, I'm sorry." Amy apologized.

........................................................................

"The Halberd is getting away!" Chris said.

"Wait! You're going to the same direction we're going, let us go with you!" Amy said.

"For what?"

"Because Sonic headed to that direction too." Amy said with hearts appearing behind her.

........................................................................

"Are you an idiot or something?" Roy asked annoyed.

"Hey, watch your mouth pal, I'm the leader of my own agency!" Vector said proudly.

"Marth, can you tell me how did we ended up with this jerk again?" He wispered to Marth and Pit.

........................................................................

"C'mon! You're too slow!" Sonic said tapping his foot at the end of Grand Metropolis with Tails and Knuckles.

"Wait...wait...a minute...please..." Falco asked panting heavily. "Our speed member doesn't runs as fast as you..."

"What was that supposed to mean?" Fox asked annoyed.

........................................................................


TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Next arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 23, 2008, 12:48:04 PM
Good job... Lotsa flashbacking... :P
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Next arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 23, 2008, 12:50:20 PM
Chapter 62: A not so friendly Meta Knight

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Hehehehe!" King Dedede laughed at Wolf. "You couldn't accomplish a tiny mission but I did! Hehehe!"

"Grr!"
Was Wolf's reply.

"Enough." Tabuu said. "Get used to him, because I'll send him with you from now on."

"And more ways to kill him in the process too."
Wolf smirked and Dedede's laugh faded as a scared look on his face appeared. "But I wonder how does the penguin's meat tastes too..."

"YIKES!"
Dedede ducked covering his head in terror.

"I have said enough you two!" Tabuu said angrily. "Since this is the first time one our plans succeeds, we are going to prepare to launch a full invasion to the next world using the Halberd as our moving base of operations, the Ancient Minister already added all the "sources" of the Shadow Bugs to control the ship, as well as the guards to prevent anyone from entering."

"And did you asked around for more members?"
Wolf asked.

"Indeed, right now as we speak, Ganondorf is trying to kill Link, Zelda and Midna, but I can see the weakness he has and after Link and him fights on their last battle, I will rescue him from the last blow and he WILL join us or else." Tabuu explained.

"Any word of the traumatized old kid?"

Tabuu frowned at this. "The idiot lost himself in the Subspace, but it is going to be easy to find him, although I do not think he has recovered from that event yet."

"I see, and what world is the next one?"

"The traitor's world." Tabuu snapped his fingers showing a familiar blue hedgehog with a smirk on his face.

"The blue egocentrical idiot..." Wolf said frowning.

Dedede got up angrily. "Hey! I'm not egocentrical you furry!"

"Who was talking about you? You idiot?"

"SILENCE!"
Tabuu yelled angrily. "NOW, ABOARD THE HALBERD AND BE PREPARED TO TAKE OVER SONIC'S WORLD ONCE AND FOR ALL!"

Wolf rolled his eyes. "Roger..." He said leaving to aboard the Halberd, dragging King Dedede with his right claw on the king's robe's collar.

Tabuu looked away. "Minions are so useless these days..."

Smash Mansion
Meta Knight's Room

When Chris and Mewtwo were in the half to their way to the Command Room, Chris went to Meta Knight's Room remembering crossing the Great Deku Tree replica (that was very well made in Chris's opinion) and found the knight inspecting his own room.

"Meta Knight?" Chris called from the door.

"It's you." Meta Knight said, turning to Chris as he closed a drawer.

"Are you alright to be with us? I mean, after you told that...rude...explanation about the Halberd..."

"Humph, fate decided to let us meet in this situation, but I'm not planning to make friendships with any of you."

Chris looked away. "But I could try..."

"Don't do it."

"Why? Isn't Kirby a fri-"

"Finish that sentence and-"

"I know, I'm dead." He said that just to make Meta Knight chuckle, but it didn't worked. "Oh, that's right, I should tell you about the rules to let you go with me an-"

"I already readed that on this manual." Meta Knight said as he took out a manual from the drawer he just closed, the manual's label said: "Rules to travel for dummies."

"...Er..."Rules to travel for dummies"?"

Meta Knight looked at the manual. "Wait, this isn't the one I readed...here." He put the fake manual inside and took the real one. "It says that only me and Kirby are allowed to go to any world as you."

"...You and Kirby can go to ANY world if you want? There are no restrictions for that?"

"No, apparently, since Kirby and me are a strange race as the manual says, it allows us to go to any world without restrictions."

"(Great, the cold warrior that is SMALLER than me but can take me out in a matter of seconds can keep tabs on me whenever he wants...but at least Kirby can go too...) Honestly, I think that's a little unfair for everyone else."

"I, too, think it's a little unfair..."

"Really?"

"But on the other hand, it's fair, it will let me to follow the Halberd and take it back. I don't care what the others think."

"Meta Knight...you're so cold..." Chris muttered to himself.

"I heard you muttering something."

Chris shook his head. "N-no, I wasn't mutterin-"

"If you think I'm cold, then think that way, it doesn't matters to me what the others sees in me."

"Okay, what's your problem you little knight? We're friendly and we're trying to help you in recovering your ship as soon as possible! When are you going to accept our trust in you?"

"When I leave, and I don't have any problem at all."

"Then what is it?"

Meta Knight walked to his side to the Command Room. "I don't like people like you or them, that's all." And he left as the sound of his boots made a silent echo.

"...Dr. Kawashima..." Chris took out his DS.

"Yes?" Dr. Kawashima asked.

"Can you show me the partnership level with Meta Knight?"

"Of course...here is it..."

Meta Knight: 0

"He...hates me..." Chris muttered.

"I'm afraid so, his partnership level is even worse than Mewtwo's!"

"This is going to be hard to get him to get along with me or them..."

"Aw, don't worry about that, I'm sure someday he will stay here!"

"And that day will be..."

"...Possible never..."

"Thank you, that really helps a lot." Chris replied sarcastically.

"...And...what do we do now?"

"Um-"

"WARNING! WARNING! SUBSPACE ARMY IS CURRENTLY INVADING A WORLD IN A BIG SCALE, REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE COMMAND ROOM AT ONCE!" The speaker yelled robotically as red lights covered every single corner of the mansion.

"Oh no, they're probably using the Halberd already!" Dr. Kawashima said shocked.

"I-I need to go!" Chris said running away from Meta Knight's Room.

Hallway

Ness bumped into Chris. "Oh, sorry about that." Ness said.

"Ness, aren't you going with us this time?" Chris asked.

"Nah, I need to rest, I think I saw Lucas heading to the attic."

"Shouldn't you follow him?"

"I'm not his mom!"

"Oops...sorry..."

And that little moment ended, awkward, wasn't it?

Command Room

"What's the problem now?" Chris asked as he stopped running.

"The Subspace Army are using the Halberd!" Master Hand said as the image of the next world was shown on the screen.

Sonic Heroes
Current Status: Various
Race: ?
Number of protagonists: 12
Level of danger: High
Members allowed to dispatch: 12
Highly recommended abilities: Teamwork skills

"But the level of danger is high, why can't all of us go?" Pit asked.

"I think I know the answer for that question..." Chris said. "I remember that this world is from Sonic, obviously by the title, but also, there are four teams that have almost the same objective and met at the end of each one's story."

"Four teams? For what?" Roy asked.

"Well...each one has 3 members that helps along the way, not only that, every member has an especialty like great speed, fly abilities and power, I'm not sure if we're going to the same place but..." He pointed the Wiimote at the game's case but instead of 1 portal, 4 portals appeared at the same time, one besides the other. "4 portals? Then does that mean we're going to be separated?"

"It seems that way." Master Hand said.

"...I...suppose 3 persons needs to enter a portal for it to disappear..." He looked at them. "Actually, I'm not completely sure if we need to make those teams now...okay, Lucario, try to enter one portal."

"Roger." Lucario said, but as soon he touched the portal, he was instantly electrocuted. "Ugh!"

"Lucario! Are you okay?"

"Yes...it was just a little pain..." Lucario said and Falco looked away embarrassed for being toasted the last time.

"Then it's true...but now, let's do this this way, Marth, Pit, please enter the portal at the same time with Lucario, but don't cross to the other side, just touch it with your hands to see the results."

"O-okay..." Pit said as he and Marth stood next to Lucario, the 3 Smashers touched the same portal and their hands went through without problems. "Nothing happened, what a relief."

"Well, I get it now, you 3 are creating a team with speed, fly and power abilities, just as I thought." Chris said. "So then, we have to make 4 teams with members that have speed, fly and power abilities combined. If there is anyone that thinks he or she is fast, please raise your hand."

Marth, Fox, Falco and Pikachu raised their hands to the air.

"Okay, now members who think they have the ability to fly."

Pit, Kirby and Meta Knight raised their hands.

"Wait, we're missing one flight member...and...well..."

"Hey, why are you looking at me?" Falco asked.

"Hmm...well...honestly, I think you should be with the flight members instead of the speed members..."

"And why is that?"

"You're a bird, birds should know how to fly, don't they?"

Falco looked away embarrassed again. "Umm...yes...we should..."

Chris narrowed his eyes. "Falco...don't tell me you..."

Instantly, Falco raised his hand to change from speed members to flight members. "Done!" He said sweating a little.

"..." Chris sweatdropped. "...That fixes it but now we're missing a speed member...where is Jigglypuff by the way?"

"She and the Ice Climbers went to rest as Ness, Lucas and Pichu did." Master Hand pointed out.

"You were going to accept her as a speed member?" Roy asked and Chris nodded slowly. "She's not fast in the ground, just to let you know."

"Oops, I forgot about that...then who?"

"You." Lucario said.

"M-me?!"

"Yes, maybe there is a job in the shop for you to increase your speed."

Chris walked to Crazy Hand's shop, seeing the list again.

Smash Coins in hand: 2700

Psychic User - 900 Smash Coins

Racer - 800 Smash Coins

Chozo Arts - 750 Smash Coins


"Wait, the racer job..." Chris handed 800 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand and he instantly glowed, his previous clothes were replaced by blue goggles, a blue shirt with the 07 numbers on the front and the back while his short sleeves had a checkered design, he was now wearing black pants with 2 golden shoes with an image of a falcon on the front on each shoe, a red bandana was wrapped around his neck, there were also white gloves on his hands. "...Hey...the 07 numbers are so familiar...."

"That's because it's Captain Falcon's machine's number." Marth said.

"Then...does that mean I can use the Falcon Punch?"

"Probably!" Crazy Hand said, as he saw Chris running a little around the room.

"Well...I don't feel much faster than before, but it helps."

"(He's sounding like when he does his homework back at home.)" Lucario thought.

"Well, I'm officialy the fourth speed member, moving on, please raise your hand if you have the power ability." Chris said.

Roy, Lucario, Mewtwo and Lucas...wait...raised their hands.

"Lucas? What are you doing here?" Chris asked.

"I thought it would be good to go...also, the attic was very scary too..." Lucas said studdering a little.

"Can you at least do something to show us your power ability?"

"Like this?" Lucas asked as he gathered his PK power and releasing it with a big force towards the wall, destroying it.

"Wh-whoa!" Pikachu said surprised.

"Yes, who is going to pay for that wall?" Master Hand asked annoyed, looking at Chris.

"You! Just snap your fingers!" Chris said angrily.

"(Rats! I almost got the money!)" Master Hand as he snapped his fingers and the wall was instantly repaired.

"Now that that's done, please form your teams." Chris said calmly and they quickly made the teams. "Wait, I want Meta Knight and Mewtwo to come with me this time."

"Wha-? Why?" Kirby asked.

"Yes Chris, why do you want me in another team?" Lucario asked, crossing his arms.

"Because I want to spend more time with them and I need to get to know them more, I'm sorry if you don't like my decision."

"...No...I'm fine with that..." Lucario said as he and Kirby were separated from Chris and Meta Knight and Mewtwo stood at each side of him.

"So, the teams are..."

Speed/Fly/Power

Team 1: Chris/Meta Knight/Mewtwo

Team 2: Pikachu/Kirby/Lucas

Team 3: Fox/Falco/Lucario

Team 4: Marth/Pit/Roy

"Hmm, the members of each team looks good in my opinion." Chris said. "Now, we just need to enter a portal and the-"

"WAIT!" Master Hand yelled.

"What is it?"

"I forgot to change Kirby's Melee form to his Brawl form!"

"Yay! Another new form!" Kirby cheered as Master Hand snapped his fingers, the pink puffball was instantly glowing brightly as he changed from his Melee look to his Brawl form, the only thing that was surprising all of them was the long process of 20 seconds.

"What? Kirby is evolving?!" Falco joked.

"Good one Falco, really, good one." Pikachu said sarcastically as they saw Kirby's Brawl form...without any change at all.

"...Nothing happened..." Roy said.

"No, see? He's less pinky!" Crazy Hand said as Kirby jumped up and down.

Chris sweatdropped. "He looks exactly the same!"

"No, he doesn't!"

"Yes, he does!"

"No, he doesn't!"

"Yes, he doe-ugh, let's continue, it's everyone ready?" He saw the Smashers nodding. "Okay, now select the portal and let's begin."

"Team Sword will win!" Roy said as everyone stared at him.

"Hey, that doesn't sounds so bad, we should name our team too!" Falco suggested as everyone else started to wisper and name their teams (except Chris, Meta Knight, Mewtwo and Lucario).

Chris rolled his eyes and sighed. "Is everyone ready now?"

"Team Sword is ready!" Pit said.

"Team Star Fox is ready too!" Falco said.

"Team Y.S (Young Smashers) is more ready than ever!" Pikachu said.

"(I'm really ashamed for their selections of names...couldn't they choose a better name than those ones?) Hmm...Team...er....Bloody is ready too..."

"(Just because we're a force to be reckoned with in the battlefield doesn't means we're bloody.)" Meta Knight thought.

"(...)" Mewtwo didn't thought anything or even cared about the name of his team.

"Let's begin!" Chris said excited as the four teams entered inside each portal at the same time, appearing on different places near the Seaside Hill level.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Next arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 23, 2008, 06:52:29 PM
Why Sonic Heroes? Why not one of the original Sonic games...? Oh, well, still a good chapter.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Next arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 23, 2008, 07:56:25 PM
Sonic Heroes

Beach Resort
Team Rose

Follow Me

"Oh, no!" A familiar pink hedgehog called Amy lost an important clue to find her "lover" Sonic, it was a newspaper that flew away from her hand with the wind, luckily, an orange rabbit with a small blue ribbon and orange skirt flew using her long ears to catch the newspaper with ease, along with her little friend, Cheese, a Chao, the name of the little young rabbit was Cream, Cream the Rabbit, as she and Cheese landed in front of Amy.

"Amy, be more careful with our only clue."

"Yeah, I'm sorry." Amy apologized.

Then another strong wind came, and unfortunately Cream wasn't heavy enough and she along with Cheese were taken away, but as soon as she almost lost the sight of Amy, a hook of a fishing rod caught her skirt and puller her to a big purple cat, which ironically his name was Big, he pulled out an umbrella to make Cream to land safely of the wooden bridge between him and Amy.

"Nice catch, Big!" Amy complimented and Big laughed heartily.

"Hmm, Amy, do you had an idea where is Mr. Sonic?" Cream asked as she glanced at the photo of a brown Chao which was to the right hand of what appeared to be Sonic, that was Cheese's brother. "Chocola..." She muttered.

"Froggy..." Big said sadly as he looked at a green frog on the left hand.

"I'm not sure where is Sonic, but something tells me that our luck will change in this beautiful day!"

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!!!" A person fell near the water with a big splash, soaking the 3 members of Team Rose as they sneezed and dried themselves.

"...Or not..." Amy added as she dried her skirt.

The person that fell from the water was Chris, because the portal appeared just floating at a big height in midair, Mewtwo and Meta Knight were still floating down slowly, but they were still far away.

"...Mr. Big...can you fish whoever fell inside the water?" Cream asked and Big nodded, sitting on the bridge and throwing his hook in the water, after 10 seconds of silence the reel was now entering inside the water and Big pulled slowly his prey, the World Traveler that spat water out from his mouth and looked up at the sky.

"Pfft! Mewtwo, why didn't you used your psychic powers when I fell?" Chris complained as his gloves were creating drops from the tip of his fingers.

"...Chris?" Amy asked.

"...Amy?" Chris asked.

"Whoa! I didn't expected to see you here! A lot of things have happened ever since you and the others left!" Amy said with a smile as she put her hands on her hips.

"Okay but...can you put me in the land, please?" Chris asked to Big and the cat nodded, putting Chris in front of them and taking away the hook from him. "Amy, I told you we were going to meet again!"

"And you did, I'm so happy to see you again!"

"Amy, is he the same person who had Chris's name too?" Cream asked while she hugged her Chao with care.

"Of course! Chris, I'd like you to meet by best friend, Cream!"

Chris kneeled to Cream since she was smaller than him. "Nice to meet you, I'm Chris!" He said with a smile, because out of all the Sonic characters, Cream was his favorite character between other 3. (Amy was one of them).

"Hi Mr. Chris, my name is Cream and this is Cheese." Cream said with a smile as she looked at Cheese.

"Chao Chao Chao Chao!" Cheese said happily smiling.

"Oh please, don't say mister to me, I'm not that old yet." Chris said laughing a little.

"Oh, I see Chris." Cream said.

"Now, here's Big." Amy said opening her right hand at Big, the cat was the same height as Chris, why do you think he was named Big anyway?

"Hello, my name is Big, it's good to know more friends of Amy." Big said.

"Yeah, me too." Chris said as he got up.

"So anyway Chris," Amy began. "What's your intention for your...strange way to visit us in time like this?"

"Well, I'm here because the same monsters who invaded the Spce Colony ARK decided to attack you again, the others were separated as we got here."

A fire was now surrounding Amy and Cream hid scared behind Big. "You mean the same idiots who took Sonic as their toy?!"

Even Chris backed away from her, in reality, women were scary. "Y-y-yes ma'am! I-I mean, Amy!"

The fire grew bigger. "And they are here to take him away again?!"

"NO!"

The fire stopped and she smiled, joining her hands together. "Oh, then it's alright...but we need to find him and now! I'm now worried about those things trying to take him to the dark side!"

"Amy, we have to find Sonic!" Cream said.

Amy nodded with another smile. "That's right! Hey Chris, can you follow us to help in our way? Maybe we can protect you too!"

"D-depending of the decision of my teammates that is..." Chris trailed off.

"Teammates? You mean they're with you?" Amy asked as Meta Knight came landing behind Chris and Mewtwo came floating down with arms crossed. "...Chris...you REALLY have a bad way to choose your teammates."

Cream hid behind Big as she looked at Meta Knight. "They're not going to hurt us, right Chris?" She asked a little scared.

"O-of course not! Don't be scared Cream!" Chris said embarrassed.

"Humph, and the first persons of other worlds that I see first are 2 little girls and a big cat." Meta Knight said.

"Hey, who are you calling a little girl?" Amy asked annoyed.

"W-well, technically, I'm still growing up Amy s-" Cream said shyly as she was interrupted.

"I will not let you say things like that again! You hear me?" Amy asked a little angry.

"Do as you wish." Meta Knight said as he walked below the umbrella where Amy was before, sitting.

"...At least I know you though." Amy said as she looked up to Mewtwo. "How are you?"

"Fine." Mewtwo responded nodding.

"...(Honestly, I can't think of anything else to say to this guy.) Hey Chris," She turned to Chris. "Can you follow us to find Sonic then?"

Chris nodded. "Of course, what do you say Mewtwo?"

"It's alright with me." Mewtwo said.

"And you Meta Knight?"

Meta Knight left the chair. "I'm ready to recover my ship."

"Ship? What does he means by ship?" Cream asked curiously, and her cute looks were impossible to ignore to Chris and he happily explained everything to the 3 members of Team Rose, as they walked away from the Beach Resort.

...Oh, and...

Amy, Cream and Big temporaly joined your team!

Seaside Hill
Team Sonic

Sonic Heroes - Opening

"YAAAAAAAHOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Sonic just has leaped from the top of a mountain near the shore, he opened his arms to feel the air touching his face, as his other 2 teammates, Tails and Knuckles, jumped from each side.

"It think he's just enjoying this a little too much!" Knuckles yelled.

"I don't mind at all! Don't try to wreck his fun when he's like this, or he'll punch you very hard!" Tails yelled from his side.

"YAAAAAAAHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"SONIC, SHUT UP!" Knuckles yelled angrily.

"WHAT?! I DIDN'T HEAR YOU!" Sonic yelled laughing.

"I'VE SAID, SHUT UP!"

"I CAN'T HEAR YOU! THERE'S SO MUCH NOISE AROUND HERE!"

"YEAH RIGHT, LIKE I'M GOING TO BELIEVE THAT!"

"KNUCKLES! SONIC IS TELLING THE TRUTH! THERE'S A VERY LOUD NOISE COMING IN FRONT OF US!" Tails yelled pointing in front of them, unfortunately, they blinked in confusion as they met face-to-face with a big brown wall that they had unfortunately crashed into. The mountain that they had jumped apparently was the biggest one in the whole region because Sonic wanted to jump from such height, thus crashing into a big, unindentified ship that was flying away.

The trio got themselves out from the wall and they quickly fell unconscious to the sand that was below them.

Speaking of trios, another trio was just below the first trio, at that trio was named Team Star Fox, which obviously had as members Fox, Falco, and unexpectly, Lucario.

"The Halberd!" Fox yelled as he saw the Halberd flying away from them.

"The sun! Is blinding me!" Falco said as the Halberd uncovered the sun which made them to cover their eyes, except for Lucario who backed away. "What's wrong with you?"

"Look out!" Lucario yelled as both members looked up confused, before falling to their backs as Sonic landed on Fox, Tails landed of Falco and Knuckles was the most unlucky character because he landed above a rock where Lucario was standing, and in the head.

"OWW!" Knuckles said awakening from his state and rubbing the big bump on his head. "Ugh! Why did I listened to Sonic in the first place? I told him it was a bad idea to jump from that mountain but no, it's great to feel the air Knuckles, just do it!" He said annoyed as he noticed Lucario looking down at him. "Hey, it's you from the incident in the Space Colony ARK!"

"..." Lucario looked at his companions under the weight of Knuckles's companions, Tails was above Falco's body and Sonic was somehow able to bury Fox under his butt, and above his head.

"Sonic...why didn't you listened to Knuckles?" Tails asked as he got off from Falco, who thought it was a sand castle.

"Look Tails, I can't let opportunities like that pass when I'm around." Sonic said as he got up from the strange light brown spot he landed on.

"But Sonic..." Tails pointed at more hills and mountains behind and beyond. "There are like 10 or 20 more like the last one."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Oh well, then I think it's not a big deal the-"

"NOT A BIG DEAL?!" Knuckles asked enraged as he accidentaly stepped above Falco. "You say that if it was a normal thing to do that happens commonly!"

"At least when Knucklehead is around." Sonic said trying Knuckles's patience.

"WHAT DID YOU SAY?!" Knuckles asked furiously as he was 1 inch away from Sonic's face.

"G-guys please...stop fighting, we need to find Dr. Eggman before the 3 weeks pass!" Tails said separating both of them. "Good...huh?" Tails looked down at the weird light brown fur below Sonic. "Hey Sonic, I think you landed above someone."

Sonic looked below his right foot. "Hmm, you're right, there's someone hiding in the sand." He started to dig around the spot, until Fox's face was visible and Tails gasped.

"Y-you!" Tails said surprised as Fox spat sand out.

"Pfft!... Tails? Is that you?" Fox asked as he looked up to see Tails.

"Yeah, it's me! How have you been Fox?" Tails asked as he fell to his knees to see Fox.

"Fine, I guess...but did you grew up?"

"Look below you."

Fox looked below him, to find more sand around his throat." Oh...anyone can get me out of this sand please?"

Sonic and Knuckles grabbed Fox's head and they pulled him out, and the vulpine dusted off the sand of his jacket by taking it out and putting it on him again.

"Wait, where is Falco?" Fox asked.

"Over here!" Falco shouted from the sand, below Knuckles who was still above him, or more accurately, his head, burying his beak in the sand.

"Sorry!" Knuckles apologized as he jumped out of Falco and he got up, wiping out the sand from the feathers of his head, spitting out sand as Fox.

"Pfft! Man, that didn't tasted so good." Falco complained.

"You're not here to punch me like last time right?" Sonic asked.

Back in chapter 39...

"GET HIM!" Roy yelled taking out his sword.

"GUYS! STOP PLEASE! I BEG OF YOU! AAAHHH!!" Unfortunately, Sonic tripped and everyone lunged at him to kill him in that instant, but the scene stops with Chris being the first one to hit him with his staff and everyone else were too angry at the hedgehog.

Back in the actual chapter...

2 red veins popped out from Fox and Falco's foreheads. "Don't try to remind that to us, OR ELSE." Falco said, glaring at Sonic who laughed a little sacred.

"O-okay...well, why are you here?" Sonic asked.

"We're here to chase the Halberd." Lucario said as he pointed to the Halberd who was going away in the distance.

"The Halberd? Is that the ship we-" Knuckles looked angrily at Sonic. "-"accidentaly" crashed to?"

The 3 Smashers nodded. "Well...it's heading to the same direction we were heading too so...why don't we tag along? It could make the things easier!" Tails said a little excited, because this was the only time he could be able to stay with Fox.

"Of course, I like your idea, what do you think Falco?" Fox asked.

"Meh, I'm in." Falco said, looking at Lucario who was a little upset. "What's wrong with you?"

"It's nothing." Lucario said.

"I know, you want to find Chris as soon as we find him right?" Fox asked and Lucario nodded slowly.

"Wait, Chris is here too?" Tails asked and they nodded again. "The others are here too?" They nodded again. "Then it must be really important to follow that ship right?" And again, they nodded. "...What are we waiting for? Let's go and find them!"

Sonic, Tails and Knuckles temporaly joined your team!

"But who is Chris?" Sonic asked confused and Tails and Knuckles stared at him.

"Chris? The same person who saved you from those monsters?"

"I don't remember any Chris..."

Tails gasped at this. "Not EVEN the Chris who helped us when we fought the Metarex?!"

"...No..."

"SONIC! How could you forget about them?!" At this point, Lucario had the idea to murder Sonic in his mind.

"I-I'm sorry, I-I'm sorry!" Sonic said surprised. "Maybe something hit my head while I was sleeping...yes! That was it!"

"...I don't believe you..." Knuckles said narrowing his eyes.

Sonic sweatdropped. "Er...look! They're getting away!" He pointed behind them before he escaped at high speed from them.

"Hey, that's not fair, wait up Sonic!" Tails said as he flew using his tails.

"...SONIC!" Knuckles yelled angrily after realising Sonic's little trick on them.

"...Ahem!" Falco coughed.

"Wha-? Oh, right, let's go!" Fox said as he ran off with his team, following Sonic's team from behind.

Team Chaotix

Team Chaotix

"Hey Charmy!"

"What Vector?"

"How does an...hermit crab looks like again?"

"Ask Espio!"

"Ugh, here."

"Hmm...that looks like an orange cone to me...but whatever!"

"Seriously Vector, when did you see an orange cone?"

"One time when I was trying to decide my flavor in the Ice Cream Shop!"

"There's an Ice Cream Shop near our agency? Vector! Why didn't you told me about that? I loooove Ice Cream!"

"Quiet Charmy! You know you have a big problem with the sugar!"

"But I swear the alligator in the office was destroying everything in sight when I was running away from him!"

"THAT ALLIGATOR WAS ME! AND I'M NOT AN ALLIGATOR! I'M A CROCODILE!"

The chameleon sighed in shame.

Team Chaotix had one of those bad days again, first, a talking walkie-talkie that Charmy the Bee had delivered to Vector the Crocodile and told them to follow its instructions to get a good pay in exchange was their first work in this year...that was last one since they were still in November, however, Espio the Chameleon didn't liked their client, but his boss's motto was: "Never turn down the work that pays!", and so, they started to work...to find hermit crabs, for what? God knows...

"Vector, I'm still against the instructions of our client, do you have any piece of brain left inside your head to wonder..." Espio ducked to show an hermit crab at Vector. "Why do we need to get these animals for?!"

"Never question the demands of the clients! Remember! We're the Chaotix's Detective Agency! Our work is to find-" Vector was interrupted.

"Hermit crabs for who knows what." Charmy said as he held up an hermit crab on his hands.

"Charmy! Remember rule number 29!"

Charmy, for the first time in 27 months, sighed disappointed. ""Never question the demands of the clients, no matter how stupid or insane they are, we will do it regardless of the pay", seriously, even I think those rules are stupid."

"Hey!" Vector said angrily as he found another hermit crab. "Don't. Mock. The rules!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Next arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 23, 2008, 07:57:52 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on July 23, 2008, 06:52:29 PM
Why Sonic Heroes? Why not one of the original Sonic games...? Oh, well, still a good chapter.
Because Sonic Heroes was next after SA2: Battle in the GameCube.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 23, 2008, 09:37:58 PM
"You mean don't change the rules." Espio said.

"Shaddup Espio!"

"Vector, how many did he ordered us to find?" Charmy asked.

"20...I think."

"We have right now...8, we've searched 2 times around this beach already! Why can't we find the last ones?"

"Pit, why are you carrying those crabs?" From the other side of the beach, Team Sword (Marth, Pit and Roy) were wondering why was Pit carrying 12 hermit crabs on his arms, blocking his vision in front of him.

"I heard if you collect these crabs, fortune will come to you in 5 days, well, at least that was in a book I readed in the mansion." Pit said as he dodged a pinch from a crab from his nose. "Back off!"

Roy rolled his eyes. "Nobody believes that Pit, seriously, who is dumb enough for recollecting these crabs?"

"Did you hear that?" Vector asked as he and his team hid behind 3 palms. "Our client probably doesn't has the money to pay us and he requested us to give him these hermit crabs, that will give him fortune in 5 days!"

"Vector, this is like the last time we tried to kidnap Cream...twice before when you were thinking other things and got us into trouble!" Espio said angrily. "And you're the only person dumb enough to believe that!"

"C'mon! Believe me! I'm so fired up that I could burn these palms any day!" Vector said proudly as fire began to surround his body, with 2 little flames coming from his eyes.

"What does that have to do with anything?"

"It is a real proof of my rights to be th-" Vector noticed that the swordsmen were looking at them in confusion. "H-hey! Don't sneak up to people like that!"

"Excuse me?" Roy asked. "Who is going to hide in these incredibly skinny palms?"

It was true, Team Chaotix didn't noted that the palms weren't wide enough to cover them completely, in reality, the palms were 10 centimeters wide, covering only 20 percent of their own selfs.

"...Er...hmm...nice to meetcha!" Charmy said sweating a little, shaking Pit's hand.

"A-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-ANGEL!" Vector screamed, studdered and yelled in terror. "I'M DEAD! OH GOD, I'M DEAD! WHERE'S DADDY?! I WANT TO SEE HIM!"

"VECTOR!" Espio punched Vector. "CONTROL YOURSELF! WE'RE NOT DEAD!"

"REALLY?!" Vector asked with teary eyes as he hugged Espio, tightly. "THANK YOU! THANK YOU! I DON'T WANT TO SEE MY GRAMPA YET!"

"GET-OFF-ME-NOW!"

"...Don't mind those idiots." Charmy wispered to Pit. "Anyway, can you lend us those crabs please? We're trying to give them to our client."

"...Sure..." Pit sweatdropped and gave the hermit crabs to Charmy.

"Thank you! Hey you guys, we finished the first mission!"

Charmy saw Espio trying to take Vector away from him.

"...Are they going to be fine?" Marth asked.

"...Yeah, after Espio uses his explosives shurikens, they're going to be fine until they get out of the hospital..." Charmy said sweatdropping.

"Good job!" The walkie-talkie that Charmy had on his brown jacket said. "Now throw them at the sea to set them free!"

"WHAT?!" Vector said angrily.

"Vector?" Charmy smirked. "Remember rule number 29?"

Vector gritted his fangs of his jaw. ""Never question the demands of the clients, no matter how stupid or insane they are, we will do it regardless of the pay", right Chaaaarmy?"

"Hehehe! Yeah boss!" Charmy said laughing happily as he set the hermit crabs free into the ocean.

Vector, Charmy and Espio temporaly joined your team!

Team Dark

This Machine

Team Y. S. unfortunately found Team Dark, who were Shadow the Hedgehog, Rouge the Bat and Omega.

"P-P-Pikachu..." Lucas wispered to Pikachu as he hugged Kirby in terror.

"Y-y-yes?" Pikachu asked worried, looking up to Shadow.

"A-a-are they going to kill us?"

"...P-p-probably..." Pikachu wispered worried, as his reflection was in Omega's shiny claws.

Rouge crossed her arms and rolled her eyes. "We're not going to kill anyone here today kids, unless Shadow has the urge."

"B-b-but I thought Chris killed him!" Pikachu said scared.

"..." Shadow just walked away from them.

"C-c-can he revive when he wants?"

Rouge laughed at this. "Kids these days have a really crazy imagination, no, this isn't the same Shadow from before, he is...a clone."

"A-a-a clone?" Lucas repeated scared.

"Current lifeform Shadow the hedgehog has incomplete DNA, therefore, target lacks of any memory from the past." Omega said.

"Okay, now that Omega explained about Shadow's situation, what are you doing here?" Rouge asked.

"W-we came here chasing the Halberd." Pikachu said.

"The Halberd? What's that?"

"That huge ship!" Kirby pointed above them as a huge shadow covered the whole landscape, Rouge's eyes widened and Omega started to analyze the battleship while Shadow just crossed his arms and watched the ship flying away from them.

"Battleship is heading where Dr. Eggman currently is, immediate action is required until object reaches its point." Omega said.

"Humph." Shadow started to accelerate and disappeared from their sight.

"S-Shadow, wait for us!" Rouge said complaining. "Why he doesn't listen to me?"

"Rouge, what should we do with our current preys?" Omega asked and Luca instantly fainted by hearing preys.

"...Leave them alone, if they want to follow us, then let them do whatever they want to do." Rouge said as she left.

"It would better if we join forces to destroy Dr. Eggman." Omega suggested.

"D-d-destroy?" Lucas asked as he got up trembling.

"Correct, now follow us." Omega hovered a little above the sand and went away from the young Smashers.

Shadow, Rouge and Omega temporaly joined your team!

"...It's okay if we go with them Pikachu?" Lucas asked concerned.

Pikachu rolled his eyes. "I bet the others are already chasing the Halberd except for us, let's go!" He then ran away.

"Wait for me!" Kirby said a little excited.

"W-what about me Kirby? That's not fair!" Lucas said as he ran after them.

Team Rose

Seaside Hill

"And that's how I came with the idea to name this red bandana around my throat, Reddy!"

"You mean you did all that just to give a name to your clothing?" Amy asked confused and Chris nodded. "And I thought Knuckles was insane to live for the rest of his life guarding an emerald that he always left unprotected."

"WHAT?!" A familiar voice roared from far away.

"Did you hear something Amy?" Cream asked as she looked around.

"...It must have been my imagination. Okay, so Big, you say Sonic could be passing through here?" Amy asked.

"Uh-huh, I can smell his odor." Big said nodding.

Amy made a sick face. "That reminds me, he needs to take a bath and pronto!"

"I haven't seen Mr. Sonic getting out of a bathroom before, do you think he gets scared of the water?" Cream asked.

"And speaking of water..." Amy glanced at the shore. "Sonic would rather run away from this kind of place...that means...oh my god! He's ahead of us! We need to hurry up!"

"Look, there is a big shadow coming at us." Big said as a huge shadow passed from above them, Meta Knight looked up and found his battleship flying away to the north, the knight then took out his cape to spread his wings and flew after it.

"The Halberd is getting away!" Chris said.

"Wait! You're going to the same direction we're going, let us go with you!" Amy said.

"For what?"

"Because Sonic headed to that direction too." Amy said with hearts appearing behind her.

"(Ugh, women are scary.)" Chris thought as he looked at Mewtwo. "You know, you two haven't been saying anything since we arrived unless it's a plan or an idea that we talk about."

Mewtwo began to float away slowly. "I don't get associated with girls...and guys like him." He said pointing at Big, who waved without doing a facial expression. "See what I mean?"

"But Mr. Mewtwo, if you could at least talk with me or Amy or Mr. Big, I think you'll find to talk about like what's your favorite food, hobby, animal and-" Mewtwo already left as Cream noticed. "...Did I say something offensive to Mr. Mewtwo?"

"...Hmm...maybe because...no..." Chris trailed off thinking.

"What?"

"I think the 3 favorite things parts were that irritated Mewtwo a little bit..."

"Irritated?... I'm...irritating?"

"Wha-? NO! NO NO NO NO! You're not irritating Cream! Please, don't cry, please!" Chris said desperated as he tried to calm Cream from not crying, and Cheese too.

Preview of the next chapter

"Are we going to run into THAT huge loop?!" Chris asked scared as they ran at 3 huge loops ahead of them.

"Just let your feet go along with it!" Amy said as they entered, which really scared Chris out of his mind.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

........................................................................

"BLUUUUUUUUUUUUUARGH!" Vector shot a lot of big bubble gums from his mouth that exploded and eliminated all the enemies.

"What? How did those bubble gums exploded if they weren't bombs?" Marth asked confused.

"It's my little secret!"

........................................................................

"PK Freez-" Shadow destroyed another robot.

"PIKA-" Shadow, once again, destroyed another robot.

"AAA-" Before Kirby could swallow a robot, Shadow destroyed it too.

"Oh come on! Leave at least one standing for us!" Pikachu complained.

........................................................................

"Found you! My dear Sonic!" Amy said with smile, proudly of herself.

"Amy! What are you doing here?!" Sonic asked scared.

"Oh good, we found you guys too!" Chris said smiling a little, before noticing that both teams were starting to fight by no reason. "...Er...guys? Why are you fighting in a place like this and a moment like this too?"

........................................................................

"Next time: A not so bad Halberd!" Charmy said excited.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Seaside Hill
Chris, Meta Knight, Mewtwo, Amy, Cream, Big/Fox, Falco, Lucario, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles/Marth, Pit, Roy, Vector, Charmy, Espio/Pikachu, Kirby, Lucas, Shadow, Rouge, Omega
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: thunderhero4 on July 24, 2008, 12:34:17 PM
Sorry to interrupt, but you know how you can get more than 2 people to read this and come back for more? Bring members and other people into the fan fic! Members always have more fun with a fan fic when they can interact with it or just see themselves in it.

I hope this helps! :)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 24, 2008, 12:37:03 PM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 24, 2008, 12:34:17 PM
Sorry to interrupt, but you know how you can get more than 2 people to read this and come back for more? Bring members and other people into the fan fic! Members always have more fun with a fan fic when they can interact with it or just see themselves in it.

I hope this helps! :)
I already used the names of my friends and other authors in another site (including yours) in the Kirby arc. You're Brandon the Waddle Doo. :P

And this is not an interactive story like your interviews.

(Oh crap, it's 3 days and not 3 weeks.)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 24, 2008, 02:27:07 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on July 24, 2008, 12:37:03 PM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 24, 2008, 12:34:17 PM
Sorry to interrupt, but you know how you can get more than 2 people to read this and come back for more? Bring members and other people into the fan fic! Members always have more fun with a fan fic when they can interact with it or just see themselves in it.

I hope this helps! :)
I already used the names of my friends and other authors in another site (including yours) in the Kirby arc. You're Brandon the Waddle Doo. :P

And this is not an interactive story like your interviews.

(Oh crap, it's 3 days and not 3 weeks.)

I like Team Chaotix in this story. They're stupid, but funny. ^_^
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: The Seventh on July 25, 2008, 08:58:24 AM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on July 24, 2008, 02:27:07 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on July 24, 2008, 12:37:03 PM
Quote from: thunderhero4 on July 24, 2008, 12:34:17 PM
Sorry to interrupt, but you know how you can get more than 2 people to read this and come back for more? Bring members and other people into the fan fic! Members always have more fun with a fan fic when they can interact with it or just see themselves in it.

I hope this helps! :)
I already used the names of my friends and other authors in another site (including yours) in the Kirby arc. You're Brandon the Waddle Doo. :P

And this is not an interactive story like your interviews.

(Oh crap, it's 3 days and not 3 weeks.)

I like Team Chaotix in this story. They're stupid, but funny. ^_^
The entire thing is good!  Heh, if you're ever at a loss at a name to use, just put Spencer here or there (yeah, it's my name...).  But don't use it too much...

I always try and squeeze a time to read a chapter here or there.  Sorry I haven't been commenting much!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 25, 2008, 11:40:23 AM
Chapter 63: A not so bad Halberd

Team Rose and Bloody
Seaside Hill

Seaside Hill

GET
READY!

"Aw, the calm waves of the ocean, the sand around the place, the seagulls flying by, the palms creating shadows to shade us from the sun's rays, crabs walking around the beach, nothing can ruin this moment! Right Cream?" Chris asked as Cheese was sitting above his head to try to relax.

Cream nodded with a smile. "Right, I haven't been in a place like this in so long, except for the resort a while ago."

"Oh well, because I think there's really something that can ruin this moment though..."

"Really? What?"

"ROBOTS!" Chris yelled in shock as 6 Eggman Robots ran towards them. But as soon as the 6 robots were 10 inches away from them, they exploded instantly. "...Hey Cream! Cheese has the power to make robots to explode!"

"Chao chao chao!" Cheese said happily.

"Weaklings." Meta Knight said as he sheathed his sword, because he destroyed them with great speed.

"Chao chao chao!" Cheese said angrily.

"Now I see why he acts like he's the toughest one." Amy said. "Hey look! There's a big downside ahead!"

"Wait, we're going to run all the way down? What if I trip?" Chris asked.

"Don't be silly, you can't trip! Here we go!" Amy said as the 4 of them (except Mewtwo and Meta Knight who floated above but were affected) began to accelerate overtime.

"WHOA!" Chris was almost feeling why Sonic liked to run so fast, but probably he runs faster even if there isn't a downside like the current one. "This is so fun!"

"See? I told you, nothing to be worried about!" Amy said.

"Except for that huge block!"

"Away." Mewtwo said doing a wave of his hand to create a psychic slash that made the block to be destroyed into crumbles.

"Good job Mewtwo!" Chris said as they ran.

"This is so easy." Mewtwo said, but Chris thought it was a complain.

"But be positive, our path is going to be good!"

"Did you forget about the danger this world has? There are no worthy menaces ahead for a time, that it's a shame for me."

"But I like the easy way." Big said.

"Your tastes doesn't concerns me."

"Why not?"

"Just stop it!"

"Ahem! More robots ahead!" Amy said, but the robots exploded again. "And Meta Knight took them out again..."

"Another reason of why our path is easy..." Chris said sighing.

The teams entered inside a cave and they found a cannon.

"Jump inside! The exit is up there!" Amy said pointing above.

"Where?" Chris asked.

"Hiiiiiiiiiiiiiiigh above." Big said.

"Now we're going to be the cannonballs?" Chris said as somehow all of them were able to enter inside the cannon, just to be shoot 3 seconds later and making it to the top. "My head's spinning..."

"Amy! Look at that!" Cream said pointing to a big horde of Eggman Robots with spears in a bridge leading to another island.

"Alright! Now we can attack at the same time!" Amy said excited as she took out her hammer. "YAH!" She crushed 2 robots at the same time.

"Huy!" Big used the help of Cream as a human bullet to fire her at 3 robots, destroying them in an explosion.

"Now time to see if I can use the Falcon Punch, here I go!" Chris made a fist and ran at one robot, as soon as his fist made contact with the robot however, all that he could make was a very red hand. "OWW! OWW! OWW!" He flailed his red hand to cease the pain. "Mewtwo! Attack him!"

"Fine." Mewtwo destroyed the robot by throwing it away to a wall, destroying it.

"What I couldn't do the Falcon Punch?"

"You need more experience for that, but you can use the Raptor Boost for now."

"The Raptor Boost?" Chris looked to a robot charging at him, he raised his fist in the air a fire surrounded it, he instantly ran quickly to the Eggman Robot and punched his chin with the fire rising up. "Wow, that was awesome!"

"My turn!" Cream said as she ordered Cheese to slam into the same robot in the air and the Chao destroyed the robot as he flailed his hands. "Hehehe, Cheese, remember, Chris helped too!"

"Chao Chao!" Cheese said trying to sound tough.

"Okay, let's go!" Amy said as Meta Knight destroyed 5 more robots that were blocking their way, the 2 teams began to ran across the bridge, finding more robots to keep them away.

"Meta Knight!" Chris yelled and Meta Knight flew ahead to cross the robots in a blink, a slash was heard and the robots exploded. "Haha! Nobody can beat you!"

"That was a pathetic try to get a compliment from me." Meta Knight pointed out.

"...Ouch..." Was Chris's reply.

Now for the next stunt for the team was a new terror for Chris, a 20 foot tall loop of 3 paths for each member.

"Are we going to run into THAT huge loop?!" Chris asked scared as they ran at 3 huge loops ahead of them.

"Just let your feet go along with it!" Amy said as they entered, which really scared Chris out of his mind.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

"YEAH! I KNOW, IT'S FUN!" Amy yelled as they were upside-down, Chris only thought of running without stopping or he'll crash into the floor, his other 2 companions didn't cared as they went in their ways.

"PLEASE, I WANT TO BE IN SAFE GROUND AGAIN!" Chris yelled terrorized as they made it to the normal perspective. "Phew, it's over..."

"Now let's use that boost pad from over there to jump reaaaaaally high." Big said calmly as they ran to a boost pad that was going to help them to cross a huge gap without the bridge, Chris saw 3 rainbow rings floating in the air.

"Mewtwo, take the lead!" Chris said.

"You too Big!" Amy said as both power members stepped in front of their teams creating a triangle formation, the 6 characters stepped above the boost pad and were shot at the rings, Amy and Chris got inside the left ring, Big and Mewtwo got inside the middle one and Cream and Meta Knight in the right one.

"Alright!!!" Amy, Cream, Big and Chris said excited (except for Meta Knight and Mewtwo, who only said humph) turning their backs and doing a pose before landing on safe ground.

"More robots?" Amy complained when she saw more robots ahead.

"Dr. Eggman had so much time in hands probably." Cream said.

"I think he doesn't has a life." Big said and they stared at him. "...What? Did I say something weird?"

"...You're a little weird Big." Chris commented.

"Begone!" Meta Knight and Mewtwo said as the knight used Drill Rush to go through 4 robots and the Pok?mon using confusion to crash 4 other robots into each other.

"Amy, I can see a big palace!" Cream said as she spotted a large palace going by the ocean.

"I can see more! Sonic is probably around there!" Amy said excited. "Let's go!"

"What are we waiting for?" Chris asked as they entered inside the Ocean Palace.

Ocean Palace

Ocean Palace

"Wait, stop!" Mewtwo said as they stopped from crossing a corner. "There is a horde of enemies to the left side, we need to go down straight this path!" Mewtwo said pointing to another downside in front of them.

"But the Halberd went to the left!" Amy said.

"Sometimes you need to take other ways to reach your objective, keep moving." Meta Knight said as everyone except Chris ran away.

"Hmm..." He looked at the path of the right. "There's someone else comin-AAHH!" He stumbled and fell on his butt. "How did I stumbled?... Nevermind, I need to follow them!" Chris said, got up and left the 4-way path.

Team Chaotix and Sword

The reason of why Chris stumbled was because of Espio, the chameleon was using his ninja skills to become invisible and take the enemies that Mewtwo previously mentioned, he came from the path of the right all alone to sneak from the robots and destroy them before they could notice him or the others.

"Ugh...who was that kid?" Espio asked to himself as he got up. "...Forget it, concentrate on the mission, go!" Espio ran to the path of the left and carefully sneaking around the Eggman Robots with shields, the chameleon took out a big shuriken and threw it at their backs, creating a chain reaction to destroy everyone in sight. "The path is clear, you can come out now!" He said as he became visible again.

"Good job Espio!" Charmy said as he, Vector and Team Sword ran to him.

"Between all of you, I think Espio is the only one who doesn't acts like an idiot." Marth said.

"In many ways, that is right." Espio said.

"Pure lies! I'm the real genius of this team!" Vector said.

"Are you an idiot or something?" Roy asked annoyed.

"Hey, watch your mouth pal, I'm the leader of my own agency!" Vector said proudly.

"Marth, can you tell me how did we ended up with this jerk again?" He wispered to Marth and Pit

"Well, Vector compliments himself most of the time as I've been seeing it with my own eyes." Pit said.

"Vector, you're hopeless." Charmy said chuckling a little.

"Shaddup Charmy and open that weird teleport flower...thing...now..." Vector said trying to find a name for the weird mechanical flower.

"Flower!" Charmy said excited as he opened one of the flowers that had a mysterious power to teleport anyone, then they jumped inside to appear in another site.

"The wind is so strong is this area, and it's coming from below!" Roy said as he tried to grab his cape.

"Espio, Charmy, remember that movie with the plane formation for sky diving? Let's do that to cross to the other side!"

Marth looked at him. "We're going to make a circle formation by grabbing the hands of each one to float?"

"Yeah! Like this!" Vector jumped into the air with Espio and Charmy, the trio grabbed the hands of each other and they began to float above the strong air. "What are ya waiting for? Join us!"

"...This is so embarrassing..." Pit muttered as the 3 swordsmen joined the other team by grabbing their hands and going along, floating above the strong wind that pulled all of them in the air.

"...You know...this is so fun!" Roy said.

"Yeah!" Charmy said laughing.

"I see land!" Vector said as he found cement that was joined to another long way, they landed safely on the ground and started to run to cross the palace. "Espio! Turn invisible and kill those robots!"

"Roger." Espio said.

"I'm not Roger, I'm Vector!"

"..." Espio did a handsign and instantly disappeared in a tornado, the chameleon saw 2 walls close to each other and jumped to one and putting his feet to keep himself sticked to not fall, then, the next thing he did was to jump from wall to wall to make it to the other side before using his kunais in the right spot to make the robots to explode. "Done."

"I don't know why we need to hide from the enemy, we're so many anyway!" Pit said.

"Rule number 34! "Do as the client says you need to do, or the pay will be less!" That's a very important rule!" Vector said proudly.

"You know Vector, I think you forgot that rule when we kidnapped Cream instead of letting Vanilla to know if she was right an-hmhmhmhmhmhmh."

Vector took Charmy under his left arm and blocked his mouth and whispered to him. "Shaddup again Charmy, I'm trying to look cool to our new friends and..." He breaks the fourth wall as usual and points at the readers. "Especially to our great fans!"

Charmy looked at the readers. "Oh yeah! I forgot about them! Hey there Spencer! Hi Brandon, it's Dawei and Dave there too?"

Marth saw that Vector and Charmy were looking at him as Vector thought Marth wasn't in front of them. "...Fans? What are you two talking about and why is Vector pointing at me?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 25, 2008, 06:58:32 PM
"I refrain from answering that question." Espio said shuddering.

"Keep going!" The walkie-talkie said.

Pit narrowed his eyes at the machine. "You know, even if that voice sounds too stupid, the voice is a little familiar to me..."

"Who said that?"

"Pit."

"I don't remember any Pit, just keep going through Dr. Eggman's strong army of robots!"

Roy destroyed one robot by kicking it. "They seem pretty weak."

"HOW YOU DARE TO MOCK THOSE STRONG ROBOTS?! DO YOU KNOW HOW INTELLIGENT IS DR. EGGMAN?!" The walkie-talkie said enraged.

"...Hmm...you're one weird person."

"Er...I...Hmm...er...Umm....just go ahead!" The walkie-talkie said sweating.

"To tell the truth, I think I've unvelied the mystery of our mysterious client..." Vector muttered to himself.

"Did you say something Vector?" Marth asked confused.

"Nah, nothing...ya know, I'm sick of staying hidden from those idiots, let's do it the Chaotix way!"

"Don't do that!" The walkie-talkie said.

"Sorry! But you haven't said why we need to hide in the first place, I demand action! CHARMY! ESPIO! THE INSTRUMENTS!"

Charmy and Espio gasped in unison. "V-Vector! We can't use that here, there's no one around!" Charmy said.

"That's why we're going to those guys!" Vector said pointing at 4 hordes of 20 robots in each squadron.

"R-run!" Charmy said as Team Chaotix and Sword ran towards the robots, Marth, Pit and Roy were wondering what Vector meant with the instruments they suddenly took out.

"NOW!" Vector shouted as the whole area gets dark and prevents anyone from seeing anything.

"Wh-what happened?!" Pit asked as a spotlight shones on Espio playing a japanese guitar.

"Hahahaha!" Another spotlight shones on Charmy playing the drum in front of him.

The last spotlight shones on Vector holding the microphone, who inhales deeply to yell extremely loud.

"...Why do I feel this is going to end ba-" Marth was interrupted.

"AaaaaaAAAAAAAaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" Vector yells at the top of his lungs creating a big shockwave that destroys all the horde of enemies in one attack, but unfortunately, Marth, Pit and Roy had the bad luck of hearing them sing together and they block their ears in pain and fall on the floor, twitching in pain.

"AAAHH! MY EARS! MY EARS ARE BLEEDING! MAKE IT STOP!" Pit begged for mercy.

"I HAVEN'T HEARD SOMEONE SING SO BAD BEFORE IN MY LIFE!" Marth yelled twitching in pain.

"THE PAIN! UGH! IT'S INTOLERABLE!" Roy yelled as he rolled a little.

"Great going Vector, we just killed them!" Espio said as their instruments disappeared.

"I told him it was a bad idea, I swear!" Charmy said.

"Nobody can resist the strength our of team combination!" Vector said proudly.

"Or our horrible voices to sing in reality..." Espio said sweatdropping. "That reminds me, why do we have that weird attack?"

"Vector's idea for sure." Charmy said narrowing his eyes at Vector.

"D-don't look at me!" Vector said with a dumb smile.

"Then whose idea is?!" Espio asked angrily.

"Er...umm...Mighty! Mighty the Armadillo! That bastard did it!"

"Not that idiot who left us a long time ago, you idiot!"

"It was his idea before leaving us! He told me that day he wanted us to be a singing group instead of a detective agency!"

"Or the other way around Vector!" Charmy said glaring at Vector. "The main reason why Mighty left us is because you had to tell him that we were going to make a band, it was too much for him!"

"...And somehow leading us to create this detective agency..." Espio muttered to himself.

"Yeah yeah, all that we know is that it was Mighty's idea!" Vector said proudly.

"WE SAID YOU, YOU IDIOT!" Espio and Charmy said angrily, shoving their faces at Vector.

"FIGHT!" Vector yelled and the 3 members jumped to each other and made a cloud of dust were they started to fight stupidly.

"...Um...guys...we're leaving you..." Pit said from afar with Marth and Roy, Team Chaotix were yelling and screaming in pain by bites, explosions, pinchs, low-attacks and even indian burns which was way worser than the previous ones. "...Guys?"

Marth rolled his eyes in disgust. "...Let's move on without them." He suggested and they nodded.

Charmy peered outside the cloud of dust and laughed a little to leave the fight between Vector and Espio and go with Team Sword. Then Espio got out and dusted off his gloves, leaving Vector to fight only...with himself.

"Look! The Halberd!" Roy said pointing at the Halberd that was flying to the north, in a big metropolis that was far, far away.

"The Macbet?" Charmy wondered.

"Halberd Charmy, Halberd." Espio corrected the bee.

"Marth, isn't weird that this bridge looks endless?" Roy asked to Marth.

"Yes it is weird...and there are other bridges not too far away from us..." Marth spotted a far away bridge to his left, before noticing that a huge shadow passed above them with the apperance of a red hawk, and above the red hawk, Dr. Eggman appeared and landed in front of them.

"Grr! Why do you have to interfere with my plans?! I'll show you the power of my creations!" Dr. Eggman said above the Egg Hawk, the name of his machine.

"You're the same guy from the Space Colony ARK!" Roy said.

"Who the hell are you? Get away or be destroyed!" Dr. Eggman said angrily, as he flew away.

Egg Hawk

"Don't let him get away, I think he wants to attacks us from afar!" Marth said as they ran after Eggman.

"Get them!" Dr. Eggman yelled firing robots from his machine which surrounded the 2 teams in a sandy area.

And just then, Vector came up all badly damaged, he bit his own tail, punched his own eyes and even his chain neck was a little broken.

"Vector! Use that attack to destroy them all!" Charmy said excited as Vector began to eat something in his mouth.

"BLUUUUUUUUUUUUUARGH!" Vector shot a lot of big bubble gums from his mouth that exploded and eliminated all the enemies.

"What? How did those bubble gums exploded if they weren't bombs?" Marth asked confused.

"It's my little secret!"

Roy wondered if he could do that too, but Pit gave him a face which told him: "Are you stupid or something?"

"ARGH! Now take thi-"

"DOWN! NOW!" Marth yelled and everyone thought for what, until they saw the reason multiplied by four where the Halberd was and ducked by covering their heads, the reason was because the Halberd shot 4 lasers at the 4 bridges, and one of those lasers incinerated Dr. Eggman and the Egg Hawk completely, well, not exactly Dr. Eggman, he managed to survive and flew away in his weird machine that he always uses...whatsitcalled? Egg Clown Car? Whatever.

Team Dark and Y.S.

"Beam of high frecuency has destroyed the menace in front of us, proceed with caution is necessary until further attacks." Omega said as the others got up. They were fighting against Eggman and his Egg Hawk machine but the Halberd shot the same laser from the four to destroy his machine.

"But why the Halberd shot that laser to defeat Dr. Eggman?" Rouge asked in a thinking position.

"Don't think about insignifican things like that, let's go." Shadow said bluntly as he ran away to the farthest place in the bridge.

"P-Pikachu..." Lucas trailed off scared.

"Yes Lucas, what is it?" Pikachu asked.

"It's okay to follow them?"

"Of course! At least that's what I think..."

"The more the merrier!" Kirby said excited.

"Yeah...maybe that is the reason..."

Grand Metropolis

"...How did we ENDED UP here?! Here?! Here?! Here?! Here?! Here?!" Pikachu asked when both teams were high above a skyscraper of 50 foot tall height as his voice echoed through the big metropolis.

"T-t-t-t-t-t-t-tall....h-h-h-h-h-h-height..." Lucas repeated scared as he peered down the building while his sweat fell from it, he put a hand near his right ear to hear the drop touch the floor but it didn't and he gasped in terror.

"I have a better question," Rouge began. "What are you 3 doing here with us?"

"You decided to let us go with you, also, Omega said it was for the better!" Pikachu said.

"Omega, stop giving them ideas!"

"I only think about the success of this mission, with more persons aiding us, the percentage of Dr. Eggman winning is of 20 percent, but according to my analysis, Dr. Eggman flew inside the battleship known as Halberd to investigate the source of the beam." Omega explained.

"Leave that for now, we got a mission to clear." Shadow said with crossed arms.

Kirby looked at the long blue path with a loop. "Ooh, let's go!" He said running with Team Dark.

"See Lucas? We can step in this weird path, follow them!" Pikachu said as he ran down the blue path, Lucas looked at them going away and looked behind him, trembling.

"...W-wait for me! I'm scared to be alone!" Lucas yelled and ran down the way to catch on with them.

"YIPPIE!" Kirby said happily as the 2 teams stepped above a boost pad, causing them to jump above a bottomless pit (and giving Lucas a heart attack, almost) to cross to the other side.

"Leave this to Omega." Shadow said as he spotted 5 Eggman Robots with shields, Omega jumped into the air and used Shadow and Rouge as bullets to destroy their defenses and themselves in the process.

"We will eliminate them all!" Omega said as they ran above another bridge that was activated when they defeated the robots.

Spores of light appeared in the air and dropped more robots, this time, it was Team Y. S. to act and attack them. However, just as they appeared, Shadow started to destroy them with Homing Attacks.

"PK Freez-" Shadow destroyed another robot.

"PIKA-" Shadow, once again, destroyed another robot.

"AAA-" Before Kirby could swallow a robot, Shadow destroyed it too.

"Oh come on! Leave at least one standing for us!" Pikachu complained.

"It's not my fault that you're slow." Shadow said as they run further ahead.

"Slow? I'm keeping up! See?" Pikachu said as he was at Shadow's left side, but Shadow was only holding back and accelerated with his team members. "H-hey, that's not fair! I can run like that too! Ugh!" Pikachu began to accelerate as well but it was tiring him out, fortunately, he catched up with Shadow...before starting to decrease his speed.

"Shadow, don't leave them behind." Omega said.

"You don't tell me what to do." Shadow said.

"Sorry, I'm more worried about the success of this mission."

"Humph, fine." Shadow said as they waited for Team Y. S.

"Finally!" Pikachu said panting. "You're bein nice at least for this time!"

"Food...need...food..." Kirby said panting.

"Hey Shadow," Rouge began. "What about if we use that Chaos Emerald that we found in the seaside?"

Shadow took out the Red Chaos Emerald. "Use this to destroy another army of enemies if they appear? That's not a bad idea."

"Shadow, my sensors indicate that you can use the Chaos Control to give me more power and stop time for a moment." Omega pointed out.

Kirby looked at some platforms up ahead and found 20 enemies waiting for them to arrive. "There they are!" He said.

"Rouge, lift me to the air, Shadow, insert the Chaos Emerald in my circuits." Omega commanded as the Chaos Emerald shone brightly.

"CHAOS...CONTROL!!!!" Shadow yelled and inserted the Chaos Emerald inside Omega, giving hima powerful laser that eliminated the 20 robots in a blink, stopping the time around them too.

"Unfortunately, allies seems to be affected as well." Omega said as he glanced at Pikachu, Kirby and Lucas, who were floating in midair because they were about to attack the robots. "Leave them to me, I will carry them in my claws."

5 minutes later...

"YAH!" Lucas jumped off from Omega's claws along with his teammates.

"Good, you're back to your senses." Rouge said.

"D-don't scare me like that Omega!" Lucas said grabbing his chest where his heart was.

"We should keep going, my radars indicate that the Halberd is near here." Omega said as Kirby stared at him in curiosity. "It's there any trail of mud in my armor?"

"No, I was just thinking what kinds of machines do you have inside you?" Kirby asked curiously.

"I have radars, sensors, lasers, beams, missiles, a digital map, memory with all of Dr. Eggman's events like the Space Colony ARK, the creation of the lastest robot of the E-series, Gamma and records of Dr. Eggman's successes, his current count of him winning against Sonic is of 0 against 14039856."

"Hmm...do you have a cooking machine inside?"

"Unit Omega was not created for culinary purposes, only to destroy his enemies and own creator, Dr. Eggman."

"Nah, you're not interesting at all."

"That response from character Kirby was expected."

"Exactly."

"That too."

Rouge looked above a building and found the Halberd landing on the skyscraper...but the building was 100 foot tall of height. "There! We need to reach the skyscraper and aboard the ship before it takes off!"

"But just look at that enormous building!" Pikachu said.

"Humph, we will make it in 2 minutes." Shadow said and Team Y. S. gasped in unison.

"2 minutes?! I can't even make it to the bathroom in 2 minutes when I'm so close to reach it!" Lucas complained.

"Too much information!" Omega complained, avoiding a short circuit caused by Lucas.

"Agree." Rouge said making a sick face.

Battleship Halberd
Control Room

"Stop!" Wolf yelled as he pointed his Blaster at Dr. Eggman. "Who are you and what are you doing here?"

"Spill the beans pal!" King Dedede said laughing some.

For their surprise, Dr. Eggman became a pool of mercury before materializing into an evil robotic version of Sonic, his clone had his blue quills, but of steel that were pointy with a particular shine, he had a cape behind his throat and he wore blue and silver metalic clothes that were reflecting their faces, King Dedede gulped and hid behind Wolf as the Star Wolf leader crossed his arms in amusement.

"Answer the question at once!" Wolf demanded with a glare.

"I've seen your actions when you shot the lasers at my machines to fool those fools, what is your intension to stop me?" The robotic version of Sonic asked with an evil tone.

"Sorry, but I'm afraid they're our prey to hunt."

"So do I, but that is not a permission to kill me!"

"What will you say if we make a deal?" Wolf asked smirking a little as he lowered his Blaster back to his belt.

"A deal? And what does that "deal" has for me?"

"It's simple, we try to kill them by joining our forces in secret, in exchange, I'll lend you more power that you would ever imagine if you drop the Subspace Bombs along the way where they are heading to."

"Subspace Bombs?" He asked and Wolf explained everything to him. "I see, your intention is to take the places scattered around here to your superior...as long as you don't interfere with my own plans, I'll trust you in defeating them."

Wolf stretched his hand to him. "Deal then?"

"Deal." The robot said stretching his claw to Wolf's claw, doing a handshake as they chuckled evily, but King Dedede was laughing scared. "When are you going to lend me that power?"

"When the time comes my friend...when the time comes..."

"Huh?! I sense unrequired visits coming at this ship, you must take off immediately!"

Wolf nodded. "Okay, now leave before they see you!"

Team Dark and Y. S.

The robot turned into Eggman again and flew away by hiding from Team Dark and Y. S., the Halberd was also starting to take off slowly as they were reaching the top of the tallest building.

"Darn it, it got away!" Shadow cursed under his breath.

"We have no choice but to follow it again until we catch it." Rouge said.

"I've got the feeling that this is going to be a hard day..." Pikachu trailed off.

"Factory is up ahead, jumping from building is necessary to reach it." Omega said as Shadow and Rouge jumped off the building.

"Wh-what?! We're going to jump from this height?!" Lucas asked trembling before he was grabbed by Omega, the robot thought Lucas was going to ran off and the "duo" jumped off the building. "MOMMYYYYYYYYYYYYYY!!!"

"Kirby! Grab me to descend to that area!" Pikachu said, pointing down at a far away floor as Kirby grabbed the yellow mouse and they floated to that mentioned part.

Team Sonic and Star Fox

"-yyyyyYYYYYYYYYYYYYYyyyyyy!!!!!!!!!" Lucas screamed at the top of his lungs as him and Omega descended quickly, if he looked carefully, he could have seen Knuckles on the other side of a mirror of another building.

"Huh? What was that scream just now?" Knuckles wondered to himself as he peered from the window and looked around.

"It's something wrong Knuckles?" Tails asked as he joined Knuckles in his search. "Are you looking for something? Because I doubt you'll find it in a such crowded place like this."

"I've could have sworn I saw someone yelling outside this window."

"That could be possible, but, who do you think someone will jump from that building? It's insane!"

Knuckles pointed at Sonic. "He could, and probably enjoy it too."

"C'mon! You're too slow!" Sonic said tapping his foot at the end of Grand Metropolis with Tails and Knuckles.

"Wait...wait...a minute...please..." Falco asked panting heavily. "Our speed member doesn't runs as fast as you..."

"What was that supposed to mean?" Fox asked annoyed.

"Guys please, you have been arguing all the way from the beach except for me, Knuckles and Lucario!" Tails said pointing at Lucario, who was leaned to a wall with crossed arms.

"Who wouldn't? Sonic is just so desperate!" Falco said, glaring at Sonic.

"I'm not desperate! You're starting to think weird things." Sonic said.

"STOP IT! JUST SHUT UP!" Lucario yelled loudly and they looked at him. "We're probably the only team that is not even near the Halberd! Chris or the others are probably aboarding the ship by now as you argue, can't you 3 just get along?!"

"NO!" Sonic, Fox and Falco said, crossing their arms and looking away with angry looks.

Lucario rolled his eyes and sighed. "...Fine, it's not my own business to interfere in these pointless situations."

Power Plant

"Hey, I hear a lot of noises from machines beyond this door, let's go!" Tails said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 26, 2008, 03:13:37 PM
"And possibly more Eggman Robots." Knuckles said.

Tails and Knuckles went ahead to the other side of the door to find a lot of machines working by themselves, they noticed that only Lucario was following them.

"Where are the other 3 complainers?" Knuckles asked.

"Still arguing behind the door." Lucario said.

"Well, do something, or anything to bring them here."

Lucario turned his back. "Don't forget, you said anything."

Just below the trio, there was another passage that was currently being passed by Team Rose and Bloody.

"Hmm..." Chris stopped just where Tails and Knuckles were above the floor. "I think there's someone else through that roof. Mewtwo, can you see?"

Mewtwo shook his head. "My psychic abilities are too weak in this kind of environment. I doubt Lucario could use his aura to detect us too."

"Who is Lucario?" Cream asked.

"Oh well Cream, he is-" And they began to walk through the passage as Chris explained to Cream who was the Aura Pok?mon, meanwhile, with Tails and Knuckles.

Team Sonic and Star Fox

"...That was the only way?" Tails asked sweatdropping. Because Lucario had Sonic, Fox and Falco above him while they were still arguing.

"At least we have dignity and use clothes! Not like you, nude!" Falco argued and Sonic blushed in embarrassment (and so did Tails and Knuckles).

"Wh-what the hell are they talking about?!" Knuckles asked, trying to stay deaf from the argument.

Tails looked behind him while he was blushing. "L-let's go, if we pass through here, I think the Halberd will be closer to us...KNUCKLES! More robots with shields!"

"Okay!" Knuckles said as he charged at the robots, breaking their shields using his fists. "That was easy."

"Don't be too confident, this was only the first wave." Lucario said (still with the 3 above him).

Knuckles looked at the 3 again. "Can you please stop arguing?! We have an important mission to clear!"

Team Rose and Bloody

The 2 teams found 2 big doors leading to different places and they looked around.

"Which way?" Amy asked.

"Once we cross a door, it will close automatically to prevent anyone else from tresspasing it, even heavy weaponry will be useless to destroy the doors." Mewtwo pointed out.

"What is heavy weaponry?" Big asked.

"Something that you probably shouldn't know."

"Why?"

Mewtwo closed his eyes in irritation.

"Okay, stop it you two, let's take the door of the left...but it's closed!" Chris said.

Meta Knight and Cream looked above them to find 2 switches, one for each door. "That switch can open the door, I think," Cream said. "But it's so high up."

"For this time, let's join forces to reach it." Meta Knight suggested.

Cream nodded slowly. "But how?"

"You will lift me to the air, and when you start to get tired, throw me at the switch to use my wings to reach it."

"Right sir." Cream used her long ears to fly above Meta Knight and grabbed him to reach the switch, the rabbit was starting to get tired but at the last moment, Cream threw Meta Knight above her as she descended slowly (it wasn't too much force, but Meta Knight was able to reach the switch after all).

"Good work Cream!" Amy said with a smile.

"Mr. Meta Knight should be the one who needs the thanks." Cream said as Meta Knight descended.

"Keep it only for you." Meta Knight said as he walked to the other side with Mewtwo.

"How rude!" Amy commented.

"That wasn't rude Amy, I think he wanted me to have all the credit instead of him." Cream said while she hugged Cheese.

"...Seriously Cream, you defend the people who walk over you a little too much." Amy said as the whole team walked to the other side of the left door.

"OOF!" Unfortunately, Chris's bandana named Reddy became stuck in the door, leaving a small red cloth on the other side. "Reddy!" Chris shouted grabbing his bandana. "You're still here. don't worry, daddy is going to protect you..."

Meta Knight stared at Chris for a moment before sighing.

Team Sonic and Star Fox

Back where they previously were, the other 2 teams (Team Sonic and Star Fox) already appeared from the right door, fortunately, nobody was arguing this time.

"See? Just if we think instead of fighting, we can come to an easy conclusion." Tails said.

"Exactly buddy," Sonic said as he crossed his arms. "There's no chance we're the only ones behind them anyway, we came all this way by working together."

"..." Lucario found the piece of red cloth that Chris accidentaly left on the floor and he kneeled to grab it. "What's this?" Lucario asked.

"Looks like a piece of red cloth." Fox said.

"But I think I've seen this before..." Falco began to think before gasping a little. "This is from Chris's bandana! Meaning that we are REALLY behind! See Sonic?!"

"Hey! What if this is from another person?" Sonic asked.

And the trio who were arguing a moment ago began to argue again.

"And there they go again..." Knuckles said.

Tails looked above him where the right door was to find a switch attached to the roof. "Lucario, can you throw me at that switch to open the door?"

"Yes." Lucario grabbed Tails and threw the fox towards the switch as Tails used his tails to fly faster and touch the switch, thus opening the right door.

"Thanks, now let's move on everybody...that includes you too..." Tails said to the 3 complainers.

The 3 complaine-I mean, Sonic, Fox and Falco looked at Tails. "Oh...right...that..." Falco trailed off as they entered inside.

"Sonic, look over there!" Knuckles saw a yellow shiny object at the top of a power plant. "That is a Chaos Emerald!"

"Heh, now I know what are you meaning." Sonic said with a small smirk before accelerating to the top of building, which was the power plant.

"See? He's desperate!" Falco said.

Tails rolled his eyes. "Whatever, he likes to act like that, let's follow him!"

Team Rose and Bloody

The 2 teams found the yellow Chaos Emerald at the top of the building they currently were.

"A Chaos Emerald!" Amy said pointing at the emerald. "We have to get it quickly!"

Chris looked at Cream and Meta Knight. "Combine forces again to reach it!"

Meta Knight had no other choice but to nod as Cream grabbed him again, after a short time of flying, Cream threw Meta Knight again to the emerald and the warrior took it and descended to the teams.

"Nice work you guys! Now we have a Chaos Emerald in our hands!" Amy said as she took the emerald and kept it safely.

"Hurray!" Big said.

Chris looked behind the building were a big blue path was that leaded to another building. "This way!" He said as he ran down with the others at high speed.

Team Sonic and Star Fox

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA.........HUH?!" Sonic ran to the top of the building where the emerald is...or was, because the yellow Chaos Emerald was no longer there as he made it. The hedgehog stood in the tallest point and began to look around.

And his other teammates came panting, except for Lucario and Knuckles.

"Sonic! Did you find it?" Tails asked panting.

"Nope, it disappeared!" Sonic said throwing his hands above him.

"What? How could an object disappear if it doesn't moves?" Fox asked.

"Maybe someone came here and took it before Sonic?" Knuckles asked.

Sonic appeared just in front of Knuckles. "Then it's a challenge!"

"A challenge?" Everyone except Sonic asked confused.

"Yeah, don't you see? There's someone around here and he or she is getting away from us because they stole the emerald!" Sonic explained.

"I doubt Chris took the emerald." Lucario said.

"...Or he did, there's another piece of red cloth close to where the emerald was." Fox said as he showed them another piece of cloth of Chris's bandana.

"I wonder with who is he?" Tails asked, getting in a thinking position. "Oh, that's right! I have a radar to locate the emeralds just in case!" The fox took out radar which showed them the location of the yellow Chaos Emerald, it pointed at the north 100 meters ahead of them and increasing. "It's getting away!"

Sonic found the path Chris previously found. "He took this way, let's go!"

Team Rose and Bloody

"I bet Sonic is waiting for me at the top of this huge building!" Amy said as she joined her hands together.

"What makes you think that?" Chris asked.

"It's obvious!" She dramatically fell to her right side as a spotlight appeared from nowhere and shone above her, even Mewtwo and Meta Knight looked around for that light. "The man who is waiting for her true love to show up at the top of the biggest building to see the sunset slowly disappear in the horizon is what happens commonly in the movies," She opened her hand at the elevator that went down to them. "And just by entering the elevator of the true destiny shall reveal my love for the entire life, and his name is Sonic the Hedgehog!"

Chris looked around because an audience was applausing to Amy from somewhere, as Cheese threw flowers above the pink hedgehog while Cream and Big applauded to her too.

"...Er...just a problem Amy..." Chris said.

"What?" She asked smiling and closing her eyes.

"It's just 11 ? clock and it's still morning here!"

Amy sweatdropped as she held her position before all the flowers around were burned by the fire she instantly created, making Cheese to hide behind Cream, who hid behind Big, who hid behind Mewtwo, who pushed Big using Confusion, but just a little to not crush Cream and Cheese under his back.

"...Okay captain obvious, now what?!" Amy asked while her Piko Piko Hammer appeared in her hand with a "poof!" sound.

Chris started to sweat crazily. "Hmm...I...er...enter the elevator of the true destiny!"

The fire disappeared and she smiled. "Alright! You DO believe in me!" The fire appeared again. "RIGHT?!"

"YES MA'AM! YES AMY!" Chris said bowing 3 times.

"Then let's enter!" The fire disappeared and they entered inside the elevator "of true destiny" according to Amy, taking them at the highest point of the building.

Team Sonic and Star Fox

Just as the elevator disappeared from sight, 30 robots came blasting off the door where the 2 teams came as they panted heavily.

"Man...that was tough..." Sonic said.

"No obstacle can stop us from advancing, right Sonic?" Tails asked and Sonic nodded.

"Tails, how far is the emerald now?" Knuckles asked.

"Hmm...it's just above us..." The elevator came back again and it opened. "Let's use this to go!"

"Yeah." Fox said as they entered inside the elevator...not aware of who was at the top.

Team Rose, Bloody, Sonic and Star Fox

"So Amy..." Chris began. "Where is your true lover?"

"I can't believe it! There are no such things as the man of your dreams waiting for you in this stupid power plant!" Amy said disappointed. "Fine fine, you get to keep the emerald."

"Hand it over!" Chris said proudly as Amy searched for the Chaos Emerald because Chris made a bet with her if Sonic appeared on the same building.

"That was a stupid bet." Meta Knight said bluntly.

"And that is also why I don't talk with these kind of things." Mewtwo said frowning.

"Wait Amy, maybe Sonic is going to appear in the sunset, we should wait for him." Cream suggested.

"But Froggy..." Big said lowering his ears sadly.

Amy looked at Big. "...No." She shook her head. "We need to find Chocola and Froggy, I don't care anymore if Sonic comes here."

Cream, Cheese, Big and Chris gasped in unison. "...Cream! I think this is not the Amy we know about, she must be an impostor!" Chris said to Cream.

"You are...you are probably right!" Cream said surprised.

"...Can you stop your stupid acts now?!" Meta Knight said snapping.

"Huh?" Chris said confused.

"My ship is getting away as we speak! If we don't succeed in retrieving it before it escapes," He took out Galaxia and pointed it at Chris. "I swear I'll kill you!"

"...C-c-calm down Meta Knight...I-I promise I'm going to recover the Halberd for you!"

"Meta Knight, sheathe your sword, now." Mewtwo said calmly as Meta Knight grunted a little and sheathed his sword.

"Then let's go, we can't waste more time here."

"Right, now we're talking!" Amy said just before the elevator came up again and they looked at it, and backed away to stand in a fighting position. "There's someone coming to us!"

"Be prepared! I don't like how the things looks to us!" Mewtwo said as his hands started to glow.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 26, 2008, 07:43:22 PM
The elevator's doors began to open up slowly, Amy's face quickly changed from a serious one to a happy one as the 6 persons inside the elevator stepped outside looking around, Sonic's spine was trembling before he found her "girlfriend" as Amy took the emerald back from Chris's hands.

"Found you! My dear Sonic!" Amy said with smile, proudly of herself.

"Amy! What are you doing here?!" Sonic asked scared.

"Oh good, we found you guys too!" Chris said smiling a little, before noticing that both teams were starting to fight by no reason. "...Er...guys? Why are you fighting in a place like this and a moment like this too?"

Team Sonic and Team Rose stopped in midair before they could attack each other. "...Wait, why we were going to fight against Amy?" Tails asked confused.

"I don't know either." Cream said.

"I just...sorta wanted some action..." Sonic said.

"What were we thinking?" Amy asked confused.

"This is soooooooo confusing." Big said.

"I agree with you in that one." Knuckles said.

"Chao chao chao chaoooo. (It's because that's what happens in this story)" Cheese explained and Cream looked at him.

"Cheese, I don't think Tails meant that." Cream said.

"Chao chao chao! (No! You don't understand!)"

"Well, Cheese apologized."

"(-.-;)"

Mewtwo looked at both teams. "...Why are you still floating by no reason in the air?"

And they fell to the floor in unison.

Chris ran to Lucario and gave him a hug. "Lucario! It's good to see you again!"

Lucario smiled a little and patted Chris's back. "I agree with you, I admit I was a little worried about you."

"Me too, don't worry anymore." Chris laughed a little.

Big looked at the Halberd that was getting away. "Look at that big shiny beam coming at us."

The other 11 (or 12 counting Cheese) looked at what was Big trying to say and their eyes widened in unison.

"OH..." Amy began.

"MY..." Cream added trembling.

"DEAR..." Falco added surprised.

"AND..." Fox added as his eyes twitched.

"HOLY..." Chris added.

"SAINT..." Tails added very surprised.

"DIVINE..." Knuckles added in shock.

"UNIQUE..." Sonic added in utter surprise.

"CHAO!" Cheese added.

Meta Knight looked at all of them and frowned to himself. "QUICK! THE HALBERD IS FIRING A LASER AT US, DODGE IT!"

"That's impossible!" Mewtwo as he looked at Fox and Falco, our to be more precise, their belts. "USE YOUR REFLECTORS, NOW!"

The Star Fox members looked at their Reflectors and then at them, nodding with a small grin as they stood in front of all of them to activate their reflectors.

"WAIT! THE REFLECTORS ARE NOT STRONG ENOUGH TO-" Tails was unable to finish his sentence before a big explosion took place in the building, creating a big cloud of smoke that surrounded the entire area.

Team Dark, Y.S., Chaotix and Sword

"LASER APPROACHING AT HIGH SPEED TOWARDS U-" Not only the other four teams were affected, the Halberd and shot another laser at the other four teams on the top of another building, just when Team Dark was about to attack Team Chaotix.

...And...they survived you ask?

...Maybe...

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" 25 screams and yells were echoing through the entire city...

Preview of the next chapter

"Targets have disappeared from sight, leader Wolf."

"Excellent, now let's drop the Subspace Bombs in these areas along the way to where our helper is." Wolf said smirking before laughing evily...and coughed after that. "Humph, I'm not used to this..."

........................................................................

The author sticks a note on the screen, saying: "Next time: A not so expected combination!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Casino Park
...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 27, 2008, 08:49:47 PM
Chapter 64: A not so expected combination

Battleship Halberd
Control Room

Wolf and King Dedede were shown laughing at their victory over the 25 characters with a simple attack with 2 beams of high frecuency. A ROB Sentry rolled towards them to tell the status.

"Targets have disappeared from sight, leader Wolf."

"Excellent, now let's drop the Subspace Bombs in these areas along the way to where our helper is." Wolf said smirking before laughing evily...and coughed after that. "Humph, I'm not used to this..."

"Hehehehehehehe! Except for me! Hehehehehe!" King Dedede said laughing.

"(...Bunch of idiots, even though they're not around here, the explosion made them to be blasted off to different places far away from this metropolis...Fox! Be alive so I can defeat you without tricks!)"

Power Plant

The robotic version of Sonic was standing at the tip of a yellow needle as his cape flew to the east by the winds, he narrowed his dark pupils to examine the area to find what was left of them.

"No sign of life in 1 kilometer close to this area, targets have been scattered beyond the range of 1 kilometer," He said. "Then they're near the casino area, troops!" He said to all the robots that were in the metropolis and far away from him. "Capture and take all of them to the Egg Fleet to dispose of them!"

?

"(...Oww...my head...am I...dead?... Is everyone else dead too? Even...Lucario?... No...not Cream too...she was so young...and Amy...and Big...he probably wouldn't mind...or not...what am I thinking?... Is even Cheese dead?... What about Fox and Falco....this is probably the first time...I...screwed up... I couldn't spend enough time...with Meta Knight or Mewtwo... Sonic is probably mad at me...for not knowing me well...and Tails...he was happy to have Fox around...I could tell from a mile away...hehehe...maybe this is not bad after all...hehehe...those tickles at my face...are cheering me up...hehehe...it's weird too...hehehehe...or this is seriously bad...hehehe....and Knuckles...I haven't said anything about him...hahahaha...he was so concentrated in his own things...hahahaha...why aren't those tickles going away?... It's like they're touching my face right now...with my eyes closed...)"

"...Mas...ter..."

"(...Huh?... That voice...that serious voice...it can't be...)"

"Chris...up..."

"(Is that...really you?)"

"Chris...wake up...please..."

"Hahaha! Hahaha! Hahaha! Please! Stop licking my face! Hahaha!" Chris opened his eyes slowly to find a tongue licking his face, upon more inspection, it was a weakened Lucario who was licking his face slowly.

"Chris...you're okay..." Lucario said weakly.

Chris opened completely his eyes and looked around, it was night already and he was laying on a red carpet very close to Lucario, who was by inches from Chris's face to try to wake him up by licking his face.

"L-Lucario! Oh no!" Chris got up from the carpet and he grabbed Lucario's head. "What happened?!"

"That beam that...shot us...made us to...land in this place by the explosion..." Lucario said.

"But why I'm feeling okay?"

"I...shielded you...from the attack...my aura is at a very high level now..."

Chris was starting to cry. "Lucario!" He held Lucario's face next to his cheek. "You're the best friend I ever met in my life, shielding me from an attack was so brave of you!"

Lucario smiled a little. "I'm glad that...made you happy..."

"Good, you 2 are fine."

Chris looked behind him to find Meta Knight panting heavily, there was dust in his cape and mask, but he managed to stand up.

"Meta Knight! You're fine too?" Chris asked.

Meta Knight nodded slowly. "Yes...fortunately, we managed to survive from that laser of my own ship...and probably the others are still living...is he alright?"

"Who, Lucario?" Chris looked at Lucario, who coughed a little before standing up. "L-Lucario, can you walk in that condition?"

Lucario nodded slowly. "I can do this...I need to protect you..."

"But I'm going to be a bad trainer if I let my only Pok?mon to keep fighting!"

"And I'm going to be a bad Pok?mon...if I let my own trainer to be killed without my protection," Lucario kneeled to Chris. "Please...let me go with you outside my Pokeball..."

"It's better if we go in this state onward." Meta Knight suggested.

Chris thought for a moment before he rubbed Lucario's head. "Alright, alright, you can stay outside your Pokeball to protect me, but don't push yourself too much, you got that Lucario?" Chris asked with a smile.

Lucario opened his mouth in surprise and looked down at the floor with closed eyes. "Whatever you want, I'll...do it just for you."

"That's my Lucario!" Chris said happily. "Meta Knight, are you starting to like to share your time with others now?"

Casino Park

"Humph, don't think I accepted this idea just because of you." Meta Knight said.

"...Okay...now you 2, let's find the others if they're alright...and meanwhile..." Chris took out his DS. "Doctor, how is my partnership level with Meta Knight?" He whispered to Kawashima.

"Here." Dr. Kawashima said.

80

"...80?! He's almost believing in me then!" Chris said happily.

"...Not really...you're holding the DS upside-down..."

"..." Chris turned the DS at the right direction.

Meta Knight: 08

"I hate you." Chris whispered angrily to Dr. Kawashima before putting the DS in his pocket. "Lucario!"

Lucario got up slowly. "Yes?"

"Use your aura to see if there is anyone close to us in this area!"

"Understood." Lucario said glowing and closing his eyes to search through the casino for the others, after 1 minute, he found someone. "There is someone up ther-"

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

GET
READY!

"Cream! Oh no, she is in trouble!" Chris said in shock. "I can't let anyone make Cream to cry! Let's hurry and rescue her!" He said in shock and both current members nodded and ran inside a building with sparkling lights. "Lucario, can you create the biggest Aura Sphere to defeat those flying robots?" He asked pointing at 5 flying robots with clown make-up that were blocking the stairs that leaded to Cream.

"Yes." Lucario said concentrating his aura on his hands, the Aura Sphere that was growing bigger and bigger appeared between his hands, it was big since his damage was so high at the moment. "GRUUUUAAAAH!" Lucario fired the Aura Sphere that went rocketing towards the robots, making a big explosion that also left a huge mark of smoke around the place.

"Lucario...that was definitely the most, strongest Aura Sphere you ever made!" Chris said as he looked at Lucario in surprise.

"That...surprised you?" Lucario asked with curiosity.

"Of course it did! You're amazing!"

Lucario smiled a little. "T-thank you..."

"Stop talking and let's go now!" Meta Knight said as he flew quickly.

Both of them saw Meta Knight going up and they shook their heads in unison." We can't waste more time or Cream will suffer!" Chris said in shock again.

"HEEEEEEEEELP!" Cream cried as she was surrounded by 10 Eggman Robots with spears and shields, her attacks were useless against them so she dropped to her knees and started to cry while she hugged Cheese.

"Weaklings..." Meta Knight appeared in front of the duo with his sword pointing outside the casino, before the 10 robots exploded in unison.

"Mr. Meta Knight, thank you for saving me!" Cream said as she wiped out her tears and setting Cheese free from her.

"Creeeeam!" Chris yelled as he appeared from the stairs with Lucario.

"Chris! You're okay!" Cream said with a smile as she ran and stepping between Meta Knight and Chris. "I thought that beam finished you...who is him?"

"He's Lucario, the person I was talking about."

Cream bowed her head at Lucario. "It's really a pleasure to meet Chris's best friend." Lucario blushed a little at this.

"Chao chao chao!" Cheese said happily.

"Mr. Lucario, can you please help us to find Amy and Mr. Big? I think they're here somewhere because me and Cheese decided to look around as soon as we woke up, but those robots blocked our path and attempted to attack us!" Cream asked while she joined her hands together.

"Don't worry Cream, Lucario is already helping us." Chris said reassuring Cream.

"Thank you so much!"

Lucario was a little puzzled by her response but he nodded, glowing again to find the others. "...Hmm..."

"Is he using his aura abilities you told me about Chris?"

"Yes, they help a lot in these kind of situations." Chris said.

"...I found someone else a little ahead beyond that mirror." Lucario said pointing to a cube of mirror that was hanging above a long slide.

The quartet stepped above the glass door and Chris saw Meta Knight raising his sword above him. "Wait! I'm not ready yet to slide in thi-"

"HA!" Meta Knight broke the glass and they fell to the long slide, luckily for Cream, she was enjoying the long descend with Cheese abover her lap, unfortunately for Chris, he was screaming because he was afraid of falling off at the end, at least Lucario grabbed him by the hand to jump at the right moment to a platform that was a huge checkered floor.

"The lights around this place are making me dizzy..." Cream said.

"Who in their insane head made this huge place? It's stupidly big!" Chris said.

"Did anyone called me?"

They turned their backs to find Big sitting above a pile of scrapped metal of robots as he was taking a sip of tea.

"Mr. Big!" Cream said with a smile.

"Oh, hello there Cream, I was enjoying my time by taking a sip of my tea, those robots tried to attack me but I defended myself from them, after that, I decided to rest here until someone appeared." Big explained as he took a sip of his tea.

"So much for a day's works for you, right Big?" Chris asked smiling a little.

"You could say that."

"And where did you get that tea?"

"I'm always taking my tea with me to all the places I go with Froggy...FROGGY!" Big's ears perked up after remembering the reason of why he was there. "FROGGY!"

Chris noticed that Big was grabbing his legs. "B-Big! Calm down! We're going to find Froggy! I promise!"

"R-really?" Big asked with teary eyes before Lucario lifted Big above him to keep him away from Chris.

"Lucario, put him down, he's just worried about Froggy."

"...Fine." Lucario said putting Big down.

"Cream, look," Meta Knight said to Cream as he glanced at some floating red coins that were floating towards another platform. "Take Chris with you to the other side, I'll take Big with me."

"But what about Mr. Lucario?" Cream asked concerned.

"He can cross by his own, am I right Lucario?"

"Right." Lucario said as he jumped from red coin from red coin to cross the abyss below him. Cream grabbed Chris by the hands and she flew to the other side with Cheese too, Meta Knight had trouble with Big but he managed to cross to the other side.

"AAAAAAAHHHH!!!"

"Amy!" Cream, Big and Chris yelled in unison after hearing Amy screaming close to them.

"This way!" Meta Knight said, pointing at some stairs that were leading to the top of the building that they were, after 5 minutes of running to the top, they found her laying unconscious on the floor.

"Amy!" Cream said preocupied and dropped to her knees to see if Amy was fine. "Amy! It's me, Cream! Are you okay?"

Before she could get a reply, Amy got up angrily and she smashed her hammer that appeared out of nowhere to break 8 red lasers that were blocking her path to other stairs on the other side, but the lasers retaliated by electrocuting her and Amy fell unconscious again.

"Why is she attacking those lasers?" Lucario asked confused.

Amy got up, but before she was about to hit the lasers, Cream grabbed her left hand and she looked at her. "Cream! Oh, I was so worried about you!" Amy said, putting her hamer down.

"Me too Amy...but what were you doing just now?" Cream asked with curiosity.

"I was trying to get pass through these lasers because I saw Sonic running to this direction, and for making everything else worse, he ran off once he saw me...again!" Amy said irritated. "Then these lasers were activated and I've been trying to destroy them!"

"It's futile," Meta Knight began. "We can't proceed further inside this place...unless if we can find another way."

"And what about breaking this window to fall inside that cannon of below to shoot us to that building from over there?" Big asked, pointing outside a window where a cannon was above a floating platform above another abyss, trailing his finger to the other building in front of them.

"...Sometimes Big, you can find the most dangerous routes..." Chris said with closed eyes.

2 minutes later...

"LUCARIO! DON'T LET ME GO!" Chris screamed as they were fired at the other building as cannonballs, Lucario grabbed Chris before jumping and the team with different allies crossed to the other side.

"DUAAAAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!!"

After landing in the next building, Chris crashed accidentaly with someone who was flying and crying at the same time, he tried to get him off his face, but Lucario grabbed the person and held him to show him to the others.

"...Charmy?" Cream asked.

The person was Charmy who was crying uncontrollably, but after hearing Cream's voice, he instantly stopped like nothing happened. "Oh, hi Cream!" Charmy said smiling.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 28, 2008, 02:28:36 PM
"So what are you, Vector and Espio up to?" Amy asked as she took out her hammer.

Charmy flailed his arms. "W-wait! We're not here to kidnap Cream again by accident! I swear!"

"Then what are you doing here?!"

"A beam that came out of nowhere when we found Shadow and Rouge made a huge explosion, sending all of us to different directions, I woke up in this place and then, I couldn't do anything else and started to panic around!" Charmy explained.

"You too then?" Chris asked and Charmy looked at him, confused.

"Hey, who are the new guys?" Charmy asked.

After 5 minutes of explanations...

"How funny, you have also the name of my old friend Chris, Chris!" Charmy said laughing a little, "So. are you like him by any chance?"

"Not at all." Chris said.

"Charmy, do you want to go with us to find the others?" Amy asked and Charmy got in a thinking position.

"Weeeeell, you guys treat me better than Vector does..."

Flashback

"I'VE SAID IS MINE, VECTOR!"

"NO CHARMY, THAT IS MINE!"

"WANT TO FIGHT FOR IT?!"

"WHY NOT?!" And both allies started to fight a cloud of dust.

Espio sighed in disappointment. "Another useless discussion over the remote control..."

End of flashback

Charmy realized how stupid that fight was and sweatdropped. "I'm still accepting the idea, let's tag along for now!"

Big looked ahead of him. "What a big pinball machine."

Bingo Highway

Amy's eyes twitched. "Don't tell me we're going to climb that thing! It's just too big!"

"Sadly, we must be the balls...I'm really going to hate this." Meta Knight said.

"We too." The others replied in unison.

1 hour later...

BING! BING! BING! BING! BING! BING! BING! BING!

"IS ANYONE TIRED OF THIS STUPID OWW! GAME?!" Amy asked as she was pushed by the flippers again.

"OF COURSE OWW!" Chris replied as he crashed into a wall. "WHO IS CONTROLLING THIS THING ANYWAY OWW!"

Not far away from them, actually, above the huge pinball machine...

Tails didn't had any clue about Sonic's whereabouts, he wondered and wandered around the casino thinking only about him (and ONLY about him, to tell the truth, 90 percent was about Sonic, 9 percent was about Fox, 0.9 percent was about Knuckles and 0.1 percent was about the others), fortunately to cheer up the fox with 2 tails, he found a pinball machine next to him and began to play it with 7 balls, not only he did it for fun, because if he got the high score, the green Chaos Emerald was the price for completing the game.

"Here it comes, ha!" Tails said as he hit a ball with the right flipper.

Below him...

"OUCH!" Charmy was hit by the right flipper.

Above them...

"Another one!" He said hitting another ball with the left flipper.

Below him...

"UGH!" Meta Knight was sent rocketing to the top of the machine because the left flipper hit him.

Above them...

"I haven't had so much fun before in my life!" Tails said happily as he continued to hit all the balls inside the machine.

Below him...

"I HAVEN'T HAD SO MUCH PAIN BEFORE IN MY LIFE!" Amy yelled in pain.

Above them...

If you haven't realized, the pinball machine was activated as soon as the team that was trying to find the others stepped inside, in that moment, Tails was walking around and found the machine suddenly turning on, the 7 balls were actually the 7 characters (Cheese didn't counted because he was small), then, he decided to play...using them as human balls to play, the pinball that Tails was using was commanding the huge pinball from below him, not knowing about all the pain that he was causing to them accidentaly for 1 HOUR, luckily for the fox...

"One more to score 1,000,000,000 points! NOW!" Tails hit all the balls to hit the top part of the pinball to score 1,000,000,000 in unison to win the game, after he managed to get that score, a siren appeared saying that he was the winner and the green Chaos Emerald was given to him by a robot that was working there.

Although when he hit all the balls to hit the same place 7 times, the "balls" went through the roof or floor in Tails's view, the fox jumped surprise and gasped when he saw the 7 (or 8 with Cheese) team members with many bruises and dust around their bodies.

"E-everyone! What happened to you?!" Tails asked as he ran to them while he kept the green Chaos Emerald.

"Some lunatic used the huge pinball machine below to use us as the balls." Charmy said with swirl eyes pointing outside the window, Tails looked outside and realized that he accidentaly used all of them to win the emerald.

"Umm...y-yeah...I bet that lunatic ran away after you came here...hehehehe..." Tails said laughing scared, and sweating. "A-and...look! I found a Chaos Emerald!" He showed them the emerald.

1 hour later...

"News flash: MORE ROBOTS." Charmy announced, pointing to more Eggman Robots with clown make-up, the weird thing was that they fell in the center of a platform where huge slot machines were blocking their sight. Just then, Dr. Eggman appeared laughing.

"Hahahaha! I hope you like to fight against my army of robots!" Dr. Eggman said laughing.

"Dr. Eggman!" Amy said.

"We know his name Amy..." Chris said looking away ashamed.

"...Anyway, where is Sonic and everybody else?" Amy demanded, as her hammer appeared on her right hand.

"And do you think I care? Even if I knew I wouldn't tell you because Sonic obviously hates you!"

Fire started to appear around Amy and she glared at Eggman. "Say that again and I'll whack you but good!"

"Argh! Now drop the Subspace Bomb!"

"The what?" Tails asked confused when a Subspace Bomb fell from the sky, causing them to back away to avoid the impact, the countdown started from 3 minutes and counting down. "This is the same bomb that was embedded to the Biolizard in the colony!"

"Get them!"

Robot Carnival

"Tails, can you deactivated the bomb before it blows up with us?" Chris asked a little worried as Tails began to examine the bomb.

"Hmm, I'll take 1 minute to deactivate this...but in the meantime, protect me while I'm on it!" Tails said.

"Behind you!" Charmy yelled before Chris fell on his back to evade a bullet from a robot, Lucario got enraged by this and he trusted his palm into the robot to destroy him, using Force Palm.

Cream saw Big sitting on the floor as more robots appeared from the sky. "Mr. Big, can you do something to help us?"

"In a minute Cream, I need to relax for a while."

"Relax in a time like this? Stop being lazy and fight!" Meta Knight said angrily as he sliced 3 robots with shields.

Charmy, however, was in trouble because without Vector and Espio, he was defenseless. "C-can somebody please help me to attack?"

Chris walked to him. "For what?

Charmy instantly grabbed Chris and kicked him to 2 robots as a electric shot, fortunately for the World Traveler, it didn't hurted him at all. "But I feel kind of dizzy again..." Chris replied.

"Big! Do something and help us!" Amy said while she received various shots to her, but she jumped in the air to smash the flying robots that were shooting at her.

"Patience Amy, if we have patience we will win." Big said, taking out his tea again.

"GET OUT!" Meta Knight yelled as he used Mach Tornado to pull 6 Eggman Robots with lances into the tornado, slashing them to scraps of metal as Meta Knight stopped while he looked at the bomb. "That bomb...I saw one of those bombs inside my ship...then..." He looked above him to find the Halberd flying away to a nearby canyon. "The Halberd dropped the bomb!"

"I need more time, keep it on!" Tails yelled as he found cables beneath the bomb.

"Raptor Boost!" Chris yelled as he punched a robot in his chin with fire, then Lucario jumped over Chris and crashed his fist into the robot to destroy him. "Good work Lucario!"

"Thanks, but don't rest yet, there are more!" Lucario said as he glared at more spores of light that made even more robots than before.

"Robots, robots, robots, robots and more robots! I'm sick of them! Why can't Dr. Eggman make a beast for a change?" Amy asked angrily while she tried to destroy a shield of a robot.

"But Amy, beasts are more scary than robots..." Cream said as she told Cheese to slam into a robot.

"I know, but changing strategies is sometimes good and entertaining!"

"I agree with you, but changing of themes, I'm really tired of only using Raptor Boost over and over again! Why I can't use the stupid, Falcon Punch?!" Just when he said that, his fist became surrounded by fire and punched a robot in the stomach, sending it flying across the slot machines and he looked to his right hand. "...Well...it's about time but...I'm not going to yell the name..."

"Big!" Charmy yelled as a stupid amount of robots appeared surrounding the group.

"Okay, okay, here I go..." Big got up and he took out his fishing rod and started to swing it above him. "Hmm..." The hook became a big, spiky ball with fire that went across all the robots, similar to a chain reaction, creating explosions around the party and eliminating all of them as Dr. Eggman descended and pointed angrily at them.

"Don't get too excited boys! Those were only the eeeeeeasy ones!" Dr. Eggman said furiously as he flew away from the scene.

"...There!" Tails finished to deactivate the bomb in less time than expected. "The bomb was deactivated!"

"Good." Meta Knight said simply.

"I admit it, that battle was so easy." Charmy said as he fell on the floor above his butt. "Man, I didn't felt menaced either."

"The Halberd went to that canyon, we should move on." Meta Knight suggested as he flew away using his wings.

"Lucario..."

"Yes Chris?"

"Can you carry me until we get there? I'm really tired..."

Lucario grabbed Chris and smiled a little. "As you wish."

"Thank you." And so, Lucario jumped off the platform with Chris.

"Let's go Cream, Big, Cheese and Charmy!" Amy said excited as she jumped off the platform with the mentioned characters, using the flight members to descend slowly and go to the next area.

Rail Canyon

Rail Canyon wasn't exactly the easy place to survive, because for one, the place was literally high above the ground, two, a lot of rails were there, three, Chris didn't liked to be grinding above rails so Lucario decided to carry him again until they reached another platform, four, more annoying robots, five, the canyon was a really big base by Dr. Eggman and six, it was the longest place of all the levels.

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed above Lucario's arms as the 9 members went inside a spiral of rails that went directly inside a base a grinding, inside the enormous orange rocks. It was even more embarrassing to him since Cream or Charmy didn't screamed as they were on their own rails.

OR worse yet, Cheese didn't even felt menaced.

Fortunately, there wasn't any robot inside one of the many facilities...because the place was very dark.

"...Don't panic, I don't think anyone would attack us here..." Chris said as they walked further inside, with Cream and Cheese leading the way.

"Don't scream Cream...you can do it...nobody can attack you here..." Cream muttered scared as she held Cheese close to her.

"If anyone is going to attack you and Cheese, I'll promise I'll kill him with my hammer." Amy said behind Cream with her hammer ready.

After a while of walking, they found light ahead to the left of a corner and Cream ran to the light and turned to them with a smile. "Phew! It's over! Now we can go outside an-"

"HANDS TO THE AIR!"

Cream turned her head to the corner with light, finding a gun directly pointing between her eyes as her pupils shrunk instantly.

"...Ah...ah...AAAAAAHHHH!!!!" Cream screamed, crying and hiding behind Amy, who jumped instantly to the person who was pointing his gun at Cream.

"YOU BASTARD! BANZAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAIIII!" Amy yelled at the top of her lungs.

The person began to sweat as Amy was starting to approach him in the air with her hammer ready to kill him. "W-WAIT! NO! STOP!"

WHACK!

30 minutes later...

The party was grinding above more rails with another member that they found 30 minutes ago, Amy, who hit him, apologized as they grind in the same rail.

"I'm so sorry! Forgive me for giving you that big bump on your head!" Amy said bowing to the person.

"I should be...the one apologizing..." The person said with a huge red bump on his head.

"That's what you get to point your gun at little girls like Cream, Fox." Chris said, revealing the person with the bump to be Fox.

"I'm sure he didn't wanted to attack me, right Mr. Fox?" Cream asked.

"RIGHT?!" Amy asked with the same fire appearing around her.

"R-right! I'm sorry, I'm sorry!" Fox said sweating like crazy.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 28, 2008, 10:04:11 PM
"...At least we're slowly gathering everyone little by little." Chris said.

"Amy, did you said that Sonic ran away from you?" Tails asked and Amy nodded. "Honestly, I don't know why he needs to run from you."

"For the obvious reason that Amy will glomp at him." Chris said

"What is "glomp"?" Cream asked.

"S-s-something you should know about when you get older. Believe me, you don't want to know now."

"...Oh...I understand...also Mr. Fox," Fox looked at her. "I'm sorry for thinking that you were Tails's evil cousin when I saw you."

Chris blinked for a moment before bursting out laughing. "HAHAHAHAHA! OH GOD, WHEN CREAM SAYS IT LIKE THAT, IT'S IMPOSSIBLE TO NOT LAUGH, HAHAHAHAHAHA!"

Even everyone else chuckled at this and Fox glared at all of them.

"Okay okay, we laughed at Fox for being the evil cousin of Tails, now concentrate please..." Fox said grunting a little.

"Tails! You didn't told me your evil cousin was so rude!" Charmy asked as he bursted out laughing as well.

"SHUT UP!" Fox yelled at the top of his lungs.

"...DEAD END!" Big yelled and everybody looked ahead to find no more rails going to anywhere, which was really bad.

"...TAILS! CREAM! CHARMY! META KNIGHT! GRAB US AND TAKE US TO SAFE FLOOR, NOW!" Chris yelled as all the flight members quickly grabbed who they can carry to the nearest platform, fortunately, they found one not so far away from the dead end and they descended to land safely.

"...I thought I was going to die..." Amy said as she grabbed her chest were her heart was beating madly.

"Lucario, can you use your aura to detect someone else here?" Chris asked as Lucario put him down, the Aura Pok?mon nodded and began to glow to find another person around.

"Hmm..." Lucario said.

"What?"

Lucario pointed above a huge cannon. "There is another person up there, but is unconscious."

"Then here we go." Charmy said as he flew towards the cannon with the others following him from behind, the bee managed to catch sight of a red dot and flew towards it, it was a fainted Knuckles. "Knuckles! Wake up you dork!"

"WHO ARE YOU CALLING A DORK YOU IDIOT?!" Knuckles got up instantly with a glare to an innocent Charmy with crossed arms behind his back.

"Why do you have to be so mean to the people around you? Seriously?"

Knuckles cracked his fists. "OKAY BUZZ BOY, YOU ASKED FOR IT!"

"Hold it right there Knuckles!" Amy said as they reunited with the 2.

"You were going to murder Charmy? Knuckles, what's wrong with you?" Tails asked as Charmy hid behind Chris with teary eyes.

"Waaah! He tried to kill me!" Charmy said with an accusing finger to Knuckles and they glared at him.

"...Oh come on! You're not going to believe that liar instead of me, right?" Knuckles asked irritated.

"Well..." Cream thought for a moment. "This is not the time to be fighting, we need to find Mr. Sonic and Tails's evil cousin's friend too."

And Chris and Charmy fell to the floor, laughing madly at this.

"I thought you stopped calling me his evil cousin!" Fox said as he pointed at Tails.

"Sorry, I forgot..."

"Knuckles, did you ended all the way here because of the explosion?" Tails asked.

"I didn't thought it would be so strong but yes." Knuckles responded.

"We can't waste much more time now, we have to reach the Halberd!" Meta Knight said, finding the Halberd flying above them and getting away from the canyon.

Big saw another way with more rails. "Use this way."

And everybody got in the rails to grind down to another base, but Chris and Lucario were behind because Chris didn't wanted to stay in Lucario's arms again and grind for a change, but with the help of Lucario grabbing his hand to not let him fall.

"Are you sure you want to do this?" Lucario asked as they grinded down the rails.

"Y-yeah, sooner or later I need to overcome my fear...AAAAAHHHHH!" After a second, they started to accelerate as the rails were turning into a big downside. "D-DON'T JUMP...DON'T JUMP...DON'T J-AAAHH!" Chris fell from the rails but since Lucario was grabbing him, the Aura Pok?mon put him on the rails again and Chris sighed in relief. "T-thank you Lucario...I could be dead if it weren't for you..."

"Good to hear that, now let's go."

Bullet Station

If you thought the Rail Station was dangerous, think again, the Bullet Station was 5 times dangerous than the previous level because it had 3 times more cannons, 3 times more Eggman Robots and 3 times the chance to die.

And it was to run around, evading shots, bullets and fire.

"How in the hell did Eggman made all of this?" Knuckles asked as he jumped above a flamethrower from a wall.

"I dunno." Charmy responded, dodging bullets from the robots.

"AAH!" Tails yelled in pain after he fire managed to burn his right leg.

"How could you!" Amy said furiously and raising her hammer above the flamethrower that burned Tails, smashing it into the flamethrower to destroy it in a single blow.

"Here, let me carry you Tails." Chris offered his help to Tails.

"N-no, I'm fine." Tails stood up but felt a pain running from his leg and dropped again in the floor.

"I'm serious, let me carry you!"

"...Well..."

"DOWN!" Chris looked behind him to find Fox lunging at him to push him at the floor to evade a missile. "...That was close..."

Chris slowly stood up and looked at the source of the missile. "Lucario! Use an Aura Sphere on that cannon!" He looked at Tails who was being carried by Fox on his back. "..."

"What are you waiting for? Let's go!" Fox said as he and Tails ran away.

"...Did Tails prefered Fox over me?" Chris asked annoyed to himself before running ahead with the others.

"I've said let me go you bullies!"

"That was Kirby's voice!" Fox said surprised.

The party entered inside another facility to find Kirby inside a cage as he tried to break the bars with his Cutter attack. Knuckles charged at the cage and punched the bar with his fists to break them to set Kirby free.

"Kirby! Are you okay?" Chris asked and Kirby nodded with a smile.

"Yep! Those robots captured me when I was unconscious, they took Lucas and Falco to another place around here!" Kirby said.

"Inside here?" Big asked but Kirby shook his head.

"No, in another room inside the rocks!" The puffball pointed at what looked to be the holes for a big cannon. "But! If we enter the holes of the cannon that is above this place, we can reach them in less time than expected!"

Charmy looked at the holes. "Hurray! Another chance to be the cannonballs!"

"Oh joy..." Amy, Knuckles, Meta Knight, Fox, Lucario and Chris said sarcastically.

The 10 (11 in Cheese's case) entered inside the holes to be shoot by the cnnon to another long way of rails, this time, they saw more troubles because the rails were destroyed in some of their rails.

"RIGHT!" Meta Knight yelled from the front to tell to jump to the right rail in time to evade a fall. "LEFT!" They jumped to the left. "LEFT!" They jumped to the left. "RIGHT!" And so on until they reached another facility, they looked up to find Lucas and Falco inside a cage.

"Lucas!" Kirby yelled.

"E-everyone! Please get us out of this cage!" Lucas yelled from above before noticing that Meta Knight flew at the cage with a quick slash at the bars, cutting the bars in half and making Lucas and Falco to fall at the floor, Falco landed on his feet but Lucas landed on his butt. "Oww, there wasn't any better idea than that?"

"Thank goodness you're okay Lucas!" Kirby said.

"I was...I mean, we were captured by the robots when we woke up inside that cage, then they disappeared from this place, leaving us like birds inside their cage...n-no offense Falco..."

Falco dusted off his sleeves. "Don't worry about that, so, what's our objective now?"

"Follow the Halberd, the same mission, nothing else." Fox said.

"AND find Sonic!" Amy added.

"AND find Pikachu!" Kirby added.

"AND find Espio!" Charmy added.

"...What about Vector?" Cream asked.

"Meh, he can die in a forest if I care. Besides, hanging around with you guys is MUCH less painful than being with Vector anyway."

"But Charmy, think of all the good moments you and Vector have had before!"

Charmy got in a thinking position. "Hmm..."

More Charmy's flashbacks

Vector held a knife on his right hand as he chased after Charmy because he stole his headphones.

Vector held a gun on his right hand as he chased after Charmy because he painted his body of a blue color.

Vector held a hammer on his right hand as he chased after Charmy because he put on his back a paper with the words "I'm a dork, kick me!"

Vector held a missile on his right hand as he chased after Charmy because he set the agency on fire.

Vector held a rocket launcher on his right hand as he chased after Charmy because he broke his computer inside the computer room.

Vector was using a bulldozer as he chased after Charmy because he painted a pink happy face on his stomach.

Vector held a nuclear warhead on his right hand as he chased after Charmy because he sent thousands and thousands of e-mails in all the network with photos of Vector taking a shower with a rubber duck on the tub.

Vector held the knife, the gun, the hammer, the missile, the rocket launcher, the nuclear warhead on his hands as he rode the same bulldozer as he chased after Charmy because he even sent photos of Vector kissing Espio by accident.

Of course, Espio, for a change, joined forces with Vector.

End of Charmy's flashbacks

The whole group (except Lucario and Meta Knight) stared with wide eyes to Charmy after he told them all the things Vector did to him.

"...Charmy...sometimes...I feel sorry for you..." Amy said surprised.

"A nuclear warhead? That's way to much!" Falco said surprised.

"Nothing is too much for Mr. Kill Charmy apparently." Charmy said, throwing his hands up. "Good thing I survived."

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"Dr. Eggman!" The growing party said in unison and they ran outside the facility to find Dr. Eggman above the Egg Hawk, who was above a blimp with robots with guns.

"You inferior beings! How dare you to come storming inside my base of operations! That's it! I shall end this here and now!" Dr. Eggman said angrily as the group gathered outside.

"Like hell you will!" Knuckles said smacking his fists together.

"Shut up! Now, let the destruction begin!"

Egg Albatross

"Fire!" Dr. Eggman yelled as the squadron of 6 robots fired at the group as the blimp was going away from their sight, the party had no other choice but to chase him as they evaded the shots from the robots.

"Can we catch up with him?" Charmy asked.

"Maybe, but don't stop running or he'll get away!" Meta Knight said.

"We have to run faster than this!" Amy said as she jumped out of the way to dodge more shots. "Oohhh! I wish Sonic was here just now!" She smiled and looked to both sides. "...I've said, oohh! I wish Sonic was here just now!"

Lucario pulled Chris to him to evade a missile. "Like if he is going to appear just if you wish." He said bluntly.

"A girl can always wish what she wants!"

And their long struggle went for seconds, minutes and 1 hour.

"Is anybody tired yet?" Tails asked, if you forgot, he was still being carried by Fox, who was slowing down.

"Yeeees..." Chris said tired.

"I'm sick of this already!" Charmy said. "We have been running for 1 hour straight, evading those missiles, shots and small lasers from Dr. "I don't have another thing to do but to annoy these guys" Eggman!"

"WHO ARE YOU CALLING ANNOYING?!" The walkie-talkie from his jacket said annoyed and irritated.

"...Dude, I mean Dr. Eggman, not you."

"...Oh...sure...right...hehehe...him and not me..."

"Lucario, just use an Aura Sphere and destroy that blimp!" Chris ordered and Lucario charged an Aura Sphere to hit the blimp, but Dr. Eggman activated a force field around the blimp to block the Aura Sphere and Lucario gasped at this. "Wh-what? But how? This wasn't supposed to happen!"

"Hehehehe! I'm always prepared you fools!" Dr. Eggman said laughing.

"Damm straight!" The walkie-talkie said.

"Damm NOT straight!"

Tails smiled after hearing that voice that was coming behind the blimp, or more accurately, just behind Dr. Eggman. "T-that voice is fro-"

"SONIC!" Amy added excited as Dr. Eggman turned his back to find Sonic sitting behind him, cleaning his right ear with his finger.

"ARGH! SONIC! GET OUT!" Dr. Eggman said furiously and trying to punch Sonic, but if anyone but Eggman forgot about Sonic is that he was a lot way faster than him, the hedgehog appeared in front of the chair where Eggman was sitting, taunting the doctor as usual by...well...remember the episode where Sonic smacks his butt to show it to Eggman above a rocket fist and sticking out his tongue?

Everyone slapped their foreheads at this, except for Charmy who enjoyed that and thought about doing it to Vector.

"SO, SONIC, YOU WANT TO FIGHT ME RIGHT?! THEN LET'S SEE IF YOU CAN WITH THIS!" Dr. Eggman pressed a button on the Egg Hawk and the blimp instantly changed to a big robot with the hawk's head at the top, and defying the law of physics because the robot was bigger than the blimp.

Sonic jumped out of the robot and joined everybody else. "It's good to see you all agai-"

"SONIC!" Amy instantly hugged Sonic with force and taking out his air from his body.

"A-Amy! Y-you're asphyxiating me!" Sonic managed to say in Amy's grasp before Chris separated both of them and pointed to the big rocket fist that was going to attack them, but Knuckles stepped in front of them to stop the fist from colliding.

Tails got off from Fox's back and ran to Sonic. "Sonic, what do we do now?"

"That's an easy question!" For Tails's surprise, Sonic took out the blue Chaos Emerald and showed to everybody else. "I found this inside the bases!"

"Now we have 2 emeralds!" Amy said, taking out the yellow Chaos Emerald.

"3 emeralds!" Tails added as he took out the green Chaos Emerald.

Suddenly, Chris felt that same emotion again when he and another character combine their attacks. "(There it is again! Now who am I talking to?)"

"(Huh? Who's there? Who's talking to my mind?)"

"(...Sonic? You? I thought it was Kirby this time!)"

"(This time for what?)"

"(...Um...nevermind...Sonic, I need to tell you something.)"

"(What?)"

"(Our partnership level is probably filled...or maybe you get along with everyone, I didn't saw your partnership level with me to tell the truth.)"

"(O-okay, what's this partnership level stuff?)"

Chris sighed. "(Oh well, you haven't heard of it, look, the partnership level is a special factor to let me and anyone else to combine attacks to create an even stronger blow, when this happens and when we are fighting against someone, me and someone else or you get this feeling to talk through our minds to discover that attack, and it's time for us to use our combinated attack.)"

"(Let me get this straight, since I trust you completely the first time you saved me, we can use a combinated attack to deal a stronger blow?)"

"(Exactly, now, do you want to see our combinated attack on Dr. Eggman?)"

Sonic grinned. "(Of course I want to!)"

"(Okay...but no grins, smirks, cocky grins or cocky smirks to me, they're creepy...at least to me.)"

Sonic smiled a little. "(Right.)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on July 29, 2008, 01:40:10 PM
Good job. XP
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 29, 2008, 10:37:01 PM
"But I can't reach him with my speed!" Chris said.

Sonic grabbed his right hand and went rocketing towards Dr. Eggman using the power of the Chaos Emerald in his hand, just when they were behind the robot, Chris already knew what to do and so did Sonic, who turned into a ball to use the Spin Dash, but he remained in the floor spinning as Chris prepared his Raptor Boost to send Sonic rocketing towards the robot.

"Now!" Chris yelled as he ran directly to Sonic to punch him to the robot, with the power of the blue Chaos Emerald, the attack was greatly increased and Sonic went throught the robot's body like a bullet. "FIRE HEDGEHOG!!!" They yelled in unison, discovering Sonic's Level 1 Final Smash.

New ability learned! Fire Hedgehog!

Pull the second user using Spin Dash to the air while the first user uses Raptor Boost to send the second user rocketing to the sky, deals moderate fire damage

"Alright! We did it!" Tails cheered as everybody else sighed in relief for winning against Dr. Eggman, as Sonic came from the sky and landed on his feet, giving a thumbs up and a wink to Chris, who smiled a little after this and laughed heartily.

However, Cream looked above her to find Dr. Eggman falling to the floor with great speed and she gasped when his body didn't moved. "Oh my god! We killed Dr. Eggman!" She said in shock.

"You bastards!" Charmy said, earning a glare from everybody.

Everyone approached slowly to Dr. Eggman and approached slowly their heads to see if he was alright, but after 10 seconds of staring at the dead body, from the stomach came a cartoony face of Eggman playing a record while it laughed like a maniac and they jumped away from it.

"MWHAHAHAHAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" The head laughed maniacally as it deformed by itself.

"This is...a fake!" Amy said a little furious and stomping the floor a little.

"So that means Eggman is still alive?" Knuckles asked.

"Phew, I'm glad he's still alive." Sonic said.

"...What? Why are you glad for that?" Charmy asked confused.

Sonic put his hands on each sides on his shoulders. "Because without him, my adventures are over."

"Yes," Chris began. "Because is always fun to save the Earth from imminent destruction that you want to pull out stunts to amaze the persons around, just when they're about to die."

"...Ouch, that was...cold..." Sonic said a little scared.

Meta Knight was outside the conversation as he saw the Halberd getting away into a swamp full of frogs, he quickly threw his cape aside to fly after it while the others were talking to themselves.

Big looked at Meta Knight getting away and he patted Amy's shoulder. "What's wrong Big?" Amy asked.

"Meta Knight is following the Halberd without us." Big said and Amy looked at the tiny spot that was Meta Knight getting away.

"...Rats! We have to follow him!" Amy said as her team jumped out of the floor.

"Lead the way!" Sonic said, jumping off the platform with everybody else, except for Lucario who looked back at the fake Eggman but shook his head to follow Chris and the others.

...And after 5 seconds, the fake Eggman turned into mercury and materialized into the evil robotic version of Sonic, who was the forgotten Metal Sonic.

"Data...has been copied..." Metal Sonic said as he glared at the party who was going slowly away from the canyon.

Charmy looked behind him because he swore that someone appeared where the fake Eggman was, but Metal Sonic disappeared before Charmy could take a look, the bee began to thought.

"(Was there anyone else besides us?... Nah, I must have imagining things again...)" Charmy thought before thinking about Espio and Vector.

Frog Forest

"YAHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!" Sonic yelled with energy.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!" Chris, however, yelled in terror.

The group was now chasing down the Halberd inside a forest with big frogs that every time they "croacked", rain would appear to touch all the plants to grow extremely big, like long vines that would grow longer and longer if someone was grinding down, and those someones were the party, grinding down a long road around a big green mushroom.

"JUST STOP YELLING!" Falco said annoyed.

"I CAN'T! WE'RE SO HIGH UP!" Chris replied as he was dragged by Lucario.

"C'mon! This is fun!" Charmy cheered.

"NOT FOR ME!"

"Relax! There's safe grass in front of us!" Amy said.

"WHAT A RELIEF!"

"NOW JUMP!" Sonic said as everybody jumped off the vine and landed on the grass in a very tall plant of 100 foot tall height, the ground was even barely visible from their sight, the Bullet Station's abyss wasn't nothing compared to this.

"Froggy..." Big lamented after finding another frog who croacked and summoned more rain, soaking all the party instantly again.

"I'm gonna get a cold from all this rain...ACHOO!" Sonic sneezed.

"But Reddy isn't complaining at all..." Chris said.

Sonic raised an eyebrow. "Who?"

"Reddy, the bandana." Chris pointed at his red bandana around his neck and Sonic stared confused at the cloth.

"...Riiiight...Reddy...by the way, do you noticed that it has holes all over it?"

"Wha-? REDDY! Oh no! This maybe happened when we were in that base on the canyons!"

Many of them backed away from Chris and "Reddy".

"VECTOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOR!" Charmy yelled loudly from the rain as his voice echoed through the forest and the rain itself. "IDIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOT! ANSWER MEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!"

"Charmy, calm down, we're going to find him and didn't you were mad at him just a while ago?" Tails asked and Charmy looked down sadly.

"W-well..." Charmy scratched his shoulder. "He may be a complete retard, idiot, dork, stupid, useless, hopeless, ugly, poor, bastard boss who make many mistakes and drags us into trouble, but he is my retard, idiot, dork, stupid, useless, hopeless, ugly, poor bastard boss who drag me and Espio into trouble!"

Kirby sweatdropped at this. "...He would bit your head off if he heard that."

Charmy cried a little. "I don't care if he bites my head off! He took me in the agency to join him and Espio! I really enjoy spending my time with those idiots...I really do...now I'm starting to miss him in this short, little time..."

"...Wow, the rain hasn't stopped yet...it makes this moment a little sad..." Fox said, wiping out the drops from his face.

However, Falco eyed Fox closely. "How can we know those aren't drops at all?"

"A-are you saying I'm crying?!"

"Hehehehe..." Charmy laughed a little. "Just like that..."

"Huh?" Fox and Falco asked confused.

"Just like that...just like that is how we spend our time together...I wonder if I can find them..." Charmy looked above him to find an umbrella to prevent him from wetting himself, he looked to his right to find Espio holding the umbrella. "E-ESPIO!"

"I'm glad to see you fine Charmy." Espio said.

"...Y-you idiot..."

Espio closed his eyes. "I don't care if you say idiot to me, what matters now is that we're together once again...but of course, Vector is still missing somewhere else with Marth, Pit and Roy..."

"...Oh no, I completely forgot about Marth, Pit and Roy...and Pikachu and Mewtwo!" Chris said, but his face quickly changed from a worried look to a surprised look because Mewtwo was standing next to Espio. "M-Mewtwo!"

"If you're going to ask me how did I ended up here, it's because Espio offered his help to find you all." Mewtwo explained to them.

"...What a relief...everybody is slowly joining...that means the only persons that are still missing are Vector, Marth, Pit, Roy and Pikachu." Espio said.

"That's not true! We're missing the other 3!" Lucas said.

"Who?" Sonic asked.

"Shadow, Rouge and Omega!"

Sonic, Knuckles, Amy, Cream and Cheese's eyes widened a lot after hearing the name, Shadow. "Shadow?" Knuckles asked.

Lucas nodded a little scared. "Y-yeah...he was very focused at his mission with Rouge and Omega, Kirby, Pikachu and me didn't helped so much with them because they simply destroyed all the robots in sight in a matter of seconds!"

Sonic smirked a little. "Alright, Shadow's back for more then!"

"...Ahem...Sonic?" Chris stared at Sonic for a moment and the hedgehog's smirk disappeared.

"Oh...right...anyway, let's move on to find them and fast!"

Meta Knight nodded. "I agree, but if we reach the Halberd before finding them, we must abandon our search and take back my ship."

Everyone stared at Meta Knight.

"...But Meta Knight, is important to rescue the others so we can retrieve the Halberd properly!" Chris said.

"And?"

"...What's that "and" suppose to mean?" Knuckles asked.

"I remind to you all, I'm here to recover the Halberd and leave after that, didn't you remembered? That was the reason of my presense here."

"Still, that doesn't means you have to be so harsh on everybody else!" Chris said defending him and the rest.

"...I don't care..."

A sudden shock fell above everyone after hearing those words, they have been traveling so far and yet Meta Knight was still acting rude and harsh, Chris forgot that his second mission was to spend time with Meta Knight and Mewtwo and was ashamed for not be able to do so.

"...Meta Knight..."

"Do you have something to say?" Meta Knight asked bluntly.

Chris shook his head. "...No...you're right, we need to retrieve the Halberd as soon as possible..."

"Then don't waste more time and proceed with caution." And Meta Knight flew away to catch up with his ship, while everyone stared at Chris.

"You didn't say it seriously, right?" Fox asked with crossed arms.

Chris shook his head again. "Of course not...I've been trying to get along with Meta Knight but since we woke up in the casino, I was distracted to gather all of you...now I'm starting to think if I did the right thing..."

"And you did!" Kirby said with a smile. "Meta Knight is just too worried about the ship he doesn't uses and cares only about it!"

"Thanks for trying to cheer me up Kirby...but..."

"That's it, what's wrong with you? You're starting to act a little emo to me!" Sonic said with crossed arms. "Who cares what he says? If you think you're doing the right thing that IS right, then don't stop, he'll regret it later!"

"I think you're right...I'm sorry."

Mewtwo floated to Chris and put his hand above his righ shoulder. "You don't need to apologize for that."

"...Thank you..." Chris wispered as he noticed Meta Knight again, standing in front of all of them. "Fine, we're going now Meta Knight."

"Good." Meta Knight said as they followed him, everyone except Cream who was hugging Cheese close to her while the rain was still falling all above the place, Amy looked behind her and walked to Cream with a worried look with Big behind her.

"It's something bothering you Cream?" Amy asked concerned.

"...Amy...I want to...I want to help Chris to get Mr. Meta Knight to like him...if he is trying very hard to do it...I'm willing to help him out..." Cream said.

"Chao...chao..." Cheese said sadly.

"Who cares about that idiot Cream? He can die in hell if he wants to, don't waste your time with guys like him." Amy said as she left with the others, leaving Big with Cream and Cheese.

"Cream, I'm with your plan if you want my help." Big offered his help to Cream, who looked up to him with a smile.

"Thank you Big! I'm sure we can do it together! Isn't that correct Cheese?" Cream asked a little excited to Cheese, who nodded happily.

"Hey! We're leaving you behind!" Shouted Charmy from afar the rain.

"C-coming!" Cream said, running with Cheese above her and Big. "(Soon Mr. Meta Knight will like you Chris...I'm sure of it even if I'm the only one who believes in him!)"

Preview of the next chapter

"Shadow!" Sonic said grinning as he evaded a Homing Attack from Shadow.

"Humph, so, Rouge told me that you and someone else like me fought a while ago, I won't lose this time." Shadow said.

...................................................................................................

"Are we out of this castle yet?!" Shouted Roy from inside a door that was upside-down.

Everyone opened the doors from all the walls to say their answers. "No!"

...................................................................................................

"At last...we came so far to enter the Final Fortress..." Chris said as all the 25 (we counted Cheese again too) landed in the darkish area of the Egg Fleet.

"Don't let your guards down, this is not going to be easy." Mewtwo warned all of them.

...................................................................................................

"After Sonic screwed it up BIG TIME, now we have to beat that sin against the holy nature that it's called...umm...Super Shadow Metal Overlord?"

"I've already said I'm sorry!" Sonic said annoyed for his big mistake.

...................................................................................................

"We are gathered here today to say our farewells to a beloved friend who fought along with us, you were a great inspiration to most of us, many thought you were useless, but me? I thought you were a great helper in the battles we participated in, and so, I leave the others to say their farewells to you, now excuse me." Chris said sadly.

"These kind of...funeral gets me...to cry!" Vector said, wiping out his mucus from his nose with a napkin.

"Shh, it's Cream's turn!" Espio wispered angrily to Vector while he sweatdropped.

...................................................................................................

"Next time: A not so good idea!" Sonic said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Frog Forest
Chris, Meta Knight, Mewtwo, Amy, Cream, Big, Fox, Falco, Lucario, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Espio, Charmy, Kirby, Lucas/
Shadow, Rouge, Omega, Pikachu, Vector, Marth, Pit, Roy
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 30, 2008, 01:54:21 PM
Oh, by the way, I've been posting this story in this page of a popular site for fanfiction, if you want to read the previous chapters, then use this, also, many errors are fixed too!

http://www.fanfiction.net/s/4112682/1/The_Subspace_Emissarys_Worlds_Conquest (http://www.fanfiction.net/s/4112682/1/The_Subspace_Emissarys_Worlds_Conquest)

This site is amazing, it has all kinds of fanfiction!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 30, 2008, 03:30:52 PM
Chapter 65: A not so good idea!

Frog Forest

Croak, croak, croak and more croaks, the team had the bad luck of awakening the big frogs around the forest, creating an endless rain that went for hours and hours. Worse yet, Meta Knight lost the sight of the Halberd because of the rain.

"Good, we lost it." Meta Knight said.

"How about if we take a break? We need to stay out of the water to rest." Amy suggested.

"No, we have to find the Halberd."

Cheese and Charmy sneezed at that moment. "We're going to be sick if we don't find a cave to hide from the water! At least agree in this idea!" Knuckles said, Meta Knight, not having another option, sighed in rage and decided to follow them to find somewhere to stay out of the water.

Lost Jungle

For their luck, there was a cave which was big enough to keep them away from the rain, Tails, Cream, Cheese, Charmy, Kirby and Lucas were watching the rain from the entrance while the others were thinking what to do next.

"Where do you think Pit and the other 3 are?" Chris asked to Espio.

Espio shook his head. "Sorry, but I can't think of a place where they are."

"They're probably way back where we started our search for them...maybe we missed them in our way here." Amy said.

"But we inspected all the areas, didn't we?" Charmy said from the entrance.

"Of course, but what if they were captured by Eggman?" Knuckles asked.

"I doubt that could have happened." Lucario said.

"Meh, they'll be fine, trust me." Sonic said as he leaned to the rocky wall.

"Being carefree isn't always the best option." Chris said.

"What do you mean?"

"I...well...I want to make a difference between all the characters out there...I mean, there are so many carefree persons that they always think that all the problems that happens to their friends will be resolved only by themselves, but I'm different, I worry about the sake of the others...that I...well...care about..." Chris whispered the last part before shaking his head. "You can't say that a baby will be fine by just himself against a horde of monsters for example...even if the person is not a baby, he or she will be in danger. I'll prove that just by making ideas and strategies are enough to defeat anyone...is going to be hard...but...I think I'll do it someday..."

Sonic blinked for a moment before speaking. "Oh, okay."

"...What? It's that all you can say about it?"

"Don't get me wrong, but...you need to have more than that."

Chris looked at Lucario. "There's something I'm not remembering?"

"Hmm...is not your style...probably..." Lucario replied.

"...Is not my style? Hey, I can make a good strategy if I want to, using my mind of course, I'm going to be a person who worries about the sake of the others and a strategist in battle too!"

"And you're willing to risk your life by using weak attacks?" Mewtwo asked, quite interested into this matter.

"Power isn't all, intelligence is better than that!" Chris protested.

Sonic grinned a little. "Hehe, then, let's see how you can fight against a single enemy when that times comes."

"...Please, don't taunt me, just cheer me up!"

Lucario put his hand above Chris's shoulder and smiled a little. "Don't listen to them, I'll be right behind you to help."

Chris smiled at Lucario. "Thank you, I knew I could count on you!" He narrowed his eyes at the others. "Not like these bunch of idiots who are not willing to help me or cheer me."

"W-who said that? I'm not against that idea, I'm with you!" Lucas said as he ran to Chris.

"Thank you Lucas!"

"M-me too! I know you can do it!" Kirby said sweating a little.

"Thanks Kirby! Now I think I'm not going to talk to anyone else except for you three! Leave the special combinated attacks for only us!"

"...W-wait a minute, I'm not saying I'm not with you, o-of course I'll help too!" Fox said.

"C-count me in too!" Falco said.

"Wow, I never thought I could change your opinions so fast, thank you guys! (...Hehehe, I'm surprised that they fell for one of my first ideas...it was so obvious!... But Lucario was going to help anyway.)"

"H-hey! Don't forget me!"

"You too Pit!... PIT?!"

Everyone looked at Pit who was hiding in the darkness by accident.

"What were you doing in there?" Charmy asked.

Pit dryied his left wing. "I was inside this cave from keeping myself from wetting from the rain, then you all appeared out of nowhere and didn't even noticed me!"

"So angel boy, where are the others?" Sonic asked with crossed arms.

"Marth and Roy went out scouting to search for Vector, they said he fell somewhere in the swamp." Pit explained.

Charmy began to fly around the cave excited. "For real?! We must go now!" And he ran out outside the cave just when the rain stopped.

"That bee is so hyperactive." Big said.

"W-wait for me Charmy! I want to show Sonic the true strategist I am!" Chris said as he ran outside. "AAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!"

"What happened?!" Lucario asked.

"Go outside!" Meta Knight said as the entire group ran outside to find the source of Chris's scream, he was gone, but they found a hole in the grass that was leading to another place.

"He fell inside this hole?" Cream asked as she peered inside the hole.

"Chris!" Lucario jumped inside the hole and everyone looked at each other and nodded before jumping inside.

At the end of the hole...

"How did that beam took us here?" Rouge asked confused as she saw Shadow with crossed arms while he looked to a hole inside a tree. "It's something inside that hole?"

"Yes, but I sense more people coming right this way." Shadow said with a glare.

"Affirmative, multiple signs of life are rapidly coming from that hole." Omega said, as he took a yellow spot from his back. "I found Pikachu, unconscious on my back."

"...Strawberries...apples...Pecha Berries..." Pikachu mumbled to himself because he was sleeping.

"Cannot find information about what Pecha Berries are."

Rouge shuggred. "Who knows what he eats."

"AYEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!" Chris appeared from the hole and landed just in front of Shadow, who looked at him with a glare. "...Oops..." He whispered scared.

"Now what do we have here? It's the same boy from the incident in the Space Colony ARK!" Rouge said, putting her hands on her hips. "Glad to have you around with us. Where have you been anyway?"

Chris was still staring at Shadow with terror. "D-doing a lot of things..."

"Oh, I see, and Shadow, please stop your glare."

"Humph, fine." Shadow uncrossed his arms and walked away a little to give Chris space to stood up.

"Oran Berries..." Pikachu mumbled in Omega's claws.

"Pikachu! You're okay!" Chris said as he ran to Omega and Pikachu. "Pikachu? Wake up!"

"Huh?... Good morning...hello..." Pikachu said grogily. "DUAH!" He jumped to Chris's shoulder when he noticed that he was above Omega's claws again. "Not again Omega!"

"Sorry, your presense behind my back was rather uncomfortable." Omega said.

"(Wow...it feels good to have a Pikachu in your shoulder...)"Chris thought with a smile.

"Why are you smiling Chris?" Pikachu asked.

"Oh, it's nothing." Chris looked to Shadow who was holding 2 emeralds in his hands. "Y-you found the 2 Chaos Emeralds?"

Shadow nodded. "That's right, we found the blue one in the beach and the purple one in this swamp."

Just then, Pikachu's ears perked up and he glared at the water of the swamp, where bubbles started to gather and they took a fighting stance. "Undentified being approaching, please attack with extreme caution." Omega warned them.

Pikachu and Chris saw 2 capes floating above the water and they gasped when they saw 2 familiar faces. "Marth! Roy!" They said in unison.

The 2 swordsmen were unconscious but not alone, below them, a green crocodile rose up from the water carrying them in his arms, it was Vector.

"Be glad I like the swamp, or else you would have drown in there!" Vector said, pointing at the water. "Hey! You 3 again!... And you 2 too!"

"We haven't met before you idiot..." Pikachu muttered to himself.

"Really?" Vector asked as he cleaned his chain neck. "Well, you're the enemies of my client, so, get out of my sight!"

"We're NOT your enemies!" Chris and Pikachu said in unison.

"Ugh..." Marth and Roy muttered as they stood up, rubbing their heads. "Where...are we?" Marth asked confused.

"In the swamp, a jungle in the swamp to be precise." Rouge said.

"Finally! We reunited everyone else!" Chris said and walked up to below the hole. "I wonder if they're coming for me...OH CRA-"

All the remaining members that weren't on the scene fell above Chris and Pikachu, pilling themselves above each other in every second, except for Lucario, who rolled out of the way since he was the first to land, the only one that wasn't below the pile was Cream who jumped as the last person with Cheese.

"Get...off...me...please...everybody..." Chris said under the pile.

"What...he...said..." Pikachu said under the pile.

Sonic swam inside the group and got out, shaking his head. "Don't tell me to jump in the same hole again!" He said angrily. (Because he accidentaly touched someone's breast inside the pile by accident, let's call her, Amy).

"YOU!" Shadow said with an acussing finger towards Sonic and jumped in the air to curl into a ball.

"Shadow!" Sonic said grinning as he evaded a Homing Attack from Shadow.

"Humph, so, Rouge told me that you and someone else like me fought a while ago, I won't lose this time." Shadow said.

"Neither I will!" Sonic said, taking a fighting stance.

Shadow smirked and took out the 2 Chaos Emeralds, but Sonic took out the 3 Chaos Emeralds as they grinned, before a fast force grabbed the emeralds and taking them out of them. "HEY!" They said angrily in unison.

Meta Knight was the one who took the emeralds from them and kept them inside his cape. "No time to waste since this is not the time to be fighting, the Halberd took a direction towards a darkish area and we shall follow it without discussion or useless fights, understand?"

By that time, everybody was staring at Meta Knight again (with Charmy hugging Vector as he cried).

"Who died and made you leader?" Rouge asked.

"Myself, now start to walk without interruptions." Meta Knight said bluntly, naming himself the leader of all the 24 characters (even Cheese).

"Nobody orders me around." Shadow said as he glared at Meta Knight.

"Too bad." Meta Knight said sarcastically. "You have to make exceptions sooner or later, the first one happening now."

"Wait, we just woke up and we don't know what is happening yet!" Roy said.

"I know there is someone who will explain everything to you. Now start to walk at my direction." Meta Knight ordered as he walked off, leaving all the characters to talk to themselves.

"So, accept his offer to follow him as the leader?" Falco asked.

Tails sighed. "We don't have any choice, I mean, he has all the emeralds under his cape, nobody can steal them without him noticing it."

Sonic gave a thumbs up. "Leave it to me! I'll get them back before he notices me!" And he ran at high speed towards Meta Knight with a smirk, but as soon as he was about to grab his cape, Meta Knight did a quick turn, grabbed Sonic's throat and pinned him down at the floor with his sword by 1 inch away from his throat and everybody gasped at this. "ACK!... No...way!... He's...fast!" Sonic managed to say in the grass.

"My goodness! Even Sonic couldn't do anything against him!" Pikachu said surprised.

"Target is clearly far more concentrated on his surroundings, chances on landing a hit of him by a punch is below 0.1 percent, but the chances of being killed by him is above 99.9 percent." Omega said.

"Now, if anyone is against my idea to be the leader, then you should agree with me or you will end like this desperate fool." Meta Knight said bluntly.

"(I-I don't want to be at his mercy of his sword!)" Lucas thought terrified.

"(And there he goes again...)" Kirby thought.

"(G-gulp...)" Chris gulped.

"(Impossible, if Sonic can't reach him in time, Shadow has the same probability to fail like him!)" Rouge thought surprised.

"L-lame..." Sonic was able to say, as Meta Knight increased his force above his back.

"Did you say something?" Meta Knight asked coldly.

"...No...sir..."

"Just leave him alone please!" Amy pleaded for mercy, Meta Knight grunted a little and released Sonic from his grasp and walked away to where his ship was heading.

Charmy was hiding behind Vector. "...The bad man is gone?" He asked scared.

"I don't think he's a bad man...we just...kind of...irritated him." Chris said scared. "And what are we doing staring at him getting away? Let's go before he does the same thing he did with Sonic!" Chris said as he ran to Meta Knight, with Lucario and Mewtwo following him.

"...You okay Sonic?" Knuckles asked as Sonic got up slowly.

"Yeah...man...he reacted so quickly..." Sonic said as both of them walked ahead with Tails.

"If he's like that in all the fights, think of what could he do in the official matches!" Roy said to Marth.

"At least he'd be a worthy opponent...a cold opponent." Marth said as they, along with Pit, walked ahead.

"(Come on Cream, you have to think in something before this ends...)" Cream thought on her mind as she, Cream, Cheese and Big walked towards the others.

"Shadow," Rouge began. "You're not planning to do the same thing right?"

Shadow shook his head. "This is the first time I got a little scared for real."

"Following the orders of Meta Knight would be the best to stay focused and alive." Omega said.

"...And alive? Sometimes you scare me." Rouge said as the walked off.

Mystic Mansion

The night came too earlier this time and the scenery was rather creepy, a huge castle was blocking their path, bats appeared shrieking and flying away to the darkness of the night and spiders crawled out of the small holes around the walls, there was a dark abyss surrounding the castle and a huge bolt of lightning appeared on the background, terrorizing most of the young characters.

"Y-you said the Halberd landed inside this castle, M-Meta Knight?" Chris asked, hiding behind Lucario who was glaring at the castle.

Meta Knight nodded, without a trail of terror. "Yes, it is rather pathetic to try and scare us with this "creepy" castle." He noted.

More thunders fell from the clouds and most of the young characters screamed.

"SHUT UP!" Said an annoyed Espio.

Meta Knight opened the giant double doors on the castle, creating an echoing sound. "Pathetic..." Meta Knight muttered as they ventured inside the castle, it was big, there were candles creating light to make the halls visible, the light of the thunders from outside shot intense lights from the windows, Lucas looked around scared and his eyes found a familiar bomb with a countdown in front of them in another room.

Inhaling deeply, he yelled: "SUBSPACE BOMB!"

"And it's right there? Tails, you know what to do!" Amy said and Tails nodded, the fox with 2 tails flew towards the bomb but as soon as he made contact to between the doors, he disappeared in a blink.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Cream screamed terrorized.

"H-he disappeared just when he was about t-to reach the bomb!" Pikachu studdered in terror.

"Tsk, that's not going to keep me away from the bomb!" Sonic said as he ran towards the bomb, disappearing again.

"...It seems this castle is haunted." Mewtwo pointed out with glowing eyes to detect the area.

"No, really?" Vector responded sarcastically. "The floating portraits above us," He pointed at the floating portraits that were flying to different directions above them. "The piano from over there playing by itself," There was a piano playing by itself with a scary music. "The portrait with the shifty eyes," A portrait with shifty eyes was looking at them. "The witch laughing maniacally outside the castle and flying away to the moon," A witch outside flew towards the moon, laughing maniacally. "The carpet that is lifting and taking us to where the bomb is," The red carpet below them were taking them to the room with the invisible portal. "Are a clear proof that this castle is haunted!"

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!" The young characters yelled terrorized and scared as they disappeared inside the invisible portal, taking them to another room where Sonic and Tails were.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 31, 2008, 03:00:12 PM
"Hey, you're here!" Sonic said with a small grin.

"What's so great about it?" Pikachu asked annoyed.

"M-Meta Knight! Where are you going?" Chris asked.

"Obviously, every second counts in our way." Meta Knight said as he flew to the other room.

Filled with irritation, Vector spoke. "Find the ship!"

"(Replace ship with computer room and it's a classic.)" Chris thought.

And so, the party ventured further inside the mansion, soon, they found themselves inside a room filled with doors on the floor, on the roof and on the walls, it was very confusing but Meta Knight opened one of the doors, went he entered, he appeared above in the roof, looking up at them.

"Wait, how did you do that?" Charmy asked to Meta Knight.

"I pressume that every door has a distortion to take you to another door and step on the walls as a normal floor, but one of these doors leads to the correct path we must follow." Meta Knight said.

Fox noticed that there were at least 500 doors inside the room, and the room was big. "This is going to take forever." He said.

Sonic said a "heh" and started to open every door, but even with his speed, he needed more help and the others decided to investigate quickly by entering all the doors and scrambling all around the room by accident, sometimes, they would appear in the same place or entering inside the doors that were previously opened by anyone else.

And the time was running out for the bomb to explode.

"Are we out of this castle yet?!" Shouted Roy from inside a door that was upside-down.

Everyone opened the doors from all the walls to say their answers. "No!"

"Damit! This is so annoying!" Knuckles yelled angrily.

There was one character that wasn't entering a door, that was Cheese who looked at the door they used to enter the current room, the Chao opened the door and he found a very different room, thus finding the right door that was the entrance to the room filled with doors.

"Chao chao chao!" Cheese said to Cream, who was just above him in the roof.

"Everyone! Cheese found the right door!" Cream said as she tried to find a door to take her to the floor, eventually, they left the room to run through a hallway filled with robots.

"Seeing that this job is so annoying, I'm going to change it!" Chris said as he changed of jobs from the Racer job to the Chosen of Mana job as his light blue wings appeared on his back and flew to cast a spell. "Holy wings, I beg of thee to reveal thy power! Angel Feathers!" Light blue rings came from his wings crossing all the robots on the hall as he landed to continue to run, while many stared at him with wide eyes, especially Cream and Charmy. "...What?"

"Those wings are beautiful!" Cream said with a smile.

"Yeah! Where I can get one of those?" Charmy asked excited.

"I'M SURROUNDED BY ANGELS!" Vector yelled terrorized, earning a punch by Espio as Pit sighed and frowned.

"Er...I can only use this for me...sorry...that reminds, I quit my spot for the speed member, and I'm going to give my spot to...Falco..." Chris said as Falco made a fist and punched the air in victory. "I'm going to guess he didn't flew at all, right Fox?" He whispered to Fox who nodded, sweatdropping.

"Hurry!" Meta Knight yelled from the other side of the hallway, where more rails appeared, leading to another place as all the characters jumpd on them to grind down to a big room where a cascade was located, and a huge black robot was blocking their way.

"Here I go!" Sonic said as he used a Homing Attack to the robot, only to be punched and being threw to the bridge where they were standing, but landing on his feet. "This guy is strong!"

"In that case, Lucario! Burst through his defense!" Chris ordered to Lucario who nodded and ran towards the armored robot, the robot threw a punch to Lucario but the Aura Pok?mon blocked it with his hands to prevent the colliding from hitting him. "Now, Tails, fly above him!" Chris said and Tails flew above the robot to get his attention. "Next, Mewtwo, try to immobilize him using Confusion!"

"...I see now..." Mewtwo said and began to glow to stop the robot from moving, using Confusion.

"Now's our chance, Sonic, join forces with Shadow and use a Homing Attack on the center of the armor to break through!"

Both hedgehogs jumped high in the air and turned into quick spinning spheres and went rocketing towards the robot's armor, breaking through and crossing to the other side, the robot was making a short circuit and exploded before their eyes.

"That was...incredible!" Kirby said.

"I told all of you, I'm a strategist." Chris said calmly.

"Good work, but you need more fights to call yourself an expert strategist." Mewtwo said.

"...Of course, I can't be an expert strategist in one day...oh right, the bomb!"

Meta Knight found a warp pad behind the robot and he looked at them. "This way!" He yelled and entered inside, appearing on the same room where the bomb was, the rest of the group appeared and Tails went to the bomb to deactivate it.

"...No!" Tails exclaimed surprised. "They enforced the equipment on this bomb!"

"Does that means you can't deactivate it?!" Fox asked.

Tails shook his head. "Unfortunately no, I lack of many tools right now, but If we had something that can resemble a screwdiver and a source of electricity to alter the voltage that is making the countdown to stay on, I'd have a chance to deactivate it."

Roy looked at his sword. "Hey, use the tip of my sword to act as the screwdiver!"

Espio looked at Vector's headphones. "The source of electricity could be Vector's headphones."

Vector took his headphones behind his back. "No way! These headphones took a fortune out of me!"

After a death treat by Meta Knight...

"Now turn that screw to the right while I connect the cables to the headphones." Tails said to Roy who was using his sword as the screwdiver while Tails removed the barrier and connected the cables to the source of electricity of the headphones, altering the voltage of the bomb to stop the countdown. "There!" Tails announced as the bomb turned off and they sighed in relief.

"MY HEADPHONES!" Vector yelled worried and taking back his headphones. "Tell me they're working fine!"

"Don't worry, I took extreme precautions to not damage anything inside of it." Tails reassured Vector.

"You better say the truth or else I-"

The whole castle trembled, there was a loud sound of something taking off and Meta Knight's prdiction came true, the Halberd was indeed inside of the castle near them!

"The Halberd is probably taking off!" Pit said.

"And it is! There's smoke coming from that corner!" Rouge said pointing to a corner where smoke started to appear, Meta Knight, as before, flew at that direction at the fastest speed he could reach, everyone looked at him for a moment before following the rude knight further inside the hallway.

For their surprise, the castle was very weird from the outside, but in the inside, it was a big abyss with the Halberd slowly going to the sky of the night, a lot of robots that weren't Eggman Robots but ROB Sentries were inside the ship, transporting high-tech material around the facility inside, Meta Knight rushed towards the ship but he managed to grab a pipe near the door where the equipment usually got inside, then, the rest of the group jumped to the same pipe, grabbing to hold themselves as the ship took off the castle, the young characters sighed in relief as the darkness of the night was slowly disappearing.

Egg Fleet

"We did it! We reached the ship!" Chris said and most of them cheered for their success.

Something caught Omega's attention, it was the dark blue Chaos Emerald stuck on another pipe far away from them. "Chaos Emerald detected nearby, caution is necessary to reach the target."

Once again, Sonic smirked. "Leave it to me!" He said as he stood up on the pipe they were hanging, he leaned to the wall of the ship to not fall from it, carefully, he jumped to another pipe as he found a way to the Chaos Emerald above them, the hedgehog jumped and grabbed into the pipes each time the ship accelerated into the sky, after some minutes, he managed to reach and grab the emerald. "I got it!"

"Good work Sonic!" Tails remarked as Sonic gave them a thumbs up, but unfortunately, a very strong air pushed the hedgehog off the pipe and he went flying away, making everyone to gasp.

"Oh no, he's gonna fall at this height? We have to help him!" Roy yelled as Mewtwo got an idea, he pointed his hand at Chris and used Confusion on him to make his right hand to grab into another hand of the nearest character besides him, then, Mewtwo slowly moved Chris from the pipe to stay grabbed to Lucario's hand, slowly but carefully, Mewtwo made a huge chain with many of them to reach Sonic from far behind, Chris stretched his hand to grab Sonic's hand, the hedgehog opened his mouth in surprise before grabbing his hand, then Mewtwo sighed in relief as he pulled all of them to the pipe.

"Thanks Big!" Sonic said to Mewtwo.

"...My name is Mewtwo...idiot..." Mewtwo said and muttered the last part.

"...Oh, sorry pal." Sonic said scratching his neck in embarrassment as he handed the Chaos Emerald to Tails.

"Meta Knight," Shadow began. "Do you have a plan to enter this ship?"

Meta Knight shook his head. "It's impossible to infiltrate the ship once it takes off."

Kirby made a sad face before hearing a loud noise to his left, since he was the only character that was grabbing the far left end of the pipe, he looked to his left to see a chainsaw cutting the pipe. "Huh? A chainsaw?" He looked up to find a door opened with King Dedede using the chainsaw to cut down the pipe while he laughed. "King Dedede!" Kirby yelled and everyone looked at the mischievous king.

"So Kirby, ya here to wreck our plans eh? And look at yer voice! It's so annyoin'!" Kirby said with a smirk while the chainsaw cutted the pipe, then, another sound of another chainsaw came from the far right to where Tails was, he looked up of the owner of the chainsaw and it was...

"YIKES!" Tails yelled when he spotted Wolf cutting down the pipe.

"Don't get me wrong, I don't use this thing so often, but even so, it's the only way to prevent all of you to enter the ship." Wolf said bluntly.

"You!" Meta Knight said furiously to King Dedede and Wolf.

"I'm not afraid of ya anymore Meta Dork!" King Dedede said laughing.

Amy took out her hammer in rage. "You want a piece of my hammer?!"

Dedede took out his own hammer. "Don't make me laugh! Mah hammer is stronger than your poor imitation of a real hammer!"

"Wolf! I never thought you'd fall so low!" Fox said with a glare.

"How ironic, you're going to fall literally!" Wolf yelled as the pipe was torn from the Halberd and everyone except for Dedede and Wolf fell with high speed towards the ground, while Dedede laughed maniacally and Wolf smirking as they returned to the control room and reach Metal Sonic.

Final Fortress

"...Wait...the weather here looks dangerous..." Chris said as they fell inside black clouds.

Lucario looked to him. "Then that means..."

"...The Halberd took us to the last part!"

Rouge looked at him. "What do you mean by the last part?"

"...Um...well...I...knew it from the beginning...sort of...and...job change!" Chris changed his Chosen of Mana to his Racer job.

"Was that necessary?" Lucario asked.

"I don't know anymore Lucario! I'm freaking out because we're going to crash into the hard iron floor below us!"

"Do not fear." Mewtwo said simply as he glowed to concentrate his psychic abilities to the max, everyone else glowed in an ominous light and descended slowly into the dark fleet on the floor, and Mewtwo gasped for breath.

"Mewtwo, are you alright?" Chris asked.

"Yes...nothing is wrong with me..."

"At last...we came so far to enter the Final Fortress..." Chris said as all the 25 (we counted Cheese again too) landed in the darkish area of the Egg Fleet.

"Don't let your guards down, this is not going to be easy." Mewtwo warned all of them.

"Alright! This is the time were I kick Eggman's butt!" Sonic said, making a fist in the air as everyone else coughed to get his attention. "...And now let's go!" He tried to run away, but tripped because Meta Knight put his boot on his way and Sonic unfortunately crashed into a wall, upside-down. "What the hell man!"

"You...you...bunch of...idiots..." Meta Knight muttered as his hand on Galaxia pressed the handle.

Chris gasped and remembered what Meta Knight told him a while ago. "Oh no...we didn't...we couldn't retrieve it..."

"You..." Meta Knight called coldly and Chris felt horror invading his spine.

"...Y...yes?"

"Remember what did I promised if we couldn't retrieve the Halberd in time before it went away?"

Chris gulped. "You...you promised to kill me..."

Many of them gasped in unison (except for Shadow, Omega, Espio and Marth), and Lucario instantly glared at Meta Knight, showing his sharp fangs.

"...Right..." Meta Knight said calmly before he pointed his sword at the floor to prepare for his attack. "And now...you know what is going to happen next after this?"

"...I'll...I'll die..."

"...Prepare."

Chris crossed his eyes to wait for the attack, but Marth stepped in front of him. "Wait! Meta Knight, you can't do this to him, is not his fault for what happened!"

"Move out, he already accepted the responsability of this mission and I shall end his life now." Meta Knight said.

"You can't!" Kirby said, stepping to Marth's left side. "You're not capable of doing such a thing!"

"Believe me Kirby, I'm capable of many things."

Lucas walked slowly to them. "T-that's just wrong! You can't decide who lives and who dies!"

"This case is an exception."

"I'm sorry but," Fox joined them. "You'll have to pass over us before you get to kill him."

"I agree," Falco said walking to them. "It's too crazy if you think about it! You're lacking of common sense."

"And you lack the power to fight me."

All of the Smashers stepped in front of Chris, trying to prevent Meta Knight from killing him, while the Sonic characters just watched the whole scene, however, Cream was the one most pertubed of all of them.

"Let me understand this, are you willing to sacrifice your lifes just for him?" Meta Knight asked and they nodded while they glared at him. "...So be it..." When they blinked, however, Meta Knight was gone.

"Where'd he go?!" Roy asked as they looked around.

"...But..." They turned their heads to find Meta Knight about to cut Chris's throat in half. "You're still weak..."

"CHRIS!!!" Everybody yelled in unison as Meta Knight prepared to slash Chris to kill him.

HIT!

"UGH!" Meta Knight was pushed far away from the group and he looked at the source of the attack that he received. "Who did that?! Answer me!"

"It was me!"

"...Cream?!" Amy said surprised as Cream was flying in the air using her ears while she glared at Meta Knight with Cheese flying besides her, before Meta Knight could land the hit, Cream went rocketing towards him, using her feets to deal a strong impact on his mask and sending him away from Chris.

"Girls should be out of discussions like this, begone!" Meta Knight demanded but Cream was still in her position.

"And rude and stupid mans like you should be thinking about better things to do!"

"Do not summon my anger or els-"

"Or else what?! I'm so sick of you already!!!"

Everyone's eyes widened a lot after hearing Cream saying that.

"C-Cream!... You haven't been this mad since you defeated Emerl!" Tails said surprised.

"It's because it's time to tell him some sense from someone who values their friends and not useless things like battleships!" Cream said angrily.

"Chao chao chao chao chao!" Cheese said angrily.

"And what is a powerless girl like you going to do?" Meta Knight asked.

"Don't...hurt...him!" Cream demanded.

"Then stop me if you can!" Meta Knight yelled as he flew towards Cream, but as soon as he was going to reach her, Cheese tackled his body with force and Cream followed up by landing her feets in his mask to bury him on the floor, Meta Knight quickly stood up and tried to attack Cheese first, but Cream, once again, kicked him on his back. "...But...how could you?!"

"It's simple Meta Knight!" Cream said. "I don't care about very valuable things like most people like you do! I care about the people that are my closest friends...and...I'm not afraid to say that Chris is one of them!"

"...Cream..." Chris whispered surprised.

"And what will bring his dead? Nothing but...sadness!" Cream was starting to cry. "You're...you're...you're a pathetic person who lives only in your own sorrow and solitude!"

"...What?!" Meta Knight asked surprised.

"I'll tell you why!" Cream said crying. "You have no one to look for you! You have no interest in anyone else besides you! You only care for you! You only think that being alone will make you stronger! And...and...and you only think that once your job with others like Chris is done, you'll forget everything those persons risked their lifes just for you! They tried to be friendly too, but you turned them down!... Aha....AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Cream began to cry as the rain started to fall from the clouds and silence fell around the fortress, while Cheese was crying on her arms.

"...It's okay Cream..." Chris said while he hugged Cream. "I don't care anymore for Meta Knight if that's what you wanted to tell me."

"No!" Cream cried. "I'm trying to get him to like you...that's all I want to do!"

"...I'm giving up on that...sorry...there's no way to get Meta Knight to like anyone besides himself..."

"And never will! Mwhahahahahaha!!!"

Everyone looked above in the sky to find a big golden robot with Eggman's face with a lance and a shield, Dr. Eggman was probably inside the machine to fight all of them.

Egg Emperor

"Eggman!" Sonic said from the wall he was still stuck into.

"This is not the time you should appear! Wait a little longer!" Chris said.

"But this is the perfect time to get rid of all of you in one confrontation!" Dr. Eggman said as he laughed.

"I'm gonna give him a piece of my mind or 4!" Vector said as he cracked his fists.

"Dr. Eggman, your death shall be my victory!" Omega said as he adjusted his claws.

"A-are we going to fight him?" Lucas asked scared.

"The Subspace Bomb is probably further ahead of him, we should take him out and fast!" Pikachu said as electricity was being gathered on his cheeks.

"...I have no choice..." Meta Knight said. "Look, I'll forget all the things I told you before and join in this fight, if the Halberd escaped just because of my hatred towards all of you, joining your group would be for the best."

"...Meta Knight...are you serious?" Chris asked and Meta Knight nodded slowly. "...Cream...you did it..." He whispered to Cream who looked up to him with a smile with Cheese.

NEWCOMER!

Meta Knight joined your team!

"...I warn you...you have to do many things if you want to earn my trust first." Meta Knight said.

Chris nodded before a bullet torn "Reddy" in half and gasped. "Reddy!" He yelled as the bandana fell into the abyss below them by the air. "No! He was unique between all other types of clothing, don't worry Reddy! Every other person that wears a red bandana around his or her neck sucks!"

And Fox gave Chris a glare and Chris sweated and laughed scared.

Meta Knight's eyes shone in a weird green color. "...Or probably it will take you more time..."

"...Guys?...Dr. Eggman and his huge robot?" Rouge asked as Dr. Eggman got enraged by no reason.

"Enough of this! Sonic! Tails! Knuckles! Shadow! Rouge! Omega! Amy! Cream! Cheese! Big! Espio! Charmy! Vector! Chris! Meta Knight! Mewtwo! Fox! Falco! Lucario! Pikachu! Kirby! Lucas! Marth! Pit! Roy! Prepare to meet your maker!" Dr. Eggman said furiously and the whole party wondered how did he was able to say all their names without gasping for breath...or how he knew about most of the names of the Smashers since they didn't told him their names in the Space Colony ARK.

The Egg Emperor flew away and most of them groaned at this.

"Don't tell me we're going to chase that robot like the last robot!" Charmy said annoyed.

"...Wait, we have 6 of the 7 Chaos Emeralds right? Let's give them to Sonic so he can defeat that robot in less time!" Tails suggested as he looked around for Sonic. "But where is he?"

Sonic whistled from the wall he previously crashed into, because he was still stuck. Knuckles went to him to take him out and Sonic dusted off his gloves.

"Meta Knight! Give the other 5 Chaos Emeralds to Sonic!" Pit said and Meta Knight threw the 5 Chaos Emeralds to Sonic, who took them in the air and began to shone brightly to charge a powerful and stronger version of the Spin Dash.

"Wait just a minute Sonic! Let Shadow use it too!" Rouge said from below as Shadow joined Sonic to share the power of the Chaos Emeralds, both hedgehogs were spinning in midair, but nothing happened as they were still in midair as the group saw a huge laser that was going to crash into them.

"What do we do?!" Lucas asked as he panicked.

"Flight members! Take us above to dodge the beams, now!" Chris ordered and all the flight members (minus Falco) took all of them above the beam to evade it in time, then they landed on the floor and began to run after the Egg Emperor.

"Hurry up you two!" Amy said as she ran ahead.

"Take this!" Eggman yelled with his lance pointing at the clouds, a thunder fell on the top of the spear and the robot slammed the lance into the floor to electrocute the floor, causing severe damage to all the party.

"Wait a minute, you don't have that attack normally!" Chris pointed out as Dr. Eggman laughed.

"It's because I have my own Chaos Emerald with me fools!" Dr. Eggman laughed as Mewtwo glowed to find the emerald inside.

"The emerald is constantly changing places to keep it away from anyone inside the robot!" Mewtwo said.

Omega looked behind him to locate Sonic and Shadow still spinning in midair. "Target can survive even with just one emerald, retrieving the Chaos Emerald is necessary for the success of this mission." Omega informed.

"Let the power members attack just one place to torn it off from the robot!" Chris ordered as all the power members (he had to throw Lucas to the robot to cooperate), focused their attacks on the left arm, but the shield that the Egg Emperor used blocked their attacks and pushed them away to the air, but landed on their feets.

"Amy and Espio! Blow away the shield by combining your tornados!" Chris commanded.

"Roger!" Amy and Espio said in unison as Espio sneaked below the shield, he did a handsign to create a tornado under the shield, then, Amy created a tornado by doing a hard swing of her hammer in the air to struck Espio's tornado, that was turned into a typhoon and blew away the shield into the abyss.

"Power members! Resume your attacks on the right arm, now!" Chris ordered and the previous power members jumped towards the right arm where the shield was used before, using slashs, Aura Spheres, PK concentrated blasts, flamethrowers (courtesy of Vector), Confusions to prevent the arm from moving, punches and smacking it with a fishing rod, the right arm went down but the Chaos Emerald wasn't there.

"ARGH!" Dr. Eggman yelled angrily, fire began to surround the lance and like the thunder attack he did before, he thrusted his lance on the floor to create a hot temperature before it turned into flames that erupted from below their feets.

But before the flames were going to sprout out the floor. "Flight members, now!" Chris yelled and all the flight members grabbed 2 characters to fly above the flames to evade them. "And use us as electric bullets to the head, now!" He commanded and Tails, Cream, Rouge, Charmy, Meta Knight, Kirby and Pit kicked every person below their feets to shoot them towards the head. "Keep going and don't stop!"

"My head is spinning..." Kirby said as he was lunged at the head.

"YAH!" Tails kicked Knuckles with force to slam him into the head, with the last hit, the head exploded but the emerald wasn't there either.

"The emerald must be inside the lance, let's destroy the lance!" Meta Knight said.

"(But I doubt we can destroy the lance without him noticing us.) But we should take his lance away from him, in that case, all the speed members must distract him and let the power members grab the lance from him!" Chris said and ordered, Amy, Espio, himself, Fox, Falco, Pikachu and Marth ran around in circles around the Egg Emperor, distracting Egg Emperor and letting all the power members from take the lance from the hand, Eggman struggled to pull his lance away from them, but with a last try, the power members took the lance from him and backed away with it.

"Mewtwo! It's the emerald inside the lance?" Chris asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 01, 2008, 03:21:26 PM
Mewtwo glowed and spoke. "Yes, now Sonic and Shadow can attack without the robot surviving the blow."

"SONIC! SHADOW! DO IT NOW!" Charmy yelled at the top of his lungs and both hedgehogs came rocketing in just a second, crossing the robot in one attack as they went far away, but came back using the powered Spin Dash and stopped just in front of the collapsing robot who made a huge explosion as Eggman was flung far away where Sonic and Shadow came from behind.

"...It's over?..." Cream asked worried.

"I think yes." Big said, as Mewtwo used his psychic abilities to cut the lance through and give the emerald to Tails.

"...What do you know, Chris did made useful strategies after all!" Amy said, which caused Chris to blush a little.

"I...told you...didn't I?" Chris said embarrassed.

Sonic glared at the direction Eggman went. "C'mon! We have to find his dead carcass!" And he ran away with Shadow following him.

"The tone in which he used sounded a little irritated." Lucario pointed out.

"He's mad because Chris was right and he was wrong." Mewtwo pointed out too.

Rouge walked up to Chris. "If my memory doesn't fails, you're the first person who has ever made Sonic mad, I admit it boy, you have some skills."

Chris blushed even more. "T-that should teach him a lesson to believe in me and not himself, right Lucario?"

Lucario nodded with a small smile, but a little confused about this.

Amy gasped a little. "Hey! We can't lose more time, we have to catch up with Sonic and Shadow!"

The whole party ran in the direction where Eggman went, after 10 minutes of running, they found both hedgehogs with crossed arms as Eggman's body turned into mercury again, making Shadow to grunt.

"Another fake?" Tails asked and Sonic nodded with a serious face.

"This is not good." Meta Knight said.

Rouge noticed that Shadow walked inside a building and she and Omega followed him.

"Well, it's time to reveal the true face of our client!" Vector said making a fist and walking away to a closed door, with Espio and Charmy following him behind.

"H-hey! Don't do it!" The walkie-talkie said from Charmy's vest.

"Hey Vector, what are you doing?" Charmy asked as Vector smashed the closed door to break it.

"HI-YAH!" Vector broke the closed door to reveal someone behind it with an irritated face, Espio and Charmy's eyes widened when they saw who was their secret client. "Well well, we meet again Dr. Eggman!" Vector said proudly.

"What's going on?" Espio asked confused.

"So Vector, my tricks didn't tricked you at all, I thought you were a pathetic detective." Dr. Eggman said.

"Never underestimate the sources of any detective, now I demand you our money, right now!" Vector demanded as Eggman dropped to his knees.

"Wait! Wait! Wait please! Let me explain first before I pay you!" He stood up, making a fist in the air. "Once I conquer the world, I WILL pay you!" He pointed at Vector, but the crocodile only cracked his fists.

"Don't make us look like idiots pal, we don't accept late pays!" Vector said.

"You're in trouble Eggman!" Espio said with a glare.

"No! NO! WAIT, PLEASE!" Eggman pleaded.

Behind Team Chaotix, Chris peered from the door to watch his favorite scene in the whole game, Eggman being beaten up by a kid like Charmy.

"Take this you bad man!" Charmy said excited as he went towards Eggman to sting him to death.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!" Eggman yelled in pain as he was being constantly pinched, which caused Chris to laugh a lot.

Meanwhile with Team Dark, Shadow found a facility full of clones of him, sleeping inside capsules as Omega walked in front of him.

"I shall dispose all the clones, please wait outside until further advice." Omega said while his claw changed into a gatling gun, Shadow just grunted and turned towards the exit, before Rouge stopped him.

"Any words after this Shadow?" Rouge asked.

"No, just by not watching this atrocity anymore is enough for me." Shadow said simply and walked off with Rouge following behind, while Omega destroyed all the capsules in the meantime.

Meanwhile with Team Rose and the rest of the teams. Big was looking down at the mercury pool in sadness.

"Froggy..." Big said sadly.

"That's right, the main reason of why we came here was for search for Chocola and Froggy." Amy said.

"...Something is not right with this." Mewtwo said and they looked at him.

"What do you mean?" Cream asked.

"Look!" Marth said to make everyone to look at the pool of mercury, that was slowly materializing into 2 small figures that Cream, Cheese and Big recognized, the first small figure was a brown chao with a blue ribbon on his neck, and the other was a frog that stared at Big.

"FROGGY!" Big yelled happily as Froggy croacked and jumped to his head.

"Chocola!" Cream said with a smile as Chocola flew to Cheese, both saying: "Chao!" every now and then, circling around while Cream watched laughing heartily.

"Data...has been copied..."

"Grrrrrrr." Lucario grunted to what was left of the mercury pool, and Sonic looked at him.

"What? Are fleas jumping to your fur?" Sonic joked before earning a nasty glare of the Aura Pok?mon. "...Oops, sorry, what's wrong?"

"This is not over yet." Mewtwo said.

"He's right, something doesn't feels right around here." Pit commented.

"N-no more fights please!" Lucas said scared as the clouds above the sky began to turn darker and darker.

Under Roy, the floor was shaking, a tremor appeared from nowhere and the red haired swordsman looked in front of him, finding a big wave of Eggman Robots running away scared of something, Roy looked further ahead where the robots came running and he found someone standing at the top of the highest place of the whole area as thunders began to fall from the clouds with more rain.

"Look over there!" Roy said and pointed to the top of the building, where a cape was moving from the wind.

"...Stop it Charmy, it's enough." Espio said and Charmy returned to them.

"Now, what happened here?" Vector asked.

"...Well..." Dr. Eggman began before the scene changes back to the teams gathering close to the building.

"POWER! DESTRUCTION! EVERYTHING FOR ME!" The person above the building said laughing evily as King Dedede and Wolf appeared behind him with smirks on their faces.

"Wolf!" Fox and Falco yelled in unison.

"King Dedede!" Kirby yelled.

"...Sonic?" Tails said confused when he saw the shadowy figure above.

"...No...is...Metal Sonic!" Eggman came from behind with Team Chaotix and Chris, then Team Dark came too to look at Metal Sonic covered in a shadow aura because of the Shadow Bugs.

"Metal Sonic?" Knuckles asked.

"That's right, Metal Sonic returned with even more power than before to take revenge on Sonic for what he did years ago, he imprisoned me and brainwashed all my robots to attack all of you, the only way to call for help was by ordering from my cell room to Team Chaotix as their client in undercover to get help." Eggman explained to them.

"...And that's why you're also all hurted with bumps around your head?" Roy asked.

"It's because I didn't had money to pay them and that annoying bee decided to pinch me to death!"

"ENOUGH!" Metal Sonic yelled furiously. "THIS IS THE DAY WHERE ROBOTKIND SHALL RULE THE ENTIRE PLANET FOR A NEW DAWN OF PROSPERITY, WHERE I SHALL BE THE ULTIMATE RULER BY USING THE POWER OF THE SHADOW BUGS AND MY OWN MIND, NOW, PREPARE FOR THE ANNIHILATION FOOLS!"

"You gotta be prepared this time, I warn you, defeating this robot won't be so easy." Wolf said with a smirk.

"Ya heard that Kirby? I hope ya enjoyed yer life! 'Cuz this is the end!" King Dedede said laughing. "Oh, and the Subspace Bomb is just below him! Try to get through first! Hehehehe!"

"Dedede, time to leave, we don't want to be involved in this mess." Wolf said, jumping off the building with King Dedede and disappearing from sight.

"They got away...and probably inside the Halberd..." Chris trailed off worried.

"...No..." Meta Knight said. "I'll take the Halberd back sometime...but first...we have to defeat him and deactivate the Subspace Bomb!" He glared at Metal Sonic.

"DIRTY SCUM! DIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIE!!!" Metal Sonic yelled furiously as the whole area began to tremble with force, Pikachu saw many machine parts coming from the abyss and around that was flying at high speeds around them, there were a lot of parts of destroyed machines that were being gathered, covering completely Metal Sonic as more thunders fell with rage, terrorizing the young characters (and Chris), the parts made Metal Sonic to grow into a huge mechanical monster, it had a long, sharp tail, a menacing head with very sharp fangs, very long arms with sharp claws, a heavily armored body with a blue color, many spheres were on each part of the monstrocity that were turning on and off every second, he also gained huge, grotesque wings that made him to levitate slowly from the floor with the Subspace Bomb being sacrificed to made his armor more resistant, gaining absolute power before letting out a huge roar as the black aura returned to him.

"W-WHAT IS THAT MONSTER?!" Lucas asked terrorized.

"Metal Sonic has a new ability, that ability consist of using all the destroyed machinery to fuse them all together with his body, creating a beast with unbeliavable power." Dr. Eggman explained to them.

"And with the Shadow Bugs is even worse!" Pit said.

"Argh...if we had the Chaos Emeralds...there could be hope to defeat him!" Dr. Eggman said before he found all the 7 Chaos Emeralds in Sonic's arms. "N-no! Y-you gathered all the Chaos Emeralds?!"

"Along the way." Espio said.

"Then Sonic! Turn into Super Sonic to defeat Metal Sonic once and for all!"

Sonic smirked. "Of course...but! Let me wait for the exact moment to use them!"

"WHAT?!" Was the response of everyone, except the calm characters.

"YOU IDIOT! JUST USE THEM NOW BEFORE METAL SONIC GRABS THEM!" Knuckles said furiously.

"Don't worry Knucklehead, I'll use them just before he tries to grab them from me!"

"Sonic, this is by far the most, stupid, idiot and dangerous idea I've ever heard of!" Chris said, not trying to believe it.

"Relax Chris, nothing bad is going to happe-"

"LOOK OUT!" Rouge yelled before all of them were pushed away by Shadow Metal Overlord's tail, Sonic, by accident, released the emeralds from his arms and the robotic monster took them and ate them, then, an even stronger earthquake took place and his body glowed intensely, increasing drastically his power before he roared and many buildings across the area were instantly destroyed in a chain reaction effect, creating chaos and destruction.

Sonic stood up before he felt many nasty presenses gathering slowly behind his back, then he laughed very scared and turned to see them cracking their fists in perfect unison.

"SOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIC?!?!?!?!?!?!" They said in unison with so much rage in their voices.

"I...ah...well...you guys...well...don't need to be...so mad about...it...right?"

3 minutes later...

Sonic was very badly damaged, both of his eyes were black, there was blood coming from his mouth, much dust covered most parts of his gloves and arms, and one of his shoes had many scars. Even one of his teeths was missing. Chris, being the most furious of them all, spoke.

"After Sonic screwed it up BIG TIME, now we have to beat that sin against the holy nature that it's called...umm...Super Shadow Metal Overlord?"

"I've already said I'm sorry!" Sonic said annoyed for his big mistake.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 01, 2008, 05:08:02 PM
"This will be a dangerous battle." Meta Knight said as his eyes shone again, while Big told Froggy to hide and so did Cheese with Chocola.

"Indeed." Mewtwo said.

Pit looked at all the destruction the super mechanical monster was making. "...Do you want to leave now?"

"Yes." The Smashers responded in unison.

"W-wait a minute! You're not talking seriously right?" Tails asked.

"After analizing the situation, we're pretty much dead if we try to fight that thing." Falco said.

"Run to fight another day." Pikachu said.

"Agree." Roy said nodding.

"...What are we saying? We have to beat him!" Chris said.

The Smashers sighed in defeat and decided to join the fight.

"So what's the plan Chris?" Sonic asked with a grin before Chris changed his job to his Chosen of Mana job and whacked Sonic's head with his chakrams. "Oww!"

"Of course, leave everything to Chris the strategist in training." Chris said sarcastically, before looking at Super Shadow Metal Overlord (which we are going to call SSMO for short) and trembled in fear. "O-okay, here's the plan, Mewtwo, can you detect his weak points?"

Mewtwo began to glow. "The spheres has lights that turns on and off in every second, those are his weak points when they're on."

Espio looked at the spheres that were constantly turning on and off at an insane rate. "I doubt we can land a hit at the exact time."

"N-now, the speed members needs to hit the spheres at the exact time to deal damage to him, since they're fast, they're going to be in the frontlines." Chris said.

"And that's why you changed your jobs?" Roy asked with narrow eyes to Chris.

"I-I-I-no! That's not it!" He sweated. "A-anyway, since that monster has long claws, the power members are going to act as the defenses to block his attacks and let the speed members to go through and strike the spheres."

"What about the flight members?" Kirby asked.

"T-the flight members will distract him if it is possible in the air, but seeing that he flies around, it's going to be hard if they accept the task."

"I'll do it." Rouge said. "He thinks he can destroy all the planet, but also the jewels? He is nuts then."

"Same old Rouge." Knuckles said with a small laugh.

"Tails, Cream, Charmy, Pit, Kirby and Meta Knight, are you against my plan? I'm going to join you too if you forgot." Chris said, trying to calm down.

"I-I will help too." Cream said a little scared.

"I couldn't do anything since we got here, I'm doing it!" Kirby said excited.

"I'm in too." Pit said nodding.

"...I-is everyone alright with this?" Chris asked and everyone nodded. "O-okay then..." He turned to SSMO. "Hey you! We're ready to fight against yo-"

The whole group was buried in the floor because SSMO slammed his huge tail to attack them at the same time, then he lifted it slowly to show all of them badly damaged, except for Cream and Cheese, who were intact and looked down worried.

Chris lifted his right hand with his chakram to the air. "We're...ready...to fight...against you!" He finished as everybody got out from the hole.

And Vector secretly broke the fourth wall again, taking out a small stereo. "This epic fight calls for an epic battle music!" He pressed the button to play a song.

Bohemian Rhapsody

"Oops, wrong track."

Macademia

"How did that got there?!"

I'll Face Myself -Battle-

"Now that's more like it!"

"Now begin!" Chris yelled as everyone ran towards SSMO, the monster thrusted his huge claw towards the speed members but the power members blocked it to make a path to the first sphere on his lower body, however, the strength of the claw was stronger and it crushed all of them under the hard steel. "LUCARIO!" Chris yelled worried before finding all the power members fainted.

"We're almost there!" Amy announced before she was grabbed by one of the claws and SSMO held her in the air. "AAAAAAAHHH! SONIC!"

"Amy!" Sonic yelled before changing directions and climbing the large arm to save Amy, but SSMO's eyes shone brightly and fired a destructive red beam of high frecuency, but Sonic jumped in the air to dodge it and run towards Amy, who was screaming for help. "Don't worry, I'm her-" Before Sonic could grab her hand, the huge tail wrapped around his body and pressed him with force. "AAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"SONIC!" Tails yelled worried before flying towards him.

"TAILS! STOP!" Chris yelled but Tails was out of his reach, the fox with 2 tails flew quickly through the robot, in halfway however, the wings blocked his way and Tails was stuck between the steel of the wings.

"SONIC!" Tails yelled again as the steel began to press his body.

"TAILS! NO!" Sonic yelled from the tail before SSMO increased the force on his 3 victims.

"THAT'S IT! YOU ASKED FOR IT!" Chris yelled before he began to cast a new spell he learned. "Oh holy one, cast thy purifying light upon this corrupt soul...light of judgement! Judgement!" Chris lifted his right hand in the air, then, the clouds were crossed with holy lights from the heaven that struck down the parts of the monster where the 3 were held captive and they managed to get out of him and landed safely on the ground.

"Wow Chris, I didn't knew you had that kind of power!" Sonic said surprised.

"...Yes...using magic is the only way to inflict damage to the spheres...flight members! I'll stay behind to cast magic to hurt him greatly, but I need support and protection to not be interrupted! Got it?!" Chris said and the flight members nodded while he glance at the fallen power members. "(Damit! Isn't there any way to heal them without using Sacrifice?)"

"NOW!" Espio yelled and threw a big shuriken to land the hit at the same time the sphere turned on, since Espio had good timing, it got stuck on the sphere and SSMO roared in pain. "Wait, the light is still on, attack while you can, now!"

"GO!" Pikachu yelled as all the speed members began to hit the sphere with a barrage of fists, kicks, electricity, smacks of Amy's hammer and Spin Dashs, SSMO saw the whole group and grabbed them on his huge tail to take them in front of his face, before opening his mouth and charge his destructive beam.

"LET ME GO!" Shadow said furiously, trying to get free from the tail with the others, the beam was starting to get bigger and bigger on every second.

"TRY TO USE YOUR REFLECTORS!" Chris yelled as he shot light blue rings to a sphere on the arm, but failing to hit it while it was on.

"I...can't...reach...my...reflector..." Fox struggled to reach the reflector on his belt as Falco did the same.

"HURRY FOX, THERE'S NOT MUCH TIME LEFT!" Falco yelled, trying to get to his own reflector in time.

"FLIGHT MEMBERS! DO SOMETHING TO STOP THE BEAM FROM BEING FIRED!!" Chris yelled and all the flight members began to attack the head using their feets, Kirby turning into stone to hit it, Meta Knight using a series of slashs and Pit firing arrows at the mouth.

"DIE!" SSMO roared, firing the beam at the whole set of speed members and depleting their health until they were unconscious on the tail before being threw away into the abyss.

"CATCH THEM!" Chris yelled again as he casted Angel Rings to hit the right shoulder where another sphere was, all the flight members catched all the fainted speed members and returned them close to Chris to keep them away from SSMO.

"What do we do now?! We're the only ones left to fight that thing!" Charmy said panicking.

"All of the others were defeated in one blow!" Kirby said.

"It's obvious that we're lacking of skills right now." Meta Knight said.

"We can't give up yet, he has the Subspace Bomb inside his body along with the 7 Chaos Emeralds!" Pit said.

"It's my fault..." Chris said dropping to his knees.

"What?" Cream asked.

"It's my fault that everyone else got almost killed by him...even Lucario was defeated so easily..."

"Even so, Metal Sonic or whatever he turned into has to be destroyed for our own sake." Rouge said with crossed arms.

"Hey, wait a minute!" Charmy began. "Chris, how did you change of powers just now?"

"...I have a special skill to let me use different kinds of jobs to use different abilities such as using projectiles, casting magic and much more an-" Chris was interrupted.

"Then, do you have a job that heals wounds? It could help us out a lot if you have one!"

Chris got a little surprised. "N-no...I don't think I have one..."

"But angels are supposed to heal, right?" Cream asked as she hugged Cheese.

"This job doesn't has any healing skill...save for sacrifing my life to resurrect."

"No! Don't do that!" Cream said with tears appearing on her eyes.

"I'm not crazy to do that!... This is such a pain..."

"Indeed." They responded in unison.

"WORTHLESS SCUMS! SHOW YOUR FACES TO CRUSH YOU!!!" SSMO roared to cause more destruction on his path and spotted the group below him. "NOW, DIE AND GO TO HELL!!!" He quickly dove rapidly at them with high speed from a very high point in the air and the group blocked their faces with their arms to at least resist the attack for hope to survive.

"NO! (Please! There has to be something withing this job to protect all of us from that monsters...PLEASE!) What the?!" Chris shone intensely as his entire clothes changed, now, he was wearing red pants, a brown shirt with yellow lines making a desing, his shoulders had short brown sleeves with the edges with a yellow color, he was also wearing short white boots, a long brown collar around his neck with the edges with yellow lines too and a holder with short knifes of an unusual desing, only to throw apparently, his chakrams disappeared and a staff with a crystal on the top took their place and he quickly concentrated his unknown magic into the staff before SSMO could crash into them. "O tone of unyielding protection...Kuroa Ryuo Zue Toue Ryuo Rei Neu Ryuo Zue..."

"Why did your voice echoed?" Kirby asked before noticing a blue barrier shileding all of them from SSMO's body from crashing into them, pushing him away. "W-what happened?!"

"I used one of Yulia's Fonic Hymn to protect us from him...wait, what did I just say!?" Chris asked confused.

"I never expected to see one of your jobs evolve!" Dr. Kawashima said from Chris's pocket.

"What do you mean?"

"Your job has evolved to the next level since you learned the necessary abilities to do so!"

Fonic Hymn User

Sing the hymns of Yulia to cast powerful light based magic and use healing abilities to heal your allies within an area, you can also use you knifes to attack from a long range or create holy griphs to damage the enemies!

"...Wait...I know a spell to resurrect everyone...but one at a time!" Chris said.

"Then use it, quick before he attacks us again!" Meta Knight said.

"Right!" Chris held his staff crossed in front of his face while he recited the spell. "Return this soul from the abyss of death...Resurrection!"

A feather covered in light came floating down above Lucario, when the light touched his body, it created a holy light that gave life to Lucario again and the Aura Pok?mon slowly got up. "...Grr...that monster just defeated me right?" He noticed that Chris was hugging him. "Chris?"

"Lucario! You're okay!" Chris said happily.

"Of course...but how did I came back?"

Chris looked at him with a small smile. "My job evolved to let me cast more powerful spells to help while you were knocked out. Now I can heal anyone to help us to fight him!"

"YOU TWO, LOOK OUT!!!" Tails yelled as they saw SSMO's claw about to crush them, but Lucario quickly grabbed Chris and jumped out of the way to land close to the others.

"Thank you Lucario!" Chris thanked Lucario.

"Use your healing powers to heal the others!" Rouge said and Chris nodded.

"Return this soul from the abyss of death...Resurrection!" Chris showed his staff in the air and another feather of light fell above Mewtwo, who was instantly revived as he shook his head.

"...Ugh...now I'm furious..." Mewtwo said.

"Keep going Chris, we'll keep distracting that monster from interrupting you!" Pit said, flying away with the flight members while Lucario stood by Chris's side.

"Why are you still here?" Chris asked while he concentrated his healing magic.

"You need protection, and here I am." Lucario said with crossed arms.

Chris smiled a little bit. "Thanks... Return this soul from the abyss of death... Resurrection!"

Another feather of light came floating down above Sonic's back, before it touched him with a blinding light and he slowly got up, wondering how did he returned. "Hey, what's wrong?"

"I'm using my magic to heal all of you to fight back, join the others while I'm cast!" Chris yelled from his position.

"...Healing magic? You know, you have lot of surprises that keeps surprising me!" Sonic said.

"I know but join the others, now!"

Sonic gave him a thumbs up before going forward towards a sphere.

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled as another claw was about to crush them, but Lucario and Mewtwo joined forces to stop the claw from colliding as they gritted their fangs/teeths. "But how did you..."

"Although you're reviving the others, they're not coming with their full strength." Mewtwo explained as he blocked the claw using Confusion.

"And since my aura increases in strength everytime I receive damage, I grow stronger." Lucario said.

"That's right...I forgot about that... O healing power... First Aid!" Chris casted a green light covering Mewtwo's body that instantly healed his wounds.

"Thanks." Mewtwo said as he and Lucario continued to block the claw.

"Return this soul from the abyss of death... Resurrection!" Once again, he casted another feather of light that fell on Amy's back, reviving her from the unconscious state as she shook her head like the others.

"Oww...my head..." Amy complained a little.

"Amy! Keep attacking that monster while I heal everyone else!"

Amy looked to Chris, confused. "...O-okay, leave it to me!" She said, taking out her hammer to strike the sphere that was on the shoulder that was connected to the claw which Mewtwo and Lucario tried to block, she slammed her hammer the moment it turned on and suddenly, the claw stops from moving. "Huh?"

"I see now." Mewtwo said and Chris looked at him while he revived Shadow.

"What?" Chris asked.

"Just with one hit the sphere that is connected to any part of his body will deativate the funtions of it."

"Then we need to hit any sphere that is part of his body to stop him from moving for a moment?" Tails asked.

"Yes, for example, I presume that those spheres are hiding behind his back where his wings are, if we hit them, the wings will be deativated for s hort time and he'll fall."

"It's not necessary to approach him, because I know what to use!" Chris said, finishing of reviving Omega. "Pow Hammer!" Chris yelled casting the Pow Hammer, but this time it was different, the Pow Hammer didn't appeared in front of him, instead, it appeared just above the sphere of the left wing and hitting it with a squeaky tone, unfortunately, the sphere turned off when it was about to smack it. "Oh no..."

"Timing is the key to success." Meta Knight said as he landed in front of them while Lucario and Mewtwo managed to push the deactivated claw away from them.

"What are you doing here Meta Knight?"

"I need recovery, that robot managed to cut my right arm." He showed Chris a red wound on his right arm.

"Right, let me heal it, O healing power... First Aid!" The wound was covered in a green light and it disappeared.

"I'll return to attack him from the sky." Meta Knight spreaded his wings and flew away towards SSMO.

"Mewtwo! Tell me the exact time I need to cast the hammer to hit the sphere!"

"Understood." Mewtwo said.

"Lucario! You will provide me and Mewtwo protection, but I'll keep your aura at the current level to maintain you strong!"

"Fine." Lucario said.

"While Mewtwo tells me the right time to cast the Pow Hammer, I'm going to revive the others in the meantime, return this soul from the abyss of death... Resurrection!"

"...Everything is...blurry...hey, what happened?" Fox asked.

"Healing abilities, long story, anyway, keep fighting back and don't worry about being defeated, I'll revive you back!"

"...G-got it!"

"Lucario! Try to hit one of the spheres using a charged Aura Sphere!"

"Listen Lucario, when I give the order, you launch it." Mewtwo said and Lucario nodded, concentrating his aura to create a charged Aura Sphere.

"AAAAAAHHHH!!!" Cream was about to be crushed by the tail and Mewtwo found the sphere attached to the tail.

"NOW!" Mewtwo yelled and Lucario shot the Aura Sphere at high speed to the sphere, impacting it with an explosion when it turned on that deactivated the tail as Cream flew away from it.

"(Vector?! Vector?! Where is he?! He's the last one that needs to be revived!)" Chris thought desperately, searching for the crocodile around the area, until he saw SSMO lifting him above his mouth to shred him to death. "RETURN THIS SOUL FROM THE ABYSS OF DEATH... RESURRECTION!!!"

Chris hoped that the feather touched his back in time before Vector could be thrown inside his sharp fangs, the World Traveler closed his eyes and waited for the worst to come true, before opening his eyes and seeing Charmy carrying Vector away from the mouth as he was healed.

"WHAT THE HELL?!" Vector said when he woke up and looked up to Charmy. "Charmy!"

"Hi boss! You know, you were almost his dinner for this day!" Charmy said.

"That scumbag! Charmy! Drop me over him to deal a good hit!"

"Roger that!" Charmy said and changed directions above the flying monster to drop Vector high above the head, the bee let out the crocodile and Vector joined his hands to slam them together on the sphere that was embedded to his neck, it turned on and he dealt a strong hit, paralizing the head and deactivating it. "Hurray! We did it!" Charmy cheered.

"UUUUUAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Sonic was pushed away by one of the claws but Tails flew quickly after him before he was about to fall in the darkness. "Phew, that was close!"

"O healing power... First Aid!" Chris casted his healing magic on Sonic to heal his wounds.

"Whoa, your magic is really coming handy!"

"Thanks, I'll keep going."

"And me too!"

"There you go!" Tails yelled and threw Sonic to the right arm's sphere to use his Spin Dash, the curled blue spinning ball landed several hits on the sphere until it turned on and deactivating the right arm.

"The 2 arms were deactivated and so did the tail and his head!" Kirby announced. "The only parts left are the left leg and the 2 wings!"

"Use it Chris!" Mewtwo said.

"Pow Hammer!" This time, the hammer landed on the left wing's sphere, turning on at the right time and shutting down the left wing, causing SSMO to lose balance with just one wing active.

"USELESS PESTS! GET OUT FROM MY NEW ERA OF DESTRUCTION!!!" SSMO roared from inside the machine before creating a huge tornado by flapping his right steel wing that went chasing down all the flight members who got caught inside the typhoon and were constantly being slashed by the strong winds, yelling or screaming in pain as they were still inside the tornado, suffering.

"I won't allow more sacrifices just because of you!" Chris yelled before casting a new healing spell. "Come forth O illumination of life!... Healing Circle!" A blue glyph appeared inside the tornado that healed all the flight members from being killed, the tornado eventually faded and they panted heavily, because the spell was able to heal them before they could lose their strength. "Are you alright?!"

"We're almost in trouble of dying, we need to be cured!" Pit yelled from afar.

"I'm on it!" Chris said.

"SUFFER!!!" SSMO roared, activating his head to roar at the clouds, the dark clouds shone intensely with electricity before launching a huge thunderstorm that impacted all the area and all the 25 characters, causing massive destruction and depleting their strengths to the max and dropping to the floor on their knees or hands and walking towards Chris.

"What unbeliavable power..." Shadow said as he panted heavily.

"I haven't been so menaced before..." Sonic said, panting heavily.

"T-this is not good, one more attack and we're done for!" Lucas panicked.

"But we have Chris as our source of heal!" Falco said, panting too.

"O melody beckoning toward the abyss... Tue rei ze croa riou tue ze..." Chris sang another hymn that made a large glyph below SSMO, creating bubbles with a violet light that was able to put him to sleep for various seconds and crashed into the floor.

"What was that? And when did Chris learned to sing like that?" Pikachu asked.

"I put him to sleep for a short time, while he is sleeping, I'll heal all the characters I can until he awakes. O healing power..."

1 minute later...

"INSOLENT FOOLS!!!" SSMO roared furiously, awakening from his state and activating his left wing to fly to the sky.

"Darn it, I managed to heal only 7 of the-"

"NOW!" Mewtwo yelled, reminding Chris from his plan.

"POW HAMMER!" The hammer appeared above the neck when it was on, deaticating it again. "Have we done at least progress on depleting his health Mewtwo?"

"We managed to reduce his life force to the half, but the more damaged he is, his attacks will grow violent to unleash even more chaotic attacks."

"No way! This can't be true!" Rouge said.

"At this rate, Super Shadow Metal Overlord will eliminate us approximately before 10 minutes." Omega explianed to them as he was fixing his right claw.

"10 minutes?! We have been attacking for 1 hour!" Roy said.

"Oh no, HERE HE COMES AGAIN!" Marth yelled before looking up to SSMO's claws approaching dangerously fast towards Chris, SSMO knew that the source of all the healing spells were coming from the World Traveler, and taking him out would make his path easier. "PROTECT CHRIS!"

"UUUUGGGGHHH!!!" Mewtwo teleported in front of Chris to use Confusion on both claws, but SSMO moved his claws down to only capture Chris and Mewtwo and preventing anyone else from entering inside as they tried to shatter the steel claws.

"MEWTWO!!!" Chris yelled preocupied as Mewtwo did all the best he could do to push the claws away from them, but his force was about to disappear but wanted to do the last protection.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 02, 2008, 01:42:30 PM
"I'm fine...Chris..."

"Y-yes?"

"This is...my last time...helping you..."

Chris felt horror. "WHAT?!"

"One of us can escape from this prison made of steel...and that person from us is you..."

"M-Mewtwo! Y-you can't talk seriously, you were like a mentor to me, telling me what skills I had and what I needed to do to gain more skills, you can't die here!"

Mewtwo closed his eyes. "I'm sorry...just let me teleport you outside..."

"Teleport yourself too! You can do it!" Mewtwo shook his head and Chris's eyes began to fill with tears. "W-why?!"

"Metal Sonic managed to lower all my strength with that thunderstorm...I have enough power to return one of us outside his claws."

"D-don't worry! I can still revive you!"

"Don't be stupid...once he finishes with his attack...I'll be death...my trophy will shatter under the pressure...and will end my life..."

Chris noticed that he was being surrounded by a purple aura and gasped. "NO! MEWTWO! DON'T DO IT!"

"It's a shame...I never smiled in my whole life...forgive me...this is not the time to be smiling..."

"MEWTWO!!!"

"Farewell...World Traveler..."

And with his last strength, Mewtwo teleported Chris out of the claws and appeared besides the others who were shocked at this moment.

"No...STOP!" Chris pleaded to SSMO, but the claws were pressed with extreme force that caused an explosion, sending them away to different directions.

The World Traveler panted a little before getting up, he looked at the huge claws lifting up and showing no sign of life of Mewtwo.

"...No...it can't be..." Marth said.

"Mewtwo is...dead?" Pikachu asked with tears on his eyes.

"I can't believe it..." Kirby said with tears.

"Mewtwo...why...Mewtwo..." Chris muttered to himself before falling to his knees. "...Why...how could this happen..."

"He's gone..." Meta Knight said with shame.

"Mew...Two...aha....NO!!!" Chris was starting to cry loudly for losing Mewtwo in this fight, most of the young Smashers began to cry while Cheese wasn't the one crying and wanted to say something to Cream.

"Chao chao chao!" Cheese said.

"Cheese! Mr. Mewtwo is gone...dead!" Cream said as she cried loudly.

"(...Tears...)" Lucario thought to himself while he watched Chris's tears fall to the floor, his red eyes were reflecting them. "(You made Chris...cry...)" He thought more before showing his fangs with rage. "(Nobody...makes Chris...to cry!!!) GUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!"

"W-whoa! What's happening to Lucario?!" Charmy asked while a huge amount of aura began to cover Lucario's body as his eyes glowed in a bright, shiny yellow color.

"ANNOYING BUGS, IT'S TIME FOR YOU TO BE DESTROYED!!!" SSMO roared and charged a destructive beam from his mouth, unfortunately, everyone were unable to run since their energies were low and the mechanical monster fired the red beam that struck down everyone on range, even Chris was thrown back and fainting, except for Lucario who remained in his position while his aura was being gathered in high amounts. "YOU DARE TO CHALLENGE THE ULTIMATE BEING?!"

Lucario put his hands close to each other and began to gather his aura between them. "I SHALL END YOUR PATHETIC LIFE, YOU WILL PAY FOR KILLING ONE OF US AND MAKING MY MASTER TO CRY!!! WATCH THE POWER..." His hands began to tremble with extreme force before pointing them at SSMO's body while Lucario roared. "OF THE AURA!!!!!!!!!!"

"HAHAHAHAHAHA! YOU THINK THAT THING IS GOING TO BEAT ME?!" SSMO taunted before shielding himself with his wings to block the Aura Storm, but he was pushed far away from them. "WHAT?! THIS IS...STRONG...WHY IS THIS HURTING ME?!"

"MY AURA HAS RISEN TO THE STRONGEST POINT, I WILL TAKE REVENGE ON YOU!!!"

"...Mewtwo..." Chris muttered as he saw a shining object in front of his eyes with an arrow keeping the object from flying away as Lucario was still firing the Aura Storm, Chris turned his head to the other fainted and unconscious characters that were laying on the floor, defeated, some with sad faces while others fainted just in front of him. "How did...this..." He said weakly, identifying the object to be a Smash Ball with an arrow. "...Came here?"

"Use it, before Lucario ends his attack!"

"Break it now Chris!"

"...Huh?... Who is there?" Chris asked before turning his head to the Smash Ball and lifting his staff in front of him to shatter it.

"(UGH!... THIS IS NOT ENOUGH...TO DEFEAT HIM...I NEED MORE HELP!!!)" Lucario thought loudly before trying to keep his aura from fading away.

"(Mewtwo...I can't believe we lose you...but don't get ashamed...because I will avenge you...) HA!" Chris used the last of his strength to shatter the Smash Ball, gaining his unbeliavable power, covering his body in a rainbow color while his eyes were shining brightly, then he got up slowly to regain his balance. "Please...I beg of you...I want to heal everyone...and help Lucario to defeat that monster..." Chris said while he concentrated his magic on his staff.

"NO!!!" Lucario and SSMO yelled in unison, Lucario for stop using the Aura Storm and falling unsconscious on the floor and SSMO for losing his wings on the impact, making him to fall quickly to the floor, close to Lucario and inches away from Chris. "DIE! WORTHLESS HUMAN!!!"

"BEGIN!" Chris yelled, crossing his staff in front of him as he joined his hands to recite a powerful magic, using different magic called fonons, SSMO looked his surroundings and finding himself and Chris between 2 giant holy glyphs that were spinning.

"I'VE SAID DIE!!!...WHAT THE?! I CAN'T...MOVE!!!" SSMO roared, trying to get away from the glyphs but his action was useless before hearing Chris saying his prayers to the skies across the dark clouds.

"O light that rains down on heaven and earth, bring my enemies to their destined annihilation!" He opened his right hand to show it at his right while his left hand opened below his belt. "FORTUNE ARC!!!" He yelled, casting towers of light that rose and dove between the glyphs that dealt massive light damage to SSMO, enough to deactivate his circuits but not enough to defeat him yet.

"WEAKLING! MY POWER IS INFINITE!... YOU...CAN'T...DESTROY...ME...."

"Who said I was done?!" Chris asked furiously before shining brightly again as an even bigger holy glyph appeared around his body like a wall, throwing his hands behind him to deal the last blow. "And grants us the divine protection of thine brilliance!!!" The glyph that appeared around him run through the bodies of everyone fainted that healed their wounds completely, but also, it was the contrary to SSMO who felt a massive pressure of pain that was slowly destroying his whole body.

"...Wha-? Is not over yet?" Knuckles asked confused at the situation as SSMO was slowly being destroyed by his own explosions.

"N-no!" Meta Knight said. "The head is still operable, we have to strike down his head but with stronger attacks that all of us combined!"

"(Stronger attacks...stronger attacks...)" Chris quickly wondered in his mind before gasping. "The Level 1 Final Smash's attacks!"

"You mean using Pow Ring?" Pit asked.

"Also using Double Fire?" Falco asked.

"And Fire Hedgehog?" Sonic asked.

"Yes! Look, the head is on the floor trying to fire another beam, I'll change my jobs to unleash our Level 1 Final Smashes as quickly as we can to destroy it and retrieve the emeralds!" Chris explained to them who nodded in unison. But he saw Lucas, Lucario and Fox staring at him before feeling the same emotion with 3 people in one telepathy talk. "(Wait...does this means it's time to use your own Final Smash?)"

"(What is a Final Smash?)" Fox asked.

"(Y-yes, what is that?)" Lucas asked.

"(I guess Master Hand didn't told you yet...)" Chris said.

"(Chris, this is the time to discover our own Level 1 Final Smash.)" Lucario said in a serious tone. "(Use the Aura Apprentice job to use it!)"

Lucas, somehow, knew what to say after hearing that. "(A-and try to use the job where you used Claus's clothes to use PK abilities too!)"

Fos began to thought before speaking. "(Use the Space Mercenary job to use our own attack and Falco's!)"

"(I-I know!... Let's do this...for Mewtwo!)" Chris said, secured of his response as they nodded and formed a line of 3 characters on each side to Chris. "A-are you ready?" He asked a little concerned.

"I was born ready!" Sonic said with a grin on his face.

"I know we can avenge Mewtwo!" Pit said as he took out his dual blades.

"We had a match to end when we met, but I'll reclaim the victory for him once we beat him." Lucario said as aura began to surround his hands.

"I'm aware of what could happen after this, but...we got to believe." Fox said, taking out his Blaster from his belt.

"Mewtwo was a psychic...and Ness and me can use something like that too...I-I won't fall back!" Lucas said as his right hand began to glow, using his PSI.

"He's going down, and we will win!" Falco said with crossed arms.

"NOW!" They yelled in unison, charging at the head to start their combinated attacks, Pit was the first one to go towards SSMO's head. "POW HAMMER! POW HAMMER!" Chris casted 2 Pow Hammers that replaced his dual blades and ran towards the head before yelling in unison: "POW RING!!!" Dealing a moderate amount of damage while Pit continued to spin his hammers and ending his attack.

"Come on! You can do it!" Tails cheered from behind.

Chris quickly changed to his Space Mercenary job, since it was upgraded, he had now a dark blue vest under his jacket and had the same boots as Fox's, however, he and Falco jumped high in the air as their bodies began to be surrounded by fire and rocketing towards SSMO. "DOUBLE FIRE!!!" They yelled in unison causing a fire explosion on the head as SSMO roared in pain but continued to charge his beam.

"We can win! We can win!" Big cheered from behind.

"Suffer a lot of shots!" Chris said, taking out his Blaster and joining Fox behind him while Fox knelt to fire closer to the ground as Chris held his Blaster above his head to fire from a higher point. "100 BLASTS!!!" They yelled in perfect unison to fire 100 quick shots, 50 from each Blaster, colliding with the head in fast movements and using a secret move to charge their Blasters at the same time, combining both big Charged Shots to join them together and make an explosion.

New ability learned! 100 Blasts!

Fire 100 shots from 2 Blasters at the same time and increasing their speed to deal weak but quick damage to a single enemy, deals moderate amount of damage at the end by firing a Charged Shot at the same time as the 100th shot.

"Keep going!" Vector cheered from behind.

Now the World Traveler changed his job to the PK User, who was updated and now he had Ness's bat, but wore Claus's clothes and Lucas stood by his side, pointing 2 fingers, each one at the head while they glowed intensely. "Release!" Lucas yelled before the 2 shot 2 quick small lightnings from their tip of their fingers, entering inside his mouth before it shone and exploded in a burst of fire that went for 7 seconds. "PK DETONATION!!!" Chris and Lucas yelled in unison.

New ability learned! PK Detonation!

Summon 2 bolts of lightning to be embedded into the target and exploding in a burst of flames inside, deals moderate fire damage

"Don't surrender yet!" Rouge said from behind.

For his next move, Chris changed to his Aura Apprentice job and Lucario stood behind him with their backs looking at each other, Lucario's left hand shone brightly with aura while Chris's right hand shone with aura too, then the 2 quickly accelerated to contrary directions and quickly ran towards SSMO's head on each side, lifting their glowing aura hands by using Force Palm close to their faces and shoving it with force on each side, both Force Palms shone intensely before the aura went through the head and caused a paralizing effect to all parts of SSMO's body and stopping him from charging his beam. "AURA FISTS!!!" Chris and Lucario yelled in unison.

New ability learned! Aura Fists!

Strike both sides of the target with 2 Force Palms at the same time, causing electric damage and paralyzing the target's body to deal more damage in the meantime, deals moderate amount of damage and paralyzes the target for a period of time

"Chris!...I...I...I believe in you!" Cream cried from behind while Cheese pulled her blue ribbon to show her something.

"The last is the best!" Sonic said before Chris changed his job to the Racer job, Sonic turned into his Spin Dash just in front of the head and Chris backed away to try and use his move in the right time, then when he was ready, he ran towards Sonic using Raptor Boost to punch the ball with a fist of fire, and covering Sonic's curled body into a bullet of fire that went rocketing inside the head and crossing it to reach a Chaos Emerald that was the source of the beam, powering the Fire Hedgehog attack and going through all his mechanic body, Sonic was turning slowly into Super Sonic when he managed to gather all the Chaos Emeralds inside SSMO and crossed through the tail and flew into the dark clouds before turning back into Sonic and landing on his feet with all the emeralds on his arms.

Super Shadow Metal Overlord's dark aura vanished, along with his dark golden color, returning to his original form before yelling out loud.

"NOOOOOOOOOO!!! THE ULTIMATE POWER...LOST BY THESE...WEAKLINGS?!...THIS MUST BE...A NIGHTMARE!!! NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!" Metal Overlord yelled in extreme pain before exploding and as a long shriek came from him, creating a big cloud of smoke that covered the whole area and the party who covered their faces from the smoke.

...Silence fell when they saw Metal Sonic laying unconscious on the destroyed floor, his shiny quills weren't pointy and his cape, along with his clothing was gone and returned to his original look while all of them walked towards him and formed a big circle, wondering if he was alright as Sonic made a fist into the air.

Sonic's Mission Clear Music

"Victory!!!" Sonic yelled proudly as everyone else cheered loudly at their victory for defeating Super Shadow Metal Overlord, Chris, being the most happiest, received many congratulations from almost all the characters who either patted his back, gave him hugs (which made him to blush a little) and nodded in recognizement for his tactics in battle.

"You're awesome Chris! Your healing magic really helped us out!" Charmy cheered while he flew around him, but Vector grabbed Charmy and hid him behind his back.

"I...I...I...I don't know what to say..." Chris said blushing a little.

"C'mon! You could be the greatest tactician in the whole world!" Sonic said, patting Chris's back.

"Seriously...I lack of words right now..."

"Chris is strong, right Froggy?" Big asked to Froggy who appeared above his head and croacked happily.

"...Please...that's enough everyone!"

"...Why?..." Everyone stopped cheering before looking at Metal Sonic who looked up to them. "Why I couldn't...kill you?"

"Metal Sonic!" Sonic said. "You should be ashamed for what you did back there! Tell me, what was your real reason of this trouble?"

Dr. Eggman appeared from nowhere, because he was hiding cowardly away from them as they fought before. "It's because...Metal Sonic wanted to prove he was stronger than Sonic." He explained, panting heavily.

"You mean he caused this whole rebellion just to show how strong he was to Sonic?" Knuckles asked.

Metal Sonic stood up slowly, as his circuits began to send electricity into his body. "My hole reason for existence...was to defeat Sonic in battle...that was the true reason of my creation...but as I grew stronger...my mind took over and turned me into a power, hungry machine to seek the destruction of all the species..." And then, he collapsed on the floor while Omega lifted his body to examine him.

"Signs of life are still on him, he should be fine after a reparation." Omega said.

"...But..." Chris looked down in disappointment. "That won't bring Mewtwo back..." Everyone looked down in shame while some of them cried (the loudest one being Vector).

"Maybe...we should do something to remember him..." Tails suggested.

"Hey, where is Cream?" Amy asked confused while she looked around.

"Well...everyone..." Chris began and everybody looked at him. "It's time to make a good farewell to Mewtwo...because he fought alongside us this whole time and never surrendered..."

"I agree on your idea." Marth said nodding.

Seaside Hill

"We are gathered here today to say our farewells to a beloved friend who fought along with us, you were a great inspiration to most of us, many thought you were useless, but me? I thought you were a great helper in the battles we participated in, and so, I leave the others to say their farewells to you, now excuse me." Chris said sadly.

"These kind of...funeral gets me...to cry!" Vector said, wiping out his mucus from his nose with a napkin.

"Shh, it's Cream's turn!" Espio whispered angrily to Vector while he sweatdropped.

Cream gave the tomb a flower ornament and dropped to her knees. "Please, accept this from me, Cheese and Chocola, also, thinks of this gift as Chris's gift too because he was very happy to have you around him." Cream said before she cried a little but the Chaos comforted her and Charmy walked to the tomb.

"This is stupid..." Falco whispered to Fox.

"I know, this is so awkward..." Fox whispered back to him.

"Why are we doing this again?" Roy whispered to Marth.

"It was Chris's idea from the beginning." Marth whispered back to him.

"But Big, this is so weird..." Amy whispered to Big and Froggy.

"It's painful too..." Big whispered, wiping out a tear from his left eye.

Pikachu walked towards the tomb while he sweatdropped. "Ahem, it's a shame to not have you with us, but Chris thinks you were an excellent partner to him...and sorry for not saying anything else." He finished with a grunt as Meta Knight walked towards the tomb, utterly embarrased of what were they doing right now.

"Ugh...where should I begin?" Meta Knight tried to find the correct words and cleared his throat. "Somehow, I felt...hmm...full of energy...I think...and I...well...leave you to let another one speak with you." He walked out to the group, all of them already said their farewells to him, even Dr. Eggman was there, the whole group crossed their arms and looked to the last person who hasn't said his farewell to him with a glare, but Chris was looking rather happy at that time. Shadow and Omega weren't there because they disappeared to some place with Metal Sonic.

"Come on, he will be happy if you say to him your farewell." Chris said to him.

"But...I'm not going to do this." He said, shaking slowly his head.

"Everyone else already finished, now is your turn."

"...I hate you..." He muttered before going to the tomb and crossing his arms in front of his chest and sighing. "I tried to tell Chris from keeping you away from danger, I didn't do it and thus you were killed, making all of us to do this useless funeral for yo-"

"AHEM!"

"...I mean, necessary funeral, rest in peace..." He said sighing and glaring at Chris. "Is this over yet?"

"Yep! Is done now!" Chris said happily and the camera shows what was wirtten on the tomb...

R.I.P
Red Bandana A.K.A "Reddy"
Thou shalt protect people in the heavens from the cold winters

The funeral was for Chris's lost bandana named Reddy, and the last person who said his farewells to it was surprisingly Mewtwo, all healed and completely unharmed.

Flashback

"I agree on your idea." Marth said nodding.

"EVERYONE!" Cream yelled from afar while Cheese and Chocola came with her singing happily.

"What is it Cream?" Tails asked.

"It's about Mr. Mewtwo!...He...He...HE SURVIVED!!!"

"WHAT?!" Everyone said surprised before Mewtwo came from the abyss, floating up slowly with crossed arms as smiles grew on their faces and ran to him, Chris being the one leading them and stopping in front of him.

"MEWTWO! YOU'RE ALIVE!!!" Chris cried happily before Lucario rubbed his back and looked at Mewtwo.

"How did you survived Mewtwo?" Lucario asked with curiosity.

"When Metal Sonic made that explosion on his claws, I was sent away to the abyss, but luckily, there was a collapsing platform that stopped my fall to the nothingness, I tried to stay quite to not make the platform to collapse, but then, a light covered my body and replenished my energy, then, I gained control to float back to all of you, the platform where I fell was far away from this place, that's why I got late to reach this floor." Mewtwo explained to them.

"Then my Final Smash must have recovered you along with everybody..." Chris said as he stopped crying. "But who gave me the Smash Ball in the first place?"

"I presume those 2 are going to appear later near the beach from the start."

"...I'm happy to have you back Mewtwo..."

For the first time ever, Mewtwo gave all of them a small smile and Chris gasped.

"M-Mewtwo! Y-you smiled!" Chris said in surprise.

"...Yes...I haven't smiled in my life before...it feels...good...I think..." Mewtwo said a little surprised.

"Wow! This day couldn't turn any better!" Pikachu said smiling.

Chris turned to them. "Well, we should go to the beach to meet those 2 who helped us and...can you all do me a favor?"

"Anything, we will do it!" Vector said with a fist and they nodded.

End of flashback

"Why we didn't shut Vector's mouth when we had the chance?" Espio wondered to himself, accepting Chris's favor to do a funeral to his beloved friend, "Reddy".

"I can't believe we just gave an eulogy to a cloth." Mewtwo frowned to himself.

"His name wasn't cloth, it was Reddy." Chris corrected him before mostly everyone groaned at this. "Hey! You agreed to do this didn't you?"

"It was the idiot of Vector who accepted this, not us!" Knuckles said as he glared at Vector.

"By the way Mewtwo, where are those 2 who helped us?" Chris asked before they saw 2 persons walking behind them, Chris looked behind them and his eyes widened after he was able to identify the strangers. "...You?!"

"Long time no see Marth!" A blonde swordsman said to Marth, who shook hands with him.

"It is an honor to see you well." A princess said, bowing to them cordially.

"...Link?! Zelda?!" Chris said very shocked, the 2 mysterious helpers were Link, the hero of Twilight (and many other things) and Zelda, princess of Hyrule.

"Looks like the odd ball we sent to you was able to defeat him after all." Link said.

"Master Hand told us to aid you when things began to look dangerous, he explained everything to us too and gave us that ball to give you power." Zelda explained, when she pointed at the portal behind the 2 of them. "He asked us to return to the Smash Mansion too."

"Does that means...you have to go now Chris?" Cream asked with a sad tone on her voice.

"I'm sorry...we have to keep fighting against the Subspace Army to save all the worlds from chaos..." Chris said sadly, Tails also looked down sadly in shame before noticing a mischievous smirk on Sonic's face.

The Smashers formed a line in front of the portal while they looked at the Sonic characters. "I wish I could stay here longer, but we must go now!" Chris said.

Cream began to cry while Amy hugged her. "Promise you're going to come to visit us!" She said crying while Amy cried a little too.

"Don't worry! I'll do it, let's go Lucario, Mewtwo, Meta Knight!" Chris said as the mentioned characters ran inside the portal.

"Ooh, I didn't do almost anything on my first trip here..." Kirby said as Pikachu patted his back and looked at Rouge, who smiled a little and waved back to him as the two entered inside the portal, with Lucas wiping out his tears.

"Anyway Vector, is Eggman going to pay you and your team?" Marth asked as Eggman itched away from Team Chaotix and Charmy turned to him.

"BOSS! HE'S GETTING AWAY!" Charmy yelled and Eggman began to run away from the trio.

"COME BACK YOU IDIOT! WE'RE NOT DONE WITH YOU!" Vector and Charmy yelled angrily as they chased Dr. Eggman from the beach as Espio shook hands with the 3 swordsmen and left to join his teammates, the 3 Smashers looked at each other and left the beach.

"Please come here to stay and talk about machines." Tails said as he shook hands with Fox and Falco.

"I'll think about it, good bye." Fox smiled to Tails and waved at him as he and Falco waved at the little fox and disappeared inside the portal with Link and Zelda, after a second, the portal vanished and Knuckles looked at the sky while Big ran around the beach, chasing Froggy.

"Well...peace is once again here...Sonic?" Knuckles looked behind him where Sonic once was and gasped. "SONIC?!"

"Hey! Sonic is gone!" Amy said.

"But where is he?!" Tails asked.

"Him? He ran inside the portal when it was about to vanish." Rouge pointed out before Reddy's tomb fell to the sand.

"...Oh no..." Tails, Knuckles and Amy muttered to themselves in unison.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 2500 SMASH COINS!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Jigglypuff, Pichu, Mewtwo, ?, ?, Fox, Falco, Ness, Lucas, Marth, Roy, Kirby, Meta Knight, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: makuta on August 02, 2008, 07:56:22 PM
I believe he goes MUAHAHAHAHAHAHA! NOW FOR THE REST OF YOU INSOLENT FOOLS!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on August 03, 2008, 10:30:16 AM
XD

Good job!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 03, 2008, 06:00:11 PM
Chapter 66: The insulting, odd, and honest RPG Clich?'s Book

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Glad you're back everyone, you did an exceptional job in Sonic's world, well done." Master Hand greeted them, 2 seconds later, his glove turned red of rage. "CHRIS! WHAT DID I SAID BEFORE ABOUT BRINGING CHARACTERS TOO EARLIER THAN EXPECTED?!"

"What? But Link or Zelda doesn't have any other future game together!" Chris said confused.

"I'M TALKING ABOUT SONIC!"

"...Sonic?" All the current Smashers that appeared from the portal looked behind them to find Sonic with a small grin on his face and crossed arms.

"Sonic! What are you doing here?" Pit asked.

"You said you were going to fight against the Subspace Army right? Well, I decided to tag along to join you!" Sonic said.

NEWCOMER!

Sonic (because he wanted without you knowing) joined your team!

Chris glared at the announcement and the screen disappeared. "But you can't right now! You have more adventures to hav-" Chris was interrupted as Sonic gave him a paper that looked like a schedule. "What's this?"

"The schedule of what is going to happen when I wait for another adventure, read it."

Dr. Eggman forgetting everything about the last problem and trying another way to conquer the world.
Dr. Eggman failling with the first attempt and finding another way to conquer the world.
Dr. Eggman failling with the second attempt and finding yet another way to conquer the world.
Dr. Eggman failling with the THIRD attempt and finding yet another stupid way to conquer the world.
Dr. Eggman (yawn) failling with the fourth attempt and finding yet another stupid and useless (yawn) way to conquer the world.


And the schedule kept going down with almost the same explanation with different but harshs words after the 23th time.

"Now you see?" Sonic asked raising an eyebrow.

"(No way, he already guessed this...)" Chris thought, before he had an idea. "Oh yeah, honestly, I believe on this schedule."

"Then you'll let me in in your team?"

"Of course!"

"CHRIS!" Everyone protested after this.

Chris winked at everyone and looked back to Sonic. "Okay Sonic! Now we're going to the Tetris's world right now to save it from them!"

"Got it, tell me the way to go now!"

Chris opened the portal and Sonic quickly entered inside in a blink, but Chris closed the portal as soon as Sonic was gone and sighed in relief.

"You didn't sent him to that world right?" Lucario asked.

"Hell no! I sent him back to Sonic Heroes! Although I wanted him to be in our team when he came but unfortunately, we'll have to wait until Sonic Riders." Chris explained to them.

Sonic (for his own good) left your team

"But Kirby ha-"

"I SAID, we'll have to wait until Sonic Riders or not." Chris said a little angry. "...Anyway, Link! Zelda! What's your motive of your visit?"

Link made a serious face. "Because Ganondorf joined them."

"Ganondork you mean?" Roy asked.

"Come on Roy, you're still calling him like that?"

"But it's funny!"

Zelda cleared her throat to speak. "I explain where Link was explaining..."

Flashback

The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess
Eldin Province

"Just when Link was about to stab Ganondorf's heart with the Master Sword, a strange, dark energy engulfed his body from below and took him inside the dark force, Link was surprised and stabbed the ground when the dark magic was gone, after that, Midna appeared and..." Zelda narrated as we skip when Midna on her original form breaks the Twilight Mirror. "Suddenly, Master Hand appeared on the Arbiter Grounds and told us to be prepared to be in the next tournament and fight against the Subspace Army, Link went to Ordon Village to say his farewells to the villagers and I made a degree to leave Hyrule under the protection of the chancellor and the soldiers, as soon as we met between Hyrule Castle Town and the Faron Province, Master Hand appeared and made the portal to teleport us to the mansion."

End of flashback

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"He explained everything to us, the Subspace Army, the enemy we must defeat, about the reason of why Chris is here and other things such as the new participants that are currently here with us." Zelda said and finished her narration.

Roy crossed his arms. "Ganondork...that bastard, betraying us!"

"Once he finds a way to get the Triforce he'll use it, no matter if it implies in betraying us, besides, he's evil and we know about that." Link said.

"Then that means 4 enemies against us..." Pit said.

The other younger Smashers appeared yawning a little from the other side of the room. "Master Hand...why did call us?" Ness asked grogily, before running to greet Link and Zelda with the others as the new fighters introduced to them.

NEWCOMER!

Link joined your team!

NEWCOMER!

Zelda joined your team!

"Oh right, everyone, I have an important announcement." Master Hand said and everyone on the room looked at him. "Seeing as this threat is rising up dangerously, with the Halberd at their disposal and the Shadow Bugs that you have fought on each world to increase the power of anyone to fight against you, we'll have no choice but to gather everyone else, starting from tomorrow."

Many cheers were heard after that as they began to talk to themselves about their old friends and the new participants that haven't showed up in the mansion.

Unfortunately for Master Hand's dismay, he was being asked about the people that didn't got in...

"Are you accepting Krystal in the tournament?" Fox asked.

"Is Addeleine going to be here too?" Kirby asked excited.

"I'm looking forward to see new women fighting here as well." Zelda said in amusement.

"Bring Plusle and Minum here!" Pichu said excited.

"Another japanese swordsman or a samurai would be good too." Marth said.

"I'll be pleased with anything as long as that doesn't have Wolf on your invitations." Falco said.

Master Hand began to sweat after all these things and he and Crazy Hand floated away to their room in a hurry before they found out that their statements were going to be false and murder the hand with brute force.

"...Why did he ran away?" Pichu asked confused.

"You don't want to know..." Mewtwo said, floating away to his room, since the night already came, everyone decided to rest and continue tomorrow for their own mission to gather all the Smashers in the mansion.

"I want to eat something..." Kirby said as he ran away to the kitchen and everybody stopped on their tracks and remembered something important.

"...Isn't bad to left Kirby alone with the only refrigerator of the whole mansion in the kitchen?" Link asked while everyone looked at each other before gasping in unison. "Wait, Master Hand always leaves a note to prevent Kirby from eating all the food by himself."

"Oh-uh..." Chris said remembering something from a long time ago (in chapters).

Back in chapter 15...

For the last time, don't eat everything in a one single swallow Kirby!

Master Hand[/i]

We see Chris taking the note on his hand and throwing it to the trash as he chuckled a little to himself.

Back on the actual chapter...

"I...um...threw the note from the door if that was the note you were refering to." Chris said as he touched his fingers in shame before everyone narrowed their eyes in a bored way.

Kitchen

"KIRBY!!!" Chris, Link, Zelda, Ness, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Popo, Nana, Marth, Roy, Fox and Falco yelled while the others not mentioned who didn't yelled ran across the main hall, the mentioned characters knew already what was going to happen, they entered the kitchen where Kirby was standing in front of the refrigerator and inhaling deeply to suck up the whole machine as they lunged at him to shut his mouth.

However, they saw Meta Knight blocking Kirby's mouth and they stopped in midair.

"Kirby, what did I told you before?" Meta Knight asked.

"Eat in moderation..." Kirby said bored under his hand.

"That's right." Meta Knight opened the fridge with his other hand and took out a cake with a strawberry on the top. "You'll eat this only this night."

Kirby took the cake and walked away to his room, a little annoyed for the fact that Meta Knight always stopped him when eating a large amount of food, and now that he's living in the mansion, it means no more eating in excess for Kirby, but the puffball forgot about that once he ate the cake and hopped happily to his room.

Meta Knight looked at the group in midair. "If you excuse me, I want to inspect this mansion a little more." He said and walked away while they saw the warrior leaving the kitchen.

"..." They looked at each other before falling with a "thud" sound.

One of the many hallways

Chris was having a bad day in the night, after preventing Kirby from eating the whole fridge, the World Traveler couldn't believe that he was lost inside the own mansion he lives in, he wandered around the hallways, spotting many doors but not his room with Lucario. He also changed to his Swordsman job to get a little colder from all the walking he has been doing.

"How did I ended up lost in this mansion?" Chris asked to himself, tired of walking aimlessly while taking out his DS. "Dr. Kawashima, do you have a feature to display a map on the DS?"

"How unfortunate, I lack of map of the whole mansion right now." Kawashima said ashamed. "But if you want, the DS has a phone funtion to call Master Hand."

"Forget it, he's tired right now...wait..." Chris spotted a room without a door, and his eyes instantly gleamed with joy and he kept the DS on his pocket.

With all his excitement, he shouted: "LIBRARY!" And ran inside.

Library

One of Chris's hobbies was to read books to study, the library of the Smash Mansion was bigger than the common libraries in his world, it had every kind of book regarding all the worlds, there were candlelights hanging from the red roof, a long red carpet extending to every corner and shelves with loads of books, in short terms, Chris's paradise.

Not only those things were ornamenting the library, red sofas for one person with a lamp to their right side were found separated through the room, the whole place was silent, much for Chris's luck as he wandered around, looking for a book to read before sleeping.

He went to the "Miscellaneous Section" and found an odd book with the label "RPG Clich?'s Book".

"RPG Clich?'s Book? Hmm...well, I like RPG games so it could be interesting to read before sleeping." He said silently and took carefully the book from the shelf and sat on one of the sofas to open it, in the first page, it readed this.

Welcome to RPG Clich?'s Book, where the obvious will be said about the RPG genre games that you don't see clearly, you could also relate some of this clich?s with other games that aren't RPG, such like adventure, action or horror genres.

"The clich?s are supposed to be funny so..." Chris flipped the page where a list of clich?s were listed in order, he thought some things on his adventure could be defined as a game to relate a clich? with his adventure with the others.

Calmly, he searched through all the clich?s, which were like 192 of them.

3. Thinking With The Wrong Head (Hiro Rule)
No matter what she's accused of doing or how mysterious her origins are, the hero will always be ready to fight to the death for any girl he met three seconds ago.


"...Er...somehow, this reminds me of Maylene in some way..."

5. Logan's Run Rule
RPG characters are young. Very young. The average age seems to be 15, unless the character is a decorated and battle-hardened soldier, in which case he might even be as old as 18. Such teenagers often have skills with multiple weapons and magic, years of experience, and never ever worry about their parents telling them to come home from adventuring before bedtime. By contrast, characters more than twenty-two years old will cheerfully refer to themselves as washed-up old fogies and be eager to make room for the younger generation.


"I'm obviously starting to have all of this."

6. Single Parent Rule
RPG characters with two living parents are almost unheard of. As a general rule, male characters will only have a mother, and female characters will only have a father. The missing parent either vanished mysteriously and traumatically several years ago or is never referred to at all. Frequently the main character's surviving parent will also meet an awkward end just after the story begins, thus freeing him of inconvenient filial obligations.


"Ha! I have my 2 fathers! (I wonder how are they in the stopped time...)"

7. Some Call Me... Tim?
Good guys will only have first names, and bad guys will only have last names. Any bad guy who only has a first name will become a good guy at some point in the game. Good guys' last names may be mentioned in the manual but they will never be referred to in the story.


"Well, I don't like to use my full name..."

8. Nominal Rule
Any character who actually has a name is important in some way and must be sought out. However, if you are referred to as a part of a posessive noun ("Crono's Mom") then you are superfluous.


"Everyone here has a name."

10. Luddite Rule (Or George Lucas Rule)
Speaking of which, technology is inherently evil and is the exclusive province of the Bad Guys. They're the ones with the robots, factories, cyberpunk megalopolises and floating battle stations, while the Good Guys live in small villages in peaceful harmony with nature. (Although somehow your guns and/or heavily armed airships are exempted from this.)


"That book clearly speaks the truth."

"YAH!" Chris found Meta Knight standing in front of him, appearently, he appeared when Chris began to read about it. "Wh-what are you doing here?"

"I found this library and yourself, ever since you started to read it, I have been hearing it, most of the things that book has can become crucial to our mission."

"You mean the Halberd being the floating battle station?" Chris asked and Meta Knight nodded. "...Oh well, I'll keep reading."

"Please do."

12. Poor Little Rich Hero (Meis Rule)
If the hero comes from a rich and powerful family, it will have fallen on hard times and be broke and destitute by the time the game actually starts.


"I have a fortune back in my house and I'm actually a little poor on our adventure..." Chris said embarrassed to himself.

"You must struggle then."

13. The Higher The Hair, The Closer To God (Cloud Rule)
The more outrageous his hairstyle, the more important a male character is to the story.


Chris looked at his hair, being a little messy when its not under gel. "I have an outrageous hair Meta Knight?"

"Possibly." Meta Knight responded.

15. Garrett's Principle
Let's not mince words: you're a thief. You can walk into just about anybody's house like the door wasn't even locked. You just barge right in and start looking for stuff. Anything you can find that's not nailed down is yours to keep. You will often walk into perfect strangers' houses, lift their precious artifacts, and then chat with them like you were old neighbors as you head back out with their family heirlooms under your arm. Unfortunately, this never works in stores.


"Hey Crazy Hand! Can I grab the other jobs without paying and you noticing me?" Chris shouted.

"Forget it skippy!" Was Crazy Hand's reply.

15. Hey, I Know You!
You will accumulate at least three of these obligatory party members:
-The achingly beautiful gothy swordsman who is riven by inner tragedy.


"What does that book is saying about me?" Chris looked around to find everybody else around him and Meta Knight, sitting or standing above the carpet while he was reading the book, the one who spoke was Marth. "I'm not considering me as beautiful!" Marth protested as Chris noticed that almost everyone were wearing coats for sleep, except for Mewtwo and Lucario.

"H-hey! When did you came here?" Chris asked surprised.

Pichu hopped to his shoulder, wearing a small red coat. "Keep reading that book!" He asked excited.

Chris rolled his eyes. "Fine, I'm not even asking why are you all here."

"We couldn't sleep." Pit said.

"That EXPLAINS a lot!" Chris responded annoyed, continuing by the previous rule.

-The hero's best friend, who is actually much cooler than the hero.

Chris's eyes began to twitch when he readed that part and looked at Lucario. "I personally consider Lucario much cooler than you are!" Jigglypuff said, wearing a light blue coat.

"I don't know what to say in this moment." Lucario said.

"I HATE this book!" Chris proclaimed angrily.

-The grim, selfish mercenary who over the course of the game learns what it means to really care about other people.

Everyone looked at Meta Knight. "I hate that book." Meta Knight said a little irritated.

-The character who is actually a spy for the bad guys but will instantly switch to your side when you find out about it.

Their eyes were looking at Fox. "...I'm not a spy!" Fox said angrily.

-The weird bonus character who requires a bizarre series of side quests to make them effective (with the ultimate result that no player ever uses this character if it can be avoided.)

The most bizarre character that they tried to picture was Mr. Game & Watch, but he wasn't there.

-The nauseatingly cute mascot who is useless in all battles.

All eyes were looking at Pichu, then he cried. "D-don't cry Pichu! S-sorry for that!" Pikachu said, wearing a red coat as Pichu and jumping to the other shoulder.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Sonic Heroes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 03, 2008, 07:18:10 PM
21. Aeris's Corollary
Just as the main male character will always use a sword or a variant of a sword, the main female character will always use a rod or a staff of some sort.


Since Chris was using the Swordsman job, he looked at Lucario, who just grunted in irritation and Chris sweated a little bit.

25. Dimensional Trascendence Principle
Buildings are much, much larger on the inside than on the outside, and that doesn't even count the secret maze of tunnels behind the clock in the basement.


The World Traveler was unfortunately having that problem now.

27. Nostradamus Rule
All legends are 100% accurate. All rumors are entirely factual. All prophecies will come true, and not just someday but almost immediately.


"That prophecy on the Valley of the Aura was true then..." Chris muttered to himself.

"And it is." Lucario added.

28. IDKFA
The basic ammunition for any firearms your characters have is either unlimited or very, very easy to obtain. This will apply even if firearms are extremely rare.


Link received a group of stares for his unlimited ammunition of arrows that he uses in battle, also counting the bombs. "T-that's not true! I have a very big bag for each thing!" He protested and everyone said: "Sure."

29. Indestructible Weapon Rule
No matter how many times you use that sword to strike armored targets or fire that gun on full auto mode it will never break, jam or need any form of maintenance unless it is critical to the story that the weapon breaks, jams or needs maintenance.


"How does Marth, Roy, Link, Ness, Lucas, Meta Knight and Pit's weapons never breaks?" Falco asked.

"They are...unbreakable?" Roy said confused and the mentioned characters in Falco's statement shook their heads in shame.

32. You Can't Kill Me (Seifer Rule)
The good guys never seem to get the hang of actually arresting or killing the bad guys. Minor villains are always permitted to go free so they can rest up and menace you again later -- sometimes five minutes later. Knowing this rule, you can deduce that if you do manage to kill (or force the surrender of) a bad guy, you must be getting near the end of the game.


"It's because we really enjoy to make them suffer." Link said, thinking about slashing Ganondorf on the back and healing him, before attacking him again.

33. And Now You Die, Mr. Bond! (Beatrix Rule)
Fortunately for you, the previous rule also applies in reverse. Rather than kill you when they have you at their mercy, the villains will settle for merely blasting you down to 1 hit point and leaving you in a crumpled heap while they stroll off, laughing. (This is, of course, because they're already planning ahead how they'll manipulate you into doing their bidding later in the game -- see Way To Go, Serge.)


"Oh no...WOLF'S TRYING TO MANIPULATE FOX!" Ness said yelling, making some of them to laugh loudly while he received a glare by Fox.

38. You Die, And We All Move Up In Rank
During that fake ending, the true villain of the story will kill the guy you'd thought was the villain, just to demonstrate what a badass he (the true villain) really is. You never get to kill the fake villain yourself.


"I'm going to be so p*ssed off if that happens." Link said, remember Zant anyone?

39. What Are We Going Tonight, Vinsfeld?
The goal of every game (as revealed during the Fake Ending) is to Save the World from an evil figure who's trying to take it over or destroy it. There is no way to escape from this formidable task. No matter whether the protagonist's goal in life is to pay off a debt, to explore distant lands, or just to make time with that cute girl in the blue dress, it will be necessary for him to Save the World in order to accomplish it. Take heart, though -- once the world gets sorted out, everything else will fall into place almost immediately.


All of them had to say that it was true in all their adventures to save their own worlds, in which they didn't and felt embarrassed.

40. Zelda's Axiom
Whenever somebody tells you about "the five ancient talismans" or "the nine legendary crystals" or whatever, you can be quite confident that Saving the World will require you to go out and find every last one of them.


"Find the 5 Sacred Jewels Link...have you ever heard of them before? HAHAHAHAHAHA!" Pikachu joked trying to sound godly and laughing above Chris's shoulder as some of them chuckled to themselves.

"For your information, they're 3!" Link corrected him.

45. Law of Cartographical Elegance
The world map always cleanly fits into a rectangular shape with no land masses that cross an edge.


"I wonder why the map of Hyrule doesn't cross an edge..." Zelda asked to herself.

46. ?Quien Es Mas Macho? (Fargo Rule)
Every powerful character you attempt to seek aid from will first insist upon "testing your strength" in a battle to the death.


"If anyone here DARES to do this, I'll make sure to disqualify anyone who does this!" Master Hand's voice boomed from his room and returned to sleep.

48. Zidane's Curse (or, Dirty Pair Rule)
An unlucky condition in which every major city in the game will coincidentally wind up being destroyed just after the hero arrives.


"Reminding me from what happened to Corneria when the Aparoids invaded it was not a theme to be talking about!" Fox said angrily.

"...Sorry..." Chris said.

"...It wasn't your fault, don't worry about it." Fox said sighing.

54. I Don't Like Gears Or Fighting
There are always giant robots. Always.


"True enough." Falco said, crossing his arms and shaking his head slowly.

58. But They Don't Take American Express
Every merchant in the world -- even those living in far-off villages or hidden floating cities cut off from the outside world for centuries, even those who speak different languages or are of an entirely different species -- accepts the same currency.


"That reminds me, didn't Master Hand told us that the Smash Coins can be used on the other worlds?" Lucario asked.

"Oh yeah...he said that..." Chris answered.

59. Apathy Principle
Your group is the only bunch of idiots trying to save the world. All other would-be heroes will either join your party or else turn out to be cowards and/or con men.


Meta Knight took out his sword. "I've heard enough from that book." He said a little angry, while the others nodded agreeding.

But nevertheless, Chris continued reading it.

65. First Law of Travel

"It may be helpful this time!" Dr. Kawashima said in the pocket.

Anything can become a vehicle -- castles, cities, military academies, you name it -- so do not be alarmed when the stones of the ancient fortress you are visiting shake underfoot and the whole thing lifts off into the sky. As a corollary, anything is capable of flight if it would be cool, aeronautics or even basic physics be danged.

"Hey Link, how can the City in the Sky fly with such little fans?" Chris asked to Link.

"Hmm...Zelda may know." Link looked at Zelda, who was a little puzzled.

"I...well...don't know exactly about that..." Zelda replied.

68. Fourth Law of Travel
Three out of every four vehicles you ride on will eventually sink, derail or crash in some spectacular manner.


Pikachu's flashbacks when he was with Ash

"The S.S. Anne is sinking!" Ash yelled loudly, panicking.

"The balloon is falling!" Misty yelled loudly, panicking in another ocassion.

"The blimp is falling, we have to get out of here!" Ash yelled in yet another occasion.

"Phew, fortunately, the drill didn't exploded." Max said in relief.

"What's this button for?" May asked and pressed a red button, that was obviously the self-destruct button.

"MAY!!!" Ash, Brock and Max yelled, panicking.

End of Pikachu's flashbacks

The electric mouse sweatdropped at this.

74. If You Meet The Buddha In A Random Encounter, Kill Him!
When you're out wandering around the world, you must kill everything you meet. People, animals, plants, insects, fire hydrants, small cottages, anything and everything is just plain out to get you. It may be because of your rampant kleptomania (see Garrett's Principle.)


"Ness, did you fought against fire hydrants too?" Lucas asked with curiosity.

"And Old Womans, Police Officers, a tent and a Trash Can." Ness added.

81. Dungeon Desing 101
There's always goodies hidden behind the waterfall.


"...That's true." Link said admitting it.

82. Dungeon Desing 102
When you are confronted by two doors, the closer one will be locked and its key will be hidden behind the farther-away one.


"True too..."

83. Dungeon Desing 103
Your progress through a dungeon will be indicated by a sudden change in decor: different wall color, different torches on the wall, etcetera.


Link did the Cave of Ordeals too.

85. Dungeon Desing 301
All "puzzles" in RPG dungeons can be sorted into one of the following types:
-finding some small item and sticking it into a slot;
-pushing blocks (rocks, statues) onto switches;
-pulling switches or levers to open and close doors;
-learning the correct order/position of a group of objects;
-entering a certain combination of doors;
-something involving a clock or elevator


"All of those things always happens to Link!" Roy said and Link scratched his throat ashamed of doing almost the same thing again and again.

86. Wait! That Was A Load-Bearing Boss!
Defeating a dungeon's boss creature will frequently cause the dungeon to collapse, which is nonsensical but does make for thrilling escape scenes.


The mentioned characters related after this had to nod.

Remember Ganondorf in Ocarina of Time?

Remember Andross in Star Fox 64?

Remember 02 in the Crystal Shards?

Remember Ganondorf again in Twilight Princess?

Remember the Aparoid Queen in Assault?

Remember Claus (Masked Boy) in Mother 3? (Although it was another thing).

Remember another similar situation like this?

90. Guy In The Street Rule
No matter how fast you travel, rumors of world events always travel faster. When you get to anywhere, the people on the street are already talking about where you've been. The stories of your past experiences will spread even if no witnesses were around to see them.


"I can't relate that rule to us." Popo said.

"It's because there's another rule that can explain something else with this rule." Chris explianed to them.

91. Whenever You Go, There They Are
Wherever the characters go, the villains can always find them. Chances are they're asking the guy in the street (see above). But don't worry -- despite being able to find the characters with ease anytime they want to, the bad guys never get rid of them by simply blowing up the tent or hotel they're spending the night in. (Just think of it: the screen dims, the peaceful going-to-sleep-now music plays, then BOOM! Game Over!)


Everyone's pupils shrunk at this rule and looked around if they were there.

"Don't give them ideas!" Nana said terrorized.

"Seriously, that book is also dangerous in some ways!" Ness said.

97. Three Females Rule
There will always be either one or three female characters in the hero's party, no matter how many male characters there are.


All the men in the room looked at the current 3 female characters, Zelda, Nana and Jigglypuff, but Zelda crossed her arms and rolled her eyes.

"Please, I know Master Hand will bring more female characters in this tournament and not keep the same ones here." Zelda said.

"And what will you do if that doesn't happens?" Marth asked.

"I'll try to summon the power of the gods to murder him alive in a slow and painful death."

Some of them backed away from her and Chris didn't knew Zelda was like that.

101. Law of Productive Guillibility (Ruby Rule)
Whenever anybody comes up to you with a patently ludicrous claim (such as, "I'm not a cat, I'm really an ancient Red Dragon") there's an at least two-thirds chance they're telling the truth. Therefore, it pays to humor everyone you meet; odds are you'll be glad you did later on.


Pikachu's ears dropped in embarrassment after remembering almost all the Gym Leaders that looked like normal people to Ash until they said: "Hi, my name is Blaine, and I'm the Gym Leader of Cinnabar Island!"

"No! Really?!" Would be Ash's response for spending half of his time with him. (Seriously, even that keeps happening in the Sinnoh Region, and never will stop...which doesn't makes sense, I mean, all the Gym Leaders have crazy hairstyles and weird hair colors, proving that they're a higher authority...since when Brock lost his high authority now that we mention it?)

102. Perversity Principle
If you're unsure about what to do next, ask all the townspeople nearby. They will either all strongly urge you to do something, in which case you must immediately go out and do that thing, or else they will all strongly warn you against doing something, in which case you must immediately go out and do that thing.


"It is just me or that book is reminding me all the things I do on my adventures?" Link asked.

Chris looked behind the cover, and one of the most mentioned games were the Legend of Zelda games and sweatdropped. "It's because you're famous!" Chris said.

103. Neae-Death Epiphany (Fei Rule)
If the party is not dealing damage to a boss character, then there's a better-than-even chance that someone in the party will suddenly become enlightened and instantly acquire the offensive skill that can blow the creature away in a matter of seconds.


Everyone stared at Chris. "...What?"

"Didn't you used something that was a great deal of damage to that robotic monster and healed all of us in a near-death situation?" Nana asked.

"...I did, I think so..."

"You did!" Ness and Pikachu said in unison.

105. Law of Mooks
Soldiers and guards working for the Evil Empire are, as a rule, sloppy, cowardly and incompetent. Members of the heroic Resistance Faction are, as a rule, dreadfully weak and undertrained and will be wiped out to the last man the moment they come in contact with the enemy.

"All the guards in Hyrule are a bunch of cowards Zelda!" Link reminded Zelda.

"T-that's not true! W-we have our special elite of soldiers training right now!" Zelda protested.

Link crossed his arms. "And where are they?"

"...They are...far away from the Snowpoint mountains!"

106. Law of Traps
No matter how obvious the trap, you can't complete the game unless you fall into it.

"I'm SERIOUSLY going to burn down that book!" Link said angrily.

107. Arbor Day Rule
At some point, you're going to have to talk to a tree and do what it says.

"..." Link was getting even angrier.

"Great Deku Tree?" Roy asked.

"Great Deku Tree." Link repeated nodding.

112. They Don't Make 'Em Like They Used To
Modern-day machinery, by contrast, will always break down at the worst possible moment (for example, when you only need one more shot from the giant cannon to defeat the final boss.)


"Can we relate that when the Aparoid Queen turned out to be fine after you threw the capsule into its core Fox?" Falco asked.

"Hmm...maybe." Fox responded.

113. Place Transvetite Joke Here (Miss Cloud Rule)
If the male lead is required to dress up like a girl for any reason, he will be regarded by everyone as much more attractive than any "real" girl. If the female lead cross-dresses as a man, she will be immediately recognized as who she is by everyone except the male lead and the main villain.


"...WHAT?!" Chris responded.

"Relax, we're all the main characters!" Pichu said.

Every male began to thought.

"...Kill me if use a dress." Meta Knight whispered to Marth.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: makuta on August 06, 2008, 09:58:12 PM
Um...

Hello?

...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on August 07, 2008, 01:57:18 PM
Great job! You user the list of RPG Cliches.xP
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: makuta on August 07, 2008, 02:23:58 PM
256:YOU HAVEN'T SEEN THE LAST OF ME!

The final boss will often pretend to be dead, only to come back as an ultra-powerful being that you have to beat, or die trying. (Usually after the dungeon collapses, see rule 86)

What do you think?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 18, 2008, 05:42:21 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 07, 2008, 02:23:58 PM
256:YOU HAVEN'T SEEN THE LAST OF ME!

The final boss will often pretend to be dead, only to come back as an ultra-powerful being that you have to beat, or die trying. (Usually after the dungeon collapses, see rule 86)

What do you think?
That's good too! ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 18, 2008, 07:45:10 PM
116. You Always Travel In The Right Circles
Whenever you meet a villager or other such incidental character who promises to give you some great piece of needed knowledge or a required object in exchange for a seemingly simple item, such as a bar of soap or a nice straw mat, be prepared to spend at least an hour chasing around the world exchanging useless innocuous item after item with bizarre strangers until you can get that elusive first item you were asked for.


"Blue Cucco Link! Blue Cucco!" Roy teased and Link punched him.

118. Stop Your Life (Setzer Rule)
No matter what kind of exciting, dynamic life a character was leading before joining your party, once there they will be perfectly content to sit and wait on the airship until you choose to use them.


"At least Falco had 2." Fox pointed out.

"2?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Yes, the second was a Star Fox member and the other one was a ruff-" Falco blocked his mouth and glared at Fox.

"I rather not talk about that here and now." Falco said.

"That rule was a little insulting..." Lucas said.

"I'm sorry everyone." Chris said apologizing.

"It's not your fault." Everyone responded at the same time and Chris smiled a little a this.

"Thanks."

(120. Little Nemo Law)
(If any sleeping character has a dream, that dream will be either a 100% accurate memory of the past, a 100% accurate psychic sending from the present, a 100% accurate prophetic vision of the future, or a combination of two or all three of these.)


"(Wait...those nightmares I had before...are going to become real?)"

"Chris, why did you stopped just now?" Pit asked.

"Er...nothing, I skipped one."

121. Child Protection Rule (Rydia Rule)
Children 12 and under are exempt from death. They will emerge alive from cataclysms that slaughter hundreds of sturdily-built adults, often with barely a scratch. Further protection is afforded if the catastrophe will orphan the child.


Lucas looked down but Ness patted his back.

124. Gojira Axiom
Giant monsters capable of leveling cities all have the following traits:
-Low intelligence
-Enormous strength
-Projectile attacks
-Gigantic teeth and claws, designed, presumably, to eat other giant monsters
-Vulnerable to weapons 1/10,000th its size
-Ecologically sensitive


"Does anyone remember a giant monster in these descriptions?" Chris asked.

"...The dinosaurs in Sauria?" Fox asked.

"The Venastoise?" Pikachu asked.

"The ugly, giant strawberry cake that tries to eat me in my dreams?" Pichu asked and everybody stared at him and then at the book.

125. "You Couldn't Get To Sleep, Huh?"
If any character in the game ever meets any other character standing alone at night looking at the moon, those two will eventually fall in love.


Pit's eyes twitched. "Wait, there's something wrong with this rule..."

"It doesn't refers if they need to be of the opposite gender?" Zelda asked and most of them made sick faces and shook their heads.

126. Absolute Power Corrupts Absolutely (Althena Rule)
If a good guy is manipulated to the side of evil, they will suddenly find a new inner strength that will enable them to wipe out your whole party with a wave of their hand.


Chris looked at Lucario with a worried look. "I will never do that to seek that kind of power in the easy way." Lucario said and Chris sighed.

"You're a special Lucario and that's that." Chris said.

128. First Law of Fashion
All characters wear a single costume which does not change over the course of the game. The only exception is when characters dress up in enemy uniforms to infiltrate their base.


"Eww!" Nana said disgusted. "That's wrong!"

"...But it's true! You guys never wear another clothes that you use always in your travels!" Chris said.

"I'm wearing a rea coat!" Pikachu said angrily.

"This time doesn't counts!"

"It does!"

129. Second Law of Fashion
Any character's costume, no matter how skimpy, complicated, or simply outlandish, is always completely suitable to wear when climbing around in caves, hiking across the desert, and slogging through the sewers. It will continue to be completely suitable right afterwards when said character goes to meet the King.


"My dress is multi-funtional." Zelda said.

"I know what to use." Pit said.

"The Hero's Clothes are useful for every occasion." Link said.

"My vest and pants are flexible for doing exercises too." Fox said.

"Where do you guys get your clothes anyway?" Chris asked and continued to read the book.

133. Last Rule of Politics
Kingdoms are good. Empires are evil.


"Just to point out something in Star Wars, heheheh..." Chris said.

"Star Wars? What's that?" Pichu asked.

"I'll tell you later."

136. Dealing With Beautiful Women, Part 1 (Yuffie Rule)
All good-looking young females are there to help you. This rule holds even when the girl in question is annoying, useless, or clearly evil.


"I like that rule!" Falco said.

"There's the second part!" Pikachu said.

137. Dealing With Beautiful Women, Part 2 (Rouge Rule)
All good-looking middle-aged females are out to kill you. This rule holds even when the woman in question has attained your unwavering trust and respect.


"Drats!" Falco said annoyed.

138. Well, So Much For That
After you have completed your mighty quest to find the object that will save the known universe, it will either a) get lost, b) get stolen, or c) not work.


Link looked away, because of the Twilight Mirror being shattered.

Fox looked away, because of the second Aparoid Core stolen by Pigma.

Pikachu looked away, because of WAY more things than anybody else in the room caused by Team Rocket.

142. Thank You For Pressing The Self-Destruct Button
All enemy installations and city-sized military vehicles will be equipped with a conveniently located, easy-to-operate self-destruct mechanism.


"You know, that's true, every place it's not complete without a Self-Destruct button, why is that?" Pikachu asked.

"Don't tell them we have many of those buttons or else." Falco whispered angrily to Fox.

"Does the Halberd has a button like that too Meta Knight?" Kirby asked curiously.

"...No." Meta Knight lied, because he accidentaly installed that button somewhere in the depths of the Halberd, wait, the Halberd has depths?

143. Falling Rule
An RPG character can fall any distance onto anything without suffering anything worse than brief unconsciousness. In fact, falling a huge distance is an excellent cure for otherwise fatal wounds -- anyone who you see shot, stabbed, or mangled and then tossed off a cliff is guaranteed to return later in the game with barely a scratch.


"Tch, our clothes are stab-resistant." Link said chuckling and most of them chuckled. (Minus Pit, he didn't had one of those in Tales of Symphonia).

"...Can you let me fall from a high altitude Lucario?" Chris asked.

"No." Lucario said glaring at him.

149. Gender Equality, Part 2 (Tifa Rule)
If any female character, in a burst of anger or enthusiasm, decides to go off and accomplish something on her own without the hero, she will fail miserably and again have to be rescued.


Chris quickly got off the sofa with Pikachu and Pichu to evade a Din's Fire from a furious Zelda. "I have heard enough of the book." She said.

Chris sat again on another sofa because the previous one was already burning. "Sorry, not until we get to the end." He said.

152. Stealing The Spotlight (Edea Rule)
The characters who join your party only briefly tend to be much cooler than your regular party members.


Kirby hugged Meta Knight. "Don't go away!"

Meta Knight pushed Kirby away from him.

153. "Mommy, why they didn't use a Phoenix Down on Aeris?"Don't expect battle mechanics to carry over into the "real world."

"WHY DIDN'T THEY DO THAT?!" Chris asked crying a little.

"Who's Aeris?" Zelda asked.

"The first 3-D female character of a Final Fantasy game...with cubic poligons."

158. Party Guidance Rule
Somewhere in the last third of the story, the hero will make a stupid decision and the rest of the party must remind him of all that they have learned from being with him in order to return the hero to normal.


"..." Most of them became speechless.

"...I assume you did this right?" Chris asked and they nodded in unison.

163. All The Time In The World (Rinoa Rule)
Unless there's a running countdown clock right there on the screen, you have as long as you want to complete any task -- such as, say, rescuing a friend who's hanging by one hand from a slippery cliff edge thousands of feet in the air -- no matter how incredibly urgent it is. Dawdle or hurry as you will, you'll always make it just in the nick of time.


"Krystal got furious at me when I told her all the things I did in Sauria when she was imprisoned." Fox said.

"She slapped him...but hard!" Falco laughed and most of them chuckled.

168. Way To Go Serge
It will eventually turn out that, for a minimum of the first sixty percent of the game, you were actually being manipulated by the forces of evil into doing their sinister bidding for them. In extreme cases this may go as high as 90%. The clear implication is that it would have been better to not get involved in the first place.


Link slammed his head into a random book. "Ganondork told you that one time, didn't he?" Roy asked.

176. "Evil will always triumph, because good is dumb!"
If the villain needs all ten legendary medallions to attain world domination and you have nine of them, everybody in your party still thinks it is neccessary to bring the nine to the villain's castle and get the final one, instead of hiding the ones they've already got and spoiling his plans that way. After you foolishly bring the legendary medallions to the villain's hideout, he will kidnap one of your companions (usually the main love interest) and you will trade the world away to rescue your friend.


Link slammed his head several times in the book again.

177. Dark Helmet's Corollary
After you give up the medallions to save your friend/parent/lover/other miscellaneous party member, don't expect to actually get that person back. Sucker!


Link broke the book with his head! "You'll pay for that book Link!" Master Hand's voice boomed.

181. Poetic Villain Principle (Kefka Rule)
All villains will suddenly become poets, philisophers, and/or dramatic actors when a) they first meet the hero, b) they are about to win or their evil plan is finally ready, c) some major event in the game is about to begin, d) right before the final battle, and e) right before they die, when they will frequently be feeling generous enough to reward you with some homespun wisdom about making the most of life while you have it.


"This ALWAYS happens everytime!" Chris said and everyone else nodded again.

"A bad villain is not complete without a poem related to destruction or deaths." Zelda said.

"And come to think of it, they could be great poets!" Pit said.

183. Adam Smith's Revenge
By the end of the game you are renowned everywhere as the Legendary Heroes, every surviving government and authority figure has rallied behind you, the fate of the world is obviously hanging in the balance, and out of nowhere random passers-by give you a pat on the back and heartfelt good luck wishes. However, shopkeepers won't even give you a discount, much less free supplies for the final battle with evil.


"Shopkeepers are evil, greedy people!" Kirby protested. "They don't sell good food anyway!"

"Yeah!" Ness, Popo, Nana, Pikachu and Pichu said in unison.

"Fox, are you tired of being frecuently related to these rules?" Chris asked.

"Yeah, why?" Fox asked.

"Because that's all!"

"Really?!"

"No, this rule gets the prize!"

187. "So, Andross, you reveal you true form!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Fox yelled annoyed.

"Hey! That's exactly how you yelled that time too!" Chris said laughing with Falco.

You will have to kill the evil villain at least twice at the end of the game. First the villain will look like a person or some creature and be rather easy to kill. Then he will grow to about 50 times the hero's size and be much harder to kill.

There was a red light on Chris's head and he looked at the source, which was Fox's Blaster. "YIKES!" He said. "DON'T MAKE ME TELL LUCARIO TO BREAK THAT ONE TOO!"

Fox rolled his eyes. "Fine." He kept his Blaster.

190. Weapon Rule
There's always a hidden creature who is much harder to defeat than even the ultimate bad guy's final, world-annihilating form. It's lucky for all concerned that this hidden creature prefers to stay hidden rather than trying to take over the world himself, because he'd probably win. As a corollary, whatever reward you get for killing the hidden creature is basically worthless because by the time you're powerful enough to defeat him, you don't need it any more.


"...Please tell me that book is joking now..." Popo said.

"We can barely fight against the Subspace Army and we won't stand a chance against a creature like that even with all the others here with us!" Pit said.

"Pray to god...just pray to god..." Mewtwo said calmly.

191. The Ultimate Rule
Anything called "Ultima (whatever)" or "Ultimate (whatever)" isn't. There's always at least one thing somewhere in the world which is even more.


"LIES! ALL LIES!" Lucas said terrified and hiding in a pile of books that appeared out of nowhere.

"Lucas, what's wrong with you?" Ness asked.

"The Ultimate Chimera it's the deadliest creature I got to know unfortunately!" Lucas said trembling with fear.

"Pfft, Ultimate my butt, how does he looks?" Popo asked with crossed arms.

"H-h-he-he has a r-r-rubber duck-"

Everyone else except for Meta Knight, Lucario and Mewtwo started to laugh loudly after hearing "rubber" and "duck" in the same sentence as ultimate.

"I-I'm not finished yet!" Lucas said.

"There's nothing to be worried about a rubber duck!" Nana said laughing and rolling on the carpet.

"O-okay, let's see the last one...hey, that's weird, it's the 256 one, there are more rules missing on the book...oh well, this is the last one." Chris said wiping out a tear from his eye.

"(But what if Porky tries to bring that back?)" Lucas thought scared.

256. "YOU HAVEN'T SEEN THE LAST OF ME!"
The final boss will often pretend to be dead, only to come back as an ultra-powerful being that you have to beat, or die trying. (Usually after the dungeon collapses, see rule 86).


"Hey, where is Fox?" Zelda asked.

"Him? He decided to sleep after hearing that rule, probably because of the Andross's rule." Falco said before yawning. "Well...that was interesting but, I need to get my sleep, good night."

Chris got up and put the book back to its place. "Me too, Lucario, tell me where our room is please."

"As you wish." Lucario said nodding and everyone else said their good nights and returned to their rooms to sleep and be prepared for tomorrow.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 18, 2008, 08:00:12 PM
Lucario?s Room

?...Hehehehe...?

Lucario looked behind to find Chris laughing a little. ?What is so funny?? He asked.

?It?s your hair...the hair on your shoulder is pressed, remember when I combed your hair??

?...Yes...that painful experience...?

Flashback

The sun rose in the morning in Chris?s House, but as soon as he was about to woke up, Lucario shaked him a liitle bit.

?Chris, wake up.? Lucario said.

?Argh...yes Lucario??

?I don?t feel so good today...I was wondering if you knew why...?

Chris looked at Lucario. ?Well...you don?t have a fever...neither a cold and...wait, look at your hair!?

Lucario looked at his yellow hair. ?It?s something wrong about my hair??

?Of course! Your hair is all pressed to your body!?

?I haven?t noticed that....?

?You want to know a way to fix it??

Lucario thought for a moment before nodding. ?Yes...if you don?t mind...?

Chris got out of the bed. ?Then wait here please.?

2 minutes later...

Lucario looked at Chris holding a comb, but since he didn?t knew what was a comb, Chris told him to sit on the bed and wait he finished with his hair, but not all the combs were quiet...

?Grrr...?

Chris looked at Lucario with a worried look. ?I?m sorry, it?s going to hurt sometimes because some parts of your hair are made of knots, please resist them.?

?Fine...just don?t try to-Grrrr!?

?I-I?m sorry! Please, don?t get mad at me!?

Lucario gasped a little. ?N-no...I-I?ll resist them without complaining...(Grrr.)?

?How about now??

Lucario made a small smile and got into a meditation position. ?It?s calmer and relaxing than before...don?t stop now...?

Chris chuckled a little. ?Okay, relax while I finish.?

?I will.?

5 minutes later...

Lucario was checking himself on the mirror, the spikes of hair around his throat were back and that also happened to the rest, but something was missing....

?Hmm...?

?What?s wrong?? Chris asked.

?There?s something left...but I don?t know what...?

The soon-to-be World Traveler looked in front of him, starting from looking from the upper part to the lower part where he found the missing thing. ?Ahh! Look, the hair that usually touches your black belt isn?t there.? He took the comb. ?Just let me finish this...??

?It?s a knot, right??

?Umm...yes...it is another knot...?

?Don?t worry, I?ll not complain, try to untie it.?

?Okay...ugh!?

The knot was stronger this time than the others and it seemed that Chris was pulling Lucario to the floor instead of untying the knot.

?Chris, you?re pulling me to the floor.?

?I-I?m sorry! This knot is so strong to untie!... Wait, let me try once more!? Chris pulled with all his forces to untie the knot, but unfortunately...

RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP!!!!!!!!!!!

?GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!?

End of flashback.

?I can?t believe that knot was going to pull out your hair! I?m sorry if that hurted you so much!? Chris said apologizing again.

Lucario sweatdropped. ?...The pain has disappeared from a long time ago...?

?But still...? Chris took out another comb from below the bed. ?You want to fix that??

Lucario backed away a little from him, shaking his head. ?N-no...see? I?m doing it on my own...? He took the comb from his hair to fix it, and he did and returned the comb to Chris.

?...O-okay...Lucario...?

?Yes??

?I was wondering...I want to give you something in return for saving me all the occasions you saved me, and more recently when we were in the Casino Park...?

?No, it?s alright, knowing you?re alive is enough thanks for me...? Lucario said.

?Forget it! I?m going to give you something special in all manners, first, we?re going to sneak out to the Command Room and enter to a known world to give you a surprise!?

?But what if Master Hand finds out we escaped??

?He will not, please, come with me!? Chris said, getting out of the bed and Lucario thought for a moment before nodding slowly and following Chris to the room without making sounds.

Command Room

?Can you tell me where are we going?? Lucario continued to ask when they left the room, by whispering of course.

?Fine Lucario, we are...? Chris opened the portal to a world. ?Going to the Valley of the Aura to visit your family!?

Lucario?s mouth opened in surprise. ?A-are you serious??

Chris nodded with a smile. ?Yes! Your father said you could visit them anytime, so I thought it would be a good idea to go now!?

?It is alright to go in the night??

?That?s why we are going to ask a friend of ours in Veilstone City to stay for the night!?

?You mean...them??

Chris nodded again. ?Right! Now, are you ready to go?? Lucario nodded with a smile. ?Then here we g-?

?Hold it right there!?

Both friends looked behind them to find Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff with crossed arms.

?We...I...um...er...? Chris couldn?t find the right words to talk.

Pikachu walked to them. ?So, you were going to escape for this night huh??

?Pikachu, we can explain it.? Lucario said and Jigglypuff raised an eyebrow.

?I don?t believe it!? She said. ?Sneaking out without us is a crime!?

?We were trying to sneak up for ourselv-wait, what did you say?? Chris asked.

Pichu jumped to his shoulder. ?We want to go too! That?s all!?

Pikachu jumped to his other shoulder. ?Yeah! I want to visit Sinnoh when Ash is not around!?

Jigglypuff sat on his head. ?Sinnoh is a pretty place!?

Chris sighed. ?Alright, alright, but you do know once we go there you can?t talk, right??

?No problem!? Pikachu said. ?The translators can be activated to talk anytime!?

?Then why didn?t Pichu did that??

Pichu scratched his head. ?I forgot...sorry...?

?...Okay, once again, is everybody ready??

?Ready!? Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff said excited.

?And you Lucario?? Lucario nodded. ?Now let?s go!? He said, entering with the 4 Pok?mon inside the portal and disappearing with it to Sinnoh, in Veilstone City.

?

?Yeah! Take that!? A young boy of 10 years said punching the air while he watched a Pok?mon battle on the TV, but it was very late and his mom appeared on the door holding a clock.

?Red! You?re supposed to be sleeping right now!? Red?s mom said, holding the clock with the time 12:00.

Red was now at the age to receive his first Pok?mon, tomorrow, his adventure was going to start and obviously, he was excited to choose his first Pok?mon, although he wanted the 3 starters of the Kanto region, only one of them was going to go with him.

Red dropped to the bed. ?I?m sorry mom, tomorrow it?s the great day and I can?t wait to begin my new adventure!?

?But that is not an excuse to be up so late, what if you go late to get it before Gary??

Red began to pout a little. ?Gary, Gary, Gary, just because Professor Oak is his grampa doesn?t means he?ll get the best one, by the way mom, have you ever wondered why my name is ?Red???

Red?s mom chuckled a little bit. ?Well, the color red was your dad?s favorite color and decided to name you Red.?

?And he ran away laughing like a maniac after doing that...?

?Red! You know your dad became one of the best trainers in the whole world, don?t talk like that about him!?

?And where is he?? Red asked raising an eyebrow.

Red?s mom started to sweat a little. ?He...is...in...go to bed and sleep, good night honey!? Red?s mom slammed the door with great speed and Red looked at the TV with the 3 starter Pok?mon.

?(Charmander...I know he can evolve to a powerful Charizard...Bulbasaur...he can evolve to a Venasaur, a very strong Grass type Pok?mon...but...)? He looked at the image of Squirtle. ?(Squirtle looks so weak to me...I hope I don?t get to use him at all, or starting my adventure with him will be a pain...and...ugh...I need to sleep now...I?m not forgetting something right?... Oh well...)? Red turned off the TV and dropped his head above the pillow, where he fell asleep deeply and began to snore a little.

But unfortunately...he forgot to set the clock?s alarm to wake him up earlier in the morning...

Pok?mon Diamond and Pearl

Veilstone City
Veilstone City?s Gym

?Hello? Is somebody there?? Chris asked knocking the door of the Gym, the night in Sinnoh was different because it was raining heavily, but the door of the Gym opened to find a tall adult in a karate uniform that looked down to see Chris.

?What do you want kid? The Gym is closed for the night and the Gym Leader doesn?t accepts late challenges at this tim-what the? This Lucario is so tall for a common one!? The adult said gasping a little.

?I?m sorry but, we?re not here to ask for a challenge, actually, we came here to see the Gym Leader.?

The adult crossed his huge arms. ?Even so, she will not accept challenges or visits right now! Go away!?

?What?s all the trouble here??

The adult looked behind him to find Maylene and her Lucario with puzzled looks. ?M-Maylene! This kid is trying to enter the Gym an-?

?Chris!? Maylene said with smile and she welcomed them inside. ?Why are you here??

?I told Lucario to go to the...? He looked at the adult. ?Who?s him??

?Don?t be scared, he is one of my pupils of the Gym.?

Chris looked back and forth to the 2. ?You mean you?re her student?!?

The adult laughed. ?Of course! Maylene is very tough for a girl of her age, she can beat any of us in minutes, that?s why she?s the Gym Leader too!?

?Maylene, tell me you didn?t told anyone about the location of the Valley of the Aura or about me or Lucario or that the Lucarios can speak...? Chris whispered to her.

?I-?

Her Lucario grunted in irritation. ?She did, she told everyone here and some other persons outside the city too.?

?AND ALSO THE BOY WITH THE PIKACHU?!? Chris asked in shock.

?N-no! I-I didn?t told him anything or Dawn or Brock or Reggie!? Maylene said waving her hands.

?You did told Reggie too, and also, he was going tomorrow to give berries to the Riolus.? Her Lucario said crossing his arms and glaring at her. ?I have the urge to blast another Aura Sphere on your face an-?

?Lucario! Show a little respect for your trainer!? The adult said.

Maylene?s Lucario formed a baton that was Bone Rush. ?Tell me right on the face if you can survive...? The adult backed away and Maylene?s Lucario vanished the Bone Rush. ?Humph.?

?By the way Chris...? Maylene looked at Pikachu. ?I?ve got a strange feeling I?ve seeing this Pikachu before...say, you know who?s Ash??

Pikachu began to sweat a lot and shook his head rapidly. ?Pi-Pi Pika-Pi!? Her Lucario glared at him, already knowing the truth and showing his sharp fangs to intimidate the yellow mouse (and even Pichu and Jigglypuff). ?...Pi??

Maylene sighed. ?Okay, maybe you?re not Ash?s Pikachu or even know who is Dawn or Brock...?

?Maylene, can we sleep in the Gym for this night? We don?t have another place to sleep.? Chris said.

?But of course! And maybe we can do our promised battle like you said before!? Maylene said excited. ?Plus, Ash already left the city a day ago after Team Galactic tried to steal the meteors of the city and we ended up in a tie, and Lucario has been a little irritated ever since he left, and cheering him up with a fight against you two could be good!?

?I still remember that weak Piplup, he was weak and I won easily.? Maylene?s Lucario said.

?L-Lucario! You said it was because Dawn wanted to help us and you decided to accept her challenge!?

?Actually, I lied, when I saw her Piplup, he was so weak and since it was a good time, I decided to fight against her.?

Maylene made a ?gave-up? face. ?Oh brother...you were only showing off then??

?Correct.?

?...So, come inside! We?re eating rice for dinner!?

?Pichu!? Pichu said excited.

Preview of the next arc

?Look who came already!? Gary said, twirling a Pokeball in his finger.

?Aw! I should?ve set the clock before sleeping!? Red complained.


...

?Riii! My big brother is here, Riii!? Riolu said excited.

?Riii?? Chris asked confused.


...

?C?mon! You don?t do anything at all!? Red complained to his Squirtle, who crossed his arms and looked away annoyed. ?Don?t turn your shell to me!?

?Squir...? Squirtle said angrily.


...

?(CHRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIS!!!!!!)?

?...Master Hand?!? Chris said in shock, looking around the valley.

?Who?? Maylene and her Lucario asked confused.


...

?Next time: Another Pok?mon arc!? Pichu said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Veilstone City

Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 20, 2008, 02:29:09 PM
Chapter 67: Another Pok?mon arc!

Pok?mon FireRed and LeafGreen

Pallet Town
Red?s House

?...Psyducks... Rattatas...Weedles....hmm...hmm?? Red grogily woke up from his bed and looked at the clock. ?...1:00 PM...I guess I should sleep for a little more...?

3 seconds later...

?1:00 PM?! I?M GONNA BE LATE FOR MY FIRST POK?MON! MOM!!!?

?Yes honey?!? Red?s mom said from the kitchen.

Red was putting his pants on. ?Why didn?t you wake me up earlier?!?

?Is a responsability for you to do your things in time, I shouldn?t do it for you!?

Red noticed that his cap was on his shoes. ?But this is my great day!?

?That isn?t an excuse to do it still!?

?MOOOOOOM!?

?Hurry up, or you?re going to be late!?

Red groaned out loud. ?BUT I?M ALREADY LATE MOM!?

Professor Oak?s Lab

All the way from his house, Red was making sure that his backpack, his hat and even the odd machine that his dad left for him, the VS. Seeker, were there with him as he talked to himself when he said his farewell to his mom and ran to the lab.

?Charmander, Bulbasaur, please wait for me but don?t leave me with a Squirtl-AAHH!!!? Red bumped accidentaly with Gary, his rival from the school who got out of the lab and looked down at him with a small grin.

?Look who came already!? Gary said, twirling a Pokeball in his finger.
   
?Aw! I should?ve set the clock before sleeping!? Red complained.

?So loser...?

Red got up dusting off his hat. ?I?m not a loser...?

?Whatever loser, so loser, look over here,? Gary pointed his Pokeball at him. ?I already got my first Pok?mon and you don?t, my grampa is a very considerate man to me, not like persons who get out of the bed late like you.?

?And how come you didn?t left the town yet??

?Because, gramps told me what to do when the other trainer picked the second Pok?mon from the lab, since I?m his grandson, I should be informed of the whole region, which reminds me, did you study to where you should go next after picking up your first Pok?mon??

Red scratched his head. ?...I dunno...?

Gary chuckled a little. ?Ha! Nevermind, I?m not going to tell ya either, maybe gramps can do it since he likes almost everyone out there.? Gary waved at Red, walking away from the lab. ?Smell ya later...Reddy...?

?MY NAME IS RED! NOT REDDY!? Red complained of his nickname of the school, he was always being teased by Gary or others by making fun of his name. ?(Dammit, I forgot to ask him what Pok?mon he got.) Man, what kind of jerk does he thinks he is?...? He looked at the lab. ?Oh right! My first Pok?mon!? He entered in a hurry and looked around for Professor Oak, who was examining a book on his desk. ?Professor Oak!?

?Aw, you must be Red, the new trainer of this town!? Oak said with a small smile, putting down his book and getting up from his chair. ?Your mother told me all about you, you and my grandson Gary assisted the school together.?

?Ah...yeah, we did....kinda...?

Oak chuckled a bit. ?I?m sorry if the behavior of Gary was annoying to you, he likes to act cool to the people around him.?

?(And even if nobody is around except for me.)?

Oak walked to a desk where 3 Pokeball stood calmly and he walked to the other side. ?Now Red, it?s time for you to choose your first Pok?mo-?

Red already was holding Charmander?s Pokeball. ?Alright! Charmander! Come on out!?

...But nothing happened when the ball opened.

?The second trainer already came for him.? Oak pointed out.

?Then...? Red picked up Bulbasaur?s Pokeball. ?Bulbasaur! Come on out!?

The ball was empty like the last one and Red sweatdropped, embarrassed.

?Gary took Bulbasaur with him, he said it looked strong for a young Pok?mon like him.? Oak pointed out again.

?(Dammit Gary, you like to mess up my life everytime...)? Red thought annoyed. ?Wait...if Charmander and Bulbasaur were taken...then that means...? He looked at Squirtle?s Pokeball and took it from the desk and called him out.

This time, a light did came out from the ball and the Water Pok?mon appeared on the desk while the light vanished and he opened his eyes with a smile after looking at Red. ?Squirtle!? He said happily.

?...No way...Squirtle...? Red said a little annoyed.

?I?m glad Squirtle accepted you as his trainer, they?re hard to raise but strong after doing so.? Oak explained.

?...Professor Oak!?

?Yes??

?Is there any other Pok?mon in this lab to give it away?!?

?Why are you asking that? Of course not, Squirtle is the only one left.?

?Please, you have to give me another Pok?mon that isn?t Squirtle!? Red looked above his hat where Squirtle was sitting on his shell happily. ?Hey! Get off my hat!?

?Squirtle!? Squirtle said happily on the hat.

?Look at that Squirtle, his energy will come in handy on your adventure Red!?

Red was trying to take Squirtle off the hat, but with no success. ?DO WE LOOK HAPPY THE 2 OF US TO YOU?!?

?But of course, Squirtle looks rather happy above your head!? Oak said with a smile.

?SQUIRTLE! RETURN TO YOUR POKEBALL!? Red pointed his Pokeball at Squirtle and he returned inside, making Red to sigh in relief and looking at Professor Oak with a Pokedex and 5 Pokeballs.

?Take these with you, your Pokedex and Pokeballs.? Oak said, handing the machines to Red who looked at them with curiosity.

?...Hey, professor, do you think there are wild Charmanders or Bulbasaurs somewhere in Kanto?? Red asked.

?Hmm...the chances of finding them are of 0.9 percent Red...it?d be hard to find them in their pre-evolved forms, many have seen them but in their evolved forms roaming around, plus, nobody was able to catch them in their evolved forms too...?

?Then I will be the first one to do it, once I do that, I?m going to challenge the Kanto League!? Red proclaimed.

?Just be sure to use the help of Squirtle, he?ll help a lot for sure.?

?By the way, where should I go next?? Red asked.

?The nearest city to Pallet Town is Viridian City, go there and then cross the Viridian Forest to reach Pewter City, where a Gym Leader is.?

Red looked at Squirtle?s Pokeball. ?(Somehow... I want to do something even bigger than beating the Kanto League...but what and where?)?

?It?s something wrong Red??

?...Er, nothing, anyway, I?m going now!? Red walked out of the lab as Professor Oak waved at him.

?Take care Red! Remember, all the Pok?mon you catch will be instantly teleported in this lab to store them!?

?Thank you, good bye and wish me luck!? Red said, leaving the lab to begin his new adventure...

...An adventure that will be even bigger than beating the Kanto League...

Pok?mon Diamond and Pearl

Route 209
Valley of the Aura

Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Maylene and her Lucario were entering inside the Valley of the Aura, where lots of Riolus and Lucarios lived in peace within the tall cliffs, the Lucarios guarding the valley while the Riolus spent their time playing with each other, also, some of the Lucarios were either sleeping above trees or leaning to the trees while they watched the group walking to the leader, Lucario?s father.

?Welcome home, my son.? Lucario?s father said, getting up from a huge pedestal. ?Have you been protecting him like you should do??

Chris?s Lucario nodded. ?Right, along with everyone else.?

?I see you brought more Pok?mon with you too.?

Chris looked at Jigglypuff. ?Y-yes, they also have been helping me too.?

?My son,? Lucario?s mother began. ?Do you want to see your sister??

Chris?s Lucario nodded with a small smile. ?Yes, where is she??

?Riii!? The group looked behind them to find Lucario?s sister, the Shiny Riolu, wagging her tail happily as she jumped to Lucario to give him a hug, while he hugged her back as Riolu rubbed her cheek with his.

?Aren?t they cute together?? Maylene asked.

?Riii! My big brother is here, Riii!? Riolu said excited.
   
?Riii?? Chris asked confused.

Lucario?s mother nodded. ?My daughter always says that everytime she talks, it is really cute.?

?Brother, are you going to stay here with me, Riii?? Riolu asked.

?I?m sorry sister, but I need to protect my master from all dangers like I need to do.? Lucario pointed at Chris and Riolu looked at him.

?Are you my brother?s master, Riii??

?(Must...resist...cuteness...ouch...) Y-yes, he has been enjoying it too.? Chris said, trying to not hug Riolu.

Riolu jumped off from Lucario and walked to Chris. ?Hmm...your aura is so peaceful Riii...?

?Can she feel the aura at that age??

Lucario?s father nodded. ?Every member of our family can detect the aura perfectly at the moment of their birth, my daughter is no exception.? He coughed a little. ?Incidentally, I need to have a serious talk with her.?

?M-me?!? Maylene asked sweating a little and he nodded.

?Yes, it is about the people you have been taken inside the valley.?

Chris narrowed his eyes at Maylene. ?Maylene, didn?t you told us that Reggie was coming today?? Just then, mentioned character that was Paul?s brother appeared behind them with a bunch of Riolus eating Oran Berries, some of them saying their names happily while they ate the berries.

?Maylene, you?re here!? Reggie said with a smile. ?Are they the friends you told me about??

?R-Reggie...please, don?t say that in front of them...? Maylene whispered embarrassed.

?Okay, that does it!? Chris snapped out of his calmless and crossed his arms. ?Maylene, tell me, how many people did you told about this place? As long as the Gym Leaders of the whole region doesn?t know about this place, I?m fine with your little mistake.?

Maylene touched the tips of her fingers. ?I...kinda...told them too...?

Chris?s left eye twitched. ?...You?ve got to be kidding me...?

Maylene?s Lucario glared at her. ?She did, and if I can remember, Roark and Candice are coming tomorrow to see the valley, Wake and Fantina came 2 days ago and returned to their Gyms later.?

?...?

?Should I suggest an Aura Sphere on her??

?Please do.?

?It would be a pleasure.?

?WAIT!? Maylene began to run away from her Lucario who chased after her and evading all the Aura Spheres from her main Pok?mon, as the Riolus hid behind Reggie to avoid being hit by her Lucario.

Completely ignoring Lucario?s father, he inhaled deeply and...

?GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!?

The roar echoed almost through the entire route, and the valley was shaking strongly, the trees shook violently, the Riolus ducked in terror and both ?friends? stopped on their trails to look at Lucario?s father.

?M-m-m-m-m-m-my god! That was the most, loudest roar I ever heard! It even makes Lucario?s roar looks like a whine!? Chris said in shock, (earning a glare of his Lucario).

?THAT IS ENOUGH!? Lucario?s father said enraged. ?The girl has a serious problem with me, unless she has an excuse to pardon her, I?ll not use brute force to make her to understand to not bring more outsiders here!?

?But we want Reggie to stay here!? The Riolus said in unison behind Reggie.

Lucario?s father sighed. ?...Well...since the likes of the children of the valley are the most important to us as their hold the future on their hands...just for this time...I will pardon her for her mistake...of course, if she doesn?t makes the same mistake twice.?

Maylene walked to him and bowed her head. ?T-thank you, I?ll promise I won?t do it again, isn?t that right Luc-? Maylene was attacked by an Aura Sphere of her enraged Lucario, and she dropped on her back while her legs twitched on the grass while her Lucario grunted and walked away.

Reggie sweatdropped at this event. ?...I?m sorry if I caused any incovenience here.?

?No, you don?t have to apologize for that, seeing that the children already likes you, it is not a bad idea to have you here to bring food to them.? Lucario?s father said.

?Hi there, my name is Reggie, I?m Maylene?s friend and Paul?s brother.? Reggie said, doing a handshake to Chris, then he stared at Pikachu. ?Hmm...this Pikachu looks exactly like Ash?s Pikachu...?

Pikachu began to sweat like crazy again. ?Pi-Pi-Pi-Pi, Pikachu-Pi!?

?Maybe I?m thinking too much...?

?Piiiii...? Pikachu sighed in relief.

?Nice to meet you Reggie, I?m Chris.?

?Yes, Maylene told me so much about you in secret.?

?(At least that?s good.) By the way, how did she won against your brother??

Reggie looked at Maylene getting up from the grass and looked at Chris. ?Please, don?t bring that up, my brother...well...? He approached to Chris?s ear. ?My brother humiliated Maylene by not losing any Pok?mon on his match against her, Lucario suffered a great deal of damage and was taken out so easily before her eyes by his Magmar, he told Maylene that she was the weakest Gym Leader he has ever been fought before.?

Chris made a worried face. ?...Wow...that was painful...?

?Yes, it was for her, until Ash-? Pikachu twitched after hearing that name. ?-Dawn and Brock came and cheered her up, actually, Dawn fought with her a while ago and Maylene was able to win against her, then Ash came up and they ended up in a tie, but she gave the Gym Badge to him by returning her passion to fight.?

?That was so considerable from him.?

Reggie nodded. ?Ever since that, she has been always happy for accepting all the challenges.?

Chris looked at her Lucario. ?But what about him??

?Actually, Lucario didn?t liked to end in a tie with Ash?s Buizel, he acted all normal when they were here, but when they left, Lucario has been a little uncomfortable.?

?Hmm...?

?I know that position, you?re going to challenge both of them, right??

Chris opened his mouth in surprise. ?H-how did you...?

?It?s a hunch, I already beaten many Gym Leaders before.?

?...Well...she was looking forward for a fight against me and Lucario so... Maylene!? Chris called out and Maylene ran to him.

?Did you call me?? Maylene asked.

?Yes, I was wondering if you wanted to...?

Pok?mon FireRed and LeafGreen

Route 1

Red, meanwhile, was enjoying his time while he spent the walk with his friendly Squirtle, both of them were able to get along, they won many battles and they reached the first Gym, after an outstanding victory, both became the recognized team of all Kanto and decided to travel around the world to catch all the Pok?mon and defeat anyone in their path.

...Unfortunately for them, Red wasn?t a Mary Sue, so, we?re going to tell what was REALLY happening right now...

?Do something Squirtle! Pidgey is getting away!? Red complained to his Squirtle, who was sleeping on the grass and ignoring his trainer.

The Pidgey chirped angrily and began to peck Red?s head and slapped his wings at him, then she (it was female) flew away from him as Red cursed under his breath.

?Oh, darn it! It?s the ninth one to fly away from us!?

?Squirtle!? Squirtle said angrily, waking up from his state.

?Are you saying it?s my fault it got away? Looks who?s talking!?

?Squirtle, squir, Squirtle!?

?C?mon! You don?t do anything at all!? Red complained to his Squirtle, who crossed his arms and looked away annoyed. ?Don?t turn your shell to me!?

?Squir...? Squirtle said angrily.

?I bet Gary alreaded headed to Pewter City to challenge the Gym Leader! Ugh! I can?t stand it anymore! We have to work together or else everything is going to fall down in chaos!?

Squirtle, still ignoring him, found a dragon?s head far away from them.

?What are you doing now?? Red asked angrily and looked at the direction where Squirtle was looking, his eyes widened after seeing the dragon?s head before shining with glee. ?IT?S...IT?S...IT?S...IT?S...IT?S A CHARIZARD! A CHARIZARD IS JUST IN FRONT OF US!!!?

The wish Red made before became true, a Charizard was eating the berries of a tree in peace, for the way he was eating them, by throwing them in the air and swallowing them, the Charizard was trying to look tough, which Red thought and recognized.

?Squirtle?? Squirtle asked.

?Of course we?re going to catch him! I?ll be the first trainer to catch such strong Pok?mon like him! C?mon, we have to try it, it?s our only chance right now!?

Squirtle thought for a moment before nodding with a smile. ?Squirtle!?

?That?s the spirit! Now, let?s go!? Both sprinted towards the Charizardm who opened his left eye to glance at his opponents and grunted before releasing a strong Flamethrower from his mouth. ?Squirtle, use Water Gun!? Red ordered and Squirtle shot water from his mouth to seize the flames, but Charizard?s impretion became true and he was tough, the flames were stronger and covered completely Squirtle as Red gasped. ?No!?

Red could have sworn a red vein popped out of Charizard?s head and he sweatdropped scared after seeing Squirtle K.Oed on the grass in front of him. ?...S-sorry for interrupting your time...b-but would you like to go wtih me in an adventure together?? Red asked sweating, opening his hand at Charizard, who looked at the hand and Red and back and forth.

10 seconds later...

?YOU DON?T HAVE TO BE SO ANGRY WITH ME! AAAHHH!!? Red was holding Squirtle on his arms as they ran away from the furious Charizard, the Fire Pok?mon was exhaling fire to burn them alive. ?I BET WE?RE GOING TO HAVE A GREAT TIME TOGETHER!!! AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!! SOMEBODY, HELP ME!!!?

From far away, Gary watched in amusement from a rock and got up, walking away from the spot while he talked to himself. ?He should have thought before catching a Charizard at this time, even I?m not that stupid.?

?WHERE IS THE HELP WHEN YOU NEED IT?!?

Gary sighed in disappointment. ?No way, you?re alone in this, good luck surviving against that Pok?mon.?

?Squirtle...SQUIRTLE!? Squirtle woke up from his state and warned Red from a rock that was going to hit his back, the trainer evaded the rock and gasped a little.

?THAT CHARIZARD KNOWS HOW TO USE ROCK SMASH?! AWESOME! I NEED TO CATCH HI-? A flamethrower burned his hat. ?YIKES! BETTER LUCK THE NEXT TIME!?

?ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRR!!!? Charizard roared furiously and continued to fire...fire.

3 persons, meanwhile, were hiding behind some trees in the darkness as they saw the 3 characters running to all directions, the 3 mysterious figures were Wolf, King Dedede and the new recruit, Ganondorf.

?Heh, so Tabuu told us to convince that Charizard to join us, right?? Wolf asked.

?Correct, using the fire power of that dragon will come in handy to our plans.? Ganondorf said.

?I?m not sure why Tabuu wants someone like him in our circle, but I?m not complanin? about dat!? King Dedede said.

?We just need to wait the right time to ask him.?

?And what do we do if he refuses?? Wolf asked again.

Ganondorf smirked. ?Simple, we use the Shadow Bugs to take control of his body.?

?I agree with that, now, let?s wait until their play time is over.? Wolf smirked along with his companions as they hid in the trees.

?CHARIZARD?! AREN?T YOU TIRED YET FROM BURNING US ALIVE?!? Red asked and turned his head to Charizard, who smirked rather evily and continued to use Flamethrower on them. ?WHAT THE HELL?! HE LIKES TO CHASE US DOWN!?

?SQUIRTLE!? Squirtle said scared and hiding inside his shell.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 20, 2008, 02:38:26 PM
?(...Don?t worry Squirtle, I won?t let him attack you...even if you?re not the Pok?mon I wanted, you have to be fine until we reach a...um...dangit! I forgot what?s the name of a Pok?mon hospital!)?

Red had a bad memory for his bad luck, his mother told him from time to time to study a little about the Pok?mon world, but the trainer only watched the Pok?mon battles on TV and forgot to study them too, he was a fanatic of the battles, but not a fanatic of the study,

?DAMMIT! STOP CHASING ME RIGHT NOW! AAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!?

?I?m sick of waiting! Let?s move on with the plan now!? Wolf said angrily as he ran to the 3.

?NO! STOP! YOU ARE GOING TO WRECK THE PLANS IF THEY COME HERE!? Ganondorf tried to warn the wolf, but his words fell on deaf ears and everything was now beginning.

Smash Mansion
Master Hand?s Room

?ALERT! ALERT! SUBSPACE ARMY IS TRYING TO TAKE BY FORCE A NEW SMASHER, REPEAT, SUBSPACE ARMY IS TRYING TO TAKE BY FORCE A NEW SMASHER, IMMEDIATE ACTION NEEDS TO BE SUMMONED!? The alarm?s voice boomed in all the mansion, awakening everyone who quickly adjusted their equipment and clothes to start their work to save the worlds.

?CRAZY! WAKE UP!? Master Hand said, shaking his brother on the bed who had a sleeping hat on his ?bad? finger.

?Huh?... Is mommy here?? Crazy Hand asked grogily.

Master Hand shook his hand. ?No Crazy, mom is not here.?

?WAAAAAAAAH! I WANT MY MOMMY!? Crazy Hand cried but his brother slapped him. ?Hey Master, what?s happening?? He asked like nothing happened and his brother sighed.

?We need to go to the Command Room, ASAP!?

Command Room

The Smashers were already talking to themselves and preparing to go, as the hands came floating down the halls and appearing on the center of the room.

?Alright, is everyone here?? Master Hand asked.

?Y-yes, but Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff haven?t appeared here yet...? Lucas said.

?Oh well, they?re preparing.?

?Hey, hand,? Roy asked. ?What?s this alarm saying that a new Smasher is coming??

?That?s right! I said yesterday that we were going to gather everyone else, didn?t I?? He snapped his fingers and on the virtual screen, Red appeared and they looked at him. ?He?s one of the new Smashers and comes from the same region like Pikachu, Jigglypuff and Mewtwo does.?

?But aren?t those kids ?trainers? as Pikachu says?? Marth asked. ?And they can?t fight, but instead, their Pok?mon does??

Master Hand nodded. ?Correct! He will be a new kind of Smasher, because his 3 Pok?mon will fight for him while he orders them from the background, safe from any kind of attacks!?

?And what?s his name?? Falco asked.

?...Well...his name is...Red...?

Everyone stopped talking for a moment before looking at each other, confused.

?...No, seriously, what?s his name?? Falco asked again.

?It?s Red! I?m not joking, his name is Red!? Master Hand said.

And they began to chuckle to themselves before laughing out loud and dropping to the floor, laughing like crazy (with Crazy Hand too (except for Mewtwo and Meta Knight)), even Master Hand chuckled to himself.

?A-alright everyone, stop laughing, you?ll somehow get used to his name in no time...heheheh...Red...heheheh...?

?Who gives their child ?Red? as a name?? Zelda asked chuckling.

?Very troubled parents for sure.? Ness said chuckling.

?O-okay, that is enough everyone! Lucas, can you go to get the 5 missing Smashers to come here please??

Lucas got up, still laughing. ?Okay, please wait for me.? He left the room calmly.

?A-as I was explaining, Red-HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!? After saying the name Red, they began to laugh louder than before, except for Mewtwo and Meta Knight again. ?Red fights with 3 different Pok?mon, Squirtle, Ivisaur and Charizard, each one of them have different kinds of advantages and disadvantages, Squirtle is fast and light, Ivysaur is an equilibrated fighter and Charizard is strong and heavy.? The screen showed the 3 Pok?mon standing behind Red. ?B-but at this moment, he doesn?t have all those Pok?mon with him since they are trying to...THEY ARE TRYING TO CAPTURE IVYSAUR AND CHARIZARD!? Master Hand said in shock. ?WE HAVE TO STOP THEM BEFORE THAT HAPPENS!?

?It is that bad?? Popo asked chuckling.

?Of course it is! We can?t let them convince the new, good Smashers to become evil!?

?M-MASTER HAND!? Lucas came down running to the room and stumbling, before getting up and shaking his head. ?I CAN?T FIND THEM!?

Everyone stopped chuckling to themselves and they looked at Lucas.

?Stop joking Lucas! Where are they? Didn?t you checked their rooms already?? Ness asked.

?B-but it?s the truth! They weren?t in their rooms!?

?Yeah yeah, Mewtwo, do us a favor and use your psychic powers to search for them in the mansion.? Master Hand ordered and Mewtwo nodded, asking to himself why the hand didn?t do it by himself.

?...? Mewtwo searched carefully throughout the whole mansion.

?...And??

Mewtwo stopped glowing. ?They are not here.?

?...Then...?

Mewtwo nodded. ?They snuck and escaped to somewhere else.?

Master Hand stayed silent for a moment before his hand began to turn bright red of fury as smoke started to come from the hole of his glove. ?CHRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!?

The hand?s voice boomed around the mansion and even outside, scaring all the birds that flew away scared to another direction.

?Chill out dude!? Falco said, trying calm down the hand.

?HOW CAN I CHILL OUT IN A MOMENT LIKE THIS?! 5 SMASHERS ESCAPED WITHOUT ASKING FOR PERMISSION!?

?Escaping doesn?t needs permission you know...? Link reminded him.

?I KNOW THAT! BUT WHERE THEY ARE?!? Master Hand looked at the screen. ?COMPUTER! BEGIN SEARCH FOR SUBJECTS CHRIS, LUCARIO, PIKACHU, PICHU AND JIGGLYPUFF RIGHT NOW!?

?Affirmative.? The computer said as it began to search for them in all the known worlds to them, the current Smashers waited for the computer to finish.

?(I?M GOING TO KICK THEIR AS-)?

Pok?mon Diamond and Pearl

Route 209
Valley of the Aura

Gym Building/Evolution

Meanwhile in the valley, all the Lucarios formed a huge circle to watch the battle between Chris and Maylene and their Lucarios, the Riolus were sitting next to Reggie in a trunk while Lucario?s parents watched from the pedestal with Riolu sitting on her mother?s lap, cheering for his big brother.

Apparently, half of the Lucarios liked to see battles between their kind when they got the opportunity, and since Chris?s Lucario was the Legendary Lucario and Maylene was an important person in all Sinnoh, they decided to watch the battle between the 2 comrades.

Chris?s Lucario had power and defense by his side, but Maylene?s Lucario had speed on his side with 2 different movements than Chris?s Lucario, also for Chris?s dismay, he didn?t had so much experience as a trainer (and with 200 red eyes that were always glaring at their surroundings was even scarier, even though he liked Lucarios), which gave Maylene the upper hand, fortunately, Chris?s Lucario would defend when Chris didn?t got a plan to strike back, Pikachu and Pichu were on both of his shoulders while Jigglypuff stood by his right side.

?Lucario, use Bone Rush!? Maylene ordered and her Lucario formed a blue baton in form of a bone and began to strike Chris?s Lucario with force as he defended by using his spikes of his arms.

?Pika Pi!? Pikachu said.

?Whisper to me!? Chris said.

?Try to tell Lucario to take the bone from him!? Pikachu whispered to his ear.

?R-right, Lucario! Take the bone and use it against him!?

?What?!? Maylene and her Lucario said surprised and Chris?s Lucario grabbed the bone and started to pull it to him, after 5 seconds, he gained the command of the bone and began to smash it to Maylene?s Lucario, who was being damaged severely with each hit. ?Use Bone Rush again!? Her Lucario quickly made another bone and both started to collide hits with both bones while all the Lucarios and Riolus watched their battle continuing.

?My big brother is strong, Riii!? Riolu said happily, clapping her hands.

?(Well done son, it looks like you have been training well.)? Lucario?s father thought.

?Lucario, use Force Palm on his stomach!? Maylene shouted motioning like she was Lucario, her Aura Pok?mon vanished the bone and fastly collided his palm into his opponent?s stomach, Chris?s Lucario gritted his fangs in pain and backed away, Pichu managed to see some sparks gathering around his body and gasped.

?He was paralyzed!? Pichu whispered to Chris.

?(Oh no, what now?)? Chris thought desperately for a strategy.

?(C?mon Chris, I know you?re not Ash, but you can think about something, you wanted to be a strategist remember?)? Pikachu thought while he watched both Aura Pok?mon.

?(I can?t try to look weak so she can win, her Lucario would be very angry at us...)?

?Use Aura Sphere!? Maylene ordered and her Lucario made the blue orb and shoot it with great speed towards Lucario who gritted his fangs in pain again and backed away.

?Maylene, isn?t weird that you raise Fighting Pok?mon and yet they can be hurted severely by their own type?? Chris asked.

Maylene scratched her forehead with a finger. ?Well...I never thought about that...it doesn?t makes sense when you think about it...?

?Maylene, don?t get distracted, we?re going to win this battle!? Her Lucario responded panting.

?I didn?t tried to distract her!? Chris protested.

?(Aha! Her Lucario only cares about fighting and nothing else then! Just as I thought!)? Pikachut thought.

?Lucario, can you still fight??

?(Yes, my power is strong enough to deal the final blow to him.)? Lucario talked telepathically to Chris, who saw his aura increasing in size around his arms.

?What the? His arms are glowing brightly!? Maylene said surprised.

?Can you move Lucario?? Chris asked.

Lucario embraced himself and opened his arms to recover from his paralyzis. ?I?m ready to attack!? He said, running towards Maylene?s Lucario.

?(Not good, something is not right, Chris?s Lucario is very different than the others here, but still, we need to end this fight now!) Lucario, gather your last strength and use Aura Sphere!? Maylene thought and said, motioning like she wanted to create an Aura Sphere.

?Right!? Maylene?s Lucario said as he began to gather his last energy to try and defeat them with a final blow.

?(Yes, the 2 of them are finally getting along again, if this match ends even if one sides loses, Lucario will recover his friendship with Maylene.)? Reggie thought with a small smile as he watched both Lucarios about to clash on their attacks, the Riolus began to wonder how will the fight end as they ate Pecha Berries close to Reggie.

?I haven?t watched such match in ages.? Lucario?s father said nodding.

?I?m so proud of him.? Lucario?s mother said.

?You can do it big brother, Riii!? Riolu said clapping her hands happily.

Just when both attacks were going to collide, however, someone had to find them in such bad time and place...

?(CHRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIS!!!!!!)?

?...Master Hand?!? Chris said in shock, looking around the valley.

?Who?? Maylene and her Lucario asked confused.

Both Lucarios stopped on their attacks and everyone looked at Chris, who was grabbing his hair in terror as Master Hand spoke to his mind.

?(WHAT THE HELL ARE YOU DOING IN SINNOH AGAIN?!)? Master Hand asked furiously.

?(I-I-I?M SORRY! I WANTED TO BRING LUCARIO TO SEE HIS FAMILY AND THE OTHER 3 POK?MON FOLLOWED US TOO AN-)?

?(GET YOUR ASSES IN THE MANSION, OR IF YOU DON?T COME IN 3 MINUTES, I?LL MAKE SURE TO THROW THE 5 OF YOU TO CRUEL BRAWL AND PLAY IT DURING 24 HOURS!)?

?((Oh god, he said asses, it must be really bad now) W-WE?RE COMING, JUST WAIT A LITTLE LONG-)?

?(NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOW!)?

?LUCARIO! PIKACHU! PICHU! JIGGLYPUFF! WE HAVE TO GO NOW, HURRY UP OR WE?RE GOING STRAIGHT TO CRUEL BRAWL AND STAY THERE FOR 1 DAY WITHOUT RESTS!? Chris yelled at the top of his lungs and mentioned Pok?mon gasped in horror and ran away with him to some place where the rest of the Lucarios and the 2 humans couldn?t watch them enter inside the portal.

Unfortunately, Maylene?s Lucario didn?t liked the idea of their opponents who had to leave their match against him when he thought he was going to win at the last moment, so the thing he did next was to roar furiously and chased after the group.

?L-Lucario! Wait! You can?t leave like that again!? Maylene shouted and ran away to find them.

?(What is happening? Why is Chris and his Pok?mon leaving at this time of the match?) Maylene! You have to return to the Gym!? Reggie shouted and ran after her and the group.

?Big brother, Riii!? Riolu shouted worried and jumped off from the lap of her mother and ran to them.

?Riolu!? Lucario?s mother shouted worried and holding her hand to where her daughter was running, but his husband stopped her.

?Let her go, it?s time for her to know about the outside world.? Lucario?s father said calmly.

?But she is still a young baby!?

?Don?t worry, we have faith on our son that he will protect her until she returns to us.?

Lucario?s mother joined her hands together. ?...Please...let her be fine...?

Pok?mon FireRed and LeafGreen

Route 1

?Stop right there!? Wolf shouted as he jumped high in the air towards the 3 characters.

?What?! Is a talking Pok?mon?!? Red asked confused while Charizard stopped several feets away from the duo.

?I?m not a stupid creature, prepare to be captured!?

Charizard grunted and prepared to shoot a Flamethrower at him, but Wolf called his Reflector and reflected back the fire to Charizard who backstepped and smirked at his opponent while Red watched this sudden event happening in front of his eyes.

?Wh-who the hell are you?! And how can you talk and walk in 2 legs?!? Red demanded shaking in terror as he held Squirtle on his arms, embracing him.

?(That?s it, the kid?s going down first.) You there, prepare to be imprinosed!? Wolf said with a smirk, flexing his claws.

?(...Help...)? Red thought scared and whining a little with small pupils.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

?W-WE?RE HERE! PLEASE DON?T THROW US TO CRUEL BRAWL FOR THE LOVE OF GOD!? Chris pleaded as his group appeared from the portal.

?CHRIS, STOP TAKING MORE PEOPLE WITH YO-HUMANS!? Master Hand screamed in horror and everyone else hid or ran away from the Command Room, leaving a very confused Chris with the Pok?mon wondering what was Master Hand trying to mean.

?...But of course I?m human you bunch o-OH DAMMIT!? Chris cursed out loud when he saw what Master Hand tried to mean, because before his eyes, Maylene, her Lucario, Lucario?s sister and Reggie stood there confused at the whole situation as Chris began to bang his head in a nearby desk. ?(That?s it, everything is ruined, Maylene and the others will know about our secret, and who knows what will happen after that.) CAN YOU PLEASE TELL ME WHY ARE YOU ALL HERE?!?

Maylene began to sweat. ?I-It?s not my fault! Lucario wanted to end our match at that moment when you left in a hurry and we ended up here!?

?Nobody leaves a match with me, NEVER!? Maylene?s Lucario roared in fury.

?Big brother, it is alright if I come with you, Riii?? Riolu asked shyly behind Reggie.

?Oh man, what did we got ourselves into now...? Reggie asked to himself in shame.

Chris?s Lucario put his hand on his forehead. ?(Now we just need to wait what will happen next...)?

Preview of the next chapter

?HEEEEEEEEEEEELP!? Red screamed in terror while he ran away from Wolf, with Squirtle hiding below his hat but he was bigger than the hat.

?Don?t escape from me! I just want to kill you!? Wolf said smirking and chasing after Red.

...

?Here! Take this translator!? Pikachu said, handing over the translator to Squirtle, who swallowed it and burped a little.

?Oh, finally! I can talk to him!? Squirtle said, which made Red to jump in surprise again.

...

?Now, if you want your Lucario to like you...well...try to massage his ears for example!? Chris said.

?Massage his ears? I haven?t done that since he was a young Riolu.? Maylene said.

?You may be thinking what is a boy like me telling you that, well, I?m not afraid of doing that in front of the others.?

...

?...Ash...what are you doing right now?? Pikachu asked to the stars while his tears began to run down his cheeks. ?It?s...painful to not have you around...?

?So, you?re Ash?s Pikachu after all.? Reggie said, sitting besides Pikachu.

?I...ugh...?

...

?Next time: Starring Red and Pikachu! Maylene, Reggie and Riolu!? Pikachu said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: jnfs2014 on August 21, 2008, 05:42:14 PM
Wow. Nice Sonic Heroes cameo.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 21, 2008, 07:21:07 PM
Chapter 68: Starring Red and Pikachu! Maylene, Reggie and Riolu!

Pok?mon FireRed and LeafGreen

Route 1

?Well, I heard somebody yelling from over there, let?s go!? Pikachu said and most of them stared at him in surprise. ?...What??

Chris turned his back and put his right hand on his hip. ?Alright, you?re probably wondering what happened before this, am I right? Okay, I?m going to use the help of our friendly flashback waves to explain it, ACTION!? He broke the fourth wall and flashback waves starts to play.

Flashback

"Mom, please, they are taking evasive actions, I need plans for the flat soda machine!" She said randomly with tiny Ritos flying around her  head.

?STOP!?

End of flashback

?That was way too back! I?m talking about how did Maylene, her Lucario, Riolu and Reggie got here!? Chris said and he took out a remote control to operate the flashbacks.

Flashback

"The world is in danger and you're adopting a Chocobo now?!" Lucario asked enraged.

?NEXT!?

"I don't want to ruin your happy moment....but...that is not your Lucario..."

?NEXT!?

"YUCK! IT'S ANOTHER CHICKEN BONE!" She said hiding behind Popo.

?NO!?

Hector looked at Serra. "What is it now?!"

?NOT THAT ONE!?

"You're hurting my arm! You're hurting my arm! You're hurting my arm!" Those words rang inside Lucario's mind and he growled angrily. Then he separated both pig masks from the arms of Chris, Popo and Nana.

?WHAT THE HELL?!?

"YOUR FATE HAS BEEN DECIDED." Master Hand said, everyone stared at him confused. "...What? I wanted to make this moment dramatic!"

?NEXT ONE PLEASE!?

"You and your Digimon 3 stuff!" Ness said.

?AAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!?

"Our Arwings are better." Fox and Falco said in unison.

Unfortunately after that, Chris pressed a lot of buttons and went to different chapters, programs, videogames parts, and accidentaly, anime cartoons.

?Down!?

?Of course not Stupei!?

?This is grown up time, time for children to go to bed.?

?Booo, meanie!?

?I?ll put my life on the line!?

?He?s just a poor boy, of a poor family.?

"Flat-chested fornicatress!"

?This is your story.?

?Keep you waiting, huh??

?What?! An attack from behind?!?

"Got it memorized?"

?Ha-ha, you got re-jec-ted!?

?Hey Ness, look at this doll, it says, Gen-?

?Chris, what are you doing?!? Lucario asked outside the innecessary flashbacks.

?THE BUTTON?S STUCK!? Chris replied angrily, and starting to smash the remote control. ?UGH! UGH! UCK! UGH!?

?Gather all the-?

?OH NO! IT IS ADVANCING THE PARTS OF THE FUTURE CHAPTERS!?

?Samus is a man, right Fox??

?DO SOMETHING!? Lucario said.

Chris threw the remote at Lucario. ?DO IT BY YOURSELF!?

Lucario simply pressed the correct button and it started playing the right flashback. ?Done.?

?Finally...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Chris began to thought quickly for a plan. ?JIGGLYPUFF! USE SING!?

Jigglypuff nodded cheerfully and took out the scoreboard to sing, Lucario knew tht Chris told him to block his ears while will block his, Pikachu and Pichu ran away to the halls, leaving the 4 accidental newcomers to hear Jigglypuff sing.

?No...I won?t...fall...asleep...you...? Maylene?s Lucario managed to say before collapsing on the floor right to his trainer and the other 2.

?...? Chris kicked slightly Maylene?s side and he sighed. ?Phew, you can come on out everyone, they?re sleeping.?

Everyone else slowly appeared inside the Command Room and stared at their ?visitors?, sleeping.

Zelda talked to break the silence. ?Are they the newcomers Master Hand?? She looked at Maylene. ?At least you brought a girl this time.?

?Unfortunately Zelda, they aren?t the newcomers I was talking about.? Master Hand said before taking a deep breath. ?Chris, do you have an explanation for this??

Chris nodded and began to tell everyone about what they did.

?What should I do with them?? Chris asked.

?Obviously, you will take them back to their homes.? Marth said.

?By the way Master Hand, what?s the next world??

Master Hand gasped. ?T-That?s right! You have to go to Pok?mon FireRed and LeafGreen to save Red, Squirtle and Charizard from the Subspace Army!?

?And that means I can only bring Pok?mon with me??

Master Hand began to thought. ?Hmm...now that you mention it, with 5 Pok?mon and you will not be enough for this mission....we don?t need to show the status this time too...?

Lucario looked at the four unconscious people. ?Why don?t we take them with us??

?Are you crazy Lucario? Once they awake, they will ask us how did they ended up in Kanto!? Chris said.

?Actually, it could work.? Master Hand said.

?Huh??

?This could be a new experiment, if we invite people to help us in our missions, it would be a great idea.?

?I don?t know if that?s a great idea though...? Ness said.

?I?m still against this plan,? Chris said. ?I don?t want Maylene or the others to be dragged into this matter.?

?I have an idea.? Lucario said.

?An idea??

After that, Mewtwo entered inside the portal to go ahead while Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff dragged them to Kanto, then the group disappeared inside the portal.

?I have a bad feeling about this.? Popo said.

?Well, I wanted to go on my first mission, but I can?t do anything now.? Link said.

?We just have to believe in them.? Zelda said.

?I think you?re right.? Roy said.

Pok?mon FireRed and LeafGreen

Route 1

?...ylene...Ma...ne...?

?...? Maylene slowly woke up. ?...Huh? Where am I?? She looked around to find her Lucario, Riolu and Reggie waking up, confused.

?Thank goodness, you?re okay.? Chris said calmly.

?Where are we?? Maylene?s Lucario asked.

?You can?t believe what happened, me and my Pok?mon entered inside a weird portal that appeared out of nowhere and teleported us to the Kanto region!? Chris said kidding.

?...Portal? You mean the same portal that we walked into?? Reggie asked.

?Well...yes, unfortunately for you, you appeared on the sky above us and fainted after that, but luckily my Lucario catched all of you in time.?

?Grrrrrr.?

Chris sweatdropped after seeing Maylene?s Lucario grunting at him with rage on his fangs, Chris could tell he wasn?t the kind of persons that are easy to be tricked.

?(Okay, don?t panic, you?re safe on your mind and that Lucario can?t read my thoughts and...LUCARIOS CAN READ MINDS!)?

?GRRRRRR!!!?

Maylene looked at her Lucario. ?Lucario what is it??

?Maylene, don?t believe all the things he said just now, I know what hap-hmhmhhmhm.? Chris?s Lucario quickly blocked his mouth.

?What??

?Chris is telling the truth, I assure you.? Chris?s Lucario said before noticing that Maylene?s Lucario was biting his hand and both started to fight silently.

?STOP IT!? Chris and Maylene said in unison and their Lucarios stopped.

?What is a Kanto region, Ri?? Riolu asked innocently.

?Hey, she?s right, how do you know we are in Kanto?? Reggie asked.

?(Oh-uh.) I...a traveler passed by and told me.? Chris lied.

?:..But still, it?s weird that all of this happened out of nowhere.? Reggie said and got in a thinking position.

?I?m trying to tel-? Maylene?s Lucario was once again interrupted by Chris?s Lucario.

?Oh yeah, Maylene, your Lucario hit a rock very hard because Lucario couldn?t catch him in time, so I think he?s imagining things.? Chris said laughing heartily.

?I see... Lucario, we should take you to a Pok?mon Center.? Maylene said.

?I DON?T NEED T-? Maylene?s Lucario was once again interrupted by the other Lucario.

?So...? Reggie looked around. ?What do we do now to get back to Sinnoh??

?Well, I heard somebody yelling from over there, let?s go!? Pikachu said and most of them stared at him in surprise. ?...What??

?...THAT PIKACHU JUST TALKED!? Maylene said surprised.

?Hahaha! Pikachu got busted!? Pichu said and he received the same stares. ?...Oops...?

?THAT PICHU TOO!?

?Stop talking!? Jigglypuff said and received more odd stares. ?...Oh no...?

?WHAT IS GOING ON HERE?!?

?Is this a dream or is real?? Reggie asked. ?I only know that the Lucarios and Riolus can talk, but they can too??

Chris sighed. ?...Thing is, they know how to talk thanks to a translator for Pok?mon they use inside their mouths. They developed it in some lab I found in my travels and the scientists gave me samples.? He, again, lied at this fact.

?Wow, your travels are interesting.? Maylene remarked.

Chris sweatdropped and laughed heartily. ?Hehehe...yeah...you could say that...?

Another hour of explanations and lies later...

The group regained their control, Chris had Pikachu and Pichu on both shoulders, Jigglypuff sat on his head and Riolu was on his arms and the other 4 were walking besides him to the north.

?I haven?t been in Kanto for a long time, I wonder how much it changed.? Reggie said.

Chris remembered that this wasn?t the same Kanto. ?Believe me, it changed.?

?Brother, this is how you travel around, Ri?? Riolu asked.

?Yes, someday, you will too.? Chris?s Lucario said with a small smile, traveling together with his sister was a great experience for him, because it would permit him to teach her new things.

?Ri! Someday I will travel too! Ri!? Riolu said excited.

?(It?s a very good feeling to have a baby Pok?mon close to you, it?s awesome!)? Chris thought happily.

?Hey Pikachu, can you tell me about your travels with Chris?? Maylene asked and Pikachu began to sweat.

?Chris...well...he and me...traveled to Kanto, Johto, Hoenn and recently Sinnoh too! We also traveled to the Orange Islands and competed in the Battle Frontier!? Pikachu said sweating.

?Cool! Those are so many places to go!?

Maylene, Lucario, Reggie and Riolu temporaly joined our team!

?(I?m starting to wonder if Pikachu misses Ash.)? Chris thought while he looked at Pikachu, a little depressed since his ears were a little down. ?(Or...nah, it couldn?t be...)?

?Chris! Remember, we have to help Red from being captured!? Jigglypuff said.

?...Red?? Maylene and Reggie said confused in unison before chuckling. ?What kind of name is that?? Reggie asked chuckling.

?...How should I know?? Chris asked before hearing someone screaming from afar.

?HEEEEEEEEEEEELP!? Red screamed in terror while he ran away from Wolf, with Squirtle hiding below his hat but he was bigger than the hat.

?Don?t escape from me! I just want to kill you!? Wolf said smirking and chasing after Red.

?Oh no, we?re getting late!? He began to run quickly with his Lucario.

?Getting late for what?? Maylene asked confused and the others ran with Chris and ?his? Pok?mon to an open field far away from them, they got there in 5 minutes, where a 3-way match between Wolf, Charizard and Mewtwo took place while Red and Squirtle watched from some butches.

?You just appeared out of nowhere, huh?? Wolf asked.

?Yes, I am here to stop you and those fools hiding there.? Mewtwo said, pointing to Ganondorf and King Dedede.

?What is happening here? I?m scared...? Red said, this time, hugging Squirtle who was also worried.

?Squirtle squir...? Squirtle said scared.

Red sighed and petted his head. ?I-I change my thoughts about you, if we want to survive, we have to get out of here and fast...LOOK AT THOSE POK?MON!!? Red said surprised after looking at the 2 Lucarios with the other group who came last. ?I-I?ve never seen those kind of Pok?mon before, they must be rare in this region!?

?Huh? Is that?!? Reggie asked surprised after seeing Mewtwo with his own eyes.

?The Pok?mon with the purple tail you mean?? Maylene asked.

?Yes, it?s Mewtwo! I hear he escaped from a laboratory in Cinnabar Island a long time ago and have wandered around, but I never thought I would see him in person!?

?Grrrr.? Maylene?s Lucario grunted at Mewtwo.

?Your Lucario has anger problems, you know that?? Chris said.

?Sorry, he really likes to battle strong opponents just to get stronger that he already is.? Maylene explained. ?Which reminds me...didn?t we had a match to end??

?...She is right!? Her Lucario responded and looked at the other Lucario with a glare. ?We have to end our match now!?

?Not now, we have to help Mewtwo!? Chris said.

?Are you crazy? Mewtwo is probably the strongest Pok?mon of all!? Reggie said.

?It?s because...Mewtwo...is one of my Pok?mon too!?

Reggie?s eyes widened a little. ?...You?re kidding right? Nobody hasn?t captured Mewtwo before!?

?(I?m going to let that misunderstanding go for this time.)? Mewtwo thought irritated.

?Y-yes! See? Mewtwo! Use Confusion on-(I can?t let the other know about Wolf?s name!)- on that mutated Poochyena!? Chris ordered.

?Mutated Poochyena? This day is getting so weird!? Maylene complained.

Mewtwo thought before using Confusion to lung Wolf to a tree, but he touched the tree with his feet and landed safely on the grass. ?I don?t have a name of a pathetic creature! My name is Wolf O?Donnell!? He said angrily.

?...Okay, that?s it, I don?t believe anything here anymore.? Reggie said and Maylene pinched him. ?Oww!?

?See? This isn?t a dream!? She said.

Charizard was getting impatient because nobody hasn?t payed attention on him and threw a fully charged Flamethrower to Chris?s group. ?MOVE!? Reggie yelled and all of them jumped away to evade to furious attack.

?(Now what? Should I join the fight or not?)? Red thought.

?Where is he?!? Chris asked looking around for Red.

?LOOK OUT!? Pikachu yelled and Chris ducked to evade another Flamethrower that burned down most of the plants in front of him.

And just by coincidence, the plants that got burned revealed the position of a very black Red and Squirtle who blinked in surprise.

?I...must...catch...that...Charizard...ugh...? Red said before coughing smoke and fainting with his Squirtle, with swirls on their eyes.

Chris looked in front of him and found the 2. ?...Well, that was easy...?

Jigglypuff jumped off his head and she examined their faces and lifted slowly her scoreboard. ?Not today!? Pikachu said, grabbing the scoreboard and Jigglypuff hid it behind her.

?Red? Red? Red? Blue? I mean, Red?? Chris tried to wake him up. ?Pichu, use Thundershock on him, would you??

?Right!? Pichu said and jumped slightly in the air to shoot a bolf of electricity to Red and Squirtle, electrocuting both of them and waking them up.

?Oww! Why did you do that for?!? Red complained. ?...Hey, you?re the same guys with the rare Pok?mon, right??

While the 2 were talking, Wolf, Charizard and Mewtwo continued to fight against each other, even Maylene decided to help Mewtwo (but her Lucario still was trying to refuse) and Reggie called out his Swalot to help them too.

?Who are you?? Red asked.

?My name is Chris, nice to meet you.? Chris said. (If he wanted to gain his trust, he needed to speak calmly to him).

?N-nice to meet you, but how did you know my name??

?...A hunch??

This day, Chris was lying like nobody else for sure.

?...A hunch? Isn?t there any other reason??

?...Oh yeah! Now I remember! I met your mom one day in Pallet Town in my travels! She said...um...she said that she had a son that was excited to be a Pok?mon trainer! That is you, right??

Red nodded confused at the situation. ?W-well...she didn?t lied then...oh, right! Hey, are you the trainer of that rare Pok?mon? And the one in your arms?? Red pointed to Chris?s Lucario, who was dodging a Flamethrower of Charizard and to Riolu.

?Lucario? Yes, he is my Pok?mon, I?m so lucky to have one like she does too.? Chris said while she glance at Maylene, who was ordering her Lucario to create an Aura Sphere by mimicking him. ?This baby Pok?mon is Riolu, and she has a rare color for her kind!?

?Rii!? Riolu said happily.

?That girl is crazy, look at how she moves around!? Red said, looking at Maylene.

?...Well, she likes to do that a lot, I think.?

?How bad, I thought those Lucarios or whatever they?re called were wild.? He said disappointed. ?But I can catch that Charizard and-hey, you?re not here to catch him right? Because I saw him first!?

?N-no! In fact, we came to help you to catch Charizard!?

?Then do something now! He?s getting away!?

?Huh??

?He?s right! Charizard is getting away!? Pikachu said.

?...OH MY GOD! THAT PIKACHU JUST TALKED!? Red said surprised.

?Squirtle?? Squirtle asked confused.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 21, 2008, 07:38:09 PM
?Guess our secret went out to everyone else here...? Jigglypuff said.
   
?THAT JIGGLYPUFF TOO?!?

?Shh!? Pichu said.

?HE TOO?!?

?I-I?ll explain later if you want to come with us!? Chris said as he ran to his group with ?his? Pok?mon while got up and went with him too.

?Don?t let him escape! Chase him down!? Wolf ordered and his other 2 partners got out of the bushes and started to chase Charizard who flew towards Viridian City.

?Okay, what now?? Reggie asked as he called his Swalot to his Pokeball.

?We must capture Charizard before those strange mutated Pok?mon catch him!? Red said.

?Wait, are you going with us?? Maylene asked.

?Yes, nice to meet you, I?m Red.?

Maylene and Reggie started chuckling uncontrollably.

?Hey!? Red said angrily.

?Stop it guys! We have a mission and that is capture that Charizard!? Jigglypuff said and they nodded, but still chuckling while Red shot glares at all of them, but his Squirtle was enjoying his time.

?We can relax now.? Reggie said.

?But why?? Maylene asked.

?The Charizards are not stupid, when they are chased, they lose their hunters while they fly to a direction, if Viridian City is near here, then Charizard is going to hide near that city but surely lose the hunters we just fought.? Reggie explained.

?I propose to go to the Pok?mon Center, my Lucario got hurted from that Flamethrower.? Maylene said, glancing at her Lucario who grabbed his right arm.

?Yeah, let?s do that, and while we are in our way...Red, are you going to Viridian City too?? Chris asked.

?Hmm, Viridian City has a Gym, right?? Red asked, remembering that the city had a Gym.

?Yes, it has one.? Reggie assured Red.

?Alright! Let?s go! And then, you can tell how did you taught your Pok?mon to talk too!?

NEWCOMER!
Red temporaly joined your team!

?...Umm...sure?? Chris replied confused.

Viridian City
Pok?mon Center

On their way to the center, the group already told Red many things about themselves, even Maylene told him that she is a Gym Leader and Red instantly challenged her, but since she wasn?t in her Gym, he told him that later and Red got disappointed but accepted her decision, Reggie was asking Chris how did he ?catched? Mewtwo, who was floating besides Chris at that moment and the World Traveler had no choice but to lie many more times yet, until they reached the Pok?mon Center where they were greeted by Nurse Joy and Maylene asked her to heal her Lucario.

?So, are you going to tell me now how did you taught your Pok?mon to speak?? Red asked while they were sitting on a bench (Mewtwo decided to not enter Viridian City and decided to stay away from the Gym, even if that Kanto wasn?t his Kanto region).

Squirtle walked towards Pikachu and Red stared at his Pok?mon.

?See the thing Pikachu has in his hand?? Chris asked and Red saw a tiny object on Pikachu?s hand, then he jumped in surprise.

?That tiny machine is what helps your Pok?mon to talk?? Red asked curiously.

?Yes! And to show my honesty, Pikachu will give your Squirtle and translator!?

?Here! Take this translator!? Pikachu said, handing over the translator to Squirtle, who swallowed it and burped a little.

?Oh, finally! I can talk to him!? Squirtle said, which made Red to jump in surprise again.

?W-whoa! Squirtle talked!? Red said astonished.

?Hey, Red! Good to see you can understand me at last!? Squirtle said. ?Now, I want to ask you something, why don?t you like Squirtles??

?It?s because...I think they look weak to me...?

?But Red, every kind of Pok?mon can be strong in its own way, you just need to put effort on their abilities and train them.? Reggie explained to him.

?Y-yeah, but I thought power was all in Pok?mon battles...?

?No is not!? Maylene said. ?You also need to train their other attributes, like speed, dexterity and their accuracy of their attacks, power isn?t all in Pok?mon battles, the trainer has to be a strategist if he or she wants to win a battle.? She explained.

Chris was taking these notes on his mind too.

?Hmm...well, the other day I watched a fight between a Pidgey and a Fearow, but the Pidgey won...because his trainer was telling him strategies to evade every attack of the Fearow to find an opening to attack him back!? Red said.

?You?re getting it now.? Reggie said.

Chris noticed that Maylene and Reggie were staring at him. ?...What?s wrong??

?Well, didn?t you said you traveled to many places before? You should know strategies like Reggie and me does!? Maylene said.

?(Oh god, it?s true, I traveled to many places but NOT THE POK?MON REGIONS!) Another good idea to raise Pok?mon is...hmm...be friendly to your Pok?mon??

?That?s correct! That is another good idea to raise Pok?mon too!... Something that my brother needs to do...? Reggie remarked and muttered the last part to himself.

They didn?t notice, but Maylene got a little depressed at this.

Red saw that Squirtle wanted to sit on his lap. ?...Hmm...go ahead!? He said and Squirtle jumped to his lap and sighed. ?These tips are coming handy!?

Pikachu was getting a little depressed after watching Squirtle trying to sleep on Red?s lap.

?So what do we do now?? Chris asked.

?It?s getting late, we should rest in the Pok?mon Center for today and start our search for Charizard tomorrow.? Reggie suggested and they nodded.

Red saw that Maylene was walking towards the exit. ?Where are you going Maylene??

?Oh, I?m going for a little walk, don?t worry, I?ll be back before nights comes.? She said and left the building.

?(...Not again, she probably heard what my brother said that time Team Galactic tried to steal the meteors on that night...)? Reggie thought.

?Reggie, it is just me or Maylene seems a little depressed?? Chris asked and Reggie nodded.

?She was telling the truth that you were one of the only persons that can see what is bothering her, in fact, something is bothering her.?

?Bothering about what?? Red asked.

?In Sinnoh, the region we came from, Maylene and her Lucario were visiting me the same night after the incident with an evil organisation called Team Galactic, that night also, my brother, Paul, wanted his Electabuzz back to challenge the Gym Leader of Pastoria City...but I think she overheard our conversation that night...?

Flashback

Pok?mon Diamond and Pearl

Veilstone City
Reggie and Paul?s House

Maylene and her Lucario were sitting on a sofa while they were waiting for Reggie to do something on another room. She sighed and leaned to the couch. ?Man, what is taking Reggie so long??

?Maylene, don?t tell me you?re going to eavesdrop on him.? Lucario said with a glare.

?What?s wrong with you? Tomorrow we have to say good bye to Ash, Dawn and Brock and we must be in a good mood too!?

?What does that has to do with this in the first place??

?...Nothing, but I want to see what is Reggie doing right now, follow me if you want but don?t make any noise, got it??

Lucario sighed in shame. ?Fine, you first...?

The duo walked silently towards a room where they heard 2 persons talking, it was Reggie talking to Paul through a computer and Maylene hid in the wall to not remember her match against him. ?Oh no...it?s Paul again...?

?Grrrr, it?s the same idiot who defeated us without sweating and humiliated you?? Lucario asked grunting.

?Shh! They could hear us, keep it down!?

?Alright Paul, Electabuzz arrived there with you, take care of him.? Reggie said.

?Good, thanks.? Paul responded bluntly.

?That?s all?? Reggie asked crossing his arms. ?Aren?t you going to say something else??

?What do you want from me? I don?t have anything else to say.? Paul said bluntly.

?C?mon, I want you to deliver an apology to Maylene for saying that harsh thing you said to her at your match.?

?Tch, an apology? Well, if you want an apology...?

Maylene gasped on her mind. ?(Is he going to apologize to me?... If he does, I?ll forgive him for what he did back in our fight!)?

Paul thought for a moment. ?If you want an apology, tell her that it?s better that she quits her job as the Gym Leader of Veilstone and stop training with weak Pok?mon like the fighting types, they don?t stand a chance in the battlefield, especially her Lucario, he went down more quickly than the other 2 I fought before him, and he is her secret weapon? What a pathetic excuse for a secret weapon.?

Reggie got a little angry at this. ?Paul! Don?t say things like that!?

?It?s true,? Paul continued. ?She doesn?t has the right to be a Gym Leader, at least I hear the Gym Leader of Pastoria City is stronger than she is...if she is strong that is...?

?Paul, stop now, I?m serious!?

?I can say whatever I want to say, sorry, but I must go now, thanks for delivering my Electabuzz though, I hope he didn?t helped Ash in any way...or else.? Paul said before the computer turned off.

?Why must you be so cold brother? Someday...you will regret what you said to all the people you defeated...especially Maylene...? Reggie said while he made a fist.

Meanwhile with Maylene and Lucario, Maylene had her eyes trembling a little and she walked silently towards the living room, looking down at her feet in shame for what she heard, and Lucario was grunting inside his mind and getting furious by every second after hearing that comment about him.

The 2 of them were insulted to a critical point that night, but they managed to say good bye to Ash, Dawn and Brock the next morning without getting sad, Reggie was oblivious to this situation until now.

End of flashback

Pok?mon FireRed and LearGreen

Viridian City
Pok?mon Center

?...? Chris was left speechless.

?...My brother is such an idiot...he insults all the people that he thinks they?re weak and humiliates them to hurt their feelings...I don?t know where he learned to talk like that...? Reggie said, a little ashamed.

?Your brother told all those things to Maylene? What an ass! He's just like Gary!? Red said.

?What is an as-? Riolu?s mouth was quickly blocked by Chris who sighed in relief, and so did Lucario.

?You don?t want to know.? Lucario said to her sister.

?Anyway, the problem here is that Maylene is depressed for what Paul told her?? Red asked and Reggie nodded. ?...You know, I want try if I can help people by talking to them, right now.?

?(Is what Ash does too...)? Pikachu thought and jumped off and walked towards the exit.

?Pikachu, where are you going?? Chris asked.

?I?m going to walk around the city, don?t worry about me, I?ll return with Maylene if I can find her.? Pikachu said laughing a little and leaving the center.

?Pikachu sounded a little depressed too, don?t you think so Red?? Squirtle asked.

?Maybe because he misses Ash...? Pichu said and Chris glared at him. ?W-What did I say?!?

?Pichu! Why did you said that?!? Jigglypuff asked angrily.

?Wait, that Pikachu is Ash?s Pikachu then?? Reggie asked.

?There?s no point in hiding it anymore, to tell the truth, yes...that Pikachu is Ash?s Pikachu...? Chris explained to them.

?But I saw Pikachu leaving with Ash a while ago! How could he lend him to you??

?Pikachu has a cousin with the same abilities as him, he usually sneaks out from him while they sleep and his cousin comes to replace him, it?s easy because Ash doesn?t puts Pikachu inside his Pokeball and can?t tell the difference between the 2.?

?And why does he travels with you??

?...Damit! I can?t lie anymore! Reggie, Red and Squirtl-?

?What about me? Ri?? Riolu asked.

?And you too Riolu! I need to tell you the truth! I?m not a trainer that challenges the Gyms, I?m a person that can travel through worlds and save everyone else from a great menace called the Subspace Army, they are trying to conquer all the worlds and Lucario is a guardian to me, but my best friend too, Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff and a bunch of amazing and strong people that some of them aren?t humans but still comrades helps me and I help them too, I have a boss that is a big floating hand that continously messes up in some ways, but is a great help, I can fight using a lot of abilities that are copies of more characters with the same powers but I need to train first with the help of them, even still, I?m not strong enough to survive in a fight but fortunately they protect me and I protect them, also, I have a reason of being here, I came here to recruit Red and Squirtle to join us in our battle against them, until he catches Charizard and an Ivysaur as soon as possible before the Subspace Army captures them or else Master Hand, my boss, will throw me in Cruel Brawl to fight against Fighting Alloy Team that can send me soaring through the sky with just one touch, also, Master Hand has a brother, his name is Crazy Hand who is the left hand but insane on his mind and sells me jobs containing my abilities, I have a interactive tutorial in my pocket, in a funny way, Reggie has the name of a famous business man that sells videogames but I wait someday for a game that needs to be released on something called the Virtual Console and I know you don?t care about that and...and...and that?s all...? Chris panted heavily after talking through all that and both Reggie and Red were confused at this.

His Lucario frowned at this. ?...That was unnecessary Chris...?

?Yeah!? Jigglypuff said angrily.

?...What the hell was all that you said just a moment ago?? Squirtle asked confused.

?Subspace Army? Master Hand? Fighting Alloy Team? Virtual Console?? Reggie asked confused.

At that moment, they saw Maylene?s Lucario appearing from the hallway with Nurse Joy. ?It?s Maylene here? Lucario was already healed.? She said.

?Oh yeah, I?m his friend.? Reggie said.

?Can you deliver Lucario to her please?? Nurse Joy asked.

?I?m not a delivering object.? Maylene?s Lucario said grunting, then he ran outside the center.

?There he goes again.? Reggie said with a small smile.

?If you were wondering Red, Lucario is looking for Maylene.? Chris said.

?I know that! But we need to cheer her up too!? Red said as he got up and ran outside.

?...Wait for me!? Chris said running with Pichu, Jigglypuff, Riolu and Lucario outside.

?(...I should search for Pikachu...)? Reggie thought.

Park

?For the last time, I don?t want that!? Maylene said to an old man with a television.

?But little girl, this will sure come handy if you want to know how to catch Pok?mon!? The old man said. The TV was the Teachy TV.

?I-I?m sorry, but I know already how to catch Pok?mon mister!?

?Maylene!? Red shouted from behind and Maylene turned to them.

?Thanks goodness you?re here, this old man is trying to give that TV that I have been refusing to take it from him!?

?IT WILL COME IN HANDY!? The old man said angrily.

?For what is the TV?? Red asked.

?Well young boy, this TV helps you to how to catch Pok?mon!?

?...Hmm...can I have that??

The old man instantly gave the TV to Red. ?It WILL come in handy! Mark my words kids!? The old man said and waved at him as he walked away.

Obtained Teachy TV!
Red put the Teachy TV on his Key Items...and it fits perfectly!


?I HAVE 16 YEARS, I?M NOT A KID ANYMORE!? Chris protested.

?Ha! I have 10 years and we have the same height!? Red said.

?Shut up, Red!?

?Guys, what are you doing here?? Maylene asked.

?Your Lucario was looking for you.?

?Lucario? You mean him?? Maylene asked and pointed to her Lucario, who was leaning to a tree and grunting a little, which made Maylene to sigh a little. ?I guess this is not a good time to talk...?

?Maylene, why are you so depressed?? Red asked.

?Red, we already know about that.? Squirtle reminded him.

?I assume Reggie told all of you right?? Maylene asked and they nodded. ?Okay...Chris, Red, I need to talk to you in private...?

?Lucario, Riolu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, go on and play around the park.? Chris said, but his Lucario only got in a meditation position and Riolu went to a slidder with Pichu and Jigglypuff.

?You too Squirtle, if you want.? Red said and Squirtle jumped off from his hat and joined the others.

?What do you want to talk about Maylene??

Maylene scratched her shoulder. ?It?s about...? She glanced at her Lucario. ?It?s about Lucario, he has been in a very bad mood ever since we heard Paul?s rude comment about the 2 of us.?

?Then why don?t you try to talk to him to find a solution?? Red suggested.

?I can?t! See for yourself, Lucario, do you want t-? Maylene exploded because an Aura Sphere exploded right in front of her and she was on the sand, with the same look on her face like she didn?t cared. ?Now you see why? Everytime I try to talk to him he ?Aura Spheres? me, preventing me from finding a solution.?

?Hmm...my experience of living with a Lucario is going to be put on a test today! Maylene, I know how to get your Lucario to...hmm...what?s the word? Like you again!? Chris said a little excited.

?...Now that you mention it, Lucario hasn?t been friendly with me outside the battles, okay, I?m all ears, tell me what I can do about this problem.?

?Now, if you want your Lucario to like you...well...try to massage his ears for example!? Chris said.

?Massage his ears? I haven?t done that since he was a young Riolu.? Maylene said.

?You may be thinking what is a boy like me telling you that, well, I?m not afraid of doing that in front of the others.?

Red stared at him with a disgusted look. ?...?

?Think whatever you want to think! I?m an expert on this in my opinion!? Chris protested. ?You want to see an example?? He asked and Maylene nodded. ?Okay, Lucario! Can you come over here please??

?Did you call me?? His Lucario asked walking to him.

Chris sat on the sand. ?Lucario can you rest your head on my lap??

?For what??

?Do you want me to massage your ears??

Lucario thought for a moment and nodded, after doing so, Lucario was enjoying the hands of his trainer massaging his ears and Maylene looked at the happy expresion he made while he tried to sleep. ?Ooh, I see now...petting or massaging some parts of his body gets him friendlier...alright! I?m ready!?

?Chris?? His Lucario asked.

?What?? Chris asked.

?Can you approach your ear to me? I want to tell you something.?

Chris did it. ?So?? Lucario smiled and licked his cheek. ?Lucario! Thank you so much!? Chris said happily hugging Lucario in the head, Lucario growled happily at the appreciation of his trainer and Maylene got even more excited by this.

?Lucario! Can you come over here??

1 minute later, however...

?GRRRR!?

?I-I?m sorry Lucario!? Maylene apologized to her Lucario.

?What is she doing wrong Chris?? Red asked.

?I think she?s pressing the ears a little too hard!? Chris replied.

?O-okay, how about this then...? Maylene tried to massage the other ear and...

CRACK!

?RRRRUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!?

One could have sworn a girl blasting off to the sky?s night with a black eye and knocked out too.

?Grrrr....? Maylene?s Lucario got up after delivering a powerful Force Palm on Maylene and he walked out, grunting.

Red was a little scared now. ?...Find Maylene?? He suggested.

?Find Maylene.? Chris replied and both nodded before running after Maylene and leaving the Pok?mon in the park.

Outside Viridian City

Maylene landed just to a side of a rock where Mewtwo was meditating in peace, the Psychic Pok?mon opened one eye to look at her and he frowned at this. ?Anger issues...how can somebody else fall for that like I did before?? He asked to himself before returning to his meditation.

Somewhere inside Viridian City

Pikachu was resting on a patch of grass.

?...Ash...what are you doing right now?? Pikachu asked to the stars while his tears began to run down his cheeks. ?It?s...painful to not have you around...?

?So, you?re Ash?s Pikachu after all.? Reggie said, sitting besides Pikachu.

?I...ugh...?

?Chris told me if you were wondering.?

?Oh...?

Reggie stared at the stars. ?You?re missing him, right??

?N-no I?m not! Who wants to be with him anyway??

?You can?t trick me Pikachu, something tells me you miss him so much.?

?Who misses him? He always messes up in the leagues but in the extra events that most doesn?t care about!?

?What do you mean??

?I mean, for example, the Kanto League! He lost in a fight against Richie, a friend we met there, he thought using a bad trained Charizard was a good idea, but it made us to lose the league because he didn?t wanted to cooperate, then the Johto League is next, we lost too against another friend we met there, his name was Harrison I think and he had a Blaziken that defeated Ash?s Charizard, in the Hoenn League, we met Tyson and his strange Meowth with a comboy air around him, and guess what? I lost to a Meowth! I have been always blasting off a Meowth my whole life but I never thought I would lose to one! That was embarrassing! And now, I predict this is what is going to happen in the Sinnoh League, Ash, Dawn and Brock will arrive there, they will meet a friendly but stronger trainer than Ash, then after fighting all the way to the Quarterfinals or Semifinals, he will lose against the same friend he met a while ago and will try to console him, only for an extra league that nobody else has heard about to win it! It?s getting repetitive that it?s making me sick!? Pikachu explained and Reggie petted his head. ?That will not console me at all! Ash already did it countless of times!?

?Well Pikachu, why don?t you try to tell him?? Reggie asked.

?How? Like this? ?Hello Ash, I want you to finally let all your Pok?mon to evolve except for me because I don?t want to be a Raichu, and stop starting ?from zero? too, that gets us to lose a league!? Like this you mean??

Reggie shook his head. ?No, show to him that you want to be stronger and protest against his ideas sometimes, if you want him to know about your ideas, then do it.?

?I?m not sure if I can do that...?

?You will, this is probably one of Ash?s many saying but, I believe in you Pikachu, do it.?

?...I?ll try,? Pikachu said looking at Reggie. ?I?ll show him what he needs to do! No more starting from zero! No more no evolutions! I?m a new Pikachu!?

Reggie smiled. ?Glad you understand Pikachu.?

?Thank you Reggie, that helped me a lot, now I need to try it and see what happens! But first! I need to defeat a greater menace!? He said and started to walk towards the Pok?mon Center with Reggie.

?The Subspace Army??

?...Chris, I?ll kill you one of these days...? Pikachu muttered to himself.

Preview of the next chapter

?Try number 27 Maylene!? Chris said. ?Play a little game of Tag with Lucario!?

?That won?t work either!? Squirtle said.

?Try number 28? Wash him??

?I don?t think so...? Red said.

...

?One day...I was going to die...? Chris said and they gasped.

?Really?? Maylene asked surprised.

...

?...AN IVYSAUR!!!? Red yelled surprised.

?DON?T LET HIM GET AWAY OR THE MISSION FAILS!? Pikachu said.

...

?The darkness can take easily the hearts of the weak ones...? Ganondorf said as he called Shadow Bugs.

?Weak hearts? One of them has a weak heart?? Wolf asked and Ganondorf nodded.

?Yes...and is...that girl...?

...

?Next time: How to get a Lucario to like you!? Reggie said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Viridian City
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo
, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Maylene, Lucario, Reggie, Riolu, Red, Squirtle
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on August 23, 2008, 12:18:44 PM
Filler is always fun. Good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 23, 2008, 12:30:53 PM
Chapter 69: How to get a Lucario to like you!

Viridian City
Pokémon Center

In a good mood for something new, our heroes awake inside the Pokémon Center of Viridian City where Red is excited for his first match in his first Gym battle while Chris, Maylene and Reggie, along with his Pokémon to join him and-

"WHAT ARE YOU DOING HERE?! GET OUT!" The author yelled angrily, using a bazooka to send the narrator away with a huge explosion.

"THE NARRATOR IS BLASTING OFF AGAI-" The narrator once again exploded.

"NO WAY YOU'RE GOING TO SAY THAT HERE!" The author said because he put a mine on him when he blasted off and activated it.

Back with our characters...

Red yawned a little after getting out of the Pokémon Center with Squirtle standing besides him with a smile.

"Alright! We're going to challenge our first Gym battle Squirtle, and we're going to win!" Red said excited.

"Oh, please, stop that!" Pikachu said, appearing from the center with blocked ears. "Do you know how old is that? It's way too cheesy for me!"

"...Sorry, I didn't knew that was overused...then what do I say then?"

"Hmm...say...hmm...oh! Say let's challenge the Gym Leader! At least that isn't that overused...or I think so..."

"...Let's challenge the Gym Leader!" Red said.

"Now that's more like it!"

Just then, Chris appeared from the center with Riolu on his arms, apparently, they were playing together. "Who's a cute Riolu? Who's a cute Riolu?"

"Me? Ri?" Riolu asked.

Chris put Riolu in front of him. "Yes! You got that right again!"

"Rii!" Riolu flailed her hands happily.

"Red, what are you doing earlier in the morning?"

"I'm going to challenge the Gym Leader of Viridian City, that's why I woke up early."

"...Er...Red...if I remember, the Gym is closed right now and will be closed for a loooooong time..."

Red laughed a little." Yeah yeah, what a good joke."

"No, seriously, it's closed!"

"Pfft, please," Red crossed his arms. "I've never heard of a Gym closed."

"It's because you're starting your adventure!"

Red walked ahead with his Squirtle. "Nah, it's open! Trust me!"

"...Are we going to follow him, Ri?" Riolu asked.

Chris nodded and sighed.

Viridian City's Gym

"LET ME ENTER!"

"NO! THE GYM LEADER IS NOT HERE!"

"BUT LET ME SEE!"

"NO!"

After arriving at the Gym, a stubborn old man was always turning Red away from the door of the building, while Chris watched from a bench with Riolu and Squirtle, what's more, it went for minutes as the novice trainer tried to enter.

"...I'm bored, Riii..." Riol said yawning.

"Won't that man get scared because we can talk?" Squirtle asked.

Chris shook his head. "Luckily for us, he's deaf, only by yelling he can hear."

"LET ME GO INSIDE!" Red yelled at the old man.

"I HAVE SAID, NO!"

While they were still arguing, Chris was tickling Riolu.

"Ririririririiii!" Riolu giggled a lot.

"You won't escape from the clutches of my magic little fingers!" Chris said playing.

"Riiiiiiiiiii!"

Squirtle turned his back to find Chris's Lucario standing in front of him. "When did you came here?" Squirtle asked.

"Since Chris began to tickle my sister." Lucario responded.

"Big brother, Ri!" Riolu escaped from the tickles assault and jumped to his brother to give him an embrace. "Good morning, Ri!"

Lucario rubbed his cheek with his sister and she did the same.

"You know, you're starting to get like the exact opposite of Maylene's Lucario mood." Chris pointed out.

And Maylene came walking with Reggie.

"...Er...Maylene, for what is the other black eye?" Squirtle asked.

"Try to wake up my Lucario in the morning and you will get this too..." Maylene said disappointed.

"At this rate, her Lucario will break her bones." Reggie said sweatdropping. "And what is Red doing?"

"Red has been trying to enter in the Gym, but that old man told him that the Gym Leader is not inside, but as stubborn as the old dude, Red didn't listened and wanted to enter." Squirtle explained to them.

"By the way, where are Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff?" Chris asked and mentioned Pokémon came from behind Lucario and her sister. "Where have you been?"

"A walk, just that." Pikachu said.

"And a visit to the park again!" Pichu said excited.

"Everyone is here but...I don't see our angry and grunt friend..." Chris said, narrowing his eyes at Maylene, who shook his head quickly and  took out a Pokeball.

"No way, I'm not going to call that beast outside just to punch me again!" She said.

"C'mon, there's a little chance that you'll get a punch by him." Reggie said, patting Maylene's back.

"...I'm really going to regret this soon...come on out!" Maylene threw her Pokeball in the air and her Lucario came out.

"Well, let's get start-"

"GRRRRRR!!!"

Just as soon as the angry Lucario came out, he instantly lunged at Maylene and the Gym Leader got the unluckyness of being inside a cloud of dust, and her being the target of fists, Force Palms and bites...wait, the last one is dangerous...

"HELP!" Maylene yelled from inside the dust.

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled at his still distracted Lucario. "GET THOSE 2 AWAY FROM EACH OTHER!"

His Lucario stopped rubbing his cheek with her sister and shook his head to return to reality and entered inside the dust, leaving her sister with Chris of course.

"Oh god...this day will be a long one..." Chris said ashamed, as he looked at the dust and Red and the old man.

Reggie crossed his arms behind his back. "Indeed." He said.

"Of course..." Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff replied.

"Riiiii..." Riolu said.

Route 2

Red couldn't enter inside the Gym (and the old man laughed for his victory) and decided to go to the next city, where a Gym Leader should be inside his Gym, however, there were different plans, with Chris and Maylene, they were going to try and get Maylene's Lucario to like her again, outside the battles that is, with Reggie and Red, they were going to search to find and capture the Charizard, with Pikachu, he was going with Reggie, Red and Squirtle, with Mewtwo, who teleported to them and began to search on his own, and for Pichu, Jigglypuff and Riolu, they decided to help Chris with his plan, "How to get a Lucario to like you".

"Alright, listen up...my all damaged friend..." Chris said to Maylene, who had 2 black eyes and a bandage on her forehead. "Seriously, that Lucario will someday kill you if he gets the chance."

Maylene looked down, both of them were sitting with the small Pokémon while the 2 Lucarios were meditating...far away from each other to not get in a fight. "...No, I'm sick of getting depressed."

"That's good, it will help, and now, let's begin with the first plan!"

First Plan

"Plan number 1! Talk with your own Pokémon!" Chris said.

"Isn't this plan number 2?" Pichu asked.

"Shut up, Pichu." Chris whispered. "The goal of this plan is simple, talk to your Pokémon and find a theme that will get him interested!"

"Like what?" Maylene asked.

"Who's the owner of the killer Pokémon?"

"...Me..."

"So, talk about his likes or something!"

Maylene looked at her Lucario walked to him. "...H-hey Lucario, do you want to talk with me?"

"Grrr..." Was her Lucario's response.

"It's no use, I'm getting him angry!" She shouted at Chris.

"Don't worry, press on!" Chris responded.

Maylene made a worried smile and looked again at her Aura Pokémon and sat next to him. "Do you want me to meditate with you like usual?"

"Grrr..." Was her Lucario's response again, and this time, he was a little annoyed.

"I'm getting worried now!" Maylene shouted.

"Just ignore his grunts!"

By gulping, Maylene got in meditation and began to stay silent. "(...It's working?...)" She thought.

"...It's working, Rii?" Riolu asked curiously.

"I hope so..." Chris said.

"Well, he hasn't started to punch her yet." Pichu said.

"Pichu!" Chris and Jigglypuff said angrily.

Maylene opened one eye to glance at her Lucario and closed it again. "(...I don't get it, I know that meditating is just to get calm, but how is this going to get my Lucario to like me?)"

"Oh no, she's going to mess it up, I'm getting that feeling..." Chris said.

And Maylene looked at Chris again. "Now what?"

"MAYLENE!" The others shouted before Maylene got attacked by her Lucario, inside a cloud of dust like the last time.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!" Maylene screamed from the cloud.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Her Lucario grunted while he continued to punch her like a maniac.

"LUCARIO!" Chris shouted to his Lucario.

"(I already predicted what is going to happen after these plans...)" Chris's Lucario thought while he entered inside the cloud to stop the attack.

Second Plan

"Geez, what kind of Pokémon is he? He got angry when you stopped meditating!" Jigglypuff said.

Maylene got another bandage, but on her right hand. "AAAAAAHHH! MY LUCARIO WILL NEVER LIKE ME AGAIN!" She cried.

"Don't say that, Rii!" Riolu tried to cheer her up, but then she was quickly embraced by Maylene and wagged her tail.

"How about if you become my new Pokémon?" Maylene asked.

"Ri?" Riolu asked, stopping to wag her tail.

Chris noticed that the angry Lucario heard that and glared at Riolu, then his Lucario glared at him. "Forget about that Maylene!"

"But why? She's so cuddly!" Maylene said.

"Riii!" Riolu responded happily.

"Don't support her!" Jigglypuff said.

The angry Lucario got angrier, and so did the other Lucario.

But the World Traveler took action and Riolu away from Maylene, ending the glares. "Sorry, but this Riolu will stay away from a trainer." He said, petting her head. "Plan number 2! Give him a hug!"

"...A hug?" Maylene, Pichu and Jigglypuff asked confused in unison.

"I'm never going to give my Lucario a hug, for 2 reasons, 1, did you forget about the spike on his chest? And 2, hello to the cemetery." Maylene said.

"Maylene, I'm aware of that, I hug my Lucario with the precaution to stay away from his spike, just hug him by any side!" Chris said.

"But what if my Lucario gets angry that he already is?"

"If we do this later, it'll be worse."

Maylene got up and walked again to her Lucario. "...I want to see an example first!" She shouted.

"Okay..." Chris walked to his Lucario and gave him a hug from his left side. "Have I ever told you that you're my favorite Pokémon?" He asked and Lucario growled happily.

"(...Now this will work for sure...)" Maylene hugged her Lucario by his right side. "I love you, Lucario."

Everyone stayed silent for a moment, not for what Maylene said, since she was a girl and said that just like friends, because her Lucario didn't responded at her appreciation.

"(...Worst thing that could happen is Lucario saying that he loves her...but I mean LOVE...)" Chris thought preocupied.

"...Do you want to say anything?" Maylene asked.

"...Yes..." Her Lucario responded and Maylene quickly smiled.

"What?" She asked.

Her Lucario got up and the aura started to engulf his hands. "...DON'T...INTERRUPT...MY MEDITATION! GGGGGGGGUUUUUAARRRRRGGGGGGGGGGG!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Maylene screamed and ran away at high speed, but her Lucario was faster than her and they heard a lot of punches.

And Chris's Lucario already went to stop both of them as Chris frowned to himself and smacked his head in a nearby tree. "WHY THIS KEEPS HAPPENNING?!" He asked, yelling.

Meanwhile, with Red, Reggie, Squirtle and Pikachu...

"Tell me you're lying..." Red repeated.

"No, I'm not lying." Reggied responded.

"Seriously, you have to be lying now!" Pikachu said.

"I'm not! This is a solution!"

If you were wondering, they were disguised as Charizards, but Pikachu was a Charmander.

"Reggie, I know this is not going to work!" Red said inside the Charizard costume. "And where did you got these costumes?"

"Believe me, most of these things are coveniently scattered around." Pikachu said sweatdropping. "You can find a 5-star costume close to Cerulean City too."

"And why do I have to be dressed as a Bulbasaur?" Squirtle asked, because he was wearing a Bulbasaur costume, but in 2 legs.

"Sorry, couldn't find another Charmander costume, besides, it fits you perfectly." Reggie responded.

"But it itches!" The Water Pokémon complained, scratching his neck.

"Anyway!" Reggie began. "If you want to find a Charizard, you first need to be one!"

"I'm starting to wonder how did you get all those badges Maylene told me about..." Red wondered.

"Trust me Red, this always works."

"Chances are he's telling the truth, it's a cliché." Pikachu whispered to Squirtle.

"Second, we need to act like Charizards, by putting our hands, or claws, like this." Reggie put his hands like he wanted to grab something, and Red did the same. "Now, the next thing is, roar."

"...Roar?" Red asked confused. "Please, you've got to be kidding me..."

Reggie started to roar and Pikachu and Red didn't had any choice but to do the same, except for Squirtle, who kept walking around and scratching all the parts he could reach.

"I'm getting bored!" Squirtle said annoyed.

"Yeah, this is not working Reggie!" Red tapped Reggie's shoulder, and he turned to him and tilted his head. "Now you're going to tell me that I need to be confused at the whole situation?"

Reggie kept his position. "What's wrong with Reggie?" Squirtle asked.

"I don't know, he doesn't talk anymore!" Pikachu said.

"Hey guys, what are you doing?" Reggie asked, appearing from behind them.

"Reggie, do something about Reggie, he doesn't respond to us!" Red said and did a double-take. "Wait, what are doing here if you're there?"

"I went to the bathroom." Reggie responded, glancing at the other Reggie. "You won't believe that there was a bathroom close to us, how convenient!"

"Wait, if Reggie is here, but Reggie is right over here, then who's the first Reggie?" Pikachu asked before he jumped to Reggie and opened the mouth to find 4 sharp fangs and a tongue. "...Guys..."

"...He is not Reggie, right?" Squirtle, the Bulbasaur, asked.

"I'm over here!" Reggie reminded them.

Red glanced behind the back of the first Reggie and saw the tail with a flame and gasped. "THIS IS THE CHARIZARD WE WERE LOOKING FOR!" He said and Pikachu jumped from Charizard.

The Charizard didn't do anything and he just stood there, glancing at them. "...Why he doesn't attacks us?" Pikachu asked.

"Probably because we're still wearing the costumes." Reggie responded.

"What?! You mean this Charizard is as stupid as Ash doesn't realizes he talks with Team Rocket every day?!" Pikachu asked annoyed.

"...Looks like it..."

Pikachu threw his hands up. "Great, everyone in the whole universe is stupid."

Charizard glared at Squirtle, who was a Bulbasaur. "...Hey there..." Squirtle responded chuckling a little and Charizard stomped his foot on the earth. "Is that some kind of form to say we're friends?" He asked sweating.

"Yes, and those flames gathering on his mouth are clearly the flames of "I want to stay with you!", and then, he will probably get you inside his stomach which it's his room." Pikachu said sarcastically.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:38:22 PM
Thanks for including my rule in you fan-fiction!

And can the Metroid Arc be in Metroid Prime 3: Corruption?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 23, 2008, 12:44:24 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:38:22 PM
Thanks for including my rule in you fan-fiction!

And can the Metroid Arc be in Metroid Prime 3: Corruption?
...Since when did you were this happy?

And yes, but the 2 will be the next one...just wait, I have something bigger in hands after this arc.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:48:47 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on August 23, 2008, 12:44:24 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:38:22 PM
Thanks for including my rule in you fan-fiction!

And can the Metroid Arc be in Metroid Prime 3: Corruption?
...Since when did you were this happy?

And yes, but the 2 will be the next one...just wait, I have something bigger in hands after this arc.

I'm happy, not ecstatic or jumping for joy.

And what do you mean by "the 2"?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Filler Chapter)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 23, 2008, 01:26:33 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:48:47 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on August 23, 2008, 12:44:24 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:38:22 PM
Thanks for including my rule in you fan-fiction!

And can the Metroid Arc be in Metroid Prime 3: Corruption?
...Since when did you were this happy?

And yes, but the 2 will be the next one...just wait, I have something bigger in hands after this arc.

I'm happy, not ecstatic or jumping for joy.

And what do you mean by "the 2"?
Echoes.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 23, 2008, 04:03:59 PM
"In english, RUN AWAY!" Red shouted at the top of his lungs and Squirtle sprinted away while Charizard chased after him while he roared. "...Wait! That's my only Pokémon! Come back here!"

Those words are clearly a statement that he chased after the 2 Pokémon.

Reggie looked at Pikachu, who was pulling his fake wing. "Shouldn't we chase them down too?"

"Er, right! Follow them!" Reggie said shaking his head and both went after the 3.

Behind the bushes, however, King Dedede, Wolf and Ganondorf appeared.

"Why do we always have to be hiding behind bushes?" Wolf asked.

"It's the main villain's first place to hide," King Dedede said. "Now, anyone has a plan to convince dat stubborn dragon? Not like the furry's plan?" Dedede looked below him to see a claw about to cut his throat and back stepped from it, scared. "YIKES!"

"I'm not a furry, remember that." Wolf said glaring at Dedede.

"Quiet you 2," Ganondorf said. "First, we have to wait for the exact moment to ask him, or in this case, capture him when they fail to do so."

"That's why we're gonna follow them in secret, right?" Wolf asked.

"Just like that, nothing simplier can be thought about." Ganondorf said smirking.

"Well, what the hell are we waitin' for?" Dedede asked as he snuck his way through the bushes, Wolf just frowned because the penguin was way bigger than the bushes themselves but followed him with Ganondorf.

"HEY! DON'T BURN ME!" Squirtle pleaded for mercy, becoming numb to the itching sensation he was getting from the costume. "REEEEED!"

"I'm coming just behind him! AH!" Red did something unexpected and jumped and grabbed Charizard's throat, Charizard didn't liked what the other "Charizard" did and he rose up to the sky, then Red glanced down. "HEY! TAKE ME DOWN, YOU FREAK!"

Red's face was seen from Charizard's view and the dragon turned his head and gasped a little. "OH, COME ON, IT WAS PRETTY OBVIOUS!" Red yelled before noticing that an evily smirk appeared on Charizard and gulped, what was the Charizard going to do was probably something really bad for Red.

What he did was to go crazy, flying in the air to make Red to puke, the plan of the dragon was working, Red's face became green...heheh...colors...

"I'm not feeling so good..." Red said weakly.

Then Charizard grabbed Red and flew high into the air, the trainer didn't wanted to scream or else he was going to puke, Charizard stopped in the air and threw Red at high speed towards another direction, but the trainer didn't yelled and Reggie, Squirtle and Pikachu watched him getting away before running after him, thus forgetting about catching Charizard until later.

Charizard landed on the grass, smirking like a total idiot before walking away, however, on his path, he stepped right inside a trap and was captured inside a cage, the dragon began to get furious and started to use Flamethrower on the steel bars to get away, but it didn't worked and he used Rock Smash, unfortunately, all what he received was a bump on his head and roared furiously after that, demanding to see who captured him.

"I'm gonna guess you're gonna say" Play time's over" again." Dedede asked with a grin while his 2 other companions appeared, walking towards the cage with Charizard inside.

Charizard roared furiously. "Settle down, you dragon," Ganondorf began. "We're not here to capture you."

Charizard got a little confused and decided to listen at the words of his captors. "Aren't you a good dragon?" Wolf joked, making Charizard to grunt a little. "I assume you want to hear what are we going to do with you, right?" Charizard nodded with a glare. "Very well, but first, eat this device."

Charizard took the device from Wolf and he swallowed it, before coughing. "Wh-what the hell did you just gave me?... What the?! I can talk like you?!" Charizard asked surprised.

"Correct my friend, the device you just ate was a translator, it helps you to talk normally like many do." Ganondorf explained to him.

"Okay, I heard something not annoying, now, GET ME OUT OF THIS THING!" Charizard asked, roaring furiously.

"Calm down, if I were to tell you that you could get an absolute power, would you listen to my words?"

Charizard stopped roaring and crossed his arms. "Absolute power? Ha! Now you're kidding there! I'm already powerful!"

Dedede laughed. "And still, you can't escape from that cage."

"...You got a point there...WAIT! LET ME OUT!"

"Absolute power, remember?" Wolf asked with a smirk.

"...Fine, fine, how can I get that absolute power, thingy, you're talking about?"

"That is simple, the only way to get that is to join us, the Subspace Army, and once you accompany us to our leader, you will get what you seek." Ganondorf explained to him.

"The guy with the funny way to talk is weird...but it does makes sense to me...maybe..." Charizard thought for a moment. "But, I like to mess around with that stupid trainer and his Squirtle..."

"And you will do it forever, there will be more idiots to mess around, including the trainer."

"...Sounds good to me then, alright, you got a deal, AND GET ME OUT OF THIS THING!"

Wolf simply walked to the cage and grabbed 2 bars, then, for Charizard's surprise, Wolf bended both bars with 4 other bars, making a way to let Charizard get out.

"How did you..." Charizard asked.

"Absolute power." Wolf responded smirking, while Ganondrof explained all the things Charizard needed to know, leaving Wolf to talk with Dedede. "I can't believe your plan worked..."

"The enforced bar cage with 6 weak bars has never failed to me." King Dedede whispered to him.

"Are we done here yet?"

"Nah, the green dude said we were going to capture another creature like the dragon."

Wolf frowned at this. "More nuisances to tolerate..."

Back with Maylene and Chris...

Ninth Plan

By the time they got to plan number 9, Maylene was really beaten up, but nevertheless, she never gave up.

...Which was a very bad decision for her own sake...

Chris was shown covering his forehead with his right hand and frowning. "I still can't believe you can survive through all the things he has done to you..."

"It's 'cuz I'm strong!" Maylene responded stupidly, all the damage she has received was really bad to her own self.

"Ugh, Pichu, use Thunder Shock on her again."

"Will do!" Pichu responded, zapping Maylene to return her to her senses.

"Moving on, plan number 9 Maylene!... What's that thing in the sky?"

"I need to ask him that?" Maylene asked confused.

At that moment, both Lucarios's appendages spreaded a little and glanced at the sky. "It's Red." Chris's Lucario pointed out.

"And it's heading towards..." Chris looked at Maylene. "Maylene..."

"Hey, why is his face all green?" Jigglypuf asked confused.

"Red! You're going to crash in me! Change directions!" Maylene shouted.

"Another Thundershock?" Pichu suggested.

"BLUUUUUUUUAAAARRGGGGHHHH!!!" It was not long before they heard someone puking in the sky and...

...Well, you know what happened next...

10 minutes later...

Chris's Lucario was able to find a lake close to their location, and Maylene got out from the water and dried her hair with a towel Reggie gave her.

"Red, I'm seriously mad at you for what you did a while ago!" Maylene said angrily to Red.

"I-I'm sorry, but that stupid Charizard flew like crazy in the air and threw me towards you!" Red said on his defense.

"He is telling the truth Maylene, Charizard knew how to mess around with Red." Reggie said.

"What?! Charizard was using me as a toy then?"

"Obviously, if he did that, he's a bully." Jigglypuff said.

"Wait, I haven't seen Mewtwo for a while..." Chris said, just then, Mewtwo teleported to them. "Mewtwo! Did you find Charizard?"

Mewtwo shook his head. "No, I have bad news, they managed to capture Charizard."

At this moment, Red kicked a rock, and jumped grabbing his foot from the damage. "DAMIT! THINGS COULDN'T GET MUCH WORSER!"

Maylene sighed. "They are, I have been trying to get my Lucario to like me, so far, I got myself a new scar on my hand." She showed Red and scar she recently got.

"...Oookay...things are getting worser then..."

"Do you know what are they going to do next?" Reggie asked to Mewtwo.

"I do, their next move is to find an Ivysaur in the Viridian Forest." Mewtwo explained to them.

"An Ivysaur?! Now they want an Ivysaur?! No way, I'm getting an Ivysaur first before them!" Red proclaimed angrily. "Now, where is the Viridian Forest?!"

"Here." Chris's Lucario responded, pointing to a sign with:

Welcome to Viridian Forest, beware of the Bug Pokémon! (...)

Viridian Forest

"...Well, that was fast." Squirtle said.

Pichu examined the sign closer and found something. "Hey, there's something written on it..." He said.

"What does it says?" Reggie asked.

"It says..."

(Gary was here, Red is a loser.)

"I'M GONNA KILL THAT GUY WHEN I SEE HIM!" Red yelled angrily before running inside the forest to find the Ivysaur.

And the others sighed in unison before following the trainer with the stubborn personality, when they catched up with Red, Chris decided to continue with his plan.

13th Plan

"Plan number 13!" Chris said proudly.

"You skipped 4 other plans!" Pichu pointed out.

"Shut up, Pichu!" Chris whispered angrily. "Now for our next step, Maylene, this time, you're going to give Lucario...hmm...this!" He took out a Sitrus Berry that he found laying below a tree of berries.

Maylene took the berry. "A Sitrus Berry? Well, he hasn't eat something in hours so..." She walked right to her Lucario, who was walking alongside everyone else. "Lucario, do you want to eat something?"

"Hmm... I'm not hungry now." Her Lucario responded, crossing his arms before his stomach grumbled.

The odd thing was that he glared at his own stomach...

Maylene chuckled a little bit. "You have to eat to stay healthy, now eat."

And for the first time, the plan was working, her Lucario blushed a little bit and took the berry slowly and began to eat it.

"..." Maylene walked towards Chris. "It worked! Look, he's blushing!"

"Working! Working! Working! Rii!" Riolu repeated happily.

"It is really working! I can't believe it, Maylene, we got him now where we wanted, let's move on to the next plan!" Chris said excited.

15th Plan

"Plan number 18!"

"It's the 15th, actually..." Pichu pointed out.

"Shut up, Pichu!" Same person whispered angrily. "Okay, we're going to get help from everyone else...and the first person is..." He grabbed Riolu. "Our favorite Emanation, cute and young Pokémon, Riolu!"

"Riiiii!" Riolu said very happily.

"That's right! She will be the perfect starter for our next plan, called, "Jealous." Chris said a little darkly.

"Jealous?" Maylene repeated confused.

"You see, I used my mind when you hugged her and got the attention of our target, then, I thought cuddling Riolu was the only way to draw his attention!"

Riolu began to think and her eyes were filling with tears. "I don't want to die, Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!"

"Grrrrr." Chris's Lucario's response, making Chris to sweatdrop.

"D-d-d-don't worry, nothing bad is going to happen to her, I swear! If something does happens to her...well...you can...I don't know! Riolu, don't worry, everything is going to be fine, I promise!"

"You promise, Riii?"

Chris hugged Riolu tightly. "Of course! You're my favorite young Pokémon! I'll never think about putting you in danger!"

"Riiii! Everyone likes me, Riiii!" Riolu responded, wiping her tears and smiling, then Chris gave her to Maylene.

"Walk nearby your Lucario and say a lot of good things to Riolu, but do it until he gets angry because he doesn't receives the same appreciation an-"

"What about me, Rii?"

"When he walks towards you, throw Riolu to me and start to rub his head and say a lot of good things then!"

This time, Maylene thought it was going to work, so she and Riolu walked nearby the angry Lucario. "Riolu! Riolu! Riolu! I really like your name! Riolu! Riolu! Riolu! You're my favorite Pokémon! Riolu! Riolu! Riolu!"

"Ri! Ri! Ri! Ri! Riiiii!!!" Riolu sang along Maylene, being happy again, of course.

Maylene threw Riolu slightly in front of her like a baby. "Look! You're flying! Now you're a Fighting type and a Flying type!"

"Riiiii!!!" Riolu said happily.

"...Grrr..."

Maylene narrowed her eyes at her Lucario, then she looked at Riolu. "You know Riolu, I was thinking if you could be my newest Pokémon on the Gym! I'm sure you would be perfect for the lastest but important spot of my team!"

Riolu's eyes beamed with glee. "Really? Ri?"

Maylene nodded with a smile. "Of course! You're going to be my soon-to-be shiny, Aura Pokémon!"

"GRRRRRRRR!!!"

"RIIIIIIIIIII!!!" Riolu cried because Maylene's Lucario charged towards her, showing his fangs.

"(NOW!)" Maylene yelled inside her mind and she quickly sent Riolu towards Chris, who catched her in time and hugged her tightly and Maylene quickly turned her back and embraced her Lucario. "Forget what I said before, you're still my Aura Pokémon!"

"Grrrrr..."

"(His grunt this time isn't directed towards me, but he didn't punched me either, it's working!) I'm so happy Lucario!"

"...Hmph..."

Reggie walked towards Chris. "Looks like it's working now."

"Of course!" Chris noticed that Riolu was crying a little. "Don't cry Riolu, you helped a lot on this plan...I better stop saying "a lot" a lot now..." His right eye twitched, but Riolu was wagging her tail. "You're still cute and cuddly!" And he received more odd stares from Red and Squirtle. "...What? I like cute things!"

19th Plan

"Plan number 19!"

"Now is fine!" Pichu said.

"Shut up, Pichu!" He whispered angrily. "Our next move is to...talk to Mewtwo about a match, but tell him you're going to use another Pokémon instead of Lucario, that will attract his attention, and when that happens, call whatever Pokémon you're going to use back!"

Maylene called her Machoke out. "You mean Machoke?"

"Ma-choke!" Machoke said, flexing his muscles.

"Perfect! Now go and talk to Mewtwo!" Chris said.

"Right!" Maylene and her Machoke walked towards Mewtwo. "Mewtwo, I was wondering if you wanted to have a match with me..."

"(Mewtwo, tell her this.)" Chris said telepathically, trying to call Mewtwo who got the call and nodded, crossing his arms.

"No, Fighting type Pokémon are weak against me." Mewtwo responded bluntly, then, Maylene's Lucario glanced at him and narrowed his eyes.

"Oh, come on! I'll show you how strong the Fighting type Pokémon are! My strongest Pokémon of my team is..." She narrowed her eyes at her Lucario, then she glanced at Machoke. "Machoke!"

"Choke! Ma-choke!" Machoke responded crossing his arms.

"Grrr..."

Machoke felt a scary feeling on his back, but shook his head and narrowed his eyes at Mewtwo. "So, what do you say?" Maylene asked with a grin.

"I told you, he is not a worthy opponent." Mewtwo responded bluntly.

Maylene told Machoke to approach his ear at her. "I know you can cut down that tree, but I need you to look weak to him, don't worry, I'll think about adding more weights to your routine."

"Machoke!" Machoke responded nodding in agreedment.

"Okay! I'm gonna show you power! Machoke, cut down that tree!"

"Choke!" Machoke ran towards the tree Maylene told him to cut down and he prepared his fist to break it. "...Ma?" A cloud with Maylene on it appeared above him.

"Remember, there's no way a Machoke can evolve into Machamp without trading him...or her." The Maylene of the cloud said and Machoke shook his head, to find what Maylene told him to do. "My greatest Gym Leader to fight with Fighting type Pokémon is Chuck!" Again, he shook his head. "My love interest is Bruno!" She giggled and blushed. "Or was it Brawly? Heheheh!" More giggles, but then, she got out of the cloud and smacked his head. "Hey! Remember! I know you can cut down that tree, but I need you to look weak to him, don't worry, I'll think about adding more weights to your routine...routine...routine...routine...routine...routine...routine...routine...do I really need to repeat it in these moments? Moments? Moments? Moments? Moments? Moments? Moments? Moments?" The cloud with Maylene disappeared and Machoke hit the tree...weakly and faked to have been injured.

Maylene gasped (by faking it, of course) and put her hands on her cheeks. "Oh no! I don't have a strong Pokémon to cut down a single one tree?! This is so bad!"

"You're a failure." Mewtwo said.

Maylene opened her hand at the sun, trying to sound like a poet. "Is there a strong, Fighting type Pokémon, preferably blue, yellow, black with spikes and red, menacing eyes?" Chris smacked his forehead at this statement. "That can break a tree or 2?"

"GUUUUUUUAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" Her Lucario roared furiously and thrusted his glowing fists into the tree, and cut it down.

"Alright!" Maylene called her Machoke back. "Now what do you think Mewtwo?"

"Hmm..." Mewtwo began to talk to Maylene for a while and Pikachu sighed in relief.

"Everything is going as planned." Pikachu said.

They heard a loud sound coming from behind them, unfortunately, Maylene's Lucario was showing off his strength by breaking down more trees. "DEFORESTATION!" Jigglypuff screamed terrorized before noticing that a tree was going to crush them.

"AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris, Riolu, Red, Reggie, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff and Squirtle screamed in horror and blocked their faces.

Just before the tree could hit them, however, Chris unblocked his face and looked at his Lucario carrying the tree above him without problems. "Thank goodness Lucario!" He hugged his Lucario from behind. "You're a really a hero with that brute force!"

His Lucario growled happily and threw the tree away from them. "Big brother! You're so strong, Riii!" Riolu hugged her brother too, growling a little.

However after that plan, his plans were starting to go downhill...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 23, 2008, 09:04:19 PM
They were sitting in a circle, without the 2 Lucarios and Mewtwo. "Plan number 23? Dress him up?" Chris suggested.

"I'm not like all the girls out there!" Maylene protested.

"Plan number 24? Play a wrestling match with him?"

"Maylene's gonna die then." Pikachu said.

"And I know you didn't do that with your Lucario either." Maylene said.

"(She's sharp.) Plan number 25? ...Hmm...give him coffee!"

"How is that going to work?" Reggie asked.

"That will only get him more energetic and ready to kill Maylene!" Pikachu said.

"Plan number 26? Tell him a joke!"

"He never laughs, I tried one time and he got angry." Maylene said.

"And that will kill her too!" Pikachu said.

"...Okay, stop with telling what will kill her, now." Red said.

"Try number 27 Maylene!" Chris said. "Play a little game of Tag with Lucario!"

"That won't work either!" Squirtle said.

"Try number 28? Wash him?"

"I don't think so..." Red said.

Maylene got up and walked towards her Lucario, making Chris to gasp. "No! You're going to get-"

"Killed!" Pikachu added quickly and Chris glared at him.

"Lucario?"

Her Lucario opened one eye. "Yes? What do you want?"

"I was wondering if you...still...like me..."

"Why are you asking me that now?"

Maylene made a fist and closed her eyes. "Because ever since Ash left, you have been treating me like you were a bully or something! I want you to stop, please! That really hurts me! I'm starting to think you don't like me anymore!"

"...And?"

"What do you mean "and"? Please, I want to know if you like me or not!"

"...Do you want to know now?"

"Yes! It's going to ease my pain!"

"Then...Maylene..." He stayed silent for a moment and Maylene got preocupied. "I...personally...hate you..."

"WHAT?!" Everyone asked in unison surprised.

"Wh-what do you mean you hate me?!" Maylene asked while tears started to appear on her eyes.

"You're not assuming your position as a Gym Leader anymore, I thought that was your dream, but after seeing your last battles...you have lost your spirit..."

"My spirit?!"

"Yes, I'm starting to think about leaving you."

"THAT'S IT! YOU'RE SOOOO GOING DOWN NOW!" Chris lunged at Maylene's Lucario and both started to fight.

Unfortunately, Chris was defeated by just one punch. "Oww...ouch...oww...this is what I get for trying to win a fight against a Lucario...oww..." He moaned in pain.

"Lucario! You...you don't mean it! I swear I'm going to do my best again!" Maylene said crying.

"And you'll lost the spirit again, I can't tolerate that anymore." Her Lucario said, glaring at her.

"Now you're saying stupid things!" Pikachu said angrily. "She will do it! You have faith on her!"

Maylene's Lucario shook his head. "I'm leaving now..."

Maylene grabbed her leg. "NO! DON'T LEAVE ME!"

"Lucario, you're starting to have a bad reason to leave her, I order you to stay with her and decide whether you should leave her or not." Reggie said calmly.

Mewtwo put a hand on his shoulder, but he received a grunt. "Listen to them, I once was manipulated by my own rage that it blinded me from the truth."

"Grrr..."

"Thirsty for a fight, I presume...but for now, you should stay a little longer and make a decision."

Chris raised a finger from the grass. "Do it!"

"..." Maylene's Lucario kicked her away from him and got in meditation, but Maylene sighed and looked down sadly.

The World Traveler got up and dusted off his green clothes (if you forgot, he was still using the Swordsman job) and walked and sat next to Maylene. "I'm sorry Maylene, all our tries were all in vain..."

Maylene shook his head and wiped out her tears. "No...it's okay...it was fun while it lasted...I guess my Lucario will never be like your calm and peaceful Lucario..."

"...Who said my Lucario is calm and peaceful?"

"What?"

"There was a time when my Lucario got furious and enraged for something, it had to do something with me, but that left a serious and emotional memory on my mind..."

"Big brother was furious? Ri?" Riolu asked, sitting on his lap.

"Yes...but...if you want to hear that event..."

"No! If that was painful, then don't try to remember it!" Maylene said.

"...I must tell that or all of you are going to be bothered later..."

His Lucario sat next to him. "Chris, don't do that, is not necessary..."

"One day...I was going to die..." Chris said and they gasped.

"Really?" Maylene asked surprised.

He slowly nodded, embracing his legs. "Yes...I was never terrified like that again...forutnately..."

Flashback

Real World

Chris's House
Chris's Room

"It's getting away! Don't let him escape or else!"

"I'm on it! Keep doing your part while I finish him!"

"Oh no, he's spreading all those orange explosives! They're like 20!"

"Now?"

"Yes! Draw a star!"

"Understood!"

"..."

"..."

"...LET'S USE IT BEFORE IT WEARS OFF!"

BANG!

"The Stigma has been erradicated!"

Chris jumped with joy after receiving an S rank for their cooperation in the operation. "We did it! We cleared this mission with an S rank! Thank you so much Lucario!"

"Our movements were fully syncronized, I'm amazed by your quick-thinking." Lucario remarked and received a hug.

"Oh yes, with you on my side, we can't lose without winning with a perfect score!"

"...You know this is the Easy difficulty right?"

"...God, we're pathetic..." Both started to laugh heartily after this and they looked at the clock. "It's 11:00 already?"

"We have been playing this game for 5 hours straight." Lucario pointed out.

Chris yawned and turned off the console. "Okay, let's continue tomorrow since it's Saturday, meaning no school and fortunately, all my homework is ready too."

Lucario yawned, showing his fangs for a second. "If you say so..."

Both of them got in the bed and fell asleep, but after an hour, Chris felt fur touching his face and opened his eyes to look up to find a happy Lucario sleeping deeply. "...Lucario?..." Lucario snored a little. "...Lucario?..."

"Urgh...yes?"

"Can you tell me why is my head...under your arm and touching your furry yellow chest?"

"I wanted to have you closer to me."

"...Okay, that's just creepy..."

"...I'm not that kind of people and you know it..."

"Well, that's true...you can release me anytime now..."

"No."

"NOW!"

Lucario embraced him tightly. "I don't want to! I'm feeling happy for at least faking a situation to protect you!"

"Protect me? Faking it?"

"Yes, please, let me do it for this night! Just once!"

"...Can I ask you a question first?"

"Fine."

"Are you going to protect me and not never leave my side forever?"

Lucario rubbed his cheek with his head. "You're the only person in the whole world to live with that will not run away and accept my presence."

Chris leaned his head to his chest. "Lucario! Of course I'll accept for what you are!"

"Master!"

"AHEM."

"I mean, Chris!"

"That's more like it, and yes, you can do this for this night!" Lucario got too far and used his brute force to embrace him tightly. "But...don't...get...too...far...either!"

Lucario gasped and blushed a little. "Sorry..."

Chris inhaled air quickly. "Phew...okay, but first, let me go to the bathroom."

The Aura Pokémon nodded and Chris walked towards the bathroom in the farthest point of the house, Lucario decided to rest and wait for him to get done.

But as soon as he was going to sleep, a loud sound was heard like a window breaking and his appendages spreaded a little bit and growled silently. "Grrrrrrr...I sense another person inside the house...and his aura is red..." His eyes glowed brightly and he closed them, the person that got inside the house looked around his surroundings and hid behind a wall because the person found light coming from a door. "Why is he hiding behind the wall? It's something wrong there?... Wait, the door...is where..." Another figure got out from the room and the person quickly grabbed him by the back and blocked his mouth. "IS WHERE CHRIS IS!" Lucario grunted in rage and got out quickly from the bed, then he ran at high speed to the living room where the person was menacing Chris with a knife close to his throat.

Living Room

"Now kid, tell me where is the fortune!" The person was a thief that wanted to steal the money that Chris has gotten from his parents, and since he was living alone with Lucario in a big house, the money should be a fortune.

"HMHMMMMMHMHMHHM!!! (I'M NOT A KID! GET OFF ME OR ELSE!!!)" Chris said under his glove.

"Not the helpful kind, aren't you?" The thief approached the knife closer to his throat and Chris's eyes shrunk in fear, just then, Lucario came from the other side and glared at the thief. "W-WHAT IS THAT?! A MONSTER?!"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted in pure rage and walked slowly towards the thief.

"S-S-STAY AWAY! OR THIS KID WILL PAY THE PRICE WITH HIS LIFE!"

Chris trembled in fear and he began to cry loudly under the hand, the cries sounded like whimpers, which made Lucario to back away.

"O-O-OKAY, STAY THERE AND DON'T DO ANYTHING!... What's this water coming from my glove?... YUCK!" Chris decided to spit out saliva from his mouth and run towards Lucario after the thief released him, but he didn't liked what Chris did to him and took his knife from the floor. "Y-YOU INSOLENT KID! DIE!" The thief threw the knife directed towards Chris's head and he turned his back and screamed loudly to try to resist the attack.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHH!!!" Lucario quickly used Extremespeed to appear on the way of the knife and he punched it on its tip, breaking with a fist charged with aura and he looked behind him where Chris was sitting on the floor, crying and hugging his legs in terror. "Chris...nothing bad happened...don't worry..."

"Aha...aha..." Chris didn't listened and he continued to cry.

"Are you going to protect me and not never leave my side forever?"

Lucario rubbed his cheek with his head. "You're the only person in the whole world to live with that will not run away and accept my presence."

Chris leaned his head to his chest. "Lucario! Of course I'll accept for what you are!"

"Master!"


Lucario felt a sudden feeling of his own blood boiling inside him, his pupils shrunk but not in the same way of someone surprised, but rather it made him to look menacing than before like a beast, he slowly showed his fangs in fury and his aura started to cover his whole body, his appendages spreaded like the last time and his eyes shone brightly, when he made his hands fists, the sound of something cracking was made and the floor below him crumbled like a wave hit it, the thief backed away to the wall and looked quickly for a way to escape, then he remembered that he got inside by the terrace and decided to run towards it.

But as soon as he was going to get out, he noticed that Lucario was holding his neck and lifted him above the floor.

"HOW DARE YOU...HOW DARE YOU TO TRY TO HURT AND MAKE MY MASTER TO CRY?!?!?!?!?!" Lucario asked enraged by the actions of the thief.

"N-NO! P-PLEASE! DON'T KILL ME! I'M INNOCENT! I'M INNOCENT!" The thief pleaded for mercy but Lucario didn't listened and approached his face with the thief's and roared furiously. "NO!"

"GUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!" Lucario turned his back and slammed the thief on the floor with extreme force, the thief's back suddenly made a sound like it broke, then Lucario raised his fist in the air and charged it with all the aura of his body, before hitting the thief where his heart was, but something happened...

...Lucario's fist crossed the skin, flesh, bones and went crossing to the other side of the thief and punched the floor, creating a tremble, Chris watched terrified from far away and Lucario raised the now dead body of the assassin to the air, where he made the hole and the blood began to pour down his arm, Lucario looked outside where the thief came from and he roared enraged and threw the thief with all his forces to somewhere in the distance, his power full, his rage and fury pushed it to the max level.

The aura around him disappeared, his eyes stopped glowing and his appendages lowered slowly to their original position, then, he turned his back and walked slowly where Chris was crying, he kneeled to him and offered to carry him back to the bed. "Let's go..."

"S-STAY AWAY FROM ME!"

Lucario blinked confused. "W-why?"

"Y-YOUR HAND...YOUR HAND IS COVERED IN BLOOD!"

Lucario quickly looked at his right hand and gasped, his whole arm was now covered in a bloody red color, even his spike looked like it crossed something, his eyes twitched in horror and his mouth was trembling a little.

"I...I don't want to...I DON'T WANT TO BE TOUCHED BY BLOOD! IT SCARES ME!" And then, he began to cry loudly and Lucario closed his eyes in shame and walked away from him, he looked at what he did, there was still blood filling the cracks his force made and the trail of blood didn't ended there because when he threw the body outside, the blood made a trail from the room to where the thief's body went far in the distance...

That night, Lucario felt a godly-like power...but it scared Chris in the process...

The next day...

Chris's Room

The soon-to-be World Traveler didn't felt well in the morning, he wasn't able to sleep and Lucario was busy fixing all the things he broke, including the blood in the living room and to make sure nobody suspects about where it came from outside, because he woke up earlier and hid the blood outside by spreading ground on it.

Lucario quickly appeared using Extremespeed, knelt to Chris, who was in the bed. "The blood it's gone and all the damage has been repaired." He said bowing his head.

"G-good..." Chris responded trembling and Lucario sat next to him.

"Are you feeling well?"

"N-no...I'm never going to get over it...never..."

"I'm sorry...I...I was so furious yesterday...and I-"

"We interrupt your usual program schedule for breaking news in the morning." Chris was watching another episode of Pokémon to try and forget about yesterday's event but it got suddenly interrupted by the TV news. "We got a report of the mysterious thief AKA the silent robber, who has been found dead near the district. Apparently, reports indicate that his heart was crushed and was destroyed by a strong impact that went crossing the other side of his body, no signs of bullets were found in the research, but the scientists assume it was another force, a superhuman force." The reporter chuckled at this. "Of course, this is obviously a joke, nothing like something or someone with superhuman force is impossible to exist, however, there was no sign of clues and we couldn't find the source either, however, families will be safe for now and things will get calmer and peaceful once again, more at 12:00 AM." The news ended and the program continued where it left.

Chris only hid his face on his pillow and began to cry, the Aura Pokémon only embraced his trainer and rubbed his back to calm him down, after that, he sniffed and his own tears fell on Chris and they continued for minutes, trying to forget what happened.

End of flashback

"After that, Lucario explained to me that he was furious to lose me, but also, he was crying deep inside and a sudden power took over him and...he killed that thief...with his own hands..." Chris said, ending his narration and tears began to appear on his eyes. "I was really scared...his usual behavior wasn't like this time, he was a beast...a beast full of-"

"Fury." Mewtwo finished.

"...Yes..."

His Lucario embraced him tightly. "But you're still living because I protected you."

"And I should be happy for that...but...Lucario! Don't leave my side, I don't want to be alone anymore!"

"I won't, Master."

"Please don't ruin it with that." Chris frowned at this.

"Sorry Chris."

"...That was going to happen to you?" Red asked surprised and Chris nodded slowly. "I guess you were lucky to liv-"

"GRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

"I-I mean, at least thanks to Lucario you're living!"

"It's like when Lucario saved me from Mightyena..." Maylene said remembering.

"That's why Pokémon with strong bonds are helpful," Reggie pointed out. "They protect you from all dangers."

"My big brother is a hero, Riiii!" Riolu said happily, hugging his brother who growled happily along with her.

"(...Saving the one you love...)" Maylene's Lucario thought secretly.

Squirtle yawned a little. "I'm glad everything went well...speaking of which, it's getting late now, we should rest for today and continue to search for Ivysaur tomorrow."

"I'm tired..." Jigglypuff said.

"Me too..." Pikachu and Jigglypuff said in unison.

"I shall search around the forest in the night, don't try to search for me, I'll be back once I got a clue." Mewtwo said, floating away from them and disappearing in the woods.

"W-wait! Can you at least tell us how to start a-" Red looked behind him to find a campfire. "...Campfire..."

"Done." Mewtwo said from afar.

"Oh, good, I don't have a bed to sleep on now..." Chris said disappointed.

Reggie was sleeping using a rock. "You'll get used to it."

"...I'm starting to wonder who's the most mature of all of us here..." Chris looked in front of him to find Riolu smiling at him, then he looked above him to find his Lucario. "...Oh brother, are you going to be a bed or something?" Lucario nodded. "...Well, your fur is the most softest thing around here so..." He was embraced tightly again. "...Nevermind...good night Lucario, good night Riolu, good night Pikachu, good night Pichu, good night Jigglypuff, good night Reggie, good night Red, good night Squirtle, good night May-"

"STOP ALREADY! Ri!"  All yelled in unison, the last word being from Riolu, and they went to sleep.

The next day...

"Hmm...what's that good smell?" Red asked grogily while his face was buried on his backpack, because he was using it as a pillow.

"Saur?"

"Hey, Squirtle."

"Yes?" Squirlte asked from behind him.

"You're going to start imitating an Ivysaur?"

"Uh, no, why?"

"Funny, I think I just heard one jus now..."

"Ivy?"

"There it is again..." Red looked in front of him to find an Ivysaur, but he rolled above Squirtle, crushing him a little. "Nah, must be a dream..."

"Saur." Ivysaur nodded and he walked away to the forest, Pikachu woke up and looked at the Grass Pokémon getting away, he looked to another direction before gasping and yelling loudly to wake up everyone else.

"WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAKEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP!!!!!!!!!!!!"

"AH!" Reggie got up, putting up his green apron. "I-I'm coming! What's the problem?!"

"THERE WAS AN IVYSAUR HERE JUST A MOMENT AGO AND RED LET HIM GET AWAY!"

"...AN IVYSAUR!!!" Red yelled surprised.

"DON'T LET HIM GET AWAY OR THE MISSION FAILS!" Pikachu said.

"PANIC!" Pichu yelled and most of them started to panic, before Jigglypuff slapped all of them. "GET HIM!"

"WAIT! WHERE IS MAYLENE?!" Chris asked, looking around for Maylene. "LUCARIO! USE YOUR AURA!"

"As you wish!" Lucario nodded and glowed to find Maylene. "...She went that way, probably because her Lucario...ran away when we were sleeping..."

"He's right! Look at those footprints!" Squirtle said, pointing to the footprints of Lucario, but he also found other footprints close to them. "...These footprints are probably from Maylene!"

"Okay, listen up everyone, we're going to split up into 2 teams, one will go after Maylene and the other will go after Iv-" Reggie looked at the 2 directions of their targets, Red, Pikachu, Squirtle and Jigglypuff went after Ivysaur and Chris, Lucario, Riolu and Pichu went after Maylene, then he sighed. "...I guess I should go after Maylene..." He ran to Maylene's direction. "But then again, I'll follow Red." He turned to the other direction.

Far away from them...

Maylene was shown panting heavily, following the footprints of her Lucario. "Why did you do it? Why?" She continued to ask to herself, until for her misfortune, the footprints ended on one place and she fell on her knees. "No...why...why? After all the things we have been living through together...you left me...NO!" She slammed her fist on the grass and tried to stop her tears from falling, but it didn't worked.

4 figures appeared behind the bushes, it was Ganondorf, Charizard, Wolf and King Dedede smirking.

"I don't think dat's the Ivysaur thing." Dedede said, holding up and picture and comparing it with Maylene, but he received a smack on his head. "Oww!"

"That's me, you idiot!" Wolf said, snatching his photo from Dedede.

"Why are we wasting our time with that girl?" Charizard asked, then he noticed that Ganondorf was gathering Shadow Bugs. "Hey, Ganondorf, what are you going to do with those bugs?"

"Simple, I am going to take her to the evil side."

"That sounds so cliché." Dedede said.

"And do you think it will work on her?" Charizard asked.

"The darkness can take easily the hearts of the weak ones..." Ganondorf said as he called Shadow Bugs.

"Weak hearts? One of them has a weak heart?" Wolf asked and Ganondorf nodded.

"Yes...and is...that girl..."

"...Will that help us?" Charizard asked.

"Of course, we are going to make her fight them while we try to capture Ivysaur, or convince him, now, go Shadow Bugs, take the body I am offering you!" Ganondorf ordered and the Shadow Bugs quickly moved inside the grass and got closer to the Gym Leader who was crying.

"Pfft, you don't have to be poetic." Dedede crossed his arms.

"It's an evil villain rule."

Maylene could have sworn that something was cmoing to her and she looked at something moving through the grass. "Huh? What is that?" She asked, getting up and wiping out her tears.

Chris's group was shown panting, running deeper in the forest until...

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!"

"Maylene!" They said in unison.

"Something bad happened to her, let's move on!" Lucario said.

With Maylene...

"...Destroy...enemies...obey...Lord...Tabuu's...orders...at once...now..."

Preview of the next chapter

"Maylene!... No...no...no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, NO!" Chris repeated continously after finding out what happened to Maylene.

...

"Now you're cornered!" Red said, the whole group cornered Ivysaur and the Grass Pokémon growled angrily.

"Red! Fight against him to catch him!" Reggie said.

...

"Lucario! Lucario! Lucario! Riiiii!" Riolu called out, trying to find Maylene's Lucario.

...

MISSION FAILED!

...

"Next time: Targets: Ivysaur and Maylene, Rii!" Riolu said happily.[/i]

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes


Viridian City
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo
, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Maylene, Lucario, Reggie, Riolu, Red, Squirtle
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: The Seventh on August 25, 2008, 05:30:08 AM
Rather interesting how this is all turning out.
Quote from: wiiboychris on August 23, 2008, 01:26:33 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:48:47 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on August 23, 2008, 12:44:24 PM
Quote from: makuta on August 23, 2008, 12:38:22 PM
Thanks for including my rule in you fan-fiction!

And can the Metroid Arc be in Metroid Prime 3: Corruption?
...Since when did you were this happy?

And yes, but the 2 will be the next one...just wait, I have something bigger in hands after this arc.

I'm happy, not ecstatic or jumping for joy.

And what do you mean by "the 2"?
Echoes.
Hmmm...  that is a risky thing, due to the dark world thing, but I feel that you can do well on it!

Also, I'm pleased to see that you have been doing very well with your spelling and grammar.

Nice job!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 25, 2008, 05:52:48 PM
Chapter 70: Targets: Ivysaur and Maylene

Viridian Forest

"Now, return where you came from and destroy anyone that goes in your path." Ganondorf commanded to Maylene, who nodded slowly and returned where she came from. "Quick, we have a bigger plan set in motion after this one."

"Tabuu mentioned that we were going to split up and capture the others on the list, right?" Wolf asked.

"Just like that, quick, we must make haste and capture Ivysaur!"

"Leave that puny little guy to me." Charizard said smirking, the group was going to run, but then, all of them crashed into something and they fell on the grass. "What the?! There isn't anything in front of us!"

"You will not get through here." Mewtwo appeared from the other side with crossed arms, floating down the trees.

"So, the traitor Pokémon shows up." Ganondorf said.

"Ganondorf, I expected more of you."

"And so did I."

"I'm sorry, but I must not let you go any further, it is my mission to stop all of you here and now."

The four henchmen surrounded the Psychic Pokémon, some were cracking their fists and others were doing different movements to prepare to attack him. "Interesting, 4 against 1..." Wolf said darkly.

"I will not need more help from anyone else to defeat all of you at the same time." Mewtwo said bluntly. "How amusing...another Charizard..."

"Got a problem with that?" Charizard asked snarling.

"No, let's see how you fare against my power!"

"CHARGE!" The 4 generals said in unison, charging after Mewtwo.

With Chris's group...

Riolu, oddly enough, started to grunt and her appendages lifted up a little after she managed to see Maylene approaching to them. "Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiii..."

"What's wrong Riolu?" Pichu asked curiously.

"I sense a bad aura, Ri..."

Chris looked in front of him and smiled after seeing Maylene walking back to them. "Maylene! I thought you were in danger!... Wait...something is not right with you..."

"Destroy...Lord...Tabuu's...enemies...immediately...must...call...my Pokémon...out..." Maylene said, taking her 2 Pokeballs and calling out Machoke and Meditite, who were covered in a dark aura and Chris's Lucario growled instantly.

"Maylene!... No...no...no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, NO!" Chris repeated continously after finding out what happened to Maylene.

"The Shadow Bugs took her body." Lucario pointed out.

"And her Pokémon too!" Pichu pointed out too.

"Riiiii..."

"Don't worry Riolu, everything will be fine." Chris reassured her. "(Why of all the people they decided to take Maylene against us? She doesn't deserves this after her Lucario abandoned her...wait a minute...we need to find him and try to get Maylene back to her senses! He's the only one who can call her back!) Everyone, we have to find her Lucario to make her listen to u-" Chris quickly ducked because an Aura Sphere was going to hit his head. "W-where did that came from?!"

"I-Impossible! Maylene made that Aura Sphere!" His Lucario said surprised.

"...WHAT?! How come she can do that and I can't?! I have been training for a long time and she learned it in 10 minutes?! No fair!"

"RIIIIII!!!"

"...Everyone! Someone has to find her Lucario! But we need to resist against her Pokémon until we can find her Lucario, who wants to go?" He looked at Pichu, who shook his head quickly. "How about you?"

"No, I'll stay here to protect you." Lucario said, then Chris looked at the only person who hasn't said anything, Lucario's little sister, then the aura Pokémon glared at him. "You wouldn't dare..."

"Riolu? Do you want to be helpful again?"

"I want to! Riiii!"

"Then do you want to search for her Lucario as soon as possible?"

Riolu thought for a moment. "But he hates me, Rii..."

"Don't worry about that, he will listen to you! But you must be fast and search for him in the forest!"

"Riiiiiiiii..."

"...If you find him, I'll give you this." Chris gave her a candy.

"What is this? Ri?"

"Food, eat it!" Riolu ate the candy and she smiled and wagged her tail.

"Riiii! It's so good, Riiii!"

"And there's more where that came from if you can find Lucario, just use your aura abilities to locate him in the area!"

Riolu jumped off his arms and ran deeper in the forest, but Chris noticed that Pichu was going with her. "H-hey, where are you going? We need your help!"

"I want candy too!" Pichu said.

"No candy for you! Now come over here and fight against Meditite!" Chris said angrily and Pichu's ears dropped and returned to them. "Lucario, take care of Machoke and Pichu will fight Meditite...and that leaves me with the girl with pink hair...and for my bad luck, I can't use my jobs to fight in this world..."

Lucario got in a fighting stance. "When you're in trouble, call me and I'll be in a second." Lucario said.

"Thanks, Pichu, can you win against Meditite?"

"I-I can't make any promises, but I-I'll do my best!" Pichu said trembling, but he gathered electricity on his cheeks.

"Destroy...enemies...seize...them..." Maylene said.

And Chris broke the fourth wall to point out something. "For lesser people controlled by Shadow Bugs, we're going to call them Dark (insert name here) and for bigger and destructive monsters, we're going to refer them as Shadow (insert name here), and sorry if we didn't do that in the first Sonic arc."

With Red's group...

"The Ivysaur!" Jigglypuff said pointing at Ivysaur, who was strolling down the path and he looked at them and stopped.

"Surround him! Now!" Pikachu said and all of them cornered the Ivysaur in a circle.

"Now you're cornered!" Red said, the whole group cornered Ivysaur and the Grass Pokémon growled angrily.

"Red! Fight against him to catch him!" Reggie said.

"...And you're going to stand there and do nothing else?"

"Hey, it's a rule, we can't help you in a battle to catch a Pokémon, it's all yours." Pikachu said.

"Okay, but don't break the circle to let him escape OR ELSE, I want to capture my first Pokémon without mistakes this time, right?"

"Right!" The others responded in unison.

"Saur! Ivysaur! Ivy!" Ivysaur said to Red, who made a confused face.

"He said he wants to challenge you!" Jigglypuff said.

"Ivy! Ivy! Saur! Saur!"

"...Eww!"

"Saur..." Ivysaur apologized before charging at Squirtle.

Pokémon Colosseum Music - First and Friendly Battle Theme

"What now?!" Squirtle asked frantically.

"(That's right, this is the first time Red tries to catch his first Pokémon, and probably his first battle too.)" Reggie thought. "Red, tell Squirtle to dodge the attack!"

"R-right, Squirtle, dodge it!" Red ordered and Pikachu shook his head after hearing those words, Squirtle stepped out of the way of the Ivysaur and dodged the attack in time.

"Red! I know how to use Skull Bash, Water Gun, Surf and Withdraw!" Squirtle said.

"You know how to use Surf at such level of training?" Reggie asked surprised.

"O-okay, use Surf on Ivysaur when he comes to you!" Red ordered and Ivysaur tried to slam his head with Squirtle, but Squirtle took his time to use Surf and when it was time, he summoned a slope of water under his legs and it pushed Squirtle to the air and Ivysaur received a little amount of damage. "That was Surf?"

"Hmm, it's different from all the other Surf attacks...but maybe your Squirtle is special...even so, that attack did little damage to Ivysaur, try using Skull Bash on him!"

"Squirtle! Use Skull Bash!" Red commanded and Squirtle ran towards Ivysaur and hid inside his shell, spining on the grass and he managed to hit his legs. "Alright! That attack was effective!"

"RED!" Squirtle yelled from above and they looked at him being lashed around the air by Ivysaur's Vine Whip, then the Grass Pokémon slammed the Water Pokémon to the ground, dealing a great amount of damage. "AAAHH!"

"Not good, the Vine Whip attack is strong against Water Pokémon, remember that you can use different strategies to win a battle, the moves of a Pokémon doesn't matters unless you have a way to use them wisely at the proper time and place!" Reggie explained to Red.

"(If I use Skull Bach constantly, he will find out my attack's pattern and dodge it to keep going with his Grass type attacks, but Reggie said I should make strategies to use them at the right time...then I need to look at my surroundings and th-)"

"AAAAAHHHHH!!" Red's thoughts were interrupted and found Squirtle being constantly attacked by Razor Leafs from Ivysaur, Squirtle backed away to a tree and the leafs were cutting him down and passing through the tree at the same time.

"Squirtle! Use Withdraw to resist the attack until he gets tired!" Red ordered and Squirtle hid inside his shell, blocking all the attacks until Ivysaur got tired and panted a little. "Now use Skull Bash again!" Squirtle began to spin above the ground, inside his shell and went after Ivysaur, reaching his legs again to make to trip and fall on his body. "(Wait, while he gets up, I should be continuing to attack and gain the advantage.) Squirtle, now use Wayer Gun but in the ground!"

Squirtle began to shoot water to the ground. "Don't stop until it's all muddy!"

"(I get it, by making the ground mud, Ivysaur will trip on it and Squirtle will use Skull Bash to accelerate and hit him with force.) Keep going Squirtle!" Pikachu shouted and after 20 seconds, the ground became mud and Ivysaur got up by the time Squirtle finished.

"Now use Skull Bash again!" Red shouted.

"Okay!" Squirtle hid and spun on his shell to slam himself to Ivysaur, the attack's speed accelerated and it hit Ivysaur with a stronger impact.

"Direct hit!" Jigglypuff pointed out happily, cheering for the 2.

Reggie gasped. "No! There is one of his vines hidden in the mud!"

"Wha?" Squirtle was suddenly pulled to the air and he was positioned above Ivysaur's flower. "Hey, what are you going t-" The flower began to shoot quick bullets of seeds.

"Bullet Seed? Red! Do something or Squirtle will lose all his energy!"

"B-but what can I do?!" Red asked worried.

"Think about the situation carefully!" Pikachu shouted.

"(Well, Squirtle is above Ivysaur...but...AH! I DON'T KNOW WHAT TO DO!... I can't use Withdraw because Ivysaur's vines are grabbing Squirtle's arms to prevent him from getting inside...his mouth? Yes, his mouth can shoot water, but it's not effective against Grass types...unless...I use it in the right place...the flower!) Squirtle, if you can, use Water Gun on the flower!"

Squirtle opened his eyes while he received the seeds, he looked below him and found the flower shooting the seeds, his mouth became filled with water and shot it inside the flower, Ivysaur gasped as his flower began to fill and the seeds stopped from attacking the turtle, the Squirtle bit one of the vines and Ivysaur threw him away, setting him free.

"Use Skull Bash!" Red shouted and Squirtle ran after Ivysaur, but Ivysaur used Vine Whip on a nearby branch and pulled himself to it to evade the attack, then he jumped above the shell and landed above him. "What is he going to do?!" Ivysaur inserted his vines inside the shell and he began to use Squirtle as a boat for mud, then he turned to a tree and shot Squirtle's shell using his vines, dealing damage to him. "Squirtle!"

"That Ivysaur is tough, maybe it was a bad idea to capture an evolved Pokémon Red." Reggie said but Red shook his head.

"No...I won't let this opportunity go away! I have an Ivysaur to capture!" Red said on his defense.

"But Squirtle can't go on!"

"I know!... But at least I need to keep trying!"

"..." Pikachu didn't said anything.

"Were you going to say something Pikachu?" Jigglypuff asked.

"What? No, I thought Squirtle was going to evolve when he was losing the fight, that happens most of the time with other Pokémon too." Pikachu said chuckling.

"Then what are you going to do?" Reggie asked.

Red looked around and then, he got an idea. "Squirtle! Run to that direction!" Red pointed to a direction and Squirtle ran to the direction, Ivysaur kept his position and used Razor Leafs to damage the turtle, Squirtle was suffering from the attacks but he continued to move on, struggling.

"Stop! You're going to be defeated!" Jigglypuff yelled preocupied.

"(Keep moving, you're reaching that spot.)" Red thought.

Squirtle was able to reach the spot where Red indicated him to go, but he collapsed at the moment he reached it, the Grass Pokémon smirked at his victory but he continued to fire more Razor Leafs at Squirtle...although that was Red's plan from the beginning.

Reggie could have sworn he heard something close to Squirtle, he looked behind Squirtle and he saw the same tree that Ivysaur hit by accident using Razor Leaf continuously, since Ivysaur's leafs were still cutting the tree little by little, it started to move slowly down to him and the fainted Squirtle, when the shadow of the tree was covering him, his eyes shrunk a little and he looked up and screamed in horror. "IVY!" Ivysaur yelled when the tree crashed down above him...and Squirtle, creating a cloud of dust.

"SQUIRTLE!" Pikachu, Jigglypuff and Reggie yelled preocupied.

The dust cleared but they couldn't find Squirtle, except for Ivysaur who was fainted with swirls on his eyes. "Where is Squirtle?!" Jigglypuff asked crying.

"Go! Pokeball!" Red yelled throwing the Pokeball at Ivysaur, they stopped looking around for Squirtle and watched Squirlte being engulfed by the red light and entering inside the Pokeball, then it landed on the mud and it shoo-

Let's just forward the tape to skip that scene, since you know he'll catch him anyway to skip the suspence.

"...YES! FINALLY!" Red made a fist in the air and ran towards his Pokeball on the mud and grabbed it. "We got Ivysaur!"

"But Squirtle...he sacrificed his life..." Pikachu said, trying to not cry.

"Yes...he was weak after all..."

"Red! How can you say that?!" Reggie asked angrily.

"...Well...the truth is..." Red looked down at his feet but then, he looked at them with smile and laughed a little. "Trick ya!" He took out another Pokeball and Squirtle came out and appeared on his arms, smiling weakly. "I managed to call Squirtle back when the tree was going to crush him, you couldn't see me calling him when it was about to kill hi-"

However, the other 3 persons became furious at his joke and they lunged and started to beat him badly, while Squirtle got out from the fight and sighed in relief. "Red, I think our adventure is going to be interesting...ouch..." Squirtle said, smiling a little.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 26, 2008, 08:44:52 PM
With Chris's group...

Pokémon Colosseum Normal Battle Theme

"Maylene! Please! Listen to me! You have to regain your senses before you hurt somebody!" Chris yelled while he dodged all the attacks Dark Maylene was trying to land on him, but since he was powerless in any kind of Pokémon world, his dodges were so awkward because sometimes he tripped or almost fell on his back. "Maylene!"

"I'm jealous...your Lucario...will never be...like mine..." Dark Maylene said darkly as she continued to land her attacks on Chris.

"Jealous? Why? I know your Lucario will like you soon!"

"Then tell me...when that moment is going...to happen..."

"B-but first we need to return to the plans again!"

"They humiliated me...although...I didn't lose the hope...how could you Chris...you played with my emotions..."

"I didn't! I warn you, this is going to sound cheesy, but I believe in you!"

"Believe in me?... Then why didn't you...thought harder..."

"I did! Believe in me too!"

"You must die...that will make Lord Tabuu...happy..."

Lucario was trying to block a Cross Chop from Dark Machoke. "It's useless, you have to defeat her, there is no other way!"

"But how am I going to do that?! The Shadow Bugs gave her more strength!"

"Then resist until the others return and help us!"

"Red is going to ask me many more things of what happened to Maylene then, and so will Reggie!"

"Sorry, I need to concentrate in the battle, but think about something and fast!" Lucario said and gritted his teeth while he pushed Dark Machoke away.

"Maylene! Listen to me!"

"You must die Chris...everything is going to be...much more...easier for Lord Tabuu..." Dark Maylene said as she created an Aura Sphere.

"Cheater! I was trying to do that for several trainings! (When I see Tabuu, I'm going to have a serious talk with him about all these things happening to my friends and all the worlds, Maylene doesn't deserves this...she doesn't!)" Chris ran to a tree to block the Aura Sphere flying towards him, he hid quickly and the sphere exploded and cut down the tree, the World Traveler gasped and rolled out of the way to evade the weight of the tree. "RIOLU! PLEASE HURRY!"

"Medi...Medi..." Dark Meditate began to meditate.

"I-I can beat you! I know I can beat you!" Pichu said studdering.

"Medi..."

"I'm not weak! How rude are you!"

"Meditite..."

"Oh yes? Then l-let's see who wins!" Pichu ran after Dark Meditite to land the first blow, but the Meditation Pokémon pointed his hand at him and Pichu was lifted to the air by a pink glow. "AAAHHH! HELP ME!"

"FEAR THE POWER OF THE BRANCH!"

"Medi? MEDITITE!" Meditite yelled in pain after Chris came from behind him and smacked a branch on his head, setting Pichu free from the Confusion attack and Chris backed away. "PICHU! USE THUNDER ON HIM!"

"PICHUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu called a thunder from above and it went down him and Meditite, dealing a moderate amount of damage. "D-did you liked that?!"

"Meeeeeeeediiiiiiiiiiii..." Dark Meditite stood up and glared at Pichu, the yellow mouse backed away scared before Dark Meditite jumped in the air and his foot glowed and went towards Pichu using Hi-Jump Kick.

"AAAAAHHHHH!" Pichu yelled in pain as he was sent towards a tree where he crashed and landed on the grass, panting heavily since the attack was powered by the Shadow Bugs. "Ugh!... He's...strong...I don't think I can...hold much longer..."

"Pichu! You must survive!" Chris yelled before he received a flying kick by Dark Maylene. "OWW!"

"Meeeeediiiiiii..." Dark Meditite slowly walked towards Pichu and the yellow mouse got up coughing a little.

"(I won't let Pikachu down...and everyone else too...I'm strong!.... And young too, but I'm strong!)" Pichu thought with optimism on his mind.

"You will not defeat me! Anyone who uses the Shadow Bugs to be stronger than me will fail!" Lucario said.

"That sounded a little cheesy Lucario!" Chris called out from afar.

"MA-CHOKE!" Dark Machoke grabbed Lucario by the leg and he started to swing him above him.

"I'm not a toy! GUUAARRGGHH!!" Lucario used Force Palm on Dark Machoke's head and the Superpower Pokémon staggered for a bit and Lucario jumped away from him and landed on his feet "(Wait, the blow paralyzed him, now's my chance.) GUARGH!" He quickly charged up an Aura Sphere that exploded right into the head, creating a cloud of smoke, but Dark Machoke came fastly from the cloud and used Karate Chop on his neck, Lucario's pupils shrunk and he coughed blood a little and backed away. "What the...how?"

"Remember that the Shadow Bugs gave him more power!" Chris called out before he was kicked hard on his stomach. "Stop please!"

"MA!" Dark Machoke continued his attack with Cross Chop and the previous attack caught Lucario off-guard and he couldn't defend himself in time before receiving an even more powerful impact, sending him towards a tree where he crashed into it and the tree fell down.

"...I'm fine...don't worry..." He said weakly while he got up slowly.

"CHOKE! MACHOKE!" Dark Machoke was flexing his muscles, trying to itimidate Lucario.

"So that's how you want to fight then...THEN SO BE IT!" Lucario ran towards Machoke with high speed using a combination of Extremespeed and Force Palm to make a fast and strong impact on his chest, the aura of Lucario was higher than before and it increased his power, because Dark Machoke backed away, grabbing his chest in pain where it got paralyzed again. "...You're still...standing...but I'll end this before I fall defeated!"

"AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"Huh?!" The scene changes to a slow pace and Lucario watches in front him where Chris was flying unconscious, Lucario's pupils shrunk in horror as Chris crashes into the earth and faints instantly. "CHRIS!"

"I'm sorry...I'm useless without the jobs...It's up to you Lucario...ugh..." Chris managed to say before he fainted sighing. "Please...rescue...Maylene...she doesn't deserves this..."

"One down...2 more to go..." Dark Maylene said darkly as she ran towards Lucario. "You...you were hurting my Lucario...you must die..."

"He was hurting you!" Lucario protested.

"Nevertheless...you must be...eliminated...Machoke...use Seismic Toss..."

"MACHOKE!...MA!" Since the attack implied Dark Machoke to embrace Lucario, the spike of his chest prevent him from doing the attack.

"Idiot..." Lucario said before he charged up an Aura Sphere and looked at Dark Maylene. "(No, I can't hurt her.)" He quickly changed his attack towards Dark Machoke, aiming it at his leg to stun him for a moment, but Dark Machoke jumped and evaded the attack. "MY MOVES CAN'T BE EVADED!" Lucario roared furiously before the same Aura Sphere from before turned ways and slammed behind the leg, stunning Dark Machoke.

"...Choke..."

"Useless pest...return..." Dark Maylene said calling Dark Machoke to his Pokeball and she ran towards Lucario to hit him, but the aura Pokémon dodged her fast attacks using his enhanced aura.

"How can you be so cruel to your Pokémon?!" Lucario asked while he evaded her attacks. "Didn't you wanted to gain the appreciation of your Lucario?!"

"I only care about him...and only him...my other Pokémon doesn't mean anything to me...anymore..."

"Medi?" Dark Meditite turned his head at her before he received a fully charged Skull Bash attack from Pichu.

"Ha! Take that!" Pichu said taunting him.

"You're not the Maylene I know! The Maylene I know cares deeply about her Pokémon!" Lucario said as he blocked her hands.

"She died...and a new and better person was born on her place..."

Lucario pushed her away and continued to return her to her senses. "Stop talking like that! Even Chris was hurt because of you!"

"He...deserved it." She charged an Aura Sphere and launched it at him, surprisingly, Lucario tried to block it but it exploded right into him and was pushed towards a tree, the attack also stunned his left arm and he kneeled weakly. "It's time to...get rid of you..."

"Pichu?" Lucario asked holding his left arm in pain where he found Pichu jumping over Dark Meditite several times.

"Take this! And this! And this! And this again!" Pichu said jumping up and down above Dark Meditite's body.

"Medi! Medi! Medi! Medi!" Dark Meditite pleaded for mercy.

"PICHUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu called down another Thunder that crashed into both of them, the bolt of lightning struck Dark Meditite hardly and he fainted, the Sahdow Bugs got out from his body and they vanished in thin air. "...I won? I won! I won!" Pichu cheered happily.

"PICHU!" Lucario called and Pichu shook his head and ran towards Dark Maylene using Skull Bash.

"HAAAAA!" Pichu went flying towards Dark Maylene but Dark Maylene's reflexes were bigger and she bended her back and landed using her hands to have Pichu flying right above her, then she slammed her right leg on the yellow mouse with force and Pichu cried out and crashed into the ground while Dark Maylene regained her position and continued walking towards Lucario. "Sorry..." Pichu said moaning in pain as he fell unconscious.

"(...Sister...hurry up...my aura can defeat her but Chris told me to not harm her...and I can't move anymore...)" Lucario called out to her sister telepathically.

With Riolu...

"...RIIII!" Riolu growled receiving the message and she continued to use her aura to locate Maylene's Lucario.

The forest was just too big for Riolu, and she needed to be careful to not attract the attention of any Bug type Pokémon like Beedrills or Pinsirs.

"Lucario! Lucario! Lucario! Riiiii!" Riolu called out, trying to find Maylene's Lucario.

Unfortunately, when she met face-to-face with a bush, a Pinsir got out and glared at her, which instantly made her to cry and duck in fear.

"RIIIIIIIII!!!"

"Gruck!" The Pinsir jumped towards and bended down to grab Riolu using its tweezers to crush her between them.

"RIIIIIIIII!!!"

"HA!!!"

"Ri?" Riolu looked above her and found Maylene's Lucario stopping Pinsir's tweezers from grabbing her, then he used Force Palm to break one of them and Pinsir gasped and ran away scared from them. "Lucario! You saved me! Riii!"

"What are you doing here?" Maylene's Lucario asked with a glare and crossed arms.

"Ri! You must return with Maylene! Ri! She needs your help! Ri!" Riolu was trying to pull him to where she came from, but obviously he was stronger than her.

"For what? I told all of you that I will not return with her anymore."

"Maylene's in danger! Ri!"

"They can help her, she doesn't needs me."

"No! Ri! You don't understand, she was attacked by something and then she is trying to kill us!"

Maylene's Lucario turned his back to her and walked away. "I must go on and leave her, if you try to convince me, I warn you that I won't hesitate to hurt you painfully."

Riolu thought for a moment. "She defeated my brother with her bare hands, Riii..."

He stopped on his trail and his pupils shrunk, surprised at this statement.

With Chris's group...

Dark Maylene's palm was glowing about Lucario, ready to defeat him or kill him in this case after he falls unconscious. "Die...and stop bothering me..."

"NOOOOOO!" Dark Maylene looked to her right and was pushed with another person, it was Reggie who came back with a beaten up Red, and weakened Squirtle, Pikachu and Jigglypuff. "Maylene! What happened to you?!" Reggie asked while he tried to stop Dark Maylene from moving.

"Reggie...you didn't helped so much...you must die too..."

"What are you talking about? And what is that weird, purple aura covering you?"

"REGGIE! LOOK OUT!" Jigglypuff yelled and Reggie was instantly punched in his stomach and he staggered for bit, trying to not faint for the quick attack.

"Maylene...why...why are you...attacking me?" Reggie asked weakly.

"I must eliminate everyone...to please Lord Tabuu..." Dark Maylene said, throwing Reggie out of the way and into a tree where he hit his back hard and fell unconscious, but he glanced at her before fainting.

"REGGIE!" Red yelled preocupied before he noticed that Maylene was looking at him.

"Red...you...you...you puked on me..."

"...That's why are you mad at him?!" Chris's Lucario asked enraged while he walked behind them to recover from his wounds.

"Red...you must die too..." And then she ran towards Red, who looked at both of ways and tried to get away from her.

"Wait, I should use Ivysaur to attack her an-"

"No!" Lucario shouted while Jigglypuff examined him. "We can't hurt her, Chris told me to prevent any of us from harming her!"

"THEN WHAT CAN WE DO?! AAAHHH!" Red jumped above an Aura Sphere before the sphere turned to him and gasped in horror.

"REEED!" Squirtle yelled worried and jumped on the way of the Aura Sphere to protect his trainer, there was an explosion that covered Squirtle completely before he fell unconscious, defeated. "...You're fine...now run..."

Red held Squirtle close to him. "Squirtle! Squirtle! Wake up!"

"He fainted! He's out!" Pikachu yelled.

"Hey, do something!" Jigglypuff suggested.

"I can't because I don't want to harm her! But what about you? Use Sing to sleep her!"

"And it will affect all of you too! And what if she's immune to my singing voice by the Shadow Bugs?"

"...Did you just realized your song makes us to fall asleep?!"

"It's a near-death moment!"

"AND WHAT DOES THAT HAVE TO DO WITH YOU REALISING ABOUT YOUR ATTACK?!"

"GUUUUUYS!" Red yelled running away from Dark Maylene, who was shooting Aura Spheres on him continuously while he held Squirtle close to him.

"It's useless..." Lucario said ashamed. "We failed, we can't clear this mission, Charizard got away and Maylene doesn't get back to her senses...and my sister hasn't come back yet with her Lucario..."

"But there must be a way to end this!" Pikachu protested.

"GUYS!"

"There must be! I know it!" Jigglypuff protested.

"GUYS!"

"But what can we do?!" Pikachu asked trying to think about a way.

"GUYS!"

"We can't harm her right?!" Jigglypuff asked.

"GUYS!"

"SHUT UP, RED, WE ARE TRYING TO SAVE YOU!" Pikachu and Jigglypuff yelled at him in unison.

"Now where were we?" Jigglypuff asked to Riolu. "Riolu! You're back!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 27, 2008, 07:16:17 PM
"Rii! I brought Lucario too, Rii!" Riolu said excited, pointing to Maylene's Lucario who was in a fighting stance as he faced her trainer.

"Maylene..." Her Lucario said.

"Lucario..." Dark Maylene said.

"What is wrong with you? What is that dark aura?"

"Lucario...you must be...returned to your Pokeball...and join me...to kill them..."

Her Lucario shook his head. "I won't anymore...I told you..."

"I want you back...and I'll do it now..."

"Don't even try it."

"Lucario...return your Pokeball..." she aimed her Pokeball at her Lucario but he backstepped away from the red light and glared at her.

"I'm sick of that behavior, I must return you to your...annoying senses..."

"Lucario, don't try to harm her! Chris told us that!" Red said.

"And I won't listen to that order, nobody orders me around either."

"Lucario..." Dark Maylene trailed off. "Ah....Aaahh...AAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" The aura around was blinking and trying to fade away, dropping her to her knees in pain as she held her head in pain, but Lucario didn't do anything about it and crossed his arms.

"What's happening to her?!" Red asked confused.

"(You won't take my body! Let me go!/No...you're going to stay like that...for eternity.../Forget it! I have an important duty in Veilstone!/And do you think...I care?/Of course not! You just came out of nowhere and possesed my body!/Lord Tabuu is going to be mad...if I let you go.../I don't care either about your problems! Get off me! I want to have my Lucario back!/Then try and recover your control...I dare you.../You asked for it then!/Wha...what the.../Get the hell out of my body! I know I'm stronger than you are!) Ugh...no way...I can't...control her...I..." Dark Maylene was trying to stop the real Maylene from getting out and take her body back, but after her Lucario appeared, the real Maylene woke up inside and tried to escape from her clutches. "You're not...going t-"

PUNCH!

Music Stops

Dark Maylene was hit very hard on her neck and she fell unconscious, because her Lucario couldn't wait for her and decided to attack first before her and the Shadow Bugs vanished in thin air as Red wondered what were those spores.

Pikachu was holding Pichu. "YOU IDIOT! WHY DID YOU DO THAT?!" Pikachu asked angrily.

"I listened to her thoughts and I decided that that was enough, then I used Force Palm on her shoulder to end all this foolishness" Maylene's Lucario explained bluntly.

At that moment, Chris woke up from his state and stood in front him with those freaky Naruto-eyes. "WHAT THE HELL?! WHICH PART OF DON'T ATTACK HER DON'T YOU UNDERSTAND?!"

"It was the only solution."

Chris decided to turn to the readers to break the fourth wall, again. "See?! I knew this guy was nothing but trouble! He ended up this chapter so quickly without an epic fight like we do every 4 chapters in an arc! Seriously, this is the last time I travel to Sinnoh! Especially in Veilstone City!"

"Also, she didn't died, the attack was weak on her just to get those things off her." He explained bluntly, turning his back on Chris. "I beg your pardon, but I must leave...get out of my way." Maylene's Lucario glared at Riolu, who was glaring at him for the first time.

"I won't, Ri." Riolu said simply.

"Get out."

"No, Ri!"

"Get out!"

"No, Ri!"

"GET OUT!"

"NO! RIIIIIIIIIIII!" For his own surprise, Riolu quickly jumped towards him and landed a Force Palm on his chest, and unfortunately for Lucario, the attack paralyzed his whole body and he kneeled, gritting his fangs in pain. "Why don't you live with Maylene? Ri? She's good! You grew up together with her! Ri!"

"You...don't...understand..." Lucario said with a glare.

"I do! More than you do! Ri!"

"You're still a baby, babies shouldn't be involved in this!"

"Then I'm a smart baby that is smarter than you! Ri!"

"She got you there." Red said from behind him.

"Grrr..."

"Stop it! Just stop those useless grunts! Ri!"

"You don't order me around...only..." Lucario realized what he just said and looked down to close his eyes, shaking his head slowly.

"Only what? Ri? Or...WHO! RI!"

"..." Maylene's Lucario sighed and looked at her unconscious trainer. "Only...only...only Maylene orders me around...but when I need to listen to her...and she has been trying to do that from the beginning and I just ignored her..."

"And attacked her." Pikachu added.

"Lucario, Maylene is not going to turn back on her words," Chris said. "Please, just give her another opportunity, but stop being rude with her too! She just want you to appreciate her!"

His Lucario walked to his right. "Like he and me do."

"...Maybe I was jealous..."

Chris made a confused face and shook his head. "Okay, that didn't made any sense now..."

"But I was."

"You didn't!"

Maylene's Lucario nodded. "I was, I wanted to have her full attention towards me and not other Pokémon, then I saw you and your Lucario always standing next to each other, and Maylene only backed away from me, scared that I was going to punch her to get off my rage."

"(-_-)...But you DID that!" Red said angrily.

"...I did?"

Everyone fell in anime style and got up slowly.

"The conclusion is that you want Maylene to stay with you most of the time so you can stop being furious at her, am I right?" Chris asked and he nodded. "Well...why didn't you said that before? But first, I need to use Lucario's plan to convince Maylene and Reggie that all of this didn't happened...Red...do you want to come with us?"

Red looked at his weakened Squirtle. "...I..."

Pokémon Diamond and Pearl

Veilstone City
Veilstone City's Gym

"Maylene, wake up." Chris said.

"Ugh..."

"WAKE UP!"

"AH!" Maylene woke up surprised and she looked around surprised. "What the-what are we doing in the Gym?"

"What do you mean by that? We have been here ever since you fainted!"

"Say what?"

Chris nodded. "It's true! You, Reggie, Lucario and Riolu ran up to a wall and fell unconscious for 3 hours!"

"...But I swear that wasn't a dream! Where is Reggie?!"

"I took him to his house, he's resting right now but I think he'll wake up soon."

Maylene sighed in defeat. "But...then all the things we did...those odd black balls...everything was a dream?!"

Her Lucario sat besides her. "Yes, I can't believe we ran to a wall either...how embarrassing."

"And what about Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff?! They can talk right?!"

"Pika Pi?" Pikachu asked confused, tilting his head above Chris's shoulder.

"Ji?" Jigglypuff asked, tilting her head above Chris's head.

"Pi?" Pichu asked tilting his head above Chris's other shoulder.

"And where is that Mewtwo too?!"

Chris looked away for a moment before looking at her. "Mewtwo? The Pokémon that escaped from Kanto? What are you talking about?"

"...Look Maylene, everything was a dream for you..." Her Lucario said.

She sighed again in defeat. "After all...Lucario is never going to like me...Chris, you don't have to tell your Lucario to rub his cheek with my cheek..."

"But Maylene..." Chris began. "My Lucario is right besides me, he's the taller one, remember?"

Her eyes blinked in surprise. "Then that means..." She looked at her Lucario, who was growling happily and she hugged him and rubbed her cheek with his cheek. "Lucario! I thought you hated me! I'm so happy!"

"I'd never think about leaving you Maylene, never in my life." Her Lucario said happily, wagging his tail a little.

Maylene's eyes were starting to fill with tears of joy and she looked at Chris. "I don't know why...but I want to thank you Chris...you made all of this possible...if only Red was real, then I would thank him too..."

Chris chuckled. "Red? What kind of name is that?" His Lucario chuckled a little, and so did the other Pokémon.

Maylene hugged Chris and he blushed. "Thank you so much! I bet Lucario will be closer to me from this moment!"

"T-thanks...can you stop please?!" Chris asked very embarrassed.

"MAYLENE!" All of her pupils appeared crying and they dropped to their knees and began to cry in the floor, bowing to her.

Chris's eyes twitched and looked away. "...Okaaaaay...we need to get going now...before this turns more awkward that it already is..." He found Maylene tickling her Lucario. "Seriously, let's go! Good bye Maylene, see you later!" He said running outside and away from the Gym with "his" Pokémon.

However, Maylene looked at her right hand and gasped. "What the-this is the same scar I received in my dream!..." She began to thought but laughed a little after that. "Nah, that wall did it...Lucario! Do you want a hug?"

Her Lucario's mouth opened in surprise. "Yes, if you want to."

"Oh, thank you!" She hugged her Lucario by his right, as they laughed heartily while her pupils cried in happiness.

Valley of the Aura

"And here's your reward, to let you see I kept my promise!"

"Riiii!" Riolu said happily, receiving a bunch of candies from Chris as she sat down and began to eat them happily. "Riiii!"

"Did you enjoyed the outside world?" Her mother asked.

"Yes! Riii! My brother even taught me many things, Riii!"

"Thank you for protecting my daughter, and I'm glad your mission was a success." Lucario's father said but Chris looked down in shame. "It's something bothering you?"

"What? No, it's nothing...it's just...we lost a dear friend to us in the process..." Chris said ashamed.

"Sacrifices needs to be taken seriously, you have to be strong and overcome them."

"Well, at least we got something else in return." Chris pointed to a table with wheels with something inside below a grey mantle. "But I think it's a perfect gift for us."

"Are you going to continue in your quest?"

"Of course! Maylene didn't had to be involved in this, I'll make sure this won't happen again in the other worlds!"

Lucario's father got up and walked to him. "I wish all of you good luck, remember to visit us anytime you want to."

"Big brother! Bye! Rii!" Riolu said hugging her brother's leg before returning with her mother to continue eating her candies.

"Let's go, Chris, everyone is waiting for us." Lucario said and Chris and the others walked outside the valley by the secret exit, and taking the mysterious "gift" with them.

Route 209

"...I can't believe we couldn't succeed in this mission..." Pikachu said, dropping his ears in shame.

"Master Hand is going to be furious after he finds out we lost one of us." Jigglypuff said scared.

"But cheer up!" Chris said. "We got this gift!"

"Also, what gift is that? For the look of the mantle, it must be something big." Pikachu said, getting in a thinking position.

"Well, only Red and me knows about it, right Red?" Chris asked to Red, who was walking besides him and the others with Squirtle.

"Y-yeah..." Red said studdering a little.

"Oh, right, this is the first time you're going to do something big than beating the Kanto League, aren't you excited to meet new people like us?"

"I...well, after what happened to Maylene, I don't want to let them get away with it either...then...I decided to join in this fight so...I can help with my Pokémon, right?"

NEWCOMER!

Red joined your team!

"Don't worry Red, if they do something that offends you, then I will tell them to stop."

"Thanks Chris."

"Don't mention it." Chris opened the portal. "Now, are you ready to go? The 2 of you?"

Squirtle jumped to his shoulder. "We are! Right Red?"

"We sure we are!" Red said making a fist in the air.

"AHEM! TOO OVERUSED RED!" Pikachu said embarrassed.

"...I mean, yes, we are."

Chris stepped away from the portal and smiled at Red. "Then go on, you're first." And Red entered inside nodding his head and the others followed him and the portal vanished.

MISSION FAILED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 200 SMASH COINS!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Small preview of the next chapter

"Hey Fox, Falco, I got you 2 a gift from Kanto!" Chris said pushing the gift towards Fox and Falco.

"Sweet! Look at the size of this thing! It must be something big!" Falco said a little excited as both Star Fox member removed the mantle, but their eyes widened and their pupils shrunk at the same time. "...Oh no...this is..."

"Not a gift, but must be a joke then...it's a joke, right?" Fox added sweating a little and asking too.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff
, Mewtwo Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, ?, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: The Seventh on August 28, 2008, 05:24:54 AM
Holy crap, a mission FAILED?

At least it wasn't a total failure, right?  They still got Ivysaur...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: makuta on August 28, 2008, 10:18:07 AM
Is it a MISSION FAILED, or are you going to turn it into a FISSION MAILED?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 28, 2008, 05:40:31 PM
Chapter 71: Rodeo Old Friends 'Round Futuristic Eras!

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"...And our mission is to defeat the Subspace Army from taking all the worlds, and that's why we need your help to defeat them and catch Charizard too, any questions Red?"

Red fainted and they formed a circle around him.

"It was too much for the boy's mind to take calmly." Zelda said frowning.

"Well, anyone would faint if they saw a puffball, 2 kids with big heads and 2 talking animals that aren't Pokémon." Chris said.

"It's normal for us to have this size!" Ness protested.

"Y-yeah!" Lucas defended.

"I want to hear what happened to Mewtwo first." Master Hand said.

Chris cleared his throat. "Last time I saw Mewtwo...well...he wanted to search for Charizard alone but..."

Flashback

Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen

Viridian Forest

"...I...I...I'm going with you!" Red finished his sentence.

"You do know that the next city is close to us now, right?" Pikachu asked.

"...But still, I need to have more training in Pokémon battles...but something tells me this is not going to be a Pokémon battle at all..."

"You just stay in the background giving orders or something to not get hurt, we can do all the fighting in your place too." Chris said.

"...You're going to fight?"

"You will see my true powers once we get back to the mansion...wait a minute...aren't we forgetting someone else important?"

"...Mewtwo!" They said in unison. "Lucario, can you tell me where is Mewtwo?"

"Let me see..." Lucario glowed for a moment and stopped. "There, I sense someone in that area."

"Red, you come with me, Pikachu, Jigglypuff and Lucario, take Maylene and Reggie inside the portal I'm going to make, we'll reunite once Red and me return." Chris said and they nodded agreeding, Red, holding Squirtle, went with Chris deeper in the forest, after a while, they found a big area destroyed and burned down. "...What happened here?"

"Maybe someone else was fighting, but look! The trees are either down or burned!... UAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"What is it?!"

"LOOK!" Red pointed to a tree that was still burning a little, but he wanted to show Chris an image of someone head with charred wood around, the image was oddly familiar too...

"...No...that image looks like...Mewtwo's head...what happened?"

End of flashback

"...They got him too..." Chris finished looking down at his feet.

"So we lost 2 Smashers, but got 3 in return..." Master Hand said.

"What do we do about Red?" Pichu asked, recovering his energy by eating a Maxim Tomato.

"I think I got another idea in mind, we're not going to waste his first time helping us." Chris said.

"...And what's the thing below that mantle?" Link asked looking at the gift Chris got.

However, Lucario didn't liked the "gift" at all, because he grunted at it.

"This is a gift for 2 special friends...and they are..."

"They are?" Nana asked.

"Hey Fox, Falco, I got you 2 a gift from Kanto!" Chris said pushing the gift towards Fox and Falco.

"Sweet! Look at the size of this thing! It must be something big!" Falco said a little excited as both Star Fox members removed the mantle, but their eyes widened and their pupils shrunk at the same time. "...Oh no...this is..."

"Not a gift, but must be a joke then...it's a joke, right?" Fox added sweating a little and asking too.

"Nope! I always knew you wanted to have this from a long time ago!... Or in this case...him..." Chris said a little darkly and enthusiastic at the same time.

"AAAAHH!" They backed away and prepared to attack the gift Fox and Falco received.

"It's just a trophy!" Chris pointed out.

"But it is WHO is the trophy!" Zelda said while her hand glowed with magic.

Chris ducked and reached to the trophy's base, but Fox stopped him before he could touch it. "Think carefully what is going to happen next after you touch the base, Master Hand already told us what happens if we fall defeated with great injuries, do you want to do this still?" Fox asked in a serious tone.

"Hmm, yes!" Chris got his hand away from him and touched the base of the trophy which made the thing to shine brightly and everyone prepared to attack "him".

"...Uuuggghhh..."

"No...way..." Falco said slowly.

"...I'll have in mind to get you out of my team, Chris." Fox said frowning to himself.

"...Where...is this...place..."

"Welcome to the team!" Chris greeted happily, extending his hand at him.

"...What?! How did I got here in the first place?!"

The mysterious person backed away and took a fighting stance to stay alert from them, but Chris tilted his head confused.

"We're not going to hurt you, don't worry about tha-"

"We ARE going to hurt him, but severly!" Falco said, taking out his Blaster.

"...Fox and the bird brain are here?! Then...that means I'm in the enemy's base!?"

"This is not the enemy's base! It's the good guys's base!" Pichu said, gathering electricity on his cheeks.

"I'm not gonna stay here for too long either, let me go!"

"But nobody is tying you to a chair or something..." Popo trailed off and the person calmed down a little.

"...Guess this is not my day then..."

"And never will!" Fox added while he dashed towards him and prepared to kick his face but the person stopped his foot with his claw, as they tried to land the first blow.

"Heh, calm down you."

"You...calm down!"

Chris separated both of them, who crossed their arms and looked away annoyed from each other. "I know you 2 will get along very we-"

"WE'RE NOT!" They said unison.

Chris sighed. "...Okay, I'll stop being optimistic..." He blocked Falco. "No, you're not going to try to hurt him either."

"Humph!" Falco crossed his arms and looked away annoyed like the 2.

"...Anyway, I want everyone to welcome our newest member to the team as Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur, give a warm welcome to...Wolf O'Donnell!"

The person who was mysteriously a trophy was Wolf, the same person who was their enemy and the person Chris got somehow in some way.

"What are you going to do with me?" Wolf asked with a glare towards everyone.

"Nothing, I found you laying around in the grass and then, I thought it was a good action to take you with us." Chris said.

"...This is what happens when Tabuu gets impacient..."

"I remind you, if it weren't for me, you could be stuck in Kanto for the rest of your life."

"So what? Want a thanks or something?"

"Well...no, you're a very hostile person under pressure or bad situations, but I want to ask you if you want to join us."

"NO!" Many of them said glaring at him.

"Please guys, forgive him."

"I rather kill him before apologizing." Lucario said.

"I rather stab his heart again." Link said.

"And I rather let him join, I still remember the first day we hopefully met..." Chris said, remembering...

Back in chapter 8...

"Can't let yo do that, Star Fox!" A voice shouted from somewhere.

Back in the actual chapter...

"Were you blind when Tabuu manipulated you?"

Wolf blinked in surprise before glaring at him. "Wait just a second, what do you mean Tabuu manipulated me?"

"He didn't told you? You were being possesed by the Shadow Bugs when we encountered each other in Zebes!"

"...So that's why you're familiar...that idiot took control of my body without knowing it!"

"That's why you know him too then..." Fox said.

Chris nodded. "Of course, he caused me so much trouble but Lucario managed to defeat him and return him to Corneria with his mind erased to not remember he events, anyway, Wolf, do you want to join us to get revenge or something like that?"

Wolf crossed his arms again. "I refuse to do that."

"You get to beat Fox at least 1 time a week in the matches if you stay here."

"WHAT?!" Was Fox's response.

"...No, the benefit is tempting, but no." Wolf said.

Fox sighed in relief.

"2 times then?"

Fox glared at him.

"3."

"4!"

"Hey!"

"7."

"10!"

"10?!"

"12."

"12?! Are you kidding me!?"

"6! It's my last offer!"

Wolf smirked at the thought. "You got a deal then."

Both of them shook hands and Fox instantly fainted.

Lucario walked to Chris. "That was a little bit too fast..."

"If you know how to convince your enemy, you can get very sweet deals in return."

"At least I got to beat him too." Falco said.

NEWCOMER!

Wolf joined your team!

"When are the matches starting?" Wolf asked.

"Until we reunite everyone else." Chris said.

"How many of them?"

"...Like 15..."

Wolf, yet again, glared at him again. "You've got to be kidding me."

"Sorry, you already did the deal and I KNOW you don't quit deals you have accepted."

Fox got up sighing in relief again. "But how did you find Wolf?"

"Well..."

Flashback...again...

Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen

Viridian Forest

"...No...that image looks like...Mewtwo's head...what happened?" Chris looked around and found a trophy base on a bush. "...Mewtwo?" He pulled the trophy slowly from the bush and gasped a little.

"...HIM?!" Red yelled scared.

"Wow...I don't exactly know what happened here...but we got Wolf's trophy in a sudden twist of..." Chris twirled and stopped. "Events."

"Why did you twirled?"

"Raise the drama or something, anywa-"

"Why is he a trophy?"

"The selected Smashers like him ar-"

"Wait wait wait, what is that of Wolf being a selected Smasher?!" Fox asked outside the flahsback.

"Wolf is one of the new Smashers, I forgot to point that out." Master Hand pointed out.

"...Falco, please tell me this is a dream..."

"Is not." Falco said, shaking his head.

"(This maybe won't be so bad after all.)" Wolf thought.

"-e turned into a trophy if they were weakened to a point, you're no exception too." Chris finished and then got an idea. "Hey, wait, we're gathering everyone else so...why don't take him with us too?"

"Are you nuts?! He tried to kill me!"

"He won't kill you, now, let's find something to carry him...weird, there's a platform with wheels and a grey mantle over there, let's use them to give him as a gift to some friends I know."

End of flashback

"...Oops, I forgot to stop being your friend before YOU took him here!" Falco said annoyed.

"Would you please stop doing that? It was for the best!" Chris said. "...Oh, forget it." Chris slapped Fox from the back and he looked at him.

"Hey! Who did that?!" Fox asked angrily.

"Wolf did it."

"Wait, wha-" Wolf was suddenly attacked by Fox and they started to fight on their own little world.

"...You know you want to, Falco..."

"Alright!" Falco jumped between the 2 to join their pointless fight.

Link sighed. "This is going to be so troublesome..."

"It will." They said in unison.

A portal opened up and they looked at it.

"For what is the sudden portal?" Pikachu asked.

Master Hand raised a finger. "Once again, I upgraded the system, this time around, when a Smasher is ready to come to join us, Chris will have to go and convince him-"

"Or her." Zelda interrupted him.

"...Or her." Master Hand repeated, they were looking at him like it was normal. "...It's a new Smasher." They began to cheer loudly, and if I didn't say it, take a guess who didn't obviously cheered.

"So who?" Popo asked.

"Chris, go on and convince."

"I'll be right back." Chris said before entering inside the portal and they began to talk among themselves...except for the fox, the falcon, hawk, or whatever Falco is and the second selfish mercenary of the team that will...you know what.

"No Young Link for sure, finally." Link said proudly.

"It was very weird to have your younger self around the mansion." Marth said.

Pichu decided to sat on the floor and watch the 3 fighting people...fight. "What's so bad about Young Link? He was better than you!"

"He was only faster!" Link protested.

"...You do know you and him are the same person, right?" Pikachu asked.

"He wasn't that good fighting." Roy said.

"Yeah!" Falco said before returning to the fight.

"How about a Young Zelda?"

"That wouldn't work...and speaking of which, Master Hand, return to me my other form, ever since I left I forgot to ask you for my Sheikah abilities." Zelda ordered.

"She was helpful that way." Link whispered to Marth.

Master Hand snapped his fingers and Zelda glowed for a moment before she stopped.

"Good, this time I won't forget about it." She said.

"You idiot! You're leaving us like nothing happened?!"

They turned at the portal. "What was that?" Ness asked.

"Probably he is convincing whoever he is talking to." Meta Knight said.

"T-Tetra! Please, you have to understand!"

"We have our own mission, remember? Find the new land?"

"I-I promise I'll return, I swear!"

"But for a long time, our mission will take more time...AND CAN YOU UNTIE ME PLEASE?!"

"Hush! Don't talk to Miss Tetra like that, boy!"

"(...Why do I need to be a boy in this world again?)"

"...Fine! Go but I don't want to see you for a long time!"

"Tetra...I..."

"...Go!"

"M-Miss Tetra! Are you cryi-"

PUNCH! SMACK! HIT!

They sweatdropped for a moment.

"Go now before I change my mind!"

"...Ugh..."

"...Te-"

There was a sound of someone taking out a sword.

"YAH!"

"HEY! DON'T LEAVE ME HERE!"

"S-SORRY! LET'S GET OUT OF HERE!" And both of them entered inside the portal.

"(...I'm...I'm really going to miss you...good bye...)"

"Miss Tetra, are you cr-"

There were even more sounds of someone being badly hurted to a bloody pulp.

"Now c'mon! We'll search the new land before he returns!"

"AYE, MISS TETRA!"

A familiar person stepped out of the portal confused, pulling a tied up Chris with him and everyone looked at him, even Fox, Falco and Wolf stopped fighting and they looking at him.

Lucario walked towards Chris again and kneeled to see him. "What happened to you?" He asked while he broke the ropes.

"Tetra's pirates tied me when I appeared out of nowhere in their ship." Chris explained.

"...WHO THE HELL IS HIM?!" Link asked while his eyes were twitching.

"...WHO ARE YOU?!" The person asked an-wait, you already guessed who was him.

"It looks like Young Link but...more...what's the word?" Roy asked.

"Cartoony?" Kirby asked.

"Where am I? Why is this guy looking like me but...uglier..."

"Uglier? Have you looked your eyes in a mirror?!" Link asked.

"Yes, they're perfectly fine an-"

"You got E-Mail."

"WAAH!" The person took out a big hammer with the form of a skull and started to smash a computer next to him because it startled him greatly, quickly too.

"TOON LINK, STOP! YOU JUST DESTROYED A COMPUTER AND AN E-MAIL FROM MY COUSIN GLOVER!" Master Hand said enraged and Toon Link's mouth opened in surprise and he gasped.

"A BIG FLOATING HAND!" Toon Link started to continuously pummel Master Hand using his Skull Hammer.

"OWW! OWW! OWW! DO SOMETHING, EVERYONE! OWW!" However, most of them were either laughing or chuckling uncontrollably. "I'LL THROW ALL OF YOU IN CRUEL BRAWL OTHERWISE!" They stopped laughing and Toon Link too from murdering the hand.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: makuta on August 28, 2008, 07:10:31 PM
Wolf was defeated by Mewtwo before the others got Mewtwo. Easy as that.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 30, 2008, 02:28:02 PM
"LET ME GO! I NEED TO KILL THAT THING!" Toon Link said.

"But he didn't attacked you!" Nana said, taking the Skull Hammer away from him.

Then Toon Link calmed down and panted. "...Can anybody here explain me who is that hand, what are those weird things with images, why is him here, why is that kid from over there fainted, why this guy looks like me but older, why there are animals walking in 2 legs, who are those rounded balls, why the hand called me Toon Link and why that guy is wearing a tiara that makes him look like a girl?"

"I'm not a girl!" Marth said angrily.

"I can do that if you want." Chris said raising a hand.

"Okay...please explain to me."

5 hours later...

"And...lastly...we need your help...to defeat the Subspace Army, the same guys...we fought in...Dragon...Roost...Island..." Chris finished his long explanation to Toon Link, who was left even more confused than before.

"Let me get this straight..."

"Oh no..." Chris muttered under his breath.

5 MORE hours later...

"And the Subspace Army is trying to take all the worlds and rule them all?" Toon Link asked and they nodded, some of them snoring or sleeping. "...This is so...darn...confusing..."

"By any chance you didn't pulled out the Master Sword and went to the future where you were older, right?" Link asked.

"The Master Sword? Well, I pulled it but I didn't got any older...hey, what are you doing with the Master Sword?"

"I'm-" Zelda blocked his mouth.

"He's like you in some ways." She said.

Toon Link looked at Chris. "Alright, alright, I'll stay here to help, but just a favor, don't call me Toon Link, call me Link."

NEWCOMER!

Toon Link joined your team!

Chris nodded with a smile. "Okay, then the first Link will be Link 2."

"What?" Link 2 asked.

"Just kidding...wait, we're going to have issues with the names later...let me think about something..."

As Chris began to think, Red slowly woke up and looked around scratching his head. "It's over?" He asked and glanced at Toon Link. "LOOK AT HIS EYES!" He yelled before fainting.

"Where is Squirtle?" Jigglypuff asked before she took out a Pokeball from Red's belt and called out Squirtle. "Can you wake him up?"

"Sure!" Squirtle used Water Gun on Red and he woke up again, while Roy explained some things to him.

?

"No! No! Why?! This can't be!"

"Heh, looks like I win Goroh."

"GRR! I'm not going to let you go like that Falcon! C'mon guys! Take him!"

"Wha-"

PUNCH!

"UGH!" He fell on the orange ground.

"Hahaha! Look who's laughing now! Take him away!"

"(D-Darn it...I need help...but...who? Who should I call?... Wait, I still have the emergency button to call them...they're taking away somewhere...then there's no other choice...)"

"B-BOSS! LOOK AT THIS!"

"What is it?... U-UAAAAAHHHHHHH! LET'S GO AND GET OUTTA HERE! WE CAN'T BEAT THOSE MONSTERS EVEN WITH ALL OF US!" Then they ran away in their machines at high speed, leaving his rival at the mercy of the mysterious monsters.

"(W-who are these monsters?... I don't think I can defeat them...I must...call...them...)" He pressed a weird button on his helmet with the emblem of the SSB and he fainted before he was surrounded by Big Primids.

?

An armor was walking through the halls of a forgotten city of modern machinery, the armor stopped on its trails and leaned to a wall to inspect the area, there were different creatures inspecting the whole place and moving machines and devices to another section of the area, the armor readied its arm cannon, but before, the armor began to click on its visor and to an image of the emblem of SSB since it thought it couldn't defeat all of them.

...Since they were 1000...and there was a cage with someone trying to get out using waves of energy...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

The Smashers were all talking among themselves, everyone but Wolf and Meta Knight, who were glaring at each other.

"Because of you, my ship was stolen." Meta Knight said coldly.

"Because of you, I lost to a stupid puffball." Wolf said coldly.

"Because of you 2, I'm getting sick." Chris said, crossing his arms. "I'm going to guess you 2 will not get along for a long time." They nodded. "I'm sorry to tell you this, but I'm planning to get everyone, and I mean, EVERYONE to get along with persons who haven't talked with."

"Don't tell me you're going to get Fox to be my friend or something cheesy like that." Wolf said glaring at him.

"...I...I think there will be exceptions of course, but as a member of this..." He glanced around, where Master Hand was giving Toon Link his Master Sword and changing him into his Brawl form, Link, Marth and Roy measuring their swords, Ness and Lucas playing a thumb fight while Popo, Pikachu, Pichu and Kirby watched cheering, Nana talking with Zelda and Jigglypuff, Fox and Falco whispering with each other to how tick Wolf off and Pit trying to get Lucario to talk with him. "...This team full of very weird people or something else, I need to do something big then...but then again, that would ruin all the fun."

"Don't do it." Wolf and Meta Knight said coldly.

"But I-"

"Don't do it."

"But-"

"Don't, do it."

"Bu-"

"Don't, do it."

"B-" At that point, Meta Knight pointed his sword at him and Wolf aimed his Blaster at him too.

"Don't, do it."

"...Weeell, if you want to..." He clapped his hands to get the attention of everyone. "Alright, listen up, we have been wasting so much time already! We need to get to work right now or we're not going to get through this!" If you weren't noticing, Chris was wearing now a white, grey and green shirt that looked like it came from the future, a plasma gun that was also a whip inside a holder in his black belt, green and light blue pants, white shoes and a small red bandana around his neck (he named it Reddy Jr.), because he bought the Chozo Arts job.

"We're waiting for an invasion!" Popo shouted.

"Our mission is to gather everyone else, remember?"

"It's more fun when they invade first!" Roy shouted.

"Yeah!" Link replied.

"(...That's new coming from Link.) Forget about that! This time, we'll not wait for them to attack an-"

"RECEIVING A DISTRESS CALL FROM SUBJECT CAPTAIN FALCON, REPEAT, RECEIVING A DISTRESS CALL FROM SUBJECT CAPTAIN FALCON."

Many of them began to cheer loudly and Chris slapped his forehead before the screen played the call.

"Is anybody in the mansion?... Good, okay, I'm going to be quick, some creatures with dark spores came out of nowhere and scared Goroh and his band of bandits away from the Red Canyon, unfortunately...the bandits started to beat me when I wasn't looking at those creatures appeared...and they are carrying me to somewhere...this is the motive of my call...hurry up whoever is in the mansion right now...idiot...Falcon...there is nobody in the mansion right now...man, this is it then...is that...a ship?" The transmission began to lose communication and it turned off and they were talking yet again between themselves about the call.

Chris clapped his hands to get their attention. "Our mission is clear no-"

"RECEIVING A DISTRESS CALL FROM SUBJECT SAMUS ARAN, REPEAT, RECEIVING A DISTRESS CALL FROM SUBJECT SAMUS ARAN."

They began to cheer loudly and Chris slapped his forehead again...before realising that there were 2 persons this time instead of 1, the screen didn't got any voice transmission, it was written.

"Samus here, I need help right now, I was investigating the Sanctuary Fortress when I found an area full of monsters with black spores coming from their bodies, I remember I saw them a long time ago too, I should have defeated 100, but 1000 it's just enough to tire me out. I'm requesting help from anyone in the mansion, I don't care who it is, but you must come here as soon as possible, and that's not all, there is a ship landing on the highest point of the maze and that's the place where I'm going, roger and out." The transmission ended and they stopped talking.

"Samus...always acting like a soldier." Master Hand said before the screen showed the status of both worlds.

F-Zero GX
Current Status: Currently, somewhere in Red Canyon
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 1
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Fighting abilities (Any type of fighter will be fine to go).

Metroid Prime 2: Echoes
Current Status: Searching for the Dark Keys of Sanctuary Fortress
Race: Anyone. (Preferably women)
Number of protagonists: 1
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilites: Fighting, Espionage, Traveling or High-Jumping abilities (Any type of fighter will be fine to go).

Most of them were puzzled at many things.

"Race, preferably women?" Marth readed confused.

"Maybe because Samus is a woman." Zelda said.

"Samus is a man, right Fox?" Falco asked.

"Excuse me? Samus is a woman!"

"I've never heard of any girl wearing an armor!"

"But Falco, Samus is a woman, right Master Hand?" Chris asked.

"Is a man, I think." Master Hand said.

"...And you call yourself the manager of this tournament...she is a woman!"

"HE is a MAN!" Falco said annoyed.

"STOP IT! Focus on the mission, we have 2 characters in danger, but then, we have to make teams to help them and investigate why are there 2 ships."

"2 Halberds...one of them must be fake..." Meta Knight said.

Chris nodded. "Exactly, it's weird that the level of danger is medium too...but that doesn't matter, anyone can go to both worlds so...since I'm not so good sorting teams with so much differency, I'm going to the Sanctuary Fortress and help Samus, who wants to be the leader and help Captain Falcon?"

At that moment, Link, Roy, Pikachu, Fox, Falco and Ness were fighting to gain the leadership.

"...Nevermind, Marth will be the leader."

"I shall success by the name of Altea." Marth said, stepping to Chris's right side.

"You don't need to get dramatic either...alright, now in order, and I mean it, IN ORDER, please decide with who you want to go." The teams were sorted out in this order.

Marth's Team: Marth, Roy, Link, Toon Link, Ice Climbers, Ness, Lucas, Pikachu and Pichu.

Chris's Team: Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Meta Knight, Zelda and Red.

"Jigglypuff, you don't want to come?" Kirby asked and Jigglypuff shook her head.

"I want to get a bath, I'll go the next time." She said and left the room.

"...Wait, I'm missing 3." Chris said.

"Maybe because of them?" Red asked pointing at fox, Falco and Wolf, who were looking at different ways.

"...We can't go through this without you 3!"

"Sorry, but this wasn't on the contract!" Falco said annoyed.

"There wasn't any contract in the first place! You 3 will go with us even if you don't like each other!"

"I'm fine with Falco." Fox said.

"I know that Fox, but I was meaning Wolf."

"Then no."

"Master Hand...can you do me a favor?" Chris narrowed his eyes.

"Yes?" Master Hand asked.

"Grab those 3 together and throw them inside the portal to Samus." Chris said pointing at the portal to Metroid Prime 2: Echoes.

Master Hand quickly grabbed the 3 and they were yelling above his fingers, trying to get off him. "HEY! YOU HAND! LET ME GO!" Wolf said angrily.

"I DON'T WANT TO BE THIS CLOSE TO HIM!" Fox said angrily.

"ME NEITHER!" Falco yelled angrily.

"Okay!" Master Hand threw them at high speed towards the portal before all the teams entered inside the portals to begin the mission.

F-Zero GX

Red Canyon

"We're here! Captain Falcon, can you hear-" Roy found a big pile of Big Primids dead before they vanished, and Captain Falcon was dusting off his gloves from behind and he looked at them appearing.

"Guys! Good to see you here!" Captain Falcon said shaking hands with Marth.

"...What happened here?" Ness asked.

"Oh, those monsters? I got rid of 'em in no time, guess I didn't needed to call all of you here..."

Link took out his sword in fury. "Then...you DID handed all of this by yourself and didn't EVEN needed our help at the end?"

C. Falcon laughed a little. "Yeah, that's right."

"GET HIM!" Roy yelled and they lunged at him.

Lucas and Pichu were watching all of them beating C. Falcon. "My god, they're so brute." Lucas said.

"You get used to it." Pichu said sighing.

NEWCOMER!

C. Falcon temporaly joined your team!

Metroid Prime 2: Echoes

Sanctuary Fortress

"This is not good, I think Dark Samus destroyed the bridge to the fortress...hey, where are Fox, Falco and Wolf?" Chris asked.

"They were thrown at high speed towards the fortress by Master Hand's force, and it was so much actually to make them to cross the walls." Lucario pointed out.

Kirby looked from the cliff. "Yes, I can see 3 holes with their images."

"Anybody knows how to cross this big chasm?" Chris asked and Zelda looked above her to find a destroyed, but very small line hanging from their point to the fortress.

"I've got an idea." Zelda said as she transformed to Sheik, and Chris instantly stood in front of her.

"Okay, you're still a girl, right?"

"...Of course." Sheik said, before she jumped high in the air and began to walk across the line and they looked at her.

"I don't like where is this going AT ALL."

"If you slip, I'll catch you." Lucario reassured him.

"Thank you but...wait, where is Meta Knight and Kirby?" Lucario pointed to the other side where mentioned characters were already there waiting for them. "Red, how are you going to-" Red was already fainted while Squirtle sprayed more water on his face. "...Why is he fainted?"

"Duh, we're above a big-whatever-is down there, anyone could have fainted from seeing something like that!" Squirtle said and pointed to the big, forgotten civilization city down below.

"Hmm...wait, I have an idea to cross...but I don't know if I can do it...let's see..." Chris threw his whip to latch it to the line and he swung to grab a much farther rope and he continued to do the same. "Wahoo! This is incredible! Lucario, you should do this someday too!"

Lucario just smiled a little and ran above the line to catch up with them.

...Leaving Red and Squirtle behind by accident.

Reactor Core

Pursuing My True Self

Samus didn't wanted to wait more time and she decided to sneak through all the different machinery that the Primids were pushing around to not be spotted.

We are living our liiiiiiiiiiiiiives

As soon as she was behind a big wall, she began to scan all the different equipment of the Primids.

Abound with so much informatioooooooooon

Then, the next thing she did was to launch a missile to some barrels with energy that exploded to kill 10 Primids that caught all the attention of her enemies, then she snuck through their backs as silent as possible. She leaned to a nearby wall where she pressed her hand to open a lock to the left room to escape from them. She ran inside and the Primids looked at each other before continuing with their work.

"(Those were the Primids that appeared that time too...why the alarm of this fortress doesn't makes a warning signal or something? The Luminoth should have been safer with an alarm.)" Samus thought as she sat on something on the wall to use her visor to review all the information she gathered about them.

Not much time passed before she heard someone close to her...very close to her.

"(Huh? I heard voices...)" She began to scan the area around her, but there wasn't anyone there.

"(...)"

Samus looked around, a little scared of something that could appear anytime, she hated enemies that could teleport around. "(Where is it? I can't find it.)"

"...e...re..."

"(...It's getting closer.)"

"..ve...h.er..."

"(Closer...)"

"Ove...here..."

"(Ovehere? What's that suppose to mean?)"

"SAMUS, MAN, BELOW YOUR COLD BUTT!"

"(What?)" She stood up and looked down where she sat and found Falco with a very angry expression on his face. "(...Falco?)"

"Why so silent? It's weird to find someone's head stuck on the wall? Wait, IT'S WEIRD!...WELL, TALK!" Samus shook her head, she couldn't talk through her helmet at all and the air around wasn't recommended for her, but persons like the Smashers didn't needed that because they were protected against it.

Samus wrote something of her visor and showed it to Falco. "Where is Fox?" She asked in the visor.

NEWCOMER!

Samus temporaly joined your team!

"Fox and unfortunately Wolf are the guys unconscious below me!" Falco looked down where Fox and Wolf were knocked out with swirls on their eyes and Samus sweatdropped. "GET US OFF THIS WALL! I NEED TO SCRATCH MY MOUTH!"

Preview of the next chapter

"I told you, Samus is a woman." Zelda siad proudly of herself.

"Is a he! I need actual proof! Like...hmm...breasts!" Falco said before he was slapped by Samus and Zelda. "Oww!"

...

"Mommy told me to not go to these places...they're bad..." Lucas said studdering and trembling with fear before a drop of beer was dropped from Lizardman's mouth, making him to back away scared.

...

"It's a story about 2 guys who were fighting for a princess...one guy that only accepted jobs for money and the other one being a mercenary and the rival of the space fighter...and the girl that is left out of the conversation with not so much sense..." Chris said before he told the 3 about a video on Youtube he saw a while ago.

Super Mario Hyadian - By Scott Falco

...

"So, all we do is to watch him run around and meanwhile we do nothing?!" Toon Link asked and Nana nodded.

"That's C. Falcon for you..." Ness said.

...

"Next time: School time for Fox, Falco and Wolf, with some races and more!"
Toon Link said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Red Canyon/Sanctuary Fortress
Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Meta Knight, Zelda, Red, Fox, Falco, Wolf/Marth, Roy, Link, Toon Link, Ice Climbers, Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu/Jigglypuff
, Mewtwo
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Pokémon FireRed)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 01, 2008, 08:44:40 AM
Chapter 72: School time for Fox, Falco and Wolf, with some races and more!

Note: This arc will change continuously from world to world, to indicate without writing the game, we will mention the teams (Chris's Team or Marth's Team) to make everything simplier.

Sanctuary Fortress
Reactor Core

"...WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR?!"

Samus shook her and grabbed Falco's head to pull him out of the wall, she tried harder and harder but it wasn't too comfortable for Falco either.

"YOU'RE GOING TO PULL MY HEAD OFF INSTEAD OF GETTING ME OU-"

BANG!

Samus was already furious for all the complains Falco told her and decided to knock him out of cold to shut him up using her arm cannon. And his eyes were Xs.

"(Finally, I can't tolerate more complains coming from him)" Samus thought and walked off...until realising that she was leaving 3 stuck characters in walls alone and stopped. "(Wait, how did they got there? I sent the distress call but why did they appeared on the wall?)"

Just then, the door opened up and Samus prepared her arm cannon to shoot, but she lowered it when all the Smashers stepped out. "Samus!" Chris said smiling a little.

"(It's Chris, and he still looks the same...)" Samus thought.

"Thank goodness we found you, I was worried that the Subspace Army captured you...you can't talk with that suit, right?" She nodded and wrote something on her visor.

"Can you explain some things to me?"

"Well, you see..."

1 hour later...

"And he is Red, a new Smasher." Chris finished explaining all the things to Samus, it didn't took so long as Toon Link's explanation.

(Samus will communicate through her visor using words.)

Samus nodded. "Right...and how did Fox, Falco and the other guy we saw in Zebes got stuck on the wall?"

Chris sweatdropped and looked at the 3. "They didn't wanted to come here, and Master Hand threw them with all his forces together...but he went too far and this is what happened. Lucario, do me a favor and take them out please." Lucario nodded and with one simple pull, he took the 3 out of the wall and they woke up shaking their heads.

"I'm going to kill that hand if I ever get the chance." Wolf said as he got up.

"I presume you will once we get back." Zelda said.

"I know him very well, there's a chance of that happening." Fox said.

"Like you know me very well." Wolf said crossing his arms.

"But I do."

"Okay, stop it you 2," Chris said. "Samus, you said there were like 1000 Primids out there right?"

"Wait, you didn't saw them?" Samus asked.

"Saw who? There weren't anyone in our way here."

Samus walked behind them and the whole room was empty like nothing happened and she began to think where did they could go.

"High-technological machines, walls with shiny lights, walking armors, I wasn't sure this was going to be around on this quest." Red said.

"And there will be more, believe me." Kirby said.

"Samus..." Chris looked down sadly. "Did you saw Mewtwo around here? I'm afraid he was captured by them..."

"...Then it was him...there was a cage liberating some energy waves that looked like it was a psychic energy..." Samus said.

"Why are they keeping him inside a cage?" Squirtle asked.

"It's possible that the Shadow Bugs aren't too strong to take control over his body," Meta Knight said as he looked at the yellow light in front of them. "And think about this, we are inside a facility with all kinds of devices and such, maybe the best place to conduct experiments to make research to find a way to manipulate him."

Chris's eyes were wide. "...I didn't knew you were this smart in situations like this."

"One must be smart to fight and concentrate in battles."

"I'll keep that hint in mind, do you know where they went Samus?"

Samus shook her head. "No, but there was a signal of a ship  arriving at the highest point of the fortress, I know the way there too."

"For one more time we know where to go, we follow you."

Samus nodded and walked further ahead while all the Smashers followed her...but it wasn't a normal walk, not because of the monsters that mysteriously vanished and didn't left dust behind, but for 3 peculiar persons...or all of them.

Chris looked behind him where Fox and Falco were various metres away from Wolf.

017 - Adelle

"Are you 3 going to be like that from now on?" Chris asked.

"We have a thief in our team, remember?" Falco asked.

"...And we have a bird that complains too much too."

"Yeah an-hey, what bird are you talking about?" Falco asked narrowing his eyes.

"You know who, you got a reason too, Fox?"

Fox nodded. "Never walk near a guy with a Blaster...with a knife on it, who knows what could he do."

"Just because he has a knife on it doesn't means he will cut down your throat."

At that moment, Wolf smirked at Fox.

"See his smirk? He will do it when you turn your face!" Fox said.

"Pfft, yeah, right, look, nobody will get killed by anyone on my watch here, so behave you 3."

"And what will you do if we don't listen to your orders?" Wolf asked glaring at him.

"Well my Mr. Texan Voice friend, I lack power on this job, but fortunately, I can always convince Lucario to break some bones...or shatter them if I want to." He looked at Lucario, who cracked his fists.

"Your way of talking is getting obnoxious..."

"Hahah, well, I could say I get smart around stupid people." Chris crossed his arms behind his back and jumped to a platform with all of them to follow Samus, while Fox, Falco and Wolf were wondering what he meant by stupid people.

"...I'm not stupid!" They said angrily before following them.

And thus, chaos began...between them.

"...Falco, stop walking too close to me." Fox said a little annoyed.

"Why don't you stop walking too close to me?" Falco asked.

"No, you first, I'm in a bad mood right now."

"Same here."

They tried to walk to different ways but they couldn't.

"Hey, what's the joke here? I can't get away." Falco said.

"Just walk to the opposite direction." Fox said.

"And what do you think I'm doing right now?"

"Walking to my direction."

"I'm not!"

"Well, stop!"

"You stop!"

Both of them looked at each other with annoyed looks on their faces before they looked down, finding their belts crossed with each other and making them look like they were sticking their hips.

"What the hell?!" They said in unison and tried to de-attach their belts, but with no luck, then for their bad luck, Kirby looked behind them and pulled Red's shirt.

"Hey, look! They want to kiss!" Kirby said and he laughed together with Red and Squirtle, as 2 veins popped out from Fox and Falco's foreheads, since their belts were crossed but with force that made them look like they were going to kiss each other if they turned their heads, and both of them sweatdropped and looked away quickly, making Chris to look at them.

"What are you 2 doing now?" Chris asked.

"Our belts got stuck!" Falco said.

"As far I know, belts don't get stuck and cross together."

"But Wolf did it when we weren't looking!" Fox said pointing to Wolf, who had his hands inside his pockets and whistling.

Wolf turned his head at Fox. "How do you know if it was me?" He asked with a glare.

"Seriously, stop acting like that, you're acting like children in the school or something, de-attach your belts and don't get in more trouble." Chris walked ahead with Kirby, Red and Squirtle who were still laughing.

The 2 got their belts away from each other and they glared at Wolf. "I know you did it!" Falco said angrily.

"Then be more careful." Wolf said walking ahead.

"Grr, I hate that guy."

Fox rolled his eyes. "Me too."

That wasn't chaos exactly, but they decided to take revenge.

Wolf looked to his pocket where his small chain is, but it wasn't there and he looked around for it. "Hey, where is my chain?" A sound of a chain was heard and he looked to Falco, who was looking away with a grin on his mouth...or in this case, beak.

"What? I have something on my face?" Falco asked grinning.

"No, but something else in your feathered hands, which are conveniently behind your back." Wolf tried to look behind Falco, but Falco turned his back away from Wolf.

"No, I don't have anything in them."

"I believe the opposite."

"Do you want to take a peek?"

When Wolf was going to look behind Falco, the previously ruffian saw his moment to throw the chain at fast speed towards Fox who catched it and hide it inside his own pockets, then Wolf looked at Falco's hands and there wasn't anything on them. "Hey, where is my chain?"

Falco's grin turned into a smirk. "What chain? I don't know anything about a chain."

"You had my chain bird brain, didn't you?"

"What makes you think about that?"

Wolf grabbed Falco's bandana to pull him slightly above the floor. "I give you 3 seconds to give it back."

Falco's smirk didn't went away yet. "I told you, I don't have it."

"3..."

"Seriously man, I don't know ANYTHING about a chain."

"2..." His hand turned into a fist.

"Why don't you ask Fox about it?"

"1..." He showed his fangs a little.

"What is happening here?" Chris asked, walking to them.

"Hey Chris, Wolf's trying to kill me." Falco said.

"Wolf, put Falco down."

"Not until he gives me back my chain."

Fox tapped Chris's shoulder and showed Wolf's chain. "I found this laying around the floor, do you know from who is this?" He asked. (Inside his mind, however, he was smirking like Falco.)

"Oh, Fox, you found his chain! Wolf, you don't have a reason to murder Falco now."

Wolf glared at him and Fox. "But they took my chain!"

"Fox says otherwise, give his chain Fox."

Fox held the chain in front of Wolf and the grey vulpine snatched it and walked away grunting, putting Falco down too.

"We just need to walk more, please wait." Chris said and both Star Fox members nodded smiling a little, but just when he turned his back, they grinned. "My grin senses are tingling..." Chris looked behind him but Fox and Falco were shown shaking hands together and their grins changed to friendly smiles. "...Riiiiight..." And he walked away.

Both of them chuckled, a little evily. "Oh yeah, this is going to be our day..." Falco said evily.

And with a thought full of might, Fox, Falco and Wolf thought at the same time "It's ON!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 01, 2008, 04:28:59 PM
With Marth's Team...

Port Town

The Blue Falcon went through the streets but it stopped in front of a bar and the hatch of the vehicle opened up, C. Falcon got out by jumping but for the rest, well, they sprung out since the Blue Falcon wasn't exactly designed for 10 passangers.

THUD!

"Get off me!"

"You're so heavy!"

"I'm above him!"

"Who touched me there?"

"Sorry, my fault."

And between many other complains, they finally got up and looked around the blinding lights of the city.

"Where are we?" Ness asked.

"This is Port Town, my home." Captain Falcon said.

Toon Link looked in front of him and pointed. "Hey, what's that place?"

"The bar, I need to relax for a little and gather information about Black Shadow." He said as he walked towards the bar.

"C-C. Falcon! Are kids under the age 15 allowed inside?" Lucas asked studdering.

"Of course...yes!" He shouted.

"I predict a fight with drunk people, stay alert." Marth warned them as they entered inside.

It wasn't a pretty sight, pretty sight would be strolling down in a green bushy area like Aisenfield of Final Fantasy.

But strolling down the bar was like awakening all the Malboros that would throw the dreaded Bad Breath attack and confuse your overly-powered Wakka who has a very high accuracy and pummel down your other 2 companions and himself to gain an instant Game-Over, seriously, many hate Malboros.

But enough with that.

"Dr. Clash, the usual but by 4." Captain Falcon ordered and Dr. Clash took out 4 glasses and filled them with beer, supposedly, the other 3 were for Marth, Roy and Link. "Drink."

"Er...no thanks, but I need to get older for this." Link said, putting his glass away.

"Me too." Roy said.

"I don't want to have another accident." Marth said.

And for the rest of the young Smashers, things weren't going well...

Lucas and Pichu backed away from all the weird but scary guys drinking beer like there was no end, but Toon Link, Ness, Popo, Nana and Pikachu weren't that scared...okay, maybe a little bit.

"Mommy told me to not go to these places...they're bad..." Lucas said studdering and trembling with fear before a drop of beer was dropped from Bio Rex's mouth, making him to back away scared.

"D-don't worry sir, he didn't wanted to start something, j-just return to your things and we won't interrupt you!" Nana said scared and Bio Rex looked to another way and drank his beer, spilling it all over the floor.

"I hate this place already." Ness whispered to them.

"Just a poke and they will try to murder you." Popo said.

"They're just drunk, if they aren't drunk, then nothing will happen." Pikachu said, finding a green alien walking from the entrance and he walked to him. "Good day si-"

PUNCH!

Pikachu was sent flying towards them by a punch from Pico, who walked towards the main desk and ordered a beer.

"What did you said again?" Popo asked raising an eyebrow.

"Shut...up..." Pikachu said annoyed.

"Toon Link..." Pichu trailed off.

"It's Link!" Toon Link said.

"...O-oh right, Link, what do you think of traveling around worlds?"

Toon Link sat on the floor. "I think it's pretty exhausting, I haven't fought with anything yet and I'm already bored and tired."

"Well, for me, I'm glad, I've never been doing this before." Ness said.

"Although it's fun to do it." Nana said.

"Just think of all the places we could go than anyone else here couldn't! I couldn't go to a new world before for some stupid rules, but after we return to the mansion, we could visit a new world that we don't know about!" Pikachu said excited.

"Like which one?" Toon Link asked.

"...Chris knows..." Popo said and they nodded.

"I wonder what are they doing right now." Nana wondered, looking outside where it started to rain.

"Probably they're doing fine, you know, fighting against the Subspace Army and not with each other and getting along well instead of doing pranks with each other." Popo said, patting her back.

"...Wait, didn't Wolf joined our team and Fox and Falco don't like him at all?" Ness asked and they sweatdropped.

"Oh god, they're probably killing each other as we talk." Pikachu said.

"Well, what do you think one of them is going to ask for something stupid?" Pichu asked.

"Hmm..." They began to think.

With Chris's team...

Falco was arguing with Zelda if Samus was a man or a woman, even Samus was trying to tell him that she was a woman...

...But can you believe Falco wasn't believing it?

"For the last time, I'm a woman Falco!" That was repeatedly repeated on Samus's visor.

"I told you, Samus is a woman." Zelda said proudly of herself.

"Is a he! I need actual proof! Like...hmm...breasts!" Falco said before he was slapped by Samus and Zelda. "Oww!"

"Perv!" Zelda and Samus said at the same time.

"(I won't fall yet Zelda, I'm going to win that bet I made with you a loooong time ago...)"

Flashback

Smash Mansion
Living Room

We are taken back when the Melee tournament was going on, and we see Falco (in his Melee form) talking with Zelda (in her Melee form) together.

"So Zelda, where is he?" Falco asked as he leaned to the sofa.

"He? Who?" Zelda asked.

"Samus, obviously, that guy hasn't appeared here to say a farewell since the tournament is over and everyone else is packing up to leave."

"...Falco, you do know that Samus is a woman right?"

"...Say what?"

"Samus is a W-O-M-A-N."

Falco chuckled at this. "No, Samus is a M-A-N."

Zelda rolled her eyes. "I know her pretty well."

"And I know him pretty well too."

"Liar, I have been spending much time with Samus...and Peach than you."

Falco pointed at her. "And we have been fighting each one longer than you!"

"Idiot, spending time and fights are 2 different things."

"Nope, in my dictionary, they are the same."

"In your dictionary, if you search the word "Stupid" there is going to be a picture of you to the right."

Falco grew annoyed and stood up. "Wanna make a bet?"

Zelda stood up, annoyed too. "Tell me."

"If you can get actual proof of he being a woman, I'll give you my Arwing and-" He took out a card. "-my credit card of the bank! It has tons of money on it!"

"And if you lose, I give you my permission to name you king of Hyrule and make everything you want there."

"Deal!" Both of them shook hands but pressed them hard to crush their opponent's hand, but it didn't worked and they walked to different directions.

Just then, Ness was shown walking with Pikachu.

"Remember our bet, Ness," Pikachu said. "If we ever get the chance to travel around the worlds someday, with a teenager and a new Pokémon that will be his favorite Pokémon and in a twist of events try to take Mewtwo's place but both are accepted back and we fight against a great menace out of nowhere and we choose to fight it, I'll get to see what is inside your backpack if I win."

"Are you sure you want to make a bet like that? That's never going to happen even in 7 years!" Ness said, shaking hands with Pikachu.

"Believe me, that will happen." Pikachu said proudly.

End of flashback

"(I WILL win that bet!)" Falco said cheering inside his mind.

With Marth's Team...

"Nah." They said in unison.

"Hey Ness, do you remember something we bet?" Pikachu asked.

"...No?" Ness responded confused.

"H-hey guys! Look at C. Falcon!" Roy said laughing with Link and the young Smashers looked at C. Falcon wearing an extremely embarrassing clown outfit with a cape.

"N-Neelsen! I don't want to take part of that race now!" C. Falcon said to an old man with a long white beard pushing him towards the track further inside the bar.

"Nonsense boy! Go get the prize! It's worth it!" Silver Neelsen said rambling about how good is the prize money.

"What is C. Falcon going to do?" Nana asked.

"That old man appeared out of nowhere and talked to C. Falcon, he told him that if C. Falcon wanted to participate on a race, but he refused but the old man was stubborn and disguised C. Falcon with that ridiculous outfit." Roy said chuckling.

"...Wait a minute, aren't we forgetting someone else back in the mansion?" Link asked.

"Who?" Marth asked.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

A sound coming from the bathroom was heard and Pit came out. "I can't believe I took so long in the bathroom...hey, where is everyone?"

"Pit? You're here?" Master Hand asked.

"Yes, I was spending a painful time in the bathro-"

"Too much information, please don't continue."

"...Well, where is everyone?"

"They left when you were occupied."

"...They left without me?! What happened when I was occupied?!"

"Let's see...Wolf joined our team, Toon Link also joined our team, Chris bought the Chozo Arts job, C. Falcon and Samus were in trouble and they made teams...and that's all."

"...Goddess, I missed so much, did anyone else stayed here?"

Jigglypuff appeared whistling happily. "Aww, that was a good bath...Pit?"

"Stuck in the bathroom."

"Oh." She said, looking away for a moment before looking at him again. "What do you want to do?"

"I don't know, do you know?"

Jigglypuff took out a game from her back, where did she got it? It's a mystery. "Do you want to play Uno, Pokémon Version?"

With Marth's Team...

"...No, I don't recall anyone." Nana said, they remained silent for a moment before Lucas spoke.

"...W-where are they?" Lucas asked.

"Who?" Pichu asked.

"T-the Subspace Army, they should be attacking by now."

Roy took a seat. "Relax, we can rest and watch C. Falcon win this race."

...But unfortunately...they didn't knew that there were black spores appearing for a second from Silver Neelsen...

With Chris's Team...

"No, just no."

"You dressed him?"

"Well, I tried to, but all the clothes that I was putting on him were ripped by all sort of things, like the spikes or the black rings on his shoulders."

Lucario groaned a little at this because Chris was telling Zelda, Samus and Red about how he dressed Lucario...or tried to dress him one time, but Lucario didn't liked to be dressed, being one of his most hated things.

Unfortunately, this wasn't an arc focused on Chris or Lucario, so we change to...Meta Knight?

"I won't take part of your foolishness." Meta Knight said bluntly.

"C'mon, just a little bit?" Falco asked but Meta Knight shook his head.

"No, spending my time doing pranks is not what I usually do."

"One time! Just one time!"

"I'll cut you but in 3 if you don't stop now."

"..." Falco felt scared and Meta Knight walked away from him. "..." He looked at the readers. "What? I don't have any ideas, look where is Fox!"

Oddly enough, Fox was walking next to Wolf.

"Fox, get away now." Wolf said irritated.

"I don't want to, you do." Fox said grinning at another way.

"No, you first."

"I'm being kind for a change, you first."

"I order you to walk to another way."

Fox rolled his eyes. "You're not my father."

"So?"

"So I'm not going away until you do."

"Do it, now."

"You're older than me, go first."

"No, you go first."

"You!"

"I said, you first Fox!"

"No, you first."

Wolf did the same thing as he did with Falco, grab Fox's bandana and treaten him. "Listen you, I'm warning you to walk to another way than MY way, and you will do it."

Fox smirked a little. "And what will happen if I don't?"

And a fight began.

"...Shut...up...shut...up...shut...up...SHUT UP!" The World Traveler yelled and started shooting his charged paralyzing shots to calm them down.

"UGH!" Fox and Wolf were paralyzed and they couldn't move from their place.

"Look, do you think I'm that stupid to ignore all your pranks on each other? Do you think I didn't saw who took Wolf's chain? Who stuck the belts? Who took one of the feathers of Falco's tail? Who set Fox's Blaster in self-destruct before it could explode? Who tried to take Meta Knight's sword to give it to Wolf but failed miserably?"

Falco had several new scars under his feathers and looked away.

"I know you 3 were doing pranks on each other, even you're starting to act like children!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 02, 2008, 07:14:12 PM
"I'm older than you!" The 3 said annoyed.

"Young but wiser!"

"Wiser, yeah, right." Falco said.

"Who knows about everyone around here?"

"...You..."

"Who knows about new worlds that you don't know about?"

"...You..."

"Who saved your butts when you were going to be defeated or die?"

"...You..."

"Wh-"

"OKAY OKAY, STOP ALREADY!...HUMPH!" They JUST figured out that they were talking in unison and looked away angrily.

"..." Chris sighed. "...To make everything more relaxing between you 3, I'll do something interesting, a story!"

Wolf opened his right eye and looked at him. "What?"

"It's a story about 2 guys who were fighting for a princess...one guy that only accepted jobs for money and the other one being a mercenary and the rival of the space fighter...and the girl that is left out of the conversation with not so much sense..." Chris said before he told the 3 about a video on Youtube he saw a while ago.

Super Mario Hyadian - By Scott Falco

The video starts playing but it shows first Fox, Krystal and Wolf shocked (they even were wearing the Mario's group clothes) and then Falco (in Luigi's clothes) smiles at the readers as the song starts playing.

Fox (in Mario's clothes) pops in. "Hey, Wolf. You're such a stubborn fellow. Won't you give up on Krystal already?"

Wolf (in a Bowser costume) appears from the left. "Well I regret to inform you that's unacceptable." He points at Fox and winks. "I'm her destiny, no doubt about it."

Krystal (in Peach's clothes) appears not trying to believe what she heard. "Won't the both of you stop it?" She closed her eyes in shame. "Just look at the mirror..."

Fox and Wolf walks close to each other. "Well you don't have to say such a thing. Men compete with their hearts!" A heart appears and they smile.

"Nice job!" Wolf said happily.

"Oh, nice job!" Fox replies happily.

"Fox, how have ya doing lately?"

"Doing excellent, you know? The G-Diffuser systems and Blasters stuff have all sold out!"

Wolf grins. "Isn't that nice? No time to slow down!"

"Oh, cut it out, O'Donnell! Ah, the second verse is starting!"

Wolf closes his eye and stands in a poetic position. "My sweetest Krystal girl. I'm so in love with you." He smirks. "If you can't understand that, I'll kidnap you and seal you up again."

Fox glares at Wolf. "I'll steal you back risking my life!" He gets depressed. "But I cannot steal your heart..."

Krystal appears again. "Cut it out the 2 of you... Are you listening to me at all?"

Fox and Wolf gets depressed again. "The tsundere in you is also charming," They jump at the screen with a heart around them. "And men compete with their hearts!"

The heart gets bigger and it shows Krystal about to marry Wolf with General Scales (dressed as Count Bleck) behind her as she gets shocked at this fact. Then she was shown with a napkin with an annoyed face to Fox who gets away crying a little as she said to him, "Sorry, but YOUR vixen is in another palace..."

They were shown shocked again but Falco appears once again laughing before realising something and began to run madly.

"Wait a minute!! Aren't you forgetting someone!?" He appears from place to place and smiles at the camera. "F-A-L-C-O! Entering the stage! Thanks for waiting!"

"WHAT WHAT WHAT? EXCUSE ME?" Fox asked annoyed.

Wolf appears bigger than Falco and the falcon sweatdrops scared. "KY KY! Try to understand the atmosphere around here!"

Fox shoves his face at Falco as he cries a little. "If you get carried away I'll really kick the hell out of you!"

Falco sits far away depressed.

Krystal appears once again. "One mushroom eater is enough for me... Quite insolent for a stand in..."

Fox and Wolf sings again. "By looks wed only pass as medium/low class..."

Fox does a solo happily. "Well, men compete with their hearts..."

Wolf does a solo too. "Men compete with their hearts..."

Krystal ends her discussion closing her eyes in shame. "Please compete with your faces..."

"Ah, it's finally over..."

"I'm exausted..." Fox commented.

"So... Let's get the night life rolling!"

"Ah sorry... I have this and that to do..."

"Oh I see... Next time introduce me to someone nice!"

"Next time introduce me to someone nice!" Fox gasps. "Did you know the MIC's on?"

"Really? My bad!"

Falco gets happy again and smiles at the camera.

Music ends...or story

"So? What do you think?" Chris asked smiling.

"I WOULD NEVER FALL IN LOVE WITH THAT DUMB GIRL!" Wolf roared furiously.

"DUMB GIRL?! WHAT WAS THAT WOLF?!" Fox asked furiously.

"YOU HEAR ME McCLOUD!"

"I WOULD NEVER BE INSULTED BY THESE 2 EITHER!" Falco said furiously.

"Fight!" Kirby said imitating Wolf's voice and the 3 lunged at each other, this time, giving their best punches at each other in a cloud of dust.

Chris sweatdropped and Lucario approached to him. "That will help them?"

"No, and it appears I made Falco to hate Fox by doing this too...just be glad I didn't told them about Caramelldansen or it could have been worser." Chris said ashamed before he looked at the watch. "And it appears our chapter to do funny things will end for now, and so does our camera time for the remainder and will start more dramatic things like fights and such...also, we didn't fought anyone in our way here! And how could we even fit inside those holes Samus can only enter using her Morph Ball anyway?" He said breaking the fourth wall.

With Marth's team...

His team were watching from the bar as C. Falcon was forcefully made to participate the race with the ridiculous clown outfit he was wearing.

"So, all we do is to watch him run around and meanwhile we do nothing?!" Toon Link asked and Nana nodded.

"That's C. Falcon for you..." Ness said.

"No Subspace Army, no reason for staying here." Popo said and they nodded.

"I'm bored! I'm a man! I want action! I'm a man that needs action!" Toon Link said swinging his sword and stopping to catch air.

"I'm with you!" Pichu said excited.

"Calm down, we can meanwhile relax." Link said sitting on a chair.

"Shut up, C. Falcon 2." Ness said bored and Link rolled his eyes.

"...What the..." Marth saw something eird happening on the screen and they looked at it.

"Hey, are those black spores part of the race?" Popo asked.

"I don't think so." Roy said.

"...Oh man, C. Falcon is going to be in trouble if we don't stop the Shadow Bugs from taking ovr th-" Ness was interrupted as the Shadow Bugs already took over the bodies of the racers. "...Nevermind, he's dead."

"NESS!" They yelled in unison.

Roy was now running towards the track and they followed him...to try to stop him, what else?

"ROY! YOU'RE GOING TO BE RAN OVER BY THE CARS!" Link yelled as they followed him.

Preview of the next chapter

"Those machines are faster than my own racer!" C. Falcon said astonished a little.

"KILL HIM! LORD TABUU WANTS C. FALCON DEAD!"

...

"...I-I'm not sure if we have to enter the Dark World now..." Chris said studdring at the ominous look of the portal.

"It's just a world, what do you think that is? Hell or something?" Falco asked rolling his eyes before entering inside.

...

"Black Shadow! Show yourself!" C. Falcon yelled at the rain before he found someone laying on the ground, crawling out of a racer. "Tanaka!"

"C-C. Falcon...Jody is inside that tower...go and rescue her...ugh..." Tanaka manged to say before fainting.

...

"DON'T LEAVE ME WITH THESE WEIRDOS!" Chris yelled at the top of his lungs before Fox, Falco and Wolf glared at him at the same time.

...

"Next time: Hell and more hell!" Samus said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Port Town/Sanctuary Fortress
Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Meta Knight, Zelda, Red, Fox, Falco, Wolf/Marth, Roy, Link, Toon Link, Ice Climbers, Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu
/Jigglypuff, Mewtwo
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on September 03, 2008, 08:14:14 PM
Awesome job, once again.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 04, 2008, 12:13:24 PM
Chapter 73: Hell and more hell

Casino

"3..."

"C. FALCON! STOP!"

"2..."

"YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT ARE YOU RACING AGAINST!"

"1..."

"DON'T DO IT!"

"GO!"

Devil's Heart

The machines took off the starting line at high speed and they couldn't stop C. Falcon from giving up.

"Oh man, now what do we do?" Popo asked worried.

"We can't chase with their high speed either so...hey, there are teleport pads all over the place to keep on track the race, maybe if we attack but from afar to knock out the other racers could be our only way to help C. Falcon." Marth explained.

Link took out his bow. "Leave the long-range attacks to me." He said before he looked at Toon Link taking out his own bow and narrowed his eyes at him. "...Hey, what are you doing with that?"

"Well duh! I'm going to shoot arrows too, I have a great accuracy!" Toon Link said.

"Ness, Lucas, can you use PK Thunder to attack from afar too?" Marth asked and both kids nodded. "Pikachu, Pichu, you could use your Thunder Jolts to assist too." Both Pokemon nodded. "Popo and Nana could freeze the track in some parts to make them crash." The Ice Climbers nodded. "And for me and Roy...we'll stay behind if you need our help."

"GO GO GO GO GO!" Toon Link said a little irritated before running inside the teleport pads to appear in different parts of the track.

Things weren't going well with C. Falcon, unfortunately.

"HEY! THIS IS NOT A FIGHT MATCH!" C. Falcon complained to Dark Pico, who was slamming his racer with C. Falcon's until Dark Billy joined the fight as they tried to kill him. "IF THAT'S HOW YOU WANT TO PLAY, THEN TAKE THIS!" C. Falcon spun his racer to push away the other cars, but also Dark Billy fell outside the track and was defeated instantly for the remainder of the race.

"GET HIM OR KILL HIM!" Dark Neelsen said in the speaker around the track and C. Falcon looked above him.

"(Get him or kill him? Does he means me?)"

Over a tall tower, both Links were preparing to shoot their arrows at Dark Bio Rex.

Toon Link stuck out his tongue a little to aim carefully. "Steady...steady..." He muttered to himself.

"You just have to aim without anything distracting you." Link said rollling his eyes.

Toon Link looked at him. "I have 100 points in the shooting range in an island close to where I live, so mind you!"

"I have 1000 points using a crossbow."

"Well, that doesn't matters, I'm still a good archer!"

"So am I."

"I'm happy for you."

"Me too."

"So yeah."

"Uh-huh."

"Uh-huh too."

"Well, I'm glad."

"I'm more glad than you."

"Oh, really?"

"Yeah."

"Oh."

"You see now?"

"Perfectly."

"Absolutly."

"Of course."

"Link..."

"I'd love to."

"Link..."

"Perfectly."

"Link..."

"Why not?"

"Link."

"I'm right with yo-"

"LINK!"

"WHAT?!" Link snapped out and looked furiously at Toon Link.

"THE RACER IS GONE BECAUSE YOU KEPT TALKING WITHOUT STOPPING!"

"Well, who started this?!"

"YOU!"

(We shall skip after 10 more "YOU!"s.)

Both Links started to fight slashing their swords with each other, that also caught the attention of Marth who used some binoculars to see the fight from afar.

"What are those 2 doing now?" Marth asked to Roy.

"By the looks of the things it seems both started with a simple discussion that went growing into a bigger one where they decided to fight pointlessly." Roy explained and Marth looked at him confused. "...What?"

"...Nevermind, go and stop both of them!" The red swordsman nodded and used the teleporter to stop them...but after he made it, both Links pushed him out of the tower and Marth sweatdropped at this as Roy headed down the virtual floor and crashed into it. "...Well, it was an accident..."

Back with C. Falcon, he noticed that most of the racers were targeting him to take him out, he tried to escape but the racers were faster than his own machine.

"Those machines are faster than my own racer!" C. Falcon said astonished a little.

"KILL HIM! LORD TABUU WANTS C. FALCON DEAD!"

"(That's it, he's not Neelsen, they were telling the truth about those Shadow Bugs things.)" C. Falcon thought and then, he used his boost to ran into a corner without floor, but the boost helped him to cross over the gap and be ahead of the killer racers, and he was currently in the 3rd place.

The F-Zero machine passed through the Ice Climbers who were on the center of the track. "Ready?" Nana asked to his brother.

"Always!" Popo said happily before they shot a frigid blizzard out of their mouths to freeze the track and they left the track before all the racers came by and began to slip through the ice...oh, and did I mention the Ice Climbers forgot before this statement that all the machines jumped above the ice using a ramp nearby?

"Rats!" Both said annoyed.

It was Pikachu and Pichu's turn to stop all the racers that were too close to C. Falcon, they started to charge with electricity before shooting along the track their Thunder Jolts...that hit the Blue Falcon instead, causing the captain to stay paralyzed for a moment to give enough time for the other racers to slam their machines at him. "We just worsened up the entire situation!" Pichu said crying a little.

"Let's just hope Ness and Lucas don't mess up like all of us did..." Pikachu muttered to himself.

It was Ness and Lucas's turn to help C. Falcon with his predicament, both psychic kids were standing a little far away from the track as Ness told Lucas about his plan.

"W-Wh-What do you mean I'm going to stand there and use PK Fire when they're about to ran over me?!" Lucas asked terrorized.

"Your PK Fire has an explosion power rather than my power to create a tower of fire, it will cause their engines to explode too." Ness explained.

"B-but I don't know if I can do that!"

"Just go there and do it!"

"A-and what are you going to?" Lucas lost Ness for a second and looked around frantically, noticing that he was already in the middle of the track and the racers were already coming his way. "A-AAAAHHH!"

Ness looked from a wall and shouted. "JUST USE PK FIRE!"

Lucas's eyes began to twitch madly before he began to breath heavily to wait for the exact moment to realese the fire, when the racers were just going to crash into him, he shot a lightning that exploded into fire, creating a cloud of smoke that was crossed by the Blue Falcon and 4 other machines, Lucas was able to take out 3 machines by luck...

Bad thing was that he was fainted on the track and Ness went to carry him back away from it.

Meanwhile, Marth went by himself to stop both Links from fighting.

"Could you 2 please stop? C. Falcon's life is in danger!" Marth yelled to the 2 who kept fighting.

"AT LEAST I HAVE MY GRANDMA AND MY SISTER, WHAT ABOUT YOU?!" Toon Link shouted furiously.

"I'VE GOT MANY GIRLS!" Link said defending himself.

"(Well, that's true, but Link doesn't talks too much about it.)" Marth thought before shaking his head. "Link!"

They stopped and looked at him with many bruises on their bodies. "WHICH LINK ARE YOU TALKING TO?!"

Marth sweatdropped. "...I mean, both Links! Stop! We need your help right now!" At that moment, C. Falcon's racer passed through their point, entering the second lap. "Great, you missed him!"

"THIS IDIOT MADE ME TO DO IT!" Link said pointing at Toon Link.

"LOOKS WHO'S TALKING!" Toon Link said furiously before they began to fight again.

"Ugh, this is not getting us anywhere...alright, you don't leave any other choice..." He waited for 2 minutes to see the other partners failling in their attempts to help C. Falcon and hitting him instead, the racers were on the final lap and Marth took time to do his move...

That was push both Links off the tower to crash into the racers and leave C. Falcon alone to win the race without getting killed.

BOOM!

Music stops

The Blue Falcon got the first place of the race and C. Falcon jumped out and ran towards Dark Silver Neelsen to attack him with his Falcon Punch, the old man covered his face in terror but the captain only hit slightly his neck to make him to faint, which was enough to let the Shadow Bugs escape from his body, fortunately, all the possesed drivers were saved from them as well as C. Falcon left the prize money to Silver Neelsen. "Take it, you will need it for the hospital." He said.

The rest of the team returned to him with many injuries (minus Marth, Ness, Pikachu and Pichu) and they glared at C. Falcon. "You were getting in the way of our attacks!" Pikachu complained.

"I'm not dead...I'm not dead..." Lucas kept repeating to himself in fetal position.

"You put Lucas in a trauma!" Ness said angrily.

"Actually, you kind of did." Pikachu pointed out.

"They pushed me off the tower!" Roy said angrily pointing at both Links who were glaring at each other.

However, C. Falcon wasn't even listening to thei complains, because he looked at the TV broadcasting the sudden appearance of Black Shadow close to a communication tower not far away from him, then he ran away outside. "After him!" Nana yelled, before Marth and Roy dragged both Links towards the Blue Falcon...

Where they were once again forced to ride inside the small machines for 10 passangers, at least C. Falcon didn't complained...since his seat was away from the passenger's seat.

"(I wonder what are the others doing right now...)" Marth thought inside his mind while they crossed the streets at high speed, trying to get off from each other again.

With Chris's team...

"(I wonder what are the others doing right now...)" Chris thought while he looked outside the fortress, with the shiny lights of the abandoned civilization down below.

"It's something bothering you?" Zelda asked.

Chris sighed a little and started to walk to their destination. "Well, yes, I have so much things in mind, I'm worried about Mewtwo, what Marth and the others are doing with C. Falcon...and..." He looked behind him and looked at Zelda again. "Those 3 are getting distant from each other, they only talk to me and not between them, I'm afraid I messed up."

"Shh, Fox is coming to you." Red whispered to him.

Fox gave Chris a note. "Can you please give this note to Falco?"

I just sent all the humiliating things you did back in High School to Kat.

Chris took the paper and ripped it to many pieces. "No."

Fox looked away a little angrily before Falco, this time, approached to Chris and gave him a note. "Can you please give this note to Fox?"

I just sent all the humiliating things you did back in High School to Krystal.

Chris did the same as the last paper and Falco rolled his eyes as a response, then, surprisingly Wolf walked towards Chris and gave yet another note. "Here, to both idiots."

I know where you live.

Chris was just about to rip the note but his curiosity got the better of him. "Wait, can you tell me where they live?"

"No."

He ripped the paper. "Then no."

Wolf grunted and looked away annoyed.

"See?" Chris asked to Meta Knight.

"It does not matters about their friendship to me." Meta Knight said.

"Yeah, I expected that coming from you, does anyone else cares?"

"No." Red, Zelda, Samus, Meta Knight, Squirtle, Kirby and even Lucario said in unison.

"...Wow, you're so cold."

Zelda shook her head. "It's better if you leave them alone to resolve their differences."

"But I'm good at getting friends to reconciliate!" Chris protested.

But Lucario shook his head. "You aren't honestly, maybe it's for the best to leave them alone as Zelda says."

Chris looked down at his feet. "...I think so..."

Samus stopped on her tracks and fired a dark shot to what looked like to be a portal of darkness. "Let's go." She said.

"W-wait, w-we're going to the Dark World?" Chris asked studdering at the shocking darkness from the portal.

"Of course, it's the only way to get to the tower and reach the ship." She said before entering inside, along with Meta Knight who thought he needed to reach the top as soon as possible.

"...I-I'm not sure if we have to enter the Dark World now..." Chris said studdring at the ominous look of the portal.

"It's just a world, what do you think that is? Hell or something?" Falco asked rolling his eyes before entering inside.

"L-Lucario, d-don't leave my side now, I-I hate the darkness so much..." Chris said embracing Lucario from his neck.

The Aura Pokémon took it very nicely and began to growl happily. "Don't worry, I won't let you be consumed by it."

"T-thank you..." Chris whispered scared before they entered.

Red gulped and entered with Squirtle, then Zelda entered like it was normal to her as Kirby, leaving Fox looking at the portal and Wolf smirked at him. "What's the matter, sca-"

Fox aimed his Blaster at him. "Not at all, I was wondering what were you doing here too."

Wolf glared at Fox. "What? Do you think I'm the one scare-"

Red peered from the portal. "Can you at least stop arguing and follow us now?" He asked annoyed before returning inside, both vulpines glared at each other and ran inside the other world.

Dark World

It was hell in reality.

"W-w-whatever you do, d-don't step out of this barrier an-NO! DON'T DO IT FALCO!" Chris said panicking from Lucario's back.

Falco just looked at him and grinned. "Watch me, nothing will happen if I do thi-"

BZZZZZ!!!

"AAAAAHHHHAHAHA! AAAAHHHHH! AHHHHHH!! WHAT THE HELL?!" Falco grabbed his left hand in pain after he felt it burning by something after he got it out from the barrier.

"The atmosphere outside the light barriers is dangerous, you have to run through quickly to another barrier if you don't want to be burned by the ominous air." Samus warned them.

"WHY DIDN'T YOU TELL US BEFORE?!"

"Chris did it."

Falco looked at Chris, who waved at him with a worried smile.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: The Seventh on September 05, 2008, 05:20:47 AM
Wow.  Things aren't going well with C. Falcon and Chris.

This isn't looking to bright, particularly for the C. Falcon team.  At least Chris is doing better.

This is getting interesting!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 05, 2008, 12:13:30 PM
"We're toasted if we get outside this then?" Falco asked.

"Unfortunately, yes." Zelda said.

"This is not good, I can resist for a much longer time than all of you do, you could get seriously injured by the darkness without a suit like mine in less than 20 seconds." Samus said.

"But aren't the light barriers also a source to heal wounds over time?" Chris asked.

"...I didn't knew you know that much, how did you know?"

Chris looked away embarrassed. "I...came prepared, that's all."

"...I see...the Ing."

"The who?" Kirby asked.

Samus prepared her arm cannon. "The Ing are the monsters trying to take over the Light World before they spread to other worlds, and this place is their hive to multiply and attack anyone who dares to step on their grounds."

Metroid Prime Opening

Meta Knight found many shadows gathering outside the barriers that turned into big, disgusting bugs with long pincers that shrieked. "Here they come."

"I-I don't know if they are possesed by the Shadow Bugs with their dark aura!" Chris said.

"...They aren't," Lucario said. "It appears they don't like to cooperate with anyone else."

"WATCH OUT!" Red shouted before they looked a many dark blasts coming straight to them and they ducked or crossed their arms to evade the blasts, but the dark shots vanished when they touched the barrier of light and they looked at the bugs again. "What happened?"

"I forgot, the light barriers are some kind of shield against their attacks since it harms them if they enter." Samus said.

Red got an idea. "What if we attack from this position to get rid of them with long- range attacks?"

"I don't have long-range attacks!" Kirby complained before he stared at Fox. "Hmm, fox..."

Fox looked at Kirby with a shocked face. "D-don't even think about it!"

"Hmm, bird..."

Falco did the same as Fox. "W-why don't you choose another one?"

"Hmm, wolf..."

Wolf, however, didn't cared since he didn't knew Kirby very well. "What? You're going to eat me or something?" Kirby nodded. "Don't be stupid, I'm bigger than your mout-" Wolf felt something pulling him towards a big force of wind and he disappeared quickly. "Hey! What's the big idea?! Where am I?!"

"Inside Kirby's mouth!" Zelda yelled from outside.

"He can do that?!" Red asked surprised and Meta Knight nodded.

"HOW?! IS THIS PUFFBALL SOME KIND OF BLACK HOLE?! BECAUSE I CAN SEE A LONG SPACE OF EMPTYNESS HERE!" Wolf said before he got out as a star and he landed on the floor and looked at Kirby with a glare. "What was that for, you idiot?" He noticed that Kirby was different now. "...Where did you got those ears and that scouter?"

"I'm Wolf Kirby!" Wolf Kirby said, taking out a similar copy of Wolf's Blaster.

"...Wolf what? Do you steal people's moves with your mouth or something?"

"Of course! I'm more useful this way!" He shot various blasts to an Ing. "Hehehe! Die, scum! Die!"

"Now you're even imitating me!" Wolf said annoyed.

"Kirby does that just to annoy us." Zelda said.

"(I wonder how a Chris Kirby looks like.)" Chris thought before he screamed after an Ing appeared from behind him, outside the barrier. "LUCARIO!"

"GUUUARGH!" Lucario quickly spun on his feet and punched the Ing right into its "chin" and it crashed into a wall where he turned into spores and vanished.

"This way!" Samus said outside the barrier.

"But we're going to be burned by the darkness!" Squirtle said trembling.

"(He's right, but how can I take them to-wait, Zelda...) Zelda! Can you teleport all of them into another light barrier?"

Zelda nodded. "Yes, but I don't see any other barrier close to us!"

Samus looked behind her where Light Beacons were floating around the place, it even made a long trail to the next door and she fired multiple shots at all of them. "There, now go! The barriers will disappear soon!" An Ing took her on its pincers and most of them gasped.

"D-DOWN!" Chris yelled firing a paralyzer shot from Lucario's shoulder that went flying towards the Ing's eye, paralyzing him for 3 seconds, giving Samus enough time to fire a missile and get off it.

Zelda took the opportunity to teleport all of them to the barriers using her Farore's Wind, while she teleported them, all except for Meta Knight who stayed still to defend them from any attack fired at all directions using long-range attacks and then teleport to the next barrier.

"WAIT, N-" Squirtle was interrupted before Zelda teleported them but to a barrier that turned off and they started to receive a lot of damage for seconds.

"AAHH! IT BURNS!" Red yelled dropping to his knees.

"IT'S TOO PAINFUL!" Kirby yelled.

"HA!" Samus shot a...shot to the Light Beacon and it created the barrier, saving them from being annihilated.

"I don't feel...so good..." Fox said panting.

"O-one more mistake...and we're dead..." Chris said weakly, hanging from Lucario's neck.

"I'm sorry, I need to pay more attention to my surroundings." Samus said.

"Please do it!" Squirtle pleaded. "I don't want to be the first Pokémon to die!"

"Actually, a p***y Lucario did died first." Chris said.

"You called p***y to Sir Aaron's Lucario?" Lucario asked.

"Hey, the guy was an idiot compared to you, and it was the fault of that extra girl that wanted to investigate the Tree of Beginning that that Lucario decided to sacrifice his life! And where did he got that chocolate bar in the afterlife or wherever he appeared?... Although I'd thank him if he kicked Ash in the crotch in that scene in the night, rememb-"

"Fine, fine, I get it now." Lucario said a little annoyed and irritated.

"Apart that his conversation took much time, we have to move on or this barrier wil-" Red was teleported to the next barrier. "...Forget it, Squirtle, keep using Water Gun!"

"The next door is right in front of us, let's go!" Falco said motioning to the door and they entered further inside with Samus.

"Bird brain, give me some help here."

"Say what? I'm not going to help you Wolf!"

"It's Kirby that is talking, actually..." Zelda said and Falco slapped his forehead.

"Kirby! Don't try to make me angry!" Falco said irritated.

"Shut up, bird brain!"

"Kirby!"

"Wolf talked this time." Zelda said and Falco looked away.

"Aw, just forget it! I don't care anymore!"

"Heheheh." Wolf smirked but returned to do his work.

"YIKES!" Red hid behind Zelda trembling. "LOOK AT THAT THING!"

"...Yes...how scary..." Zelda said sarcastically as they found a TowTow sleeping peacefully while Samus, Wolf Kirby, the original Wolf and Falco were shooting down all the Ings.

"Isn't cute, Lucario?" Chris asked approaching to it and rubbed his nose, but Lucario grunted at the TowTow. "Oh, I see, you're jealous."

"I'm not jealous." Lucario said.

Chris looked at him and slapped the TowTow slightly on its nose. "Sure, I believe yo-"

They heard a loud roar that was from a furious TowTow roaring as sparks of electricity appeared around him and lunged at them.

"HELP!" Chris screamed ducking to protect himself.

Fortunately, someone answered his plea for help and it was Fox who used him as a platform to jump high in the air slam his right leg above the TowTow's head to knock it out, then Zelda used Din's Fire to blast the TowTow off.

Chris looked above him and stood up. "T-thanks Fox, and Zelda too, I thought he looked docile to me."

"Don't judge a book by its cover." Zelda said.

"...O-okay, thanks for the advice too." He returned back to Lucario, who smiled a little before glaring at their way.

And then the team wen-

"(Wait a minute, in the game, it took you more time to get where Dark Samus was in that interminable rising elevator place and yet, we're so close to reach it...and that means...)" Chris thought while he ignored all the shots and entering inside the portal where they appeared back once again in the Light World, most of them sighing in relief to not be burned alive by something else.

...Then, they found Dark Samus absorbing Phazon... in the elevator.

"What the...Samus, do you have a twin or something?" Falco asked.

Samus aimed her arm cannon at Dark Samus, who did the same. "No, that doppelganger is the Metroid Prime from Tallon IV."

"...I don't know what is a Metroid Prime."

"Basically, a super evolved version of a Metroid or their leader or something." Chris added.

Meta Knight looked around him where engines started to be activated. "We are in an elevator!"

They looked above them. "That means the ship is high above us!" Wolf Kirby said.

Then the elevator pulled all of them towards the top slowly, but their eyes were concentrated at Dark Samus. "Be careful, the Phazon that it absorbed is highly radioactive to anyone except for it." Samus warned them.

"Then does that means if we just get touched by the Phazon, we're out?" Chris asked trembling and Samus nodded, making him to gulp. "I-"

"LOOK OUT!"

"AHH!"

"UGH!"

"NO!" Chris saw with his own eyes Lucario falling unconscious on the floor, since he blocked an assault of Phazon shots from Dark Samus and Chris grabbed his head. "Lucario! Please hang in there!"

"I...can't go on...sorry...if I disappointed you...Mas...ter..." He managed to say before he fainted.

"NO!"

Fox's eyes twitched and looked at Dark Samus again. "We will be like him if we aren't careful!"

The 13th Struggle

"W-what do I do now?" Chris asked worried.

"Maybe you can return Lucario to his Pokeball to rest, I think!" Red shouted while he hid behind a pillar to command Squirtle from behind.

"...Sorry Lucario, you need to rest for now." He returned the Aura Pokémon to his Pokeball and stood up and gulped. "I-I'won't let you get away with this! You hear me?!" Dark Samus teleported close to him. "...I...I didn't mean it!"

"HI-YAH!" Wolf Kirby jumped from behind Dark Samus and slashed it using Cutter to save Chris, making the doppelganger to back away from them.

"Thank you Kirby." Chris said sighing in relief.

"Let's work together!" Wolf Kirby said happily.

Chris looked away for a moment before he smiled a little and joined forces with them in the battle.

"Wait just a minute, Chris, didn't you had a job that can heal wounds?" Fox asked.

"You have that?" Zelda asked.

"...Why didn't I think about using it to revive Lucario?" Chris asked ashamed before he changed to the Fonic Hymn User. "AAH!"

"NO!" Fox tackled Chris to evade various shots of Phazon and both managed to get away.

Chris panted for being scared a little. "T-thanks again Fox...I would be dead if it weren't for you."

Fox smiled a little and helped Chris to get up. "Just be careful next time, I won't guard you all the time."

Chris nodded. "I will, don't worry."

"...Hmm, but cast those healing spells if I get hurt."

"Of course, I'll stay supporting all of you from afar!"

And Fox left and charged towards Dark Samus who moved with great agility across the floor firing shots of Phazon to all of them, however, since the majority of the group had reflecting abilities, all the Phazon attacks were just reflected back to it, but Dark Samus evaded all of them using its speed.

"(I want to try this chant,)" Chris thought. "Holy power, come to me!... First Aid!" His Pokeball glowed with a healing light. "Wait, he's fainted so... Return this soul from the abyss of death!... Resurrection! Now, come on out!" He threw his Pokeball back into the air and Lucario came out, breathing heavily. "Lucario!"

"I'm fine..." Lucario said weakly.

"Wait, I'm going t-"

"No, don't do it."

"But, why?"

His aura flared up on his hands. "This battle should be faster with my current strength."

"...Oh, I get it, but one blow are you're out!"

"I'll be fine, trust me."

"I-I do! Now go!" He ordered and his Pokémon ran towards Dark Samus.

"WHY-DON'T-YOU-STOP?!" Wolf asked furiously firing many shots at Dark Samus who only bounced off from the dark creature.

"You have to attack when its blue shield disappears!" Samus yelled from behind firing a Super Missile to Dark Samus when the shield disappeared, but Dark Samus floated above in the air and turned into a glowing blue ball charging with electricity. "WATCH OUT, THAT ATTACK IS DEVASTATING IF YOU DON'T DODGE IT!"

"It's targetting Squirtle and Kirby!" Zelda said looking over to Wolf Kirby and Squirtle, who gasped and ran to different directions as Dark Samus shot herself with an impact towards its target.

But Zelda's prediction was wrong, the attack was aimed directly at her and she gasped before Meta Knight grabbed her and dodged the explosion.

"Ugh!"

"Meta Knight! Are you alright?" Zelda asked.

"That attack...caught one of my wings...I can't fly anymore until I...recover..." Meta Knight said weakly.

"Chris! Do it!" Wolf Kirby said.

"O healing pow-"

"DUDE! GET OUT OF THERE!" Falco shouted and Chris stopped his chant confused.

"Why?... AAHH!" The reason was because Dark Samus focused her Phazon attacks towards Chris, but the World Traveler was able to evade them by using Lucario's Extremespeed who took him to the other side of the elevator. "Thank you Lucario!"

"Stay away from that monster while I take care of him." Lucario said nodding.

"Rude! Remember that all of us want to take Dark Samus out!"

"...Yes, sorry."

"Darn it, is there any way to stop him from floating around without staggering?!" Red asked.

"(Wait, since dark is related to darkness, then...)" Chris thought before he chanted a new spell. "Thou who wouldst take revenge, carve here thy holy seal... Eclair de Larmes!"

A holy glyph appeared below Dark Samus and it shone brightly under it, then an X shaped light sprouted dealing severe damage that made Dark Samus to stagger and stun itself.

"ATTACK WHILE DARK SAMUS IS STUNNED!" Chris shouted from afar and the Smashers nodded and launched and all-out attack to Dark Samus.

Zelda ran towards Dark Samus and jumped in the air to kick it with her foot, right into the helm that caused high damage, then Lucario came in and slammed his hand using Force Palm to make a explosion on its chest, then Wolf Kirby floated above Dark Samus and turned into a brick stone, that fell quickly on the head, Meta Knight took revenge for his damaged wing by using Drill Rush on its arm cannon, then Squirtle used his tail to slam it on the helmet.

But Chris thought. "(Hey, this was supposed to be an all-out attack with everyone else.)" He looked to various metres away from them where the Star Fox members and the Star Wolf leader were pushing each other out of the way. "What happened now?!"

Meta Knight walked towards him and asked for recovery for his wing. "Apparently, Fox wanted to attack first, but Wolf came running behind him and pushed Fox out of the way, then Falco came out and he pushed Wolf, but then Fox pushed Falco out, then Wolf did it and it went on like that until they decided to fight against each other."

"CHRIS! I NEED TO RECOVER!" Fox shouted while he received a punch by wolf.

"No way! You 3 are supposed to fight against Dark Samus! Not between yourselves!" Chris said angrily.

"He got in my way!" Wolf pointed furiously at Fox before Falco kicked him out. "I'm waiting to be healed!"

"I can't believe it! That's it, if you get killed, it's not my fault!"

"OUT OF THE WAY!" Meta Knight shouted using Dimensional Cape to teleport himself and Chris away from a Phazon Missile from a recovered Dark Samus.

"And you couldn't use this to teleport when we were on the Dark World?!"

"It has a short range and my cape can't take more persons." Meta Knight explained.

Chris saw Samus turning into her Morph Ball to escape from Dark Samus who chased her, firing Phazon Missiles like crazy, then, something gave Chris an idea, a creative idea when Samus used Boost.

"Samus! Do you think you can resist being kicked towards Dark Samus by someone else?"

Samus used Boost again to run below Dark Samus to turn into her normal appearance to talk with Chris. "I think so, why do you ask?"

"Because Fox will kick you towards Dark Samus like a ball of football. Fox! Do you-" He sweatdropped after seeing the trio continuing to fight between themselves. "...I'll...resort using brute force...Lucario!"

"Yes?" Lucario asked appearing close to him.

"Kick Samus towards Dark Samus when she turns into her Morh Ball form, then Samus will use Boost to deal additional damage!"

"That maybe could work, let's do it." Samus said nodding and turning into a Morph Ball.

"Red! Tell Squirtle to spray water into its helmet and Zelda! Use Farore's Wind to take Squirtle close to Dark Samus!" Chris ordered and mentioned characters prepared their strategy.

Squirtle hopped into Zelda's arms and she ran behind Dark Samus, who kept tracking them down to stay alert.

"Pow Hammer!" Chris called out a red-squeaky hammer that whacked Dark Samus's helmet, stunning it for 1 second, enough for Zelda to use Farore's Wind and teleport close to the helmet where Squirtle's mouth became full and sprayed the helmet with all the water he could shoot from his mouth, to make Dark Samus blind for a moment and stop her movements across the floor.

"NOW!" Lucario shouted and kicked Samus with his foot charged with aura to give it a boost, then Samus charged her Boost attack to crash into Dark Samus's waist that caused extreme damage to the dark being.

...But nevertheless, Dark Samus was still standing.

"It was great Chris, but it wasn't enough." Lucario said.

"...I hoped it was a One-Hit KO, but it wasn't!" He glanced at Fox, Falco and Wolf. "And if they were helping us, this battle could have been easier!"

Wolf Kirby ran to them. "What If I suck them together in my mouth? I could get a random ability!"

"I don't think that works here Kirby...wait, you can shoot them out as stars if you don't want to take their abilities, right?" Wolf Kirby nodded.

"But it will be the same with 2 or 3!"

"(Be creative, be creative, be creative...)"

"Do you want me to take and throw them together towards Dark Samus?" Lucario suggested and asked.

"...That is the most, stupid and primitive idea I have ever heard of coming from you Lucario."

Lucario looked down ashamed.

"...But not if they are the subjects!"

He looked at Chris with a small smile.

"Go on and grab them! And don't care if they don't like it!"

The Aura Pokémon walked towards the now westling Smashers who looked at him with glares. "What do you want dog?" Wolf asked with a glare before Lucario lifted all of them above him. "PUT ME DOWN!"

"GUUUUUUUUAAAAARRRRGGGGHHHH!!!" Lucario threw the 3 furried (feathered in Falco's case) Smashers towards Dark Samus at high speed, they screamed in horror before they impacted directly into it.

Just be glad it was a CRITICAL HIT!

Dark Samus shrieked in extreme pain and it held his hand close to its chest, but Samus wanted to finish Dark Samus by charging her Light Beam to full potency, just as the blast of light was going to hit the weak Dark Samus, it melted into dark spores and vanished into the Dark World to recover from its heavy wounds on its skin, or armor while Samus cursed under her breath and slammed her fist on the floor.

Zelda walked to her and patted her armored back. "One day, I know you're going to bring that doppelganger down, by yourself." She said with a small smile and a nod.

Samus slowly nodded and stood up, doing a slow handshake to Zelda and the rest of the Smashers walked to her.

Music stops

"That was excellent!" Red remarked.

"Our teamwork went very well!" Wolf Kirby said cheering.

"Screw the complex strategies, primitive ideas are better from your point, right Lucario?" Chris asked while he rubbed Lucario's head with care and he growled happily and nodded.

"Although it could have been better if those 3 didn't fought with each other." Zelda said looking at Fox, Falco and wolf who got up from the floor as Chris walked to them slightly slamming his staff on his left hand, it appeared he wanted to bang their heads.

"Do you 3 have an explanation for this?" Chris asked narrowing his eyes.

"It was Wolf's fault!" Fox said angrily.

"It was the bird brain's fault!" Wolf said angrily.

"It was their fault!" Falco said angrily.

"It was YOUR fault! Now prepare to be hardly damaged by me!" Chris said raising his staff into the air and they chuckled at this.

Fox rolled his eyes. "Yes, like you could take us ou-"

PUNCH! PUNCH! PUNCH!

"OWW! AH! OWW! OWW! THAT WAS SO LOW!"

Here's a hint of what Chris did, he hit all of them with the staff but on the "black part" as Meta Knight said previously, but hard.

The others sweatdropped and looked above them. "Are we there yet?" Wolf Kirby asked.

"...I can hear a ship..." Squirtle said closing his eyes to concentrate his hearing.

Meta Knight narrowed his eyes slightly, but it didn't looked like it with the mask. "Be prepared, I sense something bad coming from the top."

"Aw, I'm glad Dark Samus wasn't possesed by the Shadow Bugs, they could have increased her speed or worse, the Phazon attacks." Chris said.

"Thanks everyone, I had problems with that thing the first time we encountered each other." Samus said.

"It's our long, tiresome work to help, but it's somewhat fun."

Falco crawled towards Chris and lifted his hand at him. "First...Aid...please...it hurts..."

Chris blushed and looked away. "I'm not going to heal you 3 there!"

Many of them chuckled at this.

With Marth's team...

The Blue Falcon was speeding through the city's night until it was surrounded by many racers with the same design but with different paled colors. It was the gang, the Bloody Chain, whose leader was Michael Chain.

Michael Chain approached to C. Falcon. "Falcon! Don't get in our turf you stupid!"

"I-I'm sorry, but I have to cross this place to get where Black Shadow is!" C. Falcon replied, his tone a little worried about something.

"Idiot! You know this is my turf!"

"We don't care!" Many voices said from the Blue Falcon.

"...Where did those voices came from?"

C. Falcon pointed with his thumb behind him and Michael made a weird face after finding all the Smashers all piled up in the passengers's seat, trying to struggle out.

"...Falcon, when did you become a taxi driver?"

"I didn't! I have more important problems to attend with them!"

Michael Chain laughed. "Yeah yeah, even so, you're not getting through this street if we don't say something about i-"

Pikachu got out from Roy's cape and glared at Michael. "Shut up! We just want to beat that Blach Shadow guy AND get out of this tiny place! Do you know the smell of Link's butt?!"

"Hey!" Link said under Ness and Lucas.

"EWW!" Nana screamed and shook her head.

"This space is mine!" Toon Link said pushing Link's face using his right foot.

"Sorry, I don't see your name here!" Link said annoyed.

"There is! See?!" He pointed at the wall with the name "Link."

"HA! It says "Link," not "Toon Link!"

"It's because my name is Link!"

"JUST SHUT UP!" Ness said annoyed covering his ears as everyone else began to argue, minus Marth and Roy.

"Should we stop them?" Roy suggested under Popo.

Marth shook his head above Lucas and Pichu. "Haven't we tried before?"

Michael's eyes twitched. "Hey! Stop ignoring me!"

"They agree with me." C. Falcon said.

"DO YOU WANT TO BE MESS WITH US THEN?!" Michael said enraged before all the Smashers pointed their weapons at him, swords, bows, glowing hands, hammers and electricity. "...Er...you know what? I'll let you go without a scratch for this time! To see how generous I can be!"

"Thanks!" C. Falcon smiled and used his Boost to accelerate and got away from the gang.

"Hell no, I'm not getting between those guys again!" Michael Chain said before he turned his machine and went away with the thiefs.

"Alright guys! We're almost there!" C. Falcon announced and most of them cheered.

"I get to breath air! I get to breath air again!" Pichu cheered above Marth's head.

"What's so bad about this little space?" Popo asked while he sweated.

"Duh! We're sweating like crazy!" Nana responded angrily.

"I want to use PK Freeze to get fresh, cold wind!" Lucas said.

"Wait, no, no! No Lucas! Don't do it!" Ness pleaded but Lucas was already preparing the concentrated PK charge to explode into shards of ice.

C. Falcon saw an ice image in front of him and tilted his head confused. "Hey, what is this?"

BOOM!

The interior of the Blue Falcon was frozen completely, getting all of them frozen too without moving at all, (the Ice Climbers, however, enjoyed being frozen).

"L-L-L-L-L-L-L-L-L-L-Look! I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I can see a tower!" The frozen Roy said gritting his teeth inside the ice.

Outside the rain, Tanaka, one of the members of the Space Galactic Federation got out from his burning racer, but he was uncompletely unharmed for his fortune and he began to analyze the area. "Dam, Jody is still inside, I wonder if she's alright fending Black Shadow by herself." He said to himself before he found lights coming from far away and he sighed in relief. "That's C. Falcon's Blue Falcon! Captain Falcon! Here! Stop!"

However, the Blue Falcon didn't stopped and Tanaka got worried, since he was standing in a narrow place.

"...Why he doesn't stop?... UAAAAAGH!"

Tanaka was ran over and crashed into his racer.

"...FALCON..." Fire radiated from the ice. "PUNCH!" The ice instantly shattered and C. Falcon stopped and jumped off from his racer, while the others were smiling and waking up from their states as they got out from the machine.

Pikachu was shown kissing the street with water. "Water! Life's most precious thing!" He started to lick it with the other young Smashers.

...Weird thing was that Link did the same.

"Black Shadow! Show yourself!" C. Falcon yelled at the rain before he found someone laying on the ground, crawling out of a racer. "Tanaka!"

"C-C. Falcon...Jody is inside that tower...go and rescue her...ugh..." Tanaka manged to say before fainting.

C. Falcon jumped to his Blue Falcon and started the engine to get away in high-speed, the other Smashers gasped and jumped inside before it could take off, and it took off with them inside again.

Lucas looked outside where Tanaka was fainted and he stared at him. "Ness, that guy is giving us a sign, but I don't know what sign is that."

"What sign?" Ness peered inside from the window, since he was stuck right next to it.

"Well, he's showing us only the middle finger while the others are curled."

"...THAT GUY JUST FLIPPED US OFF!"

"How rude!" Nana said under Roy.

We're now skipping until they got Jody...inside the Blue Falcon to escape from the collapsing building in fire.

"...Well, this isn't so bad anymore." Link said near Jody.

"C. Falcon, are these persons your friends?" Jody asked confused.

"Sadly yes, they are." C. Falcon said while he steered the car between 2 narrowed walls to cross before it could close.

"What do you mean by sadly yes?" Ness asked, his location somewhere between Marth and Roy.

C. Falcon used his Boost several times after catching various capsules of fuel in their way. "Haven't you noticed yet? All of you have been arguing with yourselves since you came here!"

Toon Link rolled his eyes behind Jody. "Well, excuse us, prince! Who made this car-thing so small from the inside in the first place?!"

"I don't think it was designed for more than 2 persons." Jody said calmly as the Blue Falcon almost hits a wall, but C. Falcon used a Side-Attack to only receive a scratch on the blue paint.

"It should be!" Roy protested.

"WALL!" Lucas screamed as he took Ness's cap to block his face but the Blue Falcon dodged the wall by doing a very close turn and Ness took his cap back from the embarrassed Lucas.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 07, 2008, 03:24:53 PM
"By the way Jody, did Black Shadow had a weird black aura or something when you saw him?" Roy asked.

"Now that I remember, he had that black aura you were mentioning just now." Jody said remembering.

"The Shadow Bugs!" They said dramatically like most groups does.

"Good news everyone, the exit to this hell is right in front of us!" C. Falcon said pointing at the closing wall that was wide open.

"Yes! Yes! Yeeeeees!" Pichu cheered under Pikachu.

"Bad news, the fuel is almost empty!"

"I'll kill you!" Pichu said and C. Falcon shook his head.

"Good news, I got a fuel capsule!"

"Yay!"

"Bad news, it was just a green fly."

"I WILL kill you!"

"Good news, we're almost there!"

"Yayz!"

"Bad news, remember the empty fuel?"

"GRR!"

"Goo-"

"STOP ALREADY!" They said annoyed and angrily.

"But I was going to say..." He stopped the Blue Falcon and opened the window to get out. "That we got out!"

"...For real?! We're done?!" Toon Link asked while Jody helped Tanaka to get up.

"I'm afraid not, we still need to beat Black Shadow." Marth said.

"Thank you C. Falcon...I owe you." Tanaka said, doing a handshake with C. Falcon.

"I have good news," Jody said. "Black Shadow shouldn't be too far from here by now, if you follow that path from over there without slowing down, you should catch up with him."

"But what about the fuel problem?" Link asked.

"My racer should...have enough fuel to fill the tank." Tanaka said motioning to his destroyed racer, the young Smashers walked to it.

After removing the fuel as soon as possible, all of them went away to the path Jody told them to follow as the 2 Space Galactic Federations waved at them and wished good luck.

"...The Halberd!" Marth yelled pointing at a huge, dark figure in the rain that rose up close to the Blue Falcon and they noticed the Blue Falcon was getting away from the ship in the same track. "What are you doing? We have to take back the ship!"

C. Falcon grinned. "I'm just preparing to jump to it!"

"..." They looked at each other minus C. Falcon. "AAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

The Blue Falcon took a quick turn and crashed into the wall's track, crossing through it and jumping over a big and dark chasm of emptyness, most of them screamed in terror and horror, for their reliefs, the Blue Falcon was able to land on the Halberd, just in front of the cannon.

C. Falcon sighed and jumped off from his seat as the others did the same and got off, looking around their surroundings...their dark surroundings.

"I-i-it's...creepy and dark in here..." Lucas said studdering.

"Now we can finally fight!" Toon Link cheered by jumping.

"...Personally, I liked Young Link better." Link said.

"Young who?"

"Forget about it."

"AAHH!" Lucas screamed and hid behind Ness.

"For what was that scream?" Ness asked confused.

"LOOK AT THAT THING!" Lucas pointed to a flat-dark figure walking around them and they gasped.

"It's...Mr. Game & Watch!" Pikachu said smiling a little. "How did you get here?"

"..." Mr. Game & Watch didn't spoke.

"I-i-i-i-i think he's traumatized, I would if I were inspecting this ship on a dark night with a storm..." Lucas said.

"That's hard to tell." Popo said.

"The guy's face is somewhere around his nose." Pikachu joked.

"..." Mr. Game & Watch didn't spoke at all again.

"He said beep?" Link asked confused.

"No." Nana said.

An awkward moment of silence fell and they looked at each other, and noticed that C. Falcon was gone. "Where'd he go?" Ness asked in a thinking position.

Marth closed his eyes and tried to concentrate to find a sound he could have sworn he heard before. "...I don't hear anything except for the thunders and the water flowing around us."

"I-I'm scared..." Lucas said.

"Me too..." Pichu said lowering his ears.

"If you excuse me, I have to find our Mr. Iron Nipples Man." Popo said walking to another direction before he crashed into something and they could see an invisible barrier surrounding their area after Popo touched it by accident as he fell on his butt and got up confused. "A...barrier?"

"More like a force field." Toon Link said, curiousily because he touched the barrier. "...Look! There he is!" He pointed to C. Falcon who was pushed from someone hiding in the darkness of the night.

"Oh damit! He's already fighting with Black Shadow while we are trapped!" Roy cursed while he kicked the force field and glanced at Mr. Game & Watch, who was outside the barrier staring at them. "Mr. Game & Watch! Can you do something?!"

"...Fools..." Mr. Game & Watch said.

"We got to think about som-" Nana did a double-take. "Did he just called us fools?"

"Did he talked?!" Popo asked shocked before Nana hit him with her hammer.

"Popo, of course he talks, he was the most excited to have a translator that he took it with him!"

"Back on the topic, why did he called us fools?" Marth asked before their eyes widened when Mr. Game & Watch turned into Shadow Bugs and crawled away from them. "...What the..."

"Hell was that?" Roy added confused.

"Mr. Game & Watch turned into Shadow Bugs?!" Pichu asked.

"But how? I don't know what to believe know!" Link said confused, scratching his head with both hands continuously.

"Samus is a woman." Pikachu said sarcastically.

"...I know Samus is a man, that's for sure."

"Good."

"G-guys, maybe we can think about that later...C. Falcon is fighting against the dark guy!" Lucas reminded all of them who looked at C. Falcon fighting againstone of his nemesis, Black Shadow, who was possesed by the Shadow Bugs, turning him into Dark Black Shadow.

"Ugh! your powers are...strong..." C. Falcon said gritting his teeth.

"HAHAHAHA! You're going to be consumed by the darkness, C. Falcon! Or better yet, the darkness will kill you!" Dark Blach Shadow said laughing evily and floating above the floor.

"We got to help him!" Roy said as he raised his sword and started to slash it to the force field. "DISAPPEAR YOU STUPID FORCE FIELD! NOW!"

"(If we are in the Halberd, then the other ship was a fake?)" Marth thought.

With Chris's team...

"...That is the Halberd?" Wolf Kirby asked confused.

"QUICK, HIDE!" Meta Knight said ordering all of them to hide behind some boxes, Lucario dragged the still-on-the-floor trio since they were severly hurt "in the black part."

Chris looked through a small hole and examined the ship with the Primids carrying boxes inside. "Weird...that ship is not a fake...but is familiar..."

"What do you mean?" Lucario asked.

Chris looked at them. "I know I've seen that ship before not too long ago."

"So you know from who is it?" Squirtle asked and Chris nodded.

"Yes...and speaking of the owner...or...owners..."

King Dedede appeared on the scene in front of the ship alone without Ganondorf or Charizard by his side to wait for 5 persons who teleported right in front of him. "Yeah! We have everythin' accordin' to da plan!"

"Just as Tabuu told us to do after he was so kind in reviving us back from the death!" A pink soldier with a small axe said cheerfully.

"At least he's much better than Smithy himself!" A red soldier with a small axe said, standing on the middle of the group.

"Whatever, I'm fine by just doing some fighting." A black soldier said with a small axe.

"But I could get hungry!" A yellow, fat soldier complained with a small axe.

"Just ignore him if you can." A green soldier said frowning with a small axe.

King Dedede pushed a big cage with someone inside through a dark portal with some Primids carrying it. "There! Since he doesn't wants to cooperate with us, then let those Ing-thingies use him as a tool!" He said laughing evily. "Man, who'd think Ganon's magic and Tabuu's magic combined could be useful to summon previous defeated enemies from the death! It's ingenius!"

"Who are those guys with the small axes?" Red whispered.

"Shh!" Wolf Kirby said.

"So," King Dedede rubbed his chin. "What are ya names again?"

The red soldier spun his axe. "Glad you asked, I'm Axem Red!"

The pink soldier sent a kiss to him. "My cute name is Axe Pink!"

"The name's Axem Black." The black soldier prepared his axe.

"Axem Green!" The green soldier thought and pointed his hand at the air.

"My name is Axem Yellow, and I'm still hungry..." The yellow soldier said slamming his small axe at the floor.

"And together we are..." Axem Red said.

All of them stroke a pose as a cheesy background with yellow and red lights appeared behind them. "THE AXEM RANGERS!"

"..." King Dedede sweatdropped as a dried ball of roots appeared from nowhere in front of him and dropped into the shiny abyss. "(Although they look stupid at the end...)" He shook his head. "Our mission here is done! Get back to the Blade to return!"

"AFFIRMATIVE SIR!" They said in unison yelling as they got inside the Blade with all the Primids and King Dedede, the Blade's engines started and it got away slowly into a dark portal to the Subspace, vanishing from the fortress as the Smashers got out from their hiding point (Fox, Falco and Wolf were fine by now).

"...The Axem Rangers?" Wolf Kirby asked confused.

"...Now I remember! They are old enemies of Mario, Bowser and Peach!" Chris pointed out. "But they're supposed to be dead..."

"I hear King Dedede saying something about Ganondorf's magic and Tabuu's magic combined to bring them back from the death." Lucario said.

"Does that means they could bring back anyone else that we had defeated a long time ago?" Samus asked.

"I'm...afraid so..." Chris said as he looked at the dark portal. "...If I wasn't mistaken, King Dedede pushed a cage to the Dark World with someone who didn't wanted to cooperate..."

"Mewtwo..." Lucario trailed off.

"We have to save him from the Ing!" Samus said as she shot a dark beam to open the portal as she jumped towards it.

Zelda put her hand above Chris's shoulder. "There were Shadow Bugs coming from inside."

"...Oh no..." Chris shook his head before Zelda ran inside.

"D-don't be scared Red...this is your time to shine..." Red said gulping as he entered inside with Squirtle.

"HERE I COME! YAAAAAAAAAAAAH!" Wolf Kirby ran inside screaming to sound like a barbarian with Meta Knight frowning.

"L-L-Lucario, go first please." Chris said studdering a little.

"I'm worried about you." Lucario said worried.

"N-no, I'm fine, go first please..."

"...Right..." Lucario walked inside the portal.

"...Fox? Falco? Wolf? Is something wrong with you 3?"

Mentioned characters were looking away, somehow, they were thinking by themselves. "...What? Er, no, it's nothing." Fox said.

"It's because of your issues against each other?"

Falco shook his head. "No, it's because about reviving old enemies from the death, and I was just thinking about...well...I don't want to say it...and I think Fox doesn't wants to either..."

"What do you want to not say?" Chris asked confused.

"The Aparoid Queen." Wolf said bluntly.

"...Unfortunately, you could run into her once again, and who knows, we could run into many more of them much later..."

"I'll be ready." Wolf said crossing his arms.

"You will?"

"Me too." Falco said.

"You too?"

"And so do I." Fox said.

"Then..." Chris looked down and then smiled a little at them. "Does that means you're friends again?"

"HELL NO!" They lunged at each other and started to fight again with many more punches as Chris looked back and forth between the portal and them and then, he ran inside.

"DON'T LEAVE ME WITH THESE WEIRDOS!" Chris yelled at the top of his lungs before Fox, Falco and Wolf glared at him at the same time.

"WHO ARE YOU CALLING WEIRDO?!" Fox asked angrily, running inside the portal.

"I'LL GET YOU ONE OF THESE DAYS! YOU HEAR ME?!" Falco asked enraged, running inside the portal.

"COME BACK HERE, I'M NOT DONE YET!" Wolf yelled furiously, running inside the portal.

Preview of the next chapter

"Mewtwo! Please, you have to return with us now!" Chris pleaded.

"It's no use, we came all this way and he doesn't get back to his senses!" Samus said, preparing her arm cannon to fire.

...

"CAPTAIN FALCON! CAPTAIN FALCON!" The young Smashers cheered loudly.

"How amusing, a cheering group." Dark Black Shadow said smirking.

...

"It was my fault...it was my fault!" Fox said slamming his fist close to the fainted Chris.

"We're sorry! We're sorry Chris for being so selfish! It was my fault in reality!" Falco yelled.

"It was our fault..." Wolf said weakly.

...

"USE THE FALCON PUNCH!" Link yelled.

"He will, I know it." Nana said rolling her eyes.

"We too." The others replied nodding, except for Lucas and Toon Link, who didn't understand at all.

...

"Next time: Dark Mewtwo or Dark Black Shadow? Double Battle!" Zelda said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Halberd/Sanctuary Fortress: Dark World
Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Meta Knight, Zelda, Red, Fox, Falco, Wolf/Marth, Roy, Link, Toon Link, Ice Climbers, Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu
/Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Pit
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 08, 2008, 12:12:43 PM
Chapter 74: Dark Mewtwo or Dark Black Shadow? Double Battle!

"I'm still not feeling so good about entering this place again." Fox said and Chris chuckled. "What?"

"Nothing, it's just I thought you meant your lower part from a while ago, heheheh..." Chris said laughing a little.

"Please, don't make me raise my Blaster at you."

"F-fine, after all, we have to get through this..." He gulped. "World filled with darkness...but where did Mewtwo went to?"

"It's hard to tell," Lucario said as he stopped glowing. "There are many dark auras on this world that it distracts me from locating him."

"..." Chris didn't said anything.

"I'm sorry, this world doesn't makes my aura abilities to work very well."

"B-but you still have your brute force with you, right?"

"Yes, of course."

"It gives me the creeps..." Red said studdering.

"Heh, it's like any other world." Wolf said frowning, before a ghost passed just in front of them and Chris completely hid behind Lucario.

"I-I-I don't remember any ghost being here!" Chris yelled terrorized.

"That ghost...looked like Mewtwo, didn't it?" Kirby (back to his normal form) asked.

"I will piss my pants now!" Red said...before all of them backed away from him, even Squirtle did.

"Stay away from him and we should be fine." Samus said.

"The ghost you mean?"

"No, you!" Zelda said disgusted.

"Wait, that wasn't Mewtwo's ghost, that probably was one of the Dark Keys to open the place where the light of this area is captive!" Samus said.

"We don't have time to search for keys right now!" Kirby said. "We need to save Mewtwo, who knows what happened to him while he was trapped!"

"I-I-I have to agree with Kirby this time, Mewtwo was the only very sane person that wasn't as crazy and stupid as all of you are." Chris said trembling.

"Yes, that's right..." Falco said before he began to thought. "Hey, what do you mean by crazy and stupid?!"

"I-I-I'm sorry! It's just that this place is distracting my mind to the fullest! You know? Being surrounded by black spores, dark abysses and most of all, the darkness?"

"If you want, we can always leave this place anytime." Lucario said.

"...But Mewtwo needs us...no! I'm going to stay here and fight!"

"...Him?" Wolf asked.

At that moment, Chris fainted and fell to the floor with a thud.

"Great going, he's knocked out." Fox said.

Lucario carried Chris on his back. "Let's just find Mewtwo and our mission here should be done, if Samus wants to join us after this ends." Squirtle suggested.

"I...will think about it." Samus said looking away before she shot at the Light Beacons to let Zelda teleport all of them, barrier to barrier.

Various hours later...

Only the sounds of their foosteps were heard around the darkness of the world, echoing from time to time and staying silent, even their breathings were heard too, the odd thing was that it seemed like the Ing retreated.

Until Samus found something weird in their way and began to scan the area.

Fissures appear to be created by strong, psychic waves energies and mostly all the enemies around the area have been eliminated and hadn't left any trail of their remains, target should not be away from this spot, extreme caution is recommended.

That was what the visor said.

"Mewtwo is close to this place." Samus said, but it sounded like a warning.

"...We're...done?" Chris asked awakening.

"Almost." Red said with a smile.

"W-why are you so happy about?"

Squirtle frowned. "Red has in mind to catch Mewtwo."

Falco chuckled. "Ha! That's a good one, he promised that whoever managed to catch him, he will assassinate his trainer at the very moment he was realesed from his Pokeball."

Red turned into a white color and began to embrace himself slowly as he trembled.

"O-o-o-o-o-on second thought, I'll leave that idea b-b-b-b-behind." Red said studdering.

"...What did you said about Mewtwo?" Zelda asked.

"That he's nearby," Samus reminded them. "Also, the reason of why we couldn't find any monster in our way is because...he eliminated all of them using strong psychic powers."

Chris's eyes widened and he looked back to the big fissures around the area. "Y-y-y-you mean he caused all of this?!"

"Unfortunately, yes."

"He wouldn't case this kind of destruction unless..." Kirby trailed off.

"The Shadow Bugs managed to took his body." Meta Knight added and finished.

At that moment, Lucario blinked for a moment before he began to growl and grunt at his direction. "Grrrr..."

"D-d-d-don't tell me he's very close now Lucario." Chris said studdering.

"...Fine, I won't tell you."

"It was a retorical question!"

"Yes, he is beyond that destroyed door."

Samus recognized something odd from the door and began to analyze it. "...This door was originally the door I was trying to open with the Dark Keys, even a Super Missile couldn't break through."

"Okay, stop that, just say he obtained something like a godly-like power now!" Squirtle said annoyed.

Samus frowned. "He obtained a godly-like power by being possessed by the Shadow Bugs you guys have been reminding me since we came here, there, happy?"

"No! Remember that we're going to fight him?!"

"Stop." Wolf said before they could jump from the platform they were in.

"What?" Fox asked.

"We should be prepared for what is going to happen next."

"We're ready."

"I didn't meant you, I was talking about the kid."

They looked at Chris. "O-oh, come on! Red is younger than m-oh, forget it."

"If I remember, you have a lot of abilities at your dispossal, right?"

"...R-right..."

"Think carefully which one are you going to use, because all the information Tabuu told me about him is that he isn't stupid at all and will probably target you first since he ordered all persons or monsters at his command to kill you."

"AND combined with his high IQ and dexterity, there is not going to be enough time for you to change jobs quickly." Zelda added.

"...R-Red, I'll piss myself first rather than you." Chris pointed out.

"Chris!" Lucario said disgusted.

"C-concentrate...concentrate and think carefully about which job am I going to use first..."

"And you called the 3 weirdos." Squirtle said frowning.

"(Now Mewtwo has both intelligence and brute force to his side...)" He glanced at everyone who were looking at him, some of them were a bit concerned. "(They're important to fight too, what if I keep using the Fonyc Hymn User job to heal wounds and attack with magic from afar? Light based magic should go well since the Shadow Bugs are considered a dark type or something...but then again, he can teleport to anywhere when he decides to do it...I'll trust Lucario to protect me then!)" Lucario smiled a little, probably because he was reading his thoughts. "I'll use this job to heal and attack from afar!" He felt something weird but kept talking. "I'll give you support using magic, alright, I'm ready!"

"Good." Wolf said.

"...Was that good for you? Why?"

"Because he's already dragging us towards him."

Chris just noticed that their bodies were glowing and floating towards the center of the place and looked behind him where a dark figure pulled them out of the Light Barriers. "HELP! WE'RE GOING TO DIE HERE!"

"...It's weird, something is preventing us from being burned alive outside the light." Zelda said as they landed slowly on the floor and found the dark figure floating towards them with crossed arms and glowing yellow eyes.

"It is because I gave all of you a force field to make things fair." The dark figure explained.

"Even possessed, he's playing fair." Fox said.

"Now we are even." Meta Knight said as he took out Galaxia.

"M-Mewtwo...please, we don't have to fight, don't make us do something we don't want to do to you!" Chris said with some tears on his eyes.

"...Well, I want to win against him for once." Falco stated.

"Falco!"

"That is good," Dark Mewtwo said. "Because this time, no, from now on, all of you are going to be considered as dead."

Chris saw Squirtle hiding inside his shell. "S-Squirtle?"

"Leave a message to Squirtle if you want after the beep, BEEP!" Squirtle said inside his shell, trembling.

"To think I once traveled with you..." Dark Mewtwo said frowning.

"S-stop that!" Chris yelled a little scared. "I know the Shadow Bugs changed you a little bit, but that's enough for us and especially me! I want the old Mewtwo back...and don't you ever say the old Mewtwo is dead and a new one was born!"

"You stole my words from my mouth."

"T-then please, stop this-"

"Foolishness." Wolf added.

"Y-yes, foolishness!"

Dark Mewtwo shook his head. "No, this is the power I've been searching for so long and you will be the first ones to feel it."

"Give me a break." Fox said.

"..." Mewtwo waited for more replies.

"I'm starting to hate that new point of view you gained from them, and my work, or OUR work here is to get that idea out and return you to your normal form before you can do more damage around like you did with that big pile of scrapped metal!"

The group noticed that the big remains of the Quadraxis was scattered all around the floor.

"I'll think seriously about stopping this Subspace Army thing you guys have been fighting, I don't like at all the new Mewtwo." Samus said before she started her arm cannon.

"We are both smart, but I'm afraid I'm smarter than you this time, Mewtwo." Zelda said as her hands glowed a little bit.

"Let's see who's stronger, my sword or your psychic powers." Meta Knight said.

"I-I'm ready!" Kirby said simply.

"I will not consider this battle the one I was waiting for, but I have no choice then." Lucario said narrowing his eyes and taking a fighting stance.

"Ivysaur! Come on out!" Red shouted releasing Ivysaur, who growled. "...Squirtle? Did Pikachu gave you a translator for Ivysaur?"

"Here!" Squirtle threw a small device into Ivysaur's mouth and the Grass Pokémon coughed before he was able to speak.

"Why didn't you took me out of my Pokeball until now?!" Ivysaur asked angrily.

"T-there wasn't time for that! Trust me!" Red said defending himself.

"..." Fox shook his head and narrowed his eyes at Mewtwo. "Bring it on."

"With me, of course." Falco said.

"I will be the one to-"

"Take you down." Fox and Falco finished Wolf's sentence and they earned a glare from him.

"I...I'll stop you Mewtwo! I WILL bring you back to us!" Chris said while his right hand with the staff was trembling a little.

Dark Mewtwo merely closed his eyes. "Fools...you won't gain anything by fighting me, you will gain only your deaths, what is so great about dying? You may know, but I don't..."

Awkward Justice

The whole place began to tremble violently, even all the machine parts began to jump by mere centimeters from the floor and they saw Dark Mewtwo glowing in a dark aura as he slowly opened his eyes again. "...However, I'll prove to be the strongest enemy you have ever faced before!"

"Here he comes!" Samus warned them before Dark Mewtwo disappeared from sight.

"Lucario! Use your aura to detect him!" Chris ordered from behind Lucario and the Aura Pokémon concentrated to locate Dark Mewtwo's location.

"...GRR!" He quickly spun on his feet to miss a hit in Dark Mewtwo's head.

"...Hmph, pitiful." Dark Mewtwo mocked before he teleported fastly before Zelda's Din's Fire could explode on his back.

"P-Pow Hammer!" Chris shouted calling a red-squeaky hammer above Dark Mewtwo's head, but the Psychic Pokémon's Teleport technique was improved and appeared just behind the duo as their pupils shrunk in surprise.

"I've expected more from you...say your prayers." Dark Mewtwo said simply before he separated both of them using Confusion as they floated high above the floor.

"STOP!" Fox yelled as he dashed towards Dark Mewtwo to stop him from lashing both partners to the floor, but Dark Mewtwo teleported to evade his right foot.

What Fox didn't saw was that Falco and Wolf were going to attack from 2 different sides like a triangle-shaped formation, Falco was going to kick Dark Mewtwo while Wolf was going to slash him using his claws, and the result was that Fox got the slash on his face, Wolf got Falco's kick and Falco got Fox's kick on the forehead.

That wasn't the end because Chris and Lucario crashed into the floor since the Confusion attack was interrupted when Dark Mewtwo teleported.

"Ugh... We have to be more focused on his locations or we'll pay the price Lucario!" Chris shouted from afar.

"I know, but his attacks are just too fast!" Lucario replied.

At that moment, Dark Mewtwo appeared in front of Lucario, who was still getting up but did a backward somersault to get away from him. "You're going to be the first one of all of you to die." Dark Mewtwo said evily.

"Not if I have something to say."

Dark Mewtwo's eyes widened a little bit before he was slashed consecutively on the back by Meta Knight who appeared in a blink behind and kicked his head to push him. "You'll pay for that..."

"Now! He is distracted!" Meta Knight shouted to a fast character running between all the machine parts scattered around the place, Dark Mewtwo narrowed his eyes and looked around, then, he saw something shining around his boy that instantly pressed into him, it was an invisible string from Zelda, who changed into Sheik.

"You're all mine." Sheik said.

"Not quite." Dark Mewtwo replied.

"Huh?"

Dark Mewtwo's body began to "glow" in darkness as the strings were possessed by his Confusion attack, making Sheik to back away from him and noticing that the dark Pokémon motioned his hand at her. "Get her." He said and the invisble string speeded through the piles of metal, Sheik waited for the exact moment to evade her own string, the string appeared below her feet and she jumped out of the way and chuckled a little.

"Too close." Sheik said.

"Exactly." Dark Mewtwo said behind her, who looked back at him and was threw at high speed towards one of the piles by Dark Mewtwo's Confusion, creating a cloud of dust and weaking her greatly.

"S-Sheik!" Chris shouted worried before Dark Mewtwo appeared in front and looked down at him, terrorizing Chris with his yellow, glowing eyes.

"The World Traveler, scared because of me? You're pathetic."

"HE ISN'T PATHETIC!"

Chris's face brightened up when Lucario came from above using Extremespeed and combining it with Force Palm to land a harsh blow on Dark Mewtwo with an impact on the floor, which made the psychic Pokémon to back away by floating. "Lucario, that was a perfect comeback!"

"...T-thanks, but help Sheik now!" Lucario said a little embarrassed.

"...I-I will! Holy power, com-"

"Never." Dark Mewtwo finished when he appeared once again in front of the World Traveler and started to create 10 Psycho Cuts that went through Chris, weakening him greatly like Sheik.

"AAAAH!!!"

"NO! CHRIS!" Kirby shouted crying a little before he glared at Dark Mewtwo and tried to suck him inside his mouth to gain his ability, then Kirby felt something inside his mouth and smiled before he gained a new ability. "Ha! I'm Mewtwo Kirby!"

"...Actually..." Chris said weakly behind him. "You sucked me instead of...him..."

Apparently, Kirby had a hat with pale-green hair and a little staff on his right "hand", because he absorbed Chris's ability.

"...So, what does this staff does?" Kirby asked.

"Raise it to the air...and a hammer will appear above your target's...head."

Kirby raised his staff. "Like this?" He asked before a hammer, this time, whacked Dark Mewtwo's head. "Wow! I like to whack people!"

Dark Mewtwo appeared floating above him instantly. "But I'm certainly not if I'm your target."

"WAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Kirby was lunged away by his Confusion attack, fortunately, Ivysaur catched the puffball using Vine Whip and put Kirby back to the floor.

"Our turn! Squirtle, use Water Gun! Ivysaur, use Vine Whip!" Red ordered.

"Tell Squirtle to at least get out now!" Ivysaur said, glancing at Squirtle who was still hiding inside his shell.

"...GET OUT OF THERE, YOU USELESS PIECE OF-" Red kicked the shell with all his forces at it went somehow hovering above the floor, then Ivysaur had an idea and rode the shell to extend his whips to both sides and become some sort of spinning whip that Dark Mewtwo couldn't evade in time and got hurt several times in quick, consecutives attacks. "...I did that?"

"By rage, of course." Samus said before she shot a Super Missile, but Dark Mewtwo reflected it back and the bounty hunter dodged it by rolling away, then, the Psychic Pokémon appeared close to her.

"I got you." Dark Mewtwo said as he lifted his hand, who was glowing.

"In reality, you fell for my trap."

"What?" Dark Mewtwo looked down to find a Super Bomb engulfing his legs and completely his whole body, Samus put the bomb when she rolled out of the way from her own Super Missile, and it dealed more damage to him. "I'm not done yet!" Samus used her Grapple Beam to grab Dark Mewtwo's waist and pull him out from the explosion when it was about to clear. "Assist me!"

"I'm on it!" Lucario said appearing from her right side and firing a charged Aura Sphere that exploded right into Dark Mewtwo's chest, he got a little furious and released himself from the grapple and teleported away from them again.

"You're mine." Meta Knight said using Mach Tornado while he was hiding in a pile of metal, Dark Mewtwo was losing his concentration at this moment and couldn't prevent himself from entering the vortex of slashs, then Meta Knight used Drill Rush right in the stomach and pushed the Pokémon away.

Dark Mewtwo was holding his chest a little in pain. "You...you will pay for what have you done to me...I'm now getting serious."

"He was holding back?!" Red shouted surprised before a dark hand appeared on his right shoulder and felt something very creepy in his spine.

"Farewell." Dark Mewtwo said coldly.

"HELP!"

"SQUIRTLE TO THE RESCUE!" Squirtle's guts came back to him and jumped towards Dark Mewtwo to slam his tail at his head, but the dark enemy used his other free hand to throw the turtle psychically to Ivysaur who was also going to tackle him.

"There."

CRACK!

"UGH!" Red suddenly lost consciousness and fell.

"No, Red!" Sheik yelled while she dashed through the scattered metal and jumped high in the air to stab her kunais on Dark Mewtwo's throat, just as she was about to stab it, however, Dark Mewtwo retaliated in a split second and took her down by appearing behind her while she was still in the air and slam his enforced tail but with force. "I...failed...sorry..." Sheik said weakly before she fainted.

"SHEIK! RED!" Chris yelled with some tears on his eyes and Dark Mewtwo appeared before him.

"Is that rage that I feel right now? Emanating from you?" Dark Mewtwo said calmly.

"...I WON'T LET THEM DIE BECAUSE OF YOU!"

"How unfortunate, it's your end n-"

"GET AWAY FROM MY MASTER!" Lucario roared enraged as he lunged towards Dark Mewtwo, but in minus of a minute, he floated glowing as one of Dark Mewtwo's hands were aimed at him. "UGH! PUT, ME, DOWN!"

Dark Mewtwo nodded and crossed his arms. "As you wish, however, it will be brutally."

Something odd happened and Lucario disappeared before their eyes.

"L-Lucario?! Where is he?!" Chris asked worried looking around.

Samus's visor beeped and told her to look above and gasped. "NO! LOOK OVER THERE!"

They all looked high above in the darkness where they saw a fast, red meteor that instantly crashed a made a huge impact and dust on the area, creating a little earthquake.

When the dust cleared out, for Chris's horror, Lucario was fatally wounded and lost consciousness, the meteor was probably him and was forced down to crash brutally by Dark Mewtwo's power.

"...N-n-no...why..." Chris asked as more tears appeared on his eyes when he dropped to his knees. "...I...don't believe it..."

Dark Mewtwo turned to see him. "Where were we? Oh...right, I was about to finish you..." His hand began to make electricity with huge amounts and Chris didn't do anything to escape, he was paralyzed by Dark Mewtwo's tremendous power and by losing Lucario in the fight for now.

"NOOOOOOOOOO!" Just then, Squirtle ran as fast as he could and hid inside his shell to attack as a shield for Chris when Dark Mewtwo tried to slam his electric hand on his head, when it touched the shell, it created a big explosion that sent Chris jumping on the floor as he slightly crashed into a far wall and a shell came spinning to him, slowing down until it stopped.

"...Squirtle?" He asked, tilting the shell a little until Squirtle emerged, but unconscious. "...P-please...stop this Mewtwo! I can't take it anymore!"

Ivysaur was trying to approach his vines to catch Dark Mewtwo, but he only got hurt severly by a charged Shadow Ball when Dark Mewtwo used Teleport and attacked from behind him, the Shadow Ball wasn't the same one, because it became as big as Dark Mewtwo was and made another huge impact, defeating Ivysaur with one blow as he rolled towards the unconscious Red and fainted instantly when he was in front of the trainer. "I won't stop...until you're all dead."

"Y-y-you haven't killed anyone yet! You just knocked them out! W-Wh-what's your real purpose?!"

He appeared in front of him again and looked down. "I'm glad that you ask, once all of you are knocked out, Tabuu is planning to take your weak bodies to serve his purposes to conquer all the worlds...including yours."

"I won't allow you!" Samus said as she appeared from behind a shot a Light Beam that Dark Mewtwo dodged by using Teleport again. "Where did he go?!"

"I'm confused, Chris," Dark Mewtwo's voice echoed through the place. "You had all the time of the world to heal everyone else, but yet, you didn't, why?

"..." Chris looked down as he began to sob silently. "...It's...it's because...I'm scared of you! I can't believe that almost everyone here got nearly annihilated by you!... ALSO BECAUSE YOU WERE INTIMIDATING ME WITH THOSE DARK EYES!"

"You figured it out," Dark Mewtwo appeared before the 2. "I used your fear of darkness to stop your bravery...the same bravery Tabuu has been trying to stop from the beginning."

Samus put her hand on Chris's shoulder. "I'm still here, I won't let him get near you." She assured him.

"In the heaven, that is." Dark Mewtwo said as Samus turned her back, but before she could see him, her suit glowed and made her to float above the floor.

"What are you doing?!" Samus asked when she felt a force crushing the Dark Suit.

"Simple, I'll crush you inside your own armor."

"...No..." Chris whispered slowly.

"Yes, that is what I'm going to d-"

"HOLY LANCE!"

"Huh?!" Dark Mewtwo looked shocked from both sides where 4 light lances sprouted from a holy glyph and impaled his body through. "AAAH!! H-HOW?!"

"I-I think I learned it just before you crushed Samus, that was close, right Samus?" Chris asked when Samus landed on the floor safely, who nodded.

"Pow Hamm-"

"Hmph." Dark Mewtwo quickly grabbed the hammer psychically and threw it towards Kirby, who received the squeaky hit and birds flew around his head.

"Ooooooohhhhh...birds...cute little birds..." The dazzled Kirby said twirling a little as Dark Mewtwo lifted him above and fired a barrage of Shadow Balls, hundreds and hundreds of dark spheres went passing through Kirby before he stumbled into the floor, losing consciousness.

The remaining 3 (Chris, Samus and Meta Knight) got closer to each other. "Wait a minute, aren't we missing something?" Samus asked to them.

Chris looked around for an answer.

If you forgot, remember when all the attacks of Fox, Falco and Wolf landed previously? Well, each one of them didn't took it nicely and until now, they have been fighting with each other for a long time, leaving the others to fight against their enemy.

"G-GUYS! STOP FIGHTING NOW! WE HAVE A LOT OF TROUBLE HERE!" Chris shouted preocupied before Dark Mewtwo charged at them. "AAAAAAAAHHHH!!!"

With Marth's team...

"(I can't believe Black Shadow got this strong in little time, if I only had the help of everyone, this could be easier than fighting him alone.)" C. Falcon thought as he rolled to dodge a thunderbolt about to land in him, the Shadow Bugs gave Black Shadow an unbeliavable power and was nearly invincible if he only had one opponent to fight against to.

Dark Black Shadow was laughing evily as he called forth more thunderbolts. "HAHAHAHAHA! RUN! RUN YOU LITTLE PEST FOR YOUR LIFE!" He said laughing.

"Got you!"

"What? UGH!" Dark Black Shadow lost C. Falcon for a second, giving the racer enough time to sneak behind him and smash both feet into his face, backing away the evil racer, shaking his head. "Why, YOU!"

Dark Black Shadow tried to punch C. Falcon, but C. Falcon was evading all of the blows to once again sneak below his arm and deal a strong uppercut in his chin using Raptor Boost. "I though you were stronger! But I was wrong after all!"

"YOU WANT A PIECE OF ME THEN?!"

"Bring it on!" C. Falcon said taunting, however, he lost his nemesis for accident and was thrusted by Dark Black Shadow's horns on the back. "AAH!"

"Heheh, what did you say? Falcon?" Dark Black Shadow asked smirking after C. Falcon backed away from him, feeling a strong pain on his back.

Meanwhile with all the other trapped Smashers.

"Darn it, we can't help in the situation we are now!" Link said angrily.

"We can just watch...AND WE HAVEN'T DONE ANYTHING YET!" Toon Link yelled angrily, swinging his sword madly before panting heavily for a second.

"Can Pikachu or Pichu call thunders to hit the steroidyzed-floating guy outside this barrier?" Popo asked.

Both electric mouses shook their heads in shame. "If we could do that, we could be hard opponents to anyone out there." Pikachu said.

"How ironic, out there is the key word here now." Ness said crossing his arms, half-bored.

"Ask Marth! He maybe knows a way to get out of here!" Nana suggested and they looked at Marth.

"Hey, Marth, do you how to get out of this annoying barrier?"

Marth scratched the back of his head. "I'm not good at technology, so I'm afraid I don't know."

"We're screwed."

"Totally." They replied in unison.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 11, 2008, 07:15:02 PM
"Isn't there anything we can do?" Roy asked.

"Well...if there was some way to assist C. Falcon but using magic or something like that..." Marth said.

Toon Link sat on on the floor. "We can't do anything..."

"...Sorry, C. Falcon..." Lucas said sobbing a little before Ness patted his back.

"Why we don't cheer at least to give him some support?" Popo suggested.

"...Meh, I'm doing it." Pikachu said.

"And 3, and 2, and 1..." They prepared to cheer the racer from the barrier and then, they began.

"CAPTAIN FALCON! CAPTAIN FALCON!" The young Smashers cheered loudly.

"How amusing, a cheering group." Dark Black Shadow said smirking.

"Heh, at least I do have people to rely on, not like you." C. Falcon taunted him.

Dark Black Shadow snapped his fingers. "Oh, that reminds me..."

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" C. Falcon was covered in a field of electricity that damaged him greatly, but something odd happened, his shadow disappeared from his back and it went to Dark Black Shadow's side, it rose up and there, a similar person that looked like C. Falcon stood there laughing like a maniac. "...What...the...hell?"

"I want you to meet your counterpart, Blood Falcon." Dark Black Shadow introduced him.

"Hello, C. Falcon." B. Falcon said laughing evily.

"So, you're going to use him to attack me?!" C. Falcon asked while he prepared to punch his evil counterpart.

Dark Black Shadow chuckled evily. "You're lucky, I have more plans with him, I'll let him go for this time and see if you can survive through me."

"Bye, bye! Hahahahaha!" B. Falcon laughed before he leaped off the Halberd, into the darkness of the night.

"You...bastard!"

"Am I?" Dark Black Shadow asked before he disappeared from his sight, then, he was quickly pushed on the head by Dark Black Shadow's huge arm, copying his attack too that sent the racer towards a wall, but he put his feet in time to spring back at Dark Black Shadow and land a fast blow using Falcon Kick. "YOU!"

C. Falcon landed safely and looked back at him with a grin. "I don't have power at my dispossal like you, but, I have speed and atlethism to create good combo moves."

"POWER IS EVERYTHING!" Dark Black Shadow yelled furiously before his hands were covered by intense electricity that went into many directions and went towards C. Falcon in a zig-zag motion, fortunately, C. Falcon dodged all the fast blows and his nemesis didn't noticed that for each missed hit from the lightnings he dodged, he was approaching more and more towards Dark Black Shadow, then he made the mistake to make the huge enemy to trip...but in the air.

What more surprised C. Falcon is that he made Dark Black Shadow to trip and crash in the floor.

"...That was weird, but still!" C. Falcon jumped high in the air and tried to increase the power's magnitude of the Falcon Kick to land a powerful blow on his chest, in which he was able to do and came down at high speed to create a rather strong blow that made Dark Black Shadow to cough blood from his mouth as he regained his composture and wiped out the blood.

"YOU CAN DO IT! YOU CAN DO IT!" The young Smashers kept cheering.

"YOU CAN-oh, stop, please...I'm tired from all that shouting..." Pikachu said panting as he sat.

"That was still interesting to watch..." Roy said.

"It was." Link remarked.

"Oh, hell no, we're not going to get dressed and do some coreography later!" Ness said blushing a little and both swordsmen chuckled at this.

"Stop and just let's find a way to get out." Marth said calmly as he inspected the force field.

"YOU'RE MINE!" Dark Black Shadow shouted, raising his dark, glowing fist above an unexpected C. Falcon.

"PERV!" Nana shouted disgusted.

"...WHAT?!" He roared furiously.

"N-NOTHING!"

"GOOD!... WHERE DID HE GO?!"

"Behind you!" C. Falcon called from behind his head, Dark Black Shadow slowly turned his head to receive another hit in the chin by C. Falcon's Raptor Boost.

"THAT'S IT, YOU CALLED MY RAGE AND FURY NOW!" Dark Black Shadow raised his fist quickly and punched the floor that caused an earthquake on the area, it made C. Falcon to trip by accident and when he was about to fall, Dark Black Shadow rushed from the front and landed a quick, dark punch on his stomach, the impact of the blow was too much for C. Falcon to bear and he coughed blood, but it wasn't over, Dark Black Shadow called a powerful thunder that crashed down into the racer as he yelled in extreme pain. "What an interesting and fast way to turn the things to your disadvantage, right?!" He asked while he laughed evily and began to stomp C. Falcon continuously.

Nana covered her eyes in horror and tried to not hear C. Falcon's moans and yells of pain, a battle of one-of-one wasn't recommended for him, and lesser if the Shadow Bugs were involved. "Stop! I can't watch this anymore!" She cried on the shoulder of her brother.

"Isn't there a way to help him?" Link asked looking around to find something to help C. Falcon, but he found Toon Link playing with a weird baton. "We're in a crisis and you're playing with a branch?"

Toon Link glared at him. "Hey! This isn't a normal branch, it's the Wind Waker!"

"The Wind Waker?" Lucas and Pichu asked curiously.

"Yeah! This baton allows me to control the winds and aid me to go to some places in the Great Sea faster than usual!"

"...Control the winds?" Marth muttered to himself. "Wait, Toon Li-"

"Link!" Toon Link corrected him.

"Link, can you control the winds even if you're trapped?"

Toon Link nodded. "Of course, why do you ask?"

"What kind of winds can you call?"

"Tornados, breezes, control inanimated objects, the day and night..."

Marth snapped his fingers and glanced at the 2 contenders. "I think I have an idea to help him."

With Chris's team...

Dark Mewtwo knew that a frontal attack wouldn't work, so he teleported constantly around to confuse the trio that looked around frantically. "Where is he?!" Chris asked confused before a fast attack slashed his right arm. "AAH!"

"CHRIS!" Samus yelled worried. "Wait, and Meta Knight?"

"AAH! UGH! AHH!" Both of them turned their heads behind them to find Meta Knight trapped in a constant flurry of Psycho Cuts from Dark Mewtwo who rushed and quickly drawed his fingers making straight lines that were turned into Psycho Cuts, he was spinning and sometimes stopping to slash 4 times before spinning again, then at the last blow, he lifted Meta Knight and used a quickly charged Shadow Ball that collided into him, pushing the star warrior to a pile of metal as he fell unconscious, his yellow eyes darkened a little, showing that he was knocked out.

"H-he took Meta Knight out?!" Chris asked trembling in fear.

"Not all the fighters are perfect." Samus reminded him.

"Q-Quick! You must go and convince those 3 from fighting between themselves!" Chris ordered pointing at Fox, Falco and Wolf.

"...But what about you? Are you going to stay behind and confront Mewtwo by yourself?"

Chris trembled and clenched his hands on the staff in front of him, closed his eyes and gulped. "I...I need to do it, it was my fault that he went with us to Kanto and got missing after that..."

"I'm stil worried...but...I...leave it to you, but next time, promise me you're not going to lament again like this."

Chris made a small smile and nodded, still trembling. "D-d-don't worry, this is going to be the day I'll stop being scared by the darkness too."

"...Really?"

"WHO AM I KIDDING?! JUST GO AND DON'T WORRY ABOUT ME!"

Samus wanted to sweatdrop, but she couldn't since the battle was serious and rushed towards the 3 to get them back to the fight.

Chris looked at Samus going away before he looked at Dark Mewtwo who was floating fastly towards him. "Let's see if you can fight against me alone!" He said evily.

Chris quickly searched through his belt and took out 4 small knifes. "S-stop right there! Nocturnal Night!" He threw the 4 knifes in 4 different directions, 2 were able to stun Dark Mewtwo. "Not done yet! Severed Fate!" He threw 3 fast knifes around Dark Mewtwo that made a quick glyph who shone brightly and damaged him.

"Are you done?" Dark Mewtwo asked appearing behind him and firing 10 Psycho Cuts that weakened Chris instantly, dropping him into a state of danger.

"...I...won't...fail..." Chris said weakly.

Meanwhile, the things with the 3 were STILL going worse...

"Guys! Stop arguing and help Chris, he's in danger to die!" Samus said to the 3 who just kept fighting.

"Shut up Samus! I have to set the record straight with these 2!" Falco said angrily before dodging a slash from Wolf.

"So do I, stop being a nuisance to my plans!" Wolf said enraged before dodging one of Fox's punches.

"I want to prove something between Falco and Wolf, don't interrupt me!" Fox said angrily before sidestepping away from 3 lasers from Falco's Blaster.

"Are your discussions more important than saving the life of someone that we care about?!" Samus asked annoyed.

"I care little about the kid!" Wolf said furiously.

"My matters are more important!" Falco answered enraged.

"It was his fault that he got dragged into this in the first place!" Fox said angrily.

Now their words didn't made any sense to Samus, they had lost their common sense for what she knew about their last opinions. It was sad, really sad at that moment.

The bounty hunter watched the World Traveler about to drop on his knees, about to be defeated.

"...I...can't...go on...I'm sorry..." Chris said weakly as tears began to fall from his cheeks, then, Dark Mewtwo appeared and lifted him up slowly on the center of the dark place that was an arena for their battle. "...What are you going to do to me?"

"Simple," Dark Mewtwo chuckled a little. "I'll reveal you my Final Smash that I developed in secret."

"...What?"

"Yes, you heard me well, I shall reveal my ultimate attack to finish you off, once and for all."

Samus was able to hear their little conversation and gasped. "WE HAVE TO STOP HIM! NOW! I'M SERIOUS!" She tried to convince the anthros to listen to her.

"SHUT UP!" They replied as they continued fighting between themselves.

"Too late." Dark Mewtwo announced darkly as his speeds on his hands suddenly increased to a very fast rate and began to create a endless amount of Psycho Cuts that went flying around Chris, the Psychic Pokémon called forth what appeared to be 1000 Psycho Cuts that made a huge, pink, moving sphere that trapped Chris inside, without any part to see him, then, Dark Mewtwo snapped his fingers and the Psycho Cuts stopped in their ways and pointed to the center of the circle, in this case, was Chris himself.

"Begone!" Dark Mewtwo yelled at the top of his lungs and all the Psycho Cuts flew at blinding speeds, slashing Chris with the biggest barrage of slashes known to them until now, 1000 Psycho Cuts, nobody, ever could possibly bear all that damage that was massive and extreme to the poor World Traveler, who was yelling and screaming with all his forces, Samus couldn't believe it either, a young human suffering what was probably the worsest attack possible.

For her own luck, the attack ended, for her bad luck, however, Chris was going to crash into the floor before noticing that Dark Mewtwo's attack wasn't over as the Psychic Pokémon rushed towards him and fastly created a 10-foot tall Shadow Ball that covered him completely and shot it fastly, colliding with the World Traveler and creating a huge explosion that engulfed the whole area with a blinding light, Samus blocked her visor to not get hurt by the light, but the trio weren't even paying attention to the catastropic attack that just took place. "This Final Smash is called...Psychic Finisher." Dark Mewtwo said, crossing his arms. "The attack was going to be less powerful than this, but the Shadow Bugs greatly boosted it, enough to end your pathetic life...human..."

Samus unblocked her face and saw Chris flying at high speed in front of her, in slow-motion, she could saw many ripped parts of his clothes, the crystal of the staff was even scratched that it made it look like it was going to shatter, the most terrorizing thing was...his tears were combined by all the blood all his severe cuts he received. He...died?

"I'll prove that I'm th-" Fox was quickly interrupted as he was pushed far away by something, he crashed directly into the wall, creating a cloud of dust that went away after various seconds. "AAH! What the?! Get off me!" Fox said angrily, pushing away the thing it made him to crash. "Hmph, who throw a supposedly dead person to me anyway? What kind of monster could d-" His pupils shrunk instantly after realising what he just said and looked back to see...the World Traveler...not breathing at all. "...CHRIS!"

Someday the Dream Will End

The other 3 walked towards him, but Falco was cracking his fists as Wolf did. "Okay, stop the interruptions and let's continue where we left, Fox!" Falco said.

"Falco, you idiot! Look what happened to him!"

Falco quickly glanced at Chris and looked back to Fox. "So? What's your point? He appears to be dead an-" His pupils shrunk when he blinked. "...Wait...no...no...it can't be..."

"The kid...is dead?" Wolf asked as he looked down at him.

Samus scanned Chris's body using her visor.

Subject has been severly damaged in almost all the bones and flesh of his entire body, it appears his lungs were damaged in the process of the psychic attack, also, he was not able to breath anymore and died by it.

"...No..." Samus said slowly.

"What?! Don't...don't tell me..." Fox trailed off but Samus nodded slowly. "...No, no, no, NO!"

"No way! He's dead?!" Falco asked and Fox nodded as he closed his eyes in shame.

"..." Wolf couldn't help but to look away, somehow, he felt something horrible inside him, maybe, he cared about him?

"Now you see what your childish actions caused?! We lost him for good now! Aren't you 3 ashamed for what you did all the time when you came here?! I think there's no way to apologize this time for what happened, he could have survived if you 3 were willing to help us, and more importantly, him, here, I even recorded what you said before!"

"I care little about the kid!" Wolf said furiously.

"My matters are more important!" Falco answered enraged.

"It was his fault that he got dragged into this in the first place!" Fox said angrily.


Fox and Falco dropped to their knees to both sides where the dead character was, they felt horrible, shattered and bad at this moment.

"It was my fault...it was my fault!" Fox said slamming his fist close to the dead Chris.

"We're sorry! We're sorry Chris for being so selfish! It was my fault in reality!" Falco yelled.

"It was our fault..." Wolf said weakly.

"If I could just...if I could just...IF I COULD JUST ASSIST HIM, THIS PROBABLY WOULDN'T HAVE HAPPENED!" Fox yelled as tears began to appear on his eyes.

"MAN, I'M SORRY! JUST...COME BACK TO US! AND I KNOW, I SUCK AT APOLOGIZING SINCE THIS IS PROBABLY THE FIRST TIME I DO IN A LONG TIME, BUT FORGIVE ME!" Falco yelled, the same thing happening to him as Fox.

"Kid...sorry...I was a fool...and yes...I know...you're not hearing this by now..." Wolf muttered to himself.

"Impudent fools," Dark Mewtwo appeared in front of them with crossed arms. "Your actions took you to this point, is tragic, yes, but a great relief to the Subspace Army," He chuckled. "Heheheheh, quite interesting in reality, how could such simple fight between comrades could have led to this moment, I laugh at you, it's great, it's great! Tabuu will be happy to hear this when I return and tell him the news!"

"...Shut up..."

"What's that?" He chuckled more. "Shut up?"

Cutting Edge of Notion

"SHUT UP! YOU IDIOT!" The 4 said furiously at him.

Dark Mewtwo merely chuckled again. "Do you think you can defeat me now? Only the 4 of you? What a laugh, you're inferior compared to me."

"DON'T COMPARE ME TO YOU!" Fox said enraged.

"I'M MUCH BETTER THAN YOU, THAT'S FOR SURE!" Falco said furiously.

"Even I have my own feelings, heh, surprising, isn't? A criminal like me having small feelings for a kid." Wolf took out his Blaster and aimed it at Dark Mewtwo. "However, this kid surprises me in secret and yet, I want to fulfill a revenge on you."

"I completely agree with them," Samus said as she glanced around the fallen Smashers who were still unconscious. "They're precious to me, I know, that was unexpected coming from a person like me, but I also have my own thoughts."

"You should have said man instead of person." Falco said grinning a little.

Samus sighed. "Fine, fine, I'll show you what is under this suit to get you to listen to me if we get through this, okay?"

"Sounds good to me, I can finally win that bet with Zelda."

"Focus!" Fox reminding them by gritting his fangs. (What? He has fangs instead of teeth, right?)

"Roger that." Falco said.

"How shall we end this then?" Dark Mewtwo asked when the quartet ran at different parts and made a squared formation, and they rushed at him which ade the Pokémon to chuckle evily. "Are you going to do the same mistake as before? How amusing." He said sarcastically when he waited for the right opportunity to evade the clash by jumping, then, when they were close, he jumped. "See? It was obvi-"

"THERE!"

"WHAT?!" Dark Mewtwo saw the 4 jumping a long with him, he couldn't believe that they tricked him into jumping into the air, the quartet combined forces and slammed their foots at the same time in different parts of his chest, back, throat and neck, pushing him towards the floor with a great impact. "UGH! YOU...STUPID...PESTS!... LET ME GO!"

Samus was grabbing Dark Mewtwo using her Grapple Beam. "No way, Wolf, is all yours!"

Dark Mewtwo looked quickly behind him as was severly slashed in the face by Wolf's claws, it even left a trail of blood on his face. "Heh, and I thought I was going to lose." Wolf replied smirking.

Samus released the Psychic Pokemon and both ran away to hide in what was left of the metal that Dark Mewtwo's Final Smash left behind the explosion, the dark enemy grunted in frustration and floated towards the pile of metal to find them using his psychic mind. "Show yourselves! I know you're hiding from me!"

"Okay, I hear that, loud and clear!"

Dark Mewtwo got a surprise attack by Falco who appeared not from behind the pile, but rather from inside at blinding speed to deal a strong flying kick, right into Dark Mewtwo's chest, followed by slash using his tail on his feet and pushing the Psychic Pokémon with a charged kick to another direction. "It's all yours Fox!"

"What?" Dark Mewtwo saw the vulpine cracking his fists far away from the direction he was flying to by the previous attack. "Idiot, I can teleport, remember?"

"I doubt it!" Fox shouted. "For me is impossible for you to teleport when you're weak!"

"Here, let me demostrate you!" Dark Mewtwo chuckled before teleporting out of Fox's sight, appearing far away from him. "Ha! Don't underestimate me!"

"And us too!"

Once again, Dark Mewtwo didn't saw another double attack by many shots from Samus and Wolf, who were hiding in the piles of metal at each side of the dark fiend.

"DARN IT, I CAN'T MOVE!" Dark Mewtwo yelled angrily, the shots from the 2 fighters were stunning him, preventing any kind of teleporting move to escape.

"NOW FOX!" Falco yelled motioning at Dark Mewtwo.

"YOU TOO, WOLF!" Samus yelled doing he same action as Falco.

"YOU...FOOLS...DON'T...SUMMON MY...FURY!" Dark Mewtwo yelled furiously.

"Isn't this ironic, you were supposed to be calm, and yet, you're furious now." Wolf said grinning before he started to run towards him.

Both vulpines jumped on the front and the back of the stunned Pokémon and prepared to concentrate their blows at his throat. "YOU'RE GOING DOWN!" Fox yelled.

"TRY IT!" Dark Mewtwo taunted before realising something, he wasn't stunned anymore and was just standing there dumbly.

CRACK!

But when he noted that, the 2 who were shooting at him stopped their shots just when he spoke to distract him, then they rushed towards Dark Mewtwo to hit the remaining 2 sides of the throat, the ending result was this, he received a lethal attack of 4 different sides of the throat and it made a snap sound, which made to cough blood. "...Well...done..." He managed to say before he dropped to his legs and fainted by putting his right hand on the floor to stand up.

Music stops

The 4 landed safely and shot glares at Dark Mewtwo. "That should teach him." Fox said before they ran towards Chris and looked down at him.

"...Well...now what?" Falco asked. "I can't believe all of this happened because we kept fighting between ourselves."

"I feel so bad now...and he just tried to help us out."

Samus clenched her right hand in fury, she was still angry at them, but suddenly, she got a telepathy talk from the remaining Luminoth from the first temple. "Samus, I was aware of the situation from the beginning, those foul creatures who invaded the fortress took technology and stole it."

"Yes, but also..." She glanced at Chris. "We lost a dear friend to us."

"I am also aware of that, however, there is way to revive him if you want to hear."

Samus gasped a little. "There is?!"

"Yes, you can try and use the energy of the light from the temple to give back new life to your comrade."

"Guys, there is a way to revive Chris!"

The 3 of them looked to her. "There is a way?! Really?!" Fox asked surprised and Samus nodded.

"We just need to take him to the stolen light of this place and everything will be back to normal!"

"However, we got a problem in our hands." Wolf said.

"A problem?" Falco asked as Wolf pointed to something on the center and their pupils shrunk at the same time, except for Wolf who glared at that way.

The problem was...that Dark Mewtwo was still standing, and not only that, he was holding Chris using Confusion as he chuckled evily.

"Heheheheheheh...looks like I got a present for Tabuu after all...this nuisance will be a perfect excuse for my failure here." Dark Mewtwo said.

"You bastard, LET HIM GO!" Samus yelled angrily.

"Leave him alone!" Falco shouted as he aimed his Blaster at him.

"You're a laugh," Dark Mewtwo exclaimed. "Nothing...can stop me from escaping now...now...I bid you a farewel-"

WHACK!

"...Ow." Dark Mewtwo was literally whacked in the head by a squeaky red hammer, from a weak Kirby who had his staff poiting at him, the small blow was just too much for the dark Pokémon to resist and he fainted instantly and crashed into the floor. The glow around the dead World Traveler disappeared and began to fell quickly while they gasped and ran to catch him.

"HURRY!" Fox and Falco shouted as they dashed with Samus and Wolf.

...However, something catched him, or rather prevent his fall, they stopped on their trails and sighed in relief.

Because...he was just above the fainted Lucario, who catched him above his hands, who remained extended by coincidence as they saw the Shadow Bugs vanishing and Mewtwo turned into a trophy for all the damage he received, for their fortune, all the fainted people except for Lucario recovered their senses and slowly got up, shaking their heads.

Fox gasped. "...Er...Falco..."

"Yes Fox?" Falco asked confused.

"What is going to happen to us if Lucario ever finds out that Chris died if he wakes up?"

"..." Falco's pupils shrunk to the smallest dot. "CRAP! WE'RE DEAD, HE WILL KILL US!"

Wolf rolled his right eye. "Like if he could kill us." Falco showed him pictures of that time when Roy was fataly wounded by the rage of the Aura Pokémon. "...What are you maggots doing there?! We have to help this kid!"

"...Is Chris dead?" Red asked before Falco showed him the pictures and explained what could happen. "QUICK! TO THE LIGHT!"

With Marth's team...

"Why aren't you moving?! Why aren't you moving?!" Dark Black Shadow kept asking as he laughed and stomped on the weakened racer.

"Up...left...right...WINDS! GO TO THE WEST AT HIGH SPEED!" Toon Link commanded with his Wind Waker as strong winds from the east came with a huge force.

"...WHAT?! AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Dark Black Shadow was pushed by the strong winds and C. Falcon got up, panting heavily and wiping out the blood from his mouth.

"What...happened?" C. Falcon asked confused as he saw Dark Black Shadow flying towards him to land his fist on his face.

"DIE NOW!"

C. Falcon ducked and landed an uppercut on Dark Black Shadow's chin, making the bulky lord to wipe out the blood from his mouth. "I...can...still...fight!" However, a catastropic amount of electricity began to form on the dark clouds of the night and they looked above and gasped. "What the..."

Dark Black Shadow was trying to call down the most, impacting thunderbolt on C. Falcon to finish him for good. "TRY TO DODGE THIS, C. FALCON! NOBODY CAN ESCAPE FROM THIS EXPLOSION OF ELECTRICITY OF DARK CLOUD'S NIGHT!"

"Oh no! That thunder can kill C. Falcon easily! I know from experience!" Pikachu said shocked.

"Wait, he said "night" so...Link, can you change the time of the day?" Roy asked.

Toon Link nodded. "Yes! I do, let me do it again!" He concentrated to play the melody. "Right...left...down...SUN OF THE DAY! APPEAR NOW BEFORE US!"

"CRASH DOWN ON THIS PATHETIC BEING!" Dark Black Shadow yelled laughing evily as he looked above, only to be blinded by the sun who appeared in a second. "...What the heck?!"

"Hey, shortie, thanks!" C. Falcon said saluting Toon Link, who didn't took well the part of shortie and tried to stab him from far away, but Link grabbed him to seize his cartoony version.

"..." Popo blinked in a bored way before speaking. "I like this new Link, he's funny!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 12, 2008, 06:10:04 PM
C. Falcon raised his fist into the air and ran towards Dark Black Shadow, who smirked and teleported behind him to land a blow on his back, C. Falcon was still weak in some parts of his body, including his back, but that didn't stopped him from roll around Dark Black Shadow and slam his right leg on his back, however, Dark Black Shadow just kept teleporting around to confuse his opponent. "What's the matter? Can't catch up a big enemy like me?! You make me laugh!" He mocked.

"Ugh, I can't track him down with all those...quick movements..." C. Falcon complained under his breath.

"CALM DOWN YOU!" Link yelled at his cartoony form who panted heavily and jumped away from him. "Geez, good thing I'm not your older self."

"Marth, do you have an idea to stop him from moving around like crazy?" Roy asked worried.

"Even if we change the winds, that won't work on his magic, and changing the day won't do anything either...Link, you said you have a song that can control anyone?"

"Well...I kind of have, but it only works on inanimated objects like...that huge "machine" from over there." Toon Link pointed at the cannon that was several inches away from them. "I don't think I can control something that BIG."

Popo got an idea. "Try to manipulate that guy!"

"C. Falcon's enemy? Popo! That is not going to work!" Nana said angrily.

"...Although I think I can control him if I can focus enough..." Toon Link said before Popo whispered something to him. "...What?! I won't do that if I manage to control him!"

"Pleeeeeeeeeeeease? I want to see something that humiliating on someone like him!"

Toon Link groaned, scoffed and slapped his forehead. "...Fine! AHEM!...Left...Center...Right...Center...BE CONTROLED!" He snapped his fingers nd he got in a very weird position.

"...Huh?...I...can't...move!" Dark Black Shadow said, trying to raise both fists above an unexpected C. Falcon who found him in time to get away. "UGH! MY...BODY!"

"Now, put your hands in this position and then...move your hips like this!" Popo told Toon Link the movements he wanted him to do, the cartoon character sweatdropped before he took a deep breath, Dark Black Shadow put his hands above his head as Toon Link did and then...

Caramelldansen

"...AAAAAHHHH!!! STOP! THIS DANCE IS SO...HUMILIATING!" Dark Black Shadow shouted furiously as he danced floating in the air, moving his rather big hips to the sides and bending his hands at the same time his hips moved to each side.

"...WHAT THE HELL IS THAT DANCE?!" Link asked disgusted as all the young Smashers were rolling around, laughing like crazy while Toon Link kept dancing and humiliating Dark Black Shadow like never before.

"GOOD ONE! GOOD ONE! OH GOD, I CAN'T STOP LAUGHING!" Ness laughed slamming his hands on the floor for mercy.

C. Falcon's eyes twitched at this. "...Umm..."

"STOP DAWDLING AND FINISH HIM OFF!" Marth shouted disgusted from the barrier.

"Oh, right, but how?"

Music stops

Even if the music stopped, Toon Link kept dancing to interrupt Dark Black Shadow as the others turned serious this time.

"USE THE FALCON PUNCH!" Link yelled.

"He will, I know it." Nana said rolling her eyes.

"We too." The others replied nodding, except for Lucas and Toon Link, who didn't understand at all.

"...Why I didn't used that from the beginning?" C. Falcon asked before he jumped above Dark Black Shadow's shoulders and jumped high in the air towards the sun where he raised his right fist who began to be covered by a extreme fire power and slowly gained speed to slam it right into his face.

"HAHAHA! EVEN THE SO POWERFUL FALCON PUNCH CAN'T BEAT ME YOU FOOL!" Dark Black Shadow said laughing. (Although it was awkward since he was still dancing.) "YOU CAN'T...DEFEAT...me?" He noticed that what looked like to be a tornado was being created on C. Falcon's feet that increased greatly his speed dramatically. "WHAT?!"

"Down...right...left...up...POWER OF THE CYCLONES, ASSIST ME!" Toon Link called forth a tornado that engulfed C. Falcon's feet, which increased the speed in he was descending, also, it made C. Falcon's fist to be scorched intensely by the wind that it powered up.

"Okay, stop that, I know those chants were useless." Link said narrowing his eyes.

"...Wow, you found out." Toon Link exclaimed embarrassed.

Back at the fight...

"ONCE THIS KID STOPS CONTROLLING OVER MY BODY, I'M GOING TO CRUSH YOUR BONES, YOU HEAR ME?!" Dark Black Shadow said as he danced.

"...HAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Everyone inside the barrier suddenly bursted out laughing and Dark Black Shadow glared at them.

"WHAT'S SO FUNNY?!"

"YOU RETARD! TOON LINK STOPPED CONTROLLING YOU A LONG TIME AGO AND YOU THINK YOU'RE STILL DANCING!" Popo pointed out as he rolled around laughing.

"..." Dark Black Shadow blinked in a bored way. "...You mean...I...was...dancing...by...MYSELF?!"

"FALCON..."

Dark Black Shadow's eyes widened and slowly looked above in the air to find C. Falcon several inches away from him. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!"

"PUNCH!!!"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" A huge impact was created when the powered fist of fire collided on Dark Black Shadow's face, it even made a shining star on that smae point that called a smokescreen that covered a quarter of the exterior of the Halberd, from the smoke, C. Falcon triumphaly spun on the air while he was curled to land on his feet and grinned at the Smashers as he saluted them.

"I'm done with him." C. Falcon said triumphaly as Dark Black Shadow lost consciousness and the Shadow Bugs vanished from his body, the force field that trapped the Smashers disappeared and they ran at C. Falcon to celebrate with him for his victory. "Good job Link, without your help and that baton, I could have been dead."

"Heheheh, I did it perfectly on my first time helping you guys, right?" Toon Link asked scratching his head as Ness lifted his right hand to the air.

"Score for the young Smashers!" Ness proclaimed triumphaly as the young Smashers cheered loudly.

"Hey, we're in the Halberd, we should take it back now that we have the chance to do it!" Roy suggested.

"Y-yeah! That's a good idea!" Lucas remarked.

"Alright team!" Pikachu said happily. "On the double and let's go to the control room! Nothing can stop us fro-"

CRASH!

All of the Smashers (including the normal Black Shadow) were thrown away from the Halberd by an unexpected crash from something quick that got them unguarded. "WHAT HAPPENED NOW?!" Pikachu asked very annoyed.

They saw below them that the Blue Falcon was activated by itself. "WHY IS THE BLUE FALCON RUNNING?!" Link asked before the hatch of the racer opened up and they gasped. "PICHU?!"

"Hey guys! Look! I'm a racer!" Pichu said happily as he jumped above the seat.

"PICHU! YOU WUSS! WE WERE JUST GOING TO INVADE THE HALBERD TO TAKE IT BACK!" Popo said angrily.

"What?"

All of them who were still flying flew to the Blue Falcon to get inside, C. Falcon threw Pichu to the back seat and he managed to maneuver the car to land on the street, close to the F-Zero Grand Championship that was various miles away, saving them from the death as they sighed, while C. Falcon watched as the Halberd entered inside a big portal of darkness where it vanished away from that world from good.

"It got away...it got away...IT GOT FREAKING AWAY! AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!" Pikachu cried on the street when they got out.

"WE DIDN'T DO ANYTHING AT ALL HERE! AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Ness cried along with Pikachu, who hugged him.

"Aw, don't worry guys, at least I did something!" Toon Link pointed out happily, not noticing that all the younger Smashers glared and approached slowly to him.

"I want to kill someone...right now..." Nana said darkly as she slammed her hammer slightly on her right hand.

"So do I, sister..." Her brother replied doing the same.

"I thought I was going to hit someone with my bat...fortunately...I have someone..." Ness said darkly with his bat on his shoulder.

Pikachu was surrounded by electricity. "Casting down a thunder is not a bad idea now...."

"...Er...guys? We're friends? Right?! GUYS?! DO YOU HEAR ME?! WE ARE FRIENDS RIGHT?!" Toon Link asked nervously.

"GET THAT YOUNG SMASHER!" Nana commanded and Toon Link screamed at the top of his lungs and ran away from them at high speed, but his problem was that they were doing the same too and lunged at him where they began to beat him to a bloody pulp.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Toon Link screamed while Lucas and Pichu sweatdropped with the other 4.

"...I told you, they're so brute..." Pichu pointed out and Lucas nodded trembling.

"...A-anyway, C. Falcon, do you want to come with us?" Marth asked offering the racer a chance to fight alongside them.

"Hmm, well, I can but I need to attend some matters first..." C. Falcon pointed at the Championship not far away from them.

"...Hey, I have an idea, why don't we stick around for a little bit until he's done? I think it's not going to take much of our time." Link suggested.

"I like that!" Roy remarked doing a high five with Link.

"Yeah! I need someone to cheer me on the race, I have to keep a record of straight wins without losing too!" C. Falcon said smiling a little.

He and Marth shook hands as a badly beaten Toon Link tried to go out from the crazy killers, but Ness dragged him back to the cloud of dust in the background. "Deal." Marth said nodding.

?

"Queen Jaydes, someone wants to see you." A G-Man said to a paper person who looked like a queen.

"Let him in." Queen Jaydes said as a small, blue fire with yellow eyes floated to her, showing a worried and scared face. "Hmm, you're a kid, right?"

"I'M NOT A KID!" The blue fire said angrily. "I!... Well...I don't know where in the hell am I now..."

"You're in the Underwhere, the place for all the people who receive a Game Over." Jaydes said calmly.

"The Underwhere?! You mean I'm dead?! That's unfair!"

"Sorry kid, but those are the rules, nowadays, many characters ends up here, some of them, however, return to their worlds once again depending on all the good things he or she did." At that moment, another blue fire appeared from behind the first blue fire. "Who are you?"

"Klonoa." The blue fire said sadly.

"Klonoa? The Dream Traveler? Oh, my, don't worry child, you can go back to your world if you want, you have a lot of good things you have done."

"R-really? Thank you!" Klonoa said happily before Jaydes chanted a spell and Klonoa went inside a portal and disappeared with it.

"Good hero, people like him are notable among heroes." Jaydes said smiling a little. "Oh, you're still here."

"Can I return to my world? I want to see my friends again." The blue fire said sadly.

"What is your name?"

"Chris."

All the G-Mans around the area froze and looked shocked at him, even Queen Jaydes was shocked after hearing that name.

"C-CHRIS?! YOU MEAN THE WORLD TRAVELER?!"

"Y-yes! Why do you ask?" The blue fire called Chris asked surprised.

"You're famous around here, you and your friends called Smashers have been traveling around worlds saving many characters, right? I can't let someone like you to just dry and be bored in the eternity here!"

"...Wait, how do you know that?"

She chuckled. "All the worlds, believe it or not, are connected somehow, you saw that kid Klonoa from a moment ago? He was from another different world and since he has done many good things, he was granted a second chance to live and keep fighting, you however, are a special case, thanks to you, I don't have a tight schedule. Geez, you don't know how hard IS to be the queen that control the Continues and Game Overs." She laughed a little.

"Then I can go back and give it a shot again?"

"Of course."

"Yay! I've never been so happy before! I can see Lucario and the others again!... Wait, how come I'm just a floating, blue fire and not have a body?"

"Your body wasn't destroyed along with you, thus, your soul made it here."

"...Oh, can I go back now?"

"Why, yes, but be aware, is not easy to go on and on and on, you have 2 lifes now, once I use my powers, you're going to have 1 life left to continue if you return here again, now hang on...GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER GAME OVER...CONTINUE!"

Chris was slowly dragged in a portal. "Wait, why didn't you chanted that for Klonoa?!"

"It's one of the many wonders of the Underwhere! And please, keep fighting! I have a small schedule that way!" Jaydes said as Chris smiled and disappeared from the Underwhere. "Good boy..." Another blue fire appeared. "Name?"

"I'm Naruto! Believe it!" The blue fire exclaimed determined.

Sanctuary Fortress

"Just...a little...more..."

"C'mon!"

"Al...most..."

"You can do it Samus!"

"...UGH!...THERE!" Samus finished firing the light of the temple to the dead Chris who glowed for a moment and stopped. "...I did as he told me to do it...but...he doesn't..."

"I guess we failed..." Red said sadly, cursing under his breath as he glanced at the still, fainted Lucario.

"...Ugh..."

"Uh?" Kirby looked curiously to the dead Chris, swearing that he heard a moan. "...Chris?" He put his hand close to his mouth and they quickly looked at them.

"...Huh?... I'm...alive?... I'M ALIVE! OH MY GOD! I'M LIVING! THANKS JAYDES!" Chris was able to return back to life before most of them (minus Wolf, Meta Knight, Sheik and Samus) lunged at him to give the "hug of welcome." "HEY! GET OFF ME!"

"YOU'RE ALIVE! AWESOME! NOW I DON'T HAVE ANYTHING TO REGRET FOR!" Falco said happily.

"CHRIS! WHAT A RELIEF, I THOUGHT YOU WERE DEAD!" Fox said happily.

"F-FOX, YOU'RE CREEPING ME OUT! GET OFF ME!" Chris yelled as the previously mentioned Smashers, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur and Kirby kept celebrating around him.

"...Chris?"

"LUCARIO!" Chris was able to get off them and ran to his Aura Pokémon to give him a hug while he cried a little. "I'm back Lucario...don't worry..."

"Don't worry?" Lucario asked confused.

"You didn't know? I was de-hmhmhmhmhmhm." Fox and Falco quickly blocked his mouth.

"...Excuse me?"

"He says he was going to die until I saved him, you can give me your thanks anytime." Falco said calmed.

Fox laughed a little. "Yeah, right."

He glared at him. "What was that?"

Chris just closed his eyes and sighed in relief. "(Aw, my sometimes, serious but funny friends, I was scared a little if I were to lost them...)"

All of them were outside the Dark World, and from the Sanctuary Fortress, with Meta Knight and Sheik standing next to Mewtwo's trophy, then, Samus tapped Falco's shoulder and she got the attention of everyone. "Everyone, I decided."

"You did?" Chris asked.

"Yes...I decided to...do more things here, I'm sorry if I can't follow you, but I promise that once my work here is done, I'll join you later, promise of a bounty hunter."

"Believe her, I know that promise very well." Wolf said crossing his arms.

"And Falco...I'm going to prove to you and the others here that I'm a woman."

"...FINALLY! ABOUT TIME!" Falco exclaimed triumphaly before Samus clicked some buttons on her arm cannon and shone intensely, when she stopped, however, most of the men (Fox, Falco, Wolf, Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur) had their eyes open wide...no, they were so wide that the next thing that happened was...

Smash Mansion
Infirmary

"EMERGENCY! WE NEED MORE HERE!" Crazy Hand yelled worried as he poured some red liquid into a bag container for 6 people.

"CHRIS! WHAT HAPPENED TO THEM?!" Master Hand asked surprised.

"H-HEY! IT'S NOT MY FAULT THAT FOX, FALCO, WOLF, RED, SQUIRTLE AND IVYSAUR GOT A SEVERE CAUSE OF NOSEBLEED BY SEEING SAMUS'S BREAST!" Chris said angrily. "And it's stupid that they lost 50 percent of their blood too!"

"Dude...that was...awesome..." Falco exclaimed weakly with a dumb smile, the lose of blood made him stupid.

"Yeeeeeeaaaaahhhhh..." The others on the other beds replied weakly and dumbly.

"Falco, if I ever hear you say "dude" again, I'm so going to sell you to the scientists!" Chris said angrily.

"Oh, and by the way..." Sheik (who turned into Zelda at that moment) got a credit card from Falco's pocket. "This is mine as part of our bet."

"Take it...I don't need my money now...that sight was just enough for me..." Falco said dumbly.

Hallway

The other (and Pit and Jigglypuff, with Pit having a lot of jewelry since he won many times on Uno) were waiting outside the infirmary.

"Well, we didn't recruited Samus, but at least we saved Mewtwo." Kirby said happily, glancing at Mewtwo who was leaned to the wall with Lucario.

"Thank you for your help, I will tell you what happened to me later once the others return here." Mewtwo said nodding.

"I just want to take a rest right now." Meta Knight said sighing.

MISSION FAILED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 200 SMASH COINS!

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 900 SMASH COINS!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Small preview of the next chapter

"What is that Chris?" Lucario asked when he found something in the sky of the night.

"...That's a shooting star! I need to make a wish!" Chris said as he kneeled and joined his hands together.

"A wish? A shooting star?"

"Yes, if you see a shooting star and make a wish before it vanishes, your wish will come true!"

"...Can I wish for something too?"

"Of course!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on September 13, 2008, 03:33:32 PM
Nice little cameos from Klonoa and Naruto. :P
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 13, 2008, 06:24:54 PM
Chapter 75: Wish Upon a Geno

Smash Mansion
Infirmary

The World Traveler watched Crazy Hand putting the blood in each one of them, which made him to sweatdrop and look to the sane brother. "Were you worried when I was killed?"

"Of course I was! I can't let a Smasher like you to be lost on this mission, but I couldn't do anything to help, sorry." Master Hand apologized.

"...It's okay...but...have Marth's team returned already?"

"No, they haven't, wait for them until they can return, in the meantime, why don't all of you go to Nintendo City? It's still early to go."

"...Nintendo City?... Yes, I remember Ness told me about it."

"That city is a grand metropolis where you can find almost any kind of people there, like Koopas, Shy Guys, even Pokémon are living there!"

"Where is it?" Chris asked and Master Hand told him to look out the window.

"Crossing that big hill from over there, it oddly covers the sight from the city from here."

"...Oh well, I want to go now!"

"And before you go...here, a list."

"...Wait a minute, this is a list for doing grocery and we have still plenty of food!"

"We had, Kirby went to the kitchen and ate all of it, Meta Knight couldn't stop him from going since he helped you to carry these guys here."

"BUUUUUUUUUUUUURRRRRRRRPPPPPPPP!!!"

"That was Kirby." Master Hand pointed out.

"...Before I go...I want to ask those 3 a question...but the most sane of them is Fox so..." He walked to Fox. "Are you and Falco friends again?"

"Of course, Christopher!" Fox replied dumbly.

"...My name is Chris..."

"Right, Napoleon!"

"...Is CHRIS!"

"Betty?"

Chris groaned. "Whatever, I talk to you once you get 80 percent of your blood back as the other, you still have 30 percent to gain 100." He walked away from the infirmary...or rather itched and ran away.

"See ya, buddy!"

Hallway

"We have things to do now," Chris announced. "We have to go to Nintendo City and get this list of groceries done, since Kirby ate all the food of the kitchen."

"BUUUUUUUUUUUUUURRRRRRRPPPPPPP!!! Sorry!" Kirby apologized from the kitchen.

"I'm not doing stuff for girls." Meta Knight said, turning away to his room.

"So do I." Mewtwo said, turning away to his room.

"Wait! Aren't you going to tell us what happened to you when you were captive and when they captured you in Kanto?" Chris shouted asking.

Mewtwo looked to him from his shoulder. "...In another time." And he teleported to his room, instead of walking.

"..." He looked at his Aura Pokémon with crossed arms, leaned to the wall. "...Do you want to come with me?"

"I don't have anything to do here." Lucario responded.

"Are you coming?"

"Yes."

"I-I want to go too!" Pit said raising his hand and throwing his jewelry away, disappearing for good.

"Me too! The city surely changed a little when we left!" Jigglypuff said excited.

"Wait!" Zelda appeared from the door of the infirmary and closed it. "I'm coming too, I want to see the city again."

"Okay, thanks for coming with us." Chris said smiling a little and the 5 walked down the hallway.

Command Room

They walked passing the Command Room, finding Master Hand floating around, apparently, he was waiting for the others to finish with C. Falcon.

"Master Hand? Are you waiting for the others?" Pit asked.

"Yes, I have good news too, they managed to recruit C. Falcon to our team." Master Hand announced.

Zelda frowned. "You had to invite him again."

"What? Is there a problem with him?"

"Well, he's one of the pervert guys of the mansion, and he doesn't knows that Samus is a woman too."

"...Your point?"

"He will probably hide on the bathroom to see a girl naked!... Save for Jigglypuff and Nana."

"He's a pervert?" Chris and Pit asked in unison.

"And one of the worst, too...if you have the chance to let him go to a world where there are beautiful women, please don't do it."

Chris got in a thinking position. "Hmm...I'm sorry, but I'm a good person."

"You can be bad for once." Master Hand suggested.

"No! I don't want to!"

Just then, a small alarm played on the desk and Master Hand looked at it. "Oh! They're done, it's time for them to return here." He snapped his fingers and a portal appeared, then, Marth's team stepped out...severly hurt...except for C. Falcon. "...What happened to all of you?"

"NEVER, AND I SAY IT, NEVER GO TO THE PLACES THIS GUY GOES!" Pikachu said, all burned.

"W-w-w-w-we went to a space full of...nothing...it creeps me out..." Lucas muttered, trembling in fear.

"What do you mean by that?" Pit asked.

Ness (with a small fire on his hat that vanished by a tiny portion of Lucas's PK Freeze) raised his hand. "We watched a race with high speed machines, unfortunately, Link thought it was a good idea to stand on the edge to cheer on C. Falcon, but the idiot slipped and fell on the track, and was ran over by 29 machines! Then, C. Falcon won the race and something came up again, we went to a very dangerous tunnel with fire sprouting all over the place, there, he had another race with a weird guy showing his brain on his head, for our bad luck, we were burned to DEATH!" He explained to them angrily.

Roy decided to narrate the next part. "Once we arrived at C. Falcon's secret house, he put these belts together that he won, but then, we were transported into a weird, paradox-dimension-distortion-data-information-thing which was WAY weirder, ghosts challenged him into a race, I mean, what the hell?! They appeared out of nowhere! Good thing he won against the creators or something!"

"...(Well, they do have a point, the last part of the game was random...)" Chris thought when he noticed C. Falcon standing in front of him.

"Hi kid, my name is Captain Falcon." C. Falcon introduced himself, doing a handshake.

A vein pooped out from Chris's forehead, but he was still smiling a little. "N-nice to meet you, my name is Chris."

"Yeah, they told me a lot about you, you're new around here, right?"

"Yes! I imagine they also told you that I'm a human of the real world, right?"

"Of course! I almost forgot about that!" C. Falcon said frowning a little before laughing. "Hey, how 'bout if you show me your mov-"

Chris quickly blocked his mouth, disgusted. "Er...sorry sir, but I'm afraid I don't want to do it, RIGHT NOW."

NEWCOMER!

Captain Falcon joined your team!

He unblocked his mouth. "It's nice to have you on our team, we need all the help we can get from everybody to defeat the Subspace Army."

"Don't you hate those guys? They almost kill me when Black Shadow was manipulated by them!"

"...Um...yes...I do...a lot...believe me..."

C. Falcon wondered why he looked down. "It's there something wrong?"

Chris quickly shook his head. "N-no! Nothing is wrong!"

He sighed. "Good to hear that...heeeeeey, Zelda, nice new look you got there."

Zelda rolled her eyes as a response.

"And who is this dog?" C. Falcon asked as he looked at Lucario, who grunted in irritation.

"He is Lucario, a new Smasher, is also my friend and guardian." Chris pointed out. "Watch out, though, he can be a little bit too strong."

"...But he's all skinny and no muscles!" The Aura Pokémon grunted longer. "I'll test him out with something simple, here, try to crush my fist." He put his fist in front of Lucario and the Aura Pokémon covered it using his right hand.

"...Lucario, don't over do it with your brute force please..." Chris warned him worried.

C. Falcon laughed. "C'mon, do it with all your forces! Show me your power! Bring it on!" He taunted.

"Fine." Was Lucario's response.

Outside

"YYYYYYYYYEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!"

Command Room

C. Falcon was moaning on the floor, holding his right hand in pain.

"How amusing." Zelda said amused, chuckling.

"...Okay...I recognize your strength...ouch..." C. Falcon said moaning a little.

"That's my Lucario!" Chris said rubbing Lucario's head, who replied with a happy growl.

"...More like...killer Lucario..."

"...Why is Toon Link all badly beaten up?"

Toon Link had smoke coming from his tunic, cap and boots. "I'm...Link..."

"We don't want to remember, really." Nana said glaring at Toon Link.

"But he needs medical treatment immediately!"

"HOLD ON!" Crazy Hand appeared with a poof of smoke on his counter and they looked at him. "CHRIS! YOU GOTTA TRY THE NEW JOB I JUST RECENTLY MADE FOR YOU! IT'S VERY SPECIAL AND HELPFUL!"

He shouted loudly enough to make a huge wave of wind around the room, making most of their hairs spikier than usual. "FINE, FINE! SHOW ME THAT JOB!" Chris said with a spiky hair that he quickly fixed.

Smash Coins is hand: 5600

Psychic User - 900 Smash Coins

Musician - 2000 Smash Coins

D: Have you ever wanted to be a person that knows how to use flutes, guitars, harps, the piano and pretty much every kind of instrument out there? Well, fear no more! Using this job will allow you to become a perfect musician that can use all kinds of songs and music! That is not all, in battle, support your allies by increasing their strength, defense and other things, it also have different debuffs for enemies, play your way to the victory!


"...2000 Smash Coins?!" Chris said utterly shocked.

"It is a very good job, give it a try!" Crazy Hand suggested.

"...Ugh, fine! Be happy that I have a lot of money right now!"

When Chris gave 2000 Smash Coins, his clothes once again changed, he had now a golden harp on his right arm, a blue bandana around his head (with red and green colors in a zig-zag desing), his shirt had like 3 blue triangles of the same design of his bandana (his arms were getting out the triangles's upper edges...or more specifically, a triangle was on the front and 2 were behind his back), long blue sleeves, blue pants with brown boots.

"...A harp?" Chris asked confused, looking at his harp.

"Try to play something! It's going to surprise you!"

Chris gulped a little, it was his first time he ever used an instrument...save for the piano on his house, which he didn't used a lot. "...L-let's see...hmm...I know this one...Soul Etude!"

He began to play his harp with perfect synchronization and an enthusiastic and happy atmosphere fell around the room, all the Smashers and the hands were feeling very well, especially Lucario, who was enjoying how his master played the harp without any error on his tunes.

"...There!" Chris said happily, finishing his play as everyone clapped at him, making him to blush, embarrassed. "...It was good?"

"Good? That was like holy angels singing!" Pit remarked.

"I even feel more healthy out of a sudden!" Toon Link said happily.

"Me too!" The Ice Climbers replied in unison, happily.

"My wounds healed a little bit in the process." Link pointed out.

"That's right!" Crazy Hand said. "Soul Etude heals all the party members close to an area a little of their energies, there are a lot of songs that you can discover while you earn experience in battles!"

"I feel honored to have someone like you that can play that well." Lucario said kneeling to Chris.

His trainer rubbed his head with care. "Thank you so much, Lucario, I feel really embarrassed now!" Chris said blushing a little. "...Hey, it heals wounds a little but...wait for me here, I have something to do on the infirmary." He ran to the infirmary and they were thinking why.

Before hearing the song again and 6 greetings were heard, like "Wow! I feel much better! That song has magical powers! Thanks Chris, that was good. Hmph. I'm not stupid anymore!" Chris's Soul Etude was enough to heal the others back at the infirmary, which regained their energy (and intelligence) back to them, then he told them to wait outside because they were going to Nintendo City to do something, the World Traveler returned to the Command Room. "All right, I'm good to go to Nintendo City now." Chris said.

"Nintendo City?! We're going there?! Hurray!" Pichu said excited.

C. Falcon finished introducing himself to Pit. "Hey, Master Hand, can you give me my Brawl form?"

"Why, of course." Master Hand snapped his fingers and C. Falcon's form changed to his Brawl form, the captain flexed one arm and grinned.

"Heh, I like this new look, sharper, a little stronger-" Chris snickered a little at this part. "-and above all, "handsomer" than usual! Do you want to go out for a da-"

"Sorry, you're not my type." Zelda said walking away and C. Falcon felt horrible out of a sudden.

"...Oh well, I can always try again." He said and earned a glare from Link.

Outside

Twilight Town - Sora's Side

All the Smashers (except for Mewtwo and Meta Knight) were now heading to Nintendo City, as C. Falcon talked with the other 6.

"Hahaha! Now Fox looks even scarier than before!" C. Falcon said laughing as he earned YET another glare, but from Fox.

"I'm not that scary." Fox said annoyed.

"Um...Fox...are you and Falco friends again?" Chris asked a little worried.

"...Yes...and about what happened in that battle...I'm sorr-no, really sorry this time, I swear."

Falco patted Chris's back. "Yeah, sorry about that too."

"And are you friends with Wolf?"

"...Are you nuts?!"

Chris sighed in relief. "Phew."

"Why are you happy?" Fox asked confused.

"I learned that you 2 must be only rivals and not friends or else."

"...You finally understand...I'm glad."

Wolf looked away to hide a small smile, before it turned into a normal face...the typical "I don't care" face. "Anyway, what are we doing now?"

"We're going to get some groceries in Nintendo City since Kirby ate all the food." Chris reminded.

"BUUUUUUURRRRRRPPPP!!! Sorry again!" Kirby said embarrassed.

"...We're doing some kind of home's job? I'm out that." Wolf said irritated.

"Okay okay, I'll do the groceries instead of all of you, happy?" Chris asked and all of them nodded...save for Pichu. "...To change the subject, can you tell us what happened in that fight between Mewtwo, and Ganondorf, King Dedede and Charizard?"

"...I rather not...it was embarrassing..."

"Huh?"

"You didn't heard anything."

"...Okay..." They continued to walk. "...Are we there yet?"

"Where? Nintendo City? We have to cross that big hill that oddly blocks the sight from the mansion, remember?" Jigglypuff reminded him.

"There's actually a back story about that big hill, want to hear it?" Link offered.

Chris raised an eyebrow. "There is?"

"Yes, it does, it tells the story about a couple who had 2 castles on each side of the hill, across of course, but it was like that when there wasn't this hill, since both persons's family used to fire cannonballs at the other castle of one of the lovers, so one day, both snuck out their castles and began to gather all the earth they could to create a big barrier to stop the castles from firing each other, at the end before the sun could rise, they managed to build this big hill and the families couldn't attack each other anymore, and the couple lived happy there after..." He finished the story and received weird looks from everyone. "...What?"

"That is the most stupid story I have ever heard of." All of them responded in unison.

"Why? It's real!"

"I don't think so, Link," Roy said. "I mean, why they couldn't escape instead of doing this? Now we have to climb the hill to reach the city, and it's exhausting!"

"And there wasn't any explanation of why their families hated each other." Marth pointed out.

"It's because the girl was white and the guy was black, and so did their families." Link explained to them.

"...You're a freaking racist!" C. Falcon pointed out.

"What do you have against white and black people?" Toon Link asked annoyed.

"Wha-no! I'm not racist!"

"You are." Chris said teasing him a little.

"I'm not!"

"You are." They said in unison.

And they kept doing that once they got on the top of the hill, where they stopped to see something amazing at the other side.

"Now Chris," Pichu said happily, bouncing in front of them. "Welcome to the biggest metropolis of all the worlds, Nintendo City!"

Nintendo City

The metropolis was big, no, bigger, no! Way bigger than a metropolis! It had every kind of buildings, shops, markets, people walking on the streets, cars going around, many enthusiastic people laughing and talking, there were Goombas, Shy Guys, Koopas, Paratroopas, Pokémon, some Hyrulians, Waddle Dees, there were even Cappy people there! It was the biggest city known to man!... And anthros.

"Oh...holy...mother...of...GOD! THIS IS INCREDIBLE!" Chris said amazed at the sight of the city that he ran towards it to the paviment, with all the Smashers following him.

"Lucario? Are you okay?" Pikachu asked tilting his head.

"What? No, it's just...it's the first time I get to see a real city..." Lucario said embarrassed.

"What? Didn't you and Chris lived together in the real world?"

"Yes, I only enjoyed our lifes inside his house that is for 10 people or more, watching TV, eating 4-star foods, playing on a big pool he has outside in the backyard, sometimes he trained me with targets to refine my accuracy at attacks, playing videogames and...what?" He noticed that everyone except Chris were staring at him.

"...So, in other words," Ness began. "You have been living the real, good life while we got tired doing a lot of common and usual things while YOU RESTED ON A VERY SOFT SOFA WITH HIM?!"

"A red, soft sofa that trembles actually." Lucario pointed out.

"...You HAVE to invite me to your house one of these days." Popo said to Chris, who wasn't even paying attention since he was distracted admiring Nintendo City to the fullest.

"..." He looked around. "I need to live close to a city like this one."

"You are already living near here." Nana pointed out.

"...Oh...right..."

"Quill! I'm going off to the Smash Mansion!"

"Fine, just get here to get in time for our schedule of today!"

"Ah, don't worry about that, I've got everything covered!" A paratroopa wearing a pilot's helmet with a mailbag flew quickly looking to the post office, but unfortunately he and Chris crashed into each other, making both of them to fall on the floor while mail letters fell around them. "Oh, no! I did it again!"

"Can you watch where you were going?!" Chris asked annoyed as he recolected the letters.

"Oh, I'm sorry! I was a little late for my schedule an-" When the Paratroopa looked up, he gasped. "W-wait a minute, aren't you by any chance Chris? From the Smash Mansion?"

"Um, yes, I am...wait, aren't you Parakarry?"

The paratroopa smiled a little. "Of course! My name is Parakarry, the postman of this, big city!" Parakarry said enthusiastic (now in full 3-D without sides that can cut you through!) "Right now, by coincidence, I was going to deliver some letters to the Smash Mansion, my job, along with Quill back there on the Post Office, began this day!"

All of the Smashers walked to them. "Hmm, you also brought the others here too, can you hand me my letters please?"

"Um, sure, here." Chris handed over the letters to Parakarry and the paratroopa searched through them.

"Okay, Chris, Chris, Chris, Chris, Boshi, Chris, A-HA! Here! 8 letters for you!"

"8?!" Chris took the 8 letters as Parakarry went to the Smashers.

"I've got 1 letter addressed to Fox McCloud and another one for Falco Lombardi."

Both Star Fox members got confused before taking the letters...and their eyes began to grow in shock...if you remember, both of them sent all the humiliating things they did back in school to both Krystal and Kat, the letters had things like they couldn't believe or laughs or snickers.

And for Chris's letters...

Obtained Jeff's Letter!
Obtained Medli's Letter!
Obtained Marshtomp's Letter!
Obtained Slippy's Letter!
Obtained Kumatora's Letter!
Obtained Jolene's Letter!
Obtained Colette's Letter!
Obtained Cream's Letter!

Chris was impressed that many people wrote letters to him. "Wait, many of them are from other worlds, how could you get these letters from them?"

Parakarry turned and laughed a little. "Master Hand made an important thing to the Wings Post Office, the name of my office, the thing was to make a special system of mail service, he put special mailboxes to all the worlds you guys have been going lately, and only the friends you made there can only see the special mailboxes he installed there, and fortunately, they figured out how to send them to you, every mailbox has a secret portal deep inside that gets here instantly, and if you were wondering how Quill got here, it was because many people find their way to this city! You can find even different people from other worlds here!"

"...Wow...thanks a lot for the explanation of how things works here..."

Toon Link walked to Parakarry. "Hey, you said Quill a second ago, is that person by any chance a Rito?"

"Of course he is! You can see him in the office if you want to!"

"I will!" Toon Link laughed a little before he went to the office, while Chris checked his letter with everyone else.

From Jeff.

Hello Chris, if this letter arrives to you, then I want to tell you that everything on Eagleland has been going well lately, I'm happy to have my father back too. "Takes a break to adjust glasses." Anyway, I'm just sending you a simple letter of good luck to your travels with Ness and that other kid...hmm...Lucas was it?

From Genius, Young Inventor, Jeff.

P.S: Have you seen a big book of Dinosaur's History of 700 pages? I have been looking all over it recently when I remembered.


Next letter.

From Medli.

Chris? Did this letter arrived to you? If it did, then good! I'm happy!

I wanted to tell you that I have been improving my skills with my harp, you know, playing daily, even Prince Komali hides behind the walls just to listen to me. "Blushes." But...I want to do something bigger, I want to compose greater songs with more people...but the only friend I know is Makar from the Forest Haven Island...well, I just wanted to say hello and good luck in your adventure, best wishes to you!

From the Rito Bard, Medli.

P.S: Say hello to Lucario from me.


Lucario looked away as Chris readed the next letter.

From Marshtomp.

Hurray! Chris! Do you remember me? I was the Mudkip from before, I evolved to a Marshtomp when an earthquake revealed a cave near Wishcash's pond, even Chikorita evolved into a Bayleaf! I'm now training harder to become a strong Swampert!

Right now, our rescue team has been doing great in our rescue missions, we're almost reaching the Gold Rank! Like Alakazam's Team! Even we got many recruits with us!

...Unfortunately, we haven't found either a Riolu or a Lucario like you 2...wait, you're a human...the point is! We could be famous if it only we had a Lucario in our team! (I've even heard there's this Lucario Rank you can get...and a statue of him too!)

From the Hard Worker, Marshtomp.

P.S: Team Meanies are not acting like bullies again since we helped Gengar once!... But they don't want to get near dogs, like Poochyenas because they have bad memories of something big and scary, odd, right?


Lucario smiled a little. (Because he wanted to do it again, you know what, right?)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 14, 2008, 09:01:04 PM
From Slippy

...

Oh no! I did it again!

...

Apparently, the letter was burned for unknown reasons.

"Let me see," Fox said taking the letter. "...Hmm..." He began to press something on his scouter.

"What are you doing?" Chris asked.

"I'm trying to analyze what was written before this got burned...there, it's finished, let me read it.

From Slippy.

Hi everyone! I know this letter was going to arrive to you Chris! I know that because I took my time to analyze EVERY single detail of this weird mailbox, cool, isn't?

Everything has been great over here, what is strange is that Wolf is not with his team right now, he disappeared somewhere, but Krystal knows Leon and Panther were hiding something from us, now I'm worried! Be careful out there!

On with the letter, my works here have been BORING, I'm even opening my own, personal business! (Fortunately, Fox OR Peppy don't know about this, or else they'll fire me from the team!) One more thing! I'm almost finished with FINALLY knowing how a Smart Bomb works and...wait, what's that weird tick-tack like sound? "Explosion."

Oh no! I did it again!

From Energetic Inventor, Slippy Toad.

P.S: I'm not that stupid to let ANY kind of scouter to read this if Fox or Falco were reading this, so, I put a code for autodestruction for scouters like the ones I made for them! In 3...2...1...


"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Fox's scouter instantly exploded and he put his left hand on his left eye in pain. "HELP! HELP! HELP!"

"Soul Etude!" Chris called out playing his harp as Fox's eye was healed slowly...but it wasn't enough.

"AAAAAHHHH!!!"

"SOUL ETUDE AGAIN!"

This went for 8 more Soul Etudes. (Lucario was VERY pleased at least, and so did the others. (Even Parakarry.))

"...Phew, it's fine now, thanks." He approached to Falco. "Send a letter of warning to him, NOW." The blue falcon nodded.

From Kumatora.

Hi there! Kumatora from Nowhere Island sending a letter straight to you!... Okay, enough with formalities, let's get to the point here, I saw this weird mailbox that appeared out of nowhere and decided to write a letter to you, is Lucas with you? If he is, then tell him that I'm rooting for him to come back alive! Also, we couldn't find Porky anywhere, but I think he's dead.

Nothing weird happened here, it's usual, sometimes I go to visit Wes or Flint...nothing else, yes, I'm not good at writing mail.

From Princess of Osohe Castle, Kumatora.

P.S: HOW CAN LUCAS MAINTAIN BONEY? THAT DOG...HE...HE USED MY FAVORITE SWEATER AS THE BATHROOM!


"Just take him to a walk, that's all." Lucas said calmly.

From Jolene.

Mr. Pedro? Wait...no, I mean, Chris, how have you been? The Glitz Pit has never been like before now that I run the whole building, Rawk Hawk haven't been cheating too and he's playing fair, even my dear little brother wants to be in the tournament.

Of course, being the manager isn't easy, fortunately, it's not a big deal of pressure for me, I sometimes go the relax to the bar and...nevermind, I was telling you too much information.

Also, for my surprise, there are some fans for you waiting for your return to the ring as Mario does, they also want to see the others as well.

I'll end this later with my best wishes to your adventures, please, come to visit us sometimes.

From Glitz Pit's new owner, Ms. Jolene.

P.S: Prince Mush says hi to you.


The next letter now.

From Colette.

"Blushes embarrassed." H-hi there Chris, I wanted to send to you a letter if this arrived to you so...

Umm...how have you been lately? We're doing fine here, Lloyd completely misses Marth and Roy, Genis wants to see Lucas again, but I don't know why Professor Sage is sometimes getting crazy when she thinks about Fox or Falco, I even heard she was even trying to imagine Zelos as them, now he doesn't wants to get near her...for 1 minute until the Professor punched him, then Sheena said he "glomped" on her, what is glomped?

Oh, Regal is himself, it appears he doesn't misses Fox that much (than Professor Sage does that is).

Oh...and...umm...hmm..."Blushes more." How is...Pit and...um..."Blushes even more." Is...Lucario...alright now? I..."plays with her fingers." Miss him...a lot...oh, I'm so embarrassed! Good bye!

From Colette Brunel.

P.S: PLEASE LET ME HUG LUCARIO AGAIN! T.T


Lucario blushed and looked away. "Lucario is in L-O-" C. Falcon was punched severly as Ness started to laugh out loud.

"Are you going to send to us the letters we receive?" Chris asked.

"Duh! That's my work, isn't? Well, I can be your personal postman if you want, if you have a letter you want to send to someone, just call my name and I'll be there in a second!" Parakarry said happily.

"You sound too happy about this." Nana remarked.

"Uh-huh! Actually, I like to serve this city with the mails and all, I can get a lot of gossip sometimes...but they're secret." He shifted his eyes before chuckling. "Anyway, I must be going to deliver the rest, if you find Mario, tell him I said hi!" Parakarry said as he flew off to the sky.

"Okay...wait, where's the shop?!" Chris asked shouting.

"It's close! Just look around and you shouldn't miss it!" Parakarry's voice said.

All of the Smashers went to different ways of Nintendo City, but Pichu decided to follow Chris to one of the biggest supermarkets of the whole city, Shy Guy's Islands of Goods.

Shy Guy's Islands of Goods

Destiny Islands

"...Um..." Chris was left speechless.

"I know...there are a lot of them here..." Pichu said.

Since the shop had "Shy Guy" on it, there were a lot of Shy Guys walking around, you could see different people walking around the small masked guys.

Nevertheless, the duo managed to buy all the things (using Chris's money, the Smash Coins, and he will have something to rant about to Master Hand), but before they were going to reach the counter, they noticed 3 oddly penguins staring at them, their legs were very skinny, they were carrying pouches on their waists and had small black wings on their backs and they never blinked whatsoever.

"Um...hi..." Chris said confused.

"Hello, dood!" They replied in unison.

"Dood?" Pichu wondered.

"That's how we talk, dood, it's our signature word, dood!" One of them said.

"So...what are your names?"

"We're the Prinnys, dood! Or more specifically, the Prinny Squad, dood!" They said in unison again.

"Do you live here in Nintendo City?" Chris asked.

"Well...we don't, we're currently traveling around to find the King Krichevskoy's son, Laharl, our boss, Miss Edna, is somewhere in an apartment on the city, dood, she is a vassal for him, too, dood." A Prinny said.

"Is she kind?" Pichu asked with curiosity.

"KIND?!" The Prinnies said shocked. "Dood! She can be pretty scary, she can throw us at long distances and also, she doesn't like to be called "flat-chested" because she has a flat chest!"

"Dood! Why did you said that?!" A Prinny asked angrily.

"Dood! We're screwed if she finds out we called her like that, dood!"

"Dood! You said that to her, not us, dood!"

"Dood! He's right, dood!"

"Dood! Stop then, dood!"

"Dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood-" They began to panic and run around in circles around Chris and Pichu, who were getting dizzy by all the "doods" they were saying repeatedly.

"SHUT UP!" Chris said yelling and the Prinnies stopped.

"Dood." They said in unison, which made both of them to sweatdrop.

"...And, you're doing the list for food, too?" Pichu asked.

"Right, dood!"

"We have to please her as hard we can!" A Prinny said enthusiastically.

"(They change moods very quickly,)" Chris thought. "And how does she looks like?"

"Sh-"

"THERE YOU ARE!"

"DOOD!"

A girl appeared out of nowhere and presumably, began to attack the poor squad in front of the duo, causing a lot of noises that nobody in the shop cared to stop, Pichu jumped to Chris's shoulder and hid behind, then, Pit came out of nowhere and spoke to them.

"What is happening here?" Pit asked confused, watching the cloud of dust in front of him.

The cloud of dust cleared out and the girl was revealed, she had 2 long red pigtails, a little fang was sticking out her mouth, she had a small black skirt made of belts and a small black cloth covering her chest (or flat chest in her case), she wore long black gloves covering her arms, long black boots with small red rings with small spikes around them above the feet, as the other rings on her wrists, she was about Chris's size.

...But what surprised more the trio is that she had red eyes, small black wings on her back and a long, thin tail with the tip shaped as a heart.

But what was WAY WEIRDER is that she had a jackhammer and a helmet out of nowhere while she said "DEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEH!!!" to imitate the sound of the machine, to use it to torture the Prinnies, but she stopped once she saw the trio with shocked looks.

"...Oh, I'm sorry to disturb you 3," She glared at the Prinnies. "But my Prinny Squad was getting late to deliver the food to our house here." Then she threw away the jackhammer and the helmet.

"D-DEVIL!" Pichu yelled terrorized as Pit took out his blades.

"I shall purge this land from demons!" Pit proclaimed as the girl laughed.

"Oh, please angel boy, I'm not here to destroy anything, I'm just a vassal searching for the next heir to the throne for the Underworld, the Overlord." She said.

"FORGIVE MISS EDNA! DOOD!" The Prinnies said with teary eyes.

"...You're Edna?" Chris asked and the girl nodded.

"That's right, I'm Edna, Vassal of the great King Krichevskoy!... Who is dead and set me to search for his son, Laharl." Edna said.

"Pit, lower your blades." Chris said and Pit did it, but still glaring at her.

Edna tilted her head. "Hmm...well, you're strangers to me right now..."

They introduced to her.

"Oh well, nice to meet you 3, now, if you excuse me AND the Prinnies, we must leave and eat dinner for tonight, ON THE DOUBLE, PRINNIES!" Edna said taking out a megaphone, making many of the customers there to block their ears.

"RIGHT, DOOD!" The Prinnies said saluting and following her outside with the bags of groceries.

"...Those were weird persons..." Chris said as a Shy Guy pulled his shirt.

"Sir, your friends didn't left any money to pay for the food, so we are taking your money instead." The Shy Guy said.

"...EDNAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!" Chris yelled at the top of his lungs and he handed over the money for both, losing 3000 Smash Coins...

However, a girl stopped him from handing over the money and she payed the amount by her own. "Thank you, have a nice day." The Shy Guy said leaving.

Chris and Pit were a bit shocked when they saw who it was.

"COLETTE?!" They said surprised in unison.

"Who?" The kind girl asked confused, tilting her head. "Oh, no! You must have confused me for another person." She said sweetly.

The girl had long blond hair, blue eyes, a blue ribbon on top of her head, she wore a white collar for her neck, she also wore long white gloves covering her arms, a white dress, another blue ribbon around the white collar, the dress wasn't too long because it ended on her hip, below, she wore small pink shorts for girls and a red shirt underneath the dress with white shoes on her feet. She was about Pit's size too.

On her back, she had small, white wings too.

"Pardon my manners," She said bowing. "My name is Flonne, I come from the celestial kingdom of Celestia, I'm also an Angel Trainee in training."

"You're an angel?" Pit asked and she got surprised a little.

"Wow! I've never seen an angel like you! From which kingdom do you come?"

"From Skyworld."

"..." She closed her eyes in an anime manner. "Never heard of it, sorry."

"Why did you payed for me?" Chris asked.

"I saw that demon getting away without paying for her groceries and I decided to pay for you!" She said happily.

"But you didn't had to." Pichu said as she quickly hugged him.

"How cute! I love this little creature!" She said excited and Pichu instantly blushed and smiled under her arms.

"So do you live in Nintendo City too?" Chris asked.

"Nope! I'm searching for King Krichevskoy to assassinate him, it was a mission that I need to complete as part of my training."

To the group, asassinate and cute little girl didn't sounded too well if they are in a sentence.

"Umm...Edna said that King Krichevskoy died..." Pit said and Flonne gasped.

"WHAT?! You mean I missed my opportunity to become an angel?! Oh boy...now what I'm gonna do?" She asked sadly as Pichu jumped back to Chris.

"...Well...you could assassinate his son...what was his name? Laharl?" Pit tried to remember and she quickly became happy again.

"His son Laharl?! Oh, right! I've heard he had a son that was going to become the next Overlord! Thank you so much for the information, I need to go now, good bye!" She happily running outside...before crashing into a wall which made her dizzy but walked outside with the dizziness following her. "I'll stay here for a little longer, search for me if you want to!" She yelled as she bumped into a tree and ran away.

"...She is as clumsy as Colette..." Chris said and they nodded.

Music stops

Smash Mansion
Attic

Some of the Smashers returned to the mansion earlier than the others, it was Ness and Lucas who made it there before they could return, Lucas asked Ness to investigate the attic of the mansion because it was interesting for him.

Both PK users were searching for...something through all the boxes.

"Hey, check this out!" Ness changed his cap for a red hat with an "M" on it. "Now who I am?"

"...I don't know..." Lucas said confused.

"...Oh, right, you haven't met Mario yet," Ness threw the hat away and put his red cap on. "Lucas, I don't think there is something interesting to find here, I mean, look! Boxes, boxes, boxes, a box containing C. Falcon's dirty magazines, and more boxes!"

"But I swear Ness! There must be something good here!" Lucas protested as he removed a box.

"...Lucas, why did you took that box from that big tower of boxes?"

"..." Lucas looked behind him and the box that he took made a huge tower of more boxes to fall above him, dust flew everywhere around the attic as both PK users were coughing and sneezing constantly as the dust cleared out. "Why did I do that in the first place?!"

"Because you wanted to." Ness pointed out.

"Oww!" A little statue fell on Lucas's head and between both kids, who looked at it with curiosity, examined it.

"Hey, this a weird, funky doll..." Ness said as Lucas took the doll.

"Hey Ness, look at this doll, it says, "Geno," is this the doll's name?"

"Maybe, it has something hidden?"

"Let me see...hm?" Lucas pressed a button on the back and Geno raised his hand. "Oh!" Lucas pressed another button and Geno shot a fast blow with his right hand to a glass that was shattered instantly, they were surprised when the hand came back to the doll and attached for itself. "Wow! This is so awesome!"

Ness took the doll from him. "It's probably valuable! We could keep it as a lucky charm for our team!"

"B-but what if it is from someone else?"

"I didn't see his or her name on the doll, so we keep it for ourselves!"

"Yay!" Both kids ran with Geno outside the attic to play with it on Lucas's Room.

Lucas's Room

2 hours later...

It was night already and they were exhausted for playing with the doll all the afternoon, the room had now several new holes on the roof and the walls because the doll was too strong.

"What? You say I can keep it?" Lucas asked surprised, holding Geno.

"Yes, that bastard of Popo sometimes sneaks to my room and steals my things, and since he doesn't know about Geno and us having it from anyone else, you're the only person that can take care of him." Ness explained to him.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 15, 2008, 09:18:22 PM
Lucas looked at Geno. "...All right, I'll keep it from anyone else!"

"Then, I need to go to my room and sleep, take care of Geno!" Ness said waving at him as he left the room and closed the door.

The blond kid looked again at the doll, then he decided to put the doll close to the window, where the night was clear and beautiful, Lucas also jumped to his bed and prepared to go to sleep, but he looked at the doll again and smiled a little. "I wish you were real, Geno, you could be an excellent Smasher...like...us...and..." He fell asleep as soon as he blinked, leaving the doll in the window.

Lucario's Room

Traverse Town

"And then I met a girl who looked like Colette in the mall, she was very kind in paying the groceries!" Chris said finishing his day to Lucario while the 2 were already on the bed.

"I'm glad that you made new friends in the city." Lucario said smiling a little.

"Yes, I think I'm going to see her tomorrow when we get done with the worlds and all that."

"...Chris..."

"Yes?"

"Did I do it fine on the last battle? Against Mewtwo?"

"Well...you were defeated in a single blow so..."

Lucario looked down in shame. "Don't tell me I was awful back there...huh?" Chris was leaning his face into his yellow, furry chest.

"Lucario...what really mattered to me was your determination to protect me...I remember when you yelled out loud that I wasn't pathetic, I was so happy when you jumped to save me..." He was crying a little and Lucario gasped. "Seriously...I was very happy...that you protected me..."

Lucario hugged his trainer slowly. "Chris..."

"Thank you Lucario...you know how to cheer me up...I know I will someday find my best Pokémon..."

"...What?"

"I'm trying to find the perfect Pokémon for me, you know, one that has the qualities I'm looking for." Chris said wiping out his tears and Lucario got out of the bed, confused, wasn't he Chris's favorite Pokémon?

"And what kind of qualities?"

"Well, my perfect Pokémon needs to be as tall as me," 1 point for Lucario. "He also needs to control the Aura perfectly," another point for the Aura Pokémon. "He needs to be super-strong enough to lift a bed with a person on it with just one hand and without straining at all," Lucario lifted the bed with one hand without straining and put it down safely back. "He needs to have very cool fighting stances," Lucario got in a fighting stance. "Grunt like a beast!" Lucario grunted like a feral beast. "Show his sharp fangs!" Lucario showed his fangs in rage and fury as he continued to grunt like a beast. "And most important of all...sleep with his dear trainer on the bed in less than 2 seconds!"

Lucario gasped when he realized that he was out of the bed and got quickly on it.

"Oh, sorry Lucario! You were too close to be my perfect Pokémon!"

Lucario closed his eyes in shame and got sad. "I'm sorry...I wish you good luck in finding that special Pokémon..."

Chris hugged Lucario this time and tears strolled down his eyes again. "You idiot...you are and will always be my perfect, special, caring, coolest, powerful, super-strong Aura Pokémon..."

Lucario was crying a little, then he turned to him and smiled a little. "...Well...I'm searching for my ideal trainer too..."

"...And what kind of ideal trainer?"

"The one that lets me tickle him to death while he hugs me." He said chuckling.

"...Oh no..."

Outside

"LUCARIO! PLEASE, STOP! HAHAHAHAHAHAHA! ALRIGHT! ALRIGHT! I'M YOUR IDEAL TRAINER, STOP TICKLING ME!"

"Not until you die!" Lucario said joking as he continued to tickle his helpless trainer.

"SO?! YOU WANT A TICKLE FIGHT THEN?! I'LL TICKLE YOU! HAHAHAHAHA!"

Lucario grinned a little for the first time. "Heh, try to tickle me, it's going to be impossible for you to make me laugh with tickles."

"YOU'RE GRINNING?! IT'S ON NOW! HAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"Wh-where are you going?" He asked when Chris hid under the sheets of the bed, still tickling him.

"EASY! I'LL TOUCH YOUR PINK SPOTS OF YOUR FEET! HAHAHAHAHAHA! OH YES, I ALWAYS WANTED TO DO THIS BEFORE!"

"WAIT! NO! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! STOP CHRIS! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! I BEG FOR MERCY! PLEASE! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"THEN I BEG FOR MERCY TOO! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!"

Both were laughing like never before as they continued to tickle each other, until most of the sleeping Smashers yelled to shut them up.

Lucario's Room

Chris was shown panting above Lucario, who was also panting and smiling as they both laughed when they looked at each other.

"Thank you so much again Lucario! That was really fun coming from you!" Chris said hugging his Aura Pokémon, who rubbed his head slowly.

"Everything that my master wishes are orders for me," Lucario said nodding. "...Chris...do you want to have something else?"

"Hmm...it's weird that you ask that to me...well...I'd wish for a giant Lucario! You know, having a giant Lucario to fight against the Subspace Army for one day would be the most, happiest and coolest gift I ever could receive!"

"A giant Lucario?" Lucario repeated confused, but if he could find a way to grow fast, he would do it without thinking 2 times just to please Chris.

Chris hugged him tightlier. "Of course...that's just a thing I could never get...maybe that was lie or not..." He got out of the bed with Lucario as they looked outside the window. "But I'm not rushing anyone for having a Lucario like that..."

"What is that Chris?" Lucario asked when he found something in the sky of the night.

"...That's a shooting star! I need to make a wish!" Chris said as he kneeled and joined his hands together.

"A wish? A shooting star?"

"Yes, if you see a shooting star and make a wish before it vanishes, your wish will come true!"

"...Can I wish for something too?"

"Of course!"

Lucario kneeled as Chris did and joined his hands for wish for something, after 10 seconds, they got in the bed again.

"What did you wished Chris?" Lucario asked in curiosity.

"It's a secret, but what did you wished?"

"If you're not going to tell me, then I won't either...hmm...can you...play that song again?"

Chris took out his harp. "You mean Soul Etude?"

"Yes, I want to hear it as a song to go to sleep...I want to have a peaceful sleep for tonight."

"..." Chris rubbed the head of Lucario. "Everything for my all-mighty, Aura Pokémon!" He began to play the song again and Lucario blinked slowly as he smiled, before he fell asleep as Chris finished his song and yawned. "Good night...Lucario...my guardian...and...friend..." He slowly fell asleep as well and both were now sleeping...

...But Lucario woke up later and pulled Chris's face on his neck, where the World Traveler smiled when he felt his fur touching gently his face. "Good night...Chris...my master..."

However...when he fell asleep, his appendages opened up a little and Lucario began to growl menacingly as his eyes turned into the eyes of a beast...like he did on the real world as he looked outside the window from the bed and to a dark cloud forming just above Nintendo City...and Chris was awakening slowly from his dreams...

Preview of the next chapter

"Lucario...your eyes...your face...they're scaring me..." Chris said trembling while Lucario looked at him with his beastly face, the Aura Pokémon gasped and shook his head to make the nasty face to fade away.

He kneeled to him ashamed. "I'm sorry! Forgive me! Just please, don't be scared by me, I won't do that again!" Lucario said apologizing.

...

"UAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucas screamed when he saw a star getting inside his room and it went straight towards Geno, who shone brightly. "Wh-WHAT IS HAPPENING HERE?!"

...

"NINTENDO CITY IS IN DANGER!" Parakarry yelled preocupied.

"We can't get inside!" Quill said shocked.

...

"Our next destination is..." Master Hand trailed off as the computer showed them the next, unknown world.

...

"Next time: Edna's Deal!" C. Falcon said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 17, 2008, 08:36:48 PM
Chapter 76: Etna's Deal!

1 hour ago...

Subspace
Deep Inside the Great Maze

"Ugh...ugh...UGH!... There, we managed to revive all of them..." Ganondorf said panting after he and Tabuu combinated forces to cast a spell to return someone back to life, but that person was big, sharp, and malicious looking.

"Heheheh... Soon...very soon...all the worlds will lose their abilities to make wishes..." Tabuu said chuckling evily.

"Tabuu, what are we going to do with the traitor?" Charizard asked with crossed arms.

"Wolf O'Donnell? Leave him for now, he will pay for betraying us and joining them."

"Oh yeah! Now I can smack mah hammer on him!" King Dedede said spinning his hammer.

"...Does he talks like that all the time?" Charizard whispered to Ganondorf.

"Unfortunately, yes." Ganondorf said frowning.

"Hmm...I don't get it, why did you 2 revived a bunch of weirdos made of weapons along with that big-creepy sword thing?" Charizard asked.

"Fool...that sword was once from Smithy, a villain trying to rule Mushroom Kingdom years ago...but Mario and the other pests defeated his army of weapons...I was able, however, to bring the sword that fell on Bowser's Keep to do something again..." Tabuu explained and trailed off.

"And that is?" Asked the newly reformed Porky.

Tabuu laughed evily. "We will bring down Exor upon Star Road to destroy the wishes of everyone, no, all the worlds!"

"Pfft, wishes, they aren't true..."

"Do not underestimate the wishes, most of them become reality and the others that have a evil feeling, will vanish, once we break the Star Road, our wishes will come true!"

"Like pummel dah puffball?" King Dedede asked excited.

"Yes, like destroying Kirby for example, Ganondorf! Send Exor upon the Star Road and destroy everyone's wishes! Charizard! Prepare Mack, Bowyer, Yaridovich and the Axem Rangers to escape with any fragment of the Star Road! King Dedede! Decide the destinations where all the revived minions should go! The Ancient Minister should tell you all the worlds." Tabuu said chuckling as all of them prepared to start their mission.

High Above Nintendo City
Star Road

Very high on the sky's night, a road full of stars was gathered above Nintendo City, it was the sacred Star Road, where all the wishes come true if they are good and not bad, the ones who decided what wishes should come true were simple shiny stars, who lived together in harmony as they decided the wishes.

"...Hmm...let's see..."I want to kill my replica."... No..."Please don't let Isaac know about the joke Sheba said to me just to tease."... Yes..."I want to conquer the Mushroom Kingdom, kidnap Princess Peach and defeat Mario."... Bowser..." A star sighed. "Why does he have to wish the same wishes every night?"

"What did you said? Geno?" A small, young star asked happily.

"For the last time, that's not my name, Twink." The star said annoyed.

"Aw, but your real name is hard to pronounce."

"Is not that hard."

"Music symbol...cloud...star..."

"Nevermind...call me Geno if you want."

"What are you doing tonight?"

"Twink, it's my work to make wishes come true, remember? Many stars like us make the wishes from all the people, living in all the worlds, to come true, you don't remember?"

Twink got sad. "I'm sorry...it's just...how many years have passed since we haven't see Mario or Princess Peach?"

"...I see...well...I don't remember either...good times...stopping Smithy from controlling the Mushroom Kingdom...using the Geno Whirl...those were good times...I wonder how is Mallow doing." Geno said smiling a little (since he was a shiny star, it was hard to see his smile).

"You miss them as I do?"

"...Yes..."

Twink got closer to Geno. "If by any chance, like, I don't know, a same menace got in our way and have to return with Mario to work together again...will you do it?"

"Well, he's the only one I can count on, but please, don't wish things like that."

"I won't!"

"Good...wait, here comes Eldstar, it's weird to see him out the roads..."

A star with a large moustache floated towards the 2, he looked rather concerned. "Twink and..."

"Geno." Geno said annoyed.

"Oh, right, Twink and Geno," Eldstar said chuckling. "You 2 must go to sleep, it's too late to work on the wishes."

"I'm sorry sir, but I like to work for a couple of hours after we stop working." Geno said.

"Eldstar, you looked a little worried about something, right?" Twink asked worried.

"My child, you have a good eye," Eldstar remarked. "Yes, I have been rather concerned about something."

"It's about the Star Rod?" Geno asked.

"No, the Star Rod is completely hidden somewhere in the stars, rest assured by that...what is corcening me was that a great evil has been invading all the worlds lately."

"Right! Muskular told me that there were some guys trying to conquer the worlds, but he also told me that there was a special elite of fighters stopping them from doing their evil plans!" Twink said excited. "I even heard Mario and Princess Peach are part of that elite!"

"Yes, as a matter of fact, something bad is going happen..."

Both stars gasped. "When?!" They asked in unison.

"...I'm afraid something...is going to happen this night...on the Star Road..."

"...You're kidding right?" Geno asked concerned.

"I wish I was kidding! Although you don't have to worry at all for that, me and the other stars are guarding carefully this sacred sanctuary." They sighed in relief. "I beg your pardons, but I must leave to my shrine, good night." Eldstar said floating away to the Star Shrine.

"Good night." They said in unison.

"...Geno...do you think he wasn't kidding?" Twink asked preocupied.

"Let's just wish that doesn't happen."

"...Okay, stop the wish puns, they got annoying."

Suddenly, the whole road started to tremble violently and they looked around frantically for the source, but they couldn't find it.

"WHAT IS HAPPENING GENO?!" Twink asked scared as he hid behind Geno in fear.

"I-I don't know! Maybe Eldstar was right after all, something IS happening!"

"AAAAHHHHHH! DARK CLOUDS!" Twink yelled as he saw dark clouds covering the Star Road completely, there were a lot of noises and yells from the other stars, one who wasn't working, made a wish come true by accident.

"I wish to be bigger so that my master can be pleased by having a giant Pokémon, and that Pokémon will be me." The wish said.

"WISH COMING TRUE!" The panicked star said panicking, making that wish to come true.

"EVACUATE THE STAR ROAD! REPEAT! EVACUATE THE STAR ROAD!" Klevar, one of the Star Spirits said panicked as all the stars from the Star Road began to disperse and stay fine from the impeding destruction.

Geno and Twink quickly floated towards the Star Shrine to see what was going on.

Star Shrine

"ELDSTAR! WHAT IS HAPPENING?!" Geno asked shouting as Twink and Klevar appeared from behind him, but something weird happened on the shrine, a huge blade of a sword was crossing it, splitting the temple in 2 as a dark force emanated from it and captured the 7 Star Spirits from escaping, as Geno and Twink watched in horror. "NO! HE'S BACK!"

"Who?!" Twink asked worried.

"I recognize this sword somewhere before...it's...EXOR!" Geno said as the sword's face, Exor, descended slowly through the crumbling roof.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHA! I HAVE RETURNED ONCE AGAIN TO RULE THIS WORLD! NOBODY WILL STOP THE SUBSPACE ARMY FROM CONQUERING ALL THE WORLDS!" Exor said laughing.

"Subspace Army? You don't mean the Smithy Gang?!" Geno asked surprised.

"THE SMITHY GANG IS NOTHING BUT A FALLEN MEMORY TO ME, I HAVE BIGGER PLANS TO DESTROY ALL THE WISHES FROM EVERYONE TO COME TRUE, SO OUR WISHES COME TRUE FIRST!"

"GENO! TWINK! YOU MUST ESCAPE FROM THE STAR ROAD AND SEARCH FOR HELP!" Mamar said worried inside a force field.

"WE CAN'T HELP YOU IN THIS STATE, HURRY UP!" Muskular yelled.

"I KNOW YOU 2 WILL FIND HELP AGAIN LIKE YOU DID BEFORE, JUST WISH FOR A HOPE!" Misstar yelled preocupied.

"But this happened all of a sudden, do you think we can do this by ourselves?!" Twink asked crying.

"WE TRUST YOU!" Kalmar yelled.

"JUST GO, GO ON CHILDREN!" Skolar shouted.

"GENO! TWINK! GO AND SEARCH FOR THAT SPECIAL ELITE OF FIGHTERS, THEY SURELY KNOW HOW TO HELP US!" Eldstar yelled.

"...But...but!" Twink trailed off crying before Geno grabbed him.

"Twink, we must go and find them before they catch us!" Geno said as he dragged Twink outside the Star Shrine, outside the Star Road and outside the sky, far away from it as Exor continued to laugh manically.

"MY NEXT TARGET IS...NINTENDO CITY! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" Exor said laughing evily, dispersing all the 7 Star Spirits with different villains, some who revived and some who returned to cause more chaos and destruction, escaping into different worlds to stay hidden with the Star Spirits.

Nintendo City
Etna's Aparment

Just in the center of Nintendo City, Etna's Aparment was located in the exact point of the center of the whole city, the scene shows her clapping her hands in amusement after the Prinnies delivered tons and tons of food to her table.

"Now THIS is a good dinner and feast!" Etna said drooling a little.

"Dood, can we eat now, dood?" Asked one of the many Prinnies.

"...Hmm...let me see...you prepared the dinner, you went for the groceries and food to the market...you even washed all my skirts and sharpened my lance...for this time, I'll let you eat this." Etna said grinning.

"Yeah! We can eat together this time, dood!" A Prinny said happily as all of the Prinnies sat together around the table, taking all the food they could grab before Etna could, but everyone were able to grab their food and eat calmly.

...Just below the table, however, was Flonne, trying to figure out the perfect moment to attack Etna, she snuck to her aparment from the open window the Prinnies left opened by accident when they weren't looking. "(I know she isn't Laharl, but I must kill all the demons I encounter in my mission, that could raise my training level too!)" Flonne thought excited before a potato rolled behind her and a Prinny ducked to grab it, but he looked at Flonne sitting below.

"Dood? Do you live here?" The Prinny asked.

"No, I don't, I'm here to assassinate this demon eating food, can you leave me please?"

"Okay, dood." The Prinny said calmly, ignoring her response completely.

"What a good penguin...anyway, where I was? Oh yeah! Kill the dem-"

"DOOD! ETNA! SOMEONE'S TRYING TO KILL YOU UNDER THE TABLE!" The same Prinny from before shouted, making Flonne to sweatdrop as Etna choked her food and pulled Flonne out of the table.

"Oh, hi there, I hope I didn't interrupted your dinner, heheheheh..." Flonne said embarrassed, scratching her head, blushing.

"An angel?! Under the table?! Trying to kill me?!" Etna asked surprised as she hit her neck to un-choke her food.

"Oh! Let me apply some pressure on your neck to get the food out!" Flonne offered happily, doing the Helmlish (sp?) move to help Etna, eventually, a chicken bone got out and crashed into a Prinny. "There!"

Etna coughed a little. "Phew! Man, that was close!"

"I'm glad I was able to help you!"

"...You know," Etna tilted her head. "I don't think you don't want to kill me at all," She took a big bite of jam as she talked with the jam on her mouth. "You're an angel, and angels don't help demons, you know?"

"Oh...maybe you're right, I mean, you were in trouble and I..."

"Don't say anything else!" Etna said swallowing her jam completely. "How about if we're friends? How that sounds to you?"

"You mean friends? As friends helping each other in difficult times!?" Flonne asked excited about the idea, making Etna to back away a little from her.

"Um...yeah, whatever you say. (I didn't thought she was this cheesy...)" Etna said and thought scared of Flonne.

"Yay! We're officialy friends!" Flonne siad hugging Etna happily.

Etna pushed Flonne away. "All right, alright, I get it already! Now, do you want to eat with us?"

"Dood?" The Prinnies asked.

Flonne looked at all the food on the table and her mouth drooled a little before her stomach grumbled. "I'd...like to eat something now..."

"Then have a seat and take anything you want, you should take advantage of me, I'm feeling generous for this night."

However, Flonne first went to the window and looked outside and to the sky with a smile. "Thank you giant, creepy sword falling from that ominous dark cloud to allow me to make new friends!" She yelled to a giant, creepy sword falling from an ominous dark cloud.

"Okay, stop thanking the city outside an-" Etna did a double-take. "Wait, what do you mean by giant, creepy sword falling from an ominous cloud?"

Flonne put her hands together and looked at her. "Well, that is a giant, creepy sword falling right above this aparment, and we're inside right now, right?"

Etna quickly ran to the window and her eyes widened when she saw a sword falling...just in the center of the whole city, in which was coveniently located on her aparment. "...Flonne..."

"Wow! How did you know my name?!" Flonne asked surprised, since she didn't told Etna her name.

"A hunch and my name is Etna if you were wondering..." Etna said a little bored as she looked at her. "Flonne...if there is a giant creepy sword falling JUST above us, what is the thing we ALL should do right now?"

"Escape? Yelling in horror and get out of this place as soon as possible?" Flonne suggested.

Etna smiled and put her hands on her hips. "Right! You know a lot about this!"

BOOM!

Etna, Flonne and the Prinnies (which were many) blasted off when Exor landed and crashed into the aparment, destroying it completely and the food they were eating.

"DARN IT! I WASN'T FINISHED WITH MY DINNER!" Etna said as they flew towards the sky.

"ETNA! WHAT ARE WE GONNA DO?!" Flonne asked worried crying.

"MISS ETNA! THERE IS A MANSION OVER THERE, DOOD!" A Prinny said pointing to the Smash Mansion.

"ALRIGHT! WE FOUND THE PERFECT PLACE TO STAY!" Etna said happily, snapping her fingers

"But what if there are people living there already?!" Flonne asked worried.

"JUST LEAVE IT TO ME!" The demon girl said with a plan as they landed on the pool of the mansion, with all the Prinnies falling like nothing happened.

Smash Mansion
Hallway

1 minute ago...

We see Wolf (wearing only a black shirt without sleeves and black shorts) walking down the hallway to his room with a glass of milk, apparently, he found it inside a microwave, heating up, which was probably from another person (cough, Falco, cough).

"Hmm...at least this place has food and drinks, not like the Subspace does." Wolf said as he finished with his glass and threw it outside.

1 minute later...

The wolf's (pun intended) ears perked up but VERY little and looked outside the window to find a lot of penguins and 2 girls falling from the sky as he watched in amusement. "...I don't think there is a weather that rains penguins...wait, that's stupid!... Not my problem." Wolf smirked laughing a little as he ignored the whole pool filling with Prinnies.

Back with the demon and angel, both managed to get inside with the whole suadron of Prinnies following them.

Mission Impossible Theme

Etna looked around the hallways, they were large and contained many rooms for many people, she smirked at the thought of opening a hotel with the help of the Prinnies to make many money as a normal business girl! Just think about it!... Or the first demon business girl as she thought.

"My, this mansion looks big from the outside and inside, we could open a hotel here and win lots of money!" Etna said with money signs as eyes.

"Etna, I'm not sure if we can just barge in here and take something that is not ours." Flonne said worried.

"Dood! She may be right Miss Etna!" The Prinnies replied yelling.

"Shh! What if Flonne is right and there are people living here?! Keep it down!" Etna whispered angrily.

"Dood." The Prinnies whispered ashamed.

"Alright Flonne, you will inspect that part of over there, I'll inspect the upper floors and the Prinnies can inspect the other rooms around, but if there is anybody getting close, hide! Understand?"

"...I didn't said that I was going to help you either...but maybe there is something valuable here, so I'm in!" Flonne said excited, clapping her hands silently.

"Move on and examine the area!" Etna commanded and all the Prinnies, Flonne and herself dispersed to different parts of the mansion. "AND STOP SAYING DOOD!" She shouted at the Prinnies angrily.

Music stops

Lucario's Room

The Aura Pokémon grunted and his eyes turned into the eyes of a beast as he saw the dark cloud forming above Nintendo City, he got out of the bed and walked to the window, wher he kept staring at it with rage, fury and more of both things.

Chris slowly woke up from the silent grunts Lucario was making and he rubbed his eyes slowly. "Lucario...is something wrong?... A-AAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

"What?" Lucario asked with the nasty face as he looked at Chris, straight to the eyes, what was scary is that his response sounded like he didn't cared about scaring Chris, even a little.

"Lucario...your eyes...your face...they're scaring me..." Chris said trembling while Lucario looked at him with his beastly face, the Aura Pokémon gasped and shook his head to make the nasty face to fade away.

He kneeled to him ashamed. "I'm sorry! Forgive me! Just please, don't be scared by me, I won't do that again!" Lucario said apologizing.

"But it's still on my mind! I can't get that nasty face vanish!"

"You have to forget it!"

"I can't! And everytime I look to you, I imagine it!"

Lucario quickly hug his trainer as tears appeared on his eyes. "Please...forgive me...I won't do that again...if I do that...punish me with anything..."

"..." Chris didn't replied as tears appeared on his eyes, strolling all the way down to Lucario's shoulder. "...You promise?"

"I promise, word of a guardian."

Chirs hug Lucario back. "Thank you...that's why you're special to me..." Lucario smiled and his tail wagged a little. "But...why were you looking outside the window?"

Lucario looked outside and pointed at the dark cloud. "It's because of that, something is not right with that cloud, see those lightnings forming inside?"

"It's just a thunderstorm...nothing to worry about..."

"But I could have sworn there was something evil inside..."

"Maybe because you thought it would scare me and you decided to glare at it."

"...No...that's not it..." He closed his eyes as Chris rubbed his head with care.

"Just get back to sleep, everything is going to be alright tomorrow."

Lucario got in the bed and smiled a little to Chris. "I trust you."

"Thanks again...good night..." Chris whispered as both returned to sleep, but Lucario pulled Chris again to his neck and fell asleep with a long yawn...

Before he felt something weird happening to his body because a star touched him when he wasn't looking, he felt the bed getting smaller somehow...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 18, 2008, 08:27:48 PM
Roy's Room

Now let's change to a person who DID cared about the dark cloud.

Pichu's Room

That's why we're changing to Pichu.

"What's that dark cloud?" Pichu asked worried, before a huge earthquake was created and many shouts and yells for help came directly from the city, which scared the mouse Pokémon greatly. "Y-YIKES! I NEED TO ALERT THE OTHERS! EVERYONE! COME AND SEE WH-" When he opened the door of his room, most of the Smashers (minus Marth, Mewtwo, Meta Knight, Lucas, Lucario and Chris) came running above him and looked outside the window. "...Bunch of...pushovers..." Pichu muttered as a bump of his head on the floor.

"What is happening now?" Zelda asked.

"Looks like Nintendo City is being invaded." Nana said.

"It's that book of clichés haunting us for when the main hero arrives at the main city?" Popo asked confused.

"Pfft, don't be stupid Popo, that was just a book."

"Anyway, we need to tell Master Hand about this!" Roy suggested and they nodded.

"Just another suggestion." Pikachu said grogily.

"What?" Ness asked.

"Heck no, we're not going wearing pajamas or plains shirts with shorts."

They looked at their pajamas and shirts and shorts, sweatdropping in unison as they ran to the rooms to get changed...running above Pichu by accident that is.

Command Room

"So you said that Mr. G&W turned into Shadow Bugs?" Master Hand asked to Marth, holding a secret meeting in the room.

"Yes, it creeped me out when he said fools to us, but that was strange when he turned into Shadow Bugs, there wasn't any dark aura covering his body too." Marth explained.

"(I don't remember Mr. G&W turning into Shadow Bugs when I erased their memories, maybe I wasn't aware of that at all or did Tabuu erased some of my memories in that escape?)"

"Are you thinking about something I should know?"

"N-no, it's nothing, thanks Marth for telling me your report."

"Right, should I go and check what is happening in Nintendo City?"

"Go now, the others probably are preparing to go too."

"I will." Marth said as he ran outside...before heading someone saying "dood." "Did you said something?" He asked peering from the wall.

"No, I didn't, why?"

"I thought you said "dude."

"...No..."

"...Well...I'm off..." The Altean prince shuggred and turned to the door.

Hallway

We see Pikachu, Ness and Fox running down the Hallway as they stop in front of Lucario's Room to knock the door. "Chris? Lucario? Are you ready to investigate what is happening in the city?" Pikachu asked as they heard something being crushed inside. "...What's all that noise?"

"I-I'm sorry! W-we were just getting prepared to go!" Chris shouted.

"He's telling the truth!" Shouted a deep voice which made all of them to wonder from who it was.

"Is there anyone else inside besides you 2?" Fox asked, wondering.

"N-no! What makes you say that?!" Chris asked before he fell to the floor by accident. "Oww!"

"Chris...are you hiding something from us?" Ness asked narrowing his eyes.

"No! Just let me get prepared!"

The trio looked at each other and nodded, they backed away a little from the door to crash into it to open the door and find what was Chris and Lucario doing inside, once they managed to throw down the door, however, Chris was standing there sweating a little, they saw the bed crushed and parts of the wall destroyed by something. "I told you, I was getting ready?"

"You mean you turned your own room into the training room?" Ness asked confused as they got up.

"N-no...I was...practicing my singing voice!"

"As far as I know, nobody can sing THIS bad." Pikachu said sweatdropping.

"LAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-"

"SHUT UP!" They yelled annoyed blocking their ears.

"Now, can we go?"

"But where is Lucario?" Pikachu asked and Chris slipped a Pokeball on his pocket when they weren't looking.

"He already went ahead, he wanted to go first."

"...Okay, be prepared, I think there's going to be some fighting very soon." Fox warned him as they ran together outside...before looking back because he heard someone saying "dood", but he shook his head and got outside.

Outside

The Battle Opens Fire

"What the...Primids?!" Chris asked surprised as the whole group of Smashers found Primids appearing from the Shadow Bugs (Lucas wasn't with them) and charged at them.

"The Subspace Army maybe is trying to hold us off from reaching the city!" Ness said.

"Oh no, they won't! I won't let them destroy the first metropolis I went to visit!"

"CHARGE!" Roy shouted as all the Smashers charged forward the group of Primids blocking their way, they were like 100 of them, but fortunately, they were experts in fighting at this point.

...But they weren't prepared for the monsters that left their lips on the ground and launch to the lips of the closest person who stepped on them, which were Chris, Marth, Meta Knight and Pichu.

"YUCK!" Chris said as he threw away the () from his lips. "Gross! That was...disgusting!"

"I'll shall get revenge for that." Meta Knight said.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Pichu casted a powerful thunder that electricuted all the (), who went blasting off.

"Thanks for clearing our path, Pichu." Marth said.

"I do what I can do!" Pichu said happily.

All of them heard many yells coming from the city. "Just what is Tabuu trying to do with this?" Wolf asked to himself.

"Oh, please, don't destroy the bar, anything but the bar!" C. Falcon said as he kicked a Big Primid out of the way using Falcon Kick.

"...I'll be very pleased if they do that..." Chris said frowning, because he hates drunk people.

"AAAAAHHHH!!!" Ivysaur was assaulted by 4 Fire Primids who kept shooting a torrent of fire from their mouths, hurting him severly.

"Squirtle! Go and help Ivysaur!" Red ordered.

"HELP ME FIRST!" Squirtle said crying a little as he ran for his life from a squad of Roaders.

"Get out of our way." Mewtwo said simply teleporting above the Fire Primids and using Confusion in one of them to slam it to the others and save Ivysaur.

"Phew, thanks Mewtwo, I owe you one..." Red said as he got in a thinking position.

"...Forget it, I won't let you capture me." The Psychic Pokémon said as he floated away from both of them.

"Oh c'mon!" Red pleaded as he joined with Mewtwo...leaving Ivysaur to watch Squirtle being chased around by the Roaders.

"WHY DON'T YOU HELP ME?!" Squirtle asked shouting.

Ivysaur smirked and yawned. "Red didn't told me to help you."

"YOU STUPID GRASS POKÉMON!"

"PK BLAST!" Ness shouted exploding a green flash that opened a way through the crowd of Primids. "Why didn't they showed up when I went to help C. Falcon, Lucas?... Lucas?" Ness looked around to find Lucas, but he wasn't there. "Hey where is Lucas?"

"Worry about him later, he is probably sleeping in the mansion." Nana said, smacking her hammer on a Auroros.

"Aw, why didn't we slept with him?" Popo asked yawning.

"Because, Popo, the city is in danger and we have to do something to save it! Chris! I need healing!"

"Soul Etude!" Chris played the song around Popo, Nana and Ness, recovering their wounds a little.

"Thank you!"

"WAIT!" Roy shouted and they looked at him. "Instead of fighting and leave nothing, why don't we just rush towards the city and push away anything that comes from our direction?"

"...He is right." Mewtwo said.

"Why didn't we think about that before?" Toon Link asked confused before all of them joined in a circle formation.

"Okay, here's the plan, I'll stay on the middle to cast my healing song if anybody gets hurt in our path as you attack them, understand?" Chris asked.

"Got it!" They responded in unison.

"This is madness!" Pikachu shouted shocked.

"Madness?" Chris's right eye twitched "...THIS...IS..." He shook his head. "Um, I forgot the next part, Popo, do you remember?"

"'Course I do, SPARTAAAAAAA!!!" The blue Ice Climber shouted charging forward...with just only Chris as the others wondered what was that supposed to mean.

Thus breaking Chris's formation...

"What the heck is a Sparta?" Falco asked confused.

"JUST CHARGE!" Toon Link yelled annoyed as they followed the duo towards the chaotic city.

Music stops

Smash Mansion
Lucas's Room

The blond PK user was still snoring a little from his sleep, he even had a mucus bubble growing and shrinking on his nose, he must have had a deep sleep since the early earthquake didn't woke him up.

"...Hmm... Why... Why I can't be older to marry Kumatora..." Lucas snored dreamily, turning to the wall to yawn a little.

Outside

Twink and Geno were seen flying around the area as fast as they could, but Geno stopped mid-way and Twink stopped to see him. "Are you alright?" Twink asked worried.

"No... I'm not... I don't think we can find the doll I used to fight with..." Geno said losing hope.

"Don't be preocupied! I admire you Geno, I know we can find that doll somewhere, I know that!" Twink said pouting.

"Oh, so do you have an idea of where is the doll?"

"Well...it could be close to an open window of some blond kid that is sleeping right now, you know, maybe in a mansion around here?"

"...I doubt we can find that mansion...wait, how do you even know about that?"

"Because I'm seeing the same doll you used to talk about a lot on that open window with the blond kid snoring, inside the mansion we are just in front of." Twink pointed out, because they were just 10 inches away from Lucas's window, close to the doll.

"...Wait, this wasn't here before if I can remember!"

"You were looking down since we escaped from the Star Road that you missed most of the areas we saw back there!"

"...Fine, let's just get the doll and return to the Star Road."

"Wait, it's going to be rude to steal it from him!"

Geno rolled his eyes. "I did this once and I can do it again without awakening him, trust me."

Lucas's Room

"UAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!" Lucas screamed when he saw a star getting inside his room and it went straight towards Geno, who shone brightly. "Wh-WHAT IS HAPPENING HERE?!"

"Geno! You told me this wasn't going to happen!" Twink said angrily, floating above Lucas who had his pupils small when he saw Twink.

"WHO ARE YOU PEOPLE?!" Lucas asked scared for life, hidind below the sheets of his bed.

The doll which Geno entered began to grow slowly in the light, surpassing Lucas's height by 1 inch as Geno slowly opened his wooden eyes and looked to Twink and Lucas, who uncovered his face and his mouth opened a little in surprise.

Geno bowed his head. "Sorry for interrupting you, but Twink and me need to go back to the Star Road to save it." He said before walking to the door.

"W-wait!" Lucas shouted stopping both of them.

"What?" Geno and Twink asked in unison.

"A-are you going to explain to me what is happening?"

"I don't think so, it's a little complicated for kids like you." Twink said confused.

"But you're a kid, and probably younger than me!"

"At least I'm wiser!"

"At least I have hair!"

"At least I can fly!"

"At least I have LEGS!"

Twink gasped. "WELL...AT LEAST I HAVE A MOTHER!" He realized how pathetic his reply was and waited for a laugh.

However, Lucas gasped. "WHY YOU LITTLE-"

"STOP IT BOTH OF YOU!" Geno said angrily, snapping out of his calmness. "You 2 are still kids, while the Subspace Army is taking over the Star Road!"

Lucas shook his head. "Wait, did you say Subspace Army?"

"Yeah, why?"

"B-because me and the others are trying to defeat them from taking over the worlds."

Geno gasped a little. "Wait, don't tell me this is the place where the special elite of fighters live..."

"Hmm...I think you're talking about the Smashers, well, I'm one of them."

"Whoa!" Twink said surprised. "Then you're a special fighter?!"

"W-well...I'm not that strong...see?" Lucas casted PK Freeze that exploded in front of both stars, but it was enough to surprise them.

"...Then...what is your name?" Geno asked.

"M-my name is Lucas...and you must be Geno because it said that on the doll."

"Well, my name is in reality-(HARD TO PRONOUNCE NAME)-" Lucas made a confused face, and so did Twink. "...Call me Geno."

Lucas got out of bed and quickly ran to his closet to get dressed in 3 seconds by throwing clothes to his bed. "S-so, where are you going?"

"AHEM!" Twink called out angrily. "My name is Twink, nice to meet you!"

"Oh, s-sorry about that...nice to meet you too...so Geno, where are you 2 going?"

Geno pointed outside to the city. "There, Exor is right on the center of that city."

"Who?"

"I'll explain it while we go there, c'mon, let's go!"

Hallway

Rowdy Rumble

"Dood?"

"WHAT THE?!" Lucas found 5 weird penguins looking at him, and they instantly ran off to somewhere. "Were those guys working for the Subspace Army?!"

"Then we must stop them from doing damage to the mansion!" Geno said, dashing after them.

"Wow, he's fast!" Twink said surprised as he and Lucas followed Geno to capture the odd penguins that appeared out of nowhere, that were the Prinnies.

"DOOD! THEY'RE FOLLOWING US, ETNA IS GOING TO BE MAD!" Prinny #3 said shocked.

"QUICK! HIDE IN THIS ROOM, DOOD!" Prinny #1 yelled.

"CD Room? Dood?" Prinny #5 readed confused before they rushed in...and broke all the things inside by accident and clumsyness combined when Geno stopped in front of the room as Lucas and Twink came panting.

"They went here, let's go." Geno said before running inside with the other 2.

CD Room

"Huh?" Lucas looked down to his feet and found many CD shards shattered below their feets, there were a lot of CD shards scattered around the room as the Prinnies got outside a pile of shards, with some shards embedded into their skins as they looked to each other and screamed in pain. "For what are these shards?"

"These shards look like CD shards..." Twink trailed off.

"Dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood dood doo-" The Prinnies began to panic and ran around the room, making the 3 of them to track down 1 Prinny at a time, but it was so confusing that they got dizzy.

"Why don't they...just stop..." Geno asked spinning a little.

"I'm seeing...things..." Twink said spinning a little in the air.

"Shut...up..." Lucas said spinning a little and blocking his ears.

Just then, Flonne and Etna appeared from the door and gasped when they saw the whole room and the trio spinning while the Prinnies ran around in circles. "Oh no, they already broke something here?!" Etna asked furiously.

"E-Etna, what is that weird red aura covering your body?" Flonne asked scared while Etna took out a large axe.

"THIS AURA TELLS I'M ANGRY!!! BANZAIIIIIIII!!!!" Etna shouted jumping over the trio and directly over the Prinnies to punish them for what they did, the Prinnies didn't retaliated and were beaten to a bloody pulp by their boss, making the trio who recovered to sweat a little.

"Doooooooooooooooooood..." The Prinnies said with Xs on their eyes as Etna put her axe on her shoulder with an angry-anime face.

"IF YOU DO SOMETHING LIKE THIS AGAIN, I'LL MAKE SURE TO SEND YOU TO HELL!" Etna proclaimed angrily.

"B-but, aren't you a demon living in hell?" Flonne asked from the door.

"THE HELL AND THE UNDERWORLD ARE 2 DIFFERENT THINGS!" Etna shouted to Flonne before noticing the trio (although Lucas and Twink were hiding behind Geno) looking to her confused. "...Uh-oh...I think they're the people living here..."

For the first time, Flonne rolled her eyes. "What makes you say that?"

"WHO ARE YOU?!" Lucas asked scared.

"...Wait just a second, they're just only kids, ha! You gotta scram out of here before you ge-" Etna was interrupted before she and the Prinnies got frozen. "..."

"MASTER HAND IS GOING TO KILL ME FOR WHAT THOSE PENGUINS DID HERE!" Lucas said scared and trembling after he used PK Freeze on them.

"I-I'm sorry, I beg your pardons, Etna just wanted to see the mansion from the inside, but we weren't trying to take it to turn this into a big hotel and win lots of money, right Etna?" Flonne asked sweetly (trying to apologize and lie to them, in which she failed miserably) as she looked at Etna inside the icicle.

"S-s-s-s-s-she's right, believe her!" Etna said with gritted teeth.

"D-d-d-d-d-dood!" The Prinnies said.

Music stops

"Do you know about the Subspace Army?" Geno asked.

"Subspace Army? What's that?" Flonne asked confused.

"I guess they're not with them after all." Twink said sighing in relief.

Etna and the Prinnies were able to broke out the ice and walked towards the trio. "Okay, okay, I'm sorry about taking this mansion by myself." She said.

"Dood." The Prinnies behind her bowed ashamed.

"But if you aren't with the Subspace Army, then what are you doing here?" Lucas asked.

Etna laughed a little. "Well, thing is, a huge sword came out from a dark cloud AND above my aparment, then it blasted us off all the way to this mansion, inside the pool outside."

"Huge sword? That's got to be Exor!" Geno pointed out.

Etna narrowed her eyes at Geno. "...You know that sword? Then you must know something about it!" She grabbed Geno and began to shake him violently. "TELL ME, WHY DID THAT SWORD DESTROYED ALL THE FOOD I WAS GOING TO EAT?! I WAS STARVING!"

"C-c-c-c-c-c-c-calm down, j-j-j-j-j-j-just put me down and I'll explain it to everyone here if yo-"

Master Hand came floating in front of the room and stopped when he saw Etna, Flonne and the Prinnies looking at him, but he gasped when he saw the CD shards scattered around the floor. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!! THE MUSIC FOR THE STAGES ARE DESTROYED!!!"

"Music for what?" Twink asked, getting the hand's attention to him and Geno.

"INTRUDERS!" Master Hand yelled before everyone but Lucas got captured instantly in cages that sprouted from the floor.

However, Twink squeezed from Geno's cage and laughed. "Ha! You can't catch me!" A bird cage captured him from the roof. "...Darn it!"

"I'm innocent! Let me go!" Flonne pleaded from her cage.

"GET ME OUT OF THIS THING!" Etna ordered angrily.

"M-Master Hand! Don't hurt them please!" Lucas tried to calm down the hand's fury.

"...UGH, FINE! TAKE THEM TO THE COMMAND ROOM!"

His insane brother came from the wall and took all the cages with them to the Command Room. "(I'm starting to wonder if there are any "elite" fighters living here...)" Geno thought disappointed.

Nintendo City

The Smashers were able to reach the city through all the barrage of Primids blocking their way, but when they got on top of the hill, the city looked different than before...

The city was protected by an invisible barrier as all the people who were living in there were yelling and crying around, outside the barrier in panic as the Smashers ran towards the crowd, where Parakarry and Quill were in thinking positions, Quill being the calmest one, since Parakarry was flying around in panic.

"Quill! What happened here?!" Toon Link asked.

"NINTENDO CITY IS IN DANGER!" Parakarry yelled preocupied.

"We can't get inside!" Quill said shocked.

"What do you mean by that?" Chris asked.

"A huge sword came out from the sky and it created a big barrier that went growing overtime, all the citizens were able to escape from the barrier, but the city can't be entered from any part, and all of us are panicking for what happened just now." Quill explained to them.

"A huge sword?"

"It laughed and it said something like "I WILL DESTROY THIS CITY IN LESS THAN 2 DAYS, AND TAKE THE STAR SPIRITS WITH IT!" Parakarry said.

"(Did he said Star Spirits?)" Chris asked in his mind, before another earthquake was created. "W-what was that?!"

"An earthquake!" Zelda said.

"...MOVE! NOW!" Mewtwo shouted to all the crowd, but their yells were louder and they couldn't escape from something weird that happened on the scene...

All the Smashers, Parakarry, Quill and the people screaming around were trapped inside force fields, they looked around and tried to get out, but it was useless, they were trapped by something unknown.

"NOW WHAT?!" Pikachu asked irritated.

Meta Knight knocked the force field. "It seems we're trapped."

"We know that." Link said rolling his eyes.

"...Where is Chris?" C. Falcon asked and they looked around, just to find Chris outside the barriers.

"Guys!" Chris yelled worried.

"Chris! You know how to get us out of these things?" Squirtle asked.

"I-I'm afraid I don't know, everything happened out of a sudden!"

"DUAHAHAHAHAHA! HE IS TOOOOOOOOOTALLY RIGHT!"

Ness frowned after hearing that voice. "Oh no...of all times...he needed to appear right now..."

"Who?" Fox asked confused before a big machine fell from the dark sky, revealing Porky laughing maniacally as they glared at him in unison.

"Good to see you again, losers!" Porky said chuckling.

"Pokey! What are you trying to do?" Ness demanded for an answer.

"It's Porky! And, Tabuu wants to destroy the Star Road and this pathetic city, along with you, once and for all!"

"The Star Road?" Chris asked confused.

"Yep! The same Star Road where wishes are granted! You know? Tabuu wants to destroy everyone's wishes so that he can take over the worlds faster and easier! Pretty cool idea, huh?"

"..." Nobody replied.

"...What is the Star Road again?" Pit asked confused and Porky fell in anime style before getting up.

"...Let me put this a little simplier than before with another similar plan, I'm taking your friend, Chris, with us as the barriers, that are currently stopping you from teleporting or escaping, to explode in 3 minutes."

All the crowd began to panic and the Smashers shot nasty glares at him for his second plan, since Chris is supposed to be outside to capture him.

Betting in this Bout

"You bastard!" Nana said with a glare.

"...Bring it on!" Chris said taunting and they looked at him with worried looks.

"Chris, don't tell me you're going to fight him alone?" Link asked worried.

"I'm going to do it, I need to get revenge for what he did to me before, you already took your revenge, so I want to make things fair between us!"

"I doubt you're going to win against him using that job..." Marth pointed out before Chris changed to his Fake King job.

"I'm prepared, let's begin!" Chris shouted angrily, conveniently, the field was big enough to let them fight with space.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHA! You got some nerve, I like that!" Porky said laughing before he stomped the floor with his claws and ran towards Chris, who rolled out of the way and looked inside his sleeve to call the Waddle Dees.

"Waddle Dees and Doos! Can you find another Smash Ball like the last time?"

"Everyone! King Chris needs our support, find another Smash Ball to help him out!" Dave the Waddle Dee said and all of them began to scramble around to find another Smash Ball.

"TAKE THIS!" Porky said launching 6 Porky Bots that went running dumbly after him.

Chris tried to run, but his speed wasn't high since the hammer made him to go slow. "OH NO!" The Porky Bots lunged at him by stumbling and exploding on his back, which caused severe damage to him.

"I TOLD YOU, THIS IS TOO EASY!" Porky taunted laughing.

"Chris! You can do it!" Jigglypuff said cheering before most of them nodded to each other and began to cheer on the World Traveler.

Porky turned to the Smashers. "Shut up! You're distracting me!"

"Exactly!" Chris said jumping above him to slam his hammer on the glass, it made a small crack and Porky backed away.

"You little wuss!"

"That's it, it's on!" Chris said angrily before jumping and slamming his hammer on the machine, but Porky dodged it again in time. "Go!" Chris said taking and throwing out a Waddle Doo (Brandon) that landed above Porky and shot an electricity ray on him.

"UGH!" Porky grabbed Brandon and threw it to another direction before it vanished in thin air. "Not done yet!" He said as his machine jumped in the air to charge his electricity charge above Chris.

"Roll out of the way!" Wolf shouted from the barrier.

"Wolf? Giving suggestions?" Falco asked with a grin.

"Do you want him alive?"

"...You have a point there, go!" He started to cheer as the others did.

And Chris did it...late, the electrical charge managed to reach him and was pushed to the air, but he got control of himself and did a backflip in the air to land on the ground. "...Wait, I did a backflip? Awesome!" He said cheering.

"THAT'S GOOD, BUT CAN YOU RESIST THIS?!" Porky asked furiously concentrating energy between 2 claws that shot a red ray along the ground and exploded when it reached Chris, making him to yell in pain as he gritted his teeth.

"I'm not done yet...either..." Chris said panting before charging at Porky with his hammer ready.

"I'm starting to think he will not defeat him..." Meta Knight said, shaking his head slowly.

"Don't think like that!" Kirby said as he continued to cheer on Chris.

"C'MON!" Chris started to charge his Jet Hammer to smash it on Porky's machine when he started to stomp the floor to crush him with the claws. "NOW!" His Jet Hammer shot quickly and Porky backed away from him, but he ran to another direction. "Hey, come back here!"

The World Traveler started to chase down the old kid, but Porky was faster than him since Chris was literally dragging his hammer along the ground.

"You'll never catch up with him with that speed, do something to pull him closer to you!" Marth shouted suggesting.

"Try to annoy him!" Ness suggested.

"But with what?!" Chris shouted as he chased Porky around.

"Make fun of his fatness!"

"Porky! You're so fat that many chocolate factories closed down since you ate all the chocolate!"

"WHAT?!" Porky asked furiously before charging towards Chris.

"Have you found the Smash Ball yet?!" He asked to the Waddle Dees and Doos.

"We're doing our best in finding it!" Jonathan, the Waddle Dee, shouted from the sleeve.

"AAAAAHH!!!" He wasn't able to dodge Porky's crazy mad dash with his claws that his health was greatly reduced, making most of the people to panic as the Smashers tried to figure out a way to help him.

"This is not good..." Chris muttered weakly.

"He isn't used to fight on battles of one-on-one yet." Fox said.

"But it isn't fair, he is fighting against a much stronger foe!" Jigglypuff said pouting.

"Darn it! Let me go!" Toon Link said slashing the barrier continuously.

"If Chris doesn't defeat him, we're as good as death!" Red said shocked.

"There!" Diana the Waddle Doo said throwing a Smash Ball from the sleeve. "By the way, King Dedede prohibited us to lend you his Final Smash, you have to be creative and create one on your own!"

"What?! That stupid bastard!" Chris said angrily before starting to smash the Smash Ball with his hammer, before a claw got him and threw it away. "I REALLY HATE YOU!"

"Now's time for my new attack, missiles!" Porky took out various missiles launchers that shot 10 missiles that went straight towards Chris in the air, making a huge explosion as the World Traveler was in danger to lose.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Maxwell the Waddle Doo yelled jumping from the sleeve directly towards the Smash Ball to break it with his head, fortunately, he broke the Smash Ball and Chris gained his power as his eyes and body began to glow.

"Now I'll beat you up to a bloody pulp!" Chris said charging at Porky, who started to run away. "Did I mention you were so fat that the ocean around Eagleland was made up by your pee?!"

"NOT THAT KIND OF FUN, CHRIS!" Ness said disgusted.

"GRRRRRRR!!! TAKE BACK THOSE WORDS!" Porky said enraged before falling for Chris's trap and charged at him by stomping his claws on the ground.

"Closer... Closer... Closer..." Chris muttered to himself as Porky got closer in every second, when one of Porky's claws, or him was very close to him.

"DIE!!!" Porky yelled at the top of his lungs when he put all the force on one claw to smash it into Chris.

Tenacity

However, the whole place gets dark as Chris begins his new Final Smash that stopped the time before the claw could reach him. "Here I go, everything I've got!" He yelled before yellow lines starts to rain down the dark area as Florencia (the Waddle Dee) throws 4 hammers, spinning high above the air while Chris reached between them.

"Is this the power of a Final Smash?" Pit asked surprised.

"I wonder how mine looks like..." Pikachu asked to himself as they see Chris's next move.

Chris grabbed one spinning hammer. "1!" He throws it a high speed towards Porky, who yelled in pain.

And he did the same with the other 2 hammers.

"2!.. 3!"

"AAAAAHHH! IT HURTS!" Porky moaned in pain before Chris grabbed the last 2 hammers above Porky and raised them above him.

"Here it comes, the last blow!" Roy said excited making a fist.

"OVERLORD REEEEIGN..." Chris quickly descends above Porky, smashing his hammers through him and directly to the ground, where he finishes his attack. "IMPAAAACT!!!" A yellow glyph shines brightly under them before creating an earth shockwave, creating an earthquake that dealt extreme damage to the Spider Pig Machine, creating a cloud of dust and smoke around the 2.

The scene returns back to normal and Chris was shown panting heavily, the Final Smash drained a lot of his health as he smiles weakly.

"It's over...finally...I got my revenge..." He says weakly.

But the barriers didn't vanished.

"Hey, it's not fair, he won!" Link said.

"...No...he is still breathing!" Mewtwo pointed out before the dust cleared out, but one claw wrapped Chris and pulled him to the air, Porky's machine was damaged severly, but he was still standing.

"Hehehehehe...look who's laughing now!" Porky said laughing maniacally.

"Ugh!" Chris gritted his teeth in pain as the claw's grip got stronger.

"...That's it...we lost..." Wolf said crossing his arms.

Falco punched the ground with his fist. "Darn it! We couldn't help him!"

"If only Lucario was here..." Jigglypuff said randomly, trying to sound poetic...

...But her random sentence did made a point there, where is Lucario?

"Hey, where is he?" Ness asked looking around.

"Well, didn't Chris told us that he was here?" Pikachu asked.

Somehow, Chris was starting to sweat as he ignored the pain, becoming numb to it.

"Chris! Call Lucario, he must be here around somewhere!" Pichu shouted.

"...Er...I don't think that's a good idea!" Chris yelled from the claw, sweating.

"...Chris...did you hid Lucario in his Pokeball?" Red asked confused.

For the first time, Red was able to guess the place where Lucario was. "...Okay! Okay! Lucario didn't went to the city because I called him back to his Pokeball!"

"Then call him out, genius!" Toon Link said annoyed.

"...I...I can't! You're going to ask me a lot of questions if I call him!" Chris yelled.

"This is a near-death scene! Call him out!" Popo yelled.

"Don't mind him about the cliché book, just call Lucario!" Nana yelled.

"...But promise me you're not going to ask me anything!"

"...Promise?" All of them said confused.

Chris reached to his Pokeball. "Please...don't let them ask me anything..." He muttered before throwing it high in the air.

"...I know I'm a novice trainer...but...why did he threw the Pokeball in the air and not into the ground?" Red asked confused.

"...Well...unless his Pokémon was very big...but Lucario isn't that big t-" Pikachu was interrupted before an enormous light came out from the small Pokeball and they gasped to next thing they saw behind Chris and Porky.

...Somehow, Lucario wasn't the same anymore...

Because the Aura Pokémon was 15-foot tall now.

"...WHAT...THE...HELL?!" Pikachu asked as his eyes twitched.

"Can Lucarios grow into that size?" Pichu wondered.

"Of course not! That's stupid, nobody can do that!"

The giant Lucario crossed his arms as he glared towards Porky, who was sweating like crazy after seeing his huge, red eyes looking straight to Porky's eyes. "GRRRRRRRRRR...."

"Er...h-h-h-hi there big doggie..." Porky said waving a claw to him.

"WHAT ARE YOU DOING WITH MY MASTER." Lucario asked as he glanced to his weakened trainer, looking down weakly as he looked up and smiled a little to him.

"I was...just...cleaning him?" Porky asked before the giant Lucario kneeled and grabbed Chris with his big right hand, pulling the claw off the machine to realese the World Traveler from its grip.

Lucario crushed the claw in his left hand and dropped the dust into the ground as all the people were left speechless. "Chris, did he attacked you?"

Chris glared at Porky from Lucario's hand. "Not only that, he called me a little wuss and shot me with missiles, rays and electric charges from all directions! He even called robots that exploded and caused me a lot of pain!"

The giant Aura Pokémon didn't liked what he heard and grunted down at Porky.

"...I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!" Porky yelled at the top of his lungs and began to bow down to Lucario. "PLEASE, DON'T HURT ME, I'LL BE GOOD, JUST DON'T HURT ME!"

"Lucario, tell him you're serious, but do it with the most extreme tone of voice." Chris whispered and Lucario grabbed Porky with his huge, left hand and pulled him closer to his face.

"IF YOU DARE TO HURT MY MASTER WITH EVEN THE MOST, SLIGHTLIEST CUT OR SCRATCH ON HIS SKIN, I WILL MAKE SURE TO MAKE YOUR LIFE A REAL NIGHTMARE AND TAKE YOU TO A REAL WORLD OF PAIN, UNDERSTAND?!" The giant Lucario asked furiously, enraged and angrily.

"...W-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-well...only if Tabuu tells me t-"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" The giant Aura Pokémon roared at the top of his lungs, creating a very loud sound that created strong winds that spreaded around the trees of the area, many windows got broken by his roar in a chain reaction, it even broke Porky's machine's glass.

Oh, did I mention it made several scratchs on Zelda's crown, a small crack on Meta Knight's mask, Roy and Marth's armors, and it even destroyed Fox, Falco and Wolf's scouters?

"Thank you very much, this is the second scouter I lose this day!" Fox yelled angrily before replacing his destroyed scouter by another one on his pockets.

"Fortunately, I wasn't too close to him or else my mask would broke." Meta Knight said.

Porky was able to move without his machine!... Because he was sucking his thumb up, trembling in fear and horror combined as he nodded, understanding the demand of the giant Aura Pokémon. "...C-c-c-c-c-c-can I leave now?" Lucario clenched his left hand to throw the traumatized old kid (traumatized yet again) high into the air with all his forces. "I WILL GET MY REVENGE NEXT TIME! JUST YOU WAIT!!!" He screamed as the dot got smaller and blinked in the sky, the people began to cheer as the barriers disappeared and Lucario smiled down at Chris a little.

Music stops

The Smashers, Parakarry and Quill approached to the giant Lucario as he put Chris down in the ground safely, who received many cheers from the young Smashers.

"Yay! You did it!" Pichu said jumping happily.

"But it wasn't me, Lucario did all the work." Chris said scratching his head as he looked up to Lucario.

"So, can you explain why he got this big all of a sudden?" Roy asked.

"Hey, you promised that you weren't going to ask!"

"I lied, can you explain?"

"...Well..."

Flashback

Lucario's Room

We see Lucario being touched by a small star that made his body to glow, after 3 seconds, he starts to grow slowly as his arm was able to make a new bed for Chris, who was still sleeping deeply, his legs reached the door but they kept growing until the touched the roof, the bed below him got crushed and his right ear bended when it touched the roof and the other ear got out of the window, the spike on his left arm (where Chris was sleeping on) made a huge crack on the wall, the result of the growing was this, Lucario was so big that the room looked like a small cage to him, as he yawned with a very deep voice.

"...Hmm...wow...this bed got immediately soft...I like this mansion...do you Lucario?" Chris asked (still sleeping) while he rubbed Lucario's big fur.

"Yes...I like the mansion...too." Lucario said smiling a little (still sleeping too).
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 20, 2008, 11:39:01 AM
"...Weird...why does you voice sound a little deeper?"

Lucario chuckled a little. "Remember when...you said it was because of the second puberty?"

Chris slapped Lucario's fur slightly and laughed a little. "Don't be...stupid...that was just a joke..."

"But I like it."

"Sure."

"I'm glad."

"Me too."

"Go back to sleep."

"You too."

Both of them finished talking with a small laugh...before Chris's eyes opened in shock, which Lucario also did as he looked at his new size.

"LUCARIO! WHAT HAPPENED TO YOU?!" Chris asked, peering from Lucario's left side to him.

"I-I don't know! I just woke up and this is the first thing I see!"

"Did you took my wish seriously and you wished for it to happen? Because I was lying about having a giant Lucario!"

"Wh-what? Then you didn't wanted a giant Lucario?"

"Of course not! I know, the idea of getting your wish coming true after 5 minutes sounds stupid, but the others would be mad at us because you would end any fight by just tripping above your enemies!"

Lucario looked down (since he couldn't look up) in shame.

Chris got a little pleasant and rubbed his fur. "I'm sorry if that hurt your feelings..."

"...No...it's okay..."

Chris closed his eyes before opening them again. "...What the hell...I'll take the advantage of this opportunity..."

Lucario smiled a little. "Then it was the right thing?"

"...No, but I must be optimistic! Now I got a giant Lucario!" He hugged his giant Pokémon before gasping when his own Pokémon wanted to hug him. "DON'T EVER THINK ABOUT THAT, ONE TOUCH OF THAT GIANT PAW AND MY BONES ARE GONE!"

"S-sorry." Lucario said embarrassed.

"Anyway, we have to do something about your size, if the others sees you, or worse, if Master Hand sees you, they'll be asking us a lot of questions."

"I don't think there is anybody awake now, it's still late."

However, his statement was proven to be false before hearing many yells of help coming from the city.

"What was that?"

"Chris! I told you, something is happening right now in the city and you ignored me!"

Chris hid from him by ducking. "...I'm sorry..."

"...Are you trembling?"

Chris sniffed. "My Pokémon got angry at me...and worse, he yelled at me..."

Lucario gasped. "I-I didn't meant to scare you! Please, forgive me master!"

Chris quickly got up. "Say "master" to me again and I'm going to punish you for real this time."

"...Sorry...Chris..."

He smiled, climbed Lucario's body and walked towards his face to rub it with care as the Aura Pokémon growled (deeply) happily. "I just can't stop forgiving your errors, I know you're really sorry when you get like this."

"Mas-" Chris quickly glared at his left eye. "...Chris!"

"That's better, now we just need to put you back to your Pokeball and go to Nintendo City before anyone else wakes up an-" They heard a knock on the door and their pupils shrunk in unison.

"Chris? Lucario? Are you ready to investigate what is happening in the city?" Pikachu asked.

"Shoot! They're here!" Chris whispered, before Lucario crushed the bed completely.

"...What's all that noise?"

"I-I'm sorry! W-we were just getting prepared to go!" Chris shouted.

"He's telling the truth!" Lucario said.

"Is there anyone else inside besides you 2?" Fox asked, wondering.

"N-no! What makes you say that?!" Chris asked before he fell to the floor because Lucario tried to move. "Oww!"

"...Sorry again..." Lucario whispered to him.

"Chris...are you hiding something from us?" Ness asked narrowing his eyes.

Chris searched for Lucario's Pokeball because he accidentally dropped it when he fell, it rolled below Lucario's right arm's spike. "No! Just let me get prepared!" He yelled, straining to reach the Pokeball.

The trio looked at each other and nodded, they backed away a little from the door to crash into it to open the door. "CHRIS, HURRY UP!" Lucario whispered loudly.

"Got it!" Chris pressed the Pokeball to return the giant Pokémon to the Pokeball, that's when Ness, Pikachu and Fox threw the door down. "I told you, I was getting ready?"

End of flashback

Nintendo City

"...We don't know what happened..." Chris said.

Mewtwo looked at Lucario. "You wished this?"

"Yes..." Lucario said nodding.

"...Then...let's get back to the mansion."

"What? Are you going to leave the city like this?" Parakarry asked surprised.

"We can't proceed further, when we were trapped, I used my mind to analyze every single corner of the city, and more accurately, the sword that crashed in the center."

"...I see...you can't do anything right now..." Quill said.

"Don't worry, once we get an idea to help all the people to enter the city, we will return." Marth reassured them.

"In the meantime, try to calm down all of them." Roy said.

"And tell them we will save the city!" Pichu said.

"..." Parakarry nodded. "Okay, I'm putting all my hopes on all of you, but please, save the city! We still have mails to deliver!"

"(...Wait, I forgot to read Cream's Letter...)" Chris thought.

"Return me to my Pokeball." Lucario said.

"You don't want to walk?"

"No, it's embarrassing to walk like this, I don't want to leave my footprints."

Chris returned Lucario to his Pokeball and he readed Cream's Letter...

"OH NO!" Chris yelled worried.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"...A deal?" Master Hand asked confused.

Etna nodded while she was still inside the cage. "Yes, since my Prinnies broke your precious CDs, we will try to repay the damages they have been doing around without my permission." She said as she glanced to a cage full of Prinnies, all pilled together above each other.

"But Etna, you gave per-" Flonne's mouth was quickly closed by Etna.

"Also, they are excellent butlers, chefs, mechanics and they also know how to obey anyone's orders!"

"Dood." The Prinnies replied dumbly.

"...Hmm..." Master Hand wondered for a second before Etna snapped her fingers.

"Did I mention they know how to massage? Even with big fingers?" Etna remembered smirking.

"...Hmm..."

"They can also clean disasters."

"Deal!" Master Hand snapped his fingers and the cages opened, except for Geno and Twink's cage. "Now, what is your reason for being here?"

"I told you, we need the help of the Smashers to save the Star Road!" Twink said angrily.

"Not our problem."

"The Subspace Army invaded the Star Road." Geno added.

"What?!"

The alarms quickly activated and the Prinnies began to panic once again as Etna tried to calm them down...by swinging her axe around as Flonne hid under a table from a computer.

"WHAT NOW?!" Lucas asked scared before his mouth opened a little in surprise when he saw the screen showing many different worlds. "...It's...a new world?"

"Our next destination is..." Master Hand trailed off as the computer showed them the next, unknown world.

Small preview of the next arc

Geno's eyes widened and he hid behind Chris when he looked at C. Falcon. "NOT HIM!" Geno said scared.

"What?" Chris asked confused.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on September 20, 2008, 05:29:15 PM
Cliffhangers are fun. They appear alot in this story too... Oh well. Great job!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: makuta on September 20, 2008, 06:42:39 PM
Wait, this takes place after the SSE in SSBB?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 20, 2008, 07:14:34 PM
Quote from: makuta on September 20, 2008, 06:42:39 PM
Wait, this takes place after the SSE in SSBB?
Maybe...maybe not...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: F-Zero GX and MP2: Echoes)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 21, 2008, 04:12:55 PM
Chapter 77: A timid Black Mage and the run-away princess

Smash Mansion
Outside

The Smashers were walking back to the mansion to report the status of the mission in Nintendo City, there was so much to talk about, Exor, the Star Spirits, the problem in which Lucario was and the destruction of everyone's wishes that was into matter.

"Something odd is happening around here..." Pit said.

"Yes, the first time we visit the city is then blocked the next second we return." Pikachu said.

"The bar..." C. Falcon muttered before Zelda slapped him...but hard.

"I have in mind all these problems and is probably going to give me a headache for trying to understand." Ness said scratching his head.

"Well, let's just pray something else doesn't happen, like someone appearing from the other side of the front door and greet us in surprise o-" When Chris was just about to open the doors, they opened by themselves and Etna jumped from it, shouting...

"WELCOME BACK!" Etna said cheerfully, making most of them to backstep away in surprise, but Chris fell on his butt.

"What the?! Etna! What the hell are you doing here?!"

Etna chuckled a little. "You guys were getting late in coming back, that there are 2 new guests waiting insi-"

Chris quickly got up (anime-style) and stared at Etna in annoyance. "Can you answer my question please?! What-are-you-doing-here-in-our-home?!"

"...Isn't obvious? I live here now."

"WHAT?!" Chris, Pit and Pichu asked surprised in unison.

"There is no way I'm going to live with a demon!" Pit said angrily.

"Then you have to live with Flonne too." Etna said as Flonne appeared behind her, waving her hand shyly.

"Hi!" Flonne said happily.

"You too?!" The trio asked surprised and Flonne nodded.

"Yes...well...I think Master Hand knows the answer to all your questions if you go to see him, he also told me to tell you that there are 2 persons inside anxious to meet all of you."

"Wait, Master Hand even allowed you 2 to live here then?" Pichu asked before many Prinnies appeared from the 2 girls. "They will live here too?!"

"Dood." The Prinnies said before disappearing.

Etna chuckled again. "Don't worry about the Prinny Squad, they are now your 24/7 butlers and servants!... But of course, I keep telling them what to do to not mess around."

"..." The trio looked behind them to find the other Smashers very confused at this event. "...What?"

"You didn't told us about who they are." Zelda said simply.

"The red-haired girl is Etna, a demon, the girl with blond hair is Flonne, and the penguins that said dood are the Prinny Squad, Etna's subordinates." Chris explained.

"Hmm..." Falco wondered after looking at Etna.

"How amusing, a bird." Etna remarked.

"How amusing, a flat-chested girl." Falco remarked.

"...Dood..." The Prinnies quickly dispersed after hearing Falco's statement.

"Hey, where did those guys ran off to?"

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!!!" Etna quickly took out her axe and started to pummel (or cut or slash) Falco with it as the others didn't do anything to stop them...except Fox, but got part of the massacre instead of stopping it.

"...What happened?" Popo asked confused.

"It's a girl's rule, if somebody dares to call a girl "flat-chested," he or she will be dead the next second." Zelda said.

"...You're not into girl things as Peach does if I remember." Nana said.

"She doesn't stop talking about it to me..." Zelda shrugged.

"HEEEEEEEEEEELP!" Fox and Falco yelled inside the cloud of dust with sounds of metal being heard.

Link looked at Wolf, who had his arms crossed and his right eye closed. "Aren't you going to do something?"

"Do I look like Fox's father or something to you?" Wolf asked annoyed.

10 seconds later...

Main Lobby

After a treatment of 10 (20) Soul Etudes from Chris who offered to cure both of them by using the Musician job, they got a big surprise when they entered inside the mansion...it was filled with Prinnies, Prinnies, Prinnies, Prinnies and more Prinnies doing usual home works, such as cleaning the windows, floor, walls, moving vases around, which left most of them with their mouths opened in surprise after seeing the tremendous amount of Prinnies working.

"What..." Nana trailed off.

"In..." Toon Link trailed off.

"The..." Pit trailed off.

"World..." C. Falcon trailed off.

"Is..." Ness trailed off.

"Going..." Zelda trailed off.

"On..." Pikachu trailed off.

"HERE?!" Chris added in shock.

"Ta-da! I present all of you the Prinny Squad!" Etna said proudly as 2 Prinnies passed, carrying a portrait.

"How many are they?!" Roy asked surprised.

"It varies, between 10 and the unlimited."

"...There are so many of them?" Flonne asked thinking.

"Yep! I, of course, handle things very smoothly."

"Then we have now an unlimited amount of birds plus 1." Mewtwo said.

"Plus 1? Who is the extra one?" Chris picked up a Prinny. "He?"

"Dood." The Prinny said and left.

"No, I'm pretty sure he mentioned Falco." Fox said and Falco glared at Mewtwo.

"...A-anyway, let's see who is waiting for us in the Command Room..." Chris said as their made their way through the crowd of Prinnies...until Etna yelled at them to make a path.

Command Room

"Oh, you're here." Master Hand said.

"Master Hand, who were waiting for us...no...this must be some kind of dream...I'm seeing things..." Chris trailed off as he looked at Geno.

"Nice to meet you all, my name is Geno." Geno said bowing a little to them.

"A puppet?" Popo asked.

"Actually, I'm really a star coming from the Star Road, the road where wishes come true."

"And I'm one citizen that lives there too!" Twink said appearing from behind Geno.

"Hey, I recognize you, you are Twink, the star who helped Peach and Mario when Bowser kidnapped her!" Chris said surprised.

"Wow! I'm famous then?!"

"Possibly."

"Yay!" Twink began to fly around the room before Geno stopped him.

"Geno already told me everything about what happened to Nintendo City and the Star Road, and it's important that he explains to you the trouble he and Twink are in." Master Hand said.

Marth raised his hand. "I have a question, what is this place called Star Road?"

Geno nodded laughing a little. "You haven't heard of the Star Road before? The Star Road is where all the wishes from all the people from all the worlds become true if they are good that is."

"Wishes? I thought wishes were just things that can't become true." Wolf said.

"You're wrong, many wishes are determined of how much that persons wants his or her wish to become true, many stars and I up there decide whether or not a wish can become true, if they are bad, however, we just make them to vanish and disappear."

"Geno! Can I continue?" Twink asked excited.

"Yes, let's see if you learned."

"All right! Ahem, as Geno was saying, the work of all the stars in the Star Road are overlooked by the Star Spirits, Eldstar, the leader of the spirits, Mamar, the kindest star, Skolar, who gives knowledge to all of us, Muskular, who gives courage, Misstar, the star of beauty and help, Klevar, the genius star and Kalmar, the star of forgiveness."

"Don't think they are somewhat odd by their talents," Geno continued. "Catastrophe fell upon the Star Road by Exor, the same sword that took control of Bowser's Keep long ago, when he crashed into the Star Shrine, all the Star Spirits became captive again and imprisoned with 7 different bosses of the Subspace Army, which Exor told us about...I don't know why the Subspace Army decided to attack us, but since the Star Spirits are in charge of the wishes, and since they hold the Star Pieces, the Star Road was broken and many wishes are left to vanish."

"So in short words..." Link trailed off.

"If the Star Road keeps as it is, broken, all the wishes will vanish and chaos will reign on all people! That's why I came here to possess this doll once more and ask for your help."

"I'll pass." Wolf said.

"What?"

"Wishes are just things that won't happen, it's useless and worthless, don't waste my ti-"

"Your wish of defeating Fox will not come true then..."

Wolf blinked in surprise. "How did you..."

"I'm a star, therefore, I know the wishes of everyone here in the room, just by seeing your faces I can tell which wishes are from you, Chris, your wishes are the most purest ones since you always wish to stay with the Smashers and enjoy fighting, playing and living together with them."

Chris received some pats on his back as he blushed a little.

"Ness, your wishes are not too bad either, I'm sure you will get the love of P-"

"Don't finish that sentence!" Ness said embarrassed.

"...Roy, your wishes contains things like being like your father Eliwood and be stronger."

Roy looked away embarrassed.

"Flonne, we also count your wishes related to love...although you wish a lot about that."

Flonne blushed and laughed a little.

"I'm the only one that doesn't wish for anything?" Fox asked confused.

"Fox, we're trying so hard for your wish to find your father too."

"...W-why did you said that in front of everyone here?!"

"But that's not a bad wish in my opinion..." Chris said.

"...It's not bad?"

Geno smiled a little. "It's a good wish, Nana...about your wish of intelligence to another dear broth-"

"DON'T EVEN SAY THAT!" Nana said as she sweated when Popo narrowed his eyes at her.

Geno walked to Zelda. "...About your wish of more girls in the tournament..."

"Yes?" Zelda asked a little excited.

"...Find out yourself."

"It's a good surprise, right?"

Geno's left eye twitched. "...Yes..." He looked at Pichu. "You wish a lot of things, like being like Pik-"

"DON'T FINISH THAT SENTENCE EITHER!" Pichu said blushing.

Geno's eyes widened and he hid behind Chris when he looked at C. Falcon. "NOT HIM!" Geno said scared.

"What?" Chris asked confused.

"H-h-h-h-he has the most, perverted wishes I've seen before!"

"Me too!" Twink said hiding behind Chris.

"WHAT?! They're not that ba-wait, I don't wish things like that!" C. Falcon said alarmed before all of them made disgusted faces and backed away from him.

Geno walked in front of them again. "Maybe I should stop saying the secret wishes of everyone before you get mad at me," he coughed. "The point is, I need your strength to rescue the Star Spirits from the Subspace Arm-"

Chris quickly shook his hand rapidly. "WELCOME!"

Geno and Twink temporaly joined your team!

Geno sweatdropped. "...Thanks...that was fast to convince you..."

"Since when he decides for everyone else here?" C. Falcon asked.

"Because unfortunately, we're the most nicest guys in the whole universe...that's why..." Popo said looking down.

A Prinny came in and delivered fresh spaghetti to Crazy Hand...who just played with it. "Hey, how did these weirdos got to work here? I didn't know you were hiring workers." Ness asked.

Master Hand sniffed. "They...they...they...THEY DESTROYED EVERY LAST PIECE OF MUSIC WE HAD STORED!"

"...What's the big deal? You only put like 15 or 20 songs in each tournament," Falco said, not caring. "Besides, a miracle would be putting more than 100 songs, now that's great."

"...And there were even more..."

"...Huh?!"

"There are 258 songs in all."

All the Smashers (yes, this time we counted Mewtwo...just kidding, the same ones) blinked in surprise. "So...how many did you added to our stage?" Link asked.

"More than 8."

"THOSE BASTARDS MUST DIE!" Link said running away while yelling like a barbarian.

"But it's only music." Chris said simply.

"ONLY MUSIC?!" Most of them said angrily.

"Don't ever disrespect the beauty of the music on the stages!" Jigglypuff said angrily.

"The music makes a fight even better between one-on-one matches!" Roy said angrily.

"It's more epic that way!" Pikachu said angrily.

Link came in. "WHO SAID IT'S ONLY MUSIC?!" He asked angrily with shifty eyes.

"C. FALCON DID!" Chris said hiding behind Fox (who physically was a little smaller than him).

"WAIT! IT'S TOO MUCH DAMAGE FOR M-" C. Falcon managed to say as Link lunged and started to stab him endlessly.

"Master Hand...we have also another problem..." Chris raised his hand from behind the vulpine and walked to his place.

"What kind of problem?"

"Well, remember when I told you about the chicken and the egg thing? Who was first?"

"It was the egg."

"It was the chicken!" Popo argued.

"It was the egg! How did the chicken was born then?!"

"It was the chicken! Then how do you explain the egg first?!"

"STOP IT! That was not it!" Chris shouted. "It's about...Lucario..."

"Hey, you're right, where is he?"

"Inside his Pokeball...to not crush anyone..."

"Crush? Did he grew up to a giant or something?"

"...Well...do you want to see?"

"Please do, I'll be glad to help in any way, unless he's bigger than all of us combined, I'm going to be happy with whatever problem you want to be answered." Master Hand said calmly.

"...Okay!" Chris threw Lucario's Pokeball in the air.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!" The Smashers (except Lucas) yelled terrorized.

"What?" Master Hand asked confused.

Outside

A tremble was created.

Command Room

There was a big dust cloud covering the whole room, when it cleared out, Master Hand was panting heavily while he was sticked to the roof as he saw the giant Lucario sitting on one half of the now destroyed Command Room, and most of the Smashers disappeared when that occurred.

"WHAT THE HECK HAPPENED?!" Master Hand asked angrily.

"I'm sorry if I crushed anything." Lucario said, before he felt many persons yelling below him (or more accurately, his butt). "Chris! I crushed him too?!"

"I'm right here," Chris called from Crazy Hand's counter. "Mewtwo and Zelda were able to teleport me in time before I got crushed."

"Can you please advice us before you call that huge creature outside?!" Zelda asked angrily.

"HEEEEEEEEELP!" Many voices were heard below Lucario, which made him to sweatdrop. (The sweatdrop was big).

"FIRST, DID HE TOOK 2 SUPER MUSHROOMS?!" Master Hand asked shocked.

"N-no! He just wished to be enormous just to make me happy!" Chris defended him.

"WISH?!" Geno yelled from below Lucario. "I THINK I KNOW WHAT'S YOUR PROBLEM, YOU WANT HIM TO BE BACK IN HIS NORMAL FORM, AM I RIGHT?!"

Chris ducked to talk with Geno. "Yes!"

"GET ME OUT TO HELP!"

5 minutes later, with Master Hand and Crazy Hand lifting Lucario to take all the Smashers out from him, before Chris realized he could have called him back to his Pokeball...

Geno cleared his cape and coughed a little. "Let me see, you wished and your wish came true, correct?"

"Yes." Lucario said nodding.

"And you want to return to your normal form, right?"

"Yes."

"It's easy to revert a simple wish like that, wait just a minute..." Geno closed his eyes and concentrated a magic spore that appeared between his hands as he shot it to Lucario, who closed his eyes and opened them when the spores were gone. "Done."

"...But I'm still a giant..."

"Your wish of being a giant should end for tomorrow morning, until then, you need to sleep for tonight."

Lucario looked down before he nodded. "I understand..."

"I apologize for causing all this trouble, normally, we don't make wishes like this kind to become true, it probably happened by accident when Exor stroke down the road and a star accidentaly made that wish."

"And here I thought I could wish for that too." C. Falcon said ashamed.

"Stop, that is enough," Geno said disgusted. "...Why is Flonne staring at Lucario?"

Flonne was just in front of Lucario, staring at each other, Lucario thought Flonne was like Colette and probably would throw herself at him to give him a warm hug just because "he looked cute."

IF YOU THINK FLONNE IS GOING TO...

A) Shoot an arrow to Lucario.

B) Say many cheesy things about how cute he is.

C) Hug him.

WE WILL WAIT FOR YOUR RESPONSE.


5 seconds later...

IF YOU THOUGHT SHE IS GOING TO HUG HIM...YOU'RE WRONG!

Flonne glared at Lucario and took out her bow with a tip of an arrow in the shape of a heart. "I shall purge this land from all demons, including you, in the name of love!"

"W-wait! Lucario is not a demon! Well, he looks like one bu-"

"GRRRRRR!!!"

"O-o-okay! He doesn't look like one, but he's not a demon!" Chris said alarmed.

"No! All demons have red, menacing eyes like Etna does, and it just happen that Lucario is a demon for his devily red eyes! Now, SUFFER THE WRATH OF LOVE!" Flonne said as she shot her heart arrow towards Lucario's chest...

It bounced off and Lucario scratched that part...

"It's going to take more than one arrow to pierce Lucario's steel body..." Pikachu said sweatdropping before Flonne took more arrows out from nowhere...

And began to shoot the giant Aura Pokémon like crazy, and I mean it, CRAZY, because Lucario was getting showered in arrows that just kept bouncing off, falling and burying the Smashers little by little which each second it passed.

It also made Lucario to take a deep, long breath because he was bored. "I'm supposed to be hurt by those weak arrows, Chris?"

Chris's head popped out from the pile of arrows. "Yes."

"Because I don't feel anything."

Etna, fed up (of boringness) by watching the entire scene from the roof, decided to stop Flonne. "Flonne, it's useless, he is not a demon, you can stop firing arrows now."

Flonne immediately stopped panting. "I...was going...to use dymanite next..."

"You WHAT?!" Lucas asked appearing from the pile.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 22, 2008, 06:59:07 PM
"ENOUGH!" Master Hand yelled annoyed. "Smashers, tomorrow you have a new world to save, it's a new one, Lucario, try to not crush anything in your way to your room."

"But I can't fit in the hallway anymor-"

"Flonne, Etna and the Prinny Squad, you will stay here and do all the work to repay for the CDs, Geno and Twink, you will accompany Chris and the others to rescue the Star Spirits if we can find them in the worlds, for now, rest, it's an order!"

"Roger!" Most of them said before they walked to their rooms (by crossing the big fence that was Lucario's legs) and dispersing.

"Geno, Twink, Etna and Flonne, please follow me to your guest's rooms." Master Hand said floating away as the 4 mentioned characters followed him.

Chris and Lucario heard Etna and Flonne complementing their rooms, being very expensive-looking.

Lucario's Room

We see Chris walking alone to his room, where he found the crushed bed and the other destroyed things that Lucario accidentaly crushed.

He sighed. "...I don't think I can sleep in that bed anymore...I'll ask the Prinnies to fix it tomorrow...but where I can sleep?..." Chris snapped his fingers and moved to a wall where it was left untouched, he leaned to it and called Lucario out of his Pokeball, putting him in the same position he was before. "Hello, my giant Pokémon!" Chris greeted Lucario happily as he un-leaned from the wall.

"Why did you call me out?"

"Because I feel alone just by sleeping by myself...and also because the bed was crushed."

"But there is hardly any space left in this room by my size, how are you going to sleep? By leaning to the wall?"

"No, I have the perfect idea to sleep."

1 minute later...

"You!" Chris said sleeping above Lucario's body, below his spike.

"I'm that soft for a bed?"

"Your fur is so soft right now, perfect for me."

"Chris..."

"Yes?"

"Did he...hurt you a lot?"

"Who? Pokey?"

Sky

"IT'S PORKY!" Porky said angrily as he continued to drift off the sky of the night.

Lucario's Room

"He didn't, because my super-giant hero rescued me just in time!"

Lucario blushed a little. "I didn't acted that much, I just threw him with all my forces."

The World Traveler hugged him and Lucario's eyes widened a little. "I'm going to miss your greatness tomorrow...I was very happy when you defended me..."

"You asked me to sound extreme on him, remember?"

"And then, it sounded very menacing and heroic at the same time, protecting me as always, but in that form, you looked so awesome!"

"I was just..."

"Shh...don't speak anymore, I'm very happy to have such strong Pokémon like you..." Chris tried to not scream when Lucario's huge hands were going to hug him tightly, but when he closed and opened his eyes, the hands just stopped at the right moment that he felt warm instantly. "Wow...your hands are so soft too..."

"I do everything just to make you proud of me." Lucario said smiling.

Chris yawned and Lucario yawned, but longer as it created a small tremble. "Just...go to sleep...I want to see my normal Lucario making me proud as he does every day...without being giant...and..." Chris felt asleep and Lucario chuckled.

"Master..."

"WHAT WAS THAT?!"

"Chris!"

"...You better tell the truth...my guardian..."

Lucario chuckled again as he closed his eyes and felt asleep. "...Chris...I'll continue to protect you forever...I won't hurt you...never..."

Outside

How wrong he was, however...

CRACK!

Because he managed to roll over someone deared to him.

"...Chris? Chris? Are you there? Where are you? Chris? Do you hear me? Chris?! Chris?! CHRIS?! CHRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIS!!!!!" Lucario yelled preocupied, causing nearby windows to shatter in pieces.

The next day...

Infirmary

"YOU BETTER STAY AWAY FROM ME, YOU HEAR ME?!"

"I'M SORRY MASTER! FORGIVE ME!"

"HOW CAN I FORGIVE YOU THIS TIME?!"

"I'M SO SORRY!"

"LOOK AT MY STUPID BODY! IT'S ALL CASTED BECAUSE OF YOUR BIG, FURRY BODY!"

The Smashers ignored the discussion between Chris (who had casts all over his body, save for his head) and Lucario (back to his normal size) kneeling to him with closed eyes, looking down embarrassed, ashamed and both things combined, even Lucario was at the point to cry silently.

"Wow...this is...just...stupid..." Toon Link said.

"I KNOW, BEING ROLLED OVER BY THIS POKÉMON SOUNDS STUPID, BUT NOT FOR ME, DARN IT!" Chris said very angrily.

"Chris, you need to calm down now..." Fox said calmly.

"HOW CAN I BE CALMED IN THIS STATE YOU IDIOT?!"

"I like the new kid." Wolf said chuckling.

"Shut up." Fox said annoyed.

"Chris, Lucario is trying to apologize to you, accept his apologies." Mewtwo said calmly.

"NO CHANCE IN HELL I'M GOING TO FORGIVE HIM THIS TIME!" Chris shouted angrily before Lucario fainted in horror, knocking himself out as Pikachu, Pichu, Squirtle, Ivysaur and Jigglypuff walked around him in curiosity.

"Is he still living?" Squirtle asked poking Lucario's ear.

"Looks like it." Ivysaur said by poking the nose.

"It seems Chris can only hurt Lucario, but greatly..." Pikachu said as he leaned his ear to check Lucario's heart pulse. "...Yep, he's just knocked out."

"HE BETTER WILL! OWW!" Chris yelled in pain.

"You better stop yelling or the pain will be worse." Professor Kawashima said above a nearby desk.

"Where were you?" Nana asked.

"I'm afraid to respond right now, maybe an otherworldly force prevented me from appearing?" He asked winking.

"...So, Chris can't come with us..." Lucas said looking down.

At that moment, Etna and a sad Flonne entered and they looked at the girls.

"What's wrong with her?" Toon Link asked.

"I don't know what to do to help here, I'm very clumsy when it comes to make food and many other things...I'm only good at my training only..." Flonne said sadly, looking down at her feet.

"(At least she complimented my leaderism.)" Etna thought.

Flonne looked up to see Chris in the cast. "Oh my, what happened to you?"

Chris glared at his fainted Pokemon. "I'd better not respond..."

Flonne quickly felt happy. "Oh! I know how to help!" She called her magic baton with wings on the tip of the pole (it can also be her bow when she wants) and pointed it at Chris. "I'm going to heal your wounds!"

"W-wait! Do you know how to cure and not set me on fire?!" Chris asked sweating.

"Uh-huh! Just wait a second!" She closed her eyes and a magic ring began to shine around her baton, she was chanting a spell (using the name Prinny occasionally) and then, she opened her eyes. "HA!"

A bright explosion of light was created, and when it cleared out, Chris was shown blinking in surprise. "...The pain...the pain is gone! I can't believe it! The pain is gone!"

"I'm glad I was able to help!" Flonne said clapping her hands happily.

"Chris!" Lucario quickly woke up from his state and got up to see his trainer healed, but he stopped, looked down and backed away from him.

"Can anybody please get me out of this cast?" Chris asked.

"I'll do it." Marth said using his sword as a knife to cut through the cast and set Chris free from it.

The World Traveler sighed in relief. "Alright everybody! We have a mission, get moving!" He said clapping his hands and they began to talk among themselves as they walked away from the infirmary. Chris kept the DS in his pocket but before he could walk out, he saw Lucario trying to not cry. "Are you alright?"

"No, I hurt you...I'm not worthy to stay with you..." Lucario said looking down as he kneeled.

"Lucario, it was an accident! I was angry because of all people in the world, you were the only one who hurt me!"

"Please! Set me free! I'm not allowed to go with you anymore!" Lucario said as tears began to stroll down his cheeks while they were closed.

Chris walked towards him, kneeled and gave him a hug, which made his ears to perk up a little in surprise. "I need someone very strong to protect me in the new world."

"Ask anyone else here besides me..."

"..." Chris rubbed Lucario's head. "You're the only one here that wants to do it, please, do it for me."

"..." Lucario didn't spoke.

"...I know, I'll scratch or rub your ears or the head if you stay with me but very close, I'm going to feel lonely and I need someone like you."

Lucario smiled a little and rubbed his cheek with his trainer's cheek as he growled slowly, which made a tear to stroll down Chris's right eye, but he wiped it out.

"...Thanks..." Chris whispered to him.

Command Room

"THIS DAY COULDN'T HAVE GOTTEN BETTER!"

Final Fantasy lX
Current Status: Visiting Dali Village
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 5 of 8
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Fighting abilities (Any type of fighter will be fine to go).

"I ALWAYS WANTED TO GO THERE NOW THAT I CAN!" Chris said jumping very excited as many cheered at this.

"If you save this world, I'm going to show you a lot of new features in the shop besides jobs and stickers!" Crazy Hand said excited.

"I want to go! I want to go!" Lucas said raising his hand excited for the first time in a long time.

Chris stepped in front of all of them. "Listen up everyone, since our mission is to find and rescue the Star Spirits somewhere in this world, I'll bring Geno with me always from now on until we finish."

"Of course, you need me to locate them." Geno said nodding and walking to his side.

"I wanna go too!" Twink said flailing his...arms?

"No Twink, you will stay here."

"Geno! I want to help too!"

"It's still too risky for a little star like you, please, you must understand me."

"Aww..." Twink floated away sadly.

"Who wants to come with us?" Chris asked.

His response was kind of bad, why? The Smashers (again, most of them) began to fight for who was going to be the last standing, it was a new world, so, why not kill each other to go?... Wait, that is bad...

"...STOP!" Chris yelled, but they kept fighting and he sighed embarrassed. "Geno, please don't think bad things about us..."

"No, I must be optimistic, this is very different when I traveled with Mario, Bowser, Peach and Mallow, but it's the only way to save the Star Spirits after all..."

"Fortunately, many of them aren't too stupid like them." He pointed to Mewtwo, Meta Knight, Wolf, Lucas, Zelda, Lucario and Marth, who were various metres away from them.

"It's the only good thing about this team?"

"...Apart from being experts in fights, yes...Lucario! Link! Toon Link! Zelda! Ness! Lucas! You're coming with us!"

"Sweet!" Link, Ness and Toon Link said as they left the useless fight, and the other 3 simply walked to his side.

"Wait, you have a spot left." Master Hand pointed out.

"Then I'll choose..." Chris drawn his finger and many were jumping or either calmed to get his attention, when it was just about to stop on Fox...however... "I choose Wolf!"

Wolf, who was still leaning to the wall, opened his right eye. "What? Why do you want me to go?"

"Because," Chris got in a thinking position. "I want to find out what happened in that battle back in Kanto, Mewtwo never told me, but you must know something that he doesn't."

Wolf's eye widened a little as he glanced at Mewtwo, who did the same action an-

"Wait a second! Stop the image!" Chris said stopping the image of both characters. "See those faces they're making? I know those kind of faces, they're the faces of "something very embarrassing happened that we don't want anyone else to find out" faces!" The time starts to run again.

Wolf groaned a little and walked to his side.

"Of all people, you chose him..." Fox said frowning.

"I'll choose you in the next time." Chris said.

"That's not what I mea-"

"OPEN THE PORTAL!" Chris quickly yelled as he opened the portal. "Geno, you need to walk towards th-" Geno already left when he noticed. "...Nevermind, let's go..."

The team walked inside and the portal vanished.

Roy sighed disappointed. "Now that they're enjoying that new world, what are we going to do? I'm a little hungry so..."

"Dood." A Prinny appeared with a hamburger for Roy.

"...Thanks!" Roy took the hamburger and began to eat it.

"Hmm...I want lemonade..." Popo said grogily and a Prinny came in and gave him a lemonade. "Sweet lemon!" He cheered drinking it.

"Oh, now we know what can we do while they're getting their butts kicked around..." Nana said evily. "Prinnies! I want an Omelet! Chop chop!" A Prinny came in a delivered an Omelet to Nana.

"(These guys aren't not bad at all...heheheheh...)"

"Etna, is bad to think out loud..." Flonne said.

"What the...I didn't!" Etna said surprised.

Final Fantasy lX

Outskirts of Dali Village

"Man..." A boy with a blue and green vest yawned bored, the boy was young, although he had a monkey tail.

"What is it Zidane?" Another young kid asked, he was dressed like a small black mage, he had a pointy but bended mage hat, and his face was all dark except for his yellow eyes that blinked sometimes.

"Well, remember that we need to take Garnet to Lindblum?"

"INCREDIBLY stupid!" Another boy wearing heavy armor said angrily. "It is my duty to guard the princess with my life from scoudrels like you, thief!"

"Rusty, do us a favor and shut up, Garnet is interested to reach Lindblum, right?"

A beautiful young girl was walking besides the other 3, she was thinking about Alexandria, the kingdom where she lived, until she was kidnapped by order of Cid, king of Lindblum, although she accepted the idea to reach Lindblum, she had so many things in her mind, why did her mother, Queen Brahne, attacked her when she fled in the Tantalus? Did she hated Garnet in a sudden twist of events?

"...What?" Garnet asked confused.

"Hello? Return to Lindblum to get you safe from Queen Brahne?" Zidane asked sarcastically.

"...Right..."

"Garnet, it's something wrong?" The black mage asked.

"...No...I'm fine...thank you for worrying about me Vivi."

"...Uh-huh..." Vivi, the black mage, nodded unsure.

"Princess! We must return to the castle at once right this instant before this imbecile drags us farther away from the kingdom!" "Rusty" ordered.

"Steiner, I-I think you should let Garnet decide by herself..."

Rusty, or his real name Steiner, suddenly change of moods when Vivi spoke, he respected the black mage a lot that he called him... "Master Vivi, I know she can decided when she wants, but I'm just suggesting..."

"Geez, what a loser you are." Zidane said folding his arms.

"DARE TO REPEAT THAT AGAIN?!"

"Steiner! Stop!" Garnet ordered.

"P-Princess Garnet!"

"Right now, I want to reach Lindblum and see my uncle Cid, he must know something about my mother's behavior...I'm sorry Steiner, but I need to do this..."

"What if Queen Brahne thinks about us as thieves too? What about my rank as Captain of the Knights of Pluto?!"

"You mean Captain of the Knights of Retards." Zidane said laughing a little.

"WHAT?!"

"S-stop!" Vivi yelled and they looked at him surprised. "P-please...I just want to find a village to sleep...I'm very exhausted after crossing the Ice Cavern..."

"...Vivi is right, and Steiner, you must address me as Dagger, understand?"

"Preposterous! Such filthy name comes from a-"

"Bandit." Zidane and Vivi said in unison, half bored because Steiner has been saying that word way too much since they departed from the Evil Forest.

"Hey, I see smoke!" Zidane said as Garnet walked faster, when she stopped, they have reached the small and peaceful village, Dali.

Dali Village

"Finally! A place to rest!" Zidane said making a fist.

"Hmm..." Vivi looked around.

Steiner sighed quickly. "W-well, I need to maintain the princess's health perfect, so, a little rest cannot hurt right now...JUST THIS TIME."

"(I'm glad he understood.)" Garnet thought. "Zidane, I have heard of some places to sleep in...what were they called?"

"Inn!" Zidane said opening the door to the nearby Inn close to them. "Girls first..." He said opening the door wider to let Garnet enter first.

Inn

Unfortunately, there were 2 persons taking the room right now...although they were familiar...

"Kupo!" A nearby moogle laughed when one of the persons, Toon Link, touched his pom-pom.

"So, this thing is attached to your head?" Toon Link asked.

"Of course, it's the main feature of a moogle, kupo!" The moogle responded happily.

If you were wondering who was the other person, it was Chris, who gasped when he saw the quartet entering.

"(Okay, here they are, now, try to act nice or do something to get them to like me.) Hello there!" Chris greeted them.

"Do I know you?" Zidane asked, getting in a thinking position.

"...Nope, but I was waiting for you."

"Reeeally?"

"...Yep...in fact, I was already reserving the room for you!" He looked at the clerk sleeping in the desk. "WAKE UP!"

"Whuzzat?!" The clerk woke up and looked at the clients. "...Oh...sorry about that...(Huh? Isn't she...)" He thought when he saw Garnet looking at him.

"...It is something wrong sir?" Garnet asked confused.

"...No..."

"Hey, I want to rent the room for the 6 of us, there are also 7 others in the village too." Chris said.

"...Oh? Right...here...the key..." The clerk handed the key to Chris and the World Traveler took it and gave it to Zidane.

"I don't know who are you...but thanks for paying for us." Zidane said doing a handshake.

"(Great, more strangers.)" Steiner thought, huffing.

"By the way, what's your name? My name is Zidane."

"M-my name is Chris, nice to meet you!"

"Hey guys."

"DON'T ADDRESS THE PRI-" Garnet kicked quickly his foot. "AUGH!"

"Hey guys, I want you to meet Chris, he payed the room for us, the boy with the dark face over there," Zidane pointed to Vivi, who was talking with the moogle and Toon Link. "Is Vivi and this girl is Dagger."

"Hey." Steiner muttered to himself after realising that Zidane didn't mentioned him.

"It is an honor to meet you." Garnet said bowing a little.

That's when Zidane frowned at this. "(Oh no, I forgot she comes from the royalty...)"

However, Chris didn't cared at all. "Nice to meet you too."

"Don't worry, I'll introduce you to him." Zidane said pointing at Steiner, who tried to smile a little.

"Greetings sir, I a-" Steiner was interrupted.

"The guy with the silly armor is Rusty." Zidane finished grinning a little.

"YOU BASTARD!" Steiner said turning red of anger.

"Don't mind him, he gets angry so easily."

"GRR!" Steiner crossed his arms a looked away.

Toon Link and Vivi walked to them. "I forgot to introduce my friend here, his name is Link." Chris said introducing Toon Link.

"Hi." Toon Link said opening his right hand at them.

"...Huh? You use a sword and a shield?" Steiner asked interested.

"Right, I like to fight using this sword." Toon Link said, unsheathing the Master Sword which Steiner examined closely.

"...I have never seen such material before...it looks very valuable from first sight..."

Toon Link sheated it. "Heh, thanks."

"Hmm, this may be the start of a long but wonderful friendship..." Steiner said a little excited.

"See? He gets sometimes cheesy too." Zidane said.

"...I will deal with you later...monkey..." Steiner muttered.

"Hey, you said you have 7 other friends in the village?" Zidane asked a little interested.

"Of course! All of them are excellent fighters as me!"

"...A bard?"

Chris was still using the Musician job, and he noticed he was holding his harp. "...Well...you'll see later..."

"...Right!" Zidane said laughing. "So, let's see our room!"

"...Wait, you're inviting us to the room too?"

"After all, you payed for it, c'mon!"

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner and Vivi temporaly joined your team!

It's not important to point out in what part of the inn were they, let's say they were in the only room of the whole inn.

"...Chris..." Toon Link trailed off.

"Yes?" Chris asked.

"There are only 4 beds, and we are 13!"

Preview of the next chapter

"This sector is clear!" Steiner said wiping dust from the table.

"Can somebody here shut him up? I'm trying to enjoy my drink!" Wolf said annoyed.

...

"Do you know how to act like a commoner?" Garnet asked.

"I've been living in my own kingdom for so long that I didn't noted that." Zelda said shaking slowly her head.

...

"Vivi! Thanks goodness you're okay!" Lucas said.

"I-I don't like this place..." Vivi said trembling a little.

...

"This is so strange..." Chris muttered.

"What is it?" Lucario asked.

"We skipped the part where we should be fighting against Black Waltz 2 now that we are in the airship...but then...that means..." The airship began to shook violently. "BLACK WALTZ 2 AND 3 ARE ATTACKING TOGETHER!"

...

"Next time: The 2nd part and evil, sinister black mages!" Geno said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Dali Village
Chris, Lucario
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Twink, Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: makuta on September 22, 2008, 07:20:17 PM
Nice reference to Snake there.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 24, 2008, 08:37:44 PM
Chapter 78: The 2nd part and evil, sinister black mages!

A moogle walks in and looks at the readers. "Kupo-po! Okay! Let's start where we left last time!" He takes out a big book by flipping in the air and searches through it.

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link
Dali Village
04:17:38


"There! This is the saved file, kupo!" The moogle said as the screen blackens...

Dali Village
Inn

Chris and Toon Link were watching as Zidane and Steiner argued against the other. "I know I screwed up in Evil Forest. But there's no doubt in my mind now. I'll protect Dagger with my life!" Zidane said angrily.

"Don't be ridiculous! It is I who protect the princess, now and forever!" Steiner argued back.

"Guys, guys, please, stop arguing!" Toon Link said.

However, they didn't cared and kept arguing. "Then tell me. How do you intend to take her back to the castle?" Zidane asked in a serious tone.

"I-I will think of a way..." Steiner said in shame, before they heard someone snoozing close to them, it was Vivi, who fell asleep in peace on one of the beds.

"Zzz... Zzz..." Vivi was sleeping.

"Master Vivi..."

"I guess he can make everyone here decide in a second." Chris said before jumping a little. "Oh! I almost forgot! I need to call everyone here!"

Zidane looked at him. "Your friends you mean?"

"Of course, but first, I need to call him." He said running outside.

"W-wait up!" Zidane said leaving.

Garnet sighed as she layed down on her bed. "This is not like the bed in the castle...but at least it is soft."

Steiner looked away frowning. "(WHAT DID I DO TO DESERVE THIS HUMILIATION?!)" He thought with toon tears strolling down his eyes.

"...Steiner, are you alright?" Toon Link asked.

"What? Um...yes! Do not worry about me!"

Outside

Lucas was in front of the inn and Chris and Zidane got out. "Chris..."

"Zidane, he is Lucas, one of my friends." Chris introduced Lucas.

"Hi there." Zidane said.

"(...H-he has a tail?) O-oh! Yes, I was going to tell you something, the others are going to look the village for a little more time and Geno sent me to tell you this." Lucas thought and said.

"Can you tell them to go return to the inn to sleep?" Chris asked.

"...But it's very early to be sleeping..."

"Don't mind us, we're just exhausted from getting through the Ice Cavern." Zidane said.

"...I see, okay, I'll go and tell the others about this, but I don't think they will sleep in the inn." Lucas said nodding before running off.

"That kid looked nervous about something."

Chris looked at his tail. "...I know why...that reminds me, LUCARIO! Come over here please!"

"Lucario? Who's that?"

"GUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!!"

Zidane's mouth opened in surprise and looked around. "W-what was that yell?!"

"Look! something is coming from afar!" Chris said pointing outside the village, because there was a big trail of dust coming straight to the village at high speed from far away.

"A monster?! But they don't attack villages like this one!" Zidane said as he took out his twin blades. "...Hey! You're in its way! Get out!" He motioned to the right, but Chris kept his position as the fast unknown monster was getting closer and closer, approaching at high speed. "HA!" Zidane jumped in front of Chris to prepare a slash on the monster, when the monster was at 1 meter away from Zidane, however, it jumped and leaped towards Chris, who rolled with it on the ground as Zidane coughed for the dust before he made a confused face after seeing the "monster."

...The monster was a very happy Lucario, who was hugging his trainer tightly while he licked his face in happiness for seeing him again.

"HAHAHAHA! LUCARIO! THAT WAS INCREDIBLE! HAHAHAHAHAHA!" Chris laughed as Lucario continued to lick his face.

"...Okay, I'm so confused right now..." Zidane said scratching his head.

Lucario stopped licking Chris's face and he helped him to get up. "Zidane, I want you to meet my best friend and guardian, Lucario, the Aura Pokémon."

"It's a pleasure to meet you." Lucario said bowing a little his head.

"...H-he talked!" Zidane said surprised.

"Of course he can talk!" Chris said rubbing Lucario's head a little, that made him to growl happily.

"W-why do you treat him like that?"

"I like whatever way he shows me his appreciation to me." Lucario said as Chris stopped.

"...Hmm...interesting I guess...does he knows how to fight?"

"He has brute force and great speed." Chris said.

"Really?"

"Lucario, destroy the ground."

Lucario nodded before he raised his right fist a little and smashed it quickly at the ground, creating a small tremble around the village and Zidane sweatdropped after he saw the big crack the Aura Pokémon made, he could have even sworn Lucario grinned a little at him when Chris wasn't looking. "Done." Lucario said as he stood up.

"Now you see?" Chris asked.

"...W-whoa...I better not make him angry at me or I'll regret it." Zidane said, wiping out the sweat from his forehead.

"That's my Lucario!" Chris said, rubbing his cheek with Lucario's who pressed his left hand on Chris's left cheek to push him a little closer to him as he growled.

"...S-so, are we going to sleep now?"

They stopped. "Hmm...I think so..."

Inn

It was still the morning and Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Toon Link, Chris and Lucario  were sleeping. But Zidane (who gave his bed to Toon Link) and Steiner (who gave his bed to Garnet) decided to sleep on the floor (which made them to sneeze from time to time).

Chris glanced at Lucario, who was just various inches away from him, the Aura Pokémon looked a little depressed, probably because of the accident he made back in the mansion. "(...Lucario...wait...I know how to make him happy, I'll pretend to be having a nightmare to get his attention...) Hm...ugh...hm..." Chris muttered trying to sound scared, pretending to be sleeping which got the attention of his Pokémon.

"...Master?" Lucario asked worried (ignoring the sudden vein that popped out from Chris's forehead), he blinked and stared in curiosity at all the murmurs Chris was doing, then, he pulled Chris close to his chest to lean his head to it, and the World Traveler stopped murmuring as a small smile spreaded on his face.

"...Lucario...good job in beating that...huge monster..." Chris muttered silently.

"Master..." Lucario said smiling a little, licking Chris's forehead to make him to chuckle a little as he fell asleep together with him.

1 hour later...

Zidane was able to hear something...it was someone singing a lullaby or something, the voice was very beautiful and he looked around grogily for the source. "What a...beautiful voice... Who's singing...? I've never heard a song like that before... Was that Dagger singing?" He looked around to find himself in the room. "Oh, everyone's up already. I wonder where they went?"

ACTIVE TIME EVENT

Vivi, confused


Outside

2 kids ran away from Vivi, who tilted his head in confusion, when they saw him, did they thought about how he looked that they got scared?

"Did they...were scared of me?... AHH!"

"Ow!"

Vivi stumbled into a blond kid and he got up, dusting off his baggy pants. "I-I'm sorry! I wasn't looking so I-"

"AAAAHHH!" The blond kid was Lucas, who hid behind Geno and Ness after he saw Vivi's face.

"I-I didn't meant to scare you either! Please, forgive me!"

"Hmm..." Ness tilted his head a little amused after seeing Vivi. "...You don't seem to be a bad person..."

"O-Of course not! I'm just a normal boy like you 2 and...him." Vivi said pointing at Geno.

"Sorry for being rude, but Lucas just got surprised, that's all." Geno said as Lucas peered from his back.

"...If you excuse me, I wanna go to see the windmill over there..."

"Wait!" Ness stopped Vivi by touching his shoulder. "We were going to the windmill too, why don't we go together?"

"Y-you're not scared of me?"

"No!"

"Lucas owes you an apology too." Geno said as Lucas waved shyly at him.

"H-hi..." Lucas said.

"H-hello..." Vivi said shyly.

"I-I'm sorry for what happened just now..."

"I-I thought you were going to run away from me..."

"..." Nobody spoke for a moment.

"I-I can't believe we have so much in common!" Lucas said surprised.

"M-me too!"

"What a fast way to make friends." Geno remarked.

"And don't forget we are his friends too." Ness said as the quartet walked towards the windmill, talking among themselves.

Garnet tries

We now see Garnet, who had her hands joined together and close to her chest, probably because she was the one singing. "...This melody always manages to calm myself in these moments...mother..." She muttered to herself as the wind touched gently her face.

"That was the most beautiful voice I have ever heard before."

Garnet gasped a little as she turned around to find Chris, Lucario, Link, Zelda and Toon Link walking towards her, Zelda was the one who talked since she was ahead of them. "...It was beautiful?"

"Yes, it did, I think so as Zelda thinks." Lucario said nodding.

"...Are they your friends?" Garnet asked to Chris, who nodded.

After introducing Link and Zelda...

"You are also a princess?"

"Yes, I have my own kingdom far away from this land." Zelda said.

"...But...did you ran away from your home as I did?"

"...No, I decided to take a journey around the vast lands to meet new people, Link also comes from the same kingdom."

"...How facinating...I have been running away from my home because I want to find out something about my mother, ever sinc-...I am sorry, but I cannot tell you more about my personal problems."

"No, it is alright for me, it is not my business to get into people's personal matters."

Toon Link approached to Link. "Hey, does she talks like this? I mean, like the royalty?"

"Only sometimes, but she doesn't know that much how to talk like us." Link whispered to him.

"Dagger, were you going to somewhere?" Chris asked.

"...Yes...I was going to that little plant maze from over there." Garnet said pointing at a small field for growing crops.

"...That's a small field for growing crops actually..." Toon Link said sweatdropping as Garnet wondered what was a crop.

Queen Brahne's Steiner

Pub

The dutiful daughter Slai had such a weird day this morning, first, a very menacing-looking man (Wolf) came in to order a drink bluntly, she was staring at him in curiosity before he asked "What are you looking at? It's my drink ready?" and she hurried to get his drink, and the grey vulpine grunted at her as he sat down on a table, second, a guy "in a silly armor" (Steiner) as she thought came in later and offered to give her a hand in the bar like cleaning and such.

"T-thanks for checking the firewood, sir..." Slai said shyly.

"This sector is clear!" Steiner said wiping dust from the table.

"Can somebody here shut him up? I'm trying to enjoy my drink!" Wolf said annoyed.

"Excuse me sir? Do you want me to clean your table as well?" Steiner asked.

"No! Just stop!" Wolf said annoyed, making a disgusted face as he scratched his left ear. "It's not how do you clean this dump, is that annoying, noisy sound of your steel can that is bothering me!"

"DO NOT DARE TO DISRESPECT MY ARMOR! It is the best armor in Alexandria there is!"

"..U-um...excuse me..." Slai called shyly and they looked at her. "It's my job to clean the bar. Why are you doing all this?"

Steiner walked towards her, ignoring Wolf's snarl at him as the grey vulpine continued to drink. "S-Sorry. Well, now that you have time, would you introduce me to some adults, like your father?"

"My father won't be back until nightfall. All the other men are also working. They don't come here during the day."

"Pubs are supposed to be a prime source of information..."

"And a place to stay quiet and let other persons to enjoy their time, idiot!" Wolf shouted from his table, hearing the conversation between the 2.

"Shut up, you swine!"

Wolf slammed his fist in the table with force. "WHAT DID YOU SAID TO ME?!"

"Ahem! I need not ask an adult. Let me ask you a question! I need to know what transportation method people use in this village. I cannot tell you the reason, but there is someone I must escort to the castle." Steiner asked to Slai, ignoring Wolf again as Wolf snarled at him again.

"Are you from Alexandria Castle?" Slai asked.

"Indeed! I command the queen's Knights of Pluto! I am Adelbert Steiner, Captain of the Knights of Pluto!"

"And yet, you're here instead of being there..." Wolf said chuckling, taunting Steiner who kept looking at Slai, but with a vein on his face.

That's when Chris and Lucario came in and looked at Wolf. "Oh, here you are." Chris said.

"Hmph."

"Knights of Pluto...? Oh. Well, if you're from the castle, I guess it's okay to tell you... Please go to the observatory on top of a mountain on the outskirts of the village. An old man named Morrid lives there. He takes care of the cargo ship." Slai said shyly to Steiner.

"Cargo ship!? So, that piece of junk flies to this village! Thank you!" Steiner said, turned around and found Chris and Lucario sitting on the other side of Wolf's table. "What are you 2 doing here?"

"We were looking for Wolf, Dagger and my other friends are looking the village." Chris said.

"...Wait a minute...so this shady man, "Wolf," is your friend?!"

Wolf glared at him. "Who said I was his friend? I'm just following orders from a floating hand!"

"I KNEW YOU STRANGERS WERE NOT SOMEONE TO TRUST! You are all thieves!"

"T-that's not true! Just because Wolf looks like one it doesn't mean we are too!"

"Lies! All lies!" Steiner yelled before sprinting off the pub.

"W-wait!" Slai said holding her hand in front of her. "...I forgot to thank him for cleaning the pub..."

"I MUST MAKE HASTE!" Steiner's voice was heard.

"...By far, I think he is the most crazy person we have ever met." Lucario said frowning.

"...I think that too...Wolf, what are you going to do now?" Chris asked.

"Stay here in solitude, without anyone bothering me while I'm drinking." Wolf said as he drank. "...That means NOBODY."

Lucario grunted at him. "Lucario, let's go, let's just leave him alone for a moment." Chris said as he walked towards the exit with Lucario.

"...Stupid kid." Wolf said bluntly.

"E-excuse me sir..." Slai asked from the counter.

"What?"

"T-that kind person forgot to pay a drink he bought without paying..."

"And you want me to pay for him?"

"W-well...you 2 looked like companions so..."

"...That's it, next time I see him he is going down...BUT TO HELL!" Wolf yelled loudly at the last part, making Slai to jump scared.

END OF ACTIVE TIME EVENTS

Outside

"VIVI! VIVI!"

"Huh? Lucas?" Chris asked confused when he saw Lucas yelling Vivi's name.

"Chris! Have you seen a boy with a black face and yellow eyes around here?"

"You mean Vivi?"

"You know him too? Me, Ness and Geno met him a while ago and we decided to see the windmill together, when Zidane came and when he left..."

Flashback

"I'll see you back at the inn!" Zidane said as he ran away, waving at them.

"Okay!" Vivi said cheerfully.

"You know Vivi," Ness started. "You sound a little more happier than before..."

"...Oh, w-well, it's because I met you 3 and other friends a while ago, I've never had many friends before...I'm so happy for that because most people either ignored me or ran away scared."

Lucas got a little worried. "S-sorry for hearing that..."

"No! It's okay though! I'm happy to have friends at last!"

Geno kept his position and they looked at him. "...Geno, are you still hearing the sounds of the Chocobos?" Ness asked, when Zidane was with them, they have been hearing the sound of a Chocobo nearby the windmill, Ness remembered how a Chocobo looked like when he was in the Space Colony ARK, Zidane even told Lucas and Geno about the big yellow bird.

"Huh?... Yes, it's weird to hear its sounds in this place, doesn't it?" Geno asked.

They looked around. "What are Chocobos..." Vivi wondered, before something happened to him.

"Well, Zidane told us they were big birds that lives in the wild and...Vivi?" Lucas looked around to see where Vivi was. "Vivi?"

"Where did he went?" Ness asked looking around.

"He was here just a moment ago...and I doubt he got far away from here in such little time." Geno said wondering.

"Should we search for him?"

"Y-yes! Let's do that!" Lucas said nodding, preocupied for Vivi.

"I MUST MAKE HASTE!" Steiner ran in front of the group at high speed, going outside the village towards the observatory outside.

"...Who was that guy in the silly, noisy armor?" Ness asked confused before they ran to different ways and began to search for the black mage.

"VIVI! VIVI!"

"Huh? Lucas?" Chris asked confused when he saw Lucas yelling Vivi's name.

"Chris! Have you seen a boy with a black face and-

"Lucas! You're going too far already! Stop!"

End of flashback

"...Sorry..." Lucas said embarrassed. "The point is...we are searching for Geno around the village to see what happened to him..."

"(Good, I forgot what happened at this point in the game.)" Chris thought. "Lucas, continue to search for him, meanwhile, I'm going to see where is Zidane to ask for his help."

"T-thank you! Vivi is very shy and nervous...and I'm like him too, I just...don't want anything bad to happen to him, that's all."

"Don't worry, he is probably somewhere around the village."

And Lucas ran away to search for the black mage as the duo watched him getting away. "Why didn't you ask me to use my aura to locate Vivi?" Lucario asked confused.

"...Oh, darn it!... Well...don't use it."

"Why?"

"Because I think it's for the best to find the others first before we search for Vivi."

"...Whatever you say."

"We have to find Zidane, let's go!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on September 25, 2008, 08:14:55 PM
As much as I like the chapter, I don't get why you chose that particular Final Fantasy.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 25, 2008, 08:49:37 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on September 25, 2008, 08:14:55 PM
As much as I like the chapter, I don't get why you chose that particular Final Fantasy.
You see, people at FanFiction liked the idea, so I decided to write an arc of FF9, don't worry, I'll give it a chance to FF8 and the lower ones.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 26, 2008, 05:25:46 PM
Garnet Tries Harder

We see now Link, Toon Link, Zelda and Garnet about to enter the only shop from the village, previously, when Garnet went to the "little plant maze," she tried to be like a villager to not raise suspicions about her being Princess Garnet Till Alexandros, the royal princess of Alexandria.

That rank in the royalty made Zelda to give her a hand, the princess of Hyrule was happy to find a real princess like her (Peach didn't counted so much when she was in the mansion...oddly enough, she acted royalty only in her kingdom).

"Do you know how to act like a commoner?" Garnet asked.

"I've been living in my own kingdom for so long that I didn't noted that." Zelda said shaking slowly her head.

"Yeah," Toon Link began. "I mean, when that old woman threw that weird thing, Oglop to you, you were supposed to jump scared and you only stared at it in your palm."

"Then she screamed after 5 seconds." Link added.

"Why don't you ask Link how to act like one? He has been living in a village." Zelda said.

"I think it's the best way..."

"First, what do I need to do?"

Several minutes later...

Shop

Garnet was entering the shop by herself and the girl in the counter, Eve, stared at her. "(I must speak with this girl and learn how common folk talk...let us see...what did Link told me to do?)" Garnet thought.

"Welcome!" Eve said happily.

"Um, yes, can we talk for a bit?"

"Talk?" Eve repeated confused.

"(Now, is my chance.) So, how have you been?"

Meanwhile, the other 3 were peering from the door behind her and Toon Link smacked his forehead. "Link! That was stupid to ask that to somebody she doesn't knows!"

"Well, she wanted something quick, so why not?" Link asked.

"Excuse me?" Eve asked confused. "Have we seen somewhere before?"

Garnet gasped in her mind. "(Oh no, did I do something wrong? Was my way to talk weird that it raised suspicions?) I...just wanted to examine this place..."

"I don't think "examine" is the appropiate word right now." Zelda whispered.

"...Um...well...have a look around?" Eve asked very confused.

Garnet bowed her head. "God, did she screwed it all up..." Toon Link whispered embarrassed.

"Shh! Don't get to quick conclusions yet!" Link whispered angrily as they returned to see her talking with Eve.

"Thank you so much for you consideration." Garnet said.

"Shh! Dagger!" Toon Link whispered from behind her.

"What is it?" Garnet asked turning her back to Eve.

"Why don't you say something shorter than that? You don't need to add "for your consideration" now, it's not necessary!"

"T-then what should I ask for?"

"Just say thanks!"

"I-I understand..."

"It's "okay!"

"O-okay!" Garnet said sweating as she turned to Eve. "I-I mean, thanks!"

"...You're welcome?" Eve said tilting her head, still confused as Garnet sighed in relief.

"...We're not too good in teaching her well..." Toon Link said sweatdropping.

"If only someone else could give her some pointers..." Link said wondering, in that moment, a kid ran close to them and stopped in front of the counter, panting a little.

"Eve!!!" The kid named Yacha yelled.

"Yacha! Can't you see I'm with a customer?" Eve asked embarrassed, glancing at Garnet.

"But I just heard something awesome!"

"(Awesome? What is "awesome?")" Garnet asked in her mind.

"Can't you see I'm working?" Eve asked while she still stared at Garnet.

"Um, please... I mean, don't mind me." Garnet said shaking her head.

"Shh! Dagger! Try to hear their conversation to talk like them!" Link whispered from behind her.

"...Oh, I know! "(Here's a chance to listen in on some conversation...at last, an example.)" Garnet said relieved.

"Thanks, lady!" Yacha said happily. "I was gonna say..."

Then Eve and Yacha began to talk between each other as Garnet looked to another way, but kept hearing the conversation as the trio smiled to each other.

Near the Cargo Ship's landing place

Unfortunately for the World Traveler, he got really clueless about where to look for the others, that he gave up very quickly and decided to go alone near the village, in the landing place for the Cargo Ship, of course, Lucario followed him as they sat next to each other in the grass.

"...Isn't this too peaceful for you, Lucario?" Chris asked.

"It is, it reminds me of our home." Lucario said with a small smile as the gentle wind touched their faces.

"I miss my home as you do too...but...I'm so happy to be in a place like this."

"No matter where we are, it's very enjoyable my time when I'm with you."

"Thank you Lucario, that was very nice of you."

"And will always be."

Both of them sighed in unison and chuckled to each other as Chris took a deep breath.

"Are you tired?" Lucario asked.

"I think so...remember? I always do this whenever we stay for too long without doing anything..." He looked to Lucario, who was looking away. "...Are you okay?"

"What?... Yes... I'm fine..."

Chris knew Lucario very well, the tone of his voice sounded a little depressed.

"...Hmm..." Chris rested his head on Lucario's lap and the Aura Pokémon looked down at him.

"What are you doing?" Lucario asked with curiosity.

"Isn't obvious? I'm trying to enjoy my time with you...speaking of which...can you do me a favor?"

"Anything."

"I want to have a nap right now and I was wondering if you...could...rub my head a little to fall asleep faster?"

Without hesitation, Lucario did Chris's favor by slowly rubbing his head and Chris smiled a little at him. "Now try to sleep, I will keep you safe."

"...Thank you..." Chris whispered as he fell asleep on Lucario's lap. The Aura Pokémon was happy instead of being depressed for serving his trainer as he looked to the distant clouds floating away in the sky.

Lucario closed his eyes as he continued to look up. "(I like these moments so much...thank you Master...)" He thought while he looked down to Chris, who was sleeping peacefully.

Shop

"Zidane?!" Garnet gasped when Zidane was looking over her shoulder for a while when she was looking at the merchandise.

Zidane looked at the exit spotted the trio. "Hey, why don't you come here? It's bad to eavesdrop."

"Zidane, do not think wrong about them, they are Chris's friends."

"There you go again, speaking like if you were in t-" Toon Link gasped and shut his mouth.

"Hey! Don't dare to say the last part!" Link said walking to them.

Zidane pushed Toon Link away from him. "Geez! Sorry, I think I got carried away..."

"Hmm..." Garnet looked away.

"Dagger? Why is your face all red?"

"I-I'm fine..."

Zidane snapped his fingers. "I know! You changed the way you talk!..." He remained silent for a moment. "You still sound funny though..."

Garnet stammered a little. "I just started! I'll master it soon enough!"

"Yeah, sure." Zidane said trying to annoy her a little.

"...Zidane...I was wondering something..."

"You love him!" Toon Link said all of a sudden and both turned red of embarrassment.

"What?! N-no! I am not in love with him!"

"S-she's not my type of girl either!" Zidane said embarrassed.

"Hey!"

"A-HA!" Toon Link said triumphaly.

"I'M SAYING THE TRUTH!" Both protested in unison.

"Um..." Eve called from the desk, blushing a little. "Could you 2...please...stop shouting? You're going to scare my customers..."

"Sorry..." Zidane apologized.

"It happened so quickly..." Garnet said. "...What I was trying to wonder...was if I did fine in the play."

Zidane quickly shook his head to return his face to his normal color. "Yeah! You sure know how to fake it!"

"Dagger made a play?" Zelda asked interested.

"Fake!?" Garnet's right eye twitched a little. "How insensitive! I love Lord Avon's plays. I've seen all of them. 'I Want to Be Your Canary' is one of my favorites. I even have all the lines memorized! I shall...I'll learn soon enough."

"But what was someone like you doing in a play?" Link asked.

Garnet looked at Eve, who was staring at them. "I...think we should return to the inn for now...I don't want to talk here..."

Zidane walked to the exit. "I'm going in first."

The trio walked to the exit. "Alrighty, I'll catch you later."

"That's! That's how you do it!" Toon Link said, until she bowed to Eve, however... "...Okay...we need to work in that..."

Inn

"No way! You saved a kingdom?!" Zidane asked surprised, some time in the inn was enough for Link and Zidane to get along well, even he met Zelda and Toon Link.

"Interesting, I'd like to read that book someday if you lend it to me." Zelda said to Garnet.

Zidane kept an eye on Garnet to see if she could talk like a commoner. "You'll like, the story is a great...um...hit in all Alexandria, the characters are so alive and the plot is very good too." Zidane winked and gave a thumbs-up when he returned to talk with both Links.

Then, Geno came in and found the 5 talking with each other. "Oh, you're here."

"Geno, it's something wrong?" Toon Link asked.

"Yes, as a matter of fact, we can't find Vivi anywhere."

Zidane jumped out from the bed. "Wait, you know Vivi?" Geno nodded. "Now that I remember...I didn't saw Vivi on my way here near the windmill..."

"I'm worried about Vivi, can we search for him?" Garnet asked.

"Dagger..."

"I-I mean...can we look for him?"

"That's better, hey guys, could you help us find Vivi?"

Link nodded. "Okay, I'll lend you a hand."

"I-I'll go too!" Toon Link said hopping from his bed.

"Maybe I should go as well." Zelda said as she stood up.

"Thanks guys." Zidane said as they ran outside.

Outside

Ness and Lucas reunited with the group. "Link! We haven't found Vivi yet!" Ness said to Toon Link.

"Wait a minute..." Zidane said as he glanced at the windmill. "Last time I saw Vivi he was here..." He got closer to the windmill.

Geno went with him. "Well, this is the first place where he disappeared."

"What were you 3 doing then?"

"Looking to another way..." Ness responded embarrassed.

"And I was looking to this hole..." Lucas said, pointing to a hole in the ground. "There were some "kweh" sounds coming from it."

"That's the sound Chocobos make, didn't I told you that before?"

"What sound?" Link asked.

"Shh, stay silent for a moment and you'll find out..."

The 8 remained silent as they looked around...then...someone was sniffing close to them...

"Is somebody crying?" Zidane asked.

Ness looked at Lucas quickly. "H-hey! I'm not crying!" Lucas said angrily.

There were more sniffs, then, Zidane looks at the ground and to the pipe that Lucas mentioned. "It's coming from the hole... Vivi?"

"Please, there's no way Vivi could have disappeared in there, just look! The hole it's at the size of our feet!" Ness said.

"...Zidane?"

Their eyes widened in unison and they looked at the pipe in curiosity. "Vivi!" Zidane and Lucas shouted surprised.

"Vivi! Where are you? Are you underground? Can you move?" Zidane asked.

"Calm down Zidane! You're asking many questions!" Link said patting Zidane's left shoulder.

"...They told me to stay here..." Vivi said sniffing a little.

"They? Who are they?" Garnet asked.

"Did they hurt you?" Geno asked.

"...No...I'm fine...for now..." Vivi said studdering in fear.

"We're going to find a way underground, stay there and don't move! You hear me?" Zidane asked.

"...Okay...but hurry up..."

"Vivi..." Lucas said worried.

"We'll get him out, I promise," Zidane said as he looked around. "What's going on in this village...? There's gotta be a way into the underground somewhere. Let's look for one."

"You know...there is something weird here, I mean, I haven't seen an adult while we were here." Toon Link wondered.

"And there are only girls attending the shop and pub." Ness pointed out.

"We shouldn't waste any more time, let's look around for Vivi." Garnet suggested and they nodded.

"Our first place is the windmill!" Zidane said, kicking the door to enter the windmill.

"W-wait! It's rude to enter to a building without knocking first!" Lucas said.

"Nah, I've been doing this before and the people inside don't do anything, plus, anything I find on the bed or the floor is mine to take and they don't say anything, weird, isn't?"

"...Ness..."

"I know...that stupid cliché book was right..." Ness said sweatdropping as they entered the windmill to examine it.

Near the Cargo Ship's landing place

The World Traveler was still sleeping on Lucario's lap, the Aura Pokémon hasn't stopped from rubbing Chris's head either.

Lucario sighed. "How I like these moments..."

"p***y..."

"Grrr..." Lucario turned his head to find Wolf staring down at him.

"Hey, I'm not here to start a fight or something."

"Then go away, leave us alone."

Wolf rolled his right eye and sat various meters away from them. "...You 2 do this a lot or something?"

"Go ahead and laugh, I don't care what other people think about us."

Wolf chuckled a little. "Heh, sorry, but it's not like me to not laugh at others...maybe my stance at the mansion made me a little different."

"..." Lucario kept staring at him.

After a moment, Wolf folded his arms and layed down on the grass. "...What? I have something on my face?"

"No...it's just...you're being a little kind right now..."

"...Say that again and I'll kill you 2 someday."

"You won't."

"Watch me."

"Then how will I know when you kill me?"

"..." Wolf chuckled a little. "Maybe my only alternative to live with all of you wasn't so bad after all..."

"You didn't wanted to stay with us before if I can remember."

"It's because..."

"Fox and Falco?"

"Yeah, because of them, just by seeing their faces, it boils my blood with rage...it disturbs me so much."

"Then why did you decide to live with us?"

"Because I didn't had any other choice left, mostly because to find my way back to Corneria and reunite with Leon and Panther, those 2 are complete idiots without someone telling them what to do."

"...Hm...I don't think that's all..."

"...I told you everything, don't try to find another reason or else..."

"Nobody can lie to me, I can read people's mind to find out if they're saying the truth or not, but you hold another reaso-"

"Fine, it was because of the same problem with Fox and the bird brain, ever since the kid told me that I have the chance to beat any of those 2 anytime if I lived in the mansion made up my mind," he made his hand a fist. "And I'm waiting for that fight, if battles on the air can't resolve our hatred for each other, then a fight of one-on-one would be the best."

"I can't see the reason for you 3 to be hating each other."

"That's what rivals are for."

"But I know Falco isn't your rival."

"Nah, the bird brain is another different story, it's very easy to make him angry and also amusing and funny to watch for me...and also because he gets too cocky." He closed his eye. "What about you? Do you have a rival?"

Lucario looked at Chris. "I don't, and I'm glad for that too, Chris told me rivals are good to have...but they just distract you to feel uncertain, that's why he doesn't have one."

"...Oh, how am I going to enjoy fighting against you and your pointless response..."

"You're not my rival and never will...ever..."

"Be that way...if the kid wonders what I was doing with you, this conversation never happened."

"I agree."

Underground

For the surprise of everyone, there was an underground facility under the village, it looked like a secret mine but the sounds of the Chocobos were heard...along with the sounds of machines.

"What in the heck is this place?" Link asked.

"Looks like the village wasn't so peaceful after all..." Garnet said.

"Great going, you're learning so much in such little time!" Zidane remarked and Garnet blushed a little.

"H-hey! We should be looking around for Vivi!" Lucas said a little impacient.

"Calm down Lucas!" Ness said.

"...S-sorry, I think Vivi and me are different but...similar..."

"We'll find somewhere around here, let's keep moving an-" Zidane was interrupted.

"HIDE!" Geno yelled as he pulled Zidane behind a big barrel.

There was a hut inside the cave that was leading to somewhere deeper, also, 2 workers, probably from the village, had Vivi with them as he trembled scared.

What surprised Garnet wasn't Vivi, it was the oddly familiar pattern on the big barrel where they hid. "(This pattern...it's...)" Garnet thought as Zelda looked at her.

"It's something wrong?" Zelda whispered, before they heard the 2 workers talking.

"Hey, let's put this in a box." The worker said looking at Vivi.

"I guess the guys at the castle will take care of it." The other worker said.

"(The castle?!)" Zidane thought shocked.

"Yup. We're only in charge of production."

"Gotcha."

When the 2 workers walked outside the hut, Vivi was walking between them and they led the black mage deeper into the cave, but Vivi stumbled and the worker in the front kicked him. "Hurry up!"

"That bastard!" Zidane whispered angrily as he tried to ran towards the workers, but both Links pulled him to the group, the 2 workers also got away with Vivi. "Hey! What's the big deal?!"

"Did you see the large barrel next to the shed? I've seen the exact same pattern on some of the barrels at the castle. This place must have some kind of connection with Alexandria Castle. I must know what it is! So please... I beg of you, don't cause any trouble just yet." Garnet said joining her hands.

"Why are you so concerned?" Geno asked.

"It's because...this place must be related to my mother and what she has been doing lately...the barrels, the patterns of them, they are from Alexandria Castle..."

Zidane got in a thinking position and nodded. "...Alright. But I will start trouble if Vivi is in danger. Agreed?"

"I will do that too!" Lucas said determined.

"Sure." Garnet said.

"Knowing Lucas, he will blow up the place by tripping." Ness joked.

"N-Ness! I'm not going to do that!" Lucas said blushing a little.

"...Because I will be the one blowing the place up!" Toon Link said.

"No, you won't, now let's go." Link said frowning as they decided to go deeper into the strange storage facility.

It was not long before they came up with a large machine making odd eggs. "What the heck is that?!" Zidane asked surprised.

Garnet looked to an odd box that was sniffing. "Zidane!"

"What is it?" Zidane asked.

"Someone's crying..."

Lucas leaned his ear to the box and knocked it a little. "...Vivi?"

"...Lucas?" Vivi's voice came from the box.

"Guys! Vivi is in here!"

"It IS you! I'll get you out! Why would they stuff you in a box?" Zidane asked confused.

"How could they?" Garnet asked wondering.

"Get me out of here!" Vivi yelled from inside.

"Link, Ness, Lucas, Geno and the other little guy named Link too, help me get Vivi out!"

"Told you, it would be better to call you Toon Link." Ness said laughing a little.

"Grr!" Toon Link grunted at him.

When mentioned characters tried to get Vivi out, the black mage dusted off his baggy pants again and looked at them while he tried to stop crying.

"Vivi! Thanks goodness you're okay!" Lucas said.

"I-I don't like this place..." Vivi said trembling a little.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 27, 2008, 03:26:34 PM
After Vivi explained everything to the group, they decided to investigate the facility to find out what was happening there.

Zidane met face-to-face with double-doors. "Hmm...I wonder what is on the other side...there's mist coming out."

"Mist?" Zelda asked.

"I don't remember any mist outside..." Link said.

"Wait, when we were walking to this place, we saw mist covering the lower fields from down below the mountains." Toon Link said.

"Yeah, mist is the most dangerous thing in all Gaia, it attracts monsters." Zidane said.

Lucas trembled a little after he looked at the mist coming out from the doors. "T-they are on the other side?"

Zidane laughed a little. "I don't think so...because..." He closed his eyes, opened the double-doors and looked at them. "There aren't any monsters on the othe-"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucas and Vivi screamed terrorized.

Zidane quickly turned his back to find a lot of monsters roaring, laughing evily and grunting at them. "W-whoa!"

Final Fantasy lX - Battle Theme

He backstepped and took out his dual blades. "Guess we won't get through this place so easily after all! Ness, Lucas! Hide to not be hu-"

"PK FREEZE!"

"PK BLAST!"

Zidane watched a blue mist, then a green flash flying over his head that exploded right after the other in the Ghosts that appeared and were killed. "...What the..." Zidane trailed off surprised.

"Vivi, are those attacks magic like yours?" Garnet asked.

"N-no, I don't think so...that magic was very different..." Vivi said.

"It's because it's our PSI or PK attacks." Ness explained.

"I wasn't talking about that! I was surprised to see Ghosts here!" Zidane said.

"...Oh..." Vivi, Ness and Lucas said in unison. "..." They remained silent for a moment. "GHOSTS!" Before they ran around screaming.

Toon Link frowned and rolled his eyes. "Pfft, ghosts, big deal, they aren't that scary."

"THERE'S ONE BEHIND YOU!" Link yelled.

"A-AAH!!! GET AWAY FROM ME!" Toon Link said swinging his sword crazily around...to nothing. "Hey, where did the ghost go?"

Link was holding his stomach since he bursted out laughing. "Trick you! You should have seen your face! Hahaha!"

"LINK! LOOK BEHIND YOU!"

"Yeah, right, there's a ghost behind m-AAAHH!!" Link was smacked in the face by a Vice (soldier-mischievous like enemy) and he backed away and unsheathed his sword. "You'll pay for that!"

"W-wait! Let me do this, ha!" Vivi casted Fire on the enemy and a burst of flames burned the Vice enterely. "T-there."

"Wow! Y-you called fire out of nowhere!" Lucas said surprised.

"I-it's that incredible?" Vivi ased embarrassed.

"Of course, magic is the best thing ever!... But PK attacks are better." Ness scoffed.

"B-but, black magic is powerful if you know how to control it!"

"I have another kind of power..." Garnet said.

"Really?" Zelda asked.

"Yes, I have summoning magic."

"Summoning magic? Hey, I saw that magic before, Chris knows how to call summons too." Ness said.

However, Garnet's eyes widened a little after hearing this. "R-really? Then there are more people that can summon magic too?!"

"...Chris is the only one I know."

"Oh...I see... (I need to ask him about the summons...maybe he knows...)"

"Dagger? Are you wondering something?" Zelda asked.

"What? No, I'm fine."

"Hello? We have more company coming this way!" Zidane yelled as more Vices and Ghosts ran and floated towards them.

Then Geno dashed in front of the group. "Leave this to me, I want to see if I can use the Geno Whirl."

"Geno Whirl?" Lucas repeated confused.

When a squad of Vices ran towards Geno to use their hammers, Geno watched carefully for the right moment to fire a very fast glowing ring that appeared on his right hand, when the Vices were aligned... "GENO WHIRL!" He yelled firing the ring at high speed that cut the Vices in half as they vanished in the air. "...I can use it after all!"

"T-that attack was amazing!"

"No kidding, it must have dealt like an insane amount of damage to them!" Zidane said.

"9999." Geno said.

"...What?" Link asked confused.

"A friend, Mallow, told me it deals 9999 of damage sometimes." Geno said.

"...You know, you should be a Smashers like us." Ness suggested.

"That's a great idea!" Toon Link said.

"I-I agree too!" Lucas said.

"Hey, I'd love to, but unfortunately I have a duty to find and rescue the Star Spirits from the Subspace Army." Geno said.

"Subspace Army?" Garnet asked confused.

"Y-you're fighting against an army?" Vivi asked trembling a little.

"You guys think you're all that strong, huh?" Zidane asked.

Link grinned and closed his eyes. "Of course we are, we are a lot of fighters in a team, we're only 6 right now, but we have 15 or more allies in our base."

"Are Chris and Lucario one of them too?" Zidane asked and Toon Link nodded.

"Yep, each one of us are very talented on certain styles of fight." Toon Link said.

"Oh, so you are the so called Smashers then?"

"Hahaha, I laugh at your strength."

"Even Mario proved to be more than a threat! You look weaker than him!"

"Heheh, Smashers..."

The entire group made confused faces and looked around the place. "Hey where did those voices came from?" Link asked.

A sudden strong wind came out of nowhere and they covered their faces, then, Garnet heard some footsteps coming from the same door Zidane opened before, when they opened their eyes and looked in front of them, there were 4 different turtles of different colors and headbands around their eyes.

Music stops

"...Turtles?" Lucas said confused before the 4 turtles gave thumbs up to all of them, what was weird was that their thumbs shone in 1 second.

Koopa Bros. Theme

"Ha! We're here again! The great and mighty, Koopa Bros!" A red turtle said, or more accurately, a red koopa said.

"Koopa Bros?" The whole group repeated very confused.

A yellow koopa walked in front of them. "That's right! We're the ones holding a Star Spirit captive, it turns out it's the same one we once held captive!"

"Oh yeah baby, Mario isn't here to screw our things up!" A green koopa said.

"Heheh... Mario..." A black koopa said chuckling a little.

"...Could all of you introduce yourselves? Please?" Garnet asked.

"But of course! We're going to introduce before you all die!" The red koopa said laughing. "I'm Red Ninjakoopa, the leader!"

"I'm Yellow Ninjakoopa!" The yellow koopa said.

"My name is Green Ninjakoopa!" The green koopa said.

"Heheh, Black Ninjakoopa..." The black koopa said chuckling.

"And we are..." Red Ninjakoopa trailed off.

"THE KOOPA BROS!" They replied in unison.

...Silent fell in the cave and a dried plant came rolling out of nowhere between the 2 groups.

"...Never hear of you." Zidane said folding his arms.

"WHAT?! You haven't seen the awesomeness of our team?!" Red Ninjakoopa said.

"It's a very high disgrace!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said angrily.

"C-calm down, we just met you a moment ago..." Vivi said.

Green Ninjakoopa sniffed. "You're mean, man, you're mean!"

"Heheh, mean..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

The other 3 stared at him angrily. "That wasn't even funny!" Red Ninjakoopa said angrily.

"You lost your particular shine, Black." Yellow Ninjakoopa said frowning.

"Dude, you must recover or else." Green Ninjakoopa said patting his shell.

"Heheh, recover..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

The other 3 koopas sweatdropped at this and turned to the Smashers. "Ahem! As I was saying before, we have the first Star Spirit in our hands right now, and you won't take it from us!"

"You! Return the Star Spirit to us in this moment, right now!" Geno said glaring at them.

"Tsk tsk, nope! It's ours!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said smiling.

"And guess what? We're going to kill all of you right now!" Green Ninjakoopa said laughing.

"Heheh, going..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

"..." Red Ninjakoopa shook his head. "A-anyway! Ignore Black and let's fight right now!"

Zidane cracked his fists. "Alright! Bring it o-"

"RED! WAIT!" Green Ninjakoopa yelled.

"Oww! Don't yell like that again! What?!" Red Ninjakoopa asked angrily.

"We don't have the Shadow Bugs to make us stronger right now!"

"C-crap! You're right! We forgot to ask Tabuu for them, didn't we?"

"Good, it's easier for us to beat all of you!" Ness said as he took out his bat.

"W-wait! We need to get prepared first! Have mercy!" Yellow Ninjakoopa pleaded.

"Heheh, mercy..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

"SHUT UP BLACK!" The other 3 yelled angrily at him.

Link slowly approached the quartet and they began to panic. "GO AWAY! PLEASE!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said.

"OH, FORGET IT! LET'S JUST GET OUT OF HERE USING THIS!" Red Ninjakoopa said, taking out a small ball that he threw at the floor, exploding in a cloud of smoke which made everyone to cough, when the smoke cleared out, they were gone.

Music stops

Geno ran where they were and cursed under his breath. "No...we didn't make it..."

"C-cheer up Geno, I know we can still find them somewhere in this place." Lucas said patting his back.

"...I guess you're right..."

"So Mario defeated those Koopas before then..." Zelda said wondering.

"Who's Mario?" Zidane asked.

"A friend and one of us," Link said. "He's very good at fighting too."

"E-excuse me everyone," Vivi began. "I-I want to see what is further inside this place if you don't mind..."

Garnet put her hands on Vivi's shoulders. "I want to investigate this place too, there must be some kind of connection with the castle and this factory."

"I-if Vivi wants to go, I'll go too!" Lucas said a little determined.

"We'll go too!" Ness and Toon Link said excited.

"I'm a little interested about this place too..." Zelda trailed off.

Zidane looked further deeper in the cave. "Then, don't waste more time and let's go!" He said running ahead and they followed him.

However, they couldn't believe what they found deeper...

Near the Cargo Ship's landing place

That's why we are changing the scene to Chris, Lucario and Wolf.

Lucario was already getting irritated by Wolf, why? Because the grey vulpine decided to take a nap, but that wasn't all, after 5 minutes, Wolf started to let out long and deep snores from his mouth that almost everybody in a radius of 1 kilometer could hear from far away, to tell the truth, Lucario wasn't irritated by that...

It was the sleeping Chris who made Lucario irritated, no, don't get the wrong idea, it was because Chris couldn't sleep very well with all the snores Wolf was making that made Lucario grunt at the vulpine in rage, anybody who dared to disturb his master's dreams was asking to be killed...unfortunately, Wolf was an exception, keeping Lucario's hands off his throat.

"(...Shut...up...shut...up...)" Lucario repeated in his mind angrily.

"UUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHH....fuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu...UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHH....fuuuuuuuu..." Wolf's snores were sounding like this.

Lucario showed his fangs at the sleeping bounty hunter. "(Why can't he stop snoring?! If he snores one more time...I WILL kill him this time!)"

His promise was slowly coming true, he waited for the moment for Wolf to snore one more time to jump towards him and crush his throat, when Wolf was slowly opening his mouth...

The Koopa Bros. appeared running to who-knows-where and Lucario opened his mouth a little when he saw them running away.

"Run! Run!" Red Ninjakoopa said panting. "We must go and hide on the castle across the border!"

"We're dead if we don't make it!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said running.

"Hurry! Haste! Anything!" Green Ninjakoopa said panting heavily.

"Heheh, anything..." Black Ninjakoopa said panting as he ran.

"SHUT THE HELL UP, BLACK!" The other replied as they ran away.

"...Huh?" Wolf slowly woke up and wiped something from his eye. "Hey, did you were shouting?"

Lucario looked at him. "No, there were some Koopas running away to that direction just now."

"...Yeah, whatever, don't say things I don't know about..." He yawned as he returned to his nap.

"But I didn't..."

"Lucario?"

Lucario looked down to see Chris yawning. "Chris?"

"Did you were shouting just now?"

His right eye twitched a little. "I-I wasn't shouting! There were some Koopas running away to that direction!"

"...Lucario..."

"Yes?"

"Don't be stupid, there aren't any Koopas in this world, now let me go to sleep..." He fell asleep on his lap again.

"..." Lucario trembled in rage. "I WASN'T SHOUTING!!!"

"SHUT UP!" Chris and Wolf shouted angrily as they returned to sleep.

"..." The Aura Pokémon sighed in defeat and swore to kill those Koopas if he saw them again.

"Hey! You 3 over there! You need to get out of that place, the Cargo Ship is going to land!" A villager said from afar and the 2 woke up and looked to the sky, the Cargo Ship was already going to land and Wolf got up and walked away with Lucario, who had Chris on his arms as the Cargo Ship landed close to the village.

"An airship? Heh, my Wolfen can destroy that thing any day." Wolf said chuckling.

"Always you and your wishes to destroy something..." Chris said frowning. "By the way, can you tell me what happened in that battle now?"

"No."

"Bu-"

"No."

"B-"

"NO! LATER! YOU HEAR ME KID?! LATER! IS THAT FINE WITH YOU?!"

"Yes, thank you." Chris said smiling a little as Lucario put him down safely on the ground.

The trio watched the 2 workers coming out from the underground with a big barrel that was sometimes moving when they didn't looked.

"I wonder what they're gonna use them for? We've been making lots of 'em since they set up the factory six months ago." A worker said.

"Who cares? This is a piece of cake compared to farming. Better money, too...... H-Hey! Is that scary guy in armor running towards US!?" The other worker asked scared when a guy in a silly armor was running towards them...you should know by now who was that guy...

"...... Let's get outta here!" The first worker yelled scared as they ran away from Steiner, who came up and looked at the barrel as the other 3 walked towards him.

"YOU 3 AGAIN?! DID NOT I TOLD YOU TO GO AWAY?!" Steiner asked irritated.

"You didn't." Chris, Lucario and Wolf repeated in unison, making Steiner to sweatdrop.

"..." He sighed and looked down at the grass. "It is hard to convince you...fine! Be that way! But stop following me!"

"Hey, hear me you stupid steel can, I'm not following anyone anywhere here!" Wolf said angrily.

"ARGH! You are making so mad that I wish I could stab this giant barrel right NOW!" Steiner had all the guts to stab the barrel with his sword that suddenly moved, making them to back away from it. "...Did this barrel just moved?"

"LOOK OUT!" Chris shouted when the barrel fell above Steiner, crushing him under the weight as the rest of the Smashers, with Zidane, Vivi and Garnet, crawled out from it.

Several minutes later...

"Princess, what in the world is going on!? You scoundrel! Is this your doing!?" Steiner asked impaciently as he jumped several times in fury.

"Steiner, please!" Garnet said.

"Yes, Your Highness..." Steiner calmed down, earning various chuckles from Wolf.

"Zidane, I don't know what to say to Vivi. I never knew anything suspicious was going on at the castle..."

"We still don't know for sure. Let's stay by Vivi's side." Zidane suggested while Ness and Lucas were patting Vivi's back as the black mage looked down in shame for something that happened in the facility.

"(This is not the time to panic... I must get the princess onboard the cargo ship somehow. Then we can head back to Alexandria Castle.)" Steiner thought.

"W-what happened to all of you?" Chris asked confused.

"...You don't want to know." Toon Link said, trying to not remember what he and the others saw in the underground.

"Yo, Rusty, do you know where this airship's going?" Zidane asked as he looked at the Cargo Ship.

"...L-Lindblum. Yes, to Lindblum." Steiner said.

"Alright! Let's go on aboard!" The bandit sprinted towards the ship, but Steiner stopped him.

"I-I shall go ask them!" Steiner said studdering a little.

"Oh, really. How come?"

"I-It is not for your benefit. I am only doing this for the princess!" He said and he ran off to the ship.

"Talk about weird and stupid..." Wolf said frowning.

"Z-Zidane..." Vivi said studdering a little.

"Look Vivi, whatever we saw below, they're not like you, they were just dolls."

"Can you tell me what happened?" Chris asked, for his bad luck, he forgot most of the things that happened in the game.

"...I'll explain it later..." Zidane then looked at the Cargo Ship that was starting to fly and he gasped. "It's moving. What the heck is Steiner up to? Alright, we have to get on, Dagger."

"On a ship that's not going to Lindblum?!" Garnet asked surprised since the Cargo Ship was destined to arrived at Alexandria Castle, the first place where she escaped.

"I don't have time to explain, hey, you guys, do you want to come with us? We could use a hand in our way there."

Chris looked at the airship. "O-on an airship?! Hell yes! I want to ride that thing!" He said excited before Lucario grabbed him. "Lucario? What are you doing?"

"I'm going to jump to the deck." Lucario said.

"O-okay!" Chris said before Lucario jumped high in the air and landed on the deck.

"...He just keeps surprising me..." Zidane said as they ran to the ladder which Vivi ascend first before Ness, Lucas and Geno followed after him.

"An airship...this is going to be fun!" Toon Link said chuckling a little as he climbed the ladder with Link and Zelda.

"...Oh, what the heck..." Wolf climbed the ladder and entered the airship.

Zidane looked at Garnet. "Hurry up before it takes off!"

"But..." Garnet shook his head, before the Cargo Ship began to fly a little.

"It's taking off!" Zidane yelled as Garnet quickly climbed the ladder as Zidane followed he-" Ooh, soft..."

"Aah!" Garnet slapped Zidane when the bandit touched her butt...yes, you readed well, he touched her butt.

Sky

"Yes, he did it Zelda." Garnet said crossing her arms.

"Z-Zidane! That was so...ugh! You're like C. Falcon!"

"Captain who?" Zidane asked confused.

"Dagger, let's go inside." Zelda said as she and Garnet entered inside the airship, before Garnet gasped and ran towards Zidane.

"What? You're not mad at me?"

"It's Vivi..."

"Vivi?" Both of them ran inside.

Engine Room

"U-UAAH!!" Lucas tripped when he backed away.

"T-they're alive...and they're moving too..." Link said gasping a little.

Vivi was trying to talk to another black mage that was operating the engine on the room, the small black mage tried to get a response, but with no result, the others who previously inspected the underground were watching in surprise.

Vivi walked to Zidane as he looked down at the floor. "Were you able to talk to any of them?"

"No... It's like...they don't even...see me at all...I tried...again and again...but...they won't even turn around." Vivi said sadly as Ness patted his back and Lucas walked to him worried about him

"Vivi." Zidane said feeling sorry for him.

Deck

Steiner was dropped on his knees while Wolf was leaned with crossed arms near the cockpit of the ship. "Grow up you idiot..." Wolf said chuckling.

"How could I let this happen...? What am I to do...? I never expected things to go so badly... I cannot believe the ship took off without the princess! What will I say to Queen Brahne...?" Steiner asked to himself, trying to hit his head on the floor.

"What the heck were you doing? You almost took off without us!" Zidane said appearing from behind him.

"That is because...this ship's crew... Hey!" Steiner got up in his feet and pointed an accusing finger to him. "Why, you! Where is the princess!?"

"In the engine room." Zidane replied simply.

"She is on the ship!? All is well, now. The ship is returning to the castle. You will be hanged for the kidnapping of a member of the royal family! Enjoy your freedom while you can." Steiner said triumphaly as he crossed his arms behind his back, laughing a little as Zidane looked at Wolf.

"Sorry if he annoyed you."

"WHAT?!"

Wolf smirked a little. "You speak by yourself, I've got even more annoying people hanging around with me."

"I hear that!" Chris yelled angrily sitting close to Lucario, far away from them.

"But the steel can can be tolerable if you know how to handle him."

"Damm straight." Zidane said as both of them laughed while the bandit walked inside the cockpit.

"YOU LITTLE SWINES!" Steiner yelled angrily.

"Shut up, steel can."

"Why you little...argh! Forget it!" Steiner yelled as he walked to the front of the deck and crossed his arms. "At last! Queen Brahne is sure to be pleased." He got in a thinking position. "However...the princess would have been left behind without the thief's aid. I shall petition for a life sentence on his behalf. Yes, that would be the honorable thing!"

"What a weirdo you are, talking to yourself." Wolf said chuckling, rather evily.

But the knight ignored him. "But that was because the crew wouldn't listen! I must run a background check on them. Ah, yes. It is my duty as a knight!" Then, the ship began to shake violently and Steiner almost trips, that's when Link, Toon Link, Zelda and Geno came from the engine room and Wolf looked at the cockpit. "Wh-What the-why is the ship turning directions?!" The impacient knight asked as he quickly ran to the cockpit.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 28, 2008, 11:13:18 AM
Steiner was overly outraged now, because Zidane was happily steering the Cargo Ship while he whistled, there was another black mage staring at him since the mage was the one steering the ship.

"Y-Y-Y." Steiner wasn't able to find the words to argue with Zidane.

"What's wrong? Something stuck in your throat?" Zidane asked sarcastically, laughing.

"Y-You insolent fool! Turn the ship around!" Steiner tries to punch Zidane, but the bandit dodges it easily by jumping away. "GRAAAAAH!" He tries to punch Zidane again, but Zidane uses his monkey tail to hold into a pipe of the cockpit to grapple.

"I will have your head for that!" Steiner said jumping furiously, as a sudden swarm of black mages surround the cockpit.

"Hey, I think we upset them."

Deck

"...Oww!" Chris hit the floor by accident becaude the wind was just too strong.

"Chris! Are you alright?!" Lucario asked worried.

Chris rubbed his head. "I...I'm fine..." He blinked in surprise. "...Lucario...guess what! That hit made me remember all the things that happened here!"

"Really?"

"Yes! I thought I forgot just a moment!" He then remained silent for a moment.

"...It's something wrong?"

"This is so strange..." Chris muttered.

"What is it?" Lucario asked.

"We skipped the part where we should be fighting against Black Waltz 2 now that we are in the airship...but then...that means..." The airship began to shook violently. "BLACK WALTZ 2 AND 3 ARE ATTACKING TOGETHER!"

The swarm of black mages left the cockpit and starts to walk to the deck, where 2 flying black mages with menacing red eyes were glaring at Vivi and Garnet, who appeared from the engine room as all the Smashers (except Zidane and Steiner) looked surprised at the mages.

"No!" Vivi said trembling.

The first black mage was Black Waltz 2, he didn't feet but he had 2 purple wings on his back with antlers on his mage hat with a long blue robe, he was also hovering above the floor, the other black mage was nastier than the last one, his name was Black Waltz 3, he had longer wings with a feathery blue robe, he was also carrying a staff on his right hand and prefered to stay on the floor rather than flying like Black Waltz 2, both mages were also bigger than Vivi himself as they chuckled evily.

"So, Princess Garnet is here along with all these filthy black mages." Black Waltz 2 said chuckling evily.

"It's wasn't my option to fight alongside another Black Waltz, but someone told us to attack together since there are so many of you." Black Waltz 3 said.

"Let's make a bet."

"What was that?"

"The first one who manages to kill more pests gets to be the strongest Black Waltz out of the 3."

"...Hm...it's worthless to do that since I'm the stronger one...but the challenge is too tempting...fine! I'll accept your bet!" He pointed at Vivi and Garnet, when everyone except Zidane and Steiner walked behind them.

"...H-huh?" Lucas saw all the swarm of black mages walking silently in front of the group, making a barrier of black mages to protect them. "W-what are they doing?!"

"We have to go to the cockpit, hurry!" Link suggested and they ran away from the black mages.

"Are you protecting them?! ...Nonsense. You are no different from mindless dolls! What can you do? Get out of my way! Do you dare to fight a Black Waltz like us?!" Black Waltz 3 asked angrily as he gathered a dangerous amount of magic on his staff.
                 
"GET OUT OF OUR SIGHT!" Black Waltz 2 yelled furiously creating the same magic, all the Smashers and Zidane's group were watching from the cockpit the event.

...When a huge explosion of fire and lightining was created, shattering the glass of the cockpit as they ducked in horror, Vivi peered trembling from the shattered window, his yellow eyes widened in terror as he saw every last black mage being pushed out from the airship and to the nothingness, the others got up and gasped for all the destruction that was happening on the deck by the 2 black mages, for Vivi's misfortune, the electricity reached the barrels from down beloe and exploded, revealing even more black mages that fell without doing anything.

Vivi backed away as he tried to stop his tears from coming, both PK users patted his back and Garnet put her hands on his shoulders to try to help him a little.

"...No...not this scene again..." Chris said frowning. "...This was...too cruel..."

"They wiped out every last one of them..." Toon Link said surprised.

"I don't know why...but I feel sorry for all of them...even though they didn't do anything for us...they risked their lifes..." Zelda said shocked.

"No! They did do something for us, and that was protection!" Ness said sniffing a little. "...Why..."

"...And I thought they wished something better than this..." Geno said sadly.

Wolf grunted. "Be prepared..."

"What?" Garnet asked.

"Here they come!"

"GRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted in rage after the 2 black mages descended from the sky crackling with electricity, everyone except Vivi gave the mages nasty looks of pure fury that they enjoyed to watch.

"Wh-What cruelty!" Steiner said enraged.

Final Fantasy 9 - Boss Theme

Vivi looked down at the floor when suddenly, he starts to stomps in fury and Garnet backs away from him. "AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Vivi yelled furiously, rushing off the cockpit.

"Vivi!" Ness, Lucas and Toon Link ran with him to the deck.

"M-Master Vivi!" Steiner ran to the deck with Geno.

"Wait for us!" Link shouted running with Lucario and Wolf.

"Zelda, let's go!" Chris said but Zidane stopped him. "What?!"

"You stay here and protect Dagger from getting kidnapped." Zidane said.

"B-but I want to fight to-"

"Chris, Zidane is right, we must protect Garnet from getting kidnapped." Zelda said and Garnet gasped.

"N-no! You were not supposed to know my true name, I do not want to divulge it!"

"Don't worry, your secret is alright with me." Zelda reassured her with a smile.

"...Okay, I'll stay behind and protect Garnet," Chris looked at Lucario. "Lucario! Do your best!"

"We'll take care of the Black Waltz. You steer the ship. Things are gonna get even more dangerous from here on. It's not too late to turn back. You can go back to the castle or cross South Gate into Lindblum. It's your choice! I'll be with you either way! But try not to crash the ship!" Zidane explained quickly as he went to join the others.

"...CRASH THE SHIP?!" Chris and Zelda yelled scared.

"I'm not going to crash the ship, believe in me! Be careful Zidane!" Garnet said, steering the airship.

"I will!" Zidane shouted.

Deck

"Why? Why would you do such a thing!? Weren't they your friends!?" Vivi asked while Ness and Lucas were standing besides him with everyone else.

"You fool. Do I look like some lowly black mage soldier?" Black Waltz 3 asked laughing.

"How pitiful, we didn't left any trail of those filthy rats." Black Waltz 2 said chuckling evily.

"Even if they weren't your allies, what you did was reprehensible!" Steiner said as he took out his sword.

"Kwahahaha! Worry not about them, many more are being produced even now!" Black Waltz 3 said laughing evily.

"More pests to destroy, better for us!" Black Waltz 2 said.

"...What?! You mean there are more?!" Ness asked.

"Ah, the princess's bodyguards have gathered! How very convenient!" Black Waltz 3 said laughing louder.

"You monsters! What kind of people are you?!" Geno asked furiously.

"Answer me!" Zidane demanded.

"It wouldn't do you any good if I answered, since you're all going to die! Kwahahaha! I will eliminate any who stand in my way!" Black Waltz 3 said opening his wings.

"Let's see who gets eliminated first then." Wolf said.

"LET'S BEGIN!" Black Waltz 2 yelled as both groups rushed at each other.

Preview of the next chapter

"Lucario! Are you alright?!" Chris asked worried.

"...No...t-the fire...it's hurting me..." Lucario said panting.

...

"Phew! We made it!" Zidane said, taking a deep breath.

"W-whoa...this castle is so big..." Vivi and Lucas said in unison.

...

"I was waiting for this moment! Tell us what happened in that battle!" Chris said excited.

"...Ugh...fine, but I won't repeat it again." Wolf said frowning.

...

"Hey guys! I signed everyone in the Festival of Hunt!" Zidane said.

"YOU BASTARD!" Chris said lunging at him.

...

"Next time: Lindblum, the city inside a castle!" Zidane said.


A moogle suddenly appears behind Chris. "H-hey! Where did you appeared?! We're on the middle of a fight!"

"Kupo! Do you want to save your game?"

"...Well...I should take the opportunity...so yes."

"Kupo-po!" The moogle flipped in the air and slammed his book into the floor.

Loading game data. Do not turn the power off or take Memory Card in Slot a...

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link
Dali Village
04:17:38

Overwrite file?

Yes

Saving. Do not turn the power off or take the Memory Card in Slot A...

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link, Link, Zelda, Lucario, Ness, Lucas, Wolf, Geno
Cargo Ship
05:48:50
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 29, 2008, 05:02:55 PM
Chapter 79: Lindblum, the city inside a castle

"...Kupo?" A moogle woke up grogily from the dark floor and gasped. "Kupo! I forgot! Forgive me! Let's see the saved file!"

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link, Link, Zelda, Lucario, Ness, Lucas, Wolf, Geno
Cargo Ship
05:48:50


"Let's get on with it, kupo!"

Cockpit

Final Fantasy lX - Boss Theme

"GO AWAY! HUSH!" Zelda said throwing the moogle outside.

"Z-Zelda! He didn't do anything bad!" Chris said alarmed.

"And you just killed him!" Garnet said.

"Kupo! I'm fine!" The moogle said flying from outside. "KUP-" He crashed into a random bird and they sweatdropped at this.

"...He's fine..." Chris said worried.

Deck

And back with the fight...

"Trance!" Vivi yelled as electricity began to appear around him and he shone brightly, making Ness and Lucas to block their eyes before he stopped glowing, now, Vivi was glowing with blinks, his clothes were white and purple, shining brightly, his hat wasn't bended anymore and it was very pointy. "I-I'm going to avenge every black mage you 2 killed!"

"V-Vivi! What happened to you?!" Lucas asked shocked.

"He's in Trance, a sudden power gained from strong emotions, it greatly boosts the power of somebody!" Zidane said.

"FIRA!" Black Waltz 3 yelled casting a huge envelopment of fire that burned every single one of them.

"Ugh!" Link backed away and dusted off his hat to stop it from getting burned. "They can use magic too?!"

"But of course, they're black mages like Vivi!" Zidane said.

"Fire!" Vivi yelled casting a fire that bursted into the 2 evil mages. "Blizzard!" He called a chunk of ice that shattered between them.

"How pathetic, is that all?!" Black Waltz 2 asked.

"NO!" Toon Link shouted firing an arrow from behind, it went straight to his chest and Black Waltz 2 backed away by floating.

"You little twerp!"

"HI-YAH!" Wolf trusted his claw behind his back when he wasn't looking, causing more damage.

"FI-RA!" Black Waltz 2 casted Fira on only Wolf.

"UAAAH!" Wolf was surrounded by a strong fire that vanished after 3 seconds.

"Hey, what were you doing with this?" Zidane asked behind Black Waltz 2, holding a Potion.

"G-give me that back!" Black Waltz 2 said trying to reach his back to grab Zidane.

"Steiner! Catch it!" The monkey-tailed bandit threw the Potion to Steiner.

"What?" Steiner looked behind him and the Potion crashed and shattered into his face since he was distracted fighting against Black Waltz 3. "AAAAAAHHHHH!!! THIS HURTS! AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" He began to hold his face in pain and began to run around madly.

"Sorry!" Zidane yelled as he jumped away.

"THUNDARA!" Black Waltz 3 called forth lightnings that fell with force above their opponents who yelled in pain.

"V-Vivi! Do you know how to cast that?!" Lucas asked as he stumbled to evade fire magic from Black Waltz 2.

"N-no! It's a little advanced for me right now!" Vivi said as he started to look around for Steiner since he wanted to fuse his magic with Steiner's sword.

"PK BLAST!" Ness yelled casting a green flash towards Black Waltz 2, but the mage teleported before the blow could reach him and he chuckled. "Rats! Who the heck do you think you are? Mewtwo, or Mewthree?"

Black Waltz 2 teleported behind him. "BLIZZARA!" A big spiked ice covered Ness and it exploded, hurting the PK user severly.

"Oww! T-that hurts...brrr..." Ness studdered and snizzed.

"Arrow power!" Toon Link shouted firing another arrow with Link that went flying towards Black Waltz 3, it reached him and got attacked by the arrows on one of his wings.

"Insolent fools! FIRA!" Black Waltz 3 yelled furiously as he saw Lucario about to shoot an Aura Sphere at him, the Aura Pokémon gasped when a strong fire enveloped him.

"GUUUUARRRGGGGHH!!!" Lucario yelled in pain as he dropped on his right knee and gasped for breath.

"Lucario! Are you alright?!" Chris asked worried.

"...No...t-the fire...is hurting me..." Lucario said panting.

Cockpit

"I-I know this is too early to worry about, but I need to help them!" Chris said as he took out his harp, but Zelda lowered it. "Zelda!"

"You wait here with me, we must protect Garnet from getting hurt." Zelda said calmly.

"H-how can you be so calm in this situation?!" When he asked that, Steiner ran inside the cockpit, yelling in pain and he ran to the deck, still screaming, but they ignored him. "Everyone is suffering because of their magic!"

"Even so, we have to protec-"

"THE ONLY THING THAT YOUR MOUTH CAN SAY IS TO PROTECT DAGGER!"

"Zelda! Chris!" Garnet yelled and they turned their heads to see Black Waltz 2 preparing a spell to attck them. "Hurry!"

"LUUCAARIIOO!" Chris yelled crying a little, the Aura Pokémon growled in fury and landed a powerful punch on Black Waltz's stomach, pushing him away from him. "Thank you!"

"...Chris...I know this is not the time to ask but...can you summon?" Garnet asked in a serious tone.

"...Who told you that?"

"Ness."

"Wait here a second." Chris ran to the deck and smacked his harp on Ness, then he returned. "What did you said before?"

"OWW!" Ness yelled.

"That if you can summon, entities of great power." Garnet said.

"What's that?" Chris pointed to a random direction and ducked.

"Where?" Garnet looked around confused. "I don't see anything..." She found Chris in his Summoner job. "...When did you changed clothes so quickly?"

"I'll explain later."

"Then, can you summon too?"

"Y-yes...but I can only summon a chocobo..."

"Can I see for myself?"

"...Well..." Chris began to chant to call Lenne, his chocobo.

Deck

"FIRE! THUNDER!" Vivi casted more fire on Black Waltz 3, but the sinister mage backstepped to evade the fire and the lightning and chuckled evily. "N-no! It's over!" Vivi said shocked when he started to glow, ending his Trance form.

"Even so, your magic wasn't that effective." Wolf said as he did a somersault to evade a Thunder.

"...T-that's not true..." Vivi said looking down.

"D-don't listen to him, cheer up!" Lucas said trying to cheer Vivi.

"He's right, magic can be powerful sometimes." Geno said as he protected both of them using the Geno Beam in Black Waltz 2, who yelled in pain.

"...Thank you...I...appreciate it very much..." Vivi said looking up and preparing to cast another spell.

"THUNDARA!" Black Waltz 3 yelled casting an enhanced version of Thunder on Link, but the Hero of Twilight covered using his shield to resist the attack as he gritted his teeth.

"UGH! ...NEED...HELP...HERE..." Link said struggling, the thunder attack didn't seized to disappear.

"YAH!" Toon Link threw a bomb at the mage's head, exploding right into it, which made Black Waltz 3 to yell in pain as he blew the cartoony smoke by flapping his wings.

"I'll get you, you twerp!" Black Waltz 3 cursed. "FIRA!"

"AAAAAAHHHH!!!" Toon Link was instantly covered in a scorching fire, giving him a lot of damage.

"(...Wait...if I can use my Reflector and deduce the magic as projectiles...) Hey! You! Winged idiot! You can't even hit someone like me because your eye sight sucks!" Wolf yelled taunting at Black Waltz 2.

"WHAT DID YOU SAID?! BLIZZARA!" Black Waltz 2 shouted furiously casting Blizzara on Wolf.

"(Heh.)" Wolf smirked in his mind and activated his Reflector, the cold attack bounced off from him and went directly to its owner, Black Waltz 2's eyes widened and was frozen in the spiked, chunk of ice that shattered instantly, dealing moderate damage.

"WHY...YOU...LITTLE...FURRY..."

A toon vein popped out from Wolf's head. "You're dead!"

The mage flew high above the deck to evade any kind of attacks. "Now try to reach me if you can, heheheh..."

"FIRE!"

He frowned. "Magic isn't that effective against me, insolent-AAHHH!!" It wasn't magic that reached Black Waltz 2, because the arrows of both Links hit directly his back with force. "I'm starting...to hate all of you..."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Steiner continued to run around in circles, since the pain on his face didn't seized.

"S-Steiner! Calm down! W-we have to cooperate!" Vivi yelled before a powerful lightning fell on him. "AAAAHH!!"

"Vivi!" Ness and Lucas shouted worried, Lucas saw Ness gasping and jumped away, the blond PK user got confused before a scroching flame covered him completely.

"HEEEELP!" Lucas screamed in pain.

"Lucas! Hold, on, I'm going!" Zidane shouted as he evaded a hit from Black Waltz 3's staff. "Lucas! Drop and roll!"

"AAAAHHH!!!" Lucas began to roll in the floor, but the fire didn't seized. "PLEASE!"

"USE PK FREEZE!" Ness suggested.

"P-PK FREEZE!" A cold glyph appeared from Lucas and it exploded right into him, saving him from being burned alive, he got up trembling a little. "...I...I can't go on....I'm too scared..."

"We have to defeat these guys!"

"FIRA!" Both Black Waltzes casted at the same time, increasing the potency of the fire on Ness, his eyes widened when the fire began to surround him, but...

"NO!" Geno came in and pushed Ness out of the way before an explosion of fire caught him instead of the PK user.

"GENO!" Ness and Toon Link shouted worried.

"...F-fire..." Geno managed to say before he fainted and fell defeated.

"GENO!" Chris yelled from the cockpit, forgetting about his chant.

"I'll avenge him, don't worry!" Lucario said determined firing a charged Aura Sphere towards Black Waltz 2, but he teleported out of the way and chuckled evily.

"You need to have better accuracy to land a hit on me." Black Waltz 2 taunted.

"And who said the attack missed you?" Lucario asked in a serious tone.

"What?!" Black Waltz 2 turned his head behind him where the Aura Sphere from before followed him and exploded right into his face. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!! WHY IS THIS WEAK ORB HURTING ME SO MUCH?!"

"I'll tell you why," Lucario began. "All your fire attacks towards me made my aura stronger, and all my attacks got much stronger than the last time."

"B-BUT, THAT MAKES NO SENSE!"

"It DOES make sense to me!" Chris yelled cheering from behind, which made Lucario to blush a little.

"YOU STUPID ANIMAL, DIE!"

"Tsk, tsk, don't turn your back to your enemy!"

The mage gasped as he turned his head behind to see Zidane descending from a previous jump he did to reach him, who made an X-cross slash using his twin blades that left a serious scar on his dark face. "AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!! STOP! I CAN'T TAKE IT ANYMORE!"

"D-die! Thunder!" Vivi yelled casting Thunder that fell directly on the mage, energy started to appear around Black Waltz 2, like electricity, that made him to tremble violently.

"N-NO! I CAN'T...DIE...TO SUCH INFERIOR...MAGE! NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Black Waltz 2 yelled as he descended slowly and stopped trembling before he vanished in the floor.

"...He's down?" Link asked.

"I think so, he vanished." Toon Link said.

"...Hey..." Zidane looked around. "Where is the other mage?"

Scorch my enemies in this strong heat...

"...Heat?... Fire?" Lucario said surprised as he looked around.

Turn them to ashes and take them away...

"A-ashes?!" Ness said alarmed.

I'll bring them to your destruction!

All of them looked above and gasped when Black Waltz 3 had a big orb of searing fire above his staff, his eyes were wide and he was laughing evily as he floated in the air. "FIRAGA!"

"F-Firaga?! I-It's the strongest fire magic ever known!" Vivi said terrified.

Zidane remembered that Wolf used something to reflect the magic and looked to him. "How about if you use that thing again before he defeats us?!"

However, Wolf lost his Reflector and looked around for it. "Good time to lost the only thing that can save me!" Wolf snarled angrily as he looked around.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Steiner ran around screaming in pain.

"...He hasn't wiped out the Potion from his face?" Zidane asked confused.

"LOOK OUT!" Toon Link yelled to warn all of them of the huge orb of fire that went stricking the floor with a huge explosion of fire, everyone on the deck screamed in a lot of pain and Zelda gasped when she found all of them unconscious.

Cockpit

"No, he defeated all of them!" Zelda said shocked and she looked at the other 2.

"Er...um...L-Lenne! Come to me! Please!" Chris said pointing his staff to the sky, but nothing happened.

"Maybe it was all a lie..." Garnet said ashamed before finding the black mage with crossed arms walking slowly towards them. "Oh no...everybody lost?"

"LENNE! COME ON! I NEED YOUR HELP!"

"Princess Garnet Till Alexandros," Black Waltz 3 began. "You're coming with me and to the castle!" He demanded.

"I will not let you take me!" Garnet said glaring at him as she continued to steer the ship.

"Zelda! It's your turn to help!" Chris said, still continuing to call Lenne.

"Right." Zelda said simply as she threw a Din's Fire towards Black Waltz 3, but the mage used his wings to protect himself. "Strange, I thought his wings were going to catch fire."

"Mwhahahaha, Black Waltz 2 told you already, magic isn't effective against us at all." Black Waltz 3 said chuckling.

"...That is it, I lost my common sense now." Zelda said sighing and both of them looked at her. "We're dead, all my attacks are mostly based on magic, meaning that you Chris need to hurry up with the summon."

"...Wow, it's impressive that you can be so calm in this situatio-" Zelda quickly grabbed Chris by the shoulders and began to shook him violently.

"ARE YOU NUTS?! WE'RE ALL GOING TO DIE IF YOU DON'T HURRY! HURRY! HURRY UP!"

"Z-Zelda! Why did you acted so weird all of a sudden?!" Garnet asked surprised, sweatdropping.

"THERE'S A MAGE ABOUT TO KILL US! THAT'S WHY!"

"B-but Zelda, last time I tried to call a powerful entity, I called Lenne instead an-" Chris was once again interrupted.

"DO YOU HEAR ME?! CALL A POWERFUL SUMMON RIGHT NOW, IT'S AN ORDER!"

"...It's quite amusing to see a princess getting this crazy..." Black Waltz 3 said before he shook his head. "PREPARE TO GO!"

"CHRIS!"

"Z-Zelda! Please! You have t-"

"STUPID LITTLE KID!"

A very big red toon vein appeared on Chris's forehead. "WHO ARE YOU CALLING A KID?! YOU WANT A POWERFUL SUMMON?! FINE! I'LL GIVE IT TO YOU! COME FORTH, WHOEVER YOU ARE!"

Chris casted a summon with all his forces and the airship began to shook violently, Black Waltz 3 looked around a little amused before something caught his attention between them...

...There was a weird cactus creature with a weird face as he "danced" by moving his legs and arms.

The trio peered from the window and made confused faces in unison. "...What the..." Garnet trailed off.

"...Is that a moving cactus?" Zelda asked.

"...No...it's a freaking Cactuar..." Chris pointed out as the Cactuar looked at them, before looking at the mage who laughed evily.

"Do you think this pathetic creature is going to kill me?! What a laugh!" Black Waltz 3 said laughing.

The Cactuar pointed at him as he bended a little. "What is he doing?" Garnet asked.

"THUNDARA!" Black Waltz 3 called a powerful lightning, but it didn't do any damage to the cactus who kept his position. "...What the...FIRA! THUNDARA! BLIZZARA! THUNDARA! FIRA! BLIZZARA!"

The mage kept going on like if there was no end, the cactus didn't received any damage and he was tiring himself out from using magic on the cactus.

The Cactuar started to spin his spiny arms and began to shot a furious barrage of 1000 Needles, piercing through Black Waltz 3's body as he yelled in pain for every needle that went through him as the trio watched rather surprised at this weird attack. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Black Waltz 3 yelled in pain as he dropped to his knees, holding his staff to stay standing.

Music stops

The Cactuar didn't went away and was running in circles around the fallen black mage, jumping sometimes as Chris ran to them. "Good job, Cacty!" He said hugging his...wait, no! You idiot! Don't ever hug a- "AAHHH!!" Chris yelled in pain after he hugged "Cacty."

Zelda sighed in relief. "...I thought we were a goner..."

"Shouldn't we help them?"

"But how?"

Garnet took out her staff. "Let me do it." Spores of light began to fly around her and she pointed her staff at the unconscious group. "Cure!"

More spores of light appeared around the deck and it touched the floor, making all their bodies to glow in a healing light, curing them a little from their wounds as they slowly got up.

"...We won?" Zidane asked confused as he scratched his head.

"...Ugh...you won't get away with this... I exist only to kill!" Black Waltz 3 muttered and yelled the last part before he flew off, as Vivi ran to his direction but stopped right next to a hat of a falled black mage that was destroyed.

"..." Vivi looked down in shame.

"...Chris? Why are you hugging a Cactuar? Doesn't that hurt you?" Lucario asked confused, tilting his head.

"..." Chris's face was a very crazy one and Cacty didn't went away yet.

"...Chris?" Lucario got in a thinking position and suddenly had an idea. "Master?"

"What?!" Chris asked glaring at Lucario.

"That's better, are you feeling alright?"

"...Well..." He looked down to Cacty. "...No...my arms are all pinched..."

Toon Link walked to them and stared at Cacty. "What are you doing hugging that cactus?"

"THIS cactus saved our lifes, so be respectful to him!" Chris defended Cacty.

Wolf rolled his eye and crossed his arms. "I'm not going to be respectful to a plant...ever..."

"...Cacty, show him what I mean."

Nobody knew about Wolf ever since Cacty met him from that day...well, for about 10 seconds.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!" Wolf yelled at the top of his lungs as he glared menacingly, showing his fangs at Cacty. "GIVE ME THAT THING!"

And Chris made a run for it from the 1000 Needled Wolf who chased him around as Toon Link and Lucario watched without doing anything. "Are you going to do something to help Chris?" Toon Link asked.

"Why? He's laughing." Lucario pointed out.

"...Vivi?" Lucas walked towards Vivi, who stared at the hat. "...Are you okay?"

"..." Vivi didn't spoke.

"Vivi..." Lucas said worried. "...Geno!"

The puppet appeared from behind him and sighed in relief. "I'm impressed, maybe this team is the elite I've been hearing a lot about."

"..." Lucas looked at Vivi and Geno looked at him.

"...I know...I don't know what he feels right now for what happened..."

Ness walked to them. "We should be cheering him up again."

Cockpit

Zidane ran to the princesses. "Do you see South Gate?"

"Yes!" Garnet said as she steered the ship.

"What is the South Gate?" Zelda asked.

"South Gate is a huge gate built exclusively for airships," Zidane explained. "But...maneuvering through it could be tricky. Do you want me to do it, Dagger?"

"I want to do it on my own..." Garnet said simply.

"You're a very interesting princess, Garnet." Zelda remarked.

"Alright... We don't have clearance. They might close the gate on us. It should be okay, though. Security was totally lax when I came through here on the theater ship. It'll be fine, Captain Dagger!"

"What a fitting name..." Zelda said sarcastically.

"Roger!"

The bandit walked towards the engine. "...It's old, but the engine's got power." Then, suddenly, Steiner runs in jumping.

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" Steiner screamed since he still had the shards of the Potion of his face.

...But somehow, Zidane knew what he was trying to say. "(We must turn back!!! Princess! Please turn the ship around! The Black Waltz is heading straight toward us on an airship! He might crash into us!)" Steiner's translation said.

Zidane looked through the window and saw Black Waltz 3 flying a small jet towards them, he was yeling that he only existed to kill while he approached them. "Dagger, Rusty's right! It's headed straight for us! Punch it! Go through South Gate!" Zidane said alarmed.

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!! (Don't be ridiculous! What if the gate closes on us!?)"

"There's no way we can outmaneuver him in this cargo ship! We'll slide in before the gate closes and shut him out! That's our only chance! Rusty! Turn the power up to max with that lever over there!" He pointed to a lever which Steiner quickly went to as he tried to stop screaming from the Potion. "Dagger, stay on course no matter what!"

"Okay!" Garnet said determined.

"I know we can make it!" Zidane said.

Then both Links ran in. "Why is the ship accelerating?" Link asked.

"We're going to get through the South Gate and escape from the Black Waltz!"

"He's right! The mage is still alive!" Toon Link shouted when he glanced outside.

"Did I missed something?" Geno asked as he entered.

"We're going to get through that closing gate from afar!" Link said pointing to the South Gate.

"Wh-what?! But what if the..."

"Don't worry about that, trust Dagger!" Zidane said.

Deck

The Cargo Ship accelerates through the clouds of the mountains as Black Waltz 3 flew quickly at high speed, then, Chris looked to Vivi, Lucas and Ness staring at the hat. "G-guys! Get out of there! The Black Waltz is going to attack you 3!"

"AAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Ness and Lucas yelled scared and ducked when the evil black mage was about to fire lightning.

"...Don't....HURT THEM!" Vivi yelled furiously casting Fire on the jet that knocked it off the course a little bit to protect both kids. "Ness! Lucas!"

"...Huh? He's gone?" Ness asked looking around.

"We're going through the gate, hold on to something!" Wolf yelled as everybody managed to duck and stay close to the floor.

"AAAAAHHH!!!"

"VIVI!" Chris, Ness, Lucas and Zidane yelled when Vivi was pushed out of the ship by the strong wind. "NO! I GOT YOU!" Zidane said jumping towards Vivi to catch him. "WAIT! SOMEBODY CATCH ME!"

"NO!" Ness jumped towards Zidane to grab him, but he was being pulled too. "HELP!"

"AH!" Lucas lunged at them to pull them back, but the same happened to him. "MERCY PLEASE!"

"I WON'T LET YOU FALL!" Chris jumped quickly to pull them back, but his feet was slowly getting off the floor. "I DON'T WANT TO FALL!"

"GUUUUUUAAAAAARRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" Lucario grabbed Chris using his right hand as he wrapped his other arm on a nearby pole, preventing all of them from falling.

"I EXIST ONLY TO KILL!" Black Waltz 3 came in with the jet charging up Thunder to strike all of them.

The 5 who were going to fall (except Lucario, who glared at him) gasped in unison. "PULL US BACK LUCARIO!" Chris yelled.

"DIE!" However, the lightning that he was charging up touched the engine of the jet that caused an explosion, getting his attention as the others watch in surprise when he looks at them rather worried.

"THE GATE IS CLOSING!" Geno yelled as they looked to the other side, where the huge gate was closing and left a small space, which made the things look dangerous.

"PULL THROUGH!" Link yelled at the top of his lungs and Garnet accelerated the ship at full speed.

"NOW!" Lucario yelled pulling the 5 with great force back to the ship before the gate closed, Black Waltz 3 wasn't so fortunate and his jet exploded when the gate closed at the same time he was between it.

"..." Everyone blinked in surprise at the dangerous event and looked to each other.

"...We made it! We made it! We made it! WOHOO!" Zidane said making a fist in the air and everyone began to celebrate loudly, Chris hugged Lucario for saving his life (the Aura Pokémon growled happily and rubbed his trainer's head), Ness and Lucas did a high-five, both Links and Zidane shook hands and Toon Link even shook hands with Steiner, Geno just sighed and nodded with a small smile to Garnet and Zelda, who nodded back and Wolf dropped to the floor but leaned to the wooden wall as he grinned with a small nod.

...However, Lucas looked to Vivi who was still depressed. "Vivi?"

Zidane walked to Vivi. "Vivi...listen to me, those mages and you are very different, you won't turn evil like them, you're an individual, no matter what happens!"

Vivi looked away before he looked at Zidane. "...R-right!"

"I'm glad everything turned out so well!" Ness said happily.

"M-me too, don't forget about me!" Lucas said raising his hand.

"Well, the South Gate was badly damaged...but they'll fix it in no time." Zidane said as he walked back to the cockpit.

"...I can see Lindblum!" Garnet said impressed and everybody stared in awe after seeing the biggest castle in Gaia, Lindblum, the city inside a castle.

"Phew! We made it!" Zidane said, taking a deep breath.

"W-whoa...this castle is so big..." Vivi and Lucas said in unison.

"...Maybe this is not going to be so bad...heh, I'll admit it, traveling around the worlds was just the thing I needed." Wolf said grinning a little.

"That's Lindblum Castle?! How gigantic!" Steiner said impressed.

"Isn't that amazing Lucario?" Chris asked and Lucario nodded with a small smile.

The cargo ship flew between the gates of Lindblum that opened instantly, may other airships got out as well and the Smashers watched the city from the inside, in the sky, Vivi, Lucas, Ness and Toon Link got closer to the edge of the ship to look down to enjoy the sight, Zelda was also admiring the place, maybe she could build a similar kingdom like Lindblum someday?

Even so, all the characters flew inside the main part of the castle, the Grand Castle.

Grand Castle

The cargo ship docked on the hangar and they walked out to safe floor, above the red carpet.

"Wow! This castle is huge! It's even bigger than Alexandria Castle!" Vivi said amazed.

"Yeah. They don't call it Lindblum Grand Castle to nothing." Zidane said folding his arms.

"An indoor airship dock! This is truly amazing! Even Her Majesty's Red Rose would easily fit in here." Steiner said impressed.

"Just look at all those moving gears!" Toon Link said pointing at the moving gears from nearby.

"It's official, I like to visit these kind of castles!" Chris said happily.

"If you like, I like it too." Lucario said.

"...Yes, I figured you were going to say that." He said sweatdropping.

Zidane looked at Garnet, who wasn't that impressed. "...Dagger, you don't look too impressed. Have you been here before?"

Dagger looked at him. "Yes, I came here a few times when I was little... I haven't been here since my father passed away."

"I'm sorry for hearing that." Zelda said.

"No, it's okay." Garnet reassured her.

"My, what a kingdom is this, I'd like to meet the king and queen, they must be very dedicated to their kingdom."

"I thought you were going to said that." Link said.

"Well, you don't seem to respect at all the laws of a kingdom like in Hyrule."

"I-I do!"

Zelda crossed her arms. "No, you don't."

Wolf looked around the place, and the statue near the hangar. "...Hm, I wonder how the city looks like..."

"I'll show it to all of you, after all, I live here," Zidane began before 3 elite guards walked towards them. "Here comes the welcome committee."

"That's a really old airship." An elite guard "remarked" the destroyed ship from the battle.

Garnet bowed to them cordially. "Greetings. I am Princess Garnet Til Alexandros. I humbly request an audience with Regent Cid."

Zelda didn't wanted to lose the chance either and bowed to them. "I am Princess Zelda, I come from the distant kingdom of Hyrule with Princess Garnet."

"You must be kidding!" The elite guard said. "No member of the royal family, let alone 2 princesses, would ever ride in such a shabby airship." He looked at all of them. "And look at the company you're keeping."

Steiner got very mad at this moment. "How dare you accuse the princess of lying!? The princess was forced to come here under extreme circumstances!... But you can take the furry guy if you want to prison."

"I heard that!" Wolf said grunting at him.

"Then show me some kind of proof of your royal heritage." The elite guard demanded to see if Garnet had any proof of royalty.

"Very well..." And she took out a pendant.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 02, 2008, 06:18:53 PM
"This pendant... Is it a Falcon Claw!?... No. The shape is a little different. Call Minister Artania!" The elite guard commanded and one of them walked away.

"Oh, nice pendant." Link said.

"If you weren't such a filthy-looking oaf, they would not be suspicious of us!" Steiner said angrily to Zidane before turning to all of them who looked at him. "And all of you! Why did you followed us here?!"

"Hey, I'm not the idiot with the loud voice, and the dirty, rusty armor." Zidane said crossing his arms as the young Smashers began to laugh loudly at this.

"WHAT?!"

"STEINER!" Garnet snapped out and Steiner quickly kneeled to her. "Stop acting like that right now! They helped us so much in our escape and our arrival here, behave yourself right now!"

"B-but princess! H-how can you trust them?!"

"They're our new companions, I order you to be kind to them in this instant!"

Steiner yelled loudly inside his mind. "(WHYYYYYYYYYYYY?!)"

Suddenly, a minister walks to them and he glances at everyone. "What is going on?" He asked.

"Sir, we have unknown visitors who wish to see the regent. And one of them is carrying a pendant that looks like a Falcon Claw." The elite guard said and the minister looks at Garnet's pendant before he gasped.

"Huh?!... You are dismissed. I'll take care of this."

"Yes, sir!" The guard saluted before walking away with his other comrade.

"Uncle Artania!" Garnet said smiling.

"He's your uncle?" Ness asked and Garnet nodded.

"Well, he is not exactly my uncle, but he looked after me when the regent and my father had conferences and I call him uncle."

"It's good to see you, Princess. Please follow me. The regent is waiting." Artania said as he looked at all of them. "Please, if you would, follow us as well." He said nodding before he walked away.

Garnet got a little confused after hearing that the regent was waiting for her. "I'm very excited to see the king, let's go." Zelda said and Garnet nodded, and the others followed the fugitive princess tot he elevator

Elevator

All of them got above an elevator with Minister Artania, it began to accelerate slowly as he explained all the levels. "Lindblum Castle has three levels, all connected by this lift. From the base level, which lies below the Mist, you can take a trolley to the harbor and the back gate. Ships hardly arrive at the harbor anymore since travel by air has become so popular. The Mist poses great danger, so we've sealed off everything. Just above the Base Level is the Mid Level. You can ride the air cab from the Mid Level to go to town. The Upper Level contains the royal chambers and conference room. Access to that level is restricted, because the regent himself resides there." Artania explained.

"I-I'd like to see the town if I can..." Vivi said.

"I want to do it, too..." Lucas said curiously.

"If they go, I'll go." Ness said.

"W-what about me?" Toon Link asked.

"Don't worry, I know Lindblum very well, I'll show you the city once we're done here," Zidane said. "Hey, Dagger, what's Regent Cid like? I lived in Lindblum for a while, but I've never met him."

"Regent Cid is very wise. He always thinks ahead. He may seem a bit odd at times, but he is very dependable. He and my father were best friends... ...I wonder if he will listen to what I have to say..." Garnet said joining her hands a little as Zelda patted her back.

"With that information in mind, I'd like to meet him right now." Zelda said.

"Don't worry. We're not leaving until he does." Zidane said.

"We will arrive at the Upper Level shortly." Artania said as they arrived to the Upper Level and walked towards the throne room.

Throne Room

All the party walked inside before the minister Artania. "Sire, Princess Garnet of Alexandria wishes to see you, there is also another princess who wishes to meet you as well." Artania said, but Garnet looked around.

"Princess, is something wrong?" Steiner asked.

"The regent isn't here, and I don't know who... Take a look at the throne." She pointed at the throne, were someone was sitting on it already and they glanced to it.

"Who left his pet here?" Geno asked.

"What in the world?" Steiner got a closer look of the creature and his eyes widened together with Garnet's, Link's, Toon Link's and Zelda's eyes.

Because the creature looked them and jumped towards them, he had a big white mustache and it looked like a big bug. "Gwok-gwok. Gwok-gwok! Greetings!" He spoke.

"OG!!! OGLOP!!!" Steiner and both Links yelled in unison, when the big Oglop was close, Steiner delivered a strong punch, sending it crashing into the throne.

"Sire!" Artania said gasping.

"What?!" The oglop, who appeared to be the regent, asked recovering from his state.

"Huh?!" Steiner was suprised and shocked.

"What!?" Garnet was even more confused.

"T-the king of this kingdom is a bug?!" Zelda asked very shocked. (And even she wondered if bugs could rule the world anytime).

On a side note, not everyone entered the room, because Zidane and Vivi walked in. "Dagger, what's wrong? Why aren't you talking to-GEEZ! That's an oglop!" He said disgusted.

"Wow... Even the oglops are big in Lindblum." Vivi said rather amused.

"I-I don't think so..." Chris said sweatdropping.

"What is the meaning of this!? How dare you greet the princess like this!? Get that repulsive bug off the throne immediately, and call the regent!" Steiner demanded jumping angrily.

"Please, settle down! You ARE before the regent!" Artania said calming the knight down.

"What!? Enough of your nonsense!" Steiner said stopping.

"Steiner, stand down. I remember that mustache. Is that really you, Uncle Cid?" Garnet asked kneeling to the Oglop, who was the regent himself.

"Yes. Greetings, all gwok. I am Cid Fabool, Regent of Lindblum." Regent Cid said, sometimes "gwoking".

"It's incredible how people can recognize others by their mustaches." Ness said.

"It's even one of Mario's trademark symbols." Link said.

"...It is?"

Regent Cid coughed to get their attention. "I knew it was you, I recognized your pendant's description, it's so much like my 'Falcon Claw.' I'm delighted to see you again, Garnet. You have truly gwok become a fine lady. I, on the other hand..." He trailed off looking away.

"You're disguising as a stupid bug thing..." Wolf said frowning.

Minister Artania coughed. "Allow me to explain. About six months ago, someone snuck into the castle and attacked the regent in his sleep. Unfortunately, we were too late... The regent had been transformed into an oglop, and his wife, Lady Hilda, was abducted."

"My goodness..." Garnet said shocked a little.

"Whoever pulled this off had to be highly skilled, like me." Zidane said grinning.

"Suuuuuure." Both Links said in unison, sarcastically.

"Hmph! I bet it was you!" Steiner said with an accusing finger to the bandit.

"That's not possible." Cid said and they looked at him.

"How can you be so sure? Do you know who we are?" Zidane asked.

"Of course. I may be a bug gwok, but I am still the ruler of Lindblum."

"And it's still hard to believe all of this..." Zelda trailed off.

"May I ask for your name?"

"C-certainly, I am Princess Zelda, I come from the distant kingdom of Hyrule." Zelda said bowing.

"I have never heard of the Hyrule kingdom before, is somewhere around the continent or it's a far away kingdom?"

"...You could say that."

"Uncle Cid, I appreciate you seeing me on such short notice. I desperately need to speak to you about my mother." Garnet said.

"That's what I figured. But I'm sure it can wait 'til tomorrow. Why don't you all get some rest for today?" Cid suggested.

"Thank you."

"It is time for lunch. Please follow me." Artania said walking away to the dining room.

The Smashers made a small circle to talk to themselves. "So, what are we going to do here?" Geno asked.

Chris took out his DS and Kawashima appeared. "Professor, can you tell us if the Subspace Army is here?" Chris asked.

"Of course...hmm...it looks like there are 4 minions hidding somewhere around the castle, or more specifically, the entire city." Kawashima said as Chris kept him on his pocket.

"4 minions...the Koopas?" Lucario wondered.

"Koopas? But there aren't any Koopas around he-"

"Actually, we found the Koopa Bros back in the village a while ago." Geno said.

"...So Lucario was telling me the truth all along? And of all people, the Koopa Bros?!"

"Yes." Toon Link said nodding.

Chris looked to Lucario. "I-I'm sorry for not believing in you..."

Lucario nodded. "I'm glad you understand."

"First off, who is staying in the castle and who is going to the town?"

At that moment, Zidane approached them. "Hey, I'm going to hit the town, wanna come with me?"

"I'll go." Wolf said walking away.

"I'll stay here at the castle and have a pleasant talk with the regent." Zelda said walking away with Garnet, who was on the door wondering about something, then Steiner ran out of the room.

"If the regent meant the lunch here...it must be a very expensive one!" Toon Link said drooling a little before running to the dining room.

"I'll make sure to stop him from stealing all the food." Link said frowning as he walked away. (And both Links began to argue on their way there).

"Um...what to do..." Chris wondered.

"I'll go to the town and look for those 4." Geno said walking away.

"Z-Zidane? Can you show us the town?" Vivi asked with both PK users on both sides.

"Of course! Follow me!" Zidane said.

"Um..." Chris kept wondering. "(5-star food, Wolf's battle, 5-star food, Wolf's battle, 5-star food...)"

"I'd...like to go to the town if you don't mind." Lucario said blushing a little.

"...Huh? What? Oh, okay! Let's go!"

Industrial District

Zidane, Chris, Lucario and Wolf walked between the buildings and Zidane stops in front of a bar that he knows. "I can't stand the food at the castle. It's way too high-class for my tastes. How can anyone get full on that stuff?" He asked to himself.

"Good, since I'm not that hungry, I would kill you right now for saying that." Chris said.

"The cheap food here is a lot better. Today's special is..." The bandit looked at the menu. "Soup du Silence. Not bad."

"Soup du silence?"

"It's good stuff, believe me!"

"I thought he was going to replace "me" with "it" for a moment..." Lucario said.

"...Yes, Lucario, I miss watching Naruto too..." Chris trailed off as they entered inside.

Bar

As they got in, they stopped right in front of the desk and Wolf decided to sit down on a seat before the trio did. "Yo, Pops. I'll have the stupid special." Zidane said rudly.

"What manners..." Chris said sarcastically, then, there she was, the lady in red clothes drinking peacefully on a seat close to the counter. "(Ooooohhh, there she is...)" He quickly sat down close to her, but sometimes he looked away to not get her attention as Lucario sat to his right.

"Who said that!? Zidane... I figured it was you." Bobo, the owner of the bar, said a little angry.

"How've you been?" Zidane asked grinning a little.

"Alright, I guess... Have a seat. Your soup'll be ready in a minute." Bobo said and Zidane nodded, then, a waitress stops right next to him and he starts a conversation (flirting with her to be precise) as the others were sitting.

"...Wolf..." Chris trailed off as he glanced to Wolf, who looked at him with a glare and snarled a little.

"...Alright kid, it's better to tell you what happened before you keep annoying me for the rest of the day." Wolf said irritated.

"I was waiting for this moment! Tell us what happened in that battle!" Chris said excited.

"...Ugh...fine, but I won't repeat it again." Wolf said frowning.

"...Wait a minute...you were going to say a lie!" Lucario said grunting at him.

Wolf began to sweat a little. "Wh-what is he blabbing about?! I-I was going to tell you the truth!"

"Chris, don't listen to him, he was trying to hide something from his story to cover what really happened."

Then, the Aura Pokémon closed his eyes and received a telepathy talk from Mewtwo, from the Smash Mansion. "(Lucario, I warn you, if you ever tell anyone about what happened, I'll make sure to torture you slowly but painfully!)" Mewtwo said furiously.

"(Just try it, Chris will never allow you to do such thing.)" Lucario said before he looked at Chris, ending the telepatic talk "I know now what happened in reality..."

"Why is Wolf aiming his Blaster at you?" Chris asked and Lucario quickly turned his head to Wolf, who hid the Blaster behind his back. "..."

"...Now, let me tell you what happened..."

Flashback

Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen

Kanto
Viridian Forest

The four henchmen surrounded the Psychic Pokémon, some were cracking their fists and others were doing different movements to prepare to attack him. "Interesting, 4 against 1..." Wolf said darkly.

"I will not need more help from anyone else to defeat all of you at the same time." Mewtwo said bluntly. "How amusing...another Charizard..."

"Got a problem with that?" Charizard asked snarling.

"No, let's see how you fare against my power!"

"CHARGE!" The 4 generals said in unison, charging after Mewtwo.

...But, oddly enough, Charizard tripped and began to roll towards Mewtwo and Wolf who raised their eyebrows (if Mewtwo had one) and were run over by the heavy Pokémon. "...I can't believe I was ran over by him..." Mewtwo said as he got up and quickly evaded Ganondorf's Warlock Punch.

"Wolf! Get the Subspace Gun!" Ganondorf ordered and Wolf stopped in front of him.

"Why should I use that bulky gun? Use it yourself!" Wolf grunted as he got up and pointed to the table with wheels and grey mantle covering the Subspace Gun near a tree, telling also where Chris got the things to take Wolf's trophy to the mansion. "Hell no I'm not going to use that thing!"

"Do as I say!"

"Make me!"

Both began to grunt menacingly to each other before Charizard shot a Flamethrower to Mewtwo, who teleported out of the way and the flames got both villains.

When the fire cleared out, they had their bodies covered in ashes. "...Shouldn't we fight against him rather than argue?" Ganondorf asked.

"You! Stupid dragon! Be more careful where you shoot that fire!" Wolf shouted angrily to Charizard.

"Hmph, it's not my problem!" Charizard said smirking a little.

Mewtwo was busy getting away from Dedede who tried to catch up with him as he panted heavily. "I...hate...you...so...much..." King Dedede said panting as Mewtwo chuckled.

"Heh, try to catch me, I doubt you'll make it without hel-"

THUD!

Mewtwo crashed right into a tree's branch and fell on the floor as his eyes spun around a little in confusion. "...Why...is the world...spinning around me?" He asked confused before Dedede threw a Waddle Dee at him. "Hello..."

Ganondorf sweatdropped at this. "...That was unexpected, coming from Mewtwo, Dedede or Charizard! Get the Subspace Gun right now!"

"Heck no, I'm not using that weird gun!" Charizard said glaring at him.

"Mah hammer is better than that dingo dingy gun!" Dedede said spinning his hammer a little.

"Tabuu told us to use it on Mewtwo if we got the chance, now obey his orders!" Ganondorf said angrily.

"And why don't you use it?!" Charizard asked making a point.

"I'm the lord of all evil! I'm recognized for using magic and not guns!"

"Then I'm the lord of all the idiots and have a right to not use it too!"

Mewtwo, meanwhile, was trying to regain his composture as he floated around the place, as his head moved awkwardly. "What a day is this..." He said as the quartet were still arguing.

King Dedede was getting furious by this talk that he finally decided to sneak towards the gun to shoot at Mewtwo while he floated around confused.

"USE IT!" Wolf yelled furiously.

"USE IT!" Charizard yelled angrily.

"USE IT!" Ganondorf yelled enraged.

"This ain't getting us anywhere!" King Dedede said as he revealed the Subspace Gun from the mantle and he aimed the gun at Mewtwo. "Dragon! Attack him while I prepare dah gun!"

"WHAT?!" Charizard roared as he looked to the currently dumb Mewtwo, who kept floating around, saying very awkward things. "BURN!" Charizard roared again firing his Flamethrower to Mewtwo...but...

"...Chris, you're going to be more surprised at this part..." Lucario said outside the flashback.

"Why?"

Mewtwo quickly jumped (literally) out of the Flamethrower's way...ballerina style? "I'm a butterfly...a sweet, pretty butterfly..." Mewtwo sang.

"STOP! STOP! SKIP THAT PART! SKIP IT! I CAN'T IMAGINE MEWTWO DOING THAT ON MY MIND!"

"I even can't picture him doing that, it's stupid!"


Lucario quickly skipped all the ballerina jumps Mewtwo was doing until 30 minutes later, Wolf and Ganondorf even didn't do anything to help the dragon who burned the entire area down because they were still arguing (the fire even caught them, but they became numb to the pain), for his misfortune, Mewtwo regained his composture and glared at him. "You...insolent idiots!" Mewtwo said charging up a Shadow Ball.

"GUYS! A HAND WOULDN'T BE SO BAD RIGHT NOW!" Charizard yelled and both villains looked at him.

"WHY DIDN'T YOU GRABBED HIM?!" Dedede asked irritated as he charged up the gun.

"You didn't saw him?! He was dancing around all over the place!"

"Well, it was very hard to aim, since you couldn't stop firing your fire every 3 seconds, you even burned the entire area!" Dedede pointed out.

Wolf flexed his claws and glared at Mewtwo. "This time, I'm not going to fail! YAH!" He quickly dashed above the ground and reached the Psychic Pokémon trusting his claw, but Mewtwo teleproted out of the way and used Confusion to stop the grey vulpine. "LET ME GO!"

"I won't do that." Mewtwo said before Ganondorf came behind him, pushing him using his arm to set Wolf free.

"THE GUN IS ALMOST READY TO FIRE, HURRY!" Dedede yelled as the gun began to shine brightly.

Mewtwo, however, chuckled. "I bet I can get out of here before that gun even hits me."

"I doubt it!" Ganondorf said trying to crush Mewtwo into a nearby tree using his force, but the Pokémon teleported out of the way and appeared right in front of Wolf.

"I'll finish you off now!" Mewtwo said raising his glowing hand above Wolf.

"You wouldn't dare!" Wolf taunted.

"FIRE!" Time began to slow down and Wolf saw a black arrow being fired towards him, his eyes widened when the arrows touched his body and turned him into a trophy, but Mewtwo quickly beagn to float away chuckling.

"It's that all the speed of tha shot? How stup-"

THUD!

Unfortunately, he hit a charred tree with great force on his head that made him to have a very dumb face as the arrow touched his body and turned him into a trophy, also explaining the image on the charred tree that Chris saw before.

"THERE! WE CAUGHT HIM!" Dedede said triumphaly.

"But we "got" Wolf too!" Charizard said.

However, the 3 villains began to chuckle evily as they glanced down at Wolf's trophy.

"Heh, that's what he gets for not obeying us." Ganondorf said kicking the trophy away.

"He was starting to get annoying anyway." Charizard said smirking.

"Yeah, nobody orders me around!" Dedede said before a lightning (probably from Tabuu) crashed down to him and he coughed. "A-alright! Nobody except Tabuu does!"

"So, we leave him here?" Charizard asked.

"But of course, let him alone get lost in this world. Charizard! Carry our new trophy!" Ganondorf said as Charizard took Mewtwo's trophy below his arm.

"It's a pleasure, now let's scram."

End of flashback

Final Fantasy lX

Lindblum
Bar

"...So...both of you...messed it up?" Chris asked.

"...I'm afraid so..." Wolf said frowning to himself before he looked at Lucario. "Wait, I don't remember that last part."

"It appears they were already planning to throw you away from the army." Lucario said.

"But what happened to Mewtwo in the Subspace?" Chris asked.

"Tabuu tried to use the Shadow Bugs to get Mewtwo, but he was stronger to be manipulated, so Tabuu didn't had any choice left but to throw him in the Dark World of Aether, where the Shadow Bugs got stronger by the atmosphere and thus, he was manipulated."

Wolf slammed his fist in the counter. "Those idiots backstabbed me from behind?!"

"I-it appears so..." Chris said trembling.

"Grr! Once I see them again, I'll cut their throats in half!"

"...You know, I'll be glad to help you in an-"

"Don't do that, this is something I need to do by myself."

At that moment, the woman to Chris's left spoke when Zidane was still flirting with the waitress. "Hey, monkey-tail, you're disturbing the other customers." She said as she took her drink.

Zidane turned to her and the waitress walked away with the food. "What the-you've got a tail, too, rat-face!"

"BUUUURN!" Chris said.

"CHRIS!" Lucario said angrily.

"S-sorry, I-I got carried away..."

The woma lowered her drink slowly. "Rat-face... After I finish my drink, I'm gonna kick your butt."

"I want to see that." Wolf said crossing his arms, smirking a little. (Chris wondered how he snapped out of his rage just a moment ago).

"Hey, Zidane, take it outside." Bobo said, when the woman looked at Zidane, he gasped.

"Long time, Zidane." She said as she got out from her seat.

"Hey! What's up!?" Zidane asked cheerfully but stopped to get in a thinking position. "Wait a minute..."

"You forgot my name?"

"No, I remember. You're Helga, right?"

"Wrong."

"...Christine?"

"No!" She said irritated.

Zidane snapped his fingers. "...Oh yeah! You used to live next door to me. How's it going... Ratchel? Man, you've really gotten...big."

Rache-I mean, the woman clenched her hands. "You nasty little-"

"Brat." Wolf finished.

Since Chris already wanted to finish this, he took the iniciative. "Hey! I know you, you're Freya!"

The woman looked at him. "...But...how did you knew my name?"

He sweated. "I...hear around?"

"You know her?" Zidane asked surprised.

"Wait...if you know my name, did anyone named Fratley told you?!" Freya asked shocked.

"N-no! I just hear from somebody in a private conversation, I swear!"

Zidane decided to speak. "...So, how've you been, Freya?"

Freya shook her head and sat back on her chair. "...Same old Zidane."

Zidane sat to her left. "How long has it been?"

"About 3 years."

"Hey, did you ever find out anything about your boyfriend?"

"No..." She said looking to Chris, who began to sweat a little.

"So... What brings you to Lindblum?"

"The Festival of the Hunt. What else? It's a good opportunity to test my skills."

Wolf glanced to Freya. "Festival of Hunt?"

"The Festival of Hunt is a great event where monsters are released into the streets of the whole city and all the people watch from their houses how all the hunters kills them, whoever gets the most points, he or she receives a great prize, whatever they want!" Zidane explained.

"...Hm...that doesn't sounds too bad..." Wolf muttered.

Zidane looked at Freya. "Oh... Well, I'm sure you'll find him someday."

"Aren't you participating?" Freya asked.

"...Nah. I think I'll pass."

"Lazy bum." Freya and Wolf said in unison and they shook their heads afterwards.

"...Are you ever gonna go back?"

"I have no reason to return to Burmecia. There is nothing there for me anymore."

"Hey, you, I want to know where I can sign to enter the festival." Wolf said, rahter interested.

"If you want to sign up, you need to go the Grand Castle and request a permit to participate, it's easy." Freya said.

"...What are the prizes?" Lucario asked.

"Whatever you want."

Lucario looked at Chris, who was already eating his soup. "...Then, I'll enter."

Chris began to choke a little but gasped for breath. "W-why are you entering?"

"I want to see if I can get something good, also, I want to test my abilities as Freya."

"...Something is telling me you're doing it for another reason..."

Lucario sweated a little. "N-no..."

Airship Hangar

We change the scene to Lindblum's Grand Castle, in the Airship Hangar where Garnet, both Links, Zelda and Regent Cid were walking around. "What is this place?" Garnet asked.

"The heart and soul of Lindblum: our airship dock. This is Dock No. 1, where we conduct our research gwok." Regent Cid said as Toon Link ran ahead and admired the empty spaces.

"Wow! You mean there are even bigger airships?!" Toon Link asked excited.

"Of course, gwok."

"But...where are the airships?" Zelda asked.

"Lonely, isn't it...? We had a new airship model in here about 6 months ago. It was our latest creation; it didn't require Mist to fly."

"Zidane told me mist is needed to fly airships here, right?" Link asked and Zelda nodded.

"The man who attacked you...was he the one who ran off with it?" Garnet asked to Cid.

"Good guess, but no... Actually... I met a lovely lady at the pub..."

"...Um?"

"What?" Link and Zelda asked confused while Toon Link was just about to fall from the floor since he slipped accidentaly.

"When Hilda found out about my little affair, she used her magic and turned me into an oglop. Then she stormed off in the new airship, which I named Hilda Garde. Pretty ironic, eh?...... She hasn't been back ever since gwok. I've been working on Hilda Garde 2, but it hasn't been going too well. My mind just isn't the same as an oglop. I'm hopeless... But that doesn't mean I can't help you. I'll do my best for Alexandria."

"..." Zelda began to tremble as she imagined Regent Cid as C. Falcon. "YOU SMARTY LITTLE DORK!" She lunged at him and began to attack him endlessly, trying to kill the king oglop.

"Z-ZELDA! STOP!" Link said trying to pull Zelda away from the king. "HEY! HELP ME HERE!"

"C-COMING!" Toon Link said getting back on the floor and helping Link to drag Zelda away from Cid, who was twitching a little on the floor as Garnet saw the trio getting away.

"...Thank you... But with South Gate badly damaged, I don't know how we can get to Alexandria..."

Regent Cid dusted off his cape. "Don't worry. South Gate is being repaired as we speak. Once the repairs are finished, we'll go to Alexandria." He backed away when Zelda tried to murder him behind Garnet, who ignored her and began to thought secretly if Zelda was a person to trust.

"Yes. I'm sure Mother will finally open her eyes to the truth."

"...." Cid didn't spoke.

"Uncle, is something wrong?"

"Huh? No, I was just thinking...about how the theater ship crashed. Baku sure has good men working under him..."

The next day...

Inn

"Vivi! Let's go!" Ness said running down the stairs.

"I-I'm coming!" Vivi and Lucas shouted running down the stairs.

The Smashers decided to take a rest to regain their energies, we now see Lucario sleeping with Chris leaning to his chest, because the World Traveler began to shiver a little but his Pokémon wrapped him to keep him warm.

"...I like this bed...is so warm..." Chris said while he was sleeping on Lucario's chest, moving a little that made Lucario to growl happily, licking his forehead.

But then, Zidane walked inside and found both of them sleeping together, then, the bandit walked towards them and touched Chris. "Chris? Are you awake?"

"Grrr..." Lucario grunted silently so Zidane couldn't hear him.

"Chris? Wake up!" He shook him a little.

"Grrr..."

"C'mon! Do you want to see the town?"

"Grrr..."

"Let's go!"

"GRRR!!!"

Zidane backed away a little from the grunting, sleeping Pokémon. "...Oh...well..." He walked away, but then, returned and shook Chris violently. "WAKE UP!"

Outside

"So, where do you want to go?" Ness asked to Vivi as the trio walked down, and a familiar blue explosion with a familiar, menacing roar were created behind them back in the Inn but they ignored it.

"I-I want to go to that shop over there..." Vivi said pointing to a shop.

Lucas could have sworn someone was singing "DIRI! DI-RI!" somewhere, even the background of the shop was white while the shop bounced from time to time, the label of the shop had this on it: "Convenient Store."

"I-I don't think that shop looks good..." Lucas said sweating a little after they walked ahead of the weird shop. "What about that one?"

Vivi's Shopping

Not the Convenient Store, that's for sure

"Do you have bombs?"

"No."

"Do you have arrows?"

"No."

"Do you have Deku Nuts?"

"No, only Kupo Nuts."

"Do you have Red Potion?"

"No."

"Do you have Bait?"

"No."

"Do yo-"

"NO! I DON'T HAVE ANYTHING YOU'RE ASKING TO ME! HAPPY?!" Alice yelled angrily after spending a "beautiful" time with Toon Link, who kept asking for things she didn't had.

"Geez, you didn't had to be so mad about it." Toon Link said frowning, walking away to the exit as Alice blushed embarrassed. "You guys!" He found the trio reading a sign, telling about the Festival of Hunt while Vivi had a Kupo Nut in his right hand.

"Wow, there's gonna be a festival!" Vivi said excited.

"Sweet! I like festivals!" Ness said.

"Festival? With Candy?" Lucas asked as they walked towards Alice, where they saw Toon Link. "Oh, hi there..."

"Did I interrupted something?" Toon Link asked.

"No...I don't think so..."

Vivi was already in the counter showing the nut with Ness. "Hi. I wanna buy this."

"Oh, are you friends with the moogles?" Alice asked interested.

"Huh?" Vivi and Ness asked confused.

"That item is called a Kupo Nut. Kupo Nuts are moogles's favorite food."

"Oh. I didn't know that." Vivi said.

"That's too bad, I thought it was candy by the smell." Ness said.

"I thought it was like the sesame beans of my grandpa..."

"I think that's the last one... Go ahead, honey. It's on me." Ailce said smiling a little.

"Really!? Thank you!" Vivi said nodding.

"Hey, what is this Festival of Hunt?" Toon Link asked after he readed the sign.

"Well, we let a bunch of animals loose and..." Alice trailed off.

"(Oh, there's gonna be a lot of animals.) "It sounds like fun! Thank you!" Vivi said happily.

"Animals? Like rabbits? I want to see rabbits!" Lucas said.

"I want to see the PIGS!" Toon Link said.

"I want to see the birds!" Vivi said.

"I want to see the bears!" Ness said and the trio stared at him. "...What?"

"How can bears be funny?" Toon Link asked as they ran outside, questioning him.

Alice got in a thinking position. "What's so fun about fighting savage beasts...? Wait a minute! Did I say 'animals' again?!" She asked to herself alarmed.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 02, 2008, 08:54:41 PM
Theater District

"Here's my hideout, pretty awesome, huh?" Said a very beaten up Zidane shwoing Chris and Lucario his hideout, which was currently empty inside the clock tower.

"It is, but doesn't the sound of the bell gets annoying after a while?" Chris asked while Zidane leaned to a gear.

"You'll get used to it."

"Lucario, why was Zidane twitching in pain in our room?"

Zidane looked away scared when Lucario glared at him. "He tripped, that's all." Lucario said.

"Oh, I see..." He said before the bell starts to ring and they look above the hideout.

"Geez, it's that late already... I wonder what Dagger's doing..." Zidane wondered.

"We haven't seen her in a while..." Lucario said.

What can I do?

Guest's Room

Garnet was talking with Zelda and Link when the bell suddenly rings and they look at the window, outside. "...A bell's ringing... A performance in the Theater District must've just ended."

"They have plays here?" Zelda asked.

"I know that because Uncle Artania once showed me."

"Is there anything you need, Your Highnesses?" An elite guard came asking.

"No, thank you. I'm thinking of going outside and having a look around, Zelda wants to do it too."

"I'm sorry, Your Highnesses, but we cannot grant this request. Right now, there are many people coming to Lindblum for the Festival of the Hunt. Therefore, things are quite chaotic in town, making security rather difficult. Also, very few people know of your presence here. It's for your own safety. Please understand."

"Okay, I understand..."

"Wait, what is the Festival of Hunt?" Link asked interested.

"A festival where we set monsters on the loose around the castle, hunters need to kill as many as they can to raise at the highest rank, if somebody can win, he or she is named the "Master Hunter." The elite guard explained.

"Hmm...where can I sign to enter?"

"Link, are you planning to enter?" Zelda asked.

"Yes! It's probably a good idea to do something interesting in this place!"

"What about finding those 4 minions?"

"Chris and the others can take care of them, I know, e-excuse me, can you show me where to sign?"

"Certainly sire, follow me." The guard said leading Link to sign.

"...I can't stand sitting around like this. I didn't come here to be protected. I just want to help Mother..." Garnet said as she looked away outside. "...And I know, I'm very remarkable."

"H-how did you knew I was going to say that?" Zelda asked a little surprised.

"Because it's the 47th time already!"

Theater District

Zidane just finished talking with 2 kids and he looked at the 2. "I wonder if she got to talk to Cid... Maybe I should go see her..." He wondered.

"Zidane? Where are you going?" Chris asked.

"I'm going to see Dagger, want to come?"

"...O-oh well, we have nothing better to do..." Chris said as the trio walked outside...and they found 4 rather shady guys looking at them with tough faces. "..."

"Hey, you punks, yeah, you!" A person with red clothes called them.

"Chris..." Lucario trailed off blinking bored.

"Do you think we're that stupid?! GET THEM!" Chris yelled raising his staff in the air and the 4 shady guys gasped.

"CRAP! THEY FIGURED IT OUT TOO EARLIER!" Green Ninjakoopa said.

"We're dead!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled.

"..." Black Ninjakoopa didn't spoke because he had his mouth blocked with bandages.

"YOU'RE NOT GETTING AWAY!" Lucario said enraged as they chased them down.

Not far away from there, Wolf was leaned to a wall with crossed arms. "Hmph, I need to wait a little it longer for the festival to begin...how boring..."

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" The Koopa Bros revealed their identities, screamed and ran in front of him with a confused look on his face.

"GET THEM! THEY'RE THE MINIONS!" Chris yelled and Wolf watched the trio getting away.

"...Pfft, fine, but I'll take it as a warm up for the festival." Wolf said before he followed them.

"OH NO!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled when he saw Geno on the middle on their way charging up his Geno Beam.

"FIRE!" Geno yelled firing the beam towards the Koopas, but they ducked in terror and the beam went above them, even the chasers rolled out of the way of the beam.

"HA-HA! SUCKER!" Red Ninjakoopa said running away with the rest of his brothers.

"Get back here and return the Star Spirit!" Geno demanded running after them, joining the previous group in the process.

Business District

Steiner was seen walking aimlessly around the Business District, why? Because the city was so big that he got himself lost as he groaned and threw his arms down. "Why is this city so big? I do not know how to return to the castle now!"

"GET OUT, STEEL CAN!" Green Ninjakoopa said pushing Steiner out of the way while the 4 ninjas ran over him leaving footprints on his armor.

"...First, I got lost, then the next things are those weirdos running all over me...what's next?" Steiner asked while his face was still on the floor.

What was next was that the Smashers and Zidane didn't saw him on the floor and ran completely over him (although Wolf was aware of that, so he stomped on him) and they ran away to catch the Koopa Bros.

"...You...are...so...going...to...prison...you...hear...me?" Steiner asked with an accusing finger before he fainted.

Vivi, Ness, Lucas and Toon Link were walking down the shops talking about the animals of the festival. "So, why do you think they set animals on the loose here? Doesn't that sounds a little weird to you?" Ness asked.

A kid walked right next to them and overheard the conversation. "What do you mean? We don't set animals on the loose, we set monsters on the loose." He said before he walked away.

"..." The group didn't spoke and looked at each other. "M-MONSTERS?!"

"W-why they would set monsters free?!" Lucas asked terrified.

"Because many hunters come to the castle and the regent takes notice about that that he decided to make a festival like this one!" The kid from before shouted from afar.

"But isn't there another reason for that?" Toon Link asked.

"To be named the Master Hunter, a very important title!" The kid shouted before he disappeared from sight.

"Master Hunter? Hmm..."

"...D-don't tell me you're going to enter..." Vivi said studdering a little.

"Hey, I want to have a title! Just think about it! "Link, the Master Hunter."

"You mean Toon Link, the Master Hunter." Ness pointed out.

"SHUT UP! MY NAME IS NOT TOON LI-YAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" The cartoony Link was ran over by the Koopa Bros who didn't slowed down and got away.

"Those were the same idiots from before!" Ness said remembering.

"GUYS!" Chris called from afar and they looked at him.

"CATCH THEM, DON'T LET THEM GET AWAY!" Geno shouted.

"R-right! C-come back here!" Lucas said as he started to run.

"G-get back here, you scumbags!" Vivi yelled while he ran with both PK users.

"Alright! You learned it!" Zidane said triumphaly as both groups joined the chase.

...But they left Toon Link on the floor, when Steiner was seen running to him with the footprints still on his armor. "L-Link! Are you alright?!"

"I-I guess so..." Toon Link said as he got up.

"We must make haste and catch all those thieves!"

"You mean the turtles right?"

"No! I meant Zidane and those weird persons!" He said when he started to chase them down.

"W-wait! Don't do that!" Toon Link said alarmed, joining the chase.

When all the 10 joined together to capture the Koopa Bros...well, we're going to change the scene to the dragoon, Freya, who was conveniently staring at the clouds near a fence, on the other side of the fence, there was a long abyss where the city expanded with more houses. "The sky looks ominous... Something's about to happen. Sir Fratley, where are you?... I need you..." She muttered to herself in sorrow.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Freya watched rather amused when 4 weird turtles dressed in ninja's clothes jumped over the fence, then, she found Zidane's group stopping where the turtles jumped and watched them celebrating. "What's happening?"

"Yeah! Yeah! We're away from you, how's that?!" Red Ninjakoopa said jumping happily.

"We so totally owned you guys!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said laughing.

"You can't catch us now!" Green Ninjakoopa said happily.

Black Ninjakoopa removed the bandages from his face and spoke. "Heheh, catch..."

"Well..." Freya began when she walked towards the Smashers while she was still looking at the Koopas. "You do have a point, nobody is stupid enough to jump over a fence that has a deep abyss."

"That's right!" Red Ninjakoopa said before he stopped laughing when he saw that the floor was quite far away from his feet. "...Um...why are we floating in midair?"

"Don't be stupid! We can't float in midai-" Yellow Ninjakoopa looked down. "...Oh crap..."

"QUICK! TO SAFE FLOOR!" Green Ninjakoopa said alarmed flailing his arms and legs.

"Heheh, too late..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

"SHUT THE HECK AND HELL UP BLACK! AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!" The Koopa Bros. fell straight down the abyss, where they crashed into a roof of a random house and moaned in pain.

"..." Geno looked down the fence. "Shouldn't we capture them?"

"Nah, they will probably look for us again." Zidane said.

"I think he is right..." Chris said.

"Zidane, may I ask what happened here?" Freya asked interested.

"Well..." Zidane trailed off.

Garnet's Song

And suddenly, someone was singing somewhere in the castle and they looked around for the source. (But Lucario rather sat on the floor and enjoyed it).

"Laaaaa, la, la, la...la, la, la, la, la, laaa...la, laaa, la, la, la, laaa, la, la, lala laaa...laaa la la laaa! Lala..." The person sang with a beautiful voice that echoed through the castle.

"That voice...it was beautiful..." Geno remarked.

"...Where is the thief?!" Steiner asked as he looked around for Zidane who instantly disappeared.

Terrace

Zelda and Garnet were high above the terrace of the Grand Castle, the princess of Hyrule listened to the princess of Alexandria's song, it was very peaceful that even attracted a flock of white birds that sat around the place. "Garnet...your song is excellent...and beautiful..." Zelda said.

"...Thanks." Garnet said smiling a little as she finished.

"But do you remember where did you hear it to sing it?"

"...I don't know. I can't even remember where I learned it. I sing it whenever I feel sad or lonely... For some reason, it comforts me and reminds me that I'm not alone."

"So, you were the one singing." Zidane said as he walked towards both princesses.

"Z-Zidane! How did you get in here?!"

"I'm a thief, I should know how to sneak into places, Lindblum's Grand Castle is no exception."

"That's why you're in Baku's group..."

"Hey, Dagger. So when do you wanna go on that airship cruise?"

"What are you talking about?" Garnet and Zelda asked confused before Zidane gasped.

"(What am I thinking!? I asked the girl at the...) Never mind."

"Well...it sounds like you've asked the wrong girl." Zelda said.

"Wait. I-I can explai-"

"Why bother? Go have a wonderful time." Garnet said a little annoyed, looking away.

"Oh, man... Okay, how about this? If I get first place in tomorrow's hunting festival, you and me'll go out on a date!"

"How does that have anything to do with her?" Zelda asked.

"Come on. Pleaaase."

"...Fine." Garnet responded, grunting silently.

"What!?" Zelda asked surprised. "B-but that was all of a-"

"Okay, it's a date!" Zidane said interrupting Zelda, then he ran away.

"...I-I don't understand why you accepted his deal!"

"..." Garnet didn't spoke.

"...Garnet? Is something wrong?"

"W-what? No... I'm fine..."

Varios places around Lindblum

"It may be tradition, but this is a dreadful festival. So many lives lost each year, especially because of him..." A soldier said as a carriage loaded with Fangs (wolf monsters) shook violently.

"Hardly. The festival is a test of manhood. I tingle with excitement every year." The officer said while he kept looking at the carriage.

"This is the last carraige. All the preparations for the Festival of the Hunt are complete."

"Very good. Now we wait for the signal."

"Yes, sir."

The carriage opens quickly and the soldier and officer runs away scared, but the captain, who was staring at another way, didn't escaped as a Fang stands behind him.

"The fangs have been freed." Another soldier in a different area announced.

"What!? We haven't even received the minister's authorization!" Another officer said alarmed.

"We believe that they're going to release 'him' any minute."

"Alright, release the Mus before they let him loose. Hurry!"

The 2 ran away when another carriage released the Mus (blue squirrels like monsters) who began to spread around the city.

Meanwhile, in another different area...

"All is ready!" A voice shouted.

"Alright. Standby!" A soldier said.

"This year's specimen is perfect. Nothing can stop him! Ha ha ha! What power!" The breeder of the monsters said as a huge cage shook violently with force below him, then, the Koopa Bros were shown hiding behind some bushes as the stared at the cage and smirked in unison.

"I think we got our monster to get revenge on them..." Red Ninjakoopa said.

"Sweet, slow revenge." Yellow Ninjakoopa said.

"Hehehe, now, let's call the Shadow Bugs and take control of him." Green Ninjakoopa suggested and Black Ninjakoopa nodded.

"Heheh, Shadow Bugs..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

"Hey, make him stop! It's too early to let him loose!" The soldier yelled.

"How? I have no control over him." The breeder said calmly.

"Damit! Open the gate at once! The gate's gonna fall apart!"

"GO, ZAGHNOL!" The breeder yelled enthusiastically and the big, swine-like monster, Zaghnol, ran when the cage was opened, then the Koopas snuck between the buildings as the Shadow Bugs began to appear behind them...

Guest's Room

The entire group were waiting in the room to be called to the festival, even Freya was there leaning to the wall with crossed arms (with Wolf), both Links were training a little by swinging their swords and checking their equipment.

"(Where's Zidane?)" Vivi thought.

Steiner tried to cheer Garnet up since she looked a little depressed. "Please, Princess. You might actually enjoy it."

"Okay..." Garnet said nodding worried.

"(Garnet...)" Zelda thought on her mind.

"(I wonder if Zidane has improved his skills...)" Freya thought as she glanced to Wolf, who glared at her, earning also a grunt, before Zidane appears and they look at him.

"Hey, guys. Sorry I'm late." Zidane said scratching his neck.

Chris and Lucario were talking between themselves, even Chris changed to his Swordsman job because he was getting a little hot (not the appearance one, the feeling one, mind you).

"I hope Vivi doesn't get surprised." Chris said.

"Why?" Lucario asked.

"Well, Zidane acts as "Vivi's father" and signs him in the festival even if he didn't signed."

"But you don't look that worried."

"Haha, of course not, I don't have to participate at all in this festival, I hate fighting with those Fangs, they're scary."

Lucario kneeled to him. "If you want, I will only hunt them down and kill them."

"Hmm...fine."

"Alright, let's begin." The elite guard in the room said.

= Festival of the Hunt =
Hunters, on your mark! Ferocious beasts swarm about the
castle town! The bigger the catch, the higher the score!
The time limit is 12 minutes. Use air cabs to go to other
districts. Once you lose in a battle, you will be forced to
retire. The winner will be crowned Master Hunter and
receive the hunter's reward. Who will come out on top?!

"What do you wish for your hunter's reward?" The guard asked.

"I'll go with Gil all the way!" Zidane said making a fist.

"I'll take an Add-on." Freya said.

"Gil, I guess..." Wolf said.

"Me too." Link said.

"Pigs!" Toon Link said and they stared at him in confusion.

"Chris, do you want anything special fo-OH NO!" Lucario gasped.

"A-HA! You entered because you wanted to make me happy with the prize!" Chris said proudly of his guess.

"...It was going to be a surprise..." Lucario said frowning before Chris quickly hugged him.

"I'm so happy now for your choice Lucario, you made me already very happy!"

"I...I'm very happy too..." Lucario said smiling a little. "...And what do you want?"

"Well, I was playing Tetra Master the other day an-"

"I'll choose a Card." Lucario said to the soldier quickly.

"..." Chris shook his head. "Well, I guess is time for Vivi to know he was signed without permission from Zidane, but if Zidane ever signed all of us, may I kill him with my sword and arrows!"

"And you, Mr. Vivi?" The soldier asked.

"WHAT?! I never signed up!" Vivi said very shocked.

"I thought you would do pretty well, so I signed you up. Don't worry. With your black magic, it'll be a piece of cake." Zidane said.

"I...I don't know..."

"Y-you can do it Vivi! I'm rooting for you all the way!" Lucas said before Zidane snapped his fingers.

"Hey guys! I signed everyone in the Festival of Hunt!" Zidane said.

"YOU BASTARD!" Chris said lunging at him.

"HEY! STOP! AH! DON'T STAB ME THERE! HEEEEEELP!" Zidane said running around the floor from the enraged Chris.

"That was very inconsiderate of you, Zidane." Freya said sarcastically.

"W-what?! I-I can't believe he signed me in too!" Lucas said.

"And me too..." Ness said frowning.

"...W-what if we work together to win?" Vivi suggested.

"...That's a great idea!" Ness and Lucas said in unison.

Chris lost Zidane for a minute and began to look around the room, but then, Zidane appeared behind Vivi to suggest him for a prize. "Oh!How about this? If you win, I'll fix you up for a date with Dagger." He whispered, making Vivi's yellow eyes to widen a lot as he trembled.

"Me and the princess?!" Vivi yelled shocked.

"SHHH! Keep it down!"

"THERE YOU ARE!" Chris said jumping above Zidane to stab him, but the bandit dodged the blow and continued to run around.

Steiner glared at the bandit when he heard Vivi saying something about her. "What was that!? You just mentioned the princess. What evil deeds are you plotting now!?"

"It's nothing, right, Vivi?!" Zidane asked as he ran around from Chris.

"Y-Yeah." Vivi said unsure.

"So, what would you like for your reward?" The soldier asked.

"Oh, um... I'll take a Card as Lucario if you don't mind..."

"Okay. Money, an Add-on, and...2 Cards. The festival will begin shortly. You all have different starting points. Hunters Zidane, Chris, Wolf and Toon Link will start in the Theater District, Hunters Freya, Geno and Lucas will start in the Industrial District, and Hunters Vivi, Ness and Link will start in the Business District."

"I don't get to stay with you?" Lucario asked.

"I-I'm sorry, there's nothing we can do about it..." Chris said sadly, he didn't wanted to participate because the monsters scared him, since they look scarier in this world, but the Aura Pokémon thought of a plan as he walked away alone, leaving Chris behind.

"N-Ness, we get to work together!" Vivi said excited.

"Yeah! Let's go and grab the title!"

"B-by the way, for what did you asked for a prize?"

"Candy, I wasn't able to think of a good prize..." Ness replied as both walked away with Link, while Lucas looked down ashamed for not being with Vivi.

"Cheer up, if you want, we can work together." Geno said.

Lucas looked to him and gave him a small smile. "O-okay! Thank you!" He said happily as the 2 walked away with Freya.

"Princess Garnet, Princess Zelda, let us go and watch Master Vivi win the festival!" Steiner said running to the bridge where the Zaghnol was previously held.

"After you." Zelda said and Garnet nodded, walking ahead of her.

Everyone left, except for Zidane, Chris, Wolf Toon Link and the soldier.

"Your starting point is the Theater District. You'll need to take an air cab to get there." The guard said and they nodded, walking towards the cab to the Theater District.

Bridge above the Zaghnol's cage

Hunter's Chance

"Such rudeness! Princess, they are treating you like a commoner!" Steiner said angrily pushing a spectator to let the princesses to have a watch of the festival, the whole city was above the buildings watching from the windows as all the monsters and hunters ran around to hunt them down.

"Oh, hush. We get a great view from here." Garnet said.

"I know Link is going to win." Zelda said.

"You're not going to cheer on the others?"

"I will, but Link has the upper hand."

"Hmm, you're right. I can see the entire town. Princess, look! Master Vivi is also participating!" Steiner said excited, pointing out the OBVIOUS.

"I can't believe it. He seemed to reluctant earlier." Garnet said.

"People change so quickly in this kind of events." Zelda said.

"MASTER VIVI!!! THE PRINCESS AND I ARE ROOTING FOR YOU!!!" Steiner yelled at the top of his lungs since all the spectators were cheering loudly.

"COME ON, VIVI!!! YOU CAN DO IT!" Garnet cheered loudly.

"LINK! EVERYONE! WIN THIS ONE FOR US!" Zelda yelled.

"No! Master Vivi!" Steiner gasped.

"Look out! Oh, gosh! I can't watch anymore!" Garnet said covering her eyes.

"Don't do that! We need to keep an eye on them for the whole event!" Zelda said.

"YOU CAN'T WIN JUST BY RUNNING! A GOOD OFFENSE IS THE BEST DEFENSE! ATTACK! You can't lose to that monkey Zidane and those other thieves! YES! THAT'S IT! NOW'S YOUR CHANCE! ONE MORE TIME! VIVI, BEHIND YOU! YES! GO!" Steiner continued to cheer loudly.

But what about the Zaghnol and the Koopa Bros?

"Hehehe...we got him..." Black Ninjakoopa said darkly.

Preview of the next chapter

"I-I won't hold back! Prepare!" Chris said running towards the Fang, but the wolf dodged the slash of his sword and lunged quickly at him with a grunt. "AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

...

"HAHAHAHAHA! NOW WATCH OUR POWER! GO! DARK ZAGHNOL!" Red Ninjakoopa said as Dark Zaghnol charged at the group while the 4 Koopas rode the swine above its back.

"This is going to get dangerous, be on your guards!" Freya warned them.

...

"Z-Zelda?!" Garnet gasped surprised.

"I'm not Zelda for now, I'm Sheik." Sheik said as she jumped high in the air and jumped from building to building.

...

"The time is up! The winner of the Festival of Hunt is..." The announcer said speaking to all the citizens of Lindblum, the Smashers, Zidane, Freya, Steiner, Garnet and Vivi waited anxiously for who won the event.

...

"Next time: The Festival of Hunt: Currently Hunting Koopas!" Freya said.


"Who are you?" Zelda asked to the weird creature staring at her.

"I'm the same moogle you kicked from the airship, kupo!" The moogle from before said angrily.

"And what are you doing here?"

"I'm here to save your progress, duh, kupo..."

Loading game data. Do not turn the power off or take Memory Card in Slot a...

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link, Link, Zelda, Lucario, Ness, Lucas, Wolf, Geno
Cargo Ship
05:48:50

Overwrite file?

Yes

Saving. Do not turn the power off or take the Memory Card in Slot A...

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link, Link, Zelda, Lucario, Ness, Lucas, Wolf, Geno
Lindblum's Theater District
18:23:28
(We counted the stay at the Inn, too, kupo).
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 04, 2008, 09:12:15 PM
Chapter 80: The Festival of Hunt: Currently Hunting Koopas!

Bridge above the Zaghnol's cage

"...Kupo..."

"You're still here?" Zelda asked tapping her foot.

"KUPO!"

Zidane, Garnet, Steiner, Vivi, Chris, Toon Link, Link, Zelda, Lucario, Ness, Lucas, Wolf, Geno
Lindblum's Theater District
18:23:28


"THERE!" The moogle said angrily. "I'm going to report you for moogle abuse, kupo!" The moogle said angrily flying away, cursing.

"Pfft, moogle abuse, sure." Zelda said crossing her arms as Garnet and Steiner sweatdropped.

Theater District

Hunter's Chance

The 4 "hunters" arrived by the cab, Zidane quickly ran away, Wolf got out and went to his way, leaving Toon Link and Chris behind.

The World Traveler wasn't so sure in participating, gosh, he had the chance to kill Zidane but he let it go...

"Chris?" Toon Link called and Chris shook his head.

"W-what?"

"Are you wondering about something?"

"N-no...it's just...I didn't wanted to participate in this thing..." Chris noticed that ever since he said "just," Toon Link already disappeared from his sight, leaving a yellow mark where he was supposed to be. "YOU STUPID BAS-"

"GRRRRRRRRRRR!!!!" A Fang appeared behind him, growling menacingly.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Chris ran for his live screaming like a lunatic and the Fang got a little insulted and began to chase him around.

"You're pathetic!" Wolf yelled appearing from the top of a roof and slashing his claws directly into the Fang's skin, the monster let out a yell of pain before it died.

"Hunter Wolf is taking the lead of the competition!" The announcer said and many began to cheer.

"...B-but why?" Chris asked stopping.

"If you want to win, you just have to kill these pathetic excuses for monsters!" Wolf replied with a glare.

"H-hey! I-I'm a little afraid of these monsters! I know, it's weird, but the monsters in this world are a lot scarier than other worlds!"

"Then don't stay quiet and get moving!"

"Hunter Ness and Vivi are taking the lead of the competition!"

Wolf grunted at the sky. "And look at what have you done! I'm losing to those kids, stop interrupting me!" He said angrily before running away.

"W-who said I was interrupting you! I didn't asked for your help!" Chris shouted angrily, pouting a little.

"GRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

"NOT AGAIN! DUAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

Industrial District

"Lucas! There's another parrot behind you!"

"PK FREEZE!" Lucas shouted freezing a Sparrow, then Geno threw his Rocket Punch on it, shattering the ice in pieces as his hand returned to him. "One more down!"

"It seems you have recovered your enthusiasm."

Lucas blushed a little and looked down. "...Y-yes..."

"Hunters Geno and Lucas are taking the lead of the competition!"

"You hear that? The crowd is wild." Geno said looking at the roof.

"I-it's not so bad after all...GENO!"

"GOT YOU!" Geno quickly spun and shot many bullets from his fingers, taking 3 Mus down.

"W-whoa...you don't even need me help at all..."

"That's not true, if you didn't adviced me from those squirrels I could be in trouble."

"B-but you seemed like if they weren't there..."

"My reflexes are very high, I guess."

"Y-you're incredible Geno..." Lucas said crossing his arms behind his back.

Geno merely blinked but laughed a little. "Maybe..."

"N-now you lost it..."

"..." Geno rolled his eyes.

"Hunter Freya is taking the lead of the competition!"

"It seems Hunter Lani took the lead after Hunter Freya!"

"W-who's Lani?" Lucas asked.

"Maybe the woman with the big axe we saw earlier...c'mon! We have to keep killing these monsters!"

"I-I know!"

Business District

"PK FIRE!"

"FIRE!" Vivi and Ness yelled finishing a Mu and a Sparrow using fire attacks, when the monsters were killed, they cheered at this. "W-we're doing it!"

"See? I told you before, we're a strong team!"

"U-unfortunately, we're not on the top yet..."

"BEHIND YOU!"

"BLIZZARD!" Vivi casted quickly on a Sparrow that was diving down on him, but the cold attack got him in time and killed it.

"Hunters Vivi and Ness are now taking the lead!"

"You were saying?" Ness asked.

"N-nevermind that..."

"NESS! ROLL OUT!" Link yelled before a Fang was about to pin Ness down, but Link stabbed him in time and killed it. "Don't get in the way of those wolves, man, they're harder to beat than the other ones!"

"L-Link, how many monsters have you killed by now?" Vivi asked.

"About 2 birds and 2 wolves."

"And you haven't raised to the top yet?" Ness asked.

"It's a little harder than I expected it would be, there are many hunters around besides us, you know!"

"...Hey, Lucario should be here in this district, where is he?"

"...Hmm...I recall seeing a blue spot jumping towards the Theater District a moment ago...maybe it was him?"

"I-I wonder why did he went there, it seems there are many monsters in this district." Vivi wondered.

"Well, I heard there is this big bull that gives you a lot of points if you can kill it." Link said and both kids gasped a little.

"FIRST TO KILL IT IS THE BETTER SMASHER!" Ness yelled running off with a confused Vivi being dragged on his left hand.

"You cheater!" Link called before he began to run.

Theater District

"GERONIMOOOOO!!!" Zidane appeared from the air and slashed the Fang that was chasing Chris. "You gotta defend against them if you want to win you know!"

"Hunter Zidane is taking the lead now!"

"Alright! I have the date with Dagger if I keep up the good work!"

"T-thanks for rescuing me Zidane..." Chris said nodding his head a little ashamed.

"No problem, I wish you good luck!" He said before he leaped from the fence close to his hideout.

"It seems Hunter Chris is at the bottom of the rank with 0 points! Can he recover from this desperate state?!"

Chris only clenched his hands and tried to retrain his tears from coming, he wasn't a very good hunter and he unfortunately thought it was true.

Until another Fang showed up...

"I-I won't hold back! Prepare!" Chris said running towards the Fang, but the wolf dodged the slash of his sword and lunged quickly at him with a grunt. "AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"GRRRRRR!!!" The Fang's...fangs were embedded into his skin as he yelled i pain.

"Get off me! Get off me!" Chris yelled hitting the Fang with his sword, then the monster jumped from him and he watched his blood on the Fang's teeth. "You...nasty...little..."

"GRRRRRR!!!" The Fang once again lunged at him with his claws prepared to slash Chris.

The World Traveler ducked in horror and waited for the attack of the monster, but then, he felt a sudden wind that touched his face and looked up to see the Aura Pokémon's back as he held the monster with his right hand, staring at him.

"GRRRRRRRR!!!" The Fang grunted menacingly at Lucario.

The Aura Pokémon pulled the monster closer to his face. "GUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRGGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!!" Lucario roared loudly on its face, the monster began to whine a little before Lucario threw him towards a wall at full force, killing him in a strong blow for revenge. "Chris? Are you alright?" He asked kneeling to his trainer. "Your arm...it's bleeding..."

"I-it's okay...y-you don't have to worry about me..." Chris said sniffing a little.

"Are you...crying?"

Chris broke into tears and quickly hugged his Pokémon. "Lucario! I was so scared! T-that monster was going to kill me! And if you haven't appeared...I...I..."

Lucario hugged his trainer back and patted his head. "It's okay now...I'm going to stay with you until this festival ends..."

"And after that too?"

"Like always."

"Lucario!" Chris hugged Lucario tightlier. "You're the best Pokémon that I could wish for!"

"...The best?" Lucario repeated.

Inside his mind, there was a very happy Riolu jumping happily and excited after hearing his master's appreciation. "Yay! I saved my master from dying! And he told me I'm the best Pokémon he ever had before! I'm the best! I'm the best! I'm the best!"

"(Riiiiiiiiii!!!)" The voice of the Riolu rang inside Lucario's mind, the Aura Pokémon closed his eyes and growled happily as he rubbed his cheek with his trainer's cheek. "I will protect you no matter what, you can rest assured now."

"...Thank you..." Chris whispered before they got up and looked at each other with small smiles. "Lucario..."

"Yes?"

"I have a favor to ask to you..."

He kneeled to him and looked down to the floor. "I'm listening."

"Could you please help me to get to the top of the festival to win it? I-I need someone to take care of me while I fight against the monsters."

"And what will I receive in exchange?"

"...You can call me Master as much as you want while we're here starting from now."

Lucario gasped and smiled at Chris. "Master! I won't let you down, I'm putting down all my strength at your service and for you!"

"(You nasty little dork, you didn't said that when we met the first time!)" Chris thought angrily. "Thank you so much Lucario! I knew you were going to help me after all!" Chris said very happily.

Lucario got up. "Shall we continue?"

"GRRRRRRRR!!!"

"LUCARIO!" Chris quickly hid trembling behind Lucario's back after yet another Fang appeared growling at them.

But it also made Lucario furious for scaring his trainer. "NOBODY, AND I REPEAT IT, NOBODY SCARES MY MASTER AND GETS AWAY WITH IT! GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!"

Industrial District

"Hunter Freya has taken the lead for now!" The announcer said as Freya removed her lance from 3 dead bodies of Mus.

"I need to find something or someone to put my skills to test, anyone can find these monsters around the Alexandria kingdom's region by walking around." Freya said, suddenly, she began to feel on her feet a strong tremble from an enormous monster somewhere nearby and jumped very high in the air and landed on the roof of one of the many houses. "Maybe I found what I was looking for...wait...what the...they're the same retards that fell into the abyss a while ago...and what are they doing riding that monster's back?"

"Heheh, retards..." Black Ninjakoopa repeated.

"What was that, Black?" Yellow Ninjakoopa asked looking behind.

"He doesn't talk too much, remember?" Green Ninjakoopa said.

"No, that statement is clearly wrong, I do talk a lot, it's just that I was just trying to find the exact moment to be funny, that's why I repeat someone's word to try to sound funny, haven't I? Well, if you wondered about what I listened to a moment ago, then the answer would be the same girl that pointed out our lack of floor various hours ago, which made us to fall at high speed into a random house, and unfortunately, into someone's bath, and we took quite a beating from a fat woman before we got this bull-animal thing to control it and achieve our evil schemes once and for all to keep the Star Spirit away from them, but I know they won't do that even in a million years, because we're bright." Black Ninjakoopa explained. (0_0)

"Well, he's right for once, and I still have the headache." Red Ninjakoopa said.

"Look! It's the same girl from before!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled pointing to Freya.

"Let's show her who's the boss AND man around he-" Green, Yellow and Red Ninjakoopa did a double-take when a record scratched.

"DID BLACK JUST EXPLAINED SOMETHING WITH A WHOLE PARAGRAPH?!" They asked in unison, rather shocked.

Black Ninjakoopa shifted his eyes. "...Heheh....paragraph..."

"...Naaah!" They said throwing their arms up.

"Anyway! See this new pet we have now? He will help us in destroying all of you, once and for all!" Red Ninjakoopa said determined.

They were riding the Zaghnol from the breeder, they managed to get control of it by using the Shadow Bugs, increasing its strength greatly.

"Well, if I can take down the 5 of you, my points are going to rise up to the top." Freya said lifting her lance.

"Pfft! Points? Who needs 'em?" Green Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

"We WILL show you! GO!" Red Ninjakoopa shouted pointing at Freya, the dragoon jumped high in the air and disappeared from sight. "Hey, where'd she go?"

Suddenly, Freya's lance fell at high speed from the sky and it was stuck on Dark Zaghnol's skin, then Freya came in and retrieved her lance from the monster as it roared in pain. "You rat-face! Don't do that!" Red Ninjakoopa yelled angrily.

"I'm just being a tactician, because I use my mind and not brute force to resolve my problems." Freya explained as she landed on the floor.

"Even so, that didn't do much damage to our little pet!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said proudly, slapping the monster.

In that moment, Geno and Lucas came in and gasped when they saw Dark Zaghnol stomping on the floor. "You're Freya, right?" Geno asked.

"Yes, I am." Freya responded.

"G-Geno! T-that monster was possesed by the Shadow Bugs!" Lucas said terrified.

"So those are the Shadow Bugs..." Geno trailed off.

"I don't know what you 2 are talking about, but, may as well ask for help to take those 5 down." Freya said.

"Why?"

"Because they pointed out that my lance didn't do much damage to the beast."

Geno prepared his rocket punch. "Then let's work together."

"Hunters Chris and Lucario are quickly rising up to the top! But Hunter Zidane is currently taking the gold!"

"G-Geno! We're forgetting about the festival!" Lucas said alarmed.

"Hmm...the first one that manages to take down the Zaghnol will get the points." Freya said.

"And if the Shadow Bugs increased its strength, then the points are going to be much more." Geno said.

"B-but don't forget, we need to cooperate!" Lucas reminded.

"HAHAHAHAHA! NOW WATCH OUR POWER! GO! DARK ZAGHNOL!" Red Ninjakoopa said as Dark Zaghnol charged at the group while the 4 Koopas rode the swine above its back.

"This is going to get dangerous, be on your guards!" Freya warned them.

"PK FREEZE!" Lucas shouted casting an ice glyph that exploded on Dark Zaghnol, but the pig didn't felt the cold, instead, Green Ninjakoopa did as was frozen.

"GREEN!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled punching the ice to break the ice.

"Forget about him! We're going to win this thing!" Red Ninjakoopa said determined. "DARK ZAGHNOL! START CHARGING UP YOUR ATTACK!"

Dark Zaghnol began to electrocute himself to charge an electric type attack before he ran after Geno, the puppet shot a fast rocket punch on its nose and rolled out of the way from the ramming attack. "Maybe this is going to be easy after all."

"THUNDAGA!" Red Ninjakoopa shouted at the sky.

"W-wait...Vivi told me that Thundaga was one of the most powerful magic and...LOOK OUT!" Lucas yelled terrorized after a purple tower appeared on the center on the area, after that, it exploded in a huge bolt of lightnings that spreaded around, delivering massive damage to the trio, depleting their health to the critical point. "...Help..." Lucas moaned in pain.

"Ugh...I underestimated them..." Freya said dropping on one knee.

"But nevertheless...we must defeat them...and retrieve the Star Spirit..." Geno said panting heavily.

"HAHAHAHA! SEE OUR POWERFUL POWER?!" Red Ninjakoopa said proudly.

"Heheh, power..." Black Ninjakoopa said chuckling.

"NOW THAT'S FUNNY! HAHAHAHAHA!"

"..God, they're bad at jokes..." Freya said frowning as she panted.

"I agree..." Geno trailed off recovering.

"Hunter Toon Link has taken the lead!"

"MY DAMM NAME IS NOT TOON LINK!" Toon Link shouted angrily from the Theater District.

"At this rate...I'm not going to win the festival..." Freya said.

"N-neither we will..." Lucas said weakly.

Dark Zaghnol began to stomp the floor as steam began to appear from his nostrils. "We're going to get a raise! We're going to get a raise! We're going to get a raise!" The Koopa Bros sang happily.

"Please...somebody...help us..."

"NOW CRUSH THEM!" Red Ninjakoopa yelled angrily, Dark Zaghnol prepared to crush the trio and then it rushed towards them, stomping the floor in rage while Freya, Geno and Lucas tried to stand up.

"...I guess this is it..." Freya muttered to herself.

"No is not!"

An arrow came from the sky and it hit the left eye of the Dark Zaghnol, making him to lose control and ram into a house (the Koopa Bros were sent flying straight to the wall by accident) and Link jumped from one of the buildings and ran to them.

"Is everyone alright?" Link asked.

"D-do we look alright to you?" Lucas asked.

"Link...you must defeat that thing..." Geno said panting.

Link glanced to Dark Zaghnol, who turned to him as the Koopa Bros rode his back again, shaking their heads. "You little son of a-!"

"Hunter Wolf took the lead once again!"

"Stupid little-"

"But Hunters Vivi and Ness took the lead after him!"

"Go f-"

"Hunters Lucario and Chris are now on the top!"

"Yourself and f-"

"Hunter Lani made a comeback!"

"Your mother and suck up your d-"

"ACHOO! Sorry!"

"You hear me?!" Red Ninjakoopa cursed but was interrupted consecutively.

"W-what is a d-" Lucas's mouth was quickly blocked by Geno.

"It's better if you don't know." Geno said frowning.

"Do you need any help?" Link asked.

"HERE IT COMES!" Lucas yelled and Link saw Dark Zaghnol charging at him while Red Ninjakoopa yelled like a barbarian, the Hero of Twilight ran towards it with his sword ready, but Red Ninjakoopa told Dark Zaghnol to stab his horns into him, but as soon as both were close, Link used both horns to climb its back and began to kick down every Koopa Bros to the floor, and the monster lost control of itself and crashed directly into another house's wall.

"YOU STUPID LITTLE PIECE OF SH-" Red Ninjakoopa was interrupted.

"Hunter Zidane is winning!"

Bridge above the Zaghnol's cage

"NO! MASTER VIVI! YOU MUST WORK HARDER THAN THAT, DO NOT LET THE MONKEY GET AWAY!" Steiner yelled loudly.

"Link is going to win, he's fighting against that big swine." Zelda said.

"Blasphemy! If you kill weaker enemies like Master Vivi does, your rank is going to rise up faster!"

"Look, Lucario is hugging Chris." Garnet said.

"Those 2 are very close to each other." Zelda said.

"...Why is Chris's face a litte funny?"

"...I guess Lucario used his brute force, I know he has that because Mewtwo told me."

"NOOOOO! MASTER VIVI?! WHY ARE YOU HEADING FOR THE BIG PIG?! TURN BACK!" Steiner yelled loudly.

"At this rate, Zidane is going to win...and...I...accepted a deal...for a date...with..." Garnet's eyes began to grow wide by every second. "SOMEBODY WIN INSTEAD OF HIM! PLEASE! I BEG OF YOU!"

Garnet didn't noticed that she yelled even louder than any spectator, making Zelda and EVEN Steiner to back away a little from her (along with the spectators).

Industrial District

"L-Link! Do you want any help?" Vivi asked as he ran to Lucas with Ness.

"Lucas! Are you feeling okay?" Ness asked worried.

"N-no..." Lucas replied weakly.

"MORE IDIOTS! GREAT!" Red Ninjakoopa yelled laughing maniacally.

"...Don't tell anyone, but Red has turned into a power hungry fool or something..." Green Ninjakoopa whispered.

Power Hungry Fool

"What? Did I tell you to change the music?"

Hunter's Chance

"That's better."

"H-hey! I won't let this opportunity go off my hands! If we can kill this pig, then we'll win the festival!" Ness said excited.

"So am I." Link said, taking out his bow.

"G-guys! That monster is electrocuting himself!" Vivi said trembling.

"NOW WATCH MY POWER! THUNDAGA!" Red Ninjakoopa yelled loudly to the sky, and another purple tower appeared on the center.

"R-RUN! THAT ATTACK IS DANGEROUS!" Freya yelled trying to warn them.

But then, a huge explosion of lightning fell on the area and a cloud of smoke was created from the catastrophic magic.

"..." Freya was coughing, but when the smoke cleared out, she looked below and noticed she was being carried by someone.

"Hey, are you crazy or something? You were going to get killed back there!" Zidane said while he was grabbing Freya.

"...Zidane..."

"Yeah, I know, you're my hero and all I want to date you anytime from now on since you're the most coolets hunter in th-"

"LET ME GO YOU STUPID PERV!" Freya yelled furiously, doing an uppercut on Zidane that make his nose to bleed like crazy, the reason? He was grabbing Freya...

...By her breast.

"OWW!!! MY NOSE! YOU BROKE IT!" Zidane said holding his nose in pain.

"YOU IDIOT! DON'T YOU HAVE ANY MANNERS AT ALL?!"

"H-hey! I saved your life! Didn't I?"

"THAT ISN'T AN EXCUSE TO GRAB ME THERE!"

"I-it was accident! Who would marry and rat-face like you anywAYYYYYY!!!"

Freya grabbed Zidane by the throat. "YOU...DID...NOT...SAID...THAT...YOU HEAR ME?!"

"I...DIDN'T...I...SWEAR...IT...UGH..." Zidane said struggling from Freya's grip.

"HEY! YOU 2! COME DOWN AND BE KILLED!" Red Ninjakoopa called from below, before a familiar lance almost hits his crotch but hit the monster as it roared in extreme pain. "Y-YIKES! WOMEN ARE SCARY!"

"SHUT UP AND LET ME FINISH WITH THIS GUY!" Freya yelled loudly. "WHERE WERE WE?!"

"FREYA...YOU'RE...KILLING ME...PLEASE..."

Bridge above the Zaghnol's cage

"LOL." Said Steiner.

Industrial District

"...Oh...sorry..." Freya replied releasing Zidane from the grip of her hands.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 05, 2008, 03:21:47 PM
"M-man...what's with you..." Zidane said wiping out the blood from his nose.

"Well, you tell me." Freya said crossing her arms.

"H-hello? Lady? Aren't you mad anymor-I mean, MWHAHAHAHA!" Red Ninjakoopa laughed maniacally.

"...Do you want to cooperate and take down those guys?" Zidane asked stretching his hand to Freya.

Freya shook hands with Zidane. "Deal."

The bandit took out his dual blades and jumped off the building. "Let's begin with this!" He yelled falling above the back of Dark Zaghnol and kicked Red Ninjakoopa down from it. "Who's next?"

"YAAAAAAH!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled flailing his arms around, but Zidane merely walked a little to the left, and the Koopa tripped from the monster and fell on his shell. "HELP ME TO GET UP!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled.

"I won't go down as them!" Green Ninjakoopa said cracking his fists.

Then, Freya came behind Zidane, pulled out her lance and pointed the tip and Green's throat. "You were saying?" She asked.

"...MOMMY!" Green Ninjakoopa cried and jumped off the monster...leaving Black Ninjakoopa with 2 hunters.

"...Heheh, cornered..." Black Ninjakoopa chuckled and both hunters sweatdropped, before Zidane threw him off the monster and both jumped from it.

"They're down!" Zidane said proudly.

"Y-you idiots!" Red Ninjakoopa said angrily slamming his fist to the floor.

"I know, that monster doesn't have control anymore and will be standing there dumbl-"

"No! You don't understand! Now that the monster doesn't have anyone to tell him what to do..." Dark Zaghnol roared loudly and began to electrocute himself again. "...He will destroy anyone in sight now that we're off its back..."

Zidane gasped when another purple tower appeared on the center and looked quickly to Link, Geno, Lucas, Vivi and Ness fainted on the floor, that attack could kill them for good this time if he didn't acted quickly to defend them. "Freya! Grab many as fast as you can to save them!"

"It's no use! It's too late!" Freya said alarmed when another huge explosion of lightning was created in the area.

Bridge above the Zaghnol's cage

"I...I can't stand this anymore! I need to help them before they get killed by that monster!" Zelda said worried.

"B-but we're too far away to help them..." Garnet said before magic began to surround Zelda.

"...SHE IS A WITCH!" Steiner yelled scared as he hid behind the spectators.

"Hunter Wolf has recovered the first place!"

"Z-Zelda?!" Garnet gasped surprised.

"I'm not Zelda for now, I'm Sheik." Sheik said as she jumped high in the air and jumped from building to building.

"I KNEW IT! I AM NOT CRAZY! THEY ARE WIZARDS! EVIL WIZARDS!" Steiner screamed terrified before Garnet slapped him.

"Steiner! You gotta stop talking like that this instant!" Garnet said, putting her hands on her hips.

"G-gotta?! You're speaking like that thief!"

"So what?"

"Huh?"

"I have freedom you know!"

"NOOOOOO!!! THE PRINCESS CHANGED! IT IS THE END OF THE WORLD!"

Garnet only rolled her eyes and looked to Sheik jumping away to help them. "Zelda...now I'm the one saying you're remarkable..."

Industrial District

"...I'm dead?" Zidane asked while he opened slowly his eyes and found himself alright, breathing normally but confused at the situation. "....But...how did I..."

"Lucario! Great job in using Extremespeed!" Chris was just various meters away from Zidane, the World Traveler was rubbing the Aura Pokémon's head with care and the bandit looked around, they were above a building with all the other hunters unconscious except for him and Freya.

"Master, I do everything to make you proud." Lucario said kneeling to him.

"...Wait, Lucario saved us? But how?" Zidane asked confused.

"He knows a special technique called Extremespeed, with that, Lucario's speed drastically increases to the maximum level, and since he is the legendary Lucario, he was able to grab all of you in time." Chris said.

"...Huh?" Vivi woke up and looked around. "Where am I?"

"Lucario saved us, as Chris says..." Zidane said.

"What's that purple tower?" Chris asked.

"IT'S ANOTHER THUNDAGA?! HOW DOES THAT GUY DOESN'T GET TIRED AT ALL?!"

"LUCARIO!"

"Understood!" Lucario said using Extremespeed to grab everyone to another building before the explosion of lightning could land on them.

"W-we have to attack him or we are going to do the same thing over and over again!" Ness shouted awakening from his state.

"Let me change jobs!" Chris said selecting the Musician job. "Hear me out, I'll stand far away from that thing to heal everyone a little!"

"Y-you can heal?" Vivi asked.

"Sure, Soul Etude!" He began to play his song and a healing air began to heal their wounds a little.

"...Wow...that song...is healing me..."

"See now?"

"Y-yes...I see it..." Lucas said recovering.

"Not enough time to be surprised, alright, let's cooperate together to finish that monster!" Zidane said making a fist in the air.

"...Wait...m-m-monster?" Chris looked down and saw Dark Zaghnol roaring in fury. "MONSTER!" He yelled before fainting.

"Great, we lost our source of healing..." Ness said ashamed.

Lucario grabbed his trainer. "I'll put him away just to be safe, in the meantime, try to kill it." He said before he went away by jumping from house to house.

"It's electrocuting again!" Freya warned all of them.

"Disperse!" Link said awakening from his state and all the "hunters" spreaded around before the explosion of bolts could reach them. "NO!" Link wasn't able to reach a building and he was going to fall...

But a hand grabbed him in time and he looked up and gasped. "Sheik!"

"Stop being too reckless next time." Sheik said pulling Link to safe floor.

"R-reckless?"

"That's right, reckless."

"I'm not reckless! Watch!" Link prepared his arrow and shot it into its eye, making the Dark Zaghnol to roar in pain. "Ha! Who's reckless now?"

"Good job, my plan went well just as I planned." Sheik said nodding before disappearing in a poof of smoke.

"...Sometimes, I think in having the Triforce of Wisdom would be better than the Courage..." Link said scratching his head before he leaped from the building to the floor...before he realized something. "Wait a minute, we can resist long falls, why did I gasp for then?"

"Idiot." Sheik said as she hanged from the wall.

"Well, do something!"

"Done."

Various explosions were created around the monster and it roared in pain again. "What the-did you used those prohibited explosion tags Master Hand told you not to use?" Link shouted asking to Sheik somewhere.

"Isn't obvious?" Sheik asked appearing behind him, making Link to jump in surprise.

"GAH! S-stop doing that!"

"Is not my fault that your reflexes are poor."

"And speaking of reflexes, watch out!" Zidane yelled from afar and Sheik grabbed Link's hand and jumped out of Dark Zaghnol's ramming attack.

"DAMIT! IT'S ELECTROCUTING ITSELF AGAIN!" Ness cursed when more electricity began to cover the monster again.

"We have to find a way to make that attack backfire at him!" Freya said.

Vivi looked at Freya's lance, then he looked at the electricity, then at the lance, and back and forth. "I-if we use the lance as a lightning rod perhaps?"

"What do you mean by that?"

"I-I mean, lightning falls at lightning rods, correct? S-so, if we can somehow use your lance as the rod, we could make the magic to land on it!"

"How are we going to do that?"

"W-well..."

Geno appeared. "Maybe if we can thrust the lance on its back to get it stuck there, the lightning would fall on it."

"B-but the skin on its back is even harder to pierce through!" Freya said.

Then, Lucario appeared from behind them. "I'll do it, give me your lance, I already used one before."

"THE THUNDER!" Lucas yelled out loud and everyone quickly spreaded to evade the explosion of bolts.

"TAKE IT!" Freya said throwing the lance directly to Lucario, who catched it by jumping.

"Hunter Lani is winning!"

"YEEEEEEESSSSSSSS!!!"

"...Was that Dagger just now?" Zidane asked confused.

"Er... (She said she wanted anyone else to win rather than Zidane)... No..." Sheik said sweating a little.

"...Oh, guess that spectator was crazy."

"(She's so going to kill him now...)"

"OH GIVE ME A BREAK! IT'S ELECTROCUTING ITSELF YET AGAIN!" Ness yelled cursing.

"Everyone! We must create some kind of decoy to let Lucario to thrust the lance on its back!" Geno yelled. "...That's it! Link! Shoot arrows to its eyes!"

"I heard you!" Link said taking out his bow.

"I could help him using my kunais too." Sheik said taking out kunais using magic.

"Somebody quick needs to distract him." Geno said.

"Leave it to me, I'm very sneaky, that's why I'm a bandit, right?" Zidane asked as he dashed towards Dark Zaghnol.

"W-what can we do?" Lucas asked raising his hand with Ness.

"...You could...well...use your PK attacks to...I...don't know..."

"...Lucas could freeze it while I use PK Blast to deal massive damage to make the ice shatter." Ness said.

"Y-yeah! I could do that!" Lucas said smiling a little.

"W-wait!" Vivi ran up to them (stumbled in his way) and continued to run. "I-I could support them using my magic too!"

"So let's summarize it quickly..." Geno said as he got in a thinking position.

"HURRY! IT'S GOING TO ATTACK!" Link yelled from afar preparing to shoot his arrow.

"Hunter Wolf has taken back the first place!"

"Link and Sheik will shot his eyes, Zidane will distract him, Ness, Vivi and Lucas will use magic to make him to stagger and I will use my beam to add something while Lucario gets on its back to thrust the lance while Freya does absolutely nothing, (Freya: Hey!) alright, begin!"

"GO!" Link and Sheik yelled and fired their weapons at the same time into Dark Zaghnol's eyes, they managed to thrust them on its eyes and it began to roar.

"Hey! See this?" Zidane asked grabbing his tail. "You can't chew on it, 'cause you don't see!" He laughed and ran away while the monster tried to figure where he was.

"PK FREEZE!" Lucas casted his ice glyph that was fully charged and exploded into Dark Zaghnol, trapping him inside a big chunk on ice.

"PK BLAST!" Ness casted his green flash that went growing overtime and it exploded on the chunk of ice, shattering the ice in a million of pieces.

"GENO BEAM!" Geno fired his beam from his right hand, colliding with Dark Zaghnol's stomach.

"F-FIRA!" Vivi casted a stronger fire that covered Dark Zaghnol completely.

"V-Vivi! How did you do that?!" Lucas asked surprised.

"See this?" Vivi asked pointing at his staff that was yellow with a red crystal on its top. "Zidane said he found it while we were fighting against the Black Waltzes, it enabled me to cast Fira!"

"...Where is Lucario?" Link asked.

"Right here!" Freya yelled from above, everyone looked above to find Freya and Lucario holding the lance together at a very high altitude, Freya's jumping abilities and Lucario's made the jump longer and stronger that they went at full speed towards the back, combinating Lucario's brute force, both managed to thrust the lance on its back before they jumped away from it.

"H-hey! Where's that bastard Wolf?" Ness asked looking around.

"Who needs him? We're handling this situation very well by ourselves!" Link said.

"And where is Toon Link?" Sheik asked, she just could have sworn someone was sneaking somewhere in the buildings.

"BACK AWAY! IT'S GOING TO CAST IT!" Geno yelled loudly and all of them ran to different directions as fast as they could.

A huge explosion of lightning fell directly on Dark Zaghnol's back, the monster yelled loudly in extreme pain before it threw itself to the floor with a tremble it created, then, Freya's lance fell from its back and the dragoon walked to it and got it back as she put it above her shoulder.

Final Fantasy lX - Victory Theme

"W-we won! We got all the points!" Vivi said jumping happily.

"...No! It's alive!" Lucario said grunting and Vivi gasped when the monster was able to stand up, it prepared to ram into the black mage that everybody yelled Vivi's name loudly.

The black mage ducked in horror as he cried a little and waited for his death.

...Until all of them heard a long moan of pain from Dark Zaghnol, who stopped on its track and fell defeated.

"Hunter Wolf has defeated Zaghnol, making him the possible winner of the festival!"

"WHAT?!" Every hunter in the area asked shocked in unison, on the top of the monster, there was Wolf's claw dug deeply on its skin as the grey vulpine grinned and stood up as he crossed his arms in victory as the monster's Shadow Bugs vanished along with it.

"Bunch of weaklings." Wolf said smirking, rather evily.

"N-no way!" Ness said dropping to his knees.

"T-that's not fair!" Lucas said doing the same.

"After all the work we did, he just appears out of nowhere and deals the finishing blow!" Link said very annoyed, doing a groan.

"Actually, he was waiting for the exact moment to appear here." Sheik said.

"And you didn't said anything about it?!" Zidane asked irritated.

"Hey," Wolf began. "It's not my fault that all of you couldn't finish this pathetic excuse of a monster."

"Watch your mouth, we could have done that a long time ago!"

"Heheh, how ironic, you stole the words from my mouth."

"Huh?" Freya said confused.

Wolf took out a diagonal-shaped device. "You forgot about this, my Reflector."

"...So that's why..." Lucario said.

"What?" Geno asked.

"Since the magic from the battle against the Black Waltzes bounced off from Wolf's Reflector, he could have finished the encouter just by using it." Lucario explained.

"I see now..."

"...And it seems the time is up." Wolf replied grinning again.

"The time is up! The winner of the Festival of Hunt is..." The announcer said speaking to all the citizens of Lindblum, the Smashers, Zidane, Freya, Steiner, Garnet and Vivi waited anxiously for who won the event.

Wolf merely smirked and raised his fist slowly in the air to reclaim the victory.

"THE WINNER OF THE FESTIVAL OF HUNT IS...HUNTERS, CHRIS AND TOON LINK!"

"Yeah, I won...WHAT?!" Wolf asked very annoyed and furiously after hearing those names being announced instead of his, making him to snarl.

"...Master! I forgot about him!" Lucario said gasping.

"AND NOW, WE PUT THE LIFES OF THE OTHER HUNTERS IN RISK WITH THIS INSANE AMOUNT OF CONFETTI!"

The crowd, or Lindblum itself, began to cheer loudly with many applauses as they saw many airships throwing the insane amount of confetti that covered the whole castle while the cheers began to be louder and louder by every second, as the Smashers and hunters began to think for what was the confetti necessary for as they were buried on it.

Throne Room

"WE WON! WE WON! WE WON WE WON WE WON!" Chris and Toon Link said jumping happily with hands joined together as they jumped in a circle.

Zidane, Vivi, Ness, Lucas, Geno, Lucario, Freya, Wolf, Link were behind them in a line, wondering how could they win, Zelda, Garnet and an utterly happy Steiner (because Toon Link was his friend and because he won) were standing right next to Regent Cid.

"That was marvelous! All of you!" Regent Cid said very pleased.

"437,328,049,957,215,375,397,254,754,908,927,547,032,089,374,143,978,341 points!... Congratulations!" Artania said panting heavily after saying the WHOLE new number.

"WHAT THE HELL?!" Every single character (including Lucario himself) asked very very very shocked and surprised at this very insane amount of points.

"H-HOW IN THE HELL DID YOU 2 GET SO MANY POINTS?!" Freya asked utterly shocked.

Chris and Toon Link looked at each other and chuckled and laughed after. "Well, it was pretty simple!" Toon Link said chuckling.

Flashback

Business District

"A-Alice! Are you sure this is going to work?!" Toon Link asked to Alice, the owner of the shop that was introduced in the previous chapter.

Alice peered from a huge box of food. "Yes! Monsters love to be attracted to this food that they quickly gather to eat it!"

"So what am I going to do?"

"Simple, you need to put all the bombs you ordered to me around this area, you need to be quick, the whole district is going to be filled probably with all the monsters of the festival!" She looked to the ground below her feet trembling. "Hurry! They're coming this way!"

"Right!" Toon Link took a big pile of bombs and began to spread around the explosives around. "...Huh? What are you doing here?" He found Chris unconscious on the floor and he woke up grogily.

"...Ugh...monsters...I hate them..." Chris said. "...Toon Link? What are you doing with all those bombs?"

"That's right! There's going to be a huge massacre of monsters if I can put all these bombs in time around all the district!"

"HUGE MASSACRE OF MONSTERS?!"

"...Well...I'm not a killer so..."

"Why didn't you said that before?! I'd love to help you out as your companion!"

Toon Link chuckled and smiled instantly. "Thank you! Here, grab a pile and help me out!"

5 minutes later...

"HURRY UP! THEY'RE COMING!" Alice shouted from her shop and both hunters screamed as they ran inside before Alice closed the door, then, all the monsters from the festival began to gather above each other to get the food Alice ordered for Toon Link.

When all the bombs that both of them gathered, Toon Link threw an igniter from the window and all the bombs exploded at the same time, creating a huge chain reaction that killed EVERY single monster, blood was flying everywhere in the district that it covered it completely.

"DIE! YOU SCUM! DIE!" Chris said laughing maniacally while he watched the scene from the window as he took out 3 blackglasses (where did he got those was a mystery) and gave each one to Toon Link and Alice to protect them from all the lights of the explosions.

"Oooooooh, fireworks." Chris, Toon Link and Alice said in unison amazed by all the massacre they just have created.

End of flashback

Throne Room

Link had his mouth wide open after hearing that. "...Both of you are freaking monster killers!"

"Well, I hate monsters so much, so why not just blow them up? Alice also offered a hand to Toon Link to give propaganda for her shop!" Chris asked laughing with Toon Link.

Business District

There was a huge crowd of customers in Alice's shop, trying to buy all the things
she had to sell as she attended every last one of them very happily.

Throne Room

"Oh, and Link, you can have the title and the prize, it was your idea to blow them up after all."

"We grand you the 'Master Hunter' and your reward." Artania said to Toon Link.

"YAY! PIGS! Where are they?!" Toon Link asked excited.

"Over here sonny!" The breeder called from the door and Toon Link followed him to get his prize.

"..." Lucario looked at Chris. "Master...about that way in defeating the monsters...wasn't that stupid?"

"...No..." Chris answered.

"...Sorry but...I should return calling you by your name for now, I-I'm sorry, but you don't feel worthy enough to be called Master anymore..."

"..." Chris walked and hugged him. "Thank you...thank you so much Lucario..."

"...Chris, you don't have to trick me anymore..."

"...What?!"

"I knew you were trying to trick me to get appreciated by you, so I just acted depressed from the beginning to get you close to me."

"...You...planned this from the beginning?!"

"Yes...because..."

"Because what?"

Lucario laughed a little. "I learned it from you."

"...LUCARIO!" Chris hugged Lucario tightlier. "YOU ARE ABSOLUTELY THE BEST POKÉMON EVER!"

"Chris!" Lucario said growling happily.

"...Wait, aren't we forgetting something?" Geno asked.

"...Y-you're right! The Koopa Bros!" Vivi said gasping.

At that moment, the doors exploded (but they weren't destroyed) and mentioned characters walked with electricity constantly electrocuting them, they were also very angry.

"Y-YOU! YOU BUNCH OF IDIOTS!" Red Ninjakoopa said pointing angrily at them.

"WE'RE HERE TO GET REVENGE ON ALL OF YOU!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said angrily.

"YEAH! USING OUR SHADOW BUGS!" Green Ninjakoopa said angrily.

Black Ninjakoopa chuckled. "Yes, we will use the Shadow Bugs to grow 100 feet tall, our bodies are going to be covered in hard rock muscles that our shells will break with the first flex of arms we make, all the citizens living here will be crushed by our mighty power of our feet as they scream in pain while their bones are shattered in a million of pieces, yes, I can taste it, the power running through us, we will torture all of you so much that we will enjoy licking the blood coming out from everyone here, then next thing will be total power over this insolent world that even Tabuu will fear, did I mention that the package comes with laser eyes? Oh yeah."

"...All the things he said are 100 percent true!" Red Ninjakoopa said angrily.

"N-no! We must stop them at once!" Geno said glaring at them as all the fighters inside prepared for the worst.

"SHADOW BUGS! COME FORTH!"

...Cricket chirps were heard after the Koopa Bros pointed at the sky.

Red Ninjakoopa shifted his eyes. "...I SAID, SHADOW BUGS! COME FORTH!"

More cricket chirps were heard.

"I SAID, COME FORTH AND GIVE US SUPER STRENGTH!"

Even the cricket chirps stopped.

"...NOTHING IS HAPPENING!"

"...Wolf..." Chris began. "Close the doors please."

Wolf appeared behind the Koopa Bros and closed the doors. "With pleasure." Wolf said cracking his fists as he approached them.

"I-I'm going to get revenge this time!" Lucas said, taking out his branch.

"Now you're finished." Geno said preparing his fingers to shot bullets.

"I'm really going to enjoy this moment." Chris said thinking of smacking his harp to them.

"So do I, Chris." Lucario said cracking his fists with aura.

"This is for calling us idiots and many more things!" Ness said, taking out his bat.

"You're not even ninjas, you're pathetic." Zelda said as her right hand glowed.

"I shall get revenge for calling the princess an idiot!" Steiner said angrily as his sword glowed with fire magic.

"F-finally, we're gonna use the Black Sword at last." Vivi said nodding to Steiner.

"Hmm, do you have something of value?" Zidane asked as he prepared his dual blades.

"This is for trying to hurt me AND Zelda!" Link said, taking out a bomb.

"May as well help them." Garnet said, taking out her staff.

"I have serious problems to resolve with them too, let me deal the finishing blow." Freya said, taking out her lance.

The Koopa Bros were cornered in small circle that went shrinking over time. "M-MERCY! WE'LL GIVE YOU THE STAR SPIRIT!" Green Ninjakoopa pleaded.

"PLEASE! I DON'T KNOW WHAT TO SAY!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said bowing to them.

"FOR THIS TIME, WE'RE TELLING THR TRUTH!" Black Ninjakoopa pleaded.

All of them stopped and the Koopa Bros sighed in relief. "Remember, try to not get this place dirty with their blood gwok." Regent Cid reminded before the circle began to shrink again.

Outside

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH! NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!! MERCY!!! WE BEG OF YOU!!!! AAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!" The Koopa Bros screamed terrorized after many punches, fists, slashes, magic and many more things fell on them, then, a small dot (probably them) blasted off from the castle and into the sky where a dark portal opened up. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!" They yelled before disappearing inside the portal, along with it.

Throne Room

"..." Geno looked down to find a card with the picture of Eldstar. "...This is...COME OUT!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Final Fantasy IX)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 05, 2008, 09:10:44 PM
The card began to shine brightly and all of them gasped when the card broke into dust, then, on the center of the room, Eldstar appeared blinking confused by his surroundings. "...Where am I?"

Geno quickly ran and kneeled in front of him. "Eldstar, we have rescued you."

"Geno? Is that really you?... It is you! Boy, I'm so happy to be breathing again!"

"It seems gwok we have many surprises this day." Regent Cid said laughing a little.

"Eldstar, this couldn't have happened if the Smashers, the special elite of fighters didn't helped us." Geno announced and Eldstar flew towards Chris, who blushed embarrassed and played with his fingers.

"H-hello...i-it's a pleasure to meet you..." Chris said shyly.

"What a young hero you are, so, you were the one wishing pure wishes?"

"Y-yes sir!"

"My, I'm honored to be rescued by the World Traveler himself, it is truly honorable."

"B-but we all helped!" Chris said pointing to the Smashers.

"Hohoho! Of course! Your heart is one of the most kindest too, how could I forget that?" Eldstar said laughing. "World Traveler, Smashers, hear me out, while I was imprisoned, Tabuu, leader of the Subspace Army took the other 6 Star Spirits to different worlds, he also revived old adversaries of probably enemies related to all of you," the camera zoomed to his face. "Not only that, he revived Smithy and that creator of weapons is probably residing inside Exor."

"Smithy?!" Geno asked shocked.

"Yes, Smithy, the same one you and Mario defeated a long time ago."

"That bastard...he's creating more weapons to conquer the worlds?!"

"No, you're misunderstanding Geno, there is another enemy that is controlling Smithy's actions."

"Tabuu?"

"No...is not Tabuu...is someone else he called in a twisted dimension, all that I remember were 4 rhombus-shaped objects floating around him."

"Hmm...where did I saw those 4 rhombus before..." Chris wondered.

"There's no need to wonder now! World Traveler Chris! I ask you to lend you my power for the good of the worlds and the wishes!"

"H-how?"

"Stay quiet for a moment." Eldstar said before he shone a little and began to fly around Chris as spored stars surrounded Chris, before a white circle grew in size, earning a new star power.

Chris has learned Refresh!

Refresh restores 50 percent of damage to an ally or the user and heals the target from status ailments or debuffs!

"W-wow! I can feel a new ability!"

"Now, Chris, your new task is to rescue all the Star Spirits to repair the Star Road, it's going to be a difficult journey and mission, so use Geno and Twink's help to the fullest, along with the Smashers, and don't forget to call me to use my power too." Eldstar said.

Chris joined his hands together and kneeled to him. "I humbly accept this task, I will save all the Star Spirits from being taken away."

"No need for mannerisms from you! Don't worry about that!"

Chris got up. "Sorry..."

"No need to apologize too!" Eldstar said chuckling. "Now, I must return to the Star Shrine and wait for the other Star Spirits to come," he toom out a blue star. "This is one of the 7 Star Pieces that each star have, we guard them with our lifes, once all of us are gathered, we will open a path to Exor to save the city it fell on," he began to shine brightly. "I must return now! Good luck Geno! You too, Chris! The World Traveler! If you 2 can find Mario, tell him I said hi!" And with a blink of spores, he disappeared to the Star Shrine.

"...We're done here everyone! We have to return to the Smash Mansion!" Chris said smiling.

"Wait, are you leaving now?" Zidane asked.

"Y-yes...sorry, but we have an important mission to complete."

The bandit walked to Link. "Then good luck my friend, be sure to visit us sometime."

Link shook hands with Link. "I will, be sure of that."

Vivi looked at Ness, Lucas and Geno. "I...I...I'll miss you guys too..."

Lucas sniffed. "V-Vivi...t-try to be strong please...I-I'll do that too..."

"I-I'm sure we will meet again..." Ness said sniffing.

"You're very strong Vivi, I know that." Geno said nodding.

"...WAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Geno, Lucas and Ness hugged each other as they cried, but Geno patted their backs as he smiled a little.

"Please tell Link that I asked him to join the Knights of Pluto." Steiner said saluting Chris.

"Y-yes...of course I will..." Chris said sweatdropping.

"Zelda, I really enjoyed my time together with you, it's a shame that you have to go away for now..." Garnet said to Zelda, who put her hand on her shoulder.

"Garnet, I'll never forget our moments together, as a princess of Hyrule, I wish you good luck." Zelda said with a small smile.

"Thanks, I appreciate it so much."

"Even if we didn't get to know each other very well, it was great to work together with you 3." Freya said to Chris, Lucario and Wolf.

"T-thank you Freya." Chris said shaking hands with her.

"I'm sure you'll find Sir Fratley very soon." Lucario said.

"...But I didn't told you about Sir Fratley, how did you know that?" Freya asked suspiciously.

Chris stomped Lucario's toe and the Aura Pokémon tried to not scream. "I-I told him! That's why!"

"Heh." Wolf chuckled a little at this.

"Please be welcomed to live in my kingdom." Regent Cid said bowing to the Smashers.

"T-thanks your majesty." Chris said bowing to Cid before he looked to the Smashers. "Let's go! We have the task to save the wishes of everybody!" And with that, they walked away to the double doors while Zidane, Garnet, Vivi, Steiner (who was crying), Freya, Artania and Regent Cid waved to them.

Industrial District

"Why did we ignored the injured soldier struggling on the floor on our way here?" Link asked.

"B-because he was faking it?" Chris asked sweating, if they knew a war was going to come, they would stay for a little longer so Chris managed to trick them.

"I hate those people." Zelda said narrowing his eyes.

And suddenly, Chris began to shine brightly before his clothes changed again, earning a new job. "W-what?"

Thief

Stealing the items of your enemies may be your only way to survive, with loot, that is! Sometimes, you can even steal weapons so you can use them as you please as long as the enemies don't take it back! Your evasion and speed also increases a little.


Chris was now wearing a brown shirt below a green cape from his back, he was also wearing a cap covering his hair, with hair sticking out of it, he wore dark yellow pants and brown boots, there was also a knife on his new belt for storing goods. "W-why did I learned to use this job?"

"Maybe because you understand the true meaning of being a bandit." Geno said.

"Geno? Are you an adept in knowing why this happened?"

"I act like a sage sometimes, it was easy for me to point this out, it's possible that your stance with Zidane made you a bandit."

"Or Steiner constantly calling us thieves of bandits..." Link said shaking her head.

"Why aren't we going?" Ness asked.

"Well, if you remember, we're missing Toon Link."

"...yaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!!!!" Toon Link appeared running screaming like a lunatic and they watched him getting away in the distance.

"Why was he running?" Link asked.

Lucario looked to the direction Toon Link came from and quickly grabbed Chris under his arm and ran towards Toon Link. "Run!" Lucario yelled.

"Why?" Geno asked.

"...T-THAT'S WHY!" Lucas and Ness yelled running away screaming.

"RUN!" Wolf yelled sprinting together with a terrorized Zelda, Link and Geno who were following him.

If you remember, Toon Link won pigs, correct? The breeder, that happened to be the same breeder of the Zaghnol, gave Toon Link nothing more than 5 Zaghnols since they are the official "pigs" of Gaia, and the old man laughed as Toon Link ran away for his life screaming.

Final Fantasy lX - Airship Theme

"OPEN THE PORTAL CHRIS!" Lucario yelled before glancing at his trainer under his arm doing something. "WHAT ARE YOU DOING?!"

"Tales of Symphonia, check! Final Fantasy lX, check! Yes! We're doing progress!" Chris said happily putting a circle inside a notepad on each new world.

"For what is that notepad?!"

"For pointing out what new worlds we have been traveling to!" He looked at his list. "And I wish our next one is a Megaman one!"

"WISH LATER! THEY'RE GOING TO ELECTROCUTE THEMSELVES!" Geno screamed running past behind of them.

"AND OFF WE GO!" Chris yelled excited opening the portal which everyone entered in a hurry for their lifes before 5 Thundaras could hit them with force.

And thus, they managed to save Eldstar, the first Star Spirit.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 1300 SMASH COINS!

Link's, Zelda's and Toon Link's partnership level were filled! 2 paths to different worlds have been opened!

The same moogle Zelda kicked earlier appeared chuckling evily. "Heheh, just you wait, you're going to be thrown in jail for moogle abuse...KUPO?!" He gasped when he saw the readers. "S-sorry! But my job is done here for now, kupo! See you all next time in another Final Fantasy world, kupo!" He waved happily as he flew off.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Twink

...

Viva! Smash of...

Sheridan

"ACHOO!" Chris sneezed. "H-hello everyone! W-we're once again in another section of SMAS-ACHOO!" He cleaned his nose. "S-sorry, but I have a terrible cold today, meaning tha-ACHOO! Someone else is going to take the role of this section, and since we left the Smash Channel location for a long time, I asked these 2 guys to help me ou-ACHOO! G-give a warm welcome (please!) to one of the new introduced characters of this story, ZELOS WILDER! ACHOO!"

"HELLO, EVERYBODY! The great and unique Zelos has returned to impress all my fans out there!" Zelos said happily as many of his fans began to cheer loudly and asking him for marriage.

"A-and since Zelos gets ahead of himself all the time, w-we present you a future character of a future arc, ACHOO! G-give an aplause to the necromancer and the Malkuth Empire, Colonel of the Third Division, ACHOO! Jade Curtiss!"

"Hey!"

"Hmph." There was another man reading a book about how to conduct a show, he was extremely relaxed by the look of his red eyes behind his glasses, then, he hid his book behind his back of the uniform of the general. "My, it's a pleasure to be here today, hahaha."

"A-always relaxed, I see, w-well, ACHOO! I leave you 2 the main topic of the show, it's on the desk, so please present the 5 guests of today, by-ACHOO!" Chris left the studio.

"So!" Zelos began, taking the note on his hand. "We have today our next guests for this story, first, we present to you Zidane Tribal!"

"Hey! Missed me?" Zidane asked with a grin.

"The lovely Princess Garnet Till Alexandros!" Zelos said with heart eyes.

"It is good to be here today." Garnet said bowing.

"The small but powerful black mage, Vivi Orunitia!"

"H-hi!" Vivi said waving silently.

"The Dragoon of Burmecia, Freya Crescent!" Freya merely nodded. "And those are the guests of-"

"HEY!" Steiner called out angrily.

Jade adjusted his glasses and took the paper from Zelos. "Of course, we couldn't forget Adelbert Steiner by any means." Jade said.

"...Okay!" Zelos said cheerfully. "The topic for today is...Why Zelos is so damm popular with the girls!"

"Or more accurately, what kind of items do you think would be good for SSBB." Jade corrected Zelos with a smile.

"Man, you're not funny at all."

"Oh, sorry, I thought I was supposed to not be funny on this show at all." Jade said sarcastically, laughing a little like he always does.

"...Zidane! Your answer for this topic?" Zelos asked twitching in anger.

"Hmm...the only thing that will always follow a Final Fantasy game, the Potion!" Zidane said. "You know, you could find it laying somewhere in the stage, its percentage of appearance would be of 80 percent, it will recover 20 percent of damage but if the stage moves and if the Potion is about to fall to another level, it'll break and the item would be lost and then turn into a slippery floor!"

"Ha! That was a good one! Now, cutey, would you like to say your item?"

"C-cutey?! Me?!" Garnet asked blushing a little.

"HANDS OFF THE PRINCESS!" Steiner said angrily, taking out his sword.

"Okay, okay, geez..." Zelos said backing away.

"M-my item would be...um...I guess the Ether...it could boost your next power attack instead of healing MP points, but you have to use it carefully, because the slightlies attack could waste it." Garnet said.

"Vivi, your item if you would?" Jade asked with a smile.

"U-um...my item...er...my item...would be...I know...the Oak Staff, it could only be usable for powering up magic attacks..."

"Well, what an interesting weapon, but I'm afraid that would only work as a sticker since only Peach and Zelda use magic so you lost your opportunity."

"...Oh..." Vivi looked down in shame.

"Hahah, don't get depressed, you did your best, Steiner, now's your turn."

"The Legendary sword, Save the Queen! You know? The one Beatrix uses? It could be stronger that your pathetic "Beamsword" and use it as a short range weapon, but with a strong blow that could send your opponents of the screen, and it is going to be rare to find one, because its rate to appear would be of only 1 percent!"

"Dangerous and yet interesting, Freya, your turn."

"Since weapons are technically items, I'll choose Kain's Lance, once you take it, it would pull you quickly to the sky and crash into a random opponent, anywhere on the stage, and the rate would be of 30 percent." Freya said.

"And since that was all for this section, I'm going off to send autographs to all the hunnies!" Zelos said excited.

"Good luck with the assassins, Zelos." Jade said chuckling a little and they looked at him rather confused.

"...What?"

"Girls can be the most dangerous people of the world."

"Hahahaha! That was a good one!"

"No, I'm serious," Jade's face suddenly turned a little dark as he adjusted his glasses, who remained shining creepily. "Many girls have become expert assassins that seek the richest men of the world, and it just happen that you're from the royalty and one of them would seek marriage, then, they kill you from behind and run off with all your money."

"...Is that even true?" Zidane asked.

"Well, we have 2 girls in this studio, or not?"

Zelos looked at Freya and Garnet. "...You girls are no assassins, right?"

Jade walked towards the door of the exit and laughed more. "Well, you don't have to worry about that."

"...Really?" Zelos asked excited.

"Haha...no." Jade opened the door of the exit revealing the craziest community of Zelos's fans in story, screaming like crazy for him, making the 6 of them to back away from the weird women trying to pass the door.

"...Oh...god..."

"I advice our 5 guests to run, I've heard they like to kill people around the vicinity too."

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Zelos, along with the FF9 cast ran away for their lives as the crazy fangirl community ran after them, asking Zelos for marriage that probably left a serious phobia on his mind.

Then Chris, all recovered, came out from the exit's door. "Phew, I recovered...where are the guests, Jade?"

"Oh? Them? They already left, there was an army of girls that tried to get Zelos just a moment ago, I tried hard to stop them, but since my back aches, I couldn't do anything to help Zelos." Jade said folding his arms, laughing sarcastically...or was him laughing really?

"...Sometimes, I really don't get videogame characters at all..." Chris said frowning.

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 07, 2008, 07:30:02 PM
Chapter 81: The Greil Mercenaries

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"YOU FOOLS!" Tabuu yelled angrily to the Koopa Bros, who were hugging in each other trembling in fear for something scary.

"B-but it's not our fault! They were too strong!" Red Ninjakoopa said trembling in fear.

"SILENCE!" The Koopa Bros hid inside their shells. "BY MY POWER AND COMMAND, I HEREBY PUNISH AND BANISH YOU 4 FROM THE SUBSPACE FROM THIS DAY AND ON!" Tabuu raised his hand and a black thunder fell on the brothers, making them to disappear in a poof of smoke to their homes. "Hmph..."

"It's something wrong, Lord Tabuu?"
The Ancient Minister asked.

"Yes, a new world has opened once again after the first, this time, we're sending an assassin to kill the blue-haired swordsman that caused us trouble that time."

"Then it's my job!"
A tall but skinny figure said.

"Very well, since you're an adept in using spears and the power of the water to aid you, your task is to take the next Star Spirit away with you and kill this swordsman," the Ancient Minister said nodding as he opened a dark portal which the dark figure entered quickly. "Ganondorf, keep an eye on him, we don't know what could he do all alone."

"I shall return with a mission complete report."
Ganondorf said chuckling evily, entering the dark portal that disappeared.

"When it's my turn?" Charizard asked with a glare.

"Patience, wait a little longer, we have plans in invading Mario's world once again, I've heard he and his friends and holding up a festival of sports very soon and many people are going to attend it, that time, we're going to drop off the Subspace Bombs we've been created lately."

"ARGH! I WANT MY TURN NOW!"
Charizard roared furiously.

"QUIET!" Tabuu yelled angrily and the dragon sweatdropped scared.

"Dah dragon got owned! Dah dragon got owned!" King Dedede said laughing, earning a nasty glare of Charizard.

"We will also send Dedede with you, in the meantime, try to get along or something." The Ancient Minister said floating away as Tabuu disappeared by teleporting away.

"...ME AND HIM?! HMPH!" Both looked away annoyed with crossed arms, cursing under their breaths.

?

?
?

"...Why now..."

"It's something wrong, brother?"

"W-what? N-no, it's nothing..."

"You can't fool me, I know you very well, something is bothering you."

"...I told you, nothing is bothering me."

"You can't hide it, admit it!"

"...Fine...I was wondering if I'm a good mercenary for the company of my father, after I argued with him about letting me join, I think the stress got me very soon."

"Please! Don't be stupid, you have been training many times, haven't you? For joining the Greil Mercenaries?"

"Of course, I've been training a lot lately...maybe that's where the stress came from..."

"Just you don't worry about it, I know you're going to do it just fine."

"...You're right...thanks Mist..."

"You're welcome anytime, Ike." She said giggling a little.

"I'm off, Titania needs to see me to discuss my first mission."

"If you can get through alive, I'll prepare you and everyone a good meal, I promise!"

"...Sheesh...you didn't needed to say it like that..."

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"The first Star Spirit was rescued successfully!" Chris said happily.

"Once again, good job." Master Hand said...wearing a tropical hat.

"...What happened when we weren't here?" Ness asked looking around the room, it was all decorated with hawaian stuff, most of the Smashers were holding lemonades or wearing sunglasses or both.

"We've been enjoying the sweet life thanks to the Prinnies!" Popo said wearing sunglasses and drinking his lemonade.

"Why didn't we think about having servants before?" Nana asked licking an ice cream.

"These guys sure know how to have fun with my subordinates." Etna said appearing from the roof, drinking lemonade as she laughed a little.

"THIS, is life." C. Falcon said drinking, laying on a beach chair.

"...Riiiiiiiiiight..." Chris said while his right eye twitched a little.

"CHRIS!" Crazy Hand (wearing a small tropical hat) yelled from his hawaian styled counter. "I got new stuff to sell that will amaze everyone here inside! Including Etna!"

"...Are you sure you're not going to sell the stickers that we CAN'T currently use?"

"...Noooo..."

"Are you sure?"

"...Yeeeeesss...."

"And what are they?"

"...Fiiiiiind ouuuuuuuttt..."

"...JUST SHOW ME!"

"Here!"

Smash Coins in hand: 4900

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilites

"...Huh? The "Smashing Abilities" part wasn't here before..." Chris said wondering.

"Well, using the help of my brother and myself, we managed to create special abilities that will not only help you, but everyone else! You'll get amazed by the abilities, we used our mighty magic to combine, change and add new things together!" Crazy Hand explained excited.

"...Okay, but to clear out the jobs list, let me buy the Psychic User job."

"DEAL!"

Chris gave 900 Smash Coins and his blothes began to shine brightly, but Mewtwo gasped and quickly teleported to him.

...Though his clothes didn't changed that much, he was wearing only a white shirt, white shoes, white pants, white gloves and white SOCKS to be more specific, but the strange thing was that his face didn't showed any emotion as Mewtwo was straining himself, glowing. "Sorry...but you're not ready for this power yet...change to another job...now..." Mewtwo said.

"...Yes..." Chris replied with a small whisper, changing to his Musician job. "...What happened just now?"

"I felt a strong but chaotic power building up in you." Lucario said walking to him.

"I even felt it." Zelda said.

"It's because that job included psychic powers like the ones I use, it's possible that the job is compatible with me too, but that's not the point," Mewtwo explained as he stopped glowing. "Psychic powers are not a thing you can master instantly in one day."

"What do you mean?" Kirby asked wondering.

"I mean to control those powers, you need hard training, control of thoughts and emotions, since Chris has almost a very lively mind, his thoughts aren't very well controled and the telekinesis inside him would have gone chaotic and probably could have hurt us without intention."

Chris gulped. "Y-you mean I need to stay away from using that job then?"

"Exactly." Mewtwo said nodding.

"...O-okay...I'll ask you to have meditation so I can control them well..."

"It would be for the best, sorry if you wanted to use it right now."

"It's okay, thanks for the advice though."

"Ahem, Chris?" Crazy Hand called coughing.

"...Oh, right!"

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 1 - 1000 Smash Coins

Enables one member of a party or group to use his/her Final Smash when the gauge is filled completely.


"...Over Limit Lvl. 1? Isn't that from Tales of Symphonia?" Chris asked.

"Well, maybe, but we changed it a little bit to be more efficient, buy it! You'll need!" Crazy Hand suggested.

"...Fine! I'll buy it!"

"EXCELLENT!" Master Hand said as Chris handed over the money, when suddenly, all of them began to glow for a moment before stopping. "Now you have adquired a very important and useful ability!"

"But why did we all glowed?" Roy asked.

"Oh, if you want to know how to use this ability, care to be teleported to the tutorial?"

"There's a tutorial for this?" Chris asked before getting in a thinking position. "Well...okay, we want to go."

"I didn't decided, don't talk for all of us!" Pikachu said angrily.

"Bing!" Master Hand said snapping his fingers and they were teleported to another area.

Wi-Fi Waiting Room

Burn More, Fighting Spirit

"And here we are! The Wi-Fi Waiting Room with the Sandbag!" Master Hand said, locating all of them in a very creepy place with a grey background, a simple flat platform with a Sandbag staring without emotion at them.

"Is this place our first stage to fight?" Pichu asked.

"...No."

"Phew, I thought it was just a moment an official stage!" Link said sighing in relief.

Fox looked at the Sandbag. "...And...that is for..."

"Nothing." Master Hand said and most of them fell in anime style. "Well, only one of you will use this place, but for this time, we're using this room for tutorials!"

They got up slowly. "So...for what is the ability then?" Toon Link asked as he aimed his arrow to the eye of the Sandbag.

"See that bar over there?" The hand pointed to the left and they looked to that direction.

"I don't see a bar." Geno said.

"Well, you can't see it, but it's there." Master Hand looked at the Sandbag. "Okay, listen up, the Over Limit is a special ability that lets you use a Final Smash, Final Smashs are different for each fighter as you have seen before with Chris."

C. Falcon got interested and walked in up to the front. "So, how do we use the Over Limit?"

"Simple, see the Sandbag? Once you land many hits or receive hits from the enemy, the bar is going to grow little by little and the gauge will be ready for the use of the first person that says a certain sentence to activate it."

Every Smasher (minus Chris, Geno, Etna, Mewtwo, Meta Knight and Lucario) slowly walked towards the Sandbag with weapons ready. "...And...can we start now?" Asked a very impacient Falco.

"I don't see why no-"

"AAAAAH!!!" They all started to beat up the Sandbag like it was a person that made something very bad to them, shots, yells and even weapons began to appear inside the cloud of dust.

"...And they're still being so brute..." Geno said frowning.

"Wow! Looks like the bar has been filled already!" Master Hand said surprised.

"...Meh, it was expected." Etna said simply.

"Okay...but they haven't noticed it yet..."

"...I'll start," Chris began, thinking for a good sentence to start the Over Limit. "Hmm...what can I say Lucario?"

"Something like "the aura is with me" with a yell to the sky?" Lucario suggested.

"...I'm not you!"

"Well..."

"...Maybe this one," he cleared his throat. "I-I am so gonna make you!!" Chris yelled spinning above his feet as the whole background got dark and a rainbow aura covered his body. "...Hell no, I'm not going to say that I can feel the absolute power or something running through me."

Master Hand snapped his fingers and Chris stopped glowing. "Sorry if you wanted to see the Final Smash for that job, but we need the barbarians over there to stop hitting the Sandbag and...is that the Sandbag over there?"

The Sandbag had his sand getting out from many holes, outside the cloud of dust for the fight. "I think they ripped it off." Geno said.

"..." Master Hand frowned at this.

10 minutes later...

All the Smashers were tapping their foots in impacience as another Sandbag appeared from above. "Okay, let's do this like we need to do, Chris, since you're probably the most sane person out of most of them, you go and hit the Sandbag as many times as you can, but to do this quickly, Meta Knight is going to help you." Master Hand said.

"Please, be careful in not slicing me." Chris said sweating.

"I'm always careful, now, go!" Meta Knight yelled flying towards the Sandbag with Chris wh-

"W-wait! I need to have a job that can attack!" Chris called before changing to his Thief job, taking out his knife. "I-I'm ready!"

"Hit it with all your force." Meta Knight said slashing continuously the bag.

"M-multiple hits are more effective, ha!" Chris started with 2 slashs before thrusting his knife continuously.

"The bar is filling up!" Master Hand said. "...There! Say out loud a sentence to activate it!"

"R-right! I-I'm so gonna make yo-"

"Blink and die..." Meta Knight said as an explosion of a rainbow aura pushed Chris out of the way as Meta Knight glowed.

"Oww!" Chris hit the floor and got up. "H-hey! You didn't said an explosion was included!"

"My bad, activating the Over Limit causes an explosion to push anyone away from the one using it," Master Hand explained. "Meta Knight! Use your Final Smash on the Sandbag!"

"Let's see..." Meta Knight saw the Sandbag coming down and grabbed his cape. "Know my power..."

Everyone noticed that the whole background got dark and Pichu began to scream terrorized. "The lights turned off!" Roy said in the darkness.

"Stages don't have lights, you idiot!" C. Falcon said.

Master Hand gasped. "Wait, if you all were able to hurt yourselves...then that means...META KNIGHT! STOP!"

A very fast long slash reached everyone and they were pushed into the air before falling to the floor, moaning in pain for the strong attack as Meta Knight was seen with his sword out before sheathing it. "What...was that?" Marth asked.

"That was...the Final Smash of Meta Knight...first...he hits the target with his cape and everything will turn dark...and he will fastly slash everyone before a second can pass...ugh..." Master Hand said moaning a little in pain.

"Hmph, it was interesting to use it." Meta Knight said walking to them.

"But...it wasn't for us!" Etna said angrily.

"Then, my apologies."

"DARN IT! LET ME USE MINE AND SHOW HIM!" Link said angrily rushing towards the Sandbag.

Music stops

Command Room

"No fair!" Link complained.

"Sorry, but if you want to see and use your Final Smash, you have to fight against the Subspace Army and activate the Over Limit once the bar is filled." Master Hand said.

"...You have to take me the next time, got it?" C. Falcon said pointing at Chris.

C. Falcon was pushed. "Why wasting time with him? You know you want to see mine!" Link said.

Link was also pushed away. "Don't listen to them, I'm sure you want see my own one." Fox said.

"Mine's better than Fox's!" Falco said pushing Fox out of the way.

"Er..." Chris already knew what was Falco's Final Smash.

Falco was pushed away. "Forget about them! I'm better!" Pikachu said.

The yellow mouse was hit by a bat. "Why you don't see mine?" Ness asked.

Then Roy pushed him out. "How about me?"

"(Roy's Final Smash? Heck yes!) I'll think about it."

"Yes!"

"Chris, you forgot the other section!" Crazy Hand said from the counter.

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

"...The "Items" part wasn't there before!" Chris complained.

"It was my most recent part yet! Inside, you're going to find all the items avaiable for the matches, both old and new items are here!" Crazy Hand said excited.

"...Fine, I'll see what you have..."

Banana Peel - 100 Smash Coins

"Why do we need a banana peel? For tripping?" Red asked.

"...Uh-huh." Master Hand responded.

"...HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" Most of the Smashers bursted out laughing after hearing the word tripping.

"Tripping, that's funny, we never EVER trip in fights!" Popo said rolling laughing in the floor.

"I'm not buying that thing!" Chris said.

Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"You mean the Beam Sword that is better than the Master Sword?" Nana asked.

"Hey! My sword is stronger than that thing!" Link said angrily.

"Give me one, please." Chris said paying for the Beam Sword that he...well, kept in his invisible bag that is behind his back that is easy to carry around as many do.

Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"Bom-ombs are the worst thing you can ever have, don't buy them!" Pikachu said.

"...Okay...next item..."

Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"Wait, wasn't the Bumper the same item from the first tournament?" Pikachu asked.

"Yes, it is, I decided to bring it back to this one." Master Hand said.

"Why did you bothered in bringing it back? It was very weak an annoying." Fox said crossing his arms.

"Chris, here, throw it to Fox." Master Hand said giving a free Bumper to Fox.

"Pfft, I'm not bothering using my Reflector." Fox said rolling his eyes.

"Here you go!" Chris said throwing the Bumper to Fox.

Hallway

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Fox was flung instantly and quickly to the other side of the room, crashing into the wall where his head got stuck. "GET ME OUT OF HERE!" He yelled angrily.

Command Room

"DON'T EVER MAKE FUN OF MY ITEMS, YOU HEAR ME?!" Master Hand yelled angrily as Falco went for Fox, but Wolf was rather amused at this. "Now, see it? It's floating in midair, it can be put down in the ground too, if someone approaches it, they'll bounce off, the higher the damage, the longer they'll bounce."

The bumper disappeared and Chris looked at Crazy Hand. "I'm not buying it either."

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"You mean the funny hat that increases your speed?" Chris asked excited.

"Yes!" Crazy Hand said cheerfully.

"GIMME GIMME GIMME!" Chris gave 400 Smash Coins to the hand and stored the item.

Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy

Master Hand snapped his fingers and the item fell in front of them. "Allow me to pesent to you the Cracker Launcher, it has 16 firecrackers and you can aim it to your opponents and fire, the last shot will be slightly stronger too."

Pichu took the Cracker Launcher. "So...I need to press this button and..."

"NO! THAT'S THE AUTOMATIC BU-"

"RUN!" Roy yelled terrorized and they ran away screaming (most of them) from the crazy item that kept firing firecrackers, the last shot hitting the screen.

Everyone entered back coughing from the smoke. "I'm-" Chris coughed. "Not buying it either..."

Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"The Deku Nut?" Link, Toon Link and Zelda asked at the same time.

"It serves to stun and confuse your target for a moment by the explosion of the flash, it can also be used as a bomb but when someone is in the air." Master Hand explained.

He made a Deku Nut and Toon Link grabbed it. "Hmm...well...it looks odd..." He threw it...

FLASH!

"Heeeeeey Nana...you look weeeeeeeirddddddd..." Popo said twirling his head.

"I believe I can flyyyyyyyy..." Chris said before trying to fly but fell. "Oww!"

"I wiiiiiiiiill protect you." Lucario said confused.

"Stop iiiiiiiiiiit guys..." Master Hand said before recovering.

Chris got up. "Next."

Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies

"Nobody uses those things." Zelda said.

"But it's great to break shields." Master Hand pointed out.

"...Hmm...fine, I'll buy one." Chris said buying a Fan.

Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Oh, the Fire Flower, good source to recover." Ness said smiling a little.

"Now you can use the Fire Flower while moving around." Master Hand said.

"I'll buy another thing." Chris said.

Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"Food! Buy it! Buy it!" Kirby said pleading.

"But just because you want it doesn't means..." Chris looked at Kirby's face, who suddenly got sad that was very hard to avoid. "(Aww, look at that face, how can I say no to that face?) Okay! I'll buy the food!"

"Yay!"

Chris bought the food. "But you do know we'll use it if we're tired, right?"

"...You're not fun." Kirby said simply walking away and Chris sweatdropped.

Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"The Franklin Badge? Huh? You know about it?" Ness and Lucas said and asked to themselves.

Master Hand made the badge appear. "If someone equips this item, a reflective shield will protect you from any kind of projectiles."

Pit walked up to it and wore it in his chest. "Like this?" Pit asked.

"Yes, like that."

"FIRE!" Pikachu yelled firing a Thunder Jolt towards Pit, the angel covered his face with his blades but the jolt bounced off and hit Pikachu. "Oww! That hurts a little even if I'm an electric type!"

"Told you." Master Hand said before the badge disappeared.

"I want one." Chris said buying the badge.

Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Freezies, hate them." Falco said shrugging.

"Tsk, fine..." Chris said rolling his eyes.

Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"The Golden Hammer is a new item, it's better than the normal Hammer because it lets you float above depths for a time, it's faster to swing it too."

"But the head won't come out like the Hammer?" Popo asked.

"...Sorry, I couldn't fix that part." Mostly everyone groaned. "H-hey! Those things are hard to make!"

"Let me use it!" C. Falcon said as Master Hand made a Golden Hammer and C. Falcon took it, then he started to to swing it crazily fast with the music of the Golden Hammer.

"GET AWAY!" Pit yelled and everyone backed away from the crazy captain.

But after several seconds, the hammer disappeared and C. Falcon was panting heavily. "Man...that was...exhausting..."

"Even that freaky spell with the music is on that hammer as well." Ness said.

"...Hmm...I'll buy it later." Chris said.

Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"The Gooey Bomb is an explosive encased in a gummy goo, if you throw it to an opponent or any part, it will get stick until it explodes, but if someone comes into contact with the one with the Gooey Bomb, it will change targets." Master Hand explained.

"Care to show us how the item looks like first?" Squirtle asked.

"Why not, it's behind your shell."

"DUAAAAAHHHH!!!" Squirtle ran around screaming until he got close to Red.

"H-HEY! GET THIS THING OFF ME!" Red yelled trying to get the bomb off him, but since it gets stuck, he couldn't do it until he touched Roy.

"I DON'T WANT IT EITHER! YOU HAVE IT!" Roy said touching Marth.

"I-I don't want to have an explosion on my face, yours!" Marth said.

"UAAAAAAHHHHHH!!" Lucas screamed until he touched Falco's tail by accident.

"H-HEY! THIS IS NOT FUNNY! IT'S YOURS!" Falco said.

"G-get this off me!" Wolf said irritated touching Fox, and the bomb began to shine.

"NOT ME!" Fox said touching Mewtwo.

"D-don't drag me into this nonsense!" Mewtwo said angrily before touching Master Hand.

"...Oh...f-" The bomb exploded on Master Hand. "YOU...BUNCH...OF..."

Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"We know what that is, skip it." Nana said.

Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"Skip!" Popo said.

Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"I'll buy one." Chris said buying the heart.

Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Now everybody has their own swing stance!" Master Hand said turning back to his white color.

"I want that one!" Chris bought that too.

Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"When thrown, the Hothead will roll across the ground, inflicting fire damage, the longer the Hothead is rolling, the faster it moves across the ground." Master Hand explained as he threw a Hothead.

"Jump!" Pichu said jumping over the item with Pikachu.

"Jump!" Popo said jumping over with Nana as the othead vanished.

"Although it seems fun I don't want it." Chris said.

Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Wasn't that the same thing that made us grow bigger than the Super Mushroom?" Ness asked wondering.

"That item can do that?" C. Falcon asked.

"Well, the Lightning decreases the size of everyone but the user in a match," Master Hand explained. "But it sometimes malfunctions and shrinks the user instead or it can supersize everyone else, careful, using one of these can be either helpful or dangerous."

"Buy one! Buy one and use it right now!" Pichu said excited.

"...For once, I'll give you a sample." Master Hand said giving a free Lightning that Chris touched.

"Yes! We're big again!"

"Actually...is the other way around..." Pikachu said squeaking.

"Oh god! Somebody turn me back to normal!" Jigglypuff said.

"We can't, we have to wait for the effect to worn off." Master Hand said.

15 seconds later...

Everyone grew up. "Phew, I thought I was going to be a Pichu for the eternity." Link said.

"Yes, be a Pi-hey!" Pichu said angrily.

Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"A.K.A useless item that nobody uses." Nana said.

"But you got to remark, that flower looks very well detailed." Pikachu said.

Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"I'll take 2!" Chris said buying 2 tomatos.

Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"The Metal Box turns you into a metal version that is heavier to knock out, right?" Chris asked.

"That's right, it also makes you to lose speech." Master Hand said making a Metal Box to appear and roll towards Lucario.

"Lucario, use it and try to talk."

"Fine." Lucario said kicking the box and he turned into ametal version of himself and tried to talk.

"...Let's see...you lost your eyes, you can't either scream or yell, you're shiny, oh, who's the pretty guy in the metal?"

Chris was pushed away by C. Falcon. "That's me! I can't believe it! That's me!"

"Lucario's now a Steel/Fighting/Metal type Pokémon!" Jigglypuff said.

"Metal is made of steel so that doesn't counts." Pikachu pointed out.

"Rats!"

Lucario turned back to normal. "I felt...weird...I couldn't talk and..."

"Yeah, all of us wondered the same thing." Roy said.

"Next." Chris said.

Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"I once stepped on those explosives somewhere, and that hurt a lot because they were like 4!" Link said angrily.

"Um...yeah...heheh..." Pichu said sweating a little.

"Next." Chris said.

Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies

"100 copies?!" Ness said shocked. "Those guys aren't too helpful at all in the field of battle are you're letting them hang around with us?!"

"H-hey! You hurt his feelings!" Lucas said pointing at the random Mr. Saturn that appeared on his head.

"BoInG! NesS baD PeRsoN, BoiNG!" Mr. Saturn said before he disappeared.

Ness rolled his eyes. "Please, don't buy him."

"...Okay..." Chris said.

Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"The Pitfall is a ball that once it hits a target when thrown by someone, he or she will become stuck on the ground," Master Hand made a Pitfall and they looked at it. "I'll give you an example, CATCH IT!" He threw the ball at high speed towards Zelda, who used Nayru's Love to reflect it back to Master Hand who hit the cold floor quickly. "OWW! Why'd you do that?!"

"Because that was going to attack me." Zelda said crossing her arms.

"...I deserved that, alright," Master Hand said getting up. "If that item hits you when you're above a platform, you're going to fall through it instead of being stuck on the ground."

"I'll take 1." Chris said buying a Pitfall.

"Oops! Looks like your inventory became full and you have only 700 Smash Coins!" Crazy Hand said. "Don't worry though, you can still buy more things to have them stored here and decide which item you want to bring with you!"

Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Ew, not that mushroom, don't buy that." Nana said.

Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies

"Wait, Pokeballs but with Pokémon inside?! Buy them for me!" Red said excited.

"Red!" Squirtle and Ivysaur said angrily.

"...No thanks, too expensive." Chris said.

Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"Biri-didiiiiiidididi-dororo!" Chris sang the James Bond theme.

"You want it?" Crazy Hand asked.

"Yeah!"

"It's yours my friend, as long as you have enough Smash Coins!" Crazy Hand said giving Chris the Ray Gun.

"Brr! T-those sentences are very familiar to me for an odd reason..." Link said shuddering.

Zelda shuddered too. "I wonder what was that about..."

Toon Link exchanged glances with Link but shrugged it off.

Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"I called that item, the Screw You Attack." Falco joked and some of them chuckled.

"Okay, that was funny, but I'm not buying it either." Chris said.

Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Wait, the Smart Bomb is an official item in this tournament?" Fox asked.

"Yes, I decided to bring even more explosives like the Gooey Bomb, the Smart Bomb creates an expandive sphere of explosion that catches anyone near, sometimes it's going to malfunction when thrown but will explode later." Master Hand explained.

"Hmph, I hate those things." Wolf said crossing his arms.

"So do I, that's why I'm not buying them." Chris said.

Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy

Aleluya

"That's...the best item...ever...nuff said..." Popo said crying a little.

"Nothing can compare its awesomeness..." Ness said crying a little.

"Just imagine what lies inside that ball..." Nana said poetically.

"A very strong power." Mewtwo pointed out calmly, not like many of them who were admiring the image that Master Hand showed them.

"It makes me feel strong already..." Pikachu said sniffing and cleaning his nose with a napkin Pichu gave him.

"BUY IT! BUY IT! BUY IT!" Pikachu, Pichu, Popo, Nana, Ness, Lucas, Toon Link, Jigglypuff (and even Link, Roy, C. Falcon and Falco) cheered.

"...Sorry, but as much as I like to buy it...I don't have enough money left with me..." Chris said ashamed.

"...You suck." Previous characters said in unison with glares and Chris sweatdropped.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: makuta on October 07, 2008, 07:46:47 PM
I read your comment on Super Mario Bros. Z.

Have you watched all the episodes? Or just the first few minutes. (It gets better you know.)

It IS good. So there.

And don't send Lucario after me, I have a 50-ft. metallic, shape shifting Giga Bowser with the powers of the Star Rod absorbed (I call him Omega Bowser) in my possession. He has the power to take down a Moderator. (He had some help taking down an Administrator, so of course he can take down a Moderator). AND I'M NOT AFRAID TO USE HIM!

I can give you a reference to him if you want.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 08, 2008, 05:05:06 PM
Quote from: makuta on October 07, 2008, 07:46:47 PM
I read your comment on Super Mario Bros. Z.

Have you watched all the episodes? Or just the first few minutes. (It gets better you know.)

It IS good. So there.

And don't send Lucario after me, I have a 50-ft. metallic, shape shifting Giga Bowser with the powers of the Star Rod absorbed (I call him Omega Bowser) in my possession. He has the power to take down a Moderator. (He had some help taking down an Administrator, so of course he can take down a Moderator). AND I'M NOT AFRAID TO USE HIM!

I can give you a reference to him if you want.
No, thanks, the series is horrible, only for me.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 08, 2008, 08:54:05 PM
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies

"The Smoke Ball is just a ball that spreades out a rainbow colored smoke that cloaks somebody or traps like the Motion-Sensor Bomb." Master Hand explained, throwing a Smoke Ball that got stuck on Pit.

"H-hey, get this off me!" Pit said before the smoke increased and next thing that happened, the whole room got covered in smoke and they coughed.

Several minutes later of coughing, the Smoke Ball disappeared with the smoke.

"Next." Chris said.

Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"A super-powered ball that releases a powerful hit whoever can hit the opponent with a strong attack!" Master Hand said as he created a free Soccer Ball that went rolling to the floor to the Smashers.

Fox picked up the Soccer Ball and sighed. "This makes me remember the good times in school..."

"Sweet, school times..." Falco said.

Flashback

Corneria
Middle School's Soccer Field

"Okay, listen up boys, today we're doing a hard training exercise," the coach said holding a Soccer Ball. "We're going to train hard to beat the other Middle School's team an-"

"STOP THE FLASHBACK!" Chris yelled outside and the whole scene breaks like a glass, shattering.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"What was that for? We were remembering the good times in Middle School!" Falco said angrily.

"But we didn't asked to remember it with you 2!" Pikachu said, as the Soccer Ball disappeared.

"Well, if you have a flashback in the future, don't continue with it!"

"Next, I don't have enough money." Chris said.

Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"The Spring is the thing that ALWAYS appear in most worlds, you don't need an explanation for that." Master Hand said.

"Next." Chris said.

Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy

"Do I need to explain that?"

"No...but it's too expensive." Chris pointed out.

Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Hmm...nope, next." Chris said.

Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"I want to be BIG anytime!" Pichu said.

"One please!" Chris saying buying the mushroom, now having 100 Smash Coins.

Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"Now you can jump and move around to fire a charged shot or multiple ones!" Crazy Hand said.

"But even so, I don't have enough money." Chris said.

Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies

"Ooohhh, I want curry!" Kirby said and they glared at him (the same characters who ate the curry before).

"No, we don't want THAT inside us again." Nana said frowning.

"It's just curry." C. Falcon said chuckling.

1 minute later...

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!! IT BURNS SO MUCH!!! WATER! WATER! WATER! I NEED WATER!" C. Falcon begged while everyone ran away from his mouth's fireballs.

"You just have to wait for 20 seconds to pass." Master Hand said hiding in the counter.

21 seconds later...>_>

"...Ah...that was...hot...literally..." C. Falcon said panting.

"Next!" Chris said impaciently.

Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies

Master Hand created the Team Healer. "Grab and throw this item to one of your allies to recover damage, the higher the damage, the higher they're healed."

Meta Knight grabbed it. "Hmm..." He threw it to C. Falcon, who sighed in relief.

"Thanks." C. Falcon said.

"Next." Chris said.

Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"The Timer slows down everyone's time except for the user, but it also can malfunction and slow only the user instead." Master Hand explained as the Timer came floating down.

"...Is it just me or many items malfunctions?" Marth wondered.

"You really did screwed up this time." Link said.

"Screw this!" Master Hand taking the Timer, slowing everyone's time.

"Heeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeyyyyyyyyyyyyy, wwwwwwwwwwwwwhat's haaaaappeeeeeeenniiiiiiiiiiinnnnnng?" Ness asked.

"Theeeeee tttttttimeeeeee sloooooooowed dooooooooooooooownnnnnnnn." Roy said.

"IIIIIIIIII feeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeel weeeeeeeeeeeeeiiiiiiiiiiiirrrrrrrrrd." Lucas said.

"Meeeeeeeeeeee tooooooooooooooooooooo!" Popo said.

"IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIT wooooooooooondeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrrr iiiiiiiiif IIIIIIIIIII siiiiiiiiiinnngggggggg..." Jigglypuff thought and Mewtwo SLOWLY, but very slowly shook his head.

"Weeeeeeeeeeeee neeeeeeeeeeeed toooooooooo waaaaaaaaaiiiiiiiiiit tweeeeeeeeelve seeeeeeeecooooooooondsssssssssss." Master Hand said.

"Whyyyyyyyyyyy diiiiiid yoooooou weeeeeeeereeeeeeee affeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeedddd?" Pit asked.

"Iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiit baaaaaaackfiiiiiiireeeeeedddddd!"

12 seconds later...

"Not buying that thing either." Chris said frowning.

Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies

"The Unira is a spiked ball that grows its spikes once its thrown or hit, it attaches itself on the ground or the walls." Master Hand said creating an Unira.

"...You know you want to, Pichu." Pikachu said.

"Yay!" Pichu took the Unira and threw it to the wall, where its spikes grew when it got attached before disappearing.

"It's going to be easy to deal with that item around." Nana said.

"Next." Chris said.

Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

"I love to use my Warp Star!" Kirby said hopping.

"But still...it's very expensive for me right now..." Chris said.

"And those were all the items, these were the items you bought, choose which ones you want to take with you!" Crazy Hand said shwoing Chris the list.

Beam Sword
Bunny Hood
Fan
Food
Franklin Badge
Heart Container
Home-Run Bat
2 Maxim Tomatos
Pitfall
Ray Gun
Super Mushroom


"I'll take with me the Beam Sword, Bunny Hood, Food (Kirby: Yay!), Franklin Badge, Heart Container, Home-Run Bat, 1 Maxim Tomato, the Pitfall, the Ray Gun and the Super Mushroom."

"Then you're storing the Fan and the other tomato, fine! And since everything is a little too expensive, you're going to receive more Smash Coins after clearing a world!" Crazy Hand said.

"Well, now we just need to wait until they attack another world." Ivysaur said.

"...Wait..." Geno said. "I need to make a letter to a friend."

"For what?" Chris asked.

"Because we need him to help us, and as a matter of fact, I have the letter ready." Geno said holding a letter.

"Then we should call Parakarry to deliver that let-"

"Hey, something is moving inside that drawer close to that machine!" Toon Link said, when he opened the drawer, someone popped out happily, making him to back away. "YAAAH!"

"Hello everyone!" Parakarry said smiling.

"B-but how did you were inside there?!"

"I'm a very sneaky person, may I say," Parakarry said chuckling. "Anyway, someone needs to send a letter to someone? I heard that from far away and decided to appear here!"

"Are you an instant postman for us or something?" Link asked.

"Something like that!"

"Oh no, that creepy postman is coming to my mind again."

"By the way, the office has a new postman, the Postman!"

"Great, thank you very much!" Link said crossing his arms angrily.

"Here, please, deliver this letter as fast as you can." Geno said handing over the letter to Parakarry, who nodded and kept it inside his mailbag.

"Parakarry, how are the citizens of the city?" Master Hand asked and Parakarry's face turned serious this time.

"Everyone decided to abandon the city until that sword, Exor, was it? Disappears to enter the city, but Quil, Postman and me decided to stay behind to see if you guys could do something about it." Parakarry said.

"We will do something, that's because I need you to deliver the letter to him." Geno said.

"Who is him?" Kirby asked.

"You'll see soon enough."

"Well, it was a pleasure to stay here, but I have work to do now!" Parakarry entered in the same drawer he came from while his head was sticking out. "I'll deliver the letter as fast as I can! Good bye!" He entered inside the drawer and disappeared when Toon Link opened it again.

"...That guy is WEIRD." Toon Link said.

"Meh, instant postmans are good, I guess." Roy said.

"No, they aren't." Link said.

"By the way Chris," Master Hand began. "Since Etna's Prinnies destroyed EVERY single CD, I'm asking you a favor."

"W-what favor?" Chris asked confused.

"Could you please call any kind of musician to the mansion so they can recover the lost tracks? It doesn't matter what kind of instrument they use, it matters if they can use them to recreate all the music-" Etna looked away after Master Hand looked at her. "Etna's Prinnies destroyed, if you can do that, I'll give you a reward."

"...You mean as a sidequest or something?"

"You could say it like that if you want."

"...Fine, I'll look around for musicians."

"Wanted: Musicians" sidequest has been added to the sidequests list

"I'll keep that note on my list if you want to see it again!" Professor Kawashima said from Chris's pocket.

"Oh!" Flonne appeared from the hall. "Could you do me a favor too?"

"What is it?" Chris asked.

"I-I'm trying to find where is Laharl to kill him so I was wondering if you...could search that world for me...pretty please?"

"Wait," Etna jumped off from the desk she was sitting on. "Take that favor for me too, I want to prevent this little knucklehead to stop from doing that."

"E-Etna! I-I'm sorry, but it's my work as an angel to assassinate him!"

"And it's my work as a vassal to protect and serve him." Etna said, putting her hands on her hips.

"Y-you'll decided once I find that "Laharl" person." Chris said.

"Wanted: Laharl" sidequest has been added to the sidequests list

"Thank you!" Etna and Flonne said smiling before they stared at each other.

"..." Chris sat on the floor. "...So many things to keep track on..."

"You'll do it just fine if you concentrate in only one thing." Master Hand said before a small alarm was activated and he gasped.

"I-it's another invasion?" Lucas asked.

"No! It's a new Smasher that is ready to join us!" Master Hand said as a new portal opened. "Chris, do the honors and convince the next one."

"...Okay..." Chris said stepping inside the portal.

And all the lights turned off and a spotlight shone of Master Hand with a red curtain to his left side, then another spotlight shone on all Smashers and Geno, Etna and Flonne.

"W-what happened?" Pit asked.

"Let's do this with a little more fun, if you can guess who is the new Smasher, you get to see your Final Smash in action!" Master Hand said.

"Knuckle Joe!" Kirby said excited.

"No."

"Krystal!" Fox said.

"Hahahaha!... No."

"Plusle and Minum!" Pichu said excited.

"No!"

"Another Zelda?" Zelda asked.

"...No."

"Another japanese character?" Marth asked.

"No."

"Samurai Goroh?" C. Falcon asked.

"No."

"An old Link?" Link asked.

"You wish! No!"

"Leon." Wolf said.

"No! Everyone but him!" Falco said alarmed.

"No." Master Hand said and Falco sighed in relief.

"Paula!" Ness said excited.

"No."

"Kumatora!" Lucas said excited.

"No."

"Jeff?" Ness asked again.

"No."

"Poo?"

"You already choose!"

"Duster?" Lucas asked doing the same as Ness.

"No!"

"Boney?"

"NO!"

"Blaziken?" Pikachu asked.

"No!"

"Lloyd!" Roy said excited.

"No!"

"Colette?" Pit asked.

"No!"

"Bill?" Falco asked.

"No!"

"A Topi?" Popo asked.

"No!"

"The Polar Bear?" Nana asked.

"No!"

"A Topi?" Popo asked again.

"NO!"

"Whismur?" Jigglypuff asked.

"No!"

"Hitmonchan?" Red asked.

"No!"

"Blastoise?" Squirtle asked.

"No!"

"Venasaur?" Ivysaur asked.

"NO!"

"Tetra?" Toon Link asked.

"NO!"

"A random enemy." Meta Knight said.

"NO!"

"Someone that nobody knows about!" Twink (who decided to appear from the darkness) said excited.

"Correct!... But since you're not a Smasher, you don't get a Smash Ball."

"Okay!"

The red curtain moved, indicating that Chris came back. "Our new Smasher is...." Master Hand removed the curtain, and Chris was standing there looking around. "Olimar!"

NEWCOMER!

Olimar joined your team!

"...No, that's Chris." C. Falcon said as the lights turned on.

"Weird, he was with me a moment ago, where is he?" Chris asked looking around.

"...There! Close to your right foot!" Master Hand said using a magnifying glass to show Olimar rather alarmed at his surroundings.

"WHERE AM I?!" Olimar asked screaming and running around in circles. "WHY IS EVERYTHING SO BIG?!"

The Smashers approached closer to see the mini captain panicking. "...I could beat him with one stomp, not to be rude or something..." C. Falcon said pointing at Olimar.

"AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

"Oh, just shut up and let me resize you!" Master Hand said firing a laser to Olimar, who made him to grow about Mario's size...but still, he was panicking until Chris stopped him.

"CALM DOWN!" Chris said slapping Olimar's helmet.

"...Huh? W-what happened? Why did I grow up suddenly?" Olimar asked looking at his hands.

"Olimar, I welcome you to the Smash Mansion and to the Smashers." Master Hand said.

"...A-A FLOATING HAND! PIKMINS!" Olimar yelled ordering his apparently invisible army of Pikmins to attack Master Hand.

"Relax! Your Pikmin are waiting to be pulled out of the ground when you try to call one!"

Needless to say, Olimar listened to Master Hand and called 6 Pikmins (about his size) that directly went after the hand. "ATTACK!"

"OWW! GET THEM OFF ME!"

"No, don't listen to him, it's funny!" Zelda said chuckling.

"CRUEL BRAWL ANYONE?!"

"...If it has "Cruel" next to "Brawl" then...IT'S THE BRAWL VERSION OF CRUEL MELEE!" C. Falcon gasped throwing the Pikmin away that died once they touched the walls, turning into ghosts.

"NO! THEY WERE JUST BORN!" Olimar said dropping to his knees.

"OLIMAR! CALM DOWN! WE'RE NOT YOUR ENEMIES!" Master Hand said.

"Hi Olimar!" The Ice Climbers said waving at him.

"Oh, Popo! Nana! It's nice to meet you 2 again!" Olimar said quickly calming down.

"...That was fast..." Master Hand said.

"Wait, let me explain everything to Olimar." Chris said and they nodded.

1 hour later...

"And whatever you think, any person you see looks like an animal is just a friendly anthro." Chris said explaining everything to Olimar, who kept nodding at all things.

"...Oh...I see...let me write this down in my journal..." Olimar said taking out a pen.

Day 389
It seems I was recruited to fight an evil organization called "The Subspace Army" that my friends that helped me the other time were fighting against, oh, I hope my dear wife and kids don't get worried about me.

...However, I need to keep the Pikmins away from that "Falco" person, what if he is acquainted with those bird heads or whatever their names were I used to run away from?


"...I...ready to understand all this problem..." Olimar said.

"Wait, you say you were a captain?" C. Falcon asked.

"Y-yes, I'm a captain from my own company I work for."

"...Pfft, you're a worker instead of a captain."

"W-what? No! I'm a captain!"

"Neither of you are captains, C. Falcon only has the "captain" word just for disguising his true identity...which makes the question what is below that helmet..." Zelda said wondering.

"If you go on a date with me, I'll show you." C. Falcon said winking at her.

"...Then again, he knows how to scare me away."

"Yeah, I-HEY!"

"THE ALARMS WERE ACTIVATED!" Master Hand said as the alarms, along with the small alarm activated at the same time. "It's a new Smasher's world!"

"A Topi!" Popo said again.

"NO! He comes from the same kind of world where Marth and Roy came from!"

"I'm already interested to see who is him." Marth said interested.

"So am I." Roy said.

Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance
Current Status: Ike's iniciation of a mercenary
Race: Humans, tigers, birds and dragons
Number of protagonists: 1
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Sword play/skills

Chris changed to his Ranger job. "UAH!" He fell because he held his sword with 2 hands instead of one. "I-Ike! He is the next one!"

"Ike?" Roy asked.

"Just imagine a person with the same clothes as me but taller and with blue hair...and not slightly black."

"In other words, only Link, Toon Link, Pit, Marth, Roy, Meta Knight, Geno and C. Falcon can go." Master Hand said.

"I still have energy to continue so..." Toon Link trailed off.

"Hey! I'm a bird!" Falco protested raising his hand.

"And we're humans too!" Ness, Lucas and the Ice Climbers said in unison raising their hands.

"But I'm tired..." Lucas complained.

"...Well, me too." Ness said embarrassed.

"Then that means Link, Toon Link, Marth, Roy, Pit, Meta Knight, Geno, C. Falcon and Falco can come with me?"

"What about us?!" The Ice Climbers asked.

"...Meh, let them go instead of me, I'm tired too." Link said.

"Thanks!"

"Let Pit go instead of me too." Toon Link said deciding.

"Thanks, I'll apreciate it." Pit said.

"So the final characters are the Ice Climbers, Pit, Marth, Roy, Meta Knight, Geno, C. Falcon and Falco...I'm not sure about the Ice Climbers, C. Falcon and Falco since they're not swordsmen so...I'll accept them." Chris said.

"(Just a little longer, and when the Over Limit gauge fills, I'll USE my Final Smash to show it off! MWHAHAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!)"

"Falco and C. Falcon, is bad to say out loud what were you thinking." Master Hand pointed out.

"Heheheheh...heheh...heh..." Both looked away embarrassed.

"Lucario, you'll have to wait here until I return, no complains, okay?" Chris asked.

"I understand." Lucario said nodding.

"Since Olimar is still confused about all of this, Jigglypuff will show the mansion and the other stuff to him." Master Hand said.

"W-why do I need to do that?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Because you have to do SOMETHING."

"...Chris...when you return...take me to the next world to show him, alright?" Jigglypuff demanded.

"O-okay..." Chris said before opening the portal. "Please, don't try to do something stupid in front of Geno."

"Like you haven't done something embarrassing." Nana said.

"...I-I didn't, I think..." Chris said a little embarrassed before they entered inside and vanished.

"You say the Prinnies are butlers?" Ness asked interested.

"Yes." Mewtwo said nodding.

"Prinnies! Bring me my lemonade!" Ness ordered.

"I want some too!" Pichu said.

"I-I want some too!" Lucas said.

Preview of the next chapter

"They said some strange people appeared out of nowhere on the other side of the village." Titania said.

"Then I'll go to see them personally." Ike said.

...

"Next time: Mist knows best!" Olimar said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Tellius
Chris
, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 11, 2008, 03:15:47 PM
Chapter 82: Mist knows best

(From this point on, Mist will narrate the story by her own POV, I know, she didn't appeared on this part, but let's do this like this to make interesting thoughts).

Tellium - Crimean Kingdom
Caldea

And there he goes again, my brother, Ike, a new mercenary for the Greil Mercenaries, going running away to meet Titania and father...late, of course, his first day as mercenary started wrong using the left foot...

"Oww!"

"Are you alright Ike?" Mist asked from afar.

"Yes! I just tripped! I'm fine, don't worry!" Ike reassured her as he continued to run.

I roll my eyes when he turns his back to me, surely, his path to become a swordsman will be a long one...

...But see the bright part, I get to see his clumsyness.

For me, it was alright for Ike to train a lot to join them, he was very clumsy from the beginning (how in the name of Elincia's name did he was like that if he trained a lot and was let to join the company it's even beyond me), but, I need to point out something.

He wasn't weak, it was the other way around.

"...Weird...I could have sworn there was an odd light coming from the other side of the village." I said when I narrowed my eyes, when I saw my brother entering the hut where Titania and father were, I decided to carefully sneak my way through the house.

"Sorry. I'll get up earlier from now on. So, what's my first job?" I heard my brother's voice from the window when I snuck right passing there, be thankful I threw a bucket of ice water on you this morning!

Flashback

"Wake up!" I threw the bucket on my snoring brother.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Ike screamed at the top of his lungs.

End of flashback

Then I heard I sneeze, from my brother of course.

Titania and Ike got out from the hut and I hid behind some bushes when Oscar came riding his horse with Boyd, who came running.

"Your first campaign at last. I know you've wanted this for a while. Are you nervous, Ike?" Oscar asked with a small grin.

"I think I was more nervous last night. I could hardly sleep. This morning, I'm feeling pretty good. It's the calm before the storm." Ike replied confident of himself.

Now I know my brother was determined, but I didn't knew he was a pretty bad liar, you could see his hair a little wet after all...or either Boyd, Titania and Oscar were all blind or ignorant about that.

...Did I just see them chuckling when Ike turn his back on them?

I must be imagining things...well, first, to see the source of the light...

"Ike, before you go to the village, I need to tell you something important." Titania said stopping Ike.

"Yes?" Ike asked.

"They said some strange people appeared out of nowhere on the other side of the village." Titania said.

"Then I'll go to see them personally." Ike said.

I hurried my way through the village, I was being careful to not caught the attention of the bandits on my way to the other side of the village, when I was running through some bushes who were coveniently laying around, I peered from a hole of the leaves to see the source of the light...gone, completely.

But my suspicions grew up suddenly when I saw 10 odd looking characters looking around.

"So, where is this Ike?" A boy in a blue armor asked tapping the shoulder of...wait just second! Is that other boy wearing my brother's clothes?! And how did the first one knew about my brother?

"Well...I don't remember very much of this part," the impersonator of my brother said scratching his head. "I think this is the part where he's training..."

My right eye twitched in horror and confuseness, is that even a word? Where did these people came from anyway?

"We must investigate the surroundings of the village and search for Ike." A small rounded-masked creature said rather darkly, wait, I don't know if that or he is even a monster, I was going to freak out, I know, a girl like me freaking out is strange, but, just look at them! There's a laguz bird standing there too!

And not only that...or him, what about the strange caped person, or the identical twins with creepy smiling faces? And the girl with the tiara?

...Wait...I don't think she is a girl...I think it's a guy...no, must be a girl.

...Hmm...the person with the weird helmet was rather strange too...

...Is that an angel?! Get a hold of yourself Mist, please!

"...We're being watched." The small masked creature said shifting his eyes around, oh no, did he found my hiding spot?

"Okay, it's time to work." The bird laguz said taking out a weird thing from his belt.

"(I need to get out of here and tell my brother about this as soon as possible...)" I think when I slowly tried to create my path back to a safe area.

"...Hey! I think I heard something over those bushes!" One of those twins said pointing...WHERE I AM!

"S-sorry for eavesdropping!" I yelled terrorized by getting up, revealing my position and turning my back, blushing, and started to run away from them.

"Hold it." Somehow, the small-rounded masked creature appeared in front of me stopping my way.

"G-get away from me!" I yelled trying to kick him away, but in a blink, he unsheathed a sword that looked like a golden flame and pushed my leg away. "Aaaaaaaah!"

I stopped when I turned my back to see the person with the weird helmet staring down at me. "Hey there, you're pretty." He said.

I know he was trying to flirt with me, so guess what I did after that?

SLAP!

"Oww! You!" The man said while I started to run to the direction where I came from, just to find the laguz bird with crossed arms standing in my way.

"Calm down, I'd never hurt and pretty girl like you."

Was this group full of flirting guys?

...SLAP!

"Oww! Come back here!" He yelled with a glare, and obviously, I decided to go on and escape from them.

"Guys! Please! You're only scaring her even more, j-just let me talk to her!" The impersonator of my brother said as I was able to hear.

Well, they managed to scare me, so better run than getting a try to get killed.

For my own surprise, I saw my brother running towards me when I was away from them.

"Ike!"

"Mist! W-what are you doing here? You're in the enemy's territory!"

"And you are too!"

"Tell me, what were you doing over there?"

"That's right! Ike, I saw a very strange group of people that way, there were twins, a small-masked creature, 2 swordsmen, a boy and a girl, a guy with a weird helmet, a guy that looked like a puppet, and even a bird laguz was with them! Even an angel was there! What was more shocking to see was a boy with the same clothes as yours!"

"...Wait, I-I don't get all that, I don't know what is a laguz, were they the sub-humans that Shinon always mentions?"

"...Well...yes, but it's less discriminative to call them laguz but...that's not the point!"

"Then tell me, what happened?"

I sighed and tried to summarize all. "I saw twins, 2 swordsmen, a guy with a helmet, a small-masked creature, a puppet guy, the bird laguz, an angel, and a boy who had your clothes on."

"...I don't believe you with the angel part at a-"

I grabbed his hand and put a grip on it. "Just follow me if you believe in me!"

"M-Mist! You're acting a little strange this day!"

"I am not!"

As we argued, I managed to shut up my brother and we hid in more bushes, not in the same place, the masked creature sliced them to prevent anyone from spying them, good thing he didn't sliced the other bushes.

"See now, Ike?" I asked to my brother with a glare.

"...Oh...you...were...telling...the truth...after all..." Ike said a little shocked.

"Ike! You must go there and stop them, specially your impersonator!"

"Wait a minute, have you think if they're friendly?"

"I could have sworn the guy with the helmet touched my butt if I can recall."

"Those bastards!" Ike said turning serious before grabbing his sword and jumping out of the bushes...

...And his cape got stuck on the twigs and he tripped hardly on the ground, the cape not only made him trip, it revealed a hole big enough to reveal my position too as the weird people looked at us and most of them bursted out laughing after seeing Ike dropped on the ground.

"...Damit..." I heard my brother muttering while his face was tasting the ground.

"P-please! Stop laughing! It's just his first day as a mercenary!" I said trying to stop them from humiliating my brother more.

"Don't help me Mist!" Ike said as he got up quickly.

"W-wait! Brother! Your cape is stil-"

"AAH! OWW!"

"...Stuck..." I finished, remembering my brother's cape being still stuck, now the twins were rolling and laughing on the floor, holding their stomachs. "H-here, let me get it out...there."

Ike rolled his eyes and dusted off his cape before grabbing his sword. "Prepare yourselves!"

Finally! They stopped laughing!... But now, the boy and the girl were rather shocked when they saw Ike, and most of them too.

The girl's eyes were trembling a little. "Oh my g-" She was able to say.

The laguz bird approached closer to Ike. "It's like Marth and Roy fused into one body..." He trailed off a little impressed.

"EEEEEWW!!" The swordsman boy said disgusted.

"...Something on my face?" Ike asked confused.

"..." The impersonator just blinked a little bored.

"..." Ike shook his head. "S-stop it, just stop! I don't know who you are, but I know something for sure, you're in league with the bandits of this village! And that person," he pointed at the impersonator. "Is trying to make a bad name for me!"

"W-what?! N-no! You're mistaking Ike!" The impersonator said before gasping.

"Wait, how do you know my name?! Answer me!"

"I-I-I heard! Okay?"

"Calm down, we're not your enemies nor bandits." The girl said...wait, her voice sounded a little too manly just now...

"He is right, we just came here to help." The angel said. (Ike was now getting even more confused, but then again, I'll do the same if an angel was in front of me).

"We didn't try to raise a problem here." The puppet said.

"P-please, just listen to us..." The impersonator said joining his hands.

"...Fine, but I'll decide if I let you go or get in jail." Ike said calmly.

"IKE!"

"Mist? MIST!"

For our misfortune, the bandits, and I mean it, ALL the bandits of the village decided to show up behind me and one of them held a knife close to my throat and I screamed. I began to think the laughs of them made the bandits to go here.

"So, I hear you're the son of Greil, and this little girl is also his daughter." A bandit said smirking.

"You bastard! Leave her alone!" Ike said.

"Stop! One more step and she's done for!"

"IIIIIIIIKE!" I yelled crying.

"Grr!..." My brother sighed and looked down. "...Fine, I'll throw my weapon away..." And he did, threw his sword away he did.

"Now, come with us, if we can get money by offering your life, then this whole situation is going to be good after all..."

"I won't allow that on my watch, my apologies."

"What the?!" I quickly turned my head to see the small-masked creature floating in midair using black wings that sprouted from his back, in a blink, he unleashed many slashs that quickly took 4 of the bandits down, including the one holding me. "IKE!" I yelled my brother's name again and ran towards my brother.

"GET BACK HERE!" Another bandit quickly dashed towards me holding a knife, I covered my face in horror and screamed out loud again.

"No, she won't!" The red-haired swordsman quickly dashed past in front of me and stabbed the bandit right into his chest, killing him, but saving my life in return. "That was close...are you alright?"

My god, I blushed embarrassed after I looked to his face, to think I almost fell in love with a stranger.

"Y-yes...thank you for saving me..." I said bowing a little, still blushing.

"Thank god, I thought I wasn't going to make it." He said.

I looked behind me to see the others fighting back the bandits, the guy with the helmet was strong, even his fist caught fire but didn't burned him when he used an uppercut on one of them, the impersonator wasn't so bad either, swinging a heavy sword using only one hand was very impressive, the puppet used some kind of pebbles that went quickly towards everybody on sight, defeating every single one, the twins had hammers that both used at the same time to deal a great amount of damage, the swordsman girl was very fast too, she snuck behind them and slash continuously their backs until they stopped breathing, I said enough about the small-masked creature, the laguz bird was very surprising, he used both his wings on his sleeves to deal severe bruises or either he used his feet to slam them hardly on their faces to send them flying away a little, knocking them out of cold as he grinned sometimes.

...And in the end, they took down all the bandits rather quickly.

"..." Ike was very impressed. "...T-thanks for saving my sister, I own you one." He said to the red-haired swordsman who shook hands with him.

"Now, do you believe in us?" The guy in the helmet asked crossing his arms.

"Certainly, one saving my sister is considered an ally or a friend." Ike said.

"Oh, finally! I was afraid you wouldn't listen to us!" The impersonator said.

"...Right...may I ask for your names?"

"...Oh..." He blushed embarrassed. "M-my name is Chris, nice to meet both of you."

"My name is Roy, from Caelin" The red-haired swordsman said sheathing his sword.

"My name is Marth, prince of Altea." Wait, she was a man? Somebody needs to suggest him good clothes one of these days...I bet he gets constantly mistaken for a girl because of that tiara on his head.

...Wait again, he is a prince?!

"My name is Popo!" The twin in blue clothes said smiling.

"My name is Nana!" The other twin in pink clothes said smiling.

"And both we are the Ice Climbers!" They said wrapping each other's arms around the other laughing a little.

"Nice to meet you, I'm Geno." The puppet said politly bowing his head.

"Meta Knight." The small-masked creature said nodding slowly.

"My name is Pit, I come from Skyworld." The angel said.

"My full name is Falco Lombardi, but you can call me just Falco." The laguz bird said doing a thumbs up with a wink (towards me, which made me to shudder).

"I'm Captain Falcon, I'm pleased to meet you too." The guy with the helmet said saluting.

"My name is Ike, I'm a mercenary from the Greil Mercenaries, and this is my sister, Mist." Ike said introducing both of us.

"N-nice to meet you too..." I trailed off blushing.

"IIIIIIIIIIIKEEEEEE! MIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIST!" Both of us turned our backs to see Boyd running at us, rather relieved for finding us. "Man, where did you 2 were? I was looking all over you, the bandits were not found around, the strange thing is they left their boss who I defeated and..." He glanced at the other group. "...I...think...I got here in the wrong time, didn't I?"

"Not at all Boyd." I said smiling a little, somehow, seeing Boyd again made me feel much more relieved too.

"...So...Mist..." Boyd trailed off.

"...Yes?" I asked confused when he walked towards Pit.

"It's good luck to find an angel in a common village like this? Because if it is, I bet things are going to get better for me! C'mon you! Will I be more powerful than Ike?" Boyd asked excited to Pit, who backed away a little from him.

"I-I don't read the future, sorry." Pit said twitching a little.

"You can't lie to me! Tell me!"

"...Boyd..." I closed my eyes gently and walked towards him.

"Yes?"

SLAP!

"OWW!"

"Don't be stupid, you idiot!" I said angrily to him. "Try to be normal to our new friends, they saved my life!" I was confident of myself back then, somehow, inside of me, I was sure of them being good.

"You didn't have to slap me hard...what's wrong with you?"

"Nothing! I'm just very happy, that's all!"

"(Somehow, characters may hide their true personalities when you don't meet them in person.)" Chris thought.

And then, Ike showed hospitality and invited them to follow us to meet Titania, since she was the only one in charge of our actions in the battlefield and because my father was away with Shinon and Gatrei in another mission.

Somewhere in a field full of wildflowers

"And then when she saw Pit and Falco, she couldn't believe they weren't laguz as all of us!" I told my friend, Rolf, Oscar and Boyd's younger brother the meeting.

So let me summarize this, Titatia was rather happy after those 10 joined the mercenaries just yesterday because "they have to protect Ike from an evil organization of villains" as Chris said before, at first, Oscar was suspicious about them, but decided later to trust in them (after I told them how did they rescued me), right now as Rolf and me were gathering wildflowers in the good morning early.

But something was bothering me about that organization trying to kill my brother, were they of trust? Were they good people?

To change the subject, Rolf is a very important friend to me, ever since his parents died when he was little, Boyd and Oscar decided to take him in with us since he had nowhere to go.

And I need to tell you this, we were best friends after a short while.

"Really? That's good!" Rolf said laughing a little.

"I think the mercenaries will have a lot of help after they joined us, isn't that great? I even heard my brother wanted to know more about Marth and Roy that he asked them to train with him!" I said smiling.

"Well...that's good too, I want to be of help too someday..."

"What do you mean?" I asked confused.

"I need to do something to show my brothers I'm not weak, I need to find something where I'm good at..." He trailed off.

"...Well, I'm trying to find my own way to help too, Ike is just too blunt and a little reckless that he has been hurting himself on his trainings."

"Maybe you can ask Rhys to teach you how to heal?"

"...Hmm...I have never think about that before....it's settled! I'm going to ask him to train me in secret to surprise my brother!" It couldn't get any better for sure, I was excited to ask Rhys to train me and become a healer just like him, even Rolf was pumped up for the look of his face.

"Oh, there you are."

I smiled and chuckled heartily, I forgot the voices of my new friends in a day, I wanted to know them better when I heard them behind me, so I turned my head to greet them cordially, surely, my mother sent me some way to enjoy this beautiful day in the morning together with my best friend Rolf, yes, I know, I'm so very happy right now.

Bandit Hold

FORGET TOTALLY ABOUT WHAT I SAID BEFORE, please, I just got kidnapped together with Rolf. All the things mentioned before were turned upside-down, I was now very mad, but afraid since I got kidnapped, and ever worse, Rolf was getting worried by the look of his face, and did I mention I just got kidnapped?!

"Mist...I-I'm scared..." Rolf whispered while we were inside the hideout, crying a little, and for my bad luck, I was a crying a little too.

...And I tried to hard to stop my nose from running, Ike was making fun of me if he saw me with my nose running, and why did they tie us up? I can't clean my nose!

"Don't worry, I know my brother will come to rescue us..." I said sniffing a little.

"What about my brothers?"

"They will come along with Ike."

"And the new mercenaries?"

"They're with Ike, of course."

"Hey you! Stop talking!" One of the bandits said angrily shouting from a table.

"...I'm scared..." I said biting my lip.

"M-me too..." Rolf whispered sobbing a little.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 13, 2008, 02:36:35 PM
"...Huh? T-they're coming this way!" I heard a bandit shouting, what was odd was it was only one of the many bandits, there were only 2 of them left here.

"And where's our boss?" The bandit that was guarding us asked.

"They killed him!"

"W-what?! That's impossible!"

"What do we do with these kids?!"

"H-hey! I'm far more mature than you are, jerk!" I shouted before they approached closer to us. "W-what are you doing with us?!"

"Heh, isn't that obvious? We're going to use you as shields."

"Huh?!" Rolf gasped.

"T-that is the most dirty way to win a fight, battle like men!" I said crying a little, my nose was running even more, I was really scared...

"You mean battle like living men!" The bandit said laughing before both of them grabbed us to go outside, the light blinded me for a moment and we stopped in front of the house.

"W-w-we are done for Mist..." Rolf whispered scared.

"H-have faith, there must be a way to escape..." I whsipered back to him.

Then, the 4 of us heard a sound coming from the roof and looked up.

"W-what was that?!" Rolf scared before the bandit hit him.

"Shut up!" The bandit said. "Whoever is above the roof, show yourself!"

"..." Nothing happened.

"Grr, you, get above the roof and take out the first person you see there, I'll keep an eye of the crybaby." The bandit ordered the other one who released Rolf but sat on the ground scared of the bandit's glare.

"(I am not a crybaby...I am not a crybaby...)" Rolf thought.

Several minutes passed and the second bandit didn't returned, I was afraid something bad happened, because if there was someone trying to rescue us, I'll be very happy then.

PUNCH!

"UGH!"

"(Was that the bandit's voice or our rescuer's voice?)" I thought, before a shadow appeared from the roof...it was the bandit...who fell quickly to the ground, knocked out of cold.

"What happened to you?!" The bandit asked angrily to a dead man's body, he was dead, not knocked out of cold, sheesh, he was talking to a dead man...

...

...I never say sheesh!

"Enter the great, Falco!"

...I was waiting Roy to rescue me! No fair!... Oh, how embarrassing, I just expressed my feelings...

Ahem, were I was? Oh yes.

Falco came doing a high jump in front of the bandit that held me by his arm (it was dirty, eww), I gasped when he tried to kick him hard, but I was in the way, what surprised me was that he hit his face directly without even touching mine, the bandit released me for a moment enough to run for Rolf and get him up to hide, but it was too late, because the bandit was already killed on the ground as Falco smiled to us.

"Good, you 2 are okay." Falco said.

"Thank goodness somebody came to rescue us!" I said, well, I'd rather have Roy than Falco, but then again, we were saved.

"Mist!" Ike yelled from afar coming with everyone else.

"Ike!" I ran towards my brother and gave him a hu-

"Is your nose running?"

STOMP!

"Ugh!" Ike twitched after I stomped his foot to shut him up.

"Brother! You came for us after all!" I said happily.

"Rolf!" Both Boyd and Oscar yelled running towards Rolf.

"Brothers!" Rolf cried.

"You're fine?" Oscar asked.

"Y-yes! Fortunately!"

"That was very risky," Titania said. "I want to have a talk with many of you for dissobeying my orders."

"Er..." Boyd looked away.

I saw Marth shifting his eyes, before he shouted "FALCO! MOVE!"

"What?" Falco asked confused, because an arrow was just going to hit him between the his eyes at high speed, but he dodged just in time as it barely scratched his face. "Hey! Who did that?!"

"Darn it! I almost got the sub-human!"

"That voice..." Ike trailed before from some trees, Shinon came cursing under his breath.

"Why are all of you with a filthy sub-human?"

"H-he isn't a filthy sub-human!" I said.

"Hmph, you have to be so kind to everyone, even this scum, don't you?" Shinon said looking away.

Then, Gatrie came in panting heavily, and his face was red. "Deputy Commander... Shinon...hah...hah... You're both so cruel. With this armor on, you know I can't run that fast..." Gatrie said.

Okay, I think this was enough of my narration for now, it was great to narrate all of you this part, so, I leave this to another person who can narrate everyone's perspective better than me, see you!

Oh, I forgot, we're skipping the part of the pirates problem to make things more interesting.

Mercenary Fort
Training Grounds

The next day early in the morning...

"Alright, let's see you 2," Marth said looking at Ike and Chris. "Lately, both of you have been a little unusual on the battlefield."

"W-what do you mean?" Chris asked.

"Chris, your skill with the sword has been going down lately, I mean, you killed a soldier without slashing, rather using the weight of your sword..."

Flashback

Chris was climbing up a rock behind a bandit and put his sword pointing down at him. "Well...here goes..." He closed his eyes, and put his other hand on the sword, and quickly he above the bandit at high speed, killing him using the sword's edge and weight. "Gross! Blood!"

End of flashback

Chris blushed. "H-hey! At least I killed him!"

Marth shook his head. "But that's not the point, people are going to laugh at you for the way you fight."

"Ah, Marth, I see you're training Ike." Greil came behind Marth.

"Yes, we were talking about his way of using his sword."

"...(What the...)" When Greil looked at Chris's sword (that was shaped like Ragnell, but in a light-blue color), he gasped a little. "...It can't be..."

Chris began to sweat. "I-it's something wrong?"

"Nothing, your sword seems to be strong to me, that is all."

"(Phew.)"

"Father, it is alright if they come with us?" Ike asked.

"Hmm, they seem to be very strong, and it is quite the surprise to see young children," he looked at the Ice Climbers, who were cutting down firewood. "Like them to be powerful."

"What about the 2 sub-humans?" Shinon appeared from behind him.

"Shinon, stop calling them sub-humans, even if they look odd, our group has not gotten members like them before."

"Tsk, fine."

"As I was saying before, it impresses me, really."

"Thank you sir." Marth said bowing.

"And you are a prince from a kingdom we never heard of before."

"Yes, I lead my own army."

"You mean this army?"

"...Something like that."

"It is a great honor to have such members working with us, and since you are training my son, please, continue, I want him to be strong so that he can someday lead the Greil Mercenaries."

"(...I'm feel sorry for you sir...)" Chris thought while Shinon glared at Ike when Greil said that about him, he didn't wanted to be ordered around someone younger and inexperienced than him.

"I heard there is someone as young as you and Ike named Roy, where is he?"

"Roy is trying to know better the other mercenaries of the company."

"And I beat Ike on his training." Boyd came talking with Roy.

"You seem to be very confident of yourself, was that the truth, Ike?" Roy asked.

"No, it was the other way around if I can recall." Ike said.

"Er..." Boyd looked away. "N-no, it wasn't!"

"Boyd, I even saw your defeat in the hands of Ike." Greil said, Chris and Roy chuckled.

"...Fine, Ike was the strongest one to defeat me." Boyd said rolling his eyes.

"What really is impressive is the animated puppet that can talk, are you sure you are not using magic to control him?" Greil asked.

"Geno is 100 percent real, believe or not." Roy said.

"And he is very reliable." Chris said.

"Did you call me?" Geno asked walking to them.

"No, we didn't, we were talking about your abilities." Roy said.

"Chris, I need to talk you about something."

"Yes?" Chris asked.

"It's about the next Star Spirit, we haven't been attacked by the Subspace Army or the next guard, doesn't that seems wrong?"

Not far away from them, there was a skinny dark figure crackling evily. "Geno, so it's you again..."

"Greil is with them?" There was a tall knight with purple armor standing there like normal.

"Yes, I heard Greil was your master." Ganondorf said behind him.

"And he..." He looked at Ike. "Is his son?"

"Yes, his name is Ike." The skinny figure said.

"Hmph, he may be as headstrong as Greil is...is that the?!"

"It's something wrong with the kid?" Ganondorf asked.

"T-that is Ragnell...no, it looks like Ragnell, why is that child using that sword on his filthy hands?"

"You may as well stay away from that kid, he has strange powers with him."

"And that is the reason of why he is using Ragnell?"

"...Hm?" Ike looked behind him.

"It's something wrong Ike?" Chris asked.

"I could have sworn there were people spying us."

Shinon quickly took out his bow and shot a fast arrow, but it hit the tree where they were hiding, although they were gone. "Rats, they went away!" Shinon cursed.

"Who could it be?" Chris asked.

"Probably the Subspace Army." Geno said.

"The Subspace Army is the army that you are currently fighting against as Titania told me about, right?" Greil asked.

"That's right." Marth said nodding.

"And they are trying to kill Ike?"

"Well...we don't know, but they're capable of doing that." Roy said.

"I'll do my best to stay on guard." Ike said.

"Hmm, since you saved my daughter twice, we can lend our help to you anytime you ask." Greil said.

"We'll do it too!" The Ice Climbers said walking to them.

"Such enthusiasm on all of you inspires me greatly," Greil turned his back. "I need to go to the mess hall, I hear someone was coming this way." He walked away.

"Ike, Chris, are you 2 ready for the training?" Marth asked.

"May as well start now." Ike said unsheathing his sword.

"Ike!" Mist came running to them.

"What is it, Mist?" Roy asked.

"He's back...Soren is back!"

"Soren? Why is he here so soon?" Ike asked.

"Who is Soren?" Geno asked.

"Soren is a dark mage, very focused on military matters that can irritate someone." Shinon said.

"Only he irritates you." Boyd said.

"Shut your mouth, Boyd"

In another area

10 minutes later...

"..." Meta Knight looked away. "Duck your head."

Falco ducked his head from the tree he was leaning to evade the arrow from Shinon. "What the heck is wrong with that guy?"

"Pit, move your right wing."

Pit moved his right wing away from another arrow. "He can fire from that distance?"

"It seems that way, Falco, left leg."

Falco moved his left leg from another arrow and frowned. "Why does everyone judge us by our appearances?"

"Because for the fact that we don't fit in any world rather than ours where we can, Pit, right hand."

Pit moved his right hand away from another arrow. "Why doesn't he stops? It's the 12th arrow now!"

"If he hates something that much, he'd rather kill it than spending time, Falco, crotch."

Falco continued to talk and tried to remember something Meta Knight told him. "I know if we can talk things over, maybe we can becom-wait, what did you say?!"

Mess Hall

"Bad news. Something big is happening, and we need to formulate a plan of action." A dark mage, Soren, said before Ike, Marth, Roy, Chris, Geno, the Ice Climbers and Boyd entered the hall.

"Soren!" Ike said.

"Hello, Ike. Long time, no see." Soren said simply with a blank expression.

"(That was just a little bit awkward.)" Chris thought.

"...Hm? I see we have new recruits..." Soren said narrowing his eyes at Chris's copy of Ragnell.

"...I-it's not what it looks like!" Chris said hiding the sword behind his back...with both hands that made him to fall.

"..." Soren sighed. "Why do I even bother..."

"Soren, they may look odd from first sight, but they are of great help to our company." Greil said.

"UUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"I'm guessing that yell was coming from one of the new recruits." Soren said frowning.

"(Wait a minute, where is C. Falcon?)" Roy asked in his mind.

In yet another area of the fort

"I'm only interested in missions that include women, what about you?" Gatrie asked to C. Falcon.

"Same here pal, although most of the time many of my own missions don't include them." C. Falcon said before Gatrie patted his back and sniffed.

"I suffer your own pain."

"Thanks for understanding my feelings, I think this is the start of a great friendship, man..."

Mess Hall

"(...I'd rather not ask about him anyway...)" Roy thought sweatdropping.

"Soren, why are you here so soon?" Greil asked.

"It's because... Crimea and Daein fell into war not too long ago." Soren said.

"What!?" Ike asked shocked.

"I need to get everyone here to discuss things, it's for the best."

Another 10 minutes later...

"Is everyone here?" Soren asked, glancing at Ike, Greil, Mist, Titania, Boyd, Oscar, Rolf, Gatrie, Rhys, Shinon (shooting glares at Pit and Falco), Chris, Marth, Roy, Geno, Popo, Nana, Pit, Falco, C. Falcon and Meta Knight. "Good, as I was saying before, Crimea and Daein fell into war."

"Where's Crimea and Daein?" Popo asked.

"(You have got to be kidding me.)" Soren thought irritated.

"Shh! Popo!" Roy whispered to Popo. "We're in the Crimean Kingdom, meaning we are in Crimea!"

"Oh! Sorry! I forgot just a moment!" Popo said embarrassed before Soren let out a small grunt.

"...Going on where I left, take a look at this map." Soren said showing them a big map.

"So this is how the Crimeam Kingdom looks like." Marth remarked the details of the map.

"Don't tell me you don't know about Crimea either."

"Soren, don't be harsh on them, they came from a far distant land named Altea." Greil said.

"That explains the ignorance of this nation to you."

"Why you little-" Roy tried to strangle Soren, but Marth stopped him.

"If anyone doesn't have many more interruptions, this is Melior, the capital of Crimea." Soren said pointing at the map.

ANOTHER 10 minutes later...

"That's all right. Word of the war cannot have traveled far yet. We may well be the first ones who know of it out here. You did well to bring us this information, Soren. I know some risk was involved." Greil said as many were shocked at Soren's report.

"It was nothing." Soren said.

"(Suuuuuuuure.)" Roy thought.

"Daein has invaded Crimea... We may be mercenaries, but this still affects us." Titania said.

"What are we going to do?" Ike asked.

"Kick their asses!" Popo said swinging his hammer.

"POPO!" Most of the Smashers said annoyed.

"That's the question of the day. How do you see it, Titania?" Greil asked, ignoring Popo's answer.

"Crimea is the closest thing our company has to a homeland. The Crimean royal family and noble houses have been generous, providing us with many lucrative jobs. From a moral standpoint as well as a business one, it's in our best interest to help Crimea." Titania said.

"And you, Soren?"

"I agree on one point: we are mercenaries." Soren said.

"But I just became one!" Popo said.

"Popo! Hush!" Nana said frowning.

"(And do you think I care?) We are not Crimea's private militia. No coin has crossed our palms, so I think we should stay out of it." Soren said.

"What kind of coin is t-" Nana blocked Popo's mouth.

"Just don't mind him." Nana said.

"So you would have us sit and watch as Crimea is overrun?" Greil asked.

"I would. Daein's troops are superior in both numbers and morale. The chances of a Crimean victory are slim indeed."

"Sorry, but I have a contradiction," Marth began, "I believe with our help, this war is going to be easy."

"How in the name of Elincia can you say that? Daein's troops are a force to be reckoned with!" Soren said a little shocked.

"Crimea is ruled by King Ramon, who is known throughout the land for his wisdom. And his brother, Duke Renning, is said to possess peerless valor and courage. Daein may not find victory so easily." Titania said.

"Valor and courage are for children's tales."

"Is not!" Popo said.

"Popo, for the last time, just shut up!" Nana said angrily.

"(If that kid doesn't shut up, I'm going to resort to drastic measures.) In terms of military prowess, Daein's King Ashnard is every bit Lord Renning's equal. Victory will hinge on troop numbers and supplies, and Daein is superior in both. I think the outcome is painfully obvious." Soren said, trying to tolerate Popo as far as his very calm mind could possibly do.

"Curse you, Soren!" Greil said angrily.

"About Crimea or the parka kid?" Soren joked a little.

"Not him! Crimea is not doomed! If they can turn aside Daein's initial thrust and turn it into a test of endurance..."

"With the Crimean army both demoralized and ill prepared? They simply will not be able to hold out that long."

"And what if we take a look ourselves?" Marth suggested.

"We'll send a scouting party to get a closer look at Melior. Ike, I want you in charge of this. Assemble your men and get going." Greil commanded.

"What? Me?" Ike asked shocked.

"It's the opportunity of a lifetime, Ike!" Roy said.

"You can finally show your father how well can you command people." Marth said.

"And think about this, if I die, you'll get the full responsability and will probably be murdered someday!" Chris said and everybody stared at him. "...What?"

"...Titania will accompany you as an advisor." Greil said.

Shinon didn't liked one bit of this and stepped forward. "Commander, you must be joking! He's just a boy, and he's had barely more than a taste of battle. What do you expect a whelp like him to accomplish?"

"May I have the word?" Pit asked. "I know you dislike my presense and Falco's, but I know I speak for everyone here that you must listen to the orders of your superiors."

"Repeat that on my face to see if I can kill you."

"Both of you, stop!" Geno said. "We have the problem of the war coming up, and you're starting one here!" The scene shows everyone while Geno talks. "I know, many of you dislike the other group, others like some people like us, but what I want to mean is that we have to stop this war!"

"...I like Geno's idea, simple and yet good." Boyd said nodding raising his hand.

"Even if we are few, we can still give it a try." C. Falcon said.

"After all, we are mercenaries of Crimea." Oscar said.

"A group that works for money and helps the kingdom itself!" Gatrie said.

"Goodness and love will always win." Chris said.

A sudden moment of silence fell after he said that.

"...What?"

"That is the most cheesiest thing I've ever heard." Roy said.

"And what if I tell Lloyd says that all the time?"

"...He does?"

"(Please, tell me he is joking...)" Soren thought irritated.

"Ah, Shinon. Since you're so concerned, you can go as well." Greil ordered.

"Wait, that's not what I... Blast." Shinon cursed under his breath.

Falco slowly approached to Chris's left ear and whispered "Owned!"

Chris chuckled uncontrollably.

"You can take the new recruits with you along with Gatrye, Rhys and Soren...wait, where is Rhys?" Greil asked.

"And where is Mist?" Nana asked.

"Well, they were here just a moment ago!" Chris said.

Training Grounds

"Mist, are you alright to continue with this?" Rhys asked to Mist who was panting heavily using a staff.

"Yes... I want to learn healing magic to help my brother and everyone..." Mist said panting.

"And why in secret?"

"Because my brother could say something like, Mist, it's too dangerous to use magic, Mist, it's too dangerous to step on the battlefield, Mist, the plants from over there are dangerous, Mist, don't hold a sword like this, Mist, don't touch the meat it's hot an-"

"Fine, fine, I get it...somebody is coming! Hide your staff!" Rhys alerted her and she did it before Ike appeared.

"Mist, Rhys, there you are," Ike began. "What are you 2 doing here?"

"We were...talkng about the Daein war..." Mist said.

"And not with all of us?"

"Yes."

"...Okay, Rhys, we need to go now."

"Understood." Rhys said nodding before Mist gave Ike a sword.

"A sword? Where did you get it?" Ike asked.

"From Father. He told me to come and give it to you before the metting." Mist said smiling a little.

"It's beautiful."

"This is the first sword you've gotten that wasn't a hand-me-down from somebody, isn't it? That's great!"

"Yeah..."

Mist began to walk away hiding her staff. "Well, be careful! Oh, and bring me a souvenir! Something nice. I've never been to Melior before..." And she went away humming happily.

"Mist, I'm not going on a vacation. Sheesh!" Ike said groaning a little while Rhys merely chuckled at this when they walked away.

Preview of the next chapter

"I'm going to kill you Ike, tell me, you're not going to pair me with these filthy sub-humans?" Shinon said enraged.

"Are you expecting me to work with these idiot children too?" Soren said glaring at Ike.

...

"Hey guys, guess what!" Chris said excited.

"What?" Popo asked.

"The Over Limit gauge was filled!"

...

"Wait...isn't that..." Titania trailed off.

"It's the Black Knight!" Soren said shocked.

...

"Next time: Shinon and Soren, haters of the Smashers?!" Ike said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Tellius
Chris
, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Twink, Ike, Mist, Greil, Boyd, Titania, Oscar, Rolf, Rhys, Shinon, Gatrie, Soren
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 15, 2008, 06:02:51 PM
Chapter 83: Shinon and Soren, haters of the Smashers?

Capital Way

Our group of mercenaries, along with the Smashers, were now continuing their way through the plains, towards the capital, it was the afternoon, there wasn't someone waiting for them...yet.

Well, not now, but tension was rising up between the group in a wide open area.

"Oh god, something bad is going happen to us." Chris said.

"Why do you say that?" Boyd asked.

"Look around, we're in a wide open area, things always happen in WIDE OPEN areas!" He produced a long echo around the mountains too.

"Please, that is not going to happen." Ike said.

"Oh, you tell me, I experienced many things before and this one is no exception."

"Although I dislike his statement, it's the truth." Roy said.

"Wide open areas are suitable for wars." Marth said.

"And how does it feels to be in one?" Popo asked.

"Horrible, deaths, destruction and sadness." Titania said.

Popo gulped. "W-we're not going to die, right?"

"The chances are very high, we might die." Soren said.

"Why do you have to be so twisted?" Chris asked.

"Because we're dealing with Daein, a powerful nation ruled by King Ashnard."

"(And I'm talking to his son, the prince.)"

"It's something bothering you? You're staring at me with an odd look."

"N-nothing."

"..." Soren looked away as they continued to walk.

"Can I ask you a question?" Popo wondered.

"If is it not stupid, then yes."

"What is the funny drawing on your forehead? It's some kind of sign meaning you're some sort of emo boy?"

"...What did you just say?"

Nana smacked his brother and sweated after looking at Soren. "Don't mind my brother, he hit his head very hard when he was a baby."

"But really! I want to know what it i-" Popo was smacked again.

"Popo, ask another question or continue with this one, and you die." Nana whispered angrily to him.

"And simple don't get you 2 at all." Soren said frowning, walking away from the Ice Climbers.

"Great, look what you did, now he will think bad things about us!"

"You were the one who made us to look stupid if I can remem-"

We leave the killer pink Ice Climber alone, changing to Shinon.

"So sub-humans, why don't you change back to your "human" forms?" Shinon asked.

"Because we don't have one, we were born in this way." Pit said.

"Tsk, that's what sub-humans always say."

"Would you stop?" Falco began. "We're not sub-humans, we're not laguz, we're not weird, we are ourselves! Stop being a freaking racist!"

"Bird, say freaking racist to me and next time you open your eyes, you're going to see the heaven or hell."

"Oh yeah?"

"Yeah."

"Want to do it now?"

Shinon took his bow. "Why not?"

"Stop, both of you!" Geno said. "Remember, not wars between us."

"...Hmph." Both looked away with crossed arms.

"Why can't everyone get along for a change?" Roy asked.

"Those 2 do." Rhys said pointing at Gatrie and C. Falcon.

"With the money I get from working with the mercenaries, I'm going to give it all to my first girlfriend." Gatrie said.

"Well, I like better to first look at all the pretty women I find, then decide for one, but I just can't choose or find the appropiate one!" C. Falcon said laughing a little.

"Excuse me," Chris said. "But Gatrie's idea is going to turn out bad, I recommend you to not do that."

"Why is that?" Gatrie asked.

"Well...just don't do it! You're going to end being poor and with heart broken!"

"Ha ha! That's funny, that's is never going to happen!"

Chris just threw his hands above him. "Okay, but don't run to me and say what happened..."

"Just be confident, you'll do it just fine!" C. Falcon said giving him a thumbs up.

"Thanks, that will help." Gatrie said smiling.

"So, anyone has a clue of what are we going to find in Melior?" Oscar asked.

"Not really, we're not going at all to Melior, we're going to find a princess that was confined from the castle and public after we fight some Daein forces in a moment, Titania is in love with Greil secretly, Greil will die very soon, Ike will become the commander of the Greil Mercenaries, someday, Shinon will like the laguz, Soren doesn't knows but he's the prince of Daein and not a Spirit Charmer but a Branded, meaning he is son of Ashnard himself, Boyd loves Titania secretly not aware from the huge age gap, Mist will marry Boyd someday, Rolf will become an archer very soon and Mist will be a crappy healer worse than Rhys and Gatrie is going to be tricked and become poor after giving all the money he won in the war." Chris said.

The party was very shocked after hearing this that they decided to stop and become something else to prevent all these things from happening.

...Of course, that could happen, since Chris didn't said that at all.

"Maybe a lot of death bodies." Chris truly said.

"I expected that." Soren said.

"We expected that from you." Oscar said.

"Why aren't you cheerful for a change?" Popo asked.

"Because I think." Soren said closing his eyes in annoyance.

"Because you think?"

"Popo, he means you don't use your mind at all." Nana said.

Inside Popo's mind, there was a rat trying to figure out where was the cheese, needless to say, the cheese was behind his back. "I don't get you."

"JUST SHUT UP!"

"Halt!" Titania said stopping them. "I heard footsteps coming from over there."

"We've got Daein soldiers moving in on our location! And they don't look happy!" Gatrie said.

"...Wait, NO! HIDE!" Chris yelled hiding somewhere.

Everyone was a little confused at this, but decided to follow him afterwards to hide.

"Why are we hiding? Don't tell me you chickened out, chicken!" Shinon said.

"Shinon," Chris sighed. "Just shut up and hear me out, I'm so very annoyed by all your ramblings since we came from the fort to here."

"Why you little-"

"Stop Shinon," Titania began and Shinon looked away cursing. "May I ask why did we hide?"

"Look, doesn't that black aura looks familiar?" Chris asked pointing at the Daein soldiers and their boss, who were covered in a familiar black aura.

"The Shadow Bugs!" Geno said.

"The Shadow Bugs? Are they some kind of new bugs in Tellius?" Rhys asked.

"I wish they were," Pit said. "Shadow Bugs are black spores from the Subspace Army that take control of someone's body and greatly increases the strength."

"And we are going to fight those soldiers?" Boyd asked.

"Unfortunately, it seems so." Oscar said.

"Ike, since you're the leader, tell us what are your orders." Marth said.

"All right, Ike. Let's see how you handle the role of captain. Well? What are your orders, boy? We'll do what you say, so long as you hurry up and spit it out!" Shinon demanded.

"I know, I know! I'm thinking! Give me a moment, will you, Shinon?" Ike asked thinking.

"Bah. Useless! We'd be better led with Mist than this soft, untested whelp."

"She beat me at chess," Chris said ashamed. "She was very good for her first time."

"Let's see..." Ike examined the area. "We're in the middle of the road, and there's not much cover."

"WIDE OPEN AREA, remember?"
     
"I'm thinking, don't distract me! Hmm... Soren and Rhys are vulnerable, so we have to protect them from enemy attacks... Right?

"That's a sound strategy, Ike. I can attack from behind your defenses. Good thinkin-" Soren was interrupted.

"I'm not done."

"What?"

"Now that we have more recruits, I think we should sort everyone well around to have a much better defense."

"Very well thinking Ike." Titania remarked.

"So here's the plan, our offensive force will be Titania, Marth, Roy, Oscar, Boyd, Gatrie, Falcon, Chris (Chris: (WHY ME?!)) and Meta Knight."

"...Wait, I don't like where is this going..." Shinon said.

"And the next one, the defensive force will be the ones attacking from afar using arrows and magic while being protected by the others I didn't mention before."

"...Ike...don't tell me..." Soren trailed off, trying to not look at the Ice Climbers.

"Shinon will be protected by Pit and Falco, while Soren will do it with Popo and Nana, while Rhys will stay far away and stay alert for the wounded, of course, Popo, Nana, Pit or Falco need to prtect him together too."

"I'm going to kill you Ike, tell me, you're not going to pair me with these filthy sub-humans?" Shinon said enraged.

"Are you expecting me to work with these idiot children too?" Soren said glaring at Ike.

"I'm going to do it regardless your questi-" Ike was interrupted.

"They were rhetorical questions Ike, meaning we didn't wait for an answer."

"Why can't I be on the offensive force?" Falco asked, shooting glares at Shinon.

"You have to trust him and he will do that too." Ike said.

"...Fine, but thank me after we get roasted-bird for dinner." Shinon said.

"What was that?" Falco asked angrily.

"I know you 2 weren't going to accept it, that's why I'm leaving Geno behind with you to act as "peace creator." Ike said.

"Okay, I understand." Geno said.

"But I don't!" Nana said angrily.

"Boss! We found them!" A soldier said shouting.

Attack

"Mercenaries! Move out and don't die on my hands!" Ike ordered and the mercenaries spreaded and formed Ike's formation. "Just like you said, Marth."

"Exactly." Marth said nodding and running with Ike.

"Let's hit them many times to fill the Over Limit gauge!" C. Falcon said.

"Oh, but I'll be the first one to show off my Final Smash!" Roy said.

"Just concentrate and show off later, if I die, I'll haunt you in your dreams!" Chris threatened.

"The first soldiers are coming this way, be careful, they have the Shadow Bugs on their side!"

"Like if the Shadow Bugs are going to help us..." Meta Knight frowned.

"I wonder if Soren and Shinon will get along with them..." Chris wondered.

Since this chapter features the interaction between these 5 (or 6 in Nana's case), we will see what were they doing on the back of the offensive forces.

"First, Ike gets to be my captain, then, I have to be paired up with th-" Shinon was interrupted.

"Sub-humans." Pit and Falco repeated annoyed.

"Grr, why don't you 2 go away or something?"

"Funny, I was thinking the same thing...but about you." Falco said.

"Enough, please, we can't waste time arguing between ourselves or the enemy will kill us!" Pit said.

"I expected that from the puppet guy." Shinon said.

"Did you call me?"

"UAH!" Shinon backed away from Geno who appeared behind him. "What were you doing behind me and when did you appear there?"

"Since you started wasting your time in another unnecessary discussion with Falco, and he wasted time too."

"Wait, are you putting the blame on me too? He started it!" Falco said.

"Both of you were fools."

"Excuse me!?" Both asked angrily.

"What about Pit?" Falco asked pointing angrily at Pit.

"Hey, I was the first one who didn't wanted to have a fight!" Pit said defending himself.

"You 3 will fight together, you like it or not." Geno said before soldiers ran towards them. "Here they come, prepare!"

"Bah! With Shadow Bugs or not, this is going to be easy." Shinon said before shooting an arrow, but it bounced off. "What the?! My arrows didn't worked!"

"Of course not, you need to have a better attack than that."

"Useless bugs, fine! Many guys have weaknesses and they are no exceptions!"

"Glory to Tabuu!" A soldier said raising his sword.

"You're going down, pal! Without one eye!" Shinon said aiming his arrow at the soldier's right eye.

"Don't be stupid, nobody can hit an eye directly with an arrow!" Pit said.

His statement proved to be wrong, Shinon managed to hit the eye directly and the soldier yelled in pain. "What were you saying, sub-human?"

"He's still charging at us!"

"How about if I shot down his other eye?"

"How about if I kick his face?" Falco said dashing towards the soldier and jumped to deal a strong kick on his face, knocking him out. "Yeah, that's more like it."

"Behind you!" Pit shouted, Falco turned his head and 3 soldiers were about to slash his back.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno threw his quick whirl to ther heads, but wasn't able to defeat them. "Darn it, the attack didn't worked!"

"Leave those scums to me!" Shinon preparing to fire several arrows to their necks.

"Please, let me use my arrows too!" Pit said using his bow.

"Who do you think you are? A better sniper than me?"

"Maybe, maybe not, but I do admit you have better accuracy and aim than mine."

"...Tsk, just fire! Fire!" Both archers started to fire a barrage of arrows that made the soldiers to stagger.

"Now, attack them while they can't respond!" Geno shouted, Falco nodded and did the same thing like the last time, though he did the kick hitting the 3 soldiers with one strike, knocking them out.

Back with Soren and the Ice Climbers.

"I'd better reserve a grave in the cemetery." Soren said bluntly.

"Hey, my brother here is the stupid one, don't compare me to him!" Nana said.

"Yeah!" Popo said, making both of them to sweatdrop. "I-I mean, I'm not stupid!"

"Then you 2 better start acting, because they're coming this way." Soren pointed out as 2 soldiers rushed towards them.

"And you're not going to do anything?" Nana asked raising an eyebrow.

"I won't slack off, I have my wind magic with me to attack from afar," Soren looked around. "But be aware of the archers hiding in the trees, they could take me down."

"Popo, here they come, stay focused for ONCE."

"I'm always focuse-" Popo found a worm on the ground and ducked to see it. "Hi Wormy!"

SMACK!

"Popo! What did I say before?!"

"You killed Wormy, you bastard!"

"It was necessary to get you out of it!"

"You dorks, stay sharp!" Soren said angrily.

"I'm not a dork, dork!" Nana said angrily.

"You did not said that!"

"I did, I have freedom and liberty to express my thoughts!"

"Then just hold your position!"

"And I'm doing that, don't you see?!"

"Yes, but where's your brother?"

"Right here!" Nana looked behind her and Popo was gone. "POPO!"

"A LITTLE HELP OVER HERE!" Popo yelled while he was being constantly slashed by the soldiers.

"Rise, o violent winds!" Soren chanted before a explosion of winds pushed away the soldiers from Popo.

"You're not a bad guy after all." Nana said.

"I'm focused on this battle, following orders as I was instructed."

"Oh, you haven't seen anything about us at all."

"Nana! I need your help, they're chasing me!" Popo shouted while he tried to run away from the soldiers.

Soren saw various shines coming from behind leaves of the trees and gasped. "Archers! They're hiding in the trees after all!"

"But Popo need my support!" Nana said.

"Act fast or I'll be killed if you don't!"

"Wait, I have an idea, Popo, freeze them!"

"O-okay!" Popo said inhaling air and turning his to use Blizzard, which frozed the soldiers for 5 seconds, enough to him to reunite with Nana.

"You can breath ice?" Soren asked.

"Uh-huh, we have the ice in our names for something!"

"Popo, actually, we have the ice in our nicknames, not our names."

"Really? I thought my name was Popo Ice."

"..." Nana smacked her face and frowned. "...The archers!"

"They're starting to attack!" Soren said as arrows were flying towards him.

"Wait a minute, Popo! Let's make an ice wall!" Nana suggested.

"But how?" Popo asked.

"Simple, we breath ice at each other from afar, the ice breath will crash and make an ice wall, hurry! Soren can die if we can't do that!" Nana said dashing to the other side and both Ice Climbers used Blizzard pointing at each other, the cold wind crashed and quickly formed an ice wall where the arrows were stopped just in time from saving Soren.

"Hmm, good strategy." Soren said.

"How are we going to attack those archers?" Popo asked.

"If you use your hammers on the trees to shake them off, maybe you can push them to the ground while I cast my magic, where did he go?" Soren asked because Popo instantly disappeared.

"Shake them-off from tree I-will! Shake them-off from the tree I-will!" Popo sang while he smashed his hammer continuously on the tree to push off the archers.

"Go and help him, I will attack after they fall!" Soren ordered and Nana quickly ran to his brother to offer aid.

Eventually, the archers fell down the tree but prepared to shoot arrows to the Ice Climbers.

"(If I can use the wind at the right time to change the directions of the arrows, maybe I can deal more damage using their own arrows than using my magic.)" Soren thought while he chanted his spell.

"YIKES!" Nana yelled as the archers fired their arrows at the same time to them.

"Violent winds, change the directions!" Soren casted winds that appeared in front of the scared Ice Climbers, the winds attacked like a reflective wall that shot the arrows back to the archers's head, killing them with one shot. "It worked, that was close."

"I shall respect thou with thee loyalty!" Popo said speaking poetically.

"Popo...shut up..." Nana said frowning.

Back to the offensive force.

"It's the Over Limit gauge filled yet?" C. Falcon asked.

"No." Chris said.

"Now?"

"No."

"How about now?"

"No!"

"What about now?"

"No! We need more hits, keep attacking them!"

"Hey, why don't we use the items now?"

"I could use the Beam Sword to deal more damage."

"You're not fun, let me use the Super Mushroom!"

"No thanks, I don't want the mercenaries asking me to explain that...besides, I think you're going to boast your muscles to the enemies while you crush them."

C. Falcon shifted his eyes. "N-no, what makes you say that?"

"A hunch."

"Look out!"

"What?!" Chris turned his head and was about to be sliced by a sword, but Meta Knight appeared using Dimensional Cape to use Galaxia as a shield. "T-thanks Meta Knight!"

"Get out of here!" Meta Knight said, struggling.

"Wait, let me help you, keep him like that!" Chris said raising his heavy sword in the air to slam it into the soldier, killing him with a heavy strike. "Ugh! M-my sword got stuck in the ground!"

"There are more coming this way, go away!"

"I-I can't! I can't leave my sword here!"

"Die you pest!" The soldiers said in unison charging at Chris, Meta Knight grunted in irritation and used Mach Tornado to trap them in, continuously slashing them before stopping.

"C. Falcon! Use the Bunny Hood!" Chris said throwing the Bunny Hood to C. Falcon's head, but the captain backed away. "Use it!"

"No way, that thing will embarrass me in front of Gatrie!" C. Falcon refused.

"Use it! Meta Knight can't take 6 soldiers down alone!"

"...Okay okay!" C. Falcon dashed using the Bunny Hood on his head, dramatically increasing his speed. "FALCON KICK!" He yelled as his right leg catched fire and went fastly towards the 6 soldiers, the hood increased the speed of the attack and turned the captain into a ground-human meteor, blasting off the soldiers to the trees where they lost consciousness. "Ha! Take that!"

Unbestknown to C. Falcon, Gatrie was chuckling uncontrollably after seeing him wearing a ridiculous hat above his helmet. "Hehehe..."

"...Oh, damm you, Chris!" C. Falcon cursed, throwing the Bunny Hood away from his head.

"Bunny!" Chris yelled, taking out his sword from the ground before the hood could disappear.

"..." Meta Knight turned his back and flew away.

"So, I think he is the boss." Marth said glaring daggers at Maijin, the boss of the soldiers who was covered by the Shadow Bugs.

"You filthy Crimean soldiers, you will taste the judgement of Lord Tabuu!" Dark Maijin said laughing evily.

"Lord Tabuu?" Titania repeated.

"He's the guy who controls the Subspace Army, we haven't seen his face yet, but I know he causes all these problems to us." Roy explained.

"Surrender at once!" Dark Maijin demanded.

"But if we do that, we're going to be cowards, no thanks!" Boyd said.

"Surrendering could mean defeat." Oscar said.

"You're outnumbered, you should be the one surrendering!" Ike pointed out.

"Such stupid comments coming from you, the Shadow Bugs don't need to be underestimated, come forth!" Dark Maijin summoned spores of darkness that materialized into 6 Shaydas.

"W-what the hell are those things!?" Boyd asked.

"They're the monsters that works for them, be careful, they're strong!" Roy said before dashing towards one of the Shaydas, who tried to slash Roy instead, but its blades and Roy's sword clashed. "Ugh!"

"Help is on the way, my friend!" Boyd said charging towards Roy to give aid, but 2 Shaydas slashed him. "Oww! T-that hurts you monsters!"

"Those pink cores that they have looks suspicious," Marth began. "Maybe they're their weak points?"

"Then let's see!" Oscar said ordering his horse to rush towards a Shaydas, Titania was the one who rushed first using her horse to block the blades of the Shaydas to let Oscar to impale his lance on the core, as expected as Marth said before, the core was its weak point and it went blasting off.

"My suspicions were right, attack the cores!"

"This should be easy then." Ike said.

"Have you forgotten completely about me?" Dark Maijin asked glaring at Ike.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 17, 2008, 09:24:12 PM
"Boyd is an ever greater challenge to me than you." Ike said.

"Thanks man!" Boyd said before he was pushed by a Shaydas.

"Die in the hands of Daein and the Subspace Army!" Dark Maijin said charging at Ike with his lance.

"Hold it!" Roy said stepping between the 2, using Counter to try to push Dark Maijin back.

"Roy! How did you do that?" Ike asked.

"A-ask me later...ugh! Help me!"

"Lances have the upper hand."

"Would you help me out?!"

"Fine, sheesh!" Ike said rushing towards Dark Maijin, but the boss took out another weapon. "Another sword?!"

"Hahahaha! I can wield a lance and a sword in each hand, thank the Shadow Bugs for that!" Dark Maijin said before thrusting his weapons on both swordmen, which dealt severe damage.

"Rhys! Roy and Ike need to be healed, do you work!" Oscar said struggling from a Shaydas's blades.

"I can't heal from this distance, someone has to offer me protection to get close to them!" Rhys said where Soren and the Ice Climbers were.

"Go with him." Soren said.

"B-but what about you?" Nana asked preocupied.

"If you didn't noted before, their boss and those monsters are the only ones left, go."

"Then with who are they fighting?" Nana asked pointing at Shinon's group.

"Fighting between themselves, it seems, the puppet Geno is trying to calm them down, but with no success and the sub-huma-"

Nana groaned. "For the last time, they-are-not-sub-humans! They are themselves! Why can't you believe in us!?"

"Because I have yet to see their "human" forms and...wait..."

"Human forms? Are you nuts? They don't have "human" forms, they can't transform into anything, because THEY can't from the beginning!"

"...I'll see by myself."

"Nana! Let's go, I'm bored of not doing anything!" Popo said swinging his hammer around.

"Please, lead the way and offer me protection." Rhys asked with a small smile.

"CANAIDAAAAAAAAA!" Popo yelled running to the front.

"...Chris! Just how many things did you tell to my clueless brother when I wasn't looking?!" Nana asked while they were running, spotting Chris trying to find the Bunny Hood in some bushes.

"How did you know it was me?!" Chris asked while he looked around.

"While those 3 are getting closer, I'll try to stop Shinon from murdering someone unnecessary." Soren said walking towards Shinon's group.

"Calm down! Please! Nothing good will come out from this useless dispute!" Geno said.

"Shinon, I don't think they are sub-humans, now, if you can, stop this nonsense at ONCE!" Soren ducked in time to evade an arrow. "Shinon! You just were going to kill me with that thing!"

"Soren, I don't listen to orders coming from a bastard like you." Shinon said.

"Always the uncooperative loner, I see."

"Me? Uncooperative? I'm trying to take these sub-humans down by mys-"

"OK, THAT DOES IT!" Falco said enraged stomping the floor.

"Falco, don't get away by hi-" Pit was pushed away to the ground by the avian and put a grip on Shinon's neck.

"Listen you! If you don't stop being the bastard racist you are, discriminating someone that ISN'T a stupid sub-thing, I'm going to be the one to shut your mouth, but for the eternity!"

Shinon put a grip of Falco's neck. "And you listen to me, do you think I'm going to hear your demands towards me? I'd better off to roast you for dinner to end this nonsense as Soren said before!"

"CHRIS!" Falco shouted. "GIVE ME THE SUPER MUSHROOM TO SHOW THIS GUY WHO'S THE BOSS AROUND HERE!"

"I don't support disputes, sorry!" Chris said from afar.

"I'M GOING TO KICK YOUR SORRY ASS IF YOU DON'T, BELIEVE ME!"

"Lucario's going to do the same thing, remember!"

"(...Well, that's true...)"

"So, you're done, sub-hum-" Shinon was interrupted before Falco lunged at him and started a fight while they argued.

PUNCH! SMACK! PUNCH! PUNCH! SMACK! HIT! PUNCH!

"Do something, at this rate, they're going to kill each other!" Geno said.

"That's the idea!" Both said before returning to the fight.

"Geno, and..." Soren trailed off.

"Pit." Pit said.

"Pit, back away, I'm going to end this nonsense at once."

"How?" Geno asked.

"Back off." Soren said before chanting a spell.

Back with Chris...

"Chris, you should stop searching for that, the items disappear after a time."  Marth said.

Chris stuck his head out of the bushes. "Oh...yes...I forgot..." An explosion of wind ocurred after he spoke, where Soren and the others were, 2 persons in particular (coughShinoncoughFalcocough) yelled in pain after that.

"Shh! Chris! Over here!" Kawashima called him from his pocket.

"What is it?"

5 seconds later...

"Hey guys, guess what!" Chris said excited.

"What?" Popo asked.

"The Over Limit gauge was filled!"

Music stops

Most of the Smashers (even Falco) stopped doing their things and looked at Chris with widened eyes.

"Really?!" They asked.

"Stop ignoring me!" Dark Maijin said, before Roy pushed him away like he was nothing to him, even Ike was a little shocked, even the mercenaries, what was so special about this Over Limit gauge?

"...So...who is going to use the Final Smash?" Chris asked a little confused.

20 seconds later...

"We The Palutena! For I'll Get can fight Give me Caelin! show out of fight..." Between many other sentences from the interested ones (the Ice Climbers, Pit, C. Falcon, Roy and Falco) were heard, not syncronized at all, and the Over Limit wasn't activated either.

"Ugh! Why can't they just shut up for a moment?!" Boyd asked as he fought Dark Maijin by himself.

"Well, there's a magic called "Over Limit" that lets them use a powerful attack, but to use it, one must hit a target many times to fill a bar or gauge, then say a special sentence to activate it, since everyone are saying their sentences at the same time, they can't use it." Marth explained.

"They're repeating it again." Titania pointed out before attacking a Shaydas.

"Why can't any of them focus right now?" Oscar asked.

"Because this is the first time they can see their powerful attack." Marth said.

"Why they don't just decide?" Soren asked.

"It's the same thing when we need to decide to eat something for dinner, it ends always in a fight or food fight."

"Why don't you use it instead of them?"

"What do you mean?"

"I think they can't use that because their sentences are mixing up in the same place, however, you are far away, try to use it."

"Hmm...well, I'm quite interested in seeing my own attack so..." Marth paused for a moment and lifted his sword in the air. "For the kingdom of Altea!" Marth shouted to the sky and an explosion of rainbow aura covered him and his eyes glowed.

"So, that's the Over Limit." Soren said.

"...I thought you were going to be surprised." Marth said.

"Amused, in reality, surprised would be seeing someone as the Black Knight in this field, which is not going to happen."

"The Black Knight?"

"One of Daein's Four Riders, they have blessed weapons that are impossible to break or deal damage without another blessed weapon." Soren explained, while Boyd was pushed away by Dark Maijin.

"But they are in Daein, right?"

"Of course, but with this war, they're probably on the loose."

"I see..."

A moment of awkward silence soon followed.

"...Are you going to use that "Final Smash" or something on their boss?" Soren asked raising an eyebrow.

"Oh, right, I forgot." Marth turned his back and dashed towards Dark Maijin.

"So, they send a small guy to take me out? How pathetic!" Dark Maijin said while he tried to hit Meta Knight with both weapons.

"Frankly speaking, you're no match for me." Meta Knight said while he dodged his attacks.

"What did you say?"

Meta Knight knew the moment to make him angry. "What you heard, are you deaf?"

"WHY YOU LITTLE PIECE OF-"

"NO! META KNIGHT!" Ike yelled stepping between them.

"NO! YOU IDIOT!" Meta Knight yelled at the sudden event.

SLASH!

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!"

"IKE!" All the mercenaries (surprisingly, even Shinon) and the Smashers yelled worried at the same time before Ike collapsed with a severe wound as he twitched in pain.

"B-blood is getting out of his arm!" Chris said twitching in fear.

"YOU WILL NOT MOCK MY PRESENCE!" Dark Maijin said laughing evily. "Huh?!"

"Ha!" Marth's sword Falchion shone brightly and at blinding speed, he dashed towards Dark Maijin who held his weapons pointing at Marth.

"Bah! Do you think a mere sword is going to-" Marth's sword was able to desintegrate both weapons when the swordsman pointed it at Dark Maijin, but the sword didn't even touched the weapons, the wind that the sword created was very hard and made the work. "WHAT THE?!"

"Hmph." Was the only thing Marth said before stabbing Dark Maijin's armor, piercing his heart directly, then, the prince removed his sword and prepared to sheath it as his aura vanished. "Only the ignorants fall in battle," he sheathed his sword and Dark Maijin fell with a grunt. "You are no exception."

"Gwaa haa... Wretched curs... You will regret your decision to oppose Daein and the... Subspace Army... hehehe..." Dark Maijin said before he collapsed, and presumably died as the Shadow Bugs left his body and vanished.

"First, I need to say Marth's Final Smash was incredible, a critical hit, I think, second, IKE!" Chris ran towards Ike.

"Is he okay?!" Boyd asked.

"Let me see his arm!" Rhys asked.

"UGH!" Ike twitched more in pain.

"Not good, he received a lot of damage, and his blood is quickly leaving his body, we have to take him back to the fort!"

Pit looked at Shinon, who was searching for something in the dead bodies of the soldiers. "What are you doing?" Pit asked.

"This swine's got some nice weapons. Besides, he ain't gonna complain. He won't need them where he's going." Shinon said.

"And where is he going?" Popo asked.

"Where dead people go, you idiot." Nana said.

"Skyworld?"

"What?" Pit asked with a glare.

"Get a hold of yourself! We can't afford such behavior right now. Steal from the dead on your own time." Soren said.

"What? You judgmental little-" Shinon was interrupted.

"Soren! Shinon! Stop this at once! This is no place for us to wastetime bickering amongst ourselves!" Titania said.

"Ooooh, tension between comrades, I'm experienced in that." Popo said before Nana smacked him. "See?"

"...Wait a minute, where is Gatrie?" C. Falcon asked looking around.

"I haven't seen him ever since he laughed at you for the Bunny Hood." Meta Knight pointed out.

"You have to remind me those things, don't you?"

"....ruuuuuuuuuUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuunnnnnn!!!" Just then, Gatrie dashed past in front of them, carrying an unconscious beautiful lady on his arms towards the fort.

"Hey, Gatrie, score!" C. Falcon said making a thumbs up, before Chris kicked his crotch. "OWW!"

"You perv! Behave yourself!" Chris said irritated. "Why was he running away?"

Everyone looked at the direction where Gatrie came from and Geno took a closer look. "...You!"

There was the dark-skinny figure approaching, laughing evily, his head had a spear, but he had a long, sharp stick on his right hand and a cape and...you know what? It's Yaridovich which was covered by the Shadow Bugs, it's hard to explain what the hell was that guy composed of anyway.

Power-Hungry Fool
(Yes, we're using it for real this time)

"Geno...long time no see..." Dark Yaridovich said. "How have you been?"

"Yaridovich!" Geno said glaring at him.

"It's one of the generals of the Subspace Army?" Oscar asked and Geno nodded.

"Wait, just to complete this moment, Mallow needs to make a sudden appearance!" Chris said excited.

"How ironic, he will." Geno said.

"...No way...no (BEEP) way..."

"We have to take Ike to the fort, ignore him!" Oscar said turning his back and directed his horse towards the fort carrying the injured Ike, running with Rhys and Marth.

"W-wait, we can't leave! One Star Spirit is in his hands!" Geno said.

"I laugh at your "skinningness," my arrows will pierce you through no matter what." Shinon said, preparing to shoot an arrow.

"Hahaha... You're the laugh here, my boy." Yaridovich said.

"What'd you say?" Shinon asked with a glare.

"I have company with me, or should I say, powerful company?"

"The Greil Mercenaries... Where is Ike and Greil?" The soldier in the bulky, purple armor (that it looked purple by the sun, but was black) asked, appearing behind some trees together with Ganondorf.

"Ganondork's here?" Roy asked.

"Impudent little red-haired boy!" Ganondorf said grunting.

"Too bad Link isn't here to see me finish you!"

"...Wait, no! We have to retreat!" Chris said shocked.

"Wait...isn't that..." Titania trailed off.

"It's the Black Knight!" Soren said shocked.

"So even filthy Crimean people know about my strength?" The Black Knight asked.

"(Wait a minute...something is wrong with this...)" Chris thought, trying to remember something important.

Flashback

"How in the name of Elincia can you say that? Daein's troops are a force to be reckoned with!" Soren said a little shocked.

End of flashback

"Soren, do you know who is Elincia?" Chris asked.

"Why do you want to ask me that in a moment like this?" Soren asked.

"Answer me!"

"...Fine, Elincia is a princess confined from the castle and the public just for her safety and not cause national turmoil, only a selected few know about her existence, I was able to know about her and probably the girl that Gatrie was carrying was her." Soren explained and Chris looked to the Black Knight.

"(He wasn't supposed to appear yet, did we messed up something when we appeared here?)"

"Is something bothering you?"

"N-nothing..."

"What are you doing here?" Titania asked.

"They asked me Greil was "hiding" here, show him to me!" The Black Knight demanded, noticing that Roy and C. Falcon were running towards him.

"NO! BOTH OF YOU, YOU CAN'T DEFEAT HIM!" Soren yelled.

"I think otherwise!" Roy said lifting his sword.

"You're going down!" C. Falcon said.

"OK, I know what C. Falcon said was overused and cheesy, BUT PLEASE, DON'T ATTACK HIM!" Chris said shocked.

The Black Knight took out his sword slowly. "Enough with you!"

With a simple swing of his sword, the attacks that were going to collide into him were nothing, Roy's sword was flung to the other side of the field and C. Falcon suffered a great deal of damage. "UGH! The...pain...it's...too much...for me..." C. Falcon said holding his hand in pain.

"We are no match for the Black Knight, we must retreat!" Titania ordered.

"Then let's take the other one down!" Shinon said.

"No! Retreat, fall back!" Titania said running away.

"Grr... Fine!"

"But we can defeat them, I know that!" Popo said running along with the others.

"I'll explain the situation in the fort, just keep moving!" Soren said running.

"C. Falcon, i-it's your hand alright?" Chris asked.

"I...think so...but...he rendered it with one slice..." C. Falcon said twitching a little in pain.

"I hate to run away from a fight...but..." Falco trailed off.

"Trust me, it's for the best!" Chris said.

The mercenaries and the Smashers managed to run away from the trio, who chuckled evily at this as they disappeared in the distance, then, the Black Knight began to walk to their direction.

"Let's make an assault to their fort." The Black Knight said walking.

"You want to kill Greil right now." Ganondorf said with a smirk.

"Right, this shall be the day for his death and funeral, along with his son and daughter."

"Don't forget about Geno, that freak will go down as well." Yaridovich said.

Mercenary Fort

Crimean Army Sortie

"Mist! Everyone is coming back!" Rolf said with a smile after he saw everyone else returning back.

"Really? I thought they were going to Melior," Mist began, before her eyes saw something. "Hey...isn't that my brother?... Ike?"

"Reunion at the mess hall, we got an injured soldier!" Oscar yelled from afar.

"Who got injured?" Rolf asked to Mist.

"I don't know..." Her eyes quickly widened while her pupils shrunk.

"What is it?"

"...Ike...Ike...IIIIIIIIIIKEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Mist cried out after seeing his brother deverly injured, the soon-to-be healer ran towards them, trying to not cry.

"What is the ruckus all about?" Greil asked.

"It's Ike! H-he got injured in the arm!" Roy said when they arrived.

"Ike?!"

"Ugh!" Ike twitched in pain while Rhys tried to heal him.

"What happened to him?! Tell me!"

"Who is that woman?" Rolf asked, pointing at Elincia.

"Reunion at the mess hall, I shall explain the situation." Soren said calmly.

Mess Hall

"The Black Knight?!" Greil said a little shocked.

"Yes, she is the princess of Crimea as I have explained before." Soren said.

"There's no doubt those bastards are heading to our location now." Shinon said.

"A battle in our own fort?" Gatrie asked.

"It seems that way." Marth said.

"Okay, since this fight is against someone very hard to defeat, we have to cooperate this time." Chris said.

"The odds of losing are very high, it would be a miracle to defeat the Black Knight." Soren explained.

"Leave him to me." Greil said.

"C-captain! You can't!" Titania said shocked.

"It is destiny for us to fight, sorry Titania, you must understand."

"...I-I do...but..."

"Boyd, is Rhys curing Ike?"

"Yeah, he is doing his best to heal him, Mist was crying for Ike and decided to help Rhys in everything she could do to see him." Boyd said.

"And Princess Elincia?"

"She's still sleeping, apparently, she was very exhausted after running." Rolf said.

"And who is watching her?"

Music stops

Dormitories

"Beautiful..." Gatrie said while he looked at Elincia

"A little sexy..." C. Falcon said while he did the same thing as Gatrie.

"But too hot..." Both said drooling a little.

Mess Hall

Crimean Army Sortie

"...I see..." Greil said before shaking his head. "Everyone! We must protect Princess Elincia from harm, do your best to protect this fort! But leave the Black Knight to me, that is an order!"

"We have to take out Yaridovich and retrieve the next Star Spirit too." Geno said.

"Don't forget about Ganondork," Roy began. "He will probably attack along with them."

"Please...I just don't want to die...again..." Chris muttered.

"...I shall offer my assistance to you." Meta Knight said looking away.

"...You will do it?"

"Yes."

"...Thanks."

"...Isn't this silence a little bit odd?"

"Silence?" Falco repeated.

"Open your ears and listen. Listen! All of you!" Greil said.

"Huh? ...What is it?"

"I'm hearing something!" Popo said.

"What?" Nana asked.

"Our voices."

SMACK!

"Moving on, I don't hear anything." Pit said.

"Idiot! That's the problem. Don't you think that's a bit odd? Complete silence, in all four directions." Shinon said.

"The silence is odd, there must be something happening outside." Marth said.

"Not only are the animals quiet, but the bugs are silent, too. And that is unnatural beyond belief. Which means..." Oscar trailed off.

"You can even hear animals and bugs!" Popo said, before Nana smacked his head.

"Wait... I heard something..." Soren trailed off.

"...Footsteps...a lot of them..." Shinon said.

"...I don't think so..." Meta Knight said.

"Why?" Chris asked.

"There are not only footsteps, there a rolling, sharp and heavy sounds, meaning they're bringing many of them, it could be a trap to lure us out, but we don't have a choice."

"Probably so. But the deal is, we're not so naive or inexperienced as to fall for their trap. Everyone, take your positions! We're going to settle this right now! Protect the fort and both Ike and princess Elincia from harm, I don't want my son to die this day!" Greil ordered.

"Understood!" All of them said before rushing outside.

Another dormitory

"Mist, bring me sample A." Rhys said.

"R-right." Mist said handing him a small green tube.

"Magic isn't going to work alone, we have to use medicines or combine them to create a better effect to heal such deep wound."

"R-Rhys..."

Rhys chuckled heartily. "Don't worry, Ike is not going to die or lose his arm, I'll try to heal him as soon as possible."

"...C-can I use my healing skills on him?"

"Well...I think that could ease the pain."

"T-then I will use them!" Mist said sniffing, taking out her staff.

"...Looks like a fight is going to start outside."

"What?"

"They're here, but stay focused on Ike, we must heal him as fast as we can!"

"(...Please...hang on...Ike...)"

Preview of the next chapter

"...Oh...my...god..."

"We're completely surrounded, they're everywhere!" Oscar said glancing around the field around the fort, finding a lot of Primids.

...

"Let's see how you handle it being a scarecrow!" Yaridovich said.

"A what?" Falco asked confused.

...

"We can't lose...not now!"

"Is the Over Limit gauge ready?" Roy asked.

"Not yet!"

...

"WAIT! NO! DON'T BE STUBBORN AND SACRIFICE YOUR LIFE!"

SLASH!!

"FAAAAAAAAAAATHEEEEEEEEEEEEEER!!!" Mist cried out dropping to her knees.

...

"Next time: The Unexpected Result!" Roy said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Tellius
Chris
, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Twink, Ike, Mist, Greil, Boyd, Titania, Oscar, Rolf, Rhys, Shinon, Gatrie, Soren
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 20, 2008, 12:13:36 PM
Chapter 84: The Unexpected Result

Mercenary Fort

Against the Black Knight

"All the troops have been assembled, we await for your orders." Dark Yaridovich said.

"Begin to infiltrate the fort and attack until they come out." Ganondorf ordered.

"Are we going to wait here for them to get to us?"

"If Greil can get through this army of monsters, then he is a worthy opponent to fight me." The Black Knight said.

"Do not worry about such pests, we can all take them down if we work according to the pla-" Ganondorf was interrupted by the Black Knight's sword away by mere inches of his throat.

"Interfere between me and Greil and you are only going to be a foolish dead man."

"T-this was not according to the plan! Then why did you follow us?!"

"I am one of Daein's Four Riders, we only fight for the good of our nation, but my matters are different, I fight in the war and fight people who are worthy to fight me."

"Y-you!"

"Enough, I have heard enough from you." The Black Knight said sheathing his sword.

"Grrr..."

"Now," Dark Yaridovich looked at all the army of Primids and different monsters slowly walking towards the fort, itching to destroy everything in sight. "ATTACK!!!"

The army of the Subspace accelerated and began to enter inside the fort, where a war for who would live through this would be put in risk.

Domitories

"What is happening outside?!" Gatrie asked after hearing a lot of sounds coming closer and closer to the fort.

Another dormitory

"Looks like the battle is going to start." Rhys said as he continued to heal Ike's arm.

Dormitories

"What do we do? Go outside or protect hottie-hot-hottie?" C. Falcon asked glancing at the unconscious princess.

Another dormitory

"Rhys, please tell me my brother is going to be okay!" Mist asked with tears on her eyes.

Dormitories

"I'm worried about Ike, he went through this and..." Gatrie trailed off.

Another dormitory

Mist got a little annoyed and looked at them. "Then, could you please help us instead of watching the princess?"

Turns out both parties were in the same dormitory after all.

"I-I'm not a healer!" Gatrie said.

"Me either!" C. Falcon said throwing his hands up.

"Then go outside and assist the rest, we can watch the princess in your places." Rhys said calmly, struggling to put a healing magic on Ike's arm.

"B-but we're leaving a-"

Mist pushed the 2 out of the dormitory and they looked at her once they were outside the door. "M-Mist! Please! Hear us firs-" Gatrie was interrupted by a door slamming into his face, courtesy of Mist.

"UGH!"

"IKE!" Mist realized she left her brother from being a victim to the pain and returned to her position to calm him down. "D-don't worry brother...everything is going to be just fine...trust me..."

Outside

"And a 3, and a 2, and a 1, and a-" Popo counted behind the door of the mess hall.

"SHOW YOURSELVES!" Greil yelled slamming the door open to find the entire fort covered by all kinds of enemies of the Subspace.

"...Oh...my...god..."

"We're completely surrounded, they're everywhere!" Oscar said glancing around the field around the fort, finding a lot of Primids.

"We have a lot of work ahead of ourselves, mercenaries! Battle stations! Defend the fort with your lifes! And bring the Black Knight to me!" Greil ordered.

Chris saw Sword Primids coming to him, but his attention was drawn to their own Beam Swords, but he, for the first time, grinned and took out his Beam Sword, throwing the copy of Ragnell (above Popo, who got crushed) and swung it like the famous Lightsaber. "Stubborness, I see." Chris said Yoda style.

1 minute later, however...

"So, you're telling me you got owned by 8 Primids with swords?" Boyd asked.

"Pretty much, that sums it up." Chris said Yoda style, he was left badly beaten up to a bloody pulp (even he had a black eye) and collapsed behind Boyd with a thud. "The Beam Sword, even I lost."

2 Sword Primids tried to attack Boyd. "Could you please stop talking like that?"

"Why not, I don't see," Chris said raising a finger. "Okay...I'm fine...now, where is my sword?"

"MHRRHRHRH!!" Popo called from afar, the sword above his head.

"...Oops...sorry Popo..." Chris apologized, he slowly got up and took back his sword from the Ice Climber. "...Say, you're still you, right?"

"Of course, Sally!"

"...I guess you're still you..." Chris shrugged and ran away, telling Nana about his brother.

"Popo! Get up! Soren needs our help!" Nana said.

"I thought nobody told us to protect him." Popo said as he got up.

"...Maybe I like that guy..."

Popo gasped. "You mean...you're...in...love?!"

SMACK SMACK SMACK!

Nana blushed. "O-of course not! H-he's far older than me! Now c'mon! We have to help them out!"

"Say, Nana."

Nana grunted in irritation. "Yes, my beloved and sick of the mind, twin brother?"

"For what are the prehistoric birds flying around my head?" And Popo lost consciousness, making Nana to sigh in disappointment.

"Violent winds, heed my c-UGH!" Soren was attacked by Fire Primids on his back.

"Soren!" Oscar yelled worried, he rushed towards the Primids and used his lance to push them away to check Soren. "Soren, are you okay?"

"Ugh...it was just fire...don't worry..."

"Just look at this mess..." Oscar glanced around, from what he could tell, Greil swung his axe to make a path by defeating Big Primids with Titania supporting him, Shinon was busy shooting arrows at every enemy that moved as fast as he could (and Pit was secretly helping him), Geno was firing bullets constantly to all the Boom Primids, Marth and Roy were watching each other's backs from Shaydas, Falco was shooting down the Auroros that were going to fall on them using his Blaster, though it wasn't enough, Chris tried to fight back the Sword Primids (using the newly learned Counter that was helpful to him) and Gatrie was seen watching Shinon's back using his lance. "Monsters are literally trying to take this fort down.

"Yes...but we are no exception, we must defend this with our lifes for the princess, if we can't do that, then everything will fail." Soren said dusting off his cape.

"...Hey...where is Rolf?"

"I haven't seen him since this conflict started."

"Oh no, I need to find him, if he dies our fathers will never forgive Boyd and me!" Oscar said ordering his horse to charge to another way.

"...Huh?...Isn't that the Black Knight over that hill?" Soren narrowed her eyes at a distant hill outside the fort.

"What? The Black Knight is over there?!" Greil asked taking 3 Big Primids down.

"...Yes! There he is!"

"Then here I go!"

"W-wait, you're not thinking in beating him!"

"That is the idea, anyone who wants to offer me a hand, follow my path!" Greil yelled raising his axe and yelling, pushing every Primid away from his sight.

"...Wait...this isn't right..." Chris muttered to himself, but he looked down and found a blue Nagagog. "...Er...I don't have time for you...sorry..."

The blue Nagagog didn't liked that and punched Chris's right leg.

"OWW!" Chris held his leg in pain. "Y-YOU LITTLE PIG! TAKE THIS!" He slammed his sword with all his forces and the Nagagog went several meters away from him, but it rubbed his stomach.

The blue Nagagog grew up a little to a yellow Nagagog and tripped over Chris.

"GET...OFF...ME!" Chris yelled furiously under the Nagagog's stomach and stabbed his chest, pushing him away.

The yellow Nagagog rubbed its stomach and it grew up to a big red Nagagog, making Chris's eyes to widen a little after comparing his size with the Nagagog's.

"...LOOK OVER THERE!"

The red Nagagog looked to Chris's direction, but the World Traveler decided to run away screaming. "C. FALCON! I LEAVE THAT THING FOR YOU!" He said as he passed C. Falcon, who cracked his fists and ran towards the red Nagagog.

"Ha!" C. Falcon's right fist caught fire and used Raptor Boost to take the enemy above the ground. "FALCON...PUNCH!" The red Nagagog was hit very hard that it went blasting off, vanishing while C. Falcon cheered a little before returning to the fight.

"My lord, I shall follow you." Titania said gathering with Greil.

"(If Chris said the Black Knight's armor can't be scratched...then...) I'll go too." Marth said dashing with Greil.

"I'll follow Greil." Roy said.

"If you're going where Yaridovich is, then I'll go too." Geno said joining them.

"Don't forget me!" Falco said as he finished with the Auroros.

"I-I need to retrieve the Star Spirit as well!" Chris said joining the group.

"Soren! You're in charge of the protection of the fort, order the others around and don't fail to me!" Greil said as they made their way through the enemy's army.

"Fine, but promise me you are not going to do something reckless that we may be disappointed." Soren said.

"Whatever! This is going to be the day my pupil will fall!" And they ran away.

"Soren! I saw various monsters trying to get where Ike was, not only that, all the monsters seem to be searching around the fort!" Oscar said.

"How do you know that?"

"We were clueless about some places around the fort, they entered inside each room but didn't destroyed a thing, then I got this strange idea, they're maybe trying to find Ike to kill him as they said before!"

"Darn it, there is no end for these things...alright, Oscar, keep searching for Rolf and tell the others to defend the room where Rhys, Ike, Elincia and Mist are, we're going to protect only that place from all of them, or else Ike will...nevermind, tell the others as fast as you can!"

"Roget that!" Oscar said before ordering his horse to rode him and tell the others about the plan.

"Soren! Thank goodness you're okay!" Nana said smiling a little.

"If you're saying because of my cape, don't worry, it's a small burn, anyway, we're going to gather where Ike is being treated, the monsters are trying to get to him."

"Not Ike the dike!" Popo said gasping.

"Popo, what was that supposed to mean?" Nana asked.

"I dunno." Popo said sticking out his tongue.

"..." Nana and Soren groaned in unison.

Back with Greil's group.

"Not good, more of them are coming this way!" Titania said.

"(I need to prevent Greil from getting killed or else the storyline will be messed up if I can't do that....)" Chris thought.

"HEY!" Falco shouted, kicking a Roader that was going to crash into Chris. "Chris, what was that just now? You were going to get attacked!"

"I-I'm sorry, my mind was in another place."

"Then concentrate, I'm not going to watch your back all the time."

"..." Chris stopped and looked away.

"..." Falco also stopped and looked at him. "...Sorry if that was a little harsh, I didn't meant to..."

"...It's okay Falco, I was being stupid."

"No no no, it was my fault...anyway, we have to follow the others, we can't let them have all the fun, right?" Falco asked grinning a little.

"...I guess you're right..."

"Now, be kind and give me the Super Mush-"

CRASH!!!

"I WAS AN IDIOT FOR LETTING YOU GET AWAY WITH MY HOSPITALITY! YOU JERK!" Chris said stomping as he got away, leaving Falco's face buried in the ground, the bird tried to take his beak out of the ground by the impact of Chris's sword.

"At least I saved you!" Falco's mouth said below the earth.

"Geno Beam!" Geno shouted firing his beam towards a Big Primid who backed away and rubbed its stomach.

"Ha!" Titania rushed forward thrusting her lance in the Primid, blasting it off. "The path is clear, move on!"

"Not yet!" Roy said spotting 3 Shaydas in the way, but he held his sword above his head, his sword was starting to shine brightly. "Marth! Pull them to me!"

"I know why." Marth said dashing to the Shaydas, he rolled behind and slashed them to get their attention, then the altean prince ran towards Roy to pull them to him. "Now Roy!"

"AAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Roy unleashed his Flare Blade that exploded, dealing a great amount of damage to the Shaydas who blasted off.

"That was incredible boy!" Greil remarked before dashing towards the area where the trio of villains were.

"We have even more of them, damm!" Falco cursed when...strange monsters with chicken appearances appeared from above, the Tickens.

"...I don't think these ones are dangerous." Chris said.

Unfortunately his statement was proven wrong, the pink gums over their heads turned into sharp horns and they rushed at the group, towards Marth. "AAH!!" Marth was struck from one coming behind and got pushed away.

"A new power?!" Chris asked to himself when he suddenly was shot directly to the same Ticken and slashed him, he learned to use Quick Draw.

"Leave me those monsters!" Greil said, swinging his axe in every Ticken, taking them down with few hits. "Ha! I bet this fight isn't that hard after all!"

"We're not with the bosses yet, that is going to be real fight!" Roy said.

"AAAHHH!!" Chris yelled loudly after he found a Floow about to yell its scream, he covered his face, but a slash was heard and the Floow was gone. "M-Meta Knight!"

"I told you before," Meta Knight looked at Chris. "I was going to offer you my assistance."

"...H-hey! You didn't do that before when we started!"

"I was busy."

"...Yeeees...I expected that from you."

"Focus!" Meta Knight yelled.

"H-hey! You don't have to yell at m-" He was kissed in the lips by a Bucculus. "EEEEEEEEEEEEEEWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!" Chris pulled the monster out of him and slammed his sword to get rid of him. "O-ouch! T-that hurts and...it...was gross!"

"I told you befo-"

"Yes, yes, focus, let's go!" Chris said running with everyone else with Meta Knight. "You know, you're pretty fast in the ground rather than the air."

"I didn't noticed that before."

Chris sweatdropped.

Back in the fort...

"Gather!" Soren said, the remaining mercenaries gathered in the dormitory where Ike was being treated and Elincia. "Hear me out, we have to protect this place, and only this place until we dispose all these monsters!"

"For Ike!" Gatrie said raising his lance.

"For the Greil Mercenaries!" Boyd said raising his axe.

"For my safety!" Popo said raising his hammer and they stared at him. "...What?"

"ATTACK!" C. Falcon yelled, Soren remained close to the door while the others melee fighters decided to attack. "...Wait, Ganondorf!"

"Ganondorf?!" Nana repeated confused, Ganondorf appeared behind the army and smirked after seeing them preparing to rush and continue the fight.

"Hahahaha! We got you surrounded, surrender at once and hand over Ike!" Ganondorf proclaimed.

"No way, you're a rapist!" Popo said.

"W-what?!"

"Don't listen to my brother and just get on with the fight, I'm already sick of hearing his stupid things!" Nana said irritated.

"...Ahem...ATTACK!"

"N-no! that's my line!" C. Falcon said.

Odd thing was that the music stopped with a scratch.

Ganondorf smacked his forehead. "Seriously, do you have to be so darn stupid?!"

"Who are you calling stupid, clone!" C. Falcon said getting closer to Ganondorf while both parties just watched them.

"You are the clone, my skills are far superior!"

"Warlock Punch? A rip-off of my own punch, don't you think?"

"At least I don't say the name of my attack out loud!"

"It raises the epicness, EPICNESS!"

"Dumbness is what I see!"

"And dude, just look at your hair! You look like a freaking girl who just got out from the costume shop!"

"Do not dare to mock my hair, nipples man!"

"I'm more handsome than you are, wait, that's right, YOU'RE NOT HANDSOME!"

"You are not my enemy, where is Link and Zelda?!"

"Far away to stay away from your horrible look!"

And both continued to argue with each other, until they got in the typical cloud of dust for fights.

Pit looked at the army of the Subspace and tapped a Fire Primid's shoulder. "So...aren't you all going to fight us?"

The Fire Primid thought for a moment and nodded.

Against the Black Knight

"HA!" The Ice Climbers used Squall Hammer on a Towtow, the Towtow got furious and lunged at the twins, but Shinon appeared from nowhere in a tree and shot down the beast using 3 arrows at the forehead. "S-Shinon! Where were you?"

"Training my own pupil." Shinon said bluntly.

"Pupil?" Boyd asked.

From the tree that Shinon came from, Rolf jumped out using a bow on his right hand, he laughed after he saw them. "Hey everyone!" Rolf said waving at them.

"Your pupil is our brother?!" Boyd and Oscar asked at the same time.

"What the hell were you thinking Shinon?!" Boyd asked.

"Hey, the kid didn't wanted to leave me alone, he begged to be an archer and I gave up." Shinon said.

"A-actually, I was the one who shot the arrows." Rolf said.

"Shinon, this has to be the most, risky idea you have ever done before." Boyd said frowning.

"D-did I do something wrong?"

"No, it's not you, it what Shinon di-"

"Listen you, be glad we have another archer in our group, also, he saved the lifes of the twins." Shinon said.

"...Fine, but if Rolf dies, it will be your responsability." Oscar said.

"Tsk, fine, fine."

"B-brothers! Behind you!" Rolf shouted pointing behind Boyd and Oscar.

3 Armights appeared laughing and they prepared to slash their backs, but Soren used his wind magic to push one of the Armights to each other, preventing the brothers from being sliced. "Don't get distracted now, this isn't done yet."

"...Huh?" Gatrie felt a drop fall in his face and looked above, the sky was very dark and was sounding with thunders, then a heavy rain began to fall. "It's raining..."

"This is a premonition to something bad."

"S-something bad? Like what?" Pit asked.

"I don't know, but we must protect Ike!"

"Wait a minute, Rolf, are you hiding something from us?" Boyd asked.

"W-what?" Rolf asked.

"I thought Mist was going to cry all over Ike, but I haven't heard a cry from the dormitory."

"I-it's because she's strong and..."

Dormitory

Boyd opened the door and found Mist healing Ike along with Rhys. "What th-Rhys, did you teach Mist healing magic in secret too?!"

"It's there a problem with that?" Mist asked as she continued to heal Ike.

"Yes, as a matter of fact, I did, but she's good for her first time, Ike's arm is going to be recovered in no time." Rhys said smiling gently at Boyd, who closed the door after looking at the unconscious Elincia.

Outside

"Everything is going well, Ike's arm will recover soon!" Boyd announced as he returned to the fight.

"What a relief." Soren said chanting a spell.

"AND YOUR YELLOW SCARF LOOKS STUPID AN-" Ganondorf continued to argue with C. Falcon, both of them decided to fight for real this time, but still argued and insulted each other.

"AND WHAT ABOUT YOUR SKIN? ALIEN!" C. Falcon argued, missing Ganondorf using Falcon Punch.

"TRIANGLE EYES!" Ganondorf argued, missing C. Falcon using Wizard Foot.

"CREEPY HOMO!" C. Falcon argued, missing Ganondorf by using Raptor Boost.

"IRON NIPPLES MAN!" Ganondorf argued, missing once again by using Warlock Punch.

"GIRLY HAIR!" C. Falcon argued, missing the king of all evil using Falcon Kick.

"Hey, C. Falcon! Do you want any help?" Gatrie asked as he struggled to push away 5 Sword Primids's swords.

"LEAVE THIS CREEP TO ME!"

"...O-okay then..." Gatrie said pushing the Primids away and thrusted his lance after that.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 21, 2008, 08:24:13 PM
"I wonder how are the others now..." Pit trailed off. "Nice try!" He pulled out his Mirror Shield to reflect back a Fire Primid's fire back at it.

"They're probably beating the boss's ass." Popo said.

Pit looked at Nana who was half-bored. "Aren't you going to say something to him?"

"Why?" Nana asked. "He will probably be back to his old self once we get back to the mansion."

Back with Greil's group...

They managed to get where the Black Knight and Dark Yaridovich were. "Finally...the second Star Spirit is almost with us..." Geno said glaring at Yaridovich.

"Hey, where is Ganondork?" Roy asked looking around.

"He used a dark portal to appear in the fort." Dark Yaridovich said.

"Greil." The Black Knight said glaring at Greil.

"You." Greil said glaring at the knight.

"It is time for us to end this at last." The Black Knight said unsheathing his sword.

Greil put a grip on his axe. "Yes, but I will be the one winning this fight."

"Let us see then."

"Why not!" Greil said dashing towards the knight, but the Black Knight stopped him. "What is it now?"

"Use this." The Black Knight took out the real Ragnell and gave it to Greil.

Greil looked at the blessed sword in his hand but threw it behind his group. "I don't need that sword to defeat you, I will use only my axe!"

"Enough talking then, ha!" The Black Knight tried to slam his sword on Greil who used his axe as a shield, but the sword of the knight was blessed and was stronger than Greil's weapon.

"We have to help him!" Chris said.

"Leave me alone, this matter only concerns to me!" Greil said gritting his teeth.

"Even so, I'm not listening!"

"I will offer him my aid." Titania said.

"So will I." Marth said and both rushed to help the commander of the mercenaries.

"Leave the skinny guy to us, let's finish this before the rain causes me allergies...we can beat him, right?" Roy asked.

"So we're Meta Knight, Roy, Falco, Geno and me against Yaridovich...I'm not sure if we can win..."

"Use the items." Falco said winking to him.

"...Ugh, fine!"

"Gimme!"

"Here."

"YES! I'M A GIANT AND...wait," Falco narrowed his eyes at the item on his right hand. "I didn't wanted the Fan!"

"Too bad, nobody is going to use the Super Mushroom."

"YOU WILL GIVE ME THE MUSHROOM OR I'LL BEAT YOU UP USING THIS CRAP!" Falco said glaring at Chris, pointing the Fan at his head.

"Yaridovich is charging at us!" Geno shouted, dodging a Blast attack from the dark enemy. "Falco! Look out!"

"You're mine!" Dark Yaridovich said about the stab Falco using his head as a lance.

"Shut up!" Falco began to hit continuously Dark Yaridovich, making him to flinch quickly.

"See? It's helpful, now keep him there!" Chris said raising his sword.

"I don't think so!" Dark Yaridovich said, he was able to grab Falco's Fan and torn it in 2 as he backed away. "WATER BLAST!"

POOF!

"Huh? W-what's happening?!" Roy asked when a water explosion was about to hit his back, but then, it began to accelerate and explosions of water occurred around the area where they were fighting.

"This is my upgraded version of the Water Blast, thanks to the Shadow Bugs, all the drops from the rain I called will explode and cause severe damage to the unfortunate person who is near, meaning ALL OF YOU!" Dark Yaridovich said laughing evily as more explosions of water appeared.

"UGH!" Roy was hit by 3 explosions at the same time, but him and everyone else were continuously damaged by the explosions, until...

A huge explosion of water appeared, sending all of them to the sky before crashing into the muddy ground, panting heavily after they slowly got up, straining a little.

"I-I can't believe I'm almost dead by...the rain..." Meta Knight said panting.

"Let's see how you handle it being a scarecrow!" Yaridovich said.

"A what?" Falco asked confused.

"SCARECROW SONG!" Dark Yaridovich called forth a ringing bell above them that created music notes, after hearing the song, a cloud of smoke appeared on the area and...

Scarecrows were in the places where everyone else once were. "...What happened?" A scarecrow with Roy's voice asked before gasping. "I-I'M A SCARECROW!"

"NO! WHERE IS MY BLASTER, MY REFLECTOR AND MY FACE?!" Falco asked trying to move.

"Now I know how does it feel to be a scarecrow." Chris said.

"I don't think you need to feel that." Meta Knight said.

"Darn it, only special attacks can be used to do something in this form." Geno explained.

"Wait, I can call Eldstar to heal one of us to turn anyone back to normal again." Chris said.

"Great idea, use it in me!"

Falco rolled his wooden eyes. "Pfft, Chris is not going to do that just because you're asking him t-" Eldstar appeared before them. "Y-YOU CHEATER!"

"What can I do for you?" Eldstar asked.

"Please turn Geno back to normal again!" Chris said and Eldstar nodded.

"There, call me once a certain amount of time have passed." Eldstar said before disappearing.

"Only with Geno alone won't be enough to defeat me!" Dark Yaridovich said.

"He's right, I can't do it alone, you'll just have to wait until the spell wears off." Geno said.

"Too bad, the spell is permanent this time."

"What?!"

"Shadow Bugs? Remember? Hehehe..."

"Ugh, then..."

Chris got an idea. "Wait, I think I can change to my Musician job and use Soul Etude, it not heals a little but also removes any kind of status effect on allies."

Geno saw Dark Yaridovich preparing his lance. "Then do that, I'll keep him busy!"

"Ha!" Dark Yaridovich struck his lance on Geno, but the puppet stopped it using his wooden arms.

"Your face always made me sick." Geno said as he looked at Dark Yaridovich's face.

"Heheheh, that's what I like more." Dark Yaridovich said chuckling evily before his head shot a blast of water, pushing Geno to a nearby tree.

"Soul Etude!" Chris called out playing his harp on his scarecrow form, the song flew everywhere and it restored everyone back to their normal forms. "Now we can continue!"

"Any ideas?" Meta Knight asked.

"(Oh, Meta Knight, asking me for ideas? Priceless.) Hmm...somebody needs to distract Yaridovich, Meta Knight, Falco, you're going to be the decoys."

"Decoys for what?" Falco asked.

"For Roy to use Flare Blade, a fully charged one."

"Er...I don't think that will happen." Roy said scratching his head.

"What do you mean?"

"Since it's raining, my sword will get all wet and...well...my Flare Blade won't work and will turn into Marth's Shield Breaker instead."

"...Change of plans, let's see, hmm...Meta Knight, can you use your Mach Tornado to create a tornado of mud with the mud around here?"

Meta Knight looked at the mud on their feet. "That is easy, but for what?"

"I'm planning t-"

"STOP TALKING!" Dark Yaridovich yelled furiously calling a stone engulfed in flames from the sky, but the rain didn't soak the rock and it almost hits Roy, but Meta Knight pushed him aside in time.

"As I was saying before, the mud will likely hit Dark Yaridovich's eyes and make him blind for a moment, you must target his eyes and not us, there's a lot of mud here!" Chris finished and Meta Knight nodded.

The knight used Mach Tornado to engulf himself in mud, creating a mud tornado that went towards Dark Yaridovich, not only Meta Knight was able to blind his eyes, but he slashed the general a consecutive amount of times before stopping, dusting off his cape from the mud. "YOU LITTLE!" Dark Yaridovich cursed trying to get the mud off his eyes.

"...Geno!" Chris looked at Geno, who was unconscious in the same tree. "Soul Etude!" A cheerful blue light engulfed the puppet, healing his wounds a little.

"...Ugh..." Geno got up, shaking his head.

"We need your help!"

"Right...but I'm seeing 2 Yaridovichs..."

"Huh?" Chris turned his back to find 2 Dark Yaridovichs in front of the first one.

"He must have splitted himself to attack us by separate!"

"Actually, that isn't a bad idea." The 2 Dark Yaridovichs said before splitting themselves to 2 other Dark Yaridovichs each, making 5 Dark Yaridovichs in total as the original one managed to get the mud off his eyes.

"Geno!" Chris said angrily.

"Damit!" Geno cursed.

However, a strange event happened, when they blinked in unison, they saw the 5 Dark Yaridovichs gone, but in their places, there were...themselves chuckling evily.

"What the.." Roy trailed off after looking at himself, chuckling evily.

"H-hey, I don't look like that!" Falco said pointing at himself, chuckling evily as Roy's dark clone.

"Scramble!" Dark Yaridovich (Geno) said, and all the clones ran around in circles before crashing into each one of them, but the dark clones also were pushed into the mud, to create the confusion.

"Oh no, which one is the real one?!" Chris asked, though we couldn't see if he was the real Chris.

"I'm obviously the real one!" Chris said pointing at himself, still, not sure if that was the same Chris since the dark clones'a black auras vanished.

"I'm clearly the real one." Meta Knight said.

"Hmph, yes, why not." Meta Knight said.

"Answer me! Are you Roy?!" Chris asked.

"I-It's me, don't you remember me?!" Roy asked sweating.

"I-I'm the real one! But how do I know you're the real Chris?" Roy asked crossing his arms.

"Because I'm the real Chris!" Chris defended himself.

"This is some kind of illusion, right?" Geno asked.

"Looks like it." Geno said.

"Stop copying me!" Geno said preparing to shoot his bullets.

"No, you stop copying me!" Geno said doing the same action.

"You stupid doppelganger, stop looking like me!" Falco said glaring at Falco.

"You wish, you're the real doppelganger here!" Falco said preparing to use his Blaster on Falco.

"That's it! Chris, I don't care if you don't want to, but GIVE ME THE DAMM MUSHROOM!"

"...What mushroom? What are you talking about?" Chris asked.

"...Wait...only the real and stubborn Falco would ask me that." Chris said.

"...And only the real Chris would know about a Super Mushroom...hey, did you just call me stubborn?!" Falco asked angrily.

"..." Both paused for a moment before pointing at each other, smiling proudly. "YOU ARE THE REAL PERSON!" They said in unison.

"Oh-uh." The fake Chris and Falco said in unison.

"Guys! Tell something you only remember about our experiences together!" The real Chris said.

"I was a fool trying to take my ship back, not caring about the others." Meta Knight said.

"What was the name of my ship? The Macbeth? UGH!" Meta Knight cursed and fell to his knees.

"I was skeptical about leaving Marth behind when Chris first asked me to join him." Roy said.

"And I doubted about my sex...UGH!" Roy cursed, falling to his knees, earning a glare of the real Roy.

"I called Mallow to help us out, but only refered him as him." Geno said nodding.

"I have a frog friend, his name is..Toady? UGH!" Geno cursed, falling to his knees.

"You 2 don't need to say something else!" Falco said glaring at the fake Chris and Falco, before the Smashers reunited in a group.

All the clones turned back to normal and pointed at the sky. "WATER BLAST!"

"WHERE TO RUN?!" Roy panicked before the drops began to explode around them.

"THERE'S NO ESCAPE!" The 5 Dark Yaridovichs said laughing evily as all the drops began to explode once again, creating a huge explosion of water at the end, making them to fly to the sky and fall to the mud with severe damage.

"...Ugh...I hate that attack..." Roy said panting as he got up by using his sword to stand up.

"Isn't there...any way to evade it though?" Falco asked panting.

"Unless...the rain stops...but Yaridovich said he called it so he may call the rain again..." Geno said panting heavily.

"We can't lose...not now!"

"Is the Over Limit gauge ready?" Roy asked.

"Not yet!" Chris said.

"We have to...find a way to stop that attack from occurring again." Meta Knight said panting.

"...Geno...maybe I forgot but...do you have an attack that can reach the sky?"

Geno looked to Chris. "The only one I remember...is Geno Blast...wait, I think I can use that attack still..."

"Then use it!"

"R-right!" Geno put his hands above him. "Stars, give me strength! Geno Blast!" Geno chanted to the sky and swung his hands below.

The 5 Dark Yaridovichs looked above the sky and red, green, blue and yellow flashes fell with force towards all of them, the flashes not only damaged them, it made a hole exactly above the fight. "Darn it!" The 5 Dark Yaridovichs cursed.

"We can always call it back!" One Dark Yaridovich said snapping his fingers, and the hole from the sky was covered with clouds again.

"Pss, Falco." Chris whispered to Falco.

"Yeah? What is it?" Falco whispered back.

"Geno Blast!" Geno called forth more pillars of light, opening a hole in the sky to stop the rain and damage the 5 Dark Yaridovichs again. "Ugh...if I could have more energy...I could use this attack all day..." Geno said panting heavily.

"Hahahaha! Good things are indeed weird to use!" The 5 Dark Yaridovichs said laughing evily.

"...Hey, don't you feel something weird coming above us?" A Dark Yaridovich asked.

"What do you mean?" Another Dark Yaridovich asked.

Once they looked at the sky, there was a small dot that got increasing in size over time, they narrowed their eyes to see what it was.

"OH SHI-"

"HA!" A Giant Falco crushed a Dark Yaridovich under his big foot, presumably killing him. "Now, let's get started and end this!" Falco said grinning and rushing at every single Dark Yaridovich, he used his hands, feet and even his Reflector that crushed some of them in the trees.

"Move! Move! Move! We have to give him some aid!" Chris ordered and the other 3 Smashers rushed for Falco's aid.

"We have to take advantage of Falco's size, that way the battle will end sooner!" Roy said.

Chris got an idea. "Oh, right!"

"W-what are you doing?!" A Dark Yaridovich asked struggling from Chris's grab.

"Throwing you at the giant, what else?" Chris said with a glare and managed to threw the Dark Yaridovich to Falco. "Falco! One for you!"

"Got it!" Falco responded nodding and used a charged kick straight in the face, sending him blasting off to a tree where he vanished with a grunt.

"T-these bastards are killing us one by one!" A Dark Yaridovich said narrowing his eyes, he felt someone touching his shoulder and looked behind him. "NO!"

"UAAAAHHHH!!" Roy used a charged Flare Blade, making the Yaridovich to blast off towards Falco, who kicked him doing a backflip in the same spot.

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" The Dark Yaridovich yelled loudly as he went blasting off to the sky, until he crashed hardly in the muddy ground, once again, Falco executed a final downward kick on the Dark Yaridovich, who vanished.

"2 more to go!" Falco said.

"Then that means if we take the last 2, the battle is over!" Geno said, looking around for the last 2. "Who where are they?"

"AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

They looked behind them where Meta Knight sliced down to a half a Dark Yaridovich, without anyone's help. "Hmph, the last one is behind that tree."

"You bastard!" The last Dark Yaridovich said, sweatdropping after he saw the 4 Smashers plus the Giant Falco running towards him.

"Guys, the effect of the mushroom will wear off very soon!" Falco said as they ran towards Dark Yaridovich.

"Hmm, I know! Use your illusion to reach him in time, and then throw him to us!" Chris said with quick thinking.

"Over Limit gauge is ready!" Professor Kawashima said.

"Roy, it's your time to deal the final blow!"

"Yes! Finally!" Roy said proudly (earning a glare from Falco).

Falco used Falco Illusion to quickly slash Dark Yaridovich before grabbing the spear monster in his right hand and threw it towards them before returning to his original size. "It's all yours!" Falco said.

"Ha!" Meta Knight used Drill Rush to continuously drill Dark Yaridovich's thin body.

"WATER BLAST!" Dark Yaridovich snapped his fingers and the rain quickly got back, exploding all over the place.

"ROY! QUICK! Soul Etude!" Chris called out healing everyone's health a little to survive the attack.

"Caelin, give my sword the force of fire!" Roy called out pointing his sword to the sky, and he was engulfed in a rainbow aura with an explosion.

"Force of fire...Geno! Use Geno Blast again!"

"U-ugh...one last...time!" Geno struggled calling out once again the pillars of light from the sky, this time, however, made holes around the field.

"Y-you idiots!" Dark Yaridovich cursed, trying to run away.

"He's running away!" Chris said.

"Thanks for pointing that out for us, really." Meta Knight said sarcastically and Chris grunted in irritation.

"Hahahaha!" Dark Yaridovich laughed, calling out a dark portal to the Subspace below a tree's branch. "See you later, it was a great battle, but I'm taking the Star Spirit with me, fools! HAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"We made him a little insane, didn't we?" Geno asked and they nodded in unison.

"S-shut up Geno! Next time we meet, you'll be dead!" Falco appeared upside-down with crossed arms using the tree's branch when Dark Yaridovich wasn't looking, between him and the portal. "Now, I will make sure to get you all next time!"

"That's great and all, but it's over for you." Falco said preparing his fist.

"...Huh?!"

PUNCH!

"AAAAAHHHHH!!!" Dark Yaridovich went blasting off towards Roy, the punch he received from Falco was enough to send him away since he had a lot of damage accumulated.

"(Now's my chance.)" Roy thought before closing his eyes and put his sword pointing down at the ground. "Erupt, o fire of the earth!"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"Blazing Fire!!!" He called out, his voice echoing, he struck his sword down with force in the earth and eruptions of towers of fire came from the earth in a great wave, when he struck down his sword, 2 big towers of fire erupted and they spreaded on both of his sides, Dark Yaridovich was burned greatly by the temperature and the fire combined together.

Music stops

"Heheheheh...good fight...fare...well...u-ugh..."

Those were Dark Yaridovich's last words before he vanished into spores, leaving a card with Mamar, the second Star Spirit behind.

Tales of Vesperia - Victory Boss Battle Theme

"...Alright! We won!" Roy said making a fist in the air in the sword's grip.

"What a relief..." Chris dropped to his knees. "We're finally over with this fight."

"Piece of cake." Falco said kicking back and forth his Reflector before catching it.

"Yes Falco, we know you like bread."

"...W-wait, what? I didn't say bread, I said cake!"

"Then does that means you like to eat cake?" Roy asked.

"Yes, we know that's the truth, don't deny it." Meta Knight said.

"Y-you to-oh, screw all of you!" Falco said crossing his arms angrily.

Geno walked over the card and showed it to the sky. "Please, come on out!"

The card shone brightly, making all of them to block their eyes, after some seconds, the light disappeared and Mamar, the second Star Spirit appeared laughing heartily, floating in front of the group.

"Oh, it's good to breath air again." Mama said before looking around, and more specifically the Smashers. "...Eww, you're all muddy."

That was the truth, they were covered in mud and didn't noted that before.

"Mamar, good to see you again." Geno said bowing to her.

"Geo, is that you? Then it's true you used that doll to help Mario before."

"You should thank them, they were a lof of help and we have already rescued Eldstar, they're the special elite of fighters called Smashers that I talked about."

"Is that so?" Mamar looked at them and laughed heartily. "Thank you so much for saving me."

"I-it's our work ma'am." Roy said bowing down.

"Such nice gentlemen rescued me? I'm a little flattered."

"But still, she isn't totally my type." Falco whispered to Meta Knight, who nodded back.

"Hmm..." Mamar floated towards Chris. "I feel Eldstar's power within you, are you by any chance the World Traveler?"

"Y-yes! I am!" Chris said nodding quickly.

"Even the World Traveler himself rescued me? Oh, how embarrassing!" Mamar said laughing.

"What so great about being rescued by Chris? He's very clumsy." Falco said.

All the avian was able to see were stars flying everywhere before being knocked down by an angry Chris, he even had a bump on his head while his face was in the mud.

"A-anyway, it's a great honor to meet you." Chris said.

"Now, I think it's time to give you my power." Mamar flew above Chris and she touched him, spores of light in the form of stars flew everywhere around Chris before he shone for one second.

Chris has learned Lullaby!

Lullaby puts all enemies to sleep for a while, be aware that it may not work sometimes.

Mamar started to shine brightly. "Well, it was good to be rescued, but now I have to return to the Star Shrine to reunite with Eldstar, once you reunite all the other 5 Star Spirits, we shall open the way to Exor to confront Smithy and end this nonsense." Mamar began to fly away upwards. "I believe in all of you, good luck, Smashers!" And with a blink, she disappeared in the rain of the night.

"...So, what does it feel to have that weird magic in you?" Roy asked.

"N-nothing, in reality." Chris shook his head. "I just call them out and they will arrive."

"If she meant we rescue 2 Star Spirits...then we have 5 more left." Meta Knight said.

"And 5 more generals." Roy pointed out.

"I just hope our way gets easier..." Chris said looking away.

"But if we work like we just did a moment ago, nothing is going to be hard." Geno said.

"Y-yes, I think you're right."

A silence fell and only the drops of the rain were heard...along with Falco's grunts trying to get his head out until Roy pulled him out.

"...Hey, aren't we forgetting something?" Roy asked.

All of them got in thinking positions. "...The Black Knight!" Geno said gasping.

"Oh no, where are they?!" Chris asked looking around.

"I-I don't know! They were there just a while ago!" Roy said pointing to a part.

"We have to look around for them, if Greil dies..."

"Then what are we doing thinking of the possibilities?" Falco asked, wiping out the mud from his face. "C'mon, let's go!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Fire Emblem: Path of...)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 23, 2008, 06:32:02 PM
Back at the fort...

Dormitory

"...Ugh..."

"I-Ike!" Mist said surprised when Ike opened his eyes a little.

"...M-Mist?" Ike asked. "A-are you healing me?"

"She is," Rhys said smiling a little. "I taught her how to heal, your arm is going to be cured in a moment."

"...Mist, why did you do this?"

"..." Mist closed her eyes. "Because I don't want to see your suffer...just look at the injure you got on your arm!"

"T-then does that means you're going to risk your life in the battlefield?!"

"I don't care!" Mist broke into tears.

"Huh?"

"Don't you see?! Y-you're very clumsy at times, but that doesn't means anything, I have to do something!" Mist opened her eyes while she was stil crying. "I don't want to lose you as our mother!"

Ike gasped a little. "Mist...t-this is not an excuse to risk your life an-"

SLAP!

"Oww! Why did you do that?!"

"I'm not listening to you anymore! I'm going to do my best and protect your life!"

"Mist..."

"Ike, listen to her," Rhys said while he was still healing Ike's arm. "I know she will be a good healer someday, she just needs the experience to achieve that by helping you and all of us."

"...Mist..."

"Y-yes Ike?" Mist asked wiping out her tears.

Ike closed his eyes for a moment before speaking. "...Alright, I let you go with me from now on."

"Brother!!" Mist hugged Ike tightly.

Ike twitched a little in pain but kept talking. "But only if father agrees, got it?"

Mist stopped hugging him. "O-okay! Thank you Ike!"

"Just a little more..." Rhys said before his staff stopped glowing. "There, your arm should be healed."

Ike looked to his right arm and tried to move it a little, he didn't felt anything anymore and got up from the bed. "My arm, it feels like new again."

"The procedure was a success." Rhys said smiling, taking a sip of his tea.

"Ike, I'm very happy to see you alright again!" Mist said wiping out more tears.

"Yes, but..." Ike looked at Elincia. "Who is she?"

"That's right, there's a battle going out outside." Rhys said, putting down his tea.

"A battle?!"

"Yes, everyone are fighting to protect the fort from the monsters that came here, not only that, the Black Knight showed up and he is probably outside fighting your father..." Rhys paused for a moment. "A battle to the death."

"A-a battle to the death?!" Mist gasped.

"Father!" Ike said before grabbing his sword and rushing to the door.

"W-wait up Ike!" Mist said following Ike.

"It's too dangerous Mist, don't come with me and stay with Rhys to protect Elincia!"

"You jerk, I told you before, I'm not going to listen to you!"

"Go with Ike, Mist, I'll stay behind to protect princess Elincia." Rhys said laughing heartily.

"Thanks Rhys!" Mist said smiling a little.

Ike groaned. "Fine, fine, you can come, but stay behind me."

Mist nodded. "Okay!"

Outside

"I think something good is going to happen!" Popo said, protecting the door.

"Yes? What?" Nana asked smacking a Fire Primid away.

SLAM!

"I'm ready to join the fight!" Ike appeared slamming the door with force, everyone looked at him and got relieved to see him back again.

...Everyone except Popo, who got crushed behind the door.

"...You know, you were right Popo, something good DID happen." Nana said chuckling uncontrollably.

"TAKE THIS!" Ganondorf said punching C. Falcon's visor, the glass of it broke and C. Falcon backed away, holding his right eye in pain. "Darn it, Ike is back again?!"

"Bet your head he is!" Popo yelled, raising a finger from the door as Ike sweatdropped after looking behind it.

"This is not good, I wasted all my time in you and this is what happens!"

"You broke my visor, you rapist!" C. Falcon cursed.

"Told you!" Popo said pointing at Nana from the wall.

"Argh! Retreat, fall back! We have to return!" Ganondorf announced hiding in the crowd of monsters that listened to his order and ran away from the fort, inside a wide dark portal.

"Rolf!" Shinon called preparing his arrow.

"R-right!" Rolf prepared his arrow, both aimed at Ganondorf's throat and shot their arrows.

HIT!

"UGH! Y-YOU! NEXT TIME, I WILL TEAR YOU TO SHREDS!" Ganondorf said angrily after the 2 arrows struck his throat, he removed the arrows and disappeared in the portal will all the remaining monsters.

"They're gone?" Boyd asked.

"They're gone." Soren repeated nodding.

"Phew, that was hard...but we did it." Pit said sitting on the ground.

"...I hate to say this...but..." Shinon closed his eyes.

"Huh?"

"...You fought well."

"...T-thanks..." Pit said nodding. "...Does that means you don't hate me anymore?"

"Don't get carried away either."

"..." Pit looked away.

"Ike, are you feeling okay?" Boyd asked.

"I think so, Rhys and Mist did a god job." Ike said and Mist blushed a little.

"Everyone! Let's go!" Oscar said running away from the fort.

"W-why?" Pit asked.

"Greil and the others haven't returned back yet!" Soren said running away.

Betting In This Bout

"Wait for me!" Nana said dragging her brother in the ground.

"Father!" Ike and Mist yelled in unison, running away together.

"Don't die us old man!" Shinon said running with Rolf.

"C. Falcon, is your eye feeling fine?" Gatrie asked and he ran together with C. Falcon.

"My eye didn't get damage, but I don't want anyone to see my eye!" C. Falcon said.

Back with Greil, Marth and Titania...

"Away with you!" The Black Knight said pushing Marth's Falchion away and slashing him after that.

"UAAGH!" Marth held his chest in pain, he noticed the Black Knight raised his sword above him.

"Now, you die!"

"Stop!" Titania came in blocking the Black Knight's sword using her lance. "Marth, run!"

"B-but what about you?" Marth asked worried.

"Such pitiful lance is nothing compared to my sword!" The Black Knight said breaking the lance with force with a pull, making Titania to fall from her horse, the horse yelled and backed away from the knight to not get killed.

"Titania!" Greil yelled appearing from behind the Black Knight, protecting both of them using his axe to block the blessed sword Alondite.

"My lord!" Titania said.

"J-just get away from here and let me handle him alone!"

"Titania, this is the only chance we have to escape, get moving!" Marth said getting up, Titania didn't had any other choice left but to follow Marth, wishing for the safety of Greil as she calmed down her horse.

"There they are!" Geno said appearing.

"Marth! How is the battle going?" Chris asked.

"Not good at all, the Black Knight is just too powerful to defeat." Marth said, looking around for his sword which was with Roy, who gave it back to him.

"Greil can't win this alone, you need to help him!" Titania said.

"I said no!" Greil yelled, evading the Black Knight's attack.

"This stubborness will only have bad consequences." Meta Knight said.

"I know that!" Chris said looking down.

"This is how strong you got?" The Black Knight asked without straining on another clash of sword and axe.

"Grr, you got very strong, even if you're not using Alondite." Greil said grinning as he strained.

"I hate to break this up, but stop!" Chris yelled.

"No kid! We need to settle this here and now!" Greil said grunting as a thunder fell on the background.

"Father!" Ike and Mist yelled appearing from behind the group along with everyone else.

"Ike! Your arm is alright!" Roy said.

"Yeah, thanks to Mist and Rhys, what happened?"

"That is happening." Soren said pointing at the 2 fighters.

"Father!" Ike yelled.

"Ike! Listen to me, you must get stronger!" Greil said.

"(Typical talking, if they're saying that, then that must mean they're going to...) NO!" Chris yelled.

"I HAVE ENOUGH OF YOU!" The Black Knight yelled.

"What the?!" Greil noticed a small crack on his axe that went increasing in size, the crack got wider and bigger until he backed away before his axe could break apart to evade also the slash from the sword of the knight. "Y-you!"

"Now, since you lost your weapon, it is time to stop this." The Black Knight said walking towards Greil.

"...Heheheh..."

"Huh?" Everyone in the party got confused at Greil's sudden laugh.

"...I think this is it." Greil looked at his son and daughter. "Ike, please, take care of Mist."

"W-what?! F-father! What are you talking about?! D-don't tell me you're planning to die here in front of us!" Ike said worried.

"We promised each other..."

"What?"

"We promised each other if someone, of us, should lose his weapon in battle, will die at the hands of the other...I was stupid back then, to think I didn't take advantage to use Ragnell..."

"O-oh, y-you mean this?" Chris asked showing Ragnell, struggling to not fall until Ike took it, but strained to hold it.

"Father...dad...please! Don't leave me alone!" Mist pleaded crying.

"Mist...protect Ike too..." Greil said giving her a small smile.

"...Father..."

"Old man, this is stupid!" Shinon said.

"I have to agree, it is stupid." Soren said.

"Even more stupid than Popo!" Nana said.

"Hey!" Popo replied back.

"Oh, you're back to your old self, thank goodness."

"Greil...don't do this to me..." Tinania whispered the last part, trying to not cry.

"(...Would Titania be a good mother to Ike and Mist?)" Chris thought but shook his head.

"Now, it's time." The Black Knight said raising his sword above Greil.

"Yes..." Greil said looking down.

Music stops

The whole background, along with the trees and rain disappears only showing them. "(No...this wasn't supposed to happen...)" Chris thought.

"(N-NO! I'M GOING TO STOP THIS FATHER!)" Ike thought and prepared to run towards the Black Knight.

"(Please, don't kill him, I beg of you!)" Mist thought, trying to stop her tears.

"WAIT! NO! DON'T BE STUBBORN AND SACRIFICE YOUR LIFE!" Chris yelled out loud closing his eyes.

SLASH!!

"FAAAAAAAAAAATHEEEEEEEEEEEEEER!!" Mist cried out dropping to her knees.

"...Good bye...my son...and daughter..." Greil managed to say.

"Not done yet." The Black Knight said, before thrusting his sword in Greil's heart, and passing through his armor as the rain continued.

"GREEEEEEIL!!!" Everyone yelled surprised as Ike rushed towards the Black Knight, Ragnell in hand.

"Y-you...YOU!" Ike said glaring daggers at the Black Knight, the blunt mercenary tried to slash him with Ragnell, but in a quick movement, the Black Knight slapped his hand and Ike lost Ragnell in the ground, the Black Knight quickly grabbed his throat and raised him above the ground. "UGH!"

"IKE!" Everyone yelled once again as another thunder illuminated the whole area.

"As blunt as your father, there is only one person besides him with that attitude, his son." The Black Knight said.

"Leave Ike alone!" Marth said.

"Why should I?"

"Because with who am I going to fight later?" Boyd asked.

"Boyd, you're not helping!" Roy said.

"STOOOOOOOP!!!"

"Huh?" The Black Knight noticed Mist holding his arm as she cried. "Y-you're Greil's daughter?"

"Please! Stop! I can't see my brother be murdered in front of my eyes after my father was murdered by you! It's too painful already!" Mist yelled crying.

"M-Mist! Come back here, it's dangerous!" Oscar yelled.

"Y-yes, come back here!" Rolf yelled.

"I beg of you...don't kill my brother...I love him so much that I will do anything to protect him..." Mist pleaded closing her eyes, sobbing as her tears strolled down her cheeks, mixing up with the rain.

Tales of the Abyss - Serious

"...M-Mist..." Ike said fainting.

"...Fine..." The Black Knight released Ike from his grip and the mercenary fell down, Mist hugged her brother as she cried, everyone ran towards them as the Black Kinhgt slowly walked away.

"Ike! Ike! Answer me! Are you okay?!" Boyd asked.

"...These are my last words..." The Black Knight said turning to them. "Tell Ike to get stronger and lead a powerful army, once he achieves those requirements, I will be back to confront him." And the Black Knight disappeared in the deepness of the trees, as a thunder enlights the place.

"...Ike..." Mist whispered, resting her head on his brother's chest.

Mercenary Fort

The next morning...

"You're leaving us?" Ike asked as all the mercenaries were gathered in the fort's entrance to say farewell to the Smashers.

"Our work here is done so, we have to leave for now." Chris said bowing. "I really enjoyed my time here with all of you."

"Heh, of course, now the place will be normal again." Shinon said.

"...I'm not even bothering anymore." Falco said looking away.

"Good luck with the women." Gatrie said doing a handshake

"You too, good luck." C. Falcon said with a bandage covering his missing part of his visor.

"You're not going to say good bye?" Nana asked to Soren.

"Good bye." Soren said.

"...Weeeeeeeeeeeeeird." Popo said.

"...I have to agree with you for once." Nana said.

Chris noticed that Marth and Roy were talking to themselves. "...It's something bothering you?"

Marth looked at Roy and they nodded. "Chris, we decided to stay behind."

"What?!" Pit asked surprised.

"I think Ike needs all the help he can get, besides, staying here will make me feel like I'm in home."

"For me too!" Roy said smiling. "I want to stay here for a little longer!"

"Then we shall leave you behind." Meta Knight said.

"Meta Knight! Are you going to say something to oppose them?!" Chris asked.

"Decisions from other people needs to be understood sometimes."

"..." Chris looked at the swordsmen. "Okay, you can stay here, but don't mess anything up and return to us once you're done here."

"Roger." Roy said.

"I understand." Marth nodded.

"Welcome aboard." Ike said smiling a little.

"We shall miss you." Titania said.

"Titania, are you sure you're feeling well after what happened...yesterday, right?" Boyd asked.

"...Yes...don't worry."

"(Poor Titania...)" Chris thought preocupied. "...Well then, it's time to leave, good bye!" Chris, along with Pit, Meta Knight, C. Falcon, Geno, Popo, Nana and Falco walked away waving at the mercenaries and Marth and Roy.

"Take care everyone!" Roy said.

"We will take care of Roy!" Mist said waving at them.

Music stops

"H-hey! What's that supposed to mean?! I'm not a kid!"

All the mercenaries laughed and chuckled as Roy pouted a little, crossing his arms as Ike watched the Smashers walking away.

Shadow Dragon Medley

"I have this feeling we will meet again someday very soon." Ike said.

"Did you say something Ike?" Mist asked.

"...Nothing, c'mon, Rhys said Elincia woke up from her state."

Marth and Roy have left your party

Back with the Smashers...

"So, it was okay to leave Marth and Roy with them?" Falco asked with folded arms behind his head.

"Meh, I guess so, think of it as a gift for what happened yesterday." Chris said.

"Don't worry about them, they're going to be fine!" Popo said confident.

"...Hey, Popo, do you want to do it?" Chris asked winking at Popo.

"Of course! I need to do something random!"

"Wait, what?" Nana asked.

"Falco, can you join us too?" Chris asked.

"...Why not!" Falco said putting his hands above his shoulders.

"C. Falcon, how about you?"

"Count me in!" C. Falcon said excited.

The 4 got closer together and Chris began to count.

"And 3, 2, 1, go!"

The 4 began to sing a sped up version of "If you wanna be my lover."

"Yo, I'll tell you what I want, what I really really want!" Chris sang.

"So tell us what you want, what you really really want!" The other sang together.

"I'll tell you what I want, what I really really want!"

"So tell us what you want, what you really really want!"

"I wanna ha! I wanna ha! I wanna ha! I wanna ha! I wanna really really really wanna zigazig ha! If you wanna be my lover! You gotta get with my friends!"

"Gotta get with my friends!"

"Make it last forever! Friiiendship never eeeends! If you wanna be my lover! you have got to give! Taking is too easy!

"But that's the way it is!" The 4 sang together, continuing to sing as they walked.

"Ugh, seriously, what kind of things does Chris tell us about?" Nana asked groaning.

"He told me many things one time about his world, and they're interesting." Pit said.

"...Maybe he told me some things too." Meta Knight said embarrassed.

"Hahaha, I just like to hang out with you, just like Mario, Peach, Bowser and Mall-" Geno paused for a moment. "Mallow! Chris! Open the portal!"

"Okay!" Chris continued to sing after he opened the portal and the others who weren't singing entered in a hurry. "Yo, I'll tell you what I want, what I really really want!"

"So tell us what you want, what you really really want!" The other sang together.

"I'll tell you what I want, what I really really want!"

"So tell us what you want, what you really really want!"

"I wanna ha! I wanna ha! I wanna ha! I wanna ha! I wanna really really really wanna zigazig ha! If you wanna be my lover! You gotta get with my friends!"

"Gotta get with my friends!"

"Make it last forever! Friiiendship never eeeends! If you wanna be my lover! you have got to give! Taking is too easy!

"But that's the way it is!"

"FALCON KICK!" C. Falcon used Falcon Kick to enter the portal and break their "singing" formation.

"MY PIKMIN!!!"

"...Oh no..." Chris entered inside the portal with the last 2 before it disappeared along with them.

And thus, they managed to save Mamar, the second Star Spirit.

WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 3000 SMASH COINS!

C. Falcon's, Marth's and Roy's partnership level were filled! 2 paths to different worlds have been opened!

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar
, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Mario sports)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 24, 2008, 02:59:53 PM
Chapter 85: Yoshi's lively sport spirit!

Somewhere in the Mushroom Kingdom, in the night

"A little more..."

"Dang it...this thing is too heavy!"

"Why did the Ancient Minister send us to carry these bombs?!"

"The R.O.B. can do that alone, I wonder..."

"...We just got tricked!"

"Damit!"

"Bah! Who cares anyway?! All the people will be sucked into the Subspace if this goes according to the plan!"

"...Huh?" A green nose peered from a part.

"Nobody will know about these bombs being here, the cloaking devices will hide them!"

The green nose disappeared from sight.

"Alright, we have to prepare for the next day, let's hide for now."

"Hey, when it's going to be my turn to attack?" Asked a small Pirahna Plant on fire.

"Pacience, if things get out of control, we will make you grow back to your original form to start a rampage."

"You better not fail on your words!" The Pirahna Plant said before hiding in the earth.

A kingdom above the clouds

"Maaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaail!" Parakarry yelled flying towards the kingdom of clouds, Nimbus Land, flying inside the castle at high speed.

Nimbus Land's Castle

"Coming through! Excuse me!" Parakarry yelled warning all the servants of King Nimbus, flying in front of them.

"W-who was that just now?!" A servant asked to another.

"Who knows!" The other replied back.

Throne Room

Parakarry bursted out of the doors. "Mail for Prince Mallow! Is Prince Mallow here?"

"Mallow?" A queen asked walking (rather floating) towards the paratroopa. "Why, yes, Mallow is my dear child."

"Is he here?"

"Of course!" King Nimbus said nodding, standing besides Queen Nimbus. "Mallow should be walking to this room right now as we speak!"

"Oh, great! That will save time!"

"I'm here!"

The young prince of Nimbus Land came from the doors smiling.

"Mallow! This person has a letter addressed to you!" Queen Nimbus said.

"A letter for me?" Mallow asked tilting his head in confusion. "We have never had letters from outsiders before, except for my grandpa."

Parakarry took out the letter. "Here, this is from someone called Geno."

Upon hearing that name, Mallow jumped 10,000 feet high and landed surprised. "W-W-W-WHAT?! GENO?! FOR REAL?! GIMME THAT LETTER!" Mallow hurried taking the letter from Parakarry's hand. "Hmm!"

"Geno? Is that lad from the Star Street that didn't give an autograph to me?" King Nimbus asked.

"Honey!" Queen Nimbus said angrily.

"It's the Star Road dad." Mallow corrected him as he continued to read the letter. "...What?!"

"What is it?"

"I-it seems the Star Road has been broken once again by Exor!"

"What?!"

"You know about Exor?" Parakarry asked.

"I could ask you the same thing! How do you know about that?" Mallow asked.

"Maybe the letter has more, continue!"

"Okay..."

10 minutes later...

"Subspace Army... Smashers... Star Spirits in trouble... Geno needs my help!" Mallow said throwing the letter away. "Oh my god, I'm going to see Geno again! Isn't that wonderful?!"

"There you go again my child, going off to another adventure." Queen Nimbus said laughing heartily.

"Okay son, I know this is important, but pleas-"

"I know dad! I gotta help Geno to reunite the Star Spirits!"

"No! You have it all wrong! I was going to ask you to get autographs for me this time!"

"Honey!" Queen Nimbus said angrily.

"A-alright..."

"But I don't know where is Geno or the Smash Mansion or the Smashers!" Mallow said about to cry.

"If you want, I can take you to them in an instant, I'm friends with them!" Parakarry said.

"...Can you do that for me?"

"Anybody who is a friend of the Smashers is a friend of mine!"

"Wow! Thank you so much!" Mallow said, jumping out from his pants for a moment.

"My, our son is very happy again." Queen Nimbus said.

"Autograph!" King Nimbus said again.

"Hush!"

"I-I mean, what are you going to do now Mallow?"

"It's not obvious dad? I'm going to meet Geno again and help him out!"

"Do you have your favorite pants on?" Queen Nimbus asked.

Mallow groaned. "Moooom! Not in front of him!"

Parakarry chuckled. "O-okay, hop on my back."

Mallow jumped on Parakarry's back and the paratroopa began to fly above. "Wait, I don't weight that much?"

"Nope! You're just a cloud!"

"...I see..." Mallow looked back at his parents smiling a little. "It's okay for me to leave the kingdom again?"

"You're a prince, but you can do whatever you want." King Nimbus said.

"Also, maybe you can meet up with Mario or Princess Peach along the way." Queen Nimbus said.

"Oh yeah! Mario and Princess Peach!... Wait, wasn't her name Toadstool?"

"We heard she changed it a long time ago."

"...And why didn't you tell me?"

"You didn't ask." Queen Nimbus chuckled heartily.

"...Weeeeeeeeeeeeell...I'm off!" Mallow said sweatdropping, waving at them as Parakarry flew off the room.

"Good bye Mallow! Please, don't get hurt!" Queen Nimbus said waving at him with a smile.

"And bring autographs!" King Nimbus added waving at him.

"Why are you so obsessed with autographs?"

"It's my hobby, what can I say?" King Nimbus chuckled heartily.

Nimbus Land

"Bye everyone! See you all later!" Mallow said waving at the citizens of Nimbus Land who waved back at him and gave him their wishes to stay fine.

"Smash Mansion, here we go!" Parakarry said accelerating to the ground.

"(Geno... I want to see you again...)" Mallow thought excited.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Flashback

Dear Chris


How are you doing? Everything is fine over here, Mr. Sonic says hi by his part, by the way, he told to tell some thing to you and everyone...

Mr. Sonic is planning to go to Soleanna to a festival, I want to go too, but he told me to stay here, but he also told me that he, Tails and Knuckles were going to somewhere first before Soleanna, I think the name was Future City to search the Chaos Emeralds, Amy ran off without him knowing it too.

Oh, one thing I almost forgot about!

Sonic heard the rumors about someone named Mario, he heard a lot of good stories about him actually, he even sent a letter to him for a challenge about the olympic games soon, I was instructed to participate being...well...I forgot, the scorer I think?

...But he said he was going to Soleanna first in the way to Future City, but I don't know that...

I wish you all good luck in your journey! Say hello to Mr. Meta Knight for me!

From Cream the Rabbit.

P.S: I met a very kind person named Blaze the Cat, she was very kind to me.


"OH NO!" Chris yelled worried.

End of flashback

Mushroom Kingdom
Peach Dome

"It's finally here folks!" Toadsworth said over the mic announcing the big crowd of people gathered in the Peach Dome. "The Sports Festival is finally here! Here, our favorite challengers, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Daisy, Wario, Waluigi, Yoshi, Koopa Troopa, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong between many others will show us who is the best in this great event!"

The screen shows the surroundings on the dome as Toadsworth talks. "Yes! This event is going to be the greatest yet, our favorite hero, Mario, has told us about someone named Sonic who challenged him as his friends to the olympic games at some place called Beijing!"

The screen shows the different places around the area. "Our main sport events are golf, tennis, baseball and for the last, 4 new tracks of our incoming kart racing event after the olympics to get all the challengers pumped up to participate!"

The screen shows Toadsworht again. "And now, some words from our sponsor and princess of our lovely kingdom, Princess Peach!" He handed over the mic to Peach, wearing her sport dress.

"Hi everyone!" Peach greeted gigling.

"Hi Princess Peach!" Everyone in the dome said happily.

"As you know today, we have this event of sports, many will participate, even I'm participating myself! We have all the instalations prepared for this greatest idea to...umm...what's the word?"

Daisy appeared grabbing the mic. "Hang out and have fun!"

Peach took the the mic back. "Yes! Exactly!"

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"We've got a lot of preparations, but everything seems to be ready to start! We just need the entries to be filled before 3 hours have passed! Come on now and enter everyone!" Peach said opening her arms as everyone in the stadium cheered loudly.

"So you said there are several Subspace Bombs hidden in the area?" Chris asked.

"Yes, but they're very well hidden, so it may be hard to find them all." Master Hand said.

"My Pikmin..." Olimar said looking down in shame.

1 hour ago...

"And here is the Command Room, where we know what worlds are being attacked, any questions?" Jigglypuff asked with a small smile.

"No, I understand everything perfectly." Olimar said nodding once Jigglypuff finished her tour around the mansion to Olimar. "But I have a complain..."

"What is it?"

"My Pikmins don't like to get near those weird butlers birds..." Olimar said pointing to 5 Pikmin above 5 Prinnies, trying to win a fight.

"Dood! Dood! Get off me, dood!" A Prinny said trying to take off his head a Purple Pikmin.

BIBI!

Olimar used his whistle to call them back to him, but as soon as they came back to him, they returned to fight the Prinnies. "Oh my..." Olimar frowned.

"Er...Etna! Do something!" Jigglypuff said to Etna.

"...Huh?" Etna was sleeping in a chair that was leaned to the wall. "What did you say?"

"Tell your Prinnies to go away!"

"Oh, okay, Prinnies, go away, now....Zzzzz..." She fell asleep again and the Prinnies left the room.

"There, problem solved." Jigglypuff said.

"Thank you so much for your hospitality everyone, I shall be of help." Olimar said.

"Good thing you said that." Master Hand said before the portal opened. "Oh, here they come."

"They left Marth and Roy behind?" Link asked.

"Yes, they did."

"Great, now with who am I going to measure swords with?"

"Ask that to Toon Link." Zelda glancing to Toon Link, who gulped after Link took out a ruler out of nowhere.

"You...will...measure...your...sword...with...me..." Link said darkly holding the ruler.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Toon Link ran away from the crazy Link.

At that moment, Pit, Meta Knight, Nana and Geno came out. "Good job out there!" Master Hand said.

"Please, kill those weirdos, that song is irritating me!" Nana said pointing at the portal.

"Song?"

Olimar walked to the portal with his Pikmins in front of the portal in curiosity. "Song? It's country music?" Olimar asked.

"FALCON KICK!" C. Falcon came rushing out, kicking the 5 Pikmin who were sent to the walls, dying.

"MY PIKMIN!" Olimar said alarmed.

"Did something happen?" Chris asked peering from the portal before stepping inside the room with Popo and Falco, the portal also vanished.

Present...

"Will you please snap out of it?" C. Falcon asked.

"Why? My Pikmin died...once again!" Olimar said.

"But you can call them back anytime." Master Hand said.

"...Yes...but I appreciate them very much..."

"Just by curiosity, how many Pikmin died before?" Pichu asked.

"Like 12,000."

"What the-Olimar, what was the cause?" Chris asked.

"...Louie, he isn't that experienced with Pikmin that he let many of them die against Bulborbs."

"..." Chris didn't spoke.

"...Oh well...I call more back..." Olimar plucked 5 more Pikmins out of the floor. "There, nothing will kill them this time."

"...Oooohhhh..." Kirby drooled a little after seeing the Pikmin...that he swallowed them. "Yum!"

"NOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"...ANYWAY!" Chris turned to Master Hand. "What was our mission again?"

"Go to Mario's world again, find and destroy the Subspace Bombs before they explode!"

Mario Golf, Power Tennis, Superstar Baseball and Kart
Current Status: Beginning of the festival of sports
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: Many
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Sport skills

"It's your lucky day, it seems you can take anyone there." Master Hand said.

"I see, okay, who wants to come with me?" Chris asked.

"I'll go again." Geno said.

"I want to do something." Jigglypuff said glaring at Master Hand.

"I'll go as well, I want to keep an eye on you this time." Lucario said.

"My Pikmin..." Olimar said sadly.

"...Olimar...do you want to come with me?" Chris asked.

"...Huh?"

"Do you want to start helping us?"

"...Well...that's why I'm here, right?... So I guess I'm in..." Olimar said agreeding.

"That's 4 characters, 5 counting me, I have 4 more spots."

"I'm coming, I want to find Charizard to capture him!" Red said.

"Red and his Pokémon count as one character." Master Hand reminded Chris.

"3 more left."

"Hmm, if the festival is of sports, then I'm going too." Fox said.

"2 more left."

"Can I go this time? Please?" Twink asked.

"You can take Twink with you, but he will not count as a character since he can't fight." Master Hand said.

"Now that's just mean!"

"Okay Twink, you can come with us." Geno said.

"Yay!" Twink floated happily towards Geno.

"We still got 2 more left." Chris said.

"Me! Me! I want to go!" Kirby said raising his arm.

"You're in."

"Yay!"

"1 more left." They looked at each other. "...Does anyone want to go?"

"I don't want to this time, I don't feel like it." Pikachu said.

"Weird, I usually play sports but...this time I don't want to either." Ness said.

"Count me out as well." Mewtwo said.

"I'm...not prepared to meet Peach again, maybe later." Zelda said.

"I only play soccer, and I'll be glad to challenge Fox any day on it, but not today." Wolf said.

"What about everyone else?" Chris asked and everyone else shook their heads. "...Then that means only 8 will go..."

"Wait... I need to wait for someone outside." Geno said walking away.

"Wait for someone outside?" Lucas asked.

"Who could that be?" Red asked.

"...Hmm...Mallow!" Chris said surprised rushing out.

"Should we follow them?" Pit asked.

"I have curiosity about this Mallow guy...let's go!" Pikachu said rushing out from the room, most of them decided to follow Geno and Chris outside, minus the hands and Mewtwo.

Outside

"...Hmm..." Geno looked to the clouds from far away.

"Can I ask you a question?" Kirby asked.

"Yes."

"Who is Mallow?"

"Mallow is a friend of mine that helped me out along with Mario when we stopped the Smithy Gang, we parted ways once I gathered all the Star Pieces, he is very powerful too since he can use magic related to the weather." Geno explained.

"Oh god, I'm going to meet Mallow." Chris said excited. "Aren't you happy Lucario?"

"Well, I don't associate with anyone else, but I can say it's fine with me." Lucario said.

"...You know, you should socialize with the others, not just me."

Lucario gasped a little. "B-but Chris!"

"Seriously Lucario, you need to have friends someday, and I want that day to be today, you're going to try and be friends with anyone here!"

"But with who do you expect me to talk to?"

"How about Mewtwo?" Lucario glared at Chris. "Okay, he's out, Pikachu?"

"Possible."

"Pichu?"

"No."

"Jigglypuff?"

"Worse."

"Zelda?"

"No."

"Olimar."

"No."

"Roy?"

"Never."

"Geno?"

"Maybe."

And both went on after that.

"...Hmm..." Ness narrowed his eyes at the dot coming from the south.

"I think someone is approaching..." Pit said.

"...And fast." Lucas added.

"......GEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEENOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" A familiar voice made Geno to smile and he walked in front of the group.

"It's Mallow, he's here!" Geno said.

"GEEENOOO!" Mallow called waving at Geno from Parakarry's back, the postman paratroopa made a slow landing to make Mallow to land safely, but the cloud stumbled and fell, though he got up and ran towards Geno to greet him. "Geno! It's that really you?! Answer me!"

"We fought Valentina to free your fathers." Geno said to reveal himself.

"IT'S YOU! HAHAHAHAHA!" Mallow hugged Geno happily, and the puppet hugged him back as they laughed heartily.

Chris sniffed at this moment. "I just like...these happy moments..."

"Here." Lucario gave him a napkin and Chris took it.

Both stopped hugging each other. "Geno, so why did you come back? You said Exor broke up the Star Road again?"

Geno nodded. "Yes, I knew you were still in Nimbus Land and I decided to call you."

Mallow looked behind Geno. "Hmm...are they the Smashers? Wow," Mallow walked to them. "You sure reunited people who looks different from each other."

"N-nice to meet you Mallow." Chris said blushing a little.

"What's your name?"

"M-my name is Chris."

"Oh, nice to meet you too, so Geno told me you're the World Traveler."

"He did?"

"Yes." Geno responded.

"Hey, do you think we can travel to see Mario and Peach again?" Mallow asked.

"It's your lucky day, we were just preparing to go there!" Chris said.

"For real?!" Mallow's feet ran where he was standing, he was very excited. "I-I need to go there! Can you take me with you?!"

"O-of course! Welcome aboard to the Smash Mansion!"

"Thanks!" Mallow looked to the others. "So, what are your names?"

"Okay, I need to go back to Quill and Postman, see you all later!" Parakarry said flying away, but he stopped and returned. "Oh, I forgot to tell you something."

"What is it?" Chris asked as Mallow was meeting the Smashers.

"I heard someone named Jynx and The Master are building a dojo close to Nintendo City, I also heard they're so strong!"

"Jynx?" Geno repeated confused. "I think I remember that name somewhere..."

"It's a Pokémon." Lucario pointed out.

"No, it was also the name of another person...but I can't remember..." Chris wondered. "But who is The Master? I think I have heard that name before too..."

"The Dojo" sidequest has been added to the sidequests list

"...I'll let you wonder by yourselves, go there once you have free time, bye bye!" Parakarry said flying away from them. "I know who is The Master though, a clue, I fought against him with Mario and long time ago!"

"...Oh, I think I just remembered..." Chris said.

Mallow temporaly joined your team!

Command Room

"We have a new guest!" Kirby said excited. "His name is Mallow!"

"Oh joy, more guests, at this rate the mansion will be full with guests." Master Hand said sarcastically.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Mario sports)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on October 24, 2008, 04:14:35 PM
Interesting... A Mario Sports arc of all things. There's something that doesn't happen too often
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Mario sports)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 25, 2008, 11:17:33 AM
"..." Mallow looked at the hands. "...So...are they..."

"Yes, hands, without head or bodies...or you could call Master Hand my boss." Chris said sweatdropping.

"You're Mallow?" Master Hand asked.

"Y-yes, nice to meet you hand...I mean! Master Hand sir!" Mallow said nodding quickly.

"Well, it seems we do have guests, we have Etna, Flonne who is in the infirmary being the nurse, Geno, Twink and now Mallow."

"Who's Etna?"

"Huh?" Etna woke up from her chair and waved at him before returning to sleep.

"And who's Twink?"

"I-I'm Twink!" Twink said appearing from Geno's back.

"Twink was a little shy in meeting you." Geno said.

"T-that's not true!"

Meanwhile, Chris was seeing the shop for items and new things.

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 3100

"My final update for the menu is this, once I get something new, I'm going to label it next to the things for that menu!" Crazy Hand said.

"Okay, show it to me." Chris said.

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Everyone in your party will have their own Over Limit gauge, enabling more Final Smashs


"20000 SMASH COINS?!?!?!?!" Chris asked outraged and everyone stared at him. "I-I just can hold up to 9999 Smash Coins! How am I supposed to get that awfully amount of coins?!"

"Maybe if you do the sidequests you have been assigned to," Master Hand. "Who knows, maybe someone out there has a bigger bag for holding Smash Coins."

"Chris, it's no use arguing." Lucario said.

"...Fine." Chris said sighing disappointed.

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Lets Kirby call his helpers to aid him whenever he gets an ability from another opponent


"Helpers? Like GIM?" Kirby asked curiously.

"Yes!" Crazy Hand said.

"Wait, there are some abilities for only one character?" Chris asked.

"Er, yes! But I like to keep the abilities not so overpowered, you know, it ruins the whole adventure if you put something overpowered like someone immune to stagger, and that's all for the abilities!"

"...Well, I only have 3100 Smash Coins, so that will have to wait, now, show me the items."

Items
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies


Items in hand:
Food
Franklin Badge
Heart Container
Home-Run Bat
Maxim Tomato
Pitfall
Ray Gun

Stored items:
Maxim Tomato

"CHEATER!" Crazy Hand yelled. "You took the Fan with you!"

"Er...oops?" Chris replied.

"100 charge fee!" Crazy Hand demanded and Chris gave him 100 Smash Coins. "So, what do you want?" Crazy Hand asked excited.

"Hmm, I want the Soccer Ball, the Timer and the Gooey Bomb."

"That will be 1200 Smach Coins, do you want to accept membership preferences by joining The Hand inc.?"

Chris sweatdropped. "Er...no thanks..." He said giving the 1200 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand, who gave him the 3 mentioned items.

"Why didn't you buy the Smash Ball?" Red asked.

"To tell the truth, I don't feel so much treatened in this world, besides, it's a Mario world! What's the most dangerous thing in there?"

"The Subspace Bombs?" Ness asked.

"...Well..."

"Alright, alright!" Master Hand began. "You should go there now, and since there is a festival going on, why don't you have fun and enter?"

"...Wait, did Toadswroth mention golf and baseball? I'm so in!" Chris said excited.

"I'm in for the tennis!" Jigglypuff said twirling.

"Me too!" Kirby said excited.

"Me 3!" Squirtle said.

"Me 4!" Ivysaur said.

"Hmm, I haven't played baseball when I started my adventure..." Red trailed off.

"I wonder what kind of sports are there...Geno, are you going to play too?" Mallow asked.

"To be honest, I don't know how to play sports, but I'll give it a try." Geno said.

"I'll help you!" Twink said.

"Olimar, do you want to participate too?" Chris asked.

"Oh boy, I have to play golf, I haven't since I departed from Hocotate on my first trip to the Pikmin planet." Olimar said a little excited.

"We can play tennis like you want, Lucari-" Lucario blocked his mouth.

"Shh! Not in front of them Chris!" Lucario whispered angrily.

"I'm in for baseball." Fox said.

Chris opened the portal. "Okay, we have to find the Subspace Bombs, rescue the Star Spirit, and win whatever trophy they're giving to the winner of probably each event!"

"YEEEESS!!" Jigglypuff, Kirby, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Red, Mallow and Twink cheered.

"GO!" Jigglypuff yelled excited running inside the portal, along with everyone else before it disappeared.

"...Say, where is Toon Link?" Pikachu asked.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Toon Link was seen runing in the hallway from Link with ruler.

"And my sword has this length, and this width! And!" Link continued as he chased Toon Link down.

"...I'm surrounded by lunatics." Mewtwo, Meta Knight and Wolf said frowning.

Mario Golf, Power Tennis, Superstar Baseball and Kart

Mushroom Kingdom
Peach Dome

"I'm telling you Mario! There were some suspicious guys leaving bombs around the dome and some other areas!" Yoshi said jumping up and down.

Mario and Luigi were sitting on a bench inside the dome. "What is Yoshi saying?" Luigi asked confused.

"I don't know." Mario said.

"Oh please! You can understand me!" Yoshi said.

"Now now Yoshi, calm down, everything will be fine." Mario rubbed Yoshi's nose with care, and the dinosaur-lizard...thing grunted in irritation.

"By the way Yoshi, have you assigned your team yet?" Luigi asked.

"...Team? What do you mean? I thought this festival was a free-for-all!"

"No Yoshi, the festival is in reality for teams."

"...Then I'm joining with you!"

"Too bad," Mario shook his head. "Luigi and me are in Peach's team along with Daisy, Toad, Toadette, Toadsworth, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong and Birdo."

"Bowser made his own team with Bowser Jr., Wario, Waluigi, Boo, Petey Piranha, Koopatroopa, Paratroopa and 2 other guys." Luigi said trying to remember.

"BIRDO TOO?! WHAT IS SHE DOING WITH YOUR TEAM?!" Yoshi asked shocked.

"She didn't tell you? She wanted to talk about it yesterday in the night but you weren't home..."

"That's because I went to the dome to retrieve my lucky racket when I saw those guys carrying that bomb here!"

"Now now Yoshi..."

"OH FORGER IT! It's useless talking with you 2!" Yoshi said crossing his arms and looked away.

"Participants must enter the festival before the entries closes, you have only 1 hour left before the entries are taken to participate." Toadsworth said over the speaker.

"...Yoshi..." Luigi trailed off.

"Yes?"

"Do you have a team yet?"

"..." Yoshi's pupils shrunk. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" The crazy dinosaur ran away at high speed leaving a trail of dust behind, he was looking around the dome frantically for a team to make, he would run in the walls and even the ceiling, search inside trash cans and lockers or appear inside them when he could get out of sight, then he ran away.

"Poor Yoshi..." Luigi trailed off.

"He's going to be fine, now let's-a-go! Peach wants to see her team ready!"

Entrance of Peach Dome

Behind a tree, the portal appeared and the Smashers walked out before it disappeared and they walked to the entrance.

"Entries will close in 1 hour, repeat, the entries will close in 1 hour." Toadsworth said.

"We should hurry up or else we won't enter!" Jigglypuff said.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Yoshi ran past them and they looked at him running around the dome at high speed.

"...Wasn't that Yoshi just now?" Kirby asked.

Chris stepped in Yoshi's path. "HEY! CALM DOWN! WE'RE HERE TO HELP YOU OUT IN ANY PROBLEM! JUST STOP AND WE WILL LIST-" Yoshi ran above Chris in his mad dash, leaving his footprints on his shirt. "...You...little..." Chris muttered while his face was on the floor.

"GRRRRR!!" Lucario got furious at this and used Extremespeed to catch the mad Yoshi and bring him to them, he succeeded and Yoshi tried to ran away from him.

"LET ME GO YOU FREAK! I NEED TO GATHER MY TEAM OR ELSE I WON'T ENTER THE FESTIVAL!" Yoshi said trying to get out from Lucario, the dinosaur looked down to find Kirby and Jigglypuff staring at him, then he calmed down and got confused. "Kirby? Jigglypuff? What are you 2 doing here?" Lucario dropped Yoshi down.

"Well, we came here to participate in the festival and destroy the Subspace Bombs." Jigglypuff said.

Yoshi looked around to see all of them. "And who might you be?"

"...Yoshi...I'm Fox..." Fox said narrowing his eyes in a bored way.

"...Oops, I didn't recognize you with that new look...so, who are all of you?"

After introducing themselves...

"Wait, you said something about Subspace Bombs, right?" Yoshi asked.

"That's right!" Kirby said.

"Weird, I just happen to know about some bombs I saw last night."

"You know where are they Yoshi?" Chris asked.

"Uh-huh, but they hid them somewhere in the Peach Dome, I even heard they hid them in several areas where the festival is going to be held! I tried to warn Mario and Luigi but they ignored me completely!" Yoshi looked down in disappointment. "But to tell the truth...I'm not interested in that right now..."

"Why is that?" Squirtle asked.

"You see, I don't have a team to enter the festival, everyone already have a team and I'm the one being left out..." Yoshi covered his eyes. "I want to participate so badly! I can't find anyone to help me!"

"Wait, the festival is all about teams then?" Ivysaur asked.

"Yes...I just found that out too late..."

"...Hmm..." Mallow looked at Geno. "Maybe we could help Yoshi by being his team?"

"That's the same thing I had in mind." Geno said nodding.

"Me too!" Twink said.

"Yoshi could be our guide through the festival, so let's make him the leader of the team." Fox said.

"The leader of the team? Oh well, I'm a little sick of ordering around so I don't see why not." Chris said.

"Fine by me." Lucario said.

"I just want to play golf already..." Olimar said playing with his fingers.

"I don't have complains either!" Jigglypuff said.

"...For real?! You mean it?!" Yoshi asked with glittering eyes.

"O-of course, why not!" Chris said sweating after Yoshi handshaked his hands repeatedly.

Yoshi temporaly joined your team!

"Oh, thank you so much! I hate to not participate in these sports, it means so much for me!"

"Isn't he even worried about the bombs at all?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Bombs? Oh yeah, you mentioned the bombs from them...can you explain to me who is the Subspace Army?"

As they walked towards the dome, they went directly where the entries were, to sign up...weird thing was all the characters of the festival were there, they also forgot to sign up as well.

"What the..." Yoshi trailed off and looked at Toad. "You all forgot to sign the entries?"

"Yes, we kind of did, the festival wouldn't have started then, how funny isn't?" Toad said laughing.

Mallow, Geno and Twink were looking around for Mario and Peach. "Where are they?" Twink asked.

"They must be around here...I found someone!" Mallow said walking.

"You found them?"

"Nope, but I found Bowser!" Mallow said patting Bowser's back.

"WHO DARES TO GIVE ME A PAT IN THE BACK?!" Bowser asked turning angrily and looked down. "...Do I know you from somewhere?"

"Bowser, I'm Mallow! Don't you remember me?"

"Hmm...er..." Bowser crossed his arms and nodded. "Not a clue who the hell you are."

"Remember you had a castle named Bowser Keep in the kingdom that was taken by the Smithy Gang?"

"...Hmm...I lost the count of all the castles I have left behind..."

"You kissed a weirdo named Booster."

"I would never kiss a weirdo..."

"You tricked Mario into believing he joined the Koopa Troop."

"He joined the group and then left..."

"You didn't even care about the Smithy Gang until Geno here explained the situation to you!" Mallow said pointing at Geno.

"...Arf! I don't know any of you 2, begone!"

"But Bowser, you were then a good g-" Mallow's mouth was blocked by Bowser himself and he looked around.

"Shh! Mallow, you idiot, I know who the hell are you and Geno, but you can't say out loud I was a good guy back then, what do you think my son will think about me?!" Bowser whispered angrily, as Boo shrugged and looked away.

"Papa! What are you doing talking with them?" Bowser Jr. asked with a grin.

"Nothing Jr! These persons are now going away!" Bowser said chuckling.

"Bowser, I didn't know you had a son before, so who's the lucky lady?" Mallow asked winking.

"You damm cloud thing, stop saying stupid things!"

"Papa, are they making fun of you?" Bowser Jr. asked.

"N-no! In fact, THEY MUST GO AWAY NOW!"

"...Mallow, leave him alone..." Geno said turning his back with Twink, Mallow then followed Geno before looking at Bowser and his son again, but then left.

"Seriously, strange people talk to me!" Bowser said sarcastically.

"..." Bowser Jr. looked at the readers, blinking before looking at Bowser. "Hey, it's our turn! Move outta my way!"

"That's the spirit son!"

At that moment, Kirby peered from Bowser's back. "You have a son?"

"Ah great! Now I'm seeing Kirby!" Bowser said walking forward, ignoring Kirby.

"Excuse me pal, I need to sign up."

Chris turned to find Donkey Kong staring at him. "Oh, you must be DK!"

"You know my name?" DK asked.

"I-I sure do!"

"So, what's your name?"

"M-my name is Chris, nice to meet you!" Chris said stretching his hand out to do a handshake to DK.

Bad move actually, DK grabbed his hand and Chris went up and down screaming a little. "Heheh! Nice to meet you too!"

"WHOOOA! WHOOA! WHOOA! PUT ME DOWN PLEASE!" Chris pleaded and DK listened. "Phew, I thought you were going to throw me..."

"Okay, if you excuse me, I need to sign up with Diddy...say, have you seen a small monkey with a red shirt with stars and a hat labeled Nintendo?"

"...Chris..." Fox came up walking to them.

"Oh, Fox! You're here too? Nice new look you got there!"

"Yes...but that's not the reason of my presence here..."

"What do you mean?" Chris asked.

Fox pointed behind him with his thumb. "It's just...this monkey has been following me around ever since we entered the dome...and he has been staring at me with that look!"

Chris looked behind Fox, and there was Diddy staring at Fox's face, without blinking. "...Hi there?"

Diddy kept staring at Fox without moving.

"Aww, look at that, he likes you Fox." DK said.

"B-but he's...well..." Fox trailed off as he stared at Diddy. "Would you stop please?"

Diddy kept staring at him.

"Hey, maybe you could take care of him when I'm gone." DK said.

"W-what? I-I'm not a babysitter!"

"Heheh, Diddy's no baby, he's a full grown monkey."

"...Yes...I can see that..."

"C'mon Diddy! We have to sign up!" DK said going away.

"OK!" Diddy said blinking back and going with DK.

"...Phew, that's over," Fox said sighing. "This is probably going to be the last time I see him for sure, and only just here and not the mansion."

Chris chuckled nervously. "...Well...Fox...I...need to tell you something about Di-"

"Hey, DK and Diddy already finished signing up, let's sign up now." Fox said walking away.

"..." Chris sighed. "He better enjoy all the time he has left before Diddy joins us...hey, where is Lucario?"

"Grrr..." Lucario was just standing behind him, grunting at someone.

"Lucario! Y-you scared me just now!"

"Grrr..."

"...L-Lucario? Are you alright?"

"Grrr..."

Chris turned his head to the direction Lucario was looking at and gasped. "KING DEDEDE AND CHARIZARD?!"

"Charizard?! Where?!" Red asked appearing from nowhere with his Pokémon and a Pokeball on his hand, already signed.

"Dedede?" Kirby asked appearing from Lucario's side with Jigglypuff.

"Look who's here!" King Dedede asked grinning, walking towards them with Charizard. "It's Kirby and his band of mentally retarted friends!"

"But I have an IQ of 97!" Chris protested.

King Dedede rolled his eyes. "So dah kid's a nerd then!"

"I-I'm not a nerd, fatty!"

"What did ya say?!"

"Stop! Please!" Kirby said stopping Dedede. "Dedede, why did you join them?"

Dedede took out his hammer. "To knock out some sense to ya!"

"Dedede, not here." Charizard said glaring at Dedede.

"...Pfft, fine!"

"Charizard!" Red said with a glare pointing his Pokeball at Charizard.

"Oh, nice to see you again Red." Charizard said sarcastically, smirking a little.

"It's time for me to catch you!"

"Heheh, what a joke, but no."

"...But I have you here now!"

"Tsk, tsk," Charizard moved his finger at the sides. "You can't fight here in the dome, those are the rules, see that label over there?"

Under no circumstances, nobody will break up a fight in the Peach Dome or during the festivity, we REALLY mean it, don't make any fights in the Peach Dome or else you will get thrown in jail, sincerely, Toadsworth, Princess Peach's steward.

"Damit!" Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur cursed.

"So, that means I can wander around freely with no interruptions." Charizard smirking evily.

"You have something in mind, I know." Lucario said glaring at him.

"Like you know that."

"Hey you 2 dorks!" Bowser called out. "Come here and sign up for the team!"

"Time to go Dedede." Charizard said walking away.

"I'll beat you in the sports, pink puffball!" Dedede said with a grin before leaving.

"...Should we tell him he was pointing at Jigglypuff?" Ivysaur asked.

"Oh no, it's just funny to see him blind." Chris said trying to not laugh.

"Rude! I'm not Kirby, why did he mistake me for him?" Jigglypuff asked.

"You're both round, soft and pink." Everyone said in unison.

"...But I'm...I'm..."

"Guys, come on! You have to sign!" Yoshi called them.

"I'm cuter!" Jigglypuff finished.

"Aw, we couldn't find Mario or Peach." Mallow said.

"We thought we found them, but it was only just a guy trying to impersonate Mario." Geno said.

"But I'm not trying to impersonate my brother!" Luigi yelled.

"Geno! He's Mario's brother!" Twink said.

"If you want to find him, you'll just have to wait until the opening ceremony begins...and it's in 10 minutes!"

"HURRY UP GUYS!" Yoshi yelled and they went to sign up.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Mario sports)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 25, 2008, 08:50:33 PM
Center of the dome

The 3 teams, leaded by Mario, Bowser and Yoshi, were standing in rows in the center of the dome, where the crowd was getting wild and cheered loudly.

"Oh my god, they so totally love me!" Jigglypuff said excited.

"Hey everyone!" Olimar said appearing.

"Olimar, where were you?" Kirby asked.

"Well, I just met my new friend, everyone, please introduce yourselves to Petey!" Olimar said presenting the big Pirahna Plant who roared back.

"OLIMAR, YOU FREAKING DORK, THAT'S PETEY PIRAHNA!" Chris yelled scared.

"So?"

"SO?! He's going to eat you!"

"Nuh-uh!" Petey shook his head.

"Yes-uh!"

"Nuh-uh!"

"Look! He even ate your Pikmin, I know because he has those suspicious leaves in his mouth!"

"Huh?" Olimar looked at Petey's mouth, but the piranha ate them quickly and smiled. "I don't see any leaves, maybe my Pikmin got lost again...oh well," Olimar called 5 more Pikmin back. "I can always replace them!"

Petey Pirahna laughed to himself (well, if you can call that plant a he, those red briefs looks kind of...) as he returned to his team.

"...Somebody should tell him to make friends." Mallow whispered to Twink.

"...Hmm, have we met somewhere before?"

The Smashers turned their backs to find Mario in a thinking position, Geno's and Mallow's eyes widened a little, along with Twink's.

"I think I have seen you somewhere before..."

"MARIO!" Mallow and Geno yelled happily hugging Mario as Twink flew around.

"H-hey! Get off me!"

"Mario! Don't you remember us? We're Mallow and Geno!" Mallow said wiping out the tears from his eyes, there were clouds forming up in the dome by coincidence, but disappeared after Mallow calmed down.

"Mallow? Geno?" Mario took a closer look. "You! I haven't seen you in a long time!"

"Mario, it's good to see you agai-" Geno was interrupted.

"Chris, everyone! You're here!" The trio looked back to see Mario handshaking Chris's hand, and they fell in anime style.

"MARIO!" Twink yelled.

"...Oh, Mallow! Geno! Twink!" Mario said smiling.

"Finally." Mallow whispered to Geno.

"What are you 3 doing here?"

"We're here to prevent a b-"

"We're here to have a friendly participation in the event." Geno said blocking Mallow's mouth.

"That's why you looked around for the doll? Wow, thanks!" Mario said nodding.

"It's nothing, anyway, do you know where is Peach?" Geno asked unblocking Mallow's mouth.

"Geno, why did you stop me from saying bomb?" Mallow whispered.

"I don't want to cause panic, many people are here."

"It's something wrong?" Mario asked.

"Nothing."

"Oh, okay, if you're looking for Peach, she is going to appear very soon to begin the event."

"Thanks."

"So Mario, what have been you doing lately?" Twink asked.

The quartet started to talk between themselves.

"Aw, I really like to come to Mario's world, everything is always fun here." Chris said.

"...It's beginning." Lucario said.

"Now?" Ivysaur asked and they looked at the big size screen of the dome.

"Please, everyone line up with their leaders on the front." Toadsworth announced.

"Yoshi!" Kirby yelled.

"I-I know!" Yoshi said stepping in front of the group who quickly gathered and lined up.

"See you around!" Mario said waving at the trio, reuniting with his team, but then he walked to another way.

"I wonder where is he going..." Twink wondered as they looked at the screen of the dome and the crowd calmed down.

"May I have your attention please?" Toadsworth asked using the mic, and appearing in front of the screen with Peach. "Thank you, now, welcome to the Sports Festival, sponsored once again by our lovely princess, Princess Peach herself!"

The crowd went wild and Peach took the mic as she laughed heartily.

"Thank you to everyone for coming here, as you may know, the purpose of this festival was to get prepared for the olympic games at Beijing by a challenger from far away named Sonic the Hedgehog, I have taken my own personal time to investigate about this person, and it surprised me, he is a hero very well known around where he lives!"

"(Oh yes, Cream's letter said that to me.)" Chris thought.

"He sent a letter to Mario to challenge us and his friends to the competition of the olympic games, so the next thing that happens is this! Mario decides to make this festival possible by suggesting it to me, and I just couldn't refuse the opportunity to be back at sports!"

"Say the sports already!" Wario yelled.

"Okay! Now, our main events are going to include golf, tennis, baseball and kart racing, not only that, we're going to have mini-games as well!"

"Good!"

"But there's actually more to it!" The crowd went silent after that. "Now, if you see, we have...hmm...3 teams...3 teams ready to participate, but! We have also another surprise! The event is also an elimination match between the 3 teams and...wait a minute, can I have a closer look of this third team? I thought we were going to have only 2 teams in the event!"

A Toad walked to Peach and handed her a letter from Mario, who just returned to his team, Peach carefully readed the letter and gasped surprised.

"I wonder what's happening now..." Squirtle asked above Red's head.

"We have very important news from Mario again!" Peach said as everyone noticed that the dome was closing up, leaving a spotlight on her and Toadsworth. "I've got the news of a new, unexpected team that just arrived to participate as well!"

Spotlights around the dome where looking around randomly. "What's happening?" Koopatroopa asked.

"We would like to present to all of you, the newcomers for this event, friends to Mario and me, well, most of them barely," Peach pointed down at Yoshi's team and the spotlights centered on all of them. "Give an applause to the Yoshi Islanders team, the captain, Yoshi, and his teammates, Kirby, Jigglypuff, Olimar, Fox McCloud, Chris, Lucario, Mallow, Geno, Twink, Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur!"

The spotlights shone on each one of them and the crowd went wild again, cheering loudly.

"Oh...god..." Chris blushed embarrassed. "I...have...stage fright..."

"Just wave at them." Fox said waving at the crowd.

"...Er..." Chris waved shyly at the crowd.

"I'm famous! Oh my gosh! I'm famous!" Jigglypuff cheered jumping up and down, waving at her "fans."

"W-whoa, I didn't see this coming." Red said waving at the crowd.

"Who cares? They love us!" Squirtle said doing a peace sign.

"...Wait, Yoshi named us the Islanders?" Lucario asked confused.

"SILENCE!" The crowd stopped and the spotlights went on Bowser's team.

"What's so great about them anyway?!" Bowser asked enraged. "Cheer only to the winner of this festival, and that's me!"

"Who died and made you boss?" Wario asked. "I know you're the team's captain, but we need to have some merit!"

"Shut up fatty! You're the same arrogant, fat and stubborn person who will steal the trophy when I turn my back!"

"You tell him Papa!" Bowser Jr. said chuckling.

"King Bowser rules!" Boo said laughing, spilling saliva sometimes.

"I rule!" Waluigi said pointing at himself.

"Suuuuuuuure, you rule!" Bowser, Jr, Wario and Boo said sarcastically.

Petey just roared.

"Why did we join this team again?" Koopatroopa asked.

"Bowser, that's why." Paratroopa said sighing in disappointment.

"Let's just get on with this thing, I'm sick of waiting!" Charizard said roaring.

"Me too!" King Dedede said.

"Now now, calm down, we can't fight in the dome, it's a rule." Peach said as the dome opened up.

"Now princess, I know you came up with another decision, would you care to explain it to everyone?" Toadsworth asked.

Mario Power Tennis - Menu Theme

"I'd love to!" Peach said. "Now, since we have 3 teams, the Peach Fencers, the Bowser Fangs and the Yoshi Islanders, there is another thing that I came up with, but first, let me continue to explain the rules," she cleared her throat. "As you remember, I said something about elimination matches, right? Well, since there are 3 teams, the elimination matches will be altered a little bit, the events will be carried out like this."

Toadsworth took the mic. "In the golf event, teams will put the captain along with the 9 other teammates to participate, the captain will always stay safe from not being disqualified, but his teammates won't, here is how the things work out, depending of the decisions, the captains will decide to disqualify 2 teammates in each event for each team on their own, frankly speaking, this will also apply to the tennis and baseball events, but not the kart racing event."

Peach took the mic back. "The kart racing event is a surprise for everyone, the racing competition will be the final event where the captain and his or her last 3 remaining teammates will participate to win the festival, but there's more, the tracks are going to be 4 exclusive new tracks from our next kart event after the olympic games that the remaining challengers will test to win the festival!"

The crowd cheered in awe after this.

"4 new tracks?! I have to see them!" Chris said excited.

"Every event will also have mini-games, which will also count as part of the festival to increase the fun!"

"Here I go, Artist on the Court!"

"More detailed information will be given after reaching a sport, for now, prepare yourselves for the golf event in the Toadstool Tour section!"

"Please follow the Toads that will guide you to the location." Toadsworth said.

"Wow, everyone here is so pumped up!" Twink said.

"I can't wait to start, the suspence and the waiting is killing me!" Jigglypuff said.

"Are the bombs ready?" Charizard whispered to Dedede.

"Yep, they're activating now, but they're well hidden and nobody will suspect."

"What about the flaming Piranha Plant?"

"Lava Pirahna Plant? He's ready to help us to win this thing."

"Alright, let's begin the operation."

Preview of the next chapter

"The Ring Attack mini-game on Congo Canopy? Wow, that's new." Chris said.

"The area has a lot of tall trees in the thick forest...I hope I don't throw up." Olimar said.

...

"I can't find the Subspace Bomb anywhere!" Lucario said.

"It got to be somewhere around here!" Mallow said looking around.

...

"The tennis event will be with doubles?" Yoshi asked.

"Yes, but I know something, they're going to decide with who." Fox said.

...

"Mini-games!" Kirby yelled excited.

...

"Next time: Golf and Tennis, hit and return!" Olimar said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Lakitu Valley
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Mario sports)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 26, 2008, 08:50:06 PM
Chapter 66: Golf and Tennis, hit and return!

Dear journal, my, or should I say, our next location is the Mushroom Kingdom, home of many kinds of people, people with mushroom heads, palm heads or shell heads or whatever.

My new and first mission is to participate in a sports event, well, not really, we have to find the bombs of Subspace or Subspace Bombs as we are here, oh, good thing the first event is about golf, I really missed that back at Hocotate.

You know, back when I was a young lad, I was very well known around my friends in college, I was known as "the Hole-in-Olimar," yes, I was very talented back then, though the only thing I didn't had were girls, all the guys respected and admired me.


"Olimar..."

It could be a good idea to teach my kids to play golf, maybe they inherited my skills as well...

"Olimar."

And maybe I can even show Louie how to play!

"OLIMAR!" Jigglypuff yelled loudly.

"W-what?!" Olimar asked alarmed, opening his eyes and stopping writing in his journal.

"We're here!"

Congo Canopy

Congo Canopy

"Welcome everyone to the first event!" Toadsworth greeted them. "The Ring Attack in Congo Canopy!"

"The Ring Attack mini-game on Congo Canopy? Wow, that's new." Chris said.

"The area has a lot of tall trees in the thick forest...I hope I don't throw up." Olimar said.

"The thing that makes me wonder is HOW IN THE HELL DID THIS FOREST GET SO BIG?!" Squirtle yelled, creating a long echo.

"This is Mario's world for you, odd things happen." Fox said.

"So, where are the rings?" Toadette asked.

"Oh ho ho ho, patience people! I need to explain first the rules for this event!" Toadsworth said and they looked at him. "This event is simple, you have to locate the floating rings around the area between the tee and the hole area, the rings are located somewhere around here, carefully, look around."

Everybody started to look around, but they couldn't find any ring in sight. "There aren't any rings, are they invisible or something?" Red asked.

"Why, no young lad, the rings are just above us."

They looked above. "WHAT THE?!" Many responses came at the same time, the reason of why they were was...because the rings were like 100 feet above them.

"H-how are we going to reach those?!" Chris asked.

"Think my boy! You must have a member of the team with enough power to reach them!" Toadsworth said. "For example, Donkey Kong and Bowser can reach them using their high strength, do you have a member with that power?"

"...M-maybe I can reach them." Lucario said.

"...Lucario, why were you unsure just a second ago?" Ivysar asked.

"...Because..." Lucario looked down in shame. "I-I don't know how to play this sport..."

"..." A silence soon fell...

...Before most of the members of the Bowser Fangs bursted out laughing and rolled around the grass, laughing their asses off.

"Y-you don't know how to play golf?! How pathetic is that!" Wario said laughing madly.

"BWHAHAHAHAHA! GETTING RID OF YOU WON'T BE THAT HARD AT ALL!" Bowser said laughing.

"You tell him Papa!" Bowser Jr. said laughing with his dad.

"GRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted and prepared to attack them.

"Now now now, you can't fight here, sorry, rule regulations." Toadsworth reminded and Lucario just crossed his arms and looked away.

"...Lucario, if you want, I can teach you." Chris offered.

"...Would you do that for me? That didn't embarrass you?" Lucario asked.

"It's not your fault, I guess, but that doesn't mean I can't, right?"

"..." Lucario kneeled to Chris and nodded. "Thanks."

"BWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH!!!" Most of the Bowser Fangs continued laughing loudly.

Chris glared at them but them smiled at Lucario and approached to his ear to whisper him something. "You can kill those guys after the festival ends if you want."

Lucario smiled a little at Chris. "Thank you."

"Now, let me explain how is this going to be done," Toadsworth began. "There will be 10 holes in total, each one will have each participant, now, the 3 participants for each hole will be the "rivals" as we assigned them, the first hole will have Doneky Kong, Bowser and Lucario, I will tell which holes have their opponents, you must also find a way to get close to the hole with one shot only, you have to pass through the rings and land close to the hole with one shot, the one who gets closer to the hole wins."

"Okay, now that's going to be hard to pull off." DK said nodding.

"And now, let's begin! First at the hole is DK! Teams can also help their allies to get a shot, and stay aware of the wind, it's 3 mph to the east!"

"Okay, now let's see the rings, hmm..." Toad looked above. "There are 3 rings, one above the other, and DK needs to move his shot to the right a little to land close to the hole."

DK took his golf club with one arm. "OK, I'm ready!" DK put his ball and slowly prepared to hit it. "OH!" DK used all his forces to send the ball towards the ring.

"1, 2, 3! It went through!" Luigi said excited.

"Now is falling to the hole!" Daisy said.

"Hmm..." DK eyed the ball falling to the green and one of the many Lakitus that broadcasted the competition went to measure the distance between the ball and the hole.

"...12.4ft!" Lakitu said.

"Yes!" DK cheered flexing his arms as Diddy clapped happily.

"Next up is Bowser!" Toadsworth announced.

"Arf, this is going to be hard..." Bowser said. "...Nope!" Bowser added at the end and he hit his ball with all his forces, it went crosing the 3 rings but the wind changed the course where it was falling.

"It's going to fall off the platform!" Paratroopa said.

"Now." Bowser whispered to Dedede, who nodded with a grin.

"Plant, do your work." Dedede ordered.

The ball got out from sight and it fell down the deepness of the forest. "O.B.!" Lakitu declared.

"We still have a chance to win this hole!" Twink said.

"...Twink?" Peach looked at Twink.

"Peach!" Twink said happily floating over to Peach, who gave him a hug as the star blushed.

"...Wait a minute! Look!" Toad pointed down and they got confused for what, what was shocking was that Bowser's ball came from the deepness and it went straight towards the hole, Lakitu watched very confused at this before the ball got inside the hole.

"B-but how is that possible? Is somebody down there?" Paratroopa asked.

"...Not that I'm aware of, there are many poisonous vines down below, but if the ball somehow returns if an O.B. was declared, then there's no penalty for the one who hit it..." Luigi explained.

"That means Hole-in-one for the Bowser Fangs!" Lakitu yelled and the Bowser Fangs cheered at this.

"I smell something fishy with this..." Geno said.

"...You can smell?" Mallow asked confused.

"...Mallow? Geno?" Peach came up.

"Peach!" Both of them hugged Peach.

"If the Yoshi Islanders can make a Hole-in-one, then both teams will receive one point each!" Lakitu said from the green.

"Lucario, I hope you got the instructions right, are you ready now?" Chris asked.

Lucario grabbed his golf club and nodded. "Yes, please, wish me good luck." Lucario said walking over to the tee.

"Always do." Chris said chuckling heartily.

"HE'S GONNA LOOOOOOSE! HE'S GONNA LOOOOOOOSE!!!" The Bowser Fangs said trying to get Lucario out of focus (except Paratroopa and Koopatroopa, who were opposing the idea).

"You can do it Lucario!"

"YOU CAN'T!"

"YES HE CAN AND SHUT THE HELL UP ALL OF YOU!" Chris yelled irritated.

"...Hmm..." Lucario looked at the rings, then the ball. "Here we go then...I hope this is right..." Lucario closed his eyes and put a hard grip on his club before hitting the ball with a great hit, it went soaring through the air towards the ring.

"1..." Twink trailed off.

"2..." Chris trailed off.

"...3!" Yoshi finished. "Now let's see if it can fall in the hole!"

"Now." Dedede whispered.

"...IT'S A HOLE-IN...huh?" Lakitu was going to say that it was a hole-in-one, but as soon as the ball was going to enter, it rolled out from above the hole like if something prevented it from entering, but Lakitu couldn't find a reason for that. "...Hmm...the ball is 26ft away from the hole, Lucario ends in third position, DK in the second one, meaning the Bowser Fangs wins the first hole!"

"YES!" The Bowser Fangs cheered loudly at this.

"W-wait, what? How could that be possible?!" Yoshi asked very confused. "The ball was inside the hole, I saw it clearly!"

"Little green dinosaur can't believe the truth!" Waluigi taunted.

"But I saw it, didn't you Mario?!"

"...I...don't know really..." Mario trailed off.

"But!"

"Let's move on to the next hole!" Toadsworth announced walking away to a path, where most of the golfers followed.

"Something is not right here..." Ivysaur trailed off as they walked to the next hole.

"First, how did Bowser's ball returned and how did Lucario's ball "rejected" the hole?" Jigglypuff wondered.

"Maybe it's my ability in the golf that made us to lose..." Lucario said looking down.

"...Lucario, we haven't lost yet, we can still win this!" Chris said trying to cheer Lucario up.

"Thanks for the affection...but it was my fault..."

"...Lucario...(There must be something odd...I know that...)"

"We're here!" Toadsworth said. "Now, you have to stay alert, there's no wind but this time, the rings are around that big tree from over there! There are 2 rings, golfers must get around the wide tree and use the wall in the direction of the ring to land close to the hole in the green with one shot! For this hole, Birdo, Yoshi and Paratroopa will play!"

"Birdo!" Yoshi said shocked.

"H-hi Yoshi..." Birdo said embarrassed.

"H-how could you do this to me?!"

"I-I'm sorry Yoshi, seriously!" Birdo said taking her? golf club and prepared to hit the ball.

"...Should we tell Yoshi that Birdo is a-" Chris's mouth was blocked by Lucario, who shook his head slowly.

"Ha!" Birdo hit the ball and it went in a curved trail in the air, going around the tree and passing through the 2 rings, it hit the wall, bouncing towards the green inside the same tree and Lakitu went to check the distance.

"17.9ft!" Lakitu declared and Birdo walked back to her? team.

"My turn!" Paratroopa said taking his golf club, but he glanced over to Yoshi's team but shuddered a little. "H-hiyah! Paratroopa hit the ball, that went around the tree, passing through the rings, hitting the wall to bounce towards the hole.

"...Huh?" Lakitu noticed that the ball, after stopping, went moving towards the hole, but it stopped right before it could enter. "...Er...0.1 ft!"

"0.1ft?! O-oh yes! I haven't had such nice record before!" Paratroopa said, but inside him, he was feeling unsure as Bowser and Charizard chuckled evily.

"Here I go!" Yoshi said with enthusiasm, taking his golf club and running inside the tee.

"Try not to fail Yoshi!" Mallow said.

"Pfft, I'm good at this sport, I never fail!"

"Heheheheh..." Bowser chuckled evily, along with Wario and Waluigi.

"...Ha!" Yoshi hit the ball and he watched it going far away...

"...Wait, where is the ball?" Toadsworth asked adjusting his glasses. "I can't seem to find it anywhere!"

"But Yoshi did a good hit!" Kirby said.

"...I...think I know where it went..." Red said trailing off.

"Huh?" Yoshi looked at him.

"...Isn't that ball from over there your ball?"

"...WAAAAAH!" Yoshi was shocked, all of them found his ball just 20 inches from the tee.

"Yoshi's ball is 189ft away from the hole, another point for the Bowser Fangs!" Lakitu declared and the Bowser Fangs, this time, high-fived each other in triumph.

"B-but Yoshi has never lost a shot before!" Koopatroopa said.

"YOU! SHUT UP AND ACCEPT IT!" Bowser yelled loudly, making Koopatroopa to hide inside his shell as he shook in fear inside.

"S-sorry..."

"Move on to the next hole!" Toadsworth said and they followed him.

"Something is DEFINITELY going on here..." Squirtle wondered.

"Shouldn't we start looking for the Subspace Bombs?" Geno whispered.

"Professor, do you have any signals of the bombs?" Chris whispered to his pocket.

"Hmm... I'm receiving weak signals of the bombs...but they're a lot of them..." Kawashima said.

"...Hmm...Lucar-"

"I'll go." Lucario said.

"...I didn't finish yet, I was going to say that you and Mallow are going to go."

"...For what?"

"Remember my idea of you socializing with people back at the mansion?"

Lucario groaned a little. "B-but Chris!"

"No buts from you, you will go with Mallow! Mallow!"

"Yes?" Mallow asked.

"Do you know what a Subspace Bomb looks like?"

"...I dunno." Mallow said sticking out his tongue.

"See? He needs your help."

"But you haven't asked him yet!"

"What did I say about the buts? ...Nevermind, Mallow, can you go with Lucario and find the Subspace Bombs?"

"...Okay...if that's alright with him..." Mallow said.

"...Fine, if that's what you want me to do...Mallow, jump on my back, we're going to look for the bombs in the forest by jumping to tree to tree."

"...OK!" Mallow said jumping on Lucario's back, and the Aura Pokémon prepared to jump very high until he did the action, disappearing from sight.

"Where is Mallow going?" Peach asked appearing from the group.

"He...um...went to look around for a coin he lost in the way...hey, are you Peach?"

"Yes, I am, and you're Chris, right? Mario told me you and the others helped him in Rogueport before."

"Um..." Chris blushed a little. "Y-yes, it was very fun to help him out."

"I wanted to thank you for doing so," Peach smiled a little. "If it weren't for you, I would be captive in the moon forever!"

And both of them became fast friends ever since that conversation, until they reached the next hole.

"Welcome to the next hole!" Toadsworth said. "The golfers for this hole are going to be Daisy, Chris and Petey Piranha!"

This time, however, the next hole had many Lakitus with cameras showing all the characters to the spectators back at the dome to broadcast the event much better.

And Daisy couldn't refuse the opportunity to say something.

"Hi! I'm Daisy!" Daisy greeted, but everyone heard many groans coming back from the dome, since Daisy says that every time she enters something, everyone in the whole world got annoyed by that. "Why you all! I'm gonna run to you and then I'll slap your faces so hard that you will be send towards the space an-" Daisy tried to hit a camera, but Luigi quickly held her by her waist.

"No! Daisy! Please! They didn't mean it, calm down please!" Luigi pleaded.

"LET ME GO! I NEED TO SHOW THEM SOME RESPECT TO ME!"

"NOT AGAIN, PLEASE DAISY!" Luigi yelled scared, all the Lakitus floated quickly away from the crazy princess and to a safe distance, putting their cameras in zoom mode to get a better view.

"Daisy, no fight, remember." Toadsworth reminded her.

And in 3 seconds. "HA!" Daisy hit the ball with her golf club.

"W-wait! I haven't told all of you about the rings an-"

"HOLE-IN-ONE!" Lakitu declared.

"...She passed through the 5 rings?"

"Yes, she passed the big ring to the last small ring!"

"...Peach Fencers are taking the lead of this hole!"

"YES! YES! I WON, TAKE THAT!" Daisy yelled loudly, proudly of herself and the crowd decided to cheer loudly for her. "Hi! I'm Daisy!"

...Nevermind, they groaned after that. "GRR! NOW C'MON OVER HERE AND LET ME DO SOMETHING!" Daisy said angrily, but Luigi tried to stop her again.

"NOT AGAIN DAISY!" Luigi yelled.

"I don't know if I should feel sorry for the spectators or Luigi." Ivysaur said.

"Somebody has anger issues..." Jigglypuff whispered to Fox.

"Geez, I wonder who could that be..." Fox rolled his eyes.

"WHO SAID THAT?!" Jigglypuff sweated, but Daisy turned to the Lakitus. "NOW C'MON OVER HERE!" Daisy taunted the Lakitus but Luigi stopped her.

PUNCH!

...Or tried to stop her, he fell to the grass with a black eye and his brother went to check on him as Daisy stomped back to her team, where Peach tried to calm her down.

"Luigi." Squirtle said frowning.

"Um...I think it's my turn now..." Chris said taking his golf club and looked at the rings above the green. "...The first one is a big one, but the last one is small...ha!" He hit the ball and it went directly above the rings.

"5." Red said.

"4." Kirby said.

"3." Jigglypuff said.

"2." Twink said.

"...Darn it!" Chris cursed when the ball didn't go through the last ring.

"Failed!" Lakitu said. "But still, I'm going to say the distance, 16.1ft!"

"Heheh, loser." Wario chuckled.

"...Oh, you did well." Yoshi said.

"...Thanks, I'll appreciate it." Chris said nodding, as Petey Piranha walked to the tee, laughing a little. "OH, COME ON! OLIMAR! PETEY ATE YOUR PIKMIN AGAIN!"

The big Pirahna sucked up the leaves, smiled and waved to Olimar, who waved back at him. "See? He's a good friend!" Olimar said.

"Oh, forget it!"

"BLEACK!" Petey hit the ball, but his insane strength made the ball to go very far away from the rings.

"...And it's gone!" Lakitu said.

"...I wouldn't be too sure!" Paratroopa said pointing at Petey's ball's direction, everyone looked at the same direction and saw the ball returning, passed right through the rings, and rolled inside the hole.

"...Okay, I don't know what happened, but Hole-In-One for the Bowser Fangs! That means both Peach Fencers and Bowser Fangs gain 1 point each, the Yoshi Islanders are having a hard time since they're in the last place!"

"..." Yoshi looked down in disappointment.

"Aw, don't worry Yoshi, everything will be fine." Mario said patting Yoshi's nose.

"...Leave me alone please."

"..." Mario got worried but listened to Yoshi.

"...I wonder what are Lucario and Mallow doing right now..." Jigglypuf wondered.

In another area, we see Lucario jumping from tree to tree with Mallow looking around the place to find the bombs.

"I can't find the Subspace Bomb anywhere!" Lucario said.

"It got to be somewhere around here!" Mallow said looking around.

"Grr, we have been looking around carefully and there aren't any!"

"But where could they be?"

"Hmm..." Lucario glowed for a moment. "...It's useless, they hid them even from my aura..."

A moment of silence fell and none of them spoke.

"...So...are you and Chris friends?" Mallow asked breaking the silence.

"I'm not his friend, I'm his guardian and best friend, but he's almost the same since he is my master."

"...Master in what?"

"He taught me how to live and not to be afraid of anything when I was sick."

"...Oh, I see now..."

"But he hates to be called "Master" and prefers his name because it makes him to sound old."

"...Well, I don't know, but you should listen to him, I mean, he's your master and you obey his orders right?"

"Yes, but with some exceptions."

"Then don't call him master and call him by his name."

"...I know that, but I feel more happy in my way..."

"But he feels bad about it."

"!!"

"...Now you see?"

"...I think so...Mallow..."

"Yes?"

"I've come to realize it's not so bad to talk with other people...sometimes they help even the most alone person..."

Mallow laughed and smiled. "I'm glad I was able to help!"

"Thanks, now let's continue to search for the bombs."

"Right!"

As he jumped from tree to tree, he closed his eyes and smiled a little. "(...Chris, you were right about socializing with other people...)"

Back with the teams at hole number 4...

"The Bowser Fangs have made another Hole-In-One with Dedede's help, Peach Fencers comes in second place and...the Yoshi Islanders are still WAY behind!" Lakitu announced.

"BWHAHAHAHAHAHA! IN DAH FACE KIRBY!" Dedede laughed proudly of himself.

"B-but that's impossible! My ball was going to roll inside the hole with one shot after passing through the rings!" Kirby protested.

"Pinky can't believe it either!" Boo said drooling a little.

"I'm starting to doubt about something," Olimar began. "Balls don't jump off the field by themselves once they roll around and stop."

"I think there's something odd about that too." DK said raising his hand.

"Well...nobody has proof about that, right?" Paratroopa asked, laughing a little scared as Bowser glared at him with a grunt.

"...No, and we move on to the next hole!" Toadsworth said walking away to the next hole.

"Why isn't anyone here trying to find some proof?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Maybe it's normal for them for these things to happen." Squirtle said.

"But not for me! I'm very aware of the situation!" Yoshi protested.

"Then tell us what's the problem and we will listen." Fox said crossing his arms.

"...You know, sometimes, I get the feeling you like to mess around with me, because I don't know what's the cause for this trouble." Yoshi said blinking a little bored.

"...Maybe."

2 minutes later...

"In this hole, golfers need to take precaution of the windy winds!" Toadsworth said as his mustache was moving to the east, by the strong wind. "The air is at 21mph to the west, you have to take advantage of the wind and pass the 4 rings above the abyss! The golfers are Red, Squirtle or Ivysaur, Luigi and Charizard!"

"How ironic, we ended up being the rivals." Charizard said smirking.

"Guys, let me do this one, I won't screw up!" Red said determined.

"...Ookay, go on but I'm not sure."

"Wait!" Chris yelled and ran towards the green. "I'm going to find out what is the cause for our bad losing streak here and now!"

"Oh no, we have trouble with the kid." Bowser whispered.

"Oh, I have everything under control." Dedede whispered back.

"...Huh? What is a Waddle Dee doing here?" Chris asked confused after a Waddle Dee looked at him.

"WAAH! LOOK AT THAT THING, IS HIDEOUS!" Luigi screamed hiding behind Daisy.

The Waddle Dee walked away. "Hmm, I wonder where is he going..." Chris wondered and decided to follow the Waddle Dee.

"Okay, I'm ready!" Red said ready with his golf club. "(Please, I don't want to fail like everyone else did.)"

"Red, it's bad to think out loud!" Twink said, making Kirby and Yoshi to grunt at the trainer.

"...My bad! HA!" Red said hitting the ball.

"Did you take the wind's speed?" Olimar asked.

"I did! Look! It's going through the rings!"

"1, 2, 3 and 4!" Kirby said counting the rings. "It's going to fall..."

"In the hole!" Jigglypuff added.

"Oh, I wouldn't count on that." Dedede said snickering.

"...Hmm..." Lakitu got closer to the hole to see the ball about to fall directly.

"What's that?!" Dedede yelled shocked pointint at the sky.

"Huh?" Dedede's plan worked and everyone fell for their trick.

"...Okay, you need to tell me where are you going." Chris said to the Waddle Dee, who kept walking around, towards the hole.

"(That's the signal!)"

THUD!

"(Oww!)"

Someone tried to get out from the hole, but Waddle Dee's foot prevented the exit and both him and Chris walked out the green, then Lakitu returned to see the hole and the ball entering inside. "Hole-In-One!" Lakitu declared.

"What?!" Bowser, Charizard and Dedede asked shocked at this.

"N-no way! I did it? I did it!" Red saying making a fist in the air and returned to his team.

2 minutes later...

"Luigi's ball is 12ft! That only leaves Charizard to hit the ball!" Lakitu said.

"Heh, this is going to be easy." Charizard said picking up his golf club. "HA!" Charizard hit the ball, passing through the rings and going towards the hole, exactly above.

"...Huh? Where am I?... The ball is getting closer! I need to take it out and fast!"

"(And even without cheating, I should consider a career in golf as a professional!)"

However, much for his dismay, his ball was just going to enter, but it went bouncing out from the hole and fell to the abyss.

"WHAAAAAAAAAAAAT?!" Charizard's jaw dropped to the floor astonished.

"The Yoshi Islanders win this hole!" Lakitu said.

"Yes! One for us!" Twink said high-fiving Red.

"Plant! What the hell was that just now?!" Dedede whispered to the grass, and a small dot of darkness appeared.

"I-I'm sorry, I though that was the ball from the kid!"

"Make another mistake and that rampage over Mario won't happen at all, you hear me?!"

"Ugh, yes, boss..."

With Lucario and Mallow...

"Hmm..."

"...What is it Lucario?" Mallow asked as Lucario landed on the top of a tree and began to focus, glowing.

"...Something is wrong here..."

"Why?"

Lucario's aura showed the entire area, but something very big and long was moving inside the trees, soil and earth. "I sense a disturbance under the earth, and it's big..."

"H-how big?"

"Gigantic, though, there is a small brain that is controlling all the spiked vines, that brain needs more power to become very big..."

"A-and what can we do?"

Lucario shook his head. "Nothing for now, the vines are deep underground or between the trees, we will just have to wait until something happens."

"Did you find the bombs?"

"No, they're still hidden, very well hidden."

Mallow looked down. "...Maybe we should return with the others..."

"Chris is not going to like this...but I can't do anything else." Lucario said, stopping his glow before jumping down.

Back with the teams at hole 6...

A very small space with one ring was between 2 big and thick trees, but somebody who had a great accuracy and aim could get an easy Hole-In-One, since the hole was at the very bottom of a hill, the golfers for this hole were Toad, Waluigi and the last one who hasn't participated yet, Jigglypuff, luckily, the previous 2 that weren't Jigglypuff failed into crossing the side.

"Okay Jigglypuff, focus...you can do this if you concentrate..." Squirtle said.

"I know, just let me shoot already!" Jigglypuff said pouting a little.

"Pss, there's no way for the plant to get to the other platform, it she succeeds, we phail!" Dedede whispered to Charizard, misspelling a word.

"Relax, there's no snowball chance in hell the puffball wil-"

"HOLE-IN-ONE AGAIN FOR THE YOSHI ISLANDERS!" Lakitu said from the other side.

"...Wait, this doesn't make sense at all, we didn't watch her shoot!" Charizard said angrily.

"You 2 were on your own little world, Jigglypuff managed to pass the ring and get the ball in the hole." Paratroopa said.

"Well done Jigglypuff!" Chris said holding Jigglypuff above his hand, the Singer Pokémon twirled above it and stroke a pose as Yoshi cheered at this.

"Alright, next hole everyone!" Toadsworth said.

2 minutes later...

Ring Attack

"In this hole, golfers must use the 3 trees between them and the green and bounce their balls 3 times to pass through the different rings's angles which descend from the top to the bottom, starting from the right tree and bouncing the ball to the other one and finally bounce it in the same previous tree, for this hole, Diddy, Fox and Bowser Jr!"

"This is easy, don't worry." Fox said taking his golf club and walked over the tee. "..."

Diddy was stading there between his ball and him, staring at his face without blinking. "Oops, my mistake Fox, Diddy couldn't resist it anymore, Diddy! Come over here!" Dk called over and Diddy listened and joined him.

"...I swear, that monkey just creeps me out sometimes..."

"Fox! Just focus on the ball!" Geno yelled.

"Fine, fine, I heard you!" Fox said preparing to hit the ball. "Ha!" Fox's ball went directly towards the wall of the tree.

"1." Chris said.

"2." Yoshi said.

"3!" Red said.

"C'mon, roll to the hole!" Fox muttered as Lakitu watched carefully the ball...that somehow accelerated in speed and fell inside a bunker. "...Dang it!"

"45.8ft!" Lakitu said.

"Okay, that's it! Something fishy is going on around here and I'm going to see what it is!" Fox said angrily returning to his group.

"Fox, we ALL thought the same thing in our minds after we failed." Kirby said.

"I'll beat you all in this thing, just see!" Bowser Jr. said grinning evily to the Yoshi Islanders.

Bowser sniffed and took out a napkin from nowhere. "That's...my son! Make me proud!"

"...Bowser has a son?" Toadette asked.

"ARGH! YES! AND I HAVE 7 MORE WATCHING THIS EVENT BACK AT THE DOME!" Bowser roared furiously.

"So who's the lucky lady?" Twink asked winking.

"SHUT UP YOU!"

"Okay!" Bowser Jr. put his mask on his mouth to look more treatening and spung on his feet with his golf club. "HA!" He stopped quickly, holding himself above the grass and hit the ball with speed, it went bouncing on all the walls until it rolled inside the green.

"This is gettin' repetitive, so just move it a little closer to the hole." Dedede whispered and the ball rolled towards the hole and Lakitu checked the distance.

"...4.8ft!" Lakitu declared.

"Go pal, remember to get the ball close to the hole, or better yet, inside!" DK said pushing Diddy, who hopped happily towards the hole with his golf club.

"...Donkey Kong!" Fox yelled annoyed.

"DIDDY! GO TO THE TEE, THE TEEEEEE REMEMBER?! NOT FOX!"

"Okay!" Diddy said laughing before going to the tee this time as Fox grunted at this.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Current arc: Mario sports)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 29, 2008, 03:25:30 PM
We are sorry but the story is not going to continue for a little while, why do you ask? Because the Halloween special is being currently written as you read this.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Halloween Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 29, 2008, 03:41:26 PM
Halloween Special: Ultimate Halloween of the Chimera

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Can I go again?"

"No."

"Pretty please?"

"No."

"With sugar, a cherry, lemon ice cream, candy and cream on the top?"

"NO!" Tabuu yelled furiously to Porky. "YOU ARE NOT GOING THERE AGAIN AFTER YOU LOST!"

"B-but I have a great idea this time!" Porky dared to argue.

"Ugh."

"...I'm quite curious about this new idea Lord Tabuu." The Ancient Minister said.

"...Oh, thank you." Porky said.

"...I am hearing." Tabuu said a little annoyed.

Porky played with his claws as he talked. "Well, you see, I had a pet a long time ago, it was the Ultimate Chimera, this pet, well, he was indestructible that Lucas and his band of retarded friends and his dog couldn't make any damage on it, because if they touched the chimera, it retaliated with a quick bite that could destroy anything, even KO them!, it was invincible when it was living!"

"...Continue..."

"Y-yes! If you could at least, um, I don't know, bring it back to send it to them?"

"...Ancient Minister, you thoughts?"

"Hmm, I interested in this beast, maybe we could give it a try."

"So, are you saying we should bring it back?" Ganondorf asked crossing his arms.

"Let us see if Porky has a good idea this time, since it does not involve him for a change."

"H-hey! What was that supposed to mean?!" Porky asked annoyed.

"Ganondorf, let us start right now."

"Affirmative." Ganondorf said nodding.

"While the World Traveler and his team is dealing with Charizard and King Dedede in Mario's world, we are going to send this beast to make chaos in their home."

"Heheheh..." Porky chuckled evily.

Smash Mansion
Outside

Porky was seen carrying the Ultimate Chimera in a cage above his Spider Mech, the "king" looked at the mansion and chuckled evily. "Heheheh, just you wait you all! My pet will teach you all a lesson for sure this time around, and not the other way around! DUAHA, BWHAHAHAHAHAH-cough cough-HAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"RUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRGGGGGGHHH!!!!" The Ultimate Chimera roared loudly.

"Shh! Keep it down Ulti! You're going to have your food very soon, just you wait Ness, and that wimpy guy Lucas!"

Porky imagined Ness and Lucas in his mind, and both kids were shown laughing in a think cloud.

"Hahahahaha! And that's not the best part, he posed for a photo using a pink dress...under a ventilator with strong air, pushing the skirt above and Pokey blushed and laughed like a girl, giggling as he tried to put the skirt down!" Ness said laughing madly, showing Lucas a picture of Porky with a dress.

"Oh god, is that his phone number on the photo?!" Lucas asked pointing at the number at Porky's side before rolling on the floor, holding his stomach in pain after laughing out loud.

"This is definitely going to the internet!" Ness said walking towards a computer, putting the photo in the scanner, uploaded the photo to the internet.

In only 4 seconds, the photo was seen 845,003,247,302 times with half the comments about how stupid Porky looked like, what's more, Ness received 100 awards worth of money.

"Lucas! We're rich! We're rich, I can't believe it!" Ness said holding the photo in his hand. "This is pure gold!"

Since it was Porky's crazy mind... "KISS ME YOU FOOL!" Lucas lunged at Ness and started making out, of course, out of the think cloud before it disappeared.

"DANG IT! I'M SO GONNA KILL THOSE BASTARDS NOW!" Porky said turning a bright red.

"RAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARGH!!!" The Ultimate Chimera roared.

"AND WHY NOT?! I WANT YOU TO GO THERE AND BITE THEIR HEADS OFF!!!" Porky yelled furiously, by accident, his rage blinded him and threw the cage to the 6th floor of the mansion, making a hole and setting the chimera free. "...Oops...COME OVER HERE! IT'S THE FIRST FLOOR, NOT THAT ONE!" Porky said running to the floor by burying the claws on the wall to climb it.

6th floor

"Ulti! You hear me?! Wow, this place is suuuuuuure alone! Look at the walls, they're so old and stinky!" Porky said looking around for his pet, where it appeared and walked to him. "Oh, here you are Ulti, gosh, I don't know my own strength at all, hahahahahaha!"

The Ultimate Chimera (which are we going to refer as UC (heheh, U(You)C(see)) roared agreeding.

"...But just look at this place! Walls, stinky and about to collapse, rooms, dark and gloomy, ceiling, as dirty and their butts are, lights, off! What the hell is wrong with them? Do they even know about sanitation?"

The UC roared.

"W-what do you mean I don't know what that is?"

The UC roared again.

"I-I always kept the tower very clean!"

The UC roared again.

"The brainwashed employers were the ones who cleaned it? Y-you're not making sense!"

The UC roared again.

"Y-you! I told you before I had to leave you near the stinky bathrooms for a reason, Lucas would go there and do the 2, that's where you come in and bite his as-"

The UC roared again.

"W-WHAT?! I-I can't get out from this crap, how do you suppose me to use the bathrooms there? I have a portable bathroom inside this machine, neat, huh?!"

The UC roared again.

"It's not disgusting, it's genius!"

The UC roared again, but this time, furiously.

"Says the old kid man who pees every 10 seconds?! I have a problem with my...oh...wait...I have to go now..."

The UC turned his head, after 10 seconds, he looked back at Porky and roared furiously.

"Ulti, you just DID not say that to me!"

The UC roared again furiously.

"You know what?! Screw you! I don't even know you!" Porky turned his back on it. "I have a very cute and strong Towtow named Ultichi, and guess what, it's a girl, better than you, you pathetic excuse for a chimer-"

CHOMP!

Outside

Porky was sent blasting off to the sky by a bite from his own pet, who decided to hide in the 6th floor. "THIS IS THE THIRD TIME I GET BLASTED TO THE SKY ALREADY! AND FROM ALL PERSONS BUT YOU! YOU DISGRACE ME!"

The UC roared again.

"I DON'T COMPLAIN TOO MUCH!" Porky complained as he disappeared from sight.

And so, the King P left his pet wander the 6th floor freely, roaring or grunting with low volume.

Command Room

We see the rest of the Smashers who didn't go to the next world sitting on the chairs in front of the computers, some were leaned to the walls or remained up as they watched the event unfolding by itself from the screen.

"Why didn't I go there? There's going to be baseball event and I'm not there!" Ness complained crossing his arms.

"Well, you said before you didn't feel like going, didn't you?" Pikachu asked raising an eyebrow.

"Well, that's true, but I guess I wanted to go after all."

"Look, that oversized plant is eating Olimar's Pikmin when he's not looking." Nana said pointing at the screen.

"Look! He even ate your Pikmin, I know because he has those suspicious leaves in his mouth!" Chris argued but Olimar didn't see Petey's mouth in time before he swallowed them and smiled.

"...I'm bored." Lucas said moving his legs in the chair, looking down.

"We all are bored." Pichu said sighing.

Pichu's Confessionary

"I know this, when Chris selects somebody to go to a world, they DO something there, I mean, the ones left behind have nothing else to do but to watch how they are doing in the world, for me, I'm going to say it, it sucks being left behind, so, as the enthusiastic Pokémon I am, I decided to take the iniciative and find something interesting to do, something INDEED to kill the time."

"Who wants to play Solitary in the computer?" Pichu asked cheerfully, but only the sound of the crickets were heard. "...Nobody? Anyone?"

"I have a better idea." C. Falcon said raising his hand.

"Yes?"

"Let's go and participate!"

"That can't be done," Master Hand began. "We can't let more people go or else you'll suffer the consequences."

"Trust him, I learned the bad way." Falco said looking away embarrassed.

"...Fine...man, we have to do something."

"But what?" Ness asked.

"We could a) go to the city and see if we can do something, b) try to stop Link from murdering or torturing Toon Link with the ruler or c) convince Zelda to take a shower and peek on her."

"...You do know I'm standing besides you, right?" Zelda asked raising an eyebrow with a glare.

"...Yeah."

"Oh, I have something better for you." Falco said grinning and took out a photo.

"What's this?"

"The best female in the whole world, Samus."

"...But Samus is a man, right?"

"Oh no, is a girl...but I'm not going to see that photo, it's so awesome but dangerous at the same time, one small peek and you're going to wish her to be here...FOREVER."

C. Falcon rolled his eyes. "Yeah, right, like if that could ha-HOLY MOTHER OF PORT TOWN!"

"When did you take that photo anyway?" Pikachu asked.

"Hey, this scouter is useful for all things, for scanning areas, take photos, record small videos, etc, and the feature that Slippy added randomly, the power level indicator."

"Power level indicator?"

"Yes, but it's completely unnecessary, Fox thinks the same."

"...Okay, somebody has something to say?" Ness asked.

"Hmm...I have something." Mewtwo said.

"Well, spit it out!"

"Not too long ago, I heard a crash coming from the 6th floor, and I could even hear roars."

Crazy Hand gasped and they looked at him. "T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-THE 6TH FLOOR?! BETTER KNOWN AS THE 666TH FLOOR?!?!?!?!?!?"

"The 666th floor? But the mansion only has 15 floors, every single one very long and wide for letting 500 characters to live here!" Pichu pointed out.

"Everyone, there's some story behind that floor," Master Hand said and turned off the lights as a light shone below him. "It's the old legend of the 666th flooooooooooor!!!."

"...It that was supposed to scare me, try again, that was the most pathetic try I've ever seen before." Wolf said frowning.

Wolf's Confessionary

"Nothing, and I repeat it, NOTHING scares me the slightliest bit, I'm the most brave person of the whole mansion for sure, and the last one who is for sure the most scared guy is that wimpy little blond kid named Lucas. I looked at him with my normal expression and he nearly fainted, what a wuss."

"So, why is that floor mistakenly named the "666th" floor?" Wolf asked.

"It's because we built the mansion above an INDIAN CEMETERY!" Master Hand yelled the last part as a creepy thunder falls on the background.

"...I know you're lying with that part." Mewtwo said narrowing his eyes, noticing Lucas who was already fainted.

"Lucas! Lucas! Wake up! The mansion wasn't built above an indian cemetery!" Ness said moving Lucas.

"...Okay, where I was? Oh yeah," Master Hand cleared his throat. "Has anyone ever noticed that the floor has no persons in assignated rooms?"

"...Well, now that I remember, there isn't anyone who uses a room up there." Nana said remembering,

"And come to think of it, the elevator we have doesn't have the "6" to go to that floor." Popo said.

"And even the stairs skips a whole room size, the same size a normal floor is!" Pikachu said.

"Yes, well, it's because that floor is believed to be haunted." Master Hand said darkly.

"I-I-I once went in there, a-a-a-and I heard roars and screams coming from a room, w-w-w-when I went to check in there, there wasn't anybody around!" Crazy Hand said studdering in fear.

"Originally, I bought the mansion from a very rich guy, but he told me to not go to the 666th floor, many people who have gone there didn't return back, they said they were murdered in a slow and painful death...or rather fast and not so painful death, because there's a beast roaming the halls of that floor, searching for its prey to be eaten by his fangs."

"...Oh no, look how I'm scared, my hair is getting spikier from the horror..." C. Falcon said sarcastically.

"I-i-it should be! It's the truth!" Master Hand said. "Anyway, that's why that floor is off-limits, I would feel sorry for the next person who is dumb enough to go in there and sacrifice his or her life in vain."

"Master Hand, after inspecting your mind, I found out something," Mewtwo said raising a finger and the hand sweated. "There isn't any beast in there, the whole place stinks very bad and its layout it's horrible, the rooms can be dirty enough to make someone to fall or trip, and you didn't buy the mansion from a person, you built the mansion slowly until it was finished, but for some odd reason, you forgot to clean that floor and kept forgetting about it until it got very dirty and not safe for someone to sleep there, and it's not called the "666th" floor, Crazy Hand came up with the name just to make it sound scary." Mewtwo explained and they stared at the hands with angry looks.

"Oh, now we have something interesting to do, find out if that floor is really cursed!" Ness said as Lucas woke up slowly.

"Ness, I alread-"

"I know, I know, but there must be something hidden in there!"

5th floor

Master Hand continued talking as we see some stairs with a long yellow tape saying "Off limits, keep out!"

"Oh, why bothering? That floor is really haunted, seriously," Master Hand said, before we see Toon Link cutting down the tape and going upwards as Link was shown chasing him to the 6th floor. "Someone very stupid and sick of the mind only would go in there."

Command Room

"I'm not stupid and sick of the mind, that's why I'm assembling my own party to go there, who's with me?!" Ness asked raising his hand.

"...Meh, I'll go." Pikachu said walking to his side.

"I'm going too!" Popo said walking to their side.

"Count me out, I'm staying here." Nana said.

"Nana is s-ca-red!" Pikachu taunted.

"Nope, not at all," Nana snapped her fingers and Prinnies came in, giving her a hamburger. "Less people, more Prinnies for me to stay in the good life."

"Huh?" Etna shook her head, waking up from her state. "Did I missed something?"

"We're going to investigate a haunted floor!" Popo said.

"...Haunted?" Etna quickly sprang out from her seat. "If you're going to some haunted place, then take me in!"

"...Why do you want to come?"

"Well duh! Haunted places are the most funny places to hang out, is a devil's dream to find something haunted...besides, there are 3 Prinnies that I haven't seen yet ever since we came here."

"...Okay, you can come."

"You don't order me around twerp." Etna said putting her hands on her hips.

"Anyone else?"

6th floor (666th floor)

We see a box trembling occasionally as Link looked around for Toon Link, not even caring about where in the hell he was now. "Linky, come over here and let's see which sword can cut through a cake faster!" Link said shifting his eyes, holding a cake on his right hand and his sword, cutting the cake slowly as walked away.

"...He's gone?" Toon Link asked looking around, then he sighed. "Phew, I thought it was never going to end...where am I?" He asked to himself after looking around again. "Hmm, maybe there is something here, I haven't looked this floor at all now that I remember..."

The cartoony version of Link entered inside a room, where he found many things covered in dust, then he coughed after blowing some dust from an instrument. "...What's...this?" For his surprise, he found nothing else than the legendary Ocarina of Time.

You found the Ocarina of Time!

Said a creepy voice that made Toon Link to shudder, not noticing the sudden screen above his head that disappeared after 3 seconds.

"...So...hmm..." Toon Link found 6 dots in the wall, there was a symbol pointing at the right, a symbol pointing down and the other one was pointing above, then the same pattern repeated once again, Toon Link looked at the Ocarina of Time and found 5 holes with the same symbols. "...I wonder if something will happen if I follow these steps." Toon Link wondered, closed his eyes and pulled the ocarina's mouth hole to his mouth and began to play the song.

c-right, c-down, c-up, c-right, c-down, c-up...

If anyone can remember, Toon Link played none other than the Sun Song, with the yellow light covering him but he didn't notice it but nothing seemed to happen as it vanished before he could see it. "...What a let down, nothing happened." Toon Link said looking around, there wasn't nothing, the whole room was the same, there wasn't any wind coming in, the sun quickly hid behind the hills and the night came in quickly and he sneezed a little bit...wait, something did happened...

The small Link walked towards the broken window and saw that the night came very fast and gasped surprised. "T-that song was magic?!"

Command Room

Meta Knight came in walking to the room and spoke. "It seems the night came too fast, how strange."

"What do you mean?" Pichu asked.

"He means the night came too fast, it was still 2:00PM too." Zelda said and got in a thinking position.

"Master Hand is playing with us, he tries to make the things scarier just to scare the hell out of us." Ness said smiling proudly.

"...N-Ness, I didn't do anything..." Master Hand said.

666th floor

"...Maybe there are even more songs hidden somewhere in the walls!" Toon Link said smiling and blowing out the dust from the walls, eventually, after coughing for a while, he found more symbols, this time, the next song had an "A" symbol, a down symbol and an up symbol, once again, repeating itself again. "Hmm, I wonder what is going to happen if I play that one too..." Toon Link said doing the same action.

A, c-down, c-up, A, c-down, c-up...

The Song of Storms played this time...

Command Room

CRASSSSSSSSHHHHH!!!

"UAAAAAHHHH!!!" Lucas hid below the table after a thunder fell, making a loud noise.

"Master Hand, stop it! That doesn't scare us even a bit!" Nana said annoyed.

"B-but I'm not doing anything, I swear!" Master Hand said.

666th floor

"Uh-oh, I think I called a thunderstorm, and a very strong one!" Toon Link said horrified looking outside, clouds completely covered the night and many thunders were seen making lot of lights above the clouds.

"Linky? Where are you? Come here and let's see which sword can make the-" Link paused for a moment. "THE DEEPEST SCAR! MWHAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"YAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Toon Link quickly let the Ocarina of Time fall off his hand and ran away from the room, and the instrument fell inside a sofa, where nobody would look for it never again, before a thunder illuminated the room again, with the shadow of a beast opening its mouth, showing his sharp fangs before disappearing after the next thunder.

Command Room

"Lucas, do you want to come?" Ness asked.

"I-I'm not going! No way!" Lucas said terrified under the table.

Ness's Confessionary

"Lucas needed URGENTLY to do something, he needs to stop being scared from things that don't exist at all, take me for example, I used to be afraid of the toilet because...well...I once fell inside by accident and I got stuck there for 30 minutes, because I didn't want Tracy to help me and see my p-"

"Fine, we'll leave you here." Ness said rolling his eyes before leaving the room with his party.

"T-thanks!" Lucas said, still trembling with fear.

"Well, at least the lights are on." C. Falcon said.

"It would be ironic if a thunder fell on the mansion and took away the electricity at this time to turn off all the lights for a long hour and make everything scarier." Zelda said crossing her arms.

"T-t-that's not going to happen, right?" Lucas asked by whispering.

"Aw, don't worry, that won't happen."

CRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAASSSSSSSSSSSHHHHHHHHHH!!!

Ironically, a powerful thunder fell on the mansion and all the lights blinked a lot before shutting down temporally making them to look above rather amused and not scared a little bit, but that terrified Lucas to the extreme, who fainted in the darkness.

"Geez, this is SO original," Falco said rolling his eyes before applauding. "Really, you're trying to make us think that there is a curse on the "666th floor" and went so far to make the night appear quickly with a thunderstorm and shutting down the electricity for a period of time, or temporally."

"Falco, I'm being serious, it wasn't me!" Master Hand argued.

"Hand, don't be ridiculous, this is all our doing." Wolf said in the darkness.

"...I believe he is telling the truth." Mewtwo said, being the only one with glowing eyes to make everyone to see him. (But Lucas woke up and stared at his eyes, making him to faint again).

"...Oh well, this is not a big deal." C. Falcon said.

"I-I-I wonder what is Flonne doing now." Crazy Hand wondered.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Halloween Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 30, 2008, 04:22:39 PM
Infirmary

We now see a bed sheet trembling uncontrollably, but it revealed to be Flonne who was scared by the thunders and wondered how did all those things happen at the same time.

CRAAAAAASHHHHH!!!

"AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Flonne hid in the bed sheet as the light illuminated the room. "W-what is happening around here? E-everything got to so creepy all of a sudden!"

"Dood, we don't know what is the cause, dood." Prinny 3489 said carrying a First Aid box to another drawer.

"W-why aren't you scared at all?"

"Dood, this isn't nothing compared to what Miss Etna does to us dood."

"...Okay..." Flonne said getting out from the bed and she looked around. "W-we should find some candles to at least create some light."

"Then do it in another room, dood."

"W-what?"

"I already looked for candles around here but didn't find anything dood."

"T-then..." Flonne put her hands on her neck and looked at the dark hallway. "I-I-I need to go in there and look for the candles?!"

"If you want dood, I can go with you."

"W-would you that for me?"

"Dood!" Prinny 3489 said nodding.

"Oh! Thank you very much! I don't feel so scared anymore!"

CRAAAAAASSSSSSHHHHH!!!

Prinny 3489 sweatdropped after Flonne snuck inside the bed sheet, trembling with fear.

5th floor

Subspace: The Cave

The Angel Trainee and Prinny 3489 carefully walked inside the darkness of the hallway, to not trip, the Prinny took and flashlight with him to make light, making their way easier.

"Hmm..." Prinny 3489 looked at some ripped yellow tapes on the floor, close to the stairs. "We'll go upwards dood."

"W-why do we need to go up there?" Flonne asked trembling behind Prinny 3489.

"You don't know? The things you are always looking for are in the most suspicious places, and I haven't seen what is in the next floor dood."

Flonne's Confessionary

"This wasn't going fine at all to me, with the electricity turned off, the probabilities to get lost in the darkness was inevitable, I am inside a big mansion of 10 floors, each one very long and wide! At least I had one of Etna's Prinnies to make some company with me, they're so kind to me, I wonder why?"

Prinny 3489's Confessionary

"She's leaning her chest into my back." Prinny 3489 said blushing, reddening too.

"So up we go then, dood." Prinny 3489 said walking towards the stairs, to the 6th floor.

"W-wait up! Don't leave me here alone!" Flonne said sweating and running towards the Prinny flailing her arms and legs like anime characters do.

666th floor

"Y-yuck," Flonne just stepped on a green blob and she tried to pull that out, but it got stuck in her right hand. "T-this is place is so dirty and stinky..."

"Dood, I should suggest Etna to tell us to clean this place up, dood." Prinny 3489.

"Y-yeah, even the walls are sticky..."

"Okay, hmm, we should go...there." Prinny 3489 said pointing to the right and Flonne followed him.

"A-are you sure there's nothing to worry about?"

"Nope, nothing to worry about dood."

Groooooooowl...

"W-WHAT WAS THAT?!" Flonne asked looking behind her, preocupied.

"The wind or the thunders, dood."

"B-but I'm pretty sure that wasn't a thunder!"

"Just keep moving, the faster we leave this floor, the better." Prinny 3489 said looking around as they walked.

"O-okay, but I'm not sure about this..."

Prinny 3489 looked at Flonne. "Look, everything is fine, there's nothing to worry about, we are only you, me, and this strange pink beast with the duck on his head opening its mouth showing its sharp fangs that appeared out of nowhere when we didn't look when I started to talk with yo-"

The UC roared menacingly and both sweatdropped and began to sweat.

"...Okay, change of plans, we're going to turn our backs to it, lift our hands to the air, take a deep breath to scream loudly and run away as fast our feet can take us, got it?"

"...Uh-huh." Flonne said nodding.

"RUUUUUUUUUUN!" Prinny 3489 said screaming and running to the opposite direction with Flonne, the UC didn't like that action and started to chase after them by hopping and closing its mouth everytime it touched the floor, it was very hungry too because it was drooling, and not only that, his saliva was acid.

"WAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Toon Link came from a hallway and joined the escape with the 2. "WHAT THE HECK IS THAT MONSTER?!"

"JUST RUN DOOD!" Prinny 3489 yelled screaming.

"W-WHAT WERE YOU DOING HERE?!" Flonne asked screaming.

"IT DOESN'T MATTER, BUT LET'S GET OUT OF HERE!" Toon Link yelled screaming.

"IT'S NO USE, WE IGNORED THE STAIRS JUST 3 SECONDS AGO, DOOD!"  Prinny 3489 yelled.

The UC roared menacingly again and they screamed in unison, hidding in the darkness to escape from the chimera who chased them down, and a thunder fell, illuminating the place again.

5th floor

Luigi's Mansion Theme

"The 666th floor should be after crossing these stairs." Pikachu said.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"W-what was that?!" Popo asked hidding behind Etna.

"Popo, don't tell me that fake scream scared the hell out of you already." Ness said frowning.

"To me, it wasn't a fake scream." Etna said.

"N-no it didn't!" Popo said taking back his place.

"And to make the experience worthwile," Pikachu took out a camera from his back. "I'm going to record this occasion for our supernatural moments!"

"Great idea, not bad!" Ness said doing a high-five with Pikachu and with Popo.

Pikachu put his camera looking at him, recording. "Now, welcome to the special segment of "The Mysteries That Aren't So Scary At All," or TMTASSAA for short! With your faithful host, Pikachu and his allies, Ness and Popo, along with a special guest, Etna! Say hi to the viewers Etna!"

"Hi there!" Etna said smiling at the camera.

"Now, we're going to find out about the fake mystery of the 666th floor, that is supposed to be the den of a fearsome and scary beast, Popo, any comments?"

"Juice!" Popo said.

"Great suggestion, I was getting thirsty but we don't have any drinks with us!"

"Oh, rats, the Prinnies that got lost were the same ones in charge of the drinks." Etna said snapping her fingers.

"So now we have a mission, and it's to find the Prinnies to get some drinks, preferably lemonades!"

"Go!" Ness said walking to the stairs with the others.

666th floor

"Oh, just look at this place, green, stinky, sticky, gross, it gives someone disgusting thoughts already!" Pikachu said looking around.

"Pikachu, isn't that the camera with green background?" Ness asked.

"...Oh, crap! You're right! This camera is supposed to make everything scarier with color green and black for long distances!"

"Anyway, let's see if we can find those reckless Prinnies." Etna said walking to the left.

"And now we begin our mission people!"

Pikachu's Confessionary

Pikachu had sunglasses and a hat as he took a sip of his soda. "I'm going to get an award for showing the truth to the world, I can see it, Pikachu, truth discoverer, shows how Master Hand is such a bad liar!" He jumped out from his chair and began to dance. "Oh yeah! Who's the Pokémon? Who's the Pokémon? Who's the Pokémon? It's me, oh yes!"

"...Thunder." Popo said.

CRAAAAAAAAASSSSSHHHH!!!

"There is nothing here so far, not even a trail of the Prinnies." Ness said.

"This place is really boring." Popo said.

"PRINNIES! C'MON AND GET HERE!" Etna yelled using a megaphone and they blocked their ears in pain, but nothing appeared or happened. "PRINNIES! PRINNIES!"

"ETNA! YOUR YELLS ARE THE LOUDEST THING AFTER THE THUNDERS, STOP NOW!" Pikachu said. "YOU'RE EVEN GOING TO BREAK UP MY CAMERA!"

Etna sighed and threw her megaphone away. "You guys are not funny."

The Pokémon looked at her with his camera. "Now, after shutting up the demon girl, we continue our adventure in this "creepy" place."

"Ha, that doesn't even made me angry." Etna said chuckling a little.

"Hey, check this out," Popo ducked and found a small feather. "Haven't we seen this somewhere before?"

"Hmm...you know, this wing isn't so well developed, it must be from...Flonne's wings..."

"So she's here looking around for the mystery as well? Wow, impressive! Just marvelous!" Pikachu said.

"Gang, we have something in hands now, we need to find Flonne and the "beast" in this floor." Ness said, putting on a red hankerchief around his neck.

"...A red hankerchief? Where did you get that?" Popo asked.

"Chris gave it to me."

"Oh, great! It looks good on you!" Pikachu remarked zooming the camera on the hankerchief.

"Hey, I think there's something behind that door." Etna said walking towards the door, opening it and she froze after she saw the UC's mouth fully opened and the young Smashers stared at it awe.

"This is rich my boys! We found an apparently real imitation of a beast, good job Etna!" Pikachu said recording the UC that didn't even move at all.

"B-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-" Etna pointed at the UC terrified and studdering.

"Hey check this out, even the fangs look so real!" Popo said looking at the fangs, where he could see his reflection and winked at it.

"Aw, look at that, there's a chicky on its head!" Ness said glancing to the duck in the UC's head.

"B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-" Etna continued studdering in fear, now her tail was pointing up to the ceiling.

"This, is in fact, a toy! Look at the button on its back!" Pikachu said recording the button from the floor.

The UC growled menacingly.

"Even this beast has a good growl, Master Hand really made a good job, but too bad he failed in scaring us!" Ness said laughing. "Okay, this is over, whoever is inside this thing please come out, after all, it's a controlled robot!" Ness yelled walking to its mouth.

"Guys, you can come out now!" Popo yelled, entering the UC's mouth. "Hello? Anybody is here? Hello?"

The UC started to slowly close its mouth and Etna gasped. "B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-"

Pikachu frowned. "Etna, seriously, you can't be serious, this thing is not scary, right Ness?"

"It isn't!" Ness said laughing together with Pikachu. "Look! There's a perfect replica of a dead Popo in front of us!"

"Ha! We got you Popo! You're with them in this too!" Pikachu zoomed into the dead Popo, who was drooling mysteriously. "Popo! Wake up and stop faking a death scene!"

"..." Popo didn't even move at all.

"...Popo?"

"Even there's red cherry juice coming out from his right arm, look at my face, I'm so scared!" Ness said laughing madly and grabbing the "red cherry juice" on a finger to taste it. "Yum! It even tastes like blood, how do you do this? It feels so real!"

Pikachu took a lick of the red cherry juice but froze instantly. "N-N-Ness..."

"...Yes?"

"I-I-I'm pretty sure this isn't red cherry juice..."

"...How so?"

"T-this doesn't taste like juice, it IS 100 percent real blood!"

Ness just blinked before laughing madly again. "Now everyone's on me! Nice try Pikachu, but that didn't scare me!"

"Ness, you're sick, I'm telling the truth!" Pikachu said recording Ness and a frightened Etna.

"G-g-g-g-guys..." Etna pointed at the UC's mouth, which was covered in blood.

"...You know Pikachu..." Ness trailed off thinking.

"Yes?" Pikachu asked.

"I'm starting to believe this beast is real...I mean, even Popo's hammer was turned into dust over there..."

"N-NESS! IT'S WALKING TOWARDS YOU!" Etna yelled and Ness just blinked at the creature who opened its mouth and slowly put Ness inside its mouth.

"Eww, gross, I'm covered in your saliva," Ness said inside the UC's mouth and crossed his arms. "What are you gonna do? Eat me alive? HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH-"

CRAAAAAAAAAAASH!!!

Command Room

"They haven't returned yet." Meta Knight said.

"I wonder what's the problem up there." Zelda wondered.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!"

Lucas jumped out from the table and trembled with fear. "W-WHAT WAS THAT SCREAM?!"

"It sounded like if Ness was bitten by some beast." Master Hand said before C. Falcon laughed for 5 seconds.

"Now, Ness is in your little trick? Too bad isn't working with me!" C. Falcon said.

Not much time passed before they heard screams and yells for help coming from the 666th floor, even they heard roars and growls.

"I-I-I'm not scared!" Pichu said studdering in fear, before Mewtwo came in using Confusion in 5 candles with fire as he put each one in different places of the tables.

"...Anyone wants to go up there?" Crazy Hand asked.

"For what? They can take care of themselves just fine." Falco said.

"Who knows, maybe the beast got them."

Falco rolled his eyes. "Oh, now I see your little trap, you expect me to go to the 666th floor and look around for them, when suddenly in the most unexpected moment, you're going to appear and scare me."

"Nah-uh!"

"Uh-huh!"

"Nah-uh!"

"Uh-huh!"

"Stop it." Wolf said irritated.

"Oh well, I didn't think Falco was such a chicken and not a real bird." Crazy Hand said, trying to get Falco's nerves.

Unfortunately, Falco was one of those people that are easily tricked with easy sentences such like the one the insane hand said just a second ago, the avian pointed at him with his Blaster. "Wanna see the chicken I am? Fine! I'm going up there and prove to you my courage!"

"Maybe we can make a deal to do something interesting?"

"I'm all ears!"

"If you prove me you were right, I'll give you full access to the items's storage room, but if I'm right, you're going to wear your uniform of your team...but pink along with all the other stuff you have on you."

"Deal!"

"Oh no no no no no no, I haven't finished, there's another condition for this dare."

"Bring it, I'm not going to complain for whatever is the other condition!"

Falco's Confessionary

"So, once again, I have another good dare, are you hearing me Zelda? Items are much better than money! I'll show you once I get my hands on Gooey Bombs to stick them all to your room and watch it explode!"

Zelda's Confessionary

"Falco, what are you doing in my own confessionary time and what is that about blowing up my room?" Zelda asked with a glare.

"...Er...anyway! Whatever the condition was, I'd do it without complaining!"

666th floor

"...But he HAD to pair me with you..." Falco said annoyed looking away from his condition of the deal, which was a very angry Wolf.

"So? If I won I'd get the same deal as you." Wolf said looking away with crossed arms.

"And for what are you going to use the items?"

"You don't know how much damage can you do while you're a giant and to your sworn rival..." Wolf said hiding a smirk.

"...Whatever, I don't care about your problems with Fox, so count me out from your plans."

"Who said I was inviting you?" Wolf asked angrily as they walked the dirty halls.

"Any idea of where they could be?"

"Beats me, I'm not their babysitter."

"Neither do I."

A silence fell before Falco heard a small growl that made him to shudder a little. "Did you hear that?" Falco asked.

"Hear what?" Wolf asked turning quickly to Falco, he was apparently chuckling and the avian narrowed his eyes at him.

"...You growled to me just to scare me, right?"

"Correct."

"Dang it." Falco said looking away annoyed, then he heard another growl. "Stop it you bastard!"

"Heheheheheh." Wolf chuckled darkly at this.

Another growl, another glare to Wolf. "I'm serious, stop it before I shoot down your head!"

"Fine." Wolf said chuckling.

One more growl. "Wolf, don't try to make me use the mushrooms on you after we win this dare!"

"Oh, I'm so scared." Wolf said sarcastically.

...And yet once more, another growl and Falco turned to Wolf angrily. "STOP THAT!"

"But this time it wasn't me." Wolf said in a serious tone.

"Yeah, right, like if that was the truth!"

"Bird brain, when I'm serious is when I tell the truth, it wasn't me, period."

"Grr," Falco turned his head to the right and found the UC looking at him. "Oh, and let me guess, this is yours?"

Wolf glanced to the UC. "Yes, bird brain, I'd have a beast at my side with a f(BEEP)ng bird on its head just to annoy you."

"No need to get mad at me, I know you like tiny and cheesy looking birds." Falco said pointing at the UC, who got interested in his right hand and drooled a little.

"Whatever." Wolf said rolling his right eye.

"Yeah, whatever, look, I know this thing is from you and the hands just to win that dare they did to me and you." Falco said pointing at Wolf with his bloody right hand.

"...Bird brain! Get your bloody hand off me!" Wolf said walking a little away from Falco.

"Bloody? What do you mean by blood-" Falco's eyes widened after he saw the blood getting out from his hand, and glanced at the UC who had bloody feathers on its fangs. "...Great, cool visual effects."

"..." Wolf just frowned at this.

"I even feeling the pain in my hand an-AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Falco grabbed his hand in pain and glared at the UC. "YOU F(BEEP)D UP MONSTER! YOU'RE GOING DOWN NOW!"

The UC retaliated with a powerful bite and Falco was sent flying towards the wall, where he lost consciousness as Wolf watched the UC walking towards him, licking its lips from the blood. "...You monster, back away, now!" Wolf ordered but the UC didn't stop and continued to walk slowly towards him, cornering Wolf in the same corner where Falco was unconscious. "Y-you! Wake up and give me a hand!"

"..." Falco didn't move and he fell to the floor.

"Grr, this isn't good!" Wolf said as the UC was several inches away from him, but he took out his Blaster and started to fire at it, but it didn't do any effect and he grunted in irritation. "Back-off-you!" Wolf ordered one last time.

Command Room

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!"

"T-that was Wolf's voice now!" Pichu said hugging Lucas, who hugged him back in fear.

"There must be something happening here, you! Hands! Did you were working in secret with some of them to scare us?" Zelda demanded for an answer.

"For the last time, no!" Master Hand said annoyed.

"Okay, Mewtwo! Meta Knight! Are you 2 with him?" C. Falcon asked.

"I would never work with Master Hand." Mewtwo said shaking his head slowly.

"Me neither." Meta Knight said doing the same.

"Lucas and Pichu are probably alone in this so..." C. Falcon trailed off.

"Okay, if you think this is all my doing, then go, every single one of you, to the 666th floor!" Master Hand said.

"B-but I don't wanna go!" Lucas and Pichu said in unison trembling in horror, before they were being dragged off the room by Mewtwo's Confusion. "LET US GO!"

"No, I'm rather sick about your coward attitudes and it's time to change that." Mewtwo said floating away.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"Mewtwo, take some Heart Containers with you just in case!" Master Hand said giving Mewtwo some Heart Containers, Mewtwo was unsure for what, but decided to bring them.

"I'm not so sure about this..." Zelda said getting in a thinking position.

"Don't worry, if something happens, I'll shield you." C. Falcon said.

"Fine, but no hugs or kisses." Zelda said walking away.

"...You just love to remove all the fun, don't you?" C. Falcon asked sighing disappointed, walking with Meta Knight at his side.

Captain Falcon's Confessionary

"Yes, I know, admit it and say Zelda likes Link, but wrong at the same time, it's still unclear if they do really love each other, so I guess I have a chance, right? And speaking of which, what happened to Link? I haven't seen him ever since he chased Toon Link around..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Halloween Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 30, 2008, 08:50:12 PM
666th floor (seriously, this time, we're going to stay here WAY longer without changing the scene constantly)

The 6 now were wandering aimlessly around the halls of the abandoned floor, but Pichu was hugging Lucas as they walked together.

"...Look at this..." Zelda bended down to pick up something. "This is..."

"Toon Link's Wind Waker." Mewtwo pointed out.

"S-something bad happened to him?" Pichu asked.

"I fear yes." Mewtwo said and Pichu gulped.

"Not only that," C. Falcon said bending down, getting a lot of items. "This is Ness's cap, Etna's axe, Pikachu's fur, Flonne's feather, Falco's Blaster, a Prinny's pouch, Wolf's cyber eye patch and one photo of that crazy party we had when the Melee Tournament began," he chuckled at the photo of him and Marth totally drunk with Roy. "Man, how wild was that one..."

"I blame you for pouring beer in Marth's and Roy's sodas." Zelda said glaring at the captain.

"H-hey, it was still fun!"

Meta Knight frowned at this and looked around after a thunder fell. "We are not alone."

"W-what?!" Lucas asked.

"We are not alone." Mewtwo repeated.

"I-I know, I just got surprised!"

"Hey, look at this," C. Falcon found another item. "Is this a camera?"

"It has Pikachu's logo on it, maybe he recorded something?" Zelda asked and C. Falcon turned on the camera and played a video that it was stored on the memory.

Wess's Dance

However, it was a video of Pikachu doing the Wess's Dance with Lucas and Ness and the captain quickly pressed the forward button to the next video as Lucas looked away embarrassed when Pichu looked at him.

Luigi's Mansion Theme

"HELP! PLEASE! THERE'S A FREAKY BEAST CHASING AFTER US!" Pikachu pleaded as he was carrying the unconscious Popo above him while Etna ran past him carrying Ness without his hat. "LISTEN TO ME! THIS IS NOT A JOKE! THERE IS A BEAST HERE TRYING TO EAT US ALIVE OR DEAD!"

There was a familiar growl and roar that Lucas quickly recognized and backed away scared.

"SO LISTEN! WE ARE GOING TO HIDE IN SOME SAFE ROOM AROUND HERE, TRY TO FIND AND SAVE US FROM THAT DEMON FROM HELL!!!" Pikachu accidentaly dropped his camera, but it was his plan as they saw 4 pink foots on the screen before it ran out of batteries.

"N-n-n-no...i-i-i-i-it can't be..." Lucas said dropping to his knees.

"W-what?" Pichu asked trembling.

"I-i-it's the Ultimate Chimera, the monster I was trying to talk about that time when we readed the book of clichés!"

"The monster with the rubber duck?" Meta Knight asked and Lucas nodded trying to not scream.

"T-the Ultimate Chimera is a dreaded beast, i-if someone gets close enough to it, t-the monster will send a serious bite that will KO or maybe even kill someone with one hit, a-and don't even try to hurt it, i-it's totally invincible!"

"That is...almost impossible to believe..." Mewtwo said.

"B-but it's the truth! You saw how Popo and Ness were badly beaten, right?"

Lucas's Confessionary

"CLAAAAAAAAAAAAAAUUUUUUUUUUUUUSSSSSSSSSSSS!!! WHERE ARE YOU?! I NEED YOU SO BADLY NOW!!!" Lucas screamed crying to the roof.

Zelda looked with a worried look the halls "...I think the goosebumps are getting to me..."

Mewtwo looked down before he turned quickly to find a floating ghost trying to scare them, but he used Confusion to reveal the identity of 3 Prinnies holding drinks. "What are you 3 doing here?"

"Y-yeah! Why did you try to scare us?!" Pichu asked hiding behind C. Falcon.

"Dood, sorry! We just couldn't resist the urge to do it!" Prinny 4893 said.

"We walked to this place and thought it would be fun to play the ghosts, dood!" Prinny 1103 said laughing heartily.

"Have you seen Etna or Flonne around here?" Zelda asked.

"Hmm, dood, now that I remember, we saw Flonne and another small guy with Prinny 3489 running away screaming from a pink beast with a duck on its head, dood." Prinny 5867 explained to them.

"...Then the beast is hunting us." Mewtwo said.

"P-Porky! H-he did this whole thing!" Lucas said.

"Maybe, but our top priority is to gather everyone else and escape from this floor, then bring Master Hand to do something about this."

"Good, because it would be a great idea if we do that now, dood." Prinny 1103 said.

"Why?" Zelda asked.

"'CUZ THE PINK BEAST IS RIGHT BEHIND YOU, DOOD!" Prinny 4893 yelled screaming terrorized, the 6 quickly turned their heads to find the UC roaring loudly, standing several feet away from them.

"Ugh, it's useless to fight that thing back." Mewtwo said narrowing his eyes.

"T-then what do we do?" C. Falcon asked.

Unfounded Revenge/Smashing Song of Praise

"The most logical option we have...RUN!" Mewtwo said quickly floating away and the others began to scream (not Meta Knight, of course) loudly as the UC roared again before chasing them.

"AAAAAAHHHHH! WE'RE SO DEAD NOW!" Lucas screamed.

"Quick! Turn this way!" Meta Knight said pointing inside a room, they quickly entered inside and the UC passed the room by accident.

Inside the room, only their eyes were visible in the darkness.

"UAH!" Lucas tripped.

"Great...now everyone is here." Wolf's voice was heard as we see his right eye.

"Wolf? What are you doing here?" Pichu asked.

"What do you think?... Hiding from that monstrocity, that stupid thing bit me in the leg, but I managed to get away from it, heck, I even saved the bird brain from becoming dead dinner! ...Have you seen my cyber eye patch laying around here? I can't let people see me without it."

"Here." C. Falcon gave the patch to Wolf, who put it on.

"Here, use this to heal your leg and Falco." Mewtwo said handing over 2 Heart Containers to both of them, Wolf glanced at Falco and threw the heart to him, regaining their energies.

"What...happened..." Falco asked opening his eyes slowly before finding the others by their eyes in the darkness. "What are you all doing here?"

"Hiding from a monster? Like you 2?" C. Falcon asked sarcastically.

"...That...grr! I'm gonna kill it when I see it again!"

"It's useless, that chimera is invincible as Lucas said before." Zelda said.

"Shh, it's coming here, shut up." Meta Knight said leaning to the door, the steps of the beast were heard, they paused when it stopped right in front of the door, the beast looked at it as another thunder fell and illuminated the room where they were in for a moment, but the chimera turned its head and walked away. "...It's gone..."

Pant...pant...pant...pant...

"Wolf, I told you, stop your tries to scare me and get off my shoulder!" Falco said annoyed in the darkness.

"I'm not even close to you, bird brain!" Wolf replied back.

"...Wait, those yellow triangle-shaped eyes are familiar..." Pichu said wondering, they looked over Falco's shoulder to find 2 yellow eyes glaring at them, a thunder fell outside and they found the UC in the room, panting heavily and licking its lips as he drooled and their eyes shrunk in unison, even Meta Knight's eyes shrunk.

Flonne, Toon Link and Prinny 3489 were walking slowly in front of the same door, looking carefully at all directions to stay alert from the chimera. "...It isn't here dood..." Prinny 3489 said.

"Good, we lost him." Toon Link said.

"What a relief, I thought we were going to die just now..." Flonne said sighing in relief and they leaned next to the same door. "I want to find the exit to this place and get out of here..."

"Well, good for you, I have another problem trying to find me here."

"Who?"

Before Toon Link could even respond, the door bursted out opening and they were slammed hardly to the wall by it, and all the Smashers ran out panicking (take your guesses who didn't again) from the UC who roared and ran away from the room, then the door slowly opened and they had very shocked faces with swirl eyes.

"...Wait...for us...dood..." Prinny 3489 said before the trio collapsed and slowly got up, shaking their heads.

"Oh no, they're here and the monster is trying to eat them alive!" Flonne said worried.

"...RUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUN!" Toon Link screamed loudly as he saw them returning back, with everything and UC included, Flonne and Prinny 3489 looked at each other and the penguin jumped on Flonne's arms and ran away, joining up with the entire group.

"TOON LINK?! HERE!" C. Falcon said giving Toon Link back his Wind Waker.

"WHAT DO WE DO NOW?!" Falco asked as he screamed.

"WE NEED TO FIND THE OTHER 4 AND RUN TO THE STAIRS TO GET OUT OF HERE!" Zelda yelled as Mewtwo evaded one bite of the UC by moving his tail to the front.

"DEAD END!" Flonne yelled worried, looking back to see the UC running at them with its jaw opened.

The Prinnies looked around and found a door. "Go! Go Go Go! Dood!" The Prinnies yelled and evrybody quickly entered inside the room, evading to be crushed by the monster who crashed into the wall.

"Holy Lindblum's Gysahl Greens! There's another door over there!" Zelda said relieved, finding another door leading to the other side of the hallway.

"Quick!" Wolf grabbed the door knob and opened the door. "Get to the othe-"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" Most of them screamed in terror.

Wolf took a quick glance of the door and the UC was there roaring loudly, the grey vulpine got this time scared and slammed the door with all his forces. "RETURN! RETURN! RETURN!" Wolf ordered by yelling loduly and they quckly left the room from where they came from.

Prinnies's Confessionary

The Prinnies were running around in circles and occasionally tripping as they said "dood" over and over and over and over again.

"Please, tell me, it's not here!" Pikachu pleaded hiding inside a cardboard box with Etna and the 2 unconscious Smashers.

"Shh," Etna said and she looked outside through the hole of the box, she shifted her eyes and kept that position until she looked back at Pikachu. "The coast is clear, we can escape now."

"A-are you serious?"

"Yes, now get a move on!" Etna said throwing the box away and they stood up with each Smasher.

"T-this is getting out of hand, we have to get out of here and tell Master Hand about that monster!"

"Relax," Etna said moving her right hand and smiled closing her eyes as she walked to the corner of the hallway. "I bet that monster is far from us by now, we should take the guys to Flonne so she can heal them in the infirmary an-"

"OUTTA THE WAY!!!" Pichu yelled appearing and jumping over Etna, running away as he screamed terrorized.

"W-was that Pichu just now? What is he doing here?" Pikachu asked confused.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" A stampede of Smashers came from Pichu's direction and stomped on the soon-to-be vassal girl along with the dead Ness, her right leg twitched and Pikachu sweatdropped and went to check on her.

"...Etna?" Pikachu asked poking Etna's forehead with his tail.

"UUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

Pikachu quickly turned his head and his body froze from fear after he found the UC running towards them, the electric mouse Pokémon screamed and ran away...before returning to amazingly lift Etna's and Ness's body above him to join up with the others as he quickly ran to them.

"WHAT ARE YOU DOING HERE?!" Pikachu asked, yelling.

"THE THING CHASING US, THAT'S WHY!" C. Falcon said yelling.

"GIVE THESE TO THEM!" Mewtwo yelled handing over 3 Heart Containers to Pikachu, who quickly threw them at the 3 unconscious people who woke up, after seeing the beast, they began to scream as well and joined the mad escape.

"WHERE IS SOMEBODY WHEN YOU NEED SOMEBODY?!" Ness asked yelling.

"NANA! WHERE'S NANA?!" Popo asked yelling scared.

Ice Climbers's Room (forget what I said before, sorry)

We now see Nana being treated by all the Prinnies of the whole mansion as if she was a princess, enjoying her sweet life with all the luxury she could ever demand, the pink Ice Climber took a sip of her highly expensive orange juice. "Yes, leave the psychopaths dealing with the "beast" alone while I enjoy all the luxury for my own pleasure!" Nana said laughing heartily beofre sighing and burying herself in her sofa. "Nothing...nothing can wreck this moment..."

Nana's Confessionary

"I swear, like, this is the happiest moment in my life ever since Popo found out about what it meant to get vaccines, god, he freaked out so much that time that he pinched the doctor to death! At least he received 30 years of healthy life!"

"...Toon...Link..."

Nana's eyes quickly opened up and looked at the other side of her room, finding a creepy shadow with red eyes on the window, out in the rain as another thunder illuminated the room, surpassing the candles's light. "...Hmm...hey, is that you Link? What are you doing outside?"

"Sword...test it...with me..."

"Sorry, but I got no sword." Nana said laughing before Link growled at her.

"Dood, should we let him inside?" Prinny 57902 asked.

"First, let me see his face, I can only see his creepy red eyes that are bothering me."

The Prinny took out a flashlight and pointed it at Link...

...And somebody could hear a girl screaming in panic and thousands and thousands of Prinnies scattering around the mansion while the girl ran away for her life from a maniac.

666th floor

The UC was inspecting an abandoned room, but after some seconds, it walked away from it.

But after that, all the Smashers along with Flonne, Etna and her Prinnies came out from behind the furnitures and sighed in unison.

"Mewtwo, I was wondering, why couldn't you just teleport all of us to the room?" Pikachu asked.

"I can't, that beast has something that prevents anyone from disappearing or teleporting." Mewtwo said.

"Shouldn't we do something ourselves instead of Master Hand saving our rears?" Popo suggested.

"...Well, he does have a point..." Etna said.

Etna's Confessionary

"Don't think I don't think, I have pretty sweet ideas in my mind, and I could use them anytime I want!... It's just...well...I want to see if they can come up with something as good too!"

"I don't know what to do, any ideas?" Toon Link asked and they got in thinking positions.

"...Hmm..." Ness looked around and Pichu looked at him.

"A-ha! You got something in mind, don't you Ness?" Pichu asked excited.

"I was thinking of splitting up and try to find things to help us catch the Ultimate Chimera...." Ness wondered and Popo laughed heartily and walked towards a mantle.

"Fear not, my boys!" Popo pulled the mantle and they looked to what was under it, the best machinery to catch ghosts. "We have all the perfect and technological ghost traps stuff to catch ghosts here!"

Popo's Confessionary

"I think I got a little smarter this night! Take that Nana! Popo, 4 points, Nana, 3,589,249 points!"

"Oh, Popo! You're such a genius!" Falco said smiling.

"Really?"

"No," Falco's face turned serious. "You do know we're dealing with a MONSTER and not a GHOST?! Can't you see the difference between those 2 things?!"

"...I dunno." Popo said sticking out his tongue and Falco facepalmed and frowned at this, feeling sorry for the Ice Climber for a moment.

"Lucas, are you sure there isn't a way to stop it?" Zelda asked.

"W-well...there's a way but..." Lucas shook his head. "N-nevermind, the chimera has a button on its back, right?"

"Now that you mention it, it does!" Popo said remembering.

"T-that button is actually to turn it on or off, i-if we can reach if in time before the chimera eats us, we could capture him without problems..."

"I got it!" Ness said slamming his fist on his palm. "Everyone, private reunion, gather around me and let me explain the plan!" They gathered in a circle except for Lucas, who kept shaking his head.

"B-but I haven't told you the reason of the du-"

"Lucas! Come here, Ness's plan doesn't sound so bad!" Flonne said with a smile, the PK kid sighed in fear and decided to hear Ness's plan.

10 minutes later...

We see Pikachu and Pichu walking down the halls by only themselves, they were laughing too. "Pichu! I didn't know you had so much meat under that skin!"

"It's the truth Pikachu! I even have a ketchup flavor, the doctors told me in the analysis of my blood test!"

Both mouses began to hear footsteps coming and they smiled at each other. "But I have even more flavor, I taste like fresh grilled steak!"

"No, really?!"

The UC appeared roaring loudly and both characters began to run as fast as they could from the same beast who chased after them. "There! The room!" Pikachu said running inside a room with Pichu following him, before the UC got inside but lost track of both Smashers.

"Yohooooooo!!!"

The UC roared loudly before his eyes widened and turned into hearts, on the other side of the room, there was a small female UC waving at him, the UC ignored the reason of why she could stand in 2 foots, apparently, it was Popo in disguise. "Gooooooooooorrrrrrrggggghhhhhhhhh..." The UC tried to imitate a wolf's whistle, but couldn't do it as Popo giggled.

"My, what a strong and powerful UC you are, I have been searching for the ideal man to marry." Popo said winking at it, the UC tapped his right foot and this time, whistled to the roof and towards the fake female UC.

"(...Somebody please tell me the chimera isn't falling for that.)" Mewtwo thought irritated from somewhere.

"(Unfortunately, it is.)" Meta Knight replied back through telepathy with Mewtwo.

Popo wagged his little pink tail in front of the UC's face. "So...are you single?" The UC quickly nodded its head, drooling. "Are you looking for a woman?" The UC nodded faster this time. "Hmm..." Popo petted the UC's head as it dropped to the floor, wagging its tail. "Heeeeeeeeey...can I touch this little button from your back?" The UC nodded even faster before his eyes turned into shocked eyes.

CLICK!

"AAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" The UC's yellow eyes began to blink and suddenly turned black, the chimera let out a small growl before it collapsed on the floor, and Popo quickly removed his disguise and took out another hammer.

"EVERYONE! TIE IT UP, NOW!" Popo yelled to the ceiling, the ceiling was very dark but with a closer look, all the other Smashers were stuck on it thanks to Mewtwo's Confusion and fell around the chimera and quickly tied everypart of its body, after 2 minutes, they succeeded and most of them high-fived each other after defeating the monster, but Lucas was still worried.

"Yes! Yes! We beat it!" C. Falcon said making a fist in the air.

"I can't believe that plan actually worked." Wolf said frowning.

"The scarier they are, the dumber they will be!" Ness said adjusting his hankerchief.

"Now, we need to take this sin against nature to Master Hand and see what can we do with it." Zelda said.

"...OH MY GOSH, OH MY GOSH, OH MY GOSH!" Lucas panicked after he examined the UC's head.

"What is it Lucas? It's over! You don't have to worry about anything now!" Toon Link said laughing.

"N-NO! IT'S GONE!"

"What's gone? The horror of this night? The ordeal we went through together or the bravery we have displayed so far?" Pikachu asked poetically.

"THE DUCK! IT'S GONE! WHERE IS IT?!"

"...The duck? You mean the chicky on its head?"

"Y-YES! WE HAVE TO FIND IT, HURRY!"

"Lucas, I don't see why are you panicked about a small bird." Mewtwo said.

"I-IT'S BECAUSE THAT DUCK WILL ACTIVATE THE CHIMERA ONCE IT'S TURNED OFF TO TURN IT BACK ON!"

Everyone froze for a moment and looked around.

"...Wait, you mean that chicky wasn't for making it cuter?" Popo asked.

"I-it wasn't!" Lucas said terrified.

CLICK!

"...It's awakening..." Meta Knight said glancing over the chimera, who began to roar loudly and ate the ropes tying its legs, it shook violently before jumping and standing, then the bird from before appeared from behind it and sat on its head as the UC started to growl at the Smashers, who backed away to a book shelf where they leaned into it.

"Oh no, no no no no no no no no NO! My plan was useless because of that bird!" Ness said and looked to the Prinnies taking out all the books from the shelf. "W-what are you doing?!"

"There must be a book that can turn over this shelf to save us, think about it, this whole place is creepy and a place like this is not complete with the shelf that can spin with a special book, dood!" The Prinnies said in unison and accelerated, throwing all the books to the chimera.

"We are SO dead now!" C. Falcon said.

"Dood?" The Prinnies's prediction turned out to be true and the shelf began to tremble before it spun on its place and took all of them to another room, where they sighed in relief after seeing nothing in front of them, just another door to somewhere.

"...They were saying the truth..." Flonne said panting heavily.

"...Wait, something is not right..." Mewtwo said looking to the shelf, then, all of a sudden, the UC crashed into the shelf just above Lucas and Ness, the others watched in fear as the beast moved its head to get out and then, the Smashers ran away from the room before the UC got out and chased them down, yet again.

"LOOK! THERE ARE MANY DOORS IN THIS HALLWAY!" Toon Link yelled.

"SPLIT UP AND CONFUSE IT!" Ness yelled and everyone entered in all the different rooms, oddly enough, the amount of rooms was the same as they were, the UC glanced at all the rooms, it roared before charging inside Zelda's room.

"YYYYEEEEEEEEEHHHHHH!!!" Zelda ran out from her room and entered Lucas's room, the UC following her.

"UAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucas and Zelda ran inside Toon Link's room with the UC.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Toon Link along with the previous 2 ran to 3 different rooms and the UC decided to choose its way.

And you would know what happened next after this, everyone were running around the room, entering and exiting, screaming and scattering, tripping and yelling, the scene pretty much looked like they weren't even getting out from the rooms they were in, what was odd, one could have sworn seeing Colette, Boney, Jolene, Shinon, Red, Green and Yellow Kirby, Cream, Slippy, a Bulborb, Paula, Jeff, Genis, Guy, Kumatora, Peppy, the Axem Rangers, Charmy, Cynthia, Medli, even a random Primid, screaming and running inside the rooms where they would never be seen again...

...Oh, and a New Age Retro Hippie too.

"THAT'S IT! LET'S GET OUTTA HERE FOR REAL THIS TIME, THIS PLACE IS REALLY SCARING THE HELL OUT OF ME NOW!" Pikachu yelled leaving the crazy rooms with everyone from the UC, unfortunately, they were cornered in a dead end.

Music stops

"...I think it's the end of the line for us..." Flonne said dropping to her knees. "It was really a good experience knowing all of you...but...it's time...to die..." She buried her face in her hands as another thunder fell.

"F-Flonne, don't say that...at least you're not going to die alone..." Etnsa said hugging Flonne as she cried.

"Dood! Miss Etna!" The Prinnies joined in and hugged them as they cried.

"C. Falcon...I think I need to tell you something..." Zelda said looking down. "You...kind of...managed to get my attention..."

C. Falcon facepalmed. "Great, I was going to ask you out for a fate if we could get out of this!"

"But please...don't let me die first!"

"...Don't worry, I'll protect you."

"Hmph, it was a shame my life was going to end like this..." Wolf said shaking his head. "There are many things that I had yet to do, like kicking out Leon from the team."

Falco's eyes widened. "No way!" Falco said surprised.

"Nana! Please! Take care of you by yourself! I'm going to stay with you in your dreams and heart an-" Popo's mouth was blocked.

"Popo, stop it before it gets cheesier." Pikachu said as he hugged Pichu, who was crying.

"Pikachu, you were like a brother to me, a role model to follow!" Pichu yelled crying.

"Don't cry! You're going to be a...wuss...WAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Pikachu cried loudly together with Pichu.

"Forgive me for not ending our match...but it's over for me..." Mewtwo said looking down, probably he was talking to Lucario but without talking directly to him.

"Kirby...sorry..." Meta Knight said throwing Galaxia away.

"If only I could see Link for one last time..." Toon Link said sadly.

...A moment of silence fell and they looked at each other.

"Hey, wait a second, where is that bastard?" Zelda asked angrily.

"Yeah! Link hasn't appeared yet ever since this whole thing started!" C. Falcon said.

Not much time passed before they heard stomps and screams for help coming from behind the UC, the monster even turned its head and saw a pink image passing by its side and hugged Popo tightly.

"Nana!" Pichu said wiping out his tears from his eyes.

"GUYS! WE HAVE TO GET OUT OF HERE!" Nana yelled panicking on his brother's arms.

"Duh, we have an insane beast in front of us, we can't escape from he-" Ness was interrupted.

"NO! YOU DON'T UNDERSTAND! WE HAVE TO GET OUT OF HERE FROM HIM!" Nana pointed scared behind the UC, and they saw a shadow figure with glowing red eyes walking closer, laughing maniacally and evily which made them to shudder in fear.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Halloween Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 31, 2008, 07:22:35 PM
"Heheheheheh...come here...Toon Link..."

"...OH MY FARORE! IS LINK!" Toon Link yelled screaming.

"Mwheheheheheh...look...we have many people to test my sword...OF BLOOD!!! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" A thunder just illuminated the place as Link crackled maniacally.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" At this point, being constantly chased by a monster that could KO or kill you with one hit on the night, with a thunderstorm, and now with a crazy swordsman assassin with blood dripping out his clothes and sword with scars would scare even the most clamest character (Mewtwo or Meta Knight).

"UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUURRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGG!!!" The UC roared loudly and charged at Link.

"...WHAT THE HELL IS LINK DOING NOW?!" Falco asked scarred for life as Link jumped to the ceiling and began to run on it to fall above the UC, stabbing his bloody sword on its back.

"BLOOD! BLOOD! LINK WANTS MORE BLOOD! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Link yelled laughing maniacally and constantly stabbing the UC's back as everyone screamed at the top of their lungs.

"LINK IS A SERIAL KILLER NOW!" C. Falcon yelled scared.

CLICK!

Fortunately, Link pressed the button on its back and the chimera turned off, the bird tried to go there, but it got sliced down by Link and died on the scene.

"...Hey! That's not fair! Why did I think of that before?" Lucas complained.

"LUCAS! SHUT UP!" Ness yelled to him before Link looked at them with a scary dark look on his face.

"Heheheheheheheheh..." Link slowly approached to them, walking in a very unusual manner. (If someone reading this has ever seen a Heartless walking, well, Link was walking like one now).

"MEWTWO! DO SOMETHING FOR THE HECK OF IT!" Pikachu yelled.

"...NO! I-IT'S USELESS! MY POWERS DON'T WORK ON HIM!" Mewtwo yelled gasping.

"YOU MEAN HE TURNED INTO A DARK TYPE OR SOMETHING?!"

"MORE LIKE HE JOINED THE DARK SIDE!" Popo yelled with Nana as they cried.

"DIIIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" The maniac Link lunged at them with his sword raised in the air and they screamed loudly and closed their eyes and waited for the moment to be killed.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!"

"SHUT..." A big shadow appeared from behind Link and slammed him down as another shadow put the chimera inside a cage. "THE HELL UUUUUUUUUUUUUPPPPPPPPPPPPPPP!!!!!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!"

A thunder illuminated the place again, there were 2 scary monsters floating above the floor, holding both killer monsters above them as they approached them, they trembled in fear and leaned to the walls...

...However, Meta Knight took a closer look when the lights decided to return to the mansion, the lights revealed the monsters to be Master Hand and Crazy Hand. "...You?!"

"God, why were all of you yelling like maniacs or lunatics or both combined together all night long?" Master Hand asked confused.

Command Room

"Well gang, looks like we solved this mystery!" Ness said sitting on a chair and throwing his hankerchief away.

"There wasn't a mystery at all." Mewtwo pointed out.

"Porky managed to infiltrate the mansion in a reckless manner and let the chimera in." Master Hand said.

Zelda looked to Link's cage, where he tried to destroy the bars with his teeth as he laughed evily. "B-but what is happening to Link?" Zelda asked.

"Simple my dear Zelda, Link went insane because Marth or Roy aren't here, the current weather even threw him in a sick mental state."

"MH!" Toon Link came in panting heavily before looking up holding the Ocarina of Time. "I fixed the weather and day, it's clear and it's the afternoon!"

"Good job, now everything is going to be back to normal."

Etna smiled and put her hands on her hips. "Worry no more, all my Prinnies are fixing up the whole 6th floor to get in clean, take it as an appreciation."

"I'm glad everything went back to normal, I was really scared." Flonne said sighing in relief.

Master Hand's Confessionary

"I couldn't let my Smashers to be killed, I'm not that evil unless someone enters my office or if someone steals the items or if someone puts pictures of my brother naked in the internet o-"

Crazy Hand's Confessionary

"LOL!"

"What do we do with Link?" C. Falcon asked backing away from the cage.

"Simple," Master Hand said, he lifted up Link's cage, opened a portal and threw him inside before it vanished. "We'll send him with Marth and Roy to get him back to normal."

Link has left your team

"I won't miss his new self though." Zelda said.

"W-what are you going to do with the Ultimate Chimera?" Lucas asked.

"I'm going to use it as a new hazzard for a new stage I'm going to show you all once we gather more people." Master Hand said.

"It won't get away, so rest assured!" Crazy Hand said.

"I'm going to burn down this recording when I get the time, no memories of this again, got it?" Pikachu asked holding his camera.

"And we definitely didn't say something personal that time, it's a secret between us!" Pichu said smiling.

"Finally, no more Halloween stuff." Wolf said taking a sip of his coffee.

"But is not Halloween yet!" Falco said.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Everyone laughed, even Mewtwo and Meta Knight laughed together for this time only.

"Oh, I almost forgot," Crazy Hand took out pink costumes for everyone. "Since you all were accomplices of Falco and Wolf, you will wear pink versions of your clothes for this day since you all got scared by something we didn't do!"

"..." Everyone shot glares at the insane hand and went for their clothes, even those who had fur had to be clothed, no exceptions.

Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance

Somewhere in Gallia

"Here he comes Marth!" Roy said pointing at Link, who came walking down the woods, back to his normal self.

"Finally, what took you so long?" Marth asked.

"Heheh, sorry, there were some problems but I managed to get away with our plan to get me here after all." Link said laughing heartily.

"Told you Marth, it was going to work." Roy said.

"It did work..." Marth said as the trio walked away, talking about what happened...before they got rulers out of nowhere and did you know what with them.

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 01, 2008, 10:34:25 AM
Now, back with our current chapter.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 01, 2008, 12:18:13 PM
In that moment, Mallow and Lucario came from the trees as Diddy prepared to hit the ball. "Did you find the bombs?" Chris asked.

"No, we couldn't find them, I'm sorry." Lucario said.

"This is bad, if the you-know-what can't be found, they will you-know-what the entire forest!" Mallow said.

"Even my aura can't detect them."

"At this rate, the bombs will explode!"

"...Mallow!" Geno yelled before they heard footsteps.

"Excuse me, but what is that of bombs exploding?" Mario asked appearing from Peach's team.

"Er..." Twink looked at both directions preocupied.

"W-we're not talking about bombs Mario!" Chris said sweating.

"...Mallow, are you hiding something from me?" Mario asked.

"N-no I'm not! We're definitely not hiding the fact that bombs are hidden through the forest and they could explode in any moment!" Mallow said.

"...Mallow, you idiot..." Geno muttered smacking his forehead.

"Bombs? You mean the same kind of bombs we saw in the Glitz Pit before?" Mario asked.

"...Yes..." Chris said.

"And they're here? In this forest?"

"...Yes..."

"And why didn't you tell that to me?"

"Because I feared you would said that to the others and start a panic attack or something."

"Are you serious?" Mario pointed at Peach's team, which was cheering on Diddy. "I can't take their fun away, just look at them! They're so excited for the festival!"

"...But unfortunately, we don't know where the bombs are." Squirtle said.

"Don't worry about that detail, I won't tell anybody about this." Mario reassured them.

"Phew, thank you." Chris said sighing.

"But I have one favor."

"What is the favor?"

"Please try to destroy the bombs before they blow up, I'll distract the others to evade attention or else the festival will be ruined!"

"...I don't know if I ca-"

"Got it." Fox said nodding.

"Fox!"

"Thank you! And in the meantime, please enjoy the festival!" Mario said as he returned to Peach's team.

"Why did you say that for?"

"I guessed you were still going to agree, so I went ahead before you."

"..." Chris was blinking confused.

"Also," Fox grinned and crossed his arms. "Take that as an example for deciding before we can decide for ourselves."

"...Fox." Chris walked towards Fox and smiled a little.

"Yes?"

"Shut up." Chris hand-chopped Fox's head with his right hand.

"Oww!"

"Diddy's ball is getting closer!" Lakitu announced after Diddy was able to pass through the rings.

"Now." Charizard whispered to the grass.

"(Oh, I don't think so!)" Diddy thought happily as somehow the ball got around the sudden bump on the grass and entered inside the hole.

"HOLE-IN-ONE! ONE POINT FOR THE PEACH FENCERS!" Lakitu yelled and mentioned team cheered loudly for this.

"This is getting repetitive but noooooo, you had to make my son to lose!" Bowser whispered angrily to Charizard.

"You 2 are such idiots!" Bowser Jr. said holding back his tears.

"We move on to the next hole!" Toadsworth said walking away with all the other teams.

"...Chris..." Lucario walked closer to Chris.

"Yes Lucario? Do you have something to tell me?" Chris asked.

"Yes...I wanted to tell you I made friends with Mallow."

"...Seriously Lucario?"

Lucario nodded. "We had an interesting conversation too...so I may do the same with everyone else, but in another day and time."

"Lucario, that is progress coming from you!"

"...I don't know what to say..." Lucario said looking down before Chirs hugged him, making the Aura Pokémon to growl happily.

"There's nothing to be embarrassed of, you're a very unique Lucario, all the other ones should be like you!"

"...Thank you..."

"...Weirdos..." Wario muttered as he passed them from the side, making Lucario to growl angrily.

"Lucario, ignore that comment," Chris said rubbing Lucario's head. "He's not worth it."

"Grrrr..." Lucario grunted.

"And we're here!" Toadsworth said.

"...But isn't this a little longer than usual?" Mallow asked.

The next hole was very large, the green was 1000ft away from the tee and their positions, what's more, no rings were around the air, it was a long, straight course between the green and the tee area.

"And where are the rings?" Toadette asked.

"Simple, this, my friends, is the last hole!" Toadsworth said.

"But what about the golfers that haven't participated yet? Like me, you and Toadette?" Toad asked.

"Oh ho ho! You see, I lied about the 10 holes, this one is the last, now, the last 3 teammates from each team, Boo, Wario, Waluigi, Toad, Toadette, myself, Mallow, Geno and Olimar will participate in a race to the hole!"

"Race to the hole? I haven't heard of that kind of event before." Olimar said.

"It's very easy to understand, the remaining golfers will hit their balls-" Bowser chuckled at this part. "-and then all of them will run as fast as they can to hit the balls again, the first team to gets their ball's team inside the hole will win 3 points!"

"WAIT!" Bowser stomped furiously at this. "That isn't fair! The Peach Fencers and Yoshi Suckers (Yoshi's team: HEY!) have 2 points each and my team has 3!"

"Oh, Bowser! You saw the meaning now, if a team wins this hole, they win the golf event!"

"But Wario's fatness will slow him down!"

"HEY!" Wario yelled angrily.

"And my legs can't run that fast either..." Olimar said looking down.

"I'm a bad runner myself!" Toad said.

"Well, that pretty much equals all of you in the same category, anyway! Teams! Prepare your teammates!"

"Whatever." Geno said grabbing his golf club.

"Oh, I don't like this," Toad said grabbing his golf club. "Toadette, prepare to run." Toadette nodded.

"Mess up this one and you'll be sorry!" Waluigi threatened his "brother."

"Same thing to you!" Wario said grabbing his golf club.

"Who says we can't get help a little..." Charizard whispered smirking evily.

"And 3! And 2! And 1..." Toadsworth trailed off.

"GO!" Toad, Geno and Wario hit their balls as strong as they could do and they went soaring through the air before landing, all the 9 characters began to run to their objects, while their teams loudly after this with all the other spectators back at the dome, since the Lakitus broadcasted the match. (And stayed away from Daisy's reach).

"Oh! Oh! Uf! My back! Is killing me!" Toadworth complained.

"Get a hold of yourself old man! The trophy is at risk!" Toadetted said.

"My! Back in the old days, children were most respectful to thei-"

"Just don't talk and let's get the ball!" Toad said as the Toads ran.

"Wait! Let me hit the ball this time!" Olimar said as they reached their ball, he grabbed his golf club and hit it in 5 seconds, before they continued running.

"Nice work! You hit fast!" Mallow said smiling.

"My skills in the golf haven't changed, I think." Olimar said.

"There it is!" Boo said pointing to their ball behind a tree.

"Rats! It's behind that tree!" Wario said panting heavily.

"Unless somebody can change the things a little bit!" Waluigi said grinning as the ball rolled by itself from the tree and reached an open area for Waluigi to hit it. "HA!" Waluigi hit the ball and it went soaring to the air before landing closer to the green.

"So far, nothing seems suspicious." Kirby said.

"Let's hope nothing happens." Yoshi said worried a little.

"Knowing our percentage to win, I'd say something will happen." Lucario said.

"Just let's hope for the best, don't get depressed now!" Chris said with a little enthusiasm.

"Old man!" Toadette yelled to Toadsworth, who was holding his back in pain with the golf club on his right hand.

"Please...don't...run...so...fast...." Toadsworth pleaded as he reached both Toads and gasped for breath. "O-okay, I'm ready!"

"Peach, you should decide which teammate to disqualify now." Daisy whispered to Peach.

"I know that, hmm, Toadsworth is not going to hold for much longer so..." Peach trailed off.

"Ha!" Toadsworth hit the ball, still gasping for breath and it got closer to the green. "Somebody! Carry me! Please!" Toadsworth yelled.

"Ugh, fine!" Toadetted grabbed Toadsworth above herself and the trio of Toads continued to run.

"Heheheheh! There's the ball!" Boo said quickly floating over the ball and landed a strong hit on it, getting even closer to the green. "Uhaha!"

"Alright Mallow, it's your turn now." Geno said nodding to Mallow.

"I won't fail!" Mallow said happily grabbing his golf club and prepared to hit the ball.

"I don't think so." Dedede whispered smirking.

"...HA!"

"...Wait, Mallow! The ball is still here!" Geno said shocked.

"He's right! How can this be?!" Twink asked alarmed.

"W-what?" Mallow looked down and the ball was still there. "B-but how? I could have sworn I-"

"Quick! The other teams are advancing!" Olimar said alarmed, opening his eyes and flailing his arms.

"HA!" Mallow looked to the green, but looked down and the ball was still there. "WHAT IS HAPPENING?!"

"Heheheheh, the Subspace Bombs are ready to explode in 5 minutes." Charizard said evily.

"Keep doing your work and continue to make the cloud thing angry." Dedede whispered to the grass.

"Heh, no problem with that."

"Oww! My back! Is...killing me!" Toadsworth complained holding his back before hitting the ball.

"Hurry up! I can't believe Wario's team is getting ahead of us!" Toadette complained angrily.

"Ugh! Why you must be so hard on an old man like me?!"

"No sir, why you must be so tired and make us lose?!"

"Toad! Do something about her!"

"S-sorry!" Toad said hiding behind a tree. "B-but Toadette gets REALLY scary when she's angry!"

"HIT THE BALL!" Toadette demanded.

"Bwhahahahahaha! Gotta love team issues!" Wario said and he was about to hit the ball, but instead hit Waluigi from behind his back. "You! Get outta my way!"

"MY EYE!" Waluigi complained holding his eye. "YOU BASTARD! I TOLD YOU NOT TO SCREW UP, AND YOU DID IT WITH MY EYE!"

"You 2! Stop arguing and hit the ball already! Both teams are distracted!" Boo said angrily.

"We can't because Mr. Fatty McButt is not hitting the ball!"

Wario glared at his brother. "What's that? Mr. Skinny McBones?!"

"You heard me! Mr. Farty McGasses!"

"Mr. Ugly McFace!"

"Mr. Snobby McBum!"

"Mr. 2 Idiots McDorks! Hello?! We need to win this now!" Boo said annoyed.

The other teams were watching the disputes from their spots, cheering loudly or arguing. "...Somehow, I just knew this was going to happen..." Squirtle said frowning.

"...Honestly, I also knew that." Chris said.

"Why do you think that?" Red asked.

"I mean, look at our team without Yoshi, we're the most, weirdest team ever made! We're a teenager that freaks out by anyone's antics, a Pokémon Trainer that started with the left foot, a so focused talking puppet, an hyperactive cloud prince, an almost silent Aura Pokémon who's bad at golf, a singer Pokémon that can't stop adjusting her hair in front of the cameras, 2 more Pokémon that haven't done anything, a captain of some minor and not so important company, a Super Tuff Pink Puff/Star Warrior of some part of the galaxy, a talking little and young star and on top of all those things, a mercenary that can't even find his lost dad!"

"Grrrrrrrrrrr."

Chris sweatdropped after almost his entire team glared and grunted at him (save Lucario, Yoshi and Kirby). "...I said something bad?"

"GET HIM!" Red yelled loudly and the not mentioned characters before started to, for the first time, beat Chris up to a bloody pulp inside a cloud of dust.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled loudly. "LUCARIO! DO SOMETHING ABOUT THESE MANIACS!"

"Why should I? You deserved it." Lucario said frowning.

"OWW! MY LEG!"

"..." Lucario groaned and went inside the cloud, he lifted up everyone except Chris and threw them one feet away from his badly beaten up trainer.

"T-thanks...remind me to give you steaks...lots and lots of steaks...ugh..." Chris said fainting with swirl eyes.

"Fine."

Back with the teams...

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Mallow tried to hit the ball, but failed everytime. "DANG IT! I CAN'T DO IT!"

"OLD MAN! HURRY UP!" Toadette yelled annoyed.

"ACK! MY BACK! IT HURTS SO MUCH! PLEASE, HAVE MERCY ON THIS POUR SOUL!" Toadsworth pleaded but Toadette kept arguing as Toad hid completely behind the tree.

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!" Wario argued furiously with smoke coming from his ears.

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!" Waluigi cursed loudly.

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEP) Mc(BEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEEEEEEEEEEEP) Mc(BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP)!"

"Mr. (BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP) Mc(BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP)!"

"...Why are we even recording all their curses anyway?" A random Lakitu asked another one.

"Because duh, we win more money that way, besides, we have censorship in this T rated story anyway." The other Lakitu said rolling his eyes and breaking the fourth wall.

"...Should we stop Toadette from murdering Toadsworth? She's scaring me..." Luigi said trembling a little.

"No, she needs to release all her fury to stop being angry, I learned that doing Yoga." Birdo said.

"I wouldn't want to be on her bad side, EVER." DK said shuddering.

"You say it, DK." Diddy said nodding.

Petey roared silently to Bowser. "Yeah, I'm sick of this too, just move the ball!" Bowser ordered the grass.

"...Eh?" Lakitu watched Wario's ball moving slowly towards the hole by itself, what was odd, Wario didn't even hit the ball at all and the fact that the hole was still 300ft away, it got all by itself to the green, close to the hole, and inside the hole.

"We need to leave Yoshi's team behind too, so give Peach's team a hand."

"...Okay, this is really stupid now." Lakitu said yawning as Toadsworth's ball rolled inside the hole by itself. "...Zzzzzzzzzzzz..."

"..." Another Lakitu came in and slapped the first Lakitu.

"THE BOWSER FANGS WIN THE GOLF EVENT! The Peach Fencers come in second place and the Yoshi Islanders stay in the last position!"

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES!!!" The Bowser Fangs cheered after this.

"Oh well, we did this just fine." Peach said giggling a little.

"BUT WHAT ABOUT US?!" Yoshi said dropping to his knees. "WE COULD HAVE WON! BUT MALLOW MADE US TO LOSE!"

"...W-w-w-w-what?" Mallow stopped trying to hit the ball and his eyes got teary all of a sudden.

"The bombs are going to explode in 1 minute, let's get out of here!" Charizard whispered to all the team and they ran away, with the Wario Bros. arguing, but they hid in a spot out of the bombs's reach area.

Music stops

"...Huh?" Mario looked up to see a lot of dark clouds gathering, then he looked at Mallow and gasped. "Geno! Is Mallow about to cry?!"

"Y-yes! B-but I can't stop him, he is going to do you-know-what!" Geno yelled from afar trying his best to calm Mallow down.

"Oh mama mia! Mallow is going to do it again!"

"W-what do you mean by it?" Chris asked with a patch on his left eye.

"Mallow calls clouds to make rain when he cries, but that's not the worst part!" Mario said alarmed and suddenly, very loud sounds from thunders came from the sky.

"W-what do you mean by that? It gets worse?!" Chris asked terrified.

"Y-yes...much worse...this only happened one time in the past, it almost destroyed the entire Land's End!"

"...Mario, you're starting to make no sense and to scare me at the same tim-"

CRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAASSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The World Traveler sweatdropped and looked above him. "....T-THAT WAS THE LOUDEST THUNDER I EVER HEARD IN MY LIFE BEFORE!"

"WE NEED TO GET OUR BUTTS OUT OF HERE AND FAST!" Mario yelled loudly panicking.

"(If Mallow's action was enough to make Mario say butts, it must be very dangerous!) GUYS! HURRY UP AND ESCAPE FROM THIS PLACE!"

"IT'S THE APOCALYPSE!" Luigi yelled screaming from behind.

Squirtle rolled his eyes when it started to rain. "It's just rain, for the love of Arceus, why can't people enjoy a little rain?" Squirtle asked smiling opening his arms to the sky.

CRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAASSSSSSSSSHHHHHHHHHH!!!

The Tiny Turtle Pokémon got zapped by a powerful thunder and their jaws dropped a little. "...I...hate this..."

More thunders came from above and Kirby and Jigglypuff hugged each other trembling. "P-please! Tell me we're going to be fine!" Jigglypuff asked trembling with fear.

"LOOK OUT!" Red yelled after a devastating thunder fell on a tree from far away, who got burned and started a forest fire, even the rain couldn't stop it.

"WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!" Mallow cried veru loudly, causing the thunders to become more wild.

"MALLOW! CALM DOWN! YOU DIDN'T MADE US TO LOSE, NOW STOP CRYING!" Geno yelled louder.

"PLEASE, BEFORE I TURN INTO STAR SOUP!" Twink yelled hiding in Geno's cape.

"WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!" Mallow continued to cry still and Geno grabbed him and ran towards his team with an alarmed Olimar before thunder divided the suspended field in half.

"...All this madness caused by that crybaby cloud? How can that even be possible?!" Charizard asked in his hiding spot, before an enormous tree fell nearby in flames.

"...OH NO!" Dedede yelled shocked.

"What is it penguin?!"

"THE SUBSPACE BOMBS! ALL THE TREES! ALL THE SUBSPACE BOMBS ARE BEING DESTROYED OR CRUSHED BY THE TREES!"

Charizard's jaw dropped. "Y-you gotta be kidding me!"

"No! It's the truth!" Lava Piranha Plant came from the ground and Petey waved at him. "All the bombs are being destroyed in this replica of a war!"

"PAPA! DON'T LEAVE ME!" Bowser Jr. cried hugging Bowser.

"Jr! Be a man and face this destr-" Bowser felt the ground shaking violently and he looked around frantically. "SCREW IT! I'M OUT OF HERE!" Bowser yelled calling his Koopa Klown Car and escaped with his son.

"PRINCESSESES AND KIDS FIRST!" Daisy's voice was heard in all the chaos.

"ME TOO!" DK yelled.

"L-Lucario! D-don't leave my side please, I-I'm so scared!" Chris said hugging Lucario's back.

"Grrr, we have to get out of here!" Lucario yelled.

"B-but where?! All the trees and the fire are preventing us from escaping!" Fox yelled.

There was another earthquake and they looked to the grass. "I-I don't like where is this going anymore!" Yoshi said trembling and ducking in fear.

"...THE PLATFORM IS FALLING APART!" Ivysaur yelled.

And the platform did that, the platform splitted into 2 big-halfs and all the teams fell into the depths of the jungle, screaming and yelling scared.

"WE'RE DEAD!" Kirby yelled crying with Jigglypuff.

"AND THANKS TO MALLOW!" Yoshi yelled angrily as Mallow continued to cry louder.

"YOSHI, YOU'RE NOT HELPING AT ALL!" Geno yelled angrily.

"I'M TOO YOUNG TO DIE!" Luigi yelled passing them, and a Waddle Dee fell from Dedede's coat and it looked at Luigi, who screamed like a girl of 1st grade. "YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHH!!!"

"EVERYONE, HOLD ON!" Fox yelled.

"TO WHAT?!" Olimar yelled panicking.

"MARIOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Peach yelled scared as Mario dove faster to catch her.

"I DON'T WANT TO LOSE ANOTHER LIFE BY THIS!" Chris yelled, crying on Lucario's shoulder.

"NOBODY WILL DIE!" Lucario yelled.

Meanwhile, all the Lakitus were escaping but one was still recording all the teams falling. "Er...ow...oh no!" A tree's bark fell from the sky and it hit the camera.

BZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!!!

Peach Dome

All the crowd was very shocked at this that they began to panic a little, they looked at the screen to see if they could get a small view of the event, but all they got was:

We're sorry, but we're experiencing technical difficulties right now at the moment, please wait

And the advice was there in the screen along with a Toad's mushroom head in the floor as same Toad had a towel above his head, trying to get the head and avoid getting seen without his mushroom head.

The crowd went silent for a moment before looking down at the center of the dome, where slowly, one by one, all the golfers came walking through the halls and to the center, making the crowd to go wild and cheer loudly.

Though, in reality, all of them looked like if they just went to a war and came back, many had their clothes ripped, blood trails on their noses, some were moaning a little, even Bowser and Jr. couldn't escape in time and got severly injured.

The only 2 characters that weren't hurt were Peach and Chris, Peach because Mario protected her from all the pieces of wood from the sky (poor plumber, he broke a leg in the process) and Chris because Lucario shielded him (even Lucario called forth his aura to grab a gigantic piece of wood to save them in time).

"I can't...believe we survived...that cataclysm..." Geno said, with his hat ripped.

"I-I'm sorry...I'm so sorry..." Mallow said burying his face in his hands.

Geno looked above the dome and more clouds began to gather. "Mallow, it wasn't your fault, now please, try to cheer up."

Mallow uncovered his face and the clouds disappeared. "...T-thanks..."

Chris looked at the screen showing Congo Canopy...or what used to be Congo Canopy. "...Lucario..."

"Yes...Chris?" Lucario asked panting, dropped on his knees.

"...I think Mallow made a perfect replica of Bahgdad."

Lucario looked at the screen, all the trees were destroyed, turning into dust that perfectly looked like sand, and some trees were still burning. "...God..."

"Hey, the leaders are going to say who are they going to disqualify from their teams." Ivysaur said (a fang lost from his mouth).

"Now...Princess...can you please say...who are you going...to disqualify?" Toadsworth asked (his cane broken and part of his mustache was ripped).

"Hmm...well...you." Peach said.

"Oh ho ho ho! What a joy! I'm disqualified an-" Toadsworth paused when Peach's eyes widened a little. "...Er, I mean, what disappointment...oh no..."

"...The next one will be...hmm...DK."

DK's jaw dropped in shock. "NOOOOOOOOOOO!!! First, Congo Canopy was destroyed, and now, I'm disqualified!"

"DK! I'm still in this!" Diddy said.

"..." DK groaned a little but patted Diddy's back. "Aw, that's good, at least one of us will continue in this, try to win this for me, pal!"

"My turn!" Bowser yelled and quickly decided his first 2 teammates. "WARIO! WALUIGI! BOTH OF YOU, SCRAM!"

"(BEEP) you!" Wario and Waluigi flipped Bowser off, fortunately, their fingers were censored.

"It's Yoshi's turn, I wonder who is he going to disqualify?" Chris asked as Yoshi put his finger close to his mouth and looked at his team (his all badly beaten up team).

"Yoshi?... Would you please decide?" Toadsworth asked.

"Hmm..." Yoshi thought harder.

"Nice trousers you're wearing now." Olimar remarked Petey's blue trousers, because the last ones were ripped.

"...Olimar, isn't your helmet broken?" Jigglypuff asked (hair messed up).

Olimar looked at his helmet and found a hole in it. "Ah, yes, it is, fortunately, I don't think there's oxygen in this planet."

"Why do you ask that?"

"Oxygen is deadly poison to me, good thing there isn't any of that here or else I'd die!"

"...Olimar..."

"Yes?"

"...There IS oxygen here so..."

Olimar's face turned purple in a second and he began to gasp for breath. "UGH! ACK! SOMEBODY!"

"GUYS! OLIMAR IS CHOKING!"

"...Huh? OLIMAR!" Chris yelled worried and ran towards Olimar, and he quickly blocked the hole and Olimar's face returned to his normal color.

"T-THANKS!" Olimar said breathing heavily.

"...Olimar!" Yoshi decided.

"...W-why did he say my name?"

"Because...he just disqualified you." Red said (backpack with a hole and left black eye).

"...Oh...teabags..." Olimar said snapping his fingers.

"Well," Chris unblocked the hole. "I think he did it just for your safety an-"

"CHRIS! THE HOLE!" Jigglypuff reminded him as Olimar began to choke again.

"S-SORRY OLIMAR!" Chris said blocking the hole again and sighed in relief.

"Whew! ...Well...I sort of...didn't want to participate in tennis..." Olimar revealed.

At that moment, Geno walked towards Yoshi and returned to his team. "What did you say to Yoshi?" Kirby asked (cast on right arm).

"Geno!" Yoshi decided and Kirby looked at Geno with a worried look.

"Sorry, I'm not into sports so, I quit." Geno said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 02, 2008, 02:55:02 PM
"Good thing the golf event ended now," Chris said and looked at all the other characters. "Everything went nuts just a while ago."

"At least...we survived that..." Fox said (scouter broken and belt missing, along with his Blaster). "Damm, I lost my Blaster...it probably got crushed in some tree..."

"...Hmm..." Chris ducked to see Fox and the vulpine looked at him.

"What is it?"

"I'm just surprised."

"For what?"

"Your boots," Chris pointed at Fox's boots. "I mean, they look like they haven't been scratched at all."

"Oh, my boots?" Fox knocked one of them and it made a metal sound. "These boots aren't ordinary, they were made with the best metal and iron from Corneria, not even Link's Master Sword can make a cut on them."

"Falco's boots are also made like yours, right?"

"Exactly, both of us talked to Slippy to made stronger boots for the next tournament, not even the strongest bite can pierce through them, the bluckles are the hardest part and the strongest part of my kicks."

"Wow, I didn't know that before."

"We are going to take a break of 2 hours before the tennis event, so please rest and eat something to recover your energies." Toadsworth announced, before every single character fell to the ground exhausted.

Entrance of Peach Dome

"Hmmmm..."

"Hmmmmmm..."

"Hmmmm..."

"Do you like the ice cream I bought to you Lucario?"

Lucario nodded smiling and continued to lick his ice cream, as Chris rubbed his head and laughed heartily.

"That is your reward for saving my life in the woods, you looked so strong holding that big piece of wood!" Chris said laughing heartily and Lucario waged his tail a little, but Chris sweatdropped after looking at everyone else. "...But since Kirby pleaded to me, I had to buy ice cream for everyone else."

"Yum!" Kirby finished his 3rd ice cream and grabbed his 4th one from the 10 he had with him.

"...Okay, let's see, 14 persons, 24 ice creams counting Kirby's, 10 Smash Coins counting as 10 Mushroom Coins for each ice cream, multiply it by 24 and we have...240 Smash Coins spent in ice cream...well, we could have bought more." Kirby looked at him with glittering eyes. "...Er...I mean...we couldn't..." Kirby looked down ashamed before the ice cream cheered him up.

"I finish." Olimar said, with a big bandaid covering the hole on his helmet.

"...How did you eat yours with the helmet on anyway?" Jigglypuff asked licking her ice cream.

"Sometimes, I'd wish people don't ask me how."

"...Eww..." Jigglypuff shuddered and continued to lick her ice cream.

Yoshi was looking down sadly and Mallow looked at him. "Yoshi, please, cheer up!"

"I can't..." Yoshi replied shaking slowly his head.

"Your ice cream is melting, you have to eat it before it melts."

"I don't wanna..." Yoshi said throwing the ice cream away (which Kirby sucked up and burped happily).

"Cheer up, we only lost one event, we still have 2 more events to win!" Ivysaur said eating the cone.

"But if Bowser's team wins another event, they will win the whole festival!"

Red stopped licking his ice cream and looked at Yoshi. "W-what?"

"So, in other words, 2 events won by a team means the end of the festival." Geno said.

Squirtle came in burping a little after finishing his ice cream, with Fox following him. "Where were you?" Red asked.

"We went to see how is the tennis event, it's going to be with doubles."

"The tennis event will be with doubles?" Yoshi asked.

"Yes, but I know something, they're going to decide with who." Fox said.

"More reasons to end up with an unexpected partner..." Chris said.

"Fortunately, I told Mario how are we going to play and he went to Toadsworth." Squirtle said.

"Please, tell me you paired me up with Lucario!" Chris asked and Squirtle nodded. "Phew, thanks, Lucario likes t-" Lucario quickly blocked his mouth again.

"I told him you and Lucario were going to be doubles, Red, Ivysaur, me and Jigglypuff, Yoshi and Kirby and Fox and Mallow."

"I'm looking forward to the kart racing event, I hope I can make it there!" Mallow said running on his feet.

Peach Dome

"Okay, I need to put this on Toadsworth's desk and the doubles will be decided! I hope I get paired up with Toadette to calm her down!" Toad said happily carrying 3 papers with the names of the 24 participants. "Oww!" He tripped and the papers were released, all of them went floating towards a corner of the hallway, where a red claw took it, 5 seconds later, it returned back the papers. "Where are they? ...Oh, there they are." Toad ducked, took back the papers and walked away humming the Super Mario Bros. theme.

"Heheheheh, let's see now if we can win this event..." Charizard appeared from the corner smirking evily and burning down 3 familiar papers with his mouth, before he walked away to the darkness of the halls.

Entrance of Peach Dome

"Just by curiosity," Jigglypuff began. "If there was a secondary partner, who would that be for each one of us? I'd select Kirby!"

"I'd choose Jigglypuff!" Kirby said finishing his 7th ice cream.

"Well, I'd choose Mallow." Red said.

"Same here." Squirtle and Ivysaur said nodding.

"Sounds good to me!" Mallow said.

"Hmm...I think I'd like to participate with Fox." Chris said.

"I'd say the same as Chris." Fox said nodding.

"...Then..." Chris looked at Lucario and Yoshi. "...I think that left an interesting but sick idea in my mind..."

"...What was that?" Lucario asked opening one eye.

"...Well...I'd rather have Kirby..." Yoshi said looking away.

Lucario looked at Yoshi and shrugged. "...Well...I'd rather have Red, Ivysaur or Squirtle, no offense."

"None taken." Yoshi said closing his eyes and nodding.

"My my," Chris adjusted his glasses who shone creepily. "The day that happens I'll bring a camera and take a picture of it."

"Since when do you wear glasses?" Twink asked, trying to finish his ice cream on a bench.

Chris threw the glasses and hyperveliates a little. "What glasses? I don't see any glasses!" He calms down. "Anyway, what are you going to do?"

"I'm going to look for the Subspace Bombs around the area, I could use Olimar's help." Geno said.

"Don't forget me!" Twink said burping a little.

"O-okay, as long as my Pikmins are with me, I won't complain." Olimar said looking to his back, where his Pikmins were gone.

That moment, Petey came in sucking up 6 leaves and smiled proudly, then Olimar looked and waved at him. "...Oh, screw them, they're stupid." Chris said frowning.

"Participants, please report to the dome and see your partners, repeat, participants, please report to the dome and see your partners." Toadsworth announced.

"That's our call!" Jigglypuff said running to the dome with everyone else except Geno, Twink and Olimar.

"Good luck!" Twink said waving at them.

"We'll search for the bombs, try not to lose!" Geno said.

"Say hi to Petey!" Olimar said.

"Hell no!" Chris yelled annoyed.

Hallway

The other participants were there seeing the boards for the doubles, upon more inspection, it looked like Peach and Daisy, Diddy and Birdo, Mario and Luigi, Toad and Toadette, Bowser and Charizard, Dedede and Boo, Petey and Bowser Jr., Koopatroopa and Paratroopa got in doubles, neither of them were complaining and they walked away.

"Who needs to see the boards? We know with who already!" Kirby said walking pass the board.

"Yes, it doesn't matter if we ended up like this, Red, Ivysaur, Squirtle and me, Jigglypuff and Kirby, Yoshi and Lucario and Chris and Fox like the board says!" Mallow said walking pass the boards with the others...before they returned without turning their backs and looked at the boards, shocked.

"What the? Squirtle! You said you told Mario!" Ivysaur said glaring at Squirtle.

"I-I'm pretty sure I did, but this wasn't it!" Squirtle said worried.

"Suckers!" King Dedede came in and laughed at them. "By now, you should have figured out all the traps from the golf event were made by us!"

"Weeeee pretty much knew that from the beginning." Mallow said scratching his back.

"...What?"

"Dude, you were like, talking to the grass all day long." Squirtle said.

"And we're not blind, there were bumps on the grass and the green." Ivysaur said.

"...Yeeesss, I knew that too..." Yoshi said chuckling nervously, before looking at the board shocked.

"...Well! It doesn't matter! You can't prove anythin' without proof, and you will be forced to play the tennis event with your most hated partner! Hahahahahaha!" Dedede laughed loudly.

"..." Everyone looked at each other before Chris, Fox, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Mallow, Kirby and Jigglypuff bursted out laughing and dropped to the floors, holding their stomachs in pain as Dedede got confused and scratched his forehead.

"...I don't get ya all..."

"You idiot, you paired us with our second prefered partner!" Jigglypuff said rolling and laughing.

"...WHAT?!"

"Okay, we can't mess this up now, let's go!" Mallow said and everyone ran outside to the center of the dome, as Dedede's right eye twitched before stomping the floor in fury.

"I'LL GET YA ALL! ESPECIALLY YOU KIRBY!" Dedede proclaimed angrily and ran to the center as well.

...The camera looks back at the board and we see Yoshi and Lucario with shocked expressions, staring at their faces on the boards, one standing besides the other.

"..." Yoshi didn't speak.

"..." Lucario didn't too.

"...Are you good at tennis by the way?" Yoshi broke the silence.

"...I'm afraid to say it but...I'm think I'm very good, Chris told me once."

Yoshi took out a ball and a racket and handed it to him. "Let me see your first serve."

"...Fine." Lucario nodded, he threw the ball above him, raised the racket behind him and delivered a strong hit that went crossing the other side of the wall...or 5 walls and Yoshi watched the holes with wide eyes.

"...WE HAVE THE TROPHY IN THE BAG!" Yoshi said jumping, flailing his legs happily.

Center of the dome

All the teams except for the disqualified characters (DK, Wario and Waluigi) were there in the lines, each one were given a racket with the initial of their names or a sign or emblem.

"Hey, is this some kind of a joke? I got a racket that has "U SUCK!" on the center!" Chris said tapping his foot impatiently.

"Heheheheh." Charizard chuckled evily before Chris got a racket with the "C" in light blue color.

"Welcome, current participants, to the next event, the tennis event!" Toadsworth (healed) said in the speaker and the crowd cheered loudly for this. "As with the golf event, the tennis event is going to be different as well, following tournament rules!"

"Spit it out!" Bowser Jr. yelled.

"Okay, seeing you eagerness to start, the tournament will be all about mini-games!"

"Mini-games!" Kirby yelled excited.

"There are mini-games in tennis?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Yes, fortunately, they're fun to play." Yoshi explained.

"Artist on the Court, please let Artist on the Court be the first mini-game." Chris muttered crossing his fingers.

"There are 12 doubles, 4 for each team, this event will be an eliminatory match between 2 doubles against each other, the events can be of who gets the highest score or who have met the conditions to win!"

"SAY THE MINI-GAMES ALREADY!"

"Chris, calm down." Fox said calmly.

"The first mini-game will be, Artist on the Court!" Toadsworth announced and the crowd cheered loudly.

"YES!" Chris joined his hands happily.

"The identity of the other mini-games will be said after the first mini-game ends!" Toadsworth pointed at the screen, showing how the mini-game is going be played. "Doubles will have the task to compete against another doubles, the rules are simple, the first team who can get their wall with the right paint color on the right area will win and advance to the semi-final of another mini-game! To win, you must see the color of the pipe and a ball of the same color will pop out right after the pipe changes, bouncing towards you in any part of the court!"

"Sounds easy, don't you think?" Yoshi asked.

"I guess so..." Lucario trailed off.

"Just...try not to get hit by them, or else you'll end up messed up with paint."

"I'll take that in mind."

"Now, here they are, the doubles and their rivals!" Toadsworth announced as the screen shows all the rivals for each double, from left to right in the brackets, meaning if the first, third and fifth brackets lose or win, they will advance to the next part.

Toad & Toadette VS Bowser & Charizard
Peach & Daisy VS Red, Ivysaur, Squirtle & Mallow
Birdo & Diddy VS Yoshi & Lucario
Bowser Jr. & Petey Piranha VS Fox & Chris
Mario & Luigi VS Koopatroopa & Paratroopa
Boo & Dedede VS Kirby & Jigglypuff

"W-why do we have to face them?" Toad asked pointing at Bowser and Charizard, who chuckled evily.

"Hush! They're nothing!" Toadette said putting her hands on her hips.

"Say that in my face." Charizard in a deep tone, making Toad to hide behind Toadetted.

"Heh, twerps." Bowser mocked.

"Hey! Why do we have to face against 4 guys? That's not fair!" Daisy said angrily.

"H-hey! Only 1 of 3 of us play!" Red argued back. "However, we have freedom to change whenever we can!"

"Peach! Say something!"

"Hmm...they can do that, according to a letter I got from Master Hand." Peach said.

"In your face!" Squirtle, Ivysaur and Mallow said in unison.

"WHAT?! THAT CREEP WHO DIDN'T ACCEPT ME IN THE TOURNAMENT?! I'M GONNA GIVE HIM A PIECE OF MY MIND LATER AN-"

Luigi tried to calm Daisy down. "Daisy! Not again please!"

"Here we go again..." Mario said frowning.

"Should we tell him?" Koopatroopa whispered to his partner.

Paratroopa looked to Bowser, who glared at him. "...B-but...what will our previous boss say about this?" Paratroopa asked trembling.

"...Maybe we should when Bowser doesn't see us..."

"Please, let's win! I wanna play against him!" Diddy said to Birdo, pointing to Fox who shook his head witn an angry expression.

"Diddy! Birdo! You have to get through us first!" Yoshi said pointing at him.

"Y-Yoshi..." Birdo looked away.

"And you!"

"Yoshi, don't start an argument." Lucario said.

"...Grr, fine." Yoshi crossed his arms and looked away.

"...Yoshi..." Birdo muttered and looked down.

"Whatever you do, please win your match." Fox said to Yoshi.

"...May I ask why?" Yoshi asked.

"Diddy, that's why." Fox looked at Diddy, who was staring at him with the same creepy smile. "DK! WHERE ARE YOU?!"

"Diddy! Stop it!" DK yelled from the crowd and Diddy walked away.

"Ha! Loser! Hey you! Loser! Over here!" Bowser Jr. called Chris and the World Traveler looked at him. "Ha! I made you to look at me, loser!"

"H-hey! You little!" Chris said angrily.

Petey merely roared and let some leaves drop from his mouth.

"...I won't ask from where did those come from..." Chris said frowning.

"2 puffballs! This couldn't have gone better!" Dedede said laughing.

"Nieheheheheh!" Boo laughed.

"Pfft, Gastlys are far scarier than you," Jigglypuff said rolling her eyes. "What about you Kirby?"

Kirby's stomach grumbled. "...I want to eat something..."

"...You just ate 10 ice creams! One of them was a weird sea-salt ice cream!"

"The last one was goooooooooooood."

"Tennis players!" Toadsworth clapped his hands to get the attention of everyone. "We shall now enlarge the dome to hold all the 6 matches at the same time!"

"...What?" Yoshi asked confused.

Toadsworth took out a button from his back, pressed it and an earthquake was created, all the players ran away from the big cross that divided the dome in 4, the crowd remained seated on their benches and the dome began to enlarge by itself, from the hole of the big cross, walls without color and pipes came out on a big and large platform, there were 12 walls, 24 pipes loaded with different colors, and even more crowds appeared from the hallways and filled the extra seats that appeared, making the dome even gigantic and enormous.

"Teams," Toadsworth began. "Prepare to play tennis, on the first mini-game, Artists on the Court!!!" The crowd cheered loudly at this as all the players took their positions in their assignated courts.

"Wow, that was incredible!" Chris said in awe.

"Stay sharp, we have a wall to paint!" Fox said.

Chris looked at the painting...it was Diddy on his jetpack flying to the west as Bowser Jr. and Petey Piranha's painting.

"...Damm it!" Fox cursed.

Preview of the next chapter

"...Let's face it! There's something stuck in the pipe!" Chris said.

"Maybe the ball got stuck?" Fox asked and walked towards the pipe to see what was the problem.

...

"Don't throw up, don't throw up..." Red said trying not to throw up after seeing the water below the platform...but he did it. "BLUUUUUUAAAAAAAAA!!!"

"Gross!" Ivysaur, Squirtle and Mallow said disgusted.

...

"The finalists will use items to win the last round...on Balloon Panic!" Toadsworth said.

"I HATE that game!" Chris said angrily.

...

"Baseball! Baseball! Baseball!" Red said excited.

"I don't want to run..." Jigglypuff said worried.

...


"Next time: Tennis and Baseball, return and it's getting away!" Mallow said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Peach Dome
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 07, 2008, 08:22:35 PM
Chapter 88: Tennis and Baseball, return and it's getting away!

Peach Dome
Center of the dome

Artist on the Court

"...W-wait, I think we should look like if we have the same team but with the same clothes." Chris said.

"What do you mean?" Fox asked.

"I mean, this!" Chris changed to his Space Mercenary job. "Okay! I think this feels better now boss!" Chris said saluting Fox.

"That's fine with me, but you don't have to call me boss."

"Nope! It says here on the manual for the novice member for the Star Fox team, written by Peppy Hare himself!" Chris said taking a manual from his back.

"...How did that end with you?"

"Who knows boss!" Chris threw the manual away. "Also, I recall that if a member should lost his weapons, he or she needs to have a replacement or the same weapon!" Chris took out another Blaster from his back. "And I happen to have another one with me, take it boss, I'm not going to lose mine like yours!"

Fox took the Blaster and placed it on his belt. "Well, than-"

"Hold on a second boss!"

"W-what is it?"

"The manual also specifies that the leader should follow the rules to show an example of leadership to his or her team too, where is your replacement?"

Fox began to sweat. "I-I left it with Falco."

"Hmm, boss, I suspecting of you!"

"(Wait, if I'm his boss then...) A-TTENTION!"

Chris made a salute. "Yes, sir!"

Fox sweatdropped and didn't think of talking like this before. "Since I'm your boss, all the regulations need to be followed by the boss himself, correct?"

"Of course boss!"

"Then hear my orders! You will stop talking like a soldier and to remind your boss of rules that he should know by now, understand?!"

"YES, SIR!... Wait..."

"Got you."

Chris sweatdropped and looked down. "Oh...well...you're my boss so...I'll listen..."

"If you're asking what color your painting needs, look below you to find the image of the cleared painting, the flashing parts are the parts where it needs the correct paint. And now, we begin!" Toadsworth announced pressing down a button, that ordered the 24 pipes to throw paint balls to the tennis players.

Bowser and Charizard's painting was Mario's face as Toad and Toadette's,
Peach and Daisy's was Peach with Toad and Toadette as Squirtle and Mallow's painting, Birdo and Diddy's painting was Luigi about to hit a ball as Yoshi and Lucario's, previously, Bowser Jr. and Petey Piranha was Diddy with his jetpack as Chris and Fox's painting, Mario and Luigi's painting was a lot of different Yoshis like Koopatroopa and Paratroopa's painting, and lastly, Boo and Dedede's painting was Bowser with Bowser Jr. as Kirby and Jigglypuff's painting.

"Why the hardest one for us?!" Luigi complained hitting a green ball to the white Yoshi.

"Relax Luigi, everyone wants to see us to paint this one!" Mario reassured him, hitting a black ball to the black Yoshi's mouth.

"Hey, dragon! Tell the plant to act and make every double of my team to win!" Bowser whispered as he hit a blue ball to Mario's hat.

"Plant, do your work now." Charizard whispered, evading a green ball.

"Right-o." Lava Piranha Plant said nodding in the darkness of the grass of the court, smirking evily as he snuck his way quickly to every part of the court.

"...Okay, we have trouble with this one..." Chris said sweatdropping after seeing their painting, Diddy's mouth was red, his fur was blue, his eyes were black, the fires were violet and the background was brown. "I-I think this mini-game is hard to complete."

"Fortunately, I know what to hit and touch!" Fox said spotting a red ball flying towards him, but he ran after it.

"Sorry, but no."

A bump appeared on Fox's path and the vulpine tripped, not only that, the ball hit him and got spilled all over his face as he fell to the grass. "..."

"...Fox...Boss?" Chris took a closer look to Fox.

"...Ugh..." Fox rubbed his forehead and got up, noticing Chris chuckling at him. "...What?"

"Y-your face...heheheh..."

"..." Fox touched his face and looked to his hand before he gasped. "What the, hey! Where is that bump?!"

"Bump?"

"Yes, there was a bump that appeared out of nowhere and made me to trip!"

"I don't recall seeing one..."

"Now let's have some more fun."

"Hey! We're skipping a lot of paint balls, we should get back to play now!" Chris said hitting a blue ball that crashed into the background. "Bull's-eye!"

"That wasn't a bull's eye, the target was very big." Fox pointed out.

"You always have to ruin my fun, don't you?"

We change the perspective to Toad and Toadette, who were having trouble with the sudden bumps from the grass, Toad tripped in every last one of them but didn't get hit by a paint ball.

"Hahahahaha! Look at him tripping!" Bowser laughed loudly, hitting a cream ball to Mario's nose.

"...Wait, no! But look at her!" Charizard yelled pointing at Toadette.

Toadette was shown with fire on her eyes and she took advantage of every bump to jump in the air and hit the balls back to the painting, surprisingly, she was hitting every part of the painting with perfect accuracy. "HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!" Toadette yelled loudly hitting all the balls with speed as Toad watched in awe.

"T-Toadette! A-are you okay?!" Toad asked trembling with fear as Toadette ran around the court hitting every ball.

"HOW IN THE HELL IS SHE TAKING ADVANTAGE OF OU-" Charizard's mouth was blocked by Bowser.

"Shh! We can't let the other people to know about our plan!" Bowser whispered angrily to him.

"...Fine, alright, what do we do? At this rate, we're going to be defeated by those twerps!"

"START HITTING BALLS!" Bowser yelled loudly hitting a brown ball to Mario's hair.

"Kirby and Jigglypuff have won the game!" Toadsworth announced astonished.

"What?!" King Dedede asked in shock, he glanced over Kirby and Jigglypuff's painting at it was already painted with the right colors. "B-but how did the puffballs end so soon?!"

"Hiiii!" Kirby waved at Dedede, the king looked at Kirby and was shocked after seeing a hat with paints and a brush on Kirby's right hand, Kirby was also covered with paint in some places, since he absorbed a paint ball and turned into Paint Kirby to shoot the correct balls to each part.

"NOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"That's it! I'm out of here!" Boo said throwing his racket to the grass and disappeared, but he was there, sobbing while he was invicible.

"Yes! We're on the lead now!" Yoshi said happily dodging a green ball. "...Wait..." Yoshi looked to Lucario's racket, which was all covered with paint. "...Hey, what's wrong with your racket?"

"I don't know, but I've been hitting all of them." Lucario said as he hit a black ball, but as he hit the ball, Lucario's force was just too much for the ball to handle that it got destroyed and was spilled all over Lucario's racket and the grass. "I don't know why there isn't any of them in the wall."

"It's because you have been hitting each one of them with so much force!!!" Yoshi yelled loudly pointing at Lucario's racket. "They're PAINT balls, meaning they're SOFT!"

"...Really? I thought they were just painted tennis balls."

Yoshi smacked his forehead and frowned at this. "Oh man...I think you're not good in this...I think we should withdr-" A fast, brown ball hit Yoshi's face and the dinosaur fell to the grass. "W-who threw that paint ball to me?!"

"Yoshi, dare to withdraw and you'll be sorry, and I mean it!" Fox said from his court, glaring at Yoshi with his racket pointing at him.

Chris tripped again by another bump and looked up to Fox. "I didn't think you really hated Diddy that much! Why is that?"

"Just looking at him can make me to shudder, I mean, look at his face!" Fox pointed to Diddy, who was staring at both doubles. "Stop that! Can't you play for a chance?"

"...If you didn't notice, he's playing." Lucario reminded him, pointing at Diddy's tail with his racket hitting every ball that was going to pass him, the monkey showed his teeth with a smile to both doubles, who sweatdropped in unison.

"...Boss..." Chris muttered.

"...Yes?" Fox looked down to Chris.

"If Diddy has a creepy obssesion with you...then that means he's the "G" word..."

"Hmm..." Fox began to think before he gasped and returned to hit the paint balls quickly.

"Oh, boss! You really know how to show it to m-"

"STOP TALKING LIKE THAT AND GIVE ME A HAND, QUICKLY!" Fox said, not caring about how many times was he tripping.

"...Well, those bumps are still annoying, but I'll go with you nevertheless!" Chris said cheerfully (or creepily) as he slowly got up and continued to hit the balls.

"No fair!" Daisy said annoyed after glancing at her rival team, where Ivysaur was shown hitting the paint balls...using Vine Whip to reach them in time without moving as Mallow watched from behind surprised. "Peach! They're cheating, do something!"

"I'm sorry, but Ivysaur can't use anything else to hit the balls so he will resort using his vines." Peach said calmly as she hit a red ball with a smash move, hitting the right part of Toad's mushroom.

"B-but Peach!"

Ivysaur yawned and decided to move to the right and to the left, decreasing the Vine Whip's length to do some exercise. "This is tooooooo hard..." Ivysaur complained sarcastically.

"Keep it like that!" Red cheered from the back of the court, with Squirtle above his head (how did the turtle remain on his head if Squirtle was bigger was odd).

"I think WE have the trophy on the bag!" Squirtle said doing a high-five with Red.

"Can I play? I want to!" Mallow said to Ivysaur.

"Meh, go ahead, I'll keep the balls from getting away." Ivysaur said stepping back as Mallow went forwards.

"Not a chance."

"AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Mallow tripped by the sudden bump and Squirtle gasped a little and jumped off from Red's head.

"Mallow! Are you okay?" Red asked.

"I'm...I'm fine but..." Mallow got up. "Something made me to trip!"

"...Huh?" Ivysaur shook his head to wake up. "Something made you to trip? Then that means this is Charizard's doing all over again!"

"Charizard! Stop this!" Red yelled angrily to Charizard, who was panting heavily to catch up with the Toads.

"You're...not...my...boss or something!" Charizard yelled panting as he ducked his head to evade a brown ball.

"Time to get the plan on wheels...wait, that sounded stupid..."

Lava Piranha Plant's work was becoming even more evident because even more bumps appeared on the grass which weren't with Bowser's team.

"What the?!" Mario stopped right in front of a bump that just appeared. "Was this here befor-"

"AAAHHH!" Luigi tripped just behind Mario and both fell to the grass, 3 balls of paint hitting their backs. "M-Mario, what's happening?!"

"I-I don't know! These bumps appeared out of nowhere just now!"

"Daisy, be careful please!" Peach said as she spotted the bumps on her court.

"Always do, don't worry!" Daisy said using the bumps to jump to the air and hit the balls as Toadette.

"Junior! Get to work with the plan!" Bowser said to Jr. as he tried to catch up with Toadette as she didn't even care about the bumps, as long as they helped her reach the high balls.

"Oww!" Toadsworth tripped by a vine that appeared behind the stage's screen and it quickly hid to make the Toad from seeing Bowser's plan.

"Okay you 4! This is a warning...or actually, this is what you get for messing with my dad's team and me!" Bowser Jr. said pointing at Yoshi's and Chris's team.

"What's he talking about?" Yoshi asked confused before Bowser Jr. took out his Magic Paintbrush.

"TAKE THIS! Ha! Ha ha! Ha!" Bowser Jr. made 3 rainbow colored paint balls, one went towards Yoshi's painting and 2 went to Chris's painting.

The first ball turned half of Yoshi's painting to its white color while the other 2 balls turned Chris's painting back to white, making both teams to glare at Bowser Jr., even the crowd got angry at this boo'ed the Bowser Fangs.

"You bastard, look what you did!" Chris said angrily.

"I bet Toadsworth saw that!" Yoshi said angrily.

"...Correction, he didn't." Lucario pointed out.

"He's right, look!" Fox pointed at the screen where Toadsworth was slowly getting up, moaning in pain.

"Wait, it is just me or did they..." Yoshi wondered.

"They are trying to take us all out, duh!" Jigglypuff said over a bench with Paint Kirby.

"Then we'll just have to keep playing and watch out for their tricks." Fox said returning to his game as the other did.

"B-but they keep popping out from the grass!" Chris pointed out.

"Wait, the balls are supposed to bounce to us, we need to hit them from one spot!" Yoshi said as he hit another paint ball.

"Remain at your position Chris!" Lucario said hitting a ball, taking note not to break it in the process too.

"Red! How is your team doing?" Chris asked as he focused his mind into the game.

"Good so far, Ivysaur doesn't need to move around and hit them!" Red said as Ivysaur remained in one place and used Vine Whip to return the balls.

"Did you hear that Koopatroopa?" Paratroopa asked.

"Oh no." Chris, Fox, Lucario, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Kirby, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur and Mallow said at the same time, word quickly spreaded to Mario's team and they took advantage of this.

"We gave them ideas by accident!" Squirtle said gasping.

"Thanks for pointing the obvious for us, really." Red said frowning.

"Dedede!" Charizard called out.

"What dah ya want?!" Dedede asked appearing behind the court.

"Go and see him."

"...Him?... Oh, right!" Dedede laughed before he ran away to the hallway.

"Looks like they got out from the first plan, then let's try the next one!" Bowser said.

"Plant, now, go and control the dome's roof, cut off the electricity and return everything back to normal, we're going to make Yoshi's team to lose." Charizard whispered to the grass.

"I don't like where is this going anymore Paratroopa..." Koopatroopa whispered to his partner.

"B-but if we tell Mario or Toadsworth, Bowser's going to kill or eat us for dinner." Paratroopa whispered trembling with fear.

"Ha! I'm gonna win Birdo!" Yoshi said happily as he spotted 3 spots without paint.

"Y-Yoshi... (Please, don't be mad at me...)" Birdo thought sadly.

"...Huh?" Diddy looked around the dome and an enormous shadow began to grow in size, he looked up and saw the roof closing as the crowd looked up and got confused, then, when the roof closed, the dome's lights tried to turn on, but it didn't and the crowd began to panic as the tennis players stopped and remained in their places.

"What is happening now?!" Mallow asked.

"Somebody cut the electricity and closed the dome!" Squirtle said.

"How do you know that?" Red asked rolling his eyes.

"BLUARGH!"

"Hey, who's there?!" Fox demanded in the darkness.

"Who's there? What do you mean?" Chris asked.

"There is someone here on our court besides us...but he got away."

"BLUARGH!"

"Grrrr..." Lucario grunted and the darkness and he used his aura to see through it. "T-the painting!"

"What about it?" Yoshi asked.

"BLUARGH!"

"I-I hear someone!" Mallow said trembling.

"Yeah, there was someone here just a moment ago!" Ivysaur said.

The dome began to open again and the lights returned but turned off, however, previous characters that could have sworn someone on their courts gasped when they saw their paintings...

The paintings were all covered in some kind of muddy goo, when the mood slipped from them, the paintings were all brown, preventing them from seeing the colors that the parts needed to have.

"N-no! M-my painting!" Yoshi said gasping and looked to the other paintings. "Y-you too?!"

"Aw, please! We were almost done!" Mallow complained.

"But who did this to us?" Fox asked.

Lucario looked at Petey Piranha, who chuckled smiling as some familiar goo was falling from his mouth. "He did this!"

"Birdo and Diddy win!" Toadsworth announced.

"...No!" Yoshi looked at Birdo's painting, which was completed as Diddy cheered loudly for this.

"Oh, c'mon! This can't be happening!" Fox said frowning.

"But we haven't won yet!" Chris reminded him. "And don't ever think about losing boss!"

"...Chris..." Fox muttered annoyed.

Chris blushed a little. "...Oops, sorry, I got carried away..."

Hallway

"How are we supposed to find those bombs?" Geno asked to Olimar with his 6 new Pikmins.

"I don't know, but this is the first time I get to do something like this..." Olimar looked down.

"Me too, I thought the army was supposed to take the Star Spirits away from us, not blow up bombs."

"W-well, they tried to do that in the Pikmin world..."

"Really? And how did you win?"

"Chris and the others came in to help me out, I was very happy to meet them."

"Yeah, I know what you mean, even if they're not Mario's group, they're a lot of help."

"...May I ask you something?"

"Yes?"

"What is the weird guy with the king's coat doing over there talking to the fat man an-"

"HIDE!" Geno pulled Olimar to the corner to hide along with his 6 Pikmins, on the other side of the hallway, Dedede was talking with Wario alone.

"Let me get this straight, so, your boss wants to take me in his army?" Wario asked.

"Yep, that's about it, he promises to give you lots and lots of fame and fortune." Dedede said chuckling.

"Hmm, fortune..." Wario wondered.

"What are they doing?" Olimar whispered.

"Shh, keep it down." Geno whispered back.

"Sorry, but I gotta take care of my business in the incorporation back in Diamond City." Wario said

"Your incorporation? I betcha it's not so great!" Dedede taunted Wario.

"What did you say? Don't dare to insult my incorporation! W-I mean, I make good business!"

Dedede put a hand on his right ear and grinned. "What was that? Were you going to say "we?"

"N-no! All the money is for me and me alone!" Wario said stomping the floor.

"No need to hurry fatty, anyway, we have a deal or not?"

"I'm so gonna refuse your offer penguin!" Wario said walking away as he grumbled to himself.

"Be that way! But! You will regret it later, ya hear me?!" Dedede yelled walking to the opposite direction, passing by Geno and Olimar who revealed themselves after Dedede went away.

"I wonder what were they talking about just now..." Geno wondered.

"S-something about the fat man named Wario to join their army as far as I know." Olimar pointed out.

"But it seemed that they didn't agree after all."

"Maybe because the penguin was taunting him?"

Geno nodded. "Probably and luckily, if they hate each other, it'd be easier to us then."

"What a relief."

"Now, let's go, we should be looking around for the bombs." Geno said walking away to another direction with Olimar and the Pikmins following him.

"W-wait! Do you have any idea how to find them?"

"Not yet, but that isn't an excuse to stop searching, right?"

"...I guess so..."

Center of the dome

"Mario and Luigi win!" Toadsworth announced with enthusiasm as the crowd cheered at the plumbers's victory over the Koopas.

"Y-yes! I did it!" Luigi cheered.

"Ahem..." Mario coughed.

"...Oops, I mean, we did it!"

"Oh, I knew we were going to lose..." Koopatroopa said sadly.

"Aw, don't feel bad, it was still fun." Mario said in his court.

"...T-thanks Mario." Paratroopa said nodding.

"Y-you know, you're not a bad guy as Bowser t-" Koopatroopa stopped talking when Bowser glared at him. "...I-I mean, you know what I mean, right?"

"...Yes, I do." Mario said scratching his hat.

At that moment, back with Chris and Fox, the paint balls stopped coming from the pipe and they got confused.

"Oh no, what now?" Chris asked.

"As far as I know, the balls can't get out." Fox said.

"B-but that's impossible! We're almost done with our painting an-"

"TAKE THIS! Ha! Ha ha! Ha!" Bowser Jr. used once again his Magic Paintbrush to shoot 3 more balls that went splattering on their painting, turning the painting back to its white color.

"...Now I'm mad off..." Chris said trying not to burst out of anger. "And tell me something, Toadsworth DIDN'T see that, right?"

Fox glanced over at Toadsworth, who lost his glasses and looked around for them, probably because a vine quickly hid behind the screen. "...He didn't...."

"Now, try to stop the balls from getting out, that way, junior is going to win." Bowser whispered to the grass.

Lava Piranha Plant was somehow struggling. "Y-yes, b-but I don't think I'm going to hold on much longer!"

"YOU IMBECILE! Remember who's your original boss here!!"

"Y-yes Bowser, I mean, yes sir!"

"TOAD AND TOADETTE WIN AGAINST BOWSER AND CHARIZARD!"

"WHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAT?!?!?!?!?!" Bowser asked very shocked at this statement, the king of the Koopas looked at Toad and Toadette's painting that was completed, Bowser wasn't even half completed for his dismay since he was distracted ordering the piranha around.

"Ha! Take that!" Toadette said making a fist.

"Today, we're going to put this victory on the record for the citizens of Mushroom Kingdom against Bowser without the help of Mario!" Toadsworth announced loudly and all the other Toads cheered loudly for this.

"T-this can't be! No way!" Bowser yelled stomping the grass in fury.

"Great going jackass!" Charizard complained to Bowser.

"What did you say?!" Bowser asked angrily, fire preparing to be shoot from his mouth.

"Now now, no fights here." Toadsworth reminded him.

"Hmph!" Bowser crossed his arms and looked away annoyed as Charizard did the same.

"Oh please! They need to come on out now, we're going to lose to that brat!" Chris said pointing to Bowser Jr.

"Hey! Watch your mouth or my Papa is going to crush you both to smitherings!" Bowser Jr. threatened them.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 09, 2008, 08:28:12 PM
"So far, he has lost most of the matches against me." Fox said pointing at him, grinning.

"Wow, boss! You're incredible!" A chibi-style Chris said clapping.

"AHEM!"

Chris turned back to normal. "Oops, sorry..."

"Peach and Daisy win!" Toadsworth announced and the crowd went wild.

"Yes! Yes! I won! Take that!" Daisy said and high-fived Peach and the crowd groaned out loud. "What the?! Hey! what's wrong now?!"

"You said the same thing in the previous chapter!" A pink Pianta yelled from the crowd.

"You stupid little fourth breaker wall Pianta! Come over here and say it in my face an-"

"DAISY!" Luigi yelled holding Daisy by her waist.

"GET OFF ME! I NEED TO SHOW 'EM AND THING OR 2!"

"WAAAAAAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!" Luigi cried as Paint Kirby sweatdropped at this.

"Poor Luigi..." Peach muttered.

"...I know, she's scarier than any other person out there..." Jigglypuff whispered trembling.

"N-no! W-why?!" Red asked shocked dropping to his knees. "If it weren't for that muddy goo, we could have won this!"

"Change of words, the trophy wasn't in our bag..." Squirtle said disappointed.

"Sorry." Ivysaur said looking down, before he heard a loud thunder crash above the dome. "Mallow!"

"Ivysaur! Tickle him! Quick!" Red ordered.

"Okay!" Ivysaur used Vine Whip on Mallow's sides and the cloud prince began to laugh out loud as the clouds disappeared from the sky.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" Mallow laughed.

"Phew, please, we don't want another Congo Canopy here..." Squirtle said sighing in relief.

"So!" Toadsworth began. "It seems we only have 2 doubles left! Bowser Jr. and Petey Piranha with 95 percent of their painting done against Chris and Fox with only 11 percent of their painting done! It seems so obvious that Bowser Jr. and Petey Piranha are going to win!"

"In your face, furry!" Bowser Jr. said laughing as he hit more paint balls, laughing together with Petey.

"...Let's face it! There's something stuck in the pipe!" Chris said.

"Maybe the ball got stuck?" Fox asked and walked towards the pipe to see what was the problem.

"Found something?"

"Hmm..." Fox looked closer inside. "Nothing, it's like a dark maze in here!"

Below the pipe, we see Lava Piranha Plant's mouth being filled by dozens and dozens of paint balls, the plant didn't enjoy this at all and struggled to hold on or else he'd see Bowser's rage against him.

"UGH!... I... CAN'T... TAKE THIS... ANYMORE!"

"Try to reach the bottom!" Chris yelled outside the pipe.

"...WAIT, NO!"

Fox's hand reached Lava Piranha Plant's mouth and the plant gulped a few paint balls inside.

"Hey, there's something in here, I can feel the paint balls gathering in some place and..." Fox took out his hand, all covered in saliva. "...Eww..."

"WATCH OUT!" Chris yelled.

"For what?" Fox raised an eyebrow and looked back at the pipe, which was trembling and moving awkwardly making Fox to backstep away from it, then, dozens and dozens of paint balls were fired to the air and began to descend to both of them as the crowd stared in awe after seeing the balls rocketing 50 feet above in the dome.

"It's a frenzy of paint balls! What should we do now?!" Chris asked panicking.

"...Um..." Fox thought if he looked around he would find something useful, and how right he was, he glanced over Chris's Blaster, his own and snapped his fingers. "That's it!"

"What?!"

"Chris, we haven't used our combinated Final Smash in some time, care to use it now?" Fox reminded Chris who gasped.

"W-wait, I haven't either bothered in finding them all yet, but that's the only thing we got...but we're just going to destroy the balls an-"

"Trust me, I know something good will happen!"

"B-but in order to use it we have to be under pressure!"

"And it's now!"

"...Wait, you're right!"

Both of them took out their Blasters and waited for the moment when the balls reached the floor. "We're-gonna wiiiiin! We're-gonna wiiiiiiin!" Bowser Jr. sang happily as he and Petey continued to hit the paint balls to their painting.

"Suffer a lot of shots!"

"...Huh?" Petey glanced over Chris's court and looked at all the paint balls falling down, when they were about to reach the grass...

"100 BLASTS!!!" Chris and Fox yelled synchronized and firing a barrage of 99 shots that went across every single paint ball with perfect accuracy, somehow, the shots turned into each paint ball's respective color and went touching Diddy's painting at all the places, painting where the parts that were white and coloring the whole wall, Petey tapped Jr.'s shoulder and the small Bowser looked at him annoyed.

"Can't you see I'm trying to win here?! What is it?!"

"Iuh!" Petey pointed at their opponents.

"What are you trying to tell m-NOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"Last one!" Chris said charging his Blaster together with Fox's.

"Now!" Fox ordered and both shot their charged shots together that combined and went across the last brown ball, turning their shot into a brown shot and hitting Diddy's fur, the last part of the painting, completing it in the process.

"CHRIS AND FOX MOVE ON TO THE SEMI-FINAL!!!" Toadsworth announced the last team that passed the mini-game as the crowd went wild and cheered loudly for this.

Star Ocean 3: Victory Bell

"The sign of victory!" Chris held out his right hand above him and Fox raised his right hand confused.

"Like this?" Fox asked.

"Yay!" Chris jumped towards him, high-fived and spun in the air to stand at Fox's left side crossing his arms behind his back, smiling proudly of their victory.

"What was that about?" Fox asked blinking confused.

"BLUARGH!" Petey couldn't resist anymore and puked, making everybody on the dome to look disgusted at this.

"This...stiiiinks!" Bowser Jr. smacked his racket to the grass. "This STINKS!" he smashed it harder. "THIS...STINKS!" he sat on the grass and began sobbing. "Uhu...uhu...UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHAAAAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!" Bowser Jr. flailed his arms and legs, crying out loud.

"(DAMM YOU PIRANHAAAAAAAAA!!!)" Bowser thought enraged and went towards Bowser Jr. "Junior! Be a man and stop crying! We can still win!"

"PAPA!" Bowser Jr. hugged Bowser, both of them were sobbing against each other.

"Now, now jr., you did well, you looked like a total, evil villain back there!"

Bowser Jr. sniffed and looked up to his dad. "Y-you think so Papa?"

"Yes!"

"PAPAAAAAAAA!!!"

"JR!" Both of them hugged each other as the crowd "aww'd" at this. "ALL OF YOU SHUT UP!"

"The final bracket for the semi-finals is this!" Toadsworth announced getting the attention of everyone.

Toad & Toadette VS Peach & Daisy
Birdo & Diddy VS Fox & Chris
Mario & Luigi VS Kirby & Jigglypuff

"Wait, there are 2 doubles of the same team!" Luigi pointed out.

"Hmm, in that case, the leader can decide which 2 of the 4 of them can go the the finals!" Toadsworth said. "But let's leave that for later!"

"...Huh?" Chris looked to Yoshi's court where Lucario looked down in shame, kneeled. "Lucario?" Chris walked towards Lucario and kneeled to see him.

"I...lost..." Lucario said slowly.

"But Lucario, I was able to continue an-(Wait, you dork, that is not going to comfort him!)"

Lucario closed his eyes. "I'm sorry Chris...huh?" Lucario saw Chris hugging him.

"Good job Lucario, I think you would win if it wasn't this event, I know that!"

"...Thanks..." Lucario muttered with a small smile.

"Awwwwww!!!"

Both of them found a Lakitu filming their moment to the whole dome, making them to blush and stopped hugging quickly, looking away embarrassed. "(I thought you didn't care if many looked at us in this kind of moments.)" Lucario said telepathically to Chris.

"(Unfortunately, this is very different!)" Chris replied back.

"Oh no, this is so bad, we only have 2 doubles of my team and Peach's team is still inside!" Yoshi said worried.

This time, Chris was confident of himself and patted Yoshi's back. "Don't worry Yoshi, I'm still in the game! See? I told you YoshixLucario doesn't work an-"

"LUAMP!"

"GET ME OUT OF THIS EGG!!!" Chris yelled inside a Yoshi egg, moving and rolling around the grass since Yoshi ate him and turned him into that.

"Grrr..." Lucario grunted at Yoshi.

"LUAMP!"

"You have got to be kidding me." Lucario said inside his Yoshi egg, not moving at all.

Ricco Harbor

Ricco Harbor

"This, my friends, is the Items event in Gimmicks with Birdo & Diddy VS Chris & Fox!" Toadsworth announced above a platform, hanging just above the court close to another platform with seats, where Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur and Mallow were cheering at their team.

However, let's say Red had trouble with the water...

"Don't throw up, don't throw up..." Red said trying not to throw up after seeing the water below the platform...but he did it. "BLUUUUUUAAAAAAAAA!!!"

"Gross!" Ivysaur, Squirtle and Mallow said disgusted.

"Somebody call the Pianta Environment Team and clean that mess!" A random blue Noki said far away.

Delfino Plaza

"We also have the items and Gimmicks event of the main city, Delfino Plaza, with Mario & Luigi VS Kirby and Jigglypuff!" Toadsworth announced over Ricco Harbor, in that part, on the seats, Peach, Daisy, Toad and Toadette were there cheering loudly, Olimar and Geno decided to give up in searching the Subspace Bombs and cheer their team, with 6 Pikmins...

...Wait, what is Petey Piranha doing there seated besides Olimar?

"Oh, hey Petey!" Olimar waved at Petey, who waved back laughing. "Weird, I could have sworn my Pikmins were there where you sat just now..." Petey burped and Olimar looked at him. "You were eating that weird soup you talked me about, right?" Petey nodded. "Oh, Petey, why do you keep eating it?"

"Heheheheh..." Petey merely laughed at this while Geno frowned.

"Both teams will participate in Items and Gimmicks events, with the Ricco Harbor court, teams will have to be careful not to bounce their ball on the water blocks that opens depending of which arrows the ball hits, resulting in a fault and a point for the opposite team, also, watch out for the items as well which will complicate the whole thing! Each game will be of 6 game points, the first team who gets a set point wins the event!" Toadsworth explained. "In the Delfino Plaza court, doubles will have to be careful of the muddy goo from the Piranhas Plants and avoid to trip or else the ball will bounce away, watch out for the items too!"

Ricco Harbor

"First off Fox, I'm so glad I got paired up with you by accident, of course, but I'm just happy that I finally got with someone who is at least sociable and intelligent." Chris said.

"Really? Then can you tell me something?" Fox asked.

"Sure?"

"How was it?"

"What?"

"Fighting alongside Wolf and Falco."

"To be honest, with both was a complete disaster, Wolf just thought by himself the whole time and Falco...well...Falco was Falco..."

Fox sweatdropped. "Can you give me more details?"

"Wolf was being such an hypocrite and always went away by himself, while Falco was hungry of Super Mushrooms, you can't believe how many times he asked me to lend him the mushroom until I gave up and made his wish come true. Frankly speaking, you're the next person besides Lucario whom I can talk with without something distracting us from the whole subject." Chris explianed.

"Well, I'm glad to be on your good side." Fox said smiling a bit.

"No no no no no no no no, don't think Falco and Wolf are on the bad side, they're just..."

"...Irritating sometimes?"

Chris closed his eyes and nodded. "Yes..."

"It's typical that you will have companions that will irritate you sometimes, but you'll get over it and get used to it in no time, trust me, I've experienced that before many times."

"See? You're a real person to talk with besides Marth or Lucario. It's really nice of you."

"Good, now, can I ask you something?"

"Whatever, ask away."

"CAN YOU PLEASE REMOVE DIDDY FROM YOUR HEAD RIGHT NOW AT THIS MOMENT?!" Fox asked very irritated staring at Diddy above Chris's head, the monkey was there even when the conversation started.

Chris looked up to Diddy and both laughed. "Hey, Diddy's a good friend when you meet him, right Diddy?"

"Uh-huh!" Diddy said nodding.

"Too bad, he irritates me, now go to your court area!" Fox demanded.

"What was that about people irritating us?" Chris asked.

"There are 2 different kinds of people, the ones who are with us, and the ones who ARE NOT with us, and Diddy happens to be the latter!"

"Aw, sorry Diddy, but Fox doesn't want you around him." Chris said patting Diddy's back.

"Can I do something before I go?" Diddy asked trying to hop sometimes.

"Sure."

"Alright!" Diddy used Monkey Flip...on Fox's face.

"GET OFF ME YOU STUPID LITTLE MONKEY!" Fox yelled angrily trying to get Diddy off his face.

"Looks like Diddy is monkey-rapping Fox." Squirtle said over the platform.

"SQUIRTLE!" Red, Ivysaur and Mallow yelled annoyed.

Chris noticed a Lakitu filming the whole thing and he aimed his Blaster at him. "Keep recording and you die!" Chris threatened and the Lakitu flew away scared and the World Traveler went to help Fox. "DK! WHERE ARE YOU WHEN I NEED YOU?!"

"DIDDY!" DK, ironically, appeared from the cranes, jumped and landed right besides the four and looked down. "Stop Diddy! You're making bad publicity you know!"

"Got it!" Diddy said getting off from Fox's face and jumped towards his side of the court with Birdo waiting for him.

"That was...interesting..." Birdo remarked sweatdropping.

"Are you okay?" Chris asked.

"No, as a matter of fact, I'm not, this day turned out for the worst to me." Fox said, irritation filling his voice.

"Aw, don't worry, I know everything will get better."

"Hey, Fox!" Diddy called over his area.

Fox grunted and turned to him. "Wha-"

HIT!

"..." Fox turned his face to Chris and the World Traveler chuckled uncontrollably...

...Because Diddy threw a ball inside Fox's jaw, blocking his mouth.

"...Don't...say...anything..." Fox's voice was heard behind the ball before he spat it out.

"And without further ado, the games begin!" Toadsworth announced.

Delfino Plaza

We see all of Bowser's team (minus Wario, Petey and Waluigi) hiding behind some buildings, arguing with each other. "What do you mean we can't sabbotage the kid's game?!" Bowser asked to a plant pot where Lava Piranha Plant appeared trembling with fear.

"B-because they're above a platform? Which is above the water? Which is bad for me because once water touches me I'm dead?" Lava Piranha Plant (who we are going to call LPP for short) pointed out trembling.

"GRR! YOU USELESS PIECE OF FLOWER!!!" Bowser roared out loud and LPP hid, or escaped.

"We can only sabbotage Mario's game so..." Paratroopa said.

"No chance in hell I'm going to help out Mario!!!"

"Whoa, easy there, I know Mario is your rival but sheesh!" Charizard said rolling his eyes.

"..." Bowser rolled his eyes, grabbed some water from the ocean and dripped it above Charizard's tail.

"MY FLAME! MY CUTE LITTLE FLAME!!!"

"So! I guess everyone does have an embarrassin' thing!" Dedede said laughing.

"Focus you 3!" Boo said.

"Right, right, focus, we need to do something about this!" Bowser Jr. said.

"We have to make Yoshi's team to lose, meaning that we have to help Mario to win this...there's no other way out of this one Bowser..." Koopatroopa said unsure.

"Grr...fine! Fine! We'll help Mario out!" Bowser said grunting angrily.

"Can't believe this Papa!" Jr. said.

"Sometimes Jr., you have help out your enemy to defeat your enemy." Bowser said frowning and teaching how to live to his son. "Hey, where's Charizard?"

"FIRE! FIRE! I NEED FIRE FOR MY TAIL!!!" Charizard was seen screaming and running around, holding his tail and shooting fire to prevent the tail's flame from vanishing. "Phew, that was close..."

"...Hey!" Dedede got angry. "Hace you placed the Subspace Bombs yet?!"

"...Er...we have a problem with that actually..." Charizard said scratching his head.

"What dah ya mean?!"

"We...kinda used all the Subspace Bombs on the jungle so..."

Dedede slapped his forehead. "...You've gotta be kiddin' me..."

"...Afraid so..."

"...Great, just great, Tabuu's really gonna get mad at us for this one..."

"...But!" Charizard snapped his claws. "We still can do 3 things at the same time!"

"I'm hearing."

"We can 1) stop Yoshi's team from winning, 2) kill the selected members of the kid's group and finally, 3), kill or take the kid to Tabuu!"

"...That...is the most BRILLIANT idea to save our butts dragon!"

"Heh, I'm evil man," Charizard said smirking. "But leave Red and his puny Pokémon to me."

"Got it."

"Alright!" Bowser smacked his fists together. "Let's get a move on!"

Bowser's team walked away from the scene...not aware of Lucario who overheard the whole conversation.

"If they want to kill my master, they will have to get through me first...and the others, I must tell the others too." Lucario said narrowing his eyes before jumping away towards Ricco Harbor.

While the conversation was in progress, the event already started.

"30-0!" Lakitu said raising a flag to Mario and Luigi.

"Oh, I have an item under my invicible sleeve..." Jigglypuff thought grinning.

"You think so, pinky?"

"Ha!" Kirby served first and Jigglypuff took out a Lightning.

"Now!" Jigglypuff said. "What the?!"

In a quick movement, both Kirby and Jigglypuff were shrunk instead of Mario and Luigi, who looked confused at this. "What happened?" Kirby asked as he quickly flew above to hit the ball.

"I-I don't know! The Lightning malfunctioned?!" Jigglypuff responded confused.

"W-what's going on Mario?" Luigi asked.

"Lightnings aren't supposed to malfunction, this must be a mistake!" Mario said.

"Er, I can't tell if there was an error but the game needs to continue." Lakitu said scratching his head.

"No fair!" Jigglypuff replied pouting, missing the ball.

"40-0!"

Both puffballs returned back to normal. "Oh no, we have to win this!"

Previously, we see the cause of the malfunction, it seems LPP used his vines to quickly grab Kirby and Jigglypuff by their feet, then he quickly put them above Mario and Luigi before the thunders could fell on them, shrunk, then were put back before they could notice.

"Luigi! Watch out!" Mario said when Luigi was about to trip by the mud a Piranha Plant shot at the floor.

"NOOOOOO!!!" Luigi screamed as he was about to fall.

"No kiddo."

"Huh?" Luigi noticed that he was standing perfectly fine and returned back the ball to Kirby. "W-what happened?"

"Something weird is going on around here..." Kirby wondered.

Ricco Harbor

"What?!" Red asked shocked and Lucario nodded.

"Their new plan is to kill us." Lucario repeated.

"I'm too young to die!" Squirtle said panicking.

"Pfft, we can't be killed." Ivysaur said rolling his eyes.

"Not only that, they want to take Chris away from us." Lucario said with fury filling his voice.

"I guess we should be careful then." Mallow said.

"(Hmm...)" DK overheard their conversation and began to think.

"Wait a minute, where is Yoshi?" Squirtle asked.

"Weird, I haven't seen him in Delfino Plaza." Lucario said.

"Maybe you should look for him?" Mallow suggested.

"But..." Lucario looked down at Chris, who was returning the ball but tripped by a Banana Peel. "I...want to take care of Chris, I don't want anything bad to happen to him."

"You're the only one here who can run fast and jump very high, you can also use your aura to detect people far away!" Red said.

"...Fine, but keep an eye on Chris...or else." Lucario said, the last part with his eyes glowing yellow before he jumped away.

Mallow gulped. "I-I wonder what he meant by the or else part..."

"I guess 5 new spots in the Cemetery." Ivysaur said shuddering.

"1 game point for Diddy and Birdo! 1-0!" Lakitu announced.

"Diddy! Can you keep yourself from aiming at Fox's mouth? This is the 6th time already!" Chris yelled as Fox spat out another ball, since Diddy has been aiming at that part the whole game.

"Diddy, I think you should listen to him for once..." Birdo trailed off.

Diddy looker at her? and laughed heartily. "But I love to do this!"

"But not for him! I can see his creepy glare at you!" Birdo pointed at Fox's glaring face towards Diddy.

"Aw, that's because we're friends, right Fox?"

"NO!" Fox yelled angrily, stomping his right foot on the metal platform.

"(I guess it would be better to tell him much later that I asked Master Hand to let Diddy join the tournament...)" DK thought closing his eyes and smiling with a worried look.

"YOU! GET ON WITH THIS GAME, THE SOONER WE END THIS, THE BETTER!" Fox suggested "friendly" to the Lakitu who nodded quickly.

"B-boss, you're even scaring m-" Chris received a nasty glare from Fox, he could even see the fire surrounding his leader. "N-nevermind, I'll listen!"

Pianta Village

Atop the biggest tree of the whole village, we find Yoshi looking down disappointed as he was sobbing a little. "W-why...I wanted to win this by myself so badly...and we're losing this competition..."

"Hey, how did that Yoshi end up there?" A Pianta asked looking up from the base of the tree.

"I dunno, but let's go to Ricco Harbor and see the tennis event! I hear the monkey it's humiliating a member of Yoshi's team!" A Noki said cheerfully as both ran towards the Warp Pipe to get transported to Delfino Plaza.

"This is unbeliavable..." Yoshi said burying his face (or at least 10 percent, since his nose is way too big) on his hands, before a breeze touched his face.

"Here you are."

Yoshi looked behind him and found Lucario standing there with crossed arms. "Leave me alone."

"No, listen to me, we have to return with the others." Lucario said uncrossing his arms.

"Why? To see them losing?"

"No," Lucario shook his head. "Bowser's team will try to kill us and we must stay together."

"...What?"

"What you heard."

Yoshi got angry and stood up. "D-don't play with me! I'm in a emotional state right now! Was that a lie just now?"

"No," Lucario repeated again. "It's the truth."

"H-how do you know it's the truth?" Yoshi questioned.

"Just trust in me, you can die if you're alone!" Lucario said irritated.

"O-okay! B-but don't get angry!"

"It's because I want to take care of Chris or else he will too!"

"F-fine! I'm following you!" Yoshi said walking to Lucario. "...Oh what the heck, let's jump." Yoshi jumped from the tree's leaf and descended slowly, Lucario fell faster but landed with a soft touch in the ground. "..." Yoshi sighed as he landed safely.

"There you are!"

"Grrr..." Lucario grunted after finding Charizard and Dedede blocking their way to the Warp Pipe.

"Oh, please, just leave us alone!" Yoshi said irritated.

"Nope, orders are orders, kill the Smashers, period!" Dedede said smirking and raising his hammer.

"Steel freak going down!" Charizard said gathering fire in his mouth.

BIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!!

"Huh?" The 4 looked to their right and found 20 Piantas with police uniforms smacking their police batons in unison.

"Hey! Who was going to start a fight here during the festival?!" The boss asked threatening them. Yoshi and Lucario quickly pointed at their opponents. "GET 'EM BOYS!"

"CRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAP!!!" Charizard and Dedede yelled loudly as they ran away before all the Piantas rang their whistlers, raising their police batons in unison before leaping into the 2 and started to beat the crap out of them, ironically.

"...That was...good?" Yoshi asked confused.

"I think so, now move on." Lucario said calmly jumping inside the Warp Pipe with Yoshi.

Dedede tried to enter the Warp Pipe, but a police dragged him back and continued to beat him up.

Delfino Plaza

"So far each team has 2-2 game points!" Lakitu said as Kirby and Jigglypuff were shown panting heavily, even they had bruises.

"I...can't believe this..." Jigglypuff said panting, holding the ball on her left hand.

"We have been...attacked by our own items...and still nobody wants to believe us..." Kirby said panting heavily.

"K-Kirby, maybe you should give up now?" Luigi suggested confused.

"N-no way! Even if the items are somehow against us, we're still on this..."

"(This has to be Bowser's work...but how can I prove it?)" Mario thought.

"Serve!" Jigglypuff yelled hitting the ball with all her forces as the crowd cheered loudly. "I have a Starman! Yes!"

That was only the beginning of cruel results for Kirby's team from that moment, all the items they got were always backfired at them, there wasn't any exception, Mario kept trying to find out if Bowser was behind this while Luigi didn't seem to care (well, partly, he began to worry later), both puffballs were pushed to their limit but kept going on.

The Lakitu kept saying the scores. "15-30! 40-30! Deuce! 0-15! 30-40! 30-15! Deuce! 5-5!"

Music stops

"God, the competency is really getting hard." Geno said.

Ricco Harbor

"God, the competency is really getting hard." Mallow said, repeating Geno's words by accident.

"Well, that's for Kirby and Jigglypuff, things aren't looking too well for Chris and...well...the poor Fox we have there..." Ivysaur said sweatdropping and glanced to the score.

4-0

"All the points were given to Birdo and Diddy because Diddy has the bad habit to aim at Fox's mouth, resulting in a hit and a point for Diddy..." Red said sweatdropping.

"THANKS FOR REMINDING ME THAT!" Fox yelled angrily, mad off at this point. (And possibly to the max.).

"Diddy! Please! For once, just listen to me and stop doing that!" DK yelled down to Diddy, who wasn't paying any attention and was clapping his legs happily.

"THAT'S IT!" Chris walked over to Diddy and glared down at him. "Diddy, for once, stop doing that! This is supposed to be an event of sports, not the humiliate Fox event, that is scheduled in 2 weeks after the humiliate Link event!"

"HEY!" Fox yelled angrily.

"Uh-uh..." Diddy backed away a little.

"Please, stop-hitting-him-right-now! It's annoying all of us and the joke already got boring!" Chris said and Diddy's mouth began to tremble.

"He's right Diddy, I don't want to win this...like this..." Birdo said embarrassed.

"Listen to her!" Yoshi said appearing from the cranes and jumping besides Squirtle.

"Yoshi!"

"Hmph!"

"...Oh..." Birdo looked down.

"..." Diddy closed his eyes in shame.

"Look, I can even see the smoke going out from his ears and nose!" Chris pointed at Fox, who literally had smoke coming out from mentioned parts.

"...Sorry..."

"...What was that again?"

"...I-I'm so sorry..." Diddy said apologizing. "I-I kinda admired Fox in some way..."

Multitudes of "awwwwwww" were heard coming from the dome, making Fox to get even angrier than before.

"...I-I'm sorry...I won't do it again...I promise this time..." Diddy said with tears on his eyes.

"...What do you say Fox?" Chris asked glancing to Fox with a worried look.

"...Whatever! The sooner we end this, the better, I'm already annoyed by this point!" Fox said enraged.

"...Sorry Diddy, you screwed up your own opportunity..."

"...No...it's okay...go to your court area..." Diddy said sniffing.

Of course, this emotional moment caused many to glare at the vulpine and label him as "monkey hater."

Fox looked up to the platform where everyone was glaring at him. "Oh, c'mon! Now I'm the bad guy of the story? He started it all!"

"You did!" Many yelled from the dome.

"I didn't!" Fox argued back.

"...I think you should accept his apology..." Chris suggested worried.

"No...way...no!"

"Just look at him! He's about to break in tears!"

"...This is all a set-up by him, I know that!"

"Apologize to him, now."

"You don't order me around!"

"I'm 16 years old, 1 year older than you!"

Fox narrowed his eyes in a bored way. "...Chris...actually...I'm 30 years old..."

"...What?"

"I'm 30 years old."

"...But you look like a 15 years old anthro to me!"

"Well, I take that as a compliment, thanks."

"...(I can't believe my best friend is an adult...how embarrassing...then that means Falco...)" Chris shook his head. "So, are you going to apologiz-"

"No, period."

"But please, do it for Diddy! I bet he won't do it again!"

Fox looked to Diddy who had his face buried in his hands, the vulpine frowned and sighed to himself and walked towards him. "HE'S GOING TO KILL DIDDY!" A Noki yelled from the harbor.

"SHUT-UP!" Fox yelled back before looking down to Diddy. "...Diddy?"

"...Hm?" Diddy muttered while he was still looking down.

"Look, I'm sorry for being harsh, but you were just so annoying to me, and I had to put yo-"

"Actually, I kind of did that for yo-"

"Shut up Chris," Fox said closing his eyes. "Anyway, what I want to say is...forgive me..."

"...Huh?" Diddy looked up wiping out his tears.

"I'm sorry Diddy."

"...You're not angry with me anymore?"

"To be honest, I am," Diddy looked down in shame as Fox opened his eyes. "But I'll give you a second chance if you stop annoying me for once."

"...A-are you sure?"

"Yes."

"...Thanks Fox..."

"Good, now let's end this event and let the best win," Fox held out his hand to Diddy, but for his surprise, Diddy's mood changed to a happy one and handshaked his hand very fast. "O-Okay okay! I get it now, stop!"

"OK!" Diddy said walking back to his court area as Fox returned to his court area.

"Boss, that was really nice of you." Chris said.

"Okay, hear me out Chris, we're going to win this once and for all." Fox said smiling.

"Alright boss! We can still recover from our bad losing streak and win against Birdo and Diddy!"

"That's the spirit, now, let's play!"

20 minutes later...

6-0

"6-0! Birdo and Diddy win!" Lakitu announced as the crowd cheered loudly while Diddy and Birdo were celebrating between themselves.

However, let's say that Fox didn't take it so well...

"...Fox?" Chris looked at Fox, who was turning his hands into fists.

"...Chris...what was that of recovering again?" Fox asked cracking his fists.

"That we could recover?"

"We could...what does it says on section R-6, fourth paragraph of the manual?"

"If by any chance the leader and one of his companions are pitted into a sports event, the leader can do any kind of punishment to his or her ally if they lose, however, this can be decided by the leader himself or herself and can choose not to do it, that's what it says if I remember...wait..."

"You're getting it now..." Fox said smirking.

"..." Chris looked around, not good, they were on a platform above the water, much worse, Chris didn't know how to swim. "...B-boss! Wait!" Chris stopped Fox right before he could hit Chris's face.

"What is it." Fox asked in a serious tone, his fist about to hit Chris's face.

"I-if I remember, we can't fight during the festival!"

"...You're lucky..." Fox said crossing his arms, before Chris gave him a hug. "W-what are you doing now?"

"I'm just happy for participating together with you! I really enjoyed this experience!" Chris said happily.

"Please, tell me this isn't a try to get me happy again."

"No is not! Really Fox, if I ever get the chance to be your partner again, I'm going to take it...if Lucario isn't around that is..." Chris hugged him tightlier. "Thank you so much boss!"

"(...Ah, whatever, if he's happy why shouldn't I?)" Fox asked with a smile inside his mind and gave Chris a quick hug and a pat in the back.

Everyone else jumped to the platform. "Chris, I need to tell you something, it's important." Lucario said.

"What is it?" chris asked confused.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 13, 2008, 01:09:46 PM
Delfino Plaza

5-5

"GO MARIO! GO LUIGI! BETTER YET, GO, LUIGI!" Daisy cheered throwing her pompoms above.

Luigi blushed at this. "D-Daisy! Stop it please!"

"This has been a really heated match folks! Both doubles are struggling to get the next spot in the finals! Kirby and Jigglypuff have been severly damaged by their own items while Mario and Luigi haven't even received a scratch! It's lady luck accepting a husband? Or 2 husbands in this case?" Lakitu asked.

"Dude! You shouldn't have say that!" Another Lakitu said appearing quickly.

"Wh-" The first Lakitu was attacked by a flaming pompom from Daisy. "Oww!"

Kirby and Jigglypuff were panting heavily as the Mario brothers were a little worried. "Kirby, stop! You're just hurting yourself!" Mario said worried.

"B-but...even if we have been attacked by 38 Red Shells, 50 Green Shells, 10 Lightnings, tripped by 89 Banana Peels and lose 20 Starmans...we can...go on..." Kirby said panting heavily.

"I'm worried about Kirby and Jigglypuff..." Peach said.

"It would be cheesy to say "they're going to be fine, trust me" in this situation, but all we can do is wait." Geno said.

"...That didn't reasure me at all..."

"It didn't have to." Geno said and Peach sweatdropped.

At that moment, the rest of the team in Ricco Harbor came in and sat on the benches. "So! I hear Diddy beat your butts but good!" Toadette said laughing, earning a nasty glare from Fox. "Er-eh...nevermind..."

"How is the game going?" Squirtle asked.

"Very bad, something odd has been happening to Kirby and Jigglypuff, all their items backfired at them!" Olimar said.

"But that isn't supposed to happen." Chris pointed out.

"But it does!"

"Why we just don't blame Bowser already?" Mallow suggested.

"We need actual proof to prove that, unfortunately, we don't have any." Ivysaur said shaking his head slowly.

"15-15!" Lakitu announced and they looked at the court.

"Hey, I have a better idea!" Mario said snapping his fingers.

"What idea?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Why we just evade using the items to make it fair?"

"Wow!" Lakitu said astonished.

"You took your sweet time to think and say it at this moment of the game?!" Jigglypuff asked annoyed.

Chris looked to Lucario who was glowing with his eyes closed. "Lucario, what are you doing?"

"The vines..." Lucario trailed off.

"The vines?"

Lucario stopped glowing and looked at Chris. "The vines that I saw in the jungle, those vines are also here."

"But what do the vines have to do with this?"

"They have been moving around, even I suspect that they're following us wherever we go."

"Do they have some kind of relation with the event?"

Lucario shook his head. "I...don't know, they move very fast and I can't track down their patterns or movements."

"JIGGLYPUFF! BE CAREFUL!" Red yelled as Jigglypuff's Red Shell bacfired at her.

"Oh, no, PUF!" Jigglypuff used Pound of the Red Shell to push it away and used a Smash hit on the ball, both Mario brothers couldn't reach it in time and failed.

"0-15!" Lakitu announced.

"Did you see that?" Mallow asked.

"Well, the shell DID backfired..." Ivysaur said. "...Wait...I can feel something..." Ivysaur laid down on the floor and closed his eyes.

"You're sleepy, that's it." Red said.

"No, it's not that," Ivysaur said focusing. "Something below is moving quickly without even making the slightliest sound."

"How do you know?" Squirtle asked raising an eyebrow.

"I'm a Grass type Pokémon, duh." Ivysaur said rolling his eyes before focusing again.

Cipher Admin Theme

Behind some buildings, Bowser and the rest of his team (without previous mentioned characters) were chuckling evily (but Koopatroopa and Paratroopa weren't used to that that they coughed).

"Dedede, you have the bait?" Charizard asked and Dedede pulled out lots of food.

"I do." Dedede said chuckling evily.

Toadsworth came walking from the plaza and Chris looked at him. "Hey, can you tell me what it's the next mini-game about, I hear somewhere there are going to be items there but what about the mini-game for the finalists?"

"The finalists will use items to win the last round...on Balloon Panic!" Toadsworth said.

"I HATE that game!" Chris said angrily.

"Balloon Panic?" Mallow asked.

"It's an infernal game where you have to prevent some balloons from popping out from Klaptraps that climb into vines, you must change the direction to areas without globes to stop them from exploding!" Chris noticed that a Lakitu broadcasted his rant.

"Well! I don't think I need to explain the game anymore, well done boy!" Toadsworth said chuckling. "But if Mario and Luigi win...the finals are going to be canceled..."

Petey looked back at the building and nodded to Bowser, the piranha changed seats to block their view to the right as a box appeared besides Petey.

"30-40!" Lakitu announced.

"Yes! We can win this Kirby!" Jigglypuff said happily.

"...Huh?" Kirby put his hand near his mouth and glanced over the box, suddenly, the box opened and it revealed lots and lots of food, fortunately, Kirby ignored it.

...

...Who am I kidding?

"Ooooooooooohhhh..." Kirby's mouth drooled and he silently walked towards the box without making any noise.

Odd thing nobody noticed him at all, Peach and Daisy were giving Mario and Luigi bottles of water to fresh them, the Smashers were discussing what to do about Bowser and the rest were not paying attention and looked around.

However, when Kirby was about to reach the box, it got pulled farther, Kirby got confused but kept walking to it. "Almost..." Kirby said drooling as he disappeared from sight.

"Well, let's end this!" Luigi said excited.

"Be careful, they managed to get through all the items and this is a no items battle." Mario reminded his brother. "...Where's Kirby?"

"Kirby?!" Yoshi looked around in shock.

"H-he was here just a second ago!" Jigglypuff said shocked.

Music stops

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"What was that?!" Toad asked terrified.

"...Kirby! No!" Jigglypuff gasped and ran away from the court.

"W-wait!" Chris yelled chasing her.

"D-don't forget me!" Yoshi said preocupied.

"Should we follow them?" Mallow asked.

"No, they got everything under contro-" Geno was about to finish but...

"GUYS! COME OVER HERE! YOU NEED TO SEE THIS!" Chris's voice was heard and Lucario quickly used Extremespeed to appear besides him.

1 minute later...

Tales of Symphonia 2 - The Grudge

"...W-what the..." Fox muttered under his breath with a shocked face.

The entire group found several holes around the plaza but Kirby was nowhere to be found, everyone looked into the holes but they were dark and bottomless.

"K-Kirby?" Red studdered in fear and looked through one hole.

"...The vines..." Ivysaur and Lucario said at the same time.

"D-don't tell me the vines did this to Kirby..." Geno trailed off.

"Mario...I'm scared....what's happening?" Peach asked.

"Peach...it's possible that Bowser..." Mario couldn't find the words to explain Peach about Bowser that he shook his head disappointed.

"Bowser what?"

"...Nothing..."

"Oh! What seems to be the problem her-OH MY MUSHROOM!" Toadsworth gasped and jumped surprised after seeing the smal destroyed area. "W-what happened to young Kirby?"

"He disappeared through one of these holes!" Yoshi said pointing at the holes.

"B-but that means...LAKITUS! DON'T COME OVER HERE! STOP BROADCASTING!" Toadsworth yelled warning the Lakitus from recording the event and they turned off the cameras.

"...I'm going in!" Chris said about to jump inside a hole but Lucario stopped him by grabbing his right hand with only one hand. "L-let me go Lucario!"

"No, it's dangerous in there, there's a long way to the underground where the vines are, you're only going to get yourself hurt because the vines have sharp thorns all over them." Lucario said putting down Chris to the floor.

"He isn't lying, I know that very well." Ivysaur said nodding.

"S-so, anybody knows where Kirby is?" Toadsworth asked.

"...No we don't..." Yoshi said worried about the outcome.

"Then...the Peach Fencers...win this event by forfeiting the match against Mario and Luigi..."

Kirby has left your party

Nobody knew what really happened to Kirby, the event that just took place behind our backs was really unexpected to me, everyone decided to try and avoid this conflict and evade possible turmoil and panic to the spectators back at the dome, even my Pikmins were trembling with fear (though one of them said it was because of Petey) but Petey's good.

Anyway, where I was? ...Oh, right.

It was the time to disqualify people, as far as I know, Peach disqualified Diddy, maybe because of what he has been doing to Fox (poor guy actually) and she also disqualified Toad (who cried before Toadetted slapped him, ouch), Bowser came laughing evily and disqualified Koopatroopa and Paratroopa, both were relieved in some way, finally, Yoshi had to disqualify Lucario (for showing clumsyness in the first mini-game) and Kirby by obvious reasons.

The spectators were confused at this event, but Toadsworth managed to explain everything in a way that nothing chaotic would rise from all the commotion that just happened.

Now the only ones left are Yoshi, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Jigglypuff, Fox, Chris and Mallow...


Music stops

Peach Courtyard

"Baseball! Baseball! Baseball!" Red said excited.

"I don't want to run..." Jigglypuff said worried.

"Welcome to the baseball event everybody!" Toadsworth said cheerfully as the crowd gathered in the courtyard cheered loudly.

"It's rather cruel to leave things like that." Olimar said to Geno and Lucario, who were seating together with the crowd.

"Don't worry, we're going to look for Kirby once this event starts, Bowser is now evil to me..." Geno trailed off.

"Fortunately, we have things under control!" Twink said.

"...Twink, where were you?"

"I...was looking around for more ice cream..." Twink said sticking out hin tongue.

"Guys! You know what to do right?" Chris yelled from his team's bench.

"Yes, we'll search." Lucario said nodding.

Back with Yoshi's team's bench, Yoshi was looking down depressed. "...We're going to lose now...we haven't won a game yet and if we lose now..." Yoshi muttered.

"N-no we won't!" Mallow said jumping from his pants. "We WILL win this event!"

"B-but with Bowser's trap around, it's likely that..."

"We can be careful about that, we have a secret weapon..." Squirtle looked to Ivysaur and winked at him, the Grass Pokémon winked back.

"We're not going to fall so low like them by doing the same, right?" Yoshi asked raising his invisible eyebrow.

"Nope, Ivysaur will tell us where are those vines going to appear while he searches through the soil for Kirby." Red said.

"Wow, I think things are going to work out very well this time around, we're prepared for the worst now!" Chris said excited.

"Well! I can't run fast but I can fly faster than my feet!" Jigglypuff said pouting a little.

"Running is for me." Fox said nodding.

"And this game is as good as ours!" Mallow said making a fist in the air, he looked to everybody who gasped before raising their fists in the air (vine in Ivysaur's case), however, Yoshi looked down and Chris looked at him.

"Yoshi?" Chris asked worried.

"Well...I'm counting on you all...I hope we win this for once ...This is...stupid...and...madness..." Yoshi said disappointed.

"...Madness?" Red's right eye twitched (you should know what it's going to come by now). "THIS...IS...S-"

Preview of the next chapter

"You're SOOOOOO going down furry!" LPP said laughing evily as he rose up quickly below the running Fox who was about to reach the fourth base...

CRACK!!!

...

"This...is...just amazing..." Chris said sniffing after looking at the track.

"Welcome to Mushroom Gorge!" Toadsworth said cheerfully.

...

"Shopping malls, electric stairs, crazy shoppers and cars can be found here!" Toadsworth said excited.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES!!!" Chris cheered loudly.

...

"I don't like this at AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALL!!!"

"HOLD ON!"

...

"What? What do you mean there's a sudden change of new tracks at last minute?" Toadsworth asked confused.

"Y-yeah, w-we're going to this hot place..." Toad said pointing down at the map.

...

"Next time: Baseball and Kart Racing, it's getting away and race around!" Squirtle said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Peach Courtyard
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 16, 2008, 03:10:46 PM
Chapter 89: Baseball and Kart Racing, it's getting away and race around!

Peach Garden

Mario Superstar Baseball - Main Theme

"-PARTA!" Red finished panting heavily and they looked at him.

"...Parta?" Ivysaur repeated confused.

"N-no! I-I said Sp-"

"Look Red, I know you liked that line I told you before, but please, not here! Or do you want to be Popo?" Chris asked.

"Once again, welcome everyone to Peach Garden!" Toadsworth said cheerfully. "In the baseball event, the 3 teams are going to participate in the same match!"

"The events just keep getting weird." Twink said, he looked around and the previous 3 disqualified characters were already gone. "H-hey! Wait for me Geno!"

"We have the Peach Fencers, Daisy, Toadette, Mario, Birdo, Luigi and Peach herself!" Toadsworth announced lifting one hand to mentioned team which waved at all the audience from the center of the field as they walked to the center. "We also have the Yoshi Islanders, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Chris, Jigglypuff, Fox, Mallow and the captain, Yoshi!" Mentioned team waved at the audience as they ran to the center, oddly enough, the spectators cheered loudly to cheer up Yoshi. "And lastly, we have the Bowser Fangs!"

Bowser, Jr., Petey Piranha, King Dedede, Charizard and Boo came in running (some of them stomping), when they made it to the center, they all made peace signs with cheerful faces to the crowd...

...However, a quick silent filled the whole place and crickets began to chirp, but they stopped 3 seconds because they got bored as the crowd.

A random blue Pianta's cough was heard from the crowd as a dry plant ball crossed the garden out of nowhere from the eastern winds.

"..." Toadsworth shook his head and decided to ignore this useless wait that he himself considered. "A-anyway!" The crowd began to cheer loudly again, making Yoshi's team to chuckle a lot at Bowser's team. "The event for the baseball sport will have the 3 teams competting with each other!"

"How is this going to work out?" Toadette asked.

"Simple!" Toadsworth laughed. "This is how it's going to be played, one team will have the batter, which will someone from Peach's team, the pitcher, the 2 in the first and third base and the one in the right area of the outfield, which will be 3 from Yoshi's team, and finally, 2 on the second base and fourth base, and left area of the outfield will be the 3 for Bowser's team."

"I...think I need more details..." Red said.

"Okay, this is how then, the batter will try to score a run and try to evade the ball from landing in a base or if she or he can be touched, however, it's more complex than that, since the 3 teams merge in one match, the rules are as follow, if a team manages to score 3 outs, that team will receive a point depending of which player was the one who got the out, defensive players can gain 1 point for, well, defending, while the offensive team is able to score more runs if it keeps scoring points, be aware, each team will have an opportunity to participate in battering."

"Well, I think I can play with those rules..." Yoshi said thinking.

"Okay, captains, please decided the order of your teammates and positions, the first order will be batters and the pitchers will be the captains from the second team ahead of the first one."

Peach Fencers: Peach, Mario, Daisy, Luigi, Birdo and Toadette

Outfield (From left to right): Mario and Luigi

Bases: Peach, Daisy, Birdo, Toadette

Bowser Fangs: Bowser, Charizard, Petey Piranha, King Dedede, Bowser Jr. and Boo

Outfield: Bowser Jr. and Boo

Bases: Bowser, Charizard, Petey Piranha and King Dedede

Yoshi Islanders: Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Mallow, Chris, Red/Ivysaur/Squirtle and Fox

Outfield: Ivysaur and Fox

Bases: Yoshi, Mallow, Red, Squirtle, Chris and Jigglypuff


"Now the first order! From the Peach Fencers as the batter, Peach! From the Yoshi Islanders as the pitcher, first, third and right part of the outfield respectively, Yoshi, Mallow, Chris and Fox! And from the Bowser Fangs as the second and fourth bases, and the left part of the outfield, Charizard, King Dedede and Bowser Jr.!" Mentioned characters ran to their positions as the others ran to their benches and began to cheer.

"This is a little weird, but...I'm not planning to lose either!" Mallow said putting on his glove.

"This isn't going to be easy, but prepared for anything." Fox said.

"Traps..." Yoshi muttered.

"(Let's see who's going to win now, LPP is ready to take out all of you as he did with Kirby, which is now imprisoned somewhere in his vines.)" Bowser thought evily.

Dedede glanced to the crowd and didn't find the trio, making him to grin. "(Ha, everything is going according to the plan, 3 mutts gone, 3 more out.)"

Mario Superstall Baseball - Peach Garden

"Now...BEGIN!" Lakitu announced putting on his mask and the announcing the beginning of the game.

"Huuuuuuuu..." Yoshi charged his ball. "HA!" And threw it to Peach who hit it with force. "No! Fox! It's going to you!"

"Got it." Fox said lifting his hand and running towards the ball's landing point.

No problems so far, he got it.

"Out! 1 out point for the Yoshi Islanders!" Lakitu said as Peach looked down in shame but returned back to her bench, giving the turn to Mario.

"(Now Mario, it's time for your to lose.)" Bowser thought evily as Yoshi threw the ball at Yoshi, but Mario hit it as it went across to Bowser Jr.

"Hahahaha! Now, pain for you!"

"First base is mine!" Mario said running to the first base but...

BITE!!!

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Mario cried mysteriously in pain and threw himself to the ground, grabbing his right foot.

"STOP THE GAME!" Lakitu yelled and everyone on the field (except Bowser's team) ran to Mario.

"Mario!" Peach ran towards Mario and looked down to him. "M-Mario! W-what happened?!"

"...Something bit his right leg!" Mallow said worried.

"...But I can't see any holes nearby, maybe his leg twisted?" Yoshi asked confused.

"I...can still play..." Mario said twitching a little pain.

"No you can't! That leg got severly injured, you need to rest, Luigi will take your place!" Daisy said.

Chris looked to Bowser and glared at him. "(...You're going too far...stop now before it's too late for you...I know you did this...I know that very well...)"

1 minute later...

The game resumed while Mario was being attended by Peach in the benches as Luigi walked to the fourth base, Yoshi and Bowser have 1 out point for each one.

"This is for...Mario..." Luigi said sniffing a little.

"Luigi, Mario isn't dead." Yoshi reminded him.

"Yet." Bowser said chuckling evily, receiving a glare from Yoshi.

"Huuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuha!" Yoshi threw the ball to Luigi.

"STRIKE!" Lakitu said returning the ball to Yoshi.

"Luigi! Focus on the game!" Daisy yelled from the benches.

"I-I can't! Mario is stil-" Luigi was interrupted.

"He'll be fine! But please, let's play the baseball gam-" Chris was also interrupted before the crowd stood up and...well...let's say they...began to sing the opening of the game.

"LET'S PLAY! THE BASEBALL GAME!" The crowd began to sing as all the players sweatdropped at this weird moment.

"...Did I say the secret words or something?"

"Er...it seems we skipped that part of the beginning of the game actually...heheheh..." Toadsworth said embarrassed.

"...Okay...as long as the song doesn't last too long..." Ivysaur said.

10 hours later, however...

"...WHY...THEY...CAN'T...JUST...SHUT UP?!" Bowser Jr. asked yelling, blocking his ears in pain.

"I WANT TO PLAY THE BASEBALL GAME ALREADY, ALRIGHT!" Red said annoyed blocking his ears.

"I THINK I MEMORIZED THE SONG AT THIS POINT!" Mallow yelled blocking his ears in pain.

We could also mention it was night already too.

"Hey! I know how to shut them up!" Toadette said snapping her fingers.

"ANY KIND OF IDEAS ARE GOOD TO HEAR!" Luigi yelled.

"Daisy! I hear somebody over the crowd, or the whole crowd, that you suck!"

"WHAT?!" Daisy asked yelling.

"I hear somebody over the crowd, or the whole crowd, that you suck!" Toadette repeated.

"WHAT?!"

"I hear somebody over the crowd, or the whole crowd, that you suck!"

"WHAT?!"

"I hear somebody over the crowd, or the whole crowd, that you suck!"

"WHAT?!"

"I hear somebody over the crowd, or the whole crowd, that you suck!"

"WHAT?!"

"I HEAR SOMEBODY OVER THE CROWD, OR THE WHOLE CROWD, THAT YOU SUCK!!!"

"OH, THEY DID NOT SAY THAT!!! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

Peach Dome
Hallway

"We've been searching around the dome and nothing so far." Geno said.

"And that annoying music coming from Peach Garden hasn't stopped yet." Olimar said.

"I wonder how is the team doing." Twink wondered.

There was a huge explosion in the garden and they glanced to it. "...I guess the song ended in some brutal way..." Lucario said.

"FEAR THE POWER OF DAISY!"

"Yikes!" Twink hid behind Geno.

"That is not important to me...unless she hurts Chris, then I will do something." Lucario said.

"...Anyway, back on the plan, 10 hours have passed and we haven't found Kirby yet, are you sure you lost the tracks of the vines?" Olimar asked and Lucario shook his head.

"I lost them, they went further down the earth and my aura can't reach that far."

"Kirby, we were just starting to be friends." Twink said sniffing.

"Twink, I'd like to point something out, you haven't spend time with Kirby at all." Geno pointed out.

"...Oops." Twink stuck out his tongue.

"...Silence..." Lucario said closing his eyes as he began to glow.

"What is it?" Geno asked.

"...The vines are starting to move..."

"...W-where?" Olimar asked.

"...They're moving to..."

"...Why it suddenly feels so hot all of a sudden?" Twink asked as they saw red rocks getting brighter and brighter from the opening of the vines.

Peach Garden

"...What the..." Ivysaur looked at the grass. "...The vines appeared quickly on the dome but disappeared very quickly...but if I'm not mistaking...that's the direction where Lucario, Geno, Olimar and Twink went to..."

"W-what do you mean?" Red asked.

"...I'm afraid they got captured..."

"N-no!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"LUIGI GOT INJURED! STOP THE GAME!" Lakitu yelled as the previous event repeated by itself.

3 minutes later...

It was break time and the 3 teams were re-doing their strategies, however, Yoshi's team was planning another thing while they were on a circle.

"Okay, this is getting dangerous now, Bowser will take us out one by one by doing something unexpected while we don't notice it." Squirtle said.

"But what can we do to evade his traps?" Mallow asked.

"Maybe we could...just jump all the way to the bases?" Chris suggested.

"That WILL humiliate us in front of the spectators though..." Red trailed off.

"It was a good idea still..."

"Then...should we just resist even more than Mario and Luigi?" Jigglypuff suggested.

"Wait, Yoshi's supposed to offer a good plan, any ideas Yoshi?" Mallow asked again to Yoshi who had his mind somewhere else.

"H-huh? O-oh right, a plan...I forgot about that..." Yoshi trailed off a little worried before clearing his throat. "Okay, I'm sick of getting worried about the event...alright! Everyone, listen up!"

1 minute later...

"As the batter, Daisy!" Toadsworth announced but many in the crowd shuddered in fear after Daisy waved at them cheerfully.

"Throooooooooow it, throw it, throw it throw it!" Daisy taunted Yoshi who grunted in irritation and threw the ball at Daisy, but she failed.

"STRIKE!" Lakitu said.

"C'mon! You can't throw it well!" Daisy kept taunting, ignoring Peach's voice that tried to calm her down.

"STRIKE!" Lakitu said after Daisy failed to hit the ball.

"I dare you to throw it at me!" Daisy taunted again, grinning this time.

"THAT'S IT!" Yoshi yelled angrily.

HIT!

The crowd, the players, and Toadsworth gasped when Yoshi ACTUALLY threw the ball at Daisy...literally on her face.

"HEY! THAT'S A FAULT!" Daisy yelled angrily to Lakitu.

"STRIKE! OUT! 1 OUT POINT FOR YOSHI'S TEAM!" Lakitu yelled as the crowd cheered loudly, but Daisy shot a nasty glare to them that they quickly stopped, sweating in fear as she returned to the bench.

...Wait, did she just flip off the whole audience just a second ago?... Maybe not...

"Papa, that princess scares me." Bowser Jr. said trembling with fear.

"Me too Junior...me too...why do you think I don't ever think about kidnapping her?" Bowser said nodding and asked.

"Bowser, did LPP captured the others?" Charizard asked walking to Bowser to the benches.

"Yep, they're gone, but not for good."

"Good, now we just need to take the rest out and we win this fight and the competency." Charizard said smirking as he returned to his base.

"The next batter, Birdo!" Toadsworth announced as Birdo was applauded and she? walked to her place where she got worried after seeing Yoshi.

"Y-Yoshi..." Birdo waved at him shyly.

"...Just play already..." Yoshi said frowning.

"(Yoshi...)"

"...Ew..." Chris muttered under his breath and Red walked to him.

"What was that "ew" for?" Red asked.

"You see..." Chris explained Red by whispering on his ear about Birdo's gender and Yoshi's clueless behavior.

"GROSS!" Red yelled, running to the benches.

Yoshi glanced to Ivysaur and both nodded. "Now!" Yoshi threw the ball at Birdo and she hit it with force that was getting away from the field, but Ivysaur's senses reacted.

"BIRDO! STEP TO THE RIGHT!" Ivysaur yelled to Birdo who got confused at first.

"LISTEN TO HIM!" Yoshi warned Birdo.

"O-Okay but I don't know why..." Birdo said wondering as she stepped to the right quickly.

In slow-motion, we previously see Birdo turning a little to the right where we see LPP raising quickly from the ground, failling to bite her leg and he quickly hid and left no trails of the hole he made, the piranha cursed under his breath and waited for Birdo to cross to the second base.

"Fox! Try to climb the wall!" Chris yelled to Fox who quickly turned to the wall at the ball's direction and used it as platform support by jumping to it and hit it with his feet, to jump towards the ball.

"I-I'm not going to make it!" Fox said struggling to reach the ball in time, unfortunately, an inch of difference between his glove and the ball made the round object to cross the wall, making a Home-Run.

"HOME-RUN!" Lakitu yelled excited as Birdo got happy and began to twirl around the field, successfully reaching the base as all the team looked down in shame, except for Yoshi who sighed in relief.

"(Thank goodness, I was able to save Birdo from getting hurt...)" Yoshi thought with a smile.

"Next batter, Toadette!" Toadsworth announced as Toadette waved at the crowd and prepared to hit the ball.

"(Luckily, she's small so she won't reach the ball.)" Yoshi thought as he threw the ball.

Bad idea actually, Toadette hit the ball and Yoshi cursed as the ball went away...and away...and away...

"SOMEBODY GET THE BALL!" Yoshi said shocked.

"The ball IS mine!" Charizard said flying towards the ball, extending his right hand to it as he smirked evily. (Though it was unnecessary, I mean, what the hell does he need to smirk for anyway?)

"I don't think so!"

"What the?!" Charizard saw a cloudy hand appearing quickly from below him and snatched the ball in time before it could get away from the garden, it was Mallow's right hand that stretched to catch the ball as the cloud showed the ball to the crowd as he smiled and chuckled heartily.

"OUT! 1 POINT FOR YOSHI'S TEAM, THEY GET A RUN, ENDING WITH A TIE TOGETHER WITH PEACH'S TEAM!" Lakitu announced cheerfully as the crowd cheered loudly, Toadette, however, stomped the floor before walking to her bench.

Next formation:

Batter: Bowser Fangs

Pitcher, first, third bases and right outfield: Peach, Daisy, Birdo and Toadette (due to Mario and Luigi's temporal immobility)

Second, fourth and left outfield: Red, Squirtle and Jigglypuff


"BEGIN!" Lakitu said putting his mask on again.

"MWHAHAHAHAHA!" Bowser laughed evily as he walked to his position with his iron bat.

"I'll try my best." Peach said.

"Who said something about doing your best Peach?! Throw the ball!"

"...Okay..." Peach said nodding as she gracefully threw her ball...which Bowser failed to hit.

"STRIKE!"

Bowser grunted angrily and Peach threw the ball again.

"STRIKE!"

Bowser was getting angrier as the ball was sent to him.

HIT!

Bowser grinned and began to run to first base as Red, from the second base, got the ball from the grass and began to run towards Bowser, who quickly turned his back and got safe in the first base. "Darn it!" Red cursed returning the ball to Peach.

It was Charizard's turn, smirking at Red and Squirtle who glared at him. "Alright, let's finish this already." Charizard said spewing out smoke.

"Ya!" Peach threw the ball at Charizard.

"STRIKE!"

However, Charizard didn't see that as a strike. "THAT WASN'T FAULT, IT WAS A BALL!"

"Nope! I'm graduated from the Baseball Academy sir and that was a strike!!!" Lakitu said excited.

"Whatever!" Charizard said before noticing the ball crossing him.

"STRIKE!"

"God! I wasn't prepared!" Charizard cursed before raising his bat as Peach threw the ball at him, he hit it and the Pokémon quickly flew around the diamond-shaped field.

"I got it! I got it! I got it!" Jigglypuff said flying towards the ball.

Ivysaur's eyes widened and looked quickly to Jigglypuff. "JIGGLYPUFF! FLY TO THE LEF-"

"AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!" Jigglypuff was instantly pulled to the grass where she moaned in pain as the ball hit her stomach and rolled away.

"Mine!" Toadette said grabbing the ball and throwing it to Birdo.

However, the ball quickly changed directions to the north and Toadette gasped. "W-what the hell just happened?!" Daisy asked confused.

"I-I don't know, the ball turned directions all of a sudden!" Birdo said confused as Charizard passed her and landed in the fourth base.

"1 run for the Bowser's Fangs!" Lakitu yelled as the crowd boo'ed them, but Bowser roared at them in fury.

"Jigglypuff!" Chris ran to Jigglypuff and ducked to see her. "A-are you alright?"

"Y-yes..." Jigglypuff said standing up and shaking her head. "S-something got my foot and pulled me back to the ground!"

"It's your leg alright?"

"Y-yes, I think so..."

"What a relief...but please, be more careful."

"O-okay." Jigglypuff said as Chris returned to the benches.

"(...I wonder if Lucario and others found Kirby yet...)"

Music stops

?

Somewhere in the depths of the earth of the Mushroom Kingdom, we see the 3 captured Smashers, Geno and Twink inside a thick vine cage that was surrounded by even more vines with sharp thorns, luckily, the cage didn't had thorns inside.

"I-I'm scared, what are we going to do to get out?" Twink asked trembling together with Kirby who hugged him in fear.

"Lucario, can you break the vines?" Geno asked to Lucario who tried to use his brute force to tore open the vines, the Aura Pokémon let out a long grunt before panting heavily.

"I...can't...these vines are too strong to break...the only way to break these would be using fire." Lucario said dropping to one knee.

"Oh, boy, this isn't good..." Olimar said as he saw his 6 Pikmins trembling.

"...What is it?" Kirby asked.

"My Pikmins tell me something bad is going to happen, the vines around this place aren't too safe to be around...and they say the one controlling these vines will something very bad to everyone above..."

"Grrrrr, I can't let this thing to kill Chris." Lucario grunted in rage.

"Unfortunately, we'll have to wait here until something happens." Geno said looking down in shame.

"...The vines are moving!" Twink said as the cage suddenly began to tremble and moved to another location of the earth.

"...This isn't good..."

"I-I know..." Kirby said preocupied.

Peach Garden

Peach Garden

Back in the surface, we see the ball going away to the distance until it crossed the wall, earning another run for Petey's action as the piranha happily ran around the field. "Another run for the Bowser's Fangs!" Lakitu said.

"At least they didn't cheat this time." Yoshi said.

"Next up is King Dedede!"

Dedede walked towards his position, however, he was going to use his hammer instead. "Throw that thing to me, pinky princess!" Dedede taunted Peach.

"Wow," Peach gasped surprised. "H-how did you know I like the pink color?"

"...What?"

"I mean, nobody has ever told me that before, I thought it looked obvious but nobody told me that before."

Everyone there sweatdropped as Dedede coughed and raised his hammer, Peace gracefully threw her ball, which Dedede failed.

"STRIKE!"

"I-I wasn't prepared!" Dedede said.

"STRIKE!"

"S-seriously! This time is for rea-"

"STRIKE! OUT! 1 OUT POINT FOR THE PEACH FENCERS!" Lakitu announced happily as the crowd cheered loudly.

"Bah! Who needs this game anyway?!" Dedede asked angrily, leaving to his bench as Bowser Jr. walked to this position.

"Get maaad!" Bowser Jr. said putting on his mouth mask as Peach threw her ball at him. "HA!" Bowser Jr. hit the ball and it went soaring through the sky as he ran to the first base.

"It's mine! It's mine! It's mine! It's min-" Red was going to catch the ball but he mysteriously tripped quickly and the ball hit his head and it rolled away to Squirtle, then, Bowser Jr. was coming to the fourth base.

"You're mine!" Squirtle said holding out the ball in front of him.

"I don't think so, blue turtle soup!" Bowser Jr. said smirking evily as LPP was going to make Squirtle to lose touching his opponent.

"SQUIRTLE! JUMP!" Ivysaur yelled.

"W-what?!" Bowser Jr. asked astonished as Squirtle jumped from the ground and touched his face with the ball.

"OUT! 1 OUT FOR THE YOSHI ISLANDERS!"

"DARN IT! DARN IT! DARN IT! I HATE ALL OF YOU!" Bowser Jr. said angrily, hiding his sobs as he went to his bench and sat besides Bowser, who patted his back.

Dedede ran to Charizard. "Uh-oh, they are creatin' plans to evade our traps already."

"Hmph, fear not, this is only the beginning." Charizard said with a smirk.

"...I hate when people says that when it's already too long..." Dedede muttered as he returned to his bench.

"Last one on the field, Boo!" Lakitu said as Boo appeared in front of his face laughing, which made Lakitu to hide in his cloud before Boo took his position.

"Heheheeeh!" Boo laughed as Peach threw the ball.

HIT!

Boo quickly floated towards the first base as the ball got away to the north, it reached the grass and Toadette took the ball before Jigglypuff. "BIRDO!" Toadette yelled launching her ball at Birdo.

"RED! JUMP TO THE RIGHT AND EXTEND YOU RIGHT HAND!" Ivysaur yelled from the benches.

"R-right!" Red nodded jumping to the right and extending his left hand with his glove, the ball was going to reach Birdo, but it quickly took directions to the left, where Red catched it in time as he rolled in the ground and quickly ran after Boo. "S-Stay there!"

"Oh, no!" Boo said horrified as Red was getting closer to him, the Boo turned his back to the first base where he was close to reach. "(Hahaaaa! I'm going to be safe there, that stupid kid will never reach me in tim-)"

"Daisy!"

"WHAT?!" Boo saw the ball flying above his head as Daisy merely extended her right hand, right in front of Boo's face where the ball landed between them.

"OUT! 2 OUTS GATHERED FOR THE PEACH FENCERS, CHANGE PLAYERS!" Lakitu yelled declaring his statement as the crowd cheered loudly, Boo hid his face in his small hands and vanished from the field as the final leg took place.

Next formation:

Batter: Yoshi Islanders

Pitcher, first, third bases and right outfield: Bowser, Bowser Jr., Charizard and King Dedede

Second, fourth and left outfield: Peach, Daisy and Toadette


"Hmm..." Chris glanced to Mario and Luigi, who were on the benches with casts on their right legs. "...Maybe..."

"It's something wrong?" Ivysaur asked as Yoshi walked to his position.

"I think I can..." Chris trailed off.

"Now, Yoshi, on the bat!" Lakitu said putting his mask on again.

"BWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" Bowser's laugh echoed as he pointed at Yoshi with an angry expression. "You! Greenie! Are going down!"

Yoshi grunted at this. "Grr."

"BEGIN!" Lakitu said as Bowser charged his ball and threw it at Yoshi.

HIT!

"DANG IT!" Bowser cursed as the ball passed above his head as it went towards the wall. "(Not quite my dear Yoshter...)"

"OUT! 1 OUT POINT FOR THE BOWSER FANGS!"

"W-what?!" Yoshi looked to Dedede, who was throwing the ball slightly above his hand as he smirked. "N-no!" Yoshi said looking down as he returned to the bench and sat down, giving Jigglypuff her turn.

"A vine sprouted out from the ground and gave the ball quickly to Dedede." Ivysaur said.

"Oh no, if we let this going like that again, they're going to win this..." Red said worried.

Chris saw Boo floating in front of him as he returned to his bench, then, a light-bulb appeared above Chris's head. "Do you have an idea or something?" Fox asked looking at the light-bulb.

Chris took out a hammer from his back and destroyed the light-bulb without even looking as he hid the hammer behind, making Fox to wonder where did he get that hammer. "Idea? Well...wait here..." Chris walked towards Boo before he could get near the bench.

"What do you want?" Boo asked.

"Well, I wanted to ask you a favor."

"Favor? Do I look like some kind of good ghost to you? Don't waste my time!" Boo turned his back.

"W-Wait!" Chris got out an old-music player with a disc on it. "I'll give you this in return if you help me!"

Boo turned to him and looked to the disc before gasping. "I-it's that the Sorb. Oiram disc?! W-where did you get that?!"

"A Toad gave it to me as a runner-up present, I think, you want to hear this music?" Chris played the record by spinning the handle, playing a familiar tune of the Mario Bros. Theme that Boo liked and began flailing his arms at the sound of the music. "So, do you want me to give it to you?"

"YES! GIMME!" Boo went towards the record but Chris put it behind his back.

"Not so fast you music-hungry ghost, first, the favor I wanted to ask you."

Boo rolled his eyes. "Fine, I'll listen."

"IT'S GETTING AWAY!" Squirtle cheered as Jigglypuff flew to the first base while the ball got away from the field, making the trio of villains to smirk evily.

"(Alright, GO!)" Charizard ordered inside his mind and crossed his arms.

...But nothing seemed to happen and the ball crossed the wall.

"HOME-RUN!" Lakitu yelled as Jigglypuff got happy and began to dance her way to the fourth base.

"Yes!" Jigglypuff looked to the sky with a smile as the crowd went wild.

"W-what happened?!" Bowser asked astonished, suddenly, Boo appeared with his music playing, making Bowser to cover his ears. "WHERE DID YOU GET THAT INFERNAL MUSIC?!"

"Sorry Bowser! I'm afraid I can't tell you that!" Boo said happily.

Previously, we see the ball about to be grabbed by a vine, but then at that moment, we see Boo touching the ball slightly for a moment to turn it invisible along with himself to evade the vine, then Boo disappeared and the ball got visible before crossing the wall.

"Good job Jigglypuff!" Chris said hugging Jigglypuff close to his face as both laughed heartily.

"Oh, thank you! Thank you!" Jigglypuff said happily.

Mallow walked to his position, waved at the crowd and raised his bat. "Coming, coming coming coming, coming!!!" Mallow tried to taunt Bowser.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on November 16, 2008, 03:37:43 PM
Awesome. Good job with Halloween.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: The Seventh on November 18, 2008, 06:05:45 PM
Yeah, that holloween special was awesome.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: makuta on November 18, 2008, 08:38:44 PM
Wait, will Clause show up?

He is an alternate costume for Lucas.

Unless (Spoilers from the end of Mother 3).
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 19, 2008, 05:43:38 PM
"(Wait, I have an idea to take the cloud out and reclaim an out.)" Bowser thought before talking to the ground and returning to see Mallow.

"Ivysaur, what did he do?" Red asked.

"Hmm, he talked to the ground again, but I can't perceive anything yet." Ivysaur said.

"BUAAH!" Bowser threw the ball to Mallow and the prince hit it and began to run to the first base.

"...Wait, a vine is going to sprout somewhere else..." Ivysaur said looking around.

"OUT!"

CHOMP!!!

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!" Mallow cried out grabbing his leg.

"STOP THE GAME!"

3 minutes later...

It was raining and Yoshi's team was gathered on the benches while Mallow cried as he had a cast on his right leg. "Okay, that does it! We need to find a way to end this nonsense with the traps!" Jigglypuff said pouting.

"M-Mallow, can you tell us how did you were hurt?" Chris asked preocupied.

"S-something bit my leg very hard..." Mallow said sobbing as the rain began to slow down.

"So Mario, Luigi and Mallow got bitten, that's why their legs were hurt." Fox said, getting in a thinking position.

"...If we just could figure out a way to reveal that trap..." Squirtle tried to think.

"Well, as far as we know, it bites anybody unexpectly." Ivysaur reminded them.

"I-I don't want to get bitten..." Yoshi said studdering.

"Bitten...bitten...maybe..." Chris thought.

"How bad, if we just had something so hard that it can't be penetrated or pierced so easily, we could capture the bitter." Red said.

"But where are we going to get something like that?" Fox asked before Chris looked at him.

Flashback

"Your boots," Chris pointed at Fox's boots. "I mean, they look like they haven't been scratched at all."

"Oh, my boots?" Fox knocked one of them and it made a metal sound. "These boots aren't ordinary, they were made with the best metal and iron from Corneria, not even Link's Master Sword can make a cut on them."

"Falco's boots are also made like yours, right?"

"Exactly, both of us talked to Slippy to made stronger boots for the next tournament, not even the strongest bite can pierce through them, the bluckles are the hardest part and the strongest part of my kicks."

End of flashback

"...Wait a minute...I remember something you told me before..." Chris trailed off looking at Fox's boots...

3 minutes later...

"W-what's this?! It seems Yoshi's changed his team formation, because the last member to take the bat, Fox, is coming to his position with bat ready!" Toadsworth said astonished as Fox put a serious face and raised his bat.

"Pfft, furries, who needs 'em." Bowser said frowning.

"(How amusing, boss is gonna show him...wait, since when I started to say "gonna"?)" Chris thought confused. "(...Must have been Sonic...)"

"So, the plan is to bite his leg to take him out, right?" Dedede whispered to Charizard, who nodded...smirking again.

"BUUUUUAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Bowser charged his shot with full force.

"STRIKE!"

"Grr." Fox grunted at this while Bowser chuckled.

"STRIKE!"

"(Please Fox, just hit the ball or our plan it's going to fail!)" Yoshi thought worried.

"BUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Bowser charged and much, more powerful shot that caught fire instantly.

HIT!

"RUN! RUN! RUN!" Red yelled loudly as Fox quickly dashed through the field, towards the first base.

"(Boo, do it now!)" Chris thought as Boo made the ball invisible while he was invisible himself to evade somebody from seeing him as the ball landed on the grass, far away from the catchers on the outfield.

"Amazing! Fox is displaying quite the speed on the court, he's going for the third base!" Toadsworth said surprised.

Bowser began to sweat and stomped the ground. "(PLANT! DO YOUR WORK NOW!)" Bowser thought angrily as Fox crossed the third base.

"You're SOOOOOO going down furry!" LPP said laughing evily as he rose up quickly below the running Fox who was about to reach the fourth base...

CRACK!!!

Music stops

"..." Fox stopped and looked down to his right leg, upon seeing the cause of the traps without moving from his spot, the Star Fox leader smiled.

"..." Everybody on the field stopped yelling or getting desperate and glanced to the cause, Bowser's team looked very shocked by the revelation that they began to whistle innocently.

"..." Yoshi's team had their mouths wide opened after seeing the cause, not moving at all while Fox's iron boot was between his fangs, which were conveniently on the hardest part of them, the buckles which Fox mentioned they were very hard to pierce through.

"..." LPP didn't move and froze upon making contact with his victim, using X-Ray vision, we see his fangs cracking up and shattered into dust, while long, red trails indicating pain ran across his body.

Sky

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!"

Peach Garden

"OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! MY FANGS! MY PRECIOUS FANGS! THEY'RE GONE FOR GOOD! OWW OWW OWW OWW!" LPP cried out in pain as he stopped bitting Fox's boot.

"IVYSAUR! USE VINE WHIP!" Red ordered running to LPP with Ivysaur.

"NOW!" Ivysaur yelled grabbing LPP by the neck using a quick attack of his Vine Whip and raised him so the crowd could see him.

"Everyone! This is the cause of Bowser's weird winning ways, this plant caused all the mysterious traps from the golf event and onwards! He's an accomplice of Bowser, Charizard and King Dedede!" Jigglypuff said pouting.

The crowd instantly glared at Bowser's team and they continued to whistle innocently.

"YOU THERE! SAY THE TRUTH!" Chris demanded to LPP who was trying to get off from Ivysaur's Vine Whip.

"Ugh...I...won't...say...anything..." LPP said panting heavily.

"...Oh well," Mallow gave Chris scissors and he opened them, putting them wide open on LPP's plant. "I guess you wouldn't mind losing a portion of your body then, I'm sorry, but this seems to be the only way to end this...or...you can always save your grassy ass by telling the truth..." Chris received surprised stares from his teammates. "...What? I wanted to say ass, this thing made Lucario to lose after all!"

"ALRIGHT! ALRIGHT! I'M CONFESSING!" LPP said crying loudly. "Charizard and Dedede brought me back to life using the Shadow Bugs and they took me to my old master Bowser to cheat in the whole event, also, we were planning to kill you, Smashers, in the process after you destroyed all the Subspace Bombs! But please, LET ME LIVE!" LPP cried out, begging.

"..." The crowd shot nasty glares to Bowser, even Toadsworth and Peach's team shot glares at him while Ivysaur slowly lowered LPP to the ground, but without releasing him as Yoshi's team gathered around him, cracking their fists.

"W-what are you gonna do to me?! I-I told the truth already, set me free!" LPP said sweating nervously.

"THIS, is for making Lucario to lose!" Chris said angrily.

"THIS, is for trying to make us to trip in the tennis event!" Jigglypuff said angrily.

"THIS, is for making me lose against Diddy!" Fox said angrily.

"THIS, is for ruining my painting that I tried so hard to paint!" Ivysaur said angrily, with Red and Squirtle standing at boh sides.

"THIS, is for making me to fail in the golf event!" Mallow said angrily.

"THIS, is for making my team to lose!" Yoshi said angrily.

"W-WAIT! I-I'LL BE GOOD! I'LL BE GOOD!" LPP pleaded. "Y-YOU CAN'T FIGHT IN THE FESTIVAL, REMEMBER?!"

"THIS, is for breaking my favorite lens of last model, I'll make the rule of "not fighting" off this time to teach you something, my boy!" Toadsworth said angrily as we zoom to his lens, that had labeled "semi-last model made from Gold Coins, cheaper than the last model, therefore, bad."

"...NO!"

The 7 Smashers and Mallow started to beat the crap out of LPP, releasing their inner fury with every single fist they landed on the plant, cursing a lot, punching a lot, kicking a lot, shooting a lot, pretty much every combination of attacks were directed to the plant, heck, even Petey who was watching the massacre to one of his brothers made him to shudder in fear and hid below a bench, which was way smaller than him.

After 20 minutes, they stopped panting heavily, staring angrily at a crushed, punched, stomped and badly hurten, LPP. "...I...will...take...my...revenge...on you...just...wait...ugh...." LPP trailed off fainting as he vanished with a poof of smoke.

"Crap, they all know the truth now, what are we gonna do?!" King Dedede asked panicking before Toadsworth coughed and glared at them.

"So! All the traps, the cheating, the breaking of my last model lens and the attacks on the players were caused by you all, dirty scoudrels?!" Toadsworth asked angrily.

"...Yes?" Charizard said dumbfounded.

"THE BOWSER FANGS ARE DISQUALIFIED FROM THIS EVENT!!!" Toadsworth yelled furiously as the crowd went completely wild and cheered after hearing those sweet, words for their ears while they threw trash to Bowser's team who ran away from the field, humiliated.

"I knew Bowser was behind this...oww..." Luigi rubbed his leg.

Toadsworth walked to Yoshi. "I must say sorry for you Yoshi, I should've notice Bowser's tricks from the beginning, unfortunately, he can still participate in the kart racing event since we can't take off points."

"...Wait, if you said they can participate in the kart racing event...then that means..." Mallow's eyes began to glittet with glee.

"Since the Peach Fencers have 1 run and the Yoshi Islanders have 3 runs, 1 extra since Fox managed to reach the base in time, and the only point left the Peach Fencers can gain with outs in their last turn, THE YOSHI ISLANDERS WIN THIS EVENT AND CAN PROCEED TO THE KART RACING EVENT, THE FINAL EVENT OF THE FESTIVAL!!!" Toadsworth said happily as confetti began to fall from the sky by the Lakitus, the crowd cheered and applauded loudly, Yoshi's eyes began to fill with tears of joy that he instantly hugged Chris while he wagged his tail happily, the whole team was laughing heartily at this moment.

Peach was very happy for Yoshi and her team applauded along with the audience, even Mario and Luigi cheered at this moment, we see the Yoshi's team high-fiving each other as the camera gets away from the Peach Garden and pans out...

Mushroom Hotel

"HURRAH!" Mallow cheered loudly together with Red, Ivysaur, Squirtle and Chris, raising their sodas to the air.

Since it was night, the next event was going to be held tomorrow, the teams were allowed to use the Mushroom Hotel, a high class place to let teams relax before the events continue, Yoshi's team was gathered there, they were all sitting in a circle in their big room as they celebrated for their victory.

"Thank you, thank you, thank you! We can win this festival in the kart racing event!" Yoshi said happily.

"Everything went well after all, I'm so happy!" Jigglypuff said happily drinking her soda.

"Bless Fox's weird selection of boots!" Squirtle said touching Fox's left foot, which made Fox to sweatdrop.

"Stop it." Fox said with an angry expression.

"Anyway, Yoshi, I didn't see who you disqualified." Chris said looking to Yoshi.

"...I disqualified Red, Ivysaur, Squirtle and Fox." Yoshi said simply and mentioned characters looked at him with shocked faces.

"W-what?! Why?! I was the one who revealed the identity of that plant!" Fox argued.

"Sorry, it's just that...I haven't seen you riding a kart before, if there are motorcycles, then I'd have kept you."

"Great, thanks a lot." Fox said glaring at him.

"B-but why us?!" Red asked shocked.

"Apparently, Daisy convinced Toadsworth that 3 characters in one was cheating so he told me to disqualify you or else we couldn't move on." Yoshi explained as the door of their room suddenly opens, where Daisy appeared by sticking out her head.

"Ha-ha! Now everything is fair between u-us!" Daisy taunted them as she closed the door with a slam.

"...That crazy girl can't have her mouth closed for some good seconds..." Ivysaur muttered angrily.

"That means we made it to the finals!" Chris said to Jigglypuff and Mallow.

"Of course, I'm worried about you Chris, I haven't seen you riding a kart before." Yoshi said.

"Oh, that's no problem actually..." Chris changed to his Racer job. "Here, with this job on, I can drive like a normal racer."

"Wow, that was fast..." Yoshi trailed off as he shook his head later. "Whatever! Let's drink one last time to celebrate!"

"Alright! Twink, Geno, Lucario, Kirby, Olimar, drink up!" Jigglypuff said cheerfully as the team drank their drinks in unison...

...Before spitting it out between them, since they were in a circle as they coughed.

"OH, GOD!" Squirtle said shocked.

"I know! This soda has 0.1 percent proteins! You know how bad this is for my health?! I need even more proteins than this thing!" Jigglypuff complained.

"Jigglypuff, that's not the point! We forgot to ask the piranha about Kirby and the others!" Yoshi said angrily.

Chris hit his head with the can of soda. "I'm an idiot, I'm an idiot, I'M AN IDIOT! We had the chance but we forgot it!"

"...Well...we can ask Bowser about them..." Mallow suggested.

"He's right, Bowser still knows where they are." Fox said.

"...Thanks goodness...I'm worried about them..." Jigglypuff said sighing. "...But seriously, 0.1 percent proteins?!"

"JIGGLYPUFF!" Everyone else said angrily.

Chris yawned. "...Well...I think we should rest for now, it's very late...but...on a side note, how am I going to give Lucario those steaks I promised to him if I can't even cook them?"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Fox yelled terrorized and hid behind Chris, trembling with fear.

"W-what is wrong with you?!"

"SHE IS HERE!"

"Who?"

"RAINE!" Fox pointed to a mysterious poster of Raine on the wall, everyone looked to it like it was normal.

"...Why is Fox scared about that woman?" Red asked, after some explanations... "...She tried to dissect you?"

"Come to think of it," Chris got up and walked to the poster. "How did this end up here?" Chris slightly touched the poster...

And a cloud of smoke appeared covering the World Traveler as they got up surprised, expecting an enemy who could attack them there. "S-show yourself!" Jigglypuff said a little scared.

When the cloud cleared out, however, Chris was there surprised, because of all the people in the universes, the most, lurkiest character appeared there, it was none other than the Wonder Chef, the same chef with the giant fork and red cape.

"I am Wonder Chef! The incredible chef of culinary skills!" The Wonder Chef with a smile.

"W-what the hell where you doing in here spying on us you creep?!" Squirtle demanded for an answer.

"Well, my dear turtle friend, someone of you all has a problem with food related, am I right?" The Wonder Chef asked.

"...I...want to know how to cook steak..." Chris said blushing.

"Oh? Is that so? It's easy! I shall let you know how to cook steak!"

Chris has learned how to cook Steak!

"Finished! Now, you have learned the Steak recipe!" The Wonder Chef said with a smile.

"...That was fast..." Mallow said.

"...Hey, wait a minute, how did you get in here in our room?!" Fox demanded for an answer but the chef put his right hand on his right ear.

"I hear cries of help by the Dark Chef! I must go now, please, enjoy preparing Steak!" The Wonder Chef said raising his giant fork in the air as he vanished in a poof of smoke.

"...Who was that weirdo?" Red asked confused.

"I myself want to know that too, I hav-wait, leave that theme for another day, let's sleep and forget this happened!" Chris said as he laid down on his bed, but everyone else were staring at him. "...I said sleep!" Chris clapped his hands and the lights turned off, leaving them looking at each other before going to sleep.

Mushroom Gorge

"This...is...just amazing..." Chris said sniffing after looking at the track.

"Welcome to Mushroom Gorge!" Toadsworth said cheerfully.

The next event was surprising, it was an event only about kart racing, with new uncoming tracks from the next Mario Kart, the teams had their teammates gathered there cheering loudly along with the crowd who were spreaded along the track, above the cliffs.

"In this magnificent, last event, teams will have to race to the finish line! The rules are very simple! If a teammate reaches the finish line before the others, that member and his team will receive a point! There are 4 tracks in total, so, do your best to win!" Toadsworth explained. "Oh! There's also another thing! We're promoting the racers to use motorcycles, if you can make stunts on the air, you will receive a small boost after landing successfully on the ground to get ahead of your opponents!"

"...MOTORCYCLES?!" Yoshi gasped after Fox shot a nasty glare to him from his position besides the finish line.

"Please, select if you want to choose a kart or a motorcycle!"

Everyone selected motorcycles, but Mallow was the only one who chose a kart.

"Speaking of which, what members did Peach and Bowser disqualify?"

"Oh," Peach walked to him giggling. "Bowser disqualified Boo and Petey and I disqualified Mario and Luigi."

"You WHAT?!"

"Heheheheh, the plumbers are out for good now, with their legs in a bad shape, they won't bother me for a good time!" Bowser said laughing evily.

"Hi Bowser." Mario and Luigi passed in front of him, walking to their area to cheer on Peach and Daisy.

"Oh, hi there idiots, now, where I was?" Bowser thought before he gasped. "What the?! How did those 2-"

"Surprise!" Chris said smiling. "I used my healing skills with the Fonic Hymn User job in the night and casted First Aid on them continuously...god, I used like 174 First Aids on their legs before they could feel them again...and same with Mallow here." Chris explained as Bowser shoved his face at him.

"YOU LITTLE RUNT! I WILL MAKE SURE TO KILL YOU SOME OF THESE DAYS!!!"

"...Just try it! Lucario will kill you first! And by the way, where is Kirby?!"

"Ha! I'll never tell you! No way!"

"And if I win the race?"

"...If I win, you'll get out of my way, but if you win, I'll tell you where they are!"

"Deal!" Both of them shook hands, but Bowser tried to crush Chris's hand.

"See ya...kid!"

"...I'm not a kid damit!" Chris said angrily as he panted heavily.

"Chris, calm down please." Mallow said behind him, already prepared in his kart.

"...It's just that I hate people telling me that I'm a kid..."

"Racers! To your positions!" Toadsworth announced over the mic as all the racers rode their motocycles. "On your marks!" Toadsworth raised his checkered flag. "Geeeeeeet set!" Everyone started the engines of their motorcycles and looked at each other before focusing on the track.

Mushroom Gorge

"GO!" Toadsworth yelled moving his flag as all the racers took a good start as they drove away while the crowd cheered loudly.

"Holy crap! Look at that motorcycle!" Yoshi said surprised as Mallow glanced to Charizard's motorcycle, which was big as him as the dragon smirked.

"I'm surprised that a Pokémon can drive actually!" Chris said accelerating as they all got items.

And from that point, crazyness started.

On the first place, Peach was getting the lead and they reached the first mushroom where they performed their stunts and landed with a small boost to accelerate. "Not so fast!" Bowser Jr. said using his Spiny Shell that went soaring the sky and crashed on Peach, dropping her to 7th place as she regained her speed.

Now Dedede was in the first place (driving a Wheelie from Kirby Air Ride), taking advantage of the next mushroom to jump in the sky, land on the green mushroom and then use the red mushroom to land with a small boost using a stunt, then everyone else followed him by behind.

"Oh no, you're not getting away!" Daisy said accelerating as she used a Red Shell, but Dedede took out a Banana Peel that he used as a shield, entering inside the crystal cave with mushrooms.

"Ha! No way princes-" Dedede was interrupted before Daisy threw her 2 remaining Red Shells at him, making Dedede to spin madly and lose his speed, falling to last place. "You're gonna regret that! Ya hear me?!" Dedede cursed as he recovered his speed.

Everyone reached the mushrooms that made a path across the abyss, in the first place, Chris accelerated and did some stunts in the air as he jumped through the mushrooms, apparently, the racer job gave him a chance to be a normal racer. "YUPPIEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Chris yelled happily as he went jumping from mushroom to mushroom.

"CHRIS! BE CAREFUL!" Jigglypuff yelled from the 4th place.

"WhaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!" Chris yelled loudly after he looked to another place and fell to the abyss, where a Lakitu brought him back, dropping him to the last place as everyone else crossed the mushrooms. "Oh, wait for me will you?!"

"Second lap!" Lakitu announced loudly as all the racers, then Chris, crossed the finish line by passing the curve.

"Wahoohoohooo!!!" Toadette was on 9th place but she got a Golden Mushroom which she used instantly and was sent rocketing to the first place, jumping to the mushroom where she accelerated using the mushroom until it disappeared.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!" A Lightning crashed down on all the racers minus Bowser Jr., who laughed as he went ahead to the crystal cave.

"No way!" Mini Charizard said taking out a Mega Mushroom, which he used as he grew the double of his size with his motorcycle and began to accelerate, crushing Yoshi, Daisy, Birdo, Mallow, Chris and accidentaly, King Dedede who complained as he was flat. (Though Charizard thought Dedede had it coming for something). "BWAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! SEE YOU, LOSERS!" Giant Charizard yelled as he jumped towards the path of mushrooms, doing stunts by throwing flames above him before he returned to his normal size once he was hallway through.

"WEHEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Mallow cheered using a Bullet Bill, making him to cross the mushrooms and pass around the curve where he crashed into Charizard and got the first place.

"FINAL LAP!" Lakitu yelled.

Mushroom Gorge Final Lap

"Chris!" Squirtle jumped above the sign where they were and yelled to Chris stretching his right hand. "High-five!" The others who were there did the same thing as Chris turned to the right.

"Yes!" Chris did 4 high-fives with Squirtle, Red, Fox and Ivysaur as he sped forward.

"Hey, everybody! High-five with me!" Yoshi said coming in 5th place.

PUNCH! PUNCH! PUNCH! PUNCH!

However, previous characters punched Yoshi in the right eye since they were mad at him for being disqualified, and Yoshi received a very black eye.

"OH NO!" Jigglypuff saw a Spiny Shell flying towards the first place, which was with Mallow, who was about to cross the gap between the bridge and the mushroom, the shell exploded into him and the prince fell down the clouds, as Charizard took the first place back, crossing the abyss and going to the second row of mushroom.

"Oh no you don't!" Daisy yelled throwing a Banana Peel, right on Charizard's face.

"I'M BLIND! I CAN'T SEE ANYTHING!!! AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Charizard lost control of his vehicle and drove accidentaly to the abyss, as Daisy took the first place and did stunts, accelerating inside the crystal cave.

"Fall back!" Mallow yelled coming right behind Daisy using a speed boost to gain the first place as they were about the final row of mushrooms.

"Ha!" Toadette used a Starman to gain a great amount of speed, passing the 8th, 7th, 6th and 5th place, but the effect ended when she was hallway the mushrooms. "Rats!"

"NO SO FAST!" Bowser came from behind using 3 Mushrooms, accelerating towards the end of the mushroom path where he pushed Mallow in the air and the cloud prince fell to the abyss before reaching safe ground.

"MALLOW!" Yoshi yelled jumping from the final mushroom as he was in 2nd place, but the dinosaur/dragon/whatever he is made a serious face and did a wheelie to gain velocity, though it was very little to catch up with Bowser.

"He's not going to make it!" Red said gasping as Bowser was a few feet away from the finish line.

"FINISH!" Lakitu declared once Bowser crossed the finish line. "THE BOWSER FANGS WIN THIS TRACK!"

"HURRAAAAAAAAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Bowser laughed evily, stopping with the breaks as everyone crossed the finish line.

"No! We lost!" Yoshi said shocked.

"Thanks for pointing out the obvious." Red said sweatdropping.

"Now, we move on to the next track!" Toadsworth announced.

Coconut Mall

"Shopping malls, electric stairs, crazy shoppers and cars can be found here!" Toadsworth said excited.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES!!!" Chris cheered loudly.

The next track was the Coconut Mall, home of the shopping madness and also a convenient location for a race like the kart racing event.

However, something peculiar caught Chris's eyes as he looked around surprised.

"...Aren't all those people inside the mall and outside my Miis?" Chris asked confused glancing at all the Miis cheering loudly together with the Piantas, Nokis, Toads and other people.

"Hey, look at him, isn't he Chris?" Red asked pointing at Chris's Mii standing besides him, the Mii looked at him.

"( :-) )" The Mii said with his face.

"...Er...hello?"

"( ?:-( )"

"Can't you talk?"

"( ?:-( )"

"...Well...see you..." Red said looking back at the racers preparing for the race to begin.

"Attention all shoppers, 80 percent off on sales for orange skirts while the race is on!" A Toad said over the speaker.

"YEAH!" Daisy said making a fist in the air.

"FREE DISCOUNTS TO THE BEST SHOPPER!"

"OH, I KNOW WHO'S THAT GONNA BE!!!"

"Ahem! Daisy, please resist your shopping sprees for the race." Toadsworth said as Daisy crossed her arms and looked away.

"...So, you want us to do that strategy?" Mallow asked and Yoshi nodded.

"Yes, in the previous tournament of karts, whoever who could get behind a racer would gain a speed boost to take the lead." Yoshi explained.

"Oh! Then you want us to-" Chris was interrupted.

"Shh! Yes, exactly, now take your positions!" Yoshi whispered as they ran to their motorcycles (kart in Mallow's case).

"3! 2! 1!"

Coconut Mall

"GO!" Toadsworth waved his flag as the racers took a mini-turbo and sped inside the mall as the crowd cheered loudly (which was overused at this point already).

"Peach! Let's take the electric stairs of the right!" Toadette suggested, since those stairs were going up.

"Alright!" Daisy said taking mentioned stairs together with Peach's whole team, taking them up to gain advantage.

"They also devised some ideas to get ahead, we should take theirs too!" Jigglypuff said as they turned around the corner to the right.

"Stunts!" Bowser Jr., said as Bowser and him used the fountain as a ramp to make stunts in the air and gain a speed boost, they were inches away from Birdo who accidentaly gave both Bowsers a speed boost and passed her from behind.

"W-why aren't we climbing up this thing?!" Charizard asked.

"BECAUSE IT'S GOIN' DOWN!" Dedede pointed out since they took the wrong electric stairs who were going down.

"See ya!" Mallow said from the other stairs, getting away further inside the mall with Yoshi.

"DANG IT!"

All the other racers made it to the mall's garden area. "I wonder for what is this?" Toadette wondered taking out a POW Block that appeared on everybody's head except her team.

"Huh? For what is this bloc-UAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Yoshi lost control of his motorcycle wtih everybody, before he could use the flowers's borders as ramps to do stunts, he crossed over the flowers as he spun before getting control again, but Daisy appeared from behind and got the first place.

"HAHAHAHAHAHA!" Bowser Jr., threw a Green Shell to Yoshi, making Yoshi to roll on his place as he was dropped to 10th place.

"Y-you little!" Yoshi tried to curse but he regained his speed and chased after Bowser Jr.

Daisy was in the front, crossing the cafeteria to the highest ramp of the mall where her team accelerated to and did long stunts in the air, landing in the far away street to gain a mini-turbo, then Mallow, Jigglypuff and Chris came to the street also with a mini-turbo, then Bowser and his son came in with mini-turbos and accelerated.


However, Yoshi was being interrupted by Charizard and Dedede, who were pushing him constantly between them. "Heh! Take that greenie!" Dedede said pushing Yoshi to Charizard.

A small smirk appeared on Yoshi's face. "Oh, now you're going to regret that." Yoshi said as both passed him, but Yoshi pulled out a Mega Mushroom that made him to grow double his size.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Dedede and Charizard yelled loudly while the giant Yoshi flattened them under his big weight, Yoshi used the speed pads from the cars in the parking area to go even faster, he even pushed the cars away with his big height before returning to normal after he crossed the finish line.

"Second lap!" Lakitu announced.

Inside the mall, we see Birdo taking the lead before a Spiny Shell crashed into her by Jigglypuff, who passed her and stuck out her tongue to Birdo. "Ha-ha! You got a-ttac-ked!"

"JIGGLYPUFF! WATCH OUT!" Mallow yelled.

"Huh?" Jigglypuff turned her back to her direction, where she crashed inside a shop and many things were broken, ran over, people screaming, even Mallow lost sight of her and turned around the corner, hoping for Jigglypuff's safety.

On a side note, he was now in first place!

"OUTTA MY WAY!" Daisy came from behind using a Green Shell om Mallow, making him to stumble, rolling on his spot, giving Daisy the first place as she went to the electric stairs and passed them.

"You've gotta be kiddin' me! We're so far behind!" Dedede said as Charizard and him turned around to the right, while the rest of the racers already were in the garden.

"Huh? What's this?" Charizard took out a Blooper that flew away.

"Hey! Get out of my sight!" Toadette complained to the Blooper that appeared in front of her, but the Bloope pointed its tentacles at her and sprayed ink on her eyes, making her to lose control of her motorcycle as the rest tried to look.

"I can't see anything!" Chris complained, stopping as he cleaned his face with his hands, then he resumed the race and went to the cafeteria, noticing that Bowser Jr. was now in the first place.

"Uheheheee!" Bowser Jr. chuckled as he turned around the corner to the lowest part of the ramp.

"Hey, you! Take this! A gift!" Chris took out a Fake Item Box that he threw to Bowser Jr.

"NOOOOOOOO!!!" Bowser Jr. rolled above his spot as Chris took the first place with him and did stunts after reaching the ramp. (He did the Superman).

"YOU'RE GONNA PAY!" Bowser roared from behind Chris who threw at him a Bom-omb, exploding on the World Traveler who jumped in the air by the explosion as Bowser accelerated using the boost pads in the parking lot, evading the cars there with the Miis.

"Final lap!" Lakitu declared.

Coconut Mall Lasp Lap

"Ha!" Peach used a Spiny Shell from the parking lot, it went soaring through the sky and crashed on Bowser who jumped in the air as Birdo took the lead of the race and used the stairs to get up quickly.

"Now! Let's use the strategy!" Yoshi said as he and his team entered inside the mall, the 4 racers lined up with Yoshi behind the line, Mallow, Jigglypuff and Yoshi got a speed boost that helped them reach even further inside as Chris was left behind waving at them.

"Go! Go! Go!" Mallow said to Jigglypuff and Yoshi who gained another speed boost, using the fountain as a ramp to make a long jump to the top of the stairs, Mallow saw 2 Red Shells coming from behind by Dedede and he sacrificed himself to protect Yoshi and Jigglypuff, who were now in the garden trying to catch up with Birdo.

"Y-Yoshi!" Birdo said surprised as she went towards the cafeteria, Yoshi accelerated using the speed boost from Jigglypuff combinating it with a wheelie, running besides her.

"Birdo, I hope you can understand how bad I felt back then!" Yoshi said with a serious face to Birdo as both ran to the highest ramp.

"I-I'm sorry Yoshi, I didn't want to make you mad at me, but you wer-"

"Actually, I should be the one saying sorry." Yoshi said ashamed as they ignored doing their stunts on the ramp.

"...R-really? You mean it?" Birdo asked blinking surprised.

"Yeah! I admit it, I was very harsh on you, it was my fault Birdo..." Yoshi closed his eyes before opening them again as they made it to the parking lot. "...I'm sorry...I wish you could forgive me..."

"...I do! I'm even saying sorry if I offended you!" Birdo said happily.

"...Thanks!" Yoshi said happily as they leaned closer to each other an-

Well, let's say the people around watching this part of the event refrained from saying "EWWWWWWWW!!!" since they knew Birdo's gender and not to make Yoshi feel bad.

"FINISH!" Lakitu declared.

"But who crossed the line first?" Ivysaur asked.

"The Yoshi Islanders win this track!"

"YES! YAY! HURRAY!" Chris, Mallow and Jigglypuff (who came fully dressed with jewels, clothes and even expensive boots that oddly fit her) cheered and stopped after crossing the finish line, running to Yoshi as the quartet jumped together with joy.

The rest of the racers crossed the finish line and stopped, however, Peach looked around. "Where is Daisy?"

"OUR BEST SHOPPER OF THE RACE IS DAISY!" The speakers said loudly as Daisy was seen on the screen holding lots and lots of bags, apparently, she couldn't resist it anymore and dropped out the race to buy a lot of things, and of course, receive free discounts.

"YAY! YAY! I WON! TAKE THAT!" Daisy said in victory as everybody groaned loudly at this. "WHY YOU LITTLE PIECES OF-"

Er, let's skip the scene of extreme violence and Luigi trying to stop Daisy's mad fury, shall we?

DK Summit

"Welcome now to DK Summit! Our next leg of the race!" Toadsworth said with a red coat while the audience cheered loudly.

It was a snowy paradise, there were gondolas reaching the summit with Shy Guys skiing down with their skis or snowboards.

Chris sneezed. "W-why this track needs to be on i-ice? I-I won't resist this climate at all during the r-r-r-race! Achoo!"

"Here, use this to protect you from getting a cold." Fox gave Chris his bandana.

"...B-but that is yours, how are you going to-"

"It doesn't matter, remember? I have fur over all my body, perfect protection to me, but don't lose it, okay? I don't want now to lose clothing after losing equipment."

"..." Chris quickly covered his throat and mouth with the bandana. "T-thanks Fox! I really appreciate this!"

"I'm glad you like it, good luck." Fox said smiling a bit as he returned to Red, Squirtle, and an apparently frozen up Ivysaur.

"IVYSAUR!" Red yelled worried after noticing his Pokémon in a big chunk of ice, then he and Squirtle started to hit the ice to save him.

"This is just unfair!" At that moment, DK and Diddy appeared from Squirtle's side (wearing red coats) "There's a track with my name on it and I'm not even in the race to test it out!"

"Even worse," Diddy began, putting on some binoculars from behind his back and looked to the top of the mountain. "There's a giant wooden Mario statue with a snowboard, why aren't you the wooden statue?"

"What?" DK snatched the binoculars and looked to the mountain. "Hey!"

"That doesn't even make any sense." Jigglypuff said.

"Hmm, I wonder why." Mario appeared besides Diddy rubbing his chin.

"You! Give back DK's pride!" Diddy pointed an acussing finger to Mario and leaped to him, starting a fight (without Toadsworth noticing it for Mario's dismay).

"Stop it you 2 and help us to get Ivysaur out from this!" Red yelled trying to save his frozen Pokémon.

"Racers! On your marks!" Toadsworth announced and Jigglypuff flew to her motorcycle. "Get set an-aw, whatever, GO!"

DK Summit

"Yes! We got ahead first!" Jigglypuff cheered as she got the first place with Mallow drivin behind her in second place.

Both turned right and gasped after they found a huge barrel pointing at the top of the summit. "W-wait, are we going to use that to get HIGH UP THERE?!" Mallow asked terrified as they entered inside the barrel and blasted off to the summit.

"I don't like this at AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALL!!!"

"HOLD ON!"

Everyone else followed the duo as they were blasted to the summit at high speed, where they landed and looked around.

"Everybody! Follow my path!" Yoshi yelled accelerating to the ramps of the left side, his team followed him by behind and did a group stunt as the crowd got impressed and cheered loudly.

"Marvelous! The Yoshi Islanders know how to amaze the folks!" Toadsworth said surprised repeating the stunt of the team on the screen.

"GO!" Bowser yelled using a Lightning to shrink everybody except his team, running over Yoshi, making the crowd to get angry at them as they got the first place. "SHUT UP!"

Bowser's team reached the multiple bumbs of snow, they smirked in unison and began to do stunts non-stop, gaining a lot of speed and crossed the field before the others could. "Papa! We're going to win this!" Bowser Jr. said happily.

"Jr., remember, this is how you win, like your big, evil, daddy!" Bowser said as they turned right and then left to reach the hall-pipe area.

".........yaaaaahoooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!" Toadette appeared using a Golden Mushroom and passed the team at high speed, even she reached the finish line in time.

"What th-CATCH HER! WE CAN'T LET HER WIN!" Dedede ordered angrily and the quartet chased after Toadette.

"Second lap!" Lakitu announced.

"...By the way, can you all tell me about this "Subspace Army" thing?" DK asked to Red, who was almost done with the ice since he destroyed half of the chunk of ice as Ivysaur looked at him with a small smile (since he really hates ice).

"DK? You want to know about the Subspace Army?" Squirtle asked.

"Yes, I heard you talking about them on your "private" mettings and I got interested, even Diddy here got interested as well."

"We wanted to ask you if you could let us join your adventure!" Diddy said smiling excited.

"No no no no no no! I-it's alright, we don't need more help!" Fox said smiling worried as he sweated a lot behind his head.

"Why don't we ask Chris first?" Red suggested and Fox glared at him.

"Right, why we don't ask Chris first." Fox replied gritting his fangs as they saw Chris coming from the hall-pipe. "Chris! Do you want DK and Diddy to join us now?" Fox yelled shaking his head for a "no" as a reply.

"SURE!" Chris said as he passed them and went to the barrel to be blasted off to the summit, leaving Fox with his jaw dropped in shock.

NEWCOMER!

Donkey Kong joined your team!

NEWCOMER!

Diddy Kong joined you team!

"Alright!" Diddy did a backflip on his spot. "We're going to have lots of adventures together, defeat bad guys with style, do awesome victory poses and even get treasures on the way! Isn't that so cool Fox?"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!"

Yoshi looked back to hear the yell as he was being blasted off to the summit. "Was that Fox yelling just now?"

Jigglypuff shuggred. "Who knows..."

"I'm impressed he didn't cause an avalanche." Mallow said as the trio nodded in unison and made their way to the snow bumps.

We see Toadette still in the first place where she was crossing the hall-pipe, doing stunts to accelerate a little and to evade the Shy Guys. "Ha ha! Nobody can stop me now!"

But a Spiny Shell crashed on her and Charizard took the lead as he laughed. "Nobody except me, little weak girl."

"W-why you!" Toadette said angrily as she regained her speed.

"FINAL LAP!" Toadsworth announced after Charizard crossed the finish line with Toadette following him from behind.

DK Summit Final Lap

An epic race between the dragon and the Toad girl began as they went blasting off to the summit. "You! Get outta my way!" Charizard yelled to Toadette.

"No sir, you get out of my way!" Toadette argued as they landed on the summit and began their descend to the bottom.

"MINE!" Both yelled loudly taking items from the boxes on their way, both got Triple Banana Peels and began to launch each other to get ahead, unfortunately, none of them were able to aim well and they even crossed through the snow that slowed them down.

"I won't let a twerp like you to win!" Charizard said as every Toad in the seats gasped in unison and trembled with fear. "...Why something is going to happen that I will regret?"

Toadette was filling up with anger inside her as her face turned reddish and glared at Charizard. "YOU JUST DID NOT SAY THAT!!!" Toadette yelled loudly as her voice echoed through the mountain, the girl Toad began to accelerate madly and she literally blasted off to the gondolas's ropes which she used as gridding points to go down the mountain faster, making Charizard to sweatdrop with fear as he was crossing the bumps.

Toadette jumped off the ropes and made crazy stunts as she made her way directly towards the finish line.

"W-what is she doing now?!" Ivysaur (now recovered) asked in shock.

"She's doing a 360 degrees!" Diddy said amazed.

"540 degrees!" Squirtle said astonished.

"720 degrees!" DK said utterly surprised.

"900 degrees!" Red said really amazed.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 20, 2008, 06:52:02 PM
"...1800 degrees?!" Mario said shocked.

"What?!" Previous characters asked astonished, then, the crowd watched as Toadette descended towards the finish line.

A section of only Toads raised "10" signs of 10 x 10. "TOOOOADETTE! TOOOOADETTE! TOOOOADETTE!" The Toads yelled loudly flipping their signs, making Toadette's face.

"FINISH! THE PEACH FENCERS WIN THIS TRACK, ENDING IN A TIE WITH THE YOSHI ISLANDERS AND BOWSER FANGS!" Lakitu announced loudly, the crowd went wild (again) and...we see the other racers reaching the snow bumps by this time as Charizard made it to the finish line but walked away, cursing under his breath.

"...You got to remark, the races were pretty wacky..." Ivysaur said (wearing a long, purple scarf around his neck).

"But there's the last one, right?" Red asked.

"So, can you tell us more about this "Subspace Army" thing?" DK continued to ask.

"Well..." Squirtle trailed off.

After many explanations, the Smashers back at the mansion, the reason of why they were there, their mission to rescue the Star Spirits, and the racers finally reaching the finish line...

"Thank you Fox, your bandana helped me a lot." Chris said returning the bandana to Fox.

"And thank you for making Diddy to join us." Fox said.

"...Really?"

"Have you ever heard of sarcasm before?" Fox asked with a glare.

"...Er...yes?"

"Then you should know what do I want right now."

"...DK! Diddy!" Chris said turning to both Kongs, leaving Fox to mutter curses.

"Don't worry about explaining the details to us, we know all about the Subspace Band!" DK said.

"...You mean Subspace Army..."

Dk tilted his head. "Oh...is that the name? Weird, I thought it was Subspace Band...oh well, anyway! I'll be glad to lend you all a hand!"

"Me too!" Diddy said jumping on DK's back.

"Well, we need a lively duo like you around so I don't see why not." Chris said.

"Thanks!" DK took out his Bongoes. "Also, we need to make a tour in Nintendo City and play some new songs we learned about after our first performance!"

"...DK...Diddy...you should know what happened to Nintendo City..." Jigglypuff said looking down in shame.

"What happened?"

"Nintendo City is currently at risk of being destroyed by the Subspace Army for a giant sword named Exor." Mallow said looking down.

"...WHAT?!" DK asked shocked. "B-but that city is probably the most populated city of all the cities in the worlds! Diddy! You know how many people could have seen us doing our performances there?! Like the people of Mushroom Kingdom multiplied by 50!"

"W-what? Is Nintendo City THAT populated?" Diddy asked with curiosity.

"I'm not joking!"

"Er, hate to interrupt your moment of shocks, but we need to go to the next track." Yoshi said walking away with his motorcycle.

"Well!" Mallow began. "If we win the next track, that means we win the festival and get the trophy!"

"...But...huh?!" Ivysaur layed down on the ground. "...No...the vines..."

"The vines again? But didn't we kill the plant?" Squirtle asked.

"No...I can feel them moving again...but they're moving to the opposite direction of the track an-"

We now see Bowser, Charizard and Dedede chuckling evily (with Bowser Jr.). "LPP was revived once again?" Bowser asked.

"Yep, the Shadow Bugs managed to bring that plant back to life, which means we can still proceed accordin' with the plan." Dedede said grinning.

"Hold on, I hear from the plant that there's a hidden track where his powers could grow to the max." Charizard said.

"Hmm, the only thing that can increases LPP's power is lava or magma." Bowser wondered crossing his arms.

"Exactly."

"...Oh, this is ought to be good..." Bowser Jr. said rubbing his hands together with the villains, chuckling evily.

"So, how are we going to take everyone there? That track is in the opposite direction." Dedede asked.

"Don't worry about little details, I ordered the plant to change the tracks for our advantages." Charizard said as we see Toad running to Toadsworth, whispering something in his ear and gave him a map.

"What? What do you mean there's a sudden change of new tracks at last minute?" Toadsworth asked confused.

"Y-yeah, w-we're going to this hot place..." Toad said pointing down at the map.

"Hmm...this track wasn't supposed to be used but...are you sure this is official?"

Toad nodded. "Y-yeah, you said "go get the map at the desk back at Peach Dome, then bring it to me to see which was the last scheduled track," that's what you said to me."

"In that case then..." Toadsworth cleared his throat and got the mic closer to his mouth. "Everyone! It seems we have a change of courses at last minute, please, spectators, proceed to the Peach Dome, racers and teammates, please proceed down that path where you should find a teleport pad to take you to the next track!"

Many people groaned and began their walk to the Peach Dome as the rest of the racers got confused but continued their way towards another path.

"...I have a bad feeling about this..." Jigglypuff said studdering.

"Alert! Alert!" Chris took out his DS where Professor Kawashima was freaking out. "I sense high levels of Shadow Bugs being gathered on this path!"

"What? What do you mean?" Mallow asked.

"I can sense a dangerous beast deep in the earth's depths, not only that, it seems I can detect the others who disappeared during the event!"

"T-that means Kirby and Lucario with the others are there!" Chris said worried.

"We should be prepared." Fox said.

"Hey! Are you going to fight against something?" DK asked punching the air, boxing-style.

"Well, probably..." Jigglypuff trailed off.

"I could give you all a hand, I wanted to have a new fight against something new after pummeling those bosses in the jungle!"

"I will too!" Diddy said but DK shook his head. "W-why?"

"You wait at the dome Diddy, you don't have any weapons with you, once we tell Master Hand to give you your moveset, then you fight."

Fox chuckled at this. "I hate to say this," Fox said sarcastically, but DK didn't notice his sarcasm. "But Master Hand haven't told you yet if Diddy is a Smasher like us."

"(I hate to say this to you Fox but Diddy IS a Smasher...)" Chris thought in his mind sighing.

"...Aww..." Diddy said disappointed as he returned to the dome, looking down all the way with the spectators.

"...Alright! I'm prepared for the worst, bring it on!" DK said a little excited.

"(I hope DK is enough to help us out...) Yoshi?" Chris noticed Yoshi looking down worried.

"Huh?" Yoshi looked up.

"What are you doing?"

"I was...thinking if we can still win..."

"I can't really say but...let's do this...er...together, okay?"

"...Alright..." Yoshi said, still worried as he walked ahead with his motorcycle.

Preview of the next chapter

Soon, chaos reigned the place, roaring sounds were heard, the lava shook violently around and everbody panicked, the spectators back at the dome were scared by this moment, thunders were filling the dark sky, and the Smashers prepared to fight against the creature causing this event of destruction.

...

"Next time: Kart Racing and LPP! Racing around and...what?" Diddy asked confused.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Grumble Volcano
Chris
, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy King, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 22, 2008, 11:23:54 AM
Chapter 90: Kart Racing and LPP! Racing around and...what?

"...Are we sure this is the location?" Jigglypuff asked trembling.

"Well, they said this area is called "Grumble Volcano," so I guess this is." Yoshi said.

Grumble Volcano

"It's just me...or does the heat increases by every second?" Red asked wipping out the sweat from his forehead.

"We're surrounded by magma, lava, magma, and even more lava...hey, how did we come here again?" Squirtle asked confused.

"Beats me." Mallow said.

"Welcome, everybody, to Grumble Volcano! A place filled with dangers of lava, magma, pits and even flying hot rocks!" Toadsworth said.

"I-isn't this place a little bit dangerous to race though?" Luigi asked seeing waves of lava crashing into the rocks.

"Not at all, we proved this place as safe for racing, moving on, are the racers in their positions?"

"Oh hell yes!" Daisy said pumping up her motorcycle.

"(Daisy seems to be ready...from the beginning.) OK! Racers, take your positions, the winner of this race will determine the winner of the festival of sports of the Mushroom Kingdom!"

Many Lakitus were broadcasting the match from above, people back at the dome were cheering loudly.

"...Not good, I can't sense the vines anymore." Ivysaur said.

"Why is that?" Squirtle asked.

"The magma is discrupting my abilities...and the heat here is intolerable as well..." Ivysaur said wiping out sweat from his head using Vine Whip.

"...Everyone! This is the last time so, I hope none of us screw up this!" Yoshi said to his team who nodded.

"3! 2! 1!"

Grumble Volcano

"GO!!!" Toadsworth waved the flag and announced the start of the race, everyone got a mini-turbo as they all raced down the road very close to each other.

"...What was that?!" DK asked hearing a loud explosion under the lava.

"I don't know, but maybe that explosion is part of the track?" Red wondered.

Back in the race, the racers were entering the cave, turned right and grabbed the item boxes once many took separate roads.

"Birdo is on 1st place!" Jigglypuff said.

"Correction, was!" Mallow said using a Red Shell that went towards Birdo, but Birdo threw a Banana Peel to use it as a shield, they were now exiting the cave.

"MOVE OUT! COMING!" Bowser appeared using a Mega Mushroom exactly from last place, he accelerated towards everybody who were all lined-up, eventually crushing all of them under his weight as he sped to catch up with Birdo.

"I hate to say this but Bowser didn't cheat this time!" Mallow said as he was flat.

"Was that really necessary to point out?" Chris asked, crossing the gaps to reach the other side, where many volcanoes were erupting with rage.

"Oh, lava, how much I love thee." Charizard said poetically.

...Before a flaming rock crushed him.

"...Oh, flaming rock, how much I HATE THEE!" Charizard yelled angrily (and poetically) under the rock, dropping to last place.

"LOOK OUT!" Yoshi yelled turning right too evade being crushed under a flaming rock.

"...What the hel-METEORS ARE COMING THIS WAY!" Toadette yelled loudly seeing dozens and dozens of flaming rocks being fired from all the volcanoes, flying high up in the air and starting to descend rapidly to each one of them.

"EVERYONE BY THEIR OWN!" Daisy yelled loudly taking another part to the finish line, while everyone did the same and did their best to evade the flaming rocks.

"Second lap!" Lakitu declared once Birdo and Bowser passed the line, 8 seconds later, the other racers passed the line.

"There's another explosion!" DK yelled.

"...Wait, something is not right..." Fox glanced around the track.

"Those magma rocks are being spreaded all over the place...but non-stop!" Red said gasping.

"Chris! Chris! Chris!" Professor Kawashima yelled from Chris's pocket as the World Traveler evaded 4 rocks.

"W-what is it?! C-can't you I'm trying to save my life?!" Chris asked by yelling.

"The Shadow Bugs are getting even closer, much worse, the rocks falling all over the place shouldn't be attacking anyone!"

"Attacking?"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris looked behind him where Toadette once was, but a flaming rock didn't appear from the sky, but from the pool of magma, pushing her off the stage.

"Toadette!"

"Don't worry about her, she will appear back on the track shortly!" Yoshi said speeding close to Chris, crossing the gaps to the small valley of volcanoes.

"...Lakitu! Get moving and bring back Toadette!" Toadsworth yelled to one Lakitu, who panicked as he searched around. "What is wrong with you?"

"I-I can't find Toadette anywhere! She disappeared from my reach!" Lakitu yelled.

"Nonsense! The lava here isn't damaging, unless she fell to the bottom, which is unlikely possible to happen!"

"AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"PEACH!" Jigglypuff yelled after Peach was attacked by a flaming rock, pushing her off the track. "OWW!" Dedede came from behind using a Red Shell, the "king" smirked as he took the right road to make to the finish line.

"Oh, no, Mario, I-I don't think this is normal anymore..." Luigi said trembling (both Luigi and Mario were close to the Smashers).

"Well, there's a lot of chaos around the track s-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!" The Smashers gasped when Mario was attacked by another flaming rock, Luigi watched his brother falling to the lava in horror.

"MAAAAAAARIOOOOOOOO!" Luigi yelled scared.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!" Daisy was also attacked before she could pass the finish line to reach the final lap.

"DAISY! NOT YOU TOO!"

"(Heheheheheh, this isn't going so bad at all.)" Bowser thought evily as he crossed the finish line.

"FINAL LAP!" Lakitu declared.

Grumble Volcano Last Lap

"H-how can you say that after seeing everyone running for their dear lifes?" DK asked.

"I'm not the one racing, besides, everything is just fine." Lakitu said.

"Toadette, Peach, Daisy and even Mario who isn't participating were attacked and haven't returned yet!" Ivysaur said angrily.

"OH MY GOSH! MARIO TOO?! I DIDN'T SEE THAT! EVERYBODY! SEARCH FOR THEM QUICKLY!" Lakitu panicked yelling to all the Lakitus who began to descend close to the magma to search for the fallen racers.

"...Wait just a second! Why isn't Bowser's team being attacked as all of us?!" Mallow asked seeing all the magma rocks only trying to crush or push them, but to Bowser and his teammates, they weren't being threatened at all as they crossed inside the cave.

"Heheheeeeh! That is because we're cheating again!" Bowser Jr. said chuckling evily.

"JUNIOR!" Bowser yelled from the front angrily.

"...OH, NO!"

"YOU'RE CHEATING AGAIN?!" Yoshi asked in shock as they crossed the gaps, then, Birdo appeared from behind.

"Yoshi! We need to get out of here, my team was attacked and they haven't returned here yet!" Birdo said panicning a little.

"H-how could you be cheating again?! Can't you play fair for once?!" Jigglypuff asked.

"Not a chance in hell!" Charizard said. "We're GOING to WIN this STUPID event by taking and killing all of you once and for ALL!"

"That's it, it's official, you 3 are totally sick of the mind!" Chris said disgusted.

"...Hey! What about me?!" Bowser Jr. asked angrily.

"No use hiding this crap anymore!" Bowser said snapping his fingers.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Luigi was attacked by a magma rock and was pushed to the lava.

"LUIGI!" Red yelled worried.

"TAKE COVER AND DUCK!" Fox ordered loudly as he duked.

"OH MY HOLY-TAKE COVER!" Squirtle yelled scared, hiding in his shell.

"W-what's wrong?" Red asked confused.

"GET DOWN!" DK yelled pushing Red with himself to the ground, evading a series of magma rocks coming from the lava pool.

"T-THOSE ROCKS ARE ATTACKING EVERYONE!" Ivysaur yelled seeing the magma rocks pushing all the Lakitus broadcasting the match, Toadsworth and even Birdo who were pushed to the lava.

"YOSHIIIIIII!!!" Birdo yelled before she? fell into the lava.

"BIRDO!" Yoshi yelled preocupied.

"Sorry, but this is the end of the line for you, good bye, it was a pleasure to tolerate you around!" Dedede said laughing with the villains who jumped off the track and fell into lava, the Smashers thought they did a stupid move, but probably they were safe in some manner.

Music stops

The track was empty, nobody was there except of the Smashers and one last Lakitu that survived the attacks (he even had one last camera with him), silence reigned the place and Yoshi, Mallow, Jigglypuff and Chris looked around for the sudden peace as they returned with DK, Fox, Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur.

Only the sound of waves of lava crashing into the rocks were heard, along with small explosions around.

"...I-I'm scared...we were left alone in this place..." Chris said studdering.

"Everyone was attacked but we were lucky to get through." Fox said.

"This is bad...I don't think things are going to get better..." Red said studdering a little.

"You there!" The Lakitu flew to them and aimed his camera at them. "Do you know what happened here? The crowd in the dome is panicking for this unexpected event! Maybe you could shed them some light to this?"

"(Must...avoid...stage...fright...)" Chris thought blushing embarrassed after Lakitu aimed his camera at him. "...Er...well...w-we don't know exactly what did this, b-but surely this is going to be a-answered shortly if we do some research."

DK looked down into the lava. "...Are we going in?"

"N-no way! Lava is fire, magma is fire! Bad for grass! Bad for Ivysaur!" Ivysaur said panicking in third-person.

...And suddenly, an earthquake began to manifest and the whole area shook violently, thunders began to fill the clouds.

"...Mallow, please tell me you're crying..." Yoshi said studdering.

"I-I'm not crying! This is not my doing!" Mallow protested.

"ALERT! WARNING! SOS! CAUTION! CALL THE MARINE! SHADOW BUGS ARE BEGINNING TO APPEAR!" Professor Kawashima said panicking in Chris's pocket.

Soon, chaos reigned the place, roaring sounds were heard, the lava shook violently around and everbody panicked, the spectators back at the dome were scared by this moment, thunders were filling the dark sky, and the Smashers prepared to fight against the creature causing this event of destruction.

"...T-then..." Chris changed to his Summoner job. "I-I hope I'm doing the right choice..."

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"W-what was that?" Jigglypuff asked.

The center of the track was covered by a wide plain of rock that appeared from the magma, making a big field, the center of the track also got vines that spreaded all over the place, a tall tower of vines with sharp thorns covering something inside rose up, the Smashers looked puzzled at this but went on the new area, looking around to stay with caution.

"...Let's go." Fox said walking towards the plain.

"H-hey! I-I should be saying that line, no fair!" Chris said pouting a little before walking inside.

"Mallow, don't get scared, this is your first time you participate in a battle in a long time, don't get scared, don't pee your pants, is your pink hair looking good?" Mallow asked himself.

"Too much information." Jigglypuff said shrugging.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAA!"

"S-stop with the maniacal laugh and show yourself already!" Yoshi demanded trembling.

Holes began to sprout around them once they were close to the vine tower, magma sprout out, but after that, it stopped before erupting, the holes were 10 spreaded around, they were wide too.

"...LOOK OUT!" DK yelled after another earthquake shook the place, before they knew it, 5 tall, big figures covered in lava sprout out from the holes and looked to the sky, once the magma left their bodies, they lowered their heads to grin evily after looking down the Smashers who gasped in unison.

"Y-you! I thought we were done with you!" Squirtle said.

The figure was none other than LPP, his body was glowing with a dark aura, probably because the Shadow Bugs enhanced his strength to a dangerous level.

"I am Shadow Lava Piranha Plant! One of the kidnappers of the Seven Star Spirits!" Shadow Lava Piranha Plant said laughing evily together with his heads, who said the same thing in unison. (We're going to refer him as SLPP for short).

"S-Shadow? Then that means you're a much powerful foe like that Metal Sonic..." Chris said and the 5 nodded chuckling.

"Exactly," One of SLPP's heads showed them his tongue and they found a card on it. "Here, proof that we have the third Star Spirit, Skolar!"

Skolar's reflection appeared above the card and looked worried to the Smashers. "Help! Somebody! I need to be rescued! I don't want to stay in this prison any longer like the last time!" Skolar yelled before he vanished and the head got his tongue back inside.

"G-give it back to us!" Chris said pointing his staff at them.

"Unfortunately, we're the bad guys here, so guess what? We're not doing that!" One of SLPP's heads said.

"We can't wait to kill these persons either!" SLPP said ordering a vine from the vine tower to lower, the Smashers gasped when they saw something inside the vines...

...The rest of the Smashers, and the racers were there inside a vine cage, unconscious as Chris almost broke into tears after seeing Lucario faint. "L-LUCARIO!" Chris yelled worried about his Pokémon but the vine rose up and covered the cage. "Y-y-you stupid, bastard! What did you do to Lucario?!"

"That guy tried to get out, but our vines are supeeeeeeeeer thick to be cut down by his so-called "brute force" Tabuu mentioned." SLPP said chuckling.

"Can we start fighting already? I can't WAAAAAAIT to pummel this plant!" DK said pushing the air.

"You, together with everyone else, are going to be the ones being pummeled you monkey! You should surrender, this field favorates us since there's magma and lava involved, you don't stand a chance against us this time!"

"W-w-we can do this!" Jigglypuff protested trembling.

"F-for Geno and Mario!" Mallow said trembling.

"A-and for everyone else and Lucario..." Chris closed his eyes before opening them again. "W-WE WILL SAVE THEM FROM YOU, F-FREAK!"

Final Fantasy X - Boss Theme

"And it begins!" SLPP said hiding inside the magma with his heads.

"B-bad move, I'm going to call a summon now!" Chris said gathering magic into his staff before showing it to the sky.

...But petals began to fall around and the Smashers got confused, even a petal tree appeared close to them and they heard someone barking.

"Huh?" Chris looked to the tree where an orange dog came barking happily and he stopped right in front of Chris, who ducked and petted his head. "Aw, you're a little cute..."

"Chris, this ISN'T the time to be petting dogs!" Red said before a japanese guitar was heard and footsteps began to appear behind the tree.

From the tree, a caped tall figure appeared walking slowly towards, the figure had a hat, a long cape covering his weaponry below, a chinese sword on his belt, the figure was the Aeon, Yojimbo, who stopped right in front of them and looked to Chris.

"I am Yojimbo, Summoner, I am here to help you in your ordeals." Yojimbo said nodding.

"Sweet! We got a samurai to help us out!" Iyvsaur said happily.

"...However, my services aren't free."

"WHAT?!" The Smashers asked surprised.

"You must give me my payment in order to accept my services." Yojimbo explained.

"...There is always something screwing up your "Summons," Chris." Fox said sweatdropping.

"H-hey, I know you're supposed to be the Aeon that accepts money to attack, but can you make an exception this time?" Chris pleaded joining his hands.

"Then I would lost the whole reason of being a hired bodyguard." Yojimbo said.

"What did he mean by that?" DK asked.

Chris pulled out his glasses and coughed a little. "Basically, Yojimbo's name has roots in Japanese history. A yojimbo is a hired bodyguard that acts as a...well, a bodyguard, but you need to pay him or her in order to be protected," he threw the glasses away. "But you're my Aeon! I didn't hire you!"

"The rules of making pacts with the Aeons are not applied to me, now, pay me." Yojimbo said holding out his hand.

"...That sentence sounded really awkward in a situation like this..." Mallow said blinking bored.

"...(Okay, remember, Yojimbo can attack depending of how much I pay him, he can attack ordering his dog...what was his name? Daigoro? Yes, that was it.)"

"THE PLANT IS APPEARING! HURRY UP CHRIS!" Squirtle said as one of SLLP's heads rose up preparing to attack them.

"Scatter around everyone!" Chris ordered and everyone ran to different parts of the area. "Okay, here, 200 Smash Coins, use a good attack!" Chris gave 200 Smash Coins to Yojimbo, who nodded.

Chris gave 200 Smash Coins

"Daigoro, go." Yojimbo said ordering his dog to attack using his legs on SLPP, doing minor damage.

"...That's it?" Chris asked.

"You need to pay me more if you want another attack by Daigoro." Yojimbo said before a toon vein appeared on Chris's forehead.

"You're supposed to attack! Not your dog!"

"Daigoro is also a part of me, both of us are Aeons in one."

"...At this rate, I'm going to lose all my money..."

"What did you say Summoner?"

"N-nothing... (Why do I keep getting pathetic attacks?)"

"Hey! You! Prepare to be crushed!" SLPP appeared from behind a hole and Chris screamed, but Yojimbo took him under his cape and jumped out of the way of a head slam.

"...Wow, thank you Yojimbo! You aren't that bad actual-"

"That would be 400." Yojimbo held out his hand.

"WHAT?!"

"Protecting my client is even more expensive than attacking, now, pay me."

"...Grr..." Chris gave 400 Smash Coins to Yojimbo.

Chris gave 400 Smash Coins

"What do you want me to do now?"

"Stop asking me for money!" Chris complained.

"No, that would not do."

"DAMIT!"

Back with the others, they were really having a real fight, not like Chris.

SLLP's heads appeared from the holes and began shooting fire at all directions, everyone were rolling out the attacks to evade them.

"FIRE! FIRE! FIRE!" Ivysaur screamed as he was dodging fire balls like crazy.

"Hey, let me help you!" Squirtle said stepping in front of the scared Ivysaur.

"Squirtle, use Water Gun and protect Ivysaur!" Red ordered from the finish line (since he can't fight).

Squirtle nodded and shot a stream of water from his mouth to back off the fire and protect Ivysaur. "Hmm...I wonder if..." Ivysaur called his guts and grabbed Squirtle using Vine Whip to approach him closer to SLPP, who backed away after the water was getting near.

"Ha! Not that powerful as you boasted!" Squirtle said...stopping as he was burned. "...Ivysaur...sometimes, I hate you...this is one..." Squirtle said fainting.

"Oops." Ivysaur replied before he was about to be burned. "HEEEEEELP!"

"Coming!" Jigglypuff came from the right using Rollout to push Ivysaur and herself out of the way, even Squirtle was dragged since he was on Ivysaur's vines.

"Oh, thank you! Thank you! Thank you!" Ivysaur said rubbing his cheek to Jigglypuff's.

"H-hey! Stop it! You're making me blush!" Jigglypuff said blushing embarrassed.

"Here you are!" One of SLPP's head popped out from a hole as he charged a shot from his mouth.

"...Wait, something is not right with that shining light..."

"HA!" SLPP shot surprisingly a ball of magma that went quickly to Jigglypuff and Ivysaur, making a explosion of fire and engulfed both of them.

"AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!" Ivysaur and Jigglypuff screamed loudly.

"M-magma?! He can shoot magma balls at us?!" Yoshi asked in shock, seeing 2 heads charging magma balls. "AH!" Yoshi ran somewhere panicked evading the shots of magma.

"I-I'm worried about Jigglypuff and Ivysaur!" Chris said worried. "Okay, 600 Smash Coins!"

Chris gave 600 Smash Coins

"Kozuka." Yojimbo said taking out a dagger from his cape, before revealing 2 more daggers that he shot at fast speed to one of SLPP's heads, making a fair amount of great damage.

"UGH! YOU!" SLPP grunted in pain and charged more shots of magma from his mouth.

"U-umm, I'll resist the attack instead of evading it!" Chris said crossing his staff in front of him.

"Be that way." Yojimbo said doing nothing.

SLPP shot a barrage of magma balls to Chris, the World Traveler closed his eyes to resist the attacks and Yojimbo just stood there, not receiving any attacks since they were all aimed at Chris.

"...Nothing happened?" Chris asked uncrossing his staff.

"Hey, you should evade if you want to live." Fox said in front of Chris, who quickly appeared using his Reflector to protect Chris.

"T-thanks Fox!"

"AAHHHH!!!" SLPP was being damaged by his own shots and he was pushed back, but he returned grinning. "Fools! Reflecting my own attacks can heal me!"

"W-what?" Chris and Fox said shocked.

"NOW, BYE!" SLPP yelled using a new attack, a stream of lava being fired from his mouth.

"I can't reflect that, roll out!" Fox ordered rolling out of the way with Chris, a part of the stream touched Chris's right arm and he felt extreme pain.

"Ugh!" Chris grabbed his right arm.

"C-Chris! Are you alright?"

"O-of course not! That attack can kill us with one-hit if we aren't careful!"

"You should have payed me to protect you, or both of you." Yojimbo suggested.

"..." Fox looked at Chris with a bored look. "Is this "Aeon" always like this?"

"...Unfortunately." Chris said sighing together with Fox.

"Hello?" SLPP appeared from a hole a prepared to slam his head on them.

"YOJIMBO! ATTACK HIM!"

"Pay me." Yojimbo demanded.

Chris gave 500 Smash Coins

"Kozuka." Yojimbo appeared right in front of them at blinding speed and stopped SLPP's head using his 3 daggers as shields. "Hmph, begone." Yojimbo said pushing SLPP away and stabbing his 3 daggers into him.

"At this rate I'm going to be broke!" Chris complained.

"Are you going to pay me?"

"THAT'S IT! Yojimbo, dismiss!" Chris said angrily, swinging his staff one time.

"Too bad, I thought using Zanmato to end this fight with one-hit was good with the next payment you were going to give me regardless of the amount of money." Yojimbo said disappearing in a cloud of smoke when he did a hand-sign, Daigoro also disappeared with a howl.

"...Oh hell no! I'm not going to call you back just to be scammed!" Chris yelled to no one in particular.

"BYE!" SLPP yelled as he was about to crush both of them with a fast head slam.

"NOOOOOOOOO!" DK came from the left and grabbed both of them with his left arm and evaded successfully the slam.

"Thank goodness! It was really a good idea to make you join us!" Chris said before DK put him and Fox down.

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Professor Kawashima said.

"Let's save it for later, we should first see if SLPP has an attack pattern." Fox said.

At that moment, all the heads hid inside the magma and they all looked to the holes. "Now what?" Mallow asked.

"HEAD BASH!" SLPP yelled inside the magma, all the heads suddenly began to sprout out from the magma in a quick succession and slammed their heads to the ground, damaging everyone with moderate damage as they yelled in pain.

"OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW!" Mallow yelled in pain as the others did the same before the attack seized. "...I'm almost...done for..."

"...Why do I need to use this job the most..." Chris said frowning as he changed to his Fonyc Hymn User job. "O healing powe-"

"Forget about that!" SLPP called from the magma and appeared near a hole, went towards Chris and swallowed him whole.

"HELP MEEEEEEE!" Chris yelled inside SLPP's mouth.

"W-we need...to rescue him!" Jigglypuff said panting.

"Duh!" Red replied from the finish line.

"Well, that's going to be easy since we're too many an-" DK was interrupted before the heads shuffled together by entering and existing the holes rapidly. "...Forget what I said..."

"Chris! Can you hear us?!" Yoshi asked by yelling.

"Heheh, too bad, I made him faint and it's going to be difficult for you to find him!" SLPP said chuckling. "If you don't hurry up, the magma will incinerate him..."

"But the lava here is harmless!" Red yelled.

"Nope! Not a chance!" SLPP said laughing before the magma shone and stopped. "The magma is now harmful but good for me to hide!"

"Everybody! Start looking for Chris!" Mallow ordered and they began to attack the heads by double jumping and using aerial attacks on the heads. "...Wait, maybe I can...SNOWY!" Mallow called out to the sky where winds containing ice quickly scattered around the field, frozing the heads instantly by a big snowman that crushed the field but not the Smashers before exploding into more snow, that vanished.

"Good job Mallow!" Jigglypuff said using Rollout in one of the heads.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" SLPP grunted in rage and shattered the ice around him. "I HATE ICE!"

"Yeah! You know? That's very bad for our health an-" One of the heads was speaking with a weird tone of voice, like if something was inside his mouth, then Yoshi snapped his fingers and looked at that head.

"Chris is in there!" Yoshi said.

"...Oops." SLPP said embarrassed.

"..Sorry, but I have to do this..." Yoshi swallowed Mallow, turning him into an egg and used Yoshi Egg to aim at the head and throw his egg to him, the egg hit the head with a direct hit and it dropped Chris, who was falling to the ground unconscious.

"Oof!" Mallow got out from the egg and shook his head.

"Somebody catch Chris before he gets hurt!"

"I'm right on that!" DK said running to Chris, the gorilla rolled to the ground and caught Chris on his arms then looked down to him. "Hey, Chris! Wake up!"

"...Uuuuugh..." Chris shook his head and tried to regain his vision, before seeing DK's face straight.

"Heheh."

"UAH!" Chris yelled scared and jumped off from DK's arms.

"Be grateful, you were going to be thrown in the lava!"

"...Really?"

"Watch out!" Mallow yelled as DK took Chris with him and evaded a head slam.

"O healing power..." Chris quickly tried to cast First Aid on Ivysaur.

"SQUIRTLE! SQUIRTLE!" Red yelled from afar and tried to wake up Squirtle, the turtle Pokémon shook his head and awakened. "Squirtle! Can you still fight?"

"I-I guess so..." Squirtle said before he quickly hid in his shell and resisted a flamethower attack from SLPP. "HELP!"

"(Wait, I got it!) First Aid!" Chris casted First Aid on Ivysaur, who regained consciouness and shook his head, he looked around and found Mallow. "Mallow, attack the same head that is attacking Squirtle, he's distracted trying to hurt Squirtle, do you have an attack to deal a great amount of damage?"

"Y-yes, I do! Thunderbolt!" Mallow held out his hand to the sky and thunderbolts began to rain down the clouds, not only the thunders hit the one head, but crashed into the rest of the heads who screamed in pain.

Burning Fighting Spirit

"...Mallow! That's it! Your magic is the weakness of this monster!"

"Really?" Mallow asked tilting his head with a small smile.

Chris looked at the heads who were stunned and couldn't move around. "Everyone! I got a tactic!"

"I'm all ears, tell us." Yoshi said.

"Look, the heads can get distracted when they attack someone, during their attack, they stop focusing their attacks on the others, if someone can attack them while they're busy, then we could win against them, not only that, if Mallow's magic can reach all of them, then it's much better!" Chris explained and the group instantly smiled with a nod of agreement.

"And don't forget the Over Limit gauge ready." Fox reminded him.

"What's the Over Limit thing?" DK asked.

"The Over Limit lets someone use his or her Final Smash to deal a powerful attack to the enemy, everyone has a different Final Smash of their own, to use it, you need to say a sentence to use the Over Limit, then, use your Final Smash anytime when you are glowing." Chris explained.

DK began to hop a little. "Ooh! Ooh! It's my Final Smash about making me bigger?!"

"..." Chris remembered DK's Final Smash. "...Er...I don't think so..."

"Aww...oh well, anything's good."

"How about if we use the items for a chance?" Red asked from afar.

"Hey, he's right! We haven't used the items!" Jigglypuff said.

"And the Star Spirits, I can use them to help us!" Chris said.

"Is everyone ready?" Yoshi asked.

"Ready!" Everyone said and they turned to different heads, who regained their compostures and looked at them.

"Let's stun them for more time, Mamar! Please help us!" Chris said joining his hands and calling forth Mamar in a blink of light. "Mamar! Use Lullaby on them!"

"Oh?" Mamar looked at the piranhas looking straight to her. "When I was a little child, my mother used to cook these good cookies that I usually enjoyed, they were so good that I shared them with my friends in the schools for young stars, anyway, they thought they were so delicious that they asked me for more, so I asked my mother to make even more cookies to share with my friends and then we thought about opening a cookie shop to sell in the Star Street, basically, the idea was to make money and donate it to the needed stars, did you know that there are homeless stars up above the sky where they need food to survive? So we started that shop and I need to tell you, we sold a lot of them! Dozens by dozens, they began t-"

"All that talk is making me feel kind of tiiiiiiiiiiiireeeeeeedddddd..." SLPP said before the heads fell asleep, snoring loudly.

"Zzzzzzzz..." Chris was shown sleeping as he was standing up.

"CHRIS!" Jigglypuff yelled using Pound on him.

"Oh, what?! They're asleep! Attack them!"

Mamar giggled. "Call me once you have more star power sweetie." Mamar said before she disappeared.

"Let's see...what to use..." Chris searched through the inventory. "Soccer Ball?"

DK quickly took the Soccer Ball out from Chris's hands and used a charged up Giant Punch, the ball was engulfed by the fire (OF YOUUUUUUUUUTH! Not actual fire) and stroke down one of the heads dealing massive damage. "Bull's eye!" DK said as the ball fell down.

"Oh, you want a bull's eye?" Mallow asked raising his finger in the air and the prince closed his eyes before slamming it down in the air to the ball. "SHOCKER!"

SHOCKER!

A huge bolt fell down the Soccer Ball and it got covered in fire, blasting off to one of the heads, again, dealing massive damage as it fell down to the ground.

"Hmm..." Squirtle looked at the Soccer Ball rolling towards him and then got an idea. "I got it!" Squirtle said snapping his tiny fingers, the turtle Pokémon hid inside his shell and charged up a Water Gun attack.

"Now, Squirtle, use fully charged Water Gun!" Red ordered and Squirtle shot a fast stream of water to the ball, it went blasting off to another head, dealing massive damage.

"...Wow, I didn't think the Soccer Ball had so much power..." Chris said in awe.

"...All of you..."

Yoshi looked to his right where Fox looked down clenching his fists. "...Fox? Are you alright?"

"...All of you..."

"All of us what?" Jigglypuff asked confused.

"...All of you...ARE COMPLETE AMATEURS!" Fox yelled angrily before he sped towards the Soccer Ball, making everyone to make confused looks.

"...Complete amateurs?" Chris, Jigglypuff, DK, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Yoshi and Mallow repeated confused.

What they saw next was really surprising, once Fox reached the ball, he lifted it with his legs high in the air, jumped to it and did several complex soccer maneuvers that made the Soccer Ball to caught fire and blasted off to every single head in quick succession, making everyone to open their jaws wide open.

"...Falco wasn't kidding about the soccer memories..." Chris said in awe.

"...Wait, maybe we can take advantage of Fox's soccer skills and deal many attacks with them!" Yoshi suggested.

"...I got it!" Chris said snapping his fingers as he finally decided to use the Dragoon job (he was dressed as Freya Crescent, but in light-blue clothes). "If we can maintain Fox in the air long enough, we could extend the duration of the combo he's making!"

Yoshi looked to Fox who began to descend from the air. "Hurry! Follow me!" Yoshi said running towards Fox.

"...Yoshi's a tactician as well?" Chris asked to himself, shook his head and followed Yoshi.

"Alright, here's the plan, both of us will stand below Fox and we'll be human platforms to make him stay longer in the air as he continues to hit them."

"Sounds good to me." Chris said nodding to Yoshi who nodded back, Yoshi jumped towards Fox and pushed him higher in the air with his back, the vulpine continue to kick the ball back and forth as Yoshi descended and Chris jumped high up to levitate him using his lance.

"OWW! OWW! WATCH IT! OWW! OWW!" SLPP's heads complained as this combo constantly kept going.

The Soccer Ball was going to vanish, but Fox did a final kick stronger than the last ones and blasted off the ball with great speed to one head, surprisingly, it killed one of the 5 heads as Fox landed between Chris and Yoshi as he grinned, triumphaly.

"That has to be the MOST, AMAZING COMBO I HAVE EVER SEEN IN MY LIFE!" Chris said happily.

"As I've said before," Fox stood up, crossed his arms and closed his eyes, still grinning. "You're all amateurs."

"I have to remark your opinion, that was soooo incredible!" Yoshi said.

And what do you know, Fox finally had his badass moment coming for a while, didn't he?

"Y-you darn furry! You killed one of me!" SLPP said angrily.

"...Wasn't that sentence awkward as well?" Ivysaur asked.

"(Huh? Is this...feeling again...)" Chris thought.

"(W-what's happening? Where am I?)" Yoshi thought.

"(Y-Yoshi?!)"

"(Chris?! W-what's happening? And what do I have this weird idea of creating an attack together with you?)" Yoshi asked confused.

"(...Wait, the Dragoon job is compatible with Yoshi then?... So that's how our Combinated Final Smash goes...)"

"(Chris!)"

"(O-oh! Sorry Yoshi, w-well, you see, this happens when me and another Smasher have reached their maximum partnership capacity, meaning that you trust me completely, right?)"

"(W-well...I do trust you...I mean, you offered to help me in the festival of sports...)"

"(...I'm so happy for that Yoshi! It means so much for me!)"

"(...So, what do we do now?)"

"(Our Lvl. 1 Final Smash, remember how is it?)"

"(...You know, I do!)"

"Then let's test it!" Chris said nodding with Yoshi.

"Hey, stop ignoring me!" SLPP said annoyed.

"And me!" SLPP said annoyed.

"Or me!" SLPP said annoyed.

"And most important of all, me!" SLPP said annoyed and the heads looked at each other with annoyed looks...annoyed.

"Jump!" Yoshi said as Chris rode Yoshi's back (Chris thought it was really fun to ride Yoshi) and the dinosaur/dragon/whatever propelled up very high in the air and disappeared in a blink.

"...Where'd did they go?" DK asked confused.

"Who cares about those pests?! It's time to get revenge on you!" SLPP said preparing to shot a stream of magma from his mouth.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 22, 2008, 08:30:14 PM
"...Huh?" Jigglypuff looked up to find a blink in the distant clouds. "...They're coming back!"

"What the?!" SLPP looked above and found a fast meteor that made a huge impact on one of the heads, making a small earthquake in the area as one head vanished in thin air, when the dust cleared from the impact, Chris and Yoshi were there while the World Traveler shoved his spear to where one of the heads once was.

"DRAGOON SPEAR IMPACT!" Chris and Yoshi said in unison, the World Traveler dismounted Yoshi atfer landing and both jumped back to their team.

New ability learned! Dragoon Spear Impact

Rises high up in the sky with your ride and crashes down the enemy with a powerful descend using the spear, an enhanced version of the ability Jump by a Dragoon, deals a great amount of damage to a single enemy

"NOT ANOTHER ONE!" SLPP said angrily.

"Yes! 2 heads down and 3 more to go!" DK said.

"OH? SO YOU THINK YOU JUST CAN WALK ALL OVER ME LIKE THAT?! NOT A CHANCE!" SLPP yelled furiously hiding inside the magma.

"...There's another earthquake!" Jigglypuff said.

All the holes began to shine brightly before they shot magma to the air, creating drops of magma that damaged the entire party greatly.

"UGH!... This feels...like acid rain!" Yoshi said struggling to resist the attack.

"This is not good...I don't think I can't hold on much longer..." Fox said panting heavily.

Just then, when the rain stopped, huge bursts of magma explosions occurred all over the place, the whole party was getting even more fatal damage, there was no escape from that attack as they yelled in pain.

"UGH!"

"FOX!" Chris yelled worried before Fox dropped to his knees.

"I'm...sorry...I can't go on...anymore..." Fox said fainting and falling to the ground, muttering the last part.

"UGH!" Chris backed away from a burst of magma. "I...need to...survive..."

"SQUIRTLE! USE WATER GUN!" Red yelled.

"I CAN'T! UGH! THE MAGMA IS JUST TOO HOT!" Squirtle yelled inside his shell as he defended himself from the explosions.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAA!!!" SLPP rose up from the magma laughing evily, stopping the attack. "Who's on the ropes now?!"

"Over here!" DK yelled behind one head, the head turned and was punched straight in the face and was sent to the ground with an impact.

"Leave that one to me!" Jigglypuff said charging up her Rollout attack, she was then blasted off to the head with great speed and crashed into him, dealing a great amount of damage before the head rose up and shook his head, grunting at Jigglypuff.

"DIE!" SLPP yelled firing a stream of magma to Jigglypuff from his mouth.

"SOMEBODY!" Jigglypuff yelled blocking her face in fear.

A vine quickly grabbed Jigglypuff and pulled her before the magma could reach her, she looked behind her and Ivysaur was there grabbing her. "Ivysaur! T-thank you!"

"Ugh...I guess I can still fight..." Ivysaur said twitching a little.

"It's distracted, attack him!" Chris said, Mallow rode Yoshi and both went after that head.

"Oh no you don't!" SLPP said opening one of his heads's mouth and rushing towards Yoshi and Mallow to eat them.

"New skill!" Chris said shining a little before he dashed towards the head that was flying slightly above the ground, 3 dragon clouds formed around him and he stabbed his spear on the head. "Lancet!" Chris said stealing some energy from the head with the stab, regaining some health and stopping the head.

"You're mine!" Another head, doing the same action, went after Chris and he shielded himself with his spear and closed his eyes.

"PUF!" Jigglypuff came once again using Rollout to slam herself into the head and push him away from Chris, who smiled to Jigglypuff and thanked her.

"SHOCKER!" Mallow yelled pointing at their head.

SHOCKER!

"UGH!" SLPP twitched in pain after a huge bolt of lightning fell on him and made him to crash in the ground, he slowly rose up and glared at Yoshi and Mallow. "I hate pests like you!" He looked around and smirked when he saw the fainted Fox on the ground. "Time for that guy to be INCINERATED!" SLPP's motuh shone and he fired a stream of magma to Fox who couldn't react.

"LUAMP!" Yoshi used his tongue and it reached Fox in time to pull him away from the magma, Yoshi turned Fox into an egg and he took it with him. "I know, this is embarrassing but it's the only way to protect him from the piranha!"

"I'm not complaining about that, good idea!" Mallow said nodding.

"DK!" Ivysaur yelled as DK looked back to see a hole about to explode with magma, one head was underground the magma to cause the explosion, DK couldn't escape and decided to block the attack, but somehow Squirtle tackled him to evade the attack in time.

"Hey, thanks little buddy!" DK said with a smile to Squirtle.

"ROLL!" Squirtle said rolling away with DK to evade a magma ball.

"Heads down!" Chris yelled taking out he Ray Gun and began to shoot the heads continuously.

"Oww! Oww!" SLPP moaned a little in pain.

"Jigglypuff! Take this!" Chris threw the Home-Run Bat to Jigglypuff who catched it in the air and flew to the same head Chris was attacking.

"HA!" Jigglypuff charged her hit with inmense power and made contact with the head, SLPP yelled in pain as he stretched himself because of the power of the bat high in the sky and went crashing down the ground causing a tremble, he was apparently knocked out of cold since there were stars floating around him.

"DK! Throw the Pitfall to the head to bury it!" Chris threw the Pitfall to DK who as soon as he got it, threw it with force to the same head, burying it in the ground.

"Y-YOU! STOP IT!" SLPP yelled twitching in pain.

"Mallow! Can you use Star Rain?"

"Y-yes I can but how did you know?" Mallow asked.

"That doesn't matter, use it now!"

"STAR RAIN!" Mallow held out his hand to the sky where a big Starman fell and crushed the head continuously, 11 times to be exact, SLPP yelled in extreme pain and that head vanished. "2 more to go!" Mallow said.

"I...need more strength..." Yoshi said panting heavily trying to evade all the magma shots from one head.

"Alright, alright, I'll use the Musician job!" Chris said changing to the Musician job and began playing his harp. "Soul Etude!" He called out creating a blue atmosphere, healing everyone's health a little.

"Oh, I'd wish to see what Final Smash do we have together!" Jigglypuff said floating to Chris and throwing the bat to one head before the bat vanished.

"Well...I think this job should be compatible with you, I mean, music and singing are 2 same things, right?"

"Uh-huh!"

"(What the-)"

"(Is this the same feeling that Nana told me about?)" Jigglypuff asked through her mind.

"(Jigglypuff! We were right, the Musician job IS compatible with you!)"

"(Thank Arceus it is! Hmm... this combination isn't so bad, I want to try it out now!)"

"Gladly!" Chris said smiling a bit and both stood close to each other.

"So," One of SLPP's head appeared behind them. "I have freaky teen and pink puffball for dinner." SLPP said smirking opening his mouth.

"Tune of help, please, hear our chant and make out path easier and enthusiastic by stealing our foe's health!" Chris chanted creating a melody as Jigglypuff sang quietly. "ABSORBING SONATA!" Jigglypuff called out finishing her song, suddenly, both heads began to shine brightly with a pink color before big pink drops dispersed on the center and shot the Smashers's bodies, shining brightly and recovering moderate damage, even one drop went towards Yoshi's egg and it broke out, with Fox regaining consciousness and looked around confused.

New ability learned! Absorbing Sonata!

Create a peaceful and cheerful melody that makes enemies feel pain inside and steal their healths, deals a large amount of damage and restores/revives party members with large amounts of health depending of the enemy's health

"Say Yoshi, your baby looks a lot like Fox." Mallow said walking to Yoshi, who was holding Fox on his arms, both of them exchanged glances and Yoshi threw Fox to the ground disgusted and they glared at Mallow.

"A-anyway, did we make progress in the fight while I was unconscious?" Fox asked.

"We took down another head, Chris and Jigglypuff discovered their first Combinated Final Smash that recovered us and you and there are 2 heads left!" Squirtle said summarizing the events.

"...Oops." Chris randomly dropped a Watermelon from his pocket, from his 5 foods.

"...Okay, I know this is stupid to ask, but was that even necessary?" DK asked confused.

From the vine tower, inside the cage, we see Kirby moving a little and he slowly woke up and looked around to find the others unconscious. "Food...I can...taste the food..." Kirby muttered weakly.

"Gimme!" DK said swallowing the Watermelon in a second. "Hmm!"

Chris made a shocked face. "W-what the-how did you eat that thing in less than a second?!"

"In the tournament, we swallow the food to recover quickly, try it!"

Chris took out a tea and...he ate it, with tea and teacup. "...OH...MY...GOD...I ate the teacup and thought it was delicious!"

"Master Hand likes to defy the physics actually..." Jigglypuff said sweatdropping.

"Hello?! Subspace monster trying to kill you all?!" SLPP asked furiously before he hid inside the magma with his remaining head.

"STAY FOCUSED!" Yoshi yelled worried, looking around madly.

CHOMP!

"CHRIS!" Red yelled after Chris was being bitten by the 2 heads.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!! HELP ME!!!" Chris cried out, trying to resist the attack.

"WE HAVE TO HELP HIM OR ELSE HE WILL DIE!" Fox said alarmed rushing to the heads with everyone else.

"CHRIIIIIIIIIS!!!" The Smashers yelled loudly, trying to reach the head in time before they could finish Chris.

"NOW!" One head said to the other and they separated quickly, slashing their fangs on Chris's body, dealing massive and fatal damage to the World Traveler who began to cry silently.

"...NO!" DK yelled astonished with small pupils.

"...So...rry...I'm too...scared...to go on..." Chris muttered weakly as his tears ran down his cheeks before he fainted.

"Oh, c'mon! This has to be a joke!" Yoshi said horrorized.

Jigglypuff leaned her right ear into his chest. "...He's still alive! Don't worry!"

We change the scene to the vine tower, focusing our view where Lucario was unconscious. "...Lucario...help me...I need you...please...hear me...I...don't want...to die...I beg of you..."

A Formidable Foe Stands in the Way

Chris's voice rang inside Lucario's mind, Chris's aura was an important part of Lucario's mind, whenever Chris's aura was in trouble, the World Traveler would be suffering and Lucario would hear that and react to that reaction.

"GRRRRRRRRRR..."

"Huh?" Kirby looked to Lucario's face, where he began to show his fangs slowly before showing them fully, grunting with inner rage.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..."

Kirby saw Lucario's body glowing intensely and the Star Warrior began to tremble with fear. "L-Lucario?"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!!!!!!" Lucario opened his glowing yellow eyes and he stood up quickly, roaring loudly to the sky inside the cage where he manifested his fury.

"L-LUCARIO! C-CALM DOWN, YOU'RE SCARING ME!" Kirby yelled hiding behind Luigi's unconscious self.

"CHRIS! CHRIS! CHRIS! WHERE IS HE?! WHO IS THE BASTARD THAT HURT HIM?! WHERE IS HE?! TELL ME!" Lucario roared to Kirby furiously as his aura covered his body as a blue flame.

"I-I DON'T KNOW! PLEASE, DON'T KILL ME!" Kirby said hiding completely.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!" Lucario roared furiously and closed his eyes to use his aura and search through the area and find Chris quickly. "THERE!" Lucario said opening his eyes showing a nasty glare, then he went to the vines and tried to tore open them with his hands glowing with intense aura.

"Y-you already tried that before and it didn't work!"

"HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Lucario roared loudly breaking the vines with ease as Kirby's eyes widened in awe.

"...Wow..." Kirby muttered before Lucario used Extremespeed to disappear from the cage.

"UGH!" SLPP felt pain running across his body and they got confused at this. "No...who broke out from the cage?!"

"YOU BASTARD!!!" Lucario appeared quickly in front of the group showing his fangs with rage.

"Y-you! H-how did you escape from th-"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU UUUAAAAA AAAAAAAAA AAAARRRR RRRRRRGG GGGGH HHHHHH HHHH HHH!!!!!!!!" Lucario used his Final Smash on one of the heads at full potency, a beam of aura stroke down one of the heads and it vanished, making the last head to get worried.

"M-my god, is he that strong?!" DK asked.

"...Only when somebody manages to defeat or kill Chris..." Fox said.

"...Chris..." Lucario looked over his shoulder where Chris was unconscious, tears still strolling down his cheeks. ".....Grrr.....GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!!!"

"O-okay, I know the rules already, d-don't get in the kid's way or else you will kill anyone, heheheheh, f-fine, I'm going away now and leave you alone, okay?" SLPP asked trembling with fear.

"DO YOU THINK I'M NOT GOING TO DO ANYTHING FOR WHAT YOU DID TO MY TRAINER?!?!?!" Lucario asked with fury on his tone as he gathered even more aura between his hands.

"...N-no! Please! Don't!"

"GuuuuuuuuuuuAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGG GGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" Lucario shot a devastating beam of aura that went blasting off to the last head who screamed in fear before being completely covered with the aura that destroyed him completely.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!!!!" SLPP yelled in extreme pain before he vanished, for good.

"...Hmph..." Lucario was shown panting heavily as his aura disappeared and turned back to normal.

"...That was...amazing..." Yoshi said in awe.

"I think I just fell in love..." Jigglypuff said joining her hands with heart eyes.

"...Lu...cario?"

"Chris!" The Smashers said surprised after seeing Chris slowly waking up from his fatal state, Lucario quickly ran to him and kneeled.

"C-Chris! Y-you're alive!" Lucario said looking down to him and closed his eyes.

"...Lucario..." Chris smiled a little and closed his eyes.

"...Phew, I thought you were gone..." Jigglypuff said turning back to normal.

"...Everyone!" Kirby yelled from the vine tower waving at them. "Help me carry everyone back to safe land!"

10 minutes later...

The Smashers took everyone back to the finish line, who were still unconscious, Lucario was holding Chris in his arms since he was fataly wounded.

"...Thank you Lucario...you saved me as always..." Chris said smiling weakly to Lucario, who smiled a little and started to lick his face happily. "Thank you...Lucario..."

"Is Lucario always like this?" DK whispered to Jigglypuff.

"Well, both of them are very close to each other," Jigglypuff closed her eyes and smiled. "I think it's very cute of Lucario to do that personally."

"I wish there was a way to heal you quickly Chris..." Lucario said stopping licking Chris.

"...Wait...I think there's a...Heart Container somewhere in my inventory..." Chris said trying to remember and Lucario quickly looked for the item and showed it to Chris.

"Here, please." Lucario said giving Chris the heart.

"..." Chris took the item and it vanished, creating spores of light around his body before stopping. "...I think I can walk for now..." Chris said as Lucario placed him down slowly.

"Geno! Geno! Geno! Wake up Geno!" Mallow said running on his spot.

"...Mallow?" Geno muttered, slowly opening his eyes.

"Geno! You're alright!" Mallow said opening his arms to the sky, then Geno stood up and shook his head.

"...Where are we? What happened?"

"Lots of things happened..." Yoshi said, looking down to Twink and poked him.

"YAH!" Twink floated quickly and blinked in shock. "...We're free?! We're free!"

"...Huh?" DK put his hands near his ears. "Wait, something's not right!"

Jigglypuff was slapping Olimar to wake him up. "What?"

"...The music! It's not gone yet, the plant is still alive!"

"...The music?" Chris asked.

"Don't you see? The author haven't told us when the music ended as is still playing, if it is still playing, then the plant hasn't been defeated yet, unless the author forgot to indicate when the music stopped and finish this fight!" DK went WAY too far in breaking the fourth wall.

"...The author?" The Smashers exchanged confused glances. "The music?" They got in thinking positions. "Finish the fight? Hmm..." They began to thought in unison. "What are you talking about?" They asked in unison.

"...Oh, nevermind, you don't know that yet." DK said moving his right hand.

"DUAH!" Olimar's eyes quickly opened in shock. "W-where am I?! And my Pikmins?!" Jigglypuff explained everything to him. "R-really?!"

"Y-yes!" Jigglypuff said nodding quickly.

"So, what are we going to do with all of them?" Red asked glancing at the unconscious people, the Lakitu from before turned off the camera and looked at them.

"Well, it would be bad to broadcast this part to the crowd, they would panic if they ever see this!" Lakitu said.

"..." Lucario closed his eyes and started to glow. "...Grrrr..."

"...I don't like that grunt..." Olimar said studdering.

"...He is back!" Lucario said turning to the vine tower who began to descend slowly to the magma and all the holes began to shook violently, the Smashers once again took fighting stances (well, most of them), and they waited for something to happen.

From all the holes, vines with sharp thorns began to sprout and spreaded around the field, the center of the field was shaking violently, and then, 2 small Piranha Plants's heads showing their tongues appeared from the magma, then, another big one appeared showing his flaming tongue and smiling rather wickly, their heads were covered by the Shadow Bugs, and they also had black flames above.

"Oh please, you've got to be kidding me!" Ivysaur said frowning.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" SLPP laughed evily. "That wasn't the last of me, this is my true form, the most powerful!"

"...STUPID, LAST BOSSES, FINAL FORMS!" Chris said stomping on his place.

"W-what do we do now?" Kirby asked.

Geno looked at all the characters who were unconscious. "Red! Do you think you can take care of them while we go and fight that thing?"

"W-well, I think so, leave them all to me and go on!" Red said nodding with a serious face.

"I'm going to stay here as well!" Twink said floating close to Red.

"...Everyone," Chris changed to his Dragoon job, raised his spear and pointed it at SLPP. "Please, let's go and...let's finish this annoying, stupid little eye-less, plant!" Chris said.

"Right!" Everyone said nodding before they ran towards SLPP and jumped the vines with thorns along the way.

"We are 12 against 1...but...I don't know if we can make it..."

"HAHA! Already losing confidence?!" SLPP asked laughing evily.

"...N-not even a chance!" Chris said closing his eyes and gulping.

"I will finish you off this time...for what you did to Chris!" Lucario said while his hands flared up with aura.

"I-I'm not sure if this is a good idea..." Yoshi said trembling.

"U-us neither." Kirby and Jigglypuff said trembling.

"L-let's see, the field is now covered by vines and thorns...we have to be careful and evade getting pinched by the thorns!" Chris said and they nodded.

"Now, it begins again!" SLPP said gathering magma inside his mouth.

"The same moves again?" Squirtle asked.

"BLUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!" SLPP shot an insanely fast stream of hot magma from his mouth that spreaded to at least 90 degrees of the field, dealing severe damage to all the Smashers who screamed loudly in pain.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!" Mallow yelled inside the stream of magma.

"...Please...tell me I'm not dead..." Chris muttered with closed his eyes.

"Chris, open your eyes, we're fine," Lucario said, Chris opened his and found himself being carried by Lucario's right arm on the other side of SLPP. "I managed to use Extremespeed in time before that attack could reach you."

"T-thank you, but what happened to the others?"

The stream of magma stopped and the Smashers were somehow still standing up, panting heavily. "No...our health is in danger again..." DK said panting heavily.

"HAHAHAHAHAAAAA! Who's the boss around here now?!" SLPP asked smirking evily.

"P-Professor Kawashima! Do you think we can use the Over Limit gauge many more times in a battle?" Chris asked.

"W-well, if you use it now, use any Final Smash, then deal many hits to SLPP, then you should use it again by that time." Kawashima explained.

"(Think hard Chris, you should select the indicated person to deal as much damage possible, remember the spoiler videos you saw in Youtube...er...I mean the dojo, it's awkward to think about Youtube in a time like this, okay, who can deal more damage then?)"

"Chris! Hurry! He is charging his attack again!" Lucario yelled as SLPP was charging up his magma attack to finish them off.

"Lucario! Leave me here and rescue everyone using Extremespeed!" Chris ordered.

"Right." Lucario said nodding and used Extremespeed to quickly cross the field and grab everyone to put them in different places, out of the reach of the stream of magma that was fired from SLPP's mouth.

"Grr! I hate people with insane speed blocking my already insanely fast stream of magma!" SLPP complained by grunting.

"You're more talk than action you know..." Red said from the finish line.

"WHAT DID YOU SAY?!"

"You're more talk than action you know..."

"WHAT?!"

"You're more talk than action you know..."

"WHAT?!"

"You're more talk than action you know..."

"WHAT?!"

"Hmm..." Yoshi began to think at the situation.

"...He is distracted, isn't he?" Fox whispered to DK.

"I think we got a plan..." Chris muttered with a small smile.

"You're more talk than action you know..." Red repeated as SLPP kept asking why.

The Smashers quickly gathered and discussed their strategies. "Okay, we can't reflact back his magma balls attack because it would heal him, it's time for one of us to use the Over Limit gauge, who wants to use it?" Chris asked, and for his surprise, all the weakened Smashers raised their hands quickly. "...We need to decide who!"

"But we don't know what Final Smash do we have!" Yoshi said.

"Meh, I've already seen mine." Kirby said.

Chris sighed disappointed and finally decided to explain each one of them what kind of Final Smash they have, except for Mallow and Geno.

"...That's it?" Jigglypuff asked with a glare.

"...Yes?" Chris said confused.

"So I get wings and invincibility and shoot fireballs?" Yoshi asked and Chris nodded.

"So I get bigger and bigger and bigger until I push out my opponents?" Jigglypuff asked and Chris nodded again.

"I use my bongoes to attack?" DK asked and Chris did the same thing.

"So we need to have Charizard with us in order to do our Final Smash?" Ivysaur asked and Chris nodded yet again.

"Oh, hooligans! I can't believe my ultimate attack is calling Bulborbs to eat my enemies and then crash my ship into the ground!" Olimar said a little alarmed.

"...Are those complains?" Chris wondered.

"YES!" Previous characters said a little angry.

"...Er...Fox, I haven't heard your opinion yet..."

"...So I get to call a Landmaster and use it against my enemies?" Fox asked and Chris nodded. "...That is a waste of time! I can't believe Master Hand gave me that attack!"

"Huh?"

"I thought I was going to use Krystal's staff with some kind of powerful, sealed, ancient magic that I could only use or something like that, not to resort to my weaponry!"

"...Hate to say this, but is KRYSTAL's staff, not FOX's staff." Chris said closing his eyes.

"...Whatever, anything is good at this moment..." Fox said a little disappointed.

"Well, for your luck, I think your Final Smash would come handy at this moment, anyone who uses their Final Smash is invincible during the attac-"

"At least Falco will get a different one, probably with his Arwing."

"...Y-yes..." Chris said blushing embarrassed.

"...And Wolf too."

"..." Chris was now utterly embarrassed and tried not to laugh. "E-everyone! We need to attack him and fast, every second counts before he notices he's..." Chris ducked and whispered: "Being distracted..."

"Let's do this thing!" DK said making a fist in the air.

"B-but first, is everyone feeling alright?"

"...No...we received a lot of damage during that magma attack..." Geno said twitching in pain.

"...I guess I don't have another choice..." Chris changed to his Fonic Hymn User job and prepared to cast First Aid. "O healing power..."

"You're more talk than action you know..." Red kept repeating.

"WHAT?!" SLPP kept asking angrily.

"You're more talk than action you know..."

"WHAT?!"

"You're more talk than action you know..."

"...Wait, I think I got it!" Chris said smiling a little before his staff glowed brightly. "Nurse!"

"Nurse?" Geno repeated confused.

Footsteps began to be heard and they looked behind them where 4 nurses began pacing around the field and jumping the thorns happily, flapping their little wings in unison.

"...Sooooooooo, you called nurses just to be killed?" DK asked before their bodies glowed with a blue light, restoring their health and the nurses disappeared. "W-what?"

"...I feel so good now!" Kirby said hopping happily.

"Can you repeat that again?" Mallow asked.

"...I'm afraid I can't, using magic constantly tires me out and they have a delay when I cast them on the field, if the magic is more powerful, then I need to cast a longer chant and focus before executing the attack." Chris explained before he shook his head. "...Aren't those piranhas looking at us?"

They all turned to the 2 small Piranha Plants showing their tongues at them with closed mouths, they looked at each other, nodded, and began firing fast magma balls as they quickly evaded the shots and jumped the vines with thorns. (Lucario holding Chris in his arms in their case).

"We have to deal with the small heads and the bigger one!" Jigglypuff said flying away.

"The bigger one is more stupid than it seemed to be though..." Squirtle said.

"WHO SAID THAT?!" SLPP asked angrily looking at the Smashers.

"SQUIRTLE!" Jigglypuff used a Pound on Squirtle's cheek and pouted.

"TURTLE SOUP!" SLPP yelled before his mouth began to shine brightly.

"Squirtle, use Surf!" Red yelled.

"O-okay!" Squirtle said and used Surf to be propelled to the air with a stair of water, evading the fast blow in time.

"Lucario! Do you think you can attack those piranhas using Aura Spheres?" Chris asked to Lucario who began charging an Aura Sphere.

"That is not so difficult, leave that to me." Lucario said nodding before firing his Aura Sphere at one head, pushing it back.

"Keep firing! Red, Ivysaur! Can you 2 grab the other piranha and pull it away?" Chris asked.

"I-i'ts going to be hard, but I'll try it!" Ivysaur said nodding.

"Ivysaur! Use Vine Whip on the piranha and pull him!"

Ivysaur nodded and used his Vine Whip attack to grab the small piranha head and struggled to pull him away. "U-ugh! He's...too...strong!"

"Worthless scum!" SLPP said ordering his head to enter the magma, along with Ivysaur's vines, making the Grass Pokémon to yell in pain as he pulled back his vine.

"O healing powe-" Chris was interrupted before the same head rose up below him and pushed him to the air, dealing fire damage to his legs. "AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"CHRIS!" Lucario stopped firing Aura Spheres and jumped to the small head and deliver an uppercut, then he used the head as a platform (resisting the fire damaging his legs) and jumped towards Chris to catch him in time to land safely. "...Ugh..."

"Follow-up uppercut!" DK yelled jumping to the same head who was closer to the ground and did a strong uppercut with his right hand in the chin.

"L-Lucario! Thanks for saving me!" Chris said a little worried.

"I-I'm fine, I can still fight back." Lucario said twitching a little.

"THUNDERBOLT!" Mallow called out.

"GENO BEAM!" Geno called out along with Mallow and both landed/fired their attacks at the same time to the head that was being attacked by Lucario, also damaging the other heads by Mallow's Thunderbolt a little.

"Taste this!" SLPP yelled many magma balls to the air who began to descend towards all the Smashers who gasped.

"Kirby! Yoshi! Suck them up!" Squirtle yelled, Kirby and Yoshi nodded to each other and jumped high in the air to suck the magma balls into them, Yoshi made eggs that he began to fire back to the heads and Kirby shot them away to prevent SLPP from healing.

"YOU LITTLE-" SLPP was attacked by an Aura Sphere from Lucario, and from behind. "Y-YOU!"

"He is distracted, now Fox!" Red yelled from the finish line.

Star Ocean 4 Battle Theme

Fox took out his Blaster and spun in his finger before slamming it back to his pocket. "Now, let's see if you can still resist!" Fox said before an explosion of a rainbow colored aura covered his body and his eyes glowed in a yellow color, the Star Fox leader ran towards SLPP jumping above the thorns.

"O healing power..." Chris chanted closing his eyes and concentrating his force on his staff. "First Aid!" He yelled pointing at the sky as Ivysaur was healed from his burns a little.

"Thanks!" Ivysaur said.

"Ivysaur! Use Razor Leaf!" Red commanded.

"Yes!" Ivysaur began to slash SLPP's head continuously using a barrage of sharp leaves.

"S-STOP! I HATE TO BE SLICED!!!" SLPP yelled.

"Sliced?" Kirby wondered before he took out his cutter, ran to SLPP to stay close and rose up to the air with an uppercut slash, before coming down and slam his cutter to creat a shockwave, crossing SLPP.

"DIE!" SLPP yelled chasing after Mallow and Geno using the main head, then he swallowed them whole. "HAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"Oh no you don't!" DK appeared from behind slamming his fists directly into the head, SLPP spat out the 2 and evaded the crash into the ground before returning to his position.

"Psychopath!" Mallow called out as spotlight focused on SLPP. "Hmm...he still has more health left..."

"(I love hot potatoes!)"

"Guys! He loves hot potatoes!" Mallow pointed out.

"H-hey! How did you know?!" SLPP asked surprised.

"LANDMASTER!!!"

"Wha-UGH!" SLPP was uppercutted from below by Fox who rose up to the air and appeared inside his Landmaster and landed on small head.

"FIRE! FIRE! FIRE!" Yoshi yelled panicked and the Landmaster began to fire a round of charged shots to SLPP, who yelled in extreme pain and couldn't retaliate, all the heads were being attacked by all the shots from Fox's Landmaster.

"Assist him while SLPP is stunned!" Chris called out. "O divine spear, run my enemy through!"

"GO! GO! GO!" Yoshi said jumping towards the stunned heads using flutter kick attack to hit one small head continuously.

"Ready!" DK said stopping charging his Giant Punch and ran to one head. "HA!" He punched him hard and it went towards the ground with a crash, staying there since Fox's shots were still being fired continuously.

"Holy Lance!!!" Chris said doing a 360 degree spin on his place and called forth a holy glyph below SLPP, 4 spears of light appeared on a square position and crossed his body quickly before vanishing.

"GUUUUARRGH!" Lucario fired a fully charged Aura Sphere to one head, increasing the damage amount.

"SNOWY!" Mallow called out a blizzard to crush the 3 heads under a big snowman who exploded into more snow, dealing moderate damage.

"Stars, give me strength! Geno Blast!" Geno fired a light to the cloud before pillars of different  colors rained down the plant dealing even more moderate amount of damage.

"WATER GUN!" Red ordered making Squirtle to shoot a stream of fast water to one head, who apparently was being hurt by the water that was wetting his head.

"O-Olimar! Where are you?!" Chris asked looking around.

"HELP! MY PIKMINS CAN'T DECIDE WHAT TO ATTACK!" Olimar yelled from a far away spot, where his Pikmins were hitting the vines with sharp thorns as Olimar used his whistler continuously, but with no success.

"HI-YAH! EY!" Kirby came from the air and slashed down the vines, cutting them in half and making the Pikmins to stop their attacks as they looked confused.

"Oh, thank you!" Olimar said bowing before he ran (rather slowly) to SLPP with his Pikmins. "Go!" Olimar threw his 5 Pikmins to the main head...and got burned and died since they were all Blue Pikmins. "Oh, fire plants and pipes..." Olimar said snapping his fingers before he began to take out 2 Red Pikmins, 1 Purple Pikmin and 2 Yellow Pikmins. "Go!" Olimar threw his 2 Red Pikmins to the head and began smacking him.

"LAST SHOT!" Fox yelled inside his Landmaster and charged up a stronger shot that went blasting off to one head before the Landmaster disappeared (digitally, how can that be possible), Fox backflipped and landed safely on the ground.

"Psychopath!" Mallow called out focusing the spotlights on the main head. "...His health is almost gone! We can do this!"

"THAT'S IT!" SLPP yelled hiding inside the magma quickly.

"LUCARIO! SLAM YOUR FIST INTO THE GROUND!" Chris ordered.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucario crashed his fist with aura on the ground to create an earthquake, but that didn't help and he was surrounded by the 3 heads who began to charge fire inside their mouths before showering Lucario with a tower of flames. "UUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!"

"LUCARIOOOO!!!" Chris cried worried, the heads quickly hid inside the magma and Lucario was taken down with fatal damage. "W-where did that bastard go?!"

"HELP M-AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!" Mallow cried loudly as the heads appeared surrounding him and firing an assault of hot flames, taking him down as he sobbed siltently. "...Ge...no...u-ugh..." Mallow was able to say before fainting.

"MALLOW!" Geno yelled gasping and the heads appeared from the magma and surrounded him. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"Not him too!" Kirby said worried as he saw Geno fainting weakly besides Mallow.

"GEEEEEEEEEEENOOOOOOO!!!" Twnik yelled from the finish line crying loudly.

"D-don't worry Twink, e-everything is going to be alright." Red said trembling a little.

"DID YOU ACTUALLY THINK I FORGOT ABOUT YOU 2?!" SLPP asked appearing from the ground, charging his attack as Red and Twink yelled in fear.

"REEEEEED!" Squirtle came from above using Surf, taking Ivysaur above his back who used Vine Whip to take both of the characters out of the devastating fire attack.

"T-thank you guys!" Red said as Ivysaur put him and Twink down safely to the ground.

"Hmm?" SLPP turned his head and smirked after seeing the still uncosncious characters laying on the ground, then he began charging his fire attack.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" DK yelled running to SLPP and jumping to him to prepare his Headbutt attack.

"Strengthen the power of my ally, Geno Boost!" Geno called out increasing DK's strength.

"HU!" DK used a stronger Headbutt on SLPP who became paralyzed as the Kong landed on the ground.

"Attack him, now's our chance!" Chris ordered and all of them ran to SLPP. "Return this soul from the abyss of death!" Chris chanted focusing his magic on Lucario.

"HA! HA! HA! HA! HA!" Yoshi used his Yoshi Eggs to damage the heads continuously.

"Red Pikmins, Red Pikmins, Red Pikmins..." Olimar said pulling out Pikmins to get the red ones, sacrifing Pikmin after Pikmin after Pikmin that he was throwing into the lava (a closer look and we see his tears running down his cheeks). "ATTACK!" Olimar said launching his 5 Red Pikmins to the main head who smacked him.

"Haaaaaa!" Fox jumped into the air and did several midair kicks on one small head, landed and did the same combo.

"Resurrection!" Chris casted a sacred light from the dark clouds that touched Lucario's body and revived him.

"...U-ugh..." Lucario grunted in pain.

"Lucario!" Chris ran up to Lucario and gave him a hug.

"C-Chris, are we still fighting?" Lucario asked looking to Chris over his shoulder.

"Y-yes, go on and help them!"

"UGH!" SLPP regained consciouness and hid quickly in the magma. "SO, DO YOU LIKE THE HEAT?!" SLPP asked and the magma began to shine brightly.

"W-what's happening now?!" Twink asked before he began to pant heavily. "...Oww..."

"...What...is this...heat...?" Ivysaur said dropping into his stomach and began to sweat.

"...He...is increasing...the heat of the magma..." Yoshi said weakly and dropped to his knees.

"I'm...going to get...a fever if this continues..." Chris said trying to hold on using his staff as a supporter.

"...What...can we...do...?" Lucario asked even more weakly than the others.

"I feel perfectly fine if you ask me." They all looked to Olimar who was all fine.

"...B-but...why?" Fox asked slowly falling to his right knee.

"This suit protects me from drowning, extreme high and low temperatures and from breathing air!" Olimar said sounding happily.

"DK looked at the 5 Red Pikmins swimming in a magma hole. "...How come they...can resist the magma?"

"Oh? Well, magma is technically fire so it doesn't damage them." Olimar explained.

"...I got...an idea..." Chris said weakly before changing to his Pikmin Captain job (first time he changes jobs so many times in a chapter and first time in a LOOOOOOOOONG time he uses the Pikmin Captain job at the same time). "...Phew! This suit has even air conditioner inside!" Chris said inside his helmet happily.

"...Thanks for...getting the wish of...air conditioner to us...now do something!" Yoshi tried to yell angrily.

"R-right...well, the Red Pikmins can swim inside the lava so...we should tell them to attack SLPP inside the magma to finish him off!" Chris trying to get Red Pikmins (doing the same action Olimar did before) before he got them. "E-everyone! Are you alright?!"

"If you can...count...all the sweat...running from...every part...of us...then...NO!" Jigglypuff yelled angrily.

"...Food..." Kirby muttered quickly panting heavily.

"...Okay, this already went too far, Olimar! You know what to do with me?" Chris asked and Olimar nodded slowly. "Pikmins! Go down and smack the grassy crap out of that plant!" Chris ordered his Pikmins who nodded and dove inside the magma together with Olimar's Pikmins.

"...Hey, where did you come from?" SLPP asked under the magma where he was shown panting heavily since his energies were almost gone as the 10 Red Pikmins swam slowly above his heads and himself.

3 minutes later...

"OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! STOP IT! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW!!!" SLPP yelled as him and his heads were being smacked by the Red Pikmins who ganged up on them.

"Chris! Chris!" Professor Kawashima yelled from Chris's pocket. "The Over Limit gauge is almost full!"

"W-what?!" Chris asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Mario Sports arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 25, 2008, 05:32:31 PM
"Apparently, 10 Pikmins count as hits so, the gauge is almost full an-wait, it's ready!"

"O-OK! Now we need to take him out somehow!" Chris began to thought as SLPP yelled in pain under the magma.

"Hu...rry...Chris..." Lucario muttered almost to the point of fainting.

"Olimar! Use your Final Smash!"

"H-how can I do that again?" Olimar asked.

"JUST DO IT FOR THE SAKE OF ALL OF US!"

"Um-hm, like this?" Olimar asked looking around, activating the Over Limit with the confused sentence he made and created an explosion force, covering him in a rainbow aura.

"Now, how can we take him out?... Wait...Mallow said...HOT POTATOES!" Chris yelled to the magma.

Suddenly, SLPPquickly rose up and looked frantically around for mentioned invisible items. "H-HOT POTATOES?! WHERE?!"

"OLIMAR, NOW!"

"I-I-I- I'M TAKING OFF!" Olimar ran below SLPP and his ship, the...er...Olimar's Ship appeared and the captain quickly climbed to his cockpit and blasted off to the sky's night, everyone was able to see the ship flying off to the distance...

...Before a rampage of Bulbobrs came in and started to chow down SLPP furiously in a frenzy of bites. "YEOOOOOOWWCCCH!!!!" SLPP yelled in pain as he was being constantly bitten.

"...Ridiculous..." Yoshi, DK, Kirby and Jigglypuff muttered in unison.

The Bulbobrs disappeared and SLPP shook his heads. "...I...can't...hold on...much longer...BUT I CAN STILL EAT YOU ALL AS DINNE-"

A blink appeared from the sky and they all looked at the dot increasing in size, we see Olimar panicking (because the reason of why his ship crashes into the ground was because it always runs out of gasoline in the worst moment, or every time he uses his FS). "MAYDAY! MAYDAY! SOS!!! HEEEEEEEEEEEEELLLLLLLLLLLLLPPPPPPPPP!!!!!!!!!!" Olimar screamed loudly as SLPP panicked since he was the impact site of Olimar's ship.

"HAHA! I CAN STILL ESCAPE, YOU FOOLS!" SLPP yelled smirking evily, trying to hid inside the magma but he couldn't budge at all. "...WHAT THE?!" He looked down where the Red Pikmins tried hard to keep him outside, even all the remaining Smashers were grabbing the roots hardly using their last forces to end the battle once and for all. "...NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!"

A huge explosion took place on Shadow Lava Piranha Plant, all the Smashers were pushed away by the force of the explosion spreading around the field (Olimar who fell above Chris) and they saw the explosion still occurring on the enemy before they saw SLPP with his jaws wide openned in shock.

Then...the plant along with his heads fell to the ground, defeated.

"...Uh...uh...uh..." SLPP sobbed as the Shadow Bugs left his body and vanished in thin air. "...I failed you...Lord Bowser...forgive...me...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" Lava Piranha Plant yelled loudly to the sky before he began to explode in his place crazily, going in all directions, the vines around the track began to disappear along with the thorns, the Smashers looked at all the vines vanishing, or more accurately, drying up until they became dust, going all the way to Lava Piranha Plant, who turned all brown and into dust that desintegrated in the magma, for good this time.

Music stops

"..." The Smashers walked to the center of the site, they looked down to the small rock where a card containing Skolar, the third Star Spirit, was there laying silently.

"..." Chris slowly took the card on his right hand, he closed his eyes, raised the card in the air and did a peace sign to the sky nodding happily. "Alright! We won!"

Tales of Vesperia - Victory Boss Battle Theme

"We did it...WE DID IT! YOOOOHOOOO! MY FIRST BATTLE AND I WON!" DK cheered loudly smacking his chest proudly.

Fox sighed and crossed his arms. "I'm glad this is over...finally..." Chris was standing there with arms behind his back, smiling. "..." Fox smiled and held up his left hand. "Alright, here we g-"

"YAY!" Chris spun in the air, did a high-five with Fox and stood by his left side.

"...Good job." Fox remarked nodding.

"...Did I miss something important?" Lucario asked confused, getting up slowly and tilting his head to the right.

"Nothing Lucario!" Chris said hugging Lucario happily.

"...Fine..." Lucario said, before he started to lick Chris's cheek again, laughing heartily with his trainer.

"W-we won! W-we won!" Yoshi said happily.

"And all thanks to Olimar!" Jigglypuff said glancing over Olimar...who was knocked out of cold. "...Hello?"

"Olimar?" Kirby poked Olimar's helmet with curiosity.

Red and Twink came in with Squirtle and Ivysaur laughing together. "We did it everyone! We rescued Skolar after all!" Twink said flying around happily before looking down to Geno and Mallow. "...But..."

"Give me 2 minutes please." Chris said changing to his FHU job. "Return this soul from the abyss of..."

2 minutes and a half later...

"W-we won?!" Mallow asked before jumping 100,000 feet in the air and opened his arms to the sky. "WE WON! WE DID IT!"

"Thanks goodness." Geno said nodding and walked to Chris. "Give me the card, we have to release Skolar no-"

"EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!" They all exchanged confused glances before looking up where Lakitu was broadcasting the whole match, the crowd back at the dome were getting wild by their cheers to Yoshi's team, then Lakitu waved at them laughing heartily.

"Trick you! I WAS broadcasting the entire match to the crowd!" Lakitu said laughing.

"...Uuuuuuugggggghhhhhh..." Chris's stage frightness hit him and fainted above Lucario's left shoulder with swirl eyes.

"...Heh, stage frightness..." DK muttered and they chuckled in unison.

Peach Dome

"RELEASE!" Geno held Skolar's card to the air and the card began to shine brightly on the center of the dome, everyone was there, along with Mario, Luigi, Peach and the rest watching the spectacle of light of the card, then after a bright shine, Skolar appeared spinning in the air before stopping and smiling down the Smashers.

"Ho ho ho!" Skolar laughed heartily. "I'm free from that prison again! Thank you Geno, you did all of this?"

Geno shook his head and looked at the Smashers, and Mallow. "No, they all helped, especially Chris, the World Traveler."

"The World Traveler hmm?" Skolar flew to Chris (who was recovered and tried not to faint in front of the spectators). "Such an honor to be rescued by you, and the elite of fighters named Smashers."

"W-we don't use the word "Smashers" so often..." Jigglypuff trailed off.

"Seriously, sometimes I want to change that name too." Yoshi said frowning.

"Oh, it doesn't matter to me at all," Skolat chuckled a little and looked around the dome. "Mario? Princess Peach?"

"Mario, is he one of the Star Spirits from long ago?" Peach asked.

"Yes, he is, it's good to see you again, Skolar." Mario said bowing to Skolar.

"Still defeating Bowser's schemes, I see?" Skolar asked raising an eyebrow.

"...Always..." Mario said scratching his hat.

Skolar laughed a little and looked to Chris. "World Traveler, it's not necessary to say that your journey is not over yet, isn't it?"

"Well..." Chris looked at the Smashers, Geno, Twink and Mallow who smiled a little to him. "...I want this journey to get longer...I really enjoy spending my time with all of the-"

"Awwwwwwwwwwwwww!!!" The spectators said interrupting, making Chris to blush a little...or a lot.

"...O-okay, enough." Chris said.

"So, I think it's also time for you to get my powers to help you." Skolar said shining, he began slowly to spun around and spun even faster overtime Chris, making star images with spores before he stopped above giving Chris his powers.

Chris has learned Star Storm!

Calls forth stars from the space and damages all the enemies, deals great amount of damage

"T-thanks! This will help us!" Chris said smiling to Skolar who chuckled heartily.

"Still an honor World Traveler, now, I msut return to the Star Shrine and reunite with Eldstar and Mamar, please, continue to gather all the remaining Star Spirits to repair the Star Road and continue to grant everyone's wishes again," Skolar began to shine and spun to the air slowly. "Good luck Smashers! And please, keep fighting until the end!" And with a blink, Skolar disappeared in the sunset.

"Ahoy! I can't believe this all happened because of Bowser's doings!" Toadsworth announced to the crowd. "Well, it seems we have to end the festival of sports since the chaotic ending in the final track got us off-guard, fortunately, we managed to catch Bowser and his accomplices and brougth them to the dome!"

Toads carrying Bowser, Bowser Jr., Charizard and Dedede on rolling beds appeared from the halls and they stopped right in front of Toadsworth, apparently, they were fainted.

"...What happened to them?" Toadette asked.

"It seems they were stupid enough to jump to the lava and get themselves hurt...greatly..." Daisy said sweatdropping.

"..." The Smashers chuckled at this.

"So, today, we proclaim the YOSHI ISLANDERS AS THE WINNERS OF THE FESTIVAL OF SPORTS!!!" Toadsworth announced loudly and confetti began to rain down front the top of the dome, where Lakitus were throwing it happily, the spectators were cheering loudly and Yoshi got confused.

"B-but we didn't win the last part!" Yoshi said.

"Oh, you DID save all of us from the destruction, didn't you?"

"And you also deviced all those strategies to get Bowser into the punishment he deserved from the beginning!" Luigi said.

"...And we're sorry for not believing in you..." Peach said joining her hands together.

More Toads came from the hallway pushing a big platform on wheels, something big was below the big white sheet, they rolled it to the center, nodded to each other and uncovered the gift.

It was a sparkling, big trophy that made Yoshi's jaw to drop in awe, even his teammates were impressed by the details of the trophy and were amazed by the gold shining, reflecting their reflections.

Festival of Sports

Team: Yoshi Islanders

"For showing incredible skills and prowesses during the event, this trophy is sign of their victory as comrades and teammates for their had efforts."

The trophy had this labeled on the base.

Yoshi walked slowly to the trophy and looked to his reflection, his eyes began to fill with tears and he jumped to the trophy, hugging it while he cried. "I'M...SO...HAPPY!!! PARRIPAPUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Yoshi cried out as the crowd applauded to his team who waved at them, they all ran to Yoshi and the trophy, doing high-fives and some hugging each other celebrating.

"Y-Yoshi..." Birdo walked towards Yoshi, playing with her? fingers. "...I...wanted to say you...c-congratulations..." She? said blushing.

"..." Yoshi ran to Birdo and hugged her tightly, then he looked straight to her? in the face. "KISS ME!"

And both shared a passionate kiss...

...The whole audience blocked their eyes, Mario and the rest looked away blushing embarrassed, the Smashers doing the same with Chris's eyes very wide before Lucario blocked them with his left hand.

"...Ugh..."

The crowd stopped clapping, Yoshi and the rest looked to Bowser and the others slowly regaining consciousness, shaking their heads.

"...What...happened...?" Bowser asked.

Chris looked to Lucario who was burning up with aura. "L-Lucario! What are you doing?!"

"You promised me I could take them on after the festival ended, and I'm going to do that right now!" Lucario said growling with rage.

"...Toadsworth..."

"Fighting is allowed!" Toadsworth replied glaring at Bowser.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!!!" Lucario lunged at the 4 who looked at him, screamed loudly and were pulled into a cloud of dust where they were screaming in pain as Lucario roared loudly inside.

"MOMMYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY!!!" Bowser and Jr. screamed in unison.

"OK! WHO WANTS TO BEAT THE STUPID CRAP OUT OF THEM?!" Jigglypuff asked inflating herself, all the Smashers, Geno, Mallow and Twink (except Fox, Olimar, Kirby and Chris) raised their hands with glares and joined the fight, even the crowd were cheering at this moment.

Chris blinked surprised at this moment as Kirby sat on his hands, standing there with Olimar and Fox in both sides. "...So..."

"...So..." Olimar repeated.

"...So..." Fox repeated.

"...So..." Kirby repeated.

"...What do we do now?" Chris asked.

"...Beat them up?" Kirby asked.

"OH, GLAD YOU ASKED!" Chris yelled with the others nodding in agreement and running inside the cloud, joining the crazy fight.

"Hahahahahaha!" Mario and Peach's team laughed heartily at this moment as the camera gets slowly away from the dome.

"And thank you all for watching the festival of sports folks! See you at Beijing for the Olympics!" Toadsworth announced as the crowd gave the final cheer to the players.

Entrance of the Peach Dome

"So, it's the Smash Mansion a great place to live DK?" Diddy asked walking besides DK and the Smashers.

"Yep! Lots of bananas are there in my room!" DK said laughing with Diddy.

"It's a shame how Diddy will react after Master Hand tells him that he is not a Smasher." Fox whispered to Chris.

"...I wouldn't be so sure..." Chris muttered embarrassed.

"Did you say something?"

"Nothing!" Chris sweated moving his hands in front of him.

"Aw, I feel so good after slapping Bowser's face non-stop!" Jigglypuff said happily above Chris's head.

"Fighting never was this fun and curing before." Mallow said smiling.

"Yeah!" Twink flailed his little arms around.

"Charizard and Dedede will get away though..." Squirtle said.

"Rats! We forgot to catch Charizard!" Red said snapping his fingers.

"Too late, they were taken to the Subspace, I can't feel their auras again." Lucario pointed out and Red looked down in shame as Squirtle and Ivysaur tried to cheer him up.

"WAAAAAAAAAAAAAIT!!!"

"Huh?" They all turned their heads to the dome where Yoshi was running to them with a worried look, he stopped right in front of them, panted, and looked to them.

"Yoshi? What are you doing here?" Geno asked.

"I-I want to go with you to the Smash Mansion!" Yoshi said trying to catch his breath.

"WHAT?!" Kirby, Jigglypuff and DK asked surprised.

"A-after you helped me to win the sports and being so nice to me...I...want to join you all right now!" Yoshi ducked, when he looked at them, he had a baseball cap, a tennis racket and a glove. "Also, the Smash Mansion has better installations to train for the Olympics!"

"Oh yeah! The Olympics!" DK said.

"...Hate to say this to you, but Mario told me you can't participate for unknown reasons..."

DK's smile didn't fade and Diddy moved his hands in front of DK. "...Donkey? Donkey? Are you alright? Donkey?" Diddy asked.

Then DK fell backwards on his back with a thud and Diddy gasped.

"DONKEY!" Diddy yelled worried and slapped DK's face continuously.

"...So..." Yoshi began. "...Can I go with you?"

"...What do you think everyone?" Chris asked and they nodded smiling a little. "Welcome to the team, Yoshi!" Chris said doing a handshake with Yoshi, who closed his eyes happily.

NEWCOMER!

Yoshi joined your team!

"Yes! I can't wait to see everyone again at the mansion! And the new Smashers!" Yoshi said happily and they began walking away where Chris opened the portal to the mansion.

"Lucario! Lucario! Please take DK with you!" Lucario had to listen to Diddy and lift DK above him with ease, entering inside the portal.

"Yes, you 3 will enjoy the mansion, with no awkward happenings or events for sure." Chris said closing his eyes as they entered inside the portal and vanished with it.

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 3000 Smash Coins!

Yoshi's partnership level was filled!

Smash Mansion
Command Room

They all came from the portal but stopped with crazy Naruto faces, but Chris didn't since he had his eyes closed. "And here we are everyone! Everything went well afte-OH-MY-GOD!" Chris's face turned into the crazy Naruto face once he opened his eyes...

...After seeing all the Smashers dressed with pink versions of their clothes, even their weapons were pink.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Diddy dropped to the floor, laughing madly and rolling a little as the Smashers grunted at him. "THIS IS GONNA BE SO FUN!!!" Diddy said happily as he laughed loudly.

"W-what the hell happened her-" Chris was tackled down by a pink Pikachu and a pink Pichu who covered his face with fear.

"WE DON'T WANT TO REMEMBER! WE DON'T WANT TO REMEMBER!!!" Pikachu and Pichu screamed loudly.

"...Falco, what hap-" Fox was interrupted as well.

"We don't want to talk about it again." A pink Falco and a pink Wolf said in unison irritated.

"...I...was sure there were still crazy things happening here..." Yoshi trailed off recovering his face.

Fox looked to Diddy, a smirk grew on his face and looked at Master Hand. "Master Hand, tell Diddy he is not a Smasher."

"Why?" Master Hand asked. "Diddy is a Smasher, a new one to be accurate."

Fox's smirk didn't fade. "...Fox? Hello?" Ivysaur moved a vine in front of Fox's face, and Fox instantly fainted backwards on his back with a thud as DK, only this time with swirl on his eyes.

Wolf walked to him a kicked his head a little, then he glanced at Diddy laughing and a grin grew on Wolf's face. "This is gonna be fun...heh..." Wolf said chuckling, as we see Diddy still laughing as the screen pans out.

"Next time: Ta name is ol' man Raven with Thanksgivin'!" DK said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight
, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Thanksgiving/ToS2/ToV Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 26, 2008, 12:04:42 PM
Chapter 91: Ta name is ol' man Raven with Thanksgivin'!

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

Both King Dedede and Charizard were above beds with casts all over their bodies with angry faces, their legs, arms (and tail in Charizard's case) were held up above in all directions. "So, you are telling me you deployed ALL the Subspace Bombs in the same place and failed to kill the Smashers?" Tabuu asked with fury in his tone.

"All dah fault is because of the dragon!" Dedede complained and Charizard grunted.

"Says the one who did it, fatty!" Charizard said angrily.

"Seriously, sending you 2 to a world deserves only failure to us." Ganondorf said crossing his arms.

"And it seems we only have 4 Star Spirits left, while they have 3 in their possesion." The Ancient Minister reminded them.

"Can I go agai-"

"NOT AGAIN, POKEY!" They all yelled to Porky.

"IT'S PORK-"

"DO YOU DARE TO YELL AT ME?!" Tabuu asked creating a tremble, making Poke-I mean, Porky shut his mouth with fear. "As I was saying before, we have to keep the Star Spirits away from them or else the wishes will be granted again."

"But as long as Exor holds his position in the city, we have a countdown before he uses all his forces to destroy the city." The Ancient Minister said.

"We need to wait a re-think our strategies to take over the worlds and take them out once and for all." Ganondorf said.

"Once and for all, once and for all, you can't be more original, can you?" Charizard asked rethorically frowning.

"We have to create more Subspace Bombs for the time being, try to recover you energies to be ready for tomorrow, that is an order." Tabuu said disappearing in the Subspace.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Several minutes passed after they all calmed down, but it seemed that Chris was interested of why were they wearing such ridiculous clothes, weapons and skin colors. "...Now that everything is alright, can somebody tell m-"

"We don't want to remember." A pink Ness said frowning.

"...You have been giving me the same response over and over again!"

A pink Lucas trembled. "W-we don't want to remember that event again!"

"...Nana, please, you know I can count on you to tell m-"

"Chris, that's Popo." The correct Nana said sweatdropping, since she already had something pink, nothing changed in her.

"...Oops...okay, okay, since nobody wants to tell me what happened here, I'm going to see the shop."

Smash Coins in hand: 2500

Jobs (New!) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Ionian Sargeant Oracle Knight Fon Master Guardian: 2500 Smash Coins

D: Having magic and great attacks using a doll haven't been this fun before, with the Ionian Sargeant Oracle Knight Fon Master Guardian you can cast dark magic and attack with your trusty doll to your enemies and resist great attacks using the very same doll!


"Ionian Sargeant Oracle Knight Fon Master Guardian?" Chris asked confused at the long name.

"It's one of those strong jobs, you should buy it! My jobs haven't disappointed you, right?" Crazy Hand asked.

"...I suppose then...okay, I'll buy it," Chris gave his last Smash Coins to Crazy Hand and once again as before he glowed before stopping, now he was wearing a light-blue shirt below a white X-shaped cross cape (the midpoint being his head, making upside-down V-shaped trails on his front and back), black pants, brown boots, white gloves and an oddly-shaped staff, he looked at his clothes. "...Well, it has a nice touch to it, I think."

"Hey, what's on the back?" DK (in his Brawl form along with Diddy who got his weapons and abilities) touched Chris's back and lifted a small doll, the doll had a rather wicked face with 2 buttons as eyes, but the left "eye" was a green "N," it also showed fake fangs and Chris took it from DK.

"Wuss, you play with dolls." Wolf said chuckling.

"W-wuss? How rude!" Chris placed the doll on the floor and found a note attached to the doll. "...This was here with doll, it says..."

Hello there! So, you must have taken one of my dolls, Tokunaga (the doll that you currently have in your possesion), anyway, you're wondering how a small doll like Tokunaga will help you correct? Well, just put him on the floor and wait for something incredible to happen, but don't ask me how it happened!

Love, Anise Tatlin, Fon Master Guardian XD (Hearts)


"Anise Tatlin? Who is she? Do you know her?" A pink Ness asked.

"I-I don't know her, but maybe I have the game where she appears...maybe..." Chris looked down to Tokunaga. "So how will "Tokunaga" help me in battl-"

"LOOK!" Mallow pointed at Tokunaga who trembled uncontrollably before he began to grow slowly, making the Smashers watch surprised as the doll surpassed Chris's height by centimeters.

"...THIS is amazing..." Chris said nodding and Tokunaga nodded too. "W-what the?! It moved!"

"It appears the doll mimics your moves." Mewtwo (pink tail) explained.

"Hmm..." Chris moved his right hand and Tokunaga moved his own, Chris jumped and Tokunaga jumped, Chris made a salute and Tokunaga did the same. "Okay, this really impresses me." Chris said nodding in a thinking position as Tokunaga did the same, looking at him.

"...If you can, control the doll to move around."

"O-okay..." Chris just stood there and Tokunaga walked to the pink Zelda and handshaked her hand.

"My, how polite is this doll." Zelda said as Tokunaga walked to Chris.

"...Be careful, it can get out of control if you don't focus enoug-" Mewtwo was interrupted before Tokunaga punched C. Falcon hard in the face and was sent to the wall.

"Oww! W-what was that for?!" C. Falcon asked.

"S-sorry! I didn't want to punch you!" Chris said moving his hands in front of him, sweating, as Tokunaga did the same action.

"Sorry Falcon, Chris didn't mean to punch you, he lost control of "Tokunaga" for a moment," Mewtwo explained as he looked at the pink Lucas and pink Pichu hiding behind Ness and Pikachu. "...He won't hit you 4, rest assured."

"Phew." Pichu and Lucas sighed in relief.

"So this doll, "Tokunaga," can fight?" Yoshi asked poking Tokunaga.

"Let me try to do some moves." Chris said as he started to swing his hands quickly, Tokunaga did a 3-hit combo with his hands before stopping. "So?"

"Quite basic." Mewtwo said.

"Okay, enough with the doll," Master Hand began. "We have other matters to do."

"Yes, like letting us wear our normal clothes again!" Etna peered from the hall, not wanting to show her pink outfit. "T-this is just too girly for my tastes! Can we end the dare now?"

"I don't see the problem," Flonne's voice was heard from the hall. "I like my pink outfit!"

"Flonne! That's your opinion! Most of us agree is not!"

"I have to agree with the demon." A pink Pit said.

"Geez, now you're starting to call me a demon again? I'm a good demon!"

"Say what you want, but that won't change my opinion."

Etan moved her left hand next to her head. "Whatever, I need to go back to the "666th" floor and see if the Prinnies are doing a good work on it," Etna took out her trademark megaphone. "PRINNIES! GET THE HELL BACK TO WORK!"

"COMING DOOOOOOOD!!!" A multitude of Prinnies covered the whole hall as Etna hid in them and avoid the Smashers to see her pink outfit as they went away.

"...There's a 666th floor here?" Red asked confused.

"Again, we don't want to remember," A pink Meta Knight said before Squirtle stared at him. "...What?"

"Of all the people in my head, you're the last person who would wear a pink outfit." Squirtle said chuckling a little.

"...I still have dignity, but I need to show my right as a good sportman person and accept a dare."

"A dare? You all made a dar-" Ivysaur was again interrupted.

"We don't want to remember." A pink Toon Link said.

"Actually, there's nothing bad in saying that," Wolf pointed angrily to Falco. "It was all the bird brain's fault that we got in this stupid dare!"

"Yeah, yeah, blame it all on Falco." Falco said frowning.

Jigglypuff blinked bored with small pupils and a bored look. "I kind of expected this to be one of Falco's doings."

"What?"

"Enough is enough!" Master Hand said getting their attention. "Now, as I was saying before, we have important matters to do."

"Like what? Wait until tomorrow and see if the army attacks again?" Kirby asked.

"Well, that, but I'm rather concerned about Nintendo City."

"Hey, that's right!" DK snapped his fingers. "I want to see what happened to the city, or else I won't play my music along with Diddy there!"

"I want to go there too, I'm getting rather curious too." Yoshi said.

"Oh boy, I got a bad feeling about this..." Olimar said playing with his fingers.

"Master! Master! I hear monsters began to appear outside just recently!" Crazy Hand said.

"Crazy, are you serious?!" Master Hand asked, appearing to be shocked.

"Monsters outside?" Pikachu asked tilting his head. "When did monsters begin appear outside the mansion?"

"From today it seems!" Crazy Hand replied. "It's strange, they're all roaming about but they apparently don't want to attack any kind of place where people live, like the mansion for example!"

"...I smell an RPG cliché here..." Popo said winking to Nana, who rolled her eyes.

"Pfft, who cares about monsters that don't attack?" Chris said moving his hands above his shoulders and frowning, Tokunaga doing the same. "If they don't want to bother anyone, then why should we?"

"Exactly!"  Diddy said nodding.

"And besides, what do we get if we DO defeat them? There's nothing valuable to get from the-"

"You get Smash Coins fighting monsters." Crazy Hand said raising a finger.

An exclamation mark appeared above Chris's head (and Tokunaga's too). "...How much are we talking about?" Chris asked interested and the Smashers sweatdropped in unison.

"From 300 to 600!"

"Everyone, we're going in a killling spree outside, who's with me? We're also going to go to the mentioned "The Dojo" place that Parakarry told us about!"

"KILLING SPREE!" Popo cheered swinging his hammer crazily.

"Count me out, I'm not going out in THIS!" C. Falcon said pointing at his pink outfit.

"Okay, okay complainers," Crazy Hand snapped his fingers and everyone got their old clothes again with a poof of smoke. "There, happy? You guys are no fun at all."

"...Well, I'll go." C. Falcon said nodding.

"Nooooo! My pink outfit disappeared!" Flonne yelled from the "666th floor."

"Hurray!" However, Etna cheered at this.

Nobody cared in reality, since they felt like home once they got their clothes back.

"Hey! I'm supposed to be wearing my clothes!" Nana complained because she was wearing Popo's clothes and Popo didn't change.

"Oops! My mistake!" Crazy Hand apologized snapping his fingers and fixing their clothes again.

"Good thinking, you should start doing the sidequests that you have, who knows, you could receive Smash Coins, secret items, abilities, etc!" Master Hand said, ignoring the clothes's thing.

"Now that we're talking about sidequests..." Chris took his DS out.

Sidequests:
Wanted: Musicians


The Prinnies broke all the 258 music discs and Master Hand is looking for any kind of talented musicians to recover all the tracks, if this is not done, Brawl will never sound good again! Heheh, sound, get it? A pun!

Wanted: Laharl

Angel Trainee Flonne is looking for Laharl, the prince of the Netherworld, to assasinate him, but it seems Etna the leader of the Prinny Squad and the Prinnies themselves want to find Laharl and become their vassals, look carefully through all the worlds anf find Laharl! Or the Prinnies get it!

The Dojo

The Master and Jynx have opened The Dojo, a place where only dedicated fighters train to become stronger under martial arts style combats, if you think you have everything to clear this, then prove your skills of combat!

"...Wait, there are 2 more sidequests I didn't see here before..." Chris trailed off.

Sonic, Chris's real pain?

Ever since Chris set foot on Sonic's turf, he messed up the storyline and Sonic plans to visit Soleanna before Future City! If this can't be changed back, horrible things will happen around and Sonic's life could be in danger, convince the hedgehog and his party to stay in Future City!

"...I MESSED UP SONIC'S STORYLINE?!" Chris asked angrily to Master Hand.

"Remember? You're technically an extra character from the real world, ever worse yet, you have been taking the Smashers with you, making even more influence than before." Master Hand said.

"But that's because Chris is useless without us around to fight." Popo said.

"THANK YOU for the friendly reminder." Chris said trying to calm down his fury.

"Getting inside worlds with storylines can be disatrous when you go, and it seems you did several things that weren't meant to be said or weren't meant to happen." Master Hand said.

"...What do you mean?"

"For example," Master Hand pointed at him. "You made friends with Christopher and told him to be of help, and there's something in your mind where he decided to do that much, much later!"

Chris began to sweat. "Hey, the Sora-look alike character of Sonic needed to be strong! Sonic gets really ahead of himself many times!"

"Even so, that's not an excuse to do that!" Master Hand raised another finger. "The second thing would be reuniting all the teams in Sonic Heroes together earlier than it was expected, but you should have waited until the end where they DO team up!"

"But seeing Charmy and Cream together is unique to me..."

"Not an excuse again."

Chris sighed. "...Fine, I did screw up the storyline...HOWEVER!" He pointed at the Smashers. "These guys did WAY more things than me!"

"W-what?" Nana asked.

"No we didn't!" Pit argued.

"Actually, I have to agree with Chris in this one," Master Hand said. "You all influenced in all the other characters as well."

"Oh, really? Like what?" Pikachu asked sounding tough.

"Helping them."

They all did a series of bored looks. "...But that's the thing we need to do always!" Pichu argued.

"Not at all, thanks to you, Knuckles thinks he needs to wear clothes, Amy finds Shadow a little attractive, Big thinks he could be a pharmacian for something that I don't know and...Charmy the Bee has a phobia to...um...somebody who is Tails's evil cousin."

Chris couldn't help it but to chuckle to all those statements.

"...Did we do all those things?" Lucas asked.

"Apparently. But I didn't know Tails had an evil cousin."

"...Weird, I thought Fox was going to react at the evil cousin part again, speaking of him, where is he?" Falco asked.

"Fox? He's laying there on the floor." Diddy asked pointing at the still fainted Fox, who haven't recovered his consciousness.

"...Wait a minute, where is Link?" Chris asked looking around.

"We don't want to remember." Zelda said shrugging.

"But we could show you where is he." Master Hand snapped his fingers and the screen showed Link, Marth, Roy, Ike and the rest of the mercenaries (plus others who joined them) having a small celebration for a victory they had just a moment ago.

"Thank you so much for saving me Roy!" Mist said walking closer to Roy, who blushed and backed away from her.

"I-it was nothing Mist!" Roy said, before Mist leaned closer to him, kissed his cheek and walked off humming happily, Roy's eyes were wide and Link walked to him.

"Roy? Roy? Are you feeling okay? Roy!" Link waved a hand in front of Roy and the red-haired swordsman fainted, falling to the ground where he ate earth by accident. "Roy!"

"...So Mist kissed you for the 5th time for saving her, right?" Ike appeared from behind Link.

"I think she has feelings for Roy." Marth said appearing from behind Ike.

"...Not a chance." Marth, Ike and Link said walking away, leaving Roy in his place.

Back at the mansion. "...Ho-" Chris was interrupted.

"For the last time, WE DON'T WANT TO REMEMBER!" All the Smashers who didn't go with him said angrily.

"...Fine, fine...the other sidequest..."

Smashing like the good old, second times

Master Hand is seeking all the Smashers to be reunited once again to fight the Subspace Army, it's up to you to gather them and gather the team once again, fight together, train together, spend time together, and most important of all, take down the Subspace Army to finish the menace!

"...My main mission that takes priority, right?" Chris asked.

Master Hand chuckled heartily. "Of course! Nothing would be more enjoyable than reuniting the-"

WARNING, the next sentence will sound very cheesy

"-The heroes that loves to fight and defeat evil for good in all the worlds, only love, courage, wisdom, power, just for the sake to become stronger and resuce endagered people who cries for the help of all of you, yelling SMASHERS! SMASHERS! WE NEED YOUR HELP! Only those who believe in themselves can overcome the troubles up ahead an-"

"STOP IT! JUST STOP!" Pikachu yelled blocking his ears.

"What?"

"I-I'm think I'm going to puke if you finish that stupid and cheesy sentence!" Ness said holding his mouth.

"My ears..." Chris complained.

"No more...no more please..." Popo appeared to be fainted as Nana shook him.

"Seriously, you went WAY too far with the love thing." Ness said frowning.

"Say, where is Meta Knight?" Kirby asked.

"He was here before Master Hand made his speech." Mewtwo said, then, mentioned character returned from the hallway and they looked at him.

"Where were you?"

"I...couldn't resist anymore and I went to the bathroom after Master Hand did his speech." Meta Knight said a little embarrassed.

"...See? Even Meta Knight couldn't resist anymore!"

"Alright, alright, nobody wants to hear Master Hand," Master Hand said frowning. "So, are you going to do the sidequests now? I wouldn't be mad if you the musicians one right now."

"...I'll do it once we return from The Dojo." Chris said walking away with all the Smashers outside. "...Somebody be of help and take Fox with us!"

Kirby ran back to the room, sucked up Fox inside his mouth and ran away as both hands sweatdropped.

"Okay Crazy, now that they're gone, we have to get prepared for the surprise!" Master Hand said.

"Right!" Both hands snapped their fingers and disappeared.

Outside

Once they were outside, Chris couldn't help but wonder why everyone was following him.

Creeps following me

"Alright, is there a reason of why all of you are following me?" Chris asked.

"Well, for the fact that we can't fight on the stages yet." Pikachu said.

"And for the KILLING SPREE!" Popo said cheerfully.

"...You're right on that," A question mark appeared above Chris. "But don't you all have other things to do? Personal ones?"

"In my case, that would be kill these 2 guys." Wolf said grinning.

Falco got upset. "Then my reason would be kill you."

"Stop it you 2," Zelda said with a bored look. "Sometimes, I'd miss Peach and Samus because they're the only people I can talk with."

"Master Hand doesn't want me to go to the kitchen today," Kirby said sadly. "The Prinnies didn't let me in too."

"DK promised me to show me Nintendo City!" Diddy said excited.

"Hmm, the weather is so gloomy today." Toon Link said.

"Yes, it's about rain," Yoshi said. "Quite weird to be cheerful like Diddy."

"I love being this way!" Diddy said before all they walked away.

Except for Chris who looked down disappointed. "...Wasn't this conversation about why were you all following me and not about the weather and Diddy though?" He asked to no one in particular.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Thanksgiving/ToS2/ToV Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 27, 2008, 04:18:11 PM
New Smashers and Guests

"So, Olimar, Yoshi, DK, Diddy, Geno, Mallow, Twink, how do you feel being around with us?" Nana asked.

"I'm feeling weird, I wasn't this tall before and taking out Pikmins whenever I can it's kind of creepy...but I do enjoy being around for some reason or another." Olimar said.

"Feels the same way for me, but not like Olimar mentioned." Yoshi said.

"Aw, I missed these moments so badly...when the Subspace Clan wasn't around that is." DK said.

"DK, it's Subspace Army." Diddy said sweatdropping.

"Really? I thought it was clan."

"How about you 3?" Nana asked.

"To be honest, I'm waiting for the moment for Mario and Peach to return again like the old times." Geno said smiling a bit and closing his eyes.

"Geno!" Mallow called out a little upset.

"W-what?"

"She asked how do we feel, not who are we waiting for!" Mallow smiled. "Well, for me, it's very fun to know more people that Mario and Peach know about, I haven't been outside Nimbus Land in a long time either!"

"And for me, because I got dragged by Geno for the events." Twink said sticking out his tongue.

"Geez, thanks for pointing that out." Geno said with a bored look.

"A-anyway, it's good to be back." Yoshi said closing his eyes happily.

"Yep, nothing like good old times." DK said nodding.

"You say it DK!" Diddy said cheerfully.

"...Diddy, you weren't around here." Nana said sweatdropping.

"...Really?"

The group did a series of sighs.

Chris looked around their way to Nintendo City, but there weren't any monsters. "...Didn't Crazy Hand tell us that there were monsters around here?"

"Maybe they hid because it's about to rain." Jigglypuff said.

"EVERYONE!"

Toon Link got a little surprised. "T-that voice is from Quil!"

The Rito postman was flying towards and he landed in front of Toon Link. "Thank goodness I found Link." Quil said.

"Is there a problem?" Toon Link asked.

"There is, Parakarry hasn't returned to the office after he went to The Dojo for 3 hours and I'm worried about him."

"So, you want us to go there and see if he's alright?" C. Falcon asked and Quil nodded.

"Yes, not only that, monsters began to appear around the woods and the main road between the mansion and Nintendo City, that's why I came here flying rather than walking." Quil explained.

"What a coincidence, we were going there right now." Pikachu said.

"All of you together?"

"Er, we don't have anything else to do in the mansion..." Ness said looking away embarrassed.

"Oh, I see, well, be careful on your way there then."

"Why? We're too many to be killed or something." Zelda said.

"No, not because of how many of you are, it's because I saw 2 girls and this man with a horrible stench and big coffin thing that he carried around going to The Dojo after Parakarry went there, I hid behind some trees to hear their conversation, and I must say this, one of the girls was a total sadist, but the other one seemed worried and preocupied, wondering where were they." Quil explained.

"...I get the feeling we met a sadist girl before..." Pit said thinking.

"Well, I'm off, please go there and see what happened." Quil said before he flew off to the distance.

"More reasons to go there then." Mallow said.

"I wonder who could the girls and the man be?" Chris asked wondering as they proceeded to walk. "Professor, do you know where The Dojo is?"

"Why yes! It's close to this place inside the small woods to the right, The Dojo should be at the deepest part." Professor Kawashima said.

"Hey, I found the road." Pichu said pointing to a road inside the forest.

"Then let's go and see what we can fin-" The recovered Fox was interrupted before they heard a scream from the same road.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!! HELP ME!" A man in purple clothes, black hair with a rather chinese style, a bow and apparently somewhat old screamed appearing from the same row and he stumbled, the Smashers saw behind the man the monsters that Quil mentioned before...

"Wait a minute, those monsters are so familiar!" Mallow said as Geno took a closer look of the monsters.

"...They're...they're Smithy's subordinates!" Geno said making a serious face and running to them, same enemies were 20 hammers about to hit the old man.

"UAH! H-HELP ME!" The man pleaded running to Chris and hiding behind him, trembling as he ducked.

"C-Calm down! We're going to help you!" Chris said looking to Tokunaga, who nodded at him.

The More That I Try

All the Smashers went after the hammers as Chris and Tokunaga stayed behind, the Wolrd Traveler spun his staff above him and chanted a spell. "O twisted door of distortion, open wide!"

"Ha!" Zelda used Din's Fire on one hammer, pushing it to the air as the princess jumped and kicked it with a direct hit, sending it blasting off as she landed back on the ground. "They're weak."

"Works for me, Thunderbolt!" Mallow called forth thunderbolts shocking all the enemies and paralyzing them.

"No fair! I should be the one with an attack like that!" Pikachu complained as he used Thunder on 2 hammers.

"And what about me?!" Pichu asked spiralling using Skull Bash on one hammer, crashing into it.

Chris finished his spell, got above Tokunaga's back and pointed his staff at 3 enemies. "Negative Gate!"

A gate of darkness appeared in midair between the 3 hammers, damaging them constantly as Tokunaga rushed to them while Chris stood behind, doing some moves that Tokunaga did but with more complexity. "Dragon Surge!" Tokunaga 's right hand glowed and it jumped to the air with an uppercut, pushing the 3 hammers to the air before they crashed into the ground. "Soaring Blast!" Tokunaga raised and slammed his hands in the air, pulling and pushing the hammers who vanished. "Good job, Tokunaga!"

"GUUUUUARGH!" Lucario fired a charged Aura Sphere to one single hammer and killed it. "These monsters are surprisingly weak." Lucario said.

"Hey, you're far more stronger than they are Lucario."

Lucario blushed a little and looked away. "M-maybe...what are you doing standing there? Fight!"

"I was asking the same thing in my mind for you."

"..." Lucario groaned a little and ran to another enemy.

"Feel the hammer of light! (Heheh, made a pun.)" Chris chanted his next spell.

"Geno Blast!" Geno called forth pillars from the sky that crashed down and damaged all the enemies. "...We're done?"

All the enemies were defeated and they stopped fighting.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Won the Battle

"Heheh, that's done!" Chris said raising his staff in the air.

"But that was easy..." Mallow trailed off.

"Yeah." Pikachu said.

"Not even much of a problem." Pit said.

"...Wait, there are more coming this way!" Geno said finding even more hammers coming from the forest.

"Azure Heavens!"

"Huh?" Twink watched a frenzy of glowing arrows falling above the hammers that instantly took them all down with a single shot.

"Hey," Chris ducked and got up, holding a small bag. "Hmm...we got 100 Smash Coins, Crazy Hand wasn't kidding."

"But next time fight with less people please!" Crazy Hand's voice came from the sky.

"...So, who did that attack?" Fox asked confused. "Was it you Chris?"

"I don't have bows and arrows with me." Chris said.

United Oath

"The arrows were from me kid."

The Smashers got surprised looks and looked to the old man who was standing in front of them, with his bow on his right hand, the old man put his right hand on his chin and grinned at them. "Nice of you in helpin' me, but I had everythin' under control."

"(K-kid?!) B-but you were panicking just a moment ago!" Chris protested and got angry by hearing the word "kid" directed at him.

"Really?" The old man scratched the back of his head and closed his eyes. "Must have been somethin' I forgot along the way here."

The Smashers sweatdropped at this.

"...Anyway, who are you and what were you doing in the woods?" Ness asked.

"Oh, pardon me ladies and gentlemen," The old man opened his eyes to see them. "Ta name is ol' man Raven."

"Ta?" Lucas asked confused.

"Don't question an ol''s man way of speech, kid." Raven said introducing himself.

"So Raven...what were you doing in the woods?" Diddy asked.

"Are you blind monkey? This old man was running away screaming from those pathetic excuses for monsters that we defeated a moment ago!" Wolf said irritated.

"Hey, don't get me wrong, those guys got me surprised, that's all." Raven said calmly, getting on Wolf's nerves.

"You're the very relaxed type of men." Zelda remarked.

"Oh, thank you sweetheart."

Zelda could have sworn he was trying to flirt with her, but didn't.

"But you do have another reason to be running off, and it seems you were telling the truth about the monsters." Mewtwo said.

"I don't wanna remember!" Raven snapped out his calmly state and they got surprised. "I don't wanna! I don't wanna remember her again!"

"Her? Who's she?" Pit asked confused.

"Please! You gotta gimme some kinda refuge from that crazy girl!" Raven pleaded pointing at the woods he came from.

"W-why are you so scared all of a sudden?!" Yoshi asked.

"It's because I just ran away from the lady of hell!"

"OOOOOOOOOOOOOLLLLLLLLDDDDDDDDDDDD MAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNNNNNNNNN!!!!!!!!"

"ARGH! I CAN EVEN HEAR HER EVIL VOICE YELLIN' AT ME WITH FURY AND RAGE COMBINED!" Raven said as his voice turned somewhat high-pitched, panicking.

Geno looked around. "But nobody even yelled at you."

"PLEASE! YOU GOTTA GIMME ME SOME KINDA REFUGE! FOR MY SAKE, PLEASE!" Raven pleaded to Meta Knight, who just kept staring at him with some irritation.

"...This guy is nothing but blah blah bla-" Nana was interrupted.

"NOT THOSE WORDS! EVERYTHING BUT THOSE WORDS!" Raven was kicked away by Meta Knight, Nana wondered why he got even more scared when she said that.

"...Er...what do you guys think about Raven now?" Chris asked confused at the whole situation.

"W-well, Nintendo City is blocked so..." Lucas trailed off.

"Master Hand owns the mansion, ask him if he wants to." Mewtwo said.

"...Okay Raven, you can come with us." Chris said nodding.

"REALLY?! OH GOD, OH GOD, THANK YOU, THANK YOU!" Raven said hugging Chris tightly (Raven was taller than Chris).

Raven temporaly joined your team!

"So...who's this person you were running away from?" Fox asked.

"..." Raven sighed disappointed. "Well..."

"My photo!" C. Falcon's photo was taken away from the wind and went towards Raven, who caught it and looked at it directly in front of his face.

"...Huh?" Raven eyed closed the photo as his eyes were shaking.

"Thanks for catching that photo for me, can you give it back?"

"...Oh..."

"...Raven? Is something wrong?" Nana asked tilting her head.

"...OH..."

"...Is he even listening?" Ivysaur asked.

"...OH!..."

"Hello? Raven?" Falco asked.

"...Oh yes! OH GOD YES!!!" Raven's expression became dumb, his nose started to bleed like crazy and he fainted, releasing the photo from his hand.

"RAVEN!" Chris yelled worried and ducked to see his fainted expression. "Oh god, I think he passed out! I thought he was a little old but not that much!"

"Chris, calm down, he just fainted." Lucario said looking at the photo that fell on Zelda's feet, the princess ducked and took it.

"...No...you've got to be kidding..." Zelda trailed off (she got confused and even remembered the last part of her sentence a long time ago (de javu)). "...No, this must be some kind of misunderstanding!" She threw the photo away and Olimar took it.

"...OH FOR THE PETALS OF ROSY!" Olimar's eyes opened in shock and he quickly threw the photo away, that flew to Fox who caught it and looked at it.

"...OH GOD." Fox quickly blocked his nose and threw the photo away, that went to Yoshi who caught it and saw it.

"...HUH?!" Yoshi's eyes shrunk and he released the photo by accident, it flew to Lucas and he looked at it.

"...OH MY GOSH!" Lucas quickly looked away and Chris took the photo from him.

"Why are you all acting so strange? Seriously, you're even making me feel more intellig-WHAT THE HELL IS SHE DOING IN THIS PHOTO?!" Chris asked very surprised as C. Falcon took the photo from him and hid it in his pocket. "Captain Falcon! Was that Zero Suit Samus in the photo just now?!"

"I-er-um-w-well..." C. Falcon blushed embarrassed and looked away. "IT WAS FALCO'S PHOTO! HE GAVE IT TO ME, IT WAS HIS IDEA!"

"WHAT?! D-DON'T LISTEN TO HIM!" Falco got shocked and argued with C. Falcon.

"No...no no no no no no NO! T-that means Raven is a..." Zelda got shocked. "...He is a stupid pervert like you 2!"

"HEY!" C. Falcon and Falco said angrily.

"Yeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaahhhhhhhhhhh...baby..." Raven managed to say in his fainted state.

"...Oh, this is so going to be fun..." Chris said happily.

"What is so funny to have another pervert like Raven around?!" Zelda asked angrily.

"Only people like him are so freaking interesting." Chris said, he even said freaking.

"...Chris, you have changed a lot ever since we came here..." Lucario muttered.

10 minutes later...

We see the group with Raven walking inside the woods, however, it seemed that the group was walking a few feet away from the old man, they were even talking between themselves.

Ol' Man Raven, the mysterious guy with his reasons

"Ugh." Zelda shrugged.

"What is it Zelda?" Chris asked.

"It's...just...ugh."

"What's wrong?"

"Chris, I believe she is trying to mean Raven." Meta Knight said.

"I don't see anything wrong with him, he's kind of interesting to me."

"He is a pervert! Don't you see?" Zelda asked with irritation.

"Well, I don't really mind, besides, I just love to have weird people around me because they have interesting backstories, besides, he's an old man, pretty much like Wolf is."

"Hey! What was that kid?!" Wolf asked angrily.

"Nothing old man."

"I'm not that old to be called an old man, stop it before I slice down your throat!"

"And I'm not that young to be called a kid, pfft, the old man is getting angry, see? Old people get angry so easily."

"Grr! Hmph!" Wolf looked away as Falco chuckled at this, Chris finally had something to irritate Wolf with.

"Hey ya all, were you talkin' 'bout good ol' me?" Raven asked getting in the conversation.

"We were, how mysterious you are to us." Squirtle said.

"Oh, please, this already happened once with my buddies back in Dahngrest, ta city of guilds," Raven said making a rather mischievous look to them. "Hey, ya all are in a guild like me too?"

"A guild?" Pichu asked.

"Yep, a guild, a group of monster hunters or teams who do missions and such, I came from the guild Brave Vesperia."

"Brave Vesperia? Who came up with that good name?" Ness asked.

"...Well...a kid, Karol, Karol Capel, he made up the guild and got me and my friends in."

"So! This Karol kid is your boss?" Nana asked about to burst out laughing.

"...Yeah, yeah, he's technically my boss." Raven said quite annoyed as the young Smashers (plus Diddy) bursted out laughing, making Raven to frown and roll his eyes. "Yeah, laugh at good ol' me, I get the joke."

"Stop it guys." Chris said chuckling and the young Smashers stopped laughing. "But Raven, I'm curious, why did you run away from them?"

"I told ya already kid, it was all because of the demon of hell."

"And who's the demon of hell?" Zelda asked with curiosity.

"Etna?" Pit asked.

"Most likely not Pit." Chris said sweatdropping.

"The demon o' hell has a name...her name is Rita Mordio." Raven said.

A silence fell between them, who blinked normally with blank expressions, Raven glanced at all of them and sighed.

"...Fine, gotta tell ya all who's she, fine, I'll tell ya how did I get here and another reason of why I was in Dahngrest with 'em." Raven said as the typical flashback waves began to appear.

Flashback

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest
Inn

(By the way, we're not bothering how the characters were clothed, search for them and see if you find interest in their stories.)

"Man, he isn't around here either." Yuri said sighing in disappointment.

"I know!" Estelle said sadly. "How could Repede get lost?"

"He's very intelligent to get lost actually, Yuri, didn't you say he had an owner before you?" Karol asked as he sat on his bed.

"Yes, he had one, but this is just...stupid..." Yuri said.

"I hope he is fine..." Estelle said joining her hands together.

"Why do ya all need to be so depressed?" Raven asked as he was leaning to a wall. "The pooch's gotta show up shortly."

"Raven, Repede hasn't showed up in 1 week!" Karol said.

"...Has it been that long?" Raven asked confused.

"Yeah, that long." Yuri said a little annoyed.

"Ya're worrin' too much, the pooch's fine," Raven stood normally, put his hands in his pockets and walked towards the bathroom. "And now, let me be gone and do my personal bussiness." Raven said with a grin.

"...Raven, there's somebody in the bathroom, there is steam coming from the door!" Karol said.

"Yes, ya got that right." Raven said winking as he entered inside and closed the door silently.

"..." Yuri sighed. "Guess he will go all "Peeping Tom" on Judith again, because she isn't around here."

"That's weird, Rita is not here either," Estelle said looking around as she sat on her bed. "Where is Rita?"

"She went to go to the shop and buy some Apple, Orange, Pinneapple, Lemon Gels and Life Bottles with the money we got from the monsters we killed."

"Oh, here you are."

They looked at the person entering the room to be Judith, who was carrying a bag with gels.

"I got our inventory full, they were having a discount sale when I got there, so I went ahead and bought everything until our inventory became full." Judith said calmly.

"Wow! Things are looking better for our journey!" Estelle said happily.

"...Wait a minute, Judith, what are you doing here?" Karol asked confused.

"What am I doing here? I told you, I went to the shop to get Apple, Orange, Pinneapples, Lemon Gels and Life Bottles, remember?" Judith reminded them with a small smile and a bored look, but since it's her we're talking about, she was being her happy self.

However, Yuri, Karol and Estelle looked at the bathroom's door with shock, then they looked back at Judith. "...Uh-oh..." Yuri said.

"...You don't think the person taking a shower is..." Karol said hiding under the blankets as he trembled.

"...Rita?" Estelle finished confused.

Inside the bathroom, we see Rita Mordio, the genius mage, finishing her shower and grabbing her towel, wrapping it up around her chest as she dries her hair with another towel. "Aw, this is what I deserved after looking for that dog around, why did he get lost in the first place?"

"(OH GOD, IS RITA! I THOUGHT IT WAS JUDITH TAKIN' THE BATH! WHAT DO I DO NOW?! SHE'LL SKIN ME ALIVE!)" Raven thought in panic, the old man was hiding inside a door where towels were kept and when he saw Rita, he really got scared and wished that she didn't look inside his hiding place to be spying on women.

Rita sighed in relief. "Oh well, this bath couldn't make me feel happier." Rita began to walk away from the bathroom and Raven sighed in relief. "What the-who's that?!"

"(OH NO! WHY DID I SIGH FOR?!)"

"Who's there?! Show yourself!" Rta demanded looking around the bathroom, Raven began to sweat bullets as the genius mage looked carefully around for him, wishing that Judith was the one since one time he did it on her, Judith wasn't all that angry with him, besides, she was rather alright and let Raven go away in some occasions.

But in other occasions, she'd feed Raven to his friend, Ba'ul, Judith's friend pet, Entelechea and their main source of transportation for them, just for amusement and see how Raven could get as far as he could from him.

"(Don't look in the closet, don't look in the FREAKIN' closet...)" Raven thought in panic as Rita passed right in front of the door.

"...I swear if the person hiding is the old man, I'll go Violent Pain on him NON-STOP." Rita said fuming with rage.

Even worse for Raven, Rita liked to use Violent Pain (attack that calls forth 15 arrows of darkness around the enemy then crash together) repeatedly since it kills most enemies, or, she could use Meteor Storm.

The reason of why Rita could use repeatedly Violent Pain was because once she used her Over Limit, she'd need only to say "blah blah blah" then say out loud the spell's name, then do it again, and again, and again, and again, and over again.

What's worse, that could last her entire life since it's of multiple hits, filling the Over Limit gauge to the fullest, one could say Rita is a heavely broken-character.

Back with Raven and the killer Rita.

"(...OH...NO...NO...NO!)" Raven thought in panic as Rita began to approach the closet, the old man began to pray silently to the Entelecheas and hope for Rita to be good.

However, hell broke soon once Rita opened the door...

Furnace of War

"DAMN YOU, OLD MAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNNNNN!!!"

"GUAH! RUN FOR IT OL' MAN!!!" Raven quickly pushed Rita out of the way and ran away from the bathroom at full speed.

"GET THE HELL BACK HERE!"

"MAKE PATH! MAKE A PATH FOR ME!!!" Raven yelled screaming with his high-pitched voice and exiting the inn.

"EVERYONE TAKE COVER!" Yuri said hiding below the bed with everyone, except Karol who looked around for Rita.

"W-what is going on here?!" Karol asked before the words from the enraged and furious Rita were heard from a radius of 100 kilometers.

"I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HURT!!!" Rita yelled at the top of her lungs as she began to cast Violent Pain using her dances quickly with the rainbow aura covering her (she was even clothed in her usual clothes before Karol was badly hurten by her Violent Pain). "BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HUR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAI-"

And one could have sworn 6000 arrows (which should be usually 15, but the Over Limit kept being activated by Rita) of darkness chasing around an old pervert man around Dahngrest, the city was big for Raven for his advantage to hide, unfortunately, that wasn't even enough for the path of destruction that the arrows were making (which was on Rita's favor, because technically it counted as hits for the Over Limit gauge), the people were screaming and running away from the city in panic, Raven screamed and ran like never before for his dear life.

Then he decided to leave the city in a hurry in the vast forest, evading all the arrows trying to kill him off.

Back in Dahngrest, 80 percent of the city was destroyed by Rita's frenzy of Violent Pain, even the inn was left in ruins as we see the same beds where Yuri, Estelle and Judith hid being complete, unfortunately, Karol was in the way of all the attacks, because he was apparently dead.

"That...should...teach him...a lesson..." Rita said panting heavily as she stopped.

"Rita! You went too far!" Estelle said looking around in shame after people were seeing screaming and trying to repair all the damages.

"Meh, the old man had it coming, that's what he gets for spying on me." Rita said with a serious face that made Estelle to back away from her.

"Poor little Karol, he got in the way of the attack." Judith said dripping a Life Bottle on Karol's mouth, which instantly revived him as he got up in shock after seeing what was left of Dahngrest.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!! RITA! WHAT DID YOU DO TO DAHNGREST?!" Karol said crying toon tears.

"Man, Rita, save that attack for Alexei next time!" Yuri said quite annoyed.

"THE DON'S HEADQUARTERS ARE EVEN DESTROYED!!!"

"Who wants to see that pervert old man again? If he ever shows up again, I'LL SWEAR I'LL GO METEOR STORM AND TIDAL WAVE WITH MYSTIC DRIVE ON HIM WITH A COMBINATION OF MY FISTS!!!" Rita yelled furiously cracking her fists.

"Aw, it's good to see young love giving birth." Judith joked.

"WHAT WAS THAT DRAGON FREAK?!"

"...I thought you weren't going to call me that again."

Yuri and Estelle looked around the destruction and sighed together in unison. "Estelle, did we choose the correct partners to travel with?" Yuri asked with closed eyes.

"I myself wonder that too many times Yuri..." Estelle said before both sighed in unison, as Karol panicked and went to help the citizens to rebuild and repair the damages done in the city, Yuri, Estelle and Judith went also to help the citizens of Dahngrest as we see Rita tapping her foot in annoyance.

"I better look for the dog and see if I can calm down my rage on the old man..." Rita said calmly as she walked away by the destroyed door of the inn, throwing the owner a bag full of coins (the owner backed away from her in fear) as she walked away very annoyed, before the inn collapsed as the people were shown panicking.

End of flashback
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Thanksgiving/ToS2/ToV Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 28, 2008, 12:28:36 PM
Music stops

Smash Mansion
Outside

"And that's my story, I got lost in the woods and somehow ended up here, it's weird, this area isn't displayed in any map, when I was panickin', those hammer monster things began to chase me around." Raven said happily.

But the group was very shocked at this instead.

"...Raven, you mean you ran away from 6000 arrows of darkness because of her?!" Chris asked and Raven nodded crying toon tears.

"Please, don't let me remember that moment again, they could be lookin' around for me as we speak right now."

"Lies and more lies," Wolf said. "Who's going to believe that a young girl like her destroyed almost an entire city using magic? I bet that was all just a big fat lie like you are old man."

Raven pointed behind him with his thumb above his shoulder. "Then tell all that to the trees that were once livin' here!"

Wolf rolled his eye. "Whatever, I don't see any tree behind you and...WHAT IN THE WORLD HAPPENED HERE?!"

"OH MY (BEEP) GOD ARCEUS!" Pikachu said scared, cursing.

"This...is...hard to believe..." Mewtwo said quite shocked.

"Indeed." Meta Knight said.

We see behind Raven nothing but nothingness, we zoom out and we found the nothingness to be of at least 1 km, no, 5 kms, no, 10 kms, no, 20 kms, no! 40 kms of nothingness! A barren land, it looked like if a war just happened to fast, then we return with the Smashers.

"See now?! That girl is a demon! A demon lord or somethin'!" Raven said opening his arms at them while a tree falls to the ground behind him. "Lesson life, don't ever peek on Rita!"

"And that's why things like this happen!" Zelda said glaring at Raven.

"It's going to take like 100 years for the plants to grow back again..." Pit said shocked.

"L-Lucario, I'm scared..." Chris said hugging Lucario from behind.

"...I...have to agree with you, I'm a little scared of her..." Lucario said looking away embarrassed.

"Luckily though, they won't find me here for my luck." Raven said returning to his happy self.

"..." Lucas was dead, or fainted.

"..." Ness was dead, or fainted too.

That goes too for the younger Smashers except Pikachu.

"...So...who's Repede?" Red asked.

"Oh, the pup? He's Yuri's dog mascot, he became lost in the woods," Raven scratched his neck. "Hey, maybe I could ask ya a favor kid?"

"W-what is it?" Chris asked, stopping from hugging Lucario.

"I could ask ya to look for Repede? I think he's around here somewhere but maybe he got lost as well since this is a new hidden land."

"H-how does he looks?"

Raven took out a photo of Repede. "Repede's this pooch."

"...Wow, he looks so cool...he even uses a pipe to smoke..." Chris muttered and Lucario's eyes widened a little after managing to hear him. "Okay, I'll look for Repede."

"Wanted: Repede" sidequest was added to the sidequests list

"Thanks, now let's go to where ya wanna go." Raven said walking away.

"...Aren't we going to do something to this barren land?" Squirtle asked.

"Why should we bother? Nobody cares about this big piece of land." Yoshi asked.

"...And please somebody wake them up." C. Falcon said sweatdropping at the younger Smashers.

"I'll do it." Twink said.

The Dojo

"..." The Master had his eyes closed in complete harmony, with Jynx, Lee, Chan and Parakarry.

...Because the 5 were tied up.

"Aren't you going to do something to get us out?" Parakarry asked to The Master.

"..." The Master didn't say anything.

"...What about you?"

"Me? I'm just waiting for the moment to fight." Jynx said.

"The Master knows when to retaliate! Don't question his skills!" Lee (a green buzzy beetle) said with a serious look.

"Yeah! He knows the way to defeat these 3!" Chan (a blue sheet character that I forgot from what species he comes from) said determined.

"Shut up or Lady Alice will show you some manners!"

"Decus, shut up."

"Y-yes, Lady Alice."

"Now, Martmart, do you know where exactly are we?"

"I-I don't know Alice, but we should return where we came from as soon as possible."

"Why did Command Brute pair me up with you, the depressive Martmart and Dumbo-Decus?"

We see the 3 mysterious figures to be Alice, the same sadist girl the group met in Meltokio, along with Decus, the same odd-looking guy with good looks carrying his new iron maiden with the big sword that they also met.

However, we also see another new girl, she was cute, she had flowers on both sides of her head, long light-brown hair with an upside down-V shaped style that reached her legs, a spinner on her right hand and white vest with some customs, she was worried about something.

"B-because we should be gathering more members for the Vanguard when the 2 worlds were united." Marta, the girl that Alice called "Martmart," pointed out worried.

"Exactly!" Alice giggled. "But how did we end up here with these strange people?"

"Because, Alice, we got lost in the woods." Decus said doing weird moves.

"Oh, that's right," Alice glared at Decus. "And do you know who did this?"

"...It was me..."

"YES!" Alice hit Decus with her whip hard in his cheek with a demonic look on her face. "Why did you say you know the way to Palmacosta when you can't even remember where is it?!"

"A-Alice, I know it's my fault, I'm apologizing!" Decus said, oblivious that the fact Alice was mad with him.

"And..." Alice blocked her nose. "Why did you put on that horrible cologne?"

"Oh!" Decus took out a purple cologne from his pocket. "You mean "Eau de Seduction?" The cologne I ordered in mail-order that will make any girl to fall in love with me?"

"Y-you mean a girl who would faint 10 meters away from you." Marta said blocking her nose.

"I-it's horrible! Put that away from me!" Alice said irritated and Decus listened to her.

"...So, why do you 3 come here again?" Parakarry asked, then Alice pointed her whip at his nose directly.

"Oh cute little turtle with wings, this place will make a lovely headquarter for the Vanguard and Commander Brute will get happy at me!" Alice said happily, twirling a little.

"Y-you wouldn't dare! This place belongs to The Master and Jynx!" Lee said.

"Shut up."

"W-what?!"

"Lady Alice ordered you to shut up!" Decus said taking out his sword from his iron maiden and pointed it at Lee.

"Dumbo-Decus, shut up you too." Alice said annoyed.

"Y-yes, Alice." Decus said lowering his sword with a smile.

"Alice! Listen to me! We need to return to Palmacosta as soon as possible!" Marta said.

"Why should I listen to you? I'm in charge on any operations here Martmart, and I'm not going to let you order me around, got it?" Alice asked with her happy tone.

"...W-well..."

"Now, be a good girl or else," Alice's face turned demonic again. "I'll tell Commander Brute that you were disobeying my orders."

"N-no! D-don't tell him!"

"Then what is your answer?" Alice asked putting her hands on her hips.

"...I...will...listen to you..." Marta said looking down.

Alice got happy. "Of course!" But then, she looked away concerned and sighed. "Well...this is what I can do for now to be pleased..."

"A-Alice! Do you have anything to order me to make you happy?!" Decus asked kneeling to her.

"...It's just...remember those monsters that were traveling with the Chosen's group 1 year ago?"

"Right, those guys went too far and made you cry...I shall get revenge on them once I see them again."

"No, that's okay," Alice made a serious face to Decus and Marta. "I'll get my revenge instead."

"Lady Alice! Please, let me assist you in your revenge!"

"...Whatever, do what you want to do," Alice closed her eyes and stood in front of the door of The Dojo. "If I just only knew their location, I'd wait for them to show up front the very same door and try to capture those good looking monsters again..." She turned her back to the door and opened her eyes at Jynx. "Of course, that's not going to happen again...oh well, guess I should accept all the other monsters I've been capturing so far..."

...And that moment, the door opened, all the Smashers with Raven walked inside, making Decus to back away and Marta to get surprised along with Parakarry, but Alice didn't move from her place.

"...Oh please, not them again..." Chris muttered frowning.

"...That despicable and naive voice..." Alice muttered under her clenched teeth, but she smiled, closed her eyes and looked at all of them, then opened her eyes.

"..." A silence fell in, in The Dojo, as Chris, Lucas, Falco, Lucario, Pit, Fox, Ness and Wolf got a little shocked after seeing Alice and Decus staring at them in surprise.

"...YOU!" Mentioned characters before this sentence said pointing at each other's group.

"Heheheh!" Alice giggled happily. "See Decus? Martmart? I told you, they were going to be dumb enough and seek me just to be under my command again!"

"Lady Alice, you're amazing." Decus said bowing to her.

"...Shut up, Decus." Alice said annoyed before smiling at them. "And look! You went for the trouble to gather even more unique monsters just to give them to me! What a sweetie pie you are!"

"...Alice, you're being sarcastic again, aren't you?" Chris asked.

"Nope! Not at all!"

"Good thing she doesn't know our names or else she'd hunt us down to the ends of the earth..." Fox muttered.

And ironically, Parakarry took a closer look of them and smiled.

"Oh! Chris! Lucario! Yoshi! Pikachu! Pichu! Jigglypuff! Mewtwo! Red! Squirtle! Ivysaur! Those 2 guys! Kirby! Meta Knight! Zelda! Toon Link! Fox! Falco! Wolf! Captain Falcon! New guy! Ness! Lucas! Pit! Popo! Nana! Geno! Mallow! Twink and the old man! You're all here to rescue me!" Parakarry said happily without even panting heavily, what's worse, the entire group was from left to right and the 3 were able to memorize their names (save for the new guys and Raven).

Most of the Smashers facepalmed their heads. "PARAKARRY!" Most shouted angrily.

"...Do ya know her?" Raven asked confused at the situation.

"Of course! She tried to capture us in a cave once!" Pit said.

"Oh!" Alice giggled happily. "So, the monsters's names should be Lucaryn, Yoshilyn, Pikapy, Pichy, Jigglyn, Mewtwin, Squirtley, Ivysaury, Kirbylyn, Meta Knightley, Foxy, Falcy, Wolfy, those 2 monkeys, Mallowy and Twinky!" Alice said giving new nicknames to all mentioned characters. "And you!" Alice pointed at Chris, Ness and Lucas. "You are Risris, Nessness and Lulu!"

"..." Mewtwo was left speechless.

"You know, it makes sense to call you Mewtwin." Pikachu said.

"...Shut up or you will wake up inside a coffin."

"R-Risris?" Chris repeated confused.

"L-Lulu?!" Lucas repeated shocked as Popo chuckled at this.

"Why'd you repeat our names twice?" Ness asked.

"Alice likes to give names like the nicknames your monsters received just because she likes them," Marta explained. "And she only calls you 3 like that because she despises you...as well as me..."

"Martmart, you know I love you so much to have around with me, right?" Alice asked sweetly.

"...Y-yes..."

"Okay, now, Risris, hand over your monsters to me and I'll be good on you." Alice said smiling.

"I-I'll never hand over Lucaryn!" Chris said.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled at him angrily.

"I-I'm sorry Lucario! She confused me!"

"I'll get my revenge for Alice!" Decus said.

"Stop, that is enough."

"Huh?" Alice looked behind her to find The Master untied with his hands behind his back. "H-hey! How did you-"

"The ropes weren't tied up enough so I got out easily without problems." The Master said as the other 4 were shown without he ropes and glaring at them.

"Beat 'em but good!" Chan said.

"No, that won't be necessary." The Master said.

"What do you mean by that?" Lee asked.

"The honorable way to resolve arguments like this is by fighting."

"Honorable way Decus's cologne! You're not going to tell me what to do!" Alice said angrily.

"It would benefit you."

"...I'm ears."

"You 3 will fight against 4 of them in a battle of 3 VS 4."

"W-what? Why not 3 VS 3?"

"Because you tie me up."

"Darn it."

"If you win, I'll lend you The Dojo, but if you lose, you will leave, never visit this land and return where you came from."

"...Fine." Alice said smiling. "After all, we got a whole new set of moves to teach them all a beautiful but gorgeous lesson."

"...Well..." Chris looked at the Smashers. "It seems the situation changed very oddly, so...who wants to assist me in the fight?"

"Pardon me kid, but I'd like to participate." Raven said raising his hand.

"You want to fight?"

"Yep, ol' man needs a good exercise after runnin' from Rita."

Chris looked at Raven's bow. "...Fine, you can, who wants to fight?"

The Smashers that got the unluckyness in meeting Alice and Decus raised their hands. "I want to teach her another lesson." Falco said.

"Same here." Ness said.

"Me too." Fox said.

"And me even more." Pit said.

"C-can I fight her too?" Lucas asked.

"...Lucas out of you 3 can come, he hasn't fought yet in a long time." Chris said.

"I-I'll do my best, I swear!"

"And what about me?" Wolf asked with a glare.

"...Fine, you too, old man." Chris said sighing.

"Stop calling me an old man!"

"Your fur is grey."

"It's silver!"

"Whatever, you're in."

"Grr."

2 minutes later...

All the Smashers, along with the residents of The Dojo were sitting in their knees above small couches near the wall, while Alice, Decus and Marta were standing on side of the field and while Chris's party, Raven, Lucas and Wolf were preparing to fight on the other side.

"Tokunaga, I trust you in protecting me." Chris said to Tokunaga.

"Hmm, that doll...it looks like my image in my pouch." Marta said.

"Martmart! Concentrate or I'll tell Commander Brute!" Alice said.

"B-but I don't want to fight Alice..."

"Listen, I won't let them get away with this again, those unique monsters are at my reach now and nobody will interfere, not even Dumbo-Decus!"

"Yes, Lady Alice." Decus said preparing to fight.

"Now..." Jynx stood in the middle field and raised his hands to both teams.

Person Who Conceives Frenzy

"BEGIN!" Jynx said doing a backward somersault back to his couch and both teams ran at each other, however, Marta remained behind looking down at the floor in shame.

"Punishment!" Tokunaga spun around and extended his arms to attack Decus. "Soaring Blast!" Decus was pushed to the air before he was slammed into the ground, quickly recovering his position.

"Trombe!" Decus ran at Wolf, using Decus Trombe and spun around quickly to deal several quick kicks that pushed the vulpine away. "Get out of my way!" Decus complained.

"Ugh!" Wolf managed to do a backflip in the air and land on the floor safely.

"C'mon winds! Knock 'em around and cut 'em down!" Surprisingly, Raven was casting magic and Chris noticed that.

"Raven, you can cast magic too?" Chris asked.

"Yep, that's an ol' man's skills, Wind Blade!" Raven casted a quick green wind that sliced Alice with one hit.

"Ugh! So, you want a magic duel?" Alice asked before she began to cast. "Form a torrential vortex and engulf the evil spirits..."

"PK THUNDER!" Lucas casted PK Thunder, telling it to touch him to be propelled to Decus.

"Victory will be for Alice!" Decus said raising his sword in the air and a purple aura covered him, when Lucas made contact, Decus didn't stagger and used Decus Ausbruch, slashing Lucas 2 times before creating an explosion of purple fire, dealing a moderate amount of damage to Lucas.

"Tidal Wave!" Alice called out a huge stream of water that fell between Chris and Raven, creating a huge whirpool, damaging them constantly.

"Hey, that hurt!" Raven complained with his high-pitched voice before the torrent disappeared.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled worried.

"I-I'm fine Lucario, the attack was strong, but I-I'm fine!" Chris said twitching in pain.

"Don't worry, I have faith on the young warrior." The Master said.

"...You believe in him?" Lucario asked.

"Yes, of course, I know that he is the World Traveler."

"H-how did you know?"

"I know many things with my martial arts training and my knowledge." The Master explained coughing a little.

"Stone Hagel!" Decus slammed his sword in the ground, creating a barrage of earth that stroke Wolf.

"W-why you!" Wolf began to do a series of slashes that Decus kept blocking with his huge sword, then Wolf did a final push but Decus grinned.

"Die in my arms!" Decus proclaimed.

"Was that supposed to be a taunt or something?" Wolf asked irritated as he saw Lucas using PK Freeze to freeze Decus. "Keep him like that!" Wolf ordered as he used Wolf Illusion to strike the upper part, slashing the chunk of ice with his right claw to deal damage to Decus.

"Arise, o violent torrent, surround my enemies!" Alice chanted.

"C'mon wind! Knock 'em around and cut 'em down!" Raven chanted.

"O twisted door of distortion, open wide!" Chris chanted.

"BLESSED DROPS!" A big drop appeared above Chris and Raven, it touched the ground between them and it began to spread several bubbles, dealing massive damage once they exploded.

"Wind Blade! OWW! Ugh! OWW! OWW!" Raven casted another quick wind that sliced Alice as he was being damaged.

"Negative Gate! OUCH! OWW! OWW! OUCH!" Chris casted a distortion of darkness that damaged Alice as he was being also damaged by the explosions of the bubbles.

"Do you wanna be my pet?" Alice asked using Exalted Flesh and Blood (Hearts), casting the same purple aura around her as Decus to avoid staggering. "Now, let's see if you can stop me, hahahahaha!" Alice ran at the 2, pointed her whip and shooting electrical waves that damaged both of them greatly, using A Season in Hell (Hearts).

"I...don't think I can't go on..." Chris said trying to stay standing, Tokunaga was also affected and tried to do the same.

"Grrr!" Lucario grunted with rage but Mewtwo put a hand above his right shoulder.

"Calm down, Chris is going to be fine." Mewtwo said nodding slowly.

"...Grr..." Lucario grunted again and returned to watch the fight.

"Heheh, nice moves Alice, but that ain't enough to stop ol' me." Raven said grinning a little.

"Shut up you old man!" Alice complained.

Raven raised his bow above him and shot 3 glowing balls that went to the 3's bodies. "Who loves ya baby?" Raven asked rhetorically, healing his allies's health by 15% percent.

"...Wow, Raven, you're incredible." Chris said.

"Heh, thanks kid, finally, someone appreciates good ol' me." Raven said grinning.

"Ugh, perverts..." Zelda muttered frowning.

"Ha!" Decus broke out of the ice as Lucas stopped using PK Fire on him. "Lawine!" Decus spun gracefully using Decus Lawine towards Wolf and Lucas, who got caught in the attack and were pushed to different directions.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Thanksgiving/ToS2/ToV Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 28, 2008, 05:14:35 PM
"No way...I'm going to lose...to this weirdo!" Wolf said angrily with a snarl.

"Oh, what manners do you have furry? Once I win, I will declare my eternal love for Alice." Decus said doing weird moves.

"Decus, shut up and concentrate!" Alice yelled.

"Yes, Alice my dear." Decus said grinning a little.

"...I don't understand love at all." Wolf said frowning, making Decus mad.

"Oh, you didn't say that, Sturmwind!" Decus ran at Wolf and began to do a series of slashes on him.

"KID! A LITTLE HELP HERE WOULDN'T BE SO BAD NOW!" Wolf yelled.

Lucas ran behind Decus, charged his PK energy and released it as a powerful blast to the air. "Haa!" Lucas pushed Decus to the roof, then landed before getting up quickly.

"...What should I do..." Marta muttered to herself.

"...Hey, the chick over there isn't fighting." C. Falcon said looking to Marta.

"...Maybe..." Zelda got up and walked to her.

"Z-Zelda! Come back! Who knows if she's dangerous!" Toon Link said.

"What is so dangerous about her? Don't you see she is worried?" Zelda asked as she walked to Marta. "Is something bothering you?"

"Huh? No, it's nothing..." Marta said.

"Don't lie to me, I know that by your expression."

"...Fine, I'm worried about this place that Alice wants to take over, I want to return to Palmacosta."

"Palmacosta?"

"Yes, that place is a site for the Vanguard, the unit where I'm in with Alice and Decus, but we ended up here when we got lost in the woods and Alice wanted to have this place by her own, or for the Vanguard."

"...Then you shouldn't follow her, do what you think it's right and everything will be fine."

"...I know that...but I don't know if I can do that..."

"You're a strong girl, I can see it, if you want to get away from Alice and think things carefully, come with me and let's talk together." Zelda said with a small smile.

Marta looked to her with a smile. "Thanks."

"You know, I think you're not like Alice at all, you're very nice."

"I am a good person, but once I return, I'll get Ratatosk's core and quit the Vanguard to save Sylvarant and Tethe'alla, once the worlds were reunited, the weather began to change drastically, but I hear if someone wakes up Ratatosk, he will fis the whole thing."

"You have a mission that big?"

"Yes! It's for the sake of everyone!"

"Then come with me." Zelda asked with a smile, Marta nodded and chuckled heartily as they sat together.

Alice, seeing this, got angry. "Martmart! What are you doing with those imbeciles?!"

"Sorry Alice, but I forfeit the match, I'll wait until you and Decus finish!" Marta said.

"Ugh! This is why I hat-"

"Limited!" Chris casted a sacred light above Alice that crashed upon her.

However, she was under the effect of Exalted Flesh and Blood (Hearts), so she didn't stagger. "I'll get you for that!" Alice giggled and used The Red and the Black (Hearts) on Chris, slapping him across the face several times.

"Oww! Oww! Oww!" Chris moaned in pain and backed away from her.

"Nobody slaps Chris in the face!" Lucario said about to get up but MEwtwo stopped him.

"Why don't you listen? He is going to be fine!" Mewtwo said with a serious look.

"Get out of the way, he is danger!"

"Lucario! I'm going to be fine!" Chris said.

"B-but..."

"Oh my! See? You don't train Lucaryn so well, however, if you lend him to me, I'll be sure to be good!" Alice said sweetly.

"...Go and kick her around Chris." Lucario said sitting down.

"H-hey!"

"Gladly Lucario! Dragon Surge!" Tokunaga uppercutted Alice's back, sending her to the air. "Whoa!" Chris and Tokunaga shone instantly before stopping, learning a new ability. "Surge Breaker!" Tokunaga slammed his hands in the air damaging Alice, slammed them in the floor creating a small glyph, then, he spun his right hand around to charge it, when Alice landed back, a thunder fell on her and Tokunaga punched her, sending her straight to the wall where she crashed.

"Oww!" Alice crashed into the wall and fell on the floor, she got up dusting off her clothes and glared at Chris. "Okay, now you made me mad!"

"Alice is mad! You bastard!" Decus said angrily. "Strahl!" Decus did and downward then and upward slash using Decus Strahl, pushing Lucas to the roof and he ran to Chris.

"Your fight is with me!" Wolf yelled doing a 3-hit combo with his claws on Decus's back before kicking him to the floor.

"A-argh! You darn furry! Lawine!" Decus spun gracefully in the air and slashed Wolf continuously using Decus Lawine.

"...Ever wondered how weird is that guy?" Falco whispered.

"Hehehe!" Alice giggled and threw junk in the air, using War and Peace (Hearts), somehow, as ridiculous the attack seemed to be, it dealt a great amount of damage to Raven and Lucas.

"Oww! W-why do you carry junk around?" Lucas asked after a frying fell on him.

"Don't question me, ha-ha!" Alice used Thunder & Lightning (Hearts), slapping Lucas 2 times and sending him to the air.

"Azure Heavens!" Raven shot an arrow that turned into a rain of arrows above Alice, damaging her greatly.

"I hate old men like you, old man!" Alice complained stomping the floor. "Now let's end this!" Alice said closing her eyes and twirling her whip around, scattering crystalic sparks around, and a sudden frigid wind took place in the whole place.

"W-why did it become cold all of a s-sudden?" Pichu asked trembling.

"And fulfill your duty." Alice said touching the floor gently, then everyone except her, Decus and Marta were instantly frozen. "Filbumvetr!" Alice yelled doing one spin, creating a massive shockwave that shattered all the icicles around her, dealing massive damage to the entire party using her Mystic Arte.

"...Heeelp..." Lucas moaned in pain.

"Ausbruch!" Decus came from behind Lucas and slammed his sword on him, creating a purple explosion that was just too much for the PK kid to handle.

"AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Lucas screamed in pain before he fainted.

"LUCAS!" Chris yelled, but got weak since the attack depleted his energies to the last point.

"Who loves ya baby?" Raven asked shooting 2 glowing balls at the air that went towards Chris's and Wolf's bodies, healing them 18 percent of their health. "Please, take this." Surpringly, Raven used a Life Bottle on Lucas to revive him.

"R-Raven, you have items too?" Chris asked surprised.

Tenacity

"I need to be prepared for the worst kid, oh, that reminds me, now we're gonna have so fun!" Raven casted his own rainbow aura that caught everybody's attention, using his own Over Limit.

"He can use the Over Limit gauge too?" Fox asked surprised.

"Scatter!" Raven said and he quickly began to shower Decus with arrows, what was surprising, he was doing all sorts of moves as he fired his arrows, he shot normally, shot leaning away, shot looking behind him without looking his enemy, shot below his leg, shot bending his back behind, shot from his throat, shot from his head in the same point where he was shooting all his arrows, and finally, he charged his shot. "Chaotic Garnet!" He shot a bright glow that crossed Decus's body.

"A-amazing! He did all those crazy moves in just 3 seconds!" Diddy said surprised.

"Zelda! I told you, he's amazing!" Chris said to Zelda.

"...Well...he may be right..." Zelda muttered embarrassed.

"Here goes my life!" Raven said touching his chest before raising his hand in the air, a big tower of light began to rise from him damaging Alice and Decus greatly. "Roar, o mighty being!" Raven called out.

"UGH! UGH! UGH! UGH! UGH! UGH! UGH!" Alice and Decus were constantly being damaged.

"BLAAAAAAST HEEEEEARRRTT!!!" Raven released purple lights that spreaded to all directions, damaging all his opponent greatly, as Decus and Alice landed on the ground panting heavily. "Thought I was dead." Raven said simply panting a little.

"Raven, it's officialy, one of my buddies!" C. Falcon said giving Raven a thumbs up.

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Professor Kawashima said.

Raven looked around. "Where did that voice come from?"

"Raven, I'll show you my own secret attack!" Chris said very excited at this moment. "I'm bursting with fonons!" Chris raised his staff and both him and Tokunaga were covered in the same rainbow aura.

"O healing power..." Alice chanted her healing spell.

"Oh no, you won't!" Chris, knowing the chant, ran to Alice together with Tokunaga. "Soaring Blast!" Tokunaga was raised into the air and slammed Alice down the ground. "O ravishing tragedy!"

"(So he is indeed the World Traveler...)" The Master thought coughing.

"(It shall be an honor once we fight, World Traveler.)" Jynx thought.

"(Got everyone's attention, man, got new fans for good ol' me.)" Raven though sighing.

"(Damn that kid, I lost the chance to use my Final Smash...)" Wolf thought irritated.

"FINAL FURY!" Chris began to swing his arms around as Tokunaga was engulfed inside circle of light, slapping, punching, pushing and slamming alice continuously while the was pushed.

"HEY! STOP IT! STOP IT!" Alice yelled.

"Let's finish this!" Tokunaga jumped to the air and did a strong slam on the ground, creating a huge force that pushed Alice even further in the air. "Not done yet!" Tokunaga jumped again in the air, he did a pose in front of the full moon that appeared on the background, then fell quickly to the floor damaging Alice again, then, his right hand began to glow intensely and pulled it back his shoulder. "Dying Moon!" Chris called out before Tokunaga propelled itself to the air doing a powerful uppercut on Alice's chin, the sadist girl went soaring through the air before she crashed into the floor.

"I...lost?" Alice muttered under her breath before she fainted.

"NO! ALICE!" Decus yelled furiously and he decided to USE his Mystic Arte, he pulled out a photo of Alice and began staring at it with love. "Hmm, hmm, hmm..." We see Alice's photo then being burned up by no reason, making Decus to get angry. "...Uh...UH-UAAAAAAHHHHH!!!!" Decus quickly stops right in front of Lucas and Wolf, then, he begins to slash them 4 times, spelling a letter each time, spelling L-O-V-E, after that, he clenches his fists and raises his sword in the air. "ALIIIIIIIIIIIIIIICEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!"

His yell provokes purple shockwaves being sent to all directions, damaging all the party greatly and pushing them to edge to die.

"Man, talk about an intense battle." Chan said, glancing to Parakarry who was apparently eating popcorn. "...Where did yo-"

"What? The battle got interesting at the last moment." Parakarry said eating his popcorn, as Popo asked for it and ate with him.

"That's it, I'm mad off!" Wolf said glaring at Decus and running towards him. "FIRE!" Wolf used Fire Wolf (an attack that he didn't even was covered in fire to begin with) to strike down Decus's stomach with a slam on his right kick to the floor, making Decus to cough out blood.

"PK THUNDER!" Lucas called his last energies to be touched by his own attack and was propelled to Decus, who tried to get up but the pain that he received was just too much, then, Lucas made contact with him, dealing a great amount of electricity through his body.

"AAAAAALIIIIIIIIIIIICEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Decus yelled out loud before he fainted.

Tales of Symphonia - Won the Battle

The 4 gathered together and did their victory poses strangely. "The time has come to say good bye." Raven said scratching his back before putting his right hand on his chin with a grin.

"Our weapons are love!" Lucas said, love being his favorite thing.

"Justice!" Chris said, justice being his favorite thing.

"SEXUALITYYYYYYYYYYYEEEEAH!" Raven said, er...sexuality being his favorite thing that made the Smashers to give him odd stares (C. Falcon gave him a thumbs up however).

"Stop it." Wolf said irritated.

"Good, for a second there I was goin' to remember that crazy girl Rita."

"No way...you defeated them..." Marta said impressed.

Chris looked down, ducked and got a bag of Smash Coins. "There are 1000 Smash Coins in here!"

"Raven's the coolest guy!" Ness said running to Raven with the younger Smashers (and Diddy), they ignored Chris, who was ran over by all of them as they surrounded Raven asking him so many questions.

"...I...hate...you...all..." Chris muttered in the floor, but Tokunaga got him and stood him up. "Thanks Tokunaga."

"...GRRRR!!!" Alice got up instantly from her spot and glared at them. "Y-YOU! I CAN'T BELIEVE I LOST TO YOU AGAIN!" But then, she sighed in relief and smiled. "Oh well, guess I can't win every now and then, heheheh!"

"...Alice, can we...go to Palmacosta now?" Marta asked.

"...Fine, Decus, I hope you didn't forget the way again..."

Decus instantly recovered. "O-of course not! Lead the way Alice!" Decus said storing his sword in his iron maiden and running outside at full speed.

"Now," Alice approached to Chris and smiled to him. "You better take care of the monsters that I'm going to get very soon," Her face turned demonic. "Next time we meet, I'll take your monsters away from you." And with that, she left The Dojo, humming happily.

"Thank you so much for defeating them!" Marta said moving Chris's hands up and down, he even blushed at this.

"O-okay, it was my job I guess..." Chris said embarrassed.

"So your name is Chris, right? My name is Marta, Marta Lualdi." Marta said smiling.

"Martmart! We're leaving you behind!" Alice called from outside.

"C-coming!" Marta ran to the door, but then she looked at all of them. "Thank you! Thank you so much! I don't know why, but I think we will meet again in a near future, that way, we can talk again Zelda!" Marta said happily waving to all of them before she left.

"...That girl was cute..." Chris said tilting his head.

"Did you say something Chris?" Lucario asked.

"Nothing!"

"World Traveler," The Master walked to him coughing a little. "Well done in defeating them, I was impressed by your skills and enthusiasm in battle."

"D-do you know my position?!" Chris asked surprised.

"So do I," Jynx said walking besides The Master. "Your powers are infinite, but yet, your emotions are the only thing that makes you a little weak, not enough to defeat stronger enemies."

"...Oh..."

"...If you want, come here later and we will fight to see your power, Lee and Chan are weak against you, however, Jynx and myself aren't." The Master said bowing.

"Today is a gloomy day and we don't like to fight in this kind of weather." Jynx explained to them.

"Wait, is Chris going to fight alone?" Lucario asked.

"No, he shall fight along you all, but under some rules that is."

"Return tomorrow or in another day, we will be waiting." The Master said as he left to his room.

"Until then, get stronger." Jynx said leaving with Chan and Lee.

"...I'm weak?" Chris asked.

"Perhaps, those 2 possess great strenght, they could be even harder to beat than all the enemies we've been fought before." Mewtwo said.

"But it's just an old man and a dwarf thing!" Falco said.

"Oh, they're strong, you haven't seen them in action..." Parakarry said, chuckling. "Anyway, thank you for rescuing me! But I gotta go and deliver more letters, bye!" Parakarry left The Dojo flying away.

"...That was fast..." Geno said.

"Yep." Mallow said nodding.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Thanksgiving/ToS2/ToV Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 28, 2008, 07:54:33 PM
Smash Mansion
Outside

Raven, the clueless ol' man

"Raven..." Chris trailed off as all the group was there in the conversation.

"Yes? What do ya want?" Raven asked confused.

"You haven't...been wondering how all of us look ever since we met."

"That's all? Ya look very normal to me, heck, even kind, that's all." Raven said grinning as he walked ahead.

"...See? That guy isn't suspecting about us." Pikachu said.

"Finally, nobody calls us monsters." Fox said.

"Oh, by ta way," Raven stuck out his head in the screen and they all looked at him. "Nice costumes ya all got there."

THUD!

Everyone fell anime-style (without exceptions) at this unexpected response as Raven walked away humminh happily.

Chris's pooch

"Raven, seriously, these are not costumes!" Pikachu said.

"Yeah, yeah, ya wanna be some kinda hero, everyone has their heroes and dresses up like 'em." Raven said.

"Okay, if you don't believe us, touch Lucario's face and try to pull it out." Chris said.

"...Fine." Raven sighed and tried to get Lucario's "mask" off, but he couldn't. "Guh! This...mask...got...stuck!"

"Grrrr..." Lucario grunted because he was starting to feel pain.

"...Wait...no..." Raven backed away from Lucario. "Then...you're a monster?!"

"N-no! He's not a monster! Neither of us are monsters!" Pikachu said.

"...Wow, surprise after surprise, like your style people."

"I'm glad you understand, Lucario is my Pokémon." Chris said smiling a little.

"Basically, since he looks like a dog...he's your pooch?" Raven asked with a small grin.

"What?!" Chris and Lucario asked.

"Yeah, I see it, the owner and his pooch, man's best friend, mutual bond."

"Grrrr!!!"

"Call down your pooch kid or he's gonna bite my head off."

"...Raven, I think you should start running away as far as you can..."

"Why's that?"

"BECAUSE LUCARIO JUST TOLD ME HE'S GOING TO BITE YOUR HEAD OFF LITERALLY!"

"AAAAHHHHH!! GET THE BEAST OFF ME!" Raven ran away for his dear life as Lucario got him using Extremespeed and began to beat the crap out of him. "HELP!"

"B-BAD BOY! BAD!"

"CHRIS!" Pikachu yelled at him.

Chris blushed completely. "I-I'M SORRY! RAVEN CONFUSED ME! LUCARIO! STOP!" Chris ran to Lucario and tried to stop him.

Pikachu sighed. "Things aren't going to be normal anymore..."

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

All the Smashers with Raven (black eyes in both eyes) entered inside, Raven was impressed by the luxury of the mansion and looked around. "Man, ya guys know how to live the real life," Raven remarked. "I...think I'm gonna stick around for a bit, but I won't get involved in your matters, just to be safe from Rita."

Raven left your party

"...Oh, that's too bad..." Lucas said sadly.

"Hey, don't get depressed on me, I'll teach ya kids how to shot arrows like good ol' Raven."

"Sweet! I'll be an expert archer!" Toon Link said excited.

"Oh, you're here." Master Hand said appearing behind Raven, Raven got a confused look and looked behind him.

"UAH! IS A FLOATING-FINGERED HELL BEAST!" Raven yelled with high-ptched voice and hiding behind Chris.

"...I must remember why was he so amazing..." Nana muttered.

"Chris! Did you invite another guest to the mansion?!"

"M-Master Hand! Let Raven stay here! Please! He won't interfere with our matters, he just wants to take refuge from Rita!" Chris said.

"Rita?"

"THE DEMON O' HELL!" Raven called out.

"...I'm clueless about this, but...fine, Raven can stay here as long as he doesn't get in our way."

"...Phew," Raven returned to his calm state. "Thanks Floating-Fingered Hell Beast."

"...It's Master Hand..."

"Yeah, whatever."

Twink looked at the kitchen, which was closed as many Prinnies were cooking, even Etna and Flonne were inside running to everywhere. "Master Hand, what is happening in there?"

"Oh! It's a surprise, but first, follow me everyone, I need to show you the Music Room on the ninth floor." Master Hand said floating away to the stairs.

"...There was a Music Room here?" Popo asked.

"I-I don't know..." Olimar said.

"Raven, do you want to follow us?" Ness asked.

"Well, do I have another way to show know this mansion?" Raven asked with a grin.

Music Room

"This is..." DK wiped out a tear. "...Simply amazing..."

They all found the big, Music Room, a big place where many instruments for music were found, it was big and wide, like a theater, but only for music, red carpets were around the floor, seats, and even more instruments laying around.

Chris changed to his Musician job (and Tokunaga disappeared from his back). "Hey kid, how did ya change clothes so quickly?" Raven asked.

"...Er...I'll explain later...Master Hand!"

"Welcome everyone to the musically implemented, Music Room!" Master Hand said appearing in a poof of smoke.

"More like Music Theater." Diddy said.

"Now, in this room, is where all the Brawl music will be made, Chris, your task is to gather all the talented musicians you know to create the music discs the Prinny Squad destroyed, now, do you know any musicians?"

"...I don't know..."

"Is there somebody here that knows a musician?"

"Hey!" Toon Link snapped his fingers. "How about Medly and Makar? They play instruments very well, and I could be the ceremony's master with my Wind Waker!"

"I sing in my free time." Zelda said.

"Diddy can play the electric guitar like a professional!" DK said, taking out his bongoes. "And I could be the batterist!"

"But you use bongoes..." Geno said.

"Bongoes, batterist, they're the same thing!"

"I could use my harp to play music." Chris said.

"I could sing with Zelda too!" Jigglypuff said.

"I could get the Mike ability and sing too!" Kirby said.

"NO! EVERYTHING BUT THAT! Remember the last time you showed that thing to us?!" Pikachu asked panicking.

"He destroyed half of the mansion!" Pichu said remembering.

"I used to play the violin." Olimar said.

"No, we don't need all the Smashers to play, we need musicians, talented ones, like Toon Link mentioned." Master Hand pointed out.

"Then I'll call them soon to get working if Chris lets me go to Dragon Roost Island and Forest Haven!" Toon Link said.

"S-sure." Chris said nodding.

"But are we going to make the music again?" C. Falcon asked.

"Oh, it's easy, Chris will help a lot." Master Hand said.

"M-me?" Chris asked.

"Yes, your job not only lets you play the harp, all the instruments are at your use, just think the instrument you want to use and it will appear to replace the harp."

"...Like this?..." Chris concentrated his mind and in an instant, the harp was changed to a light-blue electric guitar. "...Wow..."

"See? The job was very expensive, Crazy and I worked so hard to make it."

"...Can we test this room now?"

"Of course, but we can't make the Brawl music now, however, we can use some kind of example if this room has its "magic" to make good music."

"...Hmm...who wants to play? I'm thinking of a song that needs to be singed."

"I will be the singer." Zelda said nodding.

"Well...I could be the second singer!" Jigglypuff said.

"I could be the guitarist!" Diddy said taking out his star-shaped electric guitar from his back.

"Me the batterist! Show me my instrument!" DK said excited.

"Alright, everyone else and Geno, Twink, Mallow and Raven, take a seat." Master Hand said as the lights turned off and everyone got in their seats.

10 minutes later...

"I wonder what song are they going to sing." Olimar wondered.

"I'll bet it'll be a bad one, this is the first time for them to do it together." Pikachu said.

The band appeared from behind the curtains, in their positions and ready to play their music, few of them applauded to them.

"Hello everyone!" Diddy greeted by the microphone. "Today, we're going to play Ring A Bell! A music we just came up a moment ago!"

"Please, enjoy it," Chris said smiling. "Zelda, I hope you memorized the rhythm and lyrics."

"Yes, I did." Zelda whispered as the band prepared to play their song.

"And 3! And 2! And 3, 2, 1, go!" DK said starting to play the battery.

Ring A Bell - Full Version

Falco began to go along with the rhythm and started to move his right hand up and down above his knee. "Hey, I like the beat."

Reaching up for no man's land
To take a breath and take a chance
I walk a thousand nights to chaaange the wooorld
-
Where to go? When to stop?
Who to trust? What to say?
I found them all, just need someooone to shaaaare
-
It's now in the duuusk every day tooo, eeeveryone
Ain't so strooong, I ain't so strong to go on
-
Living in theee past is not theee waaay to live
I wish you could heeeaaar, me say that I miss yooouuu
-
Why were we there baaack-to-back?
Why were we there faaace-to-face?
I must be the liiight wheeen you're in the daaark...
-
If you lose me sooomewhere, and your tears are iiin the air
I will ring a beeell uuuntil you feel me byyy your siiideee...

"This song ain't half bad." Raven said moving his head up and down.

"It's really...incredible..." Lucario said.

"Keep going!" Pichu said jumping happily.

"It's so sweet, I need to remark that." Nana said smiling and closing her eyes.

"And it's still going!" Olimar said excited.

Looking up into the skyyy, looking for the reason
Why I'm here, and why you caaan't be heeere...
-
Who's to hate? Who's to blame?
Who's to hurt? Who's to love?
Who decides? Why we can't we beeee the saaameee?
-
Trying to believe walking dooown theee looonesome road
Ain't so faaar, I ain't so faaar from you
-
Staying the way youuu aaare means sooolitude
I wish you were hereee, and shook off my feaaar
-
Why were we there baaack-to-back?
Why were we there faaace-to-face?
I must be the light wheeen you're in the daaark...
-
If I lose you sooomewhere, and I'm still hangiiing in there
I will ring a bell uuuntil you feel me byyy your siiideeee...

"Hey, look! The Prinnies are starting to gather here!" Squirtle said seeing the Prinnies filling up the seats.

"Dood! More! Dood! More!" The Prinnies cheered.

"They are doing it very well." Fox said.

"Go! Go! Go!" Popo cheered.

"I didn't like music before, but I'm making an exception to this one!" Red said enjoying the song.

What has been in the mix too looong?
There's the peace when you're at waaar
Heads or tails, you and I
Light and dark, ups and dooowns
-
What is there in the middleee? Whaaat's there to divide us?
If you're hurt, cry and say, "Can't you see you're my other haaaaalf?"

"Oh my god! She sings so good!" Flonne said with glithering eyes appearing somewhere as she enjoyed the song.

"It relaxes me..." Meta Knight trailed off.

"You gotta remark that good performance." Etna said appearing out of nowhere.

"Such sweet music can be created only in this place..." Master Hand said wiping out a tear.

"Who would know the kid got skills at the guitar." Wolf said, hiding a small smile and actually enjoying the song.

"This is so, good!" Twink said happily with Mallow.

"It feels somehow like magic..." Geno trailed off.

"Dear Zelda, I will Ring A Bell until you feel me by your side." C. Falcon said poetically, winking at Zelda who ignored him and kept singing.

Why were we there baaack-to-back?
Why were we there faaace-to-face?
I must be the light when you're in the daaark...
-
If you lose me sooomewhere, and your tears are iiin the air
I will ring a beeell uuuntil you feel me byyy your siiideee...

The band kept playing until the end, all the Prinnies along with all the Smashers began to applaude and cheered loudly, some even whistling for more, Chris seeing this, got very happy and leaned to Diddy. "We did it! They like the song!"

"Yes! My first performance on the stage was a success!" Diddy said laughing happily.

And both, along with the members of the band, played the last part that echoed, lights began to slowly turn on and Zelda bowed to all of them.

Soon, we it ended, everyone cheered loudly, Master Hand was even proud of his creation of the Music Room. "AGAAAAAIN! DOOD! AGAAAAAIN! DOOD! AGAAAAIN! DOOD!" The Prinnies cheered, whistled and wanted more.

"Thank you! We're looking forward to sing another song, until then!" DK said waving at the audience as the curtains covered the band.

Hallway

Who could say this little and small band got popular in a second? Because all the Prinnies tried to get autographs.

"I got mine! Dood!" A Prinny said walking away with Zelda's autograph.

"My, this wasn't so bad at all." Zelda said as she signed autographs.

"How did I do it Lucario?" Chris asked hopping up and down.

Lucario smiled at him. "You did very well, the song was very enjoyable."

Chris ran to him and gave him a hug. "Thank you so much Lucario! I feel really happy now!"

Lucario couldn't help it but began to wag his tail, licking Chris's face as they laughed together.

"Okay everyone, I have a big surprise in the kitchen, dinner is served." Master Hand said, Etna and Flonne nodded to each, walked to the doors of the kitchen and opened them.

"...I died and found the heaven..." Kirby said drooling a little.

"...That's a lot of food." Raven remarked grinning.

On the other side of the doors, lots of food were found all over the big table, there were pumpkin pies, corn, stuffing, etc. Even lots of roasted turkeys were there.

"...You know, this looks like Thanksgiving or something..." Chris said and Master Hand chuckled.

"Well, I did some investigation of your world and well, I felt a little too festive and decided to hold a feast for all of you for working so hard until this day!"

"Wait, does that means you don't know the Thanksgiving Day?"

"We celebrate Halloween and Christmas here, but your world has more festive days."

"Oh, then I'll be glad to explain the day of Thanksgiving to everyone here!"

5 minutes later...

Everyone was seated on their seats as Chris explained them the celebration of Thanksgiving. "And after we say our thanks in silence, we begin to eat."

"Sounds very easy." Ness said.

"Alright everyone, please join your hands and give thanks for all the good things you have received." Chris said doing the same action, everyone looked at each other, nodded and did the same action.

And thanks to Mewtwo's reading ming, we will see each one's thanks.

"(I give thanks for letting me know everyone here, this adventure couldn't be much better than it already is, and, thanks to Lucario for protecting me.)" Chris thought.

"(I give thanks for making my master happy and fight together with him.)" Lucario thought.

"(I give thanks for seeing everyone again.)" Yoshi thought simply.

"(I give thanks for getting free from Ash's hands again, heheh.)" Pikachu thought.

"(I give thanks for stay with Pikachu and the others again!)" Pichu thought.

"(I give thanks for singing that song a moment ago!)" Jigglypuff thought.

"(I...give thanks for staying in this longer.)" Mewtwo thought.

"(I give thanks for knowing even more Pokémon.)" Red thought.

"(I give thanks for beating the crap out of Charizard.)" Squirtle thought.

"(I give thanks for beating the crap out of Charizard.)" Ivysaur thought like Squirtle.

"(I give thanks for letting me play that AWESOME music a moment ago.)" DK thought.

"(I give thanks for everything!)" Diddy thought.

"(I'm going to give thanks once I eat the food!)" Kirby thought.

"(I give thanks for...I don't have a reason yet, but it would be letting me know that there are more skilled fighters than I am.)" Meta Knight thought.

"(I give thanks for be in this once again.)" Zelda thought.

"(I give thanks for knowing Raven, who will teach me how to shoot arrows like him!)" Toon Link thought.

"(I give thanks for participating in the torunament and for getting to know Chris better.)" Fox thought.

"(I give thanks for knowing more pretty women...heheheh...)" Falco thought.

"(I give thanks for finally knowing the place where Fox hid all the time, here, heh.)" Wolf thought.

"(I give thanks for women, yeeeeeaaahhh.)" C. Falcon thought.

"(I give thanks for...wait, didn't I lose many Pikmins already?... Whatever, I give thanks for being tall, I guess.)" Olimar thought.

"(I give thanks for recruiting even more allies in my team.)" Ness thought, somehow Pikachu gave him a glare.

"(I-I give thanks for knowing Ness, Pikachu, Pichu, and everyone else...)" Lucas thought.

"(I give thanks for being called here to assist in the fight against the Subspace Army.)" Pit thought.

"(I will give thanks once Popo gets smarter.)" Nana thought sighing.

"(Turkey! And I give thanks for this food!)" Popo thought happily.

"(I give thanks for reuniting the 3 first Star Spirits and meeting Mario and Peach once again.)" Geno thought.

"(I give thanks for being here!)" Twink thought happily.

"(I give thanks for meeting Geno, Twink, and everyone else here!)" Mallow thought.

"(I give thanks for meeting Etna and the Prinny Squad!)" Flonne thought.

"(I give thanks for getting someone as dumb as them to do my work in finding Lord Laharl.)" Etna thought.

"(Dood!)" All the Prinnies thought.

"(I give ya thanks for lettin' me get away from that crazy girl Rita.)" Raven thought.

"(I give thanks for making this third tourmanent.)" Master Hand thought.

"(TURKEY!)" Crazy Hand thought hyperliating.

"Now, let's eat!" Popo said raising his forks.

"Yes!" Most of them said grabbing their food.

?

Not knowing anything about very small machines spreaded across the mansion, they were being watched the whole time from an unknown group from another world.

"Colonel, what's the meaning of this?"

"I don't know Snake, this is very weird."

"But these cameras are from us."

"Mei Ling is right, the cameras spreaded all over this place are most likely from us, but, who are these people?"

"Snake."

"Yes Otacon?"

"Mei Ling took information regarding all of them ever since she found the transmissions coming from that mansion, if you want to know how to get there, just asl her and she will also tell you the necessary information to fight every single one of those guys if you find trouble with them."

"Be glad I used my free time to analyze their abilities Snake!"

"Fine, tell me the time to be there and find out why were the cameras spreaded all over the place."

"Hehehe! Okay, I'll do it."

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight
, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink

ALTERNATE ENDING!

"Now, let's eat!" Popo said raising his forks.

"Yes!" Most of them said grabbing their food.

...Or before, because a gust of wind began to manifest in the kitchen, the food began to fly to the west of the table and everyone watched all the food getting away in shock, even they didn't move a part of them, Chris's right eye twitched and somehow remembered this moment somewhere before.

"...No..." Chris muttered, then, they all looked at the far end of the table where all the food was going, it was because of Kirby, who used his sucking ability to eat all the food in one seating, the Star Warrior burped happily after eating the whole feast.

"..." Everyone blinked in shock at this.

"Oohhh, it was so good!" Kirby remarked rubbing his stomach.

"...WHO WANTS TO KILL KIRBY?! DOOD?!" A Prinny asked raising a pitchfork and a torch.

"US! DOOD!" All the Prinnies said raising pitchforks and torches, Kirby gulped after seeing all the other Smashers (take your guesses who didn't) and he ran away from the kitchen from the hungry crowd of people that chased him around.

"...There is no more explanation to this." Mewtwo said frowning.

"We're surrounded by lunatics." Wolf said frowning.

"So it would appear." Meta Knight said frowning.

"...What am I doing here still?" Toon Link asked.

"Aahh, kid, ya don't know the meanin' of the "kill the monster who ate the feast" tradition." Raven said sighing.

Unfortunately, the alternate ending was the canon one with the strange people's conversation, sorry. : P

Happy Thanksgiving!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Thanksgiving/ToS2/ToV Special)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 29, 2008, 08:17:51 PM
Chapter 92: The Return of Daddy Lucario? P:llll llll ll = 10 S:llll = 4

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Let me understand this," Tabuu began. "There are 2 ways, each one to get rid of Mario and Sonic?"

The Ancient Minister nodded. "Yes, it appears both of them have interesting affairs going on lately, Sonic is in his way to some place called Future City while Mario and Luigi are trying to prevent an invasion in the past, not only that, both found their baby selves and partnered up to fight against the Shroobs."

"Hmm, I see now, we have 2 different destinations to choose, but we should play our movements right and we will come up with a result."

"You give the order and we will begin preparations." Ganondorf said.

"Hard this isn't going to be! Prepared I am!" A dark figure said crackling evily.

"Eager to kill Mario again, I see?"

"And what happened to Charizard and King Dedede?"

"Both are still resting their wounds from the last invasion." The Ancient Minister said.

"Fine then, prepare the Subspace Bombs and decide what would be the next destination!" Tabuu ordered as he vanished.

"It appears it is my turn again, I would not fail this time again." Ganondorf said grinning as he disappeared in the darkness.

Once The Ancient Minister was alone, he called an hologram and looked at Mr. G&W being used inside tubes to create Shadow Bugs, there were even more copies of him all over the place to create even more Shadow Bugs, and infinite supply of the dark spores were created by every second it passed.

The Ancient Minister sighed in disappointment and began to mutter. "Should I escape and take him along with me when I select the replacement for this hideous look I have?"

"HEY! What did you say just now?!"

The Ancient Minister closed the hologram and turned to Porky. "Nothing of your business, Tabuu's orders, you don't want to make him angry, do you?"

Porky began to sweat. "N-no! O-okay, I'll be waiting until you call me then!" Porky said disappearing in the emptyness of the Subspace.

"(...Should I escape or not?...)"

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest (Destroyed)
A part that it used to be the inn

"..." Yuri stared at Rita in annoyance.

"..." Karol stared at Rita with even more annoyance.

"...What?" Rita asked with a small glare.

"You destroyed Dahngrest." Yuri said.

"You destroyed the Don's headquarters." Karol said.

"I told you, the old man had it coming." Rita said taking out a book about Blastia and their complex complexity.

"But that's not an excuse to destroy all the city in the process Rita!"

"Who cares? It's the old man's fault that my magic got in the way of the buildings, thank god nobody was killed."

"But I'm worried about Raven, he has not returned yet to us." Estelle said looking down.

"Don't worry, he will show up shortly." Judith said smiling a little, tilting her head.

"...But I have to say, Raven should have returned by now, this is not the only time Rita has beat him with her magic." Karol said.

"You got a problem?" Rita asked glaring at Karol.

"Uh-uhh..." Karol shuddered in fear. "I-I think I should go and look for him in the forest."

"Yeah, go Karol, go and get yourself eaten by a monster." Yuri said grinning a little.

"Y-Yuri! Don't try to scare me! I'm pretty strong by now! Okay, I'm off, I'll return shortly with Raven!" Karol said walking to the forest.

The group watched Karol returning back. "What is the problem?" Estelle asked.

"You better repair all the damages done to the city if I can't return, I feel like I'm not going to return for a while, I don't know yet, but repair the damages AND the Don's headquarters, got it?"

"Don't worry, we will do that." Judith said nodding to Karol, who walked to the forest.

"...Do you think he will be all right by his own?" Estelle asked.

"Karol is such a determined, coward and stubborn kid, he'll be fine." Rita said, not even looking at Estelle since she was still reading her book.

"Yeah, now, let's sleep and repair the damage Rita did to the city tomorrow." Yuri said laying on his half-destroyed bed.

"Thanks for letting me sleep in this complete bed, good night." Estelle said laying down in her bed.

"Yeah, whatever." Rita said rolling her eyes.

"I'll sleep on my bed as well, good night." Judith said laying down on her almost complete bed.

Smash Mansion
Raven's Room

We see the old man laying on his bed with his hands behind his head in the 9th floor, looking outside the window at the night, he closed his eyes and began talking to himself. "Man, these guys know how to live their lifes, their Blastia is weird, but hey, who's complainin'?" Raven grinned at the readers and opened his eyes blinking, breaking the fourth wall. "Do ya know what's true life? Not stayin' close to Rita, awwwwwwwwww..." And Raven fell asleep, snoring loudly with Zs above his head in a bubble.

Lucario's Room

Both Chris and Lucario were in the bed, Chris hugging Lucario from below his head with Lucario doing the same, but above him. "We didn't get to eat the turkey thanks to Kirby, but fortunately I managed to cook for you and me those steaks I promised to you." Chris said.

Lucario closed his eyes with a happy expression. "I never knew you cooked so well before."

Chris blushed a little. "Well...the Wonder Chef helped me..."

"Who?"

"N-no one."

"...Chris..."

"Yes?"

"Can I ask you something?"

"Of course!"

"Why have you changed...so much?"

"What?"

"I mean, ever since we came here, your quite, peaceful and silent personality disappeared and you got a rather enthusiastic, crazy, somewhat maniacal and active personality."

"...Yes...I noticed that..." Chris said looking down. "...Is...there a problem with my new personality? Because I could change it just for you if you think my new one is annoying..."

Lucario gasped. "N-no! Don't change it! If you like it, I won't complain!"

"...Seriously, I can do that."

Lucario hugged Chris tightlier. "N-no, now that I think about it more carefully, I like the new you."

"What do you mean? Is there a difference between the old and new?"

"Yes," Lucario smiled and closed his eyes again. "The new Chris appreciates me even more than the old one did."

"Lucario!" Chris hugged Lucario tightlier (remember, he's not stupid enough to hug his spike...and he is not stupid for that matter). "Thank you!"

Lucario blinked surprised before he did the same action as before, but he licked Chris's face continuously for a while, making Chris to laugh heartily. "Did...I make you happy again?"

"As always! My warrior of the aura!"

"...Warrior of the aura?" Lucario asked stopping.

"...What? You don't like the nickname?"

"I-I like it..."

Chris smiled and closed his eyes. "Then, I hereby name you Lucario, the warrior of the aura!"

"...It has a nice sound to it..."

"Okay warrior of the aura, we have to rest and wait until tomorrow, so you can still protect me from the danger."

Outside

"And make you happy even more times?" Lucario asked.

"But of course!" Chris laughed heartily as Lucario did the same, licking his face as the screen zooms to the moon and pans out as well, but still, we can hear their laughs even with the screen all black.

One could see Lucario awakening much later just to lean Chris closer to his chest, where he hugged him once again, licked him one last time, and fell asleep wishing for a good morning to make his trainer proud of him.

The next morning...

"...Lucario!" Chris smiled to Lucario, who slowly opened his eyes and yawned.

"...What?" Lucario asked looking down to Chris.

"Nothing." Chris said chuckling heartily, obviously happy by Lucario for embracing him during the night.

Command Room

We see Chris, Flonne, Etna and 3 Prinnies watching Chris typing fastly in the computer, all alone without anyone there since it was very early in the morning.

"Have you found the location of Laharl?" Etna asked.

"Not yet, I'm trying to find the exact location, I tried searching for demons, demon beasts, demon animals, demon princes and overlor-wait..." Chris began to analyze a data when he looked around for overlords.

"Did you find him?" Flonne asked.

"I think I found a match!"

"Really dood?" The Prinnies asked.

"Yes doods," Chris said laughing heartily. "And here he is!"

"...Excuse me, but that's not Laharl." Etna said crossing her arms.

"...I'm pretty sure he isn't Laharl either..." Flonne said putting a finger close to her mouth.

"...Hey, there's a record of him, let's listen to it." Chris said playing a record.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! I'M A FREAKIN' OVERLORD, B(BEEP!)ES!!! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! I'M THE MOST, BADASS FREAKIN' OVERLORD OF THE NETHEWORLD YOU B(BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!!!)ES!!!"

The World Traveler, the Angel Trainee, the vassal and the Prinnies sweatdropped at this subject that Chris quickly stopped the record.

"Oh my gosh! I haven't heard such profanity before!" Flonne said gasping.

"It says here he got turned into a book later...what an idiot he is, I bet he comes from another Netheworld, since this Netheworld isn't the same one where I came from by accident." Etna said.

"Then it's not him...fortunately" Chris said returning to the search option.

"Well, at least you tried."

"I'll be sure to look for him in another time, since you 5 are so desperate in finding him."

"Thanks! I'll appreciate your help!" Flonne said leaving, humming happily.

"...Seriously, what's so good in killing Laharl?" Etna asked rhetorically, frowning to herself as she left the room with the Prinnies.

"...Now that I have this computer at my disposal..." Chris played mischievously with his fingers and began searching for a site. "...Oh yes! Master Hand connected the internet of my house to the computers here!"

"Then what does it means?" Pichu asked jumping on his shoulder.

"Weird but funny videos on this site! Like this one!"

"Hey, when did Pikachu learn to move his hips like that? It's so funny! I need to tell the others about th-"

"On second thought," Chris turned off the computer. "Better not let them see this, or even worse, they could go there..."

"...Where is there?"

"A place called (blocked site's name), a place where drawings, most of them filthy, can be found about ANY kind of character doing...er..."

Pichu tilted his head in confusion. "Doing?"

"...You know Pichu, you're too young to know, once you evolve to Pikachu one of these days, I'll tell you, now, I need to leave, excuse me." Chris walked away from the room leaving Pichu alone.

"...Hmm..." Pichu wondered and turned on the computer, then, he typed the site's name, wrote a random character's name of the Smashers on it and...well... "...OH MY GOODNESS! WHAT IS HE DOING?!"

10 minutes later...

Chris came back drinking juice. "Aww...I just like to drink juice...PICHU!" Chris saw Pichu fainted on the chair and the World Traveler threw the glass away, for Chris's horror, Pichu's curiosity killed him since he went to that site and looked at the drawings of the random character he wrote. "...Oh my god, they're coming here!" Chris said panicking once he began to hear a multitude of footsteps coming to the same room, thinking quickly, he ran at the computer but...

THUD!

"OH GOD! WHAT IS MARTH DOING WITH ROY IN THIS DRAWING?! IT'S SO HILARIOUS!" Crazy Hand appeared in a second between Chris and the CPU, the World Traveler bumped into him and fell to the floor.

"CRAZY HAND! LET ME TURN OFF THE COMPUTER!!!" Chris yelled angrily at him, but Crazy Hand blocked his way as he typed quickly to see even more sick drawings, well, he was mentally sick of the mind anyway.

"OH! OH! OH! MARIOxPEACH PAIRING LOOKS SO HILARIOUS AS WELL!"

Chris started to panic once he saw the shadows of everyone coming closer to the room. "CRAZY HAND! PLEASE! TURN OFF THE DAMN COMPUTER!!!"

"I DON'T TRUST THE COMPURAR! OH MY! THERE ARE MORE GAY PAIRINGS AS WELL?! SWEET FOXxFALCO! I DIED AND FOUND THE HEAVEN AT LAST!"

"CRAZY!!!"

"Was that Crazy Hand's voice just now?" Popo asked in the hallway.

"Yes, it was, he said something about Fox and Falco apparently..." Pit wondered.

"OH NO, NO NO NO NO!!! CRAZY HAND! STOP IT!" Chris pleaded for mercy.

"NO! NO WAY! SWEET LINKxMARTH!" Crazy Hand said laughing maniacally.

"THAT'S IT!" Chris changed to his Ionian Sargeant Oracle Knight Fon Master Guardian (which we will refer as ISOKFMG), put (or slammed) Tokunaga on the floor to make him grow and threw Crazy Hand away with the doll's help. "DIE YOU FILTHY SITE! DIE! SURGE BREAKER!!!" Tokunaga called forth a lightning and punched the same computer to destroy it, missing Pichu by inches, then we see Chris panting heavily after such desperation the hand made to him. "That...should do it..."

"Chris!" Master Hand called out from the hallway after he saw Crazy Hand on the wall and Chris destroying the computer. "What's the meanin of thi-"

"SHUT UP! IT WAS FOR THE SANITY LEFT IN THEM!" Chris said pointing at the Smashers, panting heavily and even sweating.

"...O-okay...calm down..." Master Hand said calmly and Chris began to count to 10 and soon calmed down.

10 minutes later again...

"Please, let me see what new things you have." Chris said with a glare to Crazy Hand.

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Taunt and Fill - 100 Smash Coins

Over Limit gauge will fill a little but faster if you use your taunts on an opponent

Items for everyone - 400 Smash Coins

Anyone can use the items once you get this ability

Hit, Smash, Punch and Smash again - 500 Smash Coins

Over Limit gauge will fill faster when attacking or doing continuous combo attacks


"Hmm, you're being nice with me with the prices for a chance?" Chris asked.

"Well, I guess you could say that, besides, it takes an eternity to fill that gauge, let's say, almost at the end where you're about to lose consciousness?" Crazy Hand asked.

"...I'll buy the 3 abilities at once...on the other hand, chaos would ensue if they were ever to use the items, so the other 2." Chris gave Crazy Hand 600 Smash Coins (most of them glared at him), and everyone shone before stopping.

"This should make things easier." Master Hand said.

"...But at the same time harder, I readed on a book that the enemy usually gets stronger once we get stronger..." Popo said winking at Nana.

"...Popo, you have to stop reading that cliché's book right now..." Nana said frowning.

"No items." Chris said and the insane hand nodded.

"Well, now we need to wait for the next invasion to a world." Master Hand said.

"...Have anyone seen Raven?" Toon Link asked looking around.

"The old man is snoring in his room." Mallow said.

"Better yet for us." Master Hand said.

"WARNING! WARNING! WORLD OF THE PAST IN DANGER! REPEAT! WORLD OF THE PAST IN DANGER!" The computer said alarming everyone from another invasion.

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time
Current Status: Yoshi's Island of the past
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: Many
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Anything

"...Wait, why is Mario's world being the target again?" Mallow asked.

"And why in the past?" Twink added.

"It seems the Subspace Army is trying to kill both plumbers when they were just babies." Master Hand said.

"...Both of them had adventures when they were babies?" Olimar asked.

"Oh! Right! I was the one who took care of them when they were babies! Oh, I love to see them as babies again...I wonder what did they do after I delivered them to their fathers?" Yoshi wondered happily.

"If you want to go so badly, I'll take you with me." Chris said.

"Thanks!"

"Geno, do you want to come?"

Geno shook his head. "I'll let Mallow go instead of me for a change."

"G-Geno, are you serious?" Mallow asked and Geno nodded, both Mallow and Yoshi went to Chris.

"Lucario, I want you to come as well," Chris said and Lucario nodded and stood by his side. "Anyone else?"

"...Fine, I'll go." Wolf said a little irritated.

"If you don't want to come, then don't do it."

"No, anything's better to stay with these 2 around." Wolf said glaring at Fox and Falco.

"Then if you're putting it that way, I'll go as well." Fox said.

"Grr..."

"(Interesting not seeing the trio of Corneria together again would be something odd for sure...) Who else?" Chris asked ignoring both of them.

"I want to go this time." Meta Knight said.

"2 left."

Zelda raised his hand a little. "I'll go this time."

"1 left."

"I'll go too!" Pit said.

"...Be careful, one of you could be teleported to another place instead." Master Hand said.

"Why is that?" Mallow asked.

"The Shroobs, the aliens in there, made several changes with the technology and it could influence Chris's Wiimote, they put satellites and such."

Chris looked at his Wiimote in hand. "...I'll be fine."

"But be careful still."

The selected characters walked to Chris and he opened the portal. "Well, we're prepared, let's go then! I can't wait to meet Mario and Luigi as babies!" As so, the 9 entered inside and disappeared along with the portal.

"(Hmm...should I have told them about the possibility in finding their baby selves in the past? ...Well, it's possible but, Chris stepping inside could mess the storyline again...maybe, maybe not...)" Master Hand thought wondering.

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time

?
?

1 day ago...

"What do you mean 9 of the babies escaped?!"

"I-I swear Master Hand! They escaped past their bedtimes when we weren't looking!"

"Dammit! Now what I'm going to tell their parents once they're back in 2 days?! I'm so getting it right now!"

"Wait, I saw one of them interested in going to Yoshi's Island, where the Shroobs were seen around!"

"Then stay here Crazy, I'm going to that island and see if I can find them, you take care of the daycare center while I'm gone...and please, don't break anything, just follow the schedule and everything will be fine."

"Right, bruddha!"

Back in the present in the past...

Yoshi's Island
Shore

"Okay, now that we're HEEEEEEEEEERRRRRRREEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!!!!! OWW!" Chris appeared just above the shore, at a high height and fell to the sand. "...Pfft! Pfft! Pfft! W-what happened?! Hello?!" Chris looked around for them but didn't find the Smashers. "...Everyone? Where are you?"

"ACHOO!"

"Shh!!"

"W-who is there?! I-it's you Lucario?!" Chris asked looking some bushes close to him, he walked to them and stopped after hearing more sounds coming from them. "...Sorry everyone, but I happen to be he most expert at Hide-and-Seek, so I'm going to find you all...HERE!" Chris opened the bushes.

...But a moment of silence fell once he saw what was on the other side of the bushes.

He found all of them...

...In their baby versions...

"...Oh...god...you all...turned into babies..."

Yes, apparently, Chris thought they got there first but were turned into babies before he got there.

2 minutes later...

"OH MY GOD! YOU ALL LOOK VERY CUTE!!!" Chris said hugging Baby Pit, who kept saying his name over and over again.

Baby Pit was obviouslly a smaller version of Pit, but he had a pacifier in his mouth, as Baby Zelda who was clapping happily, there was also Baby Meta Knight, with his small mask hiding his face, and surprisingly, Chris also found Baby Mallow, a toddler with a pacifier, probably the mot cheerful of all of them.

"You 4 look so cute together! I can't resist it anymore!" Chris said happily as most of the babies giggled happily. "Wait, then that means we also have Baby Lucario, Baby Fox and Baby Wolf!" He looked at some bushes that were trembling. "And they right...HER-"

Though he didn't expect something once he found Baby Fox...

...Because mentioned baby was hugging Baby Wolf, both trembling with fear.

...Not only that, but their clothes were slightly different...

...Because they had clothes with the words "Best Friends 4 Ever" with a smile on the center of their mini-shirts.

"Go away!" Baby Wolf said taking out what looked to be a small version of Wolf's Blaster.

"...Okay, I know this is very strange, but the only way you 2 will ever be best friends forever would be by first dying in hell..." Chris said, before Baby Wolf shot at him. "Ouch! Hey! Stop it!"

"Bad adult! Bad!" Baby Fox said pointing at him.

"Bad?! Me?! W-what are you talking about?! Of course, I've could been somewhat bad towards you but that's not an excuse to shoot at me!"

Baby Fox could only respond by tilting his head together with Baby Wolf.

"...Whatever, where is Baby Lucario?"

"Riolu is there." Baby Meta Knight said pointing behind some bushes.

"...Wait...Baby...Riolu?!" Chris looked through the bushes in surprise.

002 - Putting Words Together

What he found was a sad Baby Riolu crying, sobbing silently, he also had a pacifier in his mouth, but Baby Riolu had his face covered in his legs, hugging them as he sobbed.

"Riiiiiiiii..." Baby Riou sobbed.

"...Baby Riolu?"

"Ri?" Baby Riolu slowly looked at Chris and blinked with his tears running down his cheeks.

"(...I can't help it but...I feel sad...just by looking at him...)"

"Riiiii..." Baby Riolu buried his face in his legs and kept sobbing.

"...W-why are you crying? I'm here, you don't have to cry anymore..."

"...Riiiii..."

"...I wish I could knew why are you crying..."

"Baby Riolu sad for Baby Chris," Baby Mallow called from behind Chris. "Baby Chris somewhere lost in this forest, Baby Riolu got sad and cry ever since."

"Baby Riolu and Baby Chris are very close to each other, Baby Riolu has not left Baby Chris's side until now." Baby Zelda explained.

"...Y-you can talk?" Chris asked.

"That does not matter, Baby Chris is lost somewhere in this forest."

For more descriptions, Baby Zelda, Baby Mallow, Baby Fox, Baby Wolf, Baby Pit and Baby Riolu had pacifiers except for Baby Meta Knight because of his small mask, everyone's eyes were round a cute, sure, heads were a little bit bigger than their bodies, but that just made them look cuter.

"...Wait just a second...Baby Chris?!"

"Riiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" Baby Riolu broke into tears and Chris quickly looked at him.

"B-Baby Riolu! Please! Stop crying! I beg of you! Don't cry anymore!... I think I need to do this..." Chris went to Baby Riolu and took him in his arms, where Baby Riolu leaned to his chest and cried on him, Chris was almost going to cry but petted Baby Riolu's head. "...Don't cry...please...you're making me sad too...please...stop..." Chris whispered silently to Baby Riolu, all the babies looked at them in curiosity.

"...Rii...Chris...Rii..." Baby Riolu tried to stop his tears from running but couldn't do it and closed his eyes.

"You even know how to talk..."

"We're here to look for Baby Chris." Baby Zelda said.

"Baby Chris friend to us, we look for him!" Baby Fox said.

"Baby Riolu too sad for him, we don't want to see Baby Riolu crying!" Baby Wolf said surprisingly.

"Too sad, too sad..." Baby Mallow whispered trying not to cry as well.

"...So...you're all looking for Baby Chris? (...My baby self then...that means they're also the baby selves of them...)" Chris asked as he kept rubbing Baby Riolu's head.

"Yes." Baby Meta Knight said.

"We shall find Baby Chris! Palutena's orders are divine!" Baby Pit said taking out a small bow.

"Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" Baby Riolu began to cry loudly and Chris hugged him tightlier close to his face.

"I promise to you...I'm going to find him..." Chris whispered as tears began to stroll down his eyes.

"Who...are you?" Baby Meta Knight asked.

"...I'm...Chris..."

"Chris?!" The babies said surprised and Baby Riolu stopped crying and looked at his face.

"Ri?! Chris?! Ri?!" Baby Riolu asked looking straight into Chris's face, the baby Pokémon closed his eyes and started to glow a little with his aura.

"(W-wait, this Riolu can use his aura so early?)" Chris thought before noticing that Baby Riolu got happy after he stopped using his aura.

"Baby Chris! Riiiiiii! Found you! Riiiiiii!!!" Baby Riolu said happily wagging his tail quickly and hugging Chris's throat.

"...B-but...I-I'm not Baby Chris..." Chris muttered and Baby Riolu looked at him, blinking surprised.

"...Baby Chris...Riiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" Baby Riolu broke into tears once again.

"(...What am I going to do with him and the other babies?... I need to find the others soon...)"

Baby Riolu, Baby Meta Knight, Baby Zelda, Baby Fox, Baby Wolf, Baby Pit and Baby Mallow temporaly joined your team!

Music stops

Village

"(RUN! EVERYONE! RUN! THAT MUTANT IS ATTACKING THE VILLAGE!)" A pink Yoshi yelled before a tongue caught and dragged him inside a monster's mouth, upon more inspection, it was a big, fat purple Yoshi with demonic eyes called Yoob, the mutant Yoshi walked aound the village and swallowed all the Yoshis he found in his way, after his rampage, he jumped away from the village and hid.

"...I-it's gone?" Luigi asked peering from a hut with Baby Luigi on his back.

"I think so, but we need to be careful." Mario said with Baby Mario hiding his face with his hat, Baby Luigi, seeing this, did the same.

"I haven't been this jazzed in a Blargg's age! I can see the headline now! "Monster Yoob from Shroob on Ravenous Rampage!" Tops!" Kylie Koopa said appearing close to them, already excited for making her scoop a total success.

"Shouldn't you be more concerned abou the Yoshis here?"

"Well, of course I am!" Kylie began to take photos around. "The scoop will bring peace for the Yoshis in the island as well! That's the job of an experienced reporter like me!" Kylie looked away. "And look at that light appearing out from nowhere! I found gold and that is called "award for myself!"

"...W-wait, that isn't normal!" Luigi said hiding inside the hut with the babies.

"...Why does my baby self act for his own?" Mario asked frowning a little.

"OH NO! THE ISLAND! THE HUTS! THE YOSHIS! NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" We see the Smashers coming ou from the light that Kylie mentioned, and upon seeing the whole village destroyed, Yoshi panicked and ran around.

"E-everyone! What are you doing here in the past?"

"We came here because the Subspace Army is trying to take over your world as well, not only that, they seem to be looking for...your baby selves..." Pit said.

The babies peered from the hut and they looked at them. "...Aww, Mario and Luigi as babies, how cute." Zelda said ducking to Baby Luigi, rubbing his hat, making the baby to blush.

"...Hmm...they look almost the same...but Mario's rounder." Mallow said chuckling as Mario rolled his eyes.

"...Wait, we're missing someone here..." Fox said.

"...Where is the kid?" Wolf asked.

"Chris!" Lucario looked around his surroundings and tried to locate Chris.

Oh, wait, we still have Kylie with us so...

"Subspace Army?!" Kylie ran above her position and took out a notepad, then she looked at Mallow. "You! Cloud! Tell me! Who's this Subspace Army?! You must tell me who are those hooblas! NOW!"

"E-e-er-hm-um-er..." Mallow began to sweat.

"You kiddo ain't giving me answers huh?!" Kylie quickly ran to Pit. "How about you briefs boy?"

"B-briefs boy?"

"Briefs boy, heh." Wolf chuckled and Pit glared at him.

"You're even worse!" Kylie stated running to Zelda and jumping before talking. "Okay royalness of some sort, tell me who is this Subspace Army! My job's award depend on this scoop along with the "Monster Yoob from Shroob on Ravenous Rampage!", I'll call this "Subspace threat makes an army AND invades Mushroom Kingdom!"

Zelda, obviously the polite person she is, began to answer to all of Kylie's questions for about 5 minutes, non-stop.

"Oh my gosh! Oh my gosh! OH MY GOSH! I'm so getting my award now!" Kylie said twirling and giving a thumbs-up to the group, before taking snapshots of all of them.

Of course, the snapshots were weird, they either blinked confused, glared at her or either made peace signs (in Mallow's case), however, she took them all.

"Yes! Yeeeeeeeees! Okay, I'm running off to report this to the news! Before I go though, I saw a koopa entering that hut over there, rambling about something," Kylie hid inside her shell and began to spin. "See ya everybody!" And with that, she went away.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 02, 2008, 06:28:06 PM
"...Good, she went away, finally." Wolf said frowning.

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!"

"...Was that cry..." Lucario wondered and ran inside the forest where the mysterious cry came from.

Of course, Baby Mario and Baby Luigi jumped off from their adult selves's backs and followed the Aura Pokémon in curiosity.

"BABIES!" Luigi panicked and chased them.

"W-wait! Why does this always happen?!" Mario asked as he chased Luigi.

"Mario! Babies! Green guy! Wait!" Mallow yelled running inside the forest.

"W-wait for me!" Pit yelled chasing them.

"Why do we always have to run somewhere?" Zelda wondered as he joined the run.

"We'll do a lot of running." Meta Knight said spreading his wings and chasing them.

And that only left the lunatic Yoshi, not lunatics Fox and Wolf behind.

"...Meh, chase them." Fox said running inside the forest.

"THE VILLAGE! THE YOSHI COOKIES!!" Yoshi panicked as Wolf frowned again and went inside the forest as well.

002 - Putting Words Together

We now see Lucario dashing through the forest, he was even farther that everyone by this time that he almost got to his area.

And then, he found the area, a shore, he carefully looked around for the source of the cries and used his aura to locate the source.

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!! UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!"

"W-where is that cry coming from?.... It feels familiar..." Lucario wondered before he found the source, he found a rock close to the shore, with a small white mantel covering its source, Lucario walked to it but grunted at it with rage, the aura that he felt from it was the same as Chris. "Is someone trying to steal Chris's aura? Grrrrrr..."

"UAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!! UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

"Grrrrr..." Lucario put his right hand on the mantel and slowly uncovered the person inside. "...W-what?"

"...Huh?" Lucario found the face of a baby, the baby had a pacifier in his mouth, black hair beginning to grow from his head, sligthly black skin, he was wearing blue pajamas under the rest of the mantel, when he saw Lucario, he blinked with curiosity.

"...W-who are you?" Lucario questioned approaching his face to the baby's face, the baby continue to blink before he slowly touched Lucario's nose. "..." Lucario blushed after the baby started to rub it slowly.

"...Heheheh..." The baby chuckled and closed his eyes happily.

"...Hmm..." Lucario closed his eyes and his tail began to wag a little, he opened them back and started to sniff the baby all around the face, the baby giggled a lot before Lucario stopped and smiled a little.

"Riii! Riii!"

"...Riii?" Lucario questioned as the baby moved his hands up and down happily. "Are you...Chris?"

"Chris! Chris Chris Chris!" The baby nodded giggling, the baby was Baby Chris, though in height terms, he was 4 centimeters shorter than Baby Riolu.

"...Chris...you're a baby..." Lucario slowly took Baby Chris in his left arm and put him close to his face, Baby Chris got happy and rubbed Lucario's cheek. "...Did you were turn into...this?"

"Rii! Rii! Rii!" Baby Chris only replied giggling.

"..." Lucario closed his eyes and his tail wagged slowly.

"Baby!" Baby Mario said appearing from the jungle with his brother.

"Huh?" Baby Luigi looked up to Lucario and Baby Chris, both silent for the moment.

"T-there you are!" Luigi appeared from the forest and spotted the 4 standing there. "What are you doing?... Another baby?"

"Luigi! Babies!" Mario yelled from the forest, spotting the 5. "...Is that another baby?"

"Yes." Lucario responded as Baby Chris kept rubbing his face.

And the rest of the Smashers (and Mallow) appeared from the forest and stopped once they saw the baby Lucario was holding in his left arm.

"How cute, another baby." Zelda said smiling down to the baby who giggled and stopped rubbing Lucario's face. "...Wait..."

"Hmm..." Mallow jumped to see the baby, talking when he managed to see him. "That...baby...looks...like...Chris...doesn't...he?"

Baby Chris giggled after seeing Mallow's face appearing again and again. "Chris! Chris Chris Chris Chris Chris!" Baby Chris said happily.

"...Great, now we have to watch the kid's diapers..." Wolf said annoyed as the baby blinked at him.

...Though the only thing Baby Chris did was to stick his small tongue to Wolf and put back his pacifier.

"Why you little-" Wolf almost lunged at him but the baby hid his face within the mantel, giggling again.

Fox chuckled at this and looked at the baby. "It seems he knows how to retaliate, watch out, he might even humiliate you."

"Shut up Fox."

"..." They all looked back to the baby who looked to all of them.

"...Big!" Baby Chris said to Lucario. "Big!" To Zelda. "Big!" To Meta Knight. "Big!" To Fox. "Big!" To Mallow. "Big! And to Wolf too as he giggled.

"Why did he say big to all of us?" Meta Knight asked.

"...Hmm..." Lucario tried to read his mind. "...Wait...he said big to all of us because...he thinks we grew up all of a sudden..."

"Why though?" Mallow asked.

"...I...don't know the details, but it seems he knew us as babies..."

"I get it now." Meta Knight said.

"Get what?" Pit asked.

"If this baby is Chris, then that means babies that look like us are in the island as well."

"Wait, does that mean I have a baby self too?" Mallow asked.

"So it would seem."

"Riiiiiii!" Baby Chris said happily.

"And the reason of why he says that should be because..." Luigi wondered.

"...There is a baby self of me too." Lucario said blinking surprised. "...And the rest of all of you."

"Wait a minute, there's a baby that looks like me then?" Wolf asked pointing at himself.

"No, he doesn't look like you, is you!" Fox corrected him. "And...probably I have mine as well."

"Same goes for me, Meta Knight, Yoshi and Pit," Zelda began. "And speaking of Yoshi, where is he?"

"GUUUUUUUYS!" Yoshi came from the forest panting "H-here you are! I was worried because you weren't in the village anymor-"

"Yoshiiiiii!" Baby Mario and Baby Luigi got very happy and began to jump once they saw Yoshi.

"Babies!" Yoshi ducked and put both babies on his back. "Aw, this brings back wonderful times..." Yoshi shook his head as both babies moved their hands up and down. "Anyway, is that baby Chris by any chance?"

They explained everything to him.

"Oh, don't be so stupid, I don't have a baby." Yoshi said laughing a little.

"What do you mean by that?" Mallow asked.

"Yoshis can grow very fast into adults if you feed them with 2 or 3 monsters or lots of food, and speaking of which," Yoshi looked around. "My past self should be inside that Yoshi mutant, Yoob."

"Yoob?"

"Well, that's what Kylie said to me when she returned, Yoob, a Yoshi/mutant/alien/something ate all the Yoshis."

"Oh, right!" Mario said snapping his fingers. "We're here because of the Shroobs, the aliens that invaded the Mushroom Kingdom and took Peach captive!"

Music stops

A record scratches. "Wait, she got kidnapped...again?" Zelda asked.

"...Weeeell...yes." Luigi said looking away embarrassed.

"...So, Fox, how many times until now?"

Fox took out a notepad from his pocket. "Hmm...10...no...15...er...I lost the count after 28..."

"S-she wasn't kidnapped that much!" Mario said.

"Admit it, she's very easy to kidnap." Zelda said.

"S-she isn't!"

"STOP!" Lucario yelled making Baby Chris to hide in his mantel. "We have to find Chris and the other babies!"

"Then why don't you use your aura already to locate as you always do?" Pit said pointing out the obvious to Lucario.

"...Oh...sorry..." Lucario said blushing a little (even Baby Chris giggled under the mantel) and used his aura to locate Chris and the babies in the island. "..."

Mario, Luigi, Baby Mario, Baby Luigi and Baby Chris temporaly joined your team!

On the other side of the island...

Besaid Island

We see Chris carrying Baby Riolu on his arms, while all the other babies were being carried by Tokunaga above its head and arms (we're not going to bother to tell the oddysey Chris had to pass to convince the babies to ride on Tokunaga because they cried).

"So Baby Zelda," Chris began as they passed by a waterfall that the babies stared in awe. "You're a smart baby thanks to the Triforce of Wisdom, Baby Meta Knight studied to talk like you, Baby Riolu wasnt to find my other me, Baby Fox and Baby Wolf are best friends that never get separated, Baby Pit is very loyal to Palutena's teachings and Baby Mallow is a normal baby?"

"Yes, that is pretty much it." Baby Zelda said nodding.

"Riii..." Baby Riolu looked at the waterfall and wished Baby Chris was there to see it with him.

Chris rubbed his head. "Don't worry Baby Riolu, I'll find my baby self and you 2 will be together again."

"Ri?"

"I don't know what you just said but of course!"

"Riiii!" Baby Riolu wagged his tail happily as Chris put him close to his cheek.

"You're the cutest, baby Pokémon ever too!"

"Riolu happy again!" Baby Mallow said in Tokunaga's arms.

"Aw, it's so great to take care of babies like you all..." Chris got closer to the babies above Tokunaga's head (Baby Pit, Baby Fox and Baby Wolf). "Though it's cute to see you 2 together."

"That because Fox great friend." Baby Wolf said as Baby Fox giggled.

"...Though your adult versions aren't going to like this at all for sure...but who cares?" Chris asked laughing a little with the babies who giggled, the camera zooms out above the trees as everyone was passing below. "Thank you Tokunaga for carrying the babies around for me."

Tokunaga nodded simply.

"Find Baby Chris!" Baby Pit proclaimed taking his rather small dual-blades that looked like toys and the babies nodded in unison.

"Aw, such enthusiasm in babies like you, it inspires me!" Chris said.

"Where are we going?" Baby Meta Knight asked.

"Hmm..." Chris looked at the tallest point of the mountain in the island. "...I think we should climb up to the top, the others should be heading there as well...I hope we don't ran into Yoon though..."

"C-climb?" Baby Mallow looked up and trembled. "I hate heights..."

"Don't worry, there's a direct path to the mountain top from this side, everything will be fine."

"Be careful," Kawashima said from his pocket. "I sense monsters around here, hiding to ambush us."

"Pfft, yes, sure, don't believe in him." Chris said trying to ignore the situation.

Too bad, 2 Birdies appeared on their carpets and ambushed the group from the bushes.

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time - Main Battle Theme

"Oh, great, native enemies from this island and oddly enough...from Mario's dream in that game..." Chris shook his head. "Babies! I need your help t-" Once he looked at Tokunaga, the babies were gone. "B-BABIES!"

Tokunaga motioned to the bushes where the babies were hiding.

"B-babies! Please! I need your help to defeat them!"

"Monsters scary!" Baby Fox said.

"Yeah!" Baby Mallow said.

"Not good Chris, the babies are scared from the monsters!" Kawashima said.

"...But they're just Birdies! They don't look THAT scary to me an-" Chris looked down where Baby Riolu was still on his arms. "Wait, I thought you ran away!"

"Ri, ri, ri!" Baby Riolu shook his head.

"...It seems he got confident and decided to fight alongside with you!" Kawashima said.

Chris saw the Birdies flying high above to later dive down on them, but Tokunaga stepped in front of them and blocked the attacks. "W-wait, then are the babies going to stay out of this?"

"Hmm, maybe if you grab another baby, he or she will fight too, I don't know, try it!"

"But first, Baby Riolu! Use Aura Sphere!"

"Ri, riii..." Baby Riolu looked down in disappointment.

"...Then you don't know how to do it?... Fine, then use Force Palm on them!"

"Ri, ri, ri."

"...Oh, you want me to approach them, right?"

"Ri!"

"Alright, Tokunaga, keep guarding us!" Chris ordered as he ran to a Birdie, the Birdie tried to get away from him but Chris reached him and Baby Riolu slammed his glowing palm on it, sending it blasting off. "...Baby Riolu! You also have brute force like Lucario!"

"Ri, ri, ri!" Baby Riolu closed his eyes and wagged his tail.

Chris saw the other Birdie about to dive down from the air. "Okay, Baby Riolu, I want to see if the other babies want to fight as well, will you allow me please?"

"Ri!"

"Thank you!" Chris ran to the bushes and let Baby Riolu go. "Okay, I need someone else to fight, who wants to?"

"...Me! Me! Me!" Baby Pit said flapping his small wings a little.

"Chris, do it but give him a piggyback!" Kawashima said.

Chris ducked and turned his back on Baby Pit, put his hands behind and carried the baby angel behind. "Well Baby Pit, can you attack from this range?"

"I can!" Baby Pit said enthusiastically, taking out his small bow with a blue arrow ready.

"Fire then!" Chris ducked his head and Baby Pit aimed his arrow to the remaining Birdie, the arrow went flying towards it and crashed into the birdie, who fell off from his carpet and got dizzied. "Dragon Surge!" Tokunaga uppercutted the Bidie with his right fist and defeated the monster. "Alright! We did it babies!"

"Not yet! There are more enemies coming this way!" Kawashima alarmed them as more Birdies came from the sky.

"We have to advance or else this will last forever!" Chris said to Tokunaga who went to the bushes and carried the babies above his head and on arms, running to the path to the top of the mountain.

"More Birdies coming this way!" Kawashima said spotting a swarm of them appearing and preparing to dive down into them.

"I need someone who can shoot them down!" Chris looked at the babies in Tokunaga and changed Baby Pit for Baby Fox. "Okay little vulpine, do you have a Blaster?"

"Bang!" Baby Fox took out a small version of the normal Blaster.

"Aim at them and shoot them down!" Chris ducked his head and Baby Fox tried to aim at the Birdies.

"Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang! Bang!" Baby Fox kept repeating happily as he shot the Birdies continuously.

"They're not going down with the weak shots, can you hold another baby with you?" Kawashima asked.

"Hmm..." Chris glanced at the babies and took Baby Mallow on his back with Baby Fox. "Baby Mallow, can you use Thunderbolt?"

"BZZZZZZZ!!!" Baby Mallow called out happily clapping his hands as small thunders crashed into all the Birdies from dark clouds, paralyzing them and falling from their current heights.

"Good, job!"

"Mallow big help! Mallow big help!"

"(If we keep going like this, we will reach the summit shortly...)"

Music stops

Meanwhile on the other side, we see the other group waiting for the babies to come out from some holes to a cave they could only get in to open the path of a warp pipe.

"Hmm..."

"Heheheheheh!"

"I'm going to be sick if he continues to do that." Wolf said irritated.

Ever since Lucario met Baby Chris, the 2 of them haven't been separated, and after a short while, Baby Chris wanted to play with his "big Baby Riolu" as he thought, Lucario had to agree and started to lick his face when they began to move to the top of the mountain, where Chris and the other babies were heading as Lucario mentioned before.

"But it's so cute..." Zelda said.

"Who cares if it is cute? He has no dignity left." Wolf said.

Lucario ignored that and kept liking Baby Chris's face.

"...Hmm..." Baby Chris said, tired of laughing non-stop and Lucario stopped.

"Finally, you're back with us from your trance." Yoshi said.

At that moment, the babies came out from the hole, having finished the puzzle and jumped to their future selves's back and resumed their way.

"Wait a minute," Luigi began. "I don't remember Yoshi being the one who saved us when we were babies, wasn't the other way around Mario?"

"Hmm...you mean..." Mario began to thought.

"What do you mean?" Yoshi asked.

"Well, it all started, when Mario, the princess and I went to Dinosaur World for vacation."

You should have guessed by now that the flashback waves began to play.

"Wait wait wait," Yoshi stopped the flashback waves from ending. "I saved you 2 from Bowser before!"

"Oh, that wasn't it!" Luigi said. "I got you from a block! Remember my nickname?"

"...Green guy?" Mallow asked.

"...Mama Luigi!"

"MAMA LUIGI?!" Mallow and Pit repeated to each other and dropped to the floor laughing and rolling.

"Mama Luigi?! HA-HAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Mario couldn't resist it anymore and joined the 2 with the babies laughing as well, even some of them chuckled at this.

"B-but you were the babies! Not me!" Yoshi said.

"Then who was that Yoshi?" Luigi asked ignoring the laughs and crossing his arms. (Baby Luigi wasn't in his back).

"Luigi, stop with the memories, we have to get to the top." Meta Knight said simply and most of them began to chuckle even more at this.

"That's Mama Luigi to yo-" Luigi was about to wheeze and finish the sentence but Zelda and Fox began to laugh loudly at this. "Oh, stop it! Please!"

"Shut up, Mama Luigi." Wolf said grinning, teasing Luigi.

"O-okay, stop now, I'm going to have a heart attack if this goes on." Fox said panting a little.

Mountain Top

After goin through all the enemies, Chris and the babies got to the top but hid behind some rocks, because they found Baby Bowser (who looked EXACTLY the same as Bowser Jr. by some odd reason) and Kamek standing by his side as he ate cookies.

"..." Chris looked at all the babies drooling a little. "...Oh god, you're all hungry?"

All the babies nodded.

"Here, milk, er...from an evil cow." Kamek said handing evil milk to Baby Bowser after he choke the cookies a little.

"Aw! Nothing like cookies and evil milk! I was a little creeped out at first, hanging out in this ghost town, but...then I realized there was no one to stop me from eating every cookie in sight! YESSSS!" Baby Bowser rejoiced laughing.

"Yes, I remembered that line...and that must mean I messed up the storyline AGAIN." Chris muttered angrily after not finding Mario, Luigi or the babies behind him.

Tokunaga poked his shoulder.

"What is it? Where are the babies?... THE BABIES!" Chris panicked when the babies were not in sight, yellow trails where they were supposed to be on Tokunaga blinked before disappearing. "Oh no, where are they?!"

"Y-you! Who's there?!" Kamek demanded looking at the rock Chris and Tokunaga were hiding, so both of them had to reveal themselves to them. "A kid and a big doll? Where did you hooblas appear from?!"

"(Oh...god...)" Chris saw the babies sneaking behind Kamek and Baby Bowser, when they were not looking, the babies began to munch down all the Yoshi Cookies silently. "...Er..."

"What is a kid like you doing up here?!" Baby Bowser asked before he snapped his fingers. "Oh, I know why are you here! You're here to get the Yoshi Cookies back, right? Well, too bad! They're all mine! Not even you, your doll or those stinky babies will get in my way!" Baby Bowser took out 2 blue glittering shard pieces above him. "These are ALSO mine! This!" Baby Bowser pointed at his pile of cookies. "And THOS-"

A small group of silent burps came from the babies who giggled happily after finishing a great pile of Yoshi Cookies.

"...OH NOOOO!!!" Baby Bowser jumped in shock after his cookies were gone in their tummies. "STINKY BABIES! I HATE ALL BABIES! YOU ARE THE WORST BUNCH EVER!" Baby Bowser yelled furiously stomping the ground as Chris gathered the babies back with him.

"Cookies! More cookies!" Baby Mallow asked for more and Kamek sweatdropped.

"Prince Bowser, please, take it easy!" Kamek said taking B. Bowser to the other side.

"Hrmph...cookies..." B. Bowser muttered with clenched teeth.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 03, 2008, 05:20:02 PM
"Babies! Don't disobey me the next time!" Chris said bending down to look at them.

"Leave this rabble to me. You just go walk it off, your Hungriness!" Kamek said.

"Grr! You punks got lucky, hear me? Stealing food? Who DOES that? You'll PAY for those cookies! Oh, all right, fine! FINE! Kamek, I'm counting on you to finish these snackaholics!" B. Bowser before he ran away to the other side of the mountain top.

"..." Kamek looked to all of them. "Well, I don't know who you guys are, but stealing the cookies of Prince Bowser is already crossing the line, in his territory, so, I'll have to make sure you don't mess with us AGAIN!"

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time Main Boss Battle Theme

"Fine, I'll burn you all down!" Kamek said taking out her wand from her back and began charging it.

"Chris!" Baby Meta Knight held up a mini-cannonball and Chris took it.

"Hmm...wait," Chris took it and put it down the ground, then before their eyes the cannonball began to grow in size until it stopped.

"Chris! Put the babies inside to attack Kamek!" Kawashima said.

"...Oh babies? Who wants to jump REALLY high?" Chris asked as all the babies rejoiced jumping up and down, the World Traveler ducked and dropped every baby inside the cannonball, then he grabbed the rope. "FIRE!" Chris yelled pulling the rope to shoot all the babies high up in the air to attack Kamek continuously.

"Oh no, you don't!" Kamek said walking away to evade the stomps.

"Tokunaga, grab her and throw her to the air!"

"W-what the-DOLL! GET AWAY FROM ME!" Kamek demanded running from Tokunaga, the doll was faster than her and threw her to the air, where the 7 babies stomped on her and backflipped to the ground where they cheered at this by hopping.

"Ri ri ri ri ri!" Baby Riolu cheered as Chris held him behind his back.

"GRR!" Kamek landed down and fired at them a small flame that went along the ground to damage all the babies.

"Baby Pit!" Chris called changing Baby Riolu for Baby Pit, who instantly took out a huge shield and put it in front of them.

"Very nice try!" Baby Pit said happily as the flame was returned to Kamek once it touched the mirror, burning her alive.

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Kamek panicked and ran to them as she was still burning up.

"Baby Meta Knight!" Chris called quickly Baby Meta Knight, after changing babies, Chris ducked his head and B. Meta Knight using Drill Rush on Kamek to stop her from approaching, the small baby knight went up and then flew to Chris's back to return with him.

"No wonder why Prince Bowser hates babies!" Kamek said as she summoned a big spiked ball that went to the air above all of them.

"Baby Zelda!" Chris called Baby Zelda who jumped to his back as B. Meta Knight jumped off, she called forth a diamond-shaped barrier above Chris that reflected the ball and crushed Kamek instead.

"This is too easy for me." B. Zelda said. (Now, we're going to use the "B." for abbreviating).

"ACK!" Kamek yelled in pain as the ball vanished. "Y-you all! I REALLY hate you all!"

The babies stuck out their tongues, except for B. Meta Knight. "God, you're all a bunch of mischief makers, aren't you?" Chris asked frowning.

Kamek backed away to a wall and began to charge her wand. "FINE! If all of you want to be killed, then so BE I-"

BOOOOOOOOM!!!

Music stops

An explosion sent Kamek out of the way and crashed into the other side of the wall, all of the babies hid behind Tokunaga in fear as the dust divulged entirely through the area, Chris coughed before he saw images in the dust.

"And basically, that Yoshi was another one you met."

"Oh, so now I get it!"

"Could you please shut up? You've been arguing about this the entire time, all the way to this place!"

"Oh no..." Chris muttered as he told Tokunaga to take the babies away to the other side of the mountain.

The dust cleared out, and the Smashers with Mallow looked around, finding Chris sweating with crossed arms behind his back. "Chris? What are you doing up here?" Mallow asked.

"H-hey everyone! I was just...admiring the view from this place! Yep! Only me and only me alone!"

"Ugh..." They all looked to Kamek who fell to the ground with a K.O.ed expression on her face.

"...And her!" Chris added nodding.

"...You had another reason, right?" Pit asked as the babies ran to the other side of the mountain.

"N-no..."

"Hmm..." Lucario was rubbing his cheek to B. Chris's cheek, ignoring the situation.

"Lucario! Snap out of it!" Chris said walking to Lucario, who shook his head nad looked to him. "...Is that baby on your arm..."

Lucario nodded with a small smile. "Yes, he is your baby self."

"Me! Me! Me!" B. Chris cheered after seeing his future self looking to him.

"...So...he is me..." Chris said rubbing his future self's head with care. "...Can I...carry him Luc-"

"No!" Lucario backed away from him. "I don't want to leave his side, he needs me, he needs someone to be protected!"

"I tried to carry B. Chris, but Lucario refused." Zelda said.

"I even wanted to carry him." Yoshi admitted.

"And me too." Mallow said, looking to Fox.

"...Fine, I also wanted to carry him...ONCE." Fox said blushing a little.

"Great, we got the kid and his baby now." Wolf said.

"...Mario! Luigi! You're here!" Chris said looking to the brothers.

"What are you doing here?" Mario asked.

"I successfully hid the babies from all of you because I didn't want to see you-" Chris blocked his mouth and the Smashers looked at each other before running to the other side of the mountain. "N-no! Wait! You're not going to like it!" Chris said running to them as Lucario followed them.

"Leave me alone!" B. Bowser said as all the babies and Tokunaga surrounded him in a dead end.

"You bad!" Baby Pit said.

"You tried to get rid of us." Baby Meta Knight said.

All of them started to heard footsteps and the babies looked back, where all the Smashers and Mallow catched up with them.

"...What the..." Meta Knight trailed off after seeing his baby self looking at him.

"...I have one?" Pit asked as Baby Pit stared at him.

"...No...this must be some kind of bad nightmare..." Fox said as he saw his baby self holding hands with Baby Wolf.

"...I'm...so...going to hate this..." Wolf said making a disgusted face after seeing his baby self not only holding hands with Baby Fox, but also because of the shirts "Best Friend 4 Ever."

"No! I tried to prevent you 2 fro-aw, screw it!" Chris said smacking his forehead.

"Babies! More of them!" Yoshi said happily as he went to the babies and ducked to see them closer.

"Hey! I have my own mini-me!" Mallow said holding B. Mallow on his hands, the baby moved his hands up and down in happiness.

"How cute, there is also another baby self like me." Zelda said picking up her baby self, who leaned her head on her chest and tried to sleep.

"..." Lucario looked at his baby self staring at B. Chris.

"Baby Chris! Baby Chris!" B. Riolu said wagging his tail, B. Chris looked around and got happy after recognizing B. Riolu's voice. "Riiiiiiii!!!"

"Riiiiii!!!" B. Chris replied back trying to find B. Riolu, the baby Emanation Pokémon jumped to Lucario and grabbed B. Chris on his arms, landing back to the ground where they looked at each other, cheering after finding themselves.

"..." Lucario sighed disappointed after B. Riolu started to lick B. Chris's face with care, both giggling happily. "...They got reunited again..."

"Lucario, I'm still here if that cheers you up." Chris said tilting his head.

"...It's good to have you back Chris." Lucario said without looking at him.

"(...Don't tell me he prefers B. Chris over me...)"

We now focus back to Mario, Luigi and their babies cornering B. Bowser. "GRR! You want your stinky shards?" B. Bowser asked raising the Cobalt Star shards above him, before he swalloed them whole, shocking the quartet. "Ha! They were SOOOOOO delicious! You won't get them back now!"

"Luigi, hold him!" Mario said nodding to Luigi and both held B. Bowser by the arms.

"H-hey! W-what are you doing?!"

B. Mario began to jump above B. Bowser's head to spit out the Cobalt Star shards, B. Bowser was coughing continuously as B. Luigi tilted his head in curiosity.

Back with the Smashers, most of them had their babies on their backs. "Wait a minute, why isn't Wolf carrying his baby self?" Mallow asked finding B. Wolf trying to get on Wolf's back, but the lupine simply walked away from him.

"Because I'm not a babysitter, and there's no way I'm going to carry him around with that ridiculous shirt." Wolf said glaring at them with disgust as B. Wolf's eyes got teary and blocked his eyes, before he sobbed silently.

"You sir are going to carry your baby." Zelda demanded.

"Hell no."

"You will you like or not."

"No!"

"...Everyone, leave him to me."

5 minutes later...

Wolf had a black eye and his cyber eye patch was almost going to break apart, he had many bruises around him as B. Wolf cheered happily behind his back. "...Never, make a woman mad who can turn into a freaking ninja to slash you to death..." Wolf reminded himself to the sky.

"That settles it." Zelda said to her baby self.

"Pretty much." B. Zelda said nodding.

"...I think that scene was T-rated for the babies though..." Chris said sweatdropping.

"This is not a movie." Mallow said.

The sounds of flying saucers were heard and they looked to the sky, where 2 saucers with the Shroobs's heads were looking at them before they flew away. "...What were those things just now?" Pit asked.

"T-those were the Shroobs!" Luigi said panicking as all of a sudden, the ground began to tremble for 6 seconds, the group looked around before looking down the mountain.

Down below, Yoob was trying to climb the mountain with his stubby arms, the Yoshi alien tried to go up but it slipped a little, they all saw the same saucers flying lose to it and fired a pink laser that electrocuted the monster, and in 2 seconds, Yoob grew insanely big enough staring at them with his red eyes.

"Uh-oh..." B. Luigi exclaimed.

Everyone froze after Yoob stared down at them. "...Don't move a muscle...start to walk to where we came from, don't do any brusque movements in the way and remain silent..." Meta Knight said as he kept staring at Yoob's eyes.

"...Meta Knight, there's a problem..." Yoshi said.

"...What?"

"Are the babies going to cry after seeing this thing here? Looking at us?"

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!" All the babies began to cry loudly close to their future selves's ears (save for Chris and Lucario who quickly took their babies with them), making Yoob to roar at them for hunger.

"RUN, RUN, RUN!" Fox yelled running away from the pink monster who fired his tongue at them, barely touching anyone as they ran away from the mountain top.

"OH, NOOOO!!!" B. Bowser was caught by the tongue and was dragged inside Yoob's mouth, making the alien monster to roar for more.

"THE COBALT STAR SHARDS!" Luigi yelled panicking as the tongue got him and B. Luigi. "HEEEEEEELP!!!" Luigi screamed out with B. Luigi crying loudly, entering Yoob's mouth.

"LUIGI! OOAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Mario was also taken inside Yoob with his baby self as the Smashers watched this event with horror.

"WE HAVE TO GET OUT OF HERE!" Yoshi yelled.

"LOOK OUT!" Mallow yelled before all of them were touched by Yoob's tongue, tying all of them together by the tongue along with their baby selves who cried loudly.

"BE PREPARED, WE'RE GOING IN!" Pit yelled loudly as Yoob pulled back his tongue, everyone yelling loudly inside his throat, then, we see Yoob roaring, the screen entering inside his mouth and to his throat where it pans out...

Preview of the next chapter

"Hi past me!" Yoshi greeted.

"(Hi future me!)" Yoshi of the past greeted.

...

"All we need to do is to follow this route and we should be fine to escape from this...disgusting place..." Zelda said dodging a big drop of saliva.

"Guess we're bound to find more of those Shroobs things." Wolf said.

...

"Eggy-weggy monster approaching!" Mallow warned them as Sunnycide stomped the intenstine with rage.

"It's possesed by the Shadow Bugs too!" Pit said.

"Babies, please, don't run away!"

...

"Finally! I found you!"

"MASTER HAND!?... OF THE PAST?!" Most of the Smashers said in unison surprised.

...

"Next time: Breaking the eggs inside Yoob!" Yoshi said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Inside Yoob
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Yoshi
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Baby Mario, Baby Luigi, Baby Chris, Baby Riolu, Baby Meta Knight, Baby Zelda, Baby Fox, Baby Wolf, Baby Pit, Baby Mallow
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 04, 2008, 06:19:30 PM
Chapter 93: Breaking eggs inside Yoob

Inside Yoob
Road

"UUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

Half an hour passed ever since they all entered Yoob's mouth, all the adults fainted after landing but the babies managed not to faint, however, after trying to wake up their adult selves, they started to get sad until everyone cried loudly.

"Riii! Riii! Riiiiiii!" B. Riolu was holding B. Chris on his arms, trying to calm him down, but B. Chris continued to cry nevertheless.

"BIG ME DOESN'T WAKE UP! UAAAAAAAAAH!!!!" B. Pit cried above Pit's back.

"...Ooooooohhh..." B. Riolu looked to Luigi who was able to stand up, the green plumber shook his head and looked to all the babies crying, making him to block his ears. "BABIES! PLEASE! STOP CRYING!"

"UUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!! UUUUUUUUAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!"

"PLEASE! NO MORE!" Luigi said hiding his face using his hat, but suddenly, he got an idea and quickly looked through his pockets before holding his hands out. "Babies! I have cookies!"

"...Cookies?" B. Mallow asked sobbing a little, every single baby looked at Luigi's hands and their eyes widened in unison after seeing fresh Yoshi Cookies on them.

"Cookies! Cookies! Cookies!" B. Chris said happily wanting to have cookies, B. Riolu wagged his tail and all the babies grabbed one cookie for each, eating them in silent and tasting them as Luigi sighed in relief.

"Phew...my ears were going to explode..." Luigi said glancing at everyone. "Everyone! Get up!"

Suddenly, a walking suitcase backflipped from Luigi and looked to everyone and the babies, it was Stuffwell, Professor E. Gadd's invention for the brothers. "Geez, you didn't call me when we got new babies and new adults with us!" Stuffwell said a little annoyed.

"S-sorry, a lot of things happened..."

"...Anyway," Stuffwell looked at the babies. "It seems we have a lot of babies with us, along with their adult counterparts that are currently in the dream world...GET UP!"

Stuffwell's yell provoked the Smashers and Mallow to slowly open their eyes, realising where they were, they tried to get up until they did so and looked to the babies and Stuffwell.

"W-where are we?" Mallow asked taking his baby self on his back.

"Well, we're inside that Yoob thing that ate us just a moment ago." Yoshi said.

"Too pink for my own pleasure..." Zelda said backing away from the pink wall that moved sometimes, taking B. Zelda in her arms.

"At least the babies are fine," Chris said ducking to see B. Riolu and B. Chris. "Who are good baaaabies? Who are good baaaabies?"

"Ri! Ri! Riiii!" B. Riolu wagged his tail happily as B. Chris giggled.

"Y-Young Master!" Chris noticed that Lucario was the only one left that was fainted, the Aura Pokémon got up and kneeled to see the babies. "...You're alright, thank god..."

"Grr..." B. Chris, surprisingly, made an angry expression to Lucario.

"...Why are you angry with me?"

"Ri! Ri ri ri ri ri ri, ri ri ri riii!" B. Riolu said.

"...He hates to be called Master as well?"

"Ri!"

"..." Lucario looked away disappointed.

"Sorry Lucario, you're not going to give my baby self the idea to be called Master so I can accept it, he hates it already," Chris said, before he took his baby self on his arms. "Alright, now I have my baby self with me!"

"Ri?" B. Riolu looked at Lucario, the baby Emanation Pokémon walked around Lucario noticing all his height, body, face and everything before stopping in front of him. "Ri ri ri?"

"...That if you're going to be like me someday?" Lucario asked looking up to him. "...Yes, you will evolve into a Lucario like me soon."

"Riiiiii!" B. Riolu wagged his tail and jumped to Lucario, giving him a hug which made Lucario's jaw to drop a little.

"Aww, it looks like if Lucario was his father." Zelda said.

"Heheheheh!" B. Chris moved his hands happily.

"!!" Upon seeing the baby World Traveler getting happy, Lucario quickly took B. Riolu behind his back and carried him, the Emanation Pokémon peered from his appendages and closed his eyes in happiness, wagging his tail, making B. Chris to giggle even more than before.

"Look! You're making him so happy Lucario!" Chris said approaching to Lucario, however, it seemed that Lucario focused his eyes on the baby ignoring Chris completely.

Even B. Riolu looked down to him and giggled.

"...Okay, you 3 are going to ignore me, I get the feeling now." Chris said sweatdropping.

"Stuffwell, do you know a way to get out of here and find B. Bowser?" Mario asked.

"Well, my radar indicates that there's an exit on the bottom sooo..."

"...Then the only way to get out of here is by using his butt..." Meta Knight said as B. Meta Knight nodded behind his back.

"...Eww..." B. Luigi said.

"...On a side note, I didn't know you had a soft side for babies Meta Knight." Mallow said.

"I do have some things against this, however, I find it curious to find a baby self of me."

"Uh-huh." B. Meta Knight said nodding.

Inside Yoob

"Anyway, we should get moving, there's a path across this wall." Stuffwell said glancing to a wall where a small opening was.

"Of course, along with another route down!" Kawashima said.

"Hey, I'm the one giving explanations here, who was that?"

"W-what the?!" Chris's DS jumped off from his pocket and jumped to Stuffwell.

"You there! I'm the main tutorial for them, don't get in my way!" Kawashima said.

"Well, I'm the personal tutorial for Mario, Luigi and the babies! So, don't get in my own way!" Stuffwell argued.

So, to stop this rambling, Chris gently took the DS and turned it off. "Things are going to be much faster without him around." Chris said.

"Great!" Stuffwell said smiling. "Now please, all of you with your babies, follow me!"

The group went to the other way and found a big room where a Yoshi was trying to push a Chain Chomp rock down the road they came from.

"Hey! It's me of the past!" Yoshi said. "I met him in the village when you were gone in the forest, I guess Yoob ate him as well."

"2 more gobblers..." Zelda muttered as Yoshi went to his past self, which looked A LOT like him, save for Yoshi in his Brawl form.

"Hi past me!" Yoshi greeted.

"(Hi future me!)" Yoshi of the past greeted.

"I hate to interrupt this somewhat unnecessary and not recommendable moment," Wolf said sarcastically. "But what I could listen so far from that second dinosaur was "Yoshi Yoshi Yoshi."

Yoshi scratched his head a little. "...Oops, I guess you can understand our language yet."

"And never will." Wolf added.

"...Right, well, I'll be you translator, so, past me, what are you doing?" Yoshi asked (we'd also like to point out that Yoshi told them what his past self said after his past self talked).

"(I'm trying to push this rock down the path to make a way down to the exit...but I can't do it alone.)" Past Yoshi said.

"Lucario, do us the honors." Chris said, Lucario nodded but Past Yoshi stopped him.

"(Though if you would be so kind, could you please look around the rooms for the other Yoshis? They're either slaved or being threatened as we speak.)"

"Great, now we have to look around for more big-nosed dinosaurs." Wolf said frowning, but his baby self was very happy at this. "Hey, who told you to be happy for them?"

"..." B. Wolf stuck out his tongue and his future self.

"...This is why I hate babies..."

"Well, there are rooms here so why don't we look around for the Yoshis?" Mario suggested and everyone nodded.

"I'll go to this room." Pit said.

"Hey, where is Fox?" Mallow asked.

"He is there, apparently, he's in some kind of concentration with his inner self or some sort of meditation, even his baby self is trying to get his attention." Pit pointed to Fox, who had his eyes closed as his baby from the back tried to get his attention by waving a hand.

"Fox, hurry, we have things to do here." Meta Knight said.

"(Okay, I need to train from this moment, if I'm planning to be a father someday, I have to be prepared, so my baby self will be a good training before that happens and Kry-)"

KICK!

"OWW!" Fox opened his eyes quickly and dropped to the floor grabbing his knee in pain, but his baby self made fun of him and laughed at him.

"Stop dreaming in your own little world and get moving, the faster we get out from this disgusting intestine, the better I'll stop having thoughts of cleaning my cape." Meta Knight said walking away (being the one who kicked Fox).

"...Y-you..."

"Dorky!" B. Fox was able to reply giggling.

"...Shut...up...please..."

"UUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" B. Fox instantly began to cry and buried his face in his hands.

At that moment, Zelda walked back and looked to him. "Fox, if you treat your baby like that, you're never going to be a father someday."

"...Grr..." Fox grunted at this.

And back with the group, we see Pit and Mallow entering a room with spikes covering 60 percent of it, on the other side, there was a Yoshi trying to find a way to escape.

"Wait here, I'm going." Pit said.

"Well, you shouldn't." Mallow said.

"Why?"

"'cuz your baby self is already going there." Mallow said pointing at B. Pit flying slowly in the air, the baby landed on the platform and pressed a huge red button that called a bridge to the other side, the Yoshi who was there saw this and jumped happily.

"(Hey, how come I didn't see that button?... Nevermind, thanks anyway.)" The Yoshi said walking above the bridge and left the room as B. Pit flew to his future's self back and giggled after landing there.

"I got to love these babies!" Mallow said thoring his baby self up and down as he left with him.

"Teamwork! Teamwork!!" B. Pit said raising his dual-blades.

Pit smiled to him. "Weird, did Palutena teach you how to be good?"

In another room, the moment got rather demanding, why? You should see by now...

"First, take your shirt off, it's embarrassing," Wolf said to his baby self. "Second, instead of being "best" friends with that idiot Fox, you should instead spend your time alone and find a way to kill him for good, and third, you have to look tough, not cry for god's sake!"

"Nuh-uh." B. Wolf shook his head.

"Yes-uh, take the shirt off!"

"Nuh-uh!"

"Take. It. Off. Now!"

"Me love this shirt as Fox! It's good!" B. Wolf said defending himself.

"No, it isn't, take it off before I take it off myself!"

"UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

SLAP!

"HEY! WHAT WAS THAT FOR, YOU?!" Wolf asked glaring at Zelda as he rubbed his cheek.

"Stop being rude to your baby, if he likes it, then leave his shirt on." Zelda said.

"You're not his adult self, and it turns out I'm HIS adult self, so I should be the one to teach him the correct way to live his life!"

"Even so, you would be against someone who were to tell you to stop your rivarly with Fox, am I right?"

"This is different!"

"Not an excuse."

"Grr..."

B. Zelda looked at her surroundings. "Should not we find the Yoshi in this room?"

"You're right, we need to focus and find the Yoshi here." Zelda said nodding.

"Big nosy-dino there!" B. Wolf said happily pointing at a Yoshi that was ducked, because an RC Shroober was controlling a toy to scare him and keep him away from the exit.

"...You have to be kidding me." Wolf said frowning at the Yoshi's fear.

"Let me finish this." Zelda said launching a Din's Fire with a small Din's Fire from B. Zelda, both attacks combined and exploded on the RC Shroober that stopped controlling the toy and pointed its antennae to call mini ships to fire lasers at them.

"Let me guess, lasers huh?" Wolf grinned as small lasers went after him, with a simple use of his Reflector that shielded him and his baby self (who got happy and clapped at the weird pink shields around them), the lasers bounced off from the shield and took the ships down, crashing  on the RC Shroober that yelled in pain.

"#$&(#$&($#^*)$#(.!!!" The RC Shroober said as he vanished.

"...I think he cursed us off." B. Zelda said as the Yoshi who was trembling previously looked around and stood up.

"(Oh, thank you! I hate those aliens and their weird toys!)" The Yoshi said as he left the room in a hurry.

"Let's get a move on, meanwhile, take that stupid shirt off!" Wolf demanded and kept arguing with B. Wolf whil Zelda and her own baby self sighed in disappointment.

In another room, we see the original quartet (Mario, Luigi and their babies) with Yoshi, Fox and his baby self.

"So, where is he?" Fox asked.

Yoshi leaned his (invisible) ear to the pink wall where he heard a Yoshi calling for help. "...There's a Yoshi here!"

"But how are we going to get him here?" Luigi asked as all the babies jumped off their backs and entered inside a small hole.

"Aww, they all look like a small troup ready for any kind of situation." Yoshi said tilting his head.

"...What's with you and your obsession with babies?" Fox asked.

"Yoshi likes babies so much since he rescued us." Mario explained.

"I miss that Yoshi." Luigi said.

"Yes, "Mama Luigi." Fox teased grinning a little.

"Oh, would you cut it out please?"

Meanwhile with the babies.

"Goo!" B. Mario found many colored buttons on the wall that he and B. Luigi started to hit to see them change colors, while B. Fox merely sat and clapped happily at this.

And back with the adults.

"Hmm..." Yoshi noticed the odd color pattern above the door that kept the Yoshi captive on the other side, the colors were flashing but stopped as more colors flashed and stopped, then he looked at the hole. "Babies! Did you find something inside?"

"Heheheheh!" B. Luigi replied.

"Wait! Let me guide you to open the door!"

Eventually as the babies and Yoshi worked together, they managed to open the door which disentigrated and the Yoshi walked out and cheered after he was freed.

"(Oh, thank you! I don't know how I even got there in the first place, thanks!)" The Yoshi said as he left the room while the babies returned to their adults selves's backs.

"Well, let's keep going, we're doing progress." Mario said nodding with the others as they left the room.

In another room with Chris, Lucario, Meta Knight and their baby selves, they found the last Yoshi being threatened by an RC Shroober that controlled a toy UFO to scare him.

"Hmm! Hmm! Hmm!" B. Chris motioned at the Yoshi in danger.

"Grrrr..." Both Lucario and B. Riolu showed their fangs in unison and Lucario leaped to the RC Shroober, his palm glowing using Force Palm and colliding it with the RC Shroober who was sent blasting off to the wall, with his toy UFO that exploded with the impact.

"#&/?$)#&$#!?)/$!!!" The RC Shroober cursed before he vanished.

"(...Huh? I'm saved?! I'm saved! Thank you dog pair!)" The last Yoshi cheered as he ran away from the room.

"Rii! Rii! Rii!" B. Chris cheered happily as Lucario and his baby self returned to them, Lucario lowered his head and licked the baby's cheek with care, making him to giggle as B. Riolu wagged his tail.

"...Lucario, let me guess, my baby self told you to attack that Shroob, right?" Chris asked.

"Yes." Lucario responded before continuing to lick B. Chris's face.

"...B. Riolu, you too?"

"Ri!" B. Riolu said raising his little hand.

"This may come in handy." Meta Knight said.

"What do you mean?" Chris asked.

"It seems Lucario is more devoted to protect your baby self than you and he will do anything to make him happy." B. Meta Knight explained.

"What he said." Meta Knight said agreeding.

"...Oh, I feel so offended now," Chris said with an annoyed look before he looked at B. Riolu, then at his baby self. "(...Well, Lucario probably wants this...) Lucario?"

"Yes?" Lucario looked to Chris.

"Since you're overly obssesed with my baby self, how about if we change babies?"

"Fine!" Lucario quickly gave B. Riolu to Chris and nabbed B. Chris instead of taking him, rubbing his cheek happily with the baby who giggled.

"What the-you jerk!"

"Riiiiii!" Chris noticed B. Riolu wagging his tail as he was in his arms.

"...Aww! You're so cute!" Chris said touching B. Riolu's nose slightly, making the small baby Pokémon to giggle.

"..." Meta Knight shook his head. "Let's move on."

Everyone gathered back in the room with all the 5 Yoshis trying to push the boulder, after watching the boulder starting to move, it began to roll down the path, creating an even longer way to another exit, all the Yoshis raised their hands in the air and jumped happily.

"(Yeah! We did it!)" A black Yoshi said.

"(Let's get outta here!)" A light blue Yoshi suggested as they all went down the path in a hurry.

"Anybody thought that was kind of easy?" Mallow asked.

"Lucario, do you sens-"

"Hmmmmmmmm..." Apparently, Lucario was STILL rubbing his cheek with B. Chris's.

"LUCARIO! SNAP OUT OF IT!" Chris yelled loudly, Lucario shaking his head and getting out from his temporary trance state.

"W-what?!" Lucario asked confused.

"Do you sense a stronger enemy down below, yes or not?!"

"W-wait..." Lucario sweated a little bit, glowed his eyes and closed them to concentrate (trying not to turn his attention to B. Chris who got happy after seeing his big baby Riolu glowing by no reason as he thought). "...There are 2 mysterious figures down below, and they seem to be waiting for us."

"I guess it's the Subspace Army again." Pit said.

"All we need to do is to follow this route and we should be fine to escape from this...disgusting place..." Zelda said dodging a big drop of saliva.

"Guess we're bound to find more of those Shroobs things." Wolf said.

"..." B. Wolf shivered at the thought.

"You! Be a man and stop getting scared!"

"...Uhhh..." B. Wolf was almost going to break in tears.

"Ugh! Ugghh! Hey! Stop it! Cut it out!" Fox twitched in pain as B. Fox pulled his ear, pointing at B. Wolf. "W-what?! You want me to get you close to him?! N-no!"

"Oh, what a bother." Yoshi said taking B. Fox with him and putting him close to B. Wolf, upon seeing his "best friend" raising his hand above him, B. Wolf's tail wagged a little and both did a high-five.

"Hey, you 2 should follow their example as well!" Mallow said suggesting.

"...ME?!" Fox and Wolf looked at each other. "BEST FRIENDS?!" Both shot nasty glares at each other. "OF COURSE NOT!" They both looked away with annoyed looks.

"Heheh!" Their baby counterparts giggled at this.

"That's enough with the friends's moment, we need to get out of here." Meta Knight said walking down the path with everyone else following him. (Fox and Wolf muttering curses along the way).

"So," Mario began. "The Subspace Army is inside Yoob as well?"

"Well, Lucario said that so it's most likely that they are." Pit said.

"I wonder why they're trying to take over the worlds..."

"Maybe because it's the typical evil villain's main goal?" Mallow asked.

"I don't know why there is another reason for that..."

"What another reason?" Zelda asked. "They're trying to conquer everything, they even dared to conquer our worlds as well, and of course, it's something that we need to resolve."

"And my world is the main target..." Chris trailed off but B. Riolu licked his cheek slightly. "Haha, your tongue is so tiny that it tickles, thank you B. Riolu."

"Ri!" B. Riolu hugged him.

"Your world the main target?" Luigi asked confused.

"...I haven't explained it to you, right? Well..." Chris began to explain them the Subspace Army's main objective. "And once they have enough worlds, they're going to try and target mine...but I can't let them do that! The people in my world are going to freak out if they see Tabuu creating destruction!" Chris looked down and closed his eyes.

"Don't worry, everything will be fine Chris."

Chris opened his eyes and smiled a little. "Thanks Lucario, I knew you were going t-"

"Er, Chris, I said that." Pit said raising his hand a little.

"...Then what is Lucario..."

"UUUUUAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" B. Chris began to cry all of a sudden and Lucario panicked for a moment.

"W-why are you crying? D-did I make you sad by accident?!" Lucario aske din shock.

"Ri! Ri ri ri riii!" B. Riolu panicked as well and jumped off from Chris's arms, the Emanation Pokémon hung from Lucario's neck and looked down to B. Chris, he looked carefully until his suspicions were true, B. Chris was crying because he let his pacifier go away from his mouth, reaching over the item that was about to fall, he took it and placed it back on B. Chris's mouth, the baby slowly calmed down and began to suck it slowly, before he fell asleep. "Riiiiii..." B. Riolu sighed in relief and jumped back to Chris's arms.

"...It looks like B. Riolu is protective and takes care of him." Zelda said.

"It seems that way." Pit said.

"...Young Master..." Lucario muttered as he looked down to B. Chris sleeping peacefully.

"(Riiiii...)" B. Riolu closed his eyes and remembered something from 1 month ago...

Flashback

"Ri ri ri ri riiiiiii!"

"What? You want to take care of him?"

"Ri!"

"...Alright, you can, but don't be rude on him as you have been with the others, if I see you picking up a fight with him, I'm going to punish you."

"Ri!"

"...It's weird, why did he decide to take care of B. Chris?"

"Aw, no fair! Riolu won't let us see Chris now!"

"All good things don't last for long!"

"Me want to meet Chris! No faaaaair!"

"Settle down babies, I think something will change very soon...and you all will have your opportunity to meet Chris without Riolu fighting you."


End of flashback

"B. Riolu, B. Riolu!" Chris called out and B. Riolu blinked confused, looking at him. "What's wrong? It's something bothering you?"

"Ri ri ri." B. Riolu shook his head several times.

"I don't know what you just said, but I think I understand a little bit."

"Ri-ri-riiiii."

"...As I was saying before," Mallow continued. "Having baby selves is so awesome! I'm teaching my baby how to speak! Mini-me! Say it!"

"Chocolate!" B. Mallow said happily.

"Good!"

"Why don't you try teaching something to B. Chris, Lucario? I know you'd do it just for him." Zelda suggested.

"Hmm...B. Chris." Lucario called the baby who yawned and looked to him, awakening. "Can you say "Lucario?"

"Lu..." B. Chris trailed off.

"Cario." Lucario added.

"Lu...ca...cio... Lucacio!"

"..." Yoshi chuckled at this. "The name sounds good, Lucacio!"

"Grr." Lucario grunted at him and tried again. "It's Lucario, not Lucacio, try it again."

"Luracio!" B. Chris replied giggling.

"No."

"Lucacio!"

"You already said it."

"Lucakio!"

"No."

"Cucakio!"

"No."

"Peekaboo!"

"That doesn't even come close to my name."

"Peek-a-boo!" All the babies said in unison giggling.

"Lutatio!" B. Chris tried giggling.

"No." Lucario shook his head again.

"Uaio!"

"No."

"Riolu!"

"Ri!" B. Riolu's ears perked up a little and wagged his tail happily, his trainer learned his name out of the blue.

"...Keep practicing." Lucario said closing his eyes before B. Chris rubbed his right hand on his cheek. "Hmm..." A small smile formed on Lucario's mouth.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: makuta on December 05, 2008, 06:14:04 AM
Just so you know, Kamek is a guy, not a girl.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 06, 2008, 12:10:47 PM
As the group walked across the pink intestine, no enemy was in sight, for their own luck.

"...This is getting weird..." Mario whispered silently as only their footsteps were heard.

"We're inside a glutton monster, of course it's weird." Mallow said.

"I don't want to start smelling bad, I want to take a shower already..." Chris said.

"Riiiii." B. Riolu said closing his eyes.

"Hey, there's the pipe to take us further down, let's go!" Luigi said jumping above the pipe, everyone then followed him and were taken further down, close to the exit.

Factory

"Have you ever wondered what is a pipe doing here in this stomach?" Zelda asked curiously.

"You don't want to know..." Mario said shrugging a little.

Our group entered the next room, where a huge coveyor-belt above took weird purple eggs inside another machine, Yoshi took a closer look and he gasped.

"The Yoshi eggs! T-they're being turned into those eggs!" Yoshi said.

"(Help!)" A Yoshi shouted inside a machine, when he sunk inside the bubbles, a purple Yoshi egg with green polka dots appeared on the conveyor, transporting it to somewhere else.

"This is probably a factory hidden inside this monster." Pit said.

"But just for capturing the Yoshis." Mario said.

"B-but why are they turning all of them back to eggs?" Yoshi asked.

"Because into monsters they will turn!" A voice echoed from nowhere.

"W-what was that?" B. Meta Knight asked.

"Riiiii..." B. Chris hid his face in the mantel, trembling as Lucario growled furiously at the unknown character there.

"Where are you? Show your face!" Pit demanded until they all saw a skinny shadow atop the conveyor-belt, the character was skinny as we said before, but he had a cord connecting his throat and his tail, he had a wicked face with wide maniacal eyes, showing his teeth like if he was a clown, not only that, his body was covered by the Shadow Bugs the figure jumped from the machine and looked at them,.

Tales of Symphonia 2: Behind Us

"Here I am, Bowyer! Fourth Star Spirit kidnapper, nya!" The figure revealed to be Bowyer, or Dark Bowyer by the Shadow Bugs, the bow-look like enemy that Mario and Mallow quickly recognized.

"Y-you again? What are you doing here?!" Mallow asked.

"Prince cloud here too? What a nuisance you are! The doll guy is not here thankfully, nya!" Dark Bowyer said laughing evily.

"Not that guy with the weird speech..." Mario said frowning. "Anyway, how did you return?"

"To you it doesn't matter! To punish you 2 along with those numbskulls my reason that is!"

"A ridiculous guy like you mocking me? That is completely stupid." Wolf said.

"Fight you I can't unfortunately, nya!"

"...Why is that?" Zelda asked before another figure appeared behind the machine and she quickly glared at the figure. "You..."

"Zelda, my dear, you are here as well?" Ganondorf asked grinning evily. "It seems you brought to us the kid, his guardian, the crybaby cloud, the briefs angel boy, the dinosaur, the 2 worthless brothers, the vulpine and the weakling Wolf, what a gift, you should not have bothered at all."

"And you haven't changed at all."

"Why would I?"

"You..." Wolf gritted his fangs with fury and pointed his Blaster at Ganondorf. "You stupid backstabbing bastard."

"Says the one who lost trying to capture Mewtwo, it is not my fault you got degraded from the Subspace Army and joined this useless scum from over here."

"W-who are you calling useless scum?" Chris asked glaring at him with a worried face.

"Silence kid!" Wolf yelled. "I'm here to get revenge on you 3 for leaving me to die in that world full of deformed creatures!"

"Grr..." Lucario grunted at him.

"Shut it." Wolf said before glaring at Ganondorf.

"What a wonderful reunion this is, nya!" Dark Bowyer said.

"Bowyer, stop with your jokes." Ganondorf said before grinning at them as he corssed his arms. "Now, hand over the World Traveler."

"W-what?!" Chris asked backing away a little.

"Tabuu wants that kid dead to make his plans easier, he has been such a real pain for us that he needs to be killed."

"Grrrr!!!" Lucario growled furiously at him.

"...Thank you Lucario..." Chris muttered smiling a little. "...I-I won't let you get your hands on me! I want to stop this uselessness of your plans about taking over the worlds! I know this was a little too quick, b-but it's my duty to protect them!"

"Very same reason of Tabuu's wishes to kill you," Ganondorf said giving him a serious look. "However, we should be thankful for you to open more worlds for Tabuu to take over," Ganondorf pointed at him. "You, unfortunately, prevented us from taking them over!"

"Enough with the kid's talk!" Wolf snapped out. "Ganondorf, we need to fight and see if I can make a grave out of you!"

"Oh, is little babysitter Wolf going to stop me along with his babysitters's friends?"

Wolf looked back to his baby self who was hidden behind his head. "..." Wolf sighed and frowned. "I know, this is embarrassing, but that won't change the subject at all!"

"Looks like he takes up things very seriously." Mallow whispered to Pit.

"Looks like it." Pit whispered back.

"Anyway, Bowyer! Return the Star Spirit to us!" Mario demanded as Dark Bowyer took out a card with Muskular, the fourth Star Spirit that appeared above it with sparks of stars.

"Help! Please! I hate this prison so much that I want to be rescued already! Mario! Help me!" Muskular pleaded before Dark Bowyer hid the card behind his back.

"Nya! How funny the star is, nya!" Dark Bowyer said laughing evily.

"B-but I didn't laugh..." Luigi said trembling a little with his baby self.

"Unfortunately, we cannot fight you here, we have another henchmen waiting for you at the exit of this belly," Ganondorf smirked. "I should tell you to abandon your babies because he wants to eat all of them."

"UUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" All the babies began to cry loudly after hearing someone trying to eat them.

"I HATE BOOGIEMAN! NOT BOOGIEMAN PLEASE!" B. Pit cried.

"...Hmm..." Zelda smiled and tilted her head. "And why are you doing with your baby self Ganondorf?"

"...What?" Ganondorf asked confused.

"Don't be stupid, your baby self is behind your back, B. Zelda told me that they came with your baby here too."

"...Ugh." Ganondorf pulled from his back a smaller version of him with a pacifier, but once they saw the baby, disgusted faces appeared on all of them.

"...Eww, Ganondorf haven't changed when he was a baby." B. Meta Knight said.

The truth was that B. Ganondorf's face was the SAME as his adult version, and it was ever worse because of the pacifier, the B. Ganondorf grinned mischievously as Ganondorf hid him behind his back, blushing in embarrassment. "This baby who does resemble me wanted to find the kid's baby as well with you, but I found him around the forest before I got here with Bowyer." Ganondorf said annoyed.

"...You had a horrible but sick childhood then..." Fox said disgusted.

"Silence you furry!"

"Furry!" B. Fox repeated giggling.

"That's so sad, your own baby self betraying you." Yoshi said.

"S-shut up!" Fox said annoyed.

"Stop we could? Nya? So stupid this has become! Nya!" Bowyer said.

"All right then..." Ganondorf grinned and snapped his fingers, and from the door from behind them, a lot of RC Shroobers came in with their UFO toys and dolls, surrounding the group. "Let us see if you can bypass this army that I personally gently asked to Princess Shroob."

"Wait, these things have a princess?" Zelda asked as the RC Shroobers took out their antennas and pointed them at the Smashers.

")"/&$#""(#$##/#$/=/&%$&#$!" The RC Shroobers yelled angrily.

"Bowyer! Retreat!" Ganondorf said stepping inside a dark portal.

"Later I see you! Kill you I will, nya nya nya nya!" Dark Bowyer laughed evily, jumping inside the portal before it vanished.

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga - Popple and Rookie Theme

"YAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Luigi screamed as B. Luigi laughed at this.

"Ugh, we have to get through all of them to proceed?" Pit asked preparing to fight.

"Scaaaaaary!" B. Pit said trembling a little.

"M-my doll will do the honors!" Chris said taking Tokunaga from his back to make him grow and stand in front of him and B. Riolu. "Dragon Surge!" Tokunaga raised 4 RC Shroobers to the air with a strong uppercut.

"Hmm!" B. Chris uncovered his face and looked around for something in his mantel, he pulled out a doll that was very familiar to Chris.

"W-what the-that's another Tokunaga!" Chris said surprised as B. Chris giggled and threw his doll to the floor, where it grew up but not as big as Chris's Tokunaga, he was about Mario's height and used Dragon Surge in 2 enemies.

"Maybe he can use the jobs as you." Lucario said.

"Heheheheh!" B. Chris giggled happily as the small Tokunaga doll used Surge Breaker on an RC Shroober to strike him down with a lightning and later punch him.

"Hey!" Stuffwell backflipped from Mario. "You all should work together with your babies to get through this predicament!"

"Yes!" Luigi called out from the door behind them. "Y-you get fighting while I stay here to...er...rescue you in the right moment or something!"

"Grr..." B. Riolu jumped from Chris's arms and went to Luigi, the baby ducked to lift Luigi's feet and brought him back (struggling) to them by throwing Luigi to the floor, then he returned to Chris.

"I absolutly LOVE my super-powerful baby!" Chris said playing with B. Riolu who wagged his tail happily.

"Get moving!" Meta Knight said running to the crowd of RC Shroobers who began to order their UFO toys to attack the group with lasers.

We forgot to mention that there were 50 lasers.

"Leave it to me please!" B. Zelda said using Nayru's Love to shield Zelda from the lasers, who bounced off and took down the 50 lasers to the 50 UFO toys that crashed into 50 RC Shroobers. "Phew, that was close."

"It's always close when you use it." Zelda said giving a smile to her baby self.

"Hey, why are they twirling?" Mallow asked as 20 RC Shroobers twirled on their feet, before stopping and quickly firing their own laser guns at the cloud prince who stumbled backwards and evaded the attack clumsily. "W-whoa!"

"BZZZZZ!!!" B. Mallow called forth thunderbolts above their enemies, zapping them to paralyze them all for a short period.

"Oh, thank my mom you protected me!" Mallow said holding B. Mallow close to his face,

B. Chris saw an UFO preparing to fire a laser directly to him, which caused the baby to cry and hid in his mantel. "Riiiiiiii!!!" B. Chris cried.

"GRRRRRRRRR!!!!" Lucario's rage was awakened and the Aura Pokémon jumped to it and crushed the UFO in his hand, then he threw the crushed toy back to its owner, causing an explosion to kill the RC Shroober as he landed back. "Grrrr..."

"...Huh? Huh?" B. Chris uncovered his face, looked around and cleared his eyes to giggle after Lucario defended him. "Heheheheh! Ri-o-lu! Ri-o-lu!"

"...It's Lucario."

B. Chris closed his eyes happily, making Lucario to lick him yet again.

"Move it! Move it! There are so few of them in next room!" Mallow said casting Shocker-

SHOCKER!

...Casting Shocker on 4 RC Shroobers that blocked the way of the door, crushing them. "Go! Go! Go!" Yoshi yelled running inside the door with the others following him, the RC Shroobers panicked for a moment before chasing them down using a barrage of lasers.

"YIKES!" Luigi saw his hat being crossed by a laser gun.

"UGH!" Pit's left wing was shot by one laser and he lowered it. "C-can anybody shield us from those lasers?!"

"Me! Me! Please me!" B. Fox said raising his hand.

"Then I guess you have a Reflector with you, right?" Fox asked.

"Uh-huh!" B. Fox looked around his pockets and took out mentioned item.

"And how about you?" Wolf asked to his baby self who looked around for his Reflector.

"This?" B. Wolf asked taking his own.

"Use it!" Fox and Wolf said at the same time (annoyed by this fact too) and both baby selves protected both adults and the rest (because both were behind the group), shielding them from the laser attacks.

"$#/!O=/&/&#"$?#")$/=(#!" An RC Shroober said angrily.

"=%#"=$)?(?&¡/%$/?)&%/?¡&%)/%?)?!" Another RC Shroober asked.

"$"=&#=&=)/%#"(=%$)&!!!"

"/?(%)/?)(/=?()/?&)=?%=$#/(!!!"

"$%&?(?#"=($#/=!=$)&(&/=!!!"

"%=#$"/(%/&=)#$/%)&#"$()$&!!!"

"Did anybody understand a word of what they said?!" Yoshi asked ducking from a laser attack.

"Who cares?!" Mario asked as they kept running from the swarm of Shroobs.

"Turn around here!" Mallow yelled turning to a corner with everyone, making the Shroobs to run straight, the group turned their backs to the way they took but gasped.

"I-It's a dead end!" Zelda said shocked, when they turned their backs, the RC Shroobers were preparing to fire they lasers at them.

"W-we have to do something to go through them!" Meta Knight said.

"Goo goo!" B. Mario took out a Red Shell from his back and Mario stared at it.

"Yes! We could use this to kick them out!" Mario said taking the shell and put it down. "Baby, go above!"

"Hmm! Hmm! Hmm!" B. Chris motioned to the shell.

"...Don't tell me you want to do ride on it!" Lucario said shocked.

"Ri!"

"I-I'm sorry, I can't allow you to be hurt an-"

"UUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!"

"P-p-p-p-p-please! S-stop crying! I-I'll listen to you! I'll listen then!" Lucario said panicking.

"Yay!" B. Chris cheered as Lucario walked to the shell and put the baby above.

"...He knows how to manipulate you." Meta KNight said frowning.

"GUUUUUUUUARGH!" Lucario kicked the shell hard and sent it rocketing to 3 RC Shroobers who were knocked out, the shell came back spinning crazily with B. Chris on the top.

"Kick it again!" Mario said.

"Hi-yah!" Luigi kicked back the shield to 2 RC Shroobers who were taken down as the shield returned to them.

"It's going to you, F-"

"HA!" Fox already kicked very hard the shell and sent it blasting off to 3 Rc Shroobers who were pushed out of the way with another RC Shroober, returning back to them.

Mario blinked surprised. "...I guess you have been into soccer lately."

"As always in my free time." Fox explained.

"Oh, you too huh? HA!" Wolf kicked back the shell getting the same "score" as Fox as it returned back.

"Yes."

"Wanna compete?" Wolf asked grinning.

"Why not!" Fox said grinning as both of them took this chase "personal" and kicked back and forth the shell to the targets that were the RC Shroobers.

"Oh, yes, soccer skills are really sooooo good." Mallow said.

"Stop dawdling and attack!" Meta Knight said as he saw Zelda and her baby self throwing Din's Fires to the enemies, Chris casting Negative Gate multiple times on the aliens, Yoshi launching eggs, Pit and B. Pit shooting arrows and Lucario launching Aura Spheres with one hand while he protected B. Chris, who was on the Red Shell.

"Please, Skolar, come and help us!" Chris prayed to the stars to call Skolar, the third Star Spirit appeared in a blink spinning a little as he descended.

"Hmm? Enemies?" Skolar asked.

"Yes, please, I need your help!"

"Stars! Come and attack them all!" Skolar called forth a rain of stars of different shapes from above that crashed into many of the RC Shroobers, dealing a great amount of damage before it stopped. "There, call me once you have more Star Power with you." Skolar said spiraling up above before vanishing.

"Meta Knight, aren't you going to do something?" Mario asked.

"I can't, close combat with my baby self would be too dangerous." Meta Knight said.

"But I can assist you." B. Meta Knight said taking his own Galaxia and jumping in front of Meta Knight.

"...Fine, let me see your own abilities." Meta Knight said as he flew to the RC Shroober who tried to shoot him down with his baby self flying besides him, when both made it to the center of the swarm, they began to slash all the foes who tried to approach them. "Hmm, not bad, you could be an expert very early."

"Thanks." B. Meta Knight said using Mach Tornado on an RC Shroober to take it down.

"O twisted door of distortion, open wide!" Chris casted spinning his staff. "...Negative Gate!"

A portal of darkness appeared on the swarm that damaged them constantly, taking at least 4 RC Shroobers down.

"#$)"$=&%)$/$#!&))/"($=)#&!!!" An RC Shroober yelled ordering the whole swarm to retreat and escape, but before the same Shroob could escape, he was taken down by the Red Shell which spun back to the Smashers and stopped right in Wolf's foot, who grinned to Fox.

Music stops

Inside Yoob

"Told you, I got more." Wolf said.

"That's not true! You forgot that I took down 2 more than you!" Fox argued.

"Loser!" B. Wolf said.

"W-what did you just say?!"

"The baby is right for once, admit it!" Wolf said grinning.

"...My goodness, they even kept on track of how many did they take down." Zelda said surprised.

Mallow was shown wearing a whistler out of nowhere. "Yep, soccer fanatics are that dedicated, baby! Blew it!"

"BIIIIIIIII!!!" B. Mallow blew on the whistler happily.

"C-CHRIS!" Lucario almost forgot about the fact that Chris's baby self was still on top of the shell that he ran to it and took B. Chris on his left arm, the baby was very dizzied because his eyes were swirls. "A-are you alright?!"

"Riiiiiiii..." B. Chris said dazzled.

"Ri ri ri ri riiii!" B. Riolu giggled happily after seeing his eyes.

"Well, that worked out very well." Mario said as B. Mario nodded.

"T-thank god I survived..." Luigi said sighing in relief with his baby.

"Now that we got out of that trouble, we should proceed and see what we can find deeper inside." Pit said walking ahead with everybody following him.

"Here, your doll." Chris said giving B. Chris his Tokunaga down that shrunk, the baby took it and hid it somewhere inside his mantel as they proceeded further inside.

"There are the Yoshis." B. Meta Knight said spotting the Yoshis after they walked for a while, they were apparently on an uproar because there was a Toad with glasses blocking their way.

"Bold on, by boogity! I'll bust you outta there!" The Toad said to the Yoshis.

"(We want to get out of this hell hole!)" A red Yoshi said.

"(The pink here blinds you just by looking at it!)" Ironically, a pink Yoshi said.

"(What's worse, it smells sooooo bad!)" A black Yoshi said.

"Calm down, we can't move on because there's this huge, nasty THING in the back who's guarding the exit."

"(Then if you're gonna take us out, deal with it!)" A blue Yoshi said.

"(YEAH!)" All the Yoshis argued back.

Either the Toad knew their language or he just guessed it, because he understood them.

"Wh-what did you say? Me? Fight that thing? N-no!" The Toad said covering his head in fear.

"(This guy is such a vagina-y!)" Yoshi of the past said.

"(A vagina-y with glasses!)" Added the light-blue Yoshi.

The Toad looked at 6 Yoshi eggs (that were purple) moving in impaciently. "I-I hope we can find a way before these Yoshis are reborn as monsters..."

"Toadbert!" Luigi called out from the crowd of Yoshis with Mario and their babies.

"...Hey, hang on, who are you guys?" The Toad named Toadbert asked.

"Who are we? Toadbert, we're Mario! And Luigi! You're a Toad and you came here by accident with Princess Peach in the Time Machine from the Mushroom Kingdom of the present!" Mario explained to Toadbert.

"...What? "Toadbert?" Did you say my name's Toadbert? A "Toad" from the "Mushroom Kingdom?" "Princess Peach?" "Time...machine?" Toadbert repeated confused before he got hurt in the head. "Oww! The past is a total blank. It makes my mind hurt. No matter how hard I try, I can't remember a thing..."

"...Not even what happened yesterday?" B. Zelda asked as the other rejoined them.

"...Wait, no, I just lied." Toadbert said and B. Luigi smacked his forehead.

"T-then what do you remember?" Luigi asked.

"There is one thing," Toadbert took out a drawing that was covered in ink, there was the image of Princess Shroob about to attack Princess Peach in the drawing. "I drew this picture of the image. My "brain art." I honestly don't have a clue what that is. What I do know is that it scares my cap off. I think that's the reason my memory is blank. I can't bear to remember!"

"(Should I spoil the story and tell them there is another...no...I shouldn't do that...)" Chris thought shaking his head.

"Hmm..." Yoshi took the drawing and looked at it. "...It's too messy, all I can see is this ugly drawing with Peach on it."

"Then why don't we wipe it out?" Pit asked taking out a napkin.

"(Uh-oh...)" Chris thought as Pit cleaned the drawing.

When he was done, they all saw another drawing of Princess Shroob, apparently, she was afraid of something where the other Princess Shroob attacked Peach, who held up the complete Cobalt Star to shield herself.

"What is THIS?" Mallow asked confused.

"T-there's another Princess Shroob on it!" Luigi said trembling.

"Please, there couldn't be another one...or it could?" Mario asked confused.

"Sooo, are these Shroobs and their princess the hooligans who made all this mess with the Yoshis?" Toadbert asked and both nodded. "...I...can't remember a thing of what happened, I wish I could, maybe if I keep looking at my drawing..."

"Did you say there was a "nasty" thing on the other side of this door?" Fox asked.

"W-well, yes, yeah..." Toadbert looked at them and jumped a little. "...What? You're gonna take that thing out?"

"Duh?" Yoshi said confused.

"Are you out of your Christmas tree? It's big and scary! And it smells... really weird, man!" Toadbert said disgusted.

"...Christmas tree?" B. Wolf asked rather excited.

"It's not Christmas yet either..." Wolf said frowning.

"What do you mean by either?" Fox asked.

"We don't want to remember." Zelda, Wolf, Meta Knight and Pit said in unison, annoyed.

"...Seriously, what happened when we were gone?" Chris asked.

"Who ARE you guys?" Toadbert asked confused.

Skip introductions.

"Oh, I see." Toadbert said.

So the group decided to stop the thing that prevented the Yoshis from escaping.

Not before we see the Yoshi Rebellion.

"My brethen! We shall get out from this creature today! We shall reclaim liberty and freedom once I'm done with that monster! And we will then celebrate eating lots of tons of cookies with rejoice in the island like never before!" Yoshi said standing on a purple blob.

"(YEAH!)" The Yoshis said making a fist in the air.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 07, 2008, 01:35:15 PM
"I will show that goodie-two shoes who's the boss around here! Never underestimate the power of the Yo-"

"Yoshi, if you're done with your rebellion/army thing, we should move on and prepare." Pit said walking away.

"...You guys are no fun at all..." Yoshi said sighing disappointed with all the other Yoshis.

However, something prevented Lucario from crossing the door, because apparently B. Chris didn't want to go.

"You don't want to go?" Lucario asked.

"Nuh-uh!" B. Chris said shaking his head, trembling with fear.

"But we need to advance or else we won't get out of th-"

"UUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!"

"..." Lucario sighed in disappointment. "...Chris...I'll stay behind, you go on without me."

"B-but why?" Chris asked.

"Your baby self wants to stay here because he thinks it's scary to go and fight that monster...I hope you're not mad at me either."

"...Okay, I'll leave you behind with him."

"Ri!" B. Riolu jumped from Chris's arms and jumped to Lucario's back, where he wrapped his own arms around his neck and looked down to B. Chris, who giggled when he saw him.

"You too?"

"Riii!" B. riolu said nodding happily.

"Don't worry, we will go once you're done with that thing." Lucario said giving Chris a small smile.

"...I understand, but promise me you're going to make happy my baby self!" Chris said as he ran to the other side of the door.

"I will," Lucario said before he looked down to B. Chris. "...Hmm..." Lucario laid down B. Chris and he did also, but he put his hands above B. Chris's feet and his face above, staring at B. Chris's eyes, with B. Riolu peering from his ears.

"...Huh?" B. Chris tilted his head in confusion and Lucario instantly licked his face. "Heheheheh!"

"Riiii!" B. Riolu wagged his tail happily.

Sunnycide's Chamber

"...That thing is in charge of this place?" Yoshi asked after looking at Sunnycide.

The monster was a big purple egg with 6 eggs around him, he had green tentacles and 2 black eyes with red pupils, one of the eggs began to budge before it broke out, revealing B. Bowser who struggled to get out from the shell trapping his feet.

"YUCK! How did I get myself in this thing?! Somebody get me off this shell! OOF! You there!" B. Bowser pointed at the Smashers. "Get your hands on the star shards and you're DEAD! Dead I tell you!"

"Fine then, we won't get you out of the shell." Zelda said.

"...WAIT! NO! Forget what I said before and get me out! I-I promise I'll give back the shards!"

"W-what should we do Mario?" Luigi asked.

"I don't know, Bowser could've been as bad as he was a baby." Mario said rubbing his chin.

"Yeah!" Both babies said nodding.

"I-I PROMISE TO GIVE YOU THE SHARDS! GET ME OFF NO-AAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" B. Bowser was grabbed by Sunnycide and it threw him to the roof, where he became stuck in the intestine. "HMMMMMMRMHRMHMRMHRRMRHMRMR!!! HMHMRMRRMH!!!" B. Bowser yelled furiously, but Sunnycide got enraged at this.

"Eggy-weggy monster approaching!" Mallow warned them as Sunnycide stomped the intestine with rage.

"It's possesed by the Shadow Bugs too!" Pit said.

"Babies, please, don't run away!"

True to Pit's statement, Sunnycide's Shadow Bugs began to appear inside his mouth (that was the crack of his egg), pouring out like rivers that disappeared when they vanished while it roared at them.

"And here it comes!" Zelda warned them as Dark Sunnycide raised eggs on both tentacles as it roared, closing its mouth.

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time - Main Boss Battle Theme

"Dodge it!" Pit yelled as Dark Sunnycide threw both eggs at high speeds to all of them, it missed Pit's left wing by mere inches making the monster mad.

"Bad monster! Bad!" B. Pit said angrily firing arrows while Pit moved, but when the arrows made contact with its body, it didn't do any effect. "W-what?"

"That shell must have been strengthened by the Shadow Bugs and normal attacks won't work on it!" Zelda said using Nayru's Love to return an egg to Dark Sunnycide, but the monster hit it back to Zelda at high speed, knocking her in the floor.

"Z-Zelda!" B. Zelda said worried.

"I-I'm fine, it only caught me off guard..." Zelda said managing to stand up.

"E-everyone! We have to break the eggs and free the Yoshis inside!" Yoshi said running to an egg Dark Sunnycide threw previously and began to hit it.

"For what? To cause more unnecessary distractions?" Wolf asked jumping over a rocketing egg, missing his head by mere inches. "That thing wants to cut off our heads!"

"OWW!" Luigi was hit on the head by an egg which caused him to see stars around his head. "I see staaaaars..."

"NO! NO! NOOOOO!!" B. Luigi panicked after Dark Sunnycide focused his aiming at both, B. Luigi tried to gather his courage and jumped off from Luigi's back, then he pushed Luigi to another side but Dark Sunnycide kept aiming at them before firing another egg. "OOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" B. Luigi cried out loud stopping his action.

"NEGATIVE GATE!" Chris was casting his spell and a dark portal of darkness appeared just in front of B. Luigi that captured the flying egg, constantly damaging it before it broke out and a red Yoshi came out, looking around confused as B. Luigi cheered at this.

"(W-where am I?)" The red Yoshi asked before looking back to Sunnycide. "(Y-you! Alright, this is for snarfing me in you!)" The red Yoshi ran away from the scene before he appeared high above pushing a Chain Chomp rock over the edge, above Dark Sunnycide. "(PUSH! PUSH! HUUUUUUUUUUU!!!)"

Yoshi, seeing this, got an idea. "We should break the eggs and free the other Yoshis to push that rock above that monster!"

"YOSHI! LOOK OUT!" Mario yelled pushing Yoshi out of the way from a rocketing egg in time.

Dark Sunnycide roared furiously and started to call more eggs that fell from above, the monster began a flurry of rocketing eggs attack that damaged the entire party non-stop, using 20 purple Yoshi eggs, 2 for each Smasher, every egg that managed to hit them all bounced back to Dark Sunnycide who kept doing the same action.

"O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-OWW!" Mallow yelled in pain as every egg hit him in a quick succession, leaving his health in a extreme condition. "HEEEEEEELP!"

"E-E-E-ELDSTAR! COME AND HEAL MALLOW!" Chris was able to call Eldstar who appeared in a blink.

"I hope this is enough..." Eldstar said floating around Mallow to recover half of his health. "There, please be careful." Eldstar said before disappeared in the air.

"NO!" B. Fox yelled using his own Reflector to return the 2 eggs to Dark Sunnycide, the monster lost his focus and all the eggs bumped into him and rolled out to the floor, ark Sunnycide was stunned by this attack that its head twirled around.

"Good...work..." Fox said panting heavily.

"Break...the...eggs!" Yoshi said using Ground Pound on 1 egg to free a black Yoshi that ran to the help of the other who was pushing the rock off the edge, but they needed more Yoshis to attack.

"F-fine...let me...help..." Mallow said trying to cast Thunderbolt, but his energies were so low that he couldn't do it.

"BZZZZZZ!!!" B. Mallow was the one who casted the attacks, electrocuting all the eggs, but it only made little cracks on them.

Apparently, only the adults were damaged by the flurry of attacks, leaving all the babies to their normal status.

"Bang! Bang bang bang!" B. Wolf was shooting one egg with his own Blaster, the started to crack up before a white Yoshi jumped out and hurried to help the others.

"A-ha!" B. Mario left his adult self for a moment to break another egg by jumping on it before it broke and a green Yoshi ran to the other Yoshis to push the rock off the edge.

"I...can...still...move...ha!" Meta Knight approached slowly an egg to break it using one slash and the last Yoshi (who was a pink one) jumped out and ran to the Yoshis's help, Dark Sunnycide shook it's body to recover his conscience and looked up to see the rock about to fall above it.

"(PUSH IT!)" The Yoshis yelled in unison pushing the rock of the egg as they jumped, landing on the floor and leaving them alone by walking away (somewhere).

"We...got him!" Chris said as he saw the rock about to crush Dark Sunnycide...

...But...

Dark Sunnycide lifted its tentacles and managed to catch the rock in them, all of them gasped in unison as the creature prepared to crush Zelda with the rock, the monster pulled back the rock and then rolled it along the floor to the princess who tried to get up and save herself, but she received a lot of damage and was weakened.

"S-stop!" B. Zelda said stepping in front of Zelda and using Nayru's Love to reflect the huge rock back to Dark Sunnycide, but the creature slapped the rock back and B. Zelda couldn't cast another one in time, causing her to block her face with her hands and cry out loud.

"Z-ZELDA!" B. Wolf quickly ran in front of Zelda and used his own Reflector to return the rock to the monster, but it used the same action and returned it to them.

"D-DON'T!" B. Pit flew quickly in front of the 2 and took out his Mirror Shield, but once again the creature hit the rock and it went rolling to them again.

"S-STOP IT!" B. Fox rolled to them and used his own Reflector like B. Wolf did, returning the stone that managed to hit Dark Sunnycide, making the monster to stumble backwards and fell on his back.

"Tokunaga!... Can you move?" Chris asked to his doll who managed to stand up. "G-go and crush that thing's mouth!" The World Traveler ordered and Tokunaga rushed to Dark Sunnycide, the doll quickly jumped in the air. "Eagle Dive!" Tokunaga threw his arms up and descended with an impact on Dark Sunnycide's mouth, dealing a good amount of damage. "O...twisted...door...of distortion...open...wide..." Chris casted weakly as he threw his last 4 foods to Mallow, who quickly ate them and regained his health.

"T-thank you...hey, I think I can use...that ability to heal all of you...HP Rain!" Mallow called a happy cloud that floated to Pit and rained on him with drops that restored his body, when the cloud vanished, Pit's health was almost fully healed that he was able to stand up.

"Heheh!" B. Mallow also casted HP Rain which made Mallow to jump in surprise as the cloud went to Chris and rained down on him, restoring his health greatly.

"Negative Gate!" Chris was able to cast his gate of darkness on Dark Sunnycide that damaged him constantly as Tokunaga used Dragon Surge.

A chain rope appeared from the roof and Dark Sunnycide pulled it, making the room to be covered in darkness as the babies looked around in panic.

"...Hey, there's someone here..." Pit said before a Boo appeared and bit his face, the Boo laughed evily before vanishing. "O-oww! Y-you little..."

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Professor Kawashima said.

"Pit! Use your Final Smash!" Chris yelled.

"I-I'll do it!" Pit said nodding. "Holy skies, please lend me your force!" Pit unsheathed his dual blades and a rainbow aura exploded into him, gaining the power to use his Final Smash as he ran to Dark Sunnycide and jumped to him. "All troops!..."

The image of Palutena appeared in the roof and one by one, Centurions (not the Centurions of Tales of Symphonia 2, mind you) began to appear in the air preparing to shoot down the creature, waiting for Pit's orders.

"MOVE OUT!" Pit ordered as all the Centurions flew to Dark Sunnycide, slamming themselves to it and somehow dying, because even though the attack seemed stupid, it dealt a large amount of damage to the creature who roared in pain as Pit spun his blades a last time and the aura vanished from him. "Thanks...Palutena..." Pit said smiling to the roof.

"PIT!" Yoshi yelled before Pit was grabbed by one of Dark Sunnycide's tentacles and the monster lowered the angel inside its mouth, the monster began to chomp its shell fangs in a quick movement that scared Pit.

"SOMEBODY!" Pit yelled as he was being lowered.

"HP Rain!" Mallow casted HP Rain on Yoshi, recovering his health by a half and the dinosaur/lizard/thi-

"Would you please stop refering me like a dinosaur/lizard/thing now?!" Yoshi asked furiously breaking the fourth wall.

Fine, fine, the Yoshi ran towards Pit and jumped to him, pushing the angel out of the way of Dark Sunnycide's mouth in time before his feet could enter.

"Heheh!" B. Mallow casted another HP Rain on Zelda, recovering half of her health.

"AHEM...if you...would...HEAL ME!" Wolf demanded angrily on the floor.

"Okay okay, geez, you don't have to be such a grumpy guy always..." Mallow said rolling his eyes calling a cloud (out of annoyance) that rained down on Wolf' recovering part of his health as well as he was able to stand up. "There, happy?"

"Me up! Me up!" B. Wolf said trying to get on Wolf's back again.

"I refuse t-" Wolf's face got shocked once he saw Zelda glaring at him. "G-get on!" Wolf quickly took the baby on his back.

"Good." Zelda said nodding with a glare before using Din's Fire on the monster.

Dark Sunnycide was able to jump and stood up by itself, calling even more eggs from the roof as it roared and took 1 on each tentacle.

"And here we go again..." Yoshi said annoyed.

But a chain rope lowered from the roof and the monster pulled it, nothing seemed to happen at first but Mario, Fox, Luigi and Meta Knight disappeared.

"W-where'd they go?" Mallow asked before mentioned characters came from the roof and crashed down the floor, moaning in pain. "G-GUYS! W-what happened?!"

"A...hole...floor...took...us...above..." Mario said weakly as his baby self tried to cheer him up.

"H-hold on! HP Rai-"

HIT!

"OWW!" Mallow was attacked by a rapid egg that bumped into him.

"Heheh!" B. Mallow was the one who casted HP Rain on Meta Knight, healing his health by a half.

"Thanks." Meta Knight said standing up as his baby alerted him from a rocketing egg, he used Dimensional Cape to vanish and then appear a few feet away to evade the attack.

"HA!" Yoshi threw an egg to Dark Sunnycide but it didn't do any damage. "W-we need to break the eggs and call more Yoshis to help us!"

"SOMEBODY DISTRACT IT!" Chris yelled as he ran away from an assault of eggs that tried to crash into him.

"I wish I...could..." Fox said weakened on the floor.

"...Alright, alright! HP Rain!" Mallow said creating another cloud that...you should know by now.

"Thanks." Fox said as B. Fox jumped on his back, the vulpine quickly dashed to Chris and used his Relfector to shield him front the eggs, but it seemed that Dark Sunnycide was focused on Chris.

"T-thank you for saving me Fox." Chris said stopping on his tracks.

"There are more eggs scattered around here, break them!"

"R-right! Tokunaga, Dragon Surge and Surge Breaker!" Chris ordered Tokunaga to use Dragon Surge on 2 eggs that cracked up as they landed back into the floor, then Tokunaga called a thunder that cracked the same 2 eggs plus 2 more before sending a strong fist on the 4 eggs, breaking them as the Yoshis hurried and pushed another chain chomp rock to the edge above Dark Sunnycide.

"One more!" B. Meta Knight said.

"Here I go!" Luigi (now recovered by Mallow as Mario as well) said jumping on egg, but B. Luigi jumped on it as Luigi backflipped in the air to stomp on it, breaking the egg and letting the last Yoshi to help the others, the 5 new Yoshis managed to push the rock off the edge and fell above Dark Sunnycide, while the Yoshis left the place.

"It's going to grab it again!" Mario said alarmed as Dark Sunnycide raised its tentacles.

"BABIES!" Luigi yelled as he saw B. Mario and B. Luigi walking to the monster.

"Ahahahahaha!" B. Mario poked the monster's shell and the monster looked down to them, both babies giggled happily and the rock fell on its head, the babies created a distraction to let the rock fall on it as they returned to their adult selves.

"Oh, I see now." Zelda said before she and B. Zelda began to fire multiple Din's Fires at the monster, dealing damage overtime, all the others joined the attack and started to attack the monster continuously, some attacking using close combat skills and some using magic (Mallow and Chris).

"Keep on going and the Over Limit gauge should be full in no time!" Kawashima said.

"Really?" Chris asked.

"I think you shouldn't underestimate the powers of Master Hand and...surprisingly enough, Crazy Hand." Kawashima said sweatdropping.

"AH!" B. Pit screamed when Dark Sunnycide turned off the lights of the room, everyone stopped and looked around carefully.

"...There!" Meta Knight said using his Dimensiona Cape to appear in a blink before Wolf, who was going to be attacked by a Boo, the Boo got instantly slashed and vanished, cursing Meta Knight off. "Be more careful next time."

"Who asked for your help in the first place?" Wolf asked angrily before both continued to attack non-stop the monster who roared in pain.

"...Er...everyone...we have a problem here..." Mallow said a little tired.

"What is the problem?" Yoshi asked as he shot Yoshi eggs from his back.

"I'm...so tired to cast any spell...and so does my baby self...please...avoid any damage because...I'm not going to heal for a long period of time!"

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Kawashima said.

"...I...have that problem too..." Chris said dropping to his knees after casting Limited. "I'm so...tired...to cast any other spell...sorry to disappoint you..."

"But getting tired and getting attacked are the same thing, right?" Luigi asked.

"Technically speaking, if a mage gets tired and not weakened, he or she will stop using magic for a time, so, frankly speaking, getting tired and getting damaged or weakened are 2 different things." B. Zelda explained.

"...You're such a smart child." Zelda said rubbing her baby self's head.

"Zelda...use you Final Smash!" Chris said trying to stay on his feet.

"Right," Zelda put B. Zelda down and she joined her hands together. "Triforce of Wisdom, give me thy dexterity!" Zelda called out as a rainbow aura exploded and covered her as her eyes glowed yellow with her body glowing in the same rainbow aura. "Go through my obstacle, LIGHT ARROW!" Zelda took out her long bow and shot a blinding Light Arrow, impaling Dark Sunnycide directly between its mouth, dealing massive light damage to it as she kept the bow. "That was...impressive."

"It is." B. Zelda said nodding.

Chris sweatdropped at this. "...God, when there isn't a pervert around, Zelda gets very focused and amused...I'm amused..." Chris said ironically amused.

"Psycho...path!" Mallow casted his last spell and lights shone on Dark Sunnycide. "...He's...almost out of health...we need to keep going..."

"Finally, I was getting sick of this thing." Wolf said as he continuously slashed the creature (with his baby self shooting from his shoulder and cheering at the same time).

"...On a side note..." Mallow continued. "...He likes to eat...us..." The prince did a double-take. "...US?!"

"US?!" Luigi repeated panicking before the creature wrapped its right tentacle on his leg and put Luigi above its mouth. "HEEEEEEEELP!" Dark Sunnycide was very hungry at the moment and dropped Luigi inside its mouth. "BABY LUIGI! SAVE YOURSELF! AAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Luigi was able to throw B. Luigi to the air before he was being chomped down repeatedly, screaming in extreme pain as the other who were hitting the monster with close combat skills backed away in shock, evading the chomps in time.

"LUIGIIIIIIII!!!" Mario yelled worried about his brother and ran to Dark Sunnycide, the monster spat out a fainted Luigi and threw Mario inside by quickly wrapping its other tentacle around his leg. "BABY MARIO! JUMP! AAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Mario ordered his baby who jumped out of fear as Mario was being fataly damaged on the mouth.

"MAAAAAARIOOOOOOOO!!!" B. Mario cried as he landed right besides B. Luigi, who ran towards Chris and hid behind, trembling with fear and sobbing silently as Mario was spat out, fainted.

"Y-you monster! Stop biting them like crazy!" Chris demanded trying to cast Negative Gate, but his forces were very low and even Tokunaga became a lifeless doll and shrunk to its nromal size. "N-no! We have to do something!"

"What th-AAAAAHHHHH!!!" Pit's leg was wrapped up by another tentacle and he was thrown inside Dark Sunnycide, B. Pit managing to escape from the furious attack in time. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Pit was fataly wounded and Dark Sunnycide spat him out, making Pit to crash in the floor, the angel moaned a little before he lost consciousness. "I'm...sorry...everyone...ugh..." Pit managed to say before he fainted.

"PIT!" Zelda yelled worried before glaring daggers at Dark Sunnycide. "You monster...I'll...I'll kill you!" Zelda transformed into Shiek and dashed to Dark Sunnycide shooting a barrage of kunais into its mouth, a tentacle tried to get her leg, but she backflipped and slashed the same tentacle at the same time.

"B-be careful everyone! It's trying to chomp us down to death!" Mallow warned them.

"We know that already, once we're inside its mouth, we're dead meat." Wolf said looking around carefully for the other tentacle. "And speaking of dead meat...cloudy! Underneath you!"

"Wha-AAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!" Mallow was thrown inside Dark Sunnycide but B. Mallow luckily jumped away before the tentacle pulled Mallow inside. "HEEEEEEEEEEELP MEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Mallow yelled in extreme pain before the creature spat him out as well, Mallow even fainted as well as he moaned silently.

"BIG ME! UAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" B. Mallow cried out loud (creating a small rain outside Yoob).

"MALLOW!... FOX! BEHIND YOU!" Chris yelled loudly.

"Bang!" B. Fox was already shooting the same tentacle who backed away from his adult self.

"Phew, this is why you're so useful." Fox said rubbing his baby self's head, who giggled and wagged his tail happily.

"BEHIND YOU AGAIN THOUGH!" Chris yelled again as the tentacle that Shiek tried to defeat turned ways and went after Fox, getting his leg from behind as he was thrown inside Dark Sunnycide.

"G-GO!" Fox threw B. Fox in the air before he entered the very same crusher fangs who began to chomp him down to death. "AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

"NOOOOOOOOO!!!" B. Fox cried as Chris catched him in time and backed away, they saw how Dark Sunnycide spat Fox out to the floor, rolling to them before seeing that he lost consciousness as well. "UAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!" B. Fox cried out loud and went to hsi adult self.

"W-we're the only ones left behind, don't let that thing get to you!" Chris reminded Shiek, Wolf and Yoshi.

"Watch out!" Shiek yelled.

"UUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" The babies cried in unison after a tentacle was rocketing to them.

"(W-what should I do? T-they're just babies and they can't survive that attack, but I-I can sacrifice and...I...hate this so much...) NOOOO!!!" Chris stepped in front of the babies and the tentacle got him instead of them.

"WAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"CHRIS!" Shiek yelled as she jumped to the tentacle and stabbed various kunais on it, but it wasn't enough to cut them down, but Dark Sunnycide slashed her down using the other tentacle.

"SOMEBODY PLEASE SAVE ME!!!" Chris yelled as he was slowly being dragged to the monster's mouth, who roared in pleasure and licked its shell lips.

"All the things I need to do for you kid." Wolf said as he leaped to the tentacle and slashed the same spot as Shiek, but as before, the other tentancle threw him away to a wall. "U-UGH...I can't...get to you..."

"Then it's my turn." Meta Knight said using Drill Rush on the tentacle, trying to extend the duration of the attack, however, the same tentacle grabbed his leg and slammed him down the floor. "UGH!"

"CHRIS! CHRIS! CHRIS!!!" The babies cried out loud.

Chris looked down below where Dark Sunnycide was slowly opening its mouth to eat him alive. "NOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!

Back with Lucario and the 2 other babies, Lucario was juggling both babies using his tail as he was leaned to the wall with crossed arms, his tail was strong enough to hold both of them, B. Riolu held B. Chris on his arms as they passed Lucario to the right and to left, giggling in happyness.

"Wheeeeeeeeeeee!!!" B. Chris and B. Riolu laughed happily.

"It's good to see you 2 having fun." Lucario said smiling a little to them.

But apparently, it turned out that all the Yoshis were baby lovers, because all the Yoshis together with Toadbert were watching the Aura Pokémon juggling both babies around him.

"(Hey! No fair! We want to play with them!)" A white Yoshi said angrily.

"(You can't have all the fun just for you!)" A purple Yoshi said angrily.

"Back off, they're with me." Lucario said glaring at them as he growled.

"By boogity, calm down, first you're mad because we can't get out of this place and then you're mad because you can't play with the babies? What's wrong with that?" Toadbert asked confused.

"...Huh? Hmmm..." B. Riolu closed his eyes and focused his mind.

Lucario stopped juggling them and looked confused at his baby self. "What is it?"

"Riiiiiiiiiii..."

"...Hmmmm..." Lucario closed his eyes and his aura covered his body, trying to concentrate on whatever B. Riolu.

"LUUUUUUUUCAAARIIIOOOOOOOOOO!!! HELP MEEEEEEE!!!" Chris's voice was heard crying out loud, making Lucario to snap out of his concentration.

"CHRIS! GRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted in rage and ran at high speed to the chamber, leaving the babies behind who fell from his tail, but B. Riolu catched B. Chris in time and he giggled happily.

"Heheh!" B. Chris rubbed B. Riolu's head.

"Riiiii!" B. Riolu wagged his tail.

"...Hmm! Hmm! Hmm!"

"Ri?"

"Uh-huh!"

"Ri!" B. Riolu nodded and ran to the chamber as he other Yoshis decided to follow them.

"H-hey! Where is everyone going now?!" Toadbert asked running with the Yoshis.

Back at the chamber, Chris was about to enter inside the mouth, all the remaining Smashers were knocked out of cold and he buried his face in his hands, starting to sob silently. "P-please...Lucario...save me...I-I beg you..."

"CHRIS!"

Chis uncovered his face and began to cry once he saw the fangs closing slowly into his throat. "LUCARIOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"Grrr..." Lucario's eyes began to tremble wih rage, his hands tightened into fists covered with his aura, his eyes turned beastly by shrunking sideways, his feet caught aura before his whole body erupted with aura. "GGGGGUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!!" Lucario yelled extremely loud to the roof creating a tremble inside the monster.

"Lucario! Lucario! Lucario!" B. Chris said happily as he and B. Riolu came from behind.

"GUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" Lucario roared furiously at the babies by turning quickly his back to them before shooting a nasty glare to Dark Sunnycide.

"Uh...uh...uuuuuhhhhh..." B. Chris began to tremble in horror after Lucario roared at him and B. Riolu, the baby got very scared and hid his face under the mantel, sobbing silently as B. Riolu backed away from his adult self, eyes trembling with fear.

"GUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHH!!!!" Lucario used Extremespeed to appear right beside Dark Sunnycide, taking action, he took both parts of its shell and separated them before Chris could enter inside him, the Aura Pokémon shot a devastating Aura Sphere to its tentacle, destroying it with a big explosion as Chris fell to the floor, still between Dark Sunnycide's fangs.

"...T-Thank you Lucario!" Chris said wiping out his tears.

"What are you waiting for, get out of here." Lucario demanded as Dark Sunnycide tried to close its mouth.

"...W-what do you mean by that?"

"I SAID GET OUT OF HERE!!!" Lucario growled furiously.

Chris started to back away from the mouth with fear of Lucario, the World Traveler leaned to the wall, trembling scared, before hiding his face in his hands.

Dark Sunnycide roared furiously to Lucario, but the Aura Pokémon roared back at the monster and divided both shells using his brute force powered with his aura, the monster cried out in extreme pain, begging for mercy, but Lucario only responded by throwing both shells at the ceiling, then, he charged both hands with all his aura. "GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHH!!!!!" Lucario fired an extremely powerful Aura Storm from his hands destroying Dark Sunnycide to dust as the monster screamed in pain, vanishing once Lucario finished with the attack.

"...What...happened..." Meta Knight asked recovering his consciousness. "...You?"

"Grrrr.... Grrrrr... Grrrrr..." Lucario panted heavily as his aura disappeared from his body, he dropped to one knee and looked down the floor. "...That...should...end this..."

Music stops

All the Yoshis with Toadbert came from the door and relieved faces appeared on all of them once they saw the hole where Dark Sunnycide was once guarding completely free from it, then, from the roof, B. Bowser fell through the hole. "AAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!" B. Bowser yelled as he went down with all the purple eggs Toadbert was guarding.

"Everyone, down the hole!" Toadbert said jumping and one by one, every single Yoshi jumped to the hole and managed to escape from the intestine. "T-thank you so much for your help! You should come back to the village!" Toadbert said before jumping down.

"...You...defeated the monster?" Meta Knight asked trying to catch his breath.

"...Yes...when Chris called me I... Chris!" Lucario noticed Chris on the wall with his face buried on his hands then he ran to him and kneeled. "Chris, are you alrigh-"

"GET AWAY FROM ME!" Chris said panicking.

"W-why? I-I saved you didn't I?"

"N-NO, YOU MONSTER! Y-YOU TURNED INTO THAT BEAST AGAIN!" Chris said hiding his face on his hands. "L-leave me alone!"

"B-but Chris! I-I didn't want to hurt your feelings an-"

"GET OUT OF MY SIGHT!" Chris yelled before he started to cry out loud, then all the babies joined him since they were also terrified by Lucario's power, hugging the World Traveler as they shook in horror.

"...No..." Lucario muttered looking down, then he turned to B. Riolu and B. Chris, who were staring at him. "...You're not...mad at me...right?"

"M-monster! Monster, monster!" B. Chris yelled hiding his face before he broke into tears.

"Riiiiiiii..." B. Riolu growled at him.

"...What do you mean you don't want turn into a beast like me? I-I'm not a beast!"

"Riiii!!!" B. Riolu growled before turning his back and tried to calm B. Chris down.

"Seriously...I'm not...I-I'm not...a beast..." Lucario said closing his eyes before tears strolled down his face.

"...Lucario, help me and carry everyone back outside..." Meta Knight said.

"..." Lucario went slowly to Shiek and carried her with the most characters Lucario could carry above him.

Yoshi Village

"..."

"Lucario, stay away from me." Chris said walking further away from Lucario, who tried to apologize him.

"...B-but..."

"No buts, you scared me, even you yelled at me and the babies, they don't want to see you anymore." Chris said as we see both babies above his arms, well, B. Riolu was being carried, who carried B. Chris and tried to prevent him to look at the beast.

"...Chris....you don't hate me...right?"

"..." Chris closed his eyes and sobbed a little, making Lucario to look down, clenching his fists with sadness.

"What...happened between you 4?" Mallow, who was trying to walk, asked.

"...Ugh..." Meta Knight was able to explain him and everybody else (who were in weak states but were able to walk around, all their baby selves got relieved and were on their backs). "...And that...should be all..."

"...You're alright...Chris?" Fox asked.

"...No..." Chris said walking up ahead with the babies.

"...Lucario, you should control your emotions harder next time...not doing it did this." Shiek said.

"...I'm already ashamed...isn't that enough?" Lucario asked.

"No, you must find a way to...apologize to them." Pit said.

"That is going to take...a long time..."

Chris came back with Mario, Luigi and the babies who were carrying with them the Cobalt Star shards. "Guess what? We got the shards from B. Bowser! The shards rammed into him and was blasted off to the sky!" Luigi said.

"Now we can return to the castle and see what is next to do!" Mario said as the babies giggled happily.

"But...where is Yoshi?" Mallow asked.

"VICTORY MY PEOPLE! VICTORY!" Yoshi's voice was heard in the center of the village before all the Yoshis cheered loudly, as Yoshi Cookies began to rain down by Lakitus, the babies got really happy at this that they began to eat all the cookies they could carry with them.

Wolf sweatdropped at this as a cookie fell on his head and was catched by B. Wolf. "...Somebody should tell that dinosaur some leaderism lessons..."

After some minutes, the group jumped inside the time hole and were transported to Princess Peach's Castle of the present.

But we see a floating figure going in as well...

Princess Peach's Castle - Present

"WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Mallow jumped out from the hole and looked around. "...Whoa, that was...awesome! Let's do it again!" Mallow tried to jump inside with his baby but Mario stopped him.

"No no no no, we need to go and see Professor E. Gadd." Mario said as Mallow looked down disappointed.

"So...where can I find a place to rest?... I'm exhausted..." Pit said weakly.

"Oh, I'll be happy to show yo-" Luigi was interrupted before a figure appeared from the hole and looked to all of them, they all stared back at the creature and their eyes widened in unison.

"Finally! I found you!"

"MASTER HAND!?... OF THE PAST?!" Most of the Smashers said in unison surprised.

"Uncle!" The baby Smashers said happily in unison, waving their hands at him.

It was Master Hand, but from the past, one could tell he was from the past because he was smaller than the original they knew about, he was half smaller than the older one.

"Okay, here's how we're going to do it," Master Hand of the past said tightening into a fist. "Give me back my babies, you baby-nappers!"

Preview of the next chapter

"Riolu had a very bad past, a sad one to be exact." Master Hand of the past said.

"...What do you mean?" Lucario asked.

...

"GRRRRRR!!!" B. Riolu got fed up and his fists were covered in aura.

"Baby Riolu! W-where are you going?" B. Marth asked.

...

"And welcome...to the hottest desert...Gritzy Desert..." Chris said panting under the heavy sun's rays.

"...Rain...I want...some rain..." Yoshi said weakly, sticking out his tongue.

...

"The crowd here hates us with passion!" Zelda said as the Shroobs raised even more signs.

"W-what do they have now?" Mallow asked.

...

"Next time: A sad story about a B. Riolu." Sheik said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Inside Yoob
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Yoshi
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Shiek, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Baby Mario, Baby Luigi, Baby Chris, Baby Riolu, Baby Meta Knight, Baby Zelda, Baby Fox, Baby Wolf, Baby Pit, Baby Mallow
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 09, 2008, 12:14:02 PM
Chapter 94: A sad story about a B. Riolu

Princess Peach's Castle - Present
Library

"W-wait a minute!" Mario said. "We didn't kidnap the babies, they were already in the island and they followed us!"

"Yeah, right, like I'm going to believe that!" Master Hand of the past said as the babies jumped of their adults's backs and jumped to touch the hand. "Now now babies, uncle Master Hand is going to take you all out of here and back to the daycare center."

"...NO!" The babies yelled angrily returning to their adults selves, except for Lucario.

"W-what in the world did you tell the babies to stay with you?!"

"Haven't you realized who we are by now?" Shiek asked.

"...Hmm...wait..." Master Hand of the past looked at all of them. "...This person looks like B. Mallow...this one looks like a more rebel B. Wolf...this one looks like B. Chris...this one should be B. Meta Knight...and...OH GOD! You're all their adults selves!" Master Hand of the past said snapping his fingers.

"Finally, you realized it." Fox said rolling his eyes in annoyance.

"B-but what's the meaning of this? Care to explain it to me?"

"But first...let's take a rest..." Pit said suggesting.

1 hour later...

Throne Room

The group was gathered in Peach's throne room, where E. Gadd explained the situation to Mario, Luigi, and their baby selves as the Toads backed away in terror by Master Hand of the past.

"Okay," Shiek said taking a sip of her tea. "That's all we can tell you for now."

"Oh, I see now...the babies marooned in Yoshi's Island then..." Master Hand of the past said.

"Marooned?" Mallow asked.

"Yes, one of them had the idea to go to Yoshi's Island, but I don't know who was it," Master Hand of the past explained. "However, what I want to know more was why they did it."

"Excuse me," Yoshi raised his hand. "But you said the babies came from a daycare center?"

"Oh, right! The Hands Daycare Center!"

"The Hands Daycare Center?" Most of them repeated confused.

"Well...how can I explain it...you see, I, along with my stupid brother Crazy Hand, opened up a transdimensional daycare center to raise funds for something big that we have planned for the future."

"A...transdimensional daycare center?" Fox asked confused.

"Isn't that a little bit too much?" Chris asked.

"No, of course not! It's the greatest idea ever!" Master Hand of the past said laughing heartily. "Gathering babies from other worlds just to spend time together for a time!"

"So, you opened a transdimensional daycare center...just to gather babies to take care of them?" Meta Knight asked.

"Exactly, it was stupid at first, but hey, do you know how much money do I get for taking care of B. Zelda?"

"Wait, MY PARENTS left me with you when I was a baby?" Shiek asked.

"Yes."

"Then how come I don't remember anything like that?"

"It's because I use my powers to erase the minds of the babies and their parents once they leave the daycare center," Master Hand (we're going to refer him like his normal name) began. "You see, we have a long hallway in the house with a lot of doors, each one connects each world together, and to the other side, there's a normal looking room that fits in each world that looks like a daycare center, that way we get people interested into lending their babies to us for a time."

"Wait a minute, wouldn't their fathers freak out to see 2 floating hands in charge of an establishment?" Fox asked.

"WE INFECT THEIR MINDS." Master Hand said as creepy music played and thunders fell in the background. "...Heheh, just kidding, once a parent enters the door, they see us as normal people, hand magic is so helpful these days."

"Hey, and what about me? I went to the daycare center too?" Mallow asked.

"Your parents left me with you just a while ago, 2 days to be exact, they went to some party in...hmm...Skyworld I think..."

Pit blinked in surprise. "Then I was left with Mallow as well the same day?"

"Yep."

"...Wait! Skyworld doesn't have parties, they were banned because some stupid idiot used the fountain as a bathroom!"

"...Oops...my dad told me he used a fountain as a bathroom somewhere..." Mallow said itching away from Pit.

"...Your father did WHAT?!" Pit asked before taking out his dual-blades.

"Calm down, that was a long time ago, you 2 knew each other but I erased your minds when you left an-" Master Hand saw Pit already chasing Mallow around the room as their babies giggled happily in amusement. "...Fine, solve it your way."

"IT WASN'T ME WHO POLLUTED THE FOUNTAIN, REMEMBER?!" Mallow asked in fear as Pit chased him around.

"But then that doesn't apply to me." Lucario said.

"You're right." Master Hand said.

"What?"

"You're right, B. Riolu isn't your baby self, he's different from you...a lot different to be exact..."

"W-what about my baby self? I'm from the real world." Chris asked.

"Well...your baby self comes from Sinnoh..."

"Phew, then it's alright."

"Why is B. Riolu different from Lucario?" Yoshi asked.

"Everyone...I think it's time for you to know a dark secret about B. Riolu that you should know, and the reason of why he protects B. Chris."

"Oh no, here comes another flashback." Wolf said frowning.

"I'm a little curious about their past, if you would, please tell us." Shiek said.

"Riolu had a very bad past, a sad one to be exact." Master Hand of the past said.

"...What do you mean?" Lucario asked.

"Riii..." B. Riolu looked to B. Chris with sadness in his eyes.

"Is there something I can help yo-"

"Riiiiiiii..." B. Riolu growled at Lucario once he tried to approach him, the baby walked to Chris and hid behind him, stoll growling angrily as B. Chris hid his face in his mantel, shaking with fear.

"...Ugh..." Lucario looked down ashamed.

"Okay, I'll tell you all what happened when B. Riolu was born 1 month ago." Master Hand said as B. Riolu sobbed silently, close to B. Chris's face.

Flashback

Somewhere in Sinnoh

"All started when we took a "detour" in Kanto because B. Pichu's and B. Igglybuff's fathers moved there, we had a door in Kanto, but unfortunately, we realized we got lost and wandered all the way to Sinnoh instead, their parents already met us outside the door so they knew about us." Master Hand narrated as we see him and Crazy Hand of the past (half smaller than the "older" one) floating inside a forest where rain started to fall.

"Why did I listen to you? Now we're wandering around Sinnoh by no reason!" Master Hand argued.

"Because I looooove ice cream in this place!" Crazy Hand said covered in ice cream.

"...Crazy, that wasn't ice cream, that was mud, and you ate it."

"But it tastes sooooooo good..."

"Shut up will you? The babies will cry if we don't return to the house in time!"

"Then let's hurry and pick those Pokémon!"

"And why don't we teleport back to Kanto as we usually do?"

"..." Master Hand sweatdropped. "...I blame your crazyness for making me a little bit more dumber."

"Brother! Look over there!"

"More "ice cream" you mean?" Master Hand asked seriously.

"N-no! Look! Please!"

Master Hand looked at the direction his brother told him to look at and he gasped, there were some destroyed trees with fire on some bushes, the earth was scattered around and the hand floatd closed to the spot. "...What happened here?... Wait..." Master Hand glowed for a moment. "...There was a battle here...hunters were hunting 2 Pokémon...and those Pokémon got captured and taken away..."

"And this is going to be a perfect eggnog!" Crazy Hand said holding a Pokémon Egg.

"C-Crazy! W-where did you get that egg from?!"

"It was laying below you."

"...Oh, then...this egg probably was from the 2 Pokémon..."

"What are we going to do with it? Do some eggnog for the babies?"

"We're not going to use it for eggnog! We're going to take it with us, leaving a baby Pokémon to hatch here in this rain would be too cruel if we ignore it...and worse if their parents were captured, Crazy, let's get out of here!" Master Hand snapped his fingers and both hands disappeared in a blink.

"To make eggnog with the egg?"

"WE'RE NOT GOING TO DO EGGNOG WITH THE EGG, NOW SHUT UP!" Master Hand's voice said angrily.

The Hands Daycare Center
Living Room

The hands were shown putting B. Pichu and B. Igglybuff (because both were sleeping) on the couch and Master Hand placed the Pokémon Egg on the small but large table of the room, placing it above a red cushion. "Alright, now we have to call the babies here and announce our new baby," Master Hand said. "Any ideas Crazy?"

"BABIES! WE HAVE SPAGHETTI FOR DINNER! C'MERE!" Crazy Hand yelled loudly.

"Pagetti!" Many voices yelled from upstairs and many foosteps were heard there after.

"Oh, good idea for once." Master Hand remarked.

From the stairs, all the babies began to walk down with happy faces, one by one, they walked around the small table, sat down and waited for the dinner, but all they saw was an egg sitting silently.

"...Dinner?" B. Link asked pointing at the egg.

"Nope, that egg contains a baby, a baby Pokémon like B. Pichu and B. Igglybuff." Master Hand explained them.

"Stork! Stork stork stork!" B. Falco said happily.

On a side note about B. Falco, we also manage to see the very same shirt "best friends 4 ever" on him, not only that, the other 2 babies were sitting right to the next an-

"Oh no, no no no no no NO, the bird brain is also a stupid best friend of my own baby self?!" Wolf asked outside the flashback, angrily.

"I was surprised by that too, their minds were erased so many times but they just kept turning into best friends." Master Hand explained.

"...Kill me, please kill me." Wolf said giving his Blaster to Fox, who instantly smirked and aimed his head.

"OH, WHOA THERE!" Chris quickly took the Blaster from Fox and threw it at Wolf. "Let's keep listening to this story, is intriguing me!"

"Alright, where I was?" Master Hand asked.

"...The egg is moving!" B. Marth said curiously.

"Babies, guess what? We're going to have another baby to play with outside!" Crazy Hand said as most of the babies cheered loudly at this.

"It's shining!" B. Zelda said.

"Ooooooooohhh....." All the babies stared in awe at the egg which shone instantly and blinded the whole room, the babies were anxious to see the new baby and meet him to play right away.

Final Fantasy lX - A Face Unforgotten

When the light cleared out, they saw a small pup-like baby with closed eyes where the egg once was, the baby was very cute when he was born, he slowly opened his crimson red eyes and blinked surprised at his surroundings, he was a young Baby Riolu, the babies blinked in curiosity as the baby Pokémon let out his first word with happyness.

"Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" B. Riolu said happily to the roof with closed eyes, all the babies began to cheer loudly at him as the hands laughed chuckled at this.

"Oh, just look at him! It's a baby Riolu, they're so rare to obtain in Sinnoh as I've heard before!" Master Hand said.

"...Ri?" B. Riolu looked around the room, looking to all the babies staring at him but something was distracting him from all of them. "...Ri ri ri ri?"

"Your...parents you ask?!"

"And ever since he asked that...sad events after sad events happened there after..."

"What kind of sad events do you mean?" Chris asked.

"B. Riolu got very depressed that day, when I told him that his parents were captured and abandoned him unexpectly, he began to cry out loud and the babies didn't like the loud cry that they also began to cry in unison, my brother and I were in such a trouble in calming all of them down, luckily, they got tired of crying for 20 minutes straight and only sobbed."

"So I guess that's was it then?" Lucario asked.

"...No...it only got worse..."

The next day...

Babies's Room

B. Riolu woke up in his bed, but late since all the babies were already playing outside the daycare center, the Emanation Pokémon yawned bored and jumped out from his bed, walking out to the halls.

Hallway

"Thank you my lady for leaving B. Zelda with us again." Master Hand's voice was heard behind a door.

"It is a great pleasure for me, I have a very important meeting in Hyrule with other lords and I cannot look after my dear child during the discussion."

"Oh, you'll do it just fine, B. Zelda will have a very fun time with us here."

"I am sure she will, I will return for her tomorrow if you do not mind."

"Better yet, so please, good luck in the meeting!" Master Hand then came out from the door with B. Zelda, who was giggling happily and both looked at B. Riolu.

"Riiiii..." B. Riolu growled at them with rage.

"...It's something wrong with him?" B. Zelda asked hiding in Master Hand's palm.

"I-I don't know what's wrong with him," Master Hand said before putting B. Zelda down. "Okay little one, go outside and play with the other babies, they already can't wait to meet a little princess like you, my cutie pie, are!"

B. Zelda blushed slightly. "Oh, you're embarrassing me! Fine, I'll go, thank you Uncle Master Hand!" And then she left to play outside, waving at B. Riolu who seemed to glare at her once she turned her back on him.

"Aw, the sweet words of those little ones calling me uncle..." Master Hand sighing with pleasure. "B. Riolu, why don't you go outside and play with all of them?"

"Ri!" B. Riolu shook his head.

"Why? You have to make friends sooner or later, and I'd say sooner, this day! C'mon, go outside and have fun!"

"...Riii." B. Riolu looked down and started to walk outside as Master Hand watched him getting away.

"How wrong I was when I told him that, that very same day, many of the babies were having a discussion that only angered him even more."

"What kind of discussion...was that?" A badly beaten up Mallow asked.

Playground

B. Riolu looked the playground, there was B. Zelda playing hide-and-seek with B. Nana and B. Marth, B. Fox, B. Falco and B. Wolf were playing tag around the place laughing as they tried to touch each other, B. DK was above 1 of the 7 trees of the place sleeping peacefully, B. Meta Knight was playing in the swings with B. Kirby while B. Marth was clapping hands together with B. Link.

B. Riolu passed through all of them and walked directly to a tree, the baby Pokémon inspected the tree before leaning to it, sitting on the grass as he looked to all the babies playing happily around, he slowly closed his eyes and tried to sleep, ignoring B. Ike who tried to play with him, but the Emanation Pokémon grunted at him, making B. Ike to walk away in fear.

Of course, this was the beginning of something bad after 10 minutes passed...

"My daddy is the best one there is!"

"My daddy best one in the air! So cool too!"

"My daddy orders people!"

"Mine's the best!"

"No, mine!"

B. Riolu was hearing some babies arguing about who's father was the best one.

"My daddy fly veeeeeryyyyyy high up!" B. Fox said clapping his hands. "I wanna be like him when I grow up!"

"I wanna fly that high!" B. Falco said happily.

"Riiiii..." B. Riolu growled angrily at this.

"Well, daddy is great swordsman!" B. Roy said.

"My daddy is best, greastest swordsman!" B. Link argued.

"No, mine is!" B. Marth said happily.

"Riiii..." B. Riolu growled angrily again.

"...Hey, Riolu mad?" B. Roy asked as they all looked to B. Riolu.

"I don't think so...so...my daddy's the best one!" B. Marth said.

"No fair! My daddy best one!" B. Wolf said.

"No, mine!" B. Roy said.

"Mine!" B. Fox said.

"Mine!" B. Link said.

"Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine! Mine!" Those words continued to echo inside B. Riolu's mind, the baby Pokemon blocked his ears in pain and growled angrily at those words, his eyes opened up with an angry expression taking over his face, all the babies turned to him as they saw the Emanation Pokémon slowly walking to them.

"...Riolu mad?" B. Roy asked again.

"Face scary..." B. Link said trembling before B. Riolu began to growl silently, fury in each growl.

"...R-Riolu?... You o-okay?" B. Falco asked hiding behind B. Fox, who hid behind B. Wolf, who hid behind B. Marth, trembling with fear.

Master Hand's Office

"Aw, look at that brother, the babies are playing tag around as they yell out loud UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Crazy Hand said.

"Crazy, if I'm not mistaken, that is most likely a cry." Master Hand said.

"Oh well, seems B. Riolu is winning because he isn't crying on his massacre."

"Wait here, I need to get my coffee..."

Playground

"WHAT?!" Master Hand's voice yelled loudly.

Outside in the playground, many babies were crying out loud, holding their arms in pain while others tried to get away from a furious B. Riolu who used Force Palm on all of them, both hands came bursting out from the door and gasped at the situation.

"CRAZY! GET THE BABIES! I'LL GET RIOLU!"

"R-RIGHT! BABIES! EVERYONE ON THE CHU-CHU!!!"

Both hands were working like never before that day...

"Wait, B. Riolu, you attacked everyone?!" Chris asked.

"Riii...riii..." B. Riolu sobbed silently as B. Chris tried to calm him down by rubbing his head, then the World Traveler took them around his arms.

"...I'll calm you do-" Lucario was suddenly growled by his baby self with rage. "...U-ugh..."

"Please, continue with the story." Pit said.

Babies's Room

B. Riolu was on his bed, looking down with rage as Master Hand gave him a lecture.

"Look, I know you don't like the other babies, but that isn't a excuse to attack all of the other babies!"

"Ri! Ri ri ri ri ri!" B. Riolu said angrily.

"What's that? You hate them because they all have something you don't have?"

"Ri ri ri ri ri! Ri ri-ri!"

"Something you lost but they still "brag" about?"

"Riiiiiii!!!" B. Riolu growled at this before his eyes began to full with tears. "...Riiii..."

"He explained it all to me...the reason of why he hated all the babies..."

"What was it then?" Mallow asked.

"B. Riolu told me...that he was alone in the world..."

"Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" B. Riolu began to cry loudly as Chris hugged him tightlier, with B. Chris trying to calm him down with tears strolling down, Lucario once again tried to get close but stepped back because B. Riolu would do the same thing.

"You're...alone in the world without parents to look after you?" Master Hand asked.

"...Ri, ri ri ri..." B. Riolu buried his face on his hands.

"...Poor little one..." Master Hand whispered, patting B. Riolu's back.

"Trying to calm down the babies when they saw him walking down the halls of the daycare center was really hard."

Hallway

"H-hide! Here he comes!" B. Marth yelled as he, along with B. Link and B. Zelda yelled when B. Riolu came from the corner, the baby got fed up with rage after he saw them running away from him, making him to growl with fury.

"Riiiiiiii..." B. Riolu growled at this before he ran after them, hands glowing with his aura.

"It was like if B. Riolu hated every baby he saw close to him doing their own things, he wished to...kill them with his own hands..."

"WAIT RIGHT THERE!" Master Hand said appearing just in front of B. Riolu, he grabbed the small baby on his palm and put a grip on him as B. Riolu tried desperately to get freed.

"RIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!! RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!" B. Riolu yelled with rage, trying to get himself free from Master Hand as he was dragged away to his room.

"OKAY, THAT'S IT! YOU'RE GROUNDED BAD BABY, THIS IS JUST STUPID!!!"

"RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!"

"B. Riolu was very angry at the babies, all the days after that, it was the same thing, when he was pardoned, he would seek the other babies just to kill them, fortunately, I was able to stop all his attempts."

23 days later...

"But once all the attempts passed, there was something new that day that would change B. Riolu...that day, is when everything seemed to turn happy again..."

"O-OKAY! DON'T WORRY ABOUT THAT MY LADY! WE WILL TAKE CARE OF HIS SON!"

"Thank you! Please, try to be good to him, once he is in peace, he will be a very cheerful baby!"

"I'M SO BETTING THAT! TAKE CARE!"

"It was the day when B. Chris came from Kanto, his mother came that day from Sinnoh, she was currently on a vacation with her husband in Kanto but B. Chris seemed to be scared of all the Pokémon that their parents showed him, and that day, their parents were going to a meeting in Sylph Co. and when they found out about my work, well, she decided to give B. Chris to the daycare just for the rest of the night."

"UUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

"...However, she just told me that on their way to the establishment, B. Chris happened to see a Pidgey that he thought was very scary and cried ever since."

Living Room

"Alright, little hyperactive babies of funnyness," Crazy Hand said as most babies giggled at this. "Today, we're going to present you another new baby!"

"...I-i-it's not going to be like B. Riolu?" B. Nana asked as she glanced to B. Riolu sitting on a far away chair, growling silently at them.

"Nope! Not at all!"

"YYYYYYAAAAAAAAAYYYYYYYYY!!!" All the babies cheered loudly at this, ignoring all the furious growls of the baby Pokémon.

Crazy Hand heard his brother floating to them, but on his hand, there was B. Chris hiding in his white mantel, but crying very loudly and making everyone to block their ears, they couldn't even cry as well because the cry was just too much.

"UUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" B. Chris yelled loudly as the babies ducked by the loud noise he was causing.

"C-CAN YOU CALM HIM DOWN?!" Crazy Hand asked by yelling as Master Hand put the baby above the table where the babies were sitting.

"NO! HE DOESN'T SHUT UP! I TRIED EVERYTHING! FUNNY NOISES, THROWING HIM UP AND DOWN, NOTHING SEEMS TO WORK!" Master Hand yelled back.

"SHUT...UP!" B. Meta Knight yelled.

"Out of all the babies, B. Riolu seemed to be the most angered one again, his eyes turned very menacious and he slowly walked towards the table."

"GRRRRRR!!!" B. Riolu got fed up and his fists were covered in aura.

"Baby Riolu! W-where are you going?" B. Marth asked.

"That moment, I was distracted, because I was trying to find a way to calm B. Chris down, nothing was a very good idea, and it just happen that my stupid brother watched B. Riolu jumping above the table and walked slowly to B. Chris, ignoring the aura emanating from his hands."

"RIIIIIIIIIIIIIII..." B. Riolu growled angrily once he looked down to the baby covered in the white mantel, the baby Pokémon kneeled and glared at the face hidden in there with only hatred, he knew B. Chris came with his mother, something that B. Riolu lost before he was born.

Not losing more time, B. Riolu hardly grabbed the upper part of the mantel where B. Chris's face was hidden, and with a strong pull, he quickly uncovered his face and B. Riolu raised his right fist in the air.

But...something prevented him from punching B. Chris...

Final Fantasy lX - Loss of Me

B. Chris took just a second to look to the person who pulled his mantel, his eyes were full of tears that he couldn't see B. Riolu about to punch him, but he cleared his tears and looked to the Emanation Pokémon, once he saw him, he blinked surprised.

"...Ri?" B. Riolu asked confused, his hand still burning with aura.

"..." B. Chris hid his face quickly in the mantel, even taking B. Riolu's hand with him.

"R-ri!" B. Riolu said angrily and pulled the mantel back to him, revealing B. Chris's face once again.

"...Heh." B. Chris chuckled a little and hid his face again, even all the babies stopped blocking their ears and looked to them with curiosity, the hands, noticing this, looked to them.

"Riiiii!" B. Riolu pulled back the mantel and glared at B. Chris.

"Heheheh!" B. Chris chuckled even more at this and B. Riolu growled at this.

"Ri!"

"Heheh!"

"Ri!"

"Heheh, heheheh!"

"Riiiiii! Ri ri riiii!"

This event kept going for seconds, the babies were looking at each other with even more curiosity and began to chuckle silently at this.

But something caught everyone's attention off guard, they heard a small chuckle coming from the last person who would ever chuckle at this...

...It was B. Riolu himself.

"Riiiii..." B. Riolu began to chuckle as he continued to pull and pull the mantel when B. Chris pulled it as well, the baby Pokémon began to close his eyes slowly and a happy expression, for the first time in days, came back to him.

"Hmm! Hmm! Hmm!" B. Chris looked at B. Riolu's glowing right hand.

"...Ri?"

"Uh-huh! Uh-huh!" B. Chris said nodding, B. Riolu looked at his hand and made his aura disappear, he slowly approached it to B. Chris, when the baby had the hand in his reach, he stood up, very little, to grab the hand, B. Riolu's eyes widened a little after B. Chris put his hand close to his cheek, the baby closed his eyes and giggled happily.

"...RiiIIIIIIiiii!" B. Riolu closed his eyes as well when he touched B. Chris's cheek, his little tail even wagged a little as everyone sighed in relief.

"Look at that!" Crazy Hand said surprised.

"B. Riolu good?" B. Link asked jumping on the table to see B. Chris closer, but once he was near, B. Riolu growled at him. "U-UAH!" B. Link backed away scared to his spot and the babies gasped as well, trembling as B. Riolu growled at them.

"Ri ri ri ri riiiiiii!" B. Riolu said happily to Master Hand.

"What? You want to take care of him?" Master Hand asked.

"Ri!" B. Riolu wagged his tail.

"...Alright, you can, but don't be rude on him as you have been with the others, if I see you picking up a fight with him, I'm going to punish you."

"Ri!" B. Riolu nodded giggling, using his forces, he took B. Chris on his arms (B. Chris was amazed at his strength and giggled at this) as both went to the babies's room.

"...It's weird, why did he decide to take care of B. Chris?"

"It was obvious, B. Riolu became B. Chris's guardian, he didn't like the other babies to get close to B. Chris even 2 meters away."

"Aw, no fair! Riolu won't let us see Chris now!" B. Ike said.

"All good things don't last for long!" B. Marth complained.

"Me want to meet Chris! No faaaaair!" B. Fox said trying not to cry.

"Settle down babies, I think something will change very soon...and you all will have your opportunity to meet Chris without Riolu fighting you." Master Hand said.

"So, everything went well after that?" Yoshi asked.

"Well..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 10, 2008, 05:25:25 PM
Gritzy Desert

Gritzy Desert

Flashback

"Remember," Master Hand said. "I need to get the babies back from you before night falls, B. Chris's parents are going to come and get him back, and please, get B. Ganondorf back as well!"

End of flashback

"And welcome...to the hottest desert...Gritzy Desert..." Chris said panting under the heavy sun's rays.

"...Rain...I want...some rain..." Yoshi said weakly, sticking out his tongue.

The Smashers were now back on track on their mission after listening to Master Hand's story, seeing Mario and Luigi learning a very bizarre move called the Bros. Ball, meeting both Toadsworths, E. Gadd (who tried to capture Master Hand for an experiment) and after the brothers completed a puzzle to go to the next location of the Shroobs, they all jumped inside a new warp hole to the past...

Though one would say the next place was some kind of imitation from hell, it was the burning sands of the Gritzy Desert of the past, a living frying pan of pure hot temperatures.

"Water...need...some water..." Mallow said weakly.

"Are...the babies...okay?" Luigi asked sweating.

"Hmm..." B. Chris muttered weakly as B. Riolu gave him some shade using his tail. "...Heheheh..."

"I just...love my giggler baby self." Chris said panting before someone gave him some shade. "..."

"...I-it's my duty." Lucario said holding his hand above Chris.

"...Fine, but nothing else."

Lucario stared at B. Riolu, who was glaring at him. "...I'm not going to do the same mistake, I swear it!"

"Ri." B. Riolu looked away.

Of all of them, Lucario wasn't all that affected, but he would be if he spent more time under the sun, because he was starting to sweat in his forehead.

"Oh...I see a biiiiiiig lake over there..." Mallow said spotting a big lake of water.

"...Mallow...don't be stupid...it's just sand...the sun's rays are creating mirages...just to confuse us..." Shiek said panting.

"Yes...she is right...because there is no way...Slippy and Peppy...are just over there...drinking lemonade..." Fox said pointing at 2 cactus.

If we see through his eyes, we could see Slippy and Peppy drinking mentioned drink, sitting below umbrellas as they saw them walking under the sun. "Yoooooooouuuuuu knoooooooow yooooooooou waaaaant iiiiiiiit, Foooooox!" Mirage Slippy said waving his lemonade with a smile.

"..." Fox's mouth began to drool.

"Eww..." B. Fox said disgusted and slapped his adult self's face.

"Phew...thanks..."

"Heheh!"

"Look!... I see a big...dome!" Luigi said narrowing his eyes to the Koopa Dome.

"Please...tell me that is not a mirage..." Wolf said weakly.

"Is not!" Mario said already touching the wall, the group found a big switch for 4 to stand (ideal for the brothers, but kind of awkward to the Smashers and Mallow with hs baby self). "There!" Mario, along with his brother and babies jumped above the switch and opened the entrance of the dome.

"Finally...some shade..." B. Meta Knight said as they all went inside the dark dome.

However, we couldn't see inside the dome, we were still looking from outside, where the darkness of the other side of the door only was as their voices were heard.

"Good thing we got inside this abandoned dome." Yoshi said.

"I don't know why am I forgetting something though..." Chris said.

"Shut up and let me find something to drink, I'm thirsty." Wolf said annoyed.

"Hey, I think I found something here." Mallow said.

"I-I think found something else here too." Luigi said.

"UA-Oww! Hey! Who put their foot in my way?" Pit asked.

"You know, I've got the feeling somebody is in here." Shiek said.

"I have that feeling too." B. Zelda said.

"...Me don't like this..." B. Wolf said.

"Me neither..." B, Fox said shuddering.

"Ri!" B. Riolu said hugging B. Chris.

"Uuuuhhh..." B. Chris hid in his mantel.

"...Grrr..." Lucario grunted.

"...Why do I have the feeling that when you grunt, something bad is going to happen right away?" Fox asked.

"...It is because we're in fact, surrounded..." Meta Knight said.

"...Mamma mia..." Mario said before an insane amount of red glowing eyes opened in unison all around them, blinking in unison before yelling a not so understandable language...

"=$/&#)"&#&%=$#%/($=&()#"$%/#"(=)&%&(=$!!!"

The Shroobs were hiding from the Smashers.

Now, since the adults were a lot more brave (Luigi couldn't be considered of this category (Luigi: Hey!)), they didn't yell or screamed.

...But let's say the babies weren't on that category.

"UUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!" All the babies ran out from the dome screaming in horror and fear.

"BABIES!" Luigi yelled worried chasing after them.

"OH MY GOD, GET THEM BEFORE THEY SCATTER AROUND!" Mallow yelled loudly as all the Smashers ran out and chased the babies, then a huge stampede of Shroobs chased after both groups.

"(%=/(&#"%$#=/&=%(/=&(%/=)!!!" A Shroob yelled pointing at the group getting away.

"BABIES!" Luigi yelled once again and motioned behind a long pillar where the babies hid quickly, then the green plumber told the group to hide there as well, hidng behind the pillar completly as the stampede of Shroobs ran to the center, to the west, the long stampede seemed to no end, but it ended with a last Shroobs running away.

"God...they...really...want...us...dead..." Pit said panting.

In Luigi's eyes, he saw B. Mario and B. Luigi walking out their hiding spot and he panicked. "BABIES!" Luigi jumped in shock and went after the babies, stopping them on their tracks. "OH, NO! Don't do that agai-"

"#(=%"&$)/)&$/$)$#"=!!!"

"WAAAAAAHH!!!" Luigi got in shock after a Shroob came from behind them, then the 3 ran away as the Shroob chased them around, the babies and their adults selves got out from their hiding spot and looked around, though all the babies sat on the sand to wait for Luigi and the other babies.

"Ha! You saps are all wet!"

"I wish we would!" Yoshi responded before blinking confused. "...Hey, I know that voice..."

From behind them, a spinning pink shell came from underneath the sand and stopped spinning, before their eyes, Kylie Koopa appeared giving all of them her trademark thumbs up. "Waltz into the dome's front door and you're sure to get spotted and carted away lickety split!"

"We...got the misfortune...already..." Chris said panting.

"Geez, you're all sweaty! Why didn't you take a water holder like me?" Kylie took out many water bottles that they quickly took off her arms. "Whoa! You sure were thirsty!"

"Wateeeeer!" Yoshi rejoiced, as we see Luigi, B. Mario and B. Luigi being chased in the background by the Shroob, making the babies to laugh at this.

"What? Remember me, huh? Being the Koopa Kronicle's reporter doll again has gotcha all goofy, does it? That's right, Kylie Koopa's got your number!"

"So, are you here just by coincidence, or it's because you found another big scoop?" Mario asked and Kylie nodded, as Luigi was running away from the Shroob, as both babies chased it with their hammers, making the other babies to laugh even louder at this.

"Yup! Something big's gonna happen in that same dome!" Kylie took some random photos. "Here's the scoop, Princess Shroob's gonna be arriving here any minute now!"

"What?!" Yoshi, Mallow and Pit asked surprised (Chris already knew this part so he wasn't all that hyped up).

Then we see Luigi running from the Shroob, who was being chased by both babies who were one above the other with a hammer ready to smack down the Shroob.

"Yeah, there's gonna be a big to-do celebrating the conquer of the Mushroom Kingdom! And that's just the fries, boys. Here's the burger! Some other princess type's coming too! My sources indicate this other damsel likes pink, and she MAY be royalty of some sort." Kylie said taking random snapshots.

"The other princess should be then..." Pit wondered.

"Peach! Princess Peach!" Mario said.

In the background, the babies blasted off the Shroob by spinning, using their hammer, however, Luigi was seen being hit because he was walking backwards without looking back to the babies, the green plumber also got hit and blasted off the place as the babies went after him while the others giggled happily.

Kylie took out her notepad and began to write down. "What? Princess Peach? The doll they're bringing here is Princess Peach? Princess Peach came here and got pinched by Princess Shroob?"

"Well...that's about it." Fox said.

Kylie jumped. "I gotta get this straight. You're snooping about trying to the adult rescue Princess Peach?"

"And the Subspace Army as well." Pit said.

"...Sounds like balloon juice to me, fellas...but what a scoop it'd be if you're on the level!" Kylie said giggling a little.

"(Please, somebody shut her up already.)" Wolf thought annoyed.

"But...how can we enter the dome if we get stormed out by the Shroobs?" Mallow asked.

"Alrighty then! You need to get into the dome so you can nab the princess, right? Well, word on the street is, there's suppose to be a secret entrance around here...word on the street ain't specific, though so I dunno about its whereabouts. You're not getting in through here, regardless, so you gotta find that secret entrance." Kylie said.

"Hey, bunch of idiots," Wolf called out. "Why'd we open the door when we just can double-jump to those windows of over there?" Wolf pointed to the windows above the main door of the dome and they sweatdropped at this.

"...Why didn't we think of that before?" Shiek asked confused.

"Beats me." B. Wolf said from the babies's place, returning to giggle at the event.

"I...can't double-jump, Master Hand took out my abilities when I left the mansion." Mario said blushing a little.

"Oh, OK then!" Kylie ran above her feet. "It's not trouble for you to get inside anymore! Alrighty! I'll see ya inside to see what are those fellas doing in there, this IS going to become the biggest scoop EVAH!" And Kylie quickly hid in her shell, spun on the sand and buried herself in the sand.

"...A rather scatterbrained friend..." Shiek said rubbing her chin.

"Anyway, we should jump to the windows and enter inside." Mario said.

"Babies! C'mere!" Mallow called out and all the babies walked to them. "...Wait, where's Luigi?"

"Oooooooooohhhhhhh..." Luigi just came spinning down the air and buried his face on the sand as the babies giggled happily at this, the adults, however, were puzzled about what was Luigi doing in the sky.

"I refrain from asking what was this...weirdo doing up there." Wolf said annoyed smacking his forehead as B. Wolf jumped to his back.

So, the group decided to double-jump to the windows (Chris told Lucario to take both brother above, and Lucario had to listen to him in order to be pardoned), however, Chris stopped Fox from jumping while his baby was behind his back.

"Hold on, you're not double-jumping there, are you?" Chris asked.

"Of course I will, I mean, how can I reach that place?" Fox asked.

"No, at the second jump, you're going to flip several times in the air, and what will happen to your baby? Puke, that's what he is going to do, and on you."

"Please, that is not going to happen."

Koopa Dome

Koopa Dome

Fox just came out from the bathroom inside the dome, looking annoyed to Chris.

"Eww..." Pit said backing away from him as B. Fox had a relieved face.

"Told you, he was going to puke on you." Chris said.

"S-shut up and let's move on!" Fox said walking further inside the dome.

The group walked around the dome, there were various golden statues of koopas around, a long red carpet covered the whole floor, the roof was green as a normal koopa shell and they examined everything.

"Please Chris, let me carry him again." Lucario asked again.

"I'm not going to let you anymore, you, Lucario, should be ashamed for growling at the babies! What the hell were you thinking?" Chris asked with a glare.

"I-I'm sorry...I was just furious because you were going to die there an-"

"And growling to practically everything that moved was also necessary?" Chris added, angry.

"N-no!... Please...let me apologize to them."

"Riiiii..." B. Riolu growled at him.

"You heard him Lucario, he doesn't want you to come closer to them, look! Even my baby self doesn't want to see you that he hid his face on his mantel again!... And he's trembling too..." Chris looked down to his baby self who was whimpering in fear.

"...Sorry..." Lucario whispered closing his eyes.

"..." B. Chris didn't respond and Chris gave something to Lucario.

"...What is this?"

"Guess it, a chill pill, Meta Knight gave it to me to control you unnecessary anger."

Lucario glared at him. "I'm not angry Chris!!!"

"...See you later..." Chris said closing his eyes in annoyance and walked away with the babies as Lucario gasped at this, realizing what he has just done.

"..." Lucario swallowed the pill and continued to walk ahead.

B. Riolu looked to his reflection along with B. Chris on a golden statue and he began to remember what happened when he and B. Chris first slept together...

Flashback

The Hands Daycare Center
Babies's Room

Final Fantasy lX - Loss of Me

"Huh? Huh?" B. Chris looked around the bed and tried to find B. Riolu who just snuck below it and below him too, then, B. Riolu appeared from the other side from where the baby was looking.

"Riiiii!" B. Riolu said happily before hiding again, B. Chris quickly turned his head where he was but disappeared.

"Huh?"

"Riiiii!" B. Riolu appeared from the other side before hiding yet again as B. Chris turned his head to find him, but couldn't.

"...Huh?"

A moment of silence came by and when B. Chris turned his head, B. Riolu was on the other side and quickly licked his face with his small tongue, the new baby giggled a lot at this as B. Riolu kept licking his face happily. "Riiiii! Riiiii! Riiiii!"

"Heheheheh! Heheheheheh! Heheheheh!" B. Chris giggled happily as B. Riolu kept licking him non-stop.

The next morning...

B. Riolu was sleeping very close to B. Chris, all the babies who slept in the very same room tried to get near B. Chris, but B. Riolu sensed them even if he was sleeping and growled at them silently, the babies really wanted to play with B. Chris so much but they decided to play outside.

"Riiii... Riiiii..." B. Riolu said as he was sleeping.

Playground

"Ri ri ri riiiii!" B. Riolu showed the playground to B. Chris who was on his arms, the new baby looked around amazed and moved his hands around as he giggled, all the babies looked at him but looked away once B. Riolu glared at them. "Ri ri rii." B. Riolu walked to his favorite spot, the same tree where he once leaned into below the tree's shade, he sat and leaned to the tree, putting B. Chris to his side who had a happy expression on his face.

"...Hmmmmm..." B. Chris stomach grumbled and B. Riolu looked at him, he was thristy and wanted something to drink.

"Ri ri ri?" Riolu suggested.

"Hmm!" B. Chris somehow managed to understand B. Riolu's speech (or simply just guessed it) and nodded clapping his hands, B. Riolu's tail wagged a little and he went inside the house, directly to the kitchen to get fresh milk to B. Chris, the latter baby looked around the playground where the other babies looked at him once B. Riolu was gone.

"Hey! Chris alone! Riolu not here anymore!" B. Link said.

"See him!" B. Roy suggested as some of the babies walked to B. Chris.

"Huh?" B. Chris tilted his head.

"Hi! I'm Karbi!" B. Kirby said moving his hands.

"Heheheh!" B. Chris giggled at Kirby's name pronunciation.

"Me! Me! I'm Fox! Nice to meet you!" B. Fox said smiling to B. Chris, but it seemed that B. Chris was interested in something about them that he pointed at Wolf's tail.

"Me?" B. Wolf asked.

"Uh-huh! Uh-huh!"

"This?" B. Wolf grabbed his tail. "Oh, my tail, very fluffy and cute, do you want to touch?"

"Uh-huh! Ahaha!" B. Chris said nodding happily and B. Wolf walked closer to him and moved his tail to his face. "Heheheheheh!"

"Cute? Fluffy you say?"

"A-ha!"

"T-thanks!"

"N-no fair! I have fluffy tail too!" B. Fox said walking to B. Chris and moving his tail in front of him.

"Do you want to play with my boomerang?" B. Link asked taking out a small boomerang, which got B. Chris's attention.

"Aaahh!" B. Chris took the small boomerang and looked at it with happyness.

"You want to play something?" B. Roy asked and B. Chris's eyes glittered with glee as he blinked.

5 minutes later...

"Duck, duck, duck, duck, duck, duck..." B. Roy was running around touching slightly everyone's heads trying to choose someone to play against him, the babies were sitting around a circle close to the tree since B. Chris haven't learned yet how to walk around by his own, the babies were impacient as B. Roy decided who to choose.

"Heheheh! Hahahaha!" B. Chris giggled happily as he saw B. Roy running around.

"C'mon Roy! Choose now!" B. Ike said impaciently.

A very happy atmosphere was around the field, in fact, all the babies were playing the game, nothing could ruin this wonderful moment...

"...Riiiii..." B. Riolu growled angrily and silently, holding a baby bottle with milk inside for B. Chris, the Emanation Pokémon started to fill up with rage as he saw ALL the babies playing with the person he was trying to get away from them.

They? Of all people and not me? Playing at my back with the person I tried so hard to protect since yesterday? How can they be so stupid and dare to do that?... They deserve to die... At least that was what B. Riolu thought.

The babies didn't pay any attention to the furious baby behind them as B. Roy finally decided to choose his person to play against...

Unfortunately, he wanted to play against B. Meta Knight, but since he was so close to B. Chris, B. Roy missed him and touched B. Chris a little harder, yelling out: "You're it!"

"RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!!!!!"

Every baby's eyes widened in shock after hearing that yell of pure hatred, they all turned towards the door of the house where B. Riolu dropped the baby bottle and panted heavily, glaring at them as his hands were covered with his aura.

"...RUN!" B. Zelda yelled out as the babies got up and ran around the playground in panic, however, B. Roy looked to B. Chris and then back at the baby Pokémon who was slowly walking to him.

"H-huh?! W-what are you doing?! D-d-d-d-d-don't hurt me again! P-please!" B. Roy said backing away behind the tree where B. Riolu cornered him, B. Chris tried to look behind the tree.

And of all the yells from the babies, B. Roy's yells and pleas for help were the loudest ones that B. Chris could hear behind the tree...

"UUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

"RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!!!!!!"

Koopa Dome

Koopa Dome

End of flashback

"...Ri." B. Riolu closed his eyes, trying to prevent his tears from coming out, but B. Chris rubbed his head slowly, making B. Riolu's tail wag a little as he giggled a little.

"Hey, there are some lights coming out from those windows..." Pit said poiting at the windows that were on the walls flashing constantly, they could even heard many voices roraring loudly.

"And here you are!" Kylie said appearing from the left side, taking snapshots of them.

"What the-how did you get here so fast?" Mallow asked.

"Is that important to ask fella? The Shroobs are just behind these walls! C'mon! Take a look at this!" Kylie looked through the windows and they all decided to look to the other side, where a group of gasps came from most of them.

Center of the Koopa Dome

"What?" Yoshi said surprised.

"T-there's too many of them!" Mario added.

The whole dome was filled with Shroobs from the top to the bottom, except for the small arena that was located on the center, a huge shadow came above the dome and all of them saw a big saucer ship with the Shroob's face on it, from the center of the saucer, the hatch opened and somebody descended to the arena, they all tried to take closer looks and finally saw the person clearly...

"It's that...Peach?" Luigi asked trembling a little.

"N-no, it's another person..." Chris said trembling with the babies.

"She looks like Peach but..." Shiek trailed off thinking.

"Oh, c'mon! Gimme a break! That's Princess Shroob! The very same ruler of the Shroobs!" Kylie said taking snapshots of the dome.

"She looks very happy with that evil expression of hers." Pit said.

"#(%=&%/$%=%$#(=)%$=)&($/=!!!" Princess Shroob said with a microphone she got from a Shroob and all the crowd cheered loudly at this. "=&%$/&=(&$%)/%)"=)!)=!#$=(#"(&%=!!!" She held out her clawed hand to the mothership saucer and they all saw Peach going down with a rope attached to her hands and waist.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 11, 2008, 06:33:03 PM
"P-PEACH!" Mario and Luigi yelled after Peach was being descended to a pipe, all of them looked down to find Petey Piranha jumping to Peach, trying to swallow her.

"Oh, look! It's Olimar's friend!" Mallow said smiling.

"...His friend who eats his Pikmins actually..." Fox said.

"&%)/$)$)#(&(#($)&%==)?!" Princess Shroob asked the crowd, pointing her mic to them.

"()($)&%()&$()&!!!" The Shroobs yelled.

"$/=(&=$%&)=&)(%=!!!" The Shroobs yelled again.

"$)&$%&)$)=&=(!!!" The Shroobs yelled once more with more enthusiasm.

"=%)#&%($#&=$&=)(&)/%#($"=!!!" Princess Shroob snapped her claws and Peach was dropped inside Petey's mouth, where the creature swallowed her whole and the Smashers gasped at this as Petey wen away inside the pipe, while the Shroobs laughed in unison at this.

Bakc with the Smashers, they all looked to each other. "We have to rescue Peach and fast!" Mario said determined with B. Mario who nodded.

"Oh, well, let me tell Kylie and those Shroobs that look like they're kidnapping her that we're going to rescue Peach, hey Kylie, we're going to rescue Peach, you'll get your big scoop no matter wh-" Mallow was interrupted.

"MALLOW!" Most of the Smasher yelled as Kylie struggled to get free, however, the Shroobs rushed further inside, escaping from them.

"W-wait!" Luigi said before Pit stopped him.

"She'll be fine, we should save Peach and engage the Shroobs, then look for the next Star Spirit." Pit said.

"Whatever thing that keeps me away from that hyperactive media reporter is fine by me, I'd say kill those bastards until there's nothing left of them." Wolf said taking out his Blaster together with his baby self.

"Yeah!" B. Wolf said.

"B-but we should find a way to get further inside...." Chris said before B. Chris pointed at a pink door that leaded to the Shroobs's crowd. "...We sitll need to find a way to snea-"

"Uuuuuhh.....uuhhhhhh..." B. Chris's eyes got teary and B. Riolu growled at Chris.

"P-please! You have to understand tha-"

"UUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" B. Chris broke into tears and everyone covered their ears, except for B. Riolu who apparently tried to punch Chris.

"O-okay! Fine! We'll enter and storm inside! But please, calm down!!!"

"Heheheh!" B. Chris giggled happily as they sweatdropped at this, as B. Riolu licked B. Chris's cheek with care.

"...Seriously, these babies know how to manipulate us." Meta Knight said.

"So," Fox took out his Blaster together with his baby self. "Are we ready to begin?"

All of them positioned in front of the door (Luigi refused at first, but the babies carried him back to them) and prepared to burst out the celebration. "At the count of 3, 3... 2-" Yoshi was interrupted.

"UUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" B. Zelda cried out loud.

"F-fine! GO!" Yoshi yelled loudly as everyone yelled in unison and prepared to take down the door to attack the Shroobs...

Back with the Shroobs...

CRASH!

"&$(&%)&/#$()$?" A Shroob asked confused after he saw dust coming below the door.

"=%$&(=&$#=." Another Shroob said shrugging a little before they returned to cheer loudly.

Back with the Smashers, it wasn't a great idea to slam themselves into the door, because all of them crashed into the hard wooden door and fell on their butts.

"I told you Chris," Lucario said walking to them and looked down to Chris with crossed arms. "This door isn't that easy to take down."

"Y-you didn't say that befo-aw, screw it with slams to doors! Lucario! Use Aura Sphere!"

"...Fine."

Back with the Shroobs...

The door exploded and everyone on the dome looked at the cloud of smoke covering the most portion of the dome, they all heard footsteps running towards the arena and all the Smashers jumped out from the smoke and took fighting stances at Princess Shroob who was really confused at this (we see Luigi missing the jump a little and jumped all the way to the other side of the seats, where he crashed into some Shroobs as B. Luigi giggled at this while Luigi struggled out and fell to the arena, just above a Shroom that apparently died by Luigi's weight).

"...$)#=&($)#%=$#?" Princess Shroob asked confused before Zelda (who changed to her normal self since she thought that it would be a bad idea to present herself to the crowd as Shiek) pointed at her face.

"You, set Peach free, right this instant." Zelda demanded as the Shroobs gasped at this.

"=$%($#)&#&%)$%#=)?" Princess Shroob asked smirking.

"It doesn't matter, set her free because she doesn't deserve to be eaten by a plant."

"$#(=&(#$(%=$&$%/=$#)" Princess Shroob shook her head chuckling evily.

"...Can Zelda understand Shroobinish?" Mario asked with a new word he came up with to Meta Knight.

"Who cares." Meta Knight said.

"$(=#($=%$#)&%)%()&($))$!!!" Princess Shroob raised her claws to the crowd and the Shroob seemed to protest at this. "=)$#(%!=#$((%"=&($)!!!" Princess Shroob ordered an evolved Shroob with a big yellow lollipop came from above on a chain and stomped the floor once it roared at them.

"Yuck, another disgusting creature." Pit said disgusted before they saw Ganondorf and Dark Bowyer walking out a dark portal besides Princess Shroob, who smiled evily as they stood by her side.

"It seems you all are so persistent in getting in our way," Ganondorf made a fist. "Zelda, you will hand over the Triforce of Wisdom, that will be finally mine!"

"Typical villain's goal, that's an overused cliché, don't you think?" Mallow asked.

"Cloudy, shut up, nya!" Dark Bowyer said angrily.

"Never." Zelda said glaring at him.

"A-and give us B. Ganondorf...who is very ugly..." Yoshi said muttering the last part.

"Oh, sorry, I cannot do that...even if I hate him..." Ganondorf said muttering the last part embarrassed.

"G-give us the Star Spirit, you!" Chris said pointing to Dark Bowyer, who merely chuckled at this, snapping his fingers to call Shadow Bugs to take over the Shrooboid Brat (the name of the creature with the big lollipop), the Shrooboid Brat became possesed by the Shadow Bugs in a matter of seconds and it roared furiously, turning into Dark Shrooboid Brat (who we will call DSB). "...Oh, great..."

"&$#(=)&%$="%$#%(=$#&%=)=$&($#=!!!" Princess Shroob ordered and DSB roared loudly as Ganondorf and Dark Bowyer disappeared into the dark portal.

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga - Cackletta Theme

"H-here comes another monster!" Mallow said as DSB roared before shooting his lollipop to him, breaking apart upon making contact with Mallow. "O-oww!"

"Me!" B. Mallow said worried.

"I-I'm fine, but that brat is reallyyyyyyyyyyyyy gonna get it! SHOCKER!"

SHOCK-

"Wh-what the?!" Mallow saw DSB taking out quickly another lollipop from its mouth and blocked the thunder stone from impacting into him using same lollipop before throwing the attack back to Mallow in a rapid hit. "AAAAAHHHHH!!!" Mallow let B. Mallow go before he crashed into the wall, falling to the floor and wiping out the dust in his face as his baby self rejoined him. "I-it's...strong." Mallow said weakly.

"RAH! RAH! RAH!" The Shroobs all lifted many signs with many golden "Zs" on them and a Fire Flower was thrown to DSB, who used it quickly on Zelda, burning her alive in a stream of fire with her baby self.

"YAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Zelda and B. Zelda yelled in pain.

"Z-ZELDA! Alright, that's it! Tokunaga!" Chris slammed Tokunaga in the arena and it grew up. "Surge Breaker!" Tokunaga called a lightning that crashed into DSB, who got staggered as Tokunaga punched it away with a charged punch, saving both princesses in time. "Everyone! It's just only a weaker monster, attack it! O twisted door of distortion, open wide!"

"Right!" Pit said running to DSB and started to deal a combo of slashes from his dual blades continuously, but the creature didn't seemed to stagger and pushed Pit out of the way using its lollipop. "U-UGH!" Pit managed to stay on his feet and glared at DSB. "B-be careful...that rod that it uses is very hard..."

"RAH! RAH! RAH!" All the Shroobs held up green "Ls" and threw an Ice Flower to dSB, who used it instantly on Luigi, who became frozen with his baby self.

"H-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-h-help m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-me..." Luigi called out from the ice cube, chaterring his teeth.

"RAH! RAH! RAH!" The Shroobs this time held up light-blue "Cs" and threw a Green Shell to DSB, using it instantly on Chris, kicking back and forth the shell on him.

"O-O-O-O-OWW!!!" Chris yelled in pain as he wasn't able to escape from the attack, the babies tried to do something but just couldn't do it.

"GUUUUARGH!" Lucario came from Chris's side and kicked the shell back to the DSB's mouth, shutting it for a moment. "Are you alright, Chris?"

"...I'm fine..."

Lucario blinked confused. "T-that didn't make you to apologize to me?"

"W-what the-Lucario! Did you save us just to get your apology?!"

Lucario gasped. "N-NO!"

"You're so low Lucario!" Chris said angrily before running away to another side of the filed to cast Negative Gate as Lucario looked down, ashamed.

"RAH! RAH! RAH!" The Shroobs held up many dark-blue "Ws" and threw a Red Shell to DSB, using it instantly on Wolf who got severly injured by the attacks in a quick succession.

"U-U-U-UGH!" Wolf tried to get away but the attack made him to stagger, preventing him from escaping.

"N-no!" B. Wolf jumped in front of him and used his Reflector to return the attack to DSB, attacking him continuously without moving. "...Ugh..."

"Heh, good work, now, keep him busy!" Wolf said grinning as he prepared his claws to dig into DSB's skin, but just before he could do so, Shroobs from the crowd jumped out, twirled about their feet and shot Wolf down with their laser balls. "UGH!"

"Somebody keep them busy!" B. Meta Knight yelled.

"That would be us." Meta Knight said using Drill Rush to push the Shroobs away from attacking Wolf.

DSB roared furiously and kicked the Red Shell away from it, throwing his lollipops at the group non-stop.

"LOOK OUT!" Chris yelled, stopping from casting his spell and jumping above a lollipop. "Somebody protect me while I'm casting!"

"Alright." Fox said stepping in front of Chris using his Reflector to return the lollipops back to DSB, who ate them to recover his health a little.

"Feel the hammer of light!" Chris casted spinning his staff with one hand as B. Riolu took B. Chris to a safe spot. "Limited!"

A holy glyph appeared above DSB and it shot down a strong light, impacting into it.

"The crowd here hates us with passion!" Zelda said as the Shroobs raised even more signs.

"W-what do they have now?" Mallow asked.

The Shroobs had many yellow "Ms" and they threw a Pocket Chomp, the monster held up the item and a Chain Chomp appeared, who started to chase Mallow around the arena. "U-UAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" B. Mallow cried as Mallow hurried to get away from the unchained dog.

"Baby!" B. Mario held up a Fire Flower, making Mario, Luigi and B. Luigi with himself to get fireballs on their hands.

"Shoot!" Mario yelled firing a barrage of fireaball into DSB, the monster used its lollipop to block off the attacks.

"NOW, YOSHI!" Luigi yelled as Yoshi jumped from behind DSB, shot his tongue at it and swallowed him whole, where Yoshi started to chomp him down.

"BLUA!" Yoshi spat out DSB disgusted. "T-that thing doesn't taste so good..."

HIT! HIT! HIT!

"AAAH!" Yoshi was hit multiple times by a furious DSB who complained to him as he smacked its lollipop continuously on Yoshi before throwing him to the wall wtih fury. "H-help..." Yoshi moaned as he fell to the arena.

"Negative Gate!" Chris was able to finish his spell and created a portal of darkness on DSB, who staggered and yelled out in pain. "Attack it while it's being hit!"

"Ha!" Zelda used Din's Fire together with B. Zelda to explode lights of fire on the Shroob's ally, then the crowd began to raise many red "Ms" and threw another Pocket Chomp, who instantly turned into another Chain Chomp (with a pink bow above it) and chased Mario and B. Mario around.

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Mario ran in circles in the arena, joining up with Mallow and B. Mallow, who yelled as both Chain Chomps chased them around.

"M-MARIO!" Luigi yelled worried before DSB ran to him, smacked Luigi down several times with its lollipop and threw him away to the ground, where his face skidded along the floor in pain. "...O-Ooowww..."

"Baby Luigi!" B. Luigi said worried and tried to get Luigi up, struggling a little.

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Professor Kawashima announced.

Chris gulped once he saw DSB focusing its eyes on him. "M-META KNIGHT! USE IT!" Chris said screaming as DSB ran after him, Chris waited for Lucario to act, but the Aura Pokémon was still ashamed, looking down the floor. "LUCARIOOOOOO!!!"

"..." Lucario didn't want to listen and continued to look down with sadness at the worst moment.

"Hmph." Meta Knight called out simply doing a small swing with Galaxia and pointed it to DSB as a rainbow aura exploded in him, B. Meta Knight saw with awe as Meta Knight flew to DSB and hit it with his cape a little.

"W-what is happening?!" Luigi asked panicking as the lights of the dome turned off suddenly, everyone looked around the darkness before they heard Meta Knight, his voice echoing.

"Know my power..."

...

SLASH!!!

A long, fast and deadly slash sliced down the darkness, dealing a mortal hit on DSB, who seemed to be out of cold before it collapsed, not only that, both Chain Chomps were sliced down in halfs and they disappeared, along with the Shroobs who were about to jump down and fight, DSB roared out in extreme pain before it began to shine brightly, then, it exploded into rainbow stars as Meta Knight sheathed his sword.

"Never...underestimate me..." Meta Knight said rather coldly as the aura on him disappeared.

Music stops

"...My goodness..." Zelda said surprised.

"H-he sliced down all the enemies in a blinding speed that I couldn't even see clearly!" Pit said amazed.

"Duh, he turned off the lights." Mallow said rolling his eyes with B. Mallow.

"Alright, Princess Shroob, hand over Peach!" Mario said pointing at Princess Shroob, who only laughed evily as Shroobs began to surround the group. "...Something is wrong here..."

All the Shroobs suddenly took out hammers and slammed them into the floor where they were standing, it provoked an earthquake and a huge hole was created under their feet.

"...Ha! We can still escape by jumping!" Yoshi said grinning as he tried to jump over the abyss, however, the group tried to jump, but they couldn't do it properly. "U-ugh! W-what's wrong?! Why can't we jump?!"

"Surprise, surprise, nya!" Dark Bowyer appeared from the portal and they glared at him. "Cancelled button function to jump I did, nya! Special powers of mine, nya nya nya!"

"Button function to jump?" Zelda repeated confused as Bowyer took out 4 panels with the "A," B," Y," and "X" from his back, the "A" was in a black color than the other ones that were white, making Mario and Mallow to gasp at this.

"W-wait! He used that kind of magic like that time, right Mario?" Mallow asked.

"Y-yes he did, but I wonder why he can do that." Mario said.

"So, let me get this straight, that "A" button was canceled and affected us in some way, meaning we can't jump, correct?" Fox asked.

Chris sweatdropped in shame. "Correct."

"...Aw, fu-" Fox wasn't able to finish his curse before all of them with their babies fell in the hole, screaming and crying loudly as we see all the Shroobs laughing evily at this, then the screen goes inside the long hole before the darkness covers it completly...

Preview of the next chapter

"I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!" Lucario said falling into the ground as he began to cry silently. "I-I tried everything to apologize to them...and...I can't...do it..."

...

"Nya nya nya!" Dark Bowyer laughed evily. "End this, I will! Here, your journey ends, idiots! Nya nya nya nya!"

Petey roared agreeding with him.

...

"...Lucario...we...need you...forgive us..."

"...Chris...I...should be the one...apologizing..."

...

"Next time: Baby tears and good byes." Luigi said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Gritzy Caverns
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Yoshi
, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Baby Mario, Baby Luigi, Baby Chris, Baby Riolu, Baby Meta Knight, Baby Zelda, Baby Fox, Baby Wolf, Baby Pit, Baby Mallow
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 12, 2008, 07:48:23 PM
Chapter 95: Baby tears and good byes

Flashback

The Hands Daycare Center
Infirmary

"Now, now B. Roy... B. Riolu is locked up in the room, he won't hurt you anymore," Master Hand said giving B. Roy, who was sitting on a high bed, a lollipop, the small redhead swordsman took it and whimpered a little. "Hey... I know what it's going to cheer you up...or to be more precise, who."

Crazy Hand came from the door carrying B. Chris, who was happy to see B. Roy. "Aaaaaaaaaand here you go," Crazy Hand put B. Chris close to B. Roy, the new baby tilted his head worried as B. Roy sobbed silently. "Another job done by great me!"

"Yeah, yeah."

"Heheh!" B. Chris giggled and B. Roy looked at him, clearing his tears.

"P-please...no Riolu..." B. Roy pleaded shuddering.

"Let's leave them alone for a while," Master Hand said leaving the room, before Crazy Hand left with him, but by breaking down the wall. "...And let's see if we can find a way to cure your unnecessary but stupid crazyness..."

"Hmm?" B. Chris tilted his head again.

"He bad..." B. Roy showed him his hand, it was bleeding a little. "H-he...he bit me...uhhh..."

"...Hmm..." B. Chris got a worried look and noticed that B. Roy was about to cry loudly by his injure, the new baby hummed to get B. Roy's attention and he looked at him.

"Y-yes?"

"Hmm, hmm hmm hmm!"

"Y-you going to talk to him?"

"Hmm!" B. Chris nodded smiling a little.

"N-no! H-he hurt me again!"

"Nuh-uh!" B. Chris shook his head, trying to reassure B. Roy.

"...You promise?"

"Uh-huh! Uh-huh! Heheheh!" B. Chris nodded happily as he giggled.

"...P-please...no more..." B. Roy said closing his eyes scared.

"...Riiiiiiiii..."

"H-Huh?!" B. Roy noticed a shadow approaching to the infirmary below the door, it was B. Riolu, who was apparently hungry for more "revenge" and looked around for B. Roy, the small swordsman began to panic and looked around for something to hide. "N-no! P-please! H-help me!" B. Roy pleaded to B. Chris, who looked around for a hiding spot.

"...Hmm!" B. Chris pointed to a rather big door where medicines were kept.

"Y-yes!" B. Roy jumped out from the bed and ran inside the medicine's door, where he hid behind and hugged his legs to avoid making noise.

"Riiiiiii..." B. Riolu entered inside the infirmary, growling as he looked around the place.

"Heheheheheh!" B. Chris giggled happily, but B. Riolu wasn't focused on him and searched the room carefully. "...Huh?"

"Riiiiiiiiiii..." B. Riolu growled deeply, walking slowly around the place as B. Roy hid his face behind his legs in the darkness of the backside of the door. "...Riiii..."

"(H-huh?! H-he found me?!)" B. Roy thought scared as he heard footsteps coming towards him.

"...RiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIII!!!" B. Riolu glared at the door that B. Roy was using to hide from him, the baby Pokémon slowly reached the handle and prepared to open it with all his forces and leap to B. Roy.

However...

"UUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"Ri? Ri ri ri?" B. Riolu snapped out of his rage and looked back to B. Chris, who began to cry loudly and moved around the bed, B. Riolu began to sweat and went to him by jumping to the bed, taking him above his arms and jumped down, the Emanation Pokémon looked at his face and licked his tears. "Riiiiii..."

"...Hmm..." B. Chris sobbed silently as B. Riolu wagged his tail.

"Riiiii!" B. Riolu got very happy and walked out from the infirmary with B. Chris on his arms, then, B. Roy came out from the door and sighed in relief.

"...T-thank you..." B. Roy said blinking surprised.

That night...

Babies Room

"Riii! Riii! Riii!" B. Riolu continued to lick B. Chris's face during the night, all the babies sleeping there wanted him to stop, but if they ever dared to stop him, they'll only get hurt severly so they tried to tolerate his "Riii!"

Although B. Chris was just pushed back and didn't even giggle at B. Riolu, the baby Pokémon stopped licking him and looked at him.

"Ri?" B. Riolu asked.

"Hmph." B. Chris stared at him with an angry look.

"Ri ri ri..."

"Nuh-uh!"

"...Riiii..." B. Riolu looked at the babies, who quickly covered their faces in fear below their bed sheets. "....Riii..." B. Riolu growled at them before B. Chris slightly slapped his face. "Ri!"

"Hmm! Hm, hm, hm ,hmm!" B. Chris said angrily.

"...Ri ri ri ri riii!" B. Riolu defended himself.

"Hmm! Hmph!" B. Chris turned his head to another way but B. Riolu tried to apologize to him.

"Riiii! Riiii! Riiii!"

Apparently, B. Chris was mad at B. Riolu for hurting all the babies the previous occasions, and even when he bit B. Roy in the hand that day, B. Riolu said that he was trying to protect B. Chris from those "insensitive" jerks with parents.

"Hmm! Hmm!!!" B. Chris said angrily and B. Riolu gasped.

"R-ri!" B. Riolu's eyes widened, he didn't realize B. Chris had parents all along and looked down in shame. "...Riii..." B. Riolu covered his eyes with his small hands and began to sob silently.

"...Hmph..." B. Chris decided to sleep and see if B. Riolu could get to a conclusion of this problem by tomorrow morning.

Gritzy Caverns
Below the Koopa Dome

Area: The Cave

"Uuhhh...uhhh..." B. Chris was about to cry after they fell through the hole, but B. Riolu licked his face for all the time to calm him down.

"...We're...fine...huh?" Lucario was the first one to woke up from his unconscious state, he was very distracted during the fight that he wasn't able to avoid the fall, he looked to all the Smashers who were unconscious, except for the babies who managed to avoid the fall by their adult selves's backs. "...Babies?"

"Riii..." B. Riolu growled at Lucario who stood up and walked slowly to them. "Riiii."

"L-look, I want to apologize...it wasn't necessary to scare you in that fight...please..." Lucario kneeled to them. "...Forgive me...I promise that won't happen again..."

"...Riii..." B. Riolu looked to B. Chris, who hid his face in his mantel. "Ri ri ri, ri!"

"N-no!" Lucario looked at them with a shocked face.

"Ri ri ri ri ri, ri ri ri, ri!" B. Riolu said angrily, turning his back on him.

"I don't understand anything..." B. Meta Knight said as the babies walked to B. Riolu and B. Chris.

"Me neither." B. Zelda said.

"I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!" Lucario said falling into the ground as he began to cry silently. "I-I tried everything to apologize to them...and...I can't...do it..."

"Look! Big doggy crying!" B. Mallow said pointing at Lucario who buried his face in his arms, sobbing.

"I'm...sad..." B. Fox said looking down.

"I feel sorry for Lucario...but he big meanie to us!" B. Wolf said.

"B-but Lucario wants to be forgived..." B. Pit said.

B. Chris heard Lucario's sobs and the baby uncovered his face and looked to the Aura Pokémon, his eyes got a sad expression...

...But wait!

W-what are those...curious...things on Lucario?

Those...those...those....

...Those...those pink spots on his feet...they look like they're begging to be rubbed and tickled...

"...Riiiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" B. Chris said blinking surprised after he looked at Lucario's feet or more specifically, the pink spots on them. "Hmm! Hmm! Hmm!" B. Chris pointed at Lucario's feet and the babies looked at them.

"...Look! Pink spots!" B. Pit said blinking in surprise, Lucario wasn't able to hear them talking since he was still crying on his arms.

"You know what am I thinking?" B. Meta Knight asked moving his gloved hands a little.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Smile - Marta

"TICKLE TIME! HEHEHEHEHEH!!!" All the babies said giggling, moving their hands and fingers in unison as they all leaped to Lucario's feet and started to tickle his pink spots.

"...Uhhh...uhhh...uh...ha...haha...hahahaha..." Lucario started to laugh silently as the babies giggled and tickled his feet. "...Hahahahahaha....hahahahahah, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! S-STOP! IT TICKLES ME! P-PLEASE! STOP! I CAN'T LET THE OTHERS SEE M-HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"...Who the hell...is making all that noise..." Wolf asked grunting as he opened his eyes and looked to the babies on Lucario's feet, tickling them non-stop as Lucario cried out with tears and slammed his fists in the ground (making long cracks on it thanks to his brute force). "...What?"

"...Shut up...let me sleep...mhmhmhmh..." Mallow groaned before he slowly opened his eyes, seeing the babies tickling Lucario, he rubbed his eyes and blinked in surprise. "B-babies!"

"Baby Luigi! Baby! Yeah!" B. Luigi said giggling as he continued to tickle Lucario's feet.

"Who's...laughing that loud?" Mario asked grogily, rising his head a little to see the babies tickling Lucario's feet. "...What?"

"Exactly." Wolf said nodding.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"...It's that Lucario...laughing?" Chris asked shaking his head before looking at his own Pokémon laughing like never before. "...Um...what is wrong with you?"

"T-THE BABIES!!! T-THEY...HELP ME! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Lucario pleaded for mercy.

"...Oh...god..." Chris couldn't help it but he chuckled at this.

"P-PLEASE! HELP ME! I CAN'T STOP LAUGHING! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"...But why should I?"

"W-WHAT?! N-NO!"

"This could be the perfect punishment for making the babies cry for your useless anger! Hahahaha!" Chris said standing up with his hands on his hips.

"...You, my friend, have very necessary and funny punishments." Mallow said winking at Chris as he stood up.

It was no longer before the rest woke up by Lucario's laughs, once they saw him laughing out loud and tears were literally strolling down his eyes, the cracks on the ground by his fists were also part of the loudest sounds that make them wake up.

"This is...amusing..." Zelda said amused at this event, all the adults were standing around Lucario as the babies continued to tickle his feet.

"Lucario was the last person to laugh for me." Meta Knight said.

"Really? I think you were." Chris said chuckling a little.

"...Shouldn't we do something to help Lucario?" Luigi asked.

"Oh, please! This scene is pure gold!" Mallow said chuckling.

"Though he deserved this...punishment for what he did." Mario said.

"Alright guys, we had our moment to enjoy, now, let's do something about this." Fox said crossing his arms.

"You're no fun, you guys are no fun at all." Yoshi said a little ashamed.

"Ba-bies!" Luigi called out and the babies looked at the adults, many happy yells were heard as every baby reunited with their adult self, except for B. Riolu who carried B. Chris to Chris.

"Finally...they stopped..." Lucario said panting heavily as she stood up, looking down the cracks he made in the ground. "...I'm very embarrassed now..."

"And has to be the perfect apology I've seen before!" Chris said smiling to Lucario.

"...Wait, that was my punishment?!"

"The babies are perfect persons to choose appropiate punshiments, right baby me?"

"Ri!" B. Chris said nodding happily as Lucario gasped at this and looked down to him.

"Y-you're not scared of me anymore?"

"Hmm!" B. Chris shook his head giggling as a small tear ran down Lucario's cheek.

"...I'm..."

"So happy?" B. Zelda added asking.

"...Yes..."

"Well, everyone, do you think he already got enough?" Chris asked.

"Of course!" Yoshi and Mallow said.

"It's a shame this didn't last too long...but yes." Zelda said chuckling a little.

"The babies are very happy so I guess so." Mario said.

"I should've done something to stop them...but I was laughing." Pit said.

"Fine by me." Fox said.

"My opinion isn't all that important by now." Wolf said grinning a little.

"I must admit, he got enough." Meta Knight said.

"At least the babies had fun with it, so yes!" Luigi said as B. Luigi giggled.

"Well," Chris looked at Lucario. "I forgive you Lucario, and it seems B. Chris wants to stay with you again."

Lucario looked down to B. Riolu. "...You're not mad at me anymore?"

"Ri," B. Riolu closed his eyes with a happy expression. "Ri ri ri ri ri, ri ri ri."

"...What the-what do you mean you're not going to turn into a beast if you know how to control your anger?"

"Ri ri ri ri!" B. Riolu giggled as his tail wagged, then Lucario got surprised when B. Riolu got B. Chris closer to him. "Ri ri riiii."

"I-I can carry him again?"

"Ri!"

"...Thank you..." Lucario slowly placed B. Chris on his left arm and the baby wanted to say something to him. "...What is it?"

"Lucario! Lucario! Lucario!" B. Chris said happily as Lucario's eyes trembled a little.

"Y-you...you learned my name!"

"Lu-ca-ri-o! Lu-ca-ri-o! Lu-ca-ri-o! Heheheheh!" B. Chris repeated before Lucario pulled him closer to his face and he started to lick his face slowly. "Riiiii!!!"

"(Thank you....Lucario...)" Chris thought.

Area: The Cave

"Chris, I sense high concentrations of Shadow Bugs further inside this cave, it must be Bowyer guarding the fourth Star Spirit, there's also another Subspace Bomb close to that monster!" Kawashima said.

"Then we should move on and disable the bomb, rescue Muskular and defeat Bowyer once again!" Mallow said as B. Mallow nodded.

"But what will we do if he cancels our movements again with his weird magic?" Yoshi asked.

"It's an issue, he could cancel every move of ours whenever he wants to." Mario said.

"Yeah, special moves, jumps, basic attack, even using items!" Mallow explained.

"That could be a really pain in the as-" Wolf's mouth was blocked.

"Not in front of the babies!" Zelda said angrily as Wolf snarled below her hand.

"And the babies, don't forget them." Mario reminded them.

"W-what about Petey Pirahna? H-he could eat us completely!" Luigi said shaking.

Meta Knight started to walk ahead. "I suggest we should see and experience his attacks first before we come up with a strategy to beat Bowyer, and if things get harder, about that piranha as well." Meta Knight said.

"Umm..." B. Chris hid his face inside his mantle.

"Don't worry, I won't let those 2 lay a hand on you." Lucario said.

"Okay, it's good to see my old Lucario back, so, let's finish this before the night comes!" Chris said as everyone nodded and decided to walk further inside the cave.

"M-Mario, where do you think Peach is?" Luigi asked.

"Inside Petey's belly, we saw Petey swallowing her." Zelda said remembering.

"Oh no! If we don't hurry, Petey's stomach will digest her!" Mario said running up ahead.

"W-wait up! Who knows what's beyond!" Mallow said running.

"Exactly!"

Everyone stopped for a moment after hearing a familiar voice close to them, in a room where a pipe with sand was located. "Please, tell me she isn't here..." Wolf said frowning looking up the pipe.

"For your information, yes, she's here." Yoshi said looking up with everyone else.

High above them, there was Kylie Koopa again, but she was very angry for the fact that she was tied up, hanging above the same pipe with sand, she was struggling to get out and when she looked down below where the Smashers were looking to her, she tried even more.

"Hey! What's the big idea? Unhand me, you clods!" Kylie complained.

"Whoa, she's very mad at us this time." Mallow said as B. Mallow nodded.

"Who's mad at you? I'm not! I'm mad at those Shroobs fellas!" Kylie shook her head. "Ace timing, fellas! Boogie up here and cut me loose, will ya?! Bust me out or I'm a snack for sure!"

At that moment, Petey Pirahna sprouted out from the very same pipe roaring loudly at them, the Smashers quickly backed away from the plant who tried to swallow them completely.

"That thing is hungry for more?" B. Zelda asked.

"We need to defeat him!" Mario said.

"C'mon! We're pals, ain't we? I gave you the dirt on the secret entrance, didn't I?" Kylie asked angrily.

"Actually, Wolf kind of did..." Fox pointed out.

"B-but what about Petey?" Luigi asked.

"Save me first I say!" Kylie yelled as 2 Shroobs walked to each side of her, carrying purple axes to throw Kylie down in Petey. "Now it's your turn to be good eggs, or it's curtains for me! C'mon, hurry up!"

The babies were scared of Petey that they hid behind their adult selves back and trembled with fear.

"W-what should we do?!" Yoshi asked panicking.

"Let the girl be eaten, she's annoying." Wolf said as a record scratched.

"WOLF!" Mostly everyone yelled annoyed, then, the Shroobs sliced the rope tying Kylie to the roof and she fell right into Petey, screaming as she was swallowed inside him.

"YOOOIKS!" Kylie yelled as Petey roared at the Smashers and dug his way in the sand, disappearing in a cloud created by the sand as the Shroobs laughed at this and walked away.

"...Now what? We need to rescue Kylie too." Yoshi said looking at the sand.

"Well, w-" Chris was interrupted before all the babies (except B. Riolu and B. Chris) jumped into the sand and began to play on it. "B-babies!"

"Sand! Sand sand sand! Heheheh!" B. Pit said as he tried to build a sand castle.

"Wait, you shouldn't play there, what if the sand is quicksand?" Zelda asked.

"...Huh?" B. Mallow noticed something moving below the sand and he looked down to his feet, that were starting to enter the sand slowly. "U-UAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"I-it's quicksand! The babies are in danger!" Luigi said panicking.

"Riii!" B. Riolu jumped off from Chris's arms and he quickly ran above the sand, picking one baby at a time as he crossed the pipe, every baby was being taken out from the sand and sobbed a little before the adult self calmed him or her down, when he was done saving B. Zelda, he sighed in relief.

"Thank you!" B. Zelda said kissing him on the cheek before returning to Zelda.

"...Riii..." B. Riolu blushed a little as Chris picked him up.

"Riolu! You're the babies's hero!" Chris said raising him above.

"Ri?" B. Riolu looked at the babies behind the adults who were moving their hands up and down as they cheered to him.

"Riolu! Riolu! Riolu! Riiiii!" The babies cheered in unison imitating B. Riolu's speech.

"Riolu! Riolu! Riolu! Riiiii!" B. Chris also cheered and made B. Riolu blush in embarrassment.

"....Riiiii!!!" B. Riolu's tail wagged a lot as Chris hugged him close to his face.

"That's why I love babies..." Yoshi said sighing in relief.

"What a relief, I thought the babies were going to sink in the sand." Pit said as B. Pit nodded.

"...Riii..." B. Riolu muttered as the group decided to go further inside the cave, where he began to remember the next part of his past.

Flashback

The Hands Daycare Center
Babies's Room

Final Fantasy lX - An Unforgotten Face

"Hmm...hmm...hmm..."

"...Ri!"

"Hmm...hmm...hmm..."

"Ri! Ri! Ri!"

"...Hmm?" B. Chris shook his head and woke up grogily, the baby turned to B. Riolu who was shaking him a little. "Huh?"

"Ri ri ri ri..."

B. Chris blinked surprised. "Huh?"

"Ri ri ri!" B. Riolu nodded.

"Ah!" B. Chris nodded happily and B. Riolu carried him in his arms to the playground.

Playground

"N-no!" B. Link said gasping, alerting the babies that B. Riolu got outside, all the babies didn't move as B. Riolu stared at them, blinking normally as he held Chris in his arms.

"Hmm!" B. Chris pointed to B. Roy, who was with B. Marth and B. Meta Knight playing in the sand box.

"P-please! Don't hurt me again!" B. Roy pleaded hiding behind B. Marth who glared at B. Riolu with B. Meta Knight as the baby Pokémon walked to them slowly.

"Get away!" B. Meta Knight said angrily.

"No fights!" B. Marth said angrily.

"...Riii..." B. Riolu looked down disappointed.

"Hmm! Hmm! Hmm hmm hmm, hmm!" B. Chris said to them.

"What Chris saying?" B. DK asked.

"I dunno." B. Ike said.

"...Riii..." B. Riolu took out a red lollipop to B. Roy and looked at him as his face was still down, but his crimson eyes still looking at him. "Ri ri riiii..."

B. Roy stared at the lollipop, then he looked at B. Riolu. "T-that for me?"

"Riiii..." B. Riolu said nodding ashamed.

"Hmm... Riolu apologizing?" B. Marth asked.

"Uh-huh." B. Chris said.

"Ri ri ri ri ri riiii..." B. Riolu said closing his eyes as he hugged B. Chris in fear.

"Hmm..." B. Chris rubbed his head a little.

"..." B. Roy was still staring at the lollipop, he slowly reached the candy and took it quickly from B. Riolu. "...Riolu not mad anymore?"

"Riiiii..." B. Riolu nodded.

"A-ha! Heheheheh!" B. Chris giggled happily.

"...Hey! Riolu not angry anymore!" B. Ike said smiling a little.

"Can we play with Chris from now?" B. Kirby asked curiously.

"Riiii!" B. Riolu said nodding as his tail wagged.

"Hmm!" B. Chris pointed at B. Riolu.

"Riolu wants to be friend with us?" B. Falco asked.

"Uh-huh!" B. Chris said nodding.

002 - Putting Words Together

"Yippie! No more fights!" B. Roy said happily licking his lollipop as the babies cheered.

"We can play together again!" B. Zelda said to B. Chris who nodded giggling with her.

"Rii! Rii! Rii!" B. Riolu said wagging his tail.

"Who wants to play tag?" B. Kirby asked and every baby raised their hands cheering at this.

Master Hand's Office

"B-brother! Look!" Crazy Hand called his brother who floated to the window and looked outside in the playground. "T-the babies! They're playing with B. Riolu!"

"I can't believe it...B. Riolu opened himself to all of them..." Master Hand said trailing off. "...But why? Why did he open himself to them?"

"I dunno, but I was eavesdropping the babies as I've been doing lately and I think B. Chris had something to do with it."

"You were eavesdropping on th-" Master Hand shook himself. "Nevermind that...then B. Chris changed B. Riolu's ways?"

"Yup, look! B. Riolu has it! Oh man, B. Fox now's in trouble!" Crazy Hand said excited.

"...I think B. Chris has a special talent...the talent to make friends understand and resolve their differences with each other...that baby is going to be a very strong young man when he grows up..." Master Hand said as a faint (invisible) smile formed in him as the babies laughed, giggled and ran around the playground.

End of flashback

Gritzy Caverns
Below the Koopa Dome

"Riii..." B. Riolu leaned closer to Chris and decided to sleep without making any noise.

"Riolu? Riolu? Are you wake?" Chris asked but B. Riolu yawned a little before he fell asleep. "...What happened to you?"

"I think he just got tired, he hasn't taken his sleep time in a while." Zelda said before B. Zelda got tired as well and rested. "And that goes for all of them..."

"Dreamy...dreamy...huuuuuuhhh..." B. Pit's eyes slowly closed as he fell asleep on Pit's back, every single baby, except for B. Mario and B. Luigi, fell asleep.

"I don't blame them, they're just babies." Mallow said.

"So, what are you all going to do once we return the babies?" Yoshi asked. "I'm asking you this because this is the last time we'll go around carrying them, and some of you've grown fond of them."

"I'm going to miss B. Riolu," Chris said looking to B. Riolu. "I love to have Riolus close to me, but he needs to return...it's going to be sad."

"I'm gonna miss you, big me" B. Meta Knight said talking in his sleep.

"...I think I'm going to do the same thing." Meta Knight said.

"You will?"

"..." Meta Knight chuckled a little. "It was very interesting to find my baby self here in this world, but once we part ways, try to be..."

"Strong?"

"...Yes."

"And you," Zelda said looking over her shoulder to B. Zelda. "Rule Hyrule with loyalty and defend yourself from Ganondorf."

"...Yes..." B. Zelda said smiling a little.

"(And speaking of Ganondorf, I wonder what is Link doing right now...I hope he returns.)"

"I've got to say, my baby was as funny as I am right now!" Mallow said chuckling a little. "...But it's ironic that we met again, doesn't it?"

"I'm going to kill that hand..." Zelda muttered angrily because she hated Master Hand to do things behind her back, and to her.

"And what about you?"

"Me?" Fox asked. "Well...I'm happy for using my own baby self as a test to see if I'm ready to be fath-"

"No, just no, forget it." Chris said.

"W-what? Why?"

"You're pretty much good without a baby, trust me, you're not, and absolutly, NOT prepared yet to be a father."

Fox rolled his eyes. "Like I care, I'm ready."

"...Whatever," Wolf said frowning. "Heh, I, myself, didn't grow that much with this baby."

"...Huuuuhhh..." B. Wolf yawned a little.

"...But then again, he got what it takes to kill Fox's baby anytime." Wolf said grinning at Fox.

Yoshi sweatdropped at this. "...Have you ever thought before you have a creepy obsession with Fox all the time?"

"The old man is strange, leave him alone." Chris said moving his right hand.

"Strange? Me?! Kid, I'm not strange!"

"Okay, before this discussion keeps going on questioning your gend-"

Wolf aimed his Blaster at him. "Finish that word and you'll be finished as well."

"L-Lucario do something please!"

"I...don't want to be separated yet from him," Lucario said looking down to B. Chris, who moved his head to get comfortable in Lucario's arm. "I want to spend more time with him..."

"Aw, Lucario wobby aboubby libbly baby?" Mallow asked.

Lucario blushed slightly. "D-don't talk to me like that!"

"Shh, you're going to wake up the baby!"

"...Y-you're right..."

"HEEEEEEEELP!" Chris was being chased around by Wolf, trying to get Lucario's attention.

"Chris, shut up! You're going to wake up your baby self!" Lucario said.

"WHAT?!" Chris ducked in time by 2 blasts. "H-hey! Your baby is ganging up on me?!"

"At least we share something in common!" Wolf shouted as B. Wolf giggled and tried to shoot Chris.

"Everyone, stop!" Mario said as everybody stared at him.

Music stops

"W-why?" Yoshi asked.

"We're here, that's why." Mario said pointing at the big door before them.

"...Hey...why am I feeling we traveled the whole cave in little time?" Chris said stopping in his tracks.

"Because all of you kept talking about what would you do when your babies return to Master Hand." Luigi reminded them.

"...As how stupid this sounds, we were ignoring many things as we talked." Meta Knight said.

"Oh, well," Mallow tilted his head. "Then let's end this oddysey and rescue Muskular for Geno!"

"You 2, on the weird blue panel, now." Zelda said staring at the 4-person only blue panel in front of the door.

"...G-geez, you're demanding..." Luigi said as Mario, the babies and himself jumped above the button and the door began to tremble, after 5 seconds of trembling and the lock opening between the door, however, a small, invisible door opened in the right side of the door.

"...Okay, that, was completely, unnecessary." Yoshi said sweatdropping.

"Agreed." Fox said nodding in embarrassment before they all walked inside.

Petey Pirahna's Chamber

"You 2, hit the purple block, now." Zelda said pointing at the purple block floating in midair above a pipe with sand.

"S-stop being demanding for a chance!" Luigi complained before he went to hit the block by jumping below it, oddly enough, it just went even higher. "...What?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 13, 2008, 09:22:41 PM
"Umm...something is not right here..." Mario said looking around.

"(And Mario wins a Fort 2300!)" Chris thought as the crowd cheered inside his head. "...I don't like how this looks anymore..."

He was really right, the sand began to shook violently and from below Luigi and B. Luigi, Petey Pirahna pushed them out of the way and ate the ? Block, before spitting it out to the wall where it made a crack and disappeared upon the impact.

"U-UAAAHHH!!" B. Luigi woke up crying as Luigi tried desperately to calm him down.

"T-there he is!" Mallow said gasping as Petey Pirahna roared loudly, awakening all the babies in the process.

"Everyone! I sense the Subspace Bomb on the other side of that wall!" Kawashima said alarmed.

"And Petey just happens to be in the way..." Chris said blinking bored.

"And me too, nya!" Dark Bowyer appeared from the portal, just besides Petey.

"Great, the weirdo who speaks weirdly is here too." Mallow said.

"Nya nya nya!" Dark Bowyer laughed evily. "End this, I will! Here, your journey ends, idiots! Nya nya nya nya!"

Petey roared agreeding with him.

"I-I don't think so!" Chris said stomping forward. "I-I hate people who says that to me just to ruin my fun AND adventure!"

"I hate people who doesn't agree either, nya!" Dark Bowyer said spinning his eyes madly.

"...He didn't talk weird now." Mallow pointed out.

"...NYA!" Dark Bowyer stomped the sand. "HATE YOU! HATE YOU! HATE YOU I DO, NYA!"

Petey roared furiously at this as his stomach grumbled, then he started to dance sideways.

"...Why is he...looking at the babies?" Yoshi asked worried, odd thing because of the fact that Petey didn't have eyes to begin with.

"...Because he wants to eat them alive!" Luigi said panicking as the babies blinked in unison, looked at each other and hid behind their adult selves, trembling.

"Now," Dark Bowyer took out 3 arrows from his skinny back as Petey jumped slightly to float in midair flapping his hands. "HERE, YOU DIE! NYA!"

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga - Boss Battle Theme

"DIE!" Dark Bowyer fired his 3 arrows to the sky and Petey flew high up doing several backflips before falling to the ground, looking away, the Smashers backstepped out of the way in different parts to avoid the arrows, but some of them got attack by 6 boulders that jumped out when Petey sunk in the ground with the impact.

"UGH!" Yoshi backed away when the boulder broke on him. "W-where's Petey?!"

"YUUH!" Petey called from underneath Yoshi swallowing him as he rose up from the ground, starting to munch Yoshi inside his mouth.

"OWW! OWW! HELP!"

"Don't worry, I'll help!" Mallow said running to Petey and preparing to use Star Rain. "Star Rai-"

"Y function, OFF!" Dark Bowyer yelled cancelling the "Y" function to everyone, a spring sound came from nowhere and indicated that the spell was in effect.

"Um...how do I do Star Rain again?" Mallow asked worried and confused to his baby self who yelled as Petey spat Yoshi out directly to them, slamming the Yoshi on both cloud princes. "H-hey! Watch it!"

"S-sorry...he bit me to no end..." Yoshi said moaning in pain.

"Er, I don't know how to use this, anyone care to tell me?" Meta Knight asked holding Galaxia with confusion.

"STATIC E, NYA!" Dark Bowyer called out some sort of data/electrical attack that scratched all the party severly.

"U-ugh, how did he use that?" Zelda asked panting a little.

"I don't know, but what I do know is he is going down!" Wolf said rushing towards Dark Bowyer his claws ready to slice him up.

"A function, OFF!" Dark Bowyer called out cancelling jumps and normal basic attacks as he laughed maniacally.

"W-what? H-how do I attack with my claws?" Wolf asked looking at his claws, confused before Dark Bowyer shot a barrage of 10 arrows straight to him. "U-UGH!"

"We should split up and pick our enemies!" Chris suggested.

"Right." Zelda said running to Petey and used Din's Fire together with her baby self, the flash of fire went straight to Petey's mouth, the plant thought it was a candy and he ate it, before an explosion happened in his mouth that he began to blow his tongue.

"Lucario! Use Aura Sphere on his mouth!"

"GUUUUUAAAAARGGH!!!" Lucario fired a charged Aura Sphere straight to Petey's mouth, another explosion impacted on Petey and the creature fell on his back, the pirahna tried to get up, struggling with his tiny feet.

"He's down, do an all-out attack or something!"

"I have a better idea!" Mario said taking out a Green Shell and put B. Mario on it before kicking the shell to Petey's head, the shell went back to Mario and he returned it as it spun back to Petey. "I-I won't handle this speed for much longer!"

"Then let me help!" Fox said rolling to Mario, replacing him with the kicks and the vulpine began to kick hard the shell back to Petey, although after 7 kicks the shell broke and B. Mario went soaring the air over Petey and landed just in Chris's arms.

"Yay! Yay! Yeah!" B. Mario said moving his hands up and down.

"Aw, you're so cute when you're near!" Chris said hugging B. Mario with B. Riolu.

"YUCK!" Petey roared angrily and managed to get back on feet, slapping his face with his hands before looking at the Smashers. "BLUARGH!"

"...EWW!" Zelda squealed as Petey puked on Fox and B. Fox, covering them in a sticky, brown mud that they had to close their eyes.

"...Oh, you've got to be kidding me..." Fox said as he wiped out the vomit on his eyes.

"Second time?" B. Fox asked embarrassed.

"Second time." Fox said nodding disgusted as he tried to move around, but slipped in the mud and fell on his face. "...This is just not my day...AGAIN." Fox muttered on the ground.

"LOOK OUT!" Luigi yelled as Petey jumped in the air and tried to crush Pit and B. Pit, but the 2 rolled out of the way in time and evaded Petey's weight.

"BLUARGH! BLUARGH! BLUARGH!" Petey began to puke all around him and goody mud covered most of the ground.

"Great, now we have to watch out not to slip and for that weirdo." Mallow said annoyed.

"Weirdo?! WEIRDO?! HATE YOU SO MUCH I DO, BOLT, NYA!" Dark Bowyer called out a fast but small lightning that crossed Mallow for a second before disappearing.

"YEOW! D-do you know how much I hate that attack?!" Mallow complained rubbing his head.

"I do of course! The times you cried out in pain I still remember, nya nya nya!"

"T-then stop it! Star Rain!"

"Sta Ra!" B. Mallow called out.

"Y-you wait! C-cancelled the B button I haven't-NYAAAA!!" Dark Bowyer yelled out as 2 big Starmans began to bounce 14 times each above him before mentioned attacks bounced off disappearing as Dark Bowyer raised his hand twitching in pain from the small crater he was. "...Hate babies...I do...nya..."

"Oh? That's all?" Mallow asked tilting his head with his baby self who giggled.

"...NO! ELECTRIC ORB!" Dark Bowyer's twitching hand fired an orb of electricity and it went crashing in both characters who were trapped in a rising wave of electricity, who cried out in pain and Mallow fell to his knees panting.

"...I guess...you're stronger this time..."

"Eldstar! Please come o-" Chris was interrupted as Dark Bowyer snapped his fingers, cancelling the "Y" button. "N-no! How do I call Eldstar out?!" Chris asked to B. Riolu who just blinked confused.

"....RiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIiiiiii..." B. Riolu said.

"...Apart that from being very cute, that didn't help."

"Ri." B. Riolu looked down.

"Aw, thank you at least for trying."

"Ri!"

"Yes, I know, hug me you little Ema-"

"RI!" B. Riolu pointed behind Chris.

"Wha-" Chris was suddenly attacked by 3 boulders that hit his back several times, making him back away in pain. "Ugh!... Now...you're so dead...stupid plant!" Chris said furiously slamming Tokunaga in the muddy ground and it grew up. "Go and attack that thing!"

Unfortunately, Tokunaga tried to run to Petey, but it slipped and fell on its back thanks to the mud, making B. Riolu giggled at this.

"Does somebody know how to get rid of the mud?" Zelda asked watching her steps.

"Unless we had something to wipe it out...is there any broom here?" Yoshi asked throwing several eggs to Dark Bowyer who kept shooting them down with his arrows.

"Or water?" B. Zelda asked.

"UA-OWW!" Luigi tripped in the mud and his baby self was so against him since he was laughing out loud. "W-why do you keep laughing at me?!" Luigi asked to his baby self who just pointed at him in amusement. "Noooooo-ho-ho-hooooo!!"

"Anything to make this vomit disappear would be good!" Wolf complained trying to shoot Petey, who slid through the vomit and slammed his head right into him, the lupine was about to crash into a wall but he managed to put his feet on the wall in time and jump back to safe ground.

"...Wait...Petey just sled in the vomit so...I got it!" Chris said snapping his fingers. "We'll slide around the vomit and attack while we're at it!"

"Like in the parties Luigi!" Mario said.

"Y-yes...like in the parties..." Luigi muttered in the mud.

"...Lucario, get Luigi." Chris said sweatdropping.

"Alright." Lucario nodded and jumped straight to Luigi (evading the arrows that Dark Bowyer tried to shoot him), he took Luigi's hand and pulled him back to feet.

"...UAH!" Luigi got scared once he stared at Lucario's eyes that made him back away to the wall as he sled.

"Can we just attack now?" Chris asked complaining.

"We can't, that monster blocked our attacks with those buttons!" Pit said, barely dodging Petey's vomit once again by flying a little in the air.

"X button, OFF!" Dark Bowyer cancelled the options to use items, and as an extra, block Chris's change of jobs.

"You're dead now! O twisted door of distortion, open wide!" Chris casted spinning his staff.

"Hmm!" B. Chris took out a small staff from his mantle and started to move it above him.

"Negative Gate!" Both characters pinted at Petey Pirahna and 2 gates of darkness appeared at the same time, dealing a great and large amount of damage to Petey who twitched in pain constantly.

"BLUARGH!" Petey said angrily as he quickly dug with his hands and disappeared below the ground.

"Be careful, he may sprout out below us at the worst moment to bite us to death!" Yoshi said jumping in the air to evade being bitten by Petey.

"Lucario, use your aura to spot him!" Chris ordered.

"Hmm..." Lucario glowed and examined the ground. "...Pit! He is going after you!"

"T-thanks!" Pit said nodding and rolled out of the way (getting covered in the mud) as Petey sprout out closing his fangs and glared at Pit for evading his attack that he quickly returned to the earth.

"Keep going Lucario!" Chris said as he casted Limited with his baby self.

"...Meta Knight!" Lucario yelled.

"Oh no, don't you? Nya? A button, OFF!" Dark Bowyer snapped his fingers cancelling the function to jump and do basic attacks.

"U-ugh, I can't jump...we need to defeat him!" Meta Knight before Petey sprouted out from the earth and ate him along with his baby self, biting them down as B. Meta Knight screamed inside his mouth.

"Somebody...save them!" Mallow said as he evaded Bolt from Dark Bowyer.

"I'm on it." Zelda said using Din's Fire, again, with B. Zelda to explode the flash in Petey, but the plant didn't stagger that much and kept munching both knights inside his mouth.

"Tokunaga! Use Surge Breaker with a slide effect!" Chris told Tokunaga who nodded its head and rushed to Petey, calling a thunder from above him and Tokunaga spun his right arm which glowed brightly as he slid to the plant and collided its fist right into his stomach, making Petey cough out both knights who struggled to get up.

"T-thank you..." B. Meta Knight said weakly.

"M-Meta Knight, are you feeling okay?"

"That creature almost takes me out...but I should be fine if I can evade his attacks." Meta Knight said taking out Galaxia to use Drill Rush on Petey's forehead, the plant screamed out in pain as Meta Knight landed back on the mud.

"He's hiding inside the earth again!" Mario said as Petey quickly hid inside, but some seconds later, his head sprout out and the earth began to shake.

"W-what now?!" Luigi asked panicking before he felt his feet sinking in the earth. "OH NO!"

"Q-quick! We need to jump to get out!" Fox yelled trying to jump from the sand, but unfortunately the effect of Dark Bowyer's magic was still on. "G-GRR! He's keeping us in!"

"NYA NYA NYA! AND FOR THE FINALE, ARROW RAIN!" Dark Bowyer shot a shining arrow to the roof before it exploded into dozens and dozens of orange glowing arrows that damaged the entire party severly, even the babies screamed in pain and held back their tears.

"GUUUUUAAAAAARRRRGGGGGHHHHH!!!" Lucario got furious once an arrow touched B. Chris's face and launched a rapid Aura Sphere on Dark Bowyer, collinding with his skinny body and into the wall where he moaned in pain.

"...Angry...must you...be?"

"BLUARGH!" Petey prepared to bite them all as the quicksand pulled them closer and closer to his mouth as the babies screamed.

"We have to do something before we enter his mouth!" Yoshi said.

"Throw anything inside him!" Zelda yelled casting Din's Fire (again with B. Zelda) continuously to Petey's mouth as Yoshi tried to threw eggs inside as well, however, Petey struggled to resist the attack as they were getting near him.

"Ha! Ya! Ha! Ya!" Pit fired arrow after arrow together with his baby self into Petey, the arrows were at least staggering Petey who grunted in rage, however, it only made things worse and Petey accelerated the effect of his attack and pulled them all inside his mouth as the quicksand turned back into normal earth, we could say the mud was gone since it entered his mouth.

"OWW! OWW! OWW! OUCH! OWW! OWW OWW!" Many yelled inside Petey's stuffed mouth as he bit at all of them before spitting them out to various parts of the chamber, crashing into the walls and falling to the ground, panting heavily.

"...H-help..." Yoshi moaned trying to get up.

"Eldstar! Come on out!" Chris prayed to the stars and Eldstar appeared spinning above Yoshi.

"Oh god...fine, but be more careful." Eldstar said feeling sorry for the Smashers before spinning around Yoshi and recovering his health by a half as he vanished.

"T-thanks Chris..." Yoshi said as he stood up, shaking his head and glaring at Petey and Dark Bowyer who laughed in unison at them.

"B funtion, OFF!" Dark Bowyer cancelled defensive moves in that moment.

"Professor, it's the Over Limit gauge...ready?" Chris asked panting a little.

"No! You need to hit them more times!" Kawashima replied.

"Yay!" B. Mario took out something from his back and Mario looked at it.

"T-that's a Trampoline? W-where did you get that?" Mario asked as B. Mario gave him the item.

"Heheheheh!" B. Mario just giggled as a response before Mario threw the Trampoline in front of him, which instantly grew a little. "Luigi! Jump on it!" Mario said as he jumped separately with B. Mario to the Trampoline and high up in the darkness of the roof.

"W-wait for me!" Luigi said jumping on the Trampoline along with B. Luigi as they also disappeared.

"Where they are now?! Nya?!" Dark Bowyer asked looking above before B. Luigi stomped on his face, backflipped to the Trampoline and jumped high above again. "N-NYA! SO MUCH THAT HURTS, IDIOT-OWW!" B. Mario came stomping on his face, jumped back to the Trampoline and disappeared.

"YIUCK!" Petey was then stomped by Mario, then Luigi, then B. Mario stomped on Dark Bowyer again as B. Luigi stomped on Petey.

"Wait, both of them are very far away from each other..." Pit said wondering as he glanced at the Trampoline.

"Maybe..." Zelda wondered before all their babies (except B. Chris for obvious reasons) giggled, jumped off their backs and jumped into the Trampoline, pushing them high above where they joined to frenzy of stomps together with the brothers at a moderate speed that kept growing overtime.

"I've got it! Let's join 'em!" Mallow said jumping in the Trampoline as he disappeared in the roof's darkness, he later came stomping on Dark Bowyer before backflipping to the Trampoline and joined the stomp frenzy.

"...Fine fine, I'm going now," Wolf frowned. "...Such ridiculous way to get rid of them..." Wolf muttered as everybody jumped in the Trampoline.

"OWW! OOF! OWW! OUCH! OUCH! OOF! OWW! NYA! OUCH!" Dark Bowyer yelled in great pain as every single character kept stomping his face continuously in the insane speed that each one of them were falling, both Dark Bowyer and Petey Pirahna were being damage continuously and their healths were dropping greatly. "DO SOMETHING YOU, NYA!"

"YIUCK!" Petey struggled to get out and shot a small muddy goo to the Trampoline, the item went away and vanished as everybody landed back in the ground, somewhat dizzied but recovered their selfs once they shook their heads.

"Psychopath!" Mallow called out shining a spotlight on Dark Bowyer. "...Hmm...his health is still big, but we got half of it down!"

"Sykopa!" B. Mallow called out shining another spotlight in Petey Pirahna. "...Too! Too! Too!"

"Really?"

"Yeah!"

"Alright! We're doing progress now!"

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Kawashima said.

"The tables are...turning up for our favor." Meta Knight said.

"Meta Knight, think you can defeat them with one blow as you did with that Shroob?" Mallow asked.

"...I don't think so, I managed to kill that alien with one hit because the Shadow Bugs not only boosted its strange, but it boosted the tooth decay it had that made him weaker to my own Final Smash." Meta Knight explained.

"...Is tooth decay that bad?"

"Apparently so."

Leaving Meta Knight's knowledge aside and the fact that those monsters didn't have tooth decays (much for Chris's funny dismay), the group noticed Dark Bowyer firing another shining arrow that turned into a rain of orange arrows that spreaded quickly around the room, damaging all of them.

"No!" B. Wolf climbed Wolf's head a little and used his own Reflector to return some arrows to Dark Bowyer, who got surprised and attacked at the same time.

"Heh, good work." Wolf said.

"Yippie!" B. Wolf wagged his tail a little.

"I think it's time for you to use your Final Smash, Wolf!" Chris called as Petey ducked to bite him, but Lucario stepped in the way and used his hands to maintain Petey's mouth open and prevent Chris and B. Riolu (B Chris too because Lucario gave him to Chris quickly). "T-thank you Lucario!"

"Lu-ca-ri-o! Riii!" B. Chris and B. Riolu said giggling.

"You, get off me, this is something you shouldn't take part of yet." Wolf ordered his baby who got depressed but nodded, jumping off his back and running to Zelda. "...Yeah, go with the one who's supporting your back."

"SHUT UP AND USE YOUR FINAL SMASH ALREADY!" Chris yelled as he ran away from a shower of arrows from Dark Bowyer, trying to protect both babies too as the monster kept firing arrows to the air and try to land them of the Smashers.

Wolf rolled his eye before he put his right hand in front of his face and closed his eye. "Time to get gone," He opened his eye with a glare. "And out of my sight!" Wolf said making a motion in front of him like if he wanted to slice someone with same claw before an explosion took place on him and a rainbow aura covered his body, then he rushed towards Petey evading the arrows that Dark Bowyer tried to hit on him.

"X button, OFF!" Dark Bowyer snapped his fingers to block items and Chris's change of jobs usage as he focused his aiming at Wolf.

"Guard him! O twisted door of distortion, open wide!... Here comes a new spell!" Chris said shining for a moment before using a new spell he learned. "Bloody Howling!"

A stream of darkness sprouted below Petey and waves of negative thoughts and dark pulses pushed him into air as he was being constantly damaged by the new attack Chris casted on him.

"That was effective." Zelda said.

"Then let me use it again! "O hellion whose roar chills the very soul, resound!"

"UAAAAAAHHHH!!!" B. Chris screamed once he saw more arrows coming their way and hid inside his mantle, whimpering in fear.

"RiiiiiiIIIIIII!!!" B. Riolu got furious and used his steel plates on his arms to protect his trainer, the arrows made some pain in B. Riolu but he managed to block the arrows in time as Chris was able to finish his chant.

"Bloody Howling!" Chris called forth another stream of negative waves below Petey who was still being stopped by Lucario's brute force, once the Aura Pokémon saw Wolf almost close to Petey, he quickly backstepped out of the way doing 2 backflips, standing right besides Chris when he stopped.

"We're gonna have fun with this thing..." Wolf said dealing a strong uppercut in Petey's chin as he disappeared in the darkness of the roof before a huge, red Landmaster crushed Petey an-

Music stops

"WAIT! STOP!" The scene suddenly freezes like an old movie and Fox appeared by standing up and staring with an angry expression to Wolf's Landmaster. "What the hell is the meaning of this?! When can he use a Landmaster?!"

"Fox, Fox, Fox," Wolf appeared in the other side of the screen, with crossed arms, eye closed, and grinning too as he chuckled (much for Fox's annoyance since he grunted at him). "Your team isn't that hard to hijack."

"Hijack? Wait, were you the one who stole the Landmaster's blueprints from Peppy then?!"

"Affirmative, that wasn't part of my original plan to sabbotage the Great Fox, but hey," Wolf smirked at him as he opened his eye. "I had to admit, using your own technology against you is a dream coming true."

"You mean is a nightmare coming true to me."

"Have you gotten any sense of awareness, Fox?"

"I hate to interrupt the subject," Chris appeared upside-down above them and they looked at him. "But right now, we have a fight to watc-I mean, end, so stop talking between sce-I mean, fights, please!"

Fox rolled his eyes with annoyance. "Tsk, fine, whatever, I'm going to let you go for this time, Wolf."

"You mean, Star Wolf." Chris pointed out chuckling.

"Chris, shut up." Fox said closing his eyes, gritting his fangs.

"Alright, alright, get on with the scene." Wolf said walking away as Chris glared at him.

"THIS IS NOT A SCENE!" Chris yelled. "Anyway, get off the reader's screen, they want a match to end, Fox."

"...Fine, as long as there is nobody else using a Landmaster, and probably NEVER, EVER used one before, it's alright with me." Fox said giving a small smile to Chris with a nod.

"..." Chris sweatdropped upside-down. "...Er...you're really going to kill Falco..."

"Excuse me? What was that you just muttered?"

"GET ON WITH THE SCENE, MIKE!" Chris yelled before we returned to the scene of the fight.

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga - Boss Battle Theme

Wolf's Landmaster landed just above Petey and the plant tried to get off, but the weight of the tank was just too much and it began to whimper in pain as Dark Bowyer gulped when the cannon was aimed directly at him.

With a cannon ready to open fire, the bow-like enemy gulped and wanted to say something before it could fire at him.

"...Oh, shi-"

And huge red blasts began to fire out the tank in quick succession.

"NYAAAA! NYAAAAAA! NYAAAAAAAA! NYAAAAAAAAA!!!" Dark Bowyer yelled in great pain as Wolf kept firing at him, inside, if somebody could see him, he was enjoying it since he was smirking, pressing the button again and again and again.

Chris noticed B. Wolf saying "Bang! Bang! Bang!" and even imitated the shots using his Blaster, not only that, B. Fox liked the attack as he did the same, but Fox? He wasn't all that hyped up. "...Fox?"

Fox's fists tightened as he closed his eyes with an angry expression. "...Don't...kill...him..." Fox muttered with gritted teeth as he panted heavily.

"...Kill Wolf?"

"He...stole...the blueprints..."

"Blueprints?"

"...Shut...up...Chris..."

B. Fox merely wagged his tail with a happy expression, contrary to his adult self who was utterly annoyed or mad off or a combination of the 2.

"...Er...go and help him!" Chris said looking to his baby self. "Now, are you ready?"

"Uh-huh!" B. Chris said nodding happily.

"Ri!" B. Riolu nodded wagging his tail.

"Wait, Lucario!" Chris called Lucario who jumped next to him.

"Yes?" Lucario asked.

"You should carry your baby self too, leave mine with me." Chris gave B. Riolu to Lucario who quickly went to his back.

"B-but..."

Chris sighed as Wolf was still firing at Dark Bowyer. "Look, I know you like my baby self, but sooner or later, you'll have to let him and B. Riolu go away, besides, he's going to be alright with me, trust me in this one, Lucario."

"Riii..." B. Riolu said as Mario evaded some gunk shots from Petey while Shiek (because Zelda transformed into her) fired rapid kunais to the backside of his head.

"...I understand..." Lucario said unsure.

"Then go and attack Petey!" Chris said before he and B. Chris started to spin their staffs above them to cast another spell as Lucario ran to Petey to slam a strong Force Palm on his stomach, B. Riolu peered from his back and used another Force Palm that was a weaker. "O hellion whose roar chills the very soul, resound!"

"Now you're gone." Wolf said pressing a button inside his Landmaster and fired a red long beam to Dark Bowyer who screamed in extreme pain as he fell to his small knee, Wolf jumped out from his Landmaster that disappeared digitally as he grinned a little.

"That was wonderful! I used Psychopath on him to see how much health he has now and it's just a few more to defeat him once and for all!" Mallow said. "On a side note, he asked "What's up with these folks?"

"Nya..." Dark Bowyer gritted his teeth as he stood up slowly. "Irritable all of you are...the end however is now, nya!
B button, OFF!
" Dark Bowyer said furiously cancelling special attacks to all the party as he glared at them. "Double Arrow Rain!"

Luigi gasped as 2 shining arrows were about to reach high up and split into even more arrows. "W-WE HAVE TO DO SOMETHING OR WE'RE DEAD!"

"Wait a minute, it's a projectile attack, why don't we return them back?" Shiek asked.

"If only I could reach that high and use my Reflector, I could use it to reflect all of them at once." Fox said.

"Me! Me! Me!" B. Fox said waving his hands.

"Calm down, let me thin-" A light bulb appeared above Fox (that B. Fox quickly destroyed with his Blaster) and he looked at B. Fox. "Wait, that's what you were trying to tell, correct?"

"Affirmative sir!" B. Fox said giggling and saluting.

"Alright then, are you ready?"

"Uh-huh!" B. Fox nodded as Fox double-jumped in the air as quickly as he could.

"NOW!" Fox took his baby self and threw him high up in the way of the 2 shining arrows, the baby giggled and used his own Reflector that returned the rain of multiple arrows to Dark Bowyer who gasped in shock.

"N-NO! NYA!" Dark Bowyer said backing away. "(Unless though...)"

"W-where are you going?!" Lucario asked furiously to Petey as the plant resisted the blows that Shiek kept doing on him and the plant ran towards Dark Bowyer and shielded him from his own flurry of arrows, Petey screamed in extreme pain as the arrows hit every part of his body before he fell to his rather small knees and fainted on the scene, while Dark Bowyer chuckled evily.

"What in the-he used his own ally as a shield?!" Mario asked shocked.

"Helpful servants they are, great shields for protecting myself too, nya nya nya nya!" Dark Bowyer said laughing maniacally as he kicked Petey's face.

"You're sick." Shiek said.

"What you want call me, it matters not! STATIC E!" Dark Bowyer called out a fast electric attack that damaged the entire party once again. "ARROW RAIN!" Dark Bowyer fired his shining arrow as they were still being damaged by the electric spell and yelled in pain. "BOLT! BOLT! BOLT! MORE BOLTS! NYA NYA NYA NYA!"

Every single one of them were struck down by multiple bolt attacks, the adults tried to save the babies from getting hurt but it was impossible to do so. "I can't...go on anymore..." Yoshi said panting.

"He unleashed...a flurry of magic attacks..." Lucario said dropping to one knee.

"And he's acting so wicked all of...a sudden..." Mallow said panting. "I don't think...I can't hold on any longer guys..."

"Can you cast...your healing spells?" Pit asked breathing heavily.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Partners in Time arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 15, 2008, 05:18:18 PM
"I'm extremely tired...and damaged...what about you?" Mallow asked to his baby self who was trying to catch his breath. "...Not good..."

"NOW, YOU DIE IT'S THE TIME! NYA NYA NYA NYA NYA!!!" Dark Bowyer yelled maniacally as he fired more arrows to the darkness of the chamber and showered down on all of them who tried to evade them, however, something wrong was happening...

"UGH!" Shiek got struck by an arrow on her head and she suddenly stopped moving.

"...Hello? Zelda? Hello?!" B. Zelda waved a hand in front of her face but she didn't respond back to her.

"Wait...where did I see this...before?" Mario asked before an arrow struck down his head and he became immobile, without blinking.

"MARIO!" Luigi yelled running to Mario as the babies tried to move the red plumber, but he didn't even move. "NO! MARIO! MARIO!"

"LUIGI! LOOK OUT ABOVE!" Pit yelled before an arrow struck Luigi's head as he became immobile. "N-no...you sick bastard!" Pit aimed his arrow at Dark Bowyer and fired it to him, but Dark Bowyer took the arrow on his right hand and vanished it. "W-What?!"

"NEXT YOU ARE, BRIEFS BOY, NYA NYA!" Dark Bowyer laughed maniacally firing a fast arrow straight to Pit's forehead at a fast speed, Pit's eyes widened before the arrow got stuck in his forehead as he also became immobile.

"ME! ME! ME! ME!" B. Pit tried to get Pit back to his senses, but it was useless. "...Me...uhhh...uhhh..."

"OUT YOU WILL GET! NYA!"

"Hu-" B. Pit looked at Dark Bowyer before an arrow became stuck on his head as well and lost his control as Pit.

"H-hey! The babies are...out of this, don't...target them!" Chris said angrily as he breathed heavily.

"Oh?! Yes, to attack you Tabbu ordered me, nya!" Dark Bowyer said preparing to shoot an arrow to Chris.

"L-LUCARIO!" Chris yelled as the arrow was coming right to him, and since his gained many injuries, he couldn't move around to evade the hit. "W-WAIT! DON'T DO I-"

"UGH!" Fox came using his illusion attack and got the hit right on his forehead, his pupils shrunk before the arrow managed to hit him and he became an immobile statue in front of Chris as B. Fox tried to wake him up.

"NO! NO NO NO!" B. Fox said about to break out in tears and tried desperately to get his adult self back to his senses, however, the baby vulpine screamed once he saw another arrow directed at him.

"FOX!" B. Wolf jupmed in the way of the arrow and sacrificed himself to save B. Fox that he became immobile as well.

"We're just...a few left now..." Meta Knight right before another arrow struck his head.

"NOT YOU!" B. Meta Knight said astonished and tried to do the same action to wake Meta Knight up, but as soon as he turned his back, an arrow got stuck on the same place and the small knight lost his consciousness.

"We're just...me...Chris...his baby self...Yoshi, Mallow, his own baby self...B. Mario, B. Luigi...Wolf...B. Fox...and B. Zelda." Lucario said.

"Ri?" B. Riolu asked.

"And you too..."

"Grr, how are we going to...defeat him in this state?" Wolf asked grunting in pain.

"EASY, FIRST YOU ALL! NYA! NYA NYA NYA NYA!" Dark Bowyer laughed maniacally once again as he shot a flurry of paralyzing arrows to everyone except Lucario, B. Chris, Chris, B. Riolu, Mallow and B. Luigi. "THERE! MANY PESTS THERE ARE NOT LEFT! NYA!"

"This doesn't look good...anymore..." Chris said panting as B. Chris tried to cheer him up.

"Oh, right, to kill you especially Tabbu ordered me, nya! Die you should, despicable World Traveler! Nya!"

"Grrrrr...don't mock Chris!" Lucario said furiously.

"MOCKING?! ME?!" Dark Bowyer took out a shining arrow designed especially to deal a one-hit KO. "WHAT HAPPENS LET'S SEE, WHEN THIS ARROW IS SHOT AT HIS HEART! SHOULD I SAY, HEARTS IN THIS CASE?! NYA?!"

Mallow gasped a little with everyone else. "Y-you couldn't do it!"

"THAT WICKED I AM, CLOUDY CLOUD!"

"C-Chris! Hurry and get...out of here!"

"I-I can't! I'm so...tired to run..." Chris said struggling to run away, but once again the damage that he currently had was just too much for him.

"UUUUUAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" B. Chris cried out loud as B. Riolu growled silently at this together with his adult self.

"DIE! WORTHLESS KID!" Dark Bowyer yelled laughing maniacally aiming directly at Chris's chest together with his baby self and fired his arrow at full speed before the inevitable happened...

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!" Both World Travelers screamed out in pain as everyone's pupils shrunk in shock before Chris lost his balance and fell to the ground, where his eyes started to fill with tears as he held his baby self moaning a little.

"CHRIS!" Lucario and Mallow yelled out worried as they ran to him.

"RIIIIIIIIIII!!!" B. Riolu broke in tears once B. Chris was crying silently, B. Luigi ran to him and tried to speak with B. Chris, but unfortunately, it made B. Chris to giggled silently as B. Riolu licked his tears.

"...It's my fault Lucario..." Chris muttered.

"...What?" Lucario asked trying to stop his tears.

"It's my fault...B. Chris got hurt..."

"I-it wasn't...it wasn't!"

"...Lucario...we...need you...forgive us..."

"...Chris...I...should be the one...apologizing..."

"Chris! Please! Hang on! I'm...going to use HP Rai-" Mallow was suddenly interrupted as another arrow fell on his head, becoming immobile as his baby self on his back.

"No! No! Mamaaaaaaa!!!" B. Luigi cried out scared after seeing many of the adults not able to move anymore.

"NYA NYA NYA NYA NYA!!!" Dark Bowyer laughed at them. "FINALLY! DONE IS MY MISSION HERE! IS THAT HOW?! NYA NYA NYA NYA NYA NYA NYA NYA!!!"

"Riiiii... Riiiiiii... Ri-ri-ri, ri riiiii..." B. Riolu closed his teary eyes and leaned his cheek close to his trainer's cheek as he remembered the day when he decided to be his Pokémon.

The Hands Daycare Center
Hallway

002 - Putting Words Together

"RI!" B. Riolu bumped into Crazy Hand, who was carrying a box of Poke Balls that rolled out in the floor.

"Oww! Sorry little baby!" Crazy Hand said picking up the Poke Balls, but with curiosity, B. Riolu picked up one and stared at it with B. Chris.

"Ri?"

"Huh?" Crazy Hand looked down to the babies and laughed a little. "Oh, that's a Poke Ball! It's currently empty, it's used to catch Pokémon like you Riolu! If someone were to catch you if they throw that Poke Ball to you, then you could be captured and be trained by the person who catched you!"

"...Riii..." B. Riolu looked at B. Chris who blinked in confusion.

"...You want to keep it?"

"Ri!" B. Riolu nodded.

"Okay, this is the deal, you can keep it but don't tell Master Hand or else he'll punish me! Understand little rascal?"

"Riii!"

"Fine! Have a nice day you 2!" Crazy Hand said floating away, humming happily as the babies stared at the Poke Ball.

Babies's Room

That night...

"Huh?" B. Chris tilted his head when B. Riolu put the Poke Ball right next to him, the Emanation Pokémon pointed at himself as his tail wagged. "Huh?"

"Rii! Ri ri ri!" B. Riolu nodded excited.

"...Hmm..."

"...Ri ri ri ri, ri ri ri ri riiii..." B. Riolu said looking down.

Apparently, B. Riolu decided to become B. Chris's Pokémon, the baby Pokémon decided that B. Chris needed someone to have fun since B. Chris hated other Pokémon (except the ones in the daycare), and it seemed that since B. Riolu was always happy to carry B. Chris around, he thought it was a good idea to be his first Pokémon.

"Ri ri ri?" B. Riolu asked waiting for an answer.

"...Hmmmm..." B. Chris began to thought, but some seconds later, B. Riolu started to sob silently and embraced himself. "Huh?"

And just for this time, we're going to translate what was B. Riolu saying.

"(Please...I want to go with you out of here...I don't want to stay alone...what if you go away from here and never return?... I don't want that... Your aura...is so kind and calm...I like it so much...and you're so happy all the time...it makes me very happy too...)" B. Riolu said sadly.

"...Hm..."

"(N-no! Don't leave me here! I beg of you! I'm alone! All alone! I don't want to be alone anymore!)" B. Riolu's tears began to stroll down his cheeks. "(I want to be...your Pokémon...I want a new family...I want to see if trainers are good and not bad as the ones who...hunted my parents...please...)"

"..."

"(I-I won't hurt anybody else here! I promise!)"

"...Ri?"

"(Huh?!)" B. Riolu looked to B. Chris who spoke using his own language.

"Ri ri ri ri! Heheheheheh!" B. Chris said giggling happily.

"(T-then?!)"

"Ri!" B. Chris took the Poke Ball and threw it directly to B. Riolu's forehead, when it made contact, B. Riolu was engulfed in a red aura before he entered the Poke Ball that shook several times in the pillow before it stopped, B. Chris slowly reached the ball and looked at it with curiosity, then, seeing the button of the middle, he pressed it and a very happy Pokémon came out wagging his tail.

"(Master! Master! Master!) Riii!!" B. Riolu said hugging his new trainer, however, he heard a small grunt of annoyance from him. "... (You don't want to be called Master?)"

"Hmph!" B. Chris looked away angrily.

"Riiiiiii!!!" B. Riolu cried out loud (waking up some babies) before B. Chris turned to him and leaned his head close to his chest. "...Riii..." B. Riolu blushed a little as B. Chris giggled.

"Huuuuuuuuuhhhhh..." B. Chris fell asleep on B. Riolu and the baby Pokémon licked his forehead happily.

"(Thank you...Chris...)"

Ever since that day an onward, B. Riolu didn't have someone in the world...

...But at least, there was someone who needed him to have fun with.

Living Room

The next morning...

"God, I can't believe this is all happening in the Mushroom Kingdom." Master Hand said as he, along with all the babies who were eating breakfast and Crazy Hand, watched the TV about some news showing the Mushroom Kingdom being invaded by the Shroobs.

"Hmm, hmm, hmm..." B. Chris got an angry expression once he saw the creatures and B. Riolu looked at him.

"Ri?"

"Hmm!"

B. Riolu looked at the hands a little worried before looking at him. "...Ri?"

"Ri!"

"...Ri." B. Riolu nodded.

Hallway

That night...

"...Ri, ri ri ri." B. Riolu muttered as he carried B. Chris to the door to the Mushroom Kingdom, both decided to sneak and escape to make an effort to save the kingdom of the Toads, because B. Chris hated to see others suffering that he told B. Riolu to sneak and escape from the daycare at night.

However, they were being followed by 7 other babies...

"Riiii..." B. Riolu growled at the darkness before B. Chris slapped his cheek a little to calm him down. "Ri!"

"Where Riolu going?" B. Mallow, the most recent baby of the daycare as B. Pit, asked curiously as the same babies from before revealed themselves.

"Hmm! Ahahaha!" B. Chris got happy once he saw them.

"Ri ri ri ri!" B. Riolu opposed to the idea.

"Hmph!"

"...Riii..."

"Can we...go?" B. Zelda asked.

"We want to help too." B. Ganondorf said.

"Bang enemies! All of them! Bang!" B. Wolf said taking out his Blaster enthusiastically.

"Bang bang bang!" B. Fox said agreeding with him.

"For Palutena, victory shall be ours!" B. Pit said taking out his dual-blades.

"They are scary, I want to get rid of them." B. Meta Knight said.

"Ri ri ri riii!" B. Chris said happily.

"Alright!" Many babies said happily but they lowered their voices after that.

The team of babies then decided to go to their location in the Mushroom Kingdom and help the Toads with the Shroobs...

Mushroom Kingdom - Past
Ocean

However, they wanted to go to the faraway island of the Yoshis in a boat they found, but in their way, there was a storm that moved the boat to all the sides violently, the babies ducked in the boat with fear as B. Meta Knight and B. Wolf rowed the boat through the waves.

"Hold on! This is getting dangewous!" B. Wolf warned them, since long words were still complicated to him, he didn't know the correct way to say them.

"UAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!" B. Chris cried in fear as he hid in his mantle while B. Riolu tried to calm him down.

"NO!" B. Pit pointed at a huge wave that appeared before their eyes and it crashed down the boat while the babies cried for their lives.

The wave that hit them was just too much and the boat broke into pieces, all of them were separated in that point and marooned to Yoshi's Island by luck.

Although B. Chris, along with B. Ganondorf, got lost in the event, making B. Riolu cry once the morning rose up on the island, not finding his trainer anywhere.

Gritzy Caverns
Below the Koopa Dome

End of flashback

"Riii...riii....rii-iii..." B. Riolu cried above his fainted trainer as Lucario tightened his fists with rage.

"Grrrrr...grrrrr...grrrrrrr...grrrrrr..." Lucario's fists began to be engulfed with his aura as he slowly showed his fangs with pure rage as Dark Bowyer kept laughing.

Crash...

"Huh? Nya?" Dark Bowyer looked behind him, he could have sworn a sound came from the other side of the wall and an explosion took place, however, he shrugged it off and resumed to laugh.

"You...you...YOOOO-huh?!" Lucario looked down where B. Riolu was grabbing his right burning hand of aura. "W-what are you doing?!"

"Ri ri ri riiii!" B. Riolu said crying.

"W-what?! I-I have to use my aura to kill that bastard! Don't stop me or els-"

"...Riii..." B. Riolu looked down disappointed as Lucario began to think things over before he gasped.

"...No...I was...going to repeat the same mistake..." Lucario said as his eyes trembled and his aura disappeared.

"Baby?" B. Luigi asked tilting his head, stopping crying at the same time.

"...Yes...I was going to turn...into that beast again..."

"NYA NYA NYA NYAAAA!!" Dark Bowyer laughed maniacally and prepared to shoot another arrow, the same one he used to defeat Chris. "THE END THIS SHALL BE FINALLY! NYA!"

"Grrr...ugh..." Lucario dropped to one knee and B. Luigi began to panic.

"MAMAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" B. Luigi cried out in panic.

"RIIII!!!" B. Riolu hid behind Lucario with fear, the only thing Lucario was able to do was to grunt and glare at his enemy.

"THIS...ENDS...NO-" Dark Bowyer was interrupted before a tremble took place in the cave and he looked behind him with head upside-down. "What?"

New Super Mario Bros. Theme

"BAAAAAABIIIEEEEEEEEEESSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS!!!!!!!!!" From the other side of the wall, a huge black figure came blasting off towards Dark Bowyer at a crazy speed and slammed directly into him, the bow enemy blasted off to the wall together with the person and Dark Bowyer let out his final scream of pain.

"NYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!" Dark Bowyer screamed in extreme pain before the person floated away from him as he fell to the ground, sobbing silently as his body started to vanish. "Lord Smithy...forgive me please...do it I couldn't...uuuuuhhhhh...." Dark Bowyer sobbed before vanishing into the nothingness of the air together with the Shadow Bugs, who then took Petey's body and teleported him to the Subspace, not before Petey spat out a pink familiar shell out that stopped spinning.

"...What are YOU doing here?!" Lucario asked very shocked, he then looked down his feet and ducked to grab a card with the image of Muskular, proof that they defeated Dark Bowyer and rescued him.

Before their eyes, the person who killed Dark Bowyer was the very same young Master Hand, carrying B. Ganondorf and apparently Peach with a weird mask covering her face, how did he get B. Ganondorf? Well, Ganondorf abandoned him together with the Subspace Bomb because he thought he was annoying since he cried a lot when he was pulled into the Subspace, thus dropping him close to the bomb.

Gritzy Desert
Outside the Koopa Dome

"WHAT?!"

"That's right, I'm taking the babies with me now, it's already sunset and they have to return to the daycare!"

Master Hand was able to remove the arrows out of everyone's bodies and saved them from being statues, it was already sunset and the babies were happy yo move around again.

And for Lucario's fortune, Chris was able to survive that fatal blow thanks to Master Hand again.

"I can't believe you're the Hand of Healing in the past." Chris said astonished.

"Yeah, I know, sucky title if you ask me, I'm going to turn into the Hand of Destruction in some years." Master Hand said.

"Thank you for saving Chris." Lucario said bowing to him.

"And for destroying the Subspace Bomb for us and for healing us." Chris said.

"Aw, it was nothing, besides, you guys were in trouble with that wicked guy so, why not lend you a hand? Heheheh, hand? Get it? I'm a hand myself! Hahahahaha!"

Most of them, however, were annoyed at this. "So...basically, all we did here was for nothing." Yoshi said annoyed.

"Pretty much." Fox said annoyed.

"Tsk, I used my Final Smash for nothing." Wolf said annoyed.

"MY stolen Final Smash."

"Get over it, Fox."

"This, can't be happening." Shiek said annoyed.

"Agreed." Meta Knight said annoyed.

"Agreed too." Mallow said annoyed.

"Agreed 3." Mario said annoyed.

"And me too." Luigi said before the 4 previous characters glared at him. "W-what?"

"You broke the combo chain." Pit pointed out annoyed.

"...Oh."

"...Okay, let's start this over again..." Chris said annoyed.

10 seconds later...

"Alright! We rescued Muskular!" Chris said holding out Muskular's card above him.

Although the only ones who cheered were the babies, who were above Master Hand's back (except for B. Mario and B. Luigi).

"...Fine, I know, this sucks." Chris said sighing disappointed.

"Heheh, sorry, but babies are first." Master Hand said chuckling a little.

"Well," Shiek walked to B. Zelda. "I think this is a good bye, be good and just as an extra, train using Shiekah abilities, believe me, they will come in handy."

B. Zelda giggled. "Heheh, thanks, I will."

"Mini me, you better be good, or else no more chocolate!" Mallow instructed his baby self who nodded giggling.

"Be strong at all times and stay sharp, that is all what I can say to you." Meta Knight said to his baby self.

"I will take that on mind." B. Meta Knight said nodding.

"...We didn't have so much time together but..." Yoshi looked away.

"But?" B. Ganondorf asked.

"...Try to be...pretty for a chance..." Yoshi said walking away.

"...Okay!" B. Ganondorf said cheerfully.

"Now, remember, you have to protect my baby self and make him happy all the time, you got it, right?" Chris asked B. Riolu who nodded, jumped to his arms and licked his cheek before jumping to Master Hand. "Hahahaha! I'm going to miss you!" A tear strolled down his cheek. "...Really, take care..."

"Follow Palutena's laws and rights and you should do it fine." Pit said to B. Pit who nodded giggling.

"Palutena forever!" B. Pit proclaimed.

"Just like that." Pit said smiling a little.

"Beat Fox up." Chris sweatdropped after Wolf whispered to B. Wolf, of course, the baby shook his head.

"Beat Wolf up." Chris sweatdropped again as Fox whispered almost the same thing to his baby self, who shook his head as B. Wolf.

"Whatever." Both adults said glaring at each other as they walked away.

"...Wait, someone's missing." Master Hand said looking around.

"Oh!" Kylie was now back people! "You mean the dog who's hiding behind that pillar with that baby?!"

"SHUT UP!" Lucario yelled sweating as they all looked at him holding B. Chris on his arms.

"Lucario, give my baby back." Chris said walking to Lucario, who backed away from him.

"N-no! Stay away! Don't get closer Chris! I'm warning yo-"

You should know by now how Poke Balls are useful, because Chris returned Lucario to his Poke Ball, got his baby, gave him to Master Hand and called Lucario out. "There, problem solved."

"...N-no..." Lucario muttered as B. Chris waved at him from B. Riolu's arms. "He is...going away..."

"...Hmm..." Chris decided to scratch Lucario's ears and the Aura Pokémon's tail began to wag slowly. "So, are you going to miss him?"

"Yes...but at least..." Lucario looked at him as he cleared his tears. "I still...have you with me...right?"

"Aw!" Chris hugged Lucario as the Pokémon growled happily. "Lucario, thank you! That was so nice of you!"

"Okay, I think it's time to leave now," Master Hand "smiled" at them. "Thanks for being such great babysitters, you saved the babies in some way or another...look at the time! B. Chris's parents are coming! We must go and part ways! Babies!" Master Hand began to float away in the horizon as the Smashers waved at the babies who waved back at them. "Chu-chu time!"

"CHU-CHU!!! HEHEHEHEHEHEH!" The babies repeated giggling happily and laughing all the way as they disappeared in the sunset.

"...And there they go." Mallow said wiping out a tear.

"Yeah, too bad though, I was enjoying to play with them." Yoshi said wiping out a tear.

"So Mario..." Chris looked at Mario, Luigi and the babies standing besides "Peach" on each side. "...I think...we need to part ways again for now...are you sure you're going to be fine?"

"Yes! Of course, thank you for helping us, we appreciate it." Mario said handshaking everyone's hands with Luigi as the babies tilted their heads as they giggled.

"I-I promise I'm going to join you once we're over with this, besides, we don't have many adventures anyway." Luigi said smiling to them.

"(See you in Super Paper Mario, both of you, and probably Super Mario Galaxy, and probably the Olympics too.)" Chris thought. "Anyway, babies, take care please...what's this?" Chris took a Green Shell from the babies who giggled as they hugged him. "...Aw, thank you, I'm going to keep this with me."

"Yeah!" B. Mario and B. Luigi jumped happily as they returned with their adults selves.

"Well then, we need to return to the present and return Peach to Toadsworth." Mario said as he took "Peach's hand" on his right hand and walked away to the time hole with Luigi and the babies. "See you everyone! Say hello to Master Hand by my part!"

"A-and me as well!" Luigi said as the Smashers waved at the brothers getting away, jumping inside the time hole and disappearing.

Mario, Luigi and the babies have left your team

"Well!" Kylie began jumping a little, holding a huge key with the Shroobs's insignia on it. "This is really going to be the biggest scoop EVAH! So, fellas, thanks for rescuing me, you're the heroes of my dreams!... Although it was another Koopa, anyway! Thank you! Thank you! I'll make sure you all get a copy of the Koopa Kronicle! I'm gonna try and put that key to use! Which means it's time for me to say so long! Good luck, whiskers!" And Kylie instead of hiding in her shell, walked away to the dunes and in the sunset as she dreamed what awards would she receive by her biggest scoop.

"She's gone, she's freaking gone, finally." Wolf said grinning in relief...yes, you can grin with relief.

"...And I think it's time to say so long to this infernal place of the desert." Yoshi said as Chris opened the portal.

"I'm going to miss the babies, they were so cute..." Chris said walking inside the portal.

"Yes." Lucario said entering inside.

"So we end the truce." Wolf said entering inside the portal.

"Yes, at least we agree in something." Fox said entering entering inside.

"Good bye..." Shiek muttered before entering the portal.

"BABIES! I'M GONNA MISS YOU SO MUUUUUUCH!" Yoshi cried as he entered the portal.

"ME TOOOOOOO!!!" Mallow yelled to the sky as he entered the portal.

"And me as well." Pit said closing his eyes as he entered inside the portal.

Once Meta Knight was alone, he looked to the sunset and sighed. "...I'm probably going to be the one who is going to miss them more than all of you together..." Meta Knight walked to the portal but stopped midway and chuckled. "...Just probably." And with that, he entered inside and disappeared along with the portal.

And thus, they managed to save Muskular (who was still trapped inside the card), the fourth Star Spirit.

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 2300 Smash Coins!

Smash Mansion
Outside

"...Okaaaay..." Karol looked around the city that was literally blocked by Exor's magic and turned his back, walking to the hill and looked to the Smash Mansion. "...I think Raven is in there, I wonder if someone is living there to begin with..." And the leader of Brave Vesperia walked to the mansion...

Suddenly, the old man felt goosebumps, something very bad that would reveal his hideout from Rita was coming to the mansion...

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight
, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 16, 2008, 07:51:59 PM
Chapter 96: Enter Sonic for the third time! And Karol Capel

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"It seems we have failed once again, Lord Tabuu." The Ancient Minister announced.

"Ugh, Ganondorf! Do you have something to say about this?!" Tabuu asked with rage as Ganondorf kneeled to him.

"I am sorry, the wickedness of Bowyer got the better of him," Ganondorf said. "But see our bright side, we managed to save Petey Pirahna from getting killed at he is now currently recovering his energies."

"It is true that Bowyer's crazyness caused him to die, but next time, they will meet probably the most, dangerous Subspace elite general, Ancient Minister!"

"Yes?" The Ancient Minister asked looking at him.

"It is Galleom ready to be deployed to Sonic's world?"

"Preparations for Galleom to be deployed are almost ready, should we give him a Star Spirit to guard? The very same remaining Star Spirits are acting unstable here that their forces recover overtime once they perceive your powers that we need to take them out here as soon as possible." The Ancient Minister explained as the Axem Rangers appeared. "Hand over Misstar."

"W-what?!" Axem Red asked. "N-no fair! We have 2 Star Spirits with us an-"

"GIVE US THE STAR SPIRIT!" Tabuu yelled loudly as the Axem Rangers hid behind Axem Red, who trembled with fear.

"H-here you go! D-don't kill us off please!" Axem Red pleaded giving the card to the Ancient Minister who nodded and floated above.

"Good, now get out of here and wait until I call you...or else..." Tabuu warned the rangers who quickly hid in the darkness of the Subspace. "How are Dedede and Charizard right now?"

"Both of them are almost ready to recover their energies, should we send them to Sonic's world too?" The Ancient Minister asked.

"...Ugh, we do not have another choice."

"You could always send me again, but this time, I will fight." Ganondorf said smacking his fists together with dark energy as he grinned.

"...Very well, this time, you 3 are going to some special business with this doctor," Tabuu showed him a virtual image of Dr. Eggman. "If we cooperate, we should be able to get rid of that despicable World Traveler and the Smashers."

"Understood, I will take my leave now." Ganondorf said walking into the darkness, disappearing.

"I will stay alone and think things over, Ancient Minister, give Galleom the Star Spirit and deploy him when it is the time." Tabuu said as he teleported away.

"(...Just a little more to escape from this place...but we need to wait even more then...)" The Ancient Minister said to an image of Mr. G&W inside a tube where Shadow Bugs were being distracted from him.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Here, Geno," Chris said giving Geno Muskular's card. "I don't know how to call him out, would you do it for me please?"

"Certainly." Geno said as he held the card above him as the item began to shine brightly, when the lights blinded the room, the fourth Star Spirit, Muskular, came out from the star spinning and stopped after 3 seconds, then he looked at the Smashers and grinned a little.

"Phew! I'm out of that stupid prison again!" Muskular said relieved.

"Muskular, I'm glad you're alright, everyone here rescued you, especially Chris, the World Traveler." Geno said bowing to him.

"Aw, Geno! So it's true that you were using a doll to fight with Mario before!" Muskular said grinning. "It's good to breath fresh air again, in fact, I'm glad I was rescued by such cool looking guys like you all!" Muskular jumped floating to Lucario. "Like you!" He jumped to C. Falcon. "And you!" He jumped to Wolf. "And look at you!" However when he jumped to Chris, his grin faded and a worried face appeared. "Um..." He jumped to Yoshi. "Er..." He jumped to Mallow. "Well..." He jumped to Sheik and grinned again. "Aw, much, much better..."

"H-hey!" Chris said annoyed.

"Oh! Pardon me, I got carried away, heheh," Muskular said floating to Chris. "So, you're the World Traveler, are you not?"

"Y-yes." Chris said blushing a little.

"Well, I expected you to be cooler that everyone else here but...no offense, but I was waiting for a very tough guy instead of you..."

"(...I'm going to kill this star when I have the time...) Lucario, lower your hand."

"Grr..." Lucario lowered his hand already charging an Aura Sphere that vanished.

"...Anyway!" Muskular chuckled a little. "Do you think I can lend my power to you?"

"Y-yes, if you would please." Chris said.

"Okay, stand still and I'll do the rest in...now!" Muskular began to spin around Chris with spores of light in shapes of stars, when he stopped spinning around, he gave his power to Chris.

Chris has learned Chill Out!

Chill Out decreases the strength of all enemies, caution, it may sometimes fail

"T-thank you for your support!" Chris said bowing to Muskular who chuckled and grinned.

"Heh, you're not too bad World Traveler, or Chris as Geno told me, so Geno! It's this the special elite of fighters you've been talking about?"

"Smashers" it's the correct term here." Master Hand pointed out.

"Yes, they are." Geno said.

"But..." Muskular looked at the young Smashers. "...You mean I was also rescued by kids? Geez, that's embarrassing."

"And babies." Mallow said a little annoyed.

"Well, it's embarrassing to be rescued by kids alri-" C. Falcon received a hard hit on the head by Ness's bat.

"What's embarrassing to be rescued now?!" Ness asked as he tried to hit him again, but Shiek stopped him. "H-hey!"

"Even I'll be glad to hit him many times, but this is enough." Shiek said.

"Oh, disfunctional family, I like that," Muskular said before taking out a Star Piece, a green one. "So, I guess I need to return to Star Haven and put this back to place to repair the Star Road, Geno, Smashers, World Traveler, I'm putting my own faith in all of you."

"Aw, we will save the other Star Spirits, don't worry!" Twink said cheerfully.

"You're still the same enthusiastic Star kid, Twink," Muskular chuckled before he started to spin around in the air. "Call me when you want my power to be used! Good luck and please save the wishes!" And with that, the fourth Star Spirit disappeared in a blink.

"...Master Hand, you created a daycare center and were you the Hand of Healing?" Chris asked as they all looked at Master Hand, most of them annoyed.

"Er...well...how can I explain this...I...LOOK!" Master Hand pointed at a random direction, however, they were not that stupid and Master Hand snapped his fingers as he glowed for a second. "Ha! Try to ask me anything that happened before the first tournament now! I erased my own memories about what happened back then!"

"...You really need to see a psychologist, and now." Nana said frowning in shame.

"That's so sad..." Lucas said ashamed.

"Indeed." Meta Knight commented.

"And..." Yoshi looked around. "Where's Crazy Hand?"

"CHAZAM!" Crazy Hand appeared in a poof of smoke in the counter and they looked at him. "Oof! Phew! I'm so worn out! I finished creating the other 4 new jobs that you requested Master Hand!"

Master Hand looked puzzled to him. "...I did that?"

"Well, duh! You told me that 4 hours ago!"

Mewtwo frowned at this and floated to Master Hand holding out his hand to him as it glowed. "It appears his memory got erased way too far that he wanted, he managed to erase what he mentioned, but it backfired and erased almost everything else."

"Who the hell are you guys?" Master Hand asked looking around the place, confused.

"Is he going to be fine?" Chris asked.

"Don't worry about that, I'll take him with me and reconstruct his memories back," Mewtwo then started to float away holding Master Hand with his psychic powers as he got out of the room. "Do something while I'm busy with him."

"...Crazy Hand, would you plea-"

"Certainly skippy!" Crazy Hand said nodding excited.

Jobs (New!) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 3400

Jobs

Scholar: 1200 Smash Coins


A huge amount of IQ will be added to your current one, this job excels in great wisdom with basic magic and it's also able to detect opponents's weaknesses, and as an extra, try to master this job until you gain the ability to double the effects on an item

Ninja: 1200 Smash Coins

Walking in the walls has never been so fun before, this job allows you to gain agility and sneaking type abilities, using a variety of kunais, shurikens and spell tags, destroy your enemies with ease!

Moogle Knight: 1400 Smash Coins

There's something this job says, and it's "Kupo!" Turning into a Moogle Knight has its advantages, use your wings to float together with your sword attacks, learn special abilities that are only available for a true knight of the Moogles, kupo!

Agent: 1100 Smash Coins

The Agent does it all for his pliege lady

"...Wow...the jobs are interesting now..." Chris remarked.

"But I'm a little worried about the "Agent" job..." Sheik said. "I mean, "The Agent does it all for his pliege lady"? Sounds like flirting to me."

"Anyway!" Crazy Hand said. "What do you want?"

"Ninja! Ninja! Naruto! I mean, Ninja!" Chris said giving 1200 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand.

And his clothes once again changed, now he was wearing a red japanese shirt, he got a red hood and a black mouth blocker (probably to protect him against poison gases), red pants, black boots, black fingerless gloves with a katana on a black sheath on his back. Under his red shirt, there was a thin black cloth with X-shapes covering his body, and on his black belt, there were small wallets with kunais, shurikens and spell tags.

"It feels...a little hot in here..." Chris muttered under his mouth blocker and hood, he took both of them off and looked at them. "So, how do I look?"

"The same cosplayer of always." Popo said chuckling a little.

"C-cosplayer?! I-I'm not a cosplayer!"

"But it's true! Once you change a job, you're either copying or cosplaying us!"

"T-that's not true! Right, Lucario?!"

Lucario sweated a little. "Well..."

"...My own Pokémon turns on me..." Chris said looking down as Lucario gasped.

"N-no! I-I think you're normal to me!"

"...Thank you Lucario..."

DK sweatdropped and chuckled a little. "Heheh, I guess Chris knows how to manipulate him."

"You haven't seen anything yet." Pikachu said sighing.

Main Lobby

We see Toon Link and Raven talking between themselves, or rather Toon Link hopping on his feet to make Raven teach him right now at that moment how to shoot arrows like him. "Please! Please! Please!" Toon Link said excited.

"Nah, kid, I have to take a break, besides, I'm pretty useless when I'm tired." Raven said closing his eyes in the sofa.

"B-but..."

"Tell ya somethin', if you wait, I'll promise what ya want." Raven said with a wink.

"R-really?!" Toon Link asked and Raven nodded with a small grin. "T-thanks! Oh man, this is so aweso-"

The door's ring bell sounded and they looked at the door. "Somethin' is wrong?" Raven asked.

"I think we have a guest, wait, let me go and see who it is." Toon Link walked towards the door and opened it, in front of him, a kid carrying a big brown bag with a funny hairstyle was there standing, it was Karol who got confused after seeing Toon Link's ears.

"(A Kritya? Here?)" Karol thought confused before Raven opened one eye to see him, before it got wide in shock as he quickly hid behind the sofa.

"Can...I help you?" Toon Link asked and Karol shook his head for a moment.

"Oh, sorry, I forgot to introduce my name, my name is Karol, Karol Capel," Karol introduced himseld to Toon Link. "But I'm looking for a person right now, have you seen a guy with black hair, a little tall, complains about his age most of the time and it's very laid-back with almost a carefree attitude?" Karol asked.

"Oh, you mean Ra-"

"SHHHHH!!!" Raven said in shock behind the sofa.

"Excuse me?" Karol asked confused.

"Er, nothing, who's that person again?" Toon Link asked.

"His name is Raven, I've been looking for him all over this place and well, I got lost in the forest and ended up in this area, it's not even displayed on my map, how weird..." Karol began to think by himself and wondered a little bit. "And to make matters worse, Repede, Yuri's pet, got lost and probably got here as well."

"I'm sorry...but I haven't seen anyone like him around..."

"Oh, it's okay!" Karol said smiling a bit as Raven sighed in relief. "I'm gonna look for him around here!" Karol said closing his eyes with a happy expression as Raven gasped silently at this. "I'll stay in the forest and camp out, I need to find both of them and return to Dahngrest with the others waiting for me there," Karol began to walk away. "If you see Raven, tell him I was looking for him!"

"O-okay!" Toon Link said waving at Karol. "I-I'm Link by the way!"

"Thank you! Please, tell him that me, Yuri, Estelle, Judith and Rita are looking for him!" Karol said as he disappeared in the forest to the left side of the mansion as Toon Link closed the door.

"T-the kid's gone?!" Raven asked standing up.

"Y-yeah, but why were you hiding from Karol?" Toon Link asked as Raven shifted his eyes and looked at him with a freaked out face.

"Look, kid with long ears, if Karol ever finds out I'm hidin' in this place, he'll tell the others, right?"

Toon Link blinked normally. "My name is Link and yes?"

"What WILL happen if Rita gets to know my hidin' spot? Remember she's still with that revenge note on poor ol' me?"

Toon Link gasped. "Y-you're right!"

Raven grabbed Toon Link by the shoulders and shook him. "I'LL GO TO HEAVEN! HEAVEN I TELL YA, KID! RITA'S GONNA KICK MY SORRY BUTT IF SHE KNOWS WHERE AM I!"

"O-OKAY! B-BUT STOP SHAKING ME!"

Raven let Toon Link go and started to dream the possibilities. "Think of this, I'm seein' my grave now..."

Raven's daydream

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest
Outskirts

Raven's group was there, in front of a grave near a tree while Estelle was sobbing silently as her tears ran down her cheeks, holding a bouquet of red flowers.

"Estelle, calm down, you don't need to cry anymore..." Judith said patting Estelle's back.

"B-but Judith...Raven is...dead..." Estelle tried not to cry and blocked her eyes.

"Estelle, we need to give the old man his flowers, I'm sure he's gonna be relieved if you do that." Yuri said looking down to Raven's grave with a stone image of him, grinning with some words labeled in gold...

Ol' Man Raven
"Oldest Member of Brave Vesperia"
"Thy pervertness took thee to Heaven"

"Geez, Rita shouldn't have been THAT hard on him..." Karol said worried.

"Good thing she isn't here right now, or else she'd blow up his grave with her Meteor Storm arte." Judith reminded them as Estelle put the bouquet on Raven's grave.

"Here Raven...I wish you're having fun...in the Heaven...uuhhh..." Estelle stood up and cried on Yuri, who hugged her a little before looking to Dahngrest.

Repede whined a little and looked to Raven's grave, where he slightly licked his face (Repede doesn't lick that much), Repede whined again as Karol got closer to him.

"Yeah, I'm going to miss Raven, Brave Vesperia will miss him too, Repede." Karol said trying to hold back his tears. "WHYYYYYYYY?!?!?!?!?!?!?!?"

Yuri sighed in disappointment "...Well, I guess that's all we can say about the old man, let's return to Dahngrest and see what do we need to do against Alexei, I'm sure the old man would have wanted it that way." Yuri said as they started to leave the grave with Karol sobbing along the way...

Wait, who's that hiding behind the tree?

"HERE YOU ARE!" Rita jumped out sideways from the tree and glared at Raven's grave, directly to his face. "Old man, you're even more than dead!"

And Rita's life defying skills were put into test, once she used her Over Limit, all she was able to yell was...

"BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH! METEOR STOR-"

Please multiply those words by 76 times with a bunch or way too many flaming falling stones from the sky, or in this case, meteors.

Once Rita finished, she was panting heavily at the devastated area she just created, Raven's grave was totally gone from Terca Lumireis, and surely his deceased old body as well.

"That...should teach you...for the eternity!" Rita yelled closing her eyes as she walked away, stomping on the ashes of the destroyed area, then we see Estelle's bouquet still intact, however, it got burned up very quickly in a comic way and turned into dust.

End of Raven's daydream

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Raven gulped as he sweated. "Man...that's one scary thought..."

"F-fine, I'm going to prevent them from finding you if you want." Toon Link said shrugging.

"Aw, thanks ki-"

"However though..."

"I knew it! You sly little devil!"

Toon Link grinned mischievously. "You'll have to teach me how to shoot arrows like you do!"

Raven groaned a little. "...Ya got that, it's a deal."

"Yes! Yes!"

Yoshi was shown walking outside with a racket. "What are you guys doing here alone?"

"N-nothing, hey, where are you going Yoshi?"

"I'm going to train for the Olympics, duh! After going to my first adventure, I want to have fun but my myself! So, see you!" Yoshi said closing the door as he walked to the right, both of them seeing Yoshi humming through the window he passed.

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest (Rebuilding rate of the city: 30 percent completed so far)
Almost completed inn

"...Karol hasn't come back yet." Rita reminded the group as she was still reading her book of Blastia.

"Yeah, I know, guess he got lost as well." Yuri said.

"D-don't say things like that! I'm sure Karol is doing his best to find Raven and probably Repede too!" Estelle said with a glare to Yuri.

"Okay okay! Geez, you don't need to get angry at me."

"Oh...sorry, I'm just a little worried about those 3 now..."

"Do you want me to go and see if they're fine?" Judith suggested raising her hand.

"W-wait, let me go instead." Estelle said standing up.

"No way Estelle, if we let you go alone by yourself, think what could happen if Alexei were to hear about you going alone somewhere." Yuri said.

"But Yuri, Alexei is still in his fortress waiting for us, so we can do anything for the time being, I'm pretty sure he wants us to meet him there."

"...Estelle, I'm thinking about your welfare, listen to me please!"

"No!" Estelle yelled and they gasped (even Rita). "I-I'm going to find Karol, Raven and Repede by myself! I'll prove you, I'm strong enough to fight alone!"

Judith sighed and smiled a little. "Well then, get going."

Estelle gasped. "Y-you mean it, Judith?"

"Yes, if you think you can go alone, then do it, we'll rescue you again."

Estelle blushed embarrassed. "I-I'm not going get kidnapped again! I swear!" Estelle walked to the door and looked at them. "Please, take care, I'll be back before afternoon."

"Just to point something out," Rita looked at her. "Here in Dahngrest is always sunset for some odd reason."

Estelle sweatdropped. "Oh...um...uh...oh well, I...guess I'll see you later...bye Yuri, Judith, Rita."

"...Just don't get hurt." Yuri said with a little grin.

"N-no I won't!" Estelle said before she left to the woods.

"Yuri, Estelle is pretty much dead by herself." Rita said.

"Well, once she has something in her head, she won't let it go until it's resolved, I say let her be." Yuri said as he leaned to the wall.

"You're gonna regret that later." Rita said rolling her eyes as she returned to read her book.

"...Like hell I will..." Yuri muttered sweatdropping.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Hey guys! What happened here?... Chris, why are you wearing glasses?" Toon Link asked.

Chris purchased the Scholar job, now he wore a dark-green coat with a brown jacket beneath and a white shirt beneath the brown jacket, he also wore black pants and brown boots, a pair of small lens were on his eyes (he had his eyes half-opened like he didn't have any interest in something), and there was also a light-blue book on his right hand.

"Oh, Toon Link, you're here," Chris said closing his book. "Well, Crazy Hand got new jobs and I bought 2 of them, and it seems this job gives even more IQ that the one I had before," Chris smiled a little. "And it appears I'm a little calmer than before."

"BOO!" Diddy jumped in front of him.

"UAH! G-GET AWAY!" Chris yelled backing away, holding his heart a little as they all sweatdropped. "...Er...well, I haven't changed that much." Chris said closing his eyes half-way.

"It's Master Hand okay?" Pit asked.

"By now, he should be." Meta Knight said before same hand appeared in a poof of smoke together with Mewtwo who appeared in a corner of the room.

"Phew, thanks Mewtwo for saving my memories." Master Hand said sighing in relief.

"It was not that much of a problem." Mewtwo said nodding.

"Anyway, Chris, you got 2 new jobs, good, we should wait for the next attack."

"Can I go this time? Pleeeeease?" Diddy asked.

"And what about me?" DK asked.

"And us?" Popo and Nana asked.

"And us?" Ness and Lucas asked.

"And don't forget to take me as well." Geno said.

"M-me too!" Twink said.

"I-I'll see if I can take you all with me, don't worry!" Chris said backing away as he looked to Lucario. "You're going again if you want."

"...Can I stay behind this time?" Lucario asked.

"W-why?"

"I want to...meditate and try to calm down my fury if it is possible."

"Then allow me to assist you." Mewtwo said floating to Lucario.

"You will help me?"

"I believe if we find a way to use your anger to our favor, the battles ahead will be easier to fight." Mewtwo explained.

"...I see," Lucario said nodding. "Chris, sorry, but I'm going to stay behind this time."

"It's okay," Chris rubbed Lucario's head a little (Lucario growled at this) and smiled a little to him. "I can always count on everyone's help without you."

"Then we shall leave, Lucario, come to my room." Mewtwo said floating away as Lucario followed him, waving at Chris before disappearing in the hallway (as a Prinny with 2 others looked at them and shrugged a bit).

"WARNING! WARNING! WORLD TARGETED BY THE SUBSPACE ARMY, REPEAT, WARNING! WARNING! WORLD TARGETED BY THE SUBSPACE ARMY!" The alarm blared out as the screen showed the next world to them.

Sonic Riders
Current Status: First encounter with the Babylon Rouges in success
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 6
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Race skills and electric skills

"...Sonic again." Chris said.

"Yep, Sonic again alright." Popo said.

"Who's that Sonic guy?" C. Falcon asked crossing his arms.

"Oh, Sonic is a new selected Smasher to participate and join us, he is also the fastest thing alive as I've heard from my sources." Master Hand said before C. Falcon gasped.

"What the-he's the fastest thing alive, and he's coming here to take MY spot as the fastest one to run around here?" C. Falcon made a fist. "That guy is going to get it for crossing my line."

"Excuse me, but you're not the only who can run fast around here!" Pikachu said angrily.

"A-and what about me? I can run really fast!" Pichu said angrily.

"Both of you are too slow, I'm the one who is the fastest." Fox said pointing at himself.

"Yeah yeah, look, hate to interrupt, but I'm the fastest here." Falco said pointing at himself.

"I think I'm the fastest here!" Pit argued.

"None of you are the fastest, I'm the fastest one." Sheik said with a glare.

"I'm the fastest one!" Popo argued as Nana glared at him. "I-I mean, we're the fastest ones here!"

"I can fly faster than running!" Jigglypuff said but however, most of them ignored that comment.

And a discussion soon broke out between many of them (not going to mention who argued and who not) as Master Hand, his insane brother, Chris, Diddy, Geno, Twink, Meta Knight, Mallow, Red, Lucas, Kirby and Wolf (dangit, I did it after all) were watching the Smashers arguing back and forth, sometimes the arguers would push other arguers right in the chest or glare at another arguer.

"...Anyone thinks this discussion is really unnecessary?" Mallow asked yawning a little.

"It's pointless in a time like this." Meta Knight said.

"Heh, everyone knows I'm the f-" Wolf was interrupted.

"The fastest one around here, heheheh." The rest repeated much like Wolf was going to say, all with chuckles included.

Wolf snarled a little at this. "Bunch of...ugh, whatever."

"Should we do something to stop them?" Kirby asked suggesting.

"Oh, I have the right idea," Chris said adjusting his glasses. "Everyone, we're going so, good bye."

"What?!" The arguers glared at Chris and he sweatdropped, somewhat scared.

"...I mean...who wants to go this time?"

"How about me?" C. Falcon asked grinning. "I'll teach that guy something he will never forget, besides, you need a racer."

Pikachu and Pichu jumped to his shoulders. "And we can use electricity!" Pikachu said gathering sparks on his cheeks.

"Yeah!" Pichu said gathering sparks as well.

"...I'm not completely sure why do we need electricity, but it's fine with me." Chris said.

"C-can I go as well?" Lucas asked raising his hand.

"And me!" Ness said. "Both of us can use electricity attacks too!"

"You're in, who else? Geno?" Chris asked.

"Fine." Geno said nodding.

"I-i'm going as well!" Twink said flying to Geno's shoulder.

"How about you Falco?"

Falco made a fist in victory in front of him. "Alright, time to get going, good thing I used to race with skateboards back when I was in High School."

"Really? Interesting." Chris remarked.

"You can take another one since Twink isn't a fighter." Master Hand pointed out.

"Hmm...can I take Popo and Nana?" Chris asked.

"Well...I think it's alright for them to go, let's see if the portal accepts them," Master Hand said snapping his fingers to call out the portal instead of Chris. "Be careful, I'm not sure why but I got a bad feeling about this..."

"Yes! We're going!" Popo said walking with Nana to the selected group.

"Time to go then!" Ness said running inside the portal with everybody else (Nana kicked Popo inside to see if he was going to get zapped, but nothing bad happened and she jumped inside) as the portal vanished with them.

"Raaaaaveeeeeen! Teach me now!" Toon Link said running away from the room.

Sheik frowned at this. "I hate that old man..."

"Pervert old man." Jigglypuff pointed out.

"Yeah..."

?

?
?

"So, you want me to kidnap the kid?"

"Exactly, he apparently knows a lot about this matter than the rest of the monsters and people living inside the mansion, it's the only way to get information out of him unfortunately, you're going right now, Mei Ling was able to locate one of those portals close to your current area."

"We'll give you information about how to defeat every single one of them if you were to get spotted, it's that alright with you, Snake?"

"I've fought worse battles than this."

"Snake..."

"Fine, I'll request help if I need it."

"Please be careful Snake, don't be too reckless."

"Got that, I'm off then."

Sonic Riders

Splash Canyon
Close to the finish line

Sonic, Tails, Knuckles and Amy were talking close to the next competition, we see Tails explaining some complicated complex about the Extreme Gears, boards that have the ability to hover over the ground, to all of them, because Knuckles was a little curious and decided to ask away.

"That's easy to explain. According to the Kutta-Joukowski Lift Theorem, the control surface flow is balanced by the inverse kinetics of the-"

Tails's high technological explanation seemed to get Knuckles instantly nuts because his eyes started to spin madly with an angry expression on his face as Tails kept explaining on and on and on and on and on and o-
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 17, 2008, 07:56:20 PM
"STOP!!!" Knuckles yelled as Tails gasped a little. "I get it, okay?! It just floats and that's good enough for me!"

"Leave Knuckles alone Tails, his brain is really too small to understand your explanations." Sonic said grinning.

"I'm going to let that one go this time, Sonic." Knuckles said grunting a little.

Amy's ears perked a bit and she looked to the sky. "...Huh?"

"What is it Amy?" Tails asked.

"I could have sworn there were some yells coming from the sky just now..."

"It's Eggman?!" Knuckles asked glaring at the sky as Sonic took a fighting stance.

"I don't think Eggman wants to cause havoc in his own competition." Sonic said as we zoom to the sky and 9 familiar figures were shown yelling and screaming.

"W-what's that?!" Tails asked scared as he backed away.

"LET'S GET OUT OF HERE! IT'S GOING TO CRASH!" Amy yelled running away with the team as the 9 familiar figures landed in the bridge, falling above each other.

"Get...off...me..." Ness muttered below all of them.

"Guys! Geno!" Twink came floating down the sky shocked. "W-what happened?! Why did we fall?!"

"U-ugh! I have a better question, why are you asking that if we were the ones who ACTUALLY fell and not you?!" Nana asked trying to get off from C. Falcon.

"I think...there was another error...with the portal again..." Chris muttered above Ness but below the rest of them.

"...Huh?" Amy came walking and she looked down to them. "G-guys! You're here again!" Amy said smiling as she pulled Chris away from the pile, the others then managed to get off and stood up.

"Amy!" Chris hugged Amy and she giggled a little. "It's good to see you again!"

"Okay! Okay! Stop hugging me! You're making me blush!" Amy said blushing as Chris stopped. "So, what are you guys doing here now?"

"Hey, Amy!" Knuckles came from behind and looked at them. "...It's you guys!"

"What do you mean Knuckles?" Tails asked as he and Sonic came from behind and looked at them. "E-everyone!"

"Tails!" Pikachu, Pichu, Ness and Lucas ran to him and gave him a group hug as they laughed.

"Hey, I'm right here." Sonic said grinning pointing at himself.

"Uuuuhhhh..." The quartet looked at each other with bored looks.

"...It's something wrong?"

"No offense Sonic," Ness said. "But we haven't forgotten yet about you in that battle."

Sonic scratched his head a little. "What battle? I don't remember..."

"Oh!" Chris adjusted his glasses. "I think they mean when you-"

Flashback, back in chapter 65...

"W-WHAT IS THAT MONSTER?!" Lucas asked terrorized.

"Metal Sonic has a new ability, that ability consist of using all the destroyed machinery to fuse them all together with his body, creating a beast with unbeliavable power." Dr. Eggman explained to them.

"And with the Shadow Bugs is even worse!" Pit said.

"Argh...if we had the Chaos Emeralds...there could be hope to defeat him!" Dr. Eggman said before he found all the 7 Chaos Emeralds in Sonic's arms. "N-no! Y-you gathered all the Chaos Emeralds?!"

"Along the way." Espio said.

"Then Sonic! Turn into Super Sonic to defeat Metal Sonic once and for all!"

Sonic smirked. "Of course...but! Let me wait for the exact moment to use them!"

"WHAT?!" Was the response of everyone, except the calm characters.

"YOU IDIOT! JUST USE THEM NOW BEFORE METAL SONIC GRABS THEM!" Knuckles said furiously.

"Don't worry Knucklehead, I'll use them just before he tries to grab them from me!"

"Sonic, this is by far the most, stupid, idiot and dangerous idea I've ever heard of!" Chris said, not trying to believe it.

"Relax Chris, nothing bad is going to happe-"

"LOOK OUT!" Rouge yelled before all of them were pushed away by Shadow Metal Overlord's tail, Sonic, by accident, released the emeralds from his arms and the robotic monster took them and ate them, then, an even stronger earthquake took place and his body glowed intensely, increasing drastically his power before he roared and many buildings across the area were instantly destroyed in a chain reaction effect, creating chaos and destruction.

Sonic stood up before he felt many nasty presenses gathering slowly behind his back, then he laughed very scared and turned to see them cracking their fists in perfect unison.

"SOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIC?!" They said in unison with so much rage in their voices.

"I...ah...well...you guys...well...don't need to be...so mad about...it...right?"

3 minutes later...

Sonic was very badly damaged, both of his eyes were black, there was blood coming from his mouth, much dust covered most parts of his gloves and arms, and one of his shoes had many scars. Even one of his tooths was missing.

End of flashback and back to current chapter...

Sonic sweatdropped and looked away. "I-I don't know what are you talking about..."

"Sonic, if I'm not mistaken, the sweating that is in your forehead must be there because you do remember the incident that you cau-" Chris's mouth was blocked by Sonic before a second could pass.

"I-I'm telling you I don't remember that!" Sonic argued as Ness crossed his arms in annoyance.

"(It's official, these guys can make my day.)" Knuckles thought grinning.

Sonic, Tails, Knuckles and Amy joined your team!

"So anyway..." Sonic tapped his foot a little and looked at them. "Why are you here again?"

"The Subspace Army wants to take this world again." Pikachu said.

"You mean the same army that wanted to kill us?" Tails asked.

"And the ones who wanted to take Sonic from me?!" Amy asked taking out her hammer with fire in her eyes.

"A-Amy! You need to control your anger please!" Chris said backing away as Amy calmed down.

"Oof...okay...I'm calming down now..."

"Hey, you," C. Falcon looked to Sonic. "The name's C. Falcon, pleasure to meet you."

"Oh, I see now, my name is Sonic, Sonic the Hedgehog." Sonic said giving him a thumbs up with a grin and a wink.

"I heard you were going to join us very soon, and that you are the fastest thing alive."

Sonic raised his eyebrow. "Then I was MEANT to join you guys? Awesome!"

"Thank you for spoiling the surprise to Sonic." Chris said frowning, but C. Falcon ignored him.

"Finally, I can have a different adventure that beating the crap out of Eggman daily, I want to have something different! An adventure where I can fight something else than freaking robots!"

And Sonic went on and on about how great, wonderful, cool and awesome would be to have a different adventure...

Babylon Rouges's Airship
Jet's Cabin

There was a red blimp, or airship, flying far away from our group, it was the airship of the Babylon Rouges, thieves that were experts in the use of the Extreme Gears.

Inside the airship, in the cabin, we see a conversation being held.

"So!" A green hawk smirked to Dr. Eggman and the trio of the Subspace in a hologram. "You want me to take out Sonic and his gang, correct?"

"Exactly," Dr. Eggman grinned. "This time, I'm going to act like the true villain I am and take out Sonic once and for all!"

"Do not forget about the kid and the Smashers, they're a horrible nuisance to our plans." Ganondorf said crossing his arms.

"You bet! You have another deal Eggman! And you too!" Jet said making a fist.

"Then remember, I need to get the Chaos Emeralds and give Sonic a preview of something that I'm going to do once I build my special invention," Dr. Eggman smirked. "Let's just say it's a preview that his hidden "darker self" from the Metarex incident will take advantage to kill them if he ever joins them."

"Why isn't Red with them? I wanted to have fun with him." Charizard asked frowning.

"Eww." Dedede said grinning.

"W-what?! I'm not strange, you idiot!"

"Silence you 2," Ganondorf said before looking at Jet and a big white albatross whose name was Storm, Jet's right hand man and the muscle of the team. "Report to us once your mission is done, then, we will pay your services." Ganondorf said before Dr. Eggman closed the communication as jet crossed his arms at Storm.

"Heh! I think that means a better chance to beat that hedgehog again!" Jet said grinning rather evily.

"Boss, Wave is already on her way to sabbotage them." Storm informed.

"Excellent! Now we have to wait until she returns here!"

"Er...I was meanin' to ask something..."

"Spit it out then!" Jet said impatiently.

"Er...you know that Wave's boyfriend was such an...uh...ass to her?"

"Oh, you mean that freaky green bird that used explosives?" Jet asked with an angry expression. "The guy had it coming, and for a chance, it was stupid of him for turning her down."

"That's why we beat him up to a bloody pulp, right boss?"

"Duh! Of course! Wave was really sad and cried in her room for 3 days straight! I can't believe that wuss did that to her!"

"Then, can I ask you something out of...uh...curiosity?"

"Ask away!"

"What could happen if...she fell in love with another one?" Storm scratched his head. "I mean, if another idiot turns her down again and she...uh...falls in love with him?"

Jet smacked his right fist into his left palm. "We'll beat him up as well!"

Storm smiled. "R-right! I'm asking that because she is...already looking for another one right now..."

"...WHAT?!" Jet asked angrily and Storm ducked in fear. "She's looking for another boyfriend AT this time?! Right now?! In our mission?!?!?!"

"D-don't get mad boss! Think of your blood pressure!"

"GRRR!" Jet somehow was able to kick his rather big desk with his foot and was flung away. "If Wave EVER falls in love again with another, I'll going to kill her this time!"

"...If she doesn't kill you first, I mean, she's bossier than you when she gets angry." Storm pointed out as Jet calmed down with a shocked expression.

"...Well...let's see what happens and we'll do something!"

Splash Canyon
Close to the finish line

"...And Sonic wins!" Pichu said waving a checkered flag as Sonic finished the 3 laps by foot around the course in record time, while C. Falcon was still with 1 laps and a half completed.

"I told you! I'm the fastest!" Sonic taunted as his voice echoed.

"S-shut up! L-let me get there first!" C. Falcon shouted from very far away.

"YEEEEEEHAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" They all looked above and Falco came doing a lot of maneuvers as he jumped down using Sonic's Extreme Gear, the expert pilot landed in front of them with a grin as he jumped to the floor. "Man, I haven't used those moves ever since the school!"

"Too bad though," Tails said as he took the Extreme Gear. "You're not a participant of the race, if you were, then we could have had a chance to win...maybe..."

"Are you still depressed that Fox didn't come?" Chris asked as he was sitting on a rock reading his book.

"W-what?!" Tails blushed. "N-no I'm not! A-and how did you-I mean, no!"

Nana stared at Chris and tilted her head. "You know, I find that job very useful to find out people's secrets."

"Oh?" Chris looked at her. "Like you weakness of handsome me-"

Nana blocked his mouth. "How did you-I-I mean, no!"

Popo chuckled a little. "I guess he found ou-"

Nana also blocked his mouth as she blushed. "Shut up, both of you!"

"Pikachu, did you record that?" Ness whispered to Pikachu who was holding his camera.

"Yep, recorded and safe." Pikachu said chuckling as he hid his camera behind his back.

"I think that's wrong..." Lucas said a little worried.

"Aw, come on!"

Not far away, there was a humanoid purple swallow, it was Wave, another member of the Babylon Rogues, sighing depressed, holding a small detonator on her hand, he was still depressed after her boyfriend turned her down (and got beat by Jet and Storm), she was still thinking if there was another person out there meant for her.

"...C'mon, Wave, you have to forget it anytime, sooner or later..." Wave muttered to herself as she then saw Tails explaining more about the Extreme Gears to the Smashers. "...Well...I guess it's time to put the plan into action, now get serious..."

"STOP IT ALREADY!" Knuckles said annoyed. "I told you I got that! It just floats and it's good enough for me!"

"(And if I'm not mistaking, Wave should appear right...now.)" Chris thought as mentioned character came behind them, laughing at the moment.

"Hahahaha!" Wave laughed as they all looked at her.

"Huh?" Knuckles said confused.

"Sorry, but it's just too funny!" Wave said stopping laughing as she eyed the Extreme Gear "(Let's see...)" She took it from Tails's hands and inspected it. "Huh? This gear's unusual..."

"Customized it myself." Tails said putting his hands on his hips.

Wave was looking the Extreme Gear from the underneath part as she thought. "Hmm... (This isn't half bad for an amateur. Still, you can never be too caref-)"

"Oh!" Chris said as Wave jumped scared, she didn't notice him and she quickly hid the small detonator behind her. "I'm sorry for not introducing myself, my name is Chris, nice to meet you."

"Er...I..." Wave was left speechless and shook her head, glaring at Chris after she finished. "Hey, watch it jerk! You almost scared me!"

"...I see, sorry for being rude." Chris said chuckling a little, getting on Wave's nerves.

"(So this guy is the one that Jet told me to watch out for...)" Wave thought seriously. "(...He looks like a nerd to me, so why'd I get worried?)"

"It's bad to stare at people directly if you don't speak, you know."

"W-what?" Wave asked rudely. "I'm not interested in you! Now let me see this Extreme Gear!"

"Wow, Tails, she's interested in you." Twink said winking.

"W-what?" Tails asked blushing. "W-wait, I haven't asked for your name yet...and the other guy that looks like a puppet..."

"Oh, my name is Geno, nice to meet you." Geno said introducing himself.

Though Wave backed away and examined the Extreme Gear again as she thought. "(Now, where was I? Oh yeah, the bomb...I just need to put this little baby here an-)"

"I-I'm coming! I'm coming!" C. Falcon came running from behind Wave (getting her angry again as she hid the device behind her) and panted once he stopped. "I...I admit it, you're the fastest thing alive Sonic...whew..."

"Told ya." Sonic said grinning in triumph.

"CAN YOU PLEASE BE QUIET AND LET ME PUT THIS FREAKING B-" Wave shut her mouth in shock as they all stared at her.

"Can you finish that word again?" Amy asked.

"I...I wanted to say "put this freaking badge" in the Extreme Gear!" Wave said smiling scared as she took out a badge with the letters "Y-O-U S-U-C-K" on it in gold.

"...Why were you going to put that on it?" Knuckles asked with a glare as he crossed his arms.

"What? AH!" Wave threw the badge away and sweated. "J-just let me inspect it in peace!" Wave said inspecting the underneath part of the board. "(Finally...I can go along with the plan without interruptions...now...let's put this little, annoying baby here an-)"

"You guys!" Falco came with Pichu (Wave's anger was getting even bigger this time), the avian crossed his arms and grinned. "Do you know where I can find a "Chaos Emerald" thing to enter the race?"

"Wait, if you're going in, I'm going in too!" C. Falcon said before Wave got caught in her fire of rage and glared at the 2.

"WOULD YOU PLEASE STOP BEING ANNOYING AND LET ME FINISH M-"

"...There's someone very mad this day." Falco said frowning.

"I agree heartfully." Amy said annoyed.

"Us too." Popo, Nana, Ness, Geno, Lucas, Twink, Pikachu and Pichu said nodding with bored looks.

"So, who's she? It's a new friend, Tails?" Falco asked as Wave just stood there staring at him.

"I...no...she just came here out of nowhere." Tails said.

"(...Hmm...those eyes...)" Chris thought as he looked at Wave.

There was something weird happening to Wave once she focused her eyes in Falco, her pupils shrunk instantly after she looked at him, she quickly felt butterflies flying inside her stomach, there was a small smile forming around her beak and through her eyes, she saw Falco in front of a glittering pink background with roses around him.

"(Oh my...he...he is so...so...so handsome...)" Wave thought dreamily.

"...Hello?" Sonic waved a hand.

"Hey, why are you staring at me with those eyes?" Falco asked getting closer to her.

"(He is looking at me...oh god...what should I say now?... I'm so embarrassed...)" Wave thought as she blushed a little.

"...Are you blushing?"

"(Oh no, what should I say now? Don't freak out, please don't freak...I really like his vest and bandana...it makes him look too hot...)"

Chris backed away from her. "...This is...really awkward..."

"...Are you feeling alright?" Falco asked.

"...U-ughh..." Wave took out the small detonator from behind her back, the others saw it as it went inside Wave's mouth who swallowed it while her eyes were still looking at Falco. "...I...um..."

"Yes?" Falco asked raising an eyebrow.

"...I need to...to go...sorry..." Wave said giving Sonic his Extreme Gear, the swallow turned her back without changing her expression and walked away from the scene.

...3...2...1...

BOOM!

After she was gone, an explosion came from the same direction she went and they sweatdropped.

"...Was she going to put that bomb in your board?" Lucas asked to Sonic.

"I think so...weird, I think I saw her somewhere before." Sonic said wondering, rubbing his chin.

"Oh that girl!" Amy said with a glare. "Who does she think she is?"

"A strange one, that's for sure." Falco said puzzled as he tried to know why was she lost once she looked at him.

"(...Aha...)" Chris thought with a small smile. "(A new pairing is soon going to be born...)"

Babylon Rouges's Airship
Jet's Cabin

Jet sat on his seat while he looked at his weird blue-transparent box with curiousity as Storm stared at the clock, his eyes reflecting the pointers of the clock moving around with every second.

"...It's she here?" Jet asked.

"No." Storm responded without looking to him.

"I hope she's participating in the race now...or else I'll k-"

"Awwwww..." Wave came from the door, she had a dreamy face (and was covered in black dust), the swallow sat on the sofa and sighed in relief. "I just met the most, handsome hunk in the universe..."

"Who cares?" Jet asked looking outside the window before he gasped. "Wait, what?!"

"I met the guy of my dreams...today, I'm have a new mission, and that is know him better..."

"Wave! I told you before not to hang out with more "boyfriends" again!" Jet said angrily.

"I must return and get changed, I sacrificed that bomb just to not hurt him...here I go..." Wave said sighing with pleasure as she went to her room and change to her new clothes...which were the same.

"...THE BOMB?! YOU, YOU "SACRIFICED" THE BOMB?! UGH!" Jet stomped the floor with rage as Storm sweated a little. "YOU!"

"Y-yes, boss?" Storm asked shifting his eyes in fear.

"Keep an eye on Wave and see who's this "handsome" guy she was talking about, once you find that guy, tell me! ASAP! NOW!"

"R-right, boss!" Storm said saluting Jet as he ran away comically to the Splash Canyon.

Jet frowned wtih fury and crossed his arms behind his back as he looked outside. "So, these "Smashers" want to stop me, huh?" Jet smirked. "There's no way I'm gonna let them get in my own way, oh no! Just you wait, Sonic the Dumbhog!... Geez, I'm bad at laughing at people and changing their names as well...oh whatever, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 18, 2008, 03:53:12 PM
Splash Canyon
Close the finish line

"The race is about to begin, competitors please report to the finish line!" Omochao announced flying around as Tails was walking to the finish line with Amy, Extreme Gears on their arms.

"Wait, Amy, where did you get your Extreme Gear?"

Amy giggled a little. "I'm not going to tell you, Tails!"

"What? Tell me! That Extreme Gear looks really good! (Besides the pink color...)"

"Sorry, I'm not going to tell you even if you're my friend." Amy said looking away.

The Smashers and Sonic's group (though only him and Knuckles), meanwhile, were watching them from the cliffs were people (mostly robots) cheered at this.

"Talk about machinery going wild..." Pikachu said looking at the robots.

"It's a shame we can't enter the race." C. Falcon said as Sonic patted his back.

"Don't worry, something good will happen, sooner or later." Sonic said.

"Maybe."

"I find this interesting..." Chris said as he talked with Professor Kawashima. "You said the Subspace Bomb is moving around here?"

"It appears so, but it's strange, I sense some kind of hidden power in this one..." Kawashima said as Chris closed the DS.

"Chris, you should stop using that job, it changed you drastically." Nana said a little annoyed.

"But he got so badass when he was just about to reveal your weakness for h-mhmhmhmhmhmh." Popo's mouth was blocked by her sister.

"Not to mention you look like a nerd." Sonic commented and a vein popped out from Chris's forehead.

"Well! Since you seem to be so annoyed, I'm going to change jobs right now!" Chris said annoyed as she changed to his Ninja job. "Okay, how about now?"

"Tomato," Sonic said randomly and they looked at him. "...What? He made me think he was one with all those red clothes."

"...I understand, I DO look like a tomato in these clothes." Chris said blushing embarrassed.

Chris obtained the title, "Tomato Ninja."

Given by a hedgehog during your travels...now go and spread the healthyness of a tomato!

"Ah, Chris, I wanted to ask you something." Sonic asked crossing his arms.

"Yes?" Chris tilted his head confused.

"I was wondering if...you could let me go with all of you this time...it's fine with you all if I go?"

"(Well, let's see, you'll skip meeting Blaze in Sonic Rush and Marine in Sonic Rush Adventure and Silver and the alternate Blaze in Sonic 06, also he's skip the Secret Rings, or Sonic and the S(BEEP!)ty Rin-)"

"Wait!" Sonic smiled a little. "I had the idea to go to this city called Soleanna for a while, I think I'm going to go right now before joining you guys!"

"W-wait, what?!"

"I heard there's this festival that they're going to have!"

"OOHH, NO NO NO! You do NOT want to go that way!" Chris said shaking his head several times.

"It's my decision, sorry."

"Sonic, you do know I know what it's going to happen if you go there, right?"

"...I guess so?" Sonic said puzzled. "Alright, spit it and spoil me, I love spoilers!"

Chris sweatdropped (and had to agree with Sonic about spoilers). "...You're going to meet a silver hedgehog with psychic powers and bad voice that will kick you so hard that you will end in defeat everytime you fight him."

"Better yet."

"Dr. Eggman is going to have an horrendous look."

"To annoy him for all his life? Sweet."

"You will crash into a lot of walls."

"Pfft, like if that is going to happen."

"You will think the entire place feels like it's glitched or something."

"Cool, I want to see that."

"The entire story is stupid by itself."

"Not until I see it with my own eyes."

"Shadow acts even more emo than before."

"Suh-weet!" Sonic said rubbing his hands's palms together.

"Tails and Knuckles are not going to be of any help, because they're useless."

"WHAT?!" Knuckles's voice asked enraged.

"E-um, I mean, Knuckles is very strong that he could lift a mountain!"

"Nevermind then!"

Chris sweatdropped and went on, losing his sanity for a moment. "You're going to die by the EVIL FORCES OF EVIL!"

"I don't die, that's crazy!" Sonic said laughing to himself.

"You're going into a very crappy future where humanity didn't even do anything to prevent it."

"Then I'll help them out."

"They're dead."

"More time for me I guess."

"...Shadow saves your life from that hedgehog."

"Pfft, I'll save his own (beep!) anytime."

"(Dammit! Is there anything I can use to make him understand?!... Wait...)" Chris looked at Amy punching the air and Chris got an idea. "...You're going to fall in love..."

"With Amy? Not a chance."

"That's not the worst part!" Chris said shocked. "You're going...to fall in love..." Drums began to play thanks to Twink. "...With a human..."

Sonic raised an eyebrow. "...Come again?"

"You're going to fall in love with a human, a princess to be exact."

"...Why'd I do that?"

"Because she's the key to something very stupid, the very stupid thing will kill you with one blow and you'll die in a stupid, dramatic sequence where she cries over you without getting pinched by your quills in a crappy area where the grass is as plain as the newspaper and doesn't move by the wind, then the very stupid thing will laugh at you, wishing for eternal darnation to all humans as he turns into a very giant monster as a normal cliché in some kind of freaky dimension where you're still dead."

"...Oh well, it can't be helped."

"WHAT?!"

Sonic grinned as he crossed his arms. "Heh, this may be even a new experience! Alright! I can't wait to visit Soleanna and go through all those curious things an-"

Chris had enough and decided to lie one time to Sonic, just for his own and stubborn self. "...Did I mention you're going to make out with the princess?"

"W-W-WHAT?!"

"Yes, and not only that..." Oh god, Chris was already going too far. "You're ALSO going to make out with Amy, you'll admit to Shadow that you're a mere faker and he's cooler than you, Knuckles will turn into Super Knuckles and defeat the main villain, Tails will say that you suck while you don't care, since you're still making out...with b-" Chris's mouth was blocked by Sonic who was utterly shocked.

"A-A-Alright! I-I get it! I won't get near that infernal place!" Sonic shuddered a bit as he unblocked Chris's mouth. "M-man, that's one scary thought...thanks Chris for making me understand the horrible future I was going to have...BUT MAN, that's insane and crazy!"

Chris smiled and chuckled. "Oh, you're welcome! Good thing I prevented you from going there! (IN YOUR NOT-SO PRETTY FACE, ELISE! GO AND CRY ME A RIVER! MWHAHAHAHAHAH-)"

"...Chris? Chris?" Sonic waved a hand in front of Chris's happy expression. "...I'm sure...this is the right option..."

"Look, it's the same girl we met!" Pichu said pointing down at Wave who rode her Extreme Gear and stopped in the finish line, staring at Tails and Amy.

"You're the same girl who tried to hurt my Sonic!" Amy said angrily.

"...Aren't you going to say anything Sonic?" Knuckles.

"Why?" Sonic lifted his hands above his shoulders with a bored look. "It's always the same thing with her, nothing can stop Amy, sadly."

"Shut up," Wave said as Amy pouted a little. "You, shorty."

A red toon vein popped out from Tails's forehead. "M-may I help you?"

Wave approached to his ear. "You do...know who was that guy? You know...the one with fierce blue eyes and red feathers around his eyes?" Wave asked blushing a little.

"Hmm...you mean Falco?"

"(Falco?! Oh my! That is such a-oh my god!)" Wave thought dreamily. "Yeah...that one...okay, I got that, thanks."

"...You're welcome?" Tails said confused as Wave got in her position.

"Oh," Wave turned to Tails. "By the way, don't tell him I asked you that...I want to...you know...um...nevermind..."

"What?" Amy asked.

"Y-you! Get on your own business!" Wave said walking away as Amy grunted at this.

"I'm going to beat you so hard that you're going to the earth's core! You hear me?!" Amy asked swinging her hammer madly while Tails backed away scared.

Seeing all of this from above, the only thing that Falco could wonder was: "(Who's that girl anyway?)"

"Sooo, this is blind love? It's blind love right?" Lucas asked to no one in particular.

Preview of the next chapter

"Wait, I sense some signals from the Subspace Bomb!" Kawashima said.

"Then let's look around!" Pikachu said jumping off from Chris's shoulder.

...

"B-boss!" Storm called out to his walkie-talkie.

"What?!" Jet's angry voice replied from the machine.

"I-I found the guy Wave was talking about!"

...

"Sweet! Now you can challenge me in the race!" Sonic said grinning to C. Falcon, who grinned back to him and shook hands...as they grinned rather evily to each other.

"...C. Falcon sure changes when women are not involved...pretty much like Zelda..." Chris remarked.

...

"A love letter? For me?!" Falco asked grabbing the love letter.

"T-that girl gave it to me and told me to give it to you." Lucas said playing with his fingers.

...

"Next time: Extreme races, lovebirds and an angry Jet!
" Knuckles said.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Splash Canyon
Chris
, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 21, 2008, 10:22:38 AM
Chapter 97: Extreme races, lovebirds and an angry Jet

Splash Canyon
Close to the finish line

Splash Canyon

Wave was breathing silently as she thought about...you know who. "Okay Wave...you can get his attention...just concentrate..." Wave put her googles on and looked in front of her way. "Just stay focused and everything will be alright..."

"Weirdo, you talk alone." An Eggman robot said in a monotone voice.

"Shut up, you steel, ugly can! Ugh!"

"3..." Omochao prepared the countdown and the racers backed away. "2..." The racers stopped walking back. "1..." They all began to dash to the finish line and then... "GO!" They all jumped into their Extreme Gears and speeded across the track as the crowd got wild cheered loudly.

"So, that's how the race goes..." C. Falcon said wondering.

"Yeah, personally I like to run around, but hey, a new challenge is always good for a change." Sonic said.

"And mostly because you were "owned" by that bandit last night." Knuckles added as Sonic laughed sarcastically.

"Ha-ha, that's because he used the Chaos Emerald's power."

"Seriously, those things are always trying to kill us in some way..." Ness said remembering the Metal Sonic battle. "But nooooo, Sonic had to show off that time!"

"I ALREADY said I'm sorry! It won't happen again!" Sonic said annoyed.

Pikachu rolled his eyes. "Sure, look Sonic, I don't know if it is a good idea to let you join us, you should reconsider it before doing a mistake."

"..." Sonic looked down depressed, though with a serious face.

"...Stop it guys!" Chris said and everyone looked at him. "It's not Sonic's faul-"

"IT IS SONIC'S FAULT!" Ness, Falco, Popo, Nana, Pikachu and Pichu said angrily, except for Lucas who was unsure about it.

Chris sweatdropped. "...Well...maybe it is...but you don't have to remind him those awful events! We're still living, right?"

"Technically yes..." Nana trailed off.

"And he just wanted to have some fun, yes, I know, his fun time almost gets our lifes, but he can't help it!"

"I think you just turned against him..." C. Falcon pointed out.

"...Oops... IT STILL DOESN'T MATTER! At least I accept his apology, and I trust that he will not make the same mistake again, that's right, Sonic?"

"...If you say so...I won't do it again." Sonic said giving him a small smile.

Chris smiled a bit. "Good! That's good enough for me!"

Twink wiped a tear. "Touching moment...small but touching moment..."

"(...What happened between them when I wasn't here?)" Geno asked mentally, confused.

"Hey, we should focus on the race." Popo reminded them as they all continued to watch the race.

All the competitors were now arriving at the rapids, where Amy was gaining the first place, followed by 2 Eggman robots, Wave and Tails, then 3 other robots.

"YAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Amy was pulled upwards by the cascade all everyone else were pushed high into the air doing several backflips in the air before landing and accelerating.

"(There, a ramp, time to use my skills and get his attention...please Babylon, please! Help me!)" Wave thought as she saw a ramp in her way, once she prepared to jump, she rocketed to the air and did a Heelflip, Kickflip and finally a Varial Backflip, before she landed and the crowd went wild. "Ha! Beat that shorty!"

"H-hey! I'm still new to this but I'm doing my best to learn!" Tails shouted from behind as they went inside a cave with a ramp, Tails accelerated and jump high up, doing a 720 and a Backflip, however, once he was about to finish it, he landed in the floor and failed. "Ouhh..."

"Oooh! He failed to land directly!" Omochao announced as Tails cursed a little under his breath.

"Was that really necessary to point out?!"

"Of course!"

"...Whatever..." Tails said frowning as he exited the cave from behind the waterfall as Amy jumped above him and accelerated to the finish line, clearing the first lap, however, Wave was in 1st place.

"Wow, that girl is really good." Ness said.

"I-I can't do those insane tricks she just did." Lucas said.

"Hmm..." Falco began to wonder.

Either Wave had a camera just to look at Falco or she had a very good ear, because she blinked surprised as she joined her hands. "(Yes! I'm getting his attention! Oh yes! I just need to win this race and then he will k-)"

CRASH IN THE WALL! O-OH WAIT, TOO MUCH INFORMATION ALREADY!

Wave wasn't that focused on the track and she crashed directly into the cave's wall.

"Looks like Wave is gonna have a serious scar for that!" Omochao said as many robots began to laugh.

"I'm a little bit impressed after she crashed." Falco commented as somehow Wave cried toon tears.

"(Nooooo! I'm losing him!)" Wave thought crying a little as she quickly got in her board and tried to regain the first place, since Tails was now in the lead.

"Hey, teacher, professor, whatever you are," Pikachu said searching in Chris's pocket and taking out the DS, then he jumped to Chris's shoulder. "Any trails of the Subspace Army, Shadow Bugs, Charizard?"

"How rude you Electric Mouse Pokémon! I'm not a whatever, I'm a professor!" Kawashima said.

"Hmm?" Sonic walked to them and took the DS in his hands. "Hey, how do you use this? It has videogames or something?" Sonic asked looking on the back and found the pen. "...So..." Sonic began to use the pen in Kawashima's face and the professor began to feel tickles.

"H-hey! Stop it! You're tickling me! Hahahahahahaha!" Kawashima pleaded laughing.

"...Good job Sonic, you found something to annoy the professor." Chris remarked.

"T-tell him to stop!"

"Hmm..." Sonic tapped the Sudoku option and a puzzle appeared, where he quickly began to play. "Hey, this isn't that hard..."

"Er, Sonic, I think you should stop playing with Kaw-" Chris was interrupted.

Ding!

Kawashima appeared on the top screen and blinked surprised. "Oh my! He finished the first Sudoku puzzle in 10 seconds!"

Chris blinked surprised before shaking his head. "F-fine! We all know Sonic can clear Sudoku challenges, now please, tell us if you detect the Subspace Army!"

"Gimme that!" Pikachu said taking the DS from Sonic's hands (who grunted a little since he was enjoying the game). "Now, search!" Pikachu said holding up the DS above him.

"...Can I try later?" Knuckles whispered to Sonic.

"Sure, I guess." Sonic said.

"Let's see now..." Kawashima said examining the area.

"I think I'm going to stay behind," C. Falcon said. "This race is something I don't want to miss."

"Hopefully, the next Star Spirit should be around here." Geno said.

"Star Spirit?" Sonic and Knuckles repeated confused.

"Oh, you haven't heard of them before, allow me to explain it."

2 minutes later...

It was the final lap and Amy was in the lead, trying to get away from Wave's dynamite attack to give it to her.

"I see, so that's why you're here too." Knuckles said rubbing his chin.

"...Ever wondered how the number "7" is overused these days?" Sonic asked.

"What do you mean?" Pichu asked.

"Look! 7 Star Spirits, 7 Chaos Emeralds, 7 Star Pieces, 7 of anything!"

Chris began to think. "...You're right... (Let's see, 7 Chaos Emeralds, 7 Star Spirits, 7 Star Pieces, 7 Dragonballs, 7 Super Paper Mario worlds, 7 wonders of the Glitz Pit, the 7 years event in Melee...)"

"Wait, I sense some signals from the Subspace Bomb!" Kawashima said.

"Then let's look around!" Pikachu said jumping off from Chris's shoulder.

"...Huh?"

"W-what is it?" Lucas asked.

"...This is strange..." Kawashima said trying to think. "...It's moving around at high speeds somewhere in the area, across the jungle... I didn't know the Subspace Bombs could wander around by their own before..."

"A Subspace Bomb that moves around by its own?" Lucas asked wondering. "...But...wait...why do I..."

"Huh? Lucas? It's something bothering you?" Chris asked.

"H-huh? N-no...it's just...I think I...n-nevermind, forget about it please."

"...Okay...if you say so."

"So, are we going or what?" Pikachu asked.

"Who wants to come?" Chris asked and Pikachu, Pichu, Ness, Lucas, Geno, Twink, Popo, Nana and Knuckles raised their hands. "Why are you 3 staying behind?"

"Same reason as before, duh." C. Falcon said.

"I wanna see if Tails can win this race." Sonic said pointing down below with his thumb.

"I'm a little bit curious as well." Falco said.

"Okay, then let's go and see if we can end this mission quickly." Ness said nodding as everyone except the 3 previous characters left the crowd.

Not too far away from them, there was someone using binoculars hidden in the bushes, it was Storm, who was looking around the place. "Let's see...who's that person Wave was talking about? Uhhhhh..."

With the team...

"Why'd a Subspace Bomb move around?" Pikachu wondered.

"Well, don't they use those weird robots to activate the bombs?" Nana asked.

"That's true, but they should move around but slowly." Ness said.

"Who cares?" Popo said swinging his hammer. "We'll smash that thing like before and presto! End of the mission!"

"Those things are hard to crush, just to let you know."

"...Maybe we can destroy them using our Final Smashes?" Chris suggested.

Pikachu remembered something and blinked surprised. "...The next Over Limit is mine! Period!"

Ness glared at Pikachu. "Oh no no no no, it's mine, mine should be enough to destroy it!"

Nana took out her hammer. "Oh, aren't you gentlemen? Let a girl do it first!"

Popo rubbed his chin. "I bet Pichu's one is bet-" Nana hit him with her hammer in annoyance.

"I-I wanna do mine!" Pichu said angrily.

"C-can I do mine, please?" Lucas asked raising his hand.

"Mine!"

"Mine!"

"Mine!"

"Mine!"

They argued and argued until somebody else spoke.

"Mine!" Twink said angrily and they stopped to stare at him with angry looks.

"..." A moment of silence fell in. "...Mine!" Ness argued as everyone continued to argue.

"Are they always like this?" Knuckles asked.

"You don't know anything until you get to live with them..." Chris whispered shuddering a little.

"I don't care about their arguments," Geno said looking around the jungle. "What do I care is the location of the Star Spirit."

"Good! Somebody cares!"

"...I'm always caring about that, it's my job."

Chris made a bored look. "...Oh...right..."

"Mine!"

"Nana, shut up!"

And back to the race...

"This race isn't that hard to win." Tails commented as he and Amy were accelerating to the U-turn section.

"Yeah, but I wonder where is that girl again." Amy said.

"Isn't a little bit too weird, though?"

"Why do you ask that?"

"I mean, when I told her about Falco's name, she blushed a little..."

Amy began to think and then she snapped her fingers. "Oh my! Tails! I know why she blushed when you said Falco's name!"

"Y-you know Amy?"

"Of course I do! I'm an expert in this field! Look!" Amy began to explain as they entered the cave with a ramp. "It's very obvious! That girl i-"

"DON'T YOU EVEN DARE TO FINISH THAT SENTENCE!" Wave yelled from behind accelerating to Amy and dropping something above her hands as Wave jumped high up to land in the highest platform.

"...What is this?" Amy asked confused as both her and Tails jumped high up as well.

"...AMY! THROW THAT OUT! IT'S A-"

BOOM!

An explosion came from the cave and Wave got out by jumping from the waterfall and landed on a downslope, where she quickly used her boost to accelerate and reach the finish line.

"Dynamite..." Tails finished by muttering, since the explosion caught him as well.

"...I'M GONNA RIP THAT GIRL'S HEAD OFF!" Amy yelled extremely loud as she began to accelerate to the exit of the cave.

However, that wasn't enough.

"EEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHH!!!!!!!!" All the robots began to cheer loudly once Wave crossed the finish line in 1st place, Wave stopped with a turn and waved at the crowd, where she grinned.

"Shoot! They lost!" Sonic said snapping his fingers.

"Well, obviously, that girl had many skills at her favor." Falco commented.

Wave gasped and she quickly fainted.

"...What's the matter with her now?" Falco asked looking down to Wave.

"Hmm... Maybe..." C. Falcon rubbed his chin.

Not a second ago, a bush jumped close to them, Sonic looked the bush in curiosity but shrugged a little.

"Tails! Over here!" Sonic yelled to Tails and Amy who were just crossing the finish line, Tails grabbed Amy's hands and flew to them. "Sorry for that."

"I-it's okay, I'm still learning anyway." Tails said laughing a bit worried.

"But ugh! She cheated! I can't believe it!" Amy said gritting her teeth.

"Amy, we can use weapons to attack our opponents."

"...But she was behind me and..."

"Calm down, I'm sure that won't happen again." C. Falcon reassured her with a wink.

"Oh, why, thank you." Amy said giving him a bow.

"Anyway, we need to gather up with the others, they went to search for that bomb thing they mentioned." Sonic said.

"W-why they didn't tell me that before? I can disable those bombs this time without using substituters!" Tails said.

"Then let's get a move on!" Sonic said running away at high speed.

"H-hey! Can't you wait for me?!" C. Falcon asked as he tried to catch up with Sonic, but with no success.

"He doesn't know the word wait you know!" Tails yelled as he flew to them, but Amy got his hand and when Falco was away, she pulled him closer to her face. "W-what is it, Amy?!"

"I'm going to tell you why she blushed, I can't let this one slip off my hands." Amy whispered as she shifted her eyes. "This is it...that girl...is...in..."

2 minutes later...

"...Whoa..." Tails said, blinking surprised.

"(A-ha!)" The bush thought, overhearing their conversation.

"So anyway! Let's follow them!" Amy said giggling happily as she ran to the group.

"W-wait up!" Tails said using his tails to fly in the air with Amy.

Back with the mysterious bush, it moved and shook before Storm, who revealed himself to be the one spying on the group, took out his walkie-talkie to report the news to Jet.

"B-boss!" Storm called out to his walkie-talkie.

"What?!" Jet's angry voice replied from the machine.

"I-I found the guy Wave was talking about!"

"Really?!"

"Y-yeah! I found the buffoon she was talking about, his name is Falco, over!" Storm said saluting the sky.

"It's that so?!"

"Um...pretty sure boss..." Storm looked down where Wave was still fainted. "...Should I bring Wave to you? She's out of cold in the middle of the track, over."

"Hmph! Bring her here! I want to have a serious discussion with...wait, no! Don't do that! I'll join up with you 2 in a while, wait for me in the Splash Canyon, over and out!" Jet yelled angrily as he finished the communication.

Storm accidentaly threw the walkie-talkie away with a bored look. "Umm..." Storm looked down below and decided to carry her as he clumsily tripped all the way down.

And back with the group...

"TA-DA!"

"ACK!" Chris backed away. "S-Sonic! D-don't appear out of nowhere like that again! Y-you were going to make my heart jump out!"

"Oh, sorry for that." Sonic said grinning with an air of mischief around him.

"...Okay, now that you're here...where are the others?"

"They're trying to catch up here," Sonic put his hands on his hips and looked back above his shoulder. "The hero guy is coming."

"W-wait...darn you..." C. Falcon came panting heavily. "..."

"Oh, you're here!" Sonic said.

"Course I'm here, I did my...best to catch up...ugh..."

"Are you alright?" Twink asked.

"Just...let me...regain my energies..."

Ness sweatdropped. "...So, what were we doing again?"

"The bomb, the bomb!" Nana said annoyed smacking her forehead, then from the jungle, the other 3 came running or flying in Tails's case.

"We lost the race...sorry everyone." Tails said depressed.

"It's okay Tails." Sonic said.

"...Thanks, I think."

"Professor, can you please pinpoint the location?" Chris asked.

"Certainly," Kawashima called out. "...Hmm...it's just 50 meters away from here, follow the path of the north, beware, there are enemies around the bomb since it stopped."

"Lead the wa-" Sonic was grabbed by Chris by the shoulder. "Hey!"

"Sorry, nobody's going first, everyone goes always together to be safe."

"Pfft, yeah right, look, sorry, but this is how I work in a group."

A toon vein popped out from Chris's forehead. "Um...you should know the rules of traveling like we do, Ness!"

"Okay." Ness took out a paper from his backpack and gave it to Sonic, who stared it down in his right hand.

"...What's this?"

"Rules for traveling 101, read it if you want to come with us."

"...Alright...let me see..."

Rules for traveling 101, designed specifically for Sonic the Hedgehog

"Hey! This is just for me?" Sonic asked with a glare.

"Just keep reading, please! Complain later!" Chris said.

Rules:

You shall not separate from the group and wander off from your own, if everyone goes together to the same place, it will be safer that way


"Lame." Sonic commented.

You shall not confront an enemy alone

"Lame."

You shall not create an excuse just to wander around, alone

"Lame."

You shall not taunt the enemy either

"Lame!"

You shall not laugh at the enemy either

"Lame!"

You shall not use attacks at the moment you want, only when you have to

"Lame!"

You shall not disobey the current's leader orders

"LAME!"

You shall not work alone, did I mention this already?

"GRR!" Sonic ripped the paper in pieces and threw the pieces to both directions. "Sorry, but following these stupid rules mean not be myself! That's a bullsh-"

Ness blocked his mouth quickly. "Shh! There are kids here, like Twink!"

"Geno, what is bu-" Twink's mouth was quickly blocked by Geno, who glared at Sonic.

"This is really going to take a while for Sonic to understand." Chris said.

"You know Chris? I think I should "wander around" by my own first before I join you guys, sorry, I made my decision." Sonic said annoyed.

"(...Oh no, I did a mistake here.)"

"Tails, Knuckles, prepare, we're going to Soleanna tomorrow by morning!"

"Hey, who told me you're my boss or something?" Knuckles asked cracking his fists.

"I-I don't know what to say about this..." Tails said scratching his arm.

"..." Amy got an angry expression. "Hey! What about me?!"

And it was not long before the trio (except Tails) began to argue between themselves.

"Oh god, what did I just do?!" Chris asked grabbing his hair.

"Tell you what," Falco said with a grin as he talked like some sort of bigger entity. "YOU HAVE THE POWER TO MAKE FIGHTS BETWEEN PEOPLEEEEEE!!!"

"OH GOD!"

Falco made a bored look. "...Chris, I was being sarcastic."

"...Oh!" Chris laughed half-scared. "I-I see! O-of course you were being sarcastic!..." Awkward moment of silence soon followed. "...You don't believe me, do you?"

"Guess." Falco said crossing his arms.

"Hey, sorry for interrupting, but we got 2 hedgehogs and whatever Knuckles is arguing." C. Falcon said.

"I'M AN ECHIDNA, THANK YOU!" Knuckles yelled out loud before returning to the discussion.

Chris felt someone pulling his shirt and he looked down. "...Yes, Lucas?"

"C-can you please stop them from arguing? I think I'm going to have nightmares with Sonic's glare..." Lucas said shuddering a little.

The World Traveler sighed. "...I guess I'm going to have the same nightmares as well...wait...STOP PLEASE!"

However, they were being spied during this whole time from even more bushes, yes, you may guess the bushes are the perfect places to hide for mediocre villains by this point.

And who were those mediocre villains?

The Babylon Rouges, those who.

"So, Wave," Jet asked glaring at Falco, who was conveniently with crossed arms. "That's the guy you fell in love with?"

"Yeeees...isn't he dreamy?" Wave asked blinking quickly with joined hands.

Jet rolled his eyes. "Yes, dreamily enough to be asking for a grave."

"Hey!" Wave glared at his younger brother. "What was that, gnome?"

"Hey! I told you a long time ago not to laugh at my height!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 22, 2008, 08:09:23 PM
Storm, meanwhile, was in his own world. "Boss? Wave?" Or maybe not at all.

"Yeah?!" Jet and Wave asked glaring at him.

"I-I think we should stop yelling out loud."

"So, you're gonna order me around?" Jet asked.

"N-no! It's not that! The bird is getting suspicious!"

"Hey, did you hear something?" Falco asked looking around.

Wave pushed Jet out of the way and spied Falco again. "O-oh! Look at those sapphire eyes! Aww..."

Twink looked at the same bushes. "I think it came out from those bushes over there!"

"Uh-oh." Jet muttered.

For their fortune, a random explosion came from the opposite direction and the Smashers and Sonic's team (who stopped arguing) looked in shock.

"W-what was that?!" Popo asked.

"An explosion, duh, let's go!" Sonic said disappearing in a blink.

"I told you, it's going to take a while to make him understand!" Chris yelled as he tried to use his ninja skills and jumped very high to a tree. "...AWESOME! Did you see how high up I jumped?!"

"Get moving and stop getting impressed!" C. Falcon yelled as he ran deeper inside the jungle with everybody else, as Chris went jumping from tree to tree (with Geno and Twink, who decided to go with him).

"...That was close." Storm said standing up.

"Aw! I wanted to meet him!" Wave complained glaring down at her brother. "This is all your fault, Jet!"

"Hey! I'm the boss here, you'll listen to me right now!" Jet said glaring at her before Wave grabbed his throat. "U-UGH!"

"YOU. ARE. NOT. GOING. TO. ORDER. ME. NEAR. FALCO!" Wave said trying to crush Jet's throat, before Storm decided to...

Hug them to death.

"Oh, brothers! I think we have our next member of the Babylon Rogues!" Storm said with a happy expression.

"WHAT?!" Jet asked shocked as Wave asked happily.

"Think of this boss, that guy has the looks to be with us!"

"PUT ME DOWN, YOU MUSCLE-BRAIN!" Jet complained as Storm released both of them. "Ack! I need to catch...my breath...ugh...what do you exactly mean by that?"

"Oh, Storm!" Wave hugged Storm (for the first time in their lifes). "That is the most, greatest idea you've ever come up with!"

"Uh..." Storm blushed and touched his face with a finger.

"NO NO NO NO!" Jet yelled angrily. "The day I make that stupid wish I'll be the king of Babylon...a dead city by the way!"

"Jeeeeeeet?!" Wave cracked her fists.

"J-just let's follow that bunch of knuckleheads and challenge Sonic and his crazy team!"

Close to Egg Factory

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Behind Us

There was a big tank with Ganondorf, Dedede and Charizard, apparently, the trio were finishing some business they had back in the factory, probably they set up traps for the next race.

"The plan is simple," Ganondorf said. "Once the race starts, the traps will activate by themselves by detecting their boards and then..."

"They go to the air and yell in pain," Charizard said smirking evily. "Yeah, that should do it."

"Ya know, that plan is way too simple to get rid of 'em." Dedede commented.

"Oh, is that so?" Ganondorf said looking at the tank behind them. "If we were to fail such easy idea, then this will be enough to take them out." The king of all evil said smacking the tank a little with his palm.

"Oh, right," Charizard said grinning at the tank. "The "moving" Subspace Bomb or in the right na-"

"Say no more."

"Tsk."

"...We are not stupid kid, we know you are there trying to hide from us using that fake mantle tile."

Chris was hiding using a mantle to camouflage with the environment. "Wait, how did you see me?"

Dedede smacked his forehead. "Kid, we can see yer face."

True to Dedede's words, Chris's head was sticking out of the paper.

"And the thing you're using to hide doesn't even match with the grey pipe." Charizard pointed out frowning.

"...Crap! I used the other side instead!" Chris said cursing under his breath as a flamethrower almost burns him, but Geno quickly came from below and took him down before the flames reached the pipe. "T-that was close, thank you Geno."

"It's my job," Geno said before glaring at the trio. "If you hand over the Star Spirit, we won't fight you."

Twink came from the sky flailing his little hands. "Or better! Release all of them!"

The trio of the Subspace chuckled evily at this as the others joined the group. "Yes, ask the idea away, the one that will not happen." Ganondorf said.

"And ya can have the hedgehog!" Dedede said glaring at Sonic who was laying down above the tank, the hedgehog smirked and jumped back to the group as he grinned.

"Oh, look, it's the clone of my moves." C. Falcon said to Ganondorf.

"Clone? What a laugh, my skills are far more superior than yours."

"At least I have common sense!"

"Stop it, both of you," Nana said annoyed as she put her hammer above her shoulder. "We want to end this now, give us the star!"

"You wish," Charizard said. "We're just here to assist that doctor that doesn't even cure anything with a little project he has in reserve for that pesky hedgehog."

"...The dragon does have a point." Knuckles said rubbing his chin.

"Heh," Sonic smirked. "Bet that project he has for me isn't that hard to take down then."

"Again, you wish, it's the most, brilliant idea ever to use you as a tool." Charizard said chuckling.

"Charizard, that is enough," Ganondorf said as Charizard frowned. "Unfortunately, we have to get out of here and meet in another occasion."

"H-hey! You can't leave!" Pikachu said gathering sparks.

"And what will the cheeky-rat do? Zap us to death?" Charizard asked taunting.

"WHAT DID YOU SAY?!"

"T-that's offensive, you know!" Pichu said a little angry as he gathered sparks.

"Silence, all of you." Ganondorf said.

"Hey! I have an idea, let's get outta here for real this time instead of losing our time here with 'em!" Dedede suggested jumping in the tank.

"You're not getting away this time, stay here!" Ness said.

"Aw, sorry big-headed kid, appointments and such are in our agenda currently."

"Want to know what is in my own agenda then?" Sonic asked pointing at himself with his thumb.

"(Sonic, no!)" Chris thought shaking his head.

"This!" Sonic said using a quick Homing Attack on Dedede, but the king quickly used his hammer to knock him out the tank, the hedgehog was pushed away to a near pipe but used his feet to spring back with a faster Homing Attack.

"Fire missiles!" Ganondorf ordered the tank to fire missiles at Sonic, the hedgehog turned back to normal, grinned and did a backward somesault to evade the missiles.

"Ha! What a bad aim you got there!" Sonic said taunting before noticing something. "...What the?"

There was a cloud of smoke in front of them that once it cleared out, the trio and the tank disappeared.

Music stops

"So that's why their aim was bad, it was to create a smokescreen with the missiles." Tails said.

"Damn, we couldn't do anything to stop them." Knuckles said frowning with shame.

"I-I was thinking what was the project they were talking about to use in Sonic." Lucas said.

"Who the hell cares what Eggman does to me?" Sonic asked rhetorically throwing his hands up. "I'll find him, fight him and break 'im up if I can."

Chris looked away and Pichu noticed his action. "(...Did I mess up the storyline again?... I'm worried about this...)"

Pichu jumped to his shoulder. "Chris? It's something wrong?"

"What? N-no, I'm fine Pichu, thanks for worrying about me."

Pichu wagged his tail a little. "Heheheh! No problem!"

"Were you thinking the same Amy?" Lucas asked.

"Of course!" Amy said crossing her arms and pouted a little.

"...I know, "I don't want anything bad happen to my dear Sonic", right?" Ness asked.

C. Falcon chuckled and decided to change the subject. "Anyway, I say let's wait for them to make their move and we'll attack as well, for now, let's focus in some maybe more important."

Sonic grinned and snapped his fingers. "Hey, that's right, the race!"

"Now you're talking, do you know how can I enter?"

"Well," Tails began. "You need a Chaos Emerald to enter, but Sonic, myself and Knuckles used our own emeralds to enter."

"And don't forget about me!" Amy said.

"Where did you get your emerald Amy?" Knuckles asked.

"A girl has her means to get anything."

"...Eww."

CRASH!

"WHAT WAS THAT AGAIN?!" Amy asked to the sudden red bump on the floor, maybe because of the hammer she was holding up with fire.

"NUTHUNG!" Knuckles yelled angrily.

"FINE!"

Tails shrugged. "Er...that...doesn't matter...okay, as I was saying, you need a Chaos Emerald to enter, but seeing that 4 were given, then the other 3 were..."

"Given by us!" A voice echoed through the pipes.

"...OK, I know it's getting repetitive with the hidden echoing voices, but who's that?" Popo asked looking around.

It was not so late before they saw 3 persons riding Extreme Gears coming to their direction, the persons were the Babylon Rogues who appeared from behind them, jumped the Smashers, landed in front of them and took their Extreme Gears in their arms (for an odd reason, Wave tripped).

"Oww!" Wave complained.

Jet frowned mentally as he grinned at the Smashers. "Remember me?"

"Hey, you're the guy from last night!" Sonic said pointing at him.

"Impressed by my skills on the board, hedgehog?"

Sonic rubbed his mouth a little before grinning. "Not a chance, I've gotten better enough to take you out."

"Yeah, right."

"(And the battle of the egos has just begun, ladies and gentlemen.)" Pikachu said blinking bored.

Knuckles got out from the hole and glared at Storm. "You!"

"You!" Storm repeated stupidly.

"Was that necessary?" Jet asked.

"Umm, yes?"

Jet facepalmed and frowned. "Ugh, we're so out of it today, especially miss out of this world over here." Jet pointed at her older sister who was looking dreamily to Falco.

"...Miss out of this world?" Falco repeated confused.

"Aww..." Wave merely sighed with pleasure.

A wiltered ball plant rolled between both groups in an awkward silence.

"..." Jet shook his head. "...You're stupid, you know that?"

"What?" Falco asked crossing his arms.

"Jet!" Wave said glaring at her brother.

"...Can you please tell us why are you here in the first place?" Chris asked.

"That's obvious kid," Jet said pointing at Sonic's group. "We're here to demand a challenge with the hedgehog, the fox, the pink hedgehog and whatever the red mad dog is!"

"I'M A DAMN ECHIDNA!" Knuckles yelled furiously.

"Ooohhh, group quarrel, me likes it." Popo said as Nana facepalmed.

"So, are you up to the challenge? Sonic the Slowhog?" Jet taunted about to board his Extreme Gear.

Chris sweatdropped. "...If you think Sonic will get mad at the dumb nickname you gave him, then you're dead wro-"

"WHAT DID YOU SAY?!" Sonic asked furiously at this.

"(And officialy not all the things you know from your comfortable bed or sofa as you play a game are nothing but lies once you get to know your favorite characters.)"

"Hey! That's rude!" Amy said ready to smack them down with her hammer.

"Sorry, but we don't have time for these things," C. Falcon said. "Right now, we want to know how to enter the races."

"Yes, I'd like to partcipate as well, by any means if that's possible." Falco said grinning a little.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Off-Key

Wave gasped and she quickly grabbed Falco's hands. "Wait! If you want, I can convince the host to make you enter and your friend if you want again!"

"R-really?" Falco asked taking back his hands.

"O-of course! Don't worry, I can convince anyone just for you!"

Falco grinned at her and nodded. "Then that'd be very nice if you could do that."

"(Aww, he's so handsome when he grins...)" Wave thought dreamily.

"...It was true Amy." Tails whispered to Amy.

"And not only that! I'll design you the best Extreme Gear that I've ever created, to you and the weirdo in the superhero costume (C. Falcon: Hey!) I'm an expert in this field unlike shorty!"

"Hey!" Tails said angrily, but Falco ignored that comment.

"Wow, can you do that too?" Falco asked.

Wave nodded rather quickly as Jet tried to ignore the scene her sister was causing. "Y-yes! Just leave it to me!"

"Good, thanks!"

"A-a-a-a-aww..." Wave blushed a bit shade of red and instantly fainted in front of Falco.

"...You okay there?" Falco asked looking down to her before Storm took her on his right shoulder and walked back to Jet.

"Look, if you think she's gonna do that just because she thinks you're the best man there is, you're so dead wrong on that!" Jet said angrily.

"...What, come again?" Falco asked tilting his head confused.

"Oh, blind love, just wonderful." Amy said giggling as she muttered.

"What?"

"Oh, I get it!" C. Falcon said.

"W-wait, can anyone care to explain me?"

"Ugh! You're so useless, all of you!" Jet complained.

"STOP!" Chris yelled. "Look, what are you going to do now?"

"Beat the hedgehog!" Jet said boarding his Extreme Gear.

"Yeah!" Storm said taking Wave, her Extreme Gear above his own Extreme Gear.

"Alright! Action time!" Sonic said taking out his Extreme Gear and jumped above it.

"Bring it!" Knuckles said getting above his own Extreme Gear.

Geno shook his head surprised. "Wait, where did you take those?"

"W-wait again, are you going to race here right now?" Twink asked confused.

Music stops

Their moment was soon broken by a mechanical Chao that floated down between the 2 groups. "All competitors, please report to the finish line in Egg Factory! Repeat! All competitors, please report to the finish line in Egg Factory! Knuckles the whatever and Storm the Albatross, please report to the finish line in 20 minutes!" Omochao said.

"Knuckles the WHAT?!" Knuckles asked furiously.

"I-I think that robot was programmed by Dr. Eggman himself." Lucas said as Omochao flew away using his small jet-pack.

"Seriously! It's hard to remember the word Echidna?!"

"I haven't see any echidnas before, or ever heard of them." Twink said sticking his tongue out.

"Tsk!" Jet said. "Fine, Storm, go and kick the echidna's butt in the race, I'll take Wave to the airship!"

"Right!" Storm said putting the unconscious Wave above Jet's board along with her Extreme Gear and both went away at high speeds. "So, knucklehead, ready?" Storm asked cracking his fists.

"I'm sure as hell!" Knuckles said as both went away to the finish line.

"...Knuckles lost, that's all." Sonic said frowning.

"I know he's easy to get angry, but that is ridiculous." Geno commented.

"You don't know anything." Chris said with a bored look.

Close to the finish line

Egg Factory

All the competitors (which were lots of Eggman Robots of another line of series) and both headstrong rivals were getting prepared to race in the track around the factory, which was centered and focused only about magma and fire.

"This is...hell..." Nana said sweating in the scorching fire's steam.

"Need...to take out...gloves..." Popo said about to remove his gloves.

"Popo! Don't do it! Someone will see our skin!"

"O-oh! You're right!" Popo said pulling the glove back to his hand.

"Who thought it was a good idea to build a factory with magma?" Twink asked sweating.

"Eggman, that's who." Sonic said wiping out the sweat from his forehead.

Meanwhile in an area somewhere around the factory...

"What?"

"Make these 2 enter, now."

"What?

"Make these 2 enter, now."

"What?"

"Make these 2 enter, now."

"What?

"Make these 2 enter, now."

"What?"

"Make these 2 enter, now."

"What?

Wave got furious. "MAKE THESE 2 ENTER THE DAMN RACE, NOW!" Wave said pointing at some pictures of Falco and C. Falcon, where she got them was a mystery.

"W-who told you I'm going to listen you?!" Dr. Eggman asked with a glare.

"Okay, fine! I'll tell Jet that a lie, you were trying to sabotage us!"

Dr. Eggman began to sweat. "W-why would I do such thing?" O-of course I'm never going to sabotage anything!"

"Then?" Wave crossed her arms. "Are you gonna listen or not? Hurry! I need to design some Extreme Gears!"

"I-I-ah...w-well..."

"WELL?!" Wave asked pulling out a gun from her back.

"D-darn you! Fine! These 2 are entering, there!" Dr. Eggman said adding their names on his computer. "Happy?!"

"You bet I am! Thank you!" Wave said throwing the gun at the lava, running away to the airship as Dr. Eggman got very confused.

"...Thank you? Did I miss something?" Dr. Eggman asked scratching his head before shaking it. "That doesn't matter right now, I have to finish that machine to show Sonic his little surprise...heheheheh..."

And back again with the group...

"GO!" Omochao yelled signaling the start of the competition where the racers accelerated at full speed and jumped to the factory using the ramp.

"With this heat, Knuckles's temper is going to be even worse than before..." Amy said wiping out the sweat of her neck.

"Oh, can I have your attention, please?" Omochao asked floating to the group. "I'm looking for Mr. Falco and Mr. C. Falcon, do you know them?"

"That'd be me." Falco said.

"And me." C. Falcon said.

"Oh, I see, there have been some changes around here so, you 2 are officialy competitors for the next race in Green Cave for tomorrow in the night."

Falco smiled a little. "Wait, for real? Are you serious?"

"Well, the schedule says so, and if you excuse me, I have to make some arrangements for the next track, have a nice day sirs." Omochao said floating away.

"Aw, how sweet," Amy said joining her hands. "Isn't love great? Falco?"

"...What?"

"Oh, brother..." Pikachu said frowning at Falco's cluelessness.

Pichu looked bored somewhere else. "And he calls himself a casanova..."

C. Falcon made a fist. "Great, things are starting to look up."

"Sweet! Now you can challenge me in the race!" Sonic said grinning to C. Falcon, who grinned back to him and shook hands...as they grinned rather evily to each other.

"...C. Falcon sure changes when women are not involved...pretty much like Zelda..." Chris remarked.

"I have to get a warm-up before I challenge that Mario guy." Sonic said as the Smashers stared at him.

"Oh yes, Mario said he got a letter from Sonic during his festival of sports." Geno reminded them.

Sonic blinked. "Wait, you know that Mario guy?"

"Know him? We're friends of Mario." Twink said smiling a little.

"Oh, really?"

"Yes, if you want to know about him, he's the nicest person in the universe," Chris began. "He cares about the people around him and likes to save his home from Bowser, a villain that keeps kidnapping Peach, the princess of the Mushroom Kingdom."

Amy raised her hand. "I was the one who found out about Mario, news spread too quickly to these parts."

"And Amy told Sonic about Mario and he decided to challenge him once he saw all the news about him over the newspapers...and internet." Tails added.

"Heh, then I thought the Olympic games were the perfect challenge to have a match with Mario and his pals," Sonic said grinning. "If he thinks he can out-run me in the running division, then he's so wrong on that!"

"Say, maybe we can invite you guys to participate as well."

"Hmm..." Popo began to think.

"Does it counts if I was the best of my school in athletism?" Ness asked.

"Don't worry about little details, we can invite you all to have a friendl-" Amy was interrupted.

"But fierce competition between rivals!" Sonic said making a thumbs-up. "What do you say?"

"I'm SO in!" C. Falcon said pumped up.

"Not another competition..." Geno said frowning. "I need to gather the Star Spirits..."

"Geno! For just one time, enter!" Twink said angrily.

"O-okay! Okay! I'm in!"

And the rest of the Smashers decided to enter as well.

"Good!" Amy said. "Now we just need to find our team and the Olympics will start soon!"

Lucas was unsure about this and backed away from the group who didn't notice him. "...I have to stop being a coward... I studder so much..."

"Pss!"

"UAH!" Lucas jumped in terror and looked behind him. "W-who is there?!"

"Pss, kid, you!" A voice called from behind a pipe.

"M-me?" Lucas asked.

"Yes! You! C'mere a second!" The voice said motioning to itself.

Lucas looked at the Smashers, then at the hand, then at the Smashers, then at the hand, and finally walked to it slowly. "W-what do you want?" Lucas thought something in his mind. "I-I'm warning you, I can make you suffer with PK Fire with PK Freeze if you attack me!"

"No!" The voice said annoyed. "Listen, I want you to deliver this letter," The voice gave Lucas a letter with a heart on the center. "To that handsome blue bird with fierce eyes."

"...You mean Falco?"

"Aww..." The voice said dreamily taking the letter back to it.

"...Hmm..." Lucas walked behind the pipe and found Wave, who gasped after the boy looked to her. "You're the sam-"

"Shh!" Wave blocked his mouth and shifted her eyes. "...Look, I want you to give him this letter...does he has a last name?"

"...Lumburdu." Lucas muttered under her hand.

"What?" Wave asked pulling her hand away from him.

"I-I think his last name was Lombardi..."

"L-Lombardi?!" If you thought she once again sighed in relief, then you were right. "Aww... Falco Lombardi... W-wait here!" Wave said tearing the letter apart, writing in another paper something, then put it inside another letter with another heart and gave it to Lucas in 20 seconds. "There! Now, please, go and give him the letter."

Lucas took the letter and tilted his head. "D-do I need to say yo-"

"Don't say my name to him!"

"I-I don't know your name!"

"Perfect! Now get out of here!!!" Wave said kicking Lucas away from her spot, where he went soaring to the sky and crashed into the floor, and ironically enough, next to Falco who looked to him, ducked to help the PK kid stand up and talked a little bit with him.

"What were you doing in the floor?" Falco asked.

Lucas looked where Wave was and she glared at him. "E-er... I was licking the floor! (STUPID LUCAS! WHY DID YOU SAY THAT?!)"

"...Yuck." Falco said before turning his back to Lucas.

"W-wait!" Lucas pulled Falco's hand.

"What now?" Falco asked a little annoyed.

Lucas showed him the love letter. "T-this is for you...a love letter..."

"A love letter? For me?!" Falco asked grabbing the love letter.

"T-that girl gave it to me and told me to give it to you." Lucas said playing with his fingers.

"(I'M SO GONNA KILL THAT KID!)" Wave thought furiously hiding in the darkness.

"Hmm." Falco opened the letter and began to read every sentence to himself.

017 - Adelle

Roses are your red flaming feathers,
Violets are your deep sapphire eyes,
Sugar is your enticing voice;
And so are your handsome self.

Meet me in the forest of fireflies;
to give you my most important present.

Sincerely yours truly:
Wave the Swallow

"Oh, an appointment to get my Extreme Gear, thanks." Falco said with a nod before Amy sidestepped and took the love letter.

"...Oh my! I can't believe it! I was right!" Amy said hopping in excitement.

"Yeah, weird letter to tell me about where she wants to give me my board."

"Not that you silly!" Amy said with a glare before joining her hands. "This is absolute true love in the air!"

"Steam." Lucas pointed out because of their location.

"Whatever!"

"...Whoa, whoa whoa whoa WHOA!" Falco said shocked as his pupils shrunk. "W-what do you mean by love?"

"(Oh my... I-I need to get going now!)" Wave thought as she ran away from the darkness and to the airship.

"Isn't obvious? Geez, a person could tell a mile away, if that person wasn't you, of course!" Amy said angrily.

"Then..."

Amy smiled and put her hands on her hips. "You're understanding now!"

"...That girl...fell...in love...WITH ME?!" Falco asked shocked pointing at himself.

Amy rolled her eyes and pointed at the letter. "The poem gives it away, it describes your features in a romantic and poetic way!"

The blue avian blushed a little. "...Ouch...and I'm supposed to charm women when I'm unaware that they do the same thing under my nose."

"Beak." Lucas pointed out.

"Then, what're you gonna do, casanova?" Amy asked with a serious face.

"...Should I really do this? I mean..." Falco began to wonder.

"Ooooooooohhhhh! Falco is in lo-ve!" Popo came from behind taunting Falco, the pilot looked behind him to see that everyone else overheard their conversation.

"W-what the-you guys were eavesdropping?!"

"Duh, you were yelling." Ness said rolling his eyes with a frown.

"I can't help it, you're hitting on a girl, finally man!" C. Falcon said giving him a thumbs-up.

Sonic crossed his arms. "Pfft, what's so great about love? It just gets in your way..."

"Hmph!" Amy pouted angrily at this.

"Can I be the godfather then?" Popo asked before Nana smacked his face with her hammer.

"H-hey! Who said I'm in love with her?!" Falco asked blushing a bit shade of red.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 24, 2008, 03:39:48 PM
"Well then! Your attempts to charm girls finally made roots!" Chris said.

"I-I DIDN'T DO ANYTHING, DAMMIT! STOP TEASING ME, YOU GUYS!" Falco yelled, as we see Storm and Knuckles trying to punch themselves out of their boards as they were crossing the finish line to get the second lap.

"Im not teasing anyone," Geno stated. "I'm just watching this for amusement."

Twink looked at him. "Ooohhh, Geno, I didn't know that side of yours!"

"U-ugh!" Falco crossed his arms and looked away.

"Ironic how the ladies that he tries to charm turn him down and the girls who charm him are turned down by him," Pikachu said. "...Wait, this happened before with Brock... Oh well."

"Come on, it's not that bad." Nana said.

"But I'm not in...whatever!" Falco said utterly annoyed.

"...Hey," Ness got an idea. "...I think we can use this for our advantage."

"Advantage?" Chris asked.

Ness nodded. "Yes, in reality, I readed her mind."

"You can read minds?" Sonic asked surprised.

"Of course...well, to be honest, this is the first time in a long time I ever use it...but something seemed fishy about the Babylon Rogues, and turns out they're working with Dr. Eggman."

"(I...should have said that since I know the storyline...)" Chris thought looking away.

"And that girl, Wave, knows a lot about his plans, on a side note, I hope Knuckles isn't being too reckless because they hid explosives along the track just to explode when h-"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!"

Sonic grinned and cleaned his right ear with his index finger. "Sorry, I didn't hear anything."

The group sweatdropped at this and went on. "O-okay, as I was saying, we're going to use this "romantic" plan to get Wave the plans we need to know!" Ness said as everyone talked between themselves, agreeding with the plan.

Let's say Falco wasn't.

"Hey! I'm not some sort of bait, I'm out!" Falco said.

"If I remember, she has the Extreme Boards." C. Falcon reminded him.

"Extreme GEARS!" Tails corrected him.

"Falco, please! We need to save Soni-" Pichu was interrupted.

"Like if I'm in danger." Sonic said crossing his arms.

"We need to save Sonic from that plan!"

"...What now?" Falco asked worried looking to the sky.

"You have to do it! It will benefit you as well!" Twink said.

"For the Star Spirits, do it." Geno said amused.

"For this world as well, remember!" Chris said.

"And for love!" Amy said, though many ignored her.

"...Guys..." Falco began closing his eyes.

"Yes?" Everyone asked getting closer to each other.

"...Firstly, I'm so against this idea...but..." Falco opened his eyes with a sigh. "But since you're the annoying bastards of my entire life...and mostly because Fox will kick my a-" Falco stopped after Geno glared at him, and because Twink wanted to hear the last word. "...M-my Airwing I mean...I'll give a shot and sacrifice myself to get it for the team... I'm so gonna kill you for this one day..." Falco said annoyed muttering the last part.

"YES!" Ness, Popo, Nana, Amy, Pikachu, Pichu and Chris said jumping in victory.

"All I have to say is," Sonic made a thumbs-up. "Go get her."

"Tiger!" Popo added motioning like a cat.

"Alrighty then," Amy grabbed Falco's hand and walked away with him (though Falco was being dragged). "I'll make you the most, handsome bird in the universe!"

"...Do I have another choice?" Falco asked rhetorically as they went away.

"...It's okay to force Falco?" Lucas asked curiously as a familiar red echidna yelled in pain.

"W-well, I-I was hesitating a little, so why not?" Ness asked.

"It may be good...wait, let me go with them, Twink, come with me." Geno said walking away to Amy and Falco.

"W-wait up!" Twink said.

"What are you going to do?" Tails asked.

"I'll tell him what he need to say to get the information we need." Geno said as he disappeared.

"...Wait a minute..." C. Falcon began and looked to Ness. "If you readed her mind, how come you didn't read the rest where the plans were?"

Ness could only blink in shock and he spoke after 3 seconds. "...Dammit!"

"Let's wish good luck to the good couple." Pichu suggested and they nodded.

BOOM!

"I HATE THIS PLAAAAAACEEEEEE!!!" Knuckles yelled at the top of his lungs.

"...Did anybody hear that?" Sonic asked.

"...We'll pretend we didn't." The Smashers said sighing in disappointment.

Preview of the next chapter

"Okay Wave...the man of your dreams is coming here...you can do this...just...be-"

"Hey."

"A-aww..." Wave fainted.

...

"Now Sonic," Jet said grinning. "Ready to beg?"

"I want to see that, but from you instead!" Sonic said smirking.

"Oh, brother..." Chris said.
...

"Heh, hey, you're very good at the board."

"R-really?"

"Yes, come to think of it, I think I'm starting to pick an interest in you."

"...Oh...my..."

...

"The Subspace Bomb! It's getting closer!" Kawashima alarmed them as the same tank from before came to the ruins.

"This," Ganondorf appeared from the tank with the other 2 and each one of them stood besides the tank, that slowly transformed into something. "Is your last warning, stop getting in our way and we will not use brute force!!!"

"Here they come, stay focused!" Chris warned the group as their eyes widened (except Sonic's) when they saw the tank finishing his transformation. "Oh...NO!!!"

...

"Next time: The Blue Birds Blues! Get the title?" Tails asked as he chuckled.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Green Cave
Chris
, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy
[/b]
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 25, 2008, 04:44:35 PM
Chapter 98: The Blue Birds Blues

Green Cave
Close to the finish line

In a farther area, far away from the Egg Factory, there was Wave doing her things to complete the Extreme Gears she promised before.

"Ugh...this...is for...him...you can do it..." Wave said wiping out the sweat from her forehead. "...There!" Wave finished the Extreme Gears and she stood up, panting a little as a smile of victory appeared on her face. "Phew, that was hard...but nevertheless," She picked up the blue and red Extreme Gear, which she named the "Air Slicer" and looked down to the "Blue Falcon" (which is kind of ironic for who it was). "These boards are masterpieces, now I'm totally going to win his heart!"

Behind some bushed, we see Geno and Twink spying the purple swallow closely but carefully. "So far, she's not saying anything..." Geno muttered.

"Just how wonderful is going to get Falco fall in love with her." Twink whispered.

"Where is Amy? She said she was going to finish her part with Falco."

"Well, it's hard to find appropiate clothes in a jungle so, she had to return to Metal City and go to a clothes shop."

"I'll never understand the mystery of a girl's mind."

"I kind of know, thanks to Peach."

"...Where are they? It's getting late."

Twink looked at the sky and the pyreflies flying around. "It's because it's night here, tomorrow the next race will start at night, right?"

"Yes."

Wave sat on a rock and she looked at the sky and sighed. "...Will this be okay? I mean, Jet is very angry for my decision...who cares about that little bastard! He needs to know and understand my feelings!"

"Looks like she got in a fight with her brother." Twink whispered.

"Shh, keep it down." Geno whispered.

"I feel lonely...and...I want to be loved for one time..." Wave said to herself.

Twink shed a tear. "...I didn't know she was that lonely..."

"It's that too much to ask? I also want the acceptance of my brothers!"

"Do you think this is...making us feel guilty?"

"Because we're using her heart in a plan that we're just going to execute in order to know the plans of Dr. Eggman, who may have information about the whereabouts of the Star Spirit and the plan that he wants to use in Sonic?"

"Exactly!"

"...I'm sorry, it troubles me, but there's not another choice."

Twink looked down disappointed and Geno blinked for a moment.

"...But, who knows, what could happen if they DO fall in love with each other?" Geno asked with crossed arms.

Twink looked up with a happy expression. "Oh! Do you think that can happen?"

"Haha, it's a possibility, but it could."

"Yay!"

Wave blinked surprised and looked around. "Hey! Who's hiding there?!"

Twink imitated the sounds of a cricket.

"...Oh, just a cricket, I think I'm overreating..." Wave said resting her chin in her hands.

"Good job." Geno whispered as Twink nodded with a smile.

"...There they are!" Twink said looking at Amy and Falco walking to them. "...Wow, Falco, you look good!"

"Hmph." Falco said as he crossed his arms, probably in annoyance.

Amy giggled silently. "I spent all the day choosing the right clothes for him, until I came up with this selection, behold the new Falco!"

Falco was now dressed with a blue jacket, a black shirt underneath, blackglasses above his eyes (not ON them), a black belt on his white jeans, with black shoes, we could also add that he was showing his chest a little to look more attractive. "Seriously, I think my old clothes were just fine, now I look like I want to dance or something." Falco said frowning.

"Rude, that's what a girl wants of her boyfriend!"

"I'm not anyone's boyfriend!... Well, at least for now."

"You're going to do this for us, if you don't want to do it, tell it." Geno said.

Falco sighed. "But for once I'm thinking seriously about the mission and not myself, but is this...necessary?"

Amy facepalmed. "Of course, I told you 6 times already."

"Not to mention it could benefit you." Geno added.

"Now go for her, grrr!" Twink said.

"...Fine, fine, I'm going..." Falco said walking out from their hiding spot.

"Wait," Geno stopped Falco and whispered in his ear. "...You have to ask her all thos things."

"Geez, that's a lot to remember! How am I suppose to remember all that?"

"Don't worry, with the first thing you ask you'll remember everything else, but try to be yourself, that should be enough for her to answer." Geno said as Falco frowned to himself and walked out this time from their hiding spot.

"Ooohhh, look at him! He's my masterpiece in romance!" Amy said dreamily. "Now, if Sonic could wear that kind of clothes for me..."

"For now, concentrate on this." Geno said as Amy grunted in irritation and hid in the bushed with the duo, to spy on the "couple."

Wave was still sighing to herself. "I wonder when is he going to come..."

"You! Over here!" Falco called and Wave quickly looked at him, coming closer to her.

However, there was something odd happening inside Wave's mind, there were little versions of herself squealing with glee and running around.

"Oh god, look at the way he's dressed!" A pink Wave with "love" on her cap said dreamily.

"It makes it so much better for his appearance!" A green Wave with "eyesight" on her cap said squealing.

"I wanted the old one though." A black Wave with "thinks better than the other Waves around this crazy mind" on her cap said leaning.

"Hush! You don't know what to love!" Pink Wave said.

"Yeah!" Green Wave said.

And back to reality with the swallow and avian...

"I was looking for you all over the place." Falco said with a grin as he stopped in front of Wave.

"U-um...here." Wave said giving Falco his Extreme Gear. "T-this is...the Air Slicer, I designed it just for you."

"Hmm...it looks very good... I'm going to try it out very soon in the next race."

"I-I'm glad you liked it." Wave said playing with her fingers.

Falco looked at the farther Extreme Gear for C. Falcon and walked to it. "Is this for C. Falcon?"

"Y-yes! It is! I-I worked much harder in yours though..."

Falco chuckled a little. "Well, that isn't so bad, I guess." Falco began to walk closer to Wave.

"Okay Wave...the man of your dreams is coming here...you can do this...just...be-"

"Hey."

"A-aww..." Wave fainted.

Falco looked down to her and ducked. "You okay there?"

"I'm...fine..." Wave said as her eyes were spinning around.

"Pss! Falco!" Amy called from the bushed and Falco looked to her. "Grab her in your right arm!"

"What?" Falco whispered shocked.

"Just do it, and say something to get her!" Amy said before ducking.

"...Ugh, fine." Falco said grabbing Wave's back with his right arm and looked to her. "Are you feeling okay?"

"Huh?!" Wave asked shaking her head, and blushed a little when Falco's face was very close to her's. "Y-yes, I-I think I just fainted all of a sudden...heheheheh..."

"Hmm...so, what do you want to do tonight? (DAMMIT! I GOT TOO FAR WITH THAT!)"

Wave blinked in anticipation, stood up and grabbed Falco's hand. "W-well, do you want to eat? I-I prepared the food close to us here! In a special spot I chose!"

"(Wow, she's good at loving people and preparing the dinner just for Falco, I like her iniciative.)" Amy remarked.

"O-okay, can you lead the way?" Falco asked.

"C-certainly!" Wave said pulling Falco's hand and dragged him away from the spot.

"Shoot! They're getting away, let's follow them!" Amy said sneaking through the bushes with Geno and Twink.

The next day...

Our group gathered in the area as Amy was really, really excited about what happened yesterday.

"It was a total success!" Amy said squealing a little. "Everything worked out so well that night! It was soooooo romantic!"

"Please, shut up." Falco (now with his normal clothes on) said annoyed.

"But she was REALLY happy!" Twink said.

"And we got the information out of her," Geno said. "Though it was a shocker what we found."

"What is it then?" Tails asked.

"Firstly, Dr. Eggman is building a machine to use in Sonic, though it's not any kind of normal machine...she said it was a machine to transform the target into a...what was it, Twink?"

"I-I don't know, she didn't say anything else, only that the Chaos Emeralds were required to make the machine work." Twink said with a worried face.

"And that Ganondorf, the others and that tank that they're with are going to make an ambush at the "right moment" to capture Sonic and submit him to the machine."

"Did you hear that Sonic?" Knuckles asked (by the way, he lost the race with Storm, much for his dismay and anger). "...Hey, where's that idiot?"

"UuuuuuaaaaaaAAAAAAAAhhhh..." They all heard Sonic yawning as he was laying down on a tree's branch with hands on his back of his head.

"Sonic! Did you hear them?" Tails asked.

"It's not that important, don't worry!"

"But it could be, they could capture you!" Twink said.

"And I just could run the hell out of the way, nobody can catch me, remember?"

Ness made a bored face. "Someday, your attitude will get you, trust me."

"Whatever! Tails! Knuckles! Are you ready to go to Soleanna?" Sonic asked.

"B-but what about Dr. Eggman here? He has all the Chaos Emeralds!" Tails said.

"Not to mention you're not my boss!" Knuckles added.

"Tsk," Sonic jumped from the tree's branch and landed between them. "Well, since you 2 want to stay here, it's not my problem."

"(...It's my fault that Sonic is behaving like this?)" Chris thought worried.

"And what about that hawk guy?" Pikachu asked.

"All that matters to me is that he can go to hell." Sonic said waving a hand.

And suddenly, high up in a tree, there was Jet, Wave (somewhat not focused) and Storm, who jumped down using their boards and appeared in front of all of the-

"YOU!" Jet yelled angrily stomping the floor towards Falco. "WHAT THE HELL DID YOU DO TO MY SISTER?!"

"Hey! I gave her her "special" night like she wanted, didn't I?" Falco asked with a glare.

"And how did you know it was Falco?" Amy asked.

"OH, YOU TELL ME!" Jet said pointing at her sister.

"Falco... Aww... Falco..." Wave said dreamily as everyone sweatdropped.

Pichu looked at Falco with a bored look. "...What did you tell her?"

"Well, I told her she was pretty, she was cute, she made really good french bread yesterday and..." Falco facepalmed. "Dammit! Why the hell did I need to listen to Amy with her whispers?!"

Amy giggled. "C'mon, you totally got her this time!"

"AND THAT'S THE PROBLEM!" Jet yelled furiously. "I HAD PLANS FOR HER TO CARRY OUT, AND ALL SHE COULD DO YESTERDAY WAS TO SAY YOUR HORRIBLY, STUPID, IDIOT AND DORK NAME ALL THE NIGHT REPEATEDLY!"

Falco crossed his arms and made a nastier glare to Jet. "What's that?"

"HORRIBLY, STUPID, IDIOT AND DORK NAME!" Jet yelled taunting shoving his face to Falco's face.

"OH, WANT TO TAKE IT OUT HERE?!" Falco asked cracking his fists.

"WHY NOT?! BRING IT!" Jet yelled before both birds began to fight in a cloud of smoke with punches, kicks, jabs, uppercuts and pretty much everything else as both groups watched the dispute.

"Um... Boss?" Storm asked getting closer to the cloud.

Jet's head stuck out and glared at Storm, before Falco took him back. "WHAT?!"

"It's really...um...necessary to fight here with that guy?"

"BUT OF COURSE! AAAHHH! NO LOW-HITS, YOU CHEATER!"

"W-Wave! Aren't you gonna do something?!" Storm asked turning to Wave. "...WAVE!"

"Falco... Aww... Falco..." Wave repeated dreamily.

Lucas and Ness looked away and looked to each other with not-interested looks. "...Ness...isn't this stupid?"

"She's off in her own little world." Ness replied.

Just then, C. Falcon came in with his Extreme Gear, stepped on the ground and looked at the fight. "Wait, are you betting? Because I want to bet on who's winning."

"This isn't a game, Falco is beating Jet up!" Chris said annoyed.

"Go! Right there! Yes! You got him!" Popo said punching the air as Nana faceplamed.

"Boss!" Storm's stupidity came at the worst moment. "You can beat him, he's just a wimp with good looks and actually dresses, not like you or me!"

"SHUT UP, YOU DUMBA-AAAHHH!!!" Jet yelled in pain before punching Falco in the face.

"Isn't fighting for the love of a girl just romantic?" Amy asked blinking with joined hands.

Nana looked at her. "I'm pretty sure it i-wait! That's not the point here!"

"And are you going to do something, Sonic?" C. Falcon asked.

"Why?" Sonic asked with a grin. "This is really entertaining."

"...My friend, you're absolutely right." C. Falcon said doing a high-five with Sonic as Ness frowned.

Twink went to Wave. "So, aren't you going to do something to your boyfriend?"

"I'M NOT HER BOYFRIEND!" Falco yelled angrily.

"...Aww..." Wave was still in her own little world.

"That's it!" Chris said changing to his Scholar job, where he began to flip the pages of his book and found a spell. "Fall, small bolt! Thunder!"

ZAP!

"AAHHH!!!" Wave yelled in pain after a small bolt fell from the sky and on her. "W-what the hell was that?!"

"Hello?! Jet is beating Falco!" Twink said motioning to the cloud.

"What the-JET! STOP THIS MOMENT AND LEAVE HIM ALONE!" Wave yelled to the cloud which kept ignoring her. "JET!"

"SHUT UP!" Jet yelled.

"AAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Wave yelled out loud and leaped inside the cloud, where it got bigger and more punches came from inside.

Pikachu looked to Chris. "Hey, I thought you weren't going to use that job again!"

"This is pissing me off!" Chris argued as he adjusted his glasses. "Besides, I cannot tolerate such attitude being displayed here!"

"Oh brother, he's starting to talk like a geek." Popo said.

"I am not a geek!"

"Then talk normally like you do!" Pichu said.

"Forget about him, what about Falco?" Ness asked pointing at the cloud.

Something that shocked everyone was that Jet crawled his way out of the cloud, very badly beaten up as he panted and wiped out the blood from his beak. "M-man...if you get in Wave's way you'll get punched and fataly wounded..."

Storm looked down at his brother and got him up. "B-Boss...if you are here...then who's punching the bird?"

Jet looked back at the cloud. "...Uh-oh..."

"AND TAKE THIS! AND THAT! AND THIS TOO, YOU WORTHLESS, PIECE OF CRAP!" Wave yelled inside the cloud as it slowly cleared up, everyone's jaws dropped a little after seeing Wave holding the unconscious Falco by his throat, also, she was almost going to punch his eye. "...OH MY GOD OF BABYLON!"

"Falco!" Chris ran to Falco and looked to his eyes, who were swirls at this moment. "A-are you alright?"

"Tell the marine to attack the patroon! Wohoo! I'm the biggest captain of the worrrrrrllllddddd!!!" Falco said dazzled as he fainted.

Most of them chuckled, unlike Popo, who rolled around laughing and of course, Wave who only blinked embarrassed.

"F-FALCO! PLEASE! ANSWER ME! I-I DIDN'T MEAN TO, I THOUGHT YOU WERE THAT BASTARD OF MY BROTHER!" Wave said shaking Falco by his shoulders.

"Hey!" Jet said angrily.

"...It's no use, he passed out for this stupid quarrel." Chris said knocking Falco's forehead a little.

"THIS IS ALL YOUR FAULT, DAMMIT!" Wave yelled angrily as she lunged to her brother and...continued to beat him up.

"A-ARGH! ACK! S-STORM! YOU USELESS PIECE OF SCRAPPED METAL, HELP MEEEEE!!!" Jet pleaded.

"U-umm...." Storm bega to think.

Twink got an idea and sneaked behind his back. "You know, he's been bad with you, beat him up." Twink whispered like a bad guy.

"Well..."

Twink went to the other shoulder and whispered: "I agree, beat him up."

"RRRRRAAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGHHHHH!!!" Storm yelled out loud before joining the fight of his brother and sister as Twink laughed at this.

"Twink!" Geno said angry.

"Heheheheh! Sorry! I couldn't resist anymore!" Twink said chuckling.

Sonic looked down to Falco. "...What now?"

"Oh, let me help, let's see..." Chris flipped through his book and found a spell. "Hmm, this should be helpful... Now... Heal the wounds... Cure!" Chris casted a white light on Falco and it recovered him a little, enough to make him recover his conscience.

"My head...everything is spinning..." Falco said shaking his head. "...What happened?"

"Jet and accidentaly Wave punched you to death."

"WHAT?!" Falco asked standing up quickly as Sonic pointed at the 3 brothers fighting with each other as the avian cracked his fists. "HE IS SO DEAD! AAAAAHHHHH!!!" Falco lunged to the 3 and another cloud appeared between the 4, now all the birds were fighting...though 3 were beating up the green one.

"Chris! Do something! I can't stand this anymore!" Pichu said burying his face on his hands.

And suddenly...

"(...Wait, in a time like this? Who is it now?)" Chris thought as his voice echoed.

"(H-huh? W-what's happening?)"

"(...Is that you, Pichu?)"

"(Chris?)"

"(Then... Pichu! We discovered your first Combinated Final Smash!)"

"(R-really? And first than Pikachu! Hurray!)"

"(Do you know how the attack goes, right?)"

Pichu looked worried. "(...B-but, it looks dangerous! It's not going to hurt me, right?)"

"(Not until we see it...let's hope it's not what you think...)"

"O-okay, I'm ready!" Pichu said jumping to Chris's right hand.

"Okay...now..." Chris chanted silently and focused his magic on Pichu, who put his hands close to each other and blue sparks began to gather around his body before he was covered in pure sparks, then Chris made a pitcher pose by preparing to shoot Pichu like a baseball...yes, awkward to imagine using the Scholar job. "Zap my enemy!"

"Spark Bullet!" Pichu added as Chris quickly shot Pichu like a rapid bullet to the 4 birds who got zapped and electrocuted severly with great lightning damage as they yelled in great pain. "AAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" Pichu yelled as he stopped after he traveled a certain distance, the small mouse blinked and then smiled. "It didn't hurt!"

"Yes! We discovered it!" Chris said putting his hands on his hips.

New ability learned! Spark Bullet!

Charges magic and turns it into electricity on the user, fires the user at blinding speed after charging up and deals moderate lightning damage to whoever gets in the path of the bullet

"...You know, it was weird to see a move like that for a bookworm." Popo said.

"I am not a bookworm!" Chris argued.

Pikachu got angry. "So Pichu gets his Combinated Final Smash and not me?"

"Jealous?" Pichu asked with a proud smile.

"I-I'm not jealous, no sway!" Pikachu said looking away.

"L-lame..." The 4 birds said moaning in pain as sparks were still coming out from their feathers.

And in that moment, Omochao came down from the sky. "Competitors, please be ready for the next race in this very same spot, repeat, competitors, please be ready for the next race in this very same spot!" Omochao announced.

"But it's not the night yet!" Tails said.

"Oh, really?" Omochao asked pointing at the moon in the sky.

"...What the-I just could have sworn it was morning here a moment ago!" Knuckles said astonished.

"You all are such slowpokes," Omochao stated as everyone groaned in frustration. "Sorry, but you are! Anyway, we have important news, it seems there are some changes around here, Team Sonic will challenge the Babylon Rogues in the next 2 races, this one and the last one, with all their members, including Mr. C. Falcon and...where is Mr. Falco?"

"You mean him?" Knuckles asked pointing at the dead carcasses of the 4 birds.

"...Yeah...those 4 too...a-anyway!" Omochao shook a little. "Please, prepare for the next race, people are anxious to see this event now!" The robotic Chao said before he flew away.

C. Falcon walked to the 4 and kicked them a little bit. "...Chris, could you..."

"I'm on it." Chris said flipping the pages of his book to heal them. "Let's see... Hmm... Remove the bad omen!... Esuna!"

20 minutes later...

The 8 competitors were preparing to begin the race, as the other group was watching from paltforms attached to the trees, along the track, there were robots cheering loudly as well, though they were all on the Babylon Rogues's side.

"GO! GO! SO-NIC! GO! GO! SO-NIC! YAY!" Amy cheered throwing her pom-poms to the air as she cheered, close to where the others were.

"Ugh, please, not here..." Sonic muttered annoyed.

Although there was something or someone that would fire him up in a second.

"Now Sonic," Jet said grinning. "Ready to beg?"

"I want to see that, but from you instead!" Sonic said smirking.

"Oh, brother..." Chris said.

"This is going to be a race to remember...sadly." Nana said sighing with the young Smashers.

"And the same incident we had with C. Falcon it's repeating," Pikachu said remembering. "By the way, we're actually doing something, right?"

"O-of course." Lucas said.

We now see the teams, and both the avian and the racer, arguing sometimes with each other.

"You're not going to get away with this like last time, dork!" Knuckles argued to Storm.

"Ha! Little red mutt is gonna burst into anger again?" Storm asked with a smirk.

Tails quickly held Knuckles by the arms, but with no success because he was being dragged. "YOU CALLED ME A RED MUTT?! COME OVER HERE AND SAY IT TO ME!"

"K-Knuckles! Please, calm down! You're overreacting!" Tails said struggling.

"LET ME GO, DAMMIT!" Knuckles argued as he just kept walking forward.

"...Sooo..." Falco crossed his arms and looked at Wave, who was staring deeply to his eyes. "...Are you feeling okay?"

"Close to you, you bet your voice I am..." Wave said sighing with pleasure.

"...C. Falcon, do something to help me out." Falco whispered to the captain who was behind him.

"Oh," C. Falcon snapped his fingers and grinned. "Keep looking that way please."

"...Okay?" Falco said staring away from Wave as C. Falcon walked to Wave. "...What?"

"Turn around."

"Fin-mhmmmhm!!!" Once Falco turned his head, he accidentaly kissed Wave right on her mouth, because C. Falcon pushed her closer to him as she backed away with small pupils on her eyes, causing the blue avian to blush as he backed away from the spot. "B-BLUAAAAHH!!!"

"A-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-aww..." Wave blushed as she quickly hummed happily and went for her Extreme Gear.

"WHY DID YOU DO THAT FOR?! NOW SHE'S GONNA THINK CRAZY THINGS ABOUT ME!"

C. Falcon chuckled. "But hey, you should admit it, you liked that fast kiss."

"I-I DIDN'T!" Falco said blushing even more.

"Oh, my! Did you see that?!" Amy asked shaking Nana.

"I-I saw that, stop shaking me!" Nana said.

"Competitors, please, prepare!" Omochao said waving a checkered flag and everyone got in their positions.

Green Cave

"Finally, no more romance and actual action," Pikachu said jumping to Chris's shoulder. "Aw, if something Ash taught me really well was to get a great view from someone's shoulder."

"Aw, you look cute when you're closer." Chris said rubbing Pikachu's head.

"H-hey, stop that..." Pikachu said, although a hand rubbing his head was just too much as his tail began to wag.

"I-I want appreciation too!" Pichu said jumping to the other shoulder as Chris did the same with him. "Oh...yes..."

"Awkward." Ness, Lucas, Geno, Twink, Popo and Nana said with bored looks.

"You call me awkward? He does this with Lucario even more and you don't say that to him?!" Pikachu asked with a glare.

"Of course we don't, because he'll kill us in a quick but painful death." Ness said.

"A-and partly because he's scary when he's angry." Lucas added trembling a little.

"Ugly when he's angry." Popo added.

"...Whatever, who asked you anyway? A little more to the left, Chris!" Pikachu said as Chris listened him.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 28, 2008, 09:05:43 PM
"3...2...1...GO!" Omochao said waving his flag as the 8 competitors accelerated at full speed towards the track...though someone was bothering Falco.

"Hey! Leave me alone, will you?" Falco asked trying to get away from Wave.

"Why?" Wave asked with a smile as her eyes turned into hearts. "I shall follow you to the ends of the earth if it is necessary, aww..."

"Somebody help me!" Falco yelled accelerating ahead with Wave following him.

We now see a heated battle between the green hawk and blue hedgehog.

"HA! See ya!" Jet said sticking out his tongue to Sonic, who made a serious face and used his boost to catch up with the hawk. "Oh no, you don't!" Jet said passing by Sonic's left side.

"Got ya!" Sonic said snapping his fingers as he used his Spin Dash to damage Jet several times, dropping his speed greatly as Sonic stuck out his tongue as a response.

"GRRR! YOU STUPID HEDGEHOG!" Jet cursed as he used his boost to regain his velocity.

Meanwhile, both Knuckles and Storm were fighting against each other rather than accelerating, though they were still on the track.

"DODGE THIS!" Storm yelled angrily as Knuckles evaded his right fist. "PESKY LITTLE MUTT, STOP MOVING AROUND!"

"WHY DON'T YOU TRY AND PUNCH FOR REAL THIS TIME?!" Knuckles yelled furiously as he tried to do the same, but Storm evaded all his punches.

"Man, can't you guys stop fighting?" Tails asked appearing from behind as he went further ahead. "This is a race, not an arena!"

"MIND YOUR OWN BUSINESS, SHORTY!" Storm yelled as Knuckles managed to land a punch on his face. "WHY YOU LITTL-"

A toon vein popped out from Tails's forehead and he made a glare. "Fine, I'm leaving you 2 if you excuse me..." And the 2-tailed fox did that.

"Heh," C. Falcon grinned as he passed the 2. "This race isn't going to be so hard with you 2 fighting, just 5 more and I'll win." C. Falcon said chuckling as he went away.

Both Knuckles and Storm stopped fighting and saw C. Falcon using a ramp, where he jumped a made his maneuvers. "...Truce?" Storm asked.

"Grr, truce, but only for THIS time!" Knuckles said accelerating to get away from the albatross...

...Albeit to say, both started fighting again in 5 seconds when they were close to each other.

"Jet is using his amazingly blinding speed!" Omochao said as Jet was using the rails to get ahead of the race, where Sonic was following him from behind.

"Oh? You want to see blinding speed?" Sonic asked with a grin (as familiar voices that came from the finish line yelled the negative of yes). "Here you got it! HAA!" Sonic used his Spin Dash on the rails and was blasted off with "blinding speed" as he went along the way, Jet noticed a sudden wind and looked behind before yelling in pain, the hawk yelled as he was pushed out of the rail and fell to the abyss. "Heheh! See you later!"

Jet came back to the track by...appearing on it again? "Just you wait until I smack you down with my fans!"

"FANS!" Ness yelled chuckling before many of them bursted out laughing out loud.

"W-WHO ASKED YOU FOR YOUR OPINION?!"

"Fans are for pussies!" Popo yelled as he rolled around the platform, clumsily rolling to the edge where he fell to the track, however, even the pain couldn't stop him from laughing.

"I'LL GET YOU LATER, BUT FIRST THE HEDGEHOG!" Jet yelled angrily as he used his full boost to catch up with the others, who were far away from him since he was dropped to 8th place.

"RAAAAAAAAMP!" Falco yelled loudly as he tried to get Wave away from him, but he was able to jump high and did 2 Kickflips and a Heelflip. "Yes! Now we're talking!"

"Wait for me my beloved!" Wave yelled from behind as Falco watched her rocketing to the air, surprisingly, Wave had all the time necessary to make a Varial Kickflip while she spun, doing a 1440 and landed, making the crowd to go wild. "Did you see that?"

"...I'm sure as hell..." Falco said nodding.

Just then, C. Falcon appeared from behind and grinned. "See? You're falling for the girl now, that's progress man, progress!" C. Falcon said as he accelerated.

Falco blushed and glared at the captain. "S-shut up! That's not true!"

"Wait until the day of our wedding." Wave asked leaning to him.

"UAH! G-GET AWAY FROM ME!" Falco said accelerating.

"The competitors are having a heated match this time in this track, Tails is getting lead as C. Falcon comes in 2nd place, then we see Sonic in 3rd, followed by Jet in 4th, Knuckles and Storm at 5th place both and the lovebirds, Falco and Wave at 7th!" Omochao announced as many aww'd at this.

"WE'RE NOT LOVEBIRDS!" Falco yelled.

"Pikachu." Ness winked at Pikachu who was holding his camera while Chris was still rubbing his head.

"Yep, everything safe and recorded, wait until we torment him with this beautiful and funny memory." Pikachu said as his tail wagged.

"...Popo! Get up here now!" Nana yelled to his brother who stopped laughing and climbed his way to the platform, before the 8 racers came from the other side and reached the second lap.

"Second lap," Chris said. "At this rate, I think either Tails or Captain Falcon will win."

Sonic's right ear twitched a little. "What did you say? I'm gonna win here!"

"Oh, shut up!" Jet said. "Who's the best at the Extreme Gear? It's me, obviously!"

"Who asked you? Besides, at this rate, you're gonna fall and trip on your own feet!" Sonic taunted with a smirk.

Geno looked at the others. "...If he ever joins us...do you think he will do that a lot with all our enemies?"

"There's a 97 percent he will...wait," Twink went to Chris who whispered in his ear. "No, 97.6 percent he will."

"...In some ways, I like Sonic." Lucas admitted.

"And in some ways, I want to smack him to death," Nana said as Amy glared at her. "It's my opinion!"

"Oh?" Amy called her Piko Piko Hammer. "Want to say that again?"

Nana took out her own hammer. "Bring it, girl! AAAAAHHHH!!!"

Both pink girls began to fight in a cloud of dust as we see Popo eating popcorn besides the cloud with Twink.

"Don't you love when your sister fights?" Popo asked.

"I don't have a sister, but yes!" Twink said.

Back at the race...

"Think you can do something with those 6 behind?" C. Falcon asked to Tails who looked behind, where Knuckles and Storm were fighting as they sometimes collided, Sonic and Jet fighting with their big egos and Falco trying to get Wave off him. "This isn't a race with just the 2 of us!"

"But people here are actually enjoying this much...how do you say it? Randomness?" Tails asked looking at the various trees with people cheering louder than usual at the 3 events. "...And come to think of it, the crowd is much more focused than the last race in the Egg Factory."

"Yeah, but I want my challenge! A true race! I didn't get this Extreme Board for nothing!"

"Firstly, it's Extreme GEAR, secondly, what do you expect me to do? If I tell Sonic to stop doing that, he'll ignore me, if I try to stop Knuckles, all I'm going to get it's a very black eye, and if I stop Falco from...well...technically, he is fine."

"I'M NOT! HELP!" Falco yelled as he used a ramp to do his maneuvers, however, Wave kept following him doing a lot of complicated maneuvers that caught Falco's eye. "...Hey, she isn't that bad with the board..."

C. Falcon got a lightbulb above his head. "...Now I see what can make him..."

"And then, what do you want me to do?" Tails asked noticing that C. Falcon was ignoring him. "H-hey! I'm talking to you!"

"Shh! Shut up fox boy, I'm trying to think." C. Falcon said thinking.

Tails glared at him. "How rude! I'm leaving you behind then!"

"No, wait!"

"What?"

"Don't you see it?" C. Falcon asked pointing at the 2 birds. "Falco appeared to be interested in her once she did all those crazy but awesome maneuvers in the air...now I know how to get those 2 closer to each other..."

Tails facepalmed. "Please, tell me you're NOT going t-"

"See you later!" C. Falcon said dropping his speed to get closer to Wave, Falco sighed in relief and went ahead to catch up with Tails. "Hey, you there."

"What is it jerk? Can't you see I'm busy?" Wave asked rudely.

"Actually, I wanted to give you a hint." C. Falcon suggested with a wink.

"Look, I'm not into superheroes, what do you think I am? 6? You can go away and save a cat from a tree."

"(Must...resist...temptation...to strangle...) A-anyway...want to know how to get my friend interested in you?"

At that moment, Wave pulled C. Falcon closer to her face and shook him violently. "TELL ME! TELL ME NOW OR I'LL KILL YOU! I'M CRAZY FOR THAT GUY!"

C. Falcon pushed her away as they simply jumped a ramp to get to the other side. "Okay, first, I saw him remarking your skills with the Extreme Board."

"It's Extreme Gear, you retard." Wave said with a bored look.

"Yeah, whatever this thing's called, it seemed that Falco remarked your maneuvers...you know where I'm getting now?"

"...No idea, freak."

C. Falcon sweatdropped. "...Falco likes your maneuvers in the air, if you keep doing that, he will fall for you in a matter of seconds."

Wave blinked in surprise and hugged the captain. "Oh, thank you superhero freak!" Wave said as she accelerated and went ahead.

"Would you stop calling me a superhero or freak or both things combined?!" C. Falcon asked annoyed as he used his boost to catch up with the others.

"Hey, Sonic!" Jet called from behind with 2 big fans.

"S-STOP!" Sonic said shocked before Jet did a hard spin with both fans and...oddly enough, Sonic's body became twisted and fell back behind as Jet stuck out his tongue. "See ya, dork! Mwhahahahahahahah-ack! Hahahahahahahaha!"

"...That effect is physically impossible to make," Chris said adjusting his glasses. "The odds of that happening have little percentages, but I assume the body of the target would boost the chances since Sonic is skinny in some ways."

"Oh, I see." Pichu said.

"...Nerd." Popo commented as he watched the girls's fight.

"...Shut up." Chris muttered annoyed as his glasses shone creepily.

Back at the race again...

"OUT OF MY WAY!" Wave said dropping a dynamite on Storm's hands, the albatross yelled loudly together with Knuckles who were very close to each other before the item exploded, then Wave catched up with Tails and Falco, the latter trying to get away from her.

"Please, please! Just leave me alone! All I want to do is to be alone!" Falco pleaded.

"(Okay Wave, time to get serious this time...just I hope I don't faint by thinking of his soft feathe-)"

"Yohoo! Hey you!" An angel appeared on Wave's left shoulder and knocked her head a little, the angel was actually a little version of herself, who looked annoyed. "Girl, you need to stay focused for REAL this time! Your behavior isn't helping at all if you want a serious relationship with that hot guy!"

A devil that looked like her appeared on the other side and crossed her arms. "Sadly, I have to agree with her, stop studdering, stop thinking of him, be yourself, be the genius Extreme Gear designer you are and he'll fall for you in a matter of-"

"Seconds!" The angel added at the end.

"I-I'll do that! Just give me time!" Wave complained.

"Great!" The devil threw away his costume, since he was trying to mimic Wave's appearance and now was dressed like a mini-pixelated kid with a cape and a gun...and she was an it like the angel. "Now let's go angel, we have to cosplay a weird kid who gets killed many many times in a creepy world of stupid deaths!"

The angel disguised itself as the kid. "Okay, but I don't wanna be that guy, ugh." And both entities disappeared in a blink.

"...Get away from her, she talks by herself." Tails suggested by whispering.

"I just want to have a good and normal race for once, with talented competitors! It's that all hard to ask?!" Falco asked yelling to the night sky.

"Okay!" Wave said putting on her goggles as the crowd gasped dramatically. "You want your race? I'll give you your race, turtle!"

"...Turtle?" Tails and Falco repeated confused.

"So far, Wave has miserably failed to taunt her opponents!" Omochao announced.

"Shut up!" Wave yelled as she saw a ramp, where she grinned and accelerated.

"We can't let her win!" Tails said accelerating together with Falco.

Amy peered from the cloud and smiled. "Yes! I can feel the love!"

"Eww." Twink said backing away from her as Nana stopped fighting with her.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Wave yelled loudly as she rocketed to the air and began to make complicated maneuvers, she did 3 Hardflips, 4 Kickflips, 5 Varial Kickflips, all together while she did a 1780, amazing the crowd, the competitors, and even Falco himself as she landed throwing a fist in the air.

"What's the score, guys?" Pikachu asked as everyone raised a big red "10" sign above them. "Yes!"

"HA!" Jet grinned at Sonic. "Can somebody of your team do that kind of spectacle in the race?!"

"You bet your beak I can!" Sonic said pointing at himself. (Many ignored these 2 characters, by the way).

"WAVE! WAY TO GO!" Storm yelled punching the air.

"Don't get too impressed, the race just started!" Knuckles said accelerating ahead of Storm.

"Finally, we can have a serious race this time!" C. Falcon said as everyone were getting closer to each other.

"...Whoa, that was crazy and at the same time impossible." Tails remarked.

"...She's really good." Falco remarked rubbing his chin as both did not-so complicated maneuvers to gain air.

"(Yes! It's working! It's working! I can't believe it! I can do this! I can!)" Wave cheered inside her mind as she focused on the race.

"Final lap!" Omochao said waving his flag, then the robot flew to the group and held up a mic. "You, kind sir."

"M-m-me?" Lucas asked.

"Yes, do you have any comments of this race between these 8 opponents? Most of them in teams?"

"W-what kind of comments?"

"Like, you know, who do you think is going to win or who has the better skills, etc."

"...Well, I think Tails is g-"

Omochao turned at the spectators. "There you got it! This kind sir thinks Tails is going to win the race, but he's not a speed type racer, how can he win? Let's watch this to the end!"

"UGH! GET THE HELL OUTTA MY WAY!" Knuckles yelled furiously punching Storm.

"I got a better punch!" C. Falcon said extending his right fist behind him, and behind Storm. "Falcon..."

"Huh? What do you want?" Storm asked before...

"PUNCH!"

"UAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Storm was sent blasting off to the trees where he crashed and saw birds flying around his head. "...Pretty...little...birds..."

"Yes! He's away! I can play the race normally now!" Knuckles said making a fist in the air.

"Aren't you going to thank me?" C. Falcon asked.

"Oh, riiiiight..." Knuckles grinned rather evily as he slowly approached the captain.

"...You okay Knuckles?"

"OUT!" Knuckles said throwing a fist to C. Falcon, who quickly dodged it and used his boost to get ahead. "GET BACK HERE!"

"Geez, you're the fighter type, aren't you?!" C. Falcon asked as he accelerated to get away from Knuckles.

"A-CHOO!" Jet sneezed of Sonic's face and gained the advantage. "Bye!"

"SHIE!" Sonic quickly used his Spin Dash to catch up with Jet, who got in the way of the attack and got severly injured by the dash that he dropped his speed as Sonic gained the lead. "See ya!"

"GRRRRR!!!" Jet used his boost again and continued to fight the hedgehog.

"HA!" Wave jumped very high with another ramp and she did grab moves, combined with flip moves and landed successfully and safely on the floor. "Yes! I'm me this time! I can win!"

"You there!" Falco came from behind and Wave looked at him. "Not bad, I've seen your maneuvers, and I got to say, you're very good."

"T-thank you, I do my best everyday to excel at this sport." Wave said nodding a little embarrassed.

"Heh, hey, you're very good at the board."

"R-really?"

"Yes, come to think of it, I think I'm starting to pick an interest in you."

"...Oh...my..."

Amy jumped on her feet making a fist in the air. "YES! YAY! IT WORKED!"

Chris adjusted his glasses with a small smile. "And we got ourselves a new pairing."

Falco blushed a little and glared. "H-hey, who said we're...I mean..."

"Ba-bye!" Tails said waving the birds with a smile as he went ahead.

"NO FAIR! YOU'RE TAKING ADVANTAGE OF THIS MOMENT!"

"That's what you get for being clueless!"

"I'M NOT...you know what?! Forget it!"

"All the competitors are now about to finish this race!" Omochao announced as every spectator leaned to the edges of the platform in anticipation for the winner.

"(Wave, you did it! Now you just need to win this race and hopefully his heart!)" Wave thought as she used her boost to get ahead.

"Oh no, even if you impressed me, I'm still going to win this!" Falco said with a grin as he used his last boost.

Wave smiled a little to him. "Well, I'm not going to lose either, and even if it is you whom I racing against!"

"I like your new style, you're far more interesting than the last time I met you! Why can't you be like that around me then?"

"It's because you're the most handsome stud I've ever met!" Wave yelled as everyone around watching the race gasped surprised, the swallow looked around after that. "Yes people! I'm not afraid to say it anymore! I love this guy and he's only for me!"

"Awwww..." The Smashers said in unison together with the spectators as Falco's jaw (or beak) dropped a little in surprise.

The avian shook his head and grinned again. "Who cares? I'm as well going to say that I'm interested in her!"

"WHAT?!" Amy and Nana asked excited with each other, forgetting about the fight they had a moment ago.

"...THE HELL THEY'RE BLABBING ABOUT?!" Jet asked once he listened to their responses, accidentaly dropping the speed of his board.

"Isn't love beautiful?" Twink asked as Amy hugged him together with Nana.

"UGH! WAAAAAAAAVVVVVEEEEEEE!!! YOU FILTHY TRAITOR!"

"SAY WHAT YOU WANT, JERK!" Wave yelled angrily as she noticed C. Falcon passing through her. "Y-YOU!"

"I don't want to feel rather excited about your love, but I have to win this!" C. Falcon said snapping his fingers as Tails saw him getting ahead. "And that counts for you too!"

"They're coming here! All at once!" Pichu said watching the 8 racers coming to the finish line, though Jet was far behind with Storm.

"I have to win!" Sonic said.

"No, I have to!" Jet yelled.

"Let me win this!" Tails said.

"No! None of you, is either me or Falco!" Wave yelled.

"Or let me defeat that guy!" Knuckles yelled pointing at Storm.

"I'll smash you up, mutt!" Storm taunted.

"Or how about me? It's my first time doing this!" Falco asked.

"I'm the original racer here, let me!" C. Falcon yelled.

And finally...

"FINISH!!!" Omochao yelled waving his flag around as many cheers were heard...

...But the screen panned out...

Music stops

Babylon Rogues's Airship
Jet's Cabin

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Jet stomped the floor in rage as Storm shifted his eyes in the sofa, while Wave was leaning to it with a grin. "I CAN'T BELIEVE IT! WE LOST! WE LOST AGAINST THAT STUPID HERO-LOOKING GUY!"

"Admit it Jet," Wave said. "It's not the board who made you lose, after all, I designed it myself."

"Who said it was your useless board anyway?!"

Wave glared at him. "Hey! I created the boards for our team, it's not the board, it's you who sucks at it!"

"WHAT?!"

"You hear me! S-U-C-K-S, sucks!"

"Er, Jet, Wave," Storm called out and they stared at him. "Shouldn't we contact...um... Dr. Veggieman again?"

"It's EGGMAN you dumb bird-brain!" Dr. Eggman said angrily activating the communicator.

"Eggman! I want to get rid of those guys RIGHT NOW!" Jet demanded.

"You shall get what you wish," Ganondorf said as he appeared besides Dr. Eggman. "Everything is ready for the assault tomorrow at the ruins, the weapon to, let us say, "unleash" in Sonic is now ready."

"Together with the tank that we're using." Charizard said with a smirk.

"Excellent!" Jet said with a grin. "Tomorrow, that hedgehog and his bunch of imbeciles will pay for humiliating us!"

"Hohohohohoho!" Dr. Eggmam laughed evil Santa Claus style. "Well well, I see you're already itching to see our weapon! Though if it succeeds, Sonic will be affected only duri-"

"Don't spoil dah surprise!" Dedede said.

"Oh, right, the surprise, yes."

The group was unaware that Wave was taking all of this in mind.

"So Jet, don't worry about the plan tomorrow, just win the race and the path to Babylon Garden will be finally open!" Dr. Eggman said as he lifted up his hands. "And together, we wil-"

"Wait, together we what?" Jet asked raising an eyebrow as he crossed his arms.

"I-ah-mean, you will uncover the secrets of Babylon by my help, yes, that's it! Mwhahahahahahahahahahahaha!"

"Please, ignore this wacko, his laughs are really weird." Dedede whispered to Jet as Dr. Eggman laughed maniacally.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 29, 2008, 07:33:46 PM
"Let us meet tomorrow and prepare for the plan to carry out," Ganondorf made a fist. "The day that kid's life ends will very soon arrive, together with his group!"

"Everyone is acting so weird today, I swear..." Charizard said frowning as the communication ended.

"...You 2!" Jet called crossing his arms behind his back.

"Yes?" Wave and Storm asked.

"Better get prepared for tomorrow, got it?"

"Fine you little brat," Wave said getting up and walked towards the door. "If you excuse me, I have to tell Falco something very important I just heard a minute ago."

"What the-Wave! Stop right there!" Jet yelled.

"What is it?" Wave asked.

"You're going to warn them about the plan, am I right?!"

Storm carefully hid behind the sofa.

"So what are you going to do if I do that?" Wave asked.

"If you do that, I swear I'll kill that Falco with my bare hands!"

"Just try it! We know here he'll beat you up, he's very strong after all!"

"Wave, don't think about what you are going to do!"

"Make me!" Wave yelled running away as Jet ran after her.

"You're not getting away!" Jet's voice was heard as both left the room, and Storm with it.

Storm carefully and slowly stood up, then he looked around confused. "...Please lord of Babylon," Storm prayed to the sky. "Make my brothers and me a happy family again, I don't want more fights please, our fathers don't want us to fight between us...please...hear me out..."

The next day...

Sand Ruins
Altars

"Now, our race has reached its final stage. The remaining competitors are pacing, anxious for the race to begin. Only a few minutes left. Who will win this big event?" Omochao asked as the crowd cheered loudly at this.

"It's kind of cheating because of us." C. Falcon said.

"I say, who cares?" Falco asked.

It was the final leg of the race, the same competitors from the night were appointed to participate in the last race to prove who was the one who could be the winner of the torunament.

But Kawashima wasn't all that excited.

"You all have to be careful, something is really bothering me now..." Kawashima warned them.

"Why?" Chris asked.

"Something big is approaching at full speed to this location..."

Pikachu gathered sparks. "Then let's get serious this time."

"I totally agree." Nana said taking out her hammer with Popo.

"Isn't this ironic? Sonic said he was going to leave and yet he's here still participating." Pichu said.

"Well," Amy began. "Sonic isn't the kind of guy who leaves Dr. Eggman behind doing his schemes, in the end, Sonic would be no one without the doctor."

"True enough, Amy, true enough." Chris remarked adjusting his glasses.

"Sonic! Congratulations! I'll be over here, cheering you on!" Amy cheered from the seats as Sonic made a thumbs-up with a grin. "Aww..." Amy instantly fainted and Popo kicked her head a little.

"Yup, she's passed out." Popo said.

"Ugh." Sonic shrugged and walked to the altar with a Chaos Emerald in hand, to his left side, Jet came in and held his emerald as both glared at each other.

"And now," Dr. Eggman appeared on the television of the ruins and the crowd looked at him. "It's time for the final event! And it's set here...in Sand Ruins! The rules are still the same; anything goes in this extreme race! Although it needs no further explanation, the first one to reach the goal will win this race!"

"I bet he has something in mind." Ness said with a glare.

"I-I'm going to do my best." Lucas said with a serious face.

"So am I." Geno said adjusting his hand.

"Do not forget about me and my dexterity." Chris said adjusting his glasses.

"Change jobs, now." Everyone said.

"H-hey!"

"But remember," Dr. Eggman began raising a finger. "The prize will be won by the racer who's performed the best throughout this competition!"

"I bet Wave won the race," Falco said as mentioned character walked to him, but normally. "Hey there."

"Hi, it's good to see you again." Wave said with a smile.

"Wave!" Jet called from behind.

"Oh, shut up!" Wave yelled as Jet cursed and went to the altar, far from Sonic. "Falco, I need to tell you something important, it's really necessary."

"What?" Falco asked.

"Eggman and Jet, together with those weird guys are planning to do something with Sonic, Dr. Eggman made a machine that he's going to use in Sonic to transform him into something, what's more, the guys will bring a tank that will attack you and try to destroy you at the same time!"

Twink was conveniently around them and smiled. "I have to tell the others!" Twnik said as he flew to the group and informed them about the plan.

"I knew something was wrong around here." Falco muttered.

"...Falco, you didn't." C. Falcon pointed out.

"Shut up!" Falco said before smiling a little at Wave. "Anyway, thanks for the information, wish you good luck in the race," Wave quickly hugged him. "H-hey, no need to get all emotional..."

"...Oh," Wave stopped and blushed. "...Sorry..."

"Heh, don't get embarrassed, I enjoyed it."

"...Thanks." Wave muttered as she walked away, waving at Falco.

"Man, you got her this time." C. Falcon remarked.

"Well, I may as well accept a girl this time."

"Congratulations to you for that." C. Falcon said doing a high-five with Falco.

Jet glared at this moment, but then grinned at Sonic once they were in the altar. "Hah, you're lucky you got this far. It obviously wasn't due to your, "skills." Jet taunted with a smirk.

Sonic replied with a smirk. "Heh, I won't lose now."

Both of them put their emeralds in the altar, glared at each other and ran to the finish line.

"Hohoho! Get ready; it's time for the final race to begin!" Dr. Eggman announced as the crowd cheered while the 8 competitors prepared to begin.

"You lost already, hedgehog!" Jet taunted as he walked behind.

"I could say the same!" Sonic taunted.

"I'll get you out this time!" Storm taunted.

"Just bring it, bird-brain!" Knuckles taunted.

"Oh no, not another Wolf to deal with," Falco said frowning. "Anyway, good luck to you."

"Heheheh, thanks, you too." Wave said with a small chuckle. (Jet was mad off at this moment).

"I'll be careful this time." Tails said with a nod.

"Just stay on the track, or better yet, watch me win." C. Falcon said.

"You do that." Tails said with a wink.

"3!" Omochao called and the 8 prepared to run. "2!" The spectators prepared to yell loudly as they were preparing to dash. "1!" The Smashers shifted their eyes in an unusual manner as the 8 began to dash. "GO!"

Babylon Garden

"YES!" Sonic said gaining the lead of the start, the crowd cheered loudly and the Smashers left the seats (Amy following them since she was concerned as well), walking outside the ruins.

The air of the sand was seen around the dunes, there were 2 roads, one for the track, and one for public use, they looked around their surroundings and took fighting stances.

"...This is...very calm..." Lucas said.

"Be on your guard, I don't like this silence." Geno said looking around.

"Sonic is informed of the situation," Amy said with hammer ready. "Tails gave me and him these small but important mini-walkie-talkies to stay in communication."

"Good, that is perfect." Chris said.

"Yes guys, I can hear you loud and clear!" Sonic called from Amy's communicator.

"Good luck, don't get distracted please!" Lucas yelled.

"Hey! I'm not going to get distracte-hey! Jet! Get over here!"

The group sighed in unison.

"...Oh no..." Pichu felt trembles coming from the sand. "...Something is coming!"

"The Subspace Bomb! It's getting closer!" Kawashima alarmed them as the same tank from before came to the ruins.

"This," Ganondorf appeared from the tank with the other 2 and each one of them stood besides the tank, that slowly transformed into something. "Is your last warning, stop getting in our way and we will not use brute force!!!"

"Here they come, stay focused!" Chris warned the group as their eyes widened (except Sonic's) when they saw the tank finishing his transformation. "Oh...NO!!!"

"That was a rather fast entry," Geno said. "But...what in the love of Eldstar is that thing?!"

"It's huge!" Popo commented.

"It's scary!" Pichu said trying to gather sparks.

"It's mechanical!" Pikachu said glaring at the machine while the villains chuckled evily.

"It looks like Donkey Kong in some ways!" Ness said gathering PSI energy on his right hand.

"(...But why is that familiar to me?)" Lucas asked in his mind.

"Prepare!" Charizard said smirking evily. "This machine it's probably the most, hardest Subspace enemy you have faced so far!"

"CODENAME, GALLEOM!" The machine said looking down at the Smashers, revealing its name. "SUBSPACE WEAPON, HOLDER OF THE FIFTH STAR SPIRIT, PERMANENT AND MAIN TRAVELING WEAPON, MASSIVE WEIGHT OF HEAVY METAL AND ASSIGNATED TO TAKE OUT OR KILL SMASHERS, ALONG WITH THE WORLD TRAVELER!"

"M-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-me?!" Chris asked trembling.

"AFFIRMATIVE!" Galleom said standing up.

Ganondorf walked to it and pressed some buttons. "Next time, try not to yell."

"Understood, Lord Ganondorf."

"Ya guys are dead, dead!" Dedede said swinging his hammer.

"Surrender, we are far more stronger with all of us fighting against plagues like you!" Ganondorf said gathering dark energy on his hands.

"...E-even so, we'll fight!" Ness said determined. "We're many, that's a point!... Right guys?" Ness asked a little scared.

"I guess so," Nana said. "But all we can do now is plan our strategies well, and the Final Smashes as well, they're important!"

"L-leave that to me then," Chris said raising his hand. "I shall use magic and study the enemy's weaknesses!"

"Ya think yer hammers are better than mine?" Dedede asked taking out his hammer as the hammer wielders (Popo, Nana and Amy) glared at him. "Well, guess what, they ain't stronger than mine, nooooooo way!"

"Shut up and let me smack you but really good!" Amy said swinging her hammer a little.

"We'll freeze you, then-" Nana said.

"Smash you to bits!" Popo finished nodding with Nana.

"Good," Pikachu said glaring at Charizard who glared at him, both groups glared at each other before dashing. "ATTAAAAAAAAAACK!"

"CHAAAAAAAAAARGE!" Dedede yelled charging together with the 3 to the Smashers...

...But...what will happen next?

Preview of the next chapter

"What in the name of god is that?!" Knuckles asked.

"We can't get sidetracked, we need to finish the race first!" C. Falcon said.

...

"Hey, mind if I join the fight?" Sonic asked with a smirk.

"FOR MY OWN GOOD, PLEASE!" Ness yelled from Galleom's fist.

...

"U-UUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"SONIC! NO!" Chris yelled worried as Sonic lost consciousness.

"Hohohohohoho!" Dr. Eggman smirked evily. "Now, the hedgehog's DNA has been altered!"

"...What?"

...

"...My...head...everything..."

"...Chris? Chris?!" Sonic said multiple times before the World Traveler...

...

"The next chapter is: Galleom deployed!" Storm said.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Green Cave
Chris
, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 07:55:25 PM
Pretty good, from what I've read. Keep it up!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: jnfs2014 on December 29, 2008, 07:58:03 PM
Wave is Storm's brother!?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 08:23:12 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on December 29, 2008, 07:58:03 PM
Wave is Storm's brother!?

It's never explicitly mentioned, though it doesn't make sense that an albatross and a swallow would be related. Then again, this is the Sonic series, where bats and echidnas can be a couple, so the point is rather moot.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 29, 2008, 08:50:25 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 08:23:12 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on December 29, 2008, 07:58:03 PM
Wave is Storm's sister!?

It's never explicitly mentioned, though it doesn't make sense that an albatross and a swallow would be related. Then again, this is the Sonic series, where bats and echidnas can be a couple, so the point is rather moot.
And the manual says so, both the 3 are brothers according to the sources.

By the way, fixed, it's sister. :P

And the chapter was modified as well.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 09:04:12 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on December 29, 2008, 08:50:25 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 08:23:12 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on December 29, 2008, 07:58:03 PM
Wave is Storm's sister!?

It's never explicitly mentioned, though it doesn't make sense that an albatross and a swallow would be related. Then again, this is the Sonic series, where bats and echidnas can be a couple, so the point is rather moot.
And the manual says so, both the 3 are brothers according to the sources.

By the way, fixed, it's sister. :P

And the chapter was modified as well.

But they're all different bird species. That shouldn't even be possible!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 29, 2008, 11:55:46 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 09:04:12 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on December 29, 2008, 08:50:25 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 08:23:12 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on December 29, 2008, 07:58:03 PM
Wave is Storm's sister!?

It's never explicitly mentioned, though it doesn't make sense that an albatross and a swallow would be related. Then again, this is the Sonic series, where bats and echidnas can be a couple, so the point is rather moot.
And the manual says so, both the 3 are brothers according to the sources.

By the way, fixed, it's sister. :P

And the chapter was modified as well.

But they're all different bird species. That shouldn't even be possible!
Fact; in the Sonic world, nothing makes sense, except PINGAS. XD
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on December 30, 2008, 09:53:55 AM
Quote from: wiiboychris on December 29, 2008, 11:55:46 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 09:04:12 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on December 29, 2008, 08:50:25 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on December 29, 2008, 08:23:12 PM
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on December 29, 2008, 07:58:03 PM
Wave is Storm's sister!?

It's never explicitly mentioned, though it doesn't make sense that an albatross and a swallow would be related. Then again, this is the Sonic series, where bats and echidnas can be a couple, so the point is rather moot.
And the manual says so, both the 3 are brothers according to the sources.

By the way, fixed, it's sister. :P

And the chapter was modified as well.

But they're all different bird species. That shouldn't even be possible!
Fact; in the Sonic world, nothing makes sense, except PINGAS. XD

XD

Good point...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 30, 2008, 08:29:56 PM
Chapter 99: Galleom deployed

Sand Ruins
Outside

Boss Battle Song 1

"There are not invisible force fields this time, right?!" Pikachu asked looking around.

"Crap, I forgot the force fields!" Charizard said snapping his claws.

"What?! Oh I'm so going to kill you now! CHAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Pikachu used Skull Bash to crash his head to Charizard, the dragon dodged it and slammed his tail on Pikachu, who yelled in pain. "AAAHHH!!"

"Now stay there while I burn you alive..." Charizard said gathering flames in his mouth.

"No!" Chris stepped in front of him. "I will not let you do such a thing!"

Charizard looked at Chris's look and smirked. "And what are you going to do? Hit me with your book, nerd?"

Chris looked at his book, then at Charizard. "...Correct?"

BANG!

"OWW! MY NOSE!" Charizard moaned backing away, holding his nose as Pikachu got up and gathered electricity.

"Ha! This book contains 500 pages despite its small size, learn how to judge first!" Chris said pointing at his book. "Are you feeling alright?"

"Yes..." Pikachu said with a small grin. "It's just a hit in the back, nothing else."

"Oh, you had me worried a second ago."

"LOOK OUT!" Pikachu tackled Chris and both evaded a swing of Galleom's fist.

"Insolent fools! You're only slowing your deaths!" Galleom said as he started shooting missiles from his backs.

"P-PK THUNDER!" Lucas called forth an electric ball that he used as a shield to explode the missiles in the air.

"Good thinking," Geno said ducking to evade a swing of Dedede's hammer. "But stop this nonsense, we want the Star Spirit now!"

"I am afraid we cannot do that," Ganondorf said using Flame Choke to grab Geno's throat. "Suffer the darkness..."

"UGH!" Geno's throat was attacked by an explosion of dark energy before Ganondorf slammed him to the sand with a strong impact.

"And die!" Ganondorf said increasing the grip's power.

"Off with you!"

"What? UGH!" Ganondorf was smacked away by Amy's hammer and the pink hedgehog looked down to Geno.

"Are you okay?! Please tell me he didn't do much damage!" Amy asked worried as Geno rubbed his throat a little.

"I'm fine...after all, my throat is made of wood," Geno said with a nod as he dodged a Flamethrower attack from Charizard. "Just be careful, we have 4 to deal with this time!"

"Roger that!" Amy said using her hammer as a shield from Dedede's hammer. "You think you have more power than me?! Don't underestimate a girl like me, never!"

"Ya should be making cookies instead of fightin'!" Dedede taunted pushing away with his hammer.

"You did NOT say that!" Amy said increasing her power to push Dedede away.

"We're here, resist!" Popo and Nana yelled in unison jumping to Dedede, however, Galleom saw them and quickly connected a fast punch, sending both of them to the wall, where they impacted into it and fell, moaning in pain. "...I hate...giants so much..." Popo muttered.

"Guys! What's happening over there?!" Sonic called from the communicator.

"We're fighting against 4, and things are not looking up because of Galleom!" Chris said flipping some pages. "Darn it, I cannot decipher the secrets of this book to use powerful spells, I need more experience!"

"Lower your guard and the enemy will kill you!" Ganondorf called from behind using Wizard Foot to attack the World Traveler from behind, sending him to the sand where he coughed and stood up.

"A rather coward and unexpected move...to attack me while I am doing my research..." Chris said adjusting his glasses. "However though, I will not allow such offensive get me again!"

"You are only talk kid, surrender now and we will probably spare your life." Ganondorf said smirking.

Chris's right hand glowed. "How about the negative? Burn the air, Fire!"

"UAGH!" Ganondorf was burned by a small fire that ignited his cape a little, but he managed to vanish it in time.

"That is why wearing capes is a bad idea."

"You are only provoking my fury!"

"Duh, that is the idea!"

"Galleom!"

"Affirmative lord!" Galleom said with a nod and grabbed Chris in his left hand, crushing him with a powerful grip.

"HELP! AAAAAAHHHHH!!!!" Chris yelled in pain and pleaded for help.

"CHRIS! PICHUUUUUUUU!!!!" Pichu called forth a thunder that zapped Galleom's hand and let Chris go in time before he was crushed. "Ooohh...that was a strong one..."

"Heal the wounds... Cure!" Chris called a healing light that healed his damage and Pichu's, but only a little. "Pichu, thank you...but be extra careful when fighting that colossus."

"I know that..." Pichu said a little dazzled.

"Pichu!"

"W-what?!" Pichu asked shaking his head to recover his composture.

"That is better...YAAAAAAH!!!" Chris quickly grabbed Pichu and ran away from Galleom's right fist that was going to collide with them.

"ESCAPE IS FUTILE, SURRENDER!" Galleom yelled chasing both of them.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno fired a fast-rapid ring that crossed Galleom's body, unfortunately doing minor damage as the machine glared down at him. "Darn it, it wasn't strong enough!"

Charizard came from the sky and shot a Flamethrower attack to the puppet, who covered his face with his arms as Ness stepped in and used PSI Magnet to absorb the attack. "PK Thunder!" Ness called forth an electric ball that chased Charizard and took him down with a paralyzing effect, the dragon crashed into the sand and Ness looked at Geno. "You should stay away from Charizard or he'll burn you!"

"Thanks for the reminder, but I'll be fine." Geno said with a nod.

"Normally when someone says that they get severly injured the next moment."

"True, but trust me, I'll be fine."

"WATCH OUT!" Lucas yelled as both looked up and saw Galleom raising both fists to slam them down at them, the shy PK kid gathered his courage and focused his hands together to call a blast of PK energy that blocked the attack in time. "T-that was close."

"Lucas, if your attitude wouldn't get in the way, you could be a strong character." Geno pointed out.

Lucas blushed embarrassed. "W-well, I think so too, but I get scared of too many things..."

"Name 3 of them." Ness asked as Geno frowned at this unnecessary moment.

"F-for instance, darkness, then bigger monsters, then when the adults get angry at me for something I accidentaly did."

"Okay, thanks for the info, but there's a problem though..."

"W-what?"

"BEHIND YOU!" Ness yelled as Lucas was slammed by Dedede's hammer hard on the sand, where the PK kid screamed in pain.

"Heheheheheh!" Dedede laughed as he lifted up his hammer. "Ya kids should be playin'-"

"Nintendo, Nintendo, I know that, geez, why are adults and police officers very strict to me?! PK FIRE!" Ness shot a quick-bolt to Dedede who later exploded and formed a tower of fire, where Dedede became trapped inside as Ness used this opportunity to charge an attack using his bat, dealing a great amount of damage to the king who was sent away. "How's that now?!"

"Lucas!" Geno yelled getting Lucas up from the sand. "Are you okay?"

"Y-yes...it's just an attack...I-I'm alright..." Lucas said trembling a little.

"Where are Popo and Nana?" Ness asked as Lucas pointed at them close to the wall of the ruins. "Hey you 2! Get up and help us!"

"We're...going..." Nana muttered raising a hand.

"That attack...was strong..." Popo muttered.

"Where's Chris and his healing abilities?!" Ness asked looking around, when he found Chris, he was running away from Charizard from kept using Flamethrower to burn him alive. "We have to help him before he ge-"

"UAH!" Lucas got up and used another blast of PK energy to block another slam attack from Galleom, who backed away and glared down at him. "Y-you're not hurting me and Red again! We're going to escape from these ruins an-"

"...Wait, what did you say?" Ness asked confused.

"Red isn't here." Geno pointed out.

"...B-but why did I say that?" Lucas asked confused as he looked up worried to Galleom. "A-and why is he familiar to me?"

"Go my minions!" Dedede called 3 Waddle Doos from his sleeve who ran at the trio and charged their ray attacks...

...However, once Chris was running besides the 3 enemies, he waved them. "Hello Rick, hello Daniel, hello Felix!"

"Hi King Chris! How are you?" The Waddle Doos waved at him with happy expressions.

"HEY! WHAT DID I SAY ABOUT YOUR NAMES?!" Dedede asked stomping the sand.

"He bothered to give us all names, we're sick of being nameless!" Daniel the Waddle Doo said making a fist.

"SHUT UP AND ATTACK DAH KIDS!"

"...Sorry." The 3 Waddle Doos said with a bow before firing their rays at the trio, who blocked the attack smacked them away.

"I'm gonna rip that head, YAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Amy yelled charging at Ganondorf to whack him several times with fast hits before sending him to the wall, where he managed to get control of his movement and sprang back to Amy with a fist covered in darkness, the pink hedgehog gasped and ducked to resist the attack.

"YOU ARE MINE!" Ganondorf proclaimed as he yelled maniacally...

"Leave her alone! SHIE!"

"UuuuuUUUUUAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Ganondorf crashed into the wall as Sonic came from the track and made a thumbs-up to the group.

"SONIC! THANK YOU!!!" Amy yelled waving at the hedgehog getting away.

"Then does that mean that they're finishing the first lap?" Pikachu asked as the other 7 competitors came and looked at the machine glaring at them (except the Babylon Rogues).

"What in the name of god is that?!" Knuckles asked.

"We can't get sidetracked, we need to finish the race first!" C. Falcon said.

"HA-HA!" Jet laughed crossing his arms as he passed the group, entering the ruins. "Good luck dealing with that thing, don't worry about your funerals, I'll arrenge them personally! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH-OWW!"

"Serves you right!" Nana said annoyed after she smacked Jet in the face when he entered the ruins, the hawk grunted in irritation and accelerated to pass Sonic.

"I'll join the fight once I finish!" Falco yelled passing the fight.

"No! You're going to get hurt!" Wave yelled worried as she accelerated.

"Galleom!" Ganondorf yelled at the machine. "You lost the opportunity to catch the hedgehog!"

"I shall not make the same mistake," Galleom said pushing Lucas away to the sand. "However these pests are getting in my assignment!"

"Ya mean way, ya dumb piece of iron!" Dedede yelled as Galleom grunted angrily at this before transforming into his tank form.

"He's going to run away, stop him!" Twink yelled from the air, however, Galleom didn't seem to run away, rather he turned to the Smashers and its engine began to start up. "...What's happening?"

"Oh my GOD, RUN!" Pikachu yelled loudly before Galleom accelerated through the sand, impacting itself with all of them except its allies who backed away, the Smashers were pushed into the air and Charizard flew to them, using Flamethower to increase the damage as Dedede slammed his hammer on Pichu once he was close to the sand, many of them moaned in pain as they got while Galleom turned back into his real form.

"That was...cheap..." Chris said moaning in pain as he got up slowly. "Let me...cure our wounds and..."

"Not anymore!" Galleom yelled firing a barrage of missiles to the World Traveler who gasped and froze in place, his pupils trembling in fear as he shielded himself with his book.

"PI-KA-CHUUUUUUUU!!!" Pikachu called forth a strong thunder that crashed into Galleom, the machine felt sparks running through its body and grunted in pain, then Geno used Geno Beam to destroy the missiles, thus saving Chris from the attack.

"T-thank goodness, all of you!" Chris said sighing in relief. "...But as I have said before, I am going to study the enemy's weakness, STUDY!" Chris used his Study ability and glowed together with his book, focusing his mind into the book of spells as he searched around for something while he closed his eyes. "...His health is so high... So...that is it...everyone!" Chris said stopping his magic. "It seems Galleom is weak against electric or lightning attacks!"

"How...so?" Popo asked standing up.

"Simple, his circuits can reach an overheat level where he will feel a short-circuit, causing a chain reaction through its body and cease all functions t-"

"In english, please!"

"Electric attacks can do more damage to it!"

"Pichu!" Pikachu yelled trying to find Pichu. "PICHU!"

"HEEEEEELP MEEEEEEE!!!" Pichu yelled from above as Charizard tried to eat him alive. "AAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"Twink to the rescue!" Twink said flailing his hands before slamming himself into Charizard's head, letting Pichu get free as he fell to the sand screaming.

"YOU LITTLE DORK!" Charizard snarled angrily at Twink, who gulped and flew away scared.

"HELP ME AGAIN!" Pichu yelled as he was falling, Amy gasped and used her hammer to make a high jump and catched the small mouse in her arms in time. "Oh, thank you! Thank you!"

"Phew, that was close..." Amy said sighing in relief as she landed on the sand.

"Use lightning attacks to damage Galle-OWW!" Chris was pushed away by Ganondorf's arm and rubbed his shoulder. "Stupid lord of the darkness!"

"PK Freeze!" Lucas called forth a mist of ice that went quickly on Ganondorf and froze him instantly. "Y-yes! I did it!"

"GrrrrrRRRRRRR!!!" Ganondorf used his dark magic to shatter the ice where he was in and Lucas backed away, however, this time he was determined. "I will not allow such attack from a crybaby like you are!"

"I-I'm not a crybaby!" Lucas protested.

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Kawashima said.

"Anybody, use it now!" Chris yelled.

"Stay..." Pikachu closed his eyes and put his hands close to each other as a rainbow aura exploded in him (Dedede was close and was pushed away by the force) and the rodent opened his yellow-glowing eyes. "Yeeeeees, I feel the power..."

"It is a cliché to say that, but use your darn Final Smash!" Chris yelled as Galleom once again grabbed him with his right hand. "SERIOUSLY!"

"Pi-ka..." Pikachu turned into an electric-sphere that sent out electric shocks around as he flew around at an insane speed that he couldn't control. "CHUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pikachu yelled speeding to every way possible, the villains all gasped as he got closer to each other and screamed in pain after feeling the big amount of volts shocking their bodies, especially Galleom, who released the World Traveler, who ran away from him to a safe spot.

"HIGH DAMAGE DETECTED, MUST RESIST!" Galleom yelled shielding itself with his arms.

"Fall, small bolt! Thunder!" Chris called forth a small bolt that electrocuted Galleom a bit.

"PICHUUUUU!!!" Pichu ran to Galleom and called a stronger thunder that made even more damage to the machine, who grunted in pain as Pikachu speeded to its chest, crossed it and spun in the air, ending the attack.

"...What's the name of my Final Smash?" Pikachu asked.

"Volt Tackle." Chris pointed out adjusting his glasses.

"...WHAT?!" Pikachu said angrily. "That's not Volt Tackle! I know how does it look like and you call that Volt Tackle?! That's so unoriginal!"

"B-but see the bright side, you damaged all of them!" Lucas said pointing at the 3 villains who slowly stood up and shook their heads.

"You little vermin... Dr. Eggman! Are you coming right now?!" Ganondorf asked to a small communicator.

"Yes, give me more time, this machine is heavy to transport from place to place!" Dr. Eggman yelled.

"The crazy egg guy is coming?" Popo asked.

"Great going jackass, they know about the plan!" Charizard said cursing.

"Who cares about their awareness? Attack and kill them!" Ganondorf ordered as the villains charged at the Smashers.

"They don't look all damaged to me!" Nana yelled as she charged at Dedede with Popo.

"Sorry, it's actually harder to control an attack I just used for the first time!" Pikachu complained as he gathered sparks on his cheeks.

"RUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!" Galleom yelled loudly as it jumped and stomped the sand around, it stomped all the way to the Smashers who backed away from his furious stampede, however they couldn't get that far and were crushed under its weight. "Targets have less health than before, awaiting for commands to capture them!"

"Oh, shut...up!" Chris said panting heavily as he flipped through the pages of his book. "Heal the wounds... Cure!"

A small light surrounded everyone who recovered their healths a little.

"It's not...enough..." Ness said trying to stand up.

"Guys, hang in there a little bit longer!" Sonic yelled from the communicator.

"It's easier said than...done..." Pikachu said panting.

"Uaaaa-"

"Huh?" Pikachu turned his head behind him.

"-aaaaaAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Ganondorf was able to land a devastating Warlock Punch on the mouse's face, Pikachu yelled in extreme pain as he went rocketing to the wall, where he crashed into it making a hole and moaned in pain as he fell to the sand.

"...So...rry..." Pikachu muttered weakly as he lost consciousness.

"PIKACHU!" Pichu cried out worried as Dedede smacked him down with his hammer. "AAAAAHHHH!!!"

"Leave him...alone!" Nana yelled using Blizzard to froze the penguin, she looked up and gasped after Charizard slammed his hard-forehead into her, which made a huge impact and made her faint. "...Why...me..." Nana muttered weakly before fainting.

"NANA! NANA!" Popo yelled worried as he glared at the dragon. "Okay, this is not the time for being stupid, BANZAAAAAAIIIIIIIII!!!"

"Prepare for your departure." Galleom stated as he raised his fists above him to crush Popo under them.

"CHA!" Lucas came from behind Galleom impacting a PK Thunder into him, the PK user spun to the machine and crossed his body with a strong impact of electricity which made Galleom to stagger in pain, letting Popo to attack Charizard with rage in every hit.

"Keep it up...it's working!" Chris said adjusting his glasses.

"Do...something about our healths and the fainted ones." Geno said managing to stand up.

"Understood...but why am I always healing and curing most of the time?" Chris wondered as he ran to Pikachu. "...Though protection should be needed NOW!" The World Traveler screamed when Charizard dove down on him to smash his forehead into Chris's head.

"PI-CHUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu quickly ran to Chris and called another thunder which fell on Charizard's back, the dragon yelled out in pain and crashed down into the sand. "Did I do it?" Pichu asked hopping to Chris, who ducked and took him in his shoulder.

"90 percent sure about that, thanks," Chris said petting Pichu's head. "I know, why do not you be my guardian to protect me from incoming attacks?"

Pichu wagged his tail a little. "Oh, can I? Can I?"

"...Sure?"

"Yay!... I mean, gladly." Pichu said blushing a little as Chris ran to Pikachu.

"Prevent dah kid from healin'!" Dedede ordered Galleom who nodded and turned to the World Traveler.

"Orders: Prevent healing magic from being spreaded in the field." Galleom said as he prepared to fire more missiles from his back. "FIRE!" Galleom yelled firing 6 missiles that had auto-aim and chased Chris and Pichu.

"Lucas!" Ness yelled.

"N-Ness!" Lucas yelled a little worried.

"Ready now?"

"I-I hope so."

"PK THUNDER!" Both PK users joined hands and called a stronger version of PK Thunder, a faster version though that went soaring the sky and crossed the missiles to destroy them in time.

"Tag team strategies, that's convenient." Geno remarked.

"Yeah, I told Lucas if we could combine some of our moves together to mix up our PK attacks." Ness looking to Lucas who played with his fingers. "...Are you alright?"

"What?" Lucas asked. "Oh, yes, I thought I just imagined Claus all of a sudden..."

"Who?" Ness and Geno asked confused.

"N-nevermind that." Lucas said shaking his head.

"They're coming back!" Popo yelled as he saw the racers coming back from the track, or from the air since they used large crossbows to land close to the ruins.

"Galleom!" Charizard yelled from the sky as he dove to Geno.

"You shall not pass through here!" Galleom yelled stepping between the entrance of the ruins and the path of Sonic.

"Heh," Sonic smirked. "Sorry, but fighting robots daily it's easy, and guess what? You're not an exception!"

"Do not fall for the words of his foul mouth!" Ganondorf ordered as he dodged Geno's beam.

"Begin!" Galleom yelled as he reached for Sonic, but the hedgehog used its arm to use it as a rail and jumped over its shoulder to jump towards the finish line as he stuck out his tongue and taunted the machine. "Second opportunity failed!"

"Worthless piece of metal!"

"I shall not fail next time." Galleom stated as the other 7 racers ran below him and crossed the finish line, Ganondorf stared at him with a glare. "...They slipped through me." Galleom said in his defense, shifting his eyes.

"Pss, get that thing's mechanism checked next time." Dedede whispered as he glared at the machine.

Back with the racers...

"This isn't good, they're having problems with those guys." Sonic said looking behind him.

"Sonic! Get your head back in the race!" Jet yelled angrily. "Who cares about those imbeciles?!"

"Hey, those "imbeciles" happen to be m-"

"Shut up! Don't dare to finish that sentence, you cheesy hedgehog!"

"Now you're on!" Sonic said accelerating using his boost as Jet did the same, both jumping far away using a ramp together with the others who tried to catch up as well.

"C'mon, we have to end this and fast!" Tails said accelerating.

"Great," C. Falcon said frowning. "Just when I want a race, something has to screw things up, do you think the same Fal-"

"How about if we make a honeymoon?" Wave asked as C. Falcon blinked surprised.

"Nah, I'm not into those things." Falco said with a wink.

"Oh, how about if I upgrade your Extreme Gear?"

"Much better then."

"Okay, upgrade your Extreme Gear then!"

"Hey, Falco, snap out of it for a minute!" C. Falcon said.

"What? I'm busy right now." Falco said.

"And they are as well, we have to finish this race and go help them!"

"Yeah yeah, whatever, now leave us alone."

C. Falcon blinked shocked. "...Us?... Okay, you're not the Falco I knew anymore..."

"...What?" Falco asked as he muttered.

"OUTTA MY FREAKING WAAAAAY!" Knuckles came from behind the trio and pushed them to the sides as he fought Storm in another, stupid fight of punches.

"RED MUTT IS AN-GRY! RED MUTT IS AN-GRY!" Storm kept taunting as he tried to land his fists on Knuckles, who tried the same thing.

"Could somebody please stop those fights?" C. Falcon asked annoyed.

"Leave the dork of my brother alone," Wave said frowning. "This always happens a lot during our plans with Jet."

"...You know, that sounded a little bit worried just now."

Wave sighed and looked down. "...It's because we've been fighting each other instead of working as a team, our fathers wanted us to be the expert rogues we are and a family, especially a family above everything else, but lately, nothing has succeeded, I mean, look at Jet!"

"Hedgehog, stop getting in the way of the master of the air, me!" Jet was heard yelling at Sonic as they argued and argued.

"And Storm!"

"You can't punch me! You can't punch me!" Storm was heard taunting Knuckles.

"This is stupid... I miss my dad and mom, they knew how to stop these stupid quarrels between us..."

Falco blinked. "...What happened to them?"

"I'd rather not talk about that..."

"...I see."

"So, in few words, you wish to stop the fights that your brothers do all the time and get a family time?" C. Falcon asked as they used a ramp to reach the ruins.

"...Yes," Wave muttered. "And that's the reason why I've been searching for a man like Falco, because I wanted some kind of distraction to escape this cruel reality."

Falco's pupils shrunk. "...Wait, whoa there...you were using me as some sort of distraction from your family troubles?"

"...Not only you, but that other guy Beak as well."

"...Ouch." Falco and C. Falcon said at the same time.

"...You're not mad at me, right?"

"...Well..." Falco and C. Falcon scratched their heads as Tails slowed down to see what was happening.

"What's wrong you guys?" Tails asked and C. Falcon explained everything to him. "...Wow."

"Yeah." Falco said nodding slowly.

"...If Jet, Storm and I could be closer as brothers again... I'll be happy again." Wave said trying not to sob.

"What are we going to do about that?" Tails asked as both racers glared at him. "W-what?"

"Tails, we didn't say we were going to help he-" C. Falcon's whisper was interrupted.

"Would you please help me in this trouble?" Wave asked.

Falco began to think. "(If I don't help her, she will love me, but if I help her, they will be a family again and Wave will stop the interest she has is me...what to do...what to do...)"

"Well then?" Wave waited for an answer by tilting her head.

"...I..." Falco tried to say his words as C. Falcon and Tails watched surprised at this moment.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 01, 2009, 03:31:49 PM
Back in the fight...

"Fall, small bolt! Th-"

"SHUT UP!" Charizard yelled stomping directly above Chris and dealt a great amount of damage.

"G-get off me you stupid fat lizard!" Chris complained as he twitched in pain.

"WHOAAAA!!" Ness came from behind using PK Thunder on him to ram directly into Charizard's back, the dragon was pushed away as Ness landed close to Chris. "Please, tell me you're still alive!"

"I am...fine..." Chris said standing up. "But at this rate...I am not going to hold for much longer..."

"...Where is Pichu?"

"Impudent rats!" Galleom said raising his fists above them. "Suffer the power of the Subspace!"

"...I think you just attacked it so hard that its beginning to say stupid things." Ness whispered as both yelled as Galleom lowered quickly his fists.

"PICHU!" Chris shouted to the small rat who managed to sneak and climb Galleom's body to call a thunder above his head, the machine grunted in pain and looked around for the mouse.

"WHERE IS THE DAMN NUISANCE?!" Galleom yelled angrily.

"PICHU! KEEP GOING, IT IS WORKING!" Chris yelled.

"PI-CHUUUUUU!!!" Pichu kept calling forth a thunder after thunder, rendering Galleom from attacking the group.

"Ness, please help Pichu in some way, I am going to cure Pikachu and Nana to return everything to normal again." Chris said as he ran to Pikachu, though he was still twitching in pain along the way.

"PK FREEZE!" Lucas charged his ice mist on Dedede, but the king dodged the attack and rolled towards Lucas, and used his Jet Hammer to slam the PK kid to the wall. "...Oww..." Lucas moaned as he fell, but then he slowly stood as he saw Dedede smirking down at him with Jet Hammer ready. "SOMEBODYYYYYY!!!"

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Amy came from the right side and began to hit continuously the king in the head, Dedede yelled in pain after each whack he received from the hedgehog. "RUN, OR HELP ME, QUICK!"

"O-okay! PK Fire!" Lucas shot a small bolt that exploded in a burst of flames on the king who was still being whacked by Amy.

"Geno Beam!" Geno fired his beam to Ganondorf, who jumped it. "Geno Whirl!" Geno shot a fast-slicing ring, but the lord rolled away in time. "Stop moving around!" Geno complained shooting bullets from his fingers as Ganondorf ran in circles to evade the hits, Geno didn't notice how close the lord of the darkness got and was attacked by a fast Wizard Foot on the face.

"Geno!" Twink yelled somewhere in the ruins as Geno was pushed to the sand, bouncing sometimes as he slid on it.

"The guardian of the stars is not that much of a menace," Ganondorf said slowly walking to Geno, who tried to get up but only managed to glare at Ganondorf, who slammed his right leg on his head, making the puppet yell in pain. "Suffer, SUFFER! SUFFER! AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"A-ugh!" Geno tried to get off from Ganondorf's torture but wasn't able to do it.

"Heal the wounds... Cure!" Chris casted a healing light on Pikachu, who regained his consciousness and slowly got in a fighting stance as he shook his head. "I am glad you are back... Thank goodness."

"U-ugh..." Pikachu gathered sparks once again and looked around. "Where is that bastard...of Ganondorf?!"

"Over the-HOLY COGNITOME!" Chris yelled worried as he saw Ganondorf trying to crush Geno's head, the World Traveler quickly looked around for a spell to save the guardian. "...Please, please, please, something to help Geno, quick!"

"I'll go and help him!" Pikachu said dashing across Galleom, who tried to reach for his to grab Pichu, the small mouse started to pant heavily ever since he kept using Thunder many times, Ness was being careful from Charizard's attacks, who changed constantly to confuse the PK kid, Amy and Lucas where fighting against Dedede as Popo shielded his fainted partner rom any attack until Chris cured her.

"...Please...something...anything!" Chris pleaded until his book shone and he adjusted his glasses who shone as well. "The decisive formula, now for the test!" The World Traveler pointed with his palm to Ganondorf and chanted his new spell. "Rise, o violent winds... Aero!"

"W-what th-uuuuUUUAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Ganondorf was pushed away by a sudden formation of winds that lifted and sliced him several times, saving Geno in time as Twink sighed in relief. "UGH!" Ganondorf fell on the rock track and twitched in pain.

"Just try that again and...you will see the consequence!" Chris warned him as Popo waved at him and went to help Nana.

"Geno, answer me!" Pikachu said as Twink quickly flew to them. "Can you stand?"

"...Bare...ly..." Geno said, although when he spoke it was almost a whisper.

"You need health, let me go and g-"

"HEADS UP!" Charizard yelled from the air as he threw a boulder from his back and towards the trio.

"HEL-"

The boulder crashed into Pikachu and it broke apart, revealing the electric Pokémon to be fainted again.

"PIKACHU!" Twink yelled worried flying above the Pokémon. "OH NO, NO NO NO!"

"Heal the wounds... Cure!" Chris healed Nana, who stood up slowly and rubbed her forehead before Popo hugged her.

"Nana! Thank god, I thought I was going to adopt a replacement for yo-"

WHACK!

Chris backed away once Nana buried Popo in the sand by her hammer. "What happened when I was fainted?" Nana asked.

"Things are not looking good here," Chris said as he looked to Galleom. "Pichu's energies will soon be depleted and if that happens..."

"...Galleom will crush us all." Nana added shocked.

"I...can't...do this anymore!" Pichu yelled from the head stopping his action as he panted heavily.

"Speaking of the darn devil..."

"THERE YOU ARE!" Galleom yelled grabbing the small rat and increased his grip on his left hand as Pichu cried out in pain.

"HE IS JUST A CHILD, LEAVE HIM ALONE!" Chris demanded but Galleom chuckled evily, narrowing his eyes as Pichu cried out even more. "Okay, you asked for it! Popo! Nana!" The World Traveler changed to his Fake King job and both Ice Climbers (albeit to say Nana pulled Popo out from the sand and took him to Chris's right side) stood at each side with hammers ready. "GO!"

"HAAAAAA!!!" The trio jumped high in the air, lined up with Popo, Chris and Nana respectively in a vertical line and slammed their hammer with each other, rocketing to Galleom's head with a powerful impact using their Combinated Final Smash. "Whack it but good!" Popo said.

"Hammer Squash!!!" The trio yelled smacking the machine down, who yelled in pain as Pichu was released from his grip and slowly croutched away from Galleom.

"Tell me this is over!" Nana pleaded as Galleom STILL got energies to stood up. "...SH-"

"Not here, not now!" Chris said blocking her mouth.

"DIE!" Galleom simply said as he used a quick punch to send the trio crash into the wall.

"...I hutu thus." Popo said in the wall before they fell back to the sand.

Their eyes got wide once they felt trembles who were sounding and shaking the sand more and more, they looked up and froze in place to see Galleom ready to pummel them with both hands.

"GALLEOM, FINISH THE SCUM ONCE AND FOR ALL!" Ganondorf ordered loudly as he dodged a Skull Bash attack from Pikachu in time.

"KILL, DESTROY, CRUSH, ANYTHING!" Galleom proclaimed as he slammed his hands on the trio with a loud impact, creating a smokescreen with sand in the area, all the remaining Smashers looked shocked at the place just to see the trio out of cold with weakened states.

"Hurrah!" Dedede said pushing Amy away using a fast Jet Hammer. "Now let's get outta here and take dah kid!"

"Not if I have something to say!"

"...Oh god, that voice..." Charizard frowned as Sonic came from the rocky path and used a fast Spin Dash attack on Galleom's chest, he crossed to the other side and went rocketing to the finish line, where once he crossed it (and won the race as the others came back) he threw the Extreme Gear away and went to help the others as the racers were still crossing the ruins.

"NO! NO! WHY?! HOW COULD THIS HAPPEN?!" Jet yelled angrily stomping on his board with pure ang-

THUD!

...Though he lost his control and crashed into the wall while the others passed besides him, thus losing the race in last place.

"Hey, mind if I join the fight?" Sonic asked with a smirk.

"FOR MY OWN GOOD, PLEASE!" Ness yelled from Galleom's fist.

"How did you get in there so fast any-"

"JUST SAVE ME, DAMMIT!"

"Geez, okay okay!" Sonic said shaking his head before using his Homing Attack on Galleom's fist to release Ness, both landed on the sand and looked to each other. "Where's Chris?"

"...Well..." Ness pointed at the trio who were knocked out in the sand and Sonic narrowed his eyes at the Subspace creation.

"Now you went too far for that." Sonic said coldly...

...Before Amy rammed at him.

"SONIC! SAVE US! SAVE US PLEASE!" Amy pleaded literally crushing Sonic's back.

"AMY! STOP! GET OFF ME!" Sonic yelled pushing Amy away.

"GALLEOM! CATCH THE HEDGEHOG! I WILL CONTACT DR. EGGMAN TO GET READY FOR THE OPERATION!" Ganondorf yelled as he dodged Pikachu's attacks, while Lucas was seen on the background running from Charizard, who breathed out his Flamethrower attack.

"L-leave me alone and let Red catch you!" Lucas yelled. "(...Wait, this is too familiar for some odd reason....)"

"Ha!" Charizard stopped his attack and smirked. "Do you think I'm going to be someone's puppet and be ordered around, living inside a stupid ball on someone's belt?! Let me tell you something, no frickin' way that's happening to me!"

"But aren't you ordered around though?" Lucas asked pointing out something as Charizard fired...flames again.

"SHUT UP! YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT I'M TALKING ABOUT!" Charizard yelled furiously as he chased Lucas around.

"...I..." Pichu overheard someone muttering close to him and was shocked once he saw Chris standing up. "...I can...still...go...on..."

"Chris!" Pichu looked to Chris with a worried face. "You don't need to struggle!"

"But I need...to help everybody..."

"AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Pichu ducked in fear as Galleom charged a fist into the 2, ignoring Sonic and Ness from behind.

"NO!"

Another smokescreen with sand exploded in the area and the dust cleared out, with Galleom chuckling evily as he looked down. "Mission accomplished!"

"Oh, really?" Charizard asked pointing at the top of the ruins with a finger, Galleom looked above and his eyes widened when he saw Chris, Pichu, Popo and Nana intact, with C. Falcon and Falco holding them in their arms.

"Wait..." Chris began as he looked at Falco. "...How can you carry me if you're smaller than me?"

"..." Falco felt a big weight on his arms and fell down by Chris and Pichu. "Oof!"

C. Falcon frowned at this as he put both Ice Climbers down. "Anyway, we finished the race, now we're ready to give a hand here."

"Just be careful..." Chris said pointing at Galleom as Falco stood up. "That machine can take anyone out...if you're not careful..."

"Got that." Falco said as he jumped back to the sand with C. Falcon.

"Hey!" Knuckles came from the ruins and cracked his fists. "Don't leave me behind!"

"Wave," Jet struggled to walk to the area. "Let me go! I have to finish some business with the hedgehog!"

"I won't let you!" Wave said. "I'm worried right now for your sake!"

"Yeah right, that imbecile really screwed up your mind, didn't he?!"

"NO! YOU JUST WON'T LISTEN TO ME!"

Storm was really confused at this point that he rubbed his chin with a finger.

"However..." Chris said as he changed to his Ninja job. "I need to...help as well...or else Sonic will..."

"I'm going to do what?" Sonic asked appearing right besides Chris. "You okay with the injures?"

"Sonic, listen to me...you need to be careful around Galleom and the others...they're planing t-"

"Whatever, let me be me and everything will be fine, see ya!" Sonic said leaping to Galleom to strike him again with a Homing Attack.

Chris made a serious face and covered his mouth with his blocker. "Well...if you keep insisting..." The World Traveler took a deep breath, closed his eyes to gather his energy and began to do slowly hand signs, at a slow rate since he couldn't do it faster with his injures.

"More scums?!" Ganondorf asked as C. Falcon dashed to him and used Falcon Kick, but the lord of the darkness used Wizard Foot and both attacks collided with each other, cancelling themselves as they backed away with a backstep. "Oh, look who is here, the clone."

"Ironic?" C. Falcon asked with a taunt.

"Why should I waste time with you?" Ganondorf asked with a grin. "Soon, our plan will be done here, the hedgehog will be altered, the kid will die and be taken to the Subspace, and our plans will succeed."

"Guess what?" C. Falcon asked. "None of that is going to happen as long as I'm here."

"Then fight!" Ganondorf said charging at C. Falcon with Flame Choke, but C. Falcon used Raptor Boost, cancelling both attacks again as both used Warlock Punch and Falcon Punch at the same time, however, when they cancelled each other, C. Falcon felt pain in his hand. "Ha, remember, I am the one with stronger abilities than yours."

"I know that, but..." C. Falcon said shaking his hand a little. "Even so, trying them out it's not a bad idea."

"Dragon!" Dedede yelled as he backed away by Amy's hits. "Go and attack dah kid! It's up above in the ruins!"

"Right!" Charizard said with a nod and evaded Lucas's PK Freeze, the dragon flew quickly and directly to Chris who was still trying to finish his hand signs.

"(Sorry...but the higher you are...)" Chris opened his eyes with a glare. "(The stronger the attack...will be...)" However, he couldn't resist to add something to spice up the chant as he stopped his hand signs. "Thunder style! Blitz Jutsu!" He pointed at the sky and quick thunderbolts fell on the field and every villain got struck by the furious attack, in Charizard's case, he suffered even more and began to fall down to the sand where he lost consciousness upon the impact.

"I...hate you...so much..." Charizard muttered weakly as he was knocked out.

"(Edge...)" Chris looked at the sky. "(...Thanks for letting me know that Ninjutsu ability...ugh...)" Although after he finished his thoughts, he fainted and was knocked out as well, laying down besides both Ice Climbers and Pichu.

"This is...why I hate kids...so much..." Dedede said angrily as sparks flew out from his body.

"Hello?" Falco tapped his shoulder, and once Dedede turned his head to him he was punched hard in the face and backed away, then Falco used Fire Bird to slam himself into his stomach, burning the king as he screamed in pain (Wave watched the whole thing behind some pillars with her brothers and she aww'd at her "boyfriend's" moves).

"THAT'S ENOUGH!" Galleom yelled loudly and grabbed the PK kids on both hands and pressed them with a powerful grip that they screamed in extreme pain.

"LET THEM GO, DAMMIT!" Sonic shouted as he used a fast Homing Attack on Galleom's hand, however, Ganondorf used Dark Dive to grab the hedgehog in midair and pulsed dark magic into Sonic's body, making him scream in pain as Ganondorf finished with him with an explosion of darkness.

"You should be fighting me, not Sonic!" C. Falcon said running towards Ganondorf and slammed his elbow on his chest, pushing the lord of darkness away.

"And don't hurt him again!" Amy yelled jumping towards Ganondorf with hammer ready.

"INSOLENT HEDGEHOGS SHOULD DIE!" Galleom yelled furiously ramming Amy with both fists (with Lucas and Ness as well), sending the trio to the sands where they bounced and lost consciousness.

"GENO! GENO! GET UP! THINGS AREN'T LOOKING WELL ANYMORE!" Twink tried to cheer up the puppet who tried to stand up, but failed miserably. "GENO!"

"Twink...s...top...pushing me..." Geno muttered weakly as he looked at Pikachu. "...What...about him?"

Twink sobbed as he looked over Pikachu. "It's no use...he doesn't wake up..."

"What...about...the others?"

"Chris used his last energies to defeat Charizard and deal some damage to everyone else, Popo and Nana are both out of cold like Ness, Pichu, Lucas and Amy, not too long ago, Sonic, Falco, Knuckles and C. Falcon ended the race and joined the fight, and Galleom is making a rampage through the field!" Twink began to cry. "I don't want you to lose this fight! We're so close in rescuing the next Star Spirit to die!"

"You there!" Kunkcles walked to them. "It's something wrong?"

"Geno and Pikachu can't fight anymore, they're very weak right now!" Twink said stopping his tears.

"Rats, this isn't good at all..."

"What are you going to do?"

"The obvious," Knuckles said glaring at Galleom. "SMASH THAT THING! CHAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Knuckles dashed towards Galleom and prepared to fight it with his fists.

"...Good luck!... Really..." Twink muttered worried about the outcome of the fight.

In the ruins, we see Tails ignoring the cheering crowd as he flew over the audience and towards the battle site. "I wonder what's happening over there, I heard many yells and explosions," Tails wondered to himself as he stopped far away from the battle. "What the heck is that machine? It's huge!... Huh? Isn't that..."

Tails was surprised once he saw Dr. Eggman descending from the sky with a ship carrying an enormous machine, with the 7 Chaos Emeralds located around a circle, inside tubes, the doctor looked over to where Chris was and floated to him. "Well, I guess you weren't able to defend yourself that much."

"Dr. Eggman!" Tails shouted flying to them and glared at him. "What are your plans this time?"

"Hohohohoho, glad you asked, Tails," Dr. Eggman pointed at the machine being placed down far away from the battle. "See that beauty of science over there?"

"...Yes?" Tails said tilting his head in confusion. "It's another beam to destroy things as you usually do?"

"Of course y-no!" Dr. Eggman said. "This, was created with the cooperation of that army, together, we built this to use it on Sonic!"

"...To destroy him?" Tails keep insisting.

"NO!" Dr. Eggman said angrily. "Instead of destroying him, why not use another different method to...let's say...alter his look?"

"...Then does that mean you built a machine of makeup?"

"AGAIN, NO!" Dr. Eggman as he grunted, not hearing the murmurs of the World Traveler who, surprisingly looked up slowly with half-opened eyes. "If you want to know, then let me catch Sonic and throw him inside!"

"...To destroy him?"

"WOULD YOU SHUT UP?!"

Music stops

Ganondorf looked to the machine located away from them and smirked once he evaded C. Falcon's Falcon Punch. "Galleom! Now! Catch the hedgehog and throw him inside!"

"Understood!" Galleom said with a nod as he glared down at Sonic, who smirked at him. "I SHALL END THIS!!!"

"SHUT-UP!" Knuckles yelled jumping towards his face with a fist colliding into its mouth. "...AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Knuckles held his hand in pain and landed back to the sand.

"Idiot, this is hard metal for your fists to destroy!"

"Knucklehead, please leave him to me." Sonic said with a bored look as Knuckles, oddly, growled at him. "...Get a dog's collar for god's sake..." Sonic muttered embarrassed as he jumped high in the air to use Spin Dash on Galleom's back, once he was behind, he used a Homing Attack on its neck, though it didn't do much damage and Galleom quickly turned his head to him.

"Are you done playing?" Galleom asked coldly as Sonic landed behind him.

"...Hmm...nope!" Sonic with a grin.

Galleom glanced at Ganondorf and Dedede, and the trio nodded to themselves.

"I know that look, you 3 are planning to do something together against me." Sonic said pointing at himself with his thumb. "Come and get me, can't catch me!" Sonic taunted running below Galleom, the robot didn't do anything as Ganondorf ran to Sonic and used Wizard Foot, the hedgehog quickly backstepped away from the attack and ducked his head from Dedede's charged Jet hammer, Sonic rolled all the way to Charizard's back and smirked at the trio who chuckled evily. "Told ya, can't-catch-me."

"Oh, that's what you think."

"...Where did that voice come from?" Sonic asked looking around.

However...

CHOMP!

"A-AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!"

"SONIC!" Geno, Twink, Knuckles, Tails, Falco, and C. Falcon yelled shocked after they saw Charizard biting hard Sonic's right arm hardly, the dragon smirked at the hedgehog as he shook the hedgehog above him to increase the pain, Sonic was totally paralyzed by the pain on his arm and then he was thrown to Dedede, who used a charged Jet Hammer attack to push him to the air, where Ganondorf used Dark Dive to inflict even more damage and jumped away with an explosion of dark energy, after that, Galleom put a powerful grip on Sonic's body and threw him away at fast speed towards the machine, where it activated and captured him inside a force field using the Chaos Emeralds.

"HO-HOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHOHO!!!" Dr. Eggman laughed maniacally as Chris blinked confused. "THIS," The doctor took out a button and pressed it, "IT'S SOMETHING YOU WILL NEVER FORGET!!!"

The machine started up and Sonic looked around confused at the situation, very soon, the machine started to shoot at him with various lasers and rays that paralyzed his body completely, the hedgehog tried desperately to get free, but with no success, the Smashers watched in shock as he yelled out in pain.

"U-UUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Sonic yelled loudly as the sparks constantly damaged him.

"SONIC! NO!" Chris yelled worried as he got up, Sonic couldn't hear anything besides his yells and screams of pain while the villains chuckled evily in unison, it was not long before the machine stopped and Sonic lost consciousness after 1 minute of extreme pain.

"Hohohohohoho!" Dr. Eggman smirked evily. "Now, the hedgehog's DNA has been altered!"

"...What?"

"What do you mean by that?" Tails asked as he looked at Sonic. "...I don't see any changes on him."

"...Crap!" Dr. Eggman said snapping his fingers. "Something must have failed during the process of alteration!"

"...Erhm..." Falco began. "...So, practically, nothing happened?"

"...Afraid so...dang it!" Dedede said facepalming.

"WHAT?!" Jet asked jumping sideways. "WE WORKED SO HARD ON THAT AND NOTHING HAPPENED STILL?! WHAT A BULLSH-"

"IT'S NOT MY FAULT, DAMMIT!" Dr. Eggman yelled, almost falling from his...Koopa Klown Kar imitation? "YOU DIDN'T DO IT AS WE PLANNED IT!"

"Would you 2 shut up?!" Ganondorf asked shouting angrily.

"Over Limit gauge filled!" Kawashima said, but after that, something weird happened. "...What? It was used?"

"...By...who?" Chris asked weakly.

"Er...I...don't...know?"

"Falco! C. Falcon! Did...you...use...the Over Limit?"

"What are you talking about?" Falco asked confused as he dodged a hammer attack from Dedede.

"Someone else used it? Dammit!" C. Falcon cursed as he received an elbow blow from Ganondorf on his back.

"...This is weird..." Chris muttered as he saw Dr. Eggman looking at some reports.

"What could've happened with the machine?" Dr. Eggman asked grunting a little in frustration. "It should've acted up the next moment after it finished its functionality!"

"I guess you just overlooked something by accident?" Tails asked.

"That's impossible, everything was very well planned from the beginning and to the end!"

"(...Something is awfully wrong here... I know that...)" Tails said with a worried look to Sonic. "I'm going for him, please stay here." Tails said as he flew over to where Sonic was, ignoring the robots that took the emeralds and took them back at the ruins.

"..." Chris frowned mentally at his weak state.

"...You know what? Screw this! I'm going to go alone with my plans!" Jet said angrily as he ran inside the ruins holding his transparent cube.

"W-wait up, boss!" Storm panicked as he ran away.

"(...Ugh! That's it, I have to stop him once and for all!) Jet! Stop!" Wave yelled as she went after Jet and Storm.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 02, 2009, 01:19:44 PM
Boss Battle Song 1

When the trio of Babylon crossed a certain part of the ruins, Wave looked to her right side and found 3 capes behind a pillar, what's more, there was a rainbow glow coming from them. "..." Wave shook her head and decided to follow her brothers.

"Sonic!" Tails yelled as he landed in the machine and dropped to his knees to check Sonic. "Sonic, can you hear me?! Sonic!"

"...U..." Sonic slowly opened his eyes and shook his head. "...Ta...ils?"

Tails sighed in relief. "I thought you just died a moment ago..."

"No..." The hedgehog slowly got up and looked around. "...But I feel weird..."

"...How so?"

"It's like...something inside me just...woke up..."

Tails made a worried face. "...I hope that's just you, but...are you going to fight again?"

"That's right!" Sonic said looking over the fight. "I need to help them and fast!" Sonic said as he accelerated towards the fight, leaving Tails wondering about what he's feeling.

"(...And what if the effect will show up in a certain time?)" Tails thought.

"Falcon..."

"Uaaa..."

"PUNCH!"

"AAAAHHHH!!!" Ganondorf's and C. Falcon's fists collided with each other and they backed away once again. "Do you not feel the pain now?!"

"I admit it..." C. Falcon said shaking his right hand. "I'm starting to get tired..."

"Heheheheh, that is wonderful."

"Will you shut up?!" C. Falcon yelled using Falcon Kick to slam his foot on Ganondorf's stomach, but the evil lord sidestepped, grabbed C. Falcon's foot once the flames surrounding it disappeared and lashed him with both hands on the rocky road. "AAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"Do not underestimate the Triforce of Power, fool." Ganondorf said coldly.

"And not me!" Knuckles yelled from behind as he sent a fast punch of Ganondorf's head, sending the lord of darkness away as he slid in the sand but got up quickly. "If I can't smash that metalic freak, then I'll do it with you!"

"Thanks man," C. Falcon said standing up, but twitched a little in pain. "I hope we can pull this out...somehow." C. Falcon glanced around at all the knocked out Smashers. "...But can we do it?"

"Of course you don't..." Charizard said in his weakened state close to them. "Galleom will destroy you to smitherins and everything will be over..."

"Shut up!" Sonic yelled from above using a Homing Attack on Charizard's back, taking revenge on the last blow and finishing the dragon Pokémon once and for all.

"Sonic, are you feeling alright?" Knuckles asked.

"Yeah, just a ray, nothing else new." Sonic replied with a smirk.

"...You idiot! You just were zapped and electrocuted with that machine, and you come here like it was nothing?!"

"E-xactly."

Knuckles rolled his eyes. "...Who cares about you?" Knuckles asked angrily as he dashed over to Dedede, who was about to smack Geno.

"DESTROY...DESTROY..." Galleom repeated as his pupils shrunk in a menacing way.

"Something bad is going to happen now..." Falco muttered.

"DESTROOOOOOOOOYYYY!!!" Galleom yelled out loud turning into his tank and started his engines, Falco's eyes widened and he quickly took to another direction before being crushed by the tank in the rocky path, the tank ran around the field crushing everything on its path, C. Falcon tried to get away as well but Galleom was faster than him, Knuckles climbed the ruins using his hands, but Galleom crashed directly into the pillars, bringing down a big chunk of cement down, along with the Ice Climbers, Chris and Pichu.

"U-ugh! Don't think I'll fall down that easily!" Knuckles yelled jumping away from the collapse and flew down, right above Galleom.

"DIE!" Galleom yelled turning one side of his tank form into his right hand, who rocketed up and dealt a strong punch of Knuckles, who screamed in pain and went spinning in the air. "AND GO AWAY!" Galleom took the opportunity of his attack to turn back into his normal form and used both of his hands to slap them together in Knuckles, who couldn't yell or scream anymore as he fell directly on the sand, losing his consciousness as well.

"Great, Knuckles was taken down as well." Sonic said with a serious face as he wipped out whatever he got in his mouth by the attack and stood back-to-back with C. Falcon and Falco.

"And to make things worse," Falco looked around. "We're only the last ones standing, against those 2 and that abomination."

"What about me?" Twink yelled from Geno's spot.

"You can't fight, sorry!"

"Aww!" Twink groaned in frustration.

"Oh yeah!" Dedede preparing his Jet Hammer. "This time, we got ya all for real!"

"Targets are almost soon to be disposed." Galleom said

"Excellent, we just finish with them and the mission will be completed." Ganondorf said smirking evily.

"Hmm," Dr. Eggman began to wonder. "...Of course, the machine did work, but exactly in what way?" He looked to the sky. "Could it be that he will awaken at the right time once the alteration of Sonic's DNA occurs?"

"It's everything ready?" A voice that Dr. Eggman heard said somewhere around the ruins.

"Yes, I'm ready to use my attack once they're closer to each other." Another voice said.

"We'll give them a surprise." Another voice said with a chuckle.

"Just don't hesitate, pretty much everyone is down, Chris as well." Another voice said.

"Who said that?!" Dr. Eggman asked looking around.

"Shh."

"Hmm... Where is Jet and those birds?!" Dr. Eggman asked as he saw mentioned trio at the altar of the ruins. "Drats, I almost forgot about Babylon Garden!"

"Galleom, stop all this foolishness with these imbeciles!" Ganondorf ordered as Galleom lifted his fists and prepared to combine his attack with missiles.

"We're surrounded!" C. Falcon said as Dedede, Ganondorf and Galleom cornered them in one same spot.

Sonic grabbed their hands and jumped high up, barely evading Galleom's slam, the missiles were shot at them and the hedgehog jumped in one to another and another, jumping all the way to the ruins. "That was close or not?"

"For this time, thanks." Falco said.

"And for this time, RUN!" C. Falcon yelled loudly before the trio were grabbed by Galleom and it pulled them closer to the villains.

"HAAAA!" Galleom lifted up his head and the trio's eyes widened before screaming, Galleom impacted his hard skull on all of them, taking them out with one strong blow as he set them free, but fainted as well.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Ganondorf laughed evily. "FINALLY! IT WAS THE TIME FOR THEM TO FEEL THE DEFEAT!!!"

"Nooooooooo!!!" Twink flew as quickly as he could towards Ganondorf to slam himself to him, but Dedede used his charged Jet Hammer to push the star away to the sand, where he groaned in pain and lost consciousness.

"O-oh man..." Tails muttered hiding behind a dune. "W-what am I going to do?!"

"Find the kid, take Charizard and let us get out of this hellish place." Ganondorf ordered, Galleom nodded and it walked to the crumbles of the ruins, he wiped out them with his hands until Chris was located besides the Ice Climbers and Pichu, the machine chuckled to itself and took the Wolrd Traveler on his right fist. "Brilliant," Ganondorf said as Dedede carried Charizard above him as a dark portal opened up. "Mission succeede-"

"I'm afraid not, Ganondork!" A voice called out.

"...Grrrr..." Ganondorf grunted in irritation after hearing a voice coming from the ruins. "That sick and irritating voice..."

"Targets located!" Galleom said narrowing his eyes at the ruins. "4 Swordsmen in ruins, ready to attack!"

"4?! Aww, crap!" Dedede said annoyed.

"ATTACK!" The other voice yelled out as 4 figures dashed out from the ruins and towards the villains, Dedede threw Charizard besides him and prepared to attack with his hammer.

"I'm sick of this!" Galleom said preparing his missiles to make a full assault of the fast figures. "All unknown forces will soon be TAKEN CARE OF!"

"However," A voice said as a figure jumped to his hand, slashed it and set Chris free from Galleom's grasp, the figure landed on the sand and grabbed him before he could fall in the sand. "You should pay more attention, Chris, wake up!"

"..." Chris couldn't respond.

"Hey, give him the Red Potion!"

"Wait just a bit!" The figure said as he slashed Ganondorf, the lord of darkness backed away with his arms protecting his face before the figure slashed his legs, Ganondorf grunted in pain and the figure dashed towards Chris and gave him some Red Potion.

"Stom movin' around!" Dedede complained trying to slam his hammer on 2 figures that easily evaded them, one of those figures was glowing with a rainbow aura and the king didn't notice that he was backing away to Galleom and Ganondorf, who were getting close to each other as the figures planned.

"Here, I hope this helps." The figure said pouring the Red Potion on Chris's mouth, who shook his head, coughed, groaned a little and slowly opened his eyes.

"...Huh?... Where...am I?" Chris asked weakly.

"Yes, he's alive!" The figure holding him said relieved.

"...What?" Chris blinked surprised after he was able to recognize the persons who saved him in time. "You?!"

"Now! Ike! Use it!" A figure yelled as the trio were close enough, the figure revealed one of them to be Ike, the same leader of the Greil Mercenaries, who was covered by the aura and ran to the villains.

"WORTHLESS IMPUDENT PEST, DIE!" Galleom yelled loudly raising his fists into the air to kill Ike.

...However...

"GREAT..." Ike slashed the air vertically and upwardly, lifting Ganondorf and Dedede high to the air together with Ragnell, Galleom was also hit but became stunned as Dedede and Ganondorf spun in the air, where flames flew around, damaging all of them as Ike jumped high up, grabbed his sword and began a furious combo of strong slashes on his enemies. "AETHEEEERRR!!!" Ike shouted out loud slashing his opponents with great amounts of damage, he pulled his sword up above the spinning villains before slamming it directly on them, descending to the sand and just above Galleom, who yelled out in extreme pain as Ike impacted his sword across him and the Subspace enemies yelled in extreme pain after a huge explosion of fire reached all of them together.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!" Galleom, Ganondorf and Dedede yelled loudly as they fell on their knees and fainted, Galleom making a tremble once his functions were disabled.

...And everything suddenly turned blurry and the scene changes...

Music stops

30 minutes later...

The group was gathered at the ruins, everyone was healed thanks to the Red Potions that the group who saved them took potions for all of them in time.

Not only that, Babylon Garden rose from the sands, causing great panic in the crowd that, surprisingly, ignored the whole fight.

"Thank you..." Chris muttered wiping out his tears. "You saved us in time before they took me into the Subspace..."

"I'm just glad we made it time." Ike said, glancing at the other 3 swordsmen, who were Link, Roy and Marth.

"And no more tears, please." Roy said with a frown.

"Y-yes," Chris said with a small chuckle. "Ike, then you decided to join us?"

Ike nodded. "I couldn't help it, but I wanted to take another challenge after we saved Tellius from Ashnard, I hope you don't mind my stance around."

NEWCOMER!

Ike joined your team!


Link, Marth and Roy have returned

"But how did you take all those funky potions?" Knuckles asked.

"We saw beforehand the whole fight first in the massion, so Master Hand told me to get Red Potions in Hyrule just in case, he was preocupied about Galleom and the other 3." Link said pointing at Ganondorf, Dedede and Charizard, who were fainted.

"...Can I ask something?" Chris asked.

"Yes."

"Why are Ike's eyes covered with that bandana?"

Roy looked at Ike, who had a bandana covering his eyes, and probably he fought with it. "...You don't want to know..."

"What?"

"N-nothing, don't worry."

All of them watched the Babylon Garden (except Ike for obvious reasons) and looked to Jet who was laughing maniacally at this.

Wave walked to Falco without losing sight of her brother and talked to him. "...Have you decided yet?"

"...Yeah." Falco said with a nod and walked towards Jet.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Jet laughed maniacally. "At last, Babylon Garden has been called! We will reclaim the treasure hidden withi-" Falco quickly grabbed his shoulder and delivered a punch right on his beak. "OWW!"

"WOULD YOU HEAR ME, YOU STUPID BASTARD?!" Falco yelled loudly as he glared down at Jet, who wipped out the blood from his beak.

"Hear you?! Why would I listen to you?!" Jet spat out angrily before Falco grabbed his shoulders. "Let me go you!"

"Listen!" Falco pointed at Wave. "Can't you see how bad has she been feeling all this time?!"

"...What? Her sad mood you mean?" Jet asked as Falco, Wave and Storm blinked in surprise.

"...Yeah?" Falco said confused as Jet smirked.

"I was planning ALL along about giving her the perfect gift a brother could ever give to her sister, and that is to let her see the treasure first and grab whatever she wants from it!"

"...HUH?!" The Smashers (and Amy) said confused (not the swordsmen, who were oblivious to this event).

"...You've gotta be kidding me..." Falco said as he glared at him. "You mean you played your role as a bastard, just to surprise her later with treasure?! What the heck is wrong with yo-"

"Oh, Jet!" Wave pushed Falco away and hugged her brother tightly. "I can't believe you cared about me all this time with that wonderful surprise! You're such the guy who likes to give susprises!"

"BROTHERS!!!" Storm yelled and joined the hug group. "Does that mean we're a family again?!"

"LET ME GO!" Jet complained and his brothers stopped the hugs. "We were a family from the beginning," Jet made a fist. "And we're going to be a family till the end," Jet pointed at the floating garden, not noticing Dr. Eggman taking the cube from his hands. "However, a RICH family of the rogues of Babylon!"

"...Jet," Wave narrowed her eyes at her brother in disgust. "Dr. Eggman just betrayed us and took the cube out from your hands a second ago."

"...GRRRRRRRRR!!!" Jet stomped the floor in anger and glared at the doctor, who was laughing evily as he went away to the garden. "Wave! Storm! Let's board the airship and chase that filthy traitor!"

"Roger!" Wave and Storm said and the trio ran down the stairs and ran away from the ruins.

"Wait, Sonic!" Chris said and Sonic looked at him. "You have to decide now, are you joining us? Or are you going to stay here a little bit...longer..."

Sonic wondered why Chris trailed off that part but began to think. "Well... Dr. Eggman is scheming something...so..."

Falco walked down the stairs with an annoyed face and C. Falcon, Amy, Nana, Geno and Twink went to him. "I can't believe she just played with me all this time...dang..."

C. Falcon put a hand on his shoulder. "At least you enjoyed your time with her."

"...I guess s-"

"Wait!" Amy smiled and looked behind her. "She's coming back!"

"What?" Falco asked as Wave came back and stopped right in front of him.

"Falco," Wave began as she smiled and hugged him. "Thank you for everything, now that Jet, Storm and I are back as we were before, we can do our plans together and find out about Babylon Garden's secrets... I hope you're not mad at this sudden change."

"..." Falco sighed and patted her back. "Whatever, if you're happy, then I guess I'm happy."

"And," Wave looked straight to his face. "To end this with a happy ending..."

Chris decided to change to his Scholar job and heal some parts of his wounds that remained, he was feeling weird, like something was making him feel sick...

...Although everyone looked at the birds...and...

...Saw their beaks kissing each other.

"Oh, my!" Amy said surprised.

"Amusing." Geno commented.

"Yes, man! You did it!" C. Falcon giving him a thumbs up.

Chris's glasses shattered a little after this moment. "...The forces are not happy, or instead, they are surprised..." The World Traveler commented changing his pair for another one.

"Eww." Sonic made a sick face.

"...Did I miss something?" Roy asked confused.

"...Eww?" Knuckles commented as well.

"Can I be the godfa-" Popo was smacked by Nana once again.

"..." Tails's eyes twitched.

Wave finished kissing Falco and she began to walk away, before starting to run. "Thank you for everything, good luck!"

"...Bye..." Falco said with a shocked face as Wave left the ruins and reunited with her brothers.

"That. Was. So. RO-MAN-TIC!" Amy squealed in delight.

"...But then again," Falco clossed his eyes. "...Girls are such a nuisance!"

"...What?!" The Smashers said surprised once again.

"They manipulate you behind your back for their evil deeds, like Wave just did! I can't believe I was being deceived by the thing that I like the most, dangit!" Falco made a fist. "From now on, it's just me, my darn Arwing and me only!"

"...Wow," Nana commented with a bored face. "And you realized it just now?"

Falco sweatdropped and closed his eyes in annoyance. "...Shut up, it's my moment now, not yours."

"True enough."

Amy was covered by flames and she took out her hammer. "THEN GUESS WHAT AM I GOING TO DO NOW?!"

"...Falco, you're screwed." Nana said simply.

"..." Falco sweatdropped and began to run away from the mad pink hedgehog after his response about girls, as the group merely chuckled at this.

"Hurray!" Chris said taking out a notepad and wrote something on it. "That's one thing down on my list!"

Pikachu jumped to his shoulder and took the notepad. "...What?"

Chris's notepad:

Make Mario wear Wario's clothes

Tell Zelda about not many more female characters in the tournament will participate and see if she kills Master Hand

Cuddle Pikachu (Checked)

Give gel to Roy's hair

Ask Yoshi to raise a baby Yoshi, preferably blue

Give Sonic some clothes to wear

Verify if Wolf is not gay for Fox

Same as above, but Fox first

Make Falco refuse the girls (Checked)

Do something about Marth's "girly" look and get rid of it

Give Crazy Hand sugar (Checked)

Catch a Mudkip using Pichu


"Chris, are these ideas you want to do?" Pikachu asked as Chris quickly took the notepad back.

"No?" Chris replied as he felt even more sick. "...So... Sonic?"

"...Sorry guys," Sonic said looking at the garden. "But I have to stop Eggman for whatever thing he's going to do, I can't let that guy run around like this."

"...I understand...don't worry...about it..." Chris said weakly.

"...Wait, something's wrong with you..." Knuckles said.

"He didn't say "do not", right?" Pichu asked worried.

"...Marth!" Link shouted.

"What is it?" Marth asked and Link pointed at the villains. "N-no! They're getting away from here!"

"And the scraps of the machine as well!" Geno said as he dashed over where Galleom was before the machine could leave through a dark portal beneath it, Geno couldn't make it in time and cursed under his breath once it was gone. "...Wait..." Geno ducked and took something out from the sand. "...The Star Spirit! We rescued it after all!"

The villains, who were unconscious, managed to get away by the same way Galleom did and Sonic couldn't reach them in time and punched the floor. "Dammit!"

"...Chris?" Pikachu asked as Chris began to tilt to the sides. "A-are you feeling alright?"

"...N-no..." Chris muttered as Pikachu jumped off from his shoulder and everyone looked at him.

"Stop tilting around or you're going to fall." Ike said, looking to the other direction by accident.

"...I...cannot..."

"Oooohhh, I'm worried now." Twink said as Geno walked to him and showed the card. "Geno! Look!"

"...Ugh..." Chris muttered weakly as he dropped to his knees and everyone walked to him.

"What? It's something bothering you?" Geno asked looking down to him.

"...My...head...everything..."

"...Chris? Chris?!" Sonic said multiple times before the World Traveler's eyes closed and...

...Collapsed before their eyes, everything fading out as well.

There were still voices calling from the darkness of the view, some of them agreeding to go to the garden, while the others decided to return to the mansion.

...And this is where...

...Everything will get harder...for the World Traveler and his allies...

...For the Subspace to become a much, harder threat for all the worlds...

...And the next part...

...Will soon come...


Do you want to save your data after the events from today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink







END OF DISC ONE

START OF DISC TWO
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sonic Riders arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 02, 2009, 08:45:26 PM
Chapter 100: Summary of an Endless Journey

Please, remove disc one and insert disc 2.

Loading data from internal memory...

Please, select the data you wish to use.


File 1
-Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Geno, Mallow, Twink

File 2
-Empty-

File 3
-Empty-

Loading data from file 1...

Finished downloading.


Persona 4 - The Poem for Everyone's Soul

...There was once the story of a newborn hero...

This hero, was an unlikely one...

It was a hero who came, or hailed from the real world...

The hero was a kid, who despite his great wealth...

...He was alone, alone by himself in his life...

His father and mother had to work hard, but far away from their son because it was the only way to raise him...

The story of the past of the hero was never told completely, since he didn't want to remember that...

...He was the one who decided the way of his own life...

Ever since he was a young child of 6 years, he was alone, lonely, only the friends of his parents would look after him until he reached the age to be raised by himself and no one else...

The child had a sad background, he tried to forget all the sadness by distracting himself with something.

...That is where he came to hear about videogames...

The child was really interested and happy after playing his first game, he liked the characters, their settings, the plot, everything, it was pure fantasy of course, fantasy that he wished it to be real for he to experience it for himself...

But he faced the fact that it was only fantasy and nothing else, something that would never happen, ever...

Years passed and the child grew to a young man, reaching the age of a teenager, or almost when he turned 15 years old...

The day of summer vacation, his fantasies were soon born once he fell asleep during a thunderstorm, a thunder stroke down his console, and from it, someone came out, badly damaged by the carelessness of the child.

The child didn't panic, he was surprised at the event and to the person who came out fainted, without hesitating, he helped the poor soul in need and helped him recover...

The name of that poor soul was the Aura Pokémon, Lucario, whom the kid has looked like a hero to himself.

The child explained and answered all the doubts and questions of the Pokémon the next day, the Pokémon was very confused and scared about the new world he had just stepped into, and decided to stay with the only person who helped him upon his sudden arrival.

It was all of a sudden alright, but he had no choice whatsoever, the Pokémon had also his reasons to stay besides the child, the child had told him his life, his aura was very peaceful and kind, something that the Pokémon liked very much and was so evident.

Since that day, the child has never been alone, there was someone from his fantasies that remained with him forever, the Pokémon bowed to protect and stay with the child at all times, to enjoy their lifes together as a family.

Of course, there was the fact that the child had to go to school, but let us not bother with such personal matters...

Almost a year passed, the child and the Pokémon had grown very attached to each other, during this time, even the Pokémon himself liked to play videogames together with his new trainer, he was also impressed that there were many other worlds with many different characters, becoming just like the child in interests.

The fateful day where the gears of events for both of them began to move, setting their own adventure through another unexpected event where the hand of destruction and the hand of...whatever the hell Crazy Hand was.

Wait, ahem...

The hand of creation to be exact and the hand of destruction...his brother, came from a horrible event in game they just received from that morning, the hand was shocked to find himself and his brother in another world, the real world, and inside the house of a child with a Pokémon.

After many explanations by the hands, the child was doubtful about helping the hands and whoever they would meet in the world of games, the child had the opportunity to travel between worlds, together with his Pokémon, although the risk of losing his life would be at hand...

...His worries soon faded once he looked at the face of his friend, who gave him a nod full of agreedment, the Pokémon would risk his own life for the child's life.

And with the initial aid from the hand of destruction, the child was granted with powers to use different kinds of abilities, that would reveal by themselves little by little until he gathered all of them.

Now, he was now what he wished to be, together with his Pokémon, or more accurately, his friend, set the beginning of their journey...

...And endless journey to defeat an evil army, which tried to conquer enough worlds to conquer the child's world, their goal to succeed...

During their journeys, they slowly gathered forces, the same forces that tried to defeat the army but failed miserably, some of them had to do their own business though, their memories were erased by the hands in a forceful attempt to escape from the leader of the Subspace, however, he made a mistake and everyone were taken back in time after the second tournament ended, the child and the Pokémon had to go through many menaces by that consequence as they protected the worlds from the Subspace.

The child, or the hero, knew something about a prophecy, his future was determined, he was the Legendary World Traveler, the human who would protect the worlds should they fall into the Subspace, not only he found out about his destiny, but the Pokémon was also destined to save the worlds as his guardian, according to the old sayings of the family that he found during the long journey, his strength was one main part of his power.

Now, the hero, the World Traveler, the child, whose name was Chris, is currently trying to protect the worlds alongside Lucario.

Along the way, they gathered the forces back by the kindness he displayed to them, only by getting their trust would unlock the secret power which resided in every single person, or Smasher in this case, Chris was really happy to befriend the Smashers, who in return gave their full trust, there are still some who are in doubts, such as the ones who are lone wolves or cold to other persons.

However, Chris is determined to gain the trust of everyone and become the hero of the worlds...

...But his journey...still is in progress...

"OWW!" Chris tripped and groaned.

...For he also needs to be a better person than he is now, because the worlds would be pretty much screwed then...

Of course, during his long journey...who said it was going to be a serious one 100 percent of the time by the mishaps of the World Traveler, the Pokémon and the Smashers themselves?


Tales of the Abyss - Karma (Japanese opening)

The scene suddenly shows a fast descend in the clouds, revealing little by little a mansion, on the top of the mansion, there was Chris in his Scholar job while he flipped through the pages, as Lucario sat by his right side in a meditating position, suddenly, Chris's DS blared out, taking a quick glance of it, a smile spreaded on his face and he quickly went inside the mansion as he chuckled, Lucario opened one eye to see him off, he smiled as he closed it again and joined the run as well, then we see the clouds floating away by the wind as the title of the adventure appeared, before vanishing completely as we then change to the inside of the mansion.

Chris was trying to run as fast as he could with Lucario, on their way, they saw Ness walking out from another direction, the EarthBounder noticed both of them running away and he then smiled before joining them, they also saw Toon Link looking outside with a bored expression, once he saw them however, he got excited and joined the trio.

They made it to the Command Room, where Master Hand and Crazy Hand greeted them and pinpointed worlds in danger from the Subspace, the four nodded in agreedment, the World Traveler quickly opened the portal and the 4 went inside as Master Hand wished for their welfare.

They found Ganondorf ordering the forces of the Subspace to deploy the bombs around the unknown area, the 4 took fighting stances and ran after him, the lord of all evil grunted in frustration and ran at them as well with his fists glowing with dark energy, starting a fight for the sake of the world.

Chris stood in the back row while the 3 fought Ganondorf, the World Traveler casted Thunder but the small bolt was blocked by Charizard, who happened to appear from the sky using Flamethrower, Chris snapped his fingers in frustration as Ness used PK Thunder on the dragon to paralyze him, Toon Link shot an arrow to his wing and the dragon went down, roared loudly as the 4 and flew above the ground to fight them in the ground.

We then see Chris in his Dragoon job as he ran in the field towards Charizard, joining up with Toon Link who had trouble with the claws of the lizard, the swordsman struggled to push away the Pokémon but then Chris came from the air using Jump to collide with Charizard, but the dragon backed away in time before Lucario used a quick Force Palm on him, nodding to Chris who smiled back at him with a chuckle together with Toon Link.

There were many unknown worlds in trouble as well as they fought, many Subspace Bombs were being deployed by the depths of the Subspace, the protagonists of each world tried to stop the forces as well.

On a world, there was Mewtwo standing in the center, being surrounded by Primids around him, the Pokémon opened his eyes and quickly teleported behind a group and slashed them using Psycho Cut with his fingers, a Sword Primid jumped behind him, only to be cut in half by Roy, who dashed by Mewtwo's side and both stood side by side before a thunder fell down close to them, they looked to that direction were a dizzied Pichu was, taking down almost 20 percent of the forces as he fainted.

On another world, Pit came from the sky to strike down a Roturret, who spun like crazy before locking-on the angel, just before he could fire, the Ice Climbers jumped from behind it and Popo used Blizzard to froze the enemy as Nana shattered it with her hammer, the trio looked at each other with chuckles before even more Primids came from nowhere, making them stand in fighting stances as they ran right besides each other to the army.

We see Chris in his Fonic Hymn User job running away from 2 Roaders who tried to run on him, the World Traveler stumbled and fell, but just before the Roaders could run on him, Jigglypuff came from the sky using Rollout to slam herself to a Roader as Pikachu ran across the field and used Skull Bash on the other Roader, who exploded by the intensity of the attack as Pikachu called out Chris's name, the World Traveler looked up and smiled at his rescuers.

The Subspace was shown with Tabuu floating in front of the Ancient Minister, Ganondorf, Charizard, Dedede and 2 other villains along with the bosses of the Subspace, with a swing of his right hand and an order, the villains chuckled and spreaded out in the darkness of the Subspace as Tabuu disappeared with evil chuckles as well.

On a different field, Roy was being attacked by none other than Galleom, the swordman dodged the slam of fists from the huge machine enemy, before it began to fire missiles at every single part, Roy gasped and began to run from his life before Marth used his Dolphin Slash to destroy the missiles as Ike dashed from behind Galleom and struck his sword on his leg, the machine grunted in pain and the 3 joined together and dashed towards Galleom, whose eyes shone and ran at them.

Lucas was running through the woods from a swarm of Auroros, they started to dove down on the PK kid, who closed his eyes and turned to them to send a blast of PK energy, sending them away in time, Lucas sighed in relief as he saw some bushes moving, from them, Fox and Falco came out, Lucas gasped and quickly jumped out from the way by the Fire Primids that appeared from the bushes and started to spread out fire as the 3 nodded to each other and dodged the attacks to get closer to their enemies before the fire could spread.

After many fights, Chris sat on the grass panting heavily with bruises all over his body, however, Lucario was panting as well but managed to stand up, unlike Chris, Toon Link and Ness who were exhausted, the Aura Pokémon looked down to his trainer who looked up to him, Lucario smiled a little and extended his hand to him, Chris chuckled a little after a small silence and took his hand with the others who decided to keep on and ran away from the scene to gather with the Smashers.

And after a long day of fights, all the previous mentioned characters were shown in the night, camping all together as they talked and enjoyed their time, discussing and planning strategies, meanwhile the World Traveler was sleeping not far away from them, with an accidental loud snore, the Smashers turned their heads to him and began to laugh while he grumbled and turned to the other side, dreaming about another fantasy.

Some time later, a full scale attack to the Smash Mansion was ordered with the Halberd being the main ship, on the top of the mansion during the sunset, Meta Knight spreaded out his wings and flew towards the ship together with Kirby using his Warpstar while in the ground, every single kind of enemy from the Subspace were running towards the mansion, and in the mentioned house, the current Smashers, along with the last ones, stood by each side as Sonic pushed Chris, in his Swordsman job, out from the line and the World Traveler panicked for a moment after seeing the whole army.

Chris gulped in fear but the others yelled out his name in annoyance, making him jump in desperation as he looked back and forth between both groups, he closed his eyes and tried to block his ears from the yells, until Lucario put a hand on his right shoulder, the World Traveler looked worried at him but Lucario simply nodded, Chris looked down in preocupation, but once Lucario told him to look at the Smashers, who were simply smiling a little to him, the World Traveler blinked for a moment before nodding with a sigh, many of them chuckled and waited for the order to attack.

The attack was ordered by Chris's sword and they all ran towards the enemy, with Sonic obviously being the one who was already attacking, we then see one Smashers after another who prepared to attack.

And for the last one, who was Chris himself, decided to attack using bombs, however when he took out his first bomb, he stumbled by accident and the bomb went soaring in the sky, and it was not a regular bomb, it was a Powder Keg that was ready to detonate, when it fell in the center of the field, Link gasped and shouted out loud, the Smashers took a quick glance at the bomb and yelled out as well.

Before...

BOOOOM!!!

A huge explosion engulfed the whole field, taking out every last enemy, and unfortunately the Smashers who got covered in soot by the explosion, they all instantly glared at a soot covered Chris, who looked at everyone and just said...

"...Oops...my bad?"

The Smashers just kept glaring at him before Popo bursted out laughing, causing everyone to chuckle at the event before laughing together while Chris sweatdropped and felt embarrassed, although after that he began to laugh as well...

...And after a while, they decided to take control of the Halberd, as we see Tabuu in the Subspace chuckling to himself, whose chuckles began to echo through the Subspace as the scene blackens out...

And only by the decisions of the World Traveler...

Shall change the destiny of his allies and beloved ones...

...Should they turn on him or stay together till the end of their journeys...

Music stops
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Summary arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 03, 2009, 04:58:57 PM
(Note, this section will only apply to the authors in Fanfiction.net, not the ones here)

And so, we made it to 100 chapters my loyal and enthusiastic readers! Man, I can't believe we have 100 written chapters in total, ever since the first chapter was written, many things were in my mind to use, well, let's see how this all came out like this today.

Firstly, since many had the idea to make an OC (Own Character for those who don't know about the initials), I decided to create my own, however, there was something wrong with all the OCs that I saw, they were either hated for being over-powered than the Smashers themselves and had a simple past that you could probably learn of in 10 seconds, that's why there was a prequel to the fic to make the ever so useful: "character development", which Chris was created along with Lucario, my favorite Pokémon and his.

Of course, I needed to think and write something useful, for example, my OC which is Chris, the World Traveler that can change abilities to fight, at first Lucario also was granted by the same ability, but since I thought it was stupid to see a powerful Lucario, that was already strong by his natural skills, use the same system as Chris so he had to abandon it since it was a distraction.

Another extra thing was the setting, which this fic has many of them, it's original and it's still being original, the Subspace Army, a threat that everyone knows full well that wants to conquer the worlds. However, just by saving the worlds of Nintendo wasn't enough, so, why not include other worlds from other franchises as well since Chris has the biggest collection of games because of his wealth?

Now, we move on to the characters, the Smashers themselves, aw, who can't resist to put their OC fight along with Marth?

...Let me tell you something, I'm one of those people, but one that has actual ideas with interacting parts.

There are many OCs that are pitted with a Smasher, however, I saw a problem there.

And that was not the necessary interaction.

Admit it, well, in my point of view, an OC should get along with the Smasher you like, although it seems repeated, it's the same formula.

But when we're talking about Chris, oh, the whole thing changes.

As Chris progresses through his adventure, he needs to gain the trust of the Smashers, just because he defeated an enemy that was going to attack one doesn't mean they will give their full trust to him, oh no, it's much harder and complicated than that.

Speaking of which, here's a list of the typical clichés I found in other fics with "Adventure" or other genre as their genres, they're not complains, I only find them amusing...SO amusing by the way and that I try constantly to evade to get a successful progress, some of them may even be under another category.

1. Coming through, make a path! (Sonic rule)
It's common to see a group of the Smashers fighting their way to the final boss of an area as quickly as possible, in such cases many unnecessary things happen that are repeated and overused.

2. Chords of Steel. (Apollo Justice rule).
In which the characters all were born with the strongest chords and like to yell many, many times during fights, of course, this is typically and usually recommended during all fights, but yelling too much outside fights and during conversations it's just sad and stupid at the same time.


3. "Sweetie, just remove your clothes and come with me to bed..." (Gay Marth rule).
It's not a surprise to see at least 5 fics of Yaoi in this section, so you came to the right place...sadly.


4. OC stands for Own Crap. (Mary Sue rule).
Admit it, you want to make your OC so powerful to take anyone out in one single blow, so those are Mary Sues, or Own Crap if they manage to disgust the readers unless the fic convinces you with an idea.


5. "There's too many of 'em!" (Genis Sage rule).
In which case the author goes too far and starts creating many OCs at a fast rate, for those stories who managed to convince their readers to know their OCs, congratulations, you just lost a lot of time with the 16th one, oh joy.


6. ...And the humor?
Some authors are oblivious enough to put a wrong genre together with the other genre, when they notice this little error, they say they'll be funny, with only 5 percent of the fic being funny, it's sad when it's a bad joke though.

(I'm going to be honest, humor was the second genre of this fic, but it was Adventure/Fantasy at first, once it changed to Fantasy/Humor, readers began to start reading the fic).


7. "Mommy, why can't they rest for 5 hours at least?" (Robo rule)
Start to wonder this after long conversations and fights, usually they begin to feel tired at the end of the fic, with lame excuse included.


8. "Stupid scum, why won't you DIE?!" (Bowser rule).
The Smashers will never faint or die during the fic, it's not a surprise to see this happening, they'll only get damaged a little and that's that, the enemy is pretty much screwed after that, the fact gets weirder if they recover in 2 seconds.


9. Holy plus Mario equals Plumber of the Church.
Sometimes, authors manage to squeeze through something in the characters that makes them feel a little out of character, for example, admire the guts of an author who makes Donkey Kong say superhero things.


10. And Diddy?
Sadly, he isn't that used in the fics so you won't see any fics starring him, unless those fics contain multiple characters.


11. ...And Pichu?
Neither you will have an opportunity with him.


12. ...And Popo and Nana?
Keep trying...


13. ...And Olimar?
Olimar who?


14. It's below 9000, sorry. (Meme rule).
Putting a meme means a Mama Luigi reference next, though the most unexpected character who says something like this is awkward and therefore, nuts. (See Holy plus Mario equals Plumber of the Church).


15. Naruto FTW man!
Just because an anime is popular doesn't mean you have to make the characters of that very same anime appear to help the Smashers in an "original" plot, for many which have an awkward mind to review these fics, you just lost common sense after Goku punched C. Falcon right in the stomach and wasn't killed, oh, did I mention Goku is in Super Saiyan 4?


16. TV is great for the mind.
You're officially nuts if SpongeBob should partner up with Sonic, sucker.


17. With a yell I'll gain a new power, (BEEP!)! (Super Sonic rule).
Common to see a character gaining a much stronger attack, however...


18. The Lame Name.
Once it comes to name the attack...


19. "U Phail" and I leave.
See above.


20. "I trust you so much because we're best friends forever!" (Naruto Shippuden second opening rule).
So, are you going to put some character development or what? We know Peach very well, but that's not an excuse for her to trust Snake THAT much...


21. "So that's why we say friendship things so much!" (Ash and Pikachu rule)
We all know Falco likes his friends so much, aww...


22. The Smash Mansion? Just follow that route and you'll get to Utah.
In an unexpected twist, the videogame world and the real wolrd merge together in an unexplained event that the author will not bother to explain, as long as he or she has yaoi in it to distract the audience. (See "Sweetie, just remove your clothes and come with me to bed..." rule).


23. And we put this HERE and move that THERE. (Luke Fon Fabre's box game rule).
Changing a villain to the side of the good guys should be original, but please, make him as look evil as possible, seeing Ganondorf protect his friends it's...just wrong.


24. Then we move that THERE and put this HERE as well.
You have enough courage to make a good guy evil.


25. "Where did I see that before?" (Tower of Salvation rule).
If somebody bothers to give and make a Smasher have a personality, it'd probably end up with the same personality as everyone else.


26. "Kids should stay in home and play Nintendo!" (Ness rule).
The young Smashers will never have a bigger role and will stay behind and leave everything to the adult Smashers or somebody else who has muscles, girls, just because somebody has abs under their fur doesn't make him a hero.


27. And...your Final Smash? (Master Hand rule).
You'll be lucky to see a Smasher use his or her Final Smash in an adventure fic, which will be mostly never.


28. Where did he come from?! (OC rule).
If you thought there were enough OCs already, wait until we get at the end.


29. "We never lose because we're the heroes!" (Sonic rule).
It takes a lot of courage to make your lame overpowered characters lose a fight.


30. "You hit an enemy that was going to kill me, so you must be my loyal partner." (Tails rule)
Probably the most repeated cliché, if a hero saves a character from another game that was going to be killed by the enemy, the character will instantly be a partner with a stupid excuse.


31. "My name is the great Luario"
Somebody had an issue with a character, so, why not remove a letter from the name? I'm sure they will not mind at all... Seriously, one important rule is never get the name wrong and bad written


32. Always the sacred relic for the end. (Cecil rule)
At the final battle, somebody will summon or take out from their backs a powerful item to make someone reach the "super" level and defeat the 100 feet tall monster, if that's not enough, then someone will be affected by the sudden will the ancient relic gained from nowhere and may turn Diddy into a godly-like character as well for the heck of it, just because the character likes him or her so much.


33. And everyone lived happy there after...
The usual aftermath after the "exhausting" battle it's not forgotten, though it should've been with all the characters, a line of dialogue for Lucas is not enough.


34. The Subspace Emissary...yawn...
Making a dialogued version of the story mode of the game is just so tempting that there are like 20, many have altered versions just to attract the readers, just to fail miserably at the first chapter and later forgotten. Oh, and it's a much bigger cliché when you mix at least 20 clichés listed here.


There are still many others, but just by remembering these are enough to make me feel amused.

Moving on with this special author's space...

I try so hard to evade these clichés from taking place during the fic, I don't want this fic to turn into yet another normal fic.

Now, the next thing, grammar and such, at the start of the fic, my grammar was horrible, I didn't know such rules at my first attempt that I learned little by little by the kind reviewers who saw...hmm...let's say "hope" in the fic and actually bothered to help me out, firstly, I'd like to thank those kind authors who taught me how to write well, if it weren't for you, this fic may as well be thrown to the horrible world of Yaoi... Imagine me shuddering at this moment.

We move on to the personalities, such beautiful word for my ears and yours as well, giving the characters personalities is a good move in a not-so-serious fic like this one (it contains humor), but honestly, I like to make serious moves to attract readers who are looking for not-your-typical-fic.

Let's point out the personalities of every single character, shall we?

Chris - Worried friend and kind person.
Lucario - Serious guardian.
Ness - Not-your-average-kid of everyday.
Wolf - Creepy obsession with Fo-I mean, lone wolf ironically, who tries to defeat Fox someday.
Samus - Normal adult woman with a weird sense of humor. (You'll see why later...).
Toon Link - Little hyperactive version of Link.
Mewtwo - Serious character with intelligence.
Roy - More modern than Marth.
Pichu - Scared character who sometimes gets serious and fights.
Fox - Grown-up adult.
Falco - Laidback character. (previously also a womanizer but changed due to obvious reasons).
Pit - Person trying to be normal with customs.
Popo - Retarded twin (Hahahahahahaha!... No offense, just for humoristic purposes) in many occasions via his point of view, and cares for her sister.
Nana - Girl with much more common sense than her brother.
Pikachu - Probably the first pimp Pokémon?
Jigglypuff - Singer...not much else.
Olimar - Old timer attitude sometimes.
Lucas - Scared kid, same as Pichu in some ways.
Sonic - SUPER laidback character with big ego.
Mario - The normal one between everyone else... XD
Luigi - Same scaredy cat.
Link - Creepy obsession with new swordsmen and weird hobbies related to his sword.
Zelda - A very focused young woman who can't tolerate pervs.
Sheik - Same, but faster...yes, I know, lame excuse.
Ganondorf - Old talking speaker without modern language.
Kirby - Innocent.
Meta Knight - Cold and loner.
Dedede - Pimp king. XD
Red - Enthusiastic boy.
Squirtle - Enthusiastic Pokémon.
Charizard - Evildoer.
Ivysaur - Somewhat-cool attitude.
C. Falcon - Perv. XD
Peach - Cheerful woman with the kindness attitude of them all together.
Bowser - Stupid villain.
Wario - Armed and fat with weird ideas.
Yoshi - "Your average everyday Yoshi...not."
Ike - (Hidden until next chapter).
Snake - (Hidden until next chapter).
ROB - (Hidden as well).
Mr. G&W - (Hidden as well).
ROB - (Hidden as well).

A lot of personalities, right? I think they're pretty much interesting, once humor is mixed into this crazy "family", who knows what the results will be. ; )

Actually, the personalities came into mind once I saw what I consider great fanfictions, in this section and in others, such as DianaGohan's "Smashing Something New Every Day" or Hoogiman's "Crazy Crazy Mansion", the personalities were what made readers review their fics, but I had to be original and do some twist here and some twist there, until everything came together in the end.

So now we have the best feature (that is going to be taken much more in mind in later chapters) is the partnership level that Chris must increase with EVERY single Smasher, once he and the Smasher have reached a level of full trust, they can join up together and call out the Combinated Final Smash, Chris must have the appropiate job in order to do this and under special circumstances he and the Smasher will execute the attack together, to remind you, everyone has 3 in total, the level 1 being basic and not that strong as a normal Final Smash, the second level will be a much stronger, maybe even a little than a normal Final Smash, then the third level, which would be a devastating attack.

But can they reach the last level?

Another important feature would the Final Smashes, which as you know by now, are the strongest attacks of a character, since the attack can only be done with a Smash Ball, well, let's change the formula a bit and instead put the "Smashing Abilities", which can grant the characters the benefit to use their Final Smash with the feature of the "Tales of" games called "Over Limit."

Not only that exists, there are also some other abilities to keep you excited as well, but not too many to stay on track.

On later chapters, once the necessary amount of Smashers are gathered, there's also another important feature in the real Subspace Emissary that you've seen not being used here. (Hint: Crazy Hand's shop).

TARDISreviewer asked me which jobs are compatible with what character, so, here's the list, and once Chris has all the jobs for all of them, he'll stop gaining jobs.

-Aura Apprentice - Lucario
-PK Kid - Ness and Lucas
-Swordsman - Link and Toon Link
-Space Mercenary - Fox and Falco
-Pikmin Captain - Olimar
-Summoner - Zelda
-Ranger - Ike, Marth and Roy
-Fonic Hymn User - Pit
-Fake King - Popo and Nana
-Racer - Captain Falcon and Sonic
-Monk (Can evolve) - Donkey Kong
-Dragoon - Yoshi
-Chozo Arts - Zero Suit Samus and Samus
-Musician - Jigglypuff
-Psychic User - Mewtwo
-Thief - Wolf
-Scholar - Pichu
-Ninja - Sheik
-Agent - "Hidden" "Hidden"
-Moogle Knight - Meta Knight
-??? - Kirby
-??? - Diddy Kong
-??? - Mario and Luigi
-Ionian Sargeant Oracle Knight Fon Master Guardian (Can evolve) - Pikachu or Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur and Charizard
-??? - "One use for a special occasion and character"
-??? - ???
-??? - ???

(Note that future jobs are already chosen, so no suggestions, sorry).

I also wanted to give this fic some music as the 258 that are in Brawl just to "spice up" the battles, however, why not also put other great songs in the mix as well with the characters from other worlds? That way, people can get interested in those games and play them, everyone wins.

And presto, you have this! Possible an unique fic! : D

And there you have it, how this fic was born and it's still strong until this very day, I'd like to thank all my reviewers who have taken their time to enjoy all of this until now! Thank you very much!

Without further ado, lots and lots of previews from many arcs in the future, many which could happen or not, remember, they're all scrambled around so one might happen sooner than the other even if it is in last position, with humor included along with the Combinated Final Smashes, enjoy!

Persona 4 - Reach Out To The Truth - Instrumental Version

"Well," Chris looked around with a bored face. "Since we're trapped inside this cage...you know what this means, right?"

"No?"

"Too bad, because I know what," Chris crossed his arms. "Now, start saying "C'mon!" to me! Non-stop to fill the bar and call that tank of yours!"

...

"Fortunately Link told me that he never drinks beer, right Link?"

"Yeah...right...hic!"

"...Oh my god..." Chris said astonished.

...

"Um, where is my laser gun?"

"...Oops, I left that behind in the past, sorry." Popo said sticking out his tongue.

"You WHAT?!" Nana asked angrily.

...

"What the-UGH!"

"Oww!" The kid bumped into Chris and both fell. "Watch where you're standing, I'm in a hurry right now!"

"...Wait... Lan?! Lan Hikari?! (Dammit, we got in the wrong Megaman!)"

....

"Who dares to disturb the sleep of the great OVERLORD LAHARL?!"

"Us." Kirby said simply as Etna kicked him away.

"Shh! Shut up!" Etna whispered angrily.

...

"Mario, I can't believe you got arrested for this crime along with them too."

"But I didn't do it!" Mario protested.

"Neither do we!" Link said protesting.

Chris smiled a little. "I know that, that's why I hired the most professional lawyer of all times!"

...

"U-UGH!" Lucario held his stomach in pain and fell on the ground.

"Lucario? LUCARIO?! LUCARIO!!!" Chris yelled worried.

"C-Chris...something...is...attacking me...inside..." Lucario fainted before he could finish his sentence.

"A-AAAAAHHHH!!!" Ike held his stomach in pain and also fainted.

Not only those 2 suffered, but also everyone else in the group except for Chris who got shocked as they twitched in pain and fainted.

...

"Wait, what do you mean you're making us take the SeeD exams?!" Chris asked astonished.

"The students will say that you should receive the proper training since you all are going to stay here," Cid said as he smiled. "Don't worry, I'm sure everything will work out fine."

Falco made a bored face. "Fox, get prepared for our nicknames..."

"Monsters, I know." Fox said closing his eyes.

...

"Isn't curious to see the twins getting along?"

"Wow, I didn't know you were interested in them." Link said.

"An old mage like me should see the progresses of young mages like them."

....

"Mario, stop being stupid, that Mr. L guy is Lu-"

"Of course, Count Bleck isn't satisfied with you around, that's why he ordered me to take all of you out from his way." Mr. L said interrupting C. Falcon.

"Would you stop with the interruptions?!"

"No! I like to be me!"

"No," Popo said with a chuckle. "It sucks to be you."

...

"We're almost there with Smithy," Geno said looking around. "...I can feel him."

"Eww." Mallow and Twink said.

"Not like that!"

...

"Hey, who left this dog here?" Pit asked ducking to see the dog, however he barked at him showing his fangs and Pit backed away by the growls he made.

"Wait... That dog... I remember Raven told me he was looking for a dog..." Chris said. "...That means he's Repede!"

"(Oh no.)" Lucario thought worried.

...

"The great justice is here, the hero of the movies, the man who's going to kick everyone's butt to save his precious girlfriend from the clutches of evil, and that person is..."

"...Speaking of Joe." Chris said sweatdropping as Joe fell from a tree.

"You just ruined my entrance!" Joe muttered on the ground pointing at the group as another figure jumped out from the tree, this figure was a young kid with a bored face, or rather annoyed by the antics of Joe himself. "Jr., say something!"

"...Junior?! C. Blue Jr.?!"

"...We messed up this world as well when we arrived here." Lucario said with a bored face.

...

"Luke, if you're thinking it was your fault that Akzeriuth fell because of your error and countless of people died..."

"Don't tell me you're going to turn against me as well..." Luke said looking away as Mieu looked worried at him.

"...Who said I was going to do that?" Chris said tilting his head a little with a small smile. "I know you're saying the truth and that you're sorry, remember? I told you I was going to believe you ever since Jade found me unconscious in the forest during your way to Coral Castle, and to be honest, I saw the whole thing."

Luke looked at him with a smile as his pupils trembled a little. "R-really?"

"Of course, you have my trust in you after all..." Chris looked down looking at Tokunaga. "...We're the same, both of us lost our memories at some point..."

...

"There's an intruder in the mansion then...that means...LOCK DOWN ALL THE WINDOWS AND DOORS COMPUTER! WE HAVE AN INTRUDER IN THE MANSION!" Master Hand yelled out loud as alarms blared out through the entire mansion.

Snake cursed after this.

...

"Do ya think he's..."

"I'm sure as hell he's the wielder of the Keyblade, GET HIM!"

"...Wait, WHAT?!" Chris turned to both lunatics and they grabbed his shoulders. "H-hey! Let me go!"

"Never! You're the one with the Keyblade, you must follow us to the Gummi Ship!"

"HEEEEEEEEEEEELP!"

...

"...Er...guys..." Toon Link pointed at the screen. "...Isn't that Mario's dead carcass floating in the space?"

"What do you mean by carcas-...OH...MY...LORD!" Yoshi shouted panicking. "WHAT HAPPENED?!"

"H-he's isn't suppose to die during his adventure in the galaxies!" Chris said burying his face in his hands. "No! I messed up something!!!"

"...No Olympics then?" Sonic asked.

...

"Aw, Samus, pleasure to know you better." C. Falcon said grabbing Samus's armored hand and kissed it.

"...What is wrong with him?" Samus asked confused.

Pikachu glared at Falco, who looked away whistling innocently.

...

"And you're the best dog someone could ever had Repede," Chris said rubbing Repede's head, the dog stared at him.

"...Chris..." Lucario closed his eyes in annoyance. "...Would you get him off from our bed?"

"Repede wants to rest close to me, sorry."

"But not BETWEEN us!" Lucario said annoyed as Repede grinned at this.

...

"The moon..." Sonic said as he looked the moon in the night sky. "...It looks beautiful in some ways..."

"Hahahahaha..."

"Who said that?!" Sonic asked looking around.

"It's about time I get to control your body again...hahahahahaha..."

"...Wait...that same feeling...I remember it when I fought the Metarex..."

...

"Weird, you look like Sonic." Ness said to Klonoa who stared at Sonic.

"...Er, I don't think so." Klonoa and Sonic said at the same time.

...

"Weird," Diddy said looking inside the blue house. "He's not here."

"But I wanted to meet those 2 so muc-"

"BANJO! BANJO! WHERE ARE YOU BANJO?!"

...

"Together, Lucario!"

"With our aura..."

"It's easier, right?"

...

"Chris!"

"Toon Link!"

"Arm-to-arm!"

"UAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

...

"Hahahahaha! Diddy!"

"Let's start the show?"

"You're absolutely right, hahahahahahaha!"

...

"After you, madam..."

"Oh, my... I'm flattered."

"Dance and dance in this romantic and gorgeous night, together with me, princess!"

"Heheheh! I'd like so!"

...

"Illusion after illusion, what goes at the end?"

"A hard and strong kick with us at the midpoint of the X."

"Then go!"

...

"Let's steal something even better than fortune itself..."

"The will to fight?"

"Kid, now you're talking..."

...

"It's a fist!"

"But not only that."

"They're a bunch!"

...

"Thy faithful servant, asketh for thy blessing, resplander of the..." Chris looked around confused. "...Huh?"

"What?"

"...Heheheh, I messed up, my bad!"

"WHAT?!"

...

"Suck them all!"

"Oooohhh, I'm hungry..."

"NOW!"

...

And there's much more to come as well...

Music stops
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Summary arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 04, 2009, 04:53:44 PM
And to end this special, the bloopers, things that were "editted" out from the arcs such as errors and etcetera, enjoy!

Tales of the Abyss - Pleasantness

EarthBound arc

"This Hot Spring is very relaxing." Chris said with a towel above his head inside the hot spring, some Mr. Saturns were inside too. Lucario was near Chris.

"It soothens your soul and body, is very relax-"

"...What the..." Chris saw bubbles popping out from behind Lucario. "You're sick! Did you know that?!"

"W-what?!" Lucario asked blushing.

Below the water, we see a Mr. Saturn swimming just below Lucario, it made a happy expression as he kept making bubbles below the Aura Pokémon. "Stop that!"

"B-but it's not me!"

"BoINg!"

Super Metroid arc

"Can't let yo do that, Star Fox!" A voice shouted from somewhere.

"Star Fox? Since when this world was Corneria?" Chris asked confused, he started to inspect the room from the door, and the roof exploded making a hole in the process, and from it, a shadow cam- "Look out, there's a-"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"...Magma pool below you..." Chris said sweatdropping as the figure struggled to get out, but later it stopped and was scorched. "...Whoever that was, I feel sorry for him..."

Wind Waker arc

"RED CHU JELLY A LA VAATI FOR TONIGHT!" Link shouted hiding below a barrel.

"But we just ate that yesterday!" A Moblin shouted as the barrels where the 3 hid sweatdropped.

"Er...it's...also...with...um..."

"Toasted Veran Bread!" Chris added.

"What else?!" All the Moblins asked.

"...Um...Evil Onox Milk?" Lucario added.

"HELL YEAH!" All the Moblins yelled running away.

"Evil Onox Milk?" Chris and Toon Link asked confused when the trio revealed themselves.

"...Don't ask..." Lucario said looking away.

Melee arc

"Quick! Follow me!" Pichu ran to the left and Lucario and Chris followed him, getting away from the fight.

"Wait," Chris said returning to the spot, spotting a Hammer that he threw to the other side of the building, where it hit Falco and passed out. "That's for making my life miserable with the Team Falco on Intense mode, you retard!"

"Chris!" Lucario yelled taking his trainer with him.

"LET ME GO! I HAVE TO FINISH SOME BUSINESS WITH HIM!" Chris yelled.

"...Who was that voice?" Fox asked confused.

"...Well..." Link looked down to Falco, whistled and pushed him off the edge of the stage, as Fox stared at him with a glare. "...What?"

"You tell me."

"...Seriously, you have to change that face someday, it creeps me out." Link said with a bored face.

"Stop changing the subject!" Fox yelled annoyed.

Mystery Dungeon arc

"I..." Chris was hoping in the ground as he tried to get inside a pond, why?

Because he turned into a Magikarp.

"Can't...breathe...ugh..."

GAME OVER...sucker...

Star Fox: Assault arc

"Halt! Hands to the air!" A voice shouted from the top of a building pointing a blaster to them. They turned their heads and saw Fox on top of it.

"GET OFF THAT BUILDING!" Roy shouted.

"What?" Fox asked confused before the building collapsed, along with him who went down and rolled all the way to the 5 who looked down at him, his face buried on the street's floor. "...Don't...say...anything..."

"I swear," Chris said looking away annoyed. "Just because you're the hero of this world doesn't mean you have to do a good entrance to impress your spectators."

"Agreed." Pichu, Mewtwo, Lucario and Roy said nodding in unison.

Pokémon Diamond and Pearl arc

"O-ok...d-don't make any brusque move...w-we are just going to return to the cave..." Chris looked at the entrance of the cave they came from and there were a lot of Lucarios blocking the cave "...N-n-nevermind...w-w-we just wait for them to...k-k-kill us..."

Maylene blinked for a moment "W-w-wait...KILL US?!"

"I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!" Chris yelled and pointed at Maylene. "KILL HER! SHE TRIED TO START A REBELLION AGAINST LUCARIOS!"

"WHAT?!"

"GRRRRRRRRR!!!" All the Lucarios grunted in rage and they all ran after Maylene who tripped and then was attacked.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Maylene screamed at the top of her lungs.

"Why did you do that?!" Riley asked with a glare.

"It was you or her!" Chris protested as Cynthia laughed amused.

Pikmin arc

"Look out Roy!" Pichu shouted to Roy, the red haired swordsman saw the big fire shooting Bulborb running at him, he gulped and he ran away from him, the black Bulbear was shooting fire balls at Roy, who fortunately evaded all of them, Roy looked around for something to hide, he was running inside the pond, the Bulbear was still following him, but when the Bulbear felt the water on his feet, he looked down and...he died?

"Huh? What happened?" Roy asked, he approached carefully to the Bulbear, he poked it with his finger on the nose and it didn't budge.

"Is he dead?" Pichu asked poking his eye.

"Looks like it, maybe his weakness was the water and he die-" Pikachu was interrupted because they saw the black Bulbear swallow Roy in a comic fashion before it died. "...Well..."

"WHY ROY?!" Pichu asked as he cried in agony.

"Meh, we have Link and Marth in all matters anyway." Pikachu said as Pichu glared at him.

Mother 3 arc

"Wh-Who are you?!" Lucas asked terrified, the masked boy didn't reply and he continued to watch Lucas, then he looked at Chris.

"Why don't you tell us your name?!" Chris asked angrily before Lucas felt sick. "What?"

"I-I gotta pee!"

"NOT HERE, THAT'S GROSS!"

"...Tough luck." The masked boy commented awkwardly as they stared back at him. "..." The masked boy raised his sword.

"OH NO!" Both Lucas and Chris yelled terrorized.

Sonic Adventure 2: Battle arc

"We made it! We made it! We made it!" Both said singing.

"Alright, now we just need to hide them from the hedgehogs!" Chris said, Christopher nodded and he ducked to grab the Chaos Emeralds "Now we need to escape and the colony should stop from colliding with the Earth."

Chris and Christopher walked towards the long staircase but then...

"OH NO!" Chris said in shock after he saw a blue and a black blur coming from the other side of the big room, they passed right between Lucario and Jigglypuff and then they ran at high speed climbing the staircase and both were running towards Christopher, who was holding the 7 Chaos Emeralds. "...Oops?" Chris grabbed Christopher's shoulder, pulled him away and the 2 figures went soaring in the sky and crashed into the wall.

"...That was close..." Christopher said looking at Sonic and Shadow falling to the weird orange water. "Thanks."

"We, the kids with names starting with a "C", should help each other." Chris said with a proud smile.

"Heheh, maybe you're right."

Fire Emblem arc

Lyn was now ready to kiss Hector's lips, Serra was getting desperate for watching them approaching slowly to the other, Florina was also a little desperate, Guy's eyes widened a little and Erk couldn't resist but he looked at the scene.

As the lips of the other were almost closing in the other mouth, they closed their eyes to feel the kiss.

Until...

"OWW!" Serra was hit by a boot to her head.

"Huh?!" Lyn and Hector looked at the group. "What are you doing there?! Are you spying us?!" Lyn asked shocked as Chris, Roy and Marth ran to them.

"Roy, that's Lyn, not her!" Chris protested pointing at the fainted Serra (who had a dumb face).

"Well, what did you expect?!" Roy asked pointing at the couple. "They're perfectly in the center of the sun's rays! How could I throw the boot with perfect accuracy anyway if the sun blinded me?!"

Paper Mario: TTYD arc

Pit looked at the Bandit and he spotted something the buglar was holding in his hands. "Say, when did he get that gun...and that wallet, that credit card, that oddly shaped machine...and that filthy magazine?"

"...Actually, those are Falco's things." Ness said as they all glared at Falco.

"What?" Falco asked confused.

"Y-you read filthy magazines? Shame on you, shame on you!" Lucas yelled at him.

"Oh, shut up! GET BACK HERE!" Falco shouted raising a fist in the air and the Bandit ran away with Falco chasing him.

Twilight Princess arc

Wolf was now panting, this fight was so far the most dangerous to him, and who knew he was going to fight againts a wolf, what irony. "...Okay...now is time to get serious..." He said taking out his vest.

"YO-HOOOOO! YOU'RE SUCH A HUNK! Aww..." Nana yelled out loud as she fainted and rolled down the slope.

"...Okay?" Marth said confused.

"..." Wolf's eyes twitched and focused his sight on Link.

Tales of Symphonia arc

"Hey," Sheena looked around once they got to the Temple of Darkness. "Where are our friends with furs?"

At that moment, Raine came in with a satisfied smile. "Raine...don't tell me you..." Genis inched away from her sister who kept chuckling evily as she walked inside the temple.

Ness looked back at the entrance and gasped. "OH MY GOD, SHE DISSECTED THEM AFTER ALL!"

"...Can I have their Arwings? They look fun." Roy said as Chris facepalmed at this.

Kirby and the Amazing Mirror arc

"Nice to meet you Kirby," Chris said dropping to his knees to do a handshake to Kirby. "I'm Chris!"

"Hi! My name is Kirby!" Kirby greeted him, but then he narrowed his eyes at him. "...Hmm...you smell like cake...AAAAAAAAAAA."

"W-WAIT! NO!" Chris panicked as Kirby swallowed him inside his mouth. "HEEEEEEEELP!"

"...You still have issues with cakes's odors, don't you?" Nana asked facepalming with a frown.

Kirby spat Chris out. "But he tastes like strawberry cake..."

"...G-get away from me..." Chris said backing away.

Sonic Heroes arc

"E-everyone! What happened to you?!" Tails asked as he ran to them while he kept the green Chaos Emerald.

"Some lunatic used the huge pinball machine below to use us as the balls." Charmy said with swirl eyes pointing outside the window, Tails looked outside and realized that he accidentaly used all of them to win the emerald.

However, once he saw the counter, there was another different prize, it was a Turbo Engine 2500, with extra capacity to strengthen any kind of machinery in 3 seconds, with rechargeable batteries for all the life and eternity, oh yeah!

Tails smirked evily and walked to the group. "Oh...then too bad you all have to be the balls again..."

"...What?" Amy asked worried as Tails, with a simple kick, kicked them back down below in the machine as they screamed in horror while the 2-tailed fox played and played the pinball machine.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Tails laughed maniacally as thunders fell on the background, preventing anyone from hearing the screams of horror from the huge pinball machine.

Pokémon FireRed and LeafGreen arc

"Well, I heard somebody yelling from over there, let's go!" Pikachu said and most of them stared at him in surprise. "...What?"

"...THAT PIKACHU JUST TALKED!" Maylene said surprised.

"Hahaha! Pikachu got busted!" Pichu said and he received the same stares. "...Oops..."

"THAT PICHU TOO!"

"Stop talking!" Jigglypuff said and received more odd stares. "...Oh no..."

"WHAT IS GOING ON HERE?!"

"WE," The trio looked at her with big eyes. "ARE YOUR FATHERS!"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Maylene fainted as the trio fell on their backs and began to laugh loudly at this.

"...They're my fathers?" Reggie asked pointing down at them.

"No!" Chris said annoyed.

Metroid Prime 2: Echoes arc

"...I hoped it was a One-Hit KO, but it wasn't!" He glanced at Fox, Falco and Wolf. "And if they were helping us, this battle could have been easier!"

Wolf Kirby ran to them. "What If I suck them together in my mouth? I could get a random ability!"

"Do it!" Chris ordered and Wolf Kirby left his ability go.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAA."

"UAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Fox, Falco and Wolf yelled loudly as Kirby swallowed the 3, then after 5 seconds, he spat them out and started to shine brightly. "...What the hell?" Wolf asked shocked as everyone saw Kirby shining brightly.

"Oh...my...god..." Chris said blinking surprised as the light blinded the entire room and...

...Kirby was there, blinking bored when it stopped.

"...Nothing happened?" Samus asked confused.

"No, eww..." Kirby shuddered. "They don't have a good flavor...they stink all together..."

"...Hey!" Fox, Falco and Wolf argued.

F-Zero GX arc

"How ironic, out there is the key word here now." Ness said crossing his arms, half-bored.

"Ask Marth! He maybe knows a way to get out of here!" Nana suggested and they looked at Marth.

"Hey, Marth, do you how to get out of this annoying barrier?"

Marth scratched the back of his head. "I'm not good at technology, so I'm afraid I don't know."

"We're screwed."

"Totally." They replied in unison.

"...So..." Ness took out a hand of cards. "Want to play a game of cards?"

"I'm in." Popo said rubbing his palms together.

"So am I." Nana said sitting on the floor.

"C-can I play too?" Lucas asked sitting on the floor.

"Me too?" Pichu asked.

Link looked down at them annoyed as his cartoon self sat as well. "We're watching a fight for our lifes, and all you can do now is play a card game?"

"Yeah." The young Smashers replied as they focused their minds into the game.

"...Roy?" Link looked shocked at Roy who was playing cards as well.

"I-ah, well, it's the best thing to do now!" Roy protested. "Aw, crap! Now how am I going to get over that card?!"

Final Fantasy 9 arc

"Wait...if you know my name, did anyone name Sir Fratley told you?!" Freya asked shocked.

"Of course," Chris said simply. "Also, Fratley lost his memory in an unexplained event once Burmecia, that is in Cleyra right now since the original city was devastated, is now living on a tree, to sum that up, your screen time will not be so common that you will act like a supporting character after Cleyra is destroyed, not only that, you should assault Alexandria before it attacks Cleyra and steals the jewel of your king."

Freya couldn't help but stare at him in shock. "...What was all that you just said now?"

"I...don't...know..."

"...You suck, totally and to the core."

"I know." Chris said with a bored face.

Music stops

Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance arc

"And we're here gathered today to say our farewells to Greil, leader of the Greil Mercenaries." Roy said as they buried Greil on his tomb close to the headquarters.

"Father..." Mist buried her face in her hands and Ike hugged her.

"May the blessing of Tellium go with him to the heaven." Soren said.

"It will..." Titania said looking down. "...It will..."

"I'm going to miss that guy," Popo sniffed. "He was my hero..."

"Popo, you didn't look him as your hero, your hero is a pumpkin." Nana said frowning.

"Oh right, Mr. Pump-em-up, he's awesome."

"Would you stop?" Marth said annoyed.

Tales of the Abyss - Pleasantness

Mario sports arc

"Wow, that was fast..." Yoshi trailed off as he shook his head later. "Whatever! Let's drink one last time to celebrate!"

"Alright! Twink, Geno, Lucario, Kirby, Olimar, drink up!" Jigglypuff said cheerfully as the team drank their drinks in unison...

...Before spitting it out between them, since they were in a circle as they coughed.

"OH, GOD!" Squirtle said shocked.

"I know! This soda has 0.1 percent proteins! You know how bad this is for my health?! I need even more proteins than this thing!" Jigglypuff complained.

"Wait..." Chris began to tilt. "...Whyyyyyy is everything spinning...hic?!"

"Yoshi...you idiot..." Fox muttered as he blushed awkwardly. "This is not soda...is beer...hic..."

"Suuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuh-weeeeeeeeeeeeet...hic!" The group said in unison hiccuping and giggling.

"Oooooooohhhhhh......sh(BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!)t...hic..." Yoshi said giggling like an idiot.

Partners in Time arc

"Who's the cute little baby?!" Chris asked holding B. Riolu in his arms. "Who's the cute little baby?!"

"Ri!" B. Riolu raised his hand and both rubbed their noses together. "Ri ri ri riiii!!"

"You're the cute little baby! MOUTH-TO-TUMMY ATTACK!" Chris yelled placing his mouth on B. Riolu's stomach and he began to blow air at it, making weird but funny noises that B. Riolu was giggling happily.

"...Kid...you're sick..." Wolf commented with a disgusted face as he walked away, his baby self begging for the same action.

Sonic Riders arc

"...Who's that handsome guy over there?!" Wave yelled as she pushed Falco away. "Hello! My name is Wave the Swallow, nice to meet you, who are you? Can I have your phone number please please please PLEASE?!"

"...What?" Ike asked looking to another direction.

"..." Falco had his jaw wide open at this.

And for the end...the preview of the next chapter!

"...B-b-b-brr..." Estelle embraced herself as she looked to the sky covered in grey clouds during the night. "T-t-the climate is getting cold...so cold...it's going to snow I think..."

Not sooner she said that, snow began to fall quietly from the sky as she blinked.

"...I-I-I need to find some place to get warm...huh?" Estelle looked at the left side of the forest she just got out from and smiled a little. "T-t-that mansion probably has a chimney...b-b-but will the owners let me in for the night?"

And so...we continue to the next part of the adventure...only the disc 2...2 more remaining...

...Or...

...Are there 4 discs in total? Or just only 2?...

...Only you will find the truth...if you're aware of this adventure...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 05, 2009, 05:21:15 PM
Chapter 101: Mission: Kidnap the World Traveler

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Ugh..."

"Lord Tabuu, you have been grunting over the loss against the Smashers again."
The Ancient Minister said.

"I still cannot believe those 3, along with Galleom got defeated at the last moment just when we were going to get the World Traveler in our hands." Tabuu said grunting silently.

"They are currently in recuperation, Galleom itself needs to be repaired as well, the Shadow Bugs alone are not enough to build his weapons back." The Ancient Minister looked away. "...Perhaps it's time to plan a kidnapping on their own home?"

"We still have 3 of those guardians left."

"Are you talking about the other 2 who are guarding Kalmar?"

"Exactly, those 2 are now beginning their orders just as we told them before."

"...I see...should we send the Axem Rangers and kidnap the World Traveler while he's weak?"

"Wait, the World Traveler is weak?"

"It appears so according to the reports when we got our forces back," The Ancient Minister looked at him. "Galleom's internal memory managed to scan his status, and he's currently out of commision as we speak."

"Lord Tabuu!" Axem Red came from the darkness and kneeled to them. "We're ready to use the Blade and carry out our orders, it's about darn time we act after all, please give us a chance!"

"You're also going to use the power of Klevar just in case." The Ancient Minister said.

"Right...the Star Spirit...why didn't we think of using their powers when we were guarding them?"

"Because you'll only use it since we don't plan to give you 5 the Shadow Bugs."

Axem Red jumped in shock. "W-what?! T-then we're going there defenseless?!"

"Do you dare to question my plans?" Tabuu asked as energy gathered around him, Axem Red sweated and shook his head several times as the energy disappeared. "Good...now go and do not fail...or else..."

"Axem Rangers, MOOOOOOOOOOOOOVE OUT!" Axem Red commanded as voices were heard in the darkness of the Subspace before he disappeared.

"...Only 2 Star Spirits left...at this rate, we will not have any progress at all..."

"We'll just have to think about something...may I suggest, perhaps, some kind of upgrades?"

"Upgrades? What do you mean by that?"

"Somewhere around Galleom's data managed to get a look of their special abilities they obtained out of nowhere."

"Ah...yes, they do show some kind of special power...the Final Smash..."

"And since we have 3 minions that are of their kind, do you think you can grant them the same powers as them?"


Tabuu began to think. "...That is not a hard task to do, once they are healed, we will surprise them the next time they use their Final Smashes..." Tabuu said chuckling before he teleported away.

The Ancient Minister looked away. "...This is not the time yet to get out from this living nightmare...we need more time...curses..."

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest (Rebuilding rate of the city: 50 percent completed so far)
Soon-to-be completed inn

"..." Yuri looked around and sighed. "...It's too quiet now..."

"Well," Rita began as she closed her book. "Estelle, Karol and that pervert old man always are making some kind of mishaps to make some sort of fun, that's why everything is so quiet around here."

"I'm beginning to worry about Estelle though," Judith said rubbing her chin. "It has been a while ever since she left...do you think something happened to her?"

Yuri facepalmed and frowned. "Guess she got kidnapped after all...darn, she doesn't understand at all."

"If you want, I'll go and look for her, who knows? Maybe she's fine."

"Or either she got lost as the other 3." Rita said frowning rolling her eyes.

"...Fine Judith, go, but come back here with all of them." Yuri said with a nod as Judith chuckled.

"I'll be fine, remember, I'm quite tough in battles, even if there are many enemies trying to kill me." Judith said as she walked out of the inn, leaving the dark-purple haired swordsman and the genius mage alone.

"...What?" Rita asked as she noticed Yuri staring at her.

"Nothing." Yuri said simply with a sigh.

"...You better not think anything funny..." Rita said with a serious voice as Yuri blinked.

"Why me? I'm not the old man."

"But you're the magnet of troubles, even Karol agreed with that, I mean, you were imprisoned once and that Zagi gu-"

"Alright, alright, I'm a magnet of troubles, now, stop it." Yuri said annoyed looking away.

"Tsk, fine." Rita said looking away as well as a silence fell in the inn.

Smash Mansion
Outside

It was getting late now, or to tell the truth, it was almost night in the Smash Mansion, there were strong winds during the sunset that was almost going to disappear and call the night in. It was also very cloudy.

...Though there was something odd with the clouds covering the sky...

But for now, we focus our view to a girl with royal clothes (though they looked like for battle as well) embracing herself from the cold winds, it was Estelle, the same friend of Karol, Raven and Repede, she was walking out from the forest as she sneezed a little.

"...B-b-b-brr..." Estelle embraced herself as she looked to the sky covered in grey clouds during the night. "T-t-the climate is getting cold...so cold...it's going to snow I think..."

Not sooner she said that, snow began to fall quietly from the sky as she blinked.

"...I-I-I need to find some place to get warm...huh?" Estelle looked at the left side of the forest she just got out from and smiled a little. "T-t-that mansion probably has a chimney...b-b-but will the owners let me in for the night?"

The princess walked slowly to the mansion, which had lights on and she thought there were people living there.

"O-o-of course they're going to let me rest for the night, n-n-nobody can be upset during this c-c-climate if I ask nicely, r-r-right?" Estelle asked as she walked and walked towards the mansion.

Mewtwo's Room

"GUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!"

"Lucario, stop right now!"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!"

Mewtwo had a really bad time to control Lucario's anger, once their meditations began, the Psychic Pokémon had to be extremely careful from Lucario's aura, the Aura Pokémon has been very upset and furious that he tried to kill Mewtwo using Aura Storm whenever he got the necessary amount of power to call forth his devastating attack.

Luckily, Mewtwo enforced the walls to prevent the destructive streams of aura destroy the entire mansion, once they touched the walls, they would vanish once Lucario finished.

Unfortunately, strengthening the walls took a lot of Mewtwo's power, so he practically was left vulnerable to any attack as he tried to teleport from place to place.

Raven's Room

And more unfortunately, the attacks from the Aura Pokémon were strong enough to make trembles that shook the mansion from time to time, even reaching Raven's room all the way up.

We find the old man trying to sleep peacefully (after having a serious training with Toon Link and bows), but the trembles made him grumble a lot of times as he tried to find the perfect position to lay down on his bed.

Finally, after some shakes, he covered his head with the pillow. "Would you please let an ol' man like me get his beauty sleep?!" Raven yelled in the pillow annoyed.

Mewtwo's Room

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!!" Lucario roared furiously aiming his extremely powerful Aura Spheres to Mewtwo, who tried to teleport away in time from all the spheres that were trying to collide with his body.

"(It's no use...if this keeps going on...soon he will kill me and everything will be over!)" Mewtwo thought as he barely avoided an Aura Sphere, but that move managed to reach a part of his arm and he quickly felt a strong pain that he grabbed his arm and dropped to the floor on his right knee. "U-ugh...stop it..."

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRR...." Lucario found Mewtwo twitching in pain and he walked towards him, where he looked down to him and showed his fangs. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..."

"This is...stupid..." Mewtwo muttered as Lucario raised his right fist with intense aura covering it, Mewtwo's eyes widened for a moment before closing them.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRGGGGG-...huh?!" Lucario blinked confused and Mewtwo looked up with a surprised expression, the aura around Lucario began to vanish and the Aura Pokémon recovered his conscience. "...No..." Lucario muttered as he looked around.

"What is...it?" Mewtwo asked confused.

"No, Chris, his aura is very weak, where is he?!" Lucario demanded looking around the room as Mewtwo lowered the shields off the wall and glowed for a moment.

"...I presume he just arrived... (Thank god...)" Mewtwo said and thought respectively as Lucario ran out from the room, leaving Mewtwo behind as he stood up, recovering his energies after he vanished the shields. "...If we keep up with the training...then there is a high possibility that he will kill us all...after he is done with me..." The Psychic Pokémon shook his head. "No...such a thing won't happen here as long as we stop...maybe...Chris himself can calm down his anger...just a possibility..."

Command Room

"He's weak, he's barely breathing as well," Marth said putting his hand on Chris's forehead as C. Falcon carried him. "...I can't believe he has this temperature on his forehead..."

"Then that means he has a fever?" Pikachu said as he then looked annoyed. "That was it? He just suffered from a fever?" Pikachu jumped to Chris and put his hand on his forehead. "...Wow...this fever literally burns up your hand in 4 seconds..."

"Master Hand, can you do something about it?" Nana asked.

"Don't look at me, I can't cure fevers and I'm not some sort of doctor either!" Master Hand pointed out. "Besides, even Heart Containers won't heal him, they can only cure wounds, not sicknesses!"

"CHRIS!" Lucario's voice was heard from the halls, the Pokémon stopped right in front of his weakened trainer and took him on his arms. "Chris?! Chris?! Answer me!"

"..." Chris only moaned silently.

"...What happened to you?" Lucario muttered worried.

"I guess he got overexerted," Meta Knight as they stared at him. "You were fighting in the desert, am I right?"

"Now that you mention it..." Popo thought. "It felt kind of hot in there..."

"Says the kid who wears a parka all the time." Link said rolling his eyes.

"No, really," Ness said. "It felt hot in there, but we just ignored it during the whole fight."

"And you also failed to convince Sonic to join us." Master Hand pointed out.

"That's not important right now! I want him to be cured!" Lucario yelled angrily.

"Calm down you," Master Hand said. "First...since we don't want to mess up with Sonic's story...Crazy, time to use that!"

"Oh! Oh! We're going to use our extremely, powerful, magical, awesome hand powers?!" Crazy Hand asked floating towards his brother in excitement.

"...Okay, whatever you're going to do, please don't make any kind of error or something." Nana said.

"Bah," Master Hand said as both him and Crazy Hand glowed. "We're going to use our powers to...let's say, advance the entire adventures of Sonic in 10 seconds."

"You can do that?" Red asked.

"I'm certain they can, I mean, I haven't got the chance to see what they can do, rather than teleporting or such." Pit said.

"Once you fight them, you'll see." Yoshi said.

"Alright!" Master Hand said as the hands pointed at the screen where Sonic was racing against Jet in the garden, they all looked at the screen (except for Lucario who was staring down his fainted trainer) as both hands began to glow even brighter than before. "Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaand...begin."

Before their eyes, Sonic quickly finished the whole race, defeated the Babylon Guardian, went to Soleanna despite Chris's warnings (and C. Falcon gave him a thumbs-up after Sonic kissed Elise), went inside a book where he crashed and crashed and crashed, somewhere between those adventures he also met a purple cat with fire powers, until about 10 minutes (instead of 10 seconds), the entire magic stopped and the hands dropped to the floor as Master Hand opened a portal, panting heavily with his brother.

"...Someone...go there...and bring Sonic here...ugh..." Master Hand said panting heavily.

"I-I'll go if you don't mind..." Olimar said stepping inside the portal. "...Oh my! Carry him!"

"What's going on now?" Toon Link asked as Olimar came back from the portal, motioning his hands to him.

"Steeeeeeeady...steeeeeeady..." Olimar said as they all saw a very schoked Sonic (embracing himself as he tremble a lot of times) while the Pikmins carried him to the mansion, then the portal closed with his friends saying good bye to him...though they were studdering a lot as him.

...And just to make it official...

NEWCOMER!

Sonic joined your team!... For real this time!

"H-h-h-hey you guys..." Sonic said studdering uncontrollably waving at them in a slow pace.

"What's wrong with you?" Roy asked.

"E-e-e-ever feel that your life flashed through your eyes in 10 minutes at a very insane speed that I couldn't handle so w-w-w-well?"

"...No?" Kirby said confused.

"W-w-w-w-w-w-well...guess what?" Sonic asked as he stopped trembling, jumped off the Pikmins and stood up with his usual grin. "That had to be the BEST experience in my life before! Oh yeah! I want more already!"

"Too...bad..." Master Hand muttered in pain as Sonic looked down to him. "I'm...not a...tool...for your...fun..."

"...Who's that?"

"You could say he's our boss...sadly..." Marth said muttering the last part.

"..." Sonic shook his head and smiled a little. "So!" The hedgehog looked around at all the Smashers staring at him. "This is supposed to be my new home for now? Wow, lots of guys around here..." Sonic looked at Zelda, Jigglypuff and Nana. "...Well, mostly guys anyway."

"Ahahaha," Zelda smiled heartily. "Oh, don't worry, there are going to be more women around here shortly, just wait."

"But why do I have the feeling it's the opposite?" Nana whispered to Jigglypuff.

"...Hey, is he still down?" Sonic asked pointing at Chris. "I haven't seen you for a while now that I remember..."

"Yeah," Popo chuckled. "And we just saw you 20 minutes ag-"

SMACK!

"What was that again?" Sonic asked raising an eyebrow.

"Heheheheh, don't listen to my brother, he has some nuts out from his brain..." Nana said chuckling as she sweated.

"...Wait," Falco looked to a destroyed computer, a very beaten one to be accurate. "What happened to that CPU?"

Roy looked at Ike, who was still trying to stay in the conversation. "...Let's just say Ik-"

"You have e-mail." A computer besides Ike called out.

"RUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAA!!!" Ike quickly took off his bandana, grabbed Ragnell and smashed up the crap out of the very same computer, everyone backed away scared as the barbari-I mean, Ike the barbari-I mean, Ike continued to smash up the computer.

"Oh...come on!" Master Hand said annoyed. "Just how...many e-mails...from my cousin Glover...need to be...destroyed before I get the time to read them?!"

"It's the second time he destroys a computer." Meta Knight pointed out.

"When he came in before when you were battling, the computer just sounded with another e-mail and he went all insane on it." Squirtle pointed out as Ike panted heavily and shifted his eyes awkwardly.

"Must...destroy...startling...things..." Ike panted heavily staring at the other computers.

"...Sheesh, I was like that before?" Toon Link asked embarrassed.

"In a few words," Roy said closing his eyes with a bored face. "Let's just say Ike acts like a barbarian around technology."

"He will get used to it," Marth said. "I'll give him a hand."

"AHEM." Lucario coughed and they looked back at him. "Must I remind you all that Chris is not feeling well?!"

"Oh, right," DK said. "He should be resting for now..."

Diddy sneezed and embraced himself. "A-a-a-and to tell the truth, it's getting very cold here..."

"The climate changed really quick actually," Red said. "It's snowing outside right now."

"And it's not going to be great for Chris's fever either." Fox said.

"...No!" Lucario said as he ran towards his room with Chris together, who was coughing a little.

"...So..." Sonic looked at them. "That means no missions or places?"

"Afraid so." Pikachu said with a nod.

"Damn, I wanted so badly to go around a world."

"...Bu-"

"DON'T remind of the rules, please." Sonic said a little annoyed.

"Whatever." Roy said as he walked to Ike and patted his back. "Now now Ike, no need to destroy mor-"

"You got e-mail, don't destroy me. You got e-mail, don't destroy me." A computer said and begged with its monotone voice.

"RUUUUUUAA-"

"Oh, stop it!" Link said grabbing Ike by the arms and the blue haired swordsman struggled to get off.

"LET ME GO! I MUST DESTROY THAT!" Ike yelled trying to reach the computer.

"...As I've said before, I'm surrounded by lunatics..." Wolf said frowning.

"You!" Sonic pointed at him and used a quick Homing Attack that slammed Wolf to the wall. "Want more? Huh?!"

"You...stupid...hedgehog!" Wolf muttered on the floor as he glared up to Sonic. "I'm on this stupid team with all of these idiots!"

"...Oh, you should've said that before." Sonic said crossing his arms as Fox walked to him.

"Good job." Fox whispered as Wolf snarled when he got up.

"Yes man, good job." Falco said whispering to Sonic with a grin.

"Tsk." Wolf looked away with crossed arms.

Hallway

The scene now changes over the darkness of a corner, where we see a box...or more accurately, a cardboard box with someone inside, it began to move slowly around with the Prinnies not even caring about the little box going by its own. "I'm in, I made it to the mansion."

There was Snake inside the box, but maybe you saw that coming.

"Good," Colonel said. "Now do you need reminders of the mission?"

"Get the kid, bring him to the headquarters and interrogate him about this deal of worlds, the Subspace Army and the recordings of this entire crap." Snake said rolling his eyes annoyed.

"Snake," Mei Ling got in the transmission. "Just be careful, we're not the people that do kidnappings, but since this is an order from the Colonel, then we don't have much of a choice, do we?"

"Yeah, I know." Snake said.

"Remember," Otacon got in the transmission as well. "Don't get spotted, you could handle a fight with one of them, but if they're more than 2, then you're in for one hell of a nutshell, Snake."

"Hmph, I'm pretty well equipped for myself, thank you very much." Snake said sarcastically.

"Snake..."

"Don't worry about him," Mei Ling said with a chuckle. "With the special device to prevent him from being spotted by hidden cameras of security that you gave him, Snake should be pretty much fine alone now that he's equipped with it."

"...W-well, that's true but..." Otacon was interrupted.

"Stop it. Anyway, go on and good luck." Colonel said as the codec ended.

"Dood, I just heard this box talking, dood!" A Prinny said pointing at the box.

"Dood, you're stupid, boxes don't talk, dood." His Prinny friend said as they walked away.

"Idiocy," Snake said as he began to move. "Such scattered sickness..."

Lucario's Room

"..." Chris was laying on his bed, covered in mantles with a wet towel on his head as Lucario was kneeled right besides him, as the storm of snow increased in speed outside.

"...Master..." Lucario muttered taking Chris's right hand. "...Please...be fine soon..."

"...Lu...ca...rio..."

"Huh?!" Lucario's ears perked up a little and smiled a bit. "C-Chris?!"

"...You're...he...re...Lu...ca...rio?"

002 - Putting Words Together

Lucario's eyes began to tremble a little and he got closer to Chris. "Y-yes...are you feeling alright?"

"..." Chris slowly shook his head while he inhaled air and exhaled it.

"...I should've been with you there...but I didn't...ugh!" Lucario punched the floor with his left fist and closed his eyes. "Forgive me, please!"

"Plea...se..." Chris muttered as Lucario looked worried at him. "Don't...be...so...harsh...to...you...it...wasn't...your...fault..."

"But..." Lucario's eyes began to fill with tears.

"...I'm...just...glad...that...I'm...he...re...with..."

"...Y-yes?" Lucario asked getting closer in anticipation.

"..." Chris fainted back and Lucario gasped.

"...N-no! Please, don't leave me! I-it's stupid to die with a strong fever!" Lucario's ears perked up again and he grunted at the door to find a shadow standing there.

"U-um...p-pardon me, but fever can't kill anyone..." The shadow was Flonne, who was quite worried about Lucario. "...H-hi..."

"...It's you..." Lucario said before looking back at Chris, the Aura Pokémon tried not to sob in front of the Angel Trainee. "...Please...leave us alone..."

"B-but..." Flonne looked to Chris. "...He seems to be in a bad shaped...and...I wondered if you...wanted me to heal him..."

Lucario blinked in shock and stood up, looking directly to Flonne's eyes. "Please, heal him! I can't stand him being in pain in front of me!"

"A-alright! J-just let me concentrate!" Flonne said calling her staff and she pointed it to Chris. "...Prin-Prinny-Pan-PRINNYCA!"

A light went down to Chris and he glowed for a moment, but after it stopped, Chris was still fainted as he ihnaled and exhaled air in a fast pace.

"...It's no use..." Flonne said looking down. "...I'm not that experienced to heal wounds..."

"B-but the other day you healed him when I-" Lucario blushed and looked away, not wanting to remember the last time he crushed Chris. "...N-nevermind..."

"...If you were wondering why I healed him back then..." Flonne began to tap her shoes a little. "...It's because...it was pure luck..."

"Luck?" Lucario questioned.

"Y-yes..." Flonne closed her eyes slowly. "I was really happy when you all let me stay here until you found the place where Laharl is...and...maybe my emotions had something to do with it...it's just an angel's wishful thinking, don't mind me." Flonne said with a heartly chuckle, but then sighed.

"..." Lucario looked back to Chris. "...Even so...thanks for trying..."

"...You're welcome." Flonne said walking away to the door.

"...Wait."

"Yes?" Flonne looked at Lucario, who closed his eyes and wiped some tears from them.

"...If you want...I don't mind if you want to stay here..."

"..." Flonne smiled a little and blinked. "I'd like so." Flonne said chuckling as she sat besides Lucario.

"W-wait, don't get too close to me." Lucario said blushing.

"Oh, I just wanted to make an apology for shooting you with my arrows the other day."

"But not by invading m-" Lucario stopped when Flonne began to scratch his head, between his ears as Lucario got surprised. "W-why are you doing this?"

Flonne closed her eyes and giggled a little. "Well, I can't help it, you look like a dog in some ways to me, and...to be honest..." Flonne blushed a little. "...You're kind of cute."

Lucario blushed and looked away. "...T-that's not..."

"Oh, come on!" Flonne said before she hugged Lucario (which made him blush even more). "You have to make friends with anyone someday!"

"(...F-friends with anyone someday?!)" Lucario thought shocked as he looked to Chris again. "(...He told me to make friends sooner or later...and he wishes it too...) ...Flonne..."

"Yes?" Flonne asked.

"...Thank you for being so considerate to me..."

"...Oh, thank you so much! That made me so happy!" Flonne said hugging Lucario tightlier.

Lucario closed his eyes with a smile. "(...And to tell the truth...your aura is as peaceful as Chris's...)"

Music stops

Another hallway

There was another shadowy hallway where 5 figures were chuckling evily to themselves, they were the Axem Rangers, who managed to infiltrate the mansion by the windows. "Hahahahahaha!" Axem Red laughed. "Now, with the special devices that prevent us from being detected by any kind of security cameras, will make this even easier!"

"Shh." Axem Black looked annoyed to him. "Shut up, even if you're my leader that doesn't mean you have the authority to laugh out loud, remember, there are people living in this place."

"People that can kill us to be precise." Axem Green said.

"Oh, thank you, now you made my makeup get sweaty!" Axem Pink complained. "A girl should respect her own skin, I mean, look! I look like I, like, gained 2 pounds an-"

"Shut up!" Axem Red yelled angrily. "We have a mission, remember? Kidnap the kid who's been causing trouble for Tabuu and the whole army?"

"But I'm hungryyyyy..." Axem Yellow said rubbing his stomach.

Axem Red facepalmed. "Great, everyone has a complain, is there any other complain you want to say?"

"No." The 4 Axem Rangers responded.

"Good, now let's get going, the sooner we end this, the better we will be close to get a new rank in the army." Axem Red said as he began to walk along the dark hallway with his team.

"Oh, do you think they offer new makeup accesories for bigger ranks?" Axem Pink asked with her eyes shining a little. "Because I could like so totally use a new oil cream!"

"...People would be confused why do we use oil as cream...don't spread that around." Axem Black whispered.

"Hey...you guys..." Axem Yellow called.

"Yes?" The other asked.

"I'm hungry..."

"...You're always hungry!" The others yelled as they quickly hid in the darkness after more Prinnies came down the hall.

"Dood, I think I heard something coming from here, dood." A Prinny said.

"Dood, you're thinking...things, dood." Another Prinny said as they walked away, ignoring the 10 eyes looking at them.

"Penguins? What are penguins doing here?" Axem Green asked as they revealed themselves.

"Who knows, these "Smashers" may as well be crazy enough and have pets like them around..." Axem Red said before he shook his head. "Okay, no more interruptions, move on, to our target!"

"Roger." The others whispered as they walked through the halls.

Command Room

"A-CHOO!" Red sneezed and embraced himself. "I-i-i-it's getting so cold in here..."

"W-w-well..." Ivysaur looked up to him as his teeth cracked a little. "W-w-what did you expect? W-w-w-we're in the middle of a blizzard!" Ivysaur looked at Squirtle. "...H-h-h-how come you're not g-g-g-getting cold?"

"Duh, I'm a water type," Squirtle said with a chuckle. "Water types don't get all that cold."

"Aww..." Master Hand sighed with pleasure near a big pot of coffee. "It feels so nice after taking a sip of hot coffee..."

"But I thought you 2 were knocked out a minute ago." Roy said (standing besides Ike, tied up in a chair as he struggled to get Ragnell close to him).

"And how did you drink the coffee? I though you didn't have any mouth?" Olimar asked confused.

"It's a mystery that we don't want to reveal," Crazy Hand said (trembling a lot because of the coffee). "So sucks to be you, suckers!"

"We don't care actually," C. Falcon glancing at Falco. "...Why's your color so pale?"

Falco was embracing himself as he sneezed every time he talked or either 10 seconds passed, his usual deep blue color became pale, along with his red feathers around his eyes. "W-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-well, i-i-i-i-i-i-i-it's so c-c-c-c-c-c-c-c-cold in here...m-m-m-m-m-m-m-my f-f-f-f-f-f-feathers are s-s-s-s-s-s-s-s-s-starting to g-g-g-g-g-g-g-g-get cold... ACHOO!"

"Falco hates cold, that's pretty much it." Fox explained as Falco glared at him.

"O-o-o-o-o-o-o-oh, s-s-s-s-s-s-s-says the o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-one with f-f-f-f-f-f-f-f-f-f-fur...ACHOO!"

Wolf smirked. "Sucks to be a stupid bird right now."

"S-s-s-s-s-s-s-s-shut u-u-u-u-u-u-up, y-y-y-y-y-y-you! ACHOO!"

"It won't be any good to stay here," Zelda said. "You should be resting in your bed."

"T-t-t-t-t-t-t-thanks...t-t-t-t-t-that w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-would b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-be s-s-s-s-s-s-s-so n-n-n-n-n-n-nice r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-r-ight n-n-n-n-n-n-n-now..." Falco said trembling as he left the room. "ACHOO!"

"No wonder why's so easy to get him in an ice shard during the fights." Nana commented.

Just at that moment, a cardboard box happened to walk slowly in front of the command room, however, nobody noticed it getting across their sight.

"We may as well rest for today," Master Hand said. "I'm sure you're all getting cold as well."

"(Shoot, I took the wrong route to the kid.)" Snake thought irritated as he found the Smashers looking at Master Hand. "(...However, since they don't know about my presence, I'm so well-hidden.)"

Main Lobby

It the darkness and loneliness of the main lobby, we see the main door of the mansion opening up with snow getting inside, with a closer look, we see Estelle entering inside as she closed the door behind her, wiping out some snow from her head as she looked around.

"H-hello?" Estelle called walking through the darkness. "I-it's anybody in here? Hello?" Estelle walked around some more, not noticing that a security system alarm was going to be activated by her. "(Why was the door left opened? It's this place abandoned?) Hello?"

"Who's there?" Etna peeked her head from the kitchen and Estelle looked at her. "Are you around these parts?"

"Oh, I'm so happy to find someone in this place, I thought it was abandoned!" Estelle said joining her hands together in front of her lap. "Oh, sorry for not introducing myself, my name is Estellise Sidos Heurassein, or you can call me Estelle for short."

"...That's a pretty long name you have there..." Etna remarked with a bored face as Estelle sweatdropped. "...I'm Etna if you were wondering."

"Oh, I see now," Estelle said with a bow. "I was asking myself if I could stay here for the night because there's a strong snowstorm outside, would you mind?"

"Well," Etna cleaned one of her ears. "You can, but you need first to ask the hand of this place, he's the owner."

"...A hand? Like his hand runs the whole place?"

Etna blinked confused at her. "Er...you could say that...anyway," Etna stepped out of the kitchen and walked to her (Estelle was wondering if she was wearing a costume by the tail and wings on her back, but decided not to because she thought it would be rude). "If you want, I could ask him."

"Oh, thank you so mu-"

"INTRUDER SPOTTED, REPEAT, INTRUDER SPOTTED." The alarms blared out as Estelle looked around for the source of the voice.

"W-what was that just now?" Estelle asked.

"(Oh, brother, don't tell me this mansion has a security system and took her as an intruder...hey, come to think of it, why didn't the alarm activate when I infiltrated this place?)" Etna asked to herself rubbing her chin.

Command Room

"There's an intruder here?" Ness asked. "And since when did you install an alarm?"

"Not so long, like in the morning actually." Master Hand pointed out.

"So, you think that intruder is someone of the Subspace Gang?" DK asked.

"DK, it's Subspace ARMY." Diddy pointed out.

"And good thing you didn't replace Subspace with Smithy," Geno said looking away. "...That bastard must stop now..."

"Hey, whatever happened to the card you got?" Mallow asked as Geno held it on his right hand.

"You mean this? It's no use to call her out yet, she needs to see Chris and give him her power before she goes away to the Star Haven." Geno explained as he hid the card behind his cape.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 07, 2009, 05:51:54 PM
"(Hmm...I might take information out of this people as well...)" Snake thought as he overheard the conversation. "(...Wait, but I thought the device would hide me from them...)"

"Who could that intruder be?" Pit asked.

"Maybe someone from the Subspace Army." Link said.

"There's an intruder in the mansion then...that means...LOCK DOWN ALL THE WINDOWS AND DOORS COMPUTER! WE HAVE AN INTRUDER IN THE MANSION!" Master Hand yelled out loud as alarms blared out through the entire mansion.

Snake cursed in his mind after this.

The windows, the doors leading outside, everything closed with hard iron walls coming down every mentioned thing, the mansion's lights turned on and there was no escape from anyone inside.

"(...Fu-)" Snake cursed more but was interrupted.

"That was really fast." DK said.

"Pfft, not as fast as me." Sonic said rolling his eyes.

"Who asked you about your speed?" C. Falcon asked.

"You just did."

"Stop it," Master Hand said. "So now, you guys will find that intruder and bring him or her or it here."

"Wait," Roy began. "You installed an alarm for security, yet you didn't install any kind of defense?" When Roy finished, Snake facepalmed on his head.

"Well...I have you all here to be the defense, right? You're not lazy people anyway, right?"

"...You're just taking advantage of us because it would cost you money," Meta Knight said as his eyes shone a green color. "Or to be precise, Chris's money that you 2 have gotten from."

Master Hand backed away a little. "Er...I...don't! I'm not that heartless and swap him away from his money!"

"You say godly-like things and say things like "you suck" when we "reach" the Final Destination stage," Link said. "By the way, when are we going to start the matches again?"

"Once we get...hmm...let's say 5 more Smashers, the plumbers, the princess, the intergalactic bounty hunter and another one."

"And the last one's name is..." Ivysaur trailed off.

"...You know what? Go around the mansion and find the intruder first!"

Everyone stared with bored looks at the hand before they began to leave.

"Should we do it too?" Twink asked to Mallow and Geno, they were already in a group.

"We're living here for the time being so why not?" Mallow asked as they left the room.

Either Snake had luck or they were so blind that they didn't see him in a corner. "...Odd, they didn't see me..."

"Popo, let's go! We have to find that intruder!" Nana complained as Popo was shown walking to the same cardboard box where Snake was hidding.

"But I want to sit..." Popo said jumping to the box and sat on top of it. "I'm going to rest above this box until we catch that guy." Snake cursed a lot in his mind after Popo layed down on the box.

"...Whatever, I don't need you." Nana said waving a hand up and down before she walked away.

"(Great, I'm stuck with this kid.)" Snake thought irritated as he heard snores. "(...Even harder than before...dangit.)"

And so, the mercenary was left stuck in there, too bad.

Lucario's Room

"W-what's just happened?!" Flonne asked as she saw the window blocked by an iron wall.

"I sense some odd auras inside the mansion," Lucario said as he began to grunt. "Those auras have a bad feeling...what?"

"What is it?"

"The auras...just disappeared from my reach..."

"B-but what are you going to do?"

Lucario stood up and looked at Chris. "...I'm going to stay here and take care of him, I promised I wasn't going to leave his side."

"..." Flonne pouted a little. "Then if you're going to stay here, I'm going to stay here too!"

"You don't have to..."

"But I was having a good conversation with you!"

Lucario blushed. "...Really, I don't want to bring the incident with the comb again..."

"Oh, you just sit here and let's keep an eye on him, shall we?" Flonne asked offering Lucario to sit in a chair with a smile.

"..." Lucario sighed and sat down on the chair, both beginning to talk between themselves.

Main Lobby

"W-what happened?! Am I stuck here?!" Estelle asked running to the door, which was blocked by an iron wall as well as the windows.

"Wow, they have a pretty good security system here." Etna said looking around.

"Miss Etna, dood!" A bunch of Prinnies came rushing down the stairs and stopped in front of her boss. "We heard there's an intruder in the mansion dood!"

"An intruder?" Etna looked to Estelle, who was wondering why were the small people in front of Etna wearing penguin costumes. "...But c'mon, she isn't an intruder."

"Intruder?" Estelle repeated tilting her head a little. "B-but I just stepped inside and...oh sorry!" Estelle bowed to them. "It was rude of me not to knock on the door first, many persons don't mind from where I come from, we just walk in and they greet us!"

"...Girl, you have some weird places." Etna said with a bored face.

"Man, what the hell is the fuss abou-OH NO!" Raven quickly hid behind the wall of the stairs once he saw Estelle, who looked at his direction confused.

"Wait, that voice I just heard was from Raven?" Estelle asked. "Oh yes, I'm also looking for a person named Raven, do you know him by any chance?"

"Raven? You mean an old man with long purple coat and a laidback attitude?" Etna asked and Estelle nodded. "Well, not too long ago we got an old man by that name too, he lives here."

"(DAMN YOU, DEMONIC-LOOKIN' GIRL!)" Raven thought desperated, he comically leaned to the wall and began to walk away as he was leaned to it.

"Oh!" Estelle made a happy expression. "Then can I meet him please and tell him to return with me to Dahngrest?"

"Sure, I don't see why not, follow me please." Etna said walking to the stairs with Estelle following her from behind.

"Dood, what are we gonna do?" A Prinny asked as both girls went away.

"Dood, let's just rest in our rooms, dood." Another Prinny suggested.

"Yeah, they'll handle the whole situation anyway dood." Another Prinny said nodding with his friends as they went away.

Hallway

"Shoot, they spotted us after all!" Axem Red said looking at the lights turning on.

"I knew getting these annoying devices wouldn't help us that much!" Axem Green complained.

"Oh my, what are we going to do now?" Axem Pink asked.

"We'll just have to be careful and move around from place to place," Axem Black said taking out his small axe. "And if we get to fight them..."

"...Then'll run, right?"

"...Sadly." Axem Black said.

"Wait, we're not chickens! We're the Axem Rangers!" Axem Red proclaimed lifting up his axe.

"...And?" Axem Green asked.

"And! We have a mission to get Tabuu's attention! And this is an important one!"

"But I'm hungry." Axem Yellow complained.

"You're always hungry," Axem Red muttered irritated. "So anyway, we need to be EXTREMELY CAREFUL now, lights are on, people are moving around this place, our escapes have pretty much been blocked and the kid is at our reach now!"

"...May I suggest to split up?" Axem Green asked.

"Oh, right! Divide and conquer! That always work!"

Axem Yellow's eyes widened. "Oh! Oh! Yes! That works too!"

"Weird, it's the first time I see you so excited."

Axem Yellow sweatdropped. "I-i-it's because I like to work alone...yeah, that's it..."

"I, like, so like that idea as well." Axem Pink said nodding.

"...Axem Rangers, SPLIT UP!" Axem Red commanded as the Axem Rangers disappeared in a blink of an eye.

Main Lobby

Final Fantasy Vlll - The Spy

We see a group walking in the main lobby, it was Olimar, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur and surprisingly Sonic (I bet this team wasn't that much seen either).

"So, do you know the mansion?" Sonic asked tapping his right foot a little. "I could use some pointers with all the rooms and such," Sonic knocked the iron walls a little. "And with this steel wall blocking my way outside, there's not much else to explore outside."

"We...er..." Olimar, Red, Ivysaur and Squirtle looked at each other. "...We don't know the mansion that well, I didn't bother to examine the place by my own." Red said.

"And I just know this place and some others as well." Olimar said.

"Well, then it's hopeless." Sonic said crossing his arms, making a bored look with closed eyes.

"Sorry if we couldn't help you that much." Ivysaur said.

"Nah, it's okay," Sonic looked at them. "I may as well run around at high speeds and just look by my own...u-ugh..."

"What's wrong?" Squirtle asked.

"It's just...I've been feeling really weird when night sets in...however though..." Sonic looked at the blocked entrance. "It's not that...strong to make me feel weird..."

"What? It's some kind of sickness?" Olimar asked.

Sonic shook his head. "No, it's like something inside me wants to take over my body and kill everything." The quartet backed away from him. "...But I'm fine! Perfectly fine!" Sonic said with a grin.

"Phew, I thought you were going to attack us now." Red said sighing in relief.

"When did you begin to feel that odd sensation?" Ivysaur asked.

"Ever since Chris fought that machine a long time ago, I was thrown into Eggman's weird machine that paralyzed me," Sonic closed his eyes. "Ever since that day, I've been feeling weird when night comes...however, it doesn't make any strong effect on me...for now at least."

"L-let's leave that aside and focus on what's happening now," Olimar suggested trembling a little. "Any idea where is that intruder?"

"Nope." The quartet said at the same time.

"...Okay, that's a progress now..." Olimar said scratching his helmet a little.

Another hallway

"Why did Master Hand build the mansion with so many floors?" C. Falcon asked as he, Link, Roy (apparently managed to calm Ike down for now since same swordsman was walking with them), Zelda and Marth were shown walking in a hallway as they examined the rooms.

"Because of the fact that we're too many?" Roy asked.

"Because of that exactly." Marth said with a nod.

"...What's that?" Ike asked.

"That's a lightbulb, it contains stored energy to make light." Zelda explained gently.

"And what's that?"

"That's a toilet, it's where you...do your business." Zelda said a little disgusted.

"Business like what?"

"...Marth, help me here." Zelda whispered to Marth.

"But why me?" Marth asked.

"I remind you that you were going to "give him and hand" am I correct?"

Marth sighed. "But if I do that, people will think I'm..."

"Oh please, everyone knows you're not a girl anymore."

"So what business is this?" Ike kept asking.

"Ugh, man, you have to keep on with technology," C. Falcon said as he hung his arm behind Ike. "Okay, do you want to know what kind of business is that?" Ike nodded. "Well..."

10 minutes later...

"...Eww." Ike said backing away.

"That's pretty much it." C. Falcon said with a grin, the others were utterly disgusted by now.

"...I need t-" Ike's mouth was blocked by Link.

"We don't WANT to hear that explanation again, thank you." Link said unblocking his mouth as the 6 resumed to search for the intruder.

Yet another hallway

"Nope, there isn't anyone suspicious around here either." Diddy said looking around.

"Great, now, would you please get off my head?!"

"What's the matter Fox? Annoyed by your new partner?"

It was another team, this time it was Fox, Diddy (on top of Fox's head), Wolf, DK and Pit.

"Seriously, what's your big idea anyway?" Fox asked annoyed after Wolf asked him with a smirk.

"Are you asking me or the monkey boy?" Wolf asked still with his smirk.

"Actually, BOTH."

"Oh, sorry Fox," DK said making a happy expression. "Diddy likes you so much, he thinks you're cool."

"Thank you for the remark," Fox said sarcastically as he rolled his eyes. "Now, Diddy, get off, right now, in this instant."

"Aww." Diddy looked down and jumped off from him.

"...I just can't help but wonder why we met somewhere else before...it was near...a pond?" Fox wondered.

"I think I met you before too, and I think it was in a...jungle? I don't know exactly, weird, isn't?" Diddy asked with a smile.

"...Who cares." Fox looked away.

"Moving on, that intruder." DK reminded them.

"Tsk, why should I be looking around for an intruder in the first place?" Wolf asked frowning. "I should be sleeping right now."

"Because we're supposed to catch this person," Pit said raising a finger. "Who knows if that person is here to kill us while we sleep."

"I can wake up before the shortest knife stabs my throat." Wolf pointed out.

"Like you could do that..." Fox muttered.

"What?"

"Nothing."

"Stop it, not this again." Pit said a little annoyed.

And YET another hallway

There was Toon Link, Ness, Lucas, Nana, Kirby and Jigglypuff walking around another hallway.

Then they encountered Raven, who was shifting his eyes around.

"Raven!" Toon Link called out and the old man looked at them.

"Oh, it's you kids." Raven said sighing in relief.

"It's something wrong?" Kirby asked.

"Yes," Raven shifted his eyes one last time and ducked to whisper them. "There's a friend of mine lookin' for me in this place, she got inside and that girl with demon wings told her I'm here."

"Oh crap!" Toon Link gasped.

"Yes, that's the same thing I thought, anyway, I need to stay away from Estelle or else I'll be Rita's dinner in no time!"

"Well, it was your fault to peek on her." Nana pointed out.

"But that's not an excuse to murder good ol' me with her meteors! Or dark arrows! Or water! Anything it's too dangerous!"

"Meh, no our problem." Ness said.

"Please! I need your help to stay away from her!" Raven pleaded bowing, dropping to his knees.

"...It's too sad to see adults doing this..." Jigglypuff said with a bored look.

"Old man." Raven corrected as he continued his bows.

"...This is really awkward..." Lucas muttered.

And YET AGAIN another hallway

Our next group, Meta Knight, Pikachu, Pichu, Yoshi, Geno, Mallow, Geno and Twink were now examining another different hallway seomwhere along the many floors of the mansion.

"That guy's so dead once we find him." Pikachu said gathering sparks as he walked.

"We're pretty much too many so it won't be so hard." Mallow said.

"I presume we're going to use violence instead of questioning." Geno assumed.

"That would be the point." Meta Knight said shifting his eyes from side to side.

"Pure violence is always the answer if you live in this place." Yoshi said frowning.

Pichu sat on his back. "Sadly yes."

"Oh, then if you're complaining about it, why don't we question him, her or it?" Twink asked.

"That's an idea." Mallow said.

"But then again," Meta Knight began. "We should render the intruder from escaping."

"I'll shock the legs!" Pikachu suggested.

"I'll slap him!" Mallow suggested.

"I'll gulp him...ha! That's better than everything else!" Yoshi pointed out.

"Not before I get to zap someone!" Pichu said gathering sparks.

"(Sheesh, didn't they say they were going to question him instead of using violence?)" Twnik thought sweatdropping.

Falco's Room

While everyone was examining the whole mansion, we now see Falco on his bed, actually, he was enjoying his rest, because he had 10 mantles to keep him warm, the avian smiled a bit as he looked the other way.

"Ha, now how's the cold going to get me here?" Falco asked to no one as he sighed.

...But then he heard someone.

"Hey, who's there?" Falco asked looking around, albeit to say he only turned his head and didn't stand up.

"Shoot, he's not here either!"

Falco raised an eyebrow and hid on the mantles.

"There are only just a bunch of bed sheets over there."

"Where's the darn World Traveler kid?"

"(World Traveler?... Isn't that Chris's nickname?)" Falco thought.

"Well, like, shouldn't we look around somewhere else?"

"For food?"

"Not for food, you idiot."

"(...Where did I hear those voices before?)"

"Well, let's move it! C'mon! We have to end this or Tabuu'll have our heads! We have to kidnap the kid and bring him to Tabuu!... AND PLEASE, SPLIT UP! WE'RE SUPPOSED TO DIVIDE AND CONQUER! REMEMBER?!" And the voices walked away as Falco uncovered his face.

"...Kidnap Chris?... Oh, something is so wrong here now...well," Falco stood up on his bed, but a quick cold breeze made him cover in the mantles in less than a second. "O-o-o-on the other hand, this cold is so irritating...then...SOMEBODY! COME OVER HERE!"

Command Room...or close to it

"..." Snake grunted in his mind after Popo snored even louder. "(Isn't there a way to get out from this stupid kid?)"

"Snake," Otacon called activating the codec. "You seem to be in a situation again, aren't you?"

"Yeah, there's a snoring kid sleeping above me, and if I move...well, you know what will happen next."

"Oh, that should be Popo, he's Nana brother and both are known as the Ice Climbers." Otacon explained.

"Snake, have you ever heard of a "blood bond"?" Mei Ling just entered the codec as well and asked.

"...Sure?" Snake responded.

"It refers to a bond between two people that's so strong they'd die for each other. The Ice Climbers have conquered frozen glaciers and dangerous mountaintops together. I think they've formed a bond that we can't even fathom."

Snake overheard Popo's snores. "...Though what happens when they're separated?"

"...Well...I thought they were always seen together..." Otacon trailed off.

"And I think Popo's IQ is really low, so Nana is the brain on the duo." Mei Ling said.

"...It's hard to believe this kid did all that with her... Then, does that answer my question about getting out from him?" Snake asked irritated.

"Oh, don't worry," Mei Ling said with a chuckle. "You can move and he will fall, he sleeps very deeply anyway."

"..." Snake moved a little and Popo fell, the Ice Climber grumbled and layed down on the floor. "...That was utterly easy."

"See? Now you can continue, if you're wondering about a Smasher's info, just don't hesitate to call me." Mei Ling said.

"Or me, I can be of help." Otacon said.

"Got that." Snake said ending the codec as he began to move, leaving Popo snoring.

And thus, the adventure of the mercenary starts here.

Snake moved slowly with his cardboard box (There's no lever to increase the speed on that thing anyway), he scanned carefully all the corners an- "Oh, screw that." Snake said standing and keeping his box...somewhere as he sneaked through the halls.

"Raven? Hello?" Estelle called from one corner and Snake quickly hid on his cardboard box, seeing the 2 girls walking in front of him. "Raven?"

"Mei Ling, I have 2 girls here, who are they?" Snake whispered to his communicator.

"Well...the one with pink hair is new here, I don't know anything about her...but the other one with demon wings and tail is Etna, she's the leader and boss of the Prinny Squad," Mei Ling chuckled heartily. "Those adorable little penguins are so clueless that it makes them even cuter."

"Mei Ling, snap out of it." Snake said.

"Weird, I thought he was around here." Etna said looking around.

"Maybe he's a little bit further ahead?" Estelle asked.

"Oh yeah, maybe." Etna said walking away with Estelle as Snake stood up and leaned to the wall.

"You should turn off the lights Snake," Otacon suggested. "That way they won't find you."

"You're right," Snake said looking to a lightbulb on the hallway and he destroyed it with a small pistol, then he began to move once again, destroying the lights on his way. "Otacon, you know where's the kid?"

"Right, he's some floors above, follow down the hall next to you, you'll get to the lobby, then go upstairs by one of the 2 staircases, go all the way to the left and use the stairs again, I'll give you more information once you get there."

Snake nodded and he sneaked his way to the main hall...where he found Sonic, Red, Olimar, Squirtle and Ivysaur, the mercenary quickly hid on his cardboard box and spied the 5, once Snake saw Sonic, he grunted in irritation.

"Snake, what is it?" Otacon asked.

"Something about that hedgehog rubs me the wrong way..." Snake trailed off as Sonic was shown doing a backflip on his own place, made a thumbs-up to the group who clapped at him.

"Wow, do it again!" Squirtle asked.

"Oh, you mean Sonic The Hedgehog?" Otacon asked.

"Shouldn't we find the intruder guys?" Red asked as Ivysaur glared at him.

"Shh, shut up, I want to find a way to be cooler than this guy." Ivysaur whispered angrily.

"But everyone loves Sonic. He's a big star. Do you have any idea how excited people are that he's here in Brawl?" Otacon asked and Snake looked a little confused.

"...Otacon, what people are you talking about?"

"Uh...well, I got that information in Chris's diary."

"The kid keeps a diary?"

"Uh-huh, there's a load of information on his diary...on the main topic, what do you think about Sonic?"

"There's something about him I just don't like." Snake said glaring at Sonic who grinned at the group.

"But...why? You must have some kind of reason."

"Watch me do this now!" Sonic said jumping to the wall, where he sprang to the wall, sprang from the wall to the floor and used Spin Dash to land and circle around, before making a pose with his usual grin and thumbs-up to the group again.

"...Nope, just don't like him." Snake said simply.

"Snake..." Otacon looked kind of sad by Snake's response.

"Okay, stop it with the poses, we need to do our task now." Red said walking away as Ivysaur groaned and followed him, along with the others as Sonic was walking ahead of them.

"...Hey, what's that box doing over there?" Squirtle asked pointing at Snake's box.

"(Oh, shi-)" Snake cursed in his mind.

"Who cares really?" Sonic asked. "It's just an old plain box..."

Snake sighed in relief.

"...That means there's something inside!" Sonic said with a grin as he walked over to the box.

Snake had many ideas to kill the hedgehog at this moment right now.

Preview of the next chapter

"Friiiiiiiidge..." Kirby drooled once he made it to the kitchen.

However, there was a yellow character already shuffling around the fridge.

...

"Raaaaaaaaveeeeeeeeeen?" Estelle kept asking for Raven, crossing a door where many characters were hidding from her. "This is so odd, I think there's someone hiding close to me..."

"(NO! NO! NOT THAT DEMON RITA AGAIN! PLEASE!)" Raven pleaded on his mind desperately.

...

"You're almost close to your location Snake," Otacon said. "Just a few more then the mission will be over."

"I'm prepared for anything now."

"And what about Lucario?" Mei Ling asked as Snake stopped on his trails.

...But there was a small grin on the mercenary.

...

"...We're not alone in this room," Lucario said starting to growl at the door. "Somebody who is not from here wants to enter here."

"W-what are we going to do? I-I'm scared!" Flonne said worried.

"Heheheheheheheh..."

...

"Those axe guys," Falco began. "The same axe guys we saw on Samus's world, they're here to kidnap Chris!"

"So they're the intruders..." Wolf said.

"...But the odd thing is that there was another suspicious guy sneaking around this place as well..."

"Who?" Diddy, DK, Fox and Pit asked confused.

"I dunno...but I heard he wanted to kidnap him as well an-"

It was not long before they all heard an explosion where Chris was healing and they looked to all the parts with shocked expressions.

...

"The Odyssey of Snake and the Axem Rangers...darn.
" Snake muttered.

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 08, 2009, 10:09:45 PM
That explosion must have come from Lucario. Or from Snake. Or both.

Next one please!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 09, 2009, 12:11:13 PM
Chapter 102: The Odyssey of Snake and the Axem Rangers

Hallway

"Quick, Snake, you need to think of something, your cover will be blown up!" Otacon whispered.

"What the hell do you think I'm going to do now?" Snake asked irritated as Sonic grabbed the box. "Screw it, I'll paralyze them."

"...Okay, but you should take out Sonic first since he's faster and can alert everyone here."

Battle in the Base

"And here we g-UGH!" Sonic was grabbed quickly by Snake who sprang from the box and covered his mouth, the others gasped as the mercenary backed away.

"W-who are you?!" Red asked.

"You don't need to know," Snake said as he looked to Sonic who was trying to get off from his arms. "Now get a rest."

"MHMHMHMHMHMHMHMHMmhmhmmh...hmm..." Sonic was paralyzed by a tazer that Snake used on his back and the hedgehog fainted, Snake setting him free.

"That should do the job."

"Why did you do that? Answer me!" Ivysaur asked glaring at Snake.

"I don't have time to deal with a kid, 2 monsters and that fat-nosed man."

"T-that was insulting you know..." Olimar sniffing a little.

"Be a man, please!" Squirtle yelled as Snake ran to them, Squirtle charged his Water Gun and shot a stream of water to Snake, who dodged it quickly and passed them, grabbing Red from his back. "Hey!"

"HULP MUUUUUUU!!!" Red yelled under Snake's hand before the mercenary took him ou as well, the Pokemon Trainer fainted and layed down on the floor.

"You bastard! Stop that!" Ivysaur demanded using Razor Leaf, but Snake evaded the move by rolling away. "Okay, stop dodging everything, Olimar! Help us!"

"...I-I'm not a fat-nosed man...I-I'm not a fat-nosed man..." Olimar muttered in a corner extremely depressed.

Both Pokemon sweatdropped and looked to each other. "...Oh man..."

"Yes, it's sad to see him like this..." Squirtle said with a frown and a bored look.

However, this distraction was enough for Snake to paralyze Squirtle on his neck, then he used a quick chop of Ivysaur's neck, both Pokemon's eyes widened before they fainted as well.

Snake cleared his hands and looked at his fainted opponents. "Well, that wasn't that troubling at all."

Final Fantasy Vlll - The Spy

"What about Olimar?" Otacon asked before Mei Ling got in again.

"Snake, have you ever heard of the ancient Chinese story, "The Vain Ocean of Wealth and Splendor" from the Zhen Zhong Ji?" Mei Ling asked.

"I've been waiting for the movie." Snake as Otacon frowned.

"Basically, it's meant to express the impermanence of all things. You know, like even when Captain Olimar has lots of Pikmin with him, they could all be gone the next moment. Those poor little guys, they carry, they fight, they multiply...and they get eaten. Olimar might have lots of company one minute and be all alone the next. It's so sad.

Snake looked at Olimar who was...feeling kind of emo right now. "...What's he doing now?"

"I'm not a fat-nosed man..." Olimar kept saying very depressed, not caring about Snake at all.

"...Well...you kind of hurt his feelings Snake." Mei Ling pointed out.

"Tsk, like I care."

"Snake..." Otacon and Mei Ling said at the same time with a frown as the mercenary kept going onward, leaving 4 fainted characters and a fat-nosed ma-I mean, a depressed Olimar behind.

"I'm not a fat-nosed man..." Olimar kept saying depressed.

It was not long before Snake saw the pink puffball, Kirby, with a dazzled look on his face, Snake had to hide on his box as Kirby passed in front of him. "Snake! Watch out!" Otacon warned him, making Snake jump a little in surprise.

"For what? That pink marshmallow?" Snake asked rolling his eyes.

"That's Kirby, also known as "Kirby from Dream Land," Otacon explained. "He's from another planet, in other words, an extraterrestrial. He's got a powerful stomach that lets him swallow and digest anything. And he also has a "Copy Ability" that allows him to mimic opponents, steal their moves, and use those moves against them. On top of that, he has the power to fly around the stage, so once he's got you in his sights, there's no place to run."

Kirby was now drooling and Snake had to raise an eyebrow.

"Snake, did you even listen to me?" Otacon asked.

"...Huh? Yeah, got it. I'll keep an eye out."

Otacon "hmm'd" as Snake went deeper, getting pass the pink puffball

"Friiiiiiiidge..." Kirby drooled once he made it to the kitchen.

However, there was a yellow character already shuffling around the fridge.

"Oh boy," Axem Yellow said drooling to his weird and oddly-shaped mouth. "Turkeys, chicken, soups, salads, everything! It's heaven! But what can I eat first?! EVERYTHING IS SO FRIGGIN' DELICIOUS-LOOKING!"

Now Kirby was mad, there was an eater on his own territory, he could get in his way to grab all the food and leave nothing behind, the Star Warrior got really serious and an angry face took his expression, the puffball walked towards Axem Yellow who grabbed a strawberry cake, Kirby was gathering his forces to attack, this was now it, the moment of the truth for the little black hole wielder.

With a deep breath, Axem Yellow stopped on his trails, looked shocked at Kirby who then spoke his words.

"You idiot!" Kirby said angrily. "You don't start first with the cake, you start first with the chicken, then soup, then the cake!"

"Oh, right!" Axem Yellow said "smiling" as he put back the cake on the fridge. "I'm an idiot, such an stupid idiot, it's the chicken, then soup, then cake at the end!"

Kirby smiled and patted his back. "Yup, that's how it is, now, let's eat this feast for ourselves!"

"Oh boy, chinese rice!" Axem Yellow pointed at the rice and both of their eyes glittered with glee.

"That's EVEN better than the chicken!"

And both eaters began to eat the endless food together on the table, all alone without nobody else caring about them at the least.

Burps were only heard through the kitchen, somebody could even hear them far away, even in the Smash Mansion...and nobody cared whatsoever.

Hallway

There was a door that was occasionally trembling by itself, it was the broom room where the young Smashers and Raven were hiding.

"So Kirby basically ran off from us and went directly to the kitchen." Pikachu summarized as Jigglypuff nodded.

"He can't hold on that long apparently." Jigglypuff explained.

"Why couldn't you find another place with bigger space?" Raven asked sweating, since he was the taller one of the whole group, he was hidden behind the piled-up Smashers. "It's getting kinda hot in here."

"Sorry, this is the last place where somebody'd find you." Toon Link pointed out.

"Aw man, this sucks, this sucks in so many levels, so many levels that I could NOT get to."

Not long he said that, footsteps were heard from the hallway and they gasped silently.

"Can I ask something?" Lucas said a little bit annoyed.

"Yeah." Pichu said.

"Why did we decide to protect Raven again?"

"Because, blondy, he has superior bow skills that he could teach us any day, and if he gets away, then we'll be no impressive Smashers!" Toon Link said.

"W-wait, you're blonde too!" Lucas protested.

Raven grinned. "Aw, that's cute kids, protectin' your only teacher with superior bow skills, now you're even better than that Karol kid."

"Show off," Nana said annoyed. "We just cheered on you, Toon Link only wanted to know your skills and only him."

"It's LINK!" Toon Link said angrily.

"It's the same." Ness said.

"No is not!"

"Shh! Guys, someone's coming!" Pichu whispered desperated as they all stopped talking.

"Raven?" Estelle's voice was heard coming along with Etna from behind. "Where are you?"

"(Yep, that's Estelle for you, no doubt about it.)" Raven thought.

"Geez, stop asking for him every second please, it's the 58th time already." Etna said quite annoyed.

"Oh," Estelle bowed. "Sorry, but I'm so worried about him, ever since Rita...well...tried to do her things with him, I've been so worried about him ever since and I don't want him get hurt either."

"(Oh, Estelle, you're such a cutie pie.)" Raven thought with toon tears.

"Raaaaaaaaveeeeeeeeeen?" Estelle kept asking for Raven, crossing a door where many characters were hidding from her. "This is so odd, I think there's someone hiding close to me..."

"(NO! NO! NOT THAT DEMON RITA AGAIN! PLEASE!)" Raven pleaded on his mind desperately.

"Raven?!" Estelle kept asking as she walked away.

"...Is he her boyfriend or something?" Etna asked throwing her hands up as the others sighed in relief when they were gone, all of the tripped, opening the door as Raven looked to both sides of the hallway.

"Well," Pikachu got up cleaning his left ear a bit. "So much for that."

"Quick! We must hide now!" Raven said very preocupied.

"She's gone, everything's fine, relax." Ness said.

"Oh no, she doesn't give up on her matters, never! She won't be Estelle then!"

"...Oh brother, this is going to be a long night..." Nana said. "...Speaking of which, where's my brother or what is he doing now?"

Command Room

Crazy Hand had to drag the sleeping blue Ice Climber to the room and put him above a chair, where Popo was awkwardly laying down it, like a curled-up cat.

"And you...attack his weak point...for MASSIVE DAMAGE..." Popo said grogily as he turned to the other side and snored.

"You know," Crazy Hand said (still trembling by the coffee). "That's true, if you attack someone's weak point, it'll do MASSIVE DAMAGE."

Master Hand frowned at this. "Crazy, stop saying that please, it's somehow stupid."

"Crap, he's not here either!"

"Who's that?!" Master Hand asked turning his back, but he could only catch a blurry red color vanishing. "Who the heck was that just now?"

"Sonic?" Crazy Hand asked.

"No, Sonic's not red, he's blue."

"I thought he was the pink one."

"That's Amy." Master Hand said frowning.

Hallway (a different one)

Snake was shown running along the hallways once he climbed the stairs, not forgetting about destroying the lights along the way to get a proper cover, however, more problems came from ahead and he hid in the best spot in the whole world for high-level mercenaries like him.

His trusty and never-so-bad, cardboard box.

...However, this problem was just one, it was a green one with an axe, it was Axem Green.

"Otacon, there's a small green guy with an axe close to me, who's that?" Snake asked.

"No idea with that one, sorry Snake." Otacon replied as Snake grunted on his mind.

"If I were the World Traveler, where could I be?" Axem Green asked rubbing his chin. "Meh, I just need more of this "lurking" around and eventually I'll find him and bring him to Tabuu, now let's see if Axem Red can get the rank before me! Mwhahahahahahahaha!" Axem Green said laughing.

"...Wait, hold on, he's after the kid?" Snake asked.

"It appears so," Colonel said. "And he is accompanied by more allies, it seems."

"I'll be the new leader of the Axem Rangers, not even Axem Black will stop me, or Axem Pink, or Axem Yellow's butt, or Axem Red! He thinks he's the great deal and all, but nooooo, I'll kidnap the kid first and bring him to Tabuu!" Axem Green stated as he disappeared in a blink.

Snake got up and looked back him. "Seems I have some kind of competency for the prize."

"That pretty much sums up your troubles Snake." Otacon said.

Snake grunted. "Yeah, at this rate the kid will be gone."

"Then get a move on and STOP COMPLAINING for once."

"You're not my boss." Snake pointed out.

"I am." Colonel stated.

"You guys are mean." Otacon said ending the codec with a sigh.

Oh, wait just a minute there, Snake's troubles were now showing up again, because Diddy's team came walking down the other direction and guess what Snake did?

That's right, it's cardboard box time.

"...Oh god, first I have to deal with FOXHOUND...now ironically," Snake looked outside through the small hole, and found Fox standing just in front of the item. "I have a real fox in front of me...and it's wearing pants."

"Who shot the lightbulb?" Pit asked looking up the destroyed item.

"Who left this thing here?" DK asked glancing at the box.

"Who cares," Wolf said looking away. "Just a stupid box."

"Focus, the intruder, we don't need any other distractions, RIGHT Diddy?" Fox asked to Diddy, who was flipping his hat in the air.

"Huh?" Diddy asked as his hat fell perfectly on his head. "Right, whatever you say!"

"...Info about them, if you would..and first the fox one to end this." Snake said irritated, since his 3 comrades were somehow itching to explain EVERY single detail.

"His full name is Fox McCloud. He's the leader of the commando-for-hire unit Star Fox." Colonel explained.

"Does he even get money?"

"Why do you ask that?"

"Just out of curiosity."

"...No, he forgets to get his payment from time to time," Colonel continued. "They're mostly active in a galaxy known as the Lylat System. Fox and his comrades pilot all-terrain fighter crafts called Arwings. His skills in combat can turn the tide of any battle. ...You seem to have a thing with foxes, don't you, Snake?"

Snake grumbled a little. "...Don't remind me. First FOXHOUND and now this guy... I'm sick of foxes."

"You and foxes have a long history together. You ought to be proud."

"DIDDY! STOP!" Fox said annoyed as Diddy kept playing with his hat.

"...This, however, makes up for it," Snake said as Fox was shown frowning. "Next up, the gorilla."

"Achoo!" DK sneezed. "Weird, did somebody say my name here?"

"No." Pit said.

"That's Donkey Kong. As you can tell, he's got strength to spare," Otacon explained. "He may be king of the jungle, but he lives in a house just like you or me. And he seems pretty smart, well, for an ape, anyway. The Donkey Kong who fought that epic battle with Mario was this guy's grandfather."

"Hold on a second." Snake interrupted.

"W-what is it?"

"That "epic battle" that you spoke of, and since I made my own research about Mario, along with all his adventures from the first to the last one...how in the hell can you define jumping over barrells, climbing odd-shaped buildings to save a forgotten lady that was never spoken of again, an epic battle?"

"...Mei Ling, did you order him to research Mario?" Otacon whispered.

"No, I did." Colonel said.

"The Colonel did it too, heheh." Mei Ling said with a chuckle.

"Well Snake...that...isn't that epic now that I see it..." Otacon trailed off.

"Told so." Snake said rolling his eyes as he listened to the conversation.

"You know," DK looked around. "I heard some weird voices from somewhere along these hallways, they were kinda new to me too."

"It could have been Sonic," Pit said looking at him. "He is the last new person in this mansion so you haven't been used to his voice."

Snake gasped. "Otacon, there's a kid with wings out here. Is he a mutant? Or is he just into costumes?"
 
"Into costume-I mean, that's Pit, Snake. Pit is an angel from Angel Land. He's the captain of Palutena's Army."

"Angels. Give me a break!" Snake said frowning even more, sure, there were anthros (especially foxes, much for Snake's dismay), weird extraterrestrials and other weird and odd monsters around, and now angels? What the hell is happening with this place? At least that's what Snake thought.

Pit glared at nothing in particular. "Someone is mocking me, I can feel it..."

"...Kids are just getting weirder everytime, I swear." Wolf said.

"I dunno, maybe he's from a different species. But those wings on his back and those mysterious weapons he has are the real deal. He may look young, but he's a veteran warrior. Watch yourself. He used to be a weakling, but countless trials over the years have toughened him up." Otacon explained.

"And by trials, you mean killing the (blocked for religious reference)?"

"Snake, the Nazis don't have their own religion."

"How do you know?"

"That sounded so random just now." Mei Ling remarked...or not.

"Give now information about the monkey," Snake grinned in hid mind...at least. "Who's the perfect weapon to annoy FOXHOUND."

"That's Diddy Kong. He's Donkey Kong's partner. Not only is he lightweight, he can use a wide range of weapons as well. He can fly using those barrel jets on his back, and he can shoot nuts with his Peanut Popgun."

"...Peanuts? As in the ones in the little shells? Are you serious? And where's that jetpack you mentioned?"

"I feel like showing you my own Blaster!" Diddy said taking out his Peanut Popgun. "Say hello to my gun!"

"...A wooden gun, how primitive." Fox said rolling his eyes.

"DUUUUUUCK!" Diddy yelled firing a fast peanut directly to Fox's left eye.

"AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Fox covered his eye and began to hop in pain as the broken peanut fell on the floor. "YOU STUPID LITTLE CHIMPANZEE! I WISH YOU WERE DEAD! DEAD! DEAD IN YOUR OWN GRAVE!"

"Aw, don't feel bad Diddy," DK said patting Diddy's back. "I'm sure he's just upset."

"SHUT UP!"

"S(beep!)t like this makes my day." Wolf said smirking as he chuckled.

"Wait," Otacon told Snake to see the broken peanut. "Here's the best part. You see them lying on the ground after he shoots? If you pick up some of those peanuts, they'll restore your health a little."

"Hmm. Edible ammunition, huh... Times sure have changed." Snake remarked.

"Oh! Oh!" Diddy ducked and grabbed the peanut. "Fox, eat this! It will heal you!"

"Forget it! I'm not taking anything from you anymore and NEVER!" Fox yelled.

"...Oh well," Diddy munched the peanut and smiled. "Aw, it feels so nice..."

Fox pulled his hand away (revealing a red eye, at least around his green pupil) and glared to another way. "Now, let's get moving and kick the crap out of that guy."

"It's the little fox upset about his red eye?" Wolf asked taunting with a grin.

"You, shut up, now." Fox said annoyed.

"And lastly but not least, the wolf anthro." Snake whispered.

"You mean the fighter named Wolf." Colonel explained as Wolf's ears perked up a little and looked around.

"...This place gives the chills..." Wolf muttered, shuddering a little.

"Wolf." Real imaginative name..." Snake said.

"He's the leader of a ragtag team called "Star Wolf." They're the longtime rivals of Star Fox."

"Come to think of it," Wolf began with a smirk to Fox. "The monkey will take you down before I do, how amusing."

"Don't let me use my Final Smash and call the Landmaster to crush you." Fox warned him with a nasty glare.

"Yuck, you have serious eye sickness right there." Wolf taunted closing his eye as Fox gritted his fangs with rage.

"...Yeah, I see the rivalry now... Kind of strange for a wolf to have friends, isn't it?" Snake said and asked.
 
"Well, I don't think he works well with others." Colonel said.

"Duh." Snake said, remembering the moment from a second ago.

"I suppose they're more like hangers-on than actual comrades. But he's a remarkable pilot. And his ship, the "Wolfen," is no slouch, either."

"He doesn't look all that dangerous to me in a hand-to-hand combat, Colonel. He's out of his element."

"Careful, Snake. Those claws of his aren't just for show."

"Those are claws? They're just sharp nails anyway."

"...Sure." Colonel said sarcastically as Fox looked up ahead.

"Alright, let's go now."

"Okay!" Diddy said (somehow getting of Fox's nerves). "First, I'm going to lift this thing up 5 times!"

"...Wait, what thing's he talking about?" Snake asked before Diddy lifted up quickly the box 5 times, and covered Snake 5 times after each time before he ran off. "Shoot, that was insanely close, stupid chimpanzee."

"...Good, he's gone." Fox muttered with a satisfied grin as the group walked away, leaving Snake behind.

"Now, let's get serious and go on." Snake said standing up before he ran to the stairs.

"Huh?" Pit looked behind him but there wasn't nobody there, and the box was gone as well. "But...did that box disappear just now?"

"What are you talking about?" DK asked and looked at Pit's direction. "...Was that box a ghost?"

"No!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 10, 2009, 10:37:03 AM
Falco's Room

The helpless and somewhat frightened ace pilot was trembling from the cold, truth to be told, he was stuck in his bed during the snowstorm.

"SOMEBODY!" Falco yelled once again before he gave up. "Fine! I don't care if Chris gets kidnapped! It's his fault to get a fever anyway!"

"What was that just now?"

Falco quickly hid inside his bed as Snake passed just in front of his room.

"...Just a bed with a bunch of mantles...this is place is so odd honestly...now, where's that kid? I can't let that axe guy kidnap him before me."

"(...There's another guy trying to kidnap Chris as well? Who's that now?)" Falco thought.

"I must hurry, no more distractions."

"Snake, go forward and you'll see more stairs, once you go there, you should be closer to your location." Otacon said.

"You better say the truth or else." Snake threatened as he ran away.

Falco got really annoyed and stuck his head out. "...If somebody doesn't come here, they're really gonna regret that later..."

Another hallway

"Nope, there's nobody here either." Yoshi said exiting a room.

"Is there even an intruder here?" Mallow asked.

"The alarm was triggered, so yes." Pikachu said.

"Whoever that person is, he's very good at hiding away." Geno said.

"...Wait," Meta Knight stopped and looked around. "There is someone inside that room."

Meta Knight pointed at a very pink room, to the Smashers, it was not surprise for it to be Peach's Room, and there was someone giggling with glee, happily alone.

"Oh my! Like, this so goes with my axe!" A voice said.

"...Silently, follow me." Meta Knight whispered, motioning his hand at him and the others listened to him and went towards the door.

Peach's Room

The Smashers carefully peered from the door, that was a little opened, enough for them to see the person inside the room rummaging through Peach's belongings.

"Wait, Geno, isn't that..." Mallow trailed off as Geno glared with a nod.

"Yes, it's Axem Pink, one of the Axem Rangers." Geno said.

Axem Pink was enjoying her private time by taking all of Peach's perfumes, accesories and jewelry, Peach forgot to get all her things from her room that she left them behind, much for Axem Pink's fortune.

"A jewel over here, another sapphire over there, a gorgeous collar right here and...OH YES!" Axem Pink joined her hands when she looked at herself on the mirror. "Now who's the beauty queen?"

"Not her, that's for sure." Pikachu said shuddering.

"Shh!" Twink whispered as they overheard the ranger.

"Okay, now that I smell so like dandelions and roses, it's time to get like, so serious now," Axem Pink said rubbing her chin. "Like, where is that kid? That World Traveler kid?"

"World Traveler kid?" Geno repeated.

"That's Chris's nickname, isn't?" Yoshi asked.

"Tabuu is like so going to be mad at us if we don't like find him and bring him to Tabuu! He's gonna get especially really like mad to me!" Axem Pink said gasping.

"I wonder if she's alone in this..." Twink whispered but Meta Knight shook his head.

"I'm afraid not, I was able to see them in Samus's world," Meta Knight explained. "She was not alone either, there were other 4 persons that looked like her but had different shapes and colors."

"Then that means the Axem Rangers are all over the place, trying to find Chris." Pikachu said.

"Most likely, and they're trying to kidnap him!" Mallow said.

"Okay okay okay," Axem Pink said throwing the jewelry away...but then she went for them and stood in front of the mirror again. "If I don't get moving, Axem Red is so like going to be more red than before, I want to like be successful and get the kid first!"

"Time to attack?" Pichu asked.

"Hell yes." Pikachu said gathering sparks.

"But this jewelry, this room, I can't leave all of this behind an-"

"STOP RIGHT THERE!" Mallow yelled opening the door quickly and the 8 quickly surprised the femenine axe wielder squealed scared.

"Oh, you're so like that stinky cloud and that ugly puppet!" Axem Pink said.

"Good that you remember us, but now it's time for you to leave this place." Geno said adjusting his hand.

"We overheard everything you said, and as a resident of this place," Meta Kight pointed his sword at her. "I ask you to leave, immediately."

"Like, sorry, but that's going to happen like either way!" Axem Pink said taking out her axe. "I thought that it was like going to be hard to fight many of you that once, but! As a matter of, like, fact, I have one little trick in, like, mind!"

"Makeup?" Pichu asked.

"No, that's like the second thing my mind."

"Jewels?" Twink asked.

"That's like the third one! I was like talking about this!" Axem Pink snapped her fingers (if she had) and rose petals began to fill the room.

Yoshi chuckled. "Aw, how sweet, you made petals fall all around Peach's room, she's going to like the new decoration."

Mallow's and Geno's eyes widened after remembering something crucial. "Wait, no! Not this attack!" Mallow said panicking.

"You're scared of petals?" Pikachu asked with a chuckle.

"No! You don't understand! If anybody knows this attack, then the result will b-"

POOF!

There were now 8 small mushrooms (one of them was floating) where the Smashers once were, Axem Pink looked at the mushrooms and giggled with glee.

"Ahahahahaha! My! You all like feel so mushroomy right now, aren't you not?" Axem Pink giggled.

"What the heck?! I'm a stupid mushroom!" A yellow mushroom (Pikachu) yelled hopping.

"Oh, so this is how it feels to be a mushroom." Yoshi (a Yoshi egg patern mushroom...a green one) said hopping.

"You're not suppose to know how it feels, don't be so impressed..." Meta Knight (a dark purple mushroom) said. "...You, however, should be embarrassed and humiliated."

"But I am!" Pikachu said annoyed as Axem Pink kicked him away. "WHOA! EVERYTHING'S SPINNING!"

"Like, I should be going, you can like enjoy the loneliness of this pinky room, ciao!" Axem Pink said giggling as ran away to the halls.

"...Okay..." Pichu (a pale yellow mushroom) began. "...This is so unusual..."

"...Geno..." Twink (the floating white mushroom) called out.

"Yes?" Geno (a deep blue mushroom) said.

"Does this...effect worn out after a time?"

"...Hmm...like in an hour..."

"...Crap then." Pikachu said over a corner.

"Damn straight." Mallow (a slightly dark yellow mushroom) said agreeding with a sweatdrop.

Another hallway

There was someone in the bathroom while everyone was scattered around, it was the curious Ike, and his team was waiting for him outside.

"How's it going in there Ike?" C. Falcon asked.

"I feel relieved, a lot actually!" Ike said as Zelda tried not to puke.

"Okay, see the paper at your side?"

"Yeah?"

"Okay, use that t-"

Zelda blocked his mouth. "Please, no more! This is just too much for me to handle carefully!"

"...Ike! Use it to wipe you-"

SLAP!

"Nevermind that!" Ike yelled already doing something inside.

"Oww..." C. Falcon rubbed his chin where Zelda slapped him.

"Why it had to be this the first thing in the first place?" Roy asked.

"Well, Ike was so curious and he just happened to need it." Marth said shrugging.

Link looked over to his side to find a cardboard box. "Who left this box here? It's from anyone?"

"Not me," C. Falcon said. "I have much better places to keep my things."

Snake, on the other hand, was impressed, he actually bothered to research some of them, and C. Falcon happened to be some kind of celebrity to him. "Hey! That's Captain Falcon, isn't it!"

"Good eye, Snake! He's F-Zero pilot number 07!" Otacon said excited.

"You know, seeing Captain Falcon here reminds me... We should do that thing we've always wanted to try..."

Otacon blinked surprised. "Oh yeah! That thing! Good idea!"

"Hey Ike!" C. Falcon called out. "Have you ever wanted to fight one of us?"

"I'm not sure, I just got here!" Ike yelled.

"Well, do you want to know how my moves are called?"

"Um, sure, why not?"

"OK, ready? Go!" Otacon said, activating the echo sound machine to make it more epic.

"Falcon Puuuunch!!" Snake yelled and everyone looked around confused.

"Falcon Kiiiiiiick!" Otacon yelled, managing the sound to go outside the box.

"Wow, your attacks sound very awesome with the echos, I can't wait to fight you later." Ike said.

"...Where did those voices come from?" Roy asked.

"Those voices are the gods who recognize my abilities." C. Falcon said with a grin.

"Dammit, we got too far with that Otacon." Snake whispered.

"Oops." Otacon replied as Ike got out.

"So, how do you do that?" Ike asked as he adjusted his belt.

"Er, well...it's my specialty." C. Falcon with another grin.

"You're full of surprises, I like that."

Zelda facepalmed. "Right..."

Snake glanced over to Link. "Otacon, who's the guy with the sword?"

"That's Link. He's the hero of Hyrule," Otacon began. "That blade in his hand is called the Master Sword, also known as the "Blade of Evil's Bane."

"It looks like it's just a plain sword to me." Snake commented.

"So Ike, are you starting to enjoy technology?" Link asked.

"I've got to say, I'm still a little frightened honestly, but once I got the guts to try it, it feels so good the next moment." Ike said.

Marth sweatdropped. "...But you're feeling because you just used the bathroom, it's much different with other stuff."

"And why do you need guts? Just use them." Roy said.

"He also has a whole arsenal of items at his disposal, bombs and arrows, a shield, a boomerang, and a Clawshot. He's a force to be reckoned with." Otacon explained.

"Gear is only useful when it's used at the right time and place. Just lugging a ton of it around doesn't do you any good...hey, where's this guy's equipment anyway? I can see only his sword and shield out."

"...Well...about that..." Otacon trailed off.

"...So?"

"...I...don't...know...all of them can keep and take out their things."

"...Somebody is defying the physics here, and a lot." Snake commented.

Command Room

"ACHOO!" Master Hand sneezed.

Another hallway

"...I, uh... I wouldn't be talking if I were you, Snake." Otacon trailed off, remembering something important about Snake's equipment.

"What's that supposed to mean?" Snake asked a little irritated.

"You tell me, Mr. Utility Belt."

"Achoo!" Link sneezed. "Did...somebody just talk about me?"

"No." Everyone said, even Snake did it by accident and they looked around.

"...This is really getting spooky now...are there any ghosts here?" Roy asked.

"This mansion was built by Master Hand, ghosts aren't living here." Marth said.

C. Falcon and Zelda shuddered once they looked to Link. "...Oh no, that bad memory is still haunting us, Zelda." C. Falcon said.

"I...have to agree with you." Zelda said inching away from Link.

"(Heheheheheh...)" Link chuckled evily in his mind.

"Who's that girl over there?" Snake whispered.

"Snake, have you heard the saying "Politics makes strange bedfellows"?" Mei Ling asked.

"Don't tell me that's a Chinese proverb."

"Err, no... It means that when the going gets tough, you might need unexpected partnerships in order to succeed. Marth was a prince whose kingdom was usurped. He didn't even have an army to fight with him. But as he battled his way forward, he found new allies to fight at his side, and in the end, he was able to reunite the war-torn land of Altea."

"So he built his army from the ranks of his defeated enemies...wait, she's a he?"

Marth glared to nothing in particular. "...I've got the feeling someone said I was a girl again."

"Snake, Marth is a he, his name is even a name for a guy." Mei Ling said.

"But look at that tiara on his hair, even his hair looks girlish."

"He comes from an old age, remember, there were many persons with weird hairstyles, but in reality, that tiara belonged to her sister," Mei Ling continued. "Marth did his share of fighting, too. Even when he had an army, he was always alongside his men in the thick of battle. Then he was betrayed by one of his most trusted friends. I can't even imagine how that feels..."
 
"I can." Snake said simply. "...Wait, who betrayed him again?"

"I tried my best to investigate him but I couldn't find anything else, sorry Snake, I'm going to work harder on him next time."

"Don't worry about that."

"Aww, thank you Snake, you made me feel happy now."

"Now, who's the woman? It wouldn't feel right fighting someone in a dress, though."
 
"Don't underestimate her just because she's a woman." Colonel said.

For some odd reason, Zelda glared at the box. "...I just felt a sexism insult towards me coming from that box."

"Nah, probably not, it's just a box Zelda, you're overthinking," Roy reassured her as he lifted up the box. "See? It's just a plain box and..."

Battle in the Base

"...Curses." Snake muttered.

"...THE INTRUDER!" C. Falcon yelled before Snake ran to Zelda and grabbed her mouth by her back.

"Zelda!" Link yelled as Snake backed away.

"Lut mu gu!" Zelda yelled angrily before Snake pulled out his tazer and electrocuted her, Zelda screamed in pain before she fainted.

"You stupid bastard!"

"Sorry, but I've got no time to play with you." Snake said.

"Now you're going to pay!" Link yelled rushing towards Snake, the mercenary sidestepped out of the way and chopped Link's neck directly, the swordsman gasped before he fell unconscious close to Zelda.

"Link!" Roy yelled before Snake ran to the 4.

"He's coming, stay focused!" Marth warned them as he shielded himself with his sword, however Snake threw a grenade that fell on C. Falcon's hands.

"GET RID OF THAT!" Roy yelled as C. Falcon threw it...at Ike, who took a look closer to it.

"Why are you all so scared about this?" Ike asked getting closer to them.

"NO, YOU IDIOT! STAY AWAY FROM US, THAT THING IS GOING TO BLOW UP!" C. Falcon yelled as they backed away from Ike, who was still getting closer.

Ike looked down to the grenade. "...Wait, what?!"

BOOM!

An explosion covered the hall and smoke came out, Snake backed away and coughed, when the smoke cleared, the 4 were laying down the floor, unconscious as well for Snake's fortune.

Final Fantasy Vlll - The Spy

"...Funny thing," Snake said walking towards Ike. "His cluelessness about technology made everything easier."

"That's a blessing, I guess." Otacon said as Snake continued his way deeper.

"Wait, Snake," Mei Ling began. "I heard Chris is protected by his guardian."

"A guardian? You mean that oversized blue dog?" Snake asked.

"That oversized blue dog is Lucario, Snake, Lucario is among the strongest persons of the whole mansion."

"Hmm..." Snake thought as he ran in the hallways, shooting down the lights as he went further ahead.

"You're almost close to your location Snake," Otacon said. "Just a few more then the mission will be over."

"I'm prepared for anything now."

"And what about Lucario?" Mei Ling asked as Snake stopped on his trails.

...But there was a small grin on the mercenary.

"I have something in mind for him." Snake said as he disappeared from sight.

"...I have a bad feeling about this..." Otacon said.

Main Lobby

"An explosion?" Axem Green asked to himself. "What are explosions doing here? Are these guys bomb's lovers?"

"YUUUUUUUUUUUUUM!!!"

Axem Green blinked for a moment and an annoyed face appeared after. "...Oh brother, don't tell me that fat hole is..." Axem Green glanced to the kitchen.

And he was right, his thoughts were right.

Kitchen

"BUUUUUUUURP!" Axem Yellow burped. "Man, that was one hell of a feast."

"BUUUUUUUUUURP!" Kirby burped. "Meta Knight wasn't here to stop me...now this is my vision of heaven..."

"You're a pretty nice guy, did you know that?"

"I'm a good guy, duh." Kirby said rolling his eyes as both laughed.

"YOU DORK!" Axem Green yelled entering the kitchen. "You're supposed to find the World Traveler and kidnap him! But instead, you're only making your stomach get even bigger than it needs to be!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 10, 2009, 12:46:14 PM
"But Axem Green, this was a fridge with turkey, turkey! Can you believe it?!" Axem Yellow said as Kirby blinked at the situation.

"Oh, sure, I believe it, I believe you were going to eat it for your own pleasure." Axem Green said facepalming. "Whatever, get back to your duty and find the kid!"

"...Wait," Kirby began. "You're here to kidnap Chris? Because he is the World Traveler."

"Uh-huh," Axem Yellow nodded. "I was supposed to find and kidnap him but instead I tricked Axem Red that I was excited to work alone, he fell for it and I was free to search the kitchen and eat everything I could eat! Pretty brilliant for someone like, huh?"

"Boy, that was brilliant, kudos to you." Kirby said waving a hand.

"..." Axem Green shook his head. "Stupid, I know there was something odd with you at that moment."

"You didn't expect my plan to work out like that, did you?" Axem Yellow asked with a happy expression.

"It's very easy to trick Axem Red alright bu-WAIT! Get moving you...you...YOU!"

"...You can't find the words to insult him, can you?" Kirby asked.

"...Sadly, no." Axem Green said before he shook his head. "You're coming with me, and this time, no more food for you!"

Axem Green grabbed Axem Yellow's hand and dragged him away. "Bye...it was good to know a guy like you!" Axem Yellow yelled waving at Kirby, who waved back at him.

"What a nice guy..." Kirby said smiling before he shook his head and got shocked. "...Did he say they were going to...OH NO!" Kirby jumped to the floor and ran away. "I need to alert the others and reunite with Chris!"

Hallway

"I'm not a fat-nosed man..."

"Olimar?" Kirby asked tapping Olimar's shoulder.

"I'm not a fat-nosed man..."

"But you're not a fat-nosed man, who told you that?"

Olimar quickly got happy and looked at Kirby. "Thank you! Thank you! You don't know how happy did you make me right now!"

"Um...you're welcome?" Kirby said confused as he looked at the fainted Smashers. "What happened here?"

"W-well...there was this old guy in a box and he, well, attacked all of us..."

"Old guy? Did he happen to be a small figure with an axe?"

"N-no, he was really mean to me..." Olimar said sniffing a little.

"...WAKE UP!" Kirby yelled loudly and for his surprise, everyone began to groan and got up, moaning in pain as they looked around.

"U-ugh...that guy is so gonna pay now..." Sonic muttered as he got up along with the others. "...Where'd he go?"

"I-I don't know anything..." Olimar said looking down.

"I swear, he was such a cheater!" Red said making a fist. "How could he attack me?"

"Because you can't fight and we do all the work?" Ivysaur asked raising an eyebrow.

"W-well...yeah, but that doesn't mean I can't retaliate, right?"

"...Give it up, Red." Squirtle said waving a hand with a frown.

"So, on the topic again, where'd he go?" Sonic asked.

"I don't know, I got here because someone axe guys want to kidnap Chris." Kirby said simply.

"...Someone wants to kidnap Chris?!" Olimar said shocked, opening his eyes.

"Damn, there's trouble now, Chris isn't in a good condition to fight." Squirtle said.

"Want me to alert the guys?" Sonic asked pointing at himself.

"Quick! Do it! Something doesn't look right here!" Kirby said.

"I'm on it!" Sonic said with a grin as he disappeared in a blink.

...But later he returned.

"What is it?" Red asked.

"Er, somebody knows where are they?" Sonic asked with a worried chuckle as the others facepalmed in unison.

Hallway (another one)

"Yes, yes, yes..." Axem Black said nodding. "It seems the Blade is ready to take off whenever we're ready to escape with the World Traveler, but...where's that kid? It's such a drag to look for him when we don't know the exact location."

"I know this is a problem," Axem Red called over a small communicator he gave to Axem Black. "But if we return with our hands empty to the Subspace, Tabuu will only get furious and...ugh, I don't want to know what's he going to do after that...huh?"

"What is it?"

"I found some Smashers over here, they're unconscious and some of them are damaged," Axem Red kicked Link's side. "Yep, they're fainted, something happened here."

"Like what?"

"Do you expect me to know? I don't know!"

"You and your anger issues."

"Shuddup!" Axem Red yelled. "Anyway, there's nothing interesting on this place, I'm outta this hallway! Any luck over there?"

"No," Axem Black shook his head. "I don't know where is he, or where are the others...but I sense some people close to me right now..."

"Get your butt out of there and fast! We're so close in getting the kid!"

"Roger that." Axem Black said as he disappeared in a blink of an eye.

Just then, Pit came to where he was and looked around. "Strange, I've could have sworn there was somebody here a second ago."

"Pit!" DK yelled from a door. "Did you find something?"

"No! I thought there was someone over here but there's nothing!"

"Then get back to your duties, I'm not having any luck here either!"

"R-right!" Pit nodded as he ran through the hallway. "(But, why are the lights destroyed? It's somebody destroying them?)"

Lucario's Room

"..." Lucario sighed after he looked to Chris. "Nothing yet...I'm starting to worry."

"I'm sure he's alright," Flonne said patting his back a little. "Come on, you have to cheer up!"

"But..."

"No buts!"

"What?"

"You have to put all your faith on him if you want to see progress, you don't need to lose your faith, I'm sure everything will be fine, trust me! I'm your friend remember?"

"W-well, that's true bu-"

"Here we go again with the buts, just believing in him! Does he believe in you?"

"I-in what way?"

"Like for example, you're protecting him, aren't you? Then he believes that you will protect him in this hard moment, right?"

"...Y-yes..." Lucario said kneeling to the bed as he took a closer look to his trainer. "...Please, get well soon..."

Flonne blinked for a moment and blushed. "...S-sorry, I think I got a little cheesy with my words... I-I just love the love and friendship and pretty much everything else..."

"No, it's okay."

"...Thanks." Flonne muttered smiling a little.

"(...Thank you for being so nice to me, Flonne...)" Lucario thought as he rested his head close to Chris's hand.

"(...Aw, both of them look cute together...)" Flonne thought joining her hands as she rubbed Lucario's head, which made the Pokémon growl happily. "(You're a dog, I knew it!)"

"Grrrr..."

"S-sorry!" Flonne said stopping.

"...Who told you to stop?"

"S-sorry again!" Flonne said sweating as she continued, but then, she got an annoyed look. "(Who's he to order me around anyway?)"

"...A-ha...so this is the room..."

Music stops

"Huh?!" Flonne jumped surprised and looked at the door, she could have sworn there was somebody trying to enter.

"A voice?" Lucario asked standing up.

"Finally, this will soon end after the mishaps of those cretins..."

"...We're not alone in this room," Lucario said starting to growl at the door. "Somebody who is not from here wants to enter here."

"W-what are we going to do? I-I'm scared!" Flonne said worried.

"Heheheheheheheh..."

Flonne gulped in fear as the door slowly opened up, Lucario glared at the figure that stepped inside, it was Axem Red, who was chuckling evily as he looked at the 2.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Behind Us

"So," Axem Red began glancing to Chris. "There's the kid, at last, we can end this mission of the kidnapping once and for all."

"Kidnapping?" Lucario asked before he glared down at him. "You're not going to kidnap my trainer if that's what are you going to do!"

"I'll be quiet if I were you, I wouldn't want disturb his rest."

Lucario gasped as he looked to Chris. "U-ugh...whatever, you're not going to do anything with him."

"Sorry, that's not gonna happen," Axem Red waved a finger. "It's a direct order from Lord Tabuu, he said specifically to kidnap the kid, bring him to the Subspace and then Tabuu will use him for his deeds of conquest that you imbeciles have been trying to stop, and let me tell you, he ain't happy about the results so far."

"Grrrrrrrr..." Lucario grunted as his aura covered his hands.

"You want violence? Inside this place? Where your "trainer" is recovering?" Axem Red shook his head. "You're not that protective."

"Shut up!" Lucario yelled.

"...U...u...ugh..." Chris moaned silently as Lucario gasped.

"N-no, please, it's not my fault, he made me do it!"

"Lucario, please, get a hold of yourself!" Flonne said.

"You over there, shut up and be nice to me." Axem Red ordered as Flonne pouted.

"And if I don't want to?"

"Too bad," Axem Red said as he disappeared in a blink.

"W-where did he go?!" Flonne asked looking around.

"...I can't locate his aura...I think he was using something to prevent anything to spot him..." Lucario said as he dropped to one knee.

"Lucario!"

"...I'm an idiot Flonne..."

"What?"

"I'm an idiot, I tried to use violence in here, where Chris was recovering without even caring...my rage is blinding me from protecting the person I like to be with..."

"T-that's not true!" Flonne said ducking to see Lucario. "You wanted to protect him so badly, that's not bad!"

"But Flonne, don't you understand?!" Lucario asked looking straight to her eyes. "If I went in a rampage again, I'd scare Chris and he wouldn't talk to me never again!" Lucario closed his eyes to prevent his tears from coming out. "...And I just...and I just...and I just got lucky for him to forgive me..."

"Please..." Flonne rubbed Lucario's head as the Aura Pokémon began to sob silently. "It's not your fault..."

"I wouldn't count on that."

"Huh?!" Flonne looked up and saw a shadow, it was Snake who walked to them. "N-now who are you?!"

"This guy is responsible for the kid to get ill," Snake said glaring down to Lucario, who looked up at him with eyes in shock. "It's his fault that he got injured."

"T-THAT'S NOT TRUE!" Lucario yelled loudly as Chris moaned more. "...N-no...that's not true...that's not true..."

"Admit it dog, your rage will only destroy everything in its way..." Snake pointed at Chris. "Even the kid, who's going to suffer in your own hands."

"Snake, I think you're going too far." Otacon said but Snake turned off the conversation.

"H-he's not going to suffer in his hands!" Flonne yelled back.

"That's what you think, the monster can't even fight without using his rage to injure greatly his opponent, but his owner as well, who is going to have a phobia against his own ally," Snake shook his head. "Maybe you should leave the kid's side and get away from here as soon as possible."

"B-but..." Lucario stammered as his tears began to stroll down. "H-he needs me..."

"Yeah, but from afar, he won't mind your decision as long as he's happy, am I right?"

"...Yes..."

Flonne's face darkened a little and she looked down the floor. "...Shut up..."

"Shut up about what?" Snake asked. "The kid is in this condition because of his so-called guardian, who ironically hurts him even more without even feeling remorse when he's a monster, oh wait, he's a monster already, a personal monster for the kid's fear."

"SHUT UP!" Flonne stood up and grabbed her magic baton. "You don't know anything about them! Who are you exactly to blame it all on poor Lucario?! You're just a very mean man that wants to crush Lucario's feelings!"

"Girl, I only spoke the truth," Snake said crossing his arms. "And besides, I know everything about these 2...ever since they came here."

"W-what?" Lucario asked confused.

"That's right, I've been spying this mansion ever since you and the kid came from the "real world," there's a small and well protected chip in your fur that you didn't even notice, not even water can damage that."

Lucario rubbed his fur around his waist and then he felt something at the side, he took out a small chip that he examined closely. "...This thing has a small camera...but how did you put this on me?"

"There were chips like this on my "room" that I have somewhere in this house, there are even cameras placed all around the rooms, halls and other places, I know everything about everyone here."

"Snake, you ask for information to us to whoever you see." Otacon said turning on the codec call, but Snake turned it off a little embarrassed.

"I know everything..." Snake pointed at Lucario. "Especially your attempts to protect your trainer from danger."

"Y-you saw all of them?" Lucario asked and Snake nodded.

"Now, it's time for your answer, do you think you've been doing a good job in protecting him?"

"...I...I...I...I..."

"Lucario! You know it, you've been doing an excellent job! Nobody can do that except for you!" Flonne said.

"...No..."

Music stops

Flonne's eyes trembled in shock. "...What?"

"It's all my fault...he got hurt all this time...and sometimes even because my rage did it...I'm hopeless...sorry...Chris...this was all for nothing..."

"Thought so." Snake said walking over to Chris as Lucario let the mercenary walk to the World Traveler, Flonne was looking back and forht between the 2, for one part, she should be helping Lucario, on the other part, she should try and protect Chris from being kidnapped.

"W-what are you going to do?" Flonne asked desperated to do something.

"I'll do the monster a favor and take the kid away from him, where he'll be fine from danger, I don't let my comrades get hurt." Snake explained as he looked down to Chris, who stopped moaning and breathing air. "Once I get this kid out of this place, everything will be more safe with me, so now..."

KICK!

"...I...hate...kids...so...much..."

Flonne's jaw dropped once Snake grabbed a private part of his body and fell twitching in pain on the floor, the mercenary tried not to scream loudly, but he managed to prevent that from happening.

What was the reason for this sudden event?

Well...ask the kid on the bed, who had his leg extended to where Snake was before.

"...Oh...my...lord of Celestia..." Flonne muttered shocked once she saw Chris with a happy expression, apparently, his fever was almost gone from him.

However, something broke the silence, it was Chrs himself who smiled and turned to the other side.

"And you...attack his weakpoint...for MASSIVE DAMAGE...cretin..." Chris murmured as he sighed in relief and fell asleep.

"...Well, that would be his weakpoint..." Flonne remarked with a giggle.

002 - Putting Words Together

"..." Lucario was still left speechless and Flonne ducked and gave him a warm hug. "Huh?"

"Lucario, you're the perfect friend and companion Chris could ever get, it's not your fault that he got sick, after all, he decided by his own and you respected his idea, after all, he knows how to defend for himself because you taught him that, you don't have to listen to what a mean man like him did, if you still like Chris, and if he still likes you, then you 2 make a perfect good match between friends."

"...It's that..." Lucario cleared his tears. "...True, Flonne?"

Flonne giggled. "Of course, I'm so sure about that."

"...If only Chris could be awake..."

"Lucario..." Chris called out from his sleep and Lucario's ears perked up a little.

"Y-yes?" Lucario asked turning to Chris who made a faint smile.

"Please...stay with me forever...we can have so much fun that way...just...don't leave me...I don't want to be alone again..." Chris managed to say before he fell asleep.

"...Master... Chris..." Lucario muttered with a small smile.

"...After all..."

"Huh?"

Music stops

"We won our own luxury hotel in that lottery from yesterday, we can swim in the pool with the others and have the best fun of the world...yeah..." Chris said before he fell asleep again.

"..." Flonne sweatdropped. "I think he was just dreaming, how ironic, isn't? Heheheheh."

Lucario made a bored face. "...Why do you like to humiliate me, Chris?"

"That's it!" Snake yelled as he stood up. "Screw hiding spots and break the emotional structures of the people! The kid's coming with me!"

"GRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted in rage.

"What's the matter dog? You don't care about your trainer anymore?"

"I'LL TELL YOU SOMETHING, I DO CARE A LOT ABOUT MY TRAINER AND FRIEND, IF I THINK I'M DOING THE RIGHT THING TO PROTECT HIM, THEN I'LL DO IT AND STOP YOU!"

"Lucario!" Flonne clapped her hands. "That was so heroic!"

"Crap, now he's serious." Snake commented as he backed away to Chris.

"LEAVE HIM ALONE!" Lucario roared loudly (Chris didn't EVEN wake up) as he charged up an Aura Sphere.

"Yeah!" Axem Red said appearing just above Chris. "Leave him alone, because I'm taking him with me!"

Falco's Room

"..." Falco was still very annoyed that he couldn't move from his place that he began to talk to himself. "...Okay, first, after Chris gets kidnapped...should I make his grave or save him? If I make his grave, then I'll do a proper burial, but if I do save him, then he will admire me for the rest of his life..." Falco rubbed his chin and closed his eyes. "Yeah, that's has a nice sound to it... I need to imagine it, I'll have a fan from the real world...that's settles it! I'm going to let him get kidnapped for me to save him from the Subspace! Oh yeah, now I'm talkin-"

"Falco, what was all that you said just now?"

Falco sweatdropped once he turned to his right side and saw Fox, with crossed arms, tapping his foot and an annoyed look...with a red eye.

Falco chuckled. "Fox, what happened? Are you sick in the eye?"

"Don't ask." Fox said closing his eyes as the other entered the room.

"We're probably the only ones who haven't found a clue about the intruder." Pit said looking down.

"Wait, don't you mean intruders?" Falco asked, now remembering what he planned to say originally.

"Intruders? I thought there was only one." Fox said opening his eyes, but Falco chuckled. "...Fine, Diddy made this to me by ACCIDENT."

"I'm still saying I'm sorry!" Diddy's voice was heard, because Falco couldn't look at the small monkey.

"Shut up then!"

"Can I talk please." Falco suggested.

"Sure, go ahead."

"Those axe guys," Falco began. "The same axe guys we saw on Samus's world, they're here to kidnap Chris!"

"So they're the intruders..." Wolf said.

"...But the odd thing is that there was another suspicious guy sneaking around this place as well..."

"Who?" Diddy, DK, Fox and Pit asked confused.

"I dunno...but I heard he wanted to kidnap him as well an-"

It was not long before they all heard an explosion where Chris was healing and they looked to all the parts with shocked expressions.

"W-what was that just now?!" Pit asked.

"That came from where Chris was, wasn't it?" DK asked.

The group looked at each other before they ran away...

"...What are you doing here?" Falco asked.

"I'm not the kid's babysitter or something." Wolf said crossing his arms.

"Well, you're not going to let someone else get him, right?"

"Tell me a good reason."

Falco began to think. "...Because...as much as you hate Fox, you hate Chris as much as him and you want to defeat both of them someday...in your own hands?"

Wolf looked away and smirked. "...That changes the whole subject now..." Wolf said chuckling as he ran away.

"...Oh, right, leave me behind!" Falco yelled annoyed, he tried to get up, but failed miserably once the cold got him again. "Not this stupid crap again, dangit!"

Hallway

"An explosion!" Kirby said shocked.

Peach's Room

"Great, the action is starting without us!" Pikachu yelled hopping.

But it was not long before they all turned back to normal as Meta Knight flew away of the room.

"You said the effects would worn off in an hour!" Pichu said.

"...To tell the truth... I was fainted that time when Mallow turned into one, so he knew all along." Geno said looking away.

"My bad." Mallow said sticking out his tongue as they all ran away.

Toon Link's Room

"What should we do now?" Ness asked as they all overheard the explosion.

"Stay behind and protect good ol' me!" Raven yelled hiding below the bed.

"...Let's be lazy and protect the old man, after all, the others can do it all for themselves." Nana said.

"Agreed." The young Smashers said sitting on the floor as Raven sighed in relief.

Command Room

Master Hand sighed disappointed. "And that happens when you let them go and wander around Crazy, they wander until something blows up."

"Man, it must be hard to keep this mansion under control." Popo said trembling because he took a sip of coffee.

"Weren't you sleeping?"

"Nope, not anymore!" Popo said as his eyes grew and shrunk awrwardly.

"Aw, how much I love this kid." Crazy Hand said sighing.

"Crazy, stop being...you please." Master Hand said frowning.

10th floor

"...Hey you..." Etna called.

"Yes?" Estelle asked.

"I'm pretty sure nobody rests on this floor, we should be going down."

"Oh...right..."

Another hallway

"An...explosion..." Zelda muttered as she looked up. "Something is...happening..."

Lucario's Room

Flonne was very shocked, many figures ran in front of her when the explosion occurred, she couldn't see anything, she only found Lucario unconscious on the floor and a huge hole in the wall appeared, Axem Red, Snake and Chris were gone from the mansion, and now they were probably in the snowstorm.

"...W-why?" Flonne asked silently, dropping to her knees while her eyes trembled, dropping close to Lucario. "...Why did this happen?... Why?"

She could only catch sight of a ship going towards Nintendo City as it vanished through the sleet of the night...

Preview of the next chapter

"...Kid, wake up."

"U-ugh...huh?"

...

"And...that's all..." Flonne finished.

"This is not good, they're planning to take Chris into the Subspace through Exor!" Geno said in a serious tone.

...

"Guess we'll have to work together to get out from this junk."

"...I don't have another choice..."

...

"We're almost there," Axem Red said looking to Exor from very far away. "We just need to enter and Tabuu will be very pleased with our success! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"He's out of it now." Axem Green whispered.

...

"Second thoughts of a mercenary...why should I have second thoughts for?" Snake asked.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

The Blade
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 11, 2009, 08:17:12 PM
Chapter 103: Second thoughts of a mercenary

The Blade
Cell

In the night of the snowstorm, we see Chris, who was unconscious thanks to the explosion in the room before, inside the cell where the Axem Rangers had thrown him in, mentioned characters were chuckling to themselves as Chris was immobile.

"We did it!" Axem Red said. "We managed to grab the kid out from those imbeciles! I'm a genius!"

"You should shut up for now," Axem Black said remembering the event in the mansion. "After all, thanks to my Spritz Bomb move to blow up the wall and kidnap the kid after I managed to get in contact with these idiots, it's me who should get the credit."

"Hey, like, that sounded like so mean," Axem Pink said annoyed. "I was like so focused in my task."

"Yeah," Axem Green said rolling his eyes. "I bet you went straight to a girl's room and try on some kind of makeup or jewels, I know you very well."

Axem Pink blushed and sweated. "I...ah...like..."

"I had the best feast in my life." Axem Yellow said burping.

"Wait, you what?!" Axem Red asked and Axem Yellow jumped in shock.

"N-no, I meant I had the best search in my life for the kid, yeah, that's it!... You believe me, right?"

"...Frankly speaking, no." Axem Red said as he shook his head. "Whatever, thing is, the kid's ours and we're now en-route to Exor, since it's the only way to get to the Subspace inside that sword's mouth for the Blade to enter."

"There's trouble with that though..." Axem Green said. "The snowstorm that isn't normal at all because you...well, you know, is preventing the Blade from accelerating."

"...What?"

"Like, afraid so," Axem Pink said. "We're going like at 5 miles per hour...meaning that, like, it's a long way to reach the city..."

"And considering the time of our arrival..." Axem Green thought. "...I'd say we'll make it in...5 hours to reach Exor."

"...You've gotta be kidding me." Axem Red said.

"Nope, we should have made it in 10 minutes, but the force of this storm is just...stupid."

"...Great, I hate delays," Axem Red said crossing his arms. "But what's the point for Tabuu to make this weather so unusual? He wants to let the climate go as it is, but it's slowing us greatly!"

"I heard he's hiding something high above the clouds that nobody wants to suspect," Axem Yellow said. "...Do you think it's the las-"

"Don't divulge information out," Axem Black said looking to Chris. "Even if he's sleeping, he could hear us out."

"Do you think like the Smashers will like come over here and like rescue him?" Axem Pink asked.

"Nah, those guys are far below from our reach now," Axem Red said walking away with his team. "The only way to get here is by using some kind of airship or a vehicle...but that's unlikely to happen fortunately."

"We'll just have to wait until we reach Exor." Axem Black said as the others nodded and left the cell, leaving Chris behind.

"Wait, whatever happened to that old man?"

"I bet he was blasted away by my bombs, don't worry."

Once they left the cell, however, someone was able to infiltrate the ship from the air ducts and dropped just in front of the cell, it was Snake, who had several bruises but was able to keep on, he looked to Chris once he found him.

"Wow," Otacon said. "Things have changed so fast all of a sudden, haven't they?"

"Yeah," Snake said. "I can't believe I let my guard down and got winded up in this ship."

"Good thing you got in," Mei Ling said. "Otherwise Chris could have been kidnapped and taken away by them."

"By the way Snake, we all heard what you said to Lucario." Otacon said as Snake looked away.

"So? It was my only weapon to use and render him useless." Snake said.

"But that was so heartbraking for him... I feel so guilty for what you did." Mei Ling said a little ashamed.

"Mei Ling, it was me, not you."

"But even so, that was really mean."

"Figures..." Snake said opening the lock of the cell and ducked down to get a closer look. "Now, it's time to wake him up."

"Wait, are you going to take him as he's awake?" Otacon asked.

"I'll have to threaten him to get help and get out of this...floating crap."

"Oh man..."

"...Kid, wake up."

"U-ugh...huh?" Chris blinked confused and looked around. "Where...am I?... Sonic!" Chris stood up and continued to look around. "Sonic, where are you? What is your decision then? Are you going to... What the hell?!"

"You're up, that's a relief."

Chris backed away from Snake holding up his book of magic. "W-what?! H-how did you get here?! Where am I?! Where is everyone?! W-where is Lucario an-"

SLAP!

"Oww!"

"Kid, I know you're confused about this whole situation, but you'll have to obey and listen to me if you want to see another place than this dump," Snake said pulling back his hand as Chris rubbed his cheek. "But it will be a long time before you get to see your frien-"

"FIRE!"

Tales of Symphonia - Smile - Marta

"...Huh?...AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Snake's hair began to heat up as a flame took its place, the mercenary tried to pull out the fire with his hands panicking. "AAAAHHHH!!!" Snake was able to vanish the flame and glared at Chris. "Kid, I'll let that one slip out, but no-"

"FIRE!"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Snake's head again burned greatly.

"Snake! I think you'll have to be the one under his command for now, you scared him a lot!" Otacon yelled.

"I'M GOING TO MURDER THIS KID, MELT HIS HELPLESS BODY INTO ACID AN-"

"FIRE!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"If you stop your threats against me, I will stop casting my magic on you!" Chris warned Snake as the mercenary got out from his problem.

"You're so dead no-" Snake's eyes widened when Chris's right hand was glowing with fire power as well as his book. "...Fine, I'll listen to you."

"Good." Chris said lowering his hand, stopping his magic from attacking the mercenary.

Music stops

"First, I have many questions in my mind," Chris looked around. "Where am I?"

"You're inside the ship of some freaky axe guys trying to take you to the "Subspace" thing." Snake explained.

"...Alright... I think those axe guys are...the Axem Rangers..." Chris tried hardly to stay calmed and went on with his questions.

20 minutes later...

"...All that happened when I was having a fever then?" Chris asked and Snake nodded. "...I am such a nuisance to them...they were trying to protect me from getting kidnapped and..."

"I may also say that this is Snake's fault as well, Chris." Mei Ling called out.

"...Wait, who was that?" Chris asked.

"Sorry for not introducing myself, I'm Mei Ling, I'm talking through Snake's communicator." Mei Ling with a chuckle.

"And I'm Otacon," Otacon called out. "Snake here tried to kidnap you when you were down."

"I'm Colonel, may as well introduce myself." Colonel said.

"...You all, were trying to...kidnap me?!" Chris asked in shock.

"Yeah, because you're the only one who can answer all our questions about this whole thing." Snake said.

"Questions? You mean all the things you saw through your hidden cameras around the mansion that you were using to spy on us?" Chris asked and Snake nodded. "W-what kind of questions are those?"

"The Subspace, the Smashers, why are our cameras in the mansion, and mostly," Otacon began. "The worlds, and the world where you came from."

Chris gulped. "Uh-oh..."

"Quite a shocker, right?" Snake asked. "We planned to kidnap you since if I went to the mansion and asked you, you'd refuse then."

"...Kidnap me?" Chris repeated looking down.

"Stop repeating the same thing before I'll do it the hard way."

"...All of you..."

"Yes?"

"All of you...ARE SUCH A BUNCH OF DORKS WITHOUT BRAINS!" Chris yelled angrily.

"What? Why?" Otacon asked confused.

"I would have responded to any questions from the beginning! I am a very kind person, the kindest person of the Smashers to be exact! Why kidnap me when you just could have asked nicely to me? I mean, yes, take me to your base sounded good, but for god's sake, I got into this mess because you were not able to ask me first? What is wrong with you?"

"...Wow, that was...all then?"

"Of course it is!" Chris said crossing his arms.

"...I told you guys," Mei Ling said. "The kidnapping was stupid from the beginning and you didn't listen to me even once."

"W-why are you blaming me?" Otacon asked. "If you want to blame someone, t-that would be Snake!"

"What?" Snake asked.

"Y-yeah! You said the kidnapping was a good idea, didn't you?"

"I-I didn't say that, it was the Colonel! He should receive all the fault then!"

"..." The Colonel was speechless but then he sighed. "...As the boss of all of you... I should accept all the blame."

"Guess so." Snake, Otacon and Mei Ling said rolling their eyes.

"So, are you going to take me back to the mansion with everyone else?" Chris asked with a serious tone in his voice.

"...Hold on," Snake interrupted. "Let's make a deal here."

"I am all ears now."

"If I help you return to your mansion, will you answer all our questions and doubts?"

"...I do not know..." Chris said looking away with a sarcastic not-caring expression. "I do not hear the magic word I wanted to hear from you..."

Snake grumbled in irritation. "...If I help you return to your mansion, will you be so kind to answer all our questions and doubts?"

"...Hmm... I do not know yet..."

"...Please?" Snake asked as his right eye twitched.

"...Heheh, that is more like it now." Chris said smiling to him with a nod. "Okay, I will, I want to see everyone again as soon as possible, and come to think of it, I want to see if Lucario managed to control his rage."

"...The dog I..." Snake shook his head.

"Wait, what were you going to say?"

"Nothing, it's nothing special."

"Oh? You mean all the insults that you said to Lucario?" Mei Ling asked.

Chris blinked. "...What insults are you talking about? I demand answers."

"Look kid, it's nothing important that you should know, what matters now is to get out of this thing." Snake said calmly.

Chris clenched his hands. "Sorry, but I need to know what did you say to Lucario, and if you said something that hurt his feelings, I am never going to forgive you, his feelings are still a little damaged, but an insult could break him apart in a second because he is very devouted to his beliefs."

"Well, that's what exactly Snake did." Mei Ling as Snake motioned to shut up.

"...Snake, tell me the truth, what did YOU say to Lucario?"

"...Ugh..." Snake grunted and looked away, Chris had him cornered where he wanted.

A silence fell in as the screen darkened...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"And then that black guy came in and threw bombs everywhere, blowing up the room apart and created a smokescreen, I also saw 3 other figures running to the hole the black guy made first, when the smoke was gone, Chris was gone, Lucario was unconscious and the axe guy along with the mean man disappeared..." Flonne explained as she was sitting on the chair, most of the Smashers were listening to her explanation, except for Marth's group who were still out of cold in the hall they were in.

"This is just all of a sudden." Squirtle said.

"Did you manage to see something else, Flonne?" Pikachu asked.

"Well... I caught the sight of a ship going to the city but...I don't know why they're going there in the first place..."

"Maybe it's the Blade, the Axem Rangers's main ship." Mallow said.

"All the city has is a barrier that prevents us from entering, right?" Pit asked.

"Yes, the barrier that Exor created." Geno said with a nod before he blinked surprised. "Wait...now I see why they're going there."

"And...that's all..." Flonne finished.

"This is not good, they're planning to take Chris into the Subspace through Exor!" Geno said in a serious tone.

"They're taking Chris to Exor?" Mallow said rubbing his chin. "But I thought Exor was the gate to Smithy's world."

"Well, Smithy can decide what world he wants to be in, so it may be a possibility that Exor is a gate to the Subspace and Smithy's world as well, depending of how Smithy operates the sword." Geno explained.

"It was...my fault..." Lucario said looking down, he was able to recover his consciousness.

"Lucario..." Flonne trailed off looking at him.

"In any case," Master Hand began. "We must rescue Chris from the Axem Rangers before they get to the Subspace or else, I don't want to imagine what Chris is going to experience, the Subspace is the most dangerous world to dwell, if somebody gets lost in it, there's no way out from that."

"But what about the snowstorm?" Ivysaur asked. "It's pretty strong out there right now...brrr..."

"That's another issue," Yoshi said. "I doubt someone could last in that climate for so long."

"Yeah, I mean, who can resist the cold like me and Nana?" Popo asked hopping several times from his seat due to the coffee he drank.

Everyone stared at Popo after that.

"...Popo, you idiot! You and Nana can handle the coldest weather, right?" Pikachu asked and Popo nodded with a chuckle.

"Duh, we're the Ice Climbers, what are you, stupid?" Popo asked rhetorically.

"But even with them alone it's not going to make that much of a difference," Meta Knight said as he looked away. "And I can't chase that ship by flying, my wings wouldn't resist that much."

"That also goes for me as well." Pit said.

"What to do..." Diddy wondered scratching his head.

"Well, we can't waste much more time, every second counts!" Sonic said crossing his arms. "The more we think, the more Chris will get away from our reach!"

"Sonic, go and get Nana, I'll try to think of somethi-" Master Hand said but Sonic was already gone.

"...Do you at least know where's Nana?" Fox asked and then, Sonic returned. "...You don't, right?"

"No idea, heheh." Sonic said chuckling as Fox facepalmed.

Toon Link's Room

The young Smashers were playing a game of the hot potato by this time, Raven was meanwhile sleeping deeply under the bed, making long snores.

"...When is he going to stop snoring?" Lucas asked covering his ears.

"Who knows, old men can snore for long periods of time," Ness said shuddering by the cold. "B-by the way, do you think something happened when that explosion occurred?"

"I don't know," Nana said throwing the potato away. "But something's worrying me though..."

"Raven?" Toon Link asked.

"Not the lazy old man! I mean something else!" Nana yelled as then the door opened, all of them looked and got a little shocked after Etna and Estelle were standing there. "...Um...hello?"

"Oh, sorry for interrupting, but have you seen an old man with long purple coat and funny hair around here?" Estelle asked with a polite bow as she noticed the snores. "...Is anybody sleeping here?"

Toon Link sweated as he looked below the bed. "Er...no? Nope! There's nobody sleeping in here!"

"But those snores are awfully loud and...they somehow feel so familiar..." Estelle said putting a finger close to her chin.

"T-there's definitely nobody snoring in here!" Toon Link shouted flailing his arms as the young Smashers made bored looks.

"...Wow, didn't know he was a fan of him." Ness whispered to Lucas.

"..." Etna made a bored look to Toon Link. "...I think he's not here either, c'mon, I'll give you your own room to rest for the night...but not telling to the hand, got it?" Etna said walking away as Estelle gasped and followed her.

"R-right away!" Estelle yelled running away as Toon Link sighed in relief.

"...Damn, that was close." Toon Link wiping out the sweat. "How come you guys didn't do anything?"

"Because of the fact that we're not the "Crazy Rabbid Raven's Fan Club's members" as you are." Nana said rolling her eyes.

"Well, you could've at least helped me!"

"Toon Link, we just helped you because you promised to us that you were going to give us each 1000 Rupees."

"...I did that Ness?"

"Hell yes you did." Ness said nodding.

"...Dang it!"

"You guys!" Sonic appeared in the door. "Where's Lala?"

"...You mean Nana," Nana said a little annoyed as she stood up. "What?"

"This is serious, Chris..."

Command Room

The young Smashers decided to join up the meeting, but left Toon Link behind with Raven since the old man was still sleeping deeply.

"Please, tell me you're not sending me and my brother alone, we're too few to save Chris!" Nana protested grabbing his brother's right hand. "And who the hell asked you to give him coffee? He gets a lot weirder than usual!"

"ButNanaI'mFine!" Popo said extremely quickly as he hopped up and down, pupils spinning madly at this moment.

"Oh, great, he's insane, now is going to be a headache to get him to sleep."

"But you can resist the weather outside, can't you?" Pikachu asked.

"Well, yeah, that's true, but we need more people before we go out, who knows if us alone is enough!" Nana pointed at Fox. "How about you for example? Where's your weird mini-battleship thing? It would be a LOT of help in this situation right now!"

"It's "Arwing" and second, I don't have it here with me." Fox said crossing his arms.

"...Yes, I knew you were going to say that," Nana said frowning as she took out her hammer. "Even so, we need people, and people who can tolerate the climate even a bit, who's coming with me?"

A cricket happened to pass by and chirped several times, nobody wanted to raise their hands as Nana stared at them with bored looks.

"...Who let that bug in?" Nana asked before she smashed the cricket. "Okay, who's coming?"

Another cricket (hidden somewhere) chirped as nobody did anything.

"...Seriously! This is not a joke, who's coming?"

The cricket stopped chirping and they just only blinked.

"...You know what? You all want to get Chris so screwed, fine! Be that way! I'm the only person cares for him here?!"

"Lucario!" Flonne yelled loudly and Lucario shook his head in surprise, because he was still lamenting himself for what happened.

"Y-yes?" Lucario asked.

"Are you going to rescue Chris or not?"

"...I...I..."

"DECIDE NOW, QUICK!"

"...Yes!" Lucario said nodding.

"Good, Lucario is both a Steel type and Fighting type, he can handle the snow for long periods of time like Popo and Nana." Pikachu said. "...Wait, where's Mewtwo?"

"Right here," Mewtwo appeared in the room as he used Teleport. "I've been recovering my energies because of the training with Lucario." Lucario looked away embarrassed. "...But I managed to keep track of the events as well."

"Can you use Teleport to appear in the ship then?" Pichu asked but Mewtwo shook his head.

"I need first to get there to know the area before I can use Teleport effectively," Mewtwo said closing his eyes. "But I can't do that right now, the climate outside it's just too strong to use Teleport in a known area, it's discrupting my senses a lot."

"Then you're so useless as everyone else here," Nana said frowning turning to the hallway with Lucario. "Okay, you all wait here, after all, since nobody wants to save Chris, well, screw you, I'll get all the credit for this."

"AndWhatAboutLucario?" Popo asked pointing quickly to Lucario who was still ashamed.

"...Well, mostly him I think," Nana said as she shook her head. "...Whatever, let's go!"

And the trio ran to the main lobby where they left to the strong weather outside and closed the door.

"...I-I'm going too!" Lucas yelled running away.

"Heh, that kid got a dead wish." Wolf said frowning as he saw Fox running away as well. "...And him as well?... Damn then...fine, I'll go too...stupid kid..." Wolf muttered as he ran away.

"...Chris! Wait for me!" DK yelled running away.

"DK! Wait for me!" Diddy yelled following DK.

"I-ah-wait! I'm coming too!" Pichu yelled running away.

"Oh no, you're all trying to convince me into going too?... Then screw the snow!" Pikachu said annoyed as he ran away.

"Squirtle, Ivysaur, let's go!" Red said running away with Squirtle...and only him.

"Forget it, snow bad for Ivysaur, so bad." Ivysaur said in third-person, hiding below a desk as Sonic passed right besides him.

"See ya!" Sonic yelled running away at a high speed.

"...Oh boy..." Olimar shrugged as he "ran" away with them.

"...Er... I'm going too..." Ness said unsure as he walked away.

"...May as well go with them." Meta Knight said to Pit who nodded and both ran away.

"...I..." Yoshi looked to Master Hand. "...Can I look where is Link first?"

"Oh, right, he must be still somewhere, go and get him." Master Hand said as Yoshi nodded and ran away.

"Geno!" Mallow yelled startling Geno and Twink.

"O-oh, right!" Geno said nodding in shock as the trio ran away.

Master Hand cleared his throat once Kirby and Jigglypuff were the only ones left. "...So?"

"So what?" Jigglypuff asked.

"...Let's go..." Kirby said taking her hand as they walked away from the room.

"...Mewtwo?" Master Hand asked and Mewtwo narrowed his eyes at him.

"I hate the cold." Mewtwo stated crossing his arms.

"...But you shoul-"

"I HATE the cold." Mewtwo said glaring at him as Master Hand backed away trembling a little.

"See? He hates it as well, let him be," Ivysaur said smiling a little as he looked to Flonne. "And what are you going to do?"

"I...I want to stay behind and see where's Etna." Flonne said walking away calmly, she in reality was thinking to herself. "(Please, Lucario, it's not your fault, it's useless to lament for what happened...)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 12, 2009, 09:07:25 PM
The Blade
Cell

"...Snake, that was really unnecessary of you..." Chris said looking down. "How could you do that?"

"Kid, it was the only way t-" Snake was interrupted.

"I know, kidnap me, I still think that was really mean of you!" Chris said angrily with a glare. "Once we get back to the mansion, I want you to apologize to Lucario, and I want to hear an acceptance from him as well!"

"Like a kid is going t-"

"FIRE!"

"AAAAAAAHHHHH!! STOP IT!" Snake yelled, this time, the fire appeared on his butt and he cleared it out in panic.

"We have a deal now?" Chris asked crossing his arms.

"...Fine, deal, but no more fire spells on me..." Snake said grumbling a little.

"That settles it then," Chris said as he sighed. "...But the main problem is this place, I do not know how long is this from the inside, I did not see anything else before."

"Guess we'll have to work together to get out from this junk."

"...I don't have another choice..."

"Hey, I thought you were going to say "do not" again."

"People makes mistakes sometimes, I am not perfect anyway." Chris said walking out with an annoyed face as Snake followed him.

Snake temporarily joined your team!

Persona 4 - Secret Base

Both of them walked to the stairs and went up, the next room was just a bunch of old machinery scattered around the floor as they looked around.

"Machines," Snake began. "Something is going on in here."

"I agree," Chris said adjusting his glasses. "This is the ship of the Axem Rangers, is not it? I kind of...expected that they would have metalic things around I guess."

"Otacon, Mei Ling, can you both analyze the surroundings?"

"Sorry Snake," Mei Ling began. "I'm afraid we don't have a map of the complex that you both are currently in, so you'll have to explore until you find the exit."

"Everything is going down for the worse then." Snake said as Chris spotted various windows looking outside, the World Traveler blinked before he walked to them and looked outside.

"...This climate is very strong..." Chris muttered as he breath was seen as steam. "But if my calculations are accurate, this airship is not moving very fast."

"Why is that?" Snake asked.

"Technically, the whole ship is itself too heavy to move in the air, and the snowstorm outside renders its movement through the sleet," Otacon said. "Remember? Just like Shadow Moses Island, only specialized choppers can fly through."

"You mean any kind."

"...Yeah, pretty much." Otacon said with a chuckle.

"Anyway, the windows are too small to get out," Chris began finding more stairs. "I think we can advance further, let us go and hope for safety out of this place."

"Hold on." Snake said stepping in front of him.

"What?"

"I'm going in the front."

Chris made an angry look and put his book on his lap. "Just because you are an adult does not mean you have to be in the front."

"No, it's not that." Snake said shaking his head a little.

"Then what is?"

"Your safety over mine."

Chris could only blink in surprise but he shook his head a little with some trails of blushes. "Oh, I see now...fine, go on before me."

And both continued their way through the ship as they climbed the stairs, if they hurried in getting out from the ship, then there was hope to escape and get away if they could resist the climate outside.

"So, Snake..." Chris trailed off, looking down as they walked through a corridor.

"Spill it, I know you want to ask me something." Snake said.

"Well... I was wondering if you could...join us."

"...And why should I?"

"Because I did not bother to play yo-I mean, I did not bother to know your world very much and I thought it would be a bad idea to go to a world that I do not know about...and since you are here trying to find a way out...would you plea-"

"Sorry kid," Snake said looking away. "I have better things to do first."

"Like?"

"...Getting out of here."

"That is one, but what else?"

"...Nothing...nothing else." Snake said frowning.

"Then please, come with us, you are one of us too, that is also another reason why your cameras are all over the mansion, because you set them when..."

"When?"

"...I rather not talk about it right now...however, I would if you could do me that favor..."

"...Hmph, I don't make any promises."

"...I understand..." Chris said closing his eyes in shame.

Outside

The snowstorm was just too much so see something through, with a closer look, we see the Smashers running through as they covered their faces, most of them had to wear fur coats because either they didn't tolerate the cold or they just used them to avoid getting a cold, and since the weather was strong, they had to yell in order to stay in contact.

"Come on! We have to keep moving!" Nana yelled running through the covered road with snow.

"Lucario, can you sense something with your aura yet?!" Pikachu asked.

"I-I'm sorry, but I can't locate anything with the snow's force, it's discrupting my senses as Mewtwo's!" Lucario yelled as he clenched his fangs.

"Let's just hope we can find them and fast!" Mallow yelled.

"Meanwhile, IWillStareAtTheHugeShipMovingIncrediblySlowAboveUs!" Popo yelled insanely quickly.

"I-I-I didn't hear you, w-w-what did you say?! Achoo!" Sonic asked as he sneezed, he was so stubborn to get out without wearing a fur coat.

"...What did you say?!" Mallow yelled loudly.

"What?!"

"What?!" Pikachu asked.

"What?!" Pit asked.

"STOP!" Meta Knight yelled. "Above us, the ship!" Meta Knight yelled pointing at a shadowy ship above them, the ship wasn't moving too fast and they stopped their feet and looked above.

"...So basically, we ran 10 feet away from the mansion?!" Twink asked looking at the mansion, which was exactly 10 feet away from them.

"...Who cares!" Ness yelled looking at the ship. "We have to get in, but it's too high above! Who can jump that high?!"

"Lucario!" Pikachu yelled.

"I-I can reach the ship with my jumps, but I can take 2 at a time before I get back here!" Lucario yelled as Ness and Lucas grabbed his hands, the trio nodded and the Aura Pokémon jumped very high and reached the rear part of the ship, just behind the turbines of the ship, Lucario jumped back to the snow and got 2 more, after a while, everyone was now aboard the ship where they entered inside an air duct.

Axem Rangers's Main Room

"We're almost there," Axem Red said looking to Exor from very far away. "We just need to enter and Tabuu will be very pleased with our success! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"He's out of it now." Axem Green whispered.

"...Why isn't this thing going faster?!" Axem Red asked stomping the floor angrily. "We're never going to make it in time to get our new ranks!"

"Or mine!" Axem Green yelled.

"Or my food!" Axem Yellow yelled.

"Or, like, my expensive makeup!" Axem Pink yelled.

"Would you 4 shut up?!" Axem Black yelled as the 4 glared at him. "We don't much of a choice right now, we need to move at this speed sadly...and I need my new shades as well as your things."

"At least," Axem Green got a happy expression. "We got what we wanted after all! Tabuu will award us with the biggest present, and think about it, we're the only ones who have made progress on his deeds instead of the others!"

"And like, don't forget about Lord Smithy!" Axem Pink said squealing.

"We have 2 prizes for the exchange of 1, sweet!" Axem Red said spinning his axe above him. "We can ask for power, money, EVERYTHING!"

"Just let me take a look to the cell and see our hostage." Axem Green said walking over to the monitor where he clicked (if he had fingers to begin with), he began to see the security cameras. "...Well, look at that." Axem Green said pointing at a familiar card with a star.

"The Star Spirit, Klevar," Axem Black said rubbing his chin. "I forgot we had him concealed withing our ship."

"Yeah, like, it's the source for our weapon, right?" Axem Pink asked and Axem Red chuckled.

"Yep, if this was taken away, then we'll be screwed over by Tabuu or Smithy or both." Axem Green said shuddering a little.

"Hopefully, it's well hidden." Axem Yellow said as Axem Green kept looking the cameras, ignoring an important one at first when he selected the cameras from the cell.

"Oh, look, either my eyes are blind or the kid got invisible." Axem Red said rubbing his chin.

"Like, wow, now I know why Tabuu wanted him, like, so badly." Axem Pink remarked nodding.

"..." Axem Black frowned at his companions's idiocy. "...Guys, the kid's gone, the cell is empty, and also, Axem Green ignored a camera where the kid and that old man were walking."

"...Oh, you mean this?" Axem Green asked selecting the camera where Chris and Snake were walking through a solitary hallway. "Well, they're getting through our ship alright..."

A moment of silence fell as they looked at each other.

"CRAP! HE'S BACK TO NORMAL AGAIN!"

"This isn't good, this ISN'T GOOD!" Axem Yellow said panicking.

"Smithy or Tabuu or both will have our heads for dinner!"

"OH MAN, OH MAN, OH MAN! WE HAVE TO STOP THEM FROM GETTING AWAY!" Axem Red panicked before Axem Black slapped his face. "Oh, thank you, I needed that... WE HAVE TO STOP KID FROM GETTING AWAY!"

"And like what about the old man with the tight butt?" Axem Pink asked.

"...Think Tabuu wants him as well?" Axem Green asked.

"...It could be a perfect excuse to save us from our delay." Axem Black said.

"...Then Axem Rangers, MOVE OOOOOOOOUUUUUUTTTTTT!!!" Axem Red commanded as the 5 ran downstairs, rather than teleporting swiftly around like they do.

However, they ignored the figures getting through the air ducts, which of course wasn't going to be so good for them at all.

Air ducts

"You know what's worse than rescuing a kid inside a ship with probably the most poor excuse of henchmen of another person?" Wolf asked.

"No, what is it?" Pit asked.

"Stare at your rival's butt through this small space," Wolf said looking in front of him. "Even worse, I think someone farted in here."

"Eww, Fox, youAreNasty." Popo said insanely fast as he trembled.

"Wolf, shut up," Fox said annoyed as all the group went crouching their way through the ducts. "The only last thing we want to hear is you complaining about small facts that aren't that frustrating."

"But it is very frustrating, I assure you." Wolf said.

"I have a better idea," Jigglypuff said. "How about if we all SHUT UP and stop complaining?"

"...Lucario?" Pikachu looked back to Lucario. "Are you okay?"

"...Yes..." Lucario responded with a nod.

"...Look, I've been in many situations like this with Ash and the others, and trust me, everything always goes alright in the end."

"...Pikachu..."

"Yes?" Pikachu asked with a small smile.

"...Don't get me wrong but...this isn't Team Rocket that we're talking about right now..."

"...Oops." Pikachu said sweatdropping with a chuckle. "...Wait, hold on, how do you know about Team Rocket if I didn't tell you about them?"

"I-it's because...that's not important right now..."

"...Okay?" Pikachu said as they all went further inside. "...But if it helps you...just be like you always are."

"A mindless person with pure rage?"

Pikachu sighed in disappointment. "Seriously, you have to get over it sooner or later...but SOONER, now."

"...I just can't...sorry..."

"...Chris will get worried you know." Jigglypuff said.

"..." Lucario just remained silent as Pikachu and Jigglypuff looked worried about the Aura Pokémon.

"Squirtle." Red called.

"Yeah?" Squirtle asked.

"Aren't you going to cheer him up or something?"

"I thought that was your job."

"W-well, maybe, but you're a Pokémon like him, so cheer him up!"

"I...don't want to do it, I mean, Pikachu is better than me..."

"I hate to interrupt," Geno said. "But I think Lucario needs to resolve this by himself for now, we must rescue Chris and get back to the mansion."

"While we're here," Mallow began. "Why not defeat the Axem Rangers in the process? They could, you know, have a Star Spirit in their hands."

"...The Star Spirit!" Geno said blinking surprised. "Yes, I forgot, every henchmen of Tabuu or Smithy always had a Star Spirit to protect from us, the Axem Rangers must be also in charge of the next one!"

"And if we rescue the Star Spirit, then we'll have one more left to rescue!" Twink said.

"Then we can enter inside Exor and challenge Smithy after finding him in his factory again..."

"...It's not the same without Mario and Peach, is it?"

"..." Geno shook his head. "But see the bright side, we have even more persons with us this time that we did years ago."

"Well," Twink smiled. "That's true."

"...Let's hope there's nothing dangerous ahead."

"...Wait a minute," Mallow looked behind him. "Where's DK?"

"Oh, DK?" Kirby asked. "He was too big to fit in so he remained outside with Diddy."

Outside

"...Why aren't there any doors outside?" DK asked to Diddy as they were sitting near the ducts.

"Because it would be useless to have doors near the turbines?" Diddy asked with a sigh.

"...And why are there air ducts below the turbines anyway?"

"Beats me," Diddy said throwing his hands up as a familiar figure was seen flying close to them. "Hey, aren't you that Paratroopa?"

The figure was Parakarry who seemed to be carrying something, the Paratroopa had a hardtime flying through the sleet that he got lost in the air. "Oh, DK, Diddy! What are you doing in this height? It's dangerous to stay here near these...turbines?! What's happening here?"

DK and Diddy explained everything to Parakarry, who nodded every 2 seconds.

"I see now...well, all I can do is wish you guys look good, this ship is going towards Nintendo City as you're here doing nothing," DK and Diddy looked at him annoyed. "...However," Parakarry glared at the clouds. "I've got this weird feeling about the climate..."

"What's strange? That's just strong?" Diddy asked but Parakarry shook his head.

"No, I mean, those clouds are so oddly familiar...and this snowstorm is familiar as well but...nah, it couldn't be, weird ideas from a Paratroopa like me, don't mind me, heheh." Parakarry said with a chuckle.

"Wait, before you go, can you take us to the upper part of the ship?" Diddy asked and Parakarry chuckled a little.

"Sure! I've gotten stronger all these years ever since I traveled with Mario, I can carry you 2 at the same time if yo-"

"Hop on!" DK yelled jumping to Parakarry's shell along with Diddy, the Paratroopa began to pant heavily and flew slowly above the ship, carefully evading the turbines in their way.

"O-oof!... W-wait...who's the fat one here?" Parakarry asked struggling to fly upwards.

"I'm not fat, I'm strong." DK said as a toon vein appeared on his forehead.

"Hmm..." Diddy tilted his head as he glanced upwards. "...Weird, there's like, I don't know, a dome over there."

"A dome?" DK asked confused.

Close to the central area

The World Traveler and the spy soldier were still navigating through the ship, not finding any kind of way out apparently and got even closer to the center of the ship instead without even knowing it.

"How can this ship be so big?" Chris asked looking around. "At this rate, we are never going to find the way out of here."

"Beats me kid," Snake said looking around as well. "This place is just like a maze to me, a maze that I don't even know that existed."

"That could include me in the same category." Chris said adjusting his glasses.

"Um, sorry for interrupting your moment but..."

Both of them stopped as Chris took out his DS. "Oh, Professor Kawashima! I forgot about you all along."

Kawashima made an angry expression. "Well, you could've asked me about the Axem Rangers's ship, I know the layout of the entire area and where's the exit as well."

"An interactive tutorial..." Snake said rubbing his chin. "Things here keep surprising me."

"Oh, oh! Can I examine that if you feel like bringing it to me?" Otacon asked.

"Sorry, but no," Chris said closing his eyes as Otacon groaned disappointed. "So, can you tell us where is the exit?"

"Actually...now that you're inside the ship of those weirdos, you should start looking for the next Star Spirit." Kawashima said shifting his eyes.

"The Star Spirit is here?"

"No doubt about it, it seems it's somewhere close to your location."

"...Well, tell us!"

Kawashima sweatdropped. "Forgive me Chris! The area around the Star Spirit is really blurry for me to examine due to something using the star as its source of energy, it shouldn't be too far from where you 2 are so, you should hurry up!" Kawashima said as he turned himself off with the DS.

"Kid, we're not going for some odd star just because you have to."

"...Too bad," Chris said as his book and right hand were glowing a red bright color. "Now we have another deal?"

"...This will only make me stay away from you, I'm warning you." Snake said with a frowned as Chris stopped his magic, both of them found another way and they decided to follow it, to another emptyness of darkness since the lights were off. "...Do you hear someone whimpering?"

"I-I-I am sorry but... I-I-I am afraid of darkness..." Chris said studdering.

"...Now I ask myself, how did I end up with some coward kid?"

"Snake, stop being such an ass." Mei Ling said a little irritated, caughing off-guard everyone, even the Colonel.

"...Wow, and I thought here she had good manners." Otacon said.

"...I need to stop being an insulter all the time." Snake muttered as both walked through the darkness.

"D-d-do you have something to illuminate this hallway?" Chris asked.

"Why don't you use that weird glow from your hand to make some light?"

"...Oh, you are right, sorry, heheheh." Chris said scratching the back from his head as his right hand glowed a red color, however he didn't want to cast the spell Fire, the World Traveler sighed as he heard something. "Wait, did you chuckle?"

"What?" Snake said stopping. "No, why would I chuckle in a moment like this?"

"...Wait a minute," Chris stared at his hand. "...I think I have figured out a way to be ready to cast a quick spell...yes! If I let my hand glow, I could cast a spell in less than a second for a surprise attack!"

"That's great and all, but keep moving." Snake said as Chris frowned.

"You do not seriously know the benefits, right? I need time to chant a spell before the spell acts by itself, but if I focus my energy and keep it at bay, I could chant the spell and use the spell in store."

"But then you wouldn't cast a spell in less than a second because you have to chant before yelling out that magic." Snake pointed out as Chris blushed embarrassed.

"O-okay, I made some miscalculations, people makes mistakes, did not I tell you before?" Chris asked.

"(...This kid is really something when someone has time to talk with him...now I see why everyone in that mansion enjoy their together.)" Snake thought hiding a small smile.

"...I can detect it!" Kawashima called out.

Music stops

"What?" Chris asked stopping with Snake.

"The Star Spirit, is really close!"

Snake examined the darkness around, he could hear some echos around by their footsteps in the floor of steel. "...This place is kind of big."

"Spacious." Mei Ling pointed out.

"And enormous." Otacon added.

"Spacious, only that." Mei Ling said with a chuckle.

"I cannot illuminate much more here," Chris said shuddering a little. "I can only illuminate this small radius, sorry for disappointing you all."

"But I should be the one disappointed, instead!" A voice yelled from the darkness, both of them looked around to find the source.

"W-who is there?" Chris asked with his magic ready to attack.

Suddenly, lights began to turn on, and both found themselves inside a dome with a big field, on the other side of the field, the Axem Rangers were there glaring at the 2, standing in front of the same machine that they used against Mario, Geno and Mallow years ago, the Star Spirit in his card form inside a tube that was embedded to the machine.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Behind Us

Axem Red stepped in front of the group with his axe on his right hand, he tapped the floor slightly with it before speaking. "Look what do we have here, it's the utterly annoying nerdy kid with glasses that couldn't be a good kid and stay in his cell, and the weirdo that just happened to wind up in our whole kidnapping part!"

"No, you have it wrong, you interrupted my kidnapping." Snake said as Chris looked away.

"But guess what? This, it's the end of your line, we're going to take the kid with us you like or not!"

Axem Black stepped by his right side and put his axe above his right shoulder. "You 2 should get out from Smithy's way once and for all, even Tabuu has been upset with the kid's action against his army."

"B-but that is because what Smithy is doing right now i-" Chris was interrupted.

"Yeah yeah, wrong, but no, you have it all wrong, this is for a better universe."

"T-that is what you think at least!"

Axem Yellow walked to Axem Red's left side and his stomach grumbled a little. "Your food was so good, but as Axem Black said before, I won't fall behind to stop you from getting away and spoil me my future dinner as a reward!"

"And talk about pathetic..." Snake muttered with a frown as Axem Yellow glared at him.

"W-what's so pathetic about eating all what you want? You don't understand anything! Not even a pie!"

Axem Pink stepped by Axem Black's side and she made a "go away" gesture with her hand. "Like, you should surrender now, because like we're going to inflict so much pain in, like, your dear little bodies as you scream in, like, agony, like, yes!" Axem Pink squealed.

"Even if you are more than us, that does not mean we can't try, right?" Chris asked.

Axem Pink giggled as she glared at Chris. "Like, you don't understand, the more the allies are, like, there, the easier our task gets!"

Axem Green stepped by Axem Yellow's left side and swung his axe a little above him. "Don't underestimate us just because we don't have the Shadow Bugs to enhance our powers, we're not going to have too many problems with only 2 pests like an old man and a kid!"

"...I somewhat doubt that..." Snake said.

"What?" Axem Green asked glaring at him.

"I've heard of single men that fought battles against an entire army of soldiers, and surpringly, only a person with good strategies and tactics in battle can decide the result after the fight."

"Mei Ling, did you give him that book about wars?" Otacon asked and Mei Ling nodded with a giggle.

"Snake, that was really important coming from you." Chris remarked adjusting his glasses.

"Tsk." Snake looked away.

Axem Red continued to talk. "Ha! That's a laugh." Axem Red pointed at the machine behind him. "If we can't defeat you, then our machine will as hell end the job for us!"

"The Star Spirit will strengthen the Blade's power!" Axem Green said.

"You're inferior compared to the power of this magnificent piece of metal." Axem Black said.

"And you will like be so sorry about fighting us." Axem Pink said.

"Our reward is waiting for us...we came so far just to fail!" Axem Yellow said.

Super Mario RPG - Armed Boss

"We fight for evil!" Axem Red said swinging his axe and stepped a litte further ahead of the group.

"We live for disorder!" Axem Black stated doing 2 sideways swings of his axe, also walking a little bit.

"We like what we do!" Axem Green proclaimed lifting his hand in the air without moving.

"We struggle for chaos!" Axem Pink said throwing a kiss with a wink.

"We are..." Axem Yellow trailed off as he spun his axe and slammed it into the floor.

"The AXEM RANGERS!!!" The Axem Rangers yelled doing their actions again as they backstepped and ran to different directions to confuse their opponents.

"Snake, be careful, the mouse cornered in the alley could attack the cat at any time." Colonel said.

"...Right..." Snake trailed off as Axem Black ran to him.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 14, 2009, 09:19:14 PM
"I've always wanted to do this," Axem Black said taking out a bomb that he threw to Snake, however Snake frowned, took the bomb and returned it quickly where it exploded in his target. "Ugh! What?!"

"I've been training self-defense a lot and a simple attack won't reach me." Snake said delivering a kick on Axem Black, the ranger yelled in pain as he bumped in the floor but regained his stance.

"That was really good, Snake." Mei Ling remarked with a giggle.

"Freeze them up, BLIZZARD!" Chris casted a small cold breeze on all the Axem Rangers, damaging them a little with ice damage.

"Oh, you think you're the best using magic? Think again!" Axem Green shouted concentrating his magic. "Solidify!"

A sheer of cold covered the field and froze up both Chris and Snake, before it shattered and they grunted in pain. "I-I admit it..." Chris said embracing himself. "T-that caught me off-guard but I will not...s-s-surrender now! M-m-my life is at risk!" Chris said focusing his magic once again before Axem Red teleported in front of him in midair.

"You're not going to know how much I'll enjoy chopping down your head off!" Axem Red yelled raising his axe, but just then, a grenade was thrown to his pipe-like mouth and the ranger blinked shocked before it exploded, sending him crashing into the floor.

"Thank you very much." Chris said with a nod to Snake.

"Oh like, that was so fast and mean at the same time," Axem Pink said as she got an idea. "Do you feel mushroomy now? Heheheh, Petal Blast!"

Petals began to appear around the field and Chris gasped. "No, I need to stop this attack and fast...wait... Burn in ashes, Fire!"

The petals were instantly ignited in small fire that made them vanish in thin air, Chris closed his eyes and resist the outcome but as his thoughts predicted, nothing happened and Axem Pink cursed under her breath. "Like what happened?! How did you, like, find out that there's a way to cancel my attack?!"

"AXEM PINK, SHUT UP, DON'T GIVE OUT IDEAS!" Axem Red yelled as Snake tackled him down with a quick move, Snake began to punch the ranger in the face but then Axem Yellow pushed Snake away.

"Meteor Blast!" Axem Green called out multiple bursts of stars that damaged both opponents considerably.

"I need to use something else instead of magic!" Chris said panting a little as he looked at Klevar's card in the machine. "...The Star Spirits! I forgot about them!" Chris joined his hands together and prayed to the stars, then, Skolar came out spinning and looked at Chris.

"Do you need my help?" Skolar asked.

"Yes, please strike all of them down!" Chris ordered as the Star Spirit nodded and called forth a cascade of stars that damaged every single one of them, after 5 seconds, the attack stopped and the Axem Rangers yelled in pain. "Thank you for your help." Chris said with a bow.

"Please, don't hesitate to call us again." Skolar said spinning before he vanished.

"Kid, I need help over!" Snake said as Axem Red, Axem Black and Axem Yellow tried to slash the soldier, then, Axem Black moved forward and made contact with Snake, making him yell in pain as the trio went all of him.

"Chris, I think a change of jobs would be good right now, magic isn't that effective!" Kawashima suggested.

"...Then I will use Ninjutsu skills!" Chris said changing to his Ninja job where he began to make lots of hand signs.

"Oh, like, no you don't!" Axem Pink yelled running towards Chris to slash him with her axe.

"Let's take him on then!" Axem Green said running together with Axem Pink as both jumpedand raised their axes to slam them at the World Traveler.

"(Got you,)" Chris thought as he stopped his hand signs with a last one. "Thunder Style, Blitz Jutsu!"

Lots of impacts from thunderbolts fell around the whole field and the Axem Rangers yelled in pain, Snake took this opportunity to make his 3 opponents trip by slidding his leg quickly, then he took out 3 grenades that later exploded once he rolled back, making a great amount of damage at the same time.

"Dammit, somebody stop him from using magic or whatever he uses on us!" Axem Red yelled as he stood up, not before Snake punched him 2 times, followed by a quick kick on the face. "I'm really getting sick of you SO MUCH!"

"Then..." Axem Green stood up once the attack ended and glared at Chris. "Elegy!"

"Elegy?" Chris repeated confused as a bell of light appeared above him, the bell began to play a sad music and notes fell around the World Traveler, Chris felt something extremely sad inside of him that he looked down depressed, when the bell vanished, it finished the effect and made Chris mute. "!!!" Chris tried to yell but it was useless, he was silenced and thus magic was out from his reach.

"Ha! And for the next magic, Static E!" Axem Green shouted as waves of electricity quickly damaged Chris and Snake, the World Traveler tried to yell but nothing came out from his mouth.

"Chris was silenced, you have to keep an eye on him!" Kawashima yelled from Chris's pocket.

"How about if I have some help over here?" Snake muttered as Axem Yellow threw a weird rainbow-colored ball at him that Snake easily dodged, but then Axem Red used Flame to burn him, after that, Axem Black used Spritz Bomb to explode bombs around Snake, the soldier yelled in pain after he rolled away from them. "This is not good...they're all ganging up on us..."

Chris only made an angry expression and jumped high in the air, he quickly took out from his belt many shurikens that he revealed by moving his fingers, after that, he threw all of them at the same spot, that was Axem Green's stomach, the ranger's eyes widened as every shuriken came in contact with his thin body that he yelled in pain, the World Traveler landed back and glared at him.

"For being silenced...you're strong..." Axem Green said standing up using his axe. "But...that doesn't mean...I need to stop either! Solidify!"

Another sheer of cold covered the whole field, but for Axem Green's surprise, Chris managed to dodge the attack in time but Snake wasn't that fortunate and got into a sharp ice needle that shattered after 2 seconds. "Now...I know why I hate magic..." Snake said panting heavily.

"B-but how could you dodge my magic?! Is unavoidable!" Axem Green yelled at Chris demanding for an answer.

"The Ninja job grants a high evasion to Chris, it's not going to be easy to land a hit on him, even magic can't reach him!" Kawashima explained as Axem Green stomped the floor angrily.

Chris tried to speak with Snake, but it was useless, no words came out and he looked ashamed before he pointed at Axem Green.

"What? You're mad at me because you can't talk anymore?" Axem Green asked and Chris nodded, but the ranger merely chuckled. "Ha, sucks to be you now! The only thing that can heal you is defeating the same person who put the spell on you an-" Axem Green sweatdropped as Chris took out 5 shurikens. "...AXEM PINK! HELP!"

"L-like, right!" Axem Pink said nodding desperated before she jumped and tried to slash Chris, but the World Traveler kept dodging her moves, getting her on her nerves. "Like, stop moving, I can't hit you!" Axem Pink complained as she missed 5 pointy objects going towards Axem Green.

"Look out! OH, DAMMIT, AAAAHHHH!!!" Axem Green yelled as the weapons made contact with him and dealt a great amount of damage to the ranger, who panted heavily as he tried to stay on his feet.

"Wha-like, AAHH!!!" Axem Pink yelled as Chris took out a katana from his back and slashed her several times before sending her to the air with an upward slash, then the ninja spun 1 time and jumped to hit her right in the stomach, Axem Pink yelled in pain as she bumped several times in the floor before she slid and stopped.

"I can't believe...he's taking both...of us down!" Axem Green said with a frown as he panted. "Axem Pink, recover me!"

"Axem Red!!!" Axem Pink yelled angrily after thinking he situation carefully.

"WHAT?!" Axem Red asked as he stepped on one of Snake's mines.

"My makeup's running!" Axem Pink yelled running towards the Star Spirit's card.

"TOO BAD!" Axem Red yelled as the mine exploded, sending him above in the air where Snake jumped and slammed his right foot on his head, the red ranger grunted in pain as he crashed into the floor before Axem Yellow's Poison attack.

"!!!" Chris tried to speak but it was useless until he looked to Axem Green and glared at him.

"Crap...my energies are almost gone..." Axem Green muttered before bombs fell around Chris and exploded, the World Traveler suffered a moderate amount of damage as Axem Black appeared in a flash before Axem Green.

"Leave him to me, meanwhile attack using magic as you always do." Axem Black said spinning his axe a little.

"Roger that...but I don't think I-"

"Shoot!" Axem Black said after Chris leaped out from the smoke of the bombs, quickly ran at the rangers and slashed Axem Green with a fast slash of his katana, the World Traveler closed his eyes before Axem Green yelled in pain.

"Axem Red!!!" Axem Green yelled angrily.

"What?!" Axem Red asked as Snake sent Axem Yellow crash into the wall.

"I have a headache!" Axem Green complained as he joined Axem Pink who was looking down, low in energies close to the Star Spirit.

"Get some pills!" Axem Red yelled back.

"...So much for that," Axem Black said glancing at Chris. "Well, don't think I'm going to be easy to take down, you're out of luck this time, to show you my apologies, I'll le-"

CRACK!

Axem Black's sunglasses broke a little from one side and the ranger looked at it, his anger inside began to build up until he lost his patience. "Axem Red!!!"

"What now?!" Axem Red asked as Snake put a grenade inside his mouth, which exploded after that.

"I broke my shades!" Axem Black complained running to the others, Chris just made a bored look and frowned with a facepalm.

"That's what you get for being cool!" Axem Red complained as he wiped out the soot and charged at Snake again.

"...A-ah..." Chris coughed a little and gasped. "F-finally! I can speak again!"

Axem Yellow appeared in a blink close to him and raised his axe. "Great, now I can hear your screams of agony 'cuz once I lower this baby, I'll get my dinner for tonig-"

GRUUUUMBLEEEE!!!

Axem Yellow blinked in shock as he stared down at his stomach, he lowered his axe to his side and yelled to the roof. "AXEM RED!!!"

"WHAT THE HELL DO YOU WANT NOW?!" Axem Red yelled annoyed as he managed to land a slash on Snake's left arm.

"I'm hungry!" Axem Yellow complained running with his team.

"Eat your air then!" Axem Red yelled angrily as Chris joined Snake. "Oh, let me guess, you're going to gang up on me, won't you?"

"Afraid so," Snake said cracking his fists. "I'm already sick of this crap anyway."

"Me too." Axem Red said pointing at them. "...That's it, you 2 win! Go and get the Star Spirit, happy?!"

Music stops with a scratch

"...What?" Chris, Kawashima, Snake, Otacon, Mei Ling and Colonel asked confused.

"That's right, you win, my team was screwed because we're just a bunch of weak meddlers, you know what? Get that frickin' star off from our hands and get out of my sight and from our ship!" Axem Red yelled angrily pointing at the star behind the Axem Rangers, who ducked trembling in fear.

"...That was easy..." Chris muttered.

"...Something's fishy around here..." Snake muttered narrowing his eyes.

"...Soooo...should we grab the star and go away?"

"...We don't have another choice, it seems." Snake muttered as both began to walk towards the Star Spirit's card, they almost crossed the ducked rangers and looked up to the star hanging in the tube of the ship's robot.

...However, the Axem Rangers snickered silently.

"I knew it, it's a darn trap!" Snake shouted glancing down at the rangers who quickly lunged and pushed down both of them, stood on their backs (2 rangers on each one) and moved their axes close to their throats, pinning them down to the floor as Axem Red came walking to them, laughing maniacally.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Axem Red laughed loudly together with his team. "Did you think we were going to give up the star so easily? It was all a trick to get you where we wanted!"

"I..." Chris struggled. "...I was...expecting that..."

"Then how come you didn't do anything before we got in this mess?" Snake asked angrily.

"Sorry..." Chris said trying to look away.

Axem Red raised his axe above Chris. "Screw Tabuu's orders! If I get rid of you right now, he won't mind the slightlest bit about a pathetic excuse for a "hero" like you, you've been a pain in the (beep!)ss for so long, you've been trying to screw Smithy's plans much for our dismay and my blood pressure is going to burst!" Axem Red made a nasty glare as he put a stronger grip on his axe. "SAY YOUR DAMN PRAYERS!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed out loud as Axem Red quickly dove his axe right above his throat.

A shocking sound was heard and the scenery got suddenly bright, after a small silence, the Axem Rangers were shocked to see Axem Red struggling to get up, they all started to sweat once they looked at his leader about to faint.

"GET...AWAY...FROM...MY...MASTER!!!" A voice that roared demanded loudly and the Axem Rangers looked back where Chris and Snake came from, in a blink, a fast curled blue ball sent Axem Green to the wall, a punch was delivered to Axem Black who backed away, 2 small bolts that exploded into flames reached Axem Yellow and somebody smashed his head into Axem Pink's face, who squealed in pain and backed away as well.

"...Crap." Snake muttered once he looked up from his spot.

"Did you miss me?" One of the figures asked tapping his right red shoe in annoyance.

"Chris! Chris! A-are you alright?"

The figures revealed to be the Smashers, Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu, Red, Squirtle, Fox, Wolf, Kirby, Jigglypuff, Popo (still under the coffee's effect), Nana, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Meta Knight and Pit.

And of course, Lucario was also there, his fists burning with aura as he kneeled to see Chris.

"Lucario!" Chris said smiling as he slowly stood up and hugged his Pokémon. "...Thank you Lucario...you saved me..."

"...Ugh..." Lucario closed his eyes ashamed.

"...What's wrong Lucario? It's...something bothering you?"

"Can we beat the crap out of this guy? I've got a thing or 20 to discuss with him." Sonic asked with a glare as Snake stood up and glared down the hedgehog.

"...Hmph," Snake began. "Kind of ironic now, your whole group is now here to punch me to death."

Squirtle made an angry expression. "Oh, you know us really well, how sweet." Squirtle rolled his eyes with sarcasm.

"...Lucario..." Chris began as he grew worried. "...Are you still thinking all the things Snake told you before?"

"Grrr..." Lucario grunted silently towards Snake, who was being stared angrily by almost all the Smashers.

"Lucario! Listen to me now!" Chris demanded as he stood up, Lucario shook his head surprised and gasped. "It's not your fault again that I got sick over a thing I decided to do, it was my decision to begin with, not yours because you understand me, right?"

"...But..." Lucario closed his eyes as Chris sighed.

"...I think we should we better return to the mansion for now..."

"And eat this guy up," Kirby said grumbling a little, some of them had to raise their eyebrows because Kirby wasn't that serious most of the times. "I don't like him at all."

"Neither do I." Snake said as some of them took their weapons, abilities, sparks, or just plain glared at him.

"Guys, stop!" Chris said as he stood up. "Snake saved me from the Axem Rangers, he's not a bad guy!"

"Chris, do I need to remind you that he tried to kidnap you?" Fox asked as Chris blinked confused at him. "...What?"

"Fox, this is kind of unrelated but...are you sick in the eye?" Chris asked tilting his head as Wolf snickered a little, he earned a glare from Fox before the latter looked back at Chris.

"...Just...stay on topic..." Fox said through gritted fangs.

"...Well...I know he tried to kidnap me at first but....he doesn't want to do that anymore."

"...SUUUUUUUURE he doesn't want to." Ness said raising an eyebrow as his fingers glowed with PK energy.

"N-no! It's the truth, he doesn't want to do it anymore! Please, believe me!"

"...He says the truth." Lucario said and they looked at him. "...Believe in him..."

"...Thank you again..." Chris muttered with a small smile.

"...Well, wow, that changed the subject." Red said lowering his Pokeball.

"Why did you were holding the Pokeball if I'm OUT?" Squirtle asked with a frown.

Kirby walked to Chris. "Um...Chris...are you not feeling sick anymore?"

Chris shook his head. "No, that fever is gone now, it wasn't all that dangerous."

"Good," Meta Knight began. "Now let's get out of this place."

Geno looked at the machine with Mallow and Twink. "Wait, we should grab the Star Spirit before we escape."

"Oh, you're right, the Star Spirit is here," Twink said sighing in relief. "Somebody can fly over there and grab it?" Twink noticed that Mallow and Geno were staring at him with bored looks. "...Umm...coming!" Twink said sweating as he went over the Star Spirit.

Pit looked around and noticed that something was missing...or someones. "Wait, where are those axe people?"

Snake looked back where the rangers once were. "Letting guys like them scramble around without us noticing was reckless."

"Since when did WE were on the same team?" Jigglypuff asked pouting a little.

"Shut up, marshmallow."

"Hey!" Jigglypuff and Kirby said annoyed.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Axem Red appeared on the top of the machine and pushed Twink away using his axe, the other rangers jumped by his side and laughed rather maniacally as well. "Indeed, that was reckless of all of you and let us go away!"

"Dammit, can't you stop regaining energies for once?!" Chris asked annoyed.

"Give the Star Spirit back!" Mallow demanded making a fist as he pouted.

"It's enough with all of you around," Axem Black said looking away to change his shades for new ones. "So, since we're outnumbered, we're going to use the Blade's power along with the Star Spirit's."

"Wait, that's impossible to do." Geno said.

"Nope!" Axem Green said with a chuckle. "The Subspace Army made some changes around here and drain the power out from the spirit and strengthen the power of the Blade!"

"In a few words, you're screwed, and totally this time." Axem Yellow said.

"It's more easy said than done," Wolf said narrowing his eyes. "I want to see yours words true in all those things you just described."

"Like, be patience!" Axem Pink said with a giggle. "The Blade is like getting prepared to unleash it's real power...like more times, gorgeous!" Axem Pink squealed.

"BLADE! FULL POWER!" Axem Red ordered and the whole dome began to shake violently, everyone looked around and then above where the dome began to open, the blizzard began to land in the deck, which was actually the top of the ship, they all watched the head getting inside the ship as all the Axem Rangers jumped inside.

"EVERYOOOONNNNEEEEE!!!" Diddy yelled from above as DK landed, the monkey jumped from his back and ran to Chris. "Thank goodness, we were worried about you!"

"Uh, Diddy, I hate to differ a little, but right now we have something really really bad coming right now." Chris said sweatdropping as Parakarry flew to them.

"...Yeah so...bye!" Parakarry said with a chuckle and he disappeared in the sleet.

"What the-that's all he could say to us?!" Nana asked angrily as she looked to Popo, who stopped trembling. "Good, you're back to your senses."

"Am I what?" Popo asked.

"...Partly I mean." Nana said with a frown as the center of the deck began to open, everyone backstepped away from the abyss opening and from it, the same head from before rose up, however, that wasn't enough, the head now had a huge body of 15 feet, everyone's eyes widened at the height of the machine that almost got dark thanks to its height and for the night, including the snowstorm, on it's chest, there was the Star Spirit, Klevar's card, trapped as red energy came from it.

"...Oh, crap! This looks like probably the huggest rip-off of the Power Rangers so far!" Chris said shocked as everyone looked at him confused. "...Y-you'll see what I mean later!"

The machine was huge, it had purple, white and red colors spreading around its body, it had spikes on his shoulders, fists, legs and knees, missiles were installed on its back, its fingers could fire lots of bullets at high speed and it could also use magic because of the Star Spirit.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Axem Red yelled inside a control panel of the machine, the machine stared down at them who got into fighting stances. "SEE, THE DAMN TRUE POWER OF THE BLADE AND THE AXEM RANGERS!!!"

"Don't mind him, he lost his cool now." Axem Black called.

"Oh, now I can see my future feast ahead of me!" Axem Yellow said happily.

"With our height, power and magic, you're 150 percent dead now!" Axem Green said laughing maniacally.

"Like, enjoy your last breath, like, for the last time? Heheheh!" Axem Pink said giggling.

"We fight for evil!" Axem Red said swinging his axe and stepped a litte further ahead of the group inside the machine.

"We live for disorder!" Axem Black stated doing 2 sideways swings of his axe, also walking a little bit but being careful with the controls.

"We like what we do!" Axem Green proclaimed lifting his hand in the air without moving.

"We struggle for chaos!" Axem Pink said throwing a kiss with a wink.

"We are..." Axem Yellow trailed off as he spun his axe and slammed it into the floor, thought he almost hits the panel by accident.

"The AXEM RANGERS!!!" The Axem Rangers said doing a group pose inside as they laughed, snickered, giggled, chuckled or some other form to laugh.

"...Do we have a chance to win this?" Twink asked worried to Geno.

"...This could the hardest battle so far...but only a miracle could save us if we were to lose..." Geno trailed off closing his eyes worried.

"Heh," Sonic smirked. "I beat guys like that every day, bring it on!"

Pikachu, Ness, Pichu and Lucas made bored looks. "...Sure." They said sarcastically.

"...Maybe I should use..." Chris trailed off from behind Lucario who was still in doubts, he reached from his pocket for an item...

...The item he got was the Green Shell that Baby Mario and Baby Luigi had given to him.

Chris looked back and forth between the item and the machine and sighed worried. "...Please, help us!" Chris yelled slidding the shell along the snow, the Axem Rangers merely laughed maniacally and decided to make a step forward an-

TO BE CONTINUED...

"Oh, come on!" Pikachu and Jigglypuff yelled annoyed as the screen frozes, the Axem Rangers just about to launch their first attack to the Smashers.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

The Blade
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Sheik, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Snake
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: The Seventh on January 15, 2009, 10:05:57 AM
This is getting epic.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 17, 2009, 12:45:58 PM
Chapter 104: Thinking of Everyone

The Blade
Deck

Super Mario RPG - Armed Boss

"WE WILL END EVERYTHING FOR YOU TODAY, MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Axem Red laughed maniacally as foam began to exit his mouth, now he really lost his sanity and dignity at this point, the others, however, just frowned at his reaction and got serious.

"DIE!" The Axem Rangers yelled loudly as they stomped on the deck, just above the Green Shell that Chris just threw...

...However, something really unexpected happened the moment they stepped on the shell.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" The Axem Rangers tripped on the shell that went somewhere else, out from the ship as the machine tried to regain its balance, it crumsily leaned to its front and back side, the Smashers quickly backed away from being crushed under the huge feet of the machine as they saw with confused looks the robot that was about to slip out from the edge.

"NO! NO! NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO!!! WE CAN'T LOSE LIKE THIS! IT'S STUPID! IT'S PURE BLASPHEMY! NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!" Axem Red yelled panicking as he tried to move forward, the robot itself sweatdropped scared as he didn't feel floor below and then...

...The robot went down to the nothingness, the Axem Rangers yelling and screaming as the whole robot disappeared in the darkness of the sleet.

Music stops with a scratch

"...Wait, that's it then?" Olimar asked looking around as everyone went to the edge and looked down, not able to see anything until they heard a huge explosion that illuminated the whole place.

"...But I wanted to fight!" Ness said angrily as another explosion came from below.

"...G-good, I was really scared of that robot..." Lucas said sneezing a little as another explosion came from below.

"Tsk, this is great, just great." Sonic said crossing his arms with a frown as another explosion came from below.

"Well...I think that was for the best, I mean, that robot was huge at it could take us all in one hit." Twink said as another explosion came from below.

"Sure, yeah." Sonic said rolling his eyes in annoyance as another explosion came from below.

"...I kind of feel sorry for them." Chris said making a worried look as yet another explosion came.

"Feeling sorry for the enemy? Kid, your brain has some nuts dropped somewhere." Snake said a little irritated as another explosion came from below.

"And to think I was finally going to fight." DK said looking down sadly as he saw another explosion.

"What about me?" Diddy asked as yet another explosion was seen.

"Why worry for such imbeciles like them?" Wolf asked crossing his arms as yet another explosion illuminated the whole place.

"...You're right on that one." Squirtle said crossing arms with several nods as yet another explosion came from below.

"Let's leave that alone and see what can we do now." Pikachu said with a bored look as another explosion came from below.

"...Just how many times it's that robot going to explode?" Fox asked confused as yet another explosion came from below.

"...Maybe because it was really very powerful and the engines inside were really strong as well, and even more with the Star Spirit?" Mallow asked as yet again another explosion came from below.

"Phew," Red sighed in relief as yet again another explosion came from down below. "Man, I thought I was going to get crushed by that humonguos robot."

"...A-anyway," Nana made an angry expression as yet another explosion came from down below. "We need to do something about this ship."

"And get the Star Spirit back as well." Geno said as they all saw another explosion.

"...Do you think they're alright?" Kirby asked glancing down to see another explosion.

"...By this rate they're probably dead." Jigglypuff said sweatdropping as another explosion was heard and seen.

"..." Lucario didn't say anything as he saw another explosion.

Meta Knight turned his back and walked away, not wanting to see the other explosion. "The bridge should be around here, everyone, get off the ship while I activate the self-destruct mechanism."

"You mean the self-destruct button?" Popo asked as they all saw another explosion.

"...Yes." Meta Knight muttered embarrassed as everyone saw yet again another explosion.

"..." Chris just stared at Lucario with a worried look as yet again another explosion came from below.

And that counts 25 explosions so far...oh god...

Smash Mansion
Outside

The Smashers saw the Blade exploding in the air while they were down below, they saw Meta Knight flying down and landed in front of them. "I was able to destroy the ship, and fortunately my wings let me get here as well."

"What a relief... I think." Pikachu said as everyone turned their backs to the huge scraps of metal of the robot, Geno came from behind one and showed them Klevar's card.

"Well, that means we only have one Star Spirit left, and that should be Kalmar," Geno said as he walked to Chris. "Also, this means that you need to form the pact with Misstar and Klevar at once too."

Chris nodded as he looked around. "Yes...but...where are they?"

"The Axem Rangers?" Mallow asked. "They're not around anymore so I guess that was the end for them...what's that?!"

"What?" Olimar asked pointing a 5 figures dropped in the snow, they were the Axem Rangers who seemed to be sobbing silently, they all ran to them and looked down. "Y-you're still alive?"

"...Like...why..." Axem Pink sobbed as she looked up to them, tears strolling down her eyes. "We just...wanted to...be like...of use to...Lord Smithy...ugh..." Axem Pink fainted as she vanished in the snow, possibly because she didn't have energy left enough to live.

"That means...no feast for me...you're all...a bunch of...mean guys..." Axem Yellow sobbed as he vanished as well.

"But you did all this to yourselves, so no harm done to us." Snake said crossing his arms as Axem Green looked up.

"At least...we're not going...to see your ugly...face anymore...and not another face..." Axem Green spoke silently as he fainted and vanished.

Axem Black grunted as he looked up at them. "Let's see...if you can really...defeat Lord Smithy...(BEEP!)" Axem Black flipped off the whole group before his face hit the snow and vanished.

"...(Beep!)hole." Snake muttered with a frown as Twink wanted to ask what were those curses, but Geno blocked his mouth as they all stared at Axem Red, who seemed to be the most damaged of them all.

"...So..." Axem Red glared at them. "Finish me off...I don't have any purpose to live now...my whole team...my ship...my dignity...my pride, everything was crushed by you!" Axem Red said before he hit the snow with his face and began to sob. "...I want to...see you all...suffering...but I can't do that...anymore...how ironic...isn't?... I leave it all...to Lord Smithy and... Lord Tabuu...bunch o-" Axem Red's words couldn't go on anymore as he died and vanished as well.

"...Why do I feel sorry for them even more now?" Chris asked looking down with a worried look.

"It's useless to mourn about them, kid," Wolf said looking to the clouds. "After all, this happened because you threw that shell at them."

"...Now I feel guilty." Chris said sweatdropping.

"..." A moment of silence fell in as the weather somehow got weaker and now normal snow fell quietly and silently, everyone looked around after that.

"The Axem Rangers..." Popo muttered as Nana stared at him.

"What is it Popo?" Nana asked.

"The Axem Rangers...they were just a team of dorks, idiots, imbeciles, greedy people, chaotic, donkeys, scatterbrained fools..."

"...That's right...wow, you're right for once..." Nana said with a smile.

"But even so...they were still just a team of dorks, idiots, imbeciles, greedy people, chaotic, donkeys, scatterbrained foo-"

SMACK!

"Popo, it doesn't make sense when you repeat the SAME thing you said before!" Nana said irritated.

"...Oh yes!" Chris said smiling a little as he picked some snow. "It's snowing! I haven't seen snow for a long time back in my house! Right, Lucario?"

"..." Lucario was still speechless.

"...Lucario..." Chris muttered worried as he dropped the snow back. "...But it's so late to be playing now."

"Anyway," Sonic grinned at Chris. "Glad to have you back with us."

"Sonic!" Chris said surprised, not noticing Sonic the whole time. "So you did join us after all! I'm really glad to see you here since I fainted because of the fever back in the Sand Ruins!"

"...Wait, hold on," Sonic made a serious look. "I didn't join you when we were in the Sand Ruins, I joined after many things happened...which means..." Sonic narrowed his eyes at DK.

"...Why are you staring at me like that?" DK asked as most of them looked away.

After another moment of silence, Pichu came back carrying a familiar shell. "Look! The shell was left unharmed!" Pichu gave back the shell to Chris, who flipped it to see the Green Shell from below.

"...Wait, there's something written in here..." Chris trailed off. "Extremely Durable Green Shell, it will resist even 50 Goombas's weight."

"Oh, then that's a shell for all the life?" Red asked.

"It seems so." Chris said keeping the shell away.

"...I guess that's a mission complete, right?" Pit asked.

"...Well, yes, but that was...disappointing..." Ness said.

"Very disappointing." Geno added.

"And humiliating, but then again, those guys were so out of it this time around." Mallow said sighing.

"...Right now," Fox looked at Snake with a glare. "You need to pay for what you did back in the mansion, infiltrating, attacking, intent of kidnapping and don't forget ALL the lights you broke."

"Who do you think you are? The police?" Jigglypuff asked raising an eyebrow.

"Tsk." Snake looked away.

"Don't worry Snake," Chris said smiling. "I bet nobody will beat you up to a bloody pulp, I can make anyone understand your meanings, they always listen to me after all."

Command Room

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Off-key

"AND TAKE THIS! AND SOME OF THAT! AND THIS FOR THROWING A FREAKING GRENADE TO US! AND WHAT ABOUT THIS?! OH, DON'T FORGET ABOUT ME! I'M HITTING YOU HERE! LET ME STOMP YOU ON! OH, DID THAT HURT?! SORRY!"

Chris had his arms behind his back with a bored look as he, Lucario, Meta Knight, Lucas, Pichu, Mewtwo, Flonne, Master Hand and Crazy Hand all stood next to each other watching the huge cloud of dust in the center of the room, apparently Chris's statement proved to be false and Snake had to suffer lots of punches, kicks, electric attacks, fire attacks, stabs, slashes, and pretty much everything else you could use to harm a soldier like Snake.

And by this moment, Link, Marth (out of the fight as well), Roy, Ike, C. Falcon and Zelda ragained their senses but attacked Snake there after.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!" Snake yelled and screamed loudly inside the dust.

"Snake, Snake! Do you copy me?!" Otacon asked in panic.

"Snake! Please, hold on a little longer!" Mei Ling pleaded.

"Snake, get up and fight like a darn man!" Colonel said, sounding a little weird.

"Snake!" The trio yelled once again, not receiving any response. "Snake?!" They asked again getting worried as Snake screamed out loud. "SNAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAKE!!!"

"SHUT UP!" Chris yelled blocking his ears, having enough of all the complains and yells. "WHY WON'T THEY SHUT UP?!"

"At times like these..." Mewtwo frowned. "...Violence is overused in this place."

"It even makes me feel smarter..." Marth muttered as Lucas and Pichu glared at him. "...Sorry."

"Geez, but that's not an excuse to kill Snake." Master Hand said.

Music stops

"Lucario, please, say something!" Chris said but Lucario was still looking down. "...Please, Lucario, talk to me!..."

"...Ugh..." Lucario closed his eyes.

"...I'm feeling sad right now..." Chris muttered and Lucario looked to him.

"...Just...don't cry..." Lucario said as he looked away.

"(That didn't work...)" Chris thought worried.

"(...Lucario...)" Flonne thought worried.

30 minutes later...

The Smashers were done with the punishment to Snake, the soldier now had both eyes black, blood came out from his nose and mouth, some parts of his suit were ripped off, and Chris could have sworn that a tooth was laying close to Snake...

"...Well..." Snake said as he wiped out the blood. "You're done with the punishment, now, I want some answers, and I demand them now."

"...Ouch, he's able to stand up after all that beating?" Chris asked surprised.

"Ahem."

"S-sorry..." Chris said blushing a little. "...Snake...to be frank, I don't think this is the appropiate moment to be asking."

"Kid, you're skipping the deal we had, I want the answers, everything, now." Snake demanded as he walked to him, but some of the Smashers stepped in his way and glared at him. "...You're being brave because you have your little army against me."

"N-no!" Chris said blinking surprised. "It's just it would be too fair to explain everything else to everyone, and that counts the Smashers that haven't joined us yet!"

"I'm sorry for interrupting," Geno said coughing a little. "But, if it's not much trouble, could you gain Misstar and Klevar's power right now before something else happens?"

"...If that's alright for Snake and leave him think about it again."

Snake looked away. "...Fine, do your business with those stars."

"...Geno, go on now." Chris said and Geno nodded, the puppet held up both cards in each hand and they began to shone brightly, in a few seconds, both cards turned into light that later turned into Misstar and Klevar, both Star Spirits spun around a little and they stopped, looking around their surroundings and the Smashers.

"...Ah," Klevar said smiling a little. "It's good to be back again."

Misstar sighed in relief. "I know, being inside a card it's not my thing."

"Misstar, Klevar," Geno kneeled to them and the stars looked at him. "It's an honor to see you gain."

"Geno?" Both stars asked surprised and Geno nodded. "...So that is the puppet you used a long time ago with Mario..." Misstar said smiling a little as Twink flew to them.

"Honorable Star Spirits!" Twink said smiling happily. "I'm so glad to see you well!"

"Twink, you also got in this trouble?" Klevar asked.

"Uh-huh, at first, we were just Geno and myself, but over time, we got the help of everyone here, including Mallow!" Twink said looking at the Smashers.

"...Oh, now I see." Klevar said with a chuckle as he and Misstar flew around. "...Yes, I do indeed feel power in everyone here, not only power though, wisdom as well."

"You're clever." Zelda remarked as Klevar stopped in front of her.

"Thank you kind lady." Klevar said as he flew back to Geno.

"Now Geno, which of all of them can use our power to fight? If Mario was here, we could give it to him, but we feel another person who can use it as well." Misstar said looking around.

"Indeed, that person was blessed by Eldstar, and if Eldstar's blessing was given to a person, then that person can use our power."

"Um... I'm that person." Chris said raising his hand and both stars flew to him.

"Oh, my, aren't you the World Traveler?" Misstar asked.

"Y-yes, I am, I'm Chris."

"Yes, you're the young man that has been protecting the worlds from the Subspace Army, aren't you?"

"...I guess you know because..." Chris trailed off.

"Because we know everything, even people's wishes." Klevar said.

"...Oh, right! I'm not the only one who's been saving worlds, everyone here did it too!" Chris said looking at the Smashers, then he made a happy expression. "And if I was just alone, I could've been dead...fortunately I've been saved many times because of everyone too."

"Then our blessings are with all of you," Klevar said as he looked at them, then at Chris. "Now, please stand still and let me give you my power."

"And me as well." Misstar said with a giggle, Chris nodded and both stars started spinning around Chris, spores that made stars touched Chris and after a while, they stopped right above him.

"There, now you have our blessings as well." Klevar said smiling a little.

"Please use them at the right moment." Misstar said with a small chuckle.

Chris has learned Time Out!

Call the clocks of time and stops the time of all the enemies, if may fail sometimes

Chris has learned Smooch!

Kisses an ally or the user with a sweet kiss, recovers 75 percent of the target's health

"Thank you." Chris said as both stars nodded.

"Now, before we go," Klevar began. "There's something that has been bothering me...it's about the location of the last Star Spirit, Kalmar."

"Yes, Tabuu has him in his hands now." Geno said but Misstar shook her head. "What?"

"Kalmar has been relocated somewhere already," Misstar explained. "They're maybe protecting him from us as we speak, somewhere, yes, he is around somewhere."

"Can you give us more information?" Mallow asked.

"...I'm afraid that my sources aren't that accurate," Klevar said. "Locating Kalmar is, as a fact, hard, they developed some kind of machine to prevent us from finding Kalmar."

"He could be anywhere in a few words," Misstar said as she made a serious look. "You have to rescue Kalmar as soon as possible, Exor is planning to make something awful to the city it fell on."

"...Like destroying the entire city?" Pichu asked.

"...There's a big chance he is going to do that." Klevar said a little worried.

"No, not Nintendo City..." C. Falcon said.

"But it's just a city, right?" Chris asked and mostly everyone glared at him. "...What?"

"Nintendo City is the best place to hang out!"

"And it's the biggest city of the whole universe!" Falco shouted from his room, somehow he managed to hear everything.

"...How big?" Chris asked.

"It's 500 kilometers long." Master Hand pointed out as Chris looked shocked at this. "Hey, it's a metropolis for something you know!"

"...God." Chris said astonished, for him, the city looked like a plain city, not something that big and long.

"Yes, it's quite shocking," Klevar said before he chuckled. "But, since you've rescued all of us, then looking for Kalmar it's not going to be that much of a problem."

"...Let me guess, you believe in all of us, our power and everything else, right?" Chris asked with a bored look.

Misstar blinked surprised. "My, you took my words off from my mouth, you're all special." Everyone except the Star Spirits frowned at this.

"Geno, Twink, everyone here and the World Traveler," Klevar began as he shone a little with Misstar. "We have to leave to Star Haven, we'll be waiting for Kalmar and when you're ready to confront Smithy."

Misstar began to spin as she slowly floated up. "Call me to heal your wounds, I'll be so glad if you do that!"

"Say hello to Mario and Princess Peach as well, good luck!" Klevar's voice echoed as both stars rose up to the ceiling and disappeared in a blink, leaving a trail of stars behind.

"...Now," Snake began as everyone stared at him. "I want the answers."

"...But..." Chris stammered a little, getting on Snake's nerves.

"Kid, I'm already mad off, answer my questions right this moment before I decide to do something really, really harmful around here."

Everyone glared at him with nasty looks as Chris looked worried to Lucario, but the Aura Pokémon was still depressed. "...Please, I need something to make Snake understand, anything!"

"...Huh?" Master Hand saw the screen flashing a little. "...Samus?" The hand ordered the computer to analyze Samus's world, once it found her world, it focused on her receiving an odd-shaped suit above her armor and everyone looked at the screen.

"Isn't that Samus?" Jigglypuff asked.

"...Samus?" Snake muttered as they all saw Samus ran to the main deck, apparently, she was being instructed of some weird events on a planet called Bryyo, she made a salute to the Aurora Unit 242 before she ran to the hangar and boarder her Gunship, heading to Bryyo in the distance of the space...

"...Why did we watch that?" Ivysaur asked, still hiding below the table.

"To tell the truth," Master Hand looked at them. "I had in mind to recruit Samus, that's why I put a certain schedule on the computer and tell me when she was ready, however, I thought if someone helped her in her matters mid-way, then everything should be faster to make her join us."

"Hold on a second," Snake said as Kirby stared at him. "You're saying that Samus is one of everyone here, correct?"

"...Y-yes, but this is weird, why do you ask?"

"...Kid," Snake began. "I'm joining this."

"WHAT?!" Mostly everyone asked shocked.

NEWCOMER!

Snake joined your team!

"W-wait, why did you decide to join us just now?!" Chris asked as Snake looked away.

"...Because I have my reasons." Snake said simply as he walked away.

"H-hey, where are you going?" Pit asked.

"To my room and get some sleep, also, I need to be prepared for anything." Snake said as he walked away.

"...I wonder why'd he do that...that was fast." Roy said rubbing his chin.

"...U-um..." Kirby began. "I-I saw Snake's nose bleeding a little after he saw Samus...do you know why?"

C. Falcon blinked before he grinned. "Ooooooohhh, I get it! Snake is in love with Samus!"

Chris blinked in shock. "W-what?! Does that mean Snake has an interest in Samus and that's why he joined us?!"

"Snake, you sly little devil, I like your reasons and attitude!" C. Falcon said running away, probably to Snake's room.

"...Girl power for the win." Nana said with narrowed eyes and a proud smile.

Zelda facepalmed. "...You've got to be kidding..."

Link crossed his arms and made a confused face. "Weird, you said something very nostalgic and yet scarring..." Link shrugged.

"Snake! Man, I didn't know you liked Samus!" C. Falcon's voice was heard as they heard the sound of a fist colliding into a chin. "Oww!"

"I know you're a celebrity, but that's not an excuse to become friends with me...and for the girl, shut up." Snake's voice was heard as he walked away, C. Falcon returned rubbing his chin in pain.

"He got strength, I know that...in the painful way," C. Falcon said as Zelda chuckled a little. "Yes, laugh at me, go on."

"Ahem," Master Hand coughed to get their attention. "Firstly, I'd like to say congratulations for making it this far, you've been saving the worlds and rescuing the Star Spirits together to prevent another catastrophe, but, since we have a Star Spirit left to rescue, we should focus also to recruit the last members of the team."

"And those are..." Roy trailed off as Master Hand snapped his fingers, the screen now showed Mario, Luigi, Peach and Samus in different blocks. "Oh yeah, those 4 are the last ones."

"So THAT's the Mario guy!" Sonic said grinning. "He looks a little chubby to me, the olympics aren't going to be that hard after all."

"H-he's isn't fat!" Chris and Yoshi protested.

"SUUUUUUUUUUURE he isn't." Sonic said closing his eyes with a triumphant grin.

"..." Master Hand shook his head. "A-anyway, as I was saying before, these 4 need to be recruited as we try to find the last Star Spirit, so, your main priority is to make them join us, that's an order that I'm expecting to be fulfilled as soon as possible. Also, if we recruit those gu-"

"2 guys and 2 girls." Zelda corrected the hand.

"Right, 2 guys and 2 girls, then...okay, this is really going to get you all very excited." Master Hand said snickerinh rather evily.

"More than the time you made that weird strange man Tingle come to the mansion?" Link asked making a disgusted face as he shuddered.

"...Don't tell me he touched your butt too!" Toon Link asked appearing from the hallway.

"Nope, he slapped it with a frickin' giggle!"

"Toon Link, why are you here? Where's Raven?" Ness asked.

"It's LINK! And Raven is still dreaming under my bed." Toon Link said.

"...You let Tingle come here?" Chris asked confused.

"O-okay, maybe bringing the old man with the gender problem was a bad idea...but! This is even better!" Master Hand said raising a finger.

"Even better than the time you let Celebi use his time powers and make us all grow old?" Pikachu asked.

"Hey, at least that taught you to respect your elders."

"Even better than the time you let everyone here speak a foreign language like Marth and Roy do?" Zelda asked.

"Now I remember why saying "-kun" at the end of Mario was wrong..." Link said looking away embarrassed as Chris chuckled uncontrollably at this.

For those who don't know, in Japan, if you say someone's name with "-kun" at the end, you're addressing that person as a term of familiarity, however, it's mostly said towards men than women if a woman spoke to a man, a man that says that to another man is just so wrong in so many levels...so you may know why that sounds wrong.

"...W-well, you don't have to remind everyone about the events of the pas-" Master Hand was interrupted.

"Even better than the time you let King K. Rool be a Smasher, and he actually brought all the Kremlins inside the mansion and started a party with a riot?" DK asked.

"H-he came by his own! I swea-"

"Even better than the time you let Legendary Pokémon wander around the mansion, just to seek us out for capturing them?" Pichu asked.

"T-they were just mad off that awful Wenesda-"

"Even better than the time you changed everyone's gender?" Yoshi asked as everyone shrugged.

"...Eww, you're really sick." Chris said making an ashamed face as he backed away from the hand.

"...Fine, is there someone else who has a complain?" Master Hand asked. "...Okay, now, on with th-"

"Even better than the time you made us all climb the Icicle Mountain to find the pressumed summit and we ended up jumping and jumping and jumping and jumping and over and over and over and over and again and again and again and again?" Popo asked.

"Oh! Now there's a clue for what I want to show you all!" Master Hand said nodding.

"...OH NO, you're not going to let us climb THAT thing again, are you?!" Nana asked making an angry look. "I know, Popo and myself are the Ice Climbers, but that's going farther away than the "extreme" word!"

"Okay okay, here's the thing," Master Hand began raising a finger. "What's the place where you always fought?"

"The stages, duh." Pikachu said.

"So, what's the thing that you haven't seen yet here?"

"...The stages to fight between us?" Ness asked.

"Now you know where I'm getting at?"

Everyone looked at each other before the Smashers that were on the previous tournament began to cheer loudly.

"Once we recruit these guys, all the stages are going to be ready to fight at! We'll also make a huge tour around the stages and let you know better the installments! There will be no exception whatsoever!"

"Yes! I wonder what our stage will be." Link wondered to Zelda.

"Probably from the new Hyrule." Zelda said.

"Wait, stage? What's that?" Toon Link asked and Zelda explained everything to him.

"Oh! Oh! Do I get my own stage as well?" Kirby asked.

Master Hand remembered something extremely vital regarding Kirby and Meta Knight's stage...the Halberd that was gone. "...Um...sure?" Master Hand responded sweating as Meta Knight stared at him with his menacing yellow eyes.

"Yes!" Kirby said.

"What about me?" Ness asked.

"You and Lucas will have your new stage," Master Hand said calming down. "To be exact, it's huge, that's all I can say...oh, and Lucas will probably remember that place."

"W-what place?" Lucas asked.

"You'll see." Master Hand said.

"Hey, what about us?" Roy asked pointing at him and Marth. "We don't want to share the music in Zelda's stage again."

"Oh ho ho ho, don't worry, you 2 along with Ike have their stage ready."

"I think it's a castle, I have that feeling." Marth said as Master Hand sweatdropped.

Yoshi walked to him playing with his fingers. "Do I...still get my own stage?"

"Yup." Master Hand said.

"...Sweet." Yoshi muttered.

"...Wait..." DK began.

"You and Diddy have a new stage as we-" Master Hand was interrupted.

"No! That was not what I meant!"

"...Huh?"

"I mean, there's someone missing besides Mario, Luigi, Peach and Semus!"

"DK, I think it's Samus." Diddy corrected him.

"Samus I mean!"

"If you mean Ganondorf and Bowser, then no, I have the feeling that Bowser will join the army as well." Master Hand said.

"I was talking about Mr. G&W!"

Everyone suddenly stopped talking between themselves as they noticed that Mr. G&W hasn't been seen around, nor they wondered where the weird flat black (not being racist by the way) guy was.

"Didn't we meet him on the Halberd in C. Falcon's world?" Ness asked remembering.

"Yes, he said fools to us." Marth said.

"Then he turned into Shadow Bugs..." Lucas trailed off.

"Then C. Falcon fought that guy that Toon Link totally embarrassed with the dance." Popo said laughing, some of them chuckled at the picture in their minds.

"Speaking of him, where does he live?" Link asked.

"In the flat world...who knows where's that world." C. Falcon said.

"Is that even a world? When we fight in that stage...well...it feels extremely weird." Roy said.

"Well...how can I say this..." Master Hand began, he didn't want to tell everyone about Mr. G&W's whereabouts, of course, Chris knew where the flat character was, but thought that the Smashers would turn against him. "...Mr. G&W disappeared, just like that, after he left the mansion, I've heard some sources, that I don't want to talk about, that he disappeared after he left, I even came to the conclussion that he got missing or kidnapped."

"...Poor guy." Jigglypuff said looking down.

"Then does that mean the Subspace Army kidnapped Mr. G&W after he left?" Fox asked.

"Wait a minute," Master Hand thought for a moment. "Then that means, if Mr. G&W was kidnapped after he left, then the Subspace Army has been around ever since the second tournament ended!"

"Tabuu has been living ever since we left the second tournament?" Pikachu asked.

"It's all clear now, Tabuu has been planning to kidnap Mr. G&W from the beginning!"

"But," Chris began as he thought. "That's weird now that you mention it, we don't know exactly how Tabuu came to live either or when, but..."

"You think there's some sort of Tabuu's meaning to live, am I right?" Mewtwo asked looking at Chris.

"Yes... (Wow, I feel like I'm a detective that wants to resolve a murder case!)" Chris thought happily. "...Well, the Subspace Army was created because of Tabuu, right? So, what if Tabuu existed when Mr. G&W came to the mansion?"

"Has Mr. G&W ever lived before the tournament to begin with?" Marth asked.

"No, I brought Mr. G&W personally from his flat world," Master Hand said. "I thought bringing in a bizarre character like him would be good for propaganda, you know, to convince people and make the tourney even better."

"And at the end," Meta Knight began. "He was kidnapped in order to..."

"That's the answer we want to find." Yoshi said.

"He was kidnapped because he has the Shadow Bugs in him," Mewtwo said as everyone looked shocked at him. "Master Hand hid the fact that Mr. G&W contained the Shadow Bugs, the source of Tabuu's army."

"I...well..." Master Hand sweated a little as mostly everyone glared at him.

"Mr. G&W can make as many Shadow Bugs as he wants, in short terms, he is an endless supply of Shadow Bugs that will never seize to stop."

"So, that guy can spam Shadow Bugs as much as Tabuu tells him to make?" Ness asked.

"...I don't know that much, sorry, that's all I had to hide." Master Hand said.

"Yes, you're saying the truth." Ness said as the hand noticed he was glowing.

"Mr. G&W is a...traitor then?" Pichu asked.

"Looks like it...maybe he searched for Tabuu and made a deal." Roy said.

Chris shook his head. "W-wait a minute! We're jumping to conclussions so fast, we need to know first the details even closer!"

"But if Mr. G&W had the power to make Shadow Bugs..." Zelda trailed off thinking. "Why he didn't use them before?"

"...Maybe we can find more clues as we fight the army?" Pit asked, trying to understand the events of the past (as Squirtle, Ivysaur, Wolf, Ike, Toon Link, Meta Knight, Diddy Kong, Olimar, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Flonne and Twink).

"That should be the most reliable source... I-I think that's it." Lucas said.

"Good!" Master Hand said. "Maybe if you all try to decipher the true meaning of Tabuu's origins, then you should unravel the mystery of the Subspace!"

Chris sighed in relief. "You know, it feels tiring, but yet so intriguing and exciting to find out the truth!"

"What if we work through our fights and find the meaning?" Zelda suggested.

"That sounds really entertaining." Pichu said as he wagged his tail a little.

"Hmph," Mewtwo closed his eyes as he grinned a bit. "Solving a mystery is, indeed, interesting to say at least."

Sonic yawned. "Whatever, anything that floats your boat is fine with me."

"The mystery isn't all that exciting for you, is it?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Meh, I'd rather chase down a criminal."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 18, 2009, 04:45:18 PM
"This, is going to be an important duty to achieve now that I think about it," Master Hand began. "If we know all the origins of the Subspace and Tabuu, we may find out even more secrets as well."

"Hey, hey! How 'bout if we put this as another sidequest?" Crazy Hand asked.

"Hmm... Good thinking..." Master Hand said snapping his fingers, Chris noticed a small glow in his pocket and took out the DS, it now showed a new sidequest.

Seekers of the Truth of the Subspace

The Subspace even Tabuu himself hold many hidden meanings and secrets that must be discovered in order to understand their origins, try to decipher the mystery, solve the mystery and even fight the mystery! Only by thinking, you can get very far! This sidequest requires the help of all the Smashers in order to get all the clues together.

"I'll give something really good if you manage to find the origins and unravel the mysteries." Master Hand said.

"...Um..." Chris went to the hand and he whispered. "Did you even think about doing this before?"

"To be honest, no," Master Hand said. "All happened all of a sudden and well, there was no time to rest during th-"

"It's bad to whisper in front of the people." Ike called out and both chuckled nervously.

"Wait a minute," Chris looked at Sonic. "Wasn't there a sidequest about Sonic?"

"A "sidequest" about me?" Sonic asked confused.

"Oh, you're right, and since you managed to save Sonic that time, first, here's the money you adquired." Master Hand gave 2500 Smash Coins to Chris in a bag.

"Oh yes, now I'm feeling rich again like I do in my world." Chris said as he kept the coins.

"And, since you completed your first sidequest, you get a reward!" Master Hand said snapping his fingers as a small bow with the SSBB's emblem apeared floating between them. "Open the box, your reward will be activated once you open it."

Chris took the box and opened it. "...There's nothing inside!"

His statement proved to be false once a light came out and went floating around, until it spread to various directions and touched everyone's bodies until they stopped glowing.

"...You really like to show-off with the lights, don't you?" Nana asked.

"Nope," Master Hand said. "Anyway, you all got a new skill, the "Combinated Final Smash Lvl. 1's Accelerator."

Combinated Final Smash Lvl. 1's Accelerator

No matter the situation, now you can use the CFS even sooner than before, you don't need pressure anymore to activate the attack, also, increases the odds to find more combinated attacks with the correct jobs and characters

"Oh, so now we can use our combinated attacks more often?" Ness asked and Master Hand nodded. "...Chriiiiiis, we need to find our CFS sooooooon!"

"Hey, I want to find mine as well." Pikachu said.

"What about us?" Squirtle asked pointing at him, Ivysaur and Red.

"And me too!" Kirby said raising his hand.

"I may as well agree." Zelda said.

"Me too." Link said.

"I-er, me too!" Toon Link said nodding.

"Before anyone else speaks, I'll be more focused in getting all of them, but don't pressure me!" Chris said frowning.

"...Get mine, and fast." Wolf said pointing at Chris.

"...Oh, brother..."

"Good thing we don't have to ask for that, right?" Mallow whispered to Geno.

"Okay," Crazy Hand began. "I'll be really really really really really pleased if you Chris buy something from me today! I've been wanting to see what's going to happen once you buy the knight job!"

"Why is that?" Chris asked.

"Oh, you'll see... It's a surprise..." Crazy Hand snickered rather evily as Chris sweatdropped and approached his counter.

Jobs (New!) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

"You have new jobs again? When are they going to stop from appearing?" Chris asked.

"Once you have all the compatible jobs for everyone else." Crazy Hand said.

Smash Coins in hand: 3500

Jobs

Moogle Knight - 1400 Smash Coins

Agent - 1100 Smash Coins

Juggler - 1300 Smash Coins


The circus's came to town! But it left a juggler! This job lets you fight with small daggers as the Thief job, but in a more enthusiastic and happy mood, use balls to confuse your foes, berserk your allies to increase their powers or juggle your way to victory!

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins

A simple job that lets you talk with the monsters and animals, with a hit of your whip or instrument as you like, the monster or animal will obey your orders until you lose your focus by a hit or if you decide to let it go

"...Why it's the description of the last job...not so...you?" Chris asked.

Crazy Hand yawned. "Aw, I made that out of the blue, I was running of ideas so why not put this worthless job in the shop?"

"You were going to sell me a worthless job?" Chris asked with a glare.

"AHEM! More money, more jobs! Get buying!"

"...Fine, I'll buy the Moogle Knight job, change my clothes!" Chris demanded handing over 1400 Smash Coins, and he instantly glowed and looked up to Crazy Hand once he stopped. "Now, how do I look this time?"

"Snrk..." Chris noticed that some of the Smashers were snickering or chuckling, he tilted his head in confusion and crossed his arms.

"...What's so funny?" Chris asked looking above to find a weird red pompom. "And what is that pompom doing over my head?"

Lucario decided to look at his trainer and his jaw dropped a little. "...Chris? Is that you?"

"Duh."

"...You...turned into...a Moogle..."

"..." Chris blinked normally as we see his appearance, now he was wearing a pale purple shirt with shoulder pads, black pants, a small light-blue sword on his right hand and small boots...

...Thought when he found out that he turned into a Moogle, now he had white fur all over him below his clothes (aside from the small part of black hair on top of his head), his eyes changed as well, he had also a small height (technically now everyone in the room surpassed his height, well, at least Pichu didn't since he was his height), he had a red pompom that was literally hanging from a string that connected it to his head, where the hair was, there were 2 small red wings on his back and 2 long white ears (the black hair was between) that reached his pompom...

"...KUPO!" Chris yelled blinking shocked as mostly everyone began to laugh loudly at him. "What the hell did you do to me?! I'm a freaking Moogle, kupo!... Dammit! I can't stop saying "kupo" either, kupo!"

"But now you're the cutest furried character ever!" Crazy Hand said as Chris began to pout a little.

"Oh, you tell me! I'm going to be like this if I use this job, kupo?!" Chris asked angrily as Crazy Hand nodded with some chuckles. "You did this to me because you thought it was going to be funny?! Because I'm not laughing, kupo!"

"Aw, you're so cute..." Flonne said ducking to hug Chris close to her.

"S-stop it!" Chris struggled from Flonne's arms and he got out by pushing her face away. "My god, how can I fight with this short height anyway, kupo?!"

"Use your sword, duh." Toon Link said chuckling as Chris flew to him and crossed his arms.

"Oh, you're acting so tough just because I'm way smaller, am I right, kupo?!" Chris asked angrily as he looked back to his wings. "...Although... Look! I can fly anywhere with these wings, they don't tire out either, kupo!"

"So, this is how you obtain your powers?" Sonic asked as Chris flew to them.

"Yes, it's the only way, kupo." Chris said as Sonic grinned with some chuckles. "...I was SO waiting for you to laugh at me as well...kupo."

"Want more jobs?" Crazy Hand asked as Chris flew to him and shook his head several times.

"Forget it, I'm not buying those jobs after you put me through this humiliation! Kupo!" Chris said angrily as more laughs came from behind him, now they were getting on his nerves. "Laugh even more and I'll call the Moogle Brigade! Kupo!"

"Please, no more!" Popo pleaded rolling as he laughed loudly.

"...What the hell is the Moogle Brigade?! Kupo?!"

"CoughyourFinalSmashcough." Master Hand coughed as Chris looked annoyed.

"I want to buy a Smash Ball, please, kupo!" Chris proclaimed as everyone stopped laughing and got shocked looks with some gasps. "...What?"

Master Hand took out mentioned item as mostly everyone stared at it in awe. "Behold, the Smash Ball," Master Hand began as a spotlight shone above the floating glowing orb of power. "This item holds the ability to use your Final Smash."

"We just take it, right?" Roy asked, somehow, Master Hand didn't notice that many were preparing to do something with the ball.

"No," Master Hand chuckled. "You have to break it apart and the one who breaks the ball, will get its power, so, if you see this baby going around, I suggest you to BREAK IT!" Master Hand ducked in fear as many projectiles wanted to break the ball, though Chris looked fairly shocked at this moment that he hid behind the counter with Crazy Hand by flying over there quickly. "STOP IT, YOU BUNCH OF LUNATICS FOR POWER!" Master Hand yelled releasing the ball by accident.

"Oh...my...goodness...kupo..." Since you know who said that, we're not going to bother.

The ball flew around the room and mostly everyone (except Lucario, Meta Knight, Lucas, Mewtwo, Flonne and the hands with Chris) tried to break it by doing all sorts of attacks, it was like a corral with angered bulls trying to get the last meat first, chaos flew everywhere as Chris lifted his head up from the desk and stared angrily at Master Hand.

"You just HAD to show them that, hadn't you?! Kupo?!"

"I forgot they're all people who are hungry for power, my bad!" Master Hand yelled.

"Oh, dangit! They're all power hungry fools then, kupo?!"

Power Hungry Fool

"I WASN'T TRYING TO CHOOSE THE MUSIC, KUPO!" Chris yelled angrily as the music stopped with a scratch.

"Ha!" Everyone stopped fighting over the ball as they saw Sonic glowing with an evily smirk. "Yes... I FEEL THE POWER RUNNING THROUGH ME!"

"Oh, (beep!)t! He's not going to turn into THAT here, is he, kupo?!"

"HaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-" Sonic yelled extremely loud but, oddly, stopped glowing as the sound of someone farting was heard, everyone looked confused at this by now. "...What? W-what happened?! The power! Is gone!"

"YOU STUPID POWER HUNGRY FOOL, IMBECILEEEEEEEEE!!! KUPO!" Chris yelled angrily, flying towards to the hedgehog with a mad off look, smacking Sonic hard in the face with his sword and the hedgehog went rolling all the way to the wall where he crashed on his back.

Sonic just ignored the pain as he blinked confused. "B-but, why? I thought I was going to something really devastive a moment ago..."

"Wait, Sonic uses the Chaos Emerals to turn into Super Sonic, but, nothing happened? Why is that?" Master Hand muttered. "Er, Sonic, may I ask you something?"

"Yeah?"

"Are you by any chance holding the Chaos Emeralds?"

Sonic took from his back each emerald that were oddly very pale and threw all of them on the floor, everyone stared at the pale emeralds as some of them inspected them closer. "You mean these? Yeah, I have them with me, but they just recently lost their power, why do you ask anyway?"

"...Weird..." Master Hand muttered looking away.

"Ah," C. Falcon looked the pale Green Chaos Emerald. "This is some source of power?"

"Yep," Sonic said getting up (as Chris made a bored look because the hedgehog was still ignoring the pain). "If I use them, I'll turn into Super Sonic, the most extreme transformation of all the times! My strength, my speed and my power go up really high, not only that, I can fly around at extreme speeds too!"

"Isn't power and strength the same thing?" Lucas asked.

"...Oh...right..." Fox said throwing the pale Yellow Chaos Emerald to Sonic who caught it. "You mean the transformation that was going to kill us in that colony?"

Sonic chuckled nervously as he shifted his eyes. "I-ah, I-I was possessed that time, did you forget?"

"It was Tabuu's fault, so you have to let Sonic go in that one." Master Hand said as onic sighed in relief. "But, what I'm wondering now is, what happened to the emeralds?"

Sonic shrugged. "Beats me, all I can think is that probably Eggman had something to do with it...and think about it, I've been really weird ever since he used that machine on me, during the nights, I have thoughts of killing people, but also, I have the sensation to turn into something as well..." Sonic noticed that everyone was staring at him, some of them with shocked looks by the "killing people" part.

"...K-k-k-k-killing people, kupo?" Chris repeated studdering.

"...Wait, no! I don't want to kill anyone here!" Sonic said moving his hands around in some panic. "That's not me! You all know me very well, right?"

"A super egocentrical hedgehog that thinks about himself most of the times that also wants to show-off whenever he wants." Ness pointed out as Sonic made a bored look.

"Sheesh, you didn't have to say it that way."

Mewtwo was examining the pale purple emerald as his eyes glowed. "...It appears the emeralds were drained of their powers."

"Drained? Like taken away?"

"You could say that too," Mewtwo said as he lowered down the emerald. "There is no energy coming from them anymore, what's more, somebody took them as well."

"...Eggman, that bastard, he did it!" Sonic said with a serious look as he made a fist. "I bet he did something else with the emeralds with that machine!"

"Sonic, calm down, kupo," Chris began. "I'm trying to get a hold of myself this time, but, thinking about that dorky doctor isn't good right now, kupo."

"Ugh..."

"...I..." Ike began and everyone looked at him. "I-I'm sorry, but I don't understand anything so far, I'm clueless by now."

"There are so many things to keep track on, it's giving me a headache." Red said putting his right hand on his forehead.

"Sidequest time!" Crazy Hand said snapping his fingers as Chris's DS glowed again, now it had another sidequest...

Emeralds of no Chaos

The Chaos Emeralds have no longer their unbelievable power, but why is that? Maybe you should drop off to Sonic's world again when you have the time...

"Crazy, I didn't plan to make a sidequest out of that!" Master Hand whispered angrily as he groaned a little. "Whatever, too many sidequests already, anyway! Chris, I want you to do some of them by tomorrow morning."

"W-wait, but what if the Subspace Army attacks again, kupo?"

"They won't, because I have planned to give you all a day-off again."

"You mean by sacrificing some of your magic again like you did last time, kupo?" Chris asked as Master Hand went closer to him.

"Look, I also want you to spend the time with some of the Smashers that haven't reached the full partnership level yet, like Meta Knight or Wolf for example, I also think you could raise DK, Ike, Snake and a few others as well if you try." Master Hand whispered.

"...Are you kidding me, kupo? Spending time with Meta Knight is like resting with a serious person that will pull out a dagger and stab it in my throat, and with Wolf..." Chris shuddered as he looked to Wolf, and gave him a glare. "...I-I'd rather not think about what will that guy do to me if I turn my back...ever, kupo."

"Um, you're whispering in front of us again." Ike pointed out.

Master Hand ignored the barbarian and went on. "Also, it's snowing out there! I think it will continue to snow tomorrow, so go out and have fun, why won't you?"

"Hmm... I DO want to play out there... Kupo." Chris wondered rubbing his chin.

"Aw, man, then it's going to take more time to let me go to a world?" DK asked.

"Well, I want to know the mansion even more." Diddy said as he looked around.

"I'd like to do that as well if you don't mind." Ike said.

"I'll check this place out tomorrow!" Sonic said as he let out a long yawn. "And I'm very tired now...do you have a room for me?"

"Oh, right, Marth, if you would, could you please escort them to their rooms?" Master Hand asked.

"W-why me?" Marth asked raising an eyebrow.

"I think you're one of the most clever persons of the mansion that knows the place very well, so why not?"

Marth rolled his eyes, because he knew the mansion very well, we may add. "Alright, follow me you 4..." Marth said walking away with Sonic, DK, Diddy and Ike.

"H-hey! I'm want to see Ike's room!" Roy said running away.

"...You know you want to." Zelda said staring at Link who ran away as well.

"Oh candies in a leaf, look at the hour," Olimar said staring at his watch, where did he get it? Who knows. "It's really late and I should've been sleeping 2 hours ago, sorry and beg my pardons, but I need to sleep, good night." Olimar said with a bow as he walked away.

"...Candies in a leaf?" Ivysaur repeated confused with Twink.

"Of course, it's too late to be awake, you should all get some rest and enjoy the next day tomorrow, meanwhile, I'll rest once I finish with the magic, Crazy, hand magic time!" Master Hand said as he and his brother (who made a thumbs-up) disappeared in a poof of smoke.

Toon Link yawned and mumbled a little. "I can't see what is in front of me anymore...nah, I'll get my sleep, g'nite..." Toon Link said grogily as he walked away.

"Wait a minute," Jigglypuff began. "Isn't kind of risky to leave Snake alone?"

"Now that I see it, Snake could be still dangerous if someone doesn't watch his moves." Zelda said.

"And he could kidnap Chris in front of ourselves." Pit said.

"Then someone needs to keep tabs on him just in case?" Red asked.

"I rest close to his room," C. Falcon said. "Leave the guy to me, I'm also trying to be pals with him so it's going to be really interesting to know him more, and also, good night!" C. Falcon said before he walked away.

"...Now I'm really, REALLY worried." Nana said with a shocked look.

"Who cares?" Ness said. "He can't escape from here, after all, who of the adults besides him is a rabbid Samus's fan?" Ness asked with a wink.

Chris stared at Fox and Wolf. "...T-that was just because I got surprised!" Fox said with an annoyed look.

"And what about you, kupo?" Chris asked to Wolf.

"Tsk, I could say the same thing... Later." Wolf said walking away.

"Let's call this a night and rest," Lucas said. "I just want to sleep right now."

"Lucas, you surprised me, you didn't studder as you normally do." Pikachu said.

Lucas blushed and played with his fingers. "I-it's because it's snowing outside and if it continues, I'm going to play outside."

"Oh, yes!" Ness said snapping his fingers. "It's snowing, we forgot about that! We could play Extreme Snowball Fight!"

Pikachu made a tough look. "Haha, did you forget who was the winner last time?"

Ness cracked his fingers. "You, sir, are demanding a rematch."

"Bring it on," Pikachu said gathering sparks. "My electrocuted snowballs will make my path to victory!"

Chris shifted his eyes between them. "...Gosh, you're that violent, kupo?"

"Heck yes." Ness and Pikachu said nodding with grins as Chris sweatdropped before both walked away.

"Popo and I are the best throwers of snowballs...wait a minute, Popo!" Nana called his brother.

"Oh right! It's snowing, so we should make an igloo and rest inside!" Popo said taking out his hammer.

"Yep, now that's the brother I have...and love? Let's go!" Nana said taking her hammer and both ran away outside and made an igloo.

"And they're they go again," Zelda said with a sigh. "Those 2 can't stop loving ice and snow, can they?"

"What, they do that often, kupo?" Chris asked.

"Yes, they never stop when it snows... And it's getting late, so I should rest as well, good night." Zelda said with a polite bow as she walked away.

"So, I'm resting, good night!" Lucas said enthusiastically as he ran away.

"I better look for my scarf and be ready for the Extreme Snowball Fight." Pichu muttered as he walked away as well.

"What are you going to do, Mewtwo, kupo?" Chris asked.

"I'll take advantage of tomorrow and meditate for the time being... Chris." Mewtwo looked at Chris.

"Yes, kupo?"

"Maybe we could control your psychic powers as well, I may be able to take them under your control if you want."

"I-I'll think about it, kupo." Chris said with a nod and Mewtwo merely nodded before he teleported away.

"Can you sleep with me, can you, can you, can you?!" Flonne asked hugging Chris.

"N-NO! HELL NO!" Chris yelled pushing Flonne away.

"Aww... Oh well, maybe I'll have my chance tomorrow," Flonne said with a smile as Chris backed away from her. "I'll better rest for now so-AAAAAAHHHHH!!! OWW!" Flonne accidentaly tripped towards a computer and she fell on the floor, however, her fingers managed to type something and, oddly enough, the computer began to search and it found a result.

"F-Flonne! Are you alright?" Pit asked as he helped her to get up.

"Y-yeah...wait..." Flonne looked at the computer and she readed the information on it. "...The Netherworld...location of King Krichevskoy's son...OH MY! THERE HE IS!"

"What is there?" Jigglypuff asked walking to her.

"T-there he is! It's where Laharl's sleeping!"

"WHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAT?!" Etna's voice was heard from the 8th floor and she amazingly ran all the way down, rivaling Sonic's speed in some cases, in a blink she came followed by a long cloud of dust, pushed Flonne away and looked the computer. "Yes! Yes! Finally, I found Laharl! After all this time, I can go for him and get his throne back!"

"H-hey!" Flonne stood up flailing her arms. "I have to assassinate Laharl, remember?! The angels of Celestia will be mad at me if I don't accomplish my mission!"

"Nah-ah, you will not do such a thing!" Etna said closing her eyes with a grin. "Laharl needs to reclaim his throne back from Vyers that took it when his father died, I don't know exactly where did this Vyers guy came from, but if Laharl shows up in his castle, then the throne will be reclaimed, I'll get my salary for the Prin-I mean, I'll get my job as vassal back and everything will be as it should have been before!"

Flonne pouted a little. "B-but I have to kill him!"

"Nah-ah!"

"Yes-uh!"

"Nah-ah!"

"Yes-uh!"

"Nah-ah!"

"Yes-uh!"

"Nah-ah!"

"Yes-uh!"

"Nah-ah!"

"Yes-uh!"

"Nah-ah!"

"Yes-uh!"

"STOP IT, KUPO!"

"Who's the new guy?" Etna asked as Chris got annoyed.

"Oh, screw it! I'll change jobs, kupo!" Chris yelled changing to his Chozo Arts job, in doing so, he recovered his normal appearance (much for Flonne's dismay). "That's where Laharl is then?"

"Yup, and we're going tomorrow morning!" Etna said putting her hands on her hips with a proud smile.

"...Hate to say this, but no one can leave the mansion tomorrow, Master Hand will close the paths to all the worlds, so practically you're stuck in there until the next day after tomorrow... I think." Yoshi explained.

"...Oh, great," Etna closed her arms and looked away. "To good to be true...darn...oh well, better spend the last day with all of you, huh?"

"I think so."

"...Fine, g'nite," Etna said as she extended her arms and yawned as she walked away. "By the way, I have a friend who's staying here, so not telling the hand about her!"

"What?" Chris asked as he shook his head. "I think I need to rest now...wait a minute, Master Hand! Where's my money for defeating the Axem Rangers?!"

"Here." Meta Knight said giving Chris a bag of coins.

"W-wow, thank you." Chris said looking inside the bag.

"I found it laying close to the self-destruct butto-I mean, the mechanism to blow up the ship, so I thought you wanted it."

"..." Chris shaked the bag upside-down and a coin fell down on his right hand.

"...Just one single coin?" Flonne asked staring at the coin.

You have gained 1 Smash Coin!

"...That's it?!" Chris asked making a fist as he kept the coin with him. "Why did I receive just a coin?!"

"Perhaps because of the excessive amount of us that wanted to fight those lunatics?" Meta Knight asked.

"T-they were going to kill us with one stomp with that huge machine! And all I get it's a stinking coin for that?"

"Hey, they happened to trip because of the shell." Squirtle said.

"B-but that could have counted as an attack, right?... Aw, forget it, I'm so tired to be complaining..."

"Even so, it's good to be saving little by little." Fox said.

"...Fox, don't make me punch you in your sick eye."

Fox made an angry expression and crossed his arms. "Fine, I'll be sleeping now, so good night." Fox said as he walked away.

"Drink some medicine for your eye before though!" Ivysaur yelled cracking up with Squirtle as Fox grunted angrily in the hallway.

"For the last time, it's NOT sick!"

"Oh man, that was a good one, good one there..." Squirtle said embracing himself to stop laughing.

Chris noticed that Kirby walked to him. "What is it Kirby?"

"Um, I was wondering if you could take me to a world next time..." Kirby said.

"Aw, of course, I can't resist to see you look down like that," Chris said as Kirby jumped to him and gave him a hug. "Oh, thank you!"

"You're absolutely welcome!" Kirby said jumping back and walked towards his room.

"...Hmm..." Lucario just kept looking at Chris after Kirby hugged him.

"Squirtle, Ivysaur, we need to rest for now." Red said walking towards the hallway.

"Coming!" Squirtle said walking away as both noticed that Ivysaur refused to walk with them. "Hey, come on, we have to rest."

"Nope, snow bad for me, very bad." Ivysaur said hiding further inside the table.

"...Oh man..." Red frowned as he put Ivysaur inside his Pokeball. "Now, are you better inside?"

Squirtle chuckled. "Weirdo, you talk to things."

"I-I'm not a weirdo!" Red argued as both walked away to their room.

"I shall enjoy my last day tomorrow, good night." Flonne said with a bow as she walked away, humming happily.

"Chris, can I ask you something?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Um, sure." Chris said.

"I was wondering if you could, you know, we could perform tomorrow again with another different song than the last time, you know? Everyone here enjoyed the last play so much, and it could be good to do that again, do you agree to do it again? Pretty please?"

"O-of course! I had so much fun last time, let's do that tomorrow again!"

"Sweet, thank you and good night!" Jigglypuff said happily as she walked away, humming happily.

"...I we go to the demon's world... Palutena will get angry at me...wait, did you hear that? D-don't mind me please, good night." Pit said walking away.

"Aw, with all this snow, it's going to be hard to train for the Olympics...wonder when are they going to be announced... I have this hunch that it will be very soon..." Yoshi wondered as he walked away.

"Rude, he didn't say good night." Twink said.

"Anyway, since it's almost time to fight Smithy, we should think harder about the whereabouts of Kalmar." Geno said.

Mallow groaned a little. "Geno, why don't we try to enjoy tomorrow as well? You need to relax and have fun, yep, that's what you need urgently." Mallow grabbed Geno's right hand.

"W-where are you taking me?" Geno asked as Twink followed them.

"Duh, get some sleep and try to relax tomorrow, everyone is going to do something fun to do, and we need to get sleeping as well, good night!"

"G-good night! Mallow, stop dragging me! Mallow!" Geno said from the hallway as both went away, with Twink laughing at Mallow's ignorance all the way.

"..." Chris stared at Meta Knight.

"...Good night." Meta Knight said simply as he walked away.

"...Oh, look!" Chris looked at Lucario. "It's just the 2 of us here now, just like you like it, right?"

"...Ugh..." Lucario looked down, still ashamed.

"Lucario..." Chris trailed off as he tried to do something for Lucario. "Oh, I know! We can eat dinner tonight if you want."

"Sorry, but I'm not in the mood to eat something..." Lucario said as Chris grabbed his right hand.

"Are you sure? I have something to eat that both of like to eat together, you know where I'm getting at?"

"...Wait, but I thought that was in our house."

"Nope, I asked Master Hand to bring some food here, and also he brought the instant soup!"

Lucario blinked for a moment before his stomach began to grumble, making him blush a little. "...Fine..."

"Then it's true the way to get someone's attention was through the stomach!" Chris said with a small laugh as both walked away.

"I thought it was to get to the heart." Lucairo pointed out.

"...Well, it's almost the same thing."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 19, 2009, 03:17:02 PM
Kitchen

Persona 4 - New Days

"...It's almost ready?" Lucario asked as he was sitting on a chair, there was another chair besides him with bowls, spoons and oddly, chopsticks.

"...Wait...okay, it's done." Chris said taking out 2 boiling cups of noodle soup from the microwave and poured both of them in the bowls, the steam's odor went towards Lucario and he smelled it, he let out a sigh of pleasure as Chris threw the empty vases to the trash can. "Oh yes, I missed to eat this back home, and it's even better with the climate out there."

"I also missed this as well," Lucario said grabbing the chopsticks. "But doesn't it feel awkward to eat the noddles with chopsticks?"

"Well, I just saw the chopsticks laying on the table in home when I was eating the soup, and I thought to use them instead of the forks," Chris said grabbing his chopsticks. "But you've got to admit, it's fun to eat the noodles as well like this."

"...That's fine but..."

"But?"

"Can we stop talking and eat the soup while it's hot?"

Chris stared at his bowl and chuckled a little. "S-sorry, I was just answering your doubt."

"It's fine..." Lucario said with a small smile as both started eating their soups.

The delicate texture of the noodles, along with the soup's flavor were just enough for them to make happy expressions, the Aura Pokémon and the World Traveler were enjoying their time together as they ate all alone.

"Lucario..." Chris began as Lucario opened his left eye as he continued eating. "Are you still ashamed for what happened?"

"..." Lucario stopped eating and looked away with a worried look. "...I...I don't know Chris..."

"But Lucario, you came to rescue me even if you were ashamed, deep down, you were still you."

"...I was still me?" Lucario asked confused looking at Chris.

Chris smiled and closed his eyes. "Yes, the same Warrior of the Aura that looks and protects me, you don't know how much I like that."

Lucario looked down. "But am I worthy to accept all the praise?"

"Because I got hurt when you weren't with me?"

"...Yes..." Lucario muttered.

"...You dork."

"Huh?"

"Remember, it was my responsability to make that decision, you accepted it if I recall, right?"

"Y-yes, but..."

"Lucario, don't give me the buts again, it was my own fault that I got hurt, it wasn't yours... I think I was thinking back then "I can do this without Lucario to shield me, I should start defending myself and not use the others's help" when I choose my final decision."

Lucario closed his eyes, still feeling regretful.

"...Maybe, just maybe, I need to stay more time with my favorite hero of all times..."

Lucario opened his eyes in surprise and blushed a little. "N-no, I'm not a hero..."

"You ARE a hero, Lucario!" Chris said raising his voice as Lucario blinked in surprise. "You've saved me countless of times before, you've also spent the time together with me when I was feeling sad in our house, you looked after me when I got sick in school days, you used your tremendous strength to help me fight against the Subspace Army and such, and not only that..." Chris blushed a little. "...You've been the greatest person in the universe for me..."

Lucario couldn't help it but he smiled a little.

"Seeing you fight in the battles it's the only thing that inspires me to be strong, I have many skills under my arsenal, but I admit it, I still have lots of troubles to get used to them, but I try hard enough every day just to get strong like you," Chris looked to the window where the snow was falling outside, he could see the Ice Climbers making the igloo they mentioned. "I sort of want to be enough strong to save you from an attack that could kill you, so after that I jump towards the bastard who does that and beat him to a bloody pulp...just to protect you of course."

"...I have the same feeling Chris..." Lucario muttered as Chris smiled a little.

"So, are you still ashamed?"

"Haha, not anymore, thanks to you, now I feel very honored."

Chris blinked surprised as his eyes widened. "U-um, honored? Isn't that going too far?"

Lucario chuckled. "No."

Chris chuckled after that and looked back to the window, to the Ice Climbers as well who looked at him and waved. "Of course, everyone here gives me the same thing as you, but...since we know each other very well, you give me more than anyone else here."

"...Do you know what I can't wait to do?"

"What?"

"Shield you from a bullet with my arms."

"...But isn't a bullet going to bounce off from your arms?"

"That's why I'll beat the bastard to a bloody pulp..." Lucario noticed that Chris looked worried. "...I-it's just a saying, not literally of course!"

"Phew, I thought you were serious for a second."

Lucario wrapped his left arm around Chris's shoulders and pulled him close to him. "I'd never do something to scare you, anymore."

"Thank you, Lucario..." Chris trailed off as Lucario liked his cheek a little. "...The soup!"

Lucario let Chris fall by accident and quickly continued to eat.

"You...little..." Chris muttered in the floor as Lucario glanced behind him, he gasped and decided to help Chris.

"Sorry... I was hungry..." Lucario trailed off blushing.

"I-it's okay...but, don't do it again..." Chris said moaning a little in pain, but Lucario once again licked his cheek as an apology. "You're like my tall dog."

"...Chris."

"Yes?"

"Please, don't ruin this moment."

Chris made an annoyed look. "Now I'm the one ruining the dinner?" Chris asked as both laughed together after that and continued to eat.

Several minutes later...

"Have you finished yet Lucario?" Chris asked swallowing his noodles.

"No, we talked too much." Lucario said.

"Duh, I finished mine some minutes ago." Kirby said as both gasped when they found Kirby sitting close to Chris, the Star Warrior burped since he finished his bowl.

"W-when did you appear?!" Chris asked.

"After Lucario let you fall."

Lucario looked away, sighing disappointed.

Lucario's Room

Both now where laying down in the bed as they looked outside, the snow falling during the night as Chris sneezed a little, but decided to look the snow again.

"...I can't wait for tomorrow and play outside." Chris said burying himself in the bed sheets.

"It's going to be very cold, right?" Lucario asked.

"Of course, I need to be careful and not get a cold...achoo!"

Lucario wrapped his arm around Chris's shoulder and pulled him closer to his neck. "Now, let's rest."

Chris blushed. "A-am I going to rest above your neck? Why?"

"Isn't it obvious? I'm protecting you."

"But from what?"

"From getting a cold, my fur is warm enough to get your head warm, isn't it?"

"W-well... I do admit that is warm..." Chris said as Lucario put a stronger grip on him. "Okay, okay, I'm sleeping now!"

Lucario licked his face and Chris chuckled heartily, the World Traveler decided to lean his face to Lucario's chest and the Aura Pokémon growled happily before he fell asleep.

Now, Lucario was happy again, Chris was very happy again, he was under his protection, and better than that, both of them were together once again, it was a cold night too, so the Aura Pokemón decided to keep his trainer warm for the rest of the night, it was Lucario's dream coming true, nothing would interrupt their peaceful sleep...

"...Grr..." Lucario growled silently as he put a stronger grip on Chris, the World Traveler slowly opened his eyes and looked to Lucario's face, the Aura Pokémon wasn't paying any attention to his trainer as he shifted his eyes around.

"(...Why is he growling?... Wait...)" Chris thought. "(...He's just worried about me, and that's why he wants to keep me closer under his arm... Lucario, you're the best... There's no doubt...)" Chris hugged Lucario as he began to fall asleep.

"(Huh?)" Lucario looked down to Chris, the World Traveler was smiling happily. "(W-why did he hug me?... I shouldn't be asking that right now... Thank you... Chris...)" Lucario said licking Chris's forehead a little as he fell asleep with a yawn, showing his fangs completely before falling asleep above his trainer's head.

"...And I tried to crush their bond..." Snake muttered from the slightly opened door, it was because of him that Lucario growled, the soldier just chuckled silently as he closed the door slowly. "I better keep an eye in the kid's progress."

"Snake, are you happy for being part of their team now?" Mei Ling asked.

"...Heh," Snake smiled a little as he walked away to his room. "Just maybe, this could prove to be interesting after all..."

"I think it's because of Samus." Otacon whispered.

"What was that?"

"N-nothing Snake, good night." Otacon said sweating.

"Yes, Snake, have good dreams." Mei Ling said ending the codec call with a chuckle.

Snake looked back at their room as he walked away. "...Good night to you 2..."

"...Chris?" Lucario called.

"...Yes..." Chris asked grogily.

"Where is the Smash Ball that you bought from Master Hand? Didn't you buy one?"

"...I'm going to kill that hand...good night, Lucario..."

"...Good night..."

Preview of the next chapter

"Okay, let's see, the short leg goes here then...aw, dangit! I can't believe I don't understand the formula anymore!"

"Ah, you mean you want to know how to get the hypotenuse of a triangle?"

"That's what I want to...wait, what are you doing here?"

...

"So Nana and myself will sing this song?"

"Yes, Zelda wanted to stay out for this time."

"Ugh, I hope everything goes well..." Nana said.

...

"Excuse me, but have you seen an old man in a purple coat, with a laidback and lazy attitude?"

C. Falcon's eyes widened after he saw, or thought when he saw the most sexiest person in the universe besides Samus, at least he thought, standing in front of the door.

"..." C. Falcon was left speechless.

...

"Fortunately Link told me that he never drinks beer, right Link?"

"Yeah...right...hic!"

"...Oh my god..." Chris said astonished.

...

"A Persona-lific break... Dammit, why am I saying the next chapter's name again? Idiots..." Snake grumbled.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 20, 2009, 06:27:43 PM
Chapter 105: A Persona-lific break

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"..."

The Ancient Minister looked away. "...You may be angry by the result of the Axem Rangers..."

"..." Tabuu was still speechless.

"...And for the lost of the sixth Star Spirit as well..."

"..."
Tabuu sighed in disappointment. "Another battle that we lose...curse them all..."

"I, as well, may report that the hands have sealed the path to the worlds again like the last time."

"...Then, we should take advantage of this little situation and prepare those fools from the incident with Sonic."

"Ah, you mean the power of the Final Smash that you want to bestow upon them?"

"It is the only thing I can do for now to make them stronger... For now, I shall think by myself again, however, I want you to keep in guard the last Star Spirit,
" Tabuu turned his back. "We do not want them to find that star, do we?"

The Ancient Minister shook his head. "Most certainly no, since the Star Spirit is right close to them without any kind of suspicions."

"That is enough."

"...Right."
The Ancient Minister watched Tabuu teleporting away, then, he looked around to be secure that he was alone, and quickly, opened the screen to see Mr. G&W again. "...We'll escape soon from here...just...give me more time for now..."

But there was someone watching from the darkness...

"Heheheheh...so, he wants to escape from this place? I'll tell Tabuu about that and I'll probably get whatever I want!"

The Ancient Minister merely turned and fired a beam to Porky, the beam paralyzed the machine that he was in and Porky shook his head as the Ancient Minister closed the screen. "Porky, you can't go and cause havoc when there are no orders, may I ask, what are you doing here?"

"I...well...what am I doing here? I just feel like a beam did something to my brain..."

"Don't be stupid and get away."

"R-right away!"
Porky said stomping away.

The Ancient Minister looked at the darkness of the Subspace as he talked to himself. "I'm not that ignorant and let anyone know about my own plans, designing this mind eraser beam was a good idea after all..."

Smash Mansion
Igloo

Snowman

The morning came in the snowy paradise of snow, it was 5:00 AM at the time, inside the igloo, we see the Ice Climbers sleeping deeply in ice beds, ice pillows, everything was of ice while the snow fell gently from the sky.

Unfortunately, their peace was going to end soon for now...

KNOCK! KNOCK! KNOCK!

Someone was knocking on the door and Popo grumbled annoyed, the blue eskimo jumped off from his bed and walked towards the door, eyes still closed with grumbling noise from his closed mouth, Popo grabbed the ice-shaped doorknob and opened the door.

On the other side of the door, there was small imp creature, the creature had purple fur around his small body, except for the white oval from his stomach to neck, on his neck, he wore a necklace with a green crystal on the center, the creature also was flying with his small and rounded fairy-like wings, it had a white cream-shaped tail, as well as the white cream-shaped hair of his forehead, it also had a trusty but somewhat cartoony face and it appeared that the creature wasn't that affected by the snow at all.

"Hi there kind sir!" The imp called with a smile.

"Hmmmmmm..." Popo grumbled, still unable to open his eyes.

"Sorry for interrupting at this hour, but, you see, I lost something very important and I need your help!"

"...Hmmmmmm..."

"I lost my memory! My memory! Can you believe that? I lost my memory, everything, even my name!"

"...Hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm...."

The imp kept going on with his speech. "So I was wondering if you could help me and look for my memory because I think I had something really really really important to do an-"

"We don't accept credit cards, have a nice day..."

SLAM!

The imp blinked with his smile still on his face after Popo slammed the ice door in front of him and looked at the mansion, not that far away from the igloo. "...Well, I can always ask to anybody in there, I wonder if there is anyone there though..." The imp went to the door and knocked on it. "Hello? Is anybody in there? Hello?"

The door opened slowly and revealed Sonic on the other side, he was still yawning (and his eyes were still closed) from getting up so early and decided to eat a chocolate bar, somehow, the imp focused his eyes on the chocolate bar. "...Oh...hi there..." Sonic said grogily, eating his chocolate as the imp's eyes reflected the image of the dessert.

"Good morning sir, but, may I have your time?" The imp asked.

"...Sure..." Sonic said yawning.

The imp kept looking at the chocolate bar. "Um...well...you see...my...memory got...um...missing and I can't even...remember anything...so..."

Sonic opened one eye to look at the imp, but closed it after a second. "Oh...I see..."

"And I was...wondering if you...um...can I...eat that?" The imp asked pointing at the chocolate bar.

"...Sure...go ahead...Chip..." Sonic said giving the chocolate bar to the imp that he named Chip out of the blue.

"C-Chip?" The imp asked with wide eyes. "W-why are you giving me a name?"

"Is not obvious?... You like desserts...my chocolate bar disappeared once I gave it to you..."

The imp had a brown mud around his mouth as he blinked. "I DO like the chocolate, thank you so much si-"

SLAM!

The imp blinked with his smile as he turned his back to the door once Sonic slammed the door in front of him. "...Hmm... Chip... That isn't a bad name...from now on, I'll be Chip! Yeah!" The imp named Chip said making a fist in the air as he remembered something important. "Oh no! My memory! What can I do about that?! NOOOOOOOOO!!!" Chip began to run in the air, putting his hands above his head as he stared at the mansion once he stopped. "...Hmm...maybe there are more people in there besides that guy...oh well, I'll come later and ask." Chip said humming happily as he flew away.

Lucario's Room

Meanwhile, we see now the World Traveler sleeping peacefully, close to the Aura Pokémon who still had him under his arm, Lucario let out a long yawn (showing completely his fangs again) as he grumbled a little and stared down at Chris.

"...Lucario...your fur...is all fuzzy...heheheh..." Chris mumbled with a chuckle as Lucario blinked surprised while he blushed.

"...Chris..." Lucario muttered as he rested his head above Chris's head.

1 hour later...

Persona 4 - Your Affection

"It's sno-wiiiiiing!" Chris woke up happily by shouting, he looked outside and for his luck, the snow was still falling from the sky, his wish came true and the day was very good for him. "Lucario, wake up! It's still snowing!"

"Hmmmmmm..." Lucario grumbled.

"Lucario, wake up! I want to stand up!"

"..." Lucario set Chris free and the World Traveler got out from the bed, the Aura Pokémon opened his eyes slowly, letting out a long yawn again. "Good...morning, Chris..."

"Good morning, Lucario," Chris said with a heartily chuckle. "I can't believe it's still snowing out there, I can play in the snow after all!"

"...Good for you..." Lucario said turning his back to Chris.

"Oh please, you don't feel that excited as me today?" Chris asked and Lucario shook his head. "...Fine, it's rare to see you out of energy in a morning, you're usually meditating at this hour...whatever, I think I'm going outside."

"Go and have fun..." Lucario mumbled as he covered with the bed sheet.

Chris was about to leave the room as he looked to Lucario, then, he remembered something important. "Wait... I think I should stay behind."

"..." Lucario was now sleeping.

"Lucario, do I have homework to do?"

"...Yes, you do...you have a math homework that you left pending when you made the 2 of us get in this long journey..." Lucario mumbled as he returned to sleep.

Chris sweatdropped. "...Did you have to say it that way?"

Various minutes later...

For his suprise, Chris found his backpack below the bed, maybe because Master Hand moved by himself some things from Chris's house when Chris didn't notice.

Much for Chris's surprise, there was his Wii and PS2 under his bed as well, but why were those things there, along with all the accessories? There wasn't a TV to plug in the consoles...

He let that go for later and decided to do his homework on the desk of the room, he was being impatient because he wanted to play out in the snow so badly, though why did he ask himself to do his homework at that moment? Maybe because it was going to be boring and play outside all alone with everyone else sleeping.

On a side note, his Knowledge increased.

"...UGH!" Chris grabbed his head in frustration after he got in a problem for an exercise.

His Knowledge decreased...

"Okay, let's see, the short leg goes here then...aw, dangit! I can't believe I don't understand the formula anymore!"

"Ah, you mean you want to know how to get the hypotenuse of a triangle?"

"That's what I want to...wait, what are you doing here?"

Chris found Geno standing in front of the door, the puppet walked to him and looked at the notebook.

"It's very simple, to get the hypotenuse in this triangle of 90-60-30, you need to use this formula: Hypotenuse equals 2 by shortest leg, that is the side in front of 30 grades."

Chris stared at the numbers of the notebook and began to do the mentioned formula.

By thinking through, his Knowledge went up again.

"Basically, it's the double in short terms." Geno explained as Chris finished.

"Thank you, Geno, I didn't know you could do geometry of this level."

"We the stars need to be wise, you could ask Twink the same thing and he'll probably answer it as well."

"Twink can do geometry of this level?"

"He could assist the college if he wanted."

Chris couldn't believe that a young star like Twink could enter the college, now Chris felt embarrassed. "Oh... I see, maybe I could ask him to be my teacher."

Geno chuckled a little. "That's kind of funny."

"...Wait, what are you doing so early in the morning?"

"I wanted to inspect the mansion while everyone was sleeping, and I happened to stumble in this room when you were doing your homework."

"You're worried about Snake?"

"...Possibly, I mean, I can't trust him that well yet, and mostly everyone here as well."

Chris looked outside. "Yes, after all, he tried to kidnap me but decided not to at the end..."

"But I have to see bright side," Geno began. "You're here and that's a relief for everyone."

"Thank you."

"No problem, you seem to be an important part of this group."

Chris blushed a little. "T-that's just because I like to be kind to anyone that is a good guy..."

Geno chuckled. "Maybe that is your natural ability, have you ever thought about having a natural ability?"

"...Nope."

"Well, you have a natural ability, that is getting along with anyone."

Chris looked down. "...It's just because I didn't have many friends in my school and mostly because I didn't want to make friends once my parents left me alon...n-nevermind."

Geno raised an eyebrow. "Were you going to say something?"

Chris chuckled nervously. "N-no... I'd rather not talk about something I don't want to remember..."

Geno looked a little worried but smiled a little. "Okay, I need to inspect the mansion a little more, see you." Geno waved at Chris as he left the room.

"...Please, I don't want to remember that again..."

His Expression went up a little bit.

Chris thought now about what to do for today besides playing outside in the snow.

"Professor, can you show me my partnership level with all the Smashers?" Chris asked turning on his DS.

"Oh ho ho, certainly! You should work a little more on them!" Kawashima said showing Chris the list of all the Smashers living in the mansion.

Partner: Percentage Level
Lucario: 100
Yoshi: 100
Pikachu: 100
Pichu: 100
Jigglypuff: 100
Mewtwo: 65
Red: 80
Squirtle: 85
Ivysaur: 75
Donkey Kong: 70
Diddy Kong: 90
Kirby: 100
Meta Knight: 17
Link: 80
Zelda: 85
Toon Link: 85
Fox: 80
Falco: 100
Wolf: Basically he still hates you even after all the things you did, so 0
Captain Falcon: 70
Olimar: 70
Marth: 75
Roy: 80
Ike: 50
Ness: 100
Lucas: 100
Pit: 90
Ice Climbers: 100
Snake: 20
Sonic: 101

"...There are many questions circulating around my mind..." Chris said staring at some of the percentages. "...Why is Sonic 101?"

"Because it seems he just plain likes you so much." Kawashima said with a chuckle.

"...But even more than Lucario? That's creepy...but some of the percentages have been lowered as well."

"That's probably because you did something offending or haven't spend your time properly, the percentages won't stay at 100 all the time, you need to be careful when talking to one of them."

Chris raised a finger. "Give me one reason why is Fox's level even lower than before."

"You insulted him with his "sick eye" if I remember."

"Hey! I didn't know it wasn't sick, it looked sick to me!"

"Even so, you need to apologize to him."

"...Fine, should I get working on them now?"

Kawashima smiled a little. "That'd be great." Kawashima said as he turned himself off.

"...Maybe I should spend time with Mewtwo for now... I want to use psychic powers as him..." Chris muttered as he walked to the hallway and went to Mewtwo's room.

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest
It is almost completed...the inn I mean

United Oath

"..." Rita stared at Yuri as she readed her book of Blastia.

"...Fine, I'll go and get Judy." Yuri said rolling his eyes as he walked away from the inn.

"..." Rita somehow knew that people were watching her and glared at the readers. "Yeah, I know, I'll go for those guys after Yuri fails as well...you're still there?!"

Smash Mansion
Mewtwo's Room

Music stops

In a hurry for not getting pummeled by Rita's Violent Pain, we change the scene quickly to Mewtwo and Chris, both of them were meditating silently (because Chris was using his Psychic user job).

"..." Chris was glowing in a pink aura, along with Mewtwo.

Mewtwo slightly opened his eyes, and Chris seemed to do the same. "...Well done, now leave and wait until we get more training at the right time."

"...Understood..." Chris muttered as he walked away from Mewtwo.

"...Change your jobs before leaving," Mewtwo began. "Leaving this energy powered room will only cause destruction in your path, your psychic powers need more training and control."

"...Yes..." Chris muttered as he changed to a job and left the room, Mewtwo blinked as he was still glowing, but closed his eyes with a small grin.

"(I shall wait for our next training, it's hard to find a disciple like you around...)" Mewtwo thought with an echoing chuckle.

"...Dammit, kupo!"

Mewtwo stopped chuckling as he frowned, Chris chose the Moogle Knight job by accident. "...Whatever..."

Hallway

Persona 4 - Heartbeat, Heartbreak

"Ugh, now I'm back being a Moogle, kupo!" Chris said stomping the floor angrily.

"Oh, Chris!" Pichu came walking down the hall (wearing a red scarf around his neck) and went to Chris. "Good morning, it's good to see you in that appearance!"

"But I hate it, kupo!"
"Meh, it's the same...kupo."
"Why are you being so nice now, kupo?"
"Kupo?"


"Meh, it's the same...kupo." Chris said frowning.

Pichu shifted his eyes a little. "Well, it's still early, so everyone is still sleeping, what do you want to do?"

"I had in mind to spend time with some of them and raise the partnership level, kupo, but what can I do while they're sleeping, kupo?"

"Sneak into their rooms?" Pichu thought. "You know, I think Falco woke up early, so why don't we go and see him?"

"Okay...kupo." And both small characters went to Falco's Room

Falco's Room

Falco was still, unable to move out from his bed because it was very cold for him to walk out in the halls. "...Dammit, why it has to snow outside? For god's sake, it's still snowing out there!" Falco made an annoyed face. "At this rate, I'm not going to do anything besides someone entering if I can see someone first!"

"Hey Falco!" Pichu jumped quickly above Falco.

"UAH!" Falco screamed in fear as he almost got a heart attack. "D-don't do that again!"

"Sorry..."

"...What are you doing here, anyway?"

"Well, Chris and I wanted to visit you, because it's still early."

Falco looked around from his pillow. "And where is he?"

"Um...here, kupo." Chris said looking away embarrassed as he flew and landed besides Pichu.

"...Pichu, is that a Pokémon creature of yours?"

"P-Pokémon?! I-I'm Chris, kupo!" Chris protested pouting.

Falco rolled his eyes. "Okay, if you're Chris, tell me something both of us remember."

"You had an affair with Wave the Swallow, but ended up dumping you that made you change into a guy who doesn't like girls anymore, kupo."

Falco blinked shocked at this. "...You're Chris...right?"

"...Yes, kupo?"

The avian continued to blink as he tried not to laugh at Chris's appearance. "Snrk..."

"...Fine! Go ahead and laugh at me! I got this job of the Moogle Knight in the shop yesterday and I turned into this, kupo!"

"BUAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAA!!!" Falco bursted out laughing as Chris crossed his arms with an annoyed face. "O-oh god, my funny bone! I can't stop laughing! Hahahahahahahahahahaha!"

"Grrrr... Kupo..."

Falco started to laugh even harder than before after a while, but then he panted heavily, wiping out a tear from his right eye. "M-man, this makes up for the annoying prison of cold this is!"

"Okay, okay, okay, we laughed at Chris because of his furried appearance, now, stop it, seriously...kupo."

Falco chuckled a little but calmed down. "Well, at least that was entertaining, thank you for you coming here."

"...Pichu, let's go before he laughs at me again, kupo." Chris said annoyed as he flew away with Pichu following, of course, once they closed the door, they could hear Falco cracking up even more than before. "Hope you get into an iceberg, kupo!" Chris yelled annoyed as he walked away with Pichu.

On the hall, however, they found Marth holding a book on his hands.

"Oh, good morning." Marth greeted them as they stopped.

"What is that book you're holding?" Pichu asked.

Marth grabbed the book on one hand. "It's a special book that lets you understand the foreign laguage I use, for example, you can...well, you wouldn't understand its meanings, but I was planning to give it to Chris."

"Oh, thank you, kupo."
"Great, another book to look for, kupo."
"I don't want it, kupo!"
"Gimme! Kupo!"


"Gimme! Kupo!" Chris said extending his hands to Marth's book. "Hmm..."

"Well, I have some things to do today, so I'll be leaving you." Marth said walking away.

"Are you going to show Ike the mansion?" Pichu asked.

Marth scratched the back of his head as he went away. "...Yes, he still needs some pointers about the technology here." Marth said as he disappeared in the halls.

Pichu peered at the book Chris was reading. "So, this book will help us talk like Marth?"

"...Oh! Look at this! You can add these japanese termings at the end of each one's name to point out something, kupo!" Chris said reading through the book with Pichu. "...For example, I can call you Pichu-san."

"-san" Shows respect and deference, usually to one's elders or simply people one does not know very well.

Pichu raised an eyebrow as he readed through. "But it's not -kun?"

"-kun" is a term of familiarity, mostly used in address to males.

"Nope, kupo, it says here that women use this term to males, however, there are men that have been saying this to men, kupo."

"So what is the difference?"

"Well...let's stick with -san, okay, kupo?"

"If you say so...hey, there are more in here!"

"Like -chan?"

"-chan" is like "-kun" but mostly addressed to females.

"Oh! Oh!" Pichu hopped a little. "For example Jigglypuff-chan!"

Chris nodded. "Yes, but I think Jiggly-chan fits well, don't you think, kupo?"

Pichu rubbed his chin. "Hmm...it sounds good... Jiggly-chan!"

"Or Zelda-chan, kupo!"

"Or Peach-chan!"

"Or Nana-chan, kupo!"

"Or Samus-chan!"

Chris readed the book a little more. "Hey, there's even more in here, kupo."

Pichu got closer and readed along Chris. "Hmm, so we can use more terms?"

"Yes, for example -sensei, kupo."

"-sensei" denotes professional respect, such as to teachers or doctors.

"Dr. Mario-sensei then?" Pichu asked.

"Too bad we won't see that clone around...kupo." Chris said shrugging.

"I can't think on any sensei here..." Pichu said lowering his ears in shame.

"Blame Master Hand-sensei, he doesn't hire any professional here... Is Master Hand even a sensei? Oh, here's another one, -senpai, kupo."

"-senpai" is used to address senior or "mentor" figures; a relationship that is generally absent in America. The opposite of senpai is kouhai, the student or junior figure.

"What is an America?" Pichu asked confused.

"Er...I'll tell you later."

"Aww..."

Chris readed the definition again. "...Oh, I see, senior figures would be people who are older than us, kupo."

"Like Snake-senpai?"

Chris shuddered. "...Er...I won't call that guy senpai never, ever...pick another guess, kupo."

"Hmm... Like..."

"How come we can't remember seniors in here, kupo?" Chris said thinking.

"...Wait, isn't Mario a senior?"

"Oh, Mario-senpai, I like how that ends with, kupo."

"And isn't Pikachu a senpai too?"

"At least for you he's a senpai, but I'll use -san with him."

"I have another one! Fox-senpai!"

"Hmm, I like how that ends as well, kupo."

"Should we address them like that when we see them around?"

"Pichu, that has to be the most, interesting idea I've heard so far during this day, kupo!" Chris looked at the book. "And we got the last one, -sama, kupo."

"-sama" is a very high form of respect, used to address authority figures.

"I guess Master Hand falls on that term." Pichu said.

"Master Hand-sama... Master-sama... Kind of ironic, isn't it, kupo?"

Pichu chuckled. "Yes, master and sama are related."

Chris looked at the book again. "There are even more foreign terms as well, but let's look at them sometime later when we need to."

"But you know, I want a ko-tat-su table, it says here it's great for cold seasons, like this one we have today."

Kotatsu: A small table with a heater beneath the surface and an oversized blanket draped on top of it to cover the openings. It is used to warm oneself on cold winter days.

"I think I saw a kotatsu table in a channel on the TV," Chris said rubbing his chin. "Maybe someone here knows where is a kotatsu table, kupo."

"Nah, I doubt it, probably Marth or Roy, but nobody else knows about this." Pichu said.

"Let's find one, kupo!"
"And if we make one ourselves, kupo?"
"Screw differences, I want my hot table, kupo."


"Screw differences, I want my hot table, kupo." Chris said keeping the book in his inventory.

"But there isn't one here!" Pichu reminded Chris.

Chris sighed disappointed. "I know if we had one, everybody would try it once they see us using one, kupo!"

"Too bad that there isn't one here though..."

"...Want to wake up Jiggly-chan?"

Pichu wagged his tail. "Of course!"

Various minutes later...

The trio showed Jigglypuff the foreign meaning, and she apparently got interested in them as well.

"Haha, it's fun to address people with those funny sounding terms." Jigglypuff said as the trio were walking down the main lobby.

Main Lobby

"Everyone is still sleeping, right Pichu-san, kupo?" Chris asked.

"Unfortunately, it's 8 ó clock and we're the only ones awake." Pichu said.

"Hey, didn't Popo-san and Nana-chan mention that they made an igloo outside?" Jigglypuff asked.

"We could go inside the igloo they made!"

Chris walked to the door. "Okay, so let's go and visit Popo-san and Nana-chan to do something funn-"

When Chris opened the door, there was Chip again, the imp wanted to knock on the door but Chris opened it before he could do his move.

"...May I help you, kupo?" Chris asked.

"O-oh!" Chip laughed heartily. "Good morning sir, you see, I wanted t-"

Chris chuckled heartily. "Sorry, but we don't accept credit cards today, and possibly none of the 38 people and the crowd of Prinnys living in here, good bye, kupo!"

SLAM!

"...38 people? Then I'll keep coming here more often!" Chip muttered to himself as the trio walked away from the door.

"Okay, we can't get out because that credit card seller is outside, he could keep bothering us for all the days and, who knows, every single day...I have that feeling, any ideas, Chris-kun?" Jigglypuff asked.

"There should be anyone in here who's awake, kupo, but who?" Chris asked as suddenly a fast blue bur ran in front of them. "...That should be Sonic..."

"Hey you guys!" Sonic returned back and put his right hand on his hip. "Good morning, I was checking out this place, and it's completely awesome, there's even a GYM and pretty much everything else!"

"Yes, we thought you were going to wake up early." Jigglypuff said.

"(There's a GYM here, kupo?)" Chris thought surprised.

"So anyway..." Sonic scratched his left ear with one finger. "Nobody's awake now, it feels like a storm came through here and took all of them away, it's like a dead cemetery."

"...Cemeteries are supposed to have dead people, Sonic-san." Jigglypuff said with a bored look.

Sonic got confused about the "-san" part at the end of his name. "...Sonic-san? What's that? Some kind of new word?"

The group explained what it meant and Sonic grinned a little bit.

"I see now, it's a foreign term as the other ones you showed to me, right?"

"Yep, and it's fun to use!" Pichu said hopping a little.

"I thought you didn't like to learn something new, Sonic-san, kupo."
"Sonic-san learning something?! It's the apocalypse, kupo?!"
"I should call you Sonic-kun then, kupo...wait, nevermind."
"Wow, that's new coming from you, kupo."


"Wow, that's new coming from you, kupo." Chris said.

"What do you mean?" Sonic asked raising an eyebrow.

"Well...to be honest, I thought you were more hyperactive and didn't like to learn something like this before, but you impressed me, you did care about this, kupo."

Sonic chuckled a little before he yawned. "Maybe because I'm just plain bored, you know, kill the time and all that."

The trio sweatdropped at this with bored looks.

"...I knew there was something behind him." Jigglypuff said as Sonic sweatdropped.

"...What are you guys doing anyway?" Sonic asked crossing his arms.

"That's what we're trying to think," Pichu said. "We don't have anything else to do, maybe we should wait for everyone to wake up first?"

"There you are!" A voice called out and Master Hand appeared in a cloud of smoke. "Ah, Chris, I've been looking for you, come on, we have to do a sidequest I want you to do," Master Hand looked at the others. "If you want, you can follow us too."

"Alright, Master Hand-sama." Jigglypuff said as the 5 walked towards the command room.

"So you're learning foreign terms? Wow, there aren't many Smashers who use those foreign terms here."

"Knowledge is a dinner well served, kupo."
"Only because we wanted, kupo."
"We want to make a fad, kupo."
"Can you use foreign terms too, kupo?"


"We want to make a fad, kupo." Chris said as the others looked at each other with surprised looks.

"Hmm, a fad using foreign terms? That should be interesting to spread some culture around here." Master Hand said.

"...Wait, weren't you weak because you sealed all the paths to the worlds, kupo?"

"Pfft, I tricked Crazy and made him use all his energy instead of mine, he is now sleeping, dreaming with seahorses and singing something under the sea."

Chris shook his head. "...Nevermind, kupo."

Command Room

"Good morning..." Toon Link said grogily extending his arms a little bit.

"What are you doing here?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Master Hand wanted me for something so I came here and see what does he want." Toon Link explained.

"Okay, Toon Link, you said before that you knew 2 musicians, correct?" Master Hand asked.

"Yes, Medli and Makar, both can use instruments...wait, it's LINK!" Toon Link said angrily, but the hand seemed to ignore him.

"Chris, open the portal," Master Hand said simply, the World Traveler looked confused but opened the portal to Toon Link's world. "Now, Too-I mean, Link-san, I need you to go with those 2 and get them here."

"For what?" Toon Link stepping in front of the portal.

"Remember that those penguin things destroyed all the 258 tracks that we were going use in the stages? Well, I have a hunch that we're going to use them really soon and so we need the music to spice up the battles, battles here are not battles without some beautiful tracks to listen!"

"...I dunno if they're going to c-" Master Hand grabbed the small swordsman and threw him inside.

"Well, that takes care of that." Master Hand said chuckling.

Jigglypuff's ears perked up a little. "Oh! Can I sing and do some tracks as well? Pretty please, please, please?"

"Hmm...if your singing doesn't make anyone fall asleep, then yes."

Jigglypuff began to think. "That's...going to be hard, but..."

"You know, the Musician job has some hidden skills that affects some people, and in your case it could change your voice to get the right song correct."

"I-I can do that? Kupo?" Chris asked blinking surprised.

"Yep, that's another reason the job was expensive, but don't worry about tracks with voices, there aren't many."

"...Well, compose music is fun, kupo..."

Sonic yawned a little. "Are there any rock style music? 'Cuz I want to do some rockin' around this place, I'm good at the electric guitar."

Chris's right eye twitched. "(Oh, no, NO NO NO NO NO... Please, this can't be the Sonic from Sonic Underground, kupo!) S-Sonic-san, do you...have any brothers?"

Sonic made a confused look. "...None that I'm aware of, I'm glad that I don't have ones to begin with."

"Phew, kupo..."

30 minutes later...

"...How much until that guy gets here?" Sonic asked with crossed arms.

"Hey, it's hard to navigate through the ocean." Master Hand said.

"...O-ocean? T-the same ocean with water all around the distance?!"

"Sonic-san, you seem freaked out." Pichu said.

"It's because Sonic-san hates water so much that he wants to stay away from it, kupo." Chris said.

"Y-yeah, I-I mean, it's just a bunch of water in a big place where there's no land...u-ugh..." Sonic shuddered embracing himself.

"Coming!" Toon Link said walking out the portal with 2 familiar figures before it closed. "Sorry, but I had to travel in the ocean in order to get Makar." Toon Link said as Sonic shuddered even more.

The 2 figures were Medli, the Rito and Makar, one of the children of Forest Haven, the Koroks.

"H-hi," Medli said with a polite bow, her harp behind her back. "M-my name is Medli and...I'd like to make music to your hearts contents so...please, be kind to me." Medli said blushing a little.

"Hello!" Makar said carrying his leaf violin. "I'm Makar, and I'd also like to make music together with many other people as well, I'll give it my all just for you!"

"Don't worry Master Hand," Toon Link said. "They're used to see monsters so, they won't fear anyone here, or you."

"Well, that's great," Master Hand said. "Welcome to the Smash Mansion you 2, I hope Link explained everything to you."

Medli nodded. "Y-yes, he did, I was training with my harp on the island when he suddenly appeared, I really got happy after so much time it passed...and I got even happier when he was looking for a talented musician..." Medli looked down blushing. "A-and I accepted his request after saying good bye to the tribe...but Prince Komali looked kind of sad, but he will be fine, I trust him."

"And I was just playing below the waterfall when he came in, so why not making music with other musicians as well?" Makar stated simply with a chuckle.

"Ahem, Chris," Master Hand began. "We still need more musicians, and I'd like to have more around here in order to get all the tracks together."

Medli looked at the creature that Master Hand was looking. "...You're...Chris?"

Chris blushed and nodded. "Um...yes...long story, kupo..."

"Oh...then I hope you get back to your normal form soon...at least that is what I think..."

"No no no no, I can return to my normal form whenever I want, don't worry, kupo."

At that moment, the Ice Climbers came to the room and looked at them. "There are new guests here?" Nana asked.

"They're our first 2 musicians to get all the tracks, the 258 tracks that ETNA'S SERVANTS DESTROYED!" Master Hand yelled annoyed.

"I told you, it was an accident!" Etna yelled from her room.

"Dood!" All the Prinnys yelled before they fell asleep.

"258?" Medli and Makar repeated shocked.

"That is going to be the hardest work to complete!" Makar said.

"I agree...258 songs? That is a little way too much..." Medli wondered.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 22, 2009, 09:01:03 PM
"Oh, did you buy any of that credit card's guy credit cards?" Popo asked.

"...We didn't, kupo." Chris said sweatdropping.

Nana frowned. "Seriously, that guy went on and on about something about his memory being lost and all that, but who's going to bother with him?"

"His memory got erased?!" Sonic asked shocked.

"...Er...that isn't that shocking, he probably just hit his head with a brick, you know, he even looks like he came out from some sort of cartoon, how creepy..."

"More music, less talk, more rooms, less words, more singing prowess, less credit cards, chop-chop!" Master Hand said.

Music Room

Music stops

Makar flew around the room as Medli walked to any part she could walk to, both of them were amazed of the space of the room that they got interested about working in such place only for music.

"My...this room is beautiful..." Medli said astonished as Master Hand laughed heartily.

"Aw, you're making blush, anyway, welcome to the music room, where the music shall be born with the most talented musicians of all times!" Master Hand greeted as some trumpets were heard in the background.

Toon Link looked at Popo holding a trumpet. "...You play the trumpet?"

"Meh, only in my free time." Popo said throwing the trumpet away.

"Now, I know this is kind of rushed but...I want to hear any kind of song or music today," Master Hand requested. "Since everyone is still sleeping, and I consider that rather offensive personally, I want to have a good music for this morning, would you please musicians do something like that?"

Medli grabbed her harp. "Maybe, I mean, I just got here and...I want to see an example if you don't mind..."

Makar flew and landed above Toon Link's head. "Yes, I want to see an example as well if that's alright with you!"

"Chris? Would you?" Master Hand asked as Chris sighed (in relief) and changed to his Musician job.

Medli blinked surprised. "Wow, you grew up!"

"...Master-sama, I want you to explain everything to them later, I don't want to explain something." Chris said with a bored look.

10 minutes later...

Chris, Popo, Nana, Jigglypuff and Sonic were behind the curtains, planning what to do for a song.

"Okay, let's see... I think this song should be enough to amaze the audience out there." Chris said handing some papers to Jigglypuff and Nana.

Sonic was fixing his electric guitar a little bit. "Yeah, let's rock on! This guitar wants to sound so hard right now!"

"Wow, he's pumped up already." Jigglypuff remarked.

Chris called an electric piano to make stylizing sounds. "Let's see again, are you okay with the arrangements?"

"So Nana and myself will sing this song?"

"Yes, Zelda wanted to stay out for this time."

"Ugh, I hope everything goes well..." Nana said.

"Wait, you asked Zelda? When?" Jigglypuff asked.

Chris made a bored look. "Hey, I do some things when nobody is looking...of course, they're not bad, so don't think sick things!"

"...You better say the truth." Nana said narrowing her eyes.

Popo made a solo with his drums. "Just how many instruments have you used before, Popo-san?" Chris asked.

"My brother does everything, heck, I don't even know what he does alone." Nana said sweatdropping.

"I play the drums, the trumpet, everything, just name it!" Popo said continuing on his solo, which was ACTUALLY really professional for someone like him.

"...Er...wow, so many here hide many things..." Chris wondered as the curtains opened, only Master Hand, Makar, Toon Link and Medli were sitting there on the chairs. "Um...hello everyone! We just came up with a song so...please enjoy it, Sonic, you start."

"Alright!" Sonic said lifting his right hand above him with a smirk, Chris prepared his fingers to play the electric piano and Popo stopped to go along, Nana and Jigglypuff were standing on the center with a microphone for both of them.

Persona 4 - Reach Out To The Truth -First Battle-

Master Hand began to hear the first beats of the music. "Hmm... Not bad..."

Chris looked to Sonic as he played his instrument. "Wow, Sonic keeps amazing me...or is it the room or my job that inspires them to do their part?"

Popo began to play once the song did 2 parts the same time again, it was beginning to get even enthusiastic over time as Nana and Jigglypuff prepared to sing.

Yeah, naked truuuth lies, only if you realize
Appearing in nobody's eyes, till they sterilize
Stop the guerrilla, warfare to keep it fair
Bro, change your rage to a smaaarter greater cause
You know the stake is high-star-dom is near
Those who sympathized, you die killers pass by
Do not waste your time in hating flirting guys
Use your might to AIs do justice to them all

Now, I face out
I hold out
I reach out to the truuuth of-my-life
Seeking to seize, on the whole moment to nooow, breeeak awaaaay!

Oh God let me out
Can you let me out
Can you set me free from thiiiis dark inneeer world save me, now last beat in the soooouuuul...

Chris's jaw dropped surprisingly after hearing the lyrics coming out from both girls. "What the heck?! T-their voices changed drastically!"

"Oh yeah! They got the talent for this!" Sonic said ignoring the effects as he rocked on the stage with Popo.

Medli was meanwhile getting happy at such performance that she began to clap. "Oh! So this is how it's done then? It's so fun!"

"I just can't wait to perform on the stage!" Makar said trying to hold his urges to play the violin.

A Prinny happened to pass by the music room and stopped on his trails once he saw the made-up band. "Dood! They're playing another song, c'mere everyone, doooood!"

The room began to fill up by all the Prinnies as they all cheered loudly at the band like the last time, it was crowded before Master Hand knew it. "Man, don't these guys stop multiplying?" Master Hand asked suddering as he returned to watch the band.

"That's it, I want to be the master of ceremonies and conduct the music here!" Toon Link said taking out his Wind Waker.

They didn't notice that some of the Smashers woke up and stood by the door, the music got so far to almost all the mansion by this time.

"Prepare, we have the grand finale coming, so don't screw up or else!" Chris reminded them as they nodded and went to the second part.

Yeah, naked truuuth lies, only if you realize
Appearing in nobody's eyes, till they sterilize
Stop the guerrilla, warfare to keep it fair
Bro, change your rage to a smaaarter greater cause
You know the stake is high-star-dom is near
Those who sympathized, you die killers pass by
Do not waste your time in hating flirting guys
Use your might to AIs do justice to them all

Now, I face out
I hold out
I reach out to the truuuth of-my-life
Seeking to seize, on the whole moment to nooow, breeeak awaaaay!

Oh God let me out
Can you let me out
Can you set me free from thiiiis dark inneeer world save me, now last beat in the soooouuuul...

"The final part is coming, Sonic, prepare to do your thing!" Chris yelled as Sonic gave him a thumbs up with a grin.

"They do music in here?" Link asked.

"Yes, last time it was a beautiful music..." Zelda said remembering the last time she played on the stage.

"Now!" Chris yelled.

Persona 4 - Reach Out To The Truth -Instrumental Version-

Sonic grinned and began to change the sound of his guitar with style as the crowd cheered even louder than before that lights of different colors began to shoot everywhere at each sound his instrument made, even Chris and Popo began to play louder than before while the 2 girls waited to sing once again, for the last time.

"Yeah, rock music, about time." C. Falcon said grinning as he leaned to the wall.

"I kind of like calmer music, but I think it's fine." Pit said smiling a little (not noticing that his right foot began to tap slightly).

"Well, they do play good so..." Olimar trailed off.

"Shh, they're going to sing again!" Pikachu whispered angrily.

"We know!" Squirtle whispered angrily.

Yeah, naked truuuth lies, only if you realize
Appearing in nobody's eyes, till they sterilize
Stop the guerrilla, warfare to keep it fair
Bro, change your rage to a smaaarter greater cause
You know the stake is high-star-dom is near
Those who sympathized, you die killers pass by
Do not waste your time in hating flirting guys
Use your might to AIs do justice to them all

Sonic began to jump and rocked on with style together with the others, the crowd continued to cheer nevertheless at the loud music that made them extremely pleased.

"Yes, yes! This is the true magic of the music room, just imagine all the tracks you'll make in here!" Master Hand said wiping out a tear. "It's...just so...amazing...sniff..."

"Yes... I can imagine such a thing..." Medli said as her eyes glittered.

"This is just too much! I DO want to make such plays all the time!" Makar said enthusiastically.

Chris blinked as he looked at the crowd that appeared out of nowhere, a small smile formed on his face. "Everything's working fine, keep on going, please!"

"Rock on!" Sonic yelled getting even wilder than before as the group smiled to each other (grinned in Sonic's case) as they reached the last part of the song.

"I've never used this kind of voice before, it's so good!" Jigglypuff yelled to Nana.

"Now let's see if Peach can beat us next time!" Nana said with an evily grin.

"...Oh god..." Chris muttered facepalming himself.

"YEEEEEEEEAAHHHHH!!!" Popo yelled crazily together with the crowd as he moved back and forth his head.

"You need to see a doctor, seriously and urgently!" Nana yelled angrily.

The group then reached the last part, the Prinnys began to cheer loudly as the lights came back on and applauded at the group who bowed politely at them, well, everyone except Sonic who made a sign peace, some of the Prinnys even held up signs with his name.

Music stops

"MORE, DOOD! MORE, DOOD! MORE, DOOD! MORE, DOOD!" The Prinnys yelled loudly with happy expressions as flowers began to be thrown at the stage, beginning to grow in a big pile of flowers.

"They love me... THEY LOVE ME!" Jigglypuff yelled loudly as she dove into the roses. "OWW!" Jigglypuff yelled in pain because she forgot the roses had thorns on them, her teamband even chuckled at this.

On a side note, Chris's Understanding went up.

Living Room

Some of the Smashers, along with the teamband, were enjoying a talk in the living room after the concert ended, a last Prinny help up a Nana's autograph in triumph as he walked away, humming happily.

Toon Link wasn't there because Master Hand told him to show Medli and Makar their rooms to stay in, even the hand had to go back to his room and take care of his brother...shocking, isn't it?

"You 5 were great out there, man, Sonic, I didn't know you rocked that hard before." C. Falcon said handshaking Sonic.

"Heh, just learn from the pro." Sonic said with a smirk and a nod.

"His ego just went up higher."
"(Won't he stop showing off?)"
"Was I good?"
"That was really fun."


"(Won't he stop showing off?)" Chris thought with a bored look.

"Was that music?" Ike asked. "The music I know was supposed to be more peaceful, you know, with girls singing an oath or something."

"Dude, you're far behind in the modern era, you need to keep on track of the last trends." Pikachu said.

"Otherwise everyone will make weird looks at you." Zelda said taking a sip of her tea.

"...Is that so? Well, hopefully I have Marth and Roy to show me that." Ike said crossing his arms.

"Good luck catching on."
"You're pretty far actually..."
"Ike is the modern man."
"Just...don't destroy machines."


"Just...don't destroy machines," Chris said with a worried look. "Zelda told me that you destroyed 2 computers when they sounded."

Ike sweatdropped. "Well, what I was supposed to do? They startled me!"

"Oh man..." Sonic said frowning as they heard the doorbell ringing.

"No! Don't go, that credit card guy could be still there!" Popo warned C. Falcon.

The captain just walked away. "Tsk, credit card guy, yeah sure, there isn't any company trying to sell anything in this weather anyway..."

As the captain left, Pikachu wondered why Popo called him Pikachu-san that Chris explained the details to the group.

Main Lobby

The doorbell kept ringing and ringing as C. Falcon walked even faster. "I'm coming, I'm coming! Geez, just give me time and open the door!" C. Falcon said with a frown as he opened the door. "Good, now, how can I...help...you..."

"Excuse me, but have you seen an old man in a purple coat, with a laidback and lazy attitude?"

C. Falcon's eyes widened after he saw, or thought when he saw the most sexiest person in the universe besides Samus, at least he thought, standing in front of the door.

"..." C. Falcon was left speechless.

It was Judith it you weren't wondering, the Krytia just smiled and tilted her head a little to the right as she put a finger on her chin. "Um...have you met somebody like him?"

"I-I-I-I-I-I..." C. Falcon was left speechless, staring at a certain part of Judith's body.

Of course, Judith liked to seduce people, just because she found it rather amusing instead of offensive.

"Hmm... You don't seem to remember, do you?" Judith asked.

"I... I do..." C. Falcon said gulping.

"Well..." Judith put her hands behind her back and got closer to the captain. "I'll be happy if you tell me where is Raven, I'm sure you know him well, right?"

"Y-yes..." C. Falcon said.

Toon Link's Room

"AAAAAH!!!" Raven got up (slammed his head on the bed since he was still resting below) and crawled out the bed in desperation. "Oh no, oh no, OH NO! Somebody, I know it, somebody revealed my location here, oh man, poor ol' me! I'm so dead in Rita's hands!"

"Hello?" Estelle's voice came from the hall and Raven did the unthinkable as he gulped worried.

"...Fine...a man should do the unthinkable to save his sorry butt..." Raven said with a serious face, turned his back, stared at the window and then...

CRASH!

He jumped out from the building by jumping outside, breaking the mirror in the process as he was heard screaming in pain as he landed outside, because he just jumped from the 5th floor.

"Hello?!" Estelle called out entering the room, where she found the window broken, the princess gasped in horror and ran to the window to stare down, but she found nothing, only snow with the image of Raven's body that it quickly got covered. "This is strange... I could've sworn I heard Raven screaming...but that image on the snow...no, I-I must be overreacting..." Estelle muttered to herself as she walked away with a depressed look.

Main Lobby

Moments before, Judith managed to hear a familiar scream from behind the mansion, then she smiled and stood up normally. "Well, I think I have to go now."

"W-wait!" C. Falcon grabbed her hand. "P-please, you mustn't stay out there in the cold, I mean, your skin is probably so delicated and could be ruined, you don't want that, right?"

Judith blushed a little, chuckled and got her hand back slowly. "Sorry, but I really need to go, so, good bye and thank you." Judith said waving to the captain as she walked away to the back of the mansion.

"...Dammit!" C. Falcon punched the wall. "I lost my chance to score with that hot girl an-"

"Hello there!" Chip appeared from above the wall and greeted C. Falcon. "Sorry for interrupting sir, but I-"

"WE DON'T ACCEPT CREDIT CARDS!" C. Falcon yelled angrily as he...

SLAM!

...Slammed the door on Chip.

"Maybe I should wear a costume and get help out of them..." Chip wondered as he flew away.

Garden (frozen and covered in snow)

We see Raven still screaming in pain under the snow, it managed to spread out through the backside of the mansion that he woke up some of the Smashers.

"Would you please shut up, dangit?!" Wolf yelled from a floor as he stared down at the snow with a glare. "I'm trying to sleep in this horrible weather, for crying out loud!" Wolf spat out with a snarl as he slammed the door of the window and returned back to his bed.

...Though it was 1:48 PM by that time.

"...Hello, Raven..." Judith said staring down at the snow, the old man's head got out quickly and spat snow out.

"...Oh...hell no..." Raven muttered as he looked up to Judith...but after thinking things, it wasn't so bad to look at Judith from below as Raven blushed with a perverted chuckle. "Hi there, Judith, missed ol' me?"

Judith chuckled as she helped Raven. "C'mon, everyone's worried about you, we need to go back to Dahngrest an-"

Raven remembered something very important and dangerous...her, the genius mage... "NO! NO! I DON'T WANNA RETURN! I DON'T WANNA, DON'T MAKE ME JUDITH HONEY!"

SLAP!

"Oww!" Raven rubbed his cheek.

Judith chuckled heartily. "Please, even Rita's missing you, it's not the same without you."

Raven pouted a little, crossed his arms and turned his back to Judith. "No, no, no, I'm not gonna go back and get good ol' me killed by crazy girl Rita, no way, NOOOOOO WAY."

"But is she even going to do that?" Judith wondered out loud.

"Remember that she's still mad about the last time I saw her?"

"...Oh, right, now that I remember, she's been thinking ways to murder you during the night...slowly and painfully in her dreams, and she seemed to have fun saying that overused catchprase she uses frecuently to cast her spells very quickly."

Raven gulped as he began to sweat, despite the snow falling around them. "...No! Staying in this mansion has been the heaven I wanted to have, the guys there are the most incredible people to live with, instead of getting my freakin' (BEEP!) crushed by Rita's meteors!"

"Hey, Geno! What is an (beep!)?" Twink's voice was heard somewhere around the mansion as Geno's voice groaned out loud.

"Well, you do have a point there, she's very easy to get angry..." Judith said snapping her fingers. "I know, you can stay here a little more, but, it's not going to be late before she comes here by herself...then you're pretty much dead."

Raven made a bored look and looked at her. "You like to make my life miserable, don't ya?"

Judith chuckled heartily. "In a few words...probably."

Raven cried toon tears. "Oh, by ta way, Estelle's livin' inside and lookin' for me as well."

Judith looked at the mansion. "Oh, then she's here as well..."

"And that Karol kid came not long ago too, but I dunno where he went, probably in the forest over there."

Judith began to wonder. "I see...well, I'll better look for Karol then, I don't think he's fine all alone anyway and who knows, maybe I can find Repede around here as well...so, see you, if you see Estelle, then it's over, your game I mean." Judith said with a smile as she walked away to the forest and disappeared.

Raven blinked for a moment before he let out a depressed sigh. "Man...things aren't going to turn out good... I have that feeling..." Raven said as he walked inside from the back door.

Hallway

We see Chris walking all alone towards Wolf's room, apparently, he wanted to spend the time with the lupine, the World Traveler opened the door and entered inside.

Wolf's Room

Persona 4 - Who's There?

"Go away." Wolf said harshly on his bed.

"But I..." Chris stammered looking down.

Wolf took out his Blaster and aimed it at Chris's head.

But what was Chris going to do now?

Hold position.
Scream and run away.
Fight him.
Dude, he's aiming at your head, you love your life, don't you?


Chris gulped and held up his position, his Courage went up.

"Oh, you're planning to stay there then?" Wolf aske raising an eyebrow as he sat on his bed.

"Y-yes, I want to spend the time with you." Chris said gulping.

"Too bad though," Wolf put his claw in front of him. "You're just wishing to be dead."

The tension was rising all of a sudden...

What was Chris going to do now?

Hold the position, even if he seems threatening.
Run away.
Scream and fight him.
Try to reason with him.


...Chris gulped and held his position, his Courage went up again.

"...Hmph," Wolf grinned and crossed his arms. "You held your position even if I was threatening you, kid, I admit it...you do have guts to confront me."

Music stops

"Phew..." Chris sighed in relief.

"...However, I hate people who barge in and wake me up, I was awaken once but twice it's irritating...so...you know what am I going to do now?" Wolf asked smirking as he put his claw in front of him again.

"...Uh-oh..."

Sorry, we don't have many more options for you.

"(WHAT DO YOU MEAN YOU DON'T HAVE OTHER OPTIONS?!)" Chris thought desperately as Wolf got closer to him with his smirk on his face.

"Before I slash you down," Wolf's smirk grew wider. "Come back here when I'm NOT sleeping, got it?"

"...Y-ye-"

Fox's Room

And Chris thus walked all the way to Fox's Room, several scars on his cheeks, his clothing a little bit ripped apart and his right eye black, very black to add to his badly beaten self.

THUD!

Chris just fainted above Fox's bed, the vulpine yawned out loud, got up with a bored look and stared down at Chris, who was laying close to him.

"...Let me guess, Wolf did this to you..." Fox said with a bored look as he yawned again.

"...Yeeeees..." Chris responded weakly as Fox sighed.

"Chris, the only way you'll get close to him is by being dead, nobody has ever befriended that bastard, not even Leon or Panther and never will for that matter." Fox explained crossing his arms.

"But I want to make a differenceeeeee..." Chris sobbed silently.

"...Then why did you come here?"

"Because you're the only person that knows Wolf very weeeeeell..."

Fox looked to another direction and frowned. "...Well... I don't have any tips so...sorry..."

"It's okaaaaay..."

"...Come on now," Fox patted Chris's back. "Cheer up, if that's what you want, just keep going."

"...Thank yooooouu..." Chris looked up (and Fox got surprised that his eye was very black). "That cheers me up when you say it, thank you...hey, is that medicine over there?" Chris asked pointing at a medicine close to Fox, above a table...for the eyes.

Fox blushed a little and closed his eyes with an annoyed expression. "...Let's just say I was actually sick in the eye and Diddy didn't do anything after all with his darn gun with peanu-" Fox began to hear chuckles coming from Chris and the vulpine grinned down at him. "...Don't make me punch you, I warn you."

Hold position.
Laugh at him and hold your position.
Laugh out loud and hold your position.


Chris held his position and broke out laughing, his Courage went up agai-

PUNCH!

Hallway

"You better listen to me next time or it'll be worse, got it?!" Fox yelled annoyed from his door as Chris walked out, now both of his eyes were black because of his actions as he slammed the door angrily.

Chris cried toon tears. "Now how am I going to get closer to that freaking wolf?!"

"Just give up on that!" Fox yelled.

"Oh, you shut u-" Chris remembered something important the moment he was going to finish that word and blocked his mouth in shock.

"You'll have to be careful with your mouth Chriiiiiiis... Or else they will hate yooooooouuuuuuu...." Kawashima's voice echoed in Chris's mind.

"...Professor, I know that didn't ring in my mind at all." Chris said with a frown as his pocket trembled a little.

"Oh, I'm bad at faking thoughts then..." Kawashima sighed. "Anyway, be careful Chris."

"What were you going to say?" Fox asked making an angry expression.

Chris could have sworn that some fists were being cracked and footsteps were heard coming from Fox's room...

Make a fast apology.
Beg for forgiveness.
Spend time with Fox.
Call Lucario and order him to kill Fox.
Number 1, 2 and 3 all together, after all, he can kick your sorry (beep!) anytime.


"I'M SO SORRY FOX-SENPAI!" Chris said bowing at the door quickly. "S-sorry for insulting you, and for everything, but please, I'm begging you, don't kill me, anything but the death it's fi-ine!!!"

Yoshi (wearing a fur coat by the weather) happened to be walking close, down the hall and looked down to Chris. "...Are you feeling well?"

"NO-OOOOOO!!!" Chris yelled as his face was on the floor.

"...Okay..." Yoshi said looking back at Chris as he walked away.

The judgement day came to Chris, the door in front of him opened up and he prepared to...

Say an apology again.
Hug Fox and cry.
Run away and scream.
Call him Fox-sensei instead.


"...Fox-senpai?" Fox asked confused as he looked down the World Traveler.

"U-um..." Chris cleared out his toon tears. "Y-yes, i-it addresses senior or mentor figures, yo-you're a senior and mentor, p-practically both things...SO PLEASE DON'T KILL ME, FOX-SENPAI!"

"...But why would I?" Fox asked raising an eyebrow. "I'd never do such a thi-"

This time, Snake came walking down the hall and looked down at Chris is his somewhat embarrassing position. "Kid, have you gotten any dignity left in you?" Snake asked.

Chris looked back and forth between the soldier and the vulpine before he quickly stood up and coughed a little. "Er, sorry for being like that, I was feeling an emotional breakdown just now." Chris said trying to sound smart.

"Tsk, really, I even wonder myself "Is this kid even worth it?" many times." Snake said with a frown as Chris gasped a little.

"W-well... I..." Chris couldn't find the words that he...

Remain silent.
Find something else to argue back.
Wait for someone to do something for you.
Sob.


"Okay, that's enough," Fox said crossing his arms as he stepped up in front of Chris and Snake. "In my point of view, he's worth it, no, he's more than being worth it, you can't judge him after all, he likes to be that way with everyone here and I don't have any problems with his attitude."

"(...I can't believe how happy am I right now...)" Chris said with a relieved happy expression.

"Like a furry is going to tell me "its" opinion." Snake taunted as Chris could have sworn a red toon vein popped out from Fox' forehead.

"(...Uh-oh...)"

Fox made his right hand a fist and grinned at Snake. "Oh, so I'm an "it" and a "furry" for you?"

"Yeah, pretty much both things." Snake said harshly.

"F-Fox-senpai, please don't fight him." Chris said worried as Fox looked to him with a smile over his shoulder.

"Nah, I won't do that, besides, I don't feel like fighting against hi-" Fox was interrupted.

"The furry is a vagina-y then?" Snake muttered with a snicker.

"THAT'S IT!" Fox yelled furiously as he lunged at Snake and both began a fist fight in the hall, now, the only thing Chris could do, after watching Fox biting Snake's right hand while Snake elbowed Fox's neck was...

Stop them.
Cheer on Fox.
Cheer on Snake.
Better yet, call Pikachu and his camera.


"PIKACHU! HEY PIKACHU!" Chris yelled loudly. "COME OVER HERE, YOU HAVE TO RECORD THIS!"

Pikachu, conveniently, appeared from the hall (wearing a small red fur coat) and looked to Chris. "What is it?... Oh, alright! Senior men fighting each other!" Pikachu said taking out his camera. "Oh yes, this is so going to the internet! Chris, I need back-up, say something that'd raise epicness!"

"R-right!" Chris said nodding. "Oh my god! Snake did that move on Fox? Wow! Fox made a comeback!"

"Yes! Just like that!" Pikachu said chuckling as both watched the fist fight.

"Pss!" Kawashima called out. "Good job, it seems you managed to get Fox's partnership level to its maximum, and Snake's went a little up as well!"

"Shut up! I'm trying to watch this!" Chris yelled excited.

"...Oh dear..." Kawashima said sweatdropping.

Chris's Expression went up after this event.

Lucario's Room

After watching the fight (that was still going on), Chris decided to see Lucario and if he was awake, but when he got in the room, there was Lucario laughing together with Flonne.

"Did I...just walk into a private conversation?" Chris asked confused and both looked at him.

"Oh, sorry, but I must be going now, bye Lucario!" Flonne said laughing heartily as she walked away from the room.

"Lucario-san, did you were having a conversation with her?"

Lucario smiled a little and nodded. "Yes, she cheered me up when you were...you know..."

Chris looked down. "...I see... I have to thank her sometime."

"And did you use a foreign term now?"

Chris blinked surprised and looked at Lucario. "H-how did you know?"

"Pichu came here and called me Lucario-senpai, and I asked him why did he say that and explained everything about foreign terms so..." Lucario looked away as he blushed. "...D-do I have to call you Chris-sama?"

Chris blushed embarrassed. "N-no! Please, no! That also means master but I-I don't want to be called like that!"

"Then how about Chris-senpai?"

"...J-just call me Chris-san, please..."

Lucario looked down disappointed. "I see... I was looking forward to use the term -sama with you... But if that's what you want..."

"B-by the way Lucario..."

"Yes?" Lucario said looking up.

Chris changed to his Aura Apprentice job. "I want to have the aura training again and I was wondering if we could do it outside..."

Lucario blinked for some moments before he smiled a little. "Of course, you still haven't mastered the Aura Sphere, I'll be glad to teach you agai-"

Chris quickly hugged Lucario. "Thank you, Lucario! I want to do something productive after Wolf and Fox punched me toda-"

Lucario started to growl menacingly. "...They did what to you?!"

Chris noticed that Lucario's aura was covering his whole body. "N-nothing! P-please, forget about that and let's go outside, ASAP if it is possible!"

"GRRRRRRRRR!!!"

Cry.
Remind him about his rage problems.
Hug him tightlier.
You're not going to get back at those 2?


"Lucario!" Chris stopped hugging Lucario and looked worried to him. "I-I can't believe your rage is..."

Lucario gasped and his aura disappeared. "...Sorry...please forgive me..."

"..." Chris rubbed Lucario's head a little and the Aura Pokémon growled happily. "...It's okay... Someday you'll control it, I know that..."

"...Thanks..." Lucario muttered.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 24, 2009, 05:35:09 PM
Outside

Persona 4 - New Days

The weather was peaceful as both aura holders were meditating above rocks, above the snow, Chris had to wear something warm but Lucario could resist the cold very well by himself, both of them were glowing with aura energy.

A time passed after a while before Lucario stood up. "Congratulations."

Chris opened his eyes and looked at him. "I-I did it?"

Lucario shook his head. "No, you completed the meditation, but now you need to hone your attacks as well, wait here please." Lucario said walking away to the young Smashers, they were playing the Extreme Snowball Fight that they mentioned yesterday.

"...I don't like where this is going..." Chris muttered worried.

10 minutes later...

There was huge pyramid of snowballs in front of Chris, who was standing various meters away from Ness, Lucas, Popo, Nana, Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff, while Kirby was sitting on the top. "...Lucario, I don't like where you want me to get at..."

Lucario was standing besides Chris with crossed arms. "Be prepared, I told them to shoot all the snowballs you see there, you have to use Force Palm on every snowball, be careful, you must concentrate your aura even stronger because they could put some kind of extra attribute on them."

"W-what kind of extra attribute is that?" Chris asked as Ness threw a snowball in the air and used PK Thunder on it, it went down with electricity and it got in pieces once it collided with the ground. "...O-oh...that..."

"Begin." Lucario stated with a nod.

"W-wait!" Chris yelled as all the young Smashers began to shoot the snowballs at him, either Ness or Lucas infused their snowballs with electricity or Popo or Nana would put an ice shard on their snowballs, Jigglypuff and Kirby were the only ones who didn't add any effect to the snowballs while Pikachu and Pichu gave more electricity than both PK kids.

Chris noticed that the speed was going up after every second and he began to sweat, slamming all the snowballs he could hit.

"Chris, you're getting hit by almost all of them." Lucario said as Chris was shown running everywhere.

"H-how am I suppose to hit all of them in time?! I don't know Extremespeed like you d-OWW!" Chris was hit by an electrocuted snowball from Pikachu.

"Hey, we around here don't like pussies, act like one and be killed." Pikachu warned Chris with a smirk.

"S-shut up you! OWW! They're all ganging up on me!" Chris yelled.

"Resist all of them, endure the hits and destroy the snowballs." Lucario said simply.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!" Chris yelled loudly in utter annoyance.

Main Lobby

Various hours later...

It was hell for Chris, he couldn't enjoy this day at the fullest and now, he was partially attacked all the time, even Lucario didn't help as his trainer was all bruised.

"Well, we end the training for today, congratulations, if you keep on like this, it's not going to be late before you learn how to use Aura Sphere." Lucario said.

"It's easier said than done..." Chris said crying toon tears. "...I can't believe it's already evening, isn't there anything interesting to do here?"

Lucario looked away. "...Don't tell anyone but... I heard many are going to a bar from Flonne tonight so..."

"...Wait, hold on there, HOLD ON THERE..." Chris said shocked. "There's a bar in here?!"

"A-apparently so..." Lucario said closing his eyes.

Chris wasn't the kind of people who liked drunk people, he hated drunk people so much that he wished that they should be dead with shame upon drinking that horrible water.

"Oh no, no! I'm not going to let everyone here get drunk, let alone Lucas!... The bar doesn't accept kids, right?"

"It's open for all the public..." Lucario pointed out.

"...Lucario, get prepared, I'm going to do justice around here and close that pointless, worthless place, once and for all!"

"Chris, you just knew about the place and you're saying once and for all?" Lucario questioned as Chris walked away with him.

"Sorry, but I hate that kind of people and you know it!"

"Yes, I know that very well."

Bar

Persona 4 - Persona 3 FES Opening

It was the bar, just as Chris thought it would look like, it was big, long enough to hold all the Smashers, mostly everyone was there drinking but oddly enough, nothing seemed out of the ordinary, in fact, everyone was sober and nobody was drunk.

"Just as I thought, music that I remember from a game, looks like it's a little dark, red couches around with tables and drinks, yes, this is a bar!" Chris said angrily as he walked inside.

"...Should I go with him?" Lucario asked to himself, looking around. "...Flonne-chan wanted to see me in her room so...he'll be fine, nobody will attack him here." Lucario said as he walked away.

"Hey there!" Roy called from a table. "Chris-san, what are you doing here?"

The fad about the foreign terms spreaded around that now everyone knew about it.

"I'm here to stop everyone here from drinking alcohol!" Chris stated as Roy laughed heartily.

"Relax, nobody's drinking alcohol, in fact, these are just normal drinks as sodas or juice." Roy explained giving Chris what looked to be a normal-looking juice.

Chris drank the juice and he thought for a second. "Hmm...well, it is juice..."

"Come on, sit here and enjoy the music." Roy said as Chris sat besides him.

"It's just weird...why is this a bar even if there isn't any beer?"

"Because we don't want to remember what happened last time." Marth said appearing, holding a can of soda.

"What happened the last time?" Chris asked curiously.

"C. Falcon poured beer in all the drinks, even the juice and everyone went nuts after that, there was an o(beep!) in here so..n-nevermind that, forget that please." Roy explained, blushing embarrassed.

"Yes, I expected that from him."
"That bastard must die in oblivion...wait, an o(beep!)?!"
"Really?"
"Oh god..."


"Oh god..." Chris said frowning.

"Luckily, Master Hand banned the beer from here so, there's nothing to worry about." Marth said reassuring Chris.

"Thank goodness, I hate drunk people so much."

Link came from another part and chuckled. "Yeah, we don't want that happening again...oh yes, don't think I love beer, I hate it ever since that o-"

"Dude, we don't want to remember that, stop it!" Roy said shocked.

"Hey guys..." Ike came behind Marth. "This is a party? I thought they were much...peaceful than this."

Roy stood up. "You'll get used to this, it's fun because the music, the talks, th-"

It was not long before Popo appeared behind the couch and yelled loudly: "KING'S GAAAAAAMEEEEEE!!! EVERYONE, GATHER UP AND LET'S PLAY A GAME!"

C. Falcon came from somewhere and grinned. "Oh yeah! Let's play the King's Game! EVERYONE SIT IN THIS COUCH AND LET'S PLAY!!!"

"..." Chris made a confused look. "Are Popo-san and C. Falcon-senpai drunk?"

Marth blinked confused. "...But I thought the beers wer-"

"C'MON EVERYONE! LET'S PLAY!" Popo yelled loudly as everyone looked to each other confused.

10 minutes later...

In order from left to right, Chris, Marth, Roy, Ike, Link, Zelda, Popo, Nana, Toon Link (left Medli and Makar int the music room), Pikachu, Pichu, Fox, Yoshi, Sonic, Kirby, Jigglypuff, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur (surprisingly), DK, Diddy Kong, Olimar, Ness, Lucas, C. Falcon, Wolf, Pit, Mallow and surprisingly Snake were sitting in a circle-shaped couch, most of them were wondering what was the King's Game.

"Here!" Popo proclaimed as he came to the table on the center, putting down a cup with 30 chopsticks. "Now we can begin the's game!" Popo said stupidly due to his drunkness.

"...What is the King's Game?" Pit asked.

"Okay, see the chopsticks?" C. Falcon asked hiccuping. "The chopsticks have numbers on 'em, but one of them is red, if anybody here gets the chopstick with the red color, that person will be the King."

"And that King needs to give crazy orders to the ones holding the numbers, it must be crazy and there're no turning back for the one that the King orders to do!" Popo said chuckling stupidly. "But which person has which number is a secret until the King gives the orders, heheheheheheheh, he needs to give orders to the person with the same number he or she mentions!"

Lucas's jaw dropped a little. "I-i-is it that kind of game?"

"C'mon! Everyone draw!" Popo yelled grabbing a chopstick, everyone looked worried to each other and wondered why did they agree to play.

After a while, they all sat back.

"Okay, so...who's the King?!" C. Falcon asked and Diddy Kong got up.

And we forgot to mention, Diddy was drunk as well.

"Diddy's is red, REEEEED!!! Is Diddy the King?!" Diddy asked excited as DK blinked surprised at his overly happy behavior.

"We're doomed, somehow, I know we're doomed..." Fox said frowning.

"I! The King! Command thee to smooch me without delay!" Diddy yelled as everyone got shocked expressions. "Smoooooooooooch Diddy!"

"W-wait, smooch?!" Nana asked horrified.

"Please ape god, grant me Zelda-chan!" Diddy hopped as the princess hid behind Link, however, something was odd with Link as well... "Numbeeeeer 6!"

"DAAAAAH!" Squirtle jumped shocked once he remembered that he was number 6.

Diddy looked at the turtle and gasped. "...I meant number 18!" Diddy said shocked.

"Hey, you already said there's no turning back!" Red yelled pointing an accusing finger to Popo, who hiccuped as a response.

"Smooch! Smoooooooch!" Jigglypuff (also drunk as well) said waving her hands above her, Squirtle looked freaked out as Diddy stared at him.

"Oh, Squirtle-kun! So you were after my furry fur!" Diddy said making a childish smile, which caused Squirtle to back off scared. "Oooookaaaaayyy... But this is my first time... Beeee gentleeeeee!"

"W-wait!" Squirtle tried to get away from Diddy, but the chimpanzee moved his fingers weirdly and lunged at Squirtle, both of them went behind the couch and some of them looked behind.

"SQUIRTLE!" Red yelled worried as C. Falcon prevent him from calling his Pokémon.

"Aaaah! Quit that! DON'T MAKE ME KILL YOU, DAMMIT!" Squirtle yelled from behind the couch they were sitting on. "AAAAH!!! NOOOOO!!! HEEEEELP!"

There was a long and passionate smooch which made everyone gulp in horror.

"...There goes one of my Pokémon..." Red said sadly as Ivysaur patted his back with his vine.

"Aren't you his uncle?" Olimar asked sweating to DK.

"Um... I...rather not stop Diddy right now..." DK said shifting his eyes.

"(Please, PLEASE, I don't want to do something that daring!)" Chris pleaded in his mind.

Snake was shown snickering a little. "Heh, this is getting fun all of a sudden."

"H-how could you be enjoying this blasphemy?" Zelda asked.

"Hey, people have something to be interested in, live with it." Snake said taking out a cigar that he lighted up.

"Ohooooo! Only the first round and the 2 of 'em dropped out already!" Jigglypuff said hiccuping.

"W-wait, what do you mean first round?" Pichu asked.

"You don't know? The next King will be choosen once the last one made his dare, it's time for the next King to take the throne." C. Falcon explained.

"On to round 2!" Popo proclaimed happily as everyone decided to change their chopsticks, then they picked a different one this time.

Chris picked the last one, and it was red, meaning that he was the new King for his diismay.

"Who's the King?!" C. Falcon asked drunkily.

Chris raised his hand as he gulped, which made Pikachu sigh in relief. "Phew, finally someone who's not sick of the mind, no crazy orders this time." Pikachu said.

C. Falcon waved a finger. "That's not how it goes! If the last King demanded a smooch, the next dare gotta be even more extreme!"

"Pikachuuuuuu-kun, don't be such a party pooper, heheheheh, hic!" Jigglypuff said.

Mostly everyone got shocked looks except for some who were drunk.

"...Now I'm so worried..." Chris said looking at everyone.

"Link-san...are you feeling well?" Marth asked tapping Link's shoulder.

"...Hey, Link-san is acting a little weird." Roy said.

"I'm not acting weird..." Link said.

"Fortunately Link told me that he never drinks beer, right Link?"

"Yeah...right...hic!"

"...Oh my god..." Chris said astonished.

"Kiiiiing!" Popo called out. "You have to make the orders now, or we'll decide for you!"

"I-" Chris was interrupted.

"Oh! I know! The King should order the first one to rest his or head on his lap!" Popo said and everyone gasped.

"Oh, oh! I know a better one! The 2nd one should sit on his lap!" C. Falcon suggested.

"Oh! Or the 3rd should have to hug him!"

"Even better than that! The 4th one should have a piggyback ride!"

"The 5th should have his or her stomach rubbed by the King's fingers, slowly!"

"The 6th should hug completely the King with a kiss!"

"The 7th should sleep with the King!"

"The 8th should swap foods with the King...using the mouth!"

"The 9th should swap clothes with the King!"

"The 10th should rub his or her cheek with the King's!"

"The 11th should let his or her hair be combed by the King!"

"The 12th should say something very gay to the King!"

"The 13th should say something very embarrassing to the King!"

"The 14th should lick the King's face!"

"The 15th should slap the King's butt!"

"The 16th should be the King's chair!"

"The 17th should be the King's bed then!"

"The 18th should act like a baby in the King's lap!"

"The 19th should eat the King's saliva!"

"NOOOO!!!" Chris yelled once he realized all the dares that Popo and C. Falcon chose for him. "I DON'T WANT TO DO THOSE DARES! NEVER!"

Most of them nodded quickly in fear, however, at this point there were many drunk people for some reason...

"Nope!" Popo said with a dumb smile. "You need to do it, sorry but you didn't say anything!"

"...Oh no..." Chris muttered gulping.

"C'mon King! Who's gonna do what?!" C. Falcon asked as Chris remembered all the 19 dares...

"Number 1 shall rest on my lap."
"Number 2 shall sit on my lap."
"Number 3 shall hug me."
"Number 4 shall get a piggyback ride."
"Number 5 shall get his stomach rubbed by me."
"Number 6 shall get a complete hug with a kiss."
"Number 7 shall sleep with me."
"Number 8 shall swap foods using the mouth."
"Number 9 shall swap clothes with me."
"Number 10 shall get his or her cheek rubbed."
"Number 11 shall get the hair combed."
"Number 12 shall say something very gay."
"Number 13 shall say something very embarrassing."
"Number 14 shall lick my face."
"Number 15 shall slap my butt."
"Number 16 shall be my chair."
"Number 17 shall be my bed."
"Number 18 shall act like a baby on my lap."
"Number 19 shall eat my saliva."


"...H-here goes nothing..." Chris said gulping as he...

We know you want to see all the dares, so, you shall see all of them.

"Number 1 shall rest on my lap." Chris said as Jigglypuff blinked in happiness.

"YEEES! I'M NUMBER 1!!!" Jigglypuff yelled happily as she quickly flew to Chris and rested her head on his lap.

"J-Jiggly-chan?!" Chris asked shocked.

Jigglypuff giggled. "Hehehehe! Chris-san's lap feels really warm, it's so nice..." Jigglypuff said resting on Chris's lap, muttering the last part in relief.

Chris could only blush in embarrasment, but his Diligence went up...

However, let's see what should've happened if he chose the other options.

"Number 2 shall sit on my lap." Chris said as Nana gulped.

"N-number 2?! W-why it has to be me?!" Nana asked blushing embarrassed.

"The King's orders is..." C. Falcon trailed with a wink to Link, who nodded with a dumb smile.

"Absolute! Hahahahaha!" Link laughed crazily as the Smashers gave him odd stares.

"...I hate you, I hate all of you! I HATE EVERY DRUNK PERSON IN HERE!" Nana yelled angrily as she walked up to Chris and both stared at each other, the pink parka girl gulped embarrassed and sat on his lap, but she didn't sit closer to the World Traveler, who was blushing embarrassed as well.

"C'mon! You gotta sit closer up!" Popo said giving a wink.

"P-Popo, shut up and be quiet!" Nana yelled and she looked down embarrassed.

"...This is scarring for life, isn't it?" Chris asked with a bored look.

"It is..." Nana said as both sighed disappointed.

Chris felt that the partnership between him and Nana went up...

But what could have happened if he chose a different one?

"Number 3 shall hug me." Chris said, realizing what he just said was stupid as DK looked at his number.

"3?! Why it has to be me?!" DK asked.

"Go DK-senpai...go..." Diddy muttered behind the couch as the ape sighed, went to Chris and...gave him a big hug.

"...Please, don't think bad of me." DK whispered crying toon tears.

"As weird as this sounds while you, a gorilla, is hugging me, don't worry, I'm going to kill Popo-san and C. Falcon-senapi later." Chris said crying toon tears with DK.

"Heh." Snake and Wolf snickered at this part.

The parnertship level between Chris and DK went up that day...

...Or not.

"Number 4 shall get a piggyback ride...a piggyback ride?!" Chris repeated confused as Pikachu got up.

"A-a piggyback ride?! C-can't I just ride on his shoulder?!" Pikachu asked.

"Nope!" Popo and C. Falcon said quickly.

Pikachu sighed as he and Chris got in front of the group and the World Traveler carried Pikachu behind his head, it looked kind of cute because Pikachu tried not to fall from that he had to put down his hands on his forehead.

Pikachu sweatdropped as some of them snickered. "...You had enough right, Chris?"

"U-um..." Chris was utterly embarrassed at this moment while he was looking down.

"Please, show some mercy to me!" Pikachu pleaded.

Their partnership level went up that day...

...Probably.

"Number 5 shall get his stomach rubbed by me...oh no, I don't want to do that!" Chris protested. "(Please, let it be Kirby-san, let it be Kirby-san for god's sake!)"

Falco looked at Fox's number. "...Hey, Fox, your number is 5, right?"

Chris saw the opportunity to protest together with Fox, fortunately, both would agree not to that. "Fox-senapi! Please, you know you don't want to do this, we both agree, right?!... Right, Fox-senpai?! Fox-senpai! Are you even listening?!"

"Something's not right with Fox..." Falco said as he looked that Fox was looking down. "Fox?"

"...Hic?" Fox responded looking up, and they were there on his face for Chris's dismay, the blushes that pointed out the drunkness he was in. "...Yeeees... I'm number 5..."

"...Please, no, please, no! I don't want t-" Chris was interrupted as Fox was already resting his head on his lap, staring directly at Chris. "Ack!"

"Oh, we forgot to mention, you have to rub his abs directly!" C. Falcon added as Wolf couldn't help it but let out a small laugh to the roof.

"Ha, now I have something to annoy Fox with, kid, do it now." Wolf said with a smirk.

"I-I don't want to!" Chris kept protesting as he looked down to Fox, who was, for his dismay, taking out his vest.

"Don't worry, Chris..." Fox said with a wink, his eyes at the point to be closed. "I have abs on my stomach."

"...Dammit! I didn't want to find out that in this way, and neither wanted to do it in the first place!" Chris yelled angrily, blushing. "Somebody help me!"

"I'll do it!" Popo said grabbing Chris's right hand and pulled it closer to Fox's stomach.

"Y-you littl-" Chris stopped when he felt something on Fox's fur...

"Now you know?... Chris-kun?" Fox asked with another wink.

Not only Chris found out that Fox had abs, but he found it the wrong way!

Dude, you're sick!

"YEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHH!!!!!"

His Courage went up really high...

...Fortunately, that didn't happen.

"Number 6 shall get a complete hug with a kiss... Popo-san, you can stop there, Popo-sa-!" Chris was now being kissed by Popo.

That didn't increase his Courage at all, rather his Horror went up...

"Number 7 shall sleep with me..." Chris trailed off, wondering what he needed to do.

"I'm numbah 7!" C. Falcon stated happily.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"Why he has to suffer this humiliation?" Zelda asked.

"Because, Zelda-chan, my dea-" Link was punched by Zelda once he wrapped up his arm around her neck.

Next event that could have happened.

"Number 8 shall swap foods using the mouth...who's number 8 again?" Chris asked as Kirby raised his hand. "...Well, I think he wouldn't do that..."

Much for his dismay however...

"Hic!" Kirby responded.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

His Courage went up.

Next event.

"Number 9 shall swap clothes with me, well, at least it's not that bad." Chris said sighing in relief.

"Er... I'm number 9?" Sonic asked confused.

"That means Chris-kun needs to get naaaaaakeeeeeed!" Link yelled laughing with the other drunks.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

His Dignity just went down in so many levels...

Next event.

"Number 10 shall get his or her cheek rubbed." Chris said as Olimar's eyes opened in shock.

"Olimar-kun, you cheater! Take off the helmet!" C. Falcon said angrily.

"N-no! I can't take my helmet off! It's bad for m-" Olimar protested but C. Falcon quickly took it off. "Oof! I-I...can't...breath...give it...back to me...please..."

"Oh Arceus-sama, Olimar-san is getting asphyxiated!" Ivysaur said shocked.

"Hmm?" Popo grinned. "You don't mean (beep!)phyxiated?" Popo asked cracking up together with Link.

...And Olimar died...

"...Olimar-senpai?!" Chris noticed that Olimar wasn't moving. "OLIMAAAAAAAR!"

"Dude, chill out, he's just resting." Fox said (drunk if you forgot).

"Shut up, you stupid drunk!" Chris yelled crying on Olimar. "...Olimar-senpai..."

His Expression went up...how could his Expression go up again?

Next event.

"Number 11 shall get the hair combed." Chris said as Link gave him a comb.

"Did I mention you have to comb every single hair?" Popo asked with a chuckle.

"...That isn't so b-" Chris noticed that Link's hands were going to his tights. "NOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!"

His Courage went up, ironically if you know why.

Next event.

"Number 12 shall say something very gay." Chris said as Marth groaned.

"Nancy boy is going to say something very gay? Finally!" Link said cracking up with Jigglypuff as Marth muttered curses.

"Marth-senpai, you don't have to do it! Don't do it!" Chris pleaded but Marth looked away.

"...I'm sorry, but by the rules of Altea, if someone of my heritage accepts a dare, he or she needs to complete it in order to prove the loyalty...so..." Marth gulped. "...I once thought Ike looked sexy."

That was enough for everyone, without exception (well, Chris was an exception who had his jaw dropped), to crack up...

"Please, tell me that was a lie..." Chris said with wide eyes.

"...It is..." Marth whispered embarrassed.

"...What is the word sexy again?" Ike asked confused as Chris facepalmed.

His Understanding went up.

Next event.

"Number 13 shall say something very embarrassing." Chris said.

"..." Red looked down. "I once kissed my rival by accident in kindergarden..."

The drunks cracked up like never before as Ivysaur glared at them.

"..." Chris sighed disappointed.

Next event.

"Number 14 shall lick my face." Chris said as his eyes widened.

"...Number 14?!" Wolf said his number out loud.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

His Courage went up again...

Next event.

"Number 15 shall slap my butt...what?!" Chris asked in shock as C. Falcon pulled him out from the couch.

"I-I don't want to do it! Stop!" Zelda yelled as she was being dragged by Popo, Link and Fox, once the trio managed to grab her hand she...

SLAP!

"OWW!" Chris moaned in pain.

"S-sorry! I didn't want t-oh, the hell with this! DIE!" Zelda yelled using Din's Fire to burn the bar...

Everyone screamed in pain as the fire increased in size and covered the whole mansion under the snow...

Next event.

"Number 16 shall be my chair." Chris said confused.

"In other words, you have to sit on someone's lap!" Popo said.

"Then who is it?"

"...Me?" Pit asked confused as Link quickly grabbed Chris and put him in Pit's lap. "G-get off me, please!"

"I-I can't! Popo-san put some kind of glue in my butt!" Chris said struggling to get out from Pit's lap.

Popo threw the glue away. "This, is going to the album!" Popo said giggling as he took a photo of the 2 with embarrassed looks, trying to get off from each other.

"Heh, (beep!) like this makes my day." Snake and Wolf said snickering.

Next event.

"Number 17 shall be my bed...this isn't going well..." Chris said.

"Who's gonna be the bed?" Link asked as Falco's eyes widened.

"...Oh cra-" Falco was crushed by Chris because both Link and C. Falcon threw him at the avian, both of them went crashing in the floor until Chris lost his consciousness above the unconscious pilot, both of them had swirls in their eyes.

"My dignity...my dignity is being crushed..." Chris managed to say as the drunks cracked up.

"...How ironic..." Falco managed to say.

Next event.

"Number 18 shall act like a baby on my lap." Chris said.

Yoshi looked at his number. "W-what?! H-hell no! I like babies, but I don't want to act like one!"

"Hmph," Snake said as he stood up, grabbed Yoshi and threw him at Chris's lap, the World Traveler was almost going to fall but was able to hold his position. "Now do your part."

"W-what th-Snake-senpai! Why'd you do that for?!" Chris asked.

"Because, this is something that I want to see personally."

Yoshi crossed his arms. "I refuse to do that though!"

"Here, some onions." Popo said scratching some onions under Yoshi's nose, the Yoshi began to sniff as soon as the odor went to his eyes and his nose began to run as well.

"Sniff...stop it guys...sniff..." Yoshi said clearing his tears.

The World Traveler couldn't help it but rubbed Yoshi's head.

"H-hey!"

"S-sorry, b-but you looked cute to me!" Chris protested.

His Expression went up.

Next event.

"Number 19 shall eat...my saliva?!" Chris said shocked.

"Oh, I forgot to mention, you shall eat the saliva of your next person!" Popo said as Mallow giggled, he was also drunk as well.

"Oh yeah, you're going to like this." Mallow said gathering something in his mouth as he went closer to Chris.

"N-no! Please! Stop! I beg of you Mallow-san! You don't want to do this!... LET ME GO!" Chris yelled trying to get away from Link and C. Falcon, who grabbed him by the arms. "SOMEBODY ELSE, HELP ME!"

"Get closer or else..." Popo aimed them with a gun. "...You die..."

"W-where in the hell did you get that gun from?!" Toon Link asked.

"MOMMY!" Lucas yelled crying as Popo aimed the gun at his face.

"P-POPO! STOP IT!" Nana yelled terrified with the others.

"I'M DAH MAN, DAH MAN, YOU (BEEP!)!" Popo proclaimed as Chris was shown screaming from the cloud prince, Mallow was now ready to do his action...

...But...

"Stop, that is enough," Meta Knight appeared from nowhere and slashed the gun, cutting it by half. "The bar is closed for today."

"Awwwwww!!!" C. Falcon, Link, Popo, Fox, Jigglypuff, Kirby and Mallow groaned.

"Stupid, party pooper..." Snake and Wolf muttered with glares at the knight.

"Also, I'd like to know why are you 6 drunk as well, no alcohol has been served here ever since when I came and took the bar under my care." Meta Knight said.

"W-wait, you were serving the drinks then?" Chris asked and Meta Knight nodded. "Why didn't you do something to stop these sickos?!"

"Because I thought no one would go this far and make you suffer in this pointless game, and it turns out they did."

Ness sighed in relief. "Thank Onett, that was insane..."

"...Then how did these get drunk in the first place?" Toon Link asked as the drunks had weird looks before they fainted in unison, falling on the table as well.

"I assume they were drunk just because of the atmosphere." Meta Knight pointed out.

"...We were drunk off from the atmosphere?" Lucas asked confused. "I-is that possible?"

"It appears so," Meta Knight said. "Now, everyone must go back to sleep, the bar is closed for today, or else I'll report this to Master Hand."

"Dang it!" Etna appeared from the hallway, snapping her fingers. "I wanted to have some fun in here, good thing I'm leaving this place tomorrow!" Etna said cursing as she went away.

Everyone decided to go to sleep for the night as Chris sighed in relief, he noticed that he and Meta Knight were the only ones in the bar, the drunks have to be carried by some of the Smashers.

"...Idiots," Meta Knight began. "The bar doesn't have an hour to close."

"What?" Chris asked. "So why did you say the bar closed?"

"You were suffering a horrible humiliation." Meta Knight said looking away.

"...Meta Knight-senpai, you did this for me?"

"...To be sincere, yes," Meta Knight said looking at him. "It's not fair for you to drink someone's disgusting liquid just because some drunks told you to do it."

"...Thank you, Meta Knight-sensei." Chris said wiping out a tear.

Meta Knight let out a small chuckle. "Thank you for calling me your "sensei," and since we're the only ones left here, I'd like to ask you something."

"What is it?"

"I'd like to train with you someday using our swords, of course, none of us is going to get injured."

"T-train with our swords? B-but I have 3 jobs with swords involved..."

"The job with the small creature."

"...The Moogle Knight job?"

"Yes, I noticed that once you transform, you gain wings and your height and weight lets you attack faster, I could also add that it almost reaches my skills as well," Meta Knight pointed out. "I'll be glad to fight alonside you while you use that form."

"...Hmm...fine, if that's what you want, I'll do it." Chris said with a nod.

"Very well then, now go and sleep, tomorrow is going to be a new day and fortunately, everyone is going to be sober than this awful night." Meta Knight said walking away.

"...Meta Knight-sensei, you really worry about me, don't you?" Chris asked to himself.

"Yes." A familiar voice echoed in the hall as Chris chuckled heartily to himself.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 25, 2009, 03:57:11 AM
NO.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 25, 2009, 02:56:27 PM
Lucario's Room

Music stops

"And Mallow-san wanted to giv-"

"Chris-san, stop it, I can't sleep..." Lucario muttered as Chris sighed, he told Lucario everything that happened during the day, both of them were lying down on the bed but Lucario wanted to sleep.

"And it turns out I suffered instead of enjoying the day, to make matters worse, I couldn't play outside in the snow!" Chris complained as he looked outside. "...I wanted to play outside..." Chris muttered sadly.

Lucario's ears perked up after he heard someone sobbing close to him...

"...Chris-san? Are you sobbing?"

"...Lucario-san..." Chris sobbed silently.

Lucario pulled Chris closer to him under his right arm. "Please, don't cry Chris-san, everyone has their bad day and this day happened to b-"

"I don't care Lucario-san... I want to have fun...but I couldn't get it..."

"..." Lucario looked outside, it was night and everyone was probably sleeping, it was cold outside for Lucario's misfortune. "...Chris-san...do you want to... I don't know...make a snowman outside...with me?"

Chris cleared his tears and looked up to Lucario. "W-what?"

Lucario blushed and looked away. "...If you want, we could make a snowman to make you feel better, I-I mean, you're looking depressed and we could do that..."

"...I don't know..." Chris said.

Lucario was thinking what to do now...

Be stubborn.
Agree with him.
Sleep.
Make the snowman anyway.


"No, we're going outside," Lucario said jumping out of the bed. "Put on a sweater and let's go outside."

"...Okay..." Chris muttered worried.

Lucario's Expression went up.

Garden

Snowman

"At first, I was against the idea, but now..." Chris smiled and closed his eyes. "This makes up for all the trouble I went through today! Thank you, Lucario-san, you know how to make me happy."

Lucario blushed and wagged his tail a little. "I'm glad you're happy, that is good for me to know."

Just then, Lucas came out from the mansion and walked to the duo. "H-hello you guys..." Lucas said.

"Lucas-san? What are you doing here so late?" Chris asked.

"W-well, I could ask you the same thing..." Lucas trailed as Chris looked away. "I-I was wondering if I could help you with the snowman, I saw you 2 from the window of the living room and it looked fun so I put my sweater and my scarf on..."

Snow fell on Chris, since the snowman was 2 times Lucario's size and snow began to fall out from its head. "Y-yes, we could use your help, achoo!"

Lucas smiled a little and picked up snow. "T-thank you! I was kind of disappointed for today's snowball fight, I ended up being hurt and nothing else but I wonder how can Ness-san and Pikachu-san resist so much..."

"Less talk, more snow." Lucario said as Chris chuckled awkwardly. "Why are you laughing?"

"Lucario-san, that was unexpected coming from you." Chris said.

"W-well...blame me, I was trying to cheer you up."

"Lucario-san!" Chris ran to Lucario and hugged him. "Thank you, I knew you were trying to make me feel happy again, I couldn't ask for more!"

Lucario made a happy expression and growled happily. "(It worked...)" Lucario thought happily as they continued to make the snowman.

It was not long before Toon Link and Kirby joined them, apparently they looked outside the window (Toon Link wondered why was his window broken) and found them making the snowman.

"It's getting bigger." Kirby pointed out.

"Yep, it is," Toon Link said as he took out a bucket. "Now we just need to put this on...but we need someone to fly up there."

"I'll do it!" Kirby said taking the bucket as he flew to the top, he carefully put the bucket on he head and descended just above Chris's head, the 5 looked up the snowman they just made and smiled to each other.

"Dunno why, but this looks good." Toon Link said rubbing his chin.

"It has been a long time ever since I made my last snowman in my house." Chris said.

"We couldn't do it during Christmas if I remember." Lucario recalled.

Chris looked up in the sky. "I hope it keeps snowing, we could make a bigger snowman tomorrow if we have enough time."

"Yeah, we could use with our arrows," Toon Link said taking out his bow. "That reminds me, I met a girl inside the mansion, I didn't know why was she there in a room, she was looking for Raven but I refused to tell her that I knew him."

"...A girl?" Kirby asked.

"Yes, the same girl from yesterday when you were EATING in the kitchen!"

"Guys, let's appreciate the snowman!" Flonne said joining her hands together.

"...Where did you appear from?" The 5 asked confused as Flonne laughed heartily.

However, 2 shadowy figures were spying the figures far away in the clouds, one looked like a big and enormous cloud, the other figure looked like a king of a frozen palace, the figures chuckled to themselves.

"Oh, so the kid wants the snow to keep going?" The king asked.

"Great for him, because that's the plan." The cloud said.

"They shall suffer the horrible and intolerating power of the ice, forever!"

"Grrrrrrr..." Lucario grunted at the sky.

"Lucario-san, what is it?" Chris asked.

"...I think there were people spying us from above just now." Lucario said.

"...From above?" Flonne asked looking at the sky. "But it's just the clouds."

"Maybe I was wrong?"

"Who cares, let's go to sleep." Toon Link as the 6 returned back to the mansion, not noticing the figure sleeping close to the door.

"...Must...get...chocolate...Chip...needs...more of that..." Chip said grogily, ignoring them completely.

Preview of the next chapter

"...Er...guys..." Toon Link pointed at the screen. "...Isn't that Mario's dead carcass floating in the space?"

"What do you mean by carcas-...OH...MY...LORD!" Yoshi shouted panicking. "WHAT HAPPENED?!"

...

"The Triple Riddle, huh?... It's me again? Stop that already!" Snake said annoyed.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:26:01 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Such as the end of the game story?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 26, 2009, 07:15:19 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:26:01 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Such as the end of the game story?
Nope, much sooner. cough20chapterscough.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 26, 2009, 07:23:25 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 07:15:19 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:26:01 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Such as the end of the game story?
Nope, much sooner. cough20chapterscough.
That's when they get the Subspace Gunship, right?

Edit:I just got a great idea! Why not have another human  from "The Real World" join the Subspace Emissary?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 26, 2009, 07:44:29 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 07:23:25 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 07:15:19 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:26:01 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Such as the end of the game story?
Nope, much sooner. cough20chapterscough.
That's when they get the Subspace Gunship, right?

Edit:I just got a great idea! Why not have another human  from "The Real World" join the Subspace Emissary?
And I just got a better idea! Why not focus on Chris only? >:(

People hate when more OCs are around, you know.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 26, 2009, 07:48:37 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 07:44:29 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 07:23:25 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 07:15:19 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:26:01 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Such as the end of the game story?
Nope, much sooner. cough20chapterscough.
That's when they get the Subspace Gunship, right?

Edit:I just got a great idea! Why not have another human  from "The Real World" join the Subspace Emissary?
And I just got a better idea! Why not focus on Chris only? >:(

People hate when more OCs are around, you know.
Ok, ok, sorry.

But still, Subspace Gunship?

And will there be a Bionicle arc? (There are games out for them you know)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 26, 2009, 07:54:28 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 07:48:37 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 07:44:29 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 07:23:25 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 07:15:19 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:26:01 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on January 26, 2009, 06:24:43 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 06:19:04 PM
So, when do the Subspace Emissary beat the heros? And I mean a true victory, not a victory with a Deux ex Machina right around the corner (Such as the fight with Galleom where they were all defeated, then the swordsmen appeared out of nowhere to take them down).
Oh, it's a long, long time until something like that happens. ;)
Such as the end of the game story?
Nope, much sooner. cough20chapterscough.
That's when they get the Subspace Gunship, right?

Edit:I just got a great idea! Why not have another human  from "The Real World" join the Subspace Emissary?
And I just got a better idea! Why not focus on Chris only? >:(

People hate when more OCs are around, you know.
Ok, ok, sorry.

But still, Subspace Gunship?

And will there be a Bionicle arc? (There are games out for them you know)
1) I forgot what was the Subspace Gunship. :P

2) Dude, Bionicle is Legos combined with weapons, forget it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: makuta on January 26, 2009, 08:12:25 PM
You for got what this is?

(http://www.mariowiki.com/images/thumb/1/14/Modea17_080410j-l-2-.jpg/180px-Modea17_080410j-l-2-.jpg)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 26, 2009, 08:21:46 PM
Chapter 106: The Triple Riddle

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Little by little, their forces keep growing," Tabuu said. "We must stop them from gaining the last forces before the situation gets worse for us."

"If I recall, you requested the entire army to kill the last 4... Mario, Luigi, Princess Peach and Samus."
The Ancient Minister pointed out.

"Yes... I sent Charizard and King Dedede to take care of the mushroom citizens while Ganondorf sent off to get Ridley and kill Samus in the process as well," Tabuu explained. "Hopefully, they gained the same powers as the Smashers, so I am not expecting failures in this again."

"I also like how that sounds."

"In any case, how is the last Star Spirit?"

"Being guarded and hidden from their knowledge, the climate is still going strong and nothing seems to be stopping us from the planned invasions."

"Excellent, the barries have been lifted, I presume?"

"It appears so for our luck, and it's not going to be late before Charizard and King Dedede take Mario out."


Tabuu chuckled evily. "...They just did a moment ago..."

"(...This can't go on...)"


Tabuu raised an eyebrow. "Pardon me, but did you think something?"

"N-no, my lord...you must be imagining..."
The Ancient Minister said looking away.

"I demand an answer, are you hiding something from my back?"

"No,"
The Ancient Minister looked at him. "My loyalty will always lay in you and you only, why would I betray the wishes of my superior in a moment like this? If I ever try to do such a thing, then I would be dead."

"...Very well then..."
Tabuu said disappearing in the emptyness of the Subspace.

"(...The longer I stay here, the worst my fate is going to be...)"

Nintendo City
Post Office from outside the barrier

The scene now shows the lonely post office, where Parakarry, Postman and Quil were staring at the sky, the snow was still falling from the clouds as they sat close to their recently made office for letters.

"This sucks," Postman said sighing. "I can't run through this field because of the snow, my legs will get frozen in a second!"

"Well, you tell me," Quil said crossing his arms. "You're not wearing pants, only shorts, unlike Parakarry and I."

Truth to be told, Quil was...well, wearing his normal attire as Parakarry was wearing a brown fur coat with a brown hat for the season.

"Something doesn't seem good..." Parakarry said glaring at the sky. "This cold...those clouds high above...they're very familiar to me for some reason..."

"How so?" Postman asked as Parakarry looked at them.

"The snow, the clouds, I know I've seen those before a long time ago...but I can't put my finger on the answer..." Parakarry said looking down.

"Maybe it'll hit you back someday?" Postman asked.

"But I must know now! I feel like something really bad is going to happen if I don't do something about this!" Parakarry said crossing his arms.

"Calm down," Quil said. "How can you be so sure about this harsh climate?"

"Because, my postman friends, this experience was once...experienced by me before, I know that!"

"...Sure." Quil and Postman said as Parakarry grunted in irritation and floated up in front of them.

"What are you doing now?" Quil asked as Parakarry began to fly outside, slowly.

"I'm going to see what's above the clouds, duh!" Parakarry said.

"You're only going to see the sun, and just that." Postman said.

"You think, but I'm going to find more, I know that, just..." Parakarry sighed and looked down. "...Just wait for me here, I'll be back shortly." Parakarry said with a nod before he flew upwards, leaving both postmen alone.

"...Is he going to be okay?" Postman asked.

"Who knows, that guy is always full of energy and probably will never tire out as far as I know him." Quil said as he sighed disappointed.

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

Dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood and more doods...

That was the popular word for the next day in the Smash Mansion.

"...Grrrr..." Lucario grunted in intoleration as he made the angry growl above his trainer's head, who was again around his arm.

"...Stop it... I can't sleep..." Chris groaned in frustration.

"Can I just go and kill every single one of them?" Lucario asked as he tried to sleep.

"I doubt you'll ever end killing those guys up, they won't stop multiplying and I don't even want to know how can they do that," Chris said covering his head with a pillow after hearing more doods. "You see one of them, turn your back on one, then turn it back and there are 7 the next second you turn your back."

"...Darn it..." Lucario muttered annoyed, trying not to say dood.

Hallway

There was an insanely long line of Prinnies with suitcases, the line extended throughout the entire mansion to be precise and it seemed that it didn't end at all, it was hell in that morning for the Smashers, but apparently it was good news for the penguins since it was the day they were going to serve the "Great Overlord Laharl."

"Dood! We're finally leaving after enduring this harsh weather, dood!" A Prinny exclaimed happily as all the Prinnies began to cheer with their catchprase.

Guess the word they said after that?

Lucas opened the door of his room and rubbed his eyes once he saw the line of Prinnies in front of him. "W-what's happening now?! W-where did you appear?!"

The Prinnies, for his dismay, kept saying their catchprase...

Of course, all the Smashers were woken up by this quick and insane event.

"Were they this many?" Olimar asked shocked with wide eyes.

"Oh my goodness!" Zelda gasped after she saw the line once she got out from taking a bath.

"H-how could they all live in here?" Squirtle wondered together with Red and Ivysaur.

"This must be a dream, yeah, some kind of sick dream..." Sonic said rubbing his eyes.

"Dood, dood, dood, dood." Mei Ling said over the codec conversation with some giggles.

"Otacon, dare to say that and you're pretty much dead." Snake warned as Otacon groaned.

"Why is my head...hurting so much... I feel like I had a hangover or some...thing..." Link stopped when he opened the door and saw all the Prinnies lined up. "...Now I'm seeing lots of penguins... I need to go back to sleep..." Link said closing the door slowly.

"..." Kirby drooled because he was hungry, he saw through his eyes lots and lots of turkeys for some reason...

"(...Stop...now...stop...)" Mewtwo thought irritated in his room.

"And to think this morning was going to be normal for a change..." Wolf trailed off as he was leaned by the door of his room, staring at the Prinnies who stared back at him.

"Dood?" A Prinny asked as Wolf frowned, grunted in irritation and slammed the door of his room.

"No, no, no!" Pikachu covered his ears. "Must...think...they're...Piplups...dood...NO!" Pikachu yelled loudly as the Prinnies kept saying their catchprase over and over again.

"And this one goes dood, and this one also goes dood..." Raven sang happily inside his room, being the only one of the whole mansion that enjoyed that word...until...

"Raven?" Estelle's voice was heard behind the door.

CRASH!

Raven quickly decided to dive into the snow outside as Estelle opened the door and found the window broken. "...Was Raven here?... Nevermind..." Estelle said looking down as she dared not to ask why there was an insane amount of people lined up, wearing penguin costumes besides her as she returned to her room and dared not to talk to anyone or even leave the room for that matter.

Command Room

We see Etna using a megaphone to order...the order in the Prinny Squad, she was also carrying a suitcase. "Okay, Prinnies! Today we're leaving this mansion so please get all your things, pack up and please wait until further advice!"

"Right, Miss Etna, dood!" All the Prinnies said raising their right hands in the air before they continued their conversations between them.

"ETNA!" Master Hand appeared in a cloud of smoke and looked down at the demon. "What the heck is the meaning of this?!"

"Oh?" Etna crossed her arms behind her back and grinned a little bit. "Well, al the Prinnies are leaving today, along with me of course, and it was expected that this was going to happen."

"B-but they're everywhere in my mansion! And I mean it, EVERYWHERE! The halls are crowded with them!" Master Hand yelled shocked.

"Chill out dude, this is the last day you're going to see us, besides, Flonne is coming too." Etna said pointing to Flonne, who was carrying a suitcase while she was sitting on a chair close to a computer.

"I-I'm going to miss this place...everyone was so kind with me..." Flonne said burying her face in her hands.

"C'mon, you're going to be back at your usual happy self once we return to the Netherworld."

"C-can I assasi-"

"Forget that part though." Etna said making a bored look.

"Aww!" Flonne pouted a little.

Twink came from above the crowd of penguins and looked around. "I can't sleep with all of them saying dood over and over again, do something about that, it's really irritating!"

"Complain that with Ms. Penguin Queen over here." Master Hand said pointing at Etna.

"You're just mad because they interrupted your beauty sleep." Etna said crossing her arms.

"Oh no, I'm happy actually, your little CD destroyer people will go away at last and my music will remain untouched, thank goodness we have dedicated musicians who are currently working hard to make music through this dood nightmare!" Master Hand said chuckling.

Music Room

"I can't concentrate with all of them saying dude!" Makar complained as there were even Prinnies lined up around the music room, both of the musician were having a hard time focusin in their instruments.

"I-I think it's dood!" Medli yelled covering her ears.

"Whatever!"

"Dood!" The Prinnies said in unison.

Command Room

"Yep, they're surely working through this issue." Master Hand said.

The hand saw Pit passing through the crowd of penguins and stopped to catch his breath. "M-Master Hand, w-why are there so many... Prinnies out in all the halls?"

"Okay, okay! Sheesh, it's my fault, okay?" Etna said throwing her hands up.

"...Right, you were going to leave today if I remember..." Pit said wondering. "That means I won't be leaving with a demon anymore."

"Hey, don't bring that up again, angel boy."

"Pardon, but my name is Pit."

"It doesn't matter to me actually."

"Please!" Flonne stood up. "It's not the time to be fighting, right now though..." Flonne picked up a Prinny and hugged him. "We need to enjoy our last time together for the goodness of love and friendship!"

"Dood!" The Prinny said making a happy expression.

"...When did you get so corny and sappy?" Etna asked, bliking confused at the Angel Trainee.

"I love the love and friendship so much, and so does everyone in the universe!" Flonne said giggling.

"Bleh, not me, I love money."

"...Okayyyy..." Flonne trailed off confused.

10 minutes later...

Let me through! Please, make space! Coming through! Hey, watch it! I need to pass, please let me through! There are too many of 'em! Stop multiplying for once! Shut up, just shut up!

Dood!

The Smashers had a horrible time in the flow of Prinnies once they managed to reach the command room.

Of course, Chris had to turn into a moogle again to fly above the penguins and reach the room easier, then he changed back to his Aura Apprentice job when he arrived.

"...Wait a minute, I forgot to take a shower...yesterday and today!" Chris said gasping as he turned back into a moogle and flew away to his room.

"Wait..." DK smelled the fur of his right arm and made a sick face. "Oops, I kinda forget that..."

"So do I...darn it." Pit muttered embarrassed as they all returned to their rooms...through the Prinny River of course, except for Zelda who did it earlier.

"Lucario, you're coming too, kupo!" Chris yelled from the crowd of Prinnies as the Aura Pokémon groaned and went inside the crowd as well...

50 minutes later...

The Smashers, once "swimming" through the Prinnies, returned back to the command room, now clean this time around.

"Why are there so many of them?" Ike asked.

"Hey, my Prinnies are sometimes a lot and sometimes a few, don't complain to me." Etna said crossing her arms.

"The question is," Nana began. "Were all of them sleeping in the rooms or somewhere else?"

Etna looked at her. "It's a secret that they won't spit out, if you ask them, even by threatening, they won't say anything about their whereabouts when they disappear."

"Hopefully they will disappear for the eternity this time." Toon Link said.

"CHAZAM!" Crazy Hand appeared over the counter wearing a blue hat that workers on an airline wear, the hand took out a megaphone and used it. "Okay, good morning everyone's favorite Prinnies, today it's the day you all return to your own world and better yet, no more doods around here!"

"Are you going to get money out of them? Because they don't have money." Etna pointed out as Crazy Hand threw both items away and groaned.

"And here I thought my dream to take vacations in Delfino Island was going to come... Oh well, sucks to be 'em!" Crazy Hand said. "Anyway, Chris, I want you t-"

"Fine, I'll buy another job out of you, but you better promise to me that I'm not going to transform into anything, and I mean it!" Chris said annoyed. "And that reminds me, Master Hand, the Smash Ball."

"QUICK!" Master Hand yelled throwing the ball quickly at Chris before some projectiles were going to break the ball, probably from the Smashers.

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 1101

Jobs

Agent - 1100 Smash Coins

Juggler - 1300 Smash Coins

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins


Crazy Hand chuckled. "Pfft, dude, 1 Smash Coin? What's wrong with you? Saving little by little?"

"I got this coin of that fight against the Axem Rangers before, and since there were so many characters trying to fight the same enemy, I got a bag with this coin!" Chris complained and sighed afterwards. "...Whatever, the only jobs I can buy are either the Agent job or the Beastmaster one...wait, you have new abilities?"

"Yep, I made this one this morning."

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Items for everyone - 400 Smash Coins

Don't Trip And Follow Me! - 900 Smash Coins


When using the Racer job, follow Sonic's speed no matter how fast he goes around, to use this, you need to slowly run behind Sonic and the ability itself will activate over time, characters following from behind will also run at great speeds, be warned, Sonic must be first in the line, then the second person with the ability.

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Like if all of you could keep up with me..."

"Well, it's the truth, this ability will sometimes be useful in those run-from-the-collapsing-dungeon-as-soon-as-possible events, so it's convenient to have this." Master Hand explained.

"That's way lame!"

"Nobody asked you for your opinion, you got to listen to my orders here, sorry, rules are rules." Master Hand said as Sonic crossed his arms and looked away.

"And for the heck of it," Crazy Hand began. "The list of items if you forgot."

Items

Items
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies


Items in hand:
Timer
Green Shell
Smash Ball

Stored items:
Maxim Tomato

"Get me the tomato," Chris said as Crazy Hand gave him the food. "And I want to buy the..."

"Hold on!" Crazy Hand interrupted. "Remember the Scholar job?"

"Yes, what about it?"

"It's not going to be so long before you learn Item Lore."

"Item Lore?"

Master Hand nodded. "Yes, now that you mention it, Item Lore doubles the effect on an item as I've readed in a book before, that I won't mention, basically if you use Item Lore on, let's say, Poison Mushroom, the effects will be even stronger and the target will shrink even smaller than before."

"Hmm... Hands, I made my decision." Chris said as both hands looked at him. "I'll buy the Agent job!"

"You littl-didn't you get what we were trying to mean?"

"...No?"

Master Hand frowned. "Buy an item to test Item Lore!"

"But I don't have that ability yet, do I?"

"...You have a point there..."

"Agent job then!" Chris said giving Crazy Hand 1100 Smash Coins (thus leaving him with 1 Smash Coin) and the job was instantly given to him...

In a flash, now he was wearing goggles on his eyes, long white pants, a dark pale green button shirt with a light blue shirt underneath, he also wore brown boots as a gun was inside his belt's holdster, not only that, he, by an odd reason, was carrying a rose on the pocket of his shirt.

"Say hello to Casanova Chris!" Crazy Hand said as Chris stared at him as he lowered his goggles.

"Hmm... I don't feel that casanova to be honest..." Chris said.

"Look at you, you have good looks and the girls will surely fall all over you." Master Hand said.

Chris made a bored look. "...Sure, and my name is C. Falcon."

"Yeah, his name i-hey!" C. Falcon said angrily.

"A-and I've never been flirting with a girl before! How do you think I'm going to flirt with one with this job?"

"Ohohohoho, you'll see..." Master Hand said snickering. "Even Zelda isn't going to resist that much."

Zelda rolled her eyes. "Master Hand, he is a teenager and I'm a little older than him, there is absolutely no way I'm going to fall in love with someone younger than me."

"His flirting skills will be manifested once he gains enough experience in battle and you'll be flattered like you haven't before!"

"Sure...right..." Zelda said with various nods.

"Ahem," Snake coughed. "Hand, so what's the duty for today? I wasn't called here for nothing, I suppose..."

"Oh yeah, right," Master Hand said turning on the screen, showing the emptyness of the outer space as he looked at the Smashers. "There are several things that I want you all to do," Master Hand said as some of them noticed a familiar red plumber, apparently fainted, spinning slowly in the space. "Like for example recruiting Mario an-"

"...Er...guys..." Toon Link pointed at the screen. "...Isn't that Mario's dead carcass floating in the space?"

"What do you mean by carcas-...OH...MY...LORD!" Yoshi shouted panicking. "WHAT HAPPENED?!"

"H-he's isn't suppose to die during his adventure in the galaxies!" Chris said burying his face in his hands. "No! I messed up something!!!"

"...No Olympics then?" Sonic asked.

"...How can you think about the Olympics right now?! Mario is..." Yoshi trailed off as they all saw the plumber with bruises all over his face, there was even blood getting out from his mouth. "...NOOOOOOOOOOOOOO-HO-HOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"MAAAAAARIIIIIIIOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Twink and Mallow cried together as they hugged each other.

"...How..." Geno muttered horrified at the image on the screen.

Many of them gasped in shock when the plumber was apparently...dead in front of their eyes...

Persona 4 - Who's There?

"...B-but, I don't understand what happened here!" Chris said wiping out some tears from his eyes. "Mario's games are suppose to be E rated fo-"

Lucario blocked his mouth as many of them stared at him with confused looks. "(Chris, this isn't the time to say what are Mario's games rated, they could ask us many questions otherwise)"

"(...Oh...s-sorry, but seeing Mario dead...)" Chris talked to Lucario's mind, but then he noticed something odd with Mario apart that he was dead. "...Isn't Mario..."

"Wait," Pit interrupted. "Mario is in his...paper form?"

"Whoa, can he be of paper too?" Sonic asked raising an eyebrow. "I knew it, this guy can turn into anything and that's why he's famous."

Ness sweatdropped. "...Sonic, Mario can't transform into anything, it's just...how do I put it for you?... Dang it, even I don't know that."

Mario was indeed, in his paper form when they noticed his appearance.

Meanwhile though, Snake turned his back, ducked and started a conversation with the Colonel, taking advantage of the situation to...

Remind him who was Mario.

"Snake, you know who that is?" The Colonel asked.

Snake rolled his eyes. "You're kidding, right? It's Mario."

"Mario made his first appearance in 1981, and since then, he's become a worldwide phenomenon. There's probably not a single person who doesn't know Mario. He's that famous." The Colonel explained.

"Good thing I survived long enough to meet him on the field of battle, huh."

"Technically, no, because he's in the screen an-" Olimar was ignored.

"This is a once-in-a-lifetime chance, Snake. Now get out there and show him what you're made of. No regrets." The Colonel said making a fist.

"Got it." Snake said as he stood up, ignoring Olimar once again as the Pikmin captain frowned and looked down in shame.

The alarms suddenly blared out as the screen showed the bounty hunter, Samus, being attacked by the most disgusting creatures of the planet Bryyo as she ran as far as she could get, there were even some creatures that the Smashers could recognize...

"Primids?" Kirby asked.

"Damn, they're all ganging up on Samus, the bastards!" C. Falcon said making a fist.

"Wait a minute..." Roy began to think. "There's the issue of Mario being dead, and Samus is being attacked by the Subspace Army, there are 2 troubles right ther-"

"Hellooooooo?" Etna waved a hand and put her hands on her hips. "We need to go back to the Nehterworld and get Laharl, don't you even dare and ignore us!"

"Mario is even more important to save! Even if he's dead, we need to do something!" Yoshi protested.

"Samus is going to get killed next, we need to save her, Mario's done for, admit it!" C. Falcon protested.

"We need an escort and make it to Laharl's place, we don't want to suffer the consequences in the way!" Etna protested.

"I have to see what killed Mario first and see if I can get the Olympics running without him!" Sonic protested.

"Girls should be rescued, so Samus's first and the plumber is the last of our worries." Snake stated simply.

"I-I have to kill Laharl!" Flonne protested.

"SILENCE!" Master Hand yelled at the top of his lungs as the 6 stared at him. "Calm down everyone, let's all take a deep breath and think of something before we move out!"

"B-but Mario..." Twink sniffed some tears with Mallow.

"Relax please, we can still save Mario from getting killed, there's nothing to worry about."

Music stops

"...But isn't he dead?" Geno asked.

"Yes...but in this time of course." Master Hand pointed out.

"In this time? What do you mean by that? We're going to go back in time and see what killed him?" DK asked.

"DK, sometimes, your brain really works to guess my meanings."

"...Really?"

Master Hand nodded as everyone looked at him confused. "Okay, ahem, today, we're really going to get busy, firstly, we have the issue with Mario's death, don't worry about that one, secondly, we have the other issue of Samus's life and thirdly and probably not so interesting..."

"Hey!" Etna and Flonne said angrily.

"The depart of all of the Prinnies and Etna." Master Hand finished.

"Let me guess, we're going to split up in teams." Ness said.

"...It is just me or everyone here has become very good at guessing all of a sudden?" Master Hand asked as he shook. "Look, that's right, Ness, we're going to split up in teams once again, however, I want the best 3 leaders for this triple issue... Chris, of course, will be one."

"W-why?" Chris asked.

"Because, you know what is in a world and technically you know everything about every single world out there."

"W-well, that's kind of true but in reality, I don't know all the worlds, for example, I don't know Etna and Flonne's worl-"

"Your team is going there then."

Chris's eyes widened. "W-what?!"

"What you heard, you're going there with your team, and since it's a world where the Subspace Army isn't attacking, then that means only you and 2 others are going there and secure that the army doesn't go there."

"...Why it has to be me..." Chris muttered looking down.

"We still need 2 leaders for Mario's world and Samus's world, meaning that 9 Smashers will be on each group," Master Hand said looking at them before he saw some Prinnies being flung away from the hallway by someone, the Prinnies didn't care whatsoever. "Oh no, don't tell me those guys can fly around, that's way too much!"

"Er...they don't know how..." Etna said as they all saw Falco coming through the line, apparently, he was looking very pale by the weather and sneezed on the spot.

"W-w-w-w-w-wait right there, ACHOO!" Falco sneezed. "I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I can't let you go while I'm in the bed, t-t-t-t-t-t-t-t-t-t-there's no way I'm gonna stay there for the rest of the f-f-f-f-f-f-f-f-f-freaking day, ACHOO!"

"...What's with you, dude?" Link asked.

"The c-c-c-c-c-cold! T-t-t-t-t-t-that's what!"

"...Leaving Falco aside..." Master Hand coughed a little. "We need the leader for Mario's world, who's offering to go there and assemble a team?"

"...I-" Yoshi was interrupted as Sonic stepped in front of him.

"I'll be the leader!" Sonic said grinning as Yoshi glared at him.

"...Not sure about this leader but...what the heck, Sonic, you're the leader for Mario's world."

"Yes!"

"BUT! No running around by yourself, understand?"

"Dammit!"

Master Hand sweatdropped and went on. "And now for Samus's worl-"

"M-OWWW!" C. Falcon's mouth was blocked by Snake's right arm.

"I'll be the leader for this one if you don't mind." Snake said as C. Falcon tried to get away from his grip.

"...Okay... Snake, you're the third leader," Master Hand said as Snake released C. Falcon. "Now, you all might be wondering, how are we going to save Mario? Well, to be sincere, there's a way to save Mario from that sudden fate he just got."

"By going to the past?" Nana asked.

"Exactly, watch this," Master Hand said changing the screen to Mario's dead body on the space, the hand glowed and in front of their eyes, the scene changed back to Mario talking to Merlon, there was also Peach and Tippi, a butterfly-like pixelated character along with the plumber as the hand back in the mansion fell to the ground panting. "...That...should do it..."

"Hurray! He's alive!" Twink said jumping happily.

"...But there isn't so much time left before the same event occurs...so I want Sonic to choose his team quickl-"

"I choose the 2 apes guys, the fox guy, the cloudy guy, the puppet guy, the star guy, the princess, the small dude with the long ears and C. Falcon as my team." Sonic said as everyone mentioned before except C. Falcon glared at him.

"Don't tell me you don't know our names yet..." Geno said frowning.

"Not to mention that was kind of offensive too..." Toon Link said.

"...Ugh..." Master Hand fainted.

"Oh yeah!" Crazy Hand said happily as he floated above Master Hand. "I'll be the absolute boss temporarily now!"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!" All the previously Melee characters yelled in shock as Chris tilted his head in confusion.

"Aw, c'mon, that incident the last time I was left in charge of the mansion won't happen again, you can't let that one go, can you?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 26, 2009, 09:00:53 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 26, 2009, 08:12:25 PM
You for got what this is?

(http://www.mariowiki.com/images/thumb/1/14/Modea17_080410j-l-2-.jpg/180px-Modea17_080410j-l-2-.jpg)
Oh-hohoho, that thing!

...

...

...I don't know exactly....just keep reading. :P
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Snake arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 27, 2009, 08:41:07 PM
"...Am I the only one confused?" Chris asked.

"J-just let's keep going with the teams and forget about that incident, okay?" Roy asked sweating.

"...Well..."

"Snake! You! Choose! Now!" Crazy Hand said as Snake nodded.

"I'll take the 2 rat monsters, bird guy, the wolf guy, the angel kid, the other dude with the long ears, the emo little guy and the dinosaur monster." Snake said as EVERYONE mentioned before glared at him.

"Won't you 2 learn our names?" Yoshi asked.

"Oh yeah, forgot to show the status for each world, my bad." Crazy Hand said snickering as he snapped his fingers.

Super Paper Mario
Current Status: About to enter Bitlands
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 4
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Anything

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption
Current Status: Investigating Bryyo
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 1
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Survival skills, knowledge about high-tech machines

Disgaea: Hour of Darkness
Current Status: Laharl's awakening
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 3
Level of danger: Low
Members allowed to dispatch: 3
Highly recommended abilities: "Anything that Great Overlord Laharl demands it's fine, dood."

"Wait right there!" C. Falcon yelled. "I want to go and see Samus again, I don't want to go to Mario's world!"

"And I don't want to be attacked by those creepy-flying-brain monsters...they're scary." Yoshi said as both looked at each other.

"...Change?"

"Change." Yoshi said nodding as they swapped teams.

"Well, Chris, you need to choose your team." Crazy Hand said.

"...I choose Kirby and..." Chris trailed off as Lucario gasped. "...Of course, you, Lucario."

"(Thanks...)" Lucario thought in relief.

"...Hold on!" Red said. "I want to participate as well, I don't want to be left out here!"

"A-and I want to go somewhere else if you don't mind..." Olimar said playing with his fingers.

"Know what? Screw the traveling rules!" Crazy Hand said glowing as he then crashed into the floor, moaning in pain. "...There...3 more people can go with Chris...u-ugh...the cake...the CAKE IS A STUPID LI-" Crazy Hand fainted at that moment and they sweatdropped.

"...I wonder myself if they think before doing something." Mewtwo said frowning.

"...You know..." Pikachu wiped a tear. "Those hands sacrifice their lifes just for us...they're the best of the best..."

"...SUUUUUUUURE, they do that a lot of times..." Link said rolling his eyes.

Pit raised his hand. "Sorry, but I don't want to go to that world, besides, I don't know any survival skills for that matter so..."

"Hey, we could change places if you want, I know something about high-tech stuff." Red said.

"...Very well." Pit said nodding, changing places with Red.

Chris coughed a little to get attention. "O-okay, Pit, Meta Knight and Mewtwo, you're coming with me too."

"That means I'm going to the demon world?!" Pit asked shocked as Etna glared at him.

"Nana, aren't you going to say something?" Jigglypuff asked.

Nana sighed. "Actually...  I think I want to pass this time, someone needs to watch over the hands and the mansion, besides, don't you see something different with me?"

"No, but where's Popo?" Jigglypuff asked as Nana's hammer snapped in 2 after she spoke.

"I punished my brother for aiming a gun at us last night, of course, my hammer wasn't going to hold on much longer after all those smacks, he's completely knocked out of cold in our room."

Marth looked at Ike. "You're not going to say anything?"

Ike sighed. "Sorry, but I don't feel that ready yet, please forgive me."

"Don't worry," Roy said patting Ike's right shoulder. "You can watch how the whole group works from here, after all the screen will show us what are each group doing, then you can decide whether to go and fight."

"Thanks for the advice, I'll take that in mind seriously." Ike said with a small smil and a nod.

"G-good luck over there." Lucas said.

"That's all?" Ness asked.

"W-what did you want me to say? I don't know anything else to say now!"

"I thought you were going to protest."

"Nuh-uh, I want to do something else today so...excuse me." Lucas said walking away through the Prinnys.

"I may as well take care of the mansion," Marth said looking at the created teams. "Let's get a final decision with the groups before starting."

Team 1: Mario's World
Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Yoshi, Mallow, Geno and Twink

Team 2: Samus's World

Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar and Link

"If anyone is wondering, I know lots of survival skills." Link said.

Team 3: Disgaea World

Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Meta Knight, Pit, Mewtwo, Flonne, Etna and the Dood Squa-I mean, Prinny Squad


"Is everyone alright with the decisions?" Marth asked as everyone nodded. "Chris, if you would..."

"O-oh, yes, sorry," Chris said opening the 3 portals to the different worlds that each one was assigned to, all the teams stood by each portal as they looked at each other. "I'm worry about how is this going to turn out, but be careful, alright?"

"Heh, this will be easier than the time Eggman tried to conquer the world." Sonic said with a smirk.

"Or easier when Liquid Snake tried to kill me." Snake said.

"...Right..." Chris said as they all entered the portals and vanishe-

"HOLD ON!" Etna yelled loudly, stopping all the Smashers. "The Prinnies have to go in there first, so wait until all of them are gone!"

"Okay okay, but do it fast, now!" Link said as all the Prinnies began to run at their world in a hurry with their suitcases on their hands.

30 minutes later...

Most of the Smashers were tapping their feet in annoyance as the endless line of Prinnies went inside the portal. "...Are they done yet?" Meta Knight asked.

"Not yet, wait a little more." Etna said.

1 hour later...

"How about now?" Pit asked.

"Nope, wait please!" Etna said as the Prinnys ran inside the portal.

2 hours later...

"Do you have a 7, Chris?" Squirtle asked looking at his hand.

"Go fishing." Chris said as Squirtle cursed under his breath.

"Hello?" Etna waved at the 2. "They're gone, let's go!"

"Finally!" Squirtle exclaimed as all the teams (most of them were snoring but woke up) ran inside the portals and vanished along with them.

Ike looked at the screen. "And so, everything starts..."

"That's about it." Jigglypuff said.

Main Lobby

Lucas was now all alone in the lobby without nothing to do, he regretted not participating in a world this time once all the Prinnies left the mansion for good, luckily, Ness went to him at that moment.

"Nothing else to do, right?" Ness asked.

"Yes..." Lucas said looking down.

"Look, this place is as dead as Threed's graveyard is, so there's nothing else to do here," Ness sighed. "...And mostly everyone left, but I don't think hanging out with the swordsmen would be great."

"Maybe if we go outside?" Lucas asked opening the door. "U-UAH!"

"Whoa!" A hand reached Lucas's right hand in time before he could trip, Lucas sighed in relief as he got back on his feet. "Careful next time, you got me surprised."

"T-thanks mister..." Lucas said looking up at the figure who grinned at him.

"C'mon, no need to say mister, by the way, I forgot to introduce myself, my name is Yuri, Yuri Lowell." The person revealed to be the purple-haired swordsman Yuri.

"N-nice to meet you, my name is Lucas."

"And mine is Ness." Ness said standing besides Lucas.

"Are you looking for something here?" Lucas asked.

Yuri closed his eyes. "...Yeah, right now, I was looking for some missing friends that got lost in the forest and then as soon as I noticed, I ended up in this snow wasteland," Yuri said pointing behind his shoulder at the snow. "But that doesn't matter, what matters to me right now is a friend of the guild I come from."

"...Guild?" Lucas whispered to Ness.

"Maybe the guild that Raven explained before to us..." Ness whispered back.

"Excuse me?" Yuri asked and both kids looked back at him. "I'm looking for a friend, he's quite lazy, laidback, wears a long purple-somewhat pink coat and likes flirting with women, he's an old man too, have you seen someone like him around here?"

"(Raven, that's who.)" Ness and Lucas thought, but also remembered how focused Toon Link was with the old man that they did the "right" thing.

"Nope, we haven't seen anyone like him..." Ness trailed off. "But, I think he may be around here somewhere, maybe in the forest?"

"Hmm, well, he should be there so, thanks." Yuri said walking away to the forest where he disappeared as both looked at each other.

"How many persons have come here looking for Raven?" Ness asked.

"I-I think like 3 or 4... I don't know really." Lucas said as a familiar imp (but wearing a police cap and blackglasses) came floating down.

"You 2, kids, yeah, you, I'm talking to you." Chip said.

"Yes?" Ness asked raising an eyebrow.

"I'm here to request something, you see, my memory was lost so I-"

Both PK kids began to laugh and Chip made a confused look. "Look, we sure as hell don't want a credit card, that trick of disguising into someone else is old, what do you think this is, the hippie era?"

"...Yeah?" Chip responded confused.

SLAM!

"W-wait! I-I dunno what is a credit card! Hey! I'm not selling that to you, please, open the door!" Chip yelled from behind the door as both kids walked away. "...Oh, maaaaaaan..."

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"We've got urgent news, Lord Tabuu," The Ancient Minister said. "The hands used their powers once again and...they went back in time before Mario was killed, meaning that Mario is still living."

"What?!"
Tabuu asked enraged.

"Sorry, but we shall make everything again... I'll contact Charizard and King Dedede, they're probably confused of the situation and their memories about this sudden event are not existing in their minds, I'll remind them of their missions."

"And I expect the Smashers already trying to keep our plans from succeeding again?"

"Yes, since the time was taken back, all of them splitted in groups and went to different ways, however, the World Traveler isn't going to our locations which is strange."

"...Ancient Minister, search for the World Traveler's whereabouts, this could be something that we should take advantage of."

"Understood."
The Ancient Minister said as he disappeared in the darkness of the Subspace.

"...Those hands...they are going to suffer the consequences someday...then they will beg for mercy..."

Tales of Vesperia

Dahngrest (98 percent of the city has been repaired)
Inn (Repaired)

United Oath

The clock was heard in the inn, the silent was making the genius mage impacient, no soul dared to step inside the inn and face the cause of the destruction of the city ever since she arrived there, not even the manager dared to charge her for staying in the inn.

"...Okay..." Rita looked around, her companions gone, every single one of them who happened to get lost in the forest. "...Ugh, I swear, they're planning to do something behind my back..." Rita smacked her forehead in frustration. "And there's nothing else to do here, we've got full supplies so no shopping, we've got all the necessary materials but...they're not even here!" Rita grunted in frustration.

"E-excuse me young lady?" The receptionist peered from the door and looked at Rita as he sweated. "I-it's time to pay for the stance here s-so if you would..."

"Oh, right, give me a second..." Rita looked through her pockets, but for her dismay she didn't have gil. "...Darn it, Yuri always has the money with him..."

The receptionist gasped. "T-then maybe it's time for you to leave, w-w-we appreciate your precense here at the inn so...b-bye!" The receptionist said leaving quickly as Rita sighed in disappointment.

"...I guess I should go for them this time...wait," Rita stopped walking just when she was about to leave the inn. "If I find the old man first than everybody else, then there's a good chance I can use my magic to punish him for what he did the last time he dared to peek on me...yeah, now that doesn't sound bad at all..." Rita said as she left the inn, much for the receptionist's relief.

...However...

When she left the city, it began to cheer loudly after she left, the citizens were actually happy because the "demon" wasn't around anymore.

...Of course, once Rita turned her back and saw the people cheering, she didn't care at all...until she saw dolls that looked like her being burned in a pile by the same citizens...

So guess what she did?

"I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HURT! BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HURT! BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-I'M SO GONNA MAKE YOU HURT! BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-"

And thus the city of Dahngrest was once again destroyed by a girl with magic, Rita grunted in frustration as she left for the forest, leaving a huge catastrophe behind her.

Smash Mansion
Outside

"...Oh no..." Raven got out from the snow with a shocked expression. "...She's comin'...she's comin' for real this time..." Raven said in utter horror as he somehow climbed the wall, returning to his room where he decided to build a wall and prevent anyone from enter or leave his room.

Somehow, the "doomsday" was also going to come for the Smashers, you should say and add...

Disgaea

?
?

King Krichevskoy, the mighty ruler of the Netherworld...

His long reign came to an abrupt end as the news of his death spread throughout
the dark land.

Ambitious demons rose one after another to seize the opportunity, and thus
began the age of turbulence and anarchy.

Two years later...

The group was shown walking through some empty dark halls, ever since they appeared on the next world, they couldn't see a thing for their misfortune.

"...Lucario..." Chris said.

"What?" Lucario asked.

"Would you...illuminate this place? P-please?"

"Alright." Lucario said using his aura to illuminate the place.

"Phew, I feel much better when there's light, thank you."

"Wait a second..." Pit looked around. "And the Prinnies? T-they're gone!"

Etna waved a hand. "Relax, they just disappeared as they usually do, once I call them, they'll be back in a flash, but for now..." Etna looked up ahead. "Laharl is very close to this place, in fact, he's just some meters ahead."

"I feel a tremendous presence beyond," Mewtwo said narrowing his eyes. "I believe it is this person named Laharl."

Lucario grunted. "Yes, I feel that huge power of darkness emanating close to us, it's very strong."

Kirby gulped. "L-Laharl is that powerful?"

Etna laughed for a moment. "Yep, that's Laharl for you, he's not the Overlord's son for nothing, c'mon people! We have to keep moving!" Etna said running ahead.

"W-wait! I need to kill him!" Flonne said with staff ready as she ran behind Etna.

"I-I agree with Flonne, demons should be killed!" Pit said running with Flonne.

"This is going to be a long day..." Meta Knight said.

"...M-Meta Knight, i-is that really you?" Chris asked pointing at some red menacing eyes close to him.

"Yes, it's me, but why do you ask?"

"...Lucario, would you increase your aura to illuminate this place further?"

"Yes." Lucario nodded as more aura emanated from his body, once the room was even more illuminated, Chris let out a scream once he saw Meta Knight.

To be accurate, Meta Knight's appearance changed to a "darker" version of himself, his cape was black, his eyes were red, his mask looked darker along with many things, it was the "dark" side of Meta Knight.

"...I see now," Meta Knight said looking to his left, on a mirror. "My appearance turned kind of malicious once we arrived here, and it seems those small wings that you all got prove my point."

"What do you mean b-" Kirby looked behind his back, he now had small angel wings that flapped a little. "Ooooohh..." Kirby stared at his wings as he chuckled a little.

Chris looked behind his back and sure, there were small angel wings as well. "W-wow... I wonder why do we have wings now."

"But mine are..." Lucario looked behind his back, instead of small angel wings however, he got small demon wings, the Aura Pokémon looked at Mewtwo who also had small demon wings on his back, the Psychic Pokémon looked behind him and closed his eyes.

"...We shouldn't worry about little details for now," Mewtwo said floating up ahead. "First, we need to keep this world safe from the Subspace Army as we were told."

"But I don't like these wings..." Lucario said as his wings flapped a little.

"Personally, Lucario," Chris began as he looked at Lucario's wings. "They look good on you."

"R-really?" Lucario asked as he smiled a little. "Then... I'm going to use them as much as I can."

"I'm glad you like them."

Meta Knight frowned at this as he kept advancing together with Kirby (staring at his wings in awe) following him from behind before the other duo continued their path.

After a while passed, the group found a big room with torches, and there was a coffin in the middle of it, Etna walked closer to the coffin and stared down at it.

"Yep, he's here alright." Etna said with a proud smile.

"Can I?" Flonne asked raising her staff before Etna pushed her away.

"No! I've already told you that you can't kill him!"

"Awww!" Flonne pouted.

"We're going to be more safe that way." Pit said as Etna gave him a bored look.

"Look, I'm not listening to any angels this time, so, sucks to be an angel." Etna said looking away as both angels glared at her.

"Would you call Laharl and see how he looks like? Please?" Kirby asked.

"...Okay," Etna sighed, cracked her fingers a little and looked down at the coffin as the others were standing close to the hallway's entrance. "Wake up," Etna said, but nothing seemed to happen. "Wake up!" Etna said getting annoyed. "C'mon, wake up, will you?!" Etna demanded kicking the coffin.

The demon girl kicked the cover away and looked inside the coffin, some of them want to take a look but decided not to. "Wake up!" Etna repeated again as she made a fist and an angry expression. "Why won't you little brat wake up already?!"

"And here I thought you gave respect to him." Chris said.

"He is sleeping then?" Pit asked as before their eyes, Etna took out a sledgehammer. "W-where did yo-"

"WAKE UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUP!!!" Etna yelled loudly slamming the sledgehammer inside the coffin with all her forces.

CRASH!

"W-wait!" Flonne ran to the coffin and looked inside to find a dark void on it. "You don't need that violence to wake someone up!"

Etna crossed her arms. "Oh, then do you have a better way to do it?"

"Uh-huh," Flonne said giggling a little. "I think this a better alternative..." Flonne turned her staff into a bow with a magic arrow. "HA!" Flonne shot the arrow towards the coffin, where it went jumping to the air before it crashed, the others coughed as the smoke cleared out, but nothing got out from the coffin for Flonne's dismay. "Uh-oh, it wasn't enough..."

"U-umm..." Chris backed away a little. "I-I don't think you 2 need t-"

"DEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEHDEH!!!" Etna, out of nowhere, took out a jackhammer and a helmet, the demon began to impact the coffin's inside continuously but even so, nothing seemed to happen as the demon snapped her fingers and backed away to think in something else..

"Then..." Flonne took out from her back dynamites and threw them at the coffin as she covered herself behind a shield.

BOOM!

Chris was hiding behind Lucario at this moment as the Smashers backed away from both girls. "D-do't you think you're going a little bit too fa-"

"HIU! HIU! HIU!" Etna took a spear from nowhere and began poking the inside of the coffin, or rather stabbing it since she was smirking with mischievous eyes.

"HA!" Flonne took out her own sledgehammer and slammed it on the coffin with all her forces, but nothing happened still.

"And to think they were mostly peaceful..." Meta Knight said with a frown.

"Hmmm?" Etna took out a stinky and smelly sock as she put it in front of the coffin, she covered her nose with a funny expression, but even the smell wasn't enough as she threw it away.

"Their ideas are either getting violent or more stupid." Mewtwo pointed out with a frown.

"HAAA!!!" Flonne, this time, threw 2 spinning axes and threw them at the coffin, but nothing HAPPENED still...

"W-where are they getting those weapons from?!" Pit asked shocked.

"RESPOND TO ME, DAMMIT!" Etna yelled kicking the coffin as the Smashers's eyes widened and stepped quickly out of the way, because...

"Oh, Etna," Flonne said giggling...as she was shown riding a bulldozer. "This, will surely wake him up, so..."

Click!

"RAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Flonne's bulldozer went with full speed ahead and crashed into the coffin.

EXPLOSION!... Yes, EXPLOSION!

Even with the bulldozer, the coffin was still immobile, both girls began to grunt in frustration as the Smashers returned to their positions.

"U-um...c-can you 2 calm down? P-please?" Kirby pleaded hugging Chris in horror.

"ALRIGHTY!" Etna backstepped with a furious expression as she took out a big rocket launcher over her left shoulder with 4 missiles ready.

"M-my god, t-t-these girls are scary..." Chris said hiding in horror behind Lucario.

"F-Flonne!" Pit said shocked once he saw Flonne with the same item as Etna.

"TAKE THIS!" Both girls yelled furiously (Etna would be the one furiously) and fired the rockets to the coffin at the same time, the rockets circulated around the room before they went down and impacted into the coffin..."

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM!!!

Everyone in the room coughed after smoke came out from the explosion, Etna and Flonne were covered in black smoke as it cleared out slowly. "L-let me guess, that didn't work either..." Chris said coughing.

"...Wait..." Mewtwo said closing his eyes as he glowed. "...He is...awake..."

Suddenly, the coffin was revealed and a huge wave of fire surrounded it, all of them gasped surprised as a huge shadow grew on the wall, probably it was the shadow of Laharl, the shadow looked menacing, it was very muscular and huge, there was also a menacing antenna on his head while the shadow pulled back his big arms, the Smashers stood in fighting stances as the fire illuminated the whole room with rage.

"Who dares to disturb the sleep of the great OVERLORD LAHARL?!" An extremely menacing voice demanded as the floor shook with violence.

"Us." Kirby said simply as Etna kicked him away.

"Shh! Shut up!" Etna whispered angrily.

"WHO IS THERE?!"

Etna chuckled and walked forward as Flonne hid behind her with staff ready. "Hello, great Laharl, sorry to disturb you, but you're not the Overlord or ever were to begin with because your father died, sorry!"

"WHAT?!" The voice asked outraged as the flames, in a comical manner, vanished with a poof as the Smashers and Flonne blinked in confusion after seeing the supposedly powerful son of King Krichevskoy...

Instead of the previous description, they found a small boy with rather demonic-looking red eyes, it was very skinny instead of being muscular, he wore a long red bandana on his neck along with brown shorts and brown shoes, he had blue hair with 2 antennas, to be honest, the boy was a little smaller than Chris himself...

"...This is a joke, right?" Chris asked as the boy, who appeared to be Laharl, crossed his arms as he looked at them.

"What the hell is happening here?!" Laharl demanded.

After a long explanation by Etna, hearing that Laharl has been asleep 2 years and that his father died because he choked on a black pretzel...

"WHAT?!" Laharl asked outraged.

Etna nodded. "Yes, all that happened when you were sleeping."

"Then why the heck didn't you wake me earlier?!"

"Sorry, got lost in the way here." Etna said with a chuckle as Laharl facepalmed.

"Aren't you supposed to be the vassal of my father?"

"Well...yeah, but hey, people can get lost once you go to do some shopping."

Kirby blinked confused. "Wait, then you went to Nintendo City to do shopping and forgot the way back?"

"...When you put it that way, it makes me feel kinda dumb...but yes." Etna said making a bored look.

"It's hard to believe that such tremendous power of darkness comes from a kid like him." Mewtwo said as Laharl glared at him.

"Hey! Was that an insult?!" Laharl demanded.

"No, it's just hard to believe as I've said befor-"

"DIE!" Flonne yelled firing a charged light arrow to Laharl's chest, the demon merely looked at her when the arrow...just bounced off. "...What?"

"Okay, I'm bored, Etna! I need to make some arrangements around my castle!" Laharl stated revealing the place they were in.

Laharl's Castle
Coffin Room

"I want some dinner as well, I want to get this place as the place it used to be, you there!" Laharl pointed at the Smashers. "You will also listen to my orders since you're all my new vassals!"

"V-vassals?" Kirby asked confused.

"Since when did we agree to be your servants?" Meta Knight asked narrowing his eyes.

"Since the first day you stepped inside my castle, and that is today!" Laharl said (or yelled) crossing his arms.

Laharl, Etna and Flonne temporarily joined your team!... Or rather you joined Laharl's team...

"B-but why?" Flonne asked looking down. "I-I used all my strengths in that arrow and I couldn't kill you..."

"You think a feeble arrow like yours it's going to kill a powerful Overlord like myself? Ha! That's a laugh you got there!" Laharl said as he blinked and looked at Etna. "Hey, Etna! Who's this guy who has the title of Overlord you mentioned before?!"

"Oh, you mean Vyers?" Etna said crossing her arms. "Yep, that guy took the title as Overlord for quite a while, but if you were to appear, then the title should be yours again as the true heir to the throne of the Netherworld."

"Ha-ha!" Laharl laughed as he smirked. "Okay, we've got all planned, we're going to that Vyers's place and beat the crap out of his dumb skull, he think that he's so bold? We'll see that! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Laharl laughed maniacally as the Smashers turned their backs to start a private conversation.

"...Should we really listen to his orders?" Kirby asked.

"We have no choice but to do that for the time being," Mewtwo began. "We have to make sure the Subspace Army doesn't invade this world as well."

Chris looked to Laharl, who was still laughing maniacally. "...Won't that little brat just shut up with his maniacal laugh?"

"What was that?!" Laharl asked angrily as a dark aura covered him.

"E-um... I mean, Won't that Vyers rat just give up his false title?"

"Nevermind then!" Laharl said as he continued to laugh maniacally.

Meanwhile, Flonne looked away to the roof and sighed. "Am I really capable to kill a demon?... If only the happiness and love would help me..."

"UGH!" Laharl stopped laughing once he heard Flonne saying those words, for some reason, he felt sick in an instant and became pale. "W-why did you say those sick words?!"

"Huh?" Flonne looked at him. "Well, I like the love and happiness, what about you?"

"UUGGH!!" Laharl grabbed his chest in pain. "S-stop it! I demand you to stop it! I hate it! I totally hate such things, t-those corny things you just said!"

"...Love and happiness you mean?" Flonne asked as Laharl dropped to his knees as he nodded. "B-but, I think even a demon like you could handle them very we-"

"SHUT UP! SHUT UP SHUT UP SHUT UP!" Laharl yelled in pain as Flonne made a worried look.

"B-but how? M-maybe I can teach you how to lov-"

"JUST STOP IT, DAMMIT!"

"...Okay..." Flonne said turning her back at him. "(A demon that can't understand love and happiness? Or either friendship? How can that be?... I'm going to stay here and see if Laharl can understand those feelings like I do...)"

The Smashers stared at Laharl twitching in pain on the floor before they looked at each other, while Etna gave the prince a towel that he threw away. "...I guess we just figured out his weakness if he dares to attack us." Meta Knight said.

"Somehow, I knew he had some kind of stupid weakness." Chris said making a bored look.

"I'm happy actually," Pit said. "Now I have something to torture a demon with."

"But if you use torture, won't you be acting like a demon?" Kirby asked as Pit's eyes widened.

"...Damn." Pit muttered as Kirby sighed and looked to the roof.

"I wonder what are the others doing now..." Kirby wondered.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: The Seventh on January 28, 2009, 02:52:50 PM
Wait, Metroid Prime 3 Echoes?

I thought it was Metroid Prime 3 Corruption.  Did writing a big arc about MP2E get you a little mixed up or something?

Other than that, I see no error.

But 3 arcs at a time...  interesting.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 28, 2009, 05:35:54 PM
Quote from: red7js on January 28, 2009, 02:52:50 PM
Wait, Metroid Prime 3 Echoes?

I thought it was Metroid Prime 3 Corruption.  Did writing a big arc about MP2E get you a little mixed up or something?

Other than that, I see no error.

But 3 arcs at a time...  interesting.
Oops, my bad, correcting that. ;) Thanks.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: makuta on January 30, 2009, 04:43:39 PM
So we won't get to see Dark Samus again, right? (Will we at least get to see the first leviathan seed boss?)

Oh and is it Normal, Veteran, or Hypermode difficulty?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 30, 2009, 04:58:08 PM
Quote from: makuta on January 30, 2009, 04:43:39 PM
So we won't get to see Dark Samus again, right? (Will we at least get to see the first leviathan seed boss?)

Oh and is it Normal, Veteran, or Hypermode difficulty?
I'd guess Normal...but with army around... Hypermode. :P
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 30, 2009, 05:24:03 PM
Super Paper Mario

Bitlands
Chapter 3-1 When Geeks Attack

"Ahem! Today..."

"I'll tell you the story of the lost book of prophecies."


"This prophetic book was a mysterious tome full of stories of future events."

"Of course, many people craved this book, wishing to glimpse their futures."

"But no person, after obtaining this amazing book, ever found happiness."

"The reason? The book held frightful secrets not meant for people's eyes."

"That book came to be called the Dark Prognosticus and was sealed away."

"This...is the tale of that forgotten book's last owner. It is a tale of love..."

"...Or not for this twist of events..."


Bitlands

We change the dark setting, where around at the same time the previous team arrived before, there was nothing around, only a blank background and nothing else...

Suddenly, a line appears to draw a floor, then it spreades quickly until bushes, flowers, earth and pipes were drawn, however, the whole place was rather pixelated with a blocky background of the sky, it all suddenly gets colored until a door appeared and opened, and from it, Mario, Peach and Tippi came out before the door could vanish, they were, obviously, in their paper forms as they looked around.

"Hmm..." Peach began to wonder. "This place sure feels...nostalgic for some reason, isn't, Mario?"

"Uh-huh," Mario said nodding. "I think it brought back some memories from a long time ago...remember?"

Peach giggled. "Of course, the first time Bowser kidnapped me and the first time I met you, those were horrible memories...but they weren't when you rescued me."

Mario blushed a little. "W-well, haha, yes, b-but let's get focused and go on."

"Aww," Tippi said. "Romance is still strong these days, isn't?"

"N-no! I-it's not what you think!"

"Sure," Tippi said sarcastically. "Anyway, shouldn't we start looking for the Pure Heart?"

"That's what I said before!" Mario said annoyed.

"Oh, you did?" Tippi asked as Mario made an annoyed look. "...Oops, you did, heheh, sorry," Tippi looked around. "That's odd... I can feel it nearby, but where could it be..."

Peach let out a small giggle. "Okay, then we should move on...huh?"

Both characters turned to her. "It's something wrong Peach?"

"Well...how do I put it?" Peach wondered. "Haven't we met those people over there somewhere?"

"Hmm?" Mario and Tippi said looking besides Peach ahead...

Several meters ahead of them, there were 10 familiar figures, those 10 familiar figures were Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Yoshi, Mallow, Geno and Twink, who were, as a fact, turned into paper forms, everyone felt really odd when they looked around...

But the most freaked out was Sonic.

"NO! NO! NO!" Sonic said panicking as he realised something. "I DON'T WANNA RUN IN A STRAIGHT LINE! THERE'S THE BACKGROUND OVER THERE! WHY CAN'T I RUN AROUND?!"

"Dude, calm down!" Mallow said slapping Sonic. "If we're going to save this...pixelated-looking world, then we shouldn't complain about it!" Mallow looked at them. "Okay, this is out of the blue, but does anyone here know how this place works?"

Everyone looked at each other until Fox raised his hand. "I've experienced this before...and honestly I hate it." Fox said.

"...Okay, that didn't help too much, but...where's Mario?"

"Right in front of us." Yoshi pointed out as they all turned to Mario, Peach and Tippi.

"Oh no, don't tell me you're here again because the "Subspace Army" is trying to do something here...for the 4th time!" Mario said.

"And you guessed it." Geno said.

"Zelda!" Peach said joining her hands as she walked to Zelda. "It's been a long time ever since we last met, how have you been in Hyrule all these years?"

"(Must avoid any kind of women conversations with her or else she won't stop...)" Zelda thought as she shook her head. "It's been peaceful once Link and I defeated Ganondorf."

Peach giggled. "Oh, that Ganondorf, he doesn't stop, does he?"

"Ahem," DK coughed. "Anyways, what are the things we need to do here?"

"Find Kalmar." Geno reminded them.

The 3 first characters from the start of this world looked at each Smasher. "My, every time you go away, the group keeps getting new people...like this new Young Link." Peach said looking at Toon Link.

"Young who?" Toon Link asked confused.

"...I guess you're not Young Link?"

"Er... I'm young alright, but I'm Link, however, these guys get my name wrong and call me Toon Link instead." Toon Link said looking annoyed.

"Then nice to meet you, Toon Link!" Peach said handshaking the cartoony character's hand.

"Nice to mee-hey!"

Mario, Peach and Tippi temporarily joined your team!

Peach giggled. "Sorry, I couldn't resist."

"If Master Hand is getting new people to fight in the next tournament, then I should start knowing them better," Mario said as he looked at Sonic. "Huh? Are you..."

"Yep!" Sonic said smirking a little. "I'm Sonic The Hedgehog, and you must be that Mario that accepted the challenge for the Olympics, right?"

"Of course!" Mario said nodding. "I didn't think you were also a new Smasher, it's a great surprise for me!..."

"..."

Both characters stared at each other's eyes and everyone looked at them.

"...Hello? Mario?" Tippi asked flying in front of Mario, who didn't move at all.

"Sonic? Sonic? Hello?" Twink asked flying in front of Sonic, but he got the same result.

"Wait..." Tippi looked at Mario's eyes turning into an unusual red color. "Are your eyes getting sick or something?"

"And what about you?" Twink asked as Sonic's eyes turned the same color.

"HAAAAAA!!!" Suddenly, both Mario and Sonic lunged at each other and began to fight with their fists with each other, the group made confused looks once they saw both of them fighting by no reason at all.

"MARIO! SONIC! STOP IT YOU GUYS!" Mallow yelled running on his own feet.

"Oh my! Somebody stop this unnecessary dispute!" Peach gasped covering her cheeks in horror as both continued to fight. "You!"

"Huh?" Diddy looked at Peach.

"Y-you must be Diddy Kong, right? Would you be so kind and stop them from...uh...killing each other?"

"Why me?"

"I-I don't know!" Peach said sweating as Sonic...bit Mario's nose. "B-but please, I don't like to see this!"

Yoshi looked at the 2. "Mario! Sonic! Stop, please! You're making Peach sad!"

Both didn't respond whatsoever.

"I can't take this anymore!" Peach yelled running to DK. "You, stop them!"

"B-but I don't know how..." DK said as Peach began to sob silently. "...Oh no, OH NO, please don't cry, everything but that, please! I don't want t-aw, screw it!" DK said lunging at the 2 fighters and grabbed both of them, separating them as he held them in separate hands, however, even separated both acted like rabid cats.

Twink made a worried look. "Why did they act like just now? Anybody knows?"

"M-Mario once saw Sonic's photo on a newspaper, but nothing like this happened before..." Peach began to wonder. "Mario?"

"Huh?" Mario shook his head and looked to Peach. "Peach? What happened?"

Sonic, at that moment, shook his head and got back to normal. "H-hey, why do I have all these bruises on me?"

"You 2 just looked at each other and began killing yourselves against the other," Zelda explained. "But why I ask?"

"..." Mario and Sonic looked at each other before they started again to act like wild animals until DK slammed each one of them with the other, snapping them out of their weird rage. "O-oww!"

"...Should both of them stay separated and not look at each other for the time being?" Peach asked confused.

"Talk about random..." Yoshi trailed off.

"S-sorry for changing the subject," Tippi began. "But who are they? Do you 2 know them?"

Mario and Peach looked at each other as they told everything to Tippi...

However, there was someone watching from the bushes nearby.

"Neeerrr! This is so high-technicaaaaal!" A shadowy figure said as his glasses let out a small glitter.

Fox's ears perked up a little and looked behind him. "Weird, I could've sworn there was someone spying on us..." Fox trailed off.

Everyone stopped talking as they looked at him. "Someone spying us?... Could it be the Subspace Army?" Geno asked.

"...Oh yes, a whole collection of figures of the famous "Ultra Knock Brotherhood" series is at my reach along with a super-rare pixelated butterfly to show at my friends in digibutter.nerr forums, now it's not the time to let this oppotunity slip out from my hands, ner, this is so high-technicaaaaal!!!"

"Where did that voice come from?" Diddy asked.

"...LOOK OUT!" Geno yelled as a long tongue came out from the bushes and surprisingly wrapped DK, Diddy, Fox, Toon Link, Mallow and Geno, who yelled and were pulled inside the bushes, the others who weren't captured got shocked once they saw, the biggest geek in the whole universe, Francis, jumping out from the bushes. "HEEEEEELP!" Geno yelled inside Francis's stomach along with the others who tried to escape.

"Eek!" Peach gasped after she saw who it was as Mario, Yoshi and Sonic stood in front of the princesses (and Twink) and glared at Francis.

"You! Let them go before I kick you out!" Sonic warned as Francis merely laughed.

"Nope," Francis began. "I must bring them home. I can't miss this week's episode of "The Grodus Chronicles"! No way am I going to entrust my digital Recordmeow to tape an episode so epic. This is so hi-technicaaaaal!" Francis said happily.

"W-why are you going to take them to your house?! Are you some sort of pervert?!" Zelda asked shocked.

"Duh! They all resemble perfectly the "Ultra Knock Brotherhood" so well that I must have them in my collection, plus, I got this high-technical super-rare pixelated butterfly, what else could I get besides you all?... But now's not the time, since by cover was blown and you probably will try to stop me, I have to get back and watch my episode, see you!" Francis said as he instantly camouflagued before Sonic could land a fast punch, the hedgehog cursed under his breath when Francis disappeared out of sight.

DK, Diddy, Fox, Toon Link, Mallow, Geno and Tippi left your team

"No! He took them away from us!" Yoshi said.

"We need to get moving and rescue everyone then!" Sonic said as he looked up ahead and shrugged. "...Don't tell me this place is just flat, I hate this already."

Zelda quickly turned Mario's head the other way before he could see Sonic, to prevent another odd fight. "It is, I wonder myself why is like this though..." Mario trailed off.

"...Oh well," Peach giggled and they looked at her. "This sure is going to be a memory to remember, shall we get going and rescue Tippi with everyone?"

"Peach, you're in high spirits today, aren't you?" Twink asked as Peach nodded.

"How can she be so calm and relaxed in a situation like this?" Yoshi asked to himself.

"This is Peach that you're talking about, so it's not surprise, I know her that well." Zelda said...shuddering afterwards as the 6 decided to move on. "...No! Don't look at each oth-"

"DIE!" Mario and Sonic yelled as they began to fight in a second, the 4 sighed in disappointment as Yoshi looked at the pixelated sky.

"I wonder what are the others doing now..." Yoshi wondered.

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo
Fiery Airdock

Bryyo

The scene changes once again to another world at the same time previous both teams arrived, instead, it was a normal one, however, it wasn't that normal because it was the fiery area of Bryyo, a place full of Fuel Gel that could be considered as lethal magma, with a closer look, we see Samus's Gunship landing as the bounty hunter appeared from underneath and looked around the area using her visor, scanning everything she could find...

These were the bits of information she got.

Subject: Pikachu

Electric small rodent Pokémon who can store larges amount of electricity in his body, it can discharge electricity once it stored enough power to attack its enemies.


However, she stopped scanning the next descriptions and got confused why did she get that information out of the blue.

"What? Why is my visor telling me this?" Samus asked confused inside her armor.

"It's because there are 9 people in front of you!" Samus blinked and changed to her normal visor, realising that Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar and Link were standing around her, Pikachu being the one talking to her. "And did I hear I was an "it" again?"

Samus backed away a little, she got really surprised when she found them there. "H-how did you all get here again?"

"Relax, we used the same method we used the last time." Falco said before Samus slapped him hard. "Oww! What was that for?!"

"You tell me, who were the ones who had a severe nosebleed when they saw the "real" me?"

Falco looked around. "Say what?... Oh, yeah, I remember, but not this time, I changed totally."

"...Sure..." Samus said sarcastically. "W-well...why are you here? Do you have some kind of business here? I doubt that... Huh?"

"Aw, Samus, pleasure to know you better." C. Falcon said grabbing Samus's armored hand and kissed it.

"...What is wrong with him?" Samus asked confused.

Pikachu glared at Falco, who looked away whistling innocently.

"What kind of manners do you have?" Snake asked with crossed arms as Samus looked at him.

"And who are you?" Samus asked as she got her hand back.

"Solid Snake, mercenary," Snake introduced himself. "We've got word that there are activities caused by the Subspace Army in this place so we came to give you a hand, you might say."

"I see..." Samus wondered. "Well, my name is Samus Aran."

"Yeah, recognized bounty hunter of this galaxy, I've heard a lot about you."

"It is my pleasure," Samus said with a nod. "And I see there are some new people with you, like him for example."

Olimar hopped. "O-oh, right, m-my name is Olimar, n-nice to meet you kind lady, these over here are my Pikmins." Olimar said pointing at 3 Red Pikmins.

"I have to say, using these plants as our way to get oxygen was ingenous, I saw them just as odd-looking gnomes myself." Wolf said.

"I take that as an insult," Olimar said as Wolf glared at him, the captain shuddered and backed away. "O-on second thought, i-it's alright..."

Link wiped out the sweat from his forehead. "Okay, what are you doing?"

"I was requested to destroy the Leviathan seed, it's a huge seed that spawns Phazon, the high radioactive substance that its extremely lethal to the planet's life," Samus explained. "I was on my way to investigate this place, but seeing you here means that the army is trying to do something else, right?"

"Exactly!" Pichu said nodding.

"...Then may as well tag along for the time being, also," Samus rubbed her "chin" as she looked at them. "I'm curious about what have you all been doing this time."

Samus temporarily joined your team!

Link chuckled as they all started to walk to the door. "I'd like to tell you everything."

Ivysaur looked to the Fuel Gel in shock before he shook his head. "S-Squirtle, could you douse this...magma, please?!"

"Sorry, can't do that," Squirtle said. "Magma can't be doused by my water, it's too strong."

"No, no no no no, this must be another nightmare, first, the cold, now the extreme heat?! I'm a Grass Pokémon for Arceus's sake!"

"Arceus?" Red asked curiously.

"...Ah...forget about it..." Ivysaur said running up ahead as Squirtle and Red looked at each other before following the group.

But there were 2 figures spying them from above, it was Ganondorf, but the other one looked like another bounty hunter with a cold appearance, the hunter was also covered in the Shadow Bugs as Ganondorf chuckled.

"So, they are here," Ganondorf said chuckling. "The mission got very interesting all of a sudden."

"I shall eliminate every last one of them," Rundas, the hunter, said. "With this newfound power and the Shadow Bugs combined, I'll put an ice age in this fiery inferno."

"I shall see...and fight." Ganondorf said as Dark Rundas jumped out from the platform along with Ganondorf as the hunter created an ice wave that both rode as they went away in the distance.

"I wonder what are the others doing now..." Pichu wondered.

"...Wow, I think they wondered the same thing." Kirby, Yoshi and Pichu wondered at the same time from separated worlds.

Preview of the next chapter

"Hey, Vyers guy!" Laharl yelled. "I've come here to demand my title of Overlord back!"

"Who is this brat usurping the great Overlord Vyers?" A voice asked from somewhere.

"My name is Laharl, the son of King Krichevskoy and I'm here to reclaim my title from you!"

...

"Master of dimensions... Pleaser of crowds... I am...Dimentio!" Dimentio said giving a smile. "My, what do we have here? More guests?"

"Hey, who's the clown guy?" Sonic whispered to Peach.

"And such rude people I see," Dimentio said chuckling. "Oh well, guess you can't please this crowd that well."

...

"Rundas?" Samus said surprised.

"Ganondorf..." Link said narrowing his eyes.

"Link, it is good to see you again after that coward attack in our last encounter," Ganondorf said crossing his arms. "However, I did not like that and I am here to get my revenge, along with my new servant."

"Samus." Rundas simply said as both hunters glared at each other.

...

"H-HOT BABES ALERT! Must boot swoon.exe to get a better conversation!" Francis said panicking as he took out his laptop.

"What th-" Zelda felt that something changed in the scene as she looked around...

...

"High-technically Francis, nerr! This is something I'm not going to like...
" Zelda trailed off worried.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Laharl's Castle
Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Kirby, Meta Knight, Pit, Laharl, Etna, Flonne


Bitlands
Sonic
, DK, Diddy Kong, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Yoshi, Mallow, Geno, Twink, Mario, Peach

Bryyo
Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar, Link, Samus
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 31, 2009, 02:37:31 PM
Chapter 107: High-technically Francis, nerr!

Laharl's Castle
Throne Room

Disgaea - Lord Laharl's Hymn

Pit looked outside of the castle through the window, it was always dark in that part of the Netherworld, magma surrounded the castle with a narrow bridge that reached the other land, the angel made a worried look as he turned his back. "This place gives me goosebumps...can't we go now?"

Chris shook his head. "No, I'm afraid we're going to stay here for the time being, bad thing is I don't know how much and that could show a problem, Mewtwo, do you know?"

"...I think we're going to leave once somebody calls us, but that is what I suppose." Mewtwo said.

"The darkness in this world...is perturbing." Lucario said.

"A-and it feels rather scary for my tastes." Chris said shuddering.

"More perturbing is him." Kirby said pointing to Laharl, who apparently was thinking on his throne, the demon always had that "menacious" glare with him that it was hard to tell if he was happy or angry...

Wait, he could be angry all the time so...

"ETNA!" Laharl yelled. "Where's my breakfast?! Etna?!"

Etna peered from the door wearing a chef's hat. "Wait just a little bit, the Prinnies are doing their best to make your stomach feel satisfied, my Prince!"

"It doesn't matter, I want my breakfast now!"

"Geez, then why don't you eat your hand..." Etna muttered.

"What was that?!"

"I-I mean why don't you beat your anger!"

"...Hmm..." Laharl began to think as Etna took this chance and ran away to the kitchen.

"Wow, he is so naive." Pit said.

"That doesn't matter," Meta Knight said. "What matters now is what should we do here, the others are probably fighting as we speak."

"I'm sorry to say this but this is a gam-I mean, a world I haven't seen before...sorry again, I can't help here." Chris said looking down.

"It's not your fault Chris," Lucario said. "This kind of problem will start showing up again through this long journey."

"Then I'll be useless when trying to give directions."

"W-wait, don't get more depressed, please, I-I was trying to cheer you up."

Chris looked up and smiled a little. "Thank you, Lucario."

"AW, DAMMIT!" Laharl yelled. "ETNA! HURRY UP WITH THE FOOD OR I'M GOING TO KILL SOMEONE HERE!"

"His yells are that of a brat." Mewtwo said as Laharl decided to look at them.

"So, you're my new vassals, am I right?"

"N-not exactly," Kirby said. "We were requested to come here and protect this place from an arm-" Kirby's mouth was blocked by Pit before Laharl blinked and narrowed his eyes.

"What?" Laharl asked narrowing his eyes.

"H-he meant that we're your vassals, however, we're going to stay here for a bit and then we'll depart to somewhere else once you give us orders!" Chris said sweating.

"I don't see why you have to leave, you seem to be strong-looking vassals to me."

Chris blinked surprised. "W-wow, thanks."

"I wasn't talking about you, casanova!" Laharl yelled pointing at Mewtwo, Lucario and Meta Knight. "I was talking about those 3 over there!"

"...Somehow, I knew you were going say that." Chris muttered.

"Besides, who knows?" Laharl smirked. "You could be as well strong assets to my plans."

"You just picked them because they looked scary or evil, right?"

"Ha! Seems the casanova knows what am I talking about!"

"For the last time, in the second time actually, I'm not a casanova!" Chris said annoyed. "I have a name and is Chris!"

"Whatever! You're a casanova, don't deny it!"

"Stupid little brat..." Chris muttered.

"What was that?"

"Vivid cattle of rats!" Chris quickly said as Laharl looked at Flonne with a book.

"What do you want, weren't you trying to assasinate me a moment ago?" Laharl asked.

"Here." Flonne gave Laharl the book.

"What the heck is this?"

"It's a special book for you to read, I'm sure you're going to get interested by reading the title, read it!" Flonne said joining her hands, Laharl blinked confsued at her before he looked at the book.

"The Great Guide For Love And Friendship..." Laharl readed as his eyes widened with horror. "AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!! IT BURNS!" Laharl yelled throwing the book away to the magma that was close to his throne.

"N-no! T-there are only 3 copies of that book! Why did you do that?!" Flonne asked shocked.

"You don't learn, do you?! I ABSOLUTELY HATE THOSE CHEESY WORDS AND FEELINGS!" Laharl yelled at Flonne.

"B-but, I think you have a least one of them..." Flonne played with her fingers. "...Who knows."

"Yuck!" Laharl crossed his arms. "A demon doesn't need to have those feelings!"

"In Celestia, they taught me all those wonderful feelings, why don't you..." Flonne trailed off before she realised something. "Didn't you were sad when your father died? When it was that?"

"...There's something going on between those 2..." Pit said.

Laharl looked away as he closed his eyes. "...You came all the way from Celestia for nothing. My old man died 2 years ago."

Flonne looked down and she began to sob silently. "...I'm sorry..."

Laharl noticed her sobbing. "H-hey! Why are you crying?"

"Your father passed away, right? You'll never see him again... When I think about that, it makes me sad..." Flonne explained wiping her tears.

"You're sad because his father died?" Kirby asked.

"But you didn't know him to begin with." Meta Knight pointed out.

"I know..." Flonne said looking at them. "But I think Laharl should've felt some sadness when he knew what happened..."

"Huh?" Laharl glared at her. "Are you crazy?! You came here to assassinate him, right? Why should you be sad?"

"Are you not sad?" Flonne asked.

"Me? I don't have that emotion, and never will for that matter." Laharl said simply.

Flonne shook her head. "That's not true," Flonne joined her hands together. "When you lose someone or something important to you, you cry, don't you? Your heart aches, doesn't it?"

"Hmph... I don't understand a word you're saying." Laharl said narrowing his eyes.

"...I think I know," Chris said. "She means that deep inside you should be sad for the death of your father."

"How come?" Flonne asked to Laharl once both listened to the World Traveler.

""How come?" Because I'm a demon, of course!" Laharl protested crossing his arms.

"Demons don't know sadness?" Flonne asked curiously.

"E-exactly! I've never experienced such an emotion in my entire life!"

"Oh, then demons only know how to get angry and do other sins?" Pit asked.

"Yes, that's right!" Laharl said.

"If that's true, then does that mean demons don't know love, either? Sadness is only possible because of love." Flonne explained.

"You're right," Laharl began. "Demons have no love, either!"

"That's..." Flonne looked down. "That's just...too sad..."

"Ugh!" Laharl looked away with closed eyes. "Everyone here, leave me alone! I want some solitude before Etna comes here with my dinner, leave! NOW!"

"...Okay..." Flonne muttered with a nod as she walked away.

"...What the heck are you waiting for?! GET OUT!" Laharl demanded to the Smashers.

"It's clear that demons have anger issues as well." Mewtwo said as he floated away from the room.

"This may be uncertain..." Meta Knight muttered as they walked to the door. "But something happened to Laharl that he doesn't want to remember."

"What?" Kirby asked.

"It's just a thought...but I hope I'm wrong." Meta Knight said as they walked away from the room and left Laharl alone, the prince embraced himself as he looked down.

"(...She sounds just like my mother.)" Laharl thought closing his eyes. "(How stupid! Love? What good is it? What's the point in having it?)" Laharl questioned himself.

The scene suddenly got black and his voice echoed.

"(...Love is the reason Mother is dead! I don't believe... I'll never believe in love!!)"

Hallway

"Huh?" Chris turned to the door. "...Weird..."

"What's his problem?" Pit asked. "Why did he get that angry to you for something you didn't do?"

"I-I don't know..." Flonne said looking down. "But there's something bothering me..."

"What is it then?"

"I think Laharl is hidding something from me... And I must know what." Flonne said making a determined face.

"You're only going to get yourself killed," Mewtwo said. "I wouldn't dare to reason with him in my life, I have yet to see his powers and what else he could do."

"Chris, you should be careful as well," Lucario said. "Laharl probably has the power to kill all of us."

Chris gulped. "Y-you know, you 2 scared me already... B-but I'll be careful."

"(If demons really don't know love, then it's my duty as a Celestian to explore the matter.)" Flonne thought as she looked away. "(I was ordered to assassinate the Overlord, but this must be a sign from the heavens... It has to be!)" Flonne thought surprised. "(Whether demons are pure evil or not... If they really don't feel love... I will bear witness to the truth!)"

"Flonne!" Kirby called from afar. "Stop looking at the wall and get here, the Prinnies finished with the feast!... FEEEEAAAASSSSSTTTT!!!" Kirby yelled excited as Flonne shook her head to snap back in reality.

"U-um? Huh? What? O-oh, right!" Flonne said running away.

2 hours later...

Vyers Castle

After the group finished eating, they set their destination to Vyers Castle, the castle where the supposedly guy who was the Overlord lived...

Once they got inside (because there were no guards whatsoever in the front door), the group looked around the rather flamboyant place, it looked dark of course, but it was decorated with fancy ornaments, and a bright red sofa on the center with a chimney close.

"Please," Chris closed his eyes. "Tell me the person living in here doesn't think he is the opposite gender, please!"

"Haha!" Laharl laughed. "Then there's no way a guy like him rules over the Netherworld!"

"...You love to laugh a lot, don't you?" Pit asked.

"He has been either yelling or laughing maniacally ever since we left the castle." Meta Knight said.

"Or both." Kirby pointed out.

"Or louder." Chris added.

"Or both of both things." Lucario said as Chris looked at him.

"That was a little confusing..."

"Shut up!" Laharl said annoyed. "I want to see the Vyers guy already, where is that prick?!"

"D-does that mean I have to fight?" Flonne asked holding her staff.

"But of course," Laharl said. "You're not one of my vassals for nothing, are you? All the vassals should obey my commands and not dare to complain back to me, never!" Laharl's long bandana then curled up as the demon moved his right hand on his back and inside the cloth, and from it he took out a huge sword with several squared-shaped holes on the sword's edge.

"Wow, that's a big(beep!) sword you got there, Prince." Etna said.

"Heh, thanks," Laharl smirked and closed his eyes. "Though the sword could be only my minor power, I have other spells and attacks that could tear down the ground, just wait and see, MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

The Smashers literally saw lightnings falling on the background as the son of the Overlord laughed. "...Chris, I want to leave this place as soon as possible." Lucario said.

Chris nodded with a gulp. "I-I know, I-I'm ready to make something disgusting also..."

"...What?"

"Piss my pants in fear."

Lucario shrugged.

Etna decided to relax and sit of the sofa. "Heeeey, this sofa is incredibly soft, why don't we steal it?"

"Because we're not petty thieves, if we want to get something, that should be by getting something else bigger than this crap!" Laharl said.

"...Mind if I take this with me?"

"Sure, go ahead." Laharl said as Pit made a bored look.

"Well, where is this...Vyers guy anyway?" Pit asked.

"Hey, Vyers guy!" Laharl yelled. "I've come here to demand my title of Overlord back!"

"Who is this brat usurping the great Overlord Vyers?" A voice asked from somewhere.

"My name is Laharl, the son of King Krichevskoy and I'm here to reclaim my title from you!"

"S-should we be worried?" Kirby asked trembling.

"About Vyers? No. About Laharl? Yes." Meta Knight said.

"D-don't tell me you're scared as well."

Meta Knight shook his head. "No, but Mewtwo told me a lot of details about Laharl that have convinced me."

"...Like?" Kirby asked as Meta Knight whispered on his ear just to be careful of the demon kid. "...W-what?"

"Yes, be careful." Meta Knight said as a figure appeared in a cloud of smoke, over the stairs of the room they were in.

The smoke cleared out, and a tall, skinny demon walked down the stairs, his skin was a very pale purple color, he had pale purple hair thath reached his shoulders, he wore only a dark vest, dark pants and red boots, he had thin, long wings with the back side black and the front red, the figure was Vyers.

"But, I give you credit for your bravery," Vyers said running his hand through his air, his voice pretty much sounded like a french guy or a british one, Vyers twirled a little bit before opening his hand to the roof. "Voila! ...Forgive moi, I must leave you in awe," Vyers chuckled as he put his hands on his hips. "My name is Vyers. I am the lord of this castle."

"(Ugh, he gave that image already...)" Chris thought.

"Vyers? Isn't he the demon that's been knocking off competition for the throne?" Etna asked as Laharl glared at her.

"Hey! You said he was the Overlord!" Laharl said angrily.

"Oops, my bad, I kinda forget that part, ever since there was no member of the family of King Krichevskoy to be the next Overlord, every demon in the Netheworld has been fighting over the title."

"Oui. That is correct, mademoiselle," Vyers said chuckling. "I am an aristocrat with both strength and beauty... They call moi the "Dark Adonis"....young man. I assume that you are the son of the late King  Krichevskoy, are you not?"

Laharl smirked. "That's right. I'm Laharl, the heir to the throne."

Vyers made a surprised look. "The heir to the throne? Ha! That is history, dear boy. Your existence has long been forgotten..."

"F-forgotten?" Flonne repeated. "Oh, that is so sad too, poor Laharl..."

"Not that crap again, shut up!" Laharl said annoyed.

"Are you blind to the horde of demons lining up to fight for the throne?" Vyers asked grinning.

Laharl turned to him and crossed his arms. "So? I'm the heir. That's all that matters. If they've forgotten, then I'll just have to make them remember..." Laharl pointed his sword at Vyers. "The hard way, of course."

"I see. So you saw my potential and decided to strike first against moi..." Vyers opened his arms at the roof. "Such wonderful intuition... Well played, son of Krichevskoy!"

"I've never even heard of you. It's only a coincidence that we're here," Laharl put a stronger grip on his sword. "You're just a tiny stepping stone on my path to the throne."

"Everyone, be ready." Mewtwo warned them.

"For Vyers?" Chris asked.

"I meant Laharl..."

Vyers gasped and made fists. "H-how dare you! I am the Dark Adonis Vy-"

"Who gives a darn about you? Your new name is "Mid-Boss"!" Laharl said smirking as some of them chuckled.

"Mid-Boss, that was good..." Kirby said chuckling.

"Mi-Mi-Mid-Boss!?" Mid-Boss repeated outrag- "HEY! I AM NOT MID-BOSS! HOW DARE YOU OUTSIDE THIS CONVERSATION DEFY MY RIGHTEOUS AND MARVELOUS NAME?!"

Dude, admit it, your name is Mid-Boss and that is that.

"...Outside this conversation?" Laharl's group repeated confused.

"Oh?! So just because a little brat (Laharl: Hey!) like him addressed me with that you're going to call me as well?"

You're not supposed to break the fourth wall, the people reading this may get suspicious!

"MAKE ME!" Vyers yelled at no one in particular as a wilthered plant rolled between him and Laharl's party.

"...Okay, now he doesn't scare me, but he creeps me out as well." Chris whispered.

"Agreed." Etna, Flonne and Pit said nodding.

"...Damn it!" Vyers shook his head.

"Looks like you hurt his pride, Prince." Etna said snickering a little.

"Unforgivable..." Mid-Bo-I mean, Vyers said. "That is unforgivable!!!" Vyers took out his own sword and flapped his wings a little as he flew above and dove towards Laharl. "Nobody calls me Mid-Boss, NOBODYYYYYYYYYY!!!"

"HA!" Laharl flew (using his rather small wings) towards Vyers and both swords clashed into each other, both demons flew above the room and began to fight in a clash of swords as the group watched from below.

"Wait, you said Laharl was almighty and all that, didn't you?" Pit asked.

"...Don't tell him..." Meta Knight whispered. "But Laharl is playing with his foe."

"Huh?" Pit said confused as he looked up.

"What splendor!" Vyers said as both continued their attacks on each other. "You seem really worthy for being the son of Krichevskoy!"

"You know what, Mid-Boss?" Laharl asked smirking. "I think I had enough of your mouth, it's time to end this nonsence!"

"What do you mean? Are you going to do something to moi?" Vyers asked as Laharl flew away from and lifted his hands in the air, the demon closed his eyes and a dark aura covered his hands. "Ha! Stupid brat, you're only making yourself wide open for my attacks!"

"...No!" Mewtwo said and everyone looked at him. "He is going to use that here, we must escape at all costs before we end up dying!"

"W-what do you mean?" Flonne asked confused before the floor began to shake violently. "W-what's happening?!"

Lucario looked up and grunted. "I'm sensing a chaotic power just above the castle, we need to get out here before it crushes us!"

"Oh please," Etna put her hand behins her neck. "Laharl wouldn't be that evil with us..."

The shake suddenly got stronger and turned into an earthquake, Vyers looked around confused before the roof began to collapse. "My castle! W-w-what are you doing?!"

"I'M GONNA DESTROY THIS PATHETIC EXCUSE FOR A CASTLE AND END THIS WORTHLESS ENCOUNTER!" Laharl yelled as heat began to rise inside.

"We're going, don't move!" Mewtwo yelled glowing and teleported all of them outside the castle.

Outside Vyers Castle

Everyone except Laharl and Vyers were teleported outside as they all looked the castle and gasped what they found.

They all recognized a huge flaming meteor appearing from a big purple glyph, the meteor was even bigger than Vyers Castle itself and it went slowly above it, everyone ducked and covered before the meteor impacted into the castle, creating a huge explosion of fire that incinerated the whole place, Laharl laughed maniacally as he looked from high above the castle, crackling evily.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Laharl laughed maniacally before smirking down at the explosion. "That's why you don't mess with the new Overlord of the Netheworld, Mid-Boss!!!"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Vyers came spinning uncontrollably from an explosion of his castle and landed close to the Smashers, who looked at him freaking out. "MY CASTLE! MY BEAUTIFUL CASTLE! WHY?!?!?!?!"

The explosion stopped and they all stood up, looking down at the utterly shocked Vyers as Laharl landed and looked down on him, Vyers covered his head but then snickered.

"Heh... I have underestimated your skill. I took you for but a child," Vyers said as he stood up, albeit to say, he was crying toon tears with all his seriousness. "But, that was an error in judgement... I am too kind-hearted."

"...Are you being an ignorant fool?" Meta Knight asked with a frown.

"Of course not." Vyers said running a hand on his hair.

"Liar. You were serious just now." Laharl pointed out.

"How pathetic. Nothing's worse than a sore loser." Etna commented.

"B-but Laharl just destroyed his..." Flonne stopped once she saw another explosion coming from the destroyed castle, Vyers whimpered even when he was serious and the Angel Trainee decided not to talk anymore.

"Ugh! What repulsive little brats you are," Vyers said with a grunt as he turned his back on them. "I shall come to return the favor, so do not forget moi!!!" Vyers yelled as he flew away...but once he flew quite away from them, a chunk from his castle fell on his back and the flamboyant demon yelped and crashed into a nearby mountain.

"...That's what he gets for calling me a brat." Chris said.

"Alright, let's collect the spoils and head home." Laharl said.

"Hello? You just blowed up the entire castle!"

"Then too bad, let's go back!"

"Uh... Prince, I need to use the restroom." Etna said but she ran away before Laharl could say something.

Kirby looked behind him and found 3 Prinnies. "Since when did you get here?"

"We followed you ever since you entered the castle that is in ruins right now, dood." The first Prinny said.

"Whatever you weirdos," Laharl said. "You're going to carry all those bricks of the castle and find anything of worth."

"Dood, we're gonna hafta carry all this?" The second Prinny asked.

"Dood, we're Master Etna's vassals, not the Prince's..." The third Prinny trailed off making a worried look.

"Etna's vassals are my vassals. And my vassals do what I say," Laharl said as he narrowed his eyes. "Now, get to work."

"Doooooood..." The Prinny Squad "sighed" in disappointment.

"Now, now. It's only until the next red moon, right?"

"I guess you're right, dood. I'll get to work." The second Prinny said as they all went to Vyers's destroyed castle...

"...Wait a minute," Pit looked at the figure that appeared out of nowhere. "Who are you?"

Kirby looked up to the figure and smiled. "It's a big, pink Prinny!"

There was a big pink Prinny that stood out from the Prinny Squad, apparently she was a female and looked more focused than the Prinnies themselves.

"Oh, sorry," The pink Prinny said bowing. "Pardon for not introducing myself, my name is Big Sis Prinny, nice to meet you all."

"N-nice to meet you..." Pit said. "But were you here?"

"Aha, well, I'm always following the Prinny Squad around so you probably didn't see me."

"But you're the tallest one out of all of them." Flonne said.

"...I think you were blind." Big Sis Prinny said chuckling a little.

"What is the red moon event?" Flonne asked curiously.

"The Red Moon is an event where the Prinnies reincarnate to their human forms performing a ritual," Big Sis Prinny explained gently. "There is going to be one soon so I think there are some Prinnies ready."

"Reincarnate?" Chris repeated confused as Etna decided to explain the next part.

"The humans who have led a worthless life, such a thieves or murderers, have their souls sewn into the body of a Prinny upon their death," Etna explained. "For some odd reason, regular Prinnies will explode when they hit something with great force, for example when I throw them at something."

"You throw your own servants around?" Pit asked as Etna called a Prinny.

"Dood! What do you want Master Etna?" The Prinny asked looking around.

"FIRE IN THE HOOOOOOOLE!" Etna yelled loudly as she kicked the Prinny away to the sky, where he screamed (yelling dood) and exploded right when it crashed in the ground. "See?"

"H-how cruel!" Flonne said gasping.

"Y-you mean they were all thieves or murderers before?" Kirby asked and Etna nodded.

"Ahem, after being reborn, the newly created Prinny will serve as a soldier, slave, or servant in the Netherworld or Celestia." Etna explained.

"The Prinny remains until it has earned reincarnation by redemption through good deeds or earning enough money, and leaves its servitude in a ritual involving the Red Moon." Big Sis Prinny explained.

"Oh, I see," Flonne said. "Now that I remember in Celestia, Prinnies mostly act as maids and domestic servants. The good deeds they perform there lead to their reincarnation," Flonne smiled. "I have been acquainted with every single one of them."

"You knew about the reincarnation part?"

Flonne chuckled. "S-sorry, I guess I just remembered."

"In the Netherworld, depending on the lord they serve, they spend their after-lives doing excessively hard labor for very little pay, and are often thrown around just for the amusement of their lords, or me for example. The pittance of money they earn in the Netherworld goes towards their reincarnation," Etna explained the last part. "That's why my squad is always here, because of amusement or just because they don't work hard enough."

"...Interesting." Mewtwo remarked as Kirby looked at him with a surprised look.

"Shut up all of you and let's get back, now! And that counts you too!" Laharl yelled at everyone who got a little upset (at least the Smashers) and decided to return back to the castle.

"Hmm..." Meta Knight began to wonder. "Isn't there any way to get in contact with the others?"

"Like how?" Kirby asked.

"...Chris, maybe you could ask Kawashima for help?" Lucario suggested.

"Well, he is a personal tutorial so...professor?" Chris called taking out his DS.

"Oh, good morning," Kawashima greeted. "Do you want something? Like an explanation?"

"Actually... Meta Knight was wondering how could we contact the others, do you know a way?"

"Hmm..." Kawashima closed his eyes to think of something. "...Wait, I'd try and intercept some kind of high-tech communicator, even the smallest could be helpful, do you know someone who has something like that?"

"Anyone knows?" Chris asked as the Smashers looked at each other.

"...Oh!" Kirby hopped a little. "I think Fox and Falco have those scouters that they never use with them, they're always with them for some reason..."

"...Kirby, I'm going to ask for your help to state the obvious that's not visible next time." Chris said with a chuckle.

"Oh, right, those scouters that they never...nevermind, let me tr-you're now in a conversation with Fox in Chat Room A, you're entering!" Kawashima said chuckling. "Bless Pictochat!"

"...That was awfully fast." Meta Knight said.

"What are you waiting for? Talk!"

"O-oh right, um... Fox?" Chris asked confused waiting for a response.

"...Chris?"

"That was Fox's voice, no doubt about it." Pit said.

"How did you get in my scouter? Did you hack it or something?" Fox asked.

"That doesn't matter now, how are things on your side?" Pit asked.

"...Er...um...how could I put it?..."

"Fox, stop trailing off, what's happening over there?" Kirby asked.

"...You're not going to believe this but..."

"We're inside a freaking lizard's stomach, heeeeeelp!!!" Mallow yelled.

"UGH! Don't yell at my ear, yell at the scouter!" Fox yelled annoyed.

"Dude, we're inside a lizard's stomach, AND I NEED TO SEE THE LIGHT UNGENTLYYYYYY!" Mallow sobbed.

"Would you 2 shut up and let me talk?!" Geno's voice yelled.

"Watch it, you're yelling at my ear too!" Fox said annoyed.

"Oh, sorry," Geno said sarcastically. "Did you forget we're in a dark area and nobody can't see anything? Oh that's right, WE'RE INSIDE A STOMACH FOR ELDSTAR'S SAKE!"

"HEEEEEEEELP!" Diddy yelled.

"I can't punch our way out here, sorry!" DK yelled.

"SHUT UP ALL OF YOU!" Tippi yelled loudly enough to make Chris's DS jump and shake. "...Finally."

"Inside a lizard's stomach?" Chris asked.

"And who was that?" Kirby asked.

"Ahem, sorry, the one who yelled was this pix butterfly, Tippi ...And yeah, that's pretty much it." Fox said.

"You said you're all inside a stomach, I presume only all of you, right?" Mewtwo asked.

"Yes, we got careless and this...geek lizard guy swallowed us and is taking us somewhere else, we don't know where though, but he said we were some kind of celebrities of some weird series."

"Geek lizard guy?" Chris repeated confused. "...Hmm..."

"Francis." Lucario pointed out.

"R-right, you should all be inside Francis's stomach, and if Tippi is there, then Francis is taking all of you to his castle."

"How long has it been when you were swallowed?" Meta Knight asked.

"Like 2 or 3 hours."

"And any guesses about where you are?" Pit asked.

"Did you forget we ARE inside his stomach?" Fox asked annoyed and sarcastically.

"A-actually, I think I heard waves from an ocean just a moment ago...and I think we're inside an ocean." Mallow said.

"Don't worry about us here, what is your situation over there?"

"We're being ordered by a demon brat." Chris whispered as Laharl glared at them.

"Demon brat?"

"Hey! Did that thing insult me?!" Laharl asked.

Chris turned off the DS, ending the communication by accident. "N-no!"

"...Okay, move on." Laharl said as the Smashers went up ahead before we change the world an- "Oh hell no you won't!"

Dammit! What is it now?!

"You dare to take away my screen time?!"

Sorry dude, story regulations, you'll have to wait until the next new chapter.

"NO! I demand my screen time! I WANNA HAVE MY SCREEN TIME!"

Firstly, there isn't any "screen" time literally, you have your "read" time which should have ended some sentences ago! And secondly, wait until then!

"HA-HA! You're dealing with an Overlord, insolent fool!"

Oh, so I'm an insolent fool then?

"Right!"

So guess what am I going to do now?

"What?"

Super Paper Mario

Tile Pool
Chapter 3-2 Bloops Ahoy

"DAMMIT!" Laharl's voice echoed angrily.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 02, 2009, 12:12:43 PM
Tile Pool

The scene changed to Mario's group swimming through the Tile Pool, so far, nothing out of the ordinary has happened for the luck, it was only them and the pixelated sea.

"Under the blue seeeeea," Yoshi sang. "Under the seeeeeeea!"

"Yoshi, would you mine stop singing?" Zelda asked.

"But I wanted to sing this time... Okay." Yoshi said sighing disappointed.

"Do you think the others are okay?" Peach asked concerned.

"They'll be fine by themselves, there's nothing to worry about." Mario reassured her.

"...Hmm...but Mario..." Peach looked behind her. "I think something bad is happening to Sonic..."

"LET ME GO! LET ME GO! LET ME GO!" Sonic yelled under someone's arm. "WATER! WATER! WATER! NO! GET ME OUT OF HERE, I'M GONNA DROWN AND DIE IN HERE!"

"SHUT UP!" Bowser yelled annoyed. "First I'm being nice for a change and take you under control, but then you're acting like a whiny baby, you don't have any dignity left in you?"

"NO! NOW LET ME GO!" Sonic yelled panicking as Bowser frowned.

Ever since they crossed the Bitlands, they (by an unexpected twist of events) joined up with Bowser on the way because the king of the Koopas found himself standing in the middle of nowhere with his troops, but then he found a castle that he reclaimed by his own...

Bowser temporarily (and unfortunately) joined your team!

"I can't believe Bowser is coming with us." Yoshi said.

"Well, we need his help so why not?" Mario asked.

"Mario, he has been trying to take over the Mushroom Kingdom for YEARS! And you let him in with us?" Yoshi asked shocked. "And I'm surprised that Peach agreed!"

Peach giggled. "Bowser is kind at heart, right, Bowser?"

"NO," Bowser said glaring at her. "I'm helping you dorks to rule the kingdom someday, and only that!"

"Sure..." Zelda trailed off remembering something. "You acted all tough on us when Peach set that bomb fairy in a red X that blowed up the entire building, you fell and challenged us to a fight...but you tripped with a rock, hit your nose in the ground and started to cry."

Bowser blinked shocked and glared at Zelda afterwards. "I-I wasn't crying! S-something got inside my eye, yeah, a little pesky piece of trash!"

"Sure." Yoshi said sarcastically as Bowser mumbled.

"At least be thankful I got an arm on this guy, man, he doesn't stop moving!" Bowser yelled pointing at Sonic who was trying to struggle out desperately.

"But how did you get him?" Yoshi asked. "He's a lot faster than you!"

"Well, little guy just stared down at the water in horror and didn't move, he started to scream and panic around until I got fed up by his whiny complaints and got him before he could run," Bowser snickered. "Although he didn't even move from his spot, that was the easiest part."

Mario wanted to look at Sonic but Zelda told him not to. "I don't want to know what's going to do in the Olympics if he needs to pass the swimming event."

Sonic stopped and looked freaked out...even more than he was actually. "NO! YOU'VE GOTTA BE KIDDING ME! YOU'RE NOT GOING TO FORCE ME, I'M WARNING YOU, I HAVE TO GET OUT OF HERE!"

"SHUT UP!" Bowser yelled smacking Sonic right on the head with his other fist. "Tell you what, if you don't stop your whining, I'll drop you to the bottom of the sea!"

Sonic gulped and looked down at the blocky water, there wasn't any floor down below and he began to pant heavily. "..." There was a "ding!" sound and Sonic instantly fainted with his tongue sticking out, his eyes (eye?) turned into Xs and Peach swam to him.

"...Hello?" Peach asked poking Sonic's forehead. "Are you feeling well?"

"Peach..." Zelda began.

"I-I know...poor thing..."

"No!" Zelda startled Peach. "I tried to mean that Sonic is completely hopeless right now, just ignore him until we get back to land!"

"...Okay, if you say so..." Peach said nodding.

"Besides, I doubt he's going to wake up." Toon Link said.

Yoshi looked at Sonic as they swam. "...Geez, this guy is hopeless, isn't he?"

"Somehow," Mario began sighing. "I feel sorry for him...a little."

"...He deserves it though," Yoshi said making an angry expression. "That's what he gets for not remembering our names."

"Who cares about him?" Bowser asked angrily. "I say CRUSH HIM NOW!"

SLAP!

"OWW!" Bowser rubbed his nose.

"Sorry," Peach began. "My hand moved by its own."

"...Suuuuuure it did..." Bowser said sarcastically.

"Dude, you have the girth I was looking for!"

Bowser pointed at Thudley angrily, the Pixl that looked like a trapezoid, ever since they found the Pixl in the pool, he haven't left Bowser's side ever since he was the one who opened the treasure first. Thudley loved Bowser's Girth so much that he decided to accompany him. "Shut up you weird polygon thing!"

"Sure do, girth master!" Thudley said happily as Bowser facepalmed with a frown.

"Aw, isn't Bowser kind to the Pixl?" Peach asked to Thoreau, a hand-looking Pixl.

"Sure heroine of the legend." Thoreau said nodding.

"...What's the matter with those weird-looking fairy things?" Yoshi asked pointing at Boomer, the bomb-looking Pixl. "Why are you a bomb to begin with?"

"Sss-BOOM!" Boomer said. "Because the vibes told me so sss-BLAM!"

"..." Yoshi couldn't understand well this Pixl that he swam a little further away from him, but the Pixl kept following him around.

To be exact, everyone had at least a Pixl.

"...And what can you do?" Zelda asked to Slim, the triangle-shaped Pixl.

"I turn you fatty in a thinner form of yourself to be ignored or somethin' more," Slim said. "Stay still and nobody will hurt you!"

"Oh, I see, that seems usefu-" Zelda did a double-take. "Did you just call me fatty?"

"No." Slim said simply.

Zelda narrowed her eyes at him. "...I'll be watching you, be warned."

"Creepy..." Toon Link muttered.

"And you figured it out just now?" Twink asked.

A moment of silenced passed before they realized something.

"TOON LINK?!" Everyone except for Bowser and Sonic said surprised.

The cartoony version of Link got angry. "It's Link for Din's sake!" Toon Link said angrily.

"H-how did you get here? Weren't you inside that lizard geek guy?" Yoshi asked as Toon Link looked down.

"I was dumped," Toon Link began. "Francis said I didn't have the "Cartoony Gilgamesh's Spinning Quadruple Sword Action Slash Move" or whatever the heck it's called."

"...The what again?" Mario asked confused.

"Who the hell cares?! I want to slice that guy's uvula down!" Toon Link said taking out his sword. "And I wouldn't mind slicing a giant tentacle like that in front of u-"

"GIANT TENTACLE?!" Everyone except for Sonic yelled as they all saw a big tentacle sprouting from the bottom, the water began to shake before many more tentacles rose up, everyone looked around for an opening but it was useless, there was no escape.

"Wait, that isn't a normal tentacle, it's a Blooper tentacle!" Peach said shocked before a huge white pyramid head appeared on the background, they all screamed once they saw Big Blooper's eyes staring at them, they all froxe in terror as the monster spoke.

Super Paper Mario - A Powerful Enemy Emerges

"BLUH-BLOOOOP!" Big Blooper yelled.

"HOLY SHOOTING STARS!" Twink yelled hiding behind Peach.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Bowser let out a girly scream that was heard around the water...however, nobody was able to laugh at this moment.

"O-oh my goodness..." Zelda said stammering. "T-that is a big squid..."

"W-wait," Yoshi said looking at the Blooper. "I-I know how to speak Blooperish, let me see what he wants."

Mario and Peach stared at Yoshi in confusion. "...Blooperish?" Mario repeated confused.

"Is that even a language t-to begin with?" Peach asked putting a finger close to her mouth.

"J-just let me talk to it!" Yoshi said as he looked at the big squid. "Bloo-bloo-bloop!"

"BLOOOOOP!"

Yoshi looked at the others. "She said "WHAT'S GOING ON?!" and she seemed furious..."

Toon Link made a bored look. "How the heck do you know it's a she again?"

"L-look," Zelda began. "Tell her we were just passing by without harming anything in our way her-"

"But what about the 29 Bloopers we defeated in our way here?" Mario asked.

"M-Mario, quiet!" Zelda whispered angrily before Big Blooper roared loudly.

"BLUH-BLOOBLOOP?!" Big Blooper asked enraged.

"Oh no, I didn't like the way she said that..." Toon Link trailed off.

"T-translation please?" Mario asked trembling a little.

"S-she said "SO YOU'RE THOSE BLOOPER HATERS SOCIETY THAT HAVE BEEN ERADICATING MY CHILDREN HUH?! SO GUESS WHAT?! I'M PART OF THE KILLER BLOOPER HATERS SOCIETY, A SOCIETY THAT KILLS LAME PEOPLE LIKE YOU BLOOPER HATERS!" ...What?" Yoshi asked confused.

"Oh, right," Twink appeared and smiled. "I'm part of that society as wel-" Twink's mouth was blicked by Zelda's right hand.

"W-we're not from such society! Those squids happened to be in our way and we had to defend ourselves!" Zelda protested as the Big Blooper roared.

"I DON'T CARE ABOUT THAT HEARTFULLY, BUT THIS WILL BE THE LAST PLACE WHERE YOU'RE GOING TO INHALE YOUR LAST WATER!" Yoshi translated.

"B-but we can inhale water without drowning and this guy over here thinks he's drowned, this proves how the physics in this place are completely ignoring the laws!" Bowser pointed at Sonic as Big Blooper roared again.

"...Bowser does have a point." Peach said as everyone rolled their eyes.

"DIE!" Big Blooper yelled (or Yoshi yelled translating) pointing her tentacles at them, the group screamed as began to swim away as soon as they could once the tentacles made an opening.

"OH MY GOD! SHE'S GOIN' TO CRUSH US!" Slim yelled panicking.

"LOOK OVER THERE!" Toon Link yelled pointing to a pipe. "THERE'S SALVATION INSIDE!"

"ENTER!" Mario screamed loudly as they all, one by one, entered the Warp Pipe before the tentacles could reach them, the tentacles got stuck in the pipe and the Big Blooper tried to pull them off.

"BLOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!" Big Blooper yelled furiously.

Music stops

The scene changed to the blocky land where the Smashers got out from the Warp Pipe, they all sighed in relief after escaping the nightmare of the Bloopers back in the Tile Pool, Yoshi looked at the pipe, hearing the Blooper's scream.

"DAMN YOU ALL! DAMN YOOOOOOOOOOOUUU!!!" Yoshi translated. "T-that's what she said."

"For a second there..." Zelda dryed her paper hair a little. "I thought we were going to be eaten, thank goodness that didn't happen..."

"...Sniff..." Sonic's nose moved a little and the hedgehog opened his eyes slowly. "...Oh no... Am I dead?!"

"Er...no?" Bowser said as he dropped Sonic on the floor.

"...But I'm still in this straight-weird-looking world!" Sonic complained crossing his arms as he looked the background. "Can't we just go there for example?"

"Look," Peach said walking to him. "I'm sure this is irritating for you, but you must endure this, I'm honestly feeling more safe this way."

"...Meh." Sonic said looking down in shame.

"Sorry."

"...It's okay, it can't be helped anyway."

"Ahem," Yoshi coughed a little. "Can we please move on? Who knows what is that Francis guy going to do with the others!"

"Put them inside a cage as far as I know."

They all looked to Geno, who was sitting above the Star Block which marked the end of the chapter, the pupper jumped down and walked to them.

"Geno? How did you get out?" Toon Link asked.

"Francis spat me out and complained that I didn't have the "Genorushiro Puppet's Cloacking Spy Tank Form Action Button" or whatever he meant by that." Geno explained.

"...The what again?" Mario asked confused.

"Who gives a darn?" Geno said angrily. "I have to give him a piece of my mind."

"...Sooo..." Twink trailed off. "What was that to put them inside a cage?"

Geno blinked for a moment before speaking. "Oh, right, sorry about my anger, Francis said he was going to pull us inside a cage, where he was going to take snapshots of us as long as he wanted... That's pretty disturbing if you ask me."

"...If he wants them inside a cage...then take snapshots...hmm..." Yoshi trailed off thinking. "...OH NO, he's not going to do some sort of sick photos with them, is he?"

Mario walked below the Star Block. "Then let's continue!" Mario said hitting the block, transporting all of them to the next chapter.

END OF
CHAPTER!

Somehow, the heroes had beached the Big Blooper and crossed the Tile Pool...and found out that the Big Blooper was a she thanks to Yoshi's translations. But before they could dry, they saw the imposing silhoutte of Fort Francis. "Sure, it's imposing." Twink said rolling his eyes. But when they looked up, they realized they were in the shadow of a huge tree. Mario, knowing in his gut this must be the way, set outward toward the great tree with the others, hoping to see their best friends. "Who hired this cheesy narrator?" Geno asked. Well my puppet friend, just keep going or else I'll burn you down to ashes...

The Dot Wood Tree
Chapter 3-3 Up, Up, and a Tree

The Smashers appeared just besides a huge tree made up of dots, they all looked how high the tree was, but couldn't find the top at all thanks to its height.

"You know," Sonic began. "This world is very creepy, I mean, we're teleported around by hitting those weird star blocks, we can't move in the background, we have to go straight and jump all the way around to finish these...levels?"

"I'm aware of that," Mario said. "It can't be helped."

Bowser grunted. "I'm feeling perfectly fine by me, thank you very much!"

"Nobody asked you." Geno said as Bowser grunted in rage.

"Shall we stop talking and start our long climb to the tree's top?" Zelda suggested.

"I've been wondering when you were going to say that."

They all looked above to find Diddy, who jumped out and landed in front of them.

"Let me guess," Yoshi began. "Francis spat you out because you didn't have something he was looking for."

Diddy nodded. "Yep, he said I didn't have the "Chimpanzeeporepan Rool's Spinning Tail-Of-Doom Action Whip Move" or whatever he mentioned..."

"...The what again?" Mario asked confused.

"I don't want to know!" Diddy said taking out his Peanut Gun. "I want to rescue DK and the others, they're still inside that guy's stomach!"

"Then let's not stop and start our way to the top of this tree." Twink suggested and they all nodded before each one of them began to jump their way to the top of the tree, in time rate, Sonic already made it to the top but waited for the others to join up with him, since the tree was infested by enemies, they couldn't move faster because the enemies would, obviously, attack them.

3 hours later...

"Finally, you're here!" Sonic said yawning.

"Well," Toon Link began making an angry expression. "What did you expect? We were getting attacked by those funny-looking flower monsters, they made us fall asleep for some seconds!"

"Pfft," Sonic rolled his eyes. "Sure, funny-looking flower monsters, like if there are such monsters."

Peach took out a Crazee Dayzee from her back and smiled at Sonic (the Crazee Dayzee). "I think he meant this monster."

"...Seriously?" Sonic asked chuckling with a grin. "That thing slowed you down?"

"Laaaaa, la-la-la-la-laaaa, la-laaaaa!" The Crazee Dayzee sang happily, shooting a rainbow colored musical note that hit Sonic, who yawned deeply.

"Ooooohhh... I...see now..." Sonic said stretching his arms before he sat on the floor and fell asleep on the spot.

Diddy took the Crazee Dayzee off from Peach's hands and threw it down the tree. "Well, shall we continue our way to the top?" Diddy asked.

"VIOLET!" Peach yelled screaming as she looked down the tree.

"...Violet? Who's that?" Toon Link asked.

"The flower monster Diddy threw down," Twink whispered. "Peach decided to name it...or her and Diddy didn't know about that."

"...Oh god! What did I do?!" Diddy asked shocked once Mario decided to calm down Peach, who was sobbing silently.

"...Quiet down..." Sonic muttered as he began to wake up. "I'm trying to sleep here..."

"...Violet..." Peach sobbed as Mario was able to calm her down.

After a moment of silence (because Peach wanted to give her condolences to her now dead Crazee Dayzee), they all looked above the tree.

"One problem," Bowser began. "Is there going to be anything good at the top?"

A record scratched and everyone looked at each other.

"...Why are we climbing this tree again?" Twink asked.

"Well, I thought this was the way so...yes, because I thought this was the way." Mario said embarrassed.

Bowser glared at Mario." Oh, great, the plumber made us all climb this pointless tree! Great going Mario, we lost valuable time by climbing this weird-looking tree, no, I lost MY valuable time getting here for nothing!"

"Calm down," Geno began. "Chris told me to climb this tree and ride the red wind."

"He told you? How?" Twink asked.

"When we were inside Francis, he called us a first time to see if we were fine through Fox's scouter, he called us a second time and gave out instructions about how Francis's path to his home is, I happen to remember all the steps to find his castle and if we climb this tree, we'll surel-"

"Is that so?" A voice spoke from nowhere and they looked around. "Well, it seems things are getting out of hand indeed after all..."

Zelda looked around. "Who is spying on us? Show yourself!"

"My, such impacient people," the voice said chuckling "You don't have patience, right?"

"Look, we just want to know who you are, that's all." Geno said before the voice laughed.

Dimentio Charming Magician

A small dimensional vortex appeared in the air and from it, a clown with a white and dark mask appeared, he was wearing violet and yellow figures of polygons, making up his hat and his cape that covered his body, he also wore black gloves and black pants that were somewhat odd-looking, on top of his hats, there were yellow squares that looked like diamonds, it was Dimentio.

"Sweet! Is a clown, clowns are awesome!" Diddy said clapping as Dimentio laughed again.

"Who ARE you anyway?" Twink asked as Dimentio spun on his same place.

"I am a humble servant of Count Bleck..." Dimentio said stopping.

"Count Bleck..." Mario trailed off remembering the last time he met the count.

"Master of dimensions... Pleaser of crowds... I am...Dimentio!" Dimentio said giving a smile. "My, what do we have here? More guests?"

"Hey, who's the clown guy?" Sonic whispered to Peach.

"And such rude people I see," Dimentio said chuckling. "Oh well, guess you can't please this crowd that well."

"A-are you in league with Francis?" Yoshi asked.

"Who?" Dimentio asked still with his smile. "No, I do not know who is that Francis you speak of, anyway, you guys have to disappear I'm afraid, Count Bleck, the penguin king and the dragon told me so..."

"Wait," Toon Link began. "Penguin king and dragon? You don't mean King Dedede and Charizard, do you?"

"Ah ha ha ha! You're so bold!" Dimentio said nodding. "Yes, in fact, I do happen to know those wackos, we were informed to take out all of you before you could, hmm, I forgot, hinder Tabuu's progress? I myself wonder why did Count Bleck agree to help that guy... After all, Count Bleck wants to end the world's existences with the Chaos Heart and the Dark Pronosticus."

"Don't tell me we have to fight that guy Bleck too!" Diddy said preparing his Peanut Gun.

"Oh ho ho ho, relax," Dimentio said. "Count Bleck wishes to fight the 3 heroes of the prophecy or see the plumber's death again."

"Again?" Mario repeated confused.

"Er...forget what I said, me and my charming mouth." Dimentio said laughing a little.

"Tsk," Sonic smirked and stood in a fighting stance. "Look Dimentirino, we're not going to let you get away with whatever you have planned, try me for example and you'll end up getting hurt!"

"Dimentirino?" Dimentio repeated chuckling. "Seriously, is that some kind of lame comeback line just to make me angry? No sir," Dimentio shook his head. "I never get angry whatsoever."

"Are you in league with Francis?!" Diddy demanded.

"I already told you I do not! How persistent you are! How about some...MAGIC!" Dimentio said snapping his fingers, teleporting all of them to a green-looking dimension, the Smashers looked around surprised as Dimentio laughed more. "And...voila. You are now in Dimension D, a dimension of my own creation. In this mind-bending realm, my attacks are 256 times more potent!"

"256 times?!" Twink asked terrified.

"That is correct, with a single raise of an eyebrow, you'll be begging for mercy like dogs begging for meat of a restaurant," Dimentio said chuckling. "Now, en-garde!"

Super Paper Mario - It's Showtime

As soon as the battle started, Dimentio snapped his fingers to disappear in his dimension, the Smashers looked around the place to fight back the magician of dimensions.

"Where is he?" Mario asked as unbestknownst to him, Dimentio appeared from behind him and slammed a pixelated attack on his back. "U-ugh!"

"My," Dimentio said appearing above them. "You're all very slow, did you know tha-"

"HA!" Sonic slammed himself into Dimentio using his Homing Attack, the clown went crashing into the floor before he quickly regained his control.

"Okay, that was a bit of a surprise, I must say," Dimentio said disappearing again. "But that won't happen again."

"You just try me!" Sonic taunted with a smirk.

"Either this fight will end with us defeating him or Sonic annoying him to death." Yoshi whispered to Peach.

"Aw, such fervor," Dimentio said splitting into 2 images of himself, charging their attacks of polygons. "But such idiocy!" Dimentio said frowning as he darted both attacks at Geno.

"Normally, when an enemy like you split into 2 with illusions, that means one of those attacks is an illusion as we-UGH!" Geno backed away once both illusional attacks hit him. "B-but why?"

"Let me explain it to you," Dimentio said appearing with a chuckle. "I am the master of the dimensions, and a magician as well, both things combined greatly give me the power necessary to crush little ducks like all of yo-"

"Sonic, it worked, attack!" Geno signaled to the hedgehog who used Homing Attack behind the right Dimentio as the other dimentio disappeared, the clown was about to counterattack as he tried to gain his control but was burned in fire by Zelda's Din's Fire. "Geno Beam!" Geno shot his blue beam at Dimentio to deal more damage.

Dimentio panted a little and began to fly up. "Ugh, distractions to get me out from my dimension, not bad at all."

"And here's another!" Sonic yelled from behind but Dimentio snapped his fingers and disappeared once again as Sonic landed back on the floor. "Dammit." Sonic muttered.

"Let's start the beautiful waltz, shall we?" Dimentio asked splitting into 10 images of himself, the images started to assault all the Smashers with polygonal attacks as everyone tried to evade the attacks in a hurry from the 10 Dimentios...

...Though a question was raised between the battle after Toon Link saw Peach covering with her umbrella, the attacks bounced off from, making Peach jump away as well.

"What is that umbrella made of?" Toon Link asked confused.

"I myself wonder that too many times," Peach said giggling under the umbrella. "But why not use it now? That way I'm going to get through unharmed."

"...That didn't explain a thing to me."

"Um... I guess it has a strong material or something like that?"

"...True enough." Toon Link said nodding before he was pushed away by one of the Dimentios's polygonal flashes.

"You know what?" Dimentio snapped his fingers and everyone was teleported to the Dot Wood Tree." Screw fights, no way I'm going to waste my time with a bunch of cheaters."

Dimentio Charming Magician

"Cheaters?" Sonic asked glaring at Dimentio.

"Uh-huh, for Count Bleck's sake, I was fighting 9 mindless rats inside the Dimension D against me alone, and for some random reason, your powers were increased as well, that's why we were equal." Dimentio explained as everyone looked away embarrassed.

"...Ouch." Diddy replied scratching his head.

"That was right in so many levels..." Yoshi trailed off.

"So, for no-"

"Wait!" Zelda interrupted.

"Oh, what is it long-eared lady?"

"We want to know if King Dedede and Charizard are around here somewhere, do you know?"

"Ha ha," Dimentio chuckled. "And you're waiting for an answer coming from me? Wow, and here I thought you weren't going to be a lot smarter...but I guess it's no harm."

Everyone looked at him surprised. "W-wait, what do you mean it's no harm?" Mario asked.

"Now listen well, I don't have much time left here anyway," Dimentio said. "Those wackos are planning an ambush somewhere in a world, but I won't tell you what world is that." Dimentio looked away to the sky. "I presume they want to kill Mario again like they did...somewhere, who knows actually? I myself wonder what happened, our memories were erased and...it's hard to explain but easy to understand, do you know what I mean?"

"No." Everyone replied.

Dimentio chuckled. "Yes, just like that but don't worry, we'll meet again very soon once you get the Pure Heart...and with that, au revoir," Dimentio said chuckling as he disappeared in his dimension. "Careful now, or the mustache guy will end dead!"

"...Mario? Dead?" Peach wondered.

"That's ridiculous, I never die," Mario said turning at the Smashers. "Or I do?"

"Well..." Geno looked away. "...No, why would you?"

Mario chuckled. "Thanks, I knew Dimentio was just saying negative feelings or something like that."

"(I wish those were just negative feelings.)"

"HELLO?!" Bowser called out raising his voice. "Get to the top of the tree? Help me conquer the world someday?"

"Alright, alright! We're listening you, geez!" Diddy said, but before he could jump, he looked to Bowser with a confused look. "...This is really strange, but haven't we met before?"

"Why would I know a stupid monkey-thingy like you are?" Bowser asked with a glare.

"...Then I guess it's a no." Diddy said shuddering as he followed the others to the top of the tree.

"(...But I have to say, that little stupid monkey-thingy DOES look familiar...hmm...)" Bowser thought as he followed the others in a much, slower pace.

Sonic, as usual, got on the top before everyone else and looked around (albeit to say he could only look either to the right or to the left) as the breeze (literally) passed in front of him. "Okay, so we need to ride this...red wind thing, right?"

"Of course!" Geno yelled from down below.

"Hmm...but where can I find something like a red wind?" Sonic wondered rubbing his chin as a red wind got him from below. "There's gotta be some kind of way...hmm..." Sonic thought harder as he was blindly being carried by the wind he was looking for, the others who looked at this frowned (most of them) and rode the red wings to a Warp Pipe.

Once they entered inside, Mario hit the Star Block.

END OF
CHAPTER!

"AHEM." Laharl coughed angrily.

We completely ignored him.

"HEY!"

We COMPLETELY ignored him.

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo
Save Station

Theme of Samus Aran

"...Are you done yet?"

"Wait a bit more." Samus said to Pikachu.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on February 02, 2009, 04:59:08 PM
Pretty good. Three arcs happening simultaneously. Or is it one arc spanned across three places?

Either way, it's pretty creative.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 04, 2009, 01:08:26 PM
The group so far went through a lot in their time on Bryyo, unfortunately, Samus was damaged severly so she had to recover in a "Save Station" as she called it, the group were waiting for her to heal, since the machines that cured her only repaired her PED suit and nothing else.

"Hot...too...hot..." Ivysaur said panting.

"Why are you still insisting in staying out of your Pokeball?" Red asked. "You're only getting more tired every second."

"Ivysaur wants to prove himself and resist the heat from this place," Squirtle began. "Though it's only tiring himself out."

"Shut...up..." Ivysaur said glaring at Squirtle.

"Water?"

"...Please." Ivysaur muttered as Squirtle sprayed him with Water Gun.

"She's done, let's move on." Snake said once Samus finished her repairs and the group continued their way through the Cavern Entry.

"INCOMING!" Pichu yelled spotting 5 Spaaks, appearing from the Subspace.

"More of those? Geez..." Pikachu frowned as the Spaaks turned dark.

"Be careful, they're charging their thunders." Samus alerted them.

"I don't have time for this," Snake said throwing a grenade between the 5 cloud enemies, exploding into bits along with the Spaaks. "With that out of the way, let's go."

"Show off." Wolf said as the group went forward to the Gel Cavern.

Ivysaur's eyes widened once he saw the gel falling from the ceiling on each pool of gel along the cave, the group stopped to see the stream of gel falling. "...Oh Arceus, this place is my living nightmare!" Ivysaur yelled.

"Would you stop whining about the lava here?" C. Falcon asked.

Ivysaur glared at him. "Look, I'm a Grass Pokémon and we hate fire and LAVA so much, one touch of that and I can kiss the ground!"

"Don't worry," Samus said as she saw the gel stopping from coming out of the ceiling. "It seems the gel stops for a brief time before it gathers more, every single stream of gel in this room will stop so in that time, we have to cross as quickly as we can."

"Hello? I can't double jump like all of you do!" Red said annoyed.

Falco snickered a little. "Sucks to be a background fighter."

"Hey!"

"Shut up and move, now." Snake ordered the whole group to jump across the gel pool (C. Falcon had to take Red with him since the Pokemon Trainer had the bad luck of not having a double jump (and he made a mental note about complaining to Master Hand)). "...Darn it, double jumping..."

Olimar looked at Snake from the other side of the pool. "It's something wrong?"

"Well, you all except for and the kid can't double jump."

"Didn't you ask Master Hand for your abilities like all of us did?" Link asked.

"I'd have asked if some of you have told me in the first place," Snake stated as the stream of gel began to pour down, blocking his way. "I guess I have to do it the hard way then." Snake looked at the small space where the gel wasn't covering and the soldier jumped to the wall and sprung to the other side.

"I wonder if I can do that like you." Link wondered.

"That was amazing to watch." Samus remarked.

"But you're not going to see it often once I ask the hand about my "abilities" that you're all talking about."

C. Falcon gasped once both Snake and Samus started to have a conversation. "Damn, Snake's good, he's already hanging out with Samus and I haven't made something to catch her attention."

"And why the hell are you whispering it to me?" Wolf asked glaring at the captain.

"Look, I need something to impress her, anything that's not embarrassing."

"And who told you I care about your ideas?"

"That's it!" C. Falcon saw the stream of gel leaking out from the ceiling and saw the small part that wasn't being covered by it. "I just need to something more impressive than Snake's action, I'll jump one time at the wall and then do this and that and...yes, I have everything planned, thanks!" C. Falcon said running at the wall as Wolf frowned to himself.

30 minutes later...

Temple of Bryyo

After Olimar had to call 3 more Red Pikmins to rescue C. Falcon inside the pool of gel (that he discovered it wasn't a pool, but an underground lake full of gel) since the captain's foot slipped on the wall (and he hit himself on the wall) and rolled down all the way inside the lava were he screamed and begged for help, the group (with a burned-to-death C. Falcon) made it to the Temple of Bryyo...or the tunnel before it.

"I can't believe you jumped straight into the gel," Samus said looking at C. Falcon. "What were you thinking?"

"That...gel was harmless..." C. Falcon said weakly.

"I already told you all before that gel is the most dangerous substance in this galaxy."

"Just be glad you were rescued before you could be burned down." Link said chuckling.

"But this utterly embarrassing moment shall be always in this camera." Pikachu said playing the tape when C. Falcon fell on the gel.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!! MY HELMET! MY EVERYTHING! HEEEEEEEEEEELP!!!" The record yelled as many of them snickered.

"Not to mention you were rescued by the plants." Wolf added snickering with a smirk.

"I hereby honor my Pikmins for a job well done." Olimar said.

"...Pikachu, where did you get that camera?" Link asked.

Pikachu hid the camera, but disappeared after he pulled back his hand. "What camera? I don't see any camera!" Pikachu said as Link facepalmed.

The group proceeded to the temple for real this time...and they found something very alarming.

Lots and lots of ATCs landing, deploying Space Pirates that seemed to be busy with all the machinery in the area, the group stopped and all the monsters looked at them.

"Be prepared," Samus said preparing her arm cannon. "The Space Pirates use shields to protect themselves from any attack, but if you pull the shields out from them, they'll be defenseless to any kind of attack."

"Easy." Snake commented with a nod.

Brinstar (Melee)

The Space Pirates charged at the group with the own guns ready, they all began to firing wildly at the Smashers who spreaded around the area (though Olimar noticed that he was standing all alone by himself, the captain yelped and ran to another direction after 2 Space Pirates decided to pick on him) and fought the pirates.

"Give me that!" Pikachu demanded lunging at one of the shield of a Space Pirate, the pirate got shocked and tried to shook the rat off. "Haha, I got you, I dont't want it after all!" Pikachu said grinning before he let out a discharge of electricity that electrocuted the Space Pirate greatly, it fell down on the floor as Pikachu ran away.

"U-um, Pikmins! Go and take their shields!" Olimar ordered panicking as his 6 Red Pikmins looked at each other and began to run after the Space Pirates, they all went after 6 of the creatures and jumped to their shields.

"They're distracted, you mouse, go." Snake instructed Pichu who looked worried at him.

"B-" Pichu couldn't finish his word before Snake took him and tossed him to a distracted Space Pirate. "AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!! (W-wait, I have to take advantage of this...) HA!" Pichu combined the throw's power and his Skull Bask ability to collide straight into the pirate's head, it was too much for the pirate who screamed in pain and fell down.

"Sheesh, ganging up on me..." Falco said after he was surrounded by 4 Space Pirates.

"Here I...go...just wait..." C. Falcon pleaded as the pirates (and Falco himself) saw the racer walking slowly, since his injuries were slowing him down.

"..." Falco saw the 4 Space Pirates lowering their shields for a moment to watch the captain, the avian grinned an-

"Too slow." Wolf said thrusting his right claw into one of the Space Pirates, followed by a kick on the chin that the pirate backed away, accidentaly bumping into one of the other 3.

"Hey! That was mine!"

"Sorry, didn't see your name on it so I did it first."

"B-but!"

"Bird brain, behind you!"

"Wha-" Falco turned his back before the last Space Pirate began to fire several red rounds at him. "UGH!"

"Resist there!" Link yelled using his Clawshot to pull the shield away from the pirate, followed by his Gale Boomerang to stagger the pirate long enough for the Hyrulean to stab his sword in the creature's chest, the pirate let out a scream of pain as it died and fell down.

"Thanks man." Falco said dusting off his sleeves.

"Stop it with the greets, there are still enemies coming from above!" Samus yelled spotting 2 ATCs flying down, spawning more Space Pirates that charged at them.

"Think we should take those harriers down so the enemies won't come out?" Snake asked.

"Yes," Samus nodded firing several missile at the ship, Snake joined in...by throwing more grenades that exploded upon contact. "At this rate it won't explode, we need more backup!"

"The rats should use their electric attacks." Snake suggested as Pikachu and Pichu glared at him.

"Aw, forget it, Pichu!" Pikachu yelled to Pichu who nodded with him and ran below the ATC, they called forth their thunders above the ship Snake and Samus were attacking and blowed them up to bits.

"Keep going, we have to take down th-" Samus was tackled down by an Armored Pirate Trooper that appeared from nowhere.

"Damn, those ships are spawning those stronger pirates." Snake said once he saw several Armored Pirate Troopers jumping out of the single ATC.

"H-hey! What can we do?" Red asked standing besides Squirtle and (a frightened) Ivysaur.

"Stay out of the frontlines."

"What?! I came here to do nothing?!"

Snake looked straight to Red's eyes and the trainer gulped a little. "Look kid, I'm thinking what's best for you and what's best for us, you better stay out of our way at all costs or else we'll have a dead kid laying around, do you understand?"

"...Yes..." Red said looking down.

"And that goes for you 2."

Both Pokémon glared at Snake. "And why is that?" Squirtle asked crossing his arms.

"Water isn't going to help us in anything, the plant creature would do something if he wasn't afraid of some lava below this platform."

"H-hey! What's that supposed to mean?" Ivysaur asked trembling.

"You know what I mean perfectly, nobody wants and darn (beep!) around here."

"...A (BEEP!)?! Who the heck do you think you are to address me like that?! I'll show you and everyone here that I'm not afraid of that g-gel thing! BANZAAAAAAIIIIII!!!" Ivysaur yelled extending his vines, grabbing every single shield he could get to throw away.

"...You told that swear just to get him furious and attack everyone here, right?" Squirtle asked.

"Yeah, and because I'm giving the kid a job to fight."

Red blinked surprised. "O-oh, right! I need to command Ivysaur around!" Red said running away as a Space Pirate was about to crash where he was, the pirate was pulled by a familiar grapple then pushed by Link's foot.

"Follow your trainer and protect him," Snake said looking down to Squirtle, the Pokémon smiled a little and ran besides Red (although he slid by spinning on his shell). "Figures, a sliding shell that goes perfectly on a straight line, there are many curious things out th-" Snake was about to be slashed by an APT but the spy quickly turned and grabbed its throat, then stabbed it with a knife. "I'm not that stupid to let my guard down," Snake said removing the knife away as the APT died and fell down. "Just to let you know."

"I have some troubles over here if you mind." Samus said on the floor as the previous APT tried to slash her with its blades.

"W-wait! I-I'm coming!" C. Falcon said struggling to get to Samus, but Pikachu used Skull Bash on the APT and pushed it away as Samus rolled backwards and stood up. "D-dangit! I hate these...stupid injuries!"

"Says the guy who jumped straight into the gel." Pikachu said snickering.

"I-I slipped, alright?!"

"You better rest and protect yourself from anyone else." Snake suggested.

"O-oh no, I'm not letting you get away with Sa-I-I mean, with the victory over me!"

"You made no sense with that," Snake said crossing his arms as Samus and Pikachu went to separate ways. "We're all here in a group and if someone loses, everyone will lose as well."

"S-so? I meant about Samus! Y-you're trying to make her fall in love with you, aren't you?"

Snake narrowed his even-more narrowed eyes. "You're just saying random things, you better listen to me."

C. Falcon stood up normally, trying to overcome his wounds. "And what could happen if I don't?"

"That."

C. Falcon was crushed by an ATC that was destroyed by Pichu's Thunders and Link's Bombs, the explosion caused the captain to scream in pain. "YEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHH!!!!"

"Great, even more scum." Wolf said once he saw 7 Armored Aerotroopers descending from nowhere, they started to fire at all directions and the lupine narrowed his eyes and used his Reflector to...duh, no more explanation for that move.

"Reflecting their attacks back won't do much damage, you have to reach them with something stronger." Samus explained as she fired missiles at the Space Pirates that Olimar's Pikmins previously took their shields off.

"Then how am I supposed to reach them? Using someone's help?"

"Exactly." Samus said before she ran away.

"..." Wolf looked at Squirtle and smirked. "Hey, turtle, come over here."

Squirtle walked to Wolf and realized something. "Wait a minute, why did I come here with you again?"

"OUT OF MY SIGHT!" Wolf yelled raising his right foot behind him to kick hard Squirtle's shell, the turtle Pokémon screamed as he hid inside the shell, but it was just as Wolf planned because the shell collided with the Armored Aerotroopers (at least 2 of them) right in their skulls, they went descending down before exploding into bits of disgusting parts of their bodies.

"T-that's it, I think you made Pokémon abuse right now!" Red said as Wolf glared at him. "...E-er, you know what? I'd better shut up..."

"Hey!" Squirtle called out within his shell once he landed back, the Water Pokémon peered out from the shell and saw Wolf running towards him. "...Uh-oh." Squirtle muttered as he managed to see Wolf about to kick him again.

"HEEEEEEEEELP!" Olimar yelled as his run-the-heck-out-of here caught the attention of 2 Armored Aerotroopers, 3 Space Pirates and 2 APTs, who were all chasing him as they tried to land their shots.

"Wait a second," Link said looking around as an insane amount of ATCs landed and spawned out even more Space Pirates along with other versions. "We're getting completely surrounded, at this rate we're going to tire ourselves out!"

"Should I use the Hypermode..." Samus wondered as she was about to be tackled down by 2 Space Pirates, but were kicked away by Falco.

"Would you stop wondering things and help us out?" Falco asked.

"Well, excuse me, I'm trying to decide if using the Hypermode would come in handy in this situation."

"The hyper-what?"

Samus frowned. "I think I forgot to explain that part to you all."

Suddenly for no reason, Falco embraced himself and began to tremble. "W-weird, why it is getting cold all of a sudden h-here?"

"Cold? But the temperature here is...lowering?" Samus asked confused as her visor identified the temperature going down to a colder state.

Pikachu and Pichu stopped fighting and looked around. "...Why it's getting colder in here? I-isn't this supposed to be an inferno?" Pikachu asked studdering.

Music stops

Pichu's ears perked up and looked up at the sky. "...LOOK OUT EVERYONEEEEEEEEEEE!!!"

"Huh?" Everyone looked above and gasped as they saw huge icicles being thrown around the temple, everyone ran out of the way of the collisions as the pirates screamed once they were being crushed by the ice, the Smashers looked frantically around for a way to defend themselves from the attack and saw the previous glaciers that looked strong enough to resist the other glaciers.

"W-what is happening?!" Olimar yelled from one of the pillars of ice.

"How am I supposed to know?!" Squirtle asked hiding besides Red and Ivysaur.

"First, it's the cold, then it's the heat, now both of them?! Can this get any more dangerous for a poor Pokémon like me?!" Ivysaur asked.

"Dude, you seriously need a therapist!"

"Shut up, Squirtle!"

"SHUT UP BOTH OF YOU!" Snake yelled angrily as they noticed the glaciers stopping from coming of the sky, they all walked around and found no sign of life of the Space Pirates, they were completely eradicated as far as the group could know. "...Well, it seems there are unexpected situations where someone could take advantage of." Snake remarked.

"I'm pretty sure is not that." Otacon called out.

"Shut up you too."

"Snaaaaake..." Otacon trailed off.

"ACHOO!" Falco sneezed. "O-o-o-okay who's the b-b-b-bastard who did t-t-t-this?"

"That would have been Rundas."

Everyone looked around confused at the sudden voice that Link quickly recognized, the swordsman looked at the glacier on the center that broke in shards in an explosion, finding Ganondorf and Dark Rundas inside.

"You..." Link trailed off, putting a stronger grip on the Master Sword.

"Rundas?" Samus said surprised.

"Ganondorf..." Link said narrowing his eyes.

"Link, it is good to see you again after that coward attack in our last encounter," Ganondorf said crossing his arms. "However, I did not like that and I am here to get my revenge, along with my new servant."

"Samus." Dark Rundas simply said as both hunters glared at each other.

"You're...infected by both phazon, and now the Shadow Bugs as well?" Samus asked.

"Correct," Dark Rundas said nodding. "My strength has been greatly boosted enough to destroy a scum like you, with everyone else in here."

"O-o-o-o-oh," Falco got annoyed. "N-n-n-n-now we have to f-f-f-f-fight an ice c-c-c-cube guy?"

"I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!" Ivysaur yelled pushing Red's leg. "GET ME INSIDE MY POKEBALL! I BEG OF YOU!"

"O-okay but stop pushing me!" Red said calling Ivysaur back to his Pokeball.

"Ganondorf," Snake began. "What do you exactly have planned for this world?"

Ganondorf chuckled along with Dark Rundas. "Simple, take it with the Subspace Bomb hidden in here, but, I could add that there is another thing as well."

"And that is?" Wolf asked glaring, taking his Blaster out of his holdster.

"Too bad you are not one of us anymore Wolf, or else I could have told you before," Ganondorf made a fist. "But here, it is where we end everything once and for all."

Pikachu rolled his eyes. "Typically when a villain like you says that means we're finishing this earlier, just for you to run away in defeat and challenge us another day."

"Heheheheheheh..."

"...P-Pikachu, I don't like that creepy laugh at all..." Pichu said trembling.

"So," Ganondorf began smirking. "You think you are the only ones who can use the Final Smash?"

"Let me guess, you can use it from now on, right?" Link asked as Ganondorf blinked surprised.

"What?"

"I think I know why," Olimar said taking a notebook from his back. "It says here that when somebody asks about someone else who has something that the person asked means that the "asker" has that same thing."

"...You are only confusing me instead of telling me a poin-"

"Ganondorf, let's not bother with such things and freeze them in an eternal season of cold." Dark Rundas said.

"Y-y-you won't get away with that...clone..." C. Falcon muttered raising a finger, since he was still laying down the floor where the ATC crashed into him.

"How in the world can he talk with all that damage he has?" Samus asked.

Snake frowned. "I'm reminding you something right now."

"What?"

Snake pointed at Dark Rundas jumping in the air to slide around using a wave of ice as Ganondorf ran at them. "The battle just started and we have to be careful of our surroundings, since the "icebergs" in here could present a trouble."

"...Alright." Samus said preparing her arm cannon as the Smashers prepared for the battle.

Super Paper Mario

Francis Castle
Chapter 3-4 The Battle of Fort Francis

"Mario, Peach, Bowser, Yoshi, Sonic, Geno, Twink, Toon Link and Diddy Kong had scaled the tree and defeated Dimentio...sort of anyway. The exhausted heroes were relieved to finally see the ivory towers of Fort Francis. Were Tippi, Mallow, DK and Fox safe? Was the next Pure Heart really waiting for them ahead? Their only answers were the strange voices carried on the wind from inside the fort...or yells or demands to get out from a cage actually."

Fort Francis

"So you think Francis is a... Greenish photo fanatic? Basically, a monster?" Carrie asked once he was freed from his cell.

"I said nerdy." Toon Link said.

"Well...imagine that!" Carrie said hopping in the air. "And of you and I feel the same way about him! We've got great harmony. Yep, I think we'll work perfectly. Together, nothing can touch us!"

"MINE!" Sonic said grabbing Carrie.

"What's up with you all of a sudden?" Yoshi asked as Sonic pointed at the spikes close to them. "...So what's your point?"

"I have horrible memories with spikes when I was younger," Sonic shuddered. "I don't want to revive 'em now, but with this fairy-thing (Carrie: I'll take that as an insult you know!) nothing will touch me!" Sonic used Carrie's skill to become a hovering platform that he rode. "Think you have a more extreme function?"

"Nope." Carrie said.

"...This sucks, oh well."

"A-anyway," Peach began. "I think we should find the other keys, maybe we could try to answer the questions those...robotic cats asked us."

Inside Francis's Room (or chamber, whatever you want to define it), the nerd/geek/lizard was taking photographs from the 4 characters (who were stuck in a small cage) dreamily, praising every "feature" of them.

"Would you stop taking those photos of us?!" Mallow asked angrily, his right foot sticking out of the cage.

"Oh hell no!" Francis said blushing in pleasure. "The guys at digibutter dot nerr forums will TOTALLY be jealous once I show them pictures online of perfect human-sized figurines of the Ultra Knock Brotherhood, so schweet and so HIGH-TECHNICALLLLL, NERR!!"

"For the last freaking time, WE'RE NOT THEM!" Fox yelled annoyed, left ear sticking out of one hole and left hand as well.

"Guys, it's useless," Tippi said, somewhere around DK's back. "We should give up hope for rescue and be his figurines..."

"Aw, don't get all depressed," DK began, being him the one who made the cage smaller in space. "Everyone will come and rescue us."

"...T-that's good and all, but I think I'm going to faint...you're too heavy, no offense."

"None taken."

"Rescue?" Francis asked lowering his camera as he chuckled. "Nobody can enter this place! Absolutely nobody except for me a hot babes can't enter this room, nerr!"

"...Okay, we can think of poses for snapshots from now on." DK said as the 3 glared at him.

"Besides," Francis blushed awkwardly. "There's a low chance a hot babe will enter this room, anyone else who dares to enter here is so high-technically burned down by my kitty-door, nerr!"

"Too bad," Mallow chuckled. "They're not so weak to be destroyed by your kitty-door, besides, what could they say if the-"

"MEEEEOOOOOOWW!!!" The Kitty Door meowed angrily. "YOU'RE NOT FRANCIS OF TOTALLY HOT BABES! You will die by my kitty-lasers of doom! MEOW!"

"RUUUUUUUUUUUUNNNN!!!" Diddy was heard panicking as the Smashers yelled by the lasers that the door shot at them from outside the room.

"...Sorry, I didn't hear you, what'd you say?" Fox asked.

"...Screw my beliefs." Mallow muttered as Francis kept taking snapshots.

Though after 10 straight minutes of yelling (if you were wondering, Sonic wasn't able to escape from the lasers since, as you know, the world was straight forward, meaning he couldn't run very well), 2 persons finally crossed the door, they were Peach and Zelda who were identified as "totally hot babes" because they accidentaly ran inside, leaving the others screaming for dear life.

"Nerrrrr! Who are YOU?!" Francis demanded as both princesses walked to him with angry looks.

"Finally, we're going to be rescued." DK said.

"Though something is really bothering me." Fox said.

"That they're women? (Zelda and Peach: Hey!)"

"No," Fox twitched a little. "I-I think my tail squeezed out from one hole and... I-I'm feeling things I shouldn't be feeling because it's a little bigger than the hole so..."

"...Dude, you're sick!" Mallow said as Francis ignored they argues.

"You! Release them at once!" Zelda demanded.

"H-hey! What are you doing sneaking into my room, huh? Ever heard of p-privacy?" Francis asked annoyed as he walked closer to the girls.

"Oh, there you are, Francis! I've been looking ALL OVER for you!" Peach said angrily, but Zelda began to wonder something...

"...U-um... Peach, what you just said isn't good..."

"How so?"

"For...ME?" Francis asked, the princess could only tilt her head in confusion. "O-o-oh... O-oh my gosh... It's... It's 2 h-hot babes..."

"...WHAT?!" Peach and Zelda asked shocked as the lizard/geek/nerd began to sweat.

"HOT BABES IN ROOM! W-what do I... Oh man... 2 REAL girls in my room! This is so hi-technicaaaal! N-Neeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrrrrrrrrrr... Must...ca-ca-calm...calm down... I'm get-get-get-get... Getting w-way too excited... Sweatles...forming... Can't talk to...girls... Must get...my...laptop...from...Frannypack... Must...also...use...Nerr2Babe interface...with real time...wooing..." Francis said sweating in desperation.

"Um... Zelda, what is he talking about now?" Peach asked.

"I think he is a pervert..." Zelda muttered.

"H-HOT BABES ALERT! Must boot swoon dot exe to get a better conversation!" Francis said panicking as he took out his laptop.

"What th-" Zelda felt that something changed in the scene as she looked around...

Super Paper Mario - Swoon dot exe

Before their eyes, something went awfully wrong, both princesses were inside a screen with Francis on the right side, the background had hearts going around, the princesses looked around confused as Francis started the conversation.

Francis (blushing):
"Welcome to my castle. How do you do? ...Nerrr."

Peach (panicking):
"What on earth is that?! What's going on here?"

Zelda (panicking):
"D-don't look at me! I'm as confused as you are!"

Francis:
"Nerrherr... I boot this baby up whenever it's time to talk to the...heh...laaadies. Schweeeeet. Time for my Swoon dot exe program to work its magic! (Where should I start?)"

Speak - Talk to hot babes

Francis (blushing):
"What are your names, ladies?"

Peach (confused):
"My...name?"

Zelda (glaring):
"Why should we tell you our names?"

Francis (chuckling):
"Because it's proper for a lady to say her name, nerrrrrr..."

Peach (staring blankly):
"You can call me...annoyed."

Zelda:
"...Wow."

Francis (shocked):
"W-WHAT?! O-okay, how about you sweeite pie?!"

Zelda (crossing arms):
"You can call me...verbally harassed."

Francis (CRACK!):
"OH MAN! THAT WAS TOO MUCH!"

"You received a straight answer. Francis's passion leveled SO UP!"

Francis (sweating):
"Oh, man... What do I do next?"

Look - Hot babes

Francis:
"You're so cute...like princesses straight out of an anime or video game! You 2 can be feisty, but I must say it...umm...adds to your charms combined."

Peach (blushing):
"You think I'm...charming?"

Zelda (frowning):
"Peach, don't fall for his responses..."

Peach (glaring at Francis):
"...You want feisty? I'll show you feisty! Lay it on thick like that, and you'll get it!"

From somewhere, Luigi appeared outside the screen and typed something for Zelda before he walked away, whistling.

Zelda:
"LOL."

Zelda (after talking, looking around confused):
"What is L-O-L supposed to mean?"

Francis (panicking):
"Eep! I'm so sorry! I don't know what I was thinking! Oh...forgive me, my queens!"

Peach and Zelda (angrily):
"W-we're NOT queens, we're princesses!"

Francis (blushing):
"(Nerr herr... They're supercute when they get angry...)"

"Francis got yelled at! Peach and Zelda's charisma leveled up! Francis's passion leveled up!"

Francis (wondering):
"(What's my next move?)"

Inventory - Give Item - Pink Princess and Long-eared Princess Signed Posters

Francis (blushing):
"As a token of my affection, I'd like to give you 2 special presents."

Peach received the "Pink Princess" Signed Poster and Zelda received the "Long-eared Princess" Signed Poster.

Peach (looking at poster):
"Oh. Umm..."

Zelda (furious):
"LONG-EARED PRINCESS?! IS THAT SUPPOSED TO BE ME?!"

Francis (panicking):
"N-no! Y-you're misunderstanding! P-please! Accept them a-"

Zelda (throws poster at Francis, right in the face):
"You better give me something better next time! Peach, what about you?"

Peach (trembling):
"U-um...here."

"Peach returned the poster. Francis's satisfaction leveled up! Francis's passion leveled up!"

Francis:
"(Nerrr... What's my next move?)"

Think - About the future

Francis (smiling):
"Wow, we are like, so perfect for each other. It's destiny! We should get married!"

Peach (shocked):
"M-married?!"

Zelda (shocked):
"U-ugh! Th-that is so disgusting!"

Peach:
"So, how much do you make?"

Zelda (surprised):
"PEACH!"

Francis (chuckling):
"Like 100 coins a day."

Peach (realized something that she forgot completely):
"Hey! Who's picking these responses for me, anyway?!

Outside the screen, there was someone snickering evily as he chose the options for both princesses, with a closer look, the person was...what the heck are you doing here?!

"I told you I was gonna get my screentime by any means!" Laharl said. "MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Get out of here at once or else!

"Never! You won't catch me!" Laharl yelled laughing as he disappeared.

...But you did what I want you to do...oh, who cares about him, let's get on with this story.

Zelda (looking outside):
"...Strange, I think there was someone out here..."

Peach (glaring at Francis):
"I'm not marrying this dork! I shouldn't even be having this conversation! I came to save Tippi, DK, Mallow and Fox! Where are they?!"

Francis (confused):
"Tippi, DK, Mallow and Fox? Hmm... Tippi, DK, Mallow and Fox... Tippi, DK, Mallow and Fox..."

Francis tried to find the "Tippi, DK, Mallow and Fox" option on his list, he looked around some more before he started to panic, the geek was getting really nervous and gave up.

Francis (sweating in panic):
"There's no Tippi, DK, Mallow and Fox command here! What is she talking about?!"

Zelda (bored look):
"I...highly doubt that there is an option like that...wait a minute, how do I know that?"

Francis (backing away):
"T-there's no need to get furious now, nerrrrrrr-"

Peach (furious):
"That's IT! I've had it! You'd better bring them out now!"

Pixls - Boomer

"Peach used Boomer! Boomer exploded!"

Zelda (freaking out):
"Oh crap!"

Francis (freaking out, panicking out, screaming and sweating):
"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO! MY GRAPHICS CAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARD!"

The whole screen blowed into bits, the smoke covered the whole conversation, when it cleared out, there was Francis laying on the floor as both princesses glared at him.

"And so," Zelda said crossing her arms. "We end this for now."

Francis got up and cried toon tears. "T-t-that was the only known copy for the Nerr2Babe patch, and now it's gone forever! Nerrr... Real babes are scary!"

"Want a piece of me?"

"E-eek!"

"...Peach?" Tippi called from somewhere behind DK's back, both princesses smiled in relief and walked closer to the cage.

"Tippi! Oh, I was so...wait, where is she?" Peach asked.

"Oh," DK laughed a little as he blushed. "I guess she's somewhere on my back...sorry."

"...TIPPI!" Peach panicked. "Tippi! Can you hear me?! Tippi?!"

"I'm fine...Peach..." Tippi took a moment of silence. "...Who am I kidding?! Get me out front this cage at once! Save me from getting crushed under a gorilla!"

"And while you're at it," Mallow said annoyed. "Would you get us out as well?"

"A-a-and push my tail inside? I-I'm feeling sensations I shouldn't be feeling..." Fox said embarrassed.

Zelda gasped a little. "E-eeewwww!!!"

"W-wait, it's not like that, I swear it!"

"So..." Francis cleared his tears and looked at them. "So you've come to raid my fort and steal Francine and my human-sized figurines? W-Well... No! I won't let you!"

"FOR THE LAST TIME, WE'RE NOT SOMEONE'S PERSONAL ACTION FIGURES!" Mallow, DK and Fox yelled loudly.

Francis chuckled as he blushed. "B-by the way, I came up with the name Francine on my own! Isn't it schweeet? At first I thought it was a little weird that you could talk and everything. But the digibutter.nerr forum reaction convinced me you were hi-technicaaal! You're my only...sniff...offline friend, Francine...so no one will take you away from me!"

"...Did he just forget about us?" DK asked annoyed.

"We're side-extras after all, Tippi's the main attraction." Mallow said annoyed.

"H-hey...someone...save me..." Tippi muttered losing her energies as Francis lowered the cage they were in, vanishing in the floor.

"Set them free at once, or else." Zelda said as her right hand glowed with fire.

Francis Battle

Francis only chuckled and camouflaged to be invisible, both princesses gasped and ran where the geek previously was. "Nerrr! Can't see me? That's 'cause my invisibility powers are totally hi-technicaaaaal! Little Francine is hidden, so you can't take her! Feel the wrath of the jilted X-Naut in the season finale of "The Grodus Chronicles!" Francis yelled from somewhere.

"I've had enough of his TV affinities, Peach, we need to defeat him to save Tippi and the others!" Zelda said.

"B-but what about th-" Peach was interrupted as both princesses heard the screams and yells coming from the guys, trying to save their lifes from the laser eyes of the kitty door. "...Oh my..."

"...I know, this isn't going to turn out well..."

Preview of the next chapter

"Eek!" Peach yelled as she was pulled inside Francis's mouth.

"Oh no, you won't!" Sheik said throwing her kunais at Francis.

...

"OH-MY-GOD!" Falco yelled. "THAT'S A FRICKIN' ICEBERG!"

"RUN! WE HAVE TO EVADE THAT THING!" Wolf yelled as Dark Rundas threw the enormous iceberg at them rom high above.

...

"...Wait a minute..." Flonne said closing her eyes. "...Don't you hear something?"

"Hmm..." Laharl took a moment of silence. "...It sounds like many footsteps are coming from outside the castle..."

Chris looked outside the window and began to tremble. "...E-everyone..."

...

"Why Ivysaur Hates Rundas, isn't that obvious by now?!
" Ivysaur asked annoyed.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Laharl's Castle
Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Kirby, Meta Knight, Pit, Laharl, Etna, Flonne

Fort Francis
Sonic
, DK, Diddy Kong, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Yoshi, Mallow, Geno, Twink, Mario, Peach, Tippi

Bryyo
Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar, Link, Samus
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 06, 2009, 09:42:44 AM
Chapter 108: Why Ivysaur Hates Rundas

Super Paper Mario

Fort Francis
Chapter 4-4 The Battle of Fort Francis

Francis Battle

"Peach, be careful, he could be anywhere." Zelda said preparing to turn anywhere and use Din's Fire to attack.

"I-I-m a little bit scared..." Peach said.

"...I know." Zelda said.

"I see you!"

"LOOK OU-UGH!" Zelda was attacked by Francis who appeared behind her and slammed his tongue at her back before he disappeared again.

"Z-Zelda!" Peach ran to her.

"I-I'm fine, worry about his abilities." Zelda said twitching a little in pain.

"Nerr, nerr, nerr..." Francis appeared, taking out his laptop.

"He's wide open, attack!"

"Meowbombs, go!" Francis called forth 3 Meowbombs from the ceiling and they walked around (the 2-D dimension) as the lizard vanished again.

"...The name states the obvious." Peach said as the robots began to walk towards her, flashing red in the process.

"Peach, be careful, they're going to blow themselves up!" Zelda yelled running away from a Meowbomb that exploded, Peach covered herself with her umbrella as got unharmed by the 2 other Meowbombs. "How in Nayru's name did that umbrella resist those explosions?"

"Heheh," Peach giggled as she uncovered herself. "I need to find out more about my accesories."

"I see yo-"

"THERE!" Zelda yelled spinning on her feet to make a quick turn, launching her Din's Fire at Francis who gasped before it exploded in flames, the lizard got stunned by this. "Peach, do something to follow up my attack!"

"R-right!" Peach said nodding as she called Boomer out and put him...behind her?

"Peach, what are you doing?" Zelda asked before Peach walked towards Francis. "No! You're just wishing to be hurt!"

"Francis..." Peach said.

"G-get away from m-" Francis got a blue ball from Peach. "...A present?"

"Yes." Peach said smiling.

Francis blushed. "O-o-o-oh my gosh..."

BOOM!

"AAAAAHHH!!!" Francis yelled as Peach ran towards Zelda.

"...I get it," Zelda said rubbing her chin. "He's still a pervert who thinks girls are cute."

Peach giggled a little. "I love to use my mind rather than strength in fights."

"I-I'll get you 2 for this!" Francis yelled from the smoke that Boomer made and shot his long tongue at the princesses, both of them gasped as the tongue wrapped itself around their waists and pulled them inside Francis's mouth.

"A-AAAAAAHH!!!" Peach yelled inside as she constantly got damage along with Zelda.

"L-LET US GO!" Zelda demanded as Francis was seen feeling sick.

"N-never!" Francis said turning purple. "I-I won't let you steal my figurines! The forums need to get vital proof, nerr!"

"Then you don't leave no choice!" Zelda yelled from inside as a bright light came from Francis's mouth, before Francis could act, something exploded inside his stomach and Peach came out in a poof of smoke with Zelda, who turned into Sheik.

"My stomach, nerr!" Francis complained as he camouflagued.

T-thank you, Sheik," Peach said making a worried look. "I don't want to be inside him again..."

Sheik nodded. "Better yet, we think the same."

"Meowbombs!" Francis called from a corner as the princess and Sheikah got distracted, more robots once again came out from the ceiling and walked towards the ladies.

"Wait," Sheik said. "Do you think we can use these bombs against him?"

"Then..." Peach called Thoreau and threw him at one of the bombs to grab it.

"...Peach, would you tell me why didn't you just grab the bomb instead of telling that Pixl to do it for you?"

"It's because is hard to pick them simply."

Sheik rolled her eyes. "Oh please, don't tell me you forgot about picking things up."

"...I did."

"W-what? That's ridiculous! Here, let me show you!" Sheik said walking towards a Meowbomb...but the only thing she could do was stare down at it. "...Umm...how do I pick it up again?"

"I told you so..." Peach trailed off.

Sheik got annoyed. "...Let me understand...not only this world is completely straight, but also you lose some simple abilities such as picking things up?"

"Well, Mario and I can pick items up for some reason..."

"...This SUCKS!" Sheik yelled as Francis appeared right beside her.

"Yah!" Peach threw the Meowbomb at Francis and it exploded upon making contact.

"YEEOOOUCCHH, NERR!!" Francis yelled in pain. "Please, no more explosions!"

"Got you." Sheik muttered.

"Wha-" Francis wasn't able to respond before Sheik strangled his throat a little using her chain whip, Peach gasped in shock as the lizard began to choke.

"S-Sheik! S-stop it!" Peach pleaded as Sheik looked at her.

"Peach, what do you mean by that? This guy is going to annoy us to no end if we don't...."

"But you can't kill him for that, please, don't do it!"

"Peach..."

"...Sheik, you know you don't want to do such a thing..."

Sheik closed her eyes in shame. "...You're too soft, Peach..." Sheik said releasing Francis...as he camouflagued again. "Dammit! What are we supposed to do then?!"

"Defeat him and not kill anybody!" Peach yelled.

"Then that's going to be hard..." Sheik muttered.

"What?"

"N-nothing, just be careful." Sheik said as they heard more screams coming outside the chamber. "For Eldin's sake, why are they being so useless today? They're just lasers!"

"MY CROTCH!" Bowser yelled as both girls shuddered.

"...Then again, they're guys."

"Ninja, wasn't that a little bit sexist?" Slim asked.

"...You're still here?" Sheik asked confused looking at the Pixl who has been following her around.

"You're mine!" Francis yelled as he revealed himself and stretched his tongue at Peach.

"Eek!" Peach yelled as she was pulled inside Francis's mouth.

"Oh no, you won't!" Sheik said throwing her kunais at Francis.

"Y-YIKES! NERR!" Francis yelled panicked as he camouflagued again.

"Damn that lizard, where is he now?!" Sheik asked cursing as she looked around.

"Nerr!" Francis appeared right besides her and spat Peach on her back, Sheik and Peach both stumbled along the floor until they stopped and moaned a little in pain before the geek camouflagued again.

"S-Sheik..." Peach muttered weakly.

"I'm not...weak yet..." Sheik said standing up. "I won't forgive him after all this stupid madness."

"R-right..." Peach said standind up as she wiped out some dust off her dress. "I have to fight him back...but how?"

"That's right, you don't have your abilities from the tournament here...what to do..." Sheik wondered as Francis appeared behind her and swallowed her completely. "OH, COME ON!" Sheik yelled inside Francis's stomach.

"Wait!" Peach called holding a Thunder Rage above her that instantly called forth a strong thunder, paralyzing Francis before he exploded from inside as Sheik appeared in a poof smoke right besides Peach. "Sheik, are you feeling okay?"

"Y-yes..." Sheik said panting a little. "I can...still fight back fortunately..."

"Will you bother to use me?!" Slim asked annoyed.

"Look, I'm not going to...use a fairy's help to do something I could do before."

"If you keep goin' like this, that Francis guy will defeat you both!"

"I do believe that he speaks the truth." Thoreau said, replacing Boomer as Peach's Pixl.

"I refuse t-" Sheik stopped once Peach grabbed her hand. "Peach?"

"Sheik...listen to them," Peach said giving a serious look. "They helped me once I got reunited with Mario, the Pixls's powers saved me a lot of times before and this is not an exception, so please...listen to them."

"Nerr nerr nerr!" Francis appeared right besides the door and typed on his laptop to call more Meowbombs that this time ran at them.

"...Ugh," Sheik frowned. "Fine, I'll use their help, happy?"

Peach giggled heartily. "Of course I am!"

"Go!" Sheik yelled throwing Thoreau to a Meowbomb, the robot began to sweat as Sheik took it above her, she saw the other 2 Meowbombs coming at them, that is when she got the idea to toss the one above her, it went bouncing from robot to robot and accidentaly, it hit Francis that was appearing on the track, the geek screamed as the explosion engulfed him. "...What do you know, it actually worked."

"Or maybe it was just luck?" Peach muttered.

"What was that?" Sheik asked annoyed.

"I-I'm getting sick of this, nerr!" Francis said annoyed as he ran at the girls, flailing his arms around.

"(Wait...maybe the Over Limit gauge is ready...but Chris isn't around here to tell me so... I have to put my faith into it...but I wonder, do we all share it together or do we have our own?)" Sheik though as she did a hand sign, closing her eyes. "Let the strongest Sheikah ability be your last blow." Sheik stated as an explosion of rainbow aura covered her, making Francis gasp as he was pushed away by the force of the aura.

"S-Sheik, you're glowing!" Peach said with her mouth a little bit opened.

Sheik nodded to her, her eyes glowing a yellow color. "Yes, but there's one problem," Sheik looked around. "That bastard went into hiding again, I need you to find him and use my Final Smash to finish him off."

"Final Smash?" Peach asked tilting her head confused.

"There's not time for explanations, you have to find him!"

"B-but how can I do that? As long as he's invincible, no attack can't harm him!"

Slim jumped a little. "Then I guess you both should use my power!"

Sheik looked a little annoyed but nodded. "Okay you, use whatever power you have now."

"Gladly!" Slim said spinning around the girls who...disappeared in plain sight sideways. "Done!"

"...That's it? We're just standing sideways!"

"Shh!" Peach whispered as a moment of silence fell.

...Several minutes later, Francis revealed himself and looked around confused. "Weird, where are those hot babes?... Are they hiding somewhere, nerr?...Aw, who cares!" Francis said as he called back the cage with the 4 characters inside, who looked basically mad off at him. "I have you here to make some company!"

"Haaaaa..."

Francis got a confused look and turned his back, and an insanely fast stream of light crossed his body in shock (before that time, the light was about to caught the Smashers inside the cage as well, fortunately though, the light seemed to miss their crotches by some centimeters and looked freaked out).

"...NEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEERRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!!!!!!" Francis yelled loudly in extreme pain as he twitched a lot in pain before he fell down to his knees and fainted, Sheik had her bow out but hid it behind her back as she turned her back at Francis.

"Never, underestimate the Sheikah." Sheik stated closing her eyes as the aura vanished from her.

Music stops

Peach was clapping happily in amazement. "That was amazing Sheik!... So that is the Final Smash?"

"Yes," Sheik said nodding to Peach. "But it's weird, it's the same Final Smash as my other form, I wonder why..."

Peach blushed a little. "Do you think... I can do something like that?"

Sheik chuckled heartily. "I think so. For now just wait until that time com-"

"AHEM." DK, Mallow, Fox and Tippi (somehow the latter) called annoyed as both girls sweatdropped.

"Hello? We've been crushing ourselves up to death in this "sweet" period of time, so...WOULD YOU MIND GETTING US OUT?!" Mallow yelled angrily, trying to get out from the cage as they tried to get out as well.

...Odd thing was that the cage began to tumble by the sides as they tried to get out, Peach and Sheik (who turned back into Zelda) saw the cage tilting over the edge, falling down the floor where it simply broke off and the 4 layed down on the floor...utterly annoyed.

"...So let me summarize this," Tippi said, getting out from DK's back. "We were trapped for some time inside that cage, we tried and tried to get out to no avail but it didn't work, and in the end we just could have made the cage fall down the floor to shatter and set us free?"

Peach laughed worried. "I-it seems that way..."

"...Oh well," Tippi said somehow smiling. "I'm so happy that you came all the way here just to rescue me...you don't know how happy am I right now, I can't describe it..."

"...That sounded offensive to me," Mallow said looking up to her. "We were ALSO suffering the same thing as you, remember?"

"...Sorry for that." Tippi said as they all looked to Francis.

"...He's asking for a beating now." DK said cracking his fists with Mallow, but just before they could attack the geek, Francis got up and looked at both groups, who were glaring at him.

"Dammit! Dammit! This was horrible, nerr!" Francis complained. "This isn't so high-technical as it used to be, no way! I'm not going to get my head handed to you all! The guys at digibutter dot nerr won't believe that I had some of the Ultra Knock Brotherhood series's human-sized figurines here!" Francis held up his camera, which snapped into 2. "That arrow killed my camera, now you've done it! I'm going to tell this to mom! MOMMYYYYYYYYY!!! NERRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!!" Francis yelled crying as he ran away from the chamber, through the kitty door who seemed to stop the attacks to the others behind the door, when they saw Francis running away, they quickly noticed that the door was left opened and entered inside in a hurry.

"...We were trapped by that guy?" Mallow asked making an angry expression. "He was such a wuss!"

The Smashers who were suffering the attacks of the kitty door came all bruised and even burned, Sonic touched his tongue with 2 fingers to douse the little flame on his tail. "M-man, I'm never gonna open a door that looks like a cat and fires killer lasers again in some time." Sonic said as the Smashers nodded quickly.

"Are you all okay?" Peach asked worried.

"Apart from being constantly chased by 2 lasers, that were preventing us from entering and from the obvious reason that we were almost exploted, we're pretty much okay." Toon Link said.

"...I sense sarcasm." Zelda said.

"You really know when I'm sarcastic and when not." Toon Link said annoyed.

Super Paper Mario - Pure Heart

Tippi looked at the Smashers (the ones who were bruised). "Mario... You guys came to save me..." Tippi said sniffing a little.

"But of course, I mean," Mario began. "You're one of us, right?"

"..........." Tippi became very silent for a moment before she started laughing heartily. "Thank you... Thank you, Mario! Thank you so much everyone! You don't know the trouble I went through the whole time!" Tippi ignored DK's whistles. "I'm so happy...really..."

"...There, there," Peach said hugging Tippi. "You don't need to hold back your tears, just cry."

"...T-thank you Peach..." Tippi sobbed.

"...Huh?" Geno tilted his head in confusion once they noticed something happening to Tippi. "...Is she glowing?"

"Glowing?" Peach asked staring at Tippi, who was in truth glowing.

"What...is THAT?!" Bowser asked surprised.

"...Wait a second," DK glared at Bowser. "What is he doing here?!"

"I-I'll explain later." Mario said as they saw Tippi floating above them as her shine grew brighter and brighter with every second, they were blinded for a moment before they saw what looked to be a yellow heart spinning between them. "Is that the..."

"The Pure Heart?" Peach added.

"A-ha!" Sonic said grinning. "So is this what they call the true power of love?..." Sonic shuddered. "T-then I don't want to do that."

"Sonic, shut up." Twink said and Sonic accidentaly didn't complain.

"The Pure Heart...? But...how..." Tippi trailed off thinking.

Peach got an idea. "It's like Tippi's heart just burst with happiness and released a Pure Heart! Or..."

"Bursted with happiness and released that?" Yoshi asked pointing at the heart as Tippi giggled silently.

"Mario... I was just so happy when I saw that you'd come to save me. Please... Take it." Tippi said giggling, offering the heart to Mario.

"...But we were the ONES trying to rescue you in that battle!" Zelda protested.

"...Oops." Tippi muttered as Zelda facepalmed.

"Well," Peach laughed a little. "Go Mario, we need to take it and return back to Flipside."

"Right." Mario said nodding as he held the heart high up, everyone watched Thoreau, Boomer, Slim, Thudley and Carrie (Sonic: Hey! Come back here!) standing besides Mario, doing what looked to be a dance where they were spinning and jumping to the sides, they got EVEN more confused when a different background appeared behind him, saying the words: "You got a Pure Heart!"

"...Okaaaaaay..." Yoshi trailed off as Mario was holding up the heart without moving, everyone was behind the background. "This world is so far scaring the hell out of me now."

"It already did to me actually." Geno confessed.

"Me too." Mallow said nodding.

"Me three." Twink added nodding.

"Me four." Toon Link added.

"Me five." Diddy added.

"Me too." Sonic added as the previous 5 glared at him, since he broke the combo chain.

END OF
CHAPTER!


"The fourth Pure Heart appeared in a dazzling flash of mysterious light. What made it appear? The group was WAY TOO puzzled by this and many other riddles. "...So you're not hurt?" asked Tippi, full of concern. Somehow, Tippi seemed different than before...or was she? Who knows, thing is she had started to change somehow. Mario simply shook his head and started the long journey back to Flipside with everyone...or simply took the lazy way and used the Return Pipe, lazy bum."

"By the way, Tippi complained a lot to DK for having pain in her pixelated back, DK was never the same from that day on...for 3 minutes actually."

"...Meanwhile, somewhere else..."

Castle Bleck
Count Bleck's Room

Super Paper Mario - Count Bleck's Plan

"Oh, Nastasia? It's time we set "him" on these pests." Count Bleck commanded as his henchmen, Dimentio, O' Chunks, Mimi and Nastasia listened.

However, upon more inspection, there were also Charizard and King Dedede besides the 4 previously mentioned.

"Yeah, um, I can take care of that for you, Count." Nastasia said adjusting her glasses.

"Lovely, exclaimed Count Bleck. Return to your posts, my dear minions." Count Bleck said, but nobody dared to listen to that order. "...Ah, Count Bleck saw your point for not going away, do speak up please."

"Count," Dimentio started. "Shouldn't we plan our "surprise" to those "Smashers" guys that Tabuu spoke about?"

Count Bleck rubbed his chin. "Indeed Dimentio, they are such ants inside my pants."

"Mimimimimimimimi," Mimi giggled. "Count Bleck, you're such a funny count."

"No need for such manners, Mimi."

"Hello?!" Dedede called out. "We have something serious to do about 'em! If all of you ain't goin' to help us out, then stop it!"

Nastasia got upset at this. "You! Manner your tongue at the Count!"

"And what will you do if I don't wanna?" Dedede asked smirking.

"...This." Nastasia stated simply as she adjusted her glasses a little bit with an odd glitter, in an instant, Dedede got zapped by something out of nowhere and when it stopped, his eyes were red, showing no emotion.

"King Dedede is at your service, my lady." Dedede said in a monotone voice.

Charizard chuckled. "Finally, somebody shuts him up."

It was time for O' Chunks to speak, he had something very important in mind that he wanted to share with everyone in there, the things he said sounded just astounding for everyone the moment he opened his mouth...

"(Hard-to-understand-and-write-language)." O' Chunks said.

"...What?" Charizard asked confused.

"I sai' wy no' ambus' 'll o' 'em at onc', everybod' in 'ere!" O' Chunks said.

Charizard facepalmed. "Please, it's too much with Dedede's pimp speech, and now I have to deal with your...whatever language you're using!"

"Ha ha ha," Dimentio chuckled. "I actually understood everything, you get used to this guy and you can guess perfectly what he says."

"Ye'! Dimentio 's 'ight!" O' Chunks said laughing.

"...Here between us," Mimi whispered. "I don't."

"Hmm... Count, O' Chunks does have a point there," Nastasia said. "A surprise attack, just like that."

"Bleh heh heh heh heh heh... That is an excellent idea, primitive, Count Bleck said, but effective nevertheless." Count Bleck said chuckling.

"Hey," Charizard began. "Who's that "him" again?"

"In time, he should reveal to yourself, although be aware of this, he's ours." Nastasia said.

"...Riiiiiight...could you get Dedede out of his trance?"

"Certainly." Nastasia said adjusting her glasses as the control on Dedede's mind disappeared, the king shook his head and looked around confused.

"Hey, what happened?" Dedede asked confused.

"In any case," Count Bleck began. "We shouldn't waste more time for those "Smashers" to help Mario, who knows what can they do if they're free to wander and find the Pure Hearts first," Count Bleck opened his cape, reading the Dark Prognosticus that opened shortly after. "A battle will be held on the odd space, so does the Dark Prognosticus say, bleh heh heh heh heh heh..."

"The odd space is where we're going to drop the Subspace Bomb," Dedede remembered. "I dunno why Tabuu wants to take over a space...but whatever he wants it's still a mystery to me."

"Me goin' 'ight 'ow!" O' Chunks said flexing his cubic arms.

"I may as well be on my way." Dimentio said chuckling.

"Mimimimimimimimi, I can't hardly wait to get my hands on that pupper guy, he looks handsome."

"...Ignoring that aside," Dimentio began. "I shall be going, au revoir." Dimentio said before he disappeared in his dimension.

Mimi simply flipped herself and disappeared. "...Say, how can she do that?" Dedede asked as O' Chunks used his amazing farting powers to blast away to the ceiling. "Yuck! Why not use the door instead?"

"...Count, I think we should leave for now, since we don't want to be harmed by the explosion." Nastasia said as she simply jumped away.

"You're very bold, Nastasia, said Count Bleck." Count Bleck nodded as he took the Dark Prognosticus with him.

Dedede and Charizard got confused and looked at each other. "What did they mean by explosion?" Charizard asked as the gas from O' Chunks's fart began to get closer to the floor.

Dedede looked down. "...Wait, don't they say that a gas is literally a gas and shouldn't be near any kind of flames?"

The gas was slowly reaching Charizard's flame tail, but he didn't notice. "Yes, why'd you ask?"

BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMMMM!!!

"How big their brains are, wondered Count Bleck." Count Bleck said frowning somewhere.

Flipside
Merlon's House

Super Paper Mario - Flipside

The Smashers now were having a conversation with Merlon, the descendant of the Ancients in the odd town of Flipside, Merlon was quite surprised that there were so many heroes that weren't not mentioned before in the Light Prognosticus. Merlon also explained why they found the Pure Heart in Fort Francis by this moment.

"The 3 heroes shall be aided by 10 helpers, should the menace of The Void grow bigger and dangerous, for a brief period of time until their task is done," Merlon readed the book of light as he put it back to its table. "Yes, it was destined for all of you to come here. Quite the surprise if you ask me."

"The more, the merrier right?" Geno asked.

"Ahahaha, so true my friend," Merlon said. "Mario, you must look for the next Heart Pillar and head for the next Pure Heart, we have only 4 more to go before you can challenge Count Bleck!"

"I'll be on my way." Mario said nodding as he walked away.

"Hmm..." Merlon closed his eyes. "The Light Prognosticus also says that you all will have a hard time in the next world by 2 reasons that it doesn't want to reveal yet, but also, it says that you will return here to consult information regarding a riddle."

"It's just an old book of fortune telling." Toon Link said.

"H-how dare you disrespect the Light Prognosticus! It is not a book of fortune telling, it tells the future when it wants to!" Merlon said angrily. "I want you all to assist Mario as hard as you can, if the book says that you must help him, you WILL help him!"

"...Fine!" Mallow said angrily turning his back to the door. "If you love that book so much, then marry it!"

"WHAT?!"

"Mallow, I think you went too far with that honestly..." Geno whispered.

However, the cloud prince went on and on. "Better yet, make out with it!"

DK and Diddy looked at each other and began to laugh.

"...Make out?" Twink repeated confused.

"Thanks Mallow, now Twink is going to ask what is that to me." Geno said frowning.

"ALL OF YOU, GET OUT!" Merlon demanded.

"You know what? Don't put all the blame on me, I wasn't saying anything anyway." Fox said rolling his eyes as they left the house.

"Ugh," Merlon turned his back. "They will return shortly, I know that since the Light Prognosticus foretold it."

"Told you so, you're in love with that thing!" Mallow yelled from outside.

"Good one!" Sonic yelled as both of them laughed hysterically.

"Would you 2 stop it? It's bad to make Merlon mad..." Peach trailed off worried, but the duo just kept laughing, ignoring her completely.

"Through the fierce battle against Francis...whether that could be questionable, Tippi and the Mario gang grew closer. "Since when was this group called the Mario gang?" Bowser asked to no one in particular. Behind a fourth foor lay a whole new world that beckoned to them all. What awaited was vaster and stranger than anything they'd encountered so far...at least in Mario's perspective. In order to claim the Pure Heart, they would have to endure new, far-out trials..."

Super Paper Mario - Outer Space

Outer Space
Chapter 4-1 Into Outer Space

There was the white background, but then it began to be drawn slowly with many little stars from far away in the distance of the universe, then it got painted with many blue colors and such that you could find in the outer space. The door from Flipside began to be drawn as well and the Smashers stepped out of it before it vanished, they looked around the space as Tippi spoke first.

"Mmm, stars everywhere... I believe we're in outer space, almost certainly..." Tippi commented.

"Aw, space," Twink said sighing. "It's very close to the stars, yet so far."

"Like some kind of romantic setting, don't you think?"

"Yes! I was thinking the same thing!"

The Smashers somehow looked confused until they realised something very important. "...Wait a minute, isn't the outer space supposed to be a place without air to breath?" Toon Link asked.

"You actually bothered to read the book of geography I gave to you?" Zelda asked surprised.

"Meh, me and Raven couldn't do something else so...yeah."

The Smashers looked at no one in particular before their faces began to turn a shade of purple, trying to get air frantically.

"What troubles you, Mario?" Tippi asked as Mario tried to say something. "Ah... Yes, of course... We seem to be lacking air... You need that, don't you?"

"...OH MY GOD, HE'S RIGHT!" Twink said gasping as he saw the others having the same trouble.

Tippi stammered a little. "Oh... Oh, gracious me... What are we to do? Um... Well... Let me see... Um... Hrm... Urm... Hm... Then... Well... Well... But... So..." Tippi noticed that their faces turned very green, meaning that there wasn't much time left before they could...die. "NOOOOO!!!"

The scene suddenly got dark as Twink's voice was heard through the space's emptyness.

"GEEEEEENOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!"

The party has been completely annihilated...

Nobody was able to heard of them again...

Music stops

Disgaea: Hour of Darkness

Laharl's Castle
Throne Room

"...Huh?" Chris looked around confused.

"What's wrong?" Lucario asked.

Chris looked down. "...I don't know why...but something really bad happened when we weren't noticing it..."

"..." Lucario closed his eyes. "...I see...that is a shame..."

"But I don't know why though," Chris said. "I think it's something that will be resolved in a second."

"...I think I hope you're right."

Chris smiled a little. "Thanks Lucario."

Lucario wagged his tail a little. "Anything to make you feel well."

Super Paper Mario

Flipside
Tower

"...Mario...Mario...Mario..."

"...Papa? Is that you?"

PUNCH!

"O-oww!" Mario opened his eyes after he got punched and looked around. "W-where am I?"

"In Flipside," Tippi said. "You're all right, aren't you? Oh, thank goodness..."

"All of you got out of breath and then passed out." Twink added.

"B-but how did we come here again?"

"That would be because of us," Geno said appearing to be unaffected, Mario looked to his left side and found Geno and Fox kneeled down to see him. "That was dangerous."

"And never call me your "Papa" again." Fox said annoyed.

"S-sorry...but if we ran out of air, how come you're alright?"

"Because I'm a puppet," Geno began. "Puppets don't need air to live, I'm an animated doll after all."

Fox grinned and pointed at the small helmet (if you could define that thing he has on the back of his head a helmet) on the back of his head. "This device gives air to my nose once I put it on, it creates oxygen through the mouth that I-"

"I-I think we don't want to know how can that thing give oxygen through the mouth, thank you very much." Tippi said as Fox rolled his eyes.

"...Because i-"

"Stop it!"

"I'M NOT WITH THE BLOOPER HATERS SOCIETY, DON'T KILL ME!" Bowser yelled waking up as they looked at him confused. "...I-I mean, ha! Take that you ugly...er...stupid, evil Boogieman..."

It got worse for Bowser because they began to snicker silently.

"...Me and my big mouth." Bowser said facepalming.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 07, 2009, 02:56:04 PM
10 minutes later...

All the group regained consciousness and they remembered that Merlon said that they were going to ask for advice, and that is exactly what they did afterwards.

Merlon's House

"Hmm?" Merlon turned his back, seeing everyone back. "Oh, look who is here."

"Shut up, book lover." Mallow said.

Merlon rolled his eyes and frowned, deciding to give them his aid, you may ask why.

Why?

Because whatever the Light Prognosticus foretells, it is the law. Period.

1B

The group conveniently found a kid (that Toon Link questioned by his cubic look) after Merlon told them to seek a boy because he gave him some fishbowls that with...oddly enough if it could get any odder, 9 fishbowls with Captain Gills and his "group of henchmen of justice" that they had to look for a spot with enough water by the boy's request.

Though they only had single the option to drop them in dirty waters...

"Captain Gills, you shall wander these dirty waters and become a mutant if my fantasies can do that for you." Mallow said setting Captain Gills free.

"That was kind of..." Peach trailed off.

"...Wait a minute, where are the other fishes?" Toon Link asked staring at his empty fishbowl.

"Burp." Sonic burped.

"...Dude, when did you..." DK trailed off before his fish appeared alongside the others. "...They were hiding in the fishbowls? Then what did you burp for?"

"I ate a Mushroom on the way here...but it didn't taste good."

"Hey," Mario turned to Sonic. "Mushrooms are KILL!!!"

Both started to fight as soon as they looked at each other and everyone watched them fighting awkwardly.

"Somebody stop them, please!" Peach said covering her eyes.

DK looked at Mario biting Sonic's nose. "...I'll do it."

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo
Temple of Bryyo

Multiplayer (Metroid Prime 2)

"Watch out for the environment here, that guy turned everything here in ice." Snake said.

"I'm surely think that this isn't going to be so good..." Pichu said trembling.

"Oh, you think?" Pikachu asked pointing at Dark Rundas's ice shards, that he used like bullets and crashed into the floor several feet away from both Pokémon. "At least aim before shooting, you hear me?!"

"I'll most likely do that." Dark Rundas said firing his ice bullets as he slid along his path of ice.

"The Triforce of Courage will be finally mine!" Ganondorf yelled rushing at Link, who sidestepped and slashed Ganondorf on the back. "Nice try, but you need more than that to beat me."

"I know that full well." Link said glaring daggers at Ganondorf as both backed away.

"Hey, you!" Wolf called from behind an ice pillar before dashing towards Ganonodorf with his Blaster ready. "Stand still to cut down your darn throat!"

"HUUUUUUUAAA!!!" Ganondorf used Wizard Foot to land a blow on Wolf, but the lupine jumped above him and shot several impacts into his face as Ganondorf grunted in pain and looked at Wolf. "Y-you got me, but it will not be so easy."

"You're just spitting out words," Wolf said crossing his arms. "You don't have any cells on your brain left, it seems."

"Luckily, I have reinforcements if I were to fail..." Ganondorf said smirking.

"Reinforcements?"

"LOOK OUT!" Link yelled once he turned his back and rolled out of the way of a Greap's blades, unfortunately Wolf couldn't evade it in time and got slashed across the face. "Are you okay there?"

"I just got slashed, so, no!" Wolf said twitching a little in pain. This small period of time gave Ganondorf enough time to grab Wolf by the throat with a short dash, using Flame Choke. "UGH!" Wolf grunted in pain as dark magic exploded around his neck and was slammed down to the floor.

"Pathetic to see you ready for your deathbed," Ganondorf said raising his foot. "But now...it ends here!"

"BANZAIIIIIIII!!!"

"What? UGH!" Ganondorf was pushed away and fell down the floor by the most unexpected person who could ever attack him before...

...It was Red, who panicked once the lord of all evil glared up at him.

"U-um, y-yeah, take that..." Red said gulping as he ran away to the sealed door.

"A normal kid like him...pushing me to the floor?" Ganondorf asked breathing in and out in rage. "You are asking for your deat-"

"Stand still," Wolf said holding the knife of his Blaster mere inches away from Ganondorf's face, however, the lupine was still of the floor and crawled his way quickly to Ganondorf. "...And...don't move."

"...You little..." Ganondorf whispered.

Wolf smirked. "...Finally, I have you at my mercy."

"And so am I."

Wolf blinked in surprise once he saw Dark Rundas standing besides him with his hand glowing with ice power before shooting a strong blast of ice that captured Wolf inside an icicle of ice.

"One has been taken care of." Dark Rundas said.

"Don't move."

Dark Rundas looked at his right side where Samus was aiming her arm cannon directly to his head. "Sorry, but that won't do at all." Dark Rundas said as he quickly created 2 blades of ice in both arms and reached Samus's suit quick to inflict a small cut on it, the bounty hunter grunted in pain and backed away.

"...What the..." Samus gasped once he saw electricity getting out from the cut she received.

"Samus," Dark Rundas began. "My attacks have been greatly increased by the phazon and the Shadow Bugs combined," Dark Rundas showed her his right ice blade. "One more cut and you will die..."

"NOOOOOOOOO!!!" C. Falcon rushed at Dark Rundas with Raptor Boost and pushed the ice hunter to the air by an uppercut to his chin, the hunter grunted in pain as he fell down the floor, C. Falcon doing the same since he was still injured.

"Thanks for the help," Samus said walking to him. "But now, you need to rest and leave the rest to us."

"...Can't do that..." C. Falcon muttered.

"You're going to get yourself killd otherwise." Samus said as Dark Rundas jumped to the air and rode an ice wave that he created to fly around.

"Heheheh...don't worry..."

"...Fine." Samus said dodging 2 boomerangs from 2 Boom Primids, C. Falcon saw a huge shadow behind and was slammed by a huge Bytan, the captain twitched in pain as he crashed into the wall and fell down.

"...At this rate... I'm going to get killed... I need...help..." C. Falcon said weakly.

"E-excuse me," Olimar said walking to his right. "I could offer you my assistance if you want."

"With those...weird plants?"

"Pikmins." Olimar corrected him.

"...(What did I do to receive this humiliation?)" C. Falcon thought as he shook his head. "Fine... B-behind you!"

Olimar turned his back and gasped when a Floow appeared from the sky and floated to him. "P-Pikmins! Jump at it!" Olimar ordered his 6 Red Pikmins to jump into the Floow, where they started to bang it continuously before the Floow blasted away as the 6 Pikmins jumped off and walked towards Olimar. "Good job."

"..." C. Falcon blinked in surprise. "...For being plants...they sure know...how to gang up."

Olimar laughed worried. "D-don't say it that way..."

"Pikachu!" Pichu yelled once 5 Glices were rolling around him, but with every second that passed, the rotating eyes were closer and closer to the electric Pokémon.

"I-I'm coming, attack them while I'm at it!" Pikachu yelled before a Roader ran over him. "...Okay, that's it! You're asking for it!" Pikachu said angrily charging his Skull Bash attack, the Pokémon went directly to the Roader and slammed his head directly, the Roader was sent blasting off as Pikachu joined Pichu in the fight against the Glices.

"I-I think I have an idea to take them out," Pichu said gathering sparks. "Let's combine our thunders to create a stronger attack...if it works."

Pikachu began to gather sparks. "Pichu, right behind me!"

"R-right!" Pichu said nodding with Pikachu as both Pokémon stood back-to-back and called forth 2 dark clouds that combined into a bigger cloud, shooting down a big thunder that exploded into the Pokémon and the Glices who blasted away. "Pichu?"

Pichu's eyes were spinning. "I-I'm fine... Just a scratch here and there...heheheheh...huuuuh..." Pichu said dizzied as he fell down his back.

"...Link!" Pikachu yelled once he saw Link using his shield to defend himself from the previous Greap.

"U-ugh," Link tried to push the blade away. "This monsters is strong, I've been stabbing my sword all over it but to no avail, isn't there some kind of weakpoint?"

"Try attacking its head, I remember that is its weakness!"

Link nodded and grabbed a bomb from his back with his other hand and threw it at the Greap's head, it exploded upon making contact and the swordsman sighed before jumping over the creature with a backflip and stabbed its head directly, the Greap disappeared in a small explosion of light as Link landed back. "Finally, it was annoying me so muc-"

"You're finished." Dark Rundas said exploding a blast of ice that he quickly fired at Link, the blast of ice froze the swordsman completely inside an icicle as Wolf.

"G-g-g-g-g-g-great," Falco said trembling from the cold. "A-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-another o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-one w-w-w-w-w-w-w-w-who g-g-g-g-g-g-g-ge-" Falco was interrupted as he was frozen inside an icicle by Dark Rundas.

"3 down and 8 more to freeze." Dark Rundas said looking down to Red, who gasped from the sealed door since he was giving orders to Squirtle who was dousing a Fire Primid's fire off.

"SQUIRTLE!" Red yelled as Dark Rundas shot another ice blast, the Tiny Turtle Pokémon rolled all the way to Red and shot a long stream of water to the ice blast, however once both attacks came in contact with each other, the water began to turn into ice and slowly went all the way down to Squirtle, Red thought fast and took the Pokémon away with him before the ice could freeze him as well, the stream of water turned into an ice pillar and shattered into pieces once it fell.

"Thanks." Squirtle said

"P-phew, that was too close..." Red said before feeling that the temperature around him got colder, his eyes widened once he saw a blade of ice right close to his throat.

"Indeed, that was close but this is even closer." Dark Rundas said.

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!" Red yelled in horror.

"Now, die."

"Now, stay away."

"Huh?" Dark Rundas looked at his right and was tackled down by Snake, Red took this opportunity to run away from the ice hunter with Squirtle following, Snake elbowed Dark Rundas's armor and punched him right in the face, Snake felt pain on his hand and backed away from the ice hunter who go up. "Idiot, my armor prevents me from getting a lot of damage, that fist of yours didn't make any tickle whatsoever."

"U-ugh, I see now..." Snake said as Samus was shown shooting 2 Scope Primids close to Snake. "Samus, we have a problem here."

"All of us do," Samus said finishing the Scope Primids with a Charged Shot. "What is the problem?"

Dark Rundas jumped to the air and rode his ice wave to concentrate his attacks on them. "His armor is too thick to penetrate, got something in mind?"

"We could pull it off using my Grapple Beam," Samus explained. "But he said the phazon and the Shadow Bugs gave him more power, so that won't take it off...or not enough unless we find someone else with something of the sort."

Snake looked at the 3 frozen characters. "Damn, they got 3 of them."

"C. Falcon is being protected by Olimar, Pikachu and Pichu are fighting together and Red and Squirtle are trying to stay at a long distance to prevent any attacks from reaching them," Samus said. "But if I remember... Link had this grapple item, what was it again?"

"Clawshot," Snake said as he saw 2 Fire Primids wandering around. "And I think I have the perfect candidates to get those guys out from the icicles."

"Then go, I'll help the others with the enemies."

"Samus."

"Yes?"

"Careful with Ganondorf, you better look for him."

Samus nodded. "Roger."

Snake ran towards the Fire Primids and the creatures decided to follow him, charging up their fire breaths together, the soldier spy narrowed his eyes and grabbed one of the Primids. "Now go and get them out." Snake ordered throwing the Fire Primid at the icicle holding Wolf, the Fire Primid accidentaly released his fire breath and melted the ice, once it finished, Wolf was shown shaking his head as he got up.

"Ugh...darn bastard..." Wolf said grunting. "Where is he?"

"Hovering around like a f(beep!)ed up butterfly." Snake said pointing at Dark Rundas shooting ice blasts at Wolf again.

"That same trick isn't going to work with me again." Wolf said rolling out of the way of the blasts.

"1 out, 2 more." Snake said grabbing the other Fire Primid in time, tossed it at Link's icicle and melted it completely after the Primid finished, the swordsman twitched a little before getting up.

"T-thanks for the help." Link said rubbing his head.

"Okay, now go and find Samus, we'll attack that guy in unison." Snake said as Link looked confused.

"...Okay?" Link said running away as Snake decided to help Falco this time.

"Ganondorf, I know you're still here," Samus said looking around with a Charged Shot ready. "Come on out."

"Certainly." Ganondorf appeared right behind an ice pillar and used his Flame Choke to dash over Samus, the bounty hunter quickly spun on her feet and grabbed Ganondorf using her Grapple Beam, the lord grunted angrily before Samus threw him into the air, right below Dark Rundas who got careless and crashed into him, both of them grunted before crashing to the floor. "Y-you darn...girl..."

"Now, Samus!" Link yelled shooting his Clawshot at Dark Rundas's armor, Samus fired her Grapple Beam at the same spot and both began to use their strength to pull the armor off, Dark Rundas studdered from the last move he received and was pulled off from his armor.

"Go go go!" Pikachu yelled lunging at Dark Rundas with Pichu, both of them got stuck inthe ice hunter and began to discharge electricity directly to the hunter, Dark Rundas yelled in pain as the electricity ran through all his body.

"T-t-t-t-t-t-take this!" Falco (now outside the icicle) yelled firing several shots from his Blaster, however, half of them missed because the avian was still trembling from the cold. "D-d-d-d-d-dangit!"

"You bunch of filthy rats!" Ganondorf yelled as he got up. "I am not going t-UGH!"

Ganondorf was slammed down the floor by Wolf's right foot, the lupine before dashed behind him, jumped and slammed Ganondorf down using a strong downward kick in the air, Wolf smirked down to Ganondorf and increased the force on his right foot above Ganondorf's chest, since he pinned him down.

"Now," Wolf began smirking. "Who's gonna be begging for mercy?"

"That...would be you!" Ganondorf spat out grabbing Wolf's leg and pushed it away.

"Not so fast!" Link yelled jumping to the air, pointing down his sword directly above Ganondorf who gasped and rolled sideways in time before it struck down the floor.

"Ugh, where are the reinforcements?!" Ganondorf demanded looking around.

"We already took them out," Snake said. "However, most of them are focusing their attacks on both captains over there."

Red looked at Olimar and C. Falcon being surrounded by 4 Metal Primids who didn't stagger at the attacks of the Pikmins. "Squirtle, use...um...er..."

"Water Gun?" Squirtle asked as Olimar was screaming for help.

"No."

"Withdraw?" Squirtle asked as 2 Metal Primids began to kick C. Falcon.

"No."

"Surf?" Squirtle asked as Olimar yelled for help once his Pikmins were taken out.

"Yes, that, use Surf on them!" Red ordered as Squirtle ran as fast as he could to the Meta Primids.

"Somebody should go an aid them," Snake said as Pikachu and Pichu were both grabbed by Dark Rundas and thrown away. "You 2, go and help the other 4, we'll take care of the pale guy and the popsicle guy."

"Hmmmm, popsicle." Pichu said before both Pokémon ran away to help the captains.

Dark Rundas was finishing by recuperating his armor and jumped atop the ice pillar of the middle. "I think it is time to use my strongest attack that you won't survive though."

"Pfft," Snake rolled his eyes. "Like if you could pull out something better."

"Actually..." Dark Rundas began to concentrate his ice techniques creating mist above him, the mist began to create what looked to be a huge ice pillar that he easily spun around him, the Smashers gasped as the ice pillar grew in size.

Falco used his energies to talk normally as his pupils shrunk in horror.

"OH-MY-GOD!" Falco yelled. "THAT'S A FRICKIN' ICEBERG!"

"RUN! WE HAVE TO EVADE THAT THING!" Wolf yelled as Dark Rundas threw the enormous iceberg at them from high above.

An huge impact was created in the temple and half of the pillars were shattered into billions of ice shards, a huge mist of ice covered the whole area as Dark Rundas chuckled evily, the mist was slowly clearing out and the ice hunter found out that he took out Squirtle, Red, Falco and Snake with a single blow. The 4 previously mentioned had many bruises around all their bodies and got knocked out.

"Heh," Dark Rundas jumped back to the floor and looked at Samus, who was kneeling down after she rolled out of the way. "I should have used that attack before."

"You...imbecile..." Samus muttered.

"Now now, Samus," Dark Rundas looked down to her. "This was expected from the beginning, they put their feet in my path and this is what they had coming, it was not my fault after all...it was THEIR fault."

"Shut. Up." Samus said coldly.

Dark Rundas raised his right ice blade above her. "You won't get the pleasure to stay around here, unfortunately."

"...Now."

An explosion appeared on Dark Rundas and the hunter yelled in pain, Samus quickly stood up and ran away from the smoke, looking over her should as she ran, she saw Snake holding a remote on his hands, probably because he stuck a mine on Dark Rundas when he wasn't looking.

"...Thanks." Samus said as she turned her back and charged a shot of Dark Rundas was still living.

"Hello? Hello? Somebody? Hello?" A voice called from Samus's visor. "Is anybody in there? Hello?"

"That voice...is that you, Chris?" Samus asked hiding behind an ice pillar that was still complete.

"Oh, Samus! I'm so happy to hear you!... Well, not exactly, I want to see you instead."

Samus looked around for Dark Rundas. "How did you get in the visor's transmission?"

"That would be because of me." Kawashima said.

"Anyway," Chris began. "I wanted to know what is your situation over there, is everyone alright?"

"...I'm afraid not, Rundas got possesed by the Shadow Bugs and his attacks have been greatly enhanced, he took out 4 of us already with an ice pillar he used."

"...(I hated that move when I was playing in Hyper Mode difficulty...) I see...do you think you can defeat him?"

Samus saw the smoke clearing out and Dark Rundas disappeared. "Them, Ganondorf is in this too."

"Oh no..."

Samus found Dark Rundas hig above the ice pillar and jumped down to her, ice blades ready to cut her down. "I'm busy right now, talk to you later."

"W-wait!" Chris's transmission ended.

C. Falcon saw that the Metal Primids were taken out due the ice pillar crashing on them, however, he looked up and gasped once he saw Ganondorf grabbing Olimar by the throat, the Pikmin captain struggled to get off but he was too weak to get off.

"H-help..." Olimar muttered weakly as Ganondorf smirked.

"L-let him go!" Red yelled charging at Ganondorf but he was pushed away by Ganondorf's right foot to the ground. "D-dangit... Sorry, but you have to help, come on out, Ivysaur!" Red threw the Pokeball in the air and called Ivysaur out, the Grass Pokémon blinked before his eyes widened.

"I-ICE!" Ivysaur yelled as he hid behind Red.

"Oh no, you're going to fight and that's that! I'm YOUR trainer after all!"

"A-a good trainer should protect his Pokémon (Olimar: H-help...anyone...) before him or her, if you're going to help me (Olimar: R-really...e-everything is getting...blurrier) then put me back in my darn (Olimar: N-noo...) Pokeball right this instant!" Ivysaur complained as Olimar was thrown above him and landed on the floor.

"Well sorry, but we're about to lose!" Red complained back.

"I'm about to die in this heat/cold nightmare!"

Red gasped once Ganondorf picked up C. Falcon by the throat and began focusing his dark magic on him. "Ivysaur! Quick, use Vine Whip!"

Ivysaur looked behind him and trembled a little. "F-fine." Ivysaur said, simply stretching his vines to Ganondorf's leg and pulled him down the floor. C. Falcon was set free and tried to get away, fortunately, he did it.

"Y-you..." Ganondorf said as he got up. "...YOOOOOOOOUUUUUUU!!!"

"...WantAnything?! No? OkayThanksBye!" Red panicked picking Ivysaur (Ivysaur: PUT ME BACK INSIDE MY POKEBALL, RED!) up and ran away from the slow runner lord. "Wait a second, where's Squirtle?! SQUIRTLE!" HEY, SQUIRTLE!"

Somewhere around the area, there were Pikachu and Pichu looking around for mentioned Pokémon, the collision of the ice pillar made them blast away to another direction inside the area, they found Squirtle laying unconscious on the floor close to pieces of ice. Both Pokémon remained in their current positions and thought about a plan.

"Dammit," Pikachu said. "If that hunter makes another ice pillar like the one before, we're going to get killed."

Pichu was trying to wake up the Water Pokémon. "B-but what could we do about that?"

"I-I don't know...if we could use our Final Smash t-" Pikachu did a double-take. "Wait, that's it! The Final Smash!"

Pichu blinked surprised. "I-I forgot completely about it! Do you think the gauge is ready?"

Pikachu crossed his arms and looked at Squirtle. "I'm not too sure, Chris and Kawashima normally announce when it's ready...but maybe we have separated gaues since we're separated in different worlds?"

"...I think so, but..."

Pikachu made a serious face. "We have nothing to lose for now, we've got to use it!"

"B-but who?"

"...Oh man..." Pikachu got in a thinking position. "We have to think this again, the right person to use the Final Smash should be..."

"It can't be you?"

Pikachu shook his head. "No, I want to, but... I trying to think of the others this time because I don't want to sound selfish. Now let me think who...hmm..."

Pichu's ears perked up a little and looked around. "O-oh no, someone's coming!"

"We have t-" Pikachu was interrupted as a foot covered in darkness kicked him away to an ice pillar, the Electric Pokémon yelled in pain as he fell down, making Pichu gulp in fear after Ganondorf walked slowly to him.

"S-stay back!" Pichu said gathering sparks. "I-I mean it, stay back!"

"Stupid maggots," Ganondorf muttered. "You think you can end this encounter that easy? Well, let me tell you something," Ganondorf glared at Pichu (who whimpered). "This has gone long far enough."

"W-why are you acting like a meanie to me?" Pichu asked.

"Insolent monster..." Ganondorf said.

Pichu began to feel something horrendous, he didn't know what is was, but something was wrong with Ganondorf, a dark energy began to cover himself and the Pokémon backed away with the fainted Squirtle, Ganondorf's eyes turned bright yellow as he chuckled evily. "H-huh?!"

"Triforce of Power," Ganondorf began. "...Bring darnation to these impudent fools!!!"

Everything seemed to be covered in darkness as a roar of a huge beast was heard, echoing through the area...

".....Ah-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!"

Disgaea: Hour of Darkness

Laharl's Castle
Throne Room

Disgaea - Etna Boogie

Chris sighed out of the blue and decided to do something to get out from his boredom, and that was checking if the others were doing fine in the other worlds.

"This is Chris speaking, hello? Is anyone there?" Chris asked as Kirby appeared from the door and walked to him.

Bzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz......

There was a buzz sound coming out from the small speakers of the DS, Kawashima appeared on the screen with a confused look.

"Strange," Kawashima commented. "I can't seem to find any signals from the planet Bryyo."

Kirby made a worried look. "D-do you think something bad happened?"

Chris looked down worried. "...I hope not, I've got 2 bad premonitions today. I don't feel so good about this anymore..."

"Don't worry," Lucario called out close to them, the Aura Pokémon was leaned to the wall with crossed arms. "They'll be fine."

"...Please." Chris muttered.

"Hmm, let me see if there is any signal from Mario's world," Kawashima said looking around for some data inside the DS. "...Hmm...hmm...hmm......hmmmmmmmmmm.....hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm..............hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm-"

"Stop it!" Kirby said annoyed.

Kawashima laughed a little. "Ha ha, sorry, I was just kidding about that part honestly."

"Did you get a signal yet?" Chris asked worried.

"...Of course!" Kawashima said smiling. "You're now in Chat Room A with secret person number 1!"

"...Name please." Chris and Kirby said bored.

"You're no fun. You're speaking with Fox."

"Good." Chris said.

"You there Chris?" Fox asked.

"Yes," Chris sighed in relief. "For a second there I was worried because there wasn't a signal coming from where you are, what happened?"

"There are still so many things that I don't quite understand," Fox said making a bored look. "Do you think I know honestly?"

"I guess no." Kirby said.

"But in any case, everything is fine over here. We're currently navigating through the space with a...weird alien-squid guy we found in a lost ship, apparently he wants us to escort him to a place called... I forgot, but that's not so important."

"It's very important, Squirps!" Squirps called out angrily. "How dare you say those words to Squirps?! You're a big meanie, big ugly meanie I tell you, Squirps!"

Fox decided to ignore Squirps. "I can't wait to get out from this hellish place to be sincere..." Fox whispered.

"It has been a pain in there?" Kirby asked.

"Oh, where do I start?" Sonic's voice was heard. "First: this world is LITERALLY straight, so no running around, second: I had to go inside FREAKING water, third: for some odd reason I can't look at Mario directly because I'd get in a fight with him and finally, fourth: I WANNA LEAVE THIS PLACE!"

"...Fight Mario by no reason?" Chris, Kirby, Lucario and Pit (who came from the hallway) repeated confused.

"Helloooooo!" Peach called giggling. "How is everything over there? I hope it's good!"

"Peach!" Chris and Kirby said making happy expressions.

"...Out of everyone here, Peach has been the only one enthusiastic." Zelda said.

"Not me," Diddy said. "Going through here is actually fun. Right Yoshi?"

"Above the outer spaaaaaaaace," Yoshi was heard singing. "Above the outer spaaaaaace!"

"...What the heck? Yoshi is singing?" Chris asked.

"I told you before," Fox said. "This world is by far the most, utterly and weirdest place I've ever been before."

"How's Mario?" Chris asked ignoring the statement.

"Here. I'm fine." Mario said.

"Phew, he's not dead after all!" Kirby said relieved.

"...What?"

"Mario?! Dead?! When?! When?!" Bowser asked excited looking around.

"What are you talking about?" Mario asked confused.

"Er...forget he said that," Chris said. "Well, I'm leaving all of you. I'm going to call you the next time... I get bored with Laharl."

"ETNA!" Laharl yelled from the throne, ignoring the 4 talking to the DS. "ETNA! I WANT MY DINNER!"

"Geez, why don't you eat your shoe, my Prince?!" Etna yelled from the kitchen.

"WHAT DID YOU SAY?!"

"I-I said why don't you eat your...um...d-dinner is almost ready, wait a little more!" Etna said sweating.

"...You better be!"

"Uh-oh." Kawashima said.

"Yes, I know. Somebody is going to get killed here." Pit said.

"That's not what I meant!"

Lucario walked to them and looked down to the DS. "Then what is it?"

"The transmission...it got stuck! I can't get out from the Chat Room A!"

Chris tilted his head. "...I forgot, is that supposed to be bad?"

"Are you still there?" Geno asked.

The 4 looked at each other before realising what Kawashima meant. "...Oohhhhh!" Kirby said nodding.

"It looks like the signal got stuck since this DS isn't supposed to stay connected with another different source of communicator," Kawashima explained as he chuckled nervously. "...That means you just got a transmission that will never, EVER, end."

"...Don't tell me MY scouter got CORRUPTED because of you." Fox said.

"...Er...look at the hour!" Kawashima said sweating. "Well, I'll leave you all alone, kthxbye!" Kawashima said shrinking until he vanished from the screen.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 07, 2009, 08:48:43 PM
"...Chris..."

"Yes?" Chris asked.

"...Once we finish our missions...would you do me a favor?"

"What?"

"Once we're back..." Fox began to pant heavily to calm his inner rage. "You're going to come with me... I will take that...DS thing off your hands... And I WILL stomp on it until it's destroyed... Then everyone will be happy... Got it?"

"...S-see the bright side of this!" Chris said laughing nervously. "A-at least we're going to stay in touch with each other!"

"C-Chris," Kirby began to tremble. "N-normally when Fox gets like this he..."

"Kirby, you're scaring me. What?"

"...WHAT THE HECK IS THE BRIGHT SIDE OF THAT?!?!?!?!?!" Fox yelled furiously, even the DS trembled.

"Turn that thing down!" Laharl demanded. "You've been irritating me for the last 3 hours after we came here!"

"THING?!"

"H-he meant the volume of the..." Pit realised something. "...Oh, I see."

"I'm going to turn it off," Chris said pressing the Power button. "...What the-it's not turning off!"

"I told you," Kawashima said appearing. "You can't exit this place until we're done with the worlds."

"...Well, fu-" Fox's voice was blocked to prevent Chris from hearing that curse. "I'll just have to stay here, listening to any talks then..."

Chris smiled a little. "This isn't going to last too long, besides, what could irritate you besides that we can talk and talk endlessly?"

Suddenly the floor began to tremble and from the hallway, tons and millions and billions of Prinnies came rushing in, carrying the dinner for Laharl along with tables, napkins, forks, spoons and such.

"Oh no, not again!" Pit yelled annoyed.

"Dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, dood, doo-"

"AAAAAAAARRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHH!!!!!!" Fox yelled annoyed from the DS, which was above Chris since he tried to prevent falling into the lava pool because of the Prinnies. "I've had enough of this. I'm taking this thing off me!"

"W-wait!" Tippi called. "You said that helmet of yours give you oxygen, right?"

Fox was just about to take off helmet when he realised that he would run out of air and die in the space. "...I think I just got blackmailed of something...this sucks..."

"EVERY SINGLE PRINNY LEAVE THE DINNER BEHIND AND LEAVE ME ALONE!!!" Laharl ordered harshly as the Prinnies began to panic and left the room, with a single table in front of Laharl with his cuisine. "Oh yes, an Overlord's stomach shouldn't be empty."

"But isn't your body so skinny though?" Kirby asked.

"What was that?!"

"I-I mean if your body is so empty though?"

Laharl smirked as he picked up his utensils and stared down at his food. "Hell yeah it is!" The Overlord said before pinning down his steak with his fork and began to devour it, ignoring Kirby who drooled at the food.

Chris put his DS back to his pocket and sighed. "...I want to do something, anything."

"Well," Flonne appeared from his back and the World Traveler backed away from her. "Would you help me with something?"

"What?" Pit asked.

Flonne looked down. "Lately after Laharl said that he didn't have any good emotion... I've been pondering to show him those very same emotions to him, so I wondered if you could help me out with my task," Flonne made a serious face. "It is a mission I want to fulfill for the good of everyone and for Master Lamington."

"Are you even serious?" Pit asked. "That demon is just, well, acts like a brat around us!"

"Whu wus thut?!" Laharl asked with a full mouth.

"I like a bat around us!"

"Nuvurmund thun!"

Chris sweatdropped. "...I'm staying out of this."

"W-why?" Flonne asked looking down sadly.

"I don't WANT to get killed by Laharl and his sword. Besides, I want to get curious and look around the castle. Lucario, would you come with me please?"

"W-wait!" Flonne grabbed his hand. "I really need your help or else I won't fulfill my mission!"

"..." Chris sighed worried. "...Fine, but if Laharl goes all furious on us, Lucario will stop him."

Lucario rolled his eyes with a frown.

"But that also means Kirby and Pit will help."

"O-okay... I don't mind." Kirby said trembling scared.

"Well," Pit began. "Maybe demons have emotions so...count me in."

Flonne joined her hands together and smiled. "Thank you!"

3 minutes later...

"W-why do I have to do this again?" Kirby asked as Flonne held him close to her neck like some sort of doll.

Flonne giggled. "I want to see if Laharl will rub your head," Flonne imagined the picture she wanted to see in her mind. "It's going to be really cute personally, and it happens that you are cute!"

Kirby gulped. "I-I don' like where this is going..." Kirby sighed as Flonne walked directly towards Laharl on his throne.

"100 years agoooooo, amore! I came in here to go, amore! So bored, so bored, amore! No toilet paper here, amore! I wait 100 yeeeears, amore! What for, what for, amore? Any paaaper, please, amore? Just a sheet for me, amore! Implore, implore, amore!" A voice said from the DS.

"We're going to look around for toiler paper?" Mallow asked.

"Great, from a number 1 final boss to a toilet paper finder." Bowser complained.

Laharl watched Flonne walking to him and he glared at her and Kirby. "What is it with you now?" Laharl asked crossing his arms.

"Here," Flonne put Kirby on Laharl's lap. "I hope you can be good at him, isn't he cute?"

"H-hiiiiiiiii..." Kirby said waving at Laharl, who glared down at him.

"Cute?!" Laharl repeated as his pupils shrunk. "AAAAAAAAAHHH!!! DAMN YOU! DAMN YOU I SAY!" Laharl picked Kirby and threw him away, directly to Chris who was talking to Lucario and fell down the floor. "What are you trying to do?! Are you enjoying this torture?!"

Flonne shook her head with a small giggle. "Nope. I'm enjoying this because you finally have a chance to have love (Laharl: DAAAAAAHH!!!) and kindness (Laharl: DAMMIT!) and happiness (Laharl: IT BURNS, STOP IT!) and eternal peace (Laharl: SOMEBODY KILL ME RIGHT NOW!) for a change!"

"...Oooooooh, I see now," Pit said as Flonne went on and on about her emotions. "She is torturing Laharl instead of teaching him such emotions."

"This is Flonne we're talking about," Lucario said as he got Chris up. "She meant those things truthfully."

"...O-of course, I knew that."

"AAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Laharl yelled again as he blocked his pointy ears. "DAMN IT, STOP THAT CRAP!"

Flonne blinked, still being the oblivious and naive about Laharl's demands. "B-"

"Won't you listen to me for once?! I hate those emotions! I TOTALLY, BLATANTLY, HATE THEM!" Laharl yelled as his eyes turned yellow and his antennas pointed straight up to the roof, even the lava on each pool began to erupt in rage.

"Oh well," Flonne said smiling. "I'll see you later then." Flonne began to walk away from the hallway, thinking of another plan as Laharl panted heavily before he calmed down along with the lava (the group was shocked that his rage caused all that) as he sat down in the throne.

"That was..." Chris trailed off thinking. "...Very scary."

Big Sis Prinny sighed. "I guess some things never change."

Lucario looked at her. "When did you get here?"

"Oh, sorry for appearing out of nowhere," Big Sis Prinny said bowing. "I just happened to enter in here after Laharl made that tremble. Boy, he knows how to start a rambling."

"Do you Laharl that much?" Kirby asked as Big Sis Prinny gasped silently.

"I-I, yes, I know him very well..." The pink Prinny looked outside. "You might say since he was born..."

"You're here." Meta Knight called from the door and walked to them.

"Were you looking around the castle?" Kirby asked.

"Yes," Meta Knight nodded. "Nothing so far seems out of place, apart from all the "Prinnies" in here that is. Etna has been bossing them around the whole building."

"If it's Etna the person we're talking about, then most likely." Pit said.

"Besides," Meta Knight looked at Big Sis Prinny. "You stand out from all the Prinnies."

"O-oh, yes," Big Sis Prinny said sweating. "It's just my height and my color, nothing else."

"That is not completely true."

Big Sis Prinny sweatdropped. "W-what do you mean, sire?"

"Everyone," Meta Knight looked at them. "What is the word that a Prinny says commonly?"

Pit shrugged. "You mean "Dood"?"

Meta Knight nodded and a silence fell in.

"...If I recall," Lucario began. "She doesn't say that at the end of every sentence or at the beginning."

Big Sis Prinny gulped. "N-no, what do you mean, dood?"

Lucario glared at her. "You liar, you're using it now."

"A-ahaha, n-no, dood, y-you must have been mistaken myself."

"Grrrrr..."

"O-oh my, why is he showing his fangs at me?"

Chris raised a finger. "Lucario can find out whether you're lying or not by reading your mind."

Big Sis Prinny gasped and sweated even more. "O-oh, I-I see dood, w-wow, look at how hot this place got, I-I must report back to my duties in the castle dood, s-so, see you, good bye dood!" The pink Prinny began to run on her feet before running away, leaving a trail of dust as Laharl watched it disappear.

"Sometimes I even wonder how are all those weirdos my vassals, ugh," Laharl said shuddering. "Oh well, I'll have the most menacing ones for the best though, MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"Hey, did you hear something?" Twink asked.

"No," Diddy began. "But I think someone in here can give us a toiler paper or something of the sort."

"That Prinny is reallyyyyyyyyyyyyy fishy..." Kirby said tilting his head.

Pit looked around. "Wait, where is Mewtwo? I haven't seen him ever since we came here."

"Mewtwo is trying to control and calm down all the dark energy this place emanates," Meta Knight explained. "He can't stand this amount of "darkness" being concentrated in one place that his psychic skills are being perturbed."

"But where is he?"

"I believe he is meditating in silence somewhere around the castle, but I don't know where."

Lucario glowed for a second. "...Mewtwo is some floors above, probably in the highest one."

"What do you mean by probably?" Chris asked.

Lucario stopped glowing and looked down. "...To be honest, I'm perturbed as well. My aura isn't feeling so well that..."

"...It decreased your power?"

Lucario nodded slowly. "I'm sorry, but right now I have the power of a normal Lucario."

"No wonder why you said that Laharl felt powerful." Pit said.

"Then does that mean if you had you-" Chris was interrupted.

"Even with my normal aura, Laharl could prove to be force to be reckoned with."

"Then... HELP ME! I'M GOING TO FALL!" Chris said leaning towards the floor, making Lucario gasp and ran as fast as he could to catch him, he managed to do it but he felt Chris a little bit heavier. "Thank you..."

"Don't. Do that. Again." Lucario said with a serious face as he helped Chris.

"...Uh-huh." Chris said a little scared.

Pit turned his back and walked away to the hallway (ignoring the long maniacal and evil laugh from Laharl) as the group kept talking between themselves.

Hallway

"Flonne?" Pit saw Flonne looking to another direction...

...But there was something in her mind that she remembered a long time ago when she was in Celestia...

Flashback

Celestia
Flower Garden

Disgaea - Eternal Melody

Celestia - a world where beings known as angels live. The Netherworld, Celestia, and the human world...legend has it that these worlds are connected. This is one of such nexuses, between the Netherworld and Celestia. However, it is sealed by a gate constructed by the angels of ancient times...

There was a beautiful flower garden floating in the holy clouds of Celestia, home of the angels and the one in charge, Seraph Lamington.

On a peaceful garden of flowers, there was Flonne picking up flowers as Lamington appeared behind her since Flonne wanted to talk about something regarding the Netherworld.

"Master Lamington." Flonne said as she stood up and faced the angel.

Lamington was always a very calm figure, no matter what, he never gets angry at anything. Lamington always showed his happy expression around Celestia, his pale purple hair was long, his wings were long and he wore ancient clothes from the previous rulers of Celestia.

"What is it, Flonne?" Lamington (or Seraph as Flonne called him, along with the title Master first) asked.

"The angels told me that the demons are all evil. Is that true?" Flonne asked.

"What do you think?" Lamington asked back with a small smile.

"Hmmmm..." Flonne wondered. "I've never met one, so I don't know."

"Haha..." Lamington put a hand on Flonne's shoulder. "Listen carefully, Flonne. There is no such thing as absolute evil or absolute good" Lamington explained as he looked at some angels flying away in the distance. "The angels assume that they are good and the demons are evil. That is an unfortunate misconception. Demons do have love. The angels...and in fact, most demons, just do not realize it. If we can guide them... If we can make them see, then one day..."

"One day?" Flonne wondered titilng her head.

Lamington chuckled a little. "One day...demons could show those emotions to us and prove the angels they're misunderstanding."

Flonne smiled. "Do you think I could do something like that?"

"Hahahaha, maybe, just maybe, that is something you must fulfill. Teaching demons such emotions would be very great indeed."

Time passed ever since Flonne had her last conversation with Lamington until the day of her mission started...

"Did you send for me, Master Lamington?" Flonne asked appearing from the sky, where Lamington was looking at the flowers blooming in the gardens.

"Yes, I did," Lamington said with a small laugh. "Here, Flonne. Have a look. The flowers are in full bloom."

Flonne looked at the flowers blooming and smiled happily. "How beautiful!"

"..." Lamington already knew that she was going to say that from the beginning, whether or not he was going to tell her.

Flonne giggled. "I love these flowers. They are simple, yet so bright and lively..." Flonne looked back at Lamington. "I want to be like these flowers..."

Lamington took a moment of silence to talk. "...Flonne, listen carefully to what I have to say."

Flonne tilted her head. "Yes?"

"As Seraph, I have orders for you, Angel Trainee Flonne."

It was finally Flonne's time to do what she wanted to do for a long time, it was the time where she was going to show the demons in the Netherworld the true meanings of love, friendship, peace, eternal love, eternal peace, happiness, enthusiasm, concern, pity, good relationships an-

"Go to the Netherworld and assassinate the Overlord, King Krichevskoy."

Music stops with a scratch

Flonne quickly turned white in shock as a shocked expression took form on her face, her eyes widened and turned white as well, and the only thing she could say from her shocked expression was: "Huh?"

Laharl's Castle
Hallway

Disgaea - Lord Laharl's Hymn

"Master Lamington," Flonne said joining her hands. "I will accompany Laharl for a little while longer. He is selfish, self-centered, and stubborn... And those aren't his only shortcomings," Flonne blinked as she smiled and closer her eyes. "But I have discovered a hint of kindness in his heart. It may be small right now... But I have great hope that he will learn to love. So, Master Lamington..." The Angel Trainee looked down with a happy face. "...Please forgive my digression."

"Flonne."

"U-UAH!" Flonne jumped in shock and fell on the floor. "O-oww..."

"S-sorry! A-are you alright?" Pit asked helping Flonne.

"Y-yeah..." Flonne said. "Sorry for you to look at me talking to myself, I was just remebering something important. Now you're wondering if I'm some sort of weirdo..."

"I-it's okay, don't worry about it."

"Thank you." Flonne said smiling.

Somewhere...

It was frustrating, horrible, unbeliavable...

"Flonne hasn't reported back for a long time after she left Celestia, why is she delaying so long?"

Vulcanus, one of the highest angels of Celestia wondered in irritation.

Vulcanus was one of Lamington's most trusted angels, but the first one always had his own ambitions that he kept in secret. Vulcanus has been frustrated that Seraph Lamington sent Flonne to assassinate King Krichevskoy, Vulcanus's clothing wasn't all that different from Lamington's, except that his face looked a little menacious, there was a brown mustache under his nose (some may say the mustache comes out from his nose) and the golden simple helmet on his head.

Vulcanus grunted as he appeared in the Netherworld. "...Still, this demon den is so filthy..." Vulcanus said looking around the inferno. "What I don't understand is why Flonne hasn't returned to Celestia," Vulcanus thought for a moment before gasping. "...Is it possible that she's trying to use the demons to gain control of Celestia?!"

"Most likely."

"That's it! That has to be it! There's no other explanation!!!" Vulcanus grunted in frustration. "I won't allow it! My plan shall not be interfered with...wait," Vulcanus looked behind his back and gasped once he saw a huge shadow, glaring down at him with its red glowing eyes. "W-who are you?! Some sort of filthy demon?!"

"Relax," the figure said. "I am here to help you in your plan."

"M-my plan?!"

"Yes," the figure nodded making noises of a machine. "Are you interested to accept our services?"

"Services? Of a demon?!"

"No," the figure shook its head. "We want to do something about the Overlord as well. Since we have almost the same goals, why don't you make a deal with us and we help you?"

"...Hmm..." Vulcanus wondered.

"Take your time," the figure said chuckling. "I must take revenge on that filthy World Traveler scum and the Smashers..."

Guests' Room

Evening...

"We're going to rest here for the time being," Toon Link said yawning. "We've been pretty much going around without stopping."

"Aw, how sweet, we're going to sleep under the stars." Peach said.

Fortunately for the Smashers in Laharl's Castle, there were many rooms for guests to rest in, apparently that is because Laharl's father liked to have important guests of the castle...or just build them because for the heck of it.

"Lucario, look," Chris said pointing at his DS. "There's an option to see what Fox's sees through his scouter, maybe we could see what he sees."

"Then use it, I know you want to," Lucario said as Chris clicked the option. "What is there?"

"...I don't know why," Chris said taking a closer look in the top screen. "But there is a big emerald-colored eye glaring at me and it's getting menacier with every second it passe-"

"Chris... I believe that is Fox's right eye staring at us."

"Would you mind putting the view the right way, please?" Fox asked narrowing his glaring eye.

"You have it backwards." Lucario pointed out.

"Oops, my bad. Sorry." Chris said chuckling nervously as he changed the view.

"Around the big planeeeeeet," Yoshi sang as he fell asleep. "Around the plaaaaaaaa...neeeeeeeeeet..."

"Squirps wants to cross the space!" Squirps demanded. "And it has to be now!"

"Sorry, first we need to rest then we'll help you." Geno said.

"...Okay, Squirps needs his beauty sleep, heheheh." Squirps said showing happily his teeth.

"Oh yeah," Mallow said looking at Chris. "Were you able to contact the others?"

"...No," Chris said looking down. "I'm not receiving any signals from Samus or someone else... I'm afraid something bad happened to them."

"They're fine," DK was heard snoring a little. "Just put some faith in them."

"I've put my faith 17 times in a row..."

"...L-look at the time, I need to sleep..." DK said yawning out loud.

"A-anyway, good night everyone." Chris said.

"Good night Mallow." Peach said.

"Good night Peach, good night Mario, good night Tippi, good night Geno, good night Twink, good night Diddy, good night Toon Link, good night Lucario, good night Bowser, good night Sonic, good night Chris, good night Fox, good night Yoshi, good night Thoreau, good night Boomer, good night Slim, good night Thudley, good night Carrie, good night Squirps, good nigh-"

"SHUT UP MALLOW!" Everyone yelled annoyed.

And Mallow shut up.

Simple as that.

And they went to sleep.

And Chris suffered all the snores coming from his DS, along with Lucario who blocked his ears with a pillow.

...The next day...

Throne Room

"EMERGENCY!" Etna yelled from the hallway as she opened the big double doors. "WE HAVE AN INTRUDER IN THE CASTLE!"

"What?!" Laharl asked standing up as the Smashers (with Mewtwo and Big Sis Prinny) looked at her. "Where's that filthy imbecile?!"

"Gone."

Laharl fell anime-style and stood up angrily, antennas pointing up. "THEN WHY THE HECK DID YOU SAY THERE WAS AN INTRUDER?!"

Laharl began to hear sobs from the hallway along with the others, it was Flonne who looked a little pale and she fell on her knees, Pit, Lucario, Chris, Kirby and Big Sis Prinny ran to her worried and kneeled to see her closer. "F-Flonne, it's something wrong?" Kirby asked.

"Why are you looking pale though?" Meta Knight asked.

"M-my..." Flonne sobbed. "M-my pendant..."

"Pendant?" Lucario repeated.

Flonne nodded sobbing even more. "M-my pendant. The Seraph gave that pendant to me before I came to the Netherworld..." Flonne cleared some tears. "An Angel Trainee like me cannot stay in the Netherworld very long without that pendant..."

"Pendant...yes," Mewtwo said nodding. "I do remember you wearing a pendant."

"Wait," Pit said remembering. "You were always wearing a pendant now that I remember, that is special?"

Flonne nodded. "Y-yes, that pendant is blessed to protect angels in training like me from the Netherworld's curse... A-at this rate, I will lose all of my energy, and eventually die..."

"D-die?!" Chris asked shocked.

"...Yes... I'm sorry everyone... I was so careless." Flonne said sadly.

"Hmmmm, is that so? Well, that sucks." Etna said as Pit glared at her.

"Etna!" Pit said angrily.

"Prince, whatcha gonna do?" Etna asked looking at Laharl with a grin. The prince crossed his arms.

"Like I should care," Laharl said. "She came to assassinate my old man in the first place."

"That's our Prince," Etna said smirking. "Even capable of turning his back on such a helpless little girl."

"(But that is downright cruel...)" Chris thought.

"O-of course..." Laharl trailed off.

"L-Laharl..." Flonne began coughing a little.

"W-what? It's the truth, isn't it?"

"Laharl..." Flonne coughed a little more as Lucario managed to hold her in her arms, Kirby sitting on his shoulder to look at the angel. "I-if you can find my pendant, I will give you something good..."

"..."Something good", you say?" Laharl asked raising an eyebrow.

"(Stupid, greedy bastard.)" Pit thought.

"Hmph. If I wanted it, I'd just steal it from you." Laharl said.

"Y-you would use violence on weak little me?" Flonne asked.

Lucario began to growl at the prince. "If you are trying t-"

"Give it up, already! I'm a demon!" Laharl stated throwing his arms up. "It doesn't matter how you are! Even if you were old, maimed, or diseased!"

"...Fine." Flonne said clsing her eyes. "Then, my gift will never be yours..."

"...What's that supposed to mean?"

"..." Flonne didn't say anything.

"Tell me, dangit!" Laharl demanded.

"Would you stop being a brat around here?!" Pit asked taking his dual blades. "She's in a critical condition for Palutena's sake! Are you're yelling at her like that?!"

"What's all the commotion in there?" Fox asked from the DS. "We're currently in this... Whoa Zone place. I got lost in this freaky dimension... And my blood if probably going to my head because I'm walking on the ceiling!"

Everyone ignored that complaint as Flonne remained silent. "...Poor child..." Big Sis Prinny muttered.

"...Are you trying to provoke me?" Laharl asked.

"Laharl," Meta Knight began. "Maybe you should listen to her wishes for once and see what she wants to give you, it could be something of worth that you wouldn't get anywhere else."

"..." Laharl closed his eyes. "Hmph... Fine. I've got some time to kill."

"(But this...)" Lucario looked down to Flonne. "(...So sudden, why I couldn't detect that intruder?... This place, the darkness that shrouds it...)"

"Laharl..." Flonne said smiling.

"But!" Laharl raised a finger. "Let me make one thing clear. I'm not doing this for your sake! And when I find the pendant, that "something good" is mine! You got that?!"

"...Thank you...Laharl..." Flonne said weakly as she opened her eyes.

"You're an angel! You shouldn't be thanking demons. I do what I want, when I want!" Laharl looked away annoyed and angrily. "Remember that! Hmph!!"

"But who got inside the castle in the first place, dood?" Big Sis Prinny asked.

"I couldn't sense anyone," Mewtwo said. "I can't concentrate my powers very well here... Sorry."

"I-it's not your fault." Chris said reassuring Mewtwo.

"...Huh?" Fox was still confused at the whole situation. "Did something happen in there?"

The group explained everything to Fox, and much for his dismay, he was the only one of the whole group who got lost in the Whoa Zone because everyone else made it in time to the end, where Squirps waited impaciently for everyone to get reunited.

"So you're telling us that the Pure Heart is across that door?" Tippi asked.

"Yep, Squirps says so!" Squirps said...

But suddenly, a stomp was heard in the screen followed by many more. There were many chuckles and Chris looked at the DS.

"Hey, are you all chuckling?" Chris asked.

"Who are these people?" DK asked.

"Chris, something's wrong in this place. We're being ambushed by 6!" Fox said.

"Ambushed?! Who are they?!"

"...Wait, that guy over there, he looks like Lui-"

BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!!!!!

"No!" Kirby flew to Chris's shoulder. "Did we lose the transmission?"

"Oh my!" Kawashima said appearing. "I'm afraid something discrupted the transmissions between each other. It's kind of like what happened to the others, but I can feel something jamming the call!"

"...This doesn't look good." Lucario said concerned.

"Who cares about them?" Laharl asked crossing his arms. "We have to find that pendant and get whatever this "Love Freak" wants to give me!"

"...You stupid little..." Lucario muttered in rage, but before he could do something, they all began to hear something.

"...Wait a minute..." Flonne said closing her eyes. "...Don't you hear something?"

"Hmm..." Laharl took a moment of silence. "...It sounds like many footsteps are coming from outside the castle..."

Chris looked outside the window and began to tremble. "...E-everyone..."

Kirby got shocked and gulped. "O-oh no...no...no no no no no..."

"What?" Etna asked peering out of the window and her eyes widened. "...P-Prince..."

"Yeah?" Laharl asked.

"...I-it looks like we've got company..."

"And lots of them!" Pit added.

Meta Knight looked outside the window and found something familiar that caught his eye. "Wait, isn't that machine over there..."

Chris gulped in fear. "Oh no...it's...it's Galle-"

BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!!!!!!!

"Hello there everyone!" Etna's voice was heard showing some mysterious pictures. "Looks like the 3 teams are in for a surprise, the first team got disconnected from our reach, the second team ended in a twisted dimension and my kick (beep!) team is still standing against the next battle!"

"E-Etna, what are you doing?" Flonne's voice asked.

"Weren't you weak?"

"Nope, I'm perfectly fine in this preview section yo-"

"Will our heroes resist the sudden attacks? Will I get my own interesting sequel for this story? Will I get even more sexier than I am? Will Flonne give Etna the precious item she talked about?"

"W-when did I say I was going to give yo-"

"Next time on Sexy Extravagant Hyper Dimentional Spacial Demon Lord Etna: Etna's Time To Shine In Battle VS. The Beast Of The Ominous Space! Laharl's fear to the MAX!"

"E-Etna, isn't that title kind of long?"

"Well, it is, but hey, it raises drama, doesn't it? Heheheheh... I can see my name's letters in gold for the title of this entire story already, think about it!"

"...I will?"

"Yeah!"

"But you aren't the main protagonis-"

There was a sound of a bullet and someone fell dead.

"That should do it." Etna said kicking a girl angel.

TO BE CONTINUED FOR EVERYONE OUT THERE BECAUSE I SAY SO!

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Laharl's Castle
Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Kirby, Meta Knight, Pit, Laharl, Etna, Flonne



Whoa Zone
Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Yoshi, Mallow, Geno, Twink, Mario, Peach, Tippi


Bryyo
Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar, Link, Samus
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 10, 2009, 09:11:57 PM
Chapter 109: Etna's Time To Shine In Battle VS. The Beast Of The Ominous Space! Laharl's fear to the MAX!



...Or...



The Last of Disgaea, Dood


Disgaea: Hour of Darkness

Laharl's Castle
Throne Room

Hidden Mountain & Forest

"-om!" Chris finished.

"WORLD TRAVELER!!!" Galleom yelled from the army of Primids and other creatures from the Subspace. "SURRENDER AT ONCE YOUR EXISTENCE, TABUU WISHES TO KILL YOU AND SEE YOU DEAD ONCE AND FOR ALL!!!"

"W-what?!"

"Hey!" Laharl glared at him. "Do you know who the hell are those guys?!"

Chris looked down. "Y-yes, I do. They're the Subspace Army that are trying to take over the worl-"

Laharl's antennas pointed straight up in fury as the demon crossed his arms. "WHAT?! They're here to take over the Netherworld, and more specifically MY OWN DAMN CASTLE?!"

A light bulb appeared above Pit's head. "O-of course! Not only they want to take over the worlds, but they also want to take this castle as theirs as well!"

"WHAT?!" Laharl asked as the lava rose up violently in the room.

Another light bulb appeared above Kirby's head. "Or they could take this castle and take it down since it's worthless for them."

"...GRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Laharl grunted furiously. "So they want to take my castle but destroy it because it looks puny?! Who do they think they're dealing with?! I'm the Great Overlord Laharl for my own sake!"

Another light bulb appeared above Chris. "I'm guessing you're not going to do anything, am I right?"

Laharl pointed angrily at him. "Oh no, I'm going to cause havoc to those impudent idiots! Etna!"

"Yes, my Prince?" Etna asked making a salute.

"Gather all the Prinnies and make an order to attack those guys. What are you waiting for?! THIS IS A DAMN ORDER!!!"

"Alrighty! Heheheheh!" Etna said running away to the hallway.

"Vassals!" Laharl began. "Prepare for battle. We're going to fight every single one of them back and keep the castle safe! And that also includes the casanova, the angel boy and the pink marshmallow!"

Chris, Pit and Kirby looked at him annoyed.

"You there!" Laharl pointed at Big Sis Prinny. "You're coming with us and fight out there!"

"I-I'm afraid I can't my Prince, dood." Big Sis Prinny said sweating.

"WHAT?!" Laharl asked enraged.

Big Sis Prinny took out a broom and began to clean the floor. "W-who's going to watch over the castle in your absence, dood? Somebody has to stay behind and watch over it so those guys won't come in here, dood. (Oh please, let him understand that I can't fight out there...)"

"...You got a point there," Laharl said nodding as Big Sis Prinny sighed in relief. "Alright, everyone in here, listen well! We have a castle to protect until I become the next official Overlord, those nuisances out there aren't going to prevent that from happening if I haven't told them to do so! The Love Freak will have to stay here with the pink penguin and see what is her reward, understood?!"

"(Knowing Laharl, he's likely going to cast that huge meteor again.)" Pit said shrugging.

"(Why go outside since Laharl can kill all of them by himself?)" Kirby asked.

"We understand very well." Mewtwo said nodding.

"Alright then!" Laharl turned his back to the door and smirked. "They don't expect what they're going to get from me. I will rule over the Netherworld and destroy anyone who crosses in my path to become the Overlord! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH-cough-cough-AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAAA" Laharl laughed evily and maniacally as he floated above and flew to the hall...still laughing evily.

"Be aware," Mewtwo began as they looked at him. "My powers have been decreased as Lucario's, we have to be careful in every move we do or we could end dead."

"I hate this darkness..." Lucario said clenching his fists.

"Is it really that bad?" Kirby asked.

"Yes," Mewtwo said nodding. "Once we're done with Galleom and his army, we're going to return back to the mansion and see if the others made it alive."

Meta Knight took out Galaxia and turned to the door. "Then let us begin the war."

"W-war?!" Chris and Kirby repeated shocked as Lucario put Flonne down in the red mat.

"There's not enough time before they make it to the bridge of the castle, we must aid Laharl...sadly!" Pit said shuddering at the thought.

Though most of them shuddered and began their way down to the bridge.

However, Pit returned and looked down to Flonne who tried to stay alive by breathing heavily. "...Please, don't die on me... We're angels, weren't not supposed to die like this..."

"Do you care for your loved ones?" Big Sis Prinny asked.

Pit blushed. "I-I ah...um...y-yes, I care for my loved ones."

"Then go outside and give it all for Flonne," Big Sis Prinny made a happy expression. "I'm sure she will be truly happy for your efforts once you tell her."

Pti smiled a little but kept blushing. "T-thank you for your support. I will fight for Flonne...b-but don't think we're in love or something! I-I'm too young for that!" Pit said with a bow before he ran out, preparing his dual blades as he left.

Big Sis Prinny looked down to Flonne and looked around. "...I can't let a kind child like you die like this... I'm going to give you this," Big Sis Prinny ducked and poured some sort of medicine inside her mouth.

"G-gu..." Flonne slowly opened her eyes but Big Sis Prinny blocked them.

"(I can't let you know why I'm doing this or my secret identity would be exposed to Laharl...and I don't want that right now...)"

Several minutes later...

"Dood, what's wrong with her?"

"Dood, I don't know."

"Heeeeeeey!" Prinny number 35 called from the door as 2 other Prinnies stared down at Flonne who was regaining consciousness. "Lord Laharl wants us to attack the army trying to take the castle, dood, we have to help 'em out! Master Etna is EVEN out there, dood!"

The 2 Prinnies began to panic. "DOOD! WHY DIDN'T YOU SAY THAT BEFORE, DOOD?!" Prinny number 2009 asked panicking.

"LET'S JUST REUNITE WITH EVERYONE, DOOD!" Prinny number 448 yelled panicking as the 3 Prinnies sprinted off the room.

"...H-huh?" Flonne blinked confused before gasping. "W-wait!" Flonne stood up and looked around, there wasn't anyone in the throne room besides her. "D-did you give me some kind of medicine to get better?! Hello?! Where's everyone..." Flonne put her hands on her neck and began coughing. "U-ugh... I-I'm still weak... Maybe I shouldn't be pushing myself so much..."

She began to hear explosions coming from outside until she realized what was happening.

"Oh no... There's the Subspace Army here... I-I need to go out there... If I can make it in time..." Flonne said weakly as she slowly began her way down the castle, leaving the throne room.

Behind the throne, there was Big Sis Prinny hiding and she peered out and looked at the door once Flonne was gone. "Phew. My job is done here for now... I hope Laharl results victorious in this battle..."

Super Paper Mario

Whoa Zone
Chapter 4-4 The Mysterious Mr. L

"Mario and his friends took the Space Byway (suffering the horrible and very strange world the 2-D dimension could be) and merged into the Whoa Zone. Known to some as the Space Graveyard, it was said to consume all who entered it. "Just a little bit longer... We'll be arriving soon," said young Squirps. "But I wanna get out of here!" Sonic whined though nobody cared about his complaints. With Squirps's unblinking eyes glimmering, he continued to forge onward (where they accidentaly got lost around the whacky space, at least Fox got more than all of them). Would Mario and his friends get their hands on the Pure Heart at long last?... Or would they end up in some kind of freaky sidequest that would take more time? Why did we talk about this random topic out of the space? Who knows actually? You are eager to see what is going to happen next still..."

Super Paper Mario - Mr. L Theme

The Smashers' way were blocked by 6 known figures (at least 3 of them were). Those 6 figures were 4 of Count Bleck's servants and 2 ogf Tabuu's army, Dimentio the magician of the dimensions, Mimi the shapeshifter, O' Chunks the...um...general of some army? Charizard, Dedede...and of course, the mysterious Mr. L.

"Heh heh heh..." Mr. L chuckled along with everyone. "Finally, you all arrived."

Yoshi made a bored look. "...Why is Lui-"

"Wh-who are you?!" Tippi demanded ignoring Yoshi's statement.

"Come to think of it, I think I saw him somewhere else before..." Mario said rubbing his chin.

Geno rolled his eyes and frowned. "Mario, I can't believe you don't recognize your br-"

"Oh, me?" Mr. L asked interrupting Geno's statement. "Just one of Count Bleck's more promising minions."

Mimi got an angry expression. "Hey like, that is kind of rude," Mimi said giggling afterwards. "I guess the Count just plain likes you. How creepy."

Dimentio chuckled. "I wonder myself what is his plan."

"Oh, hi there clown guy!" Diddy said waving at Dimentio.

"Diddy, he's supposed to be our enemy." Twink said.

"The Green Thunder..." Mr. L began and everyone looked at him.

"The Green Thunder?" Sonic asked.

Mr. L took a weird stance before spinning around quickly then he came at full stop facing no one in particular and raised his right hand to the air. "MR. L!!!" Mr. L proclaimed as green lights shone behind him.

"...That has to be the weirdest pose and entrance I've seen before in my life." Sonic said as Mr. L grumbled.

"Mr...L?" Tippi wondered slowly.

"Or more accurately, Lui-" Zelda was interrupted.

"Oh, I know why are you sich nuisances to Count Bleck," Mr. L said rolling his eyes. "The day where you're going to dig your own graves is here."

"'r we 'ather 'ut ou' al' 'n 'he 'raves 'urselves!" O' Chunks said laughing.

"...Did somebody understand a word he said?" Toon Link asked confused.

"A rather not." Peach said.

"Look, there's Bowser," Charizard said smirking. "C'mon Bowser, you know you're evil, you want to join the baddies, aren't you?"

"I'm evil... I'm evil..." Bowser kept repeating. "HOWEVER!" Bowser raised a finger. "I, sadly, must stay with Mario this time around to rule the world someday, that's why I don't want to join anybody else...yet of course!"

Dedede rolled his eyes and whispered to Charizard once Bowser was crying toon tears: "And here I was thinkin' about make 'im understand."

Charizard frowned. "Who cares? He'll be begging to be in once we're done with him."

Bowser glared at them. "Hey, you! Yes, you 2! You said I was an idiot?!"

Both villians stared back at the villain, rubbing their faces a little with their fingers. "...We did?" Dedede asked confused.

Bowser began to stomp his left foot on the floor furiously. "RUAARGH! That is IT! You 2 are asking for it now!"

"...And he's your main opponent?" DK asked.

"Pretty much..." Mario whispered.

"So anyway," Mr. L began. "You guys have to, sadly, disappear for good."

"Just who are you?" Mario asked as Fox facepalmed.

"Mario, stop being stupid, that Mr. L guy is Lu-" Fox was INTERRUPTED as everyone else.

"Of course, Count Bleck isn't satisfied with you around, that's why he ordered me to take all of you out from his way." Mr. L said interrupting Fox.

"Would you stop with the interruptions?!"

"No! I like to be me!"

"No," Mallow said with a chuckle. "It sucks to be you."

"SUCKS?!" Mr. L's right eye twitched. "Don't make me call my brother here! I'm warning you, once my brother and I join forces, there's no one who's going to stop us, NO DEAD FRICKIN' WAY!"

"Helloooooooo?" Mimi called annoyed. "We're supposed to take out all of them as a...ugh...team. So no getting the praise for you alone. I want some praise coming from the Count too!"

Dimentio chuckled. "Indeed. I also happen to get some praise as well if you don't mind. Yes, I'm that egoist, ha ha ha."

Mimi looked at him with a weird look. "You were being sarcastic, weren't you?"

"What do you think?" Dimentio asked.

"Nevermind that."

"HA HA HA HA HA HA!" O' Chunks laughed proudly. "'he Coun' 's 'onna 'e 'appy 'fter I 'ummel al' o' ou' 'o 'he 'round 'ith 'o 'uch hamage!"

"What?" The Smashers asked confused.

"Er... 'ake 'hat damage...'ait!" O' Chunks glared at them. "On't 'ake me 'urt ou'!"

"So far the only things I was able to understand were "damage" and "me" from his odd language...it's making my head hurt." Yoshi said rubbing his head? Yes, that's right. I'm sure as hell he doesn't have a head above his eyes.

"Wait," Geno stepped forward. "Tell me something first."

"What?" Mr. L asked.

"Are you by any chance guarding a Star Spirit?"

"Pfft," Dedede rolled his eyes. "Yeah yeah, we're guarding...a Subspace Bomb!"

"It's just beyong that door," Charizard said pointing at the door behind the group. "I doubt you're going to enter in there though."

"But my question was if you have a Star Spirit, yes or no?" Geno asked glaring.

"Look," Dedede began chuckling. "We dunno about a spirit of a star. You can only find a Subspace Bomb about to blow up and take the whole place for Tabuu," Dedede took out his hammer and began to spin it. "Mah hammer will knock out some sense to ya!"

"Geno..." Twink trailed off worried. "I-I think I can't feel a Star Spirit here... Sorry to tell you this."

"...It's okay," Geno said looking down before putting his left hand above his right hand, prepared to fire bullets. "I guess we'll have to fight all of them and save this place becau-"

"Because Squirps demands it!" Squirps yelled appearing between the group angrily. "SQUIRPS! How dare you kick me?! Squirps isn't feeling so well after that stomping, SQUIRPS!"

"You still conscious?" Mr. L asked raising an eyebrow. "Geez, you're persistent, aren't you?"

Squirps began to run on his tentacles. "The true power of Squirps will be manifested today, YAHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-"

Kick!

"Y-you know what?" Squirps asked as Mr. L kicked his head a little bit enough to make a bump on it. "Squirps will leave them to you, s-since Squirps is feeling a stomache right now after eating that delicious chocolate...you don't happen to have any with you?" Squirps asked with a grin before DK grabbed him...and threw him away. "SQUIIIIIIIRPS!"

"High-five for shutting him up," Mallow said high-fiving with DK. "Well," Mallow asjusted his pants a little bit. "We need to fight Mr. L right?"

Yoshi rolled his eyes with a groan. "Mallow...for the last time...he is Lu-"

"I don't need you to tell me it's a cool name," Mr. L said INTERRUPTING Yoshi who got annoyed. "I know it. Don't bother memorizing it. Why?" Mr. L stood in a fighting stance as the other 5 prepared as well. "Because we're about to give you a burial at sea... I mean, a burial in space."

"Oh, come-ON!" Yoshi said annoyed. "Mario, Peach, MALLOOOOOOOOOW! Bowser! You don't EXACTLY know who's that guy in green? Seriously?"

"Mr. L?" Peach asked confused.

"The Green Thunder?" Mario asked confused.

"A dude in a costume?" Bowser asked confused.

"An odd guy with a weird pose, weird clothes and uses a mask that makes his eyes look white?" Mallow asked.

"For crying out loud! That Mr. L guy is Lu-" Yoshi was...yes, you guessed it.

"Just because you're in red, pink, an idiot, a star, a fairy thingy, a dinosaur, cartoony, a furry, got 2 eyes that are creepily joined, ape, chimpanzee or spider monkey, long-eared lady, cloudy or shady fellow doesn't mean you're all strong." Mr. L commented addressing EVERYONE but his team.

"Okay, that's ENOUGH YOU!" Yoshi yelled glaring at Mr. L. "You darn guy. I'm going to reveal Mario and the other 3 that you're in reality Lu-"

"Have at you!" Mr. L yelled charging forward.

"Screw it then! You dress like an idiot!"

O' Chunks Battle - I'm Not Nice - Dimentio Charming Magician - Checker Knights...

...Or just...

Super Paper Mario - A Powerful Enemy Emerges

Everyone quickly separated and fought each 6 villians in groups of 2 in the odd world of the Whoa Zone.

"Finally, a fight for repayin' that fight in dah hedgehog's world!" Dedede said slamming down his hammer that missed Sonic (who grinned). "Hey, quit movin' around!"

"Why don't you catch me me first?" Sonic asked sitting on Dedede's hammer.

"You little!" Dedede spun his hammer as Sonic merely jumped awaya and used a fast Homing Attack directly on Dedede's stomach before rolling back. "A-ack! Damn you!"

"Hello?" Diddy asked tapping Dedede's shoulder. Dedede looked behind him and a banana was splattered on his face as Diddy fired several peanuts at the king. "I got him, attack now!"

"Roger that!" Sonic said spinning before slamming himself to the king using Spin Dash. Dedede was able to regain his stance and quickly used a weak Jet Hammer to push the hedgehog away from him as Sonic backflipped in the air and landed on his feet.

"Heheheheheheh!" Dedede laughed proudly. "Just keep attackin' me and you'll see my true abilities!"

"Saving the best for the ending, huh?" Sonic asked grinning.

Dedede grinned back as he raised his hammer. "You betcha, darn hedgehog!!!" Dedede yelled slamming down the hammer directly.

Using the hammer's shadow, the scene changed to O' Chunks's fist on the floor where Geno backstepped out of the way with Mario. "'ey! 'top oving 'round! Me 'ants to 'ive ya 'ome hamage!" O' Chunks complained stomping the floor.

"Mario, do you still have any idea what's this guy is blabbering about?" Geno asked as he charged his Geno Beam.

"No idea but be careful! If he grabs you he will toss you around!" Mario warned as he jumped straight towards O' Chunks, who gasped and received the hit as he charged towards Geno.

"Geno Beam!" Geno yelled firing his beam directly into O' Chunks's belly, the blocky guy grunted in pain and decided to jump in the air to reach Geno and grab him. "W-wait, stop it!" Geno demanded as O' Chunks began to spin Geno around him before tossing the puppet away, where he went crashing...somehow at the borders of the screen before crashing into the floor.

"O' 'eah!" O' Chunks said flexing doing some weird poses with weird lights as his background before stopping.

"...Dammit..." Geno muttered as he got up. "I won't let an attack like that get me again, Mario!"

Mario nodded. "Wait, why did I nod for?"

Geno facepalmed with a frown as O' Chunks charged forward to them as they sidestepped out of his fists' way. "Got you," Geno said firing several bullets under O' Chunks's chin, followed up by a fast (but weak) uppercut making the general back away as he grunted in pain.

"'amn ya!" O' Chunks complained angrily.

"Will somebody please teach him how to talk already?!" Geno asked. "He's already getting on my nerves!"

Mario looked at Mr. L who was motioning towards him. "...Just who are you?" Mario asked as he ran to him.

"Mimimimimi," Mimi chuckled as Zelda and Peach glared at her from another place of the same zone. "Why don't you just wait in some castle and be rescued by your princes my dears? Fighting isn't for you."

Zelda's right hand glowed. "Well, I'll take that as an insult."

"Do you?" Mimi said as she began to float above. "Well then! There's no time for talk, but tim to use my rubees of death on you 2!" Mimi called forth a protective barrier of rubees floating around her as Zelda shrugged a little.

"R-rubees..." Zelda said shrugging.

"What's wrong with rubees?!" Mimi demanded angrily.

"T-they're were Hyrule's last money currency...but it didn't turn out so well and we had to use rupees instead."

Mimi glared menacingly at Zelda. "So you just threw the rubees AWAY from YOUR kingdom?!"

"O-of course!" Zelda yelled back. "Rubees are frauds for a money currency!"

"DON'T DARE TO MOCK MY MONEY! YOU SHALL SUFFER THE HORRIBLE TORMENT OF THE RUBEES!"

Zelda rolled her eyes and crossed her arms. "Like rubees are going to kill, oh no. Look at me! Rubees are going to kill me!"

Peach looked back and forth between both girls. "U-um... Zelda. I don't think that was a good idea..."

Zelda looked at her confused. "Why?"

"TAKE THIS WILL YOU?!" Mim yelled firing several rubees to the air as they slashed both girls who yelled and twitched in pain. "FIRE FIRE FIRE FIRE!!!" Mimi ordered firing a barrage of big rubees at the princesses who ran away for their lifes, trying to think to counterattack her shots.

"Ha!" Zelda spun around using Nayru's Love to return back the rubees at Mimi. The shapeshifter gasped as 3 rubees went slashing her small arms as she flaied her arms around in pain.

"Owie golly!" Mimi yelped as she called forth more rubees that spun around her in the air. "My, you're very INTOLERANT stupid-heads!"

"Try shooting me with those "rupees" again and the same thing will happen." Zelda said.

"Oh?" Mimi giggled a little. "Then how about this?" Mimi asked getting closer to the floor where she began to spin the rubees around her in a fast pace before rushing at full speed towards Zelda and Peach. Both princesses gasped as Mimi collided her rubees at them as she floated above and giggled down to the girls. "Mimimimimimimi, you're not that hard to fight after all. Count Bleck will be surely pleased after I finish you 2!"

"Z-Zelda..." Peach trailed off.

"D-don't worry..." Zelda said getting up. "W-we won't lose to her..."

"Can't catch me," Dimentio said chuckling as he dodged DK's fist. "Not even here," Dimentio said appearing behind DK who quickly turned his back but failed to hit the magician who teleported out of the way. "Or even here," Dimentio chuckled disappearing before DK could land a fist. "Maybe I'm here," Dimentio said above DK who almost managed to uppercut the masked guy. "Maybe I'm over there," Dimentio chuckled behind DK's back as the gorilla tried to get him. "'round and 'round, Dimentio goes, where he'll stop, nobody knows!"

"Stop teleporting around!" DK complained as Dimentio simply appeared in front of him and slammed down a polygonal blast, making the kong back away. "U-ugh!"

"I've got him!" Toon Link said as he shot an arrow to Dimentio...but failed because he teleported away. "Curses!"

"Such "cleverness" that you both are supposed to have will only make everything harder," Dimentio said appearing several meters away from them. "I'll squash you down like 2 bees trapped in a jar of caramel."

"I'm starting to hate his mouth already." Toon Link said gritting his teeth.

"Why can't he stop teleporting around?" DK asked as Dimentio chuckled. "What's so funny now?"

"Your question," Dimentio said charging another attack above his finger. "The answer for that is so obvious that it makes me laugh."

"Watch out!" DK yelled as Dimentio shot the attack at Toon Link, however, the magician teleported away along with the attack before appearing behind Toon Link and slamming down the blast on him. "Hey, are you okay?"

"I-I'm fine..." Toon Link said making an angry expression. "But that guy is so asking for a stab on his pixelated look!"

"My," Dimentio appeared between them. "This battle sure looks promising after all. I wonder how much you 2 are going to last though."

"SHUT UP!" Toon Link and DK yelled trying to collide their attacks with Dimentio who just snapped his fingers and eleported away, making both receive the blow of the other straight in the face as they backed away.

"FIRE!" Bowser yelled firing a stream of fire to Charizard.

"MY FIRE IS BETTER!" Charizard yelled back using Flmaethrower to compete against Bowser's.

"Let me help, please please please please!" Mallow said running on his feet.

Bowser stopped his attack and Mallow gasped. "Look cloudy, this is MY own battle and yo-"

"RUN!" Mallow panicked running away as Bowser remember the Flamethrower from before who covered him in flames, the king of the Koopas yelled in pain as Charizard smirked.

"Told you," Charizard said chuckling. "My flames are better."

"DAMMIT YOU STUPID CLOUD THING!" Bowser yelled furiously at Mallow.

"Hey! I was just asking you nicely to help you out!" Mallow protested angrily.

Bowser raised a finger. "Rule number 1! No interrupting my business! Rule number 2-"

"Crisp the idiots in front of me!" Charizard interrupted using Flamethrower on the 2 who yelled in pain as the dragon kept firing his flames.

"T-THUNDERBOLT!" Mallow called out to the weird zone and soon thunderbolts began to fall down on the dragon who yelled in pain as Bowser and Mallow panted heavily. "H-he's going to get it now..."

"DUAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!" Bowser charged at Charizard and slammed his skull directly on Charizard's head, the dragon felt a strong pain and backed away as Bowser stomped on his head and shot his trail of flames back.

"Keep him like that. SHOCKER!!

SHOCKER!

"UAAAAHHH!!!" Charizard screamed in pain as he quickly backed away from the 2 and glared at them. "D-darn you... (Just you wait...until I get to use my...special attack...)"

"Hey! Mr. Jumpallthetime! Take a load of this!" Mr. L called by simply jump and stomp above Mario who jumped back after he received the hit.

"Why do I think I know him?" Mario asked rubbing his head as he evaded another stomp from Mr. L.

"HA-HAAA!!!" Mr. L. took out a Thunder Bolt that fell down on Mario as the masked man stomped on him and laughed afterwards. "Man, for all the stories I've been hearing about, you're not THAT hard. Geez, and you're supposed to be the so-calle-" Mr. L stopped talking once someone tapped his shoulder. "What no-"

PUNCH!

"OWW! OWW OWW OWW OWW OWW! MY NOSE!" Mr. L backed away after Fox punched him right in the nose.

"Are you alright?" Fox asked to Mario.

"Y-yes, but there's something awfully wrong with Mr. L..."

Fox facepalmed and frowned. "Mario, don't you realize that "M. L" is actually Lu-"

"SUPER UPPERCUT OF THE GREEN DOOM!" Mr. L yelled springing below Fox who was pushed to the air and fell down the floor with an uppercut from the masked man who went to the sky and then landed back chuckling. "Don't you DARE to do a dirty trick like that, Mr. Furriedface!"

"Dirty...trick?" Fox repeated as he got up and glared at Mr. L. "So you want to see a dirty trick..."

Mr. L motioned a hand towards him. "Bring it on you dork! Just. Bring. It!"

Fox grinned and began to focus closing his eyes, making Mr. L confused before the antro began to be covered in flames and was shot towards Count Bleck's servant who gasped and was burned as the leader of Star Fox stopped and looked over his shoulder with a satisfied grin. "Do you like that?"

"UGH! That's why I HATE animals!" Mr. L yelled angrily as he noticed a blue round object besides him and exploded. "AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"Shh-BOOM!" Boomer called as he appeared besides Mario. "The vibes are just right here!"

"Good job," Mario said as he took out another item. "Thunder Bolt!"

A fast thunder fell on Mr. L who flailed his arms in pain (as odd as it sounds) and shook his head. "I hate being ganged up by 2 at a time!"

"I thought villains aren't supposed to follow the rules of a normal battle." Fox stated.

"Well yeah but..." Mr. L shook his head. "D-darn you! That's right. Damn you 2, really!"

"Got ya!" Dedede yelled slamming his hammer on Diddy who gasped and screamed in pain under the hammer.

"Not quite right with that!" Sonic called slamming himself in Dedede's stomach using Homing Attack as Diddy got out from the hole the hammer caused.

"SONIC!" Diddy yelled as Sonic was sucked up inside Dedede's mouth before the king shot the hedgehog back at Diddy who rolled along with him on the floor and stopped as Sonic was above him. "O-oww..."

"HEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEH!" Dedede chuckled. "What? Are ya makin' out now? HEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEH!"

"...D-darn it..." Sonic muttered as he got off from Diddy. "I can't fight that well in this kind of place...at all..."

"Then you'll have to...fight anyway..." Diddy said as he got up. "We'll have to wait until we finish here."

"But that sucks!" Sonic said. "He sucks!" Sonic said to Dedede. "This whole place sucks!" Sonic said at the floor.

"And he sucks." Diddy said nodding.

"Yeah!"

"I-I mean he literally sucks...you know what I mean?"

"No?"

Diddy opened his mouth as big as he could. "Now?"

"...Oooooooohh...no."

Diddy facepalmed. "That guy sucked you up!"

Sonic instantly glared at Dedede. "Hey you! Nobody sucks me. I don't suck either!" Sonic stated as he used Spin Dash to slam himself on Dedede who used Jet Hammer and pushed him back at Diddy who kept frowning.

"IMA CRUSHIN' 'OU!" O' Chunks yelled trying to stomp of Geno who rolled out of the way and fired his beam at him. "OUC'!"

"One more word and I'm really going to puke," Geno muttered as O' Chunks began to spin around extending his arms and went towards Geno who jumped and fired several bullets at his head then landed to use Geno Whirl which went at a blinding speed and damaged O' Chunks. "No weakness with that attack. At least it hurt him."

"AAA'!" O' Chunks yelled in pain. "Dam' puppe'! Sto' 'ovin' 'roun'!"

Geno made a confused look. "...What did you just say again?"

"I 'a'' ''op ''vin' ''oun'!"

"What?"

"I '''' ''o' '''in' '''un'!" O' Chunks yelled annoyed.

"What?!"

"Geno!" Twink yelled from above. "Stop questioning his already messed up language! Get fighting!"

"R-right..." Geno trailed off as O' Chunks tried to punch him.

"RUBEES HATERS!" Mimi yelled angrily as her rubees spun madly around her. "DIE!"

"How many I have heard that word to me?" Zelda wondered as she jumped out of the way of the attack and spun to use Din's Fire on Mimi who got burned and stunned, giving Peach enough time to call Thudley and stomp hardly on the shapeshifter.

"OWIE!" Mimi said. "Okie dokie. Time to give you something impressive! SHA!" Mimi began to gloe brightly making Peach shield her eyes and went it stopped, sombody else was there were Mimi was.

"...Zelda?" Peach asked confused as she walked to Zelda.

"Mimim-I mean, hehehehehe-I mean. Hi Peach." Zelda said chuckling heartily.

Zelda rolled her eyes. "Please, do you think Peach will fall for an obvious trick lik-"

"Who are you?" Peach asked to Zelda.

Zelda facepalmed. "Peach, it's me, Zelda! Don't you remember me?"

"Remember the good times when we paced around the garden?" Zelda asked remembering.

"What? Those times were actually awful! She went on and on about Mario and Luigi and his Toads in the Mushroom Kingdom. Why did I get annoyed because? Because she says the same things the next day an-" Zelda noticed that Peach was glaring at her. "...Er...I mean... Peach, it's me!"

"Oh, I know who are you exactly!" Peach said angrily as she help up Boomer.

"Peach, put that pixl down..." Zelda said motioning her hands down.

"Fine!" Peach yelled dropping Boomer on Zelda which exploded and made her receive damage.

"OWWIE!" Mimi screamed in pain as she glared at Peach. "H-how did you know it was me?!"

Peach hopped up a little and looked back and forth between Zelda and Mimi. "Wait... I thought the other one was the fake Zelda..."

Zelda frowned and facepalmed. "I'm so confused now..."

"Who was who?"

"WHO CARES?!" Mimi asked calling forth her rubees that went after Peach who quickly put her umbrella in front of her to shield herself and Zelda.

"U-ugh!" Charizard struggled to push Bowser away with his claws as Bowser's claws tried to push the dragon away.

"Go go! Bow-ser! Go go! Bow-ser! Go go! Bow-ser!" Mallow cheered from behind as Bowser glared over his shell.

"Cloudy, shut the hell up!" Bowser yelled struggling.

"Aww..." Mallow looked down sadly as he sobbed...before he broke out crying. "Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah!!!"

And then the rain came on the battlefield as everyone fought under the weather that appeared because of Mallow. Charizard quickly gasped and covered the flame on his tail before Bowser slammed his head (or more specifically the horns) on Charizard's stomach to push him away.

"...Hey!" Mallow said looking up (stopping his tears and the rain) as the weather stopped. "I did it!"

"Look at what have you done to my hair!" Bowser complained pointing at his small red hair that fell down instead of being pointy.

"...You look good though."

"WHAT?!"

"I-I mean, look out! He's charging at you!" Mallow yelled pointing at Charizard who came from behind Bowser and used Flamethrower...that vanished once it touched the wet floor.

"Dammit!" Charizard cursed as Bowser went after him with fists ready.

"O-o-o-o-oww!" Mr. L backed away after Fox continuously kicked him all around his body.

"Had enough yet?" Fox asked.

"...Nope!" Mr. L said taking a Shroom Shake that recovered his wounds. "Not even a bit!"

"W-what th-his wounds recovered?"

"That's what a Shroom Shake does," Mario began. "Not only they're healthy and highly nutricious but they also recover woun-"

"Did I asked for what the soda was made of?" Fox asked with a bored look.

"At least it's good to know." Mario said as Fox rolled his eyes.

"SPINNING GREEN KICK!" Mr. L yelled lunging at Fox with...a normal kick on his back as the vulpine was pinned down the floor while the masked guy grinned. "Hahahaha! Who's the master when it comes down with kicks?!"

"...Not me..." Fox muttered.

"That's r-"

"Or you!" Fox yelled by quickly rolling by the side (causing Mr. L to lose his balance and fell down), quickly kneeled and used Fox Illusion to slash Mr. L and escape from his grasp.

"Got you!" Thoreau said catching Mr. L as he was dragged all the way above Mario who held him up.

"W-what's the big idea?! Let me go!" Mr. L complained flailing his arms.

"Fox!" Mario yelled as Fox pulled back his fists and rocketed off to Mr. L using Fire Fox which made Mr. L to fall down and moan in pain.

"...I...still have more..." Mr. L muttered as he drank another Shroom Shake before he got up and laughed triumphaly. "It's going to take a lot a of time before you take out the Green Thunder! Or more accurately, never! Hahahahahahaha!!!"

"Damn that guy and his...sodas." Fox said cursing under his breath.

"Let's attack him before he uses one," Mario suggested. "He accidentaly indicates when he's in danger of losing."

"Oh wait," Mr. L said. "I have to take another soda because I'm weak so..." Mr. L looked through his pockets but he couldn't find mentioned item. "W-what?! W-where are my other sodas?!"

"'O'AS'!!!"

Mr. L turned his back and gasped once he saw O' Chunks drinking what looked to be 10 Shroom Shakes at the same time as he was shown recovering his whole health as he laughed. "YOU PIECE O-"

"Ahem."

Mr. L turned his back and saw Fox ready to send him a fist right on his face. "...Bring it!" Mr. L said in a fighting stance. "I'll show you!"

"(Why is he so familiar?)" Mario thought. "(And what are the others doing right now?)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 15, 2009, 08:29:42 PM
Disgaea: Hour of Darkness

Laharl's Castle
Outside

"WORLD TRAVELER! I DEMAND YOUR PRESENCE HERE IMMEDIATELY!" Galleom demanded stomping on the ground as the Primids prepared their weapons.

The castle was located on the center of a big pool of magma and lava (or both things combined), although it was a big cliff where lava or magma (or both things) sprouted furiously upwards. The castle was on a cliff with a bridge connecting its entrance and the exit. It also was tall but had an odd design with multiple thin towers.

The Smashers (or more accurately Laharl's vassals) stepped out from the bridge and saw the insane amount of Subspace enemies surrounding the castle.

"Hmph," Laharl said putting his sword behind his back. "So is this some kind of lame welcome party?! What the heck are you taking me for?!"

Pit rolled his eyes. "This ISN'T a welcome party! This is an army ready to take us on!"

"(Should I leave everything to this brat?)" Mewtwo asked to himself with a frown.

"L-Laharl," Chris began as Laharl looked (or glared) at him. "We should take out their commander first, that way they'll retreat sooner an-"

"Why should I listen to you?!" Laharl asked.

"W-well, I've battled with them from experience so..."

Laharl smirked. "Why not have fun with all these fools first? I'm as sure as hell that we or I can take all of them at once!"

Etna giggled. "My Prince, I think you should leave everything to your loyal army of Prinnies at your disposal. Why don't you do that first to see if we could participate in battle?"

"Because I don't see any of those chicken heads here!"

"Huh?" Etna looked behind the bridge and sure enough, there weren't any Prinnies in lines or something else. "...Those idiots are SO gonna get it..."

"Megaphone time?" Kirby asked.

"PRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEESSSSSSS!!!" Etna yelled extremely loud to the castle with a megaphone (probably the one she always uses) and many Prinnies were heard panicking inside. "TAKE YOUR FRICKIN' (BEEP!)S OVER HERE AND LEND US A HAND, WILL ALL OF YA?!"

"WE'RE COMING MASTER ETNAAAAAAAAA!!!" Prinny 121 yelled as a stampede of Prinnies came rushing out from the castle as fast as they could and began to form a long barrier of themselves in front of Laharl's vassals. Sometimes they would trip and get up to create the long line which surrounded the entire abyss of laval until it stopped and the Prinnies confirmed that by saying: "Dood!"

Prinny 25 saluted Etna. "Master Etna, the front guard is complete and ready to take orders from your real highness and of course Overlord Laharl, dood!"

Etan grinned and narrowed her eyes. "Excellent. Now we can attack all of them with the same amount of subordinates."

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Laharl laughed maniacally to the dark sky of the Netherworld. "Take that you stupid worthless scum! You will feel the wrath of the Great Overlord Laharl's army of...wait," Laharl narrowed his eyes. "Why in the world do I have such army of Prinnies and not monsters?!"

Etna laughed a little. "Well... King Krichevskoy had many different vassals but...they ran away and left the caslte where you kept stinking in that stinky coffin...so yeah...."

"..." Laharl closed his eyes irritated. "Etna."

"Yes?"

"Remind me to hunt down those bastards and give them and piece of my mind."

"Right. Writing that down on the list of quests, dood." Prinny 150 nodded writing Laharl's wish.

"Ahem," Meta Knight coughed. "We still have enemies to take out. I advice you to do something about it."

Laharl smirked. "Normally I would yell back at people who order me around but your idea isn't that bad either."

"T-then can I suggest tactics?" Chris asked.

"Heck no! I'm the one giving orders to you casanova!"

A red toon vein popped out from Chris's forehead but hence that he kept smiling. "R-right, my great Overlord Laharl sir..."

"Ha!" Laharl laughed a bit. "Now THAT's more like it!"

"D-do we have a chance?" Kirby asked trembling.

"With Laharl. Yes." Mewtwo said.

"H-how come you're certain that Laharl will take all of them out?"

"Because he can. Simple as that."

Kirby looked around. "...I'I hope you're right..."

"Okay!" Laharl pointed his sword at the army of Prinnies. "Who's the imbecile in charge of this idiot excuse for an army?! Show yourself before me!"

Pit facepalmed. "Laharl, you're expecting Galleom to come out from his army and yell back at you?"

"...Actually..." Lucario began as Pit looked at him. "...He is coming right here..."

"DOOD!" 8 Prinnies were pushed out of the way as the machine came and glared down at them, who took fighting stances as Laharl simply crossed his arms and glared up at Galleom.

"You're the brat who has been daring to call the Subspace Army a pest?! How dare you disrespect Lord Tabuu's force?!" Galleom asked furiously.

Laharl pointed at him. "Because I f(beep!)ng say so! Nobody can beat me, the Great Overlord Laharl. Not even YOU Mr. Purple Skin!"

Galleom narrowed his eyes. "You little...cockroach..."

Laharl's antennas pointed up to the air, meaning that he got furious. "Cockroach?! Ha! Don't you dare again to call me like that or you're not going to see the darkness again!"

"H-he's so lucky then..." Chris whispered to Lucario.

"So," Laharl pointed his sword ar Galleom's face. "Mr. Giant Metalic (beep!), do you want to provoke me? I remind you that I'm going to be a nasty little "cockroach" to yourself if you dare to go on... C'mon! Say something before I crush you down!"

"Mwhahahahahaha!!!" Galleom laughed. "Such words coming a cockroach are very hilarious to hear and listen!" Galleom glared down at them. "But I'm afraid this needs to end here and now."

Meta Knight rolled his eyes as a response. "If somebody says that then the opposite will most likely happen."

"What did you say?!" Galleom asked tigheting his fists.

"Hey, you!" Laharl called out as his hands glowed in a purple aura (that Lucario and Mewtwo considered malevolent). "We're suppose to have a "nice" talk between the 2 of us! Don't ignore me!"

Etna yawned. "My Prince...why don't you start and beat the crap out of him already? I wanna take a rest as soon as possible..."

"Hmph," Laharl smirked. "I was waiting for someone to say that. I was sick already of all this talking wi with Mr. Giant Metalic (beep!) here."

Galleom chuckled a little. "You're just a pebble in my way to capture the World Traveler... However, you can be kind and give him away..."

"Grrrrrrrr..." Lucario grunted as he stood in front of Chris who sighed in relief and glared at Galleom.

"How cute, a dog protecting its trainer." Galleom taunted.

"D-don't dare again to call Lucario and "it" again!" Chris yelled back. "But you can call him a dog if you want!"

"Chris!" Lucario looked at him annoyed.

"Well, it's the truth! You can't stop licking my face and wag your tail when I make you happy!"

"Enough useless information!" Galleom yelled raising his fists in the air. "Stand right there and be CRUSHED!!!"

"Bring it on! HAAAAAAAAA!!!" Laharl yelled lunging at Galleom with his sword ready.

Boss Battle Song 1

"CHARGE, DOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOD!!!" Prinny 25 yelled as all the Prinnies...took out what looked to be simple sticks and pebbles that they held above them as the battle for the castle and the Netherworld began.

"Sticks and pebbles? Are they being serious?" Pit asked confused as Etna took out her axe.

"The Prinnies are very dedicated to all what that they do," Etna grinned. "Leave 'em with their affairs."

Pit rolled his eyes. "Whatever..."

"DIE!" Galleom yelled slamming his right fist into Laharl who simply held his left hand above him and stopped the full attack, which astonished the robot. "W-what?!"

"Fool. Do you think your size and "looks" are going to crush me like an insect?" Laharl asked.

"U-UGH! JUST YOU...WAIT!" Galleom struggled to crush the son of Krichevskoy but wasn't able to do it. "I-I'n not going to be humiliated by a brat like you!"

A vein appeared on Laharl's forehead. "Hmph!" Laharl pushed away the fist and grabbed back his sword that appeared in his long bandana.

"M-my god, Laharl is extremely strong..." Kirby said shuddering as Chris embraced him tightly.

"T-then why don't you use your sword to fight?" Chris asked as Galleom prepared to ram at Laharl.

"Tsk," Laharl began frowning. "I like to make my foes feel humiliated by my force. I only fight with my sword when I want to train...but if they piss me off, I'll use my bare hands instead!"

"DAMMIT BRAT, SUFFER!" Galleom yelled running at Laharl to ram his metalic shoulder at him.

"STOP CALLING ME A BRAT!" Laharl yelled creating small energy ball of electricity on his right hand before it grew to his size and shot it at Galleom which created an explosion. "MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Pit sweatdropped and shuddered at the same time. "...D-don't tell me Laharl will come to the mansion because I absolutely don't want that happening!"

"Pit, for this time, shut up and don't spread out ideas." Chris said trying to stay calm.

"I agree." Mewtwo said simply standing besides the 3 with Etna, Lucario and Meta Knight.

"Hey, how come we are all here watching Laharl fighting alone?" Pit asked confused.

"My Prince can take anyone out in a matter of time," Etna said yawning as she sat on a beach chair. "Just leave everything to him."

"Where did th-" Pit stopped once he saw 3 Prinnies attending Etna. "...Nevermind."

Kirby made a bored face. "We're just going to watch from here and do nothing?"

Mewtwo closed his eyes. "I believe we should save our energies in the meantime. We could need it for something else."

"And I don't think I have a chance." Lucario said as Chris went to him.

"If we're going to rest, then..." Chris started to rub Lucario's head as the Aura Pokémon growled happily. "Let's spend the time like this, do you agree?" Chris asked and Lucario nodded as his tail wagged a little. "Heheheheh."

"Ugh..." Galleom grunted in pain as the smoke from the energy ball cleared out and glared down at Laharl who was smirking with crossed arms. "You...filthy...brat..."

"Stop. Calling. Me. A. BRAT!" Laharl demanded shooting another electricity ball to Galleom who backed away from the explosion and prepared to fire his missiles at will. "Try any attack, it won't make any difference."

"HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Galleom yelled annoyed as he fired off his missiles that went towards Laharl who grabbed his sword and began firing slashes that literally were shot from his weapon and destroyed the missiles with ease.

"Are you done yet?" Laharl asked raising an eyebrow.

"Not quite!" Galleom spat back as he turned into his tank form and rushed at Laharl, however the demon put his hands in front of him and tried to let the tank go further as it stopped at 3 meters. "W-what the heck?!"

Laharl chuckled. "The only cockroach I see here is your giant metalic (beep!), HYA!" Laharl grabbed Galleom and threw him at the side where the Smashers saw the machine turning back into his real form. "What other tricks do you have? I dare you to show them to me!"

"Fine!" Galleom yelled pulling his right fist back as he ran towards Laharl before colliding it with the ground and tried to reach Laharl's chin.

"Come on, that trick is so overused..." Laharl muttered frowning as he simply sidestepped and evaded the uppercut as he threw his sword at Galleom's throat as it became stuck in the skin, which made Galleom yell in pain. "What's the matter? Feeling a sore throat all of a sudden? MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Galleom grunted as he took out the sword from his throat and threw it away as he raised both fists and slammed them down at the ground, however Laharl flew to the air and fired several green blasts from his hands as they exploded continuously on Galleom as the "Overlord" laughed maniacally. "I...HATE YOU!!!" Galleom yelled as he turned back to his tank form and ran away from the barrage before turning back to his normal form and flared up at Laharl.

"So you're still standing, how persistent and useless." Laharl said.

Galleom narrowed his eyes. "I can still stand up and crush you to bits!"

"So am I, but I'm a different level of danger."

Galleom chuckled. "Sure you are. You're going to get surprised once I show you all my special attack..."

"You mean the "run" ability?" Laharl asked smirking. "I suggest you to use it."

"Don't dare to mock me anymore!" Galleom yelled back as he shot several missiles that went in different directions of the air before targeting Laharl.

"This is the same lame trick you pulled off a moment ago! Now you're starting to piss me off!" Laharl yelled as he called forth his sword and began slicing down the missiles who exploded and created a smokescreen. "Just you wait until I..." Laharl stopped once the smoke cleared out showing Galleom nowhere on sight. "Where'd that machine go now?!"

"THERE!" Galleom yelled behind Laharl who turned his back and got a fist in the face as he crashed down on the ground before Galleom came from the sky and slammed both joined fists. "HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! That wasn't that hard at all!"

"Hehehehehehehe..."

"W-what?!" Galleom said astonished as his fists began to tremble before raising themselves above the ground because Laharl lifted both of them with a single hand as he smirked. "Y-you!"

"You know," Laharl began. "I should better start fighting seriously instead of playing around with you."

"PLAYING AROUND WITH ME?!" Galleom asked furiously.

"Haven't you noticed?" Laharl asked chuckling. "Man, for being a giant machine you sure are dumb enough to get worked up."

"Oh god. I don't know who's ego is bigger: Sonic's ego or Laharl's ego..." Chris wondered sighing.

"YOU...DAMN...VERMIN!!!" Galleom yelled as he backstepped and came forward with a fast punch that Laharl easily evaded and dodged the next one easily.

"Prince!" Etna called out drinking lemonade as she put on her eyes some sunglasses. "You're hurting his pride like Mid-Boss!"

"That's what it makes it so interesting!" Laharl yelled back as Galleom tried desperately to knock him down. "Give it up! It's useless to confront the Great Overlod Laharl! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"I'LL SHOW YOU WHO'S USELESS!" Galleom yelled firing missiles, punching Laharl rapidly and tried to slam his shoulder at him...however all attempts failed before the Prince of the Netherworld stabbed his sword at Galleom's armor. "UGH!"

"No blood?" Laharl asked disappointed. "Dammit! I thought you had blood! What's the point of dealing with you if I can't see your blood spilling all over the field?!"

"You're not supposed to be a vampire!" Kirby yelled.

"What's the point of your ridiculous size and insane strength?!" Galleom asked irritated as he stopped. "It's completely stupid that a machine such like myself is losing to an impudent bra-"

"Dare to finish that world and I'm REALLY going to crush you down!" Laharl threatened lifting up his hands to the air.

"Make me!" Galleom taunted narrowing his eyes.

"Oh no, no no no no no!" Pit said shocked.

"Hell yes!" Laharl yelled shooting a purple glowing ring to the sky before it grew in size and opened up on the center, calling forth a huge meteor that he used before on Vyers's Castle that it slowly went down Galleom.

"Run!" Mewtwo yelled. "The size of the collision could reach us easily!"

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled scared as the Aura Pokémon grunted and gabbed him (struggling a little bit) and used Extremespeed to appear to a safe side as the others ran behind them (or teleported using Mewtwo's help) as they saw the meteor trying to impact on Galleom who gasped and ran away in his tank form.

"W-wait a minute," Kirby looked around. "Where's Etna?!"

"OH MY GOO-" Etna's yell was interrupted as the explosion of the meteor reached her and the Prinnies who were blasted off to the Smashers and fell on the ground.

Mewtwo went to Etna and closed his eyes. "My apologies. My powers weren't that strong enough to teleport many at once."

"You're...going to...pay for that..." Etna muttered angrily.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Galleom yelled as the explosion caught him and yelled in great pain as Laharl flew above the explosion with crossed arms before laughing maniacally.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Laharl laughed maniacally yet again. "FEEL THE TREMENDOUS POWER OF THE PRINCE OF THE NETHERWORLD: THE GREAT OVERLORD LAHARL!!! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Meta Knight rolled his eyes. "The day he stops laughing like that I will be seen wearing a hat."

"(Cute...)" Chris thought.

"U-ugh..." Galleom panted as the explosion stopped as he was shown standing on one knee while Laharl descended in front of him. "Damn you..."

Music stops

"Okay," Laharl held out his right hand. "Give it back now."

"...What?"

"Don't act like an idiot before me!" Laharl yelled angrily. "You know what I'm talking about, the pendant that you took away from the Love Freak!"

"Pendant?" Galleom asked confused. "I don't know...anything about a pendant..."

"He is lying," Mewtwo said glowing as the Smashers reunited with the demon. "He knows about Flonne's pendant."

Laharl glared up at Galleom. "You were revealed. Now show it to me, no, give it back to me so I can get my reward from the Love Freak!"

"D-darn it..." Galleom muttered.

"...So that's it?" Chris asked. "Galleom was defeated that easily?"

"It seems that way apparently." Mewtwo said nodding.

"...God, now I know who to call when we get in trouble!"

"Now give it back!" Laharl demanded but Galleom chuckled. "What's so funny all of a sudden?!"

"Heheheheheheheheh..." Galleom chuckled evily. "Fools... I know about the pendant but somebody else has it..."

"..." Mewtwo stopped glowing. "Yes. There is indeed another person besides Galleom himself."

"And that is?" Kirby asked.

"...I can't go further with the darkness of this place...sorry."

"Then tell me-" Laharl was interrupted.

"Us." Pit corrected him.

"Whatever! Tell me where's that person so I can kick his butt around!"

"...Never..." Galleom said standing up. "I'll never say it..."

"Well then," Laharl said taking his sword. "I guess we're going to do it the hard way: my way..."

Etna looked around. "Seems the Prinnies are actually giving your army quite a beating."

Galleom looked around and sure enough half of his army was being defeated by the sticks and pebbled from the Prinnies (some of them even took out hammers). "This is...so humiliating..."

"It is," Laharl said. "Now spill it out."

"E-everyone!"

Everyone looked at the bridge where Flonne was shown walking slowly to them. Pit got shocked and ran to her if she was alright.

"Flonne! A-are you feeling fine?" Pit asked concerned.

"Y-yes..." Flonne said trailing off as she looked around. "My...have you beaten everyone already?"

"Laharl did." Kirby said walking to her as the trio reunited with the whole group.

"So..." Flonne trailed off looking at Laharl.

"Look Love Freak, I'm almost done with this and I don't want you get hurt."

Flonne blushed and blinked a little. "O-oh my...t-then..."

Laharl nodded. "That's right. Just a bit more till this guy surrenders!"

"I-I'm so happy!" Flonne said clapping her hands a little. "I can't believe you're in love with me!"

Persona 4 – Border of Insanity

"W-WHAT?!" Laharl asked as he grabbed his chest in pain.

"...Huh?" Galleom looked down at Laharl who was twitching a little.

"I can't believe you're in love with me!" Flonne repeated happily.

"UGH!" Laharl dropped to one knee and began panting.

"U-um, Flonne, would you...stop that pretty please?" Kirby asked concerned of the situation.

"Why?" Flonne asked oblivious of the whole thing. "Laharl was fighting because he loves me, right?"

"DAMN IT!" Laharl yelled clutching his chest even closer to the ground.

"What is happening?" Galleom asked narrowing his eyes at Laharl.

Pit began to sweat. "F-Flonne! Really! We mean it! Stop saying those things here!"

Flonne giggled. "Oh Laharl, you're so kind to me. I knew demons had love after all this time!"

"AAAAAAARRRRRGGGGGGGGHH!!!" Laharl yelled in pain as he turned pale.

"Wait..." Galleom trailed off thinking.

"...Uh-oh..." Chris began to sweat with Pit. "Flonne, really, stop it before it gets worse!"

Etna smacked her forehead. "Look, everything will be so easy if you stop saying those crony things around Laharl, you got that?"

Flonne tilted her head. "Um... I don't know what are you talking about Etna..."

"For crying out loud Flonne!" Etna yelled. "I mean those corny things! You know?!"

"...Aaaaaah!" Flonne put her right fist on her left palm. "You mean love, peace, happiness, frienship, eternal peace, eternal love, kindness and pretty much everything single thing related to love, peace, happiness, friendship, eternal peace, eternal love and kindness?"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!" Laharl yelled out in extreme pain before he fainted on the spot between Galleom and the Smashers.

"...Somehow," Meta Knight looked at Galleom. "Things aren't going to turn better..."

"That was it?" Galleom asked chuckling. "This brat went down because he hates hearing those corny things?"

Flonne glared up at Galleom. "H-hey! That's so rude mister!"

Pit facepalmed. "Flonne, this isn't the time for formalities...to the enemy!"

"Hahahahahahahahaha!!!" Galleom laughed evily. "With all the strength I have left in me...you all will die here in hell!" Galleom cracked his fists as the Smashers took fighting stances. "With the demon brat out of the way, this encounter will end sooner that I expected!"

"He is probably right..." Mewtwo said narrowing his eyes. "The darkness won't allow me to use my powers at full strength..."

"Or mine." Lucario said growling a little as Chris hid behind him.

Chris took out his gun (the Peacemaker) and aimed it at Galleom. "I-I hope we can defeat him again..."

Meta Knight took out Galaxia and glared at Galleom. "It was so long after I last fought, this will repay that time."

"I-I'll do everything I can... I think." Kirby said trembling.

"I have to be focused," Pit said taking out his dual blades. "I won't lose in this demon world. Flonne, return to the castle!"

"B-but why?" Flonne asked confused.

"Duh, you took out the Prince so easily as he did with Mr. Giant Metalic (beep!) here." Etna said as Galleom grunted in rage.

"...O-okay..."

"Besides," Pit looked at her over his shoulder. "You're weak, aren't you?"

"Y-yes, but a Prinny gave me a medicine..." Flonne trailed off thinking.

"A Prinny giving you a medicine?" Etna asked confused. "Prinnies don't carry medicines around, don't be silly."

"B-but it's the truth! One of them gave me a medicine!"

"Who?" Kirby asked.

Flonne looked around to see all the Prinnies fighting the army. "U-um... I-I don't know. They're very alike..."

Music stops

"...True enough." Chris, Lucario, Meta Knight, Mewtwo, Kirby, Pit and Etna said in unison, sarcastically with a frown.

Persona 4 - Border of Insanity

"SHUT UP!" Galleom demanded as he cracked his fists. "I'VE HAD ENOUGH OF YOU LITTLE RATS! I'M GOING TO SHOW YOU MY SPECIAL ATTACK ONCE THE TIME COMES!"

"Special attack?" Mewtwo wondered. "...No...he can't mean..."

"W-what is it Mewtwo?" Chris asked concerned.

"...It's nothing. Don't worry."

"DIE!" Galleom yelled as he ran at them.

"FLONNE!" Pit yelled before he ran towards Galleom.

"B-but!" Flonne said concerned as Etna took her hand.

"C'mon! We'll leave everything to them! We have to protect the bridge from anyone else!" Etna yelled as both girls ran away to the bridge.

"(But...)" Flonne looked back where Laharl was laying on the ground. "(...Laharl...)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: makuta on February 19, 2009, 06:21:57 PM
Now that M & L RPG 3 is out, do you think you'll do something with it?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 19, 2009, 10:16:38 PM
Quote from: makuta on February 19, 2009, 06:21:57 PM
Now that M & L RPG 3 is out, do you think you'll do something with it?
AT LEAST IN JAPAN.

Nope. Not a thing.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 23, 2009, 12:58:26 PM
Due to some problems with the modem I use, the rest of this chapter will be delayed a bit.

Fortunately, the next part of this chapter (which is really long) is ready before this problem gets fixed.

I have also the next chapter ready as well.

You'll have to wait until then. I can still come here using the internet of my Wii. :P The day I expect to update the chapter would be FEB 26. So please don't think I left this important fic out. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: The Seventh on February 23, 2009, 04:04:37 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on February 23, 2009, 12:58:26 PM
Due to some problems with the modem I use, the rest of this chapter will be delayed a bit.

Fortunately, the next part of this chapter (which is really long) is ready before this problem gets fixed.

I have also the next chapter ready as well.

You'll have to wait until then. I can still come here using the internet of my Wii. :P The day I expect to update the chapter would be FEB 26. So please don't think I left this important fic out. ;)
Gotcha
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: Blaperile on March 02, 2009, 11:56:15 PM
LOL, I just noticed you also put the story here! XD

I have a feeling Meta Knight is going to remember something from the time he, Marth and Ike fought Galleom. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 03, 2009, 12:44:26 AM
Quote from: Blaperile on March 02, 2009, 11:56:15 PM
LOL, I just noticed you also put the story here! XD

I have a feeling Meta Knight is going to remember something from the time he, Marth and Ike fought Galleom. ;)
So sorry for not updating in 15 days, but I've had trouble with my internet lately. :(

But at least I have 3 chapters ready after that problem is solved. So please wait. ;)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: Blaperile on March 03, 2009, 09:37:38 AM
Quote from: wiiboychris on March 03, 2009, 12:44:26 AM
Quote from: Blaperile on March 02, 2009, 11:56:15 PM
LOL, I just noticed you also put the story here! XD

I have a feeling Meta Knight is going to remember something from the time he, Marth and Ike fought Galleom. ;)
So sorry for not updating in 15 days, but I've had trouble with my internet lately. :(

But at least I have 3 chapters ready after that problem is solved. So please wait. ;)

No, at least I'm glad I saw a big piece of it here already. ;)

BTW, you can upload a lot after it, so that takes care of it. :D
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 03, 2009, 11:47:48 AM
Quote from: Blaperile on March 03, 2009, 09:37:38 AM
Quote from: wiiboychris on March 03, 2009, 12:44:26 AM
Quote from: Blaperile on March 02, 2009, 11:56:15 PM
LOL, I just noticed you also put the story here! XD

I have a feeling Meta Knight is going to remember something from the time he, Marth and Ike fought Galleom. ;)
So sorry for not updating in 15 days, but I've had trouble with my internet lately. :(

But at least I have 3 chapters ready after that problem is solved. So please wait. ;)

No, at least I'm glad I saw a big piece of it here already. ;)

BTW, you can upload a lot after it, so that takes care of it. :D
Thanks.

But once I upload the first chapter, I'll upload the next one in 2 or 3 days.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: Blaperile on March 04, 2009, 05:43:37 AM
Ok, that's good. :)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2009, 07:13:02 PM
Super Paper Mario

Whoa Zone

Chapter 4-4 The Mysterious Mr. L

Super Paper Mario – A Powerful Enemy Emerges

Geno jumped away from the spinning O’ Chunks before he panted heavily. “Damn... I can’t to this guy who can’t even say a word...”

O’ Chunks stopped spinning and looked angrily at Geno. “’ey! ‘a’’s ‘at ‘’p’o’ed ‘o ‘ea’?!”

Geno blocked his ears (if he had any) and looked down annoyed. “Shut up...shut up shut up SHUT UP!”

“’av’ ‘ou!” O’ Chunks yelled grabbing Geno before tossing him across the place where he bounced (from an invisible force) and crashed back to the floor where O’ Chunks began to do weird poses.

“What can I do...to beat him...” Geno muttered as O’ Chunks enjoyed his poses of victory.

“Geno!” Twink yelled from above. “You need to use something else that you haven’t used in quite a time! Think of something!”

“(...Wait... I think I can still use that ability here...but how come I didn’t use it before?) You won’t...get away with this...” Geno muttered as he slowly got up.

“Hu’? ‘’at’s ‘ha’?” O’ Chunks asked angrily.

“...This!” Geno yelled opening his arms to the air chanting a spell he had forgotten a long time ago. “Geno Boost!” Geno yelled as red arrows began appearing below him that rose up.

“Ha’a’a’a’a’a’a’a’a! ‘o’ ‘car’! Re’ a’’ow’!” O’ Chunks laughed as the arrows disappeared with an impacting sound.

Geno glared at O’ Chunks. “I hope you enjoyed your time...but it ends here.”

O’ Chunks rolled his eyes. “’eah, ‘eah. I hea’ y’.”

“Just to let you know, my attack and defense have been increased. And I think it’s enough take you out.” Geno said aiming his fingers at O’ Chunks.

“Pfft! ‘h ‘ook a’ me! ‘’m ‘onna ‘ein’ bea’en ‘y a ‘upp’t ‘inger’!”

Geno narrowed his eyes at him. “Okay that is IT! FIRE!” Geno yelled fired a barrage of fast red bullets that went crossing the general which this time were stronger than before as O’ Chunks yelled in pain.

“AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!” O’ Chunks yelled in pain.

Geno stopped and quickly charged his beam. “This one is even stronger than before. GENO BEAM!” Geno shouted as he shot his beam which glittered a little and crashed into O’ Chunks who screamed in pain. “Not quite done yet. GENO WHIRL!” Geno yelled throwing his fast yellow ring that crossed O’ Chunks as the other attacks as the puppet put his left hand on his right fist. “I hope this ends you. HA!” Geno fired his quick rocket punch to O’ Chunks face as it exploded and created smoke.

“’OOOOOOOOOOOUUUUUUUUUUUNNNNNNNNNTTTTTTTTT!!!!” O’ Chunks yelled in pain as he fainted on the spot.

“...Finally...” Geno said putting back his right hand which layed close to O’ Chunks.

“Okay,” Dedede began as he missed Sonic with his Jet Hammer. “Time to show ya who’s the boss around here!”

Sonic rolled his eyes as Diddy charged his Peanut Gun. “Please, you can’t land a hit on me, what else can you do?”

“...I don’t know why but something bad is going to happen.” Diddy said shuddering.

Sonic rolled his eyes but with a frown this time. “You don’t know how sick I am from hearing that sentence...”

“I’ll send ya to SLEEP!“ Dedede yelled raising his hammer above him as a familiar rainbow aura exploded in him.

Sonic yet again rolled his eyes. “Oh how creepy. Mr. Penguin is glowing in vagina-y colors.”

Geno joined both of them and gasped when he saw Dedede smirking with the aura. “Wait, I thought we could only use that! How did you...”

“Surprised?” Dedede asked grinning. “Tabuu gave us dah same powers you all use. And I’m so gonna make you regret for hittin’ me ‘round!” Dedede said angrily as he whistled on his fingers. “ATTAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACK!!!“

Diddy began to hear drums from nowhere before he saw Waddle Dees and Waddle Doos raining from the sky as they landed and rubbed their rears. “...You called forth those guys?” Diddy asked.

“RAM AT ‘EM!” Dedede commanded as all the creatures began to lung crazily at everyone (besides the first trio) by slamming themselves around each Smasher who tried to dodge as quick as they could.

“Such passion to defeat them,” Dimentio said chuckling. “Quite the show indeed.”

“AGH! UGH! OWW! OWW! OUCH!” Toon Link screamed in pain every single Waddle Dee rammed into him, plus a Gordo who pinched his back.

“DAMMIT, THEY WON’T STOP APPEARING!” Sonic yelled dodging the plethora of enemies before he tripped and 3 Gordos pinched him. “SSSSSSPIIIIIIIIKKKKKKKKKKKEEEEEEEEEEESSSSSSSS!!!” Sonic yelled in horror.

“DA-DADA-DA-DADA-DA-RAM RAM RAM!” Dedede sang happily as Mario was flung above him. “DA-DADA-DA-DADA-DA-RAM RAM RAM!“ Dedede sang spinning as Zelda yelled in pain. “DA-DADA-DA-DADA-DA-HEHEHEHEHEHEHEHE!!!“ Dedede laughed happily as the plethora of Waddle Dees, Waddle Doos and Gordos stopped from appearing from nowhere.

“That’s your Final Smash?” Charizard asked facepalming. “I hope mine isn’t that ridiculous...”

Peach panted heavily as she slowly got up from the floor and looked at Mimi giggling. “How...dare you...”

“Mimimimimimimimi!” Mimi giggled as her rubees formed around her. “You’re still standing up after that attack? My you sure are persistent my dears.”

Zelda coughed a little. “That attack...was extremely ridiculous.”

“Uh-huh. It was,” Mimi rubbed her chin a little. “I wonder: can I beat you 2 ruby haters for good this time?”

“I...doubt that...” Zelda said panting.

Mimi got an angry expression and flailed her legs a little. “Okay, like that was sooooooooo uncalled for. My rubees will do the rest on you my dears I’m afraid!”

“Can we use...that Final Smash again?” Peach asked trying to recover.

“But I don’t want to use mine...let another one use it...” Zelda said looking around where everyone was weak. “Can you still fight?”

Mr. L chuckled. “Man, what kind of stupid question is that?” Mr. L asked as he did his pose again. “Maybe you should all throw away the towels and die here!”

“That’s...ridiculous...” Yoshi muttered as he shook his head. “Look... I can still do this!” Yoshi said as he extended his tongue at Dimentio.

“And then I will dominate this place to create a much better space an-“ Dimentio (as odd as it sounds) was inconviniently talking to himself about the Whoa Zone as he noticed a tongue wrapping up on his waist. “Strange, where did this tonguUEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!” Dimentio yelled as he was quickly pulled inside Yoshi’s mouth where he began to bite him widly. “HEY! STOP IT! STOP IT! I CAN’T BE BITTEN BY YOU!”

“TOO BAD!” Yoshi yelled without opening his mouth as he furiously used all his energies to keep Dimentio inside his mouth. The magician was screaming in pain as he tried to get out from Yoshi.

Mr. L gasped. “What the heck were you doing Dimentio?! You let your guard down for a moment and this happens! What kind of henchmen are yo-“ Mr. L noticed a finger poking his shoulder but he rolled his eyes. “That’s the same trick again! Do you think I’m going to turn and fall for that?!”

“Fine,” Fox said kicking Mr. L right between the legs (which wasn’t that good for the masked guy since his white eyes widened in horror). “I’ll just do this.” Fox said simply as his foot was still between the legs and...

...Pulled it with force back to him.

“YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHH!!!“ Mr. L yelled like a young girl as he dropped to the floor twitching in pain. “Y-YOU STUPID...THING! YES! THAT’S IT! THING! YOU’RE NOT SUPPOSED TO HIT ME WHERE IT HURTS A LOT!!!”

“Here.” Mario said putting a familiar blue round object besides Mr. L, who stared at it.

“Shh-BOOM!” Boomer said happily. “Hi mister! Enjoying your day with your vibes?!”

“DO I LOOK LIKE I’M ENJOYING THIS LOWER PAIN?!” Mr. L yelled.

Boomer rolled his eyes. “Er...no. SHA-BOOM!”

BOOM!

“AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!” Mr. L yelled in pain after Boomer exploded right into his face and returned to Mario. “Y-you...you will feel the wrath of the Green Thunder again one of these days!”

“Beautiful rubees,” Mimi began as her rubees were raised to the air and aimed at the princesses. “POKE THEM TO DEATH!”

“I-I can’t use Nayru’s Love! I don’t have that much strength left...” Zelda said dropping to one knee as all the rubees aimed at her directly. “...I’m sorry...”

“N-no!” Peach yelled as the rubees went straight to Zelda. “I won’t...allow you die!” Peach yelled stepping in front of Zelda as she covered herself with her umbrella, making the rubees bounce off as Mimi flailed her arms angrily. “Phew...”

“NOOOOOOOOO!!!” Mimi yelled angrily. “Those were my most precious rubees! How dare you?!”

“(She’s distracted,)” Peach thought as she looked down at Zelda. “Zelda...can you still fight?”

“...I think so. Thanks Peach.” Zelda said as she got up.

“Do you have something in mind to beat her?”

Zelda closed her eyes and looked down. “...I think we can beat her if I...”

“GRRRRRRRRR!!!” Mimi grunted furiously. “Okay my ladies,” Mimi called forth more rubees. “I hav enough of you 2 and your dislikeness towards rubees. I hope you enjoy being buried under all of them today!” Mimi noticed that both princesses were gone from their place which made her confused. “Just hold on a minute! Where’d they go now?!”

“Right here.“

“Huh? WHAT?!” Mimi saw Peach and Sheik appearing in a poof of smoke right above hr as both girls extended their right feet at her. “Have you forgotten about my spinning rubees?! You’ll get pinched by them, you silly donkeys!”

“Hey!” DK yelled angrily.

“She wasn’t talking about you!” Peach reminded DK.

“BE PINCHED!” Mimi yelled as she simply held her position in midair but then she saw Peach putting her umbrella beneath their feet. “How original my peachy girl... Wait a minute...” Mimi began to think. “If your umbrella can’t be harmed then...OH GOLLY!” Mimi yelled as she tried to get away but was pinned down towards the floor by Peach’s umbrella who bounced off the rubees and crushed the girl below it. “OWIE!”

“Quick!” Sheik said as Peach nodded and got out from the way without her umbrella. Sheik then began by grabbing the umbrella as she set Mimi free but the young girl gasped before the Sheikah slammed the umbrella several times in her doing a long combo.

“OUCHIE! STOP IT!” Mimi yelled as she was being constantly pulled into the air.

“If you wish...” Sheik said simply as she slammed hard her last blow on Mimi’s face who crashed into the floor and groaned in pain.

“...You...doodoo heads...” Mimi muttered as she fainted.

“What?!” Charizard said angrily. “How are we losing after Dedede used his Final Smash?! That’s ridiculous!”

“Oh no,” Mallow said opening his hands to the air as he struggled to cast his spell. “Ridiculous is being crushed under a big snowman which will explode.”

Charizard chuckled. “Big snowman that will explode and crush me...you sure are stupid...and why the heck is this snow here?”

“SNOWY!” Mallow yelled before he fell on his back and called forth a blizzard that froze Charizard as a huge snowman crushed him, it blinked several times before exploding into snow that caused a lot of damage to the dragon. “That...should do it...”

“Ice...melting into water...at the last moment...that’s cheap...” Charizard muttered as he shook his head. “I won’t lose... I WON’T LOSE!”

“HEY!” Bowser yelled from above as he stomped on Charizard’s head. “Forgot...about me?”

“You!” Charizard said gritting his fangs.

“I’m the king! I’m the king! Oh yeah!” Bowser said doing a weird dance which made everyone look at him. “...Well, they have poses and all that crap so...”

“Talk...about sad...” Diddy said as Bowser sweatdropped.

“...Feel this!” Charizard yelled slamming his forehead right into Bowser’s head as the king of the Koopas backed away and shook his head afterwards.

“BLUUUUUAAAAAAA!!!” Bowser shot a stream of fire at Charizard who dodged it by jumping to the air and flew towards Bowser using Flamethrower.

Charizard dove right into Bowser and prepared to bite his arm but Bowser sidestepped and crushed Charizard’s tail with his right foot making Charizard yelp before Bowser grabbed his tail and slammed the dragon to the floor. “D-darn it!” Charizard yelled as Bowser pinned his head down with his left foot.

“Now,” Bowser smirked. “Who’s the...better villain?!”

“...Ugh...” Charizard groaned in pain.

“I SAID STOP IT!” Dimentio yelled inside Yoshi’s mouth before he got out as Yoshi fainted for forcing so much energy out of him. “Look at what have you done to me!” Dimentio complained as he wiped out the...bad liquid you can get from a mouth. “It’s going to take some time before this gets properly washed!”

“There...you are!” DK yelled pulling his fist back.

Dimentio blinked confused and turned his back. “...Oh sh-“ Dimentio couldn’t finish his sentence as DK’s charged Giant Punch collided right into his face and was rocketed across the air before bumping into the floor several times, but with all his damage he could still float. “...Ha ha ha ha...let my guard down again, didn’t I?”

“You...sure did.”

Dimentio turned his back again as was slashed across the face by Toon Link who kept slicing several times before taking out his Boomerang which he shot at Dimentio putting a bomb on it to cause an small cartoony explosion. “Ouch!” Dimentio yelled in pain.

“YIAAAH!!!” Toon Link used a quick Spin Attack which caused even more damage than before on the magician who backed away in pain and put a right hand on his face.

“...Such fervor...is defeating me...” Dimentio muttered weakly. “...At least I can still escap-“ Dimentio was interrupted as an arrow struck down his chest and looked to Toon Link glaring at him with his bow aiming at him. “...Very clever... I like that...” Dimentio muttered weakly as he made a sad face and fell to the floor.

“...” Dedede looked around both sides as the remaining Smashers went closer and closer to him. “...Uh-oh...you’re not mad after I showed you mah Final Smash...right guys?!”

“GET HIM!” Diddy and Sonic yelled as Dedede screamed, passed them quickly and ran away in a hurry to who knows where, dragging Charizard by the tail (Charizard: STOP DRAGGING ME AROUND!) as they disappeared in a dark portal to the Subspace before it vanished...wait, we know now where they went to.

Music stops
[/i]

“Mallow!” Peach ran to Mallow and picked him up. “Poor dear. Are you okay?”

“...” Mallow didn’t respond as Peach hugged him tightlier.

“Mallow...” Geno began as he made a bored look once he noticed Mallow smiling happily. “I know you’re taking advantage of this situation...”

Mallow opened his eyes with an angry expression. “Geno!” Mallow said angrily as Peach dropped him back to the floor.

“Yoshi!” Peach ran at Yoshi and dropped to her knees to see if he was fine.

Mallow rolled his eyes. “The guy’s just faking it.”

“Actually...” Tippi flew down with Twink. “He’s really fainted.”

“...Oh come on!” Mallow said annoyed as he pouted a little and some of them chuckled.

“...’hey ain’t ‘ookin’...” O’ Chunks muttered to Mimi, Mr. L and Dimentio.

“I need to...get these owies...out of me...owie...” Mimi whispered weakly.

“Don’t...worry...” Mr. L muttered. “...I’ll call my bro here...you guys can get the blame from Count Bleck and...leave me behind to settle things...”

“Ha ha ha ha ha...” Dimentio muttered with his sad face. “...Not much of a choice...well then...” Dimentio slowly got up and snapped his fingers as 3 dimensional vortexes covered Mimi, O’ Chunks and himself.

Sonic’s ears perked up a little and turned his back to see the villains gone whic made him glare. “What the heck?”

Everyone else turned their backs and saw Mr. L slowly getting up. “My goodness. He can still go on?” Peach asked as she hugged Yoshi’s nose.

...To be honest, Yoshi was INDEED faking it but he was more professional than Mallow.

“Hey! The guy just smiled!” Mallow pointed an accussing finger to the Yoshi who opened his eyes with a glare as Peach let his head drop down.

“Y-you won’t beat me!” Mr. L proclaimed spinning around as he did his pose YET again. “I’m the Green Thunder: Mr. L! The Green of Justice who shall bring the baddies to their prison cells!”

“No way!” Sonic said wiping his mouth with a finger as he grinned afterwards. “The Blue of Injustice shall bring the heroes to their cages for animals!”

Everyone else made bored looks with frowns. “...Sonic, I think you tried to say that you were the justice guy who should fight the villains...am I right?” Twink asked.

“...Drats!” Sonic snapped his fingers as Mr. L sweatdropped.

“(...Do I look that ridiculous?)” Mr. L thought before shaking his head. “Anyway you wackos! It’s time for you to meet my brother!”

“You mean Ma-“ Diddy was interrupted as the masked guy opened his arms to the air calling forth a force that shook the entire place as they looked around confused.

“There’s absolutely no way an earthquake can appear here! We’re in the space!” Mallow said chuckling.

Before their eyes, the background got a hole and a big object came out as it rose up and floated down between the Smashers and Mr. L.

However they all made bored looks again as Mr. L jumped to it inside. “...I don’t know what’s more stupid...” Toon Link said.

“The fact that we’re fighting “Mr. L” or the fact that we’re going to fight a giant metalic head that looks like Lui-“ Fox was once again interrupted.

“Behold!” Mr. L said interrupting. “This is my bro! Brobot L! Yeah, me and my brother share a special mutual bond.”

“...Eww.” Sheik squealed by muttering.

Mr. L glared at them. “Hey! Not that kind of sick idea. Mind you lady!” Mr. L pressed a button to make the robot’s head hover above the floor. “Hopefully my bro and I will shut your mouths but for GOOD this time! Oh yeah! I can see your legs trembling with fear from this height of awesomeness!”

“Snrk...” Yoshi chuckled. “...Hahahahahahaha, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”

“...What the heck is so funny now?”

“The fact that we’re going to fight a big metalic head,” Toon Link said chuckling. “Really, you don’t know how overused is that?”

Super Paper Mario – Brobot Battle 1

“...No?” Mr. L responded confused as even more of them began chuckling. “H-hey! Stop laughing at me! I’m the Great Green of Count Bleck’s henchmen! Fear me! Don’t laugh at me! Yeah, I demand too much but that’s because you’re laughing at me! GRRRRRRRR! THAT’S IT!” Mr. L said irritated as he pressed a button to change the whole place into the space where they quickly put on their helmets. “Hey! Mr. Jumpallthetime! Ms. Alwayskidnapped! Mr. Dumbguywho’salways losingtoaplumber! And especially the hairy antros (DK, Diddy, Sonic and Fox: Hey!), monsters (Geno, Mallow and Twink: Hey!), whatever the heck you are (Yoshi: Hey!), mini cartoony swordsman and freaky ninja! (Toon Link and Sheik: That’s rude!) Time to get killed!”

“SQUIRPS!” Squirps appeared between the Smashers and Mr. L. “You! You’re the one who kicked me earlier!”

“Oh god not the mini octopus again!”

Squirps floated to Mario. “Okay now. Squirps needs to your help and you need Squirps’s help too!”

“...Oh please no...” Mario muttered.

The plumber grabbed Squirps and aimed him at Brobot L. “Should we leave him to you Mario?” Peach asked.

Mario nodded as they nodded back and flew behind, leaving both the red plumber, the annoying little alien bastard named Squirps (Squirps (shifts eyes): Hmm... Squirps feels he was insulted...), the masked guy named Mr. L and his robot head.

“Hold on!” Mr. L said raising a hand as the robot got covered in a familiar purple aura. “Behold the new Dark Brobot L! Enhanced with Subspace technology to reach his maximum capabilities!”

“...H-he’s right, Mario,” Tippi said worried. “I analyzed his status and they were enhanced greatly... I suggest extreme caution when dealing with that crazy lunatic...”

“What?” Mario asked as quick rapid missiles went after him as he focused his aim (or force as Squirps described) to destroy the missiles which wasn’t enough as he got attacked severly. “AAAAAAHHHHHH!!!”

“SQUIRPS!” Squirps yelled in pain.

“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!” Mr. L laughed. “Seems you can’t fight that well in space after all. How sad! This fight will end so darn quickly before I get excited!”

“Mario! Catch it!” Fox yelled throwing his Reflector at Mario who caught it and put it inside his pockets.

“Pfft, a small device that will significantly do nothing at all.” Mr. L said rolling his eyes.

“On second thought...” Fox came from behind Mario and took back his Reflector. “Who am I to leave everything to you?”

“Or me?” Mallow asked floating to Mario with everyone else.

“We’re not that stupid to let you fight alone that possessed guy.” Sonic said as he looked away from Mario’s eyes.

“Yeah. Only the biggest idiots of some alternate universe would leave a final boss guy to a protagonist that isn’t that protagonistic through a whole adventure at all,” Diddy chuckled. “But we aren’t like that at all.”

Everyone looked at Diddy. “...Diddy...” Zelda began.

“Yes?” Diddy raised an eyebrow.

“...That was so out of the blue.”

“...It was?” Diddy asked to DK who nodded. “...Well...”

“Enough of your business!” Mr. L yelled pressing a button. “BEHOLD THE MISSILES THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED BY ANY KIND OF REFLECTORS OF THE GREEN DOOM!”

Sheik made a bored face. “...Were you trying to make either myself as my other form or Fox use our techniques to get wide open for the missiles which could have exploded on us but you stated the obvious making the surprise not a surprise anymore?”

“And what’s up with you naming your attacks with a lame title?” Toon Link asked tilting his head.

“...” Mr. L responded by banging his head on the controls as the dark missiles were shot at them.

“Missiles missiles missiles...” Bowser said gathering flames in his mouth. “They’re very original!”

“Sure.” Mallow said nodding.

“...Mallow. I think Bowser wasn’t sarcastic just now.” Geno said.

“...That guy has a messed up mind.”

“BLUUUUUAAAAAAAAA!!!” Bowser breathed his fire out that spreaded to the dark missiles, but they weren’t burned at all as they collided with Bowser who yelled in pain. “DAMMIT!”

“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Mr. L laughed maniacally. “Nothing can defeat THE MISSILES THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED BY ANY KIND OF REFLECTORS OF THE GREEN DOOM! It’s impossible!”

“I can’t help it but feel sorry for the guy...” DK said frowning.

“LASER THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED EITHER OF THE GREEN DOOM!” Mr. L yelled firing a huge laser to DK who tried to get away but was attacked by it as Diddy glared at Mr. L’s robot.

“Hey! That was...bad, yes! Bad!” Diddy said nodding as he aimed his Peanut Gun at Mr. L’s cabin.

Mr. L chuckled. “My window of the green doom can’t be penetrated b-“ Mr. L was interrupted as a peanut made a hole on his window. “Yikes! SEEKER MISSILES THAT CAN’T YET BE REFLECTED OF THE GREEN DOOM!” Mr. L made Dark Brobot L call forth 8 dark missiles that went after Diddy.

“T-THUNDERBOLT!” Mallow yelled casting down blue bolts from the space that crashed into the dark missiles. “N-no! I can’t destroy them!”

“They’re getting weak,” Sheik began as she took out her kunais. “Keep attacking them!”

“I think some of us should attack Mr. L while others could act as some kind of defense to protect the attackers.” Peach suggested.

“...Peach, sometimes I love when you get strategies out like that,” Sheik said. “Quick, close combat attackers get closer to the robot and attack when it’s distracted, long-range attackers stay away by shooting and casting spells and other that can act using the defensive protect the attackers!”

“SQUIRPS!” Squirps yelled as he began to fire widly at Brobot who kept holding its position.

“Oh,” Mr. L noticed that everyone was spreading. “You think a simple strategy like that will take Brobot and I out?”

“Yes,” the Smashers said in unison.

“...Oh now you’re REALLY going to suffer THE MISSILES THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED BY ANY KIND OF REFLECTORS OF THE GREEN DOOM! DUAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Mr. L laughed as he shot many missiles at Mario.

“Defensive, now!” Sheik ordered as Sonic gave her a thumbs up and quickly went above a missile which he grabbed from above and struggled to change its direction to the other missiles, once he got the right aim he set the missile free which crashed into one missile, exploding into bits creating a chain reaction that destroyed all the missiles.

“H-hey!” Mr. L felt a tremble underneath Dark Brobot L. “Who’s hiding down there?!”

DK was seen banging constantly in the metal with his fists as Mr. L panicked for a bit. “Oh yeah! Now we’re talking!”

“ACTIVATING ULTRA ELECTRIC SHOCKING FIELD OF THE GREEN DOOM!” Mr. L yelled calling forth electric bolts that electrocuted DK greatly as the robot shook the kong to Diddy.

“DK!” Diddy said worried.

“I-I’m fine...” DK said shaking his head. “I think...I need to be careful with that.”

“Keep firing at will!” Sheik ordered Mario and Squirps who kept firing constantly.

“LASER THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED EITHER OF THE GREEN DOOM!” Mr. L yelled charging his huge laser.

“Peach, use your...unquestionably, durable an insanely hard umbrella to protect Mario...use it!” Sheik told Peach who nodded quickly and shielded Mario with her umbrella as the beam simply got blocked before it stopped.

“Should I have made the laser that can’t be blocked either of the green doom instead?” Mr. L wondered.

“Hey!” Toon Link appeared on the window of the cabin with his bow ready.

“You’re just getting yourself wide open dude. APPROACH OF THE GREEN DOOM!”

“...The what again?” Toon Link asked confused as Brobot quickly rammed Toon Link, Mario, Squirps, Peach, Sheik and DK with a fast forward rush as the robot returned to its position.

“Ha! Serves you right!” Mr. L said chuckling happily.

“Is everyone alright?” Tippi asked.

“That ramming attack...took a lot of my energy...” Toon Link said weakly.

“Not to mention all of you fought before this battle without resting...” Tippi looked at Mr. L laughing. “I really hate that guy so much...”

“We’ll...just have to keep on with our strategy...”

Mallow came with a weird barrier protecting him as he was shown munching a chocolate. “Yeah, I mean, what else can we use to attack him?”

Everyone stared at Mallow. “...Mallow, where did you get that shield from?” Geno asked.

Mallow chuckled as he finished his chocolate bar. “This? You mean the bars that you guys have been ignoring?”

“Ignoring?” Toon Link asked as everyone noticed chocolate bars of different envelopes flying away through the space.

“Who’s throwing all this stuff in the middle of the space?” DK asked confused.

Fort Francis

Chapter 3-4

“What do you mean by order of powered chocolate bars by ultra space delivery has been thrown out by accident, nerr?!” Francis asked angrily to the phone.

Whoa Zone

Chapter 4-4

“Who cares about that?” Twink asked grabbing a chocolate bar. “We should use them to our advantage!”

Sheik rolled her eyes. “They’re chocolate bars for god’s sake! There’s no way they’re going to give us some kind of special enhancement except extra calories and probably acne!”

“Are we worried that much about our weight?” Diddy asked as he was shown eating a red chocolate bar that made strange lights float around him that shot missiles at Brobot. “Burp.”

“...Dude, I think this place is even more scary and creepy than before.” Yoshi said shuddering a little bit.

Sonic grinned as he ate a purple one that seemed to enhance his speed. “I’m all the way good for this stuff!”

“There’s no way you’re going to convince me other way!” Sheik said crossing her arms.

“...They’re mint-flavored.” Sonic said with a wink.

“...They are?” Sheik noticed that everyone was chuckling. “...I like mint-flavored chocolate! Okay! I love them! Happy now?”

“Are you guys done chattering with each other?” Mr. L asked approaching his robot at them. “I hope you don’t eat all the chocolate being thrown around here ‘cuz the red ones give double strength, the purple ones give extra speed, the green ones give missiles, the blue ones will give a barrier and the yellow ones will multiply the little alien freak an-“ Mr. L noticed that everyone stared at him with mischievous looks with grins. “...WHY AM I GIVING OUT CRUCIAL INFORMATION IN A PLACE LIKE THIS IN A TIME LIKE THIS WHEN I HAVE THE CHANCE OF WINNING?!”

“Sonic! Grab all the chocolate bars (as odd as it sounds) and give each one to everyone here!” Sheik ordered as Sonic grinned and went after the bars that easily reached quickly while Brobot L tried to shot him down but was unable to.

“Here Mario!” Sonic yelled throwing Mario a yellow bar that he ate, making Squirps split in 2 as they began to shoot wildly at the robot with rapid fire attacks.

“OH?! YOU WANNA HAVE A CRAZY BATTLE?! I’LL GIVE YOU A CRAZY ONE!!!” Mr. L yelled angrily as he fired as many dark missiles as he could to the Smashers which really throw them off guard with their strategy.

“What now?!” Toon Link asked as his hands trembled.

“Sonic! Give everyone green bars!” Sheik ordered as the hedgehog quickly looked round for mentioned bars which he found and tossed them at everyone who quickly ate the chocolate and got barriers that the missiles couldn’t destroy.

“DAMMIT! MY MISSILES THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED BY ANY KIND OF REFLECTORS OF THE GREEN DOOM CAN’T PENETRATE YOUR CHOCOLATE POWERED BARRIERS!” Mr. L yelled panicking.

“Red one please!” DK asked for a red chocolate that Sonic threw one at him which he ate and felt a surge of power in him. “Hey, robot guy!” DK called going to the robot as he pulled back his fist. “Taste this if metal can!”

“AAAHHH!!!” Mr. L yelled as his robot was pushed back by DK’s Giant Punch. “S-stop it! You’re going to destroy Dark Brobot L!”

“That’s the idea, genius.” Geno said aiming his right hand at Mr. L.

“Rocket punch?” Mr. L guessed.

“Rocket punch with a red bar,” Geno said nodding as his punch went rocketing to Brobot L which impacted, exploded and pushed back the robot as Geno got it back. “But I guess it’s not enough to finish you off.”

“Y-you’re right,” Mr. L said gritting his teeth. “You guys are getting on my nerves. I should just go all crazy with my missiles, beam and heavy artillery then! FULL ATTACK MODE O-“

“Of the green doom,” the Smashers said in unison with bored looks.

“You got it right!” Mr. L said surprised (as everyone facepalmed) as he chose the full attack mode which was very insane since he called forth dark missiles, dark beams, dark missiles, dark rams, dark laughs, dark chuckl...wait, he laughed and chuckled but shot dark beams and dark he tried to ram at them. “MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! DESTROY! DESTROOOOOOOOOOOOYYYYYYYYYYYYYY!!!”

“What’s wrong with him?” Peach asked as she hid behind her umbrella.

“I-I don’t know,” Mario said hiding behind her. “But something seems really familiar...”

“FOR THE LAST TIME MARIO, HE IS LUIGI!!!” Fox yelled from afar.

“Who?!” Mario and Peach asked putting their right hands on their right ears.

“HE’S LUIGI FOR CRYING OUT LOUD!” Yoshi yelled as he swiftly evaded the missiles thanks to a purple bar.

“Who?!”

“THAT GUY IS LUIGI!” DK yelled as he blocked himself with his arms from the missiles.

“Who?!”

“MR. L IS LUIGI!!!” Sheik yelled angrily as she evaded the huge dark beam. “THE COLOR, THE SIZE, THE BLATANTLY OBVIOUS ROBOT HEAD AND THE STUPID LOOK HE’S WEARING GIVE AWAY HIS REAL IDENTITY TO ANYONE!”

“ARE YOU 2 BEING COMPLETE IGNORANTS AS BOWSER?!” Geno yelled as Bowser glared at him.

“Who?!” Mario and Peach kept asking confused because they couldn’t hear anything will all the noise of the missiles.

“Um...” Tippi appeared behind Mario alongside with Twink. “I think they’re saying that we should attack Mr. L for now...”

“Oh.” Mario and Peach said nodding, ignoring everyone who facepalmed and frowned at this.

“I want to murder those 2 right now...” Yoshi muttered annoyed.

“ULTRA SUPER MAGNIFICENT...um...” Mr. L thought for a moment. “Magnificent...er...”

“Can’t think of a name?” Fox asked tapping on the window.

“Well yeah, they’re pretty hard to make actually an-“ Mr. L blinked as he realized something. “Wait a sec there!”

“Too late!” Fox yelled breaking the window apart with a charged kick as Mr. L panicked flailing his arms around.

“Okie dokie you darn animal,” Mr. L said grumbling. “That’s the last time you break something apart from my dear Brobot! He will need huge repairs because o-“ Mr. L stopped once Fox had enough and grabbed him by the collar with both hands. “MERCY MERCY! PLEASE I MEAN!”

Fox grinned. “So who’s the one begging for mercy now?”

“(Got him,)” Mr. L thought mischievously as he pressed a button from his back. “I mean GET THE HELL OUTTA MY SIGHT!”

“You’re just worsening things u-“

“Fox! Behind you!” Mallow yelled as what looked to be a missile with a hand grabbed the vulpine by behind and threw him away directly to the beam’s way where he got severly injured as he yelled in pain. “Oh no!”

“Hahahahahahahaha!” Mr. L laughed as he sat back on his seat and grabbed the levers. “I’m the most baddest of the baddest here kids! Don’t forget the Green Thunder: Mr.-“

“SHUT UP!” Mallow yelled casting Thunderbolt at Mr. L who dodged quickly the bolts and focused all his dark missiles at the cloud prince who gasped and began moving around the space frantically. “SOMEBODY!”

“Got you!” Sonic said grabbing Mallow’s hand as he swiftly crossed the dark missiles that tried to explode on them but impacted with each other as the prince hugged Sonic. “H-hey!”

“Oh thank you thank you thank you!” Mallow said rubbing his cheek with Sonic’s cheek.

“D-does he always get like this?” Sonic asked to no one in particular.

“WHATEVER THE HECK THIS ATTACK’S NAME IS OF THE GREEN DOOM!” Mr. L yelled pressing a button that began creating sparks around Dark Brobot L before dicharging them everywhere which managed to land on every single Smasher who yelled in pain. “Suh-weet! That’s gonna teach you all a lesson for real!”

“...Yoshi?” Peach asked as she saw Yoshi in a weakened state. “...Yoshi, are you okay?”

“...” Yoshi didn’t spoke.

“...Oh no...” Peach muttered shocked. “Yoshi...no...please...no!”

“Yoshi!” Mario yelled worried as he went after Yoshi. “Please, wake up! Yoshi!”

“...” Yoshi continued his silence.

“...M-Mario...” Peach began to sob silently.

“...Mr. L...” Mario muttered as he glared at Dark Brobot L. “I’m... I’m going to end this!”

“BUAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Bowser laughed. “Plumber! This kind of situation should be better off with a guy like greatest me!”

“Oh well then,” Mr. L said approaching to Bowser who gasped back. “Guess you’ll die first! LASER THAT CAN’T BE REFLECTED EITHER OF THE GREEN DOOM!” Mr. L yelled maniacally as the entire beam made a direct hit to the king of the Koopas who screamed in pain before he passed out of cold. “Let’s see now...” Mr. L looked around the space. “The furry is out, the dumb dinosaur is out and the supposedly king is out as well. Heh, everything is getting better for greatest me!”

“W-what?” Peach asked as she looked at Fox who was apparently knocked out. “N-no!”

“I’m afraid yes my dear!” Mr. L said (not noticing the puppet, the hedgehog and the cloud prince going behind Dark Brobot L). “I’ll use the WHATEVER THE HECK THIS ATTACK’S NAME IS OF THE GREEN DOOM to finish all of you at once!”

Sheik narrowed her eyes as she panted. “Bring it...on...we’ll resist it as well...”

“You sure about that?” Mr. L asked smirking as he held a finger pointing down at one button. “With a single push you will all be finished for!”

“Geno Boost.” Geno whispered as his attack and strength increased.

Sheik grabbed several kunais and hid them behind her back. “Use that discharge again.”

“S-Sheik!” DK said shocked shaking his head.

“Red chocolate bar.” Sonic whispered giving Geno the chocolate that he ate.

“By the way, can you taste the chocolate at least?” Mallow asked confused.

“I wished for having the sense of taste and I got it.” Geno whispered.

“...Sure, you wish came true.” Sonic said rolling his eyes.

“G-guys...” Toon Link trailed off as Mr. L began to move down his finger. “D-do something!”

“Fine fine, I’ll do it.” Sheik said throwing her kunais at high speed to Mr. L’s hand which got pinched quickly and made the masked guy yelp in pain.

“SQUIIIIIIIIIRPS POWEEEEEEEER!” Squirps yelled as Mario began to fire directly at Mr. L who couldn’t reach for the controls as he backed away inside Dark Brobot L.

“We have him cornered!” Diddy said as he began shooting peanuts at the cabin.

“S-stop it!” Mr. L complained as he blocked his eyes. “W-what kind of strategy is this?! I can’t continue my frenzy of dark beams and dark missiles if you keep staggering me!”

“That’s the darn idea!” DK yelled from behind Peach.

“YIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!” Mr. L charged at the controls and pressed the discharge button that created several sparks around Dark Brobot L. “HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! START TO BEG FOR MERCY SCUM!”

“E-everyone!” Peach yelled putting her umbrella in front of her. “Hide behind my umbrella!”

“As stupid as it sounds...hide!” Sheik ordered the rest of the Smashers (as DK reached Bowser and Fox and pulled them behind the group as Mr. L laughed evily.

“YOU STUPID SCOURGE!” Mr. L yelled furiously as he laughed maniacally afterwards. “FEEL THE ULTIMATE WRATH OF DARK BROBOT L AND HIS BROTHER, THE GREEN THUNDER, THE GREEN BLOOD, THE GREEN OF DOOM, THE INCREDIBLY POWERFUL: MR-“

“Geno...“

“...Huh?” Mr. L looked behind by turning the direction where Dark Brobot L was looking and found Mallow, Sonic and Geno in a triangle formation. “Oh there you are! I was wondering where were you guys!” Mr. L grabbed the levers. “Finally! Count Bleck will define me as his biggest and greatest underling that has never been before on his Top 5 favorite an-“

“SHUT UP!” Sonic and Mallow yelled angrily.

“Nobody shuts the Green Thunder’s mou-“ Mr. L did a double take once he glanced over Geno. “What’s the puppet guy doing with that yellow ring in hi-“

“WHIRL!“ Geno yelled firing at full speed the glowing yellow ring that crossed Dark Brobot L directly on the middle as Mr. L blinked shocked and looked around.

“...Did it work?” Twink asked concerned.

“...HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!” Mr. L laughed maniacally YET again. “Seems you ran out of luck woody! YAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHahahahahaha...ha...a...er...” Mr. L noticed something besides Dark Brobot L

“...What’s that besides him?” Diddy asked pointing at a yellow star that had “9999” on it.

“W-well...” Tippi trailed off. “Those odd stars with numbers usually appear when Mario or Peach damage an enemy so I guess that’s the total damage Mr. L received...”

“...” Mr. L made an annoyed looked. “Oh, you have to be SO kidding m-“

BOOM!

“NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!” Mr. L yelled panicking as Dark Brobot L began exploding everywhere. “DARK BROBOT L! ANSWER ME! DON’T DIE ON ME! NO NO NO NO NO! WE CAN’T LOSE LIKE THIS WITH THESE IDIOTS IN A TIME LIKE THIS! BRO?! BROBOT?! HELLO?! OH NO!“ Mr. L screamed as the whole space shook violently (if that was physically possible) while the Smashers looked around confused.

Music stops

Boom!

They found themselves back in the normal Whoa Zone as they looked around confused at the whole situation. “...Say, what happened just now?” Mallow asked.

“I-I don’t know...” Peach said putting her right hand on her chin as she looked up. “I wonder if defeating Mr. L had something to do with it.”

“Duh.” Twink and Diddy said rolling their eyes.

“Hey you 3!” DK yelled at Bowser, Fox and Yoshi who were still unconscious. “Wake up! Everything’s fine now!”

“...WHAT?!” Bowser asked getting up. “T-the battle’s over and I didn’t help that much?! What’s the point of fighting then?!”

“My god, he recovered so fast.” Tippi said surprised as Peach chuckled a little bit.

“That’s the Bowser we know and love.” Peach said smiling a little.

“...We do?” the Smashers, Geno, Mallow, Twink and Tippi asked very confused.

“...Well...maybe not that much...and now that I think about it, me neither.” Peach said giggling nervously.

Yoshi opened his eyes slowly and looked up at the sky where he saw a small dot growing in size. “...Huh? What’s that in the sky?”

“yyyyyyyyyyyyyyeeeeeeeeEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHH!!! OWW!” Mr. L came from the sky and crashed into the floor as he groaned in pain.

Super Paper Mario - Mr. L’s Theme

“Oh no, he’s still alive!” Twink gasped.

“O-of course I’m still alive!” Mr. L said getting up as he glared at them. “L-look at what have you done to my precious bro! He’s gone for now and forever from my life! Did you know how big and strong was our mutual bond?! Huh?!”

“Look,” Tippi began. “We know you liked so creepily enough that “poor” robot but the thing is that we need to proceed and get the Pure Heart.”

Mr. L sniffed a little. “Y-you guys...YOU GUYS SUCK! TOTALLY! YOU GUYS SUCK SO MUCH THAT A GOOMBA DIED OF YOUR SUCKINESS! THAT’S IT! I’M GONNA GET MY REVENGE ONE OF THESE DAYS AT YOU!” Mr. L yelled crying as they glared at him. “YOU GUYS SUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUCK! WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAA-“

Boink!

“AAAAAAHHHHHH!!! MY EYE!” Mr. L yelled in pain as a peanut from Diddy’s Peanut Gun pinched his right eye. “Y-YOU WON’T GET AWAY THE NEXT TIME WE MEET! I SWEAR I’LL CRUSH YOU DOWN... WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!” Mr. L cried loudly as he ran away from the scene and to Count Bleck’s Castle.

“...Everyone...” Geno began as they looked at him. “...Um...how do I put it?... If I could’ve used the Geno Whirl at the start of the battle... I could’ve defeated Mr. L faster without the weird chocolates and my magic...my apologies...”

“...Meh,” Sonic grinned a little. “What’s done is done anyway.”

“...Come to think of it,” DK smiled a little. “We just need to deactivate the Subspace Blast here and we’re done with this world.”

“It’s Subspace “Bomb,” DK...” Diddy corrected him.

“...Come again?” Sonic asked interested.

“We just need to deactivate the Subspace...Bomb here and we’re done with this world,” Dk repeated. “...Hey! Where’s Sonic?”

“As soon as you repeated that he already crossed the door over there.” Tippi said pointing at the door leading to the last room of the Whoa Zone as Squirps walked to it.

“Squirps!” Squirps said happily. “Squirps thanks you space cowboys for taking Squirps here back in home! Oh moooooooommyyyyy?” Squirps asked happily as he went inside.

“...The Subspace Bomb!” Sheik said. “We need to see how much time we have left before it blows up!”

Queen Squirpina’s Room

Super Paper Mario - Pure Heart

The Smashers quickly reached the other side of the door and found something surprising besides the Subspace Bomb...

A big trophy of Squirp’s mother: Queen Squirpina that ornamented the simple green floor.

“Look there!” Mallow said running at the Subspace Bomb. “We have 10 minutes left until it blows up!”

“...You know,” Sonic asked appearing from behind the bomb. “It’s too odd to see so much time left conveniently for us to do something. It would make much sense if the timer wa-“

Diddy quickly blocked Sonic’s mouth. “Shhhhh! Don’t give out ideas, stupid. They could be around here...” Diddy whispered.

The Smashers got closer to the bomb and examined it. “...Nope, no clue about how to deactivate it.” Yoshi said disappointed.

Toon Link noticed something odd from the bomb. “...Say, those robots at each side of the bomb...”

Peach looked at the 2 R. looking at the Smashers and walked to one of them. “Hello there...”

“...” the first R.O.B simply stared at her.

“Aren’t your hands...” Peach looked at the R.O.B’s hands stuck in the bomb. “...Aren’t they stuck in there?”

The R.O.B simply nodded as it closed slowly his eyes at the floor. Somehow Peach felt worried for the robot.

“You’re not going to...escape?” Peach asked as the robot shook its head. “...But why are you hands in there?”

“...” the R.O.B didn’t dare to speak because he couldn’t express how troubled and his partner were.

“...Everyone...” Peach turned at the Smashers. “I have a strange feeling...”

“Strange feeling?” Mario asked confused.

“Yes...” Peach looked at the R.. “This situation...those robots...”

DK and Diddy rubbed their chins in unison as they examined closer the robots. “DK...isn’t this somehow familiar to you?” Diddy asked.

“...It does...but...” DK eyed the second R.O.B. “...Why do I remember something important?”

Diddy spun his head slowly as he have gotten a headache. “Ugh... I’m trying to remember something but I can’t do it...”

“Stop it,” Sheik said. “We need to deactivate the bombs as soon as possible before it blows up. Anybody knows how to do so?” Sheik looked at the Smashers who shook their heads.

“...Well...” Tippi began as she flew at the bomb. “I could examine it and give out instructions.”

“Please do.”

“But be warned,” Tippi said looking at the R.. “Once we deactivate this bomb...they might get deactivated as well permanently.”

“W-what?” Peach asked shocked. “B-but can’t they just leave the bomb alone?”

Tippi shook herself. “I’m afraid not. The robots did this by their own will...but I wonder why though...”

“Less talk and more instructions,” Sheik said as Peach looked at her worried. “I’m sorry Peach, but this place is in danger and we must do it for the better.”

“Besides,” Toon Link made a bored look. “You hardly knew those robots anyway...”

Peach looked down ashamed as Sheik went to the bomb. The princess felt horribly ashamed of herself for not helping the R. who looked down sadly at this decision.

“Okay,” Tippi began. “First you need to cut down that wire but be careful, you need to stay aware of the little conductor of electricity.”

Sheik looked the Smashers over her right shoulder. “I need help over here if you don’t mind.”

“I’ll do it.” Fox said nodding as he kneeled to get a closer look.

“Next...” Tippi went on as both Smashers began working to deactivate the Subspace Bomb as fast as they could.

“...I’m sorry...” Peach whispered to the R. sadly.

Sonic yawned a little and folded his arms behind his head. “What should we do for the time being?”

“Oh oh!” Squirps jumped happily. “I should tell you about my secret heritage and lineage since I’m the prince of this place and son of my mother over there!” Squirps showed his teeth happily. “Behold the beginning of the Squirps’s Dynasty from 3000 years ago!”

“Oh god, somebody shut him up!” Yoshi yelled blocking his ears.

“It all started when Squirlone and Squirpaul gave birth to their first child that was going to turn into the first prince of the dynasty. The prince first had to find a secret fruit hidden within the mountains of the crazy eel people who’s bodies could gave the attacker a horrible case of diarrhea with a single touch, which could last 5 whole years in a normal basis. You might ask how Squirlone and Squirpaul were the king and queen, right? Well the thing is they created a strict politic system which was said to involucrate the precious food,” Squirps took out a chocolate bar as he showed his teeth happily. “That’s right. You guessed it. The special involucrated food was this beauty here! Now, they obtained this blessed food as a gift of the sacred gods of the dish washer tha-“

“OH MY GOODNESS!” Twink yelled looking away. “HIS DYNASTY IS NOT MAKING ANY SENSE! SHUT UP!”

“Then the crazy tortilla people came to the village where they lived, and both of my grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-grand-“

“NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!” the Smashers (except Mario, Peach and Tippi) yelled utterly annoyed by Squirps’s story that didn’t make any sense to them...

...At least Sheik and Fox were able to continue their job in deactivating the bomb. Though they couldn’t tolerate Squirps at all...

...Unfortunately they learned all about the obscure pasts of Squirps’s dynasty so well that it probably wasn’t going to be forgotten no matter how hard they tried to forget it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2009, 07:30:12 PM
Disgaea: Hour of Darkness

Laharl’s Castle
Outside

Tales of Symphonia – Fatalize

“I’ll send you all to hell!” Galleom proclaimed raising his fists above the Smashers.

“T-technically we’re in hell s-“ Chris was interrupted as Lucario grabbed him and jumped out of Galleom’s fists that were going to crush both of them. “T-t-thank you so much, Lucario!”

“Ayayayaaaa!” Pit rushed towards Galleom and spun his blades quickly, using Angel Ring to cause minor consecutive damage to the machine who simply ducked and grabbed him in his right fist. “U-UGH! ...Let...me...go...”

Galleom snickered. “As you wish, filthy scum!” Galleom yelled slamming Pit to the ground as the angel yelled in pain.

“Focus...” Mewtwo muttered as his hand glowed towards Galleom. “...I need...more...concentration to...remove that beast...”

Chris looked worried at Mewtwo. “M-Mewtwo...are you feeling alright?”

“...” Mewtwo closed his eyes and shook his head. “...No...the darkness is just too strong... Psychic types like me...can’t stand...dark type attacks...but that could aslo include the atmosphere here...”

Chris made a serious face and rushed towards Galleom with the Peacemaker ready on his right hand. “Chris! Where are you going?!” Lucario asked running besides the World Traveler.

“I’m going to save Pit for the passion of love!” Chris said with a wink.

“...Passion of what?” Lucario asked confused as he stopped.

“Hey, you there!” Chris called Galleom who glared at him and left Pit groaning in pain. “I’m going to dedicate this bullet to my dear Miss Etna if you don’t mind my friend...”

“...What’s with Chris all of a sudden?” Kirby asked confused.

“His job...” Mewtwo said slowly as he stopped glowing. “His job is giving him that attitude of a flirting man...”

“...Then he’s a C. Falcon?”

“...I would guess no...” Mewtwo said shrugging.

“Hey,” Etna called from afar. “Did he say he was going to dedicate his bullet to me?!”

Chris looked at Etna and nodded with a small grin. “That’s right my beloved beauty. Dedicating a fight for a lady is truly,” Chris opened his hand at the ominous air. “Such poetry of love...”

“DIE YOU WORTHLESS KID!” Galleom yelled as Chris aimed his gun at his face. “Do you think a mere gun is going to hurt me?!”

“Actually, yes,” Chris said chuckling. “ This is no ordinary gun, it’s the Peacemaker, an elegantly designed gun that is beautiful enough to hang in a gallery,” Chris closed his eyes and he put the gun closer to his forehead. “Yet so effective, it’d be a shame not to use it,” he looked at Galleom and aimed it back. “That’s why I’m going to use my Flourish to give you some sense.”

Flourish

Why just attack, when you can attack with a flourish?


Galleom narrowed his eyes at Chris as he made a fist and pulled it back. “Such stupid gun an attack won’t be enough to stop me from doing THIS!”

“Bang.” Chris said simply as he pulled back the trigger of the Peacemaker.

BANG!

“AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!” Galleom yelled in pain as an insanely fast bullet (that pushed back Chris to the ground by the force) impacted his forehead and backed away as Pit took this advantage to escape.

Deals more damage for each female party member in the team.

“M-my god...” Chris said blinking surprised as he slowly got up. “T-that impact was strong enough to push me away... That, my friends,” Chris said looking at the Smashers. “It’s the true way to get to a lady’s heart.”

“...Ooooooohhhh...” Kirby said nodding.

“...Such quick change of personalities...” Mewtwo said frowning.

“Y-you...” Galleom grunted as he rushed at Chris. “YOOOOOOOOOOUUUUUUU!!!”

“Get back!” Meta Knight yelled using Drill Rush directly on Galleom’s forehead (where the bullet previously landed) and inflicted more pain to the machine. “Kirby!”

“O-oh, sorry!” Kirby apologized by flying to Galleom, using Stone when he was above the machine to land an impact on the head.

“Attacking one point isn’t going to be enough,” Mewtwo explained. “Concentrate your blows in another area of his body to exploit a weakness.”

“Should I use my Flourish again?” Chris asked running a hand in his hair.

“...Better yet, change jobs.”

Chris stared angrily at Mewtwo. “Hey, how am I suppose to make the girls fall in love with me if I can’t us-“ Chris noticed that Mewtwo’s glaring eyes were inches away from his face.

“You will change jobs now...” Mewtwo narrowed his eyes. “Or else I’ll do it myself...”

“...R-right away sir!” Chris said he changed to his Fonyc Hymn User job. “H-happy?”

“A lot.” Mewtwo said sarcastically as he charged his Shadow Ball.

“...Maybe...” Chris trailed off as Pit was some meters away from him. “Pit!”

“Y-yes?” Pit asked a little weak.

“Do you want to use our CFS?”

Pit thought for a moment before nodding. “Y-yes, let’s use it and fast before he spots us.”

“STUPID DOG!” Galleom yelled trying to slam his fists at Lucario who kept using Extremespeed to evade the punches. “STOP TELEPORTING AROUND!”

“I’m not teleporting around,” Lucario stated as he disappeared before appearing right besides Galleom’s head with a glowing hand. “I’m just dodging your attacks to do...this.”

“UGH!” Galleom grunted in pain as Lucario slammed his Force Palm right on his shoulder as the Aura Pokémon jumped out of the mahcine and rolled backwards in the ground before standing on his right knee.

“Lucario, that was incredible!” Chris yelled happily as Lucario blushed and looked away embarrassed. “Pit!”

“Chris!” Pit yelled flying from above as the machine glared up.

Whack-whackity-whack!“ Chris called forth spinning his staff as Pit’s dual blades started glowing before they turned into squeaky red hammers.

POW RING!“ Pit and Chris yelled in unison as Pit rushed towards Galleom and hit him several times with his hammers who squeaked back before he leaped above the machine and dove both hammers at his head which caused moderate damage.

“DAMMIT!” Galleom cursed as he shook his head while Pit backstepped out of his way. “How can I be hurt with such stupid weapons?!”

“That’s magic,” Chris said. “Magical hammers.”

Galleom turned into his tank form and quickly went after Chris who gasped before Lucario appeared and extended both hands in front of the World Traveler to the machine. “Are you aware that your strength has been decreased?” Mewtwo asked from afar as his Shadow Ball kept getting bigger..

“...Yes...but I need t-“

“WATCH OUT!” Chris yelled as Lucario quickly put more force on his hands (using his aura) as Galleom collided with both went soaring to the sky and fell to the ground. “...L-Lucario...”

“...I was an idiot...” Lucario muttered as he helped Chris to get up. “Sorry...”

“...You did what you thought was best...” Chris smiled a little as he coughed. “I’m so happy for tha-“

“Will you 2 stop talking?!” Meta Knight asked appearing because he used Dimensional Cape as Galleom turned at them and returned to his original form. “We’ve got our hands full and this is not the time to be wasting time for greetings!”

Chris looked down ashamed as Lucario closed his eyes. “I-I’m sorry...” Chris said.

“...” Meta Knight glared at Galleom who jumped and stomped on the floor to crush the Smashers. “Be more careful next time.”

“HAA!” Mewtwo threw his Shadow Ball at Galleom who received the hit but kept going towards Chris, Lucario and Meta Knight. “I know...it will take more to destroy him...”

“BE CRUSHED!” Galleom yelled hovering above the trio who ran at different ways before Galleom crushed the ground underneath his heavy metal weight. “You’re only slowing down your deaths!”

“Yadda-yadda-yadda...” Chris said annoyed as he chanted a spell. “O holy spears, run my enemy through!”

“FIRE!” Galleom yelled firing 4 big missiles towards Chris who gasped and stopped his chant to run away from the explosions. However he accidentaly tripped and 3 missiles caught him as he yelled in pain. “He’s down. Now it’s my chance to capture him!”

“SURPRISE ATTACK OF SEXY VASSAL ETNA!”

“What?” Galleom looked up at the sky as Etna came from it and slammed down her axe on Galleom’s right eye which made him yell in agonizing pain as the demon backed away from the big metalic monster and griined triumphaly.

“E-Etna?!” Pit asked surprised.

“Surprised?” Etna asked putting her left hand on her hips. “I couldn’t just stand there watching a poor angel’s butt getting kicked around so I said why not help him out as well as the others?”

“B-but where’s Flonne?” Kirby asked as Etna pointed at the bridge where Flonne had her hands joined with a worried face.

“She told me a lot of her corny things again...and well that’s partly another excuse to come here.”

“U-ugh...” Galleom grunted in pain as he uncovered his right eye. “T-that’s why I hate you all...BEGONE!!!” Galleom yelled pulling back his fist as he ran at Pit, Etna and Kirby who ran to different directions.

“O-OH NO!” Kirby yelled as he saw Galleom chasing him around. Unfortunately he was very slow compared to Galleom’s speed and was about to receive a raising fist from his back but...

“Don’t forget about me...” Meta Knight said coldly as he appeared right in front of Galleom’s face using Dimensional Cape to land a fast slash on the machine across his helmet. “Kirby, hurry and get an ability!” Meta Knight ordered as Galleom tried to slam down his left fist on Meta Knight who flew out of the way.

“Where am I going to get an ability?!” Kirby asked looking around frantically.

“An ability?” Pit asked as he reunited with Kirby. “Like what?”

“...” Kirby looked at Pit dreamily. “...Pit...can you enter my mouth?”

“What?”

“OOOOOOAAAAAAAHHH-“ Kirby sucked Pit inside him and spat him out as the pink puffball doned a small crown with wings behind him. “Hurray! Now I got 4 angel wings!” Kirby said flapping his 4 wings (since he had the previous ones once he arrived).

“T-that’s creepy...” Pit shuddered before he shook his head and went after Galleom who was busy with Meta Knight.

“O holy spears, run my enemy through!” Chris chanted as a holy light covered himself. “Holy Lance!”

A holy glyph appeared underneath Galleom and 4 lances of light appeared in 4 different points before stabbing the machine directly which caused a lot of pain as Meta Knight took the opportunity and used Drill Rush on Galleom’s chest, followed up by Pit and Pit Kirby’s Palutena’s Arrows barrage that weren’t enough to stagger the beastly machine who grunted angrily.

“(The time has come... Now I will show them...)” Galleom thought evily as he spun around with extended arms to hit Meta Knight who got pushed down the ground and rolled backwards to evade more damage. “This is the time! Now... I WILL FINISH YOU ALL!!!”

“W-what’s he talking about now?!” Chris asked confused as Mewtwo narrowed his eyes after he threw a charged Shadow Ball at Galleom who sidestepped out of the way.

“He is going to...NO! EVERYONE! SPREAD AROUND!” Mewtwo ordered quickly at the Smashers as Pit and Pit Kirby went closer to Galleom but stopped after Mewtwo gave out the order.

“W-why?” Kirby asked confused as Galleom stomped in front of them and embraced himself.

Hahahahaha.... HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAA!!!“ Galleom laughed maniacally as an explosion of a familiar rainbow colored aura exploded in him and both angels (though Kirby was an exception) were pushed away by the unknown force and crashed into the ground.

“W-wait...that aura...” Lucario said narrowing his eyes as he charged an Aura Sphere. “Galleom is...is using the Over Limit?”

“Indeed,” Mewtwo said nodding. “Galleom waited for the perfect moment to unleash his secret technique.”

“And that was our Over Limit?!” Chris asked as he prepared a new spell.

“No...” Mewtwo shook his head. “I guess Tabuu gave his subordinates the same benefits, not only Galleom but Dedede, Ganondorf and Charizard as well.”

Chris blinked to realize something. “Oh no...do you think the others are fine?”

“I’d be more worried about us for now.”

“...Come forth, O illumination of life!”

“Etna!” Pit yelled around as he tried to find the demon vassal. “Etna! Where are you?!”

“I hope you like this!” Etna yelled slicing Galleom’s right hand with her axe before slamming it to the ground where a yellow shockwave crashed into the Subspace boss. “...Say, I forgot why is he glowing...”

“Fools...” Galleom said chuckling as his eyes glowed a bright red color. “...I...I WILL PERISH YOUR LIFES!”

“(He won’t stop yelling...)” Chris thought irritated. “Healing Circle!”

A sacred glyph of holy light shone above Meta Knight who looked up and began to feel healed as he looked his wounds disappearing slowly until he was cured. “Thanks.” Meta Knight said with a nod.

“What was that of than-“

“Thanks.” Meta Knight said with a lower voice that scared Chris.

“Try to stay away from Galleom and attack using long-range attacks!” Mewtwo ordered as he threw another charged Shadow Ball which impacted on Galleom who grunted in pain.

“U-understood,” Chris said nodding as he prepared his next spell. “O healing power... First Aid!”

A green light shone on Pit Kirby who got recovered as he smiled happily. “I think I can go on again... Thank you.” Pit Kirby said happily.

“Let myself begin...” Galleom muttered as he turned into his tank form and began to rev up his engines.

“What now?” Etna asked narrowing her eyes. “I’ve got a bad feeling guys...”

“RUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!” Galleom yelled loudly in his tank form as he started by doing a quick start and run directly at the Smashers around the field.

“No, he is going to slam all of us and gather us in the same place to use his Final Smash,” Mewtwo said as he stopped charging his Shadow Ball. “We have to stay out of his way or else we’ll regret it greatly...”

“A-and speaking of which, HE’S COMING RIGHT HERE! RUN!” Chris yelled as he ran away from his spot with Lucario following behind. Mewtwo quickly realized that Galleom was after him and the Psychic Pokémon used Teleport in time to appear behind Galleom who ran at his previous direction.

“REVERSE!” Galleom yelled.

“Reverse?” Mewtwo wondered before Galleom’s tank turned his path before a second could pass and slammed right into Mewtwo who was pushed back to the ground and struggled to get up. “...Y-you...”

“OH NO!” Pit Kirby yelled as he tried to get away from Galleom but was fastly slammed before Galleom accelerated and hit Pit Kirby back to Mewtwo as both crashed into each other. “S-sorry... Mewtwo...”

“Huh?” Lucario noticed Galleom going after him and his trainer who tried to cast a spell. “Chris! We have t-“

“P-please do!” Chris panicked as Lucario grabbed his hand and ran away using Extremespeed in time.

“N-no...” Lucario muttered as he stopped and panted heavily.

“Lucario!” Chris kneeled to Lucario. “Lucario?! A-are you feeling alright?!”

“...No...” Lucario said giving a weak look at Chris. “The darkness here...is too strong for me to go on...”

“...Impossible...” Chris muttered shaking his head slowly.

“GET OUT OF THE WAY! BOTH OF YOU!” Meta Knight yelled from afar but was interrupted as Galleom came from behind both Smashers and pushed them with force to the ground where the tank accelerated ahead of them and pushed them back at Mewtwo and Pit Kirby where they moaned in pain. “Bastard...” Meta Knight muttered as he narrowed his eyes at Galleom who quickly turned his way and went after him.

“What’s this guy’s problem?” Etna asked floating above using her wings.

“...I see,” Meta Knight said extending his wings to hover above the air. “Galleom can’t reach anything that flies. Good idea.”

“...Er...yeah!” Etna said sweating. “Pretty good idea right?”

“Pit!” Meta Knight yelled to Pit. “Get in the air! Galleom can’t reach airbound opponents!”

“I...” Pit blushed a little. “I-I’m not that prepared enough to fly in the air freely!”

“What do you mean?”

“My Wings of Icarus can’t fly that well! I can only reach the highest height and...I’ll fall down back to the ground!”

Meta Knight frowned. “And you call yourself an angel?”

“LOOK OUT!” Etna yelled as Pit turned his back and was pushed by Galleom who stopped and turned back to his normal form as the angel went rolling sideways to the other 4 who were close to each other. “Oh snap, he got all of them!”

“...No!” Meta Knight yelled as Galleom stomped the ground furiously and chuckled down at the 5 who weakly opened their eyes to see Galleom preparing to attack.

This...will be your last blow,“ Galleom said as he began spinning with arms extended to the sides as electricity began to spark around him that pulled all the 5 Smashers around the machine that kept spinning, dealing electric damage as they screamed in pain. “Explode my adversaries and KILL THEM,“ Galleom said as his voice echoed through the Netherworld before his speed accelerated which caused even more damage to the whole group. “MEGIDOBANG!!!“ Galleom yelled loudly as a bright explosion took place on him as he did a pose. Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Pit and Pit Kirby were extremely injured that they all went to different directions and crashed to the ground. Galleom was seen completely unharmed as he snickered evily.

Megidobang

Cause darnation to your foes with spinning arms, followed by a small but massive explosion. Deals massive damage to the enemies

“...Why...me...” Chris muttered weakly as he fainted. The last person he saw was Lucario who couldn’t continue anymore with the fight as well as the others.

“He blowed himself up?!” Etna asked shocked.

“No...” Meta Knight trailed off. “His Final Smash must have protected himself from the explosion he made. Galleom can still fight...and to be honest,” Meta Knight looked away. “That Final Smash is tremendously powerful enough to take us out with one blow even if we have a full health.”

“N-no!” Etna said putting a stronger grip on her axe. “I don’t want to fight that thing alone!”

“If you forgot,” Meta Knight looked at her. “You still have me to fight.”

“Geez, that sure is relieving.” Etna said rolling her eyes as Galleom glared up at them. “U-uh-oh...he’s staring at us!” Etna whispered scared.

“Heheheheheheheheh...” Galleom chuckled evily. “Only 2 more to go and I’ll finish my mission!”

“You won’t accomplish that,” Meta Knight said as he pointed Galaxia at Galleom. “I’m going to be your opponent to finish you off.”

“Ha!” Galleom chuckled. “That is the same thing you said to me a long time ago!”

Persona 4 – Who’s There?

“What?” Meta Knight asked landing back to the ground with Etna behind him. “What do you exactly mean by a long time ago?”

“You imbecile...” Galleom said glaring down at the Star Warrior. “You along with 2 other swordsmen fought against me which resulted in my defeat. Have you forgotten?”

“But I don’t understand,” Meta Knight said. “I don’t remember ever meeting you nor had a fight.”

“The hands must have erased your memories from that encouter when you, stupid Smashers, escaped from your ultimate defeat.”

“Master Hand erased my memories?” Meta Knight asked confused. “When did that happen?... Unless...wait...” Meta Knight muttered as he looked up to Galleom. “I’m having some kind of memory left... Yes... This does feel familiar...”

“Now,” Galleom began. “Do you remember?”

“...I have this blurry image in my mind, “Meta Knight explained. “An image of a huge robot that wanted to kill me, and there are 2 other people fighting alongside me as well...but I can’t still remember.”

“That huge robot is me, you fool!”

“...I’m still with this doubt,” Meta Knight said. “I don’t think I-“

“DIE!”

“Hu-“ Meta Knight was quickly kicked right on his mask as he went soaring in the sky and descended to the ground where he rolled painfully before stopping as Etna gasped and gritted her little fangs at Galleom (though her legs were trembling).

“I-I’m not afraid of you!” Etna said with her axe ready on both hands. “I can fight alone!”

“Foolish flat-chested girl,” Galleom taunted. “How is a girl like you going to kill me?”

Disgaea – Etna Boogie

“...” Etna narrowed her eyes at Galleom before looking down. “...Flat-chested, huh?”

“Yes.”

“...You know...” Etna began as she was still looking down. “Normally the people who define me as “flat-chested” don’t live that enough...”

Galleom slowly walked to her, cracking his fists. “How ironic, your life is going to end soon.”

“...So then!” Etna smirked at Galleom and pointed at him. “I won’t let a darn bastard like you get away with it!” Etna looked around and grinned triumphaly. “Ha! Have you noticed something?”

“What?”

“Your little army,” Etna said snickering. “They’re gone.”

“WHAT?!” Galleom asked shocked as the whole field didn’t have his army of the Subspace, but instead it had many Prinnies who slowly walked to them.

“Sheesh you sure ask a lot, don’t you?” Etna asked snickering as the Prinnies surrounded her and Galleom.

“Army obliterated, Miss Etna!” Prinny 121 said saluting Etna. “What are your orders this time, dood?”

“Prinnies! Take ‘em away to Flonne!” Etna said pointing at the bridge. “Everyone else: stay here until I give another order!”

“Right, Miss Etna! Dood!” several Prinnies said saluting Etna as they all carried the Smashers back to the bridge.

“And don’t forget about our Prince either,” Etna said pointing at Laharl several meters away from them. “He needs to rest.”

The Prinnies nodded and carried Laharl back to the bridge as Etna tightened her fists once she looked up at Galleom. “An army of stupid penguins defeated part of the Subspace Army?! How is that possible?!” Galleom asked.

“Don’t underestimate us, dood!” a Prinny yelled from the crowd of Prinnies as they made angry expressions.

“We work so hard for Miss Etna until the Red Moon comes, dood!” another Prinny yelled.

“We don’t get paid enough but still...” another Prinny trailed off as Etna glared at him. “...It’s worth it, dood!”

Etna smacked her palms together. “Now you little runt,” Etna began as she smirked. “It’s time for you to get going.”

“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Galleom laughed as he glared at the Prinnies and Etna. “A flat-chested girl is going to shut me up for good?! That is so hilarious and stupid!” Galleom cracked his fists as he ran after Etna who narrowed her eyes and shifted her eyes around.

“(Okay, there are a lot of ‘em to finish this fool off...)” Etna thought as a purple aura began to shine beneath her as she smiled and closed her eyes.

“LEAVING YOURSELF WIDE OPEN?! Galleom asked running at Etna. “YOU REALLY WANT TO DIE, AREN’T YOU?!”

Prinny-praid and Prinny paraides, PRINNY RAAAAID!!!“ Etna yelled showing her palm at the sky as all the Prinnies (which were 500) began to tremble uncontrollably as purple rings appeared on every single one of them.

“THAT’S ALL?!” Galleom asked laughing maniacally.

“....Oh...uh...hm...uummmmmmmmmmm...” the Prinnies began to mutter in unison as the oddest thing happened...they all fastly rocketed off to the sky because their feet turned into engines of fire which confused Galleom as he stopped on his trails. “DOOOOOOOOOOOOD!!!”

“What the heck is going on now?!” Galleom demanded as the Prinnies circulated through the air.

“Feel the wrath of Sexy Vassal Etna!” Etna proclaimed laughing at the sky as she pointed at Galleom. “Prinnies, FULL SPEED AHEAD!”

“DOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOD!!!” the Prinnies yelled as one by one, they dove right after Galleom who narrowed his eyes and put his fists in front of him.

“Collisions with your...subordinates? Are you stupid?!” Galleom asked as he began to punch the Prinnies out who exploded right after the other with every punch Galleom threw.

“To be honest...” Etna smirked as she folded her arms behind her. “I’m just playing around with you.”

“What?” Galleom asked before several flying Prinnies exploded on his back which caused moderate damage. “U-UGH!”

“PRINNIES! START OFFENSIVE ATTACK DELTA: FORMATION X!” Etna ordered.

“ROGER, DOOOOOOOOOD!!!” the Prinnies yelled, as this time many dove in groups to every single side of the machine who got constantly attacked by all sides as he yelled in pain.

“FOOLS...” Galleom struggled to spin his arms around. “YOU WON’T DEFEAT ME WITH...THEM!!” Galleom staed furiously as he began spinning around with his arms to prevent the Prinnies from reaching him.

“Geez, why won’t he stop saying relating things to death?... Wait a sec...” Etna noticed that Galleom was taking a while to stop the Prinnies as the vassal looked back at the bridge where Flonne was panting heavily. “(Damn, Flonne isn’t going to last for much longer... I have to find that pendant or else I won’t get the reward!)” Etna thought as she looked around the field in hope to find the missing pendant.

Meanwhile with Flonne...

“(...I need to do something...)” Flonne thought panting as she looked at the fainted Smashers. “(...All of us...will die if I don’t...do something...)”

“Oh, my!” a voice spoke from behind Flonne, she turned and found Big Sis Prinny shocked affter she saw the conditions in which everyone was as she ran to Laharl. “Lahar-I mean, Overlord Laharl, dood, what happened?!”

“...I’m sorry...” Flonne said looking down. “I’m responsible for this...”

“You are responsible for this?” Big Sis Prinny asked.

“Yes... Etna said something about stop saying my “corny” things and Laharl...just dropped death...”

“...I see...” Big Sis Prinny said as she looked at the Prinnies exploding on Galleom who kept spinning. “...That foul beast...dood...”

“I-if we don’t do something fast the castle will be...”

Big Sis Prinny began to walk towards the battle as Flonne gasped. “W-what are you doing?!”

“I have the feeling that your pendant is somewhere around here, dood,” Big Sis Prinny began. “...It’s power is radiating...”

“...What?” Flonne asked shocked. “H-how can you tell that?... I could’ve sensed it but my energies are...almost gone...”

“...Don’t worry, dood,” Big Sis Prinny said as she ran away. “It’s somewhere...”

“...Ohhh...” Flonne wasn’t able to hold on any longer and she fainted on the spot.

“...” one could see a Smashers opening his eyes slowly. “...Flonne... I can’t...let you...die...here... I can...use...my Over Limit...professor?”

“Uh-huh,” Kawashima said nodding from the DS. “It’s ready anytime but...can you move?”

“...I’ll try...”

It was Chris who very slowly got up coughing blood as he changed to his Agent job.

“...After all...a lady needs to be protected...”

Outskirts

“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Vulcanus laughed as he held up Flonne’s pendant. “Such an easy task to infiltrate the castle and grab Flonne’s pendant while she was sleeping! Indeed, it was a brilliant idea to accept the help of that demonic machine to annihilate Laharl and his vassals.”

As Vulcanus laughed, the lava from the place shot upwards.

“...But this place...” Vulcanus said looking around. “...It’s very hot. I can’t stand this heat... Curse you, Netherworld...” Vulcanus stared back at the pendant. “Well, I may as well return to Celestia and report this item as “lost” since Flonne apparently died by the hands of the Overlord’s son. Yes, that plan is perfect,” Vulcanus said as he grabbed the pendant and clutched it on his right hand. “Very soon... Huh?” Vulcanus’s right hand turned a bright red color. “AAAAAAAAAAAUUUUUUUUGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!! MY HAND! S-STUPID PENDANT! IT GOT HEATED UP BY THE LAVA!!! OH CURSES!!!” Vulcanus accidentaly let the pendant fall to the lava where it sank as the angel panicked. “NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!”

A moment of silence fell in as Vulcanus stared at the ominuos clouds. “...Great...just great. The pendant is gone for good... Maybe... Maybe I should return to Celestia, Master Lamington must be looking for me...” Vulcanus said to himself as he glowed and teleported away.

Persona 4 - Traumerei

Down in the lava, the pendant was shown floating along the stream of harmless lava that went down a river...of lava again where there was someone mourning sadly.

With a closer look, it was Vyers who whimpered after he lost his castle and a fight against Laharl. The Dark Adonis looked sadly at the stream of lava. “Why must moi suffer this humiliation?! Why?! I had the title of Overlord so close until that darn cursed brat came in and blowed up my entire castle!” Vyers yelled crying toon tears. “I want something! Some kind of consolation prize to be...consolated! Yes!” Vyers yelled angrily to the sky.

And for his fortune, there was something that shone a little in the river of magma tht caught his attention. The Dark Adonis looked down at the stream and ducked to grab a familiar pendant that he stared closely.

“Huh? A pendant?” Vyers asked as the pendant shone a little which made him smile a little. “A gorgeous pendant! A pendant that was sent by the gods to please moi!” Vyers ran a hand through his hair a chuckled triumphaly. “Oh my! Just look at how it shines!”

“WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAIT, DOOD!” Big Sis Prinny yelled from above some stalagmites as she jumped all the way down and panicked. “T-that’s an important pendant that I was sent to recover! Please, give it to me, dood!”

“...Why?” Vyers asked confused.

“It is a pendant from an angel trainee, she needs it in order to live!”

“A pendant that protects its user from dying?” Vyers wondered. “Now that you mention it mademoiselle... I think I know what this pendant is...it’s supposed to burn the foolish and cursed people or demons... But look!” Vyers held up the pendant. “The pendant accepted my heart and it didn’t harm me at all!”

“T-that is true but see... I need it back...”

“...And who’s this angel trainee?”

“Flonne, she’s a very kind young girl angel that wants to show my...wants to show Overlord Laharl to be nice and kind. I have faith that can accomplish such hard task.”

“Laharl?!” Vyers asked shocked.

“Yes. That pendant must be returned to Flonne before she perishes! Please sir, give it back!”

“...” Vyers sighed disappointed. “Well... Since this pendant accepted my heart...it must be some kind of reason...take it. “Vyers said giving the pendant to Big Sis Prinny.

“A-are you sure?”

Vyers nodded. “I DO believe in good manners... Not all the demons are bad, just to let you know.”

“(...That is most certainly true...)” Big Sis Prinny thought. “Thank you very much, sir!”

“Vyers.” Vyers said turning his back on her.

“Okay Sir Vyers. I must make haste and return to the castle. Maybe we could see each other again.”

“No,” Vyers said looking at the sky. “Please go away. That angel must need the pendant as soon as she can breath.”

“R-right. Thank you.” Big Sis Prinny said nodding as she ran away before the Dark Adonis looked at her and grinned a bit.

“Just you wait Krichevskoy’s son,” Vyers said. “One day I shall reclaim my right to rule over the Netherworld... I, the Dark Adonis will rule someday! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”

Outside

“Flonne...” Chris whispered as he kneeled to see Flonne who opened her eyes and coughed a little. “Flonne...are you feeling alright?”

“N-no...” Flonne whispered weakly. “I...don’t have...much longer... I don’t....” Flonne’s eyes began to fill with tears. “I dont want... I don’t want to disappear... I’m scared...”

Chris made a worried face. “(...Is she...scared of dying?... That is so...so cruel and the same time...sad...)”

“Please...find my pendant...” Flonne pleaded as she closed her eyes. “I want to... I want to fulfill my task before...before I die...”

Chris clenched his right fist as he looked at Galleom who appeared to be finished with the Prinnies who layed above each other as the machine from the Subspace glared at them and began to walk to the castle’s bridge. “That monster...he must pay for hurting a lady like you...”

“...H-help me...” Flonne whispered weakly.

“...Flonne?!” Chris asked shaking Flonne. “Flonne?! FLONNE?! DO YOU HEAR ME?! FLONNE!”

“...Thank you...for everything...” Flonne smiled sadly. “I really... I relly enjoyed my time with all of you... You were so kind to me...and...” Flonne looked over at Lucario. “...Please...please tell Lucario that I’m so sorry for...trying to kill him when I misjudged him...”

“N-no...” Chris looked down as he sobbed. “Please Flonne...don’t die...” Chris cried silently.

“S-sorry...” Flonne whispered weakly. “...I will be living...eternally in a place...a place where the flowers...will never wilt...” Flonne giggled. “You know...that will be so beautiful and pretty...”

“Flonne!” Chris yelled. “Stop saying such things! You’re...you’re about to die and you’re happy about it?!”

“...In some ways...”

Chris made a horrified face.

“I will watch over all the people from high above...but I’m scared...” Flonne whispered weakly as she coughed. “I-I don’t know where I’m going to end...but don’t worry for me... So please...just...keep fighting them...”

“...For you?” Chris asked covering his googles with his right arm.

“...”

“...Flonne... FLONNE!” Chris yelled shaking Flonne who seemed to pass out. “P-please, Flonne... Don’t die...please!”

“World Traveler...” Galleom spoke once he reached Chris who glared at him with fury. “It’s the time for you t-“

“SHUT THE HELL UP YOU SON OF A...”

Galleom snickered. “Son of a what? Can’t you finish what you want to yell on me? Hahahahaha... You truly are pathetic.”

“Y-you bastard... WHY DID YOU KILL FLONNE?!”

“The angel?... But it wasn’t me who killed her. To be honest, I didn’t do anything to begin with.”

Chris slowly reached for the Peacemaker as he saw Etna looking frantically around for Flonne’s pendant, unaware of the whole situation. “What do you mean by that?!”

“I requested the help from a secret source who happened to be in my way to this place. He received my aid by going to the Subspace, enter inside the castle through another portal and stole the “thing” she wore on her neck,” Galleom explained as he chuckled. “In return he gave me the directions where the castle was. I didn’t know the way truly but he helped.”

Chris aimed the Peacemaker at Galleom’s forehead. “I will... I WILL... I WILL FINISH YOU OFF YOU SON OF A-“

FLOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONNEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!

Music stops

“What?” Chris stopped once he saw Big Sis Prinny running in a hurry below Galleom who simply stared at her and ducked to see Flonne closer.

“Oh no...” Big Sis Prinny muttered as she quickly put the pendant back on Flonne. “Did I do it too late?”

“She...” Chris sniffed a little. “She died...didn’t she?”

“AND ALONG WITH YOU!” Galleom yelled raising his fists above the Prinny and the World Traveler as Big Sis Prinny yelled scared.

...But...

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift – Companions that Surpassed their Tribe

“STOP RIGHT THERE!” Chris yelled as he joined his hands. “Misstar, please lend me your aid...”

Misstar appeared spinning and descended down to Chris. “Did you call me?”

“A Star Spirit?!” Galleom asked stopping.

Chris nodded. “Yes, would you give me...the kiss of recovery to heal my wounds?”

Misstar giggled and she slightly kissed Chris’s left cheek where he glowed in a pink light as his wounds disappeared. “There sweetie. I hope you can finish your troubles.” Misstar said giggling a little as she disappeared in a blink.

“W-WHAT?! YOU’RE RECOVERED?!” Galleom asked as he noticed that the World Traveler chuckled. “Y-YOU INSOLENT...DIE!”

“My mademoiselles shall beg for my heart, my friend!“ Chris proclaimed with a grin as a rainbow aura pushed back Galleom’s fists while the World Traveler chuckled to himself as the machine almost lost his balance. “Now, let us begin with this wonderful night of romance!”

“T-the hell are you saying?!” Galleom yelled as Chris ran away to another direction which prompted Galleom to follow him. “Running away from your allies?!”

“Why don’t you ask yourself the same thing?” Chris asked as he was running. “You pretty much abandoned your army who were defeated by the Prinnies.”

“YOU LITTLE RUNT!” Galleom yelled as he pulled back his fist and collided it along the ground and reached the World Traveler from behind.

“Why are you in a hurry?” Chris asked as he dodged the fist quickly in a blink of an eye and quickly fired (using Flourish) at Galleom’s body who got pushed back a little.

“What the...WHY DIDN’T MY ATTACK HIT YOU?!” Galleom demanded as he glared down at Chris, who took out a rose from his back.

“My annoying sir...” Chris said smelling the rose. “Looks like you didn’t see my Final Smash, am I right?”

“I haven’t and neither did you!” Galleom pointed out. “You’re still glowing with that light!”

“Wrong actually,” Chris said chuckling. “My Final Smash was activated as soon as I called forth the power,” Chris threw the rose to Etna who simply got slightly hit by it in the face and fell above her right hand. “My Final Smash for this job is called Dance Of Grace.“

Dance Of Grace

Slightly enhances the user’s strength and massively increase evasion with fast dances that’d reach the inner women’ hearts. Attack the enemy each time when the user dodges a blow which will result in a fast Flourish to the target.

“Funny, isn’t it?” Chris asked grinning. “The attack’s initials would be “DOG,” such animal can be feral and dangerous when it’s cornered,” Chris pointed at Lucario. “Like my best Pokémon you see over there: powerful and yet at the same time full of grace in his moves and skills. Truly...remarkable.”

“GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!” Galleom grunted in raged as he began slamming down his fists at Chris who chuckled and dodged every single one by doing short but fast dances that he in return (gracefully) shot Galleom many times which greatly decreased Galleom’s health. “D-DAMMIT!!!”

“Weak now?” Chris asked tapping the ground. “The rage on a machine is incoherent, yet foolish,” Chris chuckled a little. “Such a way wouldn’t get a woman’s heart at all.”

Galleom’s pupils shrunk menacingly with a glare as he panted heavily. “YOU’RE BEING THE ANNOYING LITTLE RAT THAT I’VE BEEN IMAGINING THIS ENTIRE TIME!!!”

“Whoa,” Etna walked towards Chris with a satisfied grin. “Not bad you kid, you got this guy right where you wanted.”

“Simply because I can’t be seen losing to a gorgeous lady like you are,” Chris said putting his hands on his pants’s pockets. “Or can I?”

Etna blushed a little and looked away. “Aw, c’mon...”

“DIE!” Galleom yelled firing missiles at will to both of them. Etna gasped shocked before Chris took her hand and dodged the explosions (gracefully) that didn’t even reach them at all. When the missiles seized, the casanova was standing in front of a surprised Etna with the Peacemaker aimed at Galleom. “WHY AREN’T MY ATTACK-“

“Shh,” Chris whispered. “Let’s see now... How many missiles where there again?”

“30!” Galleom pointed out as he realized something. “...No... NO!”

Chris nodded with a laugh. “So sir...” Chris pressed the trigger slowly. “It was such a pleasure to know you. But... I got the lady first I’m afraid.”

Etna simply giggled slightly as the trigger was pushed back...

Music stops.
[/i]

CLICK!

BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG! BANG!

UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!” Galleom yelled out in extreme pain as every single metal part of his body was broken to pieces by each of the 30 shots that the World Traveler shot at will. Galleom’s yells soon turned into cries of agony as he couldn’t stand up to all the shots and got deactivated, seizing his functions as he grabbed his metalic-shattered chest and fell slowly on his back, creating a small tremble on the area as Chris stopped glowing.

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift – Victory!

“Mwhahahahahahahaha...” Chris laughed as he put the Peacemaker back on his holdster. “Fighting, is like romance,” Chris turned to Etna with a chuckle. “Such a way is the only path to victory my dear.”

“Okay okay, I get it,” Etna said rolling her eyes. “However... I was just acting all the way to the end.”

Music stops with a scratch.

“WHAT?!” Chris asked shocked as his goggles fell down to his neck.

“Please, did you really think I was being flattered?” Etna asked as she walked to the bridge (by stepping on Galleom who simply escaped by a portal underneath him while both of them didn’t seem care). “No way Sexy Vassal Etna is going to fall for a “man” like you, kid! Keep dreaming because that’s the only thing you can do for now!”

Chris turned white in horror as he sobbed. “...Why must the ladies be so harsh on a guy like me?”

“WOULD YOU STOP TALKING LIKE THAT?! SHEESH!” Etna yelled annoyed.

“Y-yes, Sexy Vassal Etna!” Chris nodded terrified as he ran back to the group.

“(...Phew!)” Etna sighed mentally. “(One second there and we would have had date... Man, what was I thinking when he said those words?)”

30 minutes later...

“Flonne...” Chris whispered sadly as he, Etna and Big Sis Prinny were staring down at her. “...Dammit...she didn’t deserve this... She was just an innocen-“

“Corny.” Etna added.

“Innocent angel who just wanted to be happy around everyone here...”

“Dood,” Prinny 448 shook his head. “It’s no use Master Etna. Flonne isn’t responding to the first aod kit’s help.”

“Poor child...” Big Sis Prinny sobbed as some Prinnies patted her back.

Chris looked at the Smashers, changed to his Fonyc Hymn User job and stood close to them as he chanted a spell. “Come forth, O Illumination of light!...” the World Traveler waited a moment before finishing. “Healing Circle!”

The wounds of everyone were slowly healed as they all began to grunt and moan as they opened their eyes and looked around. “...What...happened?” Pit Kirby asked.

“Where is Galleom?” Meta Knight asked.

“Oh crap!” Chris looked back where Galleom once was. “I let him get away by accident!”

Meta Knight rolled his eyes. “And that’s why we shouldn’t leave you alone.”

“FLONNE!” Lucario yelled as he quickly went to Flonne and kneeled to her. “Flonne! What happened to you?!” Lucario asked as he glowed for a moment. “...No...your aura isn’t responding to mine... I need... I need to give you my own.”

Chris raised an eyebrow. “What?”

“Flonne, Lucario and myself were disturbed greatly by the darkness of the Netherworld,” Mewtwo explained. “She happened to be weaker than us and couldn’t resist anymore. Lucario and I are stronger and that is why we were able to fight.”

Lucario took one of Flonne’s hands and closed his eyes as he glowed more. “If I give her my own aura... She can be revived...”

“...OH HELL NO,” Chris said glaring at Lucario. “We don’t WANT that same event like the movie. There’s absolutely. No. Way. That you’re going to sacrifice your life for her!”

“Then what the hell do you have in mind?!” Lucario asked standing up as Chris trembled in fear.

The World Traveler however glared afterwards. “Lucario...do you remember that important rule about yelling at me?”

“...I-I’m sorry! P-please, forgive me! I-I was furious because yo-“

“Lucario.” Chris said in a low tone as the Aura Pokémon gulped and closed his eyes in fear as he kneeled scared. “...I’m not in the mood to do that to you now. You’re lucky.”

“(...What a relief...)” Lucario thought as he sighed in relief.

“I-I don’t get it. What is that that you mentioned?” Pit asked confused.

Mewtwo chuckled. “Chris was going to pull Lucario’s appendages at the same time with a foot on his back to increase the pain. Lucario can’t stand the pain if Chris is the one doing it.”

Pit Kirby looked at Lucario. “You mean those 4 black eggplants?”

“They’re not eggplants!” Lucario yelled angrily as Chris chuckled.

“Calm down everyone...” Big Sis Prinny said sniffing. “If you forgot, Flonne is...”

They all looked at Flonne who was still dead. “...Flonne...” Pit Kirby whispered as he sobbed silently after 5 second of silence.

“...Return this soul from the abyss of death!” Chris chanted as a holy light flew around him. “Resurrection!”

A light that came out from the clouds came down on Flonne as it shone brightly on her.

There was something odd with the light that Chris seemed to know...

“Wait...” Chris trailed off thinking. “The spell isn’t that powerful...or looks like that...”

“What do you mean?” Pit asked.

“Normally the light of life would just come out above the target at a short height...but...” Chris looked to the clouds with everyone else. “Why is it coming from all the way up?”

“Because this light is probably coming from Celestia,“ a familiar voice spoke as everyone looked at the source. “But I wonder myself who did this...“

“...FLOOOOOOOOOOOOONNE!” Pit Kirby, Chris and Pit jumped at Flonne and hugged tightly as the trio laughed while many of the people in there sighed in relief.

“H-hi everyone! It’s good to be back again!” Flonne said laughing with the trio of the Smashers.

“Thank goodness!” Big Sis Prinny said using a napkin to clear her nose. “I-it’s such a miracle that you managed to survive... I’m so happy...”

“(I am as well...)” Lucario thought with a small chuckle as he blushed a little.

“Dood!” the Prinnies celebrated. “Flonne is back! That means more private massage lessons for us, dood!” Prinny 25 said happily.

Etna shook her head surprised. “What the hell? What she doing that to every single one of you when you aren’t working?”

“Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrr...dood.” the Prinnies responded as Etna put a stronger grip on her axe that she called from behind her back.

“A happy atmosphere fell in the Netheworld...” Mewtwo muttered chuckling a little as he closed his eyes. “Who would’ve thought...”

...

WHO DARES TO DISTURB MY SLEEP, YOU (BEEP!)HOLES?!?!?!?!?!?!

Everyone quickly got terrified and looked behind them to see their nightmare coming back...

“Man, what happened here?” Laharl asked as he was shown to be completely fine without any scratch as he crossed his arms. “Did that guy ran off because he was scared of losing?”

“(Oh Palutena no! I was trying to forget about Laharl!)” Pit thought crying toon tears.

“(Why do we need to be tortured and yelled at so much?!)” Pit Kirby thought crying toon tears.

“(WHY IS LAHARL STILL LIVING?!)” Chris thought crying toon tears. Actually making a valid point.

Entrance to Laharl’s Castle

“You WHAT?!” Laharl asked furiously after Chris explained everything to him. “You, a puny looking casanova, defeated him?!”

“T-that’s right,” Chris said trembling with fear. “You were totally knocked out so w-“

“SHUT UP!” Laharl yelled angrily as the lava of the whole abyss came up and reached high up in the air as the Prinnies panicked. “I can’t believe it! I was knocked out and YOU of all the demons! UGH!”

“(Partly though, you don’t deserve the credit...but then again, you weakened him so much).”

“...But I’m also astonished.”

“Huh?” Pit said confused.

“Heh,” Laharl grinned mischievously. “Come to think of it, maybe I underestimated your abilities as one of my vassals.”

“(I’m-being-congratula-ted! I’m-being-congratula-ted!)” Chris sang happily.

“...But!”

“(I’m-being-)... What?”

“There’s no way in hell I’ll have someone like you guys around here just to steal the credit away from me!” Laharl pointed at the Smashers angrily. “YOU’RE ALL FIRED! GET OUT OF MY CASTLE!”

“(...Hurraaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaay...)” Chris thought depressed.

“(This is the first time in a long time I’ve felt relieved...)” Meta Knight thought.

“(Finally, no more Netherworld...)” Pit thought.

“(I’ll finally get rid of this perturbance in the air...)” Mewtwo thought.

“(Well said.)” Lucario thought nodding.

“(I want to eat something...my stomach’s hurting...)” Kirby thought as his stomach gumbled.

“Okay!” Laharl turned to Flonne. “Give me my reward! Now!”

“...If you say so...” Flonne muttered as she walked to Laharl...and simply put Laharl’s right hand on his chest.

“W-what are you doing?!” Laharl asked.

“Put your hand to your heart...” Flonne explained as she closed her eyes while Laharl stared at his hand. “...Can you feel it? The warmth inside your heart... You faced great danger to find this pendant.”

“In a point, he did.” Pit commented.

Flonne went on. “You pretend to be only evil, but there is definitely kindness in your heart...”

“Coughyescough.” Kirby coughed sarcastically.

“To give you the opportunity to realize kindness... That is my reward to you.”

Chris blinked surprised. “...That was...good?”

“...” Laharl stepped back before his eyes widnened in horror. “A-a-a-are you insane?! How can you say something so crazy?!”

“Hello? She’s Flonne...” Etna said rolling her eyes.

“Kindness is love,” Flonne explained with a heartful smile. “The day is near when you will awaken to love.” Flonne giggled.

Mewtwo merely chuckled and closed his eyes at the mention of that word.

“Unbeliavable!” Laharl yelled angrily. “I’ve been tricked by an angel! Dammit! I’ll remember this!” Laharl proclaimed at Flonne as he turned the other way.

Etna walked to Flonne and whispered, “Deceiving the Prince, huh? Not bad at all.” Etna smirked.

“Really?” Flonne asked smiling.

“You look happy.” Etna said blinking.

“Yes, I am,” Flonne closed her eyes and sighed. “I now know that there is love within Laharl’s heart. And if there is love inside him, that means there is love in all demons,” she opened her eyes and looked at Etna. “One day, angels and demond could be friends. I couldn’t be happier.”

“Well...” Chris smiled a little bit. “I think that’s a good goal if you ask me.”

“It is, right?” Flonne asked with a chuckle.

“...Boy, that theory is a bit out there,” Etna began. “You really are a Love Freak. But, you’re bound to be disappointed if you keep expecting things to turn out so cheery. Most demons would choke you from behind without a second thought.”

“I can imagine that...” Pit said shuddering.

“Hmm. Are you like that, Etna?” Flonne asked curiously.

“Maybe... You’ll find out soon enough.” Etna giggled.

“And...” Flonne turned to the Smashers. “Are you returning to the mansion after you helped us here?”

“Yes,” Pit Kirby nodded. “It was really nice to meet you, Flonne.”

“Aww...” Flonne ducked and hugged Pit Kirby tightly, as the puffball hugged her back. “Thank you so much for being so nice to me.”

“Please,” Lucario began. “Take care.”

“And you too, please!”

“I will,” Lucario looked at Chris. “Chris is always reminding me that.”

Chris blushed and looked away. “O-oh please...”

“Both of you,” Flonne looked at Mewtwo and Meta Knight. “Please fight for love.”

“...We will...” Meta Knight muttered embarrassed.

“...Or possibly and most likely no.” Mewtwo muttered.

“F-Flonne...” Pit blushed and looked down his feet before he hugged Flonne quickly, who returned the hug. “It was nice to have another angel in the mansion besides me.”

“Heheheh!” Flonne giggled happily. “I’ll never forget you, Pit! Angels need to be together after all!...” Flonne sniffed. “...I’ll... I’ll miss everybody too...”

“...Don’t cry...” Pit muttered as he patted Flonne’s back with care.

“...I won’t...” Flonne muttered with a giggled as both stopped hugging, then they smiled at each other. Flonne looked at Etna with a smile and the demon frowned.

“Alright, alright,” Etna rolled her eyes. “I’ll miss you guys, you were so awesome, the Prinnies are grateful, blah blah blah, fight for justice, blah blah blah, we’ll miss you so much, blah blah blah, etcetera etcetera etcetera.”

“That is so you...” Pit said with a frown.

“You know me perfectly.” Etna said with a snicker and a grin.

Everyone laughed heartily (save for Meta Knight and Mewtwo who only chuckled)...as the “Overlord” took the laughs like if they were directed at him and grunted furiously at them. “LAUGHING AT ME, HUH?! WELL,” Laharl opened his hands to the air as he shot a purple ring to the clouds where it grew in size and called a huge meteor. “LET’S SEE IF YOU CALL STILL LAUGH IN THE AFTERLIFE!!! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!

“NOT AGAIN!” Pit Kirby, Pit, Chris, the Prinnies and Etna yelled screaming as they all ran away from the castle for their lifes.

“I-IT WAS A BIG MISUNDERSTADING!” Pit yelled.

“SURE!” Laharl yelled sarcastically.

“AT LEAST WE’RE NOT GOING TO SEE YOU AGAIN! THANK GODDESS PALUTENA!”
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2009, 07:39:01 PM
“OPEN THE DAMN PORTAL!” Mewtwo yelled at Chris who tried to open the portal.

“I-I CAN’T! IT’S NOT RESPONDING!!!” Chris yelled pressing the button as many times as he could.

“W-WAIT!” Flonne stopped everyone who groaned frustrated. “A-are you all leaving for good?”

Pit looked high up where the meteor was coming slowly to the castle. “Y-yes! We’re not coming here anymore and we already said our good byes to each othe-”

Flonne hugged every single one of them (for 10 long seconds, much for their dismay as the meteor came even closer and closer) and cleared some tears. “I-I enjoyed my time with all of you... The Smash Mansion, the people who were so kind to me back there, especially Master Hand and Crazy Hand wh-“

“WHYN DIDN’T YOU SAY THAT BEFORE?!” Chris asked in panic.

“HURRY UP FLONNE!” Etna yelled panicking. “SCREW IT! I’LL FLY AWAY!” Etna yelled flying away from the bridge as the Prinnies ran past the Angel Trainee who smiled happily (despite the Smashers’ hurry to get out from that world).

“S-something else to say before we DIE?!” Chris asked running on his feet.

“Hmmmmmmmmmm...” Flonne put a finger close to her mouth and she thought...for 40 long seconds. “Oh!” Flonne said smiling again. “I enjoyed my time with all of yo-“

“YOU ALREADY SAID THAT!” the Smashers yelled panicking as the extreme heat of the meteor reached them.

“...I did?”

“YES!”

“...Oh well,” Flonne giggled. “I guess you can leave for now. It was a pleasure to spend the time with you as I’ve said before, especially you, Lucario. P-personally I think you’re the cutest person for looking like a dog an-“

“CHRIS!” Lucario yelled.

“NOW!” Chris yelled opening the portal as the Smashers quickly left as Flonne giggled happily...watching the castle getting destroyed by the meteor that apparently didn’t cut down the bridge where she was.

“Etna,” Laharl crossed his arms annoyed from the other side of the bridge. “My castle fell down. Fix it, okay?”

Etna was eating some fruits as she layed down on a big skull, eating using her tail. “Eeeeeeeerrrrrrrrrrr...no.”

Laharl grunted angrily. “Ugh!”

“You’re the one who destroyed it so why don’t you fix it yourself?” Etna asked with a grin as she ate a grape.

“Shut up! You’re my vassal and you’ll listen to what I have to say to you, got it?!”

“...” Etna sighed disappointed and looked around before she took out her megaphone. “C’mere, Prinnies!”

A moment of absolutely nothing happened as Etna took out a dagger and smirked at no one in particular. “Now, you guys are going to make me angry, aren’t you?” Etna threatened as the whole ground began to tremble.

“WE’RE COMING, MASTER ETNAAAAAAAAAAA!!!” Prinny 150 yelled from the big crowd of Prinnies who quickly crossed the bridge, holding up many carpenter tools that they carried all the way to the big empty spot of the cliff where the caslte once was.

And so,” Etna narrated as Flonne was shown looking at the clouds with a smile. “The guys left us with Laharl in the Netherworld. Flonne changed her point of view about demons and today she’s trying to spark some emotions to Laharl. Laharl is still being the annoying bra-I mean, the Prince he is by leaving the castle frecuently and punish his other vassals who betrayed King Krichevskoy.

“(Master Lamington...)” Flonne thought as she joined her hands and closed her eyes. “(Did you were the one who brought me back to life?)”

“Love Freak!” Laharl called besides Flonne along with Etna who folded her arms behind her head. “You’re helping with the repairs for the castle. I want my castle to be like it used to be 2 minutes ago! C’mon! Get moving!”

“R-right!” Flonne said ducking before standing up as she wore a yellow helmet and a jackhammer before she ran to the Prinnies, laughing all the way as she looked up to the sky.

Celestia

Flower Garden

Lamington was there with opened arms to the holy skies of Celestia as he looked down and chuckled. “(Flonne...you must keep trying and show me the real nature of the demons... I’ll be watching closely).” Lamington thought with a chuckle as he shone and disappeared in the clouds.

But will the Sexy Extravagant Hyper Dimentional Spacial Demon Lord Etna recover her memories once again? Will I be an Overlord? Will Flonne be corny all her life? Will Laharl show love or just get sick of it and kill Flonne someday, which I personally look forward to? Will I get my own fic?! Guess you’ll have to wait and find out in the next chapter of Sexy Extravagant Hyper Dimentional Spacial Rebel Gorgeous Beauty of the Netherworld Demon Lord Etna: Th-

WORLD COMPLETED! (-_-);

You have gained 2200 Smash Coins!


TO BE CONTINUED...


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Smash Channel

Disgaea - Lord Laharl’s Hymn

“Hellooooooooooooooooooooo every single fan of pretty me!” Etna waved at the camera as Flonne sat by her left side (worried looking away) with Laharl sitting on her right side with crossed arms and a satisfied grin. “Welcome to the somewhat forgotten Smash Channel section: where the characters that aren’t in SSBB have a chance to express their thoughts regarding topics about it that will probably (or most likely) get you interested!”

“HULP MU!” Chris yelled from a chair since he was tied up from legs to head.

“You didn’t see anything!” Etna said smiling happily as she got in front of the World Traveler.

We’re currently experiencing technical difficulties, please wait...

(Image of a chibi-Lucario who had 2 appendages stuck in an elevator’s door with a shocked look as a chibi-Chris got shocked and put his hands on his chin in shock).

“AHEM,” Chris coughed as Etna crossed her legs above the table with Laharl annoyed and Flonne blushing embarrassed. “As Etna said before: welcome to the SMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAASH CHANNEEEEEEEEEEEL!!!” Chris greeted as the audience applauded. “Today we’re having a special talkshow with our next guests after Zidane, Dagger, Steiner, Vivi and Freya from FF9,” Chris opened his hand at the Disgaea gang. “And they are...”

“Great Overlord Laharl,” Laharl introduced himself. “That one of these days will rule over the Netherworld AND Earth right where you live! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”

“...Whatever!” Chris said as Laharl grunted annoyed.

“And I’m Sexy Vassal Etna,” Etna said trying to seduce you (XD). “Clearly the protagonist that you wish for Disgaea...”

“Suuuuuuuuuuuuure...” Laharl said giving a glare to Etna who sweated and chuckled. “I’m the REAL protagonist here so don’t forget about it.”

“...Right, my Prince...” Etna muttered rolling her eyes.

“M-my name is Flonne,” Flonne said waving a hand shyly. “I-I’m an Angel Trainee that wishes to be a real angel someday s-so I’m glad to be here.”

“What a lively cast of characters!” Chris said giving a bored look. “Now, each one of you will have to respond a personal question that you must answer, ready?” Chris asked and the Disgaea gang nodded. “For Laharl: who do you think it’s the strongest character in the Brawl roster?”

“Myself.”

“B-but you aren’t i-“

“MYSELF.” Laharl responded glaring at Chris who gulped as a dark aura covered the demon.

“...F-fine, it’s you... Etna!” Chris said smiling. “Who do you think it’s the sexiest character out of the poor selection of females in the Brawl roster? It has to be either Zelda/Sheik, Peach, Samus or her other form, Jigglypuff or Nana!”

“Myself of course!” Etna said giggling.

“...I HAD to let C. Falcon decide the question...er, anyway. Flonne!” Chris said smiling to the angel. “What d-“

“WOULD YOU STOP?!” Laharl asked irritated as he broke the table with both fists.

“W-why?!” Chris asked.

“NOBODY GIVES A DAMN ABOUT THIS STUPID FORGOTTEN TALKSHOW!” Laharl yelled pointing at Chris who backed away. “THE AUDIENCE WANTS TO SEE ME RIPPING ALL OF YOU “SMASHERS” TO DEATH AND DIE IN OBLIVION AND BEAT THIS TABUU’S (BEEP!) SO HARD THAT EVERYONE WILL REMEMBER ME FOR THE ETERNITY!”

“L-look Laharl,” Chris said panicking a little as Etna snickered. “Y-you weren’t in Brawl at the end s-“

“And all of you suck so much that my grandma died of so much suckiness!” Laharl yelled smirking. “Especially when she saw that horrible mutated dog with a stupid appearance Poke-something of yours!”

“...OH,” Chris said nodding with a glare. “So Lucario is a mutated dog with a stupid appearance...”

“Yeah!”

“...Okay Laharl...” Chris said closing his eyes with a grin as he took out a card from his back with a question. “I didn’t want to do this...but you don’t leave me another choice but ask away...”

Laharl rolled his eyes and looked away annoyed. “Fine. Go ask the Love Freak.”

“(With so much pleasure...)” Chris thought with gritted teeth. “Flonne.”

“Yes?” Flonne asked smiling.

“Who of the Brawl roster do you think is your most favorite character?”

“Oh!” Flonne spoke up with a smile. “Actually, I like everyone there! Like Kirby, he’s so cute and pinky!”

“...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!” Laharl yelled in pain as he kneeled painfully.

“Who else?” Chris asked smiling down at Laharl.

“And Pikachu! He’s very cute too!” Flonne said giggling.

DAMMIT!” Laharl yelled coughing.

“Who else?” Chris asked with a mischievous look to Laharl.

“How about Jigglypuff? Her eyes are so gorgeous that would make someone giggle with glee!” Flonne said happily oblivious of Laharl’s pain.

DAMN YOU!” Laharl yelled laying on the floor.

“Who else?” Chris asked grinning mischievously at Laharl who looked at him with a shocked but glaring look.

“Okay, here’s an interesting one: Fox.” Flonne said.

“...Really?” Chris and Etna asked raising their eyebrows as Laharl tried to get up.

“What’s cute in him?” Chris asked as Laharl dropped down the floor.

“Uh-huh,” Flonne closed her eyes as she joined her hands. “I once rubbed his tail when he wasn’t looking at it was soooooooooooo fluffy and soft. I wonder myself how is he able to maintain it with so much softness!”

UUUUUUUUUUUUUGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!!” Laharl smacked his right fist down the floor in pain.

“...Who else?” Chris asked smirking down at Laharl.

“Peach is so cute too!” Flonne said. “Oh! And Mewtwo somewhat looks cute too!” Flonne said as Laharl yelled out in pain. “And Toon Link! His cat-looking eyes are very pretty!” Flonne said as Laharl yelled again in pain. “How about Pichu? He’s very adorable!“

DUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!” Laharl yelled in etreme pain as he slowly looked at Etna. “ETNA! SHUT HER UP OR BETTER YET, KILL HER!

“Hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm... No,” Etna chuckled as Flonne went on and on. “This is an opportunity of a lifetime so sucks to be you, my Prince.”

WHAT?! HOW IN THE HECK DARE YOU TO DO THIS TO ME?!

“Because...for amusement?” Etna asked with a grin.

2 long painfully hours after repeating every character 5 times...

Laharl was apparently dead on the floor as Flonne finished her long list of praises to the Smashers. Both Chris and Etna couldn’t believe the Angel Trainee who went that far for so long.

“...So you basically complemented EVERY single character with EVERY single corny word and EVERY single feature...” Etna summarized as Flonne nodded giggling. The Demon Vassal kicked Laharl’s side and sure enough he was completely out of cold. “Guess we’ll have to look for another Overlord... Oh well, he’ll be back in 3 days.”

“...A-anyways, thank you so much for appearing in today’s Smash Channel special!” Chris said happily as he “accidentaly” stepped on Laharl’s back. “This section will start to be more popular because very soon the next different worlds will start to show around here! I’m Chris (last name blocked)!”

“Sexy Vassal Demon Lord Etna.” Etna said trying to seduce the audience...and you.

“Great...Overlord...Laharl...” Laharl muttered weakly on the floor.

“Angel Trainee Flonne,” Flonne said taking out her bow. “Who shall punish the dark ones in the name of love!”

“...Suuuuure...” Etna and Chris said in unison.

“See you in the next chapter!” Chris said waving happily with both girls as the screen blackened out.

“And don’t forget to get Disgaea: Hour of Darkness for the PS2 and know about pretty me. Or better yet, you can grab Disgaea: Afternoon of Darkness for the PSP and play the mysterious and yet rejoicing Etna Mode where you’ll play as sexy me!” Etna yelled.

“W-wait!” Flonne yelled. “W-why don’t you get Disgaea DS for mentioned system?! It has a lot of features and the Etna Mode as well!”

“Dood! Just remember that the DS and Prinny are not included with the game! Both are sold separately, dood!” Prinny 448 yelled.

“YOU’RE NOT ALLOWED TO DO PLUG-INS!” Chris yelled angrily...as the loud sounds from a revolver were heard.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes



Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Kirby, Meta Knight, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers


Whoa Zone
Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Yoshi, Mallow, Geno, Twink, Mario, Peach, Bowser, Tippi


Bryyo

Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar, Link, Samus
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2009, 07:59:34 PM
Chapter 110: Mario, Sonic and Chris: At the Olympic Games?

Subspace

Deep inside the Great Maze

What do you mean by that?” Tabuu asked narrowing his eyes at the Ancient Minister.

We haven’t found our target yet,” the Ancient Minister said. “Its technology that was incorporated to its body is designed specifically to prevent hunters from tracking it down.

“...I see,” Tabuu said turning his back. “May I know about Ganondorf?

Yes,” the Ancient Minister began. “Ganondorf has successfully taken out the Smashers who went to Bryyo. It appears Ganondorf and the help of a hunter defeated the Smashers in there... However...

However?

“...However, Dedede, Charizard and even Galleom and the whole army were defeated by the other 2 groups,” the Ancient Minister looked away. “Count Bleck was a little furious after hearing that we couldn’t fulfill his tasks and thus he decided to leave us alone in our business.

Tabuu grumbled as he looked at the Subspace. “...At least we managed to stay on our feet in Bryyo,” Tabuu turned to the Ancient Minister. “Things are going well, I presume?

Yes, indeed. The hunting to find “it” it’s still in progress. Rest assured, Lord Tabuu.

Very well then,” Tabuu looked away. “Since we still have more plans to do... Order Porky or Petey Pirahna to invade another place...

And that place would be?

After Mario managed to stay alive... I happened to get a little bit of information of another event that he is holding...”

“...Ah,” the Ancient Minister nodded. “You mean the Olympics that are going to be held by Mario and Sonic along with all their known people?

Exactly. If we drop the Subspace Bombs while all the people is in there with some kind of unexpected tactic, we could take everything to the Subspace.

Good thinking, Lord Tabuu,” the Ancient Minister said nodding. “I hope this works as well... Should we deploy the Halberd? It hasn’t been used in quite some time.

Please do,” Tabuu said nodding. “But remember, I am leaving everything to you under your command.

“...May I ask why?

Because I need to prepare something with Smithy regarding Exor. Now get moving.” Tabuu ordered as he disappeared.

The Ancient Minister looked at the darkness. “Porky, I summon you.

ABOUT DAMN TIME!” Porky yelled appearing from the darkness. “So what is my mission? Kill pupies? Kill Ness and Lucas? Kill cats? Kill Ness and Lucas again? Kill rats? Kill monsters?... Kill Ness and Lucas again?

Your personal interests are such a pain for Lord Tabuu and myself to tolerate,” the Ancient Minister said as Porky grumbled annoyed. “This is not the time to be fooling around. You are to be sent to this coordinates and begin the operation when it’s instructed to you.

Will I get to have my own army?

Yes.

WOHOO!

The Ancient Minister stared blankly at the old kid. “...You need to board the Halberd and from there, the operation will begin. Wait for more orders until I instruct you. Understand?

Completely!” Porky said snickering.

Now go,” the Ancient Minister ordered with a nod as Porky quickly stomped away to the Halberd.

Ancient Minister,” a voice spoke from behind the minister who turned his back and found a R.O.B. looking at him. “I have the reports that you requested about the last Subspace Bomb we sent.

Tell me.

Yes. As expected, the last Subspace Bomb was deactivated and so did the other R.O.B.s units that...

The Ancient Minister looked down with a small nod. “...I know.”

“...Sorry for getting you depressed.

It’s fine. Now return to your duties or else Tabuu will get suspicious,” the Ancient Minister ordered the R.O.B. who nodded and went away. “...You’re not away.”

It’s because... I’ve been wondering something that I was meaning to ask.” The R.O.B. said.

Make it fast. What?

Well...about the Subspace Bombs, they need to be activated by using ourselves...but I think that i-

Please...speak about something else.

“...I have something...it’s about the Isle of the Ancients...”

The Ancient Minister looked away. “The Isle of the Ancients is where we have been living for centuries, it’s as simple as that.

But why do I have this odd feeling?

The Ancient Minister looked back at the R.O.B. “Odd feeling?

Yes... Honestly speaking, I don’t think we’re from the Isle of the Ancients at all...

Are you defying our existence?

N-no...” the R.O.B. thought for a moment. “But isn’t it strange to you? Why do we live in a floating island?

Because we were granted the freedom to live peacefully somewhere where we could not be disturbed.

But...do you still call this peace and freedom?

The Ancient Minister gasped in his mind.

What if there is a real origin to our lifes? It’s possible that we were created by someone... I don’t know.

The Ancient Minister looked down. “...Please, return to your duties.

“...Understood.” The R.O.B. said with a slow nod as he went away.

Tales of Symphonia 2 – Behind Us!

“(...It makes sense... Why are we living on a floating island? What is our real origin? Why do we need to sacrifice ourselves in order to blow the Subspace Bombs? Why is Lord Tabuu so fixiated in taking over the worlds?)” the Ancient Minister kept asking as he looked an hologram with Mr. G&W as he was being drained with countless of Shadow Bugs. “(...And...is really necessary to escape from this place? Why is everything...so confusing?... I need to think more...)”

Smash Mansion

Command Room

Music stops

“Dammit...” Marth muttered.

“Hurry up, Marth! We need to get a clear of view about the others with Samus!” Roy said as Marth tried his best to get a contact on a computer.

“Hey,” Ness came in with Lucas. “What’s all the ruckus here?”

“The guys that went to Samus were...w-we don’t know what happened but the signal ended as soon as something there happened.” Roy said.

“Like what?” Lucas asked.

“We don’t know anything about it...” Ike said wondering.

“Oh boy...” Jigglypuff said worried. “I-I’m having goosebumps... I have a VERY bad feeling about this...”

“Like all of us here,” Marth said as he typed fast. “I think there’s something going on in Samus’s world that we didn’t see at all.”

“Well that’s your opinion,” Roy said. “Anyway, what about the others? Are they fine?”

Marth nodded. “The others managed to complete their tasks, fortunately.”

“And I think Chris and the others will get here soon,” Ike said and just as he said that, a portal appeared in the room and Chris, Lucario, Mewtwo, Meta Knight, Pit Kirby and Pit came out sighing in relief. “Speaking of the demons.”

“It’s speaking of the devils.” Jigglypuff corrected.

“WHERE?!” Chris asked looking around in panic.

“Calm down you guys!” Roy said chuckling. “No more demons, Prinnies or angel-“ Roy saw Pit glaring at him. “I mean... no more demons and Prinnies around here.”

“I’ll miss Flonne though...” Pit Kirby said as Chris held him up.

“Why are you still with that ability?” Chris asked.

“...BURP!” Pit Kirby burped and he let the ability jump out as a star and disappeared.

Chris chuckled. “That’s was random and yet so funny,” he looked behind his back. “Aw, I lost my small angel wings!”

Everyone who returned lost their wings except for Pit by obvious reasons.

Kirby simply smiled and Chris put him down. “Um...are the others back?”

Ike shook his head. “They haven’t returned yet from their places. But Sonic’s team is ready to return back.”

“What about Snake’s team?” Pit asked.

Roy looked away. “...We don’t know what happened there. We lost the signal after...well... I don’t know that either.”

Mewtwo looked at the screen where it was extremely blurry to get a picture. “...I see...”

“What?” Jigglypuff asked.

“I just said that I see the screen.” Mewtwo said with a frown as Jigglypuff looked away blushing in embarrassment before he turned to the hallway and floated away.

“W-wait! Where are you going?” Pit asked.

“I have to rest for now,” Mewtwo pointed out as he stopped. “My energies need to be recovered for wandering so long in the Netherworld. Lucario, you need to do the same.”

Lucario looked at Chris. “...But I want to stay here.”

Mewtwo looked back at the hallway and floated away with a frown.

Chris smiled a little. “T-thank you, Lucario. But don’t strain too much, okay?”

Lucario nodded with a small smile. “Yes.”

“So in other words we can’t reach Samus for now,” Meta Knight said as Marth nodded. “...2 other swordsmen...” Meta Knight muttered.

Marth made a confused face and stopped typing. “It’s something on my face?”

“...No, I was just thinking about something personal.”

“...” Marth shrugged and continued typing.

“Well...” Pit began. “Now what?”

“I guess we should wait for the others to come.” Ike said.

Kirby looked around. “And where are Master Hand and Crazy Hand?”

Roy looked at the hallway. “They’re supposed to be fine after using their magic. I wonder if they’re going t-“

“APPEAR!” Crazy Hand yelled appearing in a poof smoke with Master Hand.

“...Appear.” Roy finished as they all looked at the hands.

“Phew,” Master Hand sighed. “A good day’s rest is always good for hand powers,” he looked at them. “Oh some of you guys are back? How did it go?”

“Go-“ Pit stopped talking.

“Wait,” Master Hand looked around. “You got rid of all the Prinnies? Every single one of those freaking penguins?”

“...Yes?” Kirby responded.

“Finally! No more of those deadly CD destroyer creatures!” Master Hand cheered. “And now that we’re talking about CDs, Makar and Medly are working just fine in the music room. In fact,” he held up a CD. “Behold! This is the “Hidden Mountain & Forest” track!” Master Hand said inserting the track inside a computer where he played it.

Hidden Mountain & Forest

“So western-like music, huh?” Master Hand asked.

“I like the style,” Roy said before he shook his head. “Wait, we’re supposed to be worrying about the others!”

“Sonic’s team finished.” Ike pointed out as Master Hand chuckled.

“Oops, my bad. I need to open the portal for them if they want to return.” Master Hand explained chuckling a bit as he opened a portal with a snap of his fingers.

...However, as soon as he opened the portal, they saw Sonic kissing the floor.

“M-my god! When did he get here so fast?!” Nana asked shocked.

“Nana? Where you here before?” Kirby asked.

Nana rolled her eyes. “I just came in from the music room,” she listened to the music. “And maybe you’re wondering how 2 musicians did a track with some extra instruments.”

“Now that you mention it...” Roy rubbed his chin. “Only with a harp and violin alone can’t do something like this...”

Nana smiled a bit. “Fortunately though, Popo found something where he’s useful.”

Music Room

“NO! NO! NO!” Makar yelled angrily. “You need to play this part with more feeling and sound! Not with opposite things!”

Popo looked at him angrily from the piano he was using. “Well fine, Mr. Violin. I’ll just follow the notes as they are here in the script!”

Medli sighed. “E-everyone...can we just continue and see how it turns out?”

Command Room

“Sweet, sweet 3-D world! How much have I missed you!” Sonic yelled happily as he continued kissing the floor as the other made disgusting looks.

“Sonic is EVEN weirder than before...” Pit commented.

Sonic glared up at Pit. “Hey, you don’t really know the pain I had to suffer! I was in a straight path! Did you hear me? A straight-freaking-path!”

“C-calm down, please...” Chris muttered.

Sonic grinned a little bit as he stood up. “I AM calmed down and I’m even happy.”

The Smashers saw the others returning from the portals (with their normal looks) before it vanished. “We’re baaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaack,” Mallow said sighing as he walked up to Chris. “Hey, did you know that the Squirpines were the ones who founded the kingdom of Squilipina?”

“...What are you exactly talking about? I don’t know anything about that at all!” Chris asked and responded confused.

Mallow made an angry expression. “Well, that’s very good for you. That guy Squirps “infected” us with every single darn detail about his long generations of princes and what not!”

“And he didn’t stopped either!” Diddy complained. “Who’d have thought that the Squolornians invaded the frantic city of the Toast People!”

“S-stop it!” Roy complained. “That doesn’t make any sense at all!”

“Toast people...” Kirby rubbed his stomach as Pit sweatdropped.

Geno coughed a little. “Anyway, we deactivated the Subspace Bomb in there...but the Star Spirit wasn’t there.”

“Just as Misstar and Klevar told,” Twink began. “They’re somewhere in a place where we don’t expect Kalmar to be.”

“We couldn’t find anything in the Netherworld either,” Pit began. “We just found Galleom and an entire army ready to kill us but we defeated everyone there.”

Kirby shuddered. “B-but we could say Laharl and the Prinnies did all the fight for ourselves...”

Lucario closed his eyes. “And we don’t want to remember that whole ordeal.”

Chris chuckled a little bit. “Really? My presence there was enough to beat Galleom,” he took out a rose. “Let’s say Galleom didn’t have what it takes to gain a woman’s heart.”

Nana made a bored face. “Geez, what Master Hand said about flirting was true...”

Chris threw the rose away. “...You know what? I don’t want to use this job very long so I’ll choose a random one...” thus he changed...but...” Dammit, kupo!”

Toon Link chuckled. “What were you saying?”

“Oh, you shut up, kupo!” Chris (in his Moggle Knight job) said annoyed.

“Stop,” Master Hand said chuckling. “Anyways, how did it go?”

Zelda (who turned back to Zelda from Sheik) looked at Master Hand. “Everything went well. The Subspace Bomb was deactivated, Mario was saved and we defeated...” she shuddered. “...Some weird people.”

“Like the obviously obvious Luigi?” DK asked with a bored look.

“Oh right,” Chris began. “Mr. L, kupo.”

Sonic rolled his eyes. “Pss, that guy wasn’t that hard.”

“I need to whack Luigi so hard the next time I see him.” Yoshi said holding a bat.

“...Isn’t that Ness’s bat?” Jigglypuff asked as Ness took his bat back and grunted a little.

“...Anything important you found?” Master Hand asked.

“We found something...but I don’t know if it is important.” Geno said.

“Whatever you have, please tell us.”

“Remember the Subspace Bombs?”

“Yes.”

“Well, we saw these strange robots attached to them and they seemed to be stuck in them.”

“(The R.O.B.s...yes...)” Master Hand thought.

“They didn’t want to leave the bomb alone for some reason and they were deactivated as well.” Zelda explained.

“But why are they used?” Mallow asked. “Why use robots to activate a bomb? Can’t they just...move a switch up or something?”

“Come to think of it,” Roy began. “The whole thing about using robots to use the Subspace Bombs is odd.”

“...It IS odd,” everyone said with bored looks.

“(Oh yes, things that weren’t that detailed explained in the website. Nothing can stop me from unveiling something very big and crucial, absolutely nothing...or someone!)” Chris thought happily.

“Should we think for another time?” Fox asked. “I was thinking about what happened to Falco and the others with Samus.”

“(I hate you now, really.)”

“They...” Roy trailed off.

“Finally!” Marth said. “I got lead!”

The screen quickly displayed...an ice wall as Popo came back from the music room and looked at the screen.

“Sweet! We’re going to an ice world? I’m so in for that!” Popo said happily.

“We’re NOT going t-wait,” Master Hand looked at the screen closer. “An ice wall?”

“What is an ice wall doing in a world?” Sonic asked.

“Why is an ice wall being a world?” Nana asked.

“What is an ice wall with Red inside doing in a world that could possibly be a world that could be an ice wall with Red that is in fact a world?” Twink asked as everyone looked at him utterly confused.

“...Ice wall with Red inside a world,” Geno said rubbing his head. “Let’s leave it like that.”

“Agree.” Everyone said nodding.

“...AHEM!” Jigglypuff coughed. “That ISN’T an ice wall if Red is inside! It’s a chunk of ice that froze Red!”

“Wait,” Marth said as he looked at the computer. “I can move the view.”

The Altean Prince moved the view and some of them got shocked after Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Link, Olimar (apparently running to 2 Pikmins’ ghosts), Falco, Wolf, Snake, C. Falcon (trying to run to Samus) and Samus were all trapped inside several stalagmites of ice from an unknown location.

Music stops

“Well duh,” Crazy Hand said close to the same computer where Master Hand inserted the track. “I had to turn off the music for this situation.”

Nevertheless everyone completely ignored the lunatic hand and were focused in what did matter.

“My god...” Zelda muttered. “W-what happened?”

“Ice nightmare, that’s what.” Popo said.

“They’re so lucky to be inside chunks of ice,” Nana said. “You don’t know how fun it is.”

“Yeah,” Popo chuckled. “It’s totally a wonderful way to spend the time.”

Mostly everyone looked at the Ice Climbers. “...Both of you are so creepy.” Toon Link said.

Ness rolled his eyes. “Meh, they like ice to the point of enjoying every single thing related to ice.”

Nana glared at him. “That’s an insult, you know!”

“Stop!” Master Hand said.

“Right, focus...” Yoshi said nodding. “So far we know that I’m not going in there.”

“Did we know that from the beginning?” Lucas asked.

“...No,” Yoshi pointed out. “Now you know.” Yoshi smiled a little and closed his eyes.

“Neither do I,” Sonic said shaking his head. “Water is clearly related to ice and what happens if there are lots and lots of ice walls in there that could, you know, melt?”

“They’d get freed?” Lucas asked.

“...Besides that.”

“They’re icebuuurgs.” Popo said dreamily.

“H-hey!” Marth was pushed away from the computer by Crazy Hand who seemed excited for some reason. “What are you doing?”

“Shh!” Crazy Hand whispered. “I have to watch my special show and who knows, maybe someone in here will get interested!”

“Show?” Marth asked frowning. “Why are you thinking about a show when we have to rescu-“

“Oh yeah!” Crazy Hand yelled as he changed the view of the screen to what seemed to be a big stadium. “It’s starting! IT IS STARTING TODAY!”

The screen showed a big stadium where many people filled all the seats and cheered loudly as they let ballons go away in the night’s sky. There were many Toads, Piantas, Nokis, other people from Mario’s world with Flickies (which were long forgotten if you think about them) from Sonic’s world.

Sonic looked at the screen and gasped. “Oh no! The Olympics! I forgot completely about ‘em!”

“A better reason of why I’m not going i-w-what?!” Yoshi asked shocked. “I-it is the time now?!”

“The Olympics?” Master Hand asked before he gasped. “Crap!”

“Why are you cursing for, kupo?” Chris asked confused as Master Hand gave him a letter. “A letter? Kupo?”

“Read it.”

Chris looked back at Master Hand and readed the letter inside the mail...

To: Everyone living in the Smash Mansion (Hearts)

From: Princess Peach (Hearts)

Hello there! (Hearts) Thank you for opening this letter! (Hearts)

I’m sending you this letter because you’re all officialy invited to the Olympic Games at Beijing where you will participate against other athletes (us) in a friendly competition to show which team will win in the various events we’re holding! (Hearts) I can’t hardly wait to see which team you will form, since there are way too many of you. (Hearts)

So please, accept my invitation and let’s have fun all together! (Hearts)

From Princess Peach herself while a random Toad wrote this letter (Hearts)

P.S: I really love to write hearts. (Hearts)

P.S.S: More space for more hearts! (Hearts) (Hearts) (Hearts)

P.S.S.S: By the way, Peach didn’t tell me to write the hearts down. I did. (Hearts)


“We’re invited to the Olympics?” Ness asked.

“Well, yes,” Master Hand. “I figured that it’d be good propaganda to let you guys participate in the Olympics.”

“Since when did we agree to be used as propaganda?”

“The contracts that you all signed once you got in this mansion, duh.”

“Ha! I didn’t sign one and neither did Lucario, kupo!” Chris said.

Master Hand laughed for a bit. “Of course you 2 did!”

Chris made a bored look. “Since when, I ask, kupo?”

“Ever since you 2 set a foot in this place.”

“T-that’s completely ridiculous! Kupo!”

Master Hand snapped his fingers and 2 contracts appeared with Chris and Lucario’s names on them. “Papers don’t lie.”

“...But we di-“

“AHEM.”

“...Ugh, kupo! That’s unfair! Kupo!” Chris pouted crossing his arms.

Flashback

Lucario’s Room

The first day both came in the mansion, both hands appeared holding what looked to be the same contracts.

Crazy Hand glowed making their rights hands lift up a little while some pens appeared in midair. The lunatic hand made the hands grab both pens as Master Hand glowed and levitated the contracts close to them where the hands exactly signed with their handwriting.

“That should do it.” Master Hand whispered as Crazy Hand nodded before they disappeared with everything they brought in.

Command Room

End of flashback

“But Chris...those signed names have our handwritings.” Lucario pointed out.

“B-but I don’t remember signing up a contract! Kupo!” Chris complained.

“(They’re so naive.)” Master Hand thought as he disappeared both papers. “Anyway guys, I already told Peach that some of us will go there and participate in the events.”

“I’m going to be more careful to what I sign next time...” Roy muttered.

“But of course,” Master Hand began. “We can send 9 more people to Samus’s world and see what happened in there since they’re in danger to be killed, which gives us an advantage.”

“So the people who are going to Samus’s world are not going to the Olympics?” DK asked.

“Anybody can go anywhere to your advantage.”

“I’ll go to Samus,” Zelda said. “I need to rescue Link.”

“Hey! Rescuing people is my thing so I’m going too!” Toon Link said.

“But didn’t you fail to save Aryll the first time we found her? Kupo?” Chris asked.

“S-shut up! I-I was distracted that time!”

“Nana?” Popo asked raising an eyebrow. “Do you know what am I thinking?”

“We’ll go there.” Nana said taking out her hammer as Popo jumped happily.

“Count me in.” Jigglypuff said jumping off from her seat. “I’ll sing if it’s needed.”

“NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!” the Smashers (except Lucario, Ike, Pit, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink and Meta Knight) yelled disagreeding.

“Too bad!” Jigglypuff said taking out her microphone. “I’m so prepared to sing this time!”

Ness took the microphone and threw it away (where Jigglypuff glared at him before running for mentioned item). “I’m going as well. How about you, Lucas?”

“W-what? O-okay...but I’m not too sure about this.” Lucas said nodding.

“May I go as well?” Ike asked raising his hand and Master Hand nodded. “I think I’m prepared to understand what is happening here.”

“I’ll go.” Fox stated simply with a nod.

“You’ll need fire to get through so I’m going.” Roy said.

“That makes up a whole team of 9,” Master Hand said looking at the remaining Smashers. “I need at least 8 Smashers and represent the Smash Mansion besides Yoshi and Sonic, who are supposed to have their teams waiting for them.”

“Olympics!” Yoshi and Sonic yelled glaring at each other with fire in their eyes.

“Buuuuuuuuuuurn!” Mallow yelled making a fist. “Can I?”

“...Technically you’re not a Smasher...but what the heck, they may get the hint.” Master Hand said as Mallow cheered a little.

“I’m going.” Geno said.

“Geno? Are you going to participate?”

“...I’m against it but...I want to see Mario and Peach again...” Geno said blushing a little.

“Aww! Geno misses Mario and Peach so much that he wants to stay with them again!” Twink teased.

“S-shut up!” Geno said annoyed.

“I’m going as well!” Twink said happily.

Master Hand looked at Pit who jumped a little. “W-wait, you’re not thinking about sending me there, are you?” Pit asked as Master Hand nodded. “...Fine...”

“Don’t think about it.” Meta Knight threatened as the hand shuddered.

“Kirby?” Master Hand asked.

“Hmm...” Kirby wondered.

“I hear there’s exotic food in there.”

“I’m in! I’m in!” Kirby cheered as many of them frowned.

“...Fine! I’m going! Kupo” Chris said rolling his eyes once Master Hand looked at him.

“...Me too?” Marth asked as Master Hand nodded. “But I...I understand I guess...”

“Ooh! Me me me!” DK said raising his right hand. “I’m going to do some sort of revenge after they turned my offer down. How about you, Diddy?”

“Hmm... I’ll go.” Diddy said chuckling.

They all looked at Lucario who looked at all of them.

“...What? Do I have too?” Lucario asked.

“If you don’t want to...” Chris trailed as he looked down the floor. “...It’d be a shame...”

“W-why?” Lucario asked worried as Chris kicked the air slowly.

“I really wanted to see you winning the events so the people could know how perfectly were you raised...but if you don’t want that...” Chris sniffed a little as Lucario got a shocked look.

“N-no! Please Chris, d-don’t cry!”

“A-are you going? Kupo?” Chris asked making a sad look to Lucario who nodded smiling worried. “T-thank you...kupo...”

Ike made a bored look. “...Was that really necessary to do?”

“...No,” Chris said as Lucario groaned. “I want you to come so no backtracking now!”

“Besides I doubt Mewtwo would agree to go after I said no.” Meta Knight pointed out.

“Great!” Master Hand said excited. “All of you have your own locker room where the things you need to use are located.”

“L-locker room?” Geno asked.

“Sorry but you’ll have to wear something to represent us.”

“I-I refuse!” Geno said angrily. “I’m perfectly fine like this!”

The others seemed to agree because they glared at Master Hand as they nodded.

“Geez you people...” Master Hand said frowning. “No good sportsmanship, huh?”

“Hello?” Mallow asked running on his feet. “Time’s running out, you know!”

“Wa-it!” Crazy Hand interrupted. “First you have to buy something before you go somewhere!”

“But make it quick, kupo.” Chris said.

“Oh, right,” Toon Link took out a bag of coins. “This appeared when we came back.”

Chris took the bag and there were 2100 Smash Coins in there. “Thank you, kupo.”

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 4301

Jobs

Juggler - 1300 Smash Coins

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Items for everyone - 400 Smash Coins

Don't Trip And Follow Me! - 900 Smash Coins

Healing Hit – 3000 Smash Coins


When knocking down an enemy with a critical hit, heals a party member from any kind of status ailment using a hit that cures anything. (Note that the job user won’t have this advantage. A party member must knock down an enemy, then the ability can be used).

“A healing hit? What’s that? Kupo?” Chris asked.

“There was this really weird world with teenagers fighting monsters that were some kind of shadowy creatures before, and one of ‘em knocked down this one. There was another teenager that was a girl that couldn’t speak because she tried yell something until the first teenager that knocked down that creature came close to the girl and hit her in the head very hard, which actually healed her ailment!” Crazy Hand explained. “Bad thing was that I wandered all the way there by accident from my room to the bathroom, those kids saw me and...” Crazy Hand turned his back and there were 4 arrows stuck. “Let’s say the girl got scared and she went all nuts on me and shot these hard-to-reach arrows on my back...”

“Crazy! What the hell were you doing between our room-“ Master Hand shuddered at the thought of their room. “-and the bathroom?”

“You know I like to do really odd random things so well! Why asking?”

“A healing hit? Kupo?” Chris wondered.

Items

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Items in hand:
Timer
Green Shell
Smash Ball

Maxim Tomato

Stored items:
None


“Oops, I didn’t use the Smash Ball at all. Kupo.” Chris muttered embarrassed.

“Whatcha gonna buy, my moogle boy?” Crazy Hand asked.

“A Pokeball!” Chris said giving 800 Smash Coins in exchange for a Pokeball he bought. “A Bumper!” Chris gave 500 Smash Coins in exchange for a Bumper. “And the Juggler job, kupo!” Chris gave 1300 Smash Coins to the crazy hand and he glowed instantly...

“Here it comes...” Roy said. “I think he’s going to have another weird personality.”

“I want to see a juggler.” Diddy said hopping a little.

“I want to see a watermelon.” Kirby wished.

“I want that glow stop right now.” Zelda said covering her eyes until they all saw Chris with a different set of clothes...or this time a costume.

The World Traveler now wore a clown hat which had a red tail and a black tail with small white pompoms on the top of both of them. He also wore a long but small suit which was black on one half and red on the other side as the hat, small brown shoes...

But what was surprising is that Chris now had a painted face which was white, except for the blue oval on his right eye with a red line crossing it vertically. His mouth was underlined with a red line.

On a last note, he was still a moogle so he had the small demon wings behind his back.

Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness – Jovi’s Theme

“Hello hello hello! Everybody! Kupo!” Chris greeted folding his arms behind his back with a small grin as he closed his eyes. “I’m the amazing of the surprising, the funniest of the craziest, the jester of the circus! The Juggler: Chris! Kupo!”

Everyone looked at each other with confused looks...while Diddy seemed to be excited because he clapped at the juggler.

“And to think we had enough with jesters like that Dimentio guy...” Yoshi trailed off.

Chris took out a round ball behind his back (that was the size of a normal moggle’s height) and twirled it above a finger. “It’s good to have such a weird audience like all of you to admire the wonderful show I’m going to make for all of you today! Kupo!”

“What show? Tell me!” Diddy asked hopping a little in excitement.

“C-Chris?” Lucario asked a little shocked as Chris looked at Lucario and chuckled a little.

“Don’t worry, my Pokemon. I’m still me...but!” Chris threw the ball away (to Diddy who jumped it and rolled above it in the same position with talent). “It’s me but with more enthusiasm, crazyness, charisma and happier than even before! Kupo!”

“Yes!” Crazy Hand said triumphaly. “This is my biggest masterpiece of all the jobs so far!”

“OUR masterpiece.” Master Hand corrected him.

“And I happened to do actual research about this job as well!”

“Please do tell!” Diddy said laughing as he rolled on the ball.

“The juggler can inflict damage using odd abilities, and also he can give status ailments as well with his various tools such like the Ball!”

Chris chuckled and took out a same ball like the one from before. “Yep. This ball right here can, for example, confuse anybody because IT’S the Ball.”

Roy rolled his eyes. “And how can you confuse anybody with a ball?”

“Like this!” Chris yelled throwing the ball quickly at Roy’s head where it made a whack sound as it disappeared in midair. “Now who are you?”

“My name is the great Nolegar,” Roy said as his eyes were spinning. “And I shall rule over the people of the other street! SHIA!”

“W-watch it!” Ike yelled dodging a slash from Roy.

“...Oops,” Chris muttered. “Forgot to tell that the Ball can make an enemy or ally turn against their own allies.”

“Well, do something about it and fast!” Ike yelled as Roy tried to kill him.

“You won’t escape from my stick of doom!” Roy yelled laughing maniacally.

“U-um, sure. J-just give him a weak hit on the head and he should be back! Kupo!” Chris panicked for a little as Lucario noticed something.

“Chris, your voice seemed to be the same when you were a knight.” Lucario pointed out.

“...It did? Kupo?” Chris asked.

“I especially love the sudden change of personalities,” Crazy Hand chuckled. “You don’t know when he’s normal or not.”

“That explains a thing.” Kirby said nodding.

“There!” Ike yelled punching Roy on the head as he stopped and looked around.

“O-ouch...what happened?” Roy asked. “First Chris was throwing me a ball then everything got blurry...”

“You were attacking me, o great Nolegar.” Ike said rolling his eyes.

“Nole-what?”

“Just forget it...”

“Portal time,” Master Hand said snapping his fingers as 2 portals appeared. “See? I opened them instead of you. That’s clearly a sign of true friends.”

“Wait, were you thinking I was lazy? Kupo?” Chris asked putting his hands on his hips in annoyance.

“You weren’t?” Master Hand asked as Chris stared at him in annoyance. “I...look, you guys go to your appointed worlds and fast! But before you, Sonic, go...” Master Hand snapped his fingers as Sonic changed to his Brawl look. “I forgot to give you and Snake your Brawl forms so sorry about that.”

“Hmm...” Sonic looked himself. “...Not that different to be honest.”

“You can take a spring out when you want.”

Sonic made a confused face as he took out from his back mentioned item that he put down the floor. “Suh-weet!” Sonic said jumping on it which propelled him high to the ceiling where he touched it and landed back.

“Everyone should use the spring for an advantage in battles to-.” Master Hand was going to point out but was interrupted.

“LAST ONE WILL BE A-“ Sonic couldn’t finish his sentence because he zoomed past them to the stadium at “Beijing” as Yoshi followed him from behind.

Chris flew over Lucario’s head and hung up on the top of his head. “Lucario? Will you do the honors for me?”

“Once you get down my head.” Lucario said crossing his arms.

“...K-kupo...” Chris sobbed.

“O-on second though, hang on please.” Lucario said as he entered the portal.

“Crocodile tears.” Marth frowned as he entered with the others.

“And for the second team,” Master Hand snapped his fingers as the second team glowed for a moment. “There. I gave you the ability to breath in the space since most of you can’t breath without oxygen...and since there are signals of large amounts of phazon, I may as well give you protection to that highly radioactive substance.” Master Hand said snapping his fingers again as they glowed for a second.

“And you didn’t give this to Snake’s group?” Zelda asked.

“...Oopsie?” Master Hand answered as Zelda frowned.

“Now,” Ike took out Ragnell. “Let’s go.”

“Ike, not like that!” Roy yelled as some of them chuckled.

“What?”

“It looks a bit cheesy and that will just embarrass yourself!”

“O-oh, I see. Then let’s just go.” Ike said walking inside the portal as the others chuckled even more.

“C’mon, you guys!” Roy said annoyed.

“S-sorry,” Ness said chuckling. “I-it looked so stupid...”

“Alright, let’s go.” Fox said as everyone went inside the portal (just before it could close, Jigglypuff came back and rushed in) which disappeared.

“...But he said the same thing and nobody chuckled!” Crazy Hand pointed out.

“Ike saying it is just random...and let’s say that is natural that Fox says it,” Master Hand said as he looked at Meta Knight. “You still here?”

Meta Knight looked at Master Hand. “Sorry. I was wondering something that troubled my mind.”

“Like?”

The Star Warrior turned his back and walked to the hallway. “Something you shouldn’t know...by now.”

Master Hand rolled his “eyes” and looked at the screen. “Well, go ahead and leave us alone.”

“In the bed?” Crazy Hand asked with a sexy woman’s voice.

“NO!”

Main Lobby

Meta Knight was walking upstairs until the bell rang, making him turn to the door as he walked to it. “(Who wants to visit the mansion during this harsh weather today?)” Meta Knight thought to himself as he turned the doorknob and found a old woman (it was Chip with lens and a pudding-looking white hair) floating in front of him. “...”

“Young sir...achoo!” Chip sneezed. “W-would you be so kind and listen to what I have to say?”

“...”

“W-well... I know this guy w-who lost his memory and he needs to recover it back as soon as possible and I was wondering if y-“

“Not interested.”

SLAM!

“Oh, come on! You’re not going to say that I’m a credit card seller or something like tha-I mean, p-please kind sir, help my husbaaaaaaaaaaaan-I mean, this guy, please! Achoo!” Chip begged as he knocked several times on the door, accidentaly changing his voice to an old woman’s one or his normal one before he groaned and flew away.

Just as Meta Knight got to the top of the stairs, the door rang again as the knight rolled his eyes and walked all the way down to the floor and to the door. “(If it is that idiot, I’m going to slash him to death.)” Meta Knight thought irritated as he opened the door again.

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

“...”

Meta Knight saw a young girl with goggles on hr hair, flipping pages in a book she was reading. Apparently the same mentioned was the last member from the Brave Vesperia’s guild...

...It was Rita Mordio: the Genius Mage.

“Good afternoon.” Meta Knight said simply as Rita looked up from her book (because she touched the bell without even looking), looked around and then looked down at Meta Knight where she got a little surprised.

“W-what?” Rita asked as she glared at “it.” “H-hey! Don’t sneak on people like that, especially me!”

“My apologies,” Meta Knight said sarcastically. “But you weren’t paying attention when you rang the bell.”

Rita rolled her eyes in annoyance. “(First I was reading my book then this thing shows up and gives me a sarcastic comment. My day couldn’t get any weirder.)” Rita thought.

“Do you have any business in this mansion?” Meta Knight asked as he slowly tried to close the door while Rita narrowed her eyes at him. “If you don’t, then I’ll ask you to leav-“

Rita stomped her right foot before the door could close and opened it back. “In fact, I have something important to do here.”

“And that is?”

“Well,” Rita began as she closed her book and pulled it behind her back as she closed her eyes. “I’m looking for some people who got stupidly lost in a forest. And there’s this old man guy who is totally and utterly annoying.”

Meta Knight quickly figured out that the annoying old man was Raven...since he thought the same as Rita.

Rita crossed her arms and looked away, not interested at the least. “Geez, I swear... Those guys can’t get a little time of peace before they wind up in some kind of trouble, winding up me as well.”

“The feeling is mutual,” Meta Knight said nodding. “Trust me, I wind up in so many troubles with the people living in here. But somehow I manage to windstand everything.”

Rita grinned a little bit and looked back at Meta Knight. “Good! Somebody understands my own problems, that’s a good point.”

“So were you looking for someone?”

Rita nodded. “That’s right, You don’t happen to know an old man with an annoying attitude, do you?”

“To be honest...” Meta Knight trailed off.

NOOOOOO! DON’T MAKE GOOD OL’ ME RETURN BACK TO DAHNGREST WHERE THAT DEMON GIRL RITA WILL KILL ME! I BEG YOU!” Raven’s voice rang inside Meta Knight’s mind.

“...I don’t know.” Meta Knight finished as Rita rolled her eyes.

“Figures...” Rita said before she turned her back and walked away. “Oh well, I guess I’ll have to look for him and the others. Thank you anyway.”

Mask dude,” another not shown time where Raven talked to Meta Knight rang inside his mind. “I bet ya’re hiding somethin’ behind that mask of yours. Wonder if ya’re really a female. Heheheheh...

“Wait,” Meta Knight called out as Rita stopped and looked over her right shoulder. “I happen to know someone like him as you’ve described before.”

Rita smiled a little and walked back to Meta Knight. “Oh yeah?”

“...But he comes to the mansion from time to time.”

“When?” Rita asked tilting her head to the side.

“He might come in 3 hours and ask for food.”

Rita nodded. “Yeah, I figured he’d go so low and ask for food doing some kind of act.”

“If you want, you can wait for him in here.” Meta Knight offered.

“Nah, it’s okay,” Rita said walking away. “I’ll come back shortly so tell me when is that old man going to show up here.”

“Certainly.” Meta Knight said nodding as he closed the door.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2009, 08:07:32 PM
Hallway

A time passed as Meta Knight wandered around the mansion, trying to find the library to read a book.

Library

Meta Knight found it and sat on a sofa for one person where he readed a book called “How to recover heavy-armored ships from evil organizations.”

“This book is horrible,” Meta Knight commented as he went for another book and sat back on the sofa. “This is better.” Meta Knight said sighing silently.

“...Oh my!

Meta Knight lowered his book and looked to his right where he found a girl (Estelle) looking shocked because she didn’t notice the Star Warrior sitting besides her sofa because she was also reading a book. “When did you get in here? I thought nobody else was here.”

“M-my apologies,” Estelle said giving a small bow from her seat. “(A masked creature that can talk?)”

“It’s bad to stare at people like that.” Meta Knight pointed out as Estelle hopped up a little from her seat.

“S-sorry,” Estelle said. “I got surprised that there was someone...like you here.”

“...” Meta Knight raised his book and readed it.

“...M-my name is Estellise Sidos Heurassein.”

“...”

“...Y-you can call me Estelle for short if you want. My friends call me like that.”

“...Meta Knight.”

“Meta Knight?” Estelle asked tilting her head. “That is an...interesting name I suppose?”

Somehow, Meta Knight figured out that this was going to be a long time in the library.

Sky

Tales of Symphonia 2 – Behind Us!

High above the white paradise of ice, there was a familiar Paratroopa who seemed persistent on his task as snow fell on his goggles.

“UGH! Ugh! Ugh!” Parakarry was shown trying to get through the clouds by slamming his shoulder against them but somehow he couldn’t. “W-why I can’t get through these darn clouds?!” Parakarry asked gritting his teeth as he continued arduosly his goal. “C-come on! Let me through! I know there’s something hidden in there that somebody doesn’t want to reveal! Ugh!”

The view slowly panned out as the Paratroopa struggled...

Music stops

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games

Beijing?

Inside the stadium

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games – Menu Screen

SOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIC!!!!

“K-Knuckles! Please calm down!” Tails said lowering and raising his hands.

“How am I suppose to calm down if that idiot isn’t here?!” Knuckles asked irritated. “The Olympics can’t start if our supposed team leader isn’t here!”

Amy giggled. “Knuckles, you ended your rants with the same thin-” Amy noticed that Knuckles was glaring at her. “...Oh...sorry.”

Knuckles threw his hands up and frowned. “Whatever. Today it’s not my day at all.”

“You tell me that!” Vector said irritated. “I can’t play here because Sonic isn’t here either!”

“...How did we decide to let Vector join our team again?” Amy whispered to Tails.

“Because we needed to get 1 last member at last minute and he happened to be walking outside the stadium with Espio and Charmy...so yeah.” Tails whispered back.

“By the way Vector,” Amy began. “Where are Espio and Charmy?”

“Those 2 wackos are gonna be the scorers,” Vector explained grinning as he crossed his arms. “Along with that weirdo mask guy and that dude with glasses on a smiling cloud.”

“But I wanted to participate!” Charmy complained appearing behind Vector with Espio.

“Look Charmy, I’m the boss of our team and who knows, if all the people in here admire my uber skills, the Chaotix Detective Agency will get so famous that every single people in the world will be begging for our services!” Vector’s eyes turned into money signs with the usual “ching!” sound. “Oh yeah, I can see my gold desk already!”

Espio frowned and facepalmed. “Yeah, they’re only going to know how stupid you are.”

“Hey!” Vector glared down at Espio. “I’ll prove it to all of you here about my strength with the hammer!”

The original trio ignored the rants of the other trio as they looked around. “Oh man... Sonic, you have to come here.” Tails muttered.

“Oh yeah,” Amy said remembering something. “We also have to tell him that something strange happened to our world.”

Tails looked at Amy. “The continents...you know, torn apart?”

“I forgot about that,” Knuckles began. “Damn, I know Eggman is behind all this...”

“I hear that!” Dr. Eggman yelled from behind the trio. “I don’t have anything to do with this whole thing of the continents being torn apart from our world!”

“...Why is HE in our team again?” Amy whispered.

“Don’t tell Vector but I actually asked Mighty to come here but then I received a call that he got sick so I had to...”

“But HIM of ALL PEOPLE?!”

“D-don’t blame all on me!” Tails said panicking a little.

Amy’s right eye twitched. “But Tails! There are many people out there who could’ve come in here that we know! What about Nack?”

“I heard rumors that he went treasure hunting somewhere.”

“Bean?”

“He was going to come but then just about I was going to hung up, an explosion came from where he lives and I haven’t heard of him ever since.”

“Bark?”

“I heard Bark started a fish company business...”

“Omega?”

“Destroying Eggman robots while Eggman is here.” Tails whispered.

“The Babylon Rogues?”

“Nope.”

“That Ulala girl we met?”

“Fighting space creatures in her show.”

“How about Aiai?”

“Rolling in a jungle.”

“And NIGHTS?”

“Dreaming somewhere.”

“Rouge?”

“She came in here but then she went away to hunt down jewels in Egypt.”

Amy sighed. “I see...”

“B-but cheer up!” Tails said smiling. “Fortunately I went for the trouble and asked someone else!”

“Who?”

Just as Amy asked, fire and flames began to appear from nowhere as they circulated and made a person of fire, however the fire seemed to lower with every second it passed until a purple cat walked out from the fire...and fainted on the grass.

“Oh my goodness! Blaze!” Amy gasped as she kneeled to see the pyro cat. “Blaze! Are you okay?!”

“Y-yes...” Blaze said shaking her head. “I guess I used too much fire power in my entrance...”

“But for what?” Tails asked. “The ceremony hasn’t begun yet!”

“...Rats.” Blaze muttered as she got up. “Well, at least I made it in time.”

“...Say,” Amy smiled and folded her arms behind her back. “Those you have on look great on you.”

Blaze smiled and blushed a little. “W-well, I thought I had to dress up for the occassion...but it was mandatory?”

“No, but they look on you.” Amy giggled. “Look! I even bought these shoes for the 400m event!”

“They look good on you.” Blaze remarked.

“Tails, I didn’t know you were able to get Blaze here!”

“H-huh? What do you mean?” Tails asked. “I didn’t ask Blaze to come here. I asked another person besides her.”

Blaze nodded. “To be honest, Sonic asked me to participate in the Olympics when I was about to leave to my world. He practically begged a little and I agreed.”

“...Then who did you ask?” Amy asked confused.

That would be me.

“Eek!” Amy jumped from her spot and looked behind her to see nobody else than Shadow staring at her. “S-Shadow?!”

Shadow crossed his arms and closed his eyes. “Being the same, I see.”

Amy pouted a little. “H-hey! That’s rude!”

Tails chuckled nervously. “I-I happened to find Shadow in some mountains when I was testing one of my aircrafts and I had to ask him because he was the last person.”

“But didn’t you say Vector was the last one?” Knuckles asked.

“D-don’t laugh but I thought with only Sonic, you, me, Amy, Shadow and Eggman were enough until I found out that we needed to be a team of 7 members. Then when we came here I asked Vector...until I found out that we needed another member...then Blaze came out from her world and then...this.” Tails explained.

“Tsk,” Shadow frowned. “Don’t think weird of me but I happened to be just bored without anything that I had to agree about participating here.”

“Aw, is Shadow looking to see Sonic again?” Amy asked as Shadow looked annoyed at her.

“You could say it was pure luck...that I gathered 4 unexpected members.” Tails said rubbing his head as he chuckled nervously.

“Anyway,” Knuckles turned to Eggman. “Spill it, you’re behind the whole thing about the continents being torn apart.”

“For the last time you stupid echidna, I don’t have anything to do with it!” Dr. Eggman said irritated. “Why’d I have to take the continents apart for? I want to conquer the world! Not destroy it for my grandpa’s sake!”

Knuckles narrowed his eyes and cracked his fists before he leaped at Dr. Eggman.. “Yeah, like I’m going to believe tha-“

I’m heeeeeeeeee-WHOA!

“YOU!”

CRASH!

“Oww...” Knuckles moaned in pain after a portal appeared out from nowhere and Sonic came rushing from it and accidentaly crashed into Knuckles as both stumbled on the grass and layed on top of each other. “You...little...”

“SONIC!” Amy appeared in flash besides Sonic and hugged him to death. “I knew you were going to come after all! (Sonic: AMY! L-LET ME GO!) Goodness, you really had me worried for a second there! (Sonic: Can’t...breath...anymore...).”

“...A-Amy...” Tails began worried. “I-I think you’re killing Sonic...”

“Oh, no!” Amy yelled as she released Sonic (who appeared to be knocked out of cold) and fell to the grass. “Sonic! Sonic! Please, forgive me! I don’t know the strength I have within me!”

“Now you’re being a little poetic,” Knuckles frowned as he got up and saw the Smashers coming out from the portal. “It’s you guys!”

“Yes!” Chris cheered as he looked all the people in the stadium from Lucario’s head. “I have the perfect audience for my next show! Kupo!”

“Chris,” Lucario muttered as he grabbed Chris by his back and dropped him on the grass. “It’s not the time to do that.”

“Hmm...kupo.” Chris “hmm’d” disappointed.

“You said he’s Chris?” Amy asked looking down at the moggle. “He doesn’t look like him at all...”

“Er...it’s really me,” Chris said getting up. “I have a new job and that’s why I look like this, kupo.”

Amy blushed. “Aw, come here you little cutie.” Amy hugged Chris.

“H-hey, stop it please, kupo!” Chris said pushing Amy away from him. “I think I need to be careful when I’m around girls, kupo.”

“Hey there,” Knuckles grinned chuckling. “Good to have you back, shorty.”

“S-shorty?!” Chris asked annoyed. “W-why you! I’m going to throw you inside a cage of Coeurls and see how you fare against them, kupo!”

“I don’t know what the heck is a Colelur though.”

“I think it’s Coeurl,” Blaze corrected him. “Not a hard name to remember.”

“Blaze!” Sonic smiled a little. “You came after all!”

“W-well... I thought it was going to be interesting so I came here.” Blaze said blushing a little.

“How’s...” Sonic shuddered. “...Marine doing?”

“She’s here.”

“What?” Sonic and Tails asked.

Not as soon Blaze said that, flames began to gather besides her before they formed a person in fire who quickly shook off the flames and there was a raccoon standing besides her, that raccoon was the scatterbrained Marine the Raccoon.

“Yer here, mates!” Marine greeted smiling.

“Oh my god, she’s here Sonic.” Tails whispered.

“That’s so right, mate!” Marine said happily. “So, Olympics huh? Sounds like yer’re going to have a rough time in these events. Tis is it, mates!”

“Hi there,” Amy said to Marine. “You must be Marine the Raccoon, the friend Tails told me about, right?”

Marine nodded rather quickly. “Yep! The same Marine from the sea, mate!” Marine looked around. “Ooooooh, such big audience, mates!”

From then on, Amy and Marine began talking between themselves.

“Oh god,” Chris said giving a mischievous smile. “Is there anyone else out there who wants to come here? Kupo?”

Blaze’s ears perked up a little once she heard footsteps coming from behind her, she turned her back and found Cream and Cheese looking at her with some tears strolling down their eyes. “Cream...” Blaze muttered.

“B-Blaze!” Cream cried hugging Blaze. “Y-you’re back, Blaze!”

“Y-yes... It’s good to see again...” Blaze muttered blushing.

“Chao chao chao!” Cheese said happily as Blaze looked at him.

“I’m back, Cheese. You don’t have to cry anymore.”

“Chao...” Cheese hugged Blaze who gave a small smile.

Mallow and Kirby wipped out some tears. “I-I love this kind of moments too much...” Mallow said sniffing.

Twink sniffed. “Napkin?” Twink offered a napkin to Mallow who took it and blew his nose (if he had one) on it as Geno rolled his eyes.

“...Say...” Tails looked at all the Smashers...but it seemed that he tried to find someone of importance to him as Chris walked to him and rolled his eyes.

“Fox is not here, kupo.” Chris said.

“I-I see...” Tails said disappointed.

“(Is it just me or do these 2 act like younger and older brothers? Kupo?)”

Tails blushed embarrassed. “D-do you know where is he?”

“He’s in another world trying to rescue some of us as we are here, kupo.”

“What? Who?”

Chris explained everything to Tails.

“Well... I hope he can rescue Falco...can you tell him that?”

Chris smiled and nodded. “Of course. Don’t worry, kupo.”

“T-thanks.” Tails said smiling a little.

“Are the Olympics ready to begin?” Yoshi asked.

“You guys are participating?” Vector asked.

“We’re here to represent the Smash Mansion,” DK explained. “And because Mario didn’t accept me or Diddy to participate.”

“Oh right,” Yoshi nodded. “Where’s Mario?”

“You mean the somewhat fat, red man?” Knuckles asked.

“H-he’s not fat!”

“Suuuuuuuuure he isn’t.” Sonic and Knuckles said chuckling.

“A-anyway! Where is he?! Do you know or not?!”

“Relax,” Amy said chuckling. “I think he and his team are in their own lockers. Follow that hallway from over there and you should find the room they’re in.” Amy pointed at a hallway not far away from them and the Yoshi ran in a hurry through it.

“What’s up with that matey?” Marine asked.

“He’s very excited for the Olympics.” Geno pointed out.

“...Wait,” Knuckles trailed off. “Didn’t we have something to tell Sonic about?”

“Oh yeah!” Amy said. “Sonic! Something horrible happened to our world!”

“What?” Sonic asked raising an eyebrow.

Amy opened her arms. “The continents, all of them were torn apart from it!”

“Huh?!” Sonic asked shocked at this (though the Smashers weren’t that shocked).

“They just happened to float away from the core of the planet,” Tails explained. “Just as simple as that and nothing that catastrophic happened afterwards.”

“What do you mean by nothing that catastrophic?”

“They’re currently floating over the core,” Knuckles explained. “They stopped from going away to the outer space. The citizens of all over the world panicked at this and even some of them...can’t fly over another continent since they think it’s dangerous to fly above great abysses with lava...but the thing we perfectly know is that Dr. Eggman is behind all this!”

Sonic glared at Dr. Eggman. “Alright, Egg(beep!). Time to confess everything!”

“Egg(beep!)?” Twink and Cream wondered.

“Not again, darn it!” Geno cursed.

“Meh,” Amy giggled a little. “Cream knows about those bad words from a long time ago anyway.”

Cream nodded with a giggle. “Yes. My mother taught me that I don’t need to say such words as Mr. Sonic does.”

Sonic felt stupid for a moment but he continued glaring at Dr. Eggman.

“W-why do you think I’m responsible for such event?” Dr. Eggman asked annoyed as everyone looked at him with suspicious looks. “It wasn’t me! I swear my laboraties that it wasn’t me this time!”

“Grrrrrrr...” Lucario grunted angrily.

“I’m 110 percent not guilty for that!”

“...I don’t want to believe him...but I think he says the truth,” Tails said. “We’ll just have to wait until something that proves that he isn’t the culprit shows up.”

“Good. Somebody believes in me.”

“Attention, all participants!” Toadsworth called from the speakers all over the stadium as everyone looked at several directions. “Today is the great event for the Olympic Games at Beijing, right where we’re standing!”

“Chris...” Lucario trailed off.

“Yes? Kupo?”

“If this is Beijing...does that mean we’re in your world?”

“...” Chris thought for a moment. “...Is this place Beijing at all? Kupo?”

“I don’t have any clue unfortunately...”

“Neither do I, kupo...”

“We’d also like to mention the special guests for today’s event as well! In a previous sports’ event in the Mushroom Kingdom, we had mentioned guests back then who participated and showed their skills at sports flawlessly. Please give a round of applauses to the Smashers from the Smash Mansion!”

Lights shone on the Smashers who looked around and some of them waved at the audience who cheered loudly.

“D-don’t get scared...” Chris muttered. “T-they’re the audience that you’ve been waiting for ever since you got this job, ku-kupo...”

“How ironic.” Marth pointed out.

“Alright!” Sonic said smirking triumphaly. “Time for these events to get rolling!”

“Oh,” Dr. Eggman chuckled. “By the way, you need to swallow these.”

Sonic looked at Dr. Eggman giving some pills for him and Shadow.

“Pills? Are they filled with poison?” Sonic asked with a glare.

“No,” Dr. Eggman chuckled. “Why’d I give Shadow the same pills?”

“He maybe has a point...” Shadow said swallowing the pills inside his mouth.

Sonic lifted his shoulders and swallowed the pills before grinning. “Ha! I don’t feel that weird at all! So what did you do to me? I’m going to have bad nightmares? Gastric problems? Deadly headache? Feeling all dizzy? Tell me.”

“Actually...” Blaze began. “I ate the very same pills because they were sent to me.”

“Same here.” Knuckles said.

Mostly everyone nodded except for the Smashers.

“If you’re thinking about participating, then you should swallow the pills too.” Dr. Eggman said giving every Smashers the pills that they stared before swallowing them.

“For what are the pills though?” Tails asked.

“The sponsor of the Olympics asked me to make those pills specifically,” Dr. Eggman said shuddering. “That sponsor was kind of crazy though, he sent guards to watch me and be sure that the pills were exactly as he ordered them to be.”

“So what do the pills do if someone swallows them?” Twink asked.

“They almost equally put the skills of someone at a “reasonable” level.” Dr. Eggman said chuckling.

“What do you mean by equally and reasonable?” Vector asked.

“...Oh, I think he means that everyone in here will be almost equally matched because the pills reduce some of our original attributes and put them almost at the same level of the average person.” Tails explained as they all looked at each other.

“...So you mean...my speed...went down for so many levels?!” Sonic asked panicked.

“Then for mine as well.” Shadow said frowning.

Sonic ran around but not as his usual speed, his current speed was just a little bit faster than a normal person as he looked like he was going to yell very loud at the night’s sky.

“...Sonic...” Marth began. “Don’t panic...you don’t have to yell or curse out...”

“Listen to Marth,” Diddy said. “Nothing good will come out from yelling besides that everyone will see you as a freak.”

“But isn’t he a freak because he’s going to yell despite all that you said?” Twink asked as the Smashers glared at him.

“He is doing it,” Pit said. “He is going to.”

Sonic inhaled as much air as he could hold and looked up to the sky before he...Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo

?

Kirby Super Star Ultra – Crystal Area

“Huh?” Fox’s ears perked up a little and looked up to the orange sky after he managed to hear a faint yell from somewhere.

“Fox? Is something wrong?” Lucas asked.

“...Did you hear that?”

“Hear what?”

“That faint yell...like someone was yelling in horror or something like that...”

“Y-you must be hearing wrong things because I didn’t hear anything like you described.”

“...Maybe is was just me.” Fox said shrugging as the group walked forward.

It was hard to locate the area where they were in. There was nothing else besides many ice walls, stalagmites made of ice and the phazon that leaked out from the ice as they went through an ice cave.

“Where are we exactly?” Ness asked looking around.

“It’s hard to tell,” Zelda said. “There is nothing but ice and that phazon substance that Samus told me about.”

“I have this awesome feeling that we’re going to be frozen as the others up ahead.” Popo said smiling.

“What’s so awesome about being frozen?” Roy asked.

“You don’t know now after you try it.” Nana said.

“They’re both agreeding for once?”

“So? What’s your point?” Popo asked.

“Maybe it is awesome.” Ike wondered as the others chuckled. “Okay, what did I do wrong?”

“Maybe you should shut up and just fight...” Roy suggested with a bored look.

“No, tell me now.”

“...Things that hurt are not good and things that don’t hurt are not bad. Now you get the point?”

“...” Ike facepalmed at this.

“Anybody got an idea of what is waiting for us up ahead?” Toon Link asked shifting his eyes at each side with his left hand ready to take out his Master Sword.

“An enemy which uses ice as its primary weapon?” Nana responded rolling her eyes.

“In which case we should use fire attacks,” Zelda said smiling to Roy and Ike. “Fortunately we have fire users with us here. I could use Din’s Fire as well.”

“Hey!” Ness called out. “I can use PK Fire. Don’t forget, please.”

“I-I can use PK Fire too.” Lucas pointed out.

“(Because you’re my clone.)” Ness thought irritated.

“My bombs could be the fire.” Toon Link said taking out a bomb from his back as he threw it at an ice wall which exploded in bits.

Fox made an annoyed look and crossed his arms. “I’m not going to spam Fire Fox that much just because that’s my only attack which uses fire.”

“Anybody’s going to spam fire attacks if it’s necessary?” Jigglypuff asked as pretty much everyone who used fire attacks raised their hands except the vulpine.

“6 out of 1. You have to follow the strategy. Sorry, Fox.” Roy said.

“Who said this was a voting?” Fox asked.

“Check this out guys!” Popo yelled pointing down the midair they were on. “Ice slope time!”

“...Ice slope?!” everyone asked shocked as they stared down at a very long ice slope which was going down.

“...Okay...” Fox began. “Nobody move a muscle...let’s return slowly to safe floor...and then we look around for another way...”

“But technically we’re going to move muscles because we’re going t-“ Ike stopped once Fox glared at him. “N-nevermind...”

Kirby Super Star Ultra - Tunnel

Toon Link looked behind him and he noticed that they accidentaly walked out from the floor and ignored the laws of physics for a brief moment, enough to make them walk above the air and directly above a hole where the ice slope was. “OH HOLY CRA-“

“LINK!” everyone yelled annoyed before Popo and Nana fell down.

“WHEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!” Popo yelled excited as he fell down first with Nana before everyone yelled as they all went down the long ice slope.

“WHERE IS THIS SLOPE TAKING US?!” Jigglypuff yelled.

“AND DO YOU THINK I KNOW?!” Ness asked irritated as they all jumped over a gap with an abyss.

“THIS IS SO FUN!” Popo and Nana yelled excited as everyone glared at them. “OH, WHAT DO YOU KNOW?!” Nana asked irritated.

“I-ICE SPIKES!” Lucas yelled.

“ICE SPIKES?!” everyone repeated in shock as down the slope, spikes of ice were attached to an ice wall as they yelled loudly.

“T-THERE MUST BE SOME KIND OF ALTERNATE ROUTE SOMEWHERE AROUND THE SPIKES!” Zelda yelled looking around.

“N-NOT GOOD! I CAN’T FIND ANY!” Roy yelled as they all screamed.

“(Wait,)” Ike thought as he raised Ragnell and pointed it down at the ice slope where it began to be covered in flames. “(Maybe I can destroy the ice with this....)”

“WHAT IS IKE DOING?!” Toon Link asked.

“HUUUUUUAAAAAAAA!!!” Ike yelled as he slammed down Ragnell right on the spikes which were shattered and opened up a hole which all of them entered quickly.

“HURRAY!” Jigglypuff cheered.

“MORE ICE SPIKES!” Lucas yelled.

“OH, GIVE ME A DAMN BREAK!” Jigglypuff yelled annoyed as even more spikes (that were this time too many) blocked their way.

“(If Ike did it...)” Roy thought as he raised his sword above him which got covered in flames by every second. “(Then...) UUUAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!” Roy yelled slamming down his sword which caused a big explosion of fire in front of him, enough to shatter the spikes and creating another hole which they all went in.

“PLEASE, TELL ME THERE AREN’T ANYMORE IN FRONT OF US!” Lucas yelled blocking his eyes.

“T-THERE AREN’T!” Nana yelled.

“Phew...” Lucas sighed in relief.

“THERE ARE ABYSSES, THOUGH!” Nana yelled pointing at a very thin path where it had bottomless abysses, the path was way dangerous because it was curved first to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the left, then to the right, then to the le-

“THEY GET THE POINT. STOP IT!” the Smashers yelled annoyed.

“QUICK!” Toon Link yelled as he tried to get up and slide using his feet. “WE HAVE TO USE OUR FEET TO MOVE THE RIGHT WAY!”

Everyone struggled to get up but fortunately they all managed to do what they wanted and narrowed their eyes at the thin path.

“RIGHT!” Popo yelled as everyone accidentaly fell down the abyss since they were supposed to use the right path. (-_-);

“POPOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!” everyone yelled furiously as they all went down the abyss and fell down the darkness...but soon they found out that they abysses weren’t bottomless because they hit the ice floor with their rears as they groaned and moaned in pain.

“...Okay...nobody get distracted or do something brusque...” Zelda said slowly standing up. “Things can’t get much worse than they currently are...”

“...Where’s my sword?” Ike asked looking around as his sword came from above and got stuck in the ice floor...making a small crack that it got bigger and bigger overtime. “Oh, there it is...uh...”

“Don’t tell me we’re standing above a thin floor...” Jigglypuff asked as the crack extended over all the floor before it broke up and they all once again fell down another long ice slope. “OH, COME-ON!”

“ICE SPIKES!” Lucas yelled horrorized before Roy quickly used Flare Blade to shatter the spikes. “MORE ICE SPIKES!” Lucas yelled again before Ike slammed his sword using Eruption to shatter the spikes. “EVEN MORE SPIKES!” Lucas yelled in terror before Ness used PK Fire and melted the ice with the tower of flames. “EVEN MANY MORE SPIKES!” Lucas yelled once again as Toon Link quickly threw 4 bombs that exploded a made another path. “THERE ARE EVEN MANY MOR-“

“SHUT UP!” everyone yelled annoyed as Zelda used Din’s Fire to blow up the next series of spikes that they quickly went through.

“ANYBODY KNOWS HOW LONG IS THIS THING?!” Roy asked.

“SO LONG TO KEEP ME EXCITED!” Popo yelled enjoying the moment. “THESE NEAR-DEATH EXPERIENCES KICK (BEEP!)!”

“SOMEBODY PLEASE SHUT HIM UP!” Toon Link yelled annoyed.

“THIS WILL STOP IN A FEW MINUTES!” Fox yelled trying to calm down all of them.

“HOW DO YOU KNOW?!”

“TRUST ME, I KNOW IT WILL!”

30 minutes later...

“YES, ANYTIME NOW!” Fox reassured the group.

1 hour and 30 minutes later...

“ANYTIME SOON...” Fox said making a bored look as the others were getting annoyed once again.

2 long hours of agony later...

“PLE-E-EASE!” Lucas pleaded crying as they all were shown utterly annoyed. “THIS HAS TO STO-O-OP!”

“I DON’T FEEL MY REAR ANYMORE!” Jigglypuff complained.

“WAAAAAAAAAAAALL!” Nana yelled pointing at an ice wall.

“WAIT, FOX! YOU HAVE TO USE FIRE FOX NOW!” Zelda yelled.

“WHY?!” Fox asked back.

“BECAUSE YOU HAVEN’T USED IT!” Ness yelled as Fox quickly went in front of the group and concentrated to be engulfed in a harmless fire, closing his eyes as he pulled back his fists before glaring at the wall before h-

Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 15, 2009, 08:57:26 PM
Music stops

Underground Ice Tunnel

CRASH! CRASH! CRASH! CRASH! CRASH! CRASH! CRASH! CRASH!

...Sadly though, the vulpine didn’t have enough time and he, followed by Roy, Ike, Zelda, Toon Link, Jigglypuff, Ness and Lucas crashed right behind each other on the hard ice wall.

“Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaand NOW!” Nana yelled stomping her 2 feet right on safe floor with Popo as their shoes for climbing got stuck (because they had spikes underneath that got stuck in the ice) to stop right on ther feet as they seemed to cheer at this long and painful event.

“I haven’t had so much fun in the ice before!” Popo commented as he high-fived with Nana.

Lucas was the first one who fell on his back with a normal look on his face as he blinked. “...Well...at least everything is over now.” Lucas said as the others moaned in pain and got up from the ice.

“...Uh-oh.” Toon Link muttered once he saw Fox knocked out. How did Toon Link know? The vulpine had swirls instead of eyes. “I think we shouldn’t have crashed into him...”

“That’s what he gets for not accepting our strategy.” Ness said as Fox shook his head and glared at him. “Well, you know it’s true!”

“Here.” Ike offered Fox a hand and helped him to stand up.

“Thanks.” Fox said as he looked around. “Now where are we?”

“Probably in some kind of underground tunnel,” Nana said. “We could as well be very deep under the earth.”

“I have to thank the guy who made this awesome slope.” Popo said smiling.

“I have to KILL the guy who made this bothersome slope.” Zelda said with a serious face.

“I have to remind my friends that there’s a path right besides us.” Ike said pointing at a tunnel of ice with phazon leaking out from small holes.

Step: The Cave

“...Brrr...” Ness shivered. “I-I can sense something...”

“M-me too...” Lucas said shivering. “I-I sense a strong presence...no...2 presences ahead...”

Roy rolled his eyes. “Geez, now you 2 are using your telepathy or psychic abilities after not using it when we came here?”

“Well, excuse me!” Ness said annoyed.

Zelda somehow shrugged. “P-please, don’t bring back those awful memories.”

“What awful memories?” Nana asked confused.

“L-look, just forget about that.” Zelda said walking up ahead. “(Please Link...hang in there...)”

“I think Ganondork is here,” Roy said. “I know because I’m getting this odd feeling when I’m around him.”

“That bastard,” Zelda said making a serious face. “He must have attacked Link when he fought him.”

“Probably because he’s trying to get his hands on Link’s triforce?” Jigglypuff asked.

“Most likely. When is he going to learn is beyond me.”

“When he assists the school?” Popo asked.

“She didn’t mean it like that...” Nana said.

“...Wait...” Toon Link stopped. “Shouldn’t we hurry?”

“Why is that?” Ness asked.

“Because...who knows...they could take them to the Subspace and then...”

Everyone’s eyes widened before they ran in a hurry in the deepness of the ice cave, hoping to find the others safe and fine.

“Dammit, we were acting all that calm without realizing the important facts!” Ness yelled taking out his bat. “Once we find an enemy, I’ll be prepared and whack the heck out of it!”

“Hurry! Every second counts!” Roy yelled rushing through the cave with the others.

“(P-please, let them be safe...)” Lucas thought worried.

“W-wait...you guys...” Jigglypuff said panting before stopping as Toon Link backtracked and picked her up above his head....upside down. “At least turn me the right way!”

“O-oops!” Toon Link replied chuckling as he turned Jigglypuff the right way.

“Hang in there, Link!” Ike yelled as the group went deeper and deeper through the dark-icy-phazony (if that is even a word) underground tunnel...

“(Dammit,)” Fox thought as he rushed through the tunnel. “(Falco may die under the iceberg he’s in. I have to hurry up or else he...)” Fox grunted as the camera approached his red bandana until the view was all red...

Mario and Sonic: At the the Olympic Games

Beijing?

Inside the stadium

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games – Menu Screen

Then the camera went away from Diddy’s red star-shaped shirt as he looked around the stadium. “Have you ever had that sudden feeling that you just were used to show another location through clothes and such?” Diddy asked to DK.

“What do you mean?” DK asked.

“Who knows.” Diddy said shrugging.

Sonic and his team left the Smashers because they were getting prepared for the ceremony as the Smashers decided to wait for further instructions while the crowd cheered and chattered.

Chris looked at the digital clock in the main screen of the whole stadium that indicated “August 8, 7:00 PM of the 2007.”

“...Er...” Chris trailed off confused as Lucario looked down on him.

“What is the matter?” Lucario asked.

Chris looked up to Lucario. “Isn’t weird that this gam-I mean, event started 1 year earlier than the actual date of the games at Beijing? Kupo?”

“...We shouldn’t worry about little details.” Lucario said shrugging.

“...Maybe you’re right. I think Sega isn’t going to make another mistake with something related to Sonic in a near future, right, kupo?”

Lucario closed his eyes. “Why do you have to mention the company where Sonic is right now?”

“Just using game analogy, I think, kupo.”

Lucario opened his eyes and chuckled. “Then maybe I could do the same.”

“Hahaha, that’s right. You’ve been studying about the greatest game companies I told you about, haven’t you? Kupo?”

Lucario nodded. “Yes. I’ll wait for the right moment to show you how much have I learned.”

Chris flew to Lucario’s face and hugged him by Lucario’s left side as the Aura Pokémon growled happily. “You’re exactly the ideal Pokémon for me, Lucario. A Pokémon that understands what his trainer likes.”

“Thanks.” Lucario said hugging Chris...with his brute force by accident.

“U-UUUUUUUUUGH!!!” Chris struggled painfully. “Y-YOU LITTLE:..LUCARIO! R-RELEASE ME!!! KUPO!!!”

Lucario gasped once he realized his mistake and let his moggle trainer go as Chris panted heavily. “S-sorry...”

Chris stared at Lucario. “F-for a moment there... I was seeing...a light...kupo.”

Lucario got a shocked look.

“B-but...thank goodness you released me in time...kupo...”

Lucario sighed in relief.

Hello there!

“Mario!” Mallow and Twink said happily as they went over Mario and hugged him.

“It’s good to have all of you here today.” Mario said as he hugged Mallow and Twink for some seconds before stopping.

“Well,” Pit crossed his arms. “Master Hand pretty much told us to participate...or we were forced.”

“Forced.” Marth said nodding.

“And who might this person be?” Mario asked looking at a juggler moggle.

“It’s me, Chris. Kupo.” Chris said nodding.

“Kupo?” Mario asked confused.

“Yes, kupo...” Chris said blushing a little.

“...It’s not a decease or something I should worry about, right?”

“N-not at all, kupo.”

“...” Mario looked at the clock and gasped. “Oh right! You should all prepare for the opening ceremony before it starts!”

“Are Sonic and his team ready?” Twink asked.

“Yup. They’re ready...by the way, don’t ask why Luigi has 2 black eyes.”

“Why?” Kirby asked.

“I told you not to...whatever. Apparently Yoshi took revenge on him and beat him up with a towel after he attacked us when he was Mr. L a long time ago.”

“But we just came from your wor-“ Diddy’s mouth was blocked by Pit.

“How did Yoshi give 2 black eyes to Luigi with a towel is beyond me though... I don’t want to know at all.”

“Neither do we.” Geno said.

“...We’ll beat him up as well. Remind me that.” DK whispered to Diddy who nodded and made a serious face.

“Okay okay,” Mario said moving his hands in front of him. “You better get ready because the opening ceremony is going to start in about...1 hour and 8 minutes.”

“We’re not going to wear shirts to represent the mansion, right?” Geno asked.

“No. Why?”

“What a relief...”

Mario got confused but looked at Chris. “Master Hand told me that you’re going to be the leader.”

“W-what?! Kupo?!” Chris asked shaking his head. “Oh no no no no no no! I can’t be the leader! Not in front of so many people...birdy people! Kupo!” Chris said pointing at the Flickies.

“Aw, don’t worry. I’m sure you’re going to do a fine job as a leader.” Mario said laughing a little as he walked away.

“See the bright side,” DK said chuckling. “You’ll have the audience’ attention for sure now.”

“H-how come this job doesn’t come with an anti-frightess ability for an audience? Kupo?” Chris asked looking down in shame.

1 hour later...

“Welcome, everyone, to the great, magnificent, marvelous and wonderful Olympic Games in Beijing!” Toadsworth annouced over the mic as the crowd cheered loudly at this. “Today is a historic day where 3 fierce teams from different parts will duke themselves out during the several events for today in this beloved stadium. Who will be the one to grab the trophy and take it back home?” Toadsworth asked with a chuckle as the crowd cheered even louder at this (raising different flags with several characters on them). “Firstly though, I would like to narrate how this great day came to be from a long time ago...”

Hallway

As Toadsworth told about the first Olympic Games, the 3 teams were getting ready to march outside as many of them flexed legs, arms and even tails (in Bowser and Vector’s case).

“Alright!” Sonic said extending his legs at the sides with a grin. “The great day is here!”

“Wasn’t he panicking a few hours ago?” Kirby asked.

“He got over it after I gave him a chili-dog.” Tails whispered.

“Hmm...” Kirby rubbed his stomach.

“WAAHAHAHA!” Wario laughed as he crossed his arms several times in front of him. “Once I win this whole thing, I’ll grab the trophy and sell it for a greater fortune!”

Peach giggled. “Sorry, Wario, but the trophy is ready to leave the stadium and directly to a museum in the Mushroom Kingdom where it will be kept for security where many people could watch and know about this event at home.”

Wario’s jaw dropped. “W-what?!”

“It was in the script I gave you.”

Wario took out out (from inside his pants) a note where he readed it too fast until he found mentioned rule. “Ah, dangit!”

“But look at the bright side!”

“I’ll win money anyway?”

“Nope,” Peach giggled. “People will ask you for autographs.”

“With money on ‘em?”

“...No... I think...”

“Bah...” Wario frowned as Peach walked away.

“Ha-ha!” Daisy laughed pointing at Kirby. “You don’t have those 3 cheaters with you anymore so you can win the events more easily!”

Kirby looked down. “They’re...um...it’s not...good to laugh about Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur because...”

“They’re cheaters!” Daisy added laughing.

Kirby looked up as his eyes got teary. “N-no, that’s not what I-“

“Admit it, pinky!” Daisy said turning her back on Kirby. “Those 3 were absolute cheaters the moment they stepped in the last event of sports!”

Kirby began to sniff silently as Pit looked down to him and glared at Daisy.

“What is your problem?” Pit asked as Daisy turned to him. “Our friends are right now in danger to die and you’re laughing at them?”

“Wha-wha-what? Danger to die?” Daisy asked confused.

“That’s right!” Pit said opening his arms. “They’re right now about to die in another place while a rescue team is going for them. Red, Squirtle and Ivysaur happen to be one of those who are going to...” Pit closed his eyes. “Look, just stop saying things that aren’t true or else...” Pit said as he walked away with Kirby.

“...Maybe...” Daisy looked down. “Maybe I was a little too hard and hyperactive than usual?... Oh man...”

“Y-you can do this, Chris...” Chris said trying to balance his big flag with the emblem of the SSB in white and green. “Y-you can windstand the audience pretty well...kupo...”

“Here.” Marth said grabbing the flag with his right hand.

“Phew... Thanks Marth, 5 more seconds and I could’ve fallen, kupo.”

“Are you nervous?”

Chris looked outside before looking up at Marth. “Y-yes. Turns out I get scared when a big public is watching me, kupo.”

“If you have problems with that, just think you’re standing alone in a big empty field.”

“...B-but I hate to be alone...”

Marth looked at Lucario who somehow managed to start a conversation with Blaze. “Then think you’re alone with Lucario.”

“Kupo!” Chris flew above happily. “Now that just cheered me up completely!” Chris juggled 2 daggers in front of him. “I have the power to take on any public which will be amazed by my superb juggling skills.”

“I-I see but would you please get those daggers away from me?” Marth asked backing away with the flag. “They’re very close to me...and you too.”

“Oops,” Chris said chuckling as he threw both daggers behind his back (that almost stabbed Waluigi who fortunately ran out from the daggers’ way). “Sorry. Kupo.” Chris said as both saw Luigi close to them.

“...Hi there.” Luigi said.

“...” Marth stared at Luigi’s black eyes. “...I’m not going to ask.”

Luigi nodded with his sad look. “Please don’t. Besides that DK and his nephew beat me up with 2 towels.”

“DK!” Chris yelled at DK who whistled innocently and threw a towel away with Diddy, who was doing the same.

“S-say...” Luigi played with his fingers. “I-I’m sorry for causing you guys so much trouble when I was “Mr. L,” I didn’t realize it until Dimentio told me that...so... I want to j-“

“Attention all participants that are in Mario’s, Sonic’s and the Smashers’ teams!” Toadsworth called out. “You may all begin marching out in perfect synchronization out from the hallway but out to the stadium with their assigned flags! Please be sure that you have your flag and team members ready!”

Everyone in the hallway looked at each other before they all formed lines with their assigned leaders with their flags.

“Mario.” Sonic began as he looked outside.

“Yes?” Mario asked.

“Good luck...to both of us.”

“Same here.” Mario said nodding.

“What about me? Kupo?!” Chris asked as he glared outside.

“You too.” Mario and Sonic said nodding as Chris tried to balance the flag.

“You do know that you have to raise it when we get to the center, right?” Twink asked.

“...Dammit, kupo.” Chris muttered lowering the flag.

“MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Bowser laughed as mostly everyone frowned. “I’ll crush the stupid competition today and steal the trophy!”

“Hey!” Vector called out angrily. “I’ll be the one crushing your pathetic excuses for spikes, dino!”

“What was that? Long-nosed dork?”

“This is MY mouth. Mind you!”

Dr. Eggman frowned at this. “Well well, this may be interesting after all. I do wonder how long though...”

“Enough to tire me out.” Mallow said giving a bored look.

“I’ll give it my all!” Amy said pumping up her fists as fire literally covered her. “I’ll show my lovely Sonic who’s his girl!”

“My,” Peach giggled. “I love your passion of love so much.”

Amy’s fire vanished as she giggled. “Well, thank you.”

“(Yuck.)” Sonic thought with a bored look.

“I shall be of help during the events,” Blaze said nodding. “I won’t let you down.”

“I’ll make her get down.” Waluigi muttered chuckling with Wario as Blaze gave them a glare.

“I won’t disappoint you, Chris.” Lucario said with a serious look.

“...My god,” Chris said with a bored look. “Are you that determined? Kupo?”

Lucario closed his eyes and nodded. “I need to make you feel proud of me, don’t I?”

“...Okay...kupo.”

“I hope I don’t mess up,” Marth said rubbing his head. “This is my first time so who knows.”

“At least we’re 2.” Pit pointed out.

“Not us,” DK said as Diddy nodded. “We’re ready for everything.”

“I’m even more ready though.” Yoshi said with a serious look.

“Hmph,” Tails pouted a little. “I’ll be careful out there for anything.”

“Tsk,” Shadow frowned. “We may as well get over this as soon as we can... This is boring.”

“Says the guy who actually agreed,” Knuckles said rolling his eyes as Shadow glared at him over his right shoulder. “Hey, I’m just telling the truth.”

“Is there any food as a prize?” Kirby asked tilting his head.

Luigi looked at Kirby. “Are you so fixiated for the food still?”

“Luigi,” Mario began. “Kirby wouldn’t be Kirby if he didn’t think about food all the time.”

“...Oh,” Luigi said. “That was a stupid question the-“

“IS THERE ANY FOOD, YES OR NOT?!” Kirby demanded as Luigi trembled in fear while got a surprised look.

“N-no! Please, don’t kill me!” Luigi pleaded covering his face.

“Oh well,” Kirby said smiling. “I can still eat during the break, right?”

“R-right.” Luigi said nodding scared.

“Participants may be marching outside NOW!” Toadsworth ordered over the speakers as everyone began marching inside the stadium as the lights turned off and other lights shone on the 3 teams.

Inside the stadium

“(Y-you can do this...stop thinking you can do this...)” Chris thought with a serious face as the 3 teams walked all the way to the center while the crowd cheered and yelled loudly for them, releasing balloons and such to the night’s sky.

Sonic looked up to the moon where he smiled at it. “(Why is the moon so...so pretty and beautiful tonight?)”

Heheheheheheheheheh...

Sonic raised an eyebrow as he looked around after he could have sworn that an evily voice echoed from somewhere.

“Sonic?” Tails asked by whispering. “Is something bothering you?”

“Didn’t you hear that creepy echo?”

“Echo? What do you mean, Sonic?”

“That echo that somewhat sounded like my voice but creepier...”

“...That must be only you.”

“I hope...” Sonic whispered as the teams made it to the center while more lights began to turn on around the stadium.

“From the Mushroom Kingdom: Mario, Luigi, Princess Peach, Princess Daisy, Yoshi, Wario, Waluigi and Bowser!” Toadsworth announced proudly as the people who came from the Mushroom Kingdom cheered and whistled loudly. “From...either Mobius or a place that closely resembles Earth: Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Shadow, Dr. Eggman, Blaze and Vector!” Toadsworth annouced as all the people (Flickies and the like) cheered and whistled loudly.

“(Now us...kupo...)” Chris thought gulping.

“Representing the Smash Mansion of the Smash Brothers: Chris, Lucario, Geno, Mallow with their little friend Twink, DK, Diddy, Marth and Pit!” Toadsworth annouced as the crowd cheered louder at the group.

“That’s right, worship me!” Mallow demanded smiling, motioning at the crowd.

“Mallow...” Geno facepalmed and frowned.

“Teams now may raise their flags!” Toadsworth said as the 3 leaders nodded and lifted up their flags in th-

Music stops

AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!” the crowd gasped in shock as silence fell in the stadium. The members of each team looked around confused.

“W-why did they just gasp?” Amy asked.

“...OH MY GOODNESS!” Blaze yelled putting her hands close to her mouth as she pointed at the flags.

“...What the?!” Sonic asked in shock as he saw that his flag was replaced by another obscene image of him murdering Mario while Mario’s flag was him murdering Sonic. “W-wait, hold on a sec! W-why’d I use such flag like this one?!”

It looked like half the crowd (who were from the Mushroom Kingdom) grew angry at Sonic’s team while the other half of the crowd (who were from...Mobius?) grew angry at Mario’s team.

“...Phew,” Chris sighed. “At least our flag isn’t that...humiliating...”

“...Chris...” Lucario tapped his shoulder and pointed at the flag where it readed “Support the Nazi people.”

“OH MY! KUPO!” Chris said panicking as he quickly lowered the flag and slashed it in half with 2 daggers as the crowd got even furious.

“H-hey, hold on. We’re not anything like that!” Knuckles yelled.

“T-this must be some kind of mistake!” Daisy yelled.

“I swear for my unlimited closet with the same clothes that I’m INNOCENT!” Luigi yelled ducking in fear.

“...You,” Marth said glaring at Bowser. “You did something, right?”

Bowser chuckled. “What makes you say that?”

“You’re chuckling, that means you’re behind this.”

Bowser chuckled even longer. “Sorry, but it wasn’t me this time.”

“...You better be.” Marth said looking back to the front and Bowser snickered.

“B-but I swear I checked the flag and it was my face!” Sonic yelled.

“Besides,” Mario turned (Yoshi, Geno, Mallow, Twink DK and Diddy: NOOOOOOOOO!!!) to Sonic. “Why’d we fight and kill each other for no reas-DIE!!!

RUAH!” Sonic leaped into Mario and both started fighting between themselves as the 3 teams watched shocked (save for Shadow, Bowser, Wario, Waluigi and Dr. Eggman) as the 2 fought each other.

“W-w-what the hell?! Stop fighting you 2 now! Kupo!” Chris tried to calm both down but it was useless as they continued fighting by rolling around the grass, even the crowd grew furious and in 5 minutes, the residents from the Mushroom Kingdom filled one half of the stadium as the Flickies filled the others half, staring at each other in anger. “W-why are they fighting so suddenly? Kupo?”

“Probably because since Mario is from Nintendo and Sonic is from Sega,” Lucario explained. “You said both companies were rivals when it came down between those 2, right? So it’s possible that their rivalry is being manifested in this form.”

“...I don’t know if I either need to congratulate you for being so darn smart or tell you that is not necessary to say that in this situation, kupo...” Chris said with a bored look.

“...Can’t you do both?”

“...I guess,” Chris said flying to Lucario as he hugged him tightly on his face. “It’s not the time to say that, Lucario!” Chris said angrily as he hugged Lucario.

“...That was very awkward...” Lucario muttered as Chris jumped off.

Amy turned to Shadow. “Shadow! Aren’t you going to do something to stop Sonic?!”

Shadow grinned. “Why would I ruin this fun?”

Amy took out her hammer. “Because I darn say so.”

“...Whatever.” Shadow rolled his eyes as he simply went to Sonic and grabbed him by the legs. The blue hedgehog struggled to fight Mario as the plumber was dragged away from DK over his shoulder.

“...Holy sh-“ Vector jumped surprised as Marine appeared right behind him.

“Tis not too good, mates! The whole people are in quite a war today, mates!” Marine said pumping up her fists.

“B-but that’s because someone replaced the flags!” Luigi said as he rubbed his chin. “But who?”

“Hmmm...” the group turned to Dr. Eggman who chuckled rather evily as he folded his arms behind his back.

“You’re behind this too?” Kirby asked tiltitng his head.

“No,” Dr. Eggman said chuckling. “Why would I humiliate my team? I’m just laughing because Sonic is fighting that fat man.”

“M-Mario isn’t fat!” Yoshi protested.

“Suuuuuuuure he isn’t.” Dr. Eggman said chuckling.

“Please, calm down everybody. There is no need to start a war during such event,” Toadsworth said from the speakers. “Our sponsor wouldn’t want to see many fights in the newspaper for sure, do we?”

The whole crowd fell in silence as Toadsworth cleared his throat.

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games – Menu Screen

“As I was saying before, welcome to the Olympic Games everyone!” Toadsworth announced as a few people clapped. “...I...guess we should be moving to the events right away, right?” the whole crowd’s nods were heard. “...Without further ado, let the games begin!”

The stadium erupted into cheers as somehow the enthusiasm was brought back to all the people while most of the 3 teams sighed in relief.

“Here, Mr. Mario, Mr. Sonic and Chris,” Cream said as 6 Shy Guys gave the teams’ flags to their leaders who lifted them up. “I hope the event goes as planned, because I don’t want to see any fights again...but why was Mr. Sonic fighting Mr. Mario?”

“Should I?” Lucario asked as Chris quickly shook his head.

“We dunno either,” Sonic said looking away from Mario. “By the way, no hard feelings by this small mistake, right?”

“No,” Mario said looking away. “I saw your right flag with you a moment ago but...why were they changed and when?”

“I hav-“ Pit was interrupted.

“I have a bad feeling about this.” The Smashers finished his sentence.

“...That is pretty much it.”

Twink looked around and hmm’d. “Something wrong, Twink?” Mallow asked.

“Do we have some people cheering on us at least?” Twink asked worried.

Mallow chuckled. “Of course we do! Like those very white Toads with pointy helmets from over there!”

The Smashers looked at a bench of the public where at least 50 pure white colored Toads with pointy helmets were chuckling evily as they nodded.

“...Are they Toad Nazis? Kupo?” Chris asked shocked.

“Chris...” Lucario began.

“Yes? Kupo?”

“Sometimes is better not to know certain things in life or even bother with them...”

“...You’re so right on that, kupo.”

“Anyway!” Diddy looked around. “The Olympics are starting and soon we’re going to run around at the 100m event!”

“The next event is the 100m event!” Toadsworth announced as the crowd cheered.

“Suh-weet!” Sonic said rubbing his palms together. “I’m gonna run ‘round and beat anyone here!”

“Do I have to remind you that your speed drastically fell?” Blaze asked as Sonic got a shocked look before he inhaled a lot of air before looking up at the sky where h-

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo

Underground Ice Tunnel

“...” Fox stopped and looked back. “There’s that faint yell again...”

“Fox, stop wondering and get moving!” Roy yelled as Fox grunted and continued running further inside with the others.

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games

Stadium

Inside the dome

DK’s eyes widened at this moment. “...God, he can yell that loud?”

“Looks like it.” Yoshi said nodding.

“...Hm?” Lucario looked around the stadium.

“What’s up with you?” Diddy asked.

“...I don’t know why...but I felt something coming out from somewhere...and it may be heading here...”

“The Subspace Army?” Marth asked.

“...Probably, but stay alert.”

“They are,” Geno said. “It’s always them and we know that very well.”

“Kind of repeated and overused.” Mallow said with a bored look.

Chris shuddered. “I have the feeling that this struggle is going to last until the end of our days...kupo.”

“So true.” Pit said nodding.

“Or not.” Lucario reassured.

“Who knows really?” Twink asked.

And so the team wondered what to do right now...of course someone who was kind enough told them...

“Hey!” Waluigi called from the tracks. “You losers need to get over here! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”

And that was Waluigi’s only line in the whole chapter. Very brilliant, right?

Preview of the next chapter

“I can do this...” Chris muttered as he looked the hurdles alongside the track. “Time to prove what I can do, kupo.”

“Something very unexpected will happen,” Pit said. “I know that somehow.”


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“It is a pleasure to have you here, Zelda.”

“Well,” Zelda’s right hand glowed. “It is also a pleasure to have you here...where I’m going to finish you off.”


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“I-is there any way to stop that demonic beast?!” Ike asked.

“SURRENDER AT ONCE, ALL OF YOU!!!” Ganon yelled loudly as he roared.


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“NO NO NO NO NO!!!”

“Dammit!” Vector grunted. “You’re going in there you like it or not!”


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Popo Likes Rundas, Ivysaur Doesn’t. But I DO like ice!” Popo said happily.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Beijing?
Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Marth, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Yoshi, Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Mallow, Geno, Twink


Bryyo
Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar, Link, Samus, Zelda, Roy, Ike, Jigglypuff, Ness, Lucas, Ice Climbers, Toon Link, Fox
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 12:02:30 PM
Chapter 111: Popo Loves Rundas, Ivysaur Doesn’t


Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games

Beijing?

Stadium

Target Smash!!

“Now,” Toadsworth began. “Here’s how we are going to follow the rules. The Olympic Games must be played including all the events, from running a simple track to the hardest event where the team who has won many events win the trophy and the Olympics!” Toadsworth explained as the crowd cheered loudly.

“Are there any rules that we should know about?” Amy asked by yelling.

“Of course,” Toadsworth said nodding. “We’re going to get through each one of them with only one chance, so that means that you musn’t screw up in an event or it will cost you the point for your team! However, be aware that some events will go normally without these rules.”

“It’s all on one try for each event then.” Diddy said.

“The let’s be careful for what comes.” Marth said.

“I-I hope I don’t screw up though...kupo.” Chris said shuddering.

“And in front of so many people...” Mallow trailed off. “If you were to fail then the only thing that you’re going to get is total humiliation...”

Chris’s pupils shrunk in horror.

“And it will be displayed through the media and the newspapers. It could also be mentioned through the history books where the people who live in the future will laugh at your lame attempt...”

Chris hugged his legs and sat on the floor.

“That’s not all,” Mallow continued. “Who knows if aliens are watching us from the space and could see your humiliation being spreaded around the planet. The aliens could also laugh and tell their friends about what they fou-“

PUNCH!

Mallow was punched right in the eye as he fainted on the spot. “And that’s how I do poopy, mommy...” Mallow muttered.

“If you keep going on,” Lucario narrowed his eyes at Mallow. “I’ll make sure to send you to the heaven.”

“...Right-o...sir...” Mallow muttered.

Lucario kneeled to Chris. “Don’t listen to what Mallow says, he is just sick of the mind.”

“And you just figured that out?” Geno asked rolling his eyes.

Chris stopped hugging his legs as he hugged Lucario instead, who hugged him back with his right arm. “Thank you, Lucario. Kupo.”

“Now,” Lucario stood up and walked to his position on the track. “I need to get prepared because I’m next.”

“You go Marth, you too Diddy.” Chris said to mentioned characters who nodded and went with Lucario on their positions.

“Welcome to the first event of the games! The 100m event!” Toadsworth announced as the crowd cheered loudly. “For this event, participants must run a simple track of 100m to the finish line! We have 3 members from each team ready for this competition!”

First Event: 100m

Participants (in order): Mario, Sonic, Lucario, Peach, Knuckles, Diddy, Wario, Amy, Marth

“I’m always cheering for you, Lucario! Kupo!” Chris yelled from the benches as Lucario looked down and smiled.

“The key to win this event is by having a good start with a good sprint,” Toadsworth explained. “But careful, you also have to be careful from the start to the the finish line when you’re sprinting in order to stay out from getting tired.”

“Heh,” Sonic smirked and wiped his mouth with a thumb. “This will be easy.”

“(If I win, Sonic will get humiliated because I’m going to be the one who is going to win against him.)” Knuckles thought with a grin.

“Knuckles,” Cream began from behind the echidna who looked at her over his shoulder. “It’s bad to say your thoughts out loud.”

“Knucklehead, stop thinking impossible things please.” Sonic said with a chuckle as Knuckles grunted angrily at him.

“...Wait...” Chris grinned as he rubbed his chin. “I see a pattern here... Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucario, Mario, Wario, Lucari-“

“Would you stop?” Pit asked irritated.

Mallow chuckled as he had a patch over his black eye. “But look! I can make a poem out of them!”

There was this man named Mario,

Who had a nemesis called Wario,

But better and not related was the last man called Lucario.


“It rhymes!” Mallow said.

“This one is better. Kupo.” Chris said.

There was this man named Mario,

Who wasn’t nothing intolerating.

He had a nemesis called Wario,

Who was really and utterly annoying.

But better and not related was the last man called Lucario,

Who with his trainer was really enjoying.


“Oh yes.” Mallow said nodding as Pit sweatdropped.

“On your marks...” Lakitu said lifting a gun as all the participants kneeled to the floor. “Get set...” the participants hung on their left legs and put force on the floor as they prepared to sprint out at full speed. “GO!”

Lakitu shot the bullet indicating the start of the event as everyone narrowly were almost at the same distance.

“Then it was true,” Tails said rubbing his chin. “Everyone now is equally matched.”

“Sounds fair to me,” Yoshi said shuddering a little. “I don’t want to think about running against Sonic if he had his normal speed...”

Tails chuckled. “Sonic is going to be most likely snoozing in the start line as you run, and when you’re about to reach the finish line, he will be there in a flash grinning at you.”

“And possibly show off.”

Tails looked away. “...Yeah...that too.”

“What the hell?!”Sonic noticed that Peach was getting ahead of him. “H-hey! This is not fair at all!”

“Sorry!” Peach yelled looking back. “I’m just doing my best, that’s all!”

“S-so am I but this is ridiculous!” Sonic yelled as he began panting heavily and pretty soon everyone got ahead of him and crossed the finish line. “D-dangit!”

“The results are in!” Lakitu announced.

1st - Peach

2nd - Vector

3rd - Marth

4th - Lucario

5th - Knuckles

6th - Wario

7th - Mario

8th - Diddy

9th - Sonic


“Peach wins the 100m event for Mario’s team!” Cream stated happily raising a flag as the Mario team cheered happily (together with the people of the Mushroom Kingdom as the Flickies glared at them).

“Sorry.” Lucario said once he returned to Chris.

“But you did well, Lucario,” Chris said flying in front of Lucario. “I bet your actual speed could’ve defeated them so easily.”

“Thanks.” Lucario said nodding.

“Dammit!” Sonic yelled punching the floor. “I can’t believe I lost!”

“To me?” Knuckles asked grinning as he crossed his arms.

“(Grrr...) Huh?” Sonic looked up in the sky, or more accurately the moon itself as he suddenly smiled. “You know Knuckles...looking at the moon actually calms me down for some reason...maybe it’s because it looks really nice.”

“...Huh?” Knuckles asked confused as he looked up. “...Um...yeah...whatever you say...”

“It shines so bright...” Sonic muttered.

Heheheheheheheheheh...

“T-there it is again.” Sonic said looking around.

“What?” Knuckles asked.

“You didn’t hear it?”

“Hear what?”

Sonic looked down. “...Maybe it was just me...forget what I said.”

“Sonic?” Tails asked as he went to the hedgehog. “The next event is about to start. We should get prepared.”

“R-right.” Sonic said standing up.

20 minutes later...

“Welcome to the next event in this night!” Toadsworth announced over the speakers. “The Long Jump event!”

Second Event: Long Jump

Participants (in order): Luigi, Tails, Pit, Daisy, Shadow, Kirby, Waluigi, Blaze, Geno

“Geeeeeeeeenoooooooo!!!” Twink yelled moving a flag with Geno’s face. “You can do iiiiiiiiiiiit!!!”

“...Twink...” Geno began. “It wasn’t necessary to yell because I’m 1 meter away from you.”

Twink stared at Geno who was indeed 1 meter away from him as the star child chuckled. “...Oops.”

“Are you sure you’ll reach a long jump, Kirby?” Marth asked.

“So long if there’s food as a prize.” Kirby said.

“...Is it just me or are you thinking about food a little bit too much than usual?”

Kirby stared at Marth’s head who was a blueberry through his eyes. “Nope, big blueberry. I’m definitely not thinking about food all the time.”

Marth backed away from Kirby who seemed to follow him. “...Just go to your position and...do your best, please.”

“Obey the blueberry...” Kirby said in a monotone voice as he ran to his position.

“...Wait a minute, mates,” Marine said over from the benches. “Tis place has 9 tracks for 9 people, mates?”

“That’s right!” Toadsworth called. “A true fierce competition would require special changes around here, like the 9 tracks you see before you! The 9 participants will indeed start at the same time and jump the longest they can!”

“I-I’ll do my best.” Tails said getting ready.

“On your marks...” Lakitu said aiming the gun at the sky as the participants kneeled. “Get set...” the participants stood on their left legs. “GO!”

The crowd cheered loudly as the 9 competitors sprinted off from their positions and ran as fast as they could to the line where they prepared to jump and see how long could they reach. It was such a simple and short event as it finished as soon as it started.

“The results are in!”

1st – Shadow

2nd - Pit

3rd - Tails

4th - Daisy

5th - Luigi

6th - Geno

7th - Blaze

8th - Waluigi

9th – Kirby


Marth crossed his arms as Kirby came like nothing happened. “...What?” Kirby asked.

“...” Marth sighed as he frowned. “Nothing, Kirby...”

“Phew.” Kirby sighed as Marth rolled his eyes.

“Shadow is the winner of the Long Jump event for Sonic’s team!” Lakitu announced raising a flag.

“Hmph. I’m the best.” Shadow stated as many in the crowd rolled their eyes but nevertheless cheered.

“Pit, are you sure you didn’t use your wings to gain a little altitude?” Mallow asked as Pit made an angry expression.

“How rude! I’m a good angel that follows the rules like Goddess Palutena taught me to!” Pit explained.

“...Really sure you didn’t?” Mallow asked as Pit kicked him away.

“I’m wasn’t born with an ability to pass these kinds of events,” Blaze began. “I’m very good at gymnastics.”

“So am I,” Amy said. “But I think we’ll have to wait until then.”

DK noticed that Sonic was leaned to the wall as he smiled at the sky. “Sonic, what are you doing?”

“Enjoying the night,” Sonic said as he was still staring at the moon. “Ever felt that staring at the moon empties your mind of any kind of problems?”

DK looked up at the moon. “...Not really to be honest...”

“Well, it does to me,” Sonic said with a chuckle as DK shifted his eyes before walking away. “Nobody appreciates how good it looks...”

“Heheheheheheheheh...”

“Okay,” Sonic glared and looked around. “Who’s the creepy guy with those annoying chuckles?”

Dr. Eggman came to Sonic and adjusted his glasses. “What’s wrong?”

“Hearing those weird chuckles...nobody else except for me hears it.”

“(So he might start with his work very soon...)”

Sonic raised an eyebrow at the doctor. “Why are you staring at me like that, Egghead?”

“Oh ho ho ho, it’s nothing.” Dr. Eggman said shaking his head as he walked away.

“...Why do I think...naaah...”

“Everyone please prepare for the next event,” Toadsworth announced. “The Hammer Throw!”

Third Event: Hammer Throw

Participants (in order): Bowser, Knuckles, DK, Wario, Vector, Lucario, Daisy, Dr. Eggman, Mallow

“Alright!” Bowser yelled laughing maniacally as the whole crowd of the Mushroom Kingdom frowned. “You all will feel the wrath of the lord of the Koopas in this puny event!”

“The only thing we’re going to feel is your big scaly stomach, fatty!” Chris yelled as everyone in the crowd laughed in unison. The king of the Koopas grumbled angrily and grabbed Chris by his pompom and approached him near his face as the moggle folded his arms behind his back.

“You little hairy thing...” Bowser said panting heavily. “Make me feel humiliated and next time you’ll wake up in a stove.”

Chris rolled his eyes as Lucario showed his fangs at Bowser. “Right-o.”

“Good.” Bowser muttered as he let Chris go from his claw and walked to the hammer throw area where he spotted the hammer and grabbed it.

“This event will be played normally for safety reasons,” Toadsworth explained as he saw a hammer being thrown in the air, which went soaring in the air until it landed far away as Espio and Charmy went to check its distance. “That was fast...”

“98.06 yards!” Charmy yelled as Espio raised a sign with mentioned distance as the crowd cheered loudly while Bowser laughed evily...making them stop.

“Hey!” Bowser said angrily as he stomped his way out from the area as Vector grabbed a hammer.

“...Wait,” Espio narrowed his eyes as Vector tried to signal something through his eyes. “Vector is trying to say something with the wink code.”

“Wink code? Isn’t that code the ridiculous one he invented 5 days ago?” Charmy asked as Espio looked away. The bee chuckled as he closed his eyes. “Don’t tell me you went through that trouble and learned the code because I as hell didn’t!”

“...I didn’t have anything else to do so...” Espio muttered as Charmy began to laugh. “...Whatever.”

“Okay okay,” Charmy said clearing his tears. “What’s he saying then?”

“You-can-always-lie-about-my-record-and-add-some-points-to-my-score-anytime...” Espio translated. “...” Espio winked back at Vector.

“Forget-it-you-stupid-brainless-idiot... ESPIO!” Vector translated and yelled angrily.

“If you could please begin then we wouldn’t be impacient.” Toadsworth said from the speakers as Vector sweatdropped and began spinning until he threw the hammer and went soaring in the air until it landed and both scorers went to it.

“91.01 yards!” Charmy announced while the Flickies seemed to be not that fine with the result as Bowser laughed triumphaly.

“ESPIOOOOOOO?!” Vector called out angrily as Espio chuckled, grinned and winked back at him. “I-did-add-some-points-at-your-score-....01-....ESPIO!!!”

“Vector, may you please leave the throw area and let the next competitor get the turn?” Toadsworth asked as Vector grumbled and walked away angrily.

“Okay,” Knuckles said grabbing the hammer. “Time to show that dinosaur/monster thing about what is true strength.”

“You may start.” Toadsworth said.

Several moments after Knuckles spun the hammer around him, the hammer went soaring to the air and landed in the grass where Lakitu and Shy Guy went to see how far it reached.

“99.78!” Lakitu yelled as Shy Guy raised the mentioned number, making the crowd of Mobius(?) go wild as Knuckles grinned triumphaly and walked back to his team where he high-fived with Tails.

“D-DAMN YOU, RED MUTT!” Bowser roared angrily.

“WHO THE HECK ARE YOU CALLING RED MUTT?!” Knuckles asked enraged as Tails tried to held him back but with no success.

5 not so important competitors later...

“Hey!” Wario, Daisy, Mallow, DK and Dr. Eggman said angrily as Lucario went for the hammer.

“Lu-ca-rio! Lu-ca-rio! Lu-ca-rio! Ku-po!” Chris cheered as he floated in the air using his wings.

Lucario blushed and looked away. “(...I think the job made him like that because before he just said good luck...)” Lucario thought as he narrowed his eyes at the long distance before he spun the hammer and threw him with a roar, which went soaring in the air until it hit the grass.

“How did she get hers so far again?” Twink asked looking at Daisy who was hopping in excitement. “She got 105.68!”

“Daisy has a secret strength inside her,” Peach whispered. “I hear she has been training secretly in her kingdom.”

“...110.86!” Charmy stated happily.

1st – Lucario – 110.86yds

2nd – Daisy – 105.68yds

3rd – Knuckles – 99.78yds

4th – Bowser – 98.06yds

5th – Vector – 91.01yds

6th –DK – 90.55yds

7th –Wario – 86.43yds

8th - Mallow – 83.05yds

9th – Dr. Eggman – 80.96yds


“The Smashers’ team win the Hammer Throw event!” Lakitu stated.

“DAMMIT!” Daisy yelled angrily as she grabbed Luigi and threw him away.

“H-hey! Why did you do that?!” Luigi yelled as he crashed into the floor. “O-oww...”

“...But then again, she has a quick temper.” Peach said giggling worried.

The audience didn’t do any kind of cheer to the Aura Pokémon who glared at them, but he received the sounds of someone coughing while the only cheers he received were from Mallow, Twink, Diddy, DK and of course, Chris.

“...My,” Amy said looking around. “Everyone went so silent all of a sudden. You can even hear echos.”

“Good job, Lucario! Kupo!” Chris said hugging Lucario’s neck as the Aura Pokémon hugged him like before.

“Maybe my brute force wasn’t that weakened after all.” Lucario said.

“Even so, you did well like I presumed it! Kupo!”

“...Are you sure you’re being honest?” Lucario asked.

“But of course, kupo,” Chris said looking at Lucario. “You’re my Pokémon so I should feel proud of you, right, kupo?”

“(...I guess I better enjoy it while it lasts.) Thank you.” Lucario said hugging his trainer tightly.

“...Hello?” Toadsworth asked as his voice echoed through the stadium. “...The next event is the 110m Hurdles!” Toadsworth announced as the whole stadium erupted with cheers.

Fourth Event: 110m Hurdles

Participants (in order): Mario, Sonic, Chris, Waluigi, Tails, Pit, Luigi, Blaze, Marth

“...” Chris just remembered that he was up next in the next event, and something really made him worried. “...H-how am I going to jump over the hurdles if they’re TALLER than me?! Kupo?!”

“I-I don’t know...” Lucario thought for a moment. “...Believe in yourself?”

“Say that again and I’m going to throw you my...money! Kupo!”

“...Should I feel scared?”

“...Yes? Kupo?”

Lucario shrugged as Chris rolled his eyes and frowned.

“In this event, participants need to run, jump over the hurdles and reach the finish line first!” Toadsworth explained as Chris gulped.

“I can do this...” Chris muttered as he looked the hurdles alongside the track. “Time to prove what I can do, kupo.”

“Something very unexpected will happen,” Pit said. “I know that somehow.”

“You think?” Marth asked looking away.

“On your marks...” Lakitu trailed off.

Chris gulped.

“Get set...”

Chris sweated.

“GO!”

The sound of the bullet was heard and the 9 competitors went running to the hurdles as fast as they could...and Pit’s suspicions were right.

“KUPO!” Chris yelled as he accidentaly bumped into the first hurdle and fell down in th track.

“Oh my...star...” Twink muttered embarrassed.

“K-kuPO!” Chris crashed in another. “KUPO!” in another. “KUPO!” in another one. “KUPO!” and another one. It went like that for the other hurdles as well while the whole crowd laughed at the moggle.

“GUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGHHHHH!!!!” Lucario roared furiously at the crowd who quickly stopped laughing as the Aura Pokémon grunted.

Not only that event embarrassed the World Traveler a lot but it also ended very soon.

“The results are in!” Lakitu proclaimed.

1st - Waluigi

2nd - Marth

3rd - Pit

4th - Luigi

5th - Mario

6th - Tails

7th - Blaze

8th - Sonic

9th - Chris


“I share the defeat with you,” Sonic said patting Chris’s back. “Really, I do.”

“...Get away from me, kupo...” Chris muttered embarrassed as he walked away from Sonic.

“Waluigi is the winner! Mario’s team win the 110m Hurdle event!” Charmy stated happily as the crowd from the Mushroom Kingdow cheered loudly while the Flickies made bored looks.

“Hey,” Mallow turned to Lucario who was glowing with his aura. “What are you doing now? Wait, you’re not about to explode, are you?!”

“Don’t be stupid,” Lucario said irritated as his aura disappeared. “Hm...”

“Then what were you doing?”

“I asked Lucario to see if he could use his aura to locate the enemies,” Geno explained. “So what did you find?”

“I can sense them,” Lucario said nodding. “But it’s odd...they don’t seem to be going to the right direction where we are.”

“I wonder why is that...” Marth said rubbing his chin. “They couldn’t think about dropping bombs outside the event because they always try to blow up the bombs in populated areas.”

“Let me think, let me think, hmm...” Diddy thought for a moment. “...Maybe they got lost?”

The Smashers looked at each other before they broke out laughing (except Lucario, Marth and Geno who simply chuckled) as Diddy made an annoyed look.

“Y-yeah, sure. They really are lost somewhere,” Mallow said wiping a tear. “Look, they’re intelligent enough to appear anywhere. Besides, we should enjoy the event to the fullest!” Mallow ran on his spot and feet. “I can smell the trophy already!”

“Waiting is the only option for now.” Marth said.

Chris walked up to them in shame. “...Sorry... I humiliated myself in the whole process...kupopopo...”

“...” Lucario kneeled to Chris and hugged him like before. “Even so, you did your best and I’m happy for it.”

“...Kupooooo...” Chris trailed off happily as he hugged back his Pokémon who licked his face a little bit.

But wasn’t Chris’s face covered in fur since he was a moogle?

“...Yuck.” Lucario said spitting white fur as Chris rolled his eyes but chuckled a little bit.

“By the way,” DK began. “Can’t you contact the others?”

Chris stopped hugging his Pokémon and took out his DS. “Professor, I want to talk with Fox if you would...”

“Certainly, my adorable walking moggle plushie.” Kawashima said chuckling as he tried to get a signal (while Chris pouted angrily).

“The moon...” Sonic kept saying as he smiled at the moon. “It shines so bright and yet it’s so afar in the space...”

DK looked at Sonic. “It’s just me or have you gotten an affinity to the moon?”

Sonic looked at DK and crossed his arms. “Well, sorry, but I can’t help it. The moon somehow seems so peaceful and quiet.”

Heheheheheheheheheh...

“Oh, dang it! There’s that voice again!”

“What voice?” Tails asked.

“The voice I can only hear. It appears from nowhere after I stare at the moon for some reason...”

“Hmm...” Tails wondered. “Maybe because you’re going to turn into a werewolf?”

Sonic couldn’t help it but he rolled laughing on the floor. “Hahahahahahaha! Tails, that has to be the most funniest thing you’ve ever said before! Hahahahahahahahaha!”

Tails chuckled worried. “Y-yeah... I think so...”

“Got a signal!” Kawashima said.

Who’s this?” Fox asked through the speaker.

“Hi! You’re now talking to the Juggling Moggle Circus’s service. You may ask for a show anywhere you like as long as there are many people in the are-“

“Chris...” Marth trailed off as Chris sweatdropped.

“O-oops, sorry.... Anyway, Fox, how are things on your side? Kupo?”

First we went down a really long-(beep!) ice slope that took all of us some kilometers underground and we’re currently rushing to find and see if they’re at the end of the tunnel we’re in.” Fox explained.

“Nothing out of the ordinary yet?” Marth asked.

“Besides the ice and phazon leaking out from the ice?” Zelda asked. “No.”

“I think we’re pretty close though.” Roy said.

“I-I hope they’re okay.” Lucas said worried.

“Wait,” Chris began. “I want to see a view of their location,” the World Traveler selected the option to see through Fox’s scouter. “...Huh...weird, kupo. All I can see is a big glaring emerald circle staring at me with pure rage, like it’s going to punch me somehow. Kupo.”

Dare to say another insulting thing about my eyes and the next time I’ll see you, I’m going to grab that pompom and lash you down on the floor with all my forces.” Fox threatened narrowing his already glaring eye at Chris, who grabbed his pompom from his head.

“N-no! Mr. Fluffy Furry doesn’t want to be grabbed and be used like that on poor juggler me, kupo!” Chris said panicking.

Good...good...

“Why didn’t you defend me?! Kupo?!” Chris whispered to Lucario as the World Traveler chose the right view.

“Because you deserved it.” Lucario said crossing his arms.

“...I hate you sometimes, kupo.”

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo

Underground Ice Tunnel

“By the way,” Ness began. “How are things going in your festival where-we-don’t-get-to-get-our-butts-scratched-by-ice?!”

Pretty good actually,” Mallow said chuckling. “We’re trying to win the big kahuna.

“Kahuna?” Ike asked.

He meant trophy,” Geno said. “But it’s possible that the Subspace Army is here, however they don’t seem to find where we are now... I wonder why.

“Well, then,” Jigglypuff began as she was being carried by Toon Link. “Good luck in the Olympics!... What is Sonic doing though?”

He’s panicking because his speed went down for so many levels, kupo,” Chris explained as Sonic was heard yelling. “Quite amusing if you ask me, kupo.

“I wish I could see that,” Popo said chuckling. “That’d be so awesome after Nana conquered the italians by herself.”

“When did I do that?” Nana asked.

“Or was it Polar Bear?”

“...” Nana facepalmed. “Just leave my insane brother alone and mind your business...”

“...Er...look!” DK said. “The next event is starting! Best wishes to you guys, life full of lots of children, happy romance, blah blah blah blah, kthnx, bye!” DK said turning off the DS by himself.

“Great going,” Toon Link said annoyed. “You scared them away.”

Popo looked at Toon Link as the group was still dashing through the ice cavern. “But it’s the truth! Polar Bear conquered the italians once!”

“And when was that?” Nana asked.

“...I think he was dreaming that time.”

“Ugh, I shouldn’t have asked...”

“Geez, was I that immature when I was a kid?” Fox muttered as Toon Link, Jigglypuff, Popo, Nana, Ness and Lucas glared at him. “What?”

“We heard what you said, Mr. Furry.” Popo said with a glare.

“So you think we’re immature huh?” Ness asked glaring at him. “Well, excuse us for not being a darn anthro like you!”

“H-hey, I didn’t mean to insult any of you in the first place.” Fox said.

“Leave him alone, guys,” Jigglypuff said. “After all, he’s almost going to get through midlife crisis since he’s in his thirties.”

Fox made an angry face. “What was that again?”

“Guys, stop,” Zelda said. “We’re not interested about Fox’s midlife crisis at all in this moment. Right now we have to rescue the others.”

“Yeah, what she sai-hey!”

“Speak no more.” Zelda said simply as Fox grunted.

“Oh no, you’re making me,” Fox began. “I’m not that old. I act like every normal person does and lastly, I’m not dammed.”

“...But even so, you’re old.” Popo said.

“Stop it!” Zelda said. “Leave the serious, cocky and shy Fox alone!”

“Pointing out his 3 personalities isn’t helping at all!” Ness protested.

“A-and who said I was shy?” Fox asked annoyed.

“I have my sources,” Zelda explained. “Many of them to be exact.”

“...Do you know Krystal and she told you all those false things about me?”

“Know her? Fox, you don’t know how many people I meet when you’re not looking. I pretty much know everyone out there.”

“Hey, Roy,” Ike whispered as the young Smashers, Zelda and Fox argued betweem them. “Since when this mission was about questioning Fox?”

“Actually,” Roy shrugged. “This kind of situations happen a lot so it’s usual. You’ll get used to it in no time by how it looks.”

“...I see...”

Not far away from their location where 2 familiar figures were having a conversation as they looked at at frozen ice wall with 10 familiar figures inside. The whol area had several ice pillars and frozen floor, along with several icicles on the ceiling.

Tales of Symphonia 2: Behind Us!

“They haven’t found it yet.” Dark Rundas said as Ganondorf grunted and crossed his arms.

“What is taking them so long?” Ganondorf asked frowning. “They just have to locate that flying reptile and take a sample of its DNA. With its DNA, we can use it to recreate another one.”

“Its armor is very hard and thick to control over,” Dark Rundas explained. “Shadow Bugs can’t seem to make an effect on it, but I hear some parts of its body have its real blood, enough for us to make a clone.”

“But Tabuu ordered enough DNA to create 2 of it.” Ganondorf said.

Dark Rundas looked at the scraps of cement of a big statue that was infused with phazon. “Still, I can’t believe we were able to destroy the abomination dwelling inside the Leviathan.”

Inside the Leviathan

“Although the place looks perfect to hide,” Ganondorf said chuckling as he looked inside the frozen ice wall where the Smashers were trapped. “These fools received the punishment they deserved.”

“You mean your transformation into th-“

“Shh...” Ganondorf whispered as he began to hear voices. “...Damn it, the scum is getting here.”

“I’m sorry,” Dark Rundas said. “Remember the tunnel I made? I think I let it wide open for someone to get in.”

“You what?!” Ganondorf asked enraged. “You left a long route right into this blue bug?!”

“My apologies,” Dark Rundas said. “I was busy transporting them here and the fact that we both fought the statue. When are you going to take them into the Subspace?”

“I want to give Tabuu these 10 pests and the DNA sample, all at the same time to pay for Dedede and Charizard’s defeat. Those 2 idiots know how to get on Tabuu’s nerves.”

“Ah,” Dark Rundas nodded. “You want to be the prefered one, aren’t you?”

Ganondorf chuckled and not answered back before he turned at the weird organic door. “They are here.”

The weird organic door opened and from it...came 8 arguing Smashers as both villains got confused. “Admit it!” Popo argued angrily. “You’re an old guy disguising as a fox!”

By now you should be thinking, “what the hell is Popo saying now?”

“Look,” Fox said glaring at Popo. “Nothing so far that you’ve said made ANY kind of sense, and to be honest, I have thoughts about killing you RIGHT this instant.”

“Would you please ignore my brother?” Nana asked annoyed. “You’re an idiot for listening to his arguments!”

“So now I’m an idiot?” Fox asked with a glare.

“Well, you sure as hell look like one!” Ness protested. “Mr. Furry!”

“Y-yeah!” Lucas protested (albeit he was trembling). “You should be ashamed for discriminating kids like us...or me!”

“Who said I was discriminating you all?” Fox asked crossing his arms. “You’re just a bunch of kids with weird powers that can’t stop whining about my true facts.”

“...Okay, that was ENOUGH!” Toon Link yelled lunging at Fox as all the young Smashers piled above the vulpine as the latter fiercely attacked each one of them. Sometimes they would either pull his ears or his tail.

“...Ganondorf...” Dark Rundas muttered as Ike, Roy and Zelda glared at them.

“Yes? Is something troubling you?” Ganondorf asked without looking at Dark Rundas.

“...Are they really a threat?”

Ganondorf shook his head.

“...Can you give us a moment?” Zelda asked with a glare.

“...Certainly, but only for this time.”

Several minutes later...

After one hell of a slap-fight (that even scared both villains), all the arguers were punished by Zelda as they were shown glaring at the villains (many of them who had black eyes).

“Good. This is how it should be.” Ganondorf said nodding with Zelda.

“AHEM.” Jigglypuff coughed.

“...Oh...right...” Ganondorf and Dark Rundas turned their backs, facing at the ice wall as the Smashers outside looked at each other and moved 1 step ahead, which was a signal to start a usual conversation before a fight. Why you ask? Ganondorf was sometimes honorable.

“...So,” Dark Rundas began as he turned his back to the ice wall and faced them. “You’re here.”

“Yes,” Popo said chuckling. “And thank you for making that AWESOME ice slope from the surface and inside this ominuous place!”

“We’ve never been so pleased before,” Nana said bowing. “It was truly very fun.”

“...” Dark Rundas shook his head and decided to ignore that compliment. “You’re all here to be frozen like your comrades behind us?”

“Why not you?” Roy asked taking out his sword. “I’m sure you’re going to enjoy being inside an ice cube. Mr. Iceman.”

Popo glared at Roy. “Hey! No nicknames for us, ice wielders?”

“Keep ignoring him.” Nana whispered annoyed.

“I enjoy the ice,” Dark Rundas stated as he pointed at them. “When it’s piercing your thin bodies.”

“Ooh! Ooh! Pierce me! Pierce me!” Popo asked raising his hand as many of them frowned ashamed.

“Gladly.” Dark Rundas said creating ice blades.

“Ganondorf,” Zelda began. “Set Link and the others free right now.”

“I am afraid I cannot do that,” Ganondorf said chuckling. “Once I take Link to the Subspace, I am going to take off the Triforce of Courage and fuse it to myself. After that, I will take your piece of the Triforce as well.”

“Good thing he doesn’t know that I hold the Triforce of Courage too.” Toon Link whispered to Ness.

“That also goes for you, little Link.”

“Dammit!” Toon Link cursed.

“And for the rest of you,” Ganondorf said as his hands were covered by darkness. “You are going to be perfect trophies for Tabuu, where you will live a cursing and harmful life in the Subspace.”

“Sorry but,” Ness began as he took out his bat. “I’m not going to go inside that place, never.”

“A-and me neither!” Lucas said taking out his stick. “I-I hate fighting with you...but I have to fight and end this or...”

“Or we’ll go to the Subspace,” Nana said putting her hammer above her shoulder. “Which I don’t want to visit anytime.”

“Unless it has ice.” Popo said raising a finger.

“...Possibly.” Nana said nodding as both siblings stood next to the other with hammers ready.

“Please, let Pikachu and Pichu go!” Jigglypuff yelled pouting. “I don’t want to lose them inside a big chunk of ice!... But Falco’s pretty much dead by now.”

Fox ignored that comment as he took out his Blaster. “Alright then, is everyone ready?”

“W-wait,” Ike interrupted. “I haven’t talked yet.”

“Well, make it quick.”

“Okay...hm...” Ike thought for a moment.

5 minutes later...

“Are you done thinking?” Fox asked annoyed.

“I got it,” Ike said nodding as he took out Ragnell and glared at the villains. “I’ll set them free from your clutches, because I fight for my friends!”

“...”

A long moment of silence followed after Ike’s speech before everyone (without exceptions) broke out laughing madly as their laughs echoed inside the Leviathan.

“H-hey! What did I do wrong this time?!” Ike asked as Roy held his sides in pain.

“D-dude, we don’t say such cheesy and corny things to our enemies like that,” Roy said wiping out a tear as he chuckled. “B-but think about it, you could be the most loved character for kids.”

“...I think that’s good.” Ike said before they laughed even louder. “S-stop it, you guys! I’m new in this, remember? I’m trying my best to fit in this group!”

“Well, please don’t try and just fight.” Zelda said stopping.

“But I have to try or els-“

“Enough with that!” Ganondorf demanded as he stopped laughing with Dark Rundas. “We shall eliminate you and your lunatic (Ike: Hey!) new force right here and now!”

“Let’s just stop talking and start the fight,” Dark Rundas said sharpening his ice blades. “I can’t wait to see the blood dripping from the tip of these icicles.”

Molgera Battle

“CHAAAAAAAAAAAARGE!” Popo yelled loudly with his hammer pointing at the villains who rushed at the Smashers, who also rushed at them before starting the fight against them.

However, Fox backstepped out of the way and thought about something as he clicked his scouter. “This is Fox. Can you hear me?”

Loud and clear, Boss!” Chris was heard saying.

“...Don’t tell me you changed to that job again...”

Well,” Chris chuckled. “Thanks to this job I was able to win the Tripple Jump event. I can’t believe I almost reached your blinding speed too, Boss! You’re so amazing!

Fox grinned but then shook his head. “E-enough about that! Chris, I’m calling you because I want to know something.”

The sound of cheers were heard. “Yes, Boss?

“I want to know if the Over Limit gauge is separated between groups.”

Of course,” Kawashima said. “Forming separate groups can divide the gauge equally so that both groups can use it when it’s necessary. Do you want me to tell you when it’s ready?

“If you would, please do.”

Kawashima chuckled. “Certainly. To see if it’s ready, just see the little flashing red point in your scouter and inform the others as well. That spot will tell you when it’s ready.

“Thanks.”

Anytime, Boss!” Chris said happily as he accelerated a little bit about what he had to say next. “I wish you good luck in your battle, and please do tell me about all the details because I’m anxious about the outcome of the battle will b-

Fox stopped the communication as he grinned a little. “Why do I think he’s more appreciative when he uses that job?” Fox asked sarcastically to himself as he chuckled a little bi-

“If you would,” Nana said annoyed. “We’re dealing with Mr. Bad Hairdo and Mr. Frosty over there and your help would be REALLY appreciated.”

“...Oh, sorry.” Fox said dashing towards the fight as Nana followed him.

“Yia!” Zelda tried to slash Ganondorf with her magic but the lord of darkness dodged the attack. “Ha!” Zelda tried blasting a small explosion of light in her hand which reached Ganondorf, then the princess used the time he staggered by hopping up a little from the floor and hit him with a focused and strong blast of magic in the tip of her right heel.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 01:15:54 PM
"UGH!" Ganondorf grunted in pain as he backed away.

"NOW!" Zelda yelled to Toon Link who rolled around Ganondorf and did a Parry Attack behind Ganondorf's back with a raising slash as the cartoony Hyrulian quickly used a Spin Attack to deal even more damage.

"GAH!" Toon Link yelped as Ganondorf grabbed him by the throat.

"You puny...HA!" Ganondorf grunted as he used Dark Choke on Toon Link's throat.

"STOP! PUFF!" Jigglypuff yelled hitting Ganondorf with Pound as the lord of darkness spun a little in the air and rolled backwards to gain his stance. Jigglypuff's Pound also set Toon Link free before the darkness could explode on his throat.

"Rundas!" Ganondorf called out. "Stop fooling around and lend me your aid!"

"I'm trying to!" Dark Rundas yelled as he tried to slash Popo. "But this annoying kid is bothering me!"

"Can't hit me," Popo taunted as he dodged a slash. "Can't reach me," Popo taunted dodging another slash as he ducked and swung his hammer to Dark Rundas's feet which made the hunter fall down as Nana came from behind Popo and slammed her hammer on him. "Yeah! Today we're fighting so well!"

"I've got to say," Nana said smiling at Popo. "This small demostration of teamwork between the 2 of us is finally getting its fruit."

"Don't leave yourself open!" Dark Rundas yelled slashing Nana's back which made her yell in pain before the ice hunter grabbed her and threw her at Popo who tried to save her. "Too slow," Dark Rundas said dodging Ness's PK Fire by quickly turning and grabbing the PK kid by the shirt's neck. "Now you die!"

"PK FIRE!" Lucas yelled from behind Dark Rundas as he shot a small bolt from his hands that bursted into flames while Ness took advantage and backed away from the hunter. "Ness! Are you okay?!"

"Don't worry about me!" Ness said reassuring Lucas. "We can take this guy out if we think about a strategy!"

"Go with fire on him!" Roy commanded. "That must be his obvious weakness!"

Dark Rundas gasped. "H-how did you know?!"

"...Hello? You're made of ice."

"...I-I knew that..."

"So who's smarter now?" Ike asked slamming his sword on the floor, using Eruption behind Dark Rundas who yelled in pain and quickly jumped above an ice pillar. "Come back here!"

"You wish," Dark Rundas said gathering ice mist that created a big ice pillar that circled around the air. "I guess I should jump to the most destructive skills I have."

"L-look at the size of that thing!" Lucas said.

"We have to dodge it. I don't think we can resist something that big!" Roy warned them.

"Me me me!" Popo said hopping from his spot. "Throw it at me!"

"Popo," Nana whispered. "We don't enjoy being crushed under ice if it doesn't freeze us!"

"HAAA!!!" Dark Rundas tossed the gigantic ice pillar at them who quickly ran at different directions.

"W-where to now?!" Lucas panicked looking at the sides as the ice pillar went down on him and shattered into a million of pieces.

"LUCAS!" Ness yelled worried as the ice dispersed and Lucas was nowhere to be found. "Oh no, Lucas!"

"He's fine," Fox called out, holding Lucas under his right arm. "I got him using my illusion."

"T-thank you, thank you, thank you!" Lucas said hugging Fox who pushed him away.

"HUUUUA!" Ganondorf used Wizard Foot on Zelda who got kicked hard in the stomach before the lord of darkness grabbed and used Dark Choke which sent the princess down on the floor, panting heavily. "Just a little more before I obtain the Triforce of Wisdom, my dear Zelda."

"C-call me dear and you're going to regret it..." Zelda muttered as she rolled out of the way.

"Why the bad manners?"

"Because you're irritating! HA!" Ike yelled using Quick Draw and dealt a strong impacting slash on Ganondorf's back and followed his attack slashing the air with Ragnell and on the villain, dealing moderate damage as Ganondorf managed to land on his feet and glared at the swordsman.

"D-darn that insanely heavy sword of yours..." Ganondorf muttered gritting his teeth.

"Thanks," Ike said putting Ragnell on his left shoulder. "This sword was blessed by the gods and it's one of the heaviest swords around."

"Do I care about the pathetic background of a meaningless sword?"

"Now you're going to die for that."

"Same with YOU!" Ganondorf yelled using Wizard Foot which Ike counterattacked with Counter. "UGH!"

"(This guy isn't that hard,)" Ike thought. "(Why is everyone struggling to defeat someone like him?)"

"Ike, you're quite a professional when it comes to fighting." Zelda remarked with a small smile.

Ike blushed. "T-thanks. I appreciate i-"

"Do not dare to lower your defense!" Ganondorf yelled using Warlord Punch on Ike's face as the Ragnel wielder went stumbling on the ice floor and slid all the way to an organic wall.

"I-I won't..." Ike muttered in pain.

"FIRE! FIRE! FIRE!" Toon Link yelled shooting a barrage of arrows at the villain who ducked, sidestepped and jumped out of the arrows' way and slammed his fist on Toon Link's head and crashed his shoulder on Toon Link's stomach. "GAH!"

"PUFF!" Jigglypuff slammed herself using a weak Rollout that pushed Ganondorf out of the way. "Toon Link!"

"I-I'm fine. He just got me surprised." Toon Link said nodding.

"AH!"

"JIGGLYPUFF!"

"HA!" Ganondorf used Dark Choke on Jigglypuff and she was slammed hard into the floor before the lord of darkness kicked her away to an ice wall. Toon Link quickly dashed towards Ganondorf and slashed him across his armor befoe taking a bomb which he threw and exploded in a cartoony smoke. "I am still able to stand and fight you." Ganondorf stated panting.

"I...I already fought a Ganondorf before," Toon Link said glaring at Ganondorf. "You're not different than he was!... Save for the fact that he used 2 swords."

"Sword?" Ganondorf asked as he remembered that he had a sword with him. He chuckled evily as he took out a glittering sword from his back as Zelda gasped.

"T-that's one of the sword of the sages!" Zelda said surprised.

"Yes, now I remember," Ganondorf said closing his eyes. "I stole this sword from those sages who tried to kill me and throw me inside the Twilight Realm. But they did not count he fact that I was blessed with the Triforce of Power which aided me to kill one of them."

"Pfft," Toon Link rolled his eyes. "I bet you just were acting weak."

SLASH!

"UAAAAAAHH!!!" Toon Link grabbed his right shoulder in pain as Ganondorf chuckled.

"Be careful," Zelda began. "That kind of swords are highly dangerous since they're blessed with sacred light directly from the gods themselves!"

"A-and now you're saying it?!" Jigglypuff asked as she gasped and sidestepped out of one slash from the sword.

"What is the matter?" Ganondorf asked chuckling. "You do not have that spark of courage a moment ago?"

"I still do!" Ike called from behind Ganondorf and tried to slam down his sword, but Ganondorf quickly spun and blocked it using his holy sword. "U-ugh."

"A blessed sword," Ganondorf muttered as Ike tried to push it away. "That sword of yours is a blessed sword as well."

"Funny you say that," Ike began. "I thought you didn't care about the "background" of Ragnell at all."

Ganondorf moved one step closer ahead as Ike struggled. "That is not important because I will end your life here."

"HA!" Zelda appeared behind Ganondorf and used Nayru's Love to slash the lord of darkness using the crystals circling around the biggest one, then she ducked and tripped Ganondorf with his leg, followed by Toon Link who jumped twice in the air and went rocketing down with the Master Sword pointing at Ganondorf.

"Not this same move again!" Ganondorf yelled grabbing his sword back and pushing the Master Sword in time before it could reach his chest, grabbed Toon Link and threw him at Jigglypuff who gasped before both rolled on the floor and grunted. "That was very close, but it is not enough to finish me yet...where is Zelda?!"

"LINK!" Zelda yelled using Din's Fire to melt the ice where Link and the others were. "Hang in there, I'm here to get you out from there!"

A hand reached Zelda's shoulder and she looked at Ganondorf. "Trying to save that dammed hero, I see."

"You won't stop me." Zelda muttered glaring at Ganondorf.

"I beg to differ," Ganondorf said pulling Zelda back, spun on his feet and tried to stab his sword at her. Zelda gasped and covered her with one hand but before the sword could reach her, Toon Link rolled between them and blocked the stab with the Master Sword. "You puny little swordsman!"

"I-I'm not puny!" Toon Link yelled back as he used his left hand and threw his boomerang at Ganondorf's face.

"You're mine," Dark Rundas said as he clashed his ice blades with Roy's sword. "I enforced this ice specifically to resist your sword of fire."

"Have you forgotten about the others though?" Roy asked with a grin as a tower of flames trapped Dark Rundas inside while Lucas quickly ran at Dark Rundas and charged a strong blow using his stick. "A stick?"

"H-hey, it's a Good Stick," Lucas said blushing. "It packs a lot of power."

"But seriously," Roy crossed his arms. "Why a stick?"

"...Because it hits hard?"

"LOOK OUT!"

"U-UGH!" Lucas was frozen inside an icicle by Dark Rundas who chuckled as Roy glared at him.

"The kid is out of the way," Dark Rundas said putting a blade, crossing his face in front of him as it reflected Roy's face. "One more kid to go."

A toon red vein popped out from Roy's forehead. "Who are you calling a kid?!" Roy demanded as he rushed at Dark Rundas who remained still and slapped Roy's sword to land an X-cross slash on the red-haired swordsman. "AAAHH!!"

"Getting on someone's nerves is actually very helpful," Dark Rundas said as he kicked Roy to the ice floor. "And you're not that different."

"H-hold on Lucas, I'm here to melt that ice!" Ness shouted using PK Fire to melt the icicle in which Lucas was before Dark Rundas shot several ice shots at the PK user who backed away in pain.

"It's inevitable to save someone inside my ice," Dark Rundas began. "And it's also impossible to melt it since it's very strong."

"Why is it very strong?!" Ness demanded.

"The ice around this place can only be destroyed by strong blows and not actual fire," Dark Rundas explained. "Of course, fire can hurt me since my weakness isn't that efficiently protected even with the Shadow Bugs."

"So it's going to take a lot of time to melt the ice because it only can be destroyed by a strong impact?"

Dark Rundas nodded. "Exactly."

"Then why did you tell me that?"

Dark Rundas chuckled. "Because I doubt any of you can actually make a crack on it."

"Oh," Ness took out his bat. "Let me show you." Ness charged his attack before hitting the ice where Lucas was, albeit to say it only caused a strong tremble on Ness who shook violently. "I-I-I-I-I-I-I hate this!"

"And I hate you." Dark Rundas spoke from behind Ness who turned his head and got kicked towards an ice wall as he noticed the ice hunter rushing at him to stab him with both blades.

"Wait!" Popo yelled stepping on Dark Rundas's path. "Stab me! Stab me! I want to know how it feels!"

"Very well." Dark Rundas said nodding as he rushed at Popo who raised his hands above.

"Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaand trick ya!"

"What?" Dark Rundas asked confused as Popo swung his hammer directly at his face with a jump, making the ice hunter back away as Nana jumped from behind and swung her hammer on his head. The process went on as both Ice Climbers kept jumping and swinging their hammer back and forth.

"This is easy," Nana commented. "Who knew that double teaming a single opponent could be this easy?"

After she said that, Dark Rundas somehow managed to grab both Ice Climbers by their throats as they struggled to get free. "And who knew grabbing kids at the same time to stop an annoying strategy could be this easy?" Dark Rundas asked as he crashed both Ice Climbers on themselves before slamming them on the ice floor while he sharpened his ice blades. "Stabbing them is also very easy."

Before Dark Rundas could stab both Ice Climbers, Fox came from above and gave hima hard kick right on his chin, followed by a slash with Fox Illusion. "Acting slow is also very reckless." Fox added as both Ice Climbers got back on their feet.

"Thanks man." Popo said.

There was a beeping sound coming from Fox's scouter as he looked at it. "The Over Limit gauge is ready."

CLAP!

Fox quickly looked at the Ice Climbers already glowing with the rainbow aura as they clapped hands together and called forth a huge iceberg (which ironically was called Iceberg) that rose up from the ice floor and filled the entire area as everyone was forced to slide down it. "What the heck? How did you 2 use your Final Smash so fast?"

"As soon as that beeping sound came in," Nana said slidding down the iceberg with Popo. "But we thought we were going to call huge icicles from above instead of an iceberg."

"Which is pretty cool," Popo said climbing the iceberg. "We have our own huge mountain to climb any time!"

Fox facepalmed. "And what is a huge iceberg in the middle of this place going to do to them?"

"It freezes them," Nana pointed out, pointing at Dark Rundas and Ganondorf who were constantly frozen and attacked by the ice mist that the iceberg had. "While we're perfectly fine."

"UGH!" Ganondorf grunted in pain as he was flung away as an icicle before he broke out and was attacked once again. "DAMMIT! THIS THING IS ANNOYING! RUNDAS! DESTROY IT!"

Apparently, Dark Rundas was frozen and attacked constantly. "I-I can't!" Dark Rundas yelled as he was frozen and got back at the iceberg. "This ice is...is hurting me!"

"And he's ironically of ice," Popo pointed out chuckling. "Seriously dude, how stupid is that?"

"SHUT UP!" Dark Rundas yelled firing several ice blasts at Popo from the air, albeit to say Popo raised his hands as Fox quickly stepped in front of him and used his Reflector to return back the shots at the ceiling.

"You party pooper!" Popo complained as Fox frowned and hand-chopped his head a little. "Hey!"

"Thank you," Nana said nodding. "You don't know how much that made me happy."

"My work I guess?" Fox asked.

They all felt an earthquake as the iceberg went down and disappeared into the floor as both villains landed on the ice floor and panted heavily. "I can still...fight, Ganondorf." Dark Rundas said panting.

"So am I..." Ganondorf trailed off.

"I think we're doing good progress this time," Roy began. "We have them on the ropes now."

"Let's see who is going to be on the ropes then." Dark Rundas said jumping in the air as he rode an ice wave that he created and shot several ice blasts around the room.

"Look out, those ice blasts can freeze you inside an icicle!" Zelda warned them.

Fox looked behind him and saw Popo, and even Nana inside an icicle. "Oh, come on! I thought you 2 were lying about being inside one!"

"It feels so good." Popo and Nana said in unison inside the ice.

"Good for you but bad for us."

"Then sucks to be you," Popo said simply as Fox grunted and tried to shatter the ice with a charged kick. "Try to reach me, you stubborn little animal. It is impossible to kill me inside here!"

"Popo," Nana began. "Just shut up and let's enjoy this time."

"How can they even talk if their mouths are frozen?" Fox asked confused as Ness walked to him.

"Who knows," Ness shrugged. "It's like the ice became part of them. They even can move their eyes."

"Those 2 are really creepy..." Fox muttered.

"And you figured that out just now?" Ness asked before he was frozen inside an icicle. Fox looked up and saw Dark Rundas riding above them before the vulpine rolled away from several blasts.

"Look!" Popo yelled looking at Ness standing inside the icicle. "Ness wants to become like us, or me!"

"(Would you shut up, please?!)" Ness asked irritated in their minds.

"(P-please, someone! Get me out of here!)" Lucas pleaded from his spot.

"(You should've talked with us telepathically!)" Ness said.

"(And why didn't you do it before?)" Lucas asked as Ness got speechless.

"Why talk in a time like this?" Dark Rundas questioned as he tried to freeze Fox who was running along the floor. "That only slows your reaction time."

"But my reaction time is far faster," Fox said spotting an ice ramp than curved right into the air as he grinned. "Taking me out alone is going to be a pain for you."

"How so?" Dark Rundas asked as he saw Fox running all the way up to the ice curve where he appeared upside down before using Fox Illusion on Dark Rundas, however, the attack was somehow altered because the vulpine combined it with a fast kick that served like a meteor smash and pushed the ice hunter down the floor. "I... I should've predicted i-UGH!"

Fox used Fire Fox right on Dark Rundas's back from above as he rolled away and grinned. "Predicted what? All the attacks you received from me?"

"I...officialy...hate cocky guys like you..." Dark Rundas muttered as he got up and shook his head.

"Heh, who knows, maybe I like being cocky."

"10 extra cool points for that, Boss!" Chris called from the scouter.

"What the-what are you doing now?" Fox asked raising an eyebrow.

"I'm on a break now. The events here are very exhausting so I wondered why not contacting you, Boss?"

"L-look, everything here is going well. You can leave me alone here if you would."

"Ooh, but I wanted to have a talk with you, Bos-"

"This is a direct order from your superior! Do you dare to go against my orders and keep pestering me?!"

Chris gasped dramatically. "N-no! I-I didn't mean any of that if that annoyed you! I-I shall do pushups if yo-"

"LEAVE ME ALONE!" Fox yelled loudly.

"R-right away, Boss! Good luck!" Chris panicked as he left Fox alone.

"...Maybe I was little hard on him?" Fox asked worried before he received 3 slashes on his back as he gritted his fangs in pain before backing away from Darn Rundas.

"You bastard!" Roy yelled raising his sword above him as he failed to land his Flare Blade. "Dammit!"

"Too reckless," Dark Rundas said quickly grabbing Fox's foot (since the vulpine almost succeeded in finishing his surprise attack) who gasped and was thrown at Roy who sidestepped out of the way. "Fury isn't the way to defeat an opponent."

Roy closed his eyes. "I-I won't let you distract me with that!"

Dark Rundas motioned a hand to him. "Just try."

Roy put a strong grip on his sword as he rushed at Dark Rundas.

"U-ugh..." Toon Link was trying to shatter the ice that trapped the others inside. "It's...useless..."

"We have...to keep trying..." Zelda said panting.

Toon Link looked at her. "...Wait, who's fighting Ganondorf again?"

Zelda pointed at Ike and Jigglypuff who were guarding both of them from Ganondorf who tried to stop them from hitting the ice.

"...I'm...a little bit surprised that Jigglypuff is actually giving a fight to Ganondork..."

"My name is Ganondorf!" Ganondorf yelled angrily as Jigglypuff used Rollout to slam him to the wall. The lord of all evil quickly sidestepped from Ike's sword in time as he backed away from the 2.

"Maybe she is fighting for real this time?" Zelda asked. "Back then she used to use Rest a lot."

"Rest in the middle of the field?"

Zelda shook her head. "No. She has this move where if she sleeps right next to an enemy, her opponent will be sent flying high up."

"...That doesn't make any sense at all!"

Zelda shrugged. "Tell that to Master Hand, he was the one who came up with the idea," the princess looked at the ice wall. "We shouldn't stop talking. We need to save them from this ice prison."

"Bombs?" Toon Link asked taking out a bomb..

"Mhmhmhmmh!!!"

Both Hyrulians made surprised looks as they looked back at the ice wall. "Link?" Zelda asked.

"Mmhmhmhmhmhmhmh!!!"

"LINK!" Zelda put her hands on the ice. "Link, are you still alive?!"

"MHM!!!"

"My god..." Toon Link muttered. "...Link's soul is trying to make contact with us!"

SLAP!

"Oww!"

BOOM!

"OWW!" Toon Link realized that he had a bomb on his hand which exploded before.

"Link, can you still resist in there?" Zelda asked.

"Mhmhmh!!!" Link responded.

"We don't speak icysh language!" Toon Link yelled as he blocked his face if Zelda was going to slap him again.

"Hang in there," Zelda said using Din's Fire. "We can't stop now."

"That's why I'm using these," Toon Link said with many bombs on his arms. "If Tetra taught me something is that if you can't break something with force, then you'll have to use the explosive force instead!"

"...Correct me if I'm wrong, but aren't the bombs flashing red?"

Toon Link looked at the bombs which were indeed flashing red as he gasped and tossed all of them at different directions of the ice wall that blew up, creating a cartoony smokescreen which made them cough.

Zelda coughed. "Was that...enough?"

"...Huh?" Toon Link looked back at the ice wall which had several small cracks on it. "I think it's working! Quick! Help me with the bombs!"

Toon Link tossed several bombs at Zelda which yelled a little and caught all of them on her arms and began putting them around the wall. "Princesses like me are not used to this kind of work."

"Will whiny princess stop complaining and help me out?!" Toon Link asked irritated (barely dodging a Din's Fire) as they worked to destroy the ice wall.

Ganondorf and Ike clashed swords together as Jigglypuff was kicked away by Ganondorf's foot. "I wonder myself who's sword is going to break the other." Ganondorf said through gritted teeth.

"Not mine," Ike responded through gritted teeth. "Ragnell won't fall against a glowing sword like yours."

"CHAAAAAAA-" Jigglypuff was kicked away before she could leap herself at Ganondorf.

Ganondorf went forward as Ike backed away. "My Triforce will give me the necessary power to break yours in 2."

Ike went forward as Ganondorf backed away. "And my courage and power of the friendship will boost mine!"

Music stops with a scratch

Everyone in the room stopped fighting and began to laugh loudly at this while Ganondorf laughed maniacally at Ike's sappy line. Even Popo, Nana, Link, Ness and Lucas started laughing inside the icicles.

However, the swordsman grinned a little as he saw Ganondorf throwing his sword on the floor with his guard down since the "sappy" line was part of a plan he formulated.

"I'll take this, thanks," Ike said grabbing Ganondorf's sword and tossed it away where the lord of darkness wouldn't reach it. "And next...HAAAAA!!!" Ike charged Eruption quickly to deal a big amount of damage to Ganondorf who grunted in pain as everyone stopped laughing.

Molgera Battle

"You little..." Ganondorf muttered in pain.

Ike chuckled. "You didn't see that coming at all, did you?"

Jigglypuff chuckled. "But Ike, why did you say that?"

"Because I knew one of the lines I was going to sa-I mean, discarded was going to cause this annoying result," Ike looked down at Ganondorf. "And since he was going to laugh at me, the plan was going to work." Ike saw Dark Rundas landing close to him as trails of fire were seen.

"And the fact that this guy lowered his guard down was the perfect chance to attack him with a fully charged Flare Sword," Roy said twitching a little in pain. "Though...the explosion kind of hurt me a little..."

"I can't...believe I let my guard down...for a second..." Dark Rundas muttered painfully.

"...Rundas..." Ganondorf muttered as he got up. "I think it is time...to use all our attacks on them like we did...with the others..."

Dark Rundas chuckled. "You mean..."

"Yes... Indeed..." Ganondorf chuckled evily.

Although both of them were talking, the Hyrulians were trying to shatter the ice wall as fast as they could. "Even if the cracks aren't getting that big, we have to keep trying!" Toon Link yelled as more smoke came from the bombs.

"...Wait..." Ike saw that Ganondorf gathered dark energy around him while Dark Rundas jumped on a pillar in the center of the room. "I don't like where this is going..."

"Hahahahaha..." Ganondorf chuckled evily.

"Now what is so funny, Ganonidiot?" Roy asked with a glare.

Final Fantasy X – Enemy Attack

"Triforce of Power," Ganondorf began as an explosion of rainbow aura pushed Ike away to the air where he flipped and landed on the ice floor. "Bless me with your entire holy might!!!"

Jigglypuff looked above where Dark Rundas was circling ice mist that turned into a big ice pillar. "E-everyone...something is awfully wrong here..."

The ice floor began to tremble violently as they saw the lord of all evil covered in darkness as they heard a loud roar that came from him. Ganondorf's shadow began to grow in size as they all gasped and watched a big, enormous figure growing until it stopped and roared loudly at them.

"...No..." Zelda muttered. "Ganondorf...h-he...he turned into..."

"Stop trailing off and tell us what!" Nana yelled inside the icicle.

"Ganondorf turned into Ganon when he fought Link and Midna inside my castle!"

"THAT IS RIGHT," Ganon began. "TABUU HAS BEEN WATCHING ALL OF YOU USING THE FINAL SMASH AND HE DECIDED TO DEVELOP THE SAME GIFT WHICH HE GAVE TO US."

"W-what?" Roy asked shocked.

"WHAT YOU HEARD, PUNY LITTLE SWORDSMAN," Ganon laughed. "I DOUBT ALL OF YOU WILL RESIST THE RAMPAGE THAT I HAVE HERE."

Roy gulped as he put his sword in front of him. "E-even so, trying to fight an oversized pig like you isn't going to stop me fro-"

"ROY!" Ike yelled as he saw Dark Rundad tossing the ice pillar at Roy who quickly turned his back and got instantly crushed under the big chunk of ice.

"...Dammit...they got me..." Roy muttered weakly on the floor.

"Hang in there. I'm coming for you!" Ike yelled before he saw Ganon raising a foot which went down on Roy as the red-haired swordsman screamed in extreme pain. "ROY!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Roy screamed loudly in pain.

"For the love of the sages, stop!" Zelda pleaded as Ganon raised his foor and Roy was shown out of cold. "ROY!"

"SAD BECAUSE YOU LOST A FRIEND?!" Ganon asked roaring. "WELL, LET US SEE IF YOU CAN DEAL WITH THIS!" Ganon stomped the floor furiously with a long roar at the ceiling before he rushed at the Smashers at full throttle.

"I-is there any way to stop that demonic beast?!" Ike asked.

"SURRENDER AT ONCE, ALL OF YOU!!!" Ganon yelled loudly as he roared.

"RUN! RUN FROM THAT THING!" Toon Link yelled loudly as all the Smashers dispersed through the room. Toon Link gasped when a shadow appeared below him and rolled out of the way from Dark Rundas's ice pillar. "W-what the heck?!"

"We were once cornered like this with those fools," Dark Rundas explained as he gathered more ice mist circling around him. "But then we used our last tactic, this one, to eliminate them quickly."

"And you're using it on us?!"

"Duh!" Popo and Nana said frim the icicle.

"Correct," Dark Rundas said as he finished the ice pillar. "And we won't be cornered like this again since you're about to DIE!"

"UAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Toon Link ran away from the shattering ice pillar that was thrown at him. "OH MY GOD!"

"THERE YOU ARE!" Ganon yelled as he lowered his head and rushed at Toon Link to slam him to the wall. The cartoony swordsman screamed, blocked his face with the Hero's Shield and waited for the part where he was supposed to be crushed.

"NO!" Fox yelled using Fox Illusion to grab Toon Link in time before Ganon could ram at him.

Toon Link shifted his eyes with panic. "P-please, don't tell me I died!"

"You didn't." Fox said sighing in relief as both turned to Ganon who stopped and looked at them.

"I KNEW LETTING A DAMN ANIMAL LIKE YOU LIVE WAS A BAD IDEA FROM THE BEGINNING!" Ganon roared angrily.

"Stop talking!" Ike yelled from above he slammed Ragnell on Ganon's skin, but the only thing Ike got from his attack was that even Ragnell couldn't inflict damage on the beast. "What?"

"HAVE AT YOU!" Ganon yelled swinging his own head at Ike who got pushed hard to the organic wall of the Leviathan as he fell down and twitched in pain.

"Ike! Are you feeling alright?!" Jigglypuff asked as she saw Dark Rundas throwing an ice pillar Zelda who quickly used Farore's Wind to teleport away from the impact.

"I was...attacked by a hard head...how do you think I am now...huh?" Ike muttered in pain as he saw Ganon stomping towards him.

"Damn it, he's going to get crushed like Roy was!" Toon Link said.

"Wait," Fox noticed a path of ice towards Ike and used Fox Illusion to reach the swordsman in a flash as he took Ike away before the beast slammed himself at the wall and shook his head. "Do I have to do all the rescue parts here or what?"

"Looks...like it..." Ike muttered painfully.

"WATCH OUT!" Toon Link yelled as Fox quickly grabbed Ike's hand and slid through the icy floor before a huge ice pilllar could crush both of them. "Phew..." Toon Link sighed once both were close to him.

"THAT IS ENOUGH!" Ganon roared furiously. "I WILL NOT STOP UNTIL I SEE YOU LAYING DOWN IN YOUR DEATH BODIES!!!" Ganon yelled as he charged at the Smashers which gasped and tried to run away from the beast.

"Wait!" Zelda yelled. "He's trying to have all of us running together so that guy on the pillar can throw an ice pillar at the right place!"

"EXACTLY!" Dark Rundas yelled lunging a huge ice pillat at the 3 who were running away from Ganon as they were all crushed beneath the tower that shattered into a million of pieces.

"NOOOOOO!!!" Zelda yelled worried as the 3 were picked up by Ganon's mouth and were thrown away at different directions.

"...Damn...those bastards..." Fox muttered through gritted fangs as he coughed some blood. "I...won't let...them...get away...and kill Falco like this..."

"Don't push yourself too hard, Fox!"

"But I...can still fight...and stand...see?" Toon Link asked trying to stand up using his sword as a support.

"..." Ike wasn't able to speak about anything but he was able to stand up as he coughed blood.

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Ganon laughed maniacally. "IT IS A MATTER OF TIME BEFORE ALL OF YOU DIE IN THIS CURSED PLACE WITH ALL OF YOUR COMRADES!"

"That is also a fact," Dark Rundas said circling ice mist around the air. "I can't hardly wait and see if I can make ice sculptures with you inside them."

Zelda narrowed her eyes at the ice hunter. "You know what... Link can take the ice very well."

"HMMHMHMHMHMHH!!!" Link yelled angrily as Zelda shone and turned into Sheik.

"First things first," Sheik said doing a handsign. "Take down the bastard using the ice."

"On you!" Dark Rundas yelled lunging the ice pillar at Sheik who quickly used Vanish, appeared above the ice pillar and jumped straight to Dark Rundas. "What?"

"You're too slow." Sheik stated as she grabbed 3 kunais between her fingers and slashed Dark Rundas who responded with a fast block using his ice blades.

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games

Beijing?

Break Room
"ACHOO!" Sonic sneezed.

"Sonic, do you have a cold or something?" Tails asked.

"No... I feel like someone said something that I use usually to taunt my opponents..."

Tails shuddered. "Y-you're sometimes weird."

"Heh," Sonic grinned. "I like being weird then."

Metroid Prime 3: Corruption

Bryyo

Inside the Leviathan

"This surprise was quite indeed a shock," Dark Rundas said as his face and Sheik's were close to each other. "However, it's not enough to reach me."

"Set Link free..." Sheik muttered as Jigglypuff was seen being slammed to a wall by Ganon below the pillar both combatants were. "Or I'll kill you here..."

"Better yet," Dark Rundas said. "I'll set you free in hell where you will meet him and live there for the eternity, because I know you hate the ice here, don't you?"

"...That is IT!" Sheik yelled kicking Dark Rundas down the floor who grunted in pain and managed to land on his feet as he saw Sheik leaping right at him. "I've had enough of your darn mouth, you annoying talking ice cube!"

"And I've had enough of all your mouths too," Dark Rundas said. "I've had enough of all this whole problem, and that's why you must be killed right this instant!" Dark Rundas yelled as he jumped right above the pillar and circled ice mist again.

"Oh no, you won't!" Sheik yelled doing a handsign while she narrowed her eyes.

However, Dark Rundas didn't know that Sheik was distracting him from attacking the others.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Toon Link screamed as he held Jigglypuff above him while he ran away from a rampaging Ganon that tried to crush both of them under his feet.

"Stop...running around...and do something!" Fox yelled trying to stand up.

"IT'S EASIER SAID THAT DONE!" Toon Link yelled back.

"Dammit...isn't there any way...to stop that pig?"

BEEP! BEEP! BEEP!

"...Who is it this time?" Fox asked clicking a small button on his scouter.

"Listen you, darn fox!" Pigma was heard saying. "Another insult to me and I swear I'll murder and cut down your furried head this time!"

Fox got angry. "And...who called you here?"

"I knew you were going to say an insult to me the moment you opened your darn white mouth so I personally spoke my mind to you!"

"Listen...you," Fox narrowed his eyes and tried to talk without stopping. "How the heck did you get in my scouter? It's so easy to hack it or something?"

"I won't tell you how!" Pigma yelled as he ended the communication (it was most likely that he flipped Fox off).

"(I need to get this thing checked with Slippy sometime...)" Fox thought annoyed as he looked back at the fight. "Just...stab his head!"

"Already tried..." Ike said raising his hand from the ground. "...And failed miserably..."

"I can't... I can't stop now after we have them close to lose...but..." Fox noticed that the path that Ganon was stomping was being destroyed. "...Wait..." Fox noticed something else, it seemed that Ganon's huge weight was heavy enough to shatter the hard icicles that he stomped on. "...Strong force...heavy weight...that's it!"

"WHAT IS IT?!" Toon Link running with Jigglypuff.

"Link! Go over there quickly!"

"WHAT ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT?!"

"Hear me out! Do you want to end this fight, yes or no?!"

"Y-YEAH, I GUESS SO, TOTALLY!"

"Then go there as fast as you can!" Fox ordered as the cartoony Hyrulian turned ways and ran to the direction he was told to follow. Ganon slid in the ice a little and snorted as he went after Toon Link and Jigglypuff again.

"It's... It's catching us!" Jigglypuff yelled blocking her eyes.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Toon Link screamed loudly as he ran pass Popo and Nana's icicle.

"Good thing we're not you guys out there," Popo said chuckling. "Being inside ice is just too darn go-"

"OH MY GOODNESS!" Nana yelled once Ganon stomped all his way to them and shattered the ice that both were in as they rolled back to the wall. "...Oh no! The icicle!"

"Crap!" Popo exclaimed. "Why'd you that for? I was enjoying so much the last part!"

"It's because..." Fox muttered as he approached them. "...It's because that's a part of our plan..."

"Plan? What do you mean?" Nana asked.

"He is...heavier than before...right?"

"Oh, I get it!" Popo said putting his right fist above his left palm. "Ganondorf's weight is a very strong force enough to break the ice!"

Both Nana and Fox stared at Popo in surprise. "...He actually used his mind this time around..." Fox trailed off.

"Or does he have a mind to begin with?" Nana asked.

"yyyyyyyaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHhhhhhh!!!" Toon Link and Jigglypuff ran pass them as they all looked at Ganon and gasped before getting out of the way (Popo quickly carried Fox above him as Nana ran to the opposite direction), evading the furious stomps from the oversized pig.

"Toon Link!" Nana called out. "Run to Ness and Lucas!"

"WHY?!" Jigglypuff asked.

"JUST DO IT FOR THE SAKE OF IT!"

Toon Link quickly turned at Ness and Lucas who were inside the icicles as Ganon followed both small fighters without knowing that he accidentaly crushed and shattered the icicles, setting both PK user free from the ice prisons. "A-achoo!" Ness sneezed. "D-darn that guy..."

"S-s-s-see the bright side..." Lucas shivered. "A-a-at least we're out...achoo!"

"AAAHHH!!!" Dark Rundas fell close to the both of them as Sheik landed on top of him with a strong downward kick. "I... I won't let you kill me!"

"I have the opposite idea in mind," Sheik said taking kunais between her fingers. "Now stay still an-"

"Never!" Dark Rundas said grabbing Sheik's leg and tossed her away as he got up and tried to jump back at the ice pillar in the middle of the room.

"PK THUNDER!!!" Lucas yelled calling forth an electric sphere that he circled through Dark Rundas, who got electrocuted constantly.

"UAAAHH!!!" Ness also used PK Thunder but the difference was that he used it on himself and went rocketing to Dark Rundas's chest, dealing a strong impact as the kid of Onett crossed his body and landed on his feet.

"Little...pests..." Dark Rundas muttered weakly. "I can... I can... I CAN STILL TAKE YOU ALL OUT FROM MY SIGHT!!!"

"Shut up!" Sheik yelled grabbing Dark Rundas by the throat with her strong chain from behind.

"U-ugh..."

Sheik put even more pressure into the chain as the ice hunter tried to get free. "I've had enough of this encouter, enough of this long struggle, and the fact that you tried to kill Link along with the others with your freaking ice."

"You're...not capable to finish this fight...like this...are you?" Dark Rundas asked coughing.

Sheik narrowed her eyes. "...To be honest..."

CRIUSH!!!


Dark Rundas slowly moved his arms down as Sheik let the chain return to her. The ice hunter gasped for breath as he fell on his knees and collapsed on the floor. "...I'm very capable to finish this in this way."

"...Damn you...all...ugh..." Dark Rundas said fainting as he got knocked out.

Lucas walked to the ice hunter with a gulp and looked down. "...It's...over?"

"No," Ness said looking at Ganon grabbing Toon Link and Jigglypuff with his mouth. "We have to stop Ganondorf from killing us!"

"You guys..." Roy called from his spot as he coughed blood. "You have...lure Ganondork...to the ice wall...where the others are..."

Sheik looked back at the ice wall with the trapped Smashers. "...I see now. Ganon's size is enough to shatter down this."

Ness chuckled. "You know, I have the perfect way to lure that animal."

"And that is?" Sheik asked raising an eyebrow.

Toon Link and Jigglypuff were thrown at the trio as Ness looked down at the swordsman. "Perfect... Lucas." Ness whispered.

"Y-yes?"

"Would you use something?"

"What?"

"NOW..." Ganon looked at Ike and Fox struggling on the floor while Popo and Nana tried to help them. "I THINK I SHOULD EAT BOTH OF YOU INSTEAD OF CRUSHING YOUR BONES OUTSIDE MY STOMACH."

Ike's eyes widened. "N-no... I can't let him...do that..."

Ganon scratched the floor with his right front foot and blew out smoke from his nostrils. "U-ugh..." Fox supported himself with his left foot and right knee. "I can't...move anymore..."

"Suck it up!" Popo said. "You're just acting all weak to surprise him, aren't you?"

"...Popo..."

"Yep?"

"Shut the hell up..."

"RUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" Ganon roared loudly at the ceiling as he stomped the floor before rushing at the 4 who yelled and closed their eyes for their inevitable defeat...

...Or was that evitable?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 01:44:19 PM
“SHEIK! TOON LINK!” Jigglypuff yelled as Ganon stopped and turned his head at them. The lord of darkness saw Sheik and Toon Link fainted close to the trio. “NO! YOU CAN’T DIE HERE!”

“So...sorry...” Sheik muttered “coughing” a little. “...It was...just too much...”

“Y-yeah...” Toon Link muttered “weakly.” “I think... I used my Triforce...too much...”

“There’s a way...to keep on living...” Sheik muttered.

“...How?”

“We have...to release our Triforces...”

“RELEASE THE TRIFORCES?!” Ganon asked furiously before he chuckled. “YES, YES! RELEASE THEM!”

“But I don’t... I don’t think that’s a good idea... Ganondorf could rule...over the entire universe...if he grabs the Triforces before we release them...” Sheik muttered as Lucas “sobbed” silently.

Ganon started to stomp the floor as he prepared to crush all of them.

“Maybe...maybe we should keep them and take them with us...” Toon Link muttered.

“OH, THE AGONY!” Ness yelled blocking his eyes. “Y-YOU CAN’T DIE, TOON LINK!”

“For the last time, it’s Link!” Toon Link whispered angrily through gritted teeth.

“WE HAD THE BEST SWORDSMAN IN THE YOUNG SMASHERS: THAT WAS YOU!... You can’t...” Ness “sobbed” silently.

“...Really?” Toon Link whispered with a smile.

“No. You suck more than Link does.” Ness whispered through his blocked face as Toon Link grunted.

“I’m going to...” Roy began weakly. “...I’m going to tell Link that...”

The floor shook violently as Ganon rushed at the 6 who narrowed their eyes, and once Ganon was close to them...

“YOU FELL FOR IT!” Ness yelled quickly running to another direction as Sheik quickly got up and took Toon Link, then Lucas grabbed Jigglypuff and ran away to the opposite direction as Ganon’s eyes widened, but then he chuckled evily.

“FOOLS! THAT IS ONLY ENRAGING ME EVEN MORE THAN BEFORE!” Ganon laughed evily. “YOU WILL NOT ESCAPE FROM YOUR INEVITABLE DEATHS THAT ARE GOING TO COME VERY SOON TO YOU-“ Ganon stopped once he noticed that he slid above an icy floor that made him go towards the ice wall while the tried to get off from it. “W-WHAT?!”

Music stops

CRASH!!!

Mist made of ice came out from the ice wall that Ganon crashed into as small bits of ice flew everywhere around the room. The Smashers covered their eyes as the floor shook violently after the big collision occurred.

Ness looked over at Lucas. “Yes, it worked!”

“Using Lucas’s PK Freeze to freeze the floor and secure that Ganon would crash into the ice wall was very simple and yet very effective,” Sheik explained. “And come to think of it, I think everything is going to get easier from this moment on.”

“Please...please tell me our plan worked!” Jigglypuff pleaded as the mist.

A-ACHOO!

“...Pikachu?” Jigglypuff asked.

“...J-Jigglypuff?

B-b-b-b-brrr...

Fox’s ears perked up as he recognized that voice. “...Falco?”

I-i-i-i-i-i-is that you? F-F-F-F-F-Fox?

M-man...those guys went all ape(beep!) on us...

“Snake?” Sheik asked.

“...You’re here?

The ice mist cleared out and revealed the 12 Smashers who were imprisoned walked out from what remained from the mist, some of them even shivered after staying too long inside the ice wall.

“Link!” Sheik yelled as Link came out shaking his head.

“Phew... I thought I was going to die in there...” Link muttered weakly.

“Thank goodness you’re alright...” Sheik whispered.

Lucas looked at her. “...Was that a silent sob?”

“N-no...” Sheik said wiping out something from her eye.

Lucas blinked for a moment before he smiled a little. “I’m glad Link is fine, and you?”

“...Yes...me too...”

“My head...” Pikachu complained as he walked out with Pichu. “I have a horrible headache now...”

“M-me too...” Pichu said moaning a little as Jigglypuff ran to them.

“I was so worried...about you 2...” Jigglypuff said weakly as she closed her right eye.

“What’s wrong with you?” Pikachu asked.

“I fought this big pig...” Jiglypuff explained.

Olimar sobbed as Roy looked up to him. “Why...are you sobbing?”

“My...my Pikmins...” Olimar sobbed as Roy saw 2 Pikmins’ ghosts going high up before they vanished in thin air.

“...Oh.” Roy said with a bored look.

“Samus!” C. Falcon panicked as he looked around the big chunks of shattered ice. “Samus! Where are you?! Samus!”

“You okay down there?” Snake asked to Samus who extended her hand at him.

“I think so...” Samus muttered with a nod as she got up. “Letting my guard down for a second caused all of this anyway.”

Snake chuckled a little. “Hmph. Same here.”

“...Oh, dangit!” C. Falcon yelled punching the floor.

“N-no more ice...” Ivysaur muttered weakly. “Please...”

“R-relax...” Red said trembling. “W-we won’t be trapped like that again...”

Squirtle rolled his eyes. “I hope so...”

Wolf wipped his nose a little. “Now where is that guy in the ice cube? I’ve got a thing or 2 to discuss with him.”

“A-a-a-a-a-a-and I’ve g-g-g-g-g-g-got 10 things h-h-h-h-h-h-h-here...” Falco muttered embracing himself.

“I made in time...” Fox said walking slowly to Falco. “Good to...have you back...”

“Wait...” Wolf trailed off and crossed his arms. “We were saved by you and the others?”

Fox nodded. “You don’t know...what odyssey that was...”

“...” Wolf turned his back and looked at the ceiling. “...Heh. You have a little bit of my gratitude, Fox... But don’t get that cocky either.”

Fox chuckled. “Yeah yeah...”

“Glad everyone is alright...” Ike said walking to them. “...But I have an important question to ask...”

“What?” Popo asked.

“Where is Ganondorf?”

The entire group looked at each other before looking back at the chunks of the ice wall. “Crap... I forgot about him!” Toon Link said.

“...Dammit...”

“There he is!” Nana yelled pointing at Ganon, or more specifically Ganondorf who slowly stood up from his place and glared at the 22 Smashers.

“The Final Smash...it ended so soon...” Ganondorf muttered weakly. “...Damn you all...you stopped my most chaotic transformation yet...”

Fox looked at his scouter and sure enough, the Over Limit gauge was ready as he grinned. “You know what, Ganondorf?” Fox asked.

“What do you want now...darn animal?!”

“If you want to fight all of us here, then we’re not going to hesitate and kick your freaking (beep!) around for a little while.”

“...Ah,” Link nodded. “You mean we can use another Final Smash to defeat Ganondorf?”

“Exactly.”

The Smashers stared at Ganondorf who looked around. “...No...there is no way I am going to let you all fight me in this weakened state!”

“Sorry to hear that,” Link said running at Ganondorf. “But I think I need to end this myself!”

“You lower that filthy sword of yours, now!”

Triforce of Courage...” Link muttered as he put the back of his hand at Ganondorf while he ran at him. “Don’t let me down now!” an explosion of rainbow aura covered Link as he glowed while Ganondorf gritted his teeth in pain.

“I... I need to escape...before h-“

“Time’s up,” Link said as a light emanated from his Triforce and crossed Ganondorf as the Hyrulian quickly rushed at Ganondorf and trapped inside a prison that formed 3 triangles that created the Triforce as Link constantly slashed the prison with the Master Sword as the Smashers watched the flurry of slashes. “HEEEEEYAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!

UUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!” Ganondorf yelled in extreme pain as he went soaring to the ceiling where he crashed into the icicles that made a strong intolerating impact on his back before he fell down to the floor and crashed. “...You...all of you...are not going...to get away...with this again...the next time...we meet...ugh...” Ganondorf muttered in pain after he coughed and fainted on the spot.

“...Finally...” Link said as he fell down on his left knee. “Ganondorf was defeated...”

“For the 12th time in a row.” Sheik added before rubbing her chin. “Or was it 15th?”

“Who cares...” Ike muttered coughing. “Right now I want to rest and recover...”

“Thank you so much for your help, guys.” Samus said.

C. Falcon grinned. “Meh, it was our work and job after all, dear Samu-“

“Wait...” Samus looked around. “Where’s Rundas?”

“...Sa-Samus...” Rundas, who was freed from the Shadow Bugs muttered on the floor close to them as she ran and kneeled to check him. “...Thank you...”

“I know...” Samus said. “...You were freed from the Shadow Bugs...but I don’t deserve your thanks,” Samus looked at the Smashers. “After all, they were the ones who did the fighting here. I’m sorry for not being that helpful.”

“No need for apologies,” Snake began lighting a cigar. “You were quite skillful back there.”

Samus chuckled as she looked back at Rundas. “So...are you conscious about the overuse of phazon in your PED suit?”

“...Funny you say that...” Rundas muttered coughing. “...I didn’t use the phazon that much when I was controlled...”

“What?”

“Yes... Those bugs relied on their own powers rather than the phazon itself...” Rundas chuckled. “They were ignorants about that fact.”

“Rundas...” Samus whispered. “You’re not going to...”

“Afraid so...” Rundas said coughing. “...It’s sad that I’m not going to confess you my...”

“...The feelings that we had for the other?”

WHAT?!” everyone in the room asked in shock and utter surprise.

“...Samus is now making progress.” Sheik remarked.

Even Snake let his cigar fall down the floor as his eyes widened...for at least .1cm. “...Wait, no. You’re not saying that you’re i-“ Snake was interrupted.

“You’re in LOVE with a guy like him?!” C. Falcon finished. “But he’s a...a...”

“Suh-weet!” Popo said making a fist in the air. “The SamusXRundas pairing will spread smoothly around!”

Snake slowly walked to Popo, grabbed him by his neck, twisted his throat and made him faint as Nana stared back at Snake. “You didn’t have to do that, you know.” Nana said.

“It was needed.” Snake said.

“So Samus...” Rundas continued. “Sorry for not telling you...earlier...”

“...It’s okay...” Samus said nodding. “I’m happy that you’re glad.”

Rundas nodded slowly. “So am I...”

“...It’s time?”

“...Sadly...yes...”

Samus grabbed Rundas’s right hand. “Rundas...before you go... I have to tell you my feelings...”

“You know...” Squirlte began. “This is romantic and yet very shocking.”

“Fortunately, I don’t understand love at all.” Red commented.

“...You idiot.” Sheik said frowning.

“Then...” Rundas coughed. “Can I do...the same?”

“Yes...” Samus got closer at Rundas’s face.

“Samus...”

“Rundas...” Samus sobbed a little. “...I love yo-“

AAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHH!!!” Rundas yelled in extreme pain as Samus backed away from her spot.

“W-what’s happening now?!” Olimar asked panicking.

“E-everyone! Look at that!” Ike pointed at a shadowy figure that looked like Samus. It looked ominuous and it floated in front of both hunters as somehow it was draining Rundas’s body.

“W-what is that thing?!” Lucas asked hiding behind Ness.

“You...” Samus muttered with fury as she aimed her arm cannon and began shooting at the shadow that resembled her. “No... I won’t let you take Rundas away!”

“That shadow is absorbing the guy’s body,” Snake said. “And it’s transparent so attacks can’t reach it.”

“D-dangit!” Samus spat angrily as the shadow managed to absorb Rundas’s body completely as it flew to the ceiling and disappeared. “...Rundas...”

“...Sorry...” Pichu said sadly.

“...It’s fine...” Samus said looking down before looking at them. “Thank you so much for helping me out...”

“What was that shadow?” Pikachu asked.

“It was Dark Samus... That thing is still around after I defeated it in Aether.”

Ike raised an eyebrow. “Wow, I didn’t know Aether was also a place, because with Ragnell I ca-“

Everyone looked at the ice pillar in the middle of the room exploding all of a sudden as they covered their eyes and found a strange glowing item floating on the middle of the floor.

Ivysaur looked at something that was laying where Rundas once was. “Hey, what’s that floating thing over there?”

“It’s...” Samus trailed off as she reached the item, which made her arm cannon glow with ice energy as she shot an missile covered in ice. “Ice Missiles...”

Ivysaur rolled her eyes. “Oh great, now you’re going to have that bothersome ability as a memento for that annoying guy?”

BLAST!

Ivysaur was frozen inside an icicle as Samus looked at her arm cannon. “...Hey! Why’d you do that for?” Red asked.

“Thanks Rundas...” Samus muttered as she walked to the glowing item that sh-

1 hour later...

“My...head...” Samus muttered weakly as she opened her eyes and found the 21 Smashers looking at her. “What happened?”

“You touched that thing, then yelled, then screamed in pain, then fainted, then we waited, then Red set Ivysaur free, then you woke up.” Nana explained.

“...I see... Anything else?” Samus asked.

Popo chuckled. “Besides the fact that we’re letting Ganondorky escape to the Subspace behind our backs?”

“...Wait, what?” Link asked looking back as he managed to catch a glimpse of Ganondorf’s right hand entering a portal to the Subspace beneath him. “Damn that guy!” Link said taking out his Hero’s Bow and shot a fast arrow that couldn’t land at the lord of darkness. “Dammit again!”

“Popo, why didn’t you say anything before?!” Nana asked.

“I thought it was part of our awesome plan to finish his existence an-“ Ivysaur grabbed Popo with Vine Whip and tossed him to a pile of icicles. “Sweet! The ice is piercing me!... Oh...wait... No! Nevermind that! It feels good!”

“Was that really necessary?” Red asked.

“Anyway...” Snake began. “I think we’re pretty much done here for the time being.”

The spy helped Samus to get up. “As I’ve said before, thank you for your help.” Samus said nodding.

“Well,” Toon Link began. “It’s time to return, isn’t?”

BEEP! BEEP! BEEP!

Fox grumbled. “That better not be Pigma again...”

“Pigma?” Wolf asked.

“That guy somehow hacked into my scouter and he complained to me about an insult I said to Ganondorf. But now that he’s calling me again... I’m going to discard all my rage on him right this instant. You don’t mind?”

“Heh,” Wolf looked away. “I don’t care for that filthy traitor anymore. Go ahead and do whatever you want to do with him.”

“It is my pleasure.” Fox said as he inhaled air and clicked the button.

“...F-F-F-Fox...” Falco studdered by the ice. “I-I-I-I-I don’t think P-P-P-P-Pigma is t-t-t-t-talking wit-“

“FOR THE LAST TIME YOU GREASY FAT IDIOT, LEAVE ME ALONE OR ELSE I SWEAR I’LL KILL YOU, GOT THAT LOUD AND CLEAR?!”

Mario and Sonic: At the Olympic Games

Beijing?

Inside the stadium

“You know what, Fox,” Chris began (he was using the Racer job) with an angry face. “You can go to hell as much as I care. Thank you very much, you heartless foolish jerk!”

“...W-wait, Chris! No! I-I didn’t mean any of that to you! I-I thought you were Pigma for a second there an-“ Fox was interrupted as Chris closed the DS, thus ending the communication.

“I swear,” Chris said closing his eyes. “I can’t understand grumpy guys like him at all. They first befriend you and before you know it they’re yelling at you by no reason at all.”

“What did he say to you?” Lucario asked.

“He called me a greasy fat idiot.”

Lucario narrowed his eyes. “Can I kill him the next time I see him?”

“...That’d be great,” Chris said rubbing Lucario’s head. “Thank you for your help, Lucario.”

Lucario growled happily as he hugged Chris with his right arm and licked his cheek.

“Hahahaha. Please, stop Lucario! Hahahahaha!” Chris laughed as Lucario continued and chuckled.

“Welcome once again to the next event, everybody!” Toadsworth announced as the crowd went wild. “The 100m Freestyle!”

Sixth event: 100m Freestyle

Participants (in order): Peach, Amy, Marth, Daisy, Blaze, Diddy, Yoshi, Sonic, DK

Sonic gulped and shifted his eyes nervously. “P-please tell me you’re joking...”

“Nope,” Vector began putting his hands on his hips. “Since I’m a nice guy, I’m letting you take my spot in this event and see what you’ve got!”

Sonic backed away from Vector. “Y-yeah... Look, I don’t like w-w-water since i-it’s bad for my skin and all that crap so I-I-I...”

Vector narrowed his eyes and smiled. “Ah, now I see where you’re getting at...”

“...Seeya!” Sonic said quickly as he ran away from Vector who chased after him.

“You’re not that fast anymore!” Vector reminded Sonic. “And you’ll get tired eventually!”

“Y-you won’t catch me!” Sonic yelled back as he accidentaly bumped into Lucario and fell down (Sonic fell down), making Lucario growl down at him. “L-listen please, i-i-it was an accident so I-“

“Chris...” Lucario trailed off glaring at Sonic.

“Sure do. Go ahead.” Chris said simply closing his eyes as Lucario ducked and grabbed Sonic.

“H-hey! What’s the big idea?! Let me go now!” Sonic begged for mercy above Lucario’s right shoulder as the Aura Pokémon gave the whiny hedgehog at Vector.

“Here. You let it go for a moment.” Lucario said.

“HEY! I’M NOT A DOG!” Sonic complained as Vector nodded and walked to Sonic’s assigned area.

“Oh, there you are, my dear Sonic!” Amy said stopping her routine before the event could start. “Are you ready to do some swimming in the deep and calm swimming pool?”

“NO NO NO NO NO!!!”

“Dammit!” Vector grunted. “You’re going in there you like it or not!”

Vector tossed Sonic high up in the air above the pool as the hedgehog wished that he could run in the air, since he was literally trying to run, however, law physics were not helping him at all as he fell down in the water and flailed his arms in panic. “HELP! HELP! HELP! I’M GONNA DIE IN HERE! HELP! SOMEBODY!!!”

The crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom broke out laughing as the crowd of Mobius(?) frowned embarrassed at this.

“...” Tails noticed that Amy was staring at him. “Y-yes?”

“Aren’t you supposed to help him?” Amy asked.

“...W-wait! Hold on, Sonic!” Tails said flying over Sonic to get the hedgehog out of the water.

“BLUA!” Sonic spat water out from his mouth. “T-thanks, buddy...”

“Here,” Tails said giving Sonic...floaties for the arms. “You should use these if you don’t want to drown in there.”

Sonic stared at annoyance to the floaters as he took them and put them on his arms. “...I feel ridiculous like this...”

“WAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAA!!!” Wario was shown laughing and rolling in the other side of the pool as Sonic grumbled annoyed.

“...This is lame, and it sucks too...” Sonic muttered embarrassed.

“On your marks...” Lakitu began as everyone went to their spots. “Get set...” Lakitu trailed off as Sonic gulped several times. “GO!”

2 minutes later...

Sonic was sitting on a chair, with a towel wrapped up around his back and front as he sneezed a little bit. “I-I’m so sorry, Sonic!” Tails apologized.

“We didn’t know that the floaties had holes on them!” Amy added.

“BLEA-CHOO!” Sonic sneezed and shivered. “I-I tell you guys...somebody in here wants to kill me so badly... I’m even starting to have hallucinations...”

“Hmm. What kind of hallucinations?” Blaze asked.

“That the sponsor of this event has a dead wish against all of us and wants to have revenge or something like that.”

“...You’re really delirating a little bit too much,” Knuckles said. “...Or a lot, actually...”

“Oh, who asked you, Knucklehead?”

“Want to be inside the water again?” Knuckles asked narrowing his eyes.

“...O-on second thought...ACHOO!”

1st – Amy

2nd – Peach

3rd – Blaze

4th – Daisy

5th – Marth

6th – Diddy

7th – Yoshi

8th – DK

9th – Sonic


It was clarified that Sonic’s team won the event nevertheless thanks to Amy.

“At least we won the event,” Amy said giggling. “Thanks to my superb skills, that is!”

“I’m honest,” Blaze began. “I did everything I could give out there.”

“How’s Sonic?” Mallow asked walking to them.

“Wet...” Sonic said sneezing.

“I’m proud to say that I didn’t cause any of this to the hedgehog at all.” Dr. Eggman stated laughing.

“...I have my suspicions though.” Knuckles said glaring at Dr. Eggman.

“Even so, it wasn’t me.” Dr. Eggman said.

“Please,” Toadsworth began. “Be ready for the next event in a few minutes: the Individual epée event!”

“Isn’t that the one where you use a thin sword?” Chris asked curiously.

“It’s epée,” Marth corrected him. “It’s not that much used but I hear it requires grace and such when you want to fight someone.”

“Grace and such...” Chris wondered.

“W-wait, hold on please!” Toadsworth called once he looked at the watch. “It’s 2:32AM right now. The Olympic Games are going to stop for today and continue at 12:00PM to continue the long list of events that we have planned for tomo-I mean, today! Competitors, please proceed to your assignated VIP hotels here in Beijing to recover your energies!”

The crowd let out a final cheer as they slowly began to leave the stadium while some members of each team wanted to talk.

“Phew,” Luigi sighed. “I thought he wasn’t going to say that. I’m so exhausted for staying up so long...”

“See the bright side,” Geno said. “We have reservations to rest.”

“And no ordinary reservations,” Twink continued. “VIP rooms! I’ve never been in one of those before.”

“Do you think they have mini fridges?” Yoshi asked curiously.

“I heard in a magazine that they have the best drinks in those mini fridges.” Daisy commented.

“Oh boy.” Yoshi said excited.

“Hmmmhm! Mini fridges!” DK thought happily. “We need to have one of those in the Smash Mansion, Diddy.”

Meanwhile with another group.

“I want to participate in that event with the epée,” Chris said. “It’s not going to hurt me, right?”

“No,” Marth said. “You have to trust the epée forward and land 15 touches at your opponent in order to win the event. It’s not that hard in reality.”

“Then I’m in for it.” Chris said nodding.

“But be careful,” Marth continued. “You have to be careful and evade the attacks.”

“...You know, Marth.”

“Yes?”

“Since this little conversation made me get interested in yo-“ Chris noticed that Marth backed away. “Not that way!”

“...Oh.” Marth said walking back.

“Anyway, since this little conversation made me get interested in you...” Chris changed to his Ranger job. “I want to represent your skills with honor in tomorrow’s event.”

“But isn’t that job resembling Ike’s skills though?”

“...Technically yes...but it must be compatible with you, right?”

“I guess so.”

“Then that’s that.” Chris said nodding with a small smile.

Lucario looked down at this. “I wish you good luck, Chris...”

“...Oh,” Chris mde a worried face. “You’re right. I haven’t used the Aura Apprentice job that much with you...”

“It’s fine,” Lucario said apologetic look. “I don’t mind that at all...”

Chris blinked several times before rubbing Lucario’s head. “I promise I’m going to use it the next time in battle.”

“...You promise?” Lucario asked.

Chris nodded with a small chuckle. “Y-yes, I’m eager to see if I can do those high athletic moves you do when you fight, Lucario. Those moves of yours are really something...no, they’re so amazing when you use them!”

“Like?” Lucario asked.

“Like those backflips, frontflips, somersaults, backward somersaults, everything!”

Lucario closed his eyes before opening them with a small smile. “Then... I’ll be glad to show you how.”

“Now I’m so excited to do that!” Chris said happily as Lucario’s tail wagged while both chuckled heartily.

“Heeeey!” Diddy called from a hallway with DK, Geno, Mallow, Pit and Twink. “We’re leaving you behind! Hurry up or you’re not going to get a room!”

“Mini fridges!” Mallow cheered with Twink.

“...I want to rest...now that I remember...” Chris said closing his eyes hallway.

“Then let’s go.” Marth said simply as he walked away...

...5 seconds of walking later. Chris was about to fall asleep but Lucario offered to carry him on his arms. The World Traveler blushed a little but later laughed with his Pokémon as the 2 went to their rooms that peaceful night...

3:00AM

In the darkness of the stadium. Sonic was shown laying down on the center of the field with folded arms as he stared up at the moon while he sighed. “I can’t help it... The moon is and will be always beautiful, shining high up the stars...”

Heheheheheheheheheh...

Sonic made an angry expression and turned to the left with closed eyes. “Maybe I should ignore that annoying voice in my head and sleep for now...” Sonic yawned for 3 seconds. “G’nite...”

Heheheheheheheheheh...

“Whatever...” Sonic muttered as he fell asleep.

And so the hedgehog fell asleep in the middle of the stadium...

...Not feeling that his teeth grew 2 small fangs that later turned back into normal teeth while the voice chuckled evily in his mind...

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Beijing?
Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Marth, Pit, Yoshi, Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Mallow, Geno, Twink

Bryyo
Snake, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Pikachu, Pichu, Falco, Wolf, Olimar, Link, Samus, Zelda, Roy, Ike, Jigglypuff, Ness, Lucas, Ice Climbers, Toon Link, Fox
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (SPM, MP3 and Disgaea arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 01:56:14 PM
Chapter 112: Of Events, Sabotages and Porky

Beijing?
Hotel

The sun slowly rose over the city of Beijing(?) and set the mark of the new day for the next leg of the Olympic Games.

“...Guuuooorrrgghhh...” Lucario yawned as he slowly woke up from his bed once the sun’s rays touched his face from the glittering window. The Aura Pokémon sat on his bed and looked at Chris over another bed. The World Traveler seemed to be enjoying the soft pillow that he used to lay down his head. “...Good morning...”

“...Hm...” Chris muttered covering his head with the bet sheet.

Lucario looked at the time that was 9:00AM, meaning that the games would start in 3 hours. “Chris...”

“...Hm?” Chris asked with a mutter.

Lucario looked outside the window and to the the city of Beijing(?). “...Do you want to spend the time in the city?”

“What are you waiting for?” Chris asked from the door as he adjusted his boots. “I can’t hardly wait and know the city’s surroundings!”

“B-but you, and I, a-and you were...” Lucario looked back and forth between the bed Chris used and the World Traveler himself.

“Who’s going to do what?” Chris asked.

“...Let’s just go...”

Shops’ sidewalks

Mario Party 7 – Pagoda Peak

Many people were walking through the streets of Beijing(?) during the morning. The sidewalks were mostly being walked by different kinds of people that walked away and went to their destinations.

In a particular area, we see all the girls (Peach, Daisy, Amy, Cream (with Cheese), Blaze and Marine) wearing kimonos as they all walked together through the shops.

“This city is really very famous,” Cream commented. “It’s exciting to know new people that we haven’t met.”

“Tsk,” Amy looked away annoyed. “I know this is a different place to be but c’mon...”

“Is something bothering you, Amy?” Cream asked.

“This...thing!” Amy said pointing at her pink kimono. “It’s so hard to walk with the part of the towel being wrapped up very tight in your waist. How can women walk with this thing on?”

“It’s actually pretty comfy,” Peach remarked. “I like the style they have here.”

“No little towel is gonna stop me from walking,” Daisy said nodding. “It’s just a towel that squeezes your stomach so what?”

“I feel rather uncomfortable,” Blaze said. “It’s not very common to wear this in my world, so I thought it would be fun to try it for once... But now that I think about it...”

“Chao?” Cheese asked.

Blaze nodded (if she somehow understood what Cheese said). “Yes, it feels very tight.”

“Yer just complainin’ a little bit too much, mates!” Marine said making a fist. “Even with tis towels and the fact that we’re naked under the darn clothes, it’s still fine with me, mates!”

“Naked?!” every single guy walking the sidewalks stopped on their tracks and looked at the girls with interested.

“Oh, please! You live here so you should know!” Amy yelled angrily before noticing that the crazy people creeped closer to them, which made Amy take out her hammer. “WANT A PIECE OF ME?!”

“U-uah! Run! It’s a crazy playtypus!” a man yelled from the crowd as everyone ran away in panic while Amy pouted angrily.

“C-crazy playtypus?!” Amy asked as her eyes twitched in fury.

“P-please, Amy...” Cream said sweetly (as much as she could do to calm Amy down). “V-violence isn’t necessary in this moment...”

“But they called me a crazy whatever the heck is a playtypus!”

“A playtypus is a rare species of duck that lives somewhere in Africa,” Blaze explained reading a book that she took out her back. “The males are especially dangerous since their claws are poisonous.”

“...Did I ask you for info?”

“I thought it was going to be a good idea so I went ahead.” Blaze said as Peach sighed.

“Girls...please, let’s just go to a restaurant and order breakfast.” Peach said calmly.

“I’m so hungry that I could eat a whole whale.” Daisy commented as the girls stared at her in surprise. “...What? I’m really hungry. Seriously!”

Ramen Restaurant

We’re not going to mind Wario, who was eating a whole bunch of ramen bowls as we change the view to find Marth, Pit and Yoshi eating ramen, sitting close to each other.

“One more here.” Yoshi ordered as Pit lowered his bowl.

“Yoshi, isn’t that the 12th bowl you’ve eaten?” Pit asked.

Yoshi looked at Pit. “But I’m not full yet. I want to take advantage of the food they serve here,” Yoshi looked at his next bowl sliding to him as he took it. “Besides, I need to be prepared.”

“He is taking advantage of the “All-you-can-eat” promotion for the competitors of the Olympics here, isn’t he?” Pit whispered to Marth.

“I’m quite surprised though.” Marth said.

“Why is that?”

“I’m surprised because you didn’t see that tower over there.” Marth pointed at 3 towers of empty bowls where DK and Diddy eating ramen together. The tower of bowls increased in size as DK simply threw the noddles along with the soup inside his mouth as Diddy gave him more bowls.

“...At this rate, he is going to have a serious gastric problem with his stomach.” Pit said.

“Don’t mind,” Marth said taking a sip of his tea. “He can handle it very well.”

“...Does this restaurant serve tea?” Pit asked staring at Marth’s tea.

Marth looked away embarrassed. “...Actually... Peach gave me this with tea on it...”

“...” Pit shrugged.

Not far away from they were sitting, Mario, Luigi and Tails were talking between them.

“And where is Sonic?” Mario asked.

“Who knows,” Tails said making a bored look. “He does this kind of things quite a lot when he gets the chance to know a new place where he can run around.”

Luigi was focused in a commercial on the TV of the restaurant.

“And it’s alright with you?” Mario asked.

“Why do you ask?”

“Because I think you’re his best friend, am I right?”

“U-um, yeah...” Tails said looking down. “But I understand his motives perfectly. I even spend most of my time making machines in my lab.”

“I see.”

“So yeah,” Tails said eating his ramen. “It doesn’t bother me at all. I bet that he’s right now relaxing on a tree, enjoying the wind as he drifts off to sleep.”

And today’s news,” the reporter began. “There was a report of a blue bur racing around one of the tracks here during another national Grand Prix besides the Olympic Games. Local authorities couldn’t identify the blurry object since it was...very fast.

“...Blue bur?” Luigi asked.

“...Wait,” Tails began. “Sonic’s speed was reduced so how come there was a blue bur there?”

“Because the sponsor said so,” Dr. Eggman said appearing behind Tails. “The pills that you all ate have some sort of mechanism that alter some internal organs that will be altered once you step inside one of the areas where the events are being held.”

Tails looked at Dr. Eggman. “Wow, I didn’t know there was a kind of technology like that.”

“I’m even amazed,” Dr. Eggman said looking at the roof. “That sponsor guy must have been studying very hard since he gave all the details and the necessary procedure to make such pills...but at the same time, it makes me mad!”

“W-why?” Luigi asked.

“How could a random guy from nowhere create such advanced technology far greater than mine?!” Dr. Eggman grabbed his head. “Grrr! The security he sent to watch me even kept a close eye on me to prevent any kind of suspicious moves that I’d have done! The smallest piece or a sample of those documents could have helped my research greatly!”

“Conquer the world?” Tails asked.

“...Yes,” Dr. Eggman said nodding. “But something seems fishy with this sponsor though...”

“You’re maybe thinking too much.” Mario commented.

“Maybe. I’m probably too stressed today.”

“You always are.” Tails muttered rolling his eyes.

Dr. Eggman sighed. “Meh...”

“Wait,” Luigi shrugged. “W-what did you mean by mechanism? I-it’s not going to give us a disease, right?”

“No,” Dr. Eggman shook his head. “It will wear off after the events conclude.”

“Thank goodness...”

Park

“O-oh my god...” Chris muttered scared. “T-there’s Shadow over there...”

“Where?” Lucario asked. Chris pointed up ahead and Lucario found Shadow leaning to a tree with arms crossed. “So what is your point? He is not doing anything bad.”

“I... I think I got surprised, that’s all,” Chris said sighing. “But sometimes I wonder why is he still alive... I mean, with all that trouble of the clones of the real himself, it’s hard to tell if the Shadow over there is the real one.”

“I’m the original.” Shadow said.

“And I’d have also expected that from hi-AH!” Chris quickly hid behind Lucario as Shadow stared at both of them. “D-d-don’t you know what’s privacy to you?!”

“How ironic, since you 2 were talking about me.” Shadow said narrowing his eyes.

Chris knew those eyes, the eyes that meant... “R.I.P CHRIS.”

“S-sorry, we were just wondering some things a-“

“About me.” Shadow finished.

“Y-yes...”

“What Chris was trying to say is that we didn’t mean to interrupt your own privacy.” Lucario said calmly.

“I see,” Shadow said closing his eyes. “Now please, leave me in peace.”

“...Sure do...” Chris said nodding walking away as Lucario looked back and forth between Chris and Shadow before following his trainer.

“...I’m the true me...” Shadow muttered. “...There’s no doubt about it...”

“Oh yes,” Chris was heard saying. “One more thing to see if you’re the true you!”

Shadow opened his eyes. “What?”

“...Chris, you’re not going t-“ Lucario was interrupted.

“M-A-R-I-A! Maria!” Chris spelled and yelled.

Shadow’s eyes widened a lot as his pupils shrunk, before both characters knew it, the black hedgehog was already yellin-

Inside the stadium

MAAAAAAAAAAAAARIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!

Mallow, Geno and Twink looked around the empty stadium as they heard an agonizing echo...echoing.

“Somebody here sure had a bad dream.” Twink said chuckling.

“I bet he took drugs or something...” Mallow said rubbing his chin.

“Would you refrain from saying those bad influences around Twink?” Geno whispered. “The Star Spirits wait for him to become a worthy star and they also put all the responsability to me.”

“Wow, Geno!” Mallow said surprised. “So in other words, Twink is your little kid?”

Geno blushed. “O-of course not! Twink and I met a long time ago...well...that was a long time ago and I don’t remember about it!”

Mallow rolled his eyes. “I knew that being friends with a doll was bad, because you don’t remember any of that.”

“I-I do...” Geno trailed off thinking.

“Of course Geno knows,” Twink began. “We met like 6 years ago. Back then I was still the same old me while he worked to fulfill the wishes of everyone living in the entire universe tha-“ Twink stopped once he saw Geno looking down.

“...I’ve forgotten about my real job...” Geno said. “I’m a star that is supposed to fulfill the wishes that are sent to the Star Haven... But ever since Smithy and Exor came back...”

Mallow looked down. “The Star Road was broken along with the Star Haven as well...”

“...And we only have the last Star Spirit, Kalmar, hiding somewhere with the Subspace Army...” Geno added.

“Thus putting the entire population of stars in a big trouble,” Twink said sadly. “I miss my friends up there. Ever since Geno took me down the realm, I haven’t been thinking about my friends at all...”

“I think they’re alright,” Mallow said. “We’ve rescued 6 Star Spirits so far, haven’t we?”

“...Yes,” Geno said smiling a little. “Eldstar is probably working hard to fix the road and the realm with Mamar, Skolar, Muskular, Misstar and Klevar.”

“They’re the highest starts in charge of the whole Star Haven after all,” Twink said smiling a little. “My friends are probably up there.”

“...Guys...” Mallow looked down.

“Yes?” Twink and Geno asked.

“...What are we going to do after we end this?”

“What do you mean?” Geno asked.

“Once we finish with Smithy and his gang...isn’t that going to be the time where we’re going say good bye and depart to our homes?”

Twink gasped before looking away. “...I don’t... I don’t want to think about that... The Smashers have been so kind with us in retrieving the Star Spirits.”

Geno closed his eyes. “Sadly, we must return to our homes and leave the rest to them. The Subspace Army was firstly their main enemy to defeat and we happened to be involved in all this madness.”

“It was fun though,” Twink said sniffing a little. “We’ve got a second home, a BIG second home with all of them. We even met some new people along the way.”

“The Smashers themselves, Etna, Flonne, the Prinny Squad...” Mallow smiled and wiped a tear. “It was sure a wonderful experience...”

“...Why are we talking like we’re going to go right now?” Geno asked.

“S-sorry... I was just...remembering...” Mallow said sniffing as clouds gathered above the stadium.

“...It’s okay, Mallow,” Geno said patting Mallow’s back. “Cry and let out all your turmoil if you have it.”

“T-thank you...” Mallow muttered as he hugged Geno and began crying on his shoulder while the rain fell down the dome.

“(...I have to enjoy the time I have left before this ends...)” Geno thought.

Not far away from them, there were Espio, Charmy and Vector spying the trio from a hallway.

“Weird,” Charmy said looking up. “The forecast didn’t predict any rain today.”

“Maybe it was the cloud kid?” Vector wondered as Espio frowned.

“Vector, there is no proof that a kid like him called the rain.” Espio said giving his leader a bored look.

“But I know it’s true!” Vector protested as fire covered him...but was disappeared by the rain. “My intuition isn’t failing today!”

“Yeah yeah, and I’m Sonic’s lost cousin.”

“I knew it! You 2 are very alike!”

“...I refrain from saying an insult this time around.” Espio said closing his eyes with a frown.

Locker Room

“YIAH!!!” Knuckles punched hard a sandbag that was hanging with a rope from the ceiling. “Damn, I can’t even destroy this yet...”

“MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Bowser came from behind him and cracked his fists. “You red mutt can’t even take this thing down? That’s pathetic!”

Knuckles raised an eyebrow. “Oh yeah? Then why don’t you do it yourself?”

“Gladly!” Bowser said punching the sandbag with his right fist, but it didn’t destroy it. “...What the heck?!” Bowser continued to punch madly the sandbag several times before he got tired and panted a little.

“What were you saying then?” Knuckles asked with a grin.

“Oh, you shut up!” Bowser complained with a glare as he stomped away from the room and slammed the door.

“...Isn’t this supposed to be my team’s own locker room where nobody else can enter?” Knuckles asked to himself.

“Don’t look at me,” Kirby said sitting besides Knuckles, eating rice. “I saw the door open and I found this rice here.”

“...” Knuckles stared confused at no one in particular. “...Where’d you find that?”

“BURP,” Kirby burped. “It was inside that locker.”

Knuckles looked at the locker with Sonic’s name labeled in gold.

“...Well done.” Knuckles said nodding as Kirby looked up at him, confused.

And so the day went on without leaving anyone else behind.

“What about me?!” Waluigi asked.

Nobody gives a darn about you.

“Aww!!!” Waluigi groaned.

“...Would you get out of here, creepy skinny guy?” Knuckles asked annoyed after Waluigi appeared out of nowhere and talked to no one in particular.

Inside the stadium

It was 12:00PM, meaning that the event could resume its games as all the 3 teams gathered in the center of the stadium while the crowd cheered loudly. The difference was that the interior now had several equipment for different activities that were commonly used in events like the Olympics.

“Now I can prove my real skills in gymnastics.” Blaze said.

“Welcome back, everybody, to the next leg of the Olympic Games!” Toadsworth announced with a smile as many went wild and waved flags with the participants’ faces on them.

“...” Chris blushed once he saw his name in several flags. “O-oh god... I-I have fans?”

“I’m proud of you.” Lucario commented.

Chris blushed even more. “P-p-please! S-s-stop that!”

“Stop what?” Lucario asked.

“...Forget it...”

“Without further interruptions, let’s begin the next event! The Individual Epée!” Toadsworth said. “In this event, opponents have to prove their abilities with the epée and land 15 blows to their corresponding competitor!”

“I heard this event was going to be sorted out with 3 matches, where 2 members of each team are going to duke it out with 2 different members.” Yoshi said.

“As an additional mention, there are going to be 3 matches with these participants.”

Seventh event: Individual Epée

Mario VS. Knuckles
Chris VS. Waluigi
Sonic VS. Marth

“This is how we’re going to play: Teams need to win at least 2 matches with their respective members to win the event. For example, if Mario and Waluigi were to win their matches, then that’d mean the event was won by Mario’s team. Did you get what I’m trying to say?”

All the members nodded.

“Marth? You’re going to participate?” Chris asked.

“Yes,” Marth said nodding. “The epée was actually one of my secret weapons in routines whenever I get tired to fight as a swordsman.”

“So you get sick of your sword... Falchon-something?” DK asked.

“It’s Falchion,” Marth corrected him. “To be sincere, yes, I sometimes get tired to fight using a sword that I like to test out new things.”

“Like me,” Sonic said thrusting an epée forward. “Hey, I’ve got this cool idea to use a sword and combine it with my speed to destroy enemies on my way.”

“...Why am I thinking you’re going to do that in a near future?” Chris asked closing his eyes with a bored look.

“I also like to try out new things,” Sonic said with a grin. “As long as I can handle it, there’s no way I’m going to get bored of it!”

“...Knowing you,” Yoshi began. “It’s most likely that you’re going to enjoy it to the fullest.”

“Yep.”

3 minutes later...

Target Smash!!

Chris swung his epée several times before looking at Waluigi, laughing at him for no reason at all as both stood on a thin line as Marth, Mario, Knuckles and Sonic. “I... I won’t lose this one...”

“Too bad,” Waluigi said chuckling, showing his teeth like Wario always does. “Kids aren’t supposed to play this around someone like me.”

“H-how rude!” Chris said glaring at Waluigi. “Just for that you’re going to get severly injured!”

“WAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! Just try! I dare you!” Waluigi laughed taunting Chris.

“Sorry if his behavior is troubling you!” Mario yelled from his spot. “Sometimes I wonder why did I let him join my team in the first place!”

“Hey!” Waluigi called out angrily.

“Sonic,” Marth began putting his epée in front of his face. “Best of luck to both of us.”

“You’ll need it more than me,” Sonic said with a grin. “You are going DOWN,” he narrowed his eyes and smirked. “...Nancy boy.”

“...Nancy boy...” Marth muttered narrowing his eyes. “...Now you’ve done it...”

“Ooh, look at me! I’m so scared! Nancy boy’s gonna take me out!” Sonic taunted Marth several times.

“Sonic’s really going to need some education one of these days,” Knuckles said frowning. “He likes to show off a little bit too much...or a lot.”

“Hey, I heard that Knucklehead!” Sonic called out pointing at Knuckles. “Back when I was younger, I used to teach little children about sexual harassment and many other things, like smoking and alcohol!”

“NO! NO NO NO NO NO NO NO!” Chris yelled blocking his ears. “I KNOW THAT PEOPLE WHO TOUCH ME IN A PLACE WHERE I DON’T FEEL COMFORTABLE IS NOT GOOD! DON’T REMIND ME ANYMORE!”

“Funny you say that!” Sonic said grinning. “That was my favorite lesson to teach the children! Want me to say to everyone in here?”

“NO!” Chris yelled back.

Sonic smiled at the crowd. “Hey! There’s noth-“ Sonic’s mouth was blocked by Tails who quickly flew at him and blocked it.

“S-Sonic,” Tails began. “Please don’t make me remember those weird times... I mean, everything back then was so weird now that I think about it.”

“Like?”

“Like the sausage people.”

“Oh,” Sonic closed his eyes. “I always wanted to eat ‘em.”

Tails’s eyes widened after this. “...S-sure...”

“Sausage people? Hmm...” Kirby’s mouth drooled a little as Pit frowned.

“On your marks...” Lakitu began as the participants prepared for the event. “Get set...” the 6 put their epées in front of them and looked forward. “En garde!”

“GO! SONIC!” Amy cheered loudly as the event started and the 6 were either backing away or waiting for the right moment to attack and touch their opponent.

“Ha!” Sonic thrusted his epée forward but was blocked by Marth’s. “What?”

“Shia!” Marth thrusted his epée forward and touched Sonic.

“H-hey! I’m just getting warmed up!” Sonic said smiling as he jumped back and forth.

“Sure. Let’s see if you can last a little longer.” Marth said with a nod.

“MUUAAAHH!!”

“Aah!” Chris yelled once Waluigi swiftly landed a hit on him. “(D-dangit, I can’t let him win on me...)” Chris looked at Lucario from afar who was leaned to the wall with crossed arms. “(Please, cheer me, Lucario!) Aah!”

“Stop looking away!” Waluigi said laughing.

“That’s it, dork! That’s how you humiliate a kid!” Wario yelled laughing together with his brother(?).

“Oh, you want to humiliate me then?” Chris asked glaring at Luigi’s creepy skinny alter-ego. “Fine! Go ahead!”

“Right!” Waluigi said thrusting his epée forward that qas quickly blocked by Chris who quickly took a step ahead and touched Waluigi. “W-what?!”

“This is far from over you idiot! I need 14 more to win this!” Chris said backing away.

“Y-you!” Waluigi said, gritting his teeth as both fought the other fiercely through the match.

“YIIEEEHH!!!” Knuckles trusted forward but Mario blocked his attack.

“Ha!” Mario simply trusted his epée and hit Knuckles.

“Damn! How come I didn’t land a hit on you?!”

“Mostly because you need to calm down your rage?” Mario asked.

“I’M PERFECTLY CALM!” Knuckles yelled thrusting forward that was quickly blocked by Mario, who retaliated with a fast touch at Knuckles’s shoulder. “DAMMIT!”

“KNUCKLEHEAD!” Vector yelled raising a fist. “GET YER NERVES DOWN AND CALM DOWN!”

“Who’s asking you?!” Knuckles asked angrily as Mario took this advantage and landed another hit on the echidna who got furious.

“Yer?” Blaze questioned.

“That crazy friend of yours kinda interested me.” Vector said looking at Marine from the crowd who waved back at him.

“Vec-tor and Ma-ri-ne! Sitting-on-a-tree! K-I-S-S-I-N-G!” Charmy taunted from the other side of the stadium. “And K-I-S-S-I-N-G Cream’s mo-“ Charmy was suddenly taken down by a big chunk of floor that made him get a face with swirl eyes while he layed down on the floor as Espio looked back at Vector.

“...” Espio noticed that Vector was blushing a shade of red as part of the floor besides him disappeared.

“Cream’s...what?” Cream asked tilting her head at the side with Cheese.

“Chao chao chao?” Cheese asked.

“...No... I don’t think he said that...” Cream said shuddering a little.

“(Got to love young, sweet naive girls like Cream.)” Espio thought with a small chuckle.

“En garde!” Sonic said jumping over Marth’s epée. “Ha!”

“Ugh!” Marth backed away as the hit made him twitch. “I-it’s not supposed to hurt me, only touch me!”

Sonic cleaned his ear. “Sorry. Maybe I forgot that part.”

Marth narrowed his eyes. “...You didn’t make it on purpose, did you?”

“...” Sonic grinned as he narrowed his eyes in a mischievous way. “No?”

“YIIIIAAAHHH!!!” Marth went and thrusted his epée forward as Sonic tried to block it but got hit by it on his arm as he gritted his teeth.

“U-ugh...” Sonic looked at Marth and grinned (again). “N-now...we’re even...”

“True,” Marth said nodding. “Now, en garde.”

“Heh, with pleasure, my friend.” Sonic said as he thrusted his epée forward at the Altean prince.

“Can’t hit me!” Chris said dodging a hit from Waluigi as he touched him back. “Can’t hit me!” Chris dodged another thrust as he thrusted his own epée at Waluigi. “Can’t hi-“ Chris stopped once Waluigi tricked him to go forward where the creepy brother landed a hit on his forehead. “H-hey! Not there!”

“Who cares?!” Waluigi asked laughing maniacally, getting on Chris’s nerves.

“(I OFFICIALLY hate guys like Waluigi...)” Chris thought with irritation.

“Don’t let him get to you!” Mallow yelled. “He’s using mind games against you! Use the same if you’re in trouble of losing the match!”

“I-I’ll take that in min-OWW!” Chris was thrusted on his leg as Waluigi chuckled. “Y-you stupid... HAAA!!”

“WHAA?!” Waluigi backed away as Chris landed a hit on him.

“What you heard!” Chris responded angrily.

“SHIA!” Knuckles thrusted his epée forward at Mario who gasped and got hit on his neck while the crowd from Mobius(?) cheered at this. “Heh, now I’m getting better at this crap!”

“...Was cursing this event really necessary?” Mario asked.

“...Hmm... Yeah!”

Mario rolled his eyes as he merely touched Knuckles on his head.

“RUUUUUAAHHHHHH!!!” Knuckles yelled enraged as he charged towards the red plumber.

Chris and Waluigi fiercely blocked each other attacks as they backed away and thrusted their epées forward to the other. The match between them grew even more intense as the crowd that didn’t seem to cheer on the Smashers were, this time, getting all curious about the World Traveler.

“Ha!” Chris thrusted the epée to Waluigi’s head, which he missed. “Yah!” Chris thrusted his epée into Waluigi´s right arm as he was able to touch him. “(This is my chance...) YAH!” Chris quickly took the small twitching in Waluigi as he pushed him back to his side.

“Wow,” Yoshi blinked. “He’s actually very good at the epée.”

“Who would’ve thought.” DK commented.

“Bad thing is, I’m not interested to play in this event. “Diddy commented.

“HEY! YOU!” Wario yelled. “DON’T LET THAT PESKY RAT DEFEAT YOUR DAMN (BEEP!), GOT THAT?!”

“Look who’s talking!” Waluigi yelled back as he blocked Chris’s thrusts. “I-I’m not going to hold him for much longer!”

“WHAT?!” Wario asked enraged as he stomped the grass. “DON’T BE SUCH AN ASS AND GET MOVING!”

“AND WHAT DO YOU THINK I’M DOING?!” Waluigi yelled loudly.

“Bad choice!” Chris yelled touching Waluigi on his chest as their scores were 14 – 9.

“N-no! I-I won’t let you!” Waluigi yelled blocking himself with the epée as Chris tried to break his guard.

“Touch!” Mario yelled evading Knuckles’s thrust with a light hit on his forehead as the echidna showed his fangs in fury.

“DAMMIT!” Knuckles yelled angrily as he rushed at Mario.

“...Hmm...” Mario ducked and waited for the moment to jump over the echidna. When the opportunity came, the red plumber jumped above the echidna who glared up at him and was lightly touched on his nose as Mario landed om Knuckles’s position and looked at the score.

15 – 1

“Mario is the winner!” Lakitu announced as the crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom cheered loudly at the plumber who waved at the audience while Knuckles grunted in frustration, tossed his epée away and stomped his way back to his team.

“Great going, Knuckles,” Vector said frowning. “You get a little angry and the next time I see you, you’re already murdering someo-“

PUNCH!!!

“...Owie...” Vector twitched in pain after Knuckles delivered a powerful punch on his stomach as the crocodile fell to his knees before falling to the grass, as Knuckles grunted and walked away from him. “...Told ya...”

“Grrrrrr!” Knuckles grunted angrily.

“Touch,” Marth touched Sonic, despite the hedgehog’s effort to evade him. “Touch,” and again. “Touch,” and again. “Touch,” and again. “Touch,” and lastly...

“N-no way!” Sonic said panicking as Marth thrusted his epée forward.

“Touch.”

15 – 3

“Marth is the winner!” Charmy annouced raising a flag as some people clapped and even whistled.

The Altean prince sweatdropped. “...Geez...not so many fans...”

“That means either Mario’s team or the Smashers’ team could win at the outcome of the next match!”

“Oh man, I could’ve done better.” Sonic said frowning in shame.

“Next time,” Marth began. “Don’t dare to call “Nancy Boy” again.”

“...You got a deal.” Sonic said shaking hands with Marth.

“That’s better.” Marth said with a nod.

“Come on, Chris!” Diddy cheered. “You can show that creepy guy wh-“

HIT!

“UUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!” Waluigi yelled dramatically in slow-motion...by a simple touch from Chris’s epée and fell down the small platform, making the crowd go silent as the sound of Waluigi’s fall echoed through the stadium while the Luigi alter-ego closed his eyes slowly and fell defeated.

“NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!” Wario yelled as he ran at Waluigi...in slow-motion as well.

“...” Cream merely passed by the oddly slow Mario alter-ego, walking at a normal speed as she cleared her throat. “Okay. The winner for this match is Chris!”

Some people clapped silently as the World Traveler blinked several times embarrassed. “...Hurray?” Chris asked raising his epée while he returned to his team.

“The Smashers’ team win!” Cream announced as her voice echoed. “...Um...applause?”

The spectators began to applaud without that proof of excitement as some of the Smashers congratulated Chris for his victory.

“That was good,” DK said giving him a thumbs up. “I’ll be careful with you.”

“B-but I just played normally...” Chris said playing with his fingers.

“Nonsense,” Pit said chuckling. “You did really well out there.”

“If I get interested, can you teach me how to play?” Diddy asked.

“E-er...” Chris looked away embarrassed.

“I watched the whole encouter,” Lucario said. “You were great to me.”

Chris blushed and smiled happily. “T-thank you, guys!”

“May I get your attention, please?” Toadsworth asked as he clared his throat. “We shall announce the points for each team so far in order to keep track of how’s everyone doing.”

Mario’s Team: ll
Sonic’s Team: ll
Smashers’ Team: lll

“We’re annihilating the competition!” Mallow said high-fiving with Diddy.

“Can the Smashers keep on going with their score? Or will the other teams surpass them in the next event?” Toadsworth asked. “Well, let’s see how everyone fares in the Trampoline event!”

Blaze blinked several times before smiling. “Finally, an event where I can show everyone my true abilities.”

Eight event: Trampoline

Participants (in order): Peach, Amy, Diddy, Daisy, Blaze, Mallow, Wario, Dr. Eggman, Geno

10 minutes later...

“Stop!” Lakitu yelled as Blaze stopped and flipped back to safe floor. “Very well done, Blaze! Your performance so far is the greatest of them all!”

Blaze smiled as she walked back to her team “Thanks.”

“Wow, Blaze. I didn’t know you were that good!” Amy said surprised as she gave the pyro cat a bottle of water.

“Thanks. I like to train in athletic activities every so often,” Blaze said as she looked at Dr. Eggman going to the trampoline. “He is going to do it?”

Sonic chuckled. “Why is Eggbutt going to participate? We all know he only knows how to fail at everything he does.”

“I heard that, you pesky hedgehog,” Dr. Eggman said above the trampoline before pointing at him. “I’ll show you what I can do here! I’m quite profession in this!”

“Sure, you are...” the whole Sonic gang said with bored looks in unison as the doctor(?) ignored them.

“On your mark...” Lakitu began. “Get set...” Lakitu aimed his gun at the sky. “Go!”

Chris looked away in embarrassment. “What can Dr. Eggman do above the trampoline? He doesn’t have graceful moves.”

“...” Lucario looked at Dr. Eggman and his jaw dropped a little.

“Huh? What’s wrong, Lucario?” Chris asked confused as the Aura Pokémon pointed at the trampoline. Chris made a confused face before his jaw dropped a little like Lucario’s jaw as he saw something really unexpected...

Super Mario Galaxy – Comet Observatory (First Visit)

There was Dr. Eggman doing very graceful moves in the air as he descended and jumped high in the air. The crowd from Mobius(?) were speechless at the beautiful performance that the doctor(?) was making.

The entire Sonic gang dropped their jaws a little in surprise as the doctor(?) kept doing fast backflips, frontflips, and many other kinds of acrobats.

“What.” Sonic began.

“The.” Tails added.

“Heck.” Knuckles added.

“Is.” Amy added.

“Going.” Blaze.

“On.” Shadow added.

“Here?!” Vector added in utter shock and surprise.

Geno made a surprised face as he raised an eyebrow. “That is...sure a surprise.”

“To be sincere,” Mallow began, smoking a pipe that blew bubbles out. “His moves are full of grace and beauty that could enchant even the most silent of the women around the world. That, my doll friend, is proof that the doctor who doesn’t make any medicine can show the true performance of definite charisma and charm...such style...such grace...such moves!” the prince cloud said dramatically.

“When did you become an aristocrat or someone like that?” Twink asked confused.

“The pipe has powers.” Mallow simply added as he blew bubbles out.

“Don’t mind him, please.” Geno said sweatdropping.

“W-what?” Blaze asked surprised. “H-how is he able to do such fast and swift moves better than me?”

“Maybe that’s his second hobby?” Tails asked wondering.

“Heh,” Sonic crossed his arms and grinned. “Eggman really impressed me for real this time around.”

“Stop!” Lakitu said wiping out tears as Dr. Eggman landed back gracefully.

Music stops

“T-that was such a beautiful and graceful performance!” Lakitu blew his nose on a napkin that the Shy Guy accompaning him gave to him. “Dr. Eggman is the winner! 1 point for Sonic’s team!”

Mario’s Team: ll
Sonic’s Team: lll
Smashers’ Team: lll

The Mobius(?)’s crowd cheered loudly after the result was clarified while the people from the Mushroom Kingdom got disappointed. Dr. Eggman merely grinned evily as he walked to his team, which was a little skeptical after he participated.

“My god,” Amy began. “I didn’t know you had that talent before.”

“Well, thank you,” Dr. Eggman said chuckling. “The Robotnik family has been well known for being champions in the art of athletism, and that counts me as well.”

“Then how come I didn’t hear any of your family’ achievements before?” Knuckles asked.

“Because you’re a darn, caveman echidna who loses his entire time guarding a big glowing crystal in a stupid, forgotten floating island which is insolated from even a simple toaster.”

“WHAT?!” Knuckles asked enraged as Amy and Tails held him back from murdering the doctor(?) who chuckled at this.

“Talk about surprising,” Pit said. “Dr. Eggman did really well on the trampoline.”

“C-can’t we stop talking about him?” Chris asked. “I don’t want to know what else he does with his free time besides his plots about conquering the world.”

“I agree.” Lucario said shuddering.

“We move on with the next event in today’s schedule!” Toadsworth began. “The Singles event!”

Ninth event: Singles

Tails VS. Yoshi
Pit VS. Vector
Bowser VS. DK

“This event will go as the Individual Epée event,” Toadsworth explained. “Participants must defeat their opponents with 11 points as they each try their best to score the point they want! It’s very simple to understand this event!”

Mentioned members from each team went to their tables and picked up their paddles. The teams spreaded around the barricate with the 3 tables with the 6 participants in each one square.

“Hmph,” Tails glared at Yoshi. “I’m very good at this. Just to let you know.”

“Hmph,” Yoshi glared back at Tails. “Same here.”
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (M&S:AtOG and Part of MP3 arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 02:50:21 PM
“I’ve never played this before,” Pit said holding the paddle upside down. “Is this how you hold it?”

“(Heheheheheh...)” Vector smirked. “Of course, my little angel boy.”

“...” Pit walked over Vector and smacked him on the head.

“OWW!” Vector yelled in pain as Pit returned back to his place and held his paddle right.

“Don’t try to trick me!” Pit said pointing at him. “I’ve been watching many people for ages and I know exactly how to play this!”

“T-then why did you ask?” Vector asked with a grunt.

“I wanted to see if you were of trust, which you failed miserably!”

“Oh, yeah?” Vector asked putting a stronger grip on his paddle.

“Yeah,” DK said showing his teeth. “I’ve been waiting to challenge in you something.”

“Hmph!” Bowser crossed his arms and smirked. “You’re just all talk and no darn action!”

DK made a confused a face and rubbed his head. “Er...”

“Look, I know you’re irritated because I stole the spotlight from you so many times, but guess what? I enjoy it very much!”

“...What?” DK asked confused as Bowser laughed to the sky.

“You won’t take the spotlight away from me! For I am Bowser! The king of the Koopas! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAA!!!”

DK sweatdropped and shifted his eyes around. “...Um...sure?”

“He’s just sick of the mind!” Daisy yelled. “Don’t mind what this guy’s saying!”

“O-okay! Thanks!” DK yelled back.

“Ready?” Lakitu asked raising his flag as Yoshi, Bowser and Pit prepared the balls. “Go!”

Kirby Super Star Ultra – Gourmet Race 1

“SHIA!” Pit delivered a fast serve to Vector who accidentaly tripped and let the ball bounce away.

“Point for Mr. Pit!” Cream said happily.

Pit blushed. “I-I’m not that old yet to be called mister...”

“Hey!” Vector called out as he served. “Keep your eyes on the ball!”

“Y-yiah!” Pit hit the ball back at Vector as the scene changed to Tails and Yoshi.

“Yah!” Yoshi hit the ball strongly as Tails quickly sidestepped and returned back the ball at the Yoshi. “U-uah!”

“Point for Tails!” Charmy said raising a flag to the 2-tailed fox as the crowd from Mobius(?) cheered.

“Heh,” Tails grinned. “Have you had enough?”

“Why?” Yoshi grinned back, narrowing his eyes. “This is just the first point for you. I’m not saying that this could be over.”

“Good,” Tails said nodding. “Now, c’mon!”

“YIAH!” Yoshi served again as both continued with their match.

“Those 2 are for some reason trying to defeat the other.” Marth said.

“I somewhat like Yoshi’s determination.” Kirby said sitting above the barricade.

“Then does that mean you’re going to participate seriously?”

“...Is there any food included?”

“...I have a pie...” Marth trailed off as Kirby smiled and nodded happily. “...In the mansion...” Marth added as Kirby made an angry expression and shook his head.

DK and Bowser were probably the ones who were hitting the ball back and forth with all their energies as they both quickly gained points for each fast victory. DK got 5 while Bowser got the same amount.

DK panted heavily. “You...are...good...”

Bowser chuckled as he panted. “Not bad...for a chump...like you...”

“DK!” Diddy yelled close to Chris. “Don’t let that guy get to you! Show him what you’ve got!”

“It’s just me or does everybody here is acting too excited?” Chris asked.

“It is the Olympic Games after all.” Geno said.

“But I wanted to play this one...” Luigi said looking down.

“It looks fun to me...but...” Chris looked around. “I think I’m going to wait for the next event.”

“...Uh-oh.” Geno said.

“What?”

“They’re starting to insult each other.”

Chris looked at Bowser and DK who were now arguing with each other as they played the game. With each insult they said, the ball was hit back to the other opponent.

“Your daddy likes to kiss the pillow!” Bowser argued.

“Your daddy likes to leave you alone!” DK argued!”

“Your mom plays cards in HELL!”

“Your mom plays cards with the DEMON!”

“Your brother got killed yerterday!”

“Your brother is cursing you!”

“Your sister pukes on you during Fridays when you’re sleeping!”

“Your sister likes Mario!”

Mario fainted at that moment (which got Peach surprised as she ducked to see him) as Bowser narrowed his eyes at DK. “Oh, you did NOT say that!”

“I did!” DK said smiling with a chuckle. “Your troops are EVEN dressing like Mario!”

Bowser returned the ball back as he narrowed his eyes even more.

“Your children are acting like Mario!”

Bowser narrowed his eyes even more.

“Your best child watches TV shows with Mario on them!”

Bowser grumbled.

“You’re single!”

Bowser grunted angrily.

“Nobody likes you!”

“That’s a fact!” the crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom yelled as Bowser showed his fangs a little.

“Even worse,” DK said hitting the ball with all his forces. “I’m better than Mario!”

Besides getting an angry grunt from the king of the Koopas, the crowd went furious on the kong and began to yell angrily at him.

“DK!” Diddy yelled. “I think you went too far with that last insult!”

“Y-you think?” DK asked, accidentaly ignoring the ball crossing the table.

“Point for Bowser!” Lakitu announced as the king laughed evily.

“I should watch my mouth from any stupid insult if I were you!” Bowser yelled as he laughed in victory.

“(At least I know how to be good to my opponent,)” Pit thought as he got a point. “(However, I have my doubts about Vector.)”

Vector smirked and moved his tail at the sides. “Never gonna give this up, never gonna give this dooowwnnn!” Vector sang as Pit blocked his ears with some of the participants.

“Ah! Not that horrible singing again!” Pit complained.

“Hey!” Vector called out angrily. “Don’t hurt my feelings, you little angel briefs boy!” Vector cried a crcodile tear. “Y-you don’t know how to treat a poor detective like me...”

Espio facepalmed and frowned at this. “The first second he was the “greatest detective” and the next second he is the “dumbest detective”... How pathetic can he get?”

“I dunno,” Charmy said folding his arms behind his back as he looked away with a smile. “Vector has a really twisted mind...which I like so much!”

“Or does he even have a brain to begin with?” Espio asked.

Charmy saw a small fly inside Vector’s headphones (and probably inside his ear) as it came out from the other side of Vector’s head. The crocodile didn’t feel the little insect flying around him for what Charmy could tell from his spot. “...You’ll be surprised...” Charmy trailed off.

“...I thought as much.” Espio said closing his eyes.

“Oww!” Yoshi got hit on his nose as Tails receive another point. “N-no fair! He cheated!”

“What?” Tails asked a little angry. “Your nose is so big that anyone can hit it!”

Yoshi glared at Tails. “Oh no, no no no no no! You didn’t insult my nose just now!”

“But it’s true!” Tails protested. “Your nose is insanely BIG!”

“That’s IT!” Yoshi yelled back as he tossed the ball high in the air and slammed it down at the table, where Tails quickly retaliated as he flew above since the ball bounced very high and slammed his paddle on the round object while Yoshi used the barricades and jumped high to return the ball.

Sonic watched impressed as the whole match between the 2 went on and on. “Tails! You’re doing so well! Keep going!”

“What do you think I’m doing then?!” Tails asked angrily.

Sonic blinked several times before grinning. “Man, Tails’s now on hot fire.”

“Literally.” Knuckles pointed out as he saw fire covering the 2-tailed fox, along with the Yoshi.

“Well,” Amy chuckled. “Tails is a little bit younger than all of us, right? It was time for him to get angry.”

“The next time we notice,” Sonic began looking at Knuckles. “We’re gonna have Knuckles Jr. hanging around with us.”

“What was that?!” Knuckles asked enraged.

“Snrk,” Chris chuckled. “Knuckles Jr.... AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”

“GRRR!!!” Knuckles grunted angrily at the World Traveler.

“Grrr.” Lucario grunted back at the echidna.

Blaze sweatdropped. “...It was really a good idea for me to be here? Everything seems to be...a little out of control.”

“I ask that to myself many times during the whole day.” Shadow said looking away with a frown.

“I like seeing people getting their brains out by no reason.” Dr. Eggman commented with a small chuckle.

“You like that so much and we know it very well.” Shadow and Blaze said in unison.

“So...who asked you 2?!” Dr. Eggman asked frowning.

“O-oh no!” Yoshi gasped as he quickly lunged at the ball which was going to leave the table from the left edge, since the Yoshi was located on the far right (and even out from the table). “AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!”

Out the ball was.

“Point for Tails!” Cream announced, raising Tails’s score to 10 as the 2-tailed fox chuckled with a grin.

Yoshi looked at his score and he was 2 points behind his opponent as he grumbled. “Y-you just were lucky! That’s all!”

“What’s that?” Tails asked as his grin grew wider. “Are you intimidated?”

“Of course not!” Yoshi spat back. “I-I’ll show you who’s intimidated!”

Marth chuckled a little. “Who would’ve thought that Tails could get this confident with a match like this...wait...” Marth narrowed his eyes as he somehow found...Fox where Tails was supposed to be. “What the hell?” Marth shook his head and saw Tails back on his place as the Altean prince looked around. “Kirby, is Fox here?”

“I don’t know,” Kirby said eating a rice ball. “But what I know is that this rice ball is so goooooood...”

“Nope,” Twink said. “He ain’t here, mate.”

“...But what was that just now?” Marth looked at Twink. “And why did you talk like that?”

“’Cuz Marine was given permission to come with us, mate!” Twink said as Marine appeared behind his back.

“I couldn’t stay sitting over there much longer so I asked for permission to be down here with all of ya! Mates!” Marine said happily.

“WHAT?!” DK’s voice was heard as they all saw his paddle shattering into pieces as the ball crossed his table.

“Point for Bowser!” Lakitu announced. “Bowser wins!”

“RuuuAAAA!!! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Bowser laughed in triumpt as the kong stared at his paddle.

“B-but I didn’t use too much force on it! Why’d this happen anyway?” DK asked.

“Look,” Bowser began raising his fingers. “I won, you lose, I got victorious, you went down, end of the argument!”

“...But...”

Sonic’s ears perked up a little. “I know why that happened...”

“You know?” Peach asked.

“Yeah...it’s because the sponsor did it!” Sonic said.

“The...sponsor?” Peach asked confused. “But he was very nice and decided to give us the necessary funds to play in the Olympic Games.”

“But he did this!” Sonic protested raising a finger. “The sponsor is trying to sabbotage the events! I know it!”

“Listen you!” Daisy began. “There’s absolutely no way that a guy like him did something so stupid like shattering DK’s paddle by no reason! Besides, how could he have done this in the first place if he isn’t even here?”

“Hmm... Now that I think about it...” Peach wondered. “I never met the sponsor in person...”

“Neither do we.” Dr. Eggman said.

“This is really weird...” Sonic muttered as he heard another sound of something shattering, it was Pit’s paddle who instantly shattered into pieces as the ball crossed the table.

“Point for the idiot o-I mean, Vector!” Charmy announced. “Vector is the winner!”

“W-what?!” Pit asked. “Can’t you give me a spare paddle?”

“Sorry,” Charmy said. “But we don’t have spare paddles since these ones are the only ones left.”

“Ha-ha!” Vector laughed proudly. “You lost!”

“D-darn it!” Pit cursed as he felt a shiver on his back and looked up to the sky. “G-Goddess Palutena! I-it was an accident, I swear!”

“Is Pit...praying or something?” Diddy asked as Pit was doing some weird prays to the sky.

“I heard his goddess is keeping a close eye on him since she is worried that “bad” influences could “contaminate” his mind,” Marth explained. “I know because he told me that.”

“...Ooohhh... So he’ll get punished for saying curses and swears?”

“Pretty much.” Marth said nodding.

“...Er...” Geno trailed off. “Aren’t they getting a little bit...too extreme?”

“Who?” Diddy asked as Geno pointed at Yoshi and Tails. “...What?”

Apparently, both competitors were running to the sides as fast as they could since they returned the ball with very hard points to reach that each one managed to reach. The Yoshi and the young fox were jumping, flying, moving, hitting, running, panting, sweating, grunting and every single thing again.

“Go! Go! Tai-ils! Go! Go! Tai-ils!” The Mobius(?)’s crowd cheered waving flags with Tails’s face on them.

“Yo-shi! Yo-shi! Yo-shi!” The crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom cheered, doing the same as the other crowd with flags showing Yoshi’s egg.

“You’re good,” Yoshi muttered grinning (rather evily). “But I’m-“

“Who cares how good you are?” Tails asked angrily as he slammed the ball on the table (even the ball got covered in flames...literally), prompting Yoshi to flutter in the air and reach the ball as he charged his shot.

“THIS IS THE EN-“

CRACK!

“Huh?!” Yoshi looked at his shattered paddle as the ball rose his cheek and went directly to Toadsworth who ducked in fear and saw the ball crossing the wall as he sweatdropped at the hole it made.

“...Tails...won?” Cream asked raising a flag (scared a little bit from Tails) as the crowd from Mobius(?) erupted in cheers of victory. “Sonic’s team has won the Singles event!”

Mario’s Team: ll
Sonic’s Team: llll
Smashers’ Team: lll

“It seems that Sonic’s team is now ahead of the games!” Toadsworth announced.

“NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!” Yoshi yelled loudly before he fell down on his back, his eyes even changed into swirls as Tails jumped happily.

“He was mad a second ago and now he’s acting like himself again.” Amy said.

“That’s my buddy.” Sonic said grinning with a chuckle.

“Your somewhat assassin buddy.” Mallow pointed out.

Sonic smirked. “Okay, it’s time for the next event! Alright! Now I’m ready!” Sonic said punching the air.

River

Tenth event: Single Sculls

Participants (in order): Sonic, Wario, Mallow


“SOMEBODY GET ME OUT FROM THIS THING!” Sonic yelled in panic from his skiff.

“But you said you wanted to participate!” Mallow yelled from his skiff. “I bet you’re just acting like a dork in order to get cooler the next second!”

“I WANNA GET OUT OF HERE! HEEEEEEEEEEELP!” Sonic yelled in panic (again) as the people from Mobius(?) frowned in embarrassment.

Knuckles sighed. “What am I thinking this event was going to torture Sonic to death?”

“Well...” Tails trailed off. “He couldn’t refuse because he was already choosen before he said he wanted.”

“Today’s just not Sonic’s day.” Knuckles said chuckling.

“So here we are!” Toadsworth announced. “The Single Sculls event! In this new competition, only 1 member from each team will participate and row to the other side, where the finish line is located just along the river!”

“...” Pit looked at Wario’s skiff.

“What?” Wario asked with an angry expression.

“(I thought the skiff was going to sink by his weight...) N-nothing...” Pit said shrugging as he walked away.

“...Meh.” Wario rolled his eyes as he took a hold of his paddles.

“YOU THERE!” Vector yelled from inside the river (since he thought the water was going to relax him a bit) and looked at Sonic. “You better row all the way to the finish line or else I’ll squash you down...in the water!”

“NO! NO!” Sonic shook his head in panic. “I-I’LL PLAY THIS! REALLY!” the hedgehog gulped. “I-I’m gonna row all the way along the water...a-and the event should be over, right?”

Vector nodded with a grin. “Now yer gettin’ what I’m talkin’ about!” Vector spoke before diving down the water...where he was attacked by pirahnas as bubbles came out and yelled when they bursted, “UAH! HEY! NOT THERE! AAHH! SOMEBODY! OUCH! OWW! AAHH! EEHH!!!”

Chris looked at a nearby sign that readed:

“No Swimming in the water. Deadly Beijing Pirahnas under the water.”

“T-this river is full of pirahnas?!” Chris asked as he saw a 2-feet tall pirahna jumping close to him.

“Well,” Toadsworth began. “The destination was here so we had to choose this location or else that’d go against the rules of the games.”

“A-are you crazy?” Daisy asked. “They might die!”

“D-do we really care about Wario that much though?” Luigi asked.

“...On second though, it’s fine! Nevermind!” Daisy yelled laughing a little.

“Aw,” Mallow looked down at the water where pirahnas looked up at him. “C’mere, cute fishes. Touch uncle Mallow’s hand...” Mallow put his hand inside before lifting it, having several scars that quickly appeared in the time he put his hand inside. “...It’s this...supposed to be bad?”

“Yes!” Twink and Geno yelled.

“...Oh well, AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!”

“On your marks...” Lakitu said as the trio grabbed their paddles. “Get set...”

Sonic looked inside the water where the pirahnas seemed to wear napkins around their necks as they showed their fangs, which made the hedgehog gulp in fear as he looked in front of him and grabbed his paddles. “I’m going to die... I’m going to freaking die...”

“GO!” Lakitu yelled shooting at the sky with a bullet as the trio began to row all their way up the river while the crowd went wild.

“Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well. “Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well. “Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well. “Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well. “Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well. “Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well. “Yea-“

“SHUT UP!” Waluigi yelled annoyed as the Mario alter-ego grumbled angrily...

“Yeah!” Wario taunted as he successfully rowed well while the Luigi alter-ego facepalmed.

Though something weird happened during the whole event...

“Hurray!” Sonic cheered as he successfully rowed well.

“Yahoo!” Mallow celebrated as he successfully rowed well.

“Yeah!” Wario said as he successfully rowed well.

“Hurray!”

“Yahoo!”

“Yeah!”

“Hurray!”

“Yahoo!”

“Yeah!”

“Hurray!”

“Yahoo!”

“Yeah!”

“Hurray!”

“Yahoo!”

“Yeah!”

“Hurray!”

“Yahoo!”

“Yeah!”

DK blocked his ears. “W-why can’t they shut up and row normally without talking?”

“Hurray! Yahoo! Yeah! NO! They got inside my mind!” Diddy yelled worried.

“I-I can’t hold on!” Chris said blocking his ears. “I can’t...tolerate...all those...overly repeated...cheers...”

“Hmph.” Lucario went to Chris and blocked his ears with his black hands as the World Traveler blinked in surprise.

“...I don’t hear anything... I don’t hear anything!” Chris cheered happily while Lucario growled happily...but later twitched a little after hearing the cheers again.

“ARGH!” Bowser yelled angrily. “SHUT UP, YOU NUMBSKULLS!”

“Hurray!” Sonic cheered happily as the trio went along the river and towards the finish line at a good pace. “The finish line!” Sonic smiled as he looked over his shoulder and spotted the line which could free him from the skiff.

Music stops

“...Huh?” Mallow found a spot that made water in front of his skiff. “What? A hole?”

It was not soon enough before many holes began to appear one by one around the skiff as the crowd gasped (dramatically to be specific) as the cloud prince looked around in panic.

“H-help! My skiff is sinking!” Mallow yelled worried as he tried to stir the skiff back to land, but the force of the river prevented him from doing so. “Help! I don’t wanna be eaten by pirahnas!”

“Huh?!” Sonic saw 3 holes appearing in the skiff before even more holes began to sprout water out as they appeared. “OH NO! OH NO! OH NO! I KNEW THIS WAS A BAD IDEA! HEEEEEEEEEEEELP!”

“Wahahahahahahaha!” Wario laughed as he crossed the finish line. “I’m the winner! Yes!”

Mario’s Team: lll
Sonic’s Team: llll
Smashers’ Team: lll

“Mario’s team is the winner?” Charmy said confused.

“T-this is not the time for that!” Luigi said panicking.

“Oh my goodness!” Peach gasped as she saw Mallow’s and Sonic’s skiffs sinking, where the pirahnas gathered around and prepared leap at the 2. “Mallow! Sonic!”

“They’re gonna be 4-stars dinner for the fishes, mates!” Marine said panicking. “Yeh have to do somethin’, mates!”

“Pit!” Marth began. “Fly over there and help them!”

“I...” Pit looked down. “I can’t... My Wings of Icarus can’t make me stay in the air very longl, only by some seconds before I fall.”

“Dammit...” Geno muttered. “Mallow and Sonic are going to be killed if their skiffs sink.”

“Lucario!” Chris said but Lucario shook his head. “W-why?”

“Remember the pills?” Lucario asked. “They reduced my steel defense, and if I go inside...the pirahnas could eat me alive.”

“And can’t you fight them back?”

“I’m afraid not... I’m sorry...” Lucario said looking down in shame.

“(Oh no...)” Chris looked at Sonic and Mallow almost sinking inside the dangerous river. “(How are we going to save them?... If I could fly or...)” the World Traveler looked around for something...and looked at Kirby holding a red pompom above his head. “...”

“Peach gave this to me,” Kirby said rubbing his face with the pompom. “It feels so soft...”

“...Wait...” Chris stared at the pompom until he got an idea...although he disliked it. “...I guess it’s up to me then...” Chris said sighing disappointed as he changed to his Moogle Knight job and flapped his wings that made him fly above the grass. “Hang in there! Kupo!” Chris yelled flying as fast as he could to the 2 on the water.

“ALLELUYAH!” Sonic yelled jumping towards Chris where he (somehow) grabbed the obviously small Moogle’s hands, making Chris struggle as he gritted his teeth. “H-hurry! Take me to safe land!”

“Oof!” Chris lowered a little. “W-why can’t you stop eating t-those useless c-chili-dogs?! Kupo?!”

“Less talk and more land!” Sonic yelled as Chris moved the hedgehog back and forth to throw him back to his team, but Sonic jumped before Chris could throw him as he landed safely on safe land as the crowd from Mobius(?) sighed in relief.

“...Mallow!” Twink yelled and reminded Chris who quickly gasped and went after the cloud prince who flailed his arms around until the Moggle grabbed his hands and flew to the other side of the river as the skiff was about to sink.

“Wait!” Mallow yelled. “My legs and pants! They’re on the skiff!”

Chris looked back at the skiff and sure enough, Mallow’s legs and pants were still inside as he looked down and saw Mallow...only being a cloud. “Oh, dangit! Kupo!” Chris cursed as he tossed Mallow at Geno who catched him while the Moogle went after the legs and pants (which sounded awkward in many ways), which he managed to get before a pirahna could bite his hands.

The crowd cheered at Chris’s “heroic” effort as he returned, sweated and gave Mallow his legs and pants back.

“Phew...” Mallow said adjusting his pants. “My mom could’ve killed me if I were to lose my lucky pants.”

“Those pants didn’t give you lucky!” Twink protested sniffing. “I... I thought you were going to die there...”

“Whew...” Chris sat on the grass as he panted. “My life for Kupo Moxi...kupo...”

“That was good,” Marth said. “You saved Sonic and Mallow from being eaten alive.”

“At least I did...what I had to do...kupo...”

“Well done, Chris.” Lucario said smiling a little as Chris looked up at him and flapped his small wings happily.

“What was that just now?!” someone in the crowd asked.

“Sonic was going to die!” someone else yelled in the crowd.

“Was Mario’s team responsible for this?!” someone else yelled angrily as the crowd grew violent.

“W-wait!” Peach began. “We didn’t do anything bad! We’ve been participating as the good participants we are. The accidents occurred because... I don’t know, but we are innocent!”

“Yeah, right!” a Flicky pointed at her. “I bet you’re acting so sweetly because you’re hiding your cheating self!”

“W-what?” Peach asked looking down.

“C-calm down, everybody,” Toadsworth began. “Accidents happen from time to time. This is no different at all.”

“You’re acting like that because you’re from the Mushroom Kingdom yourself!”

“Buuuuuuuuurn!” Bowser yelled laughing as some of the Smashers glared at him.

“...Wait, Vector!” Charmy yelled worried as he looked around for the crocodile. “Vector! Where are you?!”

“Wasn’t that honza inside the water, mates?” Marine asked as she looked at the river, where coveniently enough, Vector crawled out in a weak state (it was obvious because he had several bandages around his jaw).

“Never...” Vector began. “Never...enter inside water...with pirahnas inside...”

“Wow,” Espio said a little bit surprised. “He actually resisted his long stance in there?”

“’Cuz I ate one of ‘em,” Vector said burping. “And its friends got scared of me...but man, that didn’t taste so good...”

Kirby looked at the crowd which was getting more violent as they argued. “I-I don’t like this... It’s scaring me...”

Inside the stadium

Persona 4 – Deduction

The event seemed to stop for a short break as the crowd talked by themselves. The Smashers were reunited close to a bench where they were discussing some things.

“About the games,” Marth began. “Doesn’t it look a little odd to you all?”

“You mean the weird things?” Diddy asked.

“Correct. I think something is going on that we haven’t taken into matter.”

“It could be anything,” Chris said raising a hand (above Lucario’s shoulder since the World Traveler was still a Moogle). “But I forgot what were those strange happenings. Kupo.”

“The flags,” Geno reminded them. “The paddles that broke out of the blue and the skiffs sinking by no reason by the holes.”

“Wait,” DK rubbed his head. “Isn’t weird that the last competition was in a river full of pirahnas?”

“Now that you mention it...” Pit thought as he put a fist close to his forehead. “It looks odd that the event was held in such dangerous place.”

“The question is, why?” Mallow thought. “Somebody here wants to get rid of us?”

“That would be the point,” Lucario began. “It’s possible that somebody is hiding in plain view, or probably in front of our eyes...and why are you all staring at me like that?”

Twink blinked surprised. “Wow, that was a change there.”

“A change?” Lucario asked confused.

“Because the only thing that only seems to get out of your mouth most of the time is something related to Chris and nothing about something else that bothers you.” Geno pointed out as Lucario coughed and closed his eyes.

“P-please, I’m always worried abou-“ the Smashers gave bored looks to the Aura Pokémon who glared at them. “Is it really bad to protect my trainer?”

“Er...” Kirby looked away. “N-no...”

“Then don’t complain about it...or else I’ll-“ Lucario’s hands glowed with aura as Chris slapped his cheek, making the aura disappear. “C-Chris!”

“Calm down, you! Kupo!” Chris said pouting a little. “They have a point about you there! Kupo!”

Lucario looked down. “...I’m sorry...”

Chris sighed and rubbed Lucario’s head a little. “It’s okay. You wanted to give it a shot in this small investigation, anyway. Kupo.”

“But what Lucario said was true,” Marth began. “Someone we know is behind the scenes and is trying to kill us all.”

“And I have the perfect culprit!” Mallow said pointing an accussing finger to Bowser, who was with crossed arms several meters away from them as he shifted his eyes. “That guy!”

“It could be,” DK said narrowing his eyes. “There’s always something up with him.”

Diddy narrowed his eyes. “I bet he did all those things so he could win.”

“Or how about Dr. Eggman?” Pit asked pointing at Dr. Eggman, standing several meters away from them. “Knuckles told me that their planet got separated in floating continents and that he assumes that Dr. Eggman was responsible for the whole thing.”

“Wait...” Chris looked down with a serious face. “I’ve heard Amy saying something about their world being separated into floating continents... Kupo.”

“But that’s besides the main point,” Marth said. “Firstly, we have to find the culprit behind the sabotages in the events or who knows what that culprit could do to us in an unexpected moment.”

“You guys thinking about the next event?” Sonic asked walking to them with Blaze and Tails.

“Nope,” Mallow shook his head. “We’re thinking about the odd happenings.”

“Ah,” Blaze nodded. “The mysterious changes, you mean?”

“I was a little bit curious myself,” Tails said. “I thought the same once Sonic nearly got killed by those pirahnas.”

Sonic grinned and chuckled. “C’mon, I’m not tasty enough for little fishes.”

“Little fishes with sharp fangs each, which could devour you in 1 minute.” Diddy pointed out as Sonic shrugged.

“A-anyway,” Sonic began changing the topic about his fear. “I was thinking about the sabotages too, and I think I know who did this...”

“Who?” everyone asked.

“...The sponsor!”

Everyone frowned and ignored that answer.

“Leaving Sonic’s stupid answer,” Geno began coughing a little to get their attention. “It couldn’t have been Mario or the others since they like to play fair.”

“Always.” Twink added.

“To be honest,” Sonic began. “I thought the second person on my list was him.”

“Mario’s not fat!” Yoshi was heard yelling.

“Suuuuuuure he isn’t.” Sonic said with a mischievous grin as the Smashers looked up at the sky annoyed with a frown.

“He didn’t talk about his weight!” Kirby yelled back as Yoshi said, “Oh. Nevermind.”

“We have 2 culprits,” Pit said. “Bowser or Dr. Eggman.”

“Wait,” Kirby pointed at a person. “And him?”

They all looked at Wario (arguing with Waluigi in gibberish) which they blinked at.

“...Possibly too.” DK said nodding.

“So now...we hav-“

“Or Waluigi.” Diddy added.

“We have 4 possible culprits,” Pit said. “Dr. Eggman, Bowser, Wario or Waluigi.”

“How about him?” Kirby asked pointing at Vector (arguing with Espio...in gibberish).

“Fine... 5 people counting Vector.” Pit said sighing.

“Heya! Mates!” Marine greeted the group as she walked to them. “Strange things have been happenin’ here a lot, ain’t it, mates?”

“We were thinking about that, kupo.” Chris said.

“Lucario,” Marth began. “Can you use your aura and see if the Subspace Army is here?”

“Let me see.” Lucario said as he closed his eyes and glowed with aura as Chris smiled.

“You know,” Chris said still smiling as Lucario’s aura circled around his small body. “When you’re so close to Lucario’s aura, it makes you feel so relaxed and happy. Kupo.”

Lucario chuckled and smiled a little bit. “Thanks. I’m happy for that.”

“I’m going to hang on your shoulder more often from now on then, kupo.” Chris said flapping his wings happily as Lucario’s tail wagged a little.

“Found anything with your chakra?” Sonic asked as Lucario glared at him.

“It’s aura,” Lucario corrected him as he stopped glowing. “And...I found something.”

“Then what is it? Are they here?” Twink asked.

Lucario shook his head. “No, they aren’t. Technically they are here but far away from this place.”

“I guess they got lost?” Mallow asked.

“Nope,” DK said shaking his head. “They’re not that stupid to get lost in their way here.”

“Besides the stadium being so big and spacious.” Diddy pointed out.

“But it bothers me...” Pit said moving his head with his right hand. “It’s giving me a headache everytime I try to think too hard.”

“Maybe we should stop thinking for now and see what happens next before we reach a conclusion.” Marth suggested and they nodded.

“I’ll try to help if you need my aid,” Blaze said. “I’m concerned about what might happen today.”

“We all are.” Tails said.

Music stops

“S-sorry for the delay,” Toadsworth called out. “But the games are back to continue with their usual schedule!”

The crowd seemed to have lost their anger and cheered loudly again as always. Sonic, Blaze and Tails returned back to their team.

“Ahem,” Toadsworth coughed. “We know move on to the next leg of the Olympic Games!”

“I wonder what could it be this time...” Diddy wondered.

“The Pole Vault event!”

Target Smash!!

Eleventh event: Pole Vault

Pariticipants (in order): Daisy, Blaze, Kirby, Peach, Amy, Marth, Waluigi, Sonic, Geno

“Oh, Pole Vault,” Marth said smiling a bit. “I’ll participate this time.”

“But now with this though,” Twink said taking Marth’s cape off. “There. We don’t want your cape stuck in the high pole and strangle you.”

Marth sweatdropped. “W-well...you’re right on that.”

“That’s why I left my dream to wear a cape!” Twink said happily. “Capes can kill you!”

“Exactly, mate!” Marine (who has been standing there besides the group) said making a fist. “Back at my place, I used to run ‘round and ‘round with a cape until that bonza got stuck on the edge of the table and pulled me back to a pile of knives. Yikes! That was scary!”

“Pile of...knives?” Pit asked raising an eyebrow in horror.

“I used to play with ‘em, mate.”

“...Y-you’re really sick,” Chris said nodding. “R-really, really sick. Kupo.”

“Many’ve said that to me but I ain’t caring about bad opinions, mate!”

Several not so important characters later...

Marth grabbed the pole and looked straight to the crossbar positioned several feet away from him. The Altean narrowed his eyes as the signal for his start began and he quickly ran to it.

“Hey,” Mallow chuckled. “Marth looks kinda funny when he runs with that big pole.”

DK chuckled. “You’re right. He does.”

The Altean struck down his pole and prepared to be propelled high enough to cross the crossbar and land on the big blue couch. Many watched the pole bending a little with every second as they grew curious.

“...” Pit blinked in confusion. “Wait, something is not right here...”

“...The pole!” Diddy yelled as the pole suddenly broke in 2 (even if it wasn’t that very bent) and Marth hopped backwards and fell on his back with a pain running through his back as Kirby, Pit and Chris ran to him.

“W-what just happened?!” Pit asked.

“The pole just...snapped...” Marth said as Chris helped him to get up. “I...can’t tell why though...”

“This is...” Toadsworth trailed off. “Unexpected! Why’d Marth’s pole snap in such an unexpected way?”

“Don’t give me this again!” a spectator from Mobius(?) yelled angrily. “I bet Mario’s team is responsible for this like the last time!”

Bowser chuckled. “Funny to see everyone here thinking that we’re the villains.”

“But you ARE one!” Daisy said angrily.

“And yet, I’m not guilty of this. Hahahahahaha!” Bowser laughed as Daisy grunted.

“W-we haven’t done anything like that!” Luigi yelled. “We want to have a friendly competition with Sonic and his friends today s-“

“SHUT UP!” the crowd from Mobius(?) yelled angrily at the green plumber who disappeared in a blink of an eye as a trail of dust went all the way behind Yoshi, who was oblivious of the whole thing.

“Calm down, everybody!” Toadsworth tried to calm down the crowd. “Unfortunately, I need to come with the decision that, if the equipment from the Olympics were to be broken, the participant will get a penalty for his or her own responsability.”

The crowd didn’t like this at all once they saw the order from the better and to the worse participant in the Pole Vault event.

1st - Daisy
2nd – Blaze
3rd – Amy
4th – Peach
5th – Waluigi
6th – Geno
7th – Sonic
8th – Kirby
9th – Marth


“Oh, how convenient!” a Flicky from you-know-where said angrily, rolling his eyes. “Turns out one of Mario’s team is on the top of the chart after the nancy boy failed to do his turn!”

“Nancy boy?” Marth asked narrowing his eyes.

“You gotta let that tiara go one day, man.” Mallow said with a frown before Marth facepalmed.

“Listen,” Toadsworth began. “The rules, according to the sponsor, clearly explain that, so I can’t do anything in my power to change that.”

“See there?” Sonic asked crossing his arms. “That sponsor guy is the culprit!”

Knuckles frowned. “For the last time, Sonic, he didn’t do any of this!”

“But I know he did!” Sonic protested. “The sponsor is behind all this!”

“Who is really behind all this useless blabbing is you, however!”

“Meh, who cares about your opinion?” Sonic asked looking away.

“And without further ado...” Toadsworth added the point for Mario’s team as the crowd from Mobius(?) yelled angrily while the crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom seemed confused.

Mario’s Team: llll
Sonic’s Team: llll
Smashers’ Team: lll

Kirby looked down. “We’re...losing now...” Kirby sniffed.

“We don’t care about that!” Pit said. “We care about what made Marth’s pole break all of a sudden!”

“But what?” DK asked with a worried look. “I’m starting to think that a mastermind is trying to defeat, or kill us in some way.”

Chris shuddered as he returned to Lucario’s shoulder, where the Aura Pokémon rubbed his cheek with his. “I’m worried... Kupo...”

“Me too, Chris,” Lucario said. “...Me too...”
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (M&S:AtOG and Part of MP3 arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 03:08:09 PM
“...Aw, c’mon!” Mallow said running on his feet. “It’s just a little event that we happened to lose! Nothing to be worried about! It’s not like many odd things as sabotages will occur while we’re around!”

How wrong was the cloud prince...

12th Event: Long Jump

“AAHH!!!” Bowser tripped above a hole that suddenly appeared and rolled all the way to the wall where he crashed, making the crowd from Mobius(?) laugh madly as the king’s eyes spun.

Mario facepalmed at this...

...While Sonic cheered.

Mario’s Team: llll
Sonic’s Team: lllll
Smashers’ Team: lll

13th Event: Vault

“Haaaaa...”

CRACK!

“BLAZE!” Cream, Marine (and even Cheese) yelled once the table that Blaze used to jump high broke and made her hit her back on an edge as the rabbit called the medics. The crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom cheered and laughed.

Sonic facepalmed at this...

...While Wario and Waluigi cheered.

Mario’s Team: llll
Sonic’s Team: lllll
Smashers’ Team: lll

14th Event: Archery

Chris smiled and aimed his arrow at the far away target. “A Moogle Knight knows how to aim arrows too, kupo!” Chris said happily as he let his right hand go from the arrow...

...That somehow shot backwards (very fastly) as it nearly hits Kirby who was eating a watermelon on the bench. The puffball’s head was about to be crossed by the pointy arrow as the whole crowd laughed at this, while the World Traveler felt extremely embarrassed and looked down in shame as he returned to his team, where Lucario patted his back.

Marth facepalmed at this...

...While Bowser cheered (and got an Aura Sphere on his face by you-know-who).

Mario’s Team: lllll
Sonic’s Team: lllll
Smashers’ Team: lll

15th Event: High Jump

Amy gracefully backflipped above the crossbar...

...Before she hit her head really hard on it, and her feet got stuck on the crossbar as she fell down with a hard landing.

“Was the crossbar that high?” Twink asked while the crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom laughed madly.

“I...don’t...know...” DK trailed off thinking while Tails facepalmed...

...As Mallow cheered (and got a hit on the back of his head by Geno).

Mario’s Team: lllll
Sonic’s Team: lllll
Smashers’ Team: llll

16th Event: 4 x 100m Freestyle

Sonic, unfortunately, had to particpate and thus he drowned upon being thrown inside by Vector.

Nothing out of the ordinary happened though...

...As Daisy cheered at this.

Mario’s Team: lllll l
Sonic’s Team: lllll
Smashers’ Team: llll

17th Event: 400m Hurdles

As soon as Geno tried to jump a last hurdle, it moved suspiciously away and the puppet accidentaly tripped on it and fell off-track as the whole crowd laughed madly.

Mallow and Twink facepalmed...

...As Vector cheered.

Mario’s Team: lllll l
Sonic’s Team: lllll l
Smashers’ Team: llll

18th Event: 400m

Shadow was able to dodge the invisible holes along the way to the finish line...

...Until a hand(?) grabbed his foot and made him trip face-first, making the whole crowd (it turned out that the residents from Mobius(?) hated Shadow) laughed madly.

Dr. Eggman facepalmed...

...As Chris cheered.

“You’re supposed to be thinking about what happened! Not cheer at it!” Pit said as Chris chuckled worried.

Mario’s Team: lllll l
Sonic’s Team: lllll l
Smashers’ Team: lllll

19th Event: Skeet

Bowser aimed his rifle at the airborn targets flying in the distance...

...As somehow the rifle shot the bullets at the 3 teams who gasped and ran away from the spot. Chris tripped and gasped as he covered his head in fear, but a big shadow covered the poor Moogle World Traveler from being shot.

“Lu-Lucario! Kupo!” Chris flew happily after Lucario shielded him with perfect accuracy using the spikes of his arms as the Aura Pokémon hugged his trainer with his right arm and licked his face.

Even the crowd aww’d at this...

...While Pit cheered, receiving bored looks from Chris and Lucario.

“S-shouldn’t you be angry at Bowser?” Pit asked sweating as Bowser was seen stomping on the grass behind the angel.

Mario’s Team: lllll l
Sonic’s Team: lllll l
Smashers’ Team: lllll l

20th Event: Dream Platform

High above...somewhere in an airship. Still in Beijing(?)

Mallow looked down the 10,000m of height from the airship and the ocean as he chuckled. “Pfft, please, my dreams have 100,000m of height than this!”

“It’s that really true?” Twink asked.

“Nope.”

“...”

“Anyway,” Geno began. “Good luck out there.”

Mallow nodded with a chuckle as he walked to his position, looking the other 2 participants who were Bowser (probably because he wanted to repay that incident earlier) and Dr. Eggman.

“Well,” Marth began as the other members were on the airship. “Bowser was sabotaged as well so he was telling the truth back then.”

“But Dr. Eggman haven’t been,” Pit pointed out. “I bet he is behind all this.”

“I heard that!” Dr. Eggman said twisting his hips a little. “I’m 110 percent innocent!”

“Not until we have actual proof!”

“Whatever!”

Pit glared at the doctor(?).

“Ready?” Lakitu asked raising a flag as the 3 raised their hands. “Go!”

Mallow, Bowser and Dr. Eggman dove to the ocean as their teams went to the edges of the airship and cheered on them.

“Good luck!” Kirby yelled as he almost fell down but Chris grabbed him by his back.

“He needs to do acrobats in midair to score up points,” DK began. “But is he one?”

“I doubt it.” Geno said rubbing his wooden chin.

“...So...” Diddy began as the 3 went down. “There has been a lot of odd things ever since Mallow said that nothing wouldn’t happen.”

“But Bowser was already proven innocent since he got sabbotaged,” Chris said on Lucario’s shoulder. “Maybe Dr. Eggman will get untouched in this event, then we’ll prove he was the one wh-“

It was not long before the blue sky turned red as a huge explosion, followed by a scream of agony, came from down below that the group easily recognized and gave bored looks to each other.

“...I take my words back. Dr. Eggman is innocent, kupo.” Chris said sweatdropping.

“...Well,” Kirby began licking a popsicle out of nowhere. “He probably tried to feel sabotaged and that’s why he did that.”

The group ignored another explosion with a cry of agony that yelled something about a back.

“By the way,” Lucario turned to Blaze, who had some kind of plate behind her back to make her back straight. “Is your back feeling fine?”

“I guess,” Blaze said as her right eye twitched. “The pain is annoying, but I should be fine if I take rest.”

“I’m glad.”

“Ooh, Lucario,” Chris made a mischievous look. “It was a long time after you fell for a girl, kupo.”

“I-I haven’t!” Lucario protested blushing.

“Admit it,” Chris waved a hand. “You like to hang out with girls rather than boys, kupo.”

Lucario blushed even more as Blaze blinked confused. “A-at least they’re more sociable tha-“

Chris gasped. “D-don’t tell me you’re ga-“

“Dare to finish that word and I’ll send you to hell.” Lucario threatened narrowing his eyes at his trainer...

...Who whimpered, sniffed and covered his eyes in fear and horror as Lucario realized his mistake and hugged his trainer tightly.

“I-I didn’t mean to scare you!” Lucario said worried as Chris sobbed on his chest. “P-please, don’t hate me! I-I beg of you!”

“...You 2 are total weirdos...” Blaze commented backing away to her team, which Lucario blinked shocked.

“Ku-kupo...” Chris sobbed as Lucario rested his head above Chris’s head.

“So in a few words,” DK began as the same cry of agony came from down below with another explosion. “Eggman wasn’t responsible either.”

“I have other suspects.” Diddy began.

“Who?” Marth asked interested.

“We have the crowd,” Diddy said showing them a picture of the crowds from both places. “They seem rather shady if you ask me. Why are they blaming the other crowd? I smell rivalry...” Diddy shifted his eyes around.

“...Next.”

“We have the strange Nazi Toads,” Diddy said showing them a picture of the Nazi Toads from the previous time, giving creepy smiles. “They look even shadier! The color of their faces...yuck!”

“But they’ve been nice to us because they’ve been cheering on us!” Twink said.

“Oh, I wonder why, kupo...” Chris said rolling his eyes.

“Next.” Marth said.

“We have...her,” Diddy showed them a picture of Marine. “I heard from Knuckles that Marine wanted so badly to participate but couldn’t at the end.”

“That’s like so right, mates!” Marine called appearing right behind Marth (who jumped away from her in shock). “I asked to be in this but nooooo, those honzas said I couldn’t enter, mates!”

“A-ha!” Twink glared at her. “So you’re behind all this!”

“Mwhahahahahahaha!” Marine laughed. “Yes, that’s right!” the others blinked confused before glaring at her as she looked mischievously. “I’m all behind...tis!” Marine showed them a picture where she was shown trying not to laugh because she painted Sonic’s little tail red with a brush. “Serves ‘im right for stealin’ mah hot-dog, mates!”

Kirby looked at Sonic’s tail and it was, indeed, red. “Heheheheheh...”

Sonic’s ears perked up and looked at them. “Something’s wrong?”

“N-nope, ku-kupo...” Chris said chuckling.

“...Hmph.” Sonic turned the other way.

“So,” Marine started tilting her hips at the sides with folded arms behind her back. “That’s all? Mates?”

“...Y-you can go,” Marth said with a nod as th raccoon walked away. “Next if you have more.”

“These 2 knuckleheads.” Diddy said.

“WHAT?!” Knuckles yelled from behind DK who jumped away from him in shock.

“D-did I even call you?” Diddy asked as Knuckles looked at the picture.

“...Oh,” Knuckles rubbed his head embarrassed. “Sorry for that... Later guys.” Knuckles walked away.

“Charmy and Espio?” Kirby asked and Diddy nodded.

“Yep. These guys wanted to enter as well. Charmy being the one who wanted so badly.” Diddy explained.

“And my plan hasn’t work yet!” Charmy was heard saying as the Smashers looked at him, talking to Espio. “My plan to...my plan to...”

“Your plan to?” Espio raised an eyebrow.

“...My plan to sabotage...” that made everyone get interested. “...My plan to sabotage Vector for taking away my videogame!”

Espio frowned at this. “Charmy, that game was burning many cells inside your mind...if you had a mind to begin with.”

Charmy pouted. “B-but it was Wonder Boy in the Monster Land!”

“Even so.” Espio said as Charmy threw his hands up.

“...Put an X on them.” Twink said as Diddy threw the photo away.

“Then,” Marth began again. “Nobody here isn’t the culprit?”

“It seems that way,” Pit said. “But it’s still strange that everyone here seems so innocent.”

“But I DO know who it was!” Sonic said walking to them. “It’s the sponsor!”

The Smashers ignored that as usual, leaving Sonic grunting in frustration.

“Grrr! Guys! I’m serious! The sponsor is behind all this!” Sonic said opening his hands.

“Listen you!” Chris said flying close to Sonic’s face. “There’s absolutely no way that a guy that we haven’t met is the culprit of all the sabotages! Kupo!”

“But my intuition is telling me the answer!” Sonic protested. “C’mon, you gotta believe me!”

“Sonic...” DK sighed. “I think your idea, or answer, isn’t that intelligent at all...”

“The sponsor isn’t the culprit, and that’s final.” Marth said as Sonic looked down.

“...OK, OK... I understand...darn...” Sonic muttered the last part.

An explosion with a cry of agony that they recognized from Vector came from down below.

“And that proves Vector isn’t the culprit either.” Diddy said, throwing a picture of Vector away..

“Was he another suspect?” Kirby asked.

“Well, he seems shady all the time with that weird look on his face!”

“But it’s not him!” Sonic said angrily.

“And neither the sponsor! Kupo!” Chris protested.

“C-calm down!” a voice yelled from behind the group. The Smashers turned their back and found Luigi playing with his fingers. “Y-you’ve been yelling for quite some time a-and I wanted to stop that...so...yes...”

“...Excuse us,” Pit said embarrassed. “W-we were talking about the happening today...and I guess we got sidetracked.”

“Oh?” Luigi asked confused. “You mean those bothersome and sudden happenings? Because I was wondering that myself for a time ago.”

Geno blinked surprised. “Wait, you know who was the guy who did all this?”

“It is the sponsor?” Sonic asked.

“...N-no...” Luigi rubbed his hat. “I-I’m sorry but I don’t know yet...b-but that’s besides the point.”

“Besides what point?” Diddy asked.

“W-well...you see...” Luigi kicked the air a little bit. “Remember when I was under Dimentio’s mind and was Mr. L?”

DK and Diddy narrowed their eyes. “Oh yeah. You were very annoying back then.” DK said.

“D-don’t hurt me...” Luigi said backind away a little. “I-I want to apologize to you after what I did under that...scary alter-ego...a-and I...hm...h-how do I put it?”

“What are you trying to say exactly? Kupo?” Chris asked as he felt Lucario hopping up a little (but very little). “What is it, Lucario? Kupo?”

“Luigi is thinking about...joining us.” Lucario said looking away as the Smashers gave surprised looks at the green plumber.

Luigi blushed and looked away. “H-how did you...w-whatever... The point is that...I-I don’t have anything else to do after the Olympics end and since you’re all here and represent the Smash Mansion... I-I want to return to the mansion and see what’s new and such.”

“...Hahahahahahahaha!!!” Sonic broke out laughing and fell on his back. “Y-you?! A guy like you joining us?! A-are you being serious?!”

Luigi looked a little bit annoyed. “Y-yes! I-I can fight too!”

“Buahahahahahahahahaha!!!” Sonic laughed even louder. “F-fight? G-gimme a break, pal! Y-you’ve gotta be kidding me!”

Luigi trembled a little. “Y-you’re going to regret that after I use my Super Fire Punch on you!”

“...HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Sonic laughed even louder as Wario and Waluigi looked at him like some sort of maniac before looking down the airship.

“Oh, please!” Luigi said making an angry expression. “I-I can fight very well!”

“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”

“Luigi...” Marth trailed off.

“Y-yes?” Luigi looked worried at the Altean prince.

“Didn’t Master Hand remove your abilities when you left with Mario, Peach and Bowser?”

“...” Luigi looked down embarrassed. “Y-yes, he did...”

Chris walked to Sonic and kicked his side. “Sonic! Stop it! Kupo!”

“I-I’m fine,” Sonic said wiping a tear. “I’m fine now...but what did he say a moment ago?”

“That he was going to join us?” Kirby asked before Sonic broke out laughing madly.

And so the day went on...

Music stops

Mario’s Team: lllll ll
Sonic’s Team: lllll ll
Smashers’ Team: lllll ll

It was decided that the 4 X 100m Relay was going to be the last event for the night after Mallow won the Dream Platform event, Blaze (which was a surprised with the condition she was in) won the Dream Race event and Kirby (EVEN more surprising) won the Dream Table Tennis. The Dream Fencing was decided to be dropped out of the schedule since Toadsworth told the team that they were in a tie, and was impossible to consider the previous mentione event suitable since the 4 X 100m Relay was worthy to be the last event.

Inside the Stadium

Lights shone and illuminated the night sky. The teams were getting prepared for the last leg of the games because everyone was going to participate in the 4 X 100m Relay (Toadsworth even called the event 8 X 100m Relay to give a good final).

“The moon...” Sonic trailed off as he stared at the moon.

“What’s up with you and the moon?” Knuckles asked.

“What?” Sonic crossed his arms. “Can’t a guy like me enjoy it in peace?”

Knuckles grunted. “You better not act weird or something because of it.”

Sonic chuckled and grinned afterwards. “So what?”

“Nevermind,” Knuckles sighed. “It’s useless to talk with you.”

“Since this is the last event...” Marth looked down to Kirby. “You need to run as fast as you can.”

“First,” Kirby made an angry expression. “I want motivation.”

“Certainly,” Marth said taking out 3 Rice Balls that Kirby swallowed and burped a little. “Now?”

“Yeeeees.” Kirby said dreamily.

DK was punching the air. “Yeah, last event. I can do this.”

Diddy seemed to punch DK from several centimeters. “Act tough, act strong, act like you.”

“Who do you think you are?” Mallow asked. “Bruce Lee?”

“Whoever that is, yes.” DK said determined.

“OH YEAH!” Daisy yelled loudly. “We can do this, team! We-can-do-this! I’m so pumped up to grab that trophy!”

“G-geez,” Luigi shuddered. “Y-your enthusiasm sometimes scares me.”

“C’mon!” Daisy slapped Luigi’s back. “You gotta be excited like I am!”

“W-well...true...” Luigi said playing with his fingers.

“If you run fast,” Chris said to Lucario who looked at him. “I promise I’m going to treat you a steak. Kupo.”

“Hmm...” Lucario closed his eyes happily.

“Yep, I want to spend the time with you with a good reward,” Chris rubbed his Pokémon’s left ear a little which made the Aura Pokémon’s tail wag.

“Snrk,” Bowser chuckled. “You his dog or something? Hahahahahahahaha!”

A red toon vein popped out Chris’s forehead as he raised his sword, which glowed in a green light. “Shut up, you! Moogle Lance!” Chris swung his sword and sent 3 air slashes that sliced Bowser down.

“O-ouch...” Bowser muttered on the floor.

Sonic was flexing his legs by stretching them at the sides...as the reflection of the moon was reflected on his eyes. “OK... Last event... One where I can run...”

“At least the effects of the pills are going to wear out soon.” Tails said.

“Too bad I didn’t have the chance to research them.” Dr. Eggman said, sighing disappointed.

“For what?” Amy asked. “To use them against us?”

“...To be honest...yes.”

Amy rolled her eyes. “Yeah, figures.”

Mario shook his head. “Sorry but, I can’t join you guys yet.”

“Why?” Pit asked.

“I still think I have something else to do here after the Olympic Games end...but I don’t what it is.” Mario explained.

“I see...”

Mario smiled a little. “But don’t worry! You have Luigi! He already told me he was going with you.”

Pit looked at Luigi who was trying to back away from the overly excited Daisy. “...One question.”

“What?”

“Can he fight?”

“Yes,” Mario said nodding. “He probably is a... I don’t want to say it but you know what I mean. He probably is a you-know-what in your eyes but he’s almost as good as me when the time is right.”

“Give me an example.”

Maio rubbed his hat. “I...I can’t tell you an example because you need to find it.”

Pit rolled his eyes. “I kind of assumed you were going to say that... Hm?”

“What’s wrong?”

“This is odd...” Pit got in a thinking position. “Why do I get the feeling that we met before?”

“Met before? But we just met.” Mario said.

“...Maybe is my imagination.”

“Finally,” Espio began. “This thing is going to be over.”

“But why?” Charmy said sniffing. “I liked the games...”

“It’s back to our old and poor job after this,” Espio said with a chuckle. “As always...sadly.”

“I guess it can’t be helped... Wait.”

“What?”

Charmy pointed at the Smashers. “Do you think...we can go and visit them sometime? They seem to be fun.”

“Hmm... I’ll ask Vector about that.”

“Hurray!”

“Well,” Geno began. “Soon we’re going to leave after we play the last event.”

“I’m going to miss Mario and Peach.” Twink said sadly.

“What about Bowser?” Mallow asked.

“...Who?” Twink asked with an annoyed look.

“...A-anyway,” Mallow looked at Geno. “There wasn’t any kind of attack here.”

“It’s good to know but...” Geno thought for a moment. “I don’t think we’re going to leave yet.”

“Why is that?” Twink asked.

“...We better be prepared for anything,”Geno narrowed his eyes. “Something will happen now. My intuition isn’t lying.”

“Okay.” Mallow said nodding.

“Hey!” Sonic called out. “How come you believe in his intuition and not mine?!”

The trio ignored him.

Chris yawned and mumbled. “I want to return now... I feel so tired, kupooooo...”

“...?!” Lucario felt a presence and looked around.

Chris looked at him with a tired look. “What is it?”

“...They’re here...”

Chris’s eyes widened. “W-what?! S-seriously?! Kupo?!”

Lucario nodded and showed his fangs. “They’re coming here! Everyone!”

The Smashers quickly looked at Lucario. “Really?” Diddy asked.

“There is no doubt about it...” Lucario closed his eyes and glowed with his aura. “...I sense...an enormous airship coming to this very location.”

“Airship...” Marth thought for a moment. “You don’t mean...”

It was not long before the sky began to fill with purple clouds as the crowd stopped chattering and were silenced by the huge shadow above the stadium. “What the heck is that?” a resident from Mobius(?) asked pointing at the sky.

“Lucario...” Chris trailed off as Lucario stopped glowing and looked up.

“Yes...” Lucario nodded.

“...It feels like the intro of the game.”

Lucario facepalmed. “No videogame analogies right now.”

“Oops, kupo.” Chris said chuckling a bit.

“Hm?” Toadsworth looked up. “It’s the weather in Beijing so different than ours?”

“...Huh?” Kirby looked up and narrowed his eyes a little bit. “...The Halberd!”

Super Mario Bros. 3 – Airship Theme

“The Halberd?!” the Smashers repeated surprised as the huge battleship descended from the clouds and the crowd gasped in shock at the size of the airship.

“I knew it,” Geno said putting his right hand above his left hand. “They wanted to come here as well.”

“But...why so late?” Mallow asked before the sound of a speaker coming from the Halberd blared out.

DUAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!

“Who’s that?” DK asked.

Glad you asked, ape! My name is the great Porky!” the speaker yelled as the crowd talked to each other. “And we’ve come here to bring the destruction and panic!

“Oh yeah?” a resident from Mobius(?) (who was probably the same one) asked. “How?”

That’s simplier than the rules to park a car!” Porky laughed for a bit. “We’re gonna drop some bombs around here and you people need to be civilized and stay there in your seats. Doing otherwise will get you all a serious punishment!

“How so?”

“...Argh! Just panic or something because we’re gonna deploy the bombs!

Diddy made a bored look. “...And what does he think the public will do?”

The whole crowd looked at each other before panicking and running towards the exit. The 3 teams looked up and saw the Halberd landing inside the stadium where it opened the hangar and R.O.B.s began to carry out the Subspace Bombs.

“Oh no!” Yoshi yelled. “The bombs! They’re going to take the stadium with all of us here!”

“But the people managed to escape, right?” Twink asked as the screen showed the people who appeared to be trapped inside a force field just when they were about to leave the stadium. “F-force fields?!”

“DUAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!” Porky walked down the hangar with the help of his Spider Mech, along with Petey Pirahna. “Heeeeeeeeeeeeere’s Porky! Ready to break havoc and punish guys like you all!” he said pointing at the 3 teams who were gathered in the same place (with Cream, Charmy, Espio, Cheese and Marine).

“W-what’s happening here?” Cream asked as she hugged Cheese in fear.

“The Subspace Army is trying to blow up the bombs here!” Mallow said.

“Wait!” Sonic interrupted. “Were you 2 responsible for this?”

“For deploying the bombs? Hell yeah!” Porky said laughing.

“No! I was talking about the sabotages!”

“...Whatever you mean? Blue porcupine?”

Sonic raised an eyebrow. “...Blue porcupin-I mean, you didn’t do any sabotages here either?”

“The only sabotage I made in my entire life was to put a needle on my kindergarden teacher’s seat when I was little and handsome!”

“...I feel sorry for the teacher...” Peach said looking down.

“Peach,” Yoshi began with a bored look. “You’re extremely late to feel sorry for someone...”

“So they didn’t do any sabotages at all?” Tails asked.

“Aha! It was the sponsor guy!” Sonic said.

Music stops

Crickets jumped close to the hedgehog and chirped several times before they jumped away.

Super Mario Bros. 3 – Airship Theme

“...Just ignore him.” Shadow said with a frown as the blue hedgehog glared at him.

“...Wait,” Luigi looked around. “W-where are Bowser, Wario and Waluigi?”

“They were here a moment ago.” Yoshi said.

“...And they’re there.” Geno said pointing that the screen where the trio were trapped along with the crowd inside the force fields, because apparently they tried to run away as well.

“Force fields?” Porky asked confused. “When did we set force fields?”

“Hyuck?” Petey answered.

“I didn’t get what you said,” Porky turned at the teams. “But what I DO get is that you all need to be annihilated right here and now!”

“The Halberd,” Pit began taking out his dual blades. “We have the Halberd standing in front of us.”

Meaning that we can retrieve it if we get those 2 out of the way.

“What Meta Knight just said seems to be what w-“

“META KNIGHT?!” the Smashers yelled in shock as they found the Star Warrior ready with Galaxia in hand.

“I came here as soon as Master Hand told me that the Halberd was here,” Meta knight explained. “And I need to retrieve it myself.”

Reunited with Meta Knight

Chris pouted and flew besides Meta Knight with his sword ready. “I told you before that we’re going to retrieve it together, right? Kupo?”

“...You didn’t.”

Chris sweatdropped. “W-well, we’re going to! Kupo!”

“...Fine by me.” Meta Knight said as he glared at Petey and Porky.

“H-hey!” Tails called out. “W-what about the bombs?!”

“You Tails can deactivate it,” Sonic instructed. “You did it last time and it wasn’t that hard, right?”

“Well... I guess I can do it again, but I need help.”

“I want to do something worthwhile.” Espio said raising his hand.

“Yeah!” Charmy took out a wrench from his back. “I’ll give you my help!”

“If you don’t mind,” Cream said smiling a bit. “I’d like to help you out as well.”

“Chao chao chao!” Cheese said happily.

“Leave it to me, mates!” Marine said happily. “If repairing a boat is an easy task to me, dismantling a bomb isn’t gonna be that hard either, mates!”

“...Those 2 things are unrelated...but thanks.” Tails said with a nod as he ran away with the 5.

“Wait!” Daisy yelled. “I wanna help out!”

“You?” Peach asked.

“I-I can’t fight those 2 over there, duh!” Daisy said as she ran away to Tails.

“...Me neither...” Peach said as she ran with Daisy.

“I don’t think we’re going to be of much help with out abilities,” Mario said as Luigi stood behind him. “So we’re leaving the fighting to you.”

“I understand,” Marth said. “But please, try to dismantle the bombs as well.”

“We’ll do.” Mario said as he ran away with Luigi (who tripped but then got up).

“Mwhahahahahahahaha!” Dr. Eggman laughed as he took out 2 wrenches from his back. “If I dismantle these bombs, then I can get a sample of their mechanisms and use it agains-“

“You’re not going to do such a thing,” Shadow stated crossing his arms. “Because I’m going to watch you closely.”

Dr. Eggman sweated a little. “I-ah... Oh, dangit! Fine! Come with me!” Dr. Eggman said as he ran away with Shadow...

...Then Vector followed them. “You need my strength if you want to break things up!” Vector yelled.

“Amy, go with them!” Sonic said.

“W-what? But I want to stay here and fight!” Amy protested as Knuckles stepped in front of her.

“If you stay here you’re going to get in our way! Leave!”

WHACK!

Knuckles was now buried in the floor as Amy stepped on him. “No! I said I’m going to stay here!”

“Just let her be,” DK said. “I think she’s going to be great with us.”

Amy blushed. “Oh ho ho, thank you.”

“Anything for a little miss.”

Sonic shuddered. “And where is Blaze?”

“Over here!” Blaze called from a bench. “I’m going to stay here because I want to recover from my back!”

“...Er...sure!”

“I’ll fight,” Yoshi said narrowing his eyes. “I want to play the last event and win like the last time.”

“Wait...” Diddy began. “How come you didn’t show up here sooner?”

“Because we got lost on our way here,” Porky explained. “We ended up in some place called Mesiko where all the people were wearing those sombrero things on their heads. Their nachos were awesome though and after that, we ended up in Purape or something where the french bread was also awesom-“

“So basically you got lost around the world, kupo?” Chris asked.

Porky sweated a little. “N-no! I-it’s not like my curiosity got the better of me or something!”

“...Sure...” DK said with a bored look.

“So everyone’s ready?” Mallow asked as Chris, Meta Knight, Marth, DK, Diddy, Kirby, Lucario, Sonic, Knuckles (who got out from the hole), Amy, Pit, Geno, Twink (hidding behind Geno) nodded with serious looks at the 2 villains who chuckled.

“You don’t even have a chance against pretty me,” Porky said chuckling. “You better lay down and die before we lay you down and kill you!”

“HYUCK!” Petey said nodding.

“They could be keeping Kalmar inside the Halberd,” Geno muttered. “I’m not going to let them escape... Not now...”

Preview of the next chapter

“The show is about to start very shortly!” Chris said chuckling. “And I need you, Diddy! Kupo!”

“R-really?” Diddy asked excited.

...

“Remember,” Lucario began. “Follow my example if you want to do it.”

“I’ll listen to whatever you want to teach me.” Chris said as Lucario’s tail wagged a little.

...

“We’re almost done here!” Knuckles yelled dodging the missiles. “We can’t fail now!”

“And would you please shut up? Knucklehead?” Sonic asked annoyed.

...

“Who will reach the finish line?” Toadsworth asked. “Who will take the trophy back home? Who shall be victorious? The result is almost here, everybody!”

The 3 ran as fast as their feet could took them as they neared the finish line...

...

The Clue to a Star... So that means I won’t rescue Kalmar yet?” Geno asked worried.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Beijing?
Chris, Lucario, Kirby, Marth, Pit, Yoshi, Sonic, DK, Diddy Kong, Meta Knight, Mallow, Geno, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (M&S:AtOG and Part of MP3 arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 07:19:06 PM
Chapter 113: The Clue to a Star

Beijing(?)
Inside the stadium

Unfounded Revenge / Smashing Song of Praise

"You guys've been a very pointy rock in Tabuu's shoes!" Porky yelled as he charged at the group with Petey. "It's about time I have the honor to take you out of 'em!"

"Then we'll continue to be a pointy rock," Marth said charging at the 2 villains with everyone. "Until we end the plans of Tabuu, that is."

"Hyuck!" Petey said angrily, showing his fangs.

"That's right!" Porky yelled calling Porky Bots out that ran at the group. "I hope you enjoy the last time you walk the earth, 'cuz I won't hesitate to exterminate you pesky bugs!"

"We'll exterminate you instead," Sonic said grabbing a Porky Bot that he threw back at Porky, who sliced it in 2 as it exploded. "Then I'll be the chance to be a hero again!"

"Sonic, just shut up with your cheesy lines...and don't let his words get to you either. Kupo." Chris said with a bored look as he used Moogle Lance to send 3 air slashes at Porky.

"Ooh, what do we have here? A tiny little rabbit?" Porky asked chuckling.

"That is it, you're not going to call me a rabbit anymore. Kupo!" Chris yelled annoyed as he flew towards Porky who prepared to slash him. However, Meta Knight appeared above the window and slashed it several times before Chris dove down and struck down his sword as both swordsmen jumped away and landed on the floor. "T-thank you, kupo."

"Same here." Meta Knight with a nod before he took Chris using Dimensional Cape to evade a Porky Bot's explosion.

Petey tried to slap Amy away but the pink hedgehog jumped at him and swung her hammer hard on his face. "Don't judge me just because I'm a girl."

"HYUCK!" Petey replied back by vomiting on her.

"...YUCK! EEEEHHHH!!!" Amy yelled disgusted at the muddy goo. "M-my shoes! Look at what you did to my shoe-"

"AMY!" Sonic yelled as he tackled Amy down from a headbutt of the pirahna as both hedgehogs tripped on the floor. "P-phew, I made it in time..."

"Oh, Sonic!" Amy squealed with glee. "Thank you for rescuing me as always an-....wait, how come you didn't take me much sooner?"

Sonic helped her to get up and looked down. "...Because my speed isn't the same as long as we stay inside the stadium."

"...Oh...right..." Amy made a worried look. "I forgot about that..."

"LOOK OUT!" Marth yelled as he stepped in front of the 2 and received a hard slap. "Ugh!"

"Nancy boy!" Sonic yelled.

Marth grunted a little as he shook his head. "Don't dare...to call me like that...again... Didn't we have a deal?"

"We did?" Sonic asked with a grin as Marth glared at him. "...Oh yeah, I remember."

"Will you 2 stop talking?" Knuckles asked as he backed away from a headbutt attack. "That plant is going to take advantage of your unnecessary arguments if you don't stop arguing!"

Sonic wiped something from his mouth with his thumb. "Fine. Bring it on, you...strip wearing plant!"

"I thought that was a white polka-dotted underwear." Amy said with a confused look.

"AHEM." Knuckles coughed.

"Oops."

"Here it comes!" Marth yelled as Petey tried to crush them by tripping, but they easily dodged that move and attacked the plant while he was laying down.

"Attack it with everything you got!" Amy yelled banging the plant as suddenly Petey spun and made a tornado that covered him and flung the 4 away from him while he got up and chuckled...then he did a weird dance with his hands.

"Tornadoes?" Knuckles asked.

"So if we stay attacking him for a long period of time if he were to drop down on us," Marth began. "He will use a tornado to push us away."

"But hence that we need to keep attacking him, correct?" Amy asked as she put a stronger grip on her hammer.

"Right."

"Hey!" Kirby yelled as he was shown wearing a blue hat. "Can I help you?"

"Where did you get that hat from?" Sonic asked as Kirby took out a bomb from behind his back and carried it above him.

"I ate that tasty robot that looked like a kid and I got this." Kirby explained as he tossed the bomb at Petey, who slapped it to the sky and exploded.

"Then it's going to be helpful." Marth said with a nod as Kirby smiled happily and decided to help the 4 against Petey Pirahna.

"Moogle Lance!" Chris yelled firing 3 air slashes that Porky slashed in half and went stomping after the Moogle World Traveler who shielded himself with his sword and was grabbed by Lucario who rolled to him and took him under his arm, evading Porky by several centimeters. "T-thank you, Lucario!"

"I could've been faster but...those pills..." Lucario trailed off.

"I forgot about them... But you can still fight, right?"

"Yes." Lucario said as his hands glowed with aura. "I still can do everything."

"Nah-ah-ah!" Porky said grabbed Lucario and Chris in separated claws from behind them before slamming both at the floor. "Don't get that overconfident!"

"D-dangit, kupo..." Chris moaned in pain as he slowly got up.

"He is now going to pay." Lucario said gritting his fangs as he quickly charged up an Aura Sphere and blasted it to Porky's window, creating a blue blast as Geno jumped high and fired his Geno Beam at full potency at the spider mech that quickly stomped away in time.

"Hold on!" DK yelled with a completely charged Giant Punch that he collided on the machine's back as Diddy jumped from his back and fired several peanuts at Porky before landing and rolling away from the claws that wanted to cross him.

"I hope you don't mind this!" Pit yelled as he slashed one claw 2 times with his dual blades before another claw pushed him away.

"It's not going to be that easy to get rid of me!" Porky yelled as he saw Meta Knight trying to aboard the Halberd. "Oh no, you won't!" Porky pressed a button and the hangar closed up, making Meta Knight curse under his breath as he glared at Porky.

"You imbecile," Meta Knight said darkly. "You're not going to escape with a battleship that is not yours."

"Sorry to remind you this bu-"

"SHOCKER!"

SHOCKER!

"AAAAHHHH!!!" Porky yelled as a heavy bolt of lightning fell on him and electrocuted his death body inside the mech as he backed away. "Y-you!"

Mallow grinned. "Like that?"

"Yes, but I'd have liked that if you were the one receiving THIS!" Porky yelled madly as he jumped high in the air and hovered along the air before shooting an electrocuting red bolt at Mallow who screamed in pain before being stomped by the spider mech as the cloud prince landed several meters away, moaning in pain. "DUAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"Wheeeeeeeeeeee!" Diddy came from the air and crashed his jet pack on Porky with an explosion as the chimpanzee followed up by throwing banana peels to the floor and taunted Porky to get him.

Porky looked down and laughed. "I'm not that stupid and fall for the oldest trick on the book!"

"I have ice cream here."

"GIMME!" Porky demanded as he went after Diddy but then tripped above the 2 banana peels and fell down on his back. "DAMMIT! DON'T TRICK ME!"

Meta Knight appeared above him using Dimensional Cape and stood on the window. "Prepare." Meta Knight simply said as he started and furious frenzy of slashes on Porky who tried to shook him off but failed.

"FIRE MISSILES AT WILL!" Porky yelled, firing missiles from the sides of the machine as Meta Knight looked them about to crash into him and flew above. Porky didn't think that the missiles were so slow and exploded right on him. "AAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"His idiocy will only make him fall." Meta Knight commented as he looked down on Porky.

"I can still fight, you know!" Porky yelled as he used his claws to jump above and stand up. "Now where is that blue mutated dog?"

"Right here." Lucario said appearing above Porky with Extremespeed before he started to punch down the window several times with Force Palm, creating very small cracks on it as Porky panicked.

"Y-you guys won't stop to try and break this thing down, huh?!" Porky asked angrily as he rolled by the side while Lucario jumped in time to evade the claws. "Guess I'll have to go crazy!" Porky yelled before calling out 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Porky Bots from his back that ran across the field madly (and stupidly) toward the Smashers.

"There are too many of them!" Twink yelled from above. "You'll have to evade them or els-"

"AAAHHHH!!!" Chris was attacked by an explosion from a kamikaze of the robots as he went to another and exploded as the Moogle Knight fell on the floor in a weak state. "I... I won't fall...kupo..."

"GRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted in fury as he used Extremespeed and banged the machine several times with Force Palm, then following them up with a fully charged Aura Sphere that exploded and made Porky back away.

"Chris!" Professor Kawashima yelled from his pocket. "You have an ability that lets you recover without getting tired! Use it!"

"R-right...kupo..." Chris closed his eyes and put his sword in front of him in an horizontal line as he concentrated. "Moogle Aid!" Chris yelled as his body was covered in a shiny green light that recovered his wounds by a half. "Phew... I'm feeling fine now. Kupo."

"What a relief." Lucario said sighing in relief.

"Ayayayaaa!" Pit used Angel Ring and continuously slashed Porky's mech from behind and backed away in time for 2 missiles that exploded right in front of him. "I think we can defeat them without having to lose someone in battle!"

"You don't know how much I want that... Kupo..." Chris commented.

"UAH!" Knuckles was slammed to the floor by Petey's headbutt as the plant backed away and crushed him with a stomp. "AAAHHHHHH!!!"

"Leave him alone!" Amy yelled as she jumped and spun her hammer in the air to create a tornado that went after the pirahna who create another tornado and collided with the first one, cancelling each other in the process. "Oh, come on!"

"Amy!" Sonic yelled.

"What?" Amy asked as Petey grabbed her and ate her. "SAVE ME!"

"Hang in there!" Sonic yelled as he ran (as fast as he could) to the pirahna who pulled back his head and spat Amy out after he  moved in back at Sonic, which made both hedgehogs collide with each other. "Oof!"

"S-sorry..." Amy apologized.

"J-just get off my back...please..." Sonic said with a weak look.

"Ha! Ha! Ha!" Bomb Kirby tosed 3 bombs at Petey's back as they each collided, making Petey growl furiously as he jumped high in the air and went after Bomb Kirby. The bomb wielder made an angry expression and tossed 2 bombs at the plant who got shocked and was pushed to the ground with the explosions.

"Now!" Marth yelled as he used Dolphin Slash to consecutively deal multiple hits, followed by a fast slam by Amy's hammer and Sonic's Homing Attack on the head and a downward punch by Knuckles, right on the stomach as the 4 backed away from the plant who spun and got up...dancing.

"Why is that monster dancing?" Knuckles asked confused.

"It's because he acts like that all the time!" Bomb Kirby yelled as he blinked confused. "...H-how come I know about him? I-I never met him before!"

"Hey! Watch out!"

"Hu-" Bomb Kirby was eaten whole by Petey who laughed and chomped down the puffball before spitting him out to the floor with a quick shot. "O-oww..."

"You know what," Amy said pouting. "I have a better idea."

"And what would that be?" Marth asked as Amy simply put a stronger grip on her hammer and tossed it fastly at Petey's head and impacted into the plant, who almost lost his balance and slapped his head to remain conscious.

"Who told you I only had one?" Amy asked as she made another hammer appear on her right hand and tossed it again at Petey, who yelled and was pushed to the floor again as he tried to get up.

"W-what the..." Marth stared at Amy.

Amy looked at Marth. "What? I have a special power with hammers."

"I-I see."

"And stop staring at me!" Amy pointed at Petey. "We have a monster to kill!"

"CHIIIIIAA!!" Knuckles jumped towards Petey and slammed his right fist on his stomach making Petey growl furiously as he spun and pushed the echidna away.

"See?!" Amy asked angrily as she yelled and rushed after Petey.

"Geez, women are scary..." Marth said rubbing his head before he followed Amy.

"Hey, Chris!" Professor Kawashima called out. "You should try and look for Combinated Final Smashes with the others here!"

"Who? Kupo?" Chris asked.

"Hmm... Oh!" Kawashima got something. "The Juggler job must be compatible with Diddy!"

"...O-okay, kupo." Chris said nodding as he changed to his Juggler job, and he smiled. "I think it's the perfect time to do a show here. Kupo!"

Diddy walked up to him. "Oh yes! You're in that costume again!"

"Well, of course!" Chris said cheerfully as he balanced a dagger above his index finger. "And I have to tell you something important, kupo."

Diddy tilted his head. "What?"

"The show is about to start very shortly!" Chris said chuckling. "And I need you, Diddy! Kupo!"

"R-really?" Diddy asked excited.

"But of course, you could be considered a proficient acrobat in my eyes," Chris chuckled. "Have you tried passing daggers, for example?"

"...No..."

"Good!" Chris smiled. "That should be good enough to start you on that! Kupo!"

"A hand wouldn't be so bad right now!" Geno yelled as he was tossed away above them.

"Right, right," Chris said nodding. "This performance could be dangerous though... Are you ready for it? Kupo?"

Diddy thought for a moment before nodding.

"That's excellent! Kupo!"

But suddenly, both felt a strange feeling and looked around.

"(...Diddy...are you there? Kupo?)" Chris asked.

"(Yes...but what happened?)" Diddy asked.

"(This proves that we can really DO our Combinated Final Smash together. Kupo.)"

"(Soooooo, it's like some kind of sense that tells you when and how?)"

Chris shrugged. "(...I guess so...)"

"(...Sweet! Let's do it!)"

"I couldn't agree more than that, kupo." Chris said with a smirk.

"Why do I think you're going to annoy Porky?" Pit asked rolling his eyes as he found the 2 staring at each other.

"Away with you!" Porky yelled as he grabbed Lucario with 2 claws and slammed him on the floor.

"Ugh!" Lucario grunted in pain as he rolled away and stood up.

"You're not going to inflict more damage! Kupo!" Chris said stepping in front of Lucario with Diddy.

"Chris?"

Chris looked at Lucario over his shoulder and smiled. "Everything is fine. Don't worry."

"...I suppose..." Lucario said worried.

"Now," Chris looked at Porky. "Do you like the circus?"

"Ooh, ooh!" Porky hopped childishly. "I like the circus! It's like the carnival!"

"Good!" Chris said as he ran at one side while Diddy ran to the opposite side. The Moogle took out 4 daggers, 2 on each hand as he laughed for a bit. "Because we're going to give you one!"

"Yes!"

"Hahahahaha! Diddy!" Chris laughed.

"Let's start the show?" Diddy asked excited.

"You're absolutely right, hahahahahahaha!"

"...Talk about utterly happy..." Pit commented.

"And so, the show begins!" Chris said closing his eyes with Diddy while Porky (stupidly) stood between the 2 before Chris tossed 2 daggers at Diddy, who catched one on his right hand and one with his tail.

"So now what?" Diddy asked.

"Start!"

Both jugglers started to toss their daggers at each other (and through Porky's spider mech) and throwing them back in perfect synchronization before the daggers turned blue and slashed the mech several times as both laughed, spun to throw them back faster with every second until they were practically spinning and throwing their daggers back forth, dealing moderate damage to the mech.

"Dagger-to-Dagger!" both jugglers yelled as they threw the daggers one last time and a last slash made the mech fall down.

New ability learned! Dagger-to-Dagger!

Execute this move with 2 jugglers and throws 4 daggers at one enemy continuously and towards each juggler. Deals moderate damage

"Ugh!" Porky's claws fell down as he tried to get up. "I-I should've know that was a dirty trick...like yourselves!"

"Heheheh," Chris chuckled mischievously. "I admit that was entertaining while it lasted, don't you agree? Diddy?"

"Uh-huh." Diddy said nodding.

"Y-you..." Porky struggled to get up and managed to do mentioned action. "I can handle you all by myself...that's a fa-"

"Geno Whirl!" Geno threw his glowing ring at blinding speed, but it didn't do an exaggerated damage as Geno wanted it to be. "So it's no use against him."

"THAT ONLY MADE ME FURIOUS!" Porky yelled as he joined 2 claws together and shot a fast red lightning at everyone who got electrocuted until it stopped 5 seconds later.

"B-but still..." Chris shook his head. "The show needs to continue! Kupo!"

"Oh no," Porky chuckled. "The show needs to end now!"

"Your show, that is. Kupo." Chris said rolling his eyes, getting on Porky's nerves.

"I guess I should better get rid of you first," Porky said as he took out 4 laser beams, making Chris's eyes wide. "Surprised? This baby was enhanced with all kinds of enhancements for this occasion!"

"Use as many jobs as you want, Chris!" Professor Kawashima called out. "The more experience you get during battle, the better! Why don't you try the Scholar job and try to learn Item Lore?"

"...Okay, kupo." Chris said changing to his Scholar job as he turned back to a human and adjusted his glasses. "Shall I study the enemy's weaknesses?"

"Study this!" Porky yelled, firing 4 red beams that exploded on the ground close to the World Traveler who was pushed away and fell to the floor.

"My..." Chris moaned in pain. "You sure are ruthless towards anybody..."

"Here." Lucario helped Chris to get up.

"Thank you," Chris said with a nod. "Now please try to shield me from that pig."

"I'M NOT A PIG!" Porky yelled as he stomped the floor furiously and rushed towards the duo.

"Not so fast." Meta Knight said slicing one of the 6 claws down.

"NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Porky yelled dramatically. "My precious Roberto! He was one hard claw!"

"...Excuse me? Roberto?" DK asked confused.

Porky sniffed. "M-my claws are very precious to me. They help me to get around and 'round and do whatever I want them to do... YOU'RE GONNA PAY!"

"Make me." Meta Knight taunted.

"GRRRR!!!" Porky stretched every single claw out and fired electricity around as they damaged every Smasher greatly.

"AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Diddy yelled.

"DIDDY! ARE YOU OKAY?!" DK asked worried.

"I-I'm fine! T-the attack is just s-AAAHHH!!!"

"DIDDY!" DK struggled to move in the electricity as he slowly walked to Porky.

"Try to attack me, ape!" Porky yelled. "I'll continue to discharge all this electricity until everyone here is down!"

"U-ugh..." DK panted. "I... I won't let you hurt...Diddy..."

An egg seemed to be thrown at Porky who gasped and backed away from the egg, thus stopping his attack on everyone as he saw Yoshi tossing a Yoshi egg up and down his right hand.

"What's the matter?" Yoshi asked with a glare. "Didn't you say you were going to continue? Don't mind my eggs."

"Eww..." Mallow commented.

"Not like that!" Yoshi said annoyed.

"Where were you, anyway?" Twink asked.

Yoshi blushed and stopped tossing the egg. "I... I went to the locker room and changed my shoes," Yoshi pointed down at his blue shoes. "They look good, right?"

"...You went to your locker room during this crisis...just to change your shoes..." Chris trailed off as he adjusted his glasses.

"T-these are for running." Yoshi responded.

"...Quite interesting." Chris said nodding as Diddy facepalmed with a frown.

"Okay," Tails began as he pulled some cables from a bomb. "This cable should be here and this one over there..."

"Hello, mate!" Marine said to one R.O.B.. "Why are yah here? Mate?"

"..." th R.O.B. didn't talk back.

"Hey, honza!" Marine knocked its head a little. "I'm askin' yah a question! Be a gentleman and answer me, mate!"

"..."

"Huh?" Tails looked at the R.O.B.. "Weird, I didn't notice that robot attached to the bomb...wait, why is it attached to the bomb in the first place?"

"How should I know? Matey?" Marine asked. "He just happened to be stuck."

"Stuck? Can't it deattach itself?"

"Hmm... Honza! Can't you get out?" Marine asked and the R.O.B. shook its head in shame. "...Are you feelin' sad? Matey?"

"It's...stupid..." Tails said as he continued to deactivate the bomb. "Robots don't have any kind of emotions so it's useless to make them understand, unless somebody programs them correctly...but that's just me."

Marine made a worried look. "Somehow...I feel that they do have emotions, mate..."

"Marine, stop saying suchs things and help me here!" Tails yelled as Marine shook her head and ducked to help the 2-tailed fox.

In another side, there was Cream and Cheese watching Espio and Charmy trying to deactivate a bomb by doing the same actions as Tails.

Cream and Cheese looked at the robots and walked to them. "Mr. Robots," Cream began. "Why are your hands inside the bomb?" she said but didn't get a respond. "...Are you...stuck in there?"

"Not that one, Charmy!" Espio yelled as Charmy sweated and grabbed another cable inside the bomb. "Cream, what are you doing?"

"Um..." Cream looked at the R.O.B.. "Mr. Robot can't get away from the bomb because his hands are stuck in it."

"Hmm..." Espio walked to the robot and tried to pull it away, but it seemed that the R.O.B. was completely stuck and couldn't move. "It's no use. The robot itself could be part of the bomb as well if my thoughts are correct."

"W-wait..." Cream looked at the R.O.B. worried. "D-does that mean if the bomb is deactivated...the Mr. Robots are going to..."

Espio looked at the R.O.B.s and looked down. "...I know you befriend someone very fast but...that seems to be the case..."

"...No..." Cream muttered as she hugged Cheese tightlier. "They can't..."

"I think I found something in here!" Charmy yelled as the countdown stopped. The bee came out from the bomb and made a fist in the air after the countdown was stopped. "Yeah! I did it!"

"...Mr. Robot?" Cream asked worried as she tapped its head a little, but the head slowly looked down until the young rabbit looked at its eyes, that were closed...forever. "..."

"C'mon! We have to deactivate the next one!" Charmy said as he flew away to another bomb. Espio looked back at Cream.

"...Sorry, Cream...but it had to be done..." Espio said with a frown as he followed Charmy.

"...But...why?" Cream questioned. "Why do they need to..."

"Chao..." Cheese trailed off worried.

"Marvelous!!!" Dr. Eggman exlaimed as he pulled some cables.

"No investigations." Shadow said as he leaned to a robot with crossed arms.

"...I hate you," Dr. Eggman said as he deactivated the bomb. "There."

Shadow looked at the countdown and nodded. "It seems that wasn't that hard to you, doctor."

"It was hard to be exact," Dr. Eggman said as he got out from below the bomb. "I just happened to figure out how it worked."

"...I hope that gets forgotten later on."

"Wait," Dr. Eggman looked at the R.O.B.s. "Something that caught my attention was these robots..."

"They're just robots. Now go to the next bomb before we get killed."

"Fine, fine, grumpy hedgehog." Dr. Eggman said grumbling as both went to the next bomb.

"DAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMMIIIIIIIIIIIIT!!!" Vector yelled as he constantly banged a bomb. "This thing won't stop with the annoying beeping of the countdown!"

"Aaaaaaaand there." Peach said simply as she got out from the bomb and stopped the countdown.

"...How the heck did you do that?" Vector asked.

Peach giggled. "I studied a little bit of heavy machinery a while ago and I wanted to see if I could put it into test with the bomb."

Vector gave a shocked look at the princess. "And what book are we talking about again?"

"It's a secret of the Mushroom Kingdom's Royal Library." Peach said as she walked away.

"...My god, she's unreal!" Vector said surprised as he followed the princess.

"Say, Mario," Luigi began as he played with his fingers while Mario was trying to deactivate the bomb. "Do you know how to make this bomb stop?"

"Yes," Mario responded. "Tippi taught me how to deactivate one when she was with us. It was weird because she knew how to do it and never did it once before."

"M-maybe because she has a special ability to give out important information?" Luigi wondered as the countdown stopped and the red plumber came out. "Done?"

"Yes." Mario said as he ran to the next bomb.

"...A-are you going to be fine without me once I leave?" Luigi asked as he followed Mario.

"Totally," Mario chuckled as they arrived to the next bomb. "You can take of yourself alone very good like me."

"Y-yes..." Luigi said looking away.

"...And would you help me here?"

"R-right! Sorry!" Luigi said quickly as he joined his brother.

"HYUCK!" Petey vomited on the floor around him.

"Why does he do that again? It's gross!" Amy said disgusted.

"Who cares?" Sonic asked with a grin as he ran at Petey...but slipped on the vomit and was crushed by a headbutt on him. "...I think I know...why now...ouch..." Sonic said from under Petey's head.

"You leave my dear Sonic alone!" Amy yelled as she lunged at Petey and slammer her hammed on the back of his head...which crushed Sonic even more by accident as he yelled in pain. "O-oh no! What did I do?!"

"You crushed him! You bastard!" Mallow said gasping.

"H-hey!"

"But it's the truth!"

"Mallow," Marth began. "What are you doing here?"

"Geno told me to help you guys with this one."

"Oh."

"HIYAH!" Knuckles uppercutted Petey from the ground where the echidna appeared, setting Sonic free as the hedgehog rolled back and stopped. "Hey there! Are you okay?"

"Yeah, thanks for the help back there!" Sonic yelled before he was slapped by Petey and pushed away.

"If only Sonic could use his real speed..." Marth wondered as Bomb Kirby took out a bomb.

"How I miss calling Poppy here," Bomb Kirby said before he tossed the bomb inside Petey's mouth. "He was very helpful with the bombs."

"But didn't Crazy Hand have a ability that lets you call your friends back?"

"...That's right!" Bomb Kirby said. "I need to ask Chris and convince him to get that ability!... But I should warn you something first."

"What?"

"Many of my friends like to say puns according to their abilities, so please don't get annoyed by them."

"...As long as they help..."

"PETEY!" Bomb Kirby yelled as he threw a bomb at Petey's head, making the pirahna grunt in rage as he slapped the air hardly and created a tornado that went after them as it quickly pulled the puffball and the Altean prince to the air and crashed on the floor. "O-ouch... Oww..."

Marth got up and glared at Petey. "I hate so much when enemies like him pull off some kind of unexpected and not related move out of the blue."

"But you can't help it," Sonic commented nodding with crossed arms. "They like to do this a lot of times when you most unexpect it."

Mallow chuckled. "Yeah, for example, he's starting to glow."

"Glow?" Marth asked confused as he saw Petey, who was glowing with a rainbow aura. "...Oh no! Petey can use a Final Smash as well?"

"What?!" Sonic asked in shock.

"He's just glowing," Knuckles said grinning. "Just ignore that little detail and leave it to me."

"You don't understand," Bomb Kirby said. "That glow means that he can use his ultimate attack on us!"

"...Ultimate what?"

"LOOK!" Amy yelled as Petey chuckled and put his right hand in front of him and the other hand behind him before he slowly spun and increased over time. The 6 watched as 6 huge tornados spun around the pirahna and quickly went after them.

"OH MY GOD! RUN!" Mallow yelled as the 6 turned their backs and tried to run away from the whirlwinds that quickly caught up with them and sliced them inside many times before sending them to crash into the ground. "...My...everything..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (M&S:AtOG and Part of MP3 arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 07:30:24 PM
And probably you want to know the name of the attack so...

Rude Whirlwinds

Creates as many tornadoes depending the number of foes and chases after them to bring them inside and slash them. Deals a moderate amount of damage

"...That attack was...strong..." Knuckles moaned in pain, trying to get up.

"If only I could obtain my normal speed back..." Sonic muttered as he panted.

"This plant..." Amy got up and put a strong grip on her hammer. "...Needs to be seriously burned..."

"Over Limit gauge ready!" Kawashima said.

"Ooh, me me! It's my turn!" DK said excited.

"Hmm..." Chris thought for a moment and adjusted his glasses. "...It should help so...go ahead."

"Yes!" DK said before grinning at Porky, who looked at him.

"What do you want now? Ape?" Porky asked.

"BANANAAAA-"

A record scratched and Chris made a shocked look. "W-wait, no. Donkey Kong cannot be serious!... T-then that means that TV show was...canon?!"

"SLAMAAAAA!!!" DK pounded his fists on his chest as a rainbow aura covered him with an explosion of force that pushed Porky's spider mech back.

"AAHH!!! IT SHINES! IT BUUUURNS!" Porky yelled.

DK merely blinked. "...It doesn't shine that brightly..."

"AHEM." Chris called out.

"Oh, right! Diddy! Come over here!"

"Yes?" Diddy asked.

"I need you to clap along with me!"

Diddy made a happy expression. "So we can be ready for our next hit in the city?"

DK took out his bongos and performed his theme alongside Diddy. The kong clapped in perfect sychronization and sent big sound shockwaves in the air that consecutively damaged the spider mech that backed away with every shockwave.

"Where is the rest of the music coming from?" Blaze asked from the bench as she looked around.

"I do not know..." Chris shuddered. "I suppose it follows Donkey Kong anywhere..."

CLAP!

"AYEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Porky yelled in pain as DK's bongos vanished in thin air, along with the aura as both kongs cheered.

"Yeeeaaah..." DK said flexing his arms while Diddy clapped behind him.

"...I'm happy I don't have such ridiculous Final Smash..." Lucario muttered.

Chris chuckled and rubbed his Pokémon's head with care. "Yours has a stronger degree of potency. I am glad for that."

"Guuooorrgghh..." Lucario growled happily.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Porky grunted in rage. "I hate when you pull out that annoying Final Smash!"

"...But it is the first time Donkey Kong has ever used his." Chris pointed out.

"I don't care for the ape whatsoever!" Porky yelled angrily. "I care about the graves that you all are going to be!"

"Did you at least buy them?"

"...No..."

"...Figures..." Chris said with a bored look.

"...Oh, you shut up!" Porky yelled as he stomped the floor furiously and charged at Chris, who quickly stopped rubbing Lucario's head and flipped through his pages to search for a spell.

"Burn... Fire!" Chris casted Fire on Porky who stopped and yelled. Lucario took advantage of this and jumped high to descend and slam his Force Palm on the old brat as the Aura Pokémon jumped away, back to Chris. "That was absolutely flawless."

"Hmm." Lucario made a happy expression and wagged his tail.

"Hahahaha," Chris chuckled and folded his arms behind his back. "I love when your tail expresses more emotions than yourself."

Lucario blushed embarrassed and grabbed his tail to stop it. "P-please... Don't say that again..."

"...Professor?"

"Yes?" Kawashima asked.

"How much until I learn Item Lore?"

"...Hahahaha, you need to hit Porky with another spell and it shall be yours to use."

"Thank you," Chris said with a nod as his hand glowed while he chanted a spell. "Rise, o violent winds!... Aero!"

"AAHH!!" Porky yelled after a circle of winds sliced him a little.

"There! You've learned Item Lore!" Kawashima said.

Chris took out a Pokeball and flipped through his pages while Lucario stood in front of him to offer protection. "Hmm... Let's see... O forbidden magic, cast thy blessing on this device... Item Lore!" a bright light shone on the Pokeball before it faded. "...Hmm... I feel some sort of change..."

"Throw it." Lucario said.

"Will do." Chris said as he tossed the Pokeball...

...And Jirachi came out happily.

"Aww!" Chris squealed with glee. "It is Jirachi! Look how cute he is!"

Lucario made a bored look. "...This is not the time to love another Pokémon..."

"Jirachi!" Jirachi exclaimed happily as he went to Chris. "Jirachi!"

"...What is that? You are going to grant me a wish?" Chris asked and Jirachi nodded. "Yes!" Chris closed his eyes. "For my first wish I wan-"

"...Chris..."

"...He escaped, did not he..."

"...Yes...but Jirachi left something on your hands..."

Chris opened his eyes and saw 5 different stickers on his hands: one with Squirtle, another one with Toad and Toadette, another one with Fox's old (and cubic) look from the N64, another one with Meta Knight with a long flaming sword and cape...

...And the most rarest of them all...

...A Bidoof sticker...

Lucario chuckled at the Bidoof sticker.

"...What the heck?!" Chris called out angrily as Diddy crossed the air above them. "There is not any Bidoof sticker in the whole Sticker Album! That Jirachi tricked me!"

Lucario chuckled even more. "But see the bright side; you have a rare sticker that can't be found anywhere else."

"...I already looked it on the book and it DOES NOT exist at all!" Chris said flipping the pages. "Do you think I care about such meaningless sticker like this cursed Bidoof?!"

"...If you want, you can put it on your book of magic."

"..." Chris sighed disappointed...and for some reason, he listened to Lucario and sticked the sticker on the cover of the book. "...I am doing this because I wanted some decoration on the cover, only that."

Lucario chuckled. "Yes."

"Will you stop that?"

"S-sorry..." Lucario said looking down.

"A-anyway," Chris closed his eyes annoyed. "I want to learn how to use my aura properly so..." the World Traveler changed to his Aura Apprentice job and smiled a little at Lucario. "Will you please teach me? Master?"

"...M-master?" Lucario asked blushing.

"W-well..." Chris looked down embarrassed. "You're technically a master of the aura and it makes sense to call you my master..."

"...So you can call me master but I can't call you master..."

Chris looked angrily at him. "But that's because I'm not a master in teaching things that you don't know about! I even don't know about many things!"

"...Fine." Lucario said rolling his eyes.

"Hey, Geno!" Pit called. "What are Chris and Lucario doing?"

"They are losing time and letting us get killed by Porky!" Geno yelled as both aura users shook their heads and looked back at the fight.

"...Oops..." Chris said embarrassed.

"...We should return back to the fight." Lucario said and Chris nodded.

"R-right..." Chris looked at Lucario. "Can you tell me what do I have to do?"

"Certainly," Lucario nodded. "You must channel your aura with all your body parts in order to increase the damage."

"Hmm..." Chris concentrated and his hands began to emanate with his aura. "I think I can channel them just fine."

"Remember," Lucario began. "Follow my example if you want to do it."

"I'll listen to whatever you want to teach me." Chris said as Lucario's tail wagged a little.

"E-er..." Lucario stopped his tail by grabbing it.

Chris chuckled heartily. "I love that tail a little bit too much."

"S-stop. Please..."

"Geno Beam!" Geno yelled as he fired his blue beam at Porky who shielded himself with his claws and slammed them down at the puppet who twitched in pain.

"You're the puppet that wants to rescue the last Star Spirit, aren't you?"

"Y-yes..." Geno muttered under the claws.

"Oooooooohhh..." Porky nodded. "Tabuu has been very mad because of you."

"I-I don't care..." Geno muttered.

"That's bad," Porky said, lifting up his claws. "Because that only makes him furious at us, and I hate that so much as well!"

Geno managed to stand up with the help of his right hand and glared at Porky. "T-tell me...where is Kalmar?"

Porky laughed. "Like I'm going to tell you of all people!" Porky said. "I better get rid of you befo-"

"GUUUUUUAAAAAARRGGGGGGGHHHHH!!!" Lucario interrupted by leaping at Porky to slam down his Force Palm on the window. "NOW!"

"YAAAAAAAH!!!" Chris yelled as he (somehow) was able to mimic Lucario and slammed down his Force Palm, close to his Pokémon as they jumped back to the floor at the same time from the spider mech. "H-how did I do it?"

"Very well." Lucario said.

"Y-you!" Porky grunted.

"You don't know how much do we hear that everyday." Geno said rolling his eyes.

"It's always about killing us, defeating us, murder us and pretty much everything." Pit said with a frown.

"And that irritates me." Meta Knight said appearing, using Dimension Cape.

"Did you go anywhere?" DK asked.

"I went to see the people trapped in the force fields after I tried to enter the Halberd by the air...but there was force field that prevented me from going inside."

"Hahahahahaha!" Porky laughed. "That was the only force field I put up!"

"It still brings the question about who is the real culprit." Diddy said.

"The sponsor?" DK asked.

The Smashers shook their heads...

...As an egg collided on Porky.

"Oh, c'mon!" Porky said annoyed to Yoshi, who was standing several feet away. "Won't you come here so I can kill you?"

"I rather be alive!" Yoshi yelled.

Chris made a worried look. "...Why do I think Yoshi is..."

Yoshi looked down. "I... I don't want to..."

"(Why isn't he helping us instead of attacking from afar?)"

"...I dunno what the heck do you want to say," Porky said. "But who really cares? We all know the outcome of this battle!"

"And very well." Pit said nodding.

"...Ugh! I've had it with you!" Porky yelled angrily as he deployed 10 Porky Bots that went after them.

"Chris," Lucario began. "If you use Force Palm at the right moment, you will grab them to push them back."

"Force Palm can do that?" Chris asked surprised.

"...It doesn't...but being here gives it a different effect rather than landing it directly," Lucario shook his head. "Once one of those robots get close to you, quickly use Force Palm and push it away with your aura."

"...I think I understa-"

"NOW!"

"YAH!" Chris yelled in panic as both aura users grabbed 2 Porky Bots with Force Palm, and pushed them away to Porky with a small but strong blast of aura that made them exploded right on the spider mech successfully. "...The aura is..."

Lucario nodded with a chuckle. "Ours."

"...You know..." Chris smiled a little. "We should do a victory pose together with those words."

Lucario closed his eyes. "The aura..."

"...Is ours..." Chris added.

"...Yes..." Lucario smiled a bit. "It does sound good..."

"And besides it's true."

"WOULD YOU 2 STOP TALKING AND HELP US OUT?!" Geno yelled from behind the duo who blinked in shock and nodded.

"Tails!" Sonic yelled as he evaded a slap by rolling backwards. "How's everything over there?"

"It's good!" Tails yelled from a bomb. "At this rate it's possible to deactivate all of them in time!"

"Great going!" Sonic yelled with a grin before Petey slapped him away.

"But you be careful too!"

"I-I'm doing that!" Sonic yelled back.

Petey went after Marth who narrowed his eyes and remained in his position with his right hand on Falchion's grip. "HYUCK!" Petey yelled as he pulled back his head to slam it down at the Altean.

"MARTH!" Bomb Kirby yelled as Petey slammed down his head on Marth...

...But...

"(Not understandable foreign laguage)" Marth replied using a strong Counter that pushed Petey back to follow it up with Dolphin Slash, then he quickly used a small charged Shield Breaker and thrusted Falchion at Petey's stomach, which made the plant roar in pain.

"Please..." Chris prayed as he joined his hands. "Help me, Skolar!"

"Did you call me?" Skolar asked as he appeared in front of the World Traveler

"I want you to do some damage to both of my enemies, but quick!"

"Certainly," Skolar turned at the villains. "You 2 should have more respect for this people!"

Stars came from above the sky and crashed down into both villains who yelled in pain after every star impacted on them.

"There," Skolar looked at Chris. "Call me when you need me."

"Uh-huh." Chris said nodding as Skolar spun and vanished in thin air.

"Look!" Sonic pointed at Petey who was apparently dizzied after the stars fell on him. "He's dizzy!"

"Take this chance to attack!" Knuckles yelled as he smacked his fists together and rushed towards Petey to land a 3-hit combo, followed by an uppercut that made the plant back away in pain.

"He's mine!" Amy yelled as she ran behind Petey and made an upward hit to Petey's head, followed by jump with a spinning hammer as the pirahna roared and fell face-first on the floor.

"Snowy!" Mallow called out the blizzard from the sky that covered the plant completely and was crushed by a huge snowman that blinked before exploding into more snow, causing even more damage.

"Hyu!" Petey said with a smile as he spun to get back up, slapped his face several times before dancing.

"What the heck is he doing with that weird dance?" Knuckles asked.

"I-I don't want to know." Bomb Kirby shuddered as he took out a bomb and tossed it at Petey's head.

"Please..." Chris prayed. "Help me, Klevar!"

"Ah, it is about time for me to help." Klevar said with a chuckle as he appeared in front of Chris.

"I need your help this time."

"Very well, then," Klevar looked at the villains. "The clocks of time will define your flow of time."

"What? I hate when smarties like you make up those hard to understan-" Porky stopped once he saw several clocks appearing all around the field as they suddenly stopped. "..." Porky was stunned by the move and couldn't move with Petey.

"Great," Geno said. "You're using the Star Spirits more than you did before."

Chris blushed. "I-I should've used them more when I had the chance."

"Attack while he is immobile! Now!" Pit yelled as he ran at Porky and used Angel Ring to deal consecutive slashes.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHH!!!" DK yelled as he ran close to Porky and used Hand Slap to continuously pound the floor, creating trembles that damaged the spider mech.

"Hmm..." Diddy ducked and put 2 banana peels under 2 different claws.

"GUUUUUAAARRGGGHH!!!" Lucario threw a fully charged Aura Sphere at full force that made an explosion on Porky.

"...I want to do that..." Chris muttered as he concentrated his aura between his hands as it began to form a small sphere...but it later exploded and made him fall down. "Aah!"

"Chris!" Lucario kneeled to see his trainer. "Are you feeling fine?"

"I-I think so..." Chris said as his Pokémon helped him to get up. "But you think I don't have enough experience to use Aura Sphere?"

Lucario shook his head. "That seems to be the case."

"...I see..."

"But don't worry," Lucario smiled a little. "I know you will learn it very soon if you keep trying."

"Thanks." Chris said with a nod.

"SHIE!" Sonic yelled as he used Homing Attack on Petey's immobile stomach, combining it with Spin Dash right above it to cut the plant several times as the hedgehog jumped away from 2 bombs that Bomb Kirby threw. "Where'd you get those bombs from?"

Bomb Kirby made a serious face. "I like to keep my own attacks a secret."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Yeah yeah, I heard you."

"They're returning back to normal." Marth said as the time began to pass like before to both villains who grunted in pain.

"Status ailments, huh?" Porky asked with a chuckle. "How convenient. I happen to have a new function which is THIS!" Porky tried to walk towards Meta Knight but he tripped by Diddy's banana peels under the claws. "DAMMIT! LAUNCH PORKY BOTS!" Porky yelled as he called 4 Porky Bots.

However, those Porky Bots seemed to be different once one exploded into Pit, who covered his face with his blades as he coughed...then stopped.

"!!" Pit tried to yell but something seemed to silence him from doing so. "!!! !!!"

"What?" Diddy asked. "I can't hear you!"

"!!! !!! !!!" Pit yelled silently (literally).

"Pit was silenced?" DK asked.

"Yep, that's right!" Porky said proudly. "If the other 3 Porky Bots manage to explode on you, you're going to be silence and unable to use special attacks!"

"CHRIS!" Lucario yelled as he pushed Chris out of the way from one of the Porky Bots who tripped towards Lucario and exploded.

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled worried as he got up and found Lucario coughing for a bit before he was unable to speak.

"!!!" Lucario tried to talk but couldn't do it.

"Oh no, you can't use your abilities?"

Lucario tried to make an Aura Sphere but his aura didn't react to his orders as he looked down.

"Duahahahahaha!" Porky laughed. "You're helpless without your abilities, aren't you? Hahahahahaha!"

Lucario showed his fangs in fury but he couldn't grunt as long as he was silenced.

"Yes, yes! Keep trying to no avail! That effect will last for some time, enough time to make me kill you!"

"Hmph." Meta Knight used Dimensional Cape to teleport away from a Porky Bot who exploded before he quickly turned his back and slashed down the last one.

"Oh well," Porky said. "With 2 who can't use their abilities is enough."

"Please..." Chris prayed. "Help me, Eldstar!"

"You don't have to tell me what to do." Eldstar said with a chuckle as he appeared in front of Lucario and healed him from his wounds a little, but also healed him from his illness.

"Ugh..." Lucario shook his head. "I can...speak again. Thank you."

"If you want," Eldstar looked at Chris. "I can heal the angel as well. You have 2 star bars left."

"Please do!" Chris said as Eldstar nodded and went towards Pit. However, Porky stepped on his way and the Star Spirit gasped.

"Leave Eldstar alone!" Twink demanded angrily.

"Geno Beam!" Geno fired his beam at full potency as Porky backed away from the force, making a path to Eldstar who went to Pit, healed him a bit and cured his illness.

"My task here is done," Eldstar said. "Please, call us when you have to."

"I'll do it." Chris said as Eldstar vanished.

"Damn you all!" Porky yelled angrily. "You're not gonna do the same thing after I do this!"

"Shut up," Meta Knight said simply as he used Drill Rush behind the spider mech to try and break the backside, but Porky was able to slash the Star Warrior with an odd-looking claw that made Meta Knight grunt in pain. "U-ugh... Wait...this feeling..."

"Correct!" Porky said. "You've been poisoned by my claws of poison!" Porky lifted up 3 claws that were glowing in a purple air. "These beauties ain't stopping from giving one hell of a hard time to you all!"

Meta Knight twitched in pain. "This pain...is...horrible..."

"Not only poisoning an enemy can make continuous damage," Porky began. "But it also can make them weaker when attacking!"

"U-ugh..."

"Eldstar!" Chris quickly called Eldstar who went to Meta Knight and healed him from his wounds and illness. "I'm sorry. All the star power was depleted completely."

"Then we'll be careful with that guy." Geno said.

"HYUCK!" Petey vomited on Bomb Kirby who gasped as was covered in muddy goo.

"...?!" Bomb Kirby tried to speak but was unable to. "!!!"

"What?" Marth asked. "That monster can inflict illnesses too?"

Petey merely nodded with a wicked smile as he pulled back his head and rolled it all the way to Marth who was pushed away to the floor and got up as he wiped some blood from his mouth.

"KIRBY!" Amy yelled as Bomb Kirby looked behind him but was crushed by Petey's head with a headbutt. The puffball tried to yell in pain but the illness he got prevented him as a star came out from him and took away his Bomb ability.

"RUUUAAAHHH!!!" Knuckles jumped towards Petey with a fist ready but the Pirahna Plant slapped him down the floor and shot a fast ball of goo to his face. "U-ugh!!!"

"Knuckles?" Mallow asked worried. "A-are you okay?"

"I-I don't feel so good... S-something is hurting me from the inside..."

Mallow gasped. "Y-you're poisoned then! Your face is turning a little bit pale!"

Knuckles's face turned a bit pale as he coughed and closed his eyes half-way. "B-but I'm feeling okay..."

"...A-" Mallow wasn't able to yell as Petey rammed his head at them and pushed them away to the floor, rolling before stopping.

"I have so, so much fury!" Porky yelled raising his 3 claws. "And heck yeah! Showtime!"

A rainbow aura covered him as a force pushed Pit, DK and Diddy back to the air where they were able to backflip and land on their feet.

"W-what?" Chris asked shocked. "H-he can use a Final Smash?"

"Hell yeah!" Porky yelled as his claws glowed in several colors. "And you're gonna love this. Check this out!" Porky began to stomp the floor furiously as he charged at the Smashers who ran away in different directions. "Oh no, you don't!"

SLASH!

"!!!" Diddy tried to yell but he got silenced by the claws, and also he was poisoned as well.

SLASH!

"UGH!" Meta Knight twitched in pain after his arm got sliced, leaving a serious cut that glowed with poison.

SLASH!

"GUARGH!" Lucario roared in pain as a claw reached his back and inflicted a new kind of illness since his body turned a little more blue than usual as Porky stopped glowing and laughed maniacally.

"Like my Piggy's Claws move?" Porky asked snickering.

Piggy's Claws

Inflict several and different status ailments to foes. It may inflict 2 illnesses at a time with moderate damage

"Lu-Lucario?" Chris asked worried. "A-are you okay?"

"U-u-ugh..." Lucario panted and shook his head. "N-no... I-I'm feeling exhausted..."

"'Cuz you got the illness Exhaustion, ironically speaking!" Porky explained. "I went for the trouble to do some research and you got that fortunately! It's a status ailment that makes you hurt every time you use a special attack, and it not only does that, but it also decreases defense!"

"W-what?" Lucario asked between breaths as Porky walked towards them with claws ready.

"Time to put these babies all on you," Porky slammed his claws on Lucario, but the aura Pokémon quickly stood up and punched the 3 claws away with great force. "W-WHAT THE HECK?! You're supposed to be in a bad shape!"

"S-since my aura is reaching a critical level..." Lucario coughed as his hands glowed with intense aura. "It's giving me more strength..."

Porky rolled his eyes. "Yeah, sure. And I'm Ness's dad."

"Can you still go on though?" Geno asked and Lucario nodded slowly as he looked at Chris.

"Chris...it's time to use it..."

"...But I hope it goes perfectly well..." Chris and Lucario stared at Porky as both aura users leaned backs to each other. "Our auras will channel together..."

"OH HECK NO!" Porky yelled angrily. "No more of those attacks!"

"And form an even greater force." Lucario added as both quickly ran to opposite directions and turned slowly towards Porky with Force Palms ready. "GUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!"

"AURA FISTS!!!" Chris yelled as the aura users slammed their Force Palms at each side and created an internal tremble on the machine that greatly paralyzed it while Porky tried to move between grunts.

"GRRR!" Lucario felt exhausted and kneeled weakly.

"Lucario!" Chris ran to Lucario and ducked to see him. "D-don't tell me that illness is hurting you so much..."

"...It is..." Lucario muttered with closed eyes. "I should be...resting now...but I don't want to...leave you alone...in this battle..."

"...Then I'll be the healer again, just for you." Chris said with a serious look as he changed to his Musician job.

"!!!" Pit tried to talk to Chris.

"...I didn't get one bit about what you said, but I'm going to heal you both from your illnesses," Chris said as he calmly played Soul Etude as a happy atmosphere felt on the 3, healing Pit and Lucario from their status ailments and cured them a bit from their wounds. "Dammit! I forgot Meta Knight!"

"No," Meta Knight spoke behind him. "You didn't. I got here in time to recover my poison. Thank you."

Chris blushed. "E-er, shouldn't you 3 be attacking Porky while he is paralyzed?"

"DK, Diddy and Geno are doing that." Pit said as he pointed to the kongs and the puppet attacking the spider mech from all sides using Giant Punches, peanuts and bullets from Geno's fingers while Porky grunted in pain.

"How much health does this machine have?" Geno asked annoyed.

"T-the necessary to crush you all!" Porky yelled as he was freed from being paralyzed.

"Wait!" Diddy looked around. "Where is Yoshi? I haven't seen him!"

Chris looked around the stadium and Yoshi was nowhere to be found. "Yoshi! Yoshi! Where are you?"

"Hey!" Porky called as he narrowly missed Chris from slicing him, thanks to Lucario from grabbed his trainer in time. "Pay attention to beautiful me!"

"Where is that Yoshi when we need him?" DK asked.

"..." Chris looked down before he looked at the screen and found Yoshi, standing close to the trapped crowd where he was...sitting on the floor like he didn't care about anything. "Yoshi?... Why are you..." Chris closed his eyes before opening them. "I'll go for Yoshi. Lucario, you stay here and fight."

"Are you going to be fine?" Lucario asked worried.

"I'll be fine. I need to know something about Yoshi first... So please, defeat Porky for me!"

Lucario gave a serious look and nodded. "I'll do it."

"Thanks!" Chris said as he ran away to a hallway as Lucario backstepped from a missile in time.

"Oh, gimme a break!" Sonic said annoyed as he glared up at Petey, who roared pleased. "Why won't you die already?!"

"Because he's a boss, and bosses are supposed to have lots of health," Mallow explained raising a finger. "Back when Geno, Mario, Peach, Bowser and I fought Smithy, we had a long battle against that guy because he kept changing his heads."

"...Er...okay...whatever..."

"Seriously!" Mallow said running on his feet. "We couldn't stand that guy for so long!"

"Look out!" Sonic tackled Mallow from a slap of Petey, who roared angrily as he slowly went after the 2.

"Take...this..." Knuckles said weakly as he weakly punched Petey's stomach. "...Da...mmit..."

"Hyu!"

"UUAAHH!!" Knuckles yelled after Petey slapped him away to the floor and rolled all the way before he lost consciousness.

"KNUCKLES!" Tails yelled from a bomb.

"H-he's fine!" Mallow lied. "J-just keep deactivating those bombs!"

"A-alright, but be careful, please!" Tails yelled worried as he got underneath a bomb.

"Oh man, oh man, oh man..." Mallow shook Knuckles a little. "I don't have healing magic that revives someone... Speaking of which," Mallow got a confused look. "How does fainting relate to death anyway? HP Rain!" Mallow called forth a happy cloud that rained down on the echidna, but it didn't do any effect before the cloud vanished. "...Damn those physics of life!"

Hallway

Yoshi sighed disappointed as the people tried to ask him for help desperately in panic, but the Yoshi ignored their pleas. "Why?" Yoshi asked looking away. "Why I can't fight back with the others?"

"I tell you why," a resident from Mobius(?) began. "Because you haven't helped us yet!"

Yoshi ignored him. "I don't know what's happening to me right now..."

"Yoshi!" Chris called as he ran to him. "What are you doing here?"

"Oh, hello..." Yoshi said looking down. "I guess you want me in the fight, right?"

"Everyone needs you to be exac-" Chris shook his head. "T-that's not the point. You have to come with me and fight!"

"...But I just can't..."

Chris got a confused look. "...Why is that?"

"Because...I-I just don't know..." Yoshi said closing his eyes in shame. "I don't have that passion to fight like all of you do..."

"A passion to fight?" Chris repeated. "What do you mean by that?"

Yoshi looked away. "I don't know... I just don't know... It's so confusing..."

Chris thought for a moment. "...But nevertheless, you need to come with me!"

"I can't!" Yoshi yelled. "I want to know why do I have this problem that doesn't let me fight!"

Chris backed away. "B-but that's ridiculous! You simply need t-"

"What?!"

"..." Chris looked away. "...I honestly...don't know..."

"...Figures..." Yoshi muttered sadly. "Maybe I should...leave you?"

"What?" Chris asked worried. "O-of course not! You're important for the whole team!"

"In what way if I can't fight?"

"....L-look," Chris ducked and looked at Yoshi. "If you want, I can help you out and resolve that...internal turmoil you have that prevents you from fighting if we come back to the mansion."

"...Whatever..." Yoshi stood up, followed by Chris. "I don't have anything to lose so...I'll go."

Chris gave Yoshi a worried smile and nodded. "Thank goodness I managed to convince you... Well, let's go back and help the others."

"After you if you don't mind..." Yoshi said playing with his fingers as the 2 ran away outside...

...Leaving the somewhat angry crowd that yelled after the World Traveler came to the Yoshi.

Inside the stadium

"YAAAAHH-OWW!" Amy landed hardly on the floor as she opened her right eye and glared at Petey. "W-why won't this guy stop?"

"Boss?" Mallow responded.

"...I..." Kirby gulped. "I can do...do this!" Kirby yelled, making a serious expression as he ran at Petey who grinned and tried to slap him, but the puffball rolled at the right, making Petey gasp surprised before Kirby lunged at him and did a 4-hit combo with his feet, followed by 2 strong swings with a hammer he took out as Petey roared in pain.

"Kirby..." Marth said surprised. "That combo was good."

Kirby smiled a little. "I-it was?"

"Sure. You could defeat many if you put effort into it."

"Hmm... Effort..." Kirby wondered as he looked at Petey...and flew above him as he used Stone to fall quickly on Petey's stomach that made the plant cough in pain, then Kirby turned back to normal and used Final Cutter to slash the plant upwards then slam his blade with a shckwave that cut Petey severly...and exploded as it roared in pain and fainted on the spot.

"...What was that just now?" Mallow asked confused.

"He...exploded?" Marth asked confused.

"But how?" Sonic asked. "I know plants don't...explode like that..."

"Kirby..." Amy looked at Kirby who turned at her. "Did you do that explosion with that shockwave?"

Kirby shuddered. "N-no... I just...sliced him, but he didn't split in 2..."

"Weird..." Marth trailed off before he shook his head. "A-anyway. We defeated him now."

"That went smoothly for a change." Sonic said with a grin.

"Ahem..." Amy coughed to get the blue hedgehog's attention and pointed at the ill echidna, laying on the floor close to them.

"...So what's your point?"

Amy glared at him.

"O-okay. It didn't go smoothly then..."

"I can tell Chris to revive him with his healing magic later," Marth said as he looked at Porky throwing the kongs away to a wall. "We should help them out now that we finished our own "boss" as Mallow said."

"Hey!" Chris called as he appeared from the hallway with Yoshi. "We're back!"

"AND READY TO BE MURDERED?!" Porky asked, laughing like a maniac as he fired missiles at the incoming duo. Chris gasped but Yoshi quickly swallowed him and ran away from the missiles that exploded close to them, then he spat Chris out.

"...Y-yuck..." Chris twitched as he wiped some saliva from his forehead. "I-I guess you had not option left..."

"Sorry..." Yoshi said disappointed. "I ran out of ideas."

"I-it's okay though..." Chris got up. "Thank you."

"You're welcome..." Yoshi said as he sounded bored at the same time.

"...Geno!" Chris yelled as Geno was lashed to the floor and bounced a little. The World Traveler moved his fingers along the harp. "...What the... A new song?" Chris asked as he shone for a second and played a different tune. "Angelsong!"

A happy atmosphere fell on Geno and the puppet felt that his wounds were recovering little by little after the World Traveler ended his chant. "Hm?... M wounds are healing slowly..." Geno said as Porky walked to him.

"And I'll kill you slowly!" Porky yelled as he joined 2 claws together and shot a long red laser that electrocuted the puppet greatly. "Missiles!" Porky yelled as he fired 2 missiles that reached Geno, who was staggering from the previous attack as he was sent to the air and crashed on the floor.

"You won't...take me out..." Geno said as his wounds healed. "My wounds are still...recovering from your attack..."

"Just how long are you all going to last, anyway?!" Porky asked irritated.

"After we finish you off." Marth said as he joined the others.

"Oh great," Porky looked at the 13 characters. "13 against 1... Dammit!" Porky called 10 missiles that stuck out from his back. "Guess I'll have to go crazy and fire missiles, lasers, whatever my mind thinks of and DESTROY EVERYTHING IN MY F(BEEP!)NG SIGHT! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"Hm?" Twink got confused after the curse as Geno facepalmed.

Porky began to fire missiles, lasers and Porky Bots crazily that created some kind of war that went in all directions, making every fighter roll and evade the crazy assault of attacks from the Pig King. Many of them were not careful and got severly injured.

"U-ugh..." DK remained standing with his hands. "H-he's going nuts..."

"At this rate, he will kill us off in a matter of time!" Amy said. "We can't give up now!"

"Chris!" Kawashima called out. "I think you need to cooperate with Marth and discover the next attack!"

Chris got worried as he tripped but evaded a laser. "D-do you think we can find it now?"

"It's possible. Just try it out!"

"...Okay..." Chris muttered as he changed to his Ranger job and looked around for the Altean, who conveniently enough was running behind him. "Marth! Marth! Here! Please come over here!"

"Huh?" Marth stopped on his tracks and ran towards Chris. "Did you call me?"

Chris nodded while Yoshi rolled behind him using Egg Roll. "We need to see if we can use our Combinated Final Smash to defeat him...because I'm really, REALLY sick of his huge ego."

"Hmm..." Marth wondered a little b-

"There is no time to wonder now! We have to see if we ca-" suddenly, Chris stopped once he felt the same sensation. "(There it is again...)"

"(Looks like it.)" Marth called back.

"(You already know this?)"

"(Yes. Jigglypuff told me about this feeling.)"

"(What were you doing with Jigg... N-nevermind. Are you ready to do it? It could bring us something nice out of it.)"

"(If it does, then my answer would be yes.)"

"Then let's hope this is the final strike..." Chris trailed off worried.

"It will," Marth said, putting Falchion in front of him. "I know it will."

"DIE DIE DIE DIE!" Porky yelled madly as he continued to land a hit on the fighters. "YOU HAVE TO DIE SO I CAN BE PREPARED TO KILL NESS AND LUCAS!!!"

"...Shouldn't we make some kind of distraction before, though?" Chris asked.

"That would be good..." Marth thought for a moment. "Everyone! Can you hear me?!" Marth asked yelling.

"Y-yes! What is it?!" Pit asked as he rolled away from a Porky Bot.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (M&S:AtOG and Part of MP3 arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 16, 2009, 07:52:22 PM
"We need to stop Porky so Chris and I reach him and use our attack together!"

"But how?!" Yoshi asked from afar. "There's no way to stop a frenzy of attacks like this one!"

"A-and besides..." Meta Knight coughed. "One of t-those robots tripped on me and gave me more poison again..."

"And pretty much everyone else is so busy with all the artillery and robots, especially the robots that inflict illnesses. Kirby was silenced too!" Amy held Kirby up as the puffball made a sad look and tried to speak.

"...Wait..." Chris took out a familiar item. "The Timer... I forgot about it..."

"We could use it to slow down the attacks." Marth said.

"...Wait a minute!" Chris said brightly as Marth blinked surprised.

"W-what?"

"I think I know how to increase the effect of the Timer..."

"GUUAAAAAARRRGGHH!!" Lucario threw a big Aura Sphere due to his huge amount of damage that exploded on Porky but the attacks were still being launched everywhere. "I-I couldn't defeat him..."

"OF COURSE NOT!" Porky yelled. "I'M SO DAMN AWESOME, TOUGH AND GOOD LOOKING TO BE DEFEATED THAT EASILY LIKE THAT PLANT OVER THERE!" Porky pointed at Petey, who was laying down the floor, fainted.

"I hate this guy's ego so much..." DK muttered weakly.

"His ego is bigger than Sonic's ego." Diddy pointed out.

"Yeah, his ego is bigger than min-hey!" Sonic yelled.

"YOU-WON'T-STOP-ME! YOU-WON'T-STOP-ME!" Porky taunted all of them with snickers. "YOU-WON'T-STOP-M-"

"Put the hands of time at full stop..."

"YOU-WON'T-STOP-M...huh?!"

Music stops

"TIMER!" Chris (in his Scholar job) help up a glowing Timer that vanished and showed a stronger effect on the field as everything (except the Smashers) came at full stop and even Porky himself. Pit even saw that one missile was going to explode on him but it stopped 3 centimeters away from his nose. "It seems...that the formula was a success." Chris said.

"Good," Marth nodded as the World Traveler changed to his Ranger job. "Are you ready for it?"

Chris nodded with a chuckle. "Yes."

"Attack him while he can't move in the meantime, everyone!" Marth instructed as everyone went all-out to the spider mech with their attacks.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno fired a fast ring that crossed the old brat.

"Star Rain!" Mallow called forth a huge Starman that bounced on the machine 13 times before vanishing.

"YYYYYYYYYAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" DK leaped at the machine and slammed his joined fists hard at the mech.

"You're not getting away from this either!" Amy yelled as she followed the kong's attack by a strong slam of her hammer.

"Receive this!" Pit yelled firing multiple arrows at will from a distance.

"I...hope this makes you...understand." Meta Knight struggled as he continuously slashed the mech from behind.

"Ah!" Diddy kept charging his Peanut Popgun several times to fire peanuts at full speed which...surprisingly dealt damage.

"HIU-AH!" Kirby followed the attack by 2 spinning attacks with his hammer in midair.

"SHIE!" Sonic slammed himself into the machine with Spin Dash and crossed one claw through.

"D-don't forget about me!" Yoshi yelled from some meters away as he tossed a Yoshi Egg at the machine, which broke upon contact.

"...I..." Lucario gritted his fangs as he charged a big Aura Sphere. "I...need to...keep fighting... GUUUUUUUUAAAAAARRGGHHH!!!" Lucario fired the big Aura Sphere at full speed as it made an explosion on Porky.

"Now it is the time..." Marth called as his voice echoed. Chris standing behind him with his sword ready.

"I hope this is enough." Chris said as he closed his eyes and put a stronger grip on his sword before Marth dashed at the spider mech with Chris following from behind.

The Altean prince seemed to use Dolphin Slash as his first strike, but suddenly when he landed the first blow, Chris swiftly appeared in front of Marth by making a quick turn with the prince and slammed his sword quickly, then Marth came in and slashed Porky, then Chris simply swung his sword and slashed the mech...

...But the speed they were using was slowly increasing with every hit until they landed 19 slashes: 10 from the World Traveler and 9 from the Altean prince.

"It is the end." Marth said as both stopped and stood next to each other.

"Whale Cleave!!!" Chris and Marth yelled in unison as they jumped high and slammed their shining swords at the same time on the spider mech, the last hit adding one extra hit to the previous 19 hits, creating a tremble once their swords crossed the mech and slammed to the floor beneath him.

New ability learned! Whale Cleave!

An enhanced version of Dolphin Slash. Continuously slash the enemy with 2 swordsmen and deal a strong last blow at the same time. Deals moderate damage to a single enemy

Time seemed to run back as normal as both swordsmen backed away from the mech which seemed to shoot out small bolts of electricity before it fell down on its back. Porky seemed to breath slowly in pain as the machine seized its functions.

"...No..." Porky muttered. "Not like...this... Uuuuuuuuuggggggggghhhhh..."

"...It's over..." Blaze said.

Yoshi made a bored look at her. "You don't say anything. You didn't do anything."

"So did you."

"...Don't remind me." Yoshi said ashamed.

"...Phew!" DK sat on the floor and wiped sweat from his face. "He went down at last..."

"It seems that way..." Diddy sat besides DK. "We can finally return to our things."

"...Wait!" Mallow looked around at the Subspace Bombs. "The bombs! Have they been deactivated yet?!"

"Don't worry, you guys!" Tails called from afar as he deactivated a bomb. "We managed to stop all the bombs from blowing up!"

"Sweet! Good work, Tails!" Sonic said, giving him a thumbs up.

"...But..."

"Huh?"

5 minutes later...

All the characters were gathered in front of the Halberd (Meta Knight tried to enter from above again, but the force field that shielded it was still there) and were wondering something. Chris was able to heal all of them through using many Soul Etudes with his Musician job (he even was using it right now).

"When a bomb is deactivated," Tails explained. "It seems that the robots attached to them deactivate as well."

"So that's why the bombs are activated?" Geno asked.

Tails nodded. "Correct. The Subspace Bombs can be only activated by "sacrificing" those robots."

Cream looked down sadly. "Please...don't say that..."

Tails made a worried look. "I'm sorry...but I don't know another way to put it exactly."

"Hmph!" Marine pouted a little. "Sacifin' lifes to blow bombs? Who's the honza behind all tis? Mates?"

"Tabuu..." Lucario responded trailing off.

"Who?" Knuckles asked.

"We don't know how Tabuu looks like," Marth began. "But we know he is behind all this."

"Hm..." Tails wondered. "But why sacrifing robots?"

"Who cares right now?" Vector asked, crossing his arms. "Thing is that the whole audience is coming back!"

"What?" Kirby looked at the screen where the force fields that imprisoned the spectators disappeared and they all ran back to the stadium to find out what was going on.

But suddenly, the sound of a big engine started to be heard and they all looked at the Halberd...taking off slowly from the stadium.

"W-what the heck?!" Amy asked in shock.

"B-but I thought there weren't any more guys like those...2... Uh-oh..." Yoshi's eyes widened.

"What is wrong with you?" Pit asked.

"...They're gone! The old kid and the plant are gone!"

The groups looked where Porky and Petey once were and they weren't found anywhere.

"W-what happened?! T-they were just laying down on the floor a minute ago!" Twink said.

"Unless..." Marth wondered. "Tabuu called them back using the portals from underneath them."

"Hello?" Sonic asked annoyed. "There's am airship taking off!"

"Meta Knight!" Chris said. "Maybe Meta Knight is starting the Halberd!"

"No," Meta Knight appeared behind them. "I couldn't board the Halberd...because of that person over there. Just maybe."

"Person over there?" Charmy put his hands above his eyes to see the Halberd. "Who are you talking about?"

"...Wait..." Lucario narrowed his eyes. "Isn't that..."

"...Huh?" Kirby stood on the tips of his feet. "...Mr. G&W?!"

Mr. G&W watched from the top of the Halberd (on the tip of the front area) at the Smashers, then Porky appeared besides him and laughed. "HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! You lost your chance to recover this ship and the Star Spirit hidden high above the clouds! DUAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"...Hidden high above the clouds?" Geno asked confused.

Porky realized what he just said and cursed under his breath. "...OH, DAMMIT!" Porky yelled as the Halberd slowly took off to the sky and disappeared in the purple clouds that vanished and revealed the night once again.

"Hidden high above the clouds..." Geno wondered.

"You mean above the purple clouds of a moment ago?" Twink asked.

"...I don't know...but we should remember that clue if we need it."

"It may be crucial to find the last Star Spirit." Marth said.

"Who was that...flat guy?" Knuckles asked.

"Mr. G&W," Mario explained. "Some of us know him from the past tournament."

"But what was he doing on the Halberd?" Marth asked confused.

"If I remember," Chris looked at Marth. "You met him on the Halberd before, right?"

"Yes... But why is..."

They were all interrupted by the loud cheers of the crowd that were grateful after their actions as they all looked around.

"Well, well, well!" Toadsworth called out. "It seems this event was once again saved by the Smashers like the last time in the Festival of Sports! And not only some normal event, the Olympic Games!"

Diddy blushed and scratched his head a little. "Heheheheh..."

"In behalf of all the people in here... Thank you so much for your assistance." Toadsworth said with a heartly chuckle as the crowd cheered loudly.

"...We're heroes again?" Twink asked.

"Yup," Mallow chuckled. "Seems that way. Good for me."

"C'mon, people!" Daisy said, making a fist in the air. "We have an event to finish up!"

Chris looked at Marth with a worried face. "Why are you looking at me?" Marth asked.

"Well..." Chris trailed off.

Marth blinked for a moment before chuckling a little bit. "I see," Marth shook his head. "Don't worry, we'll discuss this with everyone back at the mansion. Let's play the least event for now."

"...Okay." Chris said smiling a bit.

Final Event: 8 X 100m Relay

Participants: All

Wario, Blaze and Pit were getting ready to run with their batons on right hands, while the others team members were waiting for them 100m away from their position.

The crowds from both places seemed to be no longer angry with any team since they were themselves targeted at the same time, meaning that neither Mario's or Sonic's team was responsible for the sabotages at all.

Or the Smashers for that matter.

"This is it," Toadsworth began. "The final event of the Olympic Games will finally begin in a minute! Everybody is ready to give it their all and work together in this last and exciting event, where the true winner will be revealed!" Toadsworth chuckled heartily. "Question is: are you ready?" Toadsworth asked and the crowd erupted with cheers. "Alright! That's the enthusiasm I was talking about! Lakitu! Cream! Charmy! Please, say the words!"

"On your marks..." Lakitu lifted a gun to the air.

"Get set..." Cream lifted a flag.

Super Sonic Racing

"GOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Charmy shot a firework at the center of the stadium that exploded, marking the beginning of the event as the 3 runners ran as fast as they could with all their energies.

"You 2!" Wario laughed. "You're so going to lose today!"

"Oh, please," Blaze rolled her eyes. "That line is so well known to be extremely boring."

"What?"

"I have to agree," Pit said nodding. "You don't have good lines to insult us."

"GRR! Who asked you 2, anyway?!" Wario asked annoyed as the 3 ran at their team members (Waluigi, Dr. Eggman and Marth respectively). "Hey! You better not trip!"

"Aw, shaddup!" Waluigi yelled as the next trio began to run and sprinted to the next trio after the previous trio handed them the batons.

"Heave-ho! Heave-ho!" Dr. Eggman panted as he ran.

Marth seemed to be ahead of them by 1m. "Hmph. I'm not one of the fastest for nothing."

"Quit your words to yourself!" Waluigi yelled annoyed.

"W-wait..." Dr. Eggman slowed down. "I-I'm not into running..."

"C'mon!" Amy yelled from her spot (Daisy and Geno standing on each side of her). "You have to run fast!"

"I... I'm doing it..." Dr. Eggman muttered as he reached Amy and handed her the baton, but late because Daisy and Geno were already ahead of her.

"Oh, no!" Amy made an angry expression and began to run faster. "You won't get away from me!"

"What?" Daisy saw Amy slowly catching up with her. "Oh no, no no no! You won't pass me!"

"Just watch!" Amy said angrily as Geno passed both girls. "Hey! Where are you going?!"

"I'm going to give this to Mallow," Geno said as he gave Mallow his baton, stopped and saw the cloud prince running away to the next member. "Hurry up."

Amy grinned. "You don't have to tell me twice!" Amy said as she gave the baton to Vector, while Daisy gave the baton to Bowser.

"OUT OF THE WAY!" Bowser yelled angrily.

"NO WAY!" Vector yelled with a glare. "YOU FIRST!"

"Oh, come on!" Mallow yelled from several meters ahead of them. "You can't stop arguing with each other, can you?"

"NO!" Bowser and Vector yelled angrily.

"...I should've thought..." Mallow thought as he saw DK ahead.

"GO AWAY!" Bowser yelled.

"YA FIRST, AGAIN!" Vector yelled as he spotted Shadow and Bowser saw Yoshi.

"Faster!" Yoshi yelled as he began to run. "Faster!"

"HERE!" Bowser slammed the baton on Yoshi's right hand as the Yoshi began to sprint and catch up with DK.

However, Shadow came from between them and passed both of them as DK looked surprised at this.

"H-hey! Wait up!" DK yelled.

"Like I'll listen to you." Shadow responded with a frown.

"I thought he was going to say that." Yoshi said as he spotted Peach after Shadow gave the baton to Knuckles.

"Here you go, buddy!" DK said as he gave the baton to Diddy (who grabbed it with his tail) and sprinted to the next member, 100m ahead of him.

Knuckles saw Peach running faster than him and the echidna made a surprised face before glaring. "Grrr! Why the heck is she going faster than me?! Stupid pills!"

Peach let out a small chuckle as she spotted Luigi ahead of him. "Luigi! Run fast, okay?"

"You too, Tails!" Knuckles yelled as he gave the baton to Tails and Diddy gave the baton to Lucario.

"Kirby..." Meta Knight (who decided to stay behind on a bench with Kirby) looked at Kirby.

"If you're wondering," Kirby said smiling. "I wanted to stay here and not participate in this event because I don't run that fast. Besides..." Kirby took out a ramen bowl. "I wanted to eat this!"

"...Yes..." Meta Knight said with a frown as he looked back at the competition.

"Lucario!" Chris called from his spot (with the Racer job).

"What?" Lucario asked as he dashed pass Luigi and Tails.

"I know you can run faster than them! Get here, quickly!"

Lucario smiled a little with a serious face as he accelerated.

"H-hey!" Luigi called out. "I-I need to run faster!"

"If you don't talk, then you could run faster!" Tails yelled as he accelerated

"C'mon..." Sonic looked impacient as Tails was getting closer. Chris was already running up ahead at the last 100m while Mario was waiting for Luigi. "GO!" Sonic yelled with a nice start as he passed Mario, who made a serious face and ran faster to catch up with the 2.

"Chris! Chris! Chris! Go! Chris! Chris! Chris! Go!" Kirby, Twink and Mallow cheered together.

"Sooonic! Sooonic! Sooonic! Sooonic!" the crowd from Mobius(?) cheered at the blue hedgehog.

"YOU CAN DO IT, SONIC!" Amy yelled, throwing uppercuts to the air.

"Ma-ri-o! Ma-ri-o! Ma-ri-o! Ma-ri-o! Ma-ri-o!" the crowd from the Mushroom Kingdom cheered along with Mario's team (except Wario, Waluigi and Bowser who just wanted to have the trophy).

Chris began to pant as he lost speed. "...My...legs... I...can't...run...like...this..."

"What's the matter?" Sonic asked as he ran besides Chris with a grin. "Can't catch up?"

"Just try to run faster!" Mario encouraged Chris. "You can make a difference with more effort!"

"(...Mario...you sure are very kind...)" Chris thought in surprise as the trio spotted the finish line up ahead.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled. "Run! Run!"

"(Lucario...)" Chris closed his eyes and he began to accelerate.

Sonic looked at the finish line and grinned. "This ending will be one for a photo!"

"I know!" Mario yelled back as the trio neared to the finish line. The crowd, the teams, everyone went silent for a moment after only 10m were remaining from the final competitors and the line, where the winner of the Olympic Games was going to be decided.

"(Please...)" Chris thought. "(Let me win... Let me win!)"

Just when they were about to reach the line...the entire screen shone brightly before the first one who crossed the line was shown...

Mario Kart Wii - Ceremony

10 minutes later...

"And now," Toadsworth began as the crowd cheered. "The conclusion for the Olympic Games here, in Beijing, has come to an end! We congratulate everyone here for coming all the way from their homes and witness the grand finale!"

"We're so happy to announce the third, second and first places for each team that managed to get their place, by working hard in each event!" Lakitu said as he held a bronze badge and a bronze trophy. Cream and Cheese were holding a silver trophy and a silver medal respectively while Charmy and Espio were holding a golden medal and a big golden trophy respectively.

"For the third place...please, give a round of applauds to this tough team: the Smashers' Team from the Smash Mansion!" Toadsworth announced while Lakitu flew over to Chris (who was with his team, standing above the right platform which was numbered "3") and gave him the medal that the World Traveler put on his neck and grabbed the trophy.

"Thank you for your participation, everyone." Lakitu said with a nod as Chris held up the trophy above them, making the crowd go wild.

"Well..." Chris trailed off. "We didn't win the second or the first place...so sorry."

"Please," DK smiled. "You did well out there."

"And look!" Twink grabbed the trophy. "This is going to be a memory to remember our participations here!"

"But you didn't participate." Geno pointed out.

Twink made a bored face. "And you have to ruin my fantasies because?"

Geno merely chuckled.

"Also," Toadsworth began. "We'd like to thank all of you for saving Beijing from utter disaster, like you did back at the Mushroom Kingdom's Festival of Sports. Give more applauds!"

Chris blushed embarrassed as the crowd let out a loud cheer, but Lucario pulled his trainer under his right arm and licked his cheek happily, making Chris laugh while the others laughed a bit as well.

"And for the second place...we have the team who had the idea of this wonderful way to express the passion for the sports: Sonic's Team from Mobius!"

"I'm so happy for all of you," Cream said as she put the silver medal on Sonic's neck as Cheese gave him the silver trophy. "Thank you so much for taking me here!"

"Yeah," Sonic winked at her. "Thanks for accepting the invitation."

"Thank you so much, Mr. Sonic!"

"Chao chao chao!" Cheese cheered.

"Hey guys!" Sonic held up the trophy. "We won the second place! That's good news!"

"Alright!" Vector took the trophy as money signs appeared on his eyes. "Now, let's sell this thing!"

"Nah-ah-ah!" Amy took back the trophy. "We're gonna put this in a place where everyone can see it!"

"May I suggest my lab?" Tails suggested.

"...We'll think about a good place!" Amy said as Tails frowned.

"And lastly..." Toadsworth began as the crowd went silent. "We'd like to thank Sonic and his friends for being so considerable to us, the residents from the Mushroom Kingdom," he chuckled. "Please, do call us for another interesting bout!"

The crowd cheered loudly at the team from Mobius(?) after that.

"And now!" Toadsworth stopped the cheers. "For the last team who was able to reach the first place, the team who showed skills, grace and talent throughout the games, the team who has won fairly...by not answered causes that we all had to suffer mysteriously," the crowd talked for a bit about the true culprit, as well as the teams. "The team who has won the Olympic Games is..." drums began to play as Charmy chuckled and went for the team above the highest pedestal between the 2 other teams, with Espio following him. "...Mario's Team from the Mushroom Kingdom!!!"

The crowd went wild while Charmy put and have the medal and Espio the trophy to Mario, who stared at his rewards in awe with his teammates as Bowser took the trophy and held it up high in victory...then Wario and Waluigi tackled him down and chuckled evily after taking the trophy...then Bowser pushed both of them out of the way and grabbed the trophy back as this continued until Daisy grabbed the trophy after the trio were fighting between each other, making many laugh at them.

Confetti began to fall down the sky as the Smashers and Sonic's team congratulated Mario's Team with applauds. "And so! We end the Olympic Games with a big celebration at one of the biggest and best places to hold parties here in Beijing! Thank you for watching the whole event from your seats or for those watching this at home! Thank you very much aaaaaaaaaaaaand good night and good bye!"

Music stops

1 hour later...

The stadium was left empty. Nobody was there at that time because many were celebrating at another place in Beijing...

...But with a closer look, there were Mario's and Sonic's teams (without Wario, Waluigi, Bowser and Dr. Eggman) looking at the Smashers, who were about to enter the portal back to the mansion.

"Luigi..." Mario trailed off. "Are you sure you want to go with them?"

"You're going to miss the Star Festival," Peach began. "It's going to be in 2 months and who knows when you're going to return."

Luigi shook his head and looked down. "I...I made my decision," Luigi smiled a little at them. "I know what I'm doing after all."

"He's going to be just fine," Mallow said with a chuckle. "We'll watch his back and we'll try to keep him away from ours."

"...Hey!"

"Just kidding!"

"Alright, then," Daisy began with a smile. "I hope I get a chance to drop by and visit that mansion someday."

"We let visitors come anytime," DK said. "You can come whenever you like."

"Sweet!" Marine said. "I'll try to give ya all a visit there, mates!"

"But then she'll have to ask me first." Blaze said with a chuckle.

"Sonic..." Amy wiped some tears. "A-are you going with them again?"

"What about our world?" Tails asked. "It's in a critical condition right now as we speak."

"Meh," Sonic grinned. "Don't worry, I'll try to find a solution to that once we're done with something else."

"The last Star Spirit and the defeat of Smithy." Geno said.

"Yeah, that."

"Meanwhile," Knuckles began. "We'll try to find the solution by our own. It's not like we need you all the time to fight something."

"And we'll help!" Vector said with a grin as he rubbed his index and thumb together. "It'll cost you some money thoug-"

"We will help if they need us." Espio said as Vector gave him a glare while Charmy chuckled.

"We're gonna have lots of fun together like the last time!" Charmy said to Marth, who shrugged.

"I'll miss the food here," Kirby sobbed. "It was delicious..."

Chris ducked and hugged Kirby as he stood up. "I think we're going to meet each other again very soon."

"Really?" Mario asked. "Good. Maybe Peach and I could join you all at last."

Shadow coughed. "Well, don't expect to see me again."

"Why?" Diddy asked.

"Because I won't let you convince me to participate in this crap again."

"...Sure..." Diddy looked away.

"Wait a minute," Pit wondered. "Anybody knows who was responsible for the sabotages?"

Everyone looked at each other and shook their heads.

"Neither Bowser, Wario, Waluigi or Dr. Eggman were the culprits." Pit said.

"Or Porky." Yoshi added.

"Who cares?" Sonic asked with a grin. "The important is that the games ended and that guy is going to leave us alone from now on."

"...Maybe you're right..." Tails trailed off.

"Let's not worry for that." Lucario suggested.

"Anyway!" Mallow smiled. "Let's go back and see if the others were saved!"

Chris nodded. "Thank you for letting us participate."

"We'll invite you next time." Peach said with a small giggle.

Chris blushed. "P-please do...I'll be glad."

"Hidden high above the clouds..." Geno muttered in a thinking position.

"Geno..." Twink made a worried face.

"Now let's go back." Meta Knight said as he walked inside the portal first, followed by all the Smashers before the portal vanished.

"...And there goes Luigi..." Mario said sighing as Peach patted his back.

"He'll be okay. I know Luigi will be safe."

"...You're right."

"But I can't stop thinking," Daisy hit her forehead slightly. "I can't stop thinking about who did all those sabotages."

In another, unknown, dark area

"Why?" Cream asked as a camera focused on her face. "Why would somebody do such things to us?"

Vector's stomach grumbled. "Ya know, what I want now is big, plate of that takoyaki they are serving in the party!"

"Yeah!" Charmy said nodding, sticking out his tongue. "Let's celebrate for now!"

"Fools..." a person on a chair said with joined hands. "All the sabotages: the different flags, the floaties with holes, the shattered paddles, the skiffs with holes, the weak pole, the hole, the weak table, the high crossbar, the moving hurdle, the reversed rifle, the explosive blocks and the force fields were all because of me!" the person turned the chair and revealed himself. "The sponsor of the very same event: Alex Kidd! The great mascot!"

Alex Kidd jumped out from his chair. "That fool of Sonic was able to live through my ingenious plots, but those Smashers got in the frickin' way to let me gain my so deserved spotlight! But noooooo! They interrupted my schemes every single DAMN time! Not even my awesome schemes were enough to kill all of them!" he looked away. "Even those weird guys from the ship almost succeeded in doing my work, but they happened to be weak! How annoying and frustrating!"

"A-HA!" a voice spoke from behind a door.

"W-what?!"

BANG!

The door was destroyed by a large figure with 2 other figures that stepped inside the mysterious room as they glared at Alex Kidd.

"W-who the heck are you 3?!"

"I'll tell you," a figure that...okay, it was Vector, Charmy and Espio, began. "We're the Team Chaotix Detective Agency, and we're here to punish you for your crimes!"

Charmy took out a recorder and played what Alex Kidd said. "Yep! We have you where we wanted!"

Alex Kidd took a step back. "I-impossible! How could you 3... I mean, how did you 3 find out that it was me...IF YOU WEREN'T SEARCHING FOR ME IN THE FIRST PLACE?!"

"Simple," Espio said with a grin. "The sponsor is always inside the stadium, watching from a private room with an obvious sign. We were looking for you after Chris told us."

"Yeah," Vector nodded, crossing his arms. "We like to work when nobody is looking... That's why we went several times to the bathroom and discuss our findings there."

Charmy made a bored look and pointed at a sign, laying down on the floor where the pieces of the door were. "C'mon, "This place is Off-Limits because the sponsor is in here"? What kind of sign is that?"

"...Curse my genius..." Alex Kidd muttered.

Vector cracked his fists. "Guess we'll have to bring you by force!"

"Filthy rat." Espio said, doing a handsign.

"Lemme pinch 'im!" Charmy said with a fist.

Alex Kidd backed away to a wall as the 3 got closer and closer to him. "N-no! Y-you won't take me alive! You won't take me ali-"

"Shut up." Espio said.

PUNCH! PUNCH! PUNCH! PINCH! PUNCH! PUNCH!

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!! MY CAAAAAAAAAAAAAPPPPPPPPEEEEEE!!!"

NEWCOMER!
Luigi joined your team!

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 1900 Smash Coins!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Luigi, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (M&S:AtOG and Part of MP3 arcs)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 17, 2009, 04:03:54 PM
Chapter 114: Rosalina: The Princess of the Galaxy

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Lord Tabuu," the Ancient Minister began. "I have great news."

"Besides the fact Porky lost against them, the Subspace Bombs were all deactivated and the fact that his somewhat not quite mouth gave vital information about the location of the last Star Spirit?" Tabuu asked with irritation in his voice.

"Honestly speaking, yes."

"What?"

"The scout that was sent to Samus's world managed to find the monster we were looking for, and they were able to get a sample of its original DNA."

Tabuu's eyes widened a little. "Ah... Very well..."

"And right now as we speak, we're trying to create the former 2 subjects we lost last time when they invaded our stronghold."

"Yes... Yes... It is so good to hear that we are making progress to recover everything we lost in the last war."

"I'm glad you're being optimistic about all the events that happened a time ago. This time, your forces will be stronger and more intelligent if I presume well."

"Then please, do continue," Tabuu turned his back. "How are the others?"

"Ganondorf is still in great pain after the last encounter, but Charizard and King Dedede are available to any mission. They seem to be mad after they lost though."

"Send them to the galaxy."

"And what galaxy are you speaking of?"

"Mario is on a quest to rescue Princess Peach from Bowser. The King of the Koopas can be easily found and I know he will not object about giving him our aid, since it will be benificial to his plans and ours as well."

"I see..."

"And also," Tabuu continued. "There are many perils in the galaxy that Master Hand's forces will not overcome so easily."

"Shall I begin the preparations then?"

"Of course. Meanwhile, I will see other important matters."

"Can I know about your matters?" The Ancient Minister asked.

"If I were to tell you...you would die," once Tabuu said that, the Ancient Minister gasped in his mind. "Please, start everything. This is another mission where you are going to be in charge of. Do not fail me." Tabuu said before he vanished.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Behind Us!

The Ancient Minister looked away. "About 15 bombs which were activated by 30 of my brethen some moments ago were deactivated...along with them... I must know how to stop this...but is escaping from here a good option?" The Ancient Minister wondered as he looked at the darkness of the Subspace, which he went forward and disappeared.

Nintendo City
Post Office from outside the barrier

It has been quite a while after the persistent Paratroopa went to see the clouds that his fellow friends were starting to worry about him.

"When is that stubborn Paratroopa going to get down?" Quil asked, crossing his arms. "He's going to get frozen inside an ice cube if he doesn't return right now."

"But you have to agree," Postman began. "He has determination."

"Coming from a determinated postman who rushes to every single person with mail pending." Quil said, rolling his eyes.

"Hey, we postmen are that dedicated in our labors. You should do the same someday." Postman suggested.

"That day my feathers will fall off because I'll act like an idiot."

"Whatever you say..." Postman trailed off.

"But..." Quil looked outside. "It's stupid..."

"Stupid what?"

"That the climate is getting somehow...stronger for some reason..." Quil noticed that more snow was falling outside. "It's snowing even more than it used to. Remember the storm 2 days ago during the night?"

"Yeah," Postman remembered. "It was very strong from what I can recall."

"Call this a crazy assumption...but I think this storm is man-made..."

"Crazy assumption." Postman said nodding.

"It is not!"

"Well, you said I could call it a crazy assumption!" Postman looked outside. "Hey, Parakarry! Tell Quil he has a crazy assumption!"

"It's not that crazy, right Para..." Quil looked fairly shocked after both postmen found Parakarry...trapped inside an icicle. "PARAKARRY!"

"Oh man! He decided to get ice power but it rejected him!" Postman yelled.

"Stop being an idiot and help me to carry him back inside, close to the chimney!"

Several minutes later...

"ACHOO!"

"Here," Quil gave the almost-unfrozen Parakarry (since his hands and head were out as the ice was melting) hot coffee that the Paratroopa took slowly before sighing. "What happened to you up there?"

"2 shadowy figures attacked me!" Parakarry said angrily. "I was banging on the clouds for some time before a hole opened, and above the hole, 2 figures chuckled rather malevolently and froze me inside this icicle!"

"Banging on the clouds?" Postman asked confused.

"2 figures?" Quil questioned.

"Yep. The clouds up there are as hard as walls," Parakarry explained. "Nobody can get through without force, but mine wasn't all that strong enough."

"But did you manage to see who were those figures?"

"Hmm..." Parakarry wondered as his right leg was able to get outside. "...The attacks felt familiar though...oddly familiar...like if I knew who were the ones who attacked me..."

"Hey," Postman began. "Maybe you should get some rest and see again?"

"Just for him to get inside another icicle and fall down all the way here?" Quil asked with a glare. "Be glad there was a big pile of snow out there that saved him from being shattered!"

"Sorry, sorry. No need to get grumpy either."

"What?!"

"Guys, GUYS!" Parakarry yelled. "Calm down! I know what to do right now with this issue!"

"...You do?" both postmen asked.

Parakarry nodded. "Yep. I know who to ask and help me out."

"Us out." Quil corrected.

"Yeah, that too...but first, since I'm in this condition..."

Quil looked at Parakarry's mug empty as the Paratroopa moved it by the sides. "...Fine, I'll fill it again for you." Quil said with a sigh.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2 - Pub

Some time passed after the 3 groups managed to return to the mansion, and Luigi was being given his Brawl form (along with Snake) as the plumber looked at his gloves.

"I feel the same." Luigi commented.

"But you got 2 new taunts," Master Hand pointed out. "The weirdest though."

"...I don't want to use them, then..." Luigi shuddered.

"Okay, okay," Master Hand looked at the Smashers. "Excellent job with your assigned duties. Our plans haven't been stopped fortunately."

"I'm so glad everyone is okay," Chris said sighing. "It's good to see everyone safe."

"Aw, he worries about us. Hug him." Pikachu snickered.

Chris got annoyed. "H-hey! I'm saying the truth!"

"I-I-I-I-I would've l-l-l-l-laughed," Falco sneezed with a big scarf on his neck. "B-b-b-b-b-but I can't do it with t-t-t-t-this cold..."

"Oh yes," Master Hand began. "Forgot to tell you something."

"What?" Ness asked.

"While Meta Knight was left behind, he happened to show me a person who, in some time before, entered the mansion that he found in the library."

"And who is that person?" Mallow asked.

"U-um, that would be me."

They all blinked confused at the voice coming from the hallway. They saw a gloved hand waving at them that later was pulled back before the princess from Zaphias, Estellise Sidos Heurassein, stepped out while she blushed, joined hands in front of her waist and also looking down in embarrasment.

"M-my name is Estellise Sidos Heurassein, princess from Zaphias and candidate to the Imperial throne. I-I've been secretly living here without anyone knowing of my presence, except for Etna, who happens to be away right now," Estelle said shyly as she closed her eyes afterwards. "I'm really, really sorry for sneaking in when that horrible storm came in!"

"(Princess?)" Zelda thought surprised.

"Sneaking in?" Snake wondered. "So you're the cause of my cover being blown up."

"I-I don't know anything about that, but please, forgive me for being rude and take refuge in your humble abode!" Estelle said utterly embarrassed.

"Calm down, calm down," Zelda said as she walked to Estelle. "We don't mind guests at all."

"...Really?" Estelle asked as she looked at Zelda, who chuckled a little.

"Yes."

"...Oh, thank you, princess that looks like a Kritya!"

"...A what?" Zelda asked confused.

Estelle gasped. "O-oh, you're not a Kritya? Sorry for misjudging you. Kritya usually have long ears so I thought you were one..."

"...I let that somewhat insult go."

Estelle blushed embarrassed as sweat drops were jumping off her head. "N-no! I wasn't trying to insult anybody! I-it was such a small mistake! I swear!"

"I knew girls like her are easy to get desperate." Popo said.

"Stop it!" Zelda snapped out. "She needs a time to get calm. Estellise, would you breath air for a moment?"

Estelle looked somewhat worried. "O-okay... Let me relax a little..."

Several minutes later...

"Now?" Zelda asked as Estelle regained her composure.

"Yes... Thanks." Estelle said with a polite bow.

"So anyways," Roy began. "What brings you here?"

"I came here 2 days ago after that strong storm came around. I happened to find the mansion through my search for Raven and some other friends that got lost in the forest."

"(Raven?!)" Toon Link thought shocked.

"He has been missing for quite some time so I started to look for him," Estelle looked down. "But I wasn't successful so far. I'm starting to worry about his welfare so much..."

"We happen to know Rav-" Link was interrupted by Toon Link tackling him down. "H-hey! What's the matter with you?!"

"No! We don't know anyone named Raven at all!" Toon Link yelled as everyone watched him. "We-don't-know-any-Raven!"

"...Oh," Estelle got depressed. "I thought you knew him..."

"But we kno-" Marth was tackled down by Toon Link.

"Yes, he i-" Mallow was tackled down by the cartoony swordsman.

"Excuse me? Why are you all acting so strange?" Estelle asked.

"Link is acting strange," Ness began. "We don't."

"But why is he tackling everyone down?"

"Because he doesn't want to tell that Rav-" Ness was tackled down by Toon Link. "Okay, you got 5 seconds to get off my back before I burn you down."

"Traitor, you promised me that you weren't going to say ANYTHING about Raven." Toon Link whispered.

"He's not my idol," Ness replied with a bored look. "And honestly speaking, I hate that old man."

"You've got to keep it a secret!"

"...I'm not dealing with people who don't throw any reward."

Toon Link rolled his eyes. "I let you use my Wind Waker."

Ness narrowed his eyes and grinned a little bit. "And what else?"

Toon Link groaned. "And I'll let you use my Master Sword."

"...What else?"

"YOU LITTL-"

"Hey," Nana called out. "Everyone is staring at you."

Ness and Toon Link glanced around at all the characters who were looking at them, laying down on the floor before they got up and coughed awkwardly. "S-sorry for that." Toon Link said with a nervous chuckle.

Estelle sighed. "Maybe I should leave this place and continue my quest alone..."

"Wait," Zelda interrupted. "Why go out there when you can stay here?"

Estelle's face brightened as she joined her hands. "C-can I really stay here, for real?"

"We don't mind guests." Red said.

"I do." Master Hand said.

"We don't care that much since you always agree afterwards." Yoshi said.

"...Fine, Estelle can stay here as long as she wants. Just keep her away from our matters."

"Oh, thank you so much!" Estelle said happily. "I never thought I'd meet such interesting people like you all in my life before! Being surrounded by all of you, who wear such interesting costumes, is quite a memory to remember!"

"...But we're not wearing costumes," Fox said. "We are like this because we were born this way."

"...You're speaking the truth, right?" Estelle asked.

"I'm 100 percent myself." Wolf added.

"Me too." Kirby said.

"Us too." DK and Diddy with a nod.

"And us too." Sonic, Pichu, Pikachu, Jigglypuff and Lucario said in unison.

"...My god..." Estelle trailed off. "H-how can I see you're not lying?"

"Here, try to pull out my "mask" and see we're not lying." Pikachu jumped to Estelle and she tried to pull his "mask" but was unable to.

"..." Estelle blinked quite shocked.

"So what?"

"...Amazing!" Estelle exclaimed as she put a hand close to her mouth. "Now I'm even more interested in all of you!"

"She gets so easily interested in a second." Link said.

Estelle blushed as she let Pikachu go. "W-well, it IS a shocker, b-but to think I would meet such people like you all...it's a sign that my journey was going to be so full surprises after all! I can't wait to tell Yuri and the others about this!"

"Wait," Chris made a confused face. "Your friend is some kind of sick japanese meaning?"

"Whatever you mean by that?"

"...Oh, maybe I'm wrong..."

"Okay, okay," Master Hand began. "Now that you completely believe in all of us, could you go to your room?"

"But..." Estelle trailed off. "I'm so anxious to know everyone here..."

"Tell you what," Zelda began. "I'll go with you and we'll have a nice chat."

Estelle smiled a little. "Oh, would you do that?"

Zelda nodded. "I'd like to show you the mansion if you want."

Estelle joined her hands and smiled happily. "I'd be so thankful then!"

"Right. Follow me." Zelda said as she walked away with Estelle.

"I'd like to meet all of you later!" Estelle called from her shoulder as the 2 went away.

"There goes Zelda," Link said. "The princess who likes to talk with other high authorities."

"And she says she doesn't like to talk to Peach." Marth added.

"...So..." Luigi trailed off. "She's a new Smasher?"

"No," Master Hand said. "She happened to sneak in and be accepted by Etna, meaning I'm letting people live in my mansion for free because all of you need to show hospitality."

"Hey, she's pretty." C. Falcon said with a devious grin.

"...There he goes with that grin." Yoshi said with a frown.

"I-I'm not going to do that sort of thing!"

"But you always give in anyways," everyone (who knew him) said in unison.

"T-that's not true!" C. Falcon argued.

"...Oh no...don't tell me you went that far because that has to be the most WRONG thing ever." Chris said shocked.

"N-no!"

"...Well...I don't see proof so..."

"ENOUGH!" Master Hand yelled. "Stop talking about Estelle and C. Falcon's temptations! We have things to discuss here!"

"Like the Subspace Bombs?" Pit suggested.

"Actually...no," Master Hand snapped his fingers. "Since I'm sick that Samus isn't ready to join us, I'll resort to use my magic hand time powers to accelerate the process and get her here right now."

"Wait," Sonic rubbed his chin. "Time powers? Why do I think I was affected by something of the sort?"

Master Hand sweated. "Er...no... You must be crazy like Crazy."

"Yee-haw!" Crazy Hand responded as his brother glowed while the Smashers saw the screen, showing Samus's world, as she fought every single enemy at a very fast (and stupid) rate until it stopped and showed her flying to the distance after saluting the general of the Galactic Federation.

"...There..." Master Hand said panting. "It was easier than the last time....because I didn't go through a lot of different storylines like I did with Soni-" Master Hand noticed that Sonic looked annoyed. "...Okay, fine! I did it on you!"

"Ooh! Ooh! Let me do the honors!" Crazy Hand called as he snapped his fingers and made a portal in front of the screen, where Samus (in her Power Suit) walked out several seconds before the portal closed. "Hello, shemale!"

Samus quickly shot the hand down with a Super Missile. "I told you before that I'm not a man!" Samus said annoyed with a groan.

"(Oh yeah, she is here.)" Snake thought.

"Oh..." Samus noticed everyone looking at her. "It's good to see everyone again. So many new faces and old on-" Samus stopped once she realized that Fox's face wasn't the same. "...Well, you're older than the last time."

Fox rolled his eyes as a response.

"No need to get that sympathetic either," Snake began. "Glad to have you here with us."

"Thanks. I appreciate the welcome so mu-"

"Samus!" C. Falcon yelled as he appeared quickly besides Samus. "So, how are you doing?" he asked with a wink.

"...I knew there was a good reason to be mistaken as a man." Samus muttered as she pushed C. Falcon's arm away.

"Have you decided to join us?" Master Hand as he wiped the sweat out with his psychic powers.

"Yes." Samus said with a nod (while C. Falcon cheered behind her).

NEWCOMER!

Samus joined your team!

"After all the trouble with Dark Samus and the Space Pirates, I'm ready to fight the army with everyone." Samus explained.

"Would you fight in that suit?" C. Falcon asked.

"The Power Suit? Yes. The other one? Only if it is necessary."

"Oh, so you know where I'm getting at..." C. Falcon said with a wink.

"Would you stop the freaking innuendo?" Pikachu asked irritated.

"What is he getting at, Geno?" Twink whispered.

"Nothing. Absolutely nothing." Geno replied with irritation.

"Hmm..." Chris began to wonder.

"What are you thinking?" Lucario asked.

"I just realized that we need only Mario and Peach to complete the whole team."

"What about Bowser and Wario?"

Chris gave him a bored look. "The day I let those 2 in I'll be crazy. I know they're going to join the other side so why bother to look for them?"

"...Maybe you're right..." Lucario said with a nod.

"ACHOO!" Falco sneezed and shivered. "For my A-A-A-A-A-Arwing's sake, when is t-t-t-t-t-t-this freaking cold going to g-g-g-g-g-g-go away and leave me alone?! ACHOO!"

"Ah," Pit wondered. "The snow from outside you mean? Now that you mention it, it has been out there for quite a while, right?"

Falco nodded. "Y-y-y-y-y-yeah. T-t-t-t-t-the next time we need t-t-t-t-t-t-to go to a w-w-w-w-w-world, I'm going to g-g-g-g-g-g-g-go no matter what y-y-y-y-y-y-you say!" Falco tried his best not to studder. "A different place is better than this prison of ice! We went through enough ice already and I'll be glad to see actual magma or lava around! Heck, I'd dive in for that matter! ACHOO!"

"Sucks to be bird brain." Wolf snickered as Falco glared at him.

"O-o-o-o-o-oh, you shut u-u-u-up!"

"Sadly," Master Hand began. "It's too soon for another world to be invaded, so let's explain everything to Samus."

"Explain me about what?" Samus asked.

1 hour later...

Samus was now in her Brawl form (that she thought shrunk the Power Suit a bit) as she caught on with the current events. "So Geno, Mallow and Twink are here to recover the Star Spirits..."

"Yes," Geno nodded. "We're down to the last one, but we have a clue about Kalmar's location."

"Hidden high above the clouds." Twink said.

Persona 4 - Deduction

"Well," Marth began. "The only place close to that description would be..."

"The clouds that followed the Halberd in Beijing?" DK asked.

"Most likely," Pit said. "Those clouds looked suspicious to me."

"It would make sense," Diddy said, rubbing his chin with a finger. "Considering that they're guarding it, the clouds that followed the Halberd could be the perfect match," Diddy looked at Chris, who stared at him with surprise. "What?"

"N-nothing," Chris shook his head. "It's just that you're acting intelligent now than usual."

"..." Diddy blushed and looked away. "Let's say I like to act hyperactive and serious when I want to..."

"(Yeah, right.)" Fox thought annoyed.

"Hey, I have another assumption," Sonic began with a grin as he raised a finger. "The clouds outside the mansion."

"Why the clouds outside? The weather is just strong." Roy said.

Sonic shook his head. "I bet something else is behind all that..."

"I-I-I-I-I-I-I agree," Falco said raising a hand. "I kinda think the weather outside is not normal a-a-a-a-a-at all. ACHOO!"

"If Sonic is assuming, then he is crazy," Mallow chuckled. "Remember the whole sponsor thing?"

"I tell you guys, it was him! That sponsor sabotaged the Olympics but you don't believe me!" Sonic argued.

"I don't believe it." Lucario said.

"Or me." Chris added.

"Or us." Marth and Pit added.

"Or neither us." DK and Diddy said.

Sonic groaned. "Whatever. Nobody can change your minds...but the day I'm right, you're gonna apologize to me right away."

"Suuuuuuuure." Twink said with a chuckle.

"Whatever..." Sonic said, giving up.

"The Subspace Bombs are activated through the robots," Marth began. "The question is why though."

"Blowing the bombs by themselves makes more sense," Fox got in a thinking position. "But why use the robots in order to explode them?"

"Maybe because they all have some sort of material that is required to make the desired explosion?" Pit asked.

Everyone looked at each other as if they found something.

"Wait..." Roy thought for a moment. "...I may be wrong, but what if the robots have something else in their...complicate systems...that is required to create that kind of explosion?"

"(A-ha, they found something important right there.)" Master Hand thought with a nod.

"Hmm..." Samus wondered. "Why, that seems to be the case. The Subspace Bombs could be lacking some sort of important circuit that only the robots have."

"Wow, Samus, you caught on so fast." Ness remarked.

Samus chuckled. "I like to be informed of everything. Knowledge is my greatest weapon."

"What about your inner beauty?" C. Falcon asked with a wink.

"Stop-the-innuendo." Ness said annoyed.

"And if the bombs lack that mechanism..." Meta Knight trailed off. "...The robots poccess something that can't be obtained elsewhere in order to activate mentioned bombs."

"Like some sort of hard-to-find item?" Pichu asked.

"Yes..." Pikachu nodded. "Now it's starting to make sense."

"Robots that are needed to activate bombs...but that have something else to get the effects they want."

"...Er..." Chris got confused. "Wait, doesn't that bring up another question?"

"What question?" Red asked.

"What is exactly the thing they have?"

Music stops with a scratch

"...So close, yet so far..." Link said with a bored look.

"Agreed." Squirtle said nodding.

"But see the bright side," Nana smiled a little. "We got one step closer to the truth."

"And I actually see a good point with all your assumptions," Master Hand said. "Never I'd thought that you all could decipher this complicate mystery by your points of view."

"See Nana? I'm smart." Popo said with a proud smile.

"Popo, don't make me knock that empty head of yours right now," Nana threatened. "Speaking of which..." Nana tossed a bag of Smash Coins to Chris, who gasped but managed to catch it. "Here. We got this after we rescued the others."

Chris peered inside the bag. "1500 Smash Coins... Not bad."

"...How come you didn't say anything about all this?" Toon Link asked to Snake.

"Because I'm trying to figure out if your assumptions are correct," Snake said. "Hopefully I have backup to see if it does make sense."

"It does." Otacon and Mei Ling said in unison through the codec.

"Then it makes sense."

"...Oh..." Toon Link said with a bored face.

"...Aannnd our cue." Popo said with a smile and happy expression.

"What do you mean by our cue?" Nana asked.

"WARNING! WARNING! WORLD...OR SPACE INVADED BY SUBSPACE ARMY! REPEA-" Master Hand stopped the alarm as most of them looked surprised at Popo.

"...What? I have other powers besides ice." Popo said shifting his eyes with evil chuckles.

"...He's just bluffing." Nana said with a sigh.

"On the topic," Ivysaur began. "What world is next?"

"A-a-a-a-a-a-a world where you WILL t-t-t-t-t-t-take me! ACHOO!" Falco sneezed angrily.

They all watched a new world...

?

?
?

"What is that place?" Mallow asked.

"By the surroundings, I could tell that is the space." Twink said.

"Hey, look over there," Yoshi said. "Isn't that Mario?"

"...Huh?" Geno tilted his head. "Wait, I know that person in front of him..."

Chris blinked surprised. "Geno, you know..."

"Hmm..." Mario grumbled annoyed.

"I know it is frustrating to you that we cannot access Bowser's main location," a voice that echoed in front of Mario said. "We were supposed to have 60 Power Stars, but it seems some kind of evil is taking Bowser's location much further away in our reach."

"But why do I need to get 60 more? It's going to take much more time and effort." Mario said.

The voice chuckled. "Don't worry. For our luck, more comets have appeared and unlocked new ways to new stars so we can reunite them all. And also, every single path to every single Power Star are now available for you to explore."

"I wish I could receive help..." Mario trailed off.

The screen focused on the person with the voice, and for some it was obvious from who it was. "It could be a test for you," Rosalina, the owner of the voice, said with a chuckle. "The Lumas and myself will support you on."

"I guess that makes me a little bit happier," Mario smiled and nodded. "Thank you, Rosalina."

"The pleasure is all mine." Rosalina said with a chuckle.

"Anyway," a black Luma floating besides Rosalina began. His name was Polaris. "Mario, tell me when you're ready to start the looooooooong hunt for the Power Stars."

"Okay. I hope they're not tedious to obtai-"

"Oh, by the way..."

"Yes?"

"Remember the new comets?"

"Yes," Mario nodded. "What about them? Do they require me to find something?"

"Multiply that something for 100, on each galaxy"

"...What..." Mario asked with a mutter as his pupils shrunk.

"You need to gather 100 Purple Coins in order to obtain the Power Star."

"...Ooooooohhhhhh..." Mario's eyes spun a little (but very slowly) as he fainted and fell on his back.

"I see," Polaris said. "Mario suddenly needed a rest."

Rosalina was only able to sigh.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Some kind of evil taking Bowser's location away..." Link wondered.

"The Subspace Army," Toon Link said. "For some reason that alarm was activated."

"Well," Master Hand began. "Let's see the status."

Super Mario Galaxy
Current Status: Mario was about to challenge Bowser, but the SA could be behind the delay
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 2
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Even if any kind of race can go, only those who are related to the endless space are allowed to go

"Uh-oh," Master Hand looked at the Smashers. "We have a shortage of those here."

"Hey!" Pikachu called out angrily. "Pokémon are from space!"

"That's just a theory," Master Hand said. "And it hasn't been proven yet, so sorry."

"Hmph!" Pikachu said angrily.

"That means I can't go with you." Lucario said depressed.

"...I'll be fine," Chris said. "I'm always getting out from troubles all the time."

"Okay...oh, wait a minute," Master Hand wondered. "I think we do have enough people."

"We do?" Lucas asked.

"Yes," Master Hand chuckled. "Buuuuut, I let Chris figure it out for himself."

Chris looked annoyed. "Wow, I didn't know you were so evil..."

"Blame me," Master Hand chuckled again. "Once you see me in Final Destination, you'll get nightmares with my super-creepy voice... And speaking of stages..." Master Hand looked away. "If you can bring Mario and Peach over here, then it's going to be the time where we will finally see the stages for each one of you."

Ness's eyes trembled in surprise as his jaw dropped. "No frickin' way..."

"Oh ho ho, yes frickin' way," Master Hand chuckled. "I think it's enough suffer and wait for you to ponder, wonder, and think. I have also another important thing to give you all in order to get even stronger."

"The stickers?" Lucario asked.

Master Hand looked annoyed. "That's it. From now on, I'll block my mind from you pesky mind readers."

"Stickers..." Snake frowned. "I knew this place was weird, but not that crazy..."

"Oh, quiet you!"

Several minutes later...

Many Smashers were talking in groups while Chris was talking to Master Hand. "What do you mean I should ask one by one to see if they want to come?" Chris asked.

"Well, you see, it's kind of rude to just name the people who are going with you without them saying if they want or don't want to," Master Hand raised a finger. "But if you talk to one, then another, you could raise the partnership level a little to get closer to complete it."

"Hmm... That doesn't sound too bad..." Chris wondered.

"Who knows," Master Hand continued. "You could get secrets out of them."

Chris blinked. "Like their pasts that weren't shown in their games?"

Master Hand nodded. "Exactly. You're a professional when it comes down to spend time with them. It won't be a hard task to you."

"Then thanks for the good advice." Chris said with a nod.

"Anytime, kiddo. Now go and buy something from my mentally-challenged brother."

"...Will do..." Chris shrugged as he went to Crazy Hand. "List please."

"Will do!" Crazy Hand said.

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 5101

Jobs

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Items for everyone - 400 Smash Coins

Don't Trip And Follow Me! - 900 Smash Coins

Healing Hit – 3000 Smash Coins

Items

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Items in hand:
Green Shell
Smash Ball
Maxim Tomato
Bumper

Stored items:
None


"I'll buy the items ability one..." Chris whispered.

"Oh, I see," Crazy Hand whispered. "You joining the mafia. I like that."

"I'm not joining the mafia!" Chris yelled as he gave 400 Smash Coins to the sick hand. "I'll buy the Sonic one," Chris gave 900 Smash Coins. "And the Healing Hit, since we had so much trouble with those illnesses." Chris gave 3000 Smash Coins as he glowed 3 times. His current amount of coins reaching 801 Smash Coins.

"What else, mah boi?"

"Don't make me kill you," Chris said with a bored look. "I think I'm going to buy the 2 different mushrooms."

"You think?" Crazy Hand crossed his fingers, like if he had arms.

"...Fine." Chris gave 800 Smash Coins and got the 2 different kinds mushrooms.

"You have only 1 Smash Coin left," Crazy Hand chuckled. "I know saving money is good, but only 1? Pfft."

"S-stop annoying me!" Chris said annoyed.

"Alright, stop the bickering," Master Hand said. "Time for you to get some help. Think careful first before deciding who will go."

"Why don't you tell me who can and who can't?" Chris asked confused.

"Because, my friend, I love to see actual wisdom coming from someone else rather than me."

"...Okay..." Chris muttered as he looked at everyone talking with each other. "Let's see, this one seems easy..." Chris walked to Samus.

Oddly enough, she started the conversation.

"My first time here and now it's time for me to work." Samus commented.

"I know," Chris thought for a moment. "To be honest, when Link and Zelda arrived, they didn't participate in the next world."

Samus chuckled. "It must have been annoying to them."

"I don't think so," Chris said. "They understood very well."

"I see," Samus said with a nod. "So, you taking me?"

Chris nodded. "You're possibly the person who is more related to the space, besides the fact that you're a galactic bounty hunter."

Samus chuckled. "Thank you for the compliment. Tell me when everything is set."

"I'll do." Chris said with a smile. "(This way to choose is actually very enjoyable...)" Chris walked to C. Falcon.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 20, 2009, 01:23:19 PM
"Hey, I saw you talking with Samus," C. Falcon said. "I presume you're taking her along, right?"

"Uh-huh." Chris said.

"Then you have to take me too!"

"I also presumed that by the look of the situation." Chris said with a bored look.

"Besides," C. Falcon grinned. "Snake can't go to this one."

"And you can?"

"Yep," C. Falcon nodded. "I come across many intergalactic matters all the time: from races to travels."

"Master Hand!" Chris called out. "C. Falcon can come with me?"

"Yes!" Master Hand called out. "He comes across many intergalactic matters all the time! From races to travels!"

Chris blinked confused since Master Hand repeated the same thing. "...You're in."

"Alright! Tell me when you're ready to go!" C. Falcon gave Chris a thumbs-up as the World Traveler ignored him and went...to Olimar.

"U-um... I-I do a lot of travels since I work for a company that gives me tasks to deliver many products."

"Like when Louie ate all the shipment by himself and he said that the rabbits attacked him?"

"...Huh?" Olimar got confused. "Wait, why would Louie do that? He knows perfectly that eating requested shipments is against the..."

"What?"

"...He didn't do that. Louie knows how to follow the rules."

Chris frowned in shame. "...A-anyway..."

"You want me to go?" Olimar asked.

"If you want."

"...I'll go," Olimar said. "I want to know Mario a little bit more. Tell me when everyone's ready."

"That's good and I will" Chris remarked as he went to Sonic.

"Take me!" Sonic said with a grin.

"...That's all you're going to say?"

"Well, I want to see Mario again."

"No no no no no!" Master Hand appeared. "Sonic isn't related to the space in any way. Sorry, Chris, but you failed with him."

Sonic glared at the hand. "Hey! I AM related to the space!"

"Give me one relation."

"I had like 2 to 5 fights in the space!"

"They don't count."

"What?"

"They don't count!" Master Hand repeated. "You need like, 8 to 9 adventures in the space!"

"Aw, c'mon!"

"Even if you're allowed to go to any world, the recommendations contradict your free pass. Even Meta Knight and Kirby can't go since they have that free pass like you."

"...Tsk," Sonic crossed his arms. "Fine..."

"...I'm sorry." Chris said ashamed.

"Nah, it's okay," Sonic gave him a smile. "I'll be ready the next time you need me."

"Thank you." Chris said with a nod as he went to Geno.

"Rosalina," Geno began. "I know her."

"You do?"

"Yes, I know her too," Twink said. "We stars have many connections outside the Star Haven."

"The Lumas are always wishing the most purest wishes of all," Geno explained. "We even pay visits to the Observatory from time to time."

"Rosalina is the sweetest person we have ever met besides Peach," Twink smiled. "Both of them have the same level of kindness."

"Then you 2 want to come?" Chris asked.

"Of course," Geno said with a nod. "We haven't seen Rosalina in quite some time."

"And it's a perfect opportunity to see her again!" Twink said floating up and down in excitement.

"Okay." Chris said.

"Tell us when we can go." Geno said.

"Yes. Just let me finish with the rest." Chris said as he walked, but then stopped and wondered. "Er...I-I don't know who else can come..."

"O-o-o-o-o-o-oh," Falco, who was sitting close to him, glared at Chris. "Hello? A-a-a-a-ace s-s-s-s-s-spacial pilot over h-h-h-h-h-h-here?!"

"...Are you really feeling well?"

"H-h-h-h-h-hell no!" Falco said angrily. "Y-y-y-y-y-you have to take me with you and out from this i-i-i-i-i-i-ice prison! BLE-CHOO!"

"...Anywhere but this place, right?"

Falco nodded with a grunt.

"...You're in."

"T-t-t-t-t-thank you," Falco shivered. "T-t-t-tell me when as always."

"This is the first time I talk personally with every single one of you."

"W-w-w-w-well, you get what I mean! ACHOO!"

"..." Chris backed away and walked to another way.

"H-hey!" Luigi walked to Chris. "I-I think I can go..."

"Hmm," Chris wondered. "Well, you're originally from that world so it makes sense. Alright, you're in too."

"Thank you," Luigi said with a smile. "I can't let Mario do all the things by himself all the time," Luigi made a fist. "I will help him!"

"Like the time you saved him from the ghosts?"

Luigi got a confused look. "Wait, I don't remember telling you about my own private mansion before..."

Chris sweated. "M-Mario told me."

"...It makes sense." Luigi said nodding. "A-anyway, tell me when."

Chris walked away...but then walked back to Luigi. "Wait, does that mean you still have that mansion?"

Luigi nodded. "Yes, but I gave it to Peach as a present for one of her birthday parties."

"And what did she do to it? Does she have it like it was before?"

"She turned the mansion into a new castle..." Luigi shuddered. "I don't know why she likes to have many of those castles...but actually..." Luigi shed a tear. "S-she demolished the whole mansion and then ordered a new castle..."

"...Weren't you mad that your ultra-deluxe mansion got demolished?"

"N-not at all," Luigi said. "I'll miss that small tent..."

"...But you just said you had a mansion."

"T-to be honest, it was a small green tent. But Peach took advantage of the terrain... B-but that's in the past right now. Tell me when we can go."

"(...Somehow, I feel SO MUCH sorry for Luigi than any other character here...)" Chris walked away.

"Sniff..."

Chris walked away faster after hearing that sniff. "Okay. I got Samus, C. Falcon, Olimar, Geno, Twink who doesn't count as a fighter, Luigi, Falco... 2 left..." Chris looked around. "But who else?"

"Not me." Wolf said crossing his arms.

Chris noticed that Wolf was in front of him. "Okay... Why though?"

"I'm rather tired by the moment so I want to recover my energies," Wolf frowned. "Being inside an ice wall isn't exactly the best place to relax."

"It is!" the Ice Climbers yelled.

"You shut up." Wolf replied with a glare.

"Okay...wait..." Chris wondered. "Falco is almost the same as Fox so..."

"Go with him," Wolf closed his eye. "You don't have another choice after my decision. Besides, I don't want to see their faces here for a small time."

"You'll rather kill them off, right?"

Wolf smirked. "You're talking my language, kid. I like that."

"N-no way I'm going to kill them with my own hands though..."

"Better yet, more fun for me."

Chris backed away from the psychotic "killer" and went quickly to Fox.

"You know," Fox wondered. "If I go again, then that would mean that I've been busy the entire day."

"That also would mean that you're a hard worker, don't you think?" Chris asked.

Fox chuckled. "I think so. I like how that sounds. So, do you want my help?"

"The more, the merrier, so yes."

"In your case," Fox closed his eyes and smiled. "It's the more, the better I'll stay alive."

Chris blushed. "H-hey! I-I don't want to die!"

"That's why I'm going to give you my help." Fox smiled to Chris.

"...On second thought, thank you for that." Chris smiled a little.

"You're welcome."

"Now..." Chris walked away. "I should think who else..."

"...Can I go?" Yoshi asked, playing with his fingers.

Chris looked at Yoshi. "Oh yes. That problem with you not being..."

"I-I'll try to get interested in some way or another," Yoshi said with a nod. "I don't want to look like I don't care for what could happen to the worlds... Everyone here could hate me if I don't show interest..."

"...If it helps, Yoshi..." Chris said. "...I won't hate you for your decision."

"...Really?" Yoshi asked, blinking in surprise.

"It's your own decision, after all," Chris closed his eyes. "Everyone respect each other's decision. Why hate someone who has a different one?"

"...You're right," Yoshi nodded. "I think I might find that interest that I'm looking for."

"I can help you if you want."

"T-thanks then!" Yoshi smiled.

Chris smiled. "I love to see people getting happy for my offers. You're no different at all."

"You're making me feeling much better. I couldn't be more thankful for that." Yoshi said with a happy expression.

"(I don't want to tell this to Yoshi or anyone...but I'm extremely happy.)" Chris thought.

Lucario, who was seeing Chris all along, chuckled and closed his eyes. "(You're starting to make a big change with your conversations from what I've seen from you, Chris... I should do the same very soon to learn.)"

"...Okay," Chris walked away from Lucario. "You're ignoring me so..."

Lucario opened his eyes in shock. "W-wait! I-I wasn't ignoring you! W-what were you going to say to me?"

"I was going to say that I'll be back."

"..." Lucario felt dumb for a moment. "...Oh..."

"So please, wait for me."

"...I'll do as always. Good luck."

"Thank you." Chris said with a nod. "Everyone, preparations are ready!"

The selected Smashers walked to Chris (Falco had to ask Fox for help) as the World Traveler opened the way. "W-w-w-w-w-warm atmosphere," Falco began. "H-h-h-h-h-here I come..."

"Push him inside so we can stop hearing his complaints." Samus said.

"L-l-l-l-l-like Fox is going t-"

"Sure." Fox nodded.

"What?!" Falco asked before Fox pushed him inside. "...Oh god! It feels warmer here! It feels great!"

"...Can somebody here order a chimney in Falco's room for the sake of his mind?" Nana asked.

Everyone ignored that as the Smashers went inside and vanished with the portal.

"Wait, where is Popo?" Nana asked, looking around for his somewhat mentally-challenged brother.

"Crap!" Master Hand said. "I forgot to make you listen to this new CD track the musicians up there finished!" Master Hand clicked a button.

Tal Tal Heights

"This music is for TL's stage." Master Hand said.

"Hmm, the tune is cheery. I like it." Toon Link said.

"TL?" Ness, Lucas, Nana, Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff repeated.

"I like how the letters sound to call Toon Link like that." Pikachu said.

"W-wait, you guys aren't going t-" Toon Link was stopped.

"You're TL." Pichu said.

"TL has some kind of good sound." Ness said.

"It does sound good." Lucas added.

"It's easier to identify you from the other Link." Jigglypuff said.

"It's settled then," Nana nodded. "You're TL from now on."

"It's LINK! L-I-N-K!" Toon Link spelled.

"TL," the younger Smashers said in unison as TL (had to use the abbreviation) grunted in annoyance.

"TL." Link teased with a snicker.

"YAAAAAAAAAH!" TL lunged at Link and both started fighting with their fists. Weird thing was that Link was losing.

"Why do I need the most insane characters in this tournament again?" Master Hand wondered.

Main Lobby

"Look, dude with the crazy costume," Popo began with a chuckle. "I know very well that you're not a clown, but a credit card seller disguised as a clown."

"B-but I'm telling the truth!" Chip (in a clown costume) said. "I-I'm not a credit card seller or whatever that is, but I'm a clown who lost his group from the circus!"

"We don't accept cards even so. Sorry dude." Popo said with a smile...

SLAM!

...Before he slammed the door at Chip.

"You WILL let me in some of these days! Mark my words! I WILL enter this place and get the help I need!" Chip called out with a fist as Popo hummed the Legend of Zelda's main theme while he walked to the kitchen.

Command Room

"Though we need more musicians. Medli and Makar can't handle all the music by themselves." Master Hand wondered. "But where are we going to get more?"

"DK," Diddy whispered to DK.

"Yes?" DK lowered his head to hear his nephew.

"How about if we invite those guys over here? Remember? They use instruments so technically they're musicians..."

"...Oh, right!" DK snapped his fingers. "Master Hand!"

"Yes?" Master Hand asked.

"Diddy and I happen to have friends who are musicians."

Master Hand rubbed his fingers. "Oh, I'm all ears, my dear ape friend."

"Kong." DK and Diddy said, correcting MH.

Super Mario Galaxy

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

Mario was shown being poked by the nose by Polaris. "Mario? Hello? Are you still sleeping?"

"My head..." Mario muttered as he got up and shook his head. "Oh, what did I faint for again?"

"About gathering 100 Purple Coins in order to get a Power Star?"

"Oooooooooohh..." Mario's eyes spun a little as he began to fall back...

Polaris gasped and quickly stopped Mario by floating quickly under his back. "No no no no no no! There's no time to rest right now! You need to get going and work harder for Princess Peach! Isn't she the main reason about why you're doing this?"

"..." Mario realized this. "You're right. Peach is still in danger and she needs me."

"Awwwww."

"Who said that?" Mario asked, turning his back before he found the Smashers. "It's you guys!"

"INTRUDERS!!!" Polaris yelled as all the Lumas in the observatory hid away. Even some Lumas hid inside Mario's hat.

"Intruders?" Rosalina repeated as she floated besides Mario. "Are you from Bowser's minions?"

"Rosalina," Geno began. "It's good to see you again."

"And who might you be?" Rosalina asked.

"It's me, Geno." Geno closed his eyes in annoyance. "...You know, the star with the hard to pronounce name that traveled with Mario?"

"Oh, I know you," Rosalina chuckled. "Sorry. It's just too hard to recognize you with your doll form."

"But I know you know me well." Twink said floating besides the princess.

"Twink, of course I know you," Rosalina rubbed Twink's head. "You're hard to forget with your appearance."

"(Even though there are many of his kind in his town.)" Chris thought.

Twink blushed. "Aw, please, stop. Don't embarrass me in front of them!"

Rosalina looked at the Smashers. "Since you arrived with Geno and Twink, that should mean that you're not in alliance with Bowser, correct?"

"Nope." Yoshi said.

"It's okay, everyone. You can come on out. These people are not bad people." Rosalina said as every single Luma got out from their hiding spot (even from Mario's hat) and talked between each other. "I'm sorry for the misjudging. We are currently in a big problem."

"We kno-" C. Falcon's mouth was blocked by Samus's right hand.

"Quiet. We don't want them to think we're stalkers." Samus whispered with annoyance in her voice.

"What kind of problem?" Yoshi asked (he knew but he had to ask and not sound suspicious).

One explanation later...

"I see." Yoshi said nodding.

Mario suddenly got an idea. "I know! You should all help us in recovering the Power Stars we need to find Bowser!"

"Do we have another option?" Geno asked.

"Besides, we came here because the Subspace Army is here as well." Twink said.

"I'm sorry, but I don't know that army." Rosalina said.

Another explanation later...

"I suppose they're the cause about Bowser's new location." Rosalina said with a nod. "Very well then, I shall let you wander the observatory from your own will. But please do be careful with the Lumas, they might get shy and even scared for some of you."

"We'll keep Fox and Falco away from them." Samus said.

"Hey!" Fox and Falco said annoyed.

"Good." Rosalina said.

"Hey!"

"M-my apologies. I got carried away..."

"Sure." Fox and Falco said with bored looks.

"Great!" Mario said. "I'll be so thankful if you help me with my tasks!"

"So long as we don't get 100 Purple Coins, then it's fine with me." Chris said.

Mario shook his head and closed his eyes before looking at Chris. "I-ah...n-no... I-I'm not talking about coins. What makes you say that?"

"...A feeling?"

"...Makes sense." Mario said.

Mario temporarily joined your team!

"So," Fox began. "How many times was Peach kidnapped again?"

Mario looked somewhat annoyed. "O-oh, please! Don't start that again with me!"

It was sure going to be a long mission for this time for the Smashers...but this doesn't mean the chapter ended here.

"My name is Polaris," Polaris introduced himself to the Smashers, who were apparently getting to know the observatory. "And this place is our lovely home, the Comet Observatory."

"I prefer the Great Fox." Falco commented.

"Too bad." Polaris whispered.

"What?"

"Over here is the garage," Polaris pointed at the garage, which was being occupied by the Toad Brigade. "These guys are using it though."

"Wait a minute," Mario began. "Luigi, what are you doing here?"

"W-what do you mean?" Luigi asked. "I-I'm here to help you, right?"

"That can't be right!"

"W-why?"

Geno looked to another way and his pupils shrunk.

"Because how can you be here...if you're right over there?" Mario asked...pointing to another person that looked like Luigi...

"...OH MY GAWD!" Luigi gasped as he spotted the other Luigi.

"W-what?" the other Luigi walked to Mario. "M-Mario, who is that guy who looks like me?"

The Smashers dropped their jaws in shock at this.

"...You know what this means, Geno?" Twink asked.

"What?" Geno asked.

"A Luigi paradox!"

"...That's it," C. Falcon said. "I don't know Mario or Luigi anymore. I want to keep my mind safe from unbelievable things from now on."

"W-wait," Samus began. "L-let's calm down and think again about this."

"That there is another Luigi standing in front of us, while we have another Luigi with us?" Twink asked.

"...This doesn't make ANY kind of sense..." Chris said with a bored look.

"Then again, this is Mario's world. What did you expect?" Falco asked, crossing his arms.

"Mama mia!" the Luigis said in unison.

"...Luigi in surround mode." Yoshi said.

"T-that's not true!" the Luigis said in unison.

"See?"

"...Oh, scallywags." Olimar commented, twirling his head to the sides. "I don't know what to believe right now..."

"...Er..." Polaris sweatdropped. "I-I don't know but we need to continue with this little tour if you don't mind..." Polaris floated away.

"...We'll see what we can do about this." Samus said.

Chris looked at the Luigis, staring at each other. "But I-"

"WE'LL SEE what we can do about this."

"Bu-" Chris stopped once Samus aimed her arm cannon at him without looking. "S-sure do!"

After the tour...

"...And the Toad Brigade will help you guys in any way with their ship," Polaris finished as they came from the library area. "Now, I have bad news."

"What?" the Luigis asked (they followed the group ever since they met. Twink told them not to touch each other as a warning, but they asked why although the Star Kid didn't respond).

"The Launch Stars can only send 4 people with Mario at a time, so Mario should decide who to take."

"That isn't going to be a problem," Mario said. "I'll dispatch the 9-"

"10" the Luigis said in unison.

"9," Mario said, since he thought the Luigis counted as 1. "I don't think that's going to be bad."

"CoughSubspaceArmycough." C. Falcon coughed.

"But if I need more, I'll call them." Mario said with a nod.

"Okay," Polaris nodded. "I'll be ready to prepare the Launch Star. May the Stars shine down on you all."

"That is what I say to Mario." Rosalina said.

"W-well, it seemed good and I always liked to say it so..."

"It's fine." Rosalina said with a chuckle.

"So what are our missions?" Fox asked.

"Get 60 Power Stars."

"How do we get them?" Olimar asked.

"Doing a lot of different things."

"Do you know where are they?" Samus asked.

"Yes."

"And how to get them?" Yoshi asked.

"Yes."

"And how hard is to get them?" Falco asked.

"Not a problem."

"What's our first mission?" Twink asked.

"Catch a Star Bunny."

"What?!" the Smashers, Geno and Twink asked surprised.

"Catch a Star Bunny," Mario repeated. "With 5 of us it shouldn't be a problem."

"But a rabbit? Are you making fun of us?" Fox asked, narrowing his eyes.

"Oh, you'll SEE what I'm talking about." Mario said with a tone of annoyance in his voice.

"I know this isn't going to be hard," Chris said with a smile. "I mean, what can be much harder than catching a cute little bunny?"

"3 Star Bunnies actually." Mario corrected him.

"Oh well, what can be much harder than catching 3 cute little bunnies?"

Snow Cap Galaxy
Star Bunnies in the Snow

Super Mario Galaxy - Bunny Chasing

"THOSE 3 DAMN BUNNIES ARE SO GOING TO HELL!" Chris yelled angrily as he panted heavily with the others.

It has been a long while with Mario, Chris, C. Falcon, Geno, Twink and Fox to catch 1 of the 3 Star Bunnies. The 6 were at the border of insanit-

Persona 4 - Border of Insanity

Not the literal song!

Super Mario Galaxy - Bunny Chasing

That's better.

The 6 were at the board of insanity since the bunnies were ACTUALLY smarter than them.

Fox (who had a black eye for crashing into Geno) narrowed his eyes as they hid behind a snowman. "There is one of those bastards."

A Star Bunny was scratching its left ear as it looked around.

"Geno, you go for it." Mario (who had a patch on his nose) whispered.

Geno (who lost his weird shaped nose) nodded as he slowly walked towards the Star Bunny. "You're mine... This will be over... I'll make stew out of you..."

The Star Bunny's ears perked up and it jumped away.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Geno yelled loudly as he started to chase the darn bunn-I mean, the Star Bunny around the capsule-shaped planet. The other 5 just saw the doll and the rabbit going in circles around, with the doll apparently being mad off to the extreme.

"Geno! Calm down! They're just playing with us!" Twink yelled (apparently being the one not insane).

"That is what YOU think!" C. Falcon (with several scratches over his helmet) said. "They're pissing us off!"

"aaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAaaaaaaaaaahhh!!!" Geno passed in front of them.

"Look, what I really want to do is to eat those bastards alive." Fox said with a glare.

"And I want to play a horrible tune to their ears!" Chris (hair pointing to all sides) said with harp ready. "Those rabbits passed from cute to stupidly annoying in my mental book. They MUST di-no, they HAVE to die!"

"There's one over there!" Mario yelled.

"HE'S MINE!" Fox yelled as he started another chase.

"How does he know is a he?" Twink asked.

"I dunno," C. Falcon said, narrowing his eyes to another direction. "But what's the point of saying that if THERE'S ONE OF THOSE NON-CASTRATED ANIMALS OVER THERE?!"

"Get that one!" Chris yelled as the 3 (except Twink) gave chase.

Twink sighed. "What I don't understand is..." Twink floated to a hole. "Why won't they lure the bunnies in this hole? The bunnies don't seem to jump that high, this place seems deep enough and they always jump straight..."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" the Smashers yelled in fury as they continued to chase the Star Bunnies around.

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"So you failed to get the rabbits." Samus said.

"Yes..." the Smashers who went there said in depression.

Samus sighed as she went all by herself.

Several minutes later...

"She's done," C. Falcon said, polishing his helmet (without taking it off). "She probably is going nuts trying to catch those bunnies from hell."

"If that's the case, then I'm so sorry for her." Geno said.

If was not long before Samus came from above and landed back, holding a Power Star above her right hand as the 5 looked at her in surprise.

"B-but how did you catch those creatures all by yourself?" C. Falcon asked.

"Simple, I asked them to handle the Power Star, with some rubs at their heads," Samus explained. "They could tell I was a woman and they looked kind of cute to me."

"Right," Fox rolled his eyes. "They DO look cute."

Mario took out a notepad. "Let's see, Snow Cap Galaxy...checked. 1 Power Star obtained and 59 more to go."

"So long as there are no bunnies, it's fine with me..." Chris said sighing.

"Don't worry. With your help, the Daredevil Comets aren't going to be that hard anymore!"

Chris's eyes spun a little before he fainted.

"...He also needed a rest." Polaris said.

Yes, it was going to be one hell of a mission for the Smashers, Geno, Twink...and probably the Luigis, too.

Preview of the next chapter

"Pfft, a touch and you get killed?" Fox rolled his eyes with a frown.

"Yes," Mario nodded. "You have to be more careful than ever with that rule in mind."

...

"Olimar?... Where is he?" Geno asked.

Yoshi spotted a small red light sinking in the sand. "OLIMAR!"

...

"Enter...Bee Falco?" Chris chuckled.

Falco stared at him in annoyance. "I'm going to get rid of this ridiculous costume VERY SOON."

...

"...Oh no..." C. Falcon slowly shook his head. "...I must...think about something else!"

"Too bad," Samus said. "If you thought 2 Luigis were weird..."

...

"Smashers VS. The Galaxies of HELL. Am I the only one thinking that this isn't going to be enjoyable at all?" Samus asked.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Comet Observatory
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 21, 2009, 06:58:51 PM
Chapter 115: Smashers VS. The Galaxies of HELL

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"Alright, listen up!" Mario began as most of the Smashers were sitting or standing. "We have 59 Power Stars left, and we need to get them by separating into groups from 1 to 3!"

"Question!" Twink asked.

"Spill it out!"

"How are we going to get separated?"

"Simple, my Star Kid friend!"

Good Egg Galaxy
Luigi On The Roof

There was Luigi and Yoshi landing in the Starting Planet. "Luigi and Yoshi must go there and find Luigi." Mario explained as the 2 looked around.

"Wait, Luigi needs to find himself?" Olimar asked.

"Actually," Mailtoad walked to the group. "I received a letter that Luigi got lost in the Good Egg Galaxy after he wanted to help you guys."

"...But he was here a second ago..." Samus pointed out.

"Beats me how could Luigi get lost so fast. At least Luigi is going for Luigi."

"Luigi is going for Luigi?" Chris asked confused.

Honeyhive Galaxy
The Honeyhive's Purple Coins

Chris and Falco were shown in the next galaxy, finding lots of Purple Coins floating over the whole place as Falco merely frowned and Chris chuckled. "Chris and Falco must gather the Purple Coins in the Honeyhive Galaxy."

Loopdeeloop Galaxy
Surfing 101

Olimar peered inside the floating water with his Blue Pikmins in the middle of...the space while Samus was shown talking to Coach, the coach to ride Mantas. "Olimar and Samus will go to the Loodeeloop Galaxy and surf with a Manta."

"Hey! Why didn't you send me with them?!" C. Falcon asked.

Flipswitch Galaxy
Painting the Planet Yellow

C. Falcon was shown, looking down in depression since he was the only soul in the whole (weird) galaxy with the first Super Mario Bros. background, which really was out of question. "C. Falcon will try to turn all the switches in here to yellow. This mission isn't going to be that hard to complete now that I think about it."

"Then why did you ignore that?" Geno asked.

"Because I merely went to the galaxies with more Power Stars than the individual ones." Mario explained.

Space Junk Galaxy
Yoshi's Unexpected Appearance

Geno and Twink landed on the wooden planet that looked like a big Yoshi head, with many Goombas wandering around that later glared at the puppet and made dark auras around them. "There are some reports that unusual dark spores have been wandering around this peculiar galaxy," Polaris explained. "So please, do be careful."

"G-Geno..." Twink hid behind Geno.

Geno prepared his right hand as the Dark Goombas surrounded him. "Stay behind me. I won't let those things hurt you."

"T-thanks..." Twink said hiding inside Geno's cap.

Battlerock Galaxy
Topmaniac's Daredevil Run

Super Mario Galaxy - Speedy Comet in Orbit

"And lastly," Mario said as Fox and himself were shown underneath the Topman Planet, upside down. "Fox and I will take on Topmaniac, with the precaution of the Daredevil Comet over there." Mario pointed to the red comet, circulating around the galaxy.

"Pfft, a touch and you get killed?" Fox rolled his eyes with a frown.

"Yes," Mario nodded. "You have to be more careful than ever with that rule in mind."

Fox spotted a Spiked Topman, which looked up to the vulpine. "You there, touch me."

Mario gasped. "F-Fox! What are you doing?!"

"I'm proving you that this stupid rule about being touched one time is, in fact, stupid."

"N-no! D-don't let it touch you!"

Too late, Fox's right leg was touched with a simple touch by the Spiked Topman who jumped away as Fox grinned at Mario, who was worried.

"..." Mario was left speechless.

"See?" Fox closed his eyes as his grin grew wider. "There's nothing to worry abou-aaaaahh..." Fox suddenly fainted and probably was killed.

Mario rubbed his chin. "Let's see...according to Polaris, the Shadow Bugs should be possessing the boss here..." Mario looked down at Fox. "And since Fox got stubborn by my warning, and considering that I have...hmm...54 lifes left and the boss should be taken down by both of us to win..." Mario stared at no one in particular with a bored look. "I guess I should lose too so we can restart the mission...so...h-hey! Touch me too!"

One life lost later...

"I hope you learned the lesson this time around," Mario said. "Hopefully, this is going to teach you what you should be aware of."

"Look," Fox looked at Mario in annoyance. "Let's just beat this guy's butt and get out of here. Being upside down is taking all my blood to my head."

"That's impossible," Mario wondered. "The gravity here is the same as all the other planets. Besides, you seem to be perfectly well."

"And my little pinky toe goes waaaaaaaaay up and doooooooooooown."

Mario shook his head. "...U-um...Fox? Are you okay?"

"So fine as a darn tomato." Fox replied as his eyes spun (not in synch, actually one going counterclockwise than the other) a little.

"..." Mario grabbed Fox's right hand and both walked up to the upper part of the planet. "Maybe this is also the work from Bowser..."

Good Egg Galaxy

Super Mario Galaxy - Good Egg Galaxy

"So where is your clone?" Yoshi asked.

"Ooooooooveeeeeer heeeeeeeeeeeere!" the other Luigi yelled above the house in the planet they were in.

"Why don't you get down?" Yoshi asked as he and the first Luigi walked in front of the house.

"I-I can't! You need come up here! I have something important to give you!"

"You do know that you're like 7 feet away from the ground?"

"No! I don't! It looks too high from up here!"

"...Are you this...pathetic?" Yoshi asked to the Luigi that he was traveling with.

"N-no!" Luigi said.

The pair, after finding out that the door of the house was locked, decided to explore underneath the planet, where they found a pipe leading to...a freaky dimension where they chased a long line that seemed to play a nostalgic tune to Luigi and even Yoshi before they came from the pipe that the other Luigi was close to.

"T-thanks goodness you came here!" the other Luigi said. "I can't believe I was rescued...by me! It's so weird!"

"May I ask why were you up here?" Yoshi asked.

"S-some Goombas tried to eat me down there, then I ended up here..." the other Luigi peered down. "A-and just look how tall the height is from here!"

Yoshi gave the first Luigi a bored look. "...You're going to get coward too?"

Luigi sweated. "N-no, why would I get scared of t-this small height, away from the ground?"

Yoshi sighed as the other Luigi showed them a Power Star. "Where did you get that?"

"I found it in this place," the other Luigi said.

"...I wonder why was this laying here around..." Yoshi said as he took the Power Star.

You Got a Star!

Yoshi, the first and other Luigi shook their heads once they heard some kind of music coming from somewhere. "...Can we go away from this place?" Luigi asked.

"Pleeeeeeease?" the other Luigi asked trembling.

"...Hey! I'm not your dad or something!" Yoshi said, crossing his arms as the screen panned out.

Honeyhive Galaxy

Super Mario Galaxy - Purple Coin Comet

"How many do you have collected?!" Chris asked from down below as Falco peered from the highest part of the Starting Planet. "I have 35!"

"55!" Falco yelled. "I don't know where are the others, though!"

"Come down here!" Chris yelled as Falco jumped off, flipped 1 time in the air and landed close to Chris. "I think the walls have them on small cliffs."

Falco stood up. "Then how are we going to get them without falling?"

Chris spotted a Bee Mushroom nearby. "...Have you ever wanted to be a bee before?"

"...I'll tell you right now...no, hell no." Falco said, narrowing his eyes.

"...Okay," Chris went for the Bee Mushroom and he got a bee costume (that Falco considered extremely ridiculous). "If Mario is Bee Mario...then I'm Bee Chris...but that sounds stupid."

"Ironic you say that," Falco said with a chuckle. "The costume looks stupid."

"I-it does not! Look at my amazing flight abilities!" Chris's small wings flapped a bit as he...got above the ground 2 feet before he landed back. "..."

Falco looked about to laugh madly.

"...D-did you see how long did I stay above though?" Chris asked with a worried smile.

Falco blocked his mouth and looked behind him. For his luck, the pilot found a risk with 10 Purple Coins, 1 on each cliff, floating above. "Hey, look, I found the other coins."

Chris saw Falco walking to the edge. "W-wait, you're not going t-"

"Afraid yes, my friend with the ridiculous bee costume." Falco said with a grin and a nod.

"B-but you should let me go for them!" Chris said.

Falco rolled his eyes, stared at the coins and used Falco Phantasm to reach the first cliff...not, since the small cliff broke apart.

"UUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Falco fell inside a black hole that pulled him inside, thus teleporting him back to the Comet Observatory as Chris looked down and slowly shook his head in shame.

"Foolish fool..." Chris said with an apologetic look. "He foolishly fell in the black hole, thinking he could stand on the small cliffs by himself... Ah well, I guess it can't be helped for someone who doesn't understand the power of the bees." Chris said before he hovered slowly to the cliffs and did all the work by himself. Luckily, he was able to obtain all the coins, despite Falco being out.

And yes, he got a Power Star.

Loopdeeloop Galaxy

Super Mario Galaxy - Super Mario Bros. 3 Nostalgia

"Slow...slow...SLOW!" Olimar pleaded to Samus, who was riding the Manta at full speed, hitting the floating waves constantly, much for Olimar's dismay (and stomach).

"Quit whining!" Samus yelled as she crossed the finish line for the second time. "Don't distract me or else we're going to fall off course!"

"...O-off course?" Olimar asked as he looked off the track, to the big abyss of clouds that made him gulp in fear...then he spotted his 3 Blue Pikmins falling off and were killed when they weren't seen anymore. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"SHUT-UP!" Samus yelled annoyed.

Sweet Sweet Galaxy
Rocky Road

Chris decided to change teams with Falco for Yoshi (thus Falco joined with Luigi, which he considered...quite a bit...er...well...seeing this pair is actually...odd to be sure...). Both World Traveler and Yoshi stared at the big pieces of cake and cookies that created the whole galaxy.

"Yoshi, do you know what this means?" Chris asked (hoping to cheer up the Yoshi from his depression).

"What?" Yoshi asked.

"This means we're in Kirby's fantasy!"

"...Yes..." Yoshi said with a nod.

"(...That didn't work so well...)" Chris thought in shame.

"...Hey..." Yoshi's eyes shrunk.

"What?"

"Isn't this long platform like...going too fast?"

"Huh?... W-what the heck?!" Chris found the long platform to the Power Star strolling down at them at an insane speed. It was possible that even Sonic couldn't outrun the insane speed that the platform had. "B-b-b-but this isn't supposed to happen!"

"Now that I remember..."

"Huh?"

"It flashed purple before speeding up like this..."

"...The Subspace Army..." Chris said. "They're altering the missions here..."

"I thought the same thing." Yoshi said with a nod.

"...So..." Chris stared at the platform. "...Want to run on it?"

"Are you crazy?" Yoshi asked with a glare. "One step and we're going to be pulled back, and out from the platform to who-knows-where down below!"

"...You're right..." Chris wondered. "If only we could fly over it..."

"...Hmm... Why don't you turn into that creature again?"

"You mean...a Moogle?"

Yoshi nodded. "Yes. Turning into that gives you wings, right?"

"...Well, that's true, but I hate the job... Oh well, I guess I have no choice left..." Chris sighed as he changed to his Moogle Knight job and looked at Yoshi. "Now," Chris flew above Yoshi and sat on his back. "Let's go, kupo!"

Yoshi blinked a few times. "I thought you were going to carry me, not the other way around."

"...Are you crazy?" Chris asked. "I'm so small like this! I won't be able to carry your somewhat big body for a long time!"

Yoshi looked at the cakes further away from them. "What if you carry me to the cakes? We could use them as platforms to move."

"...Okay..." Chris sighed and got down, then he walked to the edge. "Alright," Chris flew above and grabbed Yoshi's hands. "Hang on tight, kupo."

Several painful minutes later...

"Uah!" Chris fell on the last platform, panting heavily. "R-remind me about not carrying you again... You weight like DK while I'm in this form...k-kupo..."

"Sorry," Yoshi said simply as he spotted the Power Star...and the Toad Brigade. "Wait, what are you guys doing here?"

"We came to find the Power Star!" the leader said.

"And why the heck didn't you use the Starshroom to lift us all the way here?! Kupo?!" Chris asked angrily.

"...Look! We found the Power Star!"

The duo groaned as they obtained the Power Star.

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"How many Power Stars do we have now?" Yoshi asked to Polari.

Polari looked at Chris, Yoshi, Olimar and Samus. "Well, you all have been doing quite an admirable job. We got 4 Power Stars so far."

C. Falcon came from above and landed on his feet, showing them a Power Star. "Here." C. Falcon said as he gave the Power Star to Polari.

"5..." Polari said with a nod.

Geno (who was badly injured) and Twink came from above and Twink gave Polaris a Power Star. "We're so sorry for being late. Geno had to fight Goombas that were possessed by the Shadow Bugs and they had a powerful ram attack." Twink explained.

Geno panted a little. "I need...to recover my energies..."

"Oh," Polari flew to Geno. "It's not hard to heal someone like you. Please remain still," Polaris flew around Geno and the puppet glowed for a moment before healing completely. "There, that should be enough." Polari said as Geno got up and looked at his hands.

"Thanks." Geno said with a nod.

"Okay," Polari nodded. "We have 6 now..."

"The only ones missing are Mario, the Luigis, Fox and Falco," Samus said. "What is taking them so long?"

"AHEM..."

Everyone looked behind them and found Mario and Fox, holding a Power Star that Polars took. "Sorry for making you wait," Mario began. "We had a lot of trouble with the Topmaniac."

Fox grinned. "But luckily, I ended the fight by calling my Landmaster when the Over Limit gauge was filled."

Mario sweatdropped. "But you crushed it after you called the tank... It almost crushed me, too!"

Fox got annoyed. "Hey, what's important is that the weird top is gone, right?"

"...I guess..." Mario said with a frown.

"Now..." Olimar sniffed (probably after losing his Pikmins). "W-where are the twins and Falco?"

"They're fine," Twink chuckled. "I mean, it's not like the next Galaxy is that horrible or anything like we've been through so far."

Rolling Green Galaxy
Rolling in the Clouds

"HOW DO YOU CONTROL THIS THING?!" Falco yelled as the trio (dumbly) rolled Star Roll with the Power Star that kept going to the edges but managed to keep the ball in safe green...but it wasn't that easy for them.

"MAMA MIIIIIIAAAAAAAAA!!!" the Luigis yelled in utter horror as Falco facepalmed but later gasped as they crossed a bottomless hole.

Comet Observatory

Mario looked away. "I just hope they aren't trying to complete the one with the ball, because that's the hardest one for me."

"...uuuuuuuuuuuuUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-UGH!"

They all blinked surprised as Falco and the Luigis fell from the space and landed on top of each other (at least Falco was in the bottom).

"Guys..." Falco slowly opened his eyes and looked up to them. "These galaxies...are trying...to freaking kill us off..."

"Did you get the Power Star?" Polari asked.

Falco glared at him. "Oh, so the mouthless stars are more important than our own safety then? Wow, I didn't know you "Lumas" things were that unrespectful."

"Oops..." Polaris chuckled nervously. "S-so sorry for that... Anyway, you got the star?"

Falco dug his right hand into his pocket and took out a Power Star that grew in size and stopped. Polari nodded and took it with him. "Here's your star that was so utterly annoying to get. Who in their sane mind creates a galaxy with golf as its theme?"

Polari seemed to ignore Falco's rant. "Good! We have now 8 Power Stars gathered!"

"At this rate, we may find Bowser's location, right?" Mario asked.

"Of course, of course," Polari said nodding. "But...something is not right with the galaxies..."

"What would that be?" Samus asked.

"It seems that several areas around the galaxies have been...how do I put it...gotten harder to pass if you know what I mean..."

"Like the Goombas being possessed?" Twink asked.

"Right," Polari nodded. "The "Shadow Bugs" that you spoke of are creating lots and lots of troubles in each galaxy. I should recommend that the groups dispatched to each area increase to...hmm...3 to 4 members at least."

"I-I like how the idea sounds..." Olimar said, playing with his fingers.

"...I should warn you all about something troubling and alarming..."

"What?" Falco asked (after he got up from the Luigis, who got up as well and off from him).

"I don't know why, but there was something...a monster flying around the galaxies that's been roaming about..."

"A monster? Kupo?" Chris asked.

"Yes, it looked like, I don't know, some sort of big, flying dinosaur? I don't know what it's called..."

"Big flying dinosaur?" Mario repeated as he wondered. "...I don't remember any dinosaur, except the Dino Pirahna..."

"(...)" Samus thought and looked away.

"Hmm?" Yoshi looked at Samus. "Is something bothering you or are you thinking about that monster?"

"Huh?" Samus turned at Yoshi.

"So?"

"...Nothing..." Samus said.

"..." Yoshi shrugged.

Hurry-Scurry Galaxy
Shrinking Satellite

Super Mario Galaxy - Super Mario Bros. 3 Nostalgia

"UAH!" Mario was almost going to fall off after he stepped on a green platform that quickly shrunk and disappeared. "W-what is happening here?"

"The Shadow Bugs," Geno said. "They're here and they made everything much harder for us to complete."

"I don't like this anymore." Twink said with a worried look.

"...Leave it to me, guys." C. Falcon said with a serious face.

"Wait, are you going to do this all by yourself?" Mario asked.

C. Falcon nodded. "Yes. I'm the only one who can run as fast as possible from all of us."

Geno nodded. "It seems we don't have another choice but let C. Falcon do this one for us."

"...Well," Mario smiled a little. "You need to grab those rainbow notes and try not to fall off to the black hole. If you hurry, then you can grab the Power Star."

C. Falcon nodded and prepared to jump to the next platform. "Alright, I'll do this."

C. Falcon jumped to the farther platform and started running as fast as he could, dashing across the vanishing panels and grabbing the notes (that played a theme for some reason).

"...Huh?!" Twink spotted dark portals opening that spawned Feyeshes that spotted the captain running along. "C-C. Falcon!"

"Oh no..." C. Falcon said as the Feyeshes floated towards him, with their tentacles discharging electricity.

"If they manage to at least stop him for a second, he'll fall!" Mario said as he turned to Geno. "Use your bullets to shoot them down!"

"That's not hard at all." Geno said as he opened his fingers and shot a barrage of small bullets that hit the Feyeshes straight on their eyes, making them blast off as the racer managed to jump to a planet full of notes before sprinting to grab all of them.

"...There are more this time!" Twink gasped when a flock of Auroros appeared from a dark portal and flew towards the captain. The Auroros looked down and pointed their beaks at the captain.

"Dammit, I can't reach them from this long distance..." Geno muttered as the Auroros prepared to dive down. "...Wait, Mario, do you think you can swing me at the planet?"

Mario blinked surprised. "But that could send you right into the black hole, and my lifes are shared with everyone here!"

"That doesn't matter!" Geno said with a serious face. "I'll sacrifice myself in order to obtain the Power Star. You must toss me at them so C. Falcon can obtain the star!"

"...Alright...but please, don't get angry at me later..."

"(Beep!)" C. Falcon cursed once he saw the flock of Auroros diving down towards him at great speed.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Geno yelled as he was flung to the Auroros, where he turned his back and lauched his rocket fist that exploded close to the flock and destroyed all of them as he fell directly to the black hole. "Damn... Get all the notes!"

"Already done!" C. Falcon yelled as the black hole that Geno was going to fall into disappeared and in its place, a Power Star appeared.

"...Phew..." Geno sighed as he reached the Power Star.

Now they had 9 Power Stars gathered.

"Mario..." Twink made a worried face. "Don't you think this is getting...a little bit too dangerous?"

Mario chuckled. "Why would it get hard? It's not like there are impossible missions to do. I'm sure the others are doing everything just fine."

Beach Bowl Galaxy
Fast Foes on the Cyclone Stone

Super Mario Galaxy - Fast Foe Comets

The Thwomps and the Toy Boxes were going to an insane speed, stomping and moving around like they were in a hurry.

Chris, Fox and Olimar watched in horror as the first Thwomp kept pounding the floor 10 times in a second before repeating the process. It even looked like the block tried to destroy the platform it was located.

"...So, Fox, I heard you were the fastest in the whole tournament..." Chris said, taking several steps back.

"I-I'm a little bit old myself so..." Olimar took a steps back (lying, of course).

"So we leave this all to you." Chris and Olimar said with nervous chuckles.

"..." Fox stared at them with bored looks. "We're going to get through this, together."

"Are you out of your mind?!" Chris asked. "Those Thwomps are so going to crush us to death! There's absolutely, no, way, that we're going through those blocks of death!"

"B-besides, I-I don't want to die so young..." Olimar said (contradicting what he just said a moment ago). "...Oh, salty crackers..."

"..." Chris shook his head and sniffed. "I-I don't want to die like thiiiiiiiiiii-ii-iiis!"

"..." Fox facepalmed. "You 2, tell me something."

"Whaaaaaaat..." Chris sobbed.

"Have you forgotten that we can cross over the gaps with our double jumps?"

A record scratched and both sobbers looked up before looking at each other. "...Somehow, I feel humiliated and relieved at the same time..." Chris said.

"Indeed... Indeed..." Olimar muttered embarrassed.

Fox grinned. "That's more like it. Now let's go and grab that star."

This little and obvious statement enabled them to clear the mission with ease. Nothing was lost during their way to the Power Star...

...Okay, that's a lie. Apparently, Fox got crushed under and Tox Box and Chris wasn't looking at a Thwomp that stopped and tricked him to step below it and crushed the World Traveler. Olimar, who was fairly horrorized, was able to grab the star with the help of his Pikmins.

10 Power Stars and only 50 more to go...

Ghostly Galaxy
Bouldergeist's Daredevil Run

Super Mario Galaxy - Boss Theme

"DAMMIT!" Falco yelled once he was merely touched on his back and fainted on the floor. Samus cursed under her breath as she barely dodged a fist from Bouldergeist who roared in fury as the hunter glanced at the Red Comet hovering around the galaxy.

"I'm starting to hate this special rule..." Samus muttered. "This doesn't make everything easier, but harder..."

"OUT OF THE WAY!!!" Yoshi yelled as he pushed Samus out of the way from Bouldergeist's fists as the 2 slid on the rocky floor and glared at the abomination of rocks.

"Okay, this has gone far enough," Samus said as she prepared her arm cannon. "We need to take that thing down for good."

"But how?" Yoshi asked.

"...I've got it," Samus looked at Yoshi. "Can you swallow its rocks and spit them back at it?"

"Well, it's easy but I tried that already."

"What?"

"It noticed me and it almost crushes me with the rocks..."

"...Then I'll be the decoy."

Yoshi blinked several times at her. "B-but what if something happens to you?"

Bouldergeist roared angrily and it called forth several rock pillars from the floor, trapping both of them before Samus opened a way using a missile. "Quick! That's your chance to start the plan!"

"Uh-oh," Yoshi saw Bouldergeist ready to shoot its fists at the 2. "T-then I'll do whatever I can... Okay, I'm ready."

"You didn't sound that interested to me, to be honest." Samus said.

Yoshi gasped. "I-I did... It's just..."

"LOOK OUT!" Samus yelled as she pushed Yoshi out of the way before she got hit one time and was pushed away from the platform, directly to the black hole located underneath the platform.

"S-SAMUS!" Yoshi yelled worried as he turned his head at Bouldergeist, who laughed darkly as Yoshi closed his eyes in shame. "I... I couldn't think fast and Samus wa-"

A roar interrupted the Yoshi before he got crushed under a fist...

Music stops

"..." Yoshi's pupils shrunk at the extreme blow that knocked him out of cold before the screen panned out...

Comet Observatory

"Hmm..." Falco grunted annoyed as he thought hard about his "performance" in the last battle as some Lumas were staring at him in curiosity.

Meanwhile, close to where he was...

"..." Yoshi didn't talk after Samus looked at him. Yoshi was sitting on a step, close to where Rosalina was.

"So, you didn't attack it." Samus said.

"...No..." Yoshi said, looking down ashamed. "I'm... I'm so sorry... I couldn't do anything after you were pushed away..."

"...Yoshi..."

"...Yes?"

"...What you just said...I didn't feel any kind of interest..."

Yoshi's eyes widened. "W-what?! I-I was interested! H-how could you tell I wasn't interested?!"

"Yoshi, the way you say your words isn't giving any kind of mood. It's like you're not expressing yourself that well..."

"B-but I am!" Yoshi protested. "I'm interested!"

"No," Samus said, shaking her head. "You're not interested."

Yoshi's eyes began to fill with tears. "W-why are you being so mean to me?! Why?! Why, Samus?!"

"Pardon me," Rosalina said as she walked to the 2. "I'd suggest that you should lower your voices because there are Lumas trying to sleep close here."

"We're sorry," Samus said. "We were talking about something here an-"

"I DON'T WANT TO HEAR ANYMORE!" Yoshi yelled as he stood up and ran away from both girls.

"..." Rosalina blinked several times before looking at Samus. "May I know what is wrong with Yoshi?"

"He doesn't seem to show any kind of interest lately." Samus said.

"Interest? In what?" Rosalina asked.

Library

Not interested...

Those were the words that made Yoshi shudder in fear and horror.

The Yoshi looked at the chimney, close to the books where many different stories to tell the Lumas were organized. Yoshi looked straight into the fire and sighed as he cleared his tears.

"I don't sound interested?" Yoshi questioned himself. "But I'm here... I'm here to help everyone out. That is a clear proof of being interested...right?" Yoshi asked to the roof. "...Why did I even join the tournament? I was 1 of the first 12 that accepted the deal...but why, though?"

"Because you were interested," a voice spoke from behind Yoshi, who turned his back and found Rosalina, holding a book on her right hand. "You were interested at first, but later you got bored of everything."

"...You're right..." Yoshi sighed and frowned. "At first, I thought it was going to be good, but I later found that everything was...well..."

"Rude? Not exciting?"

"What's exciting about fighting against other people?" Yoshi asked. "I think it's fun when it's friendly, but..."

"Yoshi," Rosalina frowned. "You know very well why is your boredom troubling you. Maybe if you remember why did you join Mario before in the past, then you could grasp the truth you want to find so badly."

"...I honestly... I honestly don't remember why did I join this..." Yoshi put his hands on his head. "I don't know why did I join the tournament in the first place..."

"I see."

"...But I need to find some kind of inspiration to get interested..."

"Maybe I could suggest you what."

"Like?"

"The people you love the most?"

Yoshi thought for a moment. "...No. It's too used..."

"The places you like to go?"

"Not at all..."

"The events that happen around you?"

"Uh-uh..." Yoshi shook his head. "..." Yoshi sniffed and covered his eyes. "I... I don't have anything to be interested... I don't have nothing to keep going on... And... And..."

"And?" Rosalina tilted her head.

"...And if I tell the guys about this...they're going to hate me so much... I-I don't know what to do... The thought about hearing them saying, "Yoshi! Why are you so heartless about this?!" is just too much..." Yoshi began to sob silently before Rosalina petted his head a little. "H-huh?"

Rosalina smiled a little. "There, there. There is no need to get sad, Yoshi. I know very well that this isn't something you want to be part of."

Yoshi sniffed. "B-but then why did I come with them when they helped me during the Sports Festival?"

"Boredom."

"What?"

Rosalina nodded. "Because you were bored from the beginning."

"..." Yoshi looked down sadly. "...Yes... It was all because of boredom..."

"...Yoshi..."

Yoshi cleared some tears. "Y-yes?"

"Right now, are you sad?"

"...Totally..."

"Then...would you please listen to something I want to narrate to you and the Lumas?"

Yoshi blinked confused. "What?"

"It's the nap time for the Lumas and they want to hear a tale about one of my favorite books, here in the library. I'd like you to join us to our lecture if you want."

"..." Yoshi looked down. "I guess I don't have anything else to do..."

Rosalina chuckled. "Thank you. You don't know how happy the Lumas are going to get with you here."

Several minutes later...

"Mama! Mama! Tell us a story! Please, Mama!"

The library became full of cheers from the Lumas that sat on the floor or sat together with Rosalina on the small, red chair. Yoshi was the most confused for something that he didn't get that well.

"Mama?" Yoshi asked.

Rosalina chuckled. "I know you're confused at that. If you read the story, then you could find the meaning."

"Mama," a blue Luma began. "Can you start? Pretty please? I know this story is a good one!"

"Please! Mama! Tell us!" the Lumas pleaded happily.

Rosalina chuckled as she opened the book. "All right, then. Let's see what this book has to tell us for this night. Please, stay silent and listen to this."

Yoshi blinked several moments as he sat down, close to a red Luma.

Super Mario Galaxy -

                                   Chapter 1                                 

                             -The Celestial Duo-

                                    Page 1                                   

Our story beings a very, very long time ago with a young girl. One day, this
         girl spotted a rusted spaceship holding a small star child.

                                    Page 2                                   

"What's your name? Are you lost?" the girl asked the star child.

"I'm Luma, and I'm waiting for Mama. She's coming for me on a comet!" said the star child, who had been waiting day and night.

                                    Page 3                                   

       "Don't worry. I'll wait with you," the little girl promised Luma.

                                    Page 4                                   

At nightfall, the little girl borrowed her father's telescope and peered into the sky. She looked and looked, but she saw nothing. Hours turned into days and then years, but still the sky revealed nothing. Finally, the little girl sighed and said to Luma, "If we stay here looking much longer, I'll be an old lady soon." But then she had an idea. "Why don't we go out there and find your mother ourselves?"

                                    Page 5                                   

The girl and Luma fixed up the rusty spaceship, and then the two set sail into the starry sky. And this is how the search for the celestial mother began.

By that time Rosalina closed the book, Yoshi noticed that the Lumas were all sleeping deeply as he stood up while Rosalina did the same. "Did you like this chapter?" Rosalina asked.

"Well...I have one question..." Yoshi wondered. "Who was that little girl in the story? Her name wasn't told in this chapter..."

"..." Rosalina closed her eyes. "I'll let you guess it by yourself."

"Huh? But why?" Yoshi asked puzzled.

"I only tell this story to the Lumas here once I see the Power Stars gathered," Rosalina opened her eyes. "It gives my inspiration to narrate the way I do. The Lumas understand very well when is the story exciting, sad, or intrigating."

Yoshi blinked for a moment. "So if I gather Power Stars, you'll let me listen to the next chapter?"

Rosalina nodded. "Yes, for that, I need you to get 5 more Power Stars in order to see the next chapter."

"...5 Power Stars..." Yoshi nodded. "Okay, I'll look for the stars if you promise me that."

Rosalina nodded and chuckled. "Always for you, Yoshi..."

And with that, the Yoshi left the library.

"..." Rosalina closed her eyes. "Maybe this is going to teach him something really important..."

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

Yoshi saw Mario, Chris (in his Swordsman job) and Olimar landing from the space, handing over a Power Star to Polari who nodded with a chuckle. "H-hey guys!" Yoshi called as he walked to them. "Where did you go?"

"We went to the Bubble Breeze Galaxy," Mario said, shuddering. "A force that I couldn't find pushed me around with the wind."

Chris shuddered. "That was rather...weird..."

Olimar shuddered and nodded. "I don't want to see spooky things again..."

"Oh," Yoshi rubbed his chin. "How many stars do we have now?"

"11," Polari pointed out. "As you can see, we need 49 to go."

"(4 to get a new chapter...)" Yoshi thought. "Well, shall we go to the next galaxy?"

Not sooner he said that, Geno, Twink and C. Falcon arrived from the space and gave another Power Star to Polari. "12!" Polari said.

"The Buoy Base Galaxy was successfully completed," Twink said smiling. "But we didn't find a normal star because we found a green one!"

Polari noticed the Green Power Star. "Oh, quite rare. But since the Trial Galaxies were unlocked, I guess this has no value...for a Green Power Star, that is. It values as a normal one."

Mario shuddered. "Whatever you do, DON'T go to those galaxies. We're going to save them for last."

"...Okay?" Geno said confused.

"Where are the other 6?" Yoshi asked, looking around.

"The Luigis, Fox, Samus, C. Falcon and Falco are trying to defeat Bouldergeist with the Daredevil Comet in that galaxy," Polari explained. "They decided to fight it with many of them in order to pass the mission. In the meantime, why don't you go to the next galaxy?"

"Come on," Mario said, walking away. "We need to get more Purple Coins."

Gusty Garden Galaxy
Purple Coins on the Puzzle Cube

The group of 4 (5 with Twink since Olimar decided to stay behind) landed on the Puzzle Cube and they found a lot of Purple Coins floating around the cube-shaped planet.

"Alright," Twink said. "We have to gather 100 Purple Coins to clear this mission, right?"

"Yes," Mario nodded. "Nothing so far seems weird."

"..." Yoshi saw the coins flashing purple as they began to spin madly. "Er...is that part of what they do?"

"No..." Mario said. "They don't usually do that..."

Chris gulped. "Oh please, don't turn them all into monsters..."

The Purple Coins started to spin faster and faster and faster...until they stopped and vanished in thin air.

"..." Mario's jaw dropped. "...Uh-oh..."

"...They're there..." Twink said. "...But even their shadows were turned invisible..."

"And we have a time limit to watch before we gather the neccesary coins..."

"But how are we going to get them now?" Geno asked.

Chris sniffed before he buried his face on his hands and cried silently. Yoshi walked to him and patted his back a little as he sniffed. "Why...why...why do they do this to us?!" Chris asked crying.

"They hate us." Geno said with a bored look.

"With passion." Twink added with a bored look.

"And that's not all..." Mario began. "...We have only 40 seconds..." Mario added.

"...OH CRAP!" everyone yelled before they scattered around and tried to find the invisible coins around the cube.

40 seconds later...

"Ya-hooooo..." said a tired Mario who dumbly backflipped to the Power Star and grabbed it...then he fell down on his back.

Yoshi was shown laying down on the ground with the others. "Please...water...need...water..."

"I'm..." Chris began. "So going...to own those guys...for this..."

"Agreed..." Yoshi said, raising a finger.

Comet Observatory

Music stops

"...Look over there..." Yoshi said (or muttered) as the group saw the other group...apparently tired as well while the first group landed and gave the Power Star to Polari.

"That's 14," Polari said. "Good job, everyone."

"Shut...up..." C. Falcon said, sitting on a step as he fell on his back and sighed.

"So..." Chris began. "What ordeal did you all went through?"

"Boulders..." Samus said panting. "Trying to push, crush or kill us..."

"Dodge...dodge...dodge...dodge..." Luigi said panting.

"And dodge...dodge...dodge...dodge..." the other Luigi said panting.

"What...about you..." Falco muttered (his face on the floor).

"Purple Coins..." Yoshi trailed off.

"Turning invisible..." Geno trailed off.

"Time limit reduced..." Mario trailed off.

"That's it," everyone began at the same time. "The galaxies are out to kill us all for good...or annoy us to no end..." after that, they all sighed in depression.

"...You know what..." Chris began. "...Screw galaxies in order... I know something bad isn't going to happen if we go to any kind of galaxy..."

"It'll be the same result though..." Samus warned him.

"Whatever... Let's get this done..."

"Wait..." Fox interrupted. "Why don't you...heal us with your music?"

"..." Chris turned to Fox with a bored look on his eyes. "It cures wounds, not heals laziness..."

"We're not lazy..." Falco said, raising a finger. "We're just...tired..."

"I can't do that still..." Chris sighed. "...Screw it, I'm going to faint if you don't mind..." and fainted the World Traveler did.

"...Who's joining him? It may recover our energies..." Twink asked.

"..." everyone raised their hands before they all fainted and fell asleep.

"Hey guys!" Olimar came whistling. "I'm ready to go to the next galaxy! I decided to be more optimistic to cheer up the situation so I went ahead an-"

"SHUT UP!" everyone yelled from their spots as the captain took a step back.

Olimar shuddered. "O-okay... I'll be myself like I always do so..." Olimar played with his fingers before walking away.

Dusty Dune Galaxy
Blasting Through the Sand

Super Mario Galaxy - Dusty Dune Galaxy

Geno (without Twink), Olimar, Yoshi and Samus were shown on the disk-shaped planet as they looked around for the Power Star.

"Be warned," Samus said. "My visor is detecting several Shadow Bugs gathering down below this ring."

"...Olimar?" Yoshi asked, looking around for the captain.

"Olimar?... Where is he?" Geno asked.

Yoshi spotted a small red light sinking in the sand. "OLIMAR!"

Samus grunted and used her Grapple Beam on Olimar's helmet to pull out the helpless captain back to safe floor, where he looked fairly shocked. "S-sorry..." Olimar said with shocked eyes before they turned back to normal.

"What were you trying to do in the quicksand?" Samus asked.

"M-my Pikmins sank by accident and I wanted to rescue them, but..." Olimar sniffed. "They're..."

"...Moving on," Geno said. "Let's go."

However, something made them stop as they heard the screech of a beast echo through the galaxy. They all covered their ears and looked around for the source that disappeared.

"...W-what was THAT just now?" Olimar asked, trembling with his Pikmins.

"It sounded like a screech of a big monster..." Geno wondered. "But what monster is that one, though?" Geno looked at Samus, who was rubbing her (metalic) chin. "Do you know?"

"...What?" Samus asked as she noticed Geno.

"That screech. You know about it?"

"...N-no..." Samus said with a shudder.

"..." Yoshi merely looked down before walking to the other side of the planet with the others following him.

"(That couldn't been...)" Samus thought. "(...Impossible...)"

"...U-uh-oh..." Olimar took a step back once they stopped and found something that could prevent their way. "...T-they're here!"

The Scope Primids, Fire Primids, Boom Primids and normal Primids hopped a little and spotted the 4 looking at them before they all ran to them.

"This is going to get harder," Geno warned them. "Get ready. They're getting even more violent than before!"

Olimar was the only one who remained behind as he thought something. "(Okay, Olimar... You have to fight even more than you used to...although I haven't fought that much in my life before. Oh, I need to write this in my journal if I get the time...)" Olimar looked ahead and nodded to his Pikmins. "If you die, I'll pay my respects to you."

The Pikmins tilted their heads (as a Fire Primid was shown sinking into the sand) and looked at each other...before comitting suicide by sinking into the sand.

"W-WAIT!" Olimar's eyes opened in shock and he stood near the edge while a Scope Primid was pushed away by Samus's Charged Shot. "Y-you don't have to comit this kind of answer! I-it's not really necessary! Suiciding isn't an option and ignore me from fighting!"

"Olimar!" Yoshi yelled as he ran to him. "You have to come! Those creatures are appearing from everywhere!"

Olimar sniffed and pluck out 6 new Pikmins from nowhere. "O-okay... I have new Pikmins so that should make me happy..."

Yoshi blinked several times. "...Right..."

"...Yoshi..."

Yoshi stopped and looked at Olimar. "Huh?"

"Don't get upset but...when you yelled at me...it didn't sound like you were interested..."

Yoshi's eyes shrunk before he covered his head and screamed out in horror as Olimar hopped a little while the Yoshi ran to the battle.

"W-wait!" Olimar yelled as he followed Yoshi with his Pikmins. "I-I didn't mean to be rude either! Please, forgive me!"

"Geno Whirl!" Geno shouted as he sliced a line of Scope Primids with his ring that dealt massive damage and blasted them off. "The path is clear. Move!" Geno yelled as the 4 ran to the other side of the ring and found a path full of tornadoes.

"There are so many of them," Samus said. "And it seems the sand sunk the platform."

"Then...should we use the tornadoes themselves to cross to the other side?" Yoshi asked (now calmed down).

"It seems that way." Geno said simply as he jumped into 1 tornado and got thrown high to the air before he went to another tornado. The others looked at each other and jumped to the tornadoes as well.

Olimar's stomach grumbled. "Ooooooohh... I don't feel so good..." Olimar muttered.

"Don't you dare and puke." Samus said.

"I-I'll try..."

Yoshi's eyes widened. "U-uh-oh..."

"What?" Geno asked.

"They're here!"

Floows appeared simply from nowhere and flew to the group...and remained still in the air.

"...Nothing happens?" Yoshi asked confused.

The Floows suddenly released their screams of horror that damaged the entire group as they were pushed back to the quicksand.

"WE'RE GOING TO SINK!" Olimar yelled in horror.

"But not now!" Samus yelled as she used her Grapple Beam and quickly grabbed everyone and tossed them back to the tornadoes. Samus looked at the small edge where they came from and struck it with the grapple to pull herself back, where she put her right foot on the edge and jumped to land on the platform and jumped back to the tornadoes.

"You're not doing the same thing again!" Yoshi said angrily as he was propelled high into the air and used his flutter kick to give an insane amount of hits to 2 Floows that blasted off and vanished.

"Behind you!" Geno yelled as a Floow prepared to scream, but Olimar came from below and literally flipped a Yellow Pikmin on it that caused electric damage and defeated the Floow. "Good work."

Olimar blushed. "W-well, I wanted to help out more this time..."

"There's another hole up ahead!" Yoshi yelled.

"..." Olimar saw a circle in the middle of the area and decided to go once the others went to the other side of the planet. The captain walked to the area and sat down with his Pikmins before he took out his journal.

Day ??

Dear Diary, how have you been? This is the first time in a long time I write to you during a fight to get something precious. It's been really exhausting to hunt down these Power Stars that my friends and I are looking for. But that is not hard at all, because we all work harder and harder in each mission. I can't explain how happy I am to do this sort of thing, besides finding parts for the company... You know, the earth beneath me is trembling all of a sudden and...what the?! I was taken above a platform and...look at that! A Power Star! I probably activated a secret switch to it or maybe the others did something underneath the planet... Oh well, I guess I should grab it... There!


15 Power Stars were collected...meaning...

Comet Observatory
Library

Super Mario Galaxy -

Chapter 2                                 
                 
                                  -Star Bits-

                                    Page 1                                   

  Days passed with no sight of the comet, or even a single planet. Instead,
  asteroids extended for as far as the eye could see. "If I had known it was
going to take this long, I would have packed more jam," said the little girl,
                        above the rumble of her belly.

                                    Page 2                                   

Before they left, she had packed all the essentials: telescope, butterfly net,
      stuffed bunny, bread, milk, jam, and apricot-flavored tea, but...

                                    Page 3                                   

"I forgot to bring water!" At this, Luma burst into gales of laughter, and the
  girl began to pout.

"As long as I have Star Bits, I'll be fine," said Luma.
       "Want some?" The little girl couldn't stay mad after hearing this.

                                    Page 4                                   

Luma continued to laugh, and the girl couldn't help but join in. "Alright,
                             maybe just a nibble."

                                    Page 5                                   

  Leaning far out of the ship, the pair began to collect Star Bits with the
  girl's net. They almost fell out a few times, but they kept on collection.
                        The Star Bits tasted like honey.

The Luma fell asleep once again as Yoshi stood up and walked to the princess.

"Say," Yoshi began. "Star Bits are those rainbow-color pieces that fall sometimes around the galaxies, right?"

Rosalina nodded. "Yes, they're very important for any Luma since they have different uses."

"Like food?"

Rosalina nodded again. "Yes, it may not look like food, but if you taste one, you'll find out." Rosalina took a yellow Star Bit. "Here."

Yoshi took the Star Bit. "...So I lick it or something?"

"Yes."

Yoshi looked puzzled but then he licked the Star Bit a little before he felt something good. "...Wait...this has a lemon with strawberry flavor...and I was thinking about that too..."

Rosalina chuckled. "Star Bits can contain the wishes of the people sometimes. If you think really hard about something you want to eat, the Star Bit will try to turn into what you want."

"...Hmm..." Yoshi continued to lick the Star Bit as Rosalina chuckled to herself while the silent snores of the Lumas were heard.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on March 27, 2009, 07:02:45 PM
About time we got SMG. Good job, so far.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on March 28, 2009, 12:03:37 PM
Yoshi... bored of all of that?

He's wierd.

Awesome job!  I need to reply each time I read so I can "bookmark" it.  I get annoyed when it's hard to find my place...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 28, 2009, 03:16:37 PM
Honeyclimb Galaxy
Scaling the Sticky Wall

Super Mario Galaxy - Super Mario Bros. 3 Nostalgia

If we think about it, the galaxy has 3 walls, so why only 1 sticky wall? Plothole time.

Er...

The screen focused to a Bee Mushroom that flashed purple for a moment before Chris, Falco and Fox landed in the small platform of the whole galaxy. Chris went to the mushroom and doned a bee costume. "Sorry, Falco, but you'll need the mushroom this time."

"Then tell me why." Falco said, crossing his arms.

"The Bee Mushroom lets you stick into the honey and climb it..." Chris pointed at the Power Star far away from them. "And reach the star over there."

"Wait," Fox began. "So if we use those mushrooms..."

Falco nodded. "Yeah. We'll be wearing ridiculous bee costumes."

"..." Fox frowned to himself.

"Well, excuse me!" Chris said annoyed. "Sometimes you need to be a little childish and wear this to pass something and reach something else crucial!" Chris noticed that Fox and Falco were looking at each other. "So what's your final decision? I need your help too!"

1 minute later...

"Enter...Bee Falco?" Chris chuckled.

Falco stared at him in annoyance. "I'm going to get rid of this ridiculous costume VERY SOON."

"So am I." Fox said, wearing the same costume but a little, but very little smaller since Falco was some centimeters taller than him.

"Aw, please," Chris chuckled. "You 2 look very good in those costumes. Right, Bee Fox? Bee Falc-" Chris sweatdropped once both pilots aimed their Blasters at him. "I-I mean, you look horrible in them. We should start climbing and get rid of these darn clothes." Chris walked to the wall, stared at it for a moment and stuck himself on it. "..."

"So?" Falco asked.

"...You know guys..." Chris started. "...This honey here..."

"Yes?" Fox raised an eyebrow.

"...This honey...is...so...DELICIOUUUUUUUUUUUUUS!!!" Chris yelled in pleasure as he started to lick madly the honey wall while the 2 backed away from the drops of honey that fell around the platform.

"...I knew these costumes were bad..." Falco said nodding. "Just look at the way he's licking the whole wall!"

A small drop of honey managed to touch Falco's lips. He licked it, closed and opened his mouth very little before his pupils shrunk.

"...Falco?" Fox waved a hand in front of Falco. "Hey, Falco, are you listening?"

"...HONEY!" Falco yelled in pleasure as he rammed himself into the wall and started to lick the honey madly while Fox watched horrified at the whole event.

"Falco! Chris! Both of you, stop it!" Fox yelled but it seemed like the 2 "bees" weren't listening to him at all. The vulpine gasped once he saw a rain of honey drops trying to touch his lips as he covered his mouth. "Ugh! I can't believe this at all..." Fox looked ahead of the wall. "...Guess I'll be the only one in this..." Fox sighed as he covered his mouth with one hand and stuck himself on the wall to go all the way to the next Power Star.

Several minutes later...

Fox came back with the Power Star in hands as he looked somewhat annoyed. "Those mechanical bug things tried to bite me, but they deserved the kicks anyway... Are you 2 done?"

"Burp," Chris and Falco replied, laying down on the floor as they rubbed their stomachs.

Fox looked at the wall that was completely empty of honey. "Looks like you 2 had a feast with the honey." Fox chuckled as Falco stared at him annoyed.

"You...shut up..." Falco began. "I'm not going to...use this costume...ever again..."

"Same...here..." Chris said, raising a hand.

Now they had 16 Power Stars.

Toy Time Galaxy
The Flipswitch Chain

Super Mario Galaxy - Toy Time Galaxy

Samus, C. Falcon, and the 2 Luigis found themselves in the planet that had 2 squares that crossed each other by the centers. The only thing that bothered them was the fact that, even if there wasn't any Fast Foe Comet, the Tox Boxes were rolling around insanely fast, but not as fast as before.

"The switches all over the place look suspicious," C. Falcon said. "Maybe we should step on 'em."

"That's the idea," Samus said. "But those boxes could easily crush us before we step on the switches."

"W-what if we touch the switches with a finger and then we pull it back before the boxes reach us?" the other Luigi suggested.

"I-I agree." Luigi said with a nod.

"...Hmm..." C. Falcon rubbed his chin. "That could work..."

"And since you're a gentleman, you're going first." Samus said.

C. Falcon grinned. "Yeah, that's what I'm here, right?" C. Falcon said as he went to the nearby flipswitch.

Luigi looked at Samus. "Did you just say he was a gentleman?"

"I used flattery," Samus pointed out. "It was that to see him crushed."

"...Sometimes," the other Luigi started. "You're scary..."

"Thanks."

"...T-that wasn't a compliment," the other Luigi shuddered.

"There!" C. Falcon yelled as he swiftly touched the flipswitch before the Tox Box could crush his hand. The captain walked to Samus and gave her a thumbs-up. "Mission accomplished!"

"Not quite," Samus shook her head. "We need to press the other swutches an-"

"Oh no, look at that!" Luigi yelled as the Tox Boxes flashed purple and suddenly grew up the double of their sizes as the group watched surprised at this.

"A-AAAAAAAH!" the Luigis screamed.

"Hey, what's the big deal?" C. Falcon made a pun. "Why did they grow up?"

"...No!" Samus looked at both of her sides. "They grew up because they won't allow us to pass them!"

"Oh, snap!" C. Falcon snapped his fingers. "With them this big, we can't even jump over them with a double jump!"

"...U-um..." the other Luigi started. "M-maybe we could use that..."

The group looked at what looked to be a Spring Mushroom.

"Hmm..." Luigi touched the Spring Mushroom and he gained a spring that covered his whole body, except for his head. "..."

"...You look stupid in that." C. Falcon said.

Luigi made an angry expression. "H-hey! Mushrooms always help in a way or another! Mind you!"

"So what can that mushroom help us?"

"Hmm..." Luigi thought for a moment before he jumped the floor with his head and then with his feet, then back and forth as they watched the green plumber jumping around. "This feels...weird...really weird..." Luigi said as he continued to jump.

"...Luigi," Samus began. "Do you think you can jump high enough to pass over the boxes?"

Luigi stopped and looked at the Tox Boxes. "...I-I guess. Let me try...HIIIIIIIII-YAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Luigi jumped high using his head as he rocketed pass a Tox Box and landed on the other side. "I-I did it! I got here!"

"Now go for the others switches!" C. Falcon yelled.

Luigi blinked and gulped. "H-huh?! W-why?!"

"You're the only one who can cross and touch the other switches! Go!"

Luigi gulped and looked down. "O-oh well... H-here I go... Wish me luck..." Luigi muttered as he went jumping away.

"...Phew," C. Falcon sighed. "We didn't have to use that in order to clear this."

"I must say," Samus began. "I rather die before using that weird costume."

The other Luigi looked at them. "H-hey! I can't believe you tricked the other me into doing this all by himself! H-he's going to get hurt because of you!"

"If you shut up now," C. Falcon's right fist burned with fire. "I won't Falcon Punch your head off."

The other Luigi gulped scared. "O-on second thought...nevermind..."

"(I'm going to apologize to Luigi later though...)" Samus thought.

After a time passed, Luigi came back with the Power Star and Samus told him everything.

"You 2 did WHAT to me?!" Luigi asked in shock.

17 Power Stars were gathered as of now.

Deep Dark Galaxy
Ghost Ship Daredevil Run

Super Mario Galaxy - Kamella Battle

Yoshi, Chris, Mario and Falco (irony in this group since...wait, this Yoshi wasn't the same one) appeared above the Ghost Ship where the laughter of a big, purple clothed Magikoopa came from a hole as mentioned character came down and laughed even more.

"So! Mario! You recruited some imbeciles just to get more pummeled than before? What a dumb man you are! That only will cause more problems for Lord Bowser!" Kamella said.

"Hey," Falco began. "Maybe we could ask her some questions."

"Good idea," Chris said. "Hey, you! Tell us if the Subspace Army is helping Bowser!"

"Hahahahahahahaha!" Kamella laughed. "Well, if won't hurt to tell you. Yes, in fact, they're helping us to get rid of all of you and conquer the galaxies once and for all!"

"That should clarify everything." Mario said.

"Give us the Power Star so I can get to see another chapter!" Yoshi yelled.

"Chapter?" Mario, Chris and Falco repeated confused.

"...Oh..." Mario remembered. "I know what."

"SILENCE!" Kamella yelled as she raised a purple barrier around the ship. "Time for you all to DIE!" Kamella yelled as she shot a fast fireball to Chris, who was pushed away by Yoshi in time. "Oh, the dodgy type, I see! Well, let's see how well you all fare! HEEEEEEEEEHEHEHEHEHEH!"

"The first time I get to meet her and she already is annoying." Falco said.

"When she calls Green Shells, use them to throw them back at her." Mario whispered.

"I'll give support using my songs." Chris whispered.

"Hmm..." Falco stared at his Reflector.

"GO!" Kamella yelled as she called forth 2 Magikoopas that chuckled before calling forth fireballs that went after the Smashers.

Yoshi swallowed a fireball and spat it back at a Magikoopa that got pushed back and vanished. Chris snuck from behind the other one and...his harp suddenly took a form of a baton and he did a 3-hit combo before the magician vanished. "W-what? A baton?" Chris asked confused as he looked at the baton.

"Dodge THIS!" Kamella yelled as she made a green mist that turned into a Green Shell and went slowly around to slam the Smashers, but they were able to dodge it. Mario grabbed the Green Shell and went after Kamella who appeared inside the barrier.

"Ha!" Mario tossed the Green Shell at her, but she quickly teleported outside. Mario landed on the ground but gasped when the Green Shell that he tossed bounced back from the purple shield and crashed into him, taking him out in the process. "Oooooooohhh..." Mario moaned in pain as he fainted.

"Mario!" Chris and Yoshi yelled as they ran to him.

"Chris! Can you revive him?" Yoshi asked.

"L-let me try!" Chris said as he changed to his Fonyc Hymn User job. "Return this soul from the abyss of de-"

"You WON'T do such a thing! Die!" Kamella interrupted as she called forth 3 fireballs that went after Chris and Yoshi, who gasped and covered themselves in fear. "HAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAA! You won't survive these attacks after they land on you!"

"Oh, you think?"

"What?!" Kamella asked angrily as she noticed the fireballs being reflected back at her. This surprise attack made her back away to the wall where she screamed in pain. Back on the ship, Falco was shown grabbing his Reflector that he kicked to Chris and Yoshi to return back the fireballs at the magician as he grinned in triumph.

"I was waiting for the right moment to reflect back the fireballs," Falco explained as he walked to them. "I hope you're alright."

"Oh, thank you so much..." Chris said sighing in relief.

"GRRRRRRRRR!!!" Kamella grunted angrily. "I should've watched out for you, stupid bird brain!"

Falco rolled his eyes. "Who the hell do you think you are now? Wolf?"

Kamella pointed her Magic Scepter (which had the Power Star) at the group. "Come and get me!" Kamella yelled as she went high above the ship.

"Return this sould from the abyss of death... Resurrection!"

A sacred light touched Mario's body before he got revived. "U-ugh... W-what happened?"

"I'll tell you later once we get rid of her." Yoshi said, pointing to Kamella about to call more Magikoopas.

"I'll bring you down to HELL once I finish you all off!" Kamella yelled. "There is absolutely no DAMN way you're going to defeat me! I swear I'm not going to use fireballs or Green Shells anymore! Ha!"

20 seconds later...

Music stops

"No...way..." Kamella muttered painfully above the ship. "How did you...defeat me...if I didn't use my fireballs on you?"

"To point something out," Mario raised a finger. "You did call more fireballs, even you went to your usual strategy."

"And I went badass and reflected them back." Falco said with a grin.

"And you kept making Green Shells." Yoshi pointed out.

"B-but why?!" Kamella asked confued with rage.

"2 words," Chris raised 2 fingers. "Game-Engine."

The other 3 looked at Chris with weird faces but shrugged after looking at each other.

Kamella started screaming. "DAMN YOU AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-"

"Would you just blow up before yelling for so long?" Yoshi asked with an angry expression.

Kamella stopped and rolled her eyes before she exploded (which was scientifically impossible) as her Magic Scepter struck the floor and let the Power Star go to Mario, who got it and held it up in triumph.

18 Power Stars. Sweet.

Matter Splatter Galaxy
Watch your Step

Super Mario Galaxy - Space Junk Galaxy

Nothing.

Only the darkness and some pillars floating around the whole galaxy were the only things Samus, Twink, Olimar and Fox were able to see.

The Shadow Bugs changed the laws of the galaxy by preventing the spotlights from giving them the paths to the star.

"..." Olimar stared down into the nothingness with his Pikmins. "...H-hello?"

"Yes?"

Olimar's eyes opened while the others got shocked looks and looked around.

"Okay..." Fox began. "Who the hell was that just now?"

"Should we even bother?" Twink asked. "We're here to get the Power Star."

"But how?" Samus asked as she used her visor. "The darkness of this place prevents my visor from finding a platform to walk on."

"A-and we're here, trapped in a very small platform that is so thin." Olimar shuddered.

"Not to mention that creepy voice." Twink shuddered.

The Pikmins looked at each other...before comitting suicide again.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Olimar yelled as his Pikmins turned into ghosts when they disappeared. "W-why are you all trying to comit suicide?! D-dying is not an option!"

"...That actually gives me an idea..." Fox wondered.

"Me too." Samus said nodding.

"I even think I got the same idea." Twink said smiling as the trio stared at Olimar.

"...W-wait, why are you all staring me like that?" Olimar asked.

"You can call more Pikmins when you want, right?"

"Y-yes, so?" Olimar was getting really nervous.

"So, why don't we use them to see where is a path to the star?" Samus asked.

"...OH NO," Olimar shook his head. "There is NO way you're going to use my Pikmins as "path-finders" to die if they don't step on a floor!"

"Then we'll use you instead." Fox said (that actually sounded like a threat since he narrowed his eyes).

"..." Olimar looked back and forth between the darkness and the Smashers. "...I...I...I..."

"So?" Twink asked.

"...I'm really going to hate this so much..."

Dear Diary

Today is probably the most saddening event in my entire life. My friends, the very same friends I made before, used my Pikmins to find these invisible paths to walk on. I can't believe I lost 200 Pikmins who fell into the nothingness for this! The horror! The agony! My Pikmins! MY PIKMINS WHO ALSO COMIT SUICIDE BY THE LOOKS OF THE SITUATIONS!!! ...Sniff... Finally, I let the sadness out of my system... I must press on and continue after we obtained another Power Star... However, if they ever ask me to let them use my Pikmins...I'll be dead since I need more experience to fight them...

P.S: (This is completely unfair... Sniff...)


Sea Slide Galaxy
Faster than a Speeding Penguin

In the first time for a long time, there was a yellow foot in sight that revealed to be none other than King Dedede, who was grinning as he held a Koopa Troopa inside his shell. "I know those guys are gonna come here and use a shell to race, but they're gonna get surprised once the shell turns back into a turtle and attack them before they reach the finish line!" Dedede chuckled. "Yeah, perfect plan to stop them!"

Several hours later...

Super Mario Galaxy - Bunny Chasing

"You are SO going down!" a tough-looking blue penguin said to Mario, who was inside the river with the other penguins as he used a Green Shell (the same Green Shell that Dedede put down).

"A-and they..." Olimar sniffed as he told Chris what happened before as the 2 sat on the beach with the Toad Brigade. "T-they sacrificed 200 Pikmins..."

"(...My god, they're that heartless?)" Chris thought. "I-I'm so sorry for your loss..."

"Big loss," Olimar sniffed. "A big one..."

"..." Chris noticed Olimar burying his helmet (as odd as it sounds) on his hands and sobbed a little before the World Traveler hugged him and patted his back. "There, there. I know your Pikmins are enjoying the afterlife."

"...That's what worries me the most..."

Chris felt defeated. "...At least you can call more, right?"

"Just to comit suicide?" Olimar asked. "Yes..."

"(...This is really going to take a time for him to recover...)" Chris thought with a defeated look on his face.

From a nearby rock, there was Dedede spying on the group as he smirked. "Heh, now that the plumber is holdin' that turtle, he's gonna get surprised once it attacks him before he reaches the finish line. Nothin' can go wrong this time!"

"Hmm?" a Koopa Troopa with a blue shell and a red hankerchief walked to Chris and Olimar. "Hey, isn't that man in the water the same Mario?"

Both of them looked at him (and stopped hugging/sobbing respectively). "Um, yes. Why do you ask?" Chris asked.

"So he IS Mario! I haven't seen him in a long time!" the Koopa said with a happy expression.

"Pardon me, but who are you?" Chris asked.

The blue Koopa chuckled. "Oh! Sorry! I forgot to tell you my name. My name is Kooper and I was once traveling with Mario before in an adventure to rescue Princess Peach!"

"...Kooper?... Oh right!" Chris said nodding. "I knew I recognized you from somewhere!"

"Wait, you know me?"

"Mario told me about you." Chris lied.

Kooper looked at Mario. "Oh... So, what's he doing nowadays?.. Oh wait, I remember Peach was kidnapped by Bowser yet again when I was in the Star Festival."

"Hmm... Do you want me to call Mario? The race hasn't started yet."

Kooper smiled. "Really? Well, I have a better idea because I'm in the mood to help him out!" Kooper said as he dove inside the water and went to Mario. "Mario! Old pal!"

"Kooper!" Mario smiled at Kooper. "I saw you in the festival but how did ou get here?"

"I was hanging on to the rocks that lifted the castle and well, I got here after I woke up because I fell down the space and found myself here."

"Are you stranded?"

"Stranded? Well, sort of."

"I can tell the Toad Brigade to take you back to the Mushroom Kingdom if you want."

"Really? Oh, thank you!" Kooper said nodding. "So anyway, I wanted to ask you something."

"What?"

Kooper hid inside his shell. "Use me as your shell to win the race!"

"(What?)" the Koopa that Mario was holding thought in shock.

"Sure!" Mario said as he kicked the Koopa Shell away (and outside the river that actually led it outside the water and the river) and grabbed Kooper's shell.

"This brings a lot of good memories! Sweet, sweet memories!"

With the Koopa that was falling down...

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

With Chris and Olimar...

"Why do I think that the shell had a Koopa inside?" Chris asked confused.

"I-I don't know..." Olimar said. "...Chris..."

"Yes?"

"Could you use that job that lets you use Pikmins?"

"Why? (Now that I remember, I haven't used that job in a long time...)"

"B-because seeing more Pikmins could cheer me up and put me back in the mood."

"...Okay." Chris said as he changed to his Pikmin Captain job and pluck out 6 Pikmins that joined Olimar's Pikmins and chanted something with their murmurs. "Look, they're trying to cheer you up."

Olimar sighed in relief. "Aww, that's why I love my Pikmins..."

Chris looked at Olimar with a shocked look.

"...In the good way."

Chris sighed.

With Dedede...

"DAMMIT!" Dedede kicked angrily the rock that he was using to hide but got severely hurt in the foot as he jumped and grabbed his foot in pain.

And 20 Power Stars were gathered after Mario won the race thanks to Kooper, who used the help of the Toad Brigade and returned back to the Mushroom Kingdom (wishin Mario and the others good luck). This also meant...

Comet Observatory
Library

Super Mario Galaxy -

                                      Chapter 3   
                               
                                  -The Comet-

                                    Page 1                                   

A beam of light pierced through the ship's window. Thinking it was the morning sun, the girl peered through the window, only to find a turquoise blue comet shimmering at her. The little girl shook the sleeping Luma awake and shouted excitedly, "We HAVE to get that comet!"

                                    Page 2                                   

      The pair descended on the comet and found that it was made of ice.
     They looked high and low, but Luma's mother was nowhere to be found.
    Exhausted, the little girl sat down with a flop, utterly unable to take
                             another step. "Look!"

                                    Page 3                                   

   Peering down at the icy ground where Luma was pointing, the girl suddenly noticed clusters of Star Bits encased in the ice. "Pretty good, huh? Finding Star Bits is my specialty!" said Luma, beaming. "There's ice here, but it's so warm, I'll bet there's water here too." The two decided to stay on the comet for a while. Riding the turquoise comet, the pair continued their search for Luma's mother

"Isn't this chapter a little bit too short?" Yoshi asked as the Lumas were sleeping.

Rosalina closed her book and looked at Yoshi. "The length doesn't matter as long as you see this through, little by little for it to unfold properly."

Yoshi looked at the Lumas. "Are the chapters shorter because..."

Rosalina nodded with a small laugh. "Yes. A much larger chapter would make them fall asleep before getting further."

"...I see..." Yoshi said with a nod. "I'll go back and gather more Power Stars."

"Thank you." Rosalina said as she waved at the Yoshi who exited the library and left Rosalina and the Lumas alone.

Sand Spiral Galaxy
Choosing a Favorite Snack

"O don't loke thos ot oll." Yoshi said.

"Whot?" Chris asked.

"O don't loke thos ot oll!"

"O don't ondorstond you. Whot?"

"Nothong!"

For Chris, Yoshi, and the 2 Luigis, this was sure the oddest mushroom. What mushroom? The Boo Mushroom that turned them all into big floating-ghostly faces with their tongues sticking out.

And oddly enough, it was so hard to pull their tongues back to their mouths. That even raised the question about why Boos can talk with their tongues sticking out.

"Look!" Luigi yelled as he evaded a fireball from a Magikoopa. "Oh mo god!"

"SOMOBODO SOVO MO!" the other Luigi yelled.

"Shot op!" Chris yelled. "Ot's hord to ondorstond ovoryono horo olroodo!"

Yoshi floated upwards as he evaded another fireball, that grew him angry. "Thot's OT!" Yoshi said angrily as he reached a Bee Mushroom and doned a be suit. "You come over here!" Yoshi taunted the Magikoopa before he shot his tongue straight into the magician and swallowed him to turn the Magikoopa into an egg that he carried on his back.

"Yoo know?" the other Luigi began as he looked at Yoshi landing on a platform inside the tunnel. "Boong o boo os o good odoo."

"Whot?" Chris asked confused.

"..." the other Luigi motioned at the Bee Mushroom and Chris got the idea.

Soemtime later, the quartet found a big spiral with the Power Star on its middle after they got out from the tunnel as they looked around. "...This is so simple..." Yoshi said.

The spiral flashed purple and its speed rose up at a very insane rate, to the point stepping on it could cause someone to puke.

"..." Chris and the other Luigis took a step back.

Yoshi rolled his eyes. "We're still using the Bee Mushroom so why don't we just fly all the way there?"

"...Phew," Chris wiped the sweat from his forehead. "I should've thought about this when I played this game."

"Game?" the others questioned him.

"...I-I mean...let's go!" Chris said as he slowly flew to the Power Star and took it, stopping the spiral from spinning in the process as the 4 sighed in unison. "...You know, Yoshi, you look good with the bee suit o-"

Yoshi decided to swallow Chris after the "rude" comment about the suit he hated. The Luigis looked at Yoshi with shocked looks. "What? Are you going to say the same or what?"

Luigi trembled a little. "B-but I like the suit..."

"M-me too..." the other Luigi said, playing with his fingers while Yoshi frowned.

"Get me out!" Chris yelled inside the egg. "Seriously! I hate small places, but not as much as Sonic does!"

21 Power Stars. Good progress.

Freezeflame Galaxy
The Frozen Peak of Baron Brrr

Super Mario Galaxy - Melty Molden Galaxy

Falco sniffed and wiped some tears from his eyes.

His eyes reflected the inferno of lava that floated in the galaxy. That big rock of heat was going to be heaven for him...

...But those tears weren't of joy...

Those tears were of sadness...since he, Fox, Samus and C. Falcon were stuck in the mountain planet with what Falco hated the most: ice.

"WHY CAN'T W-" Falco's mouth was blocked by C. Falcon's hand.

"Shut up," C. Falcon shifted his eyes. "You could cause an avalanche and bury all of us under snow. You want that?"

"...Okay, man..." Falco sighed slowly. "...I have to stay calm...and endure this... We just need to...get to the top...melt that ice thing with the crown...and we get out of here...right?"

Fox patted Falco's right shoulder and nodded. "Right. We're going to finish this one faster."

"...Thanks." Falco said with a sigh of relief.

"By the way," C. Falcon looked around. "Where's Samus?"

"You mean her?" Falco asked as he pointed at an icicle...with Samus inside. "S-Samus!"

Fox walked to the icicle. "What happened to her? Why is she trapped in the ice?" Fox asked as he examined the ice.

Not long after he said that, Brrr Bits appeared and slowly floated to him. "I bet those guys did this to Samus!" C. Falcon said with a fist.

Falco rolled his eyes (and somehow was able to go back to his "cool" state quickly) and crossed his arms. "These monsters can't even froze someone that fast. Don't think this is going to be some kind o-" Falco was cut off as the Brrr Bits merely spat 2 drops, each one at C. Falcon and Fox who just remained there...and got instantly frozen before the bits obtained a shadowy aura that Falco quickly recognized...

...But that wasn't important to him for now...

"...Crap..." Falco muttered as he backed away. "Those things got Shadow Bugs and probably..." Falco gulped. "T-they can freeze anyone with their icy saliva..."

The Brrr Bits got even closer to Falco and the avian looked around for something to attack back. The only thing he found was...

...An Ice Mushroom...

"..." Falco looked at no one in particular. "...Better sooner than later, I guess... I'm going to hate this even more than the bee powers..." Falco said as he quickly reached the Ice Mushroom and turned him into Ice Falco (these 2 definitions didn't go together at all) and he looked at his transparent ice self. "...Hmm..." Falco touched the water and it froze to make a path. "...Wait..." Falco began to slid quickly around the ice as he then thought that being of ice wasn't such a bad feeling as he grinned. "Hey! This ice isn't even that cold at all... It feels so good!"

The Brrr Bits seemed to chase the avian as he looked over his shoulder and taunted them to get him. The Brrr Bits shot ice mist from behind in anger and they chased the pilot around until Falco jumped from the water and made them all crash into the wall, and into pieces as Falco landed back on the floor and chuckled.

Falco looked at his hand and made a fist while he chuckled and walked to the water, where he made a path. "...Nobody will make fun of me anymore with the ice..." Falco punched the air above him with his fist. "Because the ice is afraid of me since it's my servant and slave! MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAH-"

His small evil speech was interrupted as he saw himself turning back into normal and remained in the same position without even moving. The Ice Mushroom's effect stopped and vanished.

"..." Falco looked down...at the very cold water after the platfrom vanished and the fact that he was far away from safe land. "...SHI-" Falco fell down inside and he flailed his arms around. "HELP! HELP! T-THE WATER IS SO COLD! S-S-S-S-SOMEBODY GIVE ME BACK MY ICE POWERS! I-I-I-I-I BEG OF YOU! H-H-H-H-H-HEEEEEEEEELP!"

Back to the icicles, the one where Fox was inside suddenly began to melt before the vulpine broke out using Fire Fox and landed back on his right knee and looked around. "...Falco?"

The icicles with C. Falcon and Samus began to melt as well as C. Falcon used Falcon Kick to push himself out while Samus shook herself a little. "Good thing this suit contains anti-freeze capabilities so it lets me survive if I get frozen." Samus said.

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!"

"...How did he get over there?" C. Falcon asked confused.

After getting Falco out...

"ACHOO!" Falco sneezed.

Fox rolled his eyes. "Ice powers, yeah, right."

"B-but it's the truth!" Falco said. "I had ice powers before and they didn't feel cold at all!" Falco pointed at the Ice Mushroom. "That thing over there! It gave those powers!"

"Falco..." Fox frowned and walked Falco to the edge of the planet. "I think you need to rest for now. The cold is really getting to your head."

"...Fox..." Falco shook his head slowly as he looked down to the black hole. "...Y-you're not going t-"

"Bye!"

KICK!

"I KNEW YOU WERE GOING TO DO THAAAAAAAAaaaaaaaaaaaaattttt...." Falco's voice echoed as he was pulled inside the black hole and appeared in the observatory.

"That was the only way to cure him," Samus said. "I thought his hate about the cold was just a joke, but I didn't think it could be so bad..."

"Who cares?" C. Falcon asked rhetorically. "Samus, use your grapple and let's climb this mountain."

Samus aimed her gun upwards. "I'd like you to be this focused for once."

"If I do this more often there's a possibility that you're going to fall in love with me and go on a date?"

"...We'll see."

"(Yes!)" C. Falcon thought triumphaly as the trio used Samus's Grapple Beam at full advantage to clear the mission.

With a Falcon Punch of fire to Baron Brrr and some Fire Foxes, they got the 22th Power Star.

...But why wasn't Baron Brrr possessed like the Brrr Bits?...

Boo's Boneyard Galaxy
Racing the Spooky Speedster

Super Mario Galaxy - Bunny Chasing

Mario, the Luigis and Geno were trying to beat the Spooky Speedster in a race downwards...using the Boo Mushrooms.

"Horro! Ho's gottong owoy!" Mario yelled.

"Whot?!" Luigi asked.

"Oh no! Wo'ro goong to loso!" the other Luigi gasped as the Spooky Speedster descended quickly through the tunnel.

"Thos os tho worso goloxo ovor!" Geno complained.

"Whot?!" Luigi asked.

"Forgot ot!"

"Whot?!"

"DOMMOT!" Geno cursed as the quartet descended slowly and tried to catch up with the Spooky Speedster as fast as they could...float down.

"Heheheheheh!" the Spooky Speedster chuckled. "You guys won't beat me in this! No way! I just hope you don't use the shortcuts to the finish line!"

"..." the 4 looked at a hole that went all the way down to the finish line that also included a strong wind current, fast enough to take them quickly. The 4 entered inside the hole and instantly reached the finish line, where the Spooky Speedster gasped once he saw them waiting for him.

"B-but no!" the Spooky Speedster said as he sniffed. "T-this is the 47th time I got defeated like this! I-it's not fair!"

"Moybo of you stop tollong tho pooplo aboot thoso shortcots thon you coold won." Geno explained.

"S-sniff..." the Spooky Speedster sniffed. "M-maybe so... I need to being an idiot and keep my mouth shut..."

Mario went to him and patted his back. "Thoro, thoro. You loornod your losson now. Wo'ro oll cloor now?"

The Spooky Speedster wiped some tears and nodded. "Y-yes... I-I guess so... Hey!" he smiled. "I feel so much better after resolving that problem out of my troubles! Thank you, you guys! Here!" he took a Power Star from his back. "Take this as your reward for winning the race, but most important, the invaluable lesson you've taught me today!"
^
"Oll roght!" the Luigis cheered as they took the Power Star from the happy Spooky Speedster.

23 Power Stars were gathered.

Battlerock Galaxy
Battlerock's Garbage Dump

Super Mario Galaxy - Battlerock Galaxy

The Gearmo was crying after Chris, Samus, Twink and Geno saw the huge pile of trash that almost covered the whole platform they were in. "A-and those purple creatures just came out from nowhere and t-they dropped all this garbage on my garbage!" the Gearmo complained as it buried its face into his hands. "I-I don't know how am I going to clean all this mess!"

"...Hmm..." Samus looked at her arm cannon and she fired a Super Missile that exploded 10 percent of the pile.

"Tell you what," the Gearmo began as it quickly returned back to normal. "I'll give you a star if you destroy the garbage in less than 5 seconds."

"Hey!" Chris glared at the Gearmo. "That's not fair with the time limit!"

"Why is it not fair?" the Gearmo asked annoyed. "It's good to challenge unusual people like all of you into doing something like destroying all this garbage!"

"But the galaxies are in danger!" Twink said. "We need the star!"

"Not my problem. That is YOUR problem and not mine."

"Can we just steal it from him?"

Geno shook his head. "No. We accept the challenge."

"Great!" the Gearmo said happily as the countdown started.

"W-wait!" Chris interrupted. "There's no way we can finish all of this i-"

"GENO FLASH!" Geno yelled as they all noticed that he turned into a cannon and shot a small fire that quickly grew in size (that blinked) before expanding, creating a big explosion that cleared the platform from the garbage before the countdown could end. Geno backflipped and turned back to normal.

"...That had to be the most, awesome attack ever..." Chris said surprised.

"Sweet!" the Gearmo exclaimed happily. "You didn't use the bombs that I forgot to provide you!"

"Yes, that hopefully will teach yo-hey! You cheated!"

The Gearmo ignored Chris and gave Geno the Power Star. "Here! Thank you for cleaning out the garbage for me!"

"Thanks." Geno said with a nod.

"...Wait," Chris wondered. "There's a similar mission in the Dreadnought Galaxy so... Geno."

"Yes?"

"Do you think you can do that attack again?"

Geno nodded. "I have enough energy to do 9 more. Why do you ask?"

"Well, I was wondering if you could..."

Dreadnought Galaxy
Dreadnought's Garbage Dump

"GENO FLASH!"

A large explosion vanished the other big pile of dump (that Chris predicted well since the same happened in this galaxy as the Battlerock Galaxy) while another different Gearmo cheered.

"Oh, thank goodness! I didn't want to clean it myself!" the Gearmo said with a happy expression.

"..." Chris closed his eyes in annoyance as Samus got the Power Star from the Gearmo.

They gathered the 24th and 25th Power Stars...

Comet Observatory
Library

Super Mario Galaxy -

-The Dream-

                                    Page 1                                   

One night, the girl dreamed about her own mother. "Where are you going?" she asked her mother's retreating back.

Without turning, her mother replied, "Don't fret, dearest. I'm not going anywhere. I'm always watching over you, like the sun in the day and the moon in the night."

                                    Page 2                                   

A wave of sadness washed over the girl. "What about when it rains, and I can't see the sun or the moon?" Her mother thought for a moment before responding.

                                    Page 3                                   

   "I will turn into a star in the clouds and wait for your tears to dry."

                                    Page 4                                   

When she awoke, the girl's face was damp with tears. "You have Star Bits in your eyes!" said Luma to the girl.
Wiping her face, the girl replied, "These
  are tears, not Star Bits. I'm crying because I'll never see my mother ever
      again!"

At this, Luma began to cry too. "Mama, oh, Mama... Waaaah!"

                                    Page 5                                   

The pair traveled through the starry skies, and though they encountered many other comets, not one of them held Luma's mother. Luma was despondent. "Now, now, Luma. the rain clouds won't go away if you keep crying," the girl said, giving Luma a squeeze. "I'll give you a present if you stop." The girl closed her eyes and said gently, "I'll take care of you." With these words, she felt a small spark in her heart.

"Her mother...was..." Yoshi trailed off.

Rosalina nodded. "...Yes... Her mother wasn't walking the earth anymore... The girl was really sad by this that nothing could make her happy again..."

"But what could happen if she says that her mother is de-"

"Only the book can tell you that."

"..." Yoshi made a worried face.

Rosalina closed her eyes. "Maybe this story won't end in a sad ending..."

"...I'll keep gathering more Power Stars to see what's next..." Yoshi said as he slowly walked away from the library.

"..." Rosalina opened her eyes and looked at the chimney, before looking at the sleeping Lumas. "...I must revive this saddening moment of my..." Rosalina shook her head slowly. "...In order to make him understand what I'm trying to teach him..."

Good Egg Galaxy
Purple Coin Omelet

Super Mario Galaxy - Purple Coin Comet

Now, all the Smashers had in mind to gather all the Purple Coins from all the Galaxies. There were still some galaxies with Power Stars not involving the coins.

Right now, the Luigis, Fox and Olimar were facing a new diffculty...

...The Purple Coins were constantly moving from their easy track that used to have all of them lined up.

"Dammit!" Fox cursed as he failed to grab a Purple Coin before he landed on the Egg Planet. "Those coins can't stop moving!"

His voice echoed through the galaxy that reached the others, who were trying to grab their coins as well. "We have to calculate the time the Launch Star blasts us at the right moment to grab the coins!" the other Luigi yelled from the Rock Planet.

"I-I just hope this doesn't take too long!" Olimar yelled as he was shown flying through a track of moving coins as he noticed that he missed one. "Oh, eggs inside pants!"

"T-that's a sick innuendo!" Luigi yelled.

Olimar gasped. "W-wait! F-forget what I mean!"

Space Junk Galaxy
Purple Coin Spacewalk

"Oh, come on!" Chris yelled annoyed. "How can we grab the coins if they're constantly teleporting around?"

In fact, the coins were teleporting from place to place, and it seemed to be actually hard for the World Traveler, Geno and Twink.

"Hurry! There's a countdown too!" Geno yelled as the 3 proceeded to grab the fast-moving coins.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 31, 2009, 07:09:34 PM
Battlerock Galaxy
Purple Coins on the Battlerock

"SHI-" C. Falcon dodged a fast cannonball from one of the many cannonballs from the galaxy.

"JUMP!" Samus yelled as she used a double jump to get over an electric fence.

The difficult of the galaxy dramatically increased as the cannonballs shot even faster than before, while the electric walls moved around, creating confusion between the 2 Smashers.

"FRENZY!" C. Falcon yelled as he and Samus ran below the moving platform they were on and evaded a crazy barrage of cannonballs.

"WALL!" Samus yelled as both jumped high over the electric wall.

"...Uh-oh..."

"W-what?" Samus asked panting.

"...How the heck are we going to get through THAT?!" C. Falcon asked in shock as he pointed to a huge electric wall that covered both sides of the platform and even there was no way to evade it. "Shoot!" C. Falcon almost lost a Purple Coin from getting away.

"Darn it..." Samus muttered as she looked around for something to jump to. "...Wait..."

C. Falcon looked at her direction and spotted a meteor that was going to cross where they were, but it was also out of the range of the electric wall and they also noticed that they gathered all the Purple Coins. "USE IT!"

"Grab on!" Samus yelled as she quickly used her Grapple Beam to pull herself (and the captain who managed to grab her foot in time) to the meteor as they looked back and managed to evade the electric wall. "Quick! Jump!" Samus yelled as she quickly jumped to the platform with the Gearmo waiting for them. C. Falcon acted quickly and jumped along with her before the meteor could take them to a black hole.

"Congratulations!" the Gearmo said happily. "You managed to collect all the coins without me taking a life out of you inexplicably!"

"...Say what?" C. Falcon and Samus asked in unison.

"Here's your reward!" the Gearmo said as he pulled out a Power Star and gave it to them.

"...By the way, what are you going to do with the Purple Coins?" C. Falcon asked.

"You don't know? Many people around the galaxy carve for these since they have a value of $1,000 Mushroom Coins each!"

C. Falcon noticed that the Gearmo was holding the coins. "...Hey! You stole a fortune out of us!"

"Does it matter in this moment?" Samus asked. "It's better to save the universe than getting a fortune."

"Saving the universe?" the Gearmo asked and both of them explained everything to them. "Why didn't you say that from the beginning? I could've give you the star without the coins in the first place!"

"..." Samus seemed to get angry at this since she aimed her arm cannon at the Gearmo's face as C. Falcon blinked surprised.

26 Power Stars, but what about the others before them?

Beach Bowl Galaxy
Beachcombing for Purple Coins

"Aw, c'mon!" C. Falcon groaned as he saw the ENTIRE amount of Purple Coins "flipping" above the water, imitating fishes..big ones, since all of them made a perfect big fish that looked real.

"Look!" a penguin said to a whole public of young penguins like him. "Those coins really know how to swim!"

Samus frowned. "I'm going to question why all the residents of the galaxies are a little bit clueless about the danger they're ignoring..."

"Little?" C. Falcon asked. "Too much would be my comment."

"Anyway," Samus looked at the Purple Coin Fish (new name) doing a flip in the air as it dove down the water. Both Smashers ran to the water and dove down. "There it is." Samus said.

C. Falcon nodded simply as he swam towards it...but suddenly, the Purple Coin Fish swam to them and actually gave the captain a slap with the coins as he crashed into a wall.

"C. Falcon!" Samus yelled.

C. Falcon just gave her thumbs-up, indicating that the damage wasn't that severe. The captain then gasped a little and pointed at the fish, which it looked at its tail and seemed to be in shock...

...Because, since coins are automatically gathered when somebody touches them, they disappear. The fish looked shocked and decided to swim away from the 2.

"I see..." Samus nodded. "It can't attack since we'll gather the coins with each hit it lands on us."

C. Falcon nodded before both of them went after the fish.

Good Egg Galaxy

The group, after going through a stressful oddyssey to get all the coins, found one last Purple Coin. However, this one was the hardest one since it went insanely fast to all directions from the path of one of the Launch Stars.

"Here's the plan," Fox began. "We're going to enter the star one after the other to get a close chance to grab the coin."

"W-what if we fail like the other 57 times?" the other Luigi asked. "That's the last coin that we've been trying to get for the last hour..."

"Hour and a half." Olimar pointed out.

"Just go in there! I'm starting to sweat a lot more than I do during my trainings!" Fox complained, before one after the other, entered inside the Launch Star and were blasted off to the coin...which somehow earned life and laughed at them. "What the fu-" Fox wasn't able to finish his curse as the 4 failed to grab the coin, which turned to them and laughed insanely...crazy. "The hell is wrong with that thing?"

Olimar's eyes opened in shock. "O-oh my... It got a life?"

"Is that even possible?" the other Luigi asked.

"Scientifically?" Luigi added.

"This is mentally...scarring..." Olimar said, grabbing his helmet.

"..." Fox looked at the Pikmins that turned into ghosts since they couldn't bear the "pain" to land in the Egg Planet. "...Olimar..."

"...OH NO," Olimar shook his head. "You're absolutely NOT going to use my Pikmins to do something where they can die like you did last time!"

Dear Diary

I ended up sacrifing 500 Pikmins (500 PIKMINS! THE HORROR!) for the sake of the Power Star. My eyes couldn't believe the pandemonium that the Pikmins went through. My helmet reflected their poor, helpless souls disappearing into the nothingness of the space... I'm going to learn how to get revenge after I get more Pikmins...

...That are going to be sacrificed later if my assumptions are correct...

P.S: I just remembered that I could've saved them using my whistle to call the first 6 back to me, ignoring what distance they're in. That discards the idea of revenge since it is my fault that they died... Sniff... But still...this is not fair...

P.S.S: I officialy think that the Purple Coins are evil, EVIL with capital letters...


27 Power Stars were gathered at this point.

P.S.S.S: I need to get revenge and k...k...k...ah, I don't have the courage to write that strong word in you, Dear Diary!

Space Junk Galaxy

"Time is running out..." Geno panted as Chris tried to grab 10 Purple Coins that teleported around. "We need to get those coins..."

"...Hmm..." Twink floated away and Geno gasped.

"No! Twink! Come back! It's too dangerous!"

Twink merely floated towards the Purple Coins, that remained in their place, and the Star Kid floated around them before taking every single one as a Power Star appeared in front of him. Twink smiled a little and took the star with him as he returned back with Geno. "Done."

"..." Geno was left speechless as his pupils shrunk. "...Tell me something..."

"Yes?"

"You were able to finish this from the very beginning...but you didn't... Why?"

Twink chuckled. "Sometimes, I love to see you all working hard to get your goals. Isn't that thoughtful of me or what?"

"...No..." Geno glared at him. "It IS annoying and irritating..."

"...Oops." Twink stuck out his tongue.

"U-um...hello?" Chris called from very afar, standing above the black hole because the platforms turned invisible at the most unexpected time. "...HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP! LUUUUUUUUUUUUUCAAAAAAAAAAAAARIIIIIIIIIIIIIIOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"..It is just me or..." Twink looked at Geno. "Or was this already planned for Chris himself?"

"...We better rescue him before he falls..." Geno said.

"B-but..."

"We'll think about that later." Geno said.

28 Power Stars were gathered by this time.

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"Heeeeeeeeeeeey!" C. Falcon called from above as he and Samus landed with the Power Star that flew to Polari. "We got this one down on the list!"

"Great!" Mario said as he looked the notepad he had. "We should be able to recover all the Power Stars at this rate!"

"But can we rest more...please?" Chris asked as he layed down on the floor.

"We know we're doing great...but seriously, has anyone noticed that the missions are getting...just a little bit harder than before?" Falco asked.

"They probably reserved the "better" for the end." Geno said.

"Then I don't want to know what is much better at the very end..." Yoshi said.

"Mama! Mama!"

Some Lumas yelled in panic as the Smashers looked at the Lumas, trying to get Rosalina to listen to them. Of course, she listened.

"What seems to be the problem?" Rosalina asked.

"There were some weird dark things hiding around here!" a blue Luma said.

"...Dark...things, you say?"

"Yes! We're so worried about what could those things do if we don't act quickly!" a red Luma said. "I'm so scared, Mama! I don't want anything bad to happen here in our home!"

"Don't worry," Rosalina chuckled as she looked at the Smashers. "I'm sure our new friends will help us in this situation."

C. Falcon made a bored look. "Seriously, even if you're a beauty...why use u-"

Samus blocked his mouth. "We will give you our help if you need us."

"Thank you," Rosalina nodded. "I was scared if you were to refuse our favor."

Rosalina floated away with the Lumas as the Smashers looked at each other. "Dark things? Whatever they meant by that?" Twink asked confused.

"M-Mario!" a green Toad with a pickaxe ran to Mario with a blue Toad wearing glasses. "Mario! You need to hear this!"

"What?" Mario asked confused.

"N-not long ago," the blue Toad began. "W-we were walking around the observatory, a-and then we found some black spores moving around in the d-darkness!"

"T-those spores are up to no good! W-we know that!" the green Toad said. "I-I'm afraid something bad could happen if we don't do something about this!"

Yoshi blinked confused. "But what kind of black spores are you talking about?"

"H-hey!" the blue Toad called out. "Just because I wear glasses doesn't mean I know absolutely everything out there!"

"But you do give me a lot of advices." Mario pointed out.

"It's when the missions don't seem dangerous, then I bother to look for a way to help you, Mario! It's for the sake of the princess as well!"

"...Hmm..." Mario rubbed his chin. "...Why not some of us go for the next Power Star? I think there was another one in the Freezeflame Galaxy."

Samus nodded. "Right. I'll go for this one."

"W-wait!" C. Falcon stood up. "I-I'm going with you."

"Figures..." Samus muttered as the 2 walked away.

"Wait for me!" the Luigis yelled in unison as they joined the pair to the bedroom and blasted off to the previously mentioned galaxy.

"...Surround mode..." Twink said. "Surround mode..."

"Meanwhile," Mario looked at the others. "We should look for those black spores."

"...Oh, shi-"

"Do NOT dare to say filthy word around Twink." Geno glared at Fox.

"OR the Lumas!" Chris said as 3 Lumas passed by.

"S-sorry..." Fox shook his head. "Guys, I think I know what those black spores are."

"...So?" Yoshi asked.

"...The Shadow Bugs..."

Music stops

"...Wait..." Yoshi wondered for a little bit. "Black spores...dark things..."

Every single Smasher rolled their eyes (except for Mario) and frowned at Yoshi. "Duh!" they replied in unison.

Super Mario Galaxy - Speedy Comet in Orbit

"Cr-" Falco was about to curse but decided not to (by the angered Geno). "We have to find those things and get rid of them before something happens here!"

"Like what?" Yoshi asked.

"I don't know..." Falco stopped and rubbed his chin. "What could they be doing here?"

"They only serve to possess anybody to increase their powers, right?" Olimar asked. "So they're here to take someone, right?"

"But who?" Fox asked. "Obviously they're not trying to take any of us..."

"...Unless..." Chris continued. "...The Shadow Bugs aren't exactly trying to possess someone..."

"What do you have in mind, Chris?"

"Call this stupid, but the Shadow Bugs usually appear out of nowhere and possess anybody...but this is just random thinking...what if they can...who knows...take somebody else away?"

"..." Mario shook his head. "We don't know until we see it from our own eyes. We have to find the bugs and defeat them!"

"Why not kill them?" Falco asked.

Mario facepalmed. "Great going. The Lumas over there are starting to wonder what is kill."

Falco looked over his shoulder where some Lumas were talking between each other about what the word "kill" meant. "...Oops..."

"...AHEM," Fox coughed annoyed. "Shadow Bugs? Trying to do who-knows here? Somebody in danger?"

"...SCRAMBLE!" Olimar yelled as the Smashers ran at different directions around the observatory.

Freezeflame Galaxy
Frostic Cosmic Luigi Race

"...Oh no..." C. Falcon slowly shook his head. "...I must...think about something else!"

"Too bad," Samus said. "If you thought 2 Luigis were weird..."

"Hey!" the Luigis complained before looking at what looked to be a transparent version of themselves that had a cosmic background that covered its whole body.

The Cosmic Luigi...flipped them off.

C. Falcon glared at it. "Okay, he's asking for a beating."

Samus looked far away from their place as the Cosmic Luigi pointed at a Power Star far away from ice platforms and lava platforms in the middle of the ice mountain and the lava planet. "My guess is that it wants us to compete against it to grab the Power Star first."

"Too bad you were slow."

"What?" Samus asked as she saw Cosmic Luigi already running after the star as the 4 looked at each other and began the chase for the star.

"Wait for us!" the other Luigi said.

"We want to make a trio of Luigis!" Luigi said.

"You 2 must not be serious about that." Samus said as the 4 ran on a long ice path that pulled them upside-down.

"Why?" the other Luigi asked. "Having 3 Luigis could be a blast!"

"That other Luigi gave us the finger!" C. Falcon said annoyed as they were pulled back to normal floor and saw Cosmic Luigi getting away. "And you want that thing with us? Forget it!"

"We thought it was a good idea..." Luigi said disappointed.

"...Hey!" C. Falcon saw Cosmic Luigi using a long jump to ignore the normal path and reach the star first. "That guy's cheating!"

"Or rather he is intelligent." Samus remarked as the 3 looked at her. "...What? I was just giving my opinion."

"Oh no!" the Luigis yelled in unison. "Our twin is going to reach the star first! We're not gonna make it!"

"...Gonna?" Samus and C. Falcon repeated confused.

"...Oops, I forgot I don't have that Yoshi here anymore..." Luigi sniffed.

"Yes," the other Luigi sniffed. "I'll miss that Yoshi..."

"Pss," C. Falcon whispered to Samus as they crossed over a magma tile by jumping over it. "These Luigis are going to drive me nuts."

"I'll have to admit..." Samus trailed off. "2 Luigis is just a little bit too much..."

"OH NO!" the Luigis yelled as they saw Cosmic Luigi about to reach the Power Star. "That's it! We lose!"

The screen showed Cosmic Luigi slidding above the ice path as it jumped gracefully over the holes that had black holes below. Cosmic Luigi chuckled darkly as it saw the star very close to it...

...But...

BOOM!

The ice below it shattered into a million of pieces as it stopped in midair and looked down to the black hole. Cosmic Luigi looked back and forth between the Smashers and the star before it took out a sign from behind his back that read: "I hate when this happens."

"...!!!" Cosmic Luigi "yelled" as it went rocketing into the black hole as the Luigis and C. Falcon looked down to it before looking at Samus, who had smoke coming from her arm cannon.

"I used a Super Missile to blow up the floor below that doppelganger," Samus explained. "Nobody said we could also cheat in a way. However, this was for the sake of the universe."

"...Way to go, Samus!" C. Falcon said as he high-fived with Samus. The Luigis cheered (in perfect synchronization) while Samus merely nodded before they went for the Power Star.

30 Power Stars were gathered...

Comet Observatory
Terrace

"Where are they?!" Chris panicked as he looked through the telescope. "Hmm... I can see the place where the festival of the sports was held... I-I mean, where are they?!"

Fountain

"Nothing out of the ordinary here!" Polari said to Falco, who grunted in frustration as he ran away.

Kitchen

"..." Olimar was there, sitting down close to the turkey that was being burned in the fire with his Pikmins. "...What is that? Bogly?" Olimar asked to his Purple Pikmin named Bogly. "...Oh, bellies in flans!" Olimar gasped before running away with his Pikmins.

Bedroom

"H-help!" Yoshi yelled from inside the bed...almost. "M-my nose got stuck in here! Help!" Yoshi's nose was stuck underneath the bed since it was the last big thing that he tried to get out, because the Yoshi was trying to pull it off.

Engine Room

"My sensors indicate that there are no such things as black spores roaming inside the engine," the Gearmo told Fox who nodded and ran away.

Gateway Galaxy

"...Geno..." Twink began as he looked around. "...I think we went too far..."

"...Great..." Geno frowned to himself as they returned back to the observatory.

Garden

The puppet and the Star Kid looked around the silent scenery for the Shadow Bugs once they reached that area of the observatory. "Do you think they're here?" Twink asked.

"I don't know..." Geno said. "But we need to be careful..."

Unforutnately, they weren't able to see small spores leaking out from one of the formations of rocks that exited the area.

Library

Music stops

"..." Rosalina looked at the chimney as the Lumas fell asleep before she could tell them the nex chapter. The princess sighed and looked down. "...Somehow...I don't feel so good..." she looked around slowly. "There is an evil force lurking around here...but the Lumas shouldn't know about them or else they would panic..."

Black spores began to lurk around the books of the library as she closed her eyes.

"I fear something bad is going to happen to me..." Rosalina muttered. "...But what could that be?"

The spores began to crawl down, just behind the sofa she was sitting on.

"...Maybe...maybe I should take a walk and see what can distract my thoughts..."

The black spores turned out to be the Shadow Bugs as they slowly climbed the backside of Rosalina's sofa as she blinked several times before looking around.

"...Strange..." Rosalina muttered. "...I can feel them... They are getting closer..."

The Shadow Bugs reached the top of the sofa and began to grow in size to drop down on her, but Rosalina stood up and she walked away from the sofa. The Shadow Bugs quickly dropped to the floor in silence as they crawled silently towards the princess. Was their plan to take Rosalina?

The Shadow Bugs carefully sneaked through the sleeping Lumas and toward the princess. They wait for the right moment to attack Rosalina...

...If it weren't for the green Luma that woke up all of a sudden and found the darkness close to him.

"...MAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" the green Luma cried loudly.

Rosalina quickly turned her back and her eyes shook before the screen focused on her right eye, reflecting the image of the Shadow Bugs lunging at her...

"MAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

Every single place the Smashers in the Comet Observatory were in

"That came from the library!" the Smashers said in unison before all of them ran to the library and see what happened.

Bedroom

"...A-anybody?" Yoshi asked as he tried to pull his nose out, but without any result.

TO BE CONTINUED...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on April 01, 2009, 09:55:04 AM
Whoa.  Suspenseful.

Brilliant TO BE CONTINUED placement.

I CAN'T WAIT FOR IT TO CONTINUE.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 01, 2009, 05:15:13 PM
Chapter 116: Lumas' Babysitters

Comet Observatory
Library

The Smashers reached the library where they saw a big blob of darkness that vanished right after they came while the Lumas were panicking. The blob of darkness only left a book that fell down on the floor, which was the same book that Rosalina used the last time. "N-no!" Mario said as he walked to where the blob was. "T-they..."

"Oh, dangit!" Chris cursed. "I was just joking about the kidnapping part, but they took it literally!"

"I bet it was just a coincidence..." Twink trailed off.

"But...why?" Olimar asked. "Why kidnap her and not us?"

"What's all the rambling in here?" Polari asked as he flew inside. "Why are the Lumas crying?"

"Rosalina was..." Mario trailed off.

Several minutes passed before the scene changed to where Rosalina usually stood in the observatory as the rest of the Lumas were wondering what happened in the library. They even were wondering where was the princess as Polari coughed.

"A-as you can see, Rosalina isn't here right now," Polari said. "There is no need to worry for her."

"Where's Mama?!" a green Lumas asked.

"W-we don't know exactly where did she go so I-I'm afraid she got..."

"..." the Lumas blinked in confusion.

"...K-kidnapped..."

"..."

The Lumas seemed to be clueless about what kidnapping meant.

"...What's kidnapped? It's food?" a red Luma asked.

"Kidnapped is when someone takes you away to another place when you don't want to go." Polaris explained.

"...WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" all the Lumas cried loudly as the Smashers blocked their ears from the loud sobs and cries from the Lumas that flew around in panic.

"Good job!" Fox yelled annoyed. "The idea was to prevent them from crying!"

"I'm sorry!" Polari yelled back. "It's bad to keep secrets to the Lumas and so I went ahead!"

"It's becoming not so enjoyable!" Chris yelled as he saw Yoshi walking back to them with what looked to be a red line mark that ran across one side of his nose to the other. "And what happened to you?"

"I don't want to talk about it!" Yoshi yelled.

At that moment, C. Falcon, Samus and the Luigis came back but quickly blocked their ears (though Samus wasn't affected) in pain. "W-what did you guys do now?!" C. Falcon asked.

"Hey!" Falco yelled back and walked to him. "We didn't do a thing to let all these starts to cry like this!"

"U-ugh!" Chris dropped to his knees. "Somebody has to shut them all up! You over there! Do something!"

"I-I can't!" Polari yelled back. "When this happens, Rosalina always know what to do to calm many of them down! And I'm not her!"

"Oh, holy keys in trees!" Olimar yelled. "I won't hold on for any longer! Please, I beg someone to stop their cries!"

"We'd like to hear actual IDEAS, thank you very much!" Geno yelled.

"W-wait!" Yoshi yelled. "I know what to do to calm them down!"

"Then do it!" Chris yelled.

"EVERYONE! IT'S TIME TO READ THE NEXT CHAPTER!"

All the Lumas seemed to stop their cries and slowly floated to the group, or more accurately Yoshi.

"...Amazing..." Polari said. "...You managed to calm all of them down..."

"Mama is going to read another chapter?" a yellow Luma asked.

Yoshi shook his head slowly. "N-no... I-I'll read it instead of her..."

Super Mario Galaxy - Sad Story

"B-but...Mama...where is Mama?!" a green Luma asked.

"Mama is...not safe..." Yoshi trailed off as the Lumas prepared to cry. "B-but this is not the time to be crying!"

"Mama isn't here anymore! We're all alone again!" a blue Luma yelled as he sobbed.

"Alone again?" Yoshi repeated confused, but the Lumas refused to tell him what he wanted to know. "L-look, Rosalina is safe. Stop crying please!"

"M-Mama..." a yellow Luma sniffed. "...W-we don't know how to take care of ourselves without her..."

"Mama is extremely kind and so happy when she is with us..." a red Luma said. "...She never leaves us...b-but..."

"I know she was kidnapped..." Yoshi closed his eyes in shame. "I know you're all so happy around her... I know you love her as much as she loves you all back... I know that she cares for all of you at the same time without even tiring herself out...but...whatever you think..." Yoshi opened his eyes. "She is fine... That's something I know for sure... I hope..." Yoshi muttered the last part.

"...S-sniff..." a blue Luma sniffed. "M-Mama..."

The Smashers were a little bit puzzled at what was happening between Yoshi and the Lumas that they got very confused.

"W-wait," Falco began. "Mama?... Yes, I remember them calling her like that..."

"But how do you know that much about all of them?" C. Falcon asked.

"..." Yoshi turned to them. "...It's because...I was...I..." Yoshi closed his eyes. "S-sorry, I'm afraid to say why that you could get angry at me..."

"Angry for what exactly?" Luigi asked.

"..."

"..." Chris closed his eyes and he tried to understand the pain of the Lumas about losing someone beloved...

...The Lumas were always happy with Rosalina...

...Rosalina was a real mother to them...

...Chris could relate her with her own mother...

...Chris's mother was away with Chris's dad in a long business trip ever since he graduated from Kindergarden...

...And the Lumas were about to face the sorrow about being alone without a parent that Chris have faced for so long...

"...Stop it!" Chris yelled. "Rosalina is fine! You don't have to cry anymore for her!"

"M-Mama..." a blue Luma sniffed before Chris hugged him tightly and looked at the others.

"Please, you all have to understand that your mom is fine," Chris closed his eyes as the blue Luma looked up to him. "Believe me...I've been through a very sad childhood when my parents left me all alone to live in my house..."

"...Care to explain?" Olimar asked.

Chris went on. "They left because it was for the best in order to be successful, and they wanted me to live a happy life that I..."

...Chris seemed to skip a part he didn't want to tell...

"...I had to rely on my parents' friends to raise me...but I was very sad that my parents weren't the ones that looked after me..." a tear strolled down his left cheek as he wiped it away.

"...Chris..." Yoshi muttered.

Chris sniffed. "...I don't want this..." Chris muttered as he began to sob silently. "...I don't want children so young like you all go through the same thing I went through... Seeing people like you about to experience what I've experienced..." Chris opened his eyes, which were full of tears. "...It's just...too painful... I can't let this...happen... Nobody should go through something...something horrible like this..."

"..." Samus looked down and walked to Chris. "...Even if kidnapping and having an explanation to stay away from a child are not the same terms...I can relate that with me as well..."

"...You do?" Chris asked as he stopped his sobs.

Samus nodded and rubbed the blue Luma's head. "My parents were killed by Ridley before...and I grew up with the Chozo that trained me to become a Bounty Hunter...but still..." a faint sniff came from inside Samus's helmet as Chris's eyes widened. "...I felt sorrow...complete sorrow after I knew the truth about them..."

"...Samus..." Chris muttered worried.

"...A horrible sorrow that I wanted to leave...but it just kept..." Samus remained silent for a moment. "...It just kept coming back...time after time...I looked at Ridley..."

"...Then...it's not revenge what you're seeking?"

Samus shook her head. "It's not revenge that I'm seeking... I want to finish Ridley because..."

"It reminds you that it killed your parents," Fox began as he crossed his arms. "Looking at that monster only makes you remember what you went through..."

"...Exactly..." Samus nodded. "...Ridley is a bad omen that laughs at me when it appears and tries to kill me...like it did to my parents..."

"...Samus..." Chris wiped some tears. "I-I'm...I'm sorry..."

"...It's fine..." Samus said. "...I just wanted to explain something that I wanted you all to understand...a meaning about Ridley...and because...we're alike, Chris..."

"Because our parents left us alone, by dying or because it was needed to make progress..."

"...Exactly..." Samus muttered.

"...I should be happy, but right now...is not just the time..." Chris sniffed a little as the blue Luma whimpered silently.

"(...I've got to admit...)" C. Falcon thought as he looked at the space. "(...She can be so serious when Ridley is mentioned...)"

"And because I'm not planning to let all these babies suffer either..." Samus looked at the Lumas who were sniffing sadly. "They don't need to go through this horrible event...a very cruel event for them..."

"That we try to overcome..." Chris added as he released the Luma. "...I think I can relate your sorrow and mine, Samus...but perfectly..."

"...It somehow makes me happy..." Samus muttered.

"...Huh?"

"...It makes me happy that a person like you can understand me so well, since you went through the same sorrow..."

"Different reason...but same sorrow..." Chris said as closed his eyes and prevented some tears from running down.

Samus touched Chris's cheek and wiped a tear from him as the World Traveler looked at her. "Please, you don't need to cry...or myself anymore...not in front of all of them..."

The Luigis were crying some tears, even Olimar was hugging a Yellow Pikmin that seemed to be sniffing silently. Mario closed his eyes in defeat as if it was his fault. Yoshi also did the same like Mario did along with Falco, who crossed his arms and closed his eyes. Geno was consoling Twink, who was crying silently.

"Samus..." C. Falcon put a hand on her shoulder. "You feeling okay now?"

"...Yes..." Samus nodded. "...I'm feeling well..."

"Good," C. Falcon said with a nod. "We have to do something about this or else the Lumas aren't going to have Rosalina anymore."

"Lumas!" Polari began. "These people just told all of you that your Mama, our very beloved Mama, is safe! We can't think about negative things about what could happen to her if we don't wish for her safety!" Polari pointed at the Smashers. "They're strong enough to rescue her from that Bowser who also kidnapped Mario's girlfriend!"

"H-hey!" Mario blushed embarrassed.

"...Mama is...fine...right?" a yellow Luma asked.

"She is because we're wishing for that," Geno said with a nod. "I'm a star myself and this wish won't pass unnoticed as long as we're on the watch."

"Y-yeah!" Twink said forcing a smile while his tears ran down his small cheeks. "Come on! We don't need to be sad like this for any longer! Rosalina is waiting for us to be rescued and returned to this place!"

"Our home!" a red Luma yelled.

"Mama is going to be fine!" a green Luma yelled.

"We're going to wish for her safety!" a blue Luma yelled.

"We're not going to cry anymore!" a yellow Luma yelled.

"We're going to cheer you all for our Mama!" the Lumas yelled cheering.

"...Geez, they put all the work on u-" Falco's mouth was blocked by Yoshi.

"We're going to rescue Rosalina..." Chris closed his eyes before opening them again. "...And we're going to do it so no one else suffers sorrow..."

Music stops

"Wait," Samus began. "The Lumas are always being cared by Rosalina. Somebody needs to act like a babysitter and take care of them."

"..." Polari was staring at the Smashers. "I spy with my little eye 10 babysitters..."

C. Falcon noticed that Polari wasn't looking at Mario. "Hey! Not fair! Why Mario can't?"

"Because, duh, he's trying to save the princess and Rosalina! You're all here because the missions got harder!" Polari explained. "So for now on, you're going to take care of the Lumas between missions."

"...Well..." Yoshi began. "...I can do all that by myself..."

"...Are you sure?" Chris asked.

"Y-yes..." Yoshi closed his eyes. "...Rosalina happened to help me during a hard time...that I'm still going through...and this is the perfect opportunity to show her what can I give her in return..." Yoshi took out the storybook from his back and showed it to them. "Besides, I want to read them all this and finish it myself."

"...The storybook..." Mario trailed off before nodding. "...Then go ahead and take care of them."

"But are you sure about leaving the work to us?" Chris asked.

"I'm very sure," Yoshi opened his eyes and smiled a little. "I'd do anything for Rosalina to the end."

"Very touching," Samus remarked. "It's good to see someone of us doing this for the others."

"H-hey, I can stay behind an-" C. Falcon was interrupted.

"You're coming with us." Samus responded.

"Aww..."

"Okay, everyone!" Yoshi yelled at the Lumas. "We're going to see the next chapter! Who wants to come along?"

The Lumas cheered happily as they all followed Yoshi to the library while the Smashers looked at them walking/floating away.

"...He knows he's taking like 80 or 90 of them inside a room for 20, right?" Twink asked.

"...Huh?" Chris looked at Fox, who was looking away. However, there were some odd sounds that sounded like mutters from the vulpine. "...Fox?"

"H-huh?" Fox seemed to rub something off his face and turned to see Chris. "Yes?"

"Are you feeling okay?"

"Y-yeah, I'm feeling okay."

"...Hmm..." Chris wondered for a little bit as he turned his back to Fox.

Fox clenched his fists and looked down. "...I can..." Fox began silently. "...I can relate that same sorrow to me..."

Persona 4 - Backside of the TV

"Alright," Mario began. "We need to get ourselves back into the track and think about what we're going to do next."

"The question is this," Samus began. "Why kidnap Rosalina?"

"To turn her against us?" Chris asked before his pupils shrunk. "...O-oh no... I can't imagine that horrible thing!"

"Relax!" Polari said. "Rosalina can't be harmed in any way possible!"

"Why?" Falco asked.

"Rosalina has the power and soul of the galaxies. She has the protection of the galaxies that gives her protective shields," Polari looked annoyed to Mario. "Which brings a question about you. Why did you jump over her?"

Mario looked away. "...Curiosity?"

"...Sure..."

"Back on topic," Geno continued. "Why'd they kidnap her?"

"Hmm," Twink wondered for a second. "Well, Rosalina can't fight at all because she wants protection over strength."

"And they wouldn't kidnap her just to make the Lumas feel alone..." Chris looked down but Samus placed her right hand on his shoulder. "...You're right... Thanks."

Samus nodded. "Continuing with Chris's point of view, I don't see why was she planned to be kidnapped."

"Well," Polari chuckled. "Rosalina has the power to move the observatory to any part of the universe. Kidnapping her would mean that we're stuck in here to prevent us from reaching Bowser...and...I...just..."

"...What?" Luigi asked confused. "She can move the whole observatory?"

"...Uh-huh. Rosalina is basically the pilot of the whole observatory when it needs to move around, and since we need Power Stars to move and her to use them..."

"...We're stuck in here..." Fox began as he realized what it meant. "...And even if we obtain all the Power Stars..."

"...We're not leaving this place?" Olimar finished a little confused.

"Oh no," Polari said. "That was their plan all along...kidnap Rosalina so we can't rescue both princesses and save the entire galaxy!"

"But then how can we go to Bowser and kick his a-" C. Falcon was interrupted by a glare from Geno. "H-his butt around, I mean?"

"There are no other ways..." Polari said sadly. "...Rosalina is herself an important part of the rescue since she had the power to take us there...and without her..."

"...No," Chris shook his head. "There's got to be a way to get there..."

"Impossible," Polari shook himself. "Taking Rosalina away is pretty much like taking the main platform that holds the entire building standing."

"Oh," the blue Toad with glasses was walking close to them. "You mean you want to know another way to get to Bowser?"

"...Do you happen to know?" Mario asked.

"As surprising as you could presume, yes," the Toad said.

"...You REALLY do?" Twink asked.

"I ABSOLUTELY do, in fact."

"...Just how do these guys manage to pull out the answers like that?" Fox whispered to Chris.

"Either they exchanged strength for extreme dexterity...or cheated." Chris whispered back.

"How?" Polari asked.

"That's very easy," the blue Toad pointed at the Starshroom. "We need that to "merge" it with the Power Stars that are gathered in the center of the observatory, but first, we need all the Power Stars first in order to do this quite difficult process."

"Wait, merge?" Polari asked.

"That's what I said," the blue Toad said.

"You're not going to leave it like that, right?"

"Depends...I mean, no. Just for this time, we're going to use this method."

"And how do you exactly are going to merge it with the observatory?"

"Look, just wait until we get the remaining 30 Power Stars that you guys need to gather!" the blue Toad said.

"I have an idea," Chris began. "We'll have to accelerate things a little bit and gather the Power Stars even faster."

"Splitting up?" C. Falcon asked.

"...Great, somebody said what I was going to say..."

"Sounds good," Samus said with a nod. "The missions are going to be insane to pass for only 1 person...but there's no choice left."

"O-oh boy," Olimar trembled. "Things are getting harder and harder..."

"But I'm willing to do this for the Lumas," Chris said. "I'm willing to do this for them... I want to stop this event from happening."

"So am I," Samus said. "We'll have to be extremely careful... By the way, before we continue, does anybody have any objections for this plan?"

"No," Mario said. "I can handle a mission all alone."

"Don't involve ice and that's all fine with me." Falco said with a grin.

"D-don't kill my Pikmins a-and I'll cooperate..." Olimar said nodding.

Fox cracked his fists. "I'm prepared for whatever comes this time."

"I'll use my jobs even more than before." Chris said.

"..." Luigi looked at his other self.

"...Let's separate this time..." the other Luigi said.

"...Okay..."

"Since Rosalina is an important friend to us," Geno looked at Twink before he nodded. "I'm ready as well."

"I'll protect Samus," C. Falcon said before everyone stared at him with bored looks. "...Fine! I'll go by myself! Geez, you people...can't let me enjoy a single scene alone wit-"

"WE know," Twink said. "By the way, I'm going with Geno. I'm not going alone to who-knows-where."

"Then it's settled," Samus said. "We're all going to separate ways from here on."

"One question." Falco said raising a finger.

"What?"

"Why are we losing the time here when we're supposed to be going out?" Falco asked with a grin...before Samus hit his head with her arm cannon. "Oww! That was just a joke!"

"...Oh..." Samus chuckled. "Heheheh...a joke..."

The other made confused looks while Samus kept chuckling uncontrollably. "...Samus? A-are you feeling fine?" Chris asked.

"W-what?" Samus asked as she stopped. "Y-yes, I'm fine."

"...Weeeeeeeeeeeeeeird..." Twink said.

"We'll be waiting for you all to gather all the Power Stars and set course to Bowser's location!" the blue Toad said as he ran off to his team.

"I'll keep an eye on the Lumas." Polari said.

"Let's disperse now that we're starting this then." Mario said before they nodded and ran to different areas of the observatory.

Library

Music stops

"..." Yoshi looked at the usual Lumas that were always listening to Rosalina in the library as he shifted his eyes a little. "...W-well..."

"S-to-ry! S-to-ry! S-to-ry!" the Lumas demanded.

"W-why are you acting so angry?"

"We want to listen to the next chapter!" a red Luma yelled.

"Chapter! Chapter! Chapter!" the Lumas demanded.

"F-fine! Okay, okay, okay! Let me get started!" Yoshi opened the book and sat down on the sofa as he looked for the right chapter to read them...

Super Mario Galaxy - Prologue

Chapter 5                                 

                                    -Home-

                                    Page 1                                   

"The kitchen will go here, and the library will go over there," the girl said
  busily to herself. "We'll put the gate here." Ever since the girl took Luma
  under her care, she'd been bustling about at a feverish pace. "It's a lot of
  work, but it's worth it to make a happy home." it turned out that Star Bits
   weren't the only things buried in the ice. There were tools and furniture
    unlike any they had ever seen, and the girl used them to build a home.

                                    Page 2                                   

  Looking at the complete house, Luma remarked, "Don't you think it's awfully
  big for just the two of us?" With a library, bedroom, kitchen, fountain, and
  gate, it was certainly spacious, but still, something seemed to be missing.
 
"If only my father, brother, and mother were here," the girl said wistfully.
          Indeed, the house was too large for its two small residents.

                                    Page 3                                   

That night, clutching her favorite stuffed bunny close to her heart, the girl
                         fell asleep in the starship.

Music stops

"..." Yoshi noticed that the Lumas were still looking at him. "...It's not the same, right?"

"...No..." the Lumas said before looking at each other. "..."

Gold Leaf Galaxy
Purple Coins in the Woods

Super Mario Galaxy - Purple Coin Comet

Chris stopped on his tracks and looked at the sky. "...Strange...I could've sworn that somebody broke out crying loudly..."

The place now showed Chris (wearing the bee costume) as he flew above some platforms that were connected to a tree's back before he used the small Launch Star to get to the top. "Alright, things are looking good so far. The Purple Coins from below to here were gathered and I just need to grab that one over there." Chris looked at a Purple Coin, standing between fountain of water that could take Chris's ability out.

The World Traveler carefully flew across the water and grabbed the coin. Chris smiled in victory as he landed back on the wooden platform, out of the spikes.

...But something was wrong...

"...Huh? Where is the star? It was supposed to appear right after I got the last coin..." Chris wondered for a moment. "...OH, HECK NO!" before he gasped and turned all white. His eyes didn't have their pupils as the background was drawn with lines going down. "Unless..."

The World Traveler peered from the pillars of the top of the tree and looked down. Right where he started, there was the last coin.

"...Dammit! Why'd this happen like that time again?! Grr! I hated that moment of this mission!" Chris looked at the pillars. "...But I guess I can just fly over them..."

His wishes were soon shattered once he found something odd...

There was an invincible wall that prevented him from going out and down as his jaw dropped after he landed on the floor.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO! NOT THIS AGAIN!!!" Chris yelled before the time ran out and killed him as he fell on his back and his eyes turned into swirls. "I hate those...invincible walls...so much..."

And thus he lost a life from his last one...technically since he only had one last chance to survive...

Dusty Dune Galaxy
Purple Coins in the Desert

...Not...

Mario suddenly trembled and he embraced himself. "...Somebody lost and took a life out of me..." Mario looked around. "I just hope they don't take out all my lifes because I could die..." he shook his head. "No! I don't need to get distracted. I need to get the Purple Coins in...what? 10 seconds?"

The red plumber (questionable job) gasped as he started to run to get the Purple Coins.

Ghostly Galaxy
Purple Coins in the Bone Pen

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Luigi was screaming as he was being constantly launched inside the bone formation with meaty bones acting as bumpers that pushed him everywhere. "I-I don't understand! Who is launching me around?!"

Close to where he was, on the planet, there was Spooky Speedster using what looked to be...a Wiimote...

"...What?" the Spooky Speedster asked before smiling (Or he was already smiling). "I DO have other hobbies, you know!"

The Boo kept "playing" around with Luigi.

Until Luigi got the Power Star, although the green plumber (questionable work again) was completely dazzled.

"But also," the Spooky Speedster continued. "I have a good heart for helping people out."

The Ghostly Galaxy finished with the Boo giving a wink to no one in particular as he forgot to save Luigi from going inside a black hole.

Oh well, they now gathered 31 Power Stars.

Toy Time Galaxy
Luigi's Purple Coins

If Chris was there, he could've cursed a lot ever since he suffered a lot of deaths in this stupid galaxy OF INFINITE HE-

Olimar was there with his 6 Pikmins, looking at all the 150 Purple Coins.

The captain knew what to do once he saw the Dark Matter and a Pikmin dying for one mere touch.

Olimar sniffed...

5 minutes later...

Olimar was sobbing silently after he got the Power Star. A Red Pikmin was humming a war song that usually played when a war ended. Why was it doing that, you ask?

Dear Diary...

...


Olimar couldn't write anything after ordering 100 Pikmins to die by the shrinking platforms and the Dark Matter...

...Actually, make that 300. 1000 Pikmins died during the whole mission to this world.

"..." Olimar sniffed more before the Red Pikmin patted his back.

32 Power Stars were gathered.

Dreadnought Galaxy
Battlestation's Purple Coins

"Are you kidding me?"

Fox was having a hard time in probably the hardest version of what Samus and C. Falcon went through before. The cannon were shooting cannonball extremely fast, the electric fences were moving up and down, many platforms were either upside down or at the sides...

Not to mention the Scope Primids that were shooting from the cannons.

...And the Fire Primids.

"..." Fox merely narrowed his eyes as the moving platform began its course. The vulpine saw the first electric fences and he flipped carefully between them. The cannonballs were pretty much like the fences, but harder. If Fox used his Relflector, that only would cause a chain of explosion that couldn't be reflected otherwise, so he jumped over them.

As expected, Thwomps were pounding the platforms insanely fast. However, out of luck, Fox's Fox Illusion was a little faster and he managed to collect the trail of Purple Coins from below.

Lastly, after admirably dodging pretty much everything behind, he gathered the last Purple Coins from a Jumper, used the nearby Launch Star and grabbed the Power Star...

"..." then Fox passed out. Trails of sweat around some parts of his vest and even from his boots.

After all, who can't dodge all that without breaking a sweat? Fox broke like 30...

...33 Power Stars gathered...

Freezeflame Galaxy
Purple Coins on the Summit

This mission was better off with Samus, who had her abilities and equipment to the fullest advantage possible. If Falco went there, he would be a popsicle.

Samus looked up to the summit. "...This is going to be tiresome..." Samus commented as she went ahead, finding Brrr Bits coming out from the frozen lake as she quickly fired missiles at them and shattered into pieces. "They don't have anything harder than this?"

Just as she asked, Dark Brrr Bits appeared from the lake and spawn ice mist out.

"...But I had to ask..." Samus muttered as she prepared her missiles.

Sea Slide Galaxy
Purple Coins by the Seaslide

"..."

There was an annoyed Bee Falco hovering through the long river of water as he looked very mad. "...My kingdom for a better thing than this crap..." Falco muttered annoyed.

Either the Subspace Army didn't do anything to make his mission harder or they thought the embarrassment was greater.

Yes, it was embarrassment.

"At least nobody is looking at me." Falco said with a sigh of relief.

"Hey!" the same tough-looking penguin from the previous race yelled from below on the beach and pointed at Falco. "Look at that wuss wearing the vagina-y bee costume!"

"Yeah! Let's all laugh at him!" another tough-looking penguin said before everyone erupted into laughter.

"..." Falco made a mental note about beating the heck out of them as he went from cloud to cloud.

Comet Observatory
Library

Music stops

"...Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuugh..." Yoshi muttered with the book covering his head (or eyes) as the cries of the Lumas were still going. "...Uuuuuuuugh, UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!! SHUT UUUUUUUUUUUUP!!!"

The Lumas stopped their cries and looked at Yoshi. "M-Mama is back?"

"No!" Yoshi yelled angrily. "She's not coming back! Never, ever! I'm trying here to at least cheer all of you up but you keep crying like there was no tomorrow or something stupid like that!"

The Lumas sniffed.

"She's not coming back unless you behave yourselves like the "good" children you are as she thinks about you! Now, do you love her or do you just plain think she's done for?"

"..."

The Lumas remained silent as they looked down in shame. Yoshi made an angry expression but later he blinked several times before he sighed. "Please," Yoshi began with a calmer tone. "Just let me read the next chapter so we can be a little bit happier, okay? I want to see the next one too as "much" as you do!"

"...Okay..." the Lumas replied in unison before they sat down inside their small cradles and looked at Yoshi, who opened the book and read the next chapter.

Super Mario Galaxy - Prologue

Chapter 6                                 

                                   -Friends-

                                    Page 1                                   

  Then one day, while the girl sat sipping tea, a tiny apricot-colored planet
    appeared on the horizon. From the planet, another Luma of the same color emerged. "Do you two know each other?!" the girl asked the two Lumas gleefully. Despite the girl's excitement, they seemed uneasy.

                                    Page 2                                   

  The two Lumas neither drew closer nor backed away from each other. Instead,
  they just stared. Then one Luma broke the silence. "My mama!" At once, the
apricot Luma parroted back, "My mama! My mama!" "My mama!" "My mama!" The two
Lumas began to dance around the girl frantically, and neither showed any sign
of stopping. The girl was so charmed by this adorable scene that she couldn't
        help but laugh. And that's when something very strange happened.

                                    Page 3                                   

Suddenly, more Lumas began to pop out from the apricot planet. They were all
different colors, but they all shouted the same thing. "My mama!" "My mama!"
The sight of all the shouting Lumas only made the girl laugh harder. "What am
I going to do with all these children?!" The Lumas just stared blankly as she
doubled over laughing. "I guess we'll have to name each and every one of you."
  Tomorrow, once she had finished naming them all, she would begin moving all
                         the Lumas into the new house.

Yoshi closed the book with both hands and looked angry. "And I hope you all are satisfied because I didn't have the same mood I had befor-" Yoshi stopped once he heard small snores coming from the cradles. The Yoshi peered down and found the Lumas sleeping deeply and peacefully. Yoshi actually managed to make them fall asleep.

"...Mama..." a yellow Luma muttered. "...Please...be fine..."

"Don't go..." a blue Luma muttered. "...We know you're okay..."

"..." Yoshi seemed to calm down.

"We love you, Mama..." a green Luma muttered. "You love us..."

"I wish for your safety..." a red Luma muttered. "...Mama..."

"..." Yoshi blinked several times before he sniffed and shed a tear. "...Y-you..." Yoshi sniffed another time before sitting back on the sofa, then he opened the book and found the chapter he was reading to the Lumas. "...I want to read this again... I didn't have that enthusiasm before..." Yoshi said as he pulled closer the book to his eyes and started to read it again in silence.

Deep Dark Galaxy
Plunder the Purple Coins

Super Mario Galaxy - Purple Coin Comet

100 Boos were laughing at C. Falcon, who apparently was mad they hid 1 Purple Coin each. The captain was doing his best to reach them out but they turned invincible and he passed through them. "God, stop doing that!"

"Hell no!" the Boos replied before snickering evily.

"We've been doing this annoying cycle for the last hour, dangit! The universe is going to be in danger if you don't give me the darn $100,000 worth coins!"

"...Nope!" the Boos denied him before laughing madly.

"Grr... I wish there was some way to make them listen...or else I'll beat the hell out of t-"

"That is not going to be necessary!"

C. Falcon got a confused look and turned his back to find a bigger Boo with a helmet and orange googles. "Oh no, not another one of those freaky things!"

"Relax!" the big Boo said. "I'm the Spooky Speedster, and your friends helped me to realize something awful before!"

"...Really?"

"Hell yeah!" the Spooky Speedster said before looking at the Boos. "And since you're trying to save the galaxies, I'm going to help you and get those coins faster than usual!"

C. Falcon crossed his arms. "Well, I'd like to see you give it a shot."

"Heheheh, it's not going to be that hard," the Spooky Speedster flew to the Boos, who stared at him. "Everyone! I have very good news!"

"Get lost!" the Boos replied.

"Okay, fine," the Spooky Speedster turned his back but "grinned" a little bit. "It's a shame Lady Bow isn't going to find the ideal man of her dreams..."

A record scratched and the Boos looked at him. "What did you say?!" the Boos asked in shock.

"It's true," the Spooky Speedster looked at them. "Lady Bow has requested a contest to see who's her ideal Boo of her dreams and the entries just opened!"

"Dude!" a Boo began. "Lady Bow is like, the hottest Boo there is!"

"Not to mention she's super rich!" another Boo commented.

"And super cute!" another Boo added.

"And sexy!" another Boo added.

"And smexy!" another Boo added.

The 99 Boos looked at him. "This isn't a chatroom, you dork!"

"Oops..."

"So what are you guys gonna do?" the Spooky Speedster asked.

"What else!" a Boo began. "I'm going to win her heart!"

"Oh, really?!" another Boo glared at him. "She won't love you, because I'll win her heart first!"

"Pfft," another Boo rolled his eyes. "Give me a darn break. I'm the most handsome here!"

"Yeah, right," another Boo began. "You can't even lift a rock and you call yourself handsome?"

"In both of those things!" another Boo commented proudly.

"No, you aren't!" yet another Boo said angrily.

The Spooky Speedster sweatdropped once he saw the Boos arguing with each other...before they broke out fighting in a floating cloud of dust as C. Falcon gathered the Purple Coins that fell out of the cloud, thus gathering all of them.

"Hey, thanks for you help," C. Falcon said with a grin. "Making them fight over a female of their own who isn't holding a contest was the greatest idea."

"...E-er...actually..." the Spooky Speedster chuckled. "I-I didn't plan this outcome..."

"What?"

The Spooky Speedster nodded. "Yeah, I thought they were going to go to the contest that Lady Bow is REALLY holding, not fight each other to death...since they're already dead."

"..." C. Falcon shook his head. "Okay...but even though, thanks."

"You're welcome," the Spooky Speedster said as the fight between the Boos went on and on.

It looked like they gathered 36 Power Stars by now...

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"Well done!" Polari said. "The Purple Coin Comet has left the galaxies, meaning that no more Purple Coin missions are left!"

"Finally!" Mario said with a sigh. "I was starting to hate all that by myself... Thank you, you guys."

"Er, one question." Chris began.

"Yes?"

"Shouldn't we...I don't know...be working instead of celebrating?"

"I've got to say," Samus began. "Calling all of us here just to celebrate that the dammed coins are gone is pointless."

"Let's celebrate AFTER we defeat the army." Falco said with an annoyed tone in his voice.

"..." Mario facepalmed and frowned.

"Maaaaaaaaaaaail!" Mailtoad began as he ran to Mario and gave him one of Peach's letters. "This already came today, and it's from the princess!"

"...Wait..." Olimar began. "Isn't Princess Peach...kidnapped?"

"Why'd she send a letter?" Luigi asked.

"Or how did she send the letter?" the other Luigi asked.

"..." Chris closed his eyes and buried his face on his hands.

"...You okay, Chris?" C. Falcon asked.

"No-o-oo..." Chris sobbed. "Nothing here...nothing here makes sense at all..."

"...You're right on that..." C. Falcon said as he looked at the other Luigi, then the mail.

Bowser's Galaxy Reactor
Princess Peach's Castle

Super Mario Galaxy - Bigmouth Galaxy

Very far away from their location, a castle (that you know which was it since you probably saw the description) that was floating in the middle of the space, close to a huge magma planet with holes was shown. On an airship, there was Bowser grabbing Rosalina's arm while King Dedede and Charizard were there. Bowser Jr. was steering the ship to land close to the door of the castle where Peach was being held.

"Bah!" Bowser complained. "Why can't the stupid Shadow Bugs take over your body?!"

"Because I'm protected by the galaxies," Rosalina replied without even looking at Bowser. "Those Shadow Bugs only managed to break apart my shield, but they cannot control me since I have the galaxy's eternal protecti-"

Bowser pushed Rosalina into the castle, where the doors opened, after hearing her explanation before they closed as the king of the Koopas looked at the Subspace villains with anger. "You! You said it was going to work on her!"

"Well, excuse us!" Charizard said with a glare. "How we were supposed to know that she can't be controlled?"

"I'm talking to the guys that are with that Tabuu guy!"

"Don't dare to make my Papa angry!" Bowser Jr. threatened them. "My Papa knows when to rant and when to MURDER someone." Bowser Jr. said, making the murder part sound deeper.

Dedede rolled his eyes. "Hey, they ain't comin' here without her. At least those bugs did somethin' good."

"Yeah..." Bowser crossed his arms and nodded. "Rosalina has the power to move the observatory, and without her, they're pretty much useless even if they gather all the Power Stars."

Charizard smirked. "All in all, everything is fine."

Dedede lookd at the Subspace Bomb located inside the huge magma planet. "The bigger the bomb, the longer the countdown." Dedede said.

Charizard looked at the bomb, that was big enough to be a small planet. "36 hours with 34 minutes? Too stupid..."

Dedede grinned. "They ain't comin' here."

"True enough..."

"BWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Bowser laughed maniacally. "Finally! A chance to beat Mario has finally come! It was about time I got what I rightfully deserve!"

"You're dah man! Papa!" Bowser Jr. said wiping a tear. "I-I wish I could be so awesome like you..."

"Aww, c'mere, jr.!" Bowser hugged his son tightly as the other 2 looked disgusted.

"...Remind me why he has to join us after this again..." Charizard whispered to Dedede, who nodded with a worried look.

Meanwhile, inside the castle as the airship flew away...

"..." Rosalina looked outside the window just to catch a glimpse of a shooting star. "..." Rosalina closed her eyes in preocupation.

Super Mario Galaxy - Sad Story

"Hello?... Who are you?"

Rosalina heard a voice from behind her and she turned his back to find none other than Peach, looking at her confused.

"I didn't know there was another princess before..." Peach said.

"Oh," Rosalina began. "You must be Mario's special one. Mario told me about you."

Peach blushed a bit but tried to ignore that compliment.

"Mario..." Peach looked down. "I've been sending letters to him to tell him that I'm fine..."

"Have you been thinking about Mario all this time?"

Peach looked at her. "It's...the only person I can think of...to save me from this same danger."

"Same danger?"

Peach nodded. "Bowser has been doing this a lot of times in the past, and I'm getting bored of this repeated move..."

"I see," Rosalina nodded. "But Mario is always rescuing you."

"Yes," Peach nodded. "I know he isn't going to fail this time..."

Rosalina chuckled. "Yes, he isn't going to."

"O-oh," Peach felt embarrassed. "I-I'm sorry for not asking you who you are."

"My name is Rosalina," Rosalina introduced herself. "I'm the Lumas' mother and one of the residents of the observatory."

"Lumas?" Peach repeated before recalling something. "Yes, I forgot. I wanted to give Mario a Luma before all this chaos started."

Rosalina chuckled. "That Luma is right now helping him."

"W-what? You know Mario?"

Some time later...

Rosalina explained everything to Peach several hours later. Both were sitting in a nearby sofa for 2 or more as Peach tried to understand the whole problem that Rosalina was explaining to her. "And they're currently trying to get here as soon possible to rescue you and save the galaxy." Rosalina finished.

"..." Peach closed her eyes. "Then...all hope is lost?"

"No," Rosalina shook her head. "There is still hope. I know there is another way to get here and they will find it."

"And you don't know?"

"I certainly not...but I do believe."

Peach blinked. "...So, everyone else joined Mario to rescue me and save the galaxy."

"Yes. It was very fortunate that they came to help during our time of need."

"I hope they don't get hurt that much along the way..."

Rosalina chuckled. "Don't worry, I have complete faith in them that they will succeed."

"...Thank you for cheering me up..." Peach said with a small smile.

Rosalina smiled a bit. "You're welcome, Peach."

Peach noticed that Rosalina sighed once she looked outside the window. "What's wrong?" Peach asked tilting her head at the side.

"I'm...I'm quite worried about the Lumas...because they don't know how to take care of themselves yet."

"They're just little babies, right?"

"Yes," Rosalina turned to her. "I don't want to think about what could they do when I'm not around. They could get very sad and cry all the day for me..."

"They must love you very much..."

A tear strolled down on Rosalina's righr cheek as she nodded. "I wish...they're safe now..."

"..." Peach closed her eyes. "If I was thinking that Mario was done for, and you cheered me by saying that he was going to success...I should do the same with you and tell you that they're fine."

"..." Rosalina chuckled a little and nodded. "You're right...they can go through this..."

"Besides..." Peach put a finger on her chin and looked up. "Aren't the others there? They could be taking care of them as we speak right now."

"Yoshi."

"Yoshi?" Peach repeated.

"He has been with me and the Lumas for a time, and he most likely is taking care of them."

"Why?"

"Because he was eager to know what the next chapter of my favorite storybook contained. Yoshi has a trouble about getting interested in problematic troubles that he wants to help with."

"I see..." Peach nodded. "...You're trying to spark an interest in him with the storybook..."

Rosalina smiled a little and nodded. "Exactly. That was my task to do for him," Rosalina looked away. "...Hahaha..."

"What is so funny?"

"Knowing Yoshi..." Rosalina looked at Peach. "He could be reading the book for the Lumas."

Peach chuckled. "I think you're right."

"Oh," Rosalina began. "What do you do when you're kidnapped like this?"

Music stops

"As funny as it sounds, I'm always relaxing with a cup of tea," Peach took out 2 tea cups from her back. "And having someone to talk with could be more enjoyable. Do you want to join me?"

"Gladly." Rosalina said as she took the cup of tea. "...Hmm...how did you get that tea out from your back?"

Peach seemed to ignore that question as she took a sip.

"...Peach? How did yo-"

Peach took another sip.

"..." Rosalina merely chuckled and joined Peach before they started to become even closer to each other.

...However...

A loud screech suddenly was heard across the castle as everything shook slightly before stopping. Rosalina gasped a little and looked outside to see where did the screech come from.

"What was...that roar?" Rosalina asked.

Peach put her tea cup on a near table. "Ever since the penguin and the dragon came here, they brought some kind of pterodactyl with them," Peach thought for a moment. "But I think I saw it before...and its name...I think it started with an "R"...I think Samus told me but I don't know anymore..."

Rosalina suddenly got worried.

"...But everything should be fine." Peach reassured her.

"...Yes...it will..." Rosalina said with several slow nods.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 03, 2009, 04:54:49 PM
Rolling Gizmo Galaxy
Gizmos, Gears and Gadgets

Super Mario Galaxy - Super Mario Bros. 3 Nostalgia

It was the time.

The time to get through the hardest missions.

The Trial Galaxies.

The galaxies that would put someone's courage into test.

The galaxies that would put extreme dexterity.

The galaxies that would scare the heck out of someone.

The galaxies that were created just to piss someone off to the extreme.

And that someone happened to be the other Luigi.

"MAAAAAAAAAAAAAMAAAAAAA MIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" the other Luigi yelled as the Star Roll (that was a bigger one, making everything harder) rolled insanely fast across the loops (extra ones). For his dismay, he was literally being rolled around the ball, helplessly crushing himself 5 times every second it passed. The Star Roll was rolling around like crazy and never before and...

...Wait a minute...

...The Star Roll just accelerated insanely fast on a loop and it went soaring to the skies, just towards the hole where it fit and released the Power Star out. The other Luigi managed to complete the mission...

...Now, the only thing he needed to do was to get out from under the Star Roll...

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!" the other Luigi yelled.

Loopdeeswoop Galaxy
The Galaxy's Greatest Wave

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

"TO THE RIGHT! TO THE RIGHT!"

"THIS THING ISN'T LISTENING!"

If you think getting educated by Goombas during Summer Vacations was stressful, then think again, riding a Manta is even worse.

Geno and Twink were riding on the previously mentioned animal as it dangerously swam around the edges of the narrow water. Either the Manta wasn't obeying Geno's orders or Geno just plain sucked at surfing.

Or was it Twink?

"LEFT!" Twink yelled.

"That's IT!" Geno snapped out and stopped the Manta by pulling its antennas before glaring down at it. "Listen, I've been losing every single life out of Mario-" Geno lost 30 lifes out of Mario. "-because a stupid sea animal isn't doing a good job at surfing."

"E-er, Geno, I think it's not the Mant-"

"Tell me something," Geno began as he aimed his fist at the Manta. "You want to keep on living, right?"

The Manta seemed to get shocked and it nodded quickly.

"Good. Now, or YOU take us to the finish line..." Geno prepared his rocket punch. "OR I'LL MAKE SURE YOU WAKE UP ON A GRILL, WHERE THE PEOPLE WILL EAT YOUR BRAINS OUT OF YOU!!!"

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHH!!!"

"..." Geno and Twink looked at each other. "...Did it just yell?" both asked confused.

The sound of a motor was heard before both looked down at the Manta who instantly accelerated and went swimming across the course. Geno was hanging on for dear life from the Manta's tail while Twink was holding his cape to stay close. The penguins and the Coach that watched from the anti-gravitatory platforms were utterly amazed at Geno's amazing (reckless) surfing skills as they cheered loudly.

"SLOW! SLOW! SLOW!" Geno yelled.

"SLOWER! SLOWER! SLOWER!" Twink added.

Several seconds later...

"For clearing the course in a galactic record of 0:25:29..." the Coach began as he took out a Power Star from his hand (scientifically impossible and questionable). "I hereby grant Geno the Power Star!"

"..." Geno just remained on the top and the middle of the first, second and third places as he just extended his hand to get the Power Star...before he fell behind without even having any kind of emotion as he left the galaxy without even screaming as he disappeared in the clouds from down below.

The penguins and the Coach looked down the long fall with amused looks. "Say," the Coach turned to Twink. "Is your friend going to be fine?"

"After he gets over the Manta trauma and the Surfing trauma..." Twink wondered a little bit. "...I guess yes..."

"...Marvelous!" the Coach exclaimed happily. "We can't wait to see another performance from the Great Surfer Geno!"

"..." Twink gave him a bored look with a sigh.

Bubble Blast Galaxy
The Electric Labyrinth

Super Mario Galaxy - Space Junk Galaxy

"..." Mario was shown, getting through the Bullet Bills that tried to make him fall as the bubble that he rode merely evaded all of them. Inside the plumber's mind, he was thinking about Peach and Rosalina while he looked at the emptyness of the space. "(...I hope we can defeat Bowser...)" Mario thought simply as the bubble was moved around by an unknown force. "(...Peach...Rosalina...hang on a little longer...we're almost there...)"

Comet Observatory
Library

Around that time, the Smashers were able to gather 40 Power Stars and the Lumas were excited to read the next chapter of the storybook.

Yoshi opened the book and the story thus continued its track...

Super Mario Galaxy - Prologue

Chapter 7                                 

                                -The Telescope-

                                    Page 1                                   

After seeing their 100th comet, a sudden thought popped into the girl's head:
   "I wonder if my home planet is still as blue as it was." That's when she
                      remembered her father's telescope.

                                    Page 2                                   

Peeking into the telescope, a tiny blue dot floated into sight. It was smaller
  than a Star Bit. "How strange... It's so far away, but it feels so close."

                                    Page 3                                   

She twisted the knob of the telescope, and the blue dot grew until she could
  make out a grassy hill dotted with flowers. It seemed very familiar to her.
   Zooming even closer, a terrace on the hill came into view. "I used to go
               stargazing there when I lived on my home planet."

                                    Page 4                                   

She remembered rubbing the sleep out of her eyes as she followed her father
                       up that hill to look at the stars...

Something along those lines made Yoshi uncomfortable...

                                   
Page 5                                   

      She remembered how she and her brother would sled down that hill...

The Yoshi knew that this wasn't going to end well for the chapter...

                                   
Page 6                                   

She remembered having picnics with her mother on that hill on bright and windy
                                days... And...

"...!!!" Yoshi gasped as the Lumas got confused.

"W-what is wrong? You can't read?" a yellow Luma asked.

"..." Yoshi, nevertheless, kept reading...

                       
Super Mario Galaxy - Sad Story

                                    Page 7                                   

"I want to go home! I want to go home right now!" The girl burst into tears,
and the Lumas didn't know what to do. "I want to go home! I want to go back to
my house by the hill! I want to see my mother!" The girl was shouting now, her
  face wet with tears. "But I know she's not there! I knew all along that she
               wasn't out there in the sky! Because...because..."

The Lumas and even Yoshi were starting to sniff in silence after hearing (or reading) the girl's pleas for her mother...

Music stops

                                    Page 8                                   

"She sleeping under the tree on the hill!" The girl's cries echoed through the
                    stars, and a hush fell over the area.

"...No..." a green Luma muttered. "S-she...she lost...she lost her..."

"..." Yoshi, somehow, was able to understand something about the girl in the book. "...H-huh?" Yoshi wiped some tears. "I-it's something wrong?"

"She lost her mama too..." a red Luma muttered with some sniffs. "...And...just like us..."

"..." Yoshi felt horrible after the chapter made everything worse for the Lumas. "...I told you before that you haven't lost Rosalina yet!"

"A-and...what about her?" a green Luma asked.

"..." Yoshi looked at the chimney. "...Let's take a nap and we'll see what is next in the next chapter..."

"..." some Lumas started crying silently, making Yoshi feel sad before he stood up and picked some of them to put the Lumas on his back (at least 3 sat behind while he held one).

"There, there..." Yoshi whispered. "I know you're all still little babies, and I like babies, so please, don't cry because I don't want to see you cry..."

"..." the Lumas sniffed sadly as Yoshi tried to calm them down, thinking about Rosalina all the time.

Bonefin Galaxy
Kingfin's Fearsome Waters

Super Mario Galaxy - Kingfin/Bouldergeist (Fast)

"H-how the heck am I going to defeat that Shadow Bug possessed dead fish?!" Chris asked in panic as several robotic fishes from Dark Kingfin chased the World Traveler around the water. "AIR! AIR! I NEED AI-aw, thank god...SHI-"

BOOM!

Chris was knocked several feet away in the water by 1 of the robotic fishes that reached him and exploded. The World Traveler twitched in pain and looked at Dark Kingfin swimming like nothing around the water. "Okay..." Chris changed to his Pikmin Captain job. "If you want pain, then I'll give you pain...hold on, aren't you already dead?"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAARRRRRR!!!"

"...Yes, thought as much..." Chris sweatdropped before he swam to the ground inside the water and pluck out the Pikmins. "...OH NO!" Chris noticed that the Pikmins weren't Blue Pikmins and thus drowned the instant they were pulled out. "Dammit!" Chris saw the robotic fishes going slowly after him ad he accelerated the process to call Pikmins...

1 by 1, they all died. Chris changed from Pikmin Captain to Pikmin Murderer.

"DAMMIT! MY LIFES FOR A BLUE PIKMIN!" Chris yelled angrily before he took out a Blue Pikmin and tossed it to the robotic fishes with all his forces, causing an explosion as he sighed in relief...then he saw that the Blue Pikmin died. "SCREW IT!" Chris yelled angrily as he changed to his PK Kid job. "PK FREEZE!"

Bad idea.

At the moment he called the ice mist, it instantly froze and made an ice cube that floated all the way up to the surface. Chris was really getting out of it all by himself before Dark Kingfin appeared from behind him and decided to eat him.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled in panic as he started a mad escape from the bone fish that tried to chomp his legs off.

If somebody could see the 2 (Chris and Dark Bonefin), they could be seen as small dots swimming all around the planet at a fast rate.

"WHO THE HECK DO YOU THINK YOU ARE?!" Chris yelled at the dead fish without even slowing down his pace. "A BIG PAC-MAN?!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRR!!!"

"WAS THAT A YES?!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRR!!!"

"I NEED HELP! SOMEBODY!" Chris yelled crying in panic.

He was dead. Nobody was going to rescue him since the others were doing their own missions on their own.

"..." Chris sniffed. "...I'm done for...I know I'm just going to take one of Mario's lifes but the pain is going to be brutal..." Chris looked back at the big boss that kept chasing him. "...I better write a will..." Chris took out a sheet of paper that got instantly wet. "Dammit!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRR!!!"

The World Traveler turned his head to see Dark Kingfin's mouth about to reach him and the teenager screamed. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

"...Huh?" Chris looked behind him and it seemed that there were shards from a Green Shell that apparently struck Dark Kingfin who roared in pain. "...Have the angels heard my pleas to survive?" Chris asked with joined hands to the sky.

"If those angels were foxes..."

Chris blinked confused before turning his back where he smiled a bit.

"I'd be one of them." Fox finished with a grin as he came down and joined Chris.

"Fox!" Chris said happily. "Thank you for saving me from my horrible and painful death!... Wait, how did you know I was in trouble?"

"Didn't I tell you?" Fox crossed his arms and closed his eyes. "I was going to give you my help and here I am, saving you."

"..." Chris stared at him with a bored look.

"...Fine, I got here by accident and forgot you were here."

"..." Chris sniffed and...hugged Fox who opened his eyes with a shocked look. "I knew you were going to save me..."

Fox shifted his eyes around and blushed a bit. "I-er...C-Chris...you can stop hugging me now..."

"Tell me one good reason."

Fox pointed at Dark Kingfin and Chris looked at it, roaring in fury. "I think he got mad after I kicked that Green Shell to him so..."

"Okay then!" Chris yelled from afar as Fox noticed that he instantly appeared behind a stone pillar. "Since you're so badass with the shells, I'll give you my full support..." Chris looked around. "...From over here!"

Fox rolled his eyes. "Tsk..."

"..." Chris shyly swam over to Fox. "F-fine, I'll fight too."

"That's more like it." Fox said with a nod.

Several minutes later...

Music stops

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRR!!!" Dark Kingfin roared in extreme pain as it began to evaporate until it vanished. A nearby treasure chest opened up and it shot a Power Star to both of them.

Chris (having a scar on his right cheek and missing his left shoe with some ripped parts of his stripped clothes) smiled at Fox. "Wow, I didn't know we could take it down by ourselves so well by putting the Green Shells at specific locations to then kick them at it where it didn't expect them at all!"

Fox (who had one sleeve lost and some scars on his mouth) grinned. "Heh, you're forgetting that you're talking to the leader of Star Fox, who happens to be a professional strategist for air, ground and even water battles."

"Amen for that, Fox," Chris high-fived with Fox. "Amen for that."

Fox grabbed the Power Star and looked at Chris. "Now let's go ba-"

"...Fox?" Chris moved a hand in front of Fox, who apparently wasn't doing any kind of expressions with his face. "...Are you okay? Fox?"

Fox simply made the death pose and floated all the way up to the surface.

...But that death pose wasn't fake at all...

"..." Chris looked at his air meter. "...OH HOLY-"

Ding!

Chris fainted and went all the way up, where he joined the vulpine and floated on the surface before the screen panned out. Both were so distracted in the fight that they forgot about their air meters completely.

Be glad they at least got the Power Star before it could vanish.

Comet Observatory
Library

Slowly, 1 by 1, they all gathered more Power Stars. By this time, they have gathered 45 Power Stars, and also, Yoshi was able to calm the Lumas down after some time, a silent time to be exact.

"You're not going to cry, right?" Yoshi asked to the Lumas.

"N-no..." a yellow Luma said. "I'm fine..."

Yoshi carefully put the Lumas back to their cradles, he returned to the sofa and took a seat to open back the storybook. "Okay, what do you say if we see the next chapter?"

The Lumas looked at each other before they nodded. It seemed that the happy mood was slowly coming back to them as Yoshi chuckled and read the next chapter...

Super Mario Galaxy - Prologue

Chapter 8                                 

                                   -The Wish-

                                    Page 1                                   

   Though usually quite cheery, one day the girl became sad again. Luma drew close and tried to comfort her. "Mama, you still have me!" "And don't be sad about your mama, because she's a part of you! That means she's always close by! It's like me. I love Star Bits because they remind me of my mama."
             
"No...no..." the girl said, unable to stop the tears.

                                    Page 2                                   

A lonely look flickered across Luma's face, but it was soon replaced by a wide grin. "I have an idea! I will transform into a comet, a soaring comet that can carry you all on this journey!"

                                    Page 3                                   

With that, Luma, trailing bands of white, soared high into the sky and just as quickly started to plummet back down. KABOOM! KABLAM! The ground shook, and a bright light poured out of the crater that the Luma had created.

                                    Page 4                                   

   The bands of light twisted together to form a comet tail. And then Luma
                          emerged, reborn as a comet.

                                    Page 5                                   

The girl could scarcely believe her eyes. "But...how?" she kept asking.

"Our destiny as Lumas is to transform into different things," said a red Luma who had suddenly appeared. "Stars, comets, planets... We can become all of these things!"

"When I grow up, I want to become a star that makes someone special
  smile," said a green Luma.

A blue Luma chimed in, "That Luma turned into a real cutie of a comet, didn't he!"

                                    Page 6                                   

  All of the Lumas together said, "No more crying, Mama!"

"Thank you..." said the girl in a whisper, and she pulled the Lumas close and hugged them. From that day on, Star Bits no longer feel from the girl's eyes.

                                    Page 7                                   

The comet set forth for the girl's home planet, its long tail blazing proudly
                                  behind it.

Music stops

"...That's true!" a green Luma began. "We can become into anything! Stars, comets and planets!"

Yoshi looked at the Lumas.

A blue Luma made a happy expression. "I liked this chapter because it helped me to be happy again!"

"Yeah!" a red Luma began. "The girl got happy again with the help of the Lumas!"

"Like we do with Mama!" a yellow Luma said happily.

However, they all looked at each other before looking down in shame. Remembering Rosalina put them back into a sad mood.

"..." Yoshi suddenly got an idea. "It's too sad..."

"Huh?" the Lumas said in unison.

Yoshi looked away. "Your Mama is going to be sad after she comes back and she will feel disappointed after she gets to know that you were wishing the unhappy things..."

The Lumas gasped.

"After all..." Yoshi looked at the Lumas and smiled. "Very soon, she's going to return."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

A long moment of silence soon followed after Yoshi said that.

"...Well?" Yoshi asked confused.

"...She will return..." a yellow Luma said.

"She is going to return..." a red Luma said.

"She is coming back..." a green Luma said.

"Mama is returning! Mama is coming back!" a blue Luma cheered.

"Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama! Mama!!!"

It was a miracle. Yoshi managed to cheer the Lumas with his idea after all. The Lumas were now floating around the library as they chanted together her beloved mother around. The cheers even went all the way outside that made Polari come to the library.

"Wow, what is the sudden change of mood here?" Polari asked to Yoshi.

"I think I," Yoshi blushed a little bit. "I think I gave them hope about Rosalina being fine."

"Oh," Polari nodded. "Saying such positive things about Rosalina's safety was a good idea for these tykes," Polari looked at the Lumas cheering. "...Yoshi..."

"Yes?" Yoshi asked confused.

"You perfectly fit for the role to be their father."

"Yes, I believe that to-" a record suddenly scratched before Yoshi's eyes widened. "Wait, say what again?"

"You perfectly fit gor the role to be their father!" Polari repeated. "Just think about it! The Lumas are going to enjoy the idea to have a mother and a father here!"

"N-no!" Yoshi blushed embarrassed. "I-I mean, I like Rosalina but n-not that much! B-besides, we're different people!"

"Aw, who really cares about species these days? You 2 look cute together!"

The Lumas looked at Yoshi, who then gasped. "Uh-oh!" Yoshi yelped.

"Papa?" the Lumas said in unison.

"Oh no!"

"Papa!"

"OH NO!" Yoshi covered his eyes.

"Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa! Papa!!!"

The Lumas flew around Yoshi, who was covering his head in utter embarrassment as Polari laughed happily at this.

"That's my Yoshi!" Luigi said from over the door.

"I'm not that Yoshi!" Yoshi yelled back.

Gusty Garden Galaxy
The Dirty Tricks of Major Burrows

"I believe I told you to go back."

"No."

Samus was annoyed once C. Falcon followed her to the galaxy of winds. "Ugh, I better be frank with you so you stop bothering me."

"Being frank about what?" C. Falcon asked before Samus raised a finger.

"1, I'm not looking for a boyfriend. 2, you were interesting but then got annoying so quickly and 3, get out of here."

"Um..." C. Falcon scratched his helmet a little. "...How do I go back now?"

Samus pointed at the black hole close to them.

"...Isn't there another less painful way?" C. Falcon asked.

Samus shook her head.

C. Falcon looked behind her. "...Oh hell no, there's another bunny from hell over there!"

Samus turned her back and found a Star Bunny trying to jump away from some kind of creature that was moving along the ground. She charged a shot and fired it completely charged at the moving creature that then roared in fury and got out. It was Major Burrows who was covered in the black aura of the Shadow Bugs as it fixed its eyes on the captain and the bounty hunter who took their stances.

Eternal Sonata - Leap the Precipice

"Great," C. Falcon began. "You made it angry."

"That thing was pursuing an innocent bunny," Samus said. "I hate cruelty to animals."

"Cruelty to bunniesthatmakeyouchasethemaroundandtireyoualotsayswhat?"

"What?"

"Exactly."

"Ugh, I knew you were annoying..." Samus said with a frown before Dark Major Burrows dove into the ground. "Oh, that reminds me, this mission has a Daredevil Comet."

"Told you," C. Falcon said as he jumped over Dark Major Burrows. "This place is just annoying!"

"As much as I hate to say this," Samus said as she charged a shot and filled it. "You're right on that for once."

Dark Major Burrows growled in fury and chased after Samus who sidestepped out of the way to let C. Falcon use Falcon Kick and pull the big mole out. It began to panic and ran away from both of them who seemed confused.

"...Why is it running away from us?" C. Falcon asked. "I thought the Shadow Bugs made it stronger..."

"My guess is that its original form wasn't that suppressed and it retained its normal traits...but it is stronger."

C. Falcon frowned and used Raptor Boost to deal an uppercut to the big Monty Mole, who got knocked unconscious but then growled furiously and burrowed its way to the ground. This time, however, it became red and its velocity got boosted greatly.

"Crap!" C. Falcon yelled as he was pushed away to the air and landed on the ground, twitching in pain. Samus looked at the dark creature charging towards her but she turned into her Morph Ball and dropped a bomb that exploded...and was stupidly enough to make the dark creature sprout out and run away in a hurry.

"Die." Samus said simply as she fired a missile to Dark Major Burrows, who gasped, stopped on its tracks and was pushed back. It then burrowed its way to earth and began to accelerate even more to them. "C. Falcon."

"Yeah?" C. Falcon asked.

"Would you mind if you use your punch when I tell you?"

C. Falcon grinned. "Not at all."

"Then please go over there." Samus pointed at the tree that was located in the center of the planet and the captain ran to it. Samus, meanwhile, looked at Dark Major Burrows charging at her, making her use her Morph Ball and roll towards the tree. "(If I'm correct, this monster should be a lot dumber enough to do this...)"

"FALCON..."

Samus quickly ran towards the tree and rolled out of the way as the Monty Mole took a peek outside but gasped once he saw C. Falcon about to land his punch on his face.

"PUNCH!" C. Falcon yelled as a blazing phoenix collided with Dark Major Burrows, who got punched out from the ground and ran away in panic. "It's all yours! Attack!"

"Already doing that." Samus said as she fired a Super Missile that exploded right into the monster's stomach, creating a lot of smoke as Dark Major Burrows yelled in extreme pain, its eyes turned into swirls and fainted before vanishing.

Music stops

"Boing!" the Star Bunny from before jumped to Samus. "Thank you for getting rid of that nasty monster! Boing! Here!" the Star Bunny took out a Power Star that Samus got. "Thank you very much! Boing!"

"Why we didn't kill the bunny first to get the star if we knew it had it all this time?" C. Falcon asked before Samus kicked him on his waist and fell on the ground.

...

"...What?!" Samus quickly turned her back to see a black figure flying away, which it made a loud screech that even made C. Falcon block his ears (even though they were inside his helmet), the Star Bunny even put his ears on its face. "...That screech again..."

C. Falcon got up. "Screech?"

Samus explained everything to him.

"Oh...but it's kind of funny..."

"Why is it funny?" Samus asked.

"I think I remember hearing the same screech and long time ago...but..." C. Falcon put a hand on his helmet. "It makes my head hurt for some reason..."

"...Strange..." Samus muttered as she wondered and looked at the figure getting away.

Comet Observatory
Library

There were around 50 Power Stars gathered by this point.

"...Hmm?" Yoshi looked at the storybook. "...We're in the final chapter?"

"Really?" the Lumas asked.

"Yes."

"Read it, Papa!"

"...I'm not your..." Yoshi recalled the 30 times he tried to stop them from calling "Papa" but ended up in failures. "...Okay. Let's see the last chapter..."

Super Mario Galaxy - Epilogue

Final Chapter

-Family-

Page 1                                    

With its many Lumas and telescopes, the comet was quite a sight to behond. The girl and the Lumas were proud to call it home. At a welcoming party for a new Luma, the girl gathered everyone in the kitchen and said in a louder voice than usual...

"All right, everyone! Let's make a cake! A cake sprinkled with Star Bits! Then it will be a star cake!" The Lumas excitedly began to gather the ingredients.

                                   Page 2                                    

As she watched the Lumas scurry about, the girl smiled and thought to herself, "This is my family now, and I will stay with them until they're ready to leave the nest. And when they do leave, I'll see them off with a smile."

"Because that's what makes a mother happiest."

                                   Page 3                                    

That night, when the girl lay down to sleep, a soft light enveloped her and
reminded her of the blue planet she once called home. "But it would be nice to return home once every one hundred years to nap in my favorite sleeping nook."

                                   Page 4                                    

 The comet carrying the Lumas and the girl continues on its journey to this
 very day. With more "family members" in tow than can be counted, it's said that the comet visits the girl's home planet once every hundred years, its proud white tail glittering in the sky.

                                   Page 5                                    

                                  -The End-

"...So that's it..." Yoshi said as he closed the books.

However, he found the Lumas sleeping deeply with silent happy murmurs. Yoshi couldn't help but he smiled and closed his eyes with a silent chuckle.

Yoshi looked back at the storybook. "I was wondering who was the girl in the whole story but..." Yoshi blinked several times before he opened the book again and looked at all the pictures of the girl. "...Wait...oh god... Now I feel stupid..." Yoshi took a closer look at the girl's image. "...She looks like a younger version of Rosalina..." Yoshi looked at no one in particular. "Because she is Rosalin-" Yoshi closed his mouth once he looked at the Lumas sleeping.

"Mama..." a yellow Luma murmured.

"Because she is Rosalina!" Yoshi yelled with a whisper. He then flipped through the pages. "Yes, she is her... The storybook is basically telling her past when she came to know the Lumas, the observatory, the comets an-"

Music stops

"...What the..." Yoshi felt a thick page that was apparently after the final chapter. Yoshi looked at the other side and there was nothing, save for the other cover. He narrowed his eyes at the thick page. "Why is this page too thick?..."

With a closer look, Yoshi found something...

The thick page was, in fact, a bunch of new pages that he separated. Each new page contained what looked to be texts for a diary.

"Is this...a secret section for a diary?" Yoshi asked confused. "...Maybe there's something else in here. Hmm..."

Drip Drop Galaxy
Giant Eel Outbreak

Super Mario Galaxy - Beach Bowl Galaxy

A trail of 6 Blue Pikmins was seen and on the front, Olimar was swimming through the water with all the peace he wanted.

"..." Olimar just remained silent through his little time with his Blue Pikmins.

"Hey!" a penguin shouted from an island. "I thought you were going to get rid of the eels down there! We can't play if they're around!"

However, something was different about Olimar. He told his Blue Pikmins to pick a Green Shell each and hide somewhere. Olimar found the eels (that were possessed by the Shadow Bugs) and found him as well before they began to swim after him. Olimar merely remained in his place and whistled loudly. The Blue Pikmins' leaves perked up and they all kicked the Green Shells at the eels, each one receiving 2 hits that made them vanish into Shadow Bugs that vanished in the water.

"Hurray! The eels are gone! We can play again!" the penguin from before told his other friends that cheered before entering the water, swimming happily around. "Thank you, mister! Thank you and your plants!"

"Pikmins," Olimar corrected with a nod. "Blue Pikmins."

"Okay, then!" the penguin pointed at the sunken ship that was close to them. "I think you were looking for that!"

Olimar looked behind him and found the Power Star he was looking for. His Pikmins swam to it and took it back to him. "Yes." Olimar said.

"Again, thank you for getting rid of the eels! Even though your "Pikmins" did all the work!"

"Lazy bastard!" another penguin said smiling.

"..." Olimar just swam away, wondering what was so exciting to make the penguins smile for his work that the Pikmins did for him.

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"AND THEY CALLED ME LAZY BASTAAAAAARD!" Olimar cried.

Chris hugged Olimar who hugged him back. "We're almost done here. You suffered a lot this time... I'm sorry..."

"S-sniff..."

Chris cried toon tears. "(Why is this place so fixiated to make us feel humiliated?!)"

Library

They were almost finished in the gathering of the Power Stars. Only 1 remained at it was laying in the Melty Molten Galaxy.

Yoshi was shown snoring loudly as the storybook acted like a hat on top of his head (eyes) while the other Lumas were also snoring silently. "H-huh?" Yoshi opened his eyes. "...Oh god...I think I fell asleep... Well," Yoshi grabbed the storybook. "This happens when you don't sleep..."

It looked like Yoshi finished reading the secret pages but felt asleep afterwards.

The Yoshi stared at the storybook. "...Should I tell the others about the diary I found or..."

Yoshi decided what was best now...

Read the whole storybook again since he can! Then tell the others.

Melty Molten Galaxy
Purple Coins on the Lava Spire Daredevil Cosmic Race

"Hurray..." Twink said bored as heated meteors fell from the space. "We're in Falco's fantasy."

"Hey," Falco glared at him. "I liked the heat only when I got here 1 time, not 3 times."

"4 times." C. Falcon corrected him.

"Wait..." Chris looked at the others. "Why were all here again?"

It seemed that everyone except Yoshi were now working on the last Power Star as Mario's request. The Daredevil Comet and the Purple Coin Comet were circulating around the galaxy of magma.

"Because Polari said that a very strong lecture revealed that this galaxy had big changes." Mario explained.

"On top of that," Samus began as she pointed forward. "We have our own clones."

They all looked to where she pointed to find what looked to be...their cosmic clones, along with Cosmic Mario and Cosmic Luigi.

"There's that guy." C. Falcon said pointing at Cosmic Luigi.

"A-and also," the other Luigi went on. "We only have 1 health to survive..."

"A-and also," Olimar went on. "We have to gather the Purple Coins again..."

They all stared at Mario with annoyed looks. "...What?" Mario asked.

"You said we were done with the Purple Coins." Geno said.

Mario chuckled nervously. "Y-yes, but I guess this one slipped by my mind...so yes..."

"..." everyone just frowned and looked at their cosmic clones.

"Aw, look!" Twink pointed at a cosmic clone of himself. "They think I'm a threat so they did a clone out of me!"

"And that's good because?" Fox asked with crossed arms.

"...I guess it's not..." Twink said, sticking out his tongue a little.

Either the cosmic clones took this little action as an idea or they just did it for the heck of it. The cosmic clones stuck out their long tongues that almost touched the original's faces before they sucked their tongues back with several high-pitched chuckles.

C. Falcon looked at the long trail of Purple Coins going to the volcano, then almost everywhere. The trail itself went to the little spheres hovering above the volcano, then Pull Stars that were located around miniature suns, then to a Launch Star that was directed towards the Lava Spire, where more Purple Coins were located. "...Man, ain't this looking hard..."

Mario looked at the clones. "I guess we should run our way through this unscathed..."

The cosmic clones stomped the floor in front of them and toward the Smashers with high-pitched grunts.

"...Why do I think they're not here to race us?" Falco asked, rolling his eyes.

"...Because..." Chris trailed off before the cosmic clones charged at them.

Super Mario Galaxy - Super Mario Bros. 3 Nostalgia 2

"THEY'RE HERE TO KILL US!" Chris yelled before they all began to long way towards the last Purple Coin while evading the meteors, the lava and whatever thing decided to stop them.

They all arrived at a sinking platform where it began to slowly awfully fast because of all their weights combined. The Smashers quickly double jumped to reach the other side in time...

...Before a cosmic Grapple Beam latched on Samus and tossed her out of the planet.

"AAaaaaaaaaaaahhh..." Samus yelled as they noticed that Cosmic Samus chuckled evily with its high-pitched chuckles.

"...That wasn't a scream..." C. Falcon commented before shaking his head. "I mean, hey! They tossed her out!"

At that moment, Cosmic Samus vanished into nothing.

"A-ha," Geno said. "Once they eliminate their original version, they'll disappear."

"Funny, I though they were going to get rid of the Luigis first." Falco said.

"Wait just a minute," Chris glared at Falco once the Luigis looked down sadly. "That sounded a little bit like a bully."

"H-hey, why are you walking to me like that?" Falco asked backing away.

"You need to learn that not because someone looks cool, older or very focused on something doesn't mean that person is going to die first! I really hate that!"

"C-Chris! S-stop! You're pushing me to the edge!"

"That's the idea!"

"What?"

KICK!

"I REALLY HATE YOOOOOOOOOOOUUUU!!!" Falco yelled before he sank into the magma down below.

"...Was that really necessary?" Fox asked once Cosmic Falco chuckled and vanished.

"Sorry," Chris closed his eyes annoyed. "But he had to learn the hard way and I hope he did, because I'm not going to go easy on him next time. You're not like that, are you?"

"Of course not..." Fox put his hand on Chris's right shoulder and grinned a little bit to him. "Good job, Chris."

Chris made a happy expression. "Oh, thank you, Fox!"

"Bleh." Fox responded.

"What?"

Fox fainted and fell inside the lava as Chris found Cosmic Fox extending its index finger to where Fox once was. Cosmic Fox chuckled and vanished. "H-hey! That's not fair!"

"HURRY!" C. Falcon yelled as Chris barely dodged a bomb from his cosmic version (that was apparently using the Swordsman job as him) and quickly climbed the wall close to them.

"Hmm-hmm-hmm..." Chris hummed happily as he used several wall jumps. "I just LOVE when these jobs give me other abilities."

"Enter! Enter! Gather Purple Coins! Enter!" Mario instructed the remaining 7 to enter the small Launch Star that shot them inside the volcano before shooting them back to the little capsules with the Purple Coins. they quickly dispersed around the planets before the cosmic clones came from below and chased them.

"NoooooooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Chris yelled once a cosmic arrow struck down his back before fainting. Cosmic Chris chuckled evily before vanishing.

"Leave him here!" Mario yelled once he found the Pull Stars that used their powers to pull him at them. C. Falcon, Olimar, the Luigis, Geno and Twink soon followed him with their cosmic clones as well.

"Wa-wa-wait!" C. Falcon yelled once a Pull Star inexplicably tossed him to a minature sun where he screamed in pain before fainting. Cosmic C. Falcon snapped its fingers in frustration since it didn't get to kill the captain by itself before vanishing.

"We need to move faster!" Geno yelled looking back. "They're catching up with us!"

Luigi looked behind him and gasped once Cosmic Luigi chuckled evily and extended his hand to him. "N-NO! GET AWAY FROM ME!"

"Pikmins!" Olimar yelled as the Pikmins quickly formed a chain using themselves to reach Luigi and pull it to the Launch Star nearby, thus saving him from being touched as he was blasted off to the Lava Spire with the others following.

"Oh no!" Mario gasped. "There are more Purple Coins but they are going downwards!"

"..." Geno closed his eyes and ran to the opppsite way for the other Purple Coins.

Mario shed a tear. "H-he was just like this when we faced Yaridovich too..."

"AHEM!" Twink reminded Mario about the other trail of Purple Coins going upwards.

The remaining 5 quickly ran upwards around the Lava Spire before Cosmic Twink appeared from below, scared Twink and licked his face a little.

"Y-yuck!" Twink said disgusted. "Oh, right, bleh." Twink's eyes turned into Xs and fainted with a thud sound. Cosmic Twink chuckled evily and vanished afterward.

"...M-Mario..." the Luigis began in unison as they trembled.

"Yes?" Mario asked his brothers (yes, it was weird).

"THE SPIRE IS SINKING FASTER!" the Luigis yelled in unison as the red plumber noticed that the spire was indeed sinking faster than before. The plumbers and Olimar quickly accelerated their pace around the spire, climbing a wall before running to the opposite direction as they grabbed the Purple Coins.

"O-oh, petals in a soup!" Olimar cursed once he looked behind where a Purple Coin was about to enter the lava. "I-I'm sorry but I'll have to sacrifice myself!" Olimar yelled as he changed directions and went after the Purple Coin...where Cosmic Olimar was standing between him and the coin. "Y-you won't stop me!" Olimar yelled as he used his Pikmin Chain to push Cosmic Olimar out of the way and into the lava.

The captain reached the coin and suddenly got an idea. "...What if I try to think about what could I do with the Pikmins even more in fights?"

He looked down and found lava already sinking his feet.

"...Oh boy..." Olimar said simply and he sunk inside with his Pikmin dying.

Olimar lost 1006 Pikmins now.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" the Luigis yelled in unison as their cosmic counterparts leaped out from the top and touched them on their noses. The Luigis fell on their backs and then fainted as the Cosmic Luigis chuckled evily and fainted.

"..." Mario glared at his cosmic clone that was trying to touch him. "Oh no, you won't stop me!" Mario yelled as he jumped over the stones while his clone followed suit.

The spire was almost going to sink totally as the Marios were reaching the top. Mario was about to forget a coin but he quickly turned, jumped quickly to it and used a fast wall jump to rocket back to his position while Cosmic Mario snapped its fingers in frustration.

"Almost...there..." Mario panted heavily. The heat of the place was tiring him out slowly.

Music stops

"!!!" Mario wasn't able to reach the last Purple Coin because Cosmic Mario landed a small touch on his back. The red plumber's eyes widened before he fell down as his clone chuckled and vanished in thin air.

Their efforts were useless after all...

...

"...There it is!"

A figure took the last Purple Coin and the Power Star appeared on the top. The figure quickly ran to it and took it on his hands, stopping the spire from sinking down.

The figure held the Power Star up in triumph as it shone brightly, blinding everything in sight...

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

"HURRAY!" Chris and Twink cheered as the World Traveler hugged Geno tightly.

"Bless the holy salt waters!" Olimar said happily.

The figure that grabbed the Power Star was no one else than Geno, who, as he explained before, climbed the sinking rocky wall that was close to his location. The puppet climbed as fast as he could to the summit and he managed to accomplish his objective to grab the coin and the Power Star in time.

"That was sure risky but admirable," Samus remarked. "Well done."

"Thanks," Geno said before Chris released him. "Luckily, I was able to do it in time."

"How is the merging process going?" Mario asked to the leader.

"Very smoothly," the leader said holding a blueprint. "However, we need the last Power Star before we can go to Bowser."

"...Huh?" Mario looked at his list. "...Oops."

"You forgot a star, right?" C. Falcon asked.

"...Yes..." Mario sweatdropped.

"Oh, please," Luigi pleaded. "Tell me it's not somewhere dangerous. Somewhere were we can relax because I'm so tired and pretty much scared to my last hair!"

Samus backed away from him.

"I-I mean, the hair on my head."

"...Okay, that left a disgusting image in my mind," the other Luigi said trembling.

"Y-yes..." Chris shrugged.

Gateway Galaxy
Gateway's Purple Coins

"MAAAAAAAARIIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO?!?!?!?" the Smashers said utterly annoyed.

"Okay, okay! Fine! I'm sorry! I forgot about this one as well!" Mario yelled annoyed.

Super Mario Galaxy - Gateway Galaxy

Chris sighed. "If you want, I can go around the planet because there are no enemies around... I'll let you all relax while I go by mys-" Chris noticed that everyone was already laying down on the grass, watching the Star Bits falling through the galaxy. "...Well, fine! I'll get the Red Star by myself!" Chris said before grunting, then he walked away.

"Did you hear something?" Luigi asked.

"No," the other Luigi replied by a mutter.

Close to where they were laying down, Chris was limbing the stairs to the mini castle and found Red Luma there. "Oh, you must be one of Rosalina's friends. She really trusts all of you so much."

"Really?" Chris asked.

"Yep, she likes everyone she meets if they're good that is."

The Red Luma made a snapping sound and Purple Coins appeared around the planet.

"You need to gather all the Purple Coins to get the Power Star. Here, I'll provide you my aid to let you use the Red Star," the Red Luma turned into a Red Star that floated above the ground.

"...This is something I'm really going to enjoy FOREVER..." Chris said as his eyes reflected the Red Star's image.

Super Mario Galaxy - Power to Fly

Luigi let out a long yawn before he slowly opened his eyes. "...Just 2 more minutes..." Luigi muttered.

Luigi saw Chris flying just above him. The World Traveler waved a hand at him before flying away.

Luigi smiled a little bit and closed his eyes...before he opened them back and sat up to see the World Traveler flying around with a red version of his clothes, but his hat was black along with his sleeves and pants.

"Chris?" Samus (being the only one that was just sitting down without sleeping) asked surprised.

"Hello!" Chris said from afar. "You guys can relax while I enjoy my time in the air. You won't believe how GREAT is to fly around wherever you want to go!" the World Traveler said happily. "So please, just rest and leave me all the fun for me!" Chris said with a chuckle before he flew off.

"...H-hey!" Luigi stood up. "I want to fly too!" Luigi then ran to the castle.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on April 03, 2009, 06:32:19 PM
Cool story.

The suspense kills me!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 04, 2009, 04:56:51 PM
"M-me too!" the other Luigi said as he stood up and ran to the castle.

It was not long before the Luigis and Chris were flying around the planet, grabbing the Purple Coins along the way. Even some of them joined in.

"..." Fox slowly opened his eyes with an annoyed expression. "Who's making...all that noise with laughs?"

"I dunno," Falco said as he looked Fox upside down. "Ask the guys floating around."

Fox looked up where Falco was wearing a red version of his clothes. "What's up with you and sudden change of colors?... And why are you floating in midair?"

"Because I just found the most awesome ability so far than the mushrooms and flowers," Falco flipped 1 time slowly. "The Red Star."

"Red Star?"

"An item Chris found in the castle," Mario explained as he flew to them. "He seemed to have fun and some of us joined him."

"I-I want to sleep if you don't mind..." Olimar said, laying close to them.

"So," Falco grinned. "If you'll excuse me, I'm going to sleep in midair." Falco folded his arms behind his head and slowly directed himself to fly away.

"..." Samus saw Falco hitting his head with the nearby house. "Stupid..."

"Why do I have to have this?" C. Falcon asked as he looked his back and found the emblem of Blood Falcon. "Seriously, what's up with that guy's emblem on my back?"

"That's something you'll have to ask Master Hand." Chris said as he flew to him.

C. Falcon grinned. "Hey, Chris, check this out," C. Falcon flew away and charged his fist with fire. "FLYING FALCON PUNCH!"

"Hmm..." Chris rubbed his chin. "I think we can use that little change for an attack..."

"Yeah! That's what I was talking about."

"But..." Chris made a bored look. "Remove the "flying" word so it doesn't sound stupid..."

"Okay. Got that."

Geno (wearing a red version of his clothes) looked at the Star Bits before he sighed. "What's wrong? Geno?" Twink asked.

"Nothing..." Geno said. "I was thinking where Kalmar was..."

"Then you were doing something."

"Twink..."

"Oh, sorry."

"As I've said before, I hope Kalmar is being held captive with Bowser because I'm going to get worried if that wasn't the right location for "hidden high above the clouds"..."

"...You know, Geno..." Twink looked away.

"Yes?"

"This is just random talking, but..." Twink looked at him. "I think there's another place for that clue to fit."

"There is?"

"But...I don't know. I thought there was another location... I hope I'm wrong..."

"...I hope that too..." Geno muttered worried.

"Aaaaaaaaand there!" Mario said as he grabbed the last Purple Coin that called out a Power Star on the top of the castle. The flying Smashers looked at the Power Star and then flew to it before Mario grabbed it and held it up in triumph while the others cheered.

"120 darn Power Stars in the darn bag." Falco said with a nod.

"Now we can fight Bowser and save this place." Twink said.

"Galaxies." Geno corrected him.

"Okay," Mario nodded. "Let's go back to the observatory!"

Everyone looked at each other. "...Why don't we relax and rest here?" C. Falcon asked as he looked around. "This place looks nice to sleep."

"I agree." Chris said.

"Me too." Geno said.

"Me three." Twink said.

"Us 4 and 5." the Luigis said.

"I agree." Falco said.

Mario yawned. "Well...I'm glad you decided to sleep here because I'm so tired as well..."

The flying Smashers nodded to each other and decided to sleep, but since they were flying, why not sleep in the air just for fun?

Even Chris chuckled once he turned his back and found Fox about to touch the Red Star. Fox blinked shocked for several moments before he laughed for a bit.

Then, Olimar came along and decided to sleep in the air as well. The captain looked a little depressed so he took out a scroll that Luigi blinked confused at.

"...What is that scroll for?" Luigi asked.

Olimar sniffed. "T-this contains all the courageous 1006 Pikmins that died this day..." Olimar opened the scroll which slowly grew longer and longer until a long trail of paper was shown in the planet. Olimar sniffed againas he took out a pencil. "Let's see... Loky, Rudy, Bobby, Lucky, Charlot..."

"Isn't Charlot a girl's name?" Luigi asked.

"S-some of them are females, but I can only tell which is one..." Olimar sniffed.

"(Time to console the poor guy...)" Chris sighed and went to Olimar.

They all rested through the entire day afterward...

Comet Observatory

Super Mario Galaxy - Comet Observatory 3

The next day...

"Preparations for take off are complete!" the yellow Toad said.

"Engines are running at full potency!" Mailtoad yelled.

"Starshroom's merging is complete too!" the blue Toad said.

"Good sandwishes...taking over bee kingdom...ready..." the green Toad sleeping in a small hill muttered.

"Alright!" the leader said proudly. "We're ready to engage Bowser! And when I say we, I mean all of you!" the leader said pointing at the Smashers who frowned in shame.

"All the Lumas, please enter an area and remain there until new advice!" Polari ordered the Lumas who were all talking between themselves before entering the areas across the observatory.

"At last," Samus began. "Time to end this nightmare."

"At least for this world," Chris said disappointed. "After this, it's a new world full of dangers..."

"And we're worried because?" Falco asked. "We've been in so many battles and we always win. This is no different."

"Being overconfident will only make you fall in defeat." Geno said.

"Pfft, this is me, okay?" Falco said with a glare.

"Just ignore him." Fox said.

"Hey!"

"Enough!" Twink said. "This is not the time to be fighting between ourselves!"

"Because we should be fighting Bowser." C. Falcon said.

"Oh, remote controls on grass," Olimar played with his fingers. "Something very bad is coming..."

"It'll come if we don't act quickly," Mario said. "But luckily, we're so many to fight Bowser."

"But what if he brings someone else to help him?" Luigi asked.

"He will," Mario said closing his eyes. "If the Subspace Army is helping him, then there's no mistake he'll bring someone."

"(I hope it's not it...)" Samus thought worried.

"G-guys!" Yoshi called from the library before he ran to them with the storybook on his hands. "Guys! You won't believe what I found!" Yoshi reached them and panted a little before looking at them.

"Find what?" Mario asked.

"This," Yoshi showed them the storybook. "The storybook that Rosalina used to tell the Lumas a story."

"...Hurray, yayz for kids' stories..." Falco said, rolling his eyes.

"N-no! You don't understand!" Yoshi opened the book. "I found something in the last pages. Something that looks like a diary written by Rosalina."

"Yoshi, you do know it's bad to read other's private writtings, right?" Samus asked.

Yoshi glared at her. "I know that, but this is something you need to listen! It's about her past. The whole storybook is Rosalina's past in short terms!"

Chris looked away embarrassed. "(...Maybe I should say what is going to happen in a game...but wait, Snake and I made a promise that...)"

"Look, we're busy right now because we're ready to fight Bowser," Fox said as he took out his Blaster. "We're sorry but we don't have time to read someone's diary."

Yoshi got angry. "Oh, I didn't know you guys were that heartless to Rosalina. Shame on you."

"...Ouch." C. Falcon said.

"...He totally got us..." Falco said.

"So why not listen to what she wrote here?" Yoshi asked as he held the book out to them.

"...Alright, tell us, Yoshi." Mario said with a nod.

Yoshi flipped through the pages and found the secret entry. "This is something better to understand her better than the story itself. Please, listen carefully."

Super Mario Galaxy - Sad Story

Page 1

Diary

It has been a long time ever since I found the Lumas.
The Lumas have been perfect children to me, and they are so happy and cute when they are happy, together with me.
I miss the family I used to have back in home. I always remember them everytime I go to sleep. My tears can't stop running once I drift of to my dreams, where I used to dream about them.

About my brother, my mother and my father...

Page 2

By this time, they're no longer living above the earth. This only makes me feel sad to the bottom of my heart. My heart aches with so much sadness that I can't hold back, along with my tears.

I try hard everyday to forget about that with the Lumas.

Page 3

The Lumas are my children, who try so hard to make me happy, which they do successfully. However, I always hide my inner pain everyday so hard that is such an impossible thing to do. I can keep my sadness hidden through the day, but my tears appear every time I sleep.

The Lumas don't enter to my room when I cry in my dreams, luckily...

But unfortunately, I don't have someone to comfort me...

"...My god..." Chris muttered.

"...U-ugh..." Samus clenched a fist after hearing that.

"Rosalina has been suffering every night about her family?" the other Luigi asked.

"But she looks perfectly fine when she's around here." Fox said.

Yoshi closed his eyes. "I think I can understand her sadness very well...but this isn't the end of the diary. This is just the entry she made when she was 14. There is more about her. Please, listen."

Page 4

It has been so long after I last wrote in you.

The pain that has ached my heart is long gone.
After I reached adulthood, after traveling the space for hundreds of years and visit the Mushroom Kigndom where the grave of my mother was on the top of the hill, under the tree that we used to visit, I always came back to visit her and tell her how much I loved her and my father and mother.

Page 5

I always told her all the mishaps that some Lumas used to do and that ended up in laughs if happiness. I always laughed about that so much to the point where I continued laughing for long periods of time. The Lumas are very funny and cute to live with.

As a mother, I can't be much happier than this...

"Hundreds of years?!" the Smashers repeated in shock and surprise.

"But she looks like a super-hot model!" C. Falcon said.

PUNCH!

"Shut up! It's not the time to talk like that about her!" Chris said angrily.

Yoshi rolled his eyes and read the same part again.

After he did...

"Hundreds of years?!" the Smashers repeated in shock and surprise.

"Oh, I can explain why she looks like that." Geno said.

After a very complicated theory of time and space (not about Dialga and Palkia, mind you...)

"So..." Samus trailed off. "She is the mother of the Lumas."

"That visits the Mushroom Kingdom every hundred years." Chris added.

"To visit the grave of her mother." Mario added.

"Without aging that much and just normally, according to Geno." Mario said.

Yoshi nodded. "But that's not all. Here's the last entry she wrote before Bowser attacked."

Page 6

The next Star Festival is going to begin tomorrow.
I can't wait to see my mother's grave again and tell her how much happy I feel.
Protecting the cosmos and the Lumas have been ardous and hard tasks, but Polari always helps me during the hard times.
I cannot explain how excited I am to visit the Mushroom Kingdom again.
I want to see the home I used to live, and my family...
...My dear family...

"There are some trails of drops on this page..." Yoshi pointed out.

Page 7

Mother...father...dear brother...
...I'm almost there to see you again, and tell you about my life again...
...Nothing is going to stop me from visiting and all of you...

Page 8

...Oh no...the pages end here...

...I...I must not cry...not after all this time...

...The only thing I know for sure is...

...That these tears that are falling on you are not of sadness...

...These tears...

...

...

...Are made from happiness...

"..." the Smashers looked down to the floor in shame.

Chris closed his eyes and covered them with his right arm. "...I...I forgot Rosalina also lost her parents..." Chris sobbed silently.

Samus patted his back and there were some faint sniffs coming withing her helmet. "I know... She went through the same sorrow as well..."

"...Dammit..." Fox muttered in shame.

"Dammit!" Falco punched the floor. "And I called the Lumas heartless. She probably heard that and didn't tell anything about the insult!"

Twink sniffed. "S-she always was happy, just to hide how sad she was..."

"Rosalina..." Geno muttered in shame.

"...Mama mia..." the Luigis and even Mario muttered in unison.

Olimar hugged a Purple Pikmin that was sobbing. "...I don't know what to say..."

"Damn..." C. Falcon shook his head. "I feel horrible for some reason..."

"All of us feel horrible..." Samus began. "It happens when you listen to a sad tale like hers."

Yoshi closed the storybook and cleared some tears from his eyes. "Rosalina was sad before when she was little. She wasn't sad when we came here."

"But even still..." Mario began. "...Insulting her without actually trying to is very bad and so wrong, after all she went through..."

"...Then..." Chris cleared his tears and made a serious look. "...It's settled..."

"Yeah..." Samus nodded.

"Absolutely." Geno said with a nod.

The other Smashers looked at each other and made the same serious looks before nodding.

Super Mario Galaxy - Power to Fly

"For Rosalina." Mario said.

"For Rosalina!" the Luigis said in unison.

"For Rosalina." Samus said.

"For Rosalina." Olimar said.

"For Rosalina." Chris said.

"For Rosalina." Geno said.

"For Rosalina!" Twink said.

"For Rosalina." Fox said.

"For Rosalina." Falco said.

"For super ho-" everyone glared at C. Falcon. "Rosalina!"

"For...Rosalina..." Yoshi said with a nod as he closed his eyes before opening them. "We have to rescue her and bring the Lumas' mother back!"

"Then," Mario pointed at the galaxy. "Set course to Bowser!"

"Affirmative!" the leader said. "Everyone, off to Bowser, where the princesses are being held captive!"

"Roger!" the Toad Brigade responded as they activated the Starshroom underneath the observatory that was merged, staring a big engine that shot a big flame. The observatory suddenly turned into a big spaceship and then into a blazing blue comet that slowly accelerated to the deepness of the space.

"...Wait," Chris began. "Aren't we going to the opposite direction that Mario mentioned?"

The leader facepalmed. "Turn the other way!"

"Roger!" the Toad Brigade responded as they turned the comet to the other way. The Smashers were looking at their direction, determined to rescue Rosalina and Peach.

"...How do you know that Bowser is this way again?" C. Falcon asked.

"...A hunch?" Mario responded confused.

The Smashers facepalmed and wished they went the right direction.

TO BE CONTINUED...

"Grand Finale for a Dear Mother. Sniff, this is just...great..." Twink sniffed.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Comet Observatory
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi (2), Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: makuta on April 04, 2009, 08:30:16 PM
Still going great. Now will it be Ridley or Meta-Ridley?

Oh, and a few chapters before, the parts with O'Chunks talking?

NEVER. DO. THAT. AGAIN.

It got so bad, I skipped those parts. Plus he can speak normally, just with a Scottish accent. NOT with a few letters per sentence.

Thanks.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 05, 2009, 12:00:16 PM
Quote from: makuta on April 04, 2009, 08:30:16 PM
Still going great. Now will it be Ridley or Meta-Ridley?

Oh, and a few chapters before, the parts with O'Chunks talking?

NEVER. DO. THAT. AGAIN.

It got so bad, I skipped those parts. Plus he can speak normally, just with a Scottish accent. NOT with a few letters per sentence.

Thanks.
Dude, that part was for humor. -_-
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 05, 2009, 01:22:53 PM
Chapter 117: Grand Finale for a Dear Mother

Bowser's Galaxy Reactor
Airship
The Fate of the Universe

Kingdom Hearts 2 - Rowdy Rumble

"Lord Bowser!" a Magikoopa yelled in panic as he appeared above the airship that Bowser, Charizard, Dedede and Bowser Jr. were riding on. "I-I have alarming news!"

"Unless it's about your cut of salaries for blowing up Jr.'s playground by accident, then go on ahead." Bowser said (while Bowser Jr. shed a tear).

"Mario! That bastard, he's coming here!"

"..." Bowser facepalmed and frowned. "Why is it that EVERY darn time that I block Mario's path he always finds a way around it?"

"Maybe because you don't plan your ideas that well." Charizard said.

"Sucks to be you." Dedede said with a snicker.

"Hey, cheer up," Charizard smirked. "They're not going to pass all the planets that are in the way here."

"GRRRRRR!!!" Bowser grunted. "Jr.!"

"Yes, Papa?" Bowser Jr. asked with a grin.

"Go and get the princesses! We shouldn't allow them to rescue them behind our backs and I want you to secure them!"

"Just as you say!" Bowser Jr. said with a snicker as he jumped to his own mini-airship and flew off to the castle.

Bowser looked to the fron, where he spotted a small blazing comet going towards them from afar. "Soon...soon I'll end your life, Mario..."

Princess Peach's Castle

"YOU!" Bowser Jr. yelled once he opened the doors of the castle. "Both of you, come with me!"

"Why should we?" Rosalina asked as she stood up from the sofa.

"Because if you don't, I'll have to use force instead!"

"Rosalina..." Peach stood up. "We should listen to him."

"...You're right..." Rosalina nodded. "We know how this is going to turn out after all."

"I hear you both!" Bowser Jr. said. "It's inevitable that the galaxies are going to be Papa's properties for the rest of the eternity, which is going to be forever!"

Both princesses walked towards the small version of Bowser and boarded the airship. "Hold on, 'cause Papa will marry one of you and he doesn't want to lose one because she fell off!"

"M-marry?" Rosalina repeated.

"Don't listen to what he says," Peach whispered. "Believe me."

"...Okay..." Rosalina whispered concerned.

Airship

"Papa!" Bowser Jr. called as he flew to the bigger airship. "I've got the 2 of 'em!"

"Good work!" Bowser yelled. "Now, keep them away from here and from Mario until they're finished!"

"What are you saying?" Jr. asked as he hopped to Bowser's airship as he snapped his fingers and the airship he was using flew away with both Peach and Rosalina. Bowser Jr. then took out what looked to be the Magic Paintbrush. "I went ALL the way to that stupid island resort just to be ready to confront Mario myself!"

"W-what th-Jr.! Where'd you get that from?"

Bowser Jr. chuckled. "There was this weird black guy with the stupid pink plant people costume that was using my paintbrush as some sort of lance. Of course, once I found him, I stole it, or more accurately, recovered it from him!"

"..." Bowser crossed his arms, closed his eyes and nodded. "Well, I could use your help so...fine! You're in!"

Bowser Jr. chuckled evily before spinning his paintbrush. "You're not going to be disappointed, Papa!"

"Those 2 share a close relationship that makes me sick." Dedede whispered.

"Stop talking about them!" Charizard complained. "We have other matters to attend to!" Charizard pointed at the comet that was slowly getting to them.

"Incoming!" the Magikoopa yelled.

"The Shadow Bugs will take care of them in they dare to get through all the planets first."

"...Er...maybe, maybe not..."

"Why is that?!" Bowser asked angrily.

"Because...well...how do I put it?"

"Speak up!"

"I...suggest you to see this for yourself..."

Bowser opened his eyes and they grew in shock. "...OH NO, THEY'RE NOT CHEATING LIKE THAT!"

Apparently, the Comet Observatory didn't stop once it reached the location where it was supposed to drop Mario and the others. It destroyed everything in its path towards the 4 villains at a slow rate, barely dodging the magma planet.

"...Shouldn't we...I don't know..." Dedede wondered sarcastically. "GET THE HELL OUTTA HERE?!"

"FULL SPEED AHEAD! DAMMIT! I SAID FULL SPEED AHEAD!" Bowser yelled at the Hammer Bro (sleeping inside the airship) that quickly woke up in panic and directed the airship away from the path of the observatory.

Then it stopped.

"WHAT THE HELL IS HAPPENING?!"

"We ran out of fuel, Lord Bowser!" the Hammer Bro yelled.

"IDIOT! I TOLD YOU TO REFILL THE TANK EARLIER THIS DAY!"

Charizard and Dedede looked at each other with bored looks. "...Why do I think he's gonna end up blowing the Subspace?" Dedede asked.

"I don't want to think what is Tabuu going to do with him..." Charizard said before they noticed the heat suddenly rising up. "Oh yeah, heat."

Dedede sweated a little. "W-wearing this coat today was such a bad idea...but why is the heat risin'?"

Charizard looked at the comet...that was 30 feet away from them.

The 4 villains' eyes widened as the comet came closer, and closer, and closer, and much closer, then even closer than before.

Then, they all yelled, "SHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII-"

Burn!

The comet barely touched the airship, but it was enough to burn the 4 together as they blinked quickly before turning to the comet.

Comet Observatory

"TURN THE OTHER WAY!" the leader yelled.

"I-I can't! It's hard to steer this thing!" the yellow Toad yelled.

"We're so close in getting the princesses back! Return!"

Airship

"Look, they're turning here again." Bowser Jr. said.

"I hope THIS time they stop where I want them to be!" Bowser grumbled.

"...We better move out..." Dedede said with a bored look...

Before the comet passed close to them and thus burned them even more than before. The airship was now a black version of a normal one.

"...Let's all just jump to the top of the tower and wait for them." Charizard suggested and they all nodded before jumping to a tower close to them. The airship remaining there in the same position.

Back with the princesses...

"They found the way," Rosalina said with a sigh of relief. "Now, we just need to wait and see what happens..."

"...Mario..." Peach whispered concerned.

Comet Observatory

Music stops

The entire Toad Brigade were shown covered in soot after the forceful landing, close to the pathway to the 4 villains as the Smashers stood at the first step. "Well, sorry for all the trouble this thing caused," the leader apologized. "But at last, we're here to save the princesses!"

"And when he means "we," he means you!" Mailtoad said to the Smashers, which responded with frowns.

"Please, be extremely careful against Bowser," Polari said. "Make sure you return with Rosalina or else the Lum-"

"I know," Yoshi said nodding. "I'll rescue her."

"Aww..."

Yoshi blushed. "S-stop that!"

"We're going to put an end to Bowser once again," Mario said. "And the galaxies are going to be just fine."

"..." Samus looked away.

Chris looked at her. "Is something bothering you?"

"...No..."

"..." Chris made a worried look.

"Okay, backtrack the observatory!" Polari yelled as the observatory began to move away from the pathway. "Good luck in the battle and please, rescue Rosalina and Peach!"

"For the last time, we will!" Twink yelled.

The Smashers turned to the pathway, where the 4 villains were waiting for them with crossed arms. "There they are..." C. Falcon said.

"I have a very bad feeling about this..." Chris muttered. "I think I need to choose the right job to fight..." he looked at Samus. "...And I know which one." Chris changed to his Chozo Arts job and grabbed his Paralyzer. "I want to see which combinated Final Smash do we get."

"I see," Samus nodded. "I'll help you out."

"Thanks." Chris smiled a bit to Samus.

"Then, here we go." Mario said as they began to climb the stairs.

Back with the villains...

"They're they come, Papa." Jr. said.

"Yeah," Bowser narrowed his eyes. "Even if they succeed in defeating us, we have it waiting for them at the planet of the Subspace Bomb-" Bowser looked at the big magma planet that had a big Subspace Bomb as a planet in the inside. "-where they'll die for sure."

"...Papa."

"Yes?"

"Mario's grabbing the Life Mushroom."

Bowser looked at Mario gaining more life. "Dang it!"

"Not to mention the other green mushroom."

"Double dang it! I knew putting you firing cannonballs was more productive than not doing it!"

"Hey! You said I could fight with you!"

"Because you recovered the paintbrush I didn't get to hear about!"

"Would you 2 just shut it?!" Charizard asked angrily. "They're already here, glaring at us like they always do!"

"...Er..." Dedede blinked shocked. "...Give us 2 seconds..."

The villains turned their backs to the Smashers and looked at the space.

"...Talk about pathetic..." Falco whispered.

"It's Bowser," Geno whispered. "What'd you expect?"

"SO!" Bowser stomped the floor and all the villains turned to the Smashers. "You're all her-HOLY CRAP!" Bowser ducked from a Charged Shot, several red and blue Blaster shots, paralyzer shots, beams and some Red Pikmins that returned back. "H-hey!" Bowser stood up. "What's the big idea about interrupting my spee-"

"SHUT UP!" the Smashers yelled angrily.

"W-what's the sudden fury at me?!"

"You made us go through a lot just to get here!" C. Falcon yelled.

"Have you went through a crazy feast for honey in your life?" Chris asked.

"I-" Bowser was interrupted.

"Have you ever sink inside very cold water?" Falco asked.

"Well, 1 ti-"

"Have you seen you entire life flash in a second as you ride a crazy Manta?" Geno asked.

"At least I-"

"Have you been licked by a clone of yourself?" Twink asked.

"N-n-"

"Have you lost 1006 Pikmins that you cared for so much?" Olimar asked with a sniff.

"I-I hav-"

"Have you been killed by a single touch on your leg?" Fox asked.

"N-nev-"

"Have you met people who don't care about the universe?" Samus asked.

"W-well, that tim-"

"Have you been rolling above a big ball downhill?" the other Luigi asked.

"What the fu-"

"Have you been meeting yourself 2 times?" Luigi asked.

"Why are there 2 Lui-"

"Have you been called Papa like 489 times in a single day?" Yoshi asked.

"O-one time whe-"

"Have you chased bunnies from hell?" C. Falcon asked.

"W-will yo-"

"Have you ever stopped doing the same thing, all these years?" Mario asked.

"OKAY! OKAY! SHUT IT! FINE! I'M ANNOYING, ALRIGHT?!" Bowser yelled out. "Still, that doesn't matter! What matters now is that you're all here to witness my supreme dominion over the entire univers-"

"With Tabuu ownin' 40 percent of it." Dedede pointed out.

"We agreed it was 20 percent of it!" Bowser glared at Dedede.

"And I was told to have 30 percent of it!" Jr. said angrily.

"And I asked for 5 percent of it." Charizard said with a grin.

The villains went arguing back and forth about who owned the most part of the universe while the Smashers looked fairly confused at this.

"...Is this what we came here?" Luigi asked.

"No..." Mario trailed off.

"...Rosalina! Peach!" Yoshi yelled to the princesses which were several feet away from the tower. "Thank goodness you 2 are okay!"

"Yoshi!" Peach yelled. "It's good to see you again!"

"Don't worry! I'll rescue you both! Just wait right there!"

"...But don't we have another place to go?!" Peach asked.

"I-I guess not! My bad!" Yoshi looked at Rosalina. "And for you, the Lumas are fine! I took care of them when you were gone!"

Rosalina blinked several times before smiling a bit to Peach, who smiled back to her.

"They behaved like they do around you. We even finished reading the storybook!"

"Thank you!" Rosalina yelled. "Thank you so much for you aid, Yoshi!"

Yoshi blushed. "I-it was nothing! Just hang in there a little bit longer!"

"We will! Take care of yourself in the meantime!" Peach yelled. "Tell Mario I wish him good luck!"

"I will!" Yoshi yelled before turning to the Smashers. "Did you hear?"

"Yes," Mario nodded. "We need to stop Bowser-"

"And the other ones." Geno added before all of them nodded to each other and prepared to fight.

"Hey! Numbskulls!" Twink yelled. "We're ready!"

The 4 stopped arguing and looked at the Smashers before chuckling in unison. "Well, well, it was about time we started this crap." Bowser said before he snapped his fingers as he took everyone to small planetoid of metal which and landed on (albeit to say, Chris tripped but then got up). The planetoid itself had several spiky bushes around.

"I hope you're prepared," Dedede put his hammer above his shoulder. "'Cuz if you DO manage to defeat us, there's a big surprise waiting for yo-"

Charizard hit his head. "Shut up! Don't spoil it!"

Dedede rolled his eyes. "Yeah, yeah..."

"If things get rough," Charizard smirked. "We have many underlings ready to appear from nowhere and aid us in this fight against you all."

"However!" Bowser Jr. continued. "I doubt you're even gonna reach the surprise, since by that time, your dead carcasses are going to float into the magma, where your bones are going to disintegrate to nothing!"

"Yeah, that's my boy!" Bowser said proudly before everyone (except Jr.) stared at him with odd looks. "...So what? He's my son so I expected him to be this evil like me!"

"(...Bowser is really, really and very stupid in person...)" Chris thought with a bored look.

"I'll provide information whenever you want." Kawashima said.

"Thank you." Chris said.

"It's time for our revenge back at the Sports Festival," Bowser cracked his fists. "This time, I'll do the work myself."

"Good," Geno adjusted his hand. "I was thinking about beating you up for that again."

"So am I," Fox said. "I won't let an idiot like him defeat me in any way."

"Oh, look at me, I'm shaking!" Bowser Jr. chuckled. "Fur face is gonna teach me a lesson. HAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAA!!!"

"That's it, you're going down first."

Bowser Jr. spun his paintbrush. "Ha! Just try it! I dare ya to hit me with everything you've got."

"Oh," Fox grinned. "The pleasure will be all mine."

"...Since when did you have a rivalry with him?" Falco asked but Fox didn't even look at him nor he answered.

"Bowser..." Yoshi began before glaring at Bowser. "You're not going to take Rosalina away from the Lumas, because I'm going to do everything to stop you from doing such horrible and stupid thing!"

"Listen here, dino," Charizard began. "She needs to be captive all the time we want," Yoshi seemed to get shocked at this. "And Tabuu is so going to enjoy taking her mind..."

"...N-no!" Yoshi snapped out. "The Lumas need her so badly!"

"Do we care?" Bowser asked. "We're bad dudes. This is what we're meant to do."

"...You nasty little..." Samus muttered with anger.

"...Bastards..." Chris muttered with lesser anger.

"So you don't care what could happen to the Lumas then?!" Yoshi asked. "That's very mean! They're just babies who need a mother like Rosalina!"

"Oh, don't be so worried..." Dedede smirked. "We'll return her shortly..."

"...Really?"

"Of course!" Dedede opened his arms. "Once she turns evil when Tabuu gets to know her! Then we'll return her to those pipsqueaks just to be hurt and maybe even possessed! After all, she could be a very important part for us! HEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEH!!!"

"..." Yoshi gritted his teeth (if he had any). "...THAT'S IT! I HAD IT WITH YOU!"

Bowser stomped the floor and roared. "Alright! Let's start this ENCOUNTER!!!"

"O-oh boy..." Olimar backed away. "P-please, don't let my Pikmins get killed again..."

"Then just leave." C. Falcon said.

"N-no! I have to fight!"

"Good enough for me."

"...Phew..."

Super Mario Galaxy - Bowser's Final Battle

"Here they come. Stay alert at all moments and remember that Bowser can do several new things alone!" Kawashima warned them. "Oh, the Over Limit gauge is ready to be used at any time! Speaking of which, be aware that they can use their Final Smashes against you!"

"I got that," Chris said as he ran towards Bowser with Chris's Plasma Whip ready. Bowser instantly jumped and rocks began to gather around him before he turned into a big boulder. "What th-"

"DIE!" Bowser yelled as he crushed the World Traveler underneath the weight of the boulder that went rolling away.

"...U-ugh..." Chris saw blood coming from his mouth and shivered a little. "I-I need to be careful with that..."

"I'll gladly help you." Samus said as she stood close to him a fired a missile in front of her. The missile stopped in midair where Bowser was going to come and it exploded right on his face (since his head was out the boulder) and the king yelled as he spun above his shell, around the planetoid.

"Let me do this!" Mario said as he used a Star Spin on the spinning Bowser who then got pushed to the air and fell on the floor, dazzled by the spin.

"It's our chance to land an attack on him!" Chris yelled as he charged at Bowser, but then Charizard came from the right and slammed his head directly into the World Traveler's arm, pushing him out of the way as he screamed in pain.

"No attacking allowed!" Charizard yelled before he chuckled.

"Pay more attention!" Yoshi yelled as he swallowed Charizard and spat him out. Charizard grunted before using Flamethrower to burn Yoshi. "AAAAAAHHH!!!"

Geno dashed towards Charizard as he fired bullets from his fingers, making the Pokémon back away in pain before the other Luigi...

...Wait a minute, where is the other Luigi?

There was the other Luigi back at the tower where they were before, ducking in fear. "I-I'm going to help them at the most desperate situation! I swear!" Luigi yelled.

Back at the fight.

"SUPER FIRE PUNCH!" Luigi yelled as he used a flaming uppercut that sent Charizard to the air before landing back on the floor. Luigi, however, was falling backwards before landing on the top of his head before standing up.

"That had to be strong, but at the same time ridiculous..." Geno commented with a bored look.

"That explains why he didn't join Mario before." Twink said with a bored look.

"A-at least I gave him damage, right?" Luigi asked.

"That's exactly why I'm biting your arm off!" Charizard yelled from behind Luigi as he ducked his head and bit Luigi's right arm. The green plumber screamed (in agony) as the dragon shook him several times before tossing it to Yoshi, who gasped and was pushed back.

"Geno Beam!" Geno yelled as he fired a blue beam that crossed Charizard.

"Ugh! You darn wooden puppet!" Charizard complained as he prepared his Flamethrower.

"Attack order!" Olimar whistled to his Pikmin to charge at Dedede, who simply remained in his position and crushed the Pikmins with his hammer. "Oh, please! Stop killing them!"

"Like I'm gonna hear ya!" Dedede yelled before he charged at Olimar as he "accidentaly" tripped on Olimar and dealed a good amount of damage.

"G-GET OFF ME!" Olimar yelled underneath Dedede.

"FALCON KICK!" C. Falcon came from the left and kicked Dedede out of the way with his blazing kick before looking down. "You okay?"

"Y-yes..." Olimar shook his head. "Oh, that penguin is so going to pay..." Olimar grabbed the leaf from a Purple Pikmin and ran towards Dedede, who merely chuckled.

"Oh, I'm scared, little dude's gonna hit me with that thi-"

"BANZAI!" Olimar yelled as he leaped to Dedede and began banging the Purple Pikmin on him...

...Which was dealing WAY too much damage in fact.

"AAAHH! GET OFF ME! GET OFF ME! GET OFF ME!!!" Dedede yelled and screamed.

"WHO'S BEGGING FOR MERCY NOW?!" Olimar asked rhetorically before he kept banging the Purple Pikmin on Dedede.

"AWAY!" a Waddle Dee yelled as it (he) slammed to Olimar and pushed him out of the way.

Dedede panted several times before glaring at both captains. "You're all gonna pay for what you did!"

"Too slow!" Jr. taunted Fox who tried to land a kick on him, but the small Bowser used his staff as a shield. "Nope!" Jr. blocked a kick to his legs. "Not even up here!" Jr. blocked a hit to his head. "C'mon! Are you gonna go easy on me you 'cuz I'm a little ruffian?"

"Grr," Fox grunted. "(This guy is actually hard to fight against...)"

"Wide open!" Jr. yelled as he quickly turned and slammed the paintbrush on Fox's face, making the vulpine back away in pain with trails of paint on his face. "Hehehehee! Nothing like showing you what it takes to deal with me!"

"Would you pay more attention to the others you're fighting?" Falco asked behind Jr. and brought down his slicing hands...that Jr. quickly blocked as well. "H-hey!"

"Take this!" Jr. yelled as he quickly ducked and pushed Falco's stomach using the tip from below the paintbrush. "And this!" Jr. yelled as he slammed his spiny shell at Falco's body. "And this too!" Jr. slapped the paintbrush on Falco's face which made him back away as well.

"Geez..." Falco panted. "Can't believe Bowser's kid is this strong..."

"Just keep attacking him," Fox said. "There's always an opening that we don't see clearly."

"Like hell you'll find something like that!" Jr. said with an evily snicker. "I'm invincible! Surrender and accept that fact!"

"Just like that, Jr.!" Bowser yelled from afar as he spew fire from his mouth to Samus and Mario who dodged the attack. Bowser was then hit on his head by Flip Kick from Chris who appeared from his back and landed in front of him.

"...My god! I did that?" Chris asked surprised.

"Yeah!" Bowser said before he grabbed the World Traveler. "And I did this!" Bowser began to bite the World Traveler several times before Samus fired a Charged Shot to the king of the Koopas and saved Chris, who landed on the floor, panting heavily.

"T-thanks..." Chris muttered in pain.

"Just be more careful," Samus said. "Don't try to use close range attacks if you know that he'll grab you like he did before."

"...U-understood..."

"Hello?!" Bowser called out as he punched a spiny bush that slammed into Samus and pushed her back. Chris quickly ran to Bowser but the spiny bush from before didn't return but then it did, stricking his back before he fell to the floor. "Mwhahahahahaha!!!"

"...At...this...rate..." Chris panted heavily while he was on the floor. "...I'm...going...to...die..."

"Say your prayers!" Bowser said as he lifted a foot above Chris.

"God, please bless my friends, especially Lucario because he is totall-"

"NOT LITERALLY!" Bowser yelled as he put down his foot...that missed Chris because he was grabbed by a grapple that came from Samus.

"Are you sure you can keep on?" Samus asked.

"Definitely..." Chris said breathing heavily. "I won't...be a burden...I promise..."

"...Fine." Samus said before she quickly pulled Chris to her to evade Bowser (who turned into a big boulder) and rolled around the planetoid.

"Now's our chance!" Mario yelled as he used a Star Spin on a spiny bush that blasted off to Bowser's face and made him spin on his shell around.

Though that affected everyone's fight as well...

Charizard was shown stopping Yoshi's stomach before gathering flames in his mouth. "BURN!" Charizard yelled.

Then...

"UAH!" Charizard yelled once Bowser slammed into himself and made him all back, thus setting Yoshi free.

Luigi (from nowhere) came using Luigi Tornado to land only 1 hit, followed by a stronger one that pushed Charizard to the air. "...You're ACTUALLY fighting now?" Geno asked surprised.

Luigi blushed and played with his fingers. "Y-yeah?"

"LOOK OUT!"

"YIIIIIIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Luigi screamed once Charizard used Flamethrower behind him as the green plumber was being burned.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno shouted as he fired a slicing ring that crossed Charizard...but it didn't do massive damage. "Rats, it doesn't work on him."

"You'll pay!" Charizard yelled as he dashed to Geno. The pupper blocked his face before Charizard used Fly to deal an uppercut of fire with his head, pushing the puppet away.

"I've got him!" Olimar yelled as a Blue Pikmin was grabbing Dedede from escaping.

"How the heck is this little goofball grabbin' me?!" Dedede asked as he looked behind him and found C. Falcon about to land a Falcon Punch on him. "AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"PUNCH!... Damn!" C. Falcon cursed as he hit Bowser instead.

Bowser just spun between the king and the pilot that punched him in the right moment. Bowser felt extremely dizzy as he went away, spinning like crazy before Dedede kicked the Pikmin away, hit Olimar with a small charged Jet Hammer and kicked C. Falcon away. "Phew, I was almost dead... Don't do that again!" Dedede demanded.

"Ha! Heh! Ha! Ha! Yah!" Jr. struck his paintbrush down and kicked both Star Fox members away by spinning around and using them as floors. "C'mon! Are you even going to try and land a hit on me?" Jr. taunted.

"Damn..." Falco panted. "There's not a single opening we can find..."

"Keep...trying..." Fox breathed heavily. "I know there is something that we're ignoring completely..."

"Ha! That's a laugh!" Jr. said. "Nothing is going to let you attack me at all. NOTHI-AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

Bowser came from nowhere and slammed right into his son, pushing Jr. to the floor as he hopped several times along the floor before his face remained on the floor.

"D-dangit..." Jr. muttered before he looked up. "I won't let the mistakes of my dad distract me from this figh-" he was interrupted as Falco grabbed him from the neck. "H-hey! Let me go!"

"After this," Falco said before he hit Jr.'s stomach several times using his right knee. "And this." Falco tossed Jr. to the air where he was shot 3 times by Falco's Blaster.

But the attack didn't end there. Fox jumped 2 times to reach the small Bowser and started to land a 5-hit combo while he spun and kicked Jr. away, but Bowser Jr. quickly flipped and landed on the floor, panting heavily as he put his little mask over his mouth.

"What were you saying?" Fox asked raising an eyebrow with a grin.

"You..." Bowser Jr. panted. "Once I...put this mask on...you're going to tremble in fear! YAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Jr. yelled as he charged at them.

"Huaaah!" Mario used a Star Spin to knock Bowser away, stopping all the mad spinning on him but by hurting him. "We're doing great. Keep it up like that!"

"Speak..." Chris panted. "For...yourself..."

"...Oh, sorry."

"It's...okay..."

"Damn you 3!" Bowser yelled as he did a high jump and stomped the floor, creating a red shockwave that paralyzed Mario, except for Samus and Chris who jumped in time. However, Bowser kept pounding the planetoid several times, damaging everyone else who didn't evade the rings of electricity. "MWHAHAHAHAHAHA! How'd you like that?!"

"IDIOT!" Charizard and Dedede yelled.

"We were on the way of those lasers!" Charizard grunted.

"P-P-P-P-Papa!" Jr. yelled. "W-w-w-why'd you do that for?!"

"Crap!" Bowser cursed before a Super Missile exploded on his back. "Hey! Don't cheat like I do!"

"Duh!" Chris said annoyed as Samus chuckled a little bit.

Everyone recovered their composures and regained their movement.

"You know," Samus began to Chris. "You should change jobs and train that one later, just to be safe."

"...I...guess..." Chris said as he changed to his Monk job.

Now, this was a job that he haven't used yet. Chris was now wearing a blue gi with a white shirt underneath with long sleeves. He wore black gloves, black pants and sandals with a black belt on his...belt. He even was wearing a blue bandana on his forehead.

"..." Chris looked at himself. "...I feel like a little amount of strength got into me..."

"Good," Samus nodded. "Because here he comes."

"What?" Chris asked before Bowser rammed himself at the 2 and crushed Chris underneath him. "H-hey! S-stop the crushing thing on me!"

"Away!" Mario yelled as he used a Star Spin on a nearby spiny bush to push Bowser out of the way. "Chris, are you still fighting?"

"O-of course..." Chris twitched in pain. "I can fight..."

"Oh, sure," Bowser chuckled. "One more attack until you go down, kid."

"...Kid?!" Chris repeated angrily. "Okay, I'm so mad off right now. You're really going to regret that! YAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Chris charged at Bowser, who merely chuckled and remained at his position.

"Pfft, if you're going to lift me then go ahead, because it's not going to happen." Bowser said nodding with closed eyes.

"To be sincere," Samus began. "He is lifting you, in fact..."

"..." Bowser looked down where Chris was struggling a little bit to hold him. "Put me down!"

"W-with pleasure!" Chris yelled as he tossed Bowser down to the floor with a bit of force, dealing a good amount of damage.

"AAHH!" Bowser yelled before glaring at Chris. "Y-you littl-"

Bowser was interrupted as Samus used her Screw Attack behind him, pulling him inside a spinning ball that sliced his stomach several times before landing back on the floor.

"...Grrr..." Bowser grunted angrily as he looked up. "Time to change places!" Bowser yelled as he stomped on the floor and pulled everyone to a close planetoid. This planetoid contained sling plants and not much else. "Try this!" Bowser yelled as he jumped high and got covered into 2 big spiky shells that struck the floor and rolled around.

"O-oh no!" Mario yelled as he was crushed under the spiny ball.

"It's easy to dodge him like that," Samus said as she sidestepped out from Bowser's way. "What th-"

Bowser quickly turned towards her and crushed the bounty hunter under his weight as he continued his path around.

"S-Samus!" Chris yelled worried.

"We're...fine..." Samus muttered weakly.

"UGH!" Geno grunted as Charizard shook him with his fangs entering his wooden arm. "S-stop this!"

"Yeah!" Twink said as he flailed his little hands and slammed himself on Charizard's head, releasing Geno in the process before Charizard shot a nasty glare to him. "Y-yikes! He's ugly with capital letters!"

"BRUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAA!!!" Charizard roared.

"!!!" Twink gasped and quickly hid inside Geno's cape.

"Such heartless soul shouldn't be allowed to wish." Geno said with a glare to Charizard.

Charizard crossed his arms. "He was annoying, so why not?"

"Heheheh, funny you ask that..."

"Wha-HEY!" Charizard's eyes widened once he was pulled inside Yoshi's mouth. Yoshi then turned the dragon Pokémon into an egg that shook several times before Charizard broke out, fairly disgusted.

"He was annoying, so why not?" Yoshi asked as Charizard grunted.

"Y-you stupid excuse for a dinosaur!" Charizard said angrily.

"I'm a YOSHI." Yoshi corrected him.

"Aren't Yoshis technically dinosaurs?" Luigi asked.

"...Er...we're Yoshis!" Yoshi protested.

"Who in their sane mind cares about that?!" Charizard asked before he spew a long trail of flames out from his mouth. "Heheheheheheh..." Charizard chuckled, stopped his attack and smirked evily. "ROOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Charizard roared loudly as a rainbow aura exploded on him, giving him the power of the Final Smash.

"Oh no..." Geno shook his head slowly. "...This isn't going to turn out well..."

Charizard concentrated a big deal of fire inside himself as many little flames began to get out from his mouth before he roared to the sky with a huge formation of fire that covered the whole planetoid. The Smashers stopped fighting and looked above before the flames of the Fire Pokémon descended quickly and burned them all greatly, yelling in extreme pain as Charizard grinned evily.

Blast Burn

Engulf your enemies with the strongest heat of an inferno. Deals great fire damage to all enemies if they get caught.

"UGH!" Charizard dropped on his knees and panted heavily.

"...I..." Luigi muttered. "...Can't fight...anymore..."

"Be...strong..." Geno muttered weakly as he managed to stand up. "It looks...like...he weakened himself..."

"Indeed, he did," Kawashima began from Chris's pocket. "Using Blast Burn is very risky, since it tires the user out. Serves him right for not being one of Red's Pokémon like he should and use that attack as his Final Smash."

"...S-so?" Chris asked weakly.

"...I don't think Charizard is going to last for much longer..."

"...Then it's an advantage..." Geno said.

"H-how's everyone else?" Samus asked.

"Burned..." C. Falcon and Olimar replied.

"I'm...okay..." Fox responded.

"Me...too..." Falco responded.

"..." Chris couldn't manage to speak but he was able to stand up.

"I'm...fine..." Yoshi said panting.

"I can...still...fight..." Geno muttered.

"I don't feel so good...but I can keep on..." Mario responded.

"Fine under cape!" Twink yelled perfectly fine from Geno's cape.

"HEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEH!!!" Dedede laughed proudly. "We're almost gonna win against ya! I bet you didn't expect that, did ya?! HEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEH!"

"Heeheeheeheeh!" Jr. chuckled and pointed at Fox and Falco. "I betcha you can't even breath anymore!"

"Admit it..." Charizard panted. "...This is...your end..."

"...No..." Chris muttered weakly as he changed to his Fonic Hymn User job. "...I'm going to...to use this...to turn the tables...at our favor..."

"MWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Bowser laughed evily. "Yeah, right! Like a stupid kid like you is going to turn the tables on us!"

Now, Chris really got mad.

"DIE!" Bowser yelled as he transformed into his rolling shell and charged towards Chris.

"Chris! Get out! You won't resist the damage anymore!" Mario yelled.

"(...I...)" Chris thought as Bowser dangerously rolled towards him. "(...I can...turn the tables...)"

"NOW, DIE AS I'VE SAID BEFOR-"

"That's enough!" Chris yelled as a rainbow aura covered him while it pushed Bowser away with a force that appeared once the aura appeared on the World Traveler. "U-ugh... Q-quick..."

"Grrrrrr!!!" Bowser grunted annoyed before turning back to his spike ball form. "Now this is it!"

"Hope you have fun in hell!" Jr. said as he raised his paintbrush above Fox and Falco, who looked down and closed their eyes.

"Little pipsqueak is gonna di-ie!" Dedede chanted happily as he lifted his hammer above Olimar and C. Falcon, who were laying down painfully on the floor.

"...U-ugh..." Charizard slowly gathered flames in his mouth as Yoshi, Geno and Luigi gasped at this once they couldn't move for the damage they received.

Bowser dangerously rushed after Chris, who panted heavily every second as he concentrated his magic.

"T-t-t-thou who wouldst take revenge, c-c-c-c-carve here thy holy seal... ECLAIR DE LARMES!!!"

Chris successfully made a holy glyph underneath Bowser that shot out slicing lights that stopped him and damaged him.

"Begin..." Chris said closing his eyes. "O light that rains down on heaven and earth, bring my enemies to their destined annihilation!"

The time seemed to stop for everyone except for the World Traveler. The villains only managed to turn their eyes at the extreme shining lights that appeared above and underneath the planetoid.

"FORTUNE ARC!!!" Chris yelled as streams of light crossed the whole planetoid, damaging all the villains who screamed in pain.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Charizard let out a last roar before he fainted, defeated.

"At least..." Bowser twitched in pain. "This...is over..."

"Oh, really?" Samus asked as she looked over to Chris, who wasn't finished with his Final Smash as he put both hands on his neck before opening them back, releasing healing and damaging waves of light that healed the Smashers, but damaged the villains with more damage than before.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Bowser yelled in pain with Dedede and Jr..

"And grant us the divine protection of thine brilliance!" Chris chanted with an echoing voice before the glyphs disappeared and everything went back to normal as he stood normally. His wounds were almost gone completely.

"D-dangit..." Dedede muttered in pain. "N-now I know why is that kid so dangerous..."

"Hellooo?" C. Falcon tapped Dedede's shoulder.

"What?" Dedede asked annoyed.

"Go, get him!" Olimar yelled as he tossed several Pikmins to the king(?) and started to bang him around his body, making Dedede scream in pain as he tried to get them off.

"That was an excellent comeback," Samus said to Chris, who blushed a little. "Well done."

"T-thanks," Chris nodded embarrassed. "T-to be honest, I had this Final Smash for an emergency...but I can't use it again..."

"Huh? Why?"

"Allow me to explain," Kawashima began. "Only 1 Final Smash per person is allowed to be used. Chris used his Final Smash but he can't use another one with the Over Limit gauge anymore, but you all can," Kawashima shifted his eyes. "However though, you can use your Final Smash again if you have a Smash Ball..." the professor whispered.

"...Riiight..." Chris said nodding. "I still have that Smash Ball..."

"Then use it when it's necessary." Samus said.

"Be careful, a Final Smash doesn't mean you'll kill the boss with one hit, just damage him even more than normal," Kawashima explained. "Oh, but Samus can use hers twice."

"...Why twice?" Samus asked.

"Oh ho ho ho, you'll see." Kawashima said with a wink.

"...You're creeping me out."

"GRRRR!!!" Jr. stomped the floor several times annoyed. "C'mon, people! We're about to win...and you're about to lose?! What the heck is wrong here?!"

As the little Bowser continued to rant, Fox and Falco noticed something very vital that was so blatantly obvious to the smart people who....you 2 stop glaring at me! You're supposed to be fighting!

...

That's better.

"Say, Fox..." Falco wondered as he narrowed his eyes at the Magic Paintbrush. "What if we take that off from him? Won't that make him more useless?"

"That was exactly what I was thinking." Fox said with a nod. Both nodded to each other and carefully walked to Bowser Jr..

"We're almost gonna win! You better make my Papa proud of you or else I'll tear you down to shreds...and..." Bowser Jr. noticed that his paintbrush was gone. "M-MY PAINTBRUSH! W-where is it?!"

Falco whistled and Bowser Jr. looked at him with shocked eyes. "Oh, you mean this?" Falco asked sarcastically with a grin before Bowser Jr. went after him, but, since taller people are, as a fact, taller, Bowser Jr. couldn't reach his beloved paintbrush since Falco kept him away.

"MY PAINTBRUSH!" Bowser Jr. flailed his arms to no avail. "GIMME MY PAINTBRUSH! I WANT IT! I WANT IT! I WAAAAAAAANT IIIIIIIIIIIIIT!!!"

Falco rolled his eyes. "(Stupid, whiny, little, Bowser...)"

"GIMME BACK MY PAINTBRUUUUUUUUUUUUSH!!!" Bowser Jr. cried loudly.

"U-ugh..." Bowser grunted in pain as Mario, Samus and Chris (in his Pikmin Captain job with 3 Pikmins) had him cornered. "You're not...going to take me ou-"

"PAAAAAAAAAAAAAAPAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

Bowser covered his ears (if he had any) from the loud cry from his son. "JUNIOR! STOP CRYING, I'M BUSY!"

"THEY DON'T WANNA GIMME MY PAINTBRUUUUUUUUUUSH! WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"SHUT UP! SHUT UP SHUT UP SHUT UP!!!" Bowser roared annoyed.

"(M-my goodness...he has a very strong voice...)" Mario thought while he blocked his ears.

"PAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAPAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-"

"Do it, Fox!" Falco yelled (twitching from the loud cries).

"Shut-up!"

"H-HUH?!" Bowser Jr. stopped his tears and looked at the right side before he was hit very fataly on his head by a fully charged attack by Fox's kick. The small Bowser blasted off to the sky before he fell all the way down where Bowser was cornered. He sat up and blinked several times, finding a small tooth close to him that he took it.

"Finally..." Bowser sighed.

"...UUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Bowser Jr. cried EVEN louder than before.

"D-DAMMIT! WHAT IS IT THIS TIME?!"

"THEY BROKE A FANG FROM ME!!!" Bowser Jr. showed his dad a small fang that fell off from his mouth. "AND IT WAS MY SHARPEST ONE!!!"

"H-how dare they!!!" Bowser said utterly enraged.

"GET THAT FUR FACE!!! WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

Bowser did what he needed to do...

Several minutes later...

Back where the airship holding the princesses, Bowser Jr. was there with tape covering his mouth as he sobbed silently over the loss of his fang.

"...Poor thing..." Peach said as she rubbed Bowser Jr.'s head.

"(...So, that is the kind heart you have...)" Rosalina thought with amusement.

"Hmmmmmm..." Bowser Jr. cried some tears.

Back at the planetoid...

"Now, where were we?" Bowser asked, dusting off his hands. "Oh, yeah... U-ugh..." Bowser stood up with his right leg. "You're not...going to defeat me... I will...rule the galaxies!"

"Well..." Mario rubbed his head. "You're done for as of now"

"Huh?! Why?!" Bowser asked furiously.

Mario simply pointed at Dedede, who apparently was himself VS. Olimar, C. Falcon, Yoshi, Geno, Luigi, Fox and Falco, and obviously, he wasn't winning.

"OWW!" Dedede complained after Geno shot a beam to his stomach. "Y-you imbeci-OWW! S-st-OOW! Attackin' m-OOW! Like tha-OWW!"

Music stops

"...Curse my ideas..." Bowser muttered once Dedede fell on his back, defeated as the others rejoined the 3 and cornered Bowser all together. "...NO!" Bowser stomped the floor. "I can't lose like this! Not against you!" he pointed at Chris, "a stupid kid who cosplays," he pointed at Mario, "my eternal rival," he pointed at Samus, "a man-armor."

"I'm a woman inside a suit!" Samus yelled annoyed.

Bowser pointed at C. Falcon, "a pilot perv," he pointed at Geno, "that puppet guy," he pointed at Twink, "that little star that foiled my plans once," he pointed at Yoshi, "that dinosaur thing," he pointed at Olimar, "that random Mario clone."

"H-hey!" Olimar said annoyed.

"And mostly..." Bowser pointed at Fox and Falco. "Those 2 imbeciles, who not only broke a fang from my dear super cool awesome son, but also stopped me from turning themselves and the monkey without pants into trophies for Master Hand, because the stupid bird brain appeared out of nowhere and knocked the Subspace Gun out from my hands!"

Tales of Symphonia 2: Behind Us!

"...What?" Fox and Falco asked confused.

Chris wondered for a moment before gasping silently. "B-Bowser, y-you don't happen to know..."

Bowser rolled his eyes in annoyance. "Pfft, don't tell me you all forgot what happened during the whole Subspace thing! Geez! Do I have to remind you everything?!"

"Wait," Samus began. "What do you mean that you have to remind all of us what happened about an event that we didn't even take part of?"

"Pss, Chris..." Kawashima whispered.

"Yes?" Chris whispered back.

"I-I'm not sure if they should learn what happened during the SSE...you know, the whole mind-erasing part that Master Hand put on all the Smashers before returning them to their worlds after the Melee tourny ended?"

At this, Luigi's eyes widened. "MASTER HAND ERASED OUR MINDS!!!"

"Oh, great going, jackass!" Chris said annoyed. "You HAD to say that where Luigi was near!"

"S-sorry! I-I didn't see him! You don't know what I can't see from here!" Kawashima said as Luigi ducked in confusion.

"Wait...ugh..." C. Falcon fell on one knee and put a hand over his helmet. "I...I think I...remember something..."

"Ugh..." Samus fell as well. "My head...is...trying to reveal something to me..."

"Are you...alright?" Fox asked.

"No..." Olimar spun his helmet around himself, on the floor. "My head suddenly had this headache..."

"...Ugh!" Falco grabbed his head with his right hand. "I...I'm trying to...remember something vital..."

"M-mama mia..." Mario ducked once he saw Yoshi. "...Why do I...have this vision...about a fight I had...before?"

"Oww oww oww..." Yoshi ducked as well. "Something is...trying to reveal itself...inside my head..."

"...What IS happening here?" Geno asked confused at whole situation.

"I-I don't know!" Twink said worried. "T-they just dropped to the floor, and it looks like they got headaches!"

"...How come Fox didn't get one?" Chris asked as he looked at the vulpine.

Fox lifted his shoulders a bit, indicating that he didn't know...

...Then he randomly looked at the airship...

...Where Peach and Rosalina were, along with Bowser Jr....

"...Phew, I thought something was going t-" Chris was interrupted.

Not only Fox looked at the princesses, but he looked at something that Peach was holding delicately...

...A cup of fresh tea with a mini-plate below that somehow looked STRONGLY familiar...

"Ugh!" Fox put a hand on his forehead and fell on his right knee.

Chris looked at Peach. "Peach! Why are you doing with that cup of tea at a time like this?!"

"S-sorry!" Peach yelled. "I-I thought it was a good time to take a little sip!"

"Aw, please!"

"So..." Bowser continued. "...You all remember?"

"...I..." Yoshi began. "I don't... I can't..."

"...Pfft," Bowser rolled his eyes. "I can't believe I was the only one who remembers the whole thing!"

"Wait," Chris looked at Bowser. "What do you mean you remember something that..." Chris stopped and thought again. "...That they didn't take part of?"

"Oh, I...know it all...or remember it all very well..." Bowser said as he stood up. "Everyone here, except for you, the puppet and the star, took part of the Subspace invasion, where many of us opposed."

"...Can you go on?"

"I'm afraid I can't!" Bowser said as Chris saw Dedede and Charizard walking to Bowser as they put their hands on his shoulders. "You're going to die in that oversized magma inferno that I created, where I'll reign the universe with iron fist!"

"...But you can't fight anymore!" Geno said. "We pretty much defeated you!"

The trio of villains chuckled evily. "Oh, you defeated us, alright..." Charizard said.

"But..." Dedede continued. "...You haven't defeated it yet..."

"...What is it?" Chris asked confused.

Bowser pressed a button and everyone except the trio were trapped inside Launch Stars. "W-what are you doing?!" Twink asked.

"We're sending all of you to fight it, who is so going to own you big time for what've you done so far to us!" Bowser explained as he laughed evily, then, everyone's Launch Stars spun before blasting all of them inside the magma costellation that had a Subspace Bomb as a planet.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 06, 2009, 09:07:34 PM
"MAAAAAAAAAAARIOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Peach yelled worried.

"(Please...let them be safe...)" Rosalina thought worried.

The Smashers were being blasted off inside the magma planet by one of the 3 gigantic holes from it. Everyone managed to open their eyes before they all, one by one, bumped into the planet, rolled above it and stopped as they panted and breathed heavily.

Music stops

Subspace Bomb Planet

"..." Mario sat up slowly as he rubbed his hat. "...What was that about?"

"I...don't know..." Yoshi said confused. "...But...did we really take part of something in the past?"

"Impossible..." Fox said. "We don't remember anything like that...but..."

"Yet..." C. Falcon continued. "...I have some kind of memory forgotten..."

"S-something that we really forgot...a-and Master Hand erasing our minds? I-is that real?" Luigi trembled.

"I-I just hope that was just random talking..." Olimar said, doing the same as Luigi.

"But I have to ask..." Falco looked at Chris. "...Why were you acting a little bit weird when Bowser said all that to us?"

"..." Chris gulped. "...I-I think I was a little bit worried..."

"..." everyone stared at each other before standing up.

"Okay..." Geno dusted off his cape. "The main question for now is..." he looked around. "...Where are we?"

"Inside a costellation of magma," Samus said, scanning the area. "We're trapped here, unfortunately..."

"It's...hot..." Twink panted before looking down. "...A-AAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

Everyone looked down at the big countdown of the Subspace Bomb (that was the planet itself) and gasped in unison. The bomb was set to explode in 1 hour and they looked around and found 2 R.O.B.s stuck as well.

"O-oh no..." Twink gulped. "Y-you don't mean..."

"If this thing blows up," C. Falcon began. "We're going to die if we stay here!"

"...Actually..." Mario rubbed his hat. "...I don't think this is going to kill us... I have a feeling that this isn't a normal bomb..."

"...Now that you mention it..." Samus began. "...I kind of know something else."

"I haven't seen an actual explosion by these bombs before, to be honest," Fox explained. "But still, something feels awfully familiar all of a sudden..."

Chris shook his head several times. "L-let's not get sidetracked by such details like that. I know that was just Bowser being stupid and all that."

"..." Fox narrowed his eyes at Chris.

"...S-something is on my face? Heheheh..."

"You know, Chris...I think you're hiding something from us..."

"N-no!" Chris shook his head. "W-why would I hide something from all of you?"

"...Maybe is just me..." Fox closed his eyes and sighed.

"(PHEW!)" Chris let out a big sigh inside his mind.

"...W-wait..." Olimar looked around. "...I-I can hear something..."

"Hear what? Apart from the lava that makes those brewing sounds?" C. Falcon asked.

"...N-no..." Olimar focused even more. "...I think...something big...is coming here..."

Everyone looked at each other before remaining in perfect silence.

"...Yes..." Geno whispered. "There's definitely something coming to us...and it's big."

"That faint sound sounds like...wings flapping..." Mario said.

"...And the air is making sounds as well..." Yoshi said.

"...B-but what could it be?" Luigi asked. "The robots?"

"The robots," Falco repeated as he looked at one to a side of the planet, its arms attached to the bomb. "Those machines are the mystery of how they activate the bombs."

"Because they must have a material that can't be found anywhere el-" Samus was interrupted.

They all suddenly covered their ears as a extreme screech sounded inside the magma costellation. Most of them dropped to the floor and gritted their teeth in pain before the screech came to a halt.

"Now that thing is closer than before." Geno said as he opened his eyes...and found a big shadow.

"Huh? A shadow?" Mario asked.

They all turned around...

...And they found it.

"...You..." Samus muttered with anger.

"...I-it can't be! What is that monster doing in here?!" Chris said.

"I-it's a monster!" Olimar yelled.

"Big!" Yoshi commented by ducking.

"A-and it's purple!" Luigi yelled.

"..." everyone noticed that what Luigi said didn't make any sense whatsoever and looked at it.

"...So this is the origin of those screeches earlier..." Samus said as she prepared her arm cannon. "...Ridley..."

VS. Ridley

The pterodactyl and Space Pirate leader, Ridley itself, screeched in response as the Smashers gasped but then took fighting stances afterward.

"T-that monster was the one who did those screeches?!" Yoshi asked with a gulp.

"Not only Ridley was doing those screeches, but it was also spying us from some of the galaxies." Samus said.

"For what?" Chris asked sweating.

"To attack at the appropiate moment, but it wanted to do it when we were alone without anything else bothering us."

"Or maybe..." C. Falcon wondered. "Ridley was trying to take Samus out."

"U-ugh..." Samus stammered a little but then motioned at Chris. "Chris, let me use that."

"W-what's that and why is the people not mentioning what they mean this day?!" Chris asked.

"The Smash Ball. I know we can use items whenever we want." Samus said as she took out mentioned item, which everyone looked surprised and then glared at Chris.

"...Oh, you know perfectly why I didn't tell you, so don't blame me!"

"Can I use it?" Samus asked as Ridley roared furiously. "I need to take that thing down once and for all."

"You know, it's not going to go down "once and for all" since it'll be bac-" Geno stopped once Samus aimed her arm cannon at him without even looking. "Seriously, why you people tend to use violence to resolve anythi-"

Geno was blasted off by a super missile on the face.

"...Geno?" Twink asked worried.

"...Never...make a girl mad..." Geno muttered. "...Oww..."

"Screw it," Samus said as she shot a Charged Shot at the Smash Ball and gained its powers. "It's time to end this."

Ridley let out a huge roar before Samus's Power Suit began to shine brightly before a huge beam of energy came out from her arm cannon and covered Ridley completely at full force. It roared loudly in pain as Samus stopped and dropped to one knee, panting heavily.

"Samus!" C. Falcon yelled.

Something seemed to overload Samus's Power Suit and it shone brightly...

Music stops

...And you guessed it. Her suit was gone, but now she wore the Zero Suit.

"M-MAMA MIA!" Luigi blocked his nose for some reason.

"HOLY..." C. Falcon blocked his nose as well.

"...Oh boy..." Olimar commented with wide eyes.

"..." Yoshi couldn't speak more.

"Twink, look another way!" Geno said as he turned Twink to an opposite direction, though the star didn't have anything weird.

"Why?" Twink asked.

"...Oh, you people!" Samus said ashamed.

(And since writing ZZS or Zero Suit Samus is kind of long and useless, we're not going to say that and write her name only).

"I can't believe you all!" Samus said.

Fox (blocked nose) glared at her. "Hey, who decided to hav-"

"Dare to finish that sentence and I'll lash you down." Samus said coldly.

Fox grumbled, then looked at Chris and Falco...perfectly fine. "...How come you 2 aren't affected?"

Falco rolled his eyes. "I told you, I'm not interested in girls anymore! I let that part of myself out."

"And he totally did," Chris said nodding. "Oh, and I'm not interested in girls. That's why I'm not affected."

"WHAT?!" C. Falcon asked. "W-what kind of teenager are you?! Teens like you should be drooling over he-OWW!"

Samus prepared another paralyzer shot. "Please, don't make me hurt you."

"A-as I was saying, you're supposed to like girls ESPECIALLY at your age!"

Chris pouted a little. "Hey! I'm not like the normal people at my school who can't even stop kissing girls every time I turn around!"

"You should be like that!"

"WHAT?!" Chris asked enraged. "T-that's IT!" Chris changed to his Scholar job and looked through the pages as he held a Super Mushroom. "I am going to crush you down at TRIPLE size for saying such a horrible and disgusting personality trait I detest so much!"

"Wait," Mario interrupted. "Why don't you use that on Ridley?"

"Ridley?" everyone repeated before Ridley (apparently mad off for being ignored) roared loudly, thus also telling that he was still living.

"N-no!" Samus said. "That beam was supposed to defeat it!"

"Maybe it was not enough..." Chris said.

"I told you," Kawashima rolled his eyes. "Your Final Smashes aren't 1-hit KOs! You have to fight it normally!"

"...Okay." Chris nodded with a serious face.

VS. Ridley

"...What the?!" Chris looked shocked once he found the pages to use Item Lore on the Super Mushroom, which he decided to store it.

"Hey! You should've used it on me!" Falco complained.

"I-I cannot!"

"Why you "cannot"?"

Chris flipped many pages. "I-it says here that I should have more experience in order to unlock certain items to be used with Item Lore...meaning that I cannot multiply the effects of the Super Mushroom!"

"...What else is in there?" Yoshi asked.

"Not good..." Chris flipped many pages where he couldn't read the complicated spells. "Many items are not available to be used with Item Lore... Only the most pathetic items can be used with that... The Banana Peel, Timer and...why a Mr. Saturn?" Chris asked utterly confused as he changed to his Pikmin Captain job. "Sorry... I guess we should fight it normally."

"Good." Mario said simply.

"...That's all? Why?"

"IT'S FIRING ITS LASER!" Mario yelled as everyone looked back at Ridley, who shot an enormous energy beam that collided with the Subspace Bomb and pushed them around it. Samus hit her head with 1 of the R.O.B.s and Yoshi accidentaly hit his arm with one of their heads.

"...Do we...have a chance?" Yoshi asked as he stood up and rubbed the spot where he hit himself by accident.

"Not if we don't have a strategy..." Samus said.

"Strategy..." Chris wondered.

"You have one?"

"No!" Chris said in panic as he grabbed a White Pikmin out. "I'd say go all-out on it!"

Ridley roared furiously and flew away from the planetoid.

"I kno-"

"Shoot it down!" Fox yelled as the ones who had long-range weapons began to fire (or throw in Olimar's case) projectiles.

"H-hey! I was going to say tha-aw, screw it!" Chris tossed several Pikmins to Ridley...which didn't reach it, since it was far away. This also meant that Olimar was useless as well.

"W-we should wait for it to get closer..." Olimar said to Chris.

"Dammit!" Samus cursed. "My Paralyzer's shots can't reach it. The shots can't even go further than 4 feet..."

"It's useless for me," Fox said as he put his Blaster back to its holdster. "My shots can't go that further either."

"My bullets can reach it." Geno said as he fired several bullets at the pterodactyl.

"So that's my area as well then." Falco said with a grin as his shots were able to reach Ridley.

"But at least land one on it!" Yoshi complained as every shot failed to touch Ridley.

"Oh, I'd like to see you do it better than me." Falco said as he rolled his eyes.

Yoshi did the same thing, walked to Falco, ducked to see his Blaster and simply moved it further to the left as Falco fired a shot and landed on one of Ridley's wings. "There." Yoshi said.

"...I hate you." Falco muttered.

"...U-uh-oh..." Luigi backed away.

"What?" Chris asked.

"I-I don't think it liked that shot..."

"Why?"

"LOOK!" Luigi yelled as Ridley was shown flying to them with its claws pointing at them.

"It's going to grab one of us! Get out of the way!" Samus yelled as everyone quickly dispersed.

However, Ridley shot a fire blast that exploded right next to Samus, which made her back away before one of Ridley's claws grabbed her and took her away from the planetoid.

"SAMUS!" everyone yelled before Geno and Falco returned to fire their shots at it.

"UGH!" Samus twitched in pain as the claw increased its grip on her, slowly crushing her body.

"We have to help her or else she'll die!" Mario said in panic.

"Long-range magic, Chris!" Kawashima suggested.

"R-right!" Chris changed to his ISOKFMG (insane long job's name) and called forth Tokunaga before he spun his adquired staff that appeared on his right hand, above his head. "O twisted door of distortion, open wide!"

"Hurry!" Kawashima said in panic. "She won't resist for much longer in that suit!"

"NEGATIVE GATE!!!"

A twisted portal of darkness appeared on Ridley's way and it began to suck the pterodactyl inside.

"Yeah...it's working!" deja vu for Falco, I-I mean, Falco said.

"...Oh no!" Mario said.

Chris got annoyed. "What is it, Captain Panic?!"

Chris looked at Ridley dodging the twisted portal as he spun around it and kept increasing its grip.

"HELP!" Samus cried out in pain.

"THE HELL, MAN!" C. Falcon yelled angrily at Chris. "DO SOMETHING FAST!"

"S-stop yelling at me!" Chris said angrily (as Tokunaga did or motioned the same thing).

"She's going to die! Oh man oh man oh man oh god!" Luigi panicked.

"Quick!" Fox hasted.

"I-I'm doing the best I can do!" Chris said as he spun his staff as magic glowed beneath him.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno threw a fast yellow ring that went soaring the air towards Ridley, but the monster dodged it. "Damn it!"

"Huh?" Chris said confused as he shone a little before a second could pass. "I'll smash you with a giant hammer!"

"Then do it!" Yoshi yelled.

"MIRACLE HAMMER!!!"

A big hammer of light appeared and spun above Ridley before it slammed itself hard on its head, causing Ridely to roar in pain as it released Samus, who got caught on C. Falcon's arms in time.

"Samus!" C. Falcon called. "Samus, tell me you're still breathing!"

Samus coughed some blood, but she wiped it out and go off from C. Falcon's arms. "I'm...not feeling good..."

"Don't worry!" Chris said as he changed to his Fonic Hymn User (thus disappearing Tokunaga). "I'll heal yo-"

"WATCH OUT!" Luigi yelled as Ridley came from below the planet and sliced Chris's face with its claws.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHH----------!!!"

"...Huh?" Yoshi looked at Chris, who was apparently screaming in pain as several cuts appeared on his face. "...Chris, you're not yelling at all..."

"!!!" Chris tried to yell but he couldn't do anything.

"...Oh my god..." Kawashima began. "...Chris was silenced...with Silence?"

"Silence?" Twink asked worried.

Kawashima nodded inside the DS. "Silence is an ailment that prevents you from using your mouth, thus cancelling magic attacks from being used. If it is used on some on you, your special attacks won't be used unless you're cured."

"Like my Falcon Punch?" C. Falcon asked.

"Exactly."

"!!!" Chris tried to cast a spell to heal Samus, but the magic that once appeared didn't appear. "...!!! !!! !!!..." Chris tried and tried, but he couldn't speak. "..." Chris looked down sadly.

"And if Chris is silenced...he won't change jobs as well." Kawashima finished the explanation.

"..." Chris seemed to sniff.

"...My god, this isn't looking so well..." Yoshi said worried.

"Isn't there any way to cure him?" Geno asked.

"There is," Kawashima said. "Chris bought a special ability that lets anyone, that is not him, heal status ailment when you knock down an enemy with a critical hit."

"And what else?" Twink asked.

"When you do, your right hand should glow a little, then you have to run to the one you want to cure and hit him with all your forces to heal him."

"...That sounds actually stupid," Fox said with an annoyed look. "Why hit Chris when we want to HEAL him?"

"Look, I didn't make these rules, Master Hand did."

"...But how are we going to knock Ridley down?" Yoshi asked as Ridley flew around the planetoid to prepare another attack. "That monster is just too big..."

"...Unless we lure it to one of us and land a hit." Falco suggested.

"Oh, gaining a critical hit is hard to achieve, since it'll only has 10 percent of happening. Depending how well you do, the healing hit will appear faster otherwise."

"...Just great." Mario said worried.

"We're officialy screwed and done for." Falco said with a frown.

"Oh, another thing," Kawashima went on. "Multiple hits have more chances to land a critical hit, so keep hitting Ridley until you knock it down."

Ridley roared loudly as it charged at them, with a wing ready to slice them. "H-hurry! It's coming!" Olimar yelled.

"Multiple hits..." C. Falcon wondered.

"MOVE OUT!" Yoshi yelled as everyone rolled out of the way from Ridley as it flew forward but then turned at them. "It's coming back again!"

"D-darn that monster..." Samus muttered as she coughed.

"Don't strain yourself..." Twink said worried.

"I'm...fine..." Samus said with a weak nod.

"Wait," C. Falcon looked at Samus. "I think I have an idea."

"...Huh?"

"Samus, can you use your Paralyzer gun to stun Ridley for a moment?"

"...Yes...but I don't know if it'll work, whatever you have in mind."

"Trust me. You have to land a small shot on Ridley to stun it long enough for me to land my fast-punches on its deformed body."

"Ridley is not immune against stun attacks," Kawashima explained. "It isn't weak against electricity, but to be stunned, it is."

"See? We have to give it a try to get you and Chris healed! Or do you want to lose against the monster who killed your parents?!"

"..." Samus closed her eyes.

"...That was pretty deep." Geno commented.

"And not so good." Yoshi added.

"Y-yeah..." Luigi nodded.

"..." Samus opened her eyes with a glare towards the pterodactyl, who roared furiously as it went after them again.

"It's coming back as always. Stun it!" C. Falcon said.

"..." Samus quickly stood up and charged at Ridley.

"The hell is she doing?!"

"She's going to get close to Ridley to then paralyze it?" Twink asked.

"Just as you said." Geno said.

Ridley roared enraged as it extended its claws from its feet to Samus. However, the bounty hunter used her Flip Kick and jumped high above the monster to struck down her right foot on its neck.

"No! You had to paralyze i-" Mario was interrupted as they all gasped when Samus pulled out her Paralyzer gun and struck it on Ridley's neck, electrocuting the flying dinosaur as it roared in pain and landed hard on the planetoid.

"Hurry!" Samus grunted as her weapon kept releasing electricity. "It won't hold on for much longer before it overcharges!"

"We have to attack it with everything we have. C'mon!" C. Falcon yelled as everyone charged at Ridley and soon enough, began to attack him around its body continuously without stopping.

"Keep attacking it!" Fox yelled as he grunted, kicking Ridley's left wing continuously. "We have to heal Chris so he can heal us back!"

Chris, who was standing several feet away, looked at everyone hitting the monster that he blinked several times as his eyes trembled in surprise.

"NOW!" C. Falcon dealt a fast and last punch on Ridley's face that the monster felt that it got pushed slightly. C. Falcon noticed a glow on his right fist as he clenched it and ran towards Chris. "HIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIYAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

PUNCH!!!

"OWW!" Chris yelled in pain as he backed away. "Thank you so much!"

"...Ouch," C. Falcon commented. "That hit was actually very strong, and you're still feeling fine?"

"Of course not!" Chris yelled angrily before he shook his head. "...Wait, why did I thank you like that? I was supposed to be angry but...the words just went out from my mouth..."

"Er..." Kawashima shifted his eyes. "...I think it was a small glitch that it got along the ability."

"...I'm so going to yell at that hand later..." Chris muttered angrily.

"LOOK OUT!" Olimar yelled as Ridley flapped its wings to push everyone away with the force of the wind, roared loudly and flew upwards.

"Hurry and cure Samus!" C. Falcon said.

"R-right!" Chris nodded as magic glowed below him. "(Why did Ridley silence me?... Ridley doesn't have that at all...unless...) Come forth, o illumination of life!... Healing Circle!"

A circle of holy light appeared under Samus and she slowly, but greatly, recovered her life back as she sighed in relief.

"That was so close..." Chris dropped to his knees. "...I'm exhausted..."

"Sadly," Yoshi said. "We haven't defeated Ridley yet..."

"...Where'd it go?" Geno asked before they all looked above and found Ridley entering inside the magma. "...Is it nuts?"

"It killed itself," Falco chuckled. "That was stupid."

"...I don't think it killed itself..." Mario said worried.

"W-why?" Luigi asked.

They managed to see a small, flaming dot that got increasing in size before they noticed that Ridley covered itself with magma while it roared furiously.

"Wait, the magma didn't kill it?" Yoshi asked confused.

"...We have to move out!" Samus yelled.

"Why?" C. Falcon asked.

"It got covered in magma just to drop it all on us!"

"...Okay..." Olimar began. "...Now that sounds like an awful idea..."

"...Isn't magma too hot and bad for us?" Luigi asked.

"Yes..." Twink said.

Ridley quickly dove at them but them came at full stop to push out the magma that leaked out its body and rained down on everyone, who yelled in pain as the hot liquid touched many parts of their bodies and twitched in pain before Ridley shot a charged blast from its mouth and fired it at Mario, who screamed in pain as his body bumped several times on the floor and stopped.

"...U...ugh..." Mario twitched in pain.

"Mario!" Luigi, Geno and Twink yelled worried.

"Chris, quick, see me!" Kawashima called out and Chris took him out, where the professor showed him what looked to be many meters with their names on the top of every single meter. "Everyone's life health is at a critical condition. If you get attacked, let's say, 4 more times, it's game over!"

"(...G-game...over?)" Chris thought as a shiver fell down his back. "T-then we're in danger to d-die?"

Kawashima nodded. "Or you attack or you get killed. That's your decision."

"R-Rosalina..." Yoshi muttered weakly as he slowly stood up. "...I...won't die...here..."

"I can't believe we're getting our heads handed to it..." Falco said as he grabbed his right arm. "I knew there was something wrong with this..."

"I suggest to use the items," Kawashima wondered for a moment. "Try to find a strategy to counterattack Ridley and exploit a weakness...which it doesn't have."

"Any other...advice?" Luigi asked.

"Oh yeah," Kawashima said. "Why not use your Combinated Final Smashes? Surely, they will come in handy..."

Chris looked at Olimar, who took a step back. "...I'll try to find new ones..." Chris said as he changed to his Pikmin Captain and pluck 3 Yellow Pikmins. "Olimar..."

"...O-okay..." Olimar played with his fingers. "...I-I'll fight again..."

"...Where is Ridley?" Mario asked.

Suddenly, the planetoid shook before Ridley came from down below, grinding its claws along the floor as it slammed itself to the Smashers, who yelled in pain as they were pushed back while Ridley took out to the air and roared in triumph.

"I...hate that monster..." Samus muttered in pain.

"...That does it..." Chris said. "Everyone, I have a strategy."

Everyone looked at Chris. "You do?" Yoshi asked.

"Yes," Chris nodded. "The only way to defeat Ridley is by taking it down, where we are going to go all-out on it."

"Okay," Mario nodded. "What do you have in mind?"

"Simple. Now, listen to me..."

Once Chris told them about his strategy, they all spreaded out around the planetoid.

"It's coming right to you, C. Falcon!" Chris yelled. "Try to latch on its neck!"

"Roger that." C. Falcon said as Ridley extended its claws at him.

"Use its legs as platforms to reach its neck!"

C. Falcon nodded and quickly jumped to Ridley's legs and used Raptor Boost to deal fire damage right on its neck. Ridley seemed to be fine after the attack and it slap the captain down, where he rolled to prevent the damage and stood on his left knee.

"I forgot a detail..." Samus said as she panted a little. "Ridley is strong against fire attacks..."

Chris facepalmed. "...Oh well, that's just a little detail."

"It's turning to us again!" Mario yelled as they saw Ridley turning towards the planetoid again.

"(Let's see. Think fast. Ridley is accelerating greatly this time...) Fire at will and slow it down with shots!" Chris ordered as Fox and Falco used their Blasters on it. "Olimar, start throwing Pikmins after I-"

A sudden feeling appeared...

"(...Olimar?)"

"(O-oh no, we're dead?!)" Olimar asked.

"(No... This sudden feeling indicates that we can use our attacks at the same time...)"

"(H-how does it work?)" Olimar asked confused.

Chris explained everything to Olimar.

"(H-hmm...)" Olimar nodded.

"(Incidentally, you know how, right?)"

"(I-it's funny, because I happen to know what to do...)"

"(Good... Do you want to try?)"

"(I-is this going to get rid of that monster?)"

"(...)" Chris gulped. "Let's find out... I'm worried, but we have to try."

"FALL BACK!" Mario yelled as Ridley kept descending to grab one of them with its claws.

"Wait, it's slowing down!" Falco yelled as Ridley's speed began to decrease.

"Olimar!" Chris yelled before Olimar ran to him.

"I-I'm ready, but please, LET'S DO SOMETHING!" Olimar panicked.

"One by one," Chris said as Olimar ducked and began to pluck Pikmin after Pikmin which he tossed above to let Chris grab them and toss them at Ridley, who roared as it stopped in the air and tried to shook them off. However, the Pikmins seemed to be stuck on its body as they banged all over it while the 2 Pikmin Captains tossed Pikmins like if there was no end. "Hit and hit!"

"It's...getting covered by them..." Yoshi said as they all saw Ridley getting covered by Pikmins of all the 5 known colors while the Space Pirate roared in pain.

"L-last one. H-here!" Olimar said as he tossed a Purple Pikmin to Chris, who quickly grabbed it by its leaf and tossed it with all forces to the beast.

"Pikmin Plethora!" Chris and Olimar yelled in unison as the Pikmins (that were 100) banged and banged the pterodactyl continuosly before Ridley flapped its wings and killed them all.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Olimar yelled in agony.

New ability learned! Pikmin Plethora!

Enables 100 Pikmins on the field and tosses them to a single enemy. Deals a great amount of damage (it can deal higher damage if the enemy refuses to shook them off).

"1106 Pikmins..." Olimar sniffed while Ridley roared angrily and took off.

"What about the other Pikmins with the battle against Bowser?" Chris asked.

"1158 Pikmins..." Olimar corrected himself as Chris patted his back.

"..." Chris remembered something. "Ridley is still living?! The hell is wrong with it?!"

Ridley screeched again as it dove down above Olimar, because it wanted revenge for what he did.

"It's going after Olimar!" Yoshi yelled.

"Geno! Your beam, on that creature, now!" Chris yelled.

"Right." Geno nodded as he fired a big beam from his hand that collided into Ridley and stopped him from diving down.

"Over Limit gauge ready!" Kawashima yelled.

"Good, that's going to give us an advantage..." Chris wondered. "Now, who shall we..." he looked at Luigi. "...Luigi?"

"NO NO NO NO!" Luigi yelled in panic as he ducked and trembled. "I-I don't wanna!"

"Wanna what?"

"T-to hit Ridley! I-it's scary!"

"...But you don't have to! You have to use your Final Smash on it!"

"..." Luigi looked at Chris over his shoulder.

"I'm letting you do it because I think it's going to help us a lot."

"Why can't I use it instead?" Falco asked annoyed.

"Because Fox would hate you otherwise."

"What? Why?" Fox asked.

"Luigi!" Chris ignored the previous 2. "Gather whatever ounce of courage you have left and show that thing who's...er...courage you have left?"

"..." Luigi looked up and made a serious face with a nod, then he adjusted his hat (blocking his eyes so Chris adjusted it for him) and stood up.

"Okay..." Chris told Luigi to move ahead. "Stand there."

A record scratched inside Luigi's mind. "H-hey! Y-you're not going to use me as bait, r-right?!"

"(Hell yes.) Of course not!" Chris shook his head. "I'm having you stay there so you can activate your Final Smash at the right moment. When I give you the order, once you activate it, run at Ridley and use it!"

"...Maybe you should change strategies." Twink suggested.

"Why?"

Twink pointed up where several energy blasts came at full speed at them and pushed them back as some of them fell on the floor in pain. Most of them looked up to see Ridley firing many blasts of energy.

"Ridley is..." Samus began as she coughed. "Trying to demolish our plans... It's an intelligent...lifeform after all..."

"Dammit..." Chris muttered. "Is everyone...alright?"

The World Traveler looked around and found some of them fainted.

"O-oh no!" Chris ran to C. Falcon. "P-please, get up!"

"..." C. Falcon didn't respond.

"W-we need reflective skills, s-so..." Chris also found Fox and Falco without energies left, thus they were fainted. "...This isn't going to turn out well..." he looked around. "O-Olimar!"

"..." Olimar didn't respond as well.

"I-I'm fine..." Mario said as he slowly walked to Chris.

"M-m-me too..." Luigi said trembling in horror.

"We're...fine as well..." Geno said weakly while Twink seemed to get hurt as well.

"O-ouch..." Twink moaned in pain and hid inside Geno's cape.

"I'm...can't fight...but I...have to..." Yoshi muttered weakly.

"..." the World Traveler lost 4 out of 10. Their strategies were being shortened little by little as the Space Pirate defeated them one by one. "...We can't...lose... Not like...this..." Chris said weakly as he dropped to his knees. "I'm...too tired...and I won't...be able to use...magic to cure...anymore..."

"Use the Maxim Tomato!" Kawashima said. "It'll let you cure at least one more person, besides curing your wounds!"

"..." Chris took out the mentioned item and bit it slowly until he finished it...well, it instantly vanished in 1 second after he bit it. "...What the hell? I-I just did one small bite and it disappeared!"

"Good! You recovered your health a little!"

"It seems...so..." Chris said before he changed to his Scholar job and flipped through the pages. "Heal the wounds... Cure!"

A small blue light circled around the remaining Smashers as they recovered their energies a little before Chris fell on his knees again.

"...Impossible..." Chris muttered. "M-my body cannot...let me cast...more magic spells..."

"I-it's coming!" Yoshi yelled as Ridley roared and dove after them.

"L-Luigi!" Chris yelled. "It is your time!"

Luigi gulped before he stood where Ridley was coming (after Samus) and he closed his eyes. "...May as well consider me dead..." Samus muttered ashamed. "This is...embarrassing..."

"T-that's not true!" Luigi yelled as he looked up to the Space Pirate. With a gulp of preocupation, he started to do it.

"HURRY!" Geno yelled.

"L-Luigi time!" Luigi proclaimed with a fist in the air as a force pushed back the monster with a roar of pain. A rainbow aura covered Luigi as he looked at his hands, glowing with the ability.

Chris narrowed his eyes as he saw Ridley falling on the planetoid by the force. "It is down...LUIGI! Run to it and use your Final Smash!"

"(Gulp...)...AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Luigi gulped worried as he ran to Ridley with a yell of war as the others watched him calling forth...

"...What is HE doing?" Yoshi asked.

A twisted dimension (that Twink considered it to be the hippie world) surrounded the pterodactyl and the green plumber, who was dancing weirdly around with the oddest moves ever.

"Ooooooooooooooooohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh...aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhh...uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh...aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh..." Luigi said (apparently echoing).

"...Look!" Mario said as they all saw Ridley standing up, but it seemed that the weird atmosphere that Luigi called forth made it feel utterly weird and plain confused. Ridley, then, roared before it began to bang its head (on the nearby R.O.B.) and roared in pain everytime it hit its head until it seemed to fall asleep with open wings as the (hippie) atmosphere shrunk and shrunk until it was gone as Luigi finished his dance and blinked.

"...W-wow..." Luigi shrugged as before he looked down at Ridley. "WAAAAAAAAH!!!" Luigi screamed and ran to Mario's back.

"Wait, isn't that..." Yoshi trailed off as a flower was on Ridley's head.

"Random status ailments!" Kawashima yelled. "It seems Luigi inflicted a whole lot of status ailments: drastically reduced attack power, greater launch distance when hit, increased likelihood of slipping, steady increase in damage percentage, flower growth on head, dizziness, uncontrollable taunting, sudden sleepiness and decreased movement speed!"

"..." Samus looked at Luigi as she got up. "...That's a whole bunch of illnesses..."

Luigi blushed. "W-well, I-I'm Luigi, a-and I showed it who's boss, r-right?" Luigi asked.

Persona 3 FES - Mass Destruction

"Hello?" Twink called. "We have a downed beast that's sleeping with a bunch of bad status ailments!"

"Right," Samus took out her Paralyzer gun. "It is now or never..."

Chris coughed before he got up, changed to his Thief job and took out his dagger. "Everyone...listen well...attack it just as I say...Mario!"

"Hmm?" Mario looked at Chris, who took out the Super Mushroom and tossed it to Mario who grew the double of his size. "Huh?"

"Star Spin!" Chris ordered. Mario blinked several times before he ran after Ridley and used a stronger Star Spin to push it high into the air. Ridley roared in pain but it couldn't manage to move quickly, since its speed was reduced and began to fall down.

"Hurry!" Kawashima yelled. "The ailments won't last for much longer. You have to take advantage of them!"

"Alright..." Chris nodded as he looked at Ridley about to fall on Falco. "O-oh no, you won't!" Chris quickly ran after Falco (apparently, Chris's speed was increased thanks to the job) and managed to grab Falco on his arms (though the bird was heavy, even if Chris was taller...but then again, Chris didn't have much strength) before Ridley fell on the floor.

Chris (accidentaly dropping Falco like he didn't care or minded) gave out more orders. "Yoshi, Egg Roll on its head!"

"Humph!" Yoshi nodded with a grunt as he turned into a rolling egg and rolled towards Ridley's head, hitting it with a strong slam that pushed it back along the floor.

"Luigi, charged Green Missile!"

"(I-I can do this... I can...do this!)" Luigi thought desperately as he ducked and concentrated to charged his missile, but then, he went blasting off to Ridley's right wing that it burned a lot, making Ridley wake up in pain.

"A random boost?... Phew..." Chris sighed. "Everything is...going according to the plan..."

"Thank god Luigi's Final Smash weakned Ridley's resistance to fire..." Kawashima said. "...Say, why don't you steal an item from Ridley?"

"An item? Does he...have one?"

"It may not look like, but bosses occasionally carry items without them even knowing about it."

Chris gulped as he focused his eyes on Ridley, who slowly got up and tried to escape from their range of attack. Suddenly, an electric whip wrapped around Ridley's neck and it roared in pain as it tried to take it off with its claws, but it failed as the whip eletrocuted them.

"You won't..." Samus muttered as she narrowed her eyes and put a strong grip on her Paralyzer gun. "Get away and live..."

"Your cue!" Kawashima said.

Chris nodded and dashed along the floor before leaping on Ridley's back, where he looked around for an item that he considered imaginary...

...But he found a Beam Sword that he stared in surprise with his jaw dropping a little bit.

"...The hell?" Chris asked confused.

Samus looked up as she gritted her teeth. "I have an idea, use it on its wing!"

Chris looked at Ridley's right wing and looked at the sword on his hands. "...YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHH!!!" Chris leaped to the wing and struck down the sword on the yellow-glowing skin that passed through it, then the World Traveler went down as the sword's beam cut the wing quickly, making Ridley roar in extreme pain as it tried to fly, but its damaged wing prevent it from flying.

"Yes! It can't fly anymore!" Mario said (now back to his normal size) smiling a bit. Ridley began to charge a laser from its mouth. "...Oh no..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on April 08, 2009, 02:03:15 PM
OMGOMGOMGOMG

You're doing an awesome job.  EPIC BATTLE, NONETHELESS.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: makuta on April 08, 2009, 02:45:34 PM
And don't forget, there is still Meta-Ridley to fight.

Which will be even more awesome.

OR ELSE...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 08, 2009, 03:02:59 PM
Quote from: makuta on April 08, 2009, 02:45:34 PM
And don't forget, there is still Meta-Ridley to fight.

Which will be even more awesome.

OR ELSE...
Yes, yes and no.

Meta-Ridley isn't finished yet to appear.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 08, 2009, 06:22:04 PM
"...Isn't that getting bigger?" Luigi asked as the energy gathering in Ridley's mouth grow in size. The flower that hung on its head fell off.

"The illnesses are gone. Be careful!" Kawashima yelled.

"We're in its range. Move!" Samus yelled.

However, an egg was tossed right into its mouth and Ridley choked on it and grabbed its throat in pain as the energy ball vanished.

They all looked at Yoshi holding a Yoshi Egg on his right hand as he panted heavily. "...Hope...that teaches you...not to mess...with us...and me..."

"It's not down yet..." Geno said.

"Time to move on." Samus said as she nodded at Chris, who nodded back.

"Geno, boost Samus's strength and defense!"

"Roger that." Geno concentrated his magic and several red arrows that appeared around Samus went up before disappearing. Samus felt a little bit stronger and put a stronger grip on her gun as Ridley choked even more.

"Now, Geno Beam at its stomach! Samus, stop grabbing its neck," Chris changed to his Chozo Arts job and took out his gun. "Let's attack it together, and when I mean together, I mean everyone here!"

The Smashers nodded as Geno fire his beam at the monster's stomach, making Ridley yell in pain as it backed away and seemed to pant.

"NOOOOOOOOOW!!!" Luigi yelled as the 6 (plus Twink) ran to Ridley and started their attacks.

"Its tail is going to slam us away!" Twink yelled as Ridley moved its tail towards them.

"Star Spin, Mario!" Chris yelled loudly and Mario ran towards the tail and used a Star Spin which pushed the tail back to Ridley's body and pushed itself back more.

"Its claws a-are going to slash us!" Luigi yelled.

"Not...today!" Chris yelled as he fired a small shot that paralyzed the right claw from moving. Samus narrowed her eyes and shot a paralyzer shot at the other claw as it got stunned.

"W-watch out!" Mario yelled as Ridley moved its head back with a roar and dove it to Geno.

"Yoshi, egg to throat, now!"

"Yah!" Yoshi tossed a Yoshi Egg to Ridley's throat, which upon impact broke in pieces and dealt damage to the monster, who roared again in pain and decided to fall on them with opened wings and arms.

"Its tactics are getting easier to predict and evade..." Samus said as they rolled in time from the crushing impact while Ridley roared furiously.

"Luigi!" Chris yelled.

Luigi gulped.

"Super Fire Punch on its...wait, it won't work..."

"...Can I go and see how are the others?" Luigi asked.

"...Sure..." Chris gave him a small smile. Luigi chuckled happily as he ran to the other fainted Smashers.

"It looks like Ridley won't hold on for much longer," Kawashima said. "Finish it!"

"Yes..."

And there was the sudden feeling again.

"(We shall kill that bastard.)" Samus said.

"(...That was a fast response...)" Chris sweatdropped.

Samus ran to Ridley's right side as the monster roared angrily. Chris positioned on the other side before Ridley focused its yellow right eye on the World Traveler, who gulped in response but made a serious look as he held the Paralyzer close to his face.

"Try us." Samus said coldly as both ran towards Ridley, who roared and tried to slash them. However, both used their Flip Jumps and gracefully used its claws as platforms to jump even higher as they spun above.

Both reach Ridley's neck as they were still spinning and landed 2 kicks at the same time on each side that made Ridley feel a big pain, then, both used their electric whips to wrap them around the throat and landed back on the floor as they pulled back their guns, hurting Ridley as several sparks flew off while it tried to take it off.

"A little more bloody..." Chris said as both clicked several buttons on their guns, and blue scythe-looking plasma objects formed on the tips of their whips.

"With..."

Music stops

"A simple deadly, mortal pull..." Samus finished...

CRIUSH!!!

"YIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHH!!!"

...As both suddenly pulled with all their forces their whips to make them return, and as they pulled them back, the scythes that formed sliced Ridley's throat greatly while they spun around its throat many times before they returned back to the guns.

"Scythe Whip." Chris and Samus said simply in unison.

New ability learned! Scythe Whip!

Use 2 Flip Jumps to cross the enemy from above to wrap the electric whips with small scythes around a specified area of the body, then pull them back to slice the enemy down. Deals a big amount of damage to a single enemy

It was the end...

Ridley screeched as many times as it could and tumbled to the sides. The monster was now suffering a lot of pain that was inflicted upon it as the Smashers backed away from the Space Pirate leader that let out a loud roar of defeat before it fell down and fainted.

"...Allow me to use this..." Yoshi said as he picked up the Beam Sword. The Yoshi stepped on Ridley's back, struck down the sword and spun it on its body. "Hmm-hmm-hmm..."

Ridley roared in extreme pain for a last time before its head slammed on the floor, thus fainting.

"...Hmm..." Yoshi pulled back the Beam Sword and gave it back to Chris.

"...For what was that act of sick violence for?" Chris asked.

Yoshi smiled. "To free my inner rage on it."

Victory! - Samus (Metroid)

"And..." Twink smiled. "You...did it! You defeated it!"

"...Thanks..." Samus muttered before she fell on her knees, which made them gasp.

"S-Samus!" Chris said worried.

"...Thank you..." Samus said as she looked up to Chris with a small smile. "...Ridley was...defeated...thanks to you all..."

"..." Chris wiped a tear. "...You're welcome...Samus..."

Samus chuckled heartily as the Smashers looked at each other and chuckled as well.

"E-everyone!" Luigi called from where Olimar was, the second character waking up as he shook his head and moaned a little. "T-they're coming back!"

The other 3 grunted in pain and managed to wake up from their states before slowly standing up.

"...Did we...win?" C. Falcon asked.

The 4 looked at Ridley, defeated on the floor and not moving anymore.

"...Finally..." Fox sighed. "That monster is gone..."

"And that means...this world was saved..." Geno said before looking down. "...But...Kalmar wasn't here... I was wrong..."

"...Geno?" Twink asked. "...Why are you not looking up?"

"...The countdown!"

The Smashers' eyes widened as they looked down at the coutdown they forgot for the entire battle.

"5-5 minutes?!" Olimar pointed out in panic.

"Oh no, oh no, oh no..." Chris looked around. "W-we're trapped in here!"

"No!" Falco clenched a fist. "This is...just...stupid...grr!!!"

"After all, w-we're going to get killed?!" Yoshi asked in panic.

"It sadly looks like it..." Samus said ashamed.

Airship

"BWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAA!!!" Bowser laughed maniacally. "They were already done for after they stepped on my new galaxy. Those imbeciles had it coming!"

Dedede smirked. "And it's about time we win."

Bowser nodded. "Yeah. They won't get the Grand Star, because it's hidden in Peach's Castle and not where I originally planned it to be."

The trio looked at an enormous sun that was located close to them. Several rock platforms were all around it.

"This, my friends, is where my new galaxy will be born." Bowser said with a smirk.

"Remember the deal," Charizard said. "Don't forget."

"..." Bowser merely frowned.

Peach and Rosalina looked at each other with concerned looks as they sighed disappointed. "...Mario..." Peach muttered.

"..." Rosalina wasn't able to speak, but she thought about Mario, Yoshi and the others before she closed her eyes in sadness.

"...Huh?" Peach spotted a blink in the space. "...What is that?"

Rosalina opened her eyes and looked at the blink that apparently got bigger and bigger. The princess then looked at Peach's Castle with a big hole on its back. "Peach, why is your castle damaged?"

"Huh?" Peach looked at the hole in the wall. "W-well, I don't remember exactly why is that hole there...but the shape of it...it looked like a big Starman..."

"A big...Starman..." Rosalina wondered for a moment. "...You don't mean..."

"YYYYYYYYYYYYYYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!"

The princesses blinked in confusion as a familiar yell came from the same direction of the blink. Both of them edged closer to see the small object that was also screaming in utter terror...

"PEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAACCCCCCCCCCCHHH!!! ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOSAAAAAAAAAAALIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

"...That voice is familiar, but..." Peach turned at the costellation of magma. "...He should be trapped in there..."

"...No..." Rosalina shook her head and smiled a little as Peach tilted her head, confused. "...There are 2..."

"...2?" Peach repeated confused.

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEREEEEEEEEEEE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

The trio of villains (who then were reunited with Bowser Jr., who recovered his paintbrush) looked behind the airship. "...The green dude?!" Bowser said enraged with clenched fists and a grunt.

Super Mario Galaxy - Good Egg Galaxy

"BUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" the other Luigi yelled as he tried to hold the Grand Star as long as he could.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" the villains yelled in panic as the Grand Star dove down and impacted the ship with a loud crash. The villains were sent blasting off to the big sun while the other Luigi managed to catch the princesses, who held on to the star as it flew around.

How did the other Luigi get the Grand Star?

Flashback

"O-oh no..." the other Luigi said as he saw the Smashers being blasted off inside the costellation. "...M-me, please be safe..." the other Luigi looked around. "...Well...I said I was going to help them in the most desperate moment so..."

There was the castle, several feet away from the tower that he was in. The other Luigi jumped to the doors, he opened them and stepped inside the castle, where he noticed a strong glow coming from one of the rooms. "Huh? Isn't that where the storage room is?" the other Luigi asked as he went further.

After going through a long hall and opening a door, the other Luigi gasped when he found the Grand Star inside a big container, where a button was located that had a note right next to it.

"..."Please, do NOT touch this button to release the Grand Star. Otherwise, you will end in a very harmful punishment my Lord Bowser. Signed, Goomlo"..." the other Luigi read and stared at the red button. "...Hmm..." the other Luigi lifted his shoulders and pressed the button.

Upon releasing the Grand Star, it went a little bit out of control and began to spin around the room, scaring the other Luigi.

"N-no! D-don't go around like that and come here with me!"

The Grand Star stopped and it looked down at the other Luigi.

"...Wait, you can look and understand me?" the other Luigi asked surprised.

The Grand Star, surprisingly, blinked and moved back before...

CRASH!

"UUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

It pushed the other Luigi outside the wall in an attempt to escape as it flew away from the galaxy, taking the other Luigi who tried to stay on the Grand Star as much as he could before disappearing in the distance.

Dedede (who looked behind) blinked. "...What the heck was that?" Dedede asked but Bowser and Charizard were busy talking about the domination of the galaxy, making Dedede shudder and forget about the star.

End of flashback

"A-another Luigi?!" Peach asked confused as the trio tried to stay on the Grand Star.

Once Rosalina moved forward, the Grand Star stopped. "Good," Rosalina nodded and sighed in relief. "The Grand Star can feel my power and it's willing to listen to me."

"T-thank goodness..." the other Luigi sighed.

Peach was questioning herself in her mind about the other Luigi, but she shook her head and looked at Rosalina. "Excuse me...but could you take us to Mario and the others?"

"Yes," Rosalina nodded. "That is what I was thinking."

"S-save the other me!" the other Luigi pleaded.

"I will." Rosalina said as she commanded the star to get inside the costellation.

"...I hope they won the fight..." Peach hoped.

Music stops

Subspace Bomb Planet

"Ugh...ugh...ugh!" Chris was shown flying upwards (using the Moogle Knight job), but then he became tired and stopped his wings as he began to descend fastly, but Yoshi caught him on his back. "...Kupo..." Chris muttered weakly as he changed back to his Chozo Arts job. "...It's useless..."

"...Damn..." C. Falcon shook his head. "...This can't be the end..."

"..." Mario scratched his right arm and looked down. "...I'm sorry...I'm the one who dragged you all into this..."

"It was our job..." Geno looked down. "...But it ended like this..."

"...Then..." Yoshi took out a paper. "May as well tell my will before we die."

"What?" Twink asked.

"A will?" Olimar asked confused.

"Y-you have that with you all the time?" Luigi asked confused.

"Chris, I always thought you were cosplaying us." Yoshi read.

"I-I'm not cosplaying anyone!" Chris protested.

"C. Falcon, you're a pervert to me and you will always be."

"Duh," everyone except C. Falcon (who grunted) said.

"Mario and Luigi, both of you were good guys to me."

The Mario Bros. smiled a little (albeit everyone thought it was not fair).

"Olimar, you're probably Mario's lost cousin because of your nose."

Olimar looked at Mario and he looked back at him before shrugging.

"Fox, the first time I saw you I thought your face went through a heavy plastic surgery."

Most of them chuckled and blocked their mouths while Fox glared at them, then Chris stopped with a gulp.

"Same goes for Falco."

"HAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAA!!!" Chris broke out laughing, despite Falco glaring at him.

"Samus, to be honest, I always thought you were a girl."

"At least someone thought right..." Samus said with a sigh.

"And..." Yoshi stopped and sniffed.

"Not to be rude, but that will sounded more like a "Things I wanted to say to the people I always see to piss them off, but I couldn't tell them" list." Falco said annoyed.

"..." Yoshi closed his eyes and tears began to run down his cheeks.

"...You okay?"

"...Rosa...Rosalina..." Yoshi sobbed and put the paper close to his face. "...I'm sorry...I failed you and the galaxy...I couldn't stop this..."

The others looked at each other with worried looks and looked down.

"...Please...forgive me...I did everything to protect the Lumas while you were abscent...I...I hope..." Yoshi looked up without opening his eyes. "I hope you're happy for the last action I did for you..."

"And I'm happy for that. Thank you so much, Yoshi..."

"...Huh?" everyone looked up and Yoshi opened his eyes.

Super Mario Galaxy - Good Egg Galaxy

"R-Rosalina!" Yoshi said clearing his tears as the others approached the Grand Star.

"Hurry!" Peach yelled. "The bomb is going to explode if we don't escape!"

"Jump to the star!" Mario yelled as everyone quickly jumped on the Grand Star that Rosalina commanded to fly away from the costellation.

"Me!"

"Me!"

"It's good to have you back!" the Luigis said happily as they laughed.

"...I thought he was dead..." C. Falcon muttered.

"Rosalina..." Yoshi sniffed, but Rosalina bent to rub his head (eyes) and smiled a little bit.

"Thank you, Yoshi..." Rosalina said. "Thank you for taking care of the Lumas for me..."

"..." Yoshi sobbed one last time before hugging Rosalina, who hugged him back as everyone looked them and smiled a bit in relief.

"We did it..." Mario said as he leaned to Peach. "We saved Peach, the galaxies, and Rosalina as well... I couldn't be much more relieved than this..."

"...Er..." Olimar looked back.

Comet Observatory

"Mama is coming back!" Polari yelled as the Lumas go out from the areas around the observatory and cheered as they saw Rosalina and the Smashers coming back on the Grand Star.

"Mama! Mama! Mama! You're back, Mama!" the Lumas cheered happily.

"Welcome party..." Peach said.

"Yes." Mario nodded.

Once the Grand Star landed, the Lumas surrounded Rosalina and cheered happily in unison as some of them went to hug her in happiness, while the Smashers watched from the big energy mass of Power Stars as Mario returned the Grand Star to it, which made it bigger and complete.

"...Wait..." Mario trailed off and turned to them. "Aren't we forgetting something?"

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

Music stops

They all stopped talking and looked far away to the big sun that had Bowser and Jr., walking slowly to a dark portal that Dedede and Charizard used to return to the Subspace before it vanished.

"My...galaxy!" Bowser yelled as Jr. fainted. "My...reign! Everything is going down!... Why...WHY?!"

Then...it happened...

Inside the costellation, where they left Ridley behind, a huge sphere of nothingness began to grow massively until it covered the whole magma and remained there, floating silently in the space.

"...NO!" Chris yelled. "The Subspace Bomb...it...it blowed up!"

"...Wait a minute..." Mario stepped forward. "...That sphere...I can't...seem to forget this one..."

"I remember I saw it...somewhere before..." Samus said.

"...Ugh..." Fox put a hand on his forehead. "Something else is trying to...make me remember...an event I forgot..."

"..." Chris was left speechless and looked down worried.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Bowser yelled a last time before the rocks that he was on with his son began to sink down the magma and eventually sunk them down.

"...Oh no..." Rosalina shook her head. "...It's happening..."

"About the sphere or Bowser?" Geno asked.

"...The galaxy is going to..."

The space suddenly began to shake violently as they saw the big sun trembling before it began to turn into a huge powerful black hole that started to suck everything in sight with a strong force. The platforms floating around were being sucked in as the observatory shook violently, making the Smashers drop to the floor.

"W-what's happening now?!" Falco asked.

"That black hole that just formed after Bowser sunk is pulling everything inside!" C. Falcon yelled.

"O-oh boy, I don't want to die!" Olimar panicked.

"PANIC MODE!" the Toad Brigade yelled and panicked as they ran around.

The Lumas (and even Polari) started panicking as well as they flew around the observatory before they were pulled towards the black hole, crying loudly along the way with the Toad Brigade as well.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Yoshi yelled as he held out his hand to the black hole. "DON'T TAKE THEM!"

Yoshi's tears began to stroll down as he jumped out from the observatory, which made everyone gasp and ran to him.

"YOSHI!" Mario yelled as he jumped to Yoshi and grabbed his feet. "DON'T DO I-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Mario started to feel the gravity pulling him away from the floor.

"M-MARIO!" Luigi grabbed Mario's feet. "UUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" then he was pulled as well.

"OH NO!" Chris grabbed Luigi's feet. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" but the same happened to him.

"G-GOT YOU!" C. Falcon grabbed Chris's feet. "DAMMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIT!!!"

This kept going on until all the Smashers (and Peach) tried to pull Yoshi back to the observatory, but they all slowly were being pulled to the black hole that sucked everything around it.

"WE'RE NOT GOING TO MAKE IT!!!" Twink yelled as he hid inside Geno's cape.

"THIS IS NOT GOING TO END WELL!" Samus yelled.

"G-GRR!!!" Geno looked at the observatory and gasped. "ROSALINA!!!"

The Smashers turned their heads and gasped. "NO! SHE WAS SUCKED IN!" Fox yelled as he cursed.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Yoshi yelled loudly.

They all turned to the black hole and started to yell as loud as they could, hanging on to each other's feet as long as they could before the Luma that Mario was using came out from his hat.

"W-what are you doing?! C-come back with me!" Mario yelled.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Chris yelled as the Smashers were all quickly separated and were spun around the black hole before entering. The Luma that Mario let go by accident chirped one last time before it made a trail of light inside the destruction of the observatory, the castle and everything else...

?

...Nothingness...

...There was nothing else after the destruction...

"..." Mario slowly opened his eyes...

...A baby was crying somewhere in the nothingness...

"...Hm?" Mario looked around and he found the Smashers floating close to him. "...E-everyone..."

All of them began to wake up, to the point where some shook their heads and looked around the space.

"...We're...dead?" Luigi asked.

"If this is heaven..." Yoshi looked around. "...Then I demand more floor..."

"Heheheheheheh... You're funny, Yoshi..."

"...That voice..." Yoshi blinked surprised as everyone looked up to find Rosalina...

...As a giantess?

"HOLY CR-" C. Falcon's mouth was blocked by Samus's hand.

"Rosalina!" Yoshi made a happy expression. "You're fine...and big..."

"...Question." Falco began as he kept looking at Rosalina.

"Yes?" Chris asked.

"How."

"Uh-huh?"

"Did."

"What else?"

"She."

"I'm listening."

"Become."

"Yes?"

"This."

"Hmm?"

"Big."

"Luigi paradox syndrome." Chris responded.

Falco nodded, failing to get the answer.

"M-my goodness..." Peach and Olimar said in unison.

"Rosalina..." Mario began. "...What happened to the Lumas?"

"Are those cries..." Yoshi looked around the space. "...Them?"

Rosalina chuckled. "Do you hear the baby stars?... These newborns will grow up to become galaxies someday."

"...Yes..." Yoshi nodded. "...The storybook said that..."

"...Thank god..." Peach muttered.

Rosalina went on. "When stars die, they turn to stardust and scatter across the cosmos," she closed her eyes. "Eventually, that stardust reforms to create a new star... And so the cycle of life continues..."

"Cycle...of life?" Peach asked.

"Hmm..." Chris thought for a moment. "...Does it repeat the same cycle?"

Rosalina shook her head and opened her eyes. "The cycle never repeats itself in quite the same way. So you'll see..."

There was a blinding light that began to grow in size, but Yoshi went forward.

"R-Rosalina!" Yoshi yelled.

"Yes?" Rosalina asked.

"W-where are you going?!"

"To the stars," Rosalina responded. "It's time for me to go away."

Super Mario Galaxy - Sad Story

"...B-but..." Yoshi sniffed. "...I don't want you to go away..." Yoshi covered his eyes and sobbed silently as the Smashers went to him and looked up to Rosalina.

"...Sorry, Yoshi..." Rosalina went on. "But I must return to the observatory to travel the space and protect the cosmos, because you all helped me to recover the Power Stars... I couldn't be happier than this...but you..."

Yoshi looked up with some tears.

"...You were so kind in taking care of the Lumas while I was gone... I also accomplished my mission..."

"Mission?" Yoshi repeated.

"Yes," Rosalina chuckled. "I gave you the answer you were seeking: interest."

"But I..." Yoshi looked down. "I don't have an interest to help everyone..."

"Don't think you didn't find it, because you did the moment you listened to the first chapter of the storybook..."

"..." Yoshi's eyes widened.

"The first time you listened to the chapter, what did you ask me?"

Flashback

"Well...I have one question..." Yoshi wondered. "Who was that little girl in the story? Her name wasn't told in this chapter..."

"..." Rosalina closed her eyes. "I'll let you guess it by yourself."

End of flashback

"...I did..." Yoshi said blushing.

"A simple question made you interested in something," Rosalina smiled a little. "The storybook itself was your interest."

"...But how is that going to help me to fight?" Yoshi asked as everyone looked at him.

Rosalina closed her eyes. "You fought, in fact..."

Flashback

"Huh? But why?" Yoshi asked puzzled.

"I only tell this story to the Lumas here once I see the Power Stars gathered," Rosalina opened her eyes. "It gives my inspiration to narrate the way I do. The Lumas understand very well when is the story exciting, sad, or suspenseful."

Yoshi blinked for a moment. "So if I gather Power Stars, you'll let me listen to the next chapter?"

Rosalina nodded. "Yes, for that, I need you to get 5 more Power Stars in order to see the next chapter."

"...5 Power Stars..." Yoshi nodded. "Okay, I'll look for the stars if you promise me that."

Rosalina nodded and chuckled. "Always for you, Yoshi..."

End of flashback

"I was able to discover that interest you were seeking," Rosalina opened her eyes. "The interest to see what lies at the end of the battles. In my case, it was the ending of the storybook that was your interest. Now, think about the interest you're seeking for the normal fights."

"...The interest to see what lies at the end of the battles..." Yoshi repeated before he played with his fingers. "...You guys...I'm sorry for not fighting seriously the other times... I wasn't inspired or interested before...but..." Yoshi looked at Rosalina, who nodded at him before Yoshi looked back at them. "I'm ready to give it my all and see what is waiting for us after all this..."

"...So, that was it?" C. Falcon asked.

"Huh?"

"We're seeking the same thing, as you just thought about," Fox explained. "We don't fight because we want to, we fight because we want to see true peace."

"True peace..."

"True peace that I fight for as well," Chris nodded. "I want to see what happen...after this."

"I fight Bowser just to rescue Peach," Mario looked at Peach, who smiled back at him. "However, I want to stop anything evil from destroying anything."

"I-I'm here because of that too... I like to think that I'm some sort of hero sometimes..." Olimar said.

"In truth, Yoshi," Geno nodded. "You found the same interest as all of us."

"Fight for a better future." Twink said.

"We're not angry at you," Samus said. "We respect your decision, whether or not you want to fight."

"..." Yoshi smiled and closed his eyes. "...Thank you so much..."

"...It's time to leave now..." Rosalina said before the light shone brightly.

"...NO!" Yoshi yelled. "DON'T LEAVE!"

It was too late...

Music stops

Toad Town

"...U-ugh..." Yoshi found himself laying on the ground before sitting up. "...Rosalina!" Yoshi yelled as he looked around. "Rosalina! Where are you?! A-answer me!"

"...Quiet down..." Luigi muttered as he woke up, close to Yoshi. "...Huh?" Luigi sat up. "W-where are we?"

"...Huh?" Peach opened her eyes and looked around once she sat up. "...We're back in Toad Town?"

"...Look!" Luigi pointed to a hill with a tree.

"What?" Peach asked confused. "It's just a tree..."

"...I-it can't be!" Yoshi said as he ran to the tree.

The others groaned slowly as they woke up and sat up, shaking their heads and looking around the scenery.

They were now back in Toad Town. The castle was even there without a single trace of destruction. The houses were intact and butterflies were flying around the patches of flowers while the birds were singing.

"Isn't it beautiful?" Peach asked.

Chris seemed to shrug at this.

"...Yoshi?" Mario asked as he saw Yoshi, close to a tree that he examined closely. "Yoshi, what are you doing?"

"...This is it..." Yoshi trailed off. "...This is...the tree...that Rosalina used to visit..."

Chris got up and walked next to Yoshi. "So...this tree is the same one Rosalina told you in the storybook?... Huh?" Chris found something on the tree's bark. "...Oh..."

"..." Yoshi smiled a bit and wiped a tear. "...She...did this..."

On the tree's bark, there was a drawing with a little girl with long hair that was playing with several Lumas around the little hill with the tree that was also on the bark. A small smile was on the girl's face while the Lumas had happy expressions as they twirled about.

"..." Yoshi sniffed.

The World Traveler glanced to Yoshi, closed his eyes for a moment and patted his back slowly before opening them back. "...You found your interest at last, right?"

Yoshi nodded and looked at Chris with a small smile. "...Yes...and I'm happy for it... I'm so happy..."

"But and Rosalina?"

Yoshi blinked several times before looking up to the sky. "...I have a feeling that...she is going to return very soon... I don't know when, but it'll be soon and we'll have fun together..."

Chris wondered what could bring Rosalina back, until he remembered something.

"I-ah..."

"Huh?" Chris and Yoshi turned their backs to find Bowser and Bowser Jr. being cornered by the Smashers, who were ready to fight them all at once.

"Look," Samus began. "Or you surrender or we kick your shells out of you."

Bowser shook his head. "N-never!"

"Yeah!" Bowser Jr. said. "Never!"

"Get them." Samus said simply.

"JUNIOR!" Bowser yelled.

Jr. saluted and he jumped high, where a Magikoopa came flying from the sky and picked him as Bowser chuckled while a dark portal appeared.

"Heheheheheheh..." Bowser chuckled as they watched shocked to the portal. "If my plan to dominate the galaxies wasn't enough, then I'll resort to rule the worlds along with Tabuu!"

"Tabuu'll rule the worlds and we'll be just leaders." Dedede said as he stuck out his head from the portal.

Bowser grumbled. "Fine! Jr.! I leave the use of my castle to you, so plan a good strategy to take Mario out!"

"You got it, Papa! BWHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAA!!!" Bowser Jr. laughed as the Magikoopa flew off and away.

"Catch that bastard!" Yoshi yelled as they all ran to Bowser, who quickly ran inside the Subspace and vanished before they could reach him.

"No..." Mario trailed off.

"...It's okay..." Peach said as she put her hands on Mario's shoulders. "Everything is back to normal and I couldn't be this happy, thanks to all of you," Peach looked up. "And a new galaxy was created, but is still the same."

"But there are some changes around." Geno added.

"Yep," Twink smiled. "Small changes no one can see."

Peach smiled. "Thank you, everyone."

"..." Chris smiled. "Somehow, Peach can make someone smile with that sweet voice of hers..."

Peach giggled. "Oh, thank you. I-I'm a little bit flattered."

Chris blushed. "Y-you're welcome..."

"Pss, Mario, you should be careful because Chris is planning his moves now." C. Falcon whispered with a chuckle.

"H-hey!" Mario blushed. I-it's not like that at all!"

The Smashers laughed for a bit before they stopped.

"...Hey, look!" Chris looked above. "...The sphere that the bomb left...is gone!"

Everyone looked above and they didn't find the sphere.

"...The galaxies were reborn, and thus the black hole eliminated the sphere as well..." Mario explained.

"...Phew..." Yoshi sighed. "It's good we came out victorious..."

"Thank goodness..." Peach said.

Then Luigi helped the other Luigi to get up, making Twink gasp.

"O-oh no!" Twink said. Y-you 2 touched each other!"

"H-hold on," Peach interrupted. "Why are there 2 Luigis?"

"That's something we don't want to bother finding out," Geno said before the other Luigi, as incredible as it sounds, started to glow. "...What the?"

"You have witnessed the reality of your minds," the other Luigi said as he glowed intensely while his voice echoed. "I am just an image of your imagination that was created purely to help you all out. Your minds combined have given birth to me, and I cannot express my thanks more than I am doing right now."

"...The f(beep) is happening now?" Fox asked.

Twink was cursing (not at the bad level) as he saw the other Luigi.

"You, my other me, have been very nice to talk with me. I cannot be more thankful than I already am, especially to you, since your strength is far greater to understand than anybody here can grasp well."

"..." Luigi sniffed and shed a tear.

The glowing Luigi turned at the Smashers. "Now, it is time for me to leave and wander the universe at my own free will. We shall meet again in the next 2,483,580,203,274,189 years light...or just in 1 year to be honest and precise."

"..." every Smasher's jaw dropped, even Peach did.

The other Luigi began to rise up to the air before he looked and said, "Farewell, and godspeed to you all!!!" and in a blink, the other Luigi vanished with an intense light before disappearing for good and from their lifes.

"..." Geno looked at Twink. "...You knew this was going to happen?"

"...Noooooooo..." Twink stuck out his tongue. "I thought something less surprising was going to happen. I guess I was wrong."

"...Dude..." C. Falcon began. "...We're..."

Tales of Symphonia 2 : Off-Key

"..." Falco walked to a nearby wall and he began to hit his head. "UGH! DAMMIT! UGH! WHY IS, UGH! THIS WORLD, UGH! SO STUPIDLY, UGH! NOT MAKING, UGH! ANY KIND OF, UGH! FREAKING SENSE!? UGH!"

Chris grabbed Falco's shoulders and stopped him. "S-stop it! W-we just need to forget that we saw that weird Luigi who was obviously out of this world!"

"I want to return to the mansion AS SOON AS POSSIBLE right now..." Samus said shuddering.

"...He's amazing..." Luigi muttered as he took a napkin and blew his nose with it.

"...What just...happened?" Peach asked, utterly confused.

"...Peach..." Mario trailed off. "...Sometimes, it's better to think that we have only 1 Luigi...ONE...Luigi...as my brother..."

"...But what abou-"

"ONE...Luigi...Peach..." Mario repeated.

"...Bu-"

"ONE...Luigi..." Geno repeated.

"...Hit me," Olimar said to Yoshi. "Hit me. I want to forget this."

"..." Yoshi slammed his head on Olimar's helmet, but Yoshi ended up on the floor, knocked out.

"...Oh, frogs inside boxes..."

"...Oww..." Chris put his hands on his head.

"What is it?" Twink asked.

"I've been trying to find a good explanation for all these inexplicable happenings...and I got a headache for thinking too much..." Chris moaned a little. "...I want to rest..."

"...G-good bye...me..." Luigi sobbed happily. "...You were...amazing!!!"

"Oh!" Peach remembered something. "Since all of you fought so hard to save the galaxies...why don't you stay for a while and celebrate the Star Festival?"

"I'm willing to eat mushrooms just to forget all of this..." Mario said. "Who's in?"

The Smashers looked at each other.

Several hours later...

Grand Finale Galaxy
The Star Festival

Super Mario Galaxy - Star Festival

The celebration that once was interrupted continued. The Toads around the town were very happy that Peach got rescued (again) from Bowser's clutches, thanks to Mario, and from the help of the Smashers themselves. Even many residents across the galaxy arrived just to celebrate the salvation of the galaxy.

"Hmm-hmm-hmm-hmmmmmmmm..." Yoshi was humming happily as he picked up some familiar coins on a road to the castle...

Meanwhile, as for the Smashers, they were...not enjoying the event as most of them put their chins above their hands on a table that was located on a terrace of the castle or some even layed down their heads on it.

A Star Bit fell on top of Geno's head. "...Anyone is tired as of now?"

"Uh-huh..." everyone else replied.

Olimar looked at Yoshi from the town as he spoke to everyone in his way to the castle. "...Why is Yoshi looking so energetic?"

"Because those Purple Coins from HELL followed us," C. Falcon explained as he hit his face on the table. "It's out punishment for being here..."

"And Yoshi is now very excited to see "what lies at the end of the battles" as Rosalina said before..." Chris closed his eyes. "I don't find that interest so..."

"Interesting?" Mario asked bored.

"...Yes..."

A Star Bit hit Samus's head. "..." Samus glanced to the town slowly as many Star Bits rained down the galaxy. "...When are those shards stop from coming down?"

"Until tomorrow..." Mario responded.

"Hmmmmmm..." they all groaned in boredom.

Luigi, who was not bored, sighed as he looked at the stars, away from the others. "...Me...I hope you're doing well..."

"I dare you to STOP reminding us about that...thing..." Fox said.

"H-he was me! An awesome me and you all know it! He saved our lifes, after all!"

"I want to think that our minds saved us and just that..." Falco said. "What HAPPENS in this wacky universe STAYS in this wacky universe..."

"Let's see something else that won't remind us the horrible hell we went through..." C. Falcon said as he turned his head to the door that opened as Yoshi walked inside. "...OH, HECK NO!"

"Look, you guys!" Yoshi called out as he held up something. "I've got a Power Star!"

Power Star! Power Star! Power Star! Power Star! Power Star! Power Star!

There were not 120 Power Stars...

...There were 121 Power Stars instead!

The Smashers' minds echoed with those 2 words before they all looked shocked at the 121th Power Star and groaned out loud. "T-those stars want to piss us off! Ugh! Toss it away! Toss it away!" C. Falcon motioned at the lake.

"Climb the tallest mountain! Defeat this guy with weak health! Kill this guy off too! Run like hell! Collect 100 (beep!) Coins around the WHOLE galaxy! I can go all the day!" Falco complained.

"Huh?" Yoshi tilted his head. "But I thought it could be a good souvenir to remember Rosalina..."

"NO," Falco walked to Yoshi, snatched the star off his hands and tossed it inside the lake before grinning in triumph, as he dusted off his hands. "Aw, that feels so much bet-"

"NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Yoshi pushed Falco out of the way and dove inside the lake. Falco didn't care about that action as he fell down defeated.

"..." Chris shed a tear. "...His interest is too much for me to tolerate..."

"A-absolutely rubbish, princess!"

Everyone turned their tired heads to the door of the balcony, where Peach was carrying 2 suitcases as Toadsworth begged her to stay in the castle. "Hello, everyone!" Peach said cheerfully. "I'm ready to join all of you in this new experience!"

"NO!" Toadsworth shook his head. "You just came back, and now you want to fight in that tournament of barbarians? P-pure blasphemy, princess! I can't allow you to go with THEM," Toadsworth pointed at the Smashers who blinked bored. "Look at him!" he pointed at Olimar. "His face clearly says that he is a bandit!"

"Dear...Diary..." Olimar muttered as he took out his diary. "I was...mistook...for a bandit...zzzzzzz..." Olimar fell asleep.

"Master Mario is just perfect to go!"

"Zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz..." Mario snored on the table.

"But you?!"

Peach giggled. "Don't worry about me. I leave the kingdom in your hands while I'm away."

"N-no!" Toadsworth said. "J-just because my leadership to give orders is high, it doesn't mean that you have to go!"

"Nevertheless, I made up my mind," Peach walked to the Smashers who stared at her with bored looks. "Everyone, I'm ready to help all of you in the new adventure!"

Ba-ba-ba-ba! Ba-baaaaaaah!

NEWCOMER!


Peach joined your team!

"No!" Toadsworth said.

Peach left your team

"I'm going." Peach said.

Peach joined back your team!

"No!"

Peach left your team

"I'm going."

Peach joined your team!

"Absolutely no!"

Peach left your team

"But I'm going. You have to understand!"

Peach joined your team!

"NO!"

You know how this rolls know...

Peach and Toadworth kept contradicting each other as Chris looked at them with a bored look. "...You know, I want to return and lay down on my bed..."

"That's a very good idea..." Mario said. "...I'm joining now for real..."

NEWCOMER!

Mario (finally) joined your team!

"Hurrayyyyyyy..." the Smashers said bored.

"...Don't get offended, but I'm not in the mood to say, "Yes! Mario finally joined us!" for now..." Chris said bored.

"...I understand..." Mario said yawning.

"..." Chris's eyes widened once he looked another way.

"..." Fox looked up to Chris without turning his face at him. "...What..."

"..." Chris didn't speak.

Fox turned his head at the same direction. "What is it... It's not like there's something horribl-OOOOOOOH GOD!!!"

The Smashers turned their heads at the same direction and most of them gasped in panic...

Because...

There was a hellish Star Bunny moving its hands a little on the terrace!

"NO!" C. Falcon stood up as everyone else did the same. "T-those rabbits are here to "play" with us again!"

"Boing!" the Star Bunny said as it slowly jumped to them.

"KIDS AND WOMEN FIRST!!!" Olimar yelled as he screamed, ran to the edge of the terrace and dove inside the water.

"T-those rabbits are NOT going to piss me off again!" Samus said.

"Wait, what?" Geno asked.

"In reality, those rabbits were ticking me off as I tried to catch them. They even tossed snowballs at me so..." Samus looked away embarrassed. "...I hope you don't mind 3 dead bodies..."

"..." they all looked at each other before focusing on the bunny.

"...RUUUUUUUUUN!" Chris yelled as everyone quickly dove inside the water.

"Wait!" Peach yelled as she jumped to the water with her parasol. "I'm coming!"

"PRINCEEEEEEEEEEEEEEESS!!!" Toadsworth yelled as a light shone on the water, and nobody else came out after that (even Yoshi). "...No-ooooo..." Toadsworth sobbed as the Star Bunny looked at him and rubbed his head with its ears.

(HELLISH) WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 2500 Smash Coins!

Gateway Galaxy

Super Mario Galaxy - Gateway Galaxy

High above the Mushroom Kingdom, there was a lonely figure with several Lumas, looking at the kingdom from the castle as she sighed. "...Yoshi..." she trailed off. "...We will meet again...in a long time... Thank you so much for your help..."

"Mama, is Papa going to visit us?" a yellow Luma asked.

"..." Rosalina chuckled at the word. "...Yes..."

"Hurray! Yay!"

Rosalina closed her eyes. "We'll just wait a long time after that, though..."

"Roooosaaaliiinaaa!" Polari called out as 2 Lumas were carrying a tight suit that appeared to be very good for races on motorcycles...and for Rosalina. "The Lumas already finished with the clothes for the race in the Mushroom Kingdom in 2 years!"

"..." Rosalina blushed and looked away, even sweatdropping. "...I...o-okay... I understand..."

"Good!" Polari said. "We'll visit them sooner than expected! Lumas, take it away and keep it clean!" Polari told the Lumas who nodded and flew away.

Rosalina blushed a little, but then, she chuckled as she walked back to her house. "...Good luck... I'll be watching you from beyond the stars..." Rosalina said with a wink to no one on particular as she entered the house and closed the door with the Lumas.

After a while, Rosalina stepped on the observatory and she raised a force field that covered it as it began to move slowly towards the space before it began to fly away as a shiny comet. Rosalina's chuckled were echoing before they stopped with a blink of the traveling observatory...

...Close to where the house was, there was a wrecked Starshroom inside a cracked old place with green bricks. Inside of it, there was the Luma that Mario used to use the Star Spin. It blinked slowly and waved happily before the screen panned out with a happy giggle.

Music stops

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"Kid," Snake began as he looked down at Chris. "It's time."

"T-time for what?" Chris asked.

"Time to reveal everything," Snake crossed his arms. "Your world, and of course...the Subspace."

"H-huh?!" Chris sweated. "W-what are you talking about?!"

"Don't act stupid anymore," Snake continued. "Everyone here knows what happened."

"...What?" Chris looked at Link. "I-is that true?!"

Link only nodded. "Snake told us everything. Master Hand was even cornered and he didn't have another choice but to speak up."

"Sorry," Master Hand said. "Snake caught me off-guard."

The Smashers looked at Chris with stares. The World Traveler looked at all of them but he took a step back. "I-is it really the time? I-I mean, shouldn't we focus on the Subspace Ar-"

"Okay, that's IT!" Fox said, glaring at Chris. "It's enough, Chris! I've had enough of your evading nonsense of the main point! You're going to explain everything and EVERYTHING right now or else I'll make you spit everything out!"

"B-but explain about what?!"

"The Subspace," Marth began. "Your world, and how you know a lot about us."

"B-but I thought Master Hand told all of you that the real world existed!"

"He said that," Samus began. "And that only. Not much more information came after that since he didn't know...but you..."

"You know everything about us for some reason, and we want all the answers." Snake said.

The World Traveler looked down...

Kingdom Hearts 2 - Dearly Beloved

Chris looked at all the Smashers...

Ness, Lucas, Popo, Nana, Diddy, Pikachu, Kirby, Pichu, Red, Squirtle, Toon Link, Twink and Jigglypuff had concerned looks as each one blinked worried...

Link, Marth, Roy, Luigi, Pit, Sonic, Mallow, Ike, Geno, Ivysaur, Olimar, Yoshi, Master Hand and Crazy Hand were just staring at Chris...

Snake, Fox, Falco, Wolf, C. Falcon, DK, Mewtwo, Meta Knight and Samus were narrowing their eyes at Chris...

Mario and Peach...were confused at the situation and couldn't find anything else to say...

"..." Chris closed his eyes and looked down.

Lucario walked next to Chris and put his left hand on Chris's right shoulder. "...It's time, Chris... I'll stay close to you just in case..."

"...I know..." Chris muttered looking up with an ashamed face, before looking at Snake and the Smashers. "...Everyone..."

"..." everyone kept staring at him.

Outside

The blizzard raged on outside as their voices were able to be heard. "...It's time I tell you all about...the real world...the Subspace...and all of you..."

"...Tsk..." Snake said. "Finally..."

The blizzard grew stronger before the screen got white and more white until it was completely gone...

...

"Where Everything Began..." Chris closed his eyes in shame.

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on April 09, 2009, 04:55:58 PM
"Hold on, why are there 2 Luigi's?"

Sorry, but that cracked me up.  I think it was the whole irony of things.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: makuta on April 09, 2009, 07:37:08 PM
The big reveal...

And leave it to a black hole, which bends time and space around it, to destroy a hole in time and space.

By the way, that "big lava planet with holes in it" is supposed to be a star. I think so anyway.

ANYWAY, good job.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 10, 2009, 09:49:13 PM
Chapter 118: Where Everything Began

Smash Mansion
Zelda's Room

"A-achoo!"

"Here."

"T-thanks..."

The blizzard that raged outside the mansion somehow got stronger. Zelda and Estelle were talking between each other for a time ever since they both met. Zelda and Estelle were sitting on the bed.

"M-my goodness..." Estelle looked outside. "T-this weather is getting so harsh, isn't it?"

"Yes," Zelda said as she looked outside. "This blizzard is quite suspicious though..."

"I also thought the same thing," Estelle nodded. "Knowing that Repede is suffering from the cold with the others is just..."

"...You're not planning to leave outside, right? It's dangerous to go."

"...Well..." Estelle wondered for a moment. "...I don't want to end up getting a cold... Fine, I'll stay here."

"(But still,)" Zelda thought as she looked outside. "(Something is bothering me...)"

Command Room

"..." Chris kept looking down. "...This is going to be so hard to understand and believe for you..."

"It doesn't matter," Snake said. "What matters is everything you're willing to say and share."

"...Ugh..." Chris closed his eyes. "I wanted to evade this before...but I guess I wouldn't be a good friend if I didn't tell you..."

"Just start explaining yourself and we won't hurt you." Ike said.

"...Wait, what?!"

"Ike! We're not going to do that sort of thing!" Roy said shocked.

"S-sorry! I-I got a little carried away by the atmosphere here!"

"...Should we really listen too?" Mallow asked concerned.

"It's something we should know, I guess..." Geno whispered.

"But I'm not too sure about this..." Chris said. "How did you all get interested about all that?"

"Simple," Mewtwo began. "When you 2 came, you slowly met every single one of us."

"And even some of us asked where'd you come from, but you said something that seemed to be weird." Pikachu explained.

"Remember the first time we met?" Samus asked. "I asked you 2..."

Flashback. Back in chapter 7...

"...I'm a kid-" Chris's forehead made a vein after he got tired from hearing the word "kid" to address himself. "-that can use many different abilities to fight and Lucario has the power of the aura to deal damage too. We're currently trying to fight a much, bigger menace than the Space Pirates."

"Hard to believe."

"Huh?"

"Hard to believe someone saying such things," Samus said. "How can I know you're not lying?"

End of flashback

"You then said because the commander requested you to come, but something was odd," Samus wondered. "Why'd the commander let you accompany me? I know children aren't allowed to come to any Space Federation ship."

"I was about to ask where'd you come from too..." Toon Link said. "I was about to ask that, but Tetra came in and she made me forget the question. When Snake reminded me, then I thought about asking you again."

"I..." Pichu looked down. "...I just cared about meeting you, but that question came to my mind too..."

"Same here." Roy said.

"Don't forget me," Fox began. "I was about to ask the same things, but I got interrupted before I could go on the first time we met."

"And when Lucario knew about Team Rocket, I wondered why did he know that..." Pikachu said.

"D-don't look at me..." Olimar said. "I just remembered the momemnt we met too, and I didn't ask that many important questions either..."

"You said you knew a lot about me..." Lucas looked down. "But how? I-I wasn't even famous in the island so..."

"..." Sonic closed his eyes. "Y'know, you knew some things about me as well. First, I thought you were a fan, but later it kept...getting weird..."

"I guess I could say the same..." Mario said.

"Too distracted to ask that," Link said. "When you guys came with the others, I thought you were normal people...but when I came here with Zelda, things got really suspicious about you and Lucario..."

"I..." Kirby looked down. "...I just wanted to know you a little, b-but that's all..."

"Now that I remember..." Ness wondered. "I asked you about visiting new different worlds, and you said that you had many games to go. I was excited that day that I didn't think what you meant by that..."

"I-I-I-I-I-I still remember t-t-t-t-t-the day at the s-s-s-s-spa..." Falco (now pale from the cold) said. "I-I-I-I-I-I-I forgot to a-a-a-a-ask you the same thing..."

"Enough," Snake interrupted. "Kid, you've been suspicious this entire time about the worlds and all that crap. You also said things that didn't have anything to do with a certain topic, and when someone asked you what did it mean, you evaded that a lot of times by saying that you didn't know," he crossed his arms. "Irony, you knew about something, then you forgot it."

"...Ugh..." Chris grabbed his left arm. "...You're right... So..." Chris looked at the Smashers. "...What do you want me to explain first?"

"How do you know all of us," Link said. "It's been troubling me."

"...And the hardest one..." Chris muttered to Lucario, who nodded. "...Okay...where do I start explaining..."

"Chris," Master Hand pointed to a drawer on the front desk. "Look inside the drawer where the boxes are."

"Boxes?" Chris asked before remembering. "...Oh, right..."

The World Traveler walked to the drawer and opened it. Inside, there was his entire collection of videogames on top of each other. He took another glance at the Smashers before taking out one. "Okay, you see this?"

"...That's..." Peach trailed off. "...Mario with FLUDD, isn't he?"

"Yes..." Chris nodded. "This is not a normal box, it's a box containing this..." the World Traveler opened the box and he took out a small disc. "What I'm holding right now is a videogame."

"A videogame?" Mario asked. "But why a videogame with me?"

"Because..." Chris looked down. "...All of you...every single one...are not real in my world...because..."

"Stop trailing off," Snake demanded. "It's annoying."

"...Because all of you, and all the other people we've met so far...are just...videogame characters..."

A silence fell in as everyone kept blinking confused.

"..." Chris sighed. "...Now you know..."

"Videogame..." Roy trailed off.

"...Characters?" Jigglypuff finished.

"...That has to be the most stupid lie I've ever heard about you." Meta Knight said.

"W-what?" Chris asked. "B-but it's true! Everyone in this room except for me is a videogame character!"

"Kid," Snake glared at Chris. "So far, you're not making any sense at all with the whole lie you said. Videogame characters my (beep!)"

"He is telling the truth," Lucario said with a glare. "I accept that I'm a videogame character as well, but it's hard for you to understand it."

"You're saying that because you like him so much." Ivysaur said.

Lucario shook his head. "No. I saw it by myself when I got to his home and lived there after."

"That's enough," Mewtwo interrupted. "I can't find a good proof about being something like a character for a videogame."

"Then why don't you read my mind?" Chris asked.

"Because you have to say it yourself in order to trust you."

"And as of now," Fox clenched his right fist. "You're just making everything worse."

"We're videogame characters? What kind of truth is that? It's just...so stupid!" Nana said irritated.

"...What is wrong with all of you?!" Chris asked angrily. "I'm telling you all the truth I know, but yet, you keep saying I'm lying when I'm not! What proof do you want to get out of me?!"

"Chris, calm down." Lucario said.

"...It's just..." Chris closed his eyes. "I can't believe they won't accept the proof..."

"But I have something in mind to make them understand. A place to be exact."

"...A place?" Chris asked confused.

"Our room."

"Here in the mansion?"

"No," Lucario closed his eyes. "Our room in the real world, where they will understand everything."

"The "real" world?" Yoshi asked.

"All of our worlds are real, but defining your world "real" is going too far." Snake said.

Kingdom Hearts 2 - The Afternoon Streets

"..." Chris sniffed silently. "...Fine! If you all want to understand all of this in this way, then, Master Hand!"

"Yes?" Master Hand asked.

"I want to return to my world and let them in!"

"...I'm not sure..." Master Hand thought for a moment. "If we go, time will continue its way. However, if we return here, time will stop for your world again. Please, take in mind that nobody can't go from your house and that you won't change jobs or have any powers."

"Do it," Chris said with a serious face. "I'm going to explain everything there."

"...Okay," Master Hand nodded as he snapped his fingers and made a portal appear to the real world. "The path to your room is beyond."

The World Traveler stared at the portal as he smiled a little. "...After so long..." Chris muttered. "...I'm going to return and see my world again..."

"Our world." Lucario corrected him.

Chris smiled a little and wiped a tear. "I just...became homesick..."

"Stop losing time and let's go." Snake said coldly.

"We get to see his world at last," Ness whispered. "What do you think we could find there?"

"Whatever seems exciting." Pikachu whispered.

"...Before you all come," Chris interrupted them. "...Lucario and I want to enter first and let you in 1 minute later, just to check if everything is right."

"...Fine," Snake said. "But make it quick. The faster, the better."

Chris nodded once before he turned to the portal with Lucario before both walked to it and appeared somewhere else...

Real World
Chris's Room

"...We're..." Chris looked around. "...Back at last..."

"Yes..." Lucario smiled a little. "I feel right at home again..."

Both of them appeared in Chris's room. The room had many posters of many videogame characters on the walls. Chris's game collection was there as well. The date of the calendar clearly said that it was still March 9, Saturday morning at 11:30 AM.

"This is where the whole adventure started, right?" Chris asked.

"...Yes..." Lucario nodded. "That decision you made before, I still remember it very well."

Chris rubbed Lucario's head as the Aura Pokémon growled happily. "And you kept your promise."

"Protect you." Lucario said before Chris stopped rubbing his head.

"...They're going to come through the portal..." Chris smiled a little and looked down. "I should be happy that my favorite characters are going to appear here...but right now is..."

"I know," Lucario nodded. "The moment isn't right."

"..." Chris looked at the bed. "...Let's sit over there."

Chris and Lucario sat down on the bed and looked at the portal.

The World Traveler looked at his clothes, and they were the same he wore the day he bought Super Smash Bros. Brawl. "..." Chris held his hand out and tried to make it glow, but it didn't. "Master Hand said the truth..."

"Chris..." Lucario trailed off.

"Yes?"

"What are you going to tell them?"

"Everything," Chris began. "From my story to the Subspace."

"Then you may as well explain everything here, now that you have the chance."

"...I guess that's the right thing to do now... But do you think they'll understand?"

"What I expect is that they will get the truth... That is what I hope, though..."

"..." Chris looked down concerned.

"They won't hurt you," Lucario said. "I'll protect you from any of them. I can take them all on by my own."

"..."

"...Chris..." Lucario muttered worried.

Both of them stared back at the portal where it began to take every single Smasher out. Chris smiled a little after his room kept getting 1 by 1 of them, but he looked down depressed afterward.

"...Sooooooo..." Diddy looked around and jumped to the bed. "This is your room?"

"N-nice room." Lucas said with a small smile but with a worried look in his eyes.

"T-thanks..." Chris said with a nod.

"...What?" Kirby looked at a poster of him and the other 3 Kirbys, coming from the Amazing Mirror. "I-is that me?"

"Wait," Link found a poster of him riding on Epona as Twilight creatures tried to attack him. "W-what is the meaning of this?"

"..." Luigi's jaw dropped once he found a poster of Luigi's Mansion with him screaming.

"The hell?" Snake found many videogames' cases on a desk.

"Hey, check this out!" Sonic said with a grin as he looked at a poster of Sonic Advance 2. "I'm right here with Tails, Knuckles and Cream!"

"Sonic, that isn't the main point." Twink said.

"But I've got to admit," Mallow rubbed his chin. "He looks good."

"...Mallow..." Geno frowned.

"..." Falco kept staring at a poster of Star Fox: Assault with Fox, himself, Krystal and Slippy.

"Huh?" Wolf found a strategy guide of the previous mentioned game and he looked through the pages. "...This is..."

"Wait, hold on!" Pikachu picked up a DVD with Ash and his Pokémon. "W-what is Ash doing in this DVD?"

"H-hey..." Yoshi was holding a box of Mario Kart: Double Dash. "...Isn't this..."

The Smashers kept looking around the room with many different things telling about all of them. Chris and Lucario kept looking to all of them.

"They're beginning to understand..." Chris muttered. "...Right?"

"It seems that way..." Lucario muttered.

"..." Samus found the biggest poster that had the starters of SSBB posing inside small squares designed for all of them. "...What the..."

"..." Chris stood up. "...Now, do you believe me? All of you are videogame characters in reality. I just...hope you can believe me for real because what you're looking at is the whole tru-"

Persona 4 - Border of Insanity

"No!" Fox yelled with a glare that made Chris back away in fear. "Y-you made up all of this when you had the time, didn't you?!"

"All of the boxes and pictures of all of us look so real..." Nana said. "...But this isn't true at all! This is just random trash with us on all of it!"

"Will you please STOP complaining?!" Lucario asked as he stood up. "Admit it! Everything here is telling you the whole truth you don't want to believe in!"

"B-but..." Peach looked to the Super Paper Mario's box. "S-something here is wrong..."

"NOTHING IS WRONG!" Lucario yelled angrily. "Chris is telling the truth, and you don't trust him!"

"That's it," Snake said as he glared at Lucario. "I've had enough of this bull(beep!) for a long time. If the kid is not willing to say the truth, then I'll use force to make him say it."

"If that's the only way, then let's do it." C. Falcon said.

"Everyone, please!" Master Hand yelled. "Calm down! We're not here to fight in his room!"

"Oh, you tell us!" Ness said. "You're on his side, aren't you?"

"I'm in nobody's side, except all of you!"

"Then make him say what we want to hear!" Wolf demanded with a glare. "There is no darn way about this whole crap about me that says I'm a videogame character!"

"I'm not somebody's toy!" Pikachu yelled.

"P-please, don't fight here, p-please..." Pichu whispered worried.

Chris looked down and he silently walked to his Wii while the others argued with Lucario.

"This is stupid!" Ness complained. "We're real and not videogame characters for this world!"

"Seriously," C. Falcon began. "Everything here is just made-up evidence."

"Made-up evidence that made me furious and irritated," Fox pointed at the SSBB poster. "And that one over there is the biggest one yet!"

"C-can we stop arguing with each other?" Luigi asked. "I-I don't like where this is going anymore..."

"I'll gladly tell you," Snake said. "We're going to use force to make the kid say the truth."

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted furiously.

"...Wait a minute..." Squirtle looked around. "...Where is he?"

"Chris?!" the Smashers called out as they looked around the room.

They all found Chris inserting a disc inside the Wii.

"Oh, now you're going to play a game and ignore us?" Falco asked irritated.

"...Everyone..." Chris muttered. "...Shut up..."

"What?" Red asked.

"Shut UP!" Chris yelled as he quickly choose the game. "I hope this is enough for you to understand!"

Many of the Smashers grunted in frustration and rage. Master Hand kept trying to calm them down but to no avail.

But then, peace seemed to come after the intro of SSBB played...

Super Smash Bros. Brawl - Main Theme

"...What the..." Pikachu trailed off as the starters from Brawl were shown on a cliff, looking at the sunset.

"...I'll just go ahead." Chris said as he pressed the A button and went directly to the main menu. Once he got further from the Group option and the Brawl option,the character select screen appeared.

That is where they all gasped.

"...No..." Pit said as he looked to his icon. "...This can't...be real..."

"...It is...real..." Chris said as he chose Pit and 3 random CPUs to start the game in the Hyrule Temple.

The CPUs were Link, Kirby and Fox, who appeared on the stage with their intros before the game started. Chris, using Pit, quickly rushed to the CPU Link to fight him s the other 2 fought against each other.

"..." Kirby blinked. "...We're..."

"Fighting while Chris is controlling us..." Link finished.

"..." Chris kept his focus on the game as it went on, until the time ended and Chris was announced as the winner before he was returned to the select screen. "...So? Now do YOU all believe me?"

"...I-I can't still believe any of this..." Samus said.

"Okay then!" Chris yelled angrily as he stood up and walked to the Wii to change discs once he turned it off. "I guess I'll have to go through every single game that all of you appear in! So sit down and just watch!"

The Smashers talked with each other in silence before they all sat down around the room.

The first time, Chris showed Mario, Peach, Luigi and Yoshi the game of "Super Mario Galaxy," which shocked them as the CPU Mario used a Star Spin on a Goomba.

"Waah!" the CPU Mario exclaimed while he did a Star Spin, shocking the 4.

After showing Link and Toon Link about "The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess," the swordsmen made shocked looks.

"HEYAH!" the CPU Link yelled as he stabbed a Bokoblin, making Link take a step back.

And it kept going like this for each one of them.

"Oh...my..." Jigglypuff trailed off after watching a Pokémon battle in Pokémon Battle Revolution with Pikachu against a Piplup.

"Huh?" DK tilted his head after seeing Donkey Kong Country with him and Diddy in a side-scrolling level.

"Tallon...lV..." Samus trailed off as she saw herself landing on Tallon lV in Metroid Prime.

"The Sargasso Space Zone..." Fox said.

"My turf..." Wolf said as both watched the base of ruffians in Star Fox: Assault.

"T-that's..." Ike trailed off after seeing the kingdom of Crimea in Fire Emblem: Path of Radiance.

"Look at that!" Popo pointed at himself climbing Icicle Mountain in Ice Climber. "That's me!"

"..." Nana looked away worried before her brother looked at her and then got a worried look.

"...Oh..."

"M-my...Pikmins..." Olimar trailed off after seeing himself with 100 Pikmins following him around the Landing Site.

"..." Meta Knight was left speechless once he and Kirby saw themselves competing in the Green Meadows of Kirby Air Ride.

"Sweet!" Sonic said with a grin as he saw himself racing a big truck of G.U.N in the City Escape level of Sonic Adventure 2: Battle. "Check out my spe..." he noticed that everyone was glaring at him. "...Oh...I-I mean..."

"Mute City..." C. Falcon trailed off after seeing the Mute City track of F-Zero GX.

"B-but..." Ness trailed off when himself, Paula, Jeff and Poo were walking around Summers.

"T-the Underworld?" Pit asked when he saw himself shooting demons in Kid Icarus.

"...Shadow Moses..." Snake trailed off after seeing Shadow Moses Island in Metal Gear Solid: The Twin Snakes.

"...That's not all..." Chris said.

The World Traveler showed them the first installment of Super Smash Bros., then he showed them Super Smash Bros. Melee and after that, Super Smash Bros. Brawl.

"All of us...are there...in all the tournaments..." Mario said.

"All of you, are in fact, videogame characters," Chris explained. "All of you were created by Nintendo, a very popular videogame company, except for Sonic and Snake, who are third-party characters from Sega and Konami respectively. This world, my world, is called Earth. We're in Los Angeles, California, in the United States of America."

Lucario pointed to a map of the continent. "That is the map of America. Right besides to it, there is the world map of the whole planet."

"Super Smash Bros. Brawl happens to be a very acclaimed game for many fans around the world. All of you are the main characters of the game, a simple knockout game with an easy formula to play and a story mode, the Subspace Emissary."

"In reality, we're videogame characters in this world...where we were created..." Lucario trailed off.

"Millions and millions of people know a lot about you because you're all famous here, and I happen to be one fan..."

A moment of silence soon appeared as everyone tried to do their best to comprehend the situation.

"...Videogame characters..." Roy trailed off.

"...We're simple...videogame characters..." Peach trailed off.

"Videogame characters...for the amusement for millions of people..." Mewtwo trailed off.

"..." the word "amusement" rang inside Chris's mind. "...Now you all know..."

"..." Samus stood up. "...I think...I understand all this..."

"...You do?"

"We're not real..." Squirtle got up. "We're just a bunch of fantasy characters of several videogames..."

"T-that's not true!" Chris yelled. "Sure, you're not real, but look! Aren't you breathing and visiting my own house right now, where the real world is?"

"Yeah, but..." Fox stood up. "To think our lifes were...ugh...how do I put it again..."

"Created just to amuse people..." Snake trailed off with a grunt.

"...Correct..."

"It's like every single person in this world is stalking us while we don't notice them at all..." Marth trailed off.

"I'm sorry, everyone," Master Hand said. "I knew there was this world in the beginning, but I didn't go that far to investigate a little."

"...And you played every game with us, right?" Pit asked.

"...Yes..." Chris nodded. "I know everything about all of you," he turned to Mario, "I know you took a vacation in Isle Delfino that was getting attacked by Bowser," he turned to Link, "I know you left your village to rescue Illia and the other children," he turned to Kirby, "I know you defeated Marx," he turned to Pikachu, "I know Ash, Misty, Brock, Todd, Tracey, Gary, May, Max and Dawn," he turned to Samus, "I know the Metroid Prime," he turned to Fox, "I know the adventure in Sauria with Tricky," he turned to Yoshi, "I know you rescued Mario and Luigi when they were babies," he turned to DK, "I know the many fights with King K. Rool..."

And his knowledge about all of them kept going until he finished.

"...That's all..." Chris looked down. "I'm...basically a big stalker..."

"..." the Smashers looked down in depression.

"...I know what you're thinking now..." Chris began. "...You're thinking about "He's lying again! We should beat him up and make him say the REAL truth because there's no way I'm a puppet for someone's fun time!", right?"

"...We understand now..." Marth nodded. "...But violence isn't necessary at all right now..."

"...I'm so scared for your next reactions..." Chris muttered.

Kingdom Hearts 2 - Missing You

The World Traveler backed away to a wall where he sat down and embraced his legs as he sobbed. "I'm...I'm so...but so scared..."

"Why?" Diddy asked.

"So scared...about what are you going to do next to me... I already said everything that your forced out of me through threats of violence... I'm not lying this time..." Chris started to sob even more. "...I'm not lying now! And I won't lie anything from now on! But...b-but...but all of you wanted so badly to hurt my feelings and myself just to get a stupid truth that you won't realize, right?! Wasn't that your way to get the truth?! Huh?!"

"L-look, w-we didn't want t-" Toon Link was interrupted.

"SHUT UP!" Chris yelled, making everyone blink in shock. "If that's the way you threat a friend, a friend that only wanted to know his favorite videogame characters become real, then I may as well forget everything and leave you all alone! You're just a bunch of brute people who only care about yourselves and not the others!"

Lucario walked to Chris and kneeled to put his right hand on Chris's left shoulder. "If you want to leave them, then do it if that is going to make you feel better. Only experiencing this made you feel much sadder than before yo-"

"..." Chris only looked down in depression as he cried silently.

"..." Lucario looked down in shame.

"...What the hell were we doing..." Ivysaur trailed off with a look of shame.

"We technically wanted to hurt someone in order to get a truth we don't want to believe in..." C. Falcon said ashamed.

"I-i-i-if I knew we were going to do this to someone innocent...t-t-t-then I shouldn't have done this..." Lucas said, covering his eyes as he sobbed. "W-w-w-what's wrong with me?!"

"Lucas, Lucas! Stop crying!" Ness yelled. "...I'm the one who acted like a bastard after all..." Ness covered his eyes. "T-this is just wrong..."

"P-P-P-Pikachu..." Pichu walked to Pikachu and looked down before he sobbed. "...Is this how we are?"

"...N-not at all..." Pikachu said before Pichu hugged him and cried.

"...W-why didn't I say anything to stop this?" Jigglypuff asked. "W-we were going too far..."

"...P-Popo..." Nana muttered with sobs. "...P-please...hug me..."

"..." Popo silently walked to Nana and hugged her sister as she cried on his shoulder. Popo closed his eyes and sobbed afterward with her.

"...Man..." Red looked down. "...Finding the truth in this way...is just too wrong...and it feels horrible once you realize it..."

"G-Geno..." Twink cried some tears before he hugged the puppet. "...This is real...how we are...right?"

"...I'm afraid so..." Geno responded as he patted Twink's back.

"..." Mallow sobbed several times, and almost at the point of crying, but his powers weren't being manifested in the real world like they used to in the other worlds. The cloud prince went over to the puppet who hugged him in shame.

"Dammit..." Roy muttered. "This isn't the way we act..."

"I know..." Marth looked outside. "...The feeling is horrible..."

"I'm trying to understand this...b-but..." Ike closed his eyes in shame. "...But I should be more aware of my actions on people more than anything else..."

"...O-oh, tears of eyes..." Olimar sniffed. "I-I didn't talk to express my concerns...and this happened..."

"..." Kirby sobbed silently before Meta Knight walked to him and patted his back a little.

"I have the same reaction as well, Kirby," Meta Knight said. "I can't express it, but believe me, I do."

"...Y-yes..." Kirby said with a nod.

Pit looked down a wiped something from his eyes. "I-I'm suppose to be an angel of peace...and I let this go like nothing bad happened..."

"M-Mario..." Peach hugged Mario slowly. "...T-this isn't me...a person who just sits behind and doesn't stop an event like this go and end sadly...right?"

"...No, Peach..." Mario said ashamed. "...We're not like that..."

"..." Luigi was ducking as he sobbed before his brother patted his back.

"..." Yoshi sobbed several times. "Why...why did I do this?"

"Should we do this again and hurt someone else?... Of course not..." Squirtle said ashamed.

"...Donkey..." Diddy looked down as he rubbed his right arm on his eyes.

DK hugged Diddy and both sobbed in unison.

"..." Sonic crossed his arms and frowned to himself. "...I'm a filthy bastard too..."

Fox walked to the poster of Star Fox: Assault and he glared at his picture. "...This is what I really am...but I don't accept the way I acted to get to what I wanted to know..."

"It's normal that you'll act like this to get a truth," Wolf said as he crossed his arms and frowned in shame. "I feel a bit ashamed myself, but that's all..."

"Damn..." Falco muttered with a frown of shame.

"...I acted like a filthy bastard, didn't I..." Samus asked.

"...We all did..." C. Falcon responded in shame.

Mewtwo was only able to close his eyes with a frown of shame. "...A shameful knowledge only gained through violence..."

"..." Snake looked down. "...Guess I went a little bit too far..."

"W-wait just a minute," Roy glared at Snake. "You! You made us act like this all along!"

"You convinced us to make Chris say the truth through threats? I can't believe you! How can you be so cruel?!" Nana asked with tears.

Every single Smasher glared at Snake, and the soldier just stared at them.

"Damn bastard..." Ness muttered. "You really like to mess up with a person's friendships a lot, don't you?!"

"Hey," Snake began. "It's not my fault that you ac-"

"Shut up, just shut up!" Pikachu yelled as he pointed at Chris, still crying silently while Lucario remained in his position. "He is like this because you convinced us to do this sort of thing!"

"A-a sort of thing we don't do!" Pichu added angrily.

"And don't act all innocent either," Marth said. "You were the one who said about using force to get the truth, right?"

"...I did..." Snake said looking down. "I did say that, but I didn't care that much about the kid..."

"H-how could you be saying that horrible thing?" Peach asked. "Chris is just as important to me as he is important to all of us!"

"But Peach..." Yoshi trailed off. "...You didn't spend much time with Chris..."

"...I know..." Peach looked down. "...But we did once...during the festival of sports..."

Flashback

"Where is Mallow going?" Peach asked appearing from the group.

"He...um...went to look around for a coin he lost in the way...hey, are you Peach?"

"Yes, I am, and you're Chris, right? Mario told me you and the others helped him in Rogueport before."

"Um..." Chris blushed a little. "Y-yes, it was very fun to help him out."

"I wanted to thank you for doing so," Peach smiled a little. "If it weren't for you, I would be captive in the moon forever!"

End of flashback

"After that, we became fast friends..." Peach sobbed one time. "What I cared about him is that he helped Mario to rescue me from Grodus... I care about the people who help Mario a lot because they have good hearts and spirits..." Peach closed her eyes. "...But hurt them to get a truth?... Why anybody here didn't ask nicely instead of acting like this? He isn't an enemy...but a dear friend...right?"

"...I guess we forgot that..." C. Falcon said ashamed, even more than before.

"And Chris didn't want to be anyone's enemy," Lucario said as he stood up and looked at them. "The first time we got to visit a world, he said..."

Flashback

"...Chris..." Lucario looked away.

"What?"

"Was this...alright?"

"What? Stop making me asking you."

Lucario closed his eyes. "Well... I was talking about your decision to do this adventure."

"Well, I wanted to have something different."

"But do you really think that this is the right decision?"

Chris looked away. "...I just don't know sometimes... I really wished to have an adventure with you, Lucario..."

Lucario blinked. "Ah...yes, you said that before."

"And to be honest," Chris chuckled. "I was thinking about meeting all the characters from Brawl with you. I could make interesting friends if I get to talk with any of them."

"Like?"

"Like many people," Chris closed his eyes.

End of flashback

"And that didn't end there." Lucario continued.

Flashback

"...Lucario, do you think we can save everyone from the danger?"

"As long as we have faith in each other and everyone, we will."

"But, what if we can't?"

"Chris, stop thinking about negative things. If you do that we won't go forward."

"...You're right, I won't think about the bad side. I'll be enthusiastic as I am."

"You got the point, I'm glad." Lucario smiled a little bit.

End of flashback

"An enthusiasm you all destroyed intentionally," Lucario said looking down. "Chris's only main purpose to do this adventure was just to know and be friends with all of you. He used to tell me that if he was able to meet me, then there was a chance to meet you all as well."

"..." Lucas looked down.

"But after he saw all this..." Lucario looked at Chris sobbing. "...I think he got scared of everyone...or he did... He had a very strong belief for the fantasy to become real, and look at yourselves standing right in his room," Lucario pointed at them. "You already stepped here, in the real world. His fantasies became real as well as yourselves, videogame characters...like I did first..."

"...This is just wrong, guys..." Toon Link said. "I, for one, don't care about being a darn videogame character. I'm already living, right? Living outside a videogame and Chris is being the witness, right?"

"If we hurt people, then we're videogame characters with set personalities..." Marth began. "...But if we apologize, then we could have a chance to be pardoned..."

"A-and we could still be friends..." Pichu looked at Chris. "...With Chris as we like to do..."

"..." Roy chuckled. "...Now I remembered that he wanted to help me with my father and mother...but I kept telling him no... Man, was I being a bad person..."

"...I have to say..." Ness played with his fingers a little bit. "...I enjoyed the time we spent because he was funny... I didn't care about anything else..."

"I felt right at home when he wanted to help me, too." Pikachu smiled a little as he wiped some tears. "...Why hurt someone who is really nice with you?"

"Exactly..." Pit said nodding as he wiped his tears. "Happiness is the biggest thing that can describe Chris..."

"It's his trait, alright," Mallow said as he did the same action. "Remember when he was excited to meet me?"

"If I remember..." Geno wondered for a bit. "He was excited as well with me..."

"...Then...we're all clear that we accept this reality?" Sonic asked.

"Not until Snake feels remorse." Samus said as they looked at Snake.

"...What's that?" Olimar asked as he spotted something on Snake's face. "Is that a tear I see?"

"Stop saying stupid things," Snake said as he wiped it out. "I don't have feelings for the kid."

"You may as well lie all you want," Wolf grinned. "I'd say the same, but I'm honest about enjoying the time with the kid...just a little, of course."

"Besides," C. Falcon went on. "He said all the truth, so why don't you?"

"...Tsk..." Snake looked away. "...You people sometimes irritate me so much at the point to strangle you all..."

"Then you do." Mario said.

"..." Snake nodded very slightly.

"So, does everyone here accept the fact about being videogame characters?" Ivysaur asked.

"...Heh," Falco chuckled. "I'd say to hell with it. I'm proud to say I'm a videogame character that is walking in the real world."

"Actually, we're not videogame characters any longer," Mewtwo began. "Technically, we're real to someone who once believed we were part of a videogame."

"Yet we're here," Geno said. "The real world, where many people know about us."

"We're not part of a videogame anymore," Fox smiled a little. "We're part of the real thing."

"...Shouldn't we apologize now that we accepted it and feeling utter humiliation and shame with the remorse?" Nana asked.

"Yes," Master Hand nodded. "You all should."

"...Wait, why didn't you feel remorse?" Link asked.

"Well, because my dear long-eared friend, I accepted that fact the moment I came here first with Craz-" Master Hand looked around. "...CRAZY?!"

"Yep?" Crazy Hand asked from under the bed sheet.

"...Nevermind..."

All of them looked at the sad World Traveler.

"...Apology time..." Sonic said.

"I want to enjoy this with him so much now..." Jigglypuff said.

"...Let's just hope he can forgive our irrational behaviors..." Marth said.

They all turned to Chris once again...

...But there was someone already apologizing that they didn't notice because Lucario didn't let them see him...

Kingdom Hearts 2 - Laughter and Merriment

"And who cares about being a videogame character?" Pikachu asked as he stood on Chris's knees. "I accept this and I'd like you to forgive me for being a darn bastard."

Chris sniffed and wiped some tears. "Are you...being honest?"

"Hell yes!" Pikachu moved his tail to the sides for a moment. "You want only to have fun, right? So I'm going to give you lots and lots of fun! And while we're at it, why don't you let me tell you about my past life? I'm sure these DVDs with my adventures with Ash don't have true facts."

"...I..." Chris sniffed and wiped his tears before smiling a little to Pikachu. Lucario noticed the faint smile and he smiled a little in relief. "I'd like to do that with you..."

"Thank you, Pikachu," Lucario said with a nod. "You're the only one of those imbeciles who apologized to Chris and made him feel better."

Pikachu blushed and scratched his head. "Hey, hey, I'm a friend, am I not? I'm supposed to be like this."

"Thank you...thank you so much..." Chris muttered as he made a happy expression. "I knew I could count on you."

"That's what I'm here foOOOOOOOR!!!"

Chris looked up where Fox was grabbing Pikachu's head with his right hand. The vulpine looked down at Chris and gave him a sarcastic happy expression. "Sorry for interrupting, buuut, would you wait a minute?" Fox asked nicely.

"..." Chris only blinked confused before he nodded.

"Oh, thank you." Fox said sarcastically as he dragged Pikachu to the others. "Stupid darn traitor..." Fox whispered through gritted fangs.

"Getting the credit all for yourself, huh?" Ness asked with his bat ready.

"W-wait, you guys..." Pikachu gulped as many of them prepared to attack him. "I-I accepted my own fault faster than a-all of you did, so d-don't kill me for that!"

"Oh, sure," Jigglypuff pouted a little. "We know you very well."

"And you like to do this in order to screw us over." Roy said with his sword ready.

"Prepare to die, my friend." Ike said.

Pikachu gulped one last time after Fox put a hand below the Electric Pokémon to make sure he couldn't run away. "F-Fox, y-you're touching my a-"

"...Chris..." Lucario began.

"...Yes?" Chris asked.

"...Can I block your eyes? You shouldn't see what is coming next..."

"...Oh, do tell me..."

"They're going to murder Pikachu."

"..."

"...In our room."

"W-WAIT!" Chris yelled as he stood up and made everyone about to kill Pikachu look at him. The World Traveler took the Electric Pokémon off from Fox's hands. "Y-you can't fight in my room, let alone murder Pikachu! A-are you nuts or what?!"

"Oh, thank Lord Arceus there's someone who CARES for my welfare!" Pikachu said crying toon tears.

"...I-I wasn't going to! You all know that!" Peach said worried.

Music stops

Several minutes later...

Everyone was sitting down like they did before as they stared at Chris. Lucario was standing close to him as the World Traveler gulped and looked ashamed. "...So...what's your conclusion?"

"...We're sorry..." DK began with an ashamed look. "...We're sorry for acting like that and we accept what we really are..."

"It was a truth that was too much to believe in..." Peach looked down. "My whole life is just..."

Kingdom Hearts 2 - Friends in my Heart

"No..." Chris said. "I originally didn't think of any of you as characters to amuse me. I...just like to play videogames...but when I first went to the videogames, I started to believe in my fantasies much more than before."

"...That doesn't change the fact that the people like you here can change our destinies whenever they want to..." Samus said.

"...Although..." Master Hand began. "I broke that part."

"What?" Twink asked.

Master Hand nodded. "Yes. Think about it, when I came here, I officially broke the ties that decided everyone's path of life. You all here are witnesses that our continuities were broken apart after you left your own worlds and joined this tournament. However..."

"Those broken paths became united, and thus we all walk the same reality." Mewtwo finished.

"Exactly..." Master Hand nodded. "And I must ask something: Chris, now that we all are working to stop something that wasn't originally a set plot of a videogame, do you really think this is a videogame, after all you've experienced?"

"...No..." Chris responded. "Because each one of you have different stories that weren't explained in the videogames and the fact that all of you are here, in my own world..."

"..." Snake wondered for a moment. "...Then I'm glad I was able to get off from that path."

"...You're not angry anymore?"

"...To be honest, yes," Snake said but Chris looked down. "However, knowing that true reality became, as ironic as it sounds, real, is good enough for me."

"...Yeah..." Nana nodded as she wiped some tears. "We're videogame characters that are walking and living in this world, your world, Chris."

"This is where we were created," Mario said as he looked outside. "And come to think of it, this world looks so peaceful and quiet."

"T-this is just a normal neighborhood. The city is much louder..." Chris said blushing.

Yoshi looked around the room. "I'm happy I became part of this."

"At last, your lies were exposed, and we all accept our own realities." Ness said.

"...Shouldn't we like, apology now?" Roy asked as he looked at Chris with a depressed look. "If we can still make up for what we were going to do, then we should at least apologize."

"If Chris promises to tell all the truth himself with no lies." Diddy said.

"...Everyone..." Chris began as he wiped some tears. "...From now on, I promise I won't hide any lies. I want to be honest and sincere because I want to be friends with everyone here."

"Good luck trying that with me." Wolf said.

"Oh, don't listen to him," Fox said. "He'll be begging to be on your side. You'll see."

"Want to repeat that again?"

"Will that piss you off?"

"A lot."

"He'll be begging to be on your side. You'll see."

"...Tsk." Wolf looked away as Fox chuckled a little.

"..." Kirby walked to Chris, then he jumped to him and gave the World Traveler a hug while he cried some tears. "I'm so sorry, Chris. Please, forgive me..."

"Thank you, Kirby..." Chris whispered as he sobbed a little. "Thank you so much, really..."

"...Er..." Ike backed away a little. "...Why don't we say our apologies at the same time? Giving a hug is just too much for my tastes..."

"That sounds tolerable for me." Falco said shrugging.

Popo looked at everyone, who in turn looked at him and nodded. "And a 1, and a 2, and a..."

"We're sorry for acting so hard on you. We promise that we're going to be good and enjoy this adventure together. As long as you say and don't hide the truth, we're going to give you our full support. If there are difficulties ahead, then we may as well get rid of them and continue on, because that's our main objective as a whole group" everyone said at the same time.

"Because we feel so much better after accepting the truth." Yoshi said with a happy expression.

"T-this is something I'm going to really enjoy..." Lucas said as he wiped some tears.

"10 hurrays for Chris!" Kirby suggested happily.

"W-wait! D-don't go that far eithe-" Chris blushed embarrased but everyone decided to go on ahead.

The room became more lively after each Smasher (save for Snake, Wolf, Meta Knight and Mewtwo) cheered for Chris loudly. Many of them raising fists to the air, while some of them jumped in excitement. Chris was only able to watch all the cheers without doing anything, because, after all, they all cared for him after he told the truth. Once everyone stopped and looked at World Traveler...

"..." Chris closed his eyes while some tears strolled down his cheeks as he smiled a little. Lucario walked closer to him and put a hand on his left shoulder. "...Thank you, everyone, thank you so much for being so nice to me..."

"Hey, that was the least we could do for you." Toon Link said.

"You became part of this crazy insane family, after all." Master Hand said.

"That sounded so insulting right there..." Link said.

Master Hand chuckled. "Well, that's true! Just look at all of us! Humans, anthros, Pokémon, cloud people, puppet people, star people, heck, we have everyone!"

"...Crazy family..." Chris muttered before he chuckled. "...Maybe this is the family I was wishing to have..."

Lucario chuckled. "Wasn't one of your wishes to have a family with different people?"

"...Yes..." Chris said with a nod.

"Um, wait..." Pit looked around. "We're in your house so...where is your family?"

Music stops

"...My...family?" Chris asked slowly with a concerned look.

"Didn't you say your parents left you alone here before?" Fox asked.

"...Y-yes...but..."

"You didn't explain fully that part in the observatory, did you?" Samus asked.

"I remember you stopped talking about them too." Mario said.

"...Please...don't hate me for this..." Chris said with an ashamed look. "...But...I just...I just can't tell you what happened here... I don't want to remember why did my parents leave me..."

"Here we go with the same (beep!) again..." Snake said with a frown.

"Stop!" Peach yelled. "If Chris doesn't want to tell us something that it hurt him during his past, then we shouldn't just barge in and revive a horrible event of his life!"

"...You're right..." Samus nodded. "The same sorrow, I can understand that."

"...Me too..." Fox muttered ashamed.

"...Thank you for understanding..." Chris said. "...You really are my friends after all..."

Kingdom Hearts 2 - Laughter and Merriment

"Ouch," Falco grinned. "Sappy line."

"Who are you? Ike?" Nana asked.

Ike glared at her. "H-hey! What was that supposed to mean?"

"Y-you guys are!!" Chris clenched his fists, but then, he chuckled before laughing for a bit. "You guys are...so amazing..."

"So true," Pikachu nodded as he crossed his arms. "So darn true..."

"...Where's Kirby?" Pichu asked.

It was not long before they all looked at the TV, where the Super Smash Bros. Melee game started with Kirby using Mario in Classic Mode. They all watched Kirby playing against a CPU Roy before the game started and Kirby played it.

"...Oh, right..." Chris said nodding. "It's a videogame after all."

"...You know..." Sonic tilted his head as he walked to Kirby and looked at the TV. "...This thing looks interesting..."

"...Have to admit it, but yeah, it seems fun to play..." DK said nodding.

"GAME!" the TV announced as Kirby won the first match.

The next match was against a CPU Luigi and the game started.

"T-that's me!" Luigi said shocked.

"Hell no, another Luigi." C. Falcon said with a frown.

"..." Kirby tilted by the sides as he tried to defeat the CPU Luigi. However, the Star Warrior decided to drop the mode and go directly to the multiplayer option, where most of the Smashers were displayed there.

"...Damn, Fox," Wolf said with a snicker. "You looked SCARY in that game with THAT face..."

"Then your face DID undergo a plastic surgery." Yoshi said surprised.

"..." Fox looked at his Melee version, then at his Assault version. "...The people here like to change our looks so much and mess around a bit, don't they?" Fox raised an eyebrow with an annoyed look.

"H-hey, t-that's what happens when companies leave Nintendo and new ones get involved." Chris said blushing embarrassed.

"Then, can you express them your opinions and make us look like we should?" Pit asked.

"...N-no... I don't speak japanese or chinese..."

Marth blinked. "So, those were supposed to be my languages... I can speak to them."

"NO NO NO NO NO!" Chris shook his head. "Remember? Videogame characters plus real world plus getting seen equals madness?"

"I don't see why not." Mario said.

"Are you all nuts or what?"

"No. Why can't we?" Ness asked.

"Because there are so many people wanting all of you out!"

"...I don't see what's bad with that..." Ike said.

"If you go outside, fangirls are so going to rape you." Chris said simply as Ike gasped a little with some others.

"Chris!" Lucario said shocked.

"Well, that's true!" Chris went on. "Many of you are so wished for fangirls that they'd go so far to keep you all for themselves!"

"...Just what could those "fangirls" do to us males?" Fox asked.

"Oh, many things," Chris raised several fingers. "From raping you, to...you don't want to know..."

"Oh, we want," Red said. "You're not going to hide anything, right?"

"...Let me show you this site and you'll know... I'm warning you beforehand though. This isn't going to be so good..." Chris said as he went ot his computer...

...And thus, they all knew about what evils dwelled in Deviantart...

Several hours later. 1:30 PM...

"...So?" Chris asked after showing them the site. Most of them were blushing in utter embarrassment and humilliation.

"...Mama mia..." Mario said with wide eyes.

"...I...can't say anything bad to describe what I just saw..." Peach said utterly shocked.

"Nice butt in that pic, thoug-"

"AAAAAHH!!!" Peach accidentaly kicked Popo away in fear.

"..." Nana wasn't even going to speak after she saw everything in that site.

"...W-what the heck was all that about?" Wolf asked.

"Well, the FoxXWolf pairing recently was born like 1 month ago s-" Chris was interrupted.

"S-stop it!" Fox yelled closing his eyes with an angered expression, even to the point where he clenched his fangs. "T-that site is just saying horrible lies! And I know those ARE lies!"

"At least we know those are real lies...ugh..." Chris shrugged.

"What the heck? I-I'm not in love with him!" Falco yelled, pointing at Fox, who shrugged.

"The FoxXFalco one is much more popular thoug-"

"SHUT IT!"

"...O-okay..." Chris nodded.

"Can you...um...erase all that?" Marth asked blushing.

"I'm not the one in charge of the site!"

"B-but all those pictures..." Ike shrugged. "...W-what is the people here thinking about us?"

"They picture you as gays." Popo said chuckling.

"Can I beat the snout out of him?" Roy asked.

"The MarthXRoy one was so cute." Peach commented.

Everyone stared at her in shock.

"Didn't you just say those pictures were awful?" Geno asked with a shocked look.

"...W-what? I-I thought it looked cute..." Peach said.

"...They were...laying down...on the bed..." Pit trailed off.

"...N-naked..." Lucas finished in utter embarrassment. "...I-if my mom was here, she'd slap me so hard and punish me for my entire life..."

"..." Chris shifted his eyes. "...Want to see it again?"

"NO!" Pikachu yelled disgusted. "T-that filthy website is full of sins and twisted variations of all of us!"

"...Huh?" Chris looked at Kirby, who was shown playing with Ness, Toon Link and Luigi in match in Melee.

"Ha, you missed." Ness taunted using himself against Toon Link's Young Link."

"Ha, I didn't now." Toon Link said as he landed an arrow on Ness's Ness.

"Y-you won't beat me!" Luigi said as he barely dodged a Bom-omb from Kirby's Mario.

"...Oh, right, I forgot about that videogame..." Pikachu said before shifting his eyes. "...The first one to lose hands the controller to me!"

"Wait a minute, I want to play too." Roy said.

"Will you wait? I want to check out my abilities in the game." C. Falcon said with a grin.

"No, you both can't." Sonic said.

"Oh, so you're thinking about other things at this momen-"

"Cause I'm going first!"

"You little..."

"I
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 12, 2009, 05:37:32 PM
"I want to play if I get the chance." Marth said.

"No, you won't. I'm going first." DK said.

"All of you will wait because I'M going first and you will go so down, that includes you, Nana." Popo said with a triumphant smile.

"...Everyone's welcome to gang up against my brother in a match!" Nana offered.

And thus, every single videogame character wanted to play videogames.

"..." Chris watched all of them talking between themselves as he, Mewtwo, Snake, Meta Knight, Lucario and Master Hand watched. "...Ironic, videogame characters playing videogames of themselves... Wait, why aren't my things here? I thought they were in the mansion..."

"I made copies of all of them," Master Hand explained.

"Oh, thank you. I thought I was going to get confused."

"Hmph," Mewtwo closed his eyes. "I don't have anything else to say after this."

"Neither do I," Snake said lighting a cigar. "I'm glad the kid finally cleared my doubts."

"..." Chris looked away.

"No need to get sentimental anymore."

"...I know." Chris said with a small smile.

"490 Pokémon?" Pikachu asked as he played Pokémon Diamond. "Chris, you catched all of them?"

"I-ah-got some from the GTS."

"...My full respect to you, man," Pikachu said nodding. "This is what I've been expecting Ash to achieve, but nooooooo, he lets all the Pokémon go like nothing happened. You are different from him."

Chris blushed. "...T-thanks?"

"Have you ever considered to be a Pokémon Master before? I bet you could be one faster than Ash."

"T-thanks, but I don't want to."

"Aw, that's a shame," Pikachu said. "...I need to play this even more."

"Soooo..." Ike trailed off as he saw himself in the box art of his game. "...This is me, right?"

"Yes." Chris nodded.

"...Can I see more about this?"

"Until they're done playing." Lucario said.

"What the hell?" Falco asked irritated as he read an instruction manual of Star Fox: Assault. "You can only play as Fox all the game but not anyone else?"

"W-well, he's the main character and you get to shoot...a few times to the bosses, but you can play as yourself in multiplayer."

"That's not fair. Why he can and I can't?"

"...Ask that to your creator..."

"So where is he or she?"

"I-I don't know where he or she lives! But if this makes you feel better, you can play against either Fox or Wolf because they both can be played in multiplayer."

"Wait, you can use me?" Wolf asked raising an eyebrow.

"...There's a part of the game where you get beaten by Fox in the story mode..."

"...Talk about nonsense..." Wolf said with a frown.

"How come I haven't seen my "videogame" here?" Pit asked.

"Your game has a hard difficult and besides, I bought it from the VC. I don't have the real box here."

"...Oh well..."

Master Hand chuckled. "Well, thanks for letting them know what they are."

"I wanted to evade it because I feared to mess up their continuities...but I guess nothing bad happened." Chris said.

"Yes!" Red proclaimed happily. "I won!"

"You won because you used the Hammer! That's cheating!" Nana said angrily.

"Nah-ah. I just picked it up with Pikachu and you came too close with Popo, so there!"

"Will you 2 shut up?" Ness asked.

"Yeah. It's my turn to test out my game after all." Fox said as he held his game.

"Oh, heck no!" Link said. "We all know my game is much better than any of yours!" he held Twilight Princess on his right hand.

"M-mine could be..." Luigi said with Luigi's Mansion.

"I-I want to see where did I leave my wallet in mine..." Olimar said, holding Pikmin.

"Sure," C. Falcon rolled his eyes as he held F-Zero GX. "I suggest my own videogame."

"...I find this interesting..." Lucario began. "They want to play themselves."

"..." Chris chuckled. "I know. It looks weird but at the same time so ironic and so peculiar."

"I hereby proclaim that you will all play my OWN game!" Sonic said grinning as he held Sonic Adventure 2: Battle.

Music stops

4 hours later... 5:30 PM

After playing through all the afternoon the videogames, everyone was sitting on the floor, talking between themselves about the games they just played.

"So, we're all good?" Chris asked and everyone nodded.

"That was so fun back there." Diddy said.

"Yes. Did you see how Sonic was showing off that nobody could out-run him with Amy, but Peach proved him otherwise?" Toon Link asked.

Sonic crossed his arms. "Excuse me. I was distracted in that game."

Peach giggled. "But that was fun."

"For you, but not for me."

"Oh well."

"Okay. Enough about videogame talk." Master Hand said.

Fox looked annoyed. "You're saying that because somebody didn't blow up your Arwing 7 times straight."

Wolf smirked. "It's not my fault you suck at your own game, McCloud."

"You're enjoying this so much, aren't you?"

"If that has me owning you, all the way until the end."

"Tsk..."

"Enough about kiddy games," Snake interrupted. "Let's move on with more important matters."

"The Subspace." Marth said.

"Right."

"And Chris knows." Geno said.

"Better yet," Chris looked at Master Hand. "Master Hand knows much more than me."

"...Okay, you got me there." Master Hand coughed a little.

"You admit you erased our memories about that event?" Luigi asked.

"Yes, I do. I guess it's better to release that memory out so you can remember everything."

"Didn't you say you erased our minds a moment ago?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Well, yes, but not totally. There are small fragments in your minds that were preserved just in case."

"...Then go ahead and remind us." Mario said.

"Will do." Master Hand said with a snap of fingers.

Everyone in the room blinked several times before looking at each other.

"...W-whoa..." Red took a step back. "...I remember...everything now..."

"The Subspace...how Tabuu looks like...the whole battles..." Samus trailed off.

"...I remember I was walking peacefully on the Halberd when..." Peach looked at Fox.

"...I fired at you without even caring...and Zelda owns me an Arwing..." Fox added.

"Yeah..." Snake nodded. "...Everything makes sense now."

"We fought Tabuu...but we lost..." Pikachu said.

"O-oww..." Olimar moaned. "M-my head hurts after that fight..."

"...Strange..." Pichu looked around. "I don't have any memories of that fight..."

"Or myself." Mewtwo said.

"Or me." Roy said.

Master Hand sighed. "Okay, guys. Let's go back to the mansion where I'll explain everything about the Subspace."

"..." Chris looked down.

"Don't worry, I'll stop the time here once we're back."

"...I'm going to miss my room for a while..."

"Me too," Lucario said nodding. "Me too..."

Master Hand called forth the portal and everyone began to enter it. Chris stopped for a moment to look at his room but then, he sighed disappointed.

"What is it?" Lucario asked.

"I'm really going to miss my room..."

"E-excuse me..." Lucas interrupted. "B-but...I'd like you come here and stay sometime..."

"Huh?" Chris said confused.

Lucas smiled a little. "I like this world and I want to stay here if we can get back... What do you say?"

"...Thank you, Lucas," Chris said with a smile. "You cheered me up with that."

"...I'm glad." Lucas said with a nod before the trio entered inside the portal and vanished.

The clock that was in the room suddenly stopped, indicating that the time there stopped as well.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

All the Smashers were talking between themselves after remembering what happened in the battle against Tabuu while Master Hand coughed to get their attention.

"Alright, alright. You all know what happened, right?" Master Hand asked.

"Everything, to where we planned our assault on his own world." Mario said.

"Wait, planned?" Chris asked.

"Yes," Master Hand nodded. "In the beginning, we all here planned the attack against Tabuu. Although it didn't look like an attack, but rather a decoy to take them out..."

"And the new Smashers weren't involved before." Link said.

"Oh, about that...they were involved, remember?" Master Hand asked.

"Let's remember how did this happen again, little by little." Samus said.

"Flashback waves time!" Crazy Hand said as the previously mentioned action began to happen...

A long, long time ago...

Final Fantasy VIII - SeeD

A long time ago, in the same room, there were Master Hand and Crazy Hand with all the Smashers (without the villains) as they discussed something...

"Okay, everyone's here, right?" Master Hand asked and everyone nodded. "Okay, let's begin the meeting."

"The Subspace Army is an army that plans to take over all our worlds." Marth said.

"Yes. The army is leaded by Tabuu, the embodiment of the Subspace." Master Hand explained as he showed them how Tabuu looked like.

"He looks like Link's uncle." Ness said.

"Will you stop?" Link asked.

"What? This is the first time."

"Enough," Master Hand interrupted. "As I was saying before, this is Tabuu."

"He loo-" Ness noticed that Link was glaring at him. "Looks like a virtual character."

"Whatever he looks like doesn't matter," Master Hand said. "Anyway, let's continue. The Subspace Bombs..." the screen showed them a Subspace Bomb. "This is what they use to create the Subspace."

"It looks too basic to me." Zelda said.

"Oh, it's not," Master Hand pointed at the screen that showed 2 R.O.B.s. "Using these robots of the Isle of the Ancients, they can activate the bombs and blow them up, creating a big sphere that leads to the Subspace."

"So, our main objective is to raid that floating isle, right?" Falco asked.

"Exactly," Master Hand showed them the Isle of the Ancients close to an ice mountain before it expanded, showing a big terrain with different areas. "This place is where they manufacture all the Subspace Bombs. If we destroy this place, then they will stop from creating more areas for the Subspace. If that happens, then Tabuu will roam everywhere and create destruction."

"Hmph," Lucario (Riley's one) crossed his arms. "It's close to that mountain over there."

"Leave that to us," Nana said. "Ice mountains are our thing. We're the Ice Climbers after all."

"And we climb all the way up then go rolling all the way down." Popo said.

"...Ignore what he just said."

"Okay, let's give everyone's area." Master Hand said as the screen showed them the places where they were going to be located.

"Stadium..." Peach read. "We're going to draw them with the Midair Stadium..."

"You, Mario, Kirby and Zelda will go there," Master Hand ordered. "The fake tourney will fool them to get out from their place. This will most likely trigger their plans to take over the Smash Bros. universe."

"Smash Bros. universe?" Chris asked outside the flashback.

"Well, you're in the Smash Bros. universe...but...you can define this universe as just a simple random place." Master Hand said.

"Tell me that my ship is going to be retrieved." Meta Knight said.

"We're going to do everything in our hands to retrieve the Halberd." Master Hand said.

"The Subspace Army began to appear after the Melee tournament ended. Kirby told me then that Dedede managed to find Meta Knight's ship and he stole the Halberd from Meta Knight. My guess is that the villains were acting like they should be." Master Hand explained.

"They were already sneaking around our worlds to get vital equipment to get themselves protected so they could have an advantage against us." Snake said.

"I remember they stole the blueprints of our technology with the Reflectors in the Great Fox..." Fox wondered.

"I hope you speak the truth," Meta Knight said. "Once we're done with this, I'll leave."

"Sure, sure..." Master Hand nodded. "Lucario, Popo and Nana will go to this mountaint, where the base is located close."

"I can't reach it from there. Would that be some kind of "meeting point" to infiltrate the base?" Riley's Lucario asked.

"Correct. That's where Fox and Falco come in with their Arwings and the Great Fox."

Falco snapped his fingers. "Why didn't you say that before? I didn't take my Arwing here!"

"Or neither the Great Fox." Fox added.

"We only have his Arwing and not mine!"

"Relax and calm down," Master Hand said. "The operation is going to start tonight. You still have time to go and get your Arwing and the Great Fox in order to attack."

"...Shoot..." Falco wondered for a moment. "...You all go on ahead. I'll meet up with Fox at some point with everything ready and set."

Fox grinned and nodded. "Then go and don't forget anything."

"Roger that." Falco said with a nod before he ran away inside a portal to his world that Master Hand made.

"Crazy, I hope you open a portal big enough for the Great Fox in my abscence. Don't YOU dare to screw this up." Master Hand warned.

"Will do, bruddha, will do." Crazy Hand said nodding.

"Moving on," Master Hand pointed at the map. "...Where is Yoshi?"

"Lost somewhere with my sword," Link said annoyed. "I told him to go to this blacksmith, but he hasn't returned yet from his trip."

"...I guess you should get going and look for both Yoshi and your sword."

"Only my sword. He deserves to get lost." Link said before he ran off.

"Aahh..." Master Hand sighed before going on. "Okay, my sources tell me that Snake already infiltrated the Halberd."

"Why did you call that guy here anyway?" C. Falcon asked.

"Propaganda purposes, or this threat since I've heard he was an expert to infiltrate anything," Master Hand shuddered. "If you're a big floating hand, be careful if you go to his base. Snake's gang went all nuclear warhead on me until I explained them the situation. Luckily, they understood at the end and agreed to help us out. You won't regret his help at all."

"I see..." Samus said.

"Rats, Samus! You should go there now!"

"But I don't like the idea about letting them steal my Power Suit just to drag them out." Samus said.

"Sorry, but it's the only way to get there...besides..."

"...Pikachu and Pichu were captured..." Jigglypuff said sadly.

"..." Master Hand shook his head. "And don't forget Mr. G&W, he was also kidnapped."

"At least Luigi didn't," Roy said before looking around. "Speaking of him, where is he?"

"He said he went on a journey to prove himself or something like that..." DK wondered.

"Didn't he just started that yesterday though?" Ike asked.

"...He did..." Mario said a little embarrassed.

"Let's sort everything out again." Master Hand suggested as he gave everyone their areas.

"I guess Pichu, Roy and I were somehow killed and we were taken directly from the Melee tournament because of Chris, right?" Mewtwo asked.

"...Yes..." Master Hand said.

"B-but how? D-did we lose or something?" Pichu asked.

"It was...horrible...but let's continue with what happened here."

"Is it okay for you to enter the Subspace alone?" Toon Link asked.

"I want to know why Bowser, Ganondorf, Wario, Wolf and Dedede are doing this whole nonsense," Master Hand said. "Besides, Tabuu wants me and my brother to open up a special portal."

"Special portal? What could that portal be?" Marth asked.

"...Y-you shouldn't know..."

"Why'd Bowser and the others join them?" Mario asked.

"Duh, they're stupidly evil enough to achieve world domination or something like that. You know, a cliché." Squirtle said.

"I remember that I just had Squirtle and I was chasing Ivysaur and Charizard... My memory is all fuzzy but that's how I went to capture them." Red explained.

"In the meantime, Red will catch Ivysaur and Charizard so he can join us later on." Master Hand explained.

"This is going to get tough and hard... I-I mean, I just started my adventure as a Pokémon Trainer and I don't know the basics at all..." Red adjusted his cap. "But I'm ready for anything. What about you, Squirtle?"

"Meh, I guess." Squirtle said.

"Ness," Master Hand looked at Ness. "You know Pokey came back, right?"

Ness looked at Lucas, who shivered a little but nodded. "Yes. Tabuu called him back, didn't he?" Ness asked.

"And many other enemies as well."

"I-I just hope we can defeat Porky..." Lucas said.

"What? Did he change his name illegally? Because that would be so him..." Ness said with a bored look.

"W-well, I met him as Porky so I don't know."

"I see."

"DK, Diddy," Master Hand looked at both Kongs. "Your area is the jungle."

DK nodded. "Yep, the jungle is our turf alright."

"I heard they stole our bananas." Diddy said.

DK's eyes widened. "Oh NO! They DIDN'T do that!"

"...E-er, you're not going right no-" Master Hand saw both Kongs already leaving. "Seriously, these guys... Okay, C. Falcon and Olimar will use the Falcon Flier and get to the Isle of the Ancients."

C. Falcon nodded. "Investigate whatever is outside their base, right?"

"B-but why do I have to go with him?" Olimar asked.

"Because he doesn't have more backup, that's why." Master Hand explained.

"Let's get going then." C. Falcon said before walking out with a worried Olimar.

"...Many of you are so going to change our strategies so much, I swear..."

"Excuse me," Mario interrupted. "But I haven't seen Sonic here..."

"Oh, him? Sonic sent me a message saying he was occuppied with a "forced" date with Amy," Master Hand explained. "I hope he does something in this, at least."

"Then should we prepare?" Nana asked.

"Yes. Everyone, move out and let's begin the operation. We have to get in this area where they operate their tactics. Please, don't FAIL or else your universe and this one are going to be doomed forever if Tabuu achieves what he wants."

All the Smashers nodded before walking out.

"But things really got out of hand after that... Our strategies were constantly changed by different circumstances along the way. So many happenings changed our movements a lot...then, the fight against him ended in defeat for all of us..." Master Hand explained as then the screen showed the fight against Tabuu.

Subspace
Tabuu's Lair

"Impudent fools..." Tabuu said as all the Smashers were grunting in extreme pain, on the dark floor of the Subspace. "I have managed to push you all to the risk of dying. Sonic was not able to weaken me enough, which in turn gave you your fatal destinies."

"B-bastard..." Snake muttered.

"Y-you..." Master Hand muttered painfully. "...What are you...going to do?"

"Simple," Tabuu raised his left hand where a red energy ball began to form. "First, I am going to get rid of you, hand."

Master Hand gasped. "N-no! You can't do this to me!"

"I will do it," Tabuu threatened with a snicker. "And I will enjoy it."

"No, stop!" Mewtwo yelled as he got up and ran in front of Master Hand.

"Y-you can't kill him! T-that's so cruel!" Pichu yelled as he ran in front of Master Hand.

"I-I...still have energies...to fight you..." Roy muttered as he coughed blood and walked to the duo.

"Fine," Tabuu grinned evily. "You 3 dare to step in and save the hand's life. Since all of you have more energies than the others, I guess I may as well kill you all NOW!!!" Tabuu yelled furiously as the energy ball went towards the 3 and exploded in a big blast of red colors that blinded Master Hand, who got pushed back from the force of the impact.

Music stops

"...And after I looked around..." Master Hand looked down.

"...We were killed..." Roy muttered in shock.

"But only our "future" selves did," Mewtwo explained. "We're taken from the past, thus allowing us to fight again."

"Tabuu..." Squirtle looked down. "...He defeated us with his red rings. I can only remember that he used some rings that depleted our healths at the point of dying."

"After that," Master Hand continued. "I quickly wondered after seeing that we had no hope to win..."

"...U-ugh..." Master Hand got up and floated. "You...idiot...killing those 3 was unnecessary!"

"Wasn't it?" Tabuu asked with a chuckle. "It is better to crush someone to get rid of my problems rather than let them fight another day."

"Let them fight...another day..." Master Hand wondered as he looked at all the fainted Smashers.

"Of course, such a thing is not going to happen."

"...You think?" Master Hand asked before snapping his fingers. "Crazy! Come here!"

"Ladies and gentlemen!" Crazy Hand said enthusiastically as he appeared and made Tabuu gasp. "The pleaser o-"

"Shut up!" Master Hand yelled. "Hurry! We need to erase everyone's minds first!"

"Like brainwashing their brains?"

"...Something like that. Let's do it! We have to do this fast!"

"What are you 2 hands insuinating?" Tabuu asked narrowing his eyes.

"Hand powers lvl. 9!" Crazy Hand yelled as both hands glowed intensely and snapped their fingers. Many glows began to appear on the Smashers' heads before vanishing.

"Good, their memories were erased." Master Hand said.

"Why erasing their memories, I ask?" Tabuu asked. "Still it does not matter. I will kill you 2 now."

"Hand powers lvl. 4!" Crazy Hand yelled as many different portals appeared underneath the Smashers and disappeared inside. "Whew..." Crazy Hand crashed on the floor. "That was...awesome..."

"No!" Tabuu yelled. "W-what did you do to them?! I was about to seize their existences!"

"Simple, virtual freak!" Master Hand yelled. "I returned them to their own worlds right after the Melee tournament ended so you can take off your hands on them!"

"W-what?! B-but how could you do that if I am sure I weakened you?!"

"I was acting up," Master Hand said. "I was waiting for the right moment to help, but I guess it didn't turn out well..."

"...You...insolent..."

"Which reminds me..." Master Hand looked at Crazy Hand. "We should make our escape as well."

"If you think you can escape with everyone, then you guessed wrong. You missed your opportunity! You do not have nowhere to run off to!" Tabuu said as his wings sprouted.

"Not quite," Master Hand explained. "We have the real world...the mansion as well, but the real world sounds more convenient."

"...The real world?!"

"Yes! The world you so wanted to invade! My stupid brother and I can go there if we concentrate our powers! This may as well be the only time you get close to it!"

"Ha! You will not escape there!"

"Obey Lord Tabuu," the Ancient Minister said. "You don't stand a chance against him."

"R.O.B...we couldn't rescue him...and Mr. G&W was captured once again after the battle ended..." Master Hand said.

"Once R.O.B. got to Tabuu, the bastard convinced R.O.B. to join back to his army after he threatened to destroy his race." Samus explained.

"...But his race was erased when all those bombs blowed up." Olimar said.

"Tabuu had the power to return the Isle of the Ancients," Master Hand explained. "He did it in order to regain R.O.B.'s help."

"Oh, we sure will!" Master Hand said. "We're going to get prepared for the next encounter! I promise you that your evil schemes will end!"

"Do not make me laugh," Tabuu said. "You do not have anyone else to help you. You will not escape because I am going to finish you 2 OFF!!!" Tabuu yelled as he charged at them.

"Crazy, pounding time!"

"Yippie!" Crazy Hand said before he quickly made a fist and slammed Tabuu down the floor, making the Subspace leader grunt in pain while Master Hand glowed to escape to the real world.

"R.O.B.!" Master Hand yelled as he created the portal. "You have to come with us! Tabuu is only going to hurt you even more!"

"B-but...my race is here..." the Ancient Minister said sadly.

"...Tabuu..." Master Hand muttered as his brother was pushed away by Tabuu's wings. "...You will regret everything you've done to us."

Then, the portal opened.

"FOOLS!" Tabuu yelled angrily. "YOU ARE NOT GOING ESCAPE FROM HERE!"

"Hello!" Crazy Hand said to make Tabuu turn at him before slapping him away. "Festival, here I go!" the insane hand exclaimed stupidly before charging at the portal.

"W-wait! Stop! You're charging at m-" Master Hand was interrupted as he was slammed against the portal by hiw brother's action before it vanished.

"DAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIT!!!" Tabuu yelled furiously, the Subspace shaking violently in rage as the Ancient Minister looked down.

"...Are you feeling well?" the Ancient Minister asked.

"...I am fine..." Tabuu muttered as he floated above while his wings disappeared. "Those hands are going to wish for their deaths once we cross paths again..."

"..." the Ancient Minister looked at Riley's Lucario. "It looks like they forgot about him."

"..." Tabuu glared at the Aura Pokémon. "...His powers were not full enough to teleport all of them back. It looks like his memory was left intact."

"...Should we use him?"

"...Yes, for a future mission should we need his help. The Shadow Bugs will possess his body and he will not break free so easily."

End of flashback

Command Room

"...And we met you 2, in the real world." Master Hand said.

"You almost crushed me." Chris said annoyed.

"That was Crazy's fault, not mine."

"..." Chris looked down.

"Yes, all of that happened the day you got the game. It was sure a surprise to see another Lucario living with you, but I guess that was an advantage for our growing plans."

"That reminds me," Link began. "We never bothered to investigate what were they."

"Yes, we only wanted to defeat them and save this universe." Ness said.

"But finding the origins of Tabuu and the Subspace were slowly getting more interesting." Fox said.

"...I've been meaning to ask something..." Pit began. "...Why haven't Tabuu invaded Chris's world?"

"Oh...I guess I should explain that too," Master Hand cleared his throat. "You see, Tabuu's main objective was Chris's world from the beginning."

"So he wanted to take over his world too?" Mario asked.

"Exactly," Master Hand nodded. "By gathering enough areas with the Subspace Bombs, Tabuu grows stronger."

"And he has more freedom to move around." Snake added.

"Correct," Master Hand nodded again. "He can go to any of our worlds...except for Chris's world, since that world is the real one, where we were created in some form."

"Videogames..."

"Yes, again. He first needs to take over many worlds as possible in order to create a portal to the real world."

"However, he didn't when he took some areas from where we found his base." Pikachu said.

"That was because it was just a preparation for the main plans."

"...Our own worlds..." Meta Knight said.

"...First, I thought with the areas he already took was enough for him, but I guessed wrong. Tabuu saw the opportunity to take over the other worlds once he was about to get rid of us."

"Then you acted quickly and teleported everyone else back to our times when the Melee tourney ended." Roy said.

"Correct. By erasing your memories from the event, it was going to be easier to let you stay and "recover" in your worlds, because I know you guys don't hesitate to fight for revenge."

"..." Peach looked down ashamed.

"Things went from bad to worse when Chris got mixed into this," Master Hand looked at Chris. "His videogames actually allows Tabuu to take over many worlds enough to feed the Subspace to its maximum."

"...And if he takes them over..." Lucario trailed off.

"...Game Over...for every person living in any world, even Chris's world," Master Hand explained as many of them shrugged. "If Tabuu does manage to get to the real world, that's it, we lose and he wins."

"...We won't let that guy do that, right?" Toon Link asked with a serious face.

"Well, duh!" Master Hand responded. "Everyone in here has to do their best and defeat Tabuu's army before they even lay a hand on a world! I'm just glad the galaxies in Mario's world were reborn again and that piece of the Subspace got erased!"

"T-that was so weird...b-but yet good..." Luigi shuddered.

"Then...Chris, Lucario, Pichu, Roy and Mewtwo, you all know how did this happen and where it's leading if we don't stop them in time." Master Hand said.

"..." Pichu looked depressed and Chris picked him up.

"I think I can imagine that very well," Chris said. "In the story mode, you all were supposed to defeat Tabuu, but this is completely different."

"We got our butts handed to him," Sonic said with angry expression. "Grr, my Spin Dash wasn't enough to bring him down when I arrived there. Maybe if Tails could've been faster to bring me there, then..."

"No," Master Hand shook himself. "You didn't make that much of a difference, even if you did or didn't arrive quickly."

"I remember you flipped us off when you "rescued" us." Nana said irritated.

"N-no, I waved a finger at you. That's how I am." Sonic said with a grin.

"Nah, that was definitely the middle finger." Toon Link said.

Chris blinked confused at this. "...Moving on, that's how everything started then?"

"Pretty much." Ike said.

"And when did the newcomers arrive?"

"They all arrived...just a few days before the "tournament" could start," Master Hand explained. "We had to make everything quick so yeah."

"We didn't even get a chance to see the stages to fight in our matches." Yoshi said.

"...Oh!" Master Hand moved up a little. "I forgot! Chris! You did it!"

"Yes! I did...what exactly?" Chris asked confused.

"Look around!" Master Hand looked at the Smashers. "You've gathered the good guy-"

"CoughWolfcough." Falco coughed as Wolf glared at him.

"Good guys at last! That only means something..."

"...You're going to show us the stages we're going to fight in?" Pit asked.

"...Okay, stop telling everyone what I think," Master Hand said annoyed. "So, anyway... Congratulations! Chris! You gathered all the good guys back!"

Confetti and balloons began to fall down from the ceiling around Chris as the Smashers looked at him (with odd looks, probably for the confetti).

"...Do I get something?" Chris asked.

"Yes. We can now visit the 41 stages that are ready to be used and start the matches that you wanted so badly!"

"...Super awesome announcement so far..." Ness muttered with a shocked look.

"...Finally..." Link looked at Marth. "We can clash swords again."

"...You mean we can do some kind of tour and see each one, one by one?" Chris asked.

"Yup," Master Hand nodded. "We'll make a tour around them so you get the chance to know the terrain."

"...Hmm..." Chris wondered.

"...I want to visit Spear Pillar..." Lucario muttered.

"And another thing," Master Hand raised his index finger. "Since you managed to gather everyone, a new and special accessory is going to be available after we get to know the stages you're going to fight in."

"What item could that be?" Yoshi asked.

"Let me read his mind." Mewtwo said.

"Oh no!" Master Hand interrupted. "I locked my mind from you, mind stalkers!" the hand pointed at Mewtwo, Ness, Lucas and Lucario.

"Way to ruin the fun." Ness said.

"Shut up, you! You don't even use your psychic abilities that much!"

"...You do have a point there... Maybe I should start using them more..."

"W-wait, since I'm a Smasher...d-does that mean I have to fight everyone some time?" Chris asked sweating.

"We have a schedule," Master Hand took a paper. "Everyone follows the schedule for the matches. You won't escape out from this one. Sorry, tourney regulations and all that."

"Yes! We could spar sometime then!" DK said cracking his fists.

"S-spar?! W-with you?!" Chris asked shocked.

"Why the shocked face? You can change powers all the times you want. You have an advantage on me."

"Actually," Master Hand interrupted. "Chris can only choose a job in our official matches so he doesn't cheat."

"But he screws up sometimes...or a lot." Roy said.

"...THANK YOU, ROY, I know you're a friend now." Chris said sarcastically.

"S-sorry."

"I can hardly wait to announce, "THE WINNER IS...CHRIS!" when that time comes." Master Hand said.

"I thought you contracted an announcer that we're not allowed to meet in person." Jigglypuff said.

"I did, or I didn't."

Chris noticed that some of the Smashers were staring at him. "...W-why are you all looking at me with those faces?"

"Oh, it's nothing," Pikachu smirked rather evily as his cheeks let out sparks. "Just can't wait to KO you in a match."

"..." Chris looked at Pichu. "Y-you too?!"

"I won't run away this time," Pichu said in a dark tone. "You will lose this time."

The World Traveler backed away from both Pokémon and looked back. "...Oh no..."

"Heh," Wolf smirked. "Can't wait to annihilate you and Fox either."

"...Oh, come on!" Chris said annoyed as he looked away. "You too?!"

"Don't worry, think of this as a "friendly spar" between friends." Fox said grinning...rather evily, along with a chuckle.

"...When he says friendly spar, he means match to the death." Link whispered, which made Chris gulp.

"So no more recruits! We're complete!" Master Hand said, ignoring the conversations.

"W-wait, aren't we missing Mr. Game & Wa-" Luigi was interrupted.

"But! Since we've been doing so many things today." Master Hand said.

"And "we" doesn't include you that much." Pikachu pointed out.

"I'll let you guys get a good night's rest before tomorrow...and..." Master Hand shivered. "I-is it just me or is the climate getting a little bit colder today?"

"N-now that you mention it..." Lucas embraced himself. "I-it's getting a little bit cold in here..."

"Aw, don't worry about that," Master Hand said as he snapped his fingers and the heater turned on. "There, fresh hot air."

"C-c-c-c-c-c-c-can y-y-y-y-y-you increase it a l-l-l-l-l-l-little bit more?" Falco asked as he sneezed.

"If I do that, you'll end up burned."

"T-t-t-t-t-t-that's not so b-b-b-b-b-b-b-bad actually..."

"No," Master Hand pointed at him. "Serves you right for being a parrot."

"I-I-I-I'm a-"

"Enough!" Master Hand said. "You all need to sleep well tonight and see where the heck is the last Star Spirit!"

"...High above the clouds..." Geno muttered.

"It wasn't in the galaxies after all." Twink said.

"But...dangit..." Geno clenched his right fist. "Where could Kalmar be? If it's not in the galaxies, where is high above the clouds, then where?"

"Hmm..." Mallow rubbed his chin. "...The clouds in here?"

"..." Geno wondered.

"So, good night and don't make any disturbances or whatever you guys do here." Master Hand said, teleporting to his room with Crazy Hand.

Persona 3 - Want To Be Close

"...I have some things to discuss alone." Snake said before walking out.

"I bet he's going to his chatroom with his lovers." Popo said.

"Shut up before I twist your little neck again." Snake's voice was heard.

"Bed..." Chris said smiling happily. "We need to get together again."

"You mean me?" Lucario asked.

"I was talking about the bed! Weren't you listening?"

"Oh, my mistake." Lucario said with a nod.

"...Er..." Chris put his hands on his pockets. "Where is my DS?"

Red walked closer to him, but it seemed that he was hiding something from Chris. "Bulbasaur is 1, Ivysaur is 2, Venasaur is..."

"You give me back that!" Chris said as he snatched his DS back and looked at it. "...A-ha, you were going to study the Pokémon using my completed Pokedéx from LeafGreen!"

"I-I found that while we were in your room s-so I kind of...you know what I mean." Red said blushing embarrassed.

"...Red..."

"Y-yes?"

Chris took out a strategy guide of the complete Pokedéx guide with every Pokémon that he gave to Red. "Why steal something instead of asking me for the guide? It contains all the Pokémon and their moves. You can keep it until you know every single one of them."

"W-wow..." Red looked through all the pages. "T-there are so many Pokémon in here..."

"(And he is supposed to be a Pokémon Trainer. Cruel irony...cruel irony...)"

"T-thanks! I'm going to spend all the night studying this!" Red looked at the guide. "Solarbeam? Hmm..."

"I can do that." Ivysaur said.

"R-really?"

"Sorry, I forgot to tell you my moves."

"I have Hydro Pump," Squirtle put his hands on his hips (shell). "Much better than a beam of the sun."

Ivysaur glared at him. "I can beat you with my moves, I'm warning you."

"Pfft, I use Withdraw and things will change. What do you think, Red?"

"Deoxys seems good to have in my tea-" Red looked at his Pokémon who glared up at him. "I-I mean, yeah! Sure!"

The trio walked away to their room as Chris watched them walking away.

"...I think I like everyone here to accept what they are," Chris commented. "It's much easier to get conversations out of them. What do you think, Lucar-"

"Close Combat seems to be goo-" Lucario was holding another guide before he noticed Chris glaring at him. "W-what? C-Close Combat is a powerful move, don't you think so?"

"Either way," Chris took the guide back. "Your current moveset is fine with me."

"...Fine..." Lucario said disappointed.

"Um..." Peach began. "...I think Master Hand forgot to give us our moves, didn't he, Mario?"

"You're right..." Mario wondered. "Maybe we should ask him tomorrow."

"And in the meantime," Peach picked up her suitcases. "I'm going to make myself at home in my room."

"Me too." Mario said.

"I-I'm going too." Luigi said before the trio walked away.

"I'm just happy everyone got here at last." Chris said.

"W-what about Wari-"

"EVERYONE got here at last." Chris interrupted.

"I'm going to do some arrangements in my room as well," Samus said. "I'm going to prepare another Power Suit."

"Wait, I thought you only had one." Chris said confused.

"The Chozo gave me several copies should my suit be destroyed. I have some of them here and many more in my gunship."

C. Falcon seemed to snap his fingers at this as he walked away.

"Besides, I hate to be seen using the Zero Suit around."

"Oh well, whatever suits you is fine with me." Chris said.

"Thanks. Good night." Samus said before she walked away.

"...Chris...don't tell this to them but..." Lucario looked away.

"Yes?"

"Many took the strategy guides from your room when you weren't looking..."

"..." Chris looked at Kirby with something in his mouth. "Spit it out."

"Hmmmm." Kirby spat a guide of Kirby: Nightmare in Dreamland.

"...What the heck...take it with you. After all, you at least deserve to know what happened in the game."

Kirby smiled and took the guide. "Thanks! I want to see how was my game here!"

"If you want, I can lend you my GBA and let you see for yourself. It's a pretty fun game."

"Really? Oh, thank you!" Kirby jumped to Chris and hugged him tightly.

"(MUST...RESIST...CUTENESS...)" Chris thought before Kirby walked away happily with the guide. "So, what do you think of your own game?" Chris asked to Link.

"I did know I could distract Ganondorf with the fishing rod..." Link shrugged. "But why? He isn't interested into fishing..."

"...Link...I only have one answer that you'll understand very well."

"What?"

"Beats me." Chris shrugged.

"I guess. You don't mind if I take this with me?" Link asked as he held the guide of Twilight Princess.

"Go ahead. You should explain everything to Zelda as well."

"Yeah, you're right. Well, good night." Link nodded and walked away.

"Just don't let her get all shocked!" Chris yelled before looking at the trio of Fire Emblem. "What do you guys think after finding the truth?"

"I'm even more confused than technology before." Ike said.

"I...think I am as well." Roy said embarrassed.

"To think our lifes were controlled from the real world all along... It's really shocking." Marth commented.

"I'm sorry for that," Chris looked down depressed. "I kept lying because I didn't want any kind of chaos."

"But we didn't...though we were kind of going to." Roy said.

"...At least I prevented it," Chris looked up. "I'm so happy everyone knows this. It took me a great weight out from my back."

"This made me realize something." Ike spoke up.

"What?"

"...I want to know more about my "videogame" or whatever the game is called."

"Videogame," Chris reassured him. "And I'll gladly tell you when we have the time."

"Thanks, I appreciate it." Ike said with a nod.

"While we're on that, could you explain to me more as well?" Roy asked.

"...It's going to be hard because..."

After a long explanation of some Fire Emblem games only in Japan...

"...Where's Japan though?" Marth asked.

"I'll tell you that later as well." Chris said before the trio walked away.

"Do you think you're going to make them addicts to their own videogames like you are?" Lucario asked.

"You know, it's pretty bad when you define me as addicted to videogame-"

"Do I have to remind you that you kept playing Final Fantasy X until 3:40 AM?"

"H-hey, it's not my fault Blitzball was so addicting once you obtain Wakka's World Champion."

"You mean before." Lucario corrected him.

"...Fine, I'm addicted. However, they won't turn like that, ever."

At that moment, Wolf walked to them with a grin.

"What's with you? You look kind of happy." Chris said.

"I wanted to ask you a favor." Wolf said.

"...Yes?"

"Fox and Falco both challenged me to another match at our game."

"(...The hell is wrong with them?) And?"

"I was wondering if you could bring that machine over here so I can kick their a(beep!) again."

"..." Chris remembered the 7 straight matches that the 3 had before, and all of them came out with Wolf being victorious. "...I'll think about it..."

"The faster, the better." Wolf said with a chuckle before walking away to his room, as an annoyed Fox followed with a sneezing and pale Falco.

"Aren't those 3 in their thirties and isn't Wolf a little bit older?" Chris asked.

"I remember you said age didn't matter in videogames." Lucario said.

"...I guess you're right," Chris looked down at Ness and Lucas. "What did you think?"

"That my videogame got lost somewhere." Ness said.

"Sorry, but I lost that game of yours and it's not on the VC yet."

"Meh, it's okay," Ness looked at Lucas. "Did you bother to find yours?"

"Lucas's game was released in Japan though."

"Japan?" Lucas asked.

"A place with funny language." Chris resumed.

"...Oh..." Lucas yawned. "I need to sleep now so...good night."

"G'nite." Ness said before walking away with Lucas.

Pikachu and Pichu jumped to Chris's shoulders. "Pokémon Master, Chris, remember well." Pikachu said with a wink.

"Be my traine-I mean, Pokémon Master." Pichu repeated.

"...Fine! I'll think about that too!" Chris said annoyed.

"Sweet! If you need help catching Articuno, give me a call." Pikachu said before walking away with Pichu.

"Can I play Mario Kart again?" Yoshi asked.

"...Sure, when I have the time?" Chris responded.

"Thanks. I enjoyed that game so much." Yoshi said before walking away.

Chris chuckled. "You know, this is more fun to explain."

Lucario smiled a little. "Before you know it, everyone is going to have a DS."

"Then we're going to trade Pokémon like crazy all the day." Chris chuckled.

"..." Olimar looked down depressed as he walked to the 2. "...Louie did eat the..."

"...I told you, but you didn't want to believe me." Chris said.

"...It's okay..." Olimar looked up as a Red Pikmin stood close to him. "Thanks to him, I got to see my Pikmins again."

Chris thought for a moment. "In a way...yes, he made you go back to reunite with your Pikmins again."

Olimar nodded. "So, I think I'm going to say thanks to him."

"When you have the time, right?"

"Of course," Olimar began to walk away. "Good night, and thank you for showing me the world where you came from."

"Y-yes! I'll show you more around some time!" Chris said a little excited.

"Hey," Sonic called from behind the World Traveler. "I wanna see more of the real world."

"If you mean by going outside, then no." Lucario said.

"Aw, c'mon! Nobody will see me at all! You know nobody in Chris's world didn't find me when they wanted my help, right?"

"...Well, those crazy fans of yours never found you so..." Chris wondered for a bit.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: jnfs2014 on April 13, 2009, 06:39:08 PM
Cool.....video game characters playing their video games....and a backstory of the SSE.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Super Mario Galaxy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 14, 2009, 09:06:20 PM
"So?" Sonic raised an eyebrow with a grin.

"...Ugh, fine." Chris gave up.

"Sweet! I'm so gonna enjoy running through Melito!"

"Mexico!" Chris corrected annoyed.

"Whatever it's called! See ya!" Sonic said before leaving a trail of dust behind to his room.

"There goes the somewhat-hyperactive hedgehog."

"Sonic isn't hyperactive," Lucario corrected. "He is just...him."

"..." Chris shuddered looked at Mewtwo. "What did you think?"

"I'm not interested at least." Mewtwo said, narrowing his eyes.

"..."

"But I became interested in something else," Mewtwo called a book about the history of the U.S.A. as Chris sweatdropped (because it WAS in his room). "The history of your nation. The World War I wasn't productive for Germany at all, likewise was World War II. The Mexican Revolution, now, for exampl-"

History lessons approaching, Chris! Quick action!

"Y-yes, go and read all that in your room. I-I'm lending you my book of history for all the time you wan-"

"The Pig War was, as a fact, pointless." Mewtwo went on.

"Seriously! Go and read all that by yourself and tell me everything that wasn't necessary!" Chris said as Mewtwo floated away as he found many mistakes that humanity did before like no other Psychic Pokémon could possibly find. "Phew..."

"Now that is going deeper into details." Lucario commented.

"I hope he doesn't correct any kind of error in humanity, because knowing him..." Chris shook his head once he saw Geno, Mallow and Twink. "Was the truth really shocking?"

"Nope," Mallow said smiling. "There's a brighter side to this."

"...What exactly?"

"Since so many people knows about us," Twink made a happy expression. "That means we're superstars in your world!"

"Oh, I can see it," Mallow put on some sunglasses as he grinned. "Mallow, superstar of the real world."

"Mallow..." Geno frowned.

"What?" Mallow tossed the sunglasses away. "At least it's good to think about bright things, right?"

"I guess, but that's going too far."

"Not to mention they would r-" Twink's mouth was blocked.

"Don't dare to say that or else Eldstar is really going to punish me." Geno warned with an annoyed look.

"...Oh, dangit!" Chris cursed. "I didn't use the Star Spirits that much in the previous fight!"

"You know," Twink looked at him. "Mario used to use their help to the fullest when he rescued them himself."

"I know..." Chris said ashamed. "I should do the same as well and not forget about them."

"I can remind you." Geno offered.

"Me too." Mallow said.

"...Thanks." Chris nodded.

"Now, if you'll excuse us," Geno began as they walked away. "We're going to figure out where is Kalmar."

"We've been looking for him everywhere, but he's harder to find than Carmen San Diego." Chris commented.

The trio turned to Chris. "Who?" they asked in unison.

"...Real world people"

"...Oh," they said before walking away to their rooms.

"Who is Carmen San Diego?" Lucario asked confused.

"...I didn't tell you about her at all before, right?" Chris asked and Lucario nodded. "Well, she i-"

Chris was interrupted as DK grabbed him with his big right arm and hugged him tightly. "So! The tour Diddy and I planned is a game! Huh?"

"D-DK..." Chris panted for air. "I-I can't...breathe..."

Lucario went to DK and released Chris with an annoyed grunt. "Oops, sorry for that." DK apologized.

"Whew..." Chris sighed.

"And not only that, but 2 games!" DK took out both Donkey Konga games. "Maybe I should see what songs are in them to rehearse a little!"

"L-later for now." Chris said.

"...Oh," DK kept the games. "It's okay."

"By the way," Diddy interrupted. "We invited some new musicians here while you were away."

"Really? Who?" Chris asked.

"Weeeeeeeeeeell...they haven't arrived yet. I think it's because of the bad weather outside," DK shivered. "S-speaking of which, I need to sleep in my bed."

Diddy yawned. "I ask for the upper one..."

"Sure do, pal," DK said as both Kongs walked away. "Sure do..."

"..." Chris looked at Lucario. "They didn't tell who were they, right?"

Lucario nodded and Chris frowned in embarrassment.

"Isn't there any game where I sing?" Jigglypuff asked as she walked to them.

"Well...no." Chris responded.

Jigglypuff pouted a little. "So who in your world thinks I'm a good singer?"

"I-I can't respond to that, but see the bright side."

"Which bright side are we talking about?" Jigglypuff asked, crossing her arms as she narrowed her eyes.

"Everyone likes you for your cute appearance."

Jigglypuff blinked a few times before blushing. "...Do you think I'm cute?"

"(Yes.) Er..." Chris looked at Lucario (at even motioned at him while he wasn't looking).

"Do you think I'm cute?" Jigglypuff asked to Lucario, who blinked confused.

"I..." Lucario looked away. "...Guess so..."

"Oh, thank you!" Jigglypuff jumped at Lucario and hugged his head before walking away as she hummed happily.

"...W-why did you do that?" Lucario asked, blushing a little.

"I-I thought Pokémon talking between each other was a better idea so..."

"...Please, don't do that again."

"Hmph."

Chris felt a shiver down his spine and turned around to see Meta Knight. "A-and what did you think?"

"..." Meta Knight looked up at Chris. "They better not mock me behind my back, or else."

"O-of course not. The people in my world thinks you're...very cool..." Chris muttered the last part.

"..." Meta Knight chuckled. "Flattering me isn't going to work."

"T-that wasn't flattering and I wasn't trying to!"

"Sure." Meta Knight said before walking away.

Toon Link walked in as he blushed embarrassed. "D-don't tell me the people saw me doing certain...embarrassing moments as well..."

"Like when the Din's Fire statue blew up and pushed you several miles away to the Tower of the Gods where you crashed into the wal-"

"Don't remind me that!" Toon Link interrupted.

"S-sorry for that."

"...Meh," Toon Link threw his hands up. "Whatever. It's not that of a big deal...as long as they didn't watch other things."

"Like when you fought Orca?"

"S-stop it!" Toon Link said annoyed. "Okay, I'll talk to you about this later. Good night."

"Are you going to see Medli?"

"...Yeah, I think so." Toon Link said before walking away.

"..." Pit walked to them as he looked down.

"...If you're depressed about the truth, then I'm sorry." Chris said.

"No...it's not that..." Pit shook his head.

"Then what is?"

"Well...when I was there, I spotted some kind of big book wit-"

"W-wait just a minute..." Chris took a step back. "Y-you didn't take a peek inside the big book with articles, right?"

"...I did and..."

"OH NO NO NO NO NO," Chris pushed Pit towards the hallway. "E-everything you saw in there is just a different view! Really!"

"...Phew..." Pit sighed as he walked away, waving at Chris with a smile of relief.

"I-am-famous, I-am-famous, I-am-famous," Popo repeated in triumph. "I'm a famous figure for you world, worship me."

"Y-you wish." Chris said annoyed.

"Pfft, you don't recognize true awesomeness when you see it." Popo said before walking away.

"Don't mind him," Nana said. "He has some screws loose in his brain."

"...By the way, I don't think Popo is acting stupid in reality." Lucario said.

"...What do you EXACTLY mean by that?" Nana asked as she crossed her arms. "I've been living with him in my entire life and I know him very well."

"Something doesn't seem right with him at all... It's just my opinion."

"..." Nana looked down worried. "...I don't think something is wrong, except for him being stupid..."

"...Don't worry about it too much."

"...I should. Good night then." Nana said as she walked away. However, Chris could tell she was worrying about something.

"...How do you know that?" Chris asked.

"I take my own time to read other people' minds when I feel like it," Lucario said. "...But don't tell anyone I do this often either."

"Your secret is...safe with me." Chris said unsure. "We should go back to our rooms. Nobody else is here besides us."

Lucario looked around. "...You're right. Let's go and rest."

The World Traveler and Aura Pokémon walked away from the command room as the lights turned off.

And, at last, the truth was revealed and Chris was very relieved to be honest with everyone. The World Traveler never felt so relieved before, and ironically, he was very happy after they listened him from every detail about them.

Nevertheless, Chris was relieved, much for Lucario's own relief as well.

Music stops

Master Hand's Room

"...Um..." Master Hand looked at a control panel. "The security cameras got frozen by the climate outside...how bothersome..." the hand yawned. "Aw, but who cares? Nobody is going to enter here during this weather anyway."

"Crazy veggie people..." Crazy Hand snored on a nearby big bed. "Hands off my little friend, Rocky..."

"..." Master Hand grunted in annoyance as he went back to sleep.

Outside

The blizzard outside raged on with much more force than the last time. Snow was falling everywhere in a crazy tempest of ice, and there was someone walking to the mansion...

...Wait...who is that walking to the mansion?

"B-brr!" the figure shivered. "H-hell no, I'm not going to spend the night inside a cave or something like that..." the person said before spotting the doorknob of the mansion. "G-good, I found the mansion where that masked guy is..." the figure stopped. "W-wait, this is going to be a little bit rude..." the figure thought for a moment before rolling the eyes. "W-whatever, I'll explain my situation and whoever lives here is going to understand me pretty well...or else..." the figure took out a book of Blastia.

And you know who was that person.

"B-because I'm not going to go down without a fight if they don't listen." Rita said as a warning before she slowly entered inside and closed the door slowly while the blizzard raged on.

"...H-huh?!" Chip woke up close to the door. "N-no! S-somebody got inside and I-I didn't! Curses!" the small imp yelled before he flew around the mansion to see an opening.

Of course, he didn't find a single one.

Mother 3 - F-F-Fire!

Many feet away from the mansion, there was Parakarry struggling to get to his destination as the blizzard grew even more violent.

"Y-YOU WON'T STOP ME!" Parakarry yelled as he flew onwards. "I-I'M GOING TO TELL THEM ABOUT YOU 2!"

The Paratroopa gasped when several icicles fell down from the sky and barely crushed him.

"HA! I KNOW WHO YOU ARE NOW! THIS IS SO STUPIDLY FAMILIAR TO FORGET!" Parakarry yelled loudly as he gritted his teeth and flew onward. "I-I'M GOING TO STOP THIS NONSENSE OF THE WHOLE STRONG WEATHER! YOU HEAR ME?!"

Many icicles rained down from the sky and tried to crush the Paratroopa, but they all failed as the scene got covered with more ice while Parakarry kept going forward into the furious snowstorm...

TO BE CONTINUED...

"Ice Nightmare of the High Skies, where I'm going to put an end to this weather!" Parakarry yelled angrily.

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 15, 2009, 08:52:40 PM
Chapter 119: Ice Nightmare of the High Skies

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Hmm..." Bowser looked at his Brawl form as he wagged his tail a little. "Scaly, but thick. I like this stuff."

"It is a pleasure to have you and your forces again with us, Bowser," Tabuu said. "However, I am mad that the Subspace Bomb's objective did not go as planned since the events of the galaxies changed my plans."

"Pfft," Bowser rolled his eyes. "Like you can't do more of 'em."

"Well, it is true that I can order to deploy more bombs, but this is not important right now," Tabuu narrowed his eyes. "I have received reports that an unusual, insignificant pest managed to get information about the location of the last Star Spirit and it was heading to the mansion."

Ganondorf narrowed his eyes. "Do not tell me it was leaked out..."

"Fortunately, he could not manage to reach the mansion in time. The ones in charge of the Star Spirit stopped the pest from getting to them."

Charizard sighed. "Good... Here I thought they were going to succeed..."

"However," Tabuu went on. "I am concerned about this that I am planning to send 1 of you to guard the path to the Star Spirit."

"Mememememememe!" Bowser pleaded.

"I was planning to send Ganondorf to make up for his failure."

"Aww!" Bowser groaned and mumbled in frustration while Dedede and Charizard chuckled.

Ganondorf bowed to Tabuu. "I am ready to start this."

"Excellent. You may go now." Tabuu said as Ganondorf nodded and walked away into the darkness.

"What are we gonna do in the meantime?" Dedede asked.

"Patience," Tabuu said. "You 3 will rest to recover your energies from the previous battle. Bowser, you need to assemble your troops and organize them properly whenever I command you to invade a world. Do you understand well my ideas?"

Bowser nodded. "As long as you give me all those power ups and crap, I'll be pleased to help you."

"I assure you that Mario, Luigi and the princess are going to be killed in your claws."

"Only the plumbers, not Peach."

"Fine." Tabuu said as the king of the Koopas walked away, chuckling evily.

"Well, why don't we plan our own strategies against them?" Charizard suggested.

Dedede winked at him. "It gotta have me bashing the puffball."

"Only if I get to bash the dumb trainer." Charizard said with a smirk.

"Hmm-hm." Dedede nodded before the 2 walked away.

"..." the Ancient Minister looked away.

"It is something bothering your mind?" Tabuu asked.

"...It's nothing," the Ancient Minister turned to him. "Nothing is bothering my mind."

"Hmm..." Tabuu wondered before he teleported away.

The Ancient Minister looked away to the darkness of the Subspace. "...It's not too long before I decide what to do..."

"I hear that!" Porky said walking to the commander.

The Ancient Minister just shot a beam to Porky to erase his mind without even looking.

"What was I doing again?"

"Doing odd things."

"Oh, that's so me." Porky chuckled as he walked away within his spider mech.

The Ancient Minister sighed in depression.

Smash Mansion
Raven's Room

It was the next morning in the Smash Mansion.

"UAH!" Raven woke up, panting heavily as he looked outside at the snow falling slowly, though there was a lot of snow this time around. "...M-man...for a second there I thought crazy girl Rita got inside this mansion... Must've been a bad premonition or just random thinkin' though..."

The old man decided to sleep even more as he hit the pillow with his head and fell asleep, with loud snores following.

Kitchen

Tales of Symphonia - Off-Key

"..."

"...I know..."

Ness and Toon Link were quite confused after they decided to have breakfast in the morning. Apparently, when both of them made it downstairs and into the kitchen. The microwave seemed to have...disappeared.

"Who in their sane mind would steal the microwave?" Ness asked.

"Beats me," Toon Link lifted his shoulders. "Kirby is the closest person I can think of."

"Nah, I don't think he goes too far," Ness said shrugging. "Screw it, I'm not going to go "microwave-hunting" or something. I'll just have a normal bowl of cereal."

Toon Link seemed to get confused at this. Who would steal a microwave?

"..." Toon Link saw Kirby walking into the kitchen, wearing a sleep cap. "Kirby, did you steal the microwave?"

"Hmm?" Kirby tilted his head grogily.

"The microwave is gone.... Did you take it?"

"..." Kirby looked around. "...No..."

"...Are you saying the truth?"

Kirby nodded.

"Really sure?"

Kirby nodded again.

"Really, but really sure?"

Kirby nodded with an angry expression before walking towards the fridge.

Music stops

"..." Kirby looked at the lobby where Meta Knight glanced to him. The Star Warrior "hmm'd" and decided to have 3 waffles and walked to the masked knight. "Why are you up so early?"

"Because something has been bothering me," Meta Knight responded as he looked outside to the snow. "This weather doesn't seem natural at all."

"Why'd you say that?"

Meta Knight pointed outside where many icicles were inside piles of snow.

"..." Kirby's eyes widened.

"Those chunks of ice out there, for example. They're not common in a weather like this, correct?" Meta Knight asked, despite him already knowing the answer.

"Y-yes..." Kirby nodded as he bit his waffle.

"...I'm going to discuss this with the hand," Meta Knight walked away. "If there isn't this kind of weather, then we should worry."

"...I-I don't have a good feeling..." Kirby responded shuddering.

"Neither do I." Meta Knight said.

Lucario's Room

"B-b-b-b-brr..."

Lucario slowly opened his eyes and pulled Chris towards his chest, where the World Traveler rested his head on. "Chris, are you...feeling fine?"

"N-n-n-no..." Chris responded without opening his eyes. "I-i-i-i-it's getting so cold in here..."

"Hmm..." Lucario looked outside the window where snow was falling. "It has been 3 days straight with this, right?"

"...I-I-I guess so..." Chris responded as he shivered a little.

"...Are you feeling cold?"

Chris nodded slowly.

"You should wake up and take a hot shower to feel better."

Chris slowly opened his eyes and got outside the bed while Lucario watched. "I-I'm going to take one and wake up because I don't want to f-f-f-feel this all the day."

"And catch a cold." Lucario added before Chris nodded and walked away to the bathroom.

"A-and you should take one after me."

"...I'll do it, don't worry." Lucario said before Chris entered the bathroom.

...

"...Was there a bathroom here before?" Lucario muttered confused after finding a bathroom's door in their room.

"Master Hand just put them up early this morning," Pikachu said from the door with a red coat on. "He can make those doors and bathrooms with a simple snap of his fingers. Crazy Hand can but...last time he did, the whole mansion blowed up and we had to sleep outside for 5 days until Master Hand's magic was filled."

Lucario sweatdropped. "...I see..."

Pikachu moved his tail a little. "Anyway, it's not long before everyone wakes up and reunite in the command room. Do something you want to do before we make another conference or what we do every day."

"Thank you. I'll do that."

"Meanwhile, I'm going to take a small stroll outside for the heck of it." Pikachu said before he walked away, whistling.

Outside

"HOLY CRAP!" Pikachu yelled once he made it outside.

"HOLY...wait, why are we saying crap out loud again?" Popo asked near a pile of snow where he was playing in.

Nana popped out from the pile of snow. "Oh, good morning. We decided to sleep outside because it's soooooooo relaxing to have a good ice dream inside this wonderful pile of snow."

Popo chuckled. "Heheh, ice dream, get it?"

Nana chuckled. "Of course not. Pikachu doesn't bother to find out what we do."

"...It's times like this where you 2 creep me out when you get along FOR ONCE." Pikachu said with a bored look.

"Don't think I'm going to do this often though." Nana said with a bored look.

"Besides, she's so going to do that." Popo said with a bored look.

"...That line Popo just said did make sense this time." Pikachu said.

"...Pebbles!" Popo yelled before digging inside the snow.

"Maybe that was just me..." Pikachu shrugged as he tried to remember something. "Oh, where was I? Oh, yeah... HOLY CRAP!"

Pikachu found a lot of huge icicles around the snow plain that Nana noticed with a confused look.

"Oh, these chunks were here the moment we came outside to sleep," Nana crossed her arms. "But I don't know why these are all around here."

"So, you didn't do it." Popo said as he stuck his head out from the snow.

Nana rolled her eyes. "Of course not, and neither did you."

"I know, but you did what?"

Nana facepalmed. "Okay, stop it before I smack you down."

"Why don't you smack him instead?" Popo asked as he took a Paratroopa's face out from the snow. "He looks so KO'd enough to get even more KO'd."

"YAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Nana screamed in horror as she smacked the Paratroopa into the snow with her hammer. "P-Popo! W-what were you doing with that dead carcass?! D-don't tell me it was inside this pile!"

"Well, duh!" Popo rolled his eyes. "I told you 30 times but you didn't listen!"

"We were sleeping very close and you didn't say anything, you retard!"

"Then I guess you didn't notice the goggles stuck behind on your back, because you were sleeping on him."

Nana looked her back. "What are you talking abou-AAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Nana tossed some goggles away. "Y-you dork! W-why didn't you say anything?!"

"I told you 30 times!"

"N-no, you didn't!" Nana yelled scared to death.

"S-stop it!" Pikachu yelled angrily. "What's important now is what are THESE icicles doing outside the mansion!"

"Weird," Popo chuckled. "I thought you were going to say something about Parakarry over there," the blue Ice Climber pointed at the knocked out Parakarry. "He doesn't look that well though. I wonder if the icicles had anything to do with him."

"..." both Pikachu and Nana stared at Popo.

"...What?"

"Popo, I'm impressed. You're starting to stay on something more important for once." Nana commented.

"Duh."

"Then again, I might be wrong." Nana sighed in depression.

"...Um, hello?" Pikachu called out. "Parakarry's dead carcass? Laying close to the mansion? Police could suspect us as the murders? Popo's just stupid?"

"...R-right," Nana shrugged. "I-I think we need to take him inside and see if he's still alive..."

"I found another thing!" Popo yelled as he held up a mailbag. "More things you slept on!"

"You little darn VERMIN!" Nana yelled loudly as she raised her hammer above her.

At that moment, the door of the mansion opened and Sonic (who for once was wearing a red coat) walked out and looked at the 3. The hedgehog noticed the dead carcass of Parakarry close to where Nana was going to hit Popo as Pikachu looked at him a little bit shocked.

Sonic already knew what happened in there. "...I'm so going to call the police on you now..." Sonic said before he closed the door.

"...CRAP!" Pikachu and Nana yelled as they quickly dragged Parakarry inside in a hurry while Popo carried the mailbag and the goggles.

Main Lobby

"ACHOO!" Parakarry sneezed, close to a chimney that Master Hand just put. "B-brr! T-this is the second time I got frozen...or instead, attacked by ice! Seriously! The heck is wrong with those 2 over the clouds?! When I get my hands on them, oh, they're going to regret attacking m-ACHOO!"

"Oh, please. Quiet down," Sonic rolled his eyes. "Sky doesn't attack people."

Parakarry looked at him with an angry expression. "You tell me! I'm seriously going to sue someone for what happened outside an-"

"Wait right there," Pikachu stopped. "Did you say the sky...attacked you?"

"Duh!" Parakarry replied annoyed. "I was going to arrive here yesterday during the night but they got mad and attacked me with those big (beep!) chunks of ice! My legs were going to be freaking cut in half! You hear me?! Freaking-cut-in-half!"

"...But, the sky attacking you?" Nana asked confused. "Why'd would it do something so random and...odd like that?"

Parakarry shivered as he took a sip of his cafe. "...Okay...got to calm down... I can explain this very well if I find something t-" he looked at Popo holding a small ice cube. "GIMME THAT! I NEED TO CRUSH THAT THING!"

Popo backed away. "Leave Mr. Icy Cuby alone! What do you say, Cuby?" Popo looked at Mr. Icy Cuby melting slowly. "CUBY! NO! HANG IN THERE, I'M GOING TO GIVE YOU CPR AND MORE IC-"

Pikachu, annoyed by the blue Ice Climber, used Thunder to electrocute him and faint him. "There... He was going out of control...and also he drove me nuts..."

"Phew..." Parakarry sighed in relief. "At least you got rid of that worthless piece of ice..."

"Can you tell us what exactly happened to you?" Nana asked.

"...Okay..." Parakarry sighed again. "You guys are the main reason why I'm here..." Parakarry looked at them. "But, shouldn't I explain everything to everyone in here? I think this is something you need to take care on..."

"Sonic, will y-" Pikachu didn't find Sonic anymore. "...He's already telling everyone, right?"

"Hi there!" Sonic said quickly appearing with a popcycle that he licked. "Missed something?"

"GET YOUR FEET WORKING AND WAKE UP EVERYONE!" Nana yelled.

Command Room

Master Hand sneezed and checked the temperature. "...G-goodness...t-the temperature is dropping really fast today..."

"I-i-i-it's the frozen era again!" Crazy Hand shivered.

"C-C-Crazy, don't say things that don't make any kind of sens-ACHOO!" Master Hand sneezed. "G-geez, I-I don't think this climate should be THIS cold either... C-c-come to think of it, there's no way the temperature could drop at -17!"

"Isn't it 71-?"

"...N-no..." Master Hand replied with a low tone before they saw Zelda walking inside with a shocked expression. "G-good morning."

"My life...is just...a lie..." Zelda muttered as she sat down on a chair.

"...Oh, I guess somebody explained everything to her," Master Hand said. "Hey, we're not "lies" or some crap like that anymore. Chris had a good point abo-"

"My kingdom...has been stalked...by millions of strangers..." Zelda went on with her shocked face. "...And I...didn't...notice..."

"...God, she is in a heavy trance," Master Hand frowned as he floated to her. "Look, emo princess, you weren't yesterday with us and you could've understood what we all agreed at the en-"

"I...don't know...what to believe in... Is everything...real in front of me?"

Apparently, the princess was ignoring the hand.

Master Hand groaned. "Fine, if you don't want to listen the good way... Crazy, do it the hard way."

Crazy Hand floated above the princess and made a fist. "Ooh! Ooh! Do I get to hurt people this time?"

"Afraid so. This is the only way to get her back to us."

"Yippie!"

The insane hand began to move up and down above the princess who didn't seem to react to whatever was in front of her. Just at that moment, Link came from the hallway, letting out a long yawn before talking. "G-geez, the climate in here is getting so cold, I swear..." the Hero of Twilight noticed the event and gasped. "ZELDA!"

Link quickly ran at Zelda to "save" her from Crazy Hand, who lowered down his fist (or himself) just when Link was about to push Zelda, thus crushing both residents from Hyrule.

"...Uh-oh..." Master Hand said as he chuckled nervously. "I think this wasn't the best idea we've had so far..."

Crazy Hand moved himself up and looked down at the 2 KO'd elf-looking characters. "Sweet! A small bonus with hero included!"

Master Hand sighed in shame as he turned to the hallway and found Snake (wearing a special vest for stealth missions during cold weather). "Since when did you wake up?"

"Enough to see you kill them," Snake said as he pointed at Link and Zelda. "I won't be obliged to the same punishment, am I right?"

Master Hand explained everything to the soldier.

Snake rolled his eyes. "Violence isn't the best way to get someone out of a trance. Use freaking therapy."

"Yes, I know," Master Hand said with a bored tone. "Look, this was the best way to get Zelda to understand this."

"What you gave her was a trip to the hospital, not to mention the elf boy."

"Pfft, nothing like 2 Heart Containers can help," Master Hand snapped his fingers as 2 Heart Containers floated down on the Hyrulians...but only touched their backs before falling to the floor. "..."

"...This isn't Valentine's Day either." Snake commented.

"Oops, I guess they need first to take them...though they can grab food and recovery items on the ground if they lay close."

"I beg to differ," Snake said as he looked down at them. "But it seems your brother went too far on them. I can even see some parts of their arms bending the wrong way."

"What do you exactly mean by wron-OH, HOLY DAMN!" Master Hand gasped.

Chris walked in (using the ISOKFMG job with Tokunaga holding on behind his back). "W-why don't you turn on the heater a little bit...more..." Chris looked down at the Hyrulians. "...Sorry if I'm a little rude...but we have 2 dead people with their arms...I don't know...bent the wrong way? Oh, I forgot, WE DON'T EVEN HAVE DEAD PEOPLE HERE!"

1 hour later...

Link and Zelda were staring at the hand with angry expressions. "I hope you understand violence isn't the best way to reason," Zelda pointed at Chris. "Fortunately, he was much nicer to take me back on track, but you..."

"That was my brother, not me!" Master Hand protested.

"Even though you told him to do it for you." Snake said.

"H-hey!" Nana called from the hallway as she came running in with Popo and Parakarry. "W-we have some very good information to share with everyo...where is everyone?"

"Still snoring?" Link responded.

"But Sonic was supposed to wake them up! Where is that pesky hedgehog?"

"Nana, you're starting to sound like Dr. Eggman..." Chris said shuddering.

Nana rolled her eyes. "Maybe I know why he gets irritated by Sonic. Anyway, where's Sonic?"

Raven's Room

"Ahem," Toon Link said annoyed. "I'd like to begin the promised bow lessons you promised to teach me, remember?"

Raven uncovered his face from the bed sheets. "Kid...is so cold out there and I'm bound to faint my poor soul out."

"Nope, your robe is long enough to keep you fine from the cold."

"...Aaaaaaahhh..." Raven sighed exhausted as he sat up. "Fine, fine, kid. We'll go out and start those lessons..."

"Good," Toon Link said smiling a bit. "After so much time of snoozing, I get the training."

Raven rolled his eyes and stood up where he grabbed his bow nearby and put them behind his back. "Then let's get outta here and start. Better finish this sooner before you keep pullin' me 'round."

The small swordsman nodded and began to walk away outside while Raven walked slower with a bored look.

Hallway

The old man stopped on his tracks when he found Sonic licking a popcycle. "Oh, hi, bluish hedgehog." Raven greeted.

"Hey there," Sonic said as he finished his popcycle and tossed the stick away. "I'm here to relax a bit from the cold."

Raven shivered. "And crazy youngster's tryin' to pull me out by my ear. I can't understand how kids have so much energy."

"Hey, I'm a teen," Sonic grinned a little. "That's how we and kids are."

"Man, I wish I had those good ol' days of my younger days," Raven rubbed his chin. "Guess you can't go back in time and change that though."

"My better days where when I was younger..." Sonic smiled a bit. "I used to teack kids good things."

"Really? How?"

After many teachings later...

"...That sounded kinda weird." Raven commented with a shrug as he walked away.

Sonic made an annoyed face. "Blame me. They were at least grateful and...wait..." Sonic looked at no one in particular. "What was I doing again before?"

Command Room

"What is the postman doing in here?" Master Hand asked.

Parakarry cleared his throat. "I have very crucial information about something alarming I found in the clouds up there. I came here to tell all of you about what I found because I'm sure as hell this weather isn't natural, but monster-made!"

"...Monster-made?" everyone in the room repeated.

Parakarry closed his eyes annoyed. "Look, I need everyone here to explain myself! Call them all here and snap them out their dreams!"

Master Hand sighed. "Times likes this call for desperate measures..."

"What do you mean by that?" Chris asked.

Master Hand pressed a button. "I officialy declare the stages open for all the public..." he said on the mic that blared out around the mansion.

The floor began to shake quietly before the World Traveler looked shocked at the hallway where a cloud of dust spreaded out into the room and covered it completely.

"...Tomorrow." Master Hand finished as many groans came from the Smashers, who apparently woke up quickly and rushed to the room in a hurry.

"..." Mewtwo floated quietly into the room with Lucario following from behind. "Seriously, that was the most pathetic trick you all fell on."

"Well, excuse me," DK said. "I was so excited to enter one of 'em."

Chris was utterly surprised that everyone was ready to come in here in such small time. "W-what...h-how did you get here so fast?"

"I was already awakening." Yoshi said.

"B-but I could've sworn you were sleeping! Who isn't here anyway?"

Falco's Room

"..." Falco couldn't even open his mouth (beak) to speak. The cold got so low and kept him perfectly inside his bed. "(WOULD SOMEBODY STOP THIS WEATHER?!)"

Command Room

"...Ugh, that doesn't matter for now..." Chris said before he saw Meta Knight walking in. "But people like him makes sense and not come here in such a rush..."

"...Mario? Princess?" Parakarry asked surprised as he went to both characters. "Oh goodness! It IS you 2!"

"Parakarry!" Mario and Peach said as the trio greeted. "How have you been doing?"

"Heheheh, pretty well, if you ask me." Parakarry said with a happy expression. "So, it was time for you 2 to join every single weirdo in here, right?"

Some grunts came from some Smashers. "Yes. I'm so happy to be here again." Peach said.

"...I just wonder how can the princess fight... I'm kind of worried about her welfare."

"I'm..." Peach looked down. "...I can fight well..."

"...Anyway!" Parakarry turned to Mario. "It's good to have you here, because I can count on someone with something I need to explain!"

"Now I feel offended all of a sudden..." Roy trailed off.

"What do you have to explain?" Mario asked.

"Well, you see, I was peacefully minding my own business on a quite Saturday morning in Petalburg to deliver some mail, where I suddenly met this weird disco-french guy that greeted me and said all sort of things about women and al-"

"That wasn't it!" Nana interrupted. "Or do I have to remember you with..." Nana took out a small ice cube from her back. "This?"

Horrifying music played as Parakarry looked shocked at the ice cube. "D-dangit! That hellish thing from the tundra is here to torment me again!" Parakarry walked to her, snatched the cube and tossed it to the floor where it shattered. "Phew, I feel much better..."

"NO! THAT WAS MR. ICY CUBY'S SISTER!" Popo yelled as he scattered to recover the shards.

Nobody didn't even mind.

"Much better after breaking an ice cube with...a name? Why is that?" Twink asked.

Parakarry turned to them with several pants. "Okay...I think I'm on track now..." he cleared his throat. "Let me recap...oh, there it is! I remember now! Everyone, I have some alarming news. It's about the weird climate out there. Those clouds...those aren't even natural clouds!"

"The clouds aren't natural?" Lucas asked.

"Exactly! Because those clouds are monster-made!"

"...Wait..." Geno wondered for a bit. "...You don't mean..."

Pakakarry made a serious expression. "I guess I should tell everything from the start to end. Okay, let me tell how did I get to find this out..."

1 day ago...

Sky

Tales of Symphonia 2 – Behind Us!

High above the white paradise of ice, there was a familiar Paratroopa who seemed persistent on his task as snow fell on his goggles.

“UGH! Ugh! Ugh!” Parakarry was shown trying to get through the clouds by slamming his shoulder against them but somehow he couldn’t. “W-why I can’t get through these darn clouds?!” Parakarry asked gritting his teeth as he continued arduosly his goal. “C-come on! Let me through! I know there’s something hidden in there that somebody doesn’t want to reveal! Ugh!”

After a while, however...

"Who dares to interrupt our plan to freeze th-"

"Shut up! Don't reveal important details to a stranger!"

"But isn't this stranger a friend of Mario?"

"Oh, yes."

Parakarry stopped banging on the clouds after he heard the voices coming from the other side. "...Did the clouds just speak?"

"Technically speaking, a cloud did."

"So it says the guy with mist as body, and mist is part of the clouds.

Parakarry got annoyed. "Would you show your faces?"

"Certainly," the voices said in unison before an opening to the sky opened up to reveal a big brown cloud with a robe with a floating ice crown and glowing eyes.

"...Wait just an hour!" Parakarry said with an angry expression. "You 2! You're supposed to be dead...or kissing the earth! Weren't you defeated by, I don't know, Mario and myself here?"

"Tabuu brought us back from the dead," the robe spoke. "And it's rude not to bow to me, the Crystal King!"

"..." the big cloud looked at him with a bored look. "It's obvious he's not going to bow down to you, genius."

Crystal King glared at him. "I expected that from you because you didn't bow down either!"

"Will you just shut up? We have the Paratroopa glaring at us."

Crystal King turned to Parakarry. "So, what is your business to stop us from doing our own business? Haven't you had enough pestering us?"

"No," Parakarry glared at him. "I'm so utterly annoyed by this weather because my wings can't tolerate the cold. They're freezing and I need to fly up high to deliver the mail!"

"Like we're going to listen to you," the big cloud said.

"Well, you should!" Parakarry spat back. "If you 2 guys don't stop this, I'll have to be forced to use...force! Yeah!" Parakarry moved by the sides with fists ready.

"To think we lost to this loser the previous fight," Crystal King commented. "Huff N. Puff, will you freeze him?"

Huff N. Puff's cloud turned blue with ice power. "Fine. Since I have mastered the ice power as yourself, and because I have henchmen with ice powers, then I should do the honors and get rid of him."

"Wait 2 hours now!" Parakarry interrupted.

"You're not even making the slightlest sense, Paratroopa." Crystal King said.

"Shut it! I want to know something! Are you 2 responsible for this weather?!"

"...Yes, yes we do," Huff N. Puff said. "In fact, since you're about to die, I'll tell you everything."

Crystal King mistpalmed (because he didn't have a face). "We're really going to regret this in some way or another..."

"Tabuu brought us back from the dead and gave us another chance to defeat Mario and some other guys called Smashers. Using Crystal King's powers to merge them with me have let me take control of the clouds and use them at our favor. This endless climate of cold isn't going to stop until we die. Of course, such a thing won't happen because we're so far away from the ground and nothing can reach it." Huff N. Puff explained.

"Huff N. Puff doesn't have enough strength to make snow so I volunteered to spread the power all over the clouds." Crystal King explained.

"Our plan is to keep this," Huff N. Puff held a card with Kalmar on it. "The Star Spirit away from those Smasher guys."

"H-hey! T-that's Kalmar, the seventh Star Spirit! What are you doing with him?!" Parakarry asked angrily.

"Tabuu gave us 2 orders," Crystal King made an ice bit a number "1." "Keep them away from the Star Spirit and guard it," a "2" floated close to him. "Freeze the entire land before Exor destroys the city."

"...Say WHAT again?"

"That's right," Huff N. Puff nodded. "Our powers aren't still fully prepared to accomplish our main mission: freeze the entire land to an ice era with everyone down there!"

"So, if I defeat you 2, this weather is going to stop, huh?" Parakarry asked.

"Yes, but you won't accomplish something that ridiculous!" Crystal King raised his sleeves. "We're going to get rid of you for real, and once and for all!"

"You know, when someone says "once and for all," it won't mean the end." Parakarry commented.

"Shut up!" Crystal King yelled as he fired an ice bolt that froze the Paratroopa. "There."

Huff N. Puff looked at him annoyed. "Why'd you do that for?! I was going to finish him off!"

"Who was the idiot who told him about our plans?"

"Who was the real idiot who followed the original idiot's explanation?" Huff N. Puff thought for a moment. "Wait, no! I wasn't supposed to say like that! You made me do it!"

"Heheheheh..." Crystal King chuckled as he walked away.

"Wait! What could happen if that Paratroopa manages to be alive?"

"Don't be such an idiot," Crystal King turned to him. "Once he hits the ground, the ice will shatter and he will as well." Crystal King explained as he disappeared.

"..." Huff N. Puff looked down. "But didn't we piled up enough snow to...whatever," the cloud shrugged as he floated away, closing the small opening.

Command Room

Present

"...So, you see..." Parakarry explained. "After I was able to survive by a pile of snow I luckily landed on, the guys getting me out from the icicle I was frozen, the cocoa coffee that refreshed me, the second cocoa coffee I was given again, I made my way here..."

"But why were you dead inside the snow?" Nana asked.

"Didn't I explain that part? I guess not. I was dead there because those 2 knew I was going to tell you all about their plans so they began dropping those icicles on me!" Parakarry made a fist. "I want to show them a thing or 10 if I can!"

"So Kalmar is there!" Twink said. "High above the clouds, the clouds above the mansion!"

"We must rescue Kalmar so we can enter Nintendo City, defeat Exor and Smithy and repair the Star Road." Geno said.

"But question: how are we going to get that high?" Ness asked.

"I can't fly that high... I'm sorry." Pit said.

"I could reach it, but my wings won't tolerate the cold." Meta Knight said.

"Oh, by the way, the clouds are so thick that nothing can go through them," Parakarry explained. "Banging on them wasn't enough and I doubt they're going to open them again. Unless we have some sort of heavy fire power or...someone to go through, then we're stuck in here."

"By do you mean by "we" exactly?" Snake asked.

"I'm joining you guys to defeat those 2 again!" Parakarry made an angry expression. "These last 3 days have been getting colder and colder and I'm not going to stay behind and see you beat their ice butts! My wings can fight back but they won't anymore if I don't do something!"

"You can come." Mario said.

Parakarry got happy. "And I knew Mario was going to be so nice enough to let me in his group again!"

"More like Mario was going to and not us..." C. Falcon said.

"Okay, here's the problem again," Mallow began. "The clouds are supposed to be thick and nothing can go through, right?"

"Yep." Parakarry nodded.

"So we need heavy artillery to go through, you think?"

"At least that's what I think."

"...Okay, you got me." Mallow lifted his shoulders. "I have no idea whatsoever."

Many of them sweatdropped.

"...Any idea how?" Squirtle asked to Chris.

"D-don't look at me! T-this is an original setting and I don't know how!" Chris said.

"Original setting?" Parakarry asked. "Whatever he means by that?"

"Long story." Mario said.

"Oh, I can understand it very well if that comes from you, Mario." Parakarry said with a happy expression.

"...Those 2 creep me out." DK muttered.

"All of you creep me out." Snake commented.

"Likewise," everyone said before glaring at each other.

Several minutes later...

Persona 3 FES - Living with a Determination

Everyone was talking between the others as Chris talked to Master Hand regarding the problem.

"Okay, do you have any idea how to get through?" Master Hand asked.

"Hmm, why don't you do it?" Chris suggested.

"Well, I can't," the hand explained. "If Tabuu knows I'm in a world, he won't hesitate to capture me and my brother to open the portal to your world."

"Wait, that was the reason why Tabuu had you?"

"Afraid so," the hand nodded. "I only have the power to open the portal to your world along with my brother. Tabuu can't do it by himself so...you could refer me and Crazy as "the keys" to your world."

"And I can't go there by myself?"

"No," Master Hand said. "You can only go to other videog...worlds and not yours. That was something I modified."

"Modified?"

"If Tabuu were to capture you if you had the power to go to your world, he'd kidnap you in an instant. Quick thinking of me, isn't?"

"...I guess..." Chris looked down. "I don't want the people of my world get shocked to see Tabuu and...so much chaos would happen."

"Hey, don't get so depressed. We need to work through this together for a better future."

"...Thanks." Chris said, looking up.

"Anyway, back to our main problem."

"W-wait," Parakarry interrupted. "I have something else that you should listen to."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 18, 2009, 02:46:42 PM
"What is it?" Master Hand asked.

"I have a friend that could take us through the clouds since ironically, he commands one."

"...Who?" Chris asked.

Parakarry chuckled. "Oh, a friend me and Mario used to travel with. You'll see who is he."

"..." Chris wondered for a moment. "Well, I should be thinking about the upcoming battle and who to choose, right?"

"Excellent start." Master Hand commented.

"Remember," Parakarry said. "I'm in this fight as well."

Parakarry temporarily joined your team!

"I know," Chris turned to Master Hand. "Since I know Crystal King and Huff N. Puff, I should take with me people with fire elements or attacks."

"Fire isn't going to affect Crystal King that much," Parakarry said. "But for Huff N. Puff it will. The king has a fire resistance so he has no weaknesses."

"Thank you," Chris said. "How many should I take?"

"Take 8-"

"9 with me!" Parakarry interrupted.

"9 with you since they're above the mansion and in a place where anybody can go," Master Hand said. "I think Geno, Mallow and Twink want to go there so ask them."

"First, the shop." Chris said as he looked at Crazy Hand, who nodded.

"Another little itsy bitsy of information," Crazy Hand interrupted. "We're so close in getting all the jobs purchased so, don't hesitate to buy them all!"

"...If I get enough money." Chris muttered.

Jobs (New!) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 2501

Jobs

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins

Black Mage - 1100 Smash Coins


The highest spells will be yours to use. The Black Mage is allowed to use ra-spells alongside a big repertory of many magic spells. A simple yet effective job.

Hacker - 1300 Smash Coins

Hacking computers is an otaku's dream, but here is totally different. The hacker can possess an extensive knowledge of machinery, weapons and even own weapons. The hacker can also modify weapons of allies (if they are made from technology) to make them even more powerful.

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Items

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Items in hand:
Green Shell
Poison Mushroom
Bumper

Stored items:
None


"I'll buy 2 Superspicy Curries." Chris said.

"...You what do what?" Crazy Hand asked confused.

"I want to try out something with those if you don't mind."

"...Okie-dokie." Crazy Hand took 600 Smash Coins and gave the 2 items.

"Next, I'll buy the Hothead," Chris gave 200 Smash Coins for mentioned item. "And lastly, the Black Mage job," the World Traveler gave 1100 Smash Coins to the hand and he glowed for a moment.

Now, Chris was wearing a long blue robe that reached his heels. There was a pointed hat above his head and he also wore blue pants with brown boots. A staff also appeared on his right hand.

"..." Chris looked himself on a mirror and gasped. "M-my face! I-it's gone!"

"Relax," Crazy Hand said. "It's just what comes with the job. Your face totally black like a nig-"

Chris's face was shrouded in darkness...literally, since the only things he was able to see were his yellow eyes without pupils shrouded with darkness. "...I look like Vivi's older brother or something now..." Chris shrugged as he took off his hat. "...What the..."

His face returned to normal once he removed the hat.

"..." the World Traveler slowly put the hat back and half of his face hid completely in the darkness while his eyes were half yellow. Chris moved it to the side and half of his face horizontally was covered in darkness. "...So this is why their faces are black. The hat is magic." Chris said as he put the hat back on.

"Can I call you ni-" Crazy Hand got interrupted.

"No!" Chris yelled annoyed.

Master Hand looked at Mario and Peach approaching. "Oh, right."

Master Hand snapped his fingers and both Smashers were given their Brawl forms as they looked at themselves.

"...Hmm..." Peach put a finger close to her mouth as she ducked and took out a Turnip. "...I still have this...odd ability..."

Mario looked at the Turnip with the (O_O) face. "...It's just an ability." Mario commented.

"You think so?" Peach asked as she took out another Turnip with the (-.-) face. "This is weird..."

"Sorry," Master Hand commented. "That was the only ability I could think of. Besides, nothing that odd could..."

Peach took out a Turnip with the (AIDS) face. "AAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Peach tossed the Turnip away where it hit Olimar, who fell down on the floor.

"...P-please, tell me that was just a joke... That wasn't even a face to begin with..." Chris shuddered.

"R-relax," Master Hand sweated. "I-I know that was just a joke because Olimar seems to be fine..."

"...I CAN'T FEEL HIS HEART BEATING!" Mallow yelled as many Smashers stopped talking and looked shocked at Olimar.

"MY GOODNESS!" Luigi yelled.

"..." Olimar simply sat up. "B-boy, that was really weird..."

Many of them sighed in relief and continued talking.

"..." Peach looked at Master Hand with a concerned look.

"...I'm going to fix that little mistake, I swear." Master Hand said.

"..." Chris looked at Mario. "Mario, I was wondering if you were fine to come."

Mario nodded. "I want to put a stop to Crystal King and Huff N. Puff if you don't mind."

"Okay, will do," Chris nodded and looked at Peach. "What about you?"

"I..." Peach looked concerned again.

"...If you don't want to come, I won't force you."

"...Ask Luigi instead if you don't mind." Peach said.

"Oh well." Chris walked to Luigi. "Luigi, do you want to come?"

"Y-yes. I want to fight even more than I did back at the galaxies."

"Your fire attacks are going to be of help too."

"Y-yeah!" Luigi said nodding. "I'm going to shine even more in battle!"

"(Is his jealousy towards Mario this big?) Be ready until then."

The World Traveler walked to Geno, Mallow and Twink.

"You have to take me." Geno said.

"Is it just me or I'm going to do it anyway?" Chris asked.

"Well, I'm supposed to be a star from Star Haven."

"And it's our duty to rescue the Star Spirits ourselves." Twink said.

"And I'm just an extra." Mallow said with a small smile.

"...You want to come as well, right?" Chris asked and the prince cloud nodded.

"Anything to be with Mario and Peach like the good old times." Mallow said.

"Bowser should be too but...due to his current movements..." Geno wondered for a bit. "I think you make a good replacement for the group of 5, Chris."

Chris blushed. "I-I wished I'd be there a long time ago."

Geno chuckled. "Yes."

"Okay then, I'll tell you when as always."

"And then after we rescue Kalmar..." Twink thought for a moment.

"Exor and Smithy are next at last." Mallow said.

Chris thought for a moment. "...If you don't mind, Geno, I'd like you to be the leader when we go after them."

"...Because it's my mission." Geno added.

"Yes... It would make sense if you were the leader."

"Very well." Geno nodded before Chris walked to Roy.

"You need fire to counterattack those ice monsters, correct?" Roy asked.

"Yes, and you are the perfect guy to ask that."

Roy chuckled. "Just don't abuse too much of my Flare Blade because it takes energy out of me...not to mention it hurts."

"O-of course I'll have that in mind. Don't worry."

"I'd worry about yourself."

"H-hey!" Chris said annoyed.

"Haha! Just kidding."

"..." Chris rolled his eyes and walked away. "I have 6 people ready, 3 more to go... Why am I stuck deciding who again?"

"I'd like to go this time." Pit spoke behind Chris.

"Why?"

"Because, since the mission is above the clouds, I thought it was good to feel the air."

"You're an angel of Skyworld so living high above is heaven for you, right?"

Pit nodded. "Walking on the earth is good, but being somewhere high above, where the air feels so refreshing is something I want to feel again. It would remind me my home back at Skyworld."

"Oh... I see then, you're in."

Pit smiled a bit. "Thank you for understanding."

Chris walked to Meta Knight this time.

"..." Meta Knight looked up to Chris with his yellow eyes as Chris stared down at him with his yellow eyes.

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...I need to fight in the air to remember how I fight using my wings." Meta Knight said, breaking the silence.

"Then you'll come?" Chris asked.

"What was the purpose to talk to me then?" Meta Knight asked.

"...Nevermind. I'll tell you when."

Meta Knight merely nodded as he saw Chris walking to Kirby.

"Do clouds taste like cotton candy?" Kirby asked curiously.

"I-I don't think these clouds taste like the candies in Candy Costellation though..." Chris shrugged.

"...Oh," Kirby looked down. "I was hoping they could."

Chris knelt and rubbed Kirby's head. "When I was younger I used to think the same thing, did you know that?"

"Really?" Kirby asked, looking up.

"W-well, yes..." Chris blushed. "I-I acted a little hyper because sugar used to make me go wild..."

Kirby chuckled heartily. "Sugar doesn't affect me that much."

"...The black hole in your stomach does though..."

Kirby laughed for a bit. "Black hole, like I have that inside me."

Chris sweatdropped. "(...Then why is his stomach always empty?) A-anyway, leaving the black hole thing...will you come?"

"If that can clear my mind about clouds being cotton candy, then yes." Kirby nodded, smiling a bit.

"(Don't hug him, don't hug him! He looks to cute when he's happy!)" Chris struggled mentally and twitched after he walked away. "...Oh no, I forgot about you."

Lucario looked down but then looked back at Chris. "I-it doesn't bother me, just go."

"Y-you're not angry at me, are you?"

Lucario shook his head. "I'm fine with your decisions..."

"...You can tell me what you think."

"...I guess I'm a little bit concerned when I'm not protecting you."

Chris wondered for a moment. "...Why don't you ask someone who is going to come with me to make sure I'm fine?"

"I'd ask Meta Knight, but since he is...you know..."

"...I'll be fine. I promise." Chris reassured Lucario.

"...Don't overdo it." Lucario suggested.

"I know what can make you feel better." Chris said.

"What?"

"When I return, we're going to train you outside."

Lucario blinked several times. "R-really?"

"I want to see that brute strength of yours lifting a tree like nothing, Lucario!" Chris put a grip of his staff. "I really want to see your strength so much like we used to in our world!"

Lucario blushed and smiled a little. "...It's not going to be that hard to do..."

"Were you showing off your strength?"

"...A little bit..."

"..." Chris walked to Lucario and hugged him by the shoulders. "You don't know how excited I am to see you train."

"...Guuooorrrrrgh..." Lucario growled happily with a happy expression.

"I just LOVE when you're happy. A happy Lucario isn't that common, you knew that?" Chris asked with a chuckle.

"Yes." Lucario nodded.

"Then please wish me good luck."

Lucario nodded again. "I'll be waiting."

"..." Chris looked at Master Hand. "...Where do we EXACTLY have to go?"

"Outside," Parakarry said. "Follow me and I'll take you to a more accurate location."

"People, gather up!" Chris yelled as the selected Smashers walked to him and Parakarry. "Just one more until we enter...god, I remembered we need to enter inside a sword's mouth after this..."

"Let's worry about that later," Geno said. "Right now, worry about Kalmar."

"And use the Star Spirits." Mallow reminded.

"Then, here we go." Mario as everyone nodded and walked towards the exit of the mansion.

"Speaking of which," Ness began. "Have anyone seen a runaway microwave?"

"Runaway microwave," Samus rolled her eyes. "I knew there were some things I never forgot about."

Ness glared at her. "Oh, then you know where did a stolen microwave go?"

"...No, because it doesn't run." Samus replied with a bored tone.

Ness looked around where nobody didn't care. "...Why do I think the thief is dangerous?"

"What makes you say that?" Jigglypuff asked.

"A very bad feeling actually..." Ness shivered.

Outside

Target Smash!!

Just outside the mansion, there were Raven and Toon Link standing besides a target as the old man explained marksman ship to the cartoony Link.

"We're going to hit this target without facing it from the front?" Toon Link asked.

Raven nodded. "Yep, we're gonna hit it from this angle."

"You mean like this?" Toon Link asked as he aimed his arrow to the side of the target and stuck it on the wooden circle's side.

Raven frowned. "No, no that way," the old man aimed at the trees nearby. "See the trees?"

"Yes. I'm not blind."

"Good," Raven looked forward. "Now, watch and get amused."

Raven shot a fast arrow that went soaring through the air at high speed that hit the tree, but then, it began to bounce on tree to tree until it went directly on the center of the target. Toon Link's jaw dropped.

"See that?" Raven asked with a grin and closed eyes.

"I SO totally saw that!" Toon Link said surprised. "How do I do that?"

"Okay, listen up," Raven knelt to point at the trees. "Ta trick to this is to aim the angle in which the trees face each other. Also, take in mind ta trayectory of the arrow and its long-range reach. Add more force to it so it shoots fast."

"Hmm..." Toon Link shot an arrow that got stuck on a tree. "..."

Raven sighed. "No, your arrow wasn't that strong and fast to bounce 'round."

"I know, I know..." Toon Link said as he took another arrow that then got stuck in the same tree.

"Ta speed was fine, but the angle was bad."

"Okay, okay." Toon Link shot another arrow.

"Trayectory, velocity, good. Angle, didn't."

Toon Link looked mad and looked at Raven.

"Okay, gotta show more examples." Raven quickly prepared an arrow that went soaring through the air at high speed that bounced on all the trees' barks before it hit the target right on the middle.

"Hmm..." Toon Link rubbed his chin and narrowed his eyes. "I want to study this a little bit more to understand the bounce part," the little Wind Waker user ran to the trees. "Think you can bounce it close to where I am to check its power?"

Raven sighed relieved. "Kid, that's easier than kick Zagi's butt 'round."

"Who again?"

Raven shrugged. "Crazy hyper dude I don't wanna be reminded of."

Final Fantasy VIII - The Salt Flats

While the 2 were practicing, the Smashers got out from the mansion and began to walk on the road to Nintendo City as they looked at all the icicles around that Parakarry mentioned.

"Just look at the size of the ice..." Roy said. "They're so big."

"Around our height." Geno commented.

Parakarry made a fist as he flew forward. "I swear this is going to stop very soon."

"By the way, how are we going to reach the clouds up above? Didn't you say they were so thick and nothing can go through?" Mario asked.

"Well, not a thing...but a person can," Parakarry said as he stopped on his tracks, stopping everyone else. We need to get through the big hill and call those 2 lovebirds over here."

"Lovebirds?" Kirby asked.

"You'll see soon enough who." Parakarry said as they continued their way.

The paradise of snow was slowly getting bigger and bigger with every second it passed. The Smashers had to walk slowly to the hill as they raised their feet through the snow while it continued to get taller and taller.

"I-I-I-I should be happy that s-s-s-s-so much snow is gathering," Chris said. "B-b-b-but is not the time, r-r-right?"

"I'm afraid so," Geno nodded. "Twink."

Twink appeared some feet away with snow on his head. "Yes?"

"Stop playing and stay close to us. Smithy's subordinates could be somewhere around here."

"We're almost reaching the top of the hill," Parakarry pointed out. "On there, we shall ascend the sky."

"But how?" Pit asked. "Meta Knight and I can't go that high, let alone carry any of you."

"I believe he has some kind of trick under the sleeve." Meta Knight said.

"Or inside my mailbag," Parakarry chuckled. "Get it?"

"Yes," everyone replied with a normal tone of voice.

"...You guys are no fun." Parakarry said with a bored tone.

Once they made it to the top of the hill, they all found the big barrier that covered Nintendo City. It was very big and long, and it was covered in thick snow, making it look like a big dome without entrances.

"..." Luigi sniffed. "...T-the city..."

"...It's sad that nobody is inside right now..." Roy commented.

"I used to take a walk around but now that this happened..." Mario frowned in shame.

"...The restaurants..." Kirby sniffed and hugged Chris's leg.

"(The villains who made Kirby hug my leg and cry because they're keeping his restaurants away...)" Chris sniffed and ducked to calm Kirby down.

"...Look," Geno pointed at a very far object that was located on the center of the big city. "...That small building over the distance must be Exor, where Smithy is inside."

Mallow made a serious face. "Because of him, this is happening."

"We just need to go up and fight for Kalmar."

"Alrighty then," Parakarry pointed up to the sky. "Our mission starts here, but over there."

"...Then how do we go?" Meta Knight asked.

"Easy as a Goomnut," Parakarry chuckled and put his hands close to his mouth to shout something. "Hey, Lakilester! Yes! You! Come over here you little cloudy fool!"

Mario tilted his head. "Why Lakilester? I thought he was at Petal Meadows with Lakilulu when w-"

The Smashers suddenly heard a loud voice yelling from somewhere and they looked around the area, the voice was shouting "DAMN YOU, PARAKARRY!!!" so loudly that even some snow from some trees fell down.

They all saw a small figure over the horizon of snow that made its way through the snow, riding an angered cloud with a face that seemed to be acting like its owner's current mood. The Smashers were able to recognize a Lakitu with blackglasses and green hair when he stopped just in front of Parakarry and Mario.

Paper Mario - Lakilester

"You!" the Lakitu pointed angrily at Parakarry who was apparently smiling happily. "I told you so many times before about my name! It's Spike, SPIKE! S-P-I-K-E! SPIKE, DAMN IT!"

"Relax, Lakilester," Parakarry said. "I knew you were going to yell at my face in a hurry just to correct your real name as usual."

"Not only you," Lakilester pointed at Mario. "But Mario as well! He said it, didn't he? You can't lie to me because I hear it very well from over Petal Meadows!"

"...Wow, you came all the way here from Petal Meadows?" Twink asked surprised.

"Duh! I can't forgive the people who can't remember my name!" Lakilester made fists. "You 2 should be really aware of that!"

"But I like Lakilester better than Spike." Mario commented.

"You! But not me! Besides, Mario, who else calls me Lakilester without even listening?"

"Ahem."

Lakilester hopped up and turned to find Lakilulu with crossed arms. She was a little bit mad but her pink cloud looked normal. "...Oh, you're here too, Lakilulu."

"Lakilester," Lakilulu began. "What did I tell you about running off and correct your name to people angrily at their faces?"

Lakilester floated back a little. "W-well, you know my real name, right?"

"Lakilester."

Lakilester floated back while a vein popped out from his forehead (as well as the cloud he rode on) without even disappearing the smile. "Y-yeah, that's my real name."

"Oohohoho," Mallow chuckled. "Boy's getting bossed around by his girl."

"Y-you s-" Lakilester looked back at Lakilulu. "I-I mean, yeah. (I'm going to rip your head off from your pants, smarty cloud)."

Lakilulu giggled and floated to them. "Excuse Lakilester for being so rude. He can't hold back his anger to people who call him by his name."

"Spike!" Lakilester yelled from the other side where he was floating.

"I swear I'm going to throw him a Spiny if he doesn't accept his name."

Lakilester floated besides her. "Now, now, sweetheart. You don't need to get this angry at me."

"Loverboy is apologizing now." Mallow chuckled.

Lakilester ignored him. "S-so, no Spinies at my head, okay?"

Lakilulu thought for a moment before she nodded. "Well, if you apologize first."

"...Sorry guys," Lakilester said. "I think I went too far with my rants."

Parakarry noticed the Lakitus floating slowly away. "Hold on a second! I called you here to help us out!"

The Lakitus turned and floated to them. "What? Besides calling me Lakilester?"

"Hush!" Lakilulu said annoyed.

"I-I mean, what?"

Parakarry pointed up at the clouds. "See the clouds up there?"

"If I weren't wearing my glasses, then no."

Parakarry rolled his eyes. "Okay, I need you 2 to take us up there."

Lakilester looked at the Smashers and gasped. "O-oh my gosh! Y-you're the Smashers from the Smash Mansion! Oh god! I-I'm a huge fan of your fights!"

"...What?" Chris asked as he looked at Roy.

"You didn't know? Our fights are broadcasted all over our worlds...well, in mine they're just newspapers in scrolls since we don't have technology." Roy explained.

"Pikachu's world doesn't," Kirby said. "Because he doesn't want his trainer to find out the truth."

"Roy!" Lakilester said floating to Roy. "Man, I watched that fight between you and Marth and boy, you were awesome out there!"

"But he won in that one." Roy said.

"Bah! Who cares if that nancy boy won. You were so great in that one!"

"...If I have a match...is going to be broadcasted to many people?" Chris asked shocked.

"Over 700 billions of people." Mario said.

"...WHAT?!"

"The channel where Master Hand broadcasts it it's watched by so many people around the worlds," Mario took out an autograph. "If you walk to the Mushroom Kingdom, you're bound to sign at least 1000 a day."

"...B-but what if I embarrass myself in one?"

"Then you're going to be completely humiliated around everywhere nationally, internationally and universally, not to mention spacially and dimensionally."

"...When you say it, Mario, I know you're being so specific with the information..."

Chris looked at Kirby. "The day Bowser lost to Pichu almost all the people laughed their butts off." Kirby said.

"G-glasses everywhere were shattering apart." Luigi shrugged.

"Oh yeah!" Lakilester laughed for a bit. "Pichu, the same one who won against Bowser in a 3-stock match without even losing a life? God, Bowser SO had it coming for showing off!"

Parakarry interrupted the laugh. "Okay, okay. Now, can you hear my favor?"

"A-anything to help these guys." Lakilester said, wiping out his tears.

"You see, the clouds up there are so thick to get through and we need to get up and fight Crystal King and Huff N. Puff."

"Huff N. Puff?!" Lakilester and Lakilulu asked, shocked in unison.

"I-I thought Lakilester got rid of him! W-what is he doing here?!" Lakilulu asked.

"A very evil guy brought him back and he's causing all this snow, along with Crystal King to freeze the land." Parakarry explained.

"If we don't do something, the last Star Spirit is going to stay up there forever!" Twink said.

"H-hold on, Star Spirit? Were they kidnapped again?" Lakilester asked.

The group explained everything to the Lakitu couple.

"Hmm," Lakilester turned to the city. "So that sword thing is causing all of this."

"Lakilester," Lakilulu joined her hands. "We need to help Mario again! Huff N. Puff shouldn't be allowed to cause another mischief with the weather like he did to Petal Meadows!"

"...Geez, being the drama queen like usu-" Lakilester noticed Lakilulu looking for something inside her cloud. "I-I mean, sure, sweetheart!"

"It's great how girls rule over men." Mallow said.

"I rule over them." Geno said.

"Weren't you missile'd on the face by Samus?" Chris asked before Geno glared at him.

The 4 previous sentences didn't take place at all for some reason.

"Well, I kind of have some revenge against him so..." Lakilester turned to the Smashers. "Okay, I'll help you guys out."

Meta Knight rolled his eyes. "I feel like something was meant to happen here."

"..." Chris shrugged.

"So, how are you 2 going to take us up?" Mallow asked.

"Easy," Lakilester looked at Lakilulu and nodded before looking at them. "We just do this..." Lakilester's cloud touched Lakilulu's cloud and both combined before both Lakitus seemed to walk to each other before their clouds grew wider and made a platform. The cloud seemed to get a little pink because of Lakilulu's cloud and it had both faces of both clouds while the Lakitus were standing (without their feet seen) close to each other. "And presto."

"How convenient." Mario commented.

"Well, hop on! We're taking you all up. Your weights aren't going to be problem." Lakilulu said as every Smasher stepped on the cloud before it began to rise up to the air.

"..." Meta Knight looked down at the cloud.

"What is it?" Twink asked.

"It seems both clouds are talking with each other."

"So, baby, what've you been doing around these skies?" Lakilester's cloud asked with hearts on his eyes.

"Teeheehee." Lakilulu's cloud giggled while she blushed.

"Weeeeird..." Twink shuddered.

"...D-don't you feel is getting way colder than before?" Luigi asked as he embraced himself.

The Lakitus looked up. "Well, the temperature is really getting colder." Lakilester said.

"You don't think they're going to attack us, right?" Kirby asked worried.

Chris picked Kirby and looked up. "I hope not..."

Lakilester looked at Chris. "So, you're a new Smasher or what, kid?"

"...I'm a teen..." Chris muttered.

"Teen, kid, whatever. You're Smasher, I believe?"

"...Y-yes."

"...You don't look that tough," Lakilester looked at Meta Knight. "Be like that guy over there! He looks strong for some evil reason."

Chris looked down at Meta Knight, who gave him a chuckle, which got Chris annoyed. "I-I'm strong in like, 20 ways."

Lakilester rolled his eyes. "Pfft, 20 ways."

Lakilulu looked up. "We're almost going to reach the clouds."

"Just a little more until we gather all the stars." Geno said.

"Then...this whole adventure for us..." Mallow looked down sadly.

Geno patted his back. "I know, but there isn't any other option."

"..." Mallow looked concerned.

"So let's do everything we can do so they remember us onwards."

Mallow looked at Geno and smiled a little with a nod.

"Besides, Mario's here! Like the old times, right?" Twink asked.

"We just need Peach and Bowser, then old times will come back." Mallow said.

"Bowser isn't like he used to be though." Geno said.

"He's still stupid." Mallow and Twink said in unison.

"But evil as always."

"True enough." Mario and Luigi said in unison.

"...Er...question," Pit asked. "How are we going to get through the clouds? Do you have some sort of spell?"

Lakilester and Lakilulu chuckled. "Lakitus can go through any clouds since we mastered the ways of the air." Lakilester explained.

"I heard somewhere that Lakitus are like Koopa Troopas." Luigi said.

"You wouldn't understand how hard is to get your own cloud." Lakilulu said.

"One way to be is if your parents were Lakitus." Lakilester said.

The cloud stopped once it was about to reach the enormous cloud. "I have a bad premonition. Be alert." Meta Knight said.

Roy rolled his eyes. "Duh."

Meta Knight glared deeply into Roy's eyes.

"...I-I mean, yeah! T-thanks for the tip!" Roy said quickly.

"Okay, so..." Chris looked at the Lakitus. "How do we get through?"

The Lakitus nodded to each other and held out their hands at the cloud. "DEUX EX MACHINA!!!" they yelled, making a tremble in the cloud before it made an opening.

"..." Chris was left speechless after the cloud began moving up. "...Tell me what you said a moment ago wasn't that true..."

Lakilester chuckled while Lakilulu giggled. "No way. Holding out our hands was enough to open it."

"We wanted so much to say that deux thingy." Lakilulu giggled.

"Amen, sweetheart, amen." Lakilester said before the cloud fit in the opening.

Heaven's Paradise

"..." Parakarry looked around the big field of clouds. "...My goodness..."

Right on the distant, there was a tall tower of clouds where it was located several miles away from them. Many clouds surrounded the tower as they all looked up.

"Oh my, that's the biggest cloud tower I've ever seen." Lakilulu commented.

"This is the first one we see." Lakilester pointed out.

"...So, they're high up there?" Mallow asked.

"You're a cloud yourself! You should know!"

"AHEM!" Parakarry interrupted. "We should make haste and kick their misty faces so this weather stops! C'mon! We're moving onward!" the Paratroopa flapped his wings angrily before he began to fly away fast.

"God, he's more energetic than he used to be when we were traveling together," Lakilester looked at the Smashers. "Okay, here's the thing. When you're done with Crystal King and Huff N. Puff, the latter a huge bastard, call us to pick all of you up to take all of you down. We could go buuuuuuuuut I need to take care of Lakilulu here." the Lakitu looked at the female Lakity, who blushed and giggled.

"Will do." Mario said with a nod.

"To the big (beep!) tower!" Mallow proclaimed as he ran away to the tower.

Twink looked at Geno adjusting his hand. "Oh, ready to kick some butt?"

"Yes," Geno nodded. "But Mallow's one once I catch up with him."

"Why?"

Geno grunted annoyed as he gave chase to the cloud prince, followed up by Meta Knight hovering as he used his wings.

"Well, if we defeat those 2, the weather is going to stop, right?" Roy asked as he ran together with the others following.

"Yes. Falco is going to like this so much." Pit said.

"But Popo and Nana won't." Kirby said.

"Besides," Chris began. "Who else can enjoy the cold weather?"

Outside

Back where the snow paradise was, there were 4 young trainers (2 boys and 2 girls) walking through the forest of snow. They all wore sweaters to stay warm of the cold temperature as they made their way to...well, who knows where since they became lost.

Though one of them wasn't wearing a sweater, because he wore a long-sleeved shirt instead. However, this blond boy was rather energetic with a confident grin.

The other 3? They weren't that amused, but rather annoyed as they followed the blond boy from behind.

"If Candice was here, she would rest in the ice the entire day, and I doubt she'd get a cold out of it," the boy said with a bored tone.

"I swear," the girl spoke with irritation. "Following Barry's directions to get to the Survival Area from the Resort Area was a bad idea."

"I know," the boy rolled his eyes. "But we were supposed to reach the Pokémon Center and rest there, then we could've continued our way to catch a Diglett," he took out a Pokedex. "We only need..."

"259 Pokémon..." the girl sighed. "Seriously, with all the Pokémon we've seen and some of them captured for the Sinnoh Dex was enoug-"

"But see the bright side!" the blond boy responded as he turned to them. "There are 490 Pokémon out there waiting to be captured!"

"I know your excitement...but catch all of them?" the girl sighed again.

"Hey, cheer up," the boy smiled a little. "Not only we get to see many Pokémon and help Professor Rowan with his research and Professor Oak, but we also get to catch them all."

"...I think so."

"Heheh," the blond boy put his hands on his hips. "Do not worry, my friends! Because I, the Pokémon Master, Barry, will be the first one to get them all!"

"This isn't a contest," both trainers replied bored.

"Oh, who're you? I thought you were Lucas and Dawn, the friends who should cheer on me!"

Dawn looked straight to him. "Barry, will you keep your mouth shut for a moment? I think I'm going to pass out after all the so cheery things you've been saying for the last 3 hours! Sheesh!"

Barry rolled his eyes. "Bah, whatever. We should find somewhere to rest."

"That's our main problem," Lucas said. "You made us all get lost."

Barry looked at the girl walking behind them without even a single trail of emotion on her face. "How 'bout you, Marley?"

"..." Marley stared at him in annoyance.

"...Okay, I know," Barry lifted his hands and shoulders. "I don't know why did you tag along with us to begin with."

"Shaymin..." Marley responded.

"And how do you expect us to find Shaymin anyway?" Lucas asked.

"I have my reasons..." Marley responded.

"...You're weird." Barry shuddered as he pointed forward to the main road. "My senses are tingling! There's a mansion over there!"

"My senses, however, are telling me that I need to strangle your throat." Dawn said.

"Oh, seriously!" Barry looked at her. "I know this time for real! A mansion is waiting for us at the edge of the forest to Snowpoint City!"

"We got lost close to the Resort Area, genius!" Dawn yelled irritated.

"We did? I guess I forgot..."

A muttering grunt came from Marley.

"Anyway!" Barry began to ran above his same position. "I gotta go and ask for hospitality in that mansion I can see in my mind! See ya!" Barry began to spring very fast towards the exit of the forest.

"...Should we follow him...I'm worried if he crashes into another trainer...for the 20th time..." Marley said.

"...We should," Lucas got a shocked look. "If the trainer is close to another street and if Barry bumps into him while there is a car..."

Dawn gasped. "O-oh no! I-I'm not going to pay another $100,000 Pokeyens for a broken leg or give away a Pokémon from mine! It's your turn, Lucas!"

Lucas gulped. "F-follow that hyper trainer!"

The trio began to run after Barry...

...And what looked to be towards the Smash Mansion...

"Barry's Busting Out All Over Here Too! Yeah! My biggest debut in something so big!" Barry yelled in excitement.

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Parakarry
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 19, 2009, 08:52:14 PM
Chapter 120: Barry's Busting Out All Over Here Too!

Smash Mansion
Outside

Pokémon Platinum - Battle Frontier

On the road, far from road, these trainers didn't feel alone. Barry felt brave and strong and together they could be, it was their desti...

...The sentence you just read suddenly made you shudder...

Now, probably you're wondering who are these guys? Well, here are their bios.

Meet Lucas, the Pokémon Trainer researcher and...well, trainer from Sandgem Town. Lucas is your typical under-the-scary-professor-aide who dedicates his life to fill the Pokedex so it helps Rowan's research about the evolution of Pokémon. Lucas has a little sister that watches so much TV but is able to tell what Pokémon are on which route...so the rivals of his brother defeat or humiliate him (even Dawn or Barry) since she hates him secretly behind his back. Maybe it's the fact that both of them share the same room and Lucas has snores issues? Who knows.

Lucas has achieved the completion of the Sinnoh Dex and now he's very devoted to complete the National Pokédex that Professor Oak requested (to himself, Dawn and Barry).

When he met Dawn and Barry for the first time while on a field research with Rowan, the 3 agreed to travel together through Sinnoh and overcome whatever difficulty could arise before them. They defeated them all though. Lucas could be also referred as the voice of reason between the bickerings of Dawn and her insane childhood friend, Barry.

Lucas owns a Chimchar that for whatever reason it didn't evolve. Well, he knew Pokémon battles very well so he knows how to handle them very well anyway.

Now, meet Dawn. She is your typical loli trainer from Twinleaf Town. Dawn is friends with Barry, a childhood friend that apparently is hyper in so many times and ways. Dawn wanted to be a trainer...because Barry forced her too or else he'd fine her $1 million Pokeyens, but mostly she wanted to be one after choosing her own Pokémon, Piplup. Dawn's mother, Johanna, was an expert Pokémon Coordinator at her age, so Dawn aims to be one.

Dawn has successfully completed the Sinnoh League, and she is currently trying to be a top coordinator while she works to complete the National Pokédex as Lucas and Barry.

Dawn knew her friend Barry very well for being rather energetic (hyper) from her own childhood. Because of Barry, she went through a lot of mishaps (not to mention catastrophic ones, along with Lucas there after) where she apologized to whatever person Barry made a mistake on. The blond trainer shows off a lot before he gets defeated and thinks the same anyway, much for Dawn's dismay.

Dawn owns a Piplup that she newly got from her Empoleon that bred with a...Ditto? Why the heck a Ditto?

Meet Barry, a very enthusiastic trainer who started his adventure with several THUDs with Dawn. Barry is very optimistic about his goals that he tends to act very oddly around his friends (that sadly, are with him). Barry doesn't care what the other people thinks about him so he's carefree. He goes by his own motto, "Hakyni Matata," which meant the perseverance of a Hariyama, the "legendaryness" of a Kyogre, the toughness of a Nidoking, whatever good trait a Magikarp had, the horns of a Tauros (which he didn't have or owned), and the cuteness of a little Taillow.

For some reason, he got sued by this motto and so he stopped using it.

Barry has (somehow) successfully "owned" the Pokémon League and proved himself worthy to participate at the Battle Frontier, which his dad, Palmer, works for. Barry also works harder to achieve the completion of his National Pokédex with his friends. After this, he's going to scam people out of their minds and time (if that's even scamming) once he works with his dad since Barry thinks Palmer scams people out with their battles.

Speaking of Palmer, he is a very "hero" type trainer that commands the Battle Tower. Dawn once met him...or his chest since the rather hyper trainer ran into her before Barry could tackle his dad down (Dawn thinks Barry bumped into him) in happiness. Dawn thinks that this facility is evil since she couldn't achieve 48-wins to face Palmer since a trainer showed up and beat her very badly. It is believed that the facility is evil, and now it was going to be even more since it closed so it could become the Battle Frontier that was going to open in a year. That's right, more Frontier Brains were coming to torture the trainers' mind (but Dawn thinks their brains could explode by listening to Barry's own mind, except his dad, who's very proud).

Back with Barry, he has achieved...even more accidents than a retarded Slowpoke could do. Barry's mom can't believe that both her son and husband are such "distracted" people. The question about why Dawn (and unfortunately Lucas) are traveling together with him remains in a huge mystery to a Dunsparce's mind. Their journey together as friends, maybe? Heh, I'd like to see that.

Barry currently owns a Turtwig that he bred with a Ditto like Dawn did with her Piplup. Barry actually acted evil towards Dawn so he offered the loli trainer to choose her Pokémon first and get an advantage with his super effective side over hers. Sadly, he's lost every match, despite his older Turtwig evolving to a Torterra...because Dawn taught Empoleon how to use Blizzard.

Meet Marley who...tagged along since she thought they could find Shaymin, a Legendary Pokémon that it alters its body to another form. Marley is your typical emo girl that actually acts cool (in some creepy way). Marley is...from somewhere, since she doesn't like to let people know about her own personal matters. Marley is rather unspoken and she tends to be serious as she trails off.

The butterfly-ribbon-wearer girl is owner of an Arcanine, Weavile, Crobat, Electrode and Ninjask that, unlike the previous trio, are in her possession as a whole strong team of 5.

Marley is an expert at Pokémon battles so, no pissing her off or else you'll get the "...You suck so bad..." by her.

Now, onwards with their massive, amazing adventure in the Sinnoh region to collect all the Pokémo...

...Oh, wait, they are here instead of over there.

"Will you stop running like that?!" Dawn yelled to his childhood friend as she gave chase for him.

"Relax! I can see the mansion!" Barry yelled over his shoulder as the trio climbed a big hill that was close to a weird big dome of ice that they didn't bother to inspect at all, or maybe they ignored it.

Barry stopped on his trails as he reached the top before the other 3 reached him and watched shocked (though Marley just blinked a little amused) after spotting the sight of a mansion over the distant.

The blond boy grinned and closed his eyes. "Dawn, my $1 million."

"I'm giving you only 1 million slaps by my Piplup." Dawn said with a pout.

"Well..." Lucas scratched his hat. "Since we're here, why don't we ask for some rooms? I'm sure if we act nice the person or people who own the mansion could give us a room."

"...There's a 10 percent of that happening...but my skirt is getting wet of all the snow..." Marley commented as she slowly wiped some snow off her skirt.

"Then off we go!" Barry proclaimed as he ran through a path of snow that were somehow familiar and leaded to the mansion itself. "Hurray! The gods put a path towards my better destiny!"

"...Follow him as always..." Dawn muttered as they continued their way.

Music stops

Right on the other side of the long path of snow and close to where the entrance was, there were Red and Squirtle talking between themselves while Red sat on the small step and Squirtle stood besides him. Ivysaur wasn't there for the cold climate and the trainer decided to put him inside his Pokeball.

Red sighed depressed. "Squirtle..."

"Yes?" Squirtle looked up.

"Don't you think something is missing in our lives?"

"What do you mean?"

"After I spent all the night studying Chris's guide, it told about many trainers that I was supposed to fight against..."

Squirtle blinked before looking down. "...I know..."

"I-I don't feel like the Pokémon Trainer I was supposed to be..." Red looked down. "I mean, sure, fighting to save all the worlds is a big important task, but there are no trainers to battle."

"W-well..." Squirtle shifted his eyes. "There's always the path back to our world."

"...I'm sorry, but I don't want to go back..." Red looked at him. "I've already decided what I wanted to do...but..."

"...You want to fight trainers..."

"N-not only fight them because who knows, I could become friends... Pikachu told me that his trainer, Ash, met many trainers that he got acquainted with."

"Hmm..." Squirtle wondered for a moment. "...Isn't Chris and trainer because he has Lucario?"

"...But he doesn't do that much for Pokémon battles. He fights alongside Lucario."

Squirtle glared at Red. "Nonsense! You fight alongside us, too!"

"But what gives?" Red asked. "So far, I haven't done anything big yet in a fight. Remember that we got frozen inside an ice wall?"

"...W-well..." Squirtle played with his fingers. "...Y-yeah..."

"Then..." Red stood up and adjusted his hat. "...I want to think about something very crucial and I need you to help me think about it."

Squirtle forced a worried smile. "O-okay, just don't let it be that shocking."

"...I won't." Red said before both walked inside and closed the door.

"Make sure you put a good lock on it." Squirtle spoke from behind the door.

"O-oh, sure." Red said as he put a lock on it.

Just at that moment, a blond trainer came from the path of snow and stopped while he stared at the door with several pants before he smiled. "Y-yeah, I made it! Here we are, guys!"

"W-wait..." Lucas panted heavily as he put his hands on his knees to catch his breath. "S-stop...running like that...during this temperature..."

"Pfft," Barry crossed his arms. "You guys need to chill it out, seriously."

"...You're an idiot..." Marley commented with several pants.

"Whatever," Barry looked at the door. "Now, we just need to enter inside and find a room."

"Hold on a moment!" Dawn called out.

"I thought you were tired?"

"We're going to ask for a room, not just barge in and rest like nothing happens!"

"If you remember, people don't mind us to get inside their homes, and whatever is dropped on the floor is ours to take," Barry explained with a snicker. "Seriously, they're so stupid. What the heck happened to their common sense?"

"...I wonder where you left yours...everytime I see your face..." Marley said, making Barry sweatdrop.

"...E-er...so, what'd you say, Lucas?"

"...As much as I hate to say this...we should enter and do whatever we want."

"Onwards then!" Barry exclaimed happily as he tried to open the door. "...Stupid door won't open..."

"Like the one at Canalave City," Dawn said. "...Wait a second, it's still bad to just barge in!"

"We'll enter from the windows!" Barry said as he pointed at the windows...closed. "Grr, this is pissing me off now. Lucas! Take out Chimchar and order him to break the windows down!"

Lucas looked at him. "I'm not a thief, nor a home wrecker!" Lucas protested.

"...You, on the other hand..." Marley trailed off as she looked at Barry.

"Oh, right!" Barry snapped his fingers (as the others sweatdropped minus Marley) and tossed his Pokeball high up where Turtwig came out...and bit his leg. "AAAHH!! TURTWIG! STOP IT!"

"How come all the Pokémon you caught seem to crave for your leg?" Lucas asked.

"Karma." Dawn responded simply as Turtwig let go of Barry's leg.

"Okay, you little Pokémon with a twig on his head, Tackle on the window!"

"Wig!" Turtwig nodded and he rammed to the window...before he got pushed back to the snow where he got knocked out. "Wiiiig..."

"...Hmm..." Barry inspected the window. "Unbreakable windows, not many have one of these here."

"Ahem, your Pokémon?" Dawn coughed.

"Oh, you're right. TURTWIG!" Barry ran to Turtwig and picked him up. "Turtwig! You little bastard, come back to your senses!"

"Why do I think Frustration is a good move for Turtwig?" Lucas asked with a frown.

"..." Marley merely walked away from them and to another window that was further to the left, where she peeked inside and found a big kitchen. "...They have food on here..."

"Really?!" Barry asked as he put Turtwig back to his Pokeball and tripped by an ice block. "Oww! Stupid ice block!" Barry picked the ice block (and couldn't see that it had a mauve imp (Chip) inside) and kicked it to the sky. "There! Go annoy Cyrus if you can!" Barry shouted before he ran to the mirror with Dawn and Lucas following.

They were asking themselves what was inside the ice, but forgot about it later.

"...Hmm..." Marley ducked a little to stay looking inside the big kitchen.

"Wow, look at that! There's a huge kitchen for a restaurant in there!" Dawn said amazed.

"...Huh? Wait, duck a little more. I think there's someone walking inside." Lucas said as the 4 ducked.

"...I spy with my little left eye a Slaking." Barry said, narrowing his eyes.

"..." Lucas took out his Pokedex. "...Nope, it says that gorilla isn't a Slaking."

"...The tie looks cute on him..." Marley remarked.

"...Wait a minute, what is a gorilla doing inside a mansion?" Dawn asked confused.

"Duh, it's the owner, genius." Barry said.

Dawn hit him on the head. "I'm not stupid!"

"Don't hit me!" Barry spat back as he hit Dawn on her own head.

"H-hey! What are you doing?! You're not supposed to hit a girl!"

"Screw women rules! I'm changing them for good!"

"...Oh, then..." Marley took a Pokeball and Arcanine came out before it stomped Barry's poor little body.

"AAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Barry yelled after Arcanine wanted to bite his face off.

"M-Marley, don't you think you're going too far on Barry?" Lucas asked terrorized.

"...Frankly speaking...no," Marley smiled a little. "...I like to make him suffer...a little bit..."

"Well, that's kind of going far."

"...Fine...party pooper..." Marley called her Arcanine back and Barry sighed in relief before quickly returning to the window. "...You're okay?..."

"..." Barry grunted annoyed and kept staring inside. "...Now I spy with my little trainer eye...a Sandshrew!"

"As far as I know, Sandshrews aren't blue and...humanoid-looking?" Lucas answered confused.

"...You're thinking too much..." Marley said. "...Nothing can prove that the hedgehog inside is humanoid..."

"...He's talking with the ape?!" Barry asked shocked.

Dawn leaned her ear to the window. "...Oh my! T-they're using English like humans!"

"Seriously?!" Barry asked as he leaned his ear on the window. "...Holy Gulpin's crap! It's true!"

"Well..." Lucas looked miffed. "I don't find it too interesting...unless Pokémon could talk, that is."

"Hey, I have some sort of crazy but awesome idea!" Barry spoke up. "What if those animals inside are undiscovered Pokémon?"

"Like the time you thought Volkner was one?" Dawn asked with a bored look.

"It wasn't my fault the guy liked Electric Pokémon so much!"

"You hit him with a Pokeball, and I think he also fell inside the big gears of the Gym..." Lucas shrugged. "Nobody could challenge him for at least a month, thanks to you."

"Then you got an "earful" by him." Dawn added.

"That earful was more like a grunt to me." Barry said, crossing his arms.

"...Back to the "undiscovered" Pokémon..." Marley interrupted as they all focused their views inside.

"Oh, there's a Vulpix in there too." Barry said.

"...I don't believe that's a Vulpix. I don't see its 6 tails or red fur...this one is well..." Lucas thought for a moment. "...Humanoid as well. It's talking with the gorilla and the hedgehog."

"...He looks handsome..." Marley blushed a little. "...I want to rub his tail a little..."

The 3 looked at her with shocked looks before shaking their heads in unison and then looked inside.

"...I like cute things..." Marley commented with a small glare.

"Screw this," Barry took out a Pokeball. "Let's catch them all before they run away!"

"W-wait!" Lucas interrupted. "T-there are even more of them now!"

"I spy with both of my eyes a Slakoth, a Poochyena, a Cranido-ooh, it's shiny! A Hitmonch-"

"That one is human." Dawn interrupted.

"Whatever!" Barry yelled as he stood up and grabbed the window from below. "It's hunting time!"

And for their shock, the blond trainer raised up the window and everyone inside stopped talking and looked at the trainers.

"S(BEEP!)T! THEY'RE LOOKING AT YOUR SKIRT, DAWN!" Barry yelled.

"W-what?!" Dawn asked embarrassed.

"Oh, god! Let's get out of here while we can!" Lucas yelled as the quartet quickly closed the window and ran away.

Kitchen

"...Who were those guys just now?" Diddy asked confused.

"Kids who don't have nothing better to do except bother us." Wolf responded with an annoyed grunt.

"Aw, too bad. The girls were so young." C. Falcon said.

"...You seriously are returning to your pervert side again..." Yoshi said with a bored look.

"Hmph." C. Falcon looked away.

Outside

Pokémon Platinum - Encounter! Officer Looker!

"This is all your fault, Dawn!" Barry yelled behind some trees.

"E-excuse me?! M-my fault?! W-who was the one who opened the window?" Dawn asked irritated.

"They weren't going to look at us if it weren't for your short skirt! Seriously! What the hell is wrong with that thing?!"

Lucas rolled his eyes. "And here we go again in another amazing quarrel, imaginary ladies and gentlemen..."

"...I was expecting this..." Marley responded.

"Anyways!" Barry stopped arguing with Dawn as the latter crossed her arms annoyed. "Our main mission is to get inside the mansion and catch them all!"

"Geez, you sure are so energetic and dedicated today." Lucas said.

"Like he isn't the previous days before this one." Dawn said.

"...But I'm not too sure, guys..." Lucas wondered for a moment. "...Are they Pokémon at least?"

"...I was hoping the chimpanzee and the fox could be...oh well..." Marley sighed.

"...They were wearing clothes." Dawn muttered.

"Maybe they have cold, like us outside!" Barry said. "Pokémon are not retards, for crying out loud."

"And that reminds me about getting a room inside." Lucas said.

"...Maybe they're wearing disguises?" Dawn asked.

"Their tails and whatever other thing they had moved very realistic," Barry said. "Times like I wish to have my Heracross."

"I took my Piplup, Staraptor, Luxray, Krickectune, Rotom and Banette with me." Dawn said.

"And I took Chimchar, Cherrim, Gliscor, Bronzong, Gabite and Vileplume." Lucas said.

"...What th-we promised we weren't going to use 6 Pokémon for our research!" Barry said.

"And let ourselves get defeated by those strong Pokémon out there? Forget it, I'd rather stay prepared for anything than you." Dawn said.

"...You were the only one who took a Pokémon...dork..." Marley said.

"...J-just you wait here!" Barry said angrily. "I'm going to return here with my Pokémon and we'll catch those Pokémon inside! And when I mean us I mean myself!" Barry yelled before he ran away inside the forest.

"...Let him get lost..."

"Agreed." Lucas and Dawn said in unison.

30 minutes later...

"I'm baaaaaaaack!" Barry yelled as he rode his Rapidash before stopping close to them and calling his Pokémon back to his Pokeball. "Phew, I'm back from the Pokémon Cent-" he noticed that the trainers were glaring at him. "...Oh, don't tell me Marley said something to make you mad at me now."

"You knucklehead!" Lucas yelled angrily. "You're saying you came back from the Pokémon Center and didn't get lost?"

"Well, duh! That's what I did!"

"Then why didn't you tell us before? W-we could've had returned to the Resort Area by now!" Dawn yelled.

"Excuse me, but I didn't have my team of awesome Pokémon, didn't I?"

"...May I suggest a slow and painful death?..." Marley suggested.

"...Later..." Lucas sighed and tried his best to calm down. "Okay, Barry, lead us back home."

"I kinda forgot the way back," Barry looked at the trail of snow with a chuckle. "Freaking snow erased it."

"LET ME KILL HIM! LET ME KILL HIM!" Lucas yelled as Dawn held him back from murdering Barry.

"Oh, wanna fight, huh?" Barry put his fists in front of him and jumped to the sides. "Then fight, man! I want to see some intense fist action!"

"..." Marley walked to Barry and hand-chopped his head.

"Oww!"

"...You deserved it..." Marley responded with an annoyed look.

"Ugh," Lucas closed his eyes annoyed as Dawn let him go. "Okay, enough about the quarrels. We need to actually ask the people in there for a room."

"Then we catch them? Wow, dude! You're seriously a genius!" Barry remarked with a grin.

"We're not catching any of them, for the last time!"

"Then you suck! We have to!" Barry pointed at one window. "Or else that Mewtwo over there is gonna get away!"

"...Mewtwo, you say?" Lucas asked with a bored look as the smarter trio looked at the window 3 floors above. "You're not convincing me with...oh god..."

"..." Marley's eyes seemed to get wider by at least .1cm.

"T-that's Mewtwo! N-no doubt about it!" Dawn said surprised. "I've heard Mewtwo escaped from a Pokémon Lab a long time ago, b-but he's inside the mansion!"

"And he's ours to take!" Barry proclaimed. "We need to infiltrate the building!"

"..." Dawn sighed. "...If you can't defeat them..."

"Join them." Lucas added with a frown.

"...Then kill them when they don't expect it..." Marley added.

"So, my fellow Pokémon Trainers, are we clear about our mission?" Barry asked.

"Get the information of Mewtwo." Lucas said as both girls nodded.

"NO! We're gonna catch that fat tail Pokémon and rule over the world!"

"For some reason we got rid of Team Galactic, remember?" Dawn asked.

"Yeah, because their hairstyles were for queers."

"...Besides that!"

"They were all looking the same as all the Galactic Grunts?"

"B-besides that!"

"The fact Cyrus was such an emo, and he was young despite looking old?"

"B-b-besides that!"

"Stop!" Lucas interrupted. "We should get going now!"

"Right, weaken it so I can catch it." Barry nodded.

"How about point our Pokedexes at it then go away? I've heard Mewtwo possess heavy psychic powers." Dawn suggested as the trio walked towards the mansion from the right side.

"...If it attacks...throw Barry at it...so we can escape..." Marley suggested.

"I'll toss you instead!" Barry yelled annoyed, which Marley replied by rolling her eyes.

The quartet carefully ducked and walked underneath the windows.

Then, from one, came a big explosion that shattered the glass.

"RUN FOR YOUR LIVES!" Barry yelled out as they quickly sneaked further ahead.

?'s Room

Somebody was coughing inside the room where the explosion took place. Smoke flew everywhere as a hand tried to move it away from the window.

"D-darn..." the voice spoke. "T-this Blastia was sure weird...because it had weird mechanisms on it... What a pain, I wasted it totally..."

Surprise, it was Rita Mordio, who messed around with a familiar microwave.

"Talk about annoying..." Rita sighed. "Oh, well, I guess that's what I get for messing around with it," she made an annoyed expression. "The fact I was the one who destroyed it makes me mad, though... Ugh, I'm not going to make the same mistake again if I find another Blastia inside this mansion."

...Wait, why is she going towards the door?

"To hell with it, I'm going to look for another Blastia and check out what functions it has." Rita said before she left the room.

Red's Room

"It Takes Mewtwo to Tango?" Red read on the guide.

Squirtle and Ivysaur (wrapped up in bed sheets) chuckled. "Mewtwo doing tango. I can picture that very well." Ivysaur said.

"Hey, check it out, it says here what items are."

"Nobody uses items." Squirtle said.

"But I'm going to," Red looked back at the guide. "Hmm... So, Brock has these Pokémon with him..." he looked at his Pokémon. "And I have a big advantage..."

"Didn't you say you weren't going to go back?"

Red blinked before looking down. "...Yeah, I know."

"...Look, Red, we can go back if you want."

"N-no!" Red stood up from his chair. "We still need to catch Charizard, remember? We were supposed to be together in a team, all the 4 of us!"

"...But he's kind of a...I don't know...jerk?" Ivysaur asked with a glare.

"Just because you're a Grass type, it doesn't mea-"

"Grass types hate Fire types, simple as that." Ivysaur dug his chin inside the bed sheets.

"Yet you want to get warm." Squirtle pointed out.

"Hey! We Grass types need to stay neutral between cold and heat!"

"I can handle both very well."

"Show off..." Ivysaur closed his eyes annoyed.

Red chuckled before looking back at the guide. "...I wonder...I wonder if we can meet real trainers like me...or am I a trainer?"

Squirtle rolled his eyes. "Oh no, we're not jumping from "I want to meet trainers!" to "I'm a real trainer?" here."

"O-oh, sorry."

"Apology accepted." Ivysaur said before digging his head inside the bed sheets where he sighed in pleasure.

Command Room

"What? Kids?" Master Hand asked.

Yoshi nodded. "There were some kids trying to enter the kitchen by the window but they got scared when we all looked at them."

"Hmm..." Master Hand looked away. "Weird, there shouldn't be anyone out there since the city is blocked..."

"They looked like this: one was a boy with a funny red hat and white scarf, another one was a girl with a short skirt, even though she was wearing a sweater, another girl looked kind of depressed but she was oddly staring at some of us for long periods of time, and the last one was this boy with blond hair and very hyperactive mood."

"...Nope, no idea who they are," Master Hand looked at Yoshi. "Did they get scared?"

Yoshi nodded. "A lot. The blond boy yelled very loudly and I twitched a little."

"Are those kids around the mansion?"

"Er, who knows."

"...Well, do tell the others about them. The last thing we want is to call their parents."

"They looked kind of mature to me," Yoshi rubbed his chin. "Though the blond one wasn't for who knows how many ways. What if they enter the mansion?"

"Snake's face will scare them off."

"I heard that." Snake said as he walked from the hallway with a grunt.

"It is." Master Hand said.

"Totally." Yoshi nodded.

Outside

"Stop," Lucas whispered as he stood up and took out his journal. "Journal time."

"Oh, right," Barry got up and took his own journal. "Write down what we've achieved so far."

"...Well...I agree." Dawn said as she took her journal out.

"..." Marley took her own out as well.

Lucas's Journal

Obtained a Spearow at Route 227.
Stopped Barry from breaking and Old Lady's back for calling him sugar boy.
Went on a hunt to get Diglett's data.
Got lost by blond idiot somewhere.
Dawn is slowly noticing my feelings for her.
Found mansion with probably new Pokémon. (Damn you, Barry...)
Almost got attacked by new Pokémon.
Going on a hunt for Mewtwo's data.


Dawn's Journal

Tried teaching Piplup how to learn. I failed, obviously.
Lost Coal Badge.
Found Coal Badge besides Barry's Coal Badge.
Hit Barry again.
Got lost to who knows where because Barry did it.
Found a mansion with probably the best costumes I've ever seen before.
Going on a hunt for Mewtwo's data.


Marley's Journal

...Failed to kill Barry...
...Again...
...Again...
...Again...
...And again...
...Found a cute fox, but it wasn't a Pokémon...bummer...
...Going a hunt to get Mewtwo's data...which I don't see that exciting...
...Planning to toss Barry at Mewtwo if he annoys me...


On Barry's Journal, on the other hand...

Barry's Journal

Attempted flying, but got hit on the head by a Geodude, who then punched me.
Tried cutting Turtwig's little twig, then got attacked by own Pokémon.
FOUND A PENNY! XD
Penny turned out to be something brown and stinky, gross.
Went to Snowpoint's evil twin road.
Found mansion full of new Pokémon.
Got beaten by Marley's Arcanine for the 6th time today.
Got reminded about kicking Marley's butt sometime by previous entry.
Trying to catch Mewtwo and then take over the world.
Dawn is noticing my feelings for her. Bump on head clearly clarifies it.


"There," Lucas said as they all put their journals away. "Now, let's go."

The quartet ducked and sneaked close to the wall and the windows...then Barry opened on.

"Barry!" Dawn whispered angrily.

Barry stuck his head out. "Relax! This is what we were going to do anyway!"

"...For once, he is right..." Marley responded.

"Everybody in..." Lucas said in a bored tone.

Ganondorf's Room

"...U-um...g-guys..." Barry backed away once they all entered in.

Surely, finding blood around the walls with images of a swordsman and a princess (with their faces cut in half) and pretty much everywhere wasn't a pretty view, right?

"I-I think I'm gonna piss my pants 4 times..." Barry whimpered.

"...I like the style..." Marley said, smiling a little as she ran a hand on the bloody wall.

"W-what kind of girl are you, anyway?" Dawn asked as she embraced herself. "O-oh, the cold isn't getting into me, i-it's the creepy atmosphere in here!"

"S-sure," Lucas nodded gulping. "L-let's just get over that door and go through it..."

The trainers decided to walk over a pit full of spikes that layed down between the door and themselves. Surely, Ganondorf had a weird taste of violence, even at the point to make his room a small dungeon with all sorts of traps...and spill blood all over it.

"...E-er, so, Lucas! I heard you were such a brave man...screw it. GO! OPEN IT!" Barry yelled.

"Quiet! They could hear us!" Dawn whispered in shock. "C-can we leave this place already?"

"Cross the pit!"

"Y-you first!"

"...Can we stay here?..." Marley asked, sitting on a dark chair.

"NO!" the trio yelled back.

"...Idiots..." Marley muttered in annoyance.

And so, they crossed the pit...or just got around it.

Hallway

The trio (except Marley) sighed in relief and sat down on the floor.

"W-what kind of mansion is this, anyway?" Barry asked, looking around.

"Full of weird Pokémon?" Lucas asked.

"...Wow," Dawn looked around. "...This place is...so gorgeous-looking..."

"...Hmm." Marley said as she shifted her eyes slowly at the sides.

"Hey! I have a better idea!" Barry stood up and made a fist. "Let's own this place for ourselves!"

"I-I don't think the owner is going to like that at all." Lucas said sweatdropping.

"Bah! The owner my butt. If we catch those Pokémon here, then nothing or nobody is going to stop us from achieving our plans!"

"...If they have law suits...you're dead, Barry." Marley said.

"Law suits, yeah, right," Barry rolled his eyes and adjusted his scarf. "C'mon! Exploration time!"

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl - Eterna Forest

"If I were an odd Pokémon, where could I be?" Barry asked, crossing his arms.

"Far away from you." Lucas and Dawn said at the same time.

"...Well, that doesn't help too much..." Barry said.

"...It does." Marley added.

"Who ASKED you?" Barry asked irritated. "Look, just follow me and we'll eventually find our precious loot of Pokémon!"

"You promise you're not going to get us lost again?" Lucas asked.

"I swear it for my dad's extra Cresselia that I'm not going to!" Barry said.

"...For once, he made an important point," Dawn wondered. "If I remember, didn't he have a Regigigas too?"

Lucas made a bored look. "The fact we saw one at Snowpoint Temple and that he owns one is really confusing. Remember what Candice said before?"

A cloud formed above Dawn's head as Candice, the Gym Leader from Snowpoint City, appeared with a cheerful smile. "Oh, and please, watch out in there! There's the only known Regigigas of the entire region of Sinnoh! Absolutely no one else owns a Regigigas as far as I know because it's like super rare. Nobody! Nobody! Nobody! Nobody! Nobody! Nobody! Nobody!"

The cloud disappeared.

"Nobody!" the voice rang inside their heads (except Marley's head).

"My dad owns one 'cuz he's awesome...like me and my Pokémon!" Barry said proudly.

"Hey, Dawn." Lucas whispered.

"Yes?" Dawn whispered.

"Did he hit his head when he was a baby?"

"Many, but many times."

"Oh."

"ONWARDS!" Barry yelled as he began walking soldier style, further deeper into the hallway while the others decided (or didn't have another option) to follow him.

"Shh!" Lucas whispered. "Don't go yelling everywhere or else we're bound to startle someone..."

"Who's someone?" Barry whispered. "I bet they don't know we're here."

"We got inside without anyone seeing us." Dawn reminded in a bored tone.

"I thought someone did," Barry said as they continued walking down. "...'Kay, no idea where they are."

"...I don't know why did I come here again." Marley said.

"Me neither." Lucas and Dawn said in unison with a sigh of disappointment.

"If I remember, quiet girl wants some animals." Barry said.

"..." Marley looked away.

"Friends want data from super-rare Pokémon."

"...Ugh." Lucas and Dawn said at the same time.

"Cool trainer wants Mewtwo." Barry pointed at himself.

"Stupid trainer wants to get pummeled." Dawn muttered.

"What?"

"Friend wants to conquer the world, while we don't agree with you."

"Sweet! Just like that!" Barry said. "Now, if just Master Wake could be here to see how awesome I've gotten..."

"Didn't he kick you out from his Gym when you got inside and set up a camp?" Lucas asked.

"Because he wanted to give me his strong kick of acceptance!"

"...Somebody, please find Barry's brain at once." Marley said.

"And somebody replace Marley with Cheryl. Cheryl was much nicer with everyone and pretty me."

"She's a little bit naive." Dawn commented.

"Not as naive as Pearl, that is..." Lucas muttered.

"...Odd Pokémon." Marley said.

"What?" the trio asked before they turned their heads forward and found an "odd Pokémon" staring at them.

"Y-you're the guys who tried to enter before...and you're in here!" Yoshi yelled as he pointed at them.

"BANZAAAAAAAAAAAIIIIIIIIIII!!!" Barry tossed a Pokéball at high speed that hit Yoshi's head so hard that the Yoshi passed out and fainted, falling face-first on the floor with Xs on his eyes. "Dammit! It doesn't get inside the Pokéball!"

"Of course not!" Lucas yelled.

"Right!" Barry took out an Ultra Ball. "Ultra Balls are way better that crappy Pokéballs!"

We also noticed the difference between names so now we're correcting that and write "Poké Ball" right.

Dawn facepalmed. "Y-you dork! A Poké Ball is the same as all the other Poké Balls! Y-you just killed it!"

Barry got annoyed. "Fine!" the blond trainer tried to tore open the ball with both hands. "I'll make it enter instead! Ugh! Stupid thing won't open!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: The Seventh on April 21, 2009, 04:54:45 PM
LOL The remark about Dawn and Marley from Captian Falcon reminded me of pedo bear :D

Also, interesting twist with having them enter the picture.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 21, 2009, 09:09:09 PM
"Will you stop that?" Dawn pointed at the knocked Yoshi. "Y-you killed him!"

Lucas checked Yoshi's pulse while he pointed his Pokedex at him. "...Nope, it's still living. No new Pokémon eithe-"

At that moment, Barry slammed the Ultra Ball on Yoshi, but it just bounced off and made a bump on Yoshi's head.

"I told you this isn't a new Pokémon!" Lucas yelled, looking up at Barry.

"Whoops, I thought it was a Digimon but they're supposed to look more evil instead of this...though they look soooooo cool when they grow into beasts." Barry said.

"...A what again?"

"No clue." Barry shrugged.

"...You don't make any sense." Lucas said before he stood up.

"If this wasn't a Pokémo-"

"Digimon." Barry interrupted Dawn.

"Pokémon, then does that mean the others here aren't as well?"

"Blasphemy, Dawn!" Barry yelled proudly. "They must be Pokémon!"

"...I have my hopes then." Marley smiled a little.

"Barry." Lucas reminded Marley, who then disappeared her smile.

"So then," Barry stepped on Yoshi's back and pointed to some stairs close to them. "We'll climb up those stairs and reach the Mewthree!"

"MewTWO." Lucas corrected.

"Whatever, Mewfour then!" Barry said with a chuckle before they all sighed and followed the trainer.

"Where's a REAL Pokémon to show Barry how wrong he is?" Dawn asked.

"...There..." Marley pointed forward.

"...Pfft, big deal," Barry rolled his eyes. "A Pichu."

"!!!" Pichu gulped and sweated.

"OOOOOOOOHH!! HOW CUTE!" Dawn squealed with glee.

"..." Marley blushed a bit.

"...C'mon! We don't have time for a Pichu!" Barry yelled. "Besides, what's so great about it?"

"H-hey!" Pichu spoke. "I-I'm a very special Pichu! M-mind your manners!"

Big error.

"...Pardon me...but did it just..." Lucas pointed slowly at Pichu.

"...It? I'm a mal-" Pichu blocked his mouth and gasped once the 4 stared at him with surprised looks (not counting Marley who just looked at him). "...I-I mean...Pipipi? Pi-chu?"

"..." Barry turned to them. "...You know what this means, right?"

"..." Dawn slowly took out a Luxury Ball. "...That Pichu is so mine..."

"(W-what?!)" Pichu thought with a gulp.

"...This means we can FINALLY understand Pokémish!" Barry exclaimed happily as he called out his Heracross. "Dude! I ALWAYS wanted to have a nice talk with you!"

"...Hera?" Heracross tilted its head.

"..." Barry called back his Pokémon before turning at Pichu with a serious face. "...Okay, everyone wants that rat, right?"

"If it helps Professor Rowan's research, then yes." Lucas said with a serious face as he took out a Nest Ball.

"..." Marley pulled out from her back a Premier Ball.

"Here's the deal," Barry began. "Whoever catches that Pichu is theirs to take and nobody will complain. We're clear on that, right?"

"But no harming the little thing!" Dawn said. "I think we can easily catch it with just throwing our Poke Balls at it."

"(O-oh Arceus, I-I didn't want to be captured this way! W-what are the others going to say?!... A-are they even going to ask me?!)" Pichu thought worried.

"...Go and catch it... I'll start." Marley said.

"(AAAAAHHHHH!!!)" Pichu yelled mentally.

"Then!" Barry exclaimed. "We'll start the hunting after 3!" the trainer turned to the Pokémon. "3...2...1............................"

"...It's gone..." Marley pointed out as a cloud of dust that had Pichu's image vanished.

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl - Oreburgh City (Night)

"...DAMMIT, DAWN! THIS IS YOUR FAULT!" Barry yelled.

"M-my fault?! E-excuse me?!" Dawn asked angrily.

"GUYS!" Lucas yelled as he interrupted both Twinleavians. "A talking Pichu just escaped and it's not too far from our reach! We have to catch it in order to contribute the Pokémon science!"

"Heck no!" Barry interrupted. "I'll make money out of his voice! Think about all the fortunes and money we could gain!"

"A-are you nuts?" Dawn pouted a little. "I'm going to take it to a Pokémon Contest and we'll rule the stage!"

The trio turned to Marley...

...She was gone.

"...FOLLOW AND CATCH THAT MICKEY!" Barry yelled as the trio gave chase to catch Pichu.

This little event was the start of a horrible one.

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP! I MEAN, PIIIIIIIIIIIIICHUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu yelled loudly as he ran through the hallway of the mansion. Before the Pokémon, there was Marley running after him, but then Barry got in first place (second if you counted Pichu) and after them, Dawn and Lucas followed.

"COME BACK HERE!" Barry yelled.

"PICHUUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu yelled.

Several meters away from them, a door opened up and Pikachu came out from it. "What's the big problem here now?" Pikachu asked, looking around.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Pichu ran past in front of Pikachu.

"...Pichu? Why are you running?" Pikachu asked before he looked at the direction where Pichu came from and was ignored by Barry and Marley. "...Were those trainers just now?... Oh...you've got to be kidding me..."

"H-hey! Look!" Dawn yelled. "A Pikachu wearing a cute red coat!"

"(D-DAWN?!)" Pikachu thought with a gulp as Dawn went after him. "P-PIKACHU, PIIIIIIIIIIII!!!" Pikachu yelled as he joined in the chase.

"Come back! I'm here to take you to a better home!" Dawn yelled.

"NEVER! I DON'T WANT TO COME BACK TO YOU!" Pikachu yelled before he got a shocked look. "P-Pikachu! Chu! Chu!"

"Sweet! It talks like Pichu!" Dawn said happily.

"PIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!" Pikachu yelled loudly.

The whole group ran around the mansion and even to all the floors. They climbed and they went down the stairs all the way as they tried to catch any of the 2 Pokémon that later got closer.

Barry, however, was the one who was in the lead, followed by Marley, then Lucas and Dawn following.

"ISN'T THERE ANYBODY IN HERE TO HELP US?!" Pikachu yelled.

Several meters away from them, close to the stairs to the 5th floor, Olimar sat idly with a White Pikmin.

"What do you think the others in the sky are doing?" Olimar asked.

The White Pikmin merely stared at him.

"Oh, right." Olimar nodded with a chuckle.

"MAKE A PATH!" Pikachu yelled as both he and Pichu jumped over both characters and ran upstairs.

Olimar looked up. "W-why are you 2 running like that?"

"THEY WENT UP HERE!" Barry yelled as he stomped the first step (killing the White Pikmin) and pointed up. "DON'T LET THEM ESCAPE!"

"M-MY PIKMIN!" Olimar yelled.

"Huh?" Barry noticed a big white spot on his shoe. "Eww..." Barry brushed his shoe on the step to wipe it out as he then continued his original purpose while the other 3 ignored Olimar and went up.

"M-my...Pikmin..." Olimar moaned. "...W-why everybody doesn't care about them?... I-it's not fair...r-really..."

Back with the group of trainers.

"ANYONE! PLEASE! DAWN WANTS TO CATCH ME!" Pikachu yelled as Pichu dodged a Luxury Ball. "YIKES!"

"I-I don't want to have a random trainer yet!" Pichu yelled.

"TOO BAD!" Barry took out 2 Great Balls. "YOU ARE SOOOOOOO MINE!"

Several meters away, another door opened up and Marth came out, looking around. "Geez, why is there so much noise today?"

"GET AWAY!" Pikachu yelled as both Electric Pokémon ran in front of the Altean and away from him as he scratched his head in confusion.

"...Why that attitude?" Marth asked confused.

"Out of the way, girl!" Barry yelled as he passed in front of Marth.

"...G-girl?" Marth twitched.

"...Passing...coming through..." Marley said as she came running.

"...W-what is going on in here?"

"Sorry!" Dawn yelled as both she and Lucas passed. "W-we didn't mean to barge in but you don't know Barry that we..."

Marth couldn't hear Dawn once they were gone.

"...Hmm..." Marth wondered. "...Were they the "kids" who tried to enter?"

And back again with the group of Pokémon Trainers...

"Screw it!" Barry raised both Great Balls. "I'll catch 'em at the same time! GO!"

Both Pokémon turned their heads at the Great Balls and gasped. Both yelled and closed their eyes in shock.

Before the Great Balls could land on them, however, a door opened right between the mouses and balls, and the person who got out got hit twice on the head before fainting.

"CRAP! NOT A POKÉMON EITHER!" Barry yelled as he stepped on DK's dead body and took quickly his Great Balls from the floor.

"..." Marley stepped on his head as well.

"W-will you slow down and let us catch up with you?!" Lucas asked as he and Dawn jumped over DK.

"...Diddy..." DK muttered. "...Our bananas...turtle people...stealing them...smash them up..."

"Why isn't anybody trying to help us?!" Pikachu looked back as he ran. "They're trying to capture us! I-I don't want to see Ash again!"

"I'M GONNA PUT YOU IN MY SPECIAL BOX!" Barry yelled in excitement. "I'll earn lots of money with both!"

"...AAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" both Electric Pokémon yelled.

As before, several meters away from them, another door opened up and Fox came out.

"What's up with all the noise?" Fox asked confused.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHH!!!" Pichu yelled as he and Pikachu passed, leaving a trail of dust behind.

"...Wh-"

"OUTTA THE WAY!" Barry came just behind the other side of the door (since Fox's door didn't let the vulpine to see the trainer) and slammed it hardly before running after both Pokémon.

The door opened back up and Fox dropped fainted on the floor with a KO'd expression.

At that moment, Marley passed but then walked back. The unspoken trainer smiled a little and ducked to rub Fox's tail a little. Marley stood up, dropped the Premier Ball on Fox's head and it just rolled (after bumping his head) away a little.

"..." Marley's smile faded as she ducked and looked at the vulpine with an annoyed expression. "...Bummer..." Marley muttered before she saw Lucas and Dawn passing as she joined back.

Since Fox's room was technically next to Falco's room...

"S-S-S-S-S-S-SHUT UP!" Falco yelled from his room. "S-S-S-S-STOP YELLING! I CAN'T SLEEP!"

"Oh!" Barry came back and stuck his head from the door to look at Falco. "Staravia's hidden evolution! Sweet!"

"...W-w-w-w-w-w-what?" Falco asked before his face met a Net Ball. "..." Falco got knocked out as Barry quickly went for it and ran away.

He yelled "Evolve into something who CAN be captured!"

"...T-t-t-t-t-t-things are getting so w-w-w-w-w-w-weird..." Falco muttered before letting out a groan as he fainted.

Back with Pikachu and Pichu.

"Jigglypuff!" Pichu yelled as both spotted Jigglypuff. "Run! Trainers are in here to capture us!"

"Trainers?" Jigglypuff asked confused.

Pikachu stopped to point at them.

"...TRAINERS!" Jigglypuff yelled as she jumped on Pikachu's back and joined in the chase.

"H-hey! Why don't you run like us?!" Pikachu asked.

"I can't run that well! You 2 can!" Jigglypuff yelled.

"Aw, a talking Jiggylpuff!" Dawn yelled happily. "So much better than a Pikachu!"

"Phew!" Pikachu sighed.

"But I want them both!"

"CRAP!" Pikachu yelled as the trio of Pokémon yelled loudly.

"Hey!" Sonic appeared from besides as he ran along with the 3 (2 without Jigglypuff) with a grin. "Wanna have a race with me?"

"SONIC, THIS ISN'T A RACE! WE'RE TRYING TO SAVE OUR SOULS FROM GETTING INSIDE POKÉ BALLS!" Pikachu yelled.

"B-but I thought you were already owned by someone!" Pichu yelled.

"Well, yeah! But I need to keep Dawn away from me or else she'll tell Ash!"

Sonic ran backwards and looked at the trainers. "Wow, they sure are fast."

"That isn't the point!" Jigglypuff yelled. "We need to get away from them!"

"I have an idea!" Pikachu spoke up. "Sonic! Take us all somewhere away from those 4!"

"Gotch-"

Just when Sonic was about to give them a thumbs-up, Barry tossed his Ultra Ball so hard at the hedgehog's head and made him faint as he was stepped on by the 4 trainers. Barry picked up his Ultra Ball and managed to catch up with the 3.

"...I KNEW THIS WAS TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE!" Pikachu yelled.

"W-wait!" Pichu stopped and panted heavily once he found a door. "Let's enter inside this door!"

"A-are you nuts? H-he's going to rip our heads off if we interrupt his privacy!" Pikachu yelled.

Jigglypuff pointed at the 4. "What's better? Being captured of being killed?"

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...Oops."

"...Enter!" Pikachu yelled as the 3 entered inside in a hurry.

The 4 trainers stopped running and they looked at the door. "Finally...they're cornered..." Barry panted with a smile.

"I can't wait to show these Pokémon to Professor Rowan once we catch them..." Lucas said as he panted.

"...Enter..." Marley panted a little and turned the doorknob.

"...I have a bad feeling now..." Dawn muttered as she backed away a little to let the 3 enter first inside the almost dark room.

Mewtwo's Room

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl - Old Chateau

"..." Mewtwo slowly turned to them and narrowed his eyes.

"Bingo!" Barry exclaimed happily. "Those 3 idiots leaded us to Mewtwo! Man, I was waiting for this moment!"

"...E-er..." Dawn gulped as Mewtwo stared at them coldly. "...I-I think we made it a little mad..."

"(...Imbeciles...)" Mewtwo thought.

"...Okay..." Lucas took out a Poké Ball. "Guys, we have t-"

"Wait, Lucas! I thought you said we weren't going to capture Mewtwo!" Dawn interrupted before Lucas quickly put his Poké Ball away.

"I-I'm sorry, b-but Barry got me carried away..." Lucas laughed nervously.

Dawn sighed. "Well, for now we ju-"

"Heeeeeey...I feel like something is taking us..." Barry said.

"..." Marley looked down below his feet and they were levitating above the floor, then she looked forward to see Mewtwo holding out his hand at them. "...We're done for..."

"...Oh, thank you SO much, Barry!" Dawn yelled. "I wanted to have a GOOD life with Pokémon but noooooooooooo, I had to listen to you!" her eyes began to fill with tears before she broke out crying. "Waaaaaaaah! I wanted to become a Pokémon Coordinator! Not to mention beat Barry's dad!"

"Nobody can beat pops!" Barry proclaimed happily.

"U-ugh..." Lucas tried to reach his Pokédex but he couldn't due to Mewtwo's Confusion. "...Dammit...I can't..."

"Duh." Barry rolled his eyes.

"You shouldn't have entered here and interrupt my privacy," Mewtwo spoke before he glared at them. "I detest Pokémon Trainers so much that I want to kill you all, right here."

Dawn stopped crying. "W-wait! W-we'll leave you alone if that's what you want! R-really!"

"...Or we can offer you Barry..." Marley offered.

"...Oh, thank you, Marley," Barry glared at her. "I knew you were trying to kill me from the very beginning."

"...Wasn't it obvious?" Lucas asked with a bored look.

"It was?"

"SILENCE!" Mewtwo yelled irritated and the quartet looked at him. "I've had enough of Pokémon Trainers and all of you are NO exceptions. You must be killed in order to let me get peace."

"Kill Barry! He's the one who did all of this and dragged us as well!" Lucas yelled.

"Wait, what?" Barry looked at him. "Dude! All of you agreed from the beginning! If someone should be killed, it's Marley!"

"...Can you tore his brain out?" Marley asked.

"I have something better," Mewtwo began. "Compress your bodies."

"...BARRY! I HATE YOU!" Dawn yelled.

"...Or..." Mewtwo opened a window. "Just throw you outside and learn about this."

"Y-yes!" Lucas nodded as he sweated. "T-throwing us outside is so much better than compressing our bodies!"

"...W-wait!" Dawn interrupted. "M-Mewtwo, can I ask you 2 little and small favors?"

"Quick." Mewtwo said.

"C-can we obtain your data?"

"..." Mewtwo made their 3 Pokédexes float out from their pockets to examine him before they all returned to them.

"Sweet data...thank heavens..." Lucas sighed in relief.

"Done. What is the other favor?" Mewtwo asked, narrowing his eyes.

Dawn narrowed her eyes at Barry. "If you can read minds, would you see what is Barry thinking? Just for curiosity..."

"..." Mewtwo grunted. "Fine."

"H-huh?" Barry noticed that Mewtwo was entering his mind...

"...UGH!!!" Mewtwo grunted in extreme pain as he almost fell to one knee, but managed to stay up as he twitched a little.

"...What seems to be the problem?" Marley asked.

"I-I..." Mewtwo staggered. "I-I haven't wandered inside a mind where the thoughts are so insane and utterly scrambled... H-his thoughts can make someone's head get a horrible headache..."

A record scratched and Barry glared at him. "Hey! My thoughts are perfectly ordered! They aren't utterly scrambled!"

"...We thought as much..." Lucas, Dawn and Marley said in unison with bored looks.

"...You guys su-" Barry was interrupted.

"BEGONE AND LEAVE MY MIND ALONE FROM YOURS!" Mewtwo yelled as he quickly motioned his hand at the window and the 4 were tossed outside while they yelled (again, except Marley, who was a little bit amused). Mewtwo let out a small grunt as Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff came out from a dark corner of his room.

"Mewtwo, are you feeling okay?" Pikachu asked.

"..." Mewtwo closed his eyes. "I haven't read such an altered and twisted mind ever in my life before... I hope his was the last one..."

"...Y-you're not hurt, right?" Pichu asked concerned.

"...N-not that much..."

"Hey, Mewtwo, I wanted to ask you if you knew how to use Metronom-" Red came from the door with Squirtle and Ivysaur (wearing a small coat that was specifically made for him) and looked at the Psychic Pokémon dropped on one knee on the floor. "...What happened here?"

"Trainers got in here and tried to capture us!" Jigglypuff said shuddering.

"...Wait..." Red blinked one time before looking shocked. "...You mean Pokémon Trainers...were inside here...a moment ago?"

"Yes..." Pikachu rolled his eyes. "The blond one was a lot scarier than the other 3."

"...Red..." Squirtle looked up to his trainer. "...Do you think they're still outside?"

"...Dammit!" Red cursed as all the Pokémon looked at him. "I've got to meet them before they go! Squirtle, Ivysaur, let's go! Quick!"

Red ran away from the room in a hurry as both his Pokémon looked at each other and ran after him.

"...What's the matter with him?" Jigglypuff asked.

"If he's thinking about meeting them...THEN call them here..." Pikachu's cheeks began to release sparks. "I'm having 5 toasted trainers."

"Why didn't you attack them so we could get away from them faster?" Pichu asked.

"...Aw, fu-"

Outside

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl - Route 201

"..." Barry took out his head from a pile of snow and breathed deeply. "S-stupid Mewtwo! Stupid talking Pokémon! We were so close guys!"

"I know..." Dawn sighed as she stood up and wiped out snow from her scarf. "I was so psyched about Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff..."

"We all were," Lucas said as he stood up. "But I guess entering inside is a death wish now."

"...Barry, you go inside." Marley said.

Barry glared at her. "Hell no! I'm not going in and get killed!"

"...You sure know how to ruin my fun..." Marley commented annoyed.

"Well..." Dawn looked around before looking back at the mansion. "...I'm not sure, but we should get going..."

"Say WHAT again?!" Barry asked.

"We may as well leave and forget about them," Lucas said. "I don't want to die too."

"B-but what about the Mewtwo?!"

"Funny, I thought you said you weren't going in again."

"O-only for today! T-tomorrow we can think of another pla-"

"We're not demolishing the mansion." Dawn interrupted.

"Aw, Dawn! Don't skip my ideas!... And how did you know I was going to do that?"

"Because you said the same thing at Pastoria City's Great Marsh," Lucas began. "You promised to demolish the whole place because you couldn't catch a Wooper."

"And ironically, there was a BOMB accident in there by Team Galactic," Dawn gave him a bored look. "And who was the one who wanted to stop that?"

"Master Wake, you, Lucas and m-" Barry shook his head. "T-that's not the point right now! We have to think about a plan!"

"...Screw it..." Marley said as she began to walk away to the forest. "...I'm done with you."

"H-hey! Come back here!" Barry shouted.

"...You're not my mother..." Marley responded as she continued.

"I-I-ah, well, we need your help, Marley!"

"...And I need to stay alone and look for Shaymin...a thing you 3 haven't done that yet." Marley said as she turned to them.

"Remember?" Lucas pointed at Barry. "Barry here made us get lost. It's his fault."

"F-fine! I admit it! I made all of us get lost!"

"...What else?" Marley asked.

Barry groaned. "It was my fault we almost got discovered by the Pokémon who weren't real Pokémon at all."

"...And?"

Barry groaned again. "It's my fault we almost got killed by Mewtwo."

"And?" Dawn asked.

"It was my fault for hitting you."

"And?" Lucas asked.

"It was my fault I burned Eterna Gym's by accident with Ponyta."

"And?" Lucas and Dawn asked.

"It was my fault Gardenia got a trip to the hospital."

"And?" Lucas, Dawn and Marley asked.

"It was my fault we got in a lot of problems around ALL Sinnoh. There! I admitted all my mistakes and ideas!" Barry crossed his arms and looked away. "You guys just don't recognize my mind!"

"For better, of course." Dawn muttered.

"..." Barry sighed. "...Fine, let's hit the road and return to the Resort Area..."

"At last..." Lucas sighed.

The 4 Pokémon Trainers got closer to each other and started their way back to the Resort Area, through the paradise of snow that layed down on their path.

"WA-WAIT!" a voice shouted from the mansion.

"Guys, don't turn your backs now," Barry whispered as he walked. "They're probably trying to lure us inside where they're going to eat our..."

The blond trainer noticed that his friends weren't paying him any attention.

"...Ugh." Barry turned his back and looked back at the mansion where a Pokémon Trainer ran towards them with a Squirtle and an Ivysaur.

"Finally!" Dawn exclaimed. "A person who is a REAL trainer and not in a costume!"

"W-wait..." Red panted heavily as he stopped in front of the 4 with Squirtle and Ivysaur. "I-I wanted to see you..."

"...Oh, how cute." Barry joked as he rolled his eyes.

"Shh!" Dawn whispered angrily. "A-anyway, who are you?"

"I..." Red looked up before standing straight up. "I'm sorry for interrupting your path, but I wanted to meet more trainers like you and well..."

"...Wait," Lucas pointed at the mansion. "You mean you live in there?"

"Huh?" Red looked at the mansion. "Well, yeah."

"!!!" Barry gasped. "D-don't tell me you have Mewtwo in your possession as the Pikachu, Pichu and Jigglypuff in there!"

"What are you talking about?" Red asked confused. "I don't have those 4 with me because they don't want to."

"...Okay, reunion time," Lucas said as they walked several steps away from Red and formed a circle between them. "So, this trainer came out from the mansion and wanted to meet us."

"The same mansion with the same people living in there." Barry whispered.

"Hey, you!" Lucas shouted to Red. "Are you the owner of the mansion?"

"I'm no-" Red was interrupted as Ivysaur pushed his leg a little. The trainer looked down and saw Ivysaur shaking his head, giving him a different answer. "Y-yes! I am!"

"..." Lucas looked at them. "...This is getting weird..."

"Why did you say that?" Ivysaur asked.

"I-I'm not going to scare them away by saying "Oh, the owner is a big floating hand" or anything like that. This is an opportunity I've been waiting for, guys!" Red whispered excited.

"You just had that idea yesterday!" Squirtle whispered angrily.

"So, your point?"

"..." Squirtle frowned.

"Hey!" Barry called out. "How many people live in there with you?!"

"Er..." Red looked at Squirtle, who shook his head. "Only Pokémon! My Pokémon along with Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff and Mewtwo! They live here because they like the mansion!"

"..." Barry narrowed his eyes. "Oh, thank you!" he turned to the others. "Liar, liar, pants of Monferno's fire, guys."

"Okay," Dawn rubbed her chin. "He's lying to us, but why?"

"Marley, what do you..." Lucas noticed that Marley was gone. "...Where did she..."

"Look!" Barry pointed at a trail of foot marks going to the forest before it disappeared by the snow falling from the sky. The hyperactive trainer ducked to find a note that Marley left behind. "Hey, check this out."

To Lucas, Dawn and Reckless Idiot:

Honestly speaking, it was fun to travel with you for this short period of time. I, however, hate the idiot who also happens to be Barry and your supposed friend. You (Lucas and Dawn) were so nice to me for trying to find Shaymin, but problems came after that and I don't want even more because of you (Barry). Therefore, I don't want to travel with either of you (Lucas and Dawn) just to get close to Barry. I'll look for Shaymin on my own with Professor Oak from now on. At least I'm going to get professional help this time.

Don't worry, we will travel together some time when I have some tolerance towards Barry.

Sincerely,
Marley

P.S.: If you decide to kill Barry at last, call me.

P.S.S.: If you can catch some Pokémon inside the mansion I like, don't hesitate to show them to me.

P.S.S.S.: Barry, I honestly want to wish you a life full of trouble, problems so you can go to hell, where you rightfully belong to and where my Arcanine will go and eat your guts out. Yes, I'd like to see that happen with my own eyes.


"...Wow..." Barry commented.

"...That was...so her..." Dawn said embarrassed.

"...I know..." Barry looked at them and threw the note away. "...She didn't write her long periods without saying anything."

"And great going," Lucas rolled his eyes. "That's the first trainer who has so far rejected us just because of Barry himself."

"Marley couldn't resist my awesomeness." Barry said.

"Shut up, will you?" Dawn asked irritated.

"Hey!" Red called out. "Are you going to stop talking between yourselves or what?"

"Wait just a minute!" Dawn yelled before turning to his friends. "So, he could be hidding something that we don't want to know because of the people in there..."

"...They want to conquer the world?" Barry asked.

"That's Team Galactic." Lucas corrected Barry.

"Kill the Bidoofians?"

"That isn't even a religion."

"Just don't let Barry say something else," Dawn waved a hand up and down, making Barry grunt. "So...why would he lie to us?"

"You know," Barry crossed his arms and nodded while he clossed his eyes. "I'm smelling some kind of conspiracy that they're hiding from all the people. Some sort of secret like, who knows..."

"..." Lucas looked at Dawn. "...I'm a little bit curious myself..."

Dawn looked worried. "But what about our Pokémon research hunt?"

Just then, a baby Diglett popped out from the snow, close to them and it looked at them as they did the same. The Diglett made a happy expression before it got inside the snow and went away.

Barry looked further away to some trees where a (real) Slakoth was hanging on a branch.

Dawn looked behind her and found a Snorunt peering from a tree before hiding.

Lucas looked above where a Delibird was seen flying while it looked down and waved at them happily.

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl - Route 210

The 3 Pokémon Trainers smiled and looked at each other. "Hey, I have an idea," Barry began. "Why don't we ask him for some rooms? Surely he won't say no."

"Besides," Dawn continued. "There are many Pokémon around this area and we can go out and catch some of them."

"Or get their data for Professor Rowan." Lucas added.

"...And..." Barry looked at Red. "Shall we?"

"Hey!" Lucas called out. "Can we ask you something?"

"Um, sure?" Red said as they all ran to him.

Dawn joined her hands. "Would you give us a room to stay? We want to stay here for a little while and get the data of some Pokémon around these parts!"

"P-Pokémon around thes-" Red noticed Squirtle with a serious expression before he nodded. "O-oh! You mean that...er...what is it's name again? Mudlet?"

"Diglett." Lucas corrected.

"R-right," Red nodded before scratching the back of his head. "W-well, I can let you stay but..."

"But?" Barry asked.

"...You promise you're going to listen to me when you get inside?"

"...Sure?" Dawn responded.

Red sighed in relief. "Well, my mansion (I'm so going to get killed for this) has many rooms and you can stay in there as long as you want to. Don't worry, just don't try to capture the Pokémon in there because they don't want to."

"Sure," Lucas nodded. "So, would you take us inside?"

"Follow us then!" Red said as he walked back to the mansion with Squirtle and Ivysaur, as the trio followed them from behind.

"Red, psss!" Squirtle whispered.

"Yes?" Red looked down with a worried look.

"We're going to get punished for this because you wanted to meet trainers!"

"What is Master Hand going to do if he finds out?" Ivysaur whispered.

"We'll be dead Pokémon meat if you don't do something!"

"And also, what if the others find out about them as well?"

"I...I'll think of a way," Red whispered. "I'll be careful and nobody will know."

"We have a sweet opportunity to catch Mewtwo now," Barry made a fist. "I'm going to reserve that space on my boxes just for it and it only."

"But I'm curious," Lucas rubbed his chin. "Why did he lie to us?"

"Something is afoot..." Dawn whispered. "But let's just have somewhere to rest for now."

"OWW!" Barry bumped into Red's back by accident and Red fell on the snow while Barry fell on the snow with his butt.

"...Yeah," Dawn chuckled. "Some things never change."

"You're happy because you're not the person who got bumped." Lucas said.

"Likewise."

The screen began to move up to the clouds as the trainers talked between themselves.

"So," Barry began. "What's your name, dude?"

"My name...is Red." Red said.

"...What kind of name is that? Seriously?" Dawn asked with a chuckle.

"Oh no, not this again!" Red yelled. "S-stop it! Stop laughing at my name!... Squirtle! Ivysaur! Not you too!"

Heaven's Paradise

"..." Chris stopped once they were about to reach the tower of clouds.

"What is it?" Mario asked.

"...Have you ever felt that we were like...left out for some reason?"

"...No." Mario answered.

"...Then it was just me..." Chris shrugged.

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Riding on Clouds of Fights. Hey! It doesn't have me anymore?! H-how come?! This sucks like a freaking Lvl. 100 Magikarp!" Barry yelled.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Heaven's Paradise
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Parakarry
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 23, 2009, 09:19:05 PM
Chapter 121: Riding on Clouds of Fights

Heaven's Paradise

Persona 4 - Heaven

The tower of clouds remained still as the Smashers saw an entrance to it. Mallow stepped forward and looked up at the big building of what he was made of. "...Too cloudy..."

"They're obviously on the top," Parakarry glared up. "Grr, I don't like this at all."

"We're not going to fly up, right?" Pit asked.

"Going through this tower from the inside seems to be safer." Meta Knight said.

"Because they could attack us from the outside with flying enemies." Roy said.

"...At least that's what I think so too..." Chris shrugged.

Caaan’t get my miiind, of those memooooriiiies
Now time to tell them, don’t take my dreeeeeeaaam
Still music keeps, on turning me, from the words that hurt-my-soul
Removing doubts from my miiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiind...

Those long days passing by from that door, like late summer they slowly fade away
Finding ways through the favorite tune play-all-daaaaay, with my eyes clo-osed
Those long days passing by from that door, like late summer they slowly fade away
Finding way through the favorite tune filling meeeee, with tho-ose so-ounds!

"Are we going to stare up all the day?" Kirby asked.

"No," Meta Knight as he walked inside the tower. "Let's go and reach the top."

"...I hope my magic is of use..." Chris muttered as the team walked inside the tower.

"...W-wait a minute..." Luigi trembled. "S-something is not right here..."

The clouds began to tremble and the Smashers remained close to each other. The floors began to change shapes and the wall of clouds shrouding the tower vanished as each floor separated by leaving long stairs that took at every single floor, one over the other.

"W-what's happening?!" Mallow asked.

"It seems the tower itself changed and in its place..." Geno looked at the new shape of the dungeon of the skies. It was now very long with long staircases to different floors. The Smashers looked around and found a long staircase to the next floor that was far away from them. "...This was formed..."

"..." Mario looked up. "...I can't see the top now..."

"There are so many clouds with floors, preventing us from seeing the top..." Twink said.

"Pfft," Parakarry rolled his eyes. "Great deal. C'mon!" the Paratroopa flew to the staircase that leaded to another floor. "We'll start from here and reach the top where those 2 will PAY for altering the climate!"

"Being the over-energetic Paratroopa of always..." Twink sighed.

"I'm not over-energetic," Parakarry made a serious face. "I hate those guys so much for making my job much harder than it already is!"

"You fly slow though." Mario pointed out.

Parakarry sweatdropped. "...W-well...y-yeah, I did say that..."

"So much for that." Roy said.

"P-poor guy..." Luigi commented.

"..." Parakarry turned his back and began flying slowly to the stairs. "...If you guys need me, I'll be on the top fighting those guys alone..."

"What a laugh."

"Yes, what a laugh." Mallow nodded.

"...Who was that just now?" Geno asked.

Mist suddenly began to gather at the center of the cloud floor and everyone blocked their eyes at the sudden breeze that circulated in a small place before a blue robe with an ice crown appeared as well as the glaring yellow eyes before it chuckled.

"Welcome..." the figure said. It was Crystal King who appeared before them. "Welcome, my uninvited guests, to Heaven's Paradise!"

"GET HIM!" Mallow yelled as everyone charged at the king.

Crystal King chuckled. "Fools, I'm just a mere hologram just to inform you th-"

The villain got instantly attacked by everyone who began attacking him from all the sides. Crystal King yelled in pain as every attacked landed on him while he tried to get away but with no success at all.

"STOP IT!" Crystal King demanded as everyone stopped their attacks as he panted. "S-seriously! Why don't you let me talk before we EVEN start fighting?! The nerve of all of you, filthy peasants!"

"Shut up," Geno glared at him. "Now, hand over Kalmar now."

"You've been saying the same thing at least 5 or so times and they aren't going to listen." Chris said with a bored look.

"Oh, okay," the king said as he walked and gave Geno the card containing Kalmar on it. "There."

"..." Kirby shifted his eyes. "...This was...too easy..."

"...Should we leave now?" Pit asked.

"...NO!" Parakarry and Crystal King yelled in unison as the king ran to Geno and quickly snatched the card back.

"F-fools!" Crystal King yelled as he hid it inside his robe. "Stop tricking me like that or else I'll freeze you to your deaths!"

"Give us Kalmar back right this instant!" Geno demanded.

"It was you who let him get Kal-" Chris looked away once Geno glared at him.

"Would you PLEASE let me speak before you raise weapons on me?!" Crystal King asked.

"...Go on..." Roy said.

"Thank you," Crystal King coughed. "As you can see, welcome to Heaven's Paradise! The only place where the seventh Star Spirit can be rescued!"

"GET HIM!"

"STOP!" Crystal King yelled and everyone stopped from attacking him. "Good... As I was saying before, you won't get the Star Spirit until you get to the top flo-"

"GET HIM!"

"SILENCE!" Crystal King yelled as he shot an ice bolt to Roy, where he got frozen inside an icicle as the others watched with caution. "Dare to STOP my speech or else you will end like the red-haired idiot over there!"

"O-o-o-o-okay..." Luigi gulped.

"..." Crystal King frowned and continued exactly where he left on. "-or, where Huff N. Puff and I are waiting for you to get there."

"Heaven's Paradise?" Pit looked around. "I'm not showing off or anything, but Skyworld is much more of a real paradise than just floors because it has fountains, temples, Palutena's shrin-"

"Who asked you?" Crystal King asked with a glare.

"Why don't we finish you off here?" Meta Knight asked as he drew Galaxia out.

"Because it's rude and imprudent," Crystal King explained. "Screw this," the king made a snapping sound with his right sleeve before he disappeared. "Now, this way you won't attack me." Crystal King said as his voice echoed.

"What is your deal with us now?" Geno asked.

"Let me get there!" Crystal King demanded. "We want to play a little game with all of you now. Are you interested to hear and listen?"

"...Yes?" Twink responded.

"Good. Take a good look at the cloud floors around the vicinity." Crystal King ordered and the Smashers looked at all the clouds connected to each other with the staircases.

"So? They're just floors." Parakarry said with a glare.

"Oh, ho ho ho, that's not quite true," Crystal King went on. "On each floor, there is one of the many Subspace Army's enemies that you will face on a match. There are 50 floors with 50 different enemies altogether."

"...I get it," Chris began. "We have to defeat them all in order to advance, right?"

"Of course," Crystal King chuckled. "But, not like the way you all do."

"What way?" Kirby asked as he swallowed a cloud.

"The "run forward until we reach the boss" way. Oh no, you'll have to advance slowly until you get on the top. But, there is a condition you must listen to," Crystal King pointed at them. "There is a certain amount of enemies of the same type on each floor, but you can't fight them all as a group."

"Are you forcing us to fight a group with just one us then?" Mario asked.

"Dammit, I wanted to say that but I guess you get what I mean now," Crystal King nodded. "Correct. Each floor contains a certain amount of the same strong enemies that one of you must defeat alone."

"And what happens if that person fails to defeat the group?" Mallow asked.

"The clouds underneath you will disappear and form a big hole back to the earth where you will return to. If you manage to survive the fall, then you can go back and face the challenge again from the beginning," Crystal King chuckled. "I expect you to lose at some point because these enemies are very strong, indeed."

"...What do you say?" Mario asked to the others.

"Well, I wanted to run through but...I think it's interesting." Roy commented.

Mario looked at the icicle where Roy once was and looked back at the swordsman. "...Nevermind... So?"

"If this is the only way to reach Kalmar, then we have no choice." Geno said.

"Y-yeah, whatever they said..." Luigi gulped worried.

"If each cloud have a different flavor, then I'm not complaining," Kirby said smiling. "This cloud had a blew flavor..."

"Hmph," Meta Knight grunted a little. "Fine by me."

"Alrighty!" Parakarry punched the air. "Ready for some fights alone!"

"...I-I'm not so sure... O-okay." Chris nodded preoccupied.

Mallow cracked his fingers. "Right on!"

"I agree as well," Pit nodded. "Surely this could be considered like small fights, right?"

Mario nodded and looked at Crystal King. "We decided. We want to do it your way."

"Brilliant!" Crystal King chuckled. "Don't worry about us. We won't set up any traps to make you lose. Every fight will be fair for you, except for the amount of enemies, that is..."

"Then let's go!" Parakarry said determined.

"Hold on," the villain interrupted. "There is an extra floor before our floor where a special challenger will fight one of you alone. That challenger will decide who will fight."

"Extra challenger?" Twink asked.

"I bet either Dedede, Charizard, Bowser or Ganondorf." Roy said.

"Close, but decide which of the 4." Crystal King hinted before he disappeared in a swirl of winds.

"So..." Mario walked to the stairs. "Shall we?"

"The faster, the better." Geno said as they all proceeded to advance.

They reached the first floor, which was just a plain cloud with another staircase. However, the staircase was all covered by a force field that was also shrouding the whole path of stairs and clouds.

"Hahahahahahahaha!" Crystal King laughed from the top cloud. "Welcome to the first floor! Now, you must face this powerful enemy!"

5 clouds appeared on the cloud they were in and from them came...

...5 Goombas who tried to roar.

"...Oh my god, save us. Goombas want to...kill us... Call the NAVY or someone else, please..." Chris joked as his yellow eyes made a bored look.

"That is right," Crystal King was heard saying. "Goombas! Mario's horrible enemies! Mwahahahahahahaha! Now let's see if you can defeat them all!"

"...I'll go..." Mario as he stepped forward and a force field prevented them from walking ahead.

"Be careful, Mario!" Parakarry yelled. "I don't like the look on those guys' faces!"

"(Maybe there's something weird with them?)" Mario thought.

Mega Man 8 - Tengu Man

"Oh no," Chris shook his head once the Goombas charged at Mario. "There's something really weird here! I don't like it at all!" he jumped behind Pit, who looked at him confused. "Prepare to hold me before we fall!"

1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Mario simply stomped all of them with simple jumps as he simply landed and blinked confused.

"NO!" Crystal King yelled. "H-how did you defeat all of them?! T-they were supposed to defeat you ins-I mean, hahahahahahahaha! So! Mario! You defeated them all as I expected after all!"

Many of the Smashers sweatdropped.

"Very well!" Crystal King made the force field to the next staircase disappear. "You can go to the next cloud, where another new enemy is waiting for one of you! Advance now!"

"...Chris, would you stop grabbing my shoulders?" Pit asked.

Chris took a long step to the right and chuckled. "O-oops, I got a little bit worried there... S-sorry..."

"...Yeees..." Pit shrugged as they all went forward.

"And welcome to the next floor!" Crystal King greeted them from the top cloud of the whole place. "Here, you shall face this enemy!"

4 Puppits came from above and they all fixed their eyes on them.

"Puppits! Their claws will get the most unfortunate's heart out! HAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"I'll go for this one." Pit said as he stepped forward.

"BEGIN!" Crystal King yelled as the 4 Puppits slowly went after Pit with their claws ready to slice him down.

Pit ducked as 2 tried to use their claws as drills and the other 2 simply approached and sliced him 2 times each before giving a last slash, making him back away as he twitched.

"Pit!" Kirby yelled.

"I-I'm fine..." Pit muttered as he looked up at the 4 Puppits' eyes that shone red, indicating that they were going to fire lasers at their own will. "...Oh, you lost now..." Pit said as he simply took out his Mirror Shield and reflected back the lasers that instantly blasted the Puppits away.

"NOOOOOOOO!" Crystal King yelled. "I was waiting for your being sliced up, not the other way arou-mwahahahahaha! Go on and proceed to a worse dead, insolents!" Crystal King laughed maniacally as the next staircase was unblocked.

As the Smashers were walking further above...

"..." Kirby yawned. "Why do I think this is going to repeat?"

"Because the fact the idiot gets shocked by the Subspace enemies being defeated or the fact he's going to do the same thing over and over again?" Roy asked.

"I-I think the latter one..." Luigi shrugged.

"Welcome again!" Crystal King greeted them as they made it to the next cloud. "Now, your next fight is against these guys..."

10 Mites appeared from 10 different small clouds as they looked around in confusion.

"Mites! Their sizes will annoy you to no end!"

Mallow coughed and walked forward. "Me thinks it's me turn."

"Speak correctly..." Twink said annoyed.

"BEGIN!" Crystal King yelled as the 10 Mites charged at Mallow, who merely cracked his throat (if he had one) and held out his hands above.

"Thunderbolt!" Mallow called out a powerful rain of thunders that electrocuted every single Mite and killed them all, in record time. "Done."

"W-what?!" Crystal King asked outraged. "T-these clouds are betraying us! You there! Explain yourself!"

"H-hey, it's not my fault the clouds don't listen to me." Huff N. Puff said with a chuckle.

"W-well, do something about i-proceed forward to your DOOMS!" Crystal King yelled as the next staircase opened, before he laughed maniacally as someone's grunt came from where he was.

"Now I want to murder them rather than defeat them." Roy said.

"And I want my candy cloud." Kirby said as they climbed the staircase and arrivd at another cloud.

"Welcome blah blah blah blah, meet your enemy." Crystal King said annoyed.

4 Primids came from the clouds and adjusted their hats, if those were hats.

"Oh, let me do this one." Chris said as he stepped forward.

"Blah." Crystal King said before the 4 Primids charged at the World Traveler, who then focused his magic on the top of his staff.

"Shock them for greater good... Thundara!" Chris called forth 2 thunders that impacted the Primids' side and dealt a good amount of damage.

"They're still alive!" Twink yelled before the 4 Primids tripped and pushed Chris back a little.

"Ugh," Chris said annoyed as he focused more magic on the tip of his staff. "Burn them to black ashes... Fira!"

A big flame appeared right in every single Primid before they turned into Shadow Bugs and vanished in thin air.

"Too easy. No problem." Chris commented with a chuckle.

"DAMN YOU ALL! ESPECIALLY YOU, LITTLE BASTARD, SON OF A BI-don't worry, the next one is going to be a lot more dangerous than this!" Crystal King laughed maniacally as they proceeded to the next floor.

"..." Meta Knight sighed. "To think getting the last star was going to be like this... I expected something harder..."

"But solo matches are better...I think." Pit commented.

"Then if this continues like this, let me face an enemy that seems competent enough."

"Enemies."

"Better yet."

"You know what? I'm not bothering introducing anyone this time." Crystal King said as 3 Bucculus appeared on the ground.

"I-I'll go. Wish me luck!" Luigi said determined as he stepped forward and walked to the 8 red spots on the floor. "...Hmm..." Luigi made a bored look and ducked to see them closer.

Bad idea.

The 4 Bucculus jumped and stuck their lips on Luigi's head as the green plumber screamer in horror and ran around the cloud in panic, flailing his arms frantically.

Mario frowned embarrassed. "Luigi, pull yourself together!"

"I-it's easier said than done!" Luigi screamed.

"Use your darn cyclone, dangit!" Chris yelled as almost everyone stared at him. "...What? It's the only way to get free from them and he was getting a little bit on my nerves..."

"AaaaaaaaaaaAH!" Luigi used Luigi Cyclone to get free of the Bucculus, who got pushed away and bounced on the floor.

"Attack them." Meta Knight suggested.

"H-how?"

"DO IT!" Mallow yelled.

Luigi gulped and he ran at 2 Bucculus to...advance, flailing his fists in panic as they actually made decent damage. Luigi used Green Missile to charge a little and rocket off to the same 2, who then got pushed away and disappeared. Luigi quickly turned and tripped (evading the other Bucculus who lunged at him) then accidentaly used a low kick to push them away. He later used Luigi Cyclone to go quickly over the lip monsters to defeat them as he panted heavily.

"...So far, Luigi has made more effort." Geno said.

"OH NO! Y-you?! D-defeating those powerfu-ha! You got luck! That's all!" Crystal King said as the Smashers went to the next cloud.

"You need to stop gasping like that, seriously." Huff N. Puff suggested.

"Leave me alone, creepy fat cloud!"

Huff N. Puff sniffed. "Y-you crossed the line, man..."

"Sorry, man."

Twink got a little bit creepied out. "Is it just me, or are they turning into..."

"No," Geno shook his head. "They're not turning into gangsters."

"Funny you say that," Chris looked at Geno. "Who was the one who said "Yo'! Smithy!" when he found Smithy? I thought he was going to turn into one."

Geno blushed. "I-I was a little bit excited to get rid of Smithy at last..."

Chris's eyes made a happy expression. "Aw, it feels so much better to say these kind of things now that you know I played the game you were in."

Once they reached the next cloud, 3 Buckots appeared as they propelled above the air.

"This one is for me." Roy said as he stepped forward.

The 3 Buckots fixed their eyes at Roy and they quickly hovered above him. The red-haired swordsman looked as the 3 dropped fiery trash that Roy evaded easily as he backstepped, jumped towards them and used Blazer, which wasn't that effective since the Buckots only got pushed back a little.

"Look out!" Kirby yelled as the Buckos dropped more trash on Roy as it all hit him constantly. The red-haired swordsman grunted in pain but then rolled away to jump at them again. This time, Roy used Double Edge to use an aerial attack of 4-hit combo at the enemies before they got pushed down with a meteor smash and disappeared.

"Phew..." Roy landed back and looked at them. "That went well."

"FOR YOU AT LEAST!" Crystal King yelled as he opened the next staircase for them.

After they climbed the stairs...

A Paratroopa was floating above the floor. Parakarry glared at him and went to his enemy. "Look, pal, there's space enough for only one Paratroopa here."

"Oh, okay," the Paratroopa said. "I was getting tired anyway."

The Paratroopa flew high above and then disappeared out of sight while Parakarry kept glaring upwards. The Smashers looked confused at this simple and short moment.

"...That's it?" Geno asked.

"Er...what was all that about?" Chris asked confused.

"W-WHAT?!" Crystal King asked furiously. "T-the nerve of tho-go ahead and please, get killed!"

The Smashers walked further ahead to the next set of stairs, leading to another cloud.

2 Shaydas appeared spinning and they stood above the cloud. Meta Knight grunted and walked forward with Galaxia ready.

The Shaydas slid on the cloud without even moving and towards the masked warrior who waited for them. The blades on their arms were raised and they sliced Meta Knight, only for the masked warrior to use Dimensional Cape to teleport behind them and slice their backs.

The Shaydas turned and quickly raised their blades above, but Meta Knight used Drill Rush to pierce their red spheres on their chests...

...Killing them after he used his sword against them for 3 seconds.

"Fearsome enemy with pathetic weakness." Meta Knight commented.

Chris yawned and closed his yellow eyes. "And you...attack their weak points...for MASSIVE DAMAGE..."

Kirby looked up at the sleeping World Traveler while Crystal King cursed. "Chris? Hello?"

"Huh?" Chris shook his head and looked down to Kirby. "Oh...sorry. I got a little bit sleepy...because I'm getting a little bit bored..."

"Oh."

"Let's go ahead." Mario said as they all walked to the next cloud.

A Jyk appeared and Kirby went forward with a serious expression as he took out his hammer and slammed it on the Jyk, but Kirby got electrocuted for a moment and was pushed back.

"I-I can't hurt him!" Kirby yelled.

"That's right," Crystal King said. "The Jyk is itself invincible and that means you can't win against it! Mwahahahahahaha!"

"Technically speaking, the Jyk thing won't as well." Geno said.

"Why is that?"

"Because it's not moving. It's just remaining in its same place," Geno pointed out. "And since it can't fight unless someone touches it, it's useless, right?"

"...Yes..."

"And since Kirby made the first strike, he basically fought it, but the Jyk didn't do anything except remain there."

"That counts as an action," Meta Knight continued. "That is a rule of battles. Kirby won the moment he tried to attack it, and by default."

"...W-well...i-it's true...b-but...I-I..." Crystal King studdered before grunting annoyed. "Fine, you can go forward."

"Yes!" Kirby said happily before the Smashers went to the next cloud.

"Behold." Crystal King said as 3 Bombeds appeared.

"I'll go this time." Geno said as he stepped forward.

The 3 Bombeds ran at Geno and tossed their heads at him, which he dodged by jumping towards them (and over the bombs). The Bombeds jumped in shock as Geno put his left hand over his right hand and shot a rocket punch that collided with one and destroyed it.

The other 2 Bombeds recovered their heads and they quickly turned and tossed them at Geno. The puppet received 2 explosion in which he got pushed to the air, but then he flipped to use Geno Beam on the 2 Bombeds, who got severely injured by the beam and vanished.

"NO!" Crystal King yelled. "Go forward and get killed this time!"

"How about no?" Roy asked as they all went to next cloud.

"Now please, for this time, lay down and DIE!" Crystal King yelled as 4 Spaaks appeared, floating around.

"I'll go." Pit said as he stepped forward.

The 4 Spaaks floated towards him and released 4 balls of lightning that he countered with his Mirror Shield. However, once the balls hit them back, the clouds turned black and they all flipped in the air before releasing 4 lightning bolts that struck Pit.

"UGH!" Pit twitched in pain and dropped on his right knee.

"Pit! Are you feeling alright?" Roy asked.

"I'm fine..." Pit said as he stood up. "I'll be more careful..."

"Reflecting their attacks back is a bad idea. It doesn't work that well." Geno said.

"Thanks... I'll take that in mind." Pit said as he flapped his wings and flew above where he dove for the 4 clouds. The Spaaks flipped and tried landing 4 bolts at the same time, but Pit flew at the sides to evade them in time before he took out his dual blades and slashed 2 Spaaks across.

The 2 Spaaks crashed into the floor but were able to survive. The 4 Spaaks flipped again and shot 4 bolts of lightning that Pit quickly dodged by rolling towards them. The angel slashed 2 times the 2 previous Spaaks and ended up killing them.

"Only 2 more!" Mallow yelled as the 2 Spaaks seemed to stop, because they were recharging their attacks. Pit took advantage of this and shot several arrows at them. The Spaaks tried to use their attacks but Pit kep stopping them quickly and soon enough, they were blasted away.

"Dammit!" Crystal King cursed as the next cloud's path was unlocked.

"You can still walk, right?" Twink asked.

"Yes... Let me rest for a bit and I'll be ready." Pit said with a nod as they went to the next cloud.

"Next ones won't be so easy." Crystal King said as 2 Armights appeared laughing, crossing their swords.

"Ooh, swords." Roy said as he stepped forward.

The 2 Armights quickly went over the red-haired swordsman and quickly slashed him across, then landing a last blow that pushed Roy back. Roy grunted and charged at them to use Double Edge constantly.

"Keep going like that. They can't move!" Parakarry yelled as Roy slammed his sword on the Armights. The enemies with whiskers grunted in annoyance, flipped around in the air and shot their swords at him. However, Roy used Counter to make the swords unless once they touched him.

"Now..." Roy said as he ran along the cloud and behind the Armights who tried turning quickly, but were defeated by Roy's Flare Blade, which was a small charge enough. "There."

"GRR!" Crystal King grunted as the Smashers went to the next cloud. "I hope this one can defeat you!"

2 Hammer Bros. appeared and looked around. "Hey, we were just playing a game of baseball. What are we doing here?" the first asked.

"Who knows," the second one replied. "Oh, Mario's here. Maybe we should fight him."

"Or me." Kirby said as he stepped forward.

"Hmm..." Chris tilted his head. "Such simpleness to step forward, and from Kirby."

"Sometimes, he likes to fight." Meta Knight said.

The Hammer Bros. remained in their places and tossed their hammers at Kirby, who swallowed them all and turned into Hammer Kirby.

"Hammer!" Hammer Kirby said happily as he raised his hammer and went after the 2. The Hammer Bros. seemed to twitch for something.

"H-hey! How come we can just jump and throw our hammers?!" the first one asked as he jumped and tossed hammers at the Star Warrior. "T-this doesn't make any sense to me!"

"Y-yeah!" the second one said as he saw Hammer Kirby pushing the hammers away with his own hammer. "H-he's gonna hit us! Save me!"

"BAM!" Hammer Kirby slammed his hammer down on the first Hammer Bro. who got killed.

"BROTHER!!!" the other Hammer Bro. yelled before glaring at Hammer Kirby. "Y-you'll pay for killing my brother! HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-"

He simply jumped. Hammer Kirby walked down below the hammers, charged his hammer with fire and slammed it on the Hammer Bro.'s face, making him collide with the force field before he disappeared.

"...Now, if Kirby was this powerful in battles..." Chris wondered.

"Oh, darn you all!" Crystal King cursed as he opened the next path to the next cloud. "Please, don't do anything this time. Seriously, we want to see dead bodies here."

10 Auroros appeared from above and flapped their wings.

Chris chuckled. "Oh, I know how to deal with them," he said as he stepped forward.

"No! You're going to get killed!" Luigi yelled worried.

The 10 Auroros flew above Chris and dove their beaks down. Chris just took a long step back as every single Auroro's beak became stuck on the cloud as they tried to get out. The World Traveler simply walked and quickly pulled them out, then tossed them away where they got instantly defeated without any effort.

"...You must be kidding me..." Crystal King muttered in annoyance as the next path got open.

"So if they become stuck in the ground, they become items once you grab them?" Mario asked as they all climbed the staircase.

"Yes. The Auroros can be defeated like that or by killing it normally like an usual enemy," Chris chuckled. "Courtesy from the DOJO on the official site."

"...The DOJO?" Luigi asked confused.

"Er, the official site of the game... I-I'll show you that place soon." Chris said as they reached the floor.

"Get...killed...please..." Crystal King panted as 3 Boom Primids appeared.

"Just stop exploding in fury like that." Huff N. Puff suggested.

"I know, but these idiots keep making me mad like nothing happens!"

"You're exploding in fury again..."

"So?!"

The Smashers were ignoring all this as Mallow stepped forward.

The Boom Primids tossed their boomerangs at the prince who jumped over them and used Shocker to crush the weapons. The Boom Primids remained confused of what to do as Mallow jumped out from his pants and called forth a big Starman that bounced 14 times on the Boom Primids before disappearing as Shadow Bugs.

"...With 4 bounces was enough..." Mallow said a little bit disappointed.

"And with a single defeat you could've gone down!" Crystal King yelled as the path got open for the Smashers before they walked to the next cloud.

Hammer Kirby looked down, where the enormous cloud that caused the strong weather was floating over a big portion of the sky. "W-we're getting farther away from the sky..."

Luigi looked up. "A-and we're getting closer to the...space?"

"It's not high enough to reach the space," Geno said. "It's a lot farther away from where those 2 are."

"These will do some serious damage to you." Crystal King said as 5 Borboras skipped around happily.

"...Who skips these days?" Mallow asked.

"Seriously..." Roy frowned.

Geno stepped forward and the Borboras stopped and blew a powerful wind that prevented the puppet from advancing.

"(Hmm...)" Geno looked around. "(If there's a force field covering this cloud, then...) GENO WHIRL!"

Geno shot a blinding yellow ring that bounced around the whole force field and into the Borboras multiple times as they were unable to even blow wind out from their heads, then they got instantly defeated as the force field went down.

"...AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Crystal King yelled loudly.

"Take a stupid chill pill for once!" Huff N. Puff suggested as he then chuckled. "Heheh, chill pill..."

"That was quick thinking." Mario remarked.

"I have to use all the advantages of the field as much as I can, shouldn't I?" Geno asked with a chuckle.

"T-the next one is for me..." Luigi said.

"Luigi, are you serious?" Roy asked.

"Y-yes..."

"...Huh?" Crystal King said confused as they reached the next floor. "T-the green man is fighting? T-then HAHAHAHAHAHA! You're not going to get through once you fight..."

3 Poppants appeared and Luigi yelped in horror. The 3 Poppants jumped scared and they all ran to the force field, where they banged on it before it somehow broke and they all ran off the edge and downwards where they got killed once they landed on the enormous cloud.

Some of the Smashers chuckled at this before Luigi got up and looked around with a sigh of relief.

"...You fight...these..." Crystal King trailed off as the next path got open for the Smashers. "..."

Huff N. Puff patted his back. "There, there. I bet they will die very soon."

"..." Crystal King sobbed for around 2 minutes.

"I feel sorry for the guy..." Roy said as they climbed the staircase. "Working like this surely is painful."

"I hope he doesn't get possessed by the Shadow Bugs..." Pit shrugged.

"...Right," Crystal King said as he chuckled evily. "Alright then! You won't defeat this enemy either!"

A Red Paratroopa appeared looking around and Parakarry flew to him.

"Take a hyke, man." Parakarry said with a glare.

"Huh?" the Red Paratroopa looked at him. "Oh, I was planning to. Appearing here randomly is just so wrong and...random," the Red Paratroopa said as he flew high above before he disappeared.

"..." Crystal King inhaled a lot of mist. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

When the staircase's force field disappeared, the Smashers climbed it while Crystal King kept yelling in fury.

"Yes," Mallow nodded. "His job must suck if he hates us this much."

"Or he hates his job much more than he does to us." Twink said shuddering as they reached the next cloud.

Crystal King stopped yelling. "That is IT! I'm just going to watch and not do ANYTHING else whatsoever!"

4 Bullets Bills appeared. The Smashers gasped and ducked before they could explode on them and the bullets went far away into the distance, where they never returned.

"..." Crystal King tried but he let out a small sob as the Smashers simply went to the next cloud.

"...I've been meaning to ask something..." Pit interrupted.

"What?" Mario asked.

"If these are the enemies of the Subspace...how come we were suffering a lot because of them in our previous plan to infiltrate the Subspace?"

Mario shifted his eyes. "...I now feel very embarrassed..."

Pit, Hammer Kirby, Meta Knight and Luigi nodded.

"Wait, you too, Meta Knight?" Chris asked.

"Just because an insane amount of enemies surrounded me when I most didn't expect it." Meta Knight explained.

Once they reached the next cloud, 3 Roaders appeared and prepared their wheels to ram at the first Smasher who wanted to challenge them.

"My turn." Meta Knight said as he stepped forward with Galaxia ready.

The trio of Roaders revved up their wheels and ran towards Meta Knight. The masked warrior charged his attack and slashed them all at the same time.

"This is not going to last much longer that it needs to." Meta Knight said as he used Mach Tornado to quickly fly to the wheel enemies and trap them inside the yellow/orange tornado, which sliced all of them many times before Meta Knight landed the last slash, blasting all of them away as he stopped and sheathed Galaxia. "Pitiful..."

"(...That was SO badass...)" Chris thought.

"You know," Huff N. Puff began. "Maybe the way they do to reach a boss could've been a much better ide-"

"SHUT-UP!" Crystal King yelled annoyed as the Smashers went to the next cloud.

"Meta Knight!" Chris interrupted, excited. "Can you teach me how to be...well...strong as you?"

"Hmph," Meta Knight said. "You should do many trainings and regimes to achieve my currect status as a swordsman."

"Show off..." Roy muttered before Chris stomped on his right foot without even looking. "O-oww!"

"What kind of trainings and regimes?" Chris asked curiously.

"..." Meta Knight looked at him. "First, you must wake up at 3:00 AM and practice using your sword on hard objects. You also need to calculate the time in which you slice them all down. It won't count if you can't slice through them and you'll have to start from the beginning until you succeed. However, once you succeed, you should take in mind the time you did it and compare it with another record if you succeeded 2 times. There are also other kinds of regimes I usually do daily but that would be knowing my style of fight."

"...(...Frankly speaking...I'm not going to be like him ever...)" Chris shook his head. "I-I understand...b-but I like to wake up at 6:00 AM or later..."

"...It's a shame," Meta Knight commented. "Here I was hoping you could do it."

"We're here." Mario said.

6 Cymuls appeared, floating around the cloud as Geno stepped forward.

"This should do." Geno said as he fired several bullets at all the Cymuls, but all of them spun around wildly and reflected back the bullets at Geno who yelled in pain and backed away.

"Geno!" Twink yelled worried.

"Just how many...of these enemies are there waiting for us?" Geno asked.

"27 plus these," Roy said. "Don't try to use projectiles because they'll reflect them back at you!"

"I got that clear," Geno said as he flipped and turned into a cannonball. "GENO FLASH!"

"Did he just turn into a cannonball?" Roy asked as Geno fired a small flame that stopped and grew in size in the middle of the Cymuls.

"Geno is that amazing." Mallow said.

"I don't even know how he does that." Mario said.

"The world may never know..." Twink trailed off as an explosion of fire took place in the cloud as the Cymuls disappeared while turned back to normal.

"Complete." Geno said.

Kingdom Hearts II - Working Together

"Must...restrain...fury...towards...idiots..." Crystal King muttered as the next staircase opened and the Smashers walked to the next cloud. The enormous cloud below was now getting farther away from their feet.

"If we keep going like this, we'll reach the top in no time." Mallow said.

"Let's hope this remains easy." Mario said.

3 Koopa Troopas waited for them and Mario stepped forward. He simply jumped above them to make them hide inside their shells. But something then happened.

Mario looked around. "...How do I get rid of them if they're hiding inside their shells?" Mario asked confused.

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" Crystal King laughed. "What's this, Mario? You can't defeat these now? And here I was thinking you could!"

"Hmm...wait! I know how!" Chris said. "Heat them with your fireballs!"

Mario nodded and he began to shoot several fireballs at the shells which them turned bright red and the Koopas jumped out in pain with several screams. They all ran around in panic and Mario noticed the shells were not protecting them. He proceeded to slam a small fireball on his hand on one of them before continuing with the other 2, thus defeating them all.

"...Hurray, you did it. Now advance..." Crystal King cheered sarcastically as the Smashers went forward to the next staircase.

A Gamyga sprouted out from the next cloud and it stared at no one in particular, before Gamyga sprouted out and did the same.

"Oh, would you please let me?" Pit said as he stepped forward.

The Gamygas' bases began to rotate a little as they closed their eyes and fired lasers at Pit, which he simply reflected back and caused severe damage to the masks above the bases.

"Hmm..." Hammer Kirby wondered for a moment.

"What is it?" Twink asked.

"Isn't it spooky that those monsters never stare at us but at the same time they attack us? I don't know if they're staring at someone else..."

Chris shrugged as Pit finished them without taking away his shield since the Gamygas could only fire lasers that they couldn't reflect back.

"Easy..." Pit said with a bored look.

"Afraid so...afraid so..." Crystal King said as he opened the path.

"The only thing that tires me out is the long staircase," Roy said. "They keep going up and up with no end..."

Luigi sighed. "M-my legs aren't going to hold on for much longer."

"Then you should better fight the next enemy since your energies are depleting." Parakarry said.

"H-huh?... W-well, if you say so..."

A Mizzo inside a glass was waiting for them.

Music stops

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris, Hammer Kirby, Luigi, Parakarry, Mallow and Twink yelled scared.

"S-s-s-s-s-s-save me..." the Mizzo said. "K-k-k-k-kill me..." it muttered.

"W-what is that monster?!" Luigi asked as he hid behind Roy.

"I-it's some kind of sin?!" Pit asked as he carefully drew his blades out.

"...Hmm..." Meta Knight stepped forward. "I remember this monster being inside my ship..."

"K-k-k-k-k-k-kill me...p-p-p-p-p-please...I-I-I-I beg you..." the Mizzo muttered in pain as it moved around the strings that supported him.

"...Such unfortunate soul that was born from the Subspace..." Meta Knight said as he drew out Galaxia. "It is my duty to send this to a better place."

With a charged slash, Meta Knight sliced the machine in half and it exploded, along with the Mizzo who was no more around the clouds as the path opened.

"...Let's go." Meta Knight said as he walked ahead.

"...I think that wasn't necessary..." Chris said as he looked down. "That enemy made me feel bad."

"And Meta Knight destroyed it without holding back..." Hammer Kirby shed a tear and wiped it out. "...W-why?"

"..." Meta Knight turned to them. "Because it wanted to be killed."

"Isn't that bad?" Pit asked.

"No," Meta Knight shook his head. "Sometimes, dying is better than living for some creatures. And if they're begging for their deaths, then we should give them what they want as an act of generosity."

"I still feel bad for it." Mario said.

"So do I, but it can't be helped." Meta Knight said as he climbed the staircase.

Mario Party - Mario's Rainbow Castle

On the next cloud, 5 Trowlons flew above the air as Luigi stepped forward.

"YAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Luigi yelled loudly as the 5 Trowlons chased after him along the cloud. Luigi decided to jump and use a quickl drill kick (which, firstly, wasn't even close to the Trowlons).

"Luigi, stop panicking around!" Mallow yelled.

"AAAAAHHH!!!" Luigi yelled as one Trowlon pulled him above its back and began rising up slowly. "YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHH!!!" Luigi yelled as he quickly got off (except the Trowlon who went high up and disappeared from the scene).

"That gives me an idea," Geno said. "Luigi! Step on their backs and get off them quickly! That way they'll rise up and won't come back!"

"O-okay!" Luigi shouted as he turned to the Trowlons, gulped, sweated, adjusted his hat, his trousers, his shoes, hi-

"DO IT!" Parakarry yelled annoyed as the green plumber jumped on each back of the Trowlons. The airborne enemies began to rise up into the air but didn't notice that Luigi wasn't on their backs.

Luigi sighed in relief as the Trowlons disappeared high into the sky. The path was open once again and they all climbed the staircase.

"Why do we have the most pathetic enemies?!" Crystal King asked in irritation.

3 Glices appeared and rolled around the cloud. Chris stepped forward.

The 3 Glices rolled towards him and prepared to open themselves to release a freezing mist. The World Traveler was busy trying to cast fira but the 3 rotating enemies opened themselves quickly and froze Chris inside an icicle.

"Chris!" Pit yelled.

The icicle broke and Chris shook his head, but then a Glice opened itself and froze him again.

"Oh no, he's constantly being frozen!" Mallow said.

The icicle broke out but another Glice froze him again.

"At this rate, his energies are going to disappear." Meta Knight said.

"He needs to think of something before he dies!" Roy said. "Chris! Do something to stun them!"

The icicle broke out and Chris quickly backstepped from a Glice. The World Traveler closed his yellow eyes to cast a quick spell. "Burn to ashes, Fire!"

Fire began to melt the inside of a Glice and it vanished as well. The 2 Glices rolled towards the World Traveler but he closed his eyes again as the top of his staff began glowing.

"Burn them to black ashes... Fira!"

A big flame shrouded the 2 Glices who instantly got their internal ice melted as they shrieked a little and vanished. The path was open once again and Hammer Kirby walked to Chris, who was looking weak.

"Are you...okay?" Hammer Kirby asked.

"I'm fine...almost..." Chris said.

"Hmm..." Hammer Kirby got a worried look as they proceeded to the next cloud.

3 Glires were now rolling about. Mallow stepped forward and the rolling enemies went after him.

"Snowy!" Mallow called out as a sudden blizzard began to cover the cloud before a big snowman fell down. It blinked several times in confusion before exploding into a lot of snow, causing severe ice damage to the Glires who vanished instantly. "Ha! Take that!"

Chris grunted.

"Why are you grunting?" Mario asked.

"I feel humiliated after Mallow just used one attack to defeat them all and I got frozen at least 4 times."

"Somebody is always better than you. I can say the same thing to me."

"Now you got me worried...and jealous."

"Sorry."

"Pfft," Crystal King rolled his eyes. "Like your ice powers outmatch mine."

The path opened and they all climbed the staircase.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: makuta on April 24, 2009, 06:16:03 PM
If I recall, aren't Jyk's supposed to be INVINCIBLE?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 24, 2009, 09:14:26 PM
Quote from: makuta on April 24, 2009, 06:16:03 PM
If I recall, aren't Jyk's supposed to be INVINCIBLE?
Problem solved.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 26, 2009, 12:54:27 PM
3 Glunders were now rolling the cloud while they let out small sparks. Hammer Kirby stepped forward and as the previous 2 kinds, they rolled towards him.

Hammer Kirby jumped into the air and spun his hammer upwards with a spin of 360 degrees that pushed a Glunder back. The other 2 Glunders rolled behind Hammer Kirby and they let out their shells to release strong sparks that electrocuted the Star Warrior. Hammer Kirby backed away and put his hammer in front of him to defend himself.

"Kirby, spin your hammer around you when you run at them." Meta Knight said.

"H-huh? R-right!" Hammer Kirby said as he ran at the 2 Glunders and spun him hammer around himself, slamming it to the Glunders who jumped into the air and shook themselves. However, Hammer Kirby came again with a spinning hammer that defeated both Glunders. The last Glunder tried to sneak behind him but Hammer Kirby quickly turned with a serious expression and slammed hard the hammer on the Glunder, who disappeared as Shadow Bugs.

Hammer Kirby sat down with a sigh as the next path opened.

Chris ducked to grab the hammer wielder and rubbed his head a little. "Can somebody be this cute and strong? Yes, Kirby can."

Hammer Kirby made a happy expression as they all walked to the next cloud.

4 Sword Primids appeared and moved their swords (that looked like Beam Swords) around as Roy stepped forward.

All of them ran at him and instantly thrusted their swords forward rapidly. The red-haired swordsman couldn't evade the fast thrusts that he resisted the blows and backed away. "Ugh..." Roy grunted in pain.

"They used to ambush a single one in order to gain an advantage." Meta Knight said.

"I'd really hate if they did it on me..." Chris shrugged.

Roy quickly ran at them to deal an upward slash to pull 1 of them above in the air before he used Blazer to slam it away to the force field. The 3 Sword Primids ran underneath Roy and used their swords as drills when they jumped towards him.

"Not today!" Roy yelled as he used a downward slash to push the 3 away to make a safe landing. Roy quickly charged his Flare Blade to slam it on 2 Sword Primids, who got blasted away by the small intensity of the blow. The first Sword Primid ran at Roy but tripped, accidentaly slashing him but giving a chance to use Double Edge at the downed Sword Primid who got blasted away.

"The last one is right above you!" Pit yelled as the mentione Sword Primid used his sword as a drill downwards to the swordsman, but Roy used Counter to vaginaerattack the blow and when the Primid got on the cloud, the swordsman made a simple slash that slammed it down. The Sword Primid was disappeared afterward.

"DAMMIT!" Crystal King yelled as the path got opened as always.

"Hey," Roy pointed at 3 Roturrets in midair without moving. "Don't those guys rotate to fire?"

"Pit, I think you need to go and just use your shield. You'll win very easily." Chris suggested.

"Okay." Pit nodded and he stepped forward, where the Roturrets activated themselves and fixed their turrets at the angel, who pulled his shield out.

...But nothing seemed to happen as they aimed at Pit but didn't shoot.

"..." Pit peered over his shield. "...Aren't you going to attack?"

"They CAN'T speak, genius." Crystal King said.

Pit put his shield away but then the Roturrets fired 18 shots at him. The angel gasped and ran away but half of the shots landed on him as he was pushed back to the force field and crashed.

"PIT!" Luigi yelled.

"They're smart," Crystal King said. "If you put some kind of guard, they won't shoot until you take it away."

Pit coughed a little before 9 more shots were fired at him as he yelled in pain.

"Pit! Use your arrows!" Mario yelled.

"Q-quick..." Pit muttered as he got up and fired several arrows as quickly as he could to discrupt the Roturrets who spun madly.

"Keep going! They won't attack if you keep doing that!"

After a barrage of blue arrows from Pit's bow, the Roturrets blasted away and vanished before the path opened for the Smashers (with Crystal King cursing).

A Red Koopa Troopa was waiting for them with crossed arms.

Parakarry flew to him. "Take a break, you."

"Never!" the Red Koopa Troopa said angrily. "I want some action because appearing out of nowhere isn't exactly what I was planning to do!"

"Oh," Parakarry blinked. "Then do you want a ride back home?"

"..." the Red Koopa Troopa thought for a moment. "...Hmm...well, if you would."

"Hang on." Parakarry carried the Red Koopa Troopa upwards where he passed the force field and let the Koopa fall. "If you keep going down, you'll eventually find your way back home!"

"Thanks, my friend!" the Red Koopa Troopa yelled as he disappeared in the long depth of clouds before Parakarry returned to the cloud and the force field disappearing once again.

"...How did you get outside the force field?" Crystal King asked.

"Because his enemy gave up the moment he decided to return back home." Meta Knight explained.

"...I curse Lord Bowser's minions..." Crystal King muttered as the Smashers advanced to the next cloud.

4 Feyeshes appearing, fixing their eyes at the Smashers.

"Oh, I know how to deal with these." Geno said as he simply stepped forward, shot several bullets at their eyes an-

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" the Feyeshes yelled.

"...Did they just speak?" Parakarry asked.

"D-dude! Why did you do that for?!" one Feyesh asked with its eye turning red while they all cried.

"Our eyes are everything for us! Y-you're so mean!" a second Feyesh said as it tried to wipe out all the tears from its lower eyelash.

"Why do you treat us like this?! W-why?!" a thrid Feyesh asked while it cried and sobbed.

"Y-you're very rude, mean and not to mention heartless to our kind!" the fourth Feyesh cried. "That's it! We're getting out of here! We don't care what Tabuu does to us because we like our eyes very much! C'mon, guys! Let's go find our paradise!"

The 4 Feyeshes nodded and they all floated up before disappearing.

Geno blinked confused before turning to the Smashers, who most of them were glaring at him. "...Oh, please! They were our enemies!" Geno defended himself.

"You're mean, dude." Mallow said simply before Geno glared at him.

"Uuuuuuuuuuuuuhhhhhh..." Crystal King sighed in utter disappointment as he opened the next staircase for them.

2 Towtows were sleeping peacefully as the Smashers reached the cloud.

"...Luigi?" Mario asked.

"...W-well, they look cute..." Luigi said as he stepped forward and walked all the way to the Towtows. "...H-hell-"

The Towtows suddenly woke up and roared loudly, releasing sparks that made Luigi scream and back away in fear as both creatures lunged at him. Luigi used Super Jump Punch that didn't turn into a Super Fire Punch as it only made a simple hit (and coin come out) on the Towtows, making them even angrier.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHH!!!" Luigi screamed as the Towtows chased him around the field.

"Dealing with him in a match isn't going to be that hard." Meta Knight said before Chris wacked his head slightly with his staff. "And why the hit, I ask?"

"For acting superior when you're not." Chris said with crossed arms.

"Hmph."

"I-I have to strike back!" Luigi yelled as he slid along the cloud and saw the Towtows lunging at him. The green plumber gasped but since he was still sliding, he tripped and the Towtows passed over him and directly to the force field where they yelped in pain, grunted and looked at each other's nose.

There was blood coming from them and they yelled in horror before stupidly running into the force field where they vanished.

"...I-I did it?" Luigi asked as he looked back. "...I-I did it! I did it!"

"Well...was that a way to win?" Roy asked.

"Even the most clever can make a horrible mistake." Meta Knight said.

"Oh, so that applies to you." Hammer Kirby said.

"...Shut up." Meta Knight muttered as the force field lowered.

"D-did you see how did I-" Luigi was interrupted as they climbed the stairs.

"Er, Luigi, I think you did very well. N-now we need to advance so don't show off that much either..." Chris said as he sweated.

"...Okay..."

A Bytan waited for them. It took out another Bytan out of its eye and then the 2 took 2 more, then 4 more, then 8 more, then 16 more, the 32 more, then 64 more, then 128 more, then 256 more.

"..." the Smashers simply watched all the Bytans overflowing the cloud where they were and accidentaly broke the force field and fell off the cloud in a rain of themselves, thus killing themselves by multiplying.

"...Huff..." Crystal King sobbed. "W-why do we have such stupid underlings?! T-this isn't fa-a-a-a-a-aair!!!"

The Smashers went ahead to the next staircase as the 2 villains tried to stay under control, or Crystal King even more.

3 Autolances were rolling around the cloud as if they were guarding it. Meta Knight took a step forward with Galaxia ready and the 3 Autolances quickly turned and fired several lances at him, which he quickly evaded using Dimensional Cape and appearing behind one of them, pushing its helmet out to reveal an emergency light.

"Why would they need an emergency light? They don't seem to be the Subspace Army's emergency vehicles to me..." Roy trailed off.

"Aah, the mystery!" Twink said as Meta Knight took a step back from a thrusting spear of another Autolance. The masked knight used a fast charged slash to push the helmet away before using Shuttle Loop to pull the remaining Autolance's helmet away.

The 3 Autolances quickly aimed at him flying around and fired their lances. Meta Knight simply moved to the sides with ease as he descended upon the Autolances to land a severe slash on the 3, right on their emergency lights that caused their defeat as Meta Knight landed and sheathed Galaxia.

"...That was very entertaining." Pit remarked.

"I remember fighting these enemies before, and that knowledge about their weaknesses is valuable." Meta Knight explained as the next path opened. "We must go."

"Why don't you go back instead?" Huff N. Puff suggested. "Pleeeease? Crystal King is in a mental state because of you."

"No." Mario said.

"Sugar on the top?"

"No."

"With candy?"

"No."

"With cheeries?"

"No."

"How about lemon ice cream?"

"Hmm." Hammer Kirby and Chris "hmm'd" at the same time. "Lemon ice cream..."

"You like lemon ice cream?" Chris asked.

"And all flavors." Hammer Kirby said.

They all reached the next cloud and 3 Big Primids appeared from the air and stomped the cloud like sumo-wrestlers.

"Leave them to me." Mario said as he stepped forward.

The 3 Big Primids ran at Mario and tripped to crush him, but the red plumber rolled to the right and jumped straight to them to land a fist on the first Big Primid. It bounced a bit before spinning with a jump towards Mario that made some damage to him.

"Look out! They're charging their attacks!" Parakarry yelled as the other 2 Big Primids raised their fists with engulfing flames before slamming all of them on the plumber, who got pushed to the floor in pain.

"Oh no, Mario!" Chris yelled worried.

"I'm fine!... A bit hurt but I'm fine!" Mario shouted as he coughed.

"If by little hurt he means a bloody nose..." Geno trailed off as Mario didn't notice half of his nose bleeding badly. "...Then I'm worried."

Mario jumped straight towards the second Big Primid and pushed them away with both feet before using several Fireballs to debilitate them even more. The Big Primids adjusted their "hats" and ran at Mario who landed and used a headbutt to push them upwards.

"Was that a headbutt or did he slam his fists with his head?" Chris asked confused.

The 3 Big Primids charged their fists in unison but Mario took out FLUDD a shot a stream of water to the fists who got wet, making the Big Primids get shocked.

"I know that WASN'T fire technically." Pit said with a bored look.

And with a sliding kick, Mario slid underneath the 3 Big Primids and used a Super Jump Punch to get coins out from them. The plumber got unable to move but with a quick fall, he was able to recover, and enough to use another headbutt to blast the 3 Big Primids away.

"That was very impressive," Chris said. "Mario, you're really a natural fighter."

"Oh, thank you," Mario nodded. "I train normally without showing off my abilities."

"Suuuuuure." Roy said.

"You don't believe me?" Mario took out a list that Chris took once they walked to the next cloud. "See who shows off in there after winning a match."

"...Mario...pretty much EVERYONE except you, Luigi and Peach are here...and the date for this is 2001, when the Melee Tournament took place." Chris pointed out.

"I think they still do that." Mario said.

"Well, in that case, I pity the guys who really like to show off after a match ends."

Chris was pitying Bowser, Captain Falcon, Falco, Fox, Ganondorf, Link, Ness, Pikachu, Roy, Dedede, Sonic, Wario and Wolf.

"I pity the guys who don't use swords." Roy said.

The red-haired swordsman didn't pity Marth, Ike, Link, Toon Link, Meta Knight, Pit and Chris if he used his Swordsman or Moogle Knight job.

"I pity the "fighters" who don't show any bravery during battles." Meta Knight said as Luigi forced a glare that later turned into a shocked face.

Meta Knight pitied Luigi, Lucas, Pichu and Olimar.

"And I pity the guys who can't eat a whole feast in one minute like me!" Hammer Kirby said with a happy expression.

Kirby just pitied everyone else except himself.

"We're here, "pitiers." Mario called out.

"And clean your nose." Pit said as he took out a napkin from his back.

"Why?" Mario asked before Pit used his Mirror Shield to reflect Mario's reflection. "...Oh."

"Quick. I hate to use these sacred items as every-day accessories." Pit said.

4 Scope Primids appeared and Pit decided to participate again to reflect their shots backs, which the Scope Primids didn't evade as they received stupidly their shots, thus killing them.

"Hurray for reflectors." Roy said as he high-fived with Pit.

"Hurray for dead Smashers!" Huff N. Puff yelled while Crystal King sobbed.

On the next cloud, 3 Fire Primids appeared, rubbing their stomachs where they stored fire to be prepared for the next fight.

"Don't worry," Chris said as he stepped forward. "I know what spell to use."

The 3 Fire Primids ran at him and pulled back their heads to shot a stream of intense fire.

While the fire enemies were about to release their stream of fire...

"Douse and drown them down!... Watera!"

A big splash of water came underneath the Fire Primids, which they swallowed accidentaly, dousing the fire inside their stomachs to nothing as they seemed to panic.

"Since they're wet... Shock them for greater good... Thundara!"

2 powerful bolts of lightning crashed into the 3 wet Fire Primids, which electrocuted them greatly before blasting away to the force field where they vanished as Shadow Bugs. The force field was removed and the Smashers went to the next cloud.

"I was wondering," Geno began. "Why don't you use that combination with an enemy? They seem to get more damaged with water and lightning combined."

"Hmm..." Chris wondered.

The next cloud had 3 Tickens walking around slowly. Parakarry decided to fight this time.

"You 3, get out." Parakarry said with a glare.

"This isn't going to work this time." Mario said.

"Oh, really?" Parakarry asked before the 3 Tickens raised their spikes upwards and pinched the Paratroopa as he was pushed back. "Y-you little!" Parakarry flapped his wings angrily and hid inside his shell, where he aimed at one of the Tickens and used Shell Shot to slam himself to it.

The Ticken suddenly trembled and it released a small chick that flew upwards and disappeared.

"Was he fighting a little chick and was it controlling the armor?" Mallow asked.

"Sometimes it's better not know." Twink shrugged as he saw Parakarry hiding inside his shell to slam himself on another Ticken, who released another little chick that flew away.

"Ha! I'm far stronger than before. Fear me!" Parakarry proclaimed as he used Shell Shot on the last Ticken, who released another little chick that flew away to the distance.

Hammer Kirby sniffed. "W-will they find their mothers?"

Chris picked him up and rubbed his head. "T-they will..." Chris shed a tear. "I'm sure they will..."

Meta Knight shook his head in shame (for Chris and Hammer Kirby) as they all advanced to the next cloud.

The next cloud had 2 Shellpods and Roy stepped forward.

The 2 Shellpods quickly ran towards Roy, who charged his Flare Sword quickly to release a devastating blow. When the 2 Shellpods lowered their horns to raise Roy to the air, the swordsman slammed his sword hardly on them to create a big explosion, causing some damage to him and the Shellpods whose shells got broken.

The 2 Shellpods (without shells) let 2 high pitched bellows before Roy used Double Edge, the dance inflicting 3-hits followed by a last slam that blasted them away. "That's more like it!" Roy said with enthusiasm.

"WHYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY?!" Crystal King cried out before sobbing out loud, opening the next staircase to the next cloud.

"We're causing a mental breakdown in his mind." Geno said.

"Meh, the more severe, the better." Mallow commented.

3 Metal Primids appeared and they adjusted their hats a little as Hammer Kirby stepped on the field.

The 3 Metal Primids, as their previous comrades, ran at Hammer Kirby who charged his hammer behind him before raising it with a devastating force that pushed 2 of them to the air before landing back. The other one got behind Hammer Kirby and kicked him 2 times.

Hammer Kirby gasped once his ability bounced away from him and disappeared once it touched the force field.

"H-he lost his ability!" Twink said in shock.

"Relax," Mario said. "Kirby can use another one."

Twink looked back at Kirby who pulled out another hammer from behind his back and slammed it on the third Metal Primid, who got pushed away a little before Kirby leaped to him with 3 spinkicks that managed to blast it away.

Kirby looked back where the 2 Metal Primids charged at him and tripped to crush him with both of their weights combined, but Kirby flipped back on the floor and then rushed at them by spinning with his hands and feet, before spliting his legs apart by spinning them to push them at both sides of the force field, where they vanished and opened the way to the next cloud.

Then Kirby did the Kirby Dance, which Chris considered very cute.

On the next cloud, 4 Floows appeared and floated slowly to the sides. Luigi, with some courage, stepped and made a ridiculous fighting stance.

"Luigi, don't humiliate yourself even more..." Roy said with a frown.

"T-this is how I fight, okay?" Luigi said with some tone of annoyance.

The 4 Floows floated to Luigi and they remained close to him without even doing anything. Luigi took advantage of this opportunity to use a Super Fire Punch in a chain-reaction manner to all the Floows, who got pushed back as their tiles moved at the sides.

"I remember them very well," Mario said. "Luigi! Attack them before they recover!"

"R-right!" Luigi said as he ducked and charged up his Green Missile to blast himself towards a single Floow, who got blasted away as the other 3 recovered their healths and floated to Luigi before releasing terrifying screams of agony that damaged Luigi severely. "YEEEEEEEEEH!" Luigi yelled his own scream of agony.

"Luigi, you need to counterattack their attacks!" Pit yelled.

"I-I want to see you doing it!" Luigi yelled as he quickly used Luigi Cyclone to push the 3 Floows away. "P-phew..."

"C'mon! Attack them now!" Twink yelled trying to cheer on Luigi as the green plumber looked up to the Floows recovering. Luigi jumped straight to one of them to use another Super Fire Punch to blast it away with success. Luigi quickly landed (on his head) and tried to get up quickly to jump at another recovering Floow.

"Isn't Luigi changing his ways to fight now?" Mario asked.

"He sure is." Roy said with a nod after Luigi used 4 karate chops on the second-to-last Floow, blasting it away.

"F-fear me!" Luigi yelled at the last Floow who floated to his way and tried to release its scream of fury and agony, but Luigi used a fast headbutt to stun the Floor for a moment before the green plumber used a flip kick to finish it off. "Y-yeah!" Luigi said, jumping in excitement.

"Damn you, green man!" Crystal King yelled as he opened another path to the next cloud.

"Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Luigi! Lui-"

"Luigi! We're going to leave you behind!" Mario yelled from the staircase.

"...Huh?" Luigi turned to Mario and sighed in depression. "N-nobody appreciates me..." Luigi muttered in shame as he slowly walked to them.

"...I do." Chris said, standing from behind Luigi.

"...O-oh, thank you." Luigi said with a small smile.

The next cloud had 2 Greaps that rolled around the place.

"I had horrible nightmares with those monsters before," Pit said as he took a step forward. "I won't let them torture me again."

"Their weak points are their heads, remember." Mario said.

"I will." Pit said as the Greaps rolled towards him and raised their sickles above, which Pit took the opportunity to roll behind them.

"It looks like a baby carriage to me." Twink said.

"It exudes both creepiness and cuteness..." Meta Knight trailed off.

"Ooh, Meta Knight saying cuteness?" Parakarry teased.

"You want your head on the floor?"

"N-nevermind, sir." Parakarry nodded in shock.

"Yiah!" Pit jumped behind one Greap and used a forward slash with both of his blades to make it jump off the ground a little. Pit proceeded to spin his blades quickly to slash his head several times before he used a downward slash to blast it away.

"Watch out!" Geno yelled as Pit got attacked by the other Greap's sickles, which slammed into him and pushed him to the force field. Pit grunted in pain and he ran at the Greap while he yelled. The Greap raised its weapons again and Pit made a risky move and jumped to his head.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Kirby yelled in slow motion as the Greap slowly moved its sickles on Pit while the angel moved his blades forward.

The first attack landed, and the enemy got pushed back.

"..." Kirby opened his eyes and saw Pit dropped on the cloudy floor.

"...Oh my god..." Chris muttered. "...Pit...he isn't..."

The Greap rolled towards Pit and it raised its sickles again.

"...Huh?" Crystal King said confused. "...He's dead?... He's actually dead?"

"It appears so..." Huff N. Puff said.

"...YES! FINALLY! VICTORY IS OURS! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA-"

He was interrupted as a familiar Greap was shown blasting off outside the force field that disappeared once it was defeated.

"..." Crystal King looked to where Pit was, and the angel was shown holding the Palutena Bow with a small smile and weakened eyes. "...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"PIT!" Mario and Roy yelled worried as they all ran to Pit.

"Pit, can you move?" Roy asked as he knelt to Pit.

"I can..." Pit muttered weakly as he slowly got up. "I'm...a little bit...tired..."

"Don't push yourself like that," Meta Knight said. "You're going to become a burden if you do that."

"Meta Knight!" Chris yelled.

"I merely said the truth."

"..." Chris looked at Pit. "If you want, I can heal your wounds."

"...Thanks..." Pit nodded as Chris changed to his Fonyc User job and healed Pit's wounds while they got to the next cloud.

The next cloud had 3 Nagagogs playing tag, and Geno stepped forward.

The 3 Nagagogs ran to Geno, who jumped to the air and fired several bullets at them. However, the Nagagogs rubbed their stomach and they grew up in size, before growing to big red versions of themselves, beating Geno's own height as the puppet's eyes widened in shock.

"RUN!" Twink yelled as the huge Nagagogs ran after Geno. The puppet, while he ran away, used Geno Beam to make them back away. Geno noticed that one Nagagog was gone before it slammed its fist on him, pinning him down to the cloud while some of the Smashers gasped.

"Oh no, not him too!" Mario said worried as Geno struggled to get off from the Nagagog's hand on him.

"You...won't..." Geno clenched his mouth (since he didn't have teeth). "...You won't...stop me...from saving Kalmar... Take...THIS!" Geno pulled out his right hand and fired a charged beam to the Nagagog's face, which made it back away before it was blasted away to the force field.

"Come-back! Come-back!" Mallow and Twink cheered as Geno got up and rolled away from the other Nagagogs' fists. The puppet quickly held out his hands to the sky where he shot a light and slammed his hands on the floor, calling forth several lights from the sky. "GENO BLAST!" Geno yelled as the Nagagogs were constantly damaged before they blasted away and vanished.

"I'll provide healing," Chris said as he went to Geno and made his staff glow. "If this continues like this, we're going to have problems."

"I know..." Geno nodded. "But we're so close to Kalmar now. We can't fail."

"Exactly." Mario said with a nod as they proceeded to the next cloud.

Music stop

"...Oh no..." Pit muttered.

"...It's..."

There was a R.O.B. Sentry waiting for them. Mario, Pit, Kirby, Luigi and Meta Knight felt nostalgic about what happened during the invasion of the Subspace Army.

"...Now..." Kirby began as he looked down sadly. "...I wonder what happened to R.O.B...."

"That's right..." Chris said. "You fought alongside him for a short time, didn't you?"

"Yes," Pit nodded. "If I remember, R.O.B. couldn't forget something tragic about himself..."

"R.O.B. was involved greatly as Tabuu's Ancient Minister," Meta Knight explained. "He was a very depressed character to begin with. Nobody could make a conversation out of him, ever if we tried."

"He only wanted to stop Tabuu from hurting the other R.O.B.s, but at the same time, he was very frightened to face Tabuu himself." Mario added.

"I tried to cheer him...but it was useless..." Kirby said sadly.

"So, who's this R.O.B. guy?" Mallow asked.

The 5 Smashers explained everything to the others.

"I can't believe his race got imprisoned by Tabuu..." Twink said worried.

Tales of Symphonia 2 - Behind Us!

Chris turned to the R.O.B. Sentry and made a serious face. "(Wait...a race? It's stupid to me... Robots are not considered a race. They're...um...artificially created by people so, they're technically machines. Calling them a race is going a bit too far to define them... Which brings a question...)" the World Traveler put his right hand on his chin and looked down. "(If robots are created by people...and since they're not a race like humans, anthros, Pokémon, elves, half-elves, featherfolk, felinefolk, menodixes, and other races...)"

"Chris?" Pit turned to Chris.

"(If robots are created by people...who made the R.O.B.s?)"

"Chris!"

"Huh?" Chris turned to Pit. "O-oh, sorry. I was thinking about something regarding the robots."

"Well...why don't you share what you think to us?"

"...Later..." the World Traveler turned to the R.O.B.. "Right now, we need to advance."

"I'll be fighting it." Roy said as he took a step forward.

The R.O.B. Sentry quickly went towards Roy and it tried to slap its hands on him, but Roy used Counter to push it back. The R.O.B. Sentry went after him again but Roy used Double Edge to defeat it easily as the path opened again.

"..." Roy looked down. "...After you told me everything about R.O.B...I feel guilty for destroying one that looks like him."

"Let's just go." Meta Knight said as they went to the next cloud.

And there was a R.O.B. Blaster waiting for them.

"...I'll go." Mario said.

The R.O.B. Blaster pulled back its head and shot a fast and strong laser that Mario reflected back using his cape. The R.O.B. Blaster got pushed back but regardless, he shot another laser that Mario reflected back. Its own laser was just too much for the robot that he exploded into bits as the path opened again.

"...Sorry..." Mario muttered in shame as they advanced to the next cloud.

There was a R.O.B. Launcher ready to fire a missile. Mallow stepped forward and he called an impacting lightning bolt (Shocker) to crush the R.O.B. Launcher. It wasn't enough and it shot a missile that slowly flew to Mallow. The cloud prince jumped over it and took out a stick that he slammed on the robot, making it explode into bits.

"..." Mallow looked down in shame as the path opened.

"Just 2 more clouds to reach them." Geno said.

"...Yeah, but..." Mallow shook his head.

"...I know...the robots..."

There was an Armank waiting for them.

"I TOLD YOU TO CALL FORTH 2 OF THEM!" Crystal King yelled.

"You forgot to remind me the 3 previous fights!" Huff N. Puff yelled.

"I'll fight it." Meta Knight said as he stepped forward.

The Armank slowly went after Meta Knight and when it was close, a big arm sprouted out from the top and it spun to shoot a big energy ball that Meta Knight dodged by a long backstep. The masked knight jumped to the arm and used 3 slashes to cut it down.

The interior of the Armank opened and between the chassis and the lower part, a blob-looking creature looked around in panic before the masked warrior used Shuttle Loop, combining it with a strong slash that pushed the Armank back.

It was going to close the chassis but Meta Knight used Drill rush to pierce through the middle of the enemy to make it explode once he landed on the other side.

Thus, the second-to-last cloud was at their reach, while the bigger cloud that contained Crystal King and Huff N. Puff was closer that before.

Music stops

Kirby looked down where the enormous cloud was. "...We're pretty far from the ground now..."

"And very close to get Kalmar back." Geno said as they climbed the next staircase.

"..." the Smashers stopped walking once they reached the next cloud, but nowhere was there waiting for them.

"...Wait," Pit looked around. "Something is going to appear here. It's a guess, but I'm sure of it!"

"Thinking back where we were attacked 50 times, it's no surprise." Chris said as he rolled his eyes.

A dark portal appeared between the next staircase and the Smashers. From it, a foot took a step out before it slowly showed them the person walking outside of it with several evil snickers.

"...You..." Roy muttered as he slowly reached for his swo-

"W-wait," Chris interrupted. "Roy, what is the name of your sword? I know Marth's sword is Falchion and Ike's sword is Ragnell, but what's the same of yours?"

"Sword of Seals." Roy muttered.

"Oh, thank you."

"So," the figure that spoke in front of the Smashers. "You're here at last."

"Shut up, Ganondork!" Roy yelled.

Ganondorf glared at Roy. "Why must the young swordsmen always have to be this disrespectful to me?!"

Preview of the next chapter

"You shall not pass through here!" Ganondorf demanded.

"We shall pass through here!" Mallow yelled.

"Make me!"

"I will!"

...

"Crystal King's Issues. Only a small preview? But the title pretty much says that we're going t-" Mallow was interrupted as a random Snorlax fell on top of him.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Heaven's Paradise
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Parakarry
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 27, 2009, 12:14:00 PM
Chapter 122: Crystal King's Issues

Heaven's Paradise

Tales of Symphonia - Zelos's Theme (Serious Arrangement)

"..." Twink looked at Geno.

"...Yes, he finished." Geno said as he unblocked Twink's ears after the king of ice ended his long sentence with curses.

"You have arrived," Ganondorf said as he crossed his arms. "At last, another chance to get rid of you."

"But aren't we going to fight you with only one of us?" Mallow asked.

"True, but you will fall to your deaths if that person dares to fail."

Chris looked at Luigi. "N-no! Not me!" Luigi said as he shook his head quickly in panic.

"Hmph," Ganondorf chuckled. "Do not worry, I will not fight such a pathetic vermin like the green man."

"W-why can't anybody remember my name?" Luigi asked.

"I do." Mario said.

"B-but because you're my brother!"

"We do," everyone said.

"B-but just because I live with you!"

"I do not." Ganondorf said with a glare.

"B-but just because you hate pretty much everyone but yourself!"

"Please, we are not jumping to bonds with people," Ganondorf smacked his right fist into his left palm. "Enough about this. I want to see this cloud with blood spilled all over it."

"I'll make sure that blood if from you!" Pit said as he took out his dual blades.

"...Wait..." Chris stopped Pit from stepping forward. "Ganondorf, I want to ask you something."

"...Very well." Ganondorf nodded.

"Do you know what is R.O.B. doing?"

"..." Ganondorf closed his eyes. "That fool is serving Tabuu as his high officer commander, who instructs everyone to deploy the Subspace Bombs around all the worlds. I do not know more about that piece of metal."

"H-hey! You were worried about him before!" Mario yelled.

"I did?" Ganondorf asked with a smirk. "I do not care about anyone else rather than myself. The day I become a "hero" I am going to be very bad at it and make a fool of myself saving the naive princess and the coward idiot."

"...I don't know guys...but I think he's saying the truth about that." Chris said as he looked away.

"Good, somebody understands me." Ganondorf said with an evil smile.

"That's more like a smirk to me." Parakarry said as he looked at no one in particular.

Shh!

"Oh, sorry."

"With who were you talking to?" Kirby asked.

"N-nobody..." Parakarry shuddered.

"Ganondorf," Meta Knight began as he took out Galaxia. "Step aside and let us pass to finish the imbeciles on the cloud."

"You shall not pass through here!" Ganondorf demanded.

"We shall pass through here!" Mallow yelled.

"Make me!"

"I will!"

They all saw Roy stepping in front of the group as the force field appeared and trapped both challengers inside.

"Roy, are you serious?" Geno asked.

"Like hell I am!" Roy said as he looked at them over his right shoulder. "I always wanted to fight Ganondorf myself just to show Link that I can defend very well against him. Don't worry, I won't lose because we're sure don't want to fall at this height."

Kirby looked down at the insane height they were in. "...I can float down."

"And I can descend slowly." Pit said.

"And I can...turn into a moogle and descend slowly too..." Chris looked down in shame.

"To me, that job seems very useful." Meta Knight commented.

"Really?"

"SILENCE!" Ganondorf yelled as he took his right foot behind him and glared at Roy.

Tales of Vesperia - Fury Sparks

"Swordsman! You shall die by my hands!" Ganondorf yelled as he rushed at Roy.

"I'm also doing this because Link made a bet with me!" Roy said as he rushed towards Ganondorf. "If I can stab my sword at his heart, Link will lend me his Master Sword for a week!"

"I hope Zelda doesn't get a word of this." Mario said.

Ganondorf rushed with his arm ready to slam it at Roy, who jumped over him and slashed his head one time before landing behind the lord of darkness and thrust his sword to his back. Ganondorf grunted in pain as he was able to turn at Roy and use Wizard Foot to push him away as black flames radiated from the red-haired swordsman before vanishing.

"Roy, remember, Ganondorf has strong moves but he's slow." Mario said.

"I know..." Roy said as he shook his head as charged at Ganondorf, who smirked and used Flame Choke to grab the swordsman by the throat and slam it using the dark energy down to the floor. "Ugh..."

"Die!" Ganondorf yelled as he raised his right foot right above Roy's face. The swordsman gasped and rolled to the right to evade the stomp in time before quickly getting up. "Hmph, making your time to die come later?"

"At least I'll make yours faster. HAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Roy rushed at Ganondorf with his sword ready as he thrust it forward with great speed, stunning Ganondorf with the blow for a moment, enough to use a small charged Flare Blade to inflict a good amount of fire damage.

"Ha!" Ganondorf slammed his fist into Roy to stun him a little before using Wizard Foot, pushing the swordsman to their before the lord of evil used Dark Dive to raise himself towards Roy, grabbing him by the shoulders as Ganondorf transferred electricity to Roy's body before pushing him away with an explosion of dark energy.

Roy rolled sideways along the cloud and stopped with his face on the floor as he twitched in pain. "...You won't...kill me...Ganondork..." Roy muttered as he stuck his sword on the cloud to stand up before regaining his composure.

"Phew..." Parakarry sighed in relief as he wiped out some sweat from his head. "One second there I thought he was done for..."

"Heh," Ganondorf chuckled. "Well, can you still stand up?"

"Yes..." Roy muttered weakly. "Enough to...push you down...to the clouds..."

"Sorry," Ganondorf said as he began running to Roy with his fists glowing dark energy. "But I will be the one pushing you out!"

"(Closer...)" Roy thought as Ganondorf was about to smack both fists on his face. "THERE!" Roy used a quick Counter to retaliate quickly at the lord who gasped and grunted in pain once a fast attack with fire slashed him across his armor. "Not even done!" Roy yelled as he quickly stepped in front of Ganondorf and used Double Edge to land 4-hits, the last one being a small fire slash that pushed Ganondorf back.

"U-ugh!" Ganondorf took several steps back and shook his head. "T-this is why I hate people like you..."

"And you're the main reason...why I hate creepy green guys..." Roy said as he panted.

"Then does that mean Ganondorf is an alien?" Kirby wondered.

"No, Kirby," Chris ducked and smiled to Kirby. "Ganondorf has a horrible face sickness that only seems to work on him."

"Ooohhh..." Kirby tilted his head.

"...Really?" Luigi whispered to Mario.

"No." Mario shook his head.

"I will kill you this time..." Ganondorf muttered as he ran at Roy, but then jumped in the air to slam his feet down on the swordsman. Roy gasped before he was pushed to the air straight as Ganondorf jumped and used a flip kick to push him away to the force field, where he crashed and landed on the cloud in pain.

"...U-ugh..." Roy stuck his sword on the cloud once again to regain his stance. "J-just...a little more..."

"Triforce of Power," Ganondorf began. "...Bring darnation to these impudent fools!!!" the lord of darkness yelled loudly as an explosion of rainbow aura covered him while he chuckled darkly.

"...Now that's bad." Roy said with shocked eyes.

"Pit," Chris began as he grabbed Pit's right hand. "Prepare to carry me."

"W-would you cheer on Roy before we fall?" Pit asked.

"AaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!" Ganondorf yelled loudly as he started to grow in size, transforming into Ganon with the same darkish aura in flames that emanated from his body. Roy's eyes widened while his pupils shrunk once the beast stomped the cloud in fury and fixed his eyes at the swordsman. "PREPARE TO MEET YOUR DOOM, PUNY SWORDSMAN..."

Pit rolled his eyes. "Meet your doom...that expression is so overused in you."

"SHUT UP!" Ganon yelled at Pit.

"Now, Roy." Mallow whispered to Roy once the swordsman saw the opportunity to sneak underneath Ganon, where he thrust his sword on his stomach before the beast roared in pain and slammed his stomach on Roy to crush him.

Ganon proceeded to push Roy with a big foot to slam him to the force field as the beast chuckled darkly. "I MUST BE AWARE OF WHAT YOU IDIOTS DO TO ME. TABUU ALTERED MY FINAL SMASH SO I CAN STAY LIKE THIS FOR A LONG PERIOD OF TIME, BUT I EXCHANGED INVINCIBILITY FOR MORE TIME, ENOUGH FOR ME TO CRUSH ALL OF YOU DOWN!"

"I was starting to wonder that," Chris said. "Your Final Smash should've only been a stomp to bury your enemies to the ground before ramming at them."

"I ACKNOWLEDGE YOUR WISDOM," Ganon said as he chuckled. "TOO BAD I CANNOT HURT YOU TO STOP YOUR STUPID MOUTH FROM LEAKING OUT INFORMATION ABOUT ME."

Chris gulped once Ganon glared at him, narrowing his white eyes. "Y-yes, i-it's a shame y-you can't kill me r-right now..."

"AW, THE KID IS GOING TO MAKE AN ACCIDENT ON HIS CLOTHES, BELOW?"

Kid.

"..." Chris put a stronger grip on his staff. "N-no, I-I'm not going to do a dirty thing like that..."

Roy slowly walked towards Ganon from his back and tried charging up a Flare Blade to deal a massive blow.

"HMPH," Ganon stood on his front feet and pushed Roy quickly with his back feet to slam the swordsman to the force field, where he yelled in agonizing pain as blood began to stroll down his mouth. "PATHETIC TRIES TO GET ME DAMAGED."

"ROY!" Pit yelled worried.

"SO," Ganon looked at Chris and narrowed his eyes. "DO YOU WANT TO DIE, KID?"

Chris put a stronger grip on his staff and shook his head. "N-no. W-why?"

"BECAUSE IT SEEMS I COULD ENJOY YOUR CRIES IN THE DARKNESS VERY WELL," Ganon explained as Roy tried to move from the back. "YOU ARE A CRYBABY, ARE YOU NOT?"

"Stop scaring him! He's not fighting you!" Mario yelled with a glare.

"If somebody should get hurt here, that's Roy!" Mallow said.

"Mallow, quiet!" Geno whispered angrily.

"AH, SUCH TASTE OF VICTORY..." Ganon licked his lips a little. "I WAITED FOR THE MOMENT TO KILL THE SWORDSMAN, AND THE TIME IS NOW!" Ganon jumped to spin in the air and turn to the weakened swordsman. "NOW, WHAT ARE YOUR LAST WORDS?!"

"...Go to hell...and fu-" Roy was interrupted.

"NO curses." Geno interrupted as Twink tilted his head confused.

"YES," Ganon nodded. "THAT IS WHAT THAT IDIOT LINK USED TO TELL ME WHEN I ALWAYS HAD HIM CORNERED LIKE THIS. HOWEVER, I HAVE YOU IN HIS PLACE!" Ganon laughed maniacally. "AND HE ALWAYS USED TO COME UP WITH A LAST STRATEGY TO DEFEAT ME. I HATED SUCH IDEAS OF HIM WHEN THAT HAPPENED. IF IT WERE NOT FOR HIM, I COULD HAVE HAD HYRULE UNDER MY REIGN!" the beast stomped the cloud. "BUT YOU ARE DIFFERENT, BECAUSE THIS IS NOT YOUR DESTINY TO DEFEAT ME, IT IS MINE!"

"U-u-ugh..." Roy sat down on the cloud as he leaned his back to the force field.

"AND NOW..." Ganon began. "LET ME CRUSH YOUR BONES TO NOTHING!"

Ganon began to stomp the cloud madly as he rushed towards Roy, who only opened his right eye to see the beast about to crush him under his weight. Roy smiled a little and he was about to faint...

...Until...

"HOLY LANCE!!!"

4 spears of light appeared from below Ganon and they all impaled him across all the sides, making the beast roar in pain as Roy watched surprised at the sudden magic appearing out of nowhere.

Back to the Smashers, there was Chris pointing his staff at Ganondorf with a serious face before he blinked a few times and got a surprised face. "...W-what did I just do?"

"Your magic hurt him," Pit pointed out. "B-but I thought we couldn't help someone in these fights!"

"Oh, I understand now." Meta Knight said with a nod.

"What do you understand?" Parakarry asked.

"We can't physically enter to aid whoever is fighting," Meta Knight looked up to Chris. "But magic, on the other hand..."

"...Now I get it..." Mario rubbed his chin. "Magic can trespass the force field because it appears inside randomly."

"Since it doesn't go through like a missile or a bullet, it can appear like a portal." Geno added.

"Correct," Meta Knight nodded. "All this time we could've had used magic to rely others in their fights from the very beginning."

Chris blushed. "S-so basically I was able to help any of you?"

"Oh, let me try something," Mallow cracked his fingers and held his hands to the sky. "SHOCKER!"

"UGH!" Ganon grunted in pain as a huge bolt fell on his back and disappeared.

"A-ha!" Mallow put his hands on his hips in triumph. "I can trespass the force field with my own magic!"

"WHY?!" Crystal King cried. "W-why must our plans need to fail like this?! W-we had everything planned very well!"

"Maybe we forgot some details..." Huff N. Puff said embarrassed of himself.

"I HAVE NOT FAILED!" Ganon yelled to the cloud.

"S-should we support Roy with magic?" Luigi asked.

"..." Chris looked at Mallow, who nodded with a small smile. "...Mallow, let's support Roy with our magic. Ganondorf won't attack him if we keep interrupting his attacks constantly."

"Okey-dokey." Mallow said with a chuckle.

"T-that's my own line!" Luigi protested, but Mallow ignored him.

"Roy! Can you still go on and fight?" Pit yelled.

"WHERE IS THAT SWORDSMAN?!" Ganon demanded as he looked around the cloud. "THERE IS NO PLACE TO HIDE. THE TERRAIN HERE IS PLAIN!"

"Time to fool the fool," Parakarry whispered to Twink, who nodded. "Oh my gawd! Roy is flying?!"

"WHAT?!" Ganon asked as he looked up and tried to find Roy. "WHERE IS HE?!"

"RUUUUUAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Roy yelled on the top of Ganon's back with a fully charged Flare Blade, which caused a big explosion on the back of the beast as it roared in pain. Roy quickly jumped back to the floor but twitched in pain. "D-darn, that attack weakened me...even more..."

Roy coughed several times before Ganon slowly turned to him with some deep grunts. "YOU-WORTHLESS-SWORDSMAAAAAAAAAN!"

"It's Roy...stupid Ganondork..." Roy muttered with a chuckle.

"RAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Ganon roared loudly in fury as he prepared to slam his body down on the red-haired swordsman.

"Thou who wouldst take revenge, carve here thy holy seal... ECLAIR DE LARMES!" Chris created a cross underneath the beast which rose up and cut his stomach with light energy, making Ganon take several steps back in pain.

"Psychopath!" Mallow called out as 2 spotlights focused on Ganon and made him confused. "Hmm...his health is still too big... He likes to live in the darkness and also kill swordsmen, something I was expecting from him." Mallow pointed out.

"R-Roy! Attack him!" Kirby yelled before Roy nodded and wiped the blood off from his mouth and put a grip on the Swords of Seals. The swordsman then charged at Ganon and slashed him across the face before the beast roared and moved his front feet in pain while he stood up.

"This is my chance..." Roy muttered as he looked at the bright scar on Ganon's stomach and used Double Edge, successfully doing a 4-hit combo before slamming his sword at the thick stomach.

"Y-YOU!" Ganon yelled as he almost crushes Roy by standing with his four feet.

Roy quickly rolled backwards and stood on his right knee with his sword ready as Ganon made like a bull and shot smoke out from his nostrils. Roy motioned towards himself and some of the Smashers gasped.

"H-he's not going to stand there and get crushed against the force field, is he?" Twink asked worried.

"We can only watch and wish for what is best..." Meta Knight said with a frown.

Ganon began to run slowly towards the swordsman, stomping the cloud with force and making it tremble with every foot he lowered down. Roy narrowed his eyes and put his right hand's palm facing Ganon.

"I-I don't know what is going to happen...b-but Roy, don't die!" Chris yelled.

"I...won't..." Roy muttered with a cough.

Once Ganon was about to pin Roy to the wall, the swordsman's palm touched Ganon's face and he quickly pushed himself to the left side and Ganon took a quick look to Roy's grin before he ran to the force field and yelled in pain.

"Heheheh..." Roy chuckled. "You're Ganondork, alright... Stupid enough to ram yourself...into the force field."

"Yes," Meta Knight nodded. "As I've said before, even the most clever can make a horrible mistake." Meta Knight repeated.

"Oh, so that applies to yo-" Kirby gulped once Meta Knight stared at him directly with his eyes. "I-I didn't say anything..."

"...Good." Meta Knight said before turning back to the fight.

"DAMN YOU, IMBECILE!!!" Ganon roared loudly as he shook his head and went after Roy.

"D-darn..." Roy fell on his right knee and panted heavily. "I-if this keeps going on like this..."

"Oh no, he won't!" Mallow yelled as he held out his hands. "Star Rain!"

"HUH?!" Ganon looked up where a giant Starman appeared and crushed him 14 times with several bounces before it jumped away and vanished. The beast was laying down on the floor but he shook his head and slowly got up. "YOU ARE LUCKY I CANNOT GO OVER WHERE YOU ARE AND EAT YOU ALIVE!"

"Eat this!" Chris yelled as closed his eyes and focused more energy to his staff. "O melody beckoning toward the abyss..."

An echoing voice of a woman was heard and everyone looked around for the source, before focusing on Ganon who found several bubbles coming from underneath him, exploding continuously as they somehow made him confused without moving. "S-STUPID..." Ganon said as he tilted his head by the sides.

"W-where did you call that voice?" Luigi asked confused.

"Er..." Chris turned to him. "I-I honestly don't know, but it usually appears when I do those kind of spells..."

"Ahem." Mallow coughed.

"Oh, sorry."

"Wait," Mallow snapped his fingers. "I have an idea to help Roy."

The cloud held out his hands towards the sky and closed his eyes to call forth a small cloud with a weird smile that floated over Roy and made rain. The rain that fell all around Roy suddenly began to heal his wounds by a half before it disappeared.

The swordsman stood up and shook his head a little. "...Why didn't you do that before?"

"Oops." Mallow stuck out his tongue.

"GRR!!!" Ganon shook his head to recover his composure and glared at Roy. "YOU ARE RECOVERED?! FINE! I AM GOING TO ENJOY CRUSHING YOUR BONES A LITTLE BIT MO-"

"Thundara!" Chris (using the Black Mage job) called forth 2 thunders that impacted Ganon from both of his sides. "Now! Attack!"

"Thanks for the help!" Roy shouted before running to Ganon's face and raising his sword to charge it up.

"Quick!" Pit yelled as Ganon moved himself back to ram at Roy. "Stop him!"

"SHOCKER!!!" Mallow yelled out.

SHOCKER!

"UGH!" Ganon grunted in pain as a big lightning fell down on his back. The beast noticed that Roy was very close to his face as he began to shine brightly with a shiny red color. "N-NO! YOU WILL NOT LAND THAT ON ME!" Ganon yelled as he jumped above Roy and slowly fell down to crush the swordsman.

"Magic won't push him away now," Meta Knight said. "Roy is in serious danger now."

"Trap my enemies in the coldest ice... Blizzara!" Chris yelled as a big icicle sprouted out in front of Roy and impaled Ganon on his glowing scar.

The beast was stopped in the air and Ganon looked down, where the icicle that impaled him disappeared, letting him fall down on Roy. "DIIIIIIIIEEEEEEE!!!"

Music stops

"OOOOAAAAAHHHH!!!"

An explosion of fire covered the area where Roy and Ganon were. Most of the Smashers dropped their jaws a little in shock, while Meta Knight watched without a single trail of emotion. Smoke almost covered the whole inside of the force field.

"...Did he..." Twink muttered worried.

"Please...tell me Roy didn't die..." Chris muttered worried.

"..." Mario's eyes trembled as the smoke cleared out...

...And both Roy and Ganondorf were knocked out.

"N-no!" Parakarry yelled.

"...I-idiot..." Roy muttered as Ganondorf couldn't respond back. "...I-I told you...you're an idiot..."

"...Roy!" Kirby yelled happily as the force field lowered down and the Smashers ran at Roy. They all saw Ganondorf entering inside dark portal, leaving the cloud and everyone.

"T-thank goodness..." Chris sighed in relief as Pit helped Roy to get up. "I-I thought you were going to die."

"...Heh..." Roy smiled weakly as he wiped some blood. "At least...he's out of the way now... T-too bad I lost the bet to Link though..."

"C-come to think of it," Luigi began. "Defeating Ganondorf was very fast this time."

"Because we discovered the flaw of those force fields." Pit said.

"T-thanks, guys," Roy chuckled. "If it weren't...for you...I could've died..."

"And now," Chris changed to his Fonic Hymn User job. "Your reward is a big recovery, by me, of course."

"T-thanks..." Roy nodded with a chuckle as the World Traveler healed the swordsman.

5 minutes later...

Everyone stood in front of the final staircase and to the big cloud that had Crystal King and Huff N. Puff.

"..." Parakarry flew to the front and looked up. "Those dorks are so going down after I ram my shell at them," he turned to the Smashers. "Okay, everyone! It's time to bring the beautiful spring back because I'm sure as hell we don't want an eternal winter forever, right?"

Mario nodded. "I haven't been that long to experience what you did, but I'll fight to end it."

"And to rescue Kalmar," Twink began as he looked up. "We need to defeat them. Just that."

"But we should be careful," Geno warned them. "They could be hiding something to surprise us the moment we step on that cloud."

"L-like?" Luigi asked worried.

"I don't know what. Either way, precaution is necessary."

"You worry too much," Meta night frowned. "After how the king reacted at the fall of every single enemt, it's clear that this won't be very hard to deal with."

"So that's his weakness?" Kirby asked.

"Perhaps, perhaps not."

Chris shuddered. "S-something very bad is going to happen after we climb these stairs..."

"You're thinking too much." Roy said.

"I'd be careful," Geno said. "Who knows what awaits with those 2."

Mallow rolled his eyes. "Just climb those stairs and let's fight those guys! They're REALLY going to be so dangerous after we reach them!"

Meanwhile, on the top cloud...

Mario Party - Mario's Rainbow Castle

"My mother was the best ice ruler," Crystal King said as he laid down on a cloud bed with Huff N. Puff using a notepad and wearing glasses. "S-she always used the most deadliest punishment upon those who dared to oppose her," he sniffed. "I-I admired her as my father. Both of them were the best of the best."

"Uh-huh," Huff N. Puff nodded before pointing his pen at him. "Any good memories besides that one?"

"..." Crystal King thought for a moment. "...Icicle Cream?"

"..." Huff N. Puff nodded as he wrote it down.

"Icicle Cream was much better than ice cream itself," Crystal King sniffed. "My father used to give me one of those. The icy aroma was incredible..."

"And what happened to that Icicle Cream?"

"T-the ice vendor...melted..." Crystal King sobbed. "W-what's worse, he was the only one of the whole mountain who knew the recipe, s-so that wonderful dessert was forever lost! LOST!" Crystal King cried loudly as several ice cubes fell down his yellow eyes.

Huff N. Puff nodded as he wrote it down. "(To think a guy like him was this troubled from the inside, if he has an inside that is...)" he shook himself. "Anyway, don't worry."

"W-why?" Crystal King asked as he looked at him with several sobs.

"We're in charge to protect the last Star Spirit. Tabuu gave us another chance to live so why not be happy for it?"

"...I don't see why the happiness is needed..." Crystal King looked away. "Our forces were slowly destroyed one-by-one and they're probably about to reach this place."

"We're here, in fact." Mario called out.

Huff N. Puff looked at him as Crystal King went on without noticing them. "In short, my childhood was horrible. I used to freeze the bed when I slept, freeze my dog, freeze the bathroom, freeze the enjoyable cold water, my dog again..."

"Y-you should stop now." Huff N. Puff suggested.

"But I'm not done yet," Crystal King looked at him. "I was about to explain the time my mother gave me a spat on my misty butt whe-"

Crystal King stopped once he saw the Smashers blinking confused at him.

"...T-that was what my friend Dennys told me about all his sucky childhood!" Crystal King said cheerfully as he jumped off from the bed cloud. "He sure had a very sucky past because the look on his face of mist was priceless! Yes! I also think his life sucked!"

"We're not idiots," Meta Knight said annoyed. "You, however..."

"...You don't believe me, do you?" Crystal King asked with a bored tone.

"No," everyone said.

"..." Crystal King sobbed one last time. "D-Dennys, w-why did you have that bad childhood..."

"They're NOT believing you anymore!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he tossed the pen, glasses and notepad away.

"Fine!" Crystal King yelled in fury. "Now you know how my past sucked so much! I hate it! I want to rewrite that history to correct the errors I did along the way to become a better person, but I don't have that kind of power and NEVER, EVER will!"

"Then, can you please give Kalmar back to us?" Mallow asked.

"Oh," Crystal King took out the card from his robe. "Here."

"NO!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he snatched the card and hid it somewhere inside himself. "Stop being such a pansy and get yourself together! We have company," he pointed at the Smashers. "And a bad one!"

"B-but I..." Crystal King staggered.

"Will you act like the usual villain you are for once?! You were one of Mario's most difficult enemies, for your ice crown's sake!"

"...Y-yes..." Crystal King sniffed as he adjusted his ice crown. "I-I'm fine now... I-I can do this..."

"Yeah," Huff N. Puff nodded with a chuckle. "Remember, you have the ice power with you."

"I have the ice power..." Crystal King repeated.

"You can freeze anyone..."

"I can freeze anyone..."

"You can recover at the last moment to annoy them..."

"I can recover at the last moment to annoy them..."

"You're a king, despite not ruling your own kingdom or nothing else."

"I'm a king, despite not ruling my own kin-wait, what is that supposed to mean?!" Crystal King asked angrily.

"You don't make any sense with the "King" part of your name!" Huff N. Puff argued.

"You will bow down to me RIGHT now, this instant!"

"Ha!" Huff N. Puff laughed. "I won't, because you're not my boss!"

"Neither you are!" Crystal King yelled. "I'm the one who came up with the idea to cause this weather, remember?"

"That was Tabuu, actually..."

"Oh well," Crystal King rolled his glaring eyes. "But I gave more contribution than you!"

"I MADE all the clouds in here! You gave me a boost of ice power!"

"And I came up with the idea of our forces against them!"

"Oh," Huff N. Puff chuckled. "You mean the one where you failed miserably?"

Crystal King gasped and grunted afterward. "Y-you take that back!"

"Nah-ah," Huff N. Puff tilted by the sides. "It's the pure and honest truth. Admit it, your ideas suck."

"You didn't DO a thing if I recall correctly!"

The 2 of them continued arguing as the Smashers shifted their eyes between both of them. Twink yawned along with Mallow as the villains argued between themselves.

"Anybody thinks they're going to destroy each other if they keep going like this?" Roy asked.

"Apparently so..." Chris shuddered (using the Black Mage job).

"HEY!" both villains turned to them. "We're not killing each other!" they yelled.

"Then would you start the evil speech before a fight as we're forced to listen in a daily basis?!" Pit yelled.

"...You know, when you put it that way, it makes me feel rather useless for having to fight bosses like them with the evil speech part..." Chris said with an ashamed look.

"Or feel ashamed." Meta Knight added.

"Meh, it works, it sells and it pays off pretty well." Mallow said with sunglasses on, that he later tossed away.

"Okay, got to return to our evil senses," Huff N. Puff said. "Oh, so you finally arrived! We were tired of waiting for you but it seems you were strong enough to defeat everyone in your way up here."

"The solo fights was a bad idea for you 2." Geno said.

"Told you." Huff N. Puff whispered to Crystal King.

Crystal King frowned. "I expected all of you coming here to confront us. Gathering the previous 6 Star Spirits was an easy task."

"But," Huff N. Puff chuckled. "We're not idiots like the previous 6 keepers. We're a lot smarter than all of them combined."

"Yet, the mist dude cried the entire day." Mallow pointed out.

"S-shut up!" Crystal King yelled. "You just put me on my icy nerves! You won't do such a thing to me now that we have you where we wanted!"

"And I have you there as well!" Parakarry yelled. "Because of you, my job is much harder to do! Do you think my wings are going to hold me up for much more time? What the heck are you 2 thinking?!

"...Freeze the land in an eternal ice era?" Huff N. Puff responded in confusion.

"Hell no!" Parakarry flapped his wings angrily. "I'm here to give you 2 a piece of my mind! After that, my shell is going to give you one!"

"Leave the guy behind so he does all the work for us." Mallow whispered.

"No." Geno whispered.

"Parakarry, I think you should calm down a little bit..." Mario suggested.

Parakarry turned to him. "Nope. Mario, I'm not listening to you this time. This job of a postman is everything for me! I want to say the usual thing I always say when I lose a letter!"

"Another letter, duly delivered. A postman's job is never done?" Mario asked.

Parakarry nodded. "Yep, that same one," he turned to the villains. "Time to get you 2 to leave! I'm prepared for anything you throw at me!"

"...I told you it was a bad idea to freeze him and not do anything else after that." Huff N. Puff whispered.

Crystal King mumbled angrily.

Music stops

Chris's staff glowed red. "Fire magic should put you 2 out."

Both villains chuckled evilly.

"W-what is funny?"

"Tabuu told us about you," Huff N. Puff said. "He warned to get rid of the kid with the different powers to make everything easier."

"Why can't ANYBODY see that I'm a teen?!" Chris asked to the Smashers, but many looked away. "Y-you guys! Y-you're unbeliavable!"

Mist began to gather around the place as Crystal King moved his sleeves in circles. "Stand aside from the kid."

"Teen!"

"It doesn't matter." Crystal King said as the mist began to close in to the World Traveler.

"W-what are you going to do to me?" Chris asked worried as the circle of mist began to shrink.

"Quick!" Geno yelled. "They're going to do something to him. We need to stop them fro-"

"Not today!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he slammed his hands on the cloud and created an earthquake on it, causing the Smashers to stumble back.

Meta Knight was shown jumping to the air, before diving towards Chris. "Stay right there." Meta Knight said.

"That's what you think!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he lifted his right hand to the masked knight and a tower of thick clouds rose up from the floor and pushed him away.

"I-I need to stop him!" Chris said as he closed his eyes and focused his magic on Crystal King. "Burn them to black ashes... FIR-"

A loud sound was heard and the mist collided with the World Traveler, all around him. The Smashers saw Chris and gasped once that his body turned blue with several glitters around.

"W-wait, did they...freeze him?!" Luigi asked in shock.

"Yes," Crystal King nodded. "But that's not all."

Huff N. Puff began to grunt as sparks began to be released out from him, pulling his fists to him before raising them to the air, calling forth a strong lightning bolt that impacted on the frozen World Traveler and shattered the ice, setting Chris free but leaving him extremely weak.

"...I'm...so...sorry...everyone..." Chris muttered weakly before he collapsed by the right side and fell on the floor.

"CHRIS!" Kirby yelled worried as he ran to him and shook him a little. "Wake up! P-please! Wake up!"

"..." Geno ran to them and ducked to examine Chris. "...Not good, he was knocked out."

"N-no..." Kirby sobbed a little.

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Crystal King laughed maniacally. "1 out! That's a nice comeback for us!"

"Bastards..." Roy muttered with a glare.

"This isn't good..." Pit shook his head. "If Chris is down, then that means we can do our combined attacks."

"I presume he will be fine once we finish this fight." Meta Knight said as he took out Galaxia.

"You? Finish this fight?!" Crystal King laughed for a bit to the sky. "I want to see the impossible happening!"

"We had enough of all of you!" Huff N. Puff yelled before looking at the king. "It's time now!"

"But of course," Crystal King said. "It's time for us to...merge!"

"Merge? The 2 of you?" Twink asked.

"Wouldn't use the Shadow Bugs be better?" Pit asked.

"For what?" Crystal King asked. "We're pretty strong if we merge together. The Shadow Bugs corrupt someone's mind and we don't want to take any risks. Tabuu himself told us to do it our way and he agreed."

"(But he said about us regretting it...)" Huff N. Puff thought. "So, shall we?"

"Exactly!" Crystal King yelled before pointing at the Smashers. "Behold! This merging is going to be your true nightmare!"

Mario & Luigi RPG 3!!! - Boss Battle

The atmosphere around them turned a little bit blue as the cloud where they were on began to shake violently. Crystal King and Huff N. Puff chuckled evilly a clouds began to slowly cover both of them. The Smashers backed away a little from the gathering of clouds where the villains were standing.

"B-be on your guards," Meta Knight shouted. "We shouldn't underestimate these imbeciles!"

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAA!!!" 2 voices from the cloud laughed evilly. "Now, this place is going to be your final resting grave!"

Geno took a step back. "Be prepared!"

"Right!" Mallow and Twink nodded.

When the clouds stopped gathering around the 2 villains, a new villain floated in their place...

...But something was wrong.

"MWAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" both of them yelled. "BEHOLD OUR ULTIMATE TRANSFORMATION! We're now Crystal Puff: the Ultimate Subspace Army's Keepers of the Star Spirits! Now, you won't get the Star Spirit out from us so easily because our powers have increased to a new level, a level you won't resist for the first 4 minut-"

"It's just the crybaby king standing above the big cloud..." Parakarry pointed out with a bored look.

Back to where the "new" villain was standing, there were Crystal King standing on top of Huff N. Puff's head. Nothing else changed apart from Huff N. Puff in his icy blue color.

"...So much for that entrance..." Meta Knight said with a frown.

"Not to mention the stupid names combined..." Roy commented with a bored look.

"S-shut up!" Crystal Puff (both of them talking in unison) yelled angrily. "You don't comprehend our powers combined! For that, you'll die here!"

Parakarry quickly grabbed Luigi by the shoulders from escaping. "Oh no! You're staying here to fight those guys!"

"N-no!" Luigi yelled as he struggled to get off from Parakarry's hands. "I-I don't want to die! I-I'm allergic to death!"

"Nobody's stupid enough to be allergic to death. Now stay here!" Parakarry yelled as he pulled Luigi in front of the Smashers.

Luigi shed a tear and stood up. "A-alright...we can do this...we ca-"

"Say, who's going to look after Chris?" Mallow asked.

In an instant, Luigi appeared right besides to knocked out Chris and ducked with a bored look. "I-I can stay behind and let you guys fight them. I-I'll stay here and keep Chris safe."

Mario nodded to his brother. "Thanks, Luigi."

The others, obviously, frowned at Mario's over-confidence and naiveness towards his own brother.

Luigi made a happy expression. "W-well, get fighting! T-those 2 aren't going to stay glaring us the entire day, right?"

"...Let us leave him behind..." Meta Knight said with a frown as they turned to Crystal Puff.

"Wait right there!" Kawashima was heard from Chris's pocket. "I want to remind you all that Chris bought 2 Superspicy Curries and a Hothead. We also have a Green Shell, Poison Mushroom which is not effective against bosses and lastly, a Bumper. You can use them whenever you want but think carefully about when!" Kawashima explained. "Useful tip: Crystal Puff has gained back his weakness against fire so exploit it to the fullest."

"Useful info is always good." Mallow said with a nod.

"Oh, please take care of Chris too. I'm inside his pocket so if he gets crushed or anything...well...it's Game Over for me as well."

"I-I will..." Luigi shuddered as he dragged the World Traveler close to the staircase.

"STOP IGNORING US!" Crystal Puff yelled as he raised his 4 hands. "Ice, freeze them to their deaths!"

Mist began to circulate beneath everyone's feet and they all sidestepped out of the way as 8 icicles sprouted out before disappearing.

"Hmph, evasive actions..." Crystal Puff grunted.

"Attack with fire!" Roy yelled as mostly everyone ran to Crystal Puff.

"Begone!" Crystal Puff yelled as he waved a hand quickly in front of him to launch a strong wind, pushing them all back. "Hahahahahaha! Reaching us isn't going to be so easy ei-"

"Shut up."

"What?!" Crystal Puff looked up where Meta Knight went swiftly through the air and slashed the villain across both faces before landing close to him (them) and using a fast Shuttle Loop to slash them again, before thrusting his sword at Huff N. Puff's face.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Crystal Puff yelled loudly. "H-how dare you, filthy knig...where did he go now?!"

"Very slow." Meta Knight commented as he appeared behind the villain (villains) using Dimensional Cape with a slash attack from behind.

"Our turn!" Pit yelled as he flew above a little to dive down on Crystal Puff and use a downward slash on Crystal King himself.

"U-ugh!" Crystal Puff backed away. "Freeze!" Crystal Puff raised both hands above and several ice bolts fell down the sky.

"D-dam-" Pit couldn't finish his sentence before an ice bolt down on him and froze him.

"Pit!" Roy yelled before glaring at Crystal Puff. "You're going to pay for that!"

"You do!" Crystal Puff yelled as he called forth several stalagmites of ice under the swordsman, slashing him across his body as Roy screamed in pain before the ice shattered.

"I-I'm not going to be pushed to the brink of death again..." Roy said as he coughed a bit.

"Too bad Ganondorf couldn't stop you," Crystal Puff said with a chuckle. "But we have the honor to do it."

"I thought you 2 were combined so technically you're one now?" Twink asked.

This little mistake was going to cause several confusions to everyone (the Smashers, and the figures stalking them every day behind the fourth wall, and probably beyond a screen on many rooms across a big, big world).

"...Shut up!" Crystal Puff responded as he raised his hands up and brought down an ice bolt on Twink, but Geno quickly pushed Twink out of the way and he got frozen.

"GENO!" Twink yelled before he tried to shatter the ice. "P-please, hold on!"

"Freeze you too!" Crystal Puff yelled as they (we told you it's confusing) called forth another ice bolt.

"Thin lollipop!" Kirby yelled excited as he quickly aimed his mouth at the ice bolt and jumped over Twink to save him from getting frozen as the puffball ate the ice bolt and started to shine brightly.

"W-why is Kirby shining like that?" Parakarry asked.

"Since the lightning had ice and electricity combined, I guess both were fused together but Kirby's ability recognized both as separated," Meta Knight explained. "And when he eats 2 different abilities..."

"He gains a random one." Mario added.

When Kirby stopped shining, he wore a jet cap on his head as he hovered above the floor a little with a mini-jetpack inside his hat, smiling a bit. "Jet Kirby prepared to take off, VROOM!"

"Take off but away!" Crystal Puff yelled as he inhaled a lot of air and blowed it to Jet Kirby.

"Storing Mach 5 engine!" Jet Kirby said as he used Store Power to, ironically, store power inside his hat as he pulled his left foot behind. After enough power was store, he used Jet Dash to blast himself towards Crystal Puff at an insane speed before releasing all the stored power's energy out by using Jet Cracker, creating strong shockwaves that damaged both enemies greatly. "VROOM!" Jet Kirby said happily.

"D-dangit!" Crystal Puff yelled in pain. "H-how can a puny marshmallow have this power?!"

"I wonder myself that too many times," Meta Knight commented before receiving a glare by Jet Kirby. "Finally, you defend yourself with a glare for a change."

"Vroom..." Jet Kirby grunted.

"Actually, he obtains a more serious personality when he copies a power from us." Mario said.

"If he had that personality without an ability he would be feared otherwise." Meta Knight said.

"Will all of you stop talking?!" Crystal Puff asked angrily as they called forth several Ice Puffs from the floor. There were 4 of them grinning with their bluish eyes staring at the Smashers.

"Want us to freeze them?" one Ice Puff asked.

"Yes. Go forth and kill them all!" Crystal Puff ordered before the 4 Ice Puffs floated towards the Smashers and gathered winds inside themselves.

"I'm not going to be frozen again..." Roy muttered as he used a small charged Flare Blade. Surprisingly, the small charged sword with fire was enough to blast one of them away.

"DAIHOOOOOOOOO!!!" the Ice Puff that Roy blasted away yelled.

Mario looked behind him where an Ice Puff blew an icy wind that froze him completely.

"MARIO!" Luigi yelled worried before the same Ice Puff turned to him and grinned. "...U-uh-oh..." Luigi muttered as the cloud enemy went towards him and the knocked out Chris. "S-stop!" Luigi yelled as he stood up and took a ridiculous judo fighting stance. "I-I can use fire!"

"Really?" the Ice Puff asked.

"Y-yeah!" Luigi said as he shot a small fireball that attacked the Ice Puff.

"AAH! IT BURNS! HELP!" the Ice Puff yelled in panic as it floated away to another Ice Puff that was trying to freeze Mallow.

"...P-phew..." Luigi sighed in relief and sat down by falling.

"UGH!" Parakarry held his hand up in pain after an Ice Puff froze him. However, when the Paratroopa fell down on the floor, the ice shattered and he was released instantly. "Y-you'll pay for that!" Parakarry demanded as he flew back and extended his feet to the ice cloud, using Sky Dive to push the cloud to the floor. "HA!" Parakarry accelerated to crash his feet on the cloud, making the enemy yell in pain before it vanished.

"My chance to get a raise!" an Ice Puff said cheerfully while gathering wind inside. At that moment, Geno broke out from his frozen state and aimed his fist at the cloud. "What? Gonna rocket your fist at me?"

Geno's fist began to shoot out steam before it went rocketing on the Ice Puff's face directly, causing a critical hit on the enemy.

"NO!" the Ice Puff yelled before it disappeared by the impact. Geno's fist turned back to him and the puppet caught it in time to put it back on his wrist.

"That's what you get for freezing me." Geno said before Twink floated to him and nodded.

"SHELL SHOT!" Parakarry yelled as he hid inside his shell and got himself blasted towards Crystal Puff at a high speed, colliding with the king above.

"AAAAAAAHH!!!" Crystal Puff yelled in pain before they shook themselves. "Hurting a king is against the laws of a kingdom, sick dork!"

"Yell whatever you want to yell back at me!" Parakarry yelled. "I'll yell it back to you until you're down without breathing air again!"

"Fool!" Crystal Puff yelled angrily as he seemed to gather electricity. "We hope you die with this!"

Both villains opened their arms as they shot down an ice bolt below themselves and to the floor, where it spreaded and froze everyone's feet with some damage.

"I'm F-L-Y-I-N-G, you know!" Parakarry yelled with a glare.

"...Great going," Huff N. Puff said as he looked up to Crystal King.

"Y-you, quiet!" Crystal King whispered angrily.

Pit slashed the ice from his feet to get released from it. "This little trap isn't going to stop us that much."

"But it does hurt..." Roy said with a cough as he got his feet out from the icy floor.

"Then try to get close to me!" Crystal Puff demanded.

The swordsman put a stronger grip on the Sword of Seals and he ran towards the villains, but on his way, he tripped and slammed his face on the floor, followed by a moan of pain. "O-oww..." Roy moaned in pain.

"The floor got frozen," Crystal Puff pointed out. "You can't see where is frozen because the mist covering your feet can't let you see well. Imagine the desperation to know which part isn't frozen!"

Mario was shown shooting fireballs around him as steam came from almost everywhere. "I imagine the desperation to freeze everything again."

"DAMN YOU, MARIO!" Crystal Puff yelled angrily. "Ice bolt, fall down upon him!"

An ice bolt fell down from the sky over the red plumber, but he quickly rolled behind to evade the bolt before charging at the cloud enemy.

"GRR! This is why I hate guys like you, bothersome guys!" Crystal Puff yelled as he created 2 ice saws between their (confusion again) hands and shot them at Mario.

"Thunderbolt!" Mallow called out as several lightning bolts impacted on the saws and disappeared them into bits of ice.

Mario jumped straight towards Crystal Puff and slammed a fist downwards on Crystal King, while Huff N. Puff shook in pain before shaking even more after Mario used a headbutt.

"Geno Blast!" Geno yelled as he shot a light to the sky and called forth several towers of light that slammed down into the 2 enemies, who yelled in pain.

"VROOM!" Jet Kirby used Jet Dash to cross the combined enemies and land on the floor before looking back at them.

"Oh no, you won't gang up on us like that again!" Crystal Puff yelled, gathering electricity on himself.

"Attack!" Roy yelled as he jumped straight to the enemies.

"N-no!" Mario held out a hand to Roy before the swordsman touched Crystal Puff and got severely electrocuted, pushing him away to the floor where he grunted and twitched in pain while some sparks flew out.

"NOW!" Crystal Puff yelled as he released a strong ice bolt on the floor and froze everything on it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 30, 2009, 06:06:01 PM
"RED DUDE!" Parakarry yelled as Roy got frozen totally since he laid down on the floor after the push.

Not only that, the ice almost reached the World Traveler and the green plumber, who managed to pull Chris away from the frozen floor.

"UGH!" Crystal Puff twitched in pain after Meta Knight used Mach Tornado to trap them both inside. "BEGONE!"

"Hmph," Meta Knight stepped out of the way by a slam of Huff N. Puff's hands. "You're not worth the trouble." Meta Knight said as he then used 2 upward slashes to deal damage to the stomach.

"HA!" Crystal Puff yelled as he bounced on Meta Knight 3 times to stun him before shooting down an ice bolt to freeze him. "Out of our sight!" Crystal Puff yelled as he slapped the masked warrior out from the cloud.

"M-META KNIGHT! VROOM!" Jet Kirby gasped as he used Store Power to used a downward Jet Dash to get Meta Knight in time before crashing on something.

"Not good," Geno looked at Crystal Puff. "We're 6 against 1 now."

"2." Twink corrected.

"1!" Crystal Puff yelled, lifting his hands above to call forth several ice towers that pulled everyone above the air. "Freeze, ice, freeze!" Crystal Puff chanted as he called forth several ice bolts from the sky and from everyone before they all fell to the floor and were released once the ice shattered. "Mwahahahaha!"

"G-great deal..." Mallow muttered as he got up. "T-that combo wasn't that strong..."

"Your arm is bleeding." Geno pointed out.

"DUAH! HP RAIN! HP RAIN!" Mallow panicked as he called forth a small smiling cloud that rained water down on his arm and healed him. "Phew...that was very close."

"To what?" Twink asked (being the only one who for some reason didn't get attacked).

"...Y-you know what I mean..." Mallow said with a bored look.

"T-too bad I was in the air..." Parakarry coughed. "The bolt from the floor didn't touch me but the one from the air did...ouch..."

Pit embraced himself. "B-brr...his attacks are getting colder as well..."

"Be impaled!" Crystal Puff interrupted as he raised an ice tower on Pit and pushed him into the air before he crashed into the ice floor and yelled in pain.

"T-this ice floor...i-it hurt my wings..." Pit twitched in pain as he got up.

"Well then," Crystal Puff floated towards Pit and looked down to him. "It ends here, forever."

"Oh, no!" Mario yelled from behind as he shot several fireballs that melted the ice and bounced all the way to the ice cloud, who twitched once the fireballs reached him.

"S-stupid plumber!" Crystal Puff yelled as he turned to Mario and made a big iceball that he tossed to him.

Mario quickly pulled out his cape and reflected back the attack, which hit Crystal King and pushed him out from Huff N. Puff.

"..." Geno made a bored look. "See? He was standing on top of him after all..."

"S-silence!" Crystal King yelled as he got up and shook his crown. "Huff N. Puff! Take me on top of you!"

"That pretty much gives it away..." Twink said with a bored look.

"W-well, don't underestimate us still!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he reached for Crystal King.

However...

"VROOM!" Jet Kirby came back from down below and used Jet Cracker and sent several aerial shockwaves that pushed Huff N. Puff on Crystal King and crushed the king.

Pit looked behind him where Meta Knight slid above the ice floor and charged a slash attack that made a severe cut on Huff N. Puff, causing the cloud to yell in pain while Crystal King struggled to get out from his partner.

Meanwhile, with Luigi...

"O-oh man..." Luigi looked to Chris. "I-I need to do something to help them...b-but what?"

The green plumber looked for something behind his back and took out a Superspicy Curry.

"..." Luigi looked at the item before looking back at Chris. He took out a spoon from his back and wondered something. "(Maybe this dish can revive people...)"

"STOP!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he spun to make a whirlwind and pushed Jet Kirby and Mario away to pick up the king and put him on his head. "There. We've merged together."

"You just put him above your head!" Twink yelled angrily.

"SHUT UP!" Crystal Puff yelled as he tried to slap the Star Kid away, but Geno pushed him out from the slap and got pushed to the ice floor, where it shattered before the puppet looked weak.

"G-Geno! A-are you alright?!" Twink asked worried.

"B-barely..." Geno muttered as he got up and coughed weakly. "I-I promise they won't do this again..."

Twink made a worried look before looking at Luigi dripping something in Chris's mouth. "Why is Luigi feeding Chris with that dish?"

Geno coughed before looking at them. "I-I don't know...but let's not get distracted and fight those guys..."

"You go," Twink said as he floated to Luigi and Chris. "I'll cheer you so I don't get in your way."

"...Good idea..." Geno nodded before he adjusted his right hand and ran towards the 2 villains.

"Hey," Twink called as he reached Luigi. "What are you doing with that?"

"I-I thought if I feed him with this curry, something good could happen..." Luigi said as he continued to put more and more curry inside Chris's mouth. "B-but nothing happens..."

Twink rolled his eyes and took the plate off from Luigi's hands. "You're doint it wrong," the Star Kid said before he floated over Chris's mouth...and dripped all the food inside without missing a small bit. "This is HOW you need to do it!"

Luigi gasped in shock after the Superspicy Curry's plate got empty after Twink tossed the plate away. "W-what did you just do?!" Luigi asked as he grabbed his hat.

"Duh, I fed him everything," Twink said. "At your pace you wouldn't finish soone-" the Star Kid looked down where steam began to come out from Chris's mouth (and even nostrils). "...Uh-oh, I guess I went too far..."

Luigi saw Chris's face turning bright red and he took several steps back. "I-I think we should step back for no-"

Then the flames of hell came out from the World Traveler's mouth as he opened his shocked eyes and quickly got up, shooting fireballs from his mouth.

"WATER! WATER! WAAAAAATEEEEEEEER!!!" Chris pleaded as he grabbed his throat and ran around, making Twink fly higher up to evade the fireballs. "WATER! WATER! PEPSI! SODA POP! MUSHROOM SHAKE! ANYTHING! WATER!!!" he yelled loudly before he ran towards the other Smashers, melting all the ice on the floor on his way.

"The Superspicy Curry acted like some sort of reviving item, b-but it caused this like how it should be!" Kawashima yelled as he explained.

"W-what?!" Crystal Puff said after he saw the World Traveler rushing at him. "I thought we got rid of yo-AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"W-what's happening now?" Parakarry asked confused as Chris remained close to Crystal Puff, where he shot a stream of fireballs from his mouth without even doing it on purpose.

"G-GET YOUR FREAKING FIREBALLS OFF ME!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he blocked his face from the fireballs, only to get his hands burned constantly. "AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-O-OWW!!!" Chris yelled in pain as every fireball was shooting out from himself, though he took advantage of this and tried to attack both villains using the mentioned effect as much as he could.

He motioned to the others to attack the villains.

"T-they're stunned, we must attack!" Pit yelled as the 7 Smashers ran to Crystal Puff and began attacking them (confusing again) from all the sides.

"OOOOOAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Roy slammed a fully charged Flare Blade, creating an explosion of fire that damaged the "merged" characters greatly. The swordsman latet twitched and dropped on his left knee.

"S-STOP IT!" Crystal King yelled before several fireballs were shot at him.

"VROOM!" Jet Kirby used another Jet Cracker to send several aerial shockwaves, causing the king to be pushed off from Huff N. Puff again.

"H-healing!" Crystal King yelled as he used magic to recover 20 percent of their injuries, seeing after the fireball died down. "F-finally..."

Chris stuck his tongue out with jaw hanging down a little as he used his hand as a fan. "I-I'm back...i-in a painful way..."

Huff N. Puff went to him and raised his hands above. "N-now, it's time for me to crush you down!"

Chris gulped and took out another Superspicy Curry, which made the cloud gasp in shock, waving his hands in preoccupation.

"N-no...p-p-put that dish down...a-a-and I won't hurt you..." Huff N. Puff muttered, moving his hands down a little to the floor.

Chris sniffed...and put the dish down on the floor.

Huff N. Puff sighed in relief, wiping out the sweat from hi-

Oh wait, Chris took the dish and ate it after all.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Huff N. Puff yelled in pain after many fireballs were shot at him. The cloud tried to get away from the World Traveler, who apparently was running behind him to stop the extreme heat from coming out.

"S-stay back and away from me!" Crystal King yelled as the 2 were getting closer to him.

Both the cloud and World Traveler turned to another way and Crystal sighed.

"I hope you like this. OOOOOOAAAAAAHH!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Crystal King was pushed to the air after a sudden explosion from Roy's Flare Blade. The swordsman was now panting heavily after draining many of his energy.

"W-W-W-W-W-W-W-W-WATER!!!" Chris pleaded as he kept running behind a panicked Huff N. Puff.

"Closer..." Mario muttered as the cloud didn't bother to open his eyes to see the red plumber jumping straight to him. Mario used a fast Mario Tornado (despite his move being replaced) and extended both fists to push Huff N. Puff above.

"Attack pattern!" Parakarry yelled as he hid inside his shell and began slamming himself to the cloud several times at insane speeds, using Air Raid before flipping back and finishing his move.

"S-Star Rain..." Mallow muttered as he called forth a huge Starman that bounced several times (6) on Huff N. Puff before it bounced away and disappeared.

"Yiah!" Pit, who was charging up his attack, dealt 2 strong slashes just in front of Huff N. Puff's face, causing the cloud to yell loudly in pain as he ran around frantically from the World Traveler's fireballs.

"AAAAAAAAAAA...huh?" Huff N. Puff looked around confused once the fireballs stopped from coming behind him. After he looked behind him, he lowered his hands in pain as he panted. "N-no fair...you kept firing those fireballs at me...a-and they're my new weakness because of my new ice powers!"

Chris (using his magic hat as a fan to his mouth) made a weak expression. "W-w-w-well, t-t-t-try to eat 2 Superspicy curries in a row and see how bad it is..."

"Good to have you back..." Geno said with some coughs.

Chris stopped using his magic as a fan and put it back on his head, where his face got covered in pure darkness. "P-please, if I ever eat t-those dishes again...stop me...and I mean it..."

Geno sweatdropped. "It was your fault you got into that."

"Yes, bu-"

"SILENCE!" Crystal King yelled as he shot an ice bolt from his sleeves. Geno gasped and quickly tackled Chris out of the way, evading the attack. "GRRR! THAT IMBECILE! WHY IS HE BACK?!"

Chris looked to the king from the floor with a glare. "B-because an idiot froze me and kept me from fighting!"

"That was SUPPOSED to be the idea!"

"Well..." Chris got up and made his staff glow. "I-"

"Chris, Star Spirits, use them, now." Geno reminded Chris.

"...Oops," Chris stopped his staff from glowing and prayed to the skies. "Klevar, show me your dexterity and lend me your aid..."
Klevar appeared besides him with a happy expression. "Ah, addressing me in such a manner. I'm here and what are your orders?"

"Stop the time for those 2!" Chris said as he pointed at Crystal King and Huff N. Puff.

"If...it isn't the same stupid Star Spirit I was guarding a long time ago..." Huff N. Puff said panting.

Klevar glared at him (without opening his eyes). "Hmph, I wanted to teach you a lesson myself. Clocks of time," he called forth several clocks that surrounded the field.

"We can't be stopped, remember! Trying this is futile!" Huff N. Puff raised his hands. "Now, it's time t-"

"Stop."

The clocks stopped and the time for both villains stopped all of a sudden. The background even got dark.

"I like when I add my variations of words to others," Klevar chuckled and looked at Chris. "Please, try to use us more."

Chris blushed embarrassed. "I-I will."

"You have enough Star Power. Keep fighting! We want Kalmar back to us!" Klevar said before he spun and disappeared.

"GIVE EVERYTHING YOU GOT ON THEM!!!" Mallow yelled loudly as the 10 characters (with Luigi deciding to join the fight) started to attack the stopped villains.

"Burn to black ashes..." Chris chanted.

Roy stood behind Huff N. Puff, charging his Flare Blade.

"...W-wait!" Chris interrupted before he prayed to the skies. "Misstar, please, show us your cuteness and appear!"

Misstar appeared with some giggled, just besides the World Traveler. "Did you call me?" Misstar asked.

"I want you to heal Roy. He's exhausted if you look at him." Chris said as he pointed at the red-haired swordsman, who blinked confused (after he stopped his charge) as the Star Spirit floated close to him.

Misstar closed her eyes and gave Roy a light kiss on his cheek. The swordsman blushed embarrassed before his wounds glowed for a moment and healed by 75 percent.

"W-why can you raise your hands and shoot magic to me instead?" Roy asked.

"Because I like to kiss, and to men like you." Misstar said simply with a giggle.

Roy backed away from her before she spun and disappeared in a blink.

"Burn to black ashes..." Chris chanted.

"O-oh," Roy shook his head. "I almost forgot..." he began to charge his Flare Blade to deal a powerful blow from behind.

A blink in the sky appeared. The blink got bigger before it revealed to be Parakarry (carrying Pit from below), diving at a high speed to Huff N. Puff. "AIR FORCE DELTA ATTACK!!!" Parakarry yelled.

"We didn't give this combination a name!" Pit yelled.

"SHUT UP AND LET ME GET EXCITED!" Parakarry yelled angrily. Pit sighed with a frown and took out his blades to stab them hard on the cloud.

Geno took a step back and charged his beam with a cough. "Let me take part of this...as well..."

Chris nodded as he was about to finish his spell.

Then...

"FIRA!"

"OOOAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"AIR FORCE DELTA ATTACK!!!"

Pit frowned as he stabbed the cloud with a strong impact.

"GENO...BEAM!!!"

The 4 attacks combined and a big explosion of fire occurred on the field. Smoke flew everywhere, making the 5 cough uncontrollably before it cleared out.

"...Damn! He's still alive!" Roy cursed.

"Er, no," Kawashima began. "The time stopped so once he gets his time back, he'll faint if he was damaged so badly."

Geno sighed and looked at the stopped Crystal King being ganged up by Mario, Luigi, Jet Kirby, Meta Knight and Mallow. "We must help them...now."

"...Wait, hold on," Chris stopped Geno from advancing and prayed to the skies. "Eldstar, please come and..."

Eldstar appeared and looked at Chris. "And?" he repeated.

"...S-sorry, I couldn't think of anything."

"Over Limit ready!" Kawashima announced. "Use it when the right time comes, you got that?"

"Y-yes." Chris said with a nod.

Mario used several fireballs on Crystal King before he rushed at him and used a sliding kick to push the king a little to the air, where he got stopped and remained in midair.

"SHOCKER!" Mallow called out a big bolt of lightning that fell down on the stopped king of ice, pushing him back to the floor.

"Die! D-die, please! D-die!" Luigi pleaded as he used the tip of his hands to stab the king several times, albeit slowly...so slowly.

Meta Knight simply stood below the king, slashing the air continuously and his enemy as well before Jet Kirby grabbed the king and used Jet Blow to push him even higher to the air. "VROOM!" Jet Kirby exclaimed happily.

"Ha!" Meta Knight used Shuttle Loop to deal a strong slash upwards as he flew in a circular motion and stabbed his sword behind the king's robe, landing on the floor with a grunt.

The time seemed to return back to normal and an extreme yell of pain came from behind them.

Huff N. Puff blocked his face and yelled loudly.

"W-why?!" Huff N. Puff asked. "W-why do I have to be defeated this way?! Y-you're all a bunch of cheaters! Y-yes! That's what you are!"

"You know what..." Chris made his staff glow as his yellow eyes made a glare. "I'm very sick of this climate that I'm to stop..."

The World Traveler looked over at Geno.

"...Go ahead." Geno said with a nod.

"I'm going to stop it, once and for all!" Chris yelled.

Parakarry crossed his arms. "No fair! I wanted to be the one to say it!"

The World Traveler looked at Parakarry and blushed embarrassed. "O-oops," the glow on the staff disappeared. "W-why don't you deal the finishing blow the-"

A fast ice bolt was shot to him and froze him totally.

Twink looked back where Crystal King was. "O-oh no!"

"That is...ENOUGH!" Crystal King yelled furiously. "I'm on my nerves because...this is just...useless! Worthless! And useless all over again!"

"..." Parakarry rolled his eyes and used a fast Shell Shot on Huff N. Puff.

"...AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!! NOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Huff N. Puff yelled in pure agony before he exploded several times (into many Ice Puffs) and vanished from the place.

A big tremble occurred on the clouds. Jet Kirby peered down where the clouds seemed to move up and down. "Vroom, the clouds are moving."

"U-ugh..." Crystal King shook his head. "Now that...Huff N. Puff is gone...I won't be able to control the weather all along by myself..."

"...Lucky!" Twink said as he floated to where Huff N. Puff was and took out a card from the cloudy floor. "I-I've got it! Geno!"

Geno looked at Twink as his eyes widened. "T-that's...Kalmar's card...isn't it?"

"W-what?!" Crystal King looked around his robe. "D-dangit! I put the card inside Huff N. Puff but I forgot to grab it back!"

"Then...we're leaving?" Mario asked.

"YOU WON'T!" Crystal King yelled as made an ice ball and tossed it at Chris, who got free from the ice and fell down on the floor, defeated.

"H-hey! That's not fair!" Jet Kirby pouted. "He was already defeated once, vroom!"

"Kirby," Meta Knight began. "We're dealing with a villain. Such a thing like this is expected."

Crystal King panted heavily. "I'm...I'm going to...kill you all...even if it is me alone...I'm going to...kill you all!!!"

The king of ice began to cast ice bolts down from the sky, raining around crazily as the Smashers gasped and tried to evade the ice bolts.

"N-no!" Twink yelled once an ice bolt fell on the defeated World Traveler and froze him. "B-but why did he lose this fast?"

Geno was running around from them as he dodged some ice bolts. "Because he forgot to...heal himself early. If he...recovered earlier, then this wouldn't have happened at all."

"Freeze...everything...freeze...everyone...freeze...THEM!!!" Crystal King yelled loudly before laughing evilly and maniacally to the sky, while many ice bolts fell around the cloud.

"UAH!" Luigi yelled as an ice bolt crashed down on him and froze him completely.

"What are you waiting for?!" Kawashima yelled from Chris's frozen pocket. "Use your Final Smash on him! He won't resist for much longer!"

Parakarry was flying around as fast as he could and glared down at the king. "U-ugh! I knew bosses are supposed to reach madness, but i never thought you woul-" he stopped once an ice bolt froze him, making him crash down on the floor where he got free, albeit he received more damage after that. "...Darn..." Parakarry muttered.

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Crystal King laughed maniacally. "Nobody shall leave alive from here! I WILL rule everything! I WILL rule the peasants! I WILL rule every single place and then freeze everyone into their oblivion!"

"(I have to...stop him...)" Mario thought as he hopped up a little with a fist to the air. "Let's-a go!" Mario yelled as a rainbow aura covered him, his eyes turning yellow with the power of the Final Smash as he tried to get closer to the king.

"BEGONE!" Crystal King yelled as he fired an ice bolt from his sleeves and froze the plumber with the Final Smash.

"M-Mario!" Mallow yelled. "C-come on, I need to have something here to help him..." Mallow tried to look for something behind his back...then he took out a Hothead. "...What was this doing with me?"

"Ahem." Kawashima coughed to remind Mallow. Then, a bolt of ice fell on Chris's pocket and froze the DS even more.

"Oh..." Mallow thought for a moment (while the ice bolts seemed to fail in hitting him). "Hmm..."

"W-would you just throw that thing somewhere and see what happens?!" Roy yelled before an ice bolt froze him.

"Q-quick!" Pit yelled as he rolled backwards from 2 ice bolts. "If he freezes us, it's over!"

"H-hey! Ice dude!" Mallow yelled as he held up the Hothead. "Hope you melt your crown this time!"

Crystal King stopped laughing and glanced to Mallow with a cold glare. "Fool! My crown neve-"

"HA!" Mallow tossed the Hothead at high speed to the ice king, who gasped before he got hit and pushed back to the floor, stopping the rampage of ice bolts while the item started rolling around, melting the ice patches that the ice bolts left behind.

"...Good idea..." Meta Knight said as he panted. "The item's temperature is...enough to melt the ice..." he saw the item running above Luigi, who was able to shake the ice off after the item went over him. "And it's enough to defrost anyone on its path..."

Parakarry used his hands to look up and see the king laying down on the floor. "T-this is my chance!" Parakarry yelled with a twitch before he flapped his wings to pull himself up to the air. "Boots to the head!" Parakarry yelled as he pulled himself back before he extended his feet to the king's face (of mist) and descended.

"He doesn't have..." Meta Knight was interrupted as Parakarry's attack made the king yell in pain. "...I hate when physics aren't applied here..."

Mario, once the Hothead rolled over him, was set free and shook his head. "P-phew...I was about to get a cold in there...maybe..."

"Should I suggest...your Final Smash?" Pit asked as Crystal King got up and raised his sleeves to call forth more ice bolts. "That trick is already ol-"

"HA!" Crystal King lowered his sleeves down and he froze the cloud entirely. "Please, PLEASE! DIIIIIIEEEEEE!!!"

"Geez..." Mallow muttered with a frown. "Everyone out there wants us dead..."

"Typical..." Geno muttered as he tried to move. "...Great, he froze our feet."

Mallow looked behind where the Hothead vanished. "And our source to melt the ice disappeared...just great..."

"Then," Pit took out his bow. "I'll use long-range attacks."

The angel began to shoot several arrows at the ice king, who then made an ice wall to protect himself from the attacks.

"Darn it!" Pit cursed.

"Bow time." Mallow raised a finger.

Pit gasped and began to pray to Palutena.

"Do it ANOTHER time, will you?!" Geno asked angrily.

"Multiply!" Crystal King yelled as he made several copies of himself and stood next to the middle one. "Heheheheh, let's see if you peasants can guess the real one."

"The middle one, vroom?" Jet Kirby guessed.

"No!" Crystal King yelled. "The left one! Darn it, why can't you be more intelligent than-"

"..." the Smashers blinked with bored looks.

"...Like, you got screwed yourself," the middle copy said.

"S-shut up! You're not allowed to talk!" Crystal King yelled angrily.

"T-time for me to save the day...with a cool move! Haiyah!" Luigi, in an effort to make a cool move...shot a green fireball to the real king and made the others disappear once the attack made the ice king yell a little. "Yes!"

"Wow," Roy rolled his eyes. "That was...so cool..."

"I know!" Luigi said with a happy expression before he blinked confused. "...W-wait a minute, were yo-"

Meta Knight interrupted once Crystal King...seemed to disappear. "Wait, our enemy is gone."

Music stops

"Vroom?" Jet Kirby tilted his head. "I thought he was over there a moment ago, vroom."

"W-well..." Parakarry flew to Pit. "I saw him hiding inside the cloud we're on..."

"...Tell me something." Pit began.

"What?"

"You're the only one flying...and who has his feet free from the floor..." Pit's eyes made a bored look.

"..." Parakarry looked away.

"...So tell me...WHY DIDN'T YOU DO ANYTHING?!"

"Pit, calm down," Mario began. "Parakarry sometimes gets distracted so is not his fault."

"Aw, please!" Mallow groaned. "It was his fault tha-"

"Huh?" Meta Knight saw a small part of the cloud, behind Luigi, that was sprouting out mist. "Behind you!"

"Wha-" Luigi tried to turn around but a sleeve reached to his throat and pulled him on the ice floor, where he gasped and screamed when Crystal King appeared with an ice blade coming out from his right sleeve. Mostly everyone gasped at this and tried to move.

"D-don't you dare to move!" Crystal King yelled as he held close to ice blade above Luigi's throat, freezing his hands and legs from moving. "One move...and this maggot...is done for..."

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHH!!!" Luigi let out a girly scream.

"Man, pull yourself together...and be a man!" Parakarry said.

"SHUT UP!" Crystal King yelled. "I-I've had enough...of this crap...and you..."

"So do I," Meta Knight spoke. "There is no other option, sadly."

"Yes...indeed..." Crystal King glared down at Luigi. "Who knew with one person as a hostage...was very helpful?"

"Leave Luigi alone!" Mario yelled.

"In heaven? Or hell? Oh, right, this is Heaven's Paradise," the king chuckled. "He's already in heaven...so I'm bringing him down to hell where he belongs..."

"Aaaaaah..." Luigi fainted.

"...Hey, wait a second, vroom," Jet Kirby interrupted. "You can use ice blades?"

"Yes, so?" Crystal King asked.

"And you can multiply yourself into 3 copies, right?"

"Yes..."

"And you can also cause a rampage of ice bolts, right?"

"Yes... Why do you ask all those meaningless things?" Crystal King asked with rage on the tone of his voice.

"...Why didn't you use that a lot time ago when the fight firstly started?"

"Because I-" the king made a shocked expression. "...I...I..."

Roy facepalmed. "So basically...you had all the power to beat us from the beginning...but you forgot about them..."

"...A-apparently so..." Crystal King responded.

Luigi opened his right eye and looked at the king, sniffing silently.

"W-why?" Crystal King asked before he broke into tears. "W-why nothing I think of works like the way I want?! WHY?!" Crystal King asked as he withdrew the ice blade back into his sleeve and fell back with open arms (sleeves) on the floor.

Luigi sat up before getting up, walking slowly over to Mario, where he hid behind his glowing brother.

"T-this isn't fair! NO! THIS ISN'T FA-A-A-AIR!!!" Crystal King began to hit the floor with the end of his sleeves. "I WANTED TO DO SOMETHING IN LIFE, B-BUT I NEVER HAD THE CHANCE TO DO IT! I...I HATE MY LIFE! I HATE IT SO MUCH! WAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"Ugh," Meta Knight frowned as he took his feet out from the ice floor by using 3 slashes around them. "Mario, finish him."

"B-but..." Mario looked at him.

"...It's for the best..." Roy scratched his right arm. "If he hates life so much...then it'd be the right thing to kill him now..."

"Vroom..." Jet Kirby looked down sadly. "I-I'm so...but so sorry for him...vroom..."

Geno closed his eyes and shook his head. "Why do some of them have to act like this before dying before us?"

"The Axem Rangers did the same, right?" Mallow asked.

"Yes..." Twink nodded. "Kind of feels bad when they do this..."

"The Mizzo thing repeats itself again..." Parakarry frowned. "But, I'm not complaining. Finish him off so the weather returns to good ol' spring, Mario."

Mario looked at Crystal King before he opened his hands and pulled them back. "...Forgive us..." Mario muttered before he made a glare and his hands glowed with fire power. "Oh-yeah. UUUU-AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!"

A huge stream of fire began to spread out to all directions with huge fireballs circling with an extreme heat. Crystal King stopped flailing his sleeves on the floor before he sat up and screamed.

"N-NO!" Crystal King yelled as he blocked his face with his sleeve (if he had a face). "NO! NO! NO! NOOOOOOO!!!"

Then the stream got him and pushed him along the air, off from the cloud he was once in as the fire continued to push him out to the sky.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!! DAMN YOU AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALL!!!" Crystal King screamed in extreme pain before the fire began to burn his crown and everything he wore (even his eyes) before nothing was left, causing the stream of flying fireballs to seize and disappear.

"..." Parakarry's jaw dropped. "...What a way to finish a guy..."

Mario panted a little. "...Wow...so that's a Final Smash..."

"Amazing power, isn't?" Roy asked. "I want to use it again in the future."

"...This means..." Parakarry looked at them with a happy smile. "The weather is no more! It's gone! It's leaving! It's disappearing! It's vanishing! We did it and I landed the finishing blow on the cloud monster...like I did again! Oh my gosh, this is a dream coming true to me!" he tossed several letters out from his bag. "Hurray!"

"Don't you need those though?" Mallow asked.

"...Crap!" Parakarry cursed as he began to pick up the letters from the floor.

Luigi peered down and he saw the enormous cloud trembling violently before it began to move up and down, separating and creating holes. "Y-yes! Look!"

The Smashers walked to the edge of the cloud and saw the event happening, far away from their feet. "...I'm glad this is over as well." Meta Knight said.

The cloud that they were on began to shake as they felt the floor softer and softer.

"...Uh-oh..." Roy said. "...S-since this tower was made up by them, along with the weather and the cloud far below..."

"...Everything they made is disappearing." Geno finished.

"..." Luigi gulped. "...T-that means..."

"THIS PLACE IS GOING TO MAKE US FALL AT THIS HEIGHT!" Mallow yelled out loudly before the cloud began to vanish, along with the 50 clouds and the staircases they climbed.

"OH NO!" Luigi yelled as they all began to fall down at the huge height they were.

Pit, Meta Knight, Twink, Jet Kirby (using jetpack) and Parakarry, however, were descending slowly since most of them had wings.

"...Vroom..." Jet Kirby looked down. "W-what is going to happen to Mario, Luigi, Roy, Mallow and Geno?!"

"Relax," Meta Knight said. "We have 2 people waiting for them."

Meanwhile with the other 5...

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!! HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!!!" Luigi yelled in terror.

2 clouds descended close to them and they all looked at the 2 Lakitus (Lakilester and Lakilulu) laughing together.

"W-what is so funny?!" Mallow asked.

"W-well, we played a game and loser had to make or suffer something," Lakilester said as he was shown with his face covered with kisses. "B-but let's say I lost so many times and I had to be kissed wildly. Man, that was...awesome!"

"Teeheehee." Lakilulu giggled while she blushed a little.

"Aw, romance," Mallow made a happy expression before making it a glare. "HELP US, WILL YOU?!"

Lakilester rolled his eyes. "Hmm, fine. Alright, alright," he touched Lakilulu's cloud with his own cloud to extend it and floated down faster to get everyone on it. "Everyone, board the Lakitu Express."

"Baby, nice to meet you around these skies again." Lakilester's cloud said with hearts as eyes to Lakilulu's cloud, who giggled with some blushes.

"Phew..." Roy (ignoring the clouds) wiped the sweat out as the flight members descended and landed on the cloud. "I thought we were going to fall down."

"So!" Lakilulu spoke. "You defeated the 2 of those baddies?"

"We sure as hell did!" Parakarry said happily. "Finally, I can deliver mail like I was supposed to!"

"B-but isn't Nintendo City without anyone and...shielded with a barrier so you can't deliver?"

"Rude," Parakarry glared at him. "There are more than one city outside the biggest one, remember?"

"Oh," Mario nodded. "Yes. There are other cities out there. Unique like Nintendo City."

"...U-um..." Pit looked around the cloud. "...G-guys?"

"Yes?" Geno looked at him.

"...A-are we all here?"

The Smashers and the Lakitus looked around the cloud. "Yeah," Lakilester said. "Why'd you ask?"

"Because I swear we're missing someone here..." Pit wondered.

"..." Jet Kirby's eyes widened in horror. "CHRIS!!! VROOM!!!"

Roy looked down below and found a small spot going down at a high speed. "D-darn! He's falling down faster!"

"I-I almost forgot," Twink began. "He got frozen but he didn't get out from that!"

"That is bad..." Meta Knight shook his head. "Since he got frozen, he gained a little more weight."

"We have to get him before he dies!" Pit yelled as he jumped off from the cloud.

"C-can we catch up with him?" Jet Kirby asked worried.

"It's better to try rather than not doing it," Meta Knight looked away. "However, I fear the worse will most likely happen if we don't hurry."

"GO!" Parakarry yelled worried before the flight members jumped off from the cloud and dove down as fast as they could.

"Sorry," Lakilulu shook her head. "We can't go down faster."

"Meaning you have to wish for the best." Lakilester added.

"...Twink." Geno began.

"Yes?"

"Do you have it?"

"...Oh," Twink took out Kalmar's card. "Here."

Geno took the card and stared at it. "...Very soon...this will..."

Mallow made a worried face and looked down sadly.

Smash Mansion
Outside

Chris already crossed the clouds after they dispersed. The flight members passed the clouds 5 seconds later and dove down as fast as they could to catch up with the falling frozen World Traveler.

"HURRY!" Pit yelled as he pulled back his arms behind. "IF THE ICE IMPACTS, HE WON'T SURVIVE!"

"VROOM!" Jet Kirby used a fully charged Jet Dash to go down faster but he lost speed and made a worried look. "I can't go down faster!"

Meta Knight narrowed his eyes and extended his wings on his back to increase the speed, but he couldn't reach him. "Darn it..."

Parakarry tried to go down faster, but he was the only one going at a much slower speed. "I can just fly high but not descend that fast! If I had someone like the angel then I could!"

"I'm PIT!" Pit yelled annoyed.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Jet Kirby yelled loudly.

The other 3 looked down and gasped when the World Traveler was 30-feet away from the ground.

Jet Kirby blocked his eyes, Pit closed his eyes with a grunt, Parakarry pulled his helmet to his eyes and prevent seeing the crash and Meta Knight kept looking forward, but with a grunt of shame.

"..." Meta Knight found a fast spot moving through the ice field, going towards the World Traveler. "...I wonder who is that..."

"Huh?" the trio opened (raised his helmet in Parakarry's case) their eyes and saw a fast spot jumping towards the World Traveler.

Close to where the ground was, a figure quickly jumped high up to catch Chris in the air. The person then landed back on the ice field and looked down at the frozen character with a weak expression.

"...Be glad I was worried..." the figure spoke before it raised a blue glowing hand, placing it on the ice to shatter it with a small push, setting Chris free from it. "...Wake up... Please, wake up..."

"...H-hmm...ugh..." Chris shook his head as he wiped something from his yellow eyes. "...I-I'm...living?"

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Air Harmony

Suddenly, something licked his face.

"Hahahahahahaha!" Chris laughed. "T-there's only one person who does that without feeling embarrassed of himself!"

The figure blushed and looked away. "W-why do you have to say it like that? Now I do feel embarrased this time..."

Chris slowly opened his yellow eyes and looked at the person holding him on its arms. "Lucario!"

The Aura Pokémon smiled and looked down at Chris without turning his face to him. "W-welcome back."

The World Traveler was put down safely on the snow before he stood up and took off his hat, the darkness disappearing from his face. "L-Lucario! W-what happened? H-how did I end up here?"

"You were falling from the sky," Lucario explained. "I was meditating close to where you went to the sky."

"F-falling?" Chris asked before he looked up and then looked at Lucario. "And how did you..."

"Your aura," Lucario began. "It alerted me."

"...Yes..." Chris looked down with a worried look. "You said before my aura alerts you if I'm in trouble..."

"That is a good thing, isn't?" Lucario asked.

Chris looked at him and smiled. Then, the World Traveler hugged his Pokémon by the shoulders, closing his eyes. "But of course! You're like my guardian angel, you know that?"

Lucario smiled a little. "If you are in trouble, you know what I'll do."

"Save me from danger, no matter what." Chris added.

Lucario nodded and looked up to the sky. "Everyone is here."

The World Traveler opened his eyes and looked at the flight members landing in front of them. Several seconds later, the others came back as well and the Lakitus separated their lover clouds.

"NOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Lakilester's cloud yelled.

"Oh, you shut up! There are plenty of moments for that later anyway!" Lakilester said before sighing in relief. "Heh, whaddaya know? Mario, everyone, you did it!"

Lakilulu pointed at the sky. "The clouds are disappearing. Look!"

Everyone looked at the sky where the clouds were, indeed, disappearing, stopping the snow that was falling down.

"Good thing you were close," Geno said to Lucario. "To think we almost lose Chris."

Chris looked down in shame. "I'm so sorry for getting knocked out twice in battle..."

"You got knocked out?" Lucario asked. "So that is why you were frozen."

"I'm afraid so..." Chris said before he looked at Lucario and smiled a little to him. "And, since you tend to do this to save me from the "suicide moments" or like I like to call them, I should take you more with me so I can be safe."

"Thank you for understanding." Lucario said with a small smile.

"...Hey..." Chris narrowed his eyes. "Did I just say I was weak alone?"

Many of them chuckled as the World Traveler looked at them annoyed.

"Y-you guys are unbelievable!" Chris yelled annoyed.

Back where the Smash Mansion was...

Popo and Nana were playing a snowball fight between the 2 of them, throwing snowballs from forts they made as they laughed. The Ice Climbers then looked up where the snow stopped from falling and the clouds slowly disappearing as well. Light shone down the multiple holes from the sky.

Both of them looked at each other and gathered air inside their mouths...

"Awwwww!!!" they groaned out loud in annoyance.

Behind the mansion...

"Hmm?" Raven looked up were light began to come out from the clouds. "...So, weather's goin' away."

Toon Link stopped firing arrows and looked up. "...Hey, I saw them going up so...they did it!"

"What?" Raven asked confused.

"Er...nothing..." Toon Link shook his head. "Hey, watch this! I can do it!"

"Really?" Raven raised an eyebrow.

The small swordsman shot an arrow to the trees, which bounced the arrow around.

Raven grinned a little bit. "Seems you learned the trick... Oh no..." his eyes widened.

"What?" Toon Link asked confused.

"W-where did you shoot the arrow again?"

Toon Link pointed at the tree he used the arrow on. "That one on that parth of the bark, why?"

The arrow came back and hit Raven's crotch.

Back with the Smashers...

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

A familiar yell was heard echoing and they looked around.

"What the heck was that just now?" Lakilester asked.

Mallow shrugged. "Do we want to know?"

A bag of coins fell down and Chris picked it up. "...2100 Smash Coins."

"The way those coins appear out of nowhere bothers me..." Lucario commented with a worried look.

"But," Chris kept it. "See the bright side."

"Which one?"

"I get rich quickly...then I get poor quickly..." Chris looked down. "...My life sucks here rather than my other life in my own world, right?"

"Totally," Roy said before he was blasted away by a big Aura Sphere. "Oh, come on! You're not crushing my ribs again!" he yelled from afar.

"Grr..." Lucario grunted, showing his fangs.

"...Then again," Chris chuckled. "This one is much better and interesting."

"Amen." Mario, Pit, Mallow, Geno, Twink, Jet Kirby, Parakarry, Lakilester and Lakilulu said in unison.

"Oh," Jet Kirby tilted his head. "Wasn't there someone who wished for this weather to disappear as soon as possible in the mansion, vroom?"

Falco's Room

The windows to Falco's room opened and the pilot looked outside with crossed arms. Falco looked up where the light began to touch the ground and everything in sight.

With a sigh of relief, the avian grinned and said "About darn time for the sun to kick in."

WORLD...WAIT, WAS THAT A WORLD OR NOT?! WHO CARES! WORLD COMPLETED!

YOU HAVE GAINED 2100 SMASH COINS!

TO BE CONTINUED...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink, Parakarry
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: makuta on May 02, 2009, 09:59:57 PM
Crystal King at the end seemed similar to Zant, but more sane.

I think he should come back, you know, later.

Also,as constructive criticism, you need to stop all the Deus Ex Machina, its making the fights less fun to read.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: The Seventh on May 03, 2009, 09:54:26 AM
Quote from: makuta on May 02, 2009, 09:59:57 PM
Crystal King at the end seemed similar to Zant, but more sane.

I think he should come back, you know, later.

Also,as constructive criticism, you need to stop all the Deus Ex Machina, its making the fights less fun to read.
Deus... ex... machina?

What the hell is that?

Good story nevertheless.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 03, 2009, 05:04:48 PM
Chapter 123: Afternoon of Warnings, Preparations and New Challenges

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

On the small sofa located in the lobby, there was Snake lighting a cigar to smoke it. The special undercover agent shot a stream of smoke out of his mouth as he glanced down at his can of soda on the nearby table.

It made a small drop jump out, and to the mat.

"..." Snake raised an eyebrow before he felt a tremble coming from above. "...Now what the hell is happening here..." he said with a bored tone.

"S-STAY BACK!" Master Hand's voice was heard as several explosions were heard from where Snake was. "D-DAMMIT! STOP IT! STAY BACK! CRAZY!"

"Doing my best over here! Oww!" Crazy Hand yelled in pain.

"C-close them before they get out and beat the crap out of our gloves!"

"Right-o!" Crazy Hand yelled as the sounds of doors closing were heard. "Wow, that was such an awesom-"

"Shut up! Don't you dare say anything else! I almost lose a finger because of that levitating-cape guy with the "Dhaos Laser" or whatever the hell he yelled at me!"

"Oops, my bad. Heheheheheh..."

Snake frowned. "Somehow, I think I'm going to regret asking this..."

The elevator (located after climbing the stairs) opened up with smoke coming out. The hands then floated out and coughed. They were all covered in soot as they went to the lobby, where Snake turned his head to face them from the sofa.

"May I ask what is going on now? I'm sure this isn't something we should take part of." Snake said, narrowing his eyes.

"Oh," Master Hand shook himself to wipe out the soot. "Just adding a little floor. You know, some changes here and there."

"I want more details. Why add another floor when the f(beep)ng mansion is already big enough to hold an infantry camp for 5 nations?"

"Never, EVER, curse my mansion," Master Hand warned. "And since you want more details, then you'll have to wait until everyone is here."

"You mean those stages you wanted to show us?"

"Nope," Master Hand shook himself. "It was a request that Link asked me to."

"What would the elf boy ask you to make?" Snake asked.

"Allow me! Please please please!" Crazy Hand started in excitement.

Master Hand grunted and looked at his soot covered brother. "Fine. Start the flashback waves."

Snake rolled his eyes in annoyance as mentioned waves began to move on the screen.

Flashback

Command Room

Several hours before, around the time Chris's group went out and the trainers got inside without anyone seeing them, there were Link (sitting bored on a chair), Master Hand and Crazy Hand (talking between themselves) in the command room. The Hyrulian sighed and looked up to the ceiling.

Link folded his arms. "Man, this is boring..."

"And why is that?" Master Hand asked, appearing from behind Link.

"U-uah! S-stop it! D-don't do that again or I'm going to attack you by accident!" Link yelled as he held his hand close to his heart.

"Well, talking with my brother can cause several brain cells to explode in my brain," Master Hand shrugged as his brother made a thumbs-up from the counter. "And I figured out that talking with a person, normal person, like you could be interesting," he explained. "So, why are you bored?"

"Guess."

"Because you were defeated the last time?"

"No."

"Because you weren't chosen to go with the others and clear out the weather?"

"No."

"Because Zelda isn't for you?"

"NO." Link said with a glare.

"Because Illia dumped you?"

"NO."

"Or how about Saria?"

"NO."

"What about Romani?"

"NO!"

"How about Ruto?"

"NO!"

"And Kafei?"

"HE'S A GUY, YOU IDIOT!"

"Then that means you have an engagement with Zelda, Romani, Ruto, Saria and Ilia at the same time? Wow, you're such the womanizer guy right there."

"W-would you stop talking about the girls I met? I was talking about how easy this is!"

"Oh, right," the hand took out a schedule. "Normally, keeping the Ultimate Chimera in its cage is a daily problem, but not that much ever sin-"

Link grunted. "Let me talk, please. If I let you guess then you won't guess it."

The hand tossed the schedule away. "Fine."

Link put his elbows on his knees and put his chin on his hands. "I was wondering why we don't have difficult battles."

"Difficult battles? But everyone gets almost alive from every encounter with the Subspace Army. I don't see what's wrong with that."

"What I mean is...why isn't there a battle where we are totally screwed?"

"What do you mean by totally screwed?"

"Stupidly hard."

"Like?"

"Oh, like everyone in a group dies in a fight and...I don't know, the fight is over and we lose?"

"Look," Master Hand raised a finger. "The way we work things here is fine. Why do you want to increase the difficulty?"

"Because I want a challenge," Link stood up. "A challenge where we are put into the brinks of death."

Crazy Hand quickly floated behind his brother to listen to the speech.

"A challenge where we are the pushovers and not the other way around, a challenge where we meet the most dangerous enemies that ever took a step on the field of battle, a challenge where we develop the most complicated strategies to defeat our common enemy, a challenge where our current skills can be put at test, a challenge where we can sweat everything out from ourselves, a challenge where we can celebrate for after beating that enemy, a challenge where we can grow stronger out of it," Link said determined. "I want to have something like that here."

"Cruel Brawl," the hands said in unison.

"...A-a little bit less dangerous, that is..."

"Hmm...heheheheheh..." Master Hand chuckled evilly as the room began to get darker. The swordsman put a grip on his sword from his back to stay prepared. "So, you want to have a real challenge where...pretty much all the things you said before?"

"Yes," Link nodded with a glare to the hand. "Amuse me. I want that here and now."

"Mwahahahahahahahaha," Crazy Hand laughed. "You won't get the key in my room for the pigs. I warn you, puny boy, step right ahead to my room."

The room suddenly returned to normal and a record was heard with a scratch.

Master Hand looked at his brother. "Don't ruin the atmosphere like that again! Geez, I want to make a good impression here...or trying to!"

"Oh," Crazy Hand chuckled. "My bad. Go on then."

"Fine," the sane hand said before the room quickly got dark as he stared down at Hero of Twilight. "A challenge is what you will get."

Link made an evilly grin. "Heheheheh, that is going to be interesting."

"Mwahahahahahaha, you shall see true evilness unfold upon you, and everyone you just took with you, too." Master Hand said with an evil snicker.

"Bring it on," Link muttered. "I'm sure they will agree to this."

"NO!" Pichu yelled away from the dark atmosphere, standing in the hallway.

The trio ignored him.

"We shall see..." Master Hand nodded. "We shall see..."

"Yes, we will... Yes, we will..." Link said with slow nods.

"Mwahahahahahaha..." Master Hand laughed.

"Mwahahahahahaha..." Crazy Hand laughed.

"Mwahahahahahaha..." Link laughed.

"Mwahahahahahaha..." the trio laughed evilly.

"Say," Ness came from the hall and watched the trio inside the dark atmosphere that covered the whole room except the hallway. "What are they doing?"

"...Who knows?" Pichu asked before they walked away. "You know how those 3 are."

"True enough."

End of flashback

Main Lobby

"And so," Master Hand began. "We took Link's request into test by using our original minds."

"I heard from the kid's world that some of the guys here are "clones" because of y-"

"ALMOST original minds," Master Hand interrupted with a frown. "By using our ALMOST original minds, we created something to make Link happy."

"Of course," Crazy Hand began. "Something that he will regret for the rest of his life. Mwahahahahah-"

"We're done with the evil laughs, you know. Save those for the Final Destination."

"Oh, okay."

Master Hand turned to Snake. "You guys want to be and get stronger, yeah, that's so overused these days so what? Anyway, I took Link's request into mind and thus I ended up creating a new floor where...ha! I'm not going to tell you until everyone arrives!"

"...Well, at least I expect it to be worthwhile." Snake commented.

"Coughforevercough." Crazy Hand coughed.

Snake rolled his eyes. "Thank you for the spoilers."

Master Hand grunted. "Nothing can seem to escape from his mouth at al-"

The doors to the exit suddenly were opened by a fast slam as the Ice Climbers came out with annoyed looks. "And you HAD to stop the weather." Nana said annoyed as the Smashers that went to the sky came in.

"W-well, excuse me!" Roy yelled. "Those guys wanted to make an ice era in here and roughly everyone but you 2 would disagree with it!"

"That could've been nice!" Popo yelled. "You don't understand what we like, do you?"

"Duh!" Roy frowned. "You 2 live in mountains where the ice really got inside your own minds!"

"Okay," Nana turned to him. "We don't want to hear anything more from you! If you'll excuse us, we're going to plan the domination of all the lands with an eternal winter of our own!"

"...You're not going to do that, right?" Chris asked worried.

"...No..." Nana said. "...Ugh, it couldn't be helped so...well...spring is good, I guess..."

"Yeah," Popo nodded. "At least my TV commercials will be back on."

"Popo, the city's people escaped and nobody is at the TV Station anymore."

Popo's eyes widened in horror. "O-one bad thing after the other!"

Nana facepalmed. "Why do I even bother teaching him..."

"Your cue." Snake said to Master Hand.

"Welcome back," Master Hand said as he went to the Smashers. "I presume all ended well, right? Oh, look at that, the sun is back and the snow is gone."

The Ice Climbers grunted annoyed before walking to the stairs.

"Who are those 2?" Master Hand asked as he looked at the Lakitus.

"Oops," Lakilester began. "I think this is as far as we can get for now."

"Seems that way." Lakilulu said.

The male Lakitu turned to Mario. "Mario, everyone, good luck in saving the city. We need to return to Petal Meadows and live a very happy life there."

"Sweet, sweet, happy life." Lakilulu said as she blushed.

"Aw, you're going?" Mallow asked.

"Don't fear!" Lakilester said. "We'll drop by and visit all of you sometime in a near futur-"

The Lakitu suddenly stopped and Lakilulu looked at him.

"...Uh-oh..." Lakilulu muttered.

"What?" Pit asked.

"He's going to. So, good bye everyone," she smiled at them. "I hope you can save your city, and I'll wish for your success."

"But can you tell us why did Lakilester stop talking all of a sudden, vroom?" Jet Kirby asked.

"I HEARD THAT!" Lakilester yelled as he pointed outside. "WATT, I KNOW YOU SAID MY FAKE NAME! IT'S SPIKE, YOU HEAR ME?! SPIKE!!!" Lakilester yelled before his cloud made an angry expression, pulled itself back and flew away at a high speed to the horizon.

"...But Kirby said Lakilester just now..." Luigi trailed off.

Lakilulu giggled. "He seems to let you call him by his real name. I think he's happy about it, which for me is kind of considerate," she started to float away outside as she waved at them. "And it's time for me to go as well! I need to stop that man before he murders anyone. He gets like this and I get defensive like usual."

"Good bye then." Mario said as he waved his hand at her.

"Oh, thank you! Good luck everyone!" Lakilulu yelled before her cloud pulled back and flew away at a high speed to the same direction where Lakilester went.

"There goes a friend of mine." Mario said with a small smile.

"Let's hope Goombario drops by." Twink said.

"And..." Parakarry looked around his bag and gave several letters to Chris.

Obtained Garnet's Letter!
Obtained Laharl's Letter!
Obtained Kylie Koopa's Letter!
Obtained Soren's Letter!
Obtained Birdo's Letter!
Obtained Wave's Letter!

"6 letters, duly delivered," Parakarry made a happy expression. "A postman's job is never done."

"..." Chris took a big letter. "Why is...Laharl's Letter so heavy and big?"

"I don't go further into other people' mail, I'm afraid!" Parakarry said cheerfully as he flapped his wings faster. "Aw, the good feeling to fly in the blue skies and delivering people their mail, something I wanted to see at last!" the Paratroopa began to fly outside. "Well, this is my cue t-ah, wait!"

The Paratroopa gave Chris a small box with holes around. Something seemed to move slowly on the inside.

"What's this?" Chris asked.

"This girl Kumatora wanted to deliver this to Lucas, so be sure to give it to him when you see the boy," Parakarry said before he continued in his path. "That's all for me for now! I'll be happy to deliver you all the mail you need to get your hands on."

"Where are you going now?" Mario asked.

"To the blue skies where my freedom is located! Although it's practically everywhere, but who cares? I'm back to my job!" Parakarry yelled before he began to fly high up to the sky. "See you so much later! Thanks a lot for getting rid of this weatheeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee...."

His voice began to fade before Jet Kirby closed the doors.

"...I'm going to read the letters later..." Chris said as he kept the letters.

Parakarry has left your team

They all looked to Master Hand.

"Getting help from people is pretty nice and considerate," Master Hand said. "I can't hardly wait to see who else helps us."

"Weren't you going to say anything to them?" Snake asked.

"Oh, right," Master Hand made a megaphone appear. "Everyone in the mansion, please report to the main lobby! We have a special announcement right now so get your FREAKING BUTTS OVER HERE, OVER!"

Snake rolled his eyes. "I presume you tend to yell at them like that."

Master Hand tossed the megaphone away and chuckled. "Well, they won't listen the good way. They're sometimes nice to me but most of the time so rude," he sniffed. "I-I just want more love from them..."

Chris made an apologetic look and patted Master Hand's glove wrist. "There, there. I think you're pretty awesome."

"R-really?" Master Hand asked with a sob.

Chris nodded. "You're hand with magic and no body. What's more impressive than that? They don't know your potential but I know it very well."

Master Hand sniffed and hung his pinky finger above Chris's shoulders. "T-thank you. You're the only one out of all these...Smashers who appreciate me like this."

"Just be glad you're very good to me."

"Yes," Master Hand floated above a little. "Good thing this isn't an altered dimension."

"Why do you say that?"

"Because I've had some visions where...well...I get severely punished..." the hand shrugged. "But here, I'm pretty much safer."

Chris looked at Lucario. "What do you think about Master Hand?"

"I...think...he is very good?" Lucario responded.

"...Well, that didn't sound that honestly...but it's a first."

Several seconds passed before a worried Red came from the hallway with Squirtle and Ivysaur following.

"S-so, you guys stopped the weather?" Red asked.

"Yeah," Mallow nodded. "Yes, we did."

"Why are you looking kind of worried though?" Geno asked.

"Heheheheheh...n-nothing to be worried about... Nope! Nothing!" Red said with a nervous chuckle.

Lucario narrowed his eyes at him.

Squirtle gasped. "W-will you believe in him before scanning his mind?"

"No," Lucario shook his head. "I want to see if he isn't hiding somethi-"

"Lucario, stop." Chris ordered.

"B-bu-"

"I told you before you can't go into other people' mind like that because it's rude. Stop now."

"Y-yes..." Lucario closed his eyes embarrassed.

Ivysaur chuckled. "Aw, little blue doggy is getting disciplined?"

"S-shut up..." Lucario muttered.

"(Phew!)" Red sighed in his mind before he made a relieved look.

"Hm-hmmmmmmmmmmmm!!!" Falco came from the stairs, extending his fists upwards before putting them inside his pockets. "So, winter is gone and spring is back, huh?"

"Pretty much so," Twink said. "That made you happy, right?"

"100 percent," Falco said with a grin before crossing his arms. "I really missed the times where I was outside the bed the entire day...and not the other way around," he shrugged. "Oh well, at least it's finally over."

"For the winter, yes," Geno said. "For Smithy, very soon."

"The caaaaaaaaaaaard..." Mallow said, moving his hands around.

Geno took out Kalmar's card and looked at Mallow with a bored look. "Would you wait until everyone gets here?"

"Hi!" Sonic said, appearing in a flash. "Did it go well?"

"Why are you..." Roy trailed off as he pointed at Sonic. "...All stomped over?"

There were several foot marks all over the hedgehog. Sonic shrugged. "Some kids stomped on me..."

"Kids?" Master Hand frowned. "The only kids we have here are the younger Smashers."

"I-I'm pretty sure I saw some older ones in here before..."

"(G-gulp...)" Red gulped in his mind. Surely, Sonic didn't mean the trainers, right?

"...Maybe my imagination though." Sonic said, throwing his arms up.

"D-definitely." Red said.

"NO READING MINDS." Chris said to his Pokémon, who was almost going to glow as he looked at Red.

"F-fine..." Lucario said.

Several minutes later...

As Peach walked down the stairs, everyone was already reunited in the lobby, talking with each other. "I hope I don't..." Peach muttered worried but she shook her head once she walked to Mario. "Everything went well, right, Mario?"

"Yes," Mario said with a nod. "The weather is back to normal and we have the last Star Spirit with us."

"Oh, Lucas," Chris walked to Lucas (the PK kid, not the trainer) and gave him the box. "Parakarry told me this is from you."

"Me?" Lucas asked confused before he slowly opened the box, revealing a small containter with several branches inside. "...Huh?"

"Lucas!" a voice shouted from inside the box and a red snake peered from a branch. "Lucas, good to see you again!"

"Rope Snake!" Lucas said with a small smile, opening the cover of the box where Rope Snake got out and jumped to his shoulder.

"H-hey, my name is Snake Rope, not...oh, who cares," the snake frowned. "I'll be Rope Snake for you if you want."

Lucas put the box down. "S-so, how's everyone in Tazmily?"

"Good," Rope Snake nodded. "If you were wondering how did I get here, Kumatora found me in my house and she asked me to go to you. She put me inside that box and she found a weird mailbox where "anything that put inside will be delivered to the person you want to deliver your mail, objects, presents, etc." and that's how I ended up with you here!" the snake smiled. "And goodness, only 1 person! I can only handle your weight all the day!... No more, right?"

"N-no...if situations aren't that hard..." Lucas shifted his eyes.

"...Oh well!" Rope Snake said cheerfully as he embraced Lucas's neck with his tail. "I'll be hanging on you aaaaaaaaaaaaaall the day long."

"U-ugh..." Lucas's face turned purple.

"Whoops," the snake pulled back his tail. "Sorry about that."

"Ahem," Geno coughed to draw everyone's attention to him. "It's time to release the last Star Spirit. Everyone," he turned to them. "Please, start thinking about what will we do next with the Star Spirits."

Geno held the card above him and it began to shine brightly. Everyone watched carefully as the card let out a small light that later turned into glitters and were combined together to form Kalmar, the seventh Star Spirit.

"..." Kalmar looked at the smashers (without even opening his eyes). "The great feeling of freedom is back to me. It's very good to float around like this."

Geno knelt to him. "Kalmar, it's good to see your presence again."

"Geno? So, that is the doll you used to fight with Mario," the star turned to Mario and Peach. "I was rescued by Mario again? Times surely don't change and you had to rescue me again, didn't you?"

"Well," Mario began. "I didn't do it alone."

Kalmar raised an eyebrow and looked at all the Smashers. "Hmm...you must be the special elite of fighters known as Smashers, right?"

Everyone nodded.

"...I don't like to sound rude, but the nickname "Smashers" sounds a little bit...too unusual to me."

"Oh, what do you know?" Master Hand asked annoyed. "Everyone here likes that nickname, right, guys?"

Everyone shook their heads with annoyed looks, mostly everyone.

"..." Master Hand grunted annoyed.

Kalmar flew to Chris, who blinked. "I sense the power of the Star Spirits bestow upon you, is that right?"

"Y-yes, sir," Chris said with a nod. "Eldstar gave me his blessing to hold your abilities."

"Well," Kalmar hopped a little. "You must be the World Traveler, then."

Chris's eyes widened and he nodded once more. "T-that's right, too."

Kalmar chuckled. "I can see how kind and considerate you are just by looking at your face."

"M-my face is hiding in darkness," Chris pointed out. "How can you tell?"

"...Okay, I was lying about that," Kalmar chuckled. "I can't see that clearly or not, but I guess you're kind and considerate, right?"

Chris nodded with some grunts.

"No need to be annoyed!" Kalmar said as he continued chuckling. "Well, before we get dragged away from the main point..." the star held up his hands and several glitters flew to Chris and gave him a new ability. "My power is yours to use now."

Chris has learned Up & Away!

Turns all the enemies in the field into stars to fly them away.

"T-thank you." Chris nodded.

"Now," Kalmar turned to Geno. "All the Star Spirits were gathered, I presume?"

Geno nodded. "That's right. Thanks to everyone here the Star Spirits were rescued."

"Then this calls for a reunion," Kalmar said before he made a snapping sound. "Eldstar, Mamar, Skolar, Muskular, Misstar and Klevar, come to us here!"

The lobby began to be filled with Star Spirits who appeared above the Smashers and flew to the center of the lobby, where Geno, Twink and Kalmar were.

"A-ha!" Muskular spoke with a grin. "Everyone is finally together, like it should be!"

"Yes," Mamar nodded. "It's a good thing to hear."

"Indeed," Skolar said. "Our little "committee" is back."

"Ah," Klevar began. "The mere thought makes a smile on me."

"You're always smiling." Misstar pointed out.

"I'm always happy. What is wrong with that?"

"Stop," Eldstar said. "It's not the time to start a small argument. We have much more important matter to deal with now."

"Smithy." Twink began.

"Correct," Mamar nodded. "We shouldn't let that person do what he wants with Exor trying to destroy the city."

"If we repair the Star Road with Exor and Smithy around, then they could destroy it again." Muskular said.

"That's why we must make haste and defeat Smithy and his gang." Geno said as he stood up.

Eldstar nodded. "Correct," he looked at the Smashers. "Using your help combined will make this easier than we thought."

"But how do you plan us to get through the barrier they set up?" Mallow asked.

Eldstar closed his eyes. "...You can't cross the barrier. Our powers aren't that powerful to break it. Exor's power has been enhanced by Tabuu himself and nothing can go through."

"However," Skolar adjusted his glasses. "You can literally go and walk on the barrier as a big floor."

"But is Exor outside the barrier?" Twink asked.

"The main part of his body is," Misstar pointed out. "His face is out while his entire sword's edge is inside."

"Although there is the problem of how far he is," Marth began. "Since the city is 500km long then Exor would be 250km away from any side of the barrier, because he is on the center."

"Actually," Skolar began. "Exor is not that far away. He's 10km away."

"It's still a little far away." Mallow said.

"Heh," Sonic crossed his arms and grinned. "Let me handle that part."

"Why?" Ness asked. "It's not like we can all run as fast as you."

"Nope," Sonic closed his eyes and shook his head. "You can."

"...You're not making any sense." Pikachu said with a bored look.

"Remember? Didn't Chris buy something to let anyone behind me to run fast?"

"...Oh!" Chris blinked surprised. "Y-yes, I did buy an ability like that before... Wow, Sonic, you're intelligent for once."

Sonic chuckled. "Am I not?"

"No," mostly everyone said.

Sonic's ears lowered a little as he made a bored look. "...Whatever."

"Problem solved," Geno said. "What else should we take in mind?"

"Hmm..." Misstar thought for a moment. "...Ah! When are you going to start this mission?"

"That's right..." Geno wondered for a moment. "We should agree the time to start and also...how many people will go."

"Why can't you help us a bit?" Link asked to Master Hand.

"Me getting out plus Subspace Army equals kidnapped hand," Master Hand explained. "That's why I don't go with you to a world or else is my funeral."

"Oh."

"And as for people..." Master Hand thought for a moment. "...Geno should take half. If they try to send some kind of surprise attack, which they probably won't do after all this time, to the mansion, then having half here would be for the best."

"O-oh, that's right," Chris nodded. "I told Geno that he was going to be in charge of this mission... That makes me a partner rather than the leader."

"You know," Yoshi looked at him. "In some worlds you should be the leader...but not all of them since we know how to get aroun-"

"Disgaea."

"...I didn't go there."

Pit shrugged. "I-I agree with Chris..." the angel said and Yoshi rolled his eyes. "...Then again, he didn't know that much."

Chris blushed embarrassed. "But I remember how well you took my advice that time."

"T-that's becau-"

"Stop!" Master Hand interrupted. "Geno's the leader and that's that!"

"Good!" Eldstar spoke. "Geno would make a good leader for this since he went inside Smithy's dimension before with Mario, Mallow and Peach."

Geno nodded. "I'll be honored to be the leader."

"Show off..." C. Falcon muttered.

"World Traveler," Skolar spoke and Chris looked at her. "We'd like to bestow upon you the Star Beam."

"Star Beam?" Chris asked. "B-but nobody is using the Star Rod."

"Oh, that doesn't matter," Kalmar began. "It's good to get rid of those enemies who use a boost of power with this beam."

"Like Shadow Bugs and the like." Klevar explained.

"E-even Shadow Bugs?" Olimar asked.

"Well, we're not that sure, but it's worth a try." Misstar said.

"How about upgrading it to the Peach Beam?" Twink as he flew to Peach. "I bet her wishes can help."

"I..." Peach looked worried. "...I...well...o-okay..."

Twink made a confused look. "Something's wrong?"

"N-nothing..." Peach shook her head.

"Hmm..." Twink got worried.

"So, then," Eldstar spoke. "World Traveler, stand between all of us here."

"...Okay..." Chris walked to the center of the Star Spirits and Twink flew to the center. Peach walked to them with a concerned look but then joined her hands together as several sparkles flew to the Star Spirits.

"Hmm-hm!" Muskular grinned. "Pure wishes! Alright!"

"Everyone," Misstar began. "Commence!"

All the Star Spirits began to spin around the World Traveler as Twink hopped a little and shot a small light to Chris, which made him shine a little as more and more sparkles touched him and made him glow brighter before they all stopped.

"Phew..." Eldstar wiped out some sweat from his forehead. "Done. You have learned the Peach Beam!"

Chris has learned Peach Beam!

A beam made out of pure wishes and love. Able to remove enemies' buffs permanently and possibly Shadow Bugs.

"How the heck can you do that?" Squirtle asked to Peach.

"The Star Spirits told me that my wishes are the purest wishes of them all and that they make them feel stronger," Peach explained. "I need to be in a fight though..."

"Now," Mamar smiled. "How do you feel?"

"...The same..." Chris said with a normal look.

A record scratched and Muskular made an annoyed look. "Dude! Mario said he felt strong when we gave him that but you can't feel it? What the heck is wrong with you?"

"Please, calm down," Eldstar began. "You musn't be this harsh on the World Traveler."

"Tsk."

Chris sighed. "Thank you for understan-"

"Now what makes you say that after I gave you my blessing?" Eldstar asked with a glare. "For crying out loud, each one of us gave powers to you and you say that you don't feel anything but the same? Mario was nicer than you were!"

"...Never in my life I waited to see Eldstar getting angry..." Geno said a little shocked.

Mario whistled innocently and Chris's jaw dropped, although the Star Spirits ignored the whistles.

"(H-he didn't lie...did he?)" Chris thought shocked.

"Now, now," Mamar said as he pulled Eldstar back (who was panting). "There's absolutely no need to be harsh on him."

"D-don't be harsh on me either." Chris trembled.

Mamar giggled. "I won't. Eldstar is just a little bit grumpy today. Now, Eldstar, breathe and count to 7."

The Star Spirit did and sighed.

"That was good for one's being." Eldstar said.

"When are we starting this, though?" DK asked.

Geno wondered for a moment. "...Let's start this...tomorrow...during the night."

"During the night? Oh, I see. We can sneak through the darkness and to the city from a point." Samus said.

"But Exor could spot us even if it is night," Twink said. "Then we go directly and make a frontal assault?"

"...I think so." Geno said with a nod.

"The Star Road is going to be repaired very soon after Exor and Smithy are no more," Misstar explained. "Wishes sure are pilling up as we speak. I expect you working there, Geno."

"...Yes..." Geno looked down with a frown. "I need to enjoy the time I have left here..."

Mallow patted his back. "I'm sure we're going to...r-right?"

"..." Geno nodded silently.

"Hmm..." Peach made a concerned look.

"Well, then!" Eldstar spoke. "Be sure to be ready for tomorrow, because this isn't going to be very easy at all. Geno, Twink, you 2 make sure to enjoy what is left here before you return to the Star Haven."

"...We will." Geno said.

"World Traveler, Smashers, do everything what you can do to defeat Smithy and his gang. We'll wish for your victory."

The Star Spirits began to shine brightly. "Please, call us when you need us. Let me stop the time when the time comes!" Klevar said before he vanished.

"Make me make some guys weaker!" Muskular said with a grin before he disappeared...but then he reappeared and quickly floated over Sonic. "Aw, pure, pure coolness," the Star Spirit said before he disappeared.

Sonic grinned and closed his eyes, showing off.

"I'll make everyone fall asleep...if I can." Mamar said with a giggle before disappearing.

"If you're injured, please, call me." Misstar said with a wink before she disappeared.

"I'll teach some of them a good lesson with some meteoric stars by me." Skolar said before he disappeared.

"Good old Star Heaven," Kalmar said. "Let me help you by turning enemies into stars. Of course, I don't guarantee it but give it a try," he said before he spun and disappeared.

"Making small puns to their abilities..." Eldstar chuckled. "They're all the same."

"We know you're going to." Geno and Twink said in unison.

"...Call me if you're tired or ill. Until then, good luck and may the stars bless you." Eldstar said with a sweat drop before he spun and vanished.

"...The final mission is close..." Geno said to Mallow. "We need to be careful when that comes."

"Too bad this isn't the showdown against Tabuu," Roy said. "But meh, it's the same altogether."

"And we're done here," Meta Knight said before he turned to the stairs. "That is my signal to lea-"

"OH NO!" Master Hand interrupted as he put himself between Meta Knight and the stairs. "We're not done yet here!"

"I'm very sure we are." Wolf said as he walked towards the hallway.

Once he was gone, Master Hand went after him and he returned, pushing him from his back as the vulpine glared at him with crossed arms and stopped when he pushed him to the Smashers. "Nope, I have another thing to announce here and nobody will go away."

Diddy blinked. "The stages?"

"Close, but no," Master Hand shook himself. "It's about a little floor I recently added. Didn't anyone feel the small tremble of the explosions?"

"Oh," Zelda began. "You mean the same tremble that made my invaluable Snowpoint Dynasty Vase drop and break?"

Link glared at the hand. "H-hey! Do you know how much time did I spend to find that for her?"

Several "awws" were heard from many of them. Then, some snickers came there after.

Link blushed. "I-it's not what you think!"

"Stop!" Master Hand interrupted the snickers. "Please, all you need to do is follow me to floor 7th and you'll find out."

"T-that's the same floor where my room is!" Ike yelled.

"I ADDED, not DESTROYED," the hand turned to the stairs and floated over them. "Think before speaking, got that?... WAIT!" the hand turned to the Smashers (who didn't even move at all) and looked around. "We're missing someone here."

At that moment, the door from the exit opened and Toon Link came, carrying Raven underneath his right shoulder before the doors closed. They wondered why was Raven moaning in pain.

"Oww..." Raven moaned. "W-why did you have to aim ta arrow there?"

"I'm sorry, okay?!" Toon Link apologized with annoyance. "I said sorry 16 times! Why don't you understand?"

"D-don't be so harsh on an ol' man like good ol' me, kid..." Raven said with weak look on his eyes.

"May I ask what happened?"  Zelda asked.

"K-kid hit me with an arrow...to my...prides and joy..."

Zelda's jaw opened but Link quickly blocked it. "D-don't say those sick innuendos here." Link said with a sigh.

"Prides and joy?" Twink asked in curiosity.

"Aww!!!" Geno groaned out loud.

Toon Link held an arrow on his right hand. "This is wha-"

"Ugh," Master Hand snapped his fingers and a Maxim Tomato fell close to Toon Link. "Make Raven eat that and he should be fine. In the meantime, we need you to follow us."

Toon Link made an angry expression. "For what?" he let Raven fall to the floor and looked at the hand. "We're in the middle of an important training! What's more important than that?"

"My...survival..." Raven muttered as he slowly reached for the tomato.

"Well...I didn't want to say this...but..." Master Hand coughed. "...We have a special floor of very, but VERY hard battles."

All the Smashers that had the unluckyness to be in the Melee Tournament (including Chris and Lucario) took a step back.

"It's NOT Cruel Brawl, I swear!"

Everyone sighed in relief.

"Hmm..." Toon Link kicked the tomato closer to Raven and looked at the hand. "Fine, but make it quick."

"And everyoe MUST follow me." Master Hand said as he went to the stairs with the Smashers following behind...

"...Hmm..." Raven sighed in relief after he ate the tomato, regaining his energies as he stood up. "Man, magic tomatos..." the old man turned to the kitchen...

...And voila, there was her who appeared from the other side.

"!!!" Raven gasped and quickly made a swimmer jump to the sofa. "(No, no no no, no no no, NO NO NO! S-she can't be h-here, right where I-I am!)" Raven thought in shock as he grabbed his hair.

Kitchen

"Huh?" Rita looked at the main lobby, where she could have sworn a person looking at her. "...Weird, I thought somebody was watching me just now...oh well," she took the toaster before she grinned at it. "Time to bust this Blastia wide open."

The Genius Mage began to walk away to her room (that she stole) with the toaster as she hummed what looked to be Dahngrest's theme as she walked to the right side of the hallway across the kitchen...

...Then, several seconds later, Barry came from the other side of the hallway and quickly rummaged through all the food in the refrigerator.

"Turkey!" Barry exclaimed happily as he took out a piece of turkey. "I hope this isn't a Psyduck 'cuz they have headaches and I don't wanna have one so..." the blond trainer took out more food. "Of course, Lucas and Dawn would like some food as well."

The trainer closed the refrigerator with his right foot and walked away to his room, where the other 2 were. Barry was humming what looked to be Oreburgh City's night theme.

...Wait, what's he singing instead of humming now?

"I wanna be, the very best!" Barry sang.

Main Lobby

Raven peered the half of his head from a cushion and shifted his eyes. "(Gotta make an escape while I can...)" he thought before he quickly jumped off from the sofa and ran to the hallway from upstairs, where he used the stairs to get to his room.

From the other side of the hallway, Estelle appeared and looked around confused.

With some blinks, she looked confused at no one in particular, put a hand on her chin and said "Why do I think I just missed something big in here, as well as someone else, too?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 05, 2009, 04:50:27 PM
???

The elevator opened in a mysterious and dark room, where only the light of the elevator shone a small portion of the place as the Smashers stepped out from it (if you were wondering, the elevator could hold up to 50 people).

"..." Chris embraced himself and shuddered. "T-this place is so dark..."

"And it's going to become even darker." Mewtwo said.

"Why?"

The elevator closed and it also took the lights with it, making the whole room be covered in darkness as their eyes were the only things that were visible.

"Hey," Popo began as he blinked. "Do our eyes have lights inside or what? I can see everyone here by just looking at your eyes!" he walked to some green eyes that looked down to him. "Especially this guy. This guy has the biggest eyes I've ever see-"

Fox kicked him away. "Another insult and it will go lower this time."

"..." Popo looked above behind him. "Nevermind you! These are the biggest!"

Jigglypuff pouted and used Pound on Popo to push him away. "Don't insult me either!"

Chris made a bored look and rolled his eyes. "Yes, the producers definitely messed up with your looks."

"Weren't you scared a moment ago?" Ike asked.

Chris's pupils shrunk and he ducked. "T-tell me there's a switch here or something!"

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" a voice laughed from somewhere in the darkness and they looked around. "Welcome, foolish mortals, to your bigge-"

"We know it's you, Master Hand," everyone said with bored looks (except Chris who looked up and blinked).

"Ruin my fun, why don't you?" the hand asked with a frown as then torches began to be ignited, revealing a long, spacious hallway with a lot of doors with several texts besides each one. A long red carpet (like the other floors) passed in front of each door. The ceiling had a darkish purple while some doors had different patterns that looked like they were modeled after some bloody related thing.

The Smashers looked in front of them where a big screen was on the wall to show them whatever the text below said.

"Watching the death from here only brings you closer to it. Mourn and bid farewell to your beloved ones from here..."

"W-what is that supposed to mean?" Pichu asked as he hid behind Chris.

"That anyone that enters here turns into a goth, or emo, or both," Sonic said. "Goth-emo."

"Perhaps," Master Hand said as he appeared in front of everyone. "Or perhaps not. Welcome!"

Lucas looked around with Rope Snake. "T-this isn't a new floor to move and live here, r-right?"

"I wish, I mean, no!" Master Hand shook himself. "I welcome all of you to the..." a light shone below him to make look menacing. "THE BAAAAAAATTLE FLOOOOOOOOOOR!!!"

Battle Floor

Pokémon Platinum - Battle Arcade

"The...Battle Floor?" Ivysaur repeated.

"That's right!" Master Hand said cheerfully. "After Link asked me to have real challenges to complete, I came up with the location where the most dangerous battle can be found, right here!"

Link smiled a little. "So you took my request after all."

"Yep, I did," the hand nodded. "Ahem, before you start asking, I'm going to explain everything about this special floor."

"I-it creeps me out a little..." Ness shrugged. "The floor, I mean..."

"Okay, here's the deal," the hand pointed at the right side. "Over there, you'll see doors..." then he pointed to the left. "And even more over there. Each door contains an ultimate boss battle that is insanely hard to pass. You could say every door has the difficult Intense on each one."

"So, behind all those doors, lie extremely powerful enemies?" Pikachu asked.

"Exactly. Each door connects to a certain dimension, or world, at a specified time where an ultimate boss is waiting to be challenged."

"W-wait," Toon Link gulped. "W-what if those bosses manage to kick our sorry butts like nothing and we die?"

"Then all of you are a bunch of pushovers compared to them."

Mostly everyone glared at the hand.

"I-it was Link's idea, not mine!" Master Hand protested.

"I meant what if we die?" Toon Link asked.

"Oh, don't worry about that. If you were to die or be defeated in there then you'll return back with full health right here," Master Hand explained. "The humiliation is the only thing you can gain by that though, mwahahahahaha..."

Wolf rolled his eye and crossed his arms. "Ultimate side-bosses my a-"

"AHEM." Geno interrupted.

Wolf smirked and went on with his swear.

"Geno?" Twink asked.

The puppet groaned.

Wolf went on. "The only thing I care to see is actual development of my skills after those battles..." he wondered for a moment. "...Which in this case doesn't sound that bad..."

Pikachu gathered sparks on his cheeks and grinned. "You know, this idea of ultimate bosses doesn't sound that bad at all. We've been defeating bosses all the time and these ones aren't that different."

Master Hand snickered evilly. "Oh, that's what you think..."

Pikachu rolled his eyes. "Believe me. I bet those bosses are the real pushovers here."

Meta Knight rubbed his chin (or mask from below). "Testing our skills against the strongest enemies... Completing those fights could make us earn more dexterity as well."

"I-if they don't take our brains out first..." Lucas closed his eyes as he trembled. "I-I honestly think this isn't a good idea...b-but I guess everyone is going to disagree with me..."

"Totally," Ness said as he took out his bat. "If Giygas could've been harder without Paula's Prays, then these guys should be as hard as Giygas without Paula's Prays."

Nana rolled his eyes. "Whatever. I think we can defeat those bosses if we put our minds into it."

"I want to find a challenge as well..." Lucario trailed off as he looked at Chris. "I want to see if I'm strong."

Chris looked away and blushed a little. "I-I know you want to prove that to me."

The Aura Pokémon opened his mouth and looked away embarrassed. "I-I didn't mean that."

"Oh, you did," Squirtle said with a sarcastic smile. "Nothing makes you feel better than making Chris proud of yo-"

"S-shut up." Lucario interrupted as some Smashers rolled their eyes.

"Great!" Master Hand spoke. "Then everyone agrees! Alright, let me go to the next part of the explanation. Follow me."

The hand began to float to the right side and everyone looked at each before deciding to follow Master Hand. They all saw different texts hanging besides the doors with shadowy images of what looked to be the bosses for each door.

"See the descriptions hanging besides each door?" Master Hand asked as he stopped in front of a door (that was modeled with several spikes and black iron).

"Hmm..." Mario took a closer look of one. "...It mentions here some of our names."

"Right," Master Hand nodded. "Each door tells which characters need to go and confront the boss inside. To tell the truth, Chris needs to go to each boss."

"W-why do I need to have more chances to die and go to hel-I mean, heaven?" Chris asked as he tried to hide behind his staff.

"Because, my n(beep)a frien-" Master Hand was blasted away by a big Aura Sphere from a furious Lucario. "O-oww..." Master Hand moaned in the floor as Lucario slowly walked to him.

"O-oh no!" Chris pulled Lucario back to him. "Y-you're not going to kill him just because he..." he thought for a moment. "...Then again, I'm not so black. Kill him."

Lucario looked at him with a small smile. "Really?"

"Did you ACTUALLY believe that?" Chris asked with a frown before Lucario's small smile faded into a worried one. "You're not into killing people! I believe I taught you that!"

Lucario saw some of the Smashers snickering at his discipline lessons. "C-Chris, would you punish me when nobody is looking?"

The World Traveler rolled his eyes as the hand got up from the floor and floated. "No. This is your punishment: humiliation."

"Li-ttle-do-ggy-get-ting-dis-ci-pli-ned-by-his-trai-ner! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Squirtle, Pikachu and Ivysaur sang before they rolled on the floor, laughing out loud as the Aura Pokémon glared at them with an angry growl.

"Lucario!" Chris yelled with closed eyes.

"U-ugh...fine..." Lucario said ashamed.

"Phew..." Master Hand sighed. "Thank you for disciplining your do-I mean, Lucario."

"DOG! DUA-HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" the Pokémon laughed loudly.

Lucario tried his best to ignore the laughs.

"As I was saying before," the hand pointed at Chris. "Chris can only use the jobs related to the characters selected for each door so he can discover more combinations with the Final Smashers. I know this is a little bit bad at some instances, but you'll have to agree with that."

"...Okay." Chris nodded, unsure of this.

"Read that one over there."

DK went to a text where he read it.

"Queen of pure, ethereal light. Let your eyes gaze upon the heaven...and be taken there as well."

DK shrugged. "W-why is this one a little bit...I-I don't know...scary?"

"Oh," Master Hand chuckled. "Don't worry about those small descriptions...each one is pretty much the same."

"With something related to our deaths?" Yoshi asked with some trembles.

"Pretty much that," Master Hand said simply as some shrugged. "Hey, I had to put those scary things there to add the atmosphere here."

"This looks like a dungeon to me." Link commented.

The hand pointed at the same text that DK read. "Okay, see that image in the background, or shadow?"

There was the shadow of a princess with open wings in the background of the red description.

"It may provide a hint about how does the boss look like."

"We don't have a small clue, though..." C. Falcon said.

"Chris might."

"No." Chris said.

"...Okay, do research then," the hand frowned. "Now please, follow me back to the screen."

The Smashers and the hand walked back to where they entered the floor and looked at the screen that turned on, showing everyone' icons with bars above them.

"Why are our faces inside icons with bars above showing in that screen?" Olimar asked.

"This," Master Hand began. "Is the screen where it shows how strong a person currently is. The higher the bar, the stronger the Smasher is."

"...But every single bar is at the same height...which it says 5 percent for everyone..." Peach pointed out.

"...Last time I checked, I was meant to be stronger than Fox." Wolf said, narrowing his eyes at his own icon.

Fox rolled his eyes. "I thought it was the other way around."

"Oh, no! Don't start a fight in here, you 2!" Master Hand interrupted.

"Hey, how come everyone's equal to anyone?" Roy asked. "Why is Ike at the same level as me?"

"Why is PICHU at the same level as mine?" Pikachu asked.

"H-hey!" Pichu pouted a little.

"Why is mine...so low than it was supposed to be?" Lucario asked.

"Hey!" mostly everyone called with some grunts.

"Lucario, you're not exactly a god here, just to clarify you that." Chris said with a bored look.

"...S-sorry..." Lucario said ashamed.

"Relax, relax," Master Hand said calmly. "There's a way to be stronger."

"Defeating those guys?" Link asked.

"No," Master Hand chuckled. "Let's just say you need your "Trophy Stands" and some "Stickers" to be stronger than you are. It's a faster way to grow stronger."

"...Trophy Stands...Stickers..." Snake repeated with a bored tone. "I thought this place was retarded...but not this retarded."

"The only retarded thing I see is you." Nana said.

"Say that to me on my face. I dare you to do that."

"Nope," Nana looked away with a grin and bored eyes. "I don't want to get scared by that face."

"Would you stop arguing with each other?!" Master Hand asked annoyed. "Seriously, let me get to the point before you go "oh, the hand is telling us stupid updates that we shouldn't bother to listen" on me."

"That was exactly what I had in mind." Mewtwo commented.

"I'm interested." Chris said.

"Aw, out of all of these hand haters, you're the most appreciative to me," Master Hand said with a sigh. "...W-wait, let's not get further into your hatred towards me."

The hand snapped his fingers and a small Trophy Stand fell from the ceiling. It had Pichu's name on the back side and the mentioned Pokémon picked it up.

"Is this a Trophy Stand?" Pichu asked.

"Yes. That Trophy Stand belongs to you," Master Hand explained before he made a sticker (Mario holding a bat) appear. "Stick that on the top part and see what happens."

The small mouse Pokémon made a confused look but did the order. The sticker was nicely sticked on the top side.

"Pichu," Master Hand began. "I engage you to a battle!"

"W-what?!" Pichu asked in panic before a Home-Run Bat appeared on his mouth. "H-how did this get here?" Pichu asked with the bat on his mouth.

"That's the sacred power of the STICKER!!!" the hand said with an echoing voice. "Thanks to that little thingy, the effect was triggered once the fight starte-"

Pichu leaped to the hand and started hitting him with the bat while mostly everyone chuckled at the hand being attacked by him.

"O-ouch! S-stop that! T-this is a fake battle, not a real one!" Master Hand yelled between hits.

"...Oh." Pichu said as he jumped back to the floor.

Master Hand took the Trophy Stand and made it disappear, also taking the Home-Run Bat from Pichu. "There are several Stickers that increase someone's attributes depending of which Sticker you use on the Trophy Stand."

"Can I have mine back?" Pichu asked.

"Not right now."

"Using "Stickers" to make us stronger...is really disturbing." Yoshi commented.

"Not to mention stupid." Snake commented.

"Look, you guys will feel like gods or something once," the hand sang the next part. "You have the poooower," he shook himself to get his normal voice back. "With the Stickers."

"...Like shooting laser eyes?" Popo asked.

"...Yes, Popo," Master Hand said sarcastically. "There are Stickers that let you use laser eyes."

"Really?" Toon Link asked.

"NO! I can't believe you believed that! There are Stickers that enhance your punch, arm, kicks, explosive, indirect, direct attacks and many more attributes. There are NO laser eyes whatsoever!"

"Then," Mario held out his hand. "Give them to us."

"...I'm afraid I can't."

Mostly everyone glared at the hand.

"Then for what did you show something that we CAN'T use yet?" Roy asked.

"Because, if you want to get these stands, you need to prove yourself worthy of them by going through..." the hand turned away before looking at them again. "THE CLASSIC MODE! Where I'll await for the chosen warrior to fight m-"

"And me!" Crazy Hand said as he appeared besides his brother.

"Both in a fight to the death at Final Destination!"

"Sweet, are we going there?" DK asked.

"No."

Link's eyes widened in fury as he put a grip on his sword. "Dammit! What the heck do we have to do to participate in that mode to obtain the Trophy Stands from you 2?!"

"We need music, and lots of it," Master Hand explained. "Music puts a good feeling when you fight and don't deny it. You guys even sing the music while you're beating someone. We need at least one track for each stage before I can let you go and fight to the top."

"Gimme a little bit more time," Diddy said. "Our friends should be on their way here to cooperate with the music."

"Just be glad there are musicians out there. Chris, I need you here." Master Hand said.

"I-I don't know many musicians." Chris said.

"...Goodness, you're usel-" the hand sweated once Lucario narrowed his eyes at him. "V-very useful when you know, of course."

Chris gave a whack on Lucario's head. "C-Chris, he was insulting you!" Lucario protested.

"And you wanted to murder him." Chris said, crossing his arms.

"Ye-I mean, no!"

"Got you."

"Ugh..."

Master Hand frowned. "Anyway...nobody can play until we have at least one track for each stage."

"That sucks," Fox commented. "I wanted to challenge Chris."

"Me too." Sonic said.

"Me three." Pikachu said.

"I'll be honest, me too." Snake said.

"...Say WHAT again?" Chris asked with shocked eyes.

Master Hand got closer to Chris's right ear. "I'll tell you now. These guys love to fight between each other so much that they practically want to see their opponent dead or beg for their forgiveness. You're not an exception and didn't they mention they wanted to fight you before?" he whispered.

"I thought they forgot it!" Chris whispered.

"Pfft, of course they don't. Nobody here forgets a match and you'll have to agree with my schedule."

"...Sometimes, I hate you." Chris whispered as toon tears strolled down his cheeks.

"Sometimes, I love your reactions." Master Hand whispered with some chuckles as he floated in front of them. "I think that's pretty much it. Any questions?"

"Can we see what's inside each door?" Marth asked.

"HELL NO!" Master Hand yelled. "If you guys go in there without an agreement, you're most likely going to get yourself killed the moment you step inside! Those bosses inside won't wait a second before they kill you!"

Lucas gulped. "I-I'm not going to..."

"Good," the hand sighed. "Okay, I'll let you see for yourself all the doors but DON'T dare to open them. You can read the descriptions but that's that."

The Smashers nodded before many walked to each side of the hallway and inspected the descriptions.

Chris (being the one left behind to see the screen a little) walked to the left and found Sonic wtih crossed arms, leaning close to a text with a door that had a lot of claw marks all over it with blood.

"The lunar howls of the Werehogs shall be the last roars you hear before you die a fast, but painful death."

"Chris, what's exactly a Werehog to you?" Sonic asked, raising an eyebrow (if he had one).

"Were...what?" Chris asked, utterly confused.

"Werehog," Sonic repeated. "It gives me this bad feeling. I don't know what exactly that is, but it may be bad."

Chris shuddered. "I-I don't want to know what that is either if it gives that bad feeling..." the World Traveler took a closer look at the shadow on the text's background. "...W-what the hell?"

"What?" Sonic asked as he looked at Chris.

"...Wolf!" Chris yelled. "Can you come over here for a moment?"

"What do you want, kid..." Wolf asked annoyed with crossed arms.

The World Traveler looked back and forth between the shadow and Wolf himself. "..."

"Well, what are you staring me for?" Wolf asked, narrowing his eyes.

Sonic decided to look at the shadow. "...Dude, the shadow looks like you."

"What nonsense are you speaking of now?" Wolf asked as he looked at the shadow. "...Hmm..."

"So?"

"...Call that hand over here." Wolf muttered.

Sonic tilted his head but decided to listen. "Hand! Come over here!"

"It's "Master Hand" for you," Master Hand said as he floated to the 3. "What did you call me for?"

Wolf pointed at the text. "Tell me something. Is that supposed to be my shadow?"

"...Oh, right! I almost forgot!" Master Hand said. "That door is...how can I say it? Very different than all the others here."

"Why's that?" Sonic asked.

"This door doesn't lead to any ultimate boss from a known game or world. This door is the portal to a very crazy dimension where...I-I don't know, heavily altered beings live."

Chris gulped. "D-don't tell me this door has the hardest boss from every other one."

"Hardest boss?!" Master Hand repeated before he broke out laughing. "Ha! That's a big laugh right there! Ahem. No, this door actually contains a much easier boss than any other here. See the difficult over the text?"

The difficult was at "Very Hard" rather than "Insane".

"I think you guys can handle that boss very well without the Stickers."

"That doesn't explain why my shadow is there." Wolf said.

"Well, who knows? Maybe there's some sort of guy there who happens to look like you except...stronger?"

"A faker."

Sonic rolled his eyes and imitated somone's voice. "Faker? I think you're the fake hedgehog around here. You're comparing yourself to me? Hah! You're not even good enough to be my fake."

Chris chuckled. "You know, that was a very well done imitation of Shadow's voice."

"I try to mimic that guy during my free time," Sonic said with a chuckle. "He'd be mad off if he ever heard me."

Wolf frowned. "Even though that mimic was supposed to be related to this, I'm mad that there's a guy around who's stealing my own identity."

"Identity issues..." Master Hand frowned. "Look, just don't go in there without the selected characters or else you're going to regret it."

"It says here that me, Wolf, Sonic, Toon Link, Popo, Nana, Red, Ivysaur, Squirtle and Yoshi can go..." Chris looked at Master Hand. "This is a very weird team if you ask me..."

"Blame that universe or altered dimension... But, you know what?" the hand began. "I think we're going to feel so bad if wetake a small glimpse of that world so..." he took out a button. "Ask me to destroy that door just in case."

"After I rip off that faker's heart out, then destroy the door." Wolf said.

"Good. Why don't you try this boss first so you can understand how the mechanics work here?"

"Better yet."

Chris decided to walk some doors to the left and found Mallow, Geno and Twink reading a text where a door with an angelic-look.

"Traitor to Heaven."
"This worthy opponent can take out an entire army with a blink of an eye. No other boss deserves a title like this one."

"Too bad we're not going to be around here once we finish with Smithy." Mallow said.

"Sorry," Geno shook his head. "But I'm sure your parents want to have you back and well..." he looked at Twink with a concerned look. "We need to go back to Star Haven and resume the wishes."

Twink nodded. "Y-yes, but I'm going to miss everyone here."

"If I remember..." Chris interrupted. "Geno didn't talk with many here."

"I did," Geno said. "...With Mario and Peach."

"That's because you know them." Twink said.

"Yes, but what else could I do to get a talk with someone else? Nobody here understands the complication of my own matters." Geno explained.

"We just make wishes come true!"

"...Or I didn't want to socialize."

"True." Twink and Mallow said with several nods.

"Chris, what do you think of me in general?" Geno asked.

"W-well...you're a puppet star that can fight. I think that's very interesting. Your personality is also good as well. Out of everyone here, you focus a lot in your goals."

"..."

"...What?"

"...I'm done for if I ever try to socialize." Geno said.

"D-don't say that! Y-you can make progress in this little short time!" Chris said, trying to cheer up the puppet.

"That's what you think."

"I'm trying to help here..."

"...Thanks," Geno nodded. "I need to my mind into it and then I could get progress. However, with who?"

"...Lucas?" Chris suggested. "He was the first one who found your doll, right? He seems to be a nice person to me."

"Lucas..." Geno looked at Lucas and Ness reading a text besides another door. "...I'll try. With just one person is enough for me."

"I-if you'll excuse me, I'm going to see the other doors." Chris said as he left the trio.

He read a text.

"One Winged Angel."

He quickly stopped and gulped at the shadow on the background. "...O-oh no..." he muttered.

"What?" Marth asked as he walked next to the door. "There's no need to get worried about this one."

"How do you know that?" Ike asked. "Angels are supposed to be strong, right?"

"Can I question Pit then?" Roy asked.

"Hey!" Pit called out angrily from the other side of the hallway.

"Y-you don't want to know who is that winged angel anyway..." Chris said as he walked further away and left the 3.

"The Mistress of Blood will lick your wound's blood."

The World Traveler made a grossed-out face before he looked at Peach.

"I-I don't like how this one sounds at all..." Peach said worried.

"Are you going to fight? The text says you can."

"...W-well...I-I'm not sure..."

"...Do you have fear?"

"N-no," Peach shook her head. "I'm just worried about who is the mistress of...you know."

"(Maybe I should encourage her...) What if I say I'm going to protect you? (Oh, great, that really is going too far...not to mention my life in danger)."

Peach blinked. "Would you do that for me?"

"(No! Don't give me that face! I refuse to say no to THAT face!) Yes. (DAMMIT!)"

Peach joined her hands and made a happy expression. "Thank you very much. I was worried to fight that boss alone."

"A-anything for you. (I had to have a weakness to sad expressions...)" Chris thought in shame before he walked to the next door.

"Distortional monster that lives only to see its own dimension engulf those unlucky souls."

"W-why do I have to fight that one?" Pichu asked.

"Hey, pretty much our same people can go as well." Pikachu said.

"Like Mewtwo." Jigglypuff added.

"And Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur and Lucario," Pikachu added. "If all of us come from the same kind of world, then I think there's a boss from our world."

"Rayquaza?" Pichu asked.

"...Last time I saw Rayquaza it wanted to eat me alive." Pikachu shuddered.

"When was that?" Chris asked.

"Meh, in my dreams," Pikachu shuddered again. "Pretty much I dream with Legendary Pokémon wanting me dead or eaten by them. Weird, isn't?"

"H-how can you act normal knowing those Pokémon want to eat you alive?" Jigglypuff asked.

"It's a "dream" and you can do anything there. I want to be big enough and I grow to stomp them...many times."

Chris backed away from the Electric Pokémon. "Pikachu...you scare me sometimes."

"I CAN STARE AT YOUR SOOOOUUUUL!" Pikachu yelled with wide eyes.

"...Now that ruined the mood."

Pikachu sighed. "Well, at least I tried."

Several minutes later...

The Smashers gathered in front of the screen as Master Hand was talking to them.

"So, no getting inside before you think it's right time," Master Hand warned the Smashers. "If you want suicide, then go right ahead."

"C-can we leave now?" Olimar asked. "I-I can't tolerate how scary this place is."

"You're fighting too if you were wondering."

The captain fainted.

"...I'll carry him..." Yoshi said with a sigh as he put Olimar on his back.

"Oh, have anyone seen Popo around?" Nana asked.

Just then, a door opened from the left side and everyone quickly looked at it where Popo came out, closed the door and walked next to Nana with a normal look on his eyes.

"...How the heck did you get out unscathed?" Master Hand asked. "And what were you doing there? I told you not to go in there if you wanted to be killed!" Master Hand said.

Popo chuckled. "Relax! I just went to the bathroom with some people that looked STRONGLY and UTTERLY familiar like all of us in a mansion that looked STRONGLY and DIFFERENTLY familiar like this one, 'cept they had fur all over and were a little bit muscular and bigger, not to mention they were very grumpy with a lot of altered personalities that I rather not mention because the mere thought makes me laugh so hard like I did a moment ago!"

"...What?" Ike asked confused.

"..." Wolf looked at the door. "...He came out from the door I was talking about."

"...You know what?" Nana frowned. "I bet he's lying. There's no way he could get out from that door without any scratch with all those stupid lies."

"But it's true!" Popo said with a chuckle. "Man, there were lesbians in there as well!"

"Lesbians?" Twink repeated before Geno facepalmed.

Chris's jaw dropped. "W-what the heck are YOU talking about?"

"This is Popo, remember?" Nana asked with a bored look. "He's always making up insane lies."

"Very true." Ness and Pikachu said nodding.

"Hmm," Popo lifted his shoulders and frowned with a smile. "You guys will believe once me cross that door," he went to the doorknob of the same door and opened it. "Follow me!"

"CLOSE IT!" Master Hand yelled and Sonic quickly slammed the door to close it. "Like I said before, that dimension is so twisted! We don't want that boss in here!"

"Aww!" Popo groaned. "You're losing all the fun!"

At a corner from a hallway, Crazy Hand looked at no one in particular. "Don't worry, faithful people who stalk us every day! This story isn't getting off the track just because Popo's retarded mind is saying lies. We're taking just another step to greatness!"

Back with the others...

"We're losing our butts getting ripped, that's the point," Master Hand said. "Well, let's go back to our usual activities and be prepared for tomorrow."

"Can I open it though?" Link asked.

Music stops

"THAT'S IT!" the hand snapped out and his fingers to teleport everyone to the main lobby.

Main Lobby

They all appeared in the lobby and looked at the hand.

"That floor is going to be temporarily closed until we finish with Smithy and save Nintendo City! Challenge those guys once you're stronger enough to face them, got that?!"

"..." the Smashers nodded.

"Phew," Master Hand sighed. "Well, leaving you here so, enjoy the afternoon."

The hand disappeared and the Smashers decided to go wherever they liked to go.

"Raaaaaaven!" Toon Link shouted. "Raaaven, come on! We have to resume our training!" the cartoony swordsman yelled to the stairs.

Raven's Room

"Raven?" Toon Link asked once he made it to Raven's room. "Hey, are you hinding under the bed sheets? I didn't think you hated our trai-"

"Shhhh!" Raven stuck his head out. "Kid, we've problems here...or a big one right now."

"What?" Toon Link asked.

Rita (stolen)'s Room

An explosion occurred again and the Genius Mage coughed.

"Dammit! Another bites the freaking dust!" Rita cursed loudly as put her goggles up and wiped the soot on her face. "This Blastia is as useless as the last one!"

Raven's Room

"...Oh man..." Toon Link muttered with shocked eyes.

Dawn's Room

5 floors above from Rita's room (the "666th" floor), 3 rooms were close to each other (and away from the Smashers).

"Aww..." Dawn sighed as she looked outside where some Starlys were flying to the horizon. "It looks like it's not cold anymore..." she went to her bag to get her other clothes. "It's time to get a change here before I sweat more than I need to."

"Daaaaawn!" Barry slammed the door open. "What are we gonna today?"

"Settle in...and make you stop acting like that." Dawn said with a bored look.

"Whatever," Barry rolled his eyes. "Red's gonna call us to have a Pokémon battle outside in the garden. Be sure to be there."

"A Pokémon battle?" Dawn repeated as she did her hair with a comb. "Well..."

"I'll be the first one!" Barry said as he took out a Poké Ball. "2-on-2 is weird, but he doesn't have many Pokémon anyway. That guy is sure dead after Torterra pumels his Pokémon."

Dawn made a bored look. "Abusing your fully evolved Pokémon like always..."

"You do that too."

"Ah!" Dawn yelled and tossed a shoe to Barry, who quickly closed the door. "D-don't say that! I don't do the same wacky things you do!"

"But you still do!" Barry teased with several chuckles.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 06, 2009, 02:37:56 PM
And from that moment and onwards, the entire day passed like nothing new happened...

Geno's Room

It was night and Geno stared at the small figure that was Exor in Nintendo City with Twink floating close to him. The puppet closed his eyes and looked down. "Very soon this is going to end," he said before looking at Twink. "And we'll depart from here and return to our normal duties."

"Yes," Twink made a sad look. "I hope we can do it..."

"Of course we will," Geno reassured him. "We defeated all those bosses and Smithy is not going to stop us either."

"I-I have a bad premonition and feeling..."

"What do you mean?"

"...What if Smithy is not waiting for us but another person instead?" Twink looked down. "Not always the same guy is going to wait there, right?"

"Twink," Geno shook his head. "Smithy is the one behind all this and not someone else. There's no other way."

"...I guess you're right..." Twink smiled a little. "W-will you take me with you?"

"...It's too dangerous..."

"(Here we go again with those annoying words.)"

"But, since I've heard many people saying the same words, and they disagreeding for what they don't want to hear...you're coming."

Twink gasped. "Really?"

"Only if you promise to stay close to me."

"Always!" Twink floated closer to the puppet. "Getting separated only asks for my death!"

"...Don't put it that way either..."

"Whoops," Twink stuck out his tongue. "Why don't you decide who are you going to take for tomorrow night?"

"Maybe I should think who..." Geno wondered. "Good thing you said that. If we can defeat Smithy, then that's going to help all of them with a problem taken out of the way."

"Right!" Twink nodded cheerfully. "There's no way another problem is going to show up after we leave. ABSOLUTELY no problem!"

Sonic's Room

"...Hmm..." the hedgehog crossed his arms and looked outside. "...The moon..." Sonic said as he looked the moon in the night sky. "...It looks beautiful in some ways..."

"...Hahahahaha..."

"Huh?" Sonic looked at the door, but it wasn't open nor it had a person on the door. "Who said that just now?" Sonic asked, looking around his dark room.

"It's about time I get to control your body again...hahahahahaha..."

"The only time I get controlled is when I eat a mouthful of chili-dogs. I go crazy the-"

"SHUT UP AND LET ME DO MY THING!" the voice yelled, echoing from somewhere that only Sonic was able to hear.

"Just who are you and what are you doing in my room?" Sonic asked with crossed arms.

"Rude fool. I am not inside your room."

"Outside?"

"Cold."

"Inside the room?"

"Still cold."

"My mind?"

"Getting warm."

"My subconscious?"

"How the heck do you know that word? I thought that was complicated for...I mean...hot."

"B-i-n-g-o." Sonic spelled with a grin.

"Enough about foolish games," the voice said. "LEt me ask you something: do you feel weird?"

"There's a voice talking to me from somewhere, genius."

"DON'T DARE TO TICK ME OFF OR YOU'LL PAY!"

"With?"

"UGH! Silence! I dare you to look at the moon directly!"

Sonic looked outside and to the moon where he grinned at it. "So? What's your point with that?"

"Manifest my control on you."

"What?" Sonic asked confused before he suddenly felt a headache. "U-ugh! W-what is happening to me? W-who are you?!"

The voice chuckle evilly. "Sonic, Sonic, Sonic, don't you remember those chuckles back at the "Olympic" games?"

"Y-yeah, I do..." Sonic said as he put a hand on his head.

"And don't you remember the time where you went on a rampage to save your friends with the use of...I don't know..." the voice chuckled. "Those fake Chaos Emeralds you accidentally landed on?"

Sonic rubbed his chin. "...Care to remind me?"

"No."

"...Oh," then he remembered. "...Wait...that same feeling...I remember it when I fought the Metarex..."

"Congrats, you deserve a medal for being a complete and utter jackass," the voice congratulated. "That's right. I am that same feeling."

"Your voice...sounds like mine..." Sonic said weakly and he fell on his right knee.

"Geez! You figured it out just now? No wonder Eggman calls you an idiot!"

"S-shut up..." Sonic muttered. "W-what do you want from me and w-why are you here?"

"Simple," the voice began. "I'm going to possess your helpless body."

"H-how?"

"Let me get to the point! Anyway, soon, I'm going to take control of your body thanks to the power of the full moon."

"I-it's still a normal moon up there..."

"I KNOW! STOP INTERRUPTING ME!" the voice demanded. "As I was saying before you stupid mutters, the power of the full moon should transform you into a being where I will take as mine to have a body."

"T-transform?"

"You obtained an affinity to the moon after Eggman shot you down with some beams, right? Well, that affinity isn't normal. It's going to drag you all the way to the transformation."

"A-answer me!" Sonic looked up from the floor with a glare towards the ceiling. "What the heck is that transformation?!"

"Oh, why spoil it to you?" the voice chuckled. "Nobody likes spoilers, that's for sure. However, I can grant you a little preview."

"Pre...view?" Sonic repeated weakly.

The voice made a snapping sound and Sonic's teeth suddenly and slowly began turning into fangs.

"W-what the heck?!" Sonic said as he touched his newly formed fangs. "H-how did these get here?!"

"Mwahahahahahaha," the voice chuckled. "I can only show you this little preview. The full "preview" is going to appear once the full moon appears. When that happens, you're going to change completely...where I will take your body as my own with that very same transformation."

"Y-you won't do that t-" Sonic noticed that his voice got deeper and menacing. "S-stop playing with me!"

"I love amusement. What can I say? Once I take your body, I'm going to start an era of chaos and destruction against anyone, even the people you live with."

"You won't do that if I'm around!"

"Of course you won't," the voice chuckled. "Because I'll be you then."

"W-who are you?!"

"I'm Dark Super Sonic!" the voice revealed itself. "The other you! The same presence that tried to kill the Metarex but failed once Eggman stopped me from going nuts and kill everything in sight!"

"D-darn you..." Sonic muttered. "I thought I got rid of you..."

"You still have that radiation from the fake Chaos Emeralds. Oh, that doesn't mean I'm a fake," Dark Super Sonic explained. "I'm real, 500 percent real."

"Get away from me!" Sonic yelled.

"Tsk," he chuckled. "I don't have any choice left. But mark my words."

"W-what?"

"I can listen to everything you say and listen to, even the mission you have planned for tomorrow. And just look at this! It's during the night!"

"T-there's no full moon!"

"There isn't going to be a full moon tomorrow...but in 2 days from now on. What will you do once I show you another preview tomorrow? How are you going to hide it from them?"

"I-I won't hide it!"

"Too bad," Dark Super Sonic frowned. "If you don't, the hand is going to push you out from the mansion."

"W-what? That's not true!"

"Believe me, he will. Nobody likes a freak turning into a monster."

"...Heheheheh..."

"What's so funny?"

"If that's how you want to play...then I'll play your game," Sonic stood up and grinned with his fangs sticking out from his mouth. "I'll hide your "previews" from everyone. It's not going to be so bad and hard at all."

"Fine," his evil version said. "Be that way. It's going to be so fun anyway."

"Will you leave me alone and let me relax for tomorrow?"

"I don't have anything else to say...so yeah. See you tomorrow."

"We're not friends!"

"Duh." Dark Super Sonic said before he vanished from Sonic's mind, taking the fangs as well.

Sonic looked down worried. "...What if something else happens tomorrow?... I better be careful..." he yawned. "Time to hit the pillow..."

Hallway

"..." Rita gave the door a serious look where Sonic was. "Someone was talking to himself just now...but I rather not see who and just think nobody else lives here," the Genius Mage began to walk away. "I'll see more Blastia tomorrow. For now, I'm going to take a good nap."

Preview of the next chapter

"They're here, DK!" Diddy yelled from the lobby. "They're here!"

"Really?" DK asked as he peered his head from the hallway. "About time they made it!"

.........................................................................................

"Are preparations ready?" Master Hand asked.

"Yes," Geno nodded. "My team is assembled."

"Good. The other half of us is going to remain here if they try to attack."

.........................................................................................

"It's beginning, Lord Smithy."

"I will have their heads soon."

.........................................................................................

"Entering the Realm of Factories. The showdown..." Geno trailed off.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 06, 2009, 09:08:21 PM
Chapter 124: Entering the Realm of Factories

Subspace
Deep inside the Great Maze

"Where is the Ancient Minister?" Tabuu questioned. "He was supposed to be here and tell the report of Exor."

"Calm down," Bowser said with a frown as he held some papers and read them. "Says here Exor is ready to destroy Nintendo City today during midnight. When that happens, Smithy's going to leave with Exor so they can torment another big city. Why do they have an affinity to destroy big cities now? Well, that's not my problem but stil-"

"Well, that sounds good," Tabuu interrupted and nodded. "But that does not explain where the Ancient Minister is."

"I haven't seen that guy that much yesterday either," Charizard said. "I wonder where he went."

"If he does not show up, I am going to make one of you 4 the new minister...but I think you are not to the task."

"Who wants to be on a floor giving orders all the day?" asked a recovered Ganondorf. "I rather be out and fight."

"My thoughts and expectations exactly," Tabuu nodded. "But I want to see where the Ancient Minister is. He is usually issuing all the commands I tell him to do."

"Today is very important, right?" Dedede asked. "The city's gonna get destroyed."

"However, they gathered all the Star Spirits and since they did not go directly to attack yesterday, I presume they will today." Ganondorf said.

"Oh, for the love of you, let me go this time!" Bowser said.

"...I will consider your suggestions...just wait until I get word of the Ancient Minister." Tabuu said before he disappeared and left the 4 villains.

"This is a mission of high priority and we must NOT lose this time." Ganondorf warned them.

"Like you aren't going to screw up," Charizard rolled his eyes. "You failed the last time, remember? You're not that superior."

"S-silence..." Ganondorf said with an annoyed look.

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

The morning came...and that meant the time to read the letters.

From Garnet Till Alexandros.

I've decided to write a letter to you. Remember me? We traveled together for a short period of time. Right now, it's a bad time to be writing a letter because we're escaping to the Outer Continent where we...I don't want to tell what happened here. Zidane is telling me to stop writing this.

In short, I hope you're doing well. Please do drop by if you can find us. I can't tell you where we are because that could tell a "bad guy" our location.

Sincerely,
Garnet Till Alexandros.

P.S.: Please, tell Zelda I'm doing well. The reason why I wrote this letter for you is because I was a little nervous to talk to her.


"...Suuuuuuuure..." Chris said as he put away Garnet's letter and read Laharl's letter.

From Overlord Laharl.

MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! You thought you weren't going to hear of me again, didn't you?! Well, guess what, you're remembering now! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!

My evil plan to get a little more screen time worked after all. I knew mailing this stupid thing was a good idea. It wasn't the Love Freak's idea for sure, but whatever...

...

MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA-

The World Traveler noticed that the letter wasn't a letter, but a long, long big scroll that was an insanely long evil laugh by Laharl himself.

"...Oh god..." Chris frowned with a disgusted face. "I can't believe he wasted so many trees into this... I'll just go to the last part."

From malevolent Overlord,
Laharl.

P.S.: Now that His Royal Highness is gone...p-please, mercy for me, dood...


Chris made a bored look. "...I knew he wasn't up to the whole writing... Poor random Prinny..."

From Kylie Koopa.

Biggest scoop EVAH!... Okay, I was little hyper there, so what?

Hi there, you little hoopla! I've been doing so well after all these years! Heck, I even remember all of you when those Shroobs-thingies wanted to take over the Mushroom Kingdom. I made out a book out of it! "Fungicide: The Epic Battle for the Mushroom Kingdom" is now on sale in a store close to you!... Whatever, I'm going to send you a copy sometime!

By the way, old pal, I think I'm gonna hit Nintendo City. I heard there are not a single newspaper and just radio. The Koopa Kronicle's staff is so going to enjoy the open city for us! Be sure to drop by and maybe I'll make an article out of all of you!

Your Top-Star Reporter,
Kylie Koopa.


"I think she forgot the P.S. part..." Chris said.

From Soren.

This is very rare for me to write a letter to you, from all the people. But I think you have a closer connection with Ike than the other ignorants.

Let us get down to the main point. How is Ike doing? I hope he is not doing any sort of reckless affair or something like that because that would dishonor the Greil Mercenaries for a lot of honorability and the such. Well, personally, for a person like him, it's not that common, am I right?

Lastly...well, good luck with whatever you have to do in your life.

Soren.

"Why do I think he hates me?" Chris asked with a worried face.

From Birdo

"...Why is the letter full of pink circles rather than...wait..." the World Traveler took a closer look to the letter to find something.

To my dearest greeny watermelon boyfriend...

From you sweety pinky strawberry girlfriend.


"..." Chris, with a disgusted face, tossed the letter away with a shrug. "W-why does it say that?!... Unless..." he took the letter and insected it more. "...OH! Yoshi... This is his letter then, not mine. What a relief... I-isn't Birdo a gu-"

From Wave.

If you're wondering why I'm sending this letter to you and not Falco...w-well...let's just say I'm just a little bit embarrassed to send him a letter after what happened...

Anyway, how's it going? My brothers and I are doing very well. It seems Jet agreed to be closer us as the brothers we're supposed to be...if I made very good Extreme Gears for him, though...

...Wait a second...he isn't tricking me, right? If he is, then I'm going to make the best Extreme Gear...but with the best explosion when he comes close to the finish line. Yeah, I'm going to enjoy that.

Oops, I already wasted the whole letter with this. You pardon me, right? Okay.

From Extreme Gear designer,
Wave the Swallow.

P.S.: Is Falco still single? Heheheh, just a joke...

...

IT'S A JOKE, YOU GOT THAT?!


Chris put the letters on a nearby table before Lucario came out from the door of the bathroom. "Clean?" Chris asked.

"Yes," Lucario rolled his eyes. "Did you finish?"

"Taking a shower and the letters? Like usual," Chris nodded. "Today is the day, right?"

Lucario nodded. "The day we go to fight Smithy."

"Well...Geno hasn't selected who already..." he looked outside. "And it's still very early in the morning. What do you want to do in the meantime?"

"Hmm... Eat breakfast?"

"...Meh."

Main Lobby

As the 2 made their way to the main lobby, there was Diddy sitting on the sofa, tapping his fingers on the edge of the ornament in annoyance.

"Diddy, why are you here?" Chris asked as both stopped.

"Waiting for our friends to come," Diddy said as he looked them from the other side. "They're almost here. I know that."

"That's just random thinking," Lucario said with a frown. "What makes you believe they will come today? It's dangerous if they do because as you kno-"

"Yeah, yeah, mission," Diddy rolled his eyes. "Look, mission or not, they're coming now."

"I want to see that."

RING!

"...You were owne-" Chris was interrupted.

"I know." Lucario said with closed eyes.

Diddy opened his mouth in surprise and went quickly to the door and looked through the small hole of the right one. "...Oh my god!"

"What? Enemies?" Chris asked worried.

"No!" Diddy said with a frown. "They're here at last!"

Chris looked at Lucario...and he was already in the kitchen. "Lucario! Aren't going to meet them?"

"I rather not!" Lucario yelled from the kitchen.

"Why?"

"Just because?"

"...Oh, brother..."

"They're here, DK!" Diddy yelled from the lobby. "They're here!"

"Really?" DK asked as he peered his head from the hallway. "About time they made it!"

"Will you open the door?" Chris asked as he walked closer to Diddy.

Diddy grabbed the doorknob and twisted it. "Chris, I want you to me-"

"I know every single Kong in the family."

"...But you haven't met them in person, right?"

"N-"

Diddy opened the door. "Meet my distant cousin, Lanky!"

The first Kong that entered was Lanky Kong (walking with his hands). The Sumatran orangutan walked inside and greeted Diddy with some handshakes.

"Diddy! Oh monkey god, it's you!" Lanky greeted before he looked at Chris. "Who's that? Distant family member?"

"You wish," Diddy shook his head. "He's Chris. He lives here with me as well."

"Oh, nice to meet you!" Lanky walked to Chris and extended his long right arm to him, which the teen grabbed his hand to do a handshake. "Lanky's my name. Diddy already introduced you to me, right?"

"U-um, yes," Chris nodded. "(Now what do I say?) Er..."

Lanky kept handshaking his hand as Chris tried to think of something to talk.

"...Well..."

"..." Lanky blinked. "...Oh well! Not many people talk to me anyway," he took out a long trombone. "Ready to make music. I haven't done this in a long time but hey, there's always another chance."

"Now, next," Diddy looked outside where a tall female Kong with 2 ponytails walked. "Meet my fiancée's younger but tall sister, Tiny!"

"Diddy!" Tiny ducked to hug Diddy. "Oh, it's so nice to see you again!"

"(My god, why did they have to make her taller?)" Chris thought.

Tiny stood up and looked at Chris. "Are you Chris?"

"Y-yes, I am. Did Diddy tell you?"

Tiny smiled and nodded. "Uh-huh. Diddy emails me of all the people he meets."

Diddy blushed and looked away. "W-well, just because Dixie lives with you and you share the same email address."

"So," she took out a saxophone. "My old saxophone from the same adventure we had. Don't worry, I still remember how to use it. Let me see."

Tiny played her old small theme with the same tone and rhythm. It even made Chris's and Diddy's feet tap the floor.

"Oh yeah!" Tiny raised her saxophone with her right hand. "That's more like it."

"Good! You're going to be great!" Diddy remarked as she walked behind him and looked at the last Kong walking inside...though this one was embracing himself as he shivered. "...What happened to you now?"

"N-nothing..." the Lowland gorilla said with some shivers. "I-it's just that..."

"Oh, relax, will you?" Tiny said with a frown. "You don't have to get scared because I got a growth spurt!"

"B-but..."

Diddy rolled his eyes. "Let me guess, you liked her more when she was smaller and you juggled her in the air for fun, right, Chunky?"

Chunky nodded and sniffed. "T-those were good times! Very, VERY good times!"

"Not always is the same," Lanky said with some chuckles. "Changes are goooooooooood."

"For yooooooooooou at least..." Chunky muttered.

"Meet Dixie and Tiny's cousin, Chunky." Diddy presented Chunky to Chris.

"(Yes, he's taller than DK but smaller compared to Tiny...)" Chris thought before shaking his head. "Nice to meet yo-"

Chunky quickly hugged (or strangled) Chris with a powerful hug as the big gorilla sniffed. "I-it's always good to have a new friend!" Chunky said happily.

Chris's eyes twitched like never before. "I-i-i-i-i-it's always good...t-t-t-to have...a-a-a-a-air...d-d-d-daily..." he muttered.

"Chunky! Chunky! Stop! You're killing him!" Diddy said.

"..." Chunky looked at Chris's face turning yellow. "Whoops," he said embarrassed before he let Chris fall (knocked out). "S-sorry, I don't know my own strength... Answer me!" he grabbed Chris and shook him several times. "I killed my bunnies this way by accident too! D-don't tell me you're dead as well!"

"STOP!" Diddy interrupted before Chunky let Chris fall again. "If you leave him alone, he'll come back to his senses!"

"BUAH!" Chris let out a loud sigh (if you could consider "BUAH!" a sigh). "W-why did I forget about his strength?"

"That strength saved us from King K. Rool!" Lanky said proudly. "Chunky's packs 5 punches instead of 1!"

Chunky blushed. "Oh, please, don't embarrass me like that!" he took out...a metal triangle which he rang with a small stick of iron. "I-I'm ready to make music!"

"(With that?)" Chris thought with dot eyes, indicating that he didn't believe that Chunky's instrument would make a CD.

"D-don't give that look..." Chunky said unsure. "I was able to defeat that scary Rool guy with this..."

Tiny made a bored look. "I still remember how you defeated King K. Rool though..."

Flashback

There was a huge Chunky Kong (using Hunky Chunky to be bigger) on a side of the ring while on the other side, King K. Rool charged at him with a furious roar.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Chunky let out a girly scream before slamming a huge fist on King K. Rool's face, knocking him away to the spectators and on the seats before the bell rang, indicating his victory.

The other 4 Kongs watched this before shifting their eyes around. "...I think we're going to remember this for the rest our of lives..." said the past Tiny Kong.

"Uh-huh," the other 3 said with several nods.

End of flashback

"Thought as much," Diddy said before looking at the hallway. "Weird, DK was standing there a moment ago."

"Because I went to call Master Hand!" DK called from the other side of the hallway, walking towards the Kongs and Chris. "Lanky! Tiny! Chunky!"

"DK!" the mentioned trio said cheerfully before all of them ran to him and greeted the Kong with hugs, handshakes and pats on the back.

"The good ol' gang, back again to make another debut!" Lanky said happily.

"No fat crocodile with laryngiti-" Diddy was interrupted.

"Wasn't it a tic?" Tiny interrupted.

"Laryngitis to beat around!"

"Um...yeah, exactly!" the other 4 said with confused looks.

"...Soooooo..." Chris looked to the right with crossed arms behind his back. "...What are you going to do now that you're reunited?"

"Theme song!" DK yelled as he took his bongoes.

"Yeah!" the other 4 said as they took out their instruments (with Diddy taking out an electric guitar).

"Not today!" Master Hand interrupted before the 5 could even begin. "Aw, more musicians."

"BIG CREEPY TALKING MOUTHESS FLOATING WHITE HAND!" Chunky yelled loudly before he hid behind Chris in a hurry (albeit to say, due to Chunky's brawny size, Chris could only block at least 30 percent of the Kong's body).

Master Hand frowned. "Not another guy who yells the same at me the first time someone meets me."

"Everyone does that to you?" Diddy asked.

"Well, not exactly," the hand explained. "So, 3 more musicians?"

DK nodded. "Ready to make some music."

"Theme song!" Lanky yelled.

The 5 (even Chunky) quickly stood next to each other and began to play thei-

"NOT TODAY!" Master Hand interrupted.

"...Theme song!" Lanky said again.

"NO!" the hand snapped his fingers and everyone' instruments disappeared. "If you want to make "some music" then go to the room where there's MUSIC, okay?"

"Hey," Lanky looked around. "Where did you take my instrument?"

"Mine's got to be fine, or else I'm putting some lawyers on you." Tiny threatened.

"Your instruments are waiting for you in the music room," Master Hand explained. "Your rooms are ready as well once you go to the music room. You're going to meet 2 other musicians there so I hope you enjoy the time making music."

"Sweet! We got our own rooms already!" Lanky said.

"DK, Diddy," the hand looked at the 2. "Would you show them the way?"

"Sure. C'mon." DK said as he lead the 3 upstairs.

"Diddy," Master Hand whispered to the monkey. "I need to ask you a favor."

"What?" Diddy asked.

"Since today is you-know-what, you and Donkey should stay behind and make sure the musicians don't get a word of this mission."

"Why?"

"Because I'm sure as hell your pals are going to help ourselves. I don't want to take any risks either if they become dead."

"Hmm..." Diddy wondered.

"...If you do my favor, I'll let you 2 be part-time musicians as well so you can do your theme song. We also need the DK Rap."

"Hmmmmmmm..."

"...And free bananas daily."

"Hmmmmmmmmmmm..."

"And banana juice."

"Hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm-"

"WOULD YOU STOP THAT?! I don't give a 5-star dinner to anyone, ever!"

"Deal!" Diddy shook Master Hand's finger before he ran up and left to the Kongs.

"I think he thought you were going to give him a 5-star dinner..." Chris said.

"Oh no, he won't make himself the idiot and believe I'm going to give him all the things I said." Master Hand said.

"...I thought the first 2 were true."

"Y-yes, they are..." he looked at Chris. "Well, it's early so go get your breakfast. This day is very important to us and pretty much everyone who used to live in the city."

"W-wait," Chris interrupted. "What could happen if the city does get destroyed?"

"..." Master Hand looked away. "The city itself is a great center of trades for economy of all the worlds from the guys here. Should the city get destroyed, then the economy would go down for so many levels and people won't come to a destroyed city at all. It once used to be so lively with many different people."

"From everyone here?"

"Yes," the hand nodded. "Not only that. From time to time, different people who find their way to the city are the most important since they don't belong to any of the Smashers' worlds. If a person gets lost in a cave or forest, that same person could end up in this universe until he or she walks the way back where he or she got lost."

"And if the city gets destroyed..."

"...Let's not think about the negative things here. Go and enjoy the sweet and peaceful morning before you fight the cruel and death-assured night."

"...Shouldn't you CHEER me instead of SCARING me?"

"Hey, I'm neutral when it comes down to the good side or the bad side. I'm a good guy so don't worry!"

Kitchen

When the World Traveler walked inside the kitchen, he found Lucas (the PK kid, not the trainer)...not moving at all from his seat after he stopped eating his cereal.

"What is wrong with you?" Chris asked confused.

"G-Geno told me to go tonight i-into that sword..." Lucas trembled. "I-I'm so scared about that, b-but I couldn't refuse the mission!"

"Embrace yourself!" Rope Snake called from Lucas's little pocket (this also meant that the physics in this world were so altered and screwed). "You've got to be strong, my dear psychic blond boy!"

"T-that's easier to say than done!" Lucas said as he covered his head. "I-I don't want to die today!"

"(Oh no, here goes the same Peach's face....wait, it doesn't work for him!) I'll protect you if you want. (DAMMIT!)" Chris cursed in his mind.

"No!"

"...What?"

"N-no! Y-you heard me!" Lucas said. "M-my dad told me to be strong and do your business alone. I-if I want to be prove I'm a real grown up, t-then I need to go this time!" he got off from the seat and looked at Chris. "I-I'm sorry, but I want to do this my way..."

"...Weeeeeeeell..." Chris looked away. "I-I'm scared as well..."

"Did he tell you to go too?"

"No."

"Chris," Geno called from behind Chris. "You're coming tonight."

The puppet walked away and to the main lobby, where he went to the hallway.

"...That was awfully fast..." Lucas said before he shook his head. "You're scared, right? But you always get out victorious for all the fights you go in!"

"(...I'm an idiot if I say I didn't notice before.) I didn't notice before. (OH, FOR THE LOVE OF...)"

"H-how can I do that?"

"Do what?" Chris asked.

"Get victorious like you do?"

"(Does he think I'm a winner or what?) ...Rely on the others? I always rely on them and they rely on me and back and forth..."

"..." Lucas stared at Chris. "...Rely? T-that isn't that hard, right?"

"No, it's not hard."

"With who?"

"I don't know," Chris said sarcastically. "Everyone?"

"L-like?"

Chris pointed behind Lucas, and the boy turned to find Mewtwo.

"UAH!" Lucas hopped scared.

Mewtwo frowned. "I'm not going with you. You don't have to think I'm scary either."

"I-I didn't think that!"

"You did," Mewtwo frowned. "Your mind said so."

"(W-why does he have to invade my mind?)"

"(Because people like you think odd of me and I don't like that at all.)"

"S-stop it!" Lucas said.

Mewtwo made another frown before he floated away with crossed arms.

"The day I see him using his feet to walk I'm going to make a discovery." Chris said.

"S-so with who?" Lucas asked.

Chris pointed across the long table, where Falco was shown eating bacon.

"...L-less scarier, please..." Lucas whispered.

This time, he pointed behind Lucas where a motionless Pichu was.

"...He choose you?"

Pichu nodded with a gulp. "H-he said I was smaller than Pikachu. But I'm perfect for sneak attacks..." he looked at them. "P-problem is I don't know any sneak attacks!"

"Just make sure the enemy doesn't see you." Chris said.

"You try it!"

Chris was left speechless. "...What if we rely each other?"

Lucas and Pichu looked at each other before looking back at Chris. "...Fine..." they said.

Command Room

When the World Traveler made it to the command room...he found Ike measuring his sword with Link?

"Not only the sword needs to be thin and strong," Link said as he took a closer look to his own sword. "It's got to be actually thin and strong."

"What's the difference with that?" Ike asked.

"You'll understand once you have done it 30 times."

"Please, make sense to me."

"30 times or else you won't."

"Hmm..." Ike continued to measure his sword.

"...Pardon my interruption..." Chris interrupted. "But why is it important to measure a sword?"

"Because every single inch counts as part of the sword," Link explained. "If you break a small part, the sword's efficiency will be forever lost."

"I-I doubt the Master Sword or even Ragnell could break..."

Link rolled his eyes. "That's what you think. You know how many items I use, right? Not all of them are unbreakable."

"Really?" Ike asked.

Link nodded. "Yeah. The adventure I had when I turned instantly into an "adult" wasn't a walk in the park or something stupid like that."

Flashback

There was Link holding a Megaton Hammer, where he waited for Volvagia to come out from one of the holes.

When it did, Link raised his hammer and yelled "Die, you stupid magma snake!"

Then the Megaton Hammer's head fell behind him. Link made a confused look before looking back and saw the head.

He then turned to Volvagia, charging a ball of magma. "OH SHI-"

Another different time, Link was shown holding the enhanced Hookshot to pull out Morpha's brain out from its transparent tentacle.

When he aimed the item at it, he yelled. "Die, you wasted Zora's intestinal liquid!"

The item instantly was thrown across the enemy once Link pressed the trigger, taking the chain along with it where it sunk in the bottom of the water.

Link made a horrified face before Morpha slowly reached for him. "OH SHI-"

In another time, there was Link holding an arrow with his Fairy Bow and Lens of Truth at the drumming hidden monster, Bongo Bongo.

When he aimed at it, he yelled "Die, you idiotic bad rhythmic ghostly monster!"

Then the lens broke into pieces, preventing Link from damaging the monster. He thought (with a horrified face) that they broke because he held them too close to his eye.

He looked at the hands raising above him before they came down fastly on him. "OH SHI-"

End of flashback

"...Not like in the game..." Chris said with an ashamed face.

"How was it in my game?" Link asked.

"In the game, nothing like that happened at all. If you ran out of ammunition, there was always a way to get more in the same room with the boss."

"Can you define my Megaton Hammer as ammunition?"

"...No..."

"Oh, great..." Link facepalmed. "My adventure sucked so badly..."

"At least mine was normal," Ike said. "Oh, I almost forgot..." he took out a copy of Radiant Dawn. "I accidentally forgot to put this back in your room, but it looked so weird becau-"

Chris quickly took the copy and hid it inside his robe (since he was still using the Black Mage job). "E-everything you saw in there, and in the instruction booklet are PURE lies! T-this game was defined as non-canon and you don't get bulkier with armor at all!" Chris said in panic.

"Really?" Ike rubbed his chin. "Because I heard there was going to be another war if several problems of the states weren't resolved quickl-"

"Okay, Ike," Chris closed his yellow eyes. "In who do you believe? In a random copy of a false future...or me?"

"Random copy of a false but true future."

"...Oh god..."

"Sorry," Ike lifted his shoulders. "I already went to the in-the-net."

"Internet." Link corrected.

"And Roy checked for me if this was real or not."

"...It is." Chris admitted.

"...Well..." Ike scratched the back of his head. "This game also came out before "Brawl" right? So how come I'm not the one in my "sequel" at all?"

Chris was utterly surprised that the swordsman went that far to research the origins of both games.

"...Wow, Ike, you raised a valid question just now..." Chris wondered for a moment. "Well, I think it is becau-"

"There you are," Geno called from the hallway with Twink floating close to him. "I finished with the preparations for tonight."

"Really?"

Geno nodded. "Choosing between 34 peopl-"

"35 counting you but excluding me." Twink interrupted.

"Was no easy task." Geno finished.

"You're taking 17?" Ike asked.

"Yes. You 3, for example."

Chris looked at Link. "You were choosen?"

"I'm not measuring my sword for nothing." Link said with a small grin.

"I thought you were going to stay behind and protect the mansion. You would have another rea-"

"Stop!"

"Ahem," Geno coughed annoyed. "You 3, Pichu, Lucas, Ness, Pikachu, Mario, Peach, Mallow, Kirby, Fox, Marth, Snake, Sonic, Lucario and Jigglypuff. The other half is staying behind."

"Are they all awake?" Link asked.

"Yes. We should wait a little before they come."

Chris looked away. "(But I'm worried about Peach... She said she had to come with us because the Peach Beam wouldn't work without her.)"

"I was having some problems convincing Peach," Geno said. "I had to be frank with her and she ultimately accepted the task."

"(...I better do what I promised her... Curse my weakness to her faces...)"

Several hours later...

Persona 3 - Living With a Determination

Everyone gathered in the command room after the hours passed. They were discussing what to expect of Smithy and the Subspace Army while Chris went to the hands.

"Nervous?" Master Hand asked.

"A-a lot..." Chris shuddered. "What we do in the city will decide what will happen to it, right?"

"Yes," Master Hand nodded. "A small screw up from all of you and the city is totally done for."

"Can you encourage instead of saying those things?"

"What else can I say rather than, "Good luck! I hope you get out unscathed"?"

"You don't say that," Chris raised an eyebrow. "You say more simple sentences than that."

"Well then. Good luck! I hope you get out unscathed!"

"...Never mind..." he said with a frown before turning to the insane hand. "You know what I want to do now."

"Yippie-o." Crazy Hand said with a nod.

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 2701

Jobs

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins

Hacker - 1300 Smash Coins

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

Revitalizer - 1000 Smash Coins


Adds a restorational effect for recovery items to revive downed party members. Very useful when your main healer is downed as well.

Items

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Items in hand:
Green Shell
Poison Mushroom
Bumper

Stored items:
None


"If the time where recovery items should have been reviving items, it is now. I'll buy the new ability." Chris said as he gave 1000 Smash Coins. He instantly glowed after the insane hand snapped his fingers.

"What else?" Crazy Hand asked.

"Food."

"Oh, every piece revives a character if you give the food to him or her...to the mouth, that is. Note that the character revived only gets 1 to 5 percent of the health recovered." Master Hand explained.

"Well, it's still useful. Besides, it's like 10 Phoenix Downs." Chris said as he gave 400 Smash Coins to the hand, reducing the amount to 1301. "Next...the Hacker job!"

"Here you go, novice engineer!"

When Crazy Hand snapped his fingers, after receiving 1300 Smash Coins (thus pushing Chris back to bankrupt), the World Traveler glowed and his clothes changed again...

...To be precise, Chris now wore a black uniform for japanese schools. Black pants, black shirt with buttons. He also wore some orange headphones that he hung around his neck.

"..." the World Traveler took out 2 wrenches from behind his back and looked at them.

"Behold, the wrenches! Your main weapons!" Crazy Hand said.

"...What are wrenches supposed to be related to a hacker?" Chris asked.

"You literally hack things with those."

"Crazy, it's more like fix big screws," Master Hand explained. "I thought you were going to give him an electric wire."

"Nah, wrenches are more useful," the insane hand said. "Shock enemies? Bluah. He'll need those to change, or hack weapons to turn them to stronger weapons."

"...Oh well," Chris said as he kept the wrenches. "I can understand the most complicated machine at least."

"A hacker must now what he does," Crazy Hand said. "By the way, not always when you change weapons into stronger ones will result successful. You could fail and end up disabling the original weapon."

"I'll...be aware of that." Chris said with a nod.

"Listen to some good music with your headphones!" Crazy Hand suggested. "It has good internal memory to hold up to 1000 songs!"

"..." Chris put the headphones on and he began to listen to something. "...Wait, this song is the Rawest Song of the Forever Forest."

"Lemme hear!" the insane hand said as he took the headphones and put them on his...head as finger? "...Super Ma-ri-o R-R-P-G!"

"ACK!" Master Hand took the headphones and gave them back to Chris. "Listening to my brother singing is even worse than his snores! Somebody forgives me if I hear him!"

"You don't respect you singer brother?" Crazy Hand asked.

"I don't respect that drama voice you make."

"Oh, you mean this one? AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

A very high-pitched scream echoed through the room and many computers' screens broke, making everyone stop talking as they covered their ears.

"SHUT HIM UP!" Chris yelled as he put the headphones on his ears.

Master Hand slapped his brother to snap him out. "One more again and I'll block that mouthless mouth from you!"

"Aww..." Crazy Hand said in shame.

"Well..." Master Hand noticed everyone with annoyed looks at his brother. "At least we've got the attention of everyone."

"Geno." Twink whispered.

"Yes," Geno nodded before he walked in front of the hands and looked at the Smashers. "Okay. It's time to start the mission right now."

"But it's not night yet," Pichu said. "It's 1:26 PM."

"I know," Geno said. "I have a plan before we begin."

Link nodded. "Don't worry about it. I have my item prepared."

"Item?" Zelda asked.

Link winked at her. "It's a very useful item you gave me when we were kids."

"...Oh," Zelda smiled a little. "I remember which item was that."

"Save that for later," Geno said. "Anyway, the reason why we're starting now it's because we're going to wait to attack and raid Exor the moment night comes. I told Link to bring his item with us to start the mission."

"Where are we going to start the way to Exor?" Ness asked. "A frontal attack?"

"No. A frontal attack is dangerous. Since Exor faces the Smash Mansion from his location, we'll have to go around the barrier and through the forest that surrounds it in order to reach a place where he can't see us. It could be possible that enemies can appear while we get to the main point," the screen turned on, showing a map of the Smash Mansion, Nintendo City, Exor's facing the mansion and the whole landscape of the surrounding area. "Here..." Geno pointed at the left area of the forest, right from the mansion point and left to Exor's point. "Is where we have to be."

"Shouldn't we go a little further than that?" Chris asked. "I think it's a little bit of a difference because Exor could face us from the point."

Geno shook his head. "Going further away would mean getting farther and father from Exor. This point is the closest one."

"I can reach even further in no time." Sonic said.

"Even so, the area of the forest is too thick and I doubt we could run through without crashing into the trees. We don't want that, right?"

"Pfft."

"My thoughts exactly," Geno said. "Once we reach Exor, it could be possible that Smithy could send an army to the mansion so half og the group that's staying here will remain to protect the mansion. After all these missions, I don't want this place to be destroyed."

"We lived here..." Twink sniffed. "And this is the last day we're staying here..."

"..." Geno closed his eyes and opened them back again. "(It can't be helped...) Any questions?"

"What is inside Exor? His stomach?" Jet Kirby asked.

"...When are you going to let that ability go?" Jigglypuff asked.

"BURP." Jet Kirby burped and a little star with his ability jumped out from his head and vanished, turning him back to a plain Kirby.

"...Ew..."

"E-er, no, Exor has no stomach," Geno shook his head. "Exor has a portal that takes anyone to Smithy's dimension. His dimension is a foul place filled with purple winds and a factory where his henchmen manufacturate enemies endlessly. Deeper inside, Smithy resides, making his own weapons."

"If we reach Smithy and defeat him, that would be the end of that freaking sword, right?" Snake asked.

"Yes. Smithy himself operates the whole place like he likes. I'll assure you all that this is going to be the last request I ask you, to repair the Star Road without Smithy knowing and get rid of Exor again so the city gets saved."

"If the city does get destroyed, I'm going to sue somebody." C. Falcon said.

"Just because that filthy bar is also in the city doesn't mean you have to hide it from everyone here by saying city." Roy said.

"I-I'm no-"

"You are," mostly everyone said.

"Oh, please..."

"Leaving that aside," Geno continued. "We should begin now... However..." the puppet closed his eyes. "I need to say something first."

"(There he goes...)" Twink thought.

"I-"

"If you're going to say something about our help to rescue the Star Spirits, save that for later." Master Hand interrupted as a record was heard being scratched.

"W-will yo-" Geno was interrupted.

"Sorry. Time's running out so we may as well start this."

"Y-you little...ugh, fine, I give up," Geno turned to the Smashers. "So please, the ones I selected take a step forward and let's go outside and start the mission and get over with..."

"...That didn't sound that good." Yoshi commented.

"Because THIS hand stopped me from saying my speech, that's why!" Geno said angrily. "I could've said that with more impact but no, he interrupts me at the most important part of my speech!"

"Yadda-yadda-yadda," Master Hand said with a frown. "This mission is very important and crucial, right? Well, get going! We're going to make our preparations here as well should they decide to attack the mansion from all the sides."

"(U-uh-oh...)" Red thought. "(I can't let Barry, Dawn or Lucas or all of them to get a word or even a small glimpse of this... I need to keep them distracted from getting ou-)"

For his dismay, a small head with blond hair peered from the hallway and waved a hand to him. It was Barry himself who noticed Red except the others but they didn't notice him either.

Red made an angered expression and tried to tell Barry to get away with his hands.

Barry thought Red was playing charades with him so he imitated a Magikarp with his mouth.

"VINE WHIP!" Red yelled to Ivysaur who got a shocked expression and used Vine Whip to push Barry away from their view, without even seeing the trainer, much for Red's fortune.

"Hey," Wolf turned and glared to the trainer. "What's the meaning of that yell?"

"I-I-I..." Red gulped. "I-I was practicing my yell's orders in battle..."

"...Practice but when there's a real battle. Do that again and I'll claw that throat out from you."

"Y-yes, sir..." Red said sweating before the lupine turned around and looked back at Geno. "Guys, we have to leave for now." Red whispered to his Pokémon.

"Oh, right," Squirtle nodded. "The battle we didn't have with Dawn yesterday because Peach was outside in the garden."

"No!" Red whispered angrily. "We have to make sure they don't notice this whole mission. We have to distract them!"

"...Oh," Ivysaur nodded. "Let's get out of here silently and carefully."

The trio nodded to each other and left the room silently.

Geno looked at the 17 characters that were going with him and nodded to them. "Please, let's do our best and don't fail if you can."

"I'll be more worried about this guy," Snake said as he looked at Sonic. "I don't like him."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Then I don't like you either."

"Sounds good to me."

"Don't start a fight here now..." Mario frowned. "Focus on this, then fight to death."

"My god...that sounded not-so-you." Chris said.

"Sorry," Mario lifted his shoulders. "I know which people you should surrender to and which not."

"Well, don't surrender now," Ness said as he put his bat on his right shoulder. "That city is in trouble and you know it goes."

"Save it because that's the hero's hometown," Chris said as he raised a finger. "...It's not mine but this is a second home to me."

"For all of us," Marth said. "It gets destroyed and we lose."

"W-we'll come out victorious, right?" Lucas asked with a gulp.

"Just don't run away once an enemy spots us." Pikachu said.

"I-I'm not running away...n-not now..."

"I rather stay here...but going right to my death is better to prove I'm something, right?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Would you stop?" Mallow asked. "Nobody is going to die here. If somebody is going to die here is you."

"...That didn't help." Lucario pointed out as Jigglypuff made a shocked look.

"And you're not helping either." Ness pointed out.

"Neither you are." Pikachu said.

"Neither you." Mario said.

"Or you." Kirby pointed out.

"Or you at least." Marth pointed out.

"O-" Sonic was interrupted.

"Stop!" Geno yelled. "Wishes are in trouble, they don't get true, you lose your dearest wishes, Smithy rules the whole land, we're in a big trouble, everything is unhappy, blah blah blah, I summarized everything, now let's start before this goes out of control!"

"You're going out of control." Fox pointed out.

"...Sorry," Geno frowned. "This is very crucial to me and I'm getting stress out of it."

"If it helps..." Chris began. "I'll be glad to listen to your commands."

Lucario had to follow his trainer's example. "Me too."

Everyone else nodded.

"...Thanks, you guys." Geno said.

"Are preparations ready?" Master Hand asked.

"Yes," Geno nodded. "My team is assembled."

"Good. The other half of us is going to remain here if they try to attack."

"Everyone, let's do this." Geno said before they began to walk away to the hallway.

...Leaving a still shocked Jigglypuff behind.

"You're leaving the singer behind!" Popo yelled.

Pikachu came back and grabbed Jigglypuff to put her above him before running away.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 08, 2009, 09:25:06 PM
Outside

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Bird's Eye View

The long path that connected the city with the mansion was slightly covered with snow from the previous weather of yesterday. Geno looked straight to the road where he could imagine Exor with his malevolent face, and even Smithy laughing maniacally.

"We're almost there with Smithy," Geno said looking around. "...I can feel him."

"Eww." Mallow and Twink said.

"Not like that!"

"And how can we be almost there if we just took a step out from the mansion?" Pikachu asked. "We still need to run 10km towards the sword, enter, see whatever that world inside that sword is and find Smithy."

"It's figurative language," Geno said annoyed. "We'll go into the forest from here."

"Let's hope there are no enemies in the way..." Peach hoped. "You're going to protect me, right, Mario?"

Mario nodded. "Always."

"(It's incredible how Mario is so sincere, yet he denies that love.)" Chris thought. "Let's go then. I'll try to my best in the upcoming fights."

"You're sounding too sure of yourself this time around," Marth said. "I wonder why, though."

"I've been like this all the time! I'm sure this will go very we-"

"He's acting like that because he has his loyal Pokémon to protect him." Fox said with a grin and a frown.

"Y-you little... T-that's not true!" Chris protested while Lucario looked away embarrassed.

Pikachu jumped to his right shoulder and patted his head 2 times. "Admit it and don't deny it. I surrender when Ash is mentioned."

"I-I thought you hated Ash!"

"Nope," Pikachu shook his head. "I hate the fact he starts from zero and loses every big league. Outside of that, I pretty much like him."

"Yet you escaped from him." Ness said.

"H-hey, you know why I'm here."

"To surprise the masses," Jigglypuff said. "Like pretty me."

"We're leaving you behind!" Sonic called from afar, almost entering the forest. The 4 got back to their senses and ran to them.

On the other side of the mansion...

"Okay," Raven nodded. "Since we have demon girl Rita with us in an unexpected turn of events, we hafta be extremely careful and not bump into her."

"Why don't we tell Master Hand about her?" Toon Link suggested.

Raven made a worried expression with closed eyes. "Because I fear the poor ol' hand gets annihilated by her Violent Pain. I know you guys are something but Rita can beat your sorry butts in a blink of an eye, even with combined forces."

"(If whatever he says about her is true, then that means she can defeat Tabuu quickly?)" Toon Link thought. "Then no seeing her all the day?"

"And the rest of our lives if it is possible," Raven added before opening his eyes with a bored look and very small pupils. "Good for you, kid, because that means staying outside with long hours of training."

"Alright!" Toon Link said cheerfully as he took out his bow and shot a fast arrow to the nearby trees.

However, the arrow went deeper and deeper into the forest and disappeared...

"...I don't know where the heck ya sent the arrow this time..." Raven scratched his neck. "I guess there's nobody in its way."

The sound of an arrow hitting a tree was heard and a familiar nanc-I mean, swordsman, after the arrow was about to hit his head, was heard saying "We better be careful. They're expecting us."

"Ouch," a cloud prince said. "They do want us dead right away."

"Okay," Raven nodded and rubbed his chin. "Let's practice again. I'll see where ya aim that arrow."

Toon Link shot an arrow to the trees and it bounced back...to Raven's crotch.

"Not again!" Raven yelled as he jumped over the arrow. "Phew... Kid, ya hate me or somethin'?"

"N-no!" Toon Link said. "I-I didn't want to repeat the same mistake from yesterday!"

"Well, be sure from not castrating me again," Raven shrugged. "Ya think I can resist...oh, forget it. Try again."

Toon Link shot another arrow...and it almost hits Raven's right arm. However, it passed right below his armpit.

Raven's eyes got a shocked look. "K-kid, you're tryin' to freakin' kill me with your arrows but unintentionally, which makes it even worse in some ways!"

"Sorry, sorry, sorry!" Toon Link apologized continuously as he began firing fast arrows at the trees, bouncing around which made Raven feel uncomfortable once he saw all of them...going after him.

"INCOOOOOOOMIIIIIIIIIIN'!!!" Raven yelled before he ran away from a flurry of arrows that were meant to shoot him down.

"H-hey, stop trying to kill my tutor!" Toon Link yelled to his arrows before running after Raven.

A window opened and Rita peered from it. Looking around the empty side. "...Why do I think the old man was here...and yelling for his life?" Rita asked before she shook her head. "Whatever..." she took out a small Smart Bomb that she grinned at it. "This Blastia is begging to be analyzed!" she said cheerfully before slamming the window down to close it.

The Dojo

"...More over here...more over there..."

"These need more, too."

"Oh, right."

In the remotest part of the forest, Lee (the blue body shifter) and Chan (the green Buzzy Beetle) were watering some plants from outside with watering cans.

"You know," Lee began. "The air around has become...more evil in many ways."

"Oh," Chan looked at him. "Of course it did. Just look at that part of the forest."

The Buzzy Beetle pointed close to him where a part of the forest was unusually darker than the other parts.

"Well..." Lee trailed off. "That's because the city is that way, right? I heard from the Paratroopa that it's because of someone called Smithy."

"Yes," Chan nodded. "I heard of him from one of Mario's stories against his enemies."

Some punches were heard inside the Dojo and they looked at the wooden cabin. "How many times is he going to challenge the Master and Jynx?" Chan asked.

"Until he surrenders, which will be never." Lee said.

The sound of footsteps were heard and both quickly turned to the north with fighting stances. However, they blinked once they found the group of Smashers coming from the Smash Mansion's direction.

"Oh," Lee stood normally. "It's you guys. How's it going?"

"Look!" Chan jumped. "It's Mario!"

"What the hell, man!" Lee said happily. "It's the very same person who defeated Jynx AND the Master in battle!"

"It's good to see you 2 doing well." Mario said.

"Aw, don't compliment us. We're the same old guys. We're a little bit stronger this time around so...wait..." Chan's eyes widened. "A-are you here to take on the Master? Because he has gotten a lot stronger than before!"

"No," Geno shook his head. "We're busy with other matters."

"We're going to Exor and defeat Smithy." Mallow explained.

"..." the 2 looked at each other with concerned looks. "...You're kidding, right?"

Snake shook his head. "Not at all. All of those weird idiots just end up getting defeated, mostly because of their incompetence."

"Oh no," Lee shook his head. "I meant all of you."

"What do you mean by that?" Ness asked.

"W-well...y-you're not going to like this bu-"

"YEOWCH!!!"

Many punches were heard inside the Dojo and someone came rolling out from the front door before laying down on the ground with face down. The Master and Jynx came out and looked down to the small opponent. "You're not strong enough to defeat any of the 2 of us." Jynx explained.

Their opponent was a small baby Koopa that looked like it was born not too long ago. He had 2 parts of the egg he came out (one on top of his head and the other above his small legs). Although his small height suggested a weak look, he was actually strong but not strong enough to defeat the 2.

"J-just you wait!" the young Koopa said as he pointed an accusing finger to the 2. "O-one of these days, I'm gonna smack the skull out of you!" he stood up. "Or my name is not Jr. Troopa!"

"Give up," Jynx shook his head. "You're too young to defeat us. We've been explaining that to you every single day, even after the Dojo first opened its only door."

"GRRR!!!" Jr. Troopa growled. "Y-you shut up! SHUT UP! I don't wanna hear your stupid comments about my own strengt-DAMMIT! There's Mario!"

"...Oh no..." Mario muttered as Jr. Troopa rushed towards him and pointed an accusing finger to him. "I thought you returned to your playground close to Goombario's house."

"Of course I did...NOT!" Jr. Troopa yelled. "Maybe I said I gave up to defeat you. But when I heard you were doing "oh so great against every guy you fight against" I thought it was time to make a COMEBACK for the next round!"

"...Dude, you look puny. No offense." Mallow said.

"P-PUNY?!" Jr. Troopa yelled before he sprouted bat wings behind his back with a spike that formed on the top of his egg's shell. "Does this look puny to you?! I'll show ya who's PUN-"

"Stop," the Master interrupted as he walked slowly to them. "You can't defeat them either."

His wings and spike disappeared and he looked at the Master angrily. "For the love o-STOP SAYING I'M WEAK!"

"Train more and we shall see." Jynx said simply.

"...YOU GUYS SUCK!" Jr. Troopa yelled. "FINE! I'll train even more and all of you here will see how STRONG I am!" he pointed at Mario. "Especially you, Mr. I'm-So-Great!"

The newborn Koopa raised a hand to the air and ran away with a trail of dust leading to nowhere.

"Ha, he's going at your speed, Sonic." Pikachu teased and Sonic looked at him annoyed.

"...5 bucks he returns tomorrow." Lee bet.

"Okay. Dammit! I accepted another stupid bet!" Chan yelled. "But I will win this time!"

"Enough," the Master said.

"Yes, sensei..." Lee and Chan said.

The Master looked at the Smashers. "Are you here to challenge us?"

"No," Marth shook his head. "We're going to Nintendo City to save it from Smithy."

"Oh, is that so?" the Master asked, raising an eyebrow. "...I should tell you this now. Someone else is waiting for all of you in your united path. Your current strength...is not enough."

"W-what? We've been fighting his forces all these times and they all were defeated." Chris said.

"Yes, that is true," the Master said.

"...Wait a minute, you don't even know if we defeated them or not." Fox said.

"Actually," Jynx began. "The Master and I can tell by your looks, strength and even your faces if you defeated a foe. We know all that with just a small glimpse."

"Another thing why this universe freaks me out." Snake muttered.

"The Master is just that awesome," Lee said. "Never underestimate the Master! He'll pummel you down with his first breathe!"

"Stop the compliments," the Master said. "You're not strong enough to face this new evil air."

"I think the opposite." Sonic said.

"I think the opposite of your opposite," Jynx said. "Besides the air that controls that huge sword, there's another and much, MUCH stronger evil air that engulfs the world that the sword leads to. You guys...well, no offense. Comparing you to that air, you're very puny."

"Let's go," Fox said fairly annoyed. "They don't know what they're talking about."

"Be that way," the Master said. "But remember that we warned you."

Chris gulped. "T-they already scared me..."

"I can shield you all the time from anyone." Lucario said.

"Oh," Jynx began. "You're puny as well."

"Can we leave this place now?" Lucario asked with a glare to Jynx. "I'm sick of these stupid comments."

"..." Chris gave him a bored look. "Right, right..."

"Before you go," the Master began again. "I need to tell you something."

"Does it contain the word "puny" as well?" Jigglypuff asked.

"That is something Jynx says a lot."

"Hey!" Jynx said angrily.

"The evil air that you want to confront has engulfed this part of the forest with an evil energy. It turned the forest...into a maze."

Super Mario RPG - Forest Maze

"Sweet, sweet nostalgia..." Geno said sarcastically with a frown. "...Let's go. They were preparing everything after all."

"Ha, a maze?" Link chuckled. "No problem. I can deal with one of those."

"Because you have experience with the maze in the Kokiri Forest?" Chris asked.

"You knowledge about what we did before creeps me out...but yeah."

Chris began to hum the theme of the Forest Maze.

The group began to walk inside the evil forest as the 4 of the Dojo watched them getting deeper into the forest.

"This is a warning!" Jynx yelled. "You're not up to battle! Return and train more!"

"SHUT UP!" Sonic yelled annoyed.

And Chris then got scared and hummed the theme scared.

Forest Maze

The ominous air that surrounded the previously nameless forest created and darker atmosphere as they went deeper and deeper, through all the dark trees that blocked the sight of the sky and even the sun. It looked like it was night.

Chris took out his wrenches and shifted his eyes around. "N-no need to panic... N-no ghost is going to appear here... S-stay focused..."

"Boo."

"YEEEEEEEH!!!" Chris quickly jumped to Lucario's arms and hugged his head tightly. "SAVE ME! SAME FROM THE EVIL GHOST!"

Sonic began to laugh loudly. "Ha! Making you yelp like that made my da-" he barely dodged an Aura Sphere before grinning at Lucario. "Too slo-ow!"

HIT!

"O-oww! Hey!" Sonic looked annoyed to Fox.

"That should stop you from doing childish things." Fox said with crossed arms.

"T-tsk..." Sonic looked away in annoyance.

"Sorry, but you deserved that." Marth said

Several minutes later...

"...H-haven't we passed through this place already?" Lucas asked as he found their feet' marks on the ground."

"Damn," Geno cursed. "I thought the right way was pass that tree."

Ike looked at the several paths. "Well...they look the same to me."

"Everything here looks the same." Snake said with a frown and closed eyes.

"And too confusing..." Twink said with twirl eyes.

"Don't worry," Link said. "I'll take all of you out from here. By doing...this."

The Hyrulian made an X on a tree's bark.

"If we wind up here, then that means we came back from where we started. I'm going to do some kind of guide with marks on every tree so we can find the way out."

"Good idea." Ike remarked before they walked in a straight line formation and deeper into the forest.

Several minutes later...

"Aaaaaaaaaand..." Link looked at a new tree's bark. "We found the way out!"

Kirby tilted his head and walked to the other side of the tree. "...There's the same X you made 10 minutes ago."

Link walked to the other side of the tree and his jaw dropped. "H-hey! I was sure this was the right way!"

"We thought the same," Ness rolled his eyes. "I have a much better idea."

He put his bat down and drawn a line with the ground.

"Let's use this to keep a track of our way." Ness suggested.

And they decided to use that method.

More minutes later...

"..." Ness was shown finding a familiar line on the ground as the others came from behind him. "..." he ran and followed the line. After several seconds passed, he returned behind the group and looked mad at this.

"D-don't get angry..." Lucas said. "Y-you did your best."

"This "best" you say didn't do a thing!" Ness yelled angrily. "I'm getting sick of this forest!"

"Maze." Mallow pointed out.

"Whatever the heck it is doesn't matter!"

"Now this is a problem..." Marth said before he began to think by himself.

"Lucario, can you use you aura to find the way out?" Chris asked.

Lucario glowed for a moment but then stopped and shook his head. "The energy emanating from this place is distracting my own aura. One path can take us here like the previous occassions."

"B-but one of them is the true way out, right?"

"I...can't tell that. I'm sorry." Lucario said ashamed.

"...Oh, okay," Chris nodded. "At least you tried."

"And it's my turn," Fox said as he took out a small floating device from the pocket of his vest and floated in front of them. "This will tell the real way out by keeping track of our movements."

"High-tech stuff always works in situations like this," Sonic nodded. "Tails said so."

"Thank Slippy because he made all the equipment that I use," Fox said with a grin. "Now, let's go."

Even more minutes later...

???

"...We're out?" Peach asked as she looked around.

"See?" Fox asked as he crossed his arms with a grin. "I told you before, didn't I?"

"Hey guys!" Lee called from the Dojo's small garden.

The Dojo

"Glad to have you back!" Chan called out. "So, are you going to train even more?"

"Your f(beep)d up device took us all the way back to their wooden house." Snake said with a mad look.

"...What the hell?" Fox asked confused. "It was supposed to work..."

"And it doesn't look too good either." Twink said.

"What do you mean?"

The device that he used suddenly began to fly around crazily before it exploded in a small explosion and into small bits.

"Wow, it couldn't handle the insanity of the forest like us." Mallow commented.

"And the recording of our track thus got destroyed as well..." Mario said ashamed.

"...Too much for that... Tough luck." Link said.

Fox made a fist and looked at him. "Do you have something better, o great X mark guy?"

"I don't see any progress from you, either." Link said with crossed arms.

"Oh god, don't start an argument then a fight afterward here!" Ness said. "Why don't we go straight to the city from the main road?"

"It's dangerous," Geno said. "We'll stick to the plan. If we go around the barrier and right in front of it, then that could draw even more attention."

"And where's Sonic?" Ike asked. "He was here some seconds ago."

At that moment, Sonic came from the main road and shook his head. "Bad news, they're creating a barricade across the hill." Sonic said.

"Another reason to go into the forest." Geno said.

"W-well, they can't be waiting for us at the other side, right?"

"I checked the area around the barrier and it touches the forest without an open field for them to attack freely."

"...Everyone to the forest again..." Mario said with a yawn as they walked inside.

"Dude," Lee looked at Chan. "They're begging to die in there."

"Of boredom or annoyance?" Chan asked.

"Both things actually..."

"Oh."

Forest Maze

MANY MORE minutes later...

Chris looked around. "...I'm starting to think about using a gamefaq like the song in the internet said to get out from this forest."

"It's not the same forest." Lucario pointed out.

"Really? T-this will suck for the rest of my gaming life!" Chris said crying toon tears.

"Your method didn't work either!" Sonic yelled. "Going straight took us to where we started!"

Kirby's eyes began to fill with tears and he looked down.

"Sonic, he's a child," Chris said as he picked Kirby up and rubbed his head. "Have more respect to him."

"I-I tried my best, right?" Kirby asked as he looked at Chris.

"Aw, of course you did," Peach said as she hugged Kirby. "Yours was better in my opinion."

"Suuuuuure, it was..." Link, Ness and Fox said sarcastically.

"No, I mean it," Peach pointed at the barrier. "I can even see the barrier in front of us."

There was the barrier that blocked the city. They ignored the barrier all the time until now.

"...Okay, what the heck happened here?" Geno asked fairly irritated. "We went straight like I did last time and THIS didn't happen!"

"Didn't you choose the right path instead of the straight one?" Pikachu asked.

"Nah, he took the left one." Ness said.

"Really? I thought he used the right path, the left path, then the straight path." Lucario said.

"Wasn't it left, left, right, right, up, down, up, down?" Chris asked confused.

"No, you're doing it wrong," Link shook his head. "It was up, up, down, down, right, left, right, left."

"You didn't make sense there," Pichu said. "It was right 8 times passing each tree, then up 4 times."

"It was up, right, right, left, left, up, up, then right." Marth said.

"All of you are saying pure lies," Snake shook his head. "It was left, then right, then down, then up, then right and after that it was a straight path...to the entrance."

"It was right, right, up, up, left, left, down, down, then straight path to the city." Sonic said.

"Wasn't it down?" Ike asked.

"No," everyone said.

"STOP IT!" Geno yelled. "It doesn't matter what I did before. I was planning something even better than all our plans combined!"

"What?" everyone asked.

"Deforestation, but that could draw a lot of attention."

"Not to mention you could be labeled as tree hater." Jigglypuff said.

"...This part of our plan was successfully...or annoyingly completed." Geno said with a nod.

"Time to sit down and wait for the night to come." Twink said and everyone looked at each other before sitting down on the ground.

"..." Mario looked at a watch on his right arm that had a mushroom shape. "It's 3:32 PM. What are we going to do in the meantime?"

"Listen to my magic friend here," Link said as he took out a glittering blue ocarina. "Say hello to my Ocarina of Time."

"Oh, I remember that," Chris said. "It served to open paths and the such, right?"

"Correct," Link nodded as he put it close to his mouth. "I'm going to play the Sun Song and call the night now."

Marth nodded. "That would be good to start the plan."

"Let me see if this was the real song though..."

Link played a song...

And a funny-looking scarecrow sprouted out from below Kirby. The Star Warrior looked down to it and the other looked at it.

"Dude, that's like, so awesome!" Mallow said very excited. "Can you make other things sprout out too?"

"Whoops," Link said embarrassed. "Wrong song."

"Please, play the right one," Geno said with a frown. "I didn't choose you to make scarecrows out."

"Well, just a reminder," Link interrupted. "The song basically moves the time not only for the sun and moon, but also for us. Take that in mind."

At that moment, 4 hammer enemies appeared from some bushes and looked angrily at them.

"There you are!" one of them yelled. "Smithy is aware of your movements. Don't play dumb because we know!"

"Yeah!" the second one said. "We're here to annihilate you all!"

"Finally, some action," Snake frowned. "I was getting tired o-"

"UAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" the hammer yelled once they looked at someone in particular.

"O-oh no, a-a-a-a-a scarecrow!" the third one yelled at the funny-looking scarecrow.

"...You don't say you're scared of it, right?" Ike asked.

"H-hell no!" the fourth hammer said. "We're allergic to it. Very, but very allergic! Achoo!"

"We had to be brothers and share the same allergies!" the second one exclaimed. "It's its wood that makes us allergic!"

"RUN!" the third one yelled before they jumped back to the bushes.

"And I didn't stand up... How pathetic." Pikachu said with a frown.

"Tell me Smithy isn't this pathetic..." Fox trailed off with a bored look.

"Nah, he's a lot nastier and scarier," Mallow said with a chuckle. "He can put a very good fight so don't worry."

Chris buried his face on his hands. "This couldn't get any worse, could it?"

Lucario looked behind some bushes and looked at Chris. "...It will."

"What? Why?" Chris asked as he looked at him.

The Aura Pokémon pointed behind the bushes and Chris peered from his spot. He found a Goomba and a Koopa Troopa several meters away from them, talking between each other.

"So?" Chris asked. "How could it get any worse?"

"Hey," the Goomba began. "Have you heard about that Mario guy?"

Chris's eyes widened and looked at Link. "Play that song, and fast! Quick!"

"Why?" Link asked confused.

Then they all began to hear the song.

Super Mario RPG - Rawest Song

"What the hell is that music?" Sonic asked.

"Where is it coming from?" Marth asked looking around.

The World Traveler looked back at the 2. "Yeah, yeah, I know him, I know him," the Koopa Troopa nodded.

"Yes?" the Goomba asked before smirking. "Okay, hey check it out!"

"PLAY IT!" Chris yelled.

Link, confused, began to play the Sun Song as a tower of light appeared on him.

Looking back to the sky, the sun began to move faster and faster before the sunset came and then the night once the moon was shown, slowly rising from the mountains of the west.

Albeit to say, once it was night, however...

Super Mario R-R-P-G!
It is the only one just for me.
When I play the game, I get looost in a phase.
Theeen I find out I'm stuck iiin Geno's Maze!

Chris looked back at the 2, apparently listening to someone singing. "Dammit, you said the time would affect all of us as well!"

"Weird," Link looked around. "It shouldn't be like this or maybe I forgot something of it... But where is that song coming from?"

Gimme Frog Coins!
Gimme Mario!
Gimme Frog Coins!
Gimme Mallow!
Gimme See Ya!
Gimme Geno!
Gimme Cookies!

"...The hell?" Mallow asked confused.

Of course, we will get you that Mario

We need to mute that stupid voice
I need to get those darn frog coins!

"M-Mario..." Peach looked worried.

"I-I don't curse like that and that is not my voice!" Mario protested.

There are many secrets in-this-game!
Maaany of which drive some peeps in-sane!
Why we try to cheat in a reeeally good game?
Just sounds like crap and it makes you look lame!

"...I'm out of words..." Ike said.

Exiting the forest is super simple:
All you do is follow these path tuuurns!
For the reeest ooof yooouuur gamiiing lifeee...

"You know," Sonic began. "I think we did do the path turns instead."

"Shut up!" Geno yelled annoyed.

Gimme Star Eye, gimme Cookies, gimme See Ya,
gimme Great Guy's Casino gimme everything i need

Wait, wait, wait, who are you?

Hahahahaha.

"E-Exor?!" Geno looked around. "I-is he here?!"

"NO!" Chris yelled annoyed. "A-and that's not his voice!"

"But it is." Mallow said.

"...Oh god..."

My name is Exor, I'm the rappers angel.
Travelling Blade with the Axem Rangers.
Why should lamers like Mario with his Party of.
A bunch of retarded Joes.
Fix a Star Road, I don't think so.
(Geno: Geno Whirl!) I don't blink slow (Geno: Let's do this!)
Cause every time I drive and rhyme a rhyme I
damage my right eye more than nine times ninety nine!

"I-I didn't understand the 2 voices insulting each other." Lucas said.

"Neither did I." Chris said with an ashamed look.

Lately's been a boredom and lack of interest.
Little cats call us fags and incestous.
Italian guy, gotta buy some time to blast right past.
Rescue the captive princesses.
Koopas and Gombas, them I just laugh at.
I'ma hit "A" to raise the level of attacks.
Don't fight the poverty, but hey! Kids that are lonely can
drop it and play my game to get their bodies to act glad!

"W-what?" Fox asked.

Gimme.
My name is Croco.
Gimme, gimme.
Wallet.
Oh, hello!
Gimme.
Wallet.
Oh, it's a little creepy up here.
Gimme, gimme.
Yea, it is.
In the end of the game.
I'm a little low on hit points.
Gimme.
Okay?
Items.
You have any refreshments?
Gimme, gimme.
Yea, you can take this mushroom.
Something rare.
BUT IT'S ROTTEN!!

Peach: I am just a princess, please help meee!

Booster is scaaary.
I've heard rumours he's taking me to Marrymore,
but I don't wanna marry more, I wanna marry Ma-ri-ooo...

Everyone looked at Peach, who was blushing a little bit of red. "I-I'm not planning to marry Mario yet...I-I mean, no!"

Gimme Frog Coins!
Gimme Mario!
Gimme Frog Coins!
Gimme Mallow!
Gimme SeeYa!
Gimme Geno!

Gimme my fryiiing paaan and pa-rasoool...

There are many secrets in-this-game!
Maaany of which drive some peeps in-sane!
Why we try to cheat in a reeeally good game?
Just sounds like crap and it makes you look lame!

Exiting the forest is super simple:
All you do is follow these path tuuurns!
For the reeest of yooouuur gamiiing lifeeeeeee...

DI-DI-DI-Di-DING!...

Music stops...obviously

"Yeah," the Goomba said. "That's how it goes."

Both of them walked to the darkness of the forest while, back with everyone, looked utterly...amused.

"That was...interesting to say at least." Pikachu said.

"Very weird..." Twink trailed off.

"And so odd." Geno added.

"That explained a lot." Ness said.

"In a very creepy way." Mallow shrugged.

"But in a very twisted variation...that came out as a pretty good song." Jigglypuff remarked.

"It was good." Mario said with some nods.

"Aw, please! Don't tell me you liked that song!" Chris said.

"To be honest...I kind of liked the beat." Fox said.

"And even if Mario doesn't say such things it was enjoyable." Peach said.

Snake didn't want to say he enjoyed it too.

"I wanted rock more than that one though." Sonic said.

"And why didn't you want to listen to it?" Ike asked.

"...Ugh," Chris sighed. "I better tell you now..."

Several minutes later...again...

"What's a Youtube?" Ike asked.

"STOP!" Chris said quickly. "If you want to know let's first go into Exor then return to the mansion."

"Right," Geno nodded as everyone stood up and looked at the barrier. "From here and on, the mission is going to get harder. We need to climb the barrier first."

"Action time!" Link yelled as he used his Clawshot to the upper part of the barrier.

"How will that hook up with something? There's nothing above the barrie-" Pikachu was interrupted as a sound of something getting stuck above the barrier was heard.

Link tried to pull back the claw and he smiled a little. "Bull's eye!"

Pichu looked through the barrier and he found a building that managed to stick out from the barrier by the top floor. "Oh, it's because this building didn't get covered below the barrier that its top floor got out."

"Lucky," Mallow said as he looked at top. "Start climbing! I wanna put a stop to Smithy now!"

And so they began to climb the barrier...

Exor
Deep inside the Factory

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift - A Shadow Lurking

"Hmmmmmmmmmmmm..." there was Smithy (with Shadow Bugs) creating monsters with his hammer and banging it on the liquid that came out from the Smelter. "...It is the time now..."

4 figures appeared from the factory and looked at him. "Lord Smithy, we have reports that there are people climbing the barrier," a person in a yellow armor and helmet said.

"Thanks, Clerk," Dark Smithy nodded. "Now that the Star Spirits were gathered, it was to expected their assault in my beloved factory of machines."

"The production is so far going good," Manager (a person in blue armor and helmet) said. "It's better than the last time."

"And so far the defenses are ready to take them on," Director (another person but in red armor and helmet) said. "We-I mean, you will succeed this time around."

"Even the entrance to your lair is well-protected," the Factory Chief (a small black ninja-looking person) said with a nod. "Nothing shall go through, not even Mario."

"Or Geno." Clerk added.

"Or Mallow." Manager added.

"Or Princess Toadstool." Director added.

"Peach," the Factory Chief corrected.

"And Mack? Is he preparing the attack on the mansion?" Dark Smithy asked.

"Mack is already on his way to storm it," Manager explained. "He should be going by now. Though it should have started like 4 or 5 hours ago but the sun...I don't know...moved so fast and the night came? What the hell?"

"That doesn't matter," Dark Smithy said. "What matters is THE DESTRUCTION OF THIS PITIFUL CITY AND THE PREVENTION OF THE STAR ROAD'S REPAIRMENT! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

The other 4 laughed maniacally with him before an alarm blared out.

"So, it is the time?" Manager asked.

"It seems so." Dark Smithy said.

"It's beginning, Lord Smithy."

"I will have their heads soon."

"...Won't that be a little bit disgusting? We don't exhibit heads here in the factory," the Factory Chief said. "The place has sanitary regulations, remember?"

"I DO WHAT I WANT TO DO!" Dark Smithy yelled angrily. "But we must follow regulations. If their heads are on the floor, please use Headororic 2100 for those dirty floors with blood."

"Already going for it..." Clerk said as he walked away.

Dark Smithy frowned. "I don't wanna get my factory dirty. We must follow our good ol' rules here. Isn't that right, boys?"

"Yeah!" Director, Manager and the Factory Chief said before the 4 laughed to the far away ceiling.

Nintendo City
Above the barrier

"You know, this is so ironic." Mario said.

"Why is that?" Mallow asked.

"The city is called Nintendo and ironically we were created by the company of the same name."

"Ha, that's irony for you," Chris said. "It's funny, right?"

"Stop," Snake interrupted as he looked around the building's top floor that they got into. "There's the freaky sword over the distant."

They looked at Exor's left side, facing the Smash Mansion with the malevolent look.

"I don't think he will see us from here," Geno whispered. "We have to start running to Exor and enter the realm."

"...Oh no. Look," Peach whispered as she pointed at the barricade that was somehow moving to the Smash Mansion. "Wasn't that the same barricade Sonic mentioned?"

"Why is it moving to the mansion then?" Jigglypuff asked.

"...That wasn't a barricade. Instead, it's an army that plans to go the mansion while we're on our way to Exor!" Twink said with a shocked look.

"...Too bad," Geno shook his head. "We're already on the barrier and we should get moving."

"The others can handle them very well." Ness said.

"That's because I left some strong Smashers behind." Geno said.

"...Hey..." Pichu glared at him. "You took me because I was weak? Were you going to choose Mewtwo over me?"

Geno looked away embarrassed. "N-no. W-what makes you say that?"

Pichu pouted and crossed his arms.

"Let's start the show then!" Sonic said with a fist above. "This is where I shine the most and...u-ugh..."

"You thought I was going to forget it, right?" Dark Super Sonic said in his mind. "Oh no, the preview starts here..."

Sonic quickly blocked his mouth to prevent them from seeing the fangs that took the place of his teeth.

"Sonic?" Link began. "Are you okay?"

"Y-yeah..." Sonic said (noticing the sudden change of his voice's tone that he tried to change). "J-just a little bit tired here..."

"..." Mallow frowned. "You're a weirdo."

"A big one." Ness added.

"R-right..." Sonic said. "W-well, Chris, get changing jobs then! W-we need to get moving as fast as possible!"

"...O-okay..." Chris changed to his Racer job. "Let's go out and stand in a straight line behind me and Sonic."

All the group went outside the building and stood in a straight line to Exor.

Geno (behind Chris) nodded. "It begins here and ends inside Exor."

"Oh, wait!" Chris looked at Geno. "Geno, there is a faster way to get inside Exor."

"How? We need to defeat him to get in."

"Well..." Chris whispered something to Geno. "And that's how you defeat him faster."

"...I see...thanks." Geno nodded. "Okay, Sonic, start running."

Sonic Unleashed - Spagonia - Rooftop Run (Day)

Sonic put his fingers together and cracked them in front of him. The hedgehog lowered his right knee and put his hands on the barrier to prepare his slow start and gradually gain speed for everyone behind him.

"He's going to show off, isn't he?" Pikachu said with a bored look.

"HERE WE..." the voice of Sonic echoed and they quickly prepared to run from each one of their spot as the hedgehog raised his knee and looked straight to Exor. "GO!!!"

The group began to run slowly before their speeds began to rise up with every second. Sonic looked behind him (with a hand blocking his fangs) to see everyone catching up with his speed. "Y-you guys are running like me? I-i'ts working!"

"Amazing..." Fox looked at his feet. "I'm running like I always do, but at the same time it doesn't look like they're running at an insane rate...but it's fast."

Pichu looked behind him where the building started to get smaller in the distance. "W-wow, I-I didn't know we could reach this speed!"

"I could run as fast like this with Extremespeed though..." Lucario muttered.

"Lucario, shut up and run!" Chris yelled annoyed.

"I-if you say so..."

Soon, they noticed they were on a barren place of the barrier before looking at Exor over the distance.

"There's the darn sword!" Link yelled.

"Run!" Geno yelled. "It'll be all over once we reach him!"

And so, the group ran like never before and towards the sword as they disappeared in the darkest night...as it began to fill with dark clouds in time with several thunders' sounds from them.

"(Can I go like this?)" Sonic thought as he ran. "(Can I really prevent them from finding out this?)"

"No." Dark Super Sonic said with a chuckle.

"(Y-you, stay quiet and shut up!)"

"Make me."

"(I-I will somehow...)"

"Pathetic fool..."

"(D-darn you to hell...)"

"Likewise."

"(Ugh...)"

Preview of the next chapter

"Don't dare to fail me now!" Dark Mack yelled. "Everyone else failed but I won't tolerate the smallest mistake! I shall prove my strength this time!"

"...Oh my..." Postman shook his head. "...I-I must inform them before they get there!"

...

"Dude, like..." Barry began. "The sun died and the moon came out."

"W-what?" Red asked as he looked outside. "W-what the heck happened?"

"This is as weird a Barry himself..." Lucas said with a confused look.

...

"Twisted World of Evil Machinery. Just a little more..." Geno said with closed eyes.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Nintendo City
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 10, 2009, 03:40:31 PM
Chapter 125: Twisted World of Evil Machinery

Nintendo City
Exor's Area

"He's getting closer to us!" Mallow yelled as they towards Exor.

"Geno, do it when you think it's time!" Chris yelled.

With Exor...

"..." the sword blinked bored "Staring the darn mansion for all these days is just boring and bothersome... I suffered the harsh winter as well."

He began to heard many footsteps coming from the west.

"...Ugh! Ugh! Ugh!" Exor tried to turn but since he was stuck on the lower ground and the barrier preventing him from moving, he struggled and struggled to move but to no avail. "Great, just great. I had to be a huge sword and stay still forever until someone stupid enough shows up and demands a fight with m-"

"Geno Whirl!!!"

A fast glowing ring sliced Exor's upper part and it fell down on the barrier. Exor stared at it in boredom and managed to see the Smashers stopping to run just in front of him.

Exor sighed. "Well, so much for that."

And it seemed that his mouth, right eye and left eye got new life.

"So he figured out our weakness," the right eye said.

"Yeah, pretty much," the left eye said.

"Too bad," the mouth said before the whole sword glowed with dark energy of the Shadow Bugs. "Even with the Shadow Bugs, our weakness didn't get covered at all."

"That's so sad actually," the left eye said as it shook its only pupil. "But on the bright side, we're going to see something else that a mansion with a road."

"Finally!" the mouth and right eye said.

The 3 "looked" at each other and "nodded" in some way.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" the 3 yelled before the mouth opened by a lot and the eyes turned into swirls. The Smashers saw the mouth creating some kind of portal inside of it and looked at each other.

"Wow," Link said. "That was so fast."

"The speed we used or how Geno defeated Exor so easily?" Twink asked.

"Both." Sonic said (with blocked mouth).

"..." Peach stared at Exor's mouth. "...Do we have to?"

"Sadly, yes." Mario nodded.

"Don't think Smithy is right inside that portal," Geno said as he took a step forward. "There's a world of pure darkness inside."

"O-oh, thank you for reminding me that..." Chris shrugged.

"Should we get inside now?" Ike asked.

"The faster, the better." Snake said.

The 18 nodded and started to walk inside Exor's mouth, where they walked towards the portal and entered an entirely different world of dark winds and abyssess...

Exor
Gate

Super Mario RPG - Weapons Factory

The dark winds covered everything in their sight, except for the only floor they were on. It looked like the whole dark world was just the platform they were on, but it was a much longer world that the winds covered.

"...W-where are we?" Lucas asked as his voice echoed.

"This is Smithy's world," Geno said as he stood near the edge of the platform. "It's just like before."

Mario walked to a small black rock formation that was an arc and once he crossed it, a new floor appeared on the other side. "Yes, it's the same."

"Smithy must be hiding in the deepest part, correct?" Twink asked.

"Always," Geno nodded. "There could be a lot of enemies waiting for us after we cross that arc over there..." the puppet walked to a floating box with a rainbow star and a rainbow S. "...Weird. This box is still here as well..."

"..." Chris walked to the box and touched it. "...This is the Save Point to save the file of the game."

"...Your world creeps me out, and a lot," Geni shrugged. "Let's be careful. Every enemy ahead has many different attacks that could take one out very easily."

"I'd worry about that once we're deeper." Fox said.

"Precaution is always needed," Geno explained. "Well, let's get going inside and finish this."

Smash Mansion
Outside

Along the main road towards the Smash Mansion, an army of...Shy Guys on pogoes (called Shysters) with a guy on a pogo-sword with Shadow Bugs were jumping all the way towards it. The guy on the pogo-sword was Mack...or Dark Mack to be precise.

"It's about time my turn came," Dark Mack said as they jumped all the way to the hill. "Everyone failed to guard the Star Spirits. But I'm certain we're going to do something better than them."

"Hey," a Shyster began. "Why did we start the operation so late?"

Another looked up to the moon. "I thought it was the afternoon a second ago... Weird..."

"I don't care for the screwed physics of time here," Dark Mack said. "I heard the Smash Mansion is the home of Mario and Peach, right? They must there, waiting to be annihilated by my magic."

"Mack!" the same Poundette (that went to attack Geno's party) returned from the forest and stopped in front of the pogo-guy. "M-Mario and his group climbed the barrier and they're getting to Smithy!"

"...It's LORD Mack to you!" Dark Mack yelled. "And Mario is going to Smithy and not to the mansion? What a bunch of bull!"

"Peach, Mallow and Geno also went there."

"Wonderful!" Dark Mack said sarcastically. "That seriously makes everything better!"

"I thought it shouldn't," the same first Shyster said.

"SHUT UP!" Dark Mack yelled. "Well, we can't hold back now since orders are orders. We must reach the Smash Mansion so it can be destroyed by our assault!"

They were crossing a familiar but small post office that didn't have anyone in there.

"...Shh..." Quil whispered (underneath the window) to the other 2 postmen.

"This is how we will attack," Dark Mack began. "We'll attack from all the sides and some will go in there to break havoc like we did in the Mushroom Kingdom before. Once we're inside, we'll make the mansion a base for Smithy and of course myself!" he laughed. "Yes, I'm just plain evil!"

"I thought all of us were," another Shyster said. "Right?"

"I'm even more," Dark Mack said with a cough. "Also, don't you dare to fail me or else someone will have their pogo banned!"

A Shyster gulped and stopped hopping. "B-but I love Pogy. S-she's awesome..."

"Quiet!" Dark Mack yelled. "Mistakes are not tolerated when you're under my command!"

Postman decided to take a look from the window and the 2 other postmen tried to pull him down.

"Don't dare to fail me now!" Dark Mack yelled. "Everyone else failed but I won't tolerate the smallest mistake! I shall prove my strength this time!"

"...Oh my..." Postman shook his head. "...I-I must inform them before they get there!"

"No way," Quil said as he pulled Postman back. "You can be seen while you run and they could either chase you down or think the others are preparing to attack."

"Oh, please!" Postman begged.

"No," Quil shook his head. "Parakarry, can you do that weird teleport thing you did last time to appear in the mansion?"

"What teleport thing?" Parakarry asked.

"You said you got there by...a drawer, right? Can you do that again?"

"Well..." Parakarry played with his fingers. "I forgot how to do that..." he looked around. "Oh wait! I remember now!"

"Well, do it, man!" Postman said. "You have to do it now!"

"Eeeeeeeerrr..." Parakarry scratched the back of his head. "I need you to look away though..."

"..." the postmen looked at each other and turned away.

"So, do it." Quil said.

"Eeeeeerrr..." Parakarry looked at no one in particular. "I need you to turn away as well..."

Main Lobby

Popo and Nana were walking down the stairs and they stopped in front of a drawer.

"Popo..." Nana trailed off.

"Yeah?" Popo turned to her.

"Can you tell what exactly did you see in that weird door?"

"What weird door?"

"That door you went inside yesterday," Nana said. "You know, the same door with the ultimate side-boss person?"

"Oh, gladly." Popo said as a think cloud popped out from his head, which Nana looked surprised.

"H-how the heck did you..."

She was interrupted with his brother explaining. Everything that he explained projected in the think cloud as badly-drawn environments and people with himself with a stupid smile.

"So I was like, minding my own business in that so dark world. I grabbed my you-know-what and walked around the area. I found like, several werewolves fighting each other like they the strength of Hercules or something because one stomped the ground and it made this huge crack on it...and then howled to like, the moon and it like, was really loud.  Good thing I like, totally brought earmuffs or else I would have been like, "Oww, stop screaming you furry thing! Some people are like, trying to go to the bathroom here!" and then like, went further down the road."
 
"...Right..."

"So then like, I found this mansion that looks JUST like ours, only different. I knocked on the door, nobody responded because like, there were voices coming from the other side, and I like, got fed up and just opened it. And then like, I walked inside and found many of those werewolves...talking and planning something-something. They saw me with like, confused looks but I lifted my shoulders and like, walked to the stairs and found my way to the bathroom."

"...Go on..."

"And then like, I  came out of the bathroom feeling so like, relieved and I walked down to the lobby, where like, those werewolves were staring at me surprised. Then like, one of them walked to me and asked, "Popo? Why aren't you a werehog like the rest of us?" and some other like, things. So then like, I respond to him, "Because I ain't no hairy beast like all you dogs are. Go lick you hairy b(beep!)s somewhere else and probably make out while you're on it I don't know how but you can do it. Trust me, my boy!" and then like, walked outside that mansion with an annoyed look. Also like, I saw this girl-wolf wearing some sort of like, white dress who was like, crying about not being able to save some "Zesu" girl she liked doing stuff with, which like, included making out."

"...Continue please..." she said.

"So then I was like, walking all the way back to the hidden door in the forest and where I came from. Those guys like, followed me from behind at very insane speeds and asked me even more like, questions like, "Where are you from?" and "What are you doing here?" and they thought like, I wasn't Popo but like, Popo cause they said their Popo like, died even though I'm like, myself. I got fed up, tried like, beating their skulls out," he took out a broken hammer. "But then like, my hammer got broken when I tried like, bashing one of their skulls in. Then like, they didn't mind and the guy I hit kept asking things, to where I like, respond, "Look, freaky iron-heads, go and make out somewhere else! I don't wanna see your babies!" and then like, walked away annoyed and found the door without them following me. I heard them say like, they had better things to do than chase after me and went back to their like, mansion which is so rude you know!"

The think cloud vanished and Nana looked at him.

"...And you came back unscathed." Nana said, looking utterly bored.

"That's about it." Popo said with a happy expression. "I gotta say they may have been furry freaks, but their bathroom was like, awesome."

"...Popo...do you want to know what I think of your explanation when you went inside that door?" Nana asked as she grabbed Popo's broken hammer and replaced it with another one that he kept.

"That I'm a genius?"

"No," Nana shook her head. "Thank you for taking 3 minutes away from my lifespan. Seriously, who's going to believe all that? And lesbians? What the hell, Popo!"

"Well, like, fine!"

"Stop talking like that!"

"Don't believe me!" Popo yelled as he walked to a nearby drawer. "I'll take a photo from that place and you'll believe m-"

"THANK YOU!" Parakarry's head came out from the drawer.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHH!!!" Popo made a girly scream (with Nana) and jumped on Nana's arms with a hug to her head. "SAVE ME FROM THE EVIL HEAD!"

"Y-you again!" Nana yelled as Parakarry came out from the drawer. "W-what are you doing here again and how did you get in that drawer?!"

"Look, physics here are so screwed but that's not the main point to argue here!" Parakarry said as he landed on the floor and closed the drawer. "The point is: army heading here to invade your home! Call your own army here!"

"Zoh my gosh!" Popo yelled dramatically. "Expected things were meant to be expected after all!"

Nana frowned and let his brother fall on the floor. "So, what army is this?"

"Big one!" Parakarry said alarmed. "They had killer pogoes!"

A record scratched.

Music stops

And the music stopped.

"...Killer...pogoes?" Nana repeated.

Popo sat up with a shocked face. "I knew pogoes were going to turn against us! I blame my own one!"

"Yeah!" Parakarry said. "Those pogoes looked fierce with those sword tips!"

"...Are you kidding me or trying to?" Nana asked irritated. "There are NO killer pogoes with those tips! Unless they have spikes on the main part of it, then they're killer! Did they have those on their lower tip?"

"Yes," Parakarry nodded his head. "But there was this one that was a big pogo-sword!"

"...Pogo-sword my ignorance to you," Nana frowned. "Pogoes and swords do NOT combine."

"They do now, apparently."

"..." she sighed in depression. "Master Hand!"

Master Hand teleported to the lobby. "Yes?" he asked.

"Killer pogoes with sword tips coming here. Army as well."

"...Damn," Master Hand muttered. "An attack is coming here. I need to alert everyone before those pogoes stomp the mansion to death."

"Oh, please, don't tell me you believe pogoes are killer!"

"Nana," Master Hand began. "In this wacky world, everything is possible: from the screwed physics to pogo-swords."

"Told you." Parakarry said.

"Ugh!" Nana tossed her hands up and crossed her arms annoyed.

Dawn's Room

Meanwhile, in probably the calmest part of the mansion...

"Okay!" Dawn called out from her room as she put down her comb. "Ready to start the day!"

"Finally!" Lucas (the trainer) opened the door and walked inside with a nervous Red with Ivysaur and Squirtle following. "Why does it take you so long to fix your hair?"

"Well, excuse me," Dawn looked away annoyed. "I slept on the wrong side of the pillow and my hair just couldn't fix itself with the comb. Sorry for taking so much of our time today."

"Ha, that's what you think!" Barry said as he came from the door. "Girls are like this anyway."

"Oh, what do you mean by that?" Dawn asked with a glare.

"They talk about boyfriends, their hairs, their dresses, what is so fashion, what is so old, all that crap," Barry waved a hand at her. "You're no different, Dawn."

"Q-quiet you!" Dawn said annoyed as she looked outside. "At least I finished earlier before the day could...what?"

"What?" Lucas repeated.

"...I'm so sorry, guys!" Dawn said in embarrassment. "It looks like it DID take me so long to fix my hair! It's already night!"

"That's not possible..." Lucas looked at his Pokétch. "...9:56 PM? What the heck?"

"Dude, like..." Barry began. "The sun died and the moon came out."

"W-what?" Red asked as he looked outside. "W-what the heck happened?"

"This is as weird as Barry himself..." Lucas said with a confused look.

"Yeah, as weird a-hey!" Barry glared at him.

"..." Red turned to them. "I don't have any idea of what is happening here either."

"Oh no," Dawn shook her head. "Don't tell me Cyrus did this!"

"Nah, that guy is forever lost," Barry said. "He didn't control the night and day."

"That's kind of true..." Lucas rubbed his chin. "But still, what is happening?"

"I-I myself don't know anything." Red shook his head.

"SMASHERS!" the voice of Master Hand was heard from the speakers that they just noticed, hanging above the ceiling on the corners. "PLEASE, REPORT TO THE MAIN LOBBY ASAP! REPEAT! PLEASE, REPORT TO THE MAIN LOBBY ASAP!"

"...Smashers?" Dawn, Lucas and Barry repeated in confusion.

"(Come on, think of something! You have to make them forget that now!)" Red thought in panic. "D-dangit, that fake alarm is blaring off again! I better go down and check if that alarm needs to be turned of-"

"RED, SQUIRTLE AND IVYSAUR! PLEASE, REPORT TO THE MAIN LOBBY! REPEAT! RED, SQUIRTLE, IVYSAUR! PLEASE, REPORT TO THE MAIN LOBBY! YOU GUYS ARE THE ONLY ONES LEFT TO COME HERE! THANK YOU!"

The 3 blinked at the speakers before looking at Red and his Pokémon (who were all sweating).

"...Pardon me if I'm rude...but did that alarm just call you?" Lucas asked.

"Y-you must be hearing things," Red said. "I-ignore it, will you?"

"...Red..." Dawn smiled at him and crossed her arms behind her back. "Would you step out and let us 3 talk about an adventure we had?"

"We had one?" Lucas and Barry asked.

Dawn winked at them with a glare before smiling at Red. "Yeah, would you?"

"...Okay... Squirtle, Ivysaur, let's go." Red said confused at his Pokémon who nodded and walked outside the room and to the hallway.

"...He's gone?" Dawn whispered.

Lucas leaned his ear to the door, where on the other side, Red and the other Pokémon were leaning their ears as well. "...Looks like it."

"Okay, reunion time," Dawn said as the 3 looked at each other. "Something is going on here."

"And that rat is hiding it from us." Barry said.

"He's not a rat, Barry..." Lucas frowned.

"But he's hiding something from us!" Barry said. "All those Pokémon we saw, for example!"

"And that speaker sounded weird as well," Dawn said with a nod. "Smashers? Is that what all of them are called?"

"And...Red and his Pokémon as well?" Lucas asked.

"Yeah," Barry nodded. "I bet that's that."

"But I don't know..." Dawn bit a nail of her right hand. "This is too confusing..."

"...Should we go to the main lobby and see what the speaker mentioned?" Lucas asked.

"(GULP!)" Red and his Pokémon gulped in their minds.

"...Or should we play along and see if Red will tell us when it's the time?" Dawn asked.

Barry took out some Ultra Balls and shifted his eyes. "We're NOT capturing them!" Lucas said.

"Aw, man!" Barry kept the Ultra Balls. "I was already thinking of that!"

"No," Dawn shook her head. "We need to think of something else rather than walking there."

"I suggest what Red is going to do to keep us distracted." Lucas suggested.

"Good idea, man," Barry nodded. "If that guy doesn't want to show us the Pokémon, then see him failing to keep us away would be the best thing here."

"...For once, you use your brain," Dawn said with a bored look. "Okay, let's do that."

"Right." Lucas and Barry nodded.

"(Oh no...they know about them...but how?)" Red thought behind the door before they got up and knocked the door. "Hey, guys! Can we enter?"

"O-of course!" Dawn said cheerfully as the door opened and the trio walked inside. "We finished talking. W-what do you want to do now?"

"I-I don't know," Red said nervously. "What do you want to do?"

"CATCH NEW CREATURES!" Barry demanded as he took out many Ultra Balls.

Lucas hit Barry on the back of his head before smiling at Red. "W-why don't we trade Pokédex info and talk about...er..."

"Bidoofs in general?" Barry suggested.

"I-yeah! Bidoofs in general!"

"Lame. I wanted Feebas."

"Shut up!" Lucas whispered through gritted teeth. "S-so, do you want to do that?"

"...Okay!" Red closed the door and sat down where he took out his Pokédex. "I want to have my own Pokédex filled wi-"

"Hey, hold on a sec," Dawn sat down and looked at Red's Pokédex. "That Pokédex is so old. You need a newer version than that one."

"Really? Well, I-I didn't know..."

Main Lobby

The others waited for the trio to appear and Master Hand was getting desperate that he decided to ignore them. "Alright, since our clueless trainer and his Pokémon don't want to show up, then let them get attacked without a previous announcement."

"Would you just forget about them and tell us about the attack to this place?" Zelda asked.

"And why aren't DK or Diddy or both coming? They're not here." C. Falcon said.

"Because those guys are making sure our musicians don't get involved in this." Master Hand explained.

Music Room

There were Medli and Makar sitting on the seats while the Kongs did the DK Rap with flashlights, movements, somesaults and almost everything. What's worse, it was very loud for the inside of the room and not outside of it (because the doors were soundproof so any sound couldn't disturb anyone outside).

"O-oh, please!" Makar pleaded. "H-how many times are you going to do this rap thingy? M-my ears are going to bleed!"

"W-we need to resist!" Medli shouted. "If working with more musicians means enduring this trial, t-then we must resist it!"

"If I knew that sooner, then I should've spend my time in the Potion Shop instead!

Main Lobby

"I bet they're alright," Master Hand said before he coughed to get their attention. "Okay, here's the deal."

"Finally." Roy frowned.

"As expected, an army is coming right here to, most likely, destroy and annihilate the mansion with all of us here. Yeah, typical cliché but we can't do anything about it and just follow the flow of life."

"God, stop going like some sort of guru or something." Yoshi said as he rolled his eyes.

"You heard me," Master Hand said. "Well, our main strategy for our own barricade is...beat their skulls till they can't stand up."

"Barbarian strategy?" Nana asked.

"Like all of you do when you fight against each other."

"I find that insulting." Mewtwo said.

"Whatever. It doesn't matter. It works and it pays off."

"So all can go to their own way." Wolf said.

"Exactly."

"Heh, freedom in fights is much better than strategies."

"But when you're kicked around so much..." Falco grinned at him.

"...Shut up."

"Okay, okay," Master Hand interrupted. "Everyone, try to fight around the mansion by making a frontal barrier. After that, be barbarians!"

"I'll be myself, thanks." Samus said.

"Just GO out there and BEAT them up!"

All the Smashers frowned and decided to walk out the lobby and outside before they closed the door.

At that moment, Toon Link and Raven came out from the kitchen (with the old man having 8 arrows on his back with a painful look on his face).

"What happened to him this time?" Master Hand asked.

"F-freakin' kid's arrows tried to murder me..." Raven muttered as he fell on the floor. "N-need to teach him which direction to hit, t-though..."

Toon Link made an ashamed look. "I-I'm such an idiot. All my arrows seem to hit Raven and not the target I want..."

"...Maybe because Raven was the target?" Master Hand asked.

Raven looked up to him. "...Oh, that makes everything better..."

"No, you don't understand," Master Hand shook himself. "What if Toon Link kept thinking about you, since he seems to be a rabbid fan of yours and he thinks about you all the day that he forgot to focus on something else and hit you instead?"

"..." Raven thought for a moment. "...Although that sounds incredibly embarrassing...y-ya got a point there..."

Toon Link looked at him. "W-wait, does that mean I passed this training?"

"Y-yeah..." Raven muttered weakly. "I-I told ya to focus on ta first thing ya had in your mind and find ta right angle to bounce the arrow along and hit your target... I-it's a special technique that I developed... b-but it seems ya mastered it..."

"...T-then that means..."

...Afraid so... Ya passed the test...and on poor ol' me..."

"...YIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIPPIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Toon Link cheered as he did the Toon Link Dance (or just jumps with his sword up and down).

"...That was the first test though..."

A record scratched. "-EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE-huh?" Toon Link stopped.

"T-there are many more ya must learn... T-they could be easier....harder...whatever ya see 'em by yourself..."

"...Oh." Toon Link said.

"...Now..." Raven pointed at the arrows on his back. "Could ya take off these?... B-blood will start to come out if ya don't..."

"...Crap!" Toon Link yelled before he began to take out every single arrow in the quickest way possible, hurting Raven with every arrow taken out.

"...T-t-t-t-thanks..." Raven muttered with less energy.

"Fine," Master Hand snapped his fingers and a Heart Container fell down, close to Raven. "Take it and your energies should replenish for...a lot."

"..." Raven touched the item and he instantly got up, completely unharmed. "Ya know, everything here doesn't make any kinda sense to me."

"It's a wacky world," Master Hand said. "Well, you, little swordsman, need to go outside, now."

"Why?" Toon Link asked.

Master Hand looked at Raven. "...Will you leave to your room?"

"Well, night came so earlier today and well...bed doesn't sound so bad..." the old man said before he walked the stairs and left.

"A battle is going to broke out soon out there. You need to go outside and fight for the security of this mansion with everyone." Master Hand explained.

"Oh," Toon Link rubbed his chin. "Can you summarize everything for me? Because the night came, as Raven said before, early today."

Several minutes later...

"And that's the gist of it," Master Hand explained. "Go outside an-"

"Can I tell you this before?" Toon Link interrupted.

"What?"

"W-well...Raven told me not to tell you but..."

The swordsman went to Master Hand and whispered something about a familiar Genius Mage.

"And if you do find her, don't tell Raven is in here!" Toon Link said.

"...You know what?" Master Hand began. "I'm getting sick of all these people barging in here like this was their mansion. I'm going to find that girl and put her in her place right this instant!"

"NO!" Toon Link yelled. "R-Raven told me she's dangerous with her magic!"

"Pfft, my magic owns hers anytime," Master Hand frowned. "Just be glad we don't have even more people who came in here and took a room without me noticing. If I knew that, I'd kill someone here to let my rage out!"

"N-not on me, right?"

"Of course not," Master Hand shook his head. "Now, go outside and fight. I'll solve this with my own means."

"...Are you sure you're going to be okay?"

Master Hand grabbed the little kid and tossed him through the window. "And make sure the enemy is not standing up after the beating!"

The hand sighed and went to the hallway. But he stopped and looked at no one in particular as he thought something.

"(At least I got more attention than all the days...today...)" Master Hand thought.

Then the sound of footsteps were heard and...

...Rita walked right behind Master Hand with the Smart Bomb on her left hand while she made a virtual screen over it.

"Amazing," Rita said astonished. "This Blastia seems to be made with the most destructive, unknown materials ever made befor-"

"DRAMATIC STOP!" Master Hand yelled as he turned quickly and stopped Rita.

"...What the hell..." Rita muttered as she narrowed her eyes at the floating hand before her.

For Rita, it was the first time to see such a rare monster...talking to her while she was busy with her Blastia and abilities.

"Excuse me?" a voice called from the other end of the hallway and a familiar princess was shown walking to the 2. "An alarm sounded and it scared me a lot and..."

"..." Rita stared at the familiar princess she recognized.

"..."

"..." Master Hand was left speechless.

"...Es..telle?" Rita blinked confused.

"...R-Rita?" Estelle asked in surprise as she put a hand in front of her mouth while her pupils shrunk a little.

TO BE CONTINUED...

Exor
Gate

The group walked across the arc and sure enough, a floor made itself visible...

However...

"...Hey, what are all of them doing here?" Sonic asked.

"Sonic..." Kirby trailed off. "Why is your back getting...furrier?"

Sonic gasped and blocked the sudden fur that covered part of his back. "Y-you saw nothing!"

Back to where Sonic was mentioning...

There were strongly familiar enemies that decided to appear before them. On the same floor they were in, 3 different paths lied on each direction: north, west and east. The enemies were black, white and grey...and they were all standing behind a counter with several skull-shaped forms around on the front, close and together.

Super Mario RPG - And My Name's Booster

"...Didn't we defeat all of them before?" Fox asked.

"These are Machine Mades," Geno explained as he pointed at the enemies that didn't move. "Machine Mades are basically copies of the guardians we fought before."

"But wow," Twink commented. "These look very familiar."

"YOU MUST BE THE SMASHERS, NYA," the Machine Made (that looked like Bowyer) said in a monotone voice. "LORD SMITHY HAS BEEN EXPECTING ALL OF YOU, NYA."

"...Weird," Geno said with an odd look. "They didn't talk before... I guess Smithy upgraded the production."

Lucario narrowed his eyes at the Machine Mades.

"YOU CANNOT GO AND MEET HIM NOW," a Machine Made (that looked like Huff N. Puff) said. "YOU MUST ACTIVATE THE SWITCHES IN THE PATHS THAT LIE ON EACH SIDE OF THE NORTHERN PART THAT IS IN FRONT OF YOU AND BEHIND US."

"There isn't any door below the stupid arc." Snake pointed out.

The Machine Made (that looked like Yaridovich) snapped its fingers and a door closed the arc. "NOW THERE IS," the Machine Made said.

"So...now we have to go and activate switches?" Peach asked.

Mallow made a worried look. "This wasn't here before nor it did look like this at all."

"Maybe Smithy thought that a new layout was better to stop us?"

"GUUUUUUUUUAAAAAARGH!" Lucario, without any order, fired a fully charged Aura Sphere that went towards the door. Smoke flew out from the blue explosion...but when it cleared, the door was lef unharmed. "Dammit..."

"YOU MUST ACTIVATE THE SWITCHES TO OPEN THE DOOR. NOTHING CAN DESTROY THE DOORS," a Machine Made (that looked like Red Ninjakoopa (hard to see if that Machine Made was red at all)) said. "DO NOT BE SUCH STUBBORN PEOPLE AND ACTIVATE THE SWITCHES."

"Has he ever made clones of the Koopa Bros. before?" Mario asked.

"No clue." Link said.

"Or Crystal King," Kirby pointed out. "Should we...go for the switches?"

"BY THE WAY," a Machine Made (that looked like Lava Piranha Plant, except smaller) interrupted. "EACH PATH CONTAINS A BOSS FOR YOU TO DEFEAT. BE WARNED, THOSE BOSSES HAVE SHADOW BUGS WITH THEM AND NOT LIKE US, INFERIOR MACHINE MADES."

"Looks like we should split up so we can proceed to Smithy faster," Geno said. "We're 17 without counting Twink as a fighter. A group will be of 9 while another will be of 8."

"As much as I hate to say this..." Chris shivered as more dark winds ragged on. "W-we should divide."

"And conquer." Ike added.

"Leaders or wthout leaders?" Marth asked.

"Since Peach, Mario, Mallow and myself know about the place, some 2 of us 4 should be a leader and choose who is going with who." Geno explained.

"B-but can we trust them?" Lucas asked as he pointed at the Machine Mades. "I-I don't like where this is going..."

"Neither do I. But it can't be helped." Geno said.

"...D-darn..." Lucas muttered.

Several minutes later...

"WILL YOU DECIDE WHERE YOU WANT TO MEET YOUR DOOMS?" a Machine Made (that looked like Axem Black) asked irritated.

"Yes," Mario nodded. "So, Chris, Lucario, Pikachu, Peach, Lucas, Marth, Sonic and Kirby are coming with me to the west."

Geno nodded. "Mallow, Twink, Ness, Fox, Snake, Ike, Link and Pichu will come with me to the east. Let's meet up here when we've reached the switches."

"Are you sure this is a good idea?" Pikachu asked. "Why not going with everyone to the same part?"

"I don't like any delays," Geno explained. "Who knows if Smithy is ready to take out the city in any minute. We need to do this quickly and carefully before the worst happen. We don't want that, right?"

"No," mostly everyone said.

"Then...good luck and stay alert for anything." Geno said to Mario's group who nodded to his group and parted ways to the west, whereas Geno's group went to the east.

...

"..." the Machine Mades shifted their eyes once the groups were gone.

"...ARE THEY GONE? CAN I STOP TALKING LIKE THIS?" the Machine Made (Crystal King) asked.

"Yeah," the Machine Made (Red Ninjakoopa) nodded. "They fell for our trap, alright."

"Oh, like," the Machine Made (that looked like Axem Pink) began. "They did fall for our disguises."

"Obvious disguises."

"So," the Machine Made (that looked like Green Ninjakoopa) began as it grabbed a bucket of water. "Can we change colors...to our real colors now?"

Everyone else nodded and grabbed buckets of water that they took from underneath the counter. They all put them above and dropped the water on themselves.

"..." the Machine Mades were looking at themselves.

"...The paint isn't coming off..." the Machine Made (Huff N. Puff) said.

"Dammit!" the Machine Made (Red Ninjakoopa) cursed. "Black! You said these were not waterproof at all!"

"Heheh," the Machine Made (that looked like Black Ninjakoopa) chuckled. "I did a mistake."

"A WHAT?!"

"Heheh, you heard me."

"Oh, brother..." a Machine Made (Axem Green) facepalmed and took out several paint cans. "Start painting yourselves."

A while later...

"..." Red Ninjakoopa looked at himself. "God, I have brighter colors instead of the normal ones."

"Meh, at least we're fine now." Green Ninjakoopa said.

"So," Yaridovich began. "Care to remember how did we get back here?"

"Tabuu revived us, but not as Machine Mades." Axem Black explained.

"We begged and begged and begged, and he said, "FINE! STOP PESTERING ME!" before the portal here opened." Yellow Ninjakoopa said.

"Revived." Bowyer, Yaridovich, LPP, Crystal King and Huff N. Puff said in unison.

"Well, like," Axem Pink began. "What do we do, like, now?"

"Wait for them to get killed by the 100 ton anvils that are set to fall on them if they manage to defeat the bosses protecting the switches, and then press the switches." Yaridovich said.

"Anvils?" Axem Green asked. "I thought you said the switches should open the door, then drop an anvil across the same door!"

"...You IDIOT!" Crystal King yelled. "That was supposed to end them! How can they be ended if the anvils are across that door?!"

"Relax," Huff N. Puff said. "The anvils are going to disappear and not block their and our way, right?"

"...Don't tell me the anvils will disappear once they touch the ground..." Red Ninjakoopa trailed off with a frown.

"...Well, in here, anvils are made out of magic, and magic appears for a short time before it vanishes completely... So yeah." Axem Yellow said.

"...Thank goodness we can at least have a chance to beat them, nya." Bowyer said.

"But curse out because we don't have Shadow Bugs this time," Yaridovich said. "Tabuu hates to waste Shadow Bugs on "failures" like us because we used them the wrong way and we ended in defeat."

"At least our death wasn't that pathetic." Axem Green said.

"We exploded like, 27 times on our super-powerful-giant-robot because like, a Green Shell was in our way to stomp them." Axem Pink pointed out.

"But fortunately," Red Ninjakoopa began. "We have another chance to prove our worthiness to both Tabuu and Smithy themselves. I don't know you guys but they're surely going to pass those bosses easily before returning here and FIGHT us...at the same time...AGAIN!"

"Shouldn't you wish for their demises rather than their success, then the fight against us?" Axem Black asked.

"Okay, perfectionist, you say it!"

"No," he shook his head. "I rather not speak at all."

"That sounds good to me." LPP said with a nod.

"Yeah," everyone else said.

...A moment of silence passed as the dark wings ragged on...

"...Staring at the nothingness is completely boring," Axem Yellow said with a yawn. "Can we eat something?"

"Or do our nails?" Axem Pink asked.

"NO!" Red Ninjakoopa yelled. "We'll wait for them and do nothing!"

The Axem Rangers walked to a corner and began to polish their axes. "A good polished axe begs for lots of blood on it." Axem Red said with a happy expression.

Yaridovich sighed in depression.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 12, 2009, 12:12:39 PM
Super Mario RPG - Weapons Factory

Meanwhile, on the west door...

Lucario looked back where they came from and tilted his head.

Chris walked to him. "I-is something wrong?"

"Those Machine Mades...I don't think they're Machine Mades at all..."

"B-but they looked like that to me."

"My aura was perturbed once I looked at them. We should be careful."

Chris nodded and embraced himself (as he used the Thief job). "I-in the meantime, can you stay close to me? T-the darkness and these currents of air are annoying me...or scaring me..."

Lucario smiled and walked closer to Chris. "Whatever you want, I'll do it for you."

"T-thanks." Chris nodded as they walked to the group.

There was something that Mario and Peach were confused about...

"Mario..." Peach looked around. "Doesn't this look familiar to you?"

"N-not at all..." Mario shook his head as the group proceeded to walk on some stairs to another new floor. "I don't see the screws, the narrow paths or enemies around like before."

"I thought the same," Peach nodded. "B-but what if something is really waiting for us?"

"They already said the bosses were waiting for us," Marth pointed out. "I doubt they were lying about it."

"C-can it be a lie?" Lucas asked as he embraced himself.

"No." Pikachu said.

"Aww..."

Kirby looked at Sonic with a nervous look. "Sonic?"

"What?" Sonic asked (with blocked mouth).

"Why are you blocking your mouth?"

"Because I fear I may puke from seeing all this crappyness around me," Sonic said with a frown. "I bet you're like me too, right?"

"No," Kirby shook his head. "I'm hungry."

"...Just don't ask me anything."

Kirby shrugged and looked forward.

"Heheheheh," Dark Super Sonic chuckled. "Enjoying my previews?"

"You bet your a(beep) I'm not," Sonic responded harshly. "Stop annoying me and go away!"

"Never," he responded. "Making fun of you is too much fun... But I'll listen."

A snapping sound was heard and Sonic's fangs turned back into teeth while the fur on his back disappeared.

"...Really?" Sonic asked surprised.

"Ahahahaha, hahahahaha, hahahahahahaaaa.... No."

Another snapping sound was heard and Sonic got a big eyebrow above his eyes with white and blue fur.

"(AAHHH!!!)" Sonic yelled in his mind.

"Now, try to fight without them seeing anything, you freak." Dark Super Sonic said before leaving Sonic.

Sonic blocked his eyebrow and looked forward with a nervous look.

Pikachu walked to him and gave him a paper.

"What the hell is this?" Sonic asked.

"Dunno," Pikachu said. "It was on my hand when I noticed and it had your name as its direction."

Sonic looked at the paper. And it said...

I know what you're going through.

Sonic's eyes widened in horror and he quickly ripped the paper into bits. "W-who gave you this?!" Sonic asked.

"I don't know!" Pikachu yelled. "It was on my hand when I noticed!"

"What were you doing when you weren't looking at your hand?!"

"Thinking about what we'll face today."

"Yeah, yeah..."

The group noticed another arc at the end of the stairs and they passed right beneath it...

Meanwhile, with the other group...

Geno's group was walking through a series of arcs that leaded to a new floor to the deepest part of the whole darkland. They were looking around the repetitive set of arcs with skulls on them.

"Follow the long and grey road," Twink sang as he shuddered. "Follow the long and grey road..."

"If this is trying to scare me, it did." Snake said, breaking the silence.

"Wow, I thought you were the bravest man. Why? Because of the arcs?" Link asked.

"No," Snake shook his head. "Because how stupid this is getting."

"Boring to me," Fox yawned a little. "If nobody here isn't going to do anything to stop us, then I'd rather not be here."

"But it looks like we don't have no choice, right?" Ike asked. "The "city" depends on us."

"At least there's an enemy for you, violent people, to beat around." Geno said with a frown.

Pichu shivered. "I-I'm not violent... Ness is."

Ness rolled his eyes. "To think a little boy like me got considered as violent."

"You beat me when you guys punished me." Snake said.

"Well, for getting in the mansion like it was for public use."

Mallow ran up ahead. "Mallow, get back here! Separating isn't an option!" Geno yelled.

"We're here!" Mallow yelled.

"Is there an enemy to beat around?" Link asked.

"Got you." Geno said.

"...Whoops."

The group ran ahead and they crossed the last arc. When they stepped on the other side, Mallow walked to them. "This place gives me the creeeeeeeeps."

The floor had a darker atmosphere with several pillars around the dark abyss. A long, but long stone tail was wrapped up around all the pillars as it all connected to a big statue of a snake. The ceiling was ornamented with long, red curtains that hung around the pillars. Geno, Twink and Mallow walked to the statue while the others inspected the place.

"...Geno..." Twink trailed off.

"...I remember this..." Geno said as he put a hand on the statue. "There were these 2 guys who could animate this statu-"

"Wasn't it a dormant snake but not a statue?" Mallow asked.

"Statue," Geno said. "...Where are they? They were supposed to show up."

"Meh," Mallow looked at a switch in the middle of the place. "Look over there!"

"The switch? That was easy..." Geno muttered.

Mallow ran to the switch while everyone else walked to the center of the weird floor.

"So, that's it?" Fox asked as he crossed his arms.

With the others...

They found a door full of remains of failed machines piled up around the edges of the spacious floor. They were looking at the switch that was located in the middle of the room and walked to it.

"So, that's it?" Sonic asked as he crossed his arms (but later.

"Pretty much so." Jigglypuff nodded.

Pikachu went to the switch. "Ha! They were just bluffing. This was sooooooooooooo easy."

"Really?" Lucas asked with a small smile.

Pikachu chuckled and slowly reached for the switch...

On the other side...

Mallow chuckled and slowly reached for the switch. "With a little press, the door will open."

Pikachu pressed the button. "That does it nicely."

Mallow looked at them and made a fist in the air. "So, upwards and onwards!"

"We need to regroup with the others."

"They surely found the same thing as us!"

"Smithy is so wishing to get zapped."

"Nothing."

"Absolutely nothing."

"Can go wrong."

"Yeah."

"So, let's get moving."

"If we don't."

"They'll get upset for getting late."

"Besides."

"No enemies appeared."

"Except."

"For the."

"Enemies..."

"That..."

"Just fell."

"From the ceiling..."

"Surrounding us."

"Oh."

"Crap."

"I knew."

"This looked so."

"Suspicious."

"I saw it."

"A mile away."

"Anyway."

"What do we do?"

"Any suggestions?"

"To get out from this."

"One?"

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against a Stronger Monster

As the 2 from 2 different places previously stated, both groups were surrounded by a lot of enemies that suddenly fell from above (or the ceiling in Geno's group's case).

There were Ameboids (blue-mushroom enemies), Doppels (floating-green ghost enemies), Glum Reapers (ghost enemies with scythes), Hippopos (whatever the heck the blue monster under the fairy is), Li'l Boos, (Boos, except pale), and finally Puppoxs (doll-with-X-above enemies).

On Mario's side...

Mario adjusted his cap as the others made a circle formation on the center of the other big circle of enemies that slowly walked/floated to them. "Hmph, something was fishy here."

"T-that is a very bad thing." Peach trembled as she walked closer to the switch.

"I HATE when this happens," Chris said as he hid behind his furious Lucario. "When there's an easy path, you're bound to find something really bad at the end."

"That doesn't happen." Marth said.

"Oh, you tell me!"

"Ahem," Ness interrupted. "If you haven't noticed, there are monsters trying to...I don't know...do the same thing they always want to do to us?"

"Kill us?" Jigglypuff responded.

"Lovely," Ness said with a sarcastic smile. "What do you say if we ACTUALLY GET FIGHTING FOR OUR LIVES?!"

On the other side...

The difference between both ambushes were that 2 familiar figures appeared alongside the enemies that Mallow and Geno quickly recognized. Both figures were levitating (since they didn't have legs). They also had Shadow Bugs as well.

One of them looked like a clown with stripped-vertical lines (patterned with just 2 lines: one with blue color and the other one with yellow) as he held up a sword on his right hand and a shield on the other hand. He had a white mustache while a weird hat floated above his head. This one was called Cloaker (or Dark Cloaker).

The other one had a purple cape covering his face, but his eyes were somehow able to stay out. He had a vertical-patterned lines (of only yellow and purple colors). He had his hands opened as they were raised. This one was called Domino (or Dark Domino).

"Geno, Geno, Geno..." Dark Cloaker trailed off.

"Marshmallow, marshmallow, marshmallow..." Dark Domino trailed off.

"It's just Mallow, stupid." Dark Cloaker said.

"Oops, my bad."

"You made it after so much time!" Dark Cloaker turned to the Smashers. "We were so bored without anyone paying a visit here!"

"Rude." Dark Domino added.

"Look, let us walk away and we won't bother you." Ike offered.

"That question is so easy to respond for them." Link frowned.

"I know. Good start, huh?"

"No, you retarded swordsman," Snake frowned. "Asking those questions to enemies like them are only useless."

"Why?" Ike asked.

"Because we're not letting you go!" Why don't you understand?" Dark Domino asked with irritation. "Geez, stupid people like the guy with the stupid cape are, well, stupid!"

"...Is my cape that stupid?" Ike asked.

Link shook his head, but everyone else? No.

"..." Ike looked down.

"Well, are we going to start or what?" Dark Cloaker asked.

Link took out the Master Sword while the others prepared to fight as well. "Bring it on." Link said with a glare.

"CHAAAAAAAAAAAARGE!" Dark Domino yelled loudly as the circle of enemies ran after the Smashers.

On the other side...

Chris quickly changed to his ISOKFMG and slammed Tokunaga on the ground to make it grow bigger. "T-Tokunaga, try to shield me as I cast spells!"

Tokunaga looked at Chris and nodded.

"O twisted door of distortio-" the World Traveler noticed the doll looking down. "(W-what are you doing?!)"

Chris was suddenly attacked by a Hippopo's Mega Drain. Even if the attack said it was going to drain something, it was only a pink beam that moved by the sides and sliced Chris across his back, stopping his chant as he fell forward but on his knees.

"GUUUUUUAAAAAARRRRRRGH!!!" Lucario fired a fully charged Aura Sphere to the Hippopo to blast it away from Chris as the Aura Pokémon went to him. "Are you alright?"

"Y-yes..." Chris stood up. "B-but I don't know why Tokunaga stopped from shielding me..."

"...It appears it only fights when you're not casting spells." Lucario poined out.

"Oh, that's great..." Chris frowned. "W-well, would you shield me?"

"That's obvious."

Chris sniffed. "T-then go and beat them while I get attack-"

"I meant the other way!"

"Oh," Chris rubbed Lucario's head between his ears. "Thank you."

Lucario looked bored. "...Yes..."

"Come on!" Pikachu taunted some Ameboids as he gathered sparks on his cheeks. "Leap on me!"

The Ameboids looked at each other and created mysterious vortexes that covered Pikachu, who perked his ears up as a terrifying sound made him shudder in fear...and got the status effect called Fear.

"E-e-e-e-e-e..." Pikachu embraced himself. "I-I-I-I-I don't want to fight anymore..." his ears lowered. "I feel so useless and weak..."

The Ameboids nodded to each other and leaped to Pikachu to kick him.

Suddenly, they were all being pulled by a strong wind that sucked them away from Pikachu. The Electric Pokémon looked at the source and found Kirby swallowing all of them before stopping and sitting down with a weak look. "D-d-did they attack you?" Pikachu asked in depression.

"No..." Kirby's eyes turned into swirls. "They tasted like toilet water..."

"...Y-y-you don't drink that...unless..." Pikachu shuddered.

"Oww!" Jigglypuff backed away from a Glum Reaper's attack with its scythe. "You're bgging for it. Ha!" she leaped to it and used Pound to slap it away, but another Glum Reaper appeared from behind her and used Lightning Orb.

A ball of electricity was flung to her and it disappeared upon contant, but it came back as small rising waves of lightning that pushed her above and made her crash back to the floor.

"T-that was just a surprise attack..." Jigglypuff said as she stood up and closed her right eye before rolling herself on the floor, then slamming herself on the previous Glum Reaper to slam it away with Rollout.

"O twisted door of distortion, open wide!" Chris chanted while Lucario use Force Palm to push some Li'l Boos away. "Negative Gate!"

A gate of distortions appeared close to some Doppels that were constantly attacked by it and were destroyed.

"My magic seems to work well on them... Peach?" Chris found Peach still standing in the middle of the whole floor. "Why aren't you..."

"O-oh," Peach took out a tea cup to take a sip of it. "I-I'm just waiting for the right moment to attack."

"B-but how did you take that out?" Chris asked confused at the tea cup.

"I-I always have a pair," she took out another one. "D-do you want some?"

"...No..." Chris shook his head as Marth fought a Puppox in the background. "...I know what you're doing."

She looked away while Mario jumped several times above an Hippopo's head in the background. "N-no. What makes you say something like that?"

Chris blinked while a scared Pikachu looked at the sides with many worries. "Because you don't seem to fight at all and you're acting nervous about it."

Lucas was running away from some Li'l Boos while Sonic ran after them. "O-of course not..."

Lucario used Double Team to disappear from a Glum Reaper's scythe and attack it from behind with a flying kick. "But I know what you're doing now! You can't deny it, Peach.... You're scared of fighting, right?"

"W-was it obvious?" Peach asked as a Willy Wisp from a Glum Reaper was shot to Marth. "I'm...very embarrassed of this... Really, I do..."

"(I feel embarrased because I'm not fighting...)" Chris thought while a Lightning Orb flew above his head and to Kirby, who backflipped to evade it. "...I knew you didn't want to fight at all from the beginning, Peach."

Peach looked down ashamed while a Li'l Boo barely missed to bite her face. "...I'm pathetic, right?"

"N-no!" Chris shook his head while a Doppel appeared behind him, only to be pushed away by an Aura Sphere of Lucario. "You're not!"

Meanwhile, on the other side...

"BOLT!" Dark Domino called forth a fast lightning from the sky that fell down on Ike, but he dodged it by taking a quick step back. "FLAME STONE!"

A meteor of fire fell on Ike's back and he was pushed to the floor.

"HAHA!" Dark Domino laughed. "Stupid gets what he most deserves!"

"Idiot's begging...for what he most needs..." Ike spat back as he stood up and ran to him.

"Whoops," Dark Domino floated above to evade a slam of Ike's sword. "Missed me."

"THERE!" Ike yelled as he tossed Ragnell to Dark Domino to spin it in midair and slash the sorcerer several times before the swordsman jumped to his sword and slammed Dark Domino down to the floor.

"D-darn!" Dark Domino quickly got up and floated. "Blizzard!"

"Oh, forget that! Snowy!" Mallow called out his own blizzard that collided with Dark Domino's blizzard, cancelling each other from dealing damage. "Grr!"

"This didn't happen before," Dark Domino chuckled. "Back then, you used to kick me, but now our attacks are equally matched!"

"Like irritated people tend to say to people who like to say that, DON'T COMPARE ME TO YOU!" Mallow yelled as he ran on his feet.

"Slash!" Dark Cloaker yelled as he used a downward slice on Link, who blocked it with the Master Sword. "Dice 'im!" he used several cross slashes that Link blocked with his shield, though this time he was being pushed towards the edge of the floor. "Push 'im!"

"S-shut up!" Link yelled as he quickly pushed the sword away and tossed a bomb to Dark Cloaker's face which exploded and made him back away. "Heyah!" Link jumped towards him and used Spin Attack to push the clown swordsman away.

"Very good, indeed!" Dark Cloaker remarked. "Such fervor isn't so common around these parts!"

"I only care about finishing you off," Link said as he put his sword close to his face while he pointed the tip of it to his enemy. "That way, I don't get to hear your voice."

"How insolent!" Dark Cloaker proclaimed. "You need discipline...but in the bad way!"

"Geno Beam!" Geno yelled as he fired a long beam that hit Dark Cloaker on the back.

"You as well!" Dark Cloaker yelled as he raised his sword.

Snake had a bad time with Glum Reapers who tried to slice him from all the sides. The undercover soldier narrowed his eyes and tossed a mine on the air to explode it in a group of ghosts. When he thought he ran out from mines, he was able to take out another from his belt. "...Otacon." Snake called as he backflipped to evade a Li'l Boo's bite. "Otacon, you there?"

"Copy, Snake," Otacon called. "What's wrong this time?"

"The hand modified myself and made infinite mines." Snake said.

"God, everything is so weird in that universe. That's for sure." Otacon commented.

"Well, I'm having my weird time here. Lots of ghosts trying to scare me to death which they really fail at. Any suggestions for this fight?"

"You're doing it well from where you ar-" Otacon was interrupted as many sounds of sparks were heard from his location. "...Snake? You there?"

"Yeah," Snake was shown with black smoke coming from his hair. "Got zapped by 8 of them with freaking magic."

"Ouch. You okay?"

"..." Snake tossed a grenade on his right hand several times. "Pretty much."

"Well...good luck?"

"Always," Snake nodded as some Doppel went after him. "Come and get me, f(beep)d ghost."

"Snake..." Otacon trailed off with a sigh before he ended the codec.

Ness stopped running and he looked at a swarm of Doppels closing in above a fightened Pichu. The PK kid noticed a Glum Reaper floating towards him, whereas the kid narrowed his eyes and took out his bat. "Closer..." Ness muttered as he calculated the ghost's destination. "Closer..."

"H-heeeeeeeeeeeeelp!" Pichu yelled in horror as he ducked and covered his head.

The Glum Reaper was about to use Deathsickle on Ness when suddenly...

"THERE!" Ness yelled as he dealt a strong hit on the ghost, blasting it off towards the swarm of Doppels that were trying to scare Pichu to death. All of the ghosts bumped into each other and fell down on the floor as the Pokémon's ears perked up and looked up to see a clear view of the ceiling.

Pichu sighed as Ness went to him. "T-thank you for your help."

"Can you fight at least?" Ness asked.

Pichu gathered some sparks on his cheeks. "Y-yes."

Ness wondered for a moment as he took out his yo-yo. "...Pichu, do you want to try something new?"

"What?"

"Thunderbolt!" Mallow called out several lightning bolts that electrocuted some Hippopos. "Snowy!" he called forth a blizzard that created a huge snowman that blinked and exploded into more snow. "Shocker!" a strong lightning crushed the group of Hippopos before the cloud prince began to feel weak. "O-oww... U-using magic constantly is a really bad idea..."

Geno backstepped and used Geno Whirl on 2 Puppoxs. "You need to balance out magic and physical attacks."

"I know," Mallow said as he was about attacked by 3 Li'l Boos, that were suddenly kicked away by Fox who ran at them afterward. "I think coming all the way here drained my energies."

Geno used Geno Beam on 2 Ameboids to push towards the edge. "I feel the same. Not as you."

"Duh," Mallow rolled his eyes as Link was pushed into the air by Dark Cloaker, who then proceeded to slash him continuously. "You're a doll or puppet."

"That doesn't mean anything."

"Oh, it does," Mallow raised a finger as Twink was shown hiding behind the curtains. "You don't have blood inside that thing or a brain. You're a little star."

Geno turned to him. "Can you please help us in the fight?"

He was suddenly crushed by a stone of flames that came from the ceiling.

"G-Geno!" Mallow yelled before Ike was pushed away by Geno's side because of Dark Domino, who floated to them with several chuckles.

"Hahahahahaha!" Dark Domino laughed. "I can't believe Smithy had a bad time hearing that the Star Spirits were rescued by such puny guys like all of you! I can blink and stab one 5 times with icicles if I want to!"

"T-that didn't make sense to me," Ike said as he got up. "M-magic isn't everything."

"For me, it does," Dark Domino said. "I doubt you can get through it."

"I don't need to," Ike said as he aimed Ragnell's tip to his enemy. "I have something better here."

Mallow noticed that Ike was waving a hand behind his back.

"That ridiculous heavy sword?" Dark Domino asked before he laughed and closed his eyes. "My, what originality you have the-"

"SHOCKER!" Mallow yelled as a big lightning crushed the dark enemy, pushing him to the floor where he almost lost his balance.

"N-NO!" Dark Domino yelled as he noticed Ike slamming Ragnell on his face with a strong blow, pushing the magician even further on the ground, where he got stuck. "Damn you and that heavy sword of you-"

"Prepare yourself."

"What?"

Ike raised Ragnell again before slamming it again on the helpless magician who yelled in more pain as he became more stuck on the floor.

"Want any help?" Mallow asked.

"I can take him on," Ike said between slams. "He'll be out in not time. Go and help the others while I deal with him."

"OWW!" Dark Domino yelled.

"Okay." Mallow nodded as he ran away.

...Before returning back where Geno was unconscious.

"Oops... Here, I'll help you out. HP Rain!"

"Final Thrust!" Dark Cloaker yelled as he thrust his sword to Link, who got pushed away even if he used his shield to protect himself. "Hmph, that shield of yours is such a pain. Here, I'll take it away."

"Oh well." Link gave him his shield.

"..." Dark Cloaker looked at him with a glare. "Is this some kind of joke?"

"No. Take it." Link said with a smile.

"...Oh, well, heheheheh, I like when people listen to m-" he stopped once he saw the back of the shield full of bombs that were attached by their little cords wrapped up on the small leather holders. "OH, HOLY MOTHER O-"

A big explosion was the only thing Link saw before his shield was flung to the air and fell right above his hands. The shield looked completely unharmed and he put it on his right hand. "The best shield in all Hyrule. Nothing can break through it, not even explosions."

The smoke cleared out and Dark Cloaker was looking up with a weak look on his face before he shook himself and glared at Link. "You and your equipment! Use your sword only, dangit!"

"Then can I suggest you something?"

"What?"

"Shave that mustache."

Dark Cloaker's mustache was pointing to all directions due to the previous explosion. "MY MUSTACHE! Oh, now you crossed the line, then the line before that one!" he yelled before raising his sword and bringing it down on Link's shield.

On the other side...

"So," Chris (in his Agent job) took a sip of his tea while he and Peach were sitting on the middle of the battle. "You fear to fight because you hate violence?"

"Y-yes," Peach nodded while an explosion came from behind her, but didn't mind to look. "I think violence isn't necessary to resolve anything."

The World Traveler pointed at her with his tea cup. "Well, I originally thought about that as well, but nobody here wants to listen with words," he took a sip. "Such people can't deny a peaceful talk, the nerve of all of them..."

Either he wanted to say it like that or the job was changing his attitude.

"I-I always thought that too," Peach nodded as Lucas was shown banging his branch on a Puppox. "J-just nobody listens to me at all. I even hate to fight in the stages with another person..." she got closer to Chris. "And let me tell you something. Some people are scary to me when they look at me with those eyes..."

"Oh," Chris put his cup down. "You mean the eyes that carve for anyone's blood? Yes, such disgusting water shouldn't be wasted in battle. You're a delicate rose waiting to be torned apart by a brute dog."

Peach looked down as she barely dodged a Lightning Orb. "W-when you put it like that...I feel like I don't belong here..."

"Neither do I," Chris put his right hand on his forehead and frowned. "Destiny is so cruel sometimes, isn't it? Nobody can escape the hands of fate that wraps us to our paths. Cruel, but so cruel paths that lead to endless fights."

Pikachu walked to them as he trembled. "C-can you guys help me?"

"We're in the middle of a lovely discussion," Chris said as he shook his head. "By the way, why the embrace on yourself?"

"I-I don't want to fight anymore..."

"Uh-oh," Kawashima began. "Pikachu has been infected by the Fear status! This isn't good at all!"

Pikachu shivered and Peach rubbed his head.

"The Fear status halves the attack efficiency of the target. It also makes the target decide whether or not stay and fight. If it's not cured soon, that character could leave the party and return to the mansion automatically!"

Chris's goggles slipped to his nose and his eyes widened. "...Wait, return and leave us here?"

"Exactly," Kawashima went on. "He or she will get lost in the vicinity and that same person will return to the mansion, where the status ailment will disappear once the person reaches the mansion."

"...Hoy roses!" Chris exclaimed as he saw Pikachu trying to walk away to nowhere. Peach tried to hold him off and sparks began to gather in Pikachu´s cheeks to get off from her.

The World Traveler quickly changed to his Musician job and used Soul Etude to create an enthusiastic atmosphere.

Pikachu stopped gathering sparks and his ears perked up again. He looked around with a confused expression. "W-what? What happened?"

"You were trying to leave us and return to the mansion by an evil illness!" Peach said as she let him go.

"...Return?" Pikachu repeated before he looked at the swarm of enemies. "Well, I've got to be more careful next time. At least you 2 fight with us, okay?" Pikachu asked before he left the 2 and continued to fight the enemies.

Peach looked down. "See? Everyone here expects me to fight like all of them."

Chris sat down and changed to his Agent job. "Hmm, such a hard decision for you to take, right?"

"Y-yes..."

"...Maybe you need inspiration."

"I already heard what Rosalina said to Yoshi, but it doesn't work on me." Peach explained.

"Protection?"

"N-not even that can help me..." she sighed. "...I'm not used to fight even a small fly."

Despite what she said, there was a small fry that flew to her cheek and she slapped it.

"...You just killed a fly." Chris pointed out.

"..." Peach looked at her palm and brushed the green spot away. "I don't know what to do, still."

"...Oh," Chris smiled a little and took her right hand, where he began to walk to an Ameboid that was deciding who to attack. "You there, attack her."

Peach gasped. "W-what?"

"I want to see if there's a warrior inside that blinding pink dress you wear."

Peach took a step back.

"N-not literally!"

She sighed and took a step forward.

Then she realized what she was going to do so she took a step back again.

"Oh, look!" Chris folded his arms and the Ameboid leaped at Peach. "Here it goes!"

"U-UAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Peach screamed as she took Toad...out from her back?

"(...The hell is that Toad doing behind her back?)" Chris thought.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" the Toad yelled as he received the slam and...created strong currents of air that made the Ameboid be pushed back to the floor.

"..." Peach looked at Toad. "I-I'm so sorry for calling you out again!"

"I-it's okay, princess..." Toad said with a weak look. "D-don't use me that often, though..."

"..." Peach pulled him back to her back and disappeared once he wasn't visible from where Chris was. "N-none of my attacks make any kind of sense, either... I can take out infinite Turnips, for example," she ducked and took out a Beam Sword. "A-and sometimes this, making not any sense as well."

Chris took the Beam Sword and kept it in their inventory. "Blame the hand of all that doesn't make sense. If my memory doesn't fail," he pointed at Mario shooting fireballs from his hand. "He should use a Fire Flower to do that, but he can do it anyway."

"That doesn't have to do with what I'm going through..." Peach looked down.

Chris made a worried expression as Marth passed right behind him, pushing 2 Doppels away with Shield Breaker. "Hmm..."

"Over Limit ready!" Kawashima said. "Actually, both sides have their Over Limits ready as of now."

"...Just say it," Peach closed her eyes. "I'm pathetic at fighting."

"Such a woman like you shouldn't say those awful words to yourself," Chris said. "Determination is the key word here. You need more determination if you want to figh-"

"Done here."

Music stops

"Wha'?" Chris asked confused as he looked at Sonic with a grin.

Both of them noticed that the field was completely empty, like if nothing happened.

"...I'm sorry," Peach looked down. "I distracted you from the entire fight."

"Lazy." Sonic said to Chris with a snicker.

"Oh, you shut up, big eyebrow hedgehog." Chris muttered.

Sonic blocked his eyebrow. "Heheheheh, what big eyebrow again?"

Jigglypuff looked at the arc that they crossed and a force field appeared. "H-hey, that thing wasn't there before..." Jigglypuff said worried.

"Didn't they say a boss was waiting for us here?" Pikachu asked.

"They did. I didn't believe that." Lucario said.

RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIING!!!

They blocked their ears once the sound of 2 bells were heard, ringing through the dark winds.

"U-ugh!" Mario twitched. "I-I remember that awful sound before..."

They all looked behind them...

And there was a leaned big table on the floor that had a big clock. On the top of the big clock, there were 2 bells that seemed to be the clock's only mouths. The monsters were called Ding-a-Lings while the clock was called Count Down.

"It's Mario!" the first bell rang.

"And he brought company this time!" the second bell rang.

"WE BETTER GET RID OF THEM BEFORE THEY GET FURTHER!!!" both bells rang angrily.

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against an Armed Boss

"...A big clock?" Lucas asked.

"..." Lucario blinked for a moment before he showed his fangs and grunted at them.

"W-what is it?" Chris asked.

"They're using Shadow Bugs."

Count Down and the Ding-a-Lings began to glow with dark energy before they turned into Dark Count Down and Dark Ding-a-Lings.

"Look," Mario said as he stepped in front of the others. "These enemies are easy because they can't move around. They're sitting on that leaned table. All we have to do is attack the clock's arrows so it can't heal itself. After defeating the arrows, go for the bells."

"All-Out attack, then?" Jigglypuff asked.

Mario turned to the clock and nodded. "Give everything you've got on that clock's arrows!!!" he yelled loudly as he jumped at the arrows and smashed them with a downward fist.

Everyone else nodded and surrounded the big clock (except for Peach who stayed behind), where they began a crazy frenzy of attacks on all sides of the clock and to the arrows.

The arrows moved.

"Flower Time!" the Dark Ding-a-Lings yelled as petals began to fall down the sky.

"Aw, you've got to be kidding m-" Chris couldn't finish before the Smashers turned into mushrooms that layed around the clock.

The arrows moved.

"Water Time!" they yelled.

Explosions of water began to appear around the area before it rained and many more explosions of water appeared, pushing the mushrooms above to the air before a huge blast of water made a lot of damage to the mushrooms that fell down on the floor.

The arrows moved.

"Break Time!" they yelled.

Nothing happened.

The arrows moved.

"Ice Time!" they yelled.

A big crystal of ice came floating above Mario's mushroom and it impacted on him. The red plumber returned to normal but he fainted after the attack devastated his energies.

The arrows moved

"Break Time!" they yelled.

Everyone turned back to normal and Peach gasped once Mario was knocked out. "Mario!" she yelled as she ducked to see him.

"Aw, I hate this boss so much!" Chris cursed as he pointed at the clock. "I hated so much when it used Petal Blast to turn everyone into mushroo-"

The arrows moved.

"Light Time!" the bells rang.

A floating yellow orb came from the sky and it circled a huge beam that pushed them back, yelling in pain before it went up and disappeared.

The arrows moved.

"Break Time!" the bells rang.

"W-what kind of boss is this?" Sonic asked as he panted.

"A clock?" Jigglypuff asked sarcastically.

"Here, give this to him so he can revive," Chris said as he gave Peach a pizza. "Don't ask me how he is going to eat it, just give it to him!"

Peach nodded, and when the pizza came close to Mario's mouth, it instantly vanished and Mario began to open his eyes slowly. "...I-I'm sorry for not mentioning certain atta-"

The arrows moved.

"Sleep Time!" the bells rang as they used Aurora Flash.

Several blue and white lights came from above them and they suddenly fell asleep while standing up. Since the attack damaged them a little, Mario was knocked out again.

"I'm the only one here who gets to pull someone to sleeeeeeeeeeeee..." Jigglypuff tumbled by the sides before falling asleep.

Somehow, this group was trapped in an ending cycle of magic attacks that kept repeating over and over...

On the other side...

Most of the enemies were getting annihilated by the Smashers themselves while Dark Cloaker fought Link with a clash of swords.

"Missed," Link said as he leaned back from an horizontal slash from his opponent. "Close," he leaned to the right as he evaded a vertical slash. "Ooh, close too," he taunted as he ducked from another horizontal slash.

"GRRRRRR!!!" Dark Cloaker grunted angrily before he tried to slash Link. "Will you stop evading my blows?!"

"Geez, I don't know," Link said sarcastically as he backstepped from several slashes. "No?"

"DIE!" Dark Cloaker yelled as he thrusted his own sword forward.

"(Right where I wanted you.)" Link thought before he slammed his own sword on Dark Cloaker's sword and pushed it away to the floor.

Dark Claoker gasped. "M-my sword! I need it!"

"That's it," Link snapped out from his calm state. "Somebody, help me and let's gang up on this guy!"

"Oh," Ness appeared behind him. "Need my help?"

"I-I meant Fox..." Link muttered. Ness glared at him and made his hands glow with fire. "B-but you're okay too!"

"Good," Ness said as his hands stopped glowing and Pichu appeared behind him. "We made our own combined attack. Want to see it?"

Link kicked the sword away and Dark Cloaker gasped. "Do it and on him."

"Pichu!" Ness yelled as he took out his yo-yo and slammed the cord around Dark Cloaker to wrap the long cord around himself. The swordsman tried to get out but he couldn't once the entire yo-yo's cord stopped from wrapping him up.

Pichu saw Ness closing his eyes, where a small glitter appeared in front of his fingers, where he was grabbing the cord. "O-okay!" Pichu said as he walked closer to the cord and grabbed it. The Electric Pokémon began to gather sparks before he was engulfed in blue electricity and conducted the electricity from himself to the cord.

Dark Cloaker saw the cord conducting the electricity and towards him before he was engulfed in a strong light of blue electricity. His mustache began to point to all directions as he screamed loudly in pain while Pichu struggled to continue.

"How can you 2 do that?" Link asked.

"Simple," Ness turned to him as the attack continued. "Using the steel cord of the yo-y-"

"The cord is of steel?" Link interrupted.

"What? This yo-yo isn't usual in Onett!" Ness said. "Ahem. I made a small barrier in front of my fingers to protect myself from getting electrocuted by Pichu's electricity. The steel cord acts like a conductor towards the main part of the yo-yo. Anything that is in its way gets severely electrocuted until Pichu tires himself out."

Pichu struggled to continue his attack. "I-I won't hold on for any longer!" he yelled.

Link took out his bow and aimed it at the enemy. "Let me offer you my help, then!"

He started to fire several arrows at high speed to Dark Cloaker while the trio did their best to defeat the subordinate of Smithy.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Cloaker yelled loudly before he exploded and disappeared from the yo-yo's cord. Ness smiled a little and pulled back the cord to wrap it up around the yo-yo.

"Ha!" Ness said proudly of himself. "I should develop my own combined attacks because nobody had this idea before."

Pichu stopped from discharging electricity and panted a little. "W-we did it, right?"

"Hell yes," Ness nodded. "Another step for our group, and to ultimate victory."

"Group, yeah, right..." Link rolled his eyes.

The trio saw 3 Puppoxs being blasted away by Geno's Geno Flash. They also noticed that the floor was clean of enemies.

Except for a stubborn Dark Domino, who managed to push Ike away with a fast slap and floated up.

"Y-you're unbelievable!" Dark Domino yelled angrily. "You killed everyone in here and that knucklehead of Cloaker too!"

"Wait, I thought you 2 were comrades."  Mallow said.

"Comrades?" Dark Domino rolled his eyes. "That guy never kep his mouth shut about how great was his mustache and how stupid Mario's mustache looked like. My ears, my poor ears were going to bleed from all his complains!"

"But Mario's mustache looks unique," Mallow said. "I mean, that guy has the best mustache eve-"

"If you'll excuse me, we're not here to discuss mustaches," Fox said as he aimed his Blaster at Dark Domino and glared at him. "We're here to beat the heck out of this guy, then Smithy afterward."

"Grr!" Dark Domino tossed his arms down in frustration. "Nonsense, nonsense, NONSENSE! I'm going to show all of you my true strengt-"

"And with that, he means he's going to fuse with that statue!" Twink yelled from the curtains.

"Stop spoiling my surprise-"

"TAKE HIM DOWN!" Pichu yelled as the Smashers who could use projectiles began to fire many of them to the magician, who gasped and dodged every attack in panic as he got closer and closer to the statue's head.

"Stupid cockroach," Snake muttered as he tossed a grenade that Dark Domino dodged. "He won't die that easily."

"Of course!" Dark Domino yelled as he put his...whatever he used to float on the statue's head, creating an earthquake that shook the place as he laughed maniacally.

The entire part of the statue began to gain color with all the tail that was wrapped around all the pillars. The Smashers saw the statue turning back to a big, purple snake that later obtained Shadow Bugs and roared loudly with a shriek. Dark Domino's fusion made the snake gain life as he crackled evilly above it.

"Meet your deaths!" Dark Domino yelled. "I'm not Dark Domino anymore, but Dark Earth Link! Hahahahahahahahahahahahaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!!!"

"Crazy guys with "a lot" of power become crazy when they reach that kind of power..." Link shuddered. "Well, we've got to stab this snake to death, right?"

Geno nodded as the Smashers prepared to fight it. "That's true. We need to take it down and go back to where we're supposed to reunite with the othe-"

BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!

The start of the battle was suddenly interrupted by a blurry image that can be seen in any TV without cable before it turned off and left a screen only filled with a black background.

Lucas peered his head from the left side of the screen and he walked nervously to the center while he played with his fingers. He gulped and looked around if he was alone.

"O-okay..." Lucas began. "T-the motive of this sudden interruption is because we reached the limit of this chapter. W-we can't proceed because a strong force that gives us directions from another alternate universe needs to put in the next chapter 4 fights: the next part of these 2, the resistance back at the mansion and a new fight against a new boss...or bosses? I-I don't know..."

He gulped even more and looked around.

"S-so, please, don't kill me...I-I mean, wait until the next chapter gets done... T-that force out of this world is also planning to make 6 chapters for this special arc... W-we have 2 so far...a-and we need 4 more until this ends... T-that same force promises to make good fight scenes...funny moments "as always" as it says...whatever Sonic is going through...and character development with some of the Smashers as well so the fights can be interesting... S-so anyhow...s-see you!" Lucas waved his right hand quickly before running off. "C-Claus?! A-are you here with Mom?! Claaauuus!"

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Return of the Retarded. Aw, don't tell me we're going to fight a retarded enemy this time...again..." Ness sighed.

"The darn title says so, idiot." Snake interrupted.

"...PK Fire!"

"AAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

"Heheheheh..."


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Exor
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 14, 2009, 12:09:41 PM
Chapter 126: Return of the Retarded

Exor
Gate

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against an Armed Boss

Back to where we previously left...

Geno nodded as the Smashers prepared to fight it. "That's true. We need to take it down and go back to where we're supposed to reunite with the others."

"You won't such a thing! Thanks to these delicious Shadow Bugs, I've obtained even more powers than before!" Dark Mad Adder roared (since Dark Domino fused with it, it used his own voice to speak). "I'll devour those delicious fleshes of yours and if I can't, then I'll poison them!"

"Well, snakes are supposed to be poisonous...some of them." Ness said.

"We have our own snake who doesn't give poison." Mallow said.

"Really? Who?"

"Snake."

Snake narrowed his eyes at the cloud before glaring up at the snake. "Stop the chit-chat and let's get over with."

"Wait," Fox interrupted as he saw a small light blinking on his scouter. "The Over Limit is ready to be used."

"Oh, please!" Ness interrupted. "Let me use my Final Smash!"

"No way," Fox shook his head. "I'll use mine to crush that thing and blast it afterward."

"Can I use mine again?" Ike asked. "I want to see how I did it last time with Gulluom."

"I think it was Galleom though..." Twink said.

"If somebody here is going to use the Final Smash, that's me." Link said.

"Nah, I'm pretty sure it's my turn." Ness said.

"B-but I want to test mine out!" Pichu protested.

"Will you stop that and focus on the figh-" Geno was interrupted.

"LIGHT BEAM!" Dark Mad Adder yelled as it formed a big bubble that flew towards them. Snake, Geno and Mallow backstepped from it before it made a normal pop between the other 5.

Ness, Fox, Link, Ike and Pichu blinked confused before they fell asleep as they were all standing up.

"Fear my new magic!" Dark Mad Adder (or DMA for short) proclaimed. "With this new fusion, I've gained more magic than before! Mwahahahaha!"

"Dammit, wake up!" Mallow yelled at the 5 sleeping Smashers. "Wake up!"

"Until they're hit they won't wake up. It's useless," Geno said as he aimed his rocket punch at DEL. "Or after a while, they'll come back to their senses."

"Ha! Thank you for the little tip," DMA said. "Now, 3 more scum to kill! I hope you enjoy this!"

Geno fired his fist to the top of the creature and to Dark Domino's body. The big snake quickly extended its fangs towards Geno and used Carni Kiss, dealing considerable damage to Geno's right arm as he grabbed it while DEL pulled itself back and snickered.

"Like my improved attack?" DMA asked.

"N-not at all..." Geno muttered. "M-Mallow, you're in charge of healing us!"

"Right," Mallow nodded. "HP Rai-"

"Diamond Saw!" DMA yelled as it called forth 2 saws shaped like big snowflakes that flew on each side before slicing Mallow and pushing him to the air before he fell on his back and moaned in pain. "AAAAAAAAAHHH!!!"

Snake was holding a small remote with his right hand after he triggered some explosions around the snake. "Next time, be aware of everyone or you'll suffer the consequences."

"Poison!" DMA's eyes twirled around and Snake instantly got poisoned.

"...This world doesn't make any f(beep)ng sense now... Instant poison my...ugh..." Snake felt the poison paralizing him from the inside. "J-just a poison...I can resist to that..."

"Yes, right. Ice Rock!"

A floating mass of ice came floating from outside and it stopped right above Snake. The soldier twitched in pain by the poison but he quickly lunged away to evade the crash of the mass of ice.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno threw a slicing yellow ring that crossed DMA's body and dealt minimal damage. "N-not a boss weak against that attack..."

"Of course," DMA said with a nod. "BOLT!"

Several sparks rained around Geno before he was covered inside a sphere of electricity that paralyzed him from the inside and yelled in pain before the orb disappeared.

"Geno Beam!" Geno was able to retaliate quickly and deal a direct hit to Dark Domino's body from the top of DEL's head. The snake grunted angrily and looked down to Geno.

"This is WHY I hated you!" DMA yelled before spinning his eyes. "Diamond Saw!"

"(Not again...)" Mallow thought as he ran towards Geno and pushed him away from the slicing snowflakes that barely sliced the cloud prince. "Y-you alright?"

"Yes...thanks to you..." Geno said before both of them got up. "We'll have to resort to buffers. Snake, can you be the main offensive?"

Snake barely dodged Carni Kiss from the big snake. "As long as I have some suppo-UGH!" he grunted in pain after the snake used Carni Kiss on his left arm and pulled itself back. "D-definitely..."

"Mallow, you'll be the healer while I'm in the defensive." Geno explained.

"Then I'd rather do something now," Mallow said as he put his hands close to each other and held them out to Snake. "HP Rain!"

While the cloud with the smile rained on the soldier, Geno opened his arms to the sky. "Geno Boost!"

Several red arrows appeared around Snake before they disappeared and made a loud crash, indicating that Snake's attack and defense increased as he recovered from his wounds.

Although the poison persisted.

"Well...you..." Snake trailed off as he took out a grenade. "Come and get me."

"Right!" DMA yelled as he tried to use Carni Kiss on the soldier, but Snake moved away and let go of the grenade in the air where it got inside the snake's mouth and exploded, making it feel dumb with a confused expression.

"Attack!" Geno yelled as he used Geno Beam to DMA's face.

"Physical attacks now..." Snake muttered as he ran to DMA, jumped to its face and began to kick it 4 times with a strong knockback at the fourth kick. "UGH!" Snake was caught in the air and was quickly bitten by DEL's fangs before he was slammed on the floor with a big impact. "D-d-darn that...monster..."

"Snake? Snake? Do you copy me?" Otacon asked from the codec.

"..." Snake didn't respond.

"Snake?! SNAAAAAAAAAKE!!!"

"Wow," Mallow blinked. "That yell echoed."

"LOOK OUT!" Geno pushed Mallow from a Bolt attack from DMA. The 2 rolled on the floor before managing to keep their composure and stare at the monster. "We lost him now..."

DEL fixed its eyes on the sleeping Smashers. "Right, I forgot about them. BLIZZARD!"

Snow began to rise up from the floor and pushed all the Smashers away, where they fell on their backs as they were sleeping deeply.

"SOLIDIFY!"

A sheer cold of temperature froze everyone in the field, inside stalagmites of ice before they shattered and deal strong ice damage to everyone.

"BLEA-CHOO!" Link sneezed before he shook his head and found himself laying down on the floor. "W-what happened?" he asked as he slowly sat up.

The others began to moan a little before they slowly woke up and rubbed their heads in confusion.

Pichu glanced to Snake. "O-oh no...he didn't faint, right?"

"...He did," Ike shook his head, looked down and put a hand on his chest. "May the gods guide him throu-"

Fox punched his head. "He's not dead. He's fainted so stop that ridiculous pray!"

"S-sorry..." Ike apologized as everyone stood up and noticed DMA. "Don't tell me that monster is stil-"

"DIAMOND SAW!" DMA yelled as 2 slicing snowflakes appeared in front of it and went after the Smashers.

"D-dodge it!" Geno yelled as everyone quickly sidestepped from the saws of ice.

"(I-it's now or never...I need to do it...)" Pichu thought worried as many sparks gathered around him. "I-I can do it!" he yelled loudly as a force emanated out as he got covered in a rainbow aura that made everyone look at him.

"(Damn, he did it before me...)" Ness though.

Pichu glared at DEL and pointed at him. "Y-you're going to regret this!"

"Me? Regretting this?! Hahahahahahahaha!" DMA laughed maniacally. "You're very puny by that small appearance. Just die and let me b-"

"ZAP CANNON!!!" Pichu yelled loudly as he put his hands close to him and gathered a big amount of sparks that covered himself in blue electricity before he released a big beam of pure lightning that crossed DEL's body as it yelled loudly in pain. It also pulled back in pain and got instantly paralyzed by the strong blow.

"...Good move." Ike remarked.

The aura on Pichu disappeared. He looked at Ike and blushed a little. "O-oh, thank you so much for that remark..."

Zap Cannon

Gathers a big amount of sparks to release them into a beam of lightning. Deals great electric damage to the enemy and guarantees a paralyzing effect (even if there are immunities) after it hits the opponent.

"...Wait a minute..." Geno narrowed his eyes at the big snake. "It's paralyzed. We must attack with everything we have!"

"I suggest a combo!" Mallow raised his hand.

"Right. Let's see..." Geno started to get ideas. "Link, arrows to the body, Fox, multiple kicks in the air and to the snake's head, Ike, try to cut through its skin, Pichu, call as many thunders as you can from underneath the head, Mallow, Star Rain on it, Ness, use fully charged PK Flashes to deal strong blows and finally..." Geno raised his hands to the air where he used Geno Boost to increase Ike's attack and defense. "I'll give buffs to everyone. Attack it! There's no much time left before it moves again!"

Everyone nodded and quickly tried Geno's strategy out as the puppet himself gave buffs to every single member.

"(Right,)" Geno nodded once he looked at Snake...moving a little. "(Good, he can still move so recovery spells will work well. I need to tell Mallow first.)"

"P-paralyzed?!" DMA asked in rage. "I-I'm not supposed to be paralyzed!"

An arrow hit Dark Domino's face.

"AAHH!!! W-who threw this at m-" he was able to see Fox jumping towards him. "What's a little animal going t-"

"Haaa!!!" Fox began to spin around as he did several kicks in midair. The snake was being pushed back by every hit as it yelled in pain.

"S-stop that!" DMA demanded before Fox jumped towards it again.

However, Dark Domino looked down to see several arrows appearing around Fox and even disappearing with an impacting sound. The vulpine began to do the same thing but this time, the kicks were even stronger than before as the snake looked helpless.

"PI-CHUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu called forth a strong thunder from underneath the head and it passed right through it. "M-more...I can call...more..."

He yelled out his name again and another thunder struck DMA's head again.

"A-ARGH! STOP THAT!" DMA demanded again before a heavy object was slammed on his stomach. "YEOWCH!"

"Ha!" Ike raised Ragnell again and he slammed the sword hand on DMA's stomach, creating a small rupture that was a wound. "It's working. Let's keep it up!"

"W-what is that?" DMA asked as a green flash flew above his face and exploded into a green firework that made it scream out loud. "AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

A grenade was tossed to its throat and it exploded inside, creating a severe sore throat as the snake's eyes twitched and tried to look at a recovered Snake, who was tossing another grenade above his right hand.

"Hope you enjoyed the time when I was out," Snake said before he tossed the grenade inside its mouth. "Enjoy the blows."

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" DMA yelled in pain as the explosion caused even more damage inside itself.

"Star Rain!" Mallow yelled out.

"OH, HECK N-AAAAAAH!!!" DMA yelled in even more pain as a big Starman came from the ceiling and started to bounce above it 14 times before it jumped away. "STOP THIS STUPID NONSENSE!!!"

"Geno Blast!" Geno sent a light to the ceiling where he then slammed down his hands to the floor and lights from the sky rained down above the big snake that yelled in extreme pain as every light crossed its body.

Then, an impacting sound was heard and all of them stopped with their attacks.

Music stops

Dark Mad Adder's body began to tremble violently and its tail around the pillars began to disintigrate as the snake's mouth opened wide to the ceiling. "Why?! WHY?! WHY WHY WHY?! T-this can't be it! NO! ABSOLUTELY...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Domino yelled in extreme pain as the snake roared a last time and slammed its head into the floor, creating a big crack that made the Smashers take a step back as they watched the monster turning grey and to a statue.

"..." Mallow walked to the statue, touched it, and everything that was connected to the statue began to shatter into bits, creating a cloud of dust that covered the entire floor and made them cough uncontrollably before it vanished.

"...Well, that's 1 out of the way," Ness said. "Didn't we fight better this time?"

"Because this one wasn't that hard to defeat," Link sheathed the Master Sword. "I feel good though."

"Attacking it by all the sides and doing all those attacks was...very predictable," Fox nodded. "The strategy was very simple in short words."

A vein popped out from Geno's forehead while Twink floated down to his side. "Be glad at least I pointed that out." Geno said irritated.

"EKAAAAAAAAAANNNNNSSSS!!!"

"Otacon, stop that." Snake said with a frown.

"Heheh, Ekans." Pikachu and Pichu chuckled.

"Sorry," Otacon chuckled. "You were fine after all so I literally yelled backwards your name just for the fun of it."

"It wasn't fun to me." Snake said.

"Ekans..."

"Your name from now on is Ekans," Pikachu proclaimed. "If you train enough, we'll call you Kobra, or Arbok."

"Please," Snake took out a grenade. "Don't."

Pikachu gulped and nodded.

"Hey," Ike began. "Shouldn't we return and see if they did it?"

"Right," Geno nodded and began to run to the path of arcs. "Let's go then."

Several minutes later...

The group made it to the point where the "Machine Mades" and everyone once were. They looked around to find the Machine Mades but they weren't there.

"Huh? Where are those machines guys?" Pikachu asked.

"They were standing behind that counter just a moment ago," Twink said as from behind the counter, many paint cans were dripping small amounts of paint that they didn't notice. "I wonder where they went..."

"Let's forget about them for now an-" Geno saw Ness running to the west gate. "W-where are you going?"

"To help them!" Ness yelled. "Something wrong happened!"

"What? How do you know that?" Link asked.

"I used my telepathy to establish a communication with them but...I-I can't find a single mind!"

"Damn, something did happen to them..." Fox trailed off. "We must go and see what happened."

"Duh," Snake said and everyone looked at him with glares. "What? You guys are so stupidly close to each other."

"Yet you follow us." Twink pointed out.

"Orders from the Coronel. Right, Coronel?"

"La Le Lu Lei Lo," the Colonel was heard saying. "La Le Lu Lei Lo."

"...Colonel?" Snake repeated as he put his right hand on his right ear. "Colonel, what the heck are you saying?"

"La Le Lu Lei Lo, La Le Lu Lei Lo, La Le Lu Lei Lo."

Snake's eyes widened for around 1cm of height. The Colonel had never acted like this before. He was always a focused person with dangerous events like the one Snake was facing. Why would he started to say something so stupid as...that?

Snake narrowed his eyes.

And something struck his mind with the truth...

...That the Colonel was an impostor from the real one...

...Or the Colonel hit his head very hard, obtained extreme stupidity for the codec and somehow was able to contact Snake.

"Colonel, what's happening? Colonel? Colonel?!" Snake took a deep breath and yelled "COOOOOOOLOOOOOOOOOONEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEL!!!"

...

A moment of silence took place as the dark winds ragged on. The Smashers were looking at Snake with confused/disgusted/odd looks before they took several steps back from him.

"I-I don't know him," Ness began as he looked at them. "Y-you guys know now!"

Link rolled his eyes and they decided to follow the west path as Ness explained before.

"COOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOLOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEL!!!" Snake yelled as he remained in his place.

Link came back and hit Snake's head to make him snap out from his state. The soldier shook his head after the hit and looked at Link. "I don't say this too much...but thanks. I don't know what got into me."

"Meh, it happens." Link said with a nod before they followed the others from behind.

Several minutes later...

Geno's group made it to the area where Mario's group was and most of them gasped when they found everyone but a weakened Lucario fainted on the floor. The Aura Pokémon kept glaring at the clock with Shadow Bugs before the right Dark Ding-a-Ling formed a star (Dark Star) with its own stars and called forth a big black Starman that crashed on Lucario and jumped away.

"G-grrr..." Lucario grunted in pain as his aura flared up. "I'm...sick of you...bastard..."

"Lucario!" Pikachu yelled from the other side as the Smashers went to see if the others were fine.

"My Nayru, what happened here?" Link asked.

"T-that clock..." Lucario muttered as he pointed at the clock. "I-it used many different attacks that kept us from attacking it... T-their auras are still emanating from their bodies...meaning they're still alive..."

"Oh no," Mallow shook his head as he looked at Dark Count Down. "I hated this thin-"

The arrows moved.

"Break Time!" the bells rang.

"Q-quick!" Lucario yelled as he coughed. "Attack the arrows and defeat them!"

"Fear Roulette," the left Dark Ding-a-Ling said (or DD-a-L for short).

A red crystal began to move around everyone's heads before it stopped on Ness, crashed down on him and took him out with one blow.

"NESS!" Pichu yelled worried.

"T-those bells can attack on their own as well...but the clock does much more than them..." Lucario muttered before he fainted.

"Quick!" Geno yelled as he pointed at the big clock. "Take down the arrows before they move!"

The arrows moved and Geno cursed.

"Water Time," the bells rang.

And like the same time, the Smashers in there suffered many explosions of water that resulted into a bigger one, pulling them to the air before crashing to the floor.

"I-if we don't stop those arrows..." Mallow muttered. "I-it will continue to do this..." he put his hands close to each other before yelling out "Star Rain!"

His own Starman came from the sky and crashed on the arrows to discrupt them for a bit. The DD-a-L, however, weren't that happy.

"S'crow Bell," the left DD-a-L rang as a bell formed above Mallow, rained musical notes on him and turned him into a scarecrow.

"Oh, dangit!" Mallow cursed as he tried to move. "I liked the scarecrows but not when I'm the scarecrow!"

Link frowned before glaring at the clock as he took out a bomb. "Let's go and get that thing down."

The arrows moved and they took a step back.

"Break Time!" the bells rang.

"...Why does it say break time every time it attacks before?" Ike asked.

"It's like that," Geno explained. "It attacks, it takes a break, it attacks, it takes a break, it attacks, it takes a break, and the same process goes on."

"With the bells interrupting sometimes." Twink added.

Fox noticed the same blinking light in his scouter. "Weird, the Over Limit is ready...but why?"

"Because they had their own ready," Kawashima was heard from Chris's pocket. "But since you took over their fight, it got to you."

The arrows moved.

"Light Time," the bells rang.

A yellow glowing orb floated down the center of the field and it began to circle a beam around the whole place, pushing everyone back 3 times before it went upwards and disappeared.

"You know what?" Fox asked with irritation. "Screw it, let's use the Final Smash so we can deal some damage to those thin-"

He stopped talking once he saw Snake glowing with a rainbow aura.

"(And somebody else took my chance...)" Fox sighed mentally.

"Hell no," Snake shook his head as he ducked and called something. "I'm not going to say that useless line."

"What did he mean by that?" Ike asked to Link, who lifted up his shoulders.

"Focus on the clock while Snake's at it!" Geno reminded them.

The others saw him jumping upwards where he disappeared somewhere around the dark winds.

"H-hey, where did he go?" Link asked.

It was not long before they saw a chopper's roaring engine while Snake came down from the dark winds (and out from the reach of the floor) as he held his position on a rope ladder with a grenade launcher on his right arm.

"Yeah," Snake nodded before frowning. "This place doesn't make any sense..." he aimed the greande launcher to the clock and the bells. "But who cares as long as those freaky "monsters" get the f(beep)k out from my sight?"

"Is ANYBODY of all of you who doesn't say a curse in front of young kids like Twink around?" Geno asked with irritation as Twink looked miffed at the curse.

Pichu raised his hand.

"Good..."

The arrows moved.

"And I got mad." Snake said (probably breaking the fourth wall) as he began to fire several grenades at the clock, creating some explosions that hit hard the item as the Smashers watched.

"Geno Blast!"

That simple line reminded the distracted Smashers to go forward and attack the clock and bells with everything they had in reserve.

"Keep going like that!" Link yelled to Snake as the grenades kept hitting the items. "It's stunned and attacking it now it's the best idea!"

Lights from the sky rained down on the clock and bells as Geno looked at them. "The arrows! Focus your attacks on the arrows to take them down faster!"

"RUUAAAHH!!!" Ike yelled as he tosed his spinning sword to the arrows, slashing them as the grenades kept hitting the clock before the swordsman jumped to take his sword, spun several times and slammed it hard on the arrows before he slid down since the clock's face was leaning back from its position.

"Damn," Snake cursed after the grenade launcher ran out from grenades. He turned to take more ammunition to it before repeating the same process. "Bless the unlimited grenades."

"Nope," Kawashima called from the pocket. "Your Final Smash will end after you run out from that second round."

"Well, crap," Snake commented as he started to fire the grenades at the arrows. "Doesn't matter a bit. After this empties, this fight will end."

"Ike!" Link yelled to Ike, who looked at him over his shoulder and nodded. The latter swordsman let go of his sword (making a crack on the floor), joined his hands and let Link's right foot to step between the hands as Ike raised him to the air, where the Hyrulian jumped twice to gain a lot of height before taking out his sword and used a down aerial to stuck his sword directly on the arrows.

That's when something came to his mind.

No matter how much the arrows tried to move, they were stuck because the sword went through both of them. Link grabbed the hilt of it to keep his stance and looked down to the others. "The arrows! They can't move anymore!"

"Why?" Pichu asked as he was about to use Thunder.

"My sword went through the longer one and it became stuck in it. The other arrow can't rotate as well!"

He saw one of Snake's grenades shattering the left DD-a-L into pieces while the chopper that carried Snake went up and pulled him back, where he returned back to the floor and next to Geno.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" the other DD-a-L yelled (or rang) in horror. "That is it! Doom Reverb!"

A bell appeared above Link and it rained several musical notes on him. The swordsman then saw several Xs falling around him before he got in a depressed mood and looked down.

At this, Ike stopped from slamming his sword on the clock and looked at Link. "Hey, are you okay?"

"I can fight," Link said (albeit to say, he didn't sound depressed at all). "But I don't know how to use a bow anymore."

"...Creepy..."

"How's that going to do help you to win this fight?" Twink asked to the DD-a-L directly.

"TWINK! Come back here!" Geno yelled as he fired a beam to the stuck arrows.

"Get out!" the left DD-a-L demanded as it tried to attack the Star Kid, but it couldn't and just moved to the sides.

"Ha-ha," Twink tilted to the sides. "You-can't-hit-me," he taunted.

"Dark Star!" DD-a-L yelled furiously as a big black Starman (with the evil look) went after Twink.

"Uh-oh!" Twink said sarcastically. "I'm gonna die!"

"TWINK!" Geno and Mallow (the scarecrow) yelled.

The Star Kid, however, turned his back and stuck his tongue at the bell. "Idiot, I can just go behind the clock and let that star crush the arrows," he said before he flew behind the clock.

The left DD-a-L realized what Twink meant and saw his own attack coming down upon the clock. "RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIING!" it rang loudly before the Starman bounced 3 times on the clock, damaging it greatly before it jumped away.

Pichu noticed Fox was grabbing him. "W-what are you doing?!"

"I'm going to toss you to the arrows where Link's sword is," Fox explained. "Use his sword as a lightning rod to damage the clock from the inside."

"Inside?" Pichu asked.

"Not you, but the electricity. It'll go through through the sword as a conductor and discharge everything on the tip."

"...Oh," Pichu nodded. "Then do i-"

He noticed he was already on the sword's hilt with perfect balance.

"B-but how did I...never mind." Pichu frowned before he put his hands closer to him and began discharging as much electricity he could produce. The sword began to act as the conductor of electricity and all of it went down and inside the clock, where it got attacked from the inside with Pichu's electricity before he stopped 10 seconds later and rolled and the way down in exhaustion.

Mallow (who recovered from his transformation) ran to him and grabbed him in time. "You okay?" Mallow asked.

"A-a-a little bit tired..." Pichu sighed. "Too much energy...spent today..."

They saw a small rocket going slowly to the arrows, where it exploded...

...And that same impacting sound was heard, making everyone stop with their attacks on the clock.

"NO!" DD-a-L rang in pain. "I'M DONE FOR, AND MY BROTHER TOO! NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"Ahem," Geno coughed. "You're still alive but the arrows aren't."

"..." DD-a-L shook itself, trying to tell it "facepalmed" in its own way. "Well...that's a relief."

He saw Fox running above the clock and towards it before he leaped to it and used a fast hard kick on the right side of it, making it ring madly as the vulpine backstepped from it and landed back to the floor.

"Oh no, now I'm dead!" it said before ringing crazily. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Music stops

Several explosions came around the big clock and it began to explode even faster. The Smashers looked down at the group who was moaning a little in pain but managed to see the clock blowing up. They all saw a huge explosion that caused a lot of smoke before it vanished by the dark winds.

Unfortunately, Twink was a little bit too close to the clock's explosions (since he was hiding behind it) that he got covered in soot and floated to Geno. "...This is the last time I assist someone in battle."

"Y-you..." Marth muttered as he slowly got up by Ike. "D-defeated it?"

"Of course we did," Mallow said. "You guys were biting the dust for who knows when and we came here to save your but-"

"Mallow, that's enough," Geno said as they helped the others to get up from the floor. "You had a hard time with it, right?"

"Hard time?" Sonic (blocking his eyebrow) repeated in annoyance. "That big countdown didn't let me move when I wanted!"

"A-and mostly..." Chris coughed. "Because it turned us into mushrooms and then..."

Peach shrugged. "I-I don't want to remember that again..."

"Well," Link looked at the injured team. "You should recover from your wounds."

"And us as well," Snake wiped the sweat from between his eyes. "We're already worn out."

"Chris..." Mario said as he panted a little. "C-can you heal us?"

"I-I'll try...but it could take a while." Chris said.

"Meh, I'll give you a hand." Mallow offered.

"Good idea," Geno nodded. "Since we pressed the switches, that door should be unlocked by now. But right now, we need to heal ourselves first before we proceed further...to Smithy's factory..."

As Chris changed to his Fonyc Hymn User job, he looked down in depression (something that Lucario noticed). "I feel bad...after we were defeated like that..."

"I'm sorry..." Lucario looked down. "I should've acted faster to deal the first attack..."

"N-no, it's okay..." Chris said before forcing a small smile at him. "This is going to teach us both a lesson...right?"

"...Maybe..." Lucario said with a nod while Chris's staff glowed.

Lucas looked up to the dark winds and made a worried expression. "(How are the others doing right now? Are they doing something else than fighting like us?)"

Smash Mansion
Outside

A creepy wind brushed the grass around the mansion while the lonely 15 figures were standing in an arc formation in the front of the mansion's entrance.

"..." Popo got bored and turned to the mansion.

Nana grabbed his shoulder and pulled him back. "Oh, no, you won't go inside and take a nap." Nana said.

"But Nana!" Popo began. "We've been staring at that lonely hill to the city and look!" he pointed up where the clouds were gathering thunders. "It's gonna rain!"

"With rain or not," Samus began as she put a hand on her arm cannon. "Protecting the mansion is our first priority."

"Can my bed be the first one?" Popo asked.

"That's like the 2389th, Popo." Nana said with a frown.

"That low? Then what's the 2388th?"

"Look, it doesn't matter!"

"They're coming," Mewtwo began. "Be prepared."

"At last," Wolf forwned. "I was about to leave this place."

Far away on the hill, they saw small figures hopping along the other side of the hill before they all revealed to be a band of Shysters and Dark Mack.

C. Falcon made a confused look. "...Are they...riding..."

"Pogoes?" Yoshi finished.

"And the stupidity finally came around," Falco frowned. "Seriously, what the heck do they think they will do with pogoes?"

"POGOES!" Popo yelled in horror (causing everyone else to frown in shame) and hid behind her sister. "N-Nana, they're riding pogoes! You must embrace yourself an-"

"We'll embrace ourselves but TOGETHER, got that?!" Nana asked in fury as she pulled her brother in front of her. "I'm getting sick of that stupid attitude of yours! You didn't use to be like this THAT much..."

Popo looked down for a moment in depression.

"...(Hang on a second...Popo, getting depressed?... Did I hit something in him?)"

"I-I-ah, killer pogoes! Protect me from them!" Popo yelled scared.

"Oh, brother..." Nana frowned.

"They're coming here," Pit said as he took out his dual blades. "We shouldn't underestimate them."

"Exactly," Roy nodded as he unsheated the Sword of Seals. "Underestimating them isn't a good option now."

The Shysters came hopping all the way to them on their pogoes, with Dark Mack using his big pogo-sword in the center of their own arc formation. When they were 10 feet away from the Smashers, they all stopped except for Dark Mack who jumped in the front and stopped.

"So, are you the oh-so dangerous guy of this army of...whatever they are?" Toon Link asked.

"Shy Guys on pogoes." Luigi pointed out.

"Shysters!" Dark Mack yelled angrily. "You're those imbeciles who've been a real pain to Lord Smithy, aren't you?"

"Sadly, for you," Zelda said as she put a hand on her forehead. "I was waiting for someone else more...threatening than yourself. No offense."

"WHAT?!" Dark Mack pointed at her. "How dare you address me as not threatening?! I am the most dangerous lieutenant of the Smithy Gang!"

"You're riding a freaking pogo, for the love of god..." Nana said with a frown.

"Pogoes are awesome," a Shyster said. "They help you jump so high!"

"How high?" Yoshi asked.

"4 feet!"

Yoshi blinked before he used a double jump and reach 15 feet. The Shysters, who were all hopping stopped their hops in surprise as the Yoshi landed back and looked at them.

"..." they all began to retreat.

"COME BACK HERE!" Dark Mack yelled loudly. The Shysters gasped and hopped quickly to their previous positions. "just because there's someone who doesn't use a pogo to jump that high doesn't mean we're far outmached!"

"W-we don't Shadow Bugs as you, Lord Mack!" a Shyster said.

"You can still show them who's better!"

"I'm starting to get sick of this waiting," Meta Knight said as he took out Galaxia. "Prepare to fight or else we will start the first strike."

"Oh no," Dark Mack shook his head with a chuckle. "We'll start like this..."

He snapped his fingers and before their eyes, many Shysters appeared around the woods surrounding the mansion. They looked around before the sounds of glass shattering was heard.

"Damn, they're entering the mansion from the back side!" C. Falcon said. "We should get inside an-"

Explosions began to appear inside the mansion and the screams of agony from the Shysters were heard.

"...Is Master Hand dealing with all of them?" Olimar asked as he looked at the bright lights coming from the main lobby.

"What do you know, he's doing something." Roy said.

"Oh well, it doesn't matter," Dark Mack said. "You still have my own army to deal with. They're pretty strong, I warn you."

The Shysters seemed to sweat when his boss wasn't looking at them.

"I've had enough of this conversation," Mewtwo said as he opened his hand at them while everyone else prepared to fight. "Let's end this."

Kingdom Hearts II - Working Together

"Shysters!" Dark Mack held out his right hand to the Smashers. "Attack and don't leave any remains left!"

"Y-yes, Lord Mack, sir!" the Shysters nodded in panic before they hopped towards the Smashers, who ran forward to initiate the battle.

"Go away, freak!" Nana yelled as she slammed her hammer on a Shyster's face and blasted him away easily. "What the...was that all?"

"Hey," Popo stepped besides her. "Those guys are not that hard in reality!"

"Duh! They're riding pogoes!"

"O-oh my..." Olimar muttered as 3 Shysters were hopping around him. "L-leave me alone!" he yelled as he pluck out several Pikmins that he tossed at the Shysters. The Pikmins began to bang on the Shysters' heads and they screamed and fell off from their pogoes. Olimar looked around in confusion as the Shysters (or Shy Guys) tried to get the Pikmins off. "...Yay?" he cheered in confusion.

Samus shot a missile to 2 Shysters. When the missile exploded, the Shysters screamed in pain and were pushed away from their pogoes and vanished upon making contact with the grass. "...They're not giving that much of a problem..."

"Look out!" Popo yelled to Pit as a Shyster jumped high and went to crush Pit's head. The angel blocked his head before the pgo-sword touched his arms...but he didn't feel nothing. He felt a small scratch that couldn't be defined as attack as the Shyster hopped back to the ground. "Oh no! You got attacked!"

"...But it wasn't that strong..." Pit said before taking his bow and shooting an arrow to the same Shyster, who yelled and tried to escape but he got hit and pushed away from his pogo, where he disappeared when he touched the ground. "And my arrows are the weakest attacks I have..."

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHH!!!" Luigi was running away from 4 Shysters that chased after him.

Meta Knight frowned and used Drill Rush to push them all away from the green plumber. Every single Shyster yelled in pain before they vanished with their pogoes. The Star Warrior stopped spinning forward and looked at a somewhat frightened Luigi. "Please, don't degrade yourself even more that you are right now. It's embarrassing."

Luigi gulped. "B-but their masks are scary..."

He looked at Meta Knight's mask and got the true definition of scary.

Luigi gulped. "N-not like yours, of course..."

"There is one behind you."

Luigi turned around and made a ridiculous fighting stance. "I-I can see your soul! F-fight me!"

There was no one behind him at all and he turned to look at the knight.

"...W-why did you trick me?"

Meta Knight took a closer step to him and Luigi backed away. "Dare to show that attitude when I'm around and I'm going to kill you."

Luigi's pupils shrunk and he trembled with goosebumps. "K-k-k-k-k-k-k-k-kill me?!"

Meta Knight nodded...but then shook his head. "No. Just fight and stop turning into a big coward."

"I-I'm not a coward!"

"Good." Meta Knight said before he went after more Shysters.

Luigi gulped and tried to find a lonely Shyster.

"F-fear the lordship of Lord Mack!" a Shyster proclaimed as he was jumping back from Wolf, who got closer and closer to him. "F-fear me as well!"

Wolf quickly grabbed the Shyster, pushed the pogo away and shoved the mask wielder's face to his. "I've got something here for you."

"W-what, s-supreme fighter?" the Shyster tried to beg for mercy by complementing the thug.

Wolf raised his right claw sideways and the index claw shone for a second towards the tip. "My claw."

The Shyster gulped. "P-please! I-I'll join you!"

"I don't accept freaks with masks."

The Shyster removed his mask (and for some reason, the screen looked from behind the Shyster as Wolf narrowed his eye at him. "T-there! No mask!"

Wolf, ignoring that he was the first person who had ever seen a Shy Guy's face (or second to Luigi at the second tennis tourney), punched the small enemy to the grass where it vanished (with mask) as the thug crossed his arms and frowned. "Nobody is worthy to be called an enemy these days..."

"Ha!" Zelda slashed 2 Shysters with her palm's magic and they were sent blasting away before vanishing. "I'm not putting my best effort and they're so easy to kill."

"These guys are not even worth it," Falco said as he held a Shyster by his neck and delivered a strong punch to send him away. "Heck, I bet a pebble can defeat them."

"Oh, let me try that!" Popo said as he picked up a pebble and tossed it to a Shyster, who was sent away before vanishing after the pebble touched him. "Score!"

"..." Falco facepalmed and decided to use his Blaster to eliminate most of them even faster. He yawned out loud. "I can imagine how the others are doing inside that sword in the city."

Dark Mack watched all his troup getting annihilated and obliterated by every single Smashers. Very soon, he would be the last remaining from the entire army of weak enemies. "D-didn't you say you were stronger this time?!" Dark Mack asked inrritation.

He felt a presence behind him and hopped to turn, where he found Mewtwo with crossed arms.

"Your fate is so easy to predict now," Mewtwo said as he glowed a little. "Prepare to die."

"I'm very different from these idiots!" Dark Mack yelled as he raised a hand to create a big flame that he tossed to Mewtwo, who used Confusion to re-direct the attack back.

"Too easy." Mewtwo said with a frown.

"BURN ALIVE!" Dark Mack yelled as he waved his hand towards Mewtwo to re-direct the flame back, but with a faster speed that caught Mewtwo off-guard and was hit by the scorching flames.

"U-ugh!" Mewtwo twitched in pain and backed away a little.

Dark Mack held a small flame on his right palm. "I can control any kind of fire here. Reflecting them back will just make them even stronger and faster for you to evade and resist respectively!"

"I-I should've predicted that from the beginning..." Mewtwo said as he stood up and narrowed his eyes at him. "Anyone who has the Shadow Bugs prove to be a danger."

"Exactly!" Dark Mack said as he noticed that his army of Shysters was gone while the Smashers ran towards him and stopped around the pogo-sword wielder. "Oh, lovely! Everyone's here to gang up on me? How cliché!"

"Get him!" Yoshi yelled as everyone rushed towards Dark Mack.

"FLAME WALL!"

A scorching wall of flames surrounded himself and burned everyone greatly before vanishing into small sparks and leaving all of them damaged. "D-darn, this guy is pretty different than those idiots..." Roy muttered.

Dark Mack laughed. "Hahahahahaha! Fear my power, impudents!"

"Don't get distracted in front of your enemy!" Pit yelled as he ran towards Dark Mack.

"Too slow!" Dark Mack taunted as he jumped over Pit but then struck down his pogo-sword on his back. Pit felt a strong pain running through his back as he crashed into the ground while Dark Mack jumped several feet back.

"U-ugh..." Pit moaned in pain. "B-be careful of that...toy... I-it's not...weak...like the others...were..."

"Hahahahaha!" Dark Mack laughed. "I'm up against 15 people and they can even land a proper hit on me!"

"Oh yeah?" Falco asked before his began to shoot the enemy with several shots of his Blaster. Hovewer, Dark Mack evaded them by jumping at the sides, moving forward towards Falco.

"Out!" Samus yelled as she shot a big Charged Shot. The pogo wielder, as he evaded Falco's shots, jumped high over the shot and above Falco. The pilot looked up and quickly flipped back to evade a crash of the sword tip.

"Uah!" Falco yelled after a shockwave from the crash was sent around Dark Mack, pushing everyone close to him back.

"How annoying..." Mewtwo said as he charged a Shadow Ball.

"Flame!" Dark Mack yelled as he shot a scorching ball of flames towards Mewtwo.

Mewtwo didn't have another choice but to launch the Shadow Ball that collided with the ball of flames, but it persisted after the crash on the Shadow Ball and went impacting on Mewtwo, who grunted in pain and backed away. "Even with that is useless..."

"Try my new trick!" Dark Mack yelled as he jumped above his pogo-sword and it extended quickly the tip to Mewtwo's chest. The Psychic Pokémon's eyes widened after the harsh hit landed on him and he started to cough some blood while the tip quickly returned back to he pogo and Dark Mack, who got above his pogo and laughed. "Feeling a burning pain now?"

"U-ugh..." Mewtwo knelt and panted heavily.

"You'll pay for that!" C. Falcon yelled as he rushed to Dark Mack.

The pogo wielder made flames on each hand and shot them at the captain, who sidestepped from the blow and continued to rush to him.

"Oh no!" Dark Mack said as he made another flame and quickly turned his back to shot the fast ball to Meta Knight, who got pushed back but landed on his feet. "Let's not forget about you too!" he yelled as he hopped over C. Falcon and impacted the tip of his pogo by extending it down on him.

"UGH!" C. Falcon was sent away to a tree where he hit with his back and slid down to touch the ground.

"Useless pests," Dark Mack muttered as he made another flame on his right hand. "You should be burned for much as I care!"

Toon Link saw that Dark Mack was close to the trees and he suddenly got an idea. "Hey, pogo-dork! Get this!" he yelled as he aimed his arrow at him.

"An arrow? That's the best you have?" Dark Mack asked with a laugh before shooting the flame to Toon Link, who then shot his arrow narrowly missing the flame and the cartoony swordsman sidestepped to evade the blow.

Dark Mack remained in his position as the arrow passed right above his shoulder. "Have a better aim next tim-" he got interrupted when the same arrow returned back to him and hit his neck. "UGH! W-what the heck?! H-how did this thing hit me from behind?!" he asked as he turned to the trees, finding no one. "Why?!"

"Pay more attention!" Roy yelled as he quickly stopped behind Dark Mack and used Double Edge to push the pogo wielder 4 times.

"He's staggering. Now's our chance to deal some blows!" Nana yelled as the Smashers rushed to the enemy.

"N-not falling off..." Dark Mack muttered and he almost stumbled back. "Not falling of-"

"Idiot," Wolf muttered as leaped to Dark Mack and dug his right claw on his mask before taking it by scratching his mask downward. "Did that hurt? I hope so."

"A-away!" Dark Mack yelled as shot a small flame to Wolf and pushed him away. The pogo wielder saw a Charged Shot about to crash on him...oh wait, it crashed on him. "AAHH!!!"

Then an egg crashed on his mask as well.

"Stop throwing those things at me!" Dark Mack yelled before he was pushed back by Yoshi from above as he used Yoshi Bomb and crashed on the ground. "There you are!"

"What about me?" Toon Link asked behind Dark Mack before slashing his sword 2 times on the sides of the tip of the pogo. Dark Mack almost lost balance but managed to hold on.

"Flame Wall!" Dark Mack extended his hands at the sides and spun them doing arcs of flames that pushed Yoshi and Toon Link to the air. "Try this! Hahahahaha!" Dark Mack jumped to the ground, but his hands remained on the handle of the pogo and he quickly aimed the tip to Yoshi before extending it rapidly to his stomach. Yoshi felt a big pain and he tried to resist it before he crashed on the ground.

"I-I'm not feeling so well..." Yoshi said as he grabbed his stomach in pain.

"Flame!" Dark Mack yelled before shooting a ball of flame to Yoshi. The Yoshi couldn't move after the hit but then he was grabbed from the neck by a fast arm before the flames exploded on the ground.

"P-phew... Thank you..." Yoshi thanked Sheik.

"Be glad I was close to you or else you could've been burned badly." Sheik said.

"Who wants some more?" Dark Mack asked. "I have plenty of energy and flames here to burn anything down to the ground!"

"Then let's try flames." Falco said as he pulled his fists back and got engulfed in flames.

"Fool!" Dark Mack held his hands to the avian and Falco suddenly felt his own flames burning him instead of helping him.

"AAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Falco yelled in pain before the flames ceased and he fell down to the ground with several burn marks on his feathers. "D-d-dangit... I-I should've remembered..."

"Another one who wants to try fire with me? I'll only make your own fire betray you so you can suffer the consequences!"

"L-listen to him..." said a weakened Mewtwo close to a tree. "He can control the fire and make it burn even more... Don't use any fire attacks or you'll regret it..."

"Oh," Dark Mack turned to him. "I forgot about you. Only one more hit and you're out to the loser's bench..." he made flames on his hands. "Nah, make it the burned bench of burned losers! Mwahahahahaha!"

"Stop!" Popo and Nana yelled as they jumped towards Dark Mack and used Blizzard to try and cool down the flame balls.

"Dorks!" Dark Mack yelled as the Ice Climbers landed on the ground before he used Flame Wall to push them away to some trees. "My flames can't be cooled down either! Water can't as well!"

Thunders began to roar in the dark clouds of the night.

"Don't even think the clouds will help you either!" Dark Mack said before he noticed Olimar walking towards him. "Pfft, this guy is the best or what?" he held several flames above his hands. "Hope you get roasted inside that helmet of yours!"

"G-go!" Olimar yelled as he flung 3 Red Pikmins to the pogo wielder.

"Ha!" Dark Mack fired his flame balls to the Red Pikmins. However, the flames only went through them without burning them and they latched on his mask before banging on it. "OWW! OWW! G-et off me!" he tried to burn them by covering himself with fire, but they kept banging and banging. "GET-OFF-NOW!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 16, 2009, 10:06:50 PM
"K-keep going!" Olimar cheered to his Pikmins. "He can't retaliate witho-"

The Pikmin Captain gasped when Dark Mack stuck his pogo-sword in the ground, pullet himself back and went forward to shake the Pikmins off to a tree, where they were killed once they touched it.

"M-my Pikmins! Nooo!!!" Olimar yelled.

"Shut up!" Dark Mack yelled as he jumped back to the ground, pointed his pogo at Olimar and extended the tip to him quickly, dealing a very strong blow that made Olimar's eyes open in pain as he embraced himself.

"O-oww..." Olimar moaned.

The tip pulled itself back to Dark Mack and he jumped on the top of the pogo. "And no more Pikmins things at my mask, got that?!"

He saw Sheik lunging at him with kunais between all her fingers. "Let's see if my kunais can pierce that mask of yours." Sheik said as she tossed the kunais quickly.

Dark Mack waved a flaming hand to create a small wall of fire that made the kunais bump and fell down to the ground. "Projectiles are useless as we-" he stopped once Sheik kicked right to his mask and was pushed away from the pogo-sword. "AAAAAAHHHHH!!! H-how dare you?!"

Sheik grabbed the pogo and looked at Dark Mack. "You're useless without this, right?"

Dark Mack made flame balls on his hands. "I still have my fire magic with me. Give me that or else you'll suffer!"

"You want it?"

"Yes!"

"You really want it?"

"YES!"

"You really, really want it?"

"YE-" Dark Mack's neck was suddenly slashed by a fast claw that dug itself on him. He yelled in pain and tried to look behind him where Wolf was, a smirk on his face. "T-TAKE THAT FILTHY CLAW OFF MY NECK!"

"With pleasure." Wolf said as he took the claw out by first closing it and pulling the pogo wielder to the ground.

"Got you!" Roy and Pit yelled in unison as they jumped towards Dark Mack and raised their weapons up before pointing them down to his mask.

"BEGONE!" Dark Mack yelled as he used Flame Wall to push the 2 away. He quickly got up and looked around for his pogo. "Where did that ninja go with my pogo?!"

"Oww!"

He heard a yell coming from some trees where Yoshi was rubbing his tail while Toon Link had the pogo laying down on the ground. "Can't you break it?" Toon Link asked.

"I-I can't break this..." Yoshi said. "E-even with Yoshi Bomb...it's too hard..."

"GIVE IT BACK TO ME!" Dark Mack yelled loudly as he shot several flame balls to the trees. The 2 gasped as the trees ignited and they ran away from the trees with the pogo.

Unfortunately, they ran to Dark Mack without seeing him.

"You're MINE!" Dark Mack yelled before he used Flame Wall to scorch the 2 greatly. Toon Link let the pogo for a moment, giving Dark Mack enough time to grab it and stand on top of it. "Aw, sweet deadly weapon. How much did I miss yo-" he was interrupted as he lost his pogo again by a weak Falco, who was charging a kick in front of him to push the pogo on its blade. "DAMMIT!"

"H-hey," Falco began as he grabbed the enemy with his right hand on his neck. "T-this is for making my own fire damage me..."

He started to hit him with his right knee on his mask. Dark Mack grunted more and more before he made a flame ball behind his back and pushed it to Falco's face, causing a severe burning attack on the pilot who yelled in pain and backed away.

"I had enough!" Dark Mack yelled as he ran at Falco, pulled hands back that had flame balls and pushed them towards Falco's chest.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Falco screamed in severe pain as an explosion of fire engulfed him and Dark Mack. Some of the others gasped as smoke came out from him before he fell down and dropped defeated.

"You..." Dark Mack panted. "This...happened...bacause...you were...annoying..."

"You shall pay."

"Who said that?!" Dark Mack asked as he turned around before getting a strong slash across his mask. "AAAAAAAAHHH!!!"

Meta Knight, who did the previous slash, grabbed Dark Mack and hit him with the spikes of his wings. The masked warrior pushed Dark Mack into the ground , stood above him and attacked him with the tip of his purple boots at an insane rate before crashing them down to push Dark Mack away.

"U-ugh..." Dark Mack panted as he picked his pogo nearby and stood on it. "I-I'm not defeated yet... I can still fight and...burn you all...to the ground..."

"Try that," Samus said. "We dare you."

"W-we?" Luigi asked from behind a tree.

"You there! Come here and fight!" Nana demanded.

"Stay focused, because I'm not done yet!" Dark Mack yelled as he created more flames and shot them at them while the fire of them covered the screen.

Exor
Gate

Super Mario RPG – Weapons Factory

The infiltration team walked towards where the Machine Mades previously were. They were all completely healed thanks to Chris (who was in his ISOKFMG) and Mallow's healing magic.

"Where did they go?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Who cares?" Mallow asked as he pointed at the door. "Our sweet path is right passing that arc!"

"B-before we go...Lucario?" Chris asked to Lucario.

"Right away," Lucario said with a nod before he glowed and inspected the area past the arc. "..."

"Did you get something this time?" Pikachu asked.

"...Grrrrrr..."

"I don't like that grunt at all..." Pichu shuddered.

"I sense some familiar presences  nearby..." Lucario said before he stopped glowing and opened his eyes. "There are 13 of them."

"Can you see who or how do they look like?" Ness asked.

"...I can't tell," Lucario shook his head. "The winds here blow many dark energy and it can't let me see clearly the person in another area. Only in this area I can find people."

"Is your aura fine?" Chris asked concerned.

"Don't worry. My aura is at its normal level. This is not like the Netherworld."

"We better get prepared even more for anything ahead," Geno said as he began walking to the arc. "If this is the main path to Smithy, then it's most likely the forces that he has are going to be more dangerous this time around."

"We already beat 2 legless idiots, a big snake and a f(beep)d up clock with annoying bells," Snake said as Geno turned and glared at him for his curse. "Next time you'll see a freaking tea cup sipping hot tea on the floor to burn our feet."

Peach gasped and she looked at the tea cup she was holding delicately on her right hand.

"Peach, is not your tea cup..." Mario trailed off.

"Phew..." Peach sighed in relief and Snake frowned.

Lucas gulped and took out Rope Snake. "W-watch over me, okay?"

"You watch over me!" Rope Snake said.

"W-what?"

"I-I mean, yeah! Sure! Good old Rope Snake will watch your back!" he hid inside ucas's pocket. "...From over here, of course."

"Y-y-y-y-y-y-y-y-"

"What are you trying to say?" Ness asked.

"Y-y-y-y-y-y-aw, I can't curse to him!" Lucas said with an ashamed look.

"At least there's somebody here who can't curse..." Geno muttered as they proceeded below the arc.

The next floor was big. It looked very wide and there were several piles of failed Machine Mades on the edges. The Smashers looked around the place and they found a big iron wall with some double doors.

"...." Mallow went to the wall and leaned his right ear (if he had one) to listen to something on the other side of it. "...I hear machines...conveyor belts moving...machines being made...gears moving..."

"Smithy is past that door," Geno said. "Or more accurately, deeper in that factory."

"So, we have to break down these doors?" Link asked.

"They seem big to me..." Ike trailed off unsure.

Geno used Geno Beam to destroy the doors, but it only remained touching it before it vanished and didn't leave any marks on it. "And very resistant." Geno added.

"Now this is a problem..." Fox crossed his arms and closed his eyes to think of something.

"Should we use a Final Smash?" Kirby asked.

Meanwhile, close to the arc, there was Sonic trying to communicate with Dark Super Sonic. "You bastard, you hear me there?" Sonic asked with a glare.

"What do you want now?" Dark Super Sonic asked inside his mind.

"Get rid of this stupid eyebrow, now."

"Why should I?" he chuckled. "It looks so good on you."

"It doesn't!" Sonic yelled (but the others didn't hear him). "It looks worthless, useless and stupid. Get rid of it!"

"No," his voice turned more menacing. "I won't listen to you...nah, make it never."

"Too bad," Sonic said. "I'm the one in charge here and you're just a pest inside my mind. Get out before I make you go away."

"How?" Dark Super Sonic (who suddenly appeared in a reflection of Sonic's mind on his forehead, but only his mouth and part of his neck) asked with a smirk. "If you knew how, you should've done it for quite a while. I like this place, or should I say your mind? Heheheh..."

"(D-darn you...)"

"I can still read your mind and your thought as well. Basically, my dear slave, I can see anything you see, or think for that matter."

"Look," Sonic's glare narrowed. "Get out, leave me alone, get rid of the eyebrow, and I'll be good."

"Sort out those demands first."

Sonic grunted. "Get rid of the eyebrow, get out, leave me alone, and I'll be good."

"Weeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeell..."

"So?" Sonic raised his eyebrow and later cursed under his breath.

"...No."

"DAMMIT!" Sonic's voice turned deeper by Dark Super Sonic. "YOU BETTER LEAVE MY MIND BEFORE I SMACK YOU ONE BUT HARD!!!"

The hedgehog stopped yelling, blinked with small pupils and noticed everyone looking at him with confused looks.

"...I knew something was wrong with you the first moment I saw your face for the first time, hedgehog." Snake said.

Sonic gulped. "I-I was just cursing because I hate this place so much like all of us do..." his voice seemed to turn back to normal.

"...But don't go that far..." Geno shook his head. "I hate it so much but I don't express my thoughts like that."

"Or never." Twink said.

"W-well..." Sonic chuckled and smiled worried. "L-let's put our minds together and open that door!"

"..." the others simply turned their backs to him and Sonic sighed before turning to the arc.

"Thank you. Now they think I'm a freak." Sonic muttered with a glare.

"Oh, you're welcome," Dark Super Sonic said with a smirk. "Freak."

"Grrrrr..."

Sonic didn't notice that his eyebrow disappeared, but his fangs returned and some fur was sprouting out from his ankles.

"Well, enjoy my new previews," Dark Super Sonic said with a chuckle. "Can't wait for the full thing, though."

"I'll find a way to get you out," Sonic threatened. "When that happens, you'll be sorry."

"We'll see who's sorry first. For now, I gotta go and wait for tomorrow's night. Full moon will be around the sky's corner and I don't want to miss that."

"...Huh?" Sonic sensed that his dark self disappeared. "Dammit, he went away... And now I have fangs and hair out from my shoes..."

The hedgehog frowned and walked to the others, making sure his fangs didn't stick out or his fur as he pulled the cloth up to cover both ankles.

Then Pikachu went to him and gave him another paper.

I know what happened just now. Mwahahahahahaha...

Sonic ripped the paper. "Let me guess, you weren't looking and that odd note was there in your hand."

"Heheheheh..." Pikachu chuckled embarrassed. "Pretty much..."

"...But who in their sane mind would write down the evil laugh?" Sonic asked.

"And I'm supposed to know?" Pikachu asked with a bored look before turning his back to him.

"...(Who could it be?)" Sonic thought.

"...Nope, not a single clue how to open these doors," Link turned to the arc. "The city's done for. Let's go bac-"

Geno grabbed Link's right shoulder and pulled him back. "No surrendering."

"Then fine!" Link threw his hands up. "Do you have an idea then?!"

Lucario blinked before he glared up to the sky. "Here they come!"

Everyone looked above and found several figures dropping down. "Dammit, I knew there was a trick behind all this!" Ness said before he made a green flash come out from his head. "PK Flash!"

The fully charged explosion exploded and the PK kid noticed Snake tossing 3 grenades upwards, where they exploded and created a bigger explosion above their heads.

The Smashers noticed 13 figures spreading to the floor...where they crashed with soot marks around themselves.

"Huh?" Fox felt something biting his boot and he looked down, where a familiar Piranha Plant didn't move. "You again?"

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" it yelled before it dug itself back to the floor and appeared besides one of the 14.

"W-why do you STILL wear those heavy and hard boots around?!" the same Piranha Plant asked with tears coming from somewhere of its head. "M-my poor fangs, they're shattering apart again!"

Super Mario RPG – Here's Some Weapons

"Dammit!" a figure stood up and cursed. "Our entrance got ruined because Red Ninjakoopa said it was going to work!"

"My fault?!" another figure asked. "It was YOUR fault last time I checked, stupid Axem Ranger!"

"Stop!" a figure...you know what? Let's say their names already. Yaridovich stood up and walked to Axem Red and Red Ninjakoopa. "You better stop arguing right now. Now it's not the time to be bickering!"

"Like, right!" Axem Pink stood up and took out a napkin to clean herself. "Like, our plans should be working by now, but yelling isn't one of them!"

"No! Our magnificent entrance got screwed over!" Axem Green said. "Why must our awesome entrances be ruined like this?"

"Give me a break!" Green Ninjakoopa frowned. "We know we're awesome, but the fault is all yours!"

"Ours?!" Axem Green repeated before glaring at him. "You should be the one apologizing and feel the utter failure along with us!"

"A-and pray for a better tomorrow..." Axem Yellow looked up with closed eyes.

"Guys, GUYS!" Yellow Ninjakoopa yelled to calm all of them. "Put yourselves together! Today should be our best day ever!" he looked at Black Ninjakoopa. "Black! Say something smart for once!"

"Heheh, stop..." Black Ninjakoopa chuckled.

"...Main point given!" Yellow Ninjakoopa said. "Yeah, that's our smart...er...smart Black!"

"Smart, nya?" Bowyer asked as he pointed down at Black Ninjakoopa (or Black N. For short). "Sum 1 plus 1 he can't do at all, nya! You call that smart?"

"Heheh, smart..." Black N. Repeated with a chuckle.

"Mind never, nya!"

"Mind never? You're the retard here!" Axem Red said angrily.

"Red, let's not get angrier." Axem Black suggested.

"Shut your mouth! I'm the leader here and you can't give me orders!"

"I'm just suggesting what's best, and it is the best thing we should do."

"Shut up, shut up!" Axem Red covered his ears (if he had any). "I don't want to hear anything!"

"I want to have my fangs back!" LPP cried out.

"I want to fight here!" Yaridovich yelled.

"I want like, to clean myself from this ugly-ugly thing! It makes me feel like, u-g-l-y!" Axem Pink cried out.

"I want food!" Axem Yellow yelled.

"I want my entrance!" Axem Green yelled.

"I want respect!" Red N. yelled.

"Heheh, laugh..." Black N. muttered.

"I want attention!" Green N. yelled.

"Fight I want, nya!" Bowyer yelled.

"I want somebody to hear my best suggestions!" Axem Black yelled.

"Shut up, all of you!" Yaridovich yelled with irritation. "This stupid entrance thing put us off the track. If somebody should get punished for this, that somebody should be the stupid axe wielders!"

"Rude, we have names!" Axem Green said with a glare. "Heck, we come from the same place, work with you in the same area and you don't know our names?"

"I rather not!" Yaridovich spat back. "I can't believe you're a higher rank than mine!"

"Or mine, nya!" Bowyer said angrily.

"Shut up!" Red N. yelled. "I don't know how we ended up with a bunch of retards like you, machines!"

"Yourself speak for, nya!" Bowyer yelled. "Better than you, a machine can do, nya!"

"Ugh!" Yellow N. blocked his ears. "I-I've had enough of that twisted language of yours! Who do think you are?"

"A higher autority, nya! Than these guys, I'm better, nya!"

"You? Better?" Axem Black frowned. "You're a freaking bow with a distorted language and very sick eyes!"

"I-in the same group, we are, nya," Bowyer said. "More respect, give me, nya!"

"You're the second worst machine than all of your species!" Green N. yelled.

"Then how's the first one?" Axem Red asked.

"Irony." Red N. said with a bored look.

"...Oh, you DIDN'T address me as the worst, did you?!"

"Ha! I did!" he shoved his face to Axem Red. "Wanna make something out of it?"

"Heck yeah!" Axem Red spat back. "I have my pals here who can own your pals! Isn't that right?"

Axem Yellow was rubbing his stomach before Axem Red slapped his face. "Y-yeah! Whatever you say!"

Yaridovich took out his spear. "I have a better idea. Why don't we shut the other's mouth forever and see who gets to fight the Smashers?"

The Axem Rangers (except Axem Pink) took out their axes, Bowyer took several arrows out while the Koopa Bros...took out ninja weapons.

Kingdom Hearts II - Rowdy Rumble

It seemed that the Axem Rangers, the Koopa Bros., Yaridovich, LPP and Bowyer were arguing like complete retards/idiots/dorks/stupids by no reason at all. Crystal King and Huff N. Puff, meanwhile, were watching all the unnecessary madness from the edge of the wide floor, where the big iron doors were.

"...I'm surrounded by idiots..." Crystal King muttered.

"You're an idiot too." Huff N. Puff said.

"S-shut up!"

"No, you shut up!" Huff N. Puff yelled back.

And with that, every single villain was either yelling or cursing out loud at each other.

The Smashers, completely confused and utterly speechless, where watching all of them...doing whatever they were doing.

"...They're back?" Lucas asked.

"Looks like it..." Ness frowned.

"And sadly..." Snake frowned. "They're even more stupid than they used to be."

"They're not stupid..." Mario trailed off. "They're....uncomprehended."

"Isn't that for babies?" Twink asked.

"It applies to them as well, it seems..." Link sweatdropped.

"I feel so bad for them..." Chris closed his eyes in shame. "They looked more menacing in the games they were in...but in person they're at the point to break up in rage."

"...I want to ask something." Ike asked.

"What?" Pichu asked.

"If we defeat them...are the doors going to open?"

"...Well," Sonic began. "If my world, if you defeat a big enemy, something opens or gives you something to open something else."

"Really?" Peach asked. "That happens in my world too."

"Weird. In my world, that happens too." Link said.

"E-er, that happens in a lot of games and your worlds are not so different." Chris said embarrased.

Marth looked at all the villains arguing with each other. More seconds passed, and they began to fight between each other by punching, using magic or with whatever thing they used to fight (except for Axem Pink, who was busy cleaning herself from the soot, and LPP, who was moaning in pain for his shattered fangs).

"...Are they ignoring us?" Marth asked before he looked down, where Fox was sitting down with crossed legs and chin resting on his right palm with a bored look. "What is it with you now?".

"I was asking for a challenge this time...and we got them from all the people." Fox said before he yawned. "Enemies these days shouldn't be considered enemies anymore to me..."

"That is sad..." Lucario agreed with a nod.

"Definitely," Geno agreed as well before shaking his head. "T-that doesn't matter! We need to defeat them!"

Ness sat close to Fox in the same position. "Why? They're destroying each other as we speak."

"Can't we just...I don't know, watch them kill themselves?" Pikachu asked as he jumped to Chris's shoulder and extended his little arms on it before yawning. "I want to get a little rest here if you don't mind..."

"No," Geno shook his head and pointed at Axem Pink. "She's out from the arguments."

"Not now." Mallow said.

"What?" the puppet saw a flame going towards the same Axem Ranger before she got burned, thus covering her in more soot than before.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Axem Pink squealed in horror. "M-my makeup is running up so much! H-how dare you?!" she yelled before she took her axe and went after the villains.

"...Well..." Geno looked at LPP crying in an edge. "What about him?"

"M-my world is not my world without my fangs!" LPP yelled loudly before he looked down to the abyss. "I'll suicide myself!" he yelled loudly as he dove down to the dark abyss...but he forgot he was forever tied to safe ground and the only thing he did was hang on from below the floor. "Dammit! This is my hell!"

"..." Twink saw Yaridovich using Water Blast on Axem Red and Green N. before Axem Black tackled him down, before Bowyer shot an arrow on his back, before Axem Pink banged her axe on the bow guy, before Axem Black tossed several bombs (using Spritz Bombs) on Crystal King, before Yellow N. lunged at him, before Huff N. Puff blew wind angrily, before Axem Yellow tossed a disgusting bubble to him, before Red N. used Shell Toss (passing below the cloud but hitting Axem Red).

Then before Axem Black chuckled and before he heard LPP lamenting.

"...This is so sad..." Twink shook himself. "So, but so sad..."

"...Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaawwwww..." Chris yawned out loud. "How did we get worked up when we fought them again?"

"They had Shadow Bugs before...but they don't anymore." Lucario pointed out.

"Oh, so true."

"But why?" Pikachu asked grogily.

"Simple," Snake began. "His boss saw how stupid they were with the Shadow Bugs and he decided to take the bugs away from them, forever."

"Well, that's good news," Jigglypuff said as Axem Red and Red N. were punching each other without using their weapons. "Besides the fact they're doing the work for us."

"TAKE THIS!" Axem Red yelled as he delivered a punch to Red N.'s nose. "SNEEZE!"

"ACHOO!" Red N. sneezed...on the Axem Ranger.

"YEW!" Axem Red backed away in disgust before Red N. pinned him down with his hands.

"Like, taste steel!" Axem Pink yelled as she slammed her axe on Bowyer.

"Nya!" Bowyer twitched in pain from the attack on his stomach before he aimed at her with 2 arrows that he shot.

"Like, that hurts!" Axem Pink yelled as she tumbled back before she regained control and jumped at Bowyer.

"Wanna eat?!" Yellow N. asked as he pinned down Axem Yellow and delivered a knee attack on his gut. "Wanna eat?!"

"Y-yes!" Axem Yellow yelled. "I-I wanna eat!"

"BANZAI!" Green N. lunged at Yellow N. to pin him down to the floor. "DIE, DIE, DIE!"

"Y-YOU I-IDIOT!" Yellow N. yelled between punches as he managed to stop his companion. "IT'S ME, YOU NUMSKULL!"

Green N. stopped punching him and scratched his neck in embarrassment. "Whoops, I thought you were the other green dud-" he stopped because Axem Green lunged at him with his axe upwards. Yellow N. got up and he was tackled down by Axem Yellow.

"Boulder!" Yaridovich yelled to call forth a rain of boulders that fell on Huff N. Puff. The cloud twitched in pain as every boulder landed on him before he managed to cast down a thunder on the floor to electrocute the spear weapon. "Ugh! Y-you filthy cloud!"

"Rust spear!"

"Gas cloud!"

"Stick!"

"Fat!"

Huff N. Puff gasped before he cried and lunged at Yaridovich in rage.

"Freeze!" Crystal King yelled before exhaling a blizzard from his mouth to Axem Black, who got frozen instantly before breaking out and using Spritz Bombs to call a small rain of small bombs that exploded around the king. "Damn you!"

"Likewise," Axem Black tossed his axe at the king, who sidestepped to evade the hit. "This is going to be a while..."

"Ice bolt!" Crystal King raised his sleeves and an ice bolt fell down on Axem Black, frozing him again before breaking out.

"Heheh," Black N. chuckled close to the Smashers. "Hello."

"You're missing a fight over there." Sonic said.

"Heheh, I know..."

Kirby sighed, took out his hammer and slammed in on Black N.'s head.

"O-oww!" Black N. yelled. "W-what the hell, dude! What did you do that for?"

This little event surprised some of the Smashers.

"...Excuse me?" Link asked. "Why are you sounding...smarter all of a sudden?"

"Smarter? What do you mean by that? I was always myself!" Black N. said with a glare. "I dunno what happened to me before but I feel like I've been saying very, but VERY dumb things," he looked at Geno. "You there! You know what happened to me before? Ever since I drank that weird Koopa Tea a month ago, my mind has been all fussy!"

"Er...you were always chuckling by no reason and you always spoke nothing very smart at all." Geno explained.

"Is that so?" Black N. asked. "Man! I've been missing a lot, haven't I?"

"U-um...yes." Twink said.

"So, anyway," he looked at his companions. "Why are they fighting between each other? Did Yellow N. break Red N's favorite action figure again?"

"...Pretty much?" Mallow asked.

"Oh, he better not!" he glared at his companions. "Because that action figure happens to be MY favorite action figure. You're gonna pay, pals!" Black N. yelled before he ran to the fight and began fighting the villains.

"...And the common sense of all of them here thus got lost," Ness sighed. "I feel like I'm not providing some good advice."

"We don't care for them." Snake said.

"Well, that's true, but..." Ness trailed off.

"...Should we watch how they beat each other more?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Let's," Peach said as she sighed. "Who wants tea?"

"Peach, I don't want to," Chris sighed. "And we're going to do something about your trouble."

"What trouble?" Fox asked, trying to focus on something else to stay out of the boredom.

Chris didn't want help, but then he remembered something. "Do you want tea?"

"Er...I rather not." Fox shrugged, shook his head and looked back to the fight.

"Good," he turned to Peach. "Now, first we have to..."

"FIGHT, FIGHT, FIGHT!" Red N. yelled to encourage his brothers.

"SLICE THEM TO DEATH!" Axem Red yelled to encourage his companions.

"Beat this bastard!" Red N. yelled before he spun inside his shell and slammed himself on Axem Red.

"You know what? F(beep!) it," Snake took out a grenade. "Let's beat them even more while they're distracted."

"Finally! Somebody here provides a good idea!" Sonic said.

"O-kay, warm-up time!" Mallow said as he cracked his fingers forward.

Chris and Peach stopped talking. "Aw, please..." Chris frowned.

"I'll have to agree with them as well. I'm sorry, Chris." Lucario said.

Geno facepalmed and frowned. "I knew all of you always had this bad habit of violence. But can't we sit down and plan for something as they kill themselves?"

"What can we think of?" Link asked as several boulders rained down on Axem Pink and Green N.. "We haven't fought Smithy before. Only you, Mallow, Mario and Peach did."

"That's true," Geno nodded. "But I didn't say I could explain how Smithy attacks."

Many sparks flew out from Bowyer to Crystal King. "What if he has another set of moves?" Ike asked, trying to raise a point. "He should be possessed by the Shadow Bugs, right?"

Petals fell behind Lucas as some villains turned into mushrooms. "Y-yes, he should be. I don't like the attacks he will have..."

Geno sighed while explosions of water pushed Axem Yellow and Black N. from behind. "I know that very well. That's why we need to formulate our tactics, formations and strategies."

"Formations? That's going a little bit too far..." Mario trailed off while snow fell behind him, and on Axem Red and Yellow N.. "Strategies and tactics."

"Aren't both the same things?" Twink asked while an axe was flung away.

"No," Marth shook his head as a yellow shell rolled behind him with a shell-less Yellow N. running for it. Peach gasped and blocked her eyes. "A tactic implements a specified mission to achieve a specified objective, whereas a strategy is concerned with how different engagements are linked."

Kirby almost had mental short fuse as an ice bolt passed behind him. "C-can you explain that in shorter words?"

"Yes," Marth nodded. "How a battle is fought is a matter of tactics: whether it should be fought at all is a matter of strategy."

"...Oh," Chris nodded as Yellow N. ran behind him and tackled Bowyer down. "Both are almost the same, but they play a role in the same fight."

"Correct," Marth nodded while Green N. spun in his shell to hit Crystall King. "You can ask me more about that when you have the time."

"I-I know about those 2 as well so don't hesitate to ask me as well." Ike said while a boulder covered in flames fell down on Crystal King.

"That little info was...good, I guess." Pichu said with a sweatdrop while a bolt fell down on Axem Black.

"For me is completely unnecessary, though." Fox said while 2 axes were tossed away behind him.

"Strategy then!" Jigglypuff said.

"Can't we sit down and relax with sweet tea for once?" Peach asked.

"I like coffee better, so no." Snake said.

Peach gasped.

Mario grabbed the tea cup from Peach's hand and took a sip of it. This little action made Peach smile a little. "Are you going to join me, Mario?"

"Sadly, no," Mario shook his head. "We have to, and you know that. I'm sorry."

"..." Peach looked down.

"Hey," Chris (who changed to his Agent job) began. "We'll see if there's that lovely fighting spirit in you. I'll help you out while you do it."

"R-really?" Peach asked.

"But of course!" Chris knelt to her and everyone looked at him, holding Peach's right hand. "I wouldn't be a gentleman otherwise."

"...Is Chris...flirting with her?" Pikachu whispered to Mallow.

"Yeah, he is," Mallow nodded. "...And he's not bad, not bad at all."

"O-oh, then, thank you." Peach blushed a little.

And that feeling came again.

"(Oh, is that feeling again...)" Chris said.

"(Feeling?)" Peach asked confused.

"(I forgot. You don't know anything about this. I better explain this to you if you're willing to listen.)"

"(W-well...please, go ahead. I want to know what this feeling is...)"

A while later...

"(I...think I can understand it very well...)" Peach said, unsure of herself.

"(Your words, they sound worried.)" Chris said.

"(I-it's because...)"

"(Peach, listen to me,)" Chris began. "(There was once a woman who didn't decide whether to battle or not, and she was in the middle of a battle. That woman didn't like to fight at all, no matter how much she wanted. She saw her loved ones fighting to protect her. However, something horrible happened to that very same woman.)"

"(Why are you telling me this?)" Peach asked.

"(Because this is the only way to make you understand the circumstances here. Let me continue with this tale.)"

"(O-okay...)"

"(Let's see. That woman suddenly noticed a monster that wanted to eat her. She gasped and tried to run to her friends, who were still fighting the monsters in the area. She kept yelling and yelling to them so someone could come to her and save her from the monster.)"

"(What happened to that woman?)"

"(Just as one of her friends noticed her please for help...that friend leaped to the monster and raised his sword to stab the monster's heart... And a rose...wilthered that day.)"

"(...She...died?)"

"(No...she didn't die...but...her friend...he didn't have a pleasant fate...)"

"(...W-why did he...)"

"(Simple. Her friend managed to stab that monster, but it managed to bite his sides so hard that... It was very horrible for her... Whatever came from his friend was nothing more than something she didn't want to see...)"

"(B-bloo-)"

"(Stop. Such a word is so hideous...even for me...)"

And probably you wondering something. This conversation was probably the longest one between Chris and a Smasher. So, what were the others doing?

Geno tilted his head as they watched Chris holding Peach's hand without even moving at all. "They're not moving...and it's taking them so long to finish."

"Quiet," Lucario said. "If they're like this, then that means they're about to discover another Combined Final Smash."

"That explains it." Sonic said.

Jigglypuff looked at Sonic. "...Why are your ankles..."

Sonic gasped and he covered his fur. "Y-you saw nothing! Nothing!"

"O-okay! I-I saw nothing!"

Back with Chris and Peach...

"(So, let me ask you this, Peach.)" Chris began.

"(W-what?)"

"(If you don't want to fight...and if you're in risk to die...but a friend of yours steps in to protect you...but that friend ends up dying because you didn't want to fight...what will you do if that happens?)"

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift – 002 – Putting Words Together

"(...I'm...so afraid... I'll be so afraid...if that happens...)" Peach said sadly with a sob. "(I-If I can't fight...if I can't fight...h-how will I be useful?... I-I'm not worth to be a fighter at all...)"

"(Nobody is really worthy of that.)"

"(W-what?)"

"(Fights are just made so barbarians can get rid of something they don't want to see anymore through physical violence. It's a cruel world out there. Talks are not taken seriously anymore and thus, fights born from them. Everyone has to fight to express what they want to tell....and mostly because they want to protect people.)"

"(...)"

"(Why do you think we are fighting? True peace, that's right, but we also fight because we want to protect our loved ones. You love and care for many people, right?)"

"(...)"

"(And you're not alone in this cruel road to violence. Remember that there are people who will come along and protect you as well. But do fight because, otherwise, it will lead to unwanted results.)"

"(...I'll...fight...)"

"(What was that?)"

"(...I'll fight...to protect my loved ones...for the ones I care the most...and everybody else...)"

"(...Are you sure?)"

"(I made up my mind... Letting all of you fight while I sit down and try to evade the conflicts won't help me at all...not even a bit. I'll hate this for the rest of my life...but...will you promise me something?)"

"(As long it's not bad...)"

"(Would you...help me when I get in trouble during fights?)"

"(...Hahahahahaha! Definitely! Such is the true way of love!)"

"(You do know I'm not in love with you, right?)"

Music stops with a scratch

"Look at him," Twink said as toon tears began to stroll down from Chris's goggles. "He's crying very weird."

Lucario frowned to himself and made a mental note about fixing that attitude from his trainer.

"(Y-yes...I-I know that very well...)" Chris said with a somewhat-sad tone.

"(Oh, then we're clear.)"

"(Ouch...)"

"(Who said that?)"

"(N-no one! A-ahem, so, do you want to try this out?)"

"(...Please, let's do it.)"

"(Alright, sweethea-I mean, Peach.)"

Both nodded to each other and the Smashers noticed this motion. "Welcome back from Mind World. What do you want to do now?" Link asked.

Chris and Peach grabbed each other's hands. "Dance," they said in unison.

"...Mario, do something about this. Chris is getting even farther away." Jigglypuff whispered.

Mario looked at him with an annoyed look. "W-would you stop that? W-we're not like that at all!"

"Why won't you stop breathing for once?!" Axem Red yelled as he choked Red N. while the latter also did the same while they rolled around.

"After you, madam..." Chris began as he knelt to Peach.

"Oh, my... I'm flattered." Peach blushed a little.

"Dance and dance in this romantic and gorgeous night, together with me, princess!"

"Heheheh! I'd like so!" Peach said cheerfully.

"So," Ike began. "Are you 2 in love?"

"W-why did you have to remind me those awful things?!" Chris asked.

"That's it," Lucario said, having enough of that attitude. "You will speak normally before I do something about it."

"Sorry, that won't do."

"...Curse those weird jobs..." Lucario muttered.

The Smashers saw both...dancing so suddenly?

Super Mario Galaxy – Comet Observatory 3

Chris and Peach were dancing slowly but gracefully as they chuckled and laughed at some moments, as they got closer and closer to the fighting scene between the villains. The Smashers made confused look at this sudden movement.

"...Why isn't Mario doing it with her instead?" Pikachu asked.

"S-stop that!" Mario yelled annoyed.

"...They're doing it very well, though." Marth remarked.

Jigglypuff tilted her head. "Aw, that's so cute..."

"And sick," Snake frowned. "The kid got issues with his "job" things."

"...W-wait, look at that!" Lucas said surprised.

"Huh?" Bowyer saw Chris and Peach getting closer to him. "Oh, forgot about you I did, nya! Prepare to b-"

"Ha." Chris said simply as he spun and slapped the bow.

"O-oww!" Bowyer backed away. "For what was the slap, nya? Pay, will you, nya!"

The bow weapon prepared to shoot several arrows at them but the "couple" kept dancing. Bowyer released the arrows and they went at a high speed to them. Just as they were going to hit Peach, she laughed and spun herself around, creating a force that reflected the arrows back to Bowyer, who gasped before he got hit and yelled loudly.

"NYYYYYYYYAAAAAAA!!!" Bowyer yelled loudly. "SUPPOSED TO BE THIS STRONG MY ARROWS SHOULD NOT BE NYA! W-WHY, NYA?!"

"Graceful..." Chris trailed off.

"Yet deadly." Peach finished.

"Dancing never was this gorgeous and lethal before."

New ability learned! Ballet of Romance!

Such dance should be defined as romantic and strong at the same time. Instantly attacks an enemy by dancing and reflects projectiles back with an added 1.5X percent of potency. Magic will also be reflected as well.

"We invite you to dance as well, or perhaps you hate to dance?" Chris asked.

"HATE IT I DO, NYA!" Bowyer yelled before he released many sparks (using Static E!) to both of them. When the sparks touched them, they seemed to shot back at Bowyer, electrocuting him with even more damage than before. "NYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYAAAAAAA!!! SO MUCH IT HURTS, NYA!!!"

"...Oh, so that's the dance's effect." Mallow nodded.

"...Wait, both are fighting but we aren't?" Pikachu asked.

"That's not fair," Sonic shook his head with a chuckle. "They seem to have fun."

"And I don't want to miss that fun too." Fox said with a grin as he took out his Blaster.

"...Wow, you 3 are going to dance together? I didn't know you were like that at all. That's very impressive." Mallow remarked.

"No!" the previous 3 before Mallow yelled.

"Oh, it looked like that to me."

Mario & Luigi RPG 3!!! - Mario & Luigi's Battle Theme

"...So, let's go then!" Link suggested and everyone nodded before running to each villain.

"Shocker!" Mallow yelled as he called forth a thunder that crushed Green N., who yelled in pain under the bolt of lightning before it disappeared.

"Keep dancing," Chris said as he let Peach spin around him. "Nothing can stop this at all."

"Oh, yeah?!" Huff N. Puff asked as he released a thunder to the floor, where it spreaded out to them. However, the shockwave of electricity stopped from spreading out once it touched the dancing duo and it backtracked all the way towards the cloud by concentrating all the electricity beneath him and shot a pillar of electricity upwards. "AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

"Told you so." Chris said with a chuckle.

"Roll, roll, roll, roll..." Jigglypuff kept repeating as she charged her Rollout to Axem Pink, who was busy fighting Black N.. The Singing Pokémon was sent quickly to the pink axe wielder and collided her, making Axem Pink go all the way to the wall where she screamed before hitting it. "Ha! I hope you shut up that mouth full of makeup!" Jigglypuff taunted.

"Like, my makeup was already...like...wasted..." Axem Pink muttered in the wall as she tried to get out.

"GUUUUUUUUUAAAAARGGGGGGH!!!" Lucario leaped to Crystal King with a glowing hand of aura (or Force Palm) to slam it hardly on the king. Crystal King yelled in pain as he was pushed 9 feet back before stopping.

"U-useless dog! Don't interrupt my fight! Freeze!" Crystal King shot an ice bolt to Lucario, who remained in his place and received the bolt. Crystal King later gasped when the bolt just made Lucario close his right eye. "T-the heck? Why didn't you freeze?!"

"Because I'm a Steel type and a Fighting type," Lucario explained. "It technically hurts me but not that severe. To be honest, I felt a tickle."

"A-a tickle?! H-how dare you call my ice magic inferior?!"

"I didn't."

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Crystal King gathered ice mist inside his robe and shot a blizzard to Lucario, who ran at him without receiving that much of damage or even freeze before he grabbed the king by the robe's neck and shot a fully charged Aura Sphere inside him, creating a blue explosion that pushed the king back to the floor as he rolled and stopped. "T-this is why we need the Shadow Bugs..."

"And," Lucario began as he made a glowing fist of aura and pointed it down at the king, whose yellow eyes widened in horror. "This is why I hate people like you."

"N-NO! PLEASE, DON'T!"

"Did you freeze Chris in your last fight with him?"

"The kid? Of cours-"

The only thing Crystal King was able to feel afterward was an extreme pain that was caused by Lucario slamming his fist down on him.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Crystal King yelled loudly as ice mist came out from his robe and vanished along with his crown and robe.

Lucario sighed, frowned and decided to help the others.

"Hell-o." Pikachu said behind Red N.'s back.

"W-what the hell?! C-can't you see I'm fighting?!"

"No," Pikachu grinned and sparks began to be released out from his cheeks. "Ready to burn?"

"...Uh-oh."

And the Electric Pokémon discharged many electricity that flew into Red N.'s body. The Koopa yelled in pain as his skeleton was seen through the torrent of sparks. "CHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pikachu yelled.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Red N. yelled more.

"W-what?!" Yaridovich asked as he saw the Smashers interrupting everyone's fights. "Why are they interrupting us?! We're in th middle of th-"

"Hey, you there."

Yaridovich blinked confused and he turned to find Marth and Ike. "Y-you!"

"We didn't have the chance to fight that time," Ike said as he unsheated Ragnell. "But we can do it now."

"I agree," Marth nodded. "We'll end this here and now."

"U-ugh!" Yaridovich put a stronger grip on his spear. "Fine. I'll settle this with you 2."

"Charge!" Ike yelled as both swordsmen charged at the spear weapon.

"It won't be that easy. Water Blas-"

"Sheiah!" Ike yelled as he used Quick Draw and slashed the spear across his thin body, causing him to lose his focus in his magic.

"My turn." Marth said as he thrust Falchion on Yaridovich before he used Dancing Blade to execute several hits on his enemy before slamming down his sword.

"W-well, that was well played. B-but I won't let yo-" Yaridovich was stopped once Ike jumped to the air and towards him to slam down his sword directly on his face. "AAAHH!!!"

"Now!" Ike yelled as he landed back and Marth figured a good range to slash the spear weapon down. When the Altean hit the spear, the tip connected at it caused even more damage. Yaridovich twitched in more pain and he began to pant heavily.

"I-I shouldn't have fought those idiots... My energies are...so low..." he said as he knelt down and looked down to the floor. "My...demise is at hand...if I don't do something..."

"True."

Yaridovich looked up where Ike was engulfed with fire as well as Ragnell, just above Yaridovich. "....THIS IS WHY I HATE SWORDSMEN SO MUCH!"

"HA!"

And Ike brought Ragnell down, using a fully charged Eruption that created a big fire shockwave on the spear weapon that screamed and yelled in extreme pain. "S-SPEARMEN ARE MUCH BETTER THAN YOU! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!"

Marth saw Yaridovich vanishing as Ike took his sword out from the floor. Nothing else remained of Yaridovich and both looked at each other. "Thankfully, he was weakened." Marth said.

"How about if we help the others?" Ike asked.

"Good idea for now."

"Nya!" Bowyer spun his eyes with a glare. "Pesky Smashers, I hate, nya! Destroy Smashers must, nya!"

"Ahem."

Bowyer made a confused look before he was pushed to the floor by a hard kick on his neck. "D-did that who, nya?!" he turned around. "Y-you, nya!"

Fox cracked his fists. "I still remember how much hell you put us through, and I won't let you do that again here."

"H-ha, nya!" Bowyer got up and pointed at Fox. "Defeat me you will never, nya! Alone you are, nya! Stupid move of yours that was, nya!"

"Oh," Fox grinned and held his right hand up. "Backup you mean?" he snapped his fingers.

"NYA!" Bowyer was pushed 12 feet back by a spinning blue ball that collided quickly on his back. The spinning ball later turned into Sonic who grinned after he saw the bow weapon down. "Oww...nya..."

"Want some more?" Sonic taunted.

"...Wait, are those fangs?" Fox asked.

Sonic gasped and blocked his mouth. "N-no, they aren't!"

"NYYYAAA!!!" Bowyer used Static E! to release a torrent of fast electricity that electrocuted both of them.

"...You know..." Sonic looked at himself. "That attack wasn't that...deadly at all..."

"It used to be before..." Fox said before glaring at Bowyer. "But that made me remember painful and horrible events."

"Yeah, me too." Sonic said with a glare to Bowyer.

"...You didn't fight with us when he fought us."

"Really?"

"SHUT UP, NYA!" Bowyer yelled as he fired an arrow to Fox.

"Why are you putting yourself in danger?" Fox frowned as he simply activated his Reflector and reflected back the attack, multiplying its force by 1.5 to deal even more damage to Bowyer himself.

"IS IT THAT, NYA!" Bowyer yelled angrily as he started to shoot arrows to the air at a crazy rate.

"Run at him!" Sonic yelled to Fox, who nodded as both rushed to Bowyer while the arrows narrowly landed on their heads. Fox used Fox Illusion to slash the weapon to stun him for a moment to let Sonic grab him and kick to the air, where the hedgehog quickly jumped to the weapon and spin to drill Bowyer with the quills of his head (though they remained in the same place).

As the hedgehog came back down. He noticed Bowyer falling back to the floor.

"This is it." Fox muttered as he ran to the bow weapon, stood close to him to let the vulpine split his legs back and forward to push Bowyer away. The bow enemy was getting stuned every time he wanted to counter the attacks. However, just as he was going to stand up completely, Fox came from behind and used a fast backflip kick just as he was about to touch him. "All yours!"

"GO!" Sonic yelled as he curled, rose up a little to the air and shoot himself to Bowyer's back.

And he finally got beaten.

"NYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Bowyer yelled loudly before he crashed into the floor and vanished into dust. Sonic landed in front of the dust and kicked it to let the dark winds carry it to the nothingness.

"Good job." Fox said with a nod as he walked to Sonic.

"Heh, we should make this later sometime." Sonic said.

"Last tap." Chris said to Peach as they got close to Axem Black.

"A dance? Are you kidding me?" Axem Black asked.

"Yes!" Peach said cheerfully as she took his hand.

"W-what the..." Axem Black got confused at this before Peach pulled him between her and Chris.

"Now, dance!" Peach said as she spun Axem Black between the 2 dancers. The Axem Ranger mumbled words as he spun between them before the princess grabbed his hands again and extended him in the air to stop the spin. Then, Peach pulled him back to Chris who grabbed his hand and extended him to the air by his side.

"Ah! Stop this! You're causing my bones to stretch unnecessarily!" Axem Black yelled.

"Oh, okay." Peach said as he took the hand of the dazzled Axem Ranger...then she tossed him upwards.

"Last hit!" Chris yelled as he aimed his revolver at the Axem Ranger before shooting a deadly bullet (using Flourish, which got stronger because of Peach and Jigglypuff) and went through the small axe wielder.

"T-the hell is this?! N-no! W-why do I have to be defeated like this?! AAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Axem Black yelled loudly before he turned into dust while in the air.

"And that, Peach," Chris moved his right hand back and bowed to Peach as he grabbed her right hand and kissed the back of it. "Is how battles should be played."

Peach blushed. "W-we're not..."

The World Traveler suddenly sat down, embraced his legs and felt the world falling down on him. "Why the cruelty though..." Chris muttered in depression as Peach let out a small laugh.

Once he stood up, he was using his Musician job and looked around confused. "...What just happened?" Chris asked.

"U-um..." Peach got confused. "...You were...flirting with me?"

"...Flirting? ...With you?" Chris raised an eyebrow before he blushed and shook his head. "I-I don't think so. W-when I changed to the Agent job...something took over me and I couldn't remember anything that happened...only the fights between villains."

"...I don't know about your abilities but..." Peach put a finger on her chin. "Does your attitude change when you change?"

"...I guess so..."

"You!" Huff N. Puff yelled as he flew at the 2. "Thanks to you, this problem appeared and now we're at our worst situation here!" he began to gather sparks. "I better finish you off!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Peach yelled and she jumped to Chris's arms.

"Y-you're a little bit too heavy for me!" Chris yelled as he tumbled at the sides.

"Man, you're worthless." Snake said as he appeared right behind them.

"W-would you stop him from delivering a thunder on us?!" Chris asked as he tried to point Huff N. Puff.

Snake took out a remote control. "A click and that cloud is as good as dead."

"What?!" Huff N. Puff asked.

A shot of his back was shown, covered with mines that Snake planted himself when the cloud didn't notice him.

Huff N. Puff looked bored at this. "...And I electrocuted all of them myself..."

"The click is not necessary then..." Snake tossed the remote control away...

...And Huff N. Puff exploded into clouds that vanished upon spreading out.

At that moment, Mario came running from behind the trio and he looked at Peach being carried by a tumbling Chris. "Um, why don't you put
Peach down?"

"She's yours!" Chris yelled as she gave Peach to Mario.

Mario began tumbling at the sides.

"...Hey!" Peach said, sounding a little angry. "I'm not a thing to be carried around!"

"You jumped on his arms." Snake said, pointing at Chris.

"Geno Blast!" Geno opened his arms to the sky where he shot a light, before he slammed his hands down and many towers of different colors of light rained down on Yellow N. and Axem Yellow.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" both yelled loudly.

"I'm not done yet with that. Geno Whirl!" Geno tossed a fast blinding ring that crossed both yellow characters and made them back away. "Feel this," Geno shot his 2 fists forward to them where they turned into rocket punches and exploded upon contact with each one. "Lastly, Geno Flash!" he backflipped to turn into a cannonball that shot small burning flame.

"H-hell no!" Yellow N. yelled as he grabbed Axem Yellow and put the Axem Ranger above him.

"H-hey! Put me down!" Axem Yellow yelled.

Yellow N. struggled to toss the Axem Ranger before he managed to do what he wanted and tossed him towards the small burning flame. When Axem Yellow collided into it, he got engulfed in a growing flame that later resulted in a big explosion of fire.

"MY FOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOD!!!" Axem Yellow yelled loudly before he landed back on the floor defeated. He later began to rust before he turned into dust in the air.

"I..." Yellow N. took a step back when Geno got closer to him. "S-see you!" he yelled before running behind Red N..

"Ugh! Ugh! UGH!" Axem Pink got her head out from the wall and she shook her head. She took out a hand mirror and looked at her face covered in dust. "AH! MY FACE! MY CUTE FACE!"

She felt someone tapping her shoulder.

"Huh?"

And a hammer came directly on her face before it came back and hit her twice, and back to the wall where she screamed in pain.

"W-WHYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY?!?!?! LIKE, I DONT BELIEVE THIS AT ALL!!! UAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Axem Pink screamed as she turned into rust and later turned into dust.

The one who attacked her was Kirby, who held up his hammer in triumph with a happy expression...

...Wait...

...Kirby killing someone is not common at all...

"Mwahahahahaha..." Kirby laughed evily before he chuckled heartily.

Axem Green gasped as he and Axem Red were were hte only ones standing from their group. "T-this doesn't look good. W-what do we do? Retreat?"

"No!" Axem Red yelled as he held his axe above him. "W-we're the Axem Rangers!"

A spotlight shone on him and Axem Green looked surprised.

"We fight for evil!" Axem Red proclaimed as Pichu, Pikachu, Ness and Link got closer to them. "W-we live for disorder!" the Smashers prepared to attack both as Axem Green looked freaked out. "W-w-we like what we do!" they got even closer, at the point of cornering them. "W-w-w-we struggled for chaos! C-c'mon! Say it with me!"

Axem Green gulped as he raised his axe. "W-w-w-w-we're...w-w-we're..."

"THE AXEM RANGE-"

"GET THEM!" Link yelled as he lunged at Axem Green and slashed him across the face. Pichu climbed behind Link's back and used Skull Bash to send himself towards the Axem Ranger.

"(I hope he can resist this...) PK Thunder!" Ness yelled as he called out an electric sphere that went after Pichu and collided behind him. The Electric Pokémon. The attack combined with Skull Bash turned Pichu into a sparking bullet that transfered the voltage to Axem Green, greatly electrocuting him as he yelled in pain.

"F-FORGIVE ME!!!" Axem Green yelled loudly before he fell on his knees, fell facefirst and turned into rust to later turn into dust in the air.

"...R-retreat!" Axem Red yelled and turned to run. When he tried, however, he bumped into Lucas who fell down to the floor. Axem Red also fell down with him and he shook his head.

"I..." Lucas gulped as he tried to think of an attack to Axem Red, who looked shocked at this. "I...won't let...won't let you...get away!" Lucas yelled, putting a serious face as he took out his branch and lunged at the Axem Ranger to bang on his head continuously. "Why?! Won't?! You?! Leave?! Us?! Alone?! We're tired of you!!!"

"...Is Lucas cursing him?" Link asked.

"Leave him alone. He's doing progress." Ness said.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucas raised his branch a last time and dealt the final blow on Axem Red, who shook his head in panic before he received the harsh blow on his face.

"L-LORD SMITHY, F-FORGIVE US!!!" Axem Red yelled as he passed out, turned into rust and later turned into dust in the wind.

"...I...I did it..." Lucas sighed in relief.

Music stops

"Phew..." Jigglypuff sat down. "We...we defeated them..."

"Not quite." Marth said as he pointed at the arc, where a badly hurt Red N. was sweating in nervousness.

"Weird, I thought they were 4." Ike said.

Just after he said that, the other 3 brothers peered from Red N.'s back and looked badly hurt as well.

"W-well, you guys already had fun beating us around." Green N. said as he trembled.

"W-we don't need to die here...yet." Yellow N. said as he shook in fear.

"Y-yeah. W-we'll leave you and we'll live normal lives in Koopa Village as we used to before." Black N. said.

The brothers didn't notice the sudden change that Black N. had and they ignored this.

"A-and as the leader..." Red N. began. "...LET
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Cloudy Clouds arc)
Post by: The Seventh on May 17, 2009, 01:02:46 PM
Finally, I catch up after my 1 week dissapearance.

I like how those bosses are fighting amongst each other :D

Talk about retards.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 18, 2009, 09:14:10 PM
The Koopa Bros. raised their hands to the air and screamed in terror as they ran below the arc and disappeared in the darkness of the dark winds. The Smashers were able to hear the yells before they slowly faded and ultimately stopped.

"...We did it." Ike said.

"Yes," Link nodded. "They're gone."

"And forever for good." Mallow said.

"So much stupidity is enough for me." Snake frowned.

"I'm glad everything turned out just fine." Peach sighed.

"...Wait, this means the doors will open, right?" Twink asked.

The floor beneath them began to shake a little and they turned to the big metalic double doors. They slowly opened and steam came out from the small openings, covering the whole floor with steam that later got pushed away by the dark winds.

Geno stepped forward to the double doors and he was able to see what the inside looked like...

Super Mario RPG - Weapons Factory

Inside, many conveyor belts were located above, at the sides and further away as Machine Mades were being transporter somewhere. Many cranes were moving around the complex as chains moved upwards and downwards. It was difficult to see a wall through all the steel and iron that surrounded the main platform.

"...This is it..." Geno said as he turned to them and nodded. "Smithy's factory."

"Oh Eldstar, he's producing countless of those machines." Twink said astonished as he saw the machines.

"So that's how it looks like." Marth said.

"Well, it didn't look like this before. You could say is an improvement." Geno said.

"I'm...not feeling so well after seeing all those machines." Kirby said worried.

"But you've got to admit, I see like 10 machines being dropped down inside those tubes every 3 seconds." Fox said.

"Why though?" Mario asked.

"...If my assumptions are correct..." Geno closed his eyes before opening them again. "We must make haste and infiltrate this facility."

Sonic grinned. "Time to destroy some metal around."

"Are tho-" Jigglypuff was interrupted.

"N-no!" Sonic blocked his mouth.

"..." Chris looked worried at the factory before Lucario put a hand on his shoulder.

"I'll protect you. Let's go inside." Lucario reassured Chris.

"...Thank you." Chris smiled a bit to Lucario before the group decided to proceed.

When they were about to enter...

"Chris..." Peach began.

"Yes?" Chris asked confused.

"...Thank you for what you did earlier."

"What?"

"Er...forget about it." Peach said with a chuckle while the World Traveler tilted his head in confusion.

Preview of the next chapter

"So, you've arrived as we expected." Clerk said with a nod.

"Would you stop all these machines from being deployed?" Mallow asked.

"Weird, you spoke to me in that same harsh tone a long time ago. Bad nostalgia to me."

"Bad memory to me as well. Now, would you step aside?"

.........................................................................................

"Huh? You're here?" Manager asked.

"Are you in charge of these sick machines?" Snake asked.

"Partly. I only command one portion of it," he took out his axe. "But that won't matter at all."

.........................................................................................

"...You're here." Director said.

"S-stop this! Y-you need to stop the machines!" Peach yelled.

"Why would I?"

"B-because this is...wrong..."

"...I knew there was going to be an answer like that."

.........................................................................................

"Ha! Nice to see you here!" the Factory Chief said.

"Step aside and let us go to Smithy." Geno said with a glare.

"Oh, that won't do at all," he shook his head before hitting the machine behind him. "Remember this beauty?"

"...Not that bothersome machine again..."

.........................................................................................

"Quadruple Blockade Before Smithy. We're closer now. We have to get through this a little bit more..." Geno said concerned.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Exor
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 19, 2009, 04:50:43 PM
Chapter 127: Quadruple Blockade Before Smithy

Exor
Factory

Chrono Trigger - Derelict Factory

Conveyor belts, Machine Mades being carried away, cranes moving around, walls of moving chains, steel floors leading to a straight path that later turned ways with darkness that disappeared if someone walked through it, tubes that leaded to nowhere and...

Those were the things that made the entire factory.

The Smashers walked further inside as they watched the conveyor belts moving with the machines they saw. All the Machine Mades resembled Mack, Bowyer, Yaridovich and the Axem Rangers.

"They move, move and move..." Kirby commented with a yawn. "Can't this be a cake factory?"

"I'd have wished that for a long time ago if that was even possible." Geno said.

"Aw, we have a lot in common." Kirby said smiling as Geno frowned at this.

"...Why don't we destroy the conveyor belts?" Mario asked as he stopped to see one.

"Because we can't," Geno turned to him. "Try moving your hand to it and you'll see why. Do it slowly though."

Mario got confused and moved his hand forward. The red plumber began to feel static building up in the air as he moved his hand forward before he pulled it back and looked at the doll. "There's a force field of static?"

Geno nodded. "That static is dangerous. If you step on the conveyor belts, you'd receive at least 100,000 volts."

"Wait, how do you know that?"

"B-because I learned it the hard way..." said a black Ness that had his hair sticking out from the bach hole of his cap.

"He stepped on the conveyor belt?" Jigglypuff asked.

"No. He tried to touch one and he got himself zapped like this." Mallow said.

"Well, that'll help us to stay away from them." Link said.

Ness glared at him. "Thank you for your compassion towards me. It was very lovely," he said sarcastically.

"Idiot..." Snake muttered.

"Lucario," Chris began (as he decided to use the Hacker job) while Lucario was glowing with aura as they walked further inside the complex. "Do you sense something?"

"Definitely," Lucario said as he stopped glowing. "There are enemies using Shadow Bugs inside this factory. I managed to locate Smithy as well."

Mallow stopped and looked at Lucario. "Wow, for real?"

"However..." Lucario continued. "He is very far away from here. The path is easy to follow, but on the way to him, there are the enemies I mentioned."

"And how far away?" Geno asked.

"...I don't know. I barely made contact with his aura."

"Great," Sonic frowned. "A long walk before we get there... Unless..." he smirked.

"Oh no!" Chris held Sonic from his shoulders to stop him from running away. "We won't let you go alone!"

"But I'm sure I can beat those guys alone!" Sonic protested.

"They have Shadow Bugs, remember?" Link reminded him. "Stronger, probably faster, you know."

"So?" Sonic raised an eyebrow. "It's not like we have to fight a single enemy in a group."

"If you haven't noticed, we always have problems when we're alone against an enemy with the Shadow Bugs. Fighting with a group is easier to defeat the enemy." Pikachu explained.

Ness waved his cap to clean it from the soot. "Don't think we defeated those guys a moment ago because we were a few fighting some of them. We also worked together to eliminate them."

"Bah, I'm sure the guy waiting for us isn't that hard to beat. Before he blinks, I'll be already pushing him to all directions." Sonic said as he pointed at himself with his thumb...

...Showing his fangs to EVERYONE accidentaly.

"A-AAAAAAAH!!!" Peach screamed as she stood behind a surprised Mario.

"What?" Sonic asked.

"Y-you have fangs, freaking fangs!" Ness said a little shocked.

"T-they want to bite me. They want to!" Pichu said as he trembled close to Pikachu.

Sonic got confused at first...before he finally noticed his mistake and quickly closed his mouth to cover the fangs. "I-I can explain it! D-don't panic!"

"Nobody is panicking except you." Fox pointed out.

"...I-if you're wondering why I have fangs is because..." Sonic tried to think of something to make them believe something else. "...B-because...t-that's how us hedgehogs grow! Yeah!"

"...Hedgehogs do that?" Kirby asked confused.

"Y-yeah!" Sonic lied. "F-first, we grow out fangs in our teeth. T-they normally stay forever, see?" he opened his mouth...

...And there weren't any fangs in there anymore.

"...Hedgehog...you don't have those fangs with you anymore." Snake pointed out.

"...Huh?" Sonic raised an eyebrow and he touched his teeth. "...T-they're gone! Phew..."

"...But didn't you say the could last forever?" Lucas asked.

"I-I didn't say that!"

"Grrrrrrr..." Lucario growled at Sonic.

"Lucario, don't start hating people now." Chris said with a frown.

"I can tell he is saying...huh?" Lucario blinked confused. "...What's this?"

"What is what?" Ike asked.

"...I can't see if he's lying or not... His mind is...hard to read for some reason..."

Sonic sweated even more before he came up with another lie. "Y-you don't know, do you? H-hedgehogs have very complex minds that can't be read, even by the most talented mind readers like you!" Sonic said with a chuckle.

"..." Lucario looked confused at this and shrugged. "Whatever is keeping me from your mind...it must be very sick and disturbing."

"...Yeah?" Sonic responded with a worried smile.

"...I should've known..." Lucario said.

Sonic sighed. "...So, you see...I'm perfectly normal..."

"...Suuuuuuure you are..." Mallow said before the group continued their path.

The hedgehog looked down at his ankles and the fur disappeared from them. "(...I know you did this to me. I can listen to your laughs.)" Sonic thought with a glare.

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! You should've seen the look on your face! Priceless! Marvelous! Absolutely priceless and marvelous again, and at the same time!" Dark Super Sonic laughed madly.

"(So, jackass, what's your next preview?)"

Dark Super Sonic stopped laughing and he chuckled evilly with a smirk. "Since you're anxious to see what it is, I'll give it out to you right now."

The sound of fingers snapping was heard and Sonic noticed something swelling behind his back. He looked back and saw fur sprouting out his tail. "(W-what the?!)"

"Like that tail? More lunar power and you should rival the vulpine's tail. Heheheheheh..."

"(Oh, great. Now how am I going to cover this little patch of fur?)" Sonic thought.

"It's small, stupid. Not so appropiate and good enough for me as a preview, but meh, it looks good."

"(For me, it doesn't.)"

"You'll like the day, or should I say night? Yeah, night. You'll like the night when the full transformation comes...then the real fun will start..." he snickered evilly.

"(...Go away, now.)"

"Hmph. Fine, I'll leave you alone for now. Hope to see more lies to keep me amused." Dark Super Sonic said before he disappeared.

Sonic looked down worried before Pikachu walked to him and gave him a note.

You think you can fool me with your lies? You're not that good at lying. Heheheheheh...

Sonic's eyes widened in utter fury as he ripped the note in pieces. Then, he looked at Pikachu. "You didn't see who gave you that either?!" Sonic asked.

"I was looking at the cranes... They looked fun to me." Pikachu said with a chuckle.

"..." Sonic narrowed his eyes at him. "...You're the one then!"

"What?"

"You're the one who knows!"

"K-knows what?"

"Don't lie to me. I know you're the one!"

Pikachu backed away from the hedgehog who looked down at him with a glare, showing his teeth as he breathed out air. "S-Sonic, you're creeping me out now..."

"You're not going to escape..." Sonic said between breaths. "I'll prevent you from leaking out what you know..."

"..." Pikachu turned his back to Sonic to start running back at the group. However, he forgot Sonic was faster and thus, he got grabbed with an embrace.

Back with the group...

"So," Twink began as yellow lights with buzzing sounds came from behind them that lasted around 2 seconds. "What're we going to do if we find a minion?"

"Since we don't have much time left..." Geno trailed off as an electrocuted Sonic joined the group while a mad Pikachu walked besides Pichu, Lucas and Ness. "We'll do this strategy."

"I'm all ears." Ike said.

"Listen well," Geno began as they walked. "There's a good chance that we'll see those 4 again."

"Those 4?" Mario repeated.

"You know, those armor guys and that ninja that didn't look like the "Factory Chief" or something like that." Mallow said.

"Oh," Peach nodded. "I remember them."

"Correct," Geno nodded. "If we find them on the way to Smithy, we'll have to separate and drop 4 of us behind to fight that opponent."

"Then..." Pichu thought for a moment. "4 by 4 equals 16. There are 4 of them and 4 of us will fight one of them so the others can proceed further inside?"

"Exactly," Geno nodded again. "However, we're 17 without counting Twink as a fighter. I decided to grab a team of my own. That team is going to be of 5."

"Who?" Mario asked.

"You, me, Peach, Mallow..." he looked at Chris. "And you."

"W-why me?"

"There's a good chance that they'll use the Shadow Bugs as Lucario pointed out before. You possess the power to use the Star Spirits, which you need to use more as a reminder, who will help out by using Peach Beam."

"...Ooooooohh..." Chris nodded. "You're worried about the last person out of the 4."

"Because I know the last guy gave us more trouble than the other 3," Mallow rolled his eyes. "Seriously, those guys were pushovers. I wonder why they decided to fight though."

"But Shadow Bugs can increase their powers greatly," Link said. "And since we're running out of time, separating to defeat all of them faster would be the best way."

"A-as long as they're not that deadly..." Lucas gulped.

"Pfft, they're as deadly as the fly in my room." Mallow said.

"Flies aren't deadly." Ness said.

"You tell me! That fly in my room is very sneaky!"

Peach seemed to be the only one interested of this. "Why?"

"Oh, thanks for asking. That fly sneaks out from its hiding spot and buzzes around my room all the night. It even sneaks inside my nostrils!"

"E-eww..." Peach said disgusted.

"I know!" Mallow said. "It'w even worse when it sneaks inside my ears and goes directly to my brai-"

Twink blocked his mouth. "W-we're sure we don't want to listen to that disgus-I mean, story right now."

"Oh well," Mallow smiled a little. "I'm planning to make it my little pet."

"Catch it first." Jigglypuff rolled her eyes.

"I know! First, I need to zap it with Thunderbolt! But my mom says no magic inside the castle or else I'll get grounded."

The group couldn't stop the cloud prince (questionable rank) from telling them about his life in the clouds, and inside the castle. They didn't have the idea to stop him from talking because that would mean that he would tell more stories about his daily life as a prince.

Until Geno gave up, that is.

"Mallow, stop." Geno said with a little bit of irritation in his voice.

"Sure do. I was getting tired." Mallow said. "...Which name should I use, though?"

"I'll give you one." Snake said.

"Wow! You're going to suggest me one from all the people? You're amazing, dude! So, which name is that?"

"Mr. Shut-your-mouth-before-a-grenade-gets-inside-your-mouth McMouth."

"Hmm, that's a pretty long name. Any other, shorter suggestions?" Mallow asked interested.

"E-er, before irony occurs, p-please, stop." Marth interrupted.

"You're not funny, dude!" Mallow said angrily as he pouted a little. "Not-funny!"

On the distance, a very long distance, there was Clerk watching the Machine Mades being carried out on the conveyor belts.

"..." he looked up to the ceiling covered in darkness. "Soon, all the machines will be deployed out...or are they being already deployed? Damn, I need to keep on with the schedule."

A Mad Mallet (a hammer with red hands) was right besides him with another Mad Mallet on the left side of Clerk. "Sir, production is going pretty well!"

"The machines are already taking care of the distribution," the other Mad Mallet nodded. "Pretty soon, the city will be destroyed."

"Hmm...very well," Clerk nodded. "We can't fail to Smithy now. After Bowyer, Yaridovich and the Axem Rangers were defeated by Mario's group, we can't afford to make another mistake."

"Yeah," the first Mad Maller nodded. "Lord Smithy was mad after he got the word."

"Words sure spread so fast in this place..." Clerk sighed. "Well, we have cameras outside so that's why."

"Oh," the second Mad Mallet started. "What are we going to do once they arrive here?"

"Fight and prevent them from getting to Smithy," Clerk explained. "After so many defeats at their hands, I'm not going to let myself down and fall down in battle. Last time they were able to push me out of the way, but this time...it will be different."

"We shall follow you!" the first Mad Adder said. "You shall get Smithy's acceptation!"

"Thanks," Clerk nodded as he folded his hands. "Good minions at my favor to fight. You guys should be powerful with the Shadow Bugs."

"Shadow what?"

"...You don't have them?"

"I-I'm afraid to say this but...Tabuu didn't give more after he gave out to whoever he thought they would use them to get a good result in battles. W-we were inferior compared to you so..."

"...I should've expected that," Clerk shook his head. "They're probably going to tear you up to pieces the moment I start fighting."

The Mad Mallets looked down.

"...I'll try to do something about it, though."

They looked up with happy expressions.

"...They're coming!" the second Mad Mallet said. "I can hear their footsteps!"

"O-okay, don't panic... You can do this..." the first Mad Mallet said as he inhaled and exhaled air. "I-I have you, right?"

"...Of course..." Clerk shook his head.

The hammers and the yellow armored person turned to the south, where they saw the Smashers coming from the darkness of the way to the entrance of the factory. Upon finding Clerk, most of them glared at him.

"So, you've arrived as we expected." Clerk said with a nod.

"Would you stop all these machines from being deployed?" Mallow asked.

"Weird, you spoke to me in that same harsh tone a long time ago. Bad nostalgia to me."

"Bad memory to me as well. Now, would you step aside?"

"No," Clerk said. "I can't allow any of you to go further inside and bother Smithy. Last time that happened, it didn't end so well like Smithy told me."

"It was very pleasant to me," Geno said as he slowly reached for his right hand. "Knowing that he was no longer living was good news to all of us."

"Too bad for you that he is alive," Clerk said. "And he will live forever."

"No," Geno shook his head. "Today, he will fall to his so deserved demise."

"Ha! How ironic you say that!" Clerk laughed a little. "I was thinking the same..." he took out his axe. "But all of you instead."

"Yeah, we pretty much knew that from the very beginning..." Pikachu said with a bored look.

"Everyone really wants us dead: from the Sentret of the fourth tree..." Jigglypuff trailed off.

"To the trash can with flies." Ness said.

Everyone (even the hammers and Clerk) stared at him.

"...Trash can?" Ike asked.

"W-well, what else can I say?" Ness looked at them. "My enemies weren't exactly like yours at all! I had mushrooms with legs, angry cockroaches, hippies, angry fat women with purses, trees that somehow had hatred in their hearts and burned themselves to hurt me after being defeated, signposts, dinosaurs with goofy faces and above everything else, the creepy crows that live near my house!"

"...Your world is the only world out there that is so..." Snake began.

"...I know, stupid," Ness frowned. "Nobody here understands the pain I had to go through..."

"I-I understand very well." Lucas said.

"...Oh, right, you're the boy of the future where mermaids where chimeras...and they were males that kissed you in order to have more oxygen inside the water."

Lucas blushed. "A-at least you didn't fight an opera ghost..."

"...What kind of guys are you?" Clerk asked before he shook his head. "Still, that doesn't matter...or even was important at all. what I'm trying to say is that none of you shall go further!"

"ATTACK!" the Mad Mallets yelled and lunged at the Smashers.

With an Aura Sphere and a slam of Ike's sword, they were already soaring through the air before crashing to the chains, where they vanished.

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against a Stronger Monster

"...So much for them," Clerk said before he shook his head. "Whatever!" Shadow Bugs began to cover himself before he glowed with a dark aura. "It's time to take the non-machines out of the way!"

"Go!" Link yelled as he, Ike, Ness and Lucas stood in front of the group. "We'll take care of him for now."

"We'll catch up once we're done with this guy." Ness said as he took out his baseball bat.

Lucas gulped. "E-embrace yourself...embrace yourself..."

"Fools!" Dark Clerk yelled. "What part of "you can't pass" didn't you understand well?"

"Run!" Mallow yelled as everyone else except the previous 4 Smashers ran towards Dark Clerk.

"Stop right there!" Dark Clerk yelled as he raised his axe.

"Now, Ike!" Geno yelled.

The group that wanted to cross the armored executive separated by the sides and a fast Ike (using Quick Draw) slashed Dark Clerk across his helmet. The yellow armor enemy was pushed back as the group passed by the sides and ran to the darkness of the factory. "Y-you little..."

"Say your prayers!" Link yelled from above as he prepared to stab his sword on Dark Clerk.

Dark Clerk moved out of the way as Link got his sword stuck in the floor before taking it out. The 4 stood next to each other and faced Dark Clerk.

"Only 4 of you?" Dark Clerk frowned. "Seriously, why not fight with everyone? Then you might have a chance to defeat me."

"We're wasting so much time here so that's why we need to finish this as soon as possible." Ness explained.

"Rushing things only lead to desperate and unwanted results," Dark Clerk pointed his axe at them. "Well, I'm a proof myself! You know why?"

"B-because we're 4 instead of 18?"

"What about me?!" Twink was heard yelling.

Dark Clerk ignored the Star Kid. "Correct. Now, prepare yourselve-"

"Hold on!" Chris interrupted as he, Geno, Peach and Twink stepped out from the darkness. The World Traveler joined his hands to pray and call the Star Spirits. Peach also did the same, giving glitters that went to the Star Kid, who floated up and smiled. Twink went up where the Star Spirits appeared around him and looked at Dark Clerk.

"Hmm, let's try out this!" Muskular said with a grin.

The Star Spirits and Twink flew above Dark Clerk and he looked up.

"What's this? Are you letting yourselves be captured agai-" Dark Clerk was interrupted as a pink beam rained down on him and between the Star Spirits. Stars flew everywhere and the beam stopped, causing every Star Spirit to disappear while Twink went back to Geno.

"It worked?" Geno asked.

"...AAAHHH!!!" Clerk yelled. "T-the Shadow Bugs are gone! B-but how?!"

"Geno!" Eldstar called from behind the doll, who turned and looked at the star. "I have bad news."

"What?" Geno asked.

"The beam succeeded to take out the Shadow Bugs, but unfortunately, it will only last for a while before they come back again."

"Now that is bad..." Geno muttered. "Everyone! Take him out before it's too late!"

"Peach! Hurry!" Chris called to Peach who nodded and ran away together with him.

"Try to defeat him before the bugs return!" Geno yelled before he rushed back to the others.

"Grrr!" Clerk grunted angrily. "Letting myself fall down like this is just..."

"Get him!" Ness yelled. "PK Thunder!" he yelled again to cast an electric sphere that went behind his back and made him blast away to the factory worker, who got electrocuted severely as Ness collided and transferred all the electricity to him.

"Uah!" Clerk yelled in pain. "If you want it this way, then I'll have to increase my strength and defense... Vigor Up!"

A red light came from below him and increased his strength.

"Valo-"

"Stop right there!" Link yelled as he shot an arrow to Clerk's helmet. The armored enemy stopped his spell and sidestepped out of the way.

And to Lucas with a branch.

"A branch?" Clerk asked before he chuckled. "What is a branch going to do to me?"

"T-this!" Lucas swung hard the tip of the branch right to the helmet's right side. Clerk felt a strong pain going through his head as Lucas rushed to him and waved a trail of PK energy that pushed him back.

"How can a kid like you posses-" Clerk was interrupted as a baseball bat hit his helmet, causing even more pain to his head. "What the hell?! Why are everyday-items so ridiculously strong?!"

"Because they're different than that," Ness explained. "PK Fire!"

A small bolt erupted into a small tower of flames that trapped Clerk inside for a small moment, enough time for Ike to use a fully charged Quick Draw to push the armored enemy away to the conveyor belt.

"I-I should've raised my defense first..." Clerk said as he panted heavily. "...Huh?" the same black aura of the Shadow Bugs came back to him and he laughed maniacally. "Ah, the surge of evil power!... But my energies were depleted for almost a quarter... Well, let's see if you can resist my full power..."

"Darn it, it didn't last that long..." Link put a a stronger grip on his sword's hilt. "Let's be more careful now!"

Back with the other group...

The Smashers were running as fast as they could after they turned left (but Sonic wasn't allowed to run at his maximum speed because Chris told him so).

"Please!" Sonic pleaded. "Lemme go first!"

"For the last time, no!" Geno said irritated. "We must go all together and not endanger someone else's life!"

"For crying out loud, I can keep the next guy busy!"

"Hedgehog," Snake began. "You better shut up or else I'll blow that mouth of yours."

"Like you could do that to me."

Snake took out a grenade. "Want to see?"

"Stop!" Geno grabbed the grenade and tossed it to the abyss where it exploded. "We have to accelerate and defeat Smithy as soon as we can!"

Sonic grinned and began to accelerate.

"And when I mean we, I mean everyone without exceptions."

Sonic made a bored face and slowed down to keep up with the others, which he totally hated.

"...Why is your tai-" Kirby was interrupted as Sonic covered his own tail in frustration.

Many meters away from them, there was Manager (the blue-armored worker) standing between 2 Pounders (hammers with blue hands) in front of a conveyor belt.

"Yes, yes..." Manager nodded. "Production last time was horrible, but now, it's almost perfect."

"Yeah," the first Pounder nodded. "It was a total disaster the last time."

"And look at this!" the second Pounder made a happy expression. "It's totally improved and much better!"

"It's a shame, though," Manager shook his head. "We're here to destroy a city and not conquer the Mushroom Kingdom. Seeing all these machines deployed only to be...well, you know, it's a real shame."

"But what can we do?" the first Pounder asked. "These are orders from Lord Smithy and Tabuu."

"MOSTLY Tabuu," the other Pounder added.

"See the bright side," Manager said as he looked at them. "Once we're done with the city, Lord Smithy will transfer Exor to another location, where we can do whatever we want."

"Lord Smithy is thankful for Tabuu because he brought all of us back to life, right?"

"Yes," Manager said. "We couldn't be more thankful than achieving one of Tabuu's main goals."

"Oh," the first Pounder began. "Say, are those guys coming here?"

"The cameras outside the factory tols us so," Manager explained. "Smithy was enraged that the machines...began to destroy each other out of stupidity, along with those henchmen of Bowser."

"Meh, I blame the ressurrection part," the second Pounder said. "That part surely didn't bring their brains back."

"...Maybe," Manager said with a sigh. "And it looks like they're coming here... I suppose they passed through Clerk. Do you 2 have Shadow Bugs?"

A moment of silence soon fell and both Pounders looked at each other.

"...I thought as much," Manager frowned and turned to the conveyor belt. "Let's wait for them."

And from the darkness of the east, the Smashers came out and most of them glared at Clerk.

"Huh? You're here?" Manager asked.

"Are you in charge of these sick machines?" Snake asked.

"Partly. I only command one portion of it," he took out his axe. "But that won't matter at all."

"...You want to fight that fast?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Well, what else can I say?" Manager asked. "I must get rid of the added garbage from the factory. Smithy has a very strict policy of keeping this place clean...and you don't WANT to know how hard is to keep this place clean without a sanitary system."

"...That was really uncalled for." Pikachu said.

"I agree..." Kirby shrugged.

"...Er..." the Pounders looked at each other. "...DIE!"

They lunged at them to slam their heads at them.

And Pikachu used Thunder to impact a heavy bolt that pushed the 2 hammers off the floor and to the abyss.

"...Henchmen these days become more and more useless, I swear..." Manager shook his head before he called forth his Shadow Bugs. "Now, shall we begin?"

"Time to shine." Jigglypuff said as she, Pikachu, (a terrified) Pichu and Kirby stood in front of the group.

"That's the best you have? They're so small and I don't want to waste my time with little tykes."

"T-tykes?" Pichu repeated before he forced a glared. "I-I'm not a tyke!"

"Last time I checked, you were 1 year old." Pikachu pointed out.

Pichu got closer to him. "S-shut up, don't let them know my age... I-it's so embarrassing... But aren't you 3?"

"...This conversation never happened, okay?" Pikachu dropped his eyebrows hallway. Pichu nodded.

"Okay, you guys can go on ahead," Pikachu said as he gathered sparks and looked at Dark Manager. "That guy needs to be zapped so badly."

"And SLAPPED around." Jigglypuff said.

"A-and zapped around even more." Pichu added.

"And EATEN." Kirby added.

The previous 3 looked at him.

"Understand the way of the food and you'll gain ultimate victory." Kirby explained.

"...Um...yeah..." Sonic nodded before the rest of the Smashers rushed at Dark Manager.

"Wait, weren't the tykes going to fight me? Oh well, I guess I can have even more fun with all of you instea-" Dark Manager was interrupted.

"Star Spirits! Heed my call!" Chris chanted as the Star Spirits and Twink went quickly over Dark Manager while Peach prayed to give more power to the stars, causing a pink beam from above to rain down the armored enemy. After the Star Spirits left and Twink went to Geno, Manager had no Shadow Bugs anymore.

"W-what's the meaning of this foolishness?!" Manager asked as he looked at himself.

"Out of the way!" Mario yelled as he jumped to Manager and pushed his feet forward to push the armored enemy to the floor, letting the Smashers to run at the sides and further inside the factory. "Good luck!" Mario yelled as they disappeared into the darkness.

"U-ugh..." Manager got up and noticed Pikachu running at him. "Why do I have to deal with tykes?"

"Cheer the young folk, jackass!" Pikachu yelled before he gathered sparks and latched on Manager. Pikachu proceeded to discharge a lot of electricity to his body.

"Get off me!" Manager yelled as he grabbed Pikachu and tossed him away. However, he later was slapped across the helmet by Jigglypuff.

"Wait, did it really hurt you?" Jigglypuff asked as she landed on the floor.

"Of course it did!" Manager yelled.

"...And they said a slap couldn't hurt steel."

"Taste it."

"Wha-AH!" Jigglypuff was slashed across the face by Manager's axe.

"H-here I come!" Pichu yelled as he closed his eyes, gathered electricity and used a fully charged Skull Bash to be blasted off to Manager's helmet, which he came into contact and dealt a fair amount of damage. "Oww..." Pichu rubbed his head after he landed back.

"Spritz Bomb!" Manager yelled to call forth 5 small bombs that rained down on Pichu and exploded around him, sending the Electric Pokémon away by 3 feet.

"Hu-uah!" Kirby lunged at Manager with a swinging hammer that pushed the armored enemy back by some meters. Kirby proceeded to take out a blade which he pulled to the air and slammed it on the floor to create a shockwave (using Final Cutter) that went through Manager, cutting him to deal more damage.

"Ugh..." Manager stood up. "It seems I underestimated all of you for a bit..."

The 4 stood next to each other and glared at him. "Feeling remorse?" Pikachu asked.

"Not at all," Manager shook his head. "I'd feel remorse if you were to die..." the Shadow Bugs came back to him. "Which is not that far from happening."

"O-oh no..." Pichu gulped. "H-he has the Shadow Bugs back..."

"...So?" Jigglypuff asked as she pouted a little. "He's going down. We can make him step aside or surrender."

"Ha, that's overconfidence," Dark Manager chuckled. "Death awaits you all if you're overconfident."

"It always does, every single day..." the 4 said with bored tones before Dark Manager rushed at them.

And back again with the others...

"We only have 10, counting me as well," Geno said as they ran forward through the darkness that disappeared once they made a step ahead. "This means the next one will have to fight 5 of us."

"So, in other words," Mario began. "The team that went to Smithy plus Chris will face the last blockade?"

"Exactly," Geno looked at Chris. "We need the Star Spirits' powers to subdue the Shadow Bugs."

Chris gulped. "A-are you sure Lucario can come?"

"I originally planned that," Geno said. "But, since we're the 5, excluding Bowser, who fought against the Smithy Clan before, then it should be easier for us to fight the last one because we remember exactly how to fight them all."

"...Wait, that meant Peach fought as well?" Chris looked at Peach.

"I...had my mind into it back then...not like this time, though..." Peach said.

"I'll support you." Mario said with a nod.

"...Thank you, Mario."

"(Oh, that simpleness between those 2... I like that so much...)" Chris thought with a happy expression.

Many meters away from them...

"If those 2 didn't stop Mario's group from coming here, then Smithy is seriously going to put a heavy punishment...to all of us, including me." Director (the red armored worker) said as he stood between 2 Poundettes (hammers with pink hands).

"Smithy's punishments are so scary..." the first Poundette shuddered. "R-remember the last time someone broke one of the unlimited amount of chains here?"

"H-he made us all make sure that every single inch of the factory was ordered, clean and shiny...even down below...where nobody returns..." the second Poundette shrugged.

"Good thing you get to do that," Director said. "He only seems to apply those punishments to you."

"W-well, that isn't pleasant, that's for sure..."

"...In any case," Director looked to the south. "Our main concern now is Mario's group... Funny, it's the same thing that happened a long time ago."

"And Mario looks the same," the second Poundette added.

"Nobody cares about how messed up the aging of some people around the world is," Director said. "What matters now is..." he folded his arms. "...Them."

The Poundettes stared at the darkness.

"...Um...sir...nothing's happening," the first Poundette said.

"...Weird, I thought they were going to arrive here."

"But what about Clerk, Manager and our fellow mallet brothers who are vigorously fighting all of them as we speak?"

Too bad the Poundettes didn't know the fate of the other hammers at all.

"I'd admit that those 2 could hold their ground...but not for so long." Director said.

"You have the Shadow Bugs, don't you?"

"Yes, and you?"

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

Oh, every dialog meant the faces of each other changing back and forth.

"...Nope," the second Poundette said in shame.

"...Nice knowing you." Director said.

"...Hey!" the Poundettes called out angrily as Director laughed.

"Hahahahahahahaha...seriously, nice knowing you."

"B-but how can you be so senseless?"

And Director slammed his axe on him.

"S-SISTER!" the second Poundette yelled as the first one vanished.

"Dare to insult me and this will happen to you as well."

"B-but she was my sister!"

"...Aren't you supposed to be genderless?"

"Well, we want to be what we want to be! You can't tell us what should we be, can you?"

"...I guess..."

"That's just cruel!"

"And that voice, that isn't hard to recognize, should be from..." Director trailed off as he turned and found the 10 Smashers (and Twink) glaring at him.

"The last dude, huh?" Sonic asked.

"Actually, he's the third out of the 4." Mallow pointed out.

"...You're here." Director said.

"S-stop this! Y-you need to stop the machines!" Peach yelled.

"Why would I?"

"B-because this is...wrong..."

"...I knew there was going to be an answer like that."

"That isn't going to work for guys like him," Snake said with a frown. "Or the future ones for that matter..."

"But it's always nice to ask," Peach said. "What if someone has a change of heart?"

"Peach," Chris began. "In all my years as a student and gamer, I have heard the same speech from 500 or more bosses, and guess what happens after that is said?"

"...They give in?"

"...You wish. They're set to kill you for good...and the eternity...before they get defeated by you," he whispered the last part.

Peach looked very concerned.

She looked at Fox.

"It happens all the time." Fox said simply.

She looked at Marth.

"That happens so many times." Marth said simply.

She looked at Sonic.

"Need I say more?" Sonic asked simply.

She looked at Twink.

"...How am I suppose to know that again?" Twink asked simply.

Peach sighed in disappointment.

"Stop," Director said. "I suppose the rest of your pesky group is fighting Clerk and Manager, right?"

"And my fellow brothers, right?" the second Poundette asked.

"Your brothers? You mean the hammers? They were taken out the moment they lunged at us." Mallow said.

"...I'm brotherless and sisterless!"

Snake tossed a grenade to the Poundette. The Poundette exploded.

"...You know, that was somewhat cruel." Mario said.

"And this whole conspiracy to destroy the city isn't cruel?" Snake asked.

"Yes, but what about the hammer?"

"Didn't the others try to kill us?" Sonic asked. "This one should have had the same thing in mind, right?"

"...I guess so..."

"Buuuuuuuuuuurned!" Mallow said with a chuckle.

"Well," Director began. "It's time to take out all of you."

"How? By fighting?" Peach asked.

"Has somebody EVER told you that you ask so many obvious questions?"

All of the Smashers, except her, raised their hands.

"Good enough," Director said. "And now," Shadow Bugs began to cover his body before he glowed in a dark aura and raised his axe. "I hope you enjoy this last minute of your lives."

"Heck no," Snake said as he tossed a flash grenade to the armored worker. "Cover your eyes."

Everybody blocked their eyes and a sudden flash came out from the grenade, making Director go blind.

"Go now!" Fox yelled as he, Snake, Lucario, Marth and Sonic stepped forward. "We'll take this guy down!"

"Move!" Geno yelled as the remaining Smashers ran by Dark Director's sides and to the darkness.

"..." Lucario looked down.

Out of a cue, Chris came back and rubbed his Pokémon's head. Lucario blinked surprised and growled happily.

"Motivated?" Chris asked as he folded his arms.

"A lot." Lucario nodded.

"Good luck. And please, defeat him."

"Thank you."

And with that, the World Traveler ran behind the blinded worker and prayed as Peach and Twink came from behind to call forth the Star Spirits, who, along with Twink, used Peach Beam on Dark Director to supress the Shadow Bugs for a moment before the Star Spirits, the 2 Smashers and Twink left.

"Ugh," Director shook his head. "Now this is a problem... Well, it doesn't matter. With or without Shadow Bugs," he looked at the 5. "It's the same."

"Or, really?" Sonic asked before he used a Homing Attack to slam himself on Director, who simply slashed the curled hedgehog across to push him back. "Hey!"

"Fools, I'm not like Clerk or Manager at all. I went ahead and studied every single move by each Machine Made you destroyed."

"Then it's good we're 5 against 1." Marth said.

"You may have an advantage... Valor Up!" a blue light came from below him that increased his defense. "Vigor Up!" then a red light came after the blue light vanished, increasing his strength as well. "This could make now a dif-"

"GUUUUUUUUUUAAAAARRRRGGGGGHHHHH!!!"

Director didn't notice that Lucario snuck from behind him and tossed him to the air with one hand. The Aura Pokémon shot an Aura Sphere that exploded upon contact with the worker. since he was still in the air, Snake double jumped and used several kicks in the air to push the worker even further away, where Marth rushed at that point and thrust his sword upwards to deal even more damage, as Fox jumped to Director and used a drill kick to push him down, where the vulpine split his legs to make Director trip, but he rolled backwards and stood up.

"T-that was a good tactic..." Director panted. "G-good thing I raised my defense to resist every single hit..."

"But next time, let me cooperate..." Sonic muttered in annoyance, being the one who didn't do that much.

And the Shadow Bugs came back.

"Damn," Fox muttered. "The effect didn't last long."

"See the bright side," Marth began. "If we can continue with those tactics, then this battle isn't far to be over."

"Ha, you wish," Dark Director said. "Spritz Bomb!"

Instead of a small rain of bombs, huge bombs rained around everyone and made a huge explosion that pulled every single Smasher to the air, before Dark Director jumped to Marth and slammed his axe above his chest, causing a severe pain that made Marth yell before he was slammed down to the floor as Dark Director landed back and while the others managed to flip in the air to land on their feet.

"N-now it's dangerous..." Marth muttered weakly as Lucario offered to help him to get up.

"I'm quite interested about the outcome of this fight," Dark Director said. "Shall we?"

"Bring it on," Sonic said with a grin. "I bet under that helmet is a dumb guy."

"And I bet you tend to say irrational things."

"Ha! That's not true, right, guys?"

The others shook their heads.

"...Which side are you with again?" Sonic asked with an irritated look.

"Now, let me test that combined strength of yours!" Dark Director yelled as he charged at them.

And back again with Geno's group...

"...Huh?" Mallow spotted a door at the end of the long floor. "Hey, there's a door over there."

"I think the last worker is behind it," Mario said as they stopped in front of the door. "And after the worker..."

"...Smithy..." Geno muttered before he shook his head. "Well...we're almost there, and to get there, we need to get rid of the last one behind this door."

"But..." Peach looked down. "Wasn't the last one not alone?"

"Hmm..." Chris wondered. "I remember that he had a machine..."

"Oh no..." Geno looked at the door. "...Either way, we must press on."

"For Eldstar's sake." Twink said as Geno twisted the doorknob and walked to the other side with the others.

"A little adjustment here, another adjustment over there..."

A voice was heard before it stopped from talking and walked to them in front of a machine. The figure was the Factory Chief (the black ninja) who seemed to be busy before they arrived.

"Ha! Nice to see you here!" the Factory Chief said.

"Step aside and let us go to Smithy." Geno said with a glare.

"Oh, that won't do at all," he shook his head before hitting the machine behind him. "Remember this beauty?"

"...Not that bothersome machine again..."

"That's right," the Factory Chief said with a chuckle. "I modified it so it can harness the power of the Shadow Bugs into...well, power, of course, to let all of you taste it!"

"Depends!" Twink interrupted.

"Why?"

"What flavor is it?"

"Pain flavor!"

"That had to be the worst line ever...and it didn't make sense to me at all." Chris said with an ashamed look.

"Oh, what do you know, bothersome kid?"

"Why can't anybody tell here that I'm 16?!"

"You look like a 10-year old to me. No offense...wait, with offense."

"Oh, that is IT!" Chris took out a gun. "I'm so going to shut that...mouthless...mouth of yours for insulting me!"

The Factory Chief laughed. "Oh, no! Look at him! He's holding a gun! What are you going to do? Shoot a single shot?"

"SCATTER BEAM!" Chris yelled as the single shot that he shot divided into 7 rays that hit the Factory Chief and pulled him to the air (although only 3 rays managed to hit him due to Chris being far away).

The Factory Chief landed on the floor on his feet and grunted. "Well, it seems I underestimated you...kid."

"SCATTER BEAM!"

And the chief was once again pushed to the air, where he flipped and landed back.

"Kid."

"SCATTER BEAM!"

After the landing...

"Kid."

"SCATTER BEAM!"

This "lovely" moment kept going on for about 5 times until the Factory Chief and even Geno decided to stop it.

"STOP!" the Factory Chief and Geno yelled in unison.

"Geno!" Twink yelled angrily. "What did you stop him?!"

"Because this pointless conversation was delaying our time!" Geno said.

"But he was killing him before he started the machine!"

"..." Geno facepalmed.

"Grrr!" the Factory Chief grunted. "Thank you so much for the little info," he walked to the machine (that was called Gun yolk) and he made it glow in the Shadow Bugs' purple aura. "And now, face Dark Gun Yolk!"

"Hellooooooooooooooooo, world!"

Everyone made confused looks after they heard a weird voice coming from somewhere.

The Factory Chief tilted his head. "Strange, I don't remember a voice like that here...unless..." he looked up to Dark Gun Yolk's pit of energy.

From the small pit, a pyroplasm head (that was still merged with the energy inside the machine) with some fangs came out. Peach screamed and hid behind a surprised Mallow.

"W-what the heck?" Mallow asked.

"Oh, hello there!" the pyroplasm said with a smile, as its fangs stuck out. "The name's Gun Yolk! But look at this dark energy! I should be Dark Gun Yolk or something but call me Yolk for short because, well, some people like me more with that short name instead!"

"...This didn't happen in the game at all..." Chris muttered as he stared at it.

"H-hey, who do you think you are?" the Factory Chief asked and Yolk looked at him, his smile still intact. "What ARE you for that matter?"

"Stupid, I'm Gun Yolk! Or Yolk for short..." it chuckled. "I'm the energy itself that helps to move this machine! And boy, it feels gooooooooooooooooooooood..."

"...You're quite the buffoon here..."

"Thanks!" Yolk said dumbly. "I like to be the humoristic guy around here and I do a hard and good work at it!"

"Will you attack them?!" the Factory Chief asked as he pointed at the Smashers.

"...Er...sure thing!" Yolk said with a nod. "Heck, I was bored to be inside this!"

"...Here it comes..." Geno said utterly confused.

"ATTACK!" the Factory Chief yelled.

Yolk turned at him. "Oh, so you're the bossy type?"

"Yeah. What about it?"

Yolk chuckle and leaned his head to the chief, who then screamed in extreme pain before he vanished before their eyes. The Smashers made shocked looks as Yolk grinned and chuckled. "Aw, much, MUCH better..."

"W-why did you do that?" Peach asked, utterly horrified to see a machine...pyroplasm thing rebelling against its owner.

"Because, little missy, I like to work alone!" Yolk said with a chuckle. "It was good for him to make me, but that doesn't give him the right to boss me around, while I'm the one with the muscle here! Isn't that right?"

"...Yes?" Mario responded.

"See? I'm a genius!" Yolk said happily. "But! Since I'm between Lord Smithy's path and yours, I should incinerate you all to ashes!"

"...But didn't you say you didn't like to be bossed around? Smithy is...technically your boss and high-superior, right?" Chris asked.

"Yeah, he has the right to control over all the machines here, including pretty me, boy!" Yolk said happily. "However, I must burn you all or kill you, or actually both things at the same time since I like to mess around with people like you!"

Twink's eyes were swirls at this time. "You already made me feel confused..."

"Haha!" Yolk laughed. "Thanks! Now, let me begin the proccess of incineration before we get sidetracked! ELECTROSHOCK!"

Sparks rained down the Smashers before a dome of electricity was created and damaged every single one of them. All of them yelled in pain as the electricity was raised to the air and disappeared, leaving them in pain as some of them panted.

"T-that didn't burn me..." Mallow said.

"See? I'm full of awesome!" Yolk said happily. "Breaker Beam time, baby!"

A beam that looked like a sandstorm came out from the machine and it struck everyone, receiving a moderate amount of damage that also caused everyone to gain the Fear status.

Peach embraced herself. "I-I-I don't feel so good..."

"Oh, I'm so sorry for not mentioning this earlier!" Kawashima said. "The Fear status also halves defense! Chris, you must heal everyone here before that sick machine strikes back!"

"G-g-good idea..." Chris shuddered as he changed to his Musician job. "C-c-c-c-come, joyful tune..."

An enthusiastic atmosphere fell on the field and all the Smashers were healed and cured a little of their status ailments, causing a big relief to Geno himself.

"Thanks..." Geno nodded before they all focused on Yolk. "That thing is more irritating than it used to be."

"I call for a good smashing." Mallow said as he cracked his fingers.

"Peach, I'm sorry to tell you this...but you need to fight with us or else..." Mario trailed off.

"...I'll fight," Peach nodded before she forced a glare on Yolk. "I became a little irritated by that...thing and I want to do something about it..." she took out a frying pan and everyone stared at her. "...W-why are you staring at me like that?"

"Why a freaking frying pan from all weapons?" Mallow asked.

"If I remember, wasn't that her best weapon?" Mario asked.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEH!" Yolk yelled. "T-that frying pan of death of the last time! Alright, time to get serious! UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUGGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" he tried to focus on something...before someone in there farted...or Yolk was the one in truth. "Ah, feels better..."

"Eww..." Peach said, pinching her nose.

"It was better when that thing wasn't alive..." Geno frowned. "To think something like that is pushing us to the edge..."

"Oh, you know what?" Yolk asked happily.

"What?"

"Mega Drain that doesn't drain at all!" Yolk yelled as he circled a pink beam above and slashed all of them with it, causing everyone to back away. "It didn't drain, did it?"

"W-who does he think he is? Popo?" Chris asked as he wiped his face.

"I-I like Popo better..." Twink said weakly.

"You better hide somewhere before that thing strikes." Geno suggested.

"G-good idea..."

"...Oh, wait a minute!" Chris said as he stood up and prayed to call forth the Star Spirits together with Peach, who forced Twink to go above Yolk, who looked up and prepared to shoot fire at the stars.

"Oh no, you don't!" Geno yelled as he used Geno Beam to push the pyroplasm back.

"Dude! That hurts!" Yolk said with a smile before a pink beam covered the whole machine and got rid of the Shadow Bugs. "Aw, man! Now I don't have any muscles!" he said before the Star Spirits quickly disappeared while Twink hid somewhere.

"You never had muscles to begin with." Mario said.

"Well, I like to think I have, what of it?" Yolk asked as Mario and Geno lunged at him. "Hmm, battle time, I guess. Let's do this thing all together like a big, disfunctional family, people!"

Back with the swordsmen and kids with psychic powers...

Dark Clerk tried to slash Lucas, but the PK kid gasped and tripped, evading the attack by accident as he quickly went forward and slammed a small amount of his energy on Dark Clerk, who was pushed back a little. "D-don't try to slash me!" Lucas pleaded.

"Cheer up!" Rope Snake said as he appeared from his pocket. "That guy is holding back until he shows you his real power!"

"Y-you're supposed to cheer me, not scare me with the future!" Lucas said trembling.

"Whoops," Rope Snake said before turning at Dark Clerk. "Uh-oh!" he hid inside his pocket and Lucas yelled once Dark Clerk tried to slash him.

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Lucas screamed and covered his face.

"Not so fast!" Link stood between the 2 and tried to block the attack with his shield. Lucas looked up and saw his opportunity to run back. "U-ugh..." Link struggled. "T-there's no way you're going to kill me..."

"That is the plan!" Dark Clerk yelled as he pushed Link's shield away and slashed him across his chest. Link yelled in pain before Dark Clerk charged at him to slam his shoulder and push the Hero of Twilight away. the worker quickly put his axe above to shield himself from Ike's sword. "Well, well, well, another swordsman."

"What of it?" Ike asked as he tried to slam his axe on Dark Clerk.

"They're so many of them out there. And now, I have to fight 2 who can't even push my axe away! How do you think you can resist my attacks?"

Ike smiled a little. "Because I'm not alone."

"What?"

A green flash got behind Dark Clerk...

And it created a big explosion that made Dark Clerk yell in pain.

Ness smiled a little and circled his glowing finger around. "Ha, I like to use this attack more than the others."

"Poison!" Dark Clerk yelled.

As ridiculous as it sounded, everyone got instantly poisoned as their bodies turned an unusual color...

"Why is my body slightly pink?" Link asked and Ness tried not to laugh, but then he coughed after the poison began to hurt him.

"Since my powers have been increased..." Dark Clerk began. "My magic has been increased as well. I was only able to poison one enemy, but now, I can poison anyone!"

Ike coughed. "Still, this won't stop us from attacking..."

"I'll accelerate your fates though!" Dark Clerk yelled as he rushed at Ike and tried to slam down his axe on him, but the swordsman put his sword above and across to stop the attack. The poison in Ike was slowly depleting his energies as he twitched. "Does it hurt? The poison, I mean?"

Ike twitched and he lowered his guard, causing Dark Clerk to slam his axe on him. "UGH!" Ike twitched in pain.

"Now..." Dark Clerk raised his axe. "Time to finish you..."

"PK FREEZE!!!" Lucas yelled loudly in hopes for the ice mist to stop Dark Clerk. For the Pk kid's fortune, the ice mist exploded and froze Dark Clerk inside an icicle that was flung above.

"C'mon, boy!" Rope Snake cheered. "You have to do it!"

Lucas made a serious look and ran underneath the icicle, which prompted him to concentrate his PK energy into a huge blast coming from his hands.

"Ha!" Dark Clerk got out from the icicle and looked down below. "Don't try to make me even more mad!"

"HA!" Lucas released a big blast of PK energy that collided with Dark Clerk and pushed him even further above as he yelled in pain.

"Vigor Up!" Dark Clerk yelled to increase his strength. "Down to the earth!" he yelled as he tossed a spinning axe to Lucas, who gasped and rolled backwards to evade the impact that made a crack on the floor.

"Attack!" Link said to Ness who nodded and created an sphere of electricity out of his head to Dark Clerk while Link prepared a barrage of arrows that went towards the yellow worker.

"Ugh!" Dark Clerk twitched as the projectiles came in contact. Before he noticed, a spinning sword slashed him several times before Ike jumped to it and slammed it on Dark Clerk, making him crash on the floor before pushing Ike out of the way and reach for his axe.

Then, the poison struck everyone at the same time.

"My chance!" Dark Clerk yelled as he used an upward slash to push Ike to the air, before Dark Clerk tossed his axe at the immobilized swordsman to deal severe pain on him.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: Triforce_Luigi on May 22, 2009, 07:11:22 PM
Looking good so far. Can't wait for the continuation.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 23, 2009, 09:18:22 PM
Ike yelled loudly before he fell on the floor and laid down in pain while Dark Clerk went to recover his axe to slam it on the swordsman. "Now, you die!" Dark Clerk yelled as he held his axe above him and tried to slam it down on Ike.

"Yiah!" Lucas came from behind Dark Clerk, completely covered with electricity that crossed Dark Clerk and electrocuted him several times before he was pushed away from Ike. Lucas landed on the floor and panted a little. "I-I made it in time..."

"That's my boy!" Rope Snake said.

"I-I'm my dad's boy, not yours..."

"It's was an expression, geez..."

"T-thanks..." Ike thanked Lucas as he stood up.

"Fools!" Dark Clerk yelled as he rushed at them with his axe ready. "W-what?!" he noticed a yo-yo's string wrapping up himself to stop him from running at the 2.

"Pull!" Ness said to Link (since both were grabbing the yo-yo's string) and pulled the yo-yo back with all their forces to make Dark Clerk spin uncontrollably before he stopped and walked in circles.

"Whyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy did I leeeeeeeeeeeeeeet myseeeeeeeeeeelf get intoooooooooooo this?" Dark Clerk asked dazzled.

"N-Ness!" Lucas yelled as he ran to Ness. "W-we have to combine attacks!"

"H-hey..." Ike walked to Link. "W-why don't we do the same as well?"

Ness twitched after the poison struck them again. "M-maybe that's the best thing to do..."

Link closed his right eye after the poison struck him and nodded. "I-I agree..."

Dark Clerk twirled his head around as small Shysters were jumping around his head. "Nooooooooo more fooooooolishnesssssss... Blu-ru-ru!" he shook his head to push the Shysters away. "Bleh... Y-you fools, don't try to provoke me even mo-"

"NOW!" Ness and Lucas yelled in unison as both used PK Flash and PK Freeze respectively, merging their attacks together so they became a green mist that went quickly to Dark Clerk and burst out into many icicles that froze the worker and pushed him to the air, withLink shooting multiple arrows to start a combination with Ike...

But the poison was getting even worse.

"U-u-ugh..." Ike fell on his left knee and the others looked at him.

"Ike!" Link said as he kneeled to Ike. "Are you feeling okay?"

"N-n-not at all..." Ike coughed. "T-the poison...i-i-it's trying to kill me first..."

"That's because you got severely injured by his axe...wait, that's it!" Ness said. "His axe is his only method and weapon to attack us! We have to get rid of the axe!"

They heard ice shattering and Dark Clerk grunted furiously at them.

Lucas gasped. "B-but how do we take it off?!"

"Think of something..." Ness muttered to himself.

Dark Clerk was rushing at the group with axe ready.

"W-we have to run!" Lucas yelled.

"And what about Ike?" Link asked as Ike coughed even more.

Dark Clerk was getting closer.

"Dammit!" Ness snapped out. "I don't have any ideas!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Clerk yelled loudly as he continued to get closer to them.

"OH MY GOD! WE HAVE TO THINK OF SOMETHING!" Rope Snake yelled as he came out from Lucas's pocket.

"..." the others (especially Ness) stared at him.

"...Why is the kid who looks ALMOST like Lucas staring at me like that?"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Clerk continued his barbaric yell as he was about to slash them all with his axe.

Ness made a serious look, got struck by poison again, but it wasn't enough to stop him because he grabbed Rope Snake's tail (Rope Snake: NOT THERE!), glared at Dark Clerk, yelled loudly and slammed Rope Snake's mouth on the small space of the axe's handle and pulled the axe to the right with the remaining forces he had left, closed his eyes (or clenched them) and yelled "DIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!"

Music stops

An impacting sound was heard and everyone blinked in confusion.

"..." Ness was looking down after he pulled the axe to the right. The PK kid felt that Rope Snake was trembling like if he was in fear. He looked up and gasped after he saw what he did...

The axe didn't leave Dark Clerk...

Instead of pulling it away to the abyss across the conveyor belt...

It crashed right into Dark Clerk's helmet, causing a huge crack on it as the worker dropped the small shield he had on his left hand (that he didn't use at all), dropped his little arms below and was kept on his feet since Rope Snake turned white of fear after being so close to the crack.

"M-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-" Rope Snake stammered as he let the axe's handle go off from his mouth, causing Dark Clerk's diseased body to fall back and lay down defeated as his helmet turned to the right and didn't move afterward.

Ness was utterly speechless after he did that action by accident on Dark Clerk that even caused everyone to stay in surprise and shock.

Lucas went over to Ness to get Rope Snake back. "...N-Ness..." Lucas began and Ness slowly turned his head at him. "...Y-you''re a freaking psycho killer!"

"P-psycho-killer?!" Ness asked shocked (without eve realizing that Lucas said freaking) as Lucas pointed at Dark Clerk, whose Shadow Bugs left his body and vanished. "...Oh my...7 Melodies..."

"..." Link noticed that their bodies were turning back to normal after they defeated Clerk, making the poison disappear. "...That was...good?"

"I-I think so..." Ike coughed. "G-good and quick thinking..."

"..." Ness was utterly shocked after he saw what he did.

"...Ness?" Link waved a hand in front of Ness. "Hello?"

"..."

"..." Lucas grabbed Ness's hand and looked at the swordsmen. "U-um...s-should we reunite with the others now?"

"...Right..." Link said as he put Ike's right arm above his shoulders to help him walk. "I-if we can, maybe we could ask either Mallow or Chris to heal all of us..."

Lucas nodded and they started the long way to the others, while the blond PK kid managed to make the shocked Ness walk to his direction while he grabbed his hand.

Back to Pikachu's group...

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl - Battle! Team Galactic

"Jiiiiiiglyyyyypu-oww!" Jigglypuff rolled backwards after she was interrupted by Dark Manager's axe.

"When you want to sing, you're asking to be hurt!" Pikachu yelled.

"Oh, what do you know?" Jigglypuff asked irritated.

"Why don't you leave me alone?" Dark Manager asked as he blocked Kirby's hammer with his axe and pushed the puffball away. "I need to make sure that the machines don't come out as trash."

"But the machines here do all the work and you just watch with folded arms! They come out like those retards we defeated a moment ago!" Pikachu explained.

"Fool, I need to work here and you must get out," Dark Manager said as a Yaridovich's Machine Made that was on the top of Mack's pogo-sword passed above the conveyor belt and behind the worker. Pikachu sweatdropped after Dark manager ignored the weird machine. "If one of those machines ever get out, Smithy will apply a severe punishment for not following his designs."

"...You just ignored one."

"..." Dark Manager looked back and frowned. "See? This is why I need t-"

"YAH!" Pichu lunged at Dark Manager's back and latched on it so he could discharge electricity. Once he started, Dark Manager grunted in pain as his body became electrocuted.

Kirby made a serious expression and lunged at the worker to swing his hammer 2 sides to his helmet. Dark Manager grunted as he was pushed away, also letting Pichu land back to the floor where he shook his head from discharging electricity without stopping.

"Well, if I can't damage any of you with my axe, then I must resort to magic," Dark Manager said before he held out a hand to the dark ceiling. "Spritz Bomb!"

Many bombs appeared from the ceiling and the Smashers looked up just to gasp in shock. They tried to run away but there was no enough space to do what they wanted to do before the bombs fell on them, causing the young Smashers to be pushed to the air.

"Spritz Bomb!" Dark Manager yelled again as more bombs came out and exploded on the 4. "Spritz Bomb!" and again. "Spritz Bomb!" and again. "Spritz Bomb!" and again. "Spritz Bomb!" and again. "Spritz Bomb!"

"WOULD YOU STOP THAT?!" everyone yelled annoyed before the explosions caused them to crash down to the floor, where they moaned in pain.

"Aw, the sound of moans of pain... Too bad they're still here because that means you're not dead." Dark Manager said.

"W-why is it that everyone out there wants us dead?" Jigglypuff asked as she panted. "We're the good guys here! We're fighting for a noble cause!"

"Because it's backwards. We're the good guys here while you're the bad guys."

"T-that's not true. You want to cause utter annihilation, destruction, darnation, total dictatorship and worst of all, you want to kill pretty me, which is even worse than all the other things combined!"

"Ha, that's what you think. We don't want to destroy anything here. What makes you think that?" Dark Manager asked.

"Because the fact you're creating countless and countless of machines, and the fact that you're planning to destroy the city ever since you came here?" Kirby asked as he tilted his head.

"...Spritz Bomb!"

"AW, PLEASE!" they groaned out loud as more bombs came out from the ceiling and exploded when they fell down on them. The Pokémon and Kirby were panting heavily after the attack.

"I-I need food..." Kirby groaned.

"W-we need to defeat him..." Pikachu said as he stood up and glared at Dark Manager. "B-but there must be something we're missing..."

"..." Pichu took out a Beam Sword.

"...W-where did you get that?"

"F-from our inventory..." Pichu said.

"We have one?" Pikachu asked before he took out a Bumper. "O-oh, Chris surely bought that ability to let us use the items as we-"

"Spritz Bo-"

"SHUT THE HELL UP, YOU FUZZBAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAG!!!" Pikachu yelled enraged as he tossed the Bumper at a high speed, colliding right into Dark Manager's helmet, causing him to be blasted off across the conveyor belt, where he fell between the rising chains into the deep dark abyss.

"...W-wait, what just happened?" Kirby asked confused.

Pikachu's jaw dropped. "...Oh my Arceus...w-we did it! The frickin' bomb bastard is gone! GONE! Oh my goodness, we did it!" Pikachu ran to the Bumper and tried to hug it, but he was pushed away. "I don't care if you bump me. I frickin' love you!"

"Phew..." Jigglypuff sat down. "T-that was close... I thought I was going to die..."

"B-but I wanted to use this!" Pichu said angrily. "I-I didn't get the chance to swing this sword across his face!"

"Pichu," Pikachu stared at him with a bored look as the chains from across the conveyor moved. "In this world, when you have the chance to push the guy who keeps calling bombs to explode you, you must use it before you regret it."

"..." Kirby tried to tell Pikachu to look behind him.

"Besides, see the bright side!" Pikachu said smiling as a familiar figure rose up from the abyss by grabbing the rising chains. "We're alive, so that's good, right?"

"No."

"..." Pikachu made a miffed look before someone jumped and landed right behind him. "...The bastard is still alive, isn't he..." he asked with a bored tone and turned his back around. "...Aw, shi-"

"Begone," Dark Manager said as he pushed Pikachu with his axe and to the trio. "That was incredibly...unexpected. But I warn you."

"W-what?" Kirby asked with a gulp.

"That attack made me more furious than I was before."

"...You don't look like you're furious to me." Jigglypuff said.

"Spritz Bomb!"

"CAN'T YOU SAY SOMETHING ELSE THAN THAT?!" Pikachu asked as he sat up before he saw the bombs coming at them. "You know what? Screw it!"

Once a bomb was going to explode right to him, he used his tail to hit and direct it to Dark Manager, who gasped before the bomb exploded on his helmet. "UGH!"

"It's time for a little change here!" Pikachu yelled as the others were pushed to the air by the other bombs, prompting them to crash on the floor.

However, they were able to see what Pikachu did.

"Y-you hit a bomb to him?" Jigglypuff asked.

"...Oh, now I see what we have to do..." Pikachu said.

"...A-ha, it's so simple now!"

"...Yes, it's easy..." Pichu nodded.

"...Hmm..." Kirby wondered.

"Spritz Bomb!" Dark Manager called out.

"Everyone, there they come!" Pikachu alerted everyone who nodded and ran at different sides.

"Ha!" Pichu swung the sword to make them go to Dark Manager, Pikachu hit another with his tail, Jigglypuff slapped one and Kirby jumped to 3 and kicked them all to the worker as well.

"Fools!" Dark Manager yelled as he raised his shield and blocked all the explosions. "Don't think I didn't see what did there. I'm going to keep casting my own attack to see which one of us gets tired so I can deliver the last blow! Spritz Bomb!"

"W-what?" Pichu asked worried as more bombs came from the ceiling.

"Ha! I'm not getting tired after I found this tactic!" Pikachu yelled as he prepared to hit another bomb. "There's no way I'm going to let a fuzzbag like you get away with it that easily!"

"Neither am I," Dark Manager as he raised his shield. "I dare you all to explode another bomb on me!"

The group tried their best to hit all the bombs back to Dark Manager, who kept his shield raised to stop all the bombs from trespassing his defense.

This moment kept repeating again and again as each one tried not to get tired by their tactics against the other. The young Smashers were getting exhausted by their misfortune and Dark Manager seemed to be almost unscathed.

"Hahahahaha!" Dark Manager laughed. "You can't pass my shield at all, can you?" he asked.

"(N-no...)" Jigglypuff was getting tired after she slapped a bomb. "(I-I can't lose now... Not when everyone else is doing their best... I-If I drop out...)" she closed her eyes. "(What else can we use?... W-wait...m-maybe...b-but that virtual guy isn't here to tell us if that's ready or not... W-well...I don't have anything else to lose...)"

"K-keep going!" Pikachu yelled as he hit another bomb. "W-we're almost there!"

"Why won't you stop?!" Dark Manager asked irritated. "The same result is going to keep happening if you don't think of something else!... Huh?" he noticed a small crack on his shield. "...W-wait..."

"Hu-uah!!!" Kirby yelled as he hit a bomb with a strong swing of his hammer, causing it to rocket right to Dark Manager's shield. The worker grunted and tried to block himself, but when the bomb collided with the shield, it broke into pieces.

"W-what?!" Dark Manager asked in shock as his shield broke apart. "N-no!"

"Yes! Attack him!" Pichu yelled as they hit the last bombs back to Dark Manager. The worker gasped once around 7 bombs were tossed right to his face and exploded when they came into contact. If attacking the young Smashers in close range wasn't effective, and the fact that his shield was broken and thus his bombs could explode on him, what else was Dark Manager able to do?

Kirby noticed that Dark Manager was looking down. "...We did it?"

"...SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB! SPRITZ BOMB!!!" Dark Manager kept yelling out to call forth an insane amount of bombs that began to cover the whole ceiling. The young Smashers looked up and gasped.

"B-but why is he calling so many of them?" Pichu asked as he trembled.

"P-probably because that the only way to get rid of us is by sacrificing himself as well!" Pikachu explained as the bombs began to fall down. "AW, WE'RE SCREWED NOW!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Manager raised his axe and ran towards Kirby, who gasped and made a shocked look.

"KIRBY! RUN!" Pichu yelled.

"B-but to where?!" Kirby asked as he looked up at the bombs falling down.

"Dammit! We can't step on the conveyor belts without getting zapped!" Pikachu yelled.

"SAY YOUR LAST PRAYERS, PUFFBALL!!!" Dark Manager yelled as he lunged at Kirby to slam down his axe.

Kirby blocked his head to resist the attack, but then, Jigglypuff sidestepped in front of him and twirled. "(It's now or never...) Your diva singer, is right here!"

A rainbow aura covered Jigglypuff as a force came out as well, pushing the falling Dark Manager to the floor.

"Y-YOU!!!" Dark Manager yelled enraged as he charged at Jigglypuff.

"(Time to sing an enthusiastic so-)" Jigglypuff's thoughts were interrupted as she inhaled air...and began to grow big in size. The young Smashers made confused looks at Jigglypuff's Final Smash before they decided to get out of the way of the growing Pokémon as they screamed for their lives.

"HA!!!" Dark Manager slammed his axe on the puffball Pokémon, but when the axe came in contact with Jigglypuff's body, it was instantly flung away to the pipes where it became stuck on a very high height. Dar Manager gasped when he crashed on the floor, his back facing a conveyor belt as Jigglypuff kept growing. "S-stop! I don't allow people to grow like this between the conveyor belts!" Dark Manager demanded as he backed away to the conveyor belt.

He was being crushed by Jigglypuff's size until...

Music stops

"JIGLYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY!!!"

PUSH!

A mighty force pushed Dark Manager towards the pipes (all the bombs that were going to fall on them were also pushed everywhere, creating destruction to all the pipes), where he yelled in extreme pain as his helmet destroyed and passed every single pipe that was on his way to the dark abyss underneath the platform. The worker's yells faded once the sounds of the conveyor belts and the cranes moving around replaced the yells of agony.

"Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuhhhhh..." Jigglypuff panted before she shrunk back to her normal size and laid down on the floor.

"...W-what the heck was that?" Pikachu asked as they walked to Jigglypuff.

"I-if that was my Final Smash, which doesn't involves me singing at all..." Jigglypuff said weakly. "...I-I'm so going to put a heavy lawsuit on Master Hand..."

"...W-well, it didn't look like that should be your Final Smash to me..." Kirby admitted.

Jigglypuff looked at Kirby and smiled a little. "Aw, thank you for understanding me..."

Pichu helped Jigglypuff to get up and she shook to clean herself from the soot of the bombs' explosions as the others did the same.

"W-whew..." Pichu sighed. "H-how do we know we beat him for real?"

"Didn't you notice his yell?" Pikachu asked. "That yell surely was the one that meant "Oh noez! My energy depleted totally! I can't move anymore! Save me!" for sure."

"...You need to get more creative with that." Kirby said.

"...What th-that didn't sound like you at all."

"Maybe the bombs affected his mind..." Jigglypuff said before she noticed several bombs around the floor. "YEEEEEEEEH!" she jumped to Pikachu's arms. "BOMBS! MORE OF THEM! GET RID OF THEM! I DON'T WANT TO SEE MORE!"

Kirby made a serious look and opened his mouth to eat all the bombs, turning him into Bomb Kirby, with the usual light blue hat on his head. "Aw, much better..." Bomb Kirby said as he rubbed his stomach.

A record scratched and Pichu tilted his head. "W-wait, if Kirby inhaled all those bombs in 1 second..."

"...You've got to be kidding me..." Pikachu looked at Bomb Kirby. "You were the solution for the bombs and you DIDN'T say anything about it? What's wrong with you?! Answer me!"

"Hey," Bomb Kirby juggled 2 bombs that weren't ignited. "Your panic was distracting me."

"W-what?! Oh, that's it you little smarty-pinky-puffball, get over here!" Pikachu tried to punch Bomb Kirby, but Jigglypuff and Pichu grabbed him from his back. "Let me go! I need to teach him a lesson! AAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

"Hmm." Bomb Kirby simply said as he looked to the south.

And from the darkness, Lucas, Ness, Ike and Link appeared. Link ran to the 4 and looked at the mad Pikachu trying to reach Bomb Kirby. "What's wrong with him?" Link asked.

"No idea." Bomb Kirby said as he kept the bombs.

"Oh, well. Hey, you guys defeated someone here like us did?"

"Yes!" Pichu yelled as he tried to restrain Pikachu.

"NOT THANKS TO HIM!" Pikachu yelled angrily to Bomb Kirby.

"...Huh?" Ness regained control. "W-what's happening?"

"Wait, there's no time for bickerings now!" Link said as he grabbed Pikachu and put him above his shoulder. "We have to go forward and see if the others are fine!"

"Can't we sit down and rest?" Jigglypuff asked as she sat down. "I'm tired..."

"No." Ness said.

"...This sucks."

And with that, the 8 began to run to the north...

"Can you put me down, though? It's not comfortable up here!" Pikachu yelled to Link.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 24, 2009, 04:47:38 PM
Back with Sonic's group...

Star Ocean: Till the End of time - Bitter Dance

"Hmph, bring it," Dark Director taunted Sonic. "With a little bit of information about your attacks, the battle will be easier."

"Ha, you wish," Sonic said before he curled up and used a Homing Attack that tried to crash on Dark Director, but the worker simply slashed the attack with his axe to make Sonic turn back to normal before Dark Director charged at him with his shield to push him away. "Tsk..." Sonic landed on his feet anf glared at the worker.

"See now?" Dark Director asked. "Calculating where the right spot to stop your attacks is can result in cancelling your attacks."

"I'll use my speed then!" Sonic said as he ran quickly to deliver a punch on Dark Director, who simply raised his shield to make the hedgehog collide with it to later use his axe and cut Sonic across the face. "AAAAAHH!!!"

"Begone," Dark Director said as he pushed Sonic away and raised his shield up to block a kick. "I have eyes everywhere, you know."

"Don'r try to make me angry," Fox said with a glare before he flipped back to the floor and rushed to the worker. "It's going to be even worse for you if you do that to me."

"We shall see," Dark Director said as he blocked a flurry of kicks from Fox with his shield. The worker quickly sidestepped out of the way from a grenade that went to the vulpine and exploded. "Trying to double team me isn't a good option either."

"Would you think before tossing those things at me?" Fox asked irritated to Snake.

"I don't listen to foxes," Snake replied as he noticed Dark Director running at him. "Well, come over here."

"Vigor Up!" Dark Director yelled to raise his strength even more. Snake narrowed his eyes and backstepped from a slam of the axe before running back to Dark Director and tackle him down. The soldier quickly put a mine inside his helmet and got off from him. "What a dirty trick..."

"Now." Snake said simply as he clicked the button.

"Wait, don't!" Marth yelled before an explosion that came from Snake's back pushed him away. "He tossed the mine back at you when you didn't look!"

"U-ugh, but in just 2 seconds without looking at him? That's...stupid..." Snake frowned.

"I'm a force to be reckoned with, am I not?" Dark Director asked before he put his shield behind him to stop an Aura Sphere. "When I'm distracted is when I'm focused."

"Grrrr..." Lucario grunted angrily as he ran to Dark Director.

The worker noticed Marth running from the other side. "And here we go again... THERE!" Dark Director yelled as he slashed the air with his axe, stopping Sonic from doing a surprise attack above him. The worker then focused back on the 2 who tried to attack by the sides. "Now, what do I do here..."

"GUUUUUUAAAAARRRRRGGH!!!" Lucario raised his right hand, glowing with aura to slam it on Dark Director.

"Useful..." Dark Director muttered as he waited for the 2 to reach him. When they did, Dark Director quickly tossed away his axe to Snake, who dodged it, but only for the worker to grab Lucario's glowing hand and slam it on Marth, causing severe pain on the Altean who yelled while Lucario gasped as he pulled back his palm.

"I-I'm sorry..." Lucario apologized. "H-he was too fast for me..."

"N-no hard feelings..." Marth said as he closed his right eye in pain.

"UGH!" Lucario was pushed to the floor by Dark Director's shoulder.

"Time to get even more serious than before. Spritz Bomb!" Dark Director yelled as he called forth many huge bombs that rained down on the field and exploded upon contact, causing everyone to be pushed to the air before crashing down to the floor. "Maybe fighting 5 at the same time isn't that hard at all..."

"S-shut up..." Sonic muttered as he coughed before curling up to use Spin Dash.

Dark Director ran to his axe and grabbed it. "The same thing? You're not original," he taunted as Sonic was about to crash into him.

The worker slammed down his axe...on the floor because the hedgehog turned ways to the side and quickly slammed himself into Dark Director, who grunted in pain as the hedgehog flipped in the air and landed back on the floor with a satisfactory grin. "Who's getting hurt now?" Sonic asked.

"I'm not going to get defeated or be enraged that easily either..." he put his shield behind his back to block another kick from Fox. "You and your repetitive kicks. Don't you have anything else than that?"

"I do," Fox said as he grinned, pulled back his fists and began to get covered in flames before rocketing himself to the worker with fire, burning Dark Director for a bit as he crossed him. "Aaaaaand that's not all either." Fox said as he used Fox Illusion to slash the worker as the vulpine crossed him again, only with a longer range.

"Well, that was original for change..." Dark Director panted a little. "Valor up!" he yelled to increase his defense. However, just as he was raising his defense, a strong palm slammed down on his helmet and he grunted in pain before he saw Lucario landing in front of him. "T-the dog learned a new trick..."

"Don't dare to call me a dog." Lucario said as he narrowed his eyes.

"Funny, that kid gave the first impression to me."

"He is NOT a kid!" Lucario yelled enraged as he rushed at Dark Director with Force Palm ready.

"Lucario, don't let him get to you!" Marth yelled as he ran besides Lucario.

"If he insults Chris, he is insulting me as well and that's not good for his life!" Lucario yelled.

"But with rage you won't accomplish anything. He will dodge every single attack if you're enraged." Marth said as he stopped Lucario.

"...Maybe you're right..." Lucario said as he looked down. "UGH!" an axe struck his shoulder and he grunted in pain, showing his fangs completely before Dark Director pushed him with his shoulder, grabbed back the axe and slashed Marth across his chest to push him away.

"When are you going to understand?" Dark Director asked. "Getting distracted for a small time can result in a severe punishment... A punishment that I'll personally create," he turned his back to see an explosion from a small missile pushing him back. "...A-And I need to stay more focused as well..."

"Heh," Snake kept his Nikita and grinned (a small grin that was just .5cm of height...) "Losing your focus?"

"Not at all," Dark Director shook his head. "I hope this ends sooner so I can get appreciation from Smithy."

Snake started to run at him. "Too bad," he used a fast tackle to push the employee away. Snake then pulled out a mortar, that, for some reason, pushed Dark Director to the air and got attacked by a raising grenade that exploded right into his armor before Snake took out an RPG-7 rocket launcher to shoot down a strong missile to Dark Director's feet, causing strong damage that made Dark Director yell a little in pain. "Feel my annoyance to you."

"H-has somebody ever told you that you carry a lot of things without actually carrying them around?" Dark Director asked as he panted.

"I blame the hand for that one." Snake said.

"I blame the whole universe we got in." Mei Ling said over the codec.

"Heh, we think the same. Got a Japanese haiku for that?"

"Hmm, let me see...oh, look out!"

"That doesn't sound like a haiku to m-AAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Snake yelled after Dark Director slammed his axe on his back, causing a severe pain going through Snake's back.

"Away," Dark Director pushed Snake away by using his shield. "Get during conversations again and you'll be sorry."

Marth quickly ran to the worker and stood in front of him.

"...That's all? You're pathetic..." Dark Director frowned as he prepared to slash Marth, but the Altean quickly put his sword across him to let it receive the slash before retaliating with a strong slash (while Marth said something in Japanese) on Dark Director, who grunted in pain. "I-I should've expected that as well..."

Marth proceeded to use Dancing Blade to deal 4 hits on Dark Manager before finishing with a strong thrust that pushed the worker away.

"G-good..." Dark Director panted. "T-this fight is even more interesting than the one I had with Mario..."

"I'm glad to hear that," Marth said before he narrowed his eyes as he put his sword in front of him. "But I'll more glad once I stop hearing that voice of yours."

"Isn't this funny? We think the same of each other," Dark Director chuckled. "(I can hear that hedgehog coming right behind me...) THERE!" he turned his back and slashed the air, but he was able to catch a glimpse of a blue blur flipping sideways before Sonic used Spin Dash to push the enemy to the air before splitting his legs in the air and hit him with an upward kick from down below.

"Now, attack him!" Sonic yelled as he landed on the floor with his head. "O-oww..."

"This is for that insult a moment ago!" Lucario yelled (making Marth facepalm with a frown) as he jumped straight to Dark Director and delivered a series of punches and kicks charged with aura. "GUUUU-AAAARGGH!!!" he slammed down a Force Palm on Dark Director's armor, making him go down to collide with the floor.

"(Now's my chance...)" Fox thought as he narrowed his eyes and quickly ran underneath Dark Director to do a fast backflip kick (calculating the spot where he would slide a little beforehand) to push him back to the air. "Let's keep him in the air!"

"My turn." Snake said as he jumped towards Dark Director and slammed his right kick on Dark Director's helmet. The worker yelled loudly in pain as he was pushed down to the floor where he crashed but rolled backwards to stood up.

"W-well, i-it seems things aren't going well for me anymore..." Dark Director coughed. "B-but that doesn't mean I'll escape either... SPRITZ BOMB!"

Many huge bombs rained down from the ceiling and the 5 looked up.

"Isn't there a way to evade all those bombs?" Sonic asked.

"Unless..." Snake muttered before he took out his missile launcher and shot a small missile that went to the bombs and exploded upon contact, causing a chain reaction that made every single bomb explode above them. "So that's the trick..."

"Ugh," Dark Director grunted. "And throughout the whole battle, you all grew a little wiser...enough wiser to find the flaw in my attacks..."

Fox saw his scouter beeping. "The Over Limit is ready."

"Now I'll show yo-" Sonic was just about to use his Final Smash but the Chaos Emeralds simply appeared and dropped to the floor. "Aw, man! Not this again!"

The vulpine looked back at his scouter. "What a relief. It's still intact..."

"GUUUUUUUUAAAAAARRRGGGGGGHHHHH!!!" Lucario roared loudly as the rainbow aura covered his body with a force pushing Dark Director back for a bit. "I'll make sure you die a fast death." Lucario said as he narrowed his glowing eyes.

Dark Director simply prepared.

"GuuuuuuuuAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRGGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" Lucario joined his hands together before shoving them forward, releasing a big stream of pure aura energy that went towards Dark Director.

...However...

Dark Director jumped above the beam and Lucario gritted his fangs in fury as the worker chuckled. The Aura Pokémon tried to move the beam up but he couldn't do it as it faded. "Damn it!" Lucario cursed.

"That's a Final Smash wasted right there..." Marth said disappointed.

"Mine could have taken that guy out." Snake commented.

"Mine would." Fox said with a frown.

"Or mine...if it could have worked..." Sonic commented.

"Would you 4 stop commenting about your Final Smashes being "superior" right now?!" Lucario asked enraged.

"Hey, we're not the dude who wasted his Final Smash."

"GRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

Sonic shuddered. "C-chill out! It was just a joke..."

"UGH!" Lucario was distracted after the 4 accidentally commented about his Final Smash being wasted and thus he got hit in the head by Dark Director.

"Too bad this dog didn't do a good job." Dark Director said.

"I'm not a dog!" Lucario yelled as he gritted his fangs.

"Then tell that kid to stop making you act like one."

Lucario was utterly enraged after those comments.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRGGGGGGGHHHHH!!!" the Aura Pokémon's right fist covered with a glowing light of aura that he tried to slam on Dark Director, who simply moved away. "STOP MOVING!"

"Why would I?" Dark Director asked. "It's not my fault you were not trained well."

"YOU...YOU!!!"

Sonic stepped up in front of the 3. "Hey, we have to go and help him!"

Marth shook his head. "No. I think Lucario can handle him alone. If we interrupt, that only will cause him to attack us as well."

"But didn't you tell him not to get furious?"

"I did. But now, I can tell that this rage is going to increase his strength greatly."

"What's the difference between this rage and the other one from before?"

"That this one is enhancing his strength, while the previous was onl-"

"Pissing him off." Snake interrupted.

"...You could put it that way..."

"Ha," Dark Director taunted as he dodged a fist. "What? Doggy's getting angry? It's a shame."

"SHUT UP!!!" Lucario growled furiously as he tried to land a fist on the worker.

Dark Director backstepped but Lucario followed him as his aura covered his whole body. "Fool, your rage is only making easier for me to evade every hit of yours."

"You know, I don't know why is easier to evade someone's attacks when he or she is furious." Fox said confused.

"Hmph, I don't know that either..." Snake muttered.

"I do." Mei Ling called from the codec.

"Care to explain?"

"Now's not the best time, though."

"Missed," Dark Director said as he evaded another fist. "Missed," and again. "Missed," and again. "Missed," and again. "Missed too," and again.

Marth slowly reached for something behind his cape and Sonic looked at him.

Dark Director shook his head as Lucario showed his fangs (that apparently were thirsty for blood). "You're such a poor shame. Even with that rage, you can't land a single hit on me."

"Grrrrr..."

Something was heard being tossed to the floor.

"..." Dark Director turned his back to see a Green Shell going to him. "That had to be the most pathetic excuse to attack me. What is a Green Shell going to do to me? I'll just jump it an-"

Music stops

CRASH!!!

Marth, Fox and Sonic gasped after Dark Director was interrupted in his little speech.

What was shocking was that, when the worker was distracted, a glowing fist passed right through his helmet and crossed the other side.

And that fist belonged to a furious Lucario, who growled furiously as he tossed Dark Director's dead body to the conveyor belt, where it got electrocuted greatly, shooting sparks everywhere before it exploded into bits and left nothing else behind. The Aura Pokémon showed his fangs in rage before his aura faded and he calmed down with a sigh.

"..." the 4 were speechless...well, except for Snake, who took out a cigar and ignited it to smoke it.

"...Well, that was a good ending." Snake commented.

"...But, that was kinda..." Sonic tried to think of something. "...Extreme..."

"...I agree..." Fox nodded.

"...Well, he got rid of him, right? So, we have to be happy for it." Marth said.

"Dude, we just watched a do-I mean, whatever he is passing his fist right through the enemy's head, and you're not shocked if he does the same to you if you dare to piss him off?" Sonic asked.

Marth shook his head. "No, because I won't do the same mistake as he did."

"You, however..." Snake trailed off as he looked at Sonic.

"Oh, f(beep) off..." Sonic frowned.

The 4 walked to Lucario.

"Well, your rage got that guy killed. Happy?" Snake asked.

"..." Lucario looked away with a grunt.

"No need to get grumpy either," Marth said before he thought of something. "But, we honestly think you're not a dog and Chris is not a kid."

"He's not a kid?" Sonic asked before Lucario grunted at him. "I-I mean, of course not!"

"..." Fox's ears perked up and he quickly took out his Blaster, turned his back and aimed at the person behind him.

"Yeah, aim that to me because I sound like a bad guy." Link said with an annoyed look.

"Oh, sorry for that." Fox apologized as he put away his Blaster in his holdster.

"Let me guess," Pikachu began. "You guys fought an armored guy who kept annoying you to no end."

"To Lucario at least." Marth pointed out.

Pikachu frowned. "And if we're lucky, then the others could be fighting ANOTHER one of them as well..."

"...Well..." Ike looked at everyone. "Since we're done with our fights, why don't we advance forward and see if they need our help?"

"That's the best thing for now." Jigglypuff said.

Ness went to the Green Shell that Marth tossed and kept it. "If we keep to be standing here in the middle of probably nowhere in this factory, then we should get running to the other end instead!"

And lastly, the last team...

Mario & Luigi: Superstar Saga - Poople & Rookie

"Soooooooooooo good!" Yolk said dumbly as Mario and Geno lunged at him. "Oh, what's with people these days who jump to guys like me in that way? Seriously, the nerve of some of them... Oh, right," he noticed the 2 were about to attack him. "Echofinder!"

Sound waves came out from his mouth and they stroke both Mario and Geno, who were pushed back to the floor, also losing their abilities to use skills and magic respectively.

"Like that?" Yolk asked with a toothy grin. "Guess you did, since you seem to be so worked up after you got it, and played with it around!"

"Aw, god, I hate this guy..." Chris said as he grabbed his head. "Why does he need to talk like that?"

"Because of the fact that he probably doesn't have a brain?" Mallow asked as he focused to make magic.

"Mainly that..." Peach said unsure.

"Oh, I forgot about you 3!" Yolk said happily.

"Eek!" the trio gasped.

"Hmm, so, who's the first one on my list?"

"H-he wants to!" Mallow pointed at Chris.

"W-what?! Y-you little cheater...traitor!"

"Oh well!" Yolk said happily as he inhaled air. "How do you want yourself? Crispy or burned?"

"Neither!" Chris yelled scared.

"Aw, c'mon, man!" Yolk said. "You've got to choose one option or else how am I going to defeat you?"

"B-because I don't want to die!"

"You can meet death people if you die, famous people, even the most funny!"

"W-what the heck do you have in your mind?!"

"Almost nothing, 'cept pure awesome materia!" Yolk laughed.

"O-oh no, you're not going to burn m-"

"Burned then!" Yolk said happily as he shot a magma ball to Chris, who yelled in a high-pitched tone and rammed himself to the side to evade the explosion. "Dude! Stop moving around!"

"Y-yiah!" Peach jumped to throw a Turnip (OoO) that was ignited upon contact with the pyroplasm.

"..." Yolk looked miffed. "Hmm, it had an odd taste. What else do you have, missy?"

"W-what?" Peach asked confused.

"The turnip, girl! I meant the turnip!" Yolk said with a smile. "Have something with a lemon-apple flavor?"

"M-my turnips don't have flavors..."

Yolk got mad. "What?! Then that's so bad, that I'm going to stick my head to yours!"

As the pyroplasm got his head closer to the princess, who screamed for her life as she ran away from the stretchable head of magma, a fast slicing ring cut the pyroplasm in half before Yolk was seen emerging from the machine.

"Dude, like, that didn't feel so good!" Yolk said.

"It's because it didn't have to." Geno said with a glare.

"Oh, the puppet! Good times in that past fight, man, good fights, aw yeeeeeeeah..."

"..." Geno sweatdropped and used a rocket punch to explode it right in front of Yolk's face.

"Ouch!" Yolk yelled in pain. "Hmph! Hoe rude of you, sir! I guess I need to get eve more serious than-heeeeeeeeeeey, who're you?" he asked to a familiar Star Spirit that floated in front of him.

"Mamar," she said. "And it's time to get to bed."

"Why's that?" Yolk asked before a wave of musical notes flew out from Mamar and hit him. "And I yelled to the cabby aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhh..." he fell asleep and snored out loud.

The 5 gathered as the pyroplasm continued to snore loudly.

"Well, thank you for calling me." Mamar said before she vanished.

"Okay, that monster or whatever the heck he is it's getting on my nerves," Geno said. "Somebody has a plan?"

"W-we could wait to use the Final Smash..." Peach suggested.

"But for that, we need to land many hits." Mario said.

"Evil sandwishes...getting to my spacecraft...save 'em, mommy..." Yolk snored.

"..." Chris shook his head. "I-I can't stand that idiot anymore! The person I can stand with that...insane level of stupidity is...Popo..."

"Neither of us can stand him at all," Geno said. "We must think of somet-"

"Aaaaaaand cue from the bird!" Yolk said as he woke up. "A-ha! You guys were planning to do something on poor little ol' me, huh?"

Mallow shifted his eyes. "N-no, what makes you think that?"

"I'm no idiot!"

"You are!" Mallow and Chris yelled.

"No, I'm not! Look at yourselves! You look like that creepy stance for those people who like to plot the demises of their enemies!"

The 5 quickly separated from each other.

"Ha! That makes it more obvious!" he inhaled air. "Breaker Beam!"

"JUMP!" Mario yelled and everyone followed his order to evade the beam that came out from Yolk's mouth.

"Got ya! Mega Drain!"

"DOUBLE JUMP!" Mario yelled and everyone quickly used a double jump to evade the slicing beam.

"Electroshock!"

"TRIPLE JUMP!"

"We don't have that one!" the others yelled before sparks came from above them that created several domes of electricity, greatly electrocuting every single character before the domes disappeared.

Yolk chuckled as the 5 crashed down to the floor. "Heheh, you fell from the sky...laughing out loud here, dudes!"

"M-Mario..." Peach muttered weakly. "C-can we win this fight?"

Mario coughed as everyone tried to get up. "W-we can if we're positive about it..."

"Thinking right now...hurts..." Chris muttered as he slowly stood up. "T-there has got to be some way to deal damage to him..."

"N-nothing here can help us..." Mallow muttered as he shook his head. "W-what else besides the fact that he's connected to the machine is there?"

"...W-wait..." Geno narrowed his eyes at the machine. "I-If I remember, the chief was the one who made it, right? S-so, there must be a way to retaliate with that idea in mind..."

"..." Chris changed to his Hacker job. "M-maybe I can find something of matter if I check the machine..."

"...We don't have nothing else to lose here..."

"What about us?" Peach asked.

"...B-besides us, that is..."

"So!" Yolk spoke up. "You guys gonna fight me or somethin'?"

"...Mallow, Peach, listen up," Geno whispered. "You have to create some kind of distraction as Chris gets to the machine."

"W-why us?" Peach asked.

"Because I know you're not going to fight at close-range, right?"

"W-well..."

"...Let's do it," Mallow whispered to the princess. "These 3 can be the offensive while we're the defensive. If there's only one way to get rid of...it, then I'm willing to do it. What do you say?"

"...Okay..." Peach nodded.

"D-don't worry," Mario coughed. "I'm going to make sure he doesn't hurt you..."

"B-but don't get hurt as well, okay?"

Mario smiled a little. "You can count on me."

"T-thank you..."

"(Yes, it's love...)" Chris thought with a frown.

"BREAKER BEAM!" Yolk yelled loudly.

"GO!" Mario yelled loudly as the 5 evaded the beam by jumping.

"Mega Drain!"

"Geno Whirl!" Geno interrupted as he stopped the pyroplasm from using his beam by slicing him in half before he emerged from the machine.

"You sir, need to get BUUUUUUUUUUUUURNED!!!" Yolk yelled angrily as he extended his head to Geno.

"Back off!" Mario yelled as he pulled FLUDD out and shot a stream of water that made Yolk back away.

"W-water? That's not cool, dude! NOT-COOL!" Yolk yelled stupidly before he inhaled air.

"Scatter Beam!" Chris yelled as he took out his gun and shot 7 rays that hit Yolk (only 5 this time hit him) and interrupted his attack.

"'Kay, you guys are so pissing me off now..." Yolk said with a mad look. "You need to...what's the word? Oh yeah, DIE IN OBLIVIOOOOOOOON!!!"

"Those are 3 words, you retard!" Mallow yelled from afar.

Yolk looked at him. "Oh, to me, it looked like 1...or was it 7? Heheh, I forgot. Oh yeah, DIE!" Yolk yelled as he shot a fast magma ball to the prince.

"HP Rain!" Mallow called out a smiling cloud above the magma ball that doused it by its water as Peach stepped in front of Mallow and took out Toad.

"YEEEEEEEEEEE-OUCH!" Toad received the attack before shooting air waves out. "P-princess, next time, don't put me in front of a rock bigger than me..."

"S-sorry..." Peach apologized before he kept him behind her back.

"My condolences to him..." Mallow said with a bow, making Peach blush embarrassed.

"...Hey, you guys hear that clackity-clank sounds?" Yolk asked confused before he looked below him to the right side to spot Chris looking (or messing) around with his machine. "Hey, dude, whatcha doing to me?"

Chris gulped and looked up. "E-er...hmm...f-fixing you?"

"..." Yolk smiled happily. "Oh, good! I have these weird tickles in my crotch lately these days, so, can you fix that?"

Chris tried to shake off the sick image in his mind.

"...Wait a minute..." Yolk grinned and narrowed his eyes. "You're not thinking about disabling me, are you?"

"N-no..." Chris sweated.

"...Good!" Yolk said happily.

"P-phew..."

"But I'm not stupid!"

Chris gasped.

"You are!" Mallow and Peach yelled from afar.

"I'm not!"

"You are!"

"I'm not!"

"You are!"

"I'm not!"

The World Traveler took this time to look for something to stop the machine.

"Hey!" Yolk looked down at Chris as Mallow and Peach tried to distract the pyroplasm. "I didn't forget about you!"

"SOMEBODY!" Chris yelled as Yolk pulled back himself to slam his head down on the hacker.

Mario jumped above the machine and shot a faster stream of water as he used FLUDD to make the pyroplasm back away.

"Okay, your tricks got old to me," Yolk said before 2 rocket punches collided on his face. "And the puppet's attacks got old as well! You guys need a serious punishment this time!" Shadow Bugs began to cover himself. "IT'S KILLIN' TIME!"

"THERE!" Chris found something in the machine and slammed his right fist on a button.

Music stops

"..." Yolk made his mouth a small dot. "...Not feeling the same right now...wait, I feel the same..." he looked around as he turned red, while the Shadow Bugs left the machine. "...Hmm..."

"..." Peach, Mallow, Mario and Geno walked to Yolk and looked up to the pyroplasm.

"..." Chris looked up before looking down on the keyboard that was connected to the machine and typed something. "Now, if I input this code to the hard drive..."

"Wait, it has a hard drive?" Mallow asked.

"You have a computer?" Twink asked as he came down from the dark ceiling.

"The best one in Nimbus Land there is." Mallow said proudly.

"..." Geno walked to Chris. "What are you exactly doing to him?"

Yolk looked down to the 2 with a normal expression as a face. "I'm trying to change some statistics to him..." Chris said as he typed on the keyboard. "This shouldn't take too long..."

"Hmm..." Yolk "hmm'd" confused.

"Why isn't he attacking anymore?" Peach asked.

"I put a code to stop him from attacking us. Right now..." the World Traveler took out some small glasses and adjusted them. "He's at what I call "Confused Mode" so he can't attack us."

"...Oh."

"..." Yolk turned blue. "Sooooooooooooooooooooo, what're you guys going to do now? I feel right into the grooooooooove right nooooooow..."

"...U-um, we're going to fight Smithy?" Mallow responded.

"Like, that's awesooooooooooooome..." Yolk said with several nods.

"Why the heck is he like that now?"

Chris chuckled. "Just testing this job out..."

Geno chuckled. "Well, make the machine step aside so we can go to Smithy."

"Aww... Oh well," Chris typed on the keyboard. "I'll see what else I can do with it."

Yolk turned green. "Anybody into the retro age, where hippies used to rule the world we live in?"

"Chris!" Geno yelled.

Chris laughed for a bit. "Okay, okay! I'm on it!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on May 24, 2009, 09:41:32 PM
Sorry if I haven't been reading much lately, but this is epic!

Good work! :)
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 25, 2009, 09:11:10 PM
"I was having fun too..." Peach muttered...

...Before the wall with the door behind them exploded, creating a big smokescreen that made most of them cough.

"W-what now? Another enemy?" Geno asked as he put an arm in the front to block his face.

"Okay!" Sonic came out from the smoke with a glare and fists ready. "Show me that guy to give him, her, it, gay or whatever a good punch, right on the face!"

The other Smashers stepped out from the smoke and also, they looked prepared to fight anything else in their way before Pichu looked up to Yolk.

"U-uah! There's one!" Pichu yelled.

Snake took out a grenade. "Time to explode this thi-"

"STOP!" Chris yelled at them and they looked at him. "I-I have everything under control here s-so don't do anything!"

"..." Snake rolled his eyes as he tossed the grenade away and exploded. "Good..."

"Wait," Pikachu made a glare. "So you didn't go through the same hell we did?"

"This guy's a wacko." Mallow pointed at Yolk, who turned pink.

"Me llamo Luis Sedra," Yolk talked in Mexican. "I used to be a tree."

"AHEM." Geno coughed.

"Okay, okay..." Chris frowned as he typed another code.

The Aura Pokémon walked to Chris and looked down to him. "Chris..."

"Yes?" Chris asked as he didn't look at him.

"Somebody called you a kid, and he also called me a dog..."

"No wonder why I felt that annoying feeling some minutes ago. I hope you gave that guy his well-deserved punishment, preferably death."

Lucario smiled a little. "Y-yes, I did that."

"Good! I knew you were going to defend me."

Jigglypuff sweatdropped. "What? That's it? He's happy to be a killer?"

"Either way, I don't care." Pikachu frowned.

"..." Geno walked to Chris. "Are you typing the code now?"

"Just a second," Chris said. "It's easier said than done for you..."

"..." the doll looked away. "I wonder how the others are doing with the army sent to the mansion..."

"Why worry?" Twink asked. "I'm pretty sure they're doing just fine."

"I wished I had that same confidence as you, Twink."

"Not that hard to have for me."

Geno sighed. "Well, I guess you didn't understand what I tried to me-"

"Done!" Chris said happily as he stood up and looked at them.

"So?" Rope Snake peered out from Lucas's pocket. "Is that thing going to disappear or what?"

"...My god..." Chris looked at the other Smashers. "You look...very hurt to me..."

"O-oh, right, can you heal me?" Lucas asked before he coughed.

"Gladly, just let me change jo-"

"I'm gonna go boom now." Yolk said.

Everyone looked at him before the machine began to be covered with Shadow Bugs again. Everyone gasped as the machine began to shine brightly before an huge explosion engulfed the whole place...

TO BE CONTINUED...

.............................................................................................

"Wait, that's it? We lost like that?" Geno asked irritated.

"Geno!" Twink yelled.

"R-right... Um... Oh, here. Fight Against Smithy. So, does this mean we survived?"

"Nope."

"What do you mean no?"

"It says here that another group is coming to fight in our place."

"W-what? G-give that piece of paper!"

"...Whistle...whistle...whistle..."

"...Twink?"

He stook out his tongue.

"Twink!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Exor
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 26, 2009, 08:56:34 PM
Chapter 128: Fight Against Smithy

Exor
Factory

...Complete silence...

...The bodies of the Smashers laid down on the steel floor...

All of their bodies...covered in soot...with burn marks, severe burn marks above their skins...

...They were so close to get to Smithy, but an unexpected event happened and thus ended their lives...

...The world was thrown to chaos because of their loss...

...And for Geno...it was such an enraging thought...as he now was in heave-

"A-CHOO!" Geno sneezed as he got up. "What the heck was that all about?"

All of the Smashers moaned in pain before they all got up and shook their heads.

"I-I think we know who to blame here..." Link looked at Chris.

"H-how was I supposed to know the wacko would explode instead of disappearing?" Chris asked.

"Oh, I don't know," Fox rolled his eyes. "Who was the guy who was clicking, typing and writing on the machine?"

"(Lying isn't going to get me out from this one). W-well, it was me..." he looked down. "Maybe I should have checked something else in there before running the program..."

"Kid," Snake began. "Next time, ask an expert."

"Like me." Otacon said.

"Get over here then."

"I can't. You know why, right?"

"Hmph, lucky guy."

"Snake..."

"B-but what was that explosion about?" Sonic asked.

"..." Mario looked at himself. "...That explosion didn't hurt any of us... It just shoot a lot of smoke."

"And we probably fainted for inhaling so much of it." Marth explained.

"...I kinda expected that from the Yolk guy here..." Mallow said.

Peach cleaned her dress from some smoke as she coughed a little. "S-so, what do we do now?"

Mallow looked forward where Yolk once was. He saw 3 tall pipes that were leading to somewhere in the deepest part of the factory itself. "We go in there and we should get to Smithy."

"...Through those?" Ike asked. "I-I'm not sure you guys, but I think it's not a good idea..."

"Oh, what do you know, medieval dude?" Sonic asked. "If there's a shortcut to get to that Smotha, then we should take it!"

"Smithy," Twink corrected before coughing. "W-wait, isn't anyone here a little bit tired?"

Everyone looked at themselves.

"...I'm a little bit tired myself," Lucas said. "Can we...um...rest a little before proceeding? I-I don't think going forward without our full energies isn't such a good idea..."

"...You're right," Pikachu nodded. "How can we fight someone in these conditions?" he snapped his fingers. "Hey, you 2, cloud and cosplayer dude, heal us."

Chris glared at Pikachu before he changed to his Musician job. "I'm going to let that little comment go off for now..."

"But I won't." Lucario said as he showed his fangs.

"Back off."

"Y-yes..." Lucario nodded depressed.

"Ha-ha, owned." Pikachu teased.

And as Chris started his slow recovery magic, Geno looked at the 3 pipes with Twink. "It's going to be over in a moment..." Geno said before he looked at Twink. "When that happens, what are you going to say when we return to Star Haven?"

"..." Twink looked down. "I-I'd like to say my last words to them when we're over..."

"...Maybe that's the best thing for now..." Geno patted Twink's back. "Just...don't cry."

Twink sniffed. "I-I won't..."

Geno sighed as he shook his head, while the screen was getting farther and farther away from their location...

Smash Mansion
Outside

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against an Armed Boss

Now, outside wasn't exactly what would some people call the paradise with roses. Oh no, it was all the contrary. It was night, thunders were created in the dark clouds that made rain, falling everywhere. And close to the mansion (or actually some feet away of it) a battle still was ensuing...

"Behind you!" Toon Link shouted.

"Right," Samus said as she jumped twice and slammed her arm cannon on a rushing Dark Mack, who yelled in pain after the hit attacked his head. "When are you going to stop bothering us?"

"After you stop breathing," Dark Mack said. "I took out the weird bird with the funny accent, and almost took out the psychic cat, the dinosaur, the weird nosy guy and the iron nipples captain!"

"D-don't dare to call me a cat again..." Mewtwo called out from a tree that he was leaning to as he tried to resist the pain.

"So you're right there," Dark Mack said. "I'm going to enjoy cutting down that throat of yours!" he yelled as he jumped above the pogo, pointed the tip to Mewtwo and extended it at an insane speed.

"UGH!!!"  Mewtwo received a harsh blow on his chest before he lost consciousness and fainted on the scene. Some of the Smashers gasped at this while the tip of the pogo-sword quickly went back to Dark Mack, who chuckled after seeing the Psychic Pokémon out.

"Mwahahahahaha, I am evil," Dark Mack said. "Smithy will give me a raise for this for sure."

"You...filthy bastard!" Toon Link yelled.

"Aw, the little kid is mad? How cute."

"GRRRRR!!!" Toon Link made an angry expression and began to dash towards Dark Mack, who chuckled as he made flames above his hands.

"Well, it's a pity your life will end so easily!" Dark Mack yelled before he shot the flame balls to the cartoony Link.

But then a fast missile came from nowhere and blocked the way of the flame balls, making Toon Link take advantage of the smoke that came out and jumped straight to it, just to cross the smoke and deal a strong slash across his mask.

"AAAAAHHH!!!" Dark Mack yelled loudly before Toon Link landed back to the grass and used a fast Spin Attack to pull the pogo-sword in and push it away from the pogo wielder. "D-darn you little punk..."

"YAAAAAAAA-" Toon Link stopped his barbaric yells before looking back. "Wait, what got in the way of the flames?"

"P-poor me..." muttered a weak Luigi.

"Just how did you end up sacrificing for me?"

"I-I failed to use my missile skill at the wrong time... I-I was trying to aim myself to him b-but I got into this instead... O-oww..." Luigi fainted.

"...Poor guy..." Toon Link shook his head. "He didn't get to fight that mu-" a severe burning feeling came from behind Toon Link before he exploded into flames. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Toon Link yelled loudly before he fell defeated on the grass, close to the fainted Luigi.

"Fools..." Dark Mack said coldly. "You must burn down...to ashes..."

"Now he took out 3 of us..." Pit said as he prepared his dual blades. "I hope he doesn't get the chance to do that with us as well."

"Wait, where's the pogo?" Roy asked before they found the pogo-sword laying on the ground. "There it is! Go for it!"

"Right!" Pit said before he ran towards the pogo.

"BEGONE!" Dark Mack yelled as he ran to his pogo, with flames burning in his hands.

"Stop right there," Wolf said as he came from the side and delivered a kick right on Dark Mack's mask. The pogo wielder grunted in pain before the lupine quickly slashed his stomach across with both claws, following his combo with Fire Wolf to push Dark Mack along the ground and ending it with a pushing kick. "Not so tough without that toy, huh?"

"What?" Dark Mack asked as he stood up. "Oh no, sir, you're getting me wrong. Even if my weapon is in your hands, I can be quite a real pain in your neck...or ALL you necks!" Dark Mack yelled as he made even more flames on his hands.

"If you play with fir-" Wolf was interrupted as Dark Mack slammed down his burnings hands on the ground, creating a shockwave of fire that went to all directions and pushed the lupine away, close to some trees as he greeted his fangs in pain and frustration. "N-never underestimate a dork..."

"HAAAAAAA!!!" Dark Mack jumped towards Wolf wit burning hands (again). The lupine coughed before rolling sideways to evade the slam before using Wolf Flash to slice the masked enemy across the mask and to appear from the other side. "A-and I almost had you... You're good..."

"Heh, thanks." Wolf said with a grin.

"However," Dark Mack gathered flames as Wolf frowned. "That's not going to help you at all!"

"Behind you."

"Wha-OWW!" Dark Mack was sent blasting off towards Wolf, who calculated the exact time to kick the pogo wielder right behind his back so Dark Mack slid in the mud.

"Thank you for the small distraction," Samus said as she nodded. "Let's continue with this."

"Tsk, I didn't do this for anyone here." Wolf said with a glare.

"Not the cooperative type, I see..."

"Do it!" Pit yelled.

"OOOAAAH!!!" Roy slammed a fully charged Flare Blade on the pogo. Smoke came out from the hit and both coughed for a moment before they looked down at the toy. "D-dangit! It's still intact!"

"Why is this toy so hard to break apart?" Pit asked. "It's just...so ridiculous."

"I-I know," Roy twitched after using his fully charged attack. "B-but we've got to destroy it. Without this, that weird guy isn't going to that much of a threat to us..."

Pit made a concerned look. "I hope you're right..."

The angel looked down at the sword and made a confused face.

"...Er...Roy..."

"Yes?" Roy asked.

"Does this toy have eyes?... C-creepy..."

"..." Roy looked down at the sword. "...Oh god...they're looking at us..."

"...S-should we smash them?"

"I-I think so... Here, let me do i-"

"YOU 2, GET OUT!" Wolf yelled from afar before Roy was pushed away by Dark Mack, who then shot a small but fast flame ball to Pit in order to get back on top of his pogo-sword. "Were you talking when this idiot was around? What the heck were you thinking?"

"I-it's not our fault..." Roy muttered before he felt the ground trembling.

"You wanted to destroy my weapon, huh?!" Dark Mack asked enraged. "Why don't you let my weapon do the destruction part but ON you?!"

"S-stay away from me!" Roy yelled.

"Go to hell!" Dark Mack yelled as he jumped high up to the air and extended the tip of the pogo down to Roy, who closed his eyes and waited for the blow.

"Begone," Meta Knight appeared above Roy (using Dimensional Cape) to slash the tip away, barely missing Roy's right side as it became stuck on the ground while the masked warrior landed close to the swordsman. "I made it in tim-ugh!"

"Ugh!" Roy and Meta Knight were pushed away as the upper part of the pogo came down with Dark Mack, creating a shockwave that pushed them away.

"Even if you evade my attacks," Dark Mack began. "I can still attack by other means!"

"Now, Popo!" Nana yelled from behind the pogo wielder as she was thrown to Dark Mack and smashed herself on him, pulling a rope over her shoulder to pull Popo to the air as he fell down after being pulled. "Quick! Blizzard!" she yelled as she exhaled a cold air from behind, trying to freeze the tip of the pogo.

"I-I'm going, going, going now!" Popo yelled as he quickly ran to the other side of the pogo to start exhaling a cold air out from his mouth. The tip began to freeze and Dark Mack grunted in frustraon before the tip shone brightly in a red light and made an explosion that pushed both Ice Climbers away. "So cheap!"

"I told you before," Dark Mack continued. "There's no point in freezing my weapon or my flames!"

"N-never surrender!" Popo yelled as he stood up and pouted a little. "I'm gonna smash that mask of yours!"

"Ignore his cheesy lines!" Nana yelled from the other side. "My brother is as insane as a crazy machine that suddenly took life!"

"SILENCE!" Dark Mack turned to her. "Did I even bother to ask yo-"

"NOW!"

"YAH!" Popo yelled as he jumped straight to Dark Mack and smacked his hammer right on his head, causing the pogo wielder to almost lose his balance from the toy.

"Uah!" Dark Mack tried to avoid falling off his weapon. "Y-you 2 are making me mad no-OWW!" he was pushed to the ground by Nana who came behind him after the pogo wielder tried to look for Popo. He even slid his face on the mud.

The pogo-sword fell down to the ground as well.

"Break it apart!" Nana yelled to Popo.

"How?" Popo asked.

"Your hammer, dork!" Nana frowned as she ran to the toy with her brother.

"Flame Wall!" Dark Mack yelled, shooting a trail of flames from his hands that blocked the Ice Climbers from reaching the toy from either side (and mostly because the walls were big, preventing Popo and Nana from jumping over them). The stubborn enemy got up and ran towards his weapon as the walls of flames prevents the Ice Climbers from crossing over them. "W-what?!"

Dark Mack found Meta Knight between him and the sword. The masked warrior was preparing to attack him. "It's a pleasure to see you here."

"H-how did you get here? Did you use that odd cape of yours?!"

"You responded your own question." Meta Knight said before he spreaded out his wings and hovered along the ground to stab the enemy. Dark Mack jumped over him, but the masked warrior used Shuttle Loop to make an upward rising slash that pushed Dark Mack through the flame walls and crashed to the ground.

The flame walls disappeared and the Ice Climbers went to the pogo-sword, which they began to bang their hammers on.

"Nana," Popo began. "This toy looks so weird."

"Like you," Nana said as she hit the tip. "I know why is weird. It's weird because it's being used as a weapon."

"And for the fact that it has eyes."

Nana stopped and looked at the pogo-sword. "...Okay, this is creepy..."

"Ha, told you!" Popo stopped banging. "If this sword has eyes, then there's a good a chance it will come to life an attack us in the most unexpected moment!"

"...Popo, can you wish something good for us that doesn't include someone getting hurt?"

"But it's hard for me to think about something so complicated!" Popo said angrily. "My mind goes boom."

"Sure, it does..." Nana frowned.

"May I have this back?"

Both raised eyebrows before they looked at their side and gasped. Dark Mack was standing there, tossing a fainted Meta Knight close to them.

"B-but how? M-Meta Knight should hav-" Nana was interrupted.

"Never underestimate an opponent that has control over fire," Dark Mack explained. "If I couldn't take him out physically, then I used magic. Very simple, isn't it?"

"B-but how did you defeat him?"

"Capes."

"..." Nana looked at Meta Knight's back and his cape was just a charred piece of purple cloth. "H-how did you burn him? Because it's still raining!"

"Didn't I explain myself?" Dark Mack asked. "My flames can't be doused! They can burn all the forest around here for much as I care!"

"Isn't he swift?"

"Used to," he chuckled. "My Flame Wall caught a bit of his cape and he couldn't shake the flames off."

Flashback

"Flame Wall!" Dark Mack yelled (as in the background, Popo and Nana were arguing while they bashed on the toy) and created a circular wall of flames. Meta Knight used Dimensional Cape to appear right behind Dark Mack and slash him. "Ugh!"

"Your attacks are getting more and more repetitive," Meta Knight said. "Don't you have another new attack?"

"Grr... (Huh?)" Dark Mack noticed a small flame on Meta Knight's cape. "...Mwahahahaha..."

"What is so funny?"

"Your cape is about to be burned, and along with you."

"..." Meta Knight looked at his cape and found the small flame. He shook the cape but the flame didn't fade and it then began to grow in size as the masked warrior tried to douse it off. "T-this is..."

"Great!" Dark Mack said as he held out his hands to Meta Knight's cape, where the fire began to increase in size before it engulfed the Star Warrior as he grunted in pain. "Mwahahahahaha! Burn! Buuuurn! Burn to ashes, foolish dork!"

"UGH!" Meta Knight grunted in pain as he fell down to the mud, causing the flames to disappear as Dark Mack decided to.

"One out..." he looked at the Ice Climbers as he grabbed Meta Knight's small burned piece of his cape. "And 2 more to go..."

End of flashback

"Was it REALLY necessary to explain us through a flashback?" Nana asked as thunder illuminated the whole place.

"I don't care!" Dark Mack yelled as his hands began to be covered in flames. "And now, since you were so careless to let me get close to you, I'm going to burn those arms of yours!"

"They're covered with my parka's sleeves!"

"Better yet, you're going to burn even more in those!"

Nana looked behind her where the pogo-sword laid down on the ground, then she looked at Dark Mack. "Ha, I'm so close to your precious weapon," she lifted her hammer above it. "Get those filthy burning hands on me and I'll bring my hammer down on that."

"Ha! My weapon can't be destroyed!" Dark Mack laughed. "What a foolish girl you are!"

Nana gulped, but she was serious about what she promised to do. "And if you try to burn me, I know that my somewhat stupid brother will come to rescue me!" she looked behind her. "Isn't that right, Pop-"

"Hey, Nana, check this out!" Popo looked down to the fainted Meta Knight and looked at his eyes. "This dude's eyes turned off! I knew he was a machine after all!"

A bright red flash, along with a girl's scream, came from behind the blue Ice Climber.

"Think we can disarm him to see if he has a heart? This guy ain't the talkative type at all." Popo turned around while he was holding Meta Knight's dead carcass.

"...Did you just notice I burned your sister?" Dark Mack asked as she pointed at the burned and fainted Nana, laying down on the mud.

"..." Popo looked back and forth between the 3 (Dark Mack, the burned and fainted Nana, and the burned and fainted Meta Knight). "...That's kind of bad, right?"

"...YES, IT IS!" Dark Mack yelled with a frown. "I mean, killing your friends isn't bad enough?!"

"Going around naked is even more bad..." Popo thought for a moment. "...But, meh, I think this is bad as well, soooooooo... META KNIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIGHT!!!" Popo hugged Meta Knight as he cried out loudly.

"WHAT ABOUT YOUR SISTER?! Isn't she first because, I don't know, family stuff and all that?!" Dark Mack asked infuriated.

"Oh, my gawd! You're right!" he quickly ran to Nana and hugged her tightly as he yelled out to the sky, "DAMN YOU, BECKYYYYYYYYY!!!"

"My name is Dark Mack!" Dark Mack yelled.

"MACKYYYYYYY!!!"

We all know this looked (and very) pointless (since it was Popo) and well, Dark Mack kicked the Ice Climber away out of fury.

"My god, is everyone in the mansion this insane?" Dark Mack asked as he looked around for the others. "Wait, where'd they go now? ...Let's see, I need to defeat the man inside the armo-"

"I'm a NOT a man, dangit!" Samus yelled from a tree as a fast and fully Charged Shot impacted on Dark Mack, who yelled in pain as he struggled to stay on the pogo-sword.

"W-well, at least I found where you are," Dark Mack said before he wondered something. "But still, I need to find the angel and the swordsman... Then we have the bothersome lupine...and..." he looked around a figure ran through the trees. "I forgot the ninja..."

A whip chain quickly got wrapped up around his neck before he was pulled back to the mud. The pogo-sword fell down as well and the enemy saw Sheik trying to choke him with her chain. "If this is the only fastest way to kill you, then I'm willing to do it." Sheik said.

"U-ugh..." Dark Mack gasped for air before he waved his hand in front of him to raise a small wall of fire to Sheik, who backflipped to evade it. "I-I won't fall defeated by such a dirty trick..." he looked down at his weapon. "Well, once I'm on the top of my weapon, the battle will en-UGH!"

A claw was dug on his neck and he cried out in pain before it was pulled back. Wolf saw Dark Mack being pushed back to the mud before the lupine stomped his foot on Dark Mack's stomach, making him cough. "Not so tough while you don't have that toy, huh?" Wolf asked with a glare.

"F-flithy animal, begone!" Dark Mack shot fire balls to Wolf, who quickly sidestepped to evade the flames, letting Dark Mack to stand up. "W-why are you all attacking me all of a sudden? Were you hiding in the bushes? If so, it was such a bad idea to let you other comrades get killed by me!"

"They're not killed," said Pit, close a fainted C. Falcon. "They passed out of cold, that's all."

"And we were trying to think of a tactic," Roy explained. "But unfortunately, we couldn't tell the others out because that would blow up our cover..." he looked down and frowned. "I'm going to apologize to them after this..."

"Is that so?" Dark Mack asked as he gathered more flames. "Then I should burn them to ashes...LITERALLY!!!" he shot a huge flame that went to Pit.

"(This is so risky...)" Sheik thought as she watched from a tree. "(If we do a wrong move, somebody could die...)"

"Hmmmmm..." Pit narrowed his eyes at the flame. The angel tried to find the best moment to do something...and when it did, he took out his Mirror Shield and reflected back the attack to Dark Mack.

Dark Mack laughed evilly. "Fool! I'm going to return this back to you with MUCH more force and speed! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Thunders raged on as the enemy slapped the huge flame to make it stronger and faster. Pit got worried for a moment before he used his shield to reflect back the attack.

"What? How stubborn are you?!" Dark Mack asked as he slapped the flame, making it even stronger and faster than before. The flame even grew huge, huge enough to destroy at least 2 complete floors of the mansion.

"(Quick, my shield won't reflect an attack with such magnitude...) NOW!" Pit yelled as Zelda appeared by using Farore's Wind, then she followed her fast appearance by spinning several crystals and covering herself in one for a brief moment (using Nayru's Love) to reflect back the attack.

"You idiots!" Dark Mack yelled as he prepared to hit the huge flame back. "Only I can hurt you all with such intense fire!" he hit the huge flame back to make it stronger and faster.

In a flash, Wolf appeared in front of the 2 by using Wolf Flash to later use his Reflector, pushing the huge flame back as the lupine looked at his device emanating some sparks. "Tsk, this thing won't reflect back another attack because of its force..."

"HA!" Dark Mack pushed back the flame, repeating the same enhancements.

For his surprise, Samus used her Grapple Beam to grab Falco's Reflector inside his left sleeve and activated it when she pulled it in front of the 3, just in time to reflect back the huge flames.

"Dammit!" Dark Mack yelled as he slapped the flames back as fast as he could.

"Everyone, together!" Roy yelled from behind Dark Mack.

Dark Mack turned to him and grunted furiously. "What do you want now?! Oh, right, you want to get burned!" he raised his burning hands to the sky...

...

"NOW!" Roy put his sword in front of him (positioning it like a shield).

"Wh-" Dark Mack remember the flames he made before...

And in flash...

Music stops

A huge explosion of flames hit his back, engulfing 30 feet of the terrain as the fainted bodies of the weakened Smashers were pushed back to the trees, where they moaned in pain as the rain and thunders raged on.

The reason why the flames were reflected back was because Zelda, Wolf, Pit and Samus stood quickly in an horizontal line and activated their reflectors at the same time so they could create a big reflective barrier.

Roy, who didn't have some way to reflect the attack, decided to distract Dark Mack for a moment so he could let them reflect the flames back to him at full potency...

"Why...WHY?!" Dark Mack asked as his image was seen in the explosion of fire. "M-my own fire...it betrayed me! Why did this happen to me?! Answer me!!!... OOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" he yelled loudly when the thunders made loud crashing noises as the explosion slowly faded, along with Dark Mack who got incinerated by his own attack before he was gone.

"..." the 4 sighed in unison as Zelda looked forward.

"...I hope Roy was..."

"...F-fine here..." muttered a weakened Roy on the mud.

"It worked after all then!" Zelda said in relief as the 4 ran to Roy.

Wolf knelt down to see him. "Hey, you kid, get up."

"Geez..." Roy looked up at them with several cuts on his face (as well as mud). "What a way...to ask for me..."

"I didn't ask you at all, nor did I want to."

"...Tsk..." Roy frowned as Pit decided to help him to get up. "I-it worked, didn't it?"

"Yes," Samus nodded as she looked at Falco's Reflector. "It's a good thing you used your counter attack to make the explosion not that lethal to yourself."

"B-but it still affected me..." Roy coughed some blood. "I-I better rest for now..."

Zelda looked at all the fainted Smashers around the area in front of the mansion. "We should take them all in before they get ill."

"I agree," Samus nodded and then looked at Wolf. "That means you'll carry some of them as well."

"Tsk..." Wolf frowned.

The 5 decided to carry all of the remaining Smashers inside the mansion while heavy rain fell down from the dark clouds with thunders.

Splash...splash...splash...

"...Everyone, stop," Samus instructed. "Something is approaching..."

"What?" Pit asked.

"Shh, I can hear something moving... Just listen to that sound through the rain..." Roy whispered.

"...Oh no, what is it this time?" Zelda whispered.

"And I should know right away?" Wolf asked.

"You're an animal, and you should suppose to have a good hearing since you're a wolf, and wolves are close to dogs."

"Be glad you're a girl because I'm not an animal." Wolf said with a glare.

"(Either I contradict and die or I just punish him later...)" Zelda thought.

"...Can you hear it now?" Roy asked.

...Splash...splash...splash...

"...Yes..." Pit whispered with a nod.

"...It sounds like steel..." Samus whispered as she looked around through the rain. "...Whatever it is, it's coming right towards us..."

"But what could it be?" Zelda asked differently.

"...DOWN!" Wolf pulled Zelda to the mud and both fell down, right as something thin but fast was about to stab them from their backs. "Dammit, there's another one out there!"

"What the..." Samus trailed off after she saw the thing that was going to cut the 2. "...Is that guy still living? His toy was about to attack you both!"

"...What the heck?" Roy asked confused as he saw the tip of the sword returning to the pogo.

"What? Is that bastard alive?" Wolf asked as both he and Zelda (cleaning her dress a little) stood up.

"...Guys, you're not going to believe this...because it's so insane..."

"Oh Palutena, what is the meaning of...that?" Pit asked utterly shocked.

They all focused their views to the one wielding a familiar pogo-sword. Their looks were surprised after seeing the owner of the deadly toy. It was someone they didn't expect at all...

"...But there's nobody on the pogo, and it's standing like nothing happened!" Roy yelled.

Indeed, for their surprise, there was nobody on the pogo-sword, but it was motionless as it stood still, facing the 5.

"Neheheheheheheh..."

"Where did that laugh come from?" Pit asked.

"Stabbity-stab-stab," someone said with a chuckle. "You sure don't believe what you're seeing in front of your eyes, do you?"

"It's impossible for someone to talk, because we're only 5 of us and everyone else got taken out from the fight..." Samus wondered for a bit.

"...Unless..." Zelda trailed off as she looked at the toy. "...The toy itself got a life and became animated..."

"..." Wolf facepalmed as he grunted angrily. "You know what? In my own turf, nothing like this kind of s(beep) didn't happen at all."

"But we are not in your turf, so you're bound to find these kinds of abnormalities around here... But seriously, the pogo talked?" Zelda asked.

"Duhtily-duh-duh!" someone said annoyed. "Of course it was me, you bunch of dorks!"

They all looked at the sword which was blinking with its glaring eyes.

"Hello, my name i-" the pogo got interrupted.

"Yes, it was the pogo alright..." Roy frowned. "...Wait, are you alive?"

"Of course I'm alive!" the pogo yelled. "I have freaking eyes, for crying out loud!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 29, 2009, 08:01:25 PM
"...See, Roy?" Pit asked. "I knew there was something odd with those eyes!"

"...I bet nobody here saw it coming." Roy said with a sigh.

Absolutely NO ONE saw that weapon coming to life.

"And here I thought the Mack guy was joined to the pogo...before we pushed him out, that is." Samus said.

"Neheheheheheh!" the pogo laughed evilly as the Shadow Bugs shone on it. "Thank you for getting rid of my owner. Now that he's gone, I was granted new life so I can have a second try in stabbing you poor hearts out!"

"Why can't this night end?!" Roy asked to the roaring sky.

"Because, puny swordsman, I said so!" the pogo said with a chuckle. "Well well, shall we, like, start the stabbing on your chests?"

"Ugh," Zelda frowned to herself. "I think I have enough energy to fight this last...toy."

"POGO-SWORD!" the pogo yelled angrily.

"Whatever the heck you are, it doesn't matter," Wolf said coldly. "I want to end this as soon as possible before I hit the pillow. Do you really think I'm nocturnal or some crap like that?"

"Nope, because I don't care either!" the pogo yelled. "Shall we begin? Okay? Yeah, LET'S START!"

The pogo-sword began to stab the floor madly as it quickly went towards them.

"Everyone, get prepared!" Roy said with his sword ready. "Take it down and this whole nightmare will end!"

And another fight, during the raging rain, started...

Exor
Factory

After a so much deserved rest to recover, the Smashers were ready to face Smithy.

"Finally..." Geno said as they stood in front of the 3 pipes. "Smithy is just down below those pipes..."

"So, this is it? The final boss? The dude behind the wheel?" Pikachu asked.

"Well..." the doll looked at them. "For me he is the final boss, but for you he is a boss."

Mallow looked down in depression before looking up at the pipes. "...Shall we then?"

Peach shugged. "I hope my dress doesn't get me stuck like the last time..."

This little memory made the cloud prince chuckle. "Her dress got stuck in the way down, and Smithy agreed to help us to get her down because it would produce a lot of smok-"

"C-can we forget that embarrassing memory now?" Peach asked with some blushes.

"Yes, let's," Geno nodded. "Well, let's go through the pipes and then, you'll meet the imbecile behind all this. Chris, remember to use the Star Spirits. Smithy will surely be caught off-guard if you use them."

"I-I just hope the status ailments work on him..." Chris gulped. "Peach Beam should be enough, right?"

"Oh, it didn't stop the Shadow Bugs from coming out after you did that." Ness pointed out.

"Then true hell came after that." Jigglypuff shuddered.

"...Abuse the beam?"

"Sounds like cheating, but who really cares about that now?" Geno asked. "For now, let's go in and fight that bastard."

"And he goes boom." Bomb Kirby said, holding a bomb.

"I-ah, save that bomb for later though."

"O-kay..."

"...I can hear something coming from the pipes..." Pichu said with a gulp. "I-is that..."

"Afraid so," Mallow nodded. "A hammer being banged on hot liquid metal over steel."

"Smithy must be creating more machines by his own..." Geno looked at them and nodded. "Without further interruptions, let's get in."

Smithy's Main Office, Where He Controls Pretty Much Everything In The Whole Factory There Is. Pretty Awesome, Is Not It?

Super Mario RPG - Here's Some Weapons

A lonely big figure with his back turned to the steel table (which where the figure stood between 2 tables of iron and steel) was banging on the table, where an orange slime came out from a weird-looking pipe that...was not connected to anything (and it was called Smelter).

Everytime the figure banged on the slime, it would produce out a weapon enemy that jumped to a conveyor belt down below the platform that was hanging on with 4 chains on each edge of the big spacious floor.

The big figure was Smithy, who continued his arduous work to produce weapons endlessly.

His solitude wasn't being interrupted after he sent the 4 workers out to defeat the Smashers. Smithy was himself enjoying his free time...

...Until 18 figures and a Star Kid came from above, through the 3 different black pipes...

Those figures were...

...

You know, why the hell am I bringing this whole pointless suspense about them if we know who they are from the beginning? We all know these guys were the Smashers themselves. If it not, then it would have been lots of Yaridovichs above pogoes, who didn't appear at all.

...Oh wait, it did happen sometime before, right?

Oh well, back with the plot...

"...You..." Geno said coldly as he glared at Smithy. "We meet again..."

"..." Smithy ignored Geno and continued to do his work.

"Being the silent type, huh?" Mallow asked as he put his hands on his hips (and twirled them around). "Well, we ain't gonna let you ignore us."

"..." Smithy continued working.

"Wow, so this is Smithy?" Ness asked as he looked at Smithy's back. "He reminds me of..."

Lucas gulped. "A-an evil santa..."

"Christmas things aside, we're here," Link said as he took out his sword. "Let's not get distracted a finish this guy off now."

"Smithy!" Twink yelled angrily. "We're here to put an end to your so-evil schemes! Turn around and face us if you're a man-machine!"

"That blood pressure thing is eluding me though..." Mario said confused.

"..." Smithy kept working.

"Wow, now I know why you guys hate that guy so much," Sonic said. "He's bad at greeting people."

"Sonic, that's something I don't care about," Geno said before turning to Smithy. "But what I care now is his attention."

"Technically, you contradicted yourself in some way," Ike said before the doll glared at him. "...Or...maybe not?"

"Smithy!" Geno yelled. "Turn to us and face us! I didn't come all the way here just to be ignored by the likes of you!"

"..." Smithy kept working.

"...Something is not right here..." Lucario said.

"Thank you for pointing out the obvious." Chris said with a bored look.

"R-right..."

"Okay," Geno looked at Smithy's back again. "Smithy, would you turn around and see all of us for the last time?!"

"He's getting angry now..." Fox whispered. "It's easy to tell."

"I heard that!" Geno yelled angrily without turning to the vulpine. "Smithy! Can you listen to me one last time before I kill you?!"

"Hey, then why are we here if you're going to kill him yourself?" Link asked.

"I think you should leave him alone for now..." Twink whispered.

"Smithy!" Geno yelled as he walked towards Smithy. "Why the hell won't you turn around? I've been waiting for this moment from the very beginning of your whole pointless plan to destroy the Star Road to tell you a piece of my mind, ever since you..."

The doll stopped talking once he looked at Smithy from the other side. Geno's glared turned back to a normal expression as he blinked normally.

"...What?" Marth asked.

Geno made fists inside his cape, and rage wanted to come out very soon as he saw Smithy working with all the weapons that he was creating endlessly...

"...You've got to be kidding me..." Geno muttered with a tone of anger. "...SMITHY!"

Smithy didn't respond...

For he was sleeping on the job.

Music stops with a scratch

"This imbecile is working while he's sleeping!" Geno yelled loudly. "For Skolar's sake, why did he do this to me?"

Mallow walked to Geno and looked at Smithy. Sure enough, Smithy was working while his eyes were...opened.

"...Wow, so this is how you sleep with open eyes?" Mallow asked. "'Cause this is awesome."

"Awesome?" Geno asked enraged. "Look, this is just...ugh, I can't explain how furious I am right now!"

Some of the Smashers walked to them and looked at Smithy. "Yep, he does look like an evil Santa Claus to me." Ness said.

"G-Geno, I think you should calm down for a bit..." Lucas suggested.

"Calm down?" Geno repeated. "How the heck am I going to calm down, Lucas? I've been through a lot and THIS is how expects me to see him? Sleeping?"

"Geno, I think should calm dow-" Mario was interrupted.

"Mario, everyone, don't try to calm me down," Geno said. "First, I'm going to tell all of you why I'm angry."

Everyone looked at each other before the doll began to talk.

"Ever since the Star Road broke for the second time, I've been doing a lot of trips to every single place where the 7 Star Spirits were held," he closed his eyes. "I'm going to say everything..."

"Oh Eldstar..." Twink frowned.

"Seeing the only road where the wishes of people go day by day destroyed by a sword, go down to the earth and find help from the "Elite" of fighters, which are just a bunch of violent people."

Peach looked down, but Fox glared at him.

"I went to a festival to hunt monsters where I almost got this doll bitten by 3 monsters, I went to a medieval world where somehow it was boring to me."

"There are no modern stuff there, just to let you know..." Ike said ashamed.

"I took ANOTHER entry in a festival, but of sports this time, where I almost got burned by lav-"

"I got to a world where babies ruled!" Mallow interrupted.

"It was the past and they didn't rule anything." Mario whispered.

"Oh, right."

Geno went on. "I went to a world where I kept waiting and waiting for something until it happened at the last race."

"It's not my fault you didn't wait, desperate guy!" Sonic said.

"If I recall, you hate to wait." Chris said.

"Y-you, shut up!"

Geno went on. "I had to tolerate the Axem Rangers."

"We agreed in something for this time..." Snake frowned.

"I had to go to a world full of weird penguins and a very angry "broken" kid that wanted to kill me, even if I was helping hi-"

"That was actually and sadly me." Pit said.

"Weren't you in love with Flonne though?" Bomb Kirby asked.

"S-shut up!"

Geno went on. "I mean, I went to a world that was just a linear path."

"LITERALLY." Sonic shrugged.

"I took part of ANOTHER competition, where I had to participate."

"That competition took away my speed!" Sonic yelled with another shrug.

"I met Rosalina again, but endured the galaxies that were a real manifestation of hell itself...not to mention I suffered the most in those planets!"

"D-don't bring that up..." Mario muttered.

"I fought more fights above the clouds, where a king with personal issues froze us to death."

Chris looked down and Lucario patted his back.

"I had to tolerate a cruel reflection of the Forest Maze to get up the barrier, where we went inside Exor to fight some annoying defenses, counting the guardians we already defeated, I infiltrated the factory and where to I finally reached this place..." he looked at the sleeping Smithy. "TO FIND THIS IMBECILE SLEEPING INSTEAD OF WAITING FOR ME TO COMPLETE THIS WHOLE ORDEAL!!!" he yelled very loudly.

His yell echoed through all the factory. The Smashers kept staring at him as the doll panted heavily after his long rant to his most hated nemesis. The doll could only sigh and close his eyes after he let his rage out.

"...Phew..." Geno sighed. "Well, I think I'm calmed."

"Just a problem, though..." Lucas began.

"What could it be?"

The blond kid pointed at Smithy, who was still sleeping through open eyes while he worked.

"I'm impressed," Ike began. "After all that long and loud rant, that guy is still sleeping. I wonder how he does that..."

"..." the Smashers could see Geno trembling all of a sudden as he stared at Smithy with his eyes becoming wider and wider. His hands became fists and he wanted to open his square-shaped mouth to yell out loud one last rant to the blacksmith.

"...I hope he doesn't turn red now..." Mario muttered.

"Shh, I think it's best not to talk now." Link whispered.

With a long deep breath of air, Geno faced Smithy and yelled, "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" before he leaped to the evil Santa Claus and pulled his long beard. "YOU DAMN BASTARD! RESPOND TO MY RANTS, RESPOND TO THEM! GET THE HELL OUT OF THAT STUPID SLEEP NOW!!!"

This scene looked weird to some, but amusing at the same time. The doll who always was under control was now with a wish to rip Smithy's head off rather than defeating him. The Smashers could only watch the doll trying to pull the long beard off from Smithy's face.

"..." Twink flew behind Peach. "I-I don't think I'm allowed to see this kind of event right now..."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Geno yelled loudly as he tried to cut the beard.

"Insane doll is insane," Ness said before frowning. "I knew he was going to lose it."

"Lose what?" Lucas asked curiously.

"Forget what I mean..."

Sonic, who got fed up by all this nonsense, decided to do something. "...So, what do we do?" he asked.

"Let Geno attack Smithy all by himself?" Chris asked.

"For what?" Marth asked. "I think he can kill him now."

"...Hmm?" a grumble was heard and they turned to Geno's direction.

"Wait, was that grumble a little bit deep?" Pikachu asked.

They looked at Smithy's eyes, who decided to look down at the doll who tried to cut his beard.

"...G-Geno..." Pichu whispered. "I-I think he's awake now..."

Geno, who have been trying to...well, you already know, decided to look directly to Smithy's eyes. "So NOW you're awake!" Geno yelled.

"Geno!" Smithy yelled. "Get your wooden hands off my beard!"

"Not until you pay for everything you've done to the people's wishes!"

"BEGONE!" Smithy slapped Geno away to the Smashers, who fell to the floor on his back and slid to them.

Geno looked to them with a glare. "Thank you for preventing my fall. It was nice."

"You're welcome." Pikachu said sarcastically as the doll got up.

The Smashers remembered that the blacksmith was awake and they quickly ran to the other side, where most of them glared at Smithy as he turned around to face them with a glare. He didn't stop banging on the hot liquid metal that came out of Smelter.

Super Mario RPG - Here's Some Weapons

"What is the meaning of this?" Smithy asked with a grumble. "I was working very well during my sleep before I find 18 cockroaches and a star interrupting my production!"

"It's because the likes of you need to be stopped." Geno responded.

"...Wait, I remember you defeated all my employees through the factory, did not you?" Smithy asked.

"Yeah, and we didn't like them one bit." Ness said.

"They were just plain annoying..." Jigglypuff said with a shrug.

"Hmph," Smithy grunted. "Well, you're responsible of the destruction of my weapons, who were keeping the Star Spirits away from your filthy hands, correct?"

"Well, not all of them were machines." Mario said.

"Silence!" Smithy banged his hammer on the steel table while more hot liquid metal. "I can't forgive those who dare to step in in my factory and cause destruction upon their path. And I'm talking about all of you!"

"Dude, whatever you're doing here it's most likely not going to be sweet for all of us," Mallow said. "I mean, don't you the ordeal we had to go through because of you?"

"I know," Smith snapped his fingers and a virtual screen appeared to his left, where it showed several wrecked parts of the factory where the Smashers fought the workers. "Just look at the whole mess you did! The pipes are cut, the floor is covered in soo-"

"The bomb guy did it." Pikachu said.

Smithy glared at Bomb Kirby.

"Not this bomb guy!" Pikachu yelled.

Smithy went on. "The pipes are cut, the floor is covered in soot, the chains are falling apart, the floor looks like it's going to break and worse of all," another part was shown. "These cockroaches who caused all of this mess in the first place!"

"...That's a screen showing us and you." Twink said.

"Well, I made my point," Smithy snapped his fingers so the screen could disappear. "Incidentally, you plan to destroy my beloved factory, right?"

"Duh," Snake responded. "I don't care what happens to this place as long as there are no more of those f(beep)d up machines around."

"Oh, speakign of machines," Fox began before he crossed his arms. "Can you tell us why were the conveyor belts transporting so many of them?"

Smithy snapped his fingers to make the same virtual screen appear. It showed the city where many Machine Mades were walking around like an army of soldiers, to every single building where they looked out through the windows and remained there.

"...Why are they in the city?" Pichu asked.

"Because the conveyor belts lead to an exit that was the only accessible point of Exor's blade," Smithy explained. "The Machine Mades are just the first part of the plan."

"What plan?" Peach asked.

"Simple. All of them have been deployed through the entire city all these 7 days. The production was so much better than the last time, and thus, I managed to create tons and tons of them. Good thing there wasn't an error with a single machine," just when he said that, the same Yaridovich about Mack's pogo was shown in a window before passing to another. "I'd kill one of my workers if that happened!"

The Smashers decided to ignore that little error from reaching Smithy's ears.

"But why are they being deployed through the whole city? Shouldn't they be already in every part by now?" Marth asked.

"This city is freakin' huge," Smithy said with a grumble. "Never in my life wished to see a city THIS big. But whatever, once all the Machine Mades reach their areas, they will...explode."

"...Explode?" Sonic repeated.

"That's right. The purpose for this is the annihilation of the whole city through a big chain of explosion throughout the whole area. Once it's done, Exor will be lifted up by my orders and then from there, I will roam the worlds and cause the same plan over and over again until my weapons fill everything! Mwahahahahahahaha!!!"

"...Wait a minute..." Chris spotted a familiar penguin looking around the place. "...Isn't that a Prynn-"

"That's a ridiculous and insane plan right there," Geno said with an interruption. "I can't believe you want to do this."

"The cake shop I go daily is going to be destroyed as well?" Bomb Kirby asked.

"...Yes, it will." Geno frowned as he looked up.

"And I can't believe I have cockroaches who can destroy the factory!" Smithy yelled. "Seriously, watch it getting destroyed is painful!"

"Because it was meant to be destroyed." Lucario said with a glare.

"And it's going to be destroyed very shortly," Geno continued with a nod. "If we defeat you, will those machines disappear and leave the city alone?"

"In a way..." Smithy trailed off.

"What do you mean?"

"I mean, if you do defeat me, which I think it's not possible, the machines might vanish...or not."

"Care to explain that?" Ike asked.

"Oh, why don't you find out?" Smithy asked.

"Fine!" Jigglypuff pouted as many prepared to fight. "Since you're oh-so-kind to us, we're going to give you 18 pieces of our minds!"

"Smithy..." Geno glared at Smithy.

Music stops

"...Be that way..." Smithy closed his eyes. "After all this time...after breaking the Star Road so wishes can't interfere with my plans of world domination...and the destruction of this worthless city...along with your deaths...I'm going to do something myself," he looked at them with a glare. "If you're complaining about my work and creations, then we must settle this again..."

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against Smithy

Shadow Bugs began to cover Smithy's body before he grunted angrily with glowing eyes. "Since we must fight to end our differences and views of a future..." he banged his hammer on the table. "I MUST END THIS BY CRUSHING ALL OF YOU!!!"

"Be careful, the battle starts now!" Geno warned the Smashers who ran after Smithy.

"Meteor Swarm!!!" Smithy called forth a long rain of rainbow stars that fell on the entire floor, damaging every single character who backed away in pain. "Well, this was just the start. I hope you enjoy what's next!" Dark Smithy yelled.

"Chris, use the Star Spirits!" Geno yelled.

Chris joined his hand. "O Star Spirits, aid us!" he prayed to make them all appear.

"If isn't Smithy!" Muskular grinned. "Heh, we've got to stop this guy's power supply, huh?"

"Everyone!" Twink flew to them. "Let's do this!"

"YOU SHALL NOT!" Dark Smithy interrupted. "SLEDGE!"

A huge black cylinder fell down from the dark ceiling and crushed all the Star Spirits down below. They all yelled in pain before it was raised and disappeared.

"ELDSTAR! TWINK!" Geno yelled as he saw the stars trying to get up.

"Twink, are you alright?!" Peach asked concerned.

"I-I'm okay..." Twink muttered.

"I-I'm so sorry..." Klevar panted. "H-he caught us off-guard..."

"But we must persever and do what we were told..." Mamar said as they all flew up and stared at Dark Smithy. "We must do this for the sake of everyone's wishes!"

"I shall prevent that!" Dark Smithy yd. "METEOR SWAR-"

"GUUUUUUUUAARGH!" Lucario interrupted Dark Smithy's call big shooting a fully charged Aura Sphere that made Dark Smithy stagger in pain.

"Good job. Now, please go!" Chris ordered the Star Spirits who went quickly above Dark Smithy.

"Damn you all, stop pestering me!" Dark Smithy yelled as he raised his hammer.

"PUFF!" Jigglypuff jumped to Dark Smithy and slapped hard his face with Pound.

"Get out of MY WAY!" Dark Smithy yelled as he pushed Jigglypuff away with his hammer.

However, he forgot about the Star Spirits and Twink who summoned the beam and fell down on Dark Smithy, who yelled before he noticed that the Shadow Bugs disappeared. The Stars Spirits flew above where they disappeared as Twink returned to Geno...or flew away to stay safe.

"Great," Smithy grumbled. "My boost of power is gone...but that won't change a thing!" he banged on the hot liquid metal several times to create a Machine Made that looked like a Shyster, but it was a Shyper who jumped out from the table and looked at them.

"...A dude in a pogo?" Pikachu asked. "Should we fear him?"

"Ah!" the Shyper began as it moved by the sides (it was a male) before holding out his hands at them. "Sword Rain!"

As the name suggested, glowing swords began to rain down on the entire field, causing a lot of damage to the Smashers who yelled in pain.

"Answer..." Sonic muttered on the floor. "Yes...we should..."

"Hahahahahahaaaaa!" Smithy laughed. "Fear my creations! They won't stop until you lay down and DIE!"

"We have to take down the machine producing it!" Geno pointed at Smelter. "If we do it, then it won't leak out more liquid to create more machines!"

"I won't let you do such a foolish thing!" Smithy yelled before he saw Sonic dashing towards Smelter. "Begone, hedgehog! Mega Drain!"

A pink beam came out from Smithy's hammer before it tried to slice Sonic, who grinned and jumped over the beam and towards Smelter, where he used a scizzor-kick attack to deal damage to it. "Ha! Can't catch me!" Sonic taunted before he prepared to attack Smelter.

"Grrr-UGH!" Smithy forgot about the other Smashers, who decided to focus on him. The one who attacked him was Ness with PK Flash. "Haven't you seen the rule? The factory doesn't allow kids inside!"

"Weird, I thought it didn't allow weirdos like you as well." Ness said with a glare.

"Rothen child, get out!" Smithy raised his hammer and tried to crush Ness, who rolled at the side to evade the impact to later use PK Fire as he stood up, cauing a tower of flames that staggered Smithy. "Ugh!"

"He's staggering. Now's our chance to attack!" Marth said as he and Link towards Smithy.

However, the tower of flames didn't last long enough and they came at full stop once the blacksmith glared down at them. "What were you 2 going to do to me?"

"This!" Link took out the Hero's Bow and shot a fast arrow to Smithy's right eye.

"AAAAAHHH!!!" Smithy yelled in pain before both swordsmen began to slash him across his bosy, making the blacksmith yell in pain.

"Wait a minute," Pikachu looked around. "Where is that Shy Guy?"

"Ah!" the Shyper was heard from above some pipes of the ceiling. "Sword Rain!"

Glowing swords began to rain down the field and everyone got caught on the rain.

"T-there's the bastard. Get him!" Mallow yelled as he, Pikachu and Pichu ran towards the Shyper.

"Heheheheheh!" the Shyper laughed as he hopped to another pipe to call forth more swords. "Sword Rain!" and he did, causing more damage to everyone on the floor.

"S-stop him..." Pichu moaned. "W-we can't let him spam his magic..."

"That's why I'M going to do this. Shocker!" Mallow called out a big thunder that crashed on the Shyper, also causing the Shyper to fall down to the floor.

"Now, let's finish h-" Pikachu was cut off as Mario jumped right above the trio and slammed down a fist on his face. The Shyper yelled in pain before he vanished. "Hey, that's not fair!"

"But you were letting that machine attack so I went ahead." Mario said.

"Look," Snake appeared in front of them. "Or you can talk and go away, or you can give a hand here in the fight."

"Snake, don't be that rude, please." Mei Ling said.

"Mei Ling, you know what they should do now."

"...Okay..."

"Point made," Snake said before noticing Smithy creating another machine. "Let's get this job done before I think bad things."

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Pichu yelled loudly as he ran to the new Shyper.

"How amusing. He started first than you 3."

"L-let's just attack!" Pikachu yelled.

"Come back to me!" Smithy yelled as the Shadow Bugs appeared. "SLEDGE!"

The fast black cylinder was going to fall on Chris, who looked up and yelled. Lucario noticed the cry for help and he quickly appeared right in front of the World Traveler and stopped the cylinder from falling on him by using his hands.

"U-ugh..." Lucario struggled.

"What?!" Dark Smithy asked. "That dog is ACTUALLY stopping my attack?!"

"Y-you won't hurt him as long as I say so..." Lucario muttered through gritted fangs as he continued to stop the cylinder.

Chris smiled a little. "T-thank you, Lucario."

"What are you doing here?" Lucario asked as he looked at him over his right shoulder. "I-I won't hold this up for much longer. Get away!"

Chris gasped and he ran away from the cylinder before it crushed Lucario. "L-Lucario!" he yelled worried before the cylinder was raised, disappearing into the ceiling. "Lucario!"

"I'm...fine..." Lucario said as he shook his head and stood up. "T-that attack was stronger and it got me..."

"Even with your brute force is not enough," Chris said. "We-"

"Chris, use the Star Spirits!" Geno yelled before he was pushed away by Dark Smithy's hammer.

"R-right! O Klevar, come to us!" Chris called forth the clever star, who appeared right in front of him and looked at Dark Smithy with a small smile.

"Clocks of time, stop now." Klevar said as many clocks appeared around the floor before they all stopped.

However, Dark Smithy didn't feel anything and he used a fast Mega Drain to shoot down the star.

"O-oh no!" Klevar yelled as he crashed on the floor.

"Klevar!" Geno yelled as he ran to the Star Spirit. "Klevar, my apologies, but are you still breathing?"

"I-I can barely use my magic..." Klevar coughed. "That attack was just too strong...and cruel as well..."

"...Please, tell me we can still use Peach Beam!"

"Y-yes..." Klevar floated up. "I'm so sorry for getting attacked like th-"

Geno's eyes widened in horror as a rain of swords came from above and struck Klevar down to the floor, where the doll watched terrorized after the Star Spirit didn't move anymore.

"...KLEVAR!!!" Geno yelled before the Star Spirit vanished.

"O-oh my god..." Chris trembled scared. "I-I told him to get here and..."

"This is not good..." Eldstar appeared behind Chris. "Klevar was severely damaged and without him, we can't start the attack."

"T-tell me there's a way to heal him!"

"I'll try to heal him," Eldstar said with a nod. "Right now, try to fight Smithy. You can defeat him even if he has the Shadow Bugs."

"GET DOWN!" Geno tackled Eldstar down in time to evade another hit from Dark Smithy's Mega Drain.

"Eldstar, I-I think you need to get away from now!" Chris yelled as Dark Smithy glared at his direction.

"Y-yes..." Eldstar said before he disappeared.

"You bastard..." Geno stood up and glared menacingly to Dark Smithy. "You'll pay for hurting Klevar!" he yelled as he ran towards the blacksmith.

"And you'll pay for making my life a complete hell for myself to bear!" Dark Smithy yelled as he tried to cast Meteor Swarm.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 31, 2009, 05:21:03 PM
However, he was interrupted as a heavy sword was slammed on his back. Dark Smithy yelled in pain before turning around to find Ike above the steel table, and with a glare. "You dare to say more things related to our deaths and I'll smash that back of yours." Ike threatened.

"What if I smash your back instead?" Dark Smithy asked as he raised his hammer before it was pushed away by a grenade. "What the hell?!"

"Surprised?" Snake asked. "I figured out that the hammer was annoying, so I took it away."

"Dork," Dark Smithy said as he pulled another hammer. "I have an unlimited supply of hammers. Don't take me for a fool like you."

"Maybe you're thinking something right now."

"Yes," Dark Smithy said. "Why did you do that if I can pull out hammers endlessly?"

"Because for that fact I didn't want to hit you at all."

"...What?"

"I'm just a distraction so the guy behind you can kick your face."

Dark Smithy turned around before red iron met his face with a strong kick that made him grunt in pain. The blacksmith noticed that the one who did it was Fox, who landed back to the floor. "Who let the animal get in? Somebody take it out!"

Fox glared at him. "Call me an animal and I swear I'm going to do something."

"What?"

"Nothing." Fox chuckled.

"You're not making any sense to me! What's your purpose then?"

Fox pointed behind him with his thumb. Dark Smithy looked to the front before a Turnip (X_O) crashed to his face. But he didn't feel anything but a small pain.  "So?"

"...And that was strong because..." Dark Smithy turned to Peach.

Peach blushed embarrassed. "I-if I just had that same spirit I used to have a long time ago..."

"Why apologize though?" Fox asked. "You did well."

"And why's that?!" Dark Smithy asked enraged before a portal of darkness appeared right on him and began to attack him several times. "UGH!"

Chris sighed in relief after he used Negative Gate. "Phew, thanks for distracting him..."

Pikachu went to him. "You know, I think this job is very useful."

"...You think?" Chris looked at Tokunaga, who looked at him. "W-well, having a big doll to fight is good, I guess."

"I mean because it lets you attack from afar. You're a bit far away from that guy." Pikachu pointed out.

"I can let Tokunaga strike him from here. Watch." Chris ordered Tokunaga to move forward to Dark Smithy.

"A doll? Oh for the love o-can anyone here stop bringing dolls with powers?!" Dark Smithy asked.

"Last time I checked, we defeated everyone in here." Sonic said with a grin, laying down right above Dark Smithy with his left eye opened.

"UAH!" Dark Smithy grabbed Sonic and tossed him away, where he flipped in the air and landed on his feet. Sonic was merely a distraction so Tokunaga could reach the blacksmith. "Get awa-" he got interrupted as Tokunaga used Dragon Surge (a glowing uppercut) under Dark Smithy's chin before it used Eagle Dive (a fast fall) to make a combo before using Surge Breaker (a thunder slam with a whirling glowing fist) that made Dark Smithy grunt in pain. "AAHH!!!"

"See? That's actually pretty sweet." Pikachu remarked.

Chris chuckled and grabbed Pikachu to put him above his right shoulder. "Aw, thank you so much."

"No problem," Pikachu said with a small wag of his tail. "What else do you have?"

"Hmm... Oh! This!"

Pikachu suddenly felt something...

"SPARK WAVE!!!" Chris and Pikachu yelled loudly.

Dark Smithy suddenly felt waves of electricity forming right inside him before a sphere of volts appeared and electrocuted him greatly with several hits. The blacksmith yelled loudly in pain before the sphere disappeared.

New ability learned! Spark Wave!

Sends waves of pure volts through a floating sphere of lightning. Deals a great amount of lightning damage to enemies nearby it.

"..." Chris and Pikachu looked at each other.

"...Did we just..." Chris trailed off.

"...I'm sure as a Pinsir's butt we did..." Pikachu nodded. "I mean, I discharged electricity to your body all of a sudden..."

"..." Chris looked at his hair. "Oh, that explains why my hair is pointing everywhere..." static went up through 2 spikes. "Weird, I didn't feel anything..."

"...You know what this means?"

"That we found your first Combined Final Smash?"

"...No..." Pikachu looked at Ness, who was being chased around by a Shyper. "Hey, Ness! Guess who found his Combined Final Smash first?"

"Dammit!" Ness yelled as the Shyper tried to use Sword Rain, but Sonic came from behind and pushed it away.

"Ha, thanks," Pikachu looked at Chris. "I beat Ness at getting the CFS first."

Chris sweatdropped. He couldn't get the idea that Pikachu didn't care about the fight as long as he defeated Ness in their little challenger. "...You're welcome?"

"That's why I like this spot," Pikachu rested on his shoulder. "Makes me remember home."

"Ash's shoulder?"

"...Pretty much. Dawn's good s-"

"What?!"

"I-I mean it in the good way!" Pikachu blushed a little.

Then they were crushed under Dark Smithy's Sledge move before it was raised again. Both were laying down on the floor with their faces resting on them.

"I want to know where Lucario is...oww..." Chris muttered.

"...Chris?!" Lucario ran to his trainer and picked him up. "Chris, are you all right?"

"...Why didn't you save me?"

"US." Pikachu corrected from the floor.

"S-sorry. I had my mind somewhere else...and I was close as well..." Lucario blushed a little in embarrassment.

"..."

While the World Traveler was still speechless, a flying Mallow went above them.

"...In what, exactly?" Chris asked.

"...I can't tell you."

This little comment made Chris give up.

"...Put me down..." Chris said. Lucario gasped and he put Chris down.

And back to the fight...

Chris and Lucario (along with Pikachu) focused back on the fight.

"Boom!" Bomb Kirby said happily as he tossed several bombs at a fast rate to Dark Smithy, who kept pushing them away with his hammer. "Blow, blow, blow! Boom!" he sang happily as he kept pulling out bombs.

"Grr, stupid marshmallow..." Dark Smithy grunted angrily before a sword slashed him 4 times on his back. "Who's the idiot behind this?"

"Well, I'm behind you, literally." Marth said as he stood on the steel table behind the blacksmith.

"You little... DIE!" Dark Smithy raised his hammer above him but it was pushed away by an explosion. "Not again!"

"It wasn't me though," Snake said from Dark Smithy's left side as he took out his RPG-7 rocket launcher that he aimed at Dark Smithy's feet and fired a rocket that hurt the blacksmith greatly. "Now it is me."

"BEGONE!" Dark Smithy yelled before a bomb exploded on his face. "Dammit, who keep shooting those bombs at me?"

"The pink marshmallow did," Snake pointed at Bomb Kirby, who tossed another bomb that Dark Smithy pushed to Snake, who yelled in pain and backed away. "Me and my big mouth..."

"This big?" Bomb Kirby asked as he opened his mouth wide.

"It was an expression..." Snake frowned.

"Away!" Dark Smithy yelled as he swung his hammer sideways to push them away. "Now, let's mass produce enemies!"

Many blobs began to come out from Smelter, who dropped all of them on Dark Smithy's table before they all were banged on against his hammer, creating many Shypers that hopped to the floor.

"This is bad..." Geno said as the Shypers moved at the sides.

"Oh, hell no!" Chris yelled as he joined his hands. "Kalmar, please, come!"

Kalmar appeared in front of him. "Well, what do you wis-"

Chris quickly pulled Kalmar down so he could evade a beam from Dark Smithy's hammer. "Up & Away on those enemies!"

"Right," Kalmar said as he went ot the Shypers, where he raised his small hands to the air and turned them into stars that flew all the way to the ceiling where they disappeared. "That's done," he said before he disappeared.

"GRRRR!!!" Dark Smithy grunted angrily. "This is why I hate the Star Spirits!"

"Geno Beam!" Geno shot a blue beam to Dark Smithy's face. "Attack him while he's staggering!"

"Does this idiot has a weak point?" Snake asked.

"Hmm, I'm not sure." Mei Ling said.

"HE DOESN'T!" Geno yelled angrily.

"Tsk..." Snake frowned before he ran to Dark Smithy and tossed a grenade to the beam, where it exploded and made the blacksmith yell in pain. Snake took this little time to jump to his face and give several kicks to it, finishing his combo with a missile that he (slowly) shot but eventually exploded.

Mario looked at Peach, who was very unsure about fighting. "Peach, do something, please." Mario said, trying to sound as nice as he could to convince Peach to attack.

"Like what?" Peach asked worried. "I don't have something good in mind..."

"...Use that attack..."

"..." Peach blushed and looked behind her. "...I-I don't want to. It looks so embarrassing when I use it..."

"But it's strong, isn't it?"

"Y-yes, but..."

"Then use it!"

"S-some of them are going to laugh at me and I don't want that!" Peach said.

A Shyper hopped to them.

"AAAAAH!!!" Peach yelled in fear before Mario made a small but strong explosion of fire in his hand that blasted the Shyper away.

"Peach, weren't you decided to fight?" Mario asked.

"B-but this is different. We're fighting against Smithy again!"

"But you did it very well the last time!"

"That's because I was the healer and not an attacker. But I can't heal anymore because...I-I don't know, I just do!"

"Weird, I lost my ability to shoot big fireballs as well... That's odd." Mario commented.

"Mario, Peach," Geno called from afar as he aimed his fist at Smelter. "Everyone is doing their best to attack and you 2 aren't doing anything! Do something! Every single second is important for our survival and victory!"

"Geno seems to be more serious than he used to..." Peach pointed out.

"Well, it is more frustrating to him now," Mario explained as Jigglypuff crossed them from above. "I can understand the motive of his rage."

"W-well, I think I can fight now..."

Mario smiled a little. "Oh, really?"

Another Shyper came from somewhere.

"YAAAAAAAAH!!!" Peach yelled, but this yell didn't contain fear but it contained a yell of battle since she jumped to the Shyper with a frying pan ready before she started to...beat the crap out of the machine as Mario watched surprised.

Not soon she defeated the Shyper, another one appeared and the princess quickly lunged at it to start her continuous hits as she screamed.

"...That was a big change..." Mario commented before he shook his head and decided to fight as well. "Wait..." he stopped running and looked at another Shyper that went to Peach. "There weren't that many of them before...unless..."

Dark Smithy, who was being attacked by many of the Smashers, kept working arduously as many orange blobs came out from Smelter. The blacksmith had in mind to cover the whole floor with Shypers so they could use an endless barrage of Sword Rain. "N-no matter what you do to me, I'll keep making weapons till I get tired, which will never!" Dark Smithy yelled.

"Dammit, he isn't staggering even one bit!" Mallow yelled as he used Shocker.

"Shypers!" Dark Smithy ordered. "ATTACK!!!"

For their dismay, they couldn't get rid of the great amount of Shypers who were hopping around the whole floor. They all moved by the sides before holding out their hands...

And that's when true hell came from above.

An insane amount of glowing sword began to rain down the ceiling. Everyone gasped before they were all heavily damaged by the rain of swords that many began to yell loudly in pain as it seemed that it wasn't going to finish. Everyone tried their best to resist the insane barrage until it disappeared, leaving them extremely weak, and to the point where they could faint.

"Mwahahahahahaha!" Dark Smithy laughed. "Shall we end this with another round, boys?"

The Shypers nodded as they hopped on their pogoes.

The Smashers were laying down on the floor in pain before looking up to the machines. "D-darn them all..." Ike coughed.

"L-lame..." Sonic muttered as he tried to get up, but couldn't.

"W-we need to hurry or else that's it!" Geno yelled before he coughed weakly.

"...Oh my god, this is a relief," Kawashima said. "Over Limit ready! USE IT BEFORE YOU GET KILLED!"

"B-but who?!" Chris asked as he looked around for the only person who could have a suitable Final Smash.

For his dismay, many who had a destructive Final Smash couldn't even move that well after the attack. Chris himself couldn't use any as well as he felt very weak...

...But why was Peach perfectly fine?

"...PEACH!" Chris yelled.

"Y-yes?" Peach asked concerned.

"H-how did you survive that attack just now?"

She took out Toad, who had a lot of scratches around his face and arms. "N-never get in the way of a rain of swords..." Toad muttered before she kept it behind her, where he disappeared.

"W-what else can I do?" Peach asked concerned as the Shypers prepared to attack once more.

"Use your Final Sm-" Chris coughed. "Final Smash!"

"H-how?"

The Shypers were raising their hands.

"Say a special sentence that will give you power!" Twink yelled from behind some tubes.

"NO!" Dark Smithy yelled. "The princess shall die today!"

"Oh no... I forgot about him..." Chris muttered.

"P-Peach..." Bomb Kirby muttered on the floor. "Y-you can do it..."

"H-how?" Peach asked very worried at the situation. "W-what can I do to use it?"

"SLEDGE!" Dark Smithy called out.

The princess saw a shadow underneath her before she looked up, where her eyes widened in horror as a huge cylinder fell down from the dark ceiling.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Peach yelled loudly...as she took out Toad and put him above her in defense.

Of course, we all knew he wasn't going to make it THAT easily...

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHHHHHH!!!" Toad yelled as he blocked his already beaten face with his hurt arms.

"O-OH NO!" Bomb Kirby yelled as he closed his eyes from preventing the crushing of the princess (and her poor friend as well).

"...What?!" Dark Smithy asked enraged.

"..." Peach opened her eyes to find a glowing Lucario holding the cylinder above her. His aura was shining brightly as he held up the pipe with ease.

"Hmph..." Lucario closed his eyes. "S-since my aura increased, my strength did as well... Holding this thing is not hard at all for me any longer..."

After he spoke, the cylinder rose up and Dark Smithy grunted angrily.

"T-thank you..." Peach said.

"Oh my holy mushrooms, thank you!" Toad said before Peach kept him.

"..." Lucario's only action was a fainting one, since he fell down and fainted.

"..." Peach looked down to the Aura Pokémon. "...I'm sorry for causing this trouble for you..."

"SHYPERS!" Dark Smithy yelled. "ATTACK!"

"DO IT!!! ...UGH!" Chris yelled loudly before he lost consciousness.

Peach closed her eyes before opening them with a serious expression. "I...I!!!"

The simpleness of this little sentence made a rainbow aura cover her completely as a force pushed out from herself.

"...I will stop this!" Peach said as she raised her arms and joined her hands together.

"ATTACK HER!" Dark Smithy yelled.

"We were going to annihilate everyone at once," one Shyper said in a monotone voice. "Why should we change attacks?"

"JUST DO IT!!!"

"..." the Shypers hopped towards Peach.

But their slowness was just a mistake for Peach to use her Final Smash...

...

A rain of healthy peaches! How ironic since her name is a fruit!

...

No, really. Your eyes are not deceiving you. She literally called forth peaches that covered the whole floor with a graceful dance she did...

And, as 2 of herself appeared as artistic pictures from someone's perspective, a wave of drowsyness emanated out from Peach and it hit every single Shyper, including Dark Smithy who blinked confused at the sudden exhaustion got received as well as his machines.

"Why do I feel so tired now? ...I...must...make...weapons..." Dark Smithy muttered before yawning out loud as he fell asleep on top of the steel table, along with the Shypers who snored loudly.

As Peach finished her dancing, she noticed the whole floor covered in peaches as they also were above the Smashers themselves. "...Whoopsie." Peach said with a giggle.

"..." Snake opened an eye and spotted a peach in front of him...

...Then, with a swift move, he ate it and said, "Tasty!"

"...Excuse me?" Peach asked confused.

After several peaches, Snake stood up and looked at her. "Nothing."

"B-but you sai-"

"Nothing." Snake's tone grew menacier.

"...Okay..." Peach was confused at this weird Final Smash of hers. She looked around where some of the Smashers were awakening thanks to the small but necessary recovery effects of the peaches. "..." she looked down where Fox had a peach half-eaten in his mouth.

"..." Fox looked up to her before he ate it completely and stood up. "You didn't see anything."

"..." Peach nodded.

"Wait, everyone's sleeping?" Geno asked as he looked at the sleeping Shypers, and even Dark Smithy. "This is our chance to turn the tables to our favor."

"We have to do it before they wake up ad beat our a(beep!)" Sonic said.

"..." Geno closed his eyes in frustration after letting the hedgehog say a curse in front of a young star named Twink. "...That doesn't matter..." he muttered.

"I-I have an idea..." Lucas spoke up.

"You have one?"

"I-instead of beating all of them..."

Several minutes later...

Many Shypers were shown falling off from the floor and they disappeared in the abyss down below the hanging floor because Sonic pushed all of them off with his speed.

Sonic cleaned his hands and looked around. "Yep, no more of those guys."

They all focused on the sleeping blacksmith...before they looked at Smelter. "That thing must go down before Smithy." Mallow whispered.

"And since it doesn't have Shadow Bugs, it's going to be very easy to shut it down if well focus our attacks on it." Geno said.

"ALL-OUT ATTACK ON THAT THING!!!" Sonic yelled loudly.

"SHH!!!" the Smashers whispered angrily as they looked at Smithy.

"I-I mean..." Sonic whispered. "All-out attack on that thing..." he whispered slowly.

"..." the Smashers frowned before they all went after Smelter, ignoring the sleeping blacksmith who grumbled.

And this meant everyone had to something good on it.

Pikachu and Pichu were the first ones who attacked. Both electric Pokémon ran below the pipe and used Thunder to create a strong lightning attack. This, however, wasn't very good for Pichu since he fainted from the combined attack.

"Whoops..." Pikachu muttered as he dragged Pichu away.

Next up was Bomb Kirby and Snake, who started to throw many explosives inside the pipe's mouth. Once they filled the mouth, it exploded and dealt severe damage to the insides of Smelter.

Snake wasn't over, since he took out his rocket launcher and directed a small rocker inside to let it explode. "Just to add more damage." Snake said simply.

Ness and Lucas decided to do the same thing they did on Dark Clerk by combining PK Flash and PK Freeze together. The green mist went all the way inside Smelter and it exploded, but deep inside. "That should do it." Ness said.

"Why?" Lucas asked.

"Just you wait and you'll see."

"..." Lucas just nodded.

"Chris. Hey, Chris!" Sonic called. "Can we do that?"

"You mean our combined attack?"

"Yeah, that one. C'mon! Let's do it!"

"..." Chris nodded and changed to his Racer job. Both he and Sonic ran underneath the hot liquid metal pipe and nodded to each other.

And very soon, Sonic yelled, "FIRE HEDGEHOG!" and was raised fastly underneath the pipe with a fire version of Spin Dash. The hedgehog's curled form soon turned back to himself with a satisfied grin as he came down.

"Hmmmmmm..." Dark Smithy grumbled.

"I wonder why he is that sleepy..." Geno muttered.

"I think it was because I was very close to him and...well...my skill got a stronger effect."

"Maybe..."

"SHOCKER!" Mallow called down a heavy thunderbolt that crushed Smelter. "Star Rain!" then a big Starman came down and bounced on it several times before it jumped away and disappeared.

"UAH!" Dark Smithy woke up with a yell. "Dammit, what happened?! Where are my weapons?!"

"Guys, he's awake!" Link yelled and everyone quickly turned their backs to the blacksmith.

"So, destroying my source of my productions?! How DARE you do that?!" Dark Smithy asked enraged. "Smelter! More!"

"Oh no..." Mario muttered as they turned to Smelter...

...

...

...

"...Why is nothing happening?" Marth asked.

"...Wait, look at that." Fox pointed at Smelter, who was shaking violently before it turned red.

"What is the meaning of this stop?" Dark Smithy asked as he narrowed his eyes at Smelter...

"..." Ness remembered. "...Oh, it's working... Wait a minute..."

Smelter began to overheat with smoke and they backed away.

"O-oh my goodness, it's going to explode!" Pichu yelled.

"Get away from it!" Link yelled and all the Smashers retreated from the shaking red pipe.

Dark Smithy made an annoyed grunt as he walked slowly to Smelter and banged his hammer on it. "Stupid thing. Why won't you work and give me the material I need to make my beloved weapons?!"

Smelter answered his question...

...With a huge stream of hot liquid metal that was blasted off from its mouth, and directly to the blacksmith's face who yelled loudly in pain as an extreme burning feeling touched his whole body. They all watched Smelter shooting an extreme amount of hot liquid metal that even reached behind Dark Smithy and fell down to the abyss like a waterfall.

"Ha!" Sonic said with a grin. "That should outta take care of the guy!"

"But why?" Ike asked.

"Because of us," Ness said as he looked at Lucas. "We combined attacks together and created a stronger version. This version was a combination of PK Flash and PK Freeze, creating an instant explosion of ice that freezes anything."

"But the liquid was very hot, wasn't it?" Pikachu asked.

"I guess...but maybe our attack freezes anything but doesn't melt. Instead, that person of monster needs to break out."

"...Hmm...maybe." Pikachu nodded.

"Well, we did shut the pipe down," Geno said before he saw Smelter stopping. "...But the darn bastard is still alive."

"GRRRRRRRRRRRR..." Dark Smithy grunted in rage (and pain as well) as he focused his face to the Smashers. "YOU...STOPPED MY MAIN RESOURCE TO MAKE WEAPONS..."

Some of them began to chuckle as they looked at the blacksmith.

"AND ALSO..." Dark Smithy continued as the screen pulled back and revealed... "I JUST HAVE HALF OF MY BEARD ON WHILE THE OTHER HALF WAS BURNED BECAUSE OF YOUR ACTIONS!"

"You know what, Smithy?" Geno asked.

"What?"

"I don't care about your rants now. What I care about is your own demise. I want to finish this now... And after you hurt Klevar...I promised myself something..."

"What would that be?"

"Kill you in a quick painless death."

"Puppet, he can't die without getting hurt." Snake said.

"Better yet, I guess," Geno glared at Dark Smithy. "This will be our last move on you before we save the city and the Star Road."

"...Come on, then." Dark Smithy taunted all of them as he raised his hammer high up, indicating that he was ready to go all-out on them.

"Listen, I want everyone to listen to my orders once he makes the first move. I don't promise our victory, but I can assure you that this is the best option so far... So please, pay attention." Geno muttered without facing the others, who nodded as they stared at Dark Smithy.

"SLEDGE!"

The shadow came from above and they looked to the ceiling. "Not the same trick. Lucario, stop it!"

"U-ugh..." Lucario raised his hands and stopped the attack from crushing them. The Smashers quickly got out and ran towards Dark Smithy. "UGH!"

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Dark Smithy laughed. "I'll kill the dog first!"

"Afraid not." Geno said.

"What?"

"Geno Boost!"

"GUUUUUUUAARRGGHH!!!" Lucario roared loudly as his strength and defense was increased, He started to push the cylinder upwards before it raised itself up, preventing from crushing the Aura Pokémon who ran to the others.

"Seriously, was the roar necessary?" Chris asked.

"I-I felt like it..." Lucario said embarrassed.

"W-what?!" Dark Smithy asked before he shook his head. "Meteor Swarm!"

The rainbow colored stars began to appear above them. "I'm afraid this attack will disappear as well." Geno said.

"My turn then!" Mallow said as he held out his hands. "Snowy!"

A blizzard came from the opposite direction of the stars and they all were frozen by the glacial snow that stopped all of them from impacting the Smashers before a big snowman fell on top of Dark Smithy. It blinked several times before exploding into snowflakes that caused ice damage on the blacksmith.

"Just great!" Dark Smithy yelled as he looked around. "This place is getting wet... I can't let you do what you want in here. I have a strict policy about sa-" he was suddenly attacked by a Homing Attack from Sonic, who landed above his steel table and stuck his tongue out. "GRRRRRR!!!"

"Can't hit me," Sonic taunted as he evaded a slam of the blacksmith's hammer. "Nope," he evaded another. "Close," he sidestepped. "Ha-ha," he sidestepped again. "What's wrong with you now?" he asked before he evaded several hits continuously.

"S-stupid hedgehog! Stop moving around!" Dark Smithy yelled in rage before a bomb was tossed to his face. "Where's the bomb marshmallow?!"

Several bombs fell down from above the blacksmith and he covered his head from them. Smoke flew out from it, causing Dark Smithy from seeing anything else.

"Boom-kata-boom." Bomb Kirby said happily over the air as he floated down.

A barrage of 99 shots suddenly went through the smoke and they all hit the blinded blacksmith. Dark Smithy yelled in pain as a charged shot collided with his face and exploded.

"Heh," Fox grinned as he put his Blaster away. "Hope they hurt you."

"A lot." Chris added as he put his own Blaster away, before changing to his PK Kid job. "Lucas!"

"U-um, y-yes." Lucas nodded with a gulp as both ran to the blacksmith, who grunted annoyed.

"Mega Drain!" Dark Smithy created a slicer beam that went towards them.

"Geno Whirl!" Geno interrupted as he shot his ring across the beam, cutting it in half as it vanished.

"Geno, stop sticking your weird nose where it doesn't belong!"

"PK Detonation!!!" Chris and Lucas shot a fast bolt of fire that, once it got inside Dark Smithy, exploded in a burst of flames that hurt him greatly.

"UAAHH!!!" Dark Smithy yelled in rage. "That is it! I will do something about this nonsense on me! METEOR SWARM!"

"Snowy!"

This only caused the same effect and the blacksmith was crushed under another snowman, which exploded into snowflakes.

"...Hey!" Dark Smithy noticed Marth and Chris (in his Ranger job) above the steel table. Dark Smithy raised his hammer and brought it down...

"Whale Cleave!!!" both swordsmen yelled loudly as they started swiftly hits by turning around and then returning back before slamming their swords down on his stomach.

"DAMMIT!" Dark Smithy grunted in pain before he began to pant. "You...won't...do this...again..."

"I am afraid it will," Chris (in his Scholar job) said as he adjusted his glasses. "I must ask you to surrender while you can."

Pichu jumped to his shoulder.

"Never!" Dark Smithy said.

"Hmph," Chris frowned as Pichu jumped to his right hand and started to get covered in electricity. "Fine. Be that way as you like...but, however..."

"Spark Bullet!!!" Pichu yelled loudly as the scholar pulled back his right hand and tossed the small electric Pokémon at an insane speed that crossed Dark Smithy and electrocuted him greatly.

Bomb Kirby quickly went to the other side and jumped to catch the electric Pichu, who was grabbed by the bomb wielder and sighed. "I'm fiiiiiiiiiiiine..." Pichu said with swirls as eyes.

"(If this keeps going like this...)" Dark Smithy grunted. "(I won't hold for much longer...) AAAAAHHHHHH!!!" he yelled in pain as an arrow struck his right eye.

Link kept his Hero's Bow and unsheated his sword. "Prepare for this," he said as he ran to the blacksmith, jumped over the table and struck down his sword on Dark Smithy's head as he tried to resist the pain on his eyes. "YAH!"

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Dark Smithy yelled loudly in pain.

"GUUUUUUAAARGH!!!" Lucario jumped to the air and shot a fast Aura Sphere that exploded right on the blacksmith's face.

"STOP THIS!!!"

"We won't after you did all of this mess!" Mario yelled as he jumped straigth towards Dark Smithy and delivered a downwards punch.

"DAMMIT!!!" Dark Smithy was getting more enraged by each hit he received.

"Y-yiah!" Peach tossed a Turnip (:-)) to his face.

"UGH!!!"

"Here...I..." Jigglypuff muttered as she flew high up and started rolling. "G-go!" she yelled as she began to charge her Rollout attack that went quickly to Dark Smithy's forehead, causing eve more pain than before.

"N-NO!!!" Dark Smithy yelled in pain.

"CHUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pikachu climbed all the way up to Dark Smithy's head and called forth a lightning bolt from a dark cloud that struck Dark Smithy down as he yelled out.

"PK Thunder!" Ness jumped to the air and struck himself on the back with PK Thunder, causing him to rocket down to Dark Smithy's stomach, delivering a strong electric pulse that electrocuted the blacksmith even more than before.

"Aether!" Ike tossed his spinning sword above Dark Smithy, where he reached for it with a jump and slammed it hard on the blacksmith's head.

"..." Snake, who didn't have better attack in midair, decided to charge up his RPG-7 rocket launcher on Dark Smithy's feet to deliver a very strong explosion that caused the evil leader to yell out loudly.

"And lastly..." Geno said as he turned into a cannon with a backflip, shot a small orb of fire to Dark Smithy that later started to grow bigger into a flashing face that later inflated itself and the explosion of fire, causing even more pain to the blacksmith...

...

Music stops

...Who yelled loudly for one last time.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Dark Smithy yelled in extreme pain. "I...I...I...I don't believe this! ...Not like this! ...W-why?! WHY?! WHY, WHY, WHY?! ...UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUURRRRRRRRRRRRRAAAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Chris, Lucario, Mario, Peach, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Kirby, Link, Fox, Marth, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: The Seventh on June 01, 2009, 12:52:27 PM
I can't wait for more to read!

keep it up!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 02, 2009, 06:54:38 PM
The Smashers saw as Dark Smithy lost consciousness before their eyes as he fell on top of his stee table. A small quake was produced once he fell and they were able to blink at the whole event.

...But he managed to mutter some words, nevertheless.

"This is...completely...unbelievable..." Dark Smithy muttered before he sighed and fainted.

"..." Mallow walked to him and poked his head. "...No doubt about it now..."

"..." Twink came down from the ceiling and looked at Geno. "So...does this mean..."

Geno nodded with a chuckle. "Yes, at last, we're done with him."

"That's it?" Sonic asked. "Man, I thought he was going to give us more pain in our necks."

"Idiot..." Dark Super Sonic chuckled.

And his gloves suddenly felt tight.

"O-oh man..." Sonic began to back away from the Smashers as he tried to stop the ripping sounds from his gloves.

"...Phew..." Chris dropped to his knees. "We're done...we're finally done..."

"So, can we return home now?" Peach looked around concerned. "I'm...not liking this place anymore..."

"...Wait," Fox looked around. "How do we get out now?"

For their dismay, there was absolutely nothing like an exit or a new path. The only thing they had was that big hanging floor that was slowly lowering down and trembling...

...

Wait, lowering down and trembling?

"U-um, everyone..." Jigglypuff shook with the floor. "I-I don't think..."

"..." Geno looked at the fainted Dark Smithy. "...Wait, his Shadow Bugs aren't gone yet..."

"...Didn't we forget something vital this time?" Mario asked.

"What?" Peach asked.

Then, it suddenly hit her.

"...Oh no..." Peach muttered.

"...OH, HELL NO," Chris shook his head. "I do NOT want to fight THOSE heads..."

"Kid, bunch of mushroom lovers, explain." Snake demanded.

"Well," Mario began as the floor began to shake violently, causing most of them to tumble at the sides. "There was this last form tha-"

But his words were interrupted as the floor...fell rather fast to the abyss.

BUT, they didn't fall. They remained standing in midair along with Dark Smithy's fainted body.

"...This isn't a cartoon or something." Link said.

"Wait, you watch cartoons?" Chris asked.

"AHEM." Geno coughed.

Then, the laws of gravity weren't exactly on nobody's sides and thus, they all fell down to the unknown, along with Dark Smithy's fainted self as they screamed loudly.

"Phew..."

Peach, however, used her parasol to stay in the air as she sighed in relief. "...I'll eventualy reach the floor sometime..."

"Yes..."

Peach looked up where Bomb Kirby was sitting down on her parasol. "Oh, you too?"

Bomb Kirby nodded. "I'm too light, so I can sit down up here, right?"

"...Yes..." Peach said as she looked down at the abyss they were falling to. "(Mario, everyone...)"

HELL

...

There Is No Other Way To Describe This...Hell

"...yaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-OWW!" Ness landed on his head and fell down above some red skulls.

The PK kid groaned as he sat up and looked around...

This place was surely a nightmare. Ness trembled a little as he saw the ominous red skull heads with weird shapes of a demon machine. The entire place was completely red like blood itself. It was like a cave but without exits and entrances.

"W-where am I?" Ness looked around. "Where's everybody?"

His answer was responded with everyone falling on top of him, creating a big pile themselves that groaned in pain as they tried to struggle and get out.

Chris, however, wasn't inside the pile, since Lucario grabbed him with his arms and landed on his feet after they fell down.

"P-phew..." Chris sighed as he smiled at his Pokémon and rubbed his head. "Thank you so much for preventing my fall, Lucario..."

"Guuuuuorrrgh..." Lucario growled happily as he set his trainer down.

"..." Chris's eyes widened as he looked at his surroundings (and the Smashers getting out from the pile they did by accident). "...Lucario..."

"...Yes?" Lucario asked.

"...Prepare for the worst..." he pointed up where Dark Smithy fell on the skulls and broke them in pieces.

"...Yes, I knew this was going to happen..." Geno said as he stood up and looked at Dark Smithy.

"...You..." Dark Smithy muttered as he slowly opened his eyes. "...You...won't get away...with this..."

"Ha!" Sonic said with a grin (with his hands suspiciously behind his back). "Try that! I dare yo-"

"Sonic, instead of asking for another fight, will you shut up?" Pikachu asked annoyed.

"Damn, is he still standing after all that?" Link asked.

"Looks like it..." Ike said unsure.

"Just when the hell is he going to die and leave me alone for once?" Fox asked annoyed.

"...And where in the hell are we, anyway?" Snake asked as he looked around.

"One word: HELL." Mallow responded, looking worried.

"SILENCE!" Dark Smithy yelled loudly as all the Smashers turned to him. "This is...outrageous! I'm sick of this whole thing! Geno! You're the responsible for all of this!"

"And what if I did?" Geno asked with a glare. "You're pretty much done. Why do another fight here?"

"Because...I won't let you go away alive..." Dark Smithy said as he closed his eyes. "...I will...show you all...my...my..."

"...Grrrrrr..." Lucario grunted, showing his fangs as he prepared for something.

The others took this as a signal and faced the blacksmith with glares.

"...My..." Dark Smithy muttered as a tower of light appeared from beneath him, blinding the Smashers who blocked their eyes as the whole cave was illuminated.

"W-what is happening now?" Twink asked as he hid behind Geno.

"Not the same thing again..." Geno muttered as he uncovered his eyes and glared at the light. "When we defeated Smithy, he destroyed the floor we were just on and took all of us to this place... When he was cornered, he...he..."

"...Changed forms..." Mario added.

"My..." Dark Smithy continued as they saw the light tower vanishing.

What they found instead of the blacksmith was a creepy head with the Shadow Bugs. The head resembled all the skulls around the whole cave (and the biggest one in the background). It later was raised at the same height Dark Smithy was before, only that its body had the hammer and a gun hand to shoot bullets. The head spun a little and they prepared for the worst...

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against Smithy, Who Likes Transforming

"MY FINAL FORM!!!" Dark Smithy yelled loudly as he laughed manaically. "Geno, every single cockroach in my domain, prepare to be destroyed by the power of the machines of my factory! With that being said, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE!!!"

"H-he's become more nuts than before!" Lucas gulped in fear.

"Dammit, I don't want to fight anymore..." Geno shook his head before he glared at Dark Smithy. "Fine. If he wants this, then I won't hesitate to give it all this time around."

"...Are you happy now?" Chris looked angry to Fox.

"What? Why?" Fox asked.

Chris pointed at Dark Smithy. "There's your wanted challenge that wants us dead right in front of us! Now, get fighting before I DIE again!"

"...Sorry..." Fox apologized.

"...Good." Chris nodded.

"DIE!!!" Dark Smithy yelled loudly as he fires bullets at them.

"Everyone, this is the last request I ask you to do," Geno said as he ran to the lunatic blacksmith. "Let's take that maniac down and finish this long struggle, for the Star Spirits and the city as well!"

TO BE CONTINUED...

..............................

"Fight Against Smithy, Who Likes Transforming. And after this, my task will be done at last..." Geno sighed.

"Let's do this, shall we?" Mallow asked.

"...Yes, let's."


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Exor
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 03, 2009, 10:54:54 AM
Chapter 129: Fight Against Smithy, Who Likes Transforming

Exor
HELL

...

There Is No Other Way To Describe This...Hell

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against Smithy, Who Likes Transforming

"Evade the bullets!" Geno yelled as he jumped over the bullets.

However, something caught his attention once he looked back at them...

"Why isn't anybody trying to move?"

"We're exhausted..." Pichu muttered. "We can't fight like this..."

"Oh no... Please, don't tell m-" Geno was suddenly attacked by a fast missile that pushed him away, making him crash to the skulls that made him yell in pain.

Dark Smithy chuckled as he had a tank as a head. "Foolish Geno, and all of you too! My energies were recovered because I AM a machine, not like any of you who have the burden to walk the earth as non-machines!"

"Great..." Marth muttered as he tried to regain his energies. "Not only he got a new form...but he also thinks humanity should die..."

"Oh, heck no..." Mallow struggled to move. "I'm...going to...do something...about it..."

"C-Chris..." Ness twitched. "You have to heal us..."

"B-but I'm afraid I can't..." Chris said depressed. "If I use the Musician job with Soul Etude...it won't heal anyone because you're not hurt..."

"This just HAD to happen...right?" Link asked before they looked forward to Dark Smithy.

"Oh, what is the matter?" Dark Smithy asked as he banged his head with his hammer and turned it into a magician with a creepy face..on its stomach rather than the face itself. "You can't move because you're tired? How ironic that you feel that because I was also feeling so tired of you..." he raised his hands that made sparks. "But I'm afraid I hate you all for being a bunch of pesky humans in MY factory that you should DIE! BOULDER!!!"

A huge avalanche of boulders began to fall down from nowhere and it hit everyone who yelled in pain as every boulder bounced and crushed them alive.

"This is not the end, I'm afraid!" Dark Smithy raised his glowing hands. "SPEAR RAIN!!!"

Glowing spears began to rain down on everyone, making them yell loudly as the rain of spears seized...

"...I'm...sorry...everyone..." Ness muttered before he collapsed.

"N-Ness!!!" Lucas yelled worried before he fell to his right knee in pain.

"This ends here!" Dark Smithy yelled. "ARROW RAI-"

"Geno Whirl!" Geno quickly sliced Dark Smithy's magician form to prevent him from casting his spell. The attack wasn't that strong enough, but it was enough to stop the evil magician. "Dammit, I need your help! You have to gather your energies and fight back!"

"T-there's NO way I'm letting him attack me as his will..." Link struggled to move until he finally started to run at Dark Smithy. "I-I can do this... I need to hold on..."

Dark Smithy banged his head several times before it turned into...a big treasure chest with eyes. His new head opened its contents and several lights came out, illuminating everything in sight before many scarecrows appeared where the Smashers once were. "Now you don't have a way to attack me!" Dark Smithy laughed.

"Ugh..." Ike moved his hands up and down in his form. "This is just ridiculous..."

"You tell me!" Sonic moved his hands (from behind) up and down. "I hate to be standing still!"

"EVERYONE has the same idea in mind..." Pikachu said.

"Sweet, we're soul mates."

"..." The Smashers tried to get away from the hedgehog scarecrow but they couldn't since they were above sticks that they used to hold on.

"This didn't happen in my usual stealth missions..." Snake sighed as he saw Dark Smithy's head turning into the tank.

"MAGNUM!!!" Dark Smithy yelled as he blasted off a fast missile that instantly hit and exploded on Ike's scarecrow.

"Uuuuuuuuuuhh..." Ike, surprisingly, returned to normal. However, since he received the missile attack, he was only able to collapse down to the skulls.

"Ike, Ike! Answer me!" Link turned around and looked down at the downed swordsman.

"Not good, he's out of cold..." Fox moved his head at the sides.

"Smithy!" Mallow yelled as he raised his hands a little. "Magic is still at my command, so prepare to get hur-"

"MAGNUM!" Dark Smithy yelled.

"Oh sh-" Mallow was interrupted by a fast missile that exploded on him, making him return back to normal but in a very weakened state that made him collapse and fall down on the skulls.

"He's taking out every single one of us!" Pichu yelled worried. "H-hurry! We must do something!"

"Try to break the spell, but it will be impossible!" Dark Smithy laughed. "Since I have enhanced powers, the effects status ailments are going to stay with you forever! They won't wear off in 1 minute like they used to!"

"..." Chris tried to make an angered expression as he glowed for a moment. When he looked at his right, there was a harp on his wooden hand.

"Now, who's next of my shooting game?" Dark Smithy aimed his main gun to the World Traveler, who gasped in shock as he froze his hands from playing a tune. "Oh, where'd you get that harp? Is not going to heal them, is it?"

"I-I-I-I..." Chris's words couldn't get out from his mouth from the sheer terror he obtained just now.

"GRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted angrily.

"You know..." Pikachu turned to Lucario's scarecrow. "It's quite funny to see you grunt like that...in that form..."

"Grrrrrr..."

"And I knew you were that violent as well..."

"O-oh my god, oh my god, oh my god..." Chris gulped as he tried to touch his harp, but his fear of a missile hitting him was sounding very scaring. "I-I need to do it...or I'm d-dead..."

"Stop shuddering and do it!" Sonic yelled loudly.

"MAGNUM!" Dark Smithy yelled.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Sonic yelled loudly. "(That's it. I'm forever trapped in this stupid form for the rest of my life!)"

"...Wait a minute!" Dark Super Sonic yelled angrily. "If you're gonna stay like this and die, then I'm gonna die along with you as well! That's not going to sound good for my future plans on you!"

"(Oh, now that I think about it, dying right now doesn't sound that bad...)"

"...Do you remember you're gonna stay in that form and die?"

"(...NOOOOOOOO!!!)" Sonic yelled loudly in his mind as he knelt down and banged the skulls in disbelief. "Why?! Why?! Now I'm never going to run through the open fields! I can't believe this!"

"You know what else I can't believe?" Mario asked.

"Whaaaaaaaat..." Sonic moaned as he covered his face.

"That you haven't opened your eyes to see you're back to normal."

"..." Sonic opened the small opening between his fingers to see his legs. They were not a stick, but normal humanoid (possibly humanoid) legs. "...Yahoo!" Sonic jumped on his feet. "Yeah! I'm...I'm myself! ...Wait, how?"

"I managed to do it in time..." Chris (in his normal form as a musician) sighed. "I-it was because of her..."

Sonic found Peach close to the World Traveler. "I-I'm so sorry for coming here so late..." Peach apologized.

"...Say, how did you help him?" Sonic asked.

Flashback

As Sonic was agonizing in his mind about being a scarecrow for the rest of his life, Chris blocked his wooden face with his hands from hte missile before an explosion took place where he was.

"No!" Marth yelled. "Chris, you have to be alive! Don't die now!"

"...I'm...not...dead?" Chris said confused as he unblocked his face and saw Peach standing in front of him. "...Oh no, Peach! Y-you didn't sacrifice yourself for me, right?!"

"...No..." Peach said as she turned around, holding a "toasted" Toad on her hands. "B-but..."

"...Poor guy..." Pikachu muttered at the fainted Toad.

"P-princess..." Toad muttered. "...W-why a missile this time? ...I-I'm not invincible, you know..."

"I-I'm so sorry!" Peach apologized before she kept Toad behind her. "W-well, would you start your magic so everyone can come back to normal? Smithy won't wait for another minute otherwise..."

"...You're right." Chris nodded as he began playing his harp, causing an enthusiastic atmosphere to fall down on everyone who suddenly returned back to normal. Their wounds were also healed for a bit as well as they looked at Sonic banging on the skulls.

End of flashback

"...Phew..." Sonic wiped the sweat from his forehead. "Thanks, buddy. Thanks for healing me."

"...D-don't call me buddy again..." Chris said completely feeling uncomfortable with his nickname.

Sonic looked at Lucario, who glared at him. "Okay..."

"AHEM, we have a dude with a changing head in front of us!" Mallow reminded all of them as he pointed at the evil blacksmith.

"And the princess HAD to stop me, hadn't she?" Dark Smithy asked irritated with a grumble. "Well, it doesn't matter to me. I'm going to keep attacking until you lay down and die!"

"Die, die, die, die...die..." Pikachu frowned. "Do you know another word besides that one to use on us?"

"No!"

"...Figures..." Pikachu sighed.

Dark Smithy started to hit his head to change it into...an iron head protected with hard steel. "I'll watch and see if you can even run here, try it." Dark Smithy taunted.

"I...I can move..." Lucario said as he started to run to the evil blacksmith.

It was no longer before everyone else joined in. Dark Smithy blinked inside his iron head before he began to shoot several bullets at all of them.

"Don't even think about it," Fox said as he used his Reflector and reflected back the shots to Dark Smithy's head...but it didn't do any kind of damage. "I should have expected that..."

"Those bullets of mine didn't even tickle me at all," Dark Smithy explained. "My armor is just that ha-"

"Psychopath!" Mallow called out several flashlights that shone on the evil blacksmith. "Hmm...ice is his weakness?"

"...Well, it makes sense to me," Marth said. "His head is inside that steel cage so it can be frozen inside of it... Wait, weren't you fainted a moment ago?"

"Er...nope. The missile just hit the ground and not me. It just pushed me to some skulls... Besides, I think the scarecrow's effect wasn't that eternal as he said." Mallow stuck out his tongue before glaring at Dark Smithy. "Okay, then, Snowy!"

A blizzard suddenly came from nowhere and froze the evil blacksmith inside an icicle. Dark Smithy's grunts could be heard as the snowman that was created exploded into snowflakes.

"Ugh," Dark Smithy grunted in pain. "Although that attack managed to inflict some pain in me, it wasn't enough to cause a yell which is very pathetic."

"Geno, boost me up!"

Geno rolled his eyes and used Geno Boost on Mallow, who instantly used Snowy on the blacksmith.

"The same attack won't do anything on me," Dark Smithy said before a grenade exploded on his caged face. "Okay, either you were ignoring me or you're just so stubborn."

"I wanted to toss it inside that small space where your face is peering out," Snake said. "But I guess my aim was very bad...UGH!"

He was suddenly attacked by several swift bullets that impacted to his stomach and made him back away in pain.

Smoke came out from Dark Smithy's fingers. "I have a main defense up here and secondary offensive right beneath my defense. Nothing can pierce through my head! Give up and get out of my sight!"

"Coldest ice, freeze my enemy... Blizzara!" Chris (in his Black Mage job) used Blizzara on the iron-headed blacksmith with a big pillar of ice from underneath that later sprouted several ice spikes out that shattered upon reaching their highest point. "Did that do it?"

"Barely," Dark Smithy said. "Its strength was equal as the idiot's snowman magic."

"...Oh, please, when are you going to stop this?" Chris asked worried.

"AFTER I SEE YOU DEAD!" Dark Smithy shot several bullets at Chris who gasped and covered his face with his staff. However, the World Traveler didn't feel anything before uncovering himself and finding Lucario with crossed arms in front of his face so he could block the bullets.

"L-Lucario, are you alright?" Chris asked.

"I-I'm fine...." Lucario coughed. "At least I made it in time..."

"Please, tell me you're not hurt badly..."

"I'm not, don't worry," Lucario said as he charged an Aura Sphere. "But that imbecile is going to pay for that attack towards you..."

"Stupid dog, get out!" Dark Smithy shot several fast bullets at the Aura Pokemon, who kept his stance as he struggled to charge his orb of aura.

"(He is falling for my trick...)" Lucario thought as his Aura Sphere grew larger and larger.

"Stop charging up that thing!" Dark Smithy yelled as many of the Smashers tried to hurt him using projectiles that proved useless against his defense. "Damn you all, filthy scum!"

Geno stopped his rocket punch and looked at Lucario receiving the bullets to himself as the Aura Sphere grew larger and larger with every bullet. "(Now I know why he is doing that... But I suppose I can give him more power). Geno Boost!"

Lucario suddenly felt his strength and defense increasing before he thought it was the right time the shoot the big Aura Sphere at full force to the blacksmith, who was still busy with the others trying to damage him.

"What th-UGH!" Dark Smithy grunted in pain as the sphere of aura made a big blue explosion that pushed the heavy-armored villain back for a bit. "Y-you managed to hurt a great deal of life out of me... Impressive..."

"And I'm afraid that wasn't the last one." Lucario said with a glare as he started charging another Aura Sphere.

"Oh, you won't do that again!" Dark Smithy looked at the Smashers before banging his head with hammer to change to his magician form. "Oh no, this form doesn't have a good defen-" he was interrupted as the projectiles' strength started to grow gradually on him.

"Wait, I forgot his magician head has the weakest defense of all his heads..." Geno trailed off. "We must attack that head to cause a lot of damage! He'll go down faster if we keep attacking that same head!"

"Roger that," Marth said as he ran to Dark Smithy (who was being paralyzed by the eletric Pokemon attacks) and slashed his sword across the belly of the face (using Dancing Blade) before thrusting his sword forward, causing Dark Smithy to grunt in pain. "I hope that changes something in this battle."

"That only is increasing my rage, though!" Dark Smithy yelled angrily. "ARROW RAIN!"

"What? He managed t-" Geno stopped talking once he saw a flurry of glowing arrows falling from the sky that damaged everyone and made them back away from Dark Smithy before the rain of arrows ended.

"..." Peach, however, had to use Toad again to protect herself from the attack.

"...I'm so demanding a raise for this job..." Toad muttered weakly before the princess kept him behind her back, where he instantly disappeared.

"I-I'm so sorry, but I had to do it..." Peach whispered concerned as she looked at the others struggling to attack back. "Shouldn't we try to heal?"

"W-when?" Geno asked as he coughed. "There are no exits out of this place and Smithy can attack from anywhere and reach us with ease with his magic... But I know there's a chance to defeat him."

"Ha!" Dark Smithy laughed. "Geno, you and your crazy wishes to defeat me are just priceless to hear! What else do you have in that wooden head of yours?"

"...More wisdom than you will ever have in your life... Oh, I forgot, you're a machine who can't learn a new thing since you were practically born as a machine with a mind already set."

"Take that back!" Dark Smithy raised his glowing hands to cast another spell.

"SHIE!" Sonic came from behind the blacksmith and used Homing Attack on the top of his head. Dark Smithy grunted in pain as the hedgehog later trusted his foot downwards and dove right on Dark Smithy's magician form.

"PK Freeze!" Lucas directed an ice mist that went right to Dark Smithy and exploded into a burst of ice that hurt the blacksmith a little. "I-I won't let you kill me!" he looked down to Ness and closed his eyes quickly. "Y-you did this to him..."

"So? What's your point?" Dark Smithy asked. "Kids like you should be staying at home where I will take over with machines! I don't allow pesky kids like you in here and that's why I took that imbecile out! You're next as well!"

"Run, my boy, run for your dear life!" Rope Snake yelled to Lucas.

"U-uah!" Lucas gasped and he started to run away from Dark Smithy who used Dark Star and called forth a big, black, angry Starman that crashed right above the PK kid, who yelled loudly as the star bounced several times before disappearing. "...Huh?"

"Hey, you okay?" Sonic asked as he held Lucas above him.

"S-Sonic? O-oh, thank you for..." Lucas made a confused face. "...Wait, why do I feel your hands a little bit too big?"

Sonic quickly hid his hands behind him (and accidentally let Lucas fall down the ground made of skulls). "B-big? What are you talking about? They're not big, don't be silly..."

"B-but I coul-"

"Nah-ah!" Sonic shook his head with a worried smile. "Nothing...to be...worried...about...here!"

"..." Lucas just got up. "W-well, thank you for saving me from tha-"

"DARK STAR!" Dark Smithy interrupted both of them as the same Starman crashed on both and bounced away, leaving the 2 dropped on the floor as they moaned.

"W-why didn't you run away?"

"(B-because I don't want anyone to find out about my hands... They're harder to hide...) B-because I was distracted..."

"...I-I see..." Lucas muttered in pain.

"Damn you!" Dark Smithy yelled in pain after Bomb Kirby tossed a bomb at him. "Little puffball, begone!" he banged his head several times before he turned it into a tank.

Bomb Kirby gulped and he tried to run away. Dark Smithy narrowed his eyes and shot a fast missile that exploded on the puffball who rolled away in the air as he lost his Bomb ability before crashing on the floor with a moan.

"K-Kirby!" Jigglypuff yelled.

"..." Kirby just lifted his hand before lowering it back to the ground made of skulls.

"That ant is still alive? Blasphemy..." Dark Smithy muttered with a frown before he prepared another missile to finish Kirby.

When he shot the missile, it exploded right inside him and he yelled in pain because of this.

"What happened?!" Dark Smithy asked before he looked at Snake. "What are you doing tossing that mine above your hand?"

"I took the opportunity to throw a mine inside that main gun so you could end exploding inside," Snake explained before he twitched a little. "Although I have to watch out for my own safety..."

"Snake, you can do this," Otacon said. "Don't stress yourself too much."

"Thank you for the little tip," Snake said sarcastically before he noticed the main gun directly aiming to him. "Oh, and thank you for distracting me. I'm going to die now."

"Pathetic human..." Dark Smithy loaded the missile. "Get away!"

"GUUUARGH!!!" Lucario shot a charged Aura Sphere inside the main gun and it made another explosion inside the blacksmith who yelled in pain.

It was much worse for the blacksmith because Snake quickly took out his RPG-7 rocket launcher and attacked Dark Smithy's body.

"Dammit!" Dark Smithy yelled before he banged his head and turned it into an iron cage with his head peering out from a small space. "It's time to recover the damage done on me..."

"Wait, stop him before he does!" Geno yelled.

"But we can't pierce through this thing!" Fox said as he dealt a strong kick to the cage. "Not even a strong hit..."

"Recover!" Dark Smithy yelled as he glowed green before stopping. "Aw, it feels much better now..."

"Oh, great," Geno frowned. "If he keeps going like this, at this rate, we will never end this fight."

"Then blast it, Lucario!" Chris ordered his Pokémon who nodded and ran to Dark Smithy with a glowing palm.

"Ha!" Lucario thrust his palm to Dark Smithy with great force to cause a strong hit inside of his head. The evil blacksmith grunted before he used his hammer to push the Aura Pokémon away to the air. Dark Smithy then proceeded to fire several bullets at Lucario who grunted and gritted his fangs in pain before he crashed down to the floor. "Y-you're just asking to get hurt even more..." Lucario muttered as he slowly got up.

"Recov-" Dark Smithy was interrupted as several spikes of ice sprouted out from beneath him and stopped him from recovering. "That kid and his annoying ice magic are getting on my nerves!" he banged his head quickly and turned it into a tank. "MAGNUM!"

"A-ah!" Chris gasped as he looked around for a place to hide.

"Fool! My missile can go through anything in sight!"

"T-then how come it doesn't pierce someone's heart through?"

"Because...I...um...er...well...BECAUSE I SAID SO!" Dark Smithy yelled before firing his missile at the World Traveler, who didn't have another place to run and was severely hurt by the attack that he dropped to the floor.

Chris breathed in and out in pain. "M-my energies...t-they're almost gone..."

"GRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario growled angrily at the blacksmith as his aura flared up with rage.

"What? Want to have some as well? Well, fine! MAGNUM!" Dark Smithy fired another missile...that Lucario blocked with one hand. "What?!"

"GUUUUUAAAARRRRRRGHHH!!!" Lucario shot a big and fully charged Aura Sphere that rocketed towards Dark Smithy, causing a huge blue explosion with smoke that made the blacksmith yell in pain. "GRRRRRRR..."

"W-why's this dog's strength so much stronger than it used to be?" Dark Smithy questioned before looking up at Lucario leaping at him from the air. "Oh no, you don't! MAGNUM!"

A fast missile was sent to Lucario who simply pushed it back to Dark Smithy and made it explode. The blacksmith grunted in pain before the Aura Pokémon descended and started to send a flurry of Force Palms on his tank head, making Dark Smithy yell in pain as Lucario grunted in rage with every single hit he landed.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRGH!!!" Lucario growled loudly as he continued to deliver Force Palms continuously to the blacksmith.

Dark Smithy tried to move from his situation but he couldn't once one hit paralyzed him. "W-what?! T-this dog is depleting my energy so quickly!"

"Look!" Pichu pointed at the blacksmith. "There are sparks coming out!"

"He must have been paralyzed by Force Palm..." Pikachu wondered. "Should we go and help him?"

"I-I'm afraid not..." Chris said weakly as Marth helped him. "O-once Lucario gets in that fit of rage, he won't hesitate to kill anybody who is in front of him..." he coughed. "I-I want him to get out from that state, though..."

"And we shouldn't interrupt either," Marth suggested. "He can defeat him like he did with that worker..."

"..." Fox narrowed his eyes at the Pokémon. "...It's going to end too soon, though."

"W-why?" Lucas looked forward to find Dark Smithy's gun hand slowly aiming at the enraged Lucario before it began to fire a barrage of bullets that made the Aura Pokémon growl in pain. "L-Lucario!"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRGGGGGHHHHH!!!" Lucario roared loudly as his eyes closed. He suddenly fell to his knees and fell down to the ground at the right side, his aura also disappearing as Dark Smithy panted heavily.

"...D-darn that dog..." Dark Smithy muttered. "M-my body can't move because he disabled it...and on top of that, I can't move my head around because I was..." sparks flew out. "Paralyzed..."

"LUCARIO!" Chris yelled loudly.

"He won't heard you anymore!" Dark Smithy yelled. "B-but good thing he's out of cold!"

"Psychopath!" Mallow yelled as he held his hand to the blacksmith, where several spotlights shone on Dark Smithy again. "...Hmm...well, Lucario did well. Smithy has 1/8 less health than before..."

"But considering the fact that he landed too many hits with his "aura" thing raising his strength..." Snake wondered.

"...Crap, it's going to take a whole lot more to take Smithy down." Pikachu said depressed.
"But he's paralyzed!" Peach said. "I-I think we can take advantage of that..."

"How?" Link asked. "It's not like we can weaken him or something lik-"

"Wait," Geno closed his eyes to remember something. "...Weaken him...that's it!" he opened them up and looked at Chris. "Chris, call the Star Spirits. Klevar must have been healed by now."

"Oh, I see what you have in mind," Mario nodded. "Since Smithy attacked Klevar when he was moving, he won't have a chance to do it again because of his paralysis."

"Exactly," Geno nodded. "Call them, quick!"

"R-right..." Chris said weakly as he prayed to call the Star Spirits.

"Let them be okay..." Peach muttered as she joined her hands and focused.

"...Please...please..." Geno muttered as he looked up...

...And his wish came true.

"Ah!" Klevar appeared and looked around as the other Star Spirits came with him. "It's good to be flying again."

"Klevar!" Geno said.

"Oh, sorry to worry all of you," Eldstar said. "I managed to heal Klevar. Now we can use our attack again."

"Honorable Star Spirits!" Twink flew down from the ceiling. "Let's do it before Smithy moves!"

The stars looked at the paralyzed Dark Smithy trying to move. "Hmph, he's so going down now," Muskular said. "Hurting one of us is against our sacred law."

"We don't have that secret law," Misstar said. "Neither more laws to begin with."

"Well, you get my idea. Go!" Muskular yelled as all the stars flew above Dark Smithy.

"Y-you!" Dark Smithy looked above him. "D-dangit! I can't move!"

"Duh," Muskular said as he flew in circles. "Thank you for reminding us that. Come down to him!"

"UUUUUAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" Dark Smithy yelled as a pink beam descended from the ceiling and landed on the blacksmith, who yelled loudly as the Shadow Bugs disappeared. "N-no! My power is gone! No!"

"Serves you right." Mamar said before the Star Spirits disappeared as Twink made his way to the ceiling in order to hide.

"Yes!" Sonic said as he looked at the normal Smithy. "Now's our chance to attack him with all we've got!"

"Quick! We have to do this before the Shadow Bugs come back!" Geno yelled as most of the Smashers charged at the paralyzed Smithy. "But before that... Geno Boost!"

Mario felt his strength and defense increasing as he dealt a headbutt to Smithy, who grunted in pain before Pikachu and Pichu jumped above him and used 2 Thunders to make a big impact of electricity before they leaped out (with a dazzled Pichu).

"W-why you..." Smithy muttered before Snake and Fox leaped to him and dealt several kicks to the main gun, making it spin around Smithy's head as Lucas used PK Freeze to freeze the head inside an icicle. "D-dangit..." he muttered inside the frozen block.

"Geno Boost!" Geno yelled as he increased Jigglypuff's strength while she used Pound to hit the head several times in the air. "If we keep going like this before the Shadow Bugs return, there's a chance of defeating Smithy after all..."

"Yeah," Sonic said as he was sitting down besides Geno. "I heard ya."

"...Sonic, may I ask what are you doing here?" Geno asked a little bit irritated.

"Chillin' out."

"...Chilling out?" Geno repeated angrily. "You're "chilling out" during this fight? What is wrong with you?"

"(A lot of things are wrong with me...) Nothing." Sonic said with a smile (that looked nervous).

"Sonic, go there and fight for the future of the city!"

"Eeeeeeeeeeeeeer..." Sonic shifted his eyes. "...Nope."

"What do you mean by "nope"?!" Geno asked irritated.

"T-thing is..." Sonic began to sweat. "...I don't wanna."

"You...don't...want to...fight..." Geno trailed off in utter irritation. "...Okay, get up!"

"No!" Sonic yelled with wide eyes.

"You'll get up this instant or else I'll make you!"

"I don't want to!" Sonic yelled as Geno ducked and tried to pull him up. "Leave me!"

"No!" Geno yelled. "You'll get up and fight!"

"D-don't you understand?! No!" Sonic yelled as he tried to sit down.

"Get...up...you...stubborn...hedgehog!" Geno said as he grabbed Sonic's arms.

That's when Sonic began to panic.

"G-get off me!" Sonic said as he stood up and backed away from the doll. "I-I don't want to fight!"

While this argument went on, the others were fighting against Smithy with all their forces...

...But this argument seemed more interesting, so...

"Sonic, go there and fight, now," Geno demanded. "And pull your hands out from your back as well!"

Sonic was getting more panicked. "E-er, my hands want to stay behind me, thank you very much..."

"...What?" Geno asked. "Sonic, your hands are NOT alive."

"...They are now..."

"THAT'S IT!" Geno aimed his fist at Sonic. "You will fight Smithy you like it or not before I punch that face of yours!"

Sonic waved his hands in front of him. "N-no! D-don't do that!"

"..." Geno's eyes widened once he saw Sonic's hands.

Sonic's hands were big, they had blue/black fur, they also had big claws, and above everything else, they ripped Sonic's gloves.

"...What?" Sonic asked with a worried smile...before he noticed the error he did. "OH NO!" he hid his hands back.

"...Sonic..."

Sonic closed his eyes. "Y-yes?"

"Pardon me if I'm rude...but...were your hands big a moment ago?"

"...N-no..."

"And did they have black-blue fur all over them?"

"N-no..."

"And did you have long claws as well?"

"N-no... What makes you say that?"

"The fact that your hands are at the sides now."

"..." Sonic looked down to find his hands at the sides. "...Aw, dangit!"

"Sonic!" Geno yelled. "Your hands have...they have turned into..."

Sonic blocked Geno's mouth with his huge right hand. "Look, nobody else except a guy who doesn't want to reveal his identity know about this. I don't want ANYONE else know about this little problem I have."

"Prublum?" Geno asked under his hand.

"Yeah, problem," Sonic looked behind them to see the others busy with Smithy. "They don't know but one of them does... So, please, don't let anyone get a word of this little problem..."

Geno pushed Sonic's big hand. "...I don't understand why you're going through this...but if you want to keep it a secret, that's fine with me."

"..." Sonic smiled a little. "Thanks."

"Now that we're clear about this, go to battle."

"Can't do that, sorry."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Geno leaped to Sonic and started to smack the heck out of him before he stopped and held and badly hurt Sonic. "YOU GO THERE WITHOUT ANYONE SEEING THIS, GOT IT?!"

"Y-yes, sir..." Sonic said with swirls as eyes before the doll tossed him to the battle, where Sonic regained motion and flipped to land on his feet to run at Smithy (while hiding his hands from the others).

Then Kirby walked to him with a paper.

"What's this now..." Sonic asked bored.

I'm aware of your obvious movements. You can't fool me, hedgehog.

Sonic tried to rip the paper, but since Kirby wasn't aware of the situation he was in...

...The hedgehog ate the paper and looked shocked to Kirby's expression. "I-I thought it looked...tasty..." Sonic said in his defense.

"...Oh," Kirby smiled. "Me too."

"..." Sonic shrugged and ran away to the blacksmith.

"Chris!" Pikachu jumped to Chris's shoulder. "Let's do it!"

"R-right. Let me see if we can..." Chris changed to his ISOKFMG and prepared the spell.

Pikachu closed his eyes and he began to shine with electricity (that also went over to Chris).

"Hammer of lightning, make them tingle... Spark Wave!!!"

"CHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pikachu yelled loudly as a sphere of electricity appeared on Smithy and started to electrocute him greatly. The others took this opportunity to strike the blacksmith even more.

"UUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Smithy yelled as he was unable to move. "M-my health! It's disappearing! It's leaving me!"

"...Seriously, tingle?" Pikachu asked to an electrocuted (but unharmed) Chris.

"W-what?" Chris asked blushing. "I-it came with the spell..."

"That's the purpose, numskull!" Mallow yelled to Smithy (ignoring the 2) as he used Shocker.

"UGH!" Smithy twitched after the bolt crashed on him.

"Over Limit ready!" Kawashima announced. "Good job! Landing so many hits raised the gauge very quickly!"

"Somebody! Use an effective Final Smash!"

Sonic grinned. "Heh, leave it to m-" he remembered his hands. "...Nah, I'll pass..." he said bored.

"Weird, that's not like you." Kirby said in front of him.

Sonic backed away from Kirby. "H-hey, why are you walking to me?"

Kirby seemed to be sniffing something in the air. "I smell...meat..."

"(...W-wait, he's not someone who eats hands, r-right?)" Sonic thought worried.

"How the heck am I supposed to know?" Dark Super Sonic asked. "If he does, then run away!"

"(You're helping me?)"

"Only because I get dragged to hell along with you if he DOES eat you...alive," he narrowed his eyes. "Dammit! He's getting to you!"

"Meeeeeeeeeeeeat..." Kirby said dreamily as he stared up at Sonic, who started to back away.

"K-Kirby!" Lucas yelled as he ran to Kirby. "W-what are you doing?"

"I'm planning to eat Sonic." Kirby stated.

This little sentence caused many (even Sonic and Lucas) to see Kirby in a MUCH different point of view...

"..." Sonic looked freaked out.

Lucas did as well.

Kirby was simply smiling at Sonic's taste...

...That he decided to swallow him.

"SONIC!" Lucas yelled as Kirby looked satisfied. "O-oh no, you ate Sonic...alive!"

"Get me out!" Sonic demanded inside Kirby. "Get me out!"

"Oof!" Kirby copied Sonic's ability and he turned into Sonic Kirby while the hedgehog came out from somewhere of Kirby. "Haha! Catch me if you can!" Sonic Kirby taunted as Sonic landed on his hands.

"...Phew..." Sonic sighed.

"...W-wait, maybe I can use my Final Smash..." Lucas smiled a little. "Maybe I can finish this battle..." he thought for a good comment. "Hmm..." he closed his eyes and wondered. "What could I say?"

"See ya!" Sonic Kirby taunted as he ran at the speed of light!

...Or simply his normal speed. He just copied Sonic's Homing Attack, got that?

"Puff!" Jigglypuff leaped to Smithy and used Pound 2 times before kicking him hard in the face. "Okay, time to see how much this move improved..." she muttered as she landed above him and used Rest to cause a good amount of damage. "...Zzzzz...u-uh?" she woke up and looked at a flower that was on top of Smithy's head. "...Hey! I thought he was going to... Oh, whatever...PUFF!" she split her legs apart to damage the head before jumping away.

"Hmm..." Lucas wondered more as he looked at the paralyzed Smithy. "What could I say?"

"I'm a little blond kid whose a vagina-y!" Smithy suggested annoyed.

"..." Lucas forced a glare. "N-now that was just rude... Ahem," Lucas coughed before he shouted, "Come to me now!"

"Sorry," a glowing Fox said behind Lucas who turned around and opened his mouth in disbelief. "Mine is going to inflict more damage."

"...B-but this is just unfair!" Lucas yelled. "I-I wanted to use mine!"

"I'm sorry as I've said before," Fox shook his head. "But even Snake agreed to let me use mine."

"I did." Snake replied as he took out his RPG-7 rocket launcher and fired it to Smithy's feet.

"I-I wanted to use mine still!" Lucas argued.

"There was no other way. Please understand that." Fox said calmly.

"..." Lucas narrowed his eyes at Fox. "O-okay, here's how we're going to do it."

Fox raised an eyebrow.

"Y-you're going to give that power before...before I..." Lucas tried to gather up his courage as he took his branch (with a trembling hand). "B-before I smack your head around..."

"You're trembling." Fox pointed out.

"N-no, I'm not..." Lucas lied as he gulped. The PK kid wanted to have the power and not a vulpine who was taller, older, far more experienced in battle and had a somewhat scary face to Lucas. "A-anyway, you'll give that power now!"

"...No."

Lucas let out a small sob.

"I'm sorry, but I need to use my Final Smash right awa-" Fox stopped talking once a paw tapped his shoulder. "Ye-" he was suddenly punched on his face by Tokunaga's fist, making him fall on the ground and lose the Final Smash in form of the Smash Ball that Tokunaga grabbed and showed it to Lucas.

"..." Lucas smiled a little. "Y-you're giving it to me?"

"That's so right," Chris appeared behind Tokunaga with Pikachu who jumped to Tokunaga's head. "You're the only one out of us who haven't used the Final Smash."

"W-what about me..." asked a weak Ness close to them.

They seemed to ignore him, though.

"B-but why?" Lucas asked.

Chris pointed down at Fox. "He was being a jerk to you sooooo I went ahead and gave you what you deserve the most."

"Chris, did you actually think Fox was being a bully to Lucas?" Pikachu asked.

"...Somewhat," Chris said as a fast glowing ring was shot to Smithy from behind him. "Anyway, break that so you can use your Final Smash."

"..." Lucas looked at the Smash Ball as Mario leaped to Smithy to land a hit with his right fist. "...Okay!" Lucas said cheerfully as he hit the ball hard and gained its power.

"...Hm?" Smithy seemed to move his body and head. "Mwahahahaha! I regained the control of my body!" he glared down at the trio (without counting the knocked out Fox). "You..."

"S-stop right there!" Lucas said with a determined look (accidentally stepping above Fox's back). "I-I'm going to stop you from hurting us!"

"What will a little blond kid whose a glowing vagina-y going to do to me?" Smithy asked with a chuckle.

Lucas simply glared at Smithy and held his hands up. "This! PK..."

The Smashers noticed that the red cave suddenly began to shine a little.

"...Why is the cave illuminating?" Smithy asked before he looked up and saw a whole assault of glowing meteors coming to him. "W-what?!"

"STAAAAAAARSTOOOOOOOOORMMM!!!" Lucas yelled loudly as he seemed to float (above Fox) while a barrage of huge meteors began to land on Smithy.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Smithy yelled loudly as many of the meteors collided down on him, rendering his body from moving except for his head.

"...Uuhh..." Lucas landed back (on Fox) and sighed. "W-wow... I-I didn't know I could use Kumatora's move..."

"(I question the game itself...)" Chris thought.

"B-but it may have been because I trained a little with her..."

"(Now I don't.)" Chris corrected himself.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 06, 2009, 08:50:32 PM
"...Anyway, that was a good Final Smash." Pikachu remarked.

"I-it was?" Lucas asked blushing.

"UUUUUAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Smithy yelled loudly as Marth used Dancing Blade on him.

"O-oh, that's right," Chris nodded. "We have to keep attacking Smithy."

"Y-yes," Lucas nodded. "I'm going to do my best this time..." and then he ran away.

"...Lucas is growing up." Pikachu said.

"He is?" Chris asked.

"Yeah," Pikachu said. "Once he stops his shudder problem, then that'd be a signal."

"...Hmm..." Chris wondered for a moment as he walked forward. "I'd like to see that with my own eyes someday."

"Too bad you're not going to have eyes once I finish you off."

"T-try that!" Chris yelled at Smithy as Tokunaga stepped by his side. "I-I dare you to kill me if you can!"

"Fine!" Smithy yelled. "It's weird of you to proclaim something like that. But I wil-OWW!" he yelled as Sonic Kirby swung his hammer 2 times at his face.

"...Ha!" Chris laughed. "That's what you get for insulting me!"

"Chris..." Pikachu began as he looked down from Tokunaga. "I hate to interrupt your moment of cheesy overconfidence but...Smithy didn't say that to you."

"..." Chris began to sweat and looked down. "...W-whoops..."

Fox was tapping his fingers on the skulls while Chris was standing above his back. "I want to hurt you more with every passing second." Fox threatened.

Chris quickly froze but then stepped back, took out an apple and tossed it to Lucario's mouth. The Aura Pokémon began to eat it before he slowly opened his eyes and looked at Chris. "C-Chris?"

"(N-now he won't punch me...)" Chris thought as Fox stood up. "I-I'm so sorry for making Tokunaga punch you, b-but you really deserved it..."

"..." Fox crossed his arms and seemed to glare at Chris (or, to be honest, the same face he was stuck with for the rest of his life).

"W-will you stop doing such a big deal for your Final Smash?"

"..." Fox sighed. "Fine, I was acting like a jerk without even noticing... If you'll excuse me...I have a gauge to fill," he said before he ran to Smithy.

"Phew..." Chris sighed in relief before he remembered something. "...Wait, we still have the food...and 9 of them..." he looked at the downed Ike. "...If I can heal them in time after I revive them...there's a chance to make them heal fully..."

"Whew!" Smithy shook his tank head. "Finally, it was time for me to move!"

"Uh-oh..." Jigglypuff looked worried.

"Magnum!"

Jigglypuff quickly sidestepped from the missile in time, making her sigh. "T-that wasn't as fast as before..."

Chris continued thinking as he looked to Ness. "...Ness?"

"...Yeah, I'm...kind of living..." Ness said weakly.

"I-I'm sorry for ignoring you." Chris said embarrassed.

"Would you..." Ness trailed off as Chris changed to his Fonic User job.

"Holy power, come to me... First Aid!" Chris used First Aid to heal Ness's wounds a little, healing him enough to stand up.

"Thanks..." Ness sighed. "Good thing that just knocked me out a little."

"Well, maybe you should take advantage of this time and fight Smithy back while he doesn't have the Shadow Bugs with him."

"Good idea." Ness said with a nod before he went to Smithy.

"C-Chris..." Lucario muttered on the ground behind Chris, his aura flaring up since he recovered just 3 percent of his energies.

"I-I'm going t-" Chris was interrupted.

"N-no..." Lucario shook his head as Chris helped him to get up. "L-leave me like this... My aura is at a very high level and with that, I might be able to inflict more damage to that bastard..."

Mario came rolling to them as he twitched in pain. "O-oww..." Mario muttered.

"But are you sure?" Chris asked as he prepared to heal Mario.

"Y-yes..." Lucario nodded as he prepared an Aura Sphere. "H-he won't resist my attacks now..."

"Because his Shadow Bugs disappeared," Mario (after he was healed) said. "Do that before he gets his Shadow Bugs back."

"N-now..." Lucario said as his Aura Sphere grew to the size of himself.

Chris blinked surprised. "Y-you have never reached that level before, right?"

"N-no..." Lucario shook his head. "T-this is the first time ever... GUUUUUUUUUAARGH!!!" Lucario roared loudly as he shot the sphere at full speed to Smithy's head.

"W-what?! AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Smithy yelled in pain as a huge explosion engulfed his body. "A-all you make me so sick..."

"Yiiiiiiiiiaaaaaaah!" Peach yelled as she held a golf club (your eyes are not deceiving you) and ran to Smithy.

"A golf club?" Smithy questioned before the princess hit the main gun upwards. "UGH! W-why is this thing s-"

"Yiah!" Peach then took out a tennis racket.

"UGH! A-are you even serious with thos-"

"Yiah!" Peach then took out a frying pan.

"W-what the hell?!" Smithy asked in pain as Peach kept taking out from the golf club, tennis racket and to the frying pan before repeating the whole process quickly. "N-NO!" Smithy felt that his tank form was disabled.

"Huh?" Mallow tilted his head and used Psychopath on Smithy. "...Yeah! We reduced 1/2 of his health!"

"That means we're not so far in finishing the guy off." Link said with a small smile.

"Hu-uah!" Kirby leaped to Smithy and swung his hammer 2 times before using several kicks in the air before landing and thrusting his foot forward to deal more damage.

"SHADOW BUGS!" Smithy called the Shadow Bugs who covered his body and made him stronger. "Mwahahahahahaha!"

"Good news are meant to be lies...PURE LIES." Mallow panicked.

"GUUUUUUARGH!" Lucario shot another powerful Aura Sphere that made a huge explosion on Dark Smithy.

"U-UGH!" Dark Smithy grunted in pain. "T-that strength of yours can inflict a whole lot of damage to me..." he narrowed his eyes as he seemed to glow brighter.

"...W-wait a minute," Sonic Kirby stopped running to Dark Smithy. "I-I don't think it's a good idea to attack him now..."

Kawashima gasped. "O-oh my goodness, he's going to use his Final Smash!"

"W-wait!" Chris interrupted. "H-he's not supposed to have one!"

"Every single Subspace minion, or elite, can possess a Final Smash since the Shadow Bugs can give them one."

"But what about Pokey?" Ness asked.

"I thought it was Porky..." Lucas shrugged.

"I think he was a commander as Petey...so they had theirs."

"In a few words," Sonic looked at Dark Smithy. "We're screwed."

"Don't say that!" Geno said as he prepared to use Geno Whirl. "We can interrupt him if we kee-"

"Machines..." Dark Smithy interrupted as he called forth many turrets that popped out from the ground (around him) and aimed at the Smashers. "Show them your true might..."

"...Better start running now..." Sonic suggested with a gulp.

"Weird, I thought you had somewhere to run away." Marth said.

"I would if I could!" Sonic said as he looked around. "There's no place to hide here! Those turrets are aiming everywhere!"

Marth looked at the turrets and his eyes widened. "...You're right..."

"Take cover, now!" Snake ordered.

"TOO LATE!" Dark Smithy yelled as the turrets began to fire madly around all the cave. Every single hit of every turret managed to inflict a horrible amount of damage to every single Smasher who yelled loudly in extreme pain. "AND CLEAR THIS LAND FROM THEIR FILTHY HUMANITY!!! IGNIS MACHINA!!!"

Ignis Machina

Calls forth the turrets of the steel hell. Deals devastating damage to all enemies

It was too much for everyone to handle the frenzy of fast bullets from the turrets that hit every single part of their bodies that they...started to faint...

"M-Mario..." Peach muttered with a sob before she fell defeated.

"I-I was...so close..." Pikachu muttered before he fainted.

"I-I won't believe...this..." Link managed to mutter his last words before he fainted.

"NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Mallow yelled loudly as he fell down.

"W-why does this need to happen to me..." Chris cried before he fainted and fell at the side.

"I-I don't want to die..." Pichu cried silently before he curled up and fainted.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Jigglypuff screamed before she lost consciousness.

"A-Altea...will live on without me...nevertheless...ugh..." Marth muttered before he fainted and fell down on his back.

"Did I...make you feel embarrassed...Chris?" Lucario muttered before he fainted and fell down on his face.

"I-I want to...play...and eat...cakes..." Kirby (as he lost his Sonic ability) muttered before he fell back and fainted.

"D-darn you..." Snake muttered as he fainted to the side.

"Is this...how it ends for me?" Fox muttered before he fainted on his knees and fell down.

"...D-Dad...M-Mom...Tracy...I-I'm sorry..." Ness muttered before he let out a small tear and fainted.

"...M-Mom...D-Dad..." Lucas began to sob. "...C-Claus...I-I'm so sorry..." he sobbed a last time before he fainted as well.

"...I...failed...everyone..." Mario muttered as he fainted on his back.

"...W-why...I can't move anymore..." Sonic muttered before he fainted and crashed his face on a skull.

"Damn that...steel bastard... I-I won't destroy anything...after all...ugh..." Dark Super Sonic muttered before he lost consciousness as Sonic.

Music stops

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Dark Smithy laughed maniacally as the turrets dug themselves to the ground and disappeared. "At last, your pathetic idea to destroy my factory was shot to death!" he banged his head to turn it to his magician one. "Nobody will mess around the factory anymore..." he looked to his back. "...I need to leave you all here so you can rotten in hell itself..."

"S-Smithy..."

"...What?" Dark Smithy's eyes widened as he turned around and found an extremely hurt Geno. "W-what? Are you still living?"

Geno coughed. "Y-you won't get...away...with...any of...this...anymore..."

"...Geno..." Dark Smithy narrowed his eyes. "It is time for you to acknowledge your defeat."

"I-I won't...do such...a thing...to the...likes...of you..." Geno coughed weakly as he looked at the fainted Smashers. "...You...need to pay...for all what you've done...all this time..."

"...You're starting to IRRITATE me even more than before," Dark Smithy grunted. "If you want to die so badly, so be it!" he raised his glowing hands. "Geno, prepare to be crushed to bits so you can't use that stupid doll of yours!"

"...Dammit..." Geno muttered before he fell to his knees and...fainted, losing consciousness.

"...Huh?" Dark Smithy blinked confused before he stopped his magic. "...You were so weak to even stand up, after all..." he shook his magician head. "Such a pity...but I feel pity for you... I won't be recognized as a true evil mastermind if I feel pity..." he turned around. "Well, I may as well leave you here and get rotten in hell itself for real..."

What he didn't noticed was something small sliding across the skulls...

Something appeared to be holding a cake as it carefully sneaked through the skulls while Dark Smithy looked up.

"Now, how am I going to go back up?" Dark Smithy asked to no one in particular.

"...Sneaky..." the thing muttered. "...Silently..." it muttered. "...Crunchy..." it stopped. "W-wait..." he shook his head and continued its way to Geno. "T-that wasn't good..."

"Seriously," Dark Smithy wondered. "How did they get out from here when they beat me? They didn't dig their way out, did they?"

"...More..." it muttered as he reached Geno and put the cake in his mouth.

"...I absolutely have no idea how I'm going to get out from here..." Dark Smithy muttered. "...And my factory is left alone? Dammit! The schedule! I need to get back with the schedule!"

"..." Geno slowly ate the cake and opened his eyes.

"Shh..." it said.

"..." Geno didn't have another option but to listen.

"What could I do to go up?" Dark Smithy asked as Geno slowly got up and took out tea that he walked silently to Chris. "I can't explode my feet to propell myself..."

"..." Chris ate the tea (this wasn't a joke) and opened his eyes.

"Shh..." Geno and "it" said.

"..." Chris nodded as he got up and tried to heal the others while the blacksmith was busy staring up. "Return this soul from the abyss of death..." he whispered.

"Hmm... This is sure a dilemma..." Dark Smithy pondered.

7 minutes later...

After so much thinking, Dark Smithy got an idea. "Ah!" he said happily...before he thought things over. "Hmm... No, that one isn't going to work either..."

"1...2...3..."

"Using numbers aren't going to help me at all," Dark Smithy said. "Now shut up and let me think o-"

"Holy Lance!!!"

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against Smithy, Who Likes Transforming

"What the..." Dark Smithy several lances of light coming out from around him before they all stabbed him through his body, rendering it from moving. "UUUAAAAAAAAHHHH!!! W-who was the imbecile...WHAT?!" he turned around and his eyes widened...

"Oh, hello there," said a glaring Geno along with every single Smasher who stood at his sides. "I hope you missed me...wait, you don't miss anybody."

"W-what is the meaning of this foolishness?!" Dark Smithy asked as he looked at the Smashers. "I-I thought you were in hell!"

"All of us are in hell," Ike said. "This place is hell though..."

"B-but how did you...I mean, how did you get back on your feet?!" Dark Smithy asked bewildered.

Rope Snake came out from Lucas's pocket. "Because I did so."

"You?! A filthy red snake?!"

"Yep, that's right," Rope Snake made a happy expression. "When you weren't looking, I took some food from our inventory to revive Geno, then he went to revive Chris, who later used healing magic thingies to revive everyone else," he explained.

"And I healed all of them completely." Chris added.

"T-thank you..." Lucas said to Rope Snake.

"No problem!" Rope Snake said happily. "I can't watch you die in front of me...or something else. I forgot really."

"I was...fooled by an animal..." Dark Smithy breathed in and out in fury.

"But man," Link frowned. "You were seriously deaf and blind when you were staring up at the ceiling without even turning that weird head around."

"T-this is...stupid!" Dark Smithy yelled as he tried to move his lower body that was paralyzed. "But don't think you'll make a comeback or some foolish thing like that."

"We'll see about that." Geno said.

"Geno, shut your squared mouth. I've had enough of it...and from everyone's mouths!" Dark Smithy grunted angrily. "I may not have my ultimate attack, but I still have the Shadow Bugs at my command!"

"Which we won't mind at all," Snake said. "Come on, you steel freak."

"With pleasure. Arrow Rain!"

The Smashers looked up and found a rain of arrows going towards them.

"Is there any way to evade that?" Ness asked.

"..." Peach looked down and took out Toad. "I-I'm so sorry..."

"...Aw, no..." Toad said bored as Peach held him up.

"E-everyone, behind me!"

"We're way too many to be protected by him!" Pikachu yelled.

"Just receive the attack and don't be such a vagina-y." Snake said...before everyone but Peach were attacked by all the arrows.

"Mwahahahahahaha!" Dark Smithy laughed maniacally. "Feel my wrath! Boulder!"

"There's more coming here!" Ike yelled as he looked up and saw a rain of boulders falling down.

"Quick! Run around!" Geno ordered and everyone dispersed around the cave to evade the boulders from falling above them.

"A-AAAAAH!!!" Kirby yelled as a boulder came from above and tried to crush him.

"Gotcha!" Sonic came at a high speed...and kicked Kirby away in time from being crushed.

Kirby tumbled on the ground before he stopped and looked angrily at Sonic. "Why did you do that?"

"E-er..." Sonic shifted his eyes. "...My hands are sleeping."

"...Oh," Kirby smiled. "Mine do that too."

Sonic sweatdropped.

"Meteor Swarm!" Dark Smithy called forth a rain of rainbow stars.

"Oh no, I won't let you! Thunderbolt!" Mallow called forth several thunders from above that stroke the rainbow stars. "...Aw, come on!" he groaned as the stars kept their directions towards them.

"Geno Blast!" Geno shot a light to the sky before several pillars of light rained down on the stars and smashed them to bits. "Yes!"

"W-what?!" Dark Smithy asked in disbelief before he shook his head. "That doesn't matter still. Spear Rain!"

"Rain, rain, rain..." Link repeated bored. "All your attacks are related to the sky for some rea-"

"RUN!" Jigglypuff yelled as she jumped to the air to escape from the rain of spears.

"W-what do we use to stop that now?" Pikachu asked as he looked around for a place to hide.

"The same." Geno nodded to Mallow before they used Geno Blast and Thunderbolt respectively to crush the spears into bits.

"Sword Rain!" Dark Smithy called forth (in irritation) a rain of swords from above.

"Again!" Geno yelled.

"Dark Star!" Dark Smithy called forth a big black angry Starman that went down faster than the swords and went to Geno and Mallow.

"U-uah!" Mallow covered his face with his hands.

"Keep going!" Geno yelled as he shot the light.

"GUUUUUUARGH!" Lucario appeared right in front of the 2 and stopped the big Starman with his hands as he struggled a bit. "I made it in time..."

"Dude!" Mallow uncovered his face. "That brute force of yours is aweso-"

"AHEM!" Geno coughed as he pointed at the swords.

"S-sorry, sorry! Thunderbolt!" Mallow called forth his magic that appeared alongside Geno's Geno Blast and obliterated the swords in time.

"Okay, this is just irritating," Dark Smithy said. "My blood pressure is going up..."

"I thought you were a machine..." Mario said confused.

"I AM a machine!" Dark Smithy yelled. "But can't a machine have blood pressure as well?"

"Then you're not a machine."

"I am."

"You're not."

"I am."

"You're not."

"I am."

"You're not."

Snake sneaked behind the blacksmith as they continued. "I am."

Fox carefully sneaked from the other side. "You're not."

Ness sneaked from Snake's side. "I am."

Lucas came from the other side with little steps. "You're not."

Kirby came from the other side, dragging his feet forward. "I am."

Lucario came from Mario's side, holding the same Starman that tried to crush Geno and Mallow. "You're not."

"Hey!" Dark Smithy glared at Lucario. "What are you doing wi-"

"SHUT UP!" Lucario yelled before he tossed the Starman with full force at Dark Smithy, who yelled before the star impacted on his magician head and knocked him out for a moment before a harsh kick, a big explosion, a green flash, a hit of a branch and a strong swing of a hammer came from behind him and made him yell loudly in pain.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Smithy yelled loudly in pain as the Smashers from his back ran away. "GRRRRRRR!!!"

"Y-yiah!" Peach tossed another Turnip (XLX) to his face.

Albeit to say, the head became disabled just because of that weak hit.

"N-no!" Dark Smithy tried to move his hands but they were immobilized. "D-dangit!" he cursed as he regained control of his lower body and began banging his hammer with his head. Soon enough his head turned into a treasure chest that was trembling. "Let's see how well you fight while you're sleeping!" and the chest opened up.

"Not even a chance," Snake said as he tossed a grenade inside. "Enjoy the explosion, a(beep)le."

"UGH!" Dark Smithy grunted in pain as an explosion took place inside his treasure chest head. "W-why you..." he said dazzled as his lower body aimed at them with his gun.

"H-help!" Jigglypuff yelled as the gun started firing bullets at her at an insane speed. However, she was saved by Peach who sidestepped and...used her injured Toad again.

"P-PRINCESS!" Toad yelped in pain before the attack seized. "...C-can I have a bigger salary...s-so I can go to the hospital for some weeks...p-please?"

"I-I-I'm so sorry..." Peach sobbed as she kept him away. "I-I-I'm such a bad person...am I not?"

"Er..." Jigglypuff shifted her eyes. "...Not really. He was doing his job."

"..." Peach ducked and hugged Jigglypuff as she sobbed silently.

"O-oh, please! Stop sobbing now!" Jigglypuff yelled as Peach kept sobbing. "W-we're in a fight for our lives, remember?"

"C-Chris!" Pichu ran to Chris. "We have to use it!"

"R-right..." Chris nodded and changed to his Scholar job as Pichu jumped to his right hand and started to get covered in sparks. "Spark Bullet!"

"CHUUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu yelled loudly as Chris tossed him at an insane speed to Dark Smithy's treasure chest head and crossed it in a blink of an eye. The small rodent landed on the other side (dazzled) as Dark Smithy yelled loudly in pain.

"T-that is it!" Dark Smithy yelled as he used his magic from his head. "Poison them all!"

Many lights came out from the treasure chest and it hit all of them who suddenly turned pale, even to the point where they were coughing constantly.

"D-darn this illness..." Link said as he coughed.

"T-that isn't so dangerous to me..." Chris changed to his Musician job and began playing the harp. "Soul Etude!"

An enthusiastic atmosphere fell on the cave and everyone's illnesses disappeared as they were healed a bit as well.

"A new spell?!" Chris asked surprised as he automatically started playing a new song. "Life's Anthem!"

For some reason, he couldn't stop playing the harp as several musical notes appeared on the field that touched everyone.

"...Hey," Sonic felt good. "This song is...healing my wounds slowly..."

Jigglypuff looked at Chris while she was in Peach's hug. "W-we have to do our attack... But let her get off me!"

"Not done yet!" Dark Smithy yelled as he opened his head.

"YAAAAAAAAAH!!!!" Pikachu leaped inside the treasure chest and started to discharged a big amount of electricity that electrocuted Dark Smithy from the inside.

"I-it won't stop me from making all of you feel ill!" Dark Smithy yelled as he was about to finish his magic.

"I'm afraid you're not going to do such a thing," Geno said with a glare as he held his hands up. "Geno Boost!"

"CHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!" Pikachu's electricity began to grow in size as the blacksmith's magic came to a stop as he screamed loudly in pain.

"...Oh no..." Lucas noticed that the electricity was becoming smaller. "H-he's getting tired!"

"Ike, Marth, let's do our thing!" Link told the 2 swordsmen who nodded at him and ran to the evil blacksmith.

"Charge!" Marth commanded as the 3 stood just in front of Dark Smithy to use Shield Breaker, Eruption and Spin Attack at full potency.

"You won't...do that either..." Dark Smithy moved his hammer and gun forward to stop the trio from attacking them.

"Jigglypuff, Mario, Ness, Lucas, Fox, all of you attack the lower body to disable it and prevent it from attacking the 3!" Geno ordered the 5 previous mentioned characters who nodded and ran to Dark Smithy and went behind his back.

"Now!" Mario yelled as the 5 started to attack differently to the lower body as fast as they could to disable it, making Dark Smithy twitch in pain as he tried to hit the swordsmen in front of him.

"Chris, Mallow, cast magic with me!" Geno ordered as he held his hands up.

"C'mon! We can do this!" Mallow yelled as he held his hands up.

However, Chris couldn't stop playing his harp as he was shown smiling happily.

"Aw man, he's out of it!" Mallow said.

"Let him be," Geno said as he shot a light to the ceiling. "We can do this by ourselves."

"Now, then, Star Rain!"

"Geno Blast!"

Geno and the cloud prince called forth their attacks that crashed and bounced on the blacksmith's body.

"NO!" Dark Smithy couldn't feel his lower body anymore. "Y-you and yo-" he was interrupted as 3 familiar yells managed to hit his treasure chest.

"HEYAH!"

"HA!"

"HUUUUAAAAH!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Smithy yelled loudly as Pikachu jumped out from the treasure chest. "N-no..." Dark Smithy tried to cast magic, but his head couldn't respond anymore and it wasn't able to do something else as well. "T-this can't be..."

He managed to move his lower body back and spin it around to push all the Smashers away with his hammer so he could bang it on his head and turn it into a cage with his eyes peering out.

"My strongest defense..." Dark Smithy panted heavily. "Try to pierce through it..."

"Geno Boost!" Geno increased Lucario's strength as he roared loudly as a response.

"Seriously," Chris stopped him from using Aura Sphere. "Another yell to demonstrate your power increasing and I'll hurt you where it hurts you the most!"

Lucario shrugged. "P-please, don't do that..."

"Promise what I suggested you?"

"..." Lucario looked at his appendages and shrugged again. "I-if you say so..."

"AHEM," interrupted Geno.

"Hmph..." Lucario put his hands closer together and started to charge his orb of aura.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 08, 2009, 12:49:34 PM
"Hmph..." Lucario put his hands closer together and started to charge his orb of aura.

"Grrrrr..." Dark Smithy aimed his gun hand to the aura wielder.

"Over Limit gauge ready!" Kawashima called out.

Fox grinned. "Okay, time to prove what I can really d-"

"Come, o great hidden power within me!" Ness called out as he held his hand up and got covered in a rainbow aura with a force that emanated out from him.

"T-that sentence sounded better than mine..." Lucas looked down.

Fox cursed under his breath.

"PK..." Ness seemed to hover above the ground as he was slowly raising himself to the air.

"..." Dark Smithy tried to move his heavy head to the ceiling as the cave began to shine blue from above.

"STARSTOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOORM!!!"

"Not the same shi-AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Smithy's curse got interrupted as an assault of blue meteors that came down sideways impacted on his body. The meteors themselves caused a lot of noise before a last barrage of them came down and hit the blacksmith hard, rendering him from moving his lower body as a result. "No!"

"Whew..." Ness landed back on the ground. "I didn't think I could use PK Starstorm...but I guess I could because I trained with Poo..."

Lucas blushed a little. "Y-you too?"

"..." Ness looked bored at him. "...Oh man, we're clones in terms of Final Smash..."

"Heh," Fox walked to them with a grin. "At least Falco will use his Arwing for his Final Smash and not copy mine, since it won't make any sense for him to use a Landmaster that he has never used before."

A small laugh came behind him.

"What was that laugh for?" Fox asked to Chris with a glare.

"N-nothing..." Chris said with a chuckle.

"GUUUUUUUUARGH!!!" Lucario fired his Aura Sphere at full speed to Dark Smithy...but more accurately, he hit the little space that his eyes were peering out.

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Smithy yelled even more in pain as he started to pant heavily...but in irritation and rage.

"Hu-uah!" Kirby jumped to his head and swung his hammer 2 times in the air. "Hi-yah!" he took out a big cutter and rose it up to later slam it down on Dark Smithy's cage head. "Yiah!" he used a fully charged backflip kick to hit the chin hard, then, he started to fly up high to turn into stone and slam himself down on the top of the cage as he caused the cage to tremble.

"Y-y-y-y-you puffballs are so i-i-i-i-i-i-irritating..." Dark Smithy said dazzled.

"Irritating?" Jigglypuff pouted as she flew to Chris and stood over his head. "Chris, let me show him how irritating we are!"

"...But would you get off my head first?" Chris asked.

"...Nope," she said. "I want to show him what I'm made of."

Sonic grinned and inhaled air before Snake blocked his mouth. "No singing," Snake said with a frown. "I knew you were going to sing."

"Uuuuuuh!" Sonic groaned loudly under his hand.

"Let's start..." Chris said as he played his harp...

"Absorbing Sonata!" Jigglypuff called out before she started to sing a song (on top of Chris's head).

The atmosphere suddenly turned pink and Dark Smithy turned like that color as well before pink auras flew out from his body and went to every single Smasher who recovered their healths fully.

"Aww..." Kirby smiled. "That's much better..."

"How ironic," Geno began. "We're fully recovered while you're about to be finished."

"I-I don't have any way to attack back now..." Dark Smithy said panting.

"Good," Snake said. "Now we can take the f(beep) out of you."

"...But!" Dark Smithy interrupted as he raised some familiar turrets that caused everyone to gasp in shock. "I'll use my special attack one last time!"

"Oh no, no no no no no no!" Sonic shook his head in panic. "I don't wanna die again!"

"We didn't exactly die," Mallow said before he gulped. "W-we were ABOUT to die..."

"Say your last prayers!" Dark Smithy said as he closed his eyes and laughed maniacally. "After all, you weren't able to finish me off!"

The Smashers, however, glared at Dark Smithy and ran straight to the turrets.

"What do you think you're doing now?" Dark Smithy asked before they all jumped over the turrets, stood between the turrets and Dark Smithy and leaned their backs to the guns before they started to shoot bullets crazily. "W-WHAT?!"

"Surprised?" Geno asked with a glare. "We found the blind spot of this ultimate attack."

"B-but when and how did you make such foolish idea?!" Dark Smithy asked as the turrets kept firing at nothing around.

"When you were wondering how to get up," Mario explained. "We whispered our plans and strategies to defeat you."

"And I happened to bring the special attack of yours." Pikachu explained.

"I did." Kirby said.

"Oops."

"We thought you weren't going to use that attack again," Snake began. "But we thought you could use it again on us an-"

"And we tried to think of a way to evade it." Marth added.

"Then we remembered that the turrets never moved to the sides and fired straight," Link said. "And the space between you and these things were big enough to let us in."

"B-but I can still attack yo-" Dark Smithy froze once he tried to move his hammer and gun. "...N-no! M-my body was disabled again!"

"Me did that," said Ness with a chuckle.

It was the moment of the truth...

"And now that we're this close to you..." Geno aimed his rocket punch to Dark Smithy's face. "Say your prayers."

It was almost over...

"N-never!"

They were very close to win the fight...

"Star Spirits!" Chris yelled to call forth the Star Spirits.

Just a final move between everyone to finish Dark Smithy...

"One more time!" Twink said enthusiastically as the 7 stars nodded and called forth Peach Beam as the princess prayed for the beam and the stars.

It was very close now... Smithy was at their mercy...

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Dark Smithy yelled as the beam came down on him and made the Shadow Bugs disappear. "N-no! I-I must recover, heal myself, anything! R-Recov-"

"It's over!" Geno yelled as the Smashers lunged one last time to Dark Smithy's cage and dealt a strong hit at the same time before Geno fired his rocket fist at Dark Smithy's eyes and...

Music stops

...But something unexpected interrupted the fight.

"Stop right now. This fight is over and Smithy is completely useless as of now."

"...What?" everyone asked in confusion.

Everyone suddenly listened to a deep voice that was coming from somewhere within the cave. The atmosphere around the cave started to feel distortioned as it was replaced by a big space with no floor (although they were able to stand up above no floor but air) and blue stars far away in the distance. The Smashers stood up and looked around the entire space with a shocked Smithy. It looked ominous to some of them...but to others, it looked very familiar...

...Strongly familiar...

"...G-Geno..." Mallow gulped as the sound of winds were heard. "W-what just happened?"

"...I...I don't know..." Geno said as he looked around. "...But...why would this..."

"N-no..." Smithy shook with fear. "N-no! Please, no! Not now! I-I was going t-"

"Speak no more," the deep voice said as the Smashers looked around. "Smithy, you have failed to eliminate them all, but in return, you took them all here to me. I must congratulate you for that."

"W-where's that voice coming from?" Kirby asked as he shivered.

"...Wait," Mario tried to think. "Is it Tabuu?"

"What?!" Pikachu asked shocked and took a quick fighting stance. "W-where?! W-where?!"

"Fear no more," the voice said. "I am not Tabuu and never be him in my existence... I am a different entity of great power."

"P-please, don't do anything to me!" Smithy pleaded. "I-I'm sure I can defeat them if you let m-"

"No," the voice said. "You have lost your chance of this fight and control of your worthless factory as well."

"W-worthless?!" Smithy asked enraged.

"Do you dare to fight me? Very well..."

"...N-no! I-I didn't mean that! Please, spare my life! I beg of you!"

The Smashers looked very confused at Smithy's pleas for mercy to the voice.

"Why is Smithy getting so scared?" Link asked.

"My guess would be the voice," replied Snake with a frown.

"Smithy, you must die now," the voice said. "You have fulfilled your duty in taking them to me. The factory is useless as it is but the deal with Tabuu is still at hand. You must get away from my sight forever...by saying farewell to your life."

"N-no!" Smithy yelled back. "G-give me more time!"

"Time out, then."

A powerful and devastating lightning fell on top of Smithy as he yelled in extreme pain. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!! F-FOOLISH IMBECILES...K-KEEP PESTERING TABUU AND YOU WILL...YOU WILL...YOU WILL...UUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" he screamed in agonizing pain before the thunder disappeared and left no traces of the blacksmith.

"...He's...gone..." Geno said shocked. "...He is finally gone from our lives..."

"...B-but..." Twink gulped and looked around. "W-who did this?"

"Hey, you!" Sonic shouted. "Show your face! We don't like people who hide from us!"

"...GRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..." Lucario growled menacingly at the sudden force that he contacted with his aura, making him show his fangs fully. "GRRRRRRRRRRRR..."

"L-Lucario?" Chris interrupted his furious Pokémon whom he looked with a scared face. "W-why are you making that face?"

Lucario blinked and shook his head before noticing his murderous face. He looked at Chris with an ashamed look. "I-I'm sorry... T-there's a tremendous force in here...and I-I didn't like it at all..."

"We didn't like it either," Snake said. "I mean, this atmosphere with an odd voice destroyed the idiot before us."

"And we can't find that person anywhere." Fox said.

"..." Peach looked down. "D-don't tell me this place is...the one where..."

"...Oh no..." Geno shook his head. "...This place...I-I remember it..."

Final Fantasy IV DS - Disbelief

"...Y-you can't be talking about...him..." Mario said as he sounded somewhat scared.

"...I'm afraid this is the same place..." Geno looked down. "...We're in..."

"...B-but I thought we...I-I mean, we defeated him before!" Mallow said.

"...But he said he was going to return one day in another different moment..." Peach said. "...I-I wouldn't have thought it would now...not after Smithy was taken down..."

"And he returned..." Mario said. "...He returned at the last moment..."

"H-hey," Ness gulped. "W-would you explain to us what are you keeping us from see what you're trying to mean?"

"Long ago..." Geno explained. "We went to Monstro Town in the Mushroom Kingdom."

"A town where peaceful monsters lived." Peach added.

"The town was very peaceful because the monsters were kind to us."

"B-but when we explored the town by the cliff side..." Mallow gulped. "W-we came across a door that couldn't open..."

"That door had someone on the other side that demanded for a crystal," Mario went on. "There wasn't any crystal close to his description in the Mushroom Kingdom."

"But we figured out that the closest thing to a crystal was..." Geno trailed off.

"...A Shiny Stone that we got from Moleville by a boy," Mallow explained. "...For a set of Fireworks with 500 Coins a piece."

It was completely unnecessary to mention the price of the Shiny Stone.

"Anyway," Geno went on. "Once we showed the door the stone, it suddenly opened and we walked in..."

"But what was on the other side shocked us," Mario went on. "...There was a barren place with dark winds."

"The dark winds were not like like Exor's," Peach explained. "They were purple and fast; almost like if they were going to push you away."

"We walked through the storm and we lost the way back when the door closed." Mallow explained.

"At first, we thought there wasn't anybody in that weird universe..." Geno trailed off.

"...But there was someone..." Mario trailed off. "...And that person was..."

...A big floating figure appeared from the darkness just behind Mario, Mallow, Geno and Peach.

"...U-uah!" Lucas yelled and hid behind a scared Ness with Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Twink and Kirby.

"W-what the heck?" Link's eyes widened.

"I've never seen such person before in my life..." Ike said surrpsied.

"So that's the guy!" Sonic said with a glare.

"H-he looks scary..." Pichu muttered.

"I-I know..." Jigglypuff muttered.

"...I have a very bad feeling about this." Fox said as he looked down and glared up at the figure.

"What is he?" Marth asked. "...And what are those..."

"...Be warned," Snake began. "This doesn't look good at all."

"G-got to be brave..." Ness gulped. "G-got to be brave..."

"I-I can stay calm...d-don't panic..." Pikachu gulped.

"Grrrrrrr..." Lucario growled at the figure.

"...N-no..." Chris shook his head. "N-not him...not him...H-he mustn't be him..."

"G-Geno, everyone..." Twink peered from Ness's head. "B-behind you!"

"..." the quartet from the Mushroom Kingdom made shocked looks before they slowly turned around...

"..." Mario looked up. "...It is him..."

"...M-Mario..." Peach walked behind Mario to hide.

"...It's okay..." Mallow said.

"...For now..." Geno muttered.

"So..." the figure spoke. "We were destined to meet each other again...and with more knights as well."

"...It seems you haven't changed at all..." Geno glared up. "...Culex..."

It was revealed the name of the person before them...

The person was some kind of dark knight that didn't have any feet nor he wore clothes. His purple skin was visible as well as his bronze wings that spread out to the sides. A dark aura emanated from his floating body as well as the crystals that were supposed to be his feet as he hovered.

Not only Culex was alone, but he was coming along with 4 different floating crystals: the Earth Crystal, the Water Crystal, the Wind Crystal, and the Fire Crystal.

"W-what are you doing here?" Mallow asked.

"I was waiting for all of you to come here and challenge me to a battle after I arranged the meeting by myself," Culex explained. "I was impressed that you were able to defeat the problems through your path to my dimension."

"W-what do you mean by arranged?" Peach asked.

"I am the one who is in charge of the attack to the city, the factory and Smithy himself."

"...WHAT?!" Geno asked enraged. "Y-you're the one behind all this?!"

"Correct."

"B-but why?!" Geno demanded. "Why did you do all of this?!"

"Because I wanted to challenge more knights," Culex explained. "You seem to have grown stronger than the last time w-"

"So, let me get this straight," Geno tried to summarize the events. "You caused all this whole ordeal with the Star Spirits and endangered the worlds...so you could call us to you to fight? That's what you're trying to say?"

"Yes, affirmative," Culex nodded. "You seem to have proved your strength as knights."

"...Are you out of your skull or what?!" Geno asked furiously. "You ENDANGERED the worlds so you could fight with us?! What the hell was crossing to your mind when you wanted to appear now?! Was Tabuu responsible for this or are you possessed by the Shadow Bugs as well?!"

"...I am not possessed by his bugs," Culex shook his head. "Therefore, my mind is free from his control."

"B-but I don't understand!" Mallow interrupted. "Why did you want to appear? How did Tabuu contact you in the first place?"

"He contacted me through his mind, "Culex explained. "He focused to revive Smithy and his minions from the death. However, he managed to contact me because I was wandering aimlessly around the world of the dead to fight the knights that have passed away."

"Y-you came from the grave?" Sonic asked surprised.

Culex ignored him. "Our meeting was...accidental, should I say..." he looked away. "He wanted to revive Smithy and his minions but not ask me for my help... But all that changed when he said this..."

"What did he say?" Marth asked.

"I am trying to get rid of these fools who have been causing a lot of pain to my army and I cannot tolerate them anymore. I am bringing Exor and Smithy back so they can destroy the city that they live close by," Culex explained more. "Since the city is a metropolis where many people go from their universes, I am going to destroy it so nobody can live there."

"T-that's very twisted..." Pikachu said.

"Furthermore," Culex went on. "He said he would destroy the mansion after he was done with the city."

"But that has a bad order," Link said. "Shouldn't he destroy the mansion first?"

"He thought he would go first for the mansion," Culex said. "But a being of great power that lives in the mansion could make Exor fall in another place because the sword was not fully recovered when it destroyed the Star Road."

"...Why am I thinking he's talking about Master Hand?" Mario said.

"He is." Fox said.

"Instead," Culex went on. "He wanted to test Exor's power and see if it could destroy the city with the boost of power that he gave it."

"And you..." Kirby shuddered.

"...I am a mere dark knight who controls everything here," Culex explained. "A dark knight who wants to fight the strongest knights in my sight right now."

"We're not knights..." Mallow said.

"I think you would have known," Culex shook his head. "Tabuu merely told me to fight you after he told me that the "Smashers" were strong enough to defeat his army. When I heard the word "strong," I decided to ask more."

"...Then you wanted to offer him your help." Geno said.

"Exactly," Culex nodded. "If this was the only way to fight the strongest knights, then I would gladly accept it without regrets."

"...Without...regrets..." Geno repeated bewildered. "...You...imbecile...heartless...idiot..."

"Also," he narrowed his eyes. "I did not think about finding the same knights who have fought me before and defeated me as well. This is very good, indeed."

"W-why?" Peach asked.

"Because I would call this meeting a rematch," he looked at the Smashers. "And all of you would be the reinforcements."

"...So, do you want to fight?" Lucario asked with a glare.

"You stole the words from my mouth," Culex said. "However, I have a warning to you."

"What." Geno asked menacingly.

"Should you fail to defeat me, the city will be obliterated by the machines that were deployed outside," Culex explained. "Meaning you would lose the entire purpose of your mission in this single and simple fight."

"What if we win?" Mallow asked.

"Then I will make the machines disappear with a wave of my hand, open the barrier to the city and make Exor disappear as well... I doubt you can defeat me, though..."

"...Then..." Geno looked at the others. "...This is it..."

"...Please, let be this it." Link prepared his sword.

"The city depends on us..." Chris prepared his wrenches (as he changed to his Hacker job).

"H-here I go..." Pichu stepped out from Ness's back and gulped as the others did the same.

"Let's take that monster down." Snake said.

"Alright! Final bout!" Sonic said with a grin.

"Y-you can do this..." Kirby gulped. "J-just think the crystals are...candies...floating candies..."

"We shall do something about him," Marth said. "Let us fight then."

"..." everyone had to face Geno with many nods of agreement.

"...We agree to your terms," Geno looked up to Culex. "But if we lose, destroy Exor."

"Why?" Culex asked.

"I don't want that sword go anywhere and destroy something else... Please, listen to my suggestion."

"...Very well," Culex nodded. "I do not care about more cities, but as a noble fighter...I will listen and obey that wish. However..." he snapped his fingers and everyone suddenly recovered their healths fully. "Let me heal you before you fight with your full strength. You already decided your cruel destinies... But do not worry about dying. If you were to die, you would wake up in the city...that will be in ruins..."

"...A-are we fighting him?" Chris asked worried.

"And those crystals...what are they?" Ness asked.

"These crystal are parts of myself," Culex said. "They will also fight as well and be careful with them since they are extremely powerful and devastating on their own."

"Ha, sure," Fox said with a chuckle. "You're nothing but a guy who likes to talk a lot."

"I blame you for asking me my intentions and reasons..." Culex prepared. "So, do you think you can defeat me to save this city?"

"...Yes..." Geno said as everyone took fighting stances. "...We're ready for you."

Super Mario RPG - Fight Against Culex

Culex nodded and he started to glow brighter than before as he said, "I am matter... I am antimatter... I can see your past... I can see your future... I consume time..." he opened his hands at them as the crystals spread around him. "And I will consume you!"

"I don't like the looks of this..." Link said.

"Everyone, this will be a harder battle to wi-" Geno was interrupted as the Fire Crystal lowered down and used Corona.

A light beacon came down and greatly caused severe damage to everyone who got in the way of the yellow light before it raised and vanished.

"...N-Ness..." Lucas laid down on the invisible floor. "...I-I can't move..."

"W-what?" Geno asked in shock as almost everyone got wipped out by a single magic attack. "W-why are you all falling down so soon?"

"B-because that magic was...just...too strong..." Mallow said weakly.

The Water Crystal lowered down and it used Solidify to rise up a sheer wind of ice that froze everyone inside icicles that later shattered into pieces, making them yell in serious pain.

"N-NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Chris yelled before he fainted.

"CHRIS!" Lucario yelled loudly before he showed his fangs in fury to Culex. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

"Begone." Culex simply moved his hand forward and a psychic force struck Lucario.

"...U-ugh..." Lucario fell to his knees as hi eyes widened before he collapsed.

"W-wait!" Pikachu yelled. "I-it's too soon for you t-"

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Jigglypuff screamed loudly as the Wind Crystal lowered close to them and used Static E! to deal a great amoung of lightning damage to the Pokémon who were pushed to the air and crashed down in pain.

"Dammit, he's already taking all of us out!" Geno said as he saw the Fire Crystal going towards Marth and Link.

"Attack it!" Marth yelled as the 2 prepared to slash the crystal, but it moved and used a small Flame Wall that managed to burn them with severe damage that took both out in a single attack. "W-why...does this...have to happen...to us..." Marth muttered before he collapsed.

"Marth! ...Ugh..." Link lost consciousness and fell down on his back.

"O-oh no..." Peach shivered. "I-I don't want to die..."

"PEACH!" Mario yelled as the Earth Crystal lowered down and used a powerful Water Blast, exploding every single corner of the whole place before a huge blast of water made them crash down to the floor. "...S-sorry...Peach..." Mario muttered weakly before he fainted.

"M-Mario..." Peach muttered with some tears before she sobbed a last time and fainted as well.

"Peach! Mario!" Mallow yelled. "Hold on! I have food right he-"

"Out of my sight." Culex waved his hand in front of him and a psychic force struck Mallow on his neck.

"U-ugh...t-this hurts...so much..." Mallow managed to say before he fainted.

"M-MALLOW!" Geno yelled. "C-curses! T-this isn't going well at all!"

"The green crystal!" Ness yelled before the Wind Crystal used Lightning Orb and shot the sphere to Kirby who screamed loudly in pain before he lost consciousness.

"...I-I want...to eat..." Kirby said with a sob before he fainted.

"KIRBY!" Pikachu yelled before he showed his small fangs to Culex. "You...bastard!"

"I-I don't think you need to enrage him more..." Lucas gulped in fear as Culex raised his hands.

"DARK STAR!" Culex called forth a big black angry Starman that crashed on Pikachu and Kirby as it bounced several times on thme before bouncing away.

"...C-Claus..." Lucas muttered weakly before he fainted.

"I-I-I was so reckless...ugh..." Pikachu curled himself and fainted.

"T-this is just stupid..." Fox said as he tried to stay with hopes in winning the fight.

"BEHIND YOU!" Twink yelled.

"Hu-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Fox yelled in extreme pain as the Fire Crystal used Flame Wall and burned his back with extreme burn marks before the vulpine fell down in defeat. "...E-everyone...I...was an idiot...ugh..."

"O-oh no, help!" Ness panicked as he saw the Earth Crystal using Sandstorm to create winds full of sands that made all of them evern weaker as they embraced themselves. "I-I-I want to leave now..."

"H-hold on..." Snake shivered. "W-we can still..."

"Farewell." Culex moved his hand and Snake felt a sharp pain damaging him from inside his body that he grabbed his stomach and knelt down.

"...N-no..." Snake muttered before he collapsed and lost consciousness.

"Snake, Snake! D-do you copy me?!" Mei Ling asked in panic. "Snake? Snake?! SNAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAKE!!! ...N-no..." she sobbed.

"O-Oh hell no, man!" Sonic backed away. "I-I'm not going to die in here!"

"Then make a run for it!" Dark Super Sonic yelled as the hedgehog obeyed and tried to run away before a psychic attack struck down his back to the floor. "Imbecile..."

"This is...so lame..." Sonic said before he closed his eyes and fell down on his back defeated.

"..." Geno and Twink could only watch in horror as every single Smasher was taken out with a few hits. "...W-why..." Geno asked as he slowly shook his head.

"...I-I'm fine here..." Jigglypuff said as she barely was able to stand up.

"H-here too..." Pichu, Ike and Ness said as they shivered with fear because of the sandstorm's effect.

"Fools..." Culex said as the crystals disappeared. "And here I thought you were worthy to fight with..." he disappeared in a portal of darkness. "It is time to finish this nonsense..."

"...Oh no..." Geno muttered as the space began to shook itself violently. "R-resist whatever comes to our way!"

"LOOK OUT!" Ike yelled loudly as the Fire Crystal came out from beneath them and extended a floor with extreme heat that made them yell in pain. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Ike yelled loudly before he fainted.

"I-IKE!" Ness yelled as the crystal dug itself away before the Wind Crystal was slammed down to the floor and created many tornadoes that spread quickly around the place, causing severe wind damage to the remaining Smashers. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Ness screamed in extreme pain before he lost consciousness and crashed to the floor.

"N-N-NESS!!!" Pichu yelled before the Wind Crystal was replaced by the Earth Crystal and caused many stalagmites to rise up from the ground and hit Pichu, Jigglypuff and Geno. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Pichu cried out in extreme pain before he came down a stalagmite and fainted on the floor.

"P-PICHU!!! O-o-o-oh no..." Jigglypuff made a worried face before the Water Crystal came from the sky and became stuck on the floor as it created several waves of icicles that rose out from the floor and cut the doll and the Pokémon through their sharps spikes. "HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!" Jigglypuff pleaded as she cried silently and fainted.

"...W-we're..." Geno fell to his knees while Twibk came out from his cape. "...We're done for..."

"G-Geno!" Twink cried. "W-we can't lose yet! ...N-not like this!"

"I am afraid it is the end for you," Culex said as he appeared above the fainted and defeated Smashers. "For you 2 as well."

"S-stop!" Twink pleaded as he flew to Culex to slam himself on his head. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

"TWINK!" Geno yelled as he held his hand to the Star Kid. "DON'T DO IT!"

"Worthless knights..." Culex's hands glowed dark as he raised them. "FEEL MY WRATH!!! ULTIMAGA!!!"

Ultimaga

An enhanced version of Ultima that is comparable to a supernova. Deals insane damage along with chaos and destruction to everything in sight.

The floor shook even more violently than before as a black hole appeared on the center of the Smashers and started to grow in a huge size. Twink stopped and looked down in shock as the black hole started to grew bigger faster. "A-AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Twink tried to run away but the black hole eventually caught him.

"N-no..." Geno muttered as the black hole started to reach him. "...No...no no no no no NO NO NO NO NO NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Geno yelled loudly as the black hole reached him and pulled him inside the antimatter sphere that levitated everyone off the ground.

"...It is the end..." Culex said.

Music stops

An insanely huge black explosion engulfed the whole universe and everything in it as the shadows of Culex and the crystals were seen from within the supernova. The Smashers were flung away to different directions as they disappeared from sight in the devastated universe.

"..." Culex closed his eyes as he snapped his fingers. "As I promised, you will be healed completely after the city gets destroyed along with Exor... But be aware that you will not awake together..." he turned around with his crystals and disappeared in the darkness. "...I will wait for your next visit... Until then, become stronger....knights..."

Nintendo City

"D-dood..." a Prinny that was left behind shuddered in fear as the machines that were inside the buildings started glowing brightly. "T-they're not going to blow up, are they, d-dood?"

His wish proved to be wrong as the machines started to create a massive chain reaction of explosions around the city that destroyed every single building in sight. The Prinny's beak opened wide as he tried to run away from the explosions but unfortunately got caught in one and was tossed to the air and disappeared in the sky...

Exor could be seen spinning his eyes back as his mouth hung wide open while he started to vanish along with the barrier. The explosions managed to reach outside the barrier and cause a big event of red lights with a lot of smoke that floated up to the darkest night as the clouds continued to make rain...

From a distance, the explosions were able to be seen as the Smash Mansion was shown...

...After all of this...

...The Smashers...who have been working hard to save the city...

...Despite their efforts...

...Failed to save it...

...

TO BE CONTINUED...

................................................................................................

Geno Saga's Epilogue:
Apology From A Devoted Star

Do you want to save your game after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Nintendo City: The City of Despair
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Geno, Mallow, Twink
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 10, 2009, 06:54:57 AM
Chapter 130: Apology From A Devoted Star

Subspace
Deep Inside the Great Maze

"..." Tabuu, who was watching the whole event from the Subspace, kept staring at the devastation of the city while the 4 minions just stared at him without any trace of emotions such as joy or something else.

"...Not gonna say anythin'?" Dedede asked.

"Culex managed to accomplish his task," Ganondorf said. "Why are you not pleased for that?"

"..."

The 4 looked at each other before Charizard spoke. "Sooooooo...what are you going to do now?"

"What will WE do?" Bowser asked.

"...Culex," Tabuu muttered. "...Come here."

His call was answered as Culex and his crystals appeared in front of him. "I did what you told me. But they were not strong enough to land a scratch on me."

"Culex, why did not you finish them? You had them where I wanted them to be," Tabuu said with a tone of annoyance. "Why letting them live? You did that so they could stop me?"

"Even if my looks suggest evil ideas, I am not a cheater when it comes down to fighting," Culex explained. "You knew that very well the moment we met."

"You let them live because you are an honorable knight or some foolishness like that?"

"For you it is foolishness, but for me is nobility to my opponents," Culex explained. "I doubt anyone here has nobility at all."

"I'm sort of noble," Charizard said before the others snickered. "Hey!"

"My point was explained," Culex said. "I am sorry if your wishes were not fulfilled like you wanted, but thanks to you, I managed to find some potential knights to fight against."

"I guess you are not going to cooperate with me again." Tabuu said.

"No, not anymore," Culex said. "I will await them behind a door like I did last time..."

"Then get out of here," Tabuu said with a glare. "I cannot tolerate seeing your disgusting face around, and that also includes your crystals."

"I knew you were a harsh leader the moment I saw your face...or through it." Culex said as he disappeared into the darkness with his crystals, leaving Tabuu grunting annoyed. "Whatever you do, let them live enough so they can face me."

"...You are not someone who can tell me what to do..." Tabuu muttered before he looked down with a sigh.

"..." The Ancient Minister floated to him. "Lord Tabuu, what are your next orders? Should we invade another world?"

"...I need to think about our next movements..." Tabuu said before he teleported away.

"Listen," the Ancient Minister began as he turned to the 4. "There is only one last person to recruit here and I want Bowser to do the task."

"What person?" Bowser asked.

"The fat and greedy one."

"...If he doesn't fart, then I'll go and get him here..." Bowser said before he stomped away.

"You 3 will stay here in the meantime," the Ancient Minister said. "I have...other matters to attend to..."

"..." Ganondorf narrowed his eyes at the Ancient Minister as he flew away to the darkness. "...Something is afoot with him...I know it..."

"Care to tell what you're mutterin'?" Dedede asked.

"None of your business," Ganondorf said as he turned and walked away. "I have my own matters to attend to as well. I will see you buffoons later."

"...Hey!" Charizard yelled as the lord of all evil disappeared. "Dedede is the only buffoon here!"

Albeit to say, this argument started a fight between the penguin and the dragon...

Smash Mansion
Dawn's Room

The rain seemed to fall hard to the grass outside. It was a morning with pure rain as the sounds of it echoed through the vast extension of trees and the facilities of the mansion.

Inside the female trainer's room, there were Red, Dawn, Lucas (the trainer), Squirtle, Ivysaur and Barry laying down on the floor as they slept.

They probably felt asleep after talking about Pokémon all the night and...

...Wait, what's that bottle of beer doing under Barry's right arm?

"..." Dawn let out a yawn as she put a hand close to her mouth...and spotted the beer. "KYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" she screamed loudly enough to wake up anyone in the floor they were in.

"WHAT?! WHAT?! WHAT?!" Red, Lucas and Barry woke up in panic as Squirtle and Ivysaur got startled and looked around in panic.

"B-Barry! H-how could you!" Dawn yelled as she slapped Barry hard.

"Oww! What was that for?!" Barry asked.

Dawn pointed down. "Oh, I don't know? The fact you're too young to be drinking that fuzzy thing?"

"...Hey..." Barry bent down and picked the beer. "...Dawn, you were looking at it at the wrong side," he turned the bottle around and it had another different layer that said...

Tropius's Punch

That Banana is SURELY not real Tropius's Bananas!


"...B-but why was the backside like that?" Dawn asked.

Barry turned it around...

Haunter's Water

It is NOT what you think it is!
Warning: Could be Haunter's...er...water from its tongue...


"Dunno," Barry said as he tossed back the "beer" away to the window (that was closed and got shattered). "Anyway, what do ya wanna do today?"

"...Repair my window..." Dawn said in irritation as she stared outside in anger.

"Heheheheh..." Lucas laughed nervously as he tried to calm down her companion from hurting Barry. "I-I think we slept too late and we slept on the floor by accident..."

"W-well..." Red took out his new Pokédex. "This one is surely far more advanced than Professor Oak's Pokédex for sure..."

"Just remember how to use it, pal." Barry said.

Red blushed embarrassed. "I-I'm going to, and I know how, thank you very much..." he rolled his eyes.

"...Hey," Lucas cut out the 3 as he walked to the window and looked outside. "It's raining a lot, don't you think?"

"Yeah," Barry nodded. "We could take advantage of the rain and... Dawn! Get the shampoo!"

Dawn blushed embarrassed. "A-are you nuts?! I-I'm not going to take a bath outside..." she looked at the 3. "L-let alone with 3 guys!"

"Pfft..." Barry rolled his eyes.

Squirtle and Ivysaur decided to stay away from Barry's self. Surely, nobody would resist his mind for even a second.

"Barry, shut up," Lucas said before he sighed. "What do we do today? We can't battle under this condition with the weather."

"But my Floatzel will soooooooo own Dawn's Piplup under the rain!" Barry said excited. "Dawn!"

"No way!" Dawn shook her head. "I'm not going to fight out and catch a cold either just because you want to!"

While the 3 were talking, Red went to his Pokémon on the bed and knelt to talk to them. "Hey, you guys think they're done fighting?" Red whispered.

"I think so..." Squirtle whispered. "They wouldn't fight all the night."

"Yeah," Ivysaur nodded. "I think we should..."

"...Oh, right," Red looked at the 3. "We still have to keep an eye on them."

"6 eyes." Squirtle corrected.

"That doesn't matter," Red looked over his shoulder to the 3. "We have to maintain them out of the others until they leave."

"This is going to be so hard..." Ivysaur sighed.

"But they're trainers and I wanted to meet some," Red said before he stood up. "Besides, you're going to enjoy fighting their Pokémon."

"...I guess..." the 2 whispered in unison.

"(But...)" Red thought as he looked outside. "(...What are they doing now?)"

Nintendo City: The City of Despair

...In this big and enormous area...

...Nothing seemed normal...

The rain seemed to be eternal in this place, full of destroyed buildings with bricks and glasses scattered all over the place. Long small rivers moved through the small holes of the remaining buildings that also were wrecked. No life was found roaming about the lonely streets as the mist from the clouds descended and covered the entire city in ruins...

...It was unbelievable that a city so big like Nintendo City would get obliterated in one night...and no one was found in there, since its citizens evacuated and would never return to see the once-beloved city in ruins...

On a street's corner...

...There laid Geno as he was shown fainted...

Final Fantasy IX - Kingdom of Burmecia

"..." Geno could feel the rain's drops touching his wooden face, and even his cape which was getting wet. "..." he couldn't say anything after what he witnessed before his eyes...

"(Was all of this...in vain?)" Geno thought. "(All the work we did...was for nothing?)" he questioned himself. "(...Or...did our work...get paid with...this?)" he slowly opened his eyes. "(...The work got paid...with destruction?)"

The doll started to groan silently as he slowly sat up and shook his head. "...Culex kept his promise..." Geno looked at a big mark that was supposedly Exor's place. "...Exor disappeared along with the factory..." he looked around. "...And the city as well... What the..." he ran to a location and found someone. "...Twink?"

"...G-Geno?" Twink asked as he opened his eyes. "...What happened?"

"...Get up and see..." Geno said depressed.

The Star Kid floated up and looked around. "...Oh no..."

"...I'm afraid we failed..." Geno looked down. "...Dammit! All of this for nothing!"

"Geno!" Twink turned to him. "At least we..."

"What? At least we rescued the Star Spirits and got rid of Exor? That's what you're trying to say?"

"Y-yes..."

"Well, look!" he opened his arms and walked around. "We promised to save this city and...this happened!"

"..." Twink made a worried look.

"I mean, you would be like me if all the work you have done suddenly got halted by a big random antimatter guy that just wanted a freaking invitation to fight us!" Geno yelled. "...Dammit..."

"..." Twink flew close to Geno. "...I-I know how mad you are... I know how you feel....b-but I don't know how to calm you down to your normal self..."

"..." Geno looked at him. "...Wait...have I been...this furious before?"

"...I...think so..." Twink looked away. "You've been a little angry ever since we got inside Exor...but honestly..."

Geno blinked confused.

"..." Twink turned to him. "...I think you've been like this some other times before we even got inside Exor..."

Geno's eyes widened.

"...And to the others as well..."

Geno looked down.

"...You were always focused on rescuing the Star Spirits that you didn't have a chance to spend the time with anyone...but just a little..." he looked down in depression. "...Very little..."

"..." Geno looked away and walked forward before stopping. "...Twink..."

"...Yes?"

"...Have I been wasting time?"

"In?"

"...In not spending time with the people I fought with..." Geno looked to the sky. "...I'm such an idiot for not enjoying a little bit of my time here..."

"W-well, you did enjoy being with Mario, Peach and Mallow, didn't you?"

"But only them," he turned to him. "Not any of the Smashers themselve... Well, at least I talked with Chri-"

"Because he holds the power of the Star Spirits," Twink smiled a little. "He used Peach Beam so many times and that counts as his calls for their help. He remembered after all."

"...Just him..." Geno said. "...And nobody else for that matter..."

"..." Twink made a worried look. "...Y-yes..."

"...Curse myself..." Geno muttered as the rain kept going.

"...Why don't you apologize?"

"Apologize? Why now?" Geno looked at him. "It's too late, isn't it?"

"That's not true," Twink shook himself. "We still have time to spend the time together with the others before we return to Star Haven and..." he looked down. "...Leave them for good..."

"...Maybe there's still a chance..." Geno muttered. "...But how will I spend the time with them? I don't know what to talk about."

"Rude," he shook again. "You don't have to talk about something."

"Then what do I need?"

"You have to stay together!"

"I'm afraid I don't understand what you're trying to say..."

"Look, just stay with someone together and you'll see what I mean... For now..." the Star Kid looked around. "I think we need to find them..."

"Yes..." Geno looked around the destroyed city. "...It's going to be hard with all this mist, the rain and the wrecked buildings, but we must do this..."

"...This rain seems eternal to me for some reason..." Twink said as they began to move forward through the mist.

"..................doooooooooooooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOD!!!"

Both of them stopped before someone came from the sky and crashed just in front of them, creating a lot of dust due to the street breaking a little.

Twink flew behind Geno who was covering his eyes with his right arm. "Ugh, what now?" Geno asked.

"...Dood..." a voice...or let's just said the same Prinny who was blasted off to the sky said weakly as the dust cleared out. "T-that wasn't a first class flight for sure, dood..."

When the dust cleared out, Twink and Geno looked down and found the Prinny's head stuck on the floor. "...Wait, isn't he one of Etna's Prinny Squad?" Twink asked.

"Wait, what, dood?!" the Prinny asked before he struggled to get out and finally did what he wanted. "How do you know about Lord Etna, dood?"

"Because we know her," Geno said. "But I thought you left to her world with all of the others..."

"...Wait, she left, dood?" the Prinny asked. "Aw, no, dood!"

"But I thought she took every single Prinny with her," Twink said. "Why didn't you go with her?"

"I..." the Prinny shifted his eyes. "...Felt very asleep..."

"...You felt asleep?" Geno asked.

"Yeah, dood," the Prinny blushed a little. "I've been sleeping here ever since Lord Etna and the Prinny Squad came to the city," he closed his eyes in relief. "Boy, I was so relieved when I first went to my bed... I dreamed abou-"

"Can you skip that part and get to the point?" Geno asked.

"W-well..." the Prinny looked around. "W-when I woke up, I found the apartment half destroyed by this huge blade that appeared out of nowhere and..." he pointed to the building where a single bed was on the third floor of the apartment where Etna and his Prinnys once resided. "Look! There's my room, dood!"

"My god," Twink blinked surprised. "That room was left intact because it looks new..."

"Pure luck, huh, dood?" the Prinny asked. "Dreams are sure useful to stay safe at all times, dood."

"Er, anyway, what are you doing here?" Geno asked.

"Well, I already told you," the Prinny said. "I felt asleep for a very loooooooong time, dood."

"Or you just kept awakening and closed your eyes right after so you could fall asleep." Twink said.

"..." the Prinny closed his eyes. "Weeeeeeeell...that too, dood."

"At least it's a miracle you survived," Geno said. "It was pure luck of you."

"Oh, that's right," the Prinny opened his eyes. "Where's Lord Etna?"

"In the Netherworld."

"What?!" the Prinny's beak opened in shock. "Dood, she was supposed to take me along with everyone else!"

"But you stayed behind here," Twink said. "You kind of made this happen to you."

"Aw, man, dood!" the Prinny looked down. "I shouldn't have slept for too long, but that dream wit-"

"Look, if you want, we can take you back to her," Geno said. "Chris knows how though..."

"Huh?!" the Prinny looked up. "Y-you know the way to Lord Etna?! Oh, thank you so much, dood! She would skin me alive if she knows she's missing me in the squad!"

"...Yes, she would." Twink said.

Prinny temporarily joined your team, dood!

"Anyway..." Geno looked around. "We need to find everyone here..."

"Why?" Prinny (that's right, that's his name) asked. "I thought nobody else survived the explosion in here...or did I miss something important, dood?"

And so, the duo explained everything that happened to Prinny as they walked through the rain, mist, and destroyed wreckage of the buildings around them.

"Oh," Prinny nodded. "So ALL that happened while I was asleep?"

"Pretty much," Twink said with a worried face. "It's so sad..."

"I know..." Geno looked away.

"Aw, dood," Prinny looked down as they walked. "I'm such an idiot for sleeping that long, dood. I hope Lord Etna doesn't kill me because if she does..." he gulped.

"But," Twink began as he tried to change the topic. "Where could they be?"

"They're alive, we know that," Geno said. "But they must be close to where we are..."

"And speaking of that," Twink looked forward. "I found someone."

"Really?" Geno asked as he looked forward with Prinny.

"..."

There was Peach looking down at the street as she was sitting down a big block of cement. She sighed in depression before the 3 walked to her.

Peach looked up and she blinked for a moment before smiling a little. "Oh, you're okay."

"And so do you," Twink smiled and floated besides. "I would be sad if you were...oh, forget it."

Peach hugged Twink a little. "Thank goodness we were able to reunite again."

"At least us," Geno said. "We still have to look for the others as well. Have you looked around?"

"I..." Peach looked down. "...I've been sitting here just to see if someone could find me...and you did."

"Well, a work well done, dood!" Prinny said proudly of himself. "Dood, I'm tired..."

"We just found one," Geno frowned. "We still have like 10 or more to find."

"And..." Peach tilted her head to the Prinny. "Who might you be?"

"I'm Sargent 100% Awesome Prinny, dood." Prinny said proudly.

"Or just Prinny." Twink said.

"Dood..." Prinny closed his eyes and frowned. "Everyday is a new day for humiliation to me, dood."

Peach tried to chuckle a little, but she couldn't. "Oh, nice to meet you, I guess..."

After an introduction...

The 5 started their way around the city as they looked around for the others. Unfortunately, they weren't able to find anyone...

...But something else was happening at another side of the city in ruins...

"...U-ugh..." Chris grumbled. "...W-where...am I? ...L-Lucario?"

"Oh, you're fine after all... Thank goodness."

The World Traveler slowly opened his eyes to see a blur. The blur cleared out overtime before it revealed to be Lucario holding him on his arms and inside a building to keep away from the rain.

"...Lucario!" Chris smiled a little and hugged the aura wielder. "T-thank you for being close to me! I-I was a little afraid to wake up without anyone here..."

Lucario smiled and put Chris's feet on the ground as he embraced him with his right arm. "It's fine now. I woke up first than you to look around for you."

Chris stopped hugging him and looked at him. "Then I'm glad you wanted to find me first... To be honest, I'm relieved to see you again."

"Me too."

The World Traveler blinked before he looked around. "...Where are we?"

"In the city..." Lucario looked down. "...We failed..."

"..." Chris could only put a worried face as he walked out of the building in ruins and found endless rain and mist around all the buildings before Lucario came out of the building. "...This..."

"...We failed after all..." Lucario said. "All our work...leaded us to this result..."

"..." Chris looked down. "...I can't believe this... It's so hard to believe..." he whispered.

"I'm very angry for this," Lucario said. "But seeing how the city was destroyed...it calms me down for some reason..."

"Because there's just a dead silence here..." Chris looked at him. "If Culex didn't appear, none of this would have happened...right?"

"Yes..." Lucario looked at him and knelt down. "I'm sorry."

"For what?" Chris asked confused.

"I wasn't strong enough to land a single hit on him or the crystals," Lucario closed his eyes and looked down. "I failed you...didn't I?"

"O-o course not..." Chris knelt down and looked at Lucario. "We were all powerless...or pushovers to Culex and his crystals..."

"To tell the truth..." Lucario looked at him. "...My aura hasn't been the same, Chris."

"What?" Chris asked confused. "What do you mean by that?"

"This is going to sound embarrassing for being the "Legendary Lucario" but...my aura isn't the same as it used to be before..."

"Don't tell me it's trying to leave you or something..." Chris trailed off worried.

"No," Lucario stood up. "I think it's decreasing because I need to fight more and train harder to keep it at its normal level. Right now, I can carry you like this."

The aura wielder grabbed Chris and put him above his right arm to lift him above. Chris's eyes widened after Lucario was carrying him with just his right arm.

"W-well, you seem to be very strong..." Chris looked down at Lucario. "Your arm is as hard as a brick."

"But still, I feel a little struggle to keep you up," Lucario said as he put Chris back down. "...But fortunately, I know what to do."

"Fight? Meditate?" Chris asked.

"Not that..." Lucario thought for a moment. "...Chris, when we return to the mansion, can you let me go to the Valley of the Aura?"

"With your family?" Chris asked.

"Yes. The only way to "recharge" my aura is to train in that specific place for a time. I'm going to spend my time there so I can resonate with my aura better because as I am now...I can't detect people within 10 kilometers anymore."

"...For a time..." Chris repeated as a whisper.

"Don't worry," Lucario reassured him. "It won't be too long before a mission starts, if a mission even starts that is..."

"...Well..." Chris looked at him. "...I'll think about it, okay?"

"It's fine."

"As for now..." the World Traveler looked around. "...What do we do now? Look for the others?"

"That was exactly what I had in mind...but without my aura..."

"It's okay," Chris shook his head. "You can use it to at least get a radius of 1km, right?"

Lucario nodded as he glowed and walked forward. "Yes, I can use it," he said.

"Good." Chris began to walk close to his Pokemon through the mist...

"...I sense someone..." Lucario interrupted.

"Where?" Chris asked in hopes to find someone.

"Right over there," the aura wielder said as he point at a telephone post. "I can identify Ness."

"Ness! Ness!" In an instant, Chris became happy to find their first person. "Ness!"

The 2 of them ran to the PK kid, who was trying to search for something in his pockets. When the 2 reached him, Ness seemed to look sad for some reason...

"...Ness?" Chris asked confused. "Are you...crying?"

"J-just a minute..." Ness sniffed as he took out a cent and inserted inside the telephone boot. The kid took the phone and dialed a number.

"What is he doing?" Chris asked.

"I don't have a clue..." Lucario said.

Their talk was interrupted as the phone picked up a confirming sound of someone answering it. The person who answered was...

"Dad?" Ness asked as he sniffed.

"Oh, hello, my boy," came a deeper voice from the other side. "How have you been?"

Ness sniffed. "B-bad..."

"...Listen, son..." his dad sighed. "There are times in your life where fights are going to be just too much for you to handle."

"Y-yes..." Ness sniffed.

"This time is one of them. You must gather your courage and train harder in order to achieve you goals. I have told you from time to time that you mustn't surrender, ever."

"Y-yeah..."

"My boy, what you need to do is...be a man."

"...Uh-huh..."

"Then, what are you going to do from here onwards?"

"B-be a man...and train harder everyday..." Ness replied.

"Good, good..." his dad said with a chuckle. "That's my boy, the same as myself..."

Chris wiped a tear as Lucario looked at him. "I-I miss my own dad..."

Lucario put his right arm above Chris's shoulders. "You'll see him soon enough...someday."

"By the way," his dad continued. "I deposited $453,548,224,999,485,322,543,432,134,866,435,325,231,645,678 to your bank account so you can draw money out whenever you want."

"...Where in the heck does his dad work at?" Chris asked utterly shocked.

"Oh, and 3 cents," his dad said. "Be strong, my boy."

"Y-yeah, thanks, dad." Ness said as he wiped his tears and smiled a little.

"Well, then, I have to go back to work. My boss is going to kill me if he catches me like this. Good luck, Ness..."

Ness nodded. "Bye, dad. Thank you for making me feel more comfortable."

"Always there for you... Crap, there's my boss. Gotta go now. Bye."

And the telephone call ended with several beeps as the PK kid put the phone back in the booth.

"...Aaaaaaaaaw!" Ness sighed out loud. "Man, I feel so much better after talking to my dad... You guys were listening to me?" Ness asked.

"Ever since you put the cent inside the booth." Lucario said.

"Oh..." Ness replied with a low tone. "...What are you doing then?"

"Looking for everyone else."

"Oh, right," Ness said as he looked around. "It's a real shame that this happened. I mean, I used to come here very often when it wasn't in ruins."

"Please don't remind me about what happened here..." Chris said ashamed.

"I know, sorry," Ness said with a nod. "Anyway, since you're looking for the others, why don't we stick together? Separating is a bad idea now."

"I agree." Lucario said.

"Well, let's resume our current task," Chris said before he looked forward.

...But something caught his eye.

"...What in the world..." Chris muttered.

"What is it?" Ness asked.

"..." Chris only pointed forward.

Lucario and Ness looked at each other before looking at Chris's direction. Both of them blinked surprised as they spotted something out of the ordinary. What they found surely wasn't in the city before the destruction.

"...Say, since when temples were part of cities?" Ness asked.

There was a big temple that seemed to be in ruins across the street they were in. The temple had several vines sprouting out from the cement.

"I-I don't even think this was here before..." Chris said.

"Lucario, can you see what is inside if there is anybody?" Ness asked.

Lucario nodded and glowed with his aura for several seconds before stopping. "...There's an ominous air inside...but there are no enemies either. It's safe to explore it but maybe I'm mistaking."

"...Well," Ness began as he looked around. "I bet there's a better shelter inside than all the buildings out here. Should we go?"

Chris sneezed. "P-please..."

"...Who is there?" Ness asked as he heard footsteps coming from behind them.

Link, Kirby and Jigglypuff appeared and they stopped walking once they found the other trio.

"Oh, it's you, guys," Link said. "Good thing we found you."

"Brr!" Jigglypuff felt chills on her back. "This rain is just annoying! With all this mist you would think you can find anyone by going through."

"But we did." Kirby pointed out.

"Oh well, that's true."

"Anyway," Link began. "Are you looking for the others as well?"

"Yes, we are," Ness said. "To be honest, we just started."

"Man..." Link sighed before looking at the buildings. "I kind of mad after we lost to that Culex guy in that battle..."

"We were so powerless...right?" Jigglypuff asked worried.

"I'm afraid so..." Lucario said. "...But we shouldn't feel ashamed right now. First we need to find everyon-"

"What is that?" Link asked as pointed forward. "That looks like a temple to me."

"We were planning to go inside to find shelter from the rain," Chris said. "Maybe you can come with us?"

"I-if there's shelter, then I'm in!" Jigglypuff said as she ran towards the temple.

"...You heard her. Let's go in!" Ness suggested as he ran towards the temple before the others followed (with Chris picking up Kirby as they made their way inside).

Several miles away...

"..."

There was an unconscious Sonic laying down on the middle of the street before he sneezed and woke up.

He opened his eyes and blinked for a moment. "...Oh man..."

He sat up before getting up. Sonic put a hand on his hip and looked around. "Damn that Culex dude... Hey, wait a minute..." Sonic looked at his hands. "Oh, what a relief. That curse is gone for now... Wait, how did I get my gloves back? They were ripped apart when my hands grew big... Then again, who cares? Hey, you, are you there?"

He tried to call Dark Super Sonic, but there was no response.

"...I think he can call me only during night...and that reminds me..." Sonic thought for a moment. "...Crap, today I will... No! I won't be manipulated by that guy, never!"

"What guy is that?"

"This wacko who wants to turn me into a monster. He's inside my mind but nobody knows about thi-" Sonic stopped talking as he found Marth and Ike looking down at him with confused looks. "...I-in my dreams, of course!"

"...Seriously?" Ike questioned.

"Would I lie to you guys?" Sonic asked with a smile. "I mean, we're buddies, right? I'd never lie to you!"

"Yes," they said.

"Awesome!"

"We meant that you would lie to us." Marth said.

Sonic sweatdropped. "...T-this is not a lie, seriously..."

"...Whatever," Marth said with a frown. "So Sonic, have you found anyone?"

"I just woke up."

"Oh, I see," Marth said with a nod. "Since we have to regroup, we should stay together until we find someone."

"...Does that mean I have to stick with you without running and just walk?"

"I believe so..." Ike said.

"(Damn you). Cool."

"That's another lie right there." Marth said.

"Oh, c'mon!"

"Well, why don't we start?" Ike asked.

"Good idea." Marth said.

Sonic rolled his eyes before they started...walking, what Sonic hates the most.

"There you are!" Mallow came from an alley and made Ike back away. "I was looking all over for you!"

"W-would you stop appearing like that? You made my heart stop for a moment..." Ike said.

"Whoopsie."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 01, 2009, 12:51:18 PM
"At least we found you," Marth said. "That's all that matters."

"Aw, that's so sweet." Mallow said.

"...Sure," Marth shrugged. "Let's see, where should we go to?"

"North, that's where the mansion is, right?" Sonic asked.

"I doubt we know the directions because the sun isn't visible because of all the clouds up there," Marth said as he looked up to the sky. "This is going to be a lot harder that I thought it would be."

"..." Mallow looked away and found someone. "Hey, there's Fox!"

The trio turned around and found the vulpine knocked out inside a building...

...That was going to collapse.

"Sonic!" Marth yelled and the hedgehog quickly went for the Smasher before the building could collapse. Sonic returned in time to them as they watched the building collapsing.

Sonic tumbled at the sides. "O-oh, great. He had to be taller and heavier than me..."

The hedgehog fell down on his back, triggering Fox's awakening.

"..." Fox shook his head and opened his eyes. "...You guys?"

"Let me give you instructions," Sonic muttered beneath Fox. "Get off me, then greet me."

Fox scratched his forehead before he got off from Sonic, who got up and wiped out the water from his face.

"Well, I'm glad I'm safe as all of you," Fox said. "But..." he looked around. "...Damn..."

"We all feel the same way," Mallow said. "I-I mean..."

"Let's not remember our gruesome experiences right now," Marth suggested. "We should find the others so we can see what our next objective is."

"Repair the city?" Sonic asked.

"Unless we have a 1 and next too many zeroes in our wallets, then yes," Mallow said. "You look rich. Spare me some money, okay?"

Fox looked annoyed at him.

"Is that a no?"

After a while, they started their way...somewhere.

Back with Geno's group...

"Hmmm..." Geno thought for a moment. "Where could they be?"

"Everywhere," Twink replied. "This city had to be big enough to make anyone get lost in an instant. Isn't there a map? There should be one around here!"

"Like that one, dood?" Prinny asked as he pointed at a city map that had its own board.

"Oh, thank goodness! I forgot there were city maps spread around the city." Peach said as they walked to the city map. "...Hmm...it says here we're..."

"...Good, we're close to the mansion's way," Geno said. "I doubt Culex made us appear far away from each other so the other could be close to us."

"And you're right," Pikachu said as he jumped above the board and looked down at them. "Hell-o, you guys."

Pichu jumped right next to him. "Aw, thank Arceus we found you!"

Pichu jumped to Peach and she hugged him and grabbed her with her arms as Pikachu jumped back to the floor. "We woke up close to each other and we decided to look around for everyone. Good thing we you..." Pikachu looked at Prinny. "...What's this guy doing here?"

"Dood," Prinny closed his eyes. "Etna left me behind, dood."

"..." Pikachu looked bored before he looked at Geno. "By the way, since Exor and Smithy are gone again, are you going t-"

"I'll talk about that later once we return to the mansion," Geno said. "Right no-"

Music stops

"Shh!!!" Prinny interrupted.

A silence fell in as the 5 looked at him.

"Why did you interrupt me?" Geno said.

"Dood, we shouldn't talk out loud or else they will find us..." Prinny whispered.

"They?" Twink repeated.

"Can you make sense next time? We're not guessers!" Pikachu said.

"S-shh!!" Prinny kept saying.

"Okay, why do we have to stay silent?"

"B-because..." Prinny looked around. "W-well, they're not here after all..."

"Just say it already!" Geno yelled.

"Stop!" Peach yelled as she sat down and petted the Prinny's head. "He's panicked because you're making him feel uncomfortable!"

"U-ugh..." Geno looked down.

"Now..." Peach looked at Prinny. "What are you trying to say? They won't hurt you, I promise."

"..." Prinny sighed in relief. "Jackpot, dood. There are good people out there in the world after all..."

"Ahem." Pikachu coughed.

"Whoops, sorry," Prinny said before he coughed. "Okay, now that I'm relaxed, I'm going to tell you a scaaaaaaaaary discovery..."

"Discovery?" Pichu repeated.

"Yeah, dood," Prinny said with a nod. "When I woke up yesterday before the explosion occurred, I found some rather scary creatures...or monsters roaming some streets, dood..."

"The machines you mean?" Geno asked.

"E-er, no, dood. Those creatures were not machines..." Prinny gulped. "T-they looked rather hideous, dood. They had black bodies with odd blue and red outlines around their shoulders and legs, dood. There were so many of them because they...they...they came out from the floor, dood. Not only that, some of them were big with spikes on their shoulders and they had big maces to slam them down on the floor, dood."

"I don't recall a machine like that, Geno..." Twink trailed off.

"O-okay, here's a crazy theory I have, dood," Prinny said as he gulped. "I-I think those creatures are not roaming the streets right now at the time of this day. I think they like to appear out during the night because they seemed to be staring at the clouds for some reason when I found them..."

"...That is somewhat scary..." Peach said worried.

"B-but don't worry, dood! Those monsters are not here by now!" Prinny reassured Peach.

"Just a f(beep)d up penguin." Snake said.

Prinny glared at the newcomer. "H-hey! I'm not a intercourse ed up penguin. I'm a Prinny!"

A moment of silence fell in as Prinny blinked for a moment.

"...Where's my censorship, dood? Am I the only one without censorship? Nobody takes me seriously, dood! I want my censors, dood!"

Final Fantasy IX - Kingdom of Burmecia

"That aside, I guess it's good I found you." Snake said as Prinny cried toon tears.

"Well, apart from the monsters appearing at night, it's good to see you again, Snake." Geno said.

"I guess," Snake said. "So why do we have another one of those f-"

"Prinny!" Prinny interrupted.

"F(beep)d up penguins with us?"

"Long story, dood," Prinny said disappointed. "And would you call me Prinny?"

"Since that hand expects me to gather everyone, let's go and get them all."

"H-hey! Stop ignoring me!"

"I just wonder where they are..." Peach said as they started to walk forward. "Hopefully that map helped us a bit."

"But with the city like this, it will be hard to tell which building is which." Pichu said.

Prinny sobbed a little. "Why anybody doesn't take me seriously, dood?"

"I do," Peach said as she hugged him. "You're cute to me."

Prinny closed his eyes and blushed. "Dood! Absolutely jackpot, dood!"

And so Geno's team resumed their search...

Back with Link's team (ha, it's not Chris's team after all)...

Temple in the Middle of Nowhere

"Temples..." Link said as his voice echoed along with their footsteps. "I am forever cursed to enter at least one in a month..."

"I hated the Water Temple so much..." Chris muttered.

"Oh, so did I," Link nodded. "I mean, the whole place was big enough and with the raising water going up and then down was so confusing. It took me a week to pass that darn temple."

Aside from Chris and Link's complaints about the Water Temple, the temple that they got in was...

...Absolutely straight forward.

It was just a temple with several pictures on the wall despicting a hideous monster with long tentacles and a lot of eyes at the side of its head.

Of course, the drawings were somewhat scary.

"Why are there so many pictures?" Kirby asked. "I don't like how they look like with that monster..."

"I have a word of advice," Link said. "Whenever you enter a temple, whatever you find inside will someday come back to haunt you until you get rid of it. Trust me, I know a lot about myths and the like thanks to my endless cycle of entering temples to get a jewel, mirror, fruit, Heart Container, etc."

"...Tell me he's lying, tell me he's lying!" Jigglypuff pleaded to Chris.

"I-I don't know! A-and let me go!" Chris said as he tried to push Jigglypuff away.

"..." Lucario stopped and glared forward. "Who is there?"

"..." Lucas peered from a pillar along with Mario. "Y-you! T-thank goodness we found you!"

"Oh, it's you," Mario said. "We came in here to find shelter from the rain."

The Smashers walked closer to each other.

"Good thing we found you as well," Link said. "At least we have good luck this time."

"I don't like this place at all..." Lucas shuddered. "Can't we go out?"

"Unfortunately for you, I'm up for some exploring inside this temple," Ness said. "Let's see what else is inside right now."

"W-what?"

"Lucas, we wanted to go further in, remember?" Mario asked. "We didn't go further because we thought it would be dangerous without anyone else. I think there's something important in here."

Link looked forward and narrowed his eyes. "Let's explore this darn temple."

"Um, why?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I need to shake this feeling off or else it'll haunt me."

"Can we just let the temple fanatic get lost in there?"

"If you even bothered to look forward," Chris began as he pointed forward. "The temple ends right around that weird pedestal."

Everyone looked at his direction and they saw the end of the temple. The end had several torches at the sides of the path that leaded to a pedestal in front of a big image of the monster despicted in the drawings of the walls.

"...Oh, that was fast." Jigglypuff and Lucas said in unison.

Chris rolled his eyes. "Why don't we get this over with now?"

The group decided to go further in to the pedestal.

A short amount of time passed before they walked around the pedestal and looked at the center of it. The center had a hole for something. The hole's shape looked like it could fit for a diamond of some sort.

"...This is it?" Ness asked. "It's just a hole, for god's sake."

"What a letdown," Link said as he looked around. "Where's the huge spider to set something free? Hello? Give me my fruit and heart already!"

"Link!" Lucas yelled.

"Well, this was disappointing for me," Lucario said. "But there is some kind of weird atmosphere in here that bothers my aura."

"If you meant the damp smell, then yes." Ness said.

"It wasn't that."

"C-can we just leave?" Lucas asked. "Nothing here is interesting, right?"

"But the rain is still going," Kirby said. "Shouldn't we stay here a little longer?"

"We have fire with the torches so..." Mario sat down. "Let's wait until the rain clears out."

Everyone thought for a moment before sitting down around the pedestal.

"..." Ness looked outside. "I don't think the rain will stop in a while."

"It looks like it could be eternal," Link said before everyone stared at him. "What? I'm just a novice in the magic and sorcery field."

Chris embraced himself. "I hope we can return back to the mansion because I feeling chills already..."

Lucario put his right arm above Chris's shoulders. "Just rest. I'll wake you up if they find us here."

"...I'm not tired," Chris said. "I'm just a little cold."

"Wait for the fire to warm you," Mario said. "It's going to warm this place soon."

"Why don't we talk about something in the meantime?" Jigglypuff asked.

Chris raised his hand. "I have a weird story about the time I was looking around the city...but I warn you it's weird and scary."

"We were all the afternoon in the city so it shouldn't be scary." Jigglypuf said.

"Well...here goes..." Chris said.

Flashback

Music stops

Streets

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Lively Step

Chris was walking around the streets of the city after he purchased the groceries that Master Hand requested him. Pit and Pichu already offered to carry their bags back since they wanted to rest in the mansion as well. However, the World Traveler was looking at all the people that walked the streets of the city.

And from time to time, he would start a conversation with someone. Although it was enough to talk just by approaching them.

"You know, this feels like a daily routine," a blue Toad said. "You wake up, you take a shower, you go to work, you spend your time with someone, and then you return back home to sleep so you can do it all over again. It's funny if you see it this way."

"I think so." Chris said.

"I know, right?" the blue Toad chuckled. "It's sometimes fun because, you know, something could intervene you between those tasks."

As the blue Toad walked away, a pink Pianta came in.

"Oh my, there's so much to look in this city," the pink Pianta said. "With all the shops putting up bargains and discounts, you would think this is heaven!"

"I don't think like girls do, though." Chris said.

"Yes, I know that very well," the pink Pianta said. "Boys only think about soccer and the like, don't they? It's like their fad as we girls like to go shopping all the day."

The pink Pianta left humming before Chris walked south and found a little brown Toad girl with blue ribbons on her head and brown pigtails looking up at him.

"Oh, are you lost?" Chris asked.

However, let's just say this girl wasn't normal at all.

"The universe is filled with just illusions projecting out to let our eyes see them," the Toad girl said in a weird tone of voice. "However, if you think again, you're wandering aimlessly around. You touch, you feel, you see, you hear, and you taste. What do you think is the purpose for all of this? Is everything we see just illusions, or are we the illusions?"

"..." Chris was left speechless.

"I'd like you to respond so I can find my answer."

Chris looked freaked out. "B-because we were meant to enjoy life and do it with our 5 senses? I mean, maybe we have a purpose to see all of this..."

"Hmm, perhaps, perhaps not," the little Toad girl said with a small nod. "It could be implied that, as illusions, we were meant to create more illusions in order to live and enjoy. You gave me a new point of view of life."

"..." Chris's right eye twitched.

"Until we meet again, I'd like you to answer more questions about life," she said. "However, I need to buy the last Clefairy Doll from the shop across the street. That is the only illusion I care about."

The little girl walked away across the street where she got inside a shop.

"...Who in their right mind raises an innocent girl like that?" Chris asked to no one in particular.

End of flashback

Temple in the Middle of Nowhere

"And even if I met her once, I think she can see me wherever I go..." Chris said with a shocked look.

The others looked at him with semi-shocked looks.

"...That girl was just plain weird." Ness said.

There she was. The shadow of the girl came from the exit and everyone looked at the exit.

"Oh my god, there she is!" Chris yelled as he hugged Lucario's waist to hide from the girl. "Get rid of her and her questions about life!"

"There isn't anybody there," Lucario said. "...Wait, there is someone."

Geno walked in and sighed, revealing not to be the girl but just a mistake about his shadow.

"Oh, there you are," Geno said. "I was looking for you with everyone. We just found Sonic and the others at the entrance to this..." Geno looked around. "...Temple?"

"We know, we know," Link said as Chris stopped hugging Lucario (causing him to feel a little depressed). "Let's just get out."

The others sighed before standing up and they started to walk away from the pedestal and the temple.

But something caught Lucas's eye and he found some kind of name in a pillar that he could barely read due to the dust.

"L...i...g...h...t... G...a...i...a... D...a...r...k... G...a...i...a..." Lucas read.

"Lucas!" Ness yelled from afar.

"O-oh, right! Sorry!" Lucas shook his head and headed out to the city before looking back at the strange words and continue his way out.

Nintendo City: The City of Despair

Once everyone came out, they found the others waiting for them as mostly everyone ran to each Smasher and said their reliefs as some remained out.

"What is he doing here?" Ness asked.

"Long story, dood." Prinny said.

Chris hugged Pichu. "I missed you a little sooooooooo much."

Pichu merely chuckled before they looked at Geno.

"And now that we're all together again," Geno began. "Let's return back to the mansion."

"Er...Geno..." Twink interrupted.

Geno stopped walking and blinked. "...Right..."

Music stops

"What is it now?" Marth asked. "Do you have something to say?"

"As a matter of fact..." Geno looked down. "...Yes. I need to say something."

"What?" Kirby asked.

"...I'm...sorry."

"For what?" Link asked.

"Ever since Twink and I came to the mansion, I only focused in finding the Star Spirits and get rid of Exor and Smithy... I never tried to spend the time with any of you except Mario, Peach, and Mallow because they were the only ones that understood me ever since we defeated the Smithy Gang before," Geno said. "I just never had the time to think about you. I only thought about your experience as fighters."

"That sounded kind of rude..." Mario said.

"I know..." Geno nodded as the rain kept going. "Now that my mission is going to be over once we return to the mansion...Twink reminded me about my bonds with all of you and that's when I started to feel regret."

Peach looked worried.

"I didn't make any strong friendships after all this long struggle against the Smithy Gang... I just became some kind of leader that just ordered around and yelled at people. I think I was being rude with everyone when I yelled back at you."

"You were." Fox said.

"I know that as well...and that's why I want to apologize for my rude behavior against any of you..."

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift - Putting Words Together

"...I just...want to say..." Geno closed his eyes and looked down, trying not to let tears go out from his wooden face. "...I'm sorry... I'm sorry for being rude...I'm sorry for acting like a bastard...I'm sorry for being so serious about the Star Spirits...and I'm sorry for offending anyone if I ever did..."

Everyone just blinked and looked at him.

"...I hope you can find forgiveness..." Geno said as he looked at them with a worried look. "...But if you don't want to, I won't say anything to learn my lesson...just try to find some forgiveness..."

"..." Kirby walked towards Geno and looked up to him.

Geno looked down at the Star Warrior. "What?"

"..." Kirby hugged him and let some tears run down from his eyes.

Geno blinked surprised before Pichu came to him and hugged him as well with some sobs.

Lucas sobbed a little before he went to Geno and hugged him as well.

Mallow cleared even more tears from his eyes before he did the same as the previous 3.

"B-but..." Geno couldn't finish his words before Ness decided to hug him as well. "W-why?"

The doll became covered with hugs around him as Pikachu decided to stop his tears and hug the doll as well.

"..." Chris sobbed a little before he went to Geno, knelt and hugged him.

"W-why is everyone hugging me?" Geno asked. "I-I think you're embarrassing yourselves!"

Jigglypuff came to him and gave him a hug.

Geno watched as Peach cleared some tears and hugged him with the previous Smashers.

"..." Geno could only blink confused as he stared at everyone else. "...What about you?"

"I don't give any hugs," Ike said. "...But...I think I can forgive you."

Geno watched the others stopping hugging him as they looked at him. "Y-you forgive me as well?"

"B-but of course..." Peach muttered. "You're a dear friend to us, Geno. I-I wouldn't never hate you...ever..."

Mario walked to her and rubbed her back. "She's right, Geno. I can forgive you because you didn't do anything wrong."

"You're saying that because you know me from the beginning! I want the other say thei-" Geno was interrupted.

"We forgive you, Geno," everyone interrupted.

"...What?" Geno asked bewildered.

"We forgive you," Marth said. "You managed to be a good guy after all."

"B-but all I did was..."

"Hey, no worries about that," Fox said as he crossed his arms. "You were still thinking about us so that doesn't make you a bad person."

"In truth, you're like everyone else in here," Snake said. "Plain weird."

"Then that makes you one of us since you're in this group." Link said.

"..." Snake looked away with a frown.

"T-to be honest..." Chris cleared some tears. "There's nothing you should apologize for. I-I mean, we should be the ones apologizing you."

"Why?" Geno asked confused.

"We didn't take the whole "rescue the Star Spirits" thing seriously as you did," Pikachu said. "We kind of saw that like an everyday mission."

"W-well..." Geno tried to find something to contradict that statement.

"Don't try to find another contradictory fact," Marth said. "There is none."

The doll looked down.

"Geno..." Mallow put a hand on Geno's back. "You did very well as I did, right?"

"How?" Geno asked. "All I did was yelling, ordering, and staying away from anyone to spend the time."

"Oh, please, Geno, don't say that!" Chris yelled. "If you say that again, I'm going to think we're the opposite of each other!"

"But there should be something I was missing out..." Geno muttered. "Something important that was with forming bonds..."

"Loosin' it up a bit." Fox said.

"...Loosing it up a bit?" Geno repeated.

"Yeah, you're like a grumpy guy who doesn't like to have fun."

"Hey, that's right," Sonic said. "You were like Knucklehead for example."

Back in his world, Knuckles sneezed.

"You should try to loose yourself up a bit!" Sonic suggested. "Go out and party all the night an-"

Lucario blocked Sonic's mouth. "Don't follow his example, please."

"...I just don't get what you're trying to say..." Geno said.

"Basically, just have fun with whatever you do," Snake explained. "Like a darn hippie."

"Not like a hippie," Ness corrected. "Like...well...this is going to sound a little bit wrong but...like us."

"...Goof around?" Geno guessed.

"Not like Popo, you dork," Ness said as he rolled his eyes. "Just talk with anyone during your free time. It's not like you're always working all the day without enjoying anything else, right?"

Geno blinked before he blushed a little.

"Er, Geno works almost the 24 hours of everyday at Star Haven because he thinks the wishes shouldn't be overlooked," Twink explained. "He has a tight schedule because he wanted to have one."

"...A stupid hard worker..." Snake said.

"Yeah." Link said.

"Stupid?" Geno repeated. "But I have to see the wishes coming true!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Smithy arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 02, 2009, 02:07:52 PM
"For some reason, Ash gives breaks during trainings." Pikachu said.

"Do I look like I work all the day to you?" Ike asked. "I give my troops some free time."

"Even if there's always trouble in Hyrule, it's not bad to take a break and enjoy the time you have," Link said. "I used to go and train Colin with his marksman's skills for example."

"Be like me and be free." Sonic said with a wink.

"Er, he meant another thing than that." Ness said.

"Or it's like the breaks we have when we save the worlds, remember?" Chris asked.

"Pretty much just spend the time out with somebody when you have the opportunity," Mario said. "Fox here lost Krystal the other way."

A record scratched.

"Hey, that's not true. I thought about her safety first..." Fox shifted his eyes. "...Wait, I never told you about Krystal in the first place. Who else knows about my relationship with her?"

Everyone raised their hands.

Prinny raised his hand.

"You weren't even in the mansion!"

Prinny put down his hand.

"News spread fast." Marth said.

"But who started it?" Fox asked with a glare.

"CoughFalcocough." Mallow coughed.

"..." Fox shook his head. "Anyway... I have my own free time to relax a bit. Sometimes I help Slippy with his weird inventions."

"...W-why are you looking at me?" Lucas asked as Geno looked at him.

"Don't you have school?" Pichu asked.

"I-it's being constructed because Nowhere Island was reborn...and..." Lucas remembered something important. "...I need to start gathering my things..."

"..." Geno looked down.

"So, Geno, do you understand?" Peach asked. "...Oh, I forgot. I like to pace around the gardens of my castle after I'm done with the requests of the kingdom."

"You get kidnapped easier that way..." Jigglypuff muttered.

"..." Peach blinked as she found out a revelation. "...Oh my..."

"A-anyway, do you understand?" Twink asked.

"...Hahaha..." Geno chuckled. "...So that was it...loose myself up a bit..."

"Yeah!" Sonic said enthusiastically. "Now, if you guys excuse me, I've gotta run away to the mansi-"

As Sonic was already speeding his way north, Geno stick his leg out and made Sonic trip all the way to a wall.

Everyone looked at Geno.

"...Well..." Geno smiled and little and folded his arms behind. "...Thank you, everyone."

"So no worries then?" Pikachu asked.

"...I'm already excited," Geno said as he looked at them. "I can't wait to start this new way to enjoy my time."

"With me?" Twink asked.

"Well...of course," Geno said with a nod. "I've learned something very important after all this happened after all... I don't think I can thank you enough but..." Geno smiled. "...T-"

"Wait," Mario interrupted. "Shouldn't you say that once we get back to the mansion?"

Either Geno tried to calm down his inner fury from being interrupted like that time with Master Hand...

...Or he chuckled heartily.

"Of course. I would sound rude if I did it right here, right?" Geno asked with a chuckle. "Okay, let's go back to the mansion."

"Finally!" yelled Sonic from the wall.

Kirby and Mallow hugged the doll at the same time and Geno laughed for a bit. "You guys are so awesome."

"I never heard you saying awesome before." Mario said.

"He's starting to understand the meaning now. I'm glad." Marth said with a chuckle.

"Dood, I just like these moments so much..." Prinny cleared his beak with a napkin.

"Wait, how did you get here?" Chris asked.

"Long story, dood."

"...Maybe I should take you back with Etna."

"(Oh no, they already hate me...)" Prinny thought. "Er...well...she needs me, I think... Fine, take me with her, dood."

"If you don't want to go with her..." Chris said unsure.

"...It's fine. I better receive my punishment sooner or later, dood. That's the life of your average Prinny, dood."

"I'll miss you..." Peach said as she hugged him.

Prinny blushed. "F-fear not, Mistress Peach! I will return someday, dood!"

"This guy is unbeliavable..." Ness muttered.

"Agreed," said Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff and Kirby.

And so, they started their back to the mansion, where Geno, Twink and Mallow would leave the group forever.

The doll looked back at the ruined city and thought that it was his fault that this happened. He looked down in shame, but Mario put a hand on his shoulder and nodded.

"It's everyone's fault, Geno," Mario said. "Let's get out of this together."

Geno looked at Mario's hand and smiled a little. "Thank you, Mario."

The fog of the city became hazier as they disappeared into the north...

Smash Mansion
Outside

Music stops

Once they got out from the city, they noticed that there wasn't raining anymore, but it was still raining in the city for some reason. It was almost sunny outside the city as well.

"Why is it raining only in the city and not outside?" Jigglypuff asked.

"You guys!" Parakarry came from the post office from nearby. "Looks like you..."

"...It's alright." Mario said.

"Oh, sure. The city got demolished and it's alright. Your optimistic attitude helps me," Parakarry said sarcastically. "Look, your attitude won't change the fact that this city got destroyed! I mean, what happened?"

They explained everything to him.

"...Oh, that sucks," Parakarry said. "That should have been very sudden... Well, I hope you can find a way to repair it."

"We're not rich." Pikachu said.

"Oh...then I should start moving."

"W-wait, maybe there's a way to repair the city!" Chris interrupted.

Everyone looked at him.

"Oh, right. We could use all the money you have." Lucario said.

"...Don't make me hit you."

Lucario gulped.

"Wow! You guys can repair it?" Parakarry asked.

"W-" Kirby was interrupted.

"I'm going to wait until that day comes! We need our old but awesome post office back on its feet!" Parakarry flapped his wings faster. "See you later! Oh, by the way, the guys back at the mansion fought an army. You should see what happened. Bye!"

The Paratroopa left in a hurry as he left a trail of dust in the air.

"He didn't even let us say anything else..." Mario said.

"I blame your optimistic attitude." Sonic said.

After they resumed their walk towards the big hill, Jigglypuff stopped.

"So why is it raining in the city and not outside?" she asked.

Nobody was able to come up with answer for her dismay.

After they walked above the hill...

"..."

Was it them, or did the terrain outside the mansion looked like a tornado came from nowhere?

"Is it me, or does the terrain outside the mansion looks like a tornado came from nowhere?" Mallow asked.

"Well..." Kirby sweatdropped. "I doubt there were meteors here..."

The meteors suddenly disappeared out of magic.

"...These meteors were made of magic," Chris said. "I know that very well..."

"Wait, whatever happened to everyone?" Marth asked.

Just as he said that, every single Smasher inside the mansion (not counting Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, DK and Diddy) came out from the mansion and saw them approaching.

"Hey there." C. Falcon said.

"Why are you all out?" Pikachu asked.

"We don't want Geno, Mallow, and Twink involved in this so please, don't ask again..." Luigi shuddered.

"What are you talking about?" Mario asked.

"Look, let's just talk about everything here already." Yoshi said.

The others made confused looks at this sudden event that they explained everything to everyone.

"...So we ended up in defeat..." Meta Knight said. "A real shame it is."

"No bar then?" C. Falcon asked.

Toon Link rolled his eyes. "Why don't you call the Star Spirits here?"

"I think you should as well, Chris," Geno said. "Let's end this."

"...Right," Chris said as he joined his hands...

Paper Mario - Star Spirits

One by one, each Star Spirit appeared in the air and looked at all the Smashers as Geno and Twink walked to them and looked up.

"..." Eldstar closed his eyes. "It seems you have failed in saving the city."

"We know that very well," Mallow said. "A really bad shame, isn't?"

"It couldn't be helped, I guess," Muskular said. "You did all your best but it wasn't enough."

"Let's not mourn about our loss, okay?" Klevar suggested. "We should be thinking about the positive things of this outcome."

"Right," Mamar said. "Although the city was destroyed, the Star Road was successfully repaired."

"And wishes are starting to come back through the path to Star Haven," Kalmar said. "Our work has once again been saved by your efforts."

"We're so happy that the people are still wishing for good things," Skolar said. "All of you as well."

"Since Smithy and his gang are gone forever, we can live in peace high above the stars without the wishes being bothered and stopped," Misstar said. "All the stars also came back and returned to make wishes come true."

"That means Geno and Twink need to go back to Star Haven and resume their work," Eldstar said. "Geno, Twink, are you done with them?"

"...Not yet," Geno and Twink said in unison.

"Is that so? Well, if you have something else to say before we go back, then do it quickly because wishes are practically coming from everywhere as they used to."

"I'll make it fast," Geno said with a nod as he turned to the Smashers. "I believe I speak for Eldstar, Mamar, Skolar, Muskular, Misstar, Klevar, Kalmar..." Geno stopped as he looked at Twink, who chuckled and smiled. "...And Twink that...we're so grateful for all your help."

"I did all the work after all." Sonic said.

"Can we kill Sonic after this?" Falco asked.

Mostly everyone nodded and Sonic got a shocked look.

"..." Geno chuckled. "I'm going to miss everything we went through and our stance in the mansion... Say, where is Master Hand?"

"He is..." Olimar thought for a moment. "...Very busy with someone..."

"...I knew that hand was heartless."

"I'm not!" Master Hand yelled from the mansion. "See you later, Geno!"

"..." Geno couldn't find something to yell back at the hand. "...Anyway, thank you so much for everything you guys. This task would have been harder it if weren't for you."

Mario and Peach walked to him. "Good luck, Geno. I'm glad we were able to stay together for a time again," Peach said before she hugged him tightly. "I'm going to miss you..."

The princess got up and hugged Twink. "I-I'm going to miss you too, Peach..." Twink said with a sob.

"Thank you, Mario," Geno said as he shook hands with Mario. "I felt right at home when you came in."

"Do you really have to say that?" Mario asked.

"Of course," Geno said with a nod. "I'm more comfortable with the people I know from a long time."

Chris and Lucario walked to him before the World Traveler knelt and hugged Geno. "You were a great person to meet because you weren't on the TV but in person."

Geno sweatdropped. "Y-yes. I thank you for having the trust of the Star Spirits."

"Do you have something to say to Lucario?"

Geno looked at the aura wielder. "...Your force was a big help?"

"..." Lucario looked away.

"...See? This is why I needed to spend time with everyone," Geno said with a chuckle. "Thank you, Lucario."

"...Yes." Lucario said with a nod.

The younger Smashers ran to Geno and each one hugged him tightly. "G-Geno..." Lucas sniffed.

"I'll try to come here someday. I won't forget anyone here at all." Geno said.

"..." Lucas smiled a little and hugged Geno one more time before stopping.

"I think I could have been acquainted more with you," Geno said to Fox, Snake and Samus. "You were more serious like me...though not overboard."

"Tsk..." Snake looked away.

"Don't mind him," Samus said. "He's going to miss you after you leave."

"Yeah, right..."

"Again, don't mind him."

"Good luck up there in the stars," Fox said as he shook hands with Geno. "Who knows, I could find you if I ever use my Arwing."

"You wish," Geno chuckled. "Thanks for your help though."

Yoshi walked to Geno and played a little with his fingers. "I...wish you could stay longer..."

"...At least you're trying to get interested as Rosalina said before." Geno said.

Yoshi looked at him and smiled a bit. "T-thank you for being here with us."

Geno nodded and shook hands with Yoshi before Luigi came in with a napkin. He was probably using it because he was sad that Geno and Twink were going to leave. "T-t-t-too bad I wasn't around with Mario a long time ago...b-b-because we could have known each other more."

"That's right... Where were you around that time?" Geno asked.

"In Dinosaur World..."

Geno looked miffed.

"...For vacation."

Yoshi, who overheard this, rolled his eyes.

"...Thank you anyway." Geno said before Luigi shook hands and gave him a quick hug before walking to Mario.

Geno looked at Mewtwo. "...I honestly don't have nothing to say to you. I'm sorry."

"Not need," Mewtwo said as he shook his head. "Maybe you taught me a lesson."

"Just maybe?"

"Possibly."

"Thank you," Geno said before he turned to Meta Knight. "What about you?"

"Hmph," Meta Knight began. "You were a descent fighter. I'm glad I was able to meet a being of the stars."

"I think that's all, right?"

"Pretty much."

Geno chuckled again before he turned to the Links and Zelda. "I'm not going to forget about 3 either."

"Good bye," Zelda said as she hugged him a little. "I'll wait for my wishes to come true someday."

"Good luck up there, okay?" Link said. "Without you I would never defeat Ganondorf."

"Or me," Toon Link said. "Keep working hard."

"I will," Geno said before he turned to Falco. "By the way, somebody named Kat wished to marry you."

Falco laughed and crossed his arms. "Ha! That's a good one there."

Geno raised a wooden eyebrow.

"...Is a joke, right?"

"...Totally." Geno shook hands with Falco before the doll turned to Wolf. "What about you? You were not that sociable either."

"..." Wolf looked away. "...Good luck, I guess."

"At least that's something," Geno said as he turned to C. Falcon. "No sick wishes, got that?"

"Hey!" C. Falcon glared down at him.

"It's a suggestion, for god's sake..." Geno said.

"...Fiiiine." C. Falcon shook hands with Geno. "Good luck."

"Likewise," Geno said before he looked at Olimar. "Will you wish about your family?"

Olimar looked surprised. "Y-yes, always."

"Well, those are pure wishes. I'll make them come true first."

"..." Olimar shook his hand shyly. "T-thank you."

"As for you 3..." Geno looked at Marth, Roy, and Ike. "You were great tacticians."

"It's in my blood," Roy said. "My father was not lazy."

"Sure," Marth said. "I don't think I have something more to say rather than good bye."

"Me too," Ike said with a nod. "But best of luck, my friend."

"...You seriously need to be more modern and less cheesy." Geno said.

"Hey!"

"It's just a joke." Geno laughed before he shook hands with the 3 swordsmen. "Pit, do you have something to say?"

"Will you become Palutena's wishes come true?" Pit asked.

"Her wishes are among the purest ones, so yes."

Pit smiled and shook hands with Geno. "Thank you."

"Like I don't hear those words too many times," Geno said with a chuckle. "Take good care of your brother..." Geno got closer to Nana. "Seriously," he whispered.

"Meh, I manage," Nana said. "He manages in some twisted way."

"So true," Popo said. "Just chill doooooown..."

"...See you later." Nana said with a hug.

"And lastly..." Geno walked to Sonic. "Your secret is safe with me."

"What secret?" everyone asked and Sonic glared at him.

"Nothing!" Geno yelled. "I think you taught me more than everyone here."

Sonic stopped glaring and grinned. "You think?"

"Yes. I'm going to avoid being like you."

"...Don't make me punch you." Sonic said with a smile.

"Rest assured," Geno said before he shook hands with the hedgehog and walked to Mallow. "Well, it seems this is it... You're done?"

"What about me, dood?" Prinny asked.

"...I'm glad I met you?" Geno said confused.

"...Meh, something is something, dood." Prinny said.

"So, are you done?" Geno asked to Mallow.

"Yeah," Mallow said. "I said my good byes."

"I didn't see you."

"Oh, look," Mallow began as he raised his hands with thumbs up and some of the Smashers did the same. "You see 'em? They're my gang. If you mess with me, you mess with 'em."

An arrow was shot to his cloudy head and Geno stared at it with Mallow.

"...Okay, I went too far with that, so?" Mallow asked before he took the arrow out and tossed it away.

Twink floated to Geno before somehow hugging Mallow. "I'm going to miss you, Mallow."

"Just don't turn like Geno and you'll be fine." Mallow said with a chuckle.

Geno rolled his eyes. "Sure..."

"Well," Eldstar began. "It seems you're done."

"Yes." Geno nodded.

"Also,' Eldstar turned to Chris. "Once we leave, you will be deprived from our powers forever."

Chris looked worried. "So I won't be able to call you again?"

"I'm afraid so," Eldstar said. "You were a big help because you're the World Traveler. We were honored to help you and the Smashers. It's a shame we were not able to lend someone else our powers rather than you."

"What about Mar-" Muskular was pushed back by Eldstar who didn't even look at him, probably becausehe found a contradiction.

"As I've said before..." Eldstar said somewhat annoyed at Muskular's fact. "It's a shame we were not able to lend someone else our powers rather than you."

"...Yeeees..."

"So we now deprive you from our powers."

Chris glowed quickly before stopping.

"How do you feel?" Klevar asked.

"...That was awfully so fast..." Chris said confused. "And I feel naked from the inside as well..."

"Then it worked." Kalmar said.

"...Oh, one last thing..." Geno turned to Lucas. "Since you were the one who foun this doll..."

"What doll?" Lucas asked.

Geno pointed at himself.

"Oh."

"Would you take care of it?" Geno asked. "I think you deserve to keep it as some sort of memento. Would you do it for me, Lucas?"

"Y-yes," Lucas said as he cleared his tears. "F-feel free to go anytime."

Geno smiled and hugged Lucas one last time before backing away to the Star Spirits with Twink and Mallow. "...Let's do this..." Geno muttered.

Super Mario RPG - Good Bye Geno/Seeing Dreams Through the Window of Stars

Then doll closed his eyes as a light from above shone on him (Wolf: Show off...) and it pulled him upwards above the ground. The Smashers saw as the doll started to shrink down to its original size while Geno (the little star) came out from the head and slowly floated towards the Star Spirits.

Lucas looked at the doll landing back on the ground and he picked it up before sniffing a little. "I-I'm going to miss you, Geno..."

"Don't worry," Geno said as he turned around. "I'm going to come back one of these days so keep that doll safe for me."

"Hey!" Mallow interrupted. "How am I going to go back to Nimbus Land?"

"Oh, that?" Muskular asked before a small floating blue ship appeared right next to him. "Use this to go back to your home. It'll take you all the way there and return back to us."

"Sweet!" Mallow said as he jumped inside the ship and looked down at the Smashers. "Well guys, it was an awesome experience, but I have to go back to my own kingdom and home. The maids are surely worried sick about me as my parents."

"Take care," Twink said as he shed a tear. "Visit us, okay?"

"You got that."

"It is time now," Eldstar said as the 3 looked at him. "We must part to Star Haven."

"Oh, by the way..." Geno interrupted. "...Can I have free hours of my schedule?"

"Really?" Mamar asked. "That's new coming from you. Why do you want to do that? I thought you loved your work."

"Because..." Geno looked at the Smashers before looking at her. "I also happen to like my friends and I'd want to spend the time out in the stars."

"I see," Eldstar said with a nod. "Very well. We shall give you your free hours."

"Thank you."

It was impossible to see Geno smile since he was glittering star, but he did smile.

"...Really, thank you so much."

"Okay okay, let's go back! Star Haven is getting flooded by wishes again!" Muskular said.

The ship that Mallow was on began to move upwards to the faraway clouds. "Aw, it's time now? Oh well. Hey, you guys! Better take care of the Subspace Army! Those guys really need a good beating in their butts! Too bad I won't do the kicking but deliver a good one to Bowser from my part! Anyway! Thank you for everything! Bye!" Mallow yelled as he disappeared in the sky with the ship as some of the Smashers waved at him.

The Star Spirits began to rise up to the sky. One by one, they spoke their last words to the Smashers.

"Be strong. Never surrender to your foes." Eldstar said as he went up.

"Always make bonds with anyone you meet. It's going to be easier if you keep making allies." Mamar said with a smile as she went up.

"Think carefully in every move of yours." Skolar said as he went up.

"Do cool stuff, enough said." Muskular said with a grin as he went up.

"Keep wishing every day, okay?" Misstar asked with a giggle as she went up.

"Good thing we met all of you. It was going to be a tough fight otherwise." Klevar said with a chuckle as he went up.

"I'm always seem to be the last one to speak. Well, I'm the seventh Star Spirit after all," Kalmar said with a chuckle. "Do take care well of yourselves."

"B-bye, everyone!" Twink yelled as he cried with a smile. "T-thank you for being so nice to us!"

"...Mario...Peach..." Geno trailed off. "...Good luck...and...thank you...for everything you've done to us...and me..."

Most of the Smashers waved at the stars disappearing into the sky before a blink of light shone in the sky for a moment.

Geno, Mallow, and Twink left your party (Sniff...)

Obtained Geno's Doll!
A memento of the star guardian of Star Haven. Keep it close so your wishes are not overlooked every day.


Music stops

"...So..." Yoshi began as they kept staring up to the sky. "...They're gone."

"We did all we could to help," Mario said. "It's all good."

Lucas walked to them with the doll on his arms. "I'm going to take good care of this doll until Geno comes back to visit us..." he said with a sniff. "...I'll be waiting."

"Now that they're gone..." Meta Knight began. "I believe you want an explanation about what happened here."

"Oh, right," Link said as he glanced at the terrain. "Did you guys manage to defeat the ambush?"

"Well, not exactly..." Zelda said. "...Someone else did it for us."

"Someone else?" Ike repeated in confusion.

"Well," Mewtwo began. "When you were away, someone else showed up from the mansion that demanded answers to some questions."

"We didn't want Geno or the others to get involved in this because they would be death otherwise..." Roy shrugged.

The Smashers turned at the doors. "So, who is this person you're talking about?" Pikachu asked.

"Go and open the doors..." Falco suggested.

They all walked to the doors and Link opened them...

Main Lobby

...And for some reason, the whole lobby looked burned. Not only that, Master Hand was unconscious on the floor as a person was sitting right above him with crossed legs, looking at a familiar book...

...Of Blastia.

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

"..." the person stopped reading the book and looked up. "...So, is anybody willing to explain what the hell is going on around here, or should I force the answers out of you?"

The Smashers looked confused at the sudden newcomer...

...Rita Mordio.

Outside

A shadow of a dog smoking a pipe seemed to look the mansion from the bushes nearby. The dog grunted a little bit before dashing his way away to the trees around the mansion...

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Rita: The VIOLENT Genius Mage of PAIN. I think we're facing the demon herself... Too bad I'm not there. Ha-ha!" Mallow laughed.

Do you want to save your game after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Prinny
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 04, 2009, 01:04:04 PM
Chapter 131: Rita: The VIOLENT Genius Mage of PAIN

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby (Burned)

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

"Well," Rita got off from the hand and put her hands on her hips. "I'm waiting."

"Wait just a minute," Marth interrupted. "Why should we tell you what happened here?"

"Because it's clear something has been around and I know that very well."

"And why are you interested?" Mario asked.

"Simple."

Estelle came from the hallway as she looked embarrassed. "I-I think she means that because of me..."

"That's right," Rita nodded. "If Estelle is here, then that means she is doing something here, am I right?"

"I tried to explain her the opposite she believes, I swear!" Estelle said.

"Enough," Rita said with closed eyes. "Just to remind you something. We're very unfamiliar to any of you for the fact that you have animals wearing clothes with you and weird creatures as well. I want EVERY single darn detail about you, this place." She pointed behind her. "And that humongous hand."

The Smashers looked at each other before looking at her.

"Again, why should we explain? Why don't you explain yourself?" Marth repeated.

"Or how did you get in here in the first place?" Roy asked.

Rita rolled eyes. "I hope this sets you an example because I don't like to sound rude," she said. "Fine. If you want to hear explanations from me, I'll better start so I have something as a backup contradiction."

Flashback

As Master Hand found Rita, the Genius Mage stared back at him and Estelle.

"...What in the world is a big hand like that doing here?" Rita asked as she raised an eyebrow. "And why are you here, Estelle?"

"E-erhm, hm, um..." Estelle looked down in embarrassment. "I-I came here to stay during a snowstorm."

"Wait, so you know her?" Master Hand asked.

"Oh, so you can speak," Rita said.

"That doesn't matter. Did you get in here because you wanted?"

"Well, duh. The snowstorm out there was freaking cold so I got in. I thought the owner was at least a good person. Speaking of the owner of this place, where is he or she?"

"You're seeing him right in front of you."

"..." Rita rolled her eyes. "Really, where is the owner?"

"R-Rita, he is the owner," Estelle said.

"..." Rita stared at Master Hand. "...Well, that's surprising."

"Okay, now that it's clear that I'm the owner, get out," Master Hand said.

"Why should I?" Rita asked with crossed arms. "Estelle can stay here but I can't? Why kind of treatment is that? Just because she's a princess doesn't mean she can have any benefits like I should."

"Look, I have had many unrequired guests these last days and I'm sick of that! You're going to be honored to be my first kicked out guest for today."

"What?" Rita glared at him. "You can't do that! You have an insane amount of rooms with beds and all that crap! You're such a greedy guy!"

"Greedy or not, that is the policy of the mansion," Master Hand said before looking at her. "Hey, give me that."

Rita pulled the Smart Bomb back. "Sorry. I found it so I'm keeping it."

"What?" Master Hand "glared" at her. "That's property of the mansion! You can't take it away from here! Think about the law suits Fox would put on me!"

"I don't care if a stupid animal can put a law suit on you for something that is not even yours!" Rita yelled back. "If this Blastia was touched by my hands, then it's clear it needs to be in a better place that this mole hole you call mansion!"

"Blastia? Mole hole? Okay, that is it. You're getting out now!" Master Hand yelled as he pointed at the exit.

"Never!" Rita yelled as she turned to the hallway and walked away. Estelle opened her mouth in preocupation as Master Hand went for the Genius Mage.

"You get back here!" Master Hand yelled.

Rita turned around. "Look! I'm staying here and you can't say anything, okay? If Estelle is staying, then I'm staying too!"

"You will have to leave now!"

"Ha! That's a good one!" Rita replied sarcastically before walking even faster.

Estelle ran between them. "P-please, no more!" she said as she opened her arms. "P-please, let her stay!"

Master Hand moved the princess away. "I'm sorry, but she's leaving today!"

"I am NOT leaving and that's that!" Rita yelled before he turned away from them.

Master Hand reached for her. "You will get ou-"

The moment he touched Rita's Blastia book was the start of pure hell...

Tales of Vesperia - Furnace of War

"I'm so gonna make you hurt!!!" Rita yelled as she slapped Master Hand's...hand away and called forth a rainbow aura that pushed the hand even further.

"W-what? How come you can use the Over Limit?" Master Hand asked.

However, Rita only cared to destroy her enemy...or just send him straight to hell.

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAIN!"

Master Hand saw a circle of darkness appearing from below that made 15 arrows of darkness rise up and point down at him. The hand yelled in a high pitched scream before floating away back to the lobby as the arrows struck the floor and shattered it.

"W-wait, please!" Estelle said in panic as the Genius Mage ran and passed her, making the princess run after them. "T-there's no need to display this unnecessary and violent behavior, Rita!"

Pun intended.

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, FLAME DRAGON!" Rita yelled.

The hand saw a long trail of flames with a dragon head appear out of nowhere and it chased him around the lobby before it crashed into a wall that Master Hand made it run to. The hand sighed in relief...

But that wasn't the end.

The Genius Mage made her way to the lobby and spotted the hand above the chandellier. "BLAH BLAH BLAH, GOLD CAT!"

A golden statue of a cat crashed down on the hand and brought the chandellier with him as well. Master Hand yelled in pain after the statue vanished in thin air. "W-wait, stop! You're going to destroy the lobby if you keep up with this!" Master Hand yelled.

"GOOD IDEA!"

"OH GOD!"

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, TIDAL WAVE!"

The whole floor became flooded by a huge whirlpool that brought everything around and shattered to bits. Master Hand was also taken around the whirlpool (that somehow turned the place dark except for them, the things, and the whirlpool) before it stopped.

Estelle managed to grab a vase. "P-please, Rita, stop!"

"Are you going to let me stay here or not?!" Rita demanded to the weakened hand.

"..." Master Hand tried to say something. "...N-no..."

A toon vein popped out from her forehead. "That is IT! I'm going to destroy the first floor because of your stupid regulations!"

"R-Rita!" Estelle yelled in panic.

"NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Master Hand pleaded.

At that moment, the windows shattered by some Shysters that got in from every side of the first floor. "Begin mission to destroy the man-" a Shyster said before he was interrupted.

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-BLAH BLAH BLAH, METEOR STOR-" she kept repeating.

The Shysters that were supposed to destroy the mansion got suddenly attacked by a swarm of meteors from the sky (that, as Rita ordered, began to hit EVERY SINGLE ROOM in the first floor) and everyone couldn't even scream because the meteors destroyed them before they could do so. Destruction, darnation, and total annihilation obliterated the whole army of Shysters and everything in and on the first floor with Master Hand included. Estelle wasn't even affected for the fact that she was on Rita's side as a friend and not enemy. Otherwise, Estelle would be as good as dead.

This attack (or frenzy) may as well be called Rita Doomsday...

"Huuuh..." Rita sighed as the Over Limit ended. Although since she hit a lot of things with her meteors, the Over Limit gauge was full as like it was never used. "That...should teach him..." she said with some pants as Master Hand's dead carcass laid down in front of her and coveniently on the center of the lobby with everything burned.

Music stops

Estelle (who hid behind the stairs) peered out and glanced around completely shocked. "R-Rita!" she yelled as she ran to Rita. "W-why would you do such a thing?"

"Estelle, this guy was being an ass-"

Take note she referred the animal.

"-ass to me and he deserved the right to die right now," Rita said.

"B-but..." Estelle stuttered in disbelief. "B-but you shouldn't have demolished the whole first floor! H-he probably worked hard to own a place like this!"

"He pretty much had it coming as I've said before," Rita said as she looked annoyed. "Anyway, I think he's dead so we're going to have to own this place for our own."

"W-what?" Estelle asked completely and utterly shocked. "But I think I can revive him!"

Rita looked at the hand. "To be honest, I think he's just in a coma."

Estelle couldn't believe the way Rita said those words without even caring.

And it was enough.

"...Hmph!" Estelle turned around angry.

"Oh, what now?" Rita asked.

"You're being such a meanie, Rita!"

"What?" Rita asked with a glare. "The meanie here wa-"

Estelle turned around and slapped Rita on her right cheek.

The readers outside gasped dramatically.

"..." Rita faced the side where Estelle made her look by the slap before turning to her with a normal look.

Estelle's eyes began to fill with tears. "Y-you don't know anything, Rita...I-if you could have been nice with him this wouldn't have happened at all..." Estelle said before she sat down on the steps of the stairs and embraced her knees. "You just make a rampage wherever you go and destroy anyone who "pisses" you off..."

"W-well, that's because that kind of people shouldn't talk like that about me!" Rita yelled back.

Estelle glared up at her. "But you don't need to kill them off! You're always mean!"

"Mean?!"

"Yes!" Estelle yelled back before she looked down. "We're not able to socialize with anyone because you see them with the bad eye and they won't even face us because they're afraid of you!"

"Good!" Rita yelled back. "That way nobody will say anything to me!"

"And me?!"

"What?"

"Me! Or the others! They always want to talk with somebody but since we're traveling together they back away from us and even me!"

"Look, Estell-"

"Shut up!"

Rita's eyes widened.

"I-I'm afraid to say that one of the reasons that I'm not able to enjoy in my adventures is that YOU keep getting furious to anyone we come across! Sure, it's good when you use that attitude against our enemies, but not the innocent people! Don't you have common sense?!"

'I-I-"

"Now look!" Estelle yelled. "This place was going to go down and burn to ashes because of you!"

"What's all this yellin' and destructio-" Raven stopped from coming down the stairs and quickly hid in the hallway as his heart raced faster.

"Raven probably doesn't want to hear from you again!"

"(Well, that's kinda true...)" Raven thought.

"But that old man is annoying!" Rita yelled.

"They're just accidents, for crying out loud!" Estelle yelled. "He wants to apologize but yet you decide to kill him off!"

"H-he's a freaking pervert!"

"You just were in his way! You're the one to blame!"

"What?!"

"You heard me! At least I know how to be a good person..." She started to sob. "N-not like you...not like you at all..."

"Es...telle..." Rita muttered.

The Genius Mage glanced around the lobby as Estelle kept sobbing. Vases were broken, pictures were burning, walls were burned, sofas were reduced to ashes, and the floor's matress was almost gone.

"..." Rita looked down. "...Damn myself and my attitude..."

"(Wait, is that a new change I hear?)" Raven thought surprised.

"...Estelle..." Rita tossed the Smart Bomb away (making it explode in the kitchen) and sat next to Estelle. "I-I'm...I'm sorry..."

"..." Estelle kept sobbing.

"I-I know I have anger issues...but you need to underst-"

"You need to understand!" Estelle yelled without turning to her.

"R-right, I'm the one who needs to understand..." Rita said ashamed. "To be honest...that's why nobody ever approached my house back at Aspio..."

Aspio is a city of mages that is hidden in the mountains, inside a cave due to their strong privacy. Many books and scholars are found in this city as Rita Mordio herself.

"They always said that Mordio was going to kill you if you ever got close to that house," Rita explained. "Or Mordio would send you straight to hell if you bothered him..."

Back at her home, some referred Rita as "him" because she was always seen wearing a hood and a robe whenever she went out to get more books of Blastia, preventing anyone from seeing her face.

"And they were right..." Estelle said between sobs.

"...Well...I think it's enough..." Rita said. "...I should start being more sociable and not a bastard, right?"

"..." Estelle stopped sobbing.

"I-I mean, when I need help when I'm about to fall off a cliff, who is going to pull me back if you or the others are not around?" Rita asked.

"..." Estelle looked at her.

"I...I'm..." Rita stuttered before she hugged Estelle. "...I'm going to try and change for the better..."

"R-Rita..." Estelle muttered before she hugged her. "P-please, do it soon..."

"I will..." Rita said as she shed a tear and patted Estelle. "...I will..."

"So Ristelle is a true pairing as Yuri said before?" Raven asked to himself.

In a skit during their travels, Yuri saw both Estelle and Rita flying together because Rita had a levitating magic and Estelle wanted to fly with her. Since Estelle and Rita were having fun together, Yuri came in to call them back and he combined both names just to make Rita mad while Estelle didn't get the meaning (probably because she was clueless of the outside world's culture due to her being in the castle all the time since she was born).

"What the..." Rita stopped hugging Estelle and looked up to the stairs. "Was that the old man's voice just now?!"

Raven froze for a moment before he carefully made his back up to his room.

"Estelle, is it just me or the old man is in here?" Rita asked.

"I-I don't know!" Estelle shook her head as she cleared her tears. "I-if I've ever found Raven, then I would have returned with you!"

"You know," Rita glanced up. "Maybe we're dealing with something here...and the old man may be somewhere nearby..."

Estelle looked at the KO'd hand. "Should I revive him now that you want to change your ways before they see him?"

As the princess walked to the hand, Rita stopped her by putting a hand on her shoulder. "Slow down there, Estelle. I think you just said something weird along those lines..."

"Oh, you mean the people living in here?" Estelle asked. "When I came here, I met some peculiar people who didn't even look human at all. Well, at least some were humans. They looked really...um...cool as they say?"

"What?" Rita asked confused. "Wait, what? You made friends with monsters?"

"N-no!" Estelle shook her head. "W-what makes you say that?"

Rita pointed at Master Hand.

"H-he's not a monster!"

"He wanted me OUT."

"You were being rude!"

Rita rolled her eyes. "Anyway. If there are people like that living in here, I want to meet them."

Estelle smiled, but then she looked worried. "W-wait, are you sure you're not going to give them hell as Raven says?"

"Depends."

"Rita!"

"I-it's a joke! (Phew, she's clever...)" Rita sighed and thought.

"S-so, are you going to clean up this mess?"

That question made Rita look shocked.

"W-what? W-why should I?"

"You made all of this, remember?"

"T-that hand made me do it! H-he should clean it up himself!"

"But you caused most of the destruction, so you should do it!"

"Y-you saw my house! Books are scattered around the floor! I don't remember the last time I cleaned it up!"

"You must not be serious!" Estelle said. "Either way, you're cleaning this!"

"No way!" Rita yelled before Estelle pulled out a broom out of nowhere. "H-hey, that's our Deck Brush!"

As ridiculous as this may sound, Deck Brush is a quite powerful weapon (enchanted with magic).

"So? It's a broom AND an useful weapon!" Estelle said in her defense.

"Wait, you're not going to force me, right?" Rita asked.

"What do you think?"

The Genius Mage started her way to the exit.

"Rita!" Estelle yelled angry as she went after Rita.

"Stay away!" Rita yelled as she opened the door to outside where it was raining quite hard. "I'm not going to..."

The Genius Mage stopped talking as she looked outside.

"Rita!" Estelle ran to her. "It's time for your to face your destruction for the good of the peopl-"

"Estelle, look!"

Estelle glared at Rita before looking outside. A shocked look replaced her glare. "W-what happened here?"

Outside

It was unclear to know or find the truth about the fainted bodies of all the Smashers laying all around outside in the mud and water. Both girls looked around and found only fainted people all around.

"M-my goodness, what happened to them?" Estelle asked in shock.

"Wait, are these guys the ones who live in here?" Rita asked as she pointed at a small person wearing a space helmet. "Not to sound rude, but they look totally weird..."

"H-hmm..." Estelle couldn't find something to talk back.

"Hey..." Rita stepped out from the door and walked around. "Say, what happened here?"

She stopped in front of a fainted wolf wearing clothes. "...This one looks shady."

Estelle walked to her. "W-well, he did scare me a little bit..."

"Hmm..." Rita glanced around more. "...Just what in the world happened in here?" she questioned before looking at Estelle. "Do you have a clu..."

She looked down where Estelle was rubbing the wolf's tail.

"Estelle!"

"What?!" Estelle responded before she stood up and blushed. "D-don't look at me. H-he has a very soft fur in his tail and I-I couldn't help it!"

"..." Rita looked bored at her. "Thank god I'm more of a tomboy than you..."

"So..." Estelle looked around. "I think I should revive all of them and find out what happened. Do you think I should, Rit..."

She looked down where Rita was rubbing the wolf's tail.

"Aah!" Rita stood up, coughed, blushed, and looked annoyed to Estelle as she raised her shoulders in embarrassment. "Y-you made my curiosity grow, so what?" she asked with a glare as she blushed. "(Though that fur was very soft...)"

"U-um..." Estelle raised her face and looked at Rita that way.

"Mwhaha-hahahahahahaha-ha-ha-ha-ha!" a voice laughed from somewhere.

Super Mario RPG - Here's Some Weapons

"Who is there?" Rita demanded.

The sounds of a sword stabbing the grounf were heard and both girls saw a shadow coming to them. They looked through the rain and found what should have been the most weirdest person in the world...

...A pogo-sword.

"Nehehehehehehe!" the pogo-sword laughed maniacally. "What are 2 dumb girls doing in the rain? It's bad to go out at this time of the night because I would stab your bodies all night long until dawn and...wait, oh yeah! I'll do that now!"

"...You know this...thing?" Rita asked.

"N-no..." Estelle said confused. "I-I would never have the opportunity to meet such a...thing..."

"Thing? How rude!" the pogo-sword said angrily. "Stupidly, stupid, stupid! I'm the most lethal enemy you have ever faced before, dumb girls!"

Rita's pupils shrunk to dots as she looked mad. "Oh, right, I'm scared about this guy who just says lies to innocent people like us. You're such the drama queen, you know."

"GRRRRRRR!" the pogo-sword grunted. "You know what? You so deserve to get stabbed by awesome me tonight! Are you prepared to feel my blade?!"

"Not to mention he's like the old man..." Rita said with a frown before her pupils grew back. "Those sick innuendos are so stupid and annoying like you."

"WHAT?!"

"R-Rita, should we really enrage it?" Estelle asked concerned.

"I'm not even half-scared about this thing," Rita said. "Heck, Karol scares me more."

"He does?"

"Well, no."

"STOP IT!" the pogo-sword yelled. "IF YOU WANT TO DIE, THEN LET ME STAB YOU THROUGH!"

"I hope not below," Rita said annoyed.

"YES! ...I-I mean, NO! RIGHT THROUGH YOUR FLAT CHESTS!"

Both girls seemed to get angry a little bit because Estelle pulled out her rapier and Rita prepared her book of magic.

"Estelle, let's fight this weirdo and send him to hell!" Rita yelled as she glared at the pogo-sword.

"I-I agree wholeheartily!" Estelle nodded with a serious face.

"Dumb girls, I have a name! My name i-"

End of flashback
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 05, 2009, 09:04:27 PM
Main Lobby

"And that's my story," Rita said as she waited for a response.

"...Pogo-sword?" Kirby said confused.

"Blab blah blah?" Pikachu said confused.

"Meteors?" Ike said confused.

"You stole a Smart Bomb and tossed it to the kitchen?" Fox asked.

"You touched my tail when I was fainted?" Wolf asked with a glare to both girls.

"What?" Rita asked with a bit of irritation. "That's the story as I saw it. Estelle knows it's the truth."

Estelle nodded in embarrassment. "T-that is the truth..."

"Well..." Rita looked at the Smashers. "...Gosh, Estelle. You pair up with the most weirdest people..."

"I-um," Estelle stuttered. "T-they're not hostile..."

"Okay, that aside," Rita said as she crossed her arms. "This may sound so sudden, but I have the right to stay in here."

"So you can blow up the mansion and US when you want?" Samus asked.

"Depends."

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"I-I mean, no..." She looked mad. "I'm just saying I have the right to live here as Estelle does. I won't blow up this place."

"But why can you live with us?" Ness asked. "You can't just barge in..."

"I did..." Estelle said embarrassed.

"Ha!" Rita laughed as she grinned, showed her teeth, moved up her face, and looked at them with a triumphant grin all at the same time. "I knew you were going to come up with something to kick me out, but I have a perfect excuse to stay here!"

"And that is?" Link asked.

"Remember the thing Estelle and I found?" Rita asked as she stopped grinning. "That thing was as much as dead. I think it gave all of you a hard time, right? We technically saved you from being rape-"

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"-Stabbed to death from it, correct?"

"In a way, she's right..." Zelda trailed off.

"But how in the heck did you 2 beat it?" Roy asked. "That pogo-sword was very hard to land a hit or a slash! We couldn't manage to hurt it a little!"

"You call that sword-thing hard? How strong are you?" Rita asked confused. "That thing was a total pushover."

"What?" Samus asked confused.

"It didn't take too long to defeat it. Heck, Estelle decided to attack it at close combat and not use healing spells as she does and she didn't have trouble with it."

"Care the explain?" Zelda asked.

"Fine, fine..."

Flashback

Outside

Tales of Vesperia - A Bet on this Bout

The pogo-sword stabbed furiously the mud as it advanced towards both girls.

"Estelle! Can you fight that thing at close combat?" Rita asked.

"Y-yes, I think I can!" Estelle said with a nod.

"Good. Try to distract him from interrupting my spells!"

"But why don't you use your Over Limit?"

Rita looked at the enemy and grinned a bit. "I don't wanna waste this with it. I want to see if it lives long enough to get to the worst part of my spells."

"H-here it comes!"

"STAB!" the pogo-sword yelled as it jumped high and descended down at a fast rate to Estelle. "MWHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"Yiah!" Estelle raised the shield of her right arm and managed to stop the stab from above.

"W-what?!" the pogo-sword said in shock. "H-how did you stop my stab attack with that small shield?!"

"Y-you mustn't underestimate the properties of my shield!" Estelle yelled. "I get the best equipment I can get to punish the evil in things like you!"

"Estelle! Stop saying dramatic things and keep it there!" Rita yelled before she unrolled a long scroll before moving it and dancing in the same place to create a sphere with a glyph using the long trail of the scroll. "O righteous will, let fall thy sword of lightning upon those who bear fault! ...Thunder Blade!"

A blade of electricity struck the pogo-sword down to the muddy ground before electrocuting it even more in great pain. "YEEEEEEEEEOWCH!" the pogo-sword yelled.

"Use a Magic Lens to see its status!" Rita yelled.

Estelle nodded and took out a rod with a blue eye-shaped top to see the pogo-sword's status through it. "Hmm... Rita! It's not very dangerous as I thought it would be! It's weakness is light!"

"Great. It's pretty much easy to tell for its dark aura." Rita prepared another spell as the pogo-sword got up and grunted angrily at her before stabbing its way to Rita. "Estelle!"

"Right on it!" Estelle said as light came from below her. "O divine spear, run my enemy through! ...Holy Lance!"

Several lances of light came from below the pogo-sword and they struck it at all sides. "OUCH!" the pogo-sword yelled.

Unfortunately for the weapon, Rita was ready for another spell. "O beating of the earth, sacrifice thy body to crush my enemies! ...Ground Dasher!"

A light came across the mud before several stalagmites sprouted out from below the pogo-sword and raised several chunks of the earth with a divine energy that damaged it greatly.

"W-why you..." the pogo-sword said as it panted and glared at them in utter fury. "THAT'S IT!" it yelled before the Shadow Bugs gave more power to it. "DIEY, DIE, DIE!"

"It's not making sense with its speech now..." Estelle muttered. "A-and I don't think it's going to be easier to defeat it either..."

"Okay then," Rita said before she glared at the upcoming weapon. "I think it's time to give it real hell..."

"Uh-oh..."

"YOU DIE, PESKY IDIOT GIRL!" the pogo-sword yelled loudly as it advanced at Rita with utter fury and irritation.

The moment it leaped to Rita...

"I'm so gonna make you hurt!" Rita said as she spun one time, calling forth a force that pushed the weapon away as a rainbow aura covered her. "I'm going to give you true HELL this time..."

"And there she goes," Estelle said.

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAIN!"

Arrows of darkness came from below the pogo-sword and they pinned it down with great force.

And Rita decided to use a Burst Arte.

Burst Artes are basically enhanced artes (attacks) that have stronger effects on enemies if the user (like the people who are like Rita or Estelle) can use the Over Limit.

"O resplendent mystery! Mystic Drive!"

A big ring of light was raised from below and it created a purple light that caused severe pain to the pogo-sword as it yelled loudly in pain.

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, TIDAL WAVE!"

A huge whirlpool pushed the pogo-sword around the field as it got dragged around in the mud.

However, Estelle decided to join in with her spells.

"O power that tries souls, shine! ...Photon!" Estelle yelled out to call forth a shiny light from within the pogo-sword that sprouted out and caused a great pain inside it.

It was time for another Burst Arte from Rita.

"O dancing water! Diffusional Drive!" Rita yelled out as she raised a hand to the rain.

"N-no, no, NO!" the pogo-sword shook in fear as a huge amount of water sprouted out from the mud and pushed it upwards to the rain. "I-I won't disappear like this! N-no way! I was told to stab the Smashers, not 2 broken dumb girls like you 2!"

"That is is now!" Rita yelled loudly as she concentrated a lot of energy in her final spell.

Her Mystic Arte.

"Now, Rita!" Estelle yelled as the pogo-sword came down.

The whole field turned empty with a blackish red as a background with the weapon and Rita, who moved her hands to the front. "O power that lies at the root of all creation," she said as she put her hands closer with closed eyes as she spun around 1 time and spread 4 spheres of earth, water, fire, and wind across. "O memory inscribed in ages past!" she yelled as the spheres of elements began to shine brighter. "Hear my call and arise before me!" she called out before she opened her eyes. "Ancient Catastrophe!"

The 4 spheres suddenly shone brightly before firing themselves at the center where Rita was to create a massive explosion of element across the empty void where they were in.

"W-wait!" the pogo-sword said before it was engulfed by the massive explosion. "AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Music stops

As the field got engulfed in a bright light, it returned to normal as the rain fell around. The pogo-sword laid down on the mud as it sobbed in pain. Estelle put her rapier away and sighed in relief. "C-come to think of it, I didn't use my rapier at all..." she said embarrassed.

"This is the fruit of my research," Rita said as she adjusted her goggles and sighed after her aura vanished.

Both girls walked closer to the weapon and they looked down at it. The pogo-sword trembled in fear as its eyes' pupils shrunk with fear. "U-u-u-u-u-uuh-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHH!!! S-stay away from me! I-I-I beg of you!"

"You know," Rita glared at the pogo-sword. "I hate pushovers like you. I don't care and mind about you anymore from this moment and onwards."

'U-u-u-u-u-u-uhh..." the pogo-sword shook with fear.

"Also, you can go to hell now..." Rita narrowed her eyes as she put her hands on her hips. "...Matthew."

"N-NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Matthew yelled loudly in extreme pain as the Shadow Bugs left their wielder. Matthew's eyes rolled back before it vanished in a light and disappeared from the girls' sight.

Tales of Vesperia - Boss Victory Theme

Rita looked at Estelle, who seemed eager to do their pose. "...Alright," Rita said with a small smile as she raised her left hand. "Here we g-"

"Yay!" Estelle high-fived Rita with her left hand and a jump with a spin to stand right beside the Genius Mage.

Rita crossed her arms, closed her eyes, and nodded. "...Good job," she said.

Music stops

"Whew..." Estelle sighed. "We did it..."

"What, are you tired?" Rita asked as she rolled her eyes.

"Its blade came down a little bit too fast on my shield..." Estelle said.

"Well, the thing looked strong but it was just showing off... It was pretty annoying with its words as well. Wait, my Over Limit is not full. Estelle, give me the doll."

Estelle looked at her. "B-but it's Repede's favorite!"

"I don't care! Give me that doll! Besides, the dog loves to munch it when he wants to!"

Estelle sighed and pulled out a small doll that looked like Raven except that it had a weird expression on its face.

Repede can put dolls on his back in order to gain different artes. Every doll is modelled after Yuri, Estelle, Karol, Rita, Raven, and Judith.

The Genius Mage took the doll of the old man and started to hit it several times so she could build up her Over Limit. Estelle looked a little bit displeased for the usage on the doll.

Estelle looked around. "...What do we do now?"

The Genius Mage glanced at the downed Smashers as she kept pounding her right fist on the doll.

"Estelle, grab the shovel. We're going to give our good byes to thes-"

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"Okay. What do you want to do then?"

"Take them all inside?"

"Well, if you want to do that, you have to help me carry some of them together. Unfortunately, some of them are taller than us so it's going to take a while."

"I agree."

And so the 2 girls started to carry the bodies back into the mansion, one by one. For Rita's luckyness, her Over Limit was ready to use at anytime she wanted and kept the beaten up doll away.

Until everyone's favorite Ice Climber appeared out of nowhere.

"KYAH!" Rita stepped back and let Yoshi's head fall and hit the concrete of the first step of the entrance.

"You girls are so l33t!" Popo said as he ran in his feet. "I mean, you took that toy out with frickin' magic!"

"W-where in the hell did you appear?" Rita asked annoyed.

"I got kicked away by that toy's owner but that's all! I decided to go undercover and think about a strategy to own that guy and his sword, but then you came in and OWNED the snot out of the toy!"

The Genius Mage didn't understand a word he said.

"You know this kid?" Rita asked.

"I-I believe his name is Popo..." Estelle trailed off.

"Damn right it is!" Popo said. "So, want me to give you some help?"

"Er..." Rita looked unsure at the hyperactive Ice Climber.

"C'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mon c'mo-"

Albeit to say, this "little" question mad the Genius Mage that she chanted another spell.

"O countless particles that wander the heavens, rain down and glorify the
land... Meteor Storm!
"

The clouds were blown apart as several meteors rained down on the field. The Ice Climber looked up at the bright light...

And smiled.

"Look! Shooting stars!" Popo said happily before one crushed him and disappeared revealing his dead carcass.

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"He was getting on my nerves, Estelle!" Rita yelled before Estelle sighed disappointed.

End of flashback

Main Lobby

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

Nana looked annoyed at her brother.

"It was weak?" Samus asked.

"I remember that thing was stupidly strong," Wolf said. "I wasn't able to slash that thing with my claws or kick it away."

"Of course it was weak," Rita said. "It was annoying as it was weak. We've faced worse before and this was not hard at all."

It was shocking that Rita and Estelle were even stronger than the Smashers themselves. Why would both be so strong? Were the Smashers lazy?

Many of them looked worried for a second.

"When we woke up, she was already bossing us around," Yoshi said.

"Because you looked hostile to me," Rita said with a sigh. "Some of you look very evil to me."

"It's not our fault he looks evil," Falco said as he looked at Wolf.

"Mind your own business, parrot," Wolf said with a glare.

"Anyways," Rita closed her eyes. "That thing is dead, you're safe because of us, everything is at least normal, and everyone is happy."

"You almost wrecked the first floor with your meteors!" Sonic said.

"But I didn't in the end, right?"

"Well, you didn't."

"Good enough!" Rita smiled happily. "I hope we make good friends with each other from now on. I wouldn't mind to search for that dog no-"

"Do you think we're going to give you access to the mansion with that attitude?" Nana asked.

"Okay, you guys should have been deaf and blind the entire time," Rita said with a mad look. "I SAVED you from that pervertic sword-thing."

"Bring them back from the abyss of death! ...Resurrection!"

Rita's eyes looked bored as Estelle revived the hand without previous advice.

As a light touched the hand, he started to move up and floated as he shook a little.

"...YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Master Hand yelled at the Genius Mage that he quickly hid in the hallway. "E-everyone, get rid of her!"

"Oh, come on!" Rita yelled. "I'm not going to murder you!"

"I-I'm not going to fall for that!"

Chris decided to break in. "I-it's okay now!"

"..." Master Hand peered from the hallway.

"Boo," Rita said.

The hand disappeared and some of the Smashers chuckled.

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"When are you going to stop me from...oh, forget about it," Rita said with a sigh. "Okay, we're clear I have a right to live and stay here?"

"O-only until we find Repede," Estelle said. "We're just looking for him before we return with Yuri and the others at Dahngrest."

"Actually, Yuri, Karol, and the dragon freak left shortly after you left. You were away for a long time and they left one by one before I decided to come here and look for you," Rita explained.

Rita refers Judith as "dragon freak" for the fact that Judith rides a dragon friend called Ba'ul that she has raised for her entire life. Since this nickname sounds offensive, Rita hated Judith for destroying Blastia without explaining.

"A-are you sure?" Estelle asked. "Oh, I'm so sorry! I didn't know I made you all worried for my welfare!"

"Estelle, I think we should stop talking between ourselves now," Rita muttered as she looked at the Smashers. "Those guys could be plotting to murder me at the most unexpected moment."

"W-why just you?"

"A hunch," Rita said as she rolled her eyes.

"W-w-w-well..." Master Hand stuttered as he came back. "Y-y-y-y-you can stay here as long as you want."

"Perfect!" Rita said with a triumphant grin. "Estelle, let's go. We should get our rooms closer so we can talk about the dog's whereabouts."

The Genius Mage turned to the stairs and hummed happily as she went away.

The princess watched her getting away before looking at the Smashers with an embarrassing look. "I-I'm so sorry for everything!" she apologized before she ran to the Genius Mage.

The Smashers looked at each other before looking at the hand.

"P-phew, she's gone..." Master Hand sighed in relief. "Let me get my composure back."

The hand turned.

Then he turned back to them.

"There," he said.

"Is it alright for her to stay here?" Pikachu asked.

"You heard her," Master Hand said.

"You're pretty much scared to death by the mention of her name, right?" Mewtwo asked.

"..."

"Thought so," Mewtwo said. "Though what she said about her strength was true. I can feel a very strong magic coming out from both of them."

"Wait," Jigglypuff interrupted. "Are you saying we're weak?"

"How is that even possible?" Pit asked. "We've defeated many before without that much of a problem."

"Except Culex..." Chris trailed off.

"Who?" Master Hand asked.

After a long explanation...

"Well, Geno and the others left, right?" Master Hand asked.

"Yes. But how did you say good bye when you were fainted?" Kirby asked.

"I woke up for a moment but fainted after I found Rita sitting on top of me..." the hand said and sniffed. "I-I had the demon waiting for my awakening just to be killed right after... It was a matter of life and death..."

"You do remember the city got destroyed, right?" Sonic asked.

"...No, no no no no no no no no no no no no..." Master Hand muttered before he went outside.

Outside

The hand got out in a hurry and floated high up to see the clouds above the ruined the city. Master Hand backed away in the air before he screamed loudly in utter horror.

"NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO-HO-HO-HO-HOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" he screamed.

Main Lobby

The Smashers (most of them who were sitting on the almost burned sofas) heard the scream of agony echoing through the mansion before the hand came back and coughed.

"W-well, this is sure a shocking result..." Master Hand said. "Economy is pretty much dead in that city."

Some of them eyed him at his sudden change of attitude from agonized to normal mood.

"Can you repair the city?" Pichu asked.

"You wish! I can only repair much smaller things like rooms or the like!"

"Wait, Ness has a crazy amount of money in his ATM card. Ness, do you think you can use it all?" Pikachu asked.

Ness simply looked at him.

"...So?"

"My dad told me to spend my money wisely."

"So?"

"He would hate me if I spend it to rebuild a city. I know it's a good thing, but he would feel bad."

"Are you daddy's boy or what?" Pikachu asked with a glare.

"I am," Ness responded.

"..."

"What? Is it bad to listen to my dad? I like him!"

"...Uuuuuuh..." Pikachu sighed.

"What about Peach?" Luigi asked.

"I don't think I have enough servants to reapir the city," Peach said disappointed.

"And Hyrule doesn't have that passionate workers either," Zelda explained.

"And if we rebuild the city by ourselves?" Kirby asked.

"..." Nobody spoke.

"...Let's just wait until something comes up, okay? (Although it's very unlikely...)" Master Hand suggested and thought. "And you guys should have been stronger," Master Hand also said.

"Hello?" Sonic got up. "That's what we were trying to say to you!"

"So should I hit the GYM?" C. Falcon asked.

"No, I didn't mean that!" Master Hand said. "I meant...well...you guys will have to wait until tomorrow." The hand seemed to move away before he looked at his CD-breaker guy. "...What in the world is this bastard doing in here..."

"Dood?" Prinny said confused.

"I thought Etna took all of them away! I can't let this guy walk around the mansion on my watch!"

Prinny took Rita's example and decided to stand up for his fight to stay in the mansion.

Prinny glared at the hand. "Okay, dood. I won't let you boss me around! Only Lord Etna can, dood!"

The Smashers watched as Prinny jumped off from the sofa and stood in a fighting stance (which was hard to picture).

"Why isn't anybody doing nothing?" Pichu asked.

"We want to take this unnecesary little time to think again about this whole crap," Snake said. "Let the f(beep)r get toasted by the hand."

"I-I believe in you!" Peach cheered, making Lucario roll his eyes.

"Die, dood!" Prinny yelled as he...danced with a pink spotlight shining down on him.

Master Hand looked above and 4 frying pans fell on him.

"Did that do it, dood?" Prinny asked.

"...You. Out. Now," Master Hand threatened.

"..." Prinny sweated before he took out 2 long machetes. "A-aah!"

"..." Master Hand looked at him.

Pit frowned as he walked outside. "I'm going to be outside if anyone wants to talk to me..." he said before he closed the doors.

Chris followed right soon after and Lucario decided to follow him in order to make him go to the valley as soon as possible.

"N-now you all know my evil side, dood!" Prinny said in panic.

"We didn't know that you had an evil side until you just told us," Ness said bored.

Master Hand simply made a fist and pounded the Prinny 1 time like a swat. "There," Master Hand said.

"D-dood..." Prinny said weakly as Peach got up and went to him.

"Call Chris so he guides the bastard to Etna," Master Hand said. "Everyone, I think you should all rest for the day. I'll call you until the next advice."

The hand disappeared in a blink and the Smashers decided to go to their rooms while Peach seemed to be sad for her Prinny friend...before she decided to clean up the mess all by herself before the Prinny woke up and decided to help her.

Too bad it was going to take a while.

Outside

"Oh, you came out to talk to me?" Pit asked.

"Just because the Prinny was boring me out...or just because I didn't know what to do."

The angel wanted to change the topic. "Why did this have to happen?" Pit asked. "The city is destroyed because we failed, right?"

"We couldn't do anything about Culex at all..." Chris said disappointed.

"Let's not bring up that event again, please," Lucario suggested. "Chris, I came here to ask you to open the way to my home."

"Is he going away?" Pit asked.

"Just for a time in order to enhance my aura," Lucario explained. "I couldn't use it at my full strength yesterday so I'm going to seek a "cure" for it if you understand what I mean."

"I think I can understand that ver..." Pit trailed off.

"Why'd you stop?" Chris asked.

Pit took out his dual blades. "Something is coming..."

Lucario glared at his sides. "I sense someone coming as well..."

"..." Chris looked annoyed. "Hey, since when Pit can sense someone?"

"Because I DO hear and listen," Pit said.

"Hey!"

"Shh!" Pit whispered.

Chris frowned before he looked around.

The trio remained silent for a moment in order to find a sound or anything to spot the person coming to them.

The bushes nearby moved.

"Show yourself!" Pit yelled as he quickly turned his blades into a bow and fired a fast arrow at the bushes.

"Grrrrr!" a voice grunted angrily as a fast blur jumped out from the bushes and dodged the arrow in time. The blur came out and it seemed to stand in an stance full of awaryness against the trio.

However, they stopped their positions and stood normally.

"...Wait," Pit began. "...Why is...well..."

"..." Chris got a thinking position. "...A dog?"

The blur revealed to be a dog wearing several chains across the neck with a smoking pipe on its mouth and a scar closing its left eye. The dog itself had blue and white fur and it also had a weird shaped tail that had half the lenght of its body. The dog also wore a small brown seat on its back.

"I don't think its hostile..." Pit said as the dog stared at them.

The dog stopped showing its fangs...and it walked to them before sitting down.

"Grrrr..." Lucario grunted down at the dog.

"Lucario!" Chris yelled.

"S-sorry..."

"..." Pit knelt and approached a hand to it. "Are you lost? You seem to have an owner, do you?"

The dog simply looked at Pit's hand before it tried to bite it quickly. The angel managed to pull back his hand in time as the dog grunted and showed its fangs at him.

"Why do you want to bite my hand?" Pit asked angrily.

"I don't know," Chris said sarcastically. "Who wanted to hurt him with a pointy arrow?"

"Oops..."

"Here, let me try," Chris said as he knelt down and approached a hand to the dog's head.

"Chris, look out!" Lucario yelled.

The hand was able to get on the dog's head and the dog itself stared at Chris. "...Hmmmmmmmmm..." the dog hmm'd.

"Aw, you're so cute..." Chris said as he started to rub its head with care.

Lucario was getting impacient...and jealous.

"You look jealous," Pit teased a little.

"Grrrrrrrrrrr," Lucario grunted at the angel.

The dog pushed Chris's hand down with its snout and it licked the hand's back. The World Traveler chuckled happily as the dog licked his hand with care.

"H-hey, stop it. Y-you're making me laugh..." Chris said as he chuckled.

"Woof woof!" the dog barked.

"...Wait a minute..." Chris tried to recall something. "I think I know this dog somewhere..."

"Wait," Pit began. "Didn't Raven, Rita, and Estelle said something about a dog called Repede?"

"Woof woof, woof!" the dog barked.

"Did it said yes?" Pit asked.

The dog whined.

"..." Chris took out the photo that Raven gave him and tried to match it with the dog. "...This dog is..."

"..." Pit looked at the photo. "...This dog is Repede."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 06, 2009, 03:29:52 PM
"Woof woof woof! Woof woof, woof!" Repede barked in agreement.

"...Wait, Lucario, can you read his mind?" Chris asked.

"Why?" Lucario asked.

Chris stared at him.

"Ugh..." Lucario frowned and read Repede's mind. "...Yes, he is Repede. He says he's glad to have found someone who knows about Raven and the others."

"Woof woof woof!" Repede seemed to be understanding.

"He says he wants to see them as soon as possible."

"So if we show him to Rita, she's going to have to leave the mansion, right?" Pit asked.

"I don't mind her," Chris said.

"B-but did you see how she left the terrain out here?"

The 4 looked at the destroyed landscape in front of the mansion.

Repede whined and seemed to sigh as well.

"He says he can't believe Rita did all of this destruction in front of the mansion," Lucario explained. "But he says it's expected from her if someone said something to her that made her angry."

"...So he knows them," Pit said.

Repede nodded.

Chris chuckled. "You know, I'm so impressed that he can understand us. I haven't met a dog like this in all my life."

"And Lucario is not one?" Pit asked.

Lucario glared at him.

"You lick him."

Lucario blinked embarrassed.

"Anyway," Chris looked at the 2. "We should show him to Rita and Estelle."

"Woof woof woof!" Repede barked a little bit high-pitched.

"He says he wants to," Lucario said.

"Okay, let's go back," Pit said.

The 4 decided to go inside the mansion. However, Lucario felt uneasy about Repede impressing Chris just because he was well trained. Fortunately, this was not going to last for too long...

"Look! He's walking close to me!" Chris said as Repede seemed to lean his head to his leg.

"Because Pit is on the other side," Lucario explained.

"No, I don't think so," Chris said. "Look at his expression."

Lucario looked at Repede...and sure enough, he was smiling with a happy expression.

"..." Lucario glared at the dog.

Did Repede just chuckle to himself?

"Grrrr!"

"Lucario!" Chris yelled. "What is wrong with you today?"

Lucario snapped out from his glare. "N-nothing," he said quickly.

"...You better."

Main Lobby

As the 4 got in, Estelle walked from the hallway and spotted the dog. "Oh, Repede! Thank goodness you're okay!" she said happily as she ran to the dog.

Repede walked away from her.

"H-hey! Don't do this to me again!" Estelle yelled as she tried to hug the dog.

Repede kept getting away from her like he didn't care.

"W-why he doesn't like me?" Estelle asked confused as she prevented to shed a tear.

It is unclear why Repede gets away from Estelle. She has been trying to like him to the point to be serious about it.

"Oh yes, we found him," Pit said. "He came out from the bushes outside."

"He did?" Estelle asked. "So he did go away..." she trailed off as she looked at the dog walking back to the trio.

And to Chris.

"Huh?" Estelle tilted her head. "Weird, he's leaning your head to your leg..."

"Why is it weird?" Chris asked as Lucario stared at Repede.

"Repede doesn't get along well with any other people save for Yuri and Judith. ...I think he likes you for some reason. (B-but it's completely unfair! He likes him but not me?!)" Estelle explained and thought sadly.

It was not long before Master Hand came from upstairs. "Okay, it's time to get this floor back like it was before," he said before he snapped his fingers.

The whole floor shone brightly before everything on it got instantly repaired in a blink of an eye.

"Done," he said.

"...Hey, you could do this when they destroyed the kitchen that time?" Chris asked.

"I...er..." Master Hand trailed off. "U-um..."

Chris glared at him.

"...Hey!" Master Hand spotted Repede. "Okay, who brought the dog in? I thought I said I wouldn't let anyone else inside here! Dogs aren't allowed to roam in this place!"

Lucario seemed to smile a little.

"Except Lucario who is a dog!"

Lucario's smile disappeared and he glared at the hand.

"I-I'm sorry," Estelle said with a polite bow. "They found Repede and we were trying to find him."

"So does that mean Rita can get away from here?"

"A-apparently so..."

"...RITA!" Master Hand yelled and went after the Genius Mage.

The Smashers, Estelle, and Repede heard both of them from another floor.

"W-what the-what are you doing?! P-put me down!" Rita yelled.

"Never!" Master Hand yelled.

Master Hand came back and put Rita back on the floor. The Genius Mage looked mad at him. "Okay, do you want me to kill you right now?"

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"It's the 7th time you stop me in a row now!" Rita yelled before she looked down at Repede. "...The dog!"

"That's right," Master Hand said. "You can leave the mansion now." He moved around. "Ha-ha, you can get out, and leave me alo-ne, ha-ha."

"Just wait a minute there," Rita said.

"You can't stay here any longer," Master Hand said with a chuckle. "What don't you understand?"

"Sorry, but we have to stay here a little bit longer."

A record scratched.

"...WHAT?!" Master Hand asked in disbelief. "Why?! Why can't I get rid o-I mean, why?!"

"Because I've got word that Yuri, Karol, and Judith were here."

"Who?" the hand asked.

"She means our friends," Estelle said. "Some of you kindly told us...sort of."

"Who?" the hand asked again.

Toon Link came in and whistled innocently.

"You little rascal," Master Hand muttered. "What did you tell them?"

Toon Link looked freaked out. "I-I'm sorry! I-I was walking right next to their rooms when I was wondering about that Karol guy!"

C. Falcon peered from the hallway. "And I was wondering about that sex-I mean, good-looking beauty out loud by accident!"

Lucas peered out from the other side. "A-and I was wondering about that Yuri person as well... S-sorry!"

"...Rita menaced them!" Estelle broke in as she pointed an accussing finger to Rita. "S-she managed to overhear them that she wanted to kill them right off if they didn't say anything!"

Rita sweated. "I-I didn't do such a thing!"

"You did!" the other 3 witnesses yelled.

"SHUT UP!" Master Hand yelled. "Either way, you 3 can get out of the mansion!"

"Never!" Rita yelled back. "Or do you want to provoke me again?"

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"IT'S THE 8TH TIME YOU TRY TO STOP ME ALREADY!" Rita yelled furiously.

A big argument between Estelle, Rita, Master Hand, Toon Link, C. Falcon, and Lucas broke in as each other argued and argued for their good (and welfare). Rita would menace the hand by magic but the hand would yell back at her while Estelle tried to stop Rita from causing a repeat of the last incident as the other 3 Smashers argued between the 3.

Chris, Pit, Repede, and Lucario watched helplessly as the 6 argued back and forth.

Repede whined and laid down on the floor.

"I know..." Chris said as he knelt down and rubbed Repede's head. "This is the family I live with."

Lucario had an eye on the dog with utter rage, wanting to erupt out from himself.

However, it was clear that Master Hand was going to kick (or slap) the 3 out so Chris would stop his attention towards Repede. Lucario smiled at the thought.

Unfortunately, his fortune wasn't going to last that long because of a person that came from the hallway.

"Dood?" Prinny came in and looked at the 6. "Why are they arguing, dood?"

The 4 looked at Prinny.

Something about Prinny made Repede angry that he slowly showed his fangs.

"Well, they're arguing about Rita staying here at the mansion to wait for some of their friends," Pit said.

"Oh, I see, dood," Prinny said with a nod. "I think that hand is going to get the victory though."

Repede slowly got back on his feet and grunted.

"Dood, I want to stay here and see what kind of happenings...happen here, dood."

Repede's mouth seemed to be opening.

"And look!" Prinny looked at Repede. "That dog looks so coo-"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRR-RUAH!" Repede leaped at Prinny and started to bite him.

"AAAH, DOOD!" Prinny yelled in pain. "G-GET HIM OFF, GET HIM OFF, GET HIM OFF, DOOD! OH MY GOD, MY POUCH, DOOD!"

"R-Repede!" Chris yelled and ran to the 2. "W-what do I do to stop him?! U-um, Repede, u-um, b-bad dog!"

"Don't stay too close!" Pit yelled as he went to the 3.

Lucario watched both groups doing their things. Confused, he tried to think for the best action.

"AND NO! YOU CAN'T STAY HER-" Master Hand stopped yelling once he saw Repede biting the Prinny in a furious way. "Hey, what's happening?"

The 5 stopped arguing and they looked at the dog and penguin fighting against each other.

"Repede, no!" Estelle yelled as she tried to pull the dog away by the collar from the almost-dead Prinny. "C-come over here, boy!"

"GRRRRRRRRRRR, WOOF WOOF!" Repede barked angrily as he was pulled away by Estelle and Pit.

"M-my goddess, he wants to eat him alive!" Pit yelled as they tried to stop the dog from murdering the poor Prinny who ran behind Chris in fear.

"T-take me back to Etna, dood!" Prinny pleaded between sobs. "I-I don't wanna die, dood! I-I don't wanna stay here any longer, dood!" He hugged Chris in fear.

Chris sighed and hugged Prinny. "It's okay, it's okay now..." He rubbed his back. "You're alive and that's what matters to me..."

"D-dood..." Prinny cried a little.

"I-I'm going to take him back to Etna right now if you'll excuse me..." Chris said worried as he grabbed the Prinny's hand and lead him to the command room. "Don't worry, I'm going to tell her what happened and convince her to heal you."

"T-thank you, dood..." Prinny said before they left the lobby and everyone in there.

"..." Master Hand looked at Repede. "...Good dog!"

"What?" the 7 asked in unison.

"You gave that guy pure hell, good!" Master Hand said happy. "I'd never thought you would give such a proper punishment for breaking 258 CDs! They say dogs are man's best friend, and they were right after all!"

"But you're a hand," Rita pointed out. "And you're not his owner."

"Who cares?" Master Hand asked. "I never liked any dogs but this one, oh god, this one is the best one I've ever seen and met!"

"So what? That doesn't change anything."

"I'm going to let you 3 live and stay here longer for this priceless moment!"

"What?!" Pit, C. Falcon, Lucas, and Toon Link asked in shock.

Lucario's pupils shrunk in shock.

Rita blinked in confusion before a light bulb appeared on her head and made her grin. "Oh, so you're letting us stay here until we find our friends, correct?" Rita asked with a mischievous look on her eyes.

"Absolutely!" Master Hand said. "Without destroying anything though!"

"Hmm... Would you let me do my research with all your Blastia in the mansion?"

"Of course!"

"Yeah!" Rita nodded. "Then is this a deal?"

"Deal!" Master Hand shook Rita's right hand.

"I-I think you're being too generous..." Lucario commented.

The other 3 nodded and Rita glared at him.

"So what if I am?" Master Hand asked. "I hate Prinnys as much as Tabuu! Seeing this dog doing the unthinkable to one of them it's a priceless moment to watch and enjoy!"

"Seriously, you're being too generous over a ridiculous beating," Lucario said.

"Say that again and you're out of the mansion."

Lucario glared at the hand but he had to agree with a nod and a grunt of annoyance.

"I'm so sorry," Rita said in front of Lucario. "But you'll have to "tolerate" me a little longer, doggie."

"It's fine with you," Lucario said. "But..."

"You're a weirdo, you knew that?" Rita asked with a frown. "Okay, let me stay alone for a while and inspect every single Blastia in here."

The Genius Mage skipped away with happy hums as she left.

"I-I'm going to celebrate this moment with a cup of tea," Estelle said with a forced smile as she walked away to her room.

"And I'm going to use a tranquilizer dart to stop my brother from wrecking our room," Master Hand said as he left.

"..." Lucario glared at Repede. "You're not going to get away with this. Nobody here likes any of you 3 at all."

"U-um..." Lucas walked to Repede. "S-so who is this dog?"

Repede looked at Lucas and he licked his face several times.

"H-hey, stop it!" Lucas pleaded as he laughed.

"Hmm..." Toon Link walked to the dog and rubbed his back. "Heheh, this dog looks cool by the way he wears those chains around his neck..."

C. Falcon walked to them. "You know, I always wanted to have a tough-looking dog when I was little."

Lucario eyed the 3 as they got interested in Repede.

"Hey, dog," C. Falcon said as he took out a small cookie. "Catch it!"

He tossed the cookie to the air and Repede reacted fast and jumped straight to it to bite it down before landing back on the floor.

"Good boy!" C. Falcon said as he rubbed his head quickly.

"Hey, that looked so awesome!" Toon Link said in awe. "He jumped like 10-feet to the air!"

"Y-yes!" Lucas said with a nod. "He reminds me of Boney..."

"(You 3 can't BE serious...)" Lucario thought as he shook his head slowly.

Between all this event, Repede looked at Lucario and grinned a little to tick him off.

"Grrr..." Lucario grunted silently at the dog while the 3 rubbed some parts of his back.

Disgaea: Hour of Darkness

Laharl's Castle
Throne Room

"And that's the story of this Prinny," Chris explained.

"L-Lord Etna!" Prinny cried and hugged Etna's legs. "I-it's good to be back under your command, dood!"

Etna kept staring at Chris. "So that's it? You came back to return him here?"

"I thought you were going to miss one of them so I took him here," Chris responded.

Etna sighed. "Okay, okay, I get it. I'll keep this bastard from getting away from here."

"(Always being rude to them...) Just be sure to heal him. There are several dog's bites around him that need to be treated quickly."

"Yeah, yeah."

"...You're going to heal him, right?"

"I told you already!" Etna yelled angrily.

"Okay. I don't want to stay in here anymore because him would appear in any second..."

Etna chuckled. "Oh, by the way, he wants to murder any previous vassal if there's someone like you in the castle."

"...I knew it..." Chris muttered.

Suddenly, the big double doors of the throne room opened fast and the Overlord's son, Laharl, came in with his everyday glare. "ETNA! Where have you been all this time?! I've been waiting for you to get done with th preparations to strike that Lord Baal guy with those servants of yours!"

Lord Baal is supposedly a very strong demon that has been wandering the Netherworlds in order to challenge the strongest.

"..." Chris froze.

"...YOU!" Laharl yelled. "What the hell are you doing in my castle?! I told you to get away from my sight and yet you insist in barging in here?!"

"B-bye!" Chris yelled as he made the portal and entered inside before it vanished.

"Come back here!" Laharl yelled as he ran where Chris was. "Come back here, I say!"

"O-our prince is always as violent, right?" Prinny asked.

"Meh, you get used to him..." Etna said bored.

Prinny left your team

Smash Mansion

The afternoon went on...

Kitchen

"So," Master Hand said. "For your hard effort in saving the city, though it was ultimately destroyed and not saved as we planned, I arranged this special feast for you for protecting the mansion against Smithy's forces."

The kitchen was restored to its previous state. On the long white table, many kinds of different food and dishes were located as the steam of some food ornamented the atmosphere. The Smashers (everyone) seemed to be a little bit unsure about celebrating at this time.

"But is this fine?" Zelda asked. "We fought and won to protect the mansion but the city was..."

"Look, Zelda," Master Hand began. "We need to get our minds to forgive the grim events so we can work to save the worlds and defeat Tabuu someday. I thought a feast would be the most appropiate thing to forgive and have a good time."

Of all the Smashers, Kirby seemed to be the most happiest. However, Meta Knight was going to make sure that the black hole holder didn't swallow the entire food like the last time.

"If you say so..." Diddy said.

"Oh, alright. We're going to have a sack competition shortly then," Master Hand said.

It was humiliation or the feast, and the latter was the most appropiate as everyone took a seat.

Before Chris started with his plate, he decided to talk with Lucario. "So, I think you should go to the valley, Lucario."

Lucario nodded. "Yes, thank you for understanding. Take in mind that I'm doing this so you can be prou-I mean, safe during fights."

"Aw, thank you," Chris said as he rubbed Lucario's head for a moment. "I love when you say those things."

"Guuuuuuuuuuoooorgh..." Lucario growled happily before they chuckled a little and started with their plates while everyone was already eating.

As they were eating, the trio from the other city came from the lobby.

"Oooooooh, I haven't eaten for who knows how long..." Rita said as she walked to take a seat between Fox and Snake, who looked at her for a moment.

"Hey!" Master Hand floated to her. "What are you doing?"

"I believe we made a deal before, didn't we?" Rita asked. "Besides, my stomach needs to be feed and I haven't eaten anything good these days."

"..."

"Or do you want me to Violent Pain your butt (if he has any) to death?

"...Fine..." Master Hand said as he floated away.

Snake hid a small chuckle.

Estelle ignored them as she walked to Zelda. "U-um, may I have seat with you? This feast looks apetizing to me and I don't want to pass up this opportunity as well."

"Oh, sure," Zelda said with a nod, but she found Link already sitting next to her. "Link, would you?"

"I heard you," Link said with a sigh as he walked away to Ike and let Estelle have the seat.

Chris looked behind him where Repede laid down. "I think Repede got a liking to me," he said with a small smile as the dog opened his good eye and looked up to him.

"(And that's why he needs to get away from you,)" Lucario thought.

"Have a bone," Chris said as he gave Repede a chicken bone. The dog looked at the bone and he started to bite it with his sharp fangs.

"(I need to ignore him and I'm going to be fine,)" Lucario thought.

"Hmm," Rita hmm'd at the taste of the piece of turkey. "Hmm! At least the hand does a good work with the food in here..."

When she looked down at her right, she spotted a diagonal-shaped device...

...Or Fox's Reflector hanging on his belt.

The Genius Mage simply took it away and looked at it, ignoring the plate with food.

"...?" Fox looked at his left and found Rita staring at his Reflector. The vulpine moved his hand to her and motioned hins fingers to him to give the device back.

"I'll give it to you tomorrow," Rita responded without even glancing at the fox.

Fox swallowed his food down his throat. "Who said you could take it away that simple? Give it back."

"Nuh-uh," Rita shook her head (without looking at him). "So far, this Blastia looks interesting... I wonder if I could dismantle it."

At the mention of dismantling the device, Fox glared at her. "I can't let people like you know about the technology of Slippy. That guy wants to have privacy with his inventions and I swore to keep the promise to him."

"Too bad you failed today," Rita responded back and Fox narrowed his glare at her.

For some reason, Repede's ears perked up and he quickly dashed all the way around the table in silence and made it to Rita and Fox. The dog grabbed the device with his mouth from Rita.

"Y-you dog! Give it back to me!" Rita yelled.

Repede didn't listen and he hung the device on Fox's belt before sitting down and staring up at the vulpine.

"Um...thanks..." Fox said a little bit surprised before the dog walked back to Chris.

Nobody even looked at them for a second or Repede.

When Repede laid down behind Chris, he looked at Lucario and chuckled a little.

The aura wielder was watching his action and he grew uncomfortable. Fox probably found a liking to the dog for helping him to get his Reflector back (and Rita tried again, but Fox slapped the back of her hand away, making the Genius Mage angry at him before returning to eat with a grunt of annoyance).

"Hey, what's that smell in ta air?" Raven asked as he came from the other side of the kitchen and walked around. "You guys havin' a feast without poor ol' Raven? Seriously, call me if there's food involved!"

"..." Estelle blinked in surprise as the old man walked behind her without noticing. "...Raven?"

Repede's ears perked up again and he lifted his snout from the floor to look at the old man.

Raven froze without having a shocked face. Instead, he sweated.

"Raven!" Estelle yelled in happiness and hugged the old man from his back. "I knew I was going to find you sooner or later! Where have you been all this time? We were so worried about your welfare!"

"..." Raven's eyes twitched. "...Hidin' from Rita, that's why..."

"Hmm?" Rita stopped eating. "Did anybody mention my name in here?"

Raven got a shocked expression and looked directly to the Genius Mage. Rita turned her head athis direction and she simply blinked at him.

"...You..." Rita muttered darkly.

Every single Smasher stopped eating and they looked at the 4.

"Wait, how come everyone heard her?" Yoshi asked.

"...Mommy..." Raven whispered in a high pitched tone as the Genius Mage got off from her seat and walked to him while Estelle watched helplessly from behind him. "..." Raven looked at Rita.

"...So, you finally showed your face around here," Rita said with crossed arms. "You do know what happened the last time, right?"

"Yes..." Raven muttered.

Rita looked bored and glanced around to see nearly 30 characters staring at them. "You decided to hide in here so they could protect you from me, right?"

"Only Toon Link though," Ness said before Toon Link hit his head. "Oww!"

"L-look..." Raven muttered. "I didn't even think I could find a place like this in my whole life... I was able to convince them to let me live and stay here until you calmed down because I didn't want to throw away my life."

"And so you need to die," Rita said.

Raven hid behind Estelle.

"R-Rita!" Estelle yelled.

"...But you should thank Estelle for changing my mind," Rita said.

"...What?" Raven asked.

"Estelle made me think again about my actions that I found forgiviness for you. That accident in the bathroom is as good as forgotten," Rita explained. "Star celebrating because I won't kill you or punish you..."

Raven's eyes filled a little bit with tears.

"But take this in mind," Rita continued. "Do another thing like that and you'll be dead for sure. The only thing I hate the most in the world it's perverts like you, old man." She moved her hand to him. "Shake hands with me and we have a deal."

Raven sniffed.

"Go now," Estelle whispered.

The old man sniffed one time and walked to Rita. "I-I'm sorry if I made you angry... I won't do that again to save myself from murder."

He shook hands with Rita.

"Then we're clear," Rita said.

"T-totally..." Raven said.

It was not long before Zelda slowly started to applaud. Ike saw this and started to applaud as well. One by one, almost everyone started applauding as Raven seemed to have taken a whole deal of trouble off from his back as Estelle hugged him.

However, Rita seemed to grow annoyed.

"Do you want a Meteor Storm in here or what?!" she yelled in embarrassment.

Everyone stopped clapping and resumed to eat in silence as some talked and tried to forget the menace.

"Piss me off again and you're going to die for sure," Rita warned the old man as she went back to her seat.

"...Finally, I can rest in peace..." Raven sighed before he fainted.

"R-Raven!" Estelle yelled and knelt down to help the old man (as a small bubble with his face on it seemed to be getting out from his nose, signaling that it was his soul).

"Chris..." Lucario trailed off. "...I want to stay here."

"What?" Chris asked.

"I think I can train myself to build up my aura to its normal level without going to the valley."

"But are you sure?"

"I'm sure of it. I'm going to train hard."

"...Okay," Chris said, looking unsure. "But train hard, okay?"

"I will," Lucario said as the World Traveler resumed to eat, giving Lucario a small time to glare down at the down. "...I will..." he muttered with a grunt.

Repede merely grinned at him before closing his eye.

It was going to be a long struggle to get Chris back to him as Lucario thought.

"Hmm... Heheheheheh..." Pikachu (who seemed to watch both of them from his own seat) grinned. "I think I can help you, Lucario. Jealousy isn't that hard to ignore when I'm around..."

Sonic seemed to be watching the sun hiding in the horizon. The hedgehog made a serious face before he looked down. "(Am I going to change...tonight?)

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"The Mansion's Mascot. This is going to get good very soon..." Pikachu muttered with an evilly chuckle.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

No

What?

Yes

But you sai-

Yes

...

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 07, 2009, 08:29:34 PM
Chapter 132: The Mansion's Mascot

Smash Mansion

The afternoon soon went by and night came in.

Lucario's Room

For once, Lucario felt comfortable for the fact that Chris was going to sleep with him in the night as every day before. The Aura Pok?mon yawned out loud as Chris laid down his head on the pillow.

"I'm going to have some nightmares with the rain in the city..." Chris trailed off worried. "I hope I don't have any..."

"I'll be close to you to wake up from any nightmare," Lucario reassured him. "I'd wish to enter inside and beat that nightmare for you."

Chris chuckled. "You're the Aura Pok?mon, not the Dream Pok?mon."

"It's not bad to try," Lucario said.

Chris chuckled heartily before he yawned. "Well, thank you for cheering me up. I'm going to sleep for now."

"Good night, Chris," Lucario said, waiting for the opportunity to pull Chris closer to him when the World Traveler fell asleep.

"Good night...Lucario..." Chris trailed off before he soon felt asleep.

The Aura Pok?mon waited a minute before he slowly pulled Chris to him with his right arm. When the World Traveler's head was pulled beneath Lucario's neck, the Aura Pok?mon placed his snout above his head and sighed before falling asleep.

Unfortunately, somebody scratched the door of the room and Chris shook his head and woke up slowly. "W-who is it at this time?" Chris asked as he noticed Lucario was sleeping above him. "(You did it after all, didn't you...)" he thought as he got out from the bed and opened the door.

Lucario smiled as he grumbled a little.

"Repede?" Chris said confused.

Lucario's eyes opened in a snap and he sat up to see the dog sitting down across the door.

"What do you want?" Chris asked as he knelt down.

"Woof woof," Repede said.

"..." Lucario glared at him.

"Do you want to sleep with us?" Chris asked.

Repede nodded.

"Okay. You can sleep on the floor."

Repede seemed to ignore that as he jumped straight to the bed and laid down.

"Grrrr..." Lucario grunted.

"Huh? He wants to sleep on the bed?" Chris asked.

"He's sleeping above my legs," Lucario said.

"But you don't feel him at all, right? You're a Steel Pok?mon so you don't feel almost anything or anyone."

"Well, that's tru-"

"Then let him sleep with us."

"B-but Chris..."

"What?"

Repede opened one eye to look at him.

"I-I think he would be fine on the floor," Lucario said.

Repede showed his fangs a little.

"But I think he's a very well trained dog. He won't do anything bad to us at all," Chris responded.

"(To you at least,)" Lucario thought as Repede seemed to snicker silently.

Chris laid down on his bed and Lucario noticed that Repede moved even further between the 2. "He wants to sleep between us? I'm sorry but you can't do that," Lucario said.

"I don't mind," Chris said.

"What?"

"I don't mind," Chris said as he stuck his hand out and rubbed Repede's head. "I think he seems cute for doing this."

"(You've got to be kidding me,)" Lucario thought in irritation.

"Good night...Repede..." Chris yawned before he fell asleep.

Due to Repede's presence blocking Lucario from pulling Chris to him, the Aura Pok?mon glared at the dog and decided to have a "friendly" talk with him through telepathy.

"(You might like him, but I don't like you,)" Lucario said.

Repede snickered and chuckled...rather evilly.

"(Why are you snickering like that? It seems evil.)"

"(It's because I am evil,)" Repede said.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Disbelief

"(What?)" Lucario asked.

"(I am evil, Lucario,)" Repede said with a smirk. "(My whole purpose in my life is to break bonds between friends. It is my mission to change the people by my skills and actions.)"'

"(What the hell do you have in mind?!)" Lucario asked in rage. "(Are you planning to make Chris forget about me?)"

"(You're pretty clever.)"

"(What?! So it's true? Why?!)"

"(He seems very innocent to me,)" Repede explained. "(Yet I can see you're like the people who get jealous very easily. I do this for amusement. I left my master, Yuri, to achieve my purpose in life.)"

"(To make people forget about who they like more for somebody else like a filthy bastard like you?)"

"(Bravo.)"

"(You...sick...BAAAAAAAAASTAAAAAAAAAAAAARD!!!)"

"(Hold your horses, pal,)" Repede warned. "(Chris already likes me a lot, and he wouldn't like to see you killing me, right?)"

"(I would love to see you death by my hands AND aura!)" Lucario yelled.

"(And you would love to see Chris hating you for murdering a person he likes like me?)"

Lucario stammered and closed his eyes in disgust.

"(I thought so,)" Repede said with a smirk. "(I have you right where I wanted you to be. You're a helpless pup and I'm the strongest and biggest leader dog of the pack.)"

"(You're NOT going to get away with this blasphemy!)" Lucario said through gritted fangs.

"(Too bad,)" Repede continued. "(I'm also trying to get everyone here to like me in order to piss you off even more than you are. Isn't it amusing?)"

"(IT'S NOT AMUSING!)" Lucario yelled in fury.

"(Oh no, the pup is angry. I need to leave the pup so it calms down and doesn't bite my legs off...strong legs of steel,)" Repede taunted. "(Good night, puppy. I'll see you outside while your master gives his attention to me inside the house.)"

Music stops

With a yawn, Repede felt asleep with a grin.

Lucario narrowed his glare at him as he showed his fangs with utter rage. He wanted to kill Repede right away, but Chris would see and hate him forever in his life without forgiviness even if Lucario tried to apologize.

Lucario looked down."(Dammit... I need to do something else before it's too late...)" he thought worried as he looked outside to the moon.

Sonic's Room

The hedgehog looked restless as he looked outside to the moon. "Oh no... Very soon, I'll change and turn into a beast..."

His stomach grumbled.

Persona 4 - Border of Insanity

"A-aah!" Sonic grunted as he embraced his stomach. "N-no...  I-it's starting..." he muttered as he gritted his teeth.

The hedgehog walked around recklessly and he pushed a vase to the floor in order to break it. Sonic paced around the room as he held his stomach, grumbling even more and he let out a cry of pain to the roof.

The light of the moon shone a small portion of the room and Sonic punched the wall several times in time to try and become numb to the pain inside him.

His mouth started to leak out with long drools as he tried to stop it, but the grumbles became louder and louder that the room echoed with them. Sonic grabbed his head and yelled louder to the roof with an agonizing pain.

It was happening...

Sonic felt horrible...

Everything seemed to be spinning around him...

He closed his eyes tightly and dropped to his knees in pain as he grunted, grunted, and grunted more.

Suddenly, the door of his room opened. The hedgehog looked at the person standing behind it between his fingers and small but wild pupils.

"Would you shut up?" C. Falcon asked in irritation (as he wore a white T-shirt and blue boxers with his emblem on it (and oddly, his helmet)). "People are trying to sleep in this floor!"

"Y-you..." Sonic muttered. "H-help me..."

"Help you?" C. Falcon asked.

"Y-yeah... I-I'm gonna transform into a monster shortly... W-warn the others, hurry!"

"Turn into a monster..." C. Falcon trailed off as he shook his head. "Good night. Stop acting like that, dude. You're embarrassing yourself."

The captain left the room as he closed the door. Sonic looked shocked that he embraced his stomach in pain and yelled out once more. "Shut UP!" C. Falcon yelled.

"What do you think you're doing, idiot?" Dark Super Sonic asked.

"I-I'm transforming into that beast you mentioned..." Sonic muttered before he let out a cry of pain. "OH GOD...it's happening..."

"What? You wish...and myself as well. You're making a fool out of yourself."

Sonic looked weak as he gritted his teeth in pain. "What did you say?! URGH!!!"

"It's not even full moon, retard! It's new moon!"

Music stops with a scratch

"URGH?! ...Say again?" Sonic asked.

"I made a mistake about the time of the moons in here. I thought this was still YOUR world with the time I thought until I remembered this was ANOTHER world with a different time of the moons. Go and look outside."

The hedgehog dragged his feet on the floor and looked through the window.

Sure enough, it was new moon and not full moon.

"Now you see? You've got more days before full moon kicks in."

"T-then why I'm feeling weak?" Sonic asked with a glare.

"You dumbass. Nobody eats a watermelon WITH milk during dinner; both cause you gastric problems inside your stomach and probably give you poison and the latter didn't take place for my luck. You thought I was actually changing you from the inside? Think again."

"...So then why did I walk around the room and pretty much destroyed some things?"

"That was just you making a fool out of yourself. I would say it was priceless to watch but you're way too dumb to notice my laughs to you."

"..."

"You were being an idiot in a few words."

"You little..." Sonic trailed off before he felt more grumbles inside his stomach. "U-ugh..."

"By the way, eating a watermelon with milk not only can cause poison..."

Sonic felt uncomfortable with the grumbles.

"...It gives diarrhea as well and it happens most of the time," he said.

The hedgehog made a weak look before he dashed to the bathroom.

But nobody has ever seen Sonic using the bathroom so it was unclear if he used it because his screentime just ended now.

"And I'm supposed to be stuck in here within his mind..."

The next morning...

Outside

Tales of Symphonia - Romany Caravan

"Since I think it would be best for us to wait and explore around the forest for the others," Estelle began as she and Rita were outside. "I think it would be best if one of us went out while another one stayed behind."

"You go out," Rita replied without thinking.

"Wha...?" Estelle said astonished.

"There's a whole lot of Blastia in here and I don't wanna lose this opportunity," Rita said as she took out a familiar diagonal-shaped device. "This thing has all my attention now."

"B-but isn't that the same one that you tried to "ask" for yesterday?"

"It isn't," Rita said with a smile. "I found another one with that weird bird guy. This Blastia was inside his left sleeve. The bastard, he tried to hide it from me."

"(But did she steal it instead of asking for it?)"

"And I kind of grabbed it when he wasn't looking. He won't miss this though."

"Has anybody seen my Reflector?" Falco's voice called from inside. "Hello? Noboby has found it laying somewhere?"

Estelle looked bored at her.

"Was that Yuri just now?" Rita asked as she looked behind Estelle.

"What? Really?" Estelle asked as she turned to the forest. "Where?"

"I think he went further inside! Estelle, go and get him here!" Rita said.

"Yuri!" Estelle smiled and ran to the forest in excitement.

"..." Rita sighed. "Gosh, it's really easy to convince her with lies. At least she won't bother me with my Blastia research."

The Genius Mage focused her attention to the device as she walked inside.

"Coming through," Rita said as she passed Chris and Lucario.

"Okay, you stay out here and train all you want," Chris said. "I'm going to be inside and give a new look to our room."

"Why?" Lucario asked.

"Have you seen Peach's room? She decorated it with all kinds of wallpapers and even Link decorated his. I don't want to look normal with out room. I asked Master Hand to take here some posters from my room and he should have them by now."

"Don't you want me to help?"

"It's okay," Chris said with a smile. "After all, you want to train all the day, right? I won't bother you with your aura training at all so you can train in peace."

Suddenly, Repede appeared right besides Chris.

"He's going to give me some company while I decorate," Chris said. "You can thank him for that."

"(More like murder him when you're not looking,)" Lucario thought with rage.

"Lucario?"

"What?"

"You seemed to be staring at Repede for an awfully long time. Is he bothering you?"

"Oh yes. Chris, he is evil and he wants to make you forget everything about me so he can live with you and throw me outside. I didn't think he was good the first moment I saw his disgusting face with that horrendous scar on his left eye."

This is what Lucario wanted to say. Unfortunately, this was just a mere illusion and a lie since he didn't say this.

"N-no..." Lucario lied.

"...Ooooh, I get it now," Chris said.

Lucario smiled a little.

"Repede is not female," Chris said.

Lucario got confused.

"Is time for you to find your soulmate? Because Repede isn't a girl."

Lucario's pupils shrunk. "What?"

Repede snickered silently.

"Lucario, I told you that you can't have someone to love right now. You need to wait like 4 or 5 years to have someone. I don't know how Pok?mon love works, but I think you need to wait," Chris explained. "Besides, you can't love a dog, let alone Repede."

Repede opened his mouth and looked down like he wanted to laugh.

Lucario started to shake a little in rage.

"Um, why are you looking like you're going to erupt?" Chris asked.

"My aura is getting unstable," Lucario said through gritted fangs. "I must calm it down and build it up the right way before anything else happens."

"Oh, okay then!" Chris smiled. "We'll leave you alone so you can train. Train harder! I can't wait to see you lift up 5 trees without effort!" Chris said happily as he went inside (with Repede) and closed the door.

Lucario turned his back to the door and looked up to the sky.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU
UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRR
RRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!
" he roared in extreme fury.

The door opened quickly and Chris peered from the inside. "Lucario?"

Lucario was sitting down in a meditating position. "Yes?" he asked, looking over his shoulder.

"I could have sworn you were roaring out loud. The furniture inside shook as well. Are you sure you're fine?"

"I'm fine," Lucario said with a nod. "You need to leave me alone."

"...But can you train a little bit further away from the door instead?" Chris sugested. "Train under a tree for example."

"I'll do that," Lucario said.

The World Traveler nodded and closed the door.

Lucario looked to the clouds above the city and sighed. "...I must calm down and meditate in peace. If I can't do this, I'll have to go to the valley and train there..."

He showed his fangs a little.

"But if I leave that filthy imbecile with Chris..." he trailed off as he had a vision of Repede licking Chris's face as the World Traveler laughed loudly. "I won't rest assured at all..."

He saw a vision of Repede's grave and he smiled a little.

"Much better..." he said with a sigh as he closed his eyes.

However, something weird happened in his vision.

"Repede!" Estelle appeared within the vision and hugged the grave. She was apparently crying loudly. "Why?! Why were you killed?! WHY?! W-who did this horrible thing to you?! REPEDE!"

Lucario opened his eyes and stared at the think cloud that had his vision with the grave and the crying Estelle on it. He shook his head in frustration and made the cloud disappear.

"How did that even appear out of me?" Lucario asked confused before he stood up and walked away.

But he had to make sure about Repede's actions on Chris so he used his aura to see every single movement inside the mansion while he meditated. This was going to slow down his training, but he didn't care.

"(Let me see...)" Lucario thought as he examined the mansion with his aura. "(There is Meta Knight in the bathroom...without his mask?)"

He shook his head and tried to concentrate.

"(There's that girl with the goggles examining Falco's Reflector and...)"

The auras of Rita and Falco showed them and Falco found Rita with his Reflector. The Genius Mage seemed to ignore him and she ran away to a corner. The avian got angry and he chased her down until Lucario was able to listen to a chant.

"O disturbing power now unleashed, mete thy judgment upon the evil before me! Violent Pain!"

He saw Falco's aura running away from 15 arrows of darkness while Rita continued to walk away to her room.

Lucario frowned to himself as he concentrated more. His aura was growing weaker as he expected, but he had to make sure.

"(...)" He found Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur's auras with 3 unusual and new auras coming from the 6th floor. "(...UGH! W-what in the world is this aura?!)" he cried out in pain as 1 of the 3 auras seemed to be completely disturbing, twisted, flashing, distorted, uncontrollable, wild, and impatient. The Aura Pok?mon opened his mouth and tried to yell and grabbed his head like he had a sudden headache and tried to concentrate the hardest he could do to stop focusing in that extremely disturbing aura.

Smash Mansion
Barry's Room

Barry blinked in confusion and looked at the 3 trainers. "Ever felt like somebody is watching you from outside?" he asked.

"Um, no?" Red responded confused.

Outside

"(I must...focus...out of that...aura...)" Lucario struggled until he focused his vision in the lower levels of the mansion and panted heavily. "(I-I should...forget about it...)" he recommended to himself as he focused more.

Lucario found Link writing some kind of note before he put it in his pocket and walked away.

"(...)" Lucario kept focusing.

Sonic's aura seemed to be perturbed since the hedgehog looked scared.

"(...)"

And he found them in the command room.

Command Room

"Okay," Master Hand began as he gave Chris the wallpapers. "Here are the things you asked me to get for you from your room."

"Thanks," Chris said.

"By the way, have you considered yet?"

"What?"

"About the time skip."

"U-um..." Chris looked unsure. "...But is it okay for me return to the real world and wait until Tabuu makes his move?"

"I don't see why not," Master Hand said. "I can call through your Wii or DS. I can always stop the time there when you come back. I figured out that you would be a little homesick about your home so that's why I'm asking you this."

"I don't know..." Chris said unsure.

"Just think about it," Master Hand said. "It's good to have to go back sometimes and relax to get prepared for anything else. Give it some thought, why don't you?"

"(That would mean I'll have to go to school again...not that I'm complaining...)"

The World Traveler walked away to his room with Repede following.

"(Time skip?)" Lucario asked to himself.

Lucario's Room

Once he opened the door, Repede laid down on the floor and yawned before falling asleep.

Chris chuckled. "I hope you return with your previous owner because I think Lucario has an eye on you."

Repede opened his eyes.

"I shouldn't spend that much with you because that would make Lucario feel jealous," Chris explained as he unrolled a wallpaper. "But I think he can handle it," he chuckled.

Repede blinked for a moment before he went back to sleep.

"(...)" Lucario didn't know whether to feel good or feel worried.

That's when he decided to go back to his training.

Chris went to Repede and rubbed his head. "However, you're very interesting. You're well trained and all that. Your owner must have trained you very well."

Repede whined a little.

Repede had a previous owner than Yuri but he died. It is unclear how Repede managed to be Yuri's dog.

The World Traveler looked below his bed.

A musical note came out from his head as a sign that he was excited.

"Now, where am I going to plug the Wii and the PS2? Oh god, I can't wait to do that with..."

He stood up and looked around.

"...Where again? There's no TV or phone in here... I don't want to play in the living room because it would be embarrassing to let anyone else see me..."

At that moment, DK came in.

"Hi there!" DK said as he went to Chris. "What are you doing?"

"Trying to find a place to plug my consoles," Chris explained. "Wait, how's the band up there?"

"We had a really good time up there," DK said. "We couldn't stop playing our theme during all the night. Too bad we didn't get to fight to help you."

"Aaaaaaand, did Medli and Makar say something about that?"

"They looked kinda pale," DK said. "And after that, they passed out."

Chris got shocked.

"Or fainted? I think they fainted."

Chris sighed in relief.

"Oh, by the way," DK began as he touched the wall. "Hmm..."

"What are you doing?"

"Oh, here it is!" DK said as he pulled a small door and revealed several buttons on it. "Did you know that each room has this, right?"

Chris looked surprised for a moment. "Er, no. Master Hand didn't say anything about that."

"Okay, let me show you."

DK pressed a button and part of the center of the wall moved and revealed a plasma TV behind.

"...Wow..." Chris muttered.

"Let me go for something more stylish," DK said.

He pressed another button and small speakers flipped at the corners of the ceiling.

"Like it?"

"...Depends..." Chris said.

"Okay. There are the plugs in there. The remote control is right over..." DK looked below the buttons. "Here."

He turned on the TV and nothing came in.

"Signal is weak or what?" DK asked. "Hmmmmm. Oh right, the city got destroyed and the TV station should be out as well."

"Wait, how do you know all about this?" Chris asked.

"Because of yesterday?"

"No, I meant technology."

"Oh, Chris! What do you think I am, a caveman or something?" DK asked with a laugh.

"W-well..." Chris looked embarrassed.

"I know a lot about this stuff," DK said. "Just because I'm a gorilla doesn't mean I don't know anything about hi-tech stuff. Diddy knows as well."

"Oh..."

"...Oh, I get it," DK said. "You thought I was just muscles and no brain, right? Well, that's half a compliment."

He walked to the bed and put his hands underneath.

"Not here!" Chris yelled.

"Aww!" DK said sarcastically. "You're no fun at all!"

"O-okay, thank you for helping me out."

"You're welcome," DK said as he walked away. "Invite me over to play with you, okay?"

Once he left, Chris's DS rang.

"Good job!" Kawashima said. "Your partnership with DK has increased by some points. Keep it up!"

"(That reminds me about the others as well...)" Chris thought. "...Back to decorating. I need to get done soon."

Outside

The winds brushed the grass as the aura wielder meditated in peace. He didn't want to think about Chris or anyone else rather than training his mind.

It was very hard for him.

"(I have to go to the valley...)" Lucaio thought. "(It's going to be easier if I go there, but that dog is around and he could take advantage of my... I need to stay focused...)"

"So, I heard you hate the dog, right?"

The Aura Pok?mon opened his eyes and fired a fully charged Aura Sphere to the top of the tree to create an explosion. He grunted and showed his fangs in rage before a figure fell down.

"...Pikachu?" Lucario asked.

"Great going, idiot!" Pikachu yelled with a glare. "You first KILL before SPEAKING, right? Goodness gracious, I was about to die because of you!"

"I'm not in the mood to be talking with you right now," Lucario said as he sat down and continued meditating. "I must train in peace."

"Lucario, I'm not stupid," Pikachu said. "You hate Repede, right?"

"..." Lucario didn't want to respond.

"You can't hide it from me," Pikachu said darkly. "You can't shake off the thought about him being with Chris rather than you, right?"

"..."

"Trust me, I know about this very well," Pikachu went on. "You want to murder that dog, but Chris is in the way, right?"

"..."

"I used to be the center of attention for Ash... Actually, I'm still the center of attention," Pikachu said. "He could call Buizel out but he prefers me over anyone. Heck, I'm the reason why he doesn't like to take Snorlax with him."

"..."

"I'm sticking with him forever because he doesn't want to let me go," Pikachu said. "You want to have the center of attention like me, right?"

"..."

"You can't hide it from me," Pikachu said with a smirk. "You can't hide it fro-"

The Aura Pok?mon grabbed the Electric Pok?mon by the neck and shoved him directly to his red glaring eyes. "Let me recall, what did I say before? Leave me alone before you stop breathing...forever."

"I-I-I-I-I'm good, I'm good, I'm good, I'm good!" Pikachu pleaded as the grip got tighter. "P-p-p-p-please, let me live!"

"Hmph," Lucario grunted and released Pikachu from his grip before returning to meditate.

Pikachu ran several feet away from him. "Just remember! Come to me if you feel uncomfortable! I have the answers to your problems!"

"Whatever..." Lucario muttered as Pikachu jumped inside the window and got inside the mansion.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 10, 2009, 03:19:24 PM
Command Room

Persona 3 FES - Living with a Determination

Master Hand decided to hold a private meeting with all the Smashers, interrupting their everyday affairs.

"Ahem," Master Hand began. "Now, we need to be more private."

The hand snapped his fingers and the way to the hallway disappeared and left them trapped inside the room.

"Hey, why are you trapping us in here?" Nana asked.

"Because Demon Girl Rita would find this place and never leave it for that matter," Master Hand said. "I'm sure everyone agrees, right?"

"Hmm..." Chris looked unsure.

"...Get him out as well," the hand said.

Repede got up with a grunt and walked outside when the hand made the way clear before he vanished it.

Lucario seemed to chuckle for a moment.

"Okay, that aside," Master Hand began. "I'm aware that you guys know our current status, right?"

"Let me recap," Link began. "The city is destroyed, Rita said we're weak, there no more worlds out there to save, no Star Spirits need to be found anymore..."

"Damn," Roy said. "The first 2 things bother me the most."

"Unfortunately, this doesn't mean this is the end for our missions," Master Hand said.

"Tabuu is still plotting to take over our worlds," Zelda said. "We must take him out soon."

"That's going to take a while though," the hand said. "I don't think you guys are ready to fight him."

"What? You think he got stronger or something?" Falco asked.

"...Hey, where's your headgear?" Fox asked.

"Guess..." Falco said as he pointed as his semi-burned vest. "Anyway, did he get stronger or something?"

"Unfortunately, yes," the hand said. "Tabuu isn't stupid at all. He should have been preparing for another assault like the one we planned. What I'm trying to say is that you're bugs compared to Tabuu himself."

"Thank you for being so nice," Ness said sarcastically. "It really helps."

"Now, do you think he's going to invade our worlds again?" Samus asked.

"Nope," the hand said. "He already lost interest in your worlds. He doesn't have anything left to invade and conquer."

"...So it's time for the final showdown?" Snake asked.

"Maybe..." the hand turned. "...Maybe not. Actually, no."

"What else is there to save?" Squirtle asked. "It's not like there are many other worlds that we haven't seen yet."

A sound of a bell rang in everyone's mind.

"...Wait," Marth began. "Didn't we get to explore some unknown worlds before?"

"3," Mewtwo said.

"There was Lloyd's world..." Roy trailed off.

"There was Vivi's world..." Lucas trailed off.

"There was..." Pit shrugged. "...Laharl's world..."

"And there are a whole lot of worlds out there as well," Master Hand added. "Tabuu is much more interested in these worlds as well, thanks to Mr. Ihabe Alof Odgamhes."

"What does that mean?" Chris asked.

"Mr. I Have A Lot Of Games."

"...Wait, it's my fault?"

"Partly...I mean, yes."

Chris glared at him. "Oh, wait just a minute, why should it be my fault?"

"Face it," the hand said. "Our last help outside had to have a lot of videogames, or worlds, for Tabuu to conquer. You technically opened a lot of worlds by your appearance in here."

"I-it's not my fault I like to pla-"

"Anyway, thanks to Chris, our hands are as full as Kirby's empty black hole," Master Hand said. "Our work ISN'T going to end at all."

"A-as long as he stays away from the videogames based of cartoons, I'm fine with it..." Chris muttered embarrassed.

"Videogames based off cartoons?" Toon Link asked.

"Companies outside think that they can exploit their cartoon characters by creating poorly made videogames. Unfortunately, I bought one and didn't find anything fun with it..." Chris explained. "...And thanks to that, we have a lot of videogames starring a humanoid sponge living in the ocean..."

"...How messed up is your world?" C. Falcon asked.

"How messed up are the people in my world, you mean..." Chris said.

"O-okay, enough of that," Master Hand said. "What I mean is, you guys will have to go to a lot of unknown worlds from now on."

"But they're unknown, that's the problem," Pit said. "It's like getting lost in a forest."

"We GOT lost in a forest," Sonic said annoyed.

"Why do you guys have to ask for so-obvious answers?" Master Hand asked with a chuckle. "Fortunately, Chris's endless addiction to videogames (Chris: Hey!) are going to be a big help in those worlds. He's our guide."

"...Um, sorry for interrupting, but..." Olimar played with his fingers. "...Does that mean he's the leader?"

"...He WAS already the leader from the very beginning," the hand pointed out.

Chris blushed. "M-me, the leader?"

"My boy," Master Hand began.

Link aimed an arrow at him.

"H-hey, what are you doing?" the hand asked.

"Dare to finish that sentence and this arrow is getting through that glove of yours," Link treatened.

"I was just going to say that he can be and can NOT be the leader if he wanted!" Master Hand explained. "He could be the guide and, you know, someone else could be the leader instead of him!"

"..." Link narrowed his eyes at the hand and lowered his arrow.

"This peace is what ALL warriors strife for!"

"THAT'S IT!" Link yelled loudly as he started to fire arrows at the hand, who disappeared and laughed for a while as some of the Smashers chuckled. "Hey!"

"Don't listen to them," Zelda said from behind him. "They don't know our pain at all."

"But father! What if something happens to you?"

"Where is that hand?" Zelda muttered as she prepared her Din's Fire (as some more started to laugh). "I must send him to hell now."

A while later...

The hand had several arrows and several burn marks around his glove as the Hyrulians looked satisfied. "Punishment aside," Master Hand said annoyed. "There are many worlds out there that will someday be targeted by the Subspace Army and we, soon enough, will go and attack back."

"That would mean we'll have to partner up with the people in those worlds, right?" Mario asked.

"Most definitely," Master Hand said. "Every videogame has its heroes and heroines. It's a hunch that we're going to meet some of them at some points. Think about it, meeting new people like Etn..."

The hand grumbled.

"...Like Flonne, for example."

Most of them hmm'd.

"Then I'm going to be excited to meet some of them," Peach said with a chuckle. "I can't hardly wait t-"

"HOLD ON YOUR HORSES, everyone!" Master Hand interrupted their thoughts. "However, you'll have to follow the rules of traveling that we have in here. Some worlds may allow some, while others prevent some from going in. We HAVE to mix well with those worlds if we don't want to perturb the storyline of each one!"

"What do you mean by that?" Diddy asked.

"Ugh, let me give examples," the hand grumbled. "Suppose that there's a world full of blood and zombies and Peach wants to go there."

The princess gulped. "I-I wouldn't want to go in a place like that..."

"It's an example," the hand reminded her. "But there are some people that can go in there because they go well with that world like Snake."

"Why me?" Snake asked annoyed.

"Because I suppose you have spilled someone's blood on the floor a lot of times before."

"Tsk..."

"Now there's a world that has many cutie things and Wolf wants to go in there."

"Why would I go to a child's dream?" Wolf asked with a glare.

"It's an example, people!" Master Hand said annoyed. "Now, people like Pichu and Jigglypuff go well with that world."

"They're going to think I'm so childish then..." Pichu muttered.

"You see the examples?" the hand asked. "Some people go, some don't. It's very basic if you ask me. Sending Ike to a futuristic era means suicide to the storyline."

"...Hey, was that supposed to be offending?" Ike asked.

"You touch buttons and you make something go boom," Crazy Hand explained.

"...What?"

"J-just don't touch anything that looks too complicated for you," Roy explained.

"With that aside," Master Hand began. "Some of you are perturbed that you're weak, right?"

"Culex was very annoying..." Jigglypuff said. "...We were not very strong to hit him one time..."

"Well, remember what I said about the stickers?" Master Hand asked. "I think it's time to put these babies into use to buff all of you."

"What? Using stickers? Hand, are you high?" Snake asked.

"I'm 100 percent not high, Mr. I Smoke A Lot."

Snake grumbled and tossed his cigar to the trash can.

"Anyway," Master Hand began as he took out a small trophy stand. "See this beauty? This is the Trophy Stand."

"That looks like a coin more than a stand," Yoshi said.

"It's a little bit big, but that's not the point," Master Hand pointed out. "Right now, this Trophy Stand belongs to...let's see underneath...oh! This one belongs to Red and his Pok?mon!"

"Wohoo?" Ivysaur said confused.

"Okay, it's time to give you some examples about the usage of this," the hand went on. "Let's test your strength with something heavy for Squirtle to carry."

The hand snapped his fingers and an iron cube appeared on the floor. It reached Squirtle's height.

"So do I carry it?" Squirtle asked.

"Yes, go ahead. Try to carry it."

The Turtle Pok?mon tried to carry it and he lifted it up. However, he started to tumble at the sides. "I-it's heavy! I can't hold it any longer!" Squirtle yelled before he let the block fall on the floor.

"Okay, it's heavy for you." The hand took out a sticker. "Now, let's see what happens if we stick this..."

The hand looked at the Bidoof sticker.

"Er, where did this come from? I don't remember creating a sticker with this doofus before..."

"Jirachi gave it to me..." Chris pointed out.

"Whatever," the hand said as he burned it and took out a sticker of Max from Advance Wars. "This stickers increases attack power plus 8 for arms, meaning that attacks like punches and palms will increase."

Once the hand put the sticker on the stand, Squirtle and Ivysaur felt something.

"Did you feel something?" Master Hand asked.

"I feel like I used steroids in 1 second," Ivysaur said.

"Ivysaur!" Red yelled.

"What? I'm saying what I'm feeling right now!"

"Squirtle, just carry that block!" Master Hand ordered.

The Turtle Pok?mon lifted the block above him and he didn't tumble at the sides anymore. "...Look at this!" Squirtle said as he moved around. "It doesn't weight too much anymore!"

"That is the power of the stickers," Master Hand said as he removed the sticker and disappeared in thin air. "Oh, removing stickers means that it'll disappear forever until you get a new one."

"W-wait a minute..." Squirtle began to tumble. "M-my strength!" He let the cube fall above his right foot. "SQUIIIIIIIIIRTLEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" he yelled loudly as he sat down and rubbed the red spot on his foot.

Pikachu rolled his eyes. "We learned a long time ago that yelling our names is stupid, remember?"

"M-my foot..." Squirtle moaned in pain as the cube disappeared.

"But I think that's way too little," Nana said.

"Let me explain more," Master Hand said. "There are around 600 of stickers with different effects for each part of your bodies or attacks. Some can use some specified stickers," he said as he took out a sticker of Fox from Star Fox Command. "Fox can only use this one to increase the attack power of his tail plus 18."

Some of them chuckled and Fox glared at them. "What's so funny?" Fox asked.

"No offense, but looking back, attacking with your tail seems stupid," Link said. "I mean, seriously? Is your tail hard o-"

Fox didn't give a second to Link to evade a low attack with his tail that made the Hyrulian trip and hit his head on the desk. "Oww!" Link moaned. "What was that for?"

"And it didn't have a boost of power, so be warned," Fox warned him with a grin.

"(I DO think it's stupid to attack with the tail...)" Chris thought.

Master Hand chuckled. "O-okay. Next, we have this." He took out a sticker of Flag Man from Game & Watch. "This kind of sticker boost special: indirect attacks plus 4 and only Mr. Game & Watch can use this one."

"Indirect?" Luigi asked.

"You know, those items that you can't control directly? Like some Assist Trophies. There are stickers like those who increase special: direct attacks like Ray Guns."

The hand tossed the sticker away and put a bunch of stickers on the stand. The Pok?mon, however, didn't feel that stronger. "Hey, how come you put a lot of stickers and yet we didn't get that strong?" Ivysaur asked.

"Because I just put a lot of stickers that raise the same attribute," Master Hand explained. "You see, just because you add stickers that increase the same attribute doesn't mean you'll get stronger. Only the sticker with the greatest boost will take effect and you need to vary the increase in attributes with different stickers." He peeled the stickers off. "Moving on, e have the space."

"You can't stick more stickers when it's completely empty of space, right?" Ness asked.

"Correct! It's necessary to think about the space that you use. You can't put another sticker above another because it won't work."

"But I don't think it's going to be enough to defeat guys like Culex," Mario said.

"That's why I'm going to cheat a little bit," Master Hand said. "If Chris can, he can increase or decrease the space of the stands and decrease the size of each sticker respectively. However, that's going to cost you a lot of coins so get fighting."

"Are you going to give us those stands? I wouldn't mind to be prepared for a surprise attack," Meta Knight said.

"Nope," the hand said. "You can't have these."

"Wait a minute," Diddy began. "What's the point in showing that to us if you're not going to give it?"

"You guys think I would give it away so easily?" Master Hand asked.

"It's YOUR responsibility to help us, isn't it?" Pichu asked.

"Haha, no," Master Hand chuckled. "I mean, it is, but you guys need to earn it first."

"But we need them now!" C. Falcon argued.

"Look, nowadays heroes think they can get away with their work and get anything for free! Well, I'm breaking that rule now!"

"They just recently started to say that..." Mario muttered.

"If you want these, then you'll have to fight for them!" Master Hand said.

Mostly everyone looked at each other and they seemed to be preparing to tackle each other to death.

"Not that way, you barbarians!" Master Hand yelled. "I meant the Classic Mode I spoke about a while ago!"

They stopped from fighting.

"The Classic Mode will be opened tomorrow, and you guys will have a fun day beating the skull out of each one. The musicians already prepared one track for each stage so its going to be fun."

Some of them cheered and whistled.

"Do they act like this?" Chris asked as a mutter.

"You've got to love their love to battle," Master Hand whispered. "I'm going to cheer for you tomorow."

"Yes..."

A record scratched.

"Wait, what again?"

"Everyone is going to be busy fighting for their Trophy Stands and YOU sir will fight too."

"M-me?" Chris asked unsure.

"Yeah! You'll fight them and they'll fight you!" Master Hand pointed out. "It's not too serious. Everyone will have 5 lives and nobody dies in an official match. There are some points where you'll have to fight a pair with a partner of your own, or sometimes you'll fight a giant character."

"...Giant?!" Chris asked in shock.

"Yes, like, 15 feet tall?"

"F-fiftheen?!"

"Imagine a 15-feet tall Yoshi and you'll get the idea," Master Hand said.

Chris had a vision.

Chris's Vision
Yoshi's Island

Music stops

Chris looked up to see a 15-feet tall Yoshi staring down at him. "Hello," Yoshi said in a deeper tone.

"..." Chris whimpered.

"Don't worry!" DK yelled as he and Diddy appeared behind him. "We're going to take that dino down!"

"I'll start with Chris," Yoshi said as he jumped INSANELY high and used Yoshi Bomb right above the World Traveler.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Chris screamed.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Chris screamed.

Master Hand slapped him with his index finger. "What's wrong with you?" Master Hand asked.

"I-I had a horrible vision..." Chris whimpered a little.

"But you're okay about fighting giant characters, right?"

"I-I guess..."

"Good! Then you won't mind fighting 3 giant characters!"

Chris got a shocked look.

"1 metal character, 2 partners, and 2 team battles!"

"..."

"And you can only use 1 job, randomly."

"...Fine..." Chris said depressed.

"Well, everyone's done with my announcements," Master Hand said as he snapped his fingers to make the way visible. "YIKES!" he yelled in a high pitched tone after he saw a distracted Rita looking down at a headgear and snapped his fingers to disappear the way.

"There she is!" Falco yelled. "Give me my headgear!"

"Shh! Everyone to the emergency exit!" Master Hand yelled.

"There are no emergency exits in here!" Pikachu yelled. "And I'm not scared about a girl with meteors!"

Master Hand snapped his fingers and made an exit at the side of the room himself. "There is one! Run!" the hand yelled before he went through it as he screamed.

The Smashers looked at Crazy Hand. "What?" he asked.

"I thought you were going to follow him," Roy said.

"Oh, should I? Oh well. DAIHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" he yelled as he went through the exit.

"...Sometimes I wonder if Master Hand is serious and intelligent..." Samus muttered.

Mewtwo frowned and opened the way to the hallway as Rita seemed to have walked away. Everyone started to leave the room to different parts before Sonic was stopped by Pikachu.

"A note?" Sonic asked bored as he read the note.

Full moon will come in 10 days. You better get prepared.

Sonic got a shocked look. "W-who gave you this?"

"It was on my hand as always," Pikachu said. "Sorry, I didn't see who gave it to me."

"T-this guy is a darn stalker! Who is it?!" Sonic asked with a glare as he grabbed Pikachu and shoved him to his eyes (eye?).

"H-how should I know?" Pikachu asked as he pushed Sonic away from him.

"Grr. I need to find out who the stalker is before it's too late..." Sonic said depressed.

"Um...sure..." Pikachu said confused before he left the hedgehog.

Hallway

"Maybe it's time for..." Chris muttered as he took out his DS and inserted Final Fantasy III. "I'm going to defeat that dammed Iron Giant this time..."

Unfortunately, he stopped right in front of Rita.

"..." Chris blinked at her.

"Hey..." Rita looked down at the DS. "What is that you have there?"

Oh no.

"E-er..." Chris stammered. "N-nothing..." He started to back away.

The Genius Mage tossed the headgear back and started to walk towards Chris. "Let me take a look at it," she said in a treatining voice.

Falco appeared from behind. "You! Give me m-"

He stopped once he noticed his headgear going right on his head and got placed around his head, perfectly on its place.

"..." Falco looked at his headgear and shrugged before walking away.

"I-I don't have anything of importance for you!" Chris yelled as he backed away.

"You have a very interesting Blastia on your hands," Rita said as she adjusted her goggles. "You must let me take a peek of it!"

"N-no!" Chris yelled back. "You're going to dismantle it little by little!"

"I'm going to dismantle i-" Rita gasped and blocked her mouth.

Chris's eyes widened as he looked at the screen and found Kawashima in it.

"RUN! LET ME LIVE!" Kawashima suggested and pleaded respectively.

"Hey! That Blastia just talked!" Rita said with more curiosity.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - I'm the No. 1!

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Chris screamed for the DS's life (and Kawashima's) as he ran away from the Genius Mage.

"Hey! Come back here!" Rita yelled as she gave the World Traveler chase.

"K-keep your hands off my DS!" Chris yelled before Rita began to lash the tip of the scroll at him.

Honestly speaking, the tip of the scroll was hard as it made small cracks on the walls.

"Give me that Blastia and I won't hurt you!" Rita yelled.

"Well, stop swinging that-" He ducked to evade a hit. "-paper around!"

"Not until you give me your Blastia!"

"Do you really think I'm going to do that?"

"No! That's why I'm going to take it off from you!"

"You're evil!"

"You're greedy!"

"I'm protecting my stuff!"

"I'm going to give it more special treatment than you!"

"By dismantling it? Hell no!"

"C'mon! You're going to be happy!"

"Just shut up and leave me alone!" Chris yelled and screamed loudly for his dear life.

"Okay, you asked for it!" Rita yelled as she began to chant while she ran after the teen. "O flickering blaze, burn! Fireball!"

Several fireballs were flying towards the World Traveler and he screamed to get someone in there to help.

"Y-you! Help me!" Chris yelled to the Ice Climbers.

"Oh my god," Nana said scared as she used Popo as a shield for the fireballs.

"What are we playing?" Popo asked excited as Chris ran pass them.

"Protect your sister from the fireballs!" Nana yelled.

"Sweet!" Popo exclaimed before the fireballs hit him and burned him before the Genius Mage passed them. "Cool! Did I win?" Popo asked before he fainted.

Nana sighed in relief.

"D-don't hurt me with your magic, please! You're going to kill me!" Chris yelled.

However, his shouts fell to deaf ears.

"O caprice of innocent waters! Champagne!"

Chris saw water appearing from his feet and he jumped right over a passing Kirby. The magic accidentally confused Kirby for Chris and several explosions of bubbles burst around the Star Warrior that he got knocked out.

"KIRBY!" Chris yelled as Rita jumped over the puffball. "SOMEBODY!"

"Just give me that Blastia!" Rita yelled. "It's so easy to do!"

"For you at least!" Chris yelled.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 11, 2009, 02:28:06 PM
"What's so hard about giving me a piece of Blastia?" Rita asked.

"It's hard because it's not going to be back in one piece!" Chris yelled.

"Ugh!" Rita grunted as she prepared another spell. "O merciles conflagration, burn the very souls of my enemies! Crimson Flare!"

Chris saw a sphere of heat and flames appearing right in front of him that burst into flames before creating an eruptio of flames from below. The tower of flames blocked him from getting further and he looked behind where an anxious Rita was about to trap him.

"Give me that!" Rita yelled with a creepy grin.

The World Traveler found the stairs and went up in a hurry. Rita slid on the mattress a little to turn to the stairs and chase the kid (Chris: Teen!).

"Okay. You're pissing me off now!" Rita warned. "You can't get away! Demon's Lance!"

A lance of pure darkness appeared behind and above Chris before it got fired at him, but it didn't hit him and instead it stabbed Snake's chest through, who seemed to be walking out from his room.

"Snake!" Chris yelled.

"..." Snake glared at Chris. "This is why I hate this place," he said before he fainted.

"..." He looked down at him. "...Should I tell him that his butt is clearly visible with that...um...crack?"

"There you are!" Rita yelled as she narrowly missed Chris with the tip of her scroll.

"Save me!" Kawashima pleaded before the teen turned and ran away.

"O mother praised for her indigo light, break apart and raise thy clear new voice! Aqua Laser!"

"Can't you say anything else than, "O"?!" Chris asked in annoyance as water began to appear behind him before it created a laser of water that chased him. "OH MY GOD, SHE'LL HIT ME THIS TIME!"

Yoshi appeared from the corner of the hallway.

"OH MY GOD, HUGE YOSHIS!" Chris yelled and screamed as he turned around behind Yoshi and ran away.

"What's happ-" Yoshi got interrupted as the laser of water pushed him to the wall and knocked him out before Rita ran above him and towards Chris.

And Rita tried another spell. "O demon who crawls the depths of the earth, gore my enemies and crush them to dust! Riot Horn!"

The floor began to shatter as some sort of energy from the earth came out like a mole and chased the teen's feet quickly. Chris jumped over the chasing earth that took Pikachu and Pichu inside it before the floor spat them out, knocked out of cold.

"I-I'm sorry!" Chris yelled.

"You're dead the next time I get you..." Pikachu muttered before he fainted and got kicked away by Rita.

"Daddy..." Pichu fantasied. "Is that...you?"

"Shut...up..." Pikachu muttered quickly.

"At this rate, you're going to kill anyone in your way! Stop it!" Chris yelled.

"No way! That Blastia you have there is even better than any crap inside this place!" Rita yelled.

"(What if I show her a PC?)" Chris thought. "(...No, she would find out about the real world and I don't want th-)"

"Grant them thy undefiled purity! Splash!"

Water came from below Chris and it prepared to fall down as a small cascade. The World Traveler's eyes widened and wished for something and...

...No, he couldn't be thinking about sacrifing someone to save himself, right?

Oh, wait, Pit came in.

"SAVE ME!" Chris yelled and pleaded.

"H-hey! W-what's happening?!" Pit asked before the World Traveler passed and made him the Splash's new target before it rained down on him like a cascade that knocked him out. "Palu...tena..." Pit muttered before Rita stepped on his wings and continued her way to Chris.

"Oh, come on!" Chris yelled. "Why do you have to be dramatic?!" he yelled to Pit.

"O unnamed and unmerciful queen of thorns... Ivy Rush!"

Vines with thorns came out from the floor and they chased the World Traveler.

Zelda appeared from the hallway and she found the 2 running at her way. "Oh no, what now?" she asked with a frown.

"Help me! Save me! Get me away from Rita!" Chris yelled as he passed Zelda.

The princess looked down and noticed the vines wrapping her legs before spreading out upwards and wrapping her waist, arms, and hands to the roof. The princess yelled in pain as she was held in an uncomfortable position with hands up like she was inside a prison.

Rita passed by the side and continued her mission to get the DS.

"...Anyone?" Zelda asked half-scared. "T-this is very uncomfortable for my tastes..."

Crickets began to chirp.

"H-hello?"

Unfortunately, nobody answered her back.

"W-wait," Chris said between pants. "H-he could save me!"

Outside

Below the same burned tree, Lucario was meditating in peace as the winds gently moved the grass around him.

Nothing could interrupt his meditation.

...Oh, screw it. You know what happened after that.

"LUCARIO!" a familiar voice yelled from inside the mansion that Lucario was able to hear.

"...?" Lucario opened his eyes.

"SAVE ME, LUCARIO! PLEASE!"

"Chris?" Lucario asked before standing up.

"I'M GOING TO DIE! PLEASE, SAVE ME!"

"Chris!" Lucario yelled before he went inside and looked for his trainer.

One of the many hallways

Chris panted heavily as he ran across the halls of the mansion with the anxious Rita who wanted to have a peek of (or have) the DS on her hands.

"I'm not going to give you this!" Chris yelled. "What's wrong with that?! I just want to defeat that stupid Iron Giant that has been bothering me!"

"I don't care about an Iron Giant or whatever the heck it is!" Rita yelled. "That thing is going to be mine before this day ends!"

"Can you give it a rest with the whole "Blastia" thing?!"

Rita gasped and accelerated. "Are you insulting Blastia?!"

"N-no!"

"That does it! You're dead!" she yelled with rage.

"I was already dead the moment you decided to chase me!" Chris yelled.

"I'm going to throw you my most powerful spells so you get turned into ashes!" Rita yelled.

"I presume you're going to use a fire spell?!" Chris asked.

"DAMN right I will!" Rita yelled with a creepy laugh.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRGGGGGHHHHHH!!!"

"(T-that mighty roar...)" Chris thought with toon tears as Lucario came from below the floor by shattering it with his right fist and appearing right in front of him.

"Yes! Go through the floor instead of using the nearby stairs!" yelled an angry Jigglypuff before she walked away in the lower floor.

"Lucario!" Chris hid behind his only salvation. "P-please, stop her! She wants to kill me!"

"Nobody will kill you, ever," Lucario said as she glared daggers at Rita.

"Get out of the way, blue dog!" Rita warned. "O seething fire, be as a holy beast to devour the wicked! Flame Dragon!"

A huge fire fragon's mouth appeared right in front of Rita and it roared loudly. The 2 noticed that the dragon completely covered its way from where Rita was to their way.

Basically, they could only run to the opposite side.

"...Oh my goodness..." Chris whispered as the beast of fire roared. "RUN!"

The World Traveler hung to Lucario's shoulders with force as the Aura Pok?mon turned and ran away as fast as he coul-

"USE EXTREMESPEED, DAMMIT!" Chris yelled.

Lucario blushed in embarrassment before his speed dramatically increased. The dragon of fire didn't have a chance to catch them.

"Oh, increasing your speed?" Somehow, Rita was able to see them getting away even faster than before. "Dragon! Go faster and burn them!"

The dragon roared in agreement and it began to accelerate its speed at Lucario's speed. Both of them looked behind and gasped after the dragon was about to catch them.

"GO!" Lucario yelled as he grabbed Chris.

"W-what are you going to do?!" Chris asked.

"Live for me!"

"What the hell?! You're not going to di-"

The World Traveler was tossed across the hallway and Lucario opened hi arms to the dragon before he got engulfed by the searing flames that made him roar in extreme pain.

"LUCARIOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Chris yelled loudly before the dragon disappeared and left and knocked out Lucario on the floor. "...Olimar?"

Chris found Olimar several feet away from Lucario. Apparently, he appeared from his room with his Pikmin and got burned severely. His Pikmin, however, were unnaffected as they were 3 Red Pikmin.

"...I suffer a lot in here acidentally, right?" Olimar asked as a mutter. "This universe is so cruel..."

The Pikmin looked at each other before carrying their leader's dead carcass back to his room before closing the door.

Chris looked worried for Olimar before he noticed Rita running above Lucario. "Hey! You can't just stomp on hi-"

"I have you where I wanted you to be," Rita said rather evilly.

Music stops

"What?" Chris asked.

"There's no way out for you to run away," Rita said. "Look behind you."

The World Traveler looked behind him and there was the wall, 2 others walls, and the hallway that was blocked by Rita.

"Oh no..." Chris muttered as he started to back away to the wall from Rita. "S-stay away from my DS!"

"No," Rita said. "I must have that with me right now. Give it slowly to me and I won't hurt you."

"But she will hurt me instead!" Kawashima pleaded.

"I-I can't!" Chris yelled as he touched the wall with his back. "I-I can't let you hurt my digital instructor!"

Kawashima cried toon tears of happiness.

"...And my current levels for Luneth, Arc, Refia, and Ingus! Do you know how hard was for me to get to lvl. 79? Ages! Ages, I tell you!"

This is just a side information that isn't official, but Chris finds it hard to train his characters since there are no monsters who give a lot of experience at higher points, except for the dragons in the mysterious cave of the Iron Giant and those are such a pain in the a-

"Give it to me," Rita said in annoyed tone.

"No!" Chris replied back.

"...Okay."

"W-what? Y-you found forgiviness within yourself or something stupid and cheesy like that?" Chris asked excited.

"No, I said okay as confirmation to kill you off."

"Oh, I see."

Wait, that didn't sound good...

"Wait, what?!"

Chris saw his last 10 minutes of running away from Rita...

He was going to remember those who perished by Rita...

Popo by the fireballs...

Kirby by the burst of bubbles...

Snake with the demon lance on his chest...

Yoshi by the laser of water...

Pikachu and Pichu by the earth...

Pit's heroic but sudden speech by a cascade of water...

Zelda by the vines with thorns...

"I'm still living!" Zelda yelled. "O-oww..."

And lastly, Lucario by the dragon of fire...

It all ended.

"Die!" Rita yelled as she unrolled the air. "O merciles conflagration, burn the very souls of my enemies! Crimson Flare!"

"A-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled loudly as an extreme heat began to manifest above him.

And the scene was blinded.

Chris was dead...

...

"...Hey, what the crap?" Rita's voice was heard through the blinding light.

The scene was shown again and Chris seemed to be perfectly fine as Rita looked confused. She could have sworn that she was going to cast Crimson Flame to burn the teen to ashes.

"...Huh?" Chris opened his eyes. "D-did you die with me too and we're in heaven?"

"Hell no!" Rita yelled angrily. "M-my scroll! I-it's gone!"

"(OH, THANK GOODNESS,)" Chris thought with a long sigh.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..."

Rita blinked in confusion after hearing some angry grunts and she turned around and found Repede with her scroll and Blastia Book laying beneath him. The dog barked angrily at the Genius Mage and he bit the book's cover and showed his fangs at Rita.

Repede probably stole both items while Rita gave Chris a chance to spoke his final words.

"Y-you dog!" Rita yelled. "G-give me my things back! O-oh no, the cover is getting torn by your filthy fangs!"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR, woof, woof!" Repede barked angrily.

"L-leave my book alone or I'll burn you down!" Rita yelled.

"H-how?" Chris asked. "D-don't you need those 2 items to use magic?"

Chris had a point, but Rita gritted her teeth in anger at the obvious answer.

"L-look, give me my things back!" Rita demanded.

Repede's fangs were getting deeper into the cover. Rita gasped as she knew if they went any further, they would rip the pages inside and all the research she has been doing could be easily bitten off by Repede's fangs.

"N-no! D-don't do that!" Rita yelled as she started to sound like she was pleading. "W-why are you acting like this today?!"

"Woof, woof, woof!" Repede barked at Chris.

"W-what of him?!" Rita asked. "W-wait, you don't mean I should leave him alone, right?"

Repede nodded.

"What the hell?! H-he isn't your owner! Yuri is your owner!"

The fangs went deeper.

"S-stop!" Rita pleaded. "F-fine! I-ll leave the kid (Chris: Hey!) and his stupid Blastia alone! G-give me back my things!"

"Grrrrrrrr..." Repede grunted one last time and tossed the almost-bitten book back to Rita. The Genius Mage quickly went for her scroll and glared down at the dog.

"You are so gonna pay one of these days..." Rita muttered through gritted teeth. "I'm going to tell Yuri this once he returns...got that?" she asked before turning away, grunted, and walked away from the 2.

"..." Chris felt to his knees and wiped some tears. "R-Repede..."

The dog looked back at him and walked to Chris. Once he got closer, Repede started to lick Chris's tears and whined a little.

"Repede!" Chris cried in happiness and hugged the dog. "T-thank you so much for saving me!"

Repede whined and smiled a little.

"I-I didn't know you would come to me! Y-you're so awesome, Repede!"

"..." Lucario opened his eyes and little and looked at the 2. "(What? W-why is Chris hugging him?)"

"I-I could've been dead if it weren't for you, Repede..." Chris muttered. "...Thank you so much...really... Thank you very much..."

Lucario's eyes widened and felt like 20 anvils fell on his back before he lost consciousness.

Everything became hazier for him...

???

".u..rio..."

"U-ugh..."

"L.ca......"

"Ugh..."

"Lucario?"

"...?" Lucario opened his eyes and looked at a white ceiling.

"Lucario!" Chris yelled and hugged his Pok?mon. "Thank goodness you're okay!"

Infirmary

"C-Chris?" Lucario lifted his head up and looked at the bandages wrapping up his waist. "W-what happened?"

"You were knocked out with some first-degree burns by that girl," Mario explained right beside Lucario's bed. "Fortunately, you managed to survive."

"But how did you..."

"Mario still has his experience as a doctor even if he's not Dr. Mario right now," Chris explained. "He cured you."

"...But..." Lucario glanced around the room and found the previous "Rita Storm's cassualties" laying down on several beds around.

"I just got pinched by some thorns!" Zelda yelled from her bed. "I'm not that badly hurt! Oww!"

"Zelda!" Link yelled as he was sitting down on a chair. "You shouldn't try to force yourself out from the bed!"

"Link, I'm not that badly hurt, got that?" Zelda asked annoyed.

"..." Lucario shook his head. "Are they going to be fine?"

"Oh, yes," Mario said. "They will. They went through worse compared to this."

"I thank Repede," Chris said as Repede got up and looked at Lucario. "He stopped Rita from rampaging through the mansion... Oh, Master Hand came here earlier and he decided to postpone the matches until another new advice comes up."

"He said he would like to begin them once Rita is away from this place..." Mario trailed off. "...I remember he was trembling. Oh, you're going to stay here for the whole day until tomorrow so your wounds heal."

"...And I can't use Heart Containers?" Lucario asked.

"We're empty of that," Mario said. "Master Hand said Crazy Hand used them all on himself so he could find out if his brain could be healed. We know that's not true at all and there aren't any left now."

"..." Lucario looked at Chris. "Heal me."

"Hmm... Sorry," Chris said. "I won't."

"You what?!" Lucario asked bewildered.

"Think about it," Chris said as he moved away and revealed Pikachu on the other bed, looking at Lucario. "You get to talk with everyone in here so I decided to let you talk with them."

"B-but..." Lucario looked at Repede.

"Don't worry. Repede is going to give me company tonight."

Chris wasn't understanding him! Oh noez!

"You can stay here and rest to heal your wounds."

Wait! You're not understanding, jackass!

...

...I should stop saying what Lucario was not thinking.

But this was remotely close, remember that.

"B-but..." Lucario stuttered.

"You're going to be fine," Chris reassured him. "You can continue training tomorrow once morning comes in, right, Mario?"

"Yes," Mario nodded. "Just rest for today and you'll be good to stand up tomorrow."

"Well, we'll be going now," Chris said as he stood up. "I'll wait for you to recover."

"(But can't you stay here with me?!)" Lucario thought scared about Repede, who seemed to be grinning evilly at him.

"See you!" Chris said with a chuckle as he walked away with Repede.

"I'll stay here for a little while longer," Mario said.

"..." Lucario looked at him.

"...I'll...go for the first aid kit for Popo."

"Give me more!" Popo yelled from his bed.

"Shut up!" Nana yelled. "You're a little bit hurt but stop saying that!"

"Give me alcohol! Money! Women!" Popo hyperveleated.

Lucario sighed and hit the back of his head on the pillow.

He turned his head to Pikachu. "...Help me..." Lucario said.

Pikachu nodded several times. "...You won't regret it..." he muttered.

"I meant Popo shutting himself..." Lucario said.

"...Chris plus Repede?"

"..." Lucario thought for a moment. "...Help me, please..."

"You won't regret it..." Pikachu repeated.

Lucario turned his head around and found Jigglypuff glaring at him from her bed. She had bandages around her forehead. "What happened to you?" Lucario asked.

"A blue dog with a freaking spike on his chest made a hole on the ceiling and it collapsed on me after a while," Jigglypuff said. "Besides the broken parts of my hands, I'm pretty much dandy like sunflowers."

"..."

"I'LL KILL YOU ONCE I GET OFF FROM THIS BED!"

Lucario groaned and covered his face with the pillow as the Balloon Pok?mon swore to prepare his grave.

Outside

A target was the first thing shown before an arrow hit the center of it.

The camera pulled back and the target was removed from Raven's face by his right hand. "Good job," Raven said. "Looks like you've mastered my technique, kid."

"Yes!" Toon Link lifted his bow in happiness.

"Hmm?" Raven looked at the forest and saw Estelle coming out. "Hey, was Estelle skippin' inside the forest?"

"Raven!" Estelle yelled. "I found someone!"

"...You were lookin' for someone?" Raven asked.

"Yes!" Estelle nodded happily. "I was able to find someone!"

"Okay, but say it already! Don't leave me hangin'!"

Behind Estelle, Karol appeared from the forest and sighed. "Good thing you found me, Estelle. I didn't like to be inside a cave all alone."

Karol Capel is a young boy of Dahngrest that has joined many guilds before, but unfortunately his cowardlyness resulted him from being kicked out until he found Yuri and the others to create the guild called "Brave Vesperia," in which he is the (proud) leader of it.

"Hopefully I removed that spider living in your hair," Estelle explained.

Karol's face turned a little bit purple. "H-hey, don't remind me about that! Is it my fault that my hair is like this? I-it's style, you know!"

"Karol, kid!" Raven yelled as he waved a hand. "Good to see ya back in one piece!"

"Huh?" Karol looked at the old man. "Raven! You're alive!"

Raven fell anime style. "...Estelle told you everythin', didn't she?"

Karol and Estelle ran to them. "Raven! So is Rita inside that mansion?"

"A-and the dog as well..." Raven said as he got and scratched his forehead.

"Alright!" Karol said with a smile. "We just need Yuri and Judith before we return to Dahngrest!"

"I-I'll check around some more before the evening comes!" Estelle said eagerly before she ran back to the forest.

"...Goodness, when is she going to admit her feelings to Yuri? It's very clear if you ask me..." Karol said. "...Oh! Sorry, I didn't see you!"

"...Meh..." responded Toon Link.

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Chris's True Dog. It can't be Pok?mon? Lucario won't have a chance then..." Pikachu said with a frown.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 13, 2009, 12:29:32 PM
Chapter 133: Chris's True Dog

Smash Mansion
Outside

"Karol, this kid is Link," Raven said. "I've been givin' him bow lessons."

"(SOMEBODY says my true name...) O-oh, nice to meet you, I guess," Toon Link said.

"Raven? You were giving him bow lessons?" Karol asked.

"It's my way to say thanks for shielding me for Rita until she appeared," Raven said. "Well, he seemed more interested than anyone in there."

"Anyone in there?" Karol asked. "So are there more people?"

"Yeah," Raven nodded. "But I'm warning ya, they're not normal at all."

"..." Karol decided to go to the doors to open them.

Room

That night...

"..." Karol slowly opened his eyes and felt a pillow underneath his head. "...Where...am I..."

"Good, you're awake," Rita said as she read a book.

"U-uah!" Karol's heart skipped a beat of horror as he sat up. "R-Rita! W-what just happened?! H-how did I get here?!"

"Shut up!" Rita yelled as she slapped Karol to calm him down. "I saw you fainted in the front door of this place and I dragged you all the way here in this empty room!"

"W-what? Why did I faint?"

"They told me you saw that puffball and you fainted after he said "hello" to you."

"W-well, I remember something round and pink below me..." Karol recalled. "B-but how come you're acting so normal?"

"I have everyone here under my foot," Rita said as she didn't look at him by her interest in reading her book. "These guys are very weak compared to us so they seem to hate me, and they're scared as well."

"Who wouldn't..." Karol muttered.

"What was that?"

"N-nothing..." Karol looked around. "S-so, it's night already? It was about to be afternoon!"

"You get scared so easily that you almost fell into a coma," Rita said. "Sheesh, when are you going to get more brave?"

Karol blushed embarrassed. "Y-you wait until I grow up!"

"I don't have time."

Karol sighed and hit the pillow with the back of his head. "...Well...are you going to stay here with me?"

"I'm not your babysitter."

"Rita!"

"I'm going back to my room. My room is just to the left," Rita explained as she got up. "Estelle is resting in her room next to mine after she couldn't find the other 2. Rest for now so you can increase your guts to meet those weirdos."

"...Hey!" Karol said before Rita closed the door. "Ugh, I knew there was something I was enjoying when she wasn't around..."

And with that, he decided to sleep for the night.

Infirmary

Lucario seemed to be grunting as he slept through the night...

Dream

Lucario found himself in an open field. The Aura Pok?mon looked around the place in confusion.

"Where am I?" Lucario asked. "What is this place?"

"Luuuuuuuuucaaaaaaarioooooooooo!" called a voice from behind.

"Chris?" Lucario asked as he turned around. "Is that you?"

"Come over here! I'm just below this tree!" Chris laughed heartily.

Lucario smiled and ran to the direction of the tree he found on a small hill with Chris sitting down below the shade. The Aura Pok?mon reached his trainer and looked down at him.

"What are we doing here?" Lucario asked with a small smile.

"Just sit down right next to me," Chris said. "I want to enjoy this time with you. I know you want to, right?"

"You read my words in my mind," Lucario said with a chuckle as he sat next to Chris. "But, seriously, what are we doing here?"

"I wanted to enjoy our final time together, that's all."

"Oh, I see," Lucario nodded. "So are we just going to stare at the field and..."

Something hit Lucario's mind.

"...Enjoy our final time together?"

"Yes," Chris nodded. "I decided to set you free."

Lucario's eyes widened. "W-what? Why?"

"You seem to be more relaxed when you're away from me, so I'm letting you go away."

"C-Chris! I-I don't enjoy being alone! W-why are you saying that all of a sudden?!"

Repede appeared behind the tree and looked to Lucario.

"Since Repede likes to be with me more than you, and that you enjoy to be alone, I'm going to set you free by breaking your Pok? Ball." He took out Lucario's Pok? Ball and Repede destroyed it with his fangs.

Lucario's mouth opened in shock as the remains of the sphere fell down to the grass.

"No!" Lucario yelled. "T-this is all his doing! Chris, he plans to take me away from you by befriending you!"

"Too bad," Chris said.

"W-what?"

"I like Repede more than you."

Lucario's pupils shrunk in horror.

"He likes me more than you."

Lucario almost felt heavy.

"And you can go away."

Lucario took several steps back and shook his head many times. "N-no! T-this can't be happening at all! C-Chris, I don't want to leave you! N-not like this, understand me!"

"You heard him," Repede said as he suddenly gained the ability to speak. "Go away, puppy."

"Don't tell me that!" Lucario yelled in rage. "I don't care about this anymore! I'm going to kill you right now!"

The Aura Pok?mon tried to make an Aura Sphere, but nothing appeared. "What?"

"Didn't you say you needed to go that valley of yours to train your aura rather than having an eye on me?" Repede asked with a smirk. "You're way weaker than me right now."

"N-no!" Lucario yelled back.

"Go away," Repede said with a glare. "You've lost your chance now. Get away before I kill you myself."

"C-Chris! H-how can you be so silent about this?! R-Repede is an imbecile!"

"Because I don't care about you anymore," Chris said.

Lucario's right eye twitched.

The sky suddenly turned black.

"I care about Repede and only him, not you."

"By the way!" Master Hand appeared from behind the tree. "Repede is officially a Smasher!"

"What?" Lucario asked confused.

"He's taking your spot."

"WHAT?!"

"Think of it!" Master Hand said. "I'll get more publicity by letting a dog like him fight in the matches!" he said happily. "Besides, he gave a good beating to that darn Prinny!"

"Everyone is happy then," Repede said.

"Not me!" Lucario yelled.

"Oh, I meant to say Smashers and not forgotten ones."

"Who is he?" Chris asked as he looked at Lucario.

"Wait! T-this is stupid!" Lucario yelled. "How did he forget all about me just now?!"

"Because he doesn't care about you," Repede said. "Go away, puppy."

"N-no..." Lucario said as he started to back away. "N-no! No, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, no, NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

Infirmary

"N-no, don't leave! I beg you! R-Repede is an idiot!"

"LUCARIO!" Pikachu yelled and slapped Lucario.

Wrong idea.

"O-oww..." Pikachu muttered after slapping the Steel Pok?mon.

"U-ugh?!" Lucario opened his eyes. "W-where am I?!"

"Back in the world where at least I'm far calmer than you," Pikachu said annoyed. "Don't yell like that! There are people sleeping in here with you, you know!"

"A nightmare..." Lucario trailed off.

"Oh, let me guess, Repede and Chris, right?"

"Y-yes..."

"Oh, I knew it," Pikachu said.

"You did?"

"Yeah," Pikachu nodded before he removed his mask and revealed Repede's face. "You're still in the nightmare, pup. MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Infirmary

"UAH!" Lucario yelled as he sat up and looked at an annoyed Pikachu on his bed. "W-was that another nightmare?!"

"Lucario, calm down!" Pikachu yelled. "Everyone's sleeping at this hour!"

"T-thank goodness it ended..."

"Oh, by the way," Pikachu began as he showed him some rumbles. "Chris destroyed this during the morning in the field. Master Hand said he wanted you out by tomorrow."

"...Oh no..."

Repede came from the door. "You're lucky to be here one last time, idiot."

Infirmary

Lucario woke up from his nightmares and looked around.

Silence...

"...Everything seems fine now..." Lucario muttered.

Silence...

...

"Damn right it is!" Popo called as he suddenly sat up above his bed. "Party!"

Multiple Popos came from the door and they started to dance above the beds. Lucario watched confused as more Popos came from within the bed sheets and started dancing with the other Popos.

And they apparently were singing a song from Chris's world...

...Perfectly.

Infirmary

Lucario sat up with an annoyed look. "Is this another part of the nightmare as well or what?!" he asked with a furious grunt. "I'm sick of it! And when did Popo learn to sing that awful song from Chris's world?!"

"Would you shut up?" Pikachu asked as he woke up and glared at him. "I was having a good dream with lots of ketchu-I mean, battle with Ash as we lost the Sinnoh League..."

"...And was that a dream because..."

"Look! Just shut up and rest!" Pikachu yelled before he sighed and continued to sleep.

"..." Lucario waited a moment of silence before he went to sleep with a sigh of relief. "Finally..." he muttered.

Sonic's Room

"9 days..." Sonic muttered with a sigh through his fangs as he tried to sleep.

"Oh, c'mon. It's going to be a lot of fun," Dark Super Sonic said.

"For you, but not for me," Sonic said through gritted fangs.

"Dude, you'll like to see their brains out on the floor. I'm gonna wipe the floor with them when that time comes."

"I'm certain that won't happen!" Sonic yelled. "Just leave me alone!"

"Can't do that, sorry," he said sarcastically.

"Why did I have to fall in those fake emeralds anyway? I knew you were going to bother me again!"

"Am I a plague to you?"

"How did you know?" Sonic asked as he rolled his eyes.

"You're the plague here."

"And you're the worst."

"Likewise."

"Good. Let me sleep."

"Good night, dumbass."

Sonic grunted one last time before he fell asleep.

However, he didn't notice the person watching him from a small portion of the door before the person walked away and closed the door in silence.

"I must do something...and fast..." the person muttered before disappearing in the dark hallways.

The night went on...

Main Lobby

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

The next morning...

"I'm off to search Yuri and Judith!" Estelle yelled. "I'm certain I'll find them today!"

"Just go!" Rita yelled from the hallway.

"Okay!" Estelle said cheerfully as she left the mansion.

Chris watched as the door got closed from the sofa as Repede laid down close to his feet. "Why do I think Rita didn't mention about what she almost did on me to Estelle?"

Repede whined.

"Of course..." he muttered. "She didn't want to be scolded by Estelle..."

A moment of silence fell in.

"(...I don't remember from which game they came from...)" Chris thought. "(If I recall, I haven't heard any notice about them at all... Are they from another platform?)"

Repede's ears perked up and he looked at the stairs.

"Man..." someone said from the steps of the stairs. Chris turned around and found Karol as he yawned. "I didn't see anyone weird like the puffball in my way here..."

"...And just who are you?" Chris asked confused.

Karol blinked and looked at the teen. "Oh, pardon me. I thought I was the only one in here."

"You and almost 30 more people like me, though."

"W-what? Thirty?" Karol asked a little bit surprised.

"This mansion has a lot of unique people living in here. How did you get in? ...Who are you?"

"M-my name is Karol Capel," Karol said. "I-I got in here because Rita found me fainted close to the entrance yesterday."

"You know Rita?"

"You know her?"

"She...let's just say I got in her bad side."

"Did she try to kill you for something?"

"..."

"...By the look of your face, I can tell..." Karol said with a shudder. "But you lived?"

"R-Repede saved me from her..." Chris said as he looked at Repede.

"Oh, Repede!" Karol smiled happily. "Gosh, thank goodness I found you!"

Repede whined a little.

"Yuri has been so worried about you!"

"I think I remember his name..." Chris trailed off.

"Wait," Karol looked at the 2. "Repede is awfully close to you. He'd normally stay away a few feet from strangers."

"He will?" Chris asked. "I think he likes me..."

"...Wow..." Karol commented. "Estelle should be jealous of you, then."

"L-let's not talk about that..." Chris said embarrassed. "B-but I think Repede is a very good dog. You know, he likes to sleep with me in my room."

"That's...surprising," Karol commented. "I hope Yuri doesn't get jealous either."

"Who's this Yuri?"

"He's Repede's owner," Karol said. "Yuri is pretty laid back and he is sometimes clumsy in some situations. He worked as a knight before but he turned down the job to live a much easier life." He got in a thinking position. "But, to be honest, he hasn't mention anything else than that. He evades some questions all the time..."

"..." Chris had no idea about this Yuri.

"O-oh, sorry if I mad you look confused," Karol apologized. "So, is Repede really hanging out with you?"

Repede nodded.

"...What did you do to him?" Karol asked. "He normally likes to be around witth Yuri and only him."

Repede showed his fangs. "Woof, woof!"

"H-hey! You don't have to get angry at me either!" Karol said.

Repede grunted and laid down as he glared at Karol.

"Now he hates me for something I said accidentally..." Karol trailed off before sighing. "...Well, anyway, I think you met Estelle already, right?"

As the 2 continued to talk, Pikachu peered from the stairs and looked at the 3. "Targets adquired. Cosplayer talking with crazy hairdo with scar dog at 10."

"Why do you have to talk like that?" Lucario asked as he appeared from behind him. "Who is that kid?"

"Shh!" Pikachu tried to push him back. "They're going to see us!"

"I don't think we have to hide."

"Look, who's helping you here?"

"Apparently, you."

"Apparently? Just listen to me!" Pikachu whispered before they moved back.

"Haven't you met anyone else in here?" Chris asked.

"N-no..." Karol said. "I-I remember something pink saying hello to me..."

"...Remember?"

Karol blushed. "I-I got startled by that! It's not my fault I haven't seen weird creatures that talk like that!"

Repede looked at him and snickered a little.

"B-Ba'ul is another monster though! I know he understands us but this is completely different!"

"You don't have to get scared and...faint..." Chris trailed off. "The people in here are all friendly. If they look odd to you it's because they're like that. They may look weird but they're good."

"I-I hope what you say is true..." Karol gulped.

"Speaking of which, here comes Jigglypuff."

Karol turned around and looked down. "U-uah!"

"Yes! Get scared by probably the most weakest Pok?mon ever!" Jigglypuff said before her eyes became full with tears. "Nobody appreciates me... U-huh..."

Chris hesitated and hugged Jigglypuff. "I-it's okay... You don't have to cry..."

Jigglypuff sniffed. "T-thank you..."

"(Stay calm, Karol, stay calm...)" Karol thought.

"Okay..." Chris showed him Jigglypuff. "Karol, this is Jigglypuff. She's a Pok?mon that likes to sing (and put people to sleep when she doesn't notice)."

"A...what?" Karol asked confused.

"...I have not a complete idea either..." Chris said before Jigglypuff glared at him. "Y-you had to be related to the mysterious world of Pok?mon..."

"..." Karol was a little skeptical. "O-okay, I'm standing up so I'm good now..."

"Well, if you managed to stay calm with her, the others should be better to talk with."

"Just don't offend me or I'll slap you," Jigglypuff threatened.

Karol sweatdropped. "I-I already learned my lesson!"

"Aww, sweet mornings without chaos..." Master Hand said as he came from the hallway. "Don't you agree? I love when nothing blows up when...I...um..."

"G-GIANT FLOATING HAND!!!" Karol screamed before he took out a big axe from the bag he was carrying. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

"What is the meaning of this?" Master Hand asked before the kid leaped to him and started to axe him down. "Hey! Oww! Ouch! Stop it, hey! Oww!"

The hand floated around the move to shake Karol off, but it was useless as Karol tried to stay on him to finish him off.

"S-stop!" Chris yelled. "H-he's good! Y-you don't have to kill him! ...Jigglypuff, are you laughing?"

"E-er, no..." Jigglypuff said while she blushed. "W-what makes you say that?"

"A-ha," Pikachu got an idea. "Lucario, stop that kid and his axe from murdering the hand."

"What could happen if I help?" Lucario asked.

"Who knows..." Pikachu half-closed his eyes. "You could get the chance to ask Master Hand about letting Repede go..."

At that mention, Lucario quickly jumped towards the hand.

However, just before he jumped...

Rita came from the hallway (as she was examining a Pok? Ball) and she looked up. "What the hell is happening now?"

"R-Rita!" Master Hand yelled as he stopped from running around in the air.

Karol fell down...

...And Lucario passed right above the hand and fell down to the floor.

"...Uuuumm..." Chris looked confused at his Pok?mon. "Lucario...what are you doing?"

"...Ugh..." Lucario got up and shook his head. "I...I wanted to help him..."

Rita didn't seem to understand the situation, but she got an idea. "Did Karol attack you because you scared him?"

"He went axe on me if you mean that," Master Hand said. "And did he get in while I was not looking?"

"If he did, then let him in."

"What?"

"Do you dare to go against me?" Rita asked with a glare.

"N-no, ma'am..." the hand said with a shudder.

"Good," Rita said as she closed her eyes. "Karol, apologize to that guy."

"H-hey, wait a minute! H-how can you be so calm when you know that a giant hand is in here?!" Karol asked.

"I told you before, and I don't need to explain myself again," Rita said. "But just don't go nuts on anyone in here so they don't get more bad impressions about us, got that?"

"W-well..." Karol tried to calm down. "I-I'm sorry..."

"..." Master Hand looked somewhat miffed.

"Everyone's happy," Rita said before she looked at Lucario. "By the way, don't be stupid and make out a fool of yourself like that again."

"(Grrr...)" Lucario grunted in his mind.

"No wonder why you're clumsy as well," Rita said before she walked away.

Red came from the other side of the hallway. "Has anyone seen my Pok? Ball?"

"Er...I think I saw it upstairs..." Chris said.

"Oh, thank you." Red walked up to the stairs and left.

"Why did you lie to him?" Jigglypuff asked.

"He doesn't stand a chance against Rita more than anyone here... I-I mean, no offense..." Chris said.

"Okay, okay..." Master Hand looked at Karol. "You can stay in here but don't destroy anything in the process. We've had a lot of problems in the past and I don't want to suffer anymore."

"..." Karol nodded worried.

"I'll go for now..." the hand said before he floated away.

Chris turned to Lucario. "I think you should go out and train some more."

"B-but..." Lucario trailed off.

"But? You're all right, correct?"

"Y-yes, but..."

"...You're weird..."

Lucario's eyes widened in shock as Repede grinned.

"W-who's that guy?" Karol asked half-scared.

"His name is Lucario. He's a Pok?mon like Jigglypuff here," Chris explained.

"(H-he looks somewhat scary for my tastes...)" Karol thought with a gulp. "N-nice to meet you, I'm Karol."

Lucario looked at Repede licking Jigglypuff's face. The Balloon Pok?mon giggled with some laughs.

"Who is this dog?" Jigglypuff as she smiled to him. "He's kind of cool."

It seemed that Repede was gaining the upper hand again...

That made Lucario use Extremespeed and disappear from there.

"H-hey! Where did he go?!" Karol asked surprised. "He didn't even say nice to meet you to me either!"

Chris sighed. "Sometimes he acts so weird...but today he is going overboard..."

Back with Pikachu hiding in the next floor, Lucario looked down in shame.

"Dude, you just embarrassed yourself in front of him," Pikachu said. "That's not helping at all."

"H-how was I supposed to know that Rita would stop the hand from running around?" Lucario asked. "I was focused on him and not anything else..."

Pikachu sighed. "Well, Repede is smart. He's got Jigglypuff now, a person you have yet to spend the time with."

"S-she doesn't want to see me, remember?" Lucario asked. "Not that I care about..." he muttered silently.

Pikachu glanced at the 4 who apparently seemed to be enjoying their time. "This is going to be a lot harder than I thought it would be. Repede could outsmart us if we're not careful... Wait, they're moving outside..."

"Anyway," Karol began. "I think I can hold my ground here for a while. Would you care to...well...spend the time outside with me? I'm just a newcomer to this place so I don't want to look unfamiliar with anyone."

"Sure thing," Chris said. "Let's go outside then. Jigglypuff, do you want to come?"

"Umm..." Jigglypuff wondered before she looked at Repede. "...Sure."

Was it Lucario, or did Repede know that he was being watched by them? The dog grinned at the Pok?mon before they went out.

"Grrr... Grrrr... GRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted more and more furiously as he showed his fangs in utter rage.

"Lucario, knock it off!" Pikachu yelled. "He's trying to make you fall in his trap!"

"Ugh..." Lucario closed his eyes and shook his head in shame. "...Should we follow them?"

"Well, you need to train your aura so that could be a perfect excuse to go out..." Pikachu said. "Let's follow them."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 14, 2009, 06:15:52 PM
Outside

A time passed after they decided to go out. As usual, Toon Link always took the opportunity to train his bow's skills with Raven.

"After masterin' that technique, I think we hafta move to another one," Raven explained. "Though this is going to be the last one."

"What?" Toon Link asked. "Why?"

"It's not too late before Estelle finds Yuri and Judith and go back to Dahngrest. You gotta enjoy good ol' Raven a little more."

"..." Toon Link looked worried.

"..." Raven tilted his head a smiled a bit. "Don't worry, I'll think about comin' here when I have the time."

"...Thanks..." Toon Link said with a nod.

"Okay!" Raven said energitally. "Time for you to know Raven's last lesson! Check this one out!"

Raven shot an arrow to the air at a high height. The old man looked at Toon Link.

"Well, you should see what I'm gonna do," Raven said with a wink.

The old man saw the arrow coming down at a slower pace.

"...Um...for what was that for?" Toon Link asked.

It was not long before Raven shot a fast arrow to the same arrow, making it somehow fall down faster like if he shot the arrow from high above and got stuck on the ground.

"Did ya see?" Raven asked. "I made the arrow go down much faster than before like if I was up there."

"But..." Toon Link looked confused.

"If ya think it only works for one spot, you're wrong."

He started to shoot several arrows at the air, and one by one, he shot more arrows.

Toon Link looked carefully as the arrows themselves descended but not straight. They all took different angles in a second and struck the ground at different far away spots across the grass.

"...Wow..." Toon Link muttered.

"I'm telling ya," Raven said. "This one is very hard to master."

"How do it master it?! How do I master it?!" Toon Link asked excited.

"Hesitant, aren't we?" Raven asked with a chuckle. "Okay. I'm going to explain ya how to do this. Everything is in the arrow itself."

"How?"

Raven took out an arrow and showed him the small blade on the top. "See the outline of outside? The iron of it helps to do this."

"Really?"

"Think you have a ball," Raven said. "Now, if you want to make that ball go up and right combined, you have to hit the ball from the opposite direction. Arrows are not the same, but I managed to make my own variation."

"Uh-huh..."

"Now, with an arrow it's very different. There's a high chance of failling and it took me quite a long time as well."

Toon Link looked down.

"But with my help, I'll assure ya that ya will master it faster."

"If you say so..."

"This technique is useful to fool your enemies," Raven explained. "You can shoot it behind your back and let your enemy get closer to you, then you turn, shoot the right angle, and BAM! You hit the eyes right in the middle! I'm telling ya that this technique is useful."

"I have a question."

"And it's also hard to make it go the way you want it to go," Raven said. "Your arrows are almost the same as mine so it's going to be a little bit easier. Movin' on, hitting the arrow at the right corner is very hard. A very small spaced hit could make it go to a totally different direction."

"T-then I'll start now!"

"Good. Remember this," Raven began. "You'll have to master it very soon. If it takes you long enough, then train during the night."

Without further talks, the toon swordsman started his arduos training.

Several feet away from them, Karol decided to explain more.

"At first I thought those guys were some sort of small Entelexias," Karol said.

"What are Entelexias?" Chris asked.

"They're very powerful creatures that are living as monsters, but they understand and talk human speech. Many wars broke out because of them and...well...I'd rather not talk about that..."

"Why?"

"Because those wars left very disastrous results. There's this big gaping hole that used to be a mountain and I got really scared once I had the chance to see it with my own eyes."

Repede yawned and slowly drifted off to sleep.

"I'm sure you've been living with them for quite a while without getting scared like me," Karol said. "Isn't it kind of weird to live with such people?"

"What's wrong with that?" Jigglypuff asked with a glare.

"N-nothing," Karol said as he shook his head.

"O-of course it's weird to live with such people," Chris said. "But...I guess I got used to it (because they're videogame characters...as yourself as well...)"

"Oh," Karol said. "I understand it. Just...are there more?"

"More than you imagine," Chris said. "I mean, I live with all kinds of people: monkeys, heroes, dinosaurs...thingies, birds, foxes, and many more."

From a tree, Pikachu peered them. "Targets are sitting down a tree. Me thinks Chris is developing romance at 12."

"Grrr..." Lucario grunted from behind the tree as he meditated.

"I-it's just a joke..." Pikachu gulped. "Anyway, dog is not moving as he's just sleeping close to them. Nobody else is in sight...oh wait..."

Karol's eyes widened. "O-o-o-o-o-oh my god! A-a-a-an angel!"

Pit looked bored. "Is he another of those people who thin-"

"I-I'm dead! Oh no, I'm dead!" Karol screamed. "I knew there was something odd with this place! R-Rita would have been killed everyone in here but she can't because she's dead as well! Aaaaaaaaaaah!!!"

"Karol!" Chris slapped him. "Calm down! No one is dead here!"

"B-but there's an angel in front of me!" Karol screamed.

"Can't you make those wings disappear for once?!" Chris whispered as he blocked the kid's eyes.

"No!" Pit yelled. "This is how I am! Accept it or just forget it!"

"Who's saying that I'm not accepting it?!" Chris asked. "Karol can't!"

"Duaaaaaaaah!" Karol screamed.

Repede seemed to be getting fed up by the screams that he barked at Karol to shut him up.

"There's too much yelling in here!" Jigglypuff yelled.

Pikachu was watching the whole event and he got another idea. "Lucario, shut the kid!"

"Why?" Lucario asked.

"I think Chris wants to have more silence instead of screams and barks. Go now!"

Lucario sighed in shame before he got up and ran to the 5.

"Shut up!" Chris yelled as he blocked Karol's mouth and stopped Repede from barking. "Phew..."

"...What are you doing?" Pit asked to Lucario who was about to lean one hand to Karol's mouth...

...And he stopped right in front of Chris's hand.

"...Weren't you training a minute ago?" Chris asked.

"I...ah..." Lucario couldn't find something to say as Pikachu facepalmed from behind the tree. The Aura Pok?mon pulled his hand back and blushed a little. "I...was bothered by the screams..."

"...Well, I stopped him now..." Chris said as Karol seemed to be calming down. Chis removed his hand and the kid sighed.

"I'm...fine now..." Karol said. "...I'm not dead...nobody here is dead...and I just got scared again..."

Repede seemed to be pleased at Lucario's stupid move.

"...W-well..." Chris shifted his eyes. "...You can go now..."

"Y-yes," Lucario said with a nod as he slowly turned.

He narrowed his eyes at the grinning Repede before he walked away to the tree with Pikachu.

"That was pretty weird..." Pit said.

"Weird?" Karol repeated. "Y-you're an angel that's walking the same earth I'm walking!"

"Just because I'm an angel doesn't mean you're dead!" Pit yelled. "I hate when people discriminates me for what I am!"

"Pit, calm down!" Chris yelled. "Karol isn't discrimnating you! He's just not used to meet people like yourself!"

Back with Pikachu, he was rubbing his arm after Lucario hit it for embarrassing him.

"You're not helping at all," Lucario said as he glared down at him. "You're making me look embarrassed in front of everyone."

"Y-you have to react faster!" Pikachu yelled. "You're too slow at reacting!"

"You better come up with something good or else I'm going to kill you."

Pikachu's eyes widened. "O-okay, but stop threatening me..."

"..." Lucario sighed. "Just...don't fail again..."

"I'm trying to..."

"What?!"

"I-I'm doing it!" Pikachu yelled.

"You better..."

"(One screw up and Ash will have my cousin for the rest of his life...)" Pikachu thought before looking back at the 5. "Let's see, the kid calmed down and he made friends with Pit somehow..."

"J-just how many different people are in there?" Karol asked as he tried to forget about his embarrassing screams. "There aren't any demons, right?"

"Etna would have been one..." Pit muttered.

"What?"

"L-look, even if some look weird, they're not bad or scaring," Chris said. "Everyone is good and you don't have to be afraid of anyone. Pit should be the only most shocking person of the whole mansion."

"I-I hope so..." Karol said. "N-no offense either..."

"None taken," Pit said.

"A-anyway..." Karol continued. "I think I need to meet everyone so I can get used to the new faces. Estelle seemed pretty happy unlike me."

"And Rita has everyone under her foot," Chris said. "Bastard..." he muttered.

"I understand if you hate Rita," Karol said. "But if you try to get to her, you could end up liking her."

"She almost killed 6 of us," Pit said.

"...Oh..." Karol responded. "Guess you made her mad for something then."

Chris looked away embarrassed. "Do you want to go inside now?"

"Oh, okay."

Pikachu watched the 5 going back inside.

"Luc, they're going in," Pikachu whispered.

"My name i-" Lucario got interrupted.

"Do you want to follow them?"

"...It's Lucario," he said. "And...fine."

"Good, good... We'll have to make sure you're out though. Chris thinks you're meditating so I'm going to be your eyes."

"I can use a little bit of my aura to se-"

"I'M GOING to be your EYES, okay?"

Lucario frowned before he nodded with a sigh.

Main Lobby

Pit and Jigglypuff decided to leave the 3 as they went to different directions.

"Rita ended up burning the whole first floor," Chris said as they sat down.

"For?" Karol asked.

"Because the hand was being an ass to me."

Both of them nearly hopped after hearing Rita's voice from across the sofa. She was busy clicking on a virtual screen above what looked to be one of Samus's Super Missiles.

"R-Rita! Y-you almost made my heart jump out my mouth!" Karol said in shock.

"Where did you get your hands on that?" Chris asked.

"It was laying around..." Rita lied as she didn't look them.

"...Really?"

Rita glared at him.

"I-I'll be quiet..."

Repede showed his fangs to her from the floor.

"Look, you dog," Rita said. "You better put your nose somewhere else that isn't of my own turf, got it?"

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked angrily.

"Rita, did he do something to you?"

After a long debate of explanations coming from Rita and Chris...

"Fine," Rita said extremely mad. "I kind of wanted to take something from him but that's that."

"..." Karol looked bored. "Yuri is so going to be on Repede's side then."

"Whatever, I don't care anymore..." Rita said. "...Oh, lookie here. I found something good within this Blastia..."

"L-leaving that aside," Chris said. "Nobody here is dangerous at all."

"So true," Rita said with several nods as she was still messing around with the screen she made appear above the missile.

Chris closed his eyes half-mad. "You can get along pretty well if you try to."

"If they bother you, mention my name," Rita said.

"That only works with Master Hand!" Chris yelled.

"Really? Oh, I thought it worked for everyone too."

"Just ignore her," Chris whispered. "Thought there are some people you shouldn't try to spend the time with that much because they... How do I put it?"

"They what?" Karol asked.

"They hate kids like you."

Both of them looked at their right and found Wolf looking down at Karol. The young axe wielder looked at him straight to the eyes.

"N-n-n-n-n-nice to meet you..." Karol stuttered.

"Tsk." Wolf frowned. "Who let this kid in now?"

"Knock it off," Rita said as she didn't look him. "Karol's scared because you're half-wolf."

"Not to mention you're a thug..." Chris muttered.

At that moment, Karol passed out and fainted.

"Kids are weird each day..." Wolf muttered with a frown. "Hey you, the goggles girl."

"What?" Rita asked.

"Don't act so innocent to me."

"(Does she look innocent to you?)" Chris thought bored.

"Give it back."

"I don't know what you're talking about," Rita said, closing her eyes. "If you're done bothering me, go away."

"Not unless you give me back something that is mine and only mine," Wolf said with a glare.

"I don't have anything," Rita responded before returning to her research.

Wolf walked right in front of her, crossed his arms, and looked down at her. "Listen, pesky girl. You try to act so funny around me and I'll claw that throat of yours out."

"Ooh, I'm so scared," Rita taunted. "The mutt is gonna punch me. Help me, somebody."

"Enough about this," Wolf said. "Give me back my gun."

"Hmm...let's see..." Rita put a finger to her chin and looked above. "A gun? I do remember a gun with an useless knife attached to it..."

"...You didn't do anything to it, did you?" Wolf asked as he narrowed his eyes at her.

Chris was watching this closely as he tried to wake up Karol. "(I don't know why, but this conversation is getting interesting all of a sudden... I-I'm not wishing for Wolf's death either!)"

"Besides taking the knife out? It's pretty much normal," Rita said as she continued to look at the missile.

"You little..." Wolf muttered through gritted fangs.

"R-Rita, I think you should stop taking things away from people without asking for the-" Chris stopped talking after the Genius Mage glared at him. "G-go ahead, I meant..."

Wolf frowned at Chris before looking back at Rita. "Give it back or I'll kick you. I don't care if you're a stubborn girl."

"Hmm," Rita hmm'd.

Chris didn't like where this was going at all...

Pikachu, who was still watching the scene from the window, decided to call Lucario. "Lucario, you should get Wolf's Blaster back to him."

"Tell me why," Lucario said as he continued to meditate.

"Chris doesn't want Rita to get mad like yesterday. If you advert her chaos, Chris will feel happy and relieved."

"I'll do it and fast," Lucario said before he stood up and used Extremespeed.

Unfortunately for Lucario, Repede had enough of the event about to unfold that he quickly went to Rita and dug his mouth behind her back.

"Y-you dog! Not again!" Rita complained as she tried to push the dog away.

Chris looked at his right and found Lucario. "What are you doing here? I thought you were training."

"I..." Lucario felt a deja vu moment.

He arrived late 3 times...

...And Extremespeed wasn't that extreme at all.

"What the..." Wolf just watched the dog looking for his Blaster behind Rita. The Genius Mage tried and tried, but Repede was stubborn in getting the Blaster.

A cry of pain came from Repede as he got his mouth out and covered it with his paws and laid down.

"W-what the..." came as multiple responses from Rita and an awakened Karol.

Wolf looked confused at this. "Why did the dog do that for? He just got himself hurt by the knife."

"(...Wait...)" Lucario looked down at Repede before he smiled a little. "(He got hurt by the knife...)"

Yes, it seemed that Repede failed to complete his task...

"Repede!" Chris yelled as he knelt and examined the dog. "A-are you all right?! A-are you hurt?!"

Oh, wait a minute there...

Repede whimpered as he uncovered his mouth and showed a long cut across his lower jaw. Blood started to come out and Chris panicked a little. "Y-you poor thing... L-Lucario! Go and get the First Aid kit!"

This was ABSOLUTELY wrong...

Not only Repede hurt his mouth by accident and caused Chris to feel worried about him...

...But Lucario was going to be the ONE to bring something to heal his wound.

This just turned out much more bad to Lucario that he expected it to be.

"I-I..." Lucario stuttered in shock.

"Oh no, blood is starting to come out!" Chris yelled. "Lucario! Please, help him!"

Pure frustration...pure frustration was the only thing Lucario was feeling insid-

"Lucario!"

"Y-yes!" Lucario nodded as he ran away to get the kit for Repede.

Repede whimpered again and Chris rubbed his head. "I-it's okay, you're going to be okay. Hang in there, please!"

"Kid, the dog is not going to die," Wolf said. "Don't get that worked up either. That reminds me."

With a swift move, Wolf snatched his Blaster back from Rita's back as well as the knife. "H-hey!" Rita said.

"Tocuh my thing, and I'll touch that throat," Wolf threatened before he walked away.

"Hmph..." Rita frowned angrily.

Lucario came back with the kit and he dropped it to Chris. "Lucario!" Chris yelled.

"I-I'm sorry..." Lucario said ashamed. "I-it slipped from my hand..."

Without further interruptions, Chris started to treat Repede's wound as Lucario walked away with a furious but silent grunt.

But why was Repede grinning for a moment? Was that his plan all along?

"..." Karol looked at Rita while Chris was busy. "Rita..."

"Don't think I didn't see that," Rita said. "The dog isn't that reckless around knives because he uses them to fight."

"Yeah..." Karol whispered. "Repede doesn't whimper either. Come to think of it, he's acting a little bit weird today..."

"He got himself that long cut? I doubt he would even get such a bad wound like that," Rita said before she wondered. "Maybe the kid is the reason..."

"Huh?"

"Forget what I said," Rita said. "But just to be sure, keep an eye of the dog's weird attitude."

"Okay, I'll do that."

"I don't want Yuri to scold me for his behavior."

"You're going to get scolded anyway... Wait, do you even get scolded?"

"There, there..." Chris interrupted as he rubbed Repede's head. "That bandage will keep the blood in. You're fine now."

Repede whined and wagged his tail.

"W-what the heck? He's wagging his tail!" Karol whispered. "He never does that, ever!"

"Look, I'm not that worried about the dog's behavior," Rita whispered. "You can get worried for him, though. Watch him closely."

"He's fine," Chris said to them. "He's going to be all right."

"T-thank goodness," Karol said to sound normal. "H-hey, I want to see the mansion a little bit more. Can you show me around?"

"Oh, sure," Chris said with a nod. "Repede will have to follow us so he stays out of trouble."

Repede felt stupid for a moment, but he had to agree with a nod.

"Sure thing, I don't mind," Karol said as the 3 went to the hallway and left Rita alone.

"...I can't hardly wait to see Yuri back..." Rita said sarcastically before she returned to see the missile.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 15, 2009, 05:03:15 PM
Outside

"Repede's so smart," Pikachu remarked. "He can outsmart us very WEEEEELL!!!"

Lucario shoved Pikachu to his face. "Listen to me one last time! I'm sick of getting embarrassed in front of Chris and everyone! You better have something good the next time or else I'm going to make sure you die by my hands!"

"L-L-L-Lucario! P-please, calm down! I-I'm doing my best to help you out! W-why would I want to make you look stupid?!"

"Grrrrrrrrrrrrr..."

"I-I mean, I don't want to make you look stupid!" Pikachu said. "J-just give it some time!"

Lucario dropped Pikachu to the grass. "You better have something...or else..."

"I'm as good as dead underneath a grave, I know..." Pikachu sighed in relief. "We'll have to keep moving around to stay sure."

"I had to help him above all..." Lucario muttered embarrassed.

As the 2 changed to another location, Sonic was looking up to the clouds below another tree. The hedgehog was trying to figure out how to solve his problem with Mr. I'm Your Dark Self and the transformation in 9 days.

"What could I do?" Sonic asked as he folded his arms and leaned to the tree. "Pretty soon I'll be scratching my neck with my foot or worse..."

"Oh, who might you be?"

Sonic turned his head around and looked up. "...Who're you?"

Estelle appeared from the other side of the tree. She looked very happy, and even more than she was before. "Guess what! I managed to find Judith!"

"...Hurray..." Sonic said.

In truth, Estelle was able to find Judith, who looked normal, even around the hedgehog.

"Oh, sorry if we interrupted you," Estelle apologized with a bow. "I-I didn't think you wanted to be alone..."

"Hmm..." Sonic just closed his eyes.

"..." Estelle looked excited. "Judith, do you mind if I go and get Yuri next? He's the only one left to find and I can't wait to reunite everyone again!"

Judith is a Kritya, part of a hidden civilization that hides from humans and the world itself. She's sees battles as something fun and she always displays a happy attitude to anyone, as well a being carefree. She's very skilled in combat with her lance. She may look bored, but that's the way she looks like.

"Always you and your cheery attitude," Judith with a smile. "Okay. I'll try to settle in this place."

"Thank you!" Estelle said happily before she went back to the forest.

Judith chuckled. "That's the Estelle I know," she said with another chuckle. "Well, she said Karol, Repede, Raven, and Rita are here. I wonder where they are inside."

"..."

Judith looked down. "Oh, I'm sorry. I forgot you were resting here. Are you sure you're fine?"

"Meh..."

"I'll take that as a yes," Judith said. "Hmm. Do you mind if you show me around?"

"..."

"The silent type, huh?" Judith asked. "Well, I just hope you don't stay outside for so long."

"..." Sonic opened an eye to her. "Why would that be?"

"Oh, you're awake for this little info," Judith said with a small grin. "You should't stay here until night because...monsters appear..."

"Monsters?" Sonic asked.

"Uh-huh. There are some odd things happening around here." Judith rubbed her chin. "I know this sounds weird, but those monsters started to appear some days before, and they seem to appear at night. I had to be always at guard for any of those night stalkers."

"...And?"

"And I was able to hold my ground," Judith said with a smile. "It was very fun."

"...Sure it was..." Sonic said before closing his eyes.

"Just be careful out here at night," Judith suggested. "I don't think they attack houses unless someone bothers them."

"Sure, sure..." Sonic said before he yawned and fell asleep.

"..." Judith tilted her head. "You look cute when you sleep."

Judith looked at her right side and found someone rushing towards her. The person slid on the grass and stopped right in front of her.

"Hello there," C. Falcon said with a grin. "I knew you were going to appear sooner or later around these parts."

"You saw me from the 4th floor of that mansion when I came here, right?" Judith asked with a look of amusement on her face.

"Ouch, you have a sharp eye," C. Falcon said with a chuckle. "I like girls like you."

"Well..." Judith put her hands behind her back and looked at him by the side. "I wouldn't mind if you showed me around. I want to know if there are any rooms inside that place. Would it be okay if I stay here for some days?"

"Absolutely!" C. Falcon said as he took her hand. "Follow me. You'll love this place as much as I do."

"Heheheh," Judith chuckled. "I think I'm going to have a lot of fun myself."

"Sure you will..." C. Falcon said. "Sure you will..."

Sonic opened his eyes and watched the 2 entering the mansion. The hedgehog just sighed. "He's gonna show his moves to her..." He remembered something as he looked up. "I think I heard him saying that line over and over yesterday during the night... Meh, I'll leave him."

As he closed his eyes, he recalled what Judith said to him.

"(Monsters appearing at night? Weird...)"

Living Room

A time passed, and afternoon came faster than expected as Chris, Karol, and Repede were sitting down on a sofa of the living room (or at least Repede was laying down).

"Okay..." Karol said. "I already met 2 guys with big noses."

"I-I told you Mario and Luigi are like that!" Chris said. "They're humans!"

"Yeah, well, that didn't look too human to me," Karol said. "Secondly, I met the knight."

"That was Samus's armor. She was inside of it...though I wonder why she isn't outside of it."

"Thirdly, I met the dinosaur."

"Fortunately you didn't faint."

"He seemed kinda cute...I-I mean, he seemed normal," Karol said. "Fourtly, I met those kids with the huge heads."

"...I rather not talk about Ness and Lucas..." Chris said.

"And lastly, I met that cold guy with the long crack on his rear."

Chris chuckled as well as Repede. "S-Snake said he was going to get another suit than that one..."

"And lastly again, I met the masked one..." Karol gulped. "I-I think he was far scarier though..."

"That was...his dark voice..." Chris said.

"I-it sounded pretty deep to me..." Karol shook his head. "But over all, I think I managed to get used to this place. It's kind of cool actually."

"Thank goodness," Chris said. "No more screams then?"

"I-I was just surprised!"

"Should I recall the times before this one?"

"No!"

"I was just asking..." Chris said before he chuckled silently.

"Well," Karol hopped off from the sofa. "I want to see if Estelle can find Judith and Yuri so we can go back to Dahngrest as soon as possible. We need to go back soon or else Alexei will cause trouble for everyone."

Alexei was a high ranked Imperial Knight (knights of Estelle's home) and was honored by all until he decided to unveil his true reasons and kidnap Estelle for a power she has within herself. Fortunately, Yuri and the others managed to save Estelle from becoming a lethal weapon to the world.

"Who?" Chris asked.

"A very bad guy who looked like a good guy..." Karol looked down. "I never knew the guy very well, but to know someone who suddenly betrays the loyalty they're in is just...so sudden and enraging..."

"..." Chris looked down.

"Let me ask you something," Karol began. "Does anyone here look like they're going to betray you at some point?"

"N-no..." Chris responded.

"Well..." Karol looked unsure. "...I think you can change the people's minds so they don't betray you. They may look like good guys until they stab you on the back by betraying you."

"I..."

Repede showed his fangs and growled at Karol.

"I-I'm not saying someone here is going to betray you very soon! I-I'm just saying a prevention!"

"Woof!" Repede barked.

"I-it's okay..." Chris said. "I know nobody here wants to betray anyone. Wolf already did once but because he had no choice."

"I see..." Karol sighed.

"...But I trust them so much," Chris said. "If they ever betray me, they're going to feel a great remorse for doing that."

"Optimism is always good," Karol said with a nod.

"Thanks..." Chris said with a nod. "...I'm surprised."

"Huh? Why?" Karol asked.

"You're very smart for being younger than me. It's really surprising to me."

Karol grinned and scratched his nose. "Heheh, am I? A great leader like me should give out examples to others. Brave Vesperia should be recognized by all!"

"...Did I make you say all that?"

Karol blushed. "W-well, it's your fault! You made me go this way!"

"And right over here," C. Falcon began as he entered the room. "Is the room where you hang out with somebody. Now, do you know with who I want to hang out?"

Judith came in and chuckled. "I don't know. You seem to be looking at me weird."

"Oh-ho-ho, you have very good eyes."

Chris looked bored...

But Karol looked happy.

"Judith!" Karol cut in.

"Karol," Judith said with a small smile. "Good to see you again. Hey there, Repede."

Repede seemed to smile a little.

"...Where did you get that bandage on your mouth?" Judith asked.

"He cut himself with a knife he was trying to grab," Chris said.

"...Really..." Judith eyed Repede for a little while. "...I guess it happens."

"(So she knew right off with a single look,)" Karol thought with a nod. "Good to know you were found."

"Who said I was lost?" Judith asked.

"L-leaving them aside," C. Falcon interrupted. "What do you want to do now?"

"(Hey!)" Chris and Karol thought annoyed.

"Just relax," Judith said as she sat down on a sofa. "I'm so tired..."

"...Ooh, me too," C. Falcon said as he sat on another sofa. "I'm getting too warm myself. I should take my suit o-"

A pillow was thrown to his face by Chris.

"Sorry, but I rather relax now." Judith sighed.

"..." C. Falcon tossed the pillow away. "Okay, okay..."

Outside

"So he didn't do that much after all..." Pikachu said. "Well, that's good."

"No, it's not," Lucario said. "Repede likes Chris, and Chris likes him more than me..."

Pikachu noticed the depressed look on Lucario's face.

"L-Lucario, I don't think Chris likes Repede much more than you."

"You're not right. I've seen everything he has done and I just made myself look stupid..." Lucario sighed. "I'm not worthy to be with Chris anymore..."

"Whoa whoa whoa." Pikachu moved his hand forward. "Lucario, Chris like you better."

"You're saying because you want to cheer me..."

"No, I'm honest," Pikachu said. "How long have you been with Chris?"

"Ever since the summer of the last year," Lucario said. "He always spent the time with me, but he looks happier with that dog..."

"...You're his first Pok?mon, right?"

"Yes."

"...That explains everything and solves your problem."

"Why?"

"Lucario, when you get the chance to be the first Pok?mon of your trainer, there's a high chance that Chris won't drop you for another person...or dog in this case..."

"Sure..." Lucario trailed off.

"I'm telling the truth!" Pikachu yelled. "Ash always gets new Pok?mon in each month but he never stops from letting me out and rest on his shoulder. He doesn't let me inside my Pok? Ball because I don't want to. Ash likes me a lot and I like him a lot as we-"

"You're here and not with him."

"...B-besides that, Ash will like me for the rest of his life because I'm his first Pok?mon to get! You're Chris first Pok?mon and he won't stop from liking you the same as Ash does with me!"

"..." Lucario closed his eyes.

Pikachu made a worried face. "If you think I'm lying to you, I'm not. I'm talking through after years and years of experience. In my opinion, you're far better than any other Lucario I've ever met."

"You only met one."

"Partly," Pikachu said. "That Lucario was a wuss compared to you. I mean, he had to undergo aura training because he didn't know how to use it when he first evolved, but you follow the trend very well."

"...That aside..."

"O-oh, right," Pikachu said with a nod. "Chris will like you more than Repede an any bastard he dares to take care of."

"...Just maybe..." Lucario said. "...But the idea of Repede being evil bothers me."

"Yeah, you told me that," Pikachu said. "That dog is sinister, I tell you. We have to do something about him."

"But what?" Lucario asked. "What we could possibly do against Repede? I can't attack him, I can't look good with him around, I can't get Chris's attention, I can't achieve what I want, everything is useless against Repede..."

"...Wait just a minute," Pikachu interrupted as he wondered something. "Didn't the pink-haired princess said something about Repede having an owner? What was his name? Yuri?"

"I know what you mean," Lucario said. "But we don't have a clue about how he looks like."

"True..." Pikachu closed his eyes and turned around. Lucario looked at him before looking forward. "Dammit! If only we had something like a lead to this Yuri guy, then we could persuade him to do something with Repede..."

"Yeah," a voice said. "I wonder why you are wondering about my lost dog."

"..." Pikachu opened his eyes and looked up. "...Who the hell are you?"

Somehow, Lucario grinned with a chuckle...

...

YES, he grinned at the person's shadow.

Main Lobby

Raven got inside and sighed after he left Toon Link training by himself. "That kid has a lot of guts, I tell ya," he said to no one in particular. "...Hey, isn't that... Judith, dear!"

The old man found the 5 on the nearby sofas of the lobby and he ran in front of Judith. "Aw, good to see ya again around these parts, Judith."

Judith chuckled. "So Rita didn't kill you after all."

Raven sweatdropped. "Yeah, remind me of my awful moments, why don't ya?"

Judith chuckled in amusement. "Nice to see you again."

"...Oh well," Raven said as he looked at them. "Guess it's not too late for Estelle to find Yuri."

Repede whined.

"You want to stay with him again, right, pooch?"

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked.

"Oh, I'm glad," Chris said. "I can't wait to let Repede go with his owner. I bet he's very worried about him."

Repede whined and jumped to Chris to laid down his head on his legs. "Woof, woof!" Repede barked happily.

"Er...I guess he likes me as much as him..." Chris said unsure.

"..." Raven tilted his head. "(The pooch's actin' weird today...)"

Rita came from the hallway (examining a Super Scope 7) and looked at the 6. "...Oh, Judith is here..."

"Rita," Judith said with a smile. "I'm glad to see you well."

"Oh well..." Rita moved his shoulders up. "Good, I guess..."

"Sooo..." Karol trailed off. "It's just Yuri and we're done here, right?"

Rita looked annoyed. "Yeah, he comes in and we leave this mansion full of Blastias that I haven't examined yet."

"Rita, you can't go around and take everything for you only!" Karol said (he probably was fine to said that for the fact that Repede, Raven, and Judith were in there). "You'll have to stop that very soon."

"Who're you to tell me what to do?" Rita asked with a glare. "You're just looking brave because the old man and Judith are in here, right?"

Karol gasped and shook his head. "N-no, what makes you say that?"

"A very repetitive hunch I have," Rita said sarcatically. "You get in my research, you get out burned."

Karol whimpered a little bit.

"(So much for the leader of Brave Vesperia...)" Chris thought bored.

C. Falcon looked at them. "W-wait, you'll leave soon? But I haven't shown you all the mansion yet!"

"Don't worry," Judith said with a chuckle. "I bet I enjoyed it while it lasted."

"Besides," Raven interrupted. "She likes to hang out with someone else."

"Not you, that's for sure," Judith said.

"...Y-yeah..." Raven said bored.

At that moment, Kirby appeared from behind the sofa.

"U-uah!" Karol yelled. "I-it's that...creature again!"

"Um?" Kirby tilted his head confused. "You're the kid who fainted yesterday."

"H-hey! Don't say that!" Karol yelled.

Rita looked away. "Sheesh, he's just very docile, Karol..."

"I think he's cute," Judith said. "And very."

Rita blushed. "W-well, I think he is...and that's that! Nobody dare to say something else to me!"

"W-why can't everyone else get surprised like me?" Karol asked.

"We get surprised, not scared," Raven said.

"The old man is right," said a voice. "That's very typical of you, Karol."

"Hey!" Karol yelled annoyed. "T-that's not true! I-I get surprised and not scared! Why can't you support me, Yu-"

The kid stopped from yelling and most of them blinked surprised.

"...That voice..." Raven muttered surprised.

"Oh god..." Karol blinked surprised. "T-tell me my ears aren't deceiving me..."

Rita looked at the door. "Oh, he's here."

"I guess Estelle managed to find him," Judith said.

Repede got a shocked look and looked up.

From the door, Estelle, (a grinning) Lucario, Pikachu, and what looked to be a long purple-haired swordsman stood inside and looked at the other group. The swordsman walked to them as Karol's smile grew wider with excitement before he leaped from the sofa and hugged the swordsman tightly.

Raven just leaned his head back and grinned. "Welcome back."

"We missed you a little bit," Judith said.

"Yeah," Rita nodded simply.

"Yuri!" Karol yelled happily. "Good to see you here at last!"

"I-I was able to find everyone..." Estelle said as she wiped a tear. "I-I'm so glad I did it..."

"...So..." Chris trailed off. "...He is Yuri then..." he muttered.

Repede blinked surprised before he jumped off from Chris and walked to his owner. Yuri looked down at him and smiled a bit.

"Hey there," Yuri said with a wink to his dog. "Looks like you got lost for quite a while, haven't you, Repede?"

Repede whined silently as Lucario chuckled in triumph.

TO BE CONTINUED...

..........................................................................................

"Night's Dark Future. W-wait, is this the last chapter with me? Crap! Damn it all!" Rita cursed.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 17, 2009, 02:05:07 PM
Chapter 134: Night's Dark Future

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

"So Repede," Yuri began. "How have you been all these days?"

"...Woof, woof!" Repede barked happily and nodded.

Okay, something was off from this little talk...

"Wait," Karol began. "I don't know why, but why do I think you know something that we don't, Yuri?"

"Man," Yuri said as he scratched his head. "You noticed then?"

"Notice what exactly?" Raven asked confused. "I'm afraid I'm not understandin' this at all."

"He could be meaning about Repede," Judith said. "Is that what you mean, Yuri?"

"Heh, right," Yuri said with a chuckle. "It seems Repede enjoyed his personal vacation very much as he wanted."

Music stops with a scratch

Dead silence fell in the room as everyone looked at each other.

"...Pardon me?" Rita broke the silence. "Did I hear well? The dog took a vacation by abandoning us?"

"Yeah," Yuri said. "Cool, isn't? Dogs like him want to take vacations once in a while."

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked happily.

"Wait, what?" Chris asked. "B-but Repede was lost and..."

"Who're you?" Yuri asked.

"I-I'm the one who found Repede outside some days ago. My name is Chris."

"Oh, I see..." Yuri looked back at Repede. "He seems to be very pleased for his vacation in here. Did you take care of him?"

"Y-yes, I did. He's been with me all this time."

"Oh, I see," Yuri said with a nod. "Guess he enjoyed his stance in here very much."

"...This...is..." Lucario muttered as he seemed to get furious.

"Lucario?" Pikachu asked. "Are you okay?"

"No...I'm...not..."

Yuri turned around and looked at Lucario. "Man, what are you? Or, who are you exactly? I haven't met guys like you ever in my life unless you're an Entelexia."

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU
UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!
"

The Aura Pok?mon roared in extreme fury as almost everything inside the mansion shook violently. Yuri stepped a few feet away from the angry Lucario as some of the others looked somewhat surprised at the sudden action that he decided to make just now.

"Whoa!" Yuri said as reached for his sword. "You're mad and turned into a monster?"

Chris glanced at the fainted Karol (because of the roar) and looked at Lucario a little bit worried. "L-Lucario! W-why did you just ro-"

"SHUT UP!" Lucario yelled angrily. "THIS IS...VERY STUPID!"

"W-what is stupid?" Chris asked as Kirby hid beneath him.

At that moment, half of the Smashers came from the hallways and even upstairs after the roar. The guests in there looked around as the others looked at them.

"..." Yuri just looked. "...Er..."

"..." Chris shook his head. "W-what is stupid?"

"I've been trying ALL DAY to expose that bastard's true intentions!" Lucario yelled as he pointed at Repede with a glowing hand. "That dog shouldn't be allowed to live that easily on my watch!"

"..." Rita looked at Repede. "Well, we think the same things."

"Rita!" Estelle yelled.

Repede merely blinked.

"Don't bring that stupid nonsense again!" Lucario yelled. "Chris, and everyone in here, Repede wants to separate people from each other by liking him!"

"Oh noez!" Popo screamed. "It's the end of the world!"

Nana slapped him.

"Repede told me last night that he wants to do it himself!" Lucario yelled. "He even said that he was evil!"

Everyone looked at Repede, and the dog merely looked back at them.

"Chris, he wants to separate me from you by making me look stupid while he attracts you even closer to him!" Lucario yelled. "Even if he's a trained dog, he's a trained dog that wants to cause despair to people!"

"...Oh..." Judith said with several nods. "Continue please..."

"Don't let him make you think he's good in any way," Lucario said as he glared down at the dog. "This imbecile has to die before he does more foolish things around here!"

Lucario raised his glowing hand of aura, showed his fangs at Repede, and many of them gasped.

"Whoa there!" Yuri interrupted as he grabbed Lucario's hand in the air. "You're not going to hurt Repede on my watch."

"And who are you to tell me what to do and what is right?!" Lucario asked with pure rage. "He is a bastard, and you know that very well!"

"Repede's been a hero of The Capital for a long time," Yuri said. "I doubt he's evil."

"What?!" Lucario asked.

"You hear me," Yuri said. "Repede here is a hero of the people of the lower quarter."

The Capital has its castle on the highest point, followed by wealthy mansions and houses, that are then followed by a big section called the lower quarter, where many poor people (as well as Yuri and Repede) live.

"This bastard is a hero?!" Lucario asked with rage. "I'm not going to believe that stupid lie!"

"You're talking with his owner himself," Yuri pointed out. "Repede is the leader of a pack of weak dogs that once were ordered by bad and strong leaders. They caused panic to the weak, and even caused havoc to the people of the lower quarter."

"...Ah!" Karol got up. "You mean that story?"

"Okay, I'm not going to go that much into detail," Yuri said to everyone (who seemed to be interested at this sudden explanation). "Long story short, Repede decided to become strong and protect everyone by defeating the leaders...and now he's their boss."

"..."

A dead silence fell in as Repede sat down proud.

"...Hmm..." Marth rubbed his chin. "...Admirable."

"Yeah," Roy said. "Who would've thought that he did it?"

"That was incredible," Zelda said. "I can't believe Repede became stronger to protect his loved ones."

Many of the Smashers began to praise Repede's action as Chris seemed to be really impressed by the stor-

"SHUT UP!" Lucario yelled. "I can't believe you're all believing that false lie! So he defeated some useless dogs and what?! That's just a cloak to hide his annoying attitude!"

"Hey you," Yuri began. "Stop being a smart ass around Repede."

"What did you just say?! GRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted with pure fury at Yuri.

"Hey," Link interrupted. "You shouldn't start a fight in here, Lucario."

"Who's asking you?!" Lucario asked. "Repede needs to die right here!"

"H-hey!" Karol glared at Lucario. "You shouldn't be acting like that towards Repede!"

"You better shut your mouth," Lucario threatened. "Repede only that so he could get away with anything he wanted in front of everyone. He shouldn't go unpunished!"

"B-but Repede is a good dog!" Estelle interrupted. "I-I don't see why he needs to be executed unfairly!"

"Unfairly?! Have you been listening to what I was trying to say all this time?!" Lucario asked furiously. "Get in that stupid little head of yours that Repede is nothing but a big bastard!"

"H-hey!" Estelle glared at him. "You should not dare to yell at me again!"

"You're being a fool for believing in that dog!"

A sudden big argument erupted between Lucario, Yuri, Estelle, Karol, and even most of the Smashers in the lobby. Everyone was against Lucario's ideas that grew more and more violent as time passed. The Aura Pok?mon argued and argued loudly about murdering Repede while everyone else argued and argued...as well.

And for Rita, Chris, C. Falcon, Repede, Raven, Judith, and Kirby...

"My my," Judith commented as she saw the argument. "We're surely grumpy today, aren't we?"

"Hmm," Rita said simply. "I want to see if someone dies today."

"T-that's kind of cruel..." Kirby commented.

"Sorry, but sometimes I do enjoy pointless ramblings like this one."

"Man," Raven said as he cleaned his right ear. "All this argument is makin' me feel tired."

"Kidding aside," Judith began. "Repede is clearly a good dog."

Repede whined.

"I know," Judith said with a nod. "You're not a bad dog, are you?"

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked.

"I dunno how to talk Repedish," Raven joked. "So I'm afraid I don't understand that much."

"?" C. Falcon looked at Chris getting up. "Where are you going?"

Chris took a deep breath and looked at everyone arguing against Lucario. "SHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUT UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUP!!!"

Needless to say, they didn't stop, or Chris can't yell that loud.

"..." Chris blinked worried.

"You hafta yell louder than that if you want to stop all of them," Raven suggested. "Have anythin' good in mind?"

"..." Chris looked at Repede before looking at Lucario. "...I have an idea."

"I can't believe you support that filthy son of a-" Lucario stopped arguing as he saw Chris rubbing his cheek with Repede's head. "Chris! You get away from that filthy mutt because I'm going to k-"

"Lucario, shut up!" Chris yelled as he stood up.

Everyone else stopped arguing between themselves and looked at the World Traveler.

"B-but Chris!" Lucario yelled. "D-did he do something to you to hate me?!"

"What the hell are you talking about?" Chris asked with a glare as he walked to Lucario. "The only imbecile I'm seeing today is you and not Repede!"

"Dramatic gasp!" Popo said before Nana slapped him.

"W-what?" Lucario asked in disbelief. "N-no..."

"What is wrong with you?" Chris asked. "You're not like this at all, Lucario! Why are you acting so weird today to the point to think about killing everyone and Repede?"

"Because Repede..." Lucario trailed off.

Pikachu sighed and walked to Lucario's side. "Chris, Lucario is jealous of Repede because he spends more time with you as Lucario trains outside but he doesn't because he has to maintain an eye on Repede so Lucario could stop him from getting closer to you so Repede could "take you apart" from Lucario."

"..." Everyone looked at Lucario.

"In a few words," Pikachu began annoyed. "Lucario is jealous of Repede!"

"Pikachu!" Lucario yelled. "Why did you say that?!"

"Oh, now I get it," Yuri said. "You're jealous of my dog because he's spending time with that kid (Chris: Teen!), right?"

"I..." Lucario looked away.

"What are you?" Yuri asked. "Are you some kind of dog to him?"

"He is a dog to him," Falco said.

"What?!" Lucario asked.

"Admit it and face it," Falco began. "You act like Chris's dog around him."

"T-that's not true!"

"Oh, that's so true, alright!" Chris yelled angrily. "Lucario, I knew you were jealous of Repede the first moment he appeared a few days ago!"

"Y-you..." Lucario shook his head. "T-that's not the point here! The point here is that Repede is an evil bastard who wants to make you forget about me!"

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...Is that it?" Chris asked.

"...Yes..." Lucario said.

Chris looked at Repede. "Okay, I believe we need to sort everything out to reach to a final verdict or something like that," he said. "If Lucario is right, Repede is going to be punished, but if Repede is right, then Lucario is going to be punished."

"..." Lucario and the others remained silent.

"Repede," Chris began as the dog looked up to him. "Are you evil as Lucario says?"

Repede whined and shook his head.

"Are you sure?"

"Woof!" Repede barked.

"..." Chris turned to Lucario. "Now, do you have a contradiction to that?"

"I do," Lucario said with a glare. "When he first slept with us, I talked with him through telepathy and he clearly said that he was evil and wanted to make everyone here forget about me, including you, Chris!"

"...Is that true?" Chris asked.

"I listened every single word of what he said. I'm not lying."

"..." Chris turned to Repede. "Is that true, Repede?"

Repede shook his head.

Yuri, Raven, Karol, Marth, Roy, Link, C. Falcon, and even Pikachu held a furious Lucario from reaching Repede as the Aura Pok?mon grunted and growled angrily while the 8 tried to keep him away from murdering the dog.

"Lucario!" Chris yelled as he slapped Lucario (and got his hand red, but became numb to it). "Stop it!"

"LET ME GO AND KILL HIM!" Lucario demanded as he tried to get himself out from the 8. "THAT BASTARD HAS BEEN PISSING ME OFF FOR A LONG TIME!"

"Ugh," Chris gave up. "Rita!"

"What do you want now?" Rita asked (as she seemed to be minding her own business rather than the argument).

"Teach Lucario a painful lesson so he can stop his ideas from murdering  Repede."

"Ooh, no way," Rita said as she shook her head. "I'm not going to let you order me and tell me what to d-"

"I'll give you Fox's, Falco's, and Wolf's Blasters, Reflectors, and even headgears."

"Deal," Rita said satisfied with the idea.

"Hey!" the previously mentioned Smashers said angry.

"Why do we always have to resort to violence?" Estelle asked. "Why can't we talk things calmly?"

"Estelle," Rita began as she opened her book. "Some things should be better resolved through violence. In this case, violence is the answer."

"Y-you're saying that because it's going to benefit you!"

"And I'm not giving anything to her either," Fox interrupted with a glare.

Rita sighed. "Fine! I'm going to stop this once and for all!"

"Bu-" Chris wondered for a moment. "...Oh, it's going to work for you though."

Rita stepped in front of the furious Lucario as he tried to get off from the 8. Lucario seemed to be completely out of his calm self because he was biting the air in pure rage.

"...Times like this call for more painful moments..." Rita said before she glared forward. "I'm so gonna make you hurt!" she called out as she spun one time and called for her Over Limit. "Everyone, get the hell out of here and leave this guy to me!"

"W-why's that?" Raven asked scared.

"I'm gonna use my Mystic Arte on him."

"W-what?" Yuri asked.

"Oh, you'll have to receive the attack though," Rita said. "I can't let the dog-thing get away that easily."

"..." The 8 looked at each other worried.

"W-wait, what?" Karol asked worried.

"We're gonna get hurt by Rita," Yuri summarized. "Better resist this one."

"Oh man..." Roy sighed.

"What the heck are you all waiting for?!" Rita asked to the Smashers. "Or do you want to die?!"

"Rita!" Estelle yelled. "I thought you were going to stop him!"

"I-I mean, do you want to get hurt?!"

The Smashers remembered the horrible fate that Matthew (the pogo-sword) went through by Rita and they ran away from the lobby.

"Here I go then..." Rita said as she made sure that nobody (except Lucario, the 8 restraining him, and herself) were the only ones in there.

The whole lobby turned empty with a blackish red as a background with the others and Rita, who moved her hands to the front. "O power that lies at the root of all creation," she said as she put her hands closer with closed eyes as she spun around 1 time and spread 4 spheres of earth, water, fire, and wind across. "O memory inscribed in ages past!" she yelled as the spheres of elements began to shine brighter. "Hear my call and arise before me!" she called out before she opened her eyes. "Ancient Catastrophe!"

The spheres suddenly shot at their intersecting point and exploded into a huge explosion of elements. The Aura Pok?mon roared in extreme pain as the other 8 resisted, but then they later screamed loudly in pain as well.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRGGHHHHHHH!!!"

"Die, you beast, die!" Rita yelled through all the blindness of the catastrophic attack.

A blind (as mentioned before)...blinded the whole place...

Several minutes later...

"Oh my god..." Chris began as everyone else reappeared from the hallways. "...This was much even worse than I thought..."

In a few words...small, few, smart words...

The whole lobby looked pretty much like crap, even crappier than it was the last time. Holes, huge cracks, sand where the sofas used to be, holes to outside, windows broken, and even cracked floors made up the lobby...

Or what used to be the lobby.

But, see the bright side. The lobby was the only room destroyed.

"..." Chris walked to Rita. "Did I even tell you to BLOW UP the whole lobby?!"

"You asked me to give him a painful lesson, didn't you?" Rita asked as she pointed at the unconscious 9. "Well, I did."

"B-but not the whole lobby as well!"

"Meh, you should have said so then."

"Ugh..." Chris gave up again. He looked down at the extremely hurt Lucario (and others). "...Looks like you're calmer now."

"..." Lucario didn't want to look at Chris.

"Estelle," Rita began. "Heal the 8 except the dog."

"R-right..." Estelle said with a nod.

Several minutes again...

"One last time," Chris said. "Since Lucario can't virtually hurt Repede, let's try this again."

"Or just ask Repede the last question again," Pikachu suggested.

Chris looked at Repede. "Repede, for the last time... Is it true that you talked with Lucario?"

Repede nodded.

"Is it true that you said you were evil?"

Repede nodded.

"...Wait..." Chris shook his head. "L-let me ask again... Is it true that you're evil?"

Repede shook his head.

"This is not making any sense at all now..." Karol trailed off.

"He said he mentioned he was evil," Chris summarized. "But then he said he wasn't evil."

"I see...he's lying even more..." Lucario muttered on the floor. "...The...bastard..."

"Repede," Yuri began. "Since I'm the only one in here that understands you even more...did you do this because..."

Repede nodded. "Woof! Woof, woof, woof. Woof, woof, woof, woof! Woof! Woof! Woof! Woof! Woof, woof! Woof, woof, woof, woof! Woof, woof!"

"..." Yuri smiled and nodded. "Oh, that's very clear then!"

Everyone else in the room seemed to be receiving short fuses inside their brains as they didn't understand anything Repede said.

"Repedish," Raven said to no one in particular. "Nobody understands Repedish unlike Yuri here."

"I-I'm afraid I don't understand," Zelda said worried. "I-I couldn't understand anything he said..."

"I think NOBODY understood the dog," Ness said.

"I did," Yuri said.

"Will you just explain what he said?!" Chris asked utterly irritated. "I'm sick of all this nonsense about Repede! I want to see if he is right or not to punish the right culprit!"

"Settle down," Yuri said. "Repede was playing around with "Lucario" all the time."

A record scratched.

"...So Repede was just pissing Lucario off out of amusement?" Chris asked.

"Nah, more like having amusement with him," Yuri said before Repede barked more. "He said that "Lucario" was pissing himself off all the time by his crazy ansuptions."

Lucario tried to get up and attack Repede, but his injuries said otherwise and he fell down silently.

"..." Chris wondered for a moment. "Repede asked you for a vacation."

"Yeah," Yuri said.

"He wanted to have amusement."

"Yeah."

"He found this place, and he instantly knew Lucario liked me."

"Yeah."

"So he played and made Lucario uncomfortable to see what Repede could find out of amusement from him while Repede stayed with me."

"Yeah."

"Repede just acted a little bit weird around me so Lucario could never take an eye out of Repede."

"Yeah."

"And at the end, Repede became satisfied after you came here."

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked with a nod.

"He said it's true," Yuri said. "Repede was just playing around your dog (Lucario: I'll...kill you some of these days...) to find fun."

"..." Rita walked to Yuri. "Ahem. You do know that was so unrequired, right?"

"It was?"

"Of course," Rita said mad. "Because of your dog, we ended up leaving Dahngrest to later fight that previous commandant. You know how problematic is that?"

"A-and we were so worried about him as well!" Estelle added.

"Yeah, I know," Yuri said. "Guess Repede took his sweet time."

Repede barked.

"He said he had enough."

"That's pretty much very anno...wait a minute," Rita began as she eyed Yuri. "How the hell do you know what he's saying? All I heard was barks."

"I understand Repede very well," Yuri explained. "...But I don't know if he understands me."

Repede whined.

"Y-you little... D-don't make it more confusing that it already is!" Rita yelled before she turned and crossed her arms. "Anyway, since all the "gang" is together, can we leave this place already? I'm getting sick of getting annoyed by everyone in here for taking their things for just some minutes."

"You do know all of them have contradictions that you won't admit, right?" Karol asked bored.

"Y-you shut up!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 19, 2009, 06:44:17 PM
"Finally!" Pikachu spoke. "The wars between these 2 are done!"

Everyone began to talk with each other as Chris went to Estelle and looked to Lucario.

"Can I ask you to heal him?" Chris asked.

"I-is it okay now?" Estelle asked. "I don't want to see anyone dying...let alone Repede."

"No, Lucario won't kill anyone..." Chris said as they looked at Lucario. "He seems very ashamed of his actions now."

"...Okay..." Estelle said before she concentrated her healing magic. "Holy power, come to me! First Aid!"

A light appeared right inside Lucario and his wounds were healed to the half. He started to get up with some grunts.

"One more, wait," Estelle said. "Holy power, come to me! First Aid!"

And Lucario was fully recovered as he was able to stand up. However, he noticed Chris standing in front of him.

"I'm...so sorry..." Lucario said worried as he looked away. "I guess my rage blinded me to the extreme today..."

"Oh, it did," Chris said...

...But there was something wrong with the tone of his voice.

"Why are you sounding like that?" Lucario asked.

"Lucario," Chris crossed his arms. "I understand that you were jealous of Repede all this time, and I hope we're clear that you won't kill him either, right?"

"I...won't..." Lucario said.

"But," Chris continued. "There's something I won't forgive you, ever."

Lucario started to look even more preocupied. "W-what?"

"You told me to shut up."

Lucario's eyes widened. "W-wait, t-that was just a little mistake of my part. R-remember that my rag-"

"And not only that," Chris continued. "You started a whole racket right in this place, and you even let me to ask Rita to calm you down by using magic."

"S-she was..."

"And finally," Chris continued. "You tried to kill Repede at least 3 times today. I recall that you weren't going to after the first time, but you didn't hesitate to do it at the second part."

"When was the third time, then?" Lucario asked.

"I saw you wanted to get up."

Lucario's pupils shrunk.

"But you were injured."

"I-I didn't want to ki-"

"And your eyes were focused on Repede."

"H-how did you notice all that?"

"I know you very well," Chris said simply. "And you know me very well."

"W-well..."

"Kneel down."

Lucario gasped out loud and everyone in the room stopped talking and looked at them. "W-wait! C-Chris, please, not in front o-"

"Kneel down or I'll make it worse! You haven't seen what else I can do to punish you!"

"Hey, what's happenin' now?" Raven asked.

"N-nothing!" Lucario yelled. "Y-you don't need to see thi-"

"Kneel down!" Chris yelled angrily.

"C-can we do this but in another place tha-"

"KNEEL DOWN!"

"Ugh!" Lucario gasped and he quickly knelt down. He apparently looked very scared (to the point of trembling in horror).

"...I'm sorry for asking, but what's happening?" Zelda asked.

"Oh, nothing," Chris said as he walked behind Lucario. "Don't mind this at all."

"What are you going to do?" Pikachu asked.

"This little disobedient bastard (Lucario: I-I already said I'm sorry! Forgive me!) needs to be punished so that little head of his learns what he shouldn't do around people."

The World Traveler slammed his kick on Lucario's back and he left it there.

"U-um..." Pichu looked unsure. "W-what kind of punishment is that?"

"Oh, don't worry," Chris said with a smile. "This punishment is going to hurt me even more than Lucario."

'R-really?" Lucario asked as he looked at him over his shoulder.

"...Actually, no," Chris said. "I don't get the meaning of that at all. It's going to hurt you even more than me."

The World Traveler did the unthinkable...

He grabbed the 4 appendages hanging from Lucario's head and the Aura Pok?mon gulped and began to sweat.

"Let me remind you again," Chris warned Lucario. "We already did this once back in our house where you almost killed my aunt."

"I-I thought she looked rather shady! I-it's not my fault she had a creepy laugh!"

"Don't make me do the punishment worse," Chris muttered. "Good thing I saw the light of your Aura Sphere behind the closet before you could harm her. I adore my aunt because she took care of me ever since my parents..." Chris shook his head. "I shouldn't go further into details..."

"Y-yes...hahahaha..." Lucario faked a laugh. "C-can you let me go of my appendages?"

"Let me re-think what you did today," Chris thought for half a second. "Nope."

And the pulling began.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGHHH!!!" Lucario roared in pain as his eyes widened and his head began to rise.

The others watched somewhat scared about the punishment. But Chris continued as his hands hung to Lucario's appendages very tightly.

"Are you sure you're not going to get that furious again?!" Chris asked angrily.

"Y-yes!" Lucario said as he tried to nod. "I-I won't kill anyone unless you say so!"

"I want to hear true emphasis for those words!" Chris yelled as he pulled even harder.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGGHHHHHHH!!!" Lucario roared more in pain as some even began to block their ears.

"Are you sure you're not going to get that furious again?!" Chris repeated.

"I-I'm very sure!" Lucario cried out. "K-killing people without good reasons is bad! I-I understand very well!"

"Gosh, look at his eyes," Ivysaur whispered to Squirtle. "They're getting full of tears."

"Of pain," Squirtle whispered back.

"...Got any popcorn?"

"Nope."

"Snap."

"I want to hear even more emphasis than that!" Chris yelled.

"W-why isn't enough for you?!" Lucario cried out.

"SHUT UP!"

More pulling.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucario cried out even more in pain.

"Are you sure you're not going to get that furious again?!" Chris repeated.

"Y-yes! I-I'm very sure..." Lucario started to cry. "I-I understand very well..." He sobbed. "P-please, no more... I-I'll think before doing the next time... I-I promise a-and it's my word..."

"..." Chris felt apologetic. "...Phew, it's over."

The World Traveler let go of Lucario's appendages and he pulled his foot back to him as Lucario got up and rubbed his appendages with one hand before looking at Chris. "I-I'm very sorry...really... I-If I get like that again, I'm going to remember what will come to me as punishment..."

"You sure will," Chris said as he nodded several times. "But it'll be worse, I tell you."

Lucario's eyes widened. "I-I understand..."

"...My god," Red began. "That was some serious punishment..."

"I know how to punish Lucario the right way," Chris said as some sort of creepy look made his face. "You could say I know how to punish every single Pok?mon..." he muttered.

Pikachu gulped and he blocked his cheeks.

Pichu grabbed his little tail.

Jigglypuff took out a scarf and wrapped it around her mouth (and herself).

Squirtle hid in his shell (that shook).

Ivysaur had a better idea and hid behind Red.

Red rolled his eyes.

Worried, Pikachu walked to Lucario. "Did it hurt? I-I mean, do you think they can be taken off from your head?"

"I-I don't think so..." Lucario said. "They can't be pulled off from my head...but it really hurts if someone pulls them very hard as Chris does..."

"Ouch..." Pikachu muttered. "...You have my condolences."

"...Okay!" Chris said as he suddenly looked enthusiastic. "Everyone learned something new today, right?"

A dead silence fell in, and some Kricketots peered from the windows and chirped a little before disappearing.

Tales of Vesperia - United Oath

"...That we really should mind our own business," Rita said as she broke the silence. "Otherwise, you'll end up severely punished."

"And why do you say that? Because I don't see why it applies to you as we-" Karol stopped before Rita glared at him. "I-I mean, you're absolutely right!"

"I knew it."

"Since Repede is not guilty of anything," Yuri began as he looked bored at the Smashers. "...What the hell are you guys? Or, who are you?"

Some of them (mostly the anthros) seemed to glare at him.

Yuri seemed to be pretty confused to see a robot.

"Oh, knock it off..." Samus said.

Chris shifted his eyes. "...Oh, forget it! I'm not going to give another tour in here!" he yelled. "You're on your own!"

"Hey, what did I do?" Yuri asked a little bit surprised.

"Nothing..." Chris shook his head. "Wait, where's Master Hand? I thought he was supposed to come after Rita was going to blow up this lobby."

"By the way..." Olimar walked to Chris and gave him a paper. "I found this on the door of his office."

"..." Chris looked at the note.

To my true house's tenants and not the other people:

I'm going to relieve my stress from commanding you guys by taking a vacation to Delfino Island (with my brother) and stay away for a while. I know this is very sudden of me, but I want to relax for a little while. Don't worry, I don't think Tabuu will have an eye on the 2 of us because he wouldn't think about invading Mario's world again.

...

And no, I didn't take this vacation to hide from anyone. Don't say otherwise or ELSE.

Your truly,
Master Hand.

P.S.: Advice me if those guests leave the mansion so I can think about coming back sooner.

P.S.S.: The cocktails in here are the best of the best.


"Oh, you have got to be kidding me..." Chris muttered. "Does anyone know about this?"

"I passed the note around," Olimar said.

"...Well, this turns the mansion into some sort of vacational spot," Chris said. "And it's afternoon so we should do whatever we want."

The World Traveler noticed that many of the people in there began to disperse around the mansion.

Judith seemed to be gone (and Chris thought C. Falcon might had something to do with her since he wasn't around).

And, if it was irony or not, Chris saw Yuri (with Repede by his side) talking with almost all the swordsmen.

"Well..." Chris trailed off. "I think we can rest assured today. What do you think, Olimar?"

Olimar was gone.

"Oh, sure! Leave me talking to me alone!" Chris yelled.

He turned around and found an ashamed Lucario.

"..." Lucario looked at him. "Are you...mad at me?"

Chris sighed. "...Just don't let your mind make you think weird things, okay?"

"..." Lucario nodded silently.

Chris looked worried. "If you want, you can follow me and drop your training for a little while."

"..." Lucario walked closer to Chris and nodded. But still, he looked ashamed.

The World Traveler looked worried before he decided to walk to their room as his Pok?mon followed.

As with Yuri and the swordsmen...

"So your last name is Lowell," Marth said to Yuri. "Funny, that's my last name too."

According to an anime based of the games were Marth appeared, his last name is Lowell. As an extra, the anime also pointed out that Marth's tiara once belonged to her sister, Elice.

"I thought mine was original," Yuri said with a chuckle. "Hey, I've noticed there are some...unique people living in here. You guys used to them?"

"Oh, we're very used to see "unique" people," Link said. "It's very common to us to meet people like them."

"Guess that was obvious since you live here," Yuri said. "By the way, this might sound odd to you but..." He paused for a moment to think if it was fine to talk about something that happened to him. "...Have you seen any nocturnal beasts?"

"Nocturnal beasts?" Ike asked. "I don't recall seeing any kind of creatures like that."

"If you mean some small machines with big eyes..." Marth trailed off.

"No, those nocturnal beasts didn't have those features," Yuri said. "Some few days ago, these rare monsters began to appear at night in the forest where I was sleeping. Apparently, they were very hostile the moment they locked their eyes on me and went so far as to cut down the tree I was leaning to."

"Care to explain more?" Link asked.

"Yeah. Anyway, these beasts were not that dangerous though. I was able to defeat some of them so I could hide away in the bushes. I wanted to find out more about these creatures but I couldn't find anything."

"Hmm..." Roy wondered. "But are you sure you didn't find anything else?"

"Besides the fact they appeared at night and seemed to be staring at the moon while I was hiding, no," Yuri explained. "But man, I haven't seen anything like them. I've fought many monsters before but these ones looked rather...ominous."

"So," Marth began. "You're saying these beasts only appear at night."

"Yeah."

"And they like to stare at the moon when nobody is around."

"Well, I was around but they dropped out the hunting they had on me."

"..." Marth focused. "...Nocturnal beasts that appear at night and like to stare at the moon..."

"Is the part of staring at the moon that important?" Roy asked.

"...It is," Marth said with a nod. "Think about it. What kind of monsters like to stare at the moon when nobody is around? Have any of you met monsters like or does anyone in here know about them?"

"How did they look like?" Ike asked suddenly.

"Well, their looks were the most surprising parts," Yuri said. "They were all black, they had blue and red outlines wherever they turned around. Some of them were smaller but they were a lot, and some of them were big with big maces but they were very few compared to the smaller ones."

"So, does anyone know?" Marth asked.

"No," they all said.

"The Twilit come close, but they're not like that," Link said.

"Since Link is the only one here who has fought different kinds of monsters than any of us," Marth began. "We don't know any kind of monsters like that."

"Oh," Yuri said as Repede yawned. "Then maybe you should be careful if they try to ambush you at night."

"But..." Marth wondered more. "What kind of creatures are they?"

"Living nightmares," Yuri said. "Because they interrupted my dreams." He looked around. "...Where's the dog guy?"

"Who, Lucario?" Roy asked.

"Yeah," Yuri said before he looked at Repede. "Honestly speaking, Repede seems to be rather ashamed for making Lucario feel jealous of him. I went a little bit too far at him that Repede understood what he did."

"Woof!" Repede barked.

Link looked bored at Yuri. "Translate that."

Yuri chuckled. "He said that he thought about what he did all these days and he wants to apologize."

"I was with Lucario's side though..." Ike muttered to himself.

And so, the day went ahead. It seemed that Yuri and Judith managed to cope well with some of the Smashers as Karol did. Estelle was very happy to reunite the guild together. However, Yuri propossed to return to Dahngrest the day after this day so they could resume where they left on.

Sure, they weren't going to forget what they found in the Smash Mansion...

I mean, Kirby must be something or someone that is not easy to forget. What about the theory of the black hole residing inside his stomach...?

Oh, forget what I said.

The afternoon went on...and eventually night came in.

Raven's Room

The old man was resting on his bed as the night went on. However, he couldn't shake off the feeling that he forgot something...

"Hmm..." Raven wondered. "What did Judy say? Monsters appearin' at night?" he asked to himself before turning. "Heh, that's some crazy idea of hers. Besides, there isn't anybody out there at this hour."

With that, he drifted off to sleep and began snoring out loud.

Or, to make it more understandable, he couldn't shake off the feeling that he forgot SOMEONE out there...

Outside

Environmental Noises

An arrow fell down to the grass, but it didn't descend fast.

"D-dangit!" yelled an exhausted Toon Link. "T-this is the 168th time!"

Around the tired swordsman, the whole field around him was covered by what looked to be 336 arrows across the whole plain. Toon Link panted heavily after he couldn't master the technique that Raven wanted to taught him.

Of course, it would be victory if Toon Link mastered it.

"T-this is harder than I thought..." Toon Link said as he panted. "B-but I need to do this..." he muttered. "Or Raven is going to leave sooner before I complete this..."

As he panted heavily, some bushes shook.

"Huh?" Toon Link turned around. "...Did those bushes shake just now?"

Toon Link shook his head.

"M-maybe I'm starting to hear weird things..." he muttered before he looked at the sky and prepared his bow.

Although he turned his back to the sky, he couldn't see a bright eye staring at him through the bushes...

Lucario's Room

This night was completely different for the World Traveler and the Aura Pok?mon.

Why, you ask?

Simple.

1) Chris was still a little bit angry at Lucario.

2) Lucario was ashamed even after he received his punishment through his appendages (and thus he ended up having them half-bandaged).

And most important of all...

3) Lucario was resting on the floor while he was sitting close to the bed.

Lucario sighed. "(This is what happens when I get enraged...)" he thought as he glanced at Chris. "(I know I should deserve this but...the fact that Repede was deceiving me...)"

"..." Chris moved a little.

"(...This is somewhat unfair to me...)"

"..." Chris sat up and he looked very tired.

Lucario looked at him. "It's...what? 12:54?"

"Hmmmmmm..." Chris grumbled as he got out from the bed.

Lucario opened his mouth a little as Chris walked to the door. "W-where are you going?" Lucario asked.

"Bread...juice...now..." Chris said groggily before he left the room.

"..." Lucario thought for a moment before following Chris.

Hallway

As Chris made his way to the kitchen, Lucario tried to reason with him.

"I-I know I was being a total idiot this day..." Lucario said behind Chris. "A-and I know I shouldn't have yelled at you for no reason either."

"Hmmm..." Chris grumbled.

"B-but don't you think you're taking this a little bit too far for me?"

"..." Chris seemed to be thinking. "...Maybe..."

Oh, there was hope for Lucario before 1:00 PM could hit.

"S-so, are you going to stop hating me?" Lucario asked (a little bit excited).

"...No..." Chris responded groggily.

Lucario gasped silently. "B-but I can't take this anymore... Please, forgive me today..."

"..." Chris stopped...but then he continued walking.

"...I beg of you..." Lucario whispered sadly. "If there's something I can't take very well, it's that you hate me..."

"..." Chris walked down the stairs, and Lucario had to follow.

Kitchen

"...Lucario..." Chris muttered.

Lucario knew what was coming to him. "Y-yes?"

"..." Chris opened the fridge. "...I..."

Lucario nodded.

"I..."

"Yes?"

"..." He closed the fridge. "...I don't know what to eat..."

"..." Lucario's eyes widened as he seemed to breath in and out. "...I'm want you to forgive me...I follow you all the way here...and...and yet..."

You knew where this was going, right?

Unfortunately...

"Lucario!" Chris suddenly spoke as he seemed to be fully awakened.

Lucario blinked confused. "W-what?"

"You were going to get into a fit of rage, weren't you?"

Lucario gasped. "I-I wasn't! I-I swear I wasn't! P-please, forgive me!"

Chris sighed. "Look, I made this up so suddenly because I wanted to see if you could AT LEAST wait for someone to get to your point! You need to be patient before someone helps you!"

"I-I knew you were going to say that..." Lucario said as he chuckled nervously. "I-I was just..."

"You're so bad at lying," Chris muttered. "Shame on you."

"..." Lucario quickly hugged Chris with his right arm. "J-just forgive me! I-I want you to forgive me so badly!" he yelled loudly.

"L-Lucario!" Chris yelled through Lucario's grip. "Y-you're going to kill me that less but still powerful brute force of yours!"

Lucario let Chris go. "I...just want you to forgive me..."

"..." Chris sighed. "...Maybe tomorrow..."

Lucario looked down.

"If you can wait until then, it's going to be better."

"...I'll do it," Lucario said.

"I'll wait to see if you can do that."

Both of them looked at the table and found Meta Knight.

"He takes a lot of time to calm down," Meta Knight said.

"W-what are you doing at this hour?" Chris asked.

"Can I ask the same as well?"

"..."

"...He has a point..." Lucario muttered. "I don't think you suddenly woke up to test me because you can't wake up when you want."

Chris looked down. "...I don't know either..."

Lucario frowned.

"Maybe I need to eat something..." Chris muttered before he opened the fridge.

"But then, what are you doing at this hour?" Lucario asked.

"I wanted to relieve myself of the sudden events," Meta Knight explained. "I thought it would be a good idea to stay here and eat while everyone was sleeping. I could relax tha way, but then you came out of nowhere and didn't even notice me."

"...Oh..." Lucario muttered.

"..." Meta Knight looked away. "Well, just don't try to do something weird tonight. You 2, and Toon Link, are the only ones awake."

"He is?" Chris asked as he closed the fridge (and took out a yogurt).

"Yes," Meta Knight said. "But I haven't heard of him for about 10 minutes ago."

Chris looked at the window. "I hope he...what's he doing outside again?"

"He's training his marksman's skills."

"Oh," Chris said as a big shadowy figure walked nearby the window and blocked it for a moment. "...Well, I just hope he doesn't get too tired or..."

The other 2 seemed to be staring out as well.

...Wait just a minute...

"...W-what was that just now?!" Chris asked panicked.

"Hmm," Meta Knight muttered. "Then what I heard from our guests was true after all."

"W-what is true?" Chris asked.

"I heard from them that some monsters appear during night and that they roam about to attack any stranger," Meta Knight explained. "I thought it was just some kind of stupid thing, but it looks like I was wrong."

"A-are we going to fight them?" Chris asked. "I-it's very late..."

"In truth, they have been roaming around the mansion for quite a while now."

"What?" Lucario asked. "Why didn't you do anything?"

"Because they don't seem to attack people living inside houses," Meta Knight explained. "It's like a typical monster. They don't attack you unless you are inside their turf."

"B-but I'm still worried..." Chris muttered. "What if they decide to attack?"

"They won't," Meta Knight said. "Unless we bother them, then we'll have to fight."

"There are monsters walking around the mansion," Lucario reminded the Star Warrior. "We shouldn't be standing around without doing nothing."

"They're monsters if they attack people," Meta Knight said. "However, do you see them attacking someone?"

"I..." Lucario trailed off.

It was not long before one of the big shadowy creatures carried Toon Link over its spiked shoulder. The little swordsman seemed to be tied up with a bandage on his mouth, and he was struggling to get off.

Once he caught an eye on the 3 inside the mansion, he mumbled loudly to get their attention.

"..." Meta Knight looked outside and found Toon Link in his moment of help. The Star Warrior unsheathed Galaxia. "And it seems they're monsters."

"Duh," Chris muttered.

Then he remembered.

"Link!" Chris yelled. "H-he was being taken by them somewhere!"

"If that is true, then those monsters know how to think," Meta Knight said. "In which case...someone is controlling them."

"W-why?"

"Think," Meta Knight said. "Those monsters would have annihilated Toon Link by now, but they're instead kidnapping him, correct?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 20, 2009, 07:36:48 PM
"W-well, they seemed to be kidnapping him..." Chris nodded.

"And why would they do that?" Meta Knight asked. "Why didn't they kill him? Or why didn't they eat him if they could?" He looked back outside. "They know what they're doing because someone told them to do this."

"But they didn't attack anyone in here," Lucario said.

"Because they want to patrol more than go right in here and start a riot," Meta Knight said. "They seem to understand that there are many of us here and that they feel outmatched."

"...Meta Knight..." Chris began. "...I can't believe you know all that."

"I understand, listen, and know a lot," Meta Knight said. "I don't want to show off, but many have said that I-"

"T-they're taking Link away!" Chris yelled in panic to remind them.

Meta Knight just sighed. "Let's go out and save the kid."

Outside

The 3 got out from the mansion and spotted a large group of the mysterious monsters taking Toon Link inside the forest. "Y-you over there!" Chris yelled as he pointed his sword (because he was using the Swordsman job) to the creatures. "L-let go of Link!"

All of the monsters turned to him.

Chris whimpered. "H-he said it!" he yelled as he pointed at Lucario who frowned as a response.

"MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM!!!" Toon Link yelled before he fell down. "MMMMMMMM!!!"

"Hmph." Meta Knight glared at the monsters (but then again, it was difficult to see if he was glaring). "We fight them, now."

Tales of Vesperia - A Formidable Foe Stands in the Way

The horde of monsters didn't hesitate to charge at the 3 (leaving a struggling Toon Link behind) and the trio prepared to fight.

"L-let's see..." Chris studied the enemies. "T-there are a lot of small monsters while there are at least 5 big ones..."

"This could be quite a predicament," Meta Knight commented.

"W-why?"

"Comparing to the bigger ones, the smaller ones outmatch them by their numbers," Meta Knight explained. "There are at least 50 of them."

"T-those claws they have look dangerous..." Chris commented with a gulp.

"Every single feature of them is dangerous," Meta Knight said.

"Why don't we call the others?" Lucario asked.

"No need for that," Meta Knight said as their enemies were getting even closer. "There's a chance to defeat all of them by being just 3..or 4 if we count Toon Link."

The trio looked through the horde and found Toon Link trying to get free from his ropes.

"Someone needs to go there and help him," Meta Knight said. "2 will fall behind and distract the monsters."

"I-I want to be rescuer!" Chris yelled.

"I knew that," Meta Knight said. "You would just get scared by those things."

"Hey!"

"They're here!" Meta Knight yelled. "Go now!"

"I-I'm going!" Chris yelled as he ran around the horde...

"...Wait..." Meta Knight muttered as the whole horde turned to Chris. "No!"

"W-what?" Chris asked as he looked at the side and found the horde of monsters focusing on him. "O-oh no, don't tell me they want t-"

"Run to Toon Link, quick!" Meta Knight ordered as he and Lucario rushed towards the monsters. "These monsters know how to attack!"

Chris screamed loudly as 10 of the smaller monsters accelerated to him. The World Traveler spun around and tossed a bomb.

"S-stay away from me!" Chris yelled as the bomb made contact with the monsters.

However, the bomb just made them back away before resuming their task.

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed as he ran to Toon Link.

"No!" Lucario yelled as 5 of the 10 monsters leaped to Chris and pushed him down to the grass.

"Aagh!" Chris yelled in pain before the monsters began to slam their pincers on his back. "AAAH!!! AAAH!!! AAAH!!! AAAH!!!" he screamed continuously as the monsters hit his back in perfect rhythm.

"This is impossible..." Meta Knight muttered. "These creatures can fight very well rather than the monsters we've fought before."

"THEY'RE GOING TO PAY!" Lucario yelled in rage as his hands got covered in a flaring aura. "GUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRGGGGHH!!!"

The Aura Pok?mon leaped to a big monster of darkness and prepared to slam his palms on its head.

"DIE!" Lucario roared as he descended above the monster.

But the most unexpected of the things that he didn't have in mind happened...

His aura disappeared. He felt like some part of himself completely vanished.

"W-what?!" Lucario looked shocked at his hands. "N-no, this can't b-UGH!" He was suddenly pushed away by a big black mace from the monster, making the aura wielder slam his back on a tree. "U-ugh... N-no..." Lucario muttered as he tried to call his aura. "N-no. W-why? W-why is this happening now?"

"Lucario!" Meta Knight yelled within an ambush of the smaller monsters. "What is taking you so long to fight here?!"

"M-my aura disappeared!" Lucario yelled. "I-I can't fight if I don't have my aura!"

Meta Knight was punched by the back by one of the monsters. "And that means?" he asked as he slashed a pincer away.

"M-my brute force disappeared completely..." Lucario said ashamed. "I should have gone to the valley after all..."

"LU-CA-RIO!" Chris yelled between hits. "I-I-I NEED YOUR HELP!"

"C-Chris!" Lucario remembered and he got up. "I-I have to try again... GUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAARRGGGGGGGGHHHHH!!!" Lucario roared loudly as he charged at the crowd of monsters.

Unfortunately, a big one of them looked over its shoulder, turned around, and slammed its mace right above Lucario, forcing him to stay pinned down on the ground as he yelled in pain.

"Lucario!" Meta Knight yelled as he continuously slashed the pincers fastly. "Can you hear me? Lucario!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Lucario was being attacked on his back as the monster banged and banged its big mace on him. The Aura Pok?mon was rendered useless against this action of brutal strength.

"Ugh!" Meta Knight was attacked by one of the smaller monsters since it leaped to him while he was attacking one and slammed both pincers right on his head. The masked knight shook his head one time before 6 leaped to him and piled up above him.

Music stops

There was no chance to win now...

Chris was being brutally punished on his back as he tried to get up.

Meta Knight was being overhelmed by a swarm of the monsters.

And lastly, Lucario was suffering the same as Chris, but with more pain.

Worst of all, the other 4 big monsters and the rest of the creatures surrounded the 3 to make sure nobody interrupted. These monsters knew how to attack in groups.

Toon Link watched in horror as the 3 couldn't fight back anymore. The swordsman tried to get by using his feet. However, there was the fact that his mouth was blocked by a small tape, and that he was tied up to his shoulders.

"(Everyone!)" Toon Link yelled inside his mind. "(H-hold on! Give me some seconds to get off from this thing! Ugh!)" He struggled to untie his ropes, but it seemed that there was no way as he fell down. "(Damn these ropes, darn those monsters, DAMN THIS TAPE! DAMMIT!)"

And Chris couldn't see more...

"(Anyone...)" Chris thought as he sobbed, becoming numb to the pain on his back. "(I...I'm so sorry... I-I can't go on...)"

"Chris!" Kawashima yelled from his pocket. "If you lose this fight with the others, then a life is going to be taken out of you!"

"(...Does it really matter...)" Chris thought. "(E-even if I come back to fight again...I'll end up like this and...)"

He started to cry in his mind.

"(I-I'm...I-I'm going to die now...and nobody else can hear us...)" He sobbed silently. "(N-no...)"

"(What did I do wrong?)" Meta Knight asked to himself. "(I should have woken up the others to help us... I didn't know these monsters could perform very well in battle and obliterate us...)"

"(C-Chris...)" Lucario thought. "(Don't...die...before...me...please...)"

A sudden silence fell to the 3 as they seemed to be fainting...

...

...Complete...silence...

...

...Absolute...silence...

...

...Nothing...

...

"Take this, Frigid Blast!"

"(Huh?!)" the 3 thought at the same time as some of the smaller monsters were pushed back by a blast of ice (in the shape of an X) and cringed in pain.

"C'mon, wind! Knock 'em around and cut 'em down! Wind Blade!"

A razor wind sliced the monsters that were banging on Chris's back away, and it also reached Toon Link's ropes for bit, enough to cut them in half to set the small Hylian free.

A howl was heard before a fireball slammed on the big monster's back that made it stop from attacking Lucario. Lucario took advantage of this time and he quickly got up as soon as he could and ran away to a safe spot.

"O divine spear, run my enemy through! ...Holy Lance!"

Several spears of light came out around the pile of the smaller monsters that were above Meta Knight and each of the spears struck all of them through (except the masked knight) and made them disappear into dark spheres. Meta Knight quickly got up and jumped out from the crowd of monsters.

"...You?" Meta Knight asked.

Tales of Vesperia - Undying Resolve

"Hey," Yuri spoke as he juggled his sword a bit. "Sorry for being late."

"What are you doing here?" Meta Knight asked.

Out of some miracle, Yuri, Repede, Estelle, and Raven appeared just in time to save the 4 from being brutally murdered by the monsters. The masked warrior watched as Repede carried a weakened Chris on his back while Toon Link followed. As for Lucario, he decided to reunite with all of them by taking advantage of the commotion of the enemies.

"T-thank you...Repede..." Chris muttered before Repede whined a little.

"Oh my..." Estelle said worried. "You're very badly hurt! I'm going to heal you!"

"Well, do it quick," Raven said. "Those monsters didn't like our intervention for even a bit."

"H-how did you know we were in trouble?" Chris asked.

"Repede here heard all the screams from our room," Yuri explained. "He alerted all of us to go outside."

"Rita, Judith, and Karol should be here in a moment," Raven said. "Though we could take these guys out before they arrive here."

"Okay, here's the plan," Yuri began. "Estelle, support us by using magic. Heal the guys here first before focusing on the fight."

"O-okay!" Estelle nodded.

"Raven, Repede, and I will give a frontal attack. If you guys can fight again, don't hesitate in lending us a hand."

"I understand..." Meta Knight nodded.

"Here they come. Estelle!"

"R-right away!" Estelle nodded to heal the 3. "O brilliant angels, grant us your favor! Nurse!"

2 aquatic nurses began to stroll down the field and everyone (except the monsters) recovered at least 60 percent of their healths.

"L-life!" Chris cheered as he stood up. "I-I won't die after all!"

"Why would you?" Estelle asked.

"Er...forget what I said..."

"Here they come again!" Meta Knight yelled. "This time, I won't give mercy..."

"I-I wouldn't give mercy in this situati-" Chris stopped once the masked knight pointed his sword directly at his throat. "Y-you're so right..."

"A big one is coming!" Estelle alerted.

"(Since close range combat isn't that very good to me...)" Chris thought before he changed jobs to the ISOKFMG. "O twisted door of distortion, open wide! ...Negative Gate!"

A portal of pure darkness appeared right on the big monster of darkness. However, something was wrong as it grumbled...in pleasure.

"Huh?" Chris said confused. "That didn't work?"

"W-wait, how did you do that?" Estelle asked. "And how did you change clothes so fast?"

Chris gasped in his mind. "I-I was wearing these clothes already."

"Of course you weren't!" Estelle pointed out. "And that was magic like Rita's Negative Gate as well! How can you explain that?"

"Estelle!" Yuri yelled as he was being ambushed. "Get yourself together and give me a hand in here!"

"I-I'm sorry!" Estelle called out. "Come, o silver light! Angel Ring!"

A big ring of light surrounded about 6 of the smaller creatures before it quickly shrunk and pushed them together before a small explosion of light burst right in the middle of them. The smaller creatures shrieked in pain before Yuri came close to them.

"Brutal Fang!" Yuri yelled as he started to use his left fist and hit every single creature close to him. He managed to land about 22 hits in total before continuing his combo. "Shining Fang!" he shouted as he quickly spun his sword up and down his right hand while he rose it upwards. The smaller creatures shrieked more in pain before they vanished. "You're done," Yuri said.

"(Maybe I should study their weaknesses if they have...)" Chris thought before he changed to his Scholar job. "Now..." He opened his book and studied the enemies. "Hmm..."

"H-hey!" Estelle began as he looked at him. "H-how come you're dressed as a scholar now?"

"Estelle!" Yuri called again.

"(Oh, for the love of...) I-I'm coming!" Estelle yelled as she ran away to Yuri.

"...So that's it..." Chris muttered. "It was so obvious... Their weakness is light!" he yelled at the group.

"So obvious!" Raven yelled from afar before he chanted a spell. "All my heart, baby, all my love. ...Get outta here! Arrivederci!"

Light came from beneat the the big monster before glowing lights of winds rose up and pushed it to the air for a moment before falling back on its feet. The monsters grumbled in pain as it locked an eye on Raven.

"Wait..." Chris looked further in his book. "...The name of the smaller enemies are...Nightmares..." He glanced at the bigger ones. "And according to this book, those are powered-up versions called Titans..."

It hit Chris.

"...Then that means..." The World Traveler stared at his book in surprise as his eyes widened more and more. "...I have the most reliavable book ever with every single information about all the enemies in all the worlds if I get to study them!"

A small fanfare sounded out of nowhere before it stopped.

"Um, Chris..." Lucario called from behind. "Did you...find any more information?"

"Well..." Chris looked back at his book. "All of them can absorb dark attacks, and they cannot be hurt by psychic attacks either because the darkness in their bodies confuse psychic powers."

"..." Lucario looked down.

"...Wait, what are you doing here? I thought you were going to disable all of them with the others."

"I..."

"Look out!"

Chris was suddenly pushed away in time by a slam of the maces from a Titan. The World Traveler rolled on the grass and shook his head once he stopped rolling.

"W-who did that to me just now?" Chris asked as he adjusted his glasses. "Karol?"

"H-hey there..." Karol greeted as he got up and dusted off his bag. "You were going to be crushed under that thing's mace and I arrived just in time."

"Oh..." Chris got up. "Thank you, then... Lucario!"

Chris remembered that Lucario was just behind him and that could have meant something...

"..." Both of the kids (Chris: Screw it, I am not going to complain again) watched the mace rising up from its place. There was nothing there, and the monsters glanced at the 2.

"T-there is absolutely no way that Lucario was finished..." Chris said.

"You're right," Lucario said from behind them. "All because of her."

Both of them looked at his left and found Judith. "Thank goodness I arrived in time to take him away from that thing," Judith said.

"Oh, thank you so much..." Chris sighed in relief.

"Unfortunately," Judith looked back at the Titan. "That guy wants more."

"O blade of noble light, overpower even indestructible evil! Blade Roll!"

A huge blade of light circled right through the Titan's waist and it grumbled in extreme pain before it fell back and vanished into nothing. Just behind it, Rita was flipping through the pages of her book before walking to them. "You should be thankful. I decided to come here rather than sleeping," she said a little bit irritated.

"Always, ALWAYS like that..." Karol said bored.

"Anyway," Rita began as she looked at the horde. "Are these the monsters you spoke of?"

"Yes," Judith said. "Though they came a little bit prepared than last time."

"Oh well," Rita said. "Time to get working on them. I want to use my magic for SOMETHING more useful than killing the guys in here."

"Rita!" Estelle from afar.

"Oh, you..." Rita grunted. "Forget it, alright?!" she yelled before she ran to the battle.

"I may as well go in," Judith said with a chuckle. "It looks fun." With that, she ran to the monsters before leaping high up. "Luna Beam!" she yelled as the symbol of a moon covered her and shot down a shockwave above some Nightmares.

"H-hey! Wait for me, you guys!" Karol yelled as he took out his axe from the bag he was carrying. "Havoc Thunder!" he yelled as he jumped above a Nightmare and slammed his axe down with a thunder.

"I-I am going too..." Chris said to Lucario. "But what about you?"

"I..." Lucario looked down. "...I will explain later if you don't mind..."

"..." Chris made a worried look before he ran to the battle. "Feel sick within your being! Poison!"

A green atmosphere fell on one of the Titans, but it didn't seem to get sick at all.

"Curse the rate of getting sick by Poison!" Chris cursed.

"Watch out!" Raven said as he used Violet Snake (a simple violet snake that floated in the air for a moment) on a Nightmare. "C'mon! Dance with me!" he yelled as he used Just Like Dancing by gracefully using his bow as some sort of other weapon by spinning around the enemy before kicking it away.

"Burn them to ashes. Fire!" Chris cast Fire on a single enemy. "I need to wait a little bit longer to cast another spell..."

"Let me help!" Toon Link yelled as he jumped above Chris and stabbed his sword on the Nightmare's head.

"O power that tries souls, shine! Photon!" Estelle called out from afar to trap the same Nightmare in a sphere of light that later exploded, along with the monster.

"One down," Toon Link said.

"Some 36 to go..." Chris tried to guess with a sigh. "Oh no, Judith!"

Both looked at Judith as she was being surrounded by 2 Titans.

"Let's play, shall we?" Judith asked.

The Titans didn't like to play and so they slammed down their maces on her.

However, it turned out that Judith was very agile since she dodged both blows and jumped on the maces before jumping straight to one Titan. "Luna Rondo!" she yelled as she spun her lance around her 2 times with wind power slicing the Titan's face. "Surdering Moon!" she yelled to make a moon image appear on its face to shatter it hardly with her spear.

"Need some help?" Yuri said as he came closer.

"Not at all!" Judith yelled. "Luna Rise!" She used another technique once she landed back on the grass and attacked the Titan from behind. She quickly dug her spear underneath the Titan's feet and she then proceeded to spin upwards several times. The Titan grumbled in pain.

And for a finisher...

"Thunder Moon!" Judith yelled as she slammed her spear on top of the Titan's head and called forth a thunder with the attack.

The Titan yelled in pain before it fell back and disappeared completely.

"Ooh, that was good," Judith said with a chuckle.

"Come," Meta Knight threatened some Nightmares. "I won't let you get away again."

The Nightmares shrieked before they leaped to the knight. Meta Knight instantly used Dimensional Cape to disappear from sight as the Nightmares crashed into each before the masked knight appeared from behind and dealt a fast slash upwards. "Ha!" Meta Knight yelled as he used Shuttle Loop to pull all of them upwards.

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked as he joined the knight and used Light Spear with the knife on his mouth. Repede spun around in the air before he landed back and glared at the Nightmares about to fall down. "Grrr!!!" he grunted as he used Sonic Return to send a small but fast shockwave to all the Nightmares in the air while he did a backflip behind.

As the Nightmares became stunned for a moment, Meta Knight came from the other side by using Drill Rush, piercing through the Nightmares one by one before they shrieked and disappeared.

Meta Knight landed in front of Repede and he looked at it. "..." Meta Knight rubbed Repede's head. "Well done for a dog like you."

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked.

"Destroying Rock!" yelled Karol as he slammed his axe on a Nightmare. "Devil Rage Rise!" he yelled again as he dealt an uppercut with his axe. "Roaring Dragon Blow!" he yelled as he rolled on the ground and quickly jumped with his axe to slice the Nightmare in half.

"Burn them to ashes..."

"O merciless conflagration, burn the very souls of my enemies!"

"Fire!"

"Crimson Flare!"

A small burst of flames hit a Titan...

Before a big sphere of fire appeared and called forth a volcano of flames from below and finished the Titan by turning it into ashes...and then nothing.

"..." Chris looked down. "Compared to Rita's magic, my magic is just for novices..."

"What'd you expect?" Rita asked. "My magic shouldn't be underestimated by your magic. Learn a much better spell than that next time."

"(I will shut you up once I learn Firaga and Flare...)" Chris thought annoyed.

"Hey!" Rita said. "We have to keep fighting!"

"O-oh, you are right," Chris said before both returned to the fight.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 21, 2009, 08:41:31 PM
"Take this! Azure Wolf Edge!" Yuri called out as he waved his sword up and down to shot several blasts in the shape of wolves' heads to some Nightmares. "I had enough of this..." he muttered. "I'll blow you away!" he yelled as he called forth his Over Limit.

He ran to a group of Nightmares to start his Burst Arte.

"Divine Wolf!" Yuri called as he stabbed the Nightmares continuously. "I'll put you in your grave! Divine Wolf - Crush!" Yuri spun and slashed his sword continuously on the Nightmares before he slammed his fist on the ground and send a ground shockwave to the Nightmares that shrieked in pain.

And to add that damage to the nearby Nightmares...

"This ends now," Yuri called as his voice echoed before he backstepped away. The whole area around the Nightmares suddenly turned black before the swordsman jumped out from behind and sliced them. "O brilliant blade of coldest steel," he chanted as he dealt several slices before backstepping and appearing behind some Nightmares to slice them as well. "Rend the infinite darkness," he continued as he backstepped and appeared right behind another group. "And crush my enemies to nothing!" he yelled as he started to backstep, slice the Nightmares in his range, before backstepping again and doing the same action for multiple times before he rushed at them and sliced them through. "Savage Wolf Fury!" he yelled to finish his Mystic Arte as the last slice that he used on the Nightmares spread into light and finished all of the. "Alright, who's next?" he asked.

"...Goodness..." Chris said surprised. "...They are very strong..."

"O evil soul, fall before this pure light! ...Grand Chariot!" Estelle called from afar as several small lights surrounded a Titan before they burst into intense lights that made it grumble in pain.

"Dragon Upper!" Karol yelled as he launched 2 Nightmares to the air. "Gaia Bug!" Karol looked around his bag to throw a big bug from it to the Nightmares. "Bug Spread!" he called out as he took out an insecticide to create some clouds of poison where the Nightmares fell in. They seemed to be gagging at the poison for bugs before they vanished.

"Wonderful!" Estelle said.

"Hey, Estelle!" Karol called out. "Why don't you finish this fight? They seem to be weak against light-based spells!"

"Let me think..." Estelle wondered. "I've got it!" she said before she chanted another spell. "O holy water, rain down your power on us! ...Holy Rain!"

The night's sky suddenly got rained by small spears of light that struck every single creature of the darkness. Many shrieks of pain came from the horde of monsters as many vanished from the field with a shrieking echo of pain. The rain of spears continued for a while before it stopped.

"..." Raven looked around. "Seems it's over."

"Wait," Rita spotted a last Titan. "There's one over there!"

"Hey..." Toon Link eyed the Titan. "That's the same bastard who carried me!"

"How in the name of the mysterious book Cognitome do you know that?" Chris asked.

"I don't forget my prey's face..." Toon Link muttered angry. "It must DIE."

"Chris," Kawashima whispered. "Your partnership with Toon Link is about to reach its final level. You should see if you can find his Combined Final Smash."

"...Okay..." Chris whispered as he changed to his Swordsman job. "Now what?"

The feeling...

"(Let's do it,)" Toon Link said determined.

"(W-what? H-how did you know I was...)" Chris trailed off.

"(I've got the word from Pikachu,)" Toon Link said. "(News spread fast)"

"(O-oh, I se-)"

"(LET'S DO IT ALREADY!)"

"(R-right away!)" Chris yelled in panic as both focused their views on the Titan.

"Go!" Toon Link yelled as he ran at the Titan with his sword pointing at the ground.

"I-I'm coming!" Chris yelled as he did the same.

The Titan raised its mace.

"Now!" Toon Link yelled as both he and Chris parried the attack and rolled all the way behind the Titan. "YIAH!" Toon Link yelled as he and Chris rose up from both sides and united their attacks with a big X-slash on the Titan's back.

However, that wasn't the end of it as both hovered in the air behind each spiked shoulder.

The swordsmen turned around and put their swords at the back's reach before they descended diagonally in a flash to cross the back with their swords slashing the Titan's back. This move also made them slide above the grass as they stopped at the right time. "Crossed Parry!" both yelled as the Titan yelled in pain by the X-shaped cut on its back before it fell down.

New ability learned! Crossed Parry!

Parries the attack of a single enemy by rolling behind, and delivering an upward back slash with 2 swordsmen. Attack continues with another downward X-shaped slash to increase the damage. Deals a moderate amount of damage to a single enemy.

The Titan yelled in extreme pain before its whole body began to vanish slowly. It turned its head at its opponents before disappearing completely out of sight...

Marking their victory over the night creatures.

Tales of Vesperia - Absolute Victory

As usual, Brave Vesperia did one of their group's poses.

"Our weapons are?!" Yuri asked out loud.

"Bravery!" Karol yelled.

"Youth!" Raven yelled.

"Modesty!" Judith yelled.

Something was wrong with each saying they said...like they didn't fall so good with them...

"I don't think any of you have those..." Yuri pointed out.

"Hey!" Karol and Raven said angrily.

"Crush the ol' man's dreams," Raven said before he faked a sob. "Yuri, you're a bad boy."

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked angrily.

"See, old man? Repede just said that you're a disgrace to humans," Yuri said.

"Who cares?" Raven asked as he lifted his shoulders. Then, he looked at Estelle. "(Maybe I can do it this time...) Hey, c'mon!" He raised his left hand.

Estelle thought that Raven wanted to do her favorite victory pose. "Yay!" Estelle raised her left hand.

"All right!" Raven exclaimed before he opened his arms and raised his eyebrows several times at Estelle. "How about a hug?"

Estelle backed away. "I-I don't think so..." She shook her head (as Raven looked down in depression). "Aw, the thought of fighting as the guild we are..." She smiled and closed her eyes. "Now I really feel right at home."

Music stops

"U-um, excuse me..." Chris called as he came to them with Toon Link. "I-I just wanted to say something... I want to say that I'm so happy that all of you came to rescue us from dying..."

"Oh," Yuri remembered. "That's right. We came here because you were in trouble."

"If all of you weren't here," Meta Knight began. "We could have been killed slowly and painfully. You have my full gratitude and trust for aiding us in our battle."

"Do you say that to every person who helps?" Toon Link asked.

"I must be honorable," Meta Knight said. "That's the way of a noble warrior like me."

"I understand that very well," Raven said.

Meta Knight looked at him. "...I don't think you understand."

Raven chuckled. "Believe me, I do."

"Oh, you're saying that because you worked as a knight before?" Karol asked.

"Kid! You're not supposed to say that!"

"No, I know you don't understand," Meta Knight repeated. "Even if you did work as a knight, you don't fully understand that like I do."

"Hey!" Raven said. "I'm not here to listen to a...whatever you are!"

"Stop," Judith said. "We're grateful to be of help."

"Like wise here," Karol said with a nod. "Hey, should we charge them?"

"No!" Estelle yelled. "T-that's being a little bit rude to them! They already gave us hospitality in their house!"

"O-okay! D-don't yell like that to me, sheesh!"

"...Well," Chris said. "Thank you very much for saving us still."

"Oh, I almost forgot," Raven said as he walked to Chris. "Since I requested you to find Repede, I should reward you with something."

"With what?"

"Your own..." Raven took something from his back and showed it to Chris. "...Raven Doll!"

"..." Chris stared at the somewhat-beaten up doll of Raven. "I-I don't want that thing with me!"

"Oh, c'mon!" Raven insisted. "It's the only one of its kind! You'll remember good ol' me for the rest of your life!"

"No!" Chris pushed the doll away (and Rita caught it to start pounding on it to build up her Over Limit).

"Fine," Raven said as he took the Rita Doll (that looked a little bit cute). "Get this one so people can have nightmares."

"...Hey!" Rita called out once she saw her own doll. "You better let that doll away from your inventory!"

"Aah!" Raven tossed the doll to the air where Judith caught it. "F-fine, I'll give you 3 of these."

He handed over 3 Miracle Gels to Chris.

"Gels?" Chris asked.

"These gels can restore 60 percent of your health and they also restore 60 percent of your energies." Raven winked at Chris. "Use them wisely, though."

"Hey," Yuri began. "Those gels took a fortune out of us and you're giving them away!"

"Ah-ah," Raven began as he raised a hand. "They deserve them."

"Aw, hell..."

"...Then I finished the sidequest," Chris said.

"Wanted: Repede" Sidequest Completed!

You got Miracle Gels x3!

"Anyways," Karol began. "We should go back in and get some rest. Fighting during the night isn't good for my mentabolism..."

"Our mentabolism is so messed up at this point," Rita complained. "Let's go back."

"We should do the same," Meta Knight suggested.

Chris looked at Lucario. The Aura Pok?mon was leaning against the wall and watched the whole fight from there. "Lucario, are you sure you're feeling fine?" Chris asked.

"I'm not..." Lucario said. "...I want to train more tomorrow if you're fine with it."

"...Okay..." Chris said. "Let's go back to sleep for now."

The members of Brave Vesperia and the Smashers decided to return back to the mansion and sleep for tomorrow morning.

Meta Knight walked back inside. Being the last one to get in, he glanced back at the field and forest. "(Just who were those monsters?)" he thought. "(They seemed to be very well organized, and their power was stronger than previous enemies...)" He shook his head. "(I should discuss this in a later time...)"

And with that, the night went on...

But this didn't mean that the monsters wouldn't stop from appearing as one last Nightmare walked around the forest...

The next morning...

Tales of Vesperia - Comfortable Journey

The bright morning came again to the mansion's grounds, and the Vesperians seemed to be ready to leave.

The only ones who decided to say farewell to them were Chris, Zelda, Link, Toon Link, C. Falcon, and lastly, Lucario.

"Well, it's the time now," Estelle said as he bowed to them. "Thank you so much for your hospitality. Thank you for finding Repede as well."

"It's a shame that you have to leave now," Zelda said. "I was enjoying our private talks about our kingdoms so much."

"I-I was too..." Estelle shed a tear before she hugged Zelda. "B-but you're a better princess than myself... I'm going to grow into a refined woman like you."

Zelda blushed a little. "P-please, you don't have to say it that way."

"You guys are really something," Karol said. "I met a lot of strange people, but all of them are unique in their own way."

"Really?" Chris asked. "I thought you were thinking of us as normal people."

"That too," Karol nodded. "But the fact that you look different than others make you unique and special. Some of these days, I'm going to come back and drop by."

"And..." Chris decided to tease a little. "Are you sure you're going to be more brave?"

"H-hey!" Karol called out. "T-the brave word in our guild is in there for a reason, you know!"

"That was just a joke..." Chris trailed off.

"...Oh."

C. Falcon took Judith's right hand. "Do you think our paths will cross again?" he asked.

Judith chuckled and pushed his hand away. "Maybe, or possibly."

"Which one helps me to feel more comfortable?"

"Possibly."

"Then I'll look forward to that moment."

"(Too bad possibly has less probabilities than maybe for me,)" Judith thought in relief. "Be good."

"Always," C. Falcon said.

Both chuckled heartily to each other.

"Okay," Rita began as she took a bag from her back. "Here."

Toon Link took the bag. "What is inside?"

"Take a look," Rita said a little bit irritated.

Toon Link looked inside the bag. "...There's a bunch of familiar stuff in here..."

Link peered inside. "...Hey, this is Fox's Reflector...and this one is from Falco...and this one over here is Samus's missile...and..."

...To be honest, a lot of hi-tech machines were in there.

"Ugh," Rita grunted. "T-that's all the stuff I wanted to examine for a little bit longer, but Estelle convinced me to return it all."

"And what is this?" Toon Link asked as he took a white machine out.

Chris looked at it and gasped. "M-my Wii! S-so that is where it was!" He grabbed his Wii. "Nobody knows how these are very important..."

"..." Rita frowned. "Whatever. I have better Blastia to find somewhere else."

"Well, kid," Raven said as he sighed. "It was good for a while, but I'll have to go."

Toon Link looked down.

"Ladies beg for ol' Raven to wander the world (The Entire Members of Brave Vesperia: Sure) freely...and because Alexei needs to be taught a good lesson. Ya sure you're gonna practice that technique?"

"I-I will..." Toon Link said. "I promise I won't stop training until I master it."

"That's how it is," Raven said. "I'll drop by if Karol lets me."

"Hey!" Karol yelled.

"Aren't you the leader of Brave Vesperia?" Raven asked as he looked away. "Ya should give me some vacation sometime!"

"Oh, brother..." Karol frowned.

"Anyways," Raven said as he shook Toon Link's head from above. "Good luck to ya."

"Heheh, thanks," Toon Link said.

"Sorry for not staying for too long," Yuri said to Link. "Unfortunately, I detest loyalty a little bit."

"Huh? Why?" Link asked.

"Let's just say it chackles me from my freedom," Yuri said. "That's why I like to be free."

"But I'm not part of the loyalty that much."

"Really? It seemed to me," Yuri said before he shook hands with him. "However, it was nice to meet a Krytia-look alike like you."

"Krytia?"

"...I better stop talking then."

"I think so..." Link said.

"By the way," Yuri turned to Lucario. "Repede wanted to say sorry."

At this, Lucario blinked. "What?"

"Repede told me that he felt a little bit guilty for using you like a bull all this time that he wants to apologize to you."

Lucario looked down at Repede.

"Repede's not a bad dog," Yuri said. "I understand him very wel-"

"But we don't know if he understands you," Rita added annoyed.

"Right," Yuri said with a chuckle. "The point is, he wants to apologize for all that he has done."

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked.

"And that he knows he acted like some kind of bastard as well."

"...Oh," Chris said. "Repede accepted his actions?"

"Repede knows when to say sorry," Yuri said.

Lucario looked at Repede. "...Well..." he began. "...Just...don't scare me like that again... I was very worried about Chris liking you more than me..."

"What?" Chris asked. "Why would I like Repede more than you?"

Lucario looked at him confused.

Chris closed his eyes. "Even if Repede is a very interesting dog, you are the first to come a take the main spot," he explained as he adjusted his glasses. "I would never like someone better than you, in short terms."

"...Really? Do you mean it?" Lucario asked.

"Of course I do," Chris said before he looked at Lucario and smiled a little. "My own self would feel very ashamed to replace you for another person, Lucario. Even if Repede saved me a couple of times, you have saved me a lot more of times."

"But...'

"It does not matter how many times you saved me, though," Chris continued. "What matters the most for me is..."

He approached to Lucario and rubbed his head with care.

"The time that you have been with me so I could not feel alone anymore."

Lucario looked at Chris's hand above his head. "...Guuuuuuorrrgghhh..." he growled happily.

"In a few words," Chris continued. "Nobody will ever take your spot."

"...Thank you..." Lucario said.

"Man, listen to him," Yuri said. "He is a dog to you."

"What?!" Lucario asked.

"Sit down!" Chris yelled.

"Chris!"

"Hahahahaha!" Chris let out a small laugh. "It is just a joke! Please, do not hurt somebody in here."

"Ugh..." Lucario frowned. "I knew there was something I wasn't looking forward to..."

"Okay, okay," Chris said. "I am not going to do that again if you want."

"Well!" Rita spoke up. "Shall we get going then? I need to get back to Dahngrest and prepare to beat that Alexei guy for our own good."

"Is the time already?" Estelle asked.

"Oh well," Karol said. "We'll start going back."

A moment of silence occurred as they looked at each other.

"...Does anybody know the way?" Judith asked.

"There," Rita said as she pointed at a part of the forest.

"Oh, no," Yuri said. "Over there was the way."

"No, no, no, no," Karol said. "It was to the east."

"I thought it was to the south," Raven said.

"You came from the west!" Link said.

"Hey, I was runnin' from those monsters so I dunno the way anymore!"

This situation was somehow familiar to Chris...

Didn't this happen with Geno once (or twice)?

"Woof, woof, woof!" Repede barked at the west.

"Oh, good," Yuri said with a sigh. "Repede's nose will guide us back to Dahngrest."

Suddenly, Repede whined.

"...What do you mean Dahngrest is no more?" Yuri asked.

Rita remembered something about the same mentioned city. "S-so! We have to get going now! Lead the way!" she yelled as she ran to the forest.

"...HEY!" Karol yelled angrily before he went after Rita. "Rita! What've you done to Dahngrest now?! It was so close to be repaired! RITA!"

"Oh my," Judith said. "We better catch up to those 2 or else a funeral isn't going to be that far from happening." She began to dash inside the forest as she waved at the group.

"Gotta go!" Raven said simply as he chased the 3 back into the forest. "Continue training, kid! Ya can do it!"

"..." Estelle looked at Yuri. "Yes, I definitely feel right at home with everyone."

"Want to give them chase?" Yuri asked.

"I'd like so!" Estelle said excited before she looked at them. "I-I'm so happy for meeting you! T-thank you everything!" she said before she ran inside the forest.

"Enthusiastic Estelle," Yuri said. "She'll never change."

Repede looked at Chris. "Woof!" he barked.

"He said that you and Lucario look better as a team," Yuri said. "Personally, you 2 kind of remind me and Repede."

Chris blushed a little. "O-oh, please."

"Well." Yuri and Repede looked at the forest. "Better go back now or else they'll getting lost again. Repede!"

"Woof, woof!" Repede barked before both of them ran inside the forest.

"Hey, you guys!" Yuri yelled as he ran inside. "Nice knowing you!" He waved at them before both of them disappeared into the forest.

"Why do sweet moments have to end so soon?" C. Falcon asked.

"Oh, would you drop out the whole scoring thing for now?" Zelda asked annoyed.

The Smashers watched as the guild vanished from sight as they got deeper into the forest before they turned to the mansion and started to enter.

Music stops

Main Lobby (Ruined)

"Oh, Lucario," Chris began as the others left them.

"What?" Lucario asked.

"You told me before that your aura disappeared from you, is that not correct?"

"Y-yes..." Lucario said. "I promise I'm going to train harder to recover all of it."

"Oh, there is no need for such a thing," Chris said.

"Why?" Lucario asked confused.

"I have got a better solution for your problem." Chris smiled. "I know you are going to like this very much. There is no better training than the one I am going to give you."

Lucario smiled a little. "You know how to train me?"

"Of course I do," Chris said with a chuckle as he adjusted his glasses (and shone as he saw Lucario). "Of course I have the best training for you."

Lucario suddenly looked unsure...

Several minutes later...

"Have fun, Lucario!" Chris said to Lucario.

Pok?mon Diamond & Pearl

Route 209
Valley of the Aura

The World Traveler was sticking his head out of the portal. He made a happy expression before he pulled back his head and closed the portal.

A very confused Lucario blinked at the sight to be in home again before he turned and looked at the spot where the portal was. "(...Then again, I was the one who suggested this...)" he thought before he sighed. "I don't know if I'm going to enjoy this witho-"

His thoughts were interrupted as he felt someone hugging his right leg.

Lucario looked down to find his little sister hugging his leg happily. "Big brother, riii!" she said happily.

Lucario blinked for a moment before he picked up her sister with his right arm and rubbed cheeks together. "How have you been?" Lucario asked.

"Very good, riii!"

"Where is father?"

"Over there, riii!"

As Lucario made his way to his father, he closed his eyes while he carried her sister. "(Maybe this isn't going to be so bad after all...)"

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

Smash Channel

Tales of Symphonia - Search a Seal 'Tethe alla'

In the forum, Chris (in his Scholar job) was reading his book in peace before he looked at the readers and smiled a bit. "Oh, hello," he greeted. "It seems that we are now starting to get to the point where this little section will get more attention than before. Welcome back to the Smash Channel!" he greeted again.

He turned to another camera. "Today, we are interviewing our guests from the guild called Brave Vesperia. For today's guests are..."

Something was wrong as he glanced to the corner of the table.

"...Only Rita Mordio?"

The Genius Mage seemed to be doing the same as Chris was with his book: reading.

Rita glanced up from her book. "Oh, good afternoon," she said simply before she returned to read.

"Wait!" Chris yelled. "I thought I asked for all the other 6 to come here today!"

"Too bad," Rita said as she moved her eyes to Chris. "They were busy about a cooking contest of Yuri against Flynn."

Flynn Schifo is Yuri's best friend (and Repede's) that works as an Imperial Knight. He knows Estelle by this rank. He fights using a sword and a shield, and also knows some basic healing magic. Flynn is a very admirable knight and a very good opponent for Yuri as well.

"I don't know you but somebody said that Flynn's cook isn't the best there is," Rita said with a sigh.

"And..." Chris half-closed his eyes. "What are you doing here instead of everyone?"

"They asked me to get here so Brave Vesperia could get more reputation," Rita said. "Karol said that, though. I didn't have anything else to do so I came here."

"...O...kay..." Chris nodded. "Well...let see the topic of today..." He took a paper. "The topic of today is..."

Silence.

Silence.

Silence.

"...Well?" Rita asked.

"...This is so weird...but I hope you do not get mad at me..." Chris said. "The topic of today is..."

Who of Smashers would Rita Mordio kill the most?

"..." Rita seemed to be perfectly...normal. "Easy."

"...It is?" Chris asked.

"I would kill the bastard anthros for not letting me examine their Blastias."

"I told you before that you can't take my things!" Fox's voice yelled from afar.

"I would kill the weird orange robot for not letting me examine it."

"I'm NOT a robot!" Samus yelled from afar.

"And lastly," Rita looked at Chris. "I would kill you the most for not letting me examine that weird Blastia."

"...Wait, you said there were more important things than my DS," Chris said.

"Too bad I checked those things," Rita explained. "And guess what? Yours is the best of the whole collection."

Chris started to back away. For some reason, the public that once watched the segment wasn't there anymore.

Plus, the cameramen decided to take the day-off.

Rita tried her best to get closer to the World Traveler without making much difference. "And..." she trailed off. "I want to examine it again if you don't mind..."

"...E-er..." Chris looked at the cameras. "I-it seems we have to end this segment a little bit sooner than expected because some technical difficulties will appear very soon..." He looked at Rita before looking back. "S-so, if you will excuse me..."

With that, he ran away in a hurry.

"Hey!" Rita yelled before she gave chase to him. "Come back here!"

The curtains fell...

"No!"

"You're gonna regret for escaping from me if you don't come back here!"

"I have better things to do than deal with a girl that has a short temper!"

"W-what the heck?! Oh, that's it. I'm going to MURDER you instead!"

"That is not so different!"

"I'm so gonna make you hurt!"

"Uh-oh. This is not so good anymore... Well, it was not from the beginning she came in, but stil-"

"BLAH BLAH BLAH, VIOLENT PAIN!"

"OH GO-"

...

"Real World's Normal Life. What does this mean?" Toon Link asked.

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 23, 2009, 01:50:12 PM
Chapter 135: Real World's Normal Life

Smash Mansion
Hallway

After Chris (who changed to his Musician job) left Lucario in the valley, the World Traveler walked through the hallway and spotted Master Hand's office.

"Oh," Chris said as he stopped at the side of the door. "Is this Master Hand's office? Hmm..." He wondered something. "What if he left the door unlocked?"

With that, he grabbed the doorknob...

Master Hand's Office

And he got in.

The office looked big. Right in the center of the room, there was a desk big enough for the hand of the office. Several archives were inside drawers (and presumably a lot) as well as more and more archives. There were some chairs against the wall as well.

"...This place looks pretty normal to me..." Chris muttered. "It reminds me of my dad's office."

He walked to the desk and found some folders with health examinations regarding the Smashers.

"..." He shifted his eyes. "Well, what could be in here?" he asked before he took one and opened it. "Let's see... This one is Peach's health results. It contains her blood type, height, weight, special abilities, backstory, where she lives, her bust's siz-"

He turned red in the face and closed the folder as soon as he changed colors.

"T-too much information..." he muttered embarrassed. He picked another instead and put down the other one. "This one is Kirby's... There's a report?"

Data regarding Kirby's origins is still unknown to these days. It's more difficult to find out his origins because he doesn't know either.

Chris sweatdropped and put the folder away. "Maybe Master Hand was examining these reports to get out of boredom..."

He turned his head to a door.

"...And that door over there should have VERY juicy information behind."

The thought of finding out more about the Smashers was...

Oh god...

Pure, pure gold begin to be found.

This was Chris after all. What he liked about characters in videogames were their backstories and secrets.

So, what did he do?

The World Traveler went to the door. "It doesn't have a name or a label," he said as he stopped. "It could be the bathroom...then again, I don't believe he needs to use it for being a hand."

He grabbed the doorknob and opened it.

Inside...

"OH MY GOD!" Chris yelled as his heart beat faster. "Y-you?!"

The reason behind his shocking discovery was simple enough.

The World Traveler watched in shock as he found none other than Master Hand and Crazy Hand behind the door...

...Or was it shocking to see them playing poker?

"We're in the middle of a very important game," Master Hand said. "If you're done with your yells, get out."

"W-what are you doing here?" Chris asked as he tried to calm down.

"Oh, just hanging together like brothers," Crazy Hand said.

"Or hiding from our dooms," Master Hand said.

"...If you mean Rita, then she's gone," Chris explained. "And that includes Repede, Karol, and even Raven. All of them are gone from here."

Master Hand tossed his cards away. "Well, what do you know? If you keep yourself away from your problems, they'll get solved by themselves!"

"So, do I win or what?" Crazy Hand asked.

"Yes, yes. You can play shenanigans in the Battlefield."

Crazy Hand giggled before he disappeared by teleporting away.

"Lucky you," Master Hand said. "Being brotherless can be very beneficial to you."

"..." Chris shook his head. "What were you doing in there? ...Were you hiding from Rita?"

Master Hand sighed. "Look, I'm supposed to be a entity of destruction and all tha-"

"I thought you were the Hand of Creation and Crazy Hand the Hand of Destruction."

"Well, I have half of the destruction part," Master Hand said. "Knowing to meet someone awfully stronger than me can be really scaring. I don't want to meet someone like HER again in my life."

"...And why didn't you squash her?"

"Wait, what?"

"You're bigger than her," Chris said. "Why didn't you attack back? I'm sure you would have made her your slave or something like that."

"Okay, I have a very good explanation for that."

"What?"

"I don't hurt girls," Master Hand said. "I'm honorable."

"But if you're honorable to girls, then how come there are like 5 girl Smashe-"

"I'm HONORABLE, not THAT benevolent," the hand interrupted. "Girls should be treated as equal, in a few words."

"You do know that contradicts your statement in some way-"

"So!" Master Hand spoke annoyed. "Ready to begin the time skip?"

"We were talking abou-"

"TIME SKIP or I'll throw you to Cruel Brawl."

Chris didn't have something to fight that back.

Or fight the "monsters" in Cruel Brawl either.

"About that..." Chris trailed off. "If I'm going to do a time skip...won't that mean that Tabuu will attack?"

"I don't think so," Master Hand said. "I have everything set for you to go to your world, rest there for some days or months, then you can return here. Tabuu won't even have a chance to make a mess in a world anyway."

"And..." Chris wondered something. "Why do you want me to rest in my world?"

"Who's saying only you?" Master Hand asked. "I'm giving everyone here their so deserved vacations in their worlds."

"...Everyone?" Chris asked. "...But if that's it, then nobody is going to be here in the mansion, save for you and Crazy Hand."

"Chris, Chris, Chris..." Master Hand said. "You love to keep asking, right?"

"B-because I want to be so sure about this decision before I do it!" Chris said. "I like to be prepared for anything!"

"Anyway, don't you worry for anything. I have EVERYTHING set to do this."

"And does everyone even know about this? I haven't heard anyone talking about this."

"Because I want to test out something."

"Test what?"

"Chris," the hand began. "Have your father taught something in life?"

Chris looked down.

"Oh, sorry," the hand said. "I forgot about that part of your life."

"No, it's okay," Chris said as he looked up. "I can deal with that very well."

"That's good. Now, I'm going to teach you something."

"So what is it?"

"In order to let everyone know about this, I'm not going to use the mic this time. Instead, I'm going to test this. Humanity has been developing all sorts of ways to communicate to the people in unexpected ways. And this one is faster than the speed of light. Do you know what I'm talking about here?"

"No..." Chris said confused.

"This method of communicating is faster than the speed of light...and that is." The hand raised a finger. "The power of gossip."

"Gossip?"

"Yes. Hear this and listen well!" Master Hand said. "I'm giving everyone here vacations at their homes."

Hallway

Just then, Peach came walking from the same hallway and overheard the hand saying, "I'm giving everyone here vacations at their homes" and she started to wonder.

In truth, Peach liked to gossip sometimes.

"Vacations?" Peach asked to herself. "Oh my, I need to tell Zelda this!"

Zelda's Room

"So I hear Master Hand is giving us vacations," Peach said as she was sitting down on Zelda's bed.

Zelda, meanwhile, was fixing her hair in front of the big mirror of her room. "Really?" she asked without looking.

"Yes," Peach said as she took a sip of her tea. "I know we've been working hard to save the worlds, so that must be Master Hand's reason to give us a vacation."

Hallway

Pikachu's right ear twitched as he overheard the girls' conversation while he passed in front of the door.

Kitchen

"Master Hand's giving us a vacation," Pikachu told Ness.

"About time!" Ness said annoyed. "I've been a little bit homesick these days and I want to eat my mom's steak again."

"Yeah," Pikachu said. "Though I don't know if I should go to Ash and spend my vacation in there with him."

Roy happened to walk near them.

"It's good of Master Hand, though. I want to keep on resting by going somewhere and relax."

The swordsman walked away.

Outside

As Marth and Roy clashed swords, they talked during a training session.

"So I heard from Pikachu that Master Hand is giving everyone our vacations," Roy said as he backstepped away from Marth.

"I see," Marth said as they dashed to each other. "That's good. If that is true, I'm going to spend my time with Caeda. Are you and Lilina married yet?"

Roy blushed as both clashed swords several times. "Hey! I-I'm considering my own marriage in a near future, okay?"

"It's just a joke."

"Then how about you and Caeda?"

Ivysaur seemed to be resting in a patch of bushes with some flowers.

...Or he heard them.

Red's Room

"Dude's giving us a vacation," Ivysaur said.

"A vacation?" Red asked. "And to everyone?"

"Yes," Ivysaur said with a nod. "Everyone, and that counts us."

"Should I go home..." Red wondered. "...Or take advantage of their absence and let the other 3 wander around? Are Master Hand and Crazy Hand going somewhere?"

"I don't know," Ivysaur said. "I could ask them where they are going for their vacation."

And this didn't end here...

Hallway

"I heard from Ivysaur that Master Hand is giving all of us a vacation," said Pichu to Jigglypuff.

DK's Room

"You heard that, Diddy? A vacation time!" DK said to Diddy.

Hallway

"Maybe this is wrong, but the hand is giving us a vacation according to the apes," Snake said to Samus.

Main Lobby

"Mario, did you hear that Master Hand is giving all of a vacation?" Pit asked to Mario.

Outside

"I-it's true!" Luigi said to Yoshi. "Mario told me that we're going to have a vacation!"

Popo and Nana's Room

"Dude, this is so awesome," Popo said to Lucas. "Vacation!"

Outside

And arrow fell close to Lucas. "D-did you hear that Master Hand is giving is us a vacation, Link?" Lucas asked as Toon Link trained.

Main Lobby

"I'm going to go back to Ordon and relax there," Link said to Ike.

C. Falcon's Room

"Meh, I wanted to participate in some races again," C. Falcon said to Ike.

Hallway

"Hope you don't come and mess with me in the Sargasso Space Zone, Fox," Wolf said with a glare to Fox.

Living Room

"I'll go and play around in the air with my Arwing," Falco said to Sonic.

"No way, I'm staying here," Sonic said (remembering the moon in his world to prevent his transformation).

Kitchen

"Get happy now," Meta Knight informed Kirby. "You can go to Dreamland and rest in there for a while."

Kirby cheered.

"I'm going to stay here."

Mewtwo's Room

Olimar peered from the door. "J-just to ask, where are you going?"

"..." Mewtwo opened an eye to the captain (as he was meditating). "Here."

"O-oh..." Olimar nodded and closed the door.

Command Room

"Since I literally made copies of your things from the real world," Master Hand said to Chris. "You don't need a suitcase."

"Is it fine for me to go without saying good bye to the others?" Chris asked. "What about Lucario?"

"I'll send him a psychic message so he gets the word," the hand said. "As for me, I thought about actually going to Delfino Island and taste the cocktails with Crazy."

"Under the seeeeeeeeea!" Crazy Hand sang as he appeared, wearing a tropical hat. "Under the seeeeeeeeea!"

"...Does that confirm that he stole my DVDs?" Chris asked bored.

"Sadly, yes," Master Hand said before he snapped his fingers and made a portal. "Your path to your world is ready, sire."

Chris rolled his eyes. "Well... I'm going to feel a little bit lonely without Lucario...but I want to go back and revive my other life in there."

"Aww." Master Hand patted Chris's head. "Good luck in there."

Either the World Traveler was going to get annoyed, or he could skip that and say something else.

"Just to let you know," Master Hand began. "Your powers will disappear over there, Kawashima isn't going to work anymore."

"Poor me," Kawashima said.

"And the hammerspace doesn't exist over there, so your items can only be taken out in this universe. And as for the musicians, I heard that some of the Smashers are going to stay behind. I'll ask them if they can check on them as well."

"...I'm really going to feel lonely..." Chris muttered.

Master Hand hmm'd.

"...Can I come here when I want?"

"Of course," Master Hand said. "Use your Wiimote to come back here. Now, you go in there and enjoy the real fresh air."

"..." Chris felt a little bit ashamed for doing this...

But he wanted to live in his world for a little bit longer and talk to his parents again.

With a serious look, he looked forward and walked inside. "H-have a good vacation!" he yelled to the hands from the other side of the portal as it vanished.

"..." Master Hand looked at Crazy Hand. "Crazy, you got them?"

"Right-o," Crazy Hand said as he took a box from underneath the desk.

Master Hand opened the box to find inside at least 35 Wiimotes.

He chuckled. "Who said I can only open the way to your world, Chris? These babies can let anyone go in there for this time only... Hope you enjoy your surprise guests."

Real World

March 10 - Afternoon - Monday

For Chris, it was such a good feeling to be completely powerless in his world. He returned to his usual life alone. School also was in that life. Since Lucario wasn't around, he felt very lonely in his house. However, there was always the chance to go back to the mansion when he wanted, so he always had the chance to go back.

And in the eyes of the great World Traveler...

Chris's House

The door of the house opened and a bored Chris walked lazily to the sofa and dropped his backpack on there.

"This...sucks..." he muttered with a groan.

He sat down on an armchair and closed his eyes with a sigh.

"What was I thinking when I wanted to come back here?" Chris asked to himself. "My normal life sucks compared to my life of fighting enemies..."

He hmm'd.

"And, if I'm some sort of hero, nobody here would be believe me because it would sound too stupid and very clich?... High schooler is secretly a superhero. Nationwide gets shocked," he joked. "I don't want anyone to know about this at all...or my parents..."

He looked at a picture of his parents.

"...If only you were here..." Chris muttered. "You wouldn't understand either...right?"

He got up.

"Well, I have a lot of homework today so...I better get started before my cartoons start..."

He looked at no one in particular.

"So? I still like to watch cartoons."

Chris started his way to his room...

"..." He stopped. "...Wait a minute..."

Something was wrong...

There was the sound of the TV coming from his room at the end of the hallway.

"(...I didn't leave my TV turned on!)" Chris thought. "(I wasn't watching DBZ either! Someone got in here!)"

In a hurry, he ran to his room and leaned to the wall to examine if there was some kind of thief or robber in his room...

"(...)" Chris found the TV turned on (with the third season of DBZ in the TV due to his DVD). "(What the hell?)" he thought. "(What kind of thief watches TV?)"

Also, there was nobody in there.

"(And where is that bastard?)" Chris thought as he walked to the TV and turned it off. "(Something is wrong in here...)"

Chris walked to his bed and sat down. He looked around his room, and there was nobody rather than himself.

"(...Maybe I left it on accidentally...)" Chris thought before he sighed. "What a relief... I thought someone got in here..."

"I was watching that!"

And Chris instantly ran in panic to the wall across his bed, crashed, and lost consciousness before falling to his bed.

Some time later...

"He's getting back up."

"Yes. It was stupid of him to run right to the wall. He knows us anyway."

"Do you think he forgot about us?"

"It has been roughly 3 days, according to his calendar. I doubt he forgot about us."

"My head..." Chris muttered as he gained consciousness. "My forehead..."

Through his state, he remembered.

"THIEVES!" he yelled as he quickly got up and looked at his bed. "AAAH!!!"

"Calm down!" the person in his room said. "We're just us!"

"..." Chris suddenly calmed down...but glared at the people in his room. "...Pikachu?! Pichu?!"

"...Hello?" Pichu said.

"W-wha..." Chris shook his head. "H-how did you 2 get in here?!"

Both of them looked at each other and took out a Wiimote each. "With our passports, of course," Pikachu said.

"T-those are mine!" Chris yelled.

"Nope. These are copies of your Wiimote," Pikachu explained. "Master Hand gave us these to visit your world when we want."

"What?!" Chris asked.

"You ask too many questions, you knew that?" Pichu asked.

"That doesn't matter!" Chris yelled. "If I want to ask questions, then I'm going to keep asking until I get everything answered!"

"Chill down!" Pikachu said. "You're getting so stressed!"

"Okay..." Chris said with a nod. "I'll try to calm down..."

"..." Pichu looked around. "Now?"

"...Yes," Chris said with a sigh. "Okay... Answer these questions, DON'T remind me why I ask too many of them, and I'll see if I believe you."

Both mouses nodded.

"Now... Where did you get those Wiimotes?"

"Master Hand gave 1 to every single Smasher, including us," Pikachu said. "He said that many of us wanted to go anywhere, but I think everyone wants to drop by in here once in a while...and more than any other world. They seemed to like the idea very much."

"And why are you 2 here?"

"Because for the fact that we don't have anywhere else to go," Pikachu said. "Pichu could have gone to Johto, but he wanted to stay with me, and I didn't want to go with Ash either." He sniffed. "A-and I thought I had a home here with you..."

"...Are you crying crocodile tears?" Pichu asked.

"Oh, great going," Pikachu said bored. "I wanted to convince him."

Chris wondered for a moment. "And they can come in here when they want?"

"Pretty much," Pikachu said. "They could arrive at the most unexpected moment. Master Hand said that the time in each world is different, and we kind of came here after you left this place."

"That explains why I heard some voices from my room this morning..." Chris muttered. "...Well, honestly speaking, I'm more relieved to see you again. I was getting lonely myself."

"Aww..." Pikachu jumped to his shoulder. "Mind if Pichu and I stay here until we go back to the mansion? The hand said he would tell us when the time ends."

"Hmm..." Chris wondered. "...For your luck, my house has a lot of rooms despite me being the only one in here."

"About that," Pichu said. "You have like 9 rooms in here without counting yours. Why's that?"

Chris blushed. "M-my parents made the house bigger so I could have maids and buttlers, but I objected to that idea when the enhancements were done for... They sounded a little bit worried, though... They worry too much of me sometimes."

"Well, what do you know?" Pikachu began. "This is so going to be our third home from now on."

"W-well, I don't know you, but if that's the case, then you'll have to understand tha-"

"I know, and we know," Pikachu said as he shook his head. "You can't get out or the fangirls will rape us to death."

Chris blushed. "I-it's different for you 2! They'll cuddle you to death!"

"I hate strangers hugging me," Pikachu said. "I'll shock them if they ever hug me suddenly."

"Didn't you shock Ash when he hugged you?" Pichu asked.

"He didn't say his name? Shock him," Pikachu said simply. "So Chris, you went to school or what?"

"Y-yes I did," Chris said.

"Oh, good," Pikachu said. "That gives us a lot of time to do our research of this world."

"...Research?"

"Yup," Pikachu said. "Pichu and I decided to go on a quest of discovery...by turning ourselves into Pok?mon Otakus!"

Pichu took out an anime guide. "And by that, we mean look an endless amount of anime shows in the TV!"

"We were just watching DBZ," Pikachu said. "And those guys know how to destroy the frickin' planet to pieces."

"And right now," Pichu began as he flipped the pages. "We're going to see this "Digimon" show."

"Sounds like a pormateau of digital and monster," Pikachu said as he jumped back to the bed and got closer to the guide. "Much like us, pocket and monster."

"W-wait a minute," Chris interrupted. "How long have you been doing this whole research thing?"

"Ever since we came in 10 minutes after," Pikachu explained. "Okay, after watching Digimon, we're going to jump to Death Note, after that, we get to Get Backers, then after that, we get to this guy with the creepy pointy hair and plays with monster cards. Should be interesting."

"Would you let us do this?" Pichu asked. "We want to see EVERYTHING of this world."

Chris wondered...

It was kind of cute for them to see the world through the TV.

And it was amusing that they got interested into anime.

"Say," Pikachu said as he looked to the guide. "Look at this Digimon character... It looks like a Pok?mon fusing together with DBZ..."

Yes, so amusing.

"O-of course you can," Chris said with a nod. "It'll help me to have company while I do my homework. It won't bother me at all and you can see the DVDs over there."

A pile of DVDs containing different animes was in a corner, and carefully organized.

"I forgot I love to buy so many DVDs..."

"Sweet!" Pikachu said. "This vacation is going to take us a whole lot of our time, but it has a lot of good loot now."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 24, 2009, 08:42:40 PM
"(Hmm...)" Chris thought as Pikachu and Pichu went to the pile of DVDs. "(...I'll be a lot happier with them dropping by...)"

He looked outside.

"(...This is ACTUALLY going to be more interesting... I can't hardly wait to spend the time with each one of them.)"

The World Traveler decided to start his homework while the Pok?mon continued with their research...

What kind of research was that, anyway?

March 27 - Evening - Thursday

The days passed...

...And Chris couldn't even spend the proper time with Pikachu and Pichu due to his homework being harder than he expected it to be. And both were so focused on their research that it was virtually impossible to distract them as well.

"Let's see," Pikachu began as he held a notepad with a pencil. "So far, we've seen 30 animes. Next up is..."

"Let me change the channel," Pichu said. "There's an anime called Evangelion."

In the nearby desk, Chris hit his forehead with his notebook as both Pok?mon kept watching TV.

They ignored this action.

"What else is there?" Pikachu asked. "This cable has a catalog. There should be something like a guide of programs."

"Hmm," Pichu wondered. "How about...Negima?"

"Isn't that the one with 20 or so girls high schoolers that have a magician kid teacher?" Pikachu asked. "Hell no. I don't like accidental perverts, let alone magician kids... (And the fact that I don't want to get a nosebleed...) Next on the list."

"Bakugan?"

"It's the cheesy version of Yu-Gi-Oh," Pikachu commented. "Next."

"Full Metal Alchemist?"

"Oh, sweet," Pikachu said. "The ratings for this anime were very good. Next."

"Code Geass?"

And this went on and on.

Not only this kept going on as both Pikachu and Pichu reviewed animes...but Chris was developing a hatred towards anime for being daily mentioned too much in his very house.

"(God...)" Chris thought. "(Why can't they watch a novel or something instead?)"

"I say enough about anime!" Pikachu proclaimed.

Chris lifted his head and sighed.

"Let's do research...on manga!"

Chris slammed his head back.

"Hook the Wii to the internet and find the site with the most manga ever! I heard Pryce is a bad guy!"

"Right on!" Pichu said excited.

Chris wished days would go faster....

April 12 - Morning - Saturday

Sweet weekends without school.

Unfortunately, Chris didn't want to wake up, even it if was 10:00 PM.

Worse yet, he has been having weird nightmares with anime and manga characters mixing together...and it didn't leave a pretty picture.

"Gundams...fighting Saiyans..." Chris muttered as he moved his head around the pillow. "Ninjas...with pirates..." he muttered more. "Digimon...owning Pok?mon...bleah..."

"Dude," Pikachu said as he looked at Chris. "We made him so wasted."

"I think we should feel ashamed," Pichu said. "We got so lost in all our research that we forgot all about him."

"Edward Elrick...having an affair with Midori..." Chris muttered.

"Chris!" Pikachu yelled. "Wake up! Nothing you're dreaming is real at all!"

"I'm innocent!" Chris yelled as he sat up. "Oh god...it was just a twisted nightmare..."

"Tell us," Pikachu said. "We should stop our research or else you'll end up like this again."

Chris sighed in relief. "Thank you..."

Chris looked at his TV.

"Why isn't anybody coming?" Chris asked.

"Probably because they have their own affairs," Pikachu explained. "Though some decided to stay in the mansion."

"Like Meta Knight, Sonic, Red, Squirtle, Mewtwo, and Ivysaur," Pichu added.

"I hope Lucario comes home soon..." Chris muttered. "It's really not the same without him..."

Pikachu and Pichu looked at each other before looking at Chris. "You miss your sleeping partner, right?"

Chris blushed. "W-why are you saying it like that?"

"Because we have the same problems," Pichu said. "W-well, I never had a trainer before...but I do feel lonely all the nights in my room..."

"And I feel nostalgia when I think about Ash," Pikachu said. "...I think I'm starting to miss him..."

"...And you 2 want to sleep with me?" Chris asked.

Both Pok?mon blushed and looked to different ways. "A-about that..." Pikachu trailed off as he sounded annoyed.

Evening

"How about now?"

Pikachu, Pichu, and Chris were laying down on the bed in the same order they were mentioned.

"Well..." Pikachu looked around. "...It's not like I thought..."

"But I sleep this way!" Pichu said.

"...Okay, it's kind of good, I guess..."

"Maybe we should re-arrange ourselves..." Chris suggested.

They re-arranged to Pikachu, Chris, and Pichu.

"Hmm..." Pikachu looked at Chris. "I think it's better... Now, if you put on a red hat with a Pok? Ball symbol, and if you scratch your cheeks so you could get some small lightning marks..."

"Good night," Chris said annoyed.

"W-wait! I was joking!" Pikachu pleaded. "Aw, forget it. I'm tired right now. Good night."

For some reason, Pichu didn't talk as he looked shocked.

"Pichu..." Pikachu began. "You've been awfully quiet for these short minutes... What's wrong?"

"T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-T-" Pichu stuttered.

"I'm not willing to play to guess the word," Pikachu called over.

"Hmmmmmmm..." Chris slowly opened his eyes...and suddenly he got shocked.

"Now you woke him up," Pikachu said as he sat up. "And why aren't you looking at me?"

He turned his head at their direction.

"YIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" the trio yelled as they found someone else staring them from the other side of the room. The figure had a glowing blue light coming from the face as it grunted annoyed.

"Oh my god," Chris panicked. "T-there's an assassin in here! L-look at that evil atmosphere around him!"

"Aw, crap!" Pikachu yelled. "Now I wish Pok?mon could use the bathroom, because I feel I want to piss myself!"

"T-that's too much information!" Pichu yelled with a gulp.

"Hey," the figure said annoyed.

"T-that's it, we annoyed him!" Pikachu yelled as he hugged Chris, as Pichu hugged Chris, as Chris hugged both of them. "He wants to kill us for good!"

"You 3 are looking very stupid tonight," the figure said as he began walking to them.

"Listen here..." Chris muttered. "Since I'm powerless in this world, you 2 will have to lunge at him and shock him to death..."

"I-I don't want to sacrifice!" Pichu pleaded.

"Too late!" Pikachu yelled. "He's so close!"

The 3 pulled the bed sheet over them and shook in fear as the person walked close to the light of the moon from the window...

...And the figure revealed to be...

"...Silence...something is wrong here..." Pikachu whispered before the 3 pushed back the bed sheet. "..."

"Why are you acting like morons?" Wolf asked with a glare. "I'm just a surprise guest, dangit."

"...YIIIIIIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" the trio yelled.

"What now?"

"Y-you came to kill us because you betrayed us now!" Pichu yelled.

"When did I do that?" Wolf asked. "All I did is appear here in this room while you 3 were busy talking. You didn't even notice my presence at all."

"...Then you're not a traitor?" Pikachu asked.

"You wish and I wish too," Wolf joked. "And I know you would scream like idiots because of my face. Is it because of my face?"

Pichu was the only one who nodded.

"Good..." Wolf said sarcastically. "Hope you kid give me a room in here."

"W-why?" Chris asked.

"This is very unlikely of me, but I just came from a party."

"...You going to a party?" the trio asked surprised.

"Well, a party I did myself at the Sargasso Space Zone," Wolf explained. "Unfortunately, the 200 thugs I have working for me are complete drunktards when beer is involved. I can't stand their crazy laughs, their games, their yells of pleasure, and their insane gender problems..."

"..." They didn't speak.

"...And I'm going to ban parties from now on," Wolf said. "If you would, can you give me a room before I use brute force on you to find absolute peace and moments of tranquility for an unfortunate leader like myself?"

"I-I can lend you one anytime," Chris said. "I personally hate drunk people as much as you."

"Good," Wolf said. "Thanks for understanding."

"You actually said thanks?" Pichu asked.

"Got a problem with that?"

"N-no sir..."

"Then good night," Wolf said as he turned to the door. "Hopefully this place is a lot calmer than the place I call home..."

With that, he left and closed the door.

"..." Pikachu looked at Chris. "Get prepared. Fox is some days away from coming here."

"Why are you saying that?" Chris asked confused.

"Simple," Pikachu said. "I don't look like it, but I have done a lot of research about almost everyone of the mansion. Even I spoke with the vulpine himself saying that most of his daily works have to do with Wolf's brigade of crazy thieves."

"...I hope you're lying..." Chris said worried. "I don't want a fight in here... Good night..."

The trio decided to call it a night...

Though Wolf snored a little bit loud from his room...

May 19 - Evening - Monday

It has been roughly a month ever since Wolf came. Wolf himself liked to stay most of the time alone (because he couldn't stop thinking about the incident that he did in his turf). Chris didn't get a chance to talk with him at all as a result.

"Days sure are passing so fast..." Chris said. "I wanted to talk with Wolf today, but he told me to go away and mind my own business."

"He's way too mad for the party incident," Pikachu said. "And weird, Fox didn't come after all."

"Better yet," Chris said. "I don't want to deal with any problem right now... Homework got heavier this time, and I can't wait for summer to come in..."

"Let's just rest..." Pichu yawned. "I'm so tired after watching so much TV..."

With that, they decided to sleep...

"..." Chris turned his head to the right and opened his eyes to find some emerald eyes glaring down at them. "...Speaking of the furried devil..."

"Good night," Fox said somewhat mad. "Is that bastard here?"

"Define...bastard..." Pikachu said while his face was on the pillow.

"Wolf," Fox said coldly. "Thanks to him, I haven't been able to get my so deserved vacation."

"Why..." Pichu said grogily.

The vulpine walked further into the moonlight...and his eyelashes looked very purple.

"...Dude..." Pikachu began as he turned to him. "What happened to you?"

"You look like you didn't have any sleep..." Pichu said.

"Because I got 4 times where I was able to rest..." Fox trailed off as he closed his eyes, showed his fangs, and clenched his fists. "...Until some 200 drunk thugs invaded Corneria..."

The 3 groaned out loud and covered their faces with their pillows.

"I've been working day and night to catch all those imbeciles, and I know Wolf was behind it due to them telling the whole story while they were still drunk."

Fortunately for Chris, he was focused on this matter.

"Where is he? I need to have a serious talk to him after putting my whole team working with me. Slippy has had a bad time repairing Arwings."

But the World Traveler knew better. What Fox meant with serious talk meant, "Serious talk through fists until someone dies."

"So, is he here? Falco went to the mansion to see if he was there."

"...Are you really going to have a serious talk with him that doesn't include violence in my own house?" Chris asked under the pillow.

"It'll depend."

"Good... He hasn't been here..."

"Really..." Fox yawned. "Well...if you see him, tell him I need t-"

"Yeah, yeah, serious talk. Leave now..." Pikachu interrupted.

Fox mumbled before he opened his way back to Corneria and left the room.

The 3 sighed in relief.

"Nice move," Pikachu remarked as they set their pillow under their heads. "I didn't want to see a fight here."

"Or stop one," Pichu added. "They're very scary when they're mad..."

"Just...sleep..." Chris pleaded before he fell asleep.

Both Pok?mon agreed with a sigh before they fell asleep.

"(...)" Chris opened his eyes a little. "(...When are you going to come home, Lucario?)"

And he fell asleep.

May 21 - Afternoon - Wednesday

"Let's see now..." Chris put his pencil on his lip. "Trigonometry problems..."

As the World Traveler kept working through his homework, Pikachu was playing with the Wii as Pichu read walkthrough guides.

"Okay," Pichu began. "It says here that she'll give you a lure once you finish the Roll Game."

"Dammit!" Pikachu cursed. "I hate those small curves! And her, "Awww!" is annoying me!"

"Work harder!" Pichu suggested. "It's your skill in this game that needs to be polished!"

"I wonder how Link managed to calm down his rage with this game..." Pikachu muttered. "Dammit!"

"Keep your eyes on the ball...and your hand."

"I'm tired," Pikachu said as he stopped playing. "What else is in there?"

"How about if you go and catch the 60 Poe Souls?"

"And I have 16? It's going to take an eternity to get those."

At that moment, Wolf came in and leaned close to the door.

Pikachu and Pichu looked to him. "Feel better now?" Pikachu asked.

"I guess..." Wolf said as he looked away. "Maybe I can go back and see if those idiots stopped fooling around..."

"In jail, you mean..." Pikachu muttered. "Fox came a few days ago and he said he arrested all of your guys."

"And he looked very mad that the thugs didn't let him rest as well," Pichu added.

"..." Wolf chuckled. "It's was all worth it, then. How ironic."

"...Did you forget the fact that you don't have anyone left under your command?"

"If Panther was thrown in jail," Wolf began. "Then he should know how to get all of them out and escape back to the hideout."

Chris's eyes widened as he overheard this.

"And that would mean a big breakout."

He set his pencil down.

"And..." Wolf looked at them and grinned. "That would mean that Star Fox would have to catch them before they get home."

Oh no...

"...Again..." Wolf added with a chuckle.

"(Why do I have to get in the middle of their bickerings?)" Chris thought.

As the clock sounded through the silence of the room...

The World Traveler turned to his Wii and hoped for irony to stay low and let them have peace...

...

Chris sighed. "Oh god... I thought they were going to come here..."

"But weren't they looking for Wolf?" Pichu asked. "I think it's going to be even worse than before..."

"The authorities surely added more money for my head for this," Wolf said. "But they can't get me for now. I'm a little bit mad, but what else could I do for what I've done?"

"Stay put?" Pikachu asked.

"Yeah."

And out of a cue, a portal opened, and Wolf quickly hid behind the wall of the door of the hallway.

"Okay, where is he?" Falco asked as he came in and looked around (and he pretty much looked exhausted like Fox). "That son of a-"

"He's not here!" Chris yelled. "Leave me alone and let us have our vacation in peace!"

Falco blinked confused. "O...kay..." he said somewhat embarrassed. "I-I thought he was here because he wasn't in the mansion or the hideout so..."

"Go away..." Chris pleaded as he hit the desk with his forehead.

"...'scuse me," Falco said embarrassed before he went back to Corneria through a portal he opened.

Wolf came back in. "God, he sounded very mad."

"I wonder why," Pikachu said sarcastically.

"At least this place and the kid himself are my perfect alibi," Wolf said. "I better stay here to wait for the bird brain and Fox to forget what happened."

"They'll surely remember it," Pikachu said as he began to read Nintendo Power. "You 2, except Falco, share a stupidly close rivalry for my tastes."

"Who asked you..." Wolf said. "In the meantime...I better hit the videogame I wanted to play..."

Chris sighed. "(What is taking you so long, Lucario? It's not the same with those 3 here...)"

A little bit of time passed...

"Ha-ha," Pikachu laughed. "Wolf's fighting himself, and he's using Fox in doing so."

"Shut up, or I'll blow you to hell," Wolf said.

June 3 - Morning - Tuesday

Chris felt nostalgic...

This day was very special to him. For him, it was a special anniversary that he remembered when summer came in after school shortly closed for vacation. Even if it was raining, he felt very happy that it transcurred a whole year...

A whole year ever since he and Lucario met in the very same room, with the very same rain.

Chris coughed weakly.

And unfortunately, he had a fever as he was laying down on the bed.

"This was the day I met Lucario..." Chris said as Pikachu and Pichu stood close to him on the bed. "I remember when he suddenly came from my DS and had a very bad fever."

"Like you now?" Pichu asked.

"Not like the one I'm having, but his fever was worse," Chris said. "Sometimes I think that he would have never stayed with me if he didn't have that fever to begin with."

"Why'd you say that?" Pikachu asked.

"I asked myself that if he came in with full health, he would have rampaged," Chris said scared. "If that were to happen, I'd have been killed by him..."

"How can you say that?" Pikachu asked. "Lucario's has a short temper, but he doesn't look like he would kill you."

"Well, he looked troubled in some instances...like if he was scared of the world he got in." Chris coughed. "I think he decided to stay with me because I looked after him when he was ill. The fact that he told me that my aura was very pleasant made him feel more relieved as well."

"Maybe your aura convinced him," Pichu said. "Just a thought, of course..."

"Yes..." Chris closed his eyes and chuckled. "He made me feel very happy...so, but so happy because I wouldn't stay alone ever. Also, I had him as a strong guardian if I were to get into trouble with wild dogs outside." Chris chuckled. "The dogs would whimper at his roar, and I would look very amused to see ferocious dogs whimpering in fear by Lucario."

"It has been a while since we last saw him," Pikachu said. "I wonder how's he doing in the valley."

"Probably training so hard so he makes me feel proud or something," Chris said. "Lucario always fights so I can feel proud of him. It's a very nice thing of him, but I sometimes stop him from overdoing things."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 25, 2009, 03:37:55 PM
"I know the feeling," Pikachu said. "Like my team, AKA Ash's team. I talked to them before, and let me tell you, they'll do everything for Ash to the point they act...super loyal to him."

"?" Chris looked confused.

"I pity the guys, though," Pikachu said. "Ash follows the policy of starting from zero when he knows another new region. They get forgotten with Professor Oak. For example, I forgot what moves Kingler has..."

Something hit Pikachu.

"Wait a minute!" Pikachu spoke up. "Ash set free a lot of Pok?mon, a lot of strong Pok?mon! He set Primeape, Charizard (who is the only one who comes back sometimes), Butterfree (who is probably dead), and some others as well. I know that he could HAVE won a league at least. I think nobody heard about the Orange Islands at all!"

"About that..." Chris coughed. "It was just a filler..."

"...I knew it," Pikachu muttered. "I knew there was something fishy..."

"A-and I think nobody cared about the Battle Frontier because some said it was evil..."

"A-ha!" Pikachu yelled. "If my theory is correct, then Ash only have won special leagues that nobody cared about!"

"...Aren't you going a little bit overboard?" Pichu asked.

"...I am..." Pikachu sighed. "I am..."

Chris coughed again. "T-that's good to hear... I hope I get better soon..."

Pichu laid close to Chris. "Can I keep you company?"

"(So cute...)" Chris thought. "Go ahead, please..."

"Ooh, no way," Pikachu said as he laid down close. "I'm giving him company."

"(So cute as well...)" Chris thought. "Go ahead as well, please..."

Something was fishy.

"(...Are they trying to get attention? Those... Forget it...at least they're giving me company...)"

And the days went on...

June 15 - Afternoon - Sunday

"So, is everything set now?" Chris asked.

"Yes. Fences have more bricks than they used to. Now they reach 9 feet," said the bricklayer. "But, why did you want the fences to have more bricks? I'm afraid your house is going to stick out than the others in the neighborhood."

Chris looked away. "I-it's because I'm going to have a party and if my friends ever do some kind of game where they throw things around, I-I don't the neighbors get mad at me..."

He lied.

"...Oh," the bricklayer said. "I understand that."

Chris looked miffed. "T-thank you."

With that, he paid the bricklayer and the worker left the house. Chris watched him getting in his car before he drove away.

Chris sighed. "I'll have to go to church again..."

Outside

The reason why Chris wanted the fences around his wide backyard was because he decided to buy a bigger pool to enjoy during the hot summer's temperature.

And why the fences then?

Simple.

"Before me," Pikachu muttered as he swam around the big and wide pool. "Lies a big expanse of sea... Over the horizon, I spot the rubbed circle that contains within a creature named Pichu."

The Small Mouse Pok?mon rested quietly above a lifesaver.

"And at the edge of the end of the world," Pikachu said as he looked at a part of the circular edge of the pool. "Lies Mr. Fur's turf, who is desperate to spot a wife as he is shirtless. Fanservice, anyone?"

Wolf managed to overheard this and he lifted up his head from the pool's tube fence and glared at Pikachu. "Another thing like that, and this pool will turn red very soon."

Pikachu looked away. "And lastly..." he muttered as he looked below. "Lies a new island... A moving island underwater that will rise, and I shall claim it as my own..."

The Electric Pok?mon slowly rose up, but he rose up because Chris appeared from underneath (wearing goggles). "I feel like a kid," Chris sang. "A very young kiiid."

"That island is named Chris!" Pikachu said.

Chris looked up. "Oops, I didn't notice you."

"Doesn't matter," Pikachu said as he jumped back to the water. "Good idea with the fences. Nobody will stop and look at us enjoying the warm summer in this big pool."

"I'm surprised that Wolf wanted to come here," Chris said.

"What?" Wolf asked as he didn't look them. "Can I enjoy myself with water?"

"Y-you can."

"Then leave me alone."

"It's weird to think that he's over his thirties..." Chris muttered. "...And I have to say, even if he's older than us, he looks like a teen."

"So does Fox and Falco, but enough about them," Pikachu said. "We're just the 4 of us without anyone else. Except the big black spot under the water...and it's moving towards us."

A record scratched.

"Wait, what big black spot?" Chris asked before he looked down to the water...

And the spot he found was rather big.

"...OH GOD, SHARK!" Chris panicked.

"Chris, you're starting to act so out of character with each day it passes," Pikachu pointed out.

"S-sorry..." Chris said. "B-but what the hell is that thing?! I-it's moving towards us!"

"Just shut up and let me relax!" Wolf said as he put his arms above the tube.

"How come he's more relaxed than us?" Chris asked. "The black spot underwater!"

The black spot went after Chris and Pikachu. Cornered, they wanted to get out...but the black spot grabbed Chris's legs.

"Oh no!" Chris yelled. "Help!"

Pichu stood up. "I-" And he fell right in the center of the lifesaver.

"HEEEEEEEEELP!" Chris yelled.

And from the water, a big figure rose up. The trio (except Wolf) looked in shock as the shadow of the beast covered a little portion of the pool.

"..." The 3 glared at it.

"Duahahahahahahahaha!" the figure laughed. "You should have seen your faces! Shark! Help me! Hahahahahahahahahaha!"

"...Pikachu, kill DK, now," Chris ordered.

The figure turned out to be DK, who seemed to be hiding inside the pool all this time. Chris, Pikachu, and Pichu didn't like the sudden appearance of the gorilla at all as he laughed to the sky.

"Well!" DK stopped laughing. "'s up?"

"Chris," Pikachu said through gritted fangs. "Don't let me zap the pool with you in it."

"DK!" Chris yelled. "W-when did you come in here? N-nobody saw you getting inside this pool?"

"I came here before you guys," DK said with a smile. "I was hiding very well, wasn't I?"

"Ugh!" Pikachu threw his hands up. "You big doofus! You almost gave me a heart attack!"

"Sorry," DK said. "Didn't think of that."

Chris sighed. "Let me guess... You came here because you wanted to visit me, right?"

"And because Cranky got mad at me after playing around with his new vase."

"You broke it?" Pichu suddenly asked.

"...Yeah..." DK closed his eyes embarrassed. "Jugglin' it a little bit was a bad idea... I tossed it to the ceiling too high."

"...You and your strength will be Cranky's death one day of these..." Chris said bored. "...Did you take a bath before getting in here?"

"Duh?"

"Good... Wait," Chris looked confused. "Since you're here, doesn't that mean Diddy is..."

"Oh, him?" DK asked as he pointed at the roof of the house.

"OH MY GOD," Chris said alarmed. "D-Diddy! Get down of there! Quick!"

The spider monkey seemed to be having fun on top of Chris's house. Also, he was preparing to jump down. "DK! How about a cannonball!"

"Sweet!" DK yelled. "Do it!"

"How the hell did he climb all the way up?" Chris asked. "I-I mean, oh no, there's a party some houses away from here, but somebody can see Diddy if he stays up there for too long. Diddy! Get down!"

"CANNONBALL!" Diddy yelled laughing as he jumped right above the pool...and fell all the way down to the center of the pool, creating a big splash that fell around the pool.

"..." Even Wolf got wet on the face. "...Tsk..." he simply muttered and didn't mind as he continued to relax.

Diddy came out and high-fived with DK. "Score, if you would," he said.

"11 out of 10," DK said. "Right on."

"Ugh," Chris grunted. "And I knew he came here as well..."

"So, how've you been?" Diddy asked with a smile.

"Oh, pretty dandy," Chris said. "Clear skies, enthusiastic self, MONKEYS jumping from the 3th floor of my house, you know, the usual."

"...You sound mad," DK said.

Chris looked bored at him.

"...Whoops, sorry."

"..." Chris shook his head. "J-just, if you want to stay here, promise me that you're going to stay COMPLETELY out of sight from someone. NO getting out, NO saying hello, NO answering the phone, NO prank calls either, and NO sending mail out, got all that?"

Both monkeys made soldier salutes and nodded several times.

"...And like that, we will have a very good time."

"Mommy, mommy!" called a boy across the other side of the big fence. "I saw a chimpanzee jumping down from the roof!"

Everyone except Wolf got shocked looks.

"That's good, honey," called the boy's mother. "No more Nickelodeon for you for being a bad liar. Monkeys are away in the zoos."

"But moooooooom!" the boy whined. "I SO saw a monkey, and it talked!"

As the mother kept banning the boy's hobbies, the 5 sighed in relief.

"I'm sorry..." Diddy said ashamed.

"At least you learned your lesson. DON'T repeat it again," Chris said.

"This is gonna get interesting..." Wolf said with a smirk before Chris, angry, tossed him a beachball to his nose. "One more, and this pool is going to get red for sure, kid."

A lively afternoon passed...

July 4 - Evening - Friday

Chris's Room

Happy 4th of July.

"To honor the day I was born in America..." Chris began as Pikachu, Pichu, DK, and Diddy waited for him to play a new WiiWare game. "I decided to buy a very obscure game."

"What game is that?" DK asked in curiosity.

Dramatic music started to play from the TV as the screen showed the WiiWare game. This WiiWare game was an enhancement of the flash game in the internet.

"Today, I'm playing..." Chris trailed off. "Defend Your Castle!"

And thus the game started.

There was a dead silence as a small castle was displayed with cardboard figures as background. Absolutely nothing happened.

"If by obscure you mean empty, then you were right," Diddy said unsure.

Too bad his first review got interrupted as several doodle men began appearing from the other side of the screen and started to bang their hands on the castle.

"Throw 'em!" DK yelled.

Chris started to pick them with a blue clip to toss them to the air...

"And make them fall to their deaths," Pikachu said.

"Aaah!" the Barbarian (the doodle's name) yelled after it was killed.

"Oh no, there are more!" Pichu said. "Toss them!"

It took a while before they noticed that 4 could play the same game.

Unfortunately, as the rounds rosed up, the difficulty became harder and harder.

"Oh my," Pikachu said. "They multiply at the speed of light!"

"Take the big ones down! The ones with the bottle cap heads!" Diddy ordered. "Dammit! A bomb exploded on the main gate!"

"Hey, what's that? A catapult?! And the castle's health is disappearing!" DK said alarmed. "Take 'em down!"

"Touch it so it disarms!" Chris yelled. "We must defend our castle!"

Pun intended.

"Dammit! These small Barbarians are multiplying faster!" Pikachu yelled. "Release the blue bombs! Sacrifice our men to them!"

They deployed several blue Barbarians (since they were thrown into the Pit of Convertion to add more forces to the castle's army) rolling bombs to the Barbarians before a huge chain reaction obliterated the whole army on-screen.

"Yes!" DK said.

Too bad they were halfway done as an insane amount of Barbarians came back.

"Aw, sh-" Diddy's curse got interrupted. "Fight! Throw them to their deaths!"

"What's all the yelling in here?" asked a mad Wolf as he came in. "What are you playing now?"

"Defend Your Castle," Pichu explained.

"I'm not defending any castle," Wolf responded.

"No, that's the name of the game."

Wolf looked at the game. "The crap are those...doodles?"

"Barbarians. They want to attack the castle."

"...Ain't that amusing..." Wolf muttered before walking away to his room.

Pichu pouted before returning to watch the game. "Defend your castle!" he cheered.

And the unlikely team kept playing...

July 26 - Afternoon - Saturday

It was time for Chris to get a new game. His DS library wasn't getting bigger so he checked to see if he could get a new one.

During July 22, he obtained one...Final Fantasy IV DS. Chris's addiction to the series let him reach further with no problems.

Though this game's bosses were harder than the GBA version...

"Okay," Chris said to Diddy as the spider monkey played Donkey Konga 2 with the bongos. "So Fusoya says I should attack the Defense Node before focusing my attacks on the CPU, then attack the Attack Node. If listening to the main characters' suggestions is a good idea, then I'm going to listen."

"Uh-huh," Diddy said with a nod as he clapped while he played the song, "Carmen."

"And..." Chris selected commands. "...What the...hey, no! T-the Attack Node! I-it annihilated everyone except Cecil with those Laser Beams!"

Diddy merely nodded.

"Aw, crap!" Chris cursed. "T-that didn't even reach 300 HP in the GBA version, but they buffed it up so it could deal over 3500 HP... Oh no, that stupid node killed Cecil...Game Over... Diddy, remind me to not listen to Fusoya again... Hmm... I'll change my strategy to attacking the Attack Node first..."

"Sure..." Diddy said as he was now playing, "La Bamba."

"Hmmmmmmmm, hmm, hm-hm," Chris hummed the latin song. "Hmmmmmmmm, hmm, hm, hm... Aaaaaa-ttack, the, attack-node... Aaaaa-ttack, the, attack-node..."

Diddy change to "Nutcracker."

"I'm SO going to own these nodes, because I darn say so then. These nodes will feel theeee wraaaath of Edge's Shurikens," Chris sang. "OH my god, it did it again. I'm so going to kill that node off. I'm so going to haaave niiiightmares with C-PU thingies," he sang.

Diddy changed to "Come Clean."

"No way," Chris said as he kept playing. "Hilary Duff's Come Clean kills my mood now."

Diddy changed to "U Don't Have To Call."

"Much better..." Chris sighed in relief.

August 9 - Morning - Saturday

Living Room

Soon, Chris was going to have to go back to school in 3 days. He made sure he had everything for his year as a sophomore.

"I got in late," Chris explained. "My parents forgot to sign me in for the first year of Kindergarden. I question their reasons to these days..."

"Okay," DK said.

Surprise, he was helping Chris as the gorilla was wearing glasses, using a notepad with a pencil, sitting above the sofa.

"Notebooks?"

"Checked."

"Pencils?"

"Checked."

"Pens?"

"Checked."

"Dictionary?"

"Checked."

"Tape?"

"Checked."

"Mini first aid kit?"

"Checked."

"Health insurance?"

"Checked."

"Napkins for runny nose?"

"Checked."

"Erasers?"

"Checked."

Chris was a person that worried about everything.

"Everything's checked."

"Sweet," Chris said. "Thanks."

"Just wanted to wear the glasses," DK said. "Do they make me look smarter?"

"..."

Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrrrrr...

Evening

There are times when nothing interesting happens. Those times are defined as boredom. Diddy, as he was sitting on the sofa, yawned.

"..." Diddy changed channel after channel of the TV. "There's nothing interesting..."

"It's common," Chris commented as he cleaned the floor with a mop. "TV sometimes has good shows, but most of the time it won't."

"Gimme that!" Popo (sitting in the middle) demanded as he took the remote. "I'm the biggest TV guru here. Whatever I look for will always be entertaining!"

The World Traveler received the unexpected coming of the Ice Climbers.

Nana lowered her magazine and looked bored. "Whatever he finds, it will be stupid."

"You return reading," Popo said. "I return to my best hobby."

"Lose cells out of your brain?"

"And replace them with more cleverness," Popo said.

Nana sighed and raised her magazine. "I need to do something productive... I'll go to the internet and see if there's a new game for me and Popo. Maybe if I go to Youtube and search Ice Climbers Wii..."

The pink eskimo walked away to Chris's room.

"Sweet! The Smoking Gun Presents World's Dumbest Criminals!" Popo said excited. "...Ha! He removed his mask halfway before getting out the bank, and the camera got his face!"

Diddy chuckled.

"Is that guy drinking oil? Ha! He's dancing at midnight!"

"H-he drank 51..." Diddy blocked his mouth and chuckled.

1 hour later...

A mad Nana came back and sat down on the right end of the sofa. She rested her chin above her right hand in disgust.

Chris came from her side and looked at her. "Did you find what you wanted?"

The pink eskimo seemed a little bit furious of what she found in Youtube. With a sigh, she looked at Chris annoyed.

"...So?" Chris asked.

"I got Rickroll'd," she responded harshly.

Chris looked away in embarrassment.

Nana grunted and decided to watch TV.

August 26 - Afternoon - Sunday

Chris's Room

For Popo, Youtube was the golden treasure of the whole world. The main and biggest attraction of the whole internet rested within this site.

"Nana!" Popo yelled excited. "Guess what happened to me when I looked for Ice Climbers Wii?"

Nana (laying down on Chris's bed) hit her face with the pillow.

"This is the 38th time!" Popo said laughing. "Okay. I'll try to search another unbelievable thing to see the Rick Astley guy again! He must be so famous for appearing in so many videos!"

Inside the room, not only Nana and her brother were there. A tired Chris (probably because of Popo's browsing Youtube) sighed as he played "Wii Play."

"Popo, only people who want to annoy more people put that guy video the video's real...video," Chris explained. "You're thinking wrong things about them all."

"Nah-ah," Popo said. "Maybe there's a cult behind Rick... I'll be his N. 1 fan!"

Nana groaned. "One of these days, Popo, ONE of these days I'm going to give you a brain!"

"Try it!" Popo dared Nana. "It'll be hard to pierce my head!"

Nana sighed in depression and looked at Chris. "Haven't you noticed?"

"Notice what?" Chris asked. (Albeit to say, he was focused with the laser hockey).

"Popo hasn't been like this before at all," Nana said. "Something is awfully wrong with his mind and attitude... We used to play a lot together, but he's become this...retarded all of a sudden?"

"How do you know that exactly?" Chris asked.

"I lived long enough with him to find odd things," Nana said. "...Why am I thinking all of this? Maybe that's his real self."

"Rickroll'd again!" Popo laughed.

"...If I had a chainsaw," Nana began. "Guess which head will cut?"

"Not mine?" Chris asked.

"...Close enough," Nana said before she rested.

The World Traveler returned to play his game.

...

"...Close enough... Wait, what?" Chris asked shocked.

No response came, sadly. Chris sighed worried as the day went on.

September 12 - Morning - Friday

Chris came from the door. He was supposed to be at school, but it was 9:00 AM by the time he got home. Nana happened to walk close to the entrance and she found Chris.

"Day off?" Nana asked.

"The school's science room was set on fire today," Chris said. "There was a big commotion when smoke began leaking out, and the director told everyone to leave so nobody could get injured."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 26, 2009, 04:42:43 PM
"Was it exciting at least?" Nana asked.

"Considering I was in there when it happened...it was horrible," Chris commented. "Not having powers like I used to leaves me pretty vulnerable. How about you?"

"I call still push small icicles out of the air," Nana said. "Or I call them. Thing is, I don't want to do it in here."

A small icicle went passing between them.

"Oh no, you'll clean that!" Chris said annoyed. "Popo has been pushing icicles for quite a while because he has been complaining about how hot the summer is! Tell him to remove his parka!"

"Even Popo understands that we shouldn't remove our parkas."

"Oh, why's that?" Chris asked as he crossed his arms. "Because you're stuck in them?"

"You wish!" Nana said. "These parkas were made by our own parents! Taking them out would be a disgrace to our deceased family!"

"...Oh..." Chris looked ashamed. "I-I didn't know your family was deceased..."

Nana looked down.

Did Chris hit something important, or did he make a new discovery?

Maybe he should ask further in another time...

"That aside," Nana said (apparently recovering). "Somebody wants to see you. He's been really alone for not seeing you in a while."

"..." Chris's eyes widened and he ran to his room.

"My god," Nana said. "You sure react fast before I say the name." She started to follow him.

Chris's Room

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift - 002 Putting Words Together

Once Chris arrived to his room, he stopped and he looked at the person who Nana told him about. The World Traveler suddenly felt relieved as he panted heavily. "You..." Chris said. "You...you came back..."

The person got up and nodded to him. "I'm back...Chris..."

Chris's eyes began to swell with tears before he ran to the person and gave him a hug, resting his chin above the person's right shoulder. "Lucario!" Chris yelled happily. "You're back at last!"

Lucario smiled a little and hugged his trainer as both rubbed cheeks together. "I'm...I'm so sorry for not seeing you in a long time... I'm so sorry..."

It has been roughly 6 months since both last saw each other. It seemed that Lucario completed his training in his home, and he could never be happier for returning home with Chris.

"It wasn't the same without you..." Chris muttered. "A few people came here to spend the vacation with me, but I felt lonely nevertheless."

"I know," Lucario said with a nod. "I promised that I was going to return soon, but my training took a lot of my time... I'm awfully sorry, Chris. This won't happen ever again..."

Chris hugged him tightlier. "What matters to me is that you're back, and your strength got back to normal... Wait, do you have your brute force with you?"

Lucario stopped hugging Chris and he lifted his trainer with his right hand. The Aura Pok?mon looked up like nothing happened. "In a matter of fact, your weight as a feather returned."

Chris tumbled at the sides. "C-can you put me down? I-I'm starting to develop a fear of heights because of you!" he yelled scared.

Lucario lowered his trainer and knelt down to him. "It was a success," he said. "My father put me in a very hard training regimen... You wouldn't believe what he put me through..."

"What exactly?" Pikachu asked (sitting on the pillow (drinking Caprisun (with a straw (yellow))). "Come on, tell us!"

"..." Lucario shook his head. "Let's just say that carrying boulders around the valley wasn't a good experience..."

"...What else did he put you through?" Chris asked.

"He told me to do at least 1000 push-ups every morning," Lucario said. "Destroy trees with a single Force Palm, try to communicate with far away Lucarios using telepathy, train the Lucarios of the valley because apparently I'm some sort of prince to most of them."

"You, a prince?" Pikachu asked. "Dude, this is getting hilarious and interesting."

Lucario ignored him. "Continuing where I left, he also told me to do 10 hours meditations without opening my eyes or communicate with my sister, obliterate boulders bigger than me by using only my aura combined with my fists and no special moves, and do 100 laps around Mt. Coronet's base without using Extremespeed."

Chris gasped. "N-nobody saw you? I-I mean, 100 laps?"

"My father was kind of angry about me losing my aura that he punished me with my training...though he said it would help me and it did..."

Pikachu finished his drink. "Your father so wants to murder you with training."

Lucario glared at Pikachu. "I don't look like it, but I respect what my father tells me to do."

"Poor thing..." Chris said.

Music stops

"What?" Pikachu and Lucario asked surprised.

Chris started to rub Lucario's head with care. The Aura Pok?mon simply blinked shocked. "You went through a lot to obtain your brute force and aura, right?"

Lucario blushed and looked at him. "I-I did it because of you... I-I didn't want to make you feel ashamed of myself."

Chris started to rub his head faster. "You're sure a hard worker, but your father put you through a lot of pain, didn't he?"

Pikachu seemed to perceive something odd about Chris...

"Y-yes," Lucario said with a nod. "I felt a lot of pain that you wouldn't believe. I almost broke a leg, and I'm supposed to be a Steel type."

"My poor Pok?mon was going to break a leg?" Chris asked shocked before he pulled Lucario's head closer to his cheek. "Oh no, that was so, but so horrible!"

Lucario looked down as he blushed. "I-I'm sorry for worrying you so much..."

"There, there," Chris said as he gently pushed Lucario to the bed so he could rest. "You're here with me, and I'm going to make you relax."

Lucario blinked for a moment before he made a happy expression and growled happily. His tail even wagged a little.

Cross Edge - A Lucky Dog

"...And that's how you make Lucario go with the flow," Chris said as he smiled a little and closed his eyes. "I can't believe he fell for it. Look at him, he looks very happy as well."

Pikachu chuckled and looked at the shocked and embarrassed Lucario. "Ha-ha, you went with the flow and didn't say anything," he teased.

"C-Chris!" Lucario said as he got up and looked at his trainer. "W-why did you do that for?"

"I was just trying to remember our happy times," Chris said simply. "It seems that you haven't changed at all, which is good for me."

"And us," Pikachu said.

"T-that was a little bit embarrassing, now that I think about it again," Lucario said.

"Was it?" Chris asked. "I was just joking so..."

"Be glad you're my trainer becau-"

"Was that a threat I heard?" Chris asked annoyed. "I can always grab those appendages again, you know..."

Lucario put his hands on the back of his head and shrugged. "N-no more of that, and I'm not going to complain to you."

"So can I pull them instead?" Pikachu asked.

"GUARGH!" Lucario roared at him.

"Hey! Why the roar?" Pikachu asked annoyed.

"If you're the one pulling them, I'm assure you that you'll be dead before you know it," Lucario said.

"And how come Chris doesn't have the same benefit as me?"

Lucario looked worried at Chris. "I-if he's the one, I-I can't bring myself to hurt him because I would feel deeply ashamed and humiliated for the rest of my life..."

"Good," Chris said as he rubbed Lucario's head. "You know when to stop."

Lucario smiled happily, and Pikachu frowned at Lucario's obedience to Chris.

"So..." Lucario looked at Nana (who seemed angry for not being noticed). "Are we on vacation?"

"Yes," Nana said. "It has been a long while after I went to the mansion."

"Oh, right," Chris said. "Good thing you're back, Lucario. We can enjoy all the "vacation" we have."

"He has to go to school," Nana said. "But it got burned, so he's staying here a few days off."

"I doubt that..." Chris said. "I heard the director was a rich person, and he will probably pay the school's repairs before Monday."

"Oh," Pikachu said. "Well, that doesn't stop us from relaxing even more in here. I've grown so attached to this place that I do NOT want to leave."

"Wait, what month are we in?" Lucario asked.

"September," Nana said.

"Chris, your birthday is very close, right?"

"My birthday!" Chris said. "Oh god, I forgot about my birthday. It's going to be the 30th very soon."

"Really?" Pikachu asked. "I need to get a prese-I mean, do something else before that date comes!"

Nana looked shocked. "Shoot, I need to prepare as well..."

"Aw, thank you," Chris said. "I didn't know you wanted to give me presents."

"What can I say," Nana asked. "You managed to grow attached to us. Be lucky."

"Let's be unlucky then," Master Hand said. "Maybe we should celebrate this sometime later."

"What the hand said is true," Pikachu said.

...

"..." The 4 noticed Master Hand in the room...and he was wearing a tropical hat. "...What are you doing here? Weren't you with your cocktails in Delfino Island?" Nana asked.

"Apart from the cocktails being stupidly awesome, I've returned to give you some news."

"What?"

"Vacations are over," Master Hand said. "I left the mansion's universe's time going way too slow."

What he said sounded very weird.

"What do you mean by too slow?" Pikachu asked.

"Didn't I tell you? I slowed the mansion's time when almost all left. It has passed 1 hour ever since everyone left."

"...You...slowed the time...in the mansion...and techinically speaking...it has only transcurred 1 hour there?" Nana asked.

"That's why I went to Delfino Island," Master Hand said. "Cocktails recharge hand magic way faster."

"Yeah," Pikachu said bored. "You kept eating cocktails for 6 months to recover your energies."

"Oops, I guess I didn't give the exact details... Thing is, I rested long enough for the magic to work. Basically, I rested, and I worked to give you guys your long vacation. Then, I said screw it and decided to call all of you back."

"...So much for that," Nana said.

"I know," Master Hand said. "Everyone else in this house that is a Smasher, please return to the Smash Mansion! Don't make make repeat it like a stupid woman's voice or else!"

Some groans came from DK, Diddy, Pichu, and Popo as they walked inside the room. Shortly, Wolf came in with crossed arms.

"..." Master Hand looked at Chris. "If you think about it, you gathered the most unlikely team ever."

Chris looked away and seemed to pout a little.

"No need to get angry. Alright!" the hand said as he snapped his fingers and made a portal. "Everyone back to our house! Work is waiting for all of us, and we need to get rid of Tabuu as always! Curse myself if something else renders our progress!"

"I better prepare for the worst," Wolf said sarcastically. "Fox is going to give me hell after that incident..."

"What incident?" Master Hand asked. But the wolf already walked inside the portal. "I'll never understand that guy's mind... I'll just read it. Heehee!"

"Aww," DK groaned. "I was starting to enjoy this place... I know! Let's plant some trees in the backyard!"

"NO," Chris responded.

"You're no fun," DK chuckled before he went inside the portal with Diddy following.

"Nana! Can I sing it?" Popo asked.

"NO," Nana responded.

"You're no fun," Popo chuckled before he went inside the portal with Nana following.

Deja vu.

"Can we please talk about anime and manga?" Pichu asked.

"NO," Pikachu said. "...This time only, though."

"Yay!" Pichu cheered before both walked through the portal.

"Hmm..." Chris closed his eyes in defeat. "I knew we would have to go back sooner after all..."

"Hey, you got a lot of time," Master Hand said. "Besides, I hope you spent the time with some of them to discover more special attacks. You did, didn't you?"

"...I was so focused with homework, videogames, and some other chores that I didn't get the chances," Chris realized.

"...I pity you," Master Hand said. "Oh, wait, you didn't buy more games, right?"

"I did," Chris said. "Why?"

"Because if you did, that means Tabuu has more worlds to conquer, meaning we'll have more work if he finds out."

"..."

The fact that he increased his DS library...

The fact that he increased his PS2 library as well...

The fact that he increased his Wii library as well, too...

"...Awwwwwwww!!!" Chris groaned out loud.

"Just get in the mansion and hope we don't have to work that much, hurry," Master Hand said before he entered inside the portal.

"If it helps," Lucario began. "My force will make everything easier."

"Don't make me pull tho-"

"I'll shut up," Lucario said quickly with a gulp.

The 2 sighed with a frown before they walked inside the portal.

The clock of Chris's room was shown. It suddenly began to slow down before it eventually stopped, marking the time stop of the real world...

Super Smash Bros. Brawl

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"You guys," Sonic said as he saw the 10 getting through the portal. "It's been a hour since you left."

"So it was true?" Pikachu asked. "How powerful are you?" he asked to the hand.

"Don't underestimate me," Master Hand said with a chuckle. "I'm the Hand of Creation, after all."

"That his weakness is a certain mag-" Chris stopped.

"And he's immune to most of the things there are," Master Hand interrupted.

"Check this out, dude!" Popo said as he gave Sonic a note.

"What's this?" Sonic asked as he looked down at the note. "Times I've been Rickroll'd?"

Nana groaned and hit her forehead with the nearby desk.

"If you hit it, you pay it!" Crazy Hand (with a smaller tropical hat) said.

"Shut the hell up," Nana threatened. "Shut...the hell up...please..."

And vacations have ended.

Good luck fighting Tabuu's forces.

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Kindred Twins. A whole new world lies beyond the expanse of boxarts that we call Chris's videogame collection..." Popo said.

"Turn my collection into poetry, and I'll roll you down The Summit," Chris threatened.


Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: jnfs2014 on July 26, 2009, 05:15:44 PM
Mouses?

lol

And good writing. A bit lengthy, but still good.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 26, 2009, 08:53:49 PM
Quote from: JNFS2014 on July 26, 2009, 05:15:44 PM
Mouses?

lol

And good writing. A bit lengthy, but still good.
Whoops. I'll leave the mouses thing there, then. XD

And sorry if it is lengthy. The people at fanfiction like this so much as they don't seem to mind the length at all as much as there's humor in it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: The Seventh on July 27, 2009, 08:17:57 AM
Quote from: wiiboychris on July 26, 2009, 08:53:49 PM
Whoops. I'll leave the mouses thing there, then. XD

And sorry if it is lengthy. The people at fanfiction like this so much as they don't seem to mind the length at all as much as there's humor in it.
I don't mind the legnth of the fic.  I love it!
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Rita Mordio? arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 27, 2009, 01:43:31 PM
Chapter 136: Kindred Twins

Subspace
Deep Inside the Great Maze

"Where is Bowser?" Ganondorf asked. "It has been a long time since I last heard of him."

"This is really odd," the Ancient Minister said. "I was sure that he would be over soon, but he has been delaying his arrival."

"What does that imbecile think he is doing?" Tabuu asked. "We canont afford to wait for him until he comes when he wants to. I believe that King Dedede should go and see what happened to him."

"Why me?" Dedede asked.

"I see the future," Tabuu said. "I see a fool in red robe begging for my mercy."

Dedede shuddered. "Violence always is your answer, huh? ...Fine, I'll go and get his scaly butt here."

The Waddle Dee user walked into the darkness and disappeared.

"Quite strange, indeed," Tabuu said. "However, we must not stop our plans. I forgot to announce that we have a new supporter to conquer the worlds."

"So is that why I felt a new presence in here..." Ganondorf turned around. "You can stop hiding from us. I know you are there."

"Heheheheheheheh..." a voice chuckled. "I quite like the darkness in here, thank you very much."

"You cannot stay in there for much longer," Ganondorf threatened.

"Stop," Tabuu said. "Ganondorf, I have another assignment for you to take. Since we have failed to conquer the worlds where the Smashers came from, we will have to aim to new worlds in order to succeed."

"New worlds..." Ganondorf repeated.

"And our new "client" is going to be very important while we take on a new task... Because of the kid's intervention, many new worlds have been opened to our advantage, and...we may as well say that some additions have appeared in them..."

"I shall explain everything when the time is right," the voice said. "I'm afraid I should explain to everyone here...once everyone is here, of course."

"It's for the best," the Ancient Minister said. "I don't want either Bowser or Dedede asking at the time."

"Ganondorf," Tabuu began. "Go to the darkness of the subspace, take a Subspace Bomb with you, and beforehand, prepare a small unit of our Shadow Bugs. Do not forget about the monsters as well."

Ganondorf nodded. "Very well. I shall start the task."

As the king of darkness walked to...the darkness, he glanced to the person hiding. Ganondorf was able to indentify that the person wore glasses covering his eyes, and he was bald as well. The person flashed a small grin as he chuckled, making Ganondorf narrow his eyes at him before disappearing.

"My," the person said. "The people I'm going to work with are sure very grumpy."

"Do not mind their behaviors," Tabuu said. "You should start preparing your speech in order for me to approve your help."

"All in time...all in time...heheheheheheheh..."

As Tabuu and his client talked, the Ancient Minister looked away. "(With him around, my escape will never come...)"

The executive of the subspace noticed a glaring Charizard, staring at him. "What are you doing?" Charizard asked harshly.

"Does it matter to you?" the Ancient Minister asked. "My ideas would make you feel a headache if you ever bothered to know."

"The hell are you talking about?" Charizard asked.

"I'll leave your mind to wonder by itself," the minister responded before disapearing into the darkness.

Charizard glared where the Ancient Minister disappeared before walking away, leaving Tabuu and the client alone.

Final Fantasy IV DS

Birthed from womb of Dragon's maw
And borne unto the stars
By light and darkness cast aloft
Are dreamtide oaths resworn
Moon is swathed in ever-light
Ne'er again to know eclipse
Earth, with hallow'd bounty reconciled

Or so it said the Mysidian legend...

Mysidia
Village

The mystical village called Mysidia lies on the southeastern continent of the Blue Planet called Earth. This village is most well-known for its abundancy in the teachings of Black magic and White magic. Many Black Mages and White Mages can be found, learning to master the spells that they're taught.

The village of Mysidia was a very peaceful village that didn't mean any harm upon the world outside. Nobody inside its territory meant violence to anyone since the village was just normal.

Of course, it wasn't normal. Many legends were spoken day and night in this village.

Anybody could spot Black Mages or White Mages walking along the village. Even if they were smart, that didn't mean they acted very calm. A lot of mages also liked to hang out and the such with other people, making this village normal.

When legends are spoken, then that would mean they came from the elder of the village, who knew suchs tales very well.

It happened today that it was time for 2 young children to learn more about magic...

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mystic Mysidia

...And for some reason or another, one of the main sanctum's roofs exploded, and the mages outside covered their heads and gasped in horror.

"Oh no..." a Black Mage said with a frown.

"Don't tell me that he did it again..." a nearby White Mage said embarrassed.

"I"m afraid that he did it," the Black Mage said. "This village can't have a peaceful day without that brat showing off his magic at the wrong time."

"What can we do," the White Mage said with a sigh. "There should be a day where he will learn."

"Oh, sure," the Black Mage said as he rolled his yellow eyes (because Black Mages always wore the magic hats). "Not even in 15 years or something like that."

"Why 15?"

"Do I care?" the Black Mage asked annoyed.

Hall of Prayer

Within the hall, several mages seemed to be in a panic as they tried to stop the fire inside. Fortunately, it wasn't very hard for them due to some using Blizzard to cease the flames with an icy wind.

The mages stopped panicking as the elder came from behind them. With a sigh, he frowned and said, "Did Palom do this again?"

"I'm afraid yes," a Black Mage said. "That kid got happy for learning Fire a few days ago that he started to play with it. I know people shouldn't play with fire, but not play with the SPELL Fire."

"Where is he?" the Elder asked, ignoring the Black Mage's complain.

"Hiding and laughing his butt off," a White Mage said bored.

"Elder!"

The elder turned around and looked down at a young girl. This little girl wore a somewhat large green cape, held a rod on her right hand, had some kind of red-stripped clothes, a small and thin brown ponytail hung from the top of her head and it was always behind, and she also wore a small but normal green pendant around her neck. She wasn't very childish at all because she was an adept at White magic for her age.

"I came as soon as I saw the smoke," she said. "And did this happen because..."

"Your brother, Palom, did it again."

"That brother of mine!" she yelled. "PALOM! Palom, where are you?! Get right here, right now!"

Not soon she said that, a frog passed between them and it looked up to Palom.

"Ribbit," the frog said.

The elder sighed. "Palom...your magic can't fool us very easily now..."

Did he just talk to the frog?

"..." The girl closed her eyes and shook in anger. "Remove the bad omen... Esuna!"

The frog got enveloped in light as it started to transform into a kid, crouching down. It seemed that the kid used some kind of magic to turn himself into a frog in order to hide from the mages. This young kid looked exactly like the young girl...because they were twins. He almost looked exactly like her, save for his different style of clothes (not making that much of a difference since they were green-stripped clothes), and wore a long red cape.

"Hahaha!" the kid laughed as he got up. "You're very sharp, elder. You managed to see through my veil o-"

The kid got interrupted as the girl grabbed the ponytail of his head and pulled him to her.

"Oww! Oww, oww, oww! Knock it off!" he pleaded.

"You IDIOT!" the girl yelled. "How many times must we tell you about not playing with your magic?"

"Palom, Porom! Stop fighting!" the elder yelled.

"Ha-ha!" the kid (named Palom) said. "You-got-scolded!"

The girl (named Porom) let go of his ponytail and he fell down to the floor. "Hush!" she yelled.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Palom & Porom

"Enough is enough," the elder said. "Palom, why have you been playing with Fire again? You know very well that using magic for games isn't allowed in the village."

"Chill out, elder," Palom said as he got up and folded his arms. "This place needed a good event 'cuz I was bored."

"Just because you're bored doesn't mean you have to kill us off!" Porom yelled angrily. "Think about the consequences for once! I hate people yelling at me because we ALMOST look the same for being twins. I'm sick of that in all honesty!"

"You gotta play along!" Palom suggested. "It could be fun!"

"Fun for you, but bad news for me!" Porom yelled.

"Enough!" the elder snapped out. "Don't start fighting after the day our crystal got stolen by Baron's forces. The people of the village have been depressed ever since, and none of you are helping at all."

It happened that Mysidia was assaulted by an airship force of Baron (a militarist kingdom) called Red Wings. The soldiers didn't hesitate to kill the mages from taking the Fire Crystal, a sacred relic important to the legends of the same village.

"Those guys would have whited out in fear if I wasn't there," Porom bluffed. "Too bad me and Palom went to a field trip."

"It wasn't a field trip!" Palom yelled. "It was a trip to train our magic, thing which you didn't do at all."

"But I befriended a Goblin!" Porom said. "Harry's awesome with that knife he carries around."

"I remember you got yourself injured in the face," Palom said with a sigh. "Must I look after you that much?"

"Yeah."

"What?!"

The elder sighed. He would wish for Palom to be disciplined for once in any day or sooner.

Palom is an apprentice Black Mage of the Land of Mysidia. Though young, Palom has proven himself a skillful, if arrogant, student of magic. He frecuently misbehaves, and is often scolded by his twin sister Porom as a result. He is mostly enthusiastic, to the point of being stupid.

Porom is an apprentice White Mage of the Land of Mysidia. Mature for her age, Porom is already an accomplished spellcaster. She is also a highly responsible child, and must constantly struggle to keep her twin brother Palom from stirring up trouble. Both of them often argue, or Porom is actually the only one arguing.


"Stop!" the elder yelled annoyed. "Palom, since you played with the spell, I am going to add more hours to your training!"

"Aww!" Palom groaned. "No fair!"

"It IS very fair," Porom said. "Serves you right."

"And you are going to promise that you will not play around with the spells you learn?" the elder asked.

"Yeah, yeah," Palom said pouting. "Whatever. I screwed myself over...bit it's going to be fun at least."

"Everthing is a game for you, isn't it?" Porom asked. "Anyway, since I came all the way here to see what was goin-"

Music stops

Something weird happened. Porom couldn't tell, but something happened.

"...Elder...did you feel that just now?" Porom asked.

"It wasn't me," Palom said.

"Not you, dork!" Porom yelled. "Elder! I-I just felt a horrible presence appearing, but I'm afraid I don't know where!"

"Porom, calm down," the elder said. "I know... The air suddenly became uneasy after that presence came... What is that presence, though? It just appeared so suddenly that it vanished as fast as it came."

"Hmm, I felt it too," Palom said. "Must have taken off because it knew I was here, and it got so scared."

Final Fantasy IV DS - Palom & Porom

"Will you just shut up for once?" Porom asked.

"I dare you!" Palom dared before running away. "Hahahahahaha!"

"You come over here right now!" Porom yelled before chasing her brother. "Palom! Stop fooling around and come over here! We have to stay caution about that presence!"

"Why bother?" Palom was heard saying. "Leave it to me!"

"So it kills you? No way!" Porom yelled as Palom laughed again.

The elder sighed and frowned. "I really look forward to the day those 2 grow up...especially Palom."

"Elder..." a Black Mage said as he walked to him. "I'm afraid Palom is turning some mages into frogs thanks to the spell he learned 2 days ago, and Porom is still chasing him around."

"I-I'm sorry!" Porom was heard saying. "I-I'm going to heal you as soon as I murder my own brother! PALOM!"

"...I will leave it to Porom," the elder said as he turned to the sanctum. "Porom can handle that child better than myself..."

"PALOM!" Porom yelled.

The laughs of the young Black Mage echoed through the village as the sky was shown...

Music stops

Super Smash Bros. Brawl

Smash Mansion

As the sky was shown, it then went up as the Smash Mansion was shown before changing scenes within the mansion.

Command Room

It passed a day after everyone came back from their vacations. Most of them either talked or narrated what they went through during the 6 months that they got.

"I see..." Master Hand said. "Everyone, Tabuu started to make his moves on a new world."

One by one, everyone stopped talking.

"As I expected, he didn't want to let go of this chance, and we have to work again where we left."

"I'm pretty warmed up after that long break," Link said. "I'm ready to give it all if it's necessary."

"However, I have bad news as well," the hand said. "It seems that this world only allows 5 people to go, and it says that twins should be separated so they count as 2 characters...weird."

"What kind of rule is that?" Chris asked.

"I don't know," Master Hand said. "Maybe YOU do, but I want to keep this world a secret until you go in..." He cleared his throat. "Alright. This world specifies that only swordsmen, mages, and twins can go in to mix well with the environment."

For some reason, everyone started talking between each other.

"Chris, since you probably know more about this world, you'll have to go."

"I always go to every world," Chris said bored.

"I don't remember you going for C. Falcon nor Samus, right?"

"Fine, not all the worlds!"

"Better..." The hand looked at Lucario. "Well, sorry, but you can't go in. I know you regained your aura and all that but rules are rules."

"I understand..." Lucario said depressed.

"I promise I'm going to come back soon," Chris said. "I know it won't be too dangerou-"

Master Hand snickered.

"Maybe not TOO dangerous, but I'm going to come back soon."

"I understand, Chris," Lucario said. "Just go and fight."

"...That sounded scarring."

Lucario blinked shocked. "I-I'm sorry."

"It's okay, but don't say it again, please..." Chris said.

"Alrighty!" Crazy Hand said. "Wanna see my wares? I've got new stuff for you and those guys over there. Your wallet should have gotten fat after fighting Smithy."

Chris took out his wallet...and he found 1501 Smash Coins.

"If you could have succeeded in the fight in Exor, you could have won over 5000 coins, but u phailed so it got reduced drastically."

Chris mumbled. "Well, let me see your things."

Jobs - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 1501

Jobs

Beastmaster - 1000 Smash Coins

Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Call me Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

FLUDD Devices - 5000  Smash Coins


Allows Mario to use FLUDD's Applications.

Mr. Utility Belt AKA Link - 5000 Coins

Allows Link to use his extensive weaponry.

Learn - 1000 Smash Coins

Allows Smashers to learn different moves in different worlds (except the World Traveler). However, these learned moves will soon disappear as soon as a Smasher leaves the world where he or she learned the new skill.

Items

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Pokeball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Items in hand:
Green Shell
Poison Mushroom

Stored items:
None


"Learn?" Chris asked.

"I think you should buy this freebie," Crazy Hand said. "It helps a lot. Imagine someone using magic in a world. This ability could balance things against monsters or the like."

"...Okay," Chris said. "I'll wait for the day Olimar uses magic."

With that, he bought the skill "Learn" with 1000 Smash Coins and everyone glowed for a moment before stopping.

"Can you stop that sudden glow?" Mario asked. "I think it's a little bit unnecessary to do that."

"You guys don't understand my ways at all," Master Hand said. "Fine, I'll stop that."

"We're not f(beep)ng Christmas's lights," Snake said.

As the 2 characters walked to different ways, the hand looked at Chris. "Well, start preparing your team. Again, you can take only 4 people with you."

"But some of those rules sounded weird, don't you think?" Chris asked.

"Yes," he said. "But maybe it's because of the world you're going."

"And why don't you want to say the name of the gam-I mean, world?"

The hand turned away. "Because I don't want your fanboism going haywire today."

"What?"

"Just get your people and you'll see by your own eyes!" Master Hand said. "Hurry! The sooner, the better! We're going to hold the Classic Mode today as well!"

He said way too much information as most of the Smashers in the room stopped talking and quickly looked at him.

"...Did I say the secret word?" Master Hand asked. "I-I mean, yeah. We're going to start the Classic Mode today to get those Trophy Stands once and for all!"

Even if his fake excitement didn't give them the same feeling, most of the Smashers cheered and whistled in response at the announcement.

"Did I hear 4 people wanting to defeat Chris?" Master Hand asked.

"E-er, I'm going to start getting my team assembled!" Chris panicked as he thought about who to take. "(Let's see, I should start developing a stronger partnership with Ike...and maybe I should take Zelda because she could be defined as a magician for her magic...then I should think about the other 2...)"

The World Traveler walked to Ike. "I think I need a swordsman, so I thought about taking you."

"Really?" Ike asked. "It was about time you asked me personally."

"Why is that?"

"Because I don't think we haven't met each other very well, am I right?"

"(My god, he's pretty sharp,)" Chris thought surprised. "I know..."

"I'm sorry," Ike apologized. "It's mostly my fault."

"Huh? Why?" Chris asked.

"It's for the fact that I have just hanging out with Marth and Roy a lot of my time because I'm still a little bit unfamiliar with this place so they explained a lot of things to me," Ike explained. "I haven't spoken to many because of that problem."

"Your barbaric attitude against machines surely has disappeared now."

"D-don't remind me that," Ike said. "So, do you want me to go?"

"If you don't mind," Chris said.

"Then I'll do my best out there."

"You don't really have to act so soldier-like. Just treat me as equal."

"Oh, okay. I got that."

The World Traveler nodded and went to Zelda. "Do you think you're ready to go?"

"Aren't you choosing Link?" Zelda asked. "Normally I would g-"

The princess looked at Chris.

"I-I mean, it's not like I feel scared or something! Not that!" she said embarrassed. "B-but I'm fine if Ike goes... And Link and I don't have anything between us! Not even a single bit of...whatever your mind is thinking! Ugh!"

Chris sweatdropped and turned around. "(What did I even do to begin with?)" he thought confused.

"Nana, I found something better on internet," Popo said to Nana.

"...What..." Nana asked bored.

"After exploring the wonderful world of encyclopedia dramatica," the blue Ice Climber said. "I found a place EVEN better than that!"

"What..." Nana asked in a loss.

"Newgrounds! Lots of sick things are in there!"

Oh, for the love of god, thought Nana. This was getting very stupid; super stupid for her to listen at her brother's hobby. It was like if she wanted to shut him up for once due to her being annoyed to the maximum point where she couldn't take it anymore...

And she snapped out.

"SHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUT UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUP!!!"

Everyone in the room stopped talking and looked somewhat shocked at the pink Ice Climber.

"Popo, that does it!" Nana yelled. "What the heck is wrong with your microscopic brain?! I AM so sick of you!"

"Ooh, you're getting angry now," Popo said. "Want ice to chill down?"

"That DOES IT now!" Nana yelled angrily. "Popo, from this day on, we're not going to fight together! I'm sick of all, I'm sick of you!"

The Smashers watched as Nana grabbed Popo's throat.

"I'm sick of listening to your stupid findings of the internet, I'm sick of seeing your goofy face every morning, I'm sick of having to tell you to take a bath so you don't stink like a rotten cabbage, and I'm sick of being the smart one out of our small team!"

"You wanna break out, baby?" Popo asked.

"AAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Nana took out her hammer and she lunged at Popo. Before long, both Ice Climbers seemed to be fighting against each other as many of the Smashers watched in shock after seeing both siblings duking it out in the middle of the room.

"O-oh my god!" Peach yelled. "I don't want to see this anymore!"

"Stop them!" Ness yelled.

Some of them carefully got closer to the fight between the 2 before Diddy and Olimar grabbed a furious Nana, while Mario and Luigi...didn't do nothing because Popo swung his hands around while on the floor.

"S-should we do something?" Luigi asked as he looked at Popo fighting the air.

"I don't think so..." Mario said confused.

"Let me go! Let me kill that idiot!" Nana yelled.

"Okay, stop now!" Pikachu yelled before he slapped Nana. "There!"

Nana panted heavily and Olimar and Diddy let go of her. "Thanks...I needed that..."

"U-um..." Chris looked unsure. "A-are you 2 okay?"

"Does it even matter now..." Nana said depressed before she started sobbing. "I-I'm sick of all of this...I'm really sick of all..." She covered her face and cried. "I can't tolerate my own brother any longer... T-this didn't use to be like this before, and I don't know why he started to get dumber like now!"

Popo was still swinging his hands around.

Nana turned around and cried louder. "I don't care if I look pathetic now! Laugh at me if you want! I'm just a loner climber with a stupid brother who doesn't even try to focus!"

And Popo kept going.

"It's like if I were adopted or something!"

Was Popo slowing down?

"I wish I knew our parents so they could look after you and not me!"

Did Popo stop, and did he look miffed?

"I don't want to see your face again! If they ever ask about you, I'm going to say you died as a brother!"

"..." Popo looked normal as he sat up.

"Popo?" Lucas asked. "D-did you just listen?"

"...Burp."

"STOP!" Chris yelled as he stopped Nana from grabbing her hammer. "P-please, stop! I don't want to see you 2 fighting!"

"Popo isn't even fighting!" Nana cried. "He's just sitting down on the floor like nothing happens!"

Popo looked sad.

...HOLD ON!

Popo looked sad.

"Wait!" Roy yelled. "He just got sad all of a sudden!"

Popo looked very happy the next second. "Dudes! Let's go and party all the afternoon!"

Nana pushed Chris's hand away and she slammed Roy's right foot hardly with her hammer.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Roy screamed in pain.

"Stop lying to me!" Nana cried. "I hate when somebody lies with something very unbelievable like my brother getting sad!"

"I-I saw him getting sad for a small second, I swear!" Roy said.

Nana looked down. "I know you're trying to cheer me up...but...I just want to be alone and not think about having a brother..." She covered her face with her hands. "It's...it's just...very sad...so sad..." she muttered silently.

"..." Zelda walked to Nana and she rubbed her back. "Don't feel bad anymore, please. Everyone cares about you."

"...Really?" Nana asked.

"Not me," Snake said.

"Or me," Wolf said.

Zelda glared at both before looking at Nana. "Just don't get angry again and things could probably work out well. If you feel sad, just come to me so I can make you feel better with yourself."

"I'm sorry for interrupting," Master Hand said. "But we have to start the mission before they get an advantage on us. Chris, have you choosen your party yet?"

"I..." Chris said. "...I picked Ike, Zelda..."

He forgot that 2 spots were empty...

Come to think of it, twins were supposed to be separated characters as well...

"(This is so odd... Why would twins be separated?)" Chris thought. "(Is this some kind of ephipany? This is so strange...)"

"So?" Master Hand asked.

"I-I'm taking Popo and Nana with me."

At the mention of her name, Nana looked up shocked. Popo seemed to cheer happily.

"I-if it's alright with her, that is..." Chris said.

"..." Nana sighed. "What else can you do? I guess I need to do this by my will. If it is against it, I'll try harder to try and stay calm."

"I'm going as well," Zelda said. "You can speak to me if you fee-"

"Are you treating me like a child?" Nana asked. "I'm mature, you know."

"I-I'm treating you like I do with some people," Zelda said. "Really, I am."

"...Thanks..." Nana muttered. "(But even Zelda can't make me feel fine with Popo... Isn't there someone who can understand how I feel about Popo? Nobody here understands very well at all...)"

Final Fantasy IV DS
Current Status: En-route to Mt. Ordeals
Race: Humans and Dwarves
Number of protagonists: 13
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 5
Highly recommended abilities: Swordsman skill, magic prowess, and twins (though separated as 2 characters)

Final Fantasy IV DS

Mysidia
Village

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mystic Mysidia

"And again," Porom said to a Black Mage. "I'm sorry for my brother burning your...magazine..."

"Well! I hope you're sorry!" the Black Mage said angry as he showed her something called "Ninja Sutra."

The Ninja Sutra is some kind of weird book of arcana of some sort...or it could be a filthy book designed for special people.

"This magazine is very hard to get and find these days that I had a lot o-"

"And again, I'm very sorry," Porom apologized. "But my brother will be punished for his pranks, I swear."

How did she was able to stop her brother?

"Fortunately," Porom went on. "Since I learned Mini a few days ago, I made him shrink to the size of an ant, and now he's inside this little bottle of Potion." She showed him a bottle of Potion where her brother waved at the Black Mage.

"Hey there!" Palom yelled within the bottle.

"A-aah!" the Black Mage said as he backed away. "Take him away from my sight!"

"(That's it. My popularity as a White Mage is done for,)" Porom thought bored. "Very well, sir. Have a good day with your filthy magazine..."

As she walked back to the sanctum...

"...I-it's not what it looks like!" the Black Mage yelled as he blushed and turned to another direction.

"Okay, you got your fun," Porom said as she didn't look her brother. "And I had my time chasing you. Now, behave before the elder before I throw you into the ocean."

"You can't," Palom taunted. "I'm inside this bottle, and you're out of it. Come to think of it, maybe I can build a house in here!"

"You are not making any sense!" Porom yelled.

"Whoopsie," Palom said with a chuckle.

"Better now..." Porom said. "We must go back and return to our studies. I bet you want to learn Flare someday, right?"

"Totally!" Palom yelled excited. "And maybe you could learn Holy, and turn into the mage you want to be!"

She couldn't contradict that as she chuckled heartily. "Well, our goals are kind of the same..."

"(She's falling for it,)" Palom thought. "(Sister, you're so guillible.)"

"...Wait," Porom said. "Are you flatering me or something so I can forgive you?"

"What makes you say that?" Palom asked with folded arms.

It was not too late before Porom moved the bottle up and down, making her brother bump inside of it several times before he got dizzied and fainted.

"There must be somebody out there who understands the situation I'm with you," Porom said. "Unfortunately, we won't find someone like that at all."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 27, 2009, 09:10:37 PM
Outside of the village, a small hill overlooked the whole settlement as an enthusiastic Chris ran to the top of it and looked at Mysidia's glory with his own eyes. The World Traveler smiled happily as his own fantasies started...to go haywire.

"Fantasy, fantasy, fantasy," Chris sang happily. "Since I like to believe in fantasy so much, Final Fantasy could be the perfect example I have. I love my job as the World Traveler!" he yelled excited as his voice echoed.

From behind him, Popo, Ike, Zelda, and Nana walked to the top and looked at Mysidia. Chris remained in the middle of where they were standing.

"So this is the place?" Ike asked.

"Yes," Chris said with a nod. "Before you lies Mysidia, the village of Black Mages and White Mages. I don't know what we're going to do here, but I think we should walk in and see if we can find the characters."

"Fear not!" Popo said. "Our chibi looks will make anyone fall in love with us!"

"What do you mean by chibi looks?" Chris asked. "..." He looked at his hands. "...Er...w-what just happened?"

Chris looked at himself. Since he was using the Musician job, he looked a little bit smaller than he used to be...

Not to mention the 4 in his group. The 3 tallest Smashers remained the same height, as Popo and Nana seemed to be way smaller.

"Um..." Zelda looked at her hands. "I think we got affected by how this world looks like, right?"

"W-we look like if we were in the game," Chris said shocked. "Squared hands, childish looks, almost everything changed..."

"I don't mind..." said Nana. "I care about doing what we should do here, that's all."

"(And she's very small...)" Chris thought before he shook his head. "I guess we should go with the flow, right?"

"Yes," Zelda said with a nod. "But I'm worried about meeting the "protagonists" of this world..."

"Why?"

"I think she's saying that because they're not going to believe us," Ike said. "Think, we just can't say something like, "Hello, we're in a trouble and we need you to help us in our fight against the Subspace Army" or something else."

"...Ike..." Chris trailed off. "...I'm amazed. You made an important point."

"Was it good?" Ike asked. "I just wondered, that's all."

"But that's a problem as well," Zelda said. "We need to find a way to convince them from joining them in their journey. Master Hand said we needed to follow the storyline in order to maintain it as it is, or we could end up altering something that could drastically change the whole story."

"Hmm... Don't worry," Chris said. "I'm sure we'll do it if we think about a plan."

"Yeah," Popo said. "We could, like, help that dark soldier over there."

"What dark soldier?" Ike asked.

The 5 turned their heads to a weakened soldier trying to stay on his feet as he walked to Mysidia. The soldier seemed to be in great pain as he grunted many times. He was dragging his left foot as well.

This soldier wore a dark armor that covered his whole body. His face was covered behind a steel dark plate that didn't let them see through.

"..." Chris knew the soldier very well. "...Cecil!" he spoke.

"Cecil?" Zelda asked. "Is that his name?"

"H-he's Cecil!" Chris said. "He's the main protagonist!"

Cecil Harvey was the Lord Captain of the Red Wings of Baron until he questioned the king for leading an attack to Mysidia a few days ago, resulting in his banishment from his rank. Cecil was trained the ways of the dark sword under the king of Baron, but he feels that there is another way for him to put his strength in good use. He is a very honorable man in a few words, and feels guilty for his action towards the Mysidians.

"He seems to be in a pain..." Zelda trailed off. "And is there a reason why he is in a such state?"

"I remember that he was commanded to burn a village, but he didn't know he was sent to do that because a ring he carried got activated as soon as he got in," Chris explained. "From there, he went through a lot problems until he wanted to go to Baron by ship, but Leviathan stopped the ship by attacking it, and he ended up all the way in this continent."

"I see..." Ike said.

"And he surely saw Mysidia and wanted to go in there," Chris said.

"...Wait, I have an idea," Zelda said. "Since he seems weak, why don't we help him? He's the protagonist, right? We could convince him to believe in us."

"Or we could join him and just make sure nothing weird happens to him," Ike said.

"Or we could cream him, and steal his stuff," Popo suggested.

"...Great idea, Zelda!" Chris said, ignoring Popo. "We need to hurry!"

"Wait!" Nana suddenly spoke. "We just can't go and help him!"

"Why?" Ike asked.

"I have a better idea," Nana said. "Instead of running to him..."

Some minutes later...

"I..." Cecil muttered weakly. "...I need to...reach...Mysidia..." he muttered as he grunted in pain.

Some feet away from him, a small group of travelers seemed to be talking between each other in peace. The young girl, however, didn't want to talk to her younger brother because she didn't want to see him...

And yes, those travelers were the Smashers.

"So, Ike," Popo began. "What do you do to pay taxes?"

Ike frowned before he spotted Cecil. "What the... Hey! Look over there! That man is injured!"

"We need to do something!" Nana said alarmed. "We have to help him or he could die before he reaches the village nearby!"

Bingo, Nana's plan worked.

Basically, they acted like they didn't know what Cecil went through, and so they decided to stand in a point without doing anything special. It was better than the idea to rush at him and help Cecil. Why not wait for him to get closer to the village and then act normal?

Even if she was depressed, Nana thought about a good plan.

"Wait!" Ike yelled as the 5 ran to Cecil. "You seem to be in a lot of pain. Do you want us to help you?"

Cecil looked up at Ike and the 4. "You...please...take me to the village..."

"S-sure," Chris said. "Ike, can you help him?"

"Certainly. (Why do I have to be the only one to carry him?)" Ike said and thought as he let Cecil hung his right arm over his shoulders.

The 5 began to walk to the village with the weakened soldier.

"(Eureka,)" they all thought.

"(Checkmate, aaaaand match,)" Popo thought proudly.

Hall of Prayer

Porom dropped her brother to the floor and used Mini to return him back to his normal size. Upon returning to his size, he folded his arms and looked cheerfully at Porom. "Okay. Whatcha gonna do today?"

"Learn to use Poison appropiately," Porom said.

"But I learned that yesterday!" Palom protested. "I'm not going to practice that again! Not after I poisoned mysel-"

"That's why you need to practice," Porom said. "If you can't target your enemy, then for what did you do all that for? That is wasted effort and you know that."

"Umm..." Palom grumbled. "Fine..."

Both turned to different directions...

However, something seemed to be happening outside as they walked back.

"What's that big commotion outside?" Palom asked. "I can't train with all those "boos" and "get out, you filthy dark knight!" at all!"

"I'm surprised," Porom said bored. "You ACTUALLY are going to practice in peace for once."

"What?!" Palom asked. "I wanted to go fishing!"

"Never mind then!" Porom yelled annoyed. "Well, we cannot overlook this because...well, we just can't! The village hasn't been like this!"

"Sweet! I want to gossip!" Palom said excited as he ran outside.

"...Get back here!" Porom yelled as she followed Palom. "We should be training rather than stop the arguments outside!"

Village

Chris forgot an important detail about Cecil and the Mysidians...

1) Since Cecil leaded an attack to Mysidia without previous advice, many Mysidians died.

2) It was accidental as Cecil didn't want to do it.

3) The Mysidians developed a hatred towards Baron, but they hated the Red Wings even more, and they knew how Cecil looked like.

And most important of all...

4) The god of tomatoes wasn't happy today, and many Mysidians decided to assault Cecil's little group with... Guess what? Your favorite Vitamin C fruit.

"You killed my cousin's brother's aunt!" a Black Mage yelled before he tossed a tomato to Chris.

"I didn't kill anyone! I just arrived!" Chris yelled back as he wiped the tomato off his face.

Getting inside the village with Cecil was a really bad idea for the Smashers. The Mysidians thought that they were under Cecil's commands that they instantly hated them.

Well, they were helping Cecil, but the mages took this the bad way.

"Get out!" a young White Mage shouted as she tossed a tomato to Zelda's face.

"I have a very important lineage to the royalty!" Zelda yelled. "Stop treating me as a normal commoner!"

"I think they're not going to listen to you at all," Ike said as he dodged a tomato. "They hate us for some reason."

"Because Cecil leaded an attack to the village before, that's why!" Chris yelled before a tomato hit his face.

The walk to the sanctum was actually very hard to achieve since most Mysidians halted their progress and tossed more and more tomatoes.

"Don't let them get near the sanctum!" yelled a White Mage. "They want to steal more relics!"

"We don't want to!" Nana yelled. "Stop being such hypocrites to us!"

Out of the 5, there was someone who thought different...

"Thank you!" Popo said as he catched a tomato. "Thanks for giving us free food!"

The 4 Smashers groaned. Popo took the bad welcome as some sort of food re-stocking as he jumped and grabbed the tomatos, getting more and more by each person.

"...See the bright side." Ike tried to cheer them up. "We have food at least."

"Can somebody toss more tomatoes at him?" Zelda asked and Ike looked a little shocked.

Some feet away from them, Palom and Porom emerged from the sanctum and looked at almost the whole village throwing tomatoes at the traveling 6.

"What in the world is happening now?" Porom asked.

"I'll tell you," Palom said. "There's a Tomato Festival today, and they didn't invite us."

"No, not that!" Porom yelled. "I mean, why are they tossing tomatoes? We don't have that many in the whole village... What I was saying just now?" she asked confused. "The elder is going to be mad if he sees the village in such uproar!"

"Meh, let him do it," Palom said. "Everyone respects the old man very well in village."

"You don't dare call the elder an old man," Porom said. "Show him the respect he has been waiting from you!"

"I'll give him my respect when he teaches me Flare."

"Palom!"

"Porom!"

"What?"

"The mob! Let's join them!"

"What? No!"

"It's going to be fun! I have tomatoes right here as well!"

"We're not going to act immature now! And you won't either!"

This only summed all up with the uproar of the village. In truth, nobody was safe from being silent. Mysidia never looked this perturbed before in its long years, and probably the ancestors were quite helpless.

It was enough for one person as he walked out and saw Mysidia in its uproar.

Not only that. Don't forget the twins.

"SIIIIIIIIIILEEEEEEEEEEEENCEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!"

The Mysidians stopped throwing tomatoes (althought a kid Black Mage kep throwing before a hand pulled him back to the crowd) and gasped at the voice that gave the order of complete silence. Even Palom and Porom stopped arguing to look back at the entrance, where the elder showed up.

"E-elder!" both twins said.

The elder simply walked forward, passing both twins before he looked at the village looking back at him. He later looked at a red spot (Cecil's group) and he nodded his head.

"...U-um, elder, what are you trying to say now?" Porom asked.

"..." The elder looked back at the village.

It seemed that the Mysidians dropped their tomatoes to the ground and they started to walk away, muttering Cecil's death in the process.

The 6 that were covered in red looked up to the elder.

"Come," the elder said. "I was expecting the dark knight to come today. I'm sorry for the village's behavior towards you, but I know you know why, am I correct?"

Cecil nodded his head.

"Then hurry up," the elder ordered. "If you want to do some explaining, I'll be willing to listen."

The elder walked back inside as the twins looked at each other. Bith decided to go back inside as well.

"..." Ike looked around. "Well, they all stopped..."

"You..." Cecil muttered. "Please, take me to the sanctum..."

"R-right away," Zelda said with a nod as the 6 walked to the sanctum.

Hall of Prayer

The elder saw the 6 getting inside with the weak Cecil. "You're injured, I believe?"

"If it's not much..." Cecil muttered. "I need to be cured in order for me to explain fully..."

"Very well."

"E-elder!" Porom yelled in disapprovement.

"Porom, heal him," the elder ordered. "He won't cause any trouble."

"U-understood," Porom said before she moved her rod forward. "Heal the wounds... Cure!"

A light covered Cecil, and his wounds were rapidly recovered as he managed to stand up. "Thank you," Cecil said. "I was very injured after I came here by accident."

"Accident?"

"The ship and the crew I was traveling with were attacked by Leviathan on its way to Baron," Cecil explained. "I do not know if all of them survived, but my memory can't seem to remember well."

Some time later...

The Smashers seemed to be left out as Cecil reached his main point.

"I want you to forgive my bad actions towards Mysidia," Cecil said. "I'm deeply ashamed for all I've done to your people. I was ordered to attack here against my will."

"I see..." the elder said. "It's true that Baron has been changing into a nation of cruel order?"

Baron is the heavy militarist nation of the whole planet. Its power has been changing into a cruel one after some events happened.

"I think it is because of the leader of the Red Wings," Cecil said. "His name is Golbez."

Not long after Cecil was banished from his rank of the Red Wings, a mysterious man named Golbez came to Baron and gained Cecil's rank quickly. However, some have said that Golbez could be the one behind Baron's change.

"He attacked the neighboring nations of Damcyan and Fabul, and he stole their crystals...like I did with the Mysidia's crystal."

"Hmm..." The elder closed his eyes.

"But I want to stop him. He kidnapped a very special friend of mine. Her name is Rosa," Cecil explained.

Rosa Farrell is a White Mage born of Baron nobility, and childhood friend of Cecil. She's well-known as "Baron Beauty" by some, but she doesn't care about this nickname. Last time when Cecil last heard of her, she was kidnapped by Golbez personally during the attack of Fabul (a nation that trains monks everyday).

"I beg of you," Cecil said as he knelt down. "I beg for forgiviness. My name hasn't been this ashamed in my life before."

"..." The elder opened his eyes. "Your name is Cecil, right?"

"Yes."

"Then, Cecil," the elder began. "You seek to defeat Golbez."

"Yes."

"But you can't fight him with a dark sword."

"Why not?" he asked as he looked up.

"The ways of the dark sword can't defeat true evil," the elder explained. "If you want to know a way to harm Golbez, you must go to Mt. Ordeals. That mountain lies to the east of this continent."

Mt. Ordeals is considered a mountain full of roaming spirits that could attack anyone who dares to climb it.

"Mt. Ordeals..." Cecil muttered. "Then I'll go."

"Alone? You wouldn't come back alive if you go alone," the elder said. "I'm going to give some some company with 2 of my mages."

"Mages?" Cecil asked. "Is it fine for you to lend me your help?"

"I could be wrong, but the way you spoke your words were convincing to me," the elder said. "Maybe you do want to make up for your actions."

"Yes."

"Then...Palom, Porom, you 2 will go with Cecil."

Final Fantasy IV DS - Palom & Porom

Both twins looked at the elder. "Elder? Are you sure?" Porom asked.

"Yes," the elder said. "You 2 will go with Cecil and make sure he comes back alive from the mountain."

"I don't want to sound rude, but..." Cecil trailed off. "They look very young to be out fighing monsters."

"Do not worry," the elder. "They're very talented for their age. Palom and Porom are very dependable when it comes down to request their help."

"Yeah!" Palom said as he folded him arms. "You just leave the whole battle to me and the enemies will shiver at the mention of my name!"

"Hush!" Porom yelled. "Don't listen to my brother of mine. His head needs to understand the definition of very well behaved."

"That's 3 words!"

"Forget it, will you?" Porom asked annoyed. "A-anyway, we would like to go with you, Cecil."

"..." Cecil nodded.

"All well ends well!" Palom said chuckling. "This is gonna be awesome!"

"Again," Porom said. "This isn't a field trip."

"..." Cecil looked unsure. "Then let's be on our way."

As he turned around...

"Who are you?" Cecil asked.

"Finally!" Nana spoke. "Somebody notices us after all of your discussion!"

"I'm sorry," Cecil said. "I forgot I was taken here by you. But, why are you still here?"

"Come to think of it," Palom began. "You guys should have left a long while ago, but you got in here like nothing."

"O-oh!" Chris hopped a little. "S-sorry if we remained here, but..."

"But?" Porom repeated.

"W-well..."

Trouble, pure trouble. They managed to get that far, but what now?

The 5 turned to the entrance.

"Now what?" Chris whispered. "We came all this way, but I don't think he's going to let us go with them."

"Sorry," Nana whispered. "I didn't think about this outcome at all."

"We're stuck in a tight spot," Ike whispered. "There's no other way to explain ourselves, is there?"

"I hate to lie, really, I do," Zelda whispered. "We have to lie them so they listen t-"

"Funny you guys you're going that weird mountain!" Popo said.

The other 4 noticed that the blue Ice Climber was talking with them. They all cursed in their minds.

"We were planning to go there as well!"

"What?!" Porom asked. "Y-you must be nuts! Why you people want to go to such a dangerous place?"

"Aren't we going to that place?" Palom asked.

"Hush!" Porom yelled. "I-I don't think you should go there!"

"Why do you want to go there?" the elder asked. "Not many travelers have gotten to come back from the mountain. I don't see a clear reason for your journey to Mt. Ordeals."

"Accept our benevolence by these," Popo said as he showed the same tomatoes he caught.

"Accepted!" Palom said.

"Palom!" Porom yelled. "We want to hear a good reason for your involvement to such a place like Mt. Ordeals."

"B-because..." Ike began. "...We heard of this treasu-"

"There are no treasures in Mt. Ordeals," the elder interrupted.

Busted.

"A-actually, we were going there because we spotted a weird monster," Zelda said. "We don't look like it, but we're monster hunters."

"Ah, I see. Hunters," the elder said. "Your small group doesn't look like hunters to me."

"B-but we're surely the only monster hunters of the whole region," Chris said. "Have you seen monster hunters before?"

"Not that many," the elder said. "You're the first ones in a long time to appear."

"I have an idea!" Palom interrupted. "Since we're going in there as well, why don't we tag along?"

Oh, Palom. Your weird brain just saved the Smashers.

"Then we part ways when we get there!"

And surely Chris wanted to kick him away.

"Hmm... I'm sorry to ask you this," the elder began. "But could you go with them? I'm sure that their journey could be safer with all of you."

Bingo.

"I-if you don't mind, that is," Chris said. "What do you say, leader?"

Ike looked a little bit shocked. "L-leader?"

"Yes," Chris said through gritted teeth. "They won't believe that a "kid" is the leader because they would question us, got that?"

Ike quickly looked at them. "I-I'm fine with it."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 28, 2009, 02:06:54 PM
"Then," Cecil began as he removed the plate and showed them his face. Some of them thought he looked evil, but behind the plate there waited a blond man. "Thank you. My name is Cecil Harvey, dark knight of Baron."

Zelda blushed and looked away. "(N-no, you mustn't fall in love with him. T-this is so quickly, and my heart is beating too fast today...)"

"May I know your names?" Cecil asked.

"M-my name is Chris. Nice to meet you," Chris said.

"I'm Ike," Ike said.

"M-my name is Zelda, princess of Hyr-" She stopped. "I-I mean, just Zelda."

"(A princess?)" Cecil, Palom, and Porom thought confused.

"Hell-o," Palom said. "I'm Palom, Mysidia's prodigy Black Mage at your service."

"Don't listen to my twin brother," Porom said bored. "And my name is Porom. That brat who can't mind his mouth is my twin brother Palom."

"I heard that, you know!" Palom called out.

"And who might those 2 be?" Porom asked.

The White Mage looked at Nana. The pink Ice Climber seemed to be depressed again, but she looked up. "H-huh?" she said confused.

"I asked for your name," Porom said. "What is it?"

"M-my name is Nan-"

Popo suddenly appeared right in front of her. "And my name is Popo, Nana's twin brother! Awesome Ice Climber!" He turned around and hung his arm above Nana's shoulders. "Both of us are called the Ice Climb-"

"Shut up!" Nana yelled suddenly and pushed her brother away. "I-I don't know that guy at all! I don't have a twin brother, and my name is Nana!"

"..." Porom blinked shocked. "....Did you just say that he is your twin?"

Nana couldn't lie. It was easy to tell. "...Unfortunately..."

"...I see," Porom said. "And did he annoy you before coming here?"

"Huh?" Nana looked at her. "How do you know?"

Porom chuckled. "Your face tells everything. I know that."

Nana blinked surprised. "Y-you do?"

"W-wait," Porom looked worried. "Does your brother annoy you a lot of times?"

Nana nodded. "Does your brother make you feel uncomfortable?"

Porom nodded. "Does your brother embarrass you?"

Nana nodded. "Does your brother focus on weird things?"

Porom nodded. "Does your brother do pranks?"

"Does your brother-"

"Does your brother-"

"-act like an idiot?"

"-misbehaves?"

Both nodded at the same time.

"..."

"..."

It seemed that both smiled a little at each other. As they kept staring at each other's face...

"Do you roll that way, Nana?" Popo interrupted.

"I don't mind if you like girls," Palom said. "Go ahead."

Both twin girls shook with inner fury before they leaped at their respective brothers and started to shook them violently. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" both yelled in fury.

The Smashers frowned in embarrassment, the elder put his hand on his forehead, and Cecil looked confused at the whole thing.

"Oh no, not this again..." the elder said with a sigh. "I can tell that the twins will grow very good to each other, but..."

"I-I'll take care of them," Cecil said. "This won't make any problem to me."

"Oh, thank you," the elder said. "Please, you should be on your way to the mountain. Go to the village and get your supplies ready."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Nana and Porom yelled angrily.

"And please, try to calm them down as well..."

Cecil, Palom, and Porom temporarily joined your team!

As Cecil turned to the Smashers and nodded to them, the twins were rolling around on the background. "Let's go," Cecil said, and the Smashers nodded back.

Village's Marketplace

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mystic Mysidia

It seemed that the Smashers and Cecil's group started to talk between each other little by little. However, this didn't mean that they became fast friends.

It was going to take longer than that.

Since the elder told Cecil to get his supplies ready, the group decided to stop by the market.

"I doubt a dark knight could wear paladin armor," the Black Mage of the store said. "You can't wear this."

"I see..." Cecil said somewhat disappointed.

"Not to mention the armor alone is expensive than the gloves," Ike commented.

Who could have known that the armor in the market produced foreshadowing?

"Hey!" Chris yelled. "This Potion was 20 gil a moment ago!"

"No," the Black Mage behind the counter said. "It is 2000."

"What kind of lie is that? Did you raise the price because of Cecil?"

The Black Mage stared at Cecil for a moment before he looked back at Chris and shook his head. "No."

"...You little..." Chris muttered.

"I'm gonna go outside and wait for you," Palom said as he left the shop.

The Black Mage suddenly changed prices from 2000 to 20.

"W-what the?" Porom noticed this action. "Did you raise the price because of my brother?"

"He still owns me 10 Hi-Potions!" he said. "Remember the accident with Thunder?"

"Ugh," Porom grunted. "Fine..."

The Black Mage noticed Cecil and he raised the price to 5000.

"Oh, come ON!" Chris yelled.

"Pay it, or leave it!" the Black Mage protested.

"I'm done," Cecil interrupted as the mage shot him an icy glare. "We can leave now."

"Don't come again..." the mage muttered.

"What was that?" Chris asked.

"Come again with more gil next time!" the mage said, faking excitement.

"Let's just go," Cecil said ashamed before he left.

Zelda got closer to Ike. "Can we try to get 10000 gil? I want to buy that Gaia Gear."

"Why me?" Ike asked.

"You're the leader, remember?"

Ike frowned and decided to walk out from the shop with the others.

The mages that were in charge of the shop watched them leaving so they could later put the real prices back up.

"Good, they're gone," the Black Mage in charge of items said. "But really, you should decrease the price for the paladin armor."

"Never!" the other Black Mage yelled.

Overworld

The party was now leaving the outskirts of Mysidia.

Final Fantasy X - Besaid Island

Now, it didn't look very simple as if someone would look from the DS. The overworld didn't look like it was supposed to.

For Chris's surprise, the long road to Mt. Ordeals was full of small rivers, trees close to the beaches across the coast, and it didn't seem to have monsters at all.

All in all, the road looked very safe and gorgeous.

"This is..." Zelda said as she admired the panorama. "Beautiful..."

"It's hard to believe that a mountain like Mt. Ordeals lies across all this field," Porom said. "Unfortunately, I would recommend to be careful when walking through here."

"Why?" Ike asked.

"Monsters," Cecil said. "I know that because the monsters have been attacking innocent travelers. They used to be peaceful, but they suddenly turned wild and decided to attack anyone in their sight as long as it is a human."

"You heard him," Porom said. "We must stay alert for anything out here."

"We're safe," Palom said.

"Just because the monsters don't know how you look like doesn't mean they will run away," Porom said. "What are you thinking?"

"I'll burn them up!"

"Dude, that's like, so awesome!" Popo said. "I could freeze them up after you burn them!"

"You freezing?" Porom asked. "Can you use magic?"

Chris, Zelda, and Ike stopped and looked shocked.

"Yeah!" Popo said before he blew out an icy wind from his mouth.

"W-what th-" Porom shook her head. "H-how did you breath ice out of your mouth?"

Nana sweated...

Well, they should know sooner or later anyway.

"We're not ordinary hunters," Nana said. "We have special abilities that only we possess. Popo can use ice, and I can use ice as well as he does." She looked at the others. "Chris have a wide sort of abilities, Ike can use fire imbued to his sword, and Zelda knows some magic."

"..." Cecil nodded. "I see. You looked very unusual to me for being hunters."

"We're sorry for not mentioning that part," Ike said. "We thought it was better to tell you that in a later time."

"(Good. They seem to believe in us,)" Zelda thought.

"I thank you for joining me in my journey," Cecil said. "To be honest, I used to travel with a small group, but...all of them were taken away from me..."

Chris knew very well. "Who?" he asked.

"I was traveling with a girl from the village of Mist named Rydia, the prince of Damcyan and traveling bard Edward, and a monk of Fabul named Yang. All of them were with me to the voyage to Baron, but Leviathan appeared and destroyed the ship, and everyone on it if I'm right..." Cecil looked down as they walked. "I feel ashamed... That couldn't have happened if I didn't start my assumptions against Baron."

"Oh, I see," Porom said. "It must have been unfortunate."

"It did," Cecil said. "But...maybe they survived somehow, like me."

"A question," Ike interrupted. "Do you think we're some kind of a new group for you to travel with?"

"Why'd you ask that?" Cecil asked. "I just bring people to their deaths if they help me. I don't want to endanger any of you at all, not after what happened to Rydia, Edward, and Yang."

"Oh, we don't mind," Zelda said.

Wrong response.

"What? You don't mind being killed?" Cecil asked.

"What did you just say?" Chris whispered angrily.

"I-I meant we don't mind helping you. We're...um...strong..." Zelda said.

"..." Cecil sighed. "Just don't help me that much, or don't follow me."

"Oh, great," Ike whispered. "He wants us to go away already."

"We have to convince him, no matter what," Zelda whispered back. "But how?"

"And my brother kept annoying me with the same stupid finding he found," Nana said to Porom. "I kept saying and kept saying, but he didn't understand at all."

"Typical of twin brothers," Porom said. "My brother once kept using Blizzard to cool down the Potions of the shop, and the owner yelled at me for being unresponsible of Palom. He did it all by himself! Why should I accept the blame?"

"I know!" Nana said angrily. "The fact that we are twins doesn't mean we're the SAME person or something."

"I thought we were the same person," said Popo.

"And where was I?" Nana asked, ignoring her brother. "Oh, right. He hasn't been like this at all in the past..."

"Really?" Porom asked.

"Really. In truth, he was almost like me, except he is a boy," Nana said but later shook her head. "I mean, he used to have more...what's the word? Intelligence?"

"Well, that is weird," Porom commented. "A person suddenly turning stupid? Hmm..."

"I can also turn into Rick," Popo said. "I'm his N.1 fan, did you know that?"

Nana tried hard not to strangle her brother. "And I want to kill very soon..."

"Wait, hold on there," Porom interrupted. "Kill him? Why?"

"B-because he's an annoying bastard!" Nana yelled (despite Popo being nearby). "I don't want to see or know about him anymore! I'm sick of him! what about you? Don't you hate your brother as well as I do?"

"I-I understand your hatred to your brother," Porom said. "But I-I don't really wish to be taken away from Palom at all."

"Why?" Nana asked. "I thought..."

"Look," Porom said. "I know I dislike my brother a lot of times, but I actually care a lot about him."

"Then why were yo-"

"Because he was crossing the line this day," Porom said. "But I was able to calm myself down."

"Porom!" Palom said as he and Popo went to the girls. "Guess what song I learned from him?"

"Song?"

Nana UNFORTUNATELY knew what song he learned. "No! Don't sing it here!"

"And 3, and 2, and a 1!" Popo counted down.

Palom inhaled deeply before starting to sing, "Never go-"

"An ambush!" Cecil interrupted the twins.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Battle Theme A

A big Zu (a big blue bird) appeared from the sky and it dove down to the group. Everyone gasped and quickly ducked to evade the sweaping attack of the monster before it went up and turned around in the air to attack them again.

"W-what the heck is that thing?" Chris asked in panic, despite knowing the monster well.

"A Zu!" Porom yelled. "They live around these parts!"

"What? A bird that big lives around here?" Zelda asked.

"I told you that it's unbelievable that monsters like the Zu live in these areas!"

"Look out! It's coming down again!" Cecil yelled and everyone ducked back to evade the claws of the Zu. "We don't have any choice but to attack back!"

"Good idea!" Porom yelled. "The Zus won't stop pursuing their preys until they eat them alive!"

"In this case..." Chris looked up at the Zu. "Us!"

"How do we fight it back?" Zelda asked.

"I thought you knew!" Porom yelled. "Weren't you monsters hunters?"

"W-we just found this monster!" Ike yelled. "We haven't explored this place very well!"

"Fight!" Cecil yelled. "It's coming down to us!"

"Ohmygosh, ohmygosh, ohmygosh!" Chris yelled. "I-I thought they looked less violent than this!"

"Ha!" Cecil jumped straight to the Zu and struck down his dark sword on the Zu's throat. "Die!"

And it did just that. The Zu instantly crashed down on the ground and it let out a cry of pain before it fainted and vanished.

Music stops

Cecil looked confused at the sudden victory. The others seemed to be completely confused at the fast death of the giant bird as Cecil looked at his sword.

"Um..." Porom scratched her head. "It takes a little bit longer than that to beat a Zu... How did you take it out so quickly?"

"...I remember that the king of Fabul gave me this sword for trying to protect the kingdom from Baron," Cecil said. "The Deathbringer. He said it brings death to the enemy sometimes."

"Oh," Porom said. "He must have meant it has some sort of related spell like Death."

"Cool!" Palom said. "Getting to the top of Mt. Ordeals is going to be very easy then!"

"Idiot!" Porom yelled. "Mt. Ordeals is full of undead enemies, and Cecil's dark sword will become very useless! Although he can still deal some damage, but will surely not kill them with one hit as he did it with the Zu just now. Undead are strong against darkness, and dark swords are mainly imbued with dark energy, remember?"

"Oh," responded Palom.

"Phew..." Zelda sighed. "I'm glad we were able to kill it in time before it did to us."

Chris took the Deathbringer off from Cecil's hands and...hugged it. "Oh, thank you, Death-imbued sword. That monster wanted to eat me first."

Cecil took his dark sword back. "Why did you do that for?"

Chris blushed. "D-didn't you see? It was going after me!"

"Anyway!" Ike said. "Can we move on before another Zu monster appears in our way?"

"Yes, let's," Cecil said with a nod before the 8 continued their way.

The long journey to Mt. Ordeals...

Came to an end.

Mt. Ordeals
Entrance

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mt. Ordeals

How did the group manage to get there so fast?

Mostly because Cecil's Deathbringer annihiltated most Zus and the other enemies on the way.

"Dude, I want to be a Dark Knight," Palom said. "One-hit KOs will bring me my so deserved victory!"

"Hush now!" Porom yelled. "Okay. We're here at last."

Mt. Ordeals looked very ominuos. The mountain had a weird fog surrouding it, and the rocks that made up the whole formation that was the mountain itself were a little shade of purple. They looked up where the summit was, and the sky looked grey the moment they stepped into the mountain.

Zelda embraced herself. "I-I'm feeling goosebumps from being here."

"Because the undead plagues the air around," Porom said.

"How do we get to the summit?" Cecil asked.

"Easy," Porom said as she looked at the left. "There's a direct path from over there which we can take. It has a long path to the summit."

"But what about those flames?" Ike asked.

For their misfortune, a random fire seemed to block the path to the mountain.

"Oh, I guess it's there to prevent travelers from climbing up the mountain," Porom explained.

"Er..." Chris looked skeptical to this. If the flames were blocking their path...why didn't they jump the small gap around the flames? "Can't we just jump over the gap?"

"We have to get through the flames," Porom responded annoyed.

"But jumping over th-"

"WE HAVE to get through the flames," Porom responded in annoyance. "Palom, I believe this is your area of expertise. Make those flames disappear."

"Alright!" Palom said cheerfully.

"W-wait!" Nana interrupted. "L-let me do it instead. I can use my ice breath to blow the flames away."

"In that case." Popo jumped next to her. "We'll do it tog-"

"NOW!" Nana yelled angrily as she used Blizzard to blow the flames away. Popo quickly joined in and both of them made the flames disappear completely.

"...So it's true that both have ice powers," Porom said.

"Well, that is going to be useful," Cecil said.

"Hmph," Nana grunted as she looked away from her brother.

"..." Porom seemed to get sad at this action. "(I should try to persuade her to tell me what story she and Popo have together... I hope it doesn't take too long...)"

"We need to move on," Cecil said. "I don't feel good for being here."

"I-I-I was already feeling the chills," Chris said as he embraced himself. "I-I hope there aren't any ghosts..."

"Too bad," Palom said. "Ghosts hang out here and like to SUCK UP YOUR BLOOD!!!"

That wasn't scary.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed in horror as he started to go through the path.

"He's such a wuss," Palom said before Porom whacked his head with her fist. "Oww!"

"This is going to be a trip to remember..." Ike sighed.

"What can we do..." Zelda added with another sigh.

And so, they started their way up to the summit of the mountain full of ghosts, zombies, spectrums, phantoms, and more undead creature this world has ever seen before.

Preview of the next chapter

"Did that monster groan?" Ike asked. "I thought Zelda's Din's Fire was going to deal damage to it."

"Those monsters absorb fire," Porom pointed out.

"And that wasn't a groan," Palom added. "It was moaning in pleasure, like when a girl and a guy love each other too much, they start t-"

And Porom whacked his head.

...

"Death Mountain Wannabe. Guess what? I thought up the title myself! Pure win!" Palom said.

"Hush!" Porom said annoyed.

"You get your own segment later! It's Palom's shine time now!" Palom said proudly as her sister sighed.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Mt. Ordeals
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Popo, Nana, Snake, Sonic, Cecil, Palom, Porom
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 29, 2009, 09:09:38 PM
Chapter 137: Death Mountain Wannabe

Overworld
Tower of Zot (AKA the place where is somewhere in the overworld, but yet isn't there)

Final Fantasy IV DS - Meanwhile...

A room clad in golden walls was shown, and inside of it there were 3 people.

One of them wore a dragoon armor, had a spear on his right hand, and had a long blond hair coming from behind his helmet. This person was Kain Highwind.

Kain Highwind is the commander of the Baron Dragoons. Like Cecil, Kain lost both parents at an early age and was subsequently raised by Baron's king. He has long been both a friend and rival to Cecil. Unfortunately, he seemed to have joined Golbez (leading an attack to Fabul) for some reason after Cecil and Kain were separated in Mist...

The other person, however, seemed to have a much darker attitude. This person wore a black armor that easily covered every part of his body. This person also wore a helmet with 2 horns at the sides, and also sported a long black cape. This person was none other than Golbez.

Golbez is the new commander of the Red Wings, but also he took control over Barol in some way or another. He seeks all the crystals of the world to achieve an important plan by assaulting all the nations of the Blue Planet (Damcyan, Fabul, Mysidia, and Troia).

And lastly, the last person was the girl Cecil mentioned before. She was Rosa, who was held below a thin pendulum with hands tied up right below the mortal item, and was also unconscious.

"Golbez," Kain began. "The guards have spotted a new guest in here."

"A guest?" Golbez asked. "This place is supposed to be off-limits for anyone. Who dares to come in?"

"Me," Ganondorf said as he appeared from the door of the room. "Good afternoon, gentlemen," he said with a malicious grin.

Kain quickly took a fighting stance. "Who are you?" he demanded. "What is your business to get in here?"

"Settle down," Golbez said. "Something about this mysterious man intrigues me."

"What?" Kain asked.

"I see that you got in here very easily," Golbez said. "Nobody knows about this place except for myself and my troops. What do you want?"

"Simple," Ganondorf said. "I came here to give you my aid."

"Your aid?" Kain asked. "Why would be ask for your aid? You seem to be pretty shady to us."

"Are you not shady as well as you say?" Ganondorf asked.

"Kain, stop," Golbez said as he stepped forward. "Now, what is that about your aid?"

Ganondorf chuckled. "Yes! I wanted you to hear me out."

"Just tell us already," Kain said. "Or else..."

"Fine," Ganondorf said. "Do you know about a small group that appeared out of nowhere?"

"No," Golbez said. "I just care about Cecil. That pest is climbing Mt. Ordeals as we speak, and it's said that there's a sacred power at the top of the mountain. He needs to be taken out before he does so."

"If I may interrupt," Kain interrupted. "Our sources told me that a small group did join Cecil on the way to Mt. Ordeals."

"That small group is the pest I was talking about," Ganondorf said. "They are not ordinary, and they should be taken out immediately."

"Why should we?"

"Because they will help Cecil," Ganondorf said. "And you do not want that to happen, am I right?"

"..." Golbez looked down before looking up. "Then...why do you want us to accept your aid?"

"They also want to hinder my boss, should I say."

"...Very well," Golbez said with a nod. "I shall accept your aid."

"Golbez!" Kain yelled.

"Listen to me, Kain," Golbez began. "Cecil shouldn't be underestimated at all. He is perseverant, I give him that, and you know that as well...or much more that I do."

"Ugh..." Kain looked down and clenched his right fist.

Ganondorf chuckled. "Allow me to support your forces with my Shadow Bugs."

"Whatever you want to do, it shouldn't look suspicious," Golbez warned him. "Scarmiglione!"

A figure from the darkness appeared and it approached Golbez. This monster wore a long brown cape that covered his whole body, except for his old hands. This monster also had glowing yellow eyes shining beneath the cape he wore above. "You called, ssssssire?" it asked.

"Scarmiglione," Golbez began. "Cecil is climbing Mt. Ordeals as we speak, and you must make sure he doesn't get to the top."

"In other wordssssss," Scarmiglione said. "You want me to kill him?"

"For the best if you can."

"Right away, ssssssire," Scarmiglione chuckled before he disappeared.

"Come back here!" Golbez demanded.

The monster came back. "What issssss it?" he asked.

"This man over there," Golbez said as he pointed at Ganondorf. "He will provide you more power."

"What kind of power?"

"Dark."

"Yesssssss," he said. "I sssssshall enjoy the extra boosssssst of power."

"Plus with Cecil's dark sword it won't do much damage to you as well," Golbez said. "Get going."

Scarmiglione nodded before he disappeared right before their eyes.

"Who was he?" Ganondorf asked.

"He is one of the Elemental Lords," Kain explained. "Golbez's main guardians."

The Elemental Lords are monsters that aid Golbez in his quest to obtain the crystals. Each lord possess a different element: Scarmiglione possess earth and undead elements, Barbariccia possess wind, Cagnazzo possess water, and lastly, Rubicante, the strongest Elemental Lord, possess fire.

"I trust him that he will kill Cecil and this small group very easily," Golbez said. "And with your help, it might be better."

"Of course it will," Ganondorf said with a smirk. "Of course it will..."

"C-Cecil!" Rosa yelled suddenly. She yelled because she was probably having a nightmare.

"That man will soon die, Rosa," Kain said. "And you will be all mine."

"..." Ganondorf looked at Golbez. "Is he..."

Golbez nodded. "Yes."

"(I knew he looked odd,)" Ganondorf thought. "(He was brainwashed against his own will... Very interesting...)"

Mt. Ordeals
Entrance

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mount Ordeals

The group, meanwhile, was starting to climb the mountain of the undead.

"I'm tired..." Palom complained.

Porom pointed at the entrance a few feet away.

"...Your point?"

"We haven't even gotten 30 feet away, and you're tired already!" Porom said.

"Maybe because of all the walking we did to here," Zelda said. "Wasn't it a little bit too long?"

"I still have energy left," Ike said.

"I'm not tired yet," Cecil said.

"Men like you don't get tired that easily like I do..." Zelda sighed.

"Palom does," Porom pointed out.

"E-er..." Chris peered from a wilted tree. "C-can we move on?"

"I thought you were against climbing up the mountain the moment you screamed," Ike said.

"I-I know we have to climb this place and there's no other way, right?"

"Oh, right," Cecil said. "You came to kill a monster, right?"

"A-about that..." Ike trailed off. "I think we should stick around a little bit longer to make sure everybody gets out alive, don't you think?"

"Hmm..." Cecil thought for a moment. "...Fine. But please, don't do anything dangerous."

"Fear not, my night knight," Popo said. "The Great Popo will use poltergeist abilities to defeat the ghosts."

"And the Amazing Palom will create a spectacular finisher worthy of my awesomeness!" Palom said before 2 broke out laughing.

Porom frowned. "Can we proceed? I want to leave my brother at the base of the mountain."

And so, they now started the climbing through the path.

"So," Porom began as she looked at Nana. "I want to know more about you and Popo."

"..." Nana looked down.

"I'm sorry for making you remember him, but I seriously need to understand both of you more so I can grasp an answer."

"..." Nana sighed and looked at her. "Before, Popo wasn't like this at all..."

"Pss, Chris," Kawashima whispered. "It seems that Nana has some vital information about her and Popo."

"So?" Chris asked.

"So! You should eavesdrop a little bit to understand them more. I'm know you 3 have already mastered the partnership, but if you keep spending time with them, then your partnership will never be reduced. However, you might broke it if you screw up."

"..." Chris wondered for a moment. "Okay. But it's your fault if she gets angry at me for eavesdropping..."

The World Traveler walked slower to overhear the twins before returning to their normal pace.

"Popo..." Nana trailed off. "He was far more intelligent than today."

Porom watched Popo using Blizzard to create an ice cone that he gave to Palom, who then got stuck his tongue with the first lick. "Continue..." she said.

"Popo and I were closer before," Nana said. "I still remember those days at Icicle Mountain..."

Flashback

Icicle Mountain

A frigid blizzard navigated through the mountain of icicles. It was so hard to see through it, but on the side of a cliff, there were Popo and Nana climbing with their ropes, hammers, and survival equipment.

"The Icicle Mountain is the tallest mountain of all the mountains surrounding it. Popo and I live at the base of it, and many feet away from the mountain itself."

"Why were you climbing a mountain?"

"Because somebody stole something from us, and flew to the top."

"Wait, aren't you 2 a little bit young to be climbing?"

"I could ask the same to you..." Nana trailed off.

"I...guess..."

"Popo!" Nana yelled from below. "Get the rope ready! I'm going to go up!"

"Sure!" Popo yelled from above. "There! Get climbing and don't slip!"

"That sounded...a little bit smarter than what he says now," Porom said.

"I'm going up!" Nana yelled through the blizzard. "Ha! Is this blizzard trying to stop us?"

"I know!" Popo laughed. "Mother Nature isn't going to stop us today! We have come a long way from the base of the mountain, and our goal is to get to the top, and get our precious eggplants!"

Music stops

"...Did I hear well?" Porom asked confused. "Eggplants? Why were you 2 climbing up a mountain for eggplants?"

"The 2 of us love to eat eggplants," Nana said. "Actually, we like to eat them a lot. They're very healthy an-"

"But seriously, were you climbing the mountain because of food?"

"I'm not Kirby!"

"Who?"

"I-I mean, our food was stolen because of a condor that came one day to our house, saw the food we gathered outside, and stole all of it to the peak of Icicle Mountain," Nana said. "And I tell you, gathering the food in a barren land of ice and snow isn't very easy to do. The 2 of us work very hard together in order to survive with our family."

Gold was found for Chris.

"(Family? They have a family?)" Chris thought.

"You 2 have a family?" Porom asked.

"U-um, yes, we have one to these days..." Nana said.

"I'd would like to know more about your family. Maybe I could find an answer to your problem faster if I-"

"B-but unfortunately, I need to continue with where I left."

"Oh... Fine, continue. It had passed a little time after I climbed pass Popo...but then..."

"AAAAAAAAAAAHH!!!" Nana screamed as the rope suddenly became loose from the ice screw she was using. The pink eskimo girl yelled as she fell down, but suddenly, she stopped falling as Popo grabbed the rope in time. "P-Popo!"

"I-I got you!" Popo struggled to prevent Nana from falling. "I-I'm going to attach the rope to the second screw! ...There!"

"A second ice crew?" Nana asked.

"I was prepared for something like this!" Popo yelled. "We can't afford to fall or we could die at this height!"

"We were 1268 feet away from the ground."

Porom gasped. "M-my goodness! H-how tall was that mountain?"

"Its height was about 5 kilometers, I know that because Popo and I measured it with our alpinist equipment...or we just simply guessed. I don't remember the height anymore."

"T-thank you!" Nana yelled.

"For what?" Popo asked.

"You dummy!" Nana yelled. "For saving me from dying!"

"Oh, right!" Popo laughed. "I forgot for a moment!"

"It's okay!" Nana yelled. "This has been happening a lot of times in the past. Let's keep going!"

"Yeah!"

"But wouldn't in that height be unnecessary to get the food back?" Porom asked.

"No," Nana said. "The condor that stole our food wasn't exactly at the top. It was hallway through the top because we thought we reached the top..."

A hand was shown appearing from the side of the cliff, and it revealed to be Nana, who then later helped Popo to get on the floor. Both of them sighed in relief after they made it to safe floor.

"That was...very dangerous..." Nana said.

Popo looked down at the mountain. "My god, how long have we been climbing?"

"Didn't we start to climb this place at 1 in the morning?"

"I think so."

"...Hey! There's the condor!" Nana yelled at the...relative small pherodactyl.

The condor seemed to be on a small nest, but the food was nowhere to be found. The Ice Climbers thought that it all eaten by the animal itself.

"Okay..." Popo glared at the condor. "You can say sorry for stealing our food, or we can do this the hard way."

The condor shrieked angrily at them.

"Did it say the hard way?" Popo asked. "Nana! Let's finish her!"

"Right!" Without previous advice, Nana merely tossed her hammer at the condor's head...and knocked it out. "..."

"..." Popo blinked confused. "...That's it? It became defeated by that single hit?"

Nana blushed. "Well, I thought it would get knocked out by a hard hit on the head, so I went ahead."

"..." Popo shook his head. "O-okay! T-that should teach that monster a lesson!"

Nana looked above. "Popo..."

"Yes?"

"I don't think we even came close to the real summit..."

"Real summit?" Popo asked before looking up. "Oh my... No way..."

Before them there was a big ice wall, but there was also a bigger portion on the mountain. The floor that they stepped on was just a small "checkpoint" of some sorts. The peak wasn't visible at all because of the heavy mist covering the view.

"Aw, c'mon!" Popo yelled. "We've been climbing this thing for 14 hours, and we had a lot more?!"

"Popo, shut up!" Nana whispered. "We could cause an avalanche!"

"Oh, right..." Popo muttered.

"And we didn't climb this because we wanted to," Popo said as he looked at the knocked out condor. "We climbed this because THAT stole our foo-OUR FOOD!" Popo suddenly said before he ran to the nest.

Nana followed him and both suddenly turned white of horror...

The food was behind the nest...but the fact that the temperature decreased by the height, it became instantly frozen.

"Noooooooooo!" Popo said before he ducked and sobbed. "O-our food got frozen... I-I knew there was something wrong about this!"

"Awwwwwww!" Nana groaned. "All of this for nothing! Nothing, I tell you!"

Both Ice Climbers hugged each other and sobbed pathetically at their frozen food.

"..." Porom looked bored.

"W-we were so emotionaly attached that time, JUST that time," Nana said.

"...Did anything else happen?"

Both Ice Climbers stopped sobbing and looked back at the nest. "...Why?" Nana asked. "Why would the condor come all the way here to hide? It should have known better that the food would get frozen at this height."

She was suddenly interrupted as the nest began to move.

"?" Popo tilted his head. "Did it just move?"

"I-it did," Nana said with a nod. "But since it's a nest, don't you think it..."

The nest began moving more before long i-

End of flashback

Mt. Ordeals
Trail

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mt. Ordeals

"Tellah!" Cecil yelled suddenly.

Both Nana and Porom were interrupted by his yell that they noticed that they were in a new area. "We both got distracted by our talk that we reached a higher place..." Porom looked around. "But what else happened?"

"I'm sorry..." Nana looked down. "I don't feel like explaining more now... Maybe another time..."

"Tellah!" Cecil yelled again.

The group stopped and came across an old man in the next part of the mountain. This old man was a sage. He wore a very weird assortment of clothes, a pink robe, small glasses that completely covered his eyes, and he also had a small red nose and a long grey beard. This sage was called Tellah.

Tellah is a legendary sage of Mysidia. Many mages have known about his mastery in both Black Magic and White Magic that he has been very popular. Due to his age, however, he has forgotten many powerful spells. He met Cecil during his journey, but left him after he witnessed the death of his daughter Anna at the hands of Golbez during Damcyan. This prompted Tellah to revenge Anna.

"Cecil?" Tellah asked. "Oh, what brings you here? ...Where are Edward and Rydia?"

"Ugh..." Cecil looked down. "They were...killed during a voyage to Baron with me, but I was able to survive."

"I see..." Tellah said. "Edward...may he rest in peace with Anna..."

Edward was deeply in love with Anna, but when the Red Wings attacked Damcyan, she shielded him from the arrows out of love to save him from death, thus causing Anna to die.

"...Well," Tellah began as he looked up. "What is your business in here?" He looked at his group. "And who are they?"

The Smashers introduced to them.

"Oh, I see," Tellah said. "You came here for a way to defeat Golbez?"

"Yes," Cecil said. "What about you?"

"Since I know that my magic alone can't defeat a man like Golbez, I decided to look for Meteor. This place seemed to radiate with strong magic waves, and I came here to see if Meteor is here."

"Meteor?!" Palom and Porom asked in shock.

"T-that's the strongest Black Magic spell there is!" Porom said. "But you're far too old to use such a dangerous magic!"

The Smashers weren't that surprised. (Apparently, Rita's Meteor Storm looked far more powerful).

"I don't care!" Tellah yelled angrily. "Let this old body of mine kill Golbez! I don't care if I die! I'm going to die, and I'm going to take Golbez with me for what he did to my beloved Anna!"

"I know you need to take revenge..." Zelda spoke. "But you mustn't sacrifice yourself t-"

"What I said a moment ago is definite!" Tellah interrupted.

"Sheesh," Palom said as he folded his arms. "Old people sure are grumpy."

"Hush!" Porom yelled. "O-oh, I think we haven't introduced ourselves except for them. My name is Porom, and this boy over here is my twin brother Palom. Both of us come from Mysidia."

"Nice to meetcha," Palom said. "Porom, you didn't insult me!"

"We're before a high authority now," Porom whispered. "Mind yourself around Tellah."

"Mages of Mysidia?" Tellah asked. "I see..."

"(And he already thought about sending them back,)" Chris thought.

"In any case," Tellah began. "Cecil, since you're seeking a new power as well as I am, we might as well travel together again."

"Thanks," Cecil said. "I will appreciate your help."

Ike made a bored look. "(So he doesn't care about us dying.)"

Tellah temporarily joined your team!

"Let us be on our way!" Tellah said. "We have to explore this place further!"

"U-um, wait," Chris interrupted. "(It's time to ask...) I-I think I saw you in the continent of Baron before, but how did you get here?"

"How I got here?" Tellah asked. "I have some connections with some mages of Mysidia and I asked them to get me here by boat. I told them to go back to Kaipo and not return for me. I know the elder of Mysidia for a long time and I can always ask him for help."

"...Oh," Chris responded.

"Why'd you want to know?"

"B-because... (Because it was never explained in the game, and I wanted to ask you personally)...I was just curious."

"..." Tellah frowned and walked ahead.

The others had to follow him in order to stay close for any monsters.

And surprise, monsters became more apparent.

Crossing

Final Fantasy IV DS - Battle Theme A

The crossing had several Ghouls (green zombies) and Souls (green head-ghosts). They seemed disturbed as the 9 got in the area.

"Get prepared!" Tellah warned them. "Monsters in higher areas tend to be get more violent!"

"That won't stop us," Cecil said as he unsheathed his dark sword. "We will have to rush in. Go!"

"Taste fire!" Zelda yelled as he used Din's Fire to a Soul. When it reached the phantasm, it exploded, but it also made the ghost mumble...in pleasure. "Huh? It didn't do damage?"

"Did that monster groan?" Ike asked. "I thought Zelda's Din's Fire was going to deal damage to it."

"Those monsters absorb fire," Porom pointed out.

"And that wasn't a groan," Palom added. "It was moaning in pleasure, like when a girl and a guy love each other too much, they start t-"

And Porom whacked his head.

"Now, if you want to use fire on those zombies there..."

"Oh!" Palom cut in. "I know! Ehem... Burn them to greater ashes... Fira!"

"Fira?" Porom repeated confused before small storms of fire incinerated the Ghouls in the path as they screamed out in horror before they turned into ashes. "Palom! You just learned Fire some days ago, and you can use Fira already?"

"Yeah!" Palom said proudly. "I bet it was because of Cecil killing the Zus in the way here!"

Chris thought that some RPG rules still applied to the world, and Palom gained enough EXP to learn Fira in such a short time...

"What are you talking about?" Porom asked. "Oh, and let me guess, I can use Cura because I was around when Cecil wa-"

"Ugh!" Chris grabbed his right am after a Soul bit it. "Y-you're supposed to be invisible, not physical!"

"..." Porom stared at her rod. "...It's worth the try... Heal grave wounds... Cura!"

A shiny light covered Chris's right arm and his wounds instantly healed. "Oh, thank you," Chris said.

"This is so weird..." Porom said confused. "This doesn't make any kind of sense!"

"Behind you!" Nana yelled as she jumped above Porom and smashed her hammer on a Ghoul's face before it could slash the White Mage. "Phew..."

"My apologies," Porom said. "I was a little bit distracted myself."

"No worries," Nana said. "But don't get that distracted again."

"(Get closer...)" Ike thought as 3 Ghouls began to walk closer to him. He seemed to be charging his Eruption attack. "(Closer... Closer! Quick! It's going t-)"

"Burn them to ashes... Fire!" Tellah yelled as he opened his arms and cast Fire on the Ghouls' backs. The zombies yelled and were pushed right towards Ike.

"HUUUUUAAARRRR!!!" Ike yelled loudly as he struck down his fire sword on the ground and created a big eruption of fire that burned the zombies completely before disappearing. "Thank you..." Ike said as he panted.

"Hey, old man!" Palom yelled as he was chased by 2 Souls. "How come I can use Fira and you can't?"

"Palom!" Porom yelled as she whacked a Ghoul with her rod.

"I'm too old to remember my spells," Tellah said. "Just you wait until I remember all my spells!"

"We have to move on!" Cecil yelled as he sliced a Soul. "We can't afford to waste more time in here!"

"There's the path!" Zelda yelled. "Go!"

The 9 quickly rushed up to the path as several Souls came from behind them. They decided to chase them from behind.

"Oh, no way!" Chris yelled. "I'm not going to let ghosts follow me!" He turned around and prepared his harp. "If you have ears, let them bleed!"

Several musical notes flew out from his harp, and all of them struck the Souls. However, this attack didn't kill them as they backed away.

"Oops..." Chris gulped. "B-bye!" he yelled before running back to the group.

"Are you some kind of bard?" Tellah asked.

"Y-yes!" Chris yelled.

"What kind of magical melodies do you have with you?"

"E-er, I can heal and cure ailments, I can give Regen to a single person... Just those for now."

"There!" Cecil yelled. "I see the summit!"

"That soon?" Zelda asked confused. But the summit was just close to them now. "That trip was so short..."

"But there are still enemies following us!" Ike yelled as he looked over his shoulder and found 3 Revenants (palette swaps of Ghouls, except red).

Zelda (gracefully) turned around, shot instantly a Din's Fire and made it explode right between the 3 Revenants. However, these zombies were stronger versions of the Ghouls as they were just pushed back.

"Bull's eye!" Popo exclaimed from below the crossing.

Below the crossing?

"Popo!" Chris yelled. "What are you doing down there? Get back up!"

"Can't!" Popo yelled. "These guys wanna drag me somewhere!"

4 Souls latched their long tongues around his arms and started to drag him away from the cliff.

"T-they're going to let him fall!" Chris yelled at the others.

"Aw, cr-" Nana was interrupted.

"What do we do?" Ike asked. "If we attack those ghosts, they'll let him fall to his death!"

"(...)" Chris looked at a tree, then he looked at the others. "I-I'm going to call a little friend of mine..."

"What?" Cecil asked. "Why at this time?"

"J-just come up with a plan to save Popo! I'll see if I can call my friend!" Chris yelled before he ran behind the tree.

"..." Cecil looked back down. "Do something to stay on ground!"

"Gimme instructions!" Popo yelled excited.

"I..." Cecil couldn't think of anything. "Damn, those zombies are after us!"

6 Revenants appeared from the cliffs and they decided to rush after the 8.

"Attack with fire!" Tellah yelled. "Give them all the fire they need to get burned!"

"(I heard Holy magic can deal damage to the undead as well...)" Porom thought. "Heal grave wounds...

"Burn them to ashes..." Tellah chanted.

"Burn them to greater ashes..." Palom chanted.

Zelda simply sent a sphere of fire.

"Cura!"

"Fire!"

"Fira!"

All the 4 attacks collided with each other between the Revenants as they created a big explosion of fire (though it shone due to Porom's Cura) and obliterated the Revenant group.

"What is that?" Cecil spotted a Moogle (guess who) that appeared close to them and dove down for Popo.

"(The things a poor guy like me does out of need...kupo...)" Chris (in his Moggle Knight job) thought ashamed before he went for Popo.

"Mr. Fur Wings!" Popo exclaimed happily.

Chris readied his sword and sliced a Soul in half. "Grab on, kupo!" he yelled to Popo as he grabbed his hand.

Something made Chris remember an important detail.

One hand can't support a full body.

"KUPO!" he yelled as both he and Popo began to descend...

...Then the poor little Moggle started to come up by flapping his red wings faster as he grabbed Popo's hands. Chris slowly turned around in the air to return back to the group. He slowly made his way to them before dropping Popo close to Nana, but she looked away.

"Who are you?" Cecil asked.

"K-kupo!" Chris yelled and ran away to the tree.

"?" Cecil looked confused as the creature hid behind the tree, but then, Chris (in his Musician job) came back and walked to them. "Hmm?"

"D-did my friend come here?" Chris asked. "Oh, Popo!"

"'S up?" Popo asked.

"That's the only thing you're going to say after you were about to die?" Porom asked.

Palom walked to Porom. "'S up?" he said.

"Hush!" Porom yelled.

"..." Cecil decided to think about the summit. "Let's not waste anymore time and get back in our track. The summit is a few feet away from here."

Music stops

Summit

And so, they reached the summit of the mountain. Since the mountain was surrounded by a circle of trees, they managed to catch a glimpse of the area around.

"Well, we reached this place...quite too fast," Ike said. "I'm starting to wonder about the travelers that didn't come back..."

"I bet the elder was just making that up so I could stay at home," Palom said. "Geez, he needs to understand my power."

"And you need to understand the word manners," Porom said bored.

"Ssssssssssssssssssssssss..." hissed someone nearby.

"And stop that hissing," Porom added.

"What hissing?" Palom asked.

"I believe I heard a hissing too," Zelda said.

"Same here," Ike said.

"It's Scarmiglione," Chris said.

Lie, because he didn't say that.

"I-I heard that too..." Chris shuddered. "(Whatever you do, you must follow the storyline's flow, or I'll end up messing it up like I SUPPOSEDLY did with Sonic's.)"

"It was a monster," Tellah said. "Probably a zombie we fought. I was waiting for something more dangerous, but it seems nothing is bad now."

"Let's hope it stays like that..." Nana shuddered. "I didn't like those zombies' faces at all..."

"BOO!"

"YIKES!" Nana yelped and hid behind Porom in an instant.

Popo and Palom laughed hysterically at Popo's mimic and both high-fived each other.

"Y-you little!" Nana yelled.

"Palom! Behave yourself in front of Tellah!" Porom ordered.

"S-sorry!" Palom held his stomach. "I-it was just too funny! Hahahahahahaha!"

"H-how could you scare me like that, Popo?!" Nana asked angrily.

"Palom kinda told me to do it," Popo said. "And he's like, the same level of awesome I am."

"So true!" Palom said as both high-fived again.

"Ugh, I wish I could shut your mouths for the rest of your lives..."

"Can you 4 stop it?" Cecil asked. "We have to get to the top and see what the elder meant to say about my destiny."

That sounded very...how does one say it?

"Pardon me," Porom said politely. "My brother can't just mind his behavior."

Palom folded his arms. "Though we do look good for spyi-"

Porom gasped and she instantly whacked Palom on his head. "Hush! You're not supposed to say that out loud!"

"Oww..." Palom groaned.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 30, 2009, 09:08:41 PM
"What was he trying to say?" Cecil asked.

"N-nothing important," Porom said. "My brother is always like that."

"So true..." Ike trailed off.

"Well!" Popo spoke up. "Let's see who gets to be King of the Hill!"

"Oh, please, don't tell me you and Palom have been trying t-"

"Last one is a putrid eggplant!" Popo yelled as he ran to the slope and started to walk above. Shortly after him, an excited Palom followed.

Nana sighed. "This isn't him at all..." she muttered.

"W-wait!" Zelda said suddenly. "What if there are more monsters above?"

The 7 quickly ran to the slope and went up to try to spot monsters. Once they went to the next new floor, nothing was there, except the boy twins looking around.

"What?" Cecil asked. "I thought you were playing."

"Whoops," Palom said. "We kinda didn't want to go up here." He pointed at some stairs that directed to a higher ground, but it also leaded to a small bridge, that also directed to a small altar that posed as the summit of the whole mountain.

"That is the summit?" Cecil asked. "An altar?"

"I betcha there's something weird with it."

"Hmm..." Tellah looked at the right and found a blue circle across another bridge. "A Save Circle..."

Save Circles are enchanted with holy magic to prevent monsters from entering the center that is formed by several holy stone formations...

...And it's also a way to save your progress.


"Good," Cecil said. "We can use it to rest here for the night."

The Smashers looked up to see that it was sunsetm and night was going to come very soon.

"(So what?)" Chris thought. "(Are we going to save our progress inside the Save Circle?)"

Ike yawned. "We...may as well rest for the night... Hey!" he suddenly yelled. "Isn't bad to rest in there?"

"Save Circles can prevent monsters from getting close to us," Porom explained.

"It's like the bathroom," Palom said. "They respect our private area."

"And there's an important backstory behind the Save Circles," Porom said. "It all began whe-"

"Let's get between the rocks so we can rest," Cecil said. "I have a Cottage ready."

Cottages are better restorative items than Tents are. They replenish someone's health to the fullest (and it also makes the users have pleasant dreams).

"Awesome! You have a portable Cottage?" Popo asked.

"I happened to find one long before I came here," Cecil said. "We can set up the camp inside the circle and rest."

"We surely feel sooooooooo tired, right?" Chris said (and lied) to the Smashers.

"Let's go in," Ike said. "Are you sure we can acompany you?"

"The more, the merrier, as they say," Tellah said.

The 9 prepared to set up the cottage inside the holy circle to rest for the night...

That night...

There was a nice and soft cottage inside the Save Circle. Inside of it, there were the 9 sleeping peacefully using sleeping bags. The cottage itself looked small from outside, but it was very spacious from the inside.

And it was an enchanted item, since many of them dreamed pleasant dreams as Porom explained.

Final Fantasy X - Yuna Theme

"..." Popo seemed to be smiling. "...Dad...Mom...you're here with me and Nana..."

A few feet away from him, there was Nana, who managed to overhear him. She couldn't sleep well that night as her mind reminded her about the hatred towards Popo.

"I'm so happy..." Popo muttered. "I'm so happy that you're here..."

"..." Nana started to sob. "S-stop it..." she muttered. "D-don't make me feel homesick, you dumb bastard..."

She didn't want to hear more, and she left the cottage as she sobbed sadly.

Once she sat outside the cottage, she looked up to the starry stars over Mt. Ordeals and sobbed another time. "Why..." Nana sobbed as she sat down and embraced her legs. "Why is he like this? Why? ...I don't understand why at all...and on top of that..."

She moved her head down.

"Why is he dreaming about our parents? Doesn't he know that we have parents, but the real ones..."

Nana stopped sobbing once she heard footsteps coming from the cottage. She felt sad, but she didn't want to see the person she woke up by accident.

"Nana?" Porom asked. "You can't sleep?"

"..." Nana simply moved her head down.

"So he woke you up because he was dreaming of your parents like Palom is doing right now, right?"

"..." Nana looked at her and nodded before looking down. "...Is Palom dreaming about your parents as well?"

Porom walked to her and sat down. "Yes..." Porom said. "It seems our brothers dream of our parents, right?"

"Are you 2..."

"Yes..." Porom said somewhat sadly. "...Palom and I... We weren't raised by our parents because they...they were gone..."

Nana looked at her.

"It's been like this since I can remember," Porom said. "We were born in Mysidia, but our parents...I don't know... They were gone, and nobody knew why."

"I see..." Nana said before looking down above her knees.

"The elder...he took care of us," Porom said. "He told us that he found us near the hall, and both were crying loudly as we were just newborns. The elder told us that he couldn't remember our parents because our birth was so sudden... Sometimes, when he raised both of us, he mentioned that 2 villagers seemed to be gone forever." Porom looked up to the sky. "I always thought that they were attacked by monsters, and tried to protect us."

"Uh-huh..."

"But that's not true," Porom said. "Because it wouldn't make sense that we were dropped off in Mysidia out of luck. There had to be reason..."

Porom sniffed one time.

"They must have abandoned us because they couldn't raise 2 babies. Maybe they left us because they couldn't raise 2 children instead of 1... But..." She smiled a little. "I wasn't sad anymore, you know why?"

"Why?"

"Because...I have Palom with me," Porom said. "He's the only family I have left, and I couldn't be happier. The elder told us that having someone else of your same lineage is good for your own self...and he was right..."

"..." Nana nodded.

"How about you?"

"Huh?"

"You have parents, right?"

"...I guess I should tell..." Nana said. "...Both of us don't have human parents...we have...a Topi and a Polar Bear as father and mother..."

"W-what?" Porom asked. "Why would you 2... What is a Topi?"

"Let me continue..." Nana said. "...I still remember very well..."

Flashback

Icicle Mountain
Base

The blizzard raged during the night, and the fields around Icicle Mountain got covered in more snow. Through the snow, 2 lonely figures walked through it. These 2 figures were holding hands together, but they were not humans.

One of them was a Polar Bear. This Polar Bear wasn't exactly wild as normal Polar Bears because she was pacific towards anyone.

Next to her was Topi. This Topi wasn't wild as the normal Topis, and he seemed to be holding hands with the Polar Bear.

"I swear," the Topi said. "Blizzards can be wonderful sometimes, but they had to be strong on our way home."

"I know that very well," the Polar Bear said. "Good thing I'm wearing sunglasses to see through."

"You ALWAYS wear sunglassess, woman."

"And you ALWAYS remind of my hobby to wear sunglassess."

Despite this, both were a happy couple. Sure, they looked weird together, but as many, but many, but many, but many, but many have said before.

"True love is for those who fall in love with each other," the Topi and the Polar Bear said in unison. "As long as it's not bestiality. Hahahahahahaha!" both laughed heartily.

"So..." the Polar Bear began. "When are you going to decide to have children?"

"...Well..." The Topi looked embarrassed. "...Can we really have them? I mean, our races don't mix that well, and I don't want to see what children we could get..."

"Then..." she began. "Should we?"

"...This is so crazy..."

"...Seconded," she said blushing. "Unless we could adopt them instead..."

"Where?" he asked. "There are no adoption centers around here, and we're stuck in this situation."

She sighed. "This is unfair, isn't?"

"Yep," he said. "Unfair that we don't have children because we can't mix together well, and unfair for them for being abandoned."

"I know..." she said as she looked down. "...Wait, who are abandoned?"

"These 2 babies I just found now," he said as he pointed at 2 mantles with 2 babies. "They were abandoned, right?"

"Oh my!" she said suddenly. "W-why didn't you say this before?"

"I didn't?" he asked. "I-I mean, babies!"

Either they were too distracted, or they were deaf, because the babies that they found were crying loudly through the blizzard.

"Poor dears..." she said. "They're so young..."

"Hey, wait a minute," the Topi said as he eyed the babies. "...They're humans!"

The Polar Bear ducked to see them closely. "...Oh, you're right. They're humans."

"Pitiful," he said. "Their parents must have left them."

"How can you say that?"

"I don't know," he said sarcastically. "Those footsteps' marks from over there seem to be a reason."

The Polar Bear looked at the marks close to the babies. The marks also turned back from where they came from.

"...How cruel..." she muttered. "They were abandoned by their parents, weren't they?"

"And they're so young..." he trailed off.

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...Let's take them as our children."

"What?!" he asked shocked. "A-are you crazy? What would the other families say about us raising humans?!"

"I don't care!" she yelled. "They're babies! They don't understand anything they went through! Would you rather leave them here and die under the snow?! Are you that cruel?"

"W-well..." the Topi trailed off. "This is why I can never win an argument with you..."

Both of them looked at the babies.

"...They look so young," he said again. "And they...kind of look cute."

"Oh, please," she said as she picked one. "They look adorable to me... Hmm? This one is wearing a pink eskimo..."

"Really?" he asked before he took a closer look to the other. "...And this one is wearing a blue one."

"How cute," she said as she put the baby girl in her arms. "They were already given clothes...but...they were abandoned..."

"..." He smiled at the baby. "Aw, screw what the others would say. This baby over here needs a home, and we're going to give them one."

"Are you sure about that?"

"Totally!" he said. "...Hey, look! They stopped crying!"

Both of the babies seemed to be calm now, and they were looking at their holders.

"..." The baby girl smiled at her.

"..." The baby boy smiled at him.

"Mama!"

"Papa!"

"Oh, geez," he said sarcatically. "They decided for us."

"It seems so," she said with a small smile. "Who's a little cute baby?"

"Who has his stepfather's face?"

She looked odd at him.

"...What?" he asked. "I was just asking!"

Both of them suddenly got surprised looks as the babies laughed.

"What do you know?" he asked. "They understand what we're saying!"

"Let's not waste more time!" she said. "We have to take them to our home!"

"To the igloo!" he said, faking an heroic voice.

Her wife chuckled heartily and both ran off to their home with the babies as they disappeared into the snow...

Mt. Ordeals
Summit

"..." Porom looked worried. "You were raised by..."

"Please, don't say it," Nana said. "I haven't finished yet... We got a home with our adoptive parents, and it wasn't bad at all..." Nana hid a small smile. "...There was happiness after all..."

Flashback

Icicle Mountain
Home

The next day...

Inside an average size igloo, the Topi and the Polar Bear were looking at the babies as they laid down on an ice bed. The ice bed itself wasn't completely made of ice since it had normal pillows and the such.

"So," the Topi began. "Have you decided yet for their names?"

"Hmm..." the Polar Bear wondered. "It's so hard to think of names for them. I can't simply decide..."

"This is a dilemma..." he said. "By the way, have you removed the mantles off them?"

"Oh, I haven't," she said. "Let me take them out..."

As she began to unwrap the babies off from their mantles, both adoptive parents discovered that the babies were already wearing more different clothes. The boy had a full set of blue clothes, and the girl had a pink set.

"...They look cute," she said. "Those clothes really fit on them..."

"...Look!" he suddenly yelled. "There are notes inside the mantles!"

The Polar Bear spotted 2 notes that were hidden within the mantles that both babies had. She looked confused as for the notes inside that she took both. "...Wait, this seems like some kind of..."

The Topi took the notes away and began reading them. "Hmm. These notes are so small and so dirty... Let's see what it says here..."

We can't raise children...

We're so poor and ill, and we can't let our children live in the conditions we're in. We can't do anything for them, and we just can't ask someone to raise them because we don't want anyone to think awful things about us...

This is it... We have to abandon them for their own sake...

We were driven to madness after we got 2 babies. We originally wanted to have 1, but 2 were born, and we just couldn't raise them...


The Topi began to read the other note.

I know this is so inhuman of us to abandon them in the middle of nowhere... But we decided that the only way to be punished for such action was to...

"..." The Topi's eyes widened. "...No..."

But we decided that the only way to be punished for such action was to suicide ourselves and leave this world forever. We were taken to the worst of bad luck there is, but our children couldn't be taken there as well...

And so, we decided to abandon them before we died by letting ourselves fall into the near abysses of the mountains, where no one would find us...


"..." The Topi let the note fall down to the icy floor. "They..."

"...Dear god..." she muttered with a frown of shame. "..."

"...Wait a minute," he said as he looked down at the note. "There's more behind the note..." He took it back. "Ahem..."

When both were born 2 days ago, we were so happy nevertheless. Fortunately, we gave each one a name before deciding each one's fates.

To the enthusiastic boy in the blue eskimo, we named him Popo.

And to gorgeous girl in the pink eskimo, we named her Nana.

Both are our pride and joy, even if we're dead.

And, to the parents who manage to find these babies...

Please...take care of them...give them love...give them a home...give them happiness...and most of all...raise them as they were your children... Please, do this for us so we can rest in peace...


The Topi and the Polar Bear shed tears as they looked at the cheerful babies. They couldn't tell the babies that their parents were dead, and they had to keep their happy selves like that.

"Popo..." he said.

"Nana..." she said.

Both babies responded with happy claps.

"...They're our children from now on," she said.

"And we couldn't be more proud to accept their last wish," he said.

The babies looked at each other and shared smiles with chuckled before looking at their new parents. They seemed very happy to see them that they sat up and looked curiously at them.

"And after that," Nana narrated. "We found a family that we have to these days, and also, we made friends with the neighbors as well. At first, they gave us odd looks, but we were slowly accepted by all, and our parents were so happy that we were happy..."

A long time passed after both were found until they reached their respective ages...

"Popo! Nana!" the Topi yelled. "Come inside! We have gifts for you 2!"

"Sweet!" Popo yelled from outside before both twins came in. "What do you have for us?"

"Popo, Nana," her mother said. "Ever since the day you were born, we decided that you can finally use these for adventuring around the mountains."

"What?" Nana asked.

"Your own..." she began as she walked sideways and revealed a lot of alpinist stuff on the table. "Climbing set!"

"..." Nana looked skeptical. "A climbing set?"

"Yes!" her father said. "You know that a lot of your friends like to climb mountains, so why don't you 2 join them as well? The mountains around here are safe, and it's safe as well!"

"Awesome!" Popo said. "Look! We can belay with those ropes!"

"Dad, Mom," Nana began. "Is this okay? I mean, we just started to climb with our friends, but..."

"Oh, please," she said. "Don't be so afraid of using it. We're fine with you 2 going outside."

"Besides," he began. "We know that there's a small chance of you being attacked by wild monsters, and then we came up with..." He took out 2 same hammers from his back. "These babies I made up!"

"Hammers?" Nana asked. "And a climbing set?"

"Nana!" Popo began. "We should be happy that they're giving us presents! Why can't you accept them?"

"B-because I'm a little bit worried myself, that's why!"

"Nah," her father said as he put his hand on her back. "You 2 are pretty tough. Think of this as some kind of enhancement to your defenses!"

"B-but..."

"My little girl is one tough cookie," he said with a chuckle. "You know how to give the monsters hell very well, and you're going to teach them the true definition once you bang this baby on them."

Nana looked down...but smiled a little. "Heheheh..."

"Then, are you going to take it or leave it?"

"...I'll take it!" Nana said cheerfully.

"Yeah!" Popo took his hammer. "Climbing set, hammers, what else is there?"

"Family hug!" her mother said suddenly as the 4 made a group hug.

"C-can't we say this is a bear hug because of you?" the Topi said as he turned purple.

"Oh dear," she said.

"Hahahahahahahaha!" Popo and Nana laughed heartily before both of their parents joined them. They laughed and laughed as they could do.

"And from that point an onwards, we became very good with the climbing set that many of our friends nicknamed us as "Ice Climbers." I was so embarrassed when they called us like that, but we grew on the nickname, and we had fun with it as well."

Flashback

Mt. Ordeals
Summit

Nana wiped out her tears and looked at Porom. "Those were the most happy days of my entire life. I found a family, I made friends, and..." She looked depressed. "...I don't understand why Popo acts like that now."

"You really got lucky," Porom commented. "I'm a bit jealous, but you 2 deserved greater things. It's good that we're kindred spirits."

"Kindred...spirits?"

"Yes. We both understand each other so well," she said. "And I didn't think I would find someone like you."

"And I did as well... Maybe I have more emotional strength to tell you more, but I don't want to do it right now."

"I understand. I'm not pushing you."

"Thank you..." Nana said. "Thank you for being my kindred spirit."

"Likewise here," Porom said. "And for the problem of your brother..."

Nana looked away.

"Maybe I'm wrong," she began. "But Popo could be trying to hide his saddest memories."

"...What?"

"Trust me," Porom said. "My brother is not that different from your brother. I heard that the most enthusiastic of people tend to be very happy because something so awful happened in their lives before, and nobody is different from each other."

"But how the hell can I tell if Popo is just acting retarded or not?" Nana asked a little bit angry. "I've been trying to solve that "puzzle" but I can't find the answer!"

"Calm down," Porom said calmly. "You must stay calm and think again."

"...Think...think if Popo is using some kind off facade to hide his true feelings..." Nana muttered. "...I...I..."

Porom smiled a little. "You?"

"I...I...I...I..." Nana looked down. "...I can't find the answer..."

Porom looked worried. "...I see..." She looked up to the stars. "...I'll help you, don't worry. We're both in this together."

"..." Nana looked up to the stars. "...But...do you think I can find that answer?"

"Of course yo-"

"With you?"

Porom blinked surprised before she nodded and chuckled heartily. "Yes. We're going to find that answer...together..."

"...Thank you so much..." Nana muttered as she shed a tear.

Both girls smiled to each other before staring up to the stars as a shooting star was seen crossing the night's sky.

After that, they decided to go back to the cottage...

Music stops

But just then, some monsters that came from the ground appeared right from darkness and shrieked silently. These monsters looked familiar, but decided not to go through the Save Circle as they decided to patrol the area. And the night went on.

The next day...

After the group walked out from the cottage (and the item disappeared out of magic (and Ike questioned this (and Cecil said he didn't understand either (and Chris muttered the "plothole' word)))), they went to the bridge that leaded to the altar.

"Sssssssssssssssssssssssssssss..." hissed a sound.

"We were just waking up, and you're playing again?" Porom asked annoyed.

"I swear it wasn't me!" Palom said. "I don't hiss like that either!"

"And come to think of it," Zelda said. "It was closer this time."

"Because Palom here did it," Porom said.

"Gotcha proof?" Popo asked. "You look shady. You sure you're not you?"

"W-what kind of question is that anyway?"

Chris gulped at the bridge. He knew what was going to happen. He could even think of the event in his mind.

They would approach the bridge, and Tellah would sense something and say:

"I sense evil," Tellah would have said.

And since 5 more people (the Smashers) were with them:

"Dude, you can sense evil? That's so l33t!" Popo would have said.

Then Palom would say:

"And I have a sixth sense," Palom would have said. "I can sense food."

Porom would have whacked his head for that and say:

"Hush!" Porom would have said after whacking her brother.

And then, the atmosphere would turn purple and Scarmiglione would appear before they would step on the bridge and say something like:

"You're finally here, foolissssssh mortalssssss..." a voice would have said.

Then Cecil would look around and say:

"Who is there?" Cecil would have asked. "Show your face!"

Then Scarmiglione would appear before us and s-wait a minute!

"Aw, god!" Chris cursed under his breath. "This is not a vision in my mind, but it IS happening now!"

That wasn't his vision, but reality.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Tower of Zot

"Hello," Scarmiglione greeted as he moved his hands up and down. "I have been waiting for you to arrive here... WHAT THE HELL TOOK YOU SSSSSSSO LONG?!"

"Er..." Ike looked confused. "...What are you exactly?"

"ANSSSSSSWER THE QUESSSSSSTION!" he demanded.

"We..." Zelda looked behind her. "Stopped to rest for the night before crossing the bridge?"

"FOOLSSSSSS!" Scarmiglione yelled. "I wassssss here all the time for you to come, but you decided to resssssst before you could do sssssso!" he yelled angrily. "You don't know the pain to wait for you all! Damn you all to hell!"

"Aw, that's cute of you," Popo said. "Can we go through?"

"Ssssssure." Scarmiglione nodded and moved away. "...WAIT!" He moved back to his position. "I can't let you go any further! My missssssssssssion issssss to kill Cecil and hissssss bunch of imbecilessssss!"

"Can you please tell us your name?" Zelda asked with a glare.

"My name issssss the great Sssssscarmiglione!"

"And tell us your whole job for that matter!" Palom demanded.

"Elemental Lord of Earth and Undead, Golbez's archfiend, the firsssssst archfiend you will ever face," he explained. "And ssssssingle."

Most of them sweatdropped after knowing that Scarmiglione didn't have a wife.

"..." Scarmiglione looked confused. "What the hell did I jusssssst ssssssay?"

"That you don't have a wife, so you suck?" Popo asked.

"...You weren't ssssssuppossssssssssssed to know that, darn you!" he cursed. "Cecil! I am here to bring you your death by Golbez!"

"Golbez?! You work for him?!" Tellah asked angrily.

"Yessssss! Are you deaf, old man or what?!" Scarmiglione asked.

"Well, move aside," Cecil said. "I don't want to deal with ridiculous archfiends like you for the moment. Go back to Golbez and tell him to give Rosa back to me."

"Who're you?" Scarmiglione asked. "My bossssssssssss?"

There was someone who had the power to make Scarmiglione feel utterly furious.

"Do you know that you overuse the "Ss" a little bit too much?" Chris asked.

And that was enough for the archfiend.

"That issssss it! Revenantssssss! Come and suck their blood!" Scarmiglione commanded.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Battle Theme B (B for Boss Battle)

4 Revenants suddenly appeared from the ground they were on and they stood up and created a barrier in front of the archfiend. The 9 stepped back and prepared to fight against the undead enemies.

"Go!" Scarmiglione ordered. "Kill them, and eat their flessssssh!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on July 31, 2009, 07:54:18 PM
Unfortunately for Scarmiglione, he didn't count that someone of the group knew how to defeat him rather fast.

"I hear undead are so weak to fire!" yelled Chris in a high-pitched tone.

"I know!" Palom began. "Let's kill them with fire!"

"And I also hear that a guy named Scarmiglione can't stand fire as well!"

"Why are you yelling like that?" Cecil asked.

"..." Chris felt extremely embarrassed. "I...he...um..."

"(I got an idea here,)" Ike thought. "That's the monster we've been looking for!"

For being a new addition to the Smashers, Ike surely learned fast.

"Y-yes!" Zelda said. "That monster, Scarmi...whatever its name was it's the monster we've been trying to hunt!"

"What?" Scarmiglione asked confused. "Nobody hassssss never met me becausssssse I jusssssst got out!"

"And..." Nana thought about something. "T-that's why you need to be hunted! I-isn't that right, everyone?"

"Yes!" the other older Smashers said in unison.

"...For being hunters that just knew a monster that came out of nowhere..." Cecil trailed off.

This was a really bad signal.

"(Busted,)" the 4 (except Popo) thought in shame.

"...You're hard workers," Cecil remarked.

"..." The Smashers looked around in embarrassment. "We-um-er-y-yes!" they said in unison.

"Would you sssssstop talking and let my servantssssss eat your flessssssh?!" Scarmiglione asked annoyed. "Go, my peassssssantssssss!"

"No, you won't do such a thing, fiend of Golbez!" Tellah yelled. "Burn them to ashes..." He opened his arms. "Fire!"

A small burst of flames hit the 5 undead (counting Scarmiglione) and made the red zombies back away.

"Ooh, ooh! Let me continue!" Palom pleaded. "Burn them to greater ashes... Fira!"

A stronger burst of flames covered the undead, and the 4 Revenants disappeared into thin air, leaving Scarmiglione alone.

"All right," Cecil said. "We have to get through him and we're done with this."

"You won't do ssssssuch a thing!" Scarmiglione yelled. "Thunder!"

Bolts of lightning fell on everyone on the field (or in this case, cliff) and they backed away...though the attack was really weak.

"Ha! You call that Black Magic?" Palom bluffed.

"Heal the wounds... Cure!" Porom cast Cure to restore everyone's health.

"Oh no!" Scarmiglione said. "Why can't my magic hurt you?!"

"I think he's just a joke for a monster..." Ike trailed off. "Alright, let me go after him."

"Let me join you as well," Cecil said and both nodded to each other before running to the zombie.

"Y-you get away!" Scarmiglione demanded.

"Ha!" both swordsmen yelled as they leaped to the archfiend and slammed their swords down on him...

...And that's how they ended the battle after slidding across Scarmiglione.

Music stops

"No!" Scarmiglione yelled. "D-darn you all to hell!" he yelled angrily before he disappeared.

"...That was it?" Nana asked. "He went down so easily... Hey, I didn't do anything!"

"That was odd," Cecil commented as they walked back to them. "I thought Golbez's archfiends were going to be stronger than this."

"Well, we shouldn't waste more time," Tellah said. "Meteor awaits for me, and we have to go forward."

"Sheesh," Palom said as he folded his arms. "The first one to lose against the Mighty Palom."

"Let's just get this over with..." Porom said bored. "The faster, the sooner my brother gets to stop bluffing."

"Hush you!" Palom yelled.

Zelda smiled. "I can't believe we defeated the monster."

This was obviously part of the hunter part, and the others reacted quickly.

"Yeah," Ike said. "We defeated it, and we're done."

"Aww, you guys are leaving already?" Palom asked. "I was getting used to have someone at the same level of awesome as myself."

"And me as well!" Popo said excited.

"It would be dangerous for you to go down the mountain," Cecil said. "Since we're going to go down the mountain, maybe you could come with us after I get done with my business here."

Oh, Cecil, if you just were more benevolent, Zelda would have married you.

For some reason, Zelda glared at nobody in particular.

"We wouldn't mind," Zelda said as she stopped glaring. "I think I like to hang ou-I mean, be with this group. Yes! That's it!"

"..." Ike shook his head. "Yeah, we'd like to stick around more."

"Thanks," Cecil said with a nod. "Let's go forward, then."

As they crossed the rather short bridge, something hit Chris's mind.

"(Wait, Scarmiglione had to be defeated 1 time before he would come back from behind and ambush us...)" he thought. "(...But nothing is happening...)"

"..." Tellah stopped after they crossed the bridge. "I sense evil."

"FOOLSSSSSS!" Scarmiglione yelled as he appeared right behind Porom, who immediately turned her to him and ran behind Palom for protection. "You have only made me sssssstronger by killing me! Now, face your deathssssss!"

Ike glared at him. "You're not going to believe us, but we're always reminded about our deaths every day."

"Wow, Ike," Nana began. "You sure learn fast as we do."

"Do I?" Ike asked embarrassed. "I think I'm getting used to this."

"What are you speaking of?" Cecil asked.

"N-nothing important," Ike said.

"SSSSSSHUT UP!" Scarmiglione yelled as he glowed in darkness.

"Be careful!" Tellah warned them. "I sense a stronger power coming from him!"

Final Fantasy IV DS - Dreadful Fight

Scrmiglione's cloak started to rip appart as he grew in size into a hideous brown monster with white eyes, bones getting out from parts where they weren't supposed to come out, decayed skin, and a hideous green hair coming from his new head. The 9 backed away as Scarmiglione roared.

"W-what the heck is that?!" Nana asked.

"I am Sssssscarmiglione," Scarmiglione said. "And I am here to kill you all! Sssssshadow Bugsssss! Come forth and give me sssssstrength!"

"Shadow Bugs?" everyone except Palom and Popo repeated confused. From the cliffs surrounding the mountain, the Shadow Bugs crawled up from the cliffs and reached Scarmiglione's feet before covering him with all of them. Before long, he roared to the air with opened arms as he gained more strength than before.

"YESSSSSS, YESSSSSS, YESSSSSS!" he proclaimed. "ULTIMATE POWER ISSSSSS MINE!!!"

"Aw, god," Porom said bored. "It was a matter of time before I met my first power-hungry monster in my life."

"Don't you DARE change the music now!" Chris yelled angrily at no one in particular.

"His power has risen," Tellah said. "We should be more careful than before now!"

"DIE!" Dark Scarmiglione yelled as he pulled himself back, lowered his arms, and swung them hard on Chris to make him crash with the nearby wall.

"AAAAAAAHHH!!!" Chris screamed in extreme pain before he lost consciouness on the wall and fell down to the ground. "I-I'm so sorry..." he muttere sadly.

"W-what?" Cecil asked bewildered. "No! He took him out with a single strike!"

"Cecil, look out!" Ike yelled as he managed to push the dark knight away from another swing of arms from Dark Scarmiglione.

"WHAT ISSSSSS THE MATTER?!" the archfiend asked with an evil chuckle. "Do you fear my power now?! I'll make your deathssssss come ssssssooner than you expected!"

"I'm sick of zombies..." Zelda trailed off as she concentrated fire magic in her hand. "And I'm disgusted to see your...body above everything else!"

"Try to hit me with fire!" he taunted.

"It'll be my pleasure... (W-wait...what is this?)" Zelda thought confused before she automatically chanted a new spell. "Burn them to greater ashes... Fira!"

Dark Scarmiglione got enveloped in a burst of flames that ran across his back to his head.

Zelda gasped and looked at her hands. "W-what did I just do? Did I learn magic all of a sudden?"

"Chris bought a special ability a while ago!" Kawashima yelled from Chris's pocket. "You might learn spells or other skills while you're in a world like this, but you can use them HERE and not OUTSIDE!"

"What was tht voice just now?" Cecil asked.

"Whoops," Kawashima muttered.

"I...see..." Zelda said with a nod before she smiled a little at her hands. "Fira..."

The magic that hit Dark Scarmiglione made him grunt in pain before looking down at his enemies. "Inssssssolent girl! Get poissssssoned!"

The archfiend opened his arms and a weird scent came from his body's withins, flowing around the air that everyone breathed in by accident. Their bodies began to feel heavy as they turned pale.

Nana coughed. "T-that monster poisoned us..." she said before coughing.

Porom coughed. "F-fear not, I'm going to heal each one of us with Esuna..."

"AH!" Nana quickly pushed Porom away from one of the archfiend's swings in time.

"Ha!" Popo yelled from atop a small hill as he pointed at Dark Scarmiglione. "It's true! Big enemies can't hit smaller enemies!"

"SSSSSSHUT UP!" the archfiend yelled as he made a fist and raised it above the Ice Climber.

"Hey!" Ike suddenly jumped in front of Popo and shielded him with Ragnell as the fist tried to crush both of them. "G-get down, now!"

"Like getting off from this hill?" Popo asked.

"Y-yeah!" Ike struggled. "G-get down!"

"'Kay," Popo said as he simply ducked.

"I-I said DOWN THE HILL!" Ike ordered angrily as the fist made him go down.

"Oh!" Popo jumped off the hill...then he came back.

"GET AWAY FROM HERE!" Ike snapped out.

"Why didn't you say that before?" Popo asked semi-angry. "You made me play around."

"(Get down before I cut down your throat...)" Ike thought as he gritted his teeth. "Would anyone help me here?!"

"Damn!" the archfiend cursed. "This sword is stupidly hard!"

"Are you mocking Ragnell?" Ike asked.

"Help is on the way!" Zelda said as she concentrated her new magic. "Burn them t- Aah!" she yelled after the archfiend shot his tongue at her hand. "G-get your filthy tongue off my hand!" she yelled.

"Damn you," Cecil muttered before he jumped towards Dark Scarmiglione. "Get this!"

"Never!" Dark Scarmiglione yelled as he used his other free hand to block Cecil's attack. "That dark ssssssword won't hurt me, you foolissssssh dark knight!"

"UGH!" Cecil was pushed down along with his sword, and he crashed on the ground before he grunted in pain.

"My turn!" Palom said as he concentrated his magic. "Burn them to gre-"

"You don't know what elsssssse to ssssssay bessssssidessssss that sssssstupid chant, do you?!" Dark Scarmiglione asked.

"Not really." Palom stuck out his tongue.

"DIE!" Dark Scarmiglione yelled as he slammed down his fist on Palom.

When he removed his fist, Palom was shown laying down on the floor before looking up with swirls in his eyes. "Yeah," he said dazzled. "That will teach you my own power, sucka..." he muttered before he fainted.

"Porom!" Tellah yelled to the White Mage. "Do you know how to cast Raise?"

"Y-yes, I do," Porom said.

"Try to resurrect the boy!"

A red toon vein popped out from Chris's head.

"While I try to maintain everyone on their feet!"

"Understood!" Porom said before she ran to Chris and focused her magic. "Come back and walk the earth again... Raise!"

A small angel appeared from the sky and flew around as he reached the fainted body, touched Chris's back, and vanished. The World Traveler started to open his eyes slowly before he pushed himself back from the floor and looked at Porom.

"T-thank you..." he muttered.

"It's my duty to heal you," Porom said. "But it's also my duty to protect anyone else in danger."

"H-how much time has passed ever since that monster attacked me?"

Porom coughed due to the poison. "Oh no, I forgot everyone got poisoned! They will start losing all their health if I don't heal them!"

"W-wait!" Chris stood up and prepared his harp. "I'll cure them instead."

"Can you?"

"I'll do it..." Chris nodded before he started to play his harp. "Soul Etude!" he called out as a blue atmosphere fell on the field and healed everyone instantly. They also were healed from the poison as they turned back to normal.

"H-ha!" Zelda yelled as she sliced the tongue by using her other free hand. Dark Scarmiglione pulled back his tongue and grunted as he was still trying to crush Ike with his other fist.

"(I really had enough of waiting to discover a new attack with Zelda... The Summoner job would be the only option because I haven't used it in a long time and...)" Chris changed to his Summoner job and ran to Zelda. "Zelda! I need to ask you something important!"

"W-what is it?" Zelda asked.

"(I'm going to hate myself for asking her this...) Do you trust me?"

"..." Zelda looked odd at him. "I...yes?"

"...It sounded cheesy, didn't it?" he asked in a low tone.

"...Would you get mad at me for saying...yes?"

"...Actually, no," Chris said as Ike flew back above them and to the nearby wall where he crashed but then jumped out to attack the archfiend. "I like honest people."

"Oh, me too."

"Good," Chris said. "Because I would be embarrassed if I ever asked someone else the same thing. Do you agree with me?"

"I think so," Zelda said with a nod while Tellah got his staff taken by Dark Scarmiglione's tongue. The mage cursed before he went after his weapon. "I don't like liars that much."

"Me too," Chris said. "...(...Am I having a conversation with her during a battle?) They're the worst..."

"..." Zelda scratched her arm a little.

"...This is so awkward, right?"

"I agree..." Zelda said a little bit unsure. "Are we...waiting for our combined attack?"

Chris blushed embarrassed. "Y-yes..."

"Um..." Zelda looked confused. "...Do we really have to wait for it?"

"I guess..." Chris said. "This is how it comes to us; all of a sudden it appears."

"Oh," Zelda said simply. "..."

"..."

Porom went flying above them because of Dark Scarmiglione's tongue.

"..."

"(...)"

"(...)"

"(...)"

"(...)"

"(...Wait, it worked!)" Chris said.

"(This feeling...)" Zelda said. ""(I can sense something within us...)"

"(...)" Chris shifted his eyes. "(Do you have to be dramatic?)"

"(T-this is my first time. What'd you expect?)" she asked. "(But now I feel that power that you have found with the others.)"

"(...)"

"(D-don't look at me like that!)"

"(Fine,)" he said bored. "(Since we're ready to do this, will you start?)"

"(Um, well, okay.)" Zelda said as she and Chris grabbed Chris's staff together. Magic began flowing from below their feet and they focused hard on their combined attack.

It also seemed that Zelda's Triforce of Wisdom glowed in her right hand...

"FEEL MY WRATH!" Dark Scarmiglione yelled as he moved his arms to the left and swung them hard on Ike, Cecil, Nana, and Tellah. The 4 of them went crashing to the wall as they screamed in pain before falling down to the ground, losing their consciousness.

"Oh no," Porom said bewildered. "I-I'm coming to heal you!"

"You won't do ssssssuch a thing!" the archfiend yelled as he approached the White Mage to grab her on his right fist.

"AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Porom screamed in horror. "PALOM! HELP ME!!!"

"Porom? POROM!!!" Palom yelled worried. "Leave my annoying sister alone!"

"That REALLY helps myself!" Porom yelled sarcastically.

"I wonder how doessssss a child's tasssssste like food?" Dark Scarmiglione wondered as he moved the White Mage above his mouth.

"A-AAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Porom screamed at the top of her lungs.

"Burn them to greater ashes... Fira!" Palom yelled to make a burst of flames appear on Dark Scarmiglione's head. "Aw, dangit! He's not letting go of Porom!"

"INSSSSSSOLENT!" Dark Scarmiglione yelled before he swung his left arm to Palom.

"...Aw, shi-" Palom got interrupted before he was sent to the wall, losing his consciousness as he fell next to the others.

"..." Porom looked worried before she started to cry. "AAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"Worry no more!" Popo yelled proudly as he jumped to a small hill. "I, the Great Hero Pop-" He got interrupted by the archfiend's fist crushing him with the hill. When he removed his decayed fist, Popo looked up with swirls in his eyes. "...Will...get my revenge..." he finished before hitting the ground with his face.

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Dark Scarmiglione laughed evilly as Porom's tears fell inside his mouth. "NOW, LET'SSSSSS TASSSSSSTE THAT FLESSSSSSH OF YOURSSSSSS!!!"

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Porom tried and tried, but she was held tightly on Dark Scarmiglione's fist before she felt that the grip was starting to lose its strength on her. That would mean her fall inside the zombie's mouth. "S-SOMEBODY!!!" she cried for help.

"We call upon the devil of hell fire," Zelda and Chris chanted. "Incinerate our enemy, and leave ashes behind to crawl the earth and air both!" both chanted together before the magic flowing from beneath them turned red. "We summon thee... Ifrit!!!"

A mighty roar came from the mountain before the ground in front of both casters started to turn red with magma. It then exploded as a flaming figure jumped out and landed close to them. The 2 looked at the entity covered in flames before the fire vanished, revealing a 2-horned red demon that reached 10 feet tall and looked angrily at Dark Scarmiglione.

"My goodness..." Zelda commented surprised.

"It's...Ifrit..." Chris said.

Ifrit roared in fury before he started to get covered in scorching flames. The aeon jumped back as the flames began to turn him into a huge wheel of fire. Chris and Zelda watched as Ifrit aimed for the archfiend, and then Ifrit himself rammed at full force to the zombie, creating a huge impact of fire that made the archfiend let go of Porom as he screamed in utter pain.

The White Mage made her way to the unconscious group as she watched Ifrit trying to cross Dark Scarmiglione's decayed waist. She was able to hear a huge roar from Ifrit before he penetrated the dark skin of the archfiend and went soaring across the air. Ifrit hit his fists on the ground behind the archfiend to stop himself from falling out of the mountain. The demon of fire roared at the archfiend before flames covered him and made him disappear.

Music stops

"..." Porom blinked in surprise. "...That was a Summon Spirit...it was Ifrit..."

"...No..." Dark Scarmiglione said as he looked at the hole in himself. "T-thissssss issssss...no! NO, NO, NO! E-even with my new power...NO! T-THISSSSSS ISSSSSS NOTHING! I-I CAN'T...NO!"

Chris and Zelda ran to the group (who were starting to wake up) and watched the archfiend grabbing his stomach in pain. The archfiend roared in pain as he glared at them.

"Y-you won't get away with thissssss!" he proclaimed. "Ssssss-ssssssoon, G-Golbez will avenge me!" he yelled. "L-l-live your worthlessssssssssss livessssss assssss much assssss you can from now on!"

They gasped as Dark Scarmiglione's body started to turn into dust.

"I darn you...kid and...meddling girl..." he muttered before he hit the ground with his full body as it became dust.

"...I hope Ifrit made you feel agonizing pain..." Chris muttered angrily.

"W-we did it?" Cecil asked. "Ugh!"

"C-Cecil!" Porom said worried. "P-please, everyone. Let me heal you!"

Zelda sighed in relief. "We were able to defeat that...thing..."

"...I'm happy," Chris said. "Both of us can use combined attacks. Also, I'm glad you like me."

Zelda smiled a little. "Thank you."

New ability learned! Wisdom Call!

Guarantees a successful summon by using both a summoner and the Triforce of Wisdom. Only Ifrit (fire), Shiva (ice), Ramuh (thunder), and Titan (earth) can be summoned. However, summoning the desired aeon might end up calling another at random.

"You..." Cecil said weakly before Porom healed him completely. "You are a summoner?"

"...(I forgot that summoners live in Mist...)" Chris thought. "Y-yes."

"Were you born in Mist?"

"N-no..." Chris said. "I-I was born in another village..."

"What village?"

"In..." Chris looked at Zelda. "Ordon! I-it's a secret village hidden in...t-the Fabul province."

"...I see..." Cecil said.

"Tell me he's not starting to get suspicious about us," Chris whispered.

"Hmm. We should be more clever in what we do around them," Zelda whispered.

"I guess..."

A time passed...

"Looks like we managed to defeat Scarmiglione," Tellah said. "Golbez better be darned for sending us that hideous monster."

"And..." Palom folded his arms as they walked to the altar (that somehow was unharmed since the battle was just a few feet nearby). "We all won!"

Nana frowned. "Don't tell me you and my...Popo have been playing..."

"I'm your Popo?" Popo asked.

"Hush!" Porom and Nana said in unison.

"Would you please calm down?" Ike asked. "..." He looked at the altar. "...What now?"

A cricket passed nearby before it killed him by jumping accidentally off the cliff.

"...I have to say," Tellah said. "This is boring."

"Seconded," Popo said. "Here I thought there was a treasure."

"..." Cecil crossed his arms.

Porom began to sweat. "T-the elder definitely didn't deceive you or anything like that, I swear!"

"I have to admit that putting an altar on the top of the mountain is odd..." Cecil commented as he approached the altar. "However, I feel some kind of energy that is...calling me..."

"Come..."

Everyone gasped. "W-what was that?" Zelda asked.

"It's the voice inside my head!" Palom screamed.

"No! It's mine!" Popo screamed.

Porom proceeded to pull her brother's ponytail to stop him from screaming.

"Come...son..." the voice that rang through the mountain said.

"What?" Cecil asked. "Son?"

Tellah blinked in surprise. "There is some kind of energy drawing us somewhere!"

Just as he said that, everyone got blinded by a shiny light that came from the altar. As soon as they were engulfed in it, they all disappeared from the mountain...

The following scene will be resumed due to more character development...now.

Crystal Room

They appeared inside a room full of mirrors.

"What?" Cecil asked. "Where are we?"

In front them, a mirror reflected their reflections.

"What is that?" Ike asked.

A dark figure that looked like Cecil stepped out from the mirror, and it took out a dark sword.

Cecil nodded and unsheathed his sword.

"Face your true self!" Palom yelled.

"Will you shut it?" Porom asked annoyed. "Cecil! Be careful!"

"We have to help him!"

"No!" Cecil yelled. "This is a battle for me and me alone. Leave this to me."

They fought.

"A true paladin..." the Cecil copycat said. "Will sheath his sword."

Cecil decided not to attack.

"..." Cecil obeyed the figure.

The figure turned into a floating holy sword.

"Take the sword..." the same voice from before said. "A unleash all the darkness within you, and obtain your right to become a paladin of light."

Cecil took the sword (slowly) and his dark armor vanished as he glowed. He seemed to be changing apperance. He now wore a holy armor, a long blue cape, his blond hair became visible as he wore a blue plate in front of his forehead, and he also held the holy sword called Mythgraven.

Zelda blushed.

"Hamana-hamana-hamana," she said quickly.

Chris and Ike shared confused looks.

The twins opened their mouths in surprise.

Tellah remembered his spells.

"I-I remember my spells!" Tellah said.

He also unlocked the seal to Meteor.

"Me...teor..." he muttered. "Meteor! Yes, I have found it at last!"

Porom looked surprised.

"No way!" Palom said. "You're a true Legendary Sage then!"

Cecil walked to them.

"I...have changed..." he said.

"Definitely," Zelda said.

End of resume.

"..." Chris looked confused. "No, this isn't right. Cecil was supposed to grab the sword, turn into a paladin, fight that shadow later, then become a full-fledged paladin afterwards... Not fight the shadow, grab the sword, become a paladin, and leave."

"Oh my," Kawashima said. "You messed up something here."

"What now..." Chris asked bored.

"...Nope, you didn't mess up anything."

"Then why are you saying that?"

"Because...erm...um...something here was changed by somebody..."

And so they left the crystal room...

Summit

And appeared right back in front of the altar.

"What was all that just now?" Ike asked. "We were there, then we reappeared back here?"

"I dunno myself," Palom said. "Boy, that was awesome, don't you think? We were, like, spirited away from this place and taken to another place, where were spirited away again!"

"High five for that!" Popo said excited as both kids did a high five.

"..." Nana looked down. "That...reflection..."

"What is it?" Porom asked.

"When were there..."

Flashback

Crystal Room

Final Fantasy IV DS - The Lunarians

As Cecil and the shadow of himself remained silent due to Cecil listening to the shadow's talk, Nana saw the reflection behind the shadow.

In truth, the reflection worked like some kind of revealer. Everything that was reflected in there would show something like someone's true identity. She looked at everyone reflected in the mirrors.

However, there was Popo, who was grabbing hands with her.

"What?" she muttered. "Why is he..." She looked at her right, but Popo wasn't grabbing her hand. Instead, he was apparently making weird symbols with his hands (and albeit to say, his fingers were inside his fingerless-gloves). "But..." She looked back to the mirror, and both were smiling happily. "I...I don't understand why this is happening..."

She looked worried.

"...Is this...does that mirror reflect..." she wondered. "...Does it reflect how things should be, or does it reflects something else? Everything in this world is related to magic, and I could be right with my guesses..."

She saw both reflections waving at her.

"...What is the true meaning of this?" Nana asked. "Is this some kind of a clue?"

Summit

"Once I saw the reflections, they reflected Popo's attitude when he wasn't like this..." Nana said.

"It reflected how he behaved before?" Porom asked.

"Yes, but do you know why?"

"This is so hard..." Porom said. "I just knew about a place like that just a moment ago. I'm afraid I don't know."

"If that is right," Nana said as she looked at Popo talking with Palom (about socks on hands). "Then maybe I'm closer to find out about his true intentions..."

"...The voice called me his son..." Cecil said.

"Um, Cecil..." Porom looked ashamed. "We, Palom and I...we were..."

"Yes?"

"Everyone!" Tellah called from a few feet away. "We must leave this place and go to Mysidia! We have a deal to settle with Golbez!"

"How did he get farther away from us?" Ike asked.

Nana snapped out from her focus on Popo. "S-should we leave as well? I mean, we finished with that monster, right?"

"Oh, right," Cecil said. "What are you going to do now? You finished with the monster."

"We..." Ike thought for a moment. "...We don't have anywhere else to go."

"If I recall," Cecil began. "We could have ended up dead if it weren't for you all." He looked at Chris. "He is a summoner and I got puzzled about you 5."

Chris blushed embarrassed. "Y-you could say I'm full of surprises..."

"Maybe," Cecil said. "I saw all of you fighting and well...I was wondering if you could tag along with us a little longer."

The 3 older Smashers looked surprised.

"The reason why I wondered this is because of that boost of power that Scarmiglione got out of nowhere," Cecil explained. "Somehow I don't think that kind of power exists in this world."

Chris opened his mouth in shock.

"And I wondered about asking you to join us. Of course, you can leave us if you want, but..."

"W-we would like to!" Zelda suddenly spoke for everyone.

"Are you sure?" Cecil asked.

"Hamana-hamana-hamana."

"?"

"S-she means yes," Ike said as she stepped between them. "A-and as the leader of this group, I'd say yes. Let us join with you."

Cecil smiled and nodded. "Your help won't be misused with me."

"Alright, alright!" Palom said. "Let's go back to Mysidia and report to the elder about the spyi-hmhmhmhhmhhmhm!"

Porom blocked his mouth. "Let's go!" she said with a worried chuckle.

"Hmph," Tellah said as he walked to them. "You youngsters should leave the way back down to me."

"Are you going to carry us down?" Nana asked confused.

"No!" Tellah said. "I'm going to use Teleport to take us all back to the entrance. From there, we're going to start our way back to Mysidia."

"If you're going to use that spell, then we should get closer to you," Cecil said.

"Exactly. Everyone, get closer to me." Tellah started to focus. "Cast our souls to safety... Teleport!"

Everyone got covered by an unknown force before they disappeared out of sight.

Music stops

Overworld

"Kweh!"

"Whoa, awesome!" Palom exclaimed.

Once the 9 got back to the entrance of the mountain, they were met by a band of roaming wild Chocobos that happened to be nearby.

"Chocobos?" Tellah asked. "Yes, I believe there was a forest of them nearby."

"And to our luck," Cecil said. "We can use them to take us back to Mysidia. Monsters don't attack travelers with Chocobos."

"Are you sure we can ride them?" Ike asked. "They're wild, aren't they?"

"All the Chocobos in the world are docile and very friendly," Porom explained. "Besides having soft yellow feathers, they're well trained to be wild."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 01, 2009, 02:58:54 PM
Chris noticed that a Chocobo got closer to him. "Um, hello?" Chris greeted.

"...Kweh!" the Chocobo said happily before it rubbed its beak to Chris.

"...Wait a second...Lenne, is that you?"

"Kweh!" The Chocobo seemed to agree.

"Lenne!" Chris said happily as he hugged her. "Oh, I'm sorry for not calling you for a long while!"

"How do you know that's the same one?" Nana asked.

"Because she responded to her name?" Chris asked sarcastically.

Palom sniffed. "I like this kind of reunions..."

"Napkin?" Popo offered and sniffed, and both took napkins.

"Can we just go back to the village now?" Porom asked. "The Chocobos could run away if we don't hurry!"

The 9 decided to ride the Chocobos to go back to Mysidia. Each time a monster was spotted, it ran away because of them riding the Chocobos.

Ike, however, wondered why Zelda kept saying, "Hamana-hamana-hamana" all the way to Mysidia...

Their work wasn't done yet. Their reward? The Classic Mode's beginning.

"(Soon...)" Nana thought as she rode her own Chocobo. "(Soon I will find out the truth, Popo. There is definitely something weird with that attitude, and I'm going to find that out, once and for...I mean, I will find it very soon...)"

The 9 rode to the horizon, where Mysidia was located...

Preview of the next chapter

"And then I 'hic' decided to have a child with that man over 'hic' the street... Yahoo! We didn't 'hic' care about being men at all! 'Hic'!"

"..." Chris closed his eyes annoyed. "This is WHY I hate drunk people!"

...

"Pursuing A Blind Self. I like the sound of that title." Nana said.

"I liked mine better..." Popo said.

"Oh, you shut up!"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Mt. Ordeals
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Popo, Nana, Snake, Sonic, Cecil, Palom, Porom, Tellah
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 01, 2009, 08:49:45 PM
Chapter 138: Pursuing A Blind Self

Icicle Mountain
Home

Silence...only silence...

Her eyes shook in fear...

The 2 adoptive parents looked down in shame...

His eyes were the same as her...

"..." She frowned. "...So...you're not..."

"...I'm sorry..." she said. "...We're not your..."

"...It was so obvious from the very beginning..." she muttered. "We didn't look like anybody else here, and yet we followed the flow..."

"I'm sorry to say this to you, but that is the whole truth," he said. "It was a very cruel thing, but you 2 had another chance in life th-"

"S-shut up!" she yelled. "What do you really know?! I can't believe any of this!"

"P-please, calm down!" her brother yelled.

"How can I calm down after I heard that truth about us?!" she asked angrily. "They abandoned us, but why? Why?!"

"P-please, dear! Calm down!"

"I don't want to!" she yelled. "I...I'm going to..."

"Nana!"

"I'm going to find out by myself! I can take care of myself just fine!"

"Nana!"

"Y-you can't be serious!" he yelled.

"Watch me!" she yelled back. "I'm going to find about this than they know!"

"Nana!"

"This is the only thing I can do..." she muttered. "...But...you can do it too if you want to help me fin-"

"Nana!"

Mysidia
Village

"Nana!" Porom yelled again. "Nana, come back to your senses!"

"Huh?" Nana shook her head. "W-where are we?"

"Back in Mysidia," Porom said. "We were about to leave, but then we noticed you were still riding your Chocobo."

Nana looked at her Chocobo, who in return tilted its head curiously. "...Hey there..." Nana said depressed.

"You should let go of it," Cecil said. "We let go of ours a moment ago."

"..." Nana nodded and jumped off from the Chocobo. The bird chirped happily before it ran away to the east.

"Don't worry," Palom began. "We'll get you one for your birthday!"

"...Yes..." Nana muttered.

"Well, then. Let's go and meet the elder," Tellah said before he walked into the village with everyone else.

Porom walked to Nana. "I can tell by your face. You were remembering another moment, correct?"

"...You're sharp," Nana said as she forced a smile. "And yes, I was remembering."

"Okay," she said with a nod. "You can tell me all about it after we meet the elder."

"...Yes," she said with a nod as well.

Going through the village wasn't as disastrous as it was before. This time, the villagers looked amazed as they saw Cecil now turned into a paladin, and not as a dark knight.

"No way..." a White Mage muttered. "He was turned into a paladin?"

"This doesn't mean I forgive you!" a Black Mage yelled. "You changed into a paladin, so what?"

Cecil closed his eyes and tried his best to ignore them. "Let's keep walking."

Of course, since Tellah was a legendary sage to Mysidia...

"Is that Sage Tellah?" a different Black Mage asked.

"Oh my, he is!" another one said. "And...he is traveling with the paladin?"

"T-there's no way Tellah would travel with an assassin unless h-"

"You dare question Tellah? He's a very recognized sage in the whole world, idiot!"

"I-I didn't say he was evil, oh no!" he protested. "I-if he's traveling with the paladin, then that would mean we've been foolish to the paladin himself!"

"Say hello to Tellah," Palom began. "Anyone who travels with him surely is good at heart!"

"Bow to great Sage Tellah!" most of the mages of the village yelled before they bowed to Tellah as the group went towards the hall of prayer.

"That's right, worship me!" Palom yelled.

A tomato was thrown to his face from somewhere.

"And me!" Popo said.

2 tomatoes were thrown to him.

Then Palom got hit by another.

"Hmm..." Tellah scratched his forehead. "Boy, have I been this famous?"

"You mean you don't know your own popularity to all mages and scholars?" Porom asked.

"I simply studied to become useful in both teachings," Tellah said. "But I will use this power to kill Golbez!"

"Oh," Chris whispered to the others. "He's very stubborn if you mention Golbez. He's like that for all the remainder of this journey."

"Really..." Ike said. "Tellah, what would you do to Golbez if you were to find him in an alley?"

"Well, I would use Firaga, then Blizzaga, then Thundaga, then Bio, then Quake, then Tornado, then Bio again, then Holy, then Flare, the-

As a special note, Tellah wouldn't go farther after Thundaga since he has only 90 MP, and the 3 first spells he mentioned take 30 MP each, and thus he wouldn't use any other spells...

...Besides, Meteor has 99 MP, and it's impossible for him to use him at this point, and FOR ANOTHER ODD REASON, he CANNOT, I repeat, CANNOT increase it as he gain levels like everyone else does.


"-n Poison, then Bio, and for a finisher, Meteor!"

"...You do know that would take much more than your life, right?" Porom asked worried.

"I know!" Tellah said. "I don't care if I die for it as long as I take Golbez with me!"

"The elder is going to be against that idea of yours!" Porom said. "You don't care?"

"Heck, I will repeat it to him again!"

Hall of Prayer

"You do know that would take much more than your life, right?" the elder asked.

"You people don't understand my pain at all..."

"Stubborn as an old mutt, I see," the elder said before turning to Cecil. "And you managed to change into a paladin of light."

"Yes," Cecil said. "But the voice that told me to take the sword...it called me its son. Why?"

"Really?" the elder asked. "I do not know myself of such happening. Many old folklores roam Mt. Ordeals, but I don't know regardless."

"I see..." Cecil said.

"Oh, that sword!" The elder noticed Cecil's sword. "Let me see it."

"...Sure," said Cecil confused.

The elder looked at the sword's blade. "Oh! This is it. This sword has the legend written on its blade!"

Birthed from womb of Dragon's maw
And borne unto the stars
By light and darkness cast aloft
Are dreamtide oaths resworn
Moon is swathed in ever-light
Ne'er again to know eclipse
Earth, with hallow'd bounty reconciled

"What does it mean?" Cecil asked.

"It means we shoul-" Chris stopped. "I-it means...something...yes..."

"..." The elder shook his head. "This sword itself is the key to a greater discovery."

"The power to conquer the world?" Popo asked.

"No! This sword wasn't meant to do evil!" he yelled. "It was meant to banquish evil, and to be an important key to the ancient Mysidian legend of old. However, that moment is far away from happening."

"Elder," Porom spoke. "Nothing seemed suspicious about Cecil at all."

"What?" Cecil asked.

"I'm sorry," the elder apologized. "I sent both of them to spy on you. We were still worried about your previous actions on Mysidia that we came with this last option."

"We used our super powers to predict your welcome," Palom said.

"In other words," Porom began annoyed. "The elder used his magic to see what the future held for us, and thus he told us about your coming. I hope we didn't make you feel bad."

"No, it's okay," Cecil said. "I should have expected a treatment like that from you. After all, I'm ashamed of my actions."

"Very well," the elder said. "Thank you all for making sure Palom and Porom would return alive. I was relieved once I saw you with them, Tellah."

"They're surely very skilled for their age," Tellah said. "I give them that."

"Aw, please," Palom said as he blushed. "I'm cute, but almighty as we-"

"T-thank you so much, Tellah," Porom interrupted.

"Now, Cecil," the elder began. "You wish to return to Baron, right?"

"Yes," Cecil said. "Might I have a ship for the voyage?"

"No," he said. "You might want to use the Devil's Road."

"Wasn't that route sealed after the attack?" Porom asked.

"What's the Devil's Road?" Ike asked.

"The Devil's Road is an enchanted route that it's connected to Mysidia and Baron. We mainly used that for quick transportation to the continent, but it was sealed after that attack from the Red Wings," she explained.

"We can unlock the seal and let you use it," the elder said. "And you." He pointed at the Smashers. "You can wish to go to your way and leave Cecil and Tellah."

"We actually want to go with Cecil," Ike said. "I think he's good with that, right?"

"Well, you were a lot of help when we were at the mountain," Cecil said. "...But are you completely sure?"

"Sure," Ike said.

"Right," Chris said.

"Absolutely," Nana said.

"Right-o," Popo said.

"Haman-" Zelda got pushed by Ike. "Y-yes," she said.

"Again, thank you," Cecil said. "I grew uncomfortable after fighting Scarmiglione, and you proved yourselves strong against him. I want this journey to be as safe as possible."

"Then you should be on your way," the elder said. "May Mysidia's will go with you all."

The elder saw the group walking away...

But Palom and Porom were going as well.

"Palom, Porom." At the mention of their names, they turned around. "Return to your studies."

"Oh, c'mon, elder," Palom said with folded arms. "We came alive from that mountain of death, didn't we?"

"Doesn't that prove that we are ready to take care of ourselves now?" Porom asked.

"Well..." The elder wondered for a moment. "You certainly came alive, and helped Cecil as well... The thought about sending you with him could be dangerous..."

"Hmmmmmmmmmmm..." Both twins waited for an answer.

"...Very well," he said. "Cecil, Tellah, I'm letting them go with you. Please, take care of them should they get in trouble."

"I'll take full responsibility of them," Tellah said.

"Thank you, my friend."

"Let's go," Cecil said to the others.

Village's Marketplace

Final Fantasy IV DS - Mystic Mysidia

"!!!" The Black Mage of the store noticed Cecil and the others entering. His hand slowly reached for the sing that read "5000 Gil" for a Potion. "...S-Sage Tellah?!" he muttered in surprise as mentioned sage came from the door.

The mage kicked the sign away, and instead, he took one that read "1 Gil" and put it beside the Potions.

"W-welcome!" he greeted. "W-we're having a sale right now, so buy a lot, okay?"

"That's weird," Palom said. "You store owners are so grumpy with the prices. I mean, the paladin armor alone is too expensive."

"Shut up, you little brat," he sneered.

"I-I-" The other Black Mage behind the counter kicked away the expensive price for the armor and replaced it for 1000 Gil. "P-please, go ahead and buy it, Sage Tellah!"

"But I don't wear armor," Tellah said.

"T-then get it for the paladin that killed my brother!" he said happily with a nervous chuckle.

"That sounded so...twisted..." Ike commented. "(Not to mention he said it happily... Was his sister so bad to him?)"

Devil's Road Entrance

After getting a "reasonable" amount of 99 Potions, the group went to the building that had the mentioned road to Baron. Once they entered inside, all they found was a glowing seal with monuments around it.

"Is this the Devil's Road?" Zelda asked. "It's just some kind of warp point to me."

"Oh, that..." Porom trailed off. "To be precise, there's a road that connects to Baron, but it was sealed with magic and turned into a warp point to it. Once we step on the seal, it will take us to Baron. However, the trip is going to take a while because we're so many this time."

"It used to be a normal road before?" Ike asked.

"Yeah," Palom said. "And it will remain like that forever. It's not going to turn back to a road in some years or something like that."

"Let's get on it, then," Cecil said.

"I hope it doesn't have any kind of secondary effects for transporting 9 people..." Chris muttered.

And so, they stepped on it.

The seal glowed brighter, and they were covered in a bubble of light that disappeared in thin air.

Music stops

Devil's Road

"...My goodness..." Zelda commented.

"I didn't know someone could see this by going through the road," Porom said. "But it's too... It's like some sort of good dream."

The group looked amazed as they were traveling inside a bubble through the ocean and to the northeast, where Baron's direction was.

They saw many fishes swimming around, different kinds of jellyfishes, and all sorts of creatures in the ocean. The bubble that they were traveling in protected them from getting drowned, and it was quite spacious as well.

"So this is the world of Final Fantasy..." Chris muttered. "...I knew I loved this universe for some reason."

"Judging by the speed of the bubble," Tellah began. "We're going to reach Baron in some hours."

"Can I pop this up?" Popo asked.

"No!" Cecil suddenly spoke. "Think before doing something."

"It's useless..." Nana muttered as she sat down. "Popo can't even think anymore..."

Porom noticed Nana at the edge of the bubble, watching the fishes going by, and she walked to her and sat down to join her. "Do you think you can tell me more about your past?"

"..." Nana blinked at the fishes. "...Yes..."

"I'll be willing to listen to everything," Porom said. "Take your time."

"Thank you..."

Flashback

Icicle Mountain
Playgrounds

Final Fantasy IV DS - Rydia

"There was something that Popo and I always enjoyed. We always played with all the other Topis and Polar Bears. However, there was a time when we first met them..."

In the flashback, Popo and Nana (at a younger age) were shown walking to a playground made of ice and snow. They spotted all the kids playing around (mainly with snowballs) and both decided to walk to them.

"Heeeeeeey!" Popo called out. "Can we play?"

All the other kids looked at their direction and they instantly got confused looks. "Um...who are you?" a Topi asked.

"Popo and Nana," Nana said. "We're twins and siblings."

"But..." he continued. "Why do you 2 look...so different?"

"Different?" Popo and Nana looked at each other. "What's different?"

"Um..." He played with his hands. "W-well...don't you see? You 2 look very different than anybody here..."

Popo and Nana looked at all the kids, everyone in the whole park looking at their direction. "...Really?" Popo asked. "I don't understand."

"He says," a small (but still taller) Polar Bear began. "That you 2 aren't Topis or Polar Bears like us. What's the point of that?"

"Weird," Popo said. "Dad told us that we weren't going to look different to anybody."

"Thing is, you 2 DO look weird with us," he said. "And why do you want to play with us?"

"Because...we're bored?" Nana asked.

"Oh, no," he continued. "You can't play with us."

"Why?" Popo asked.

"You're very different, that's all I want to say," he said before turning to walk away back to the others.

The twins looked at the Topi, unsure of what he heard. "U-um...sorry..." he said (somewhat disappointed) before running away to the snow.

"I would understand that," Porom said. "You 2 were different for them."

"And yet we were naive," Nana said. "We were very young at that time, and we couldn't tell the difference."

"...Does that mean they don't want to play with us?" Nana asked.

"I guess..." Popo said depressed. "Let's just make a snowman over there. There's a lot of snow."

"However," Nana said with a smile. "Let's just say that being kids at that age was so fun."

The 2 young eskimo kids walked to a huge pile of snow and started to pick small amounts of snow to make a snowball. A time passed, and the first part of the snowman's body was complete.

"Hey," Popo said with a chuckle. "We made this one so big."

In truth, the ball was 3 times their size.

"Heheheh, cool," Nana said. "Let's make it even bigger!"

Popo agreed happily and they started to make the lower part even bigger.

Each time they slammed snow on it, they laughed happily as it became bigger and bigger. Both were blind at the notion of time that the ball grew up to 6 times their size.

"Sweet!" Popo said. "Look at this!"

"Beautiful!" Nana said happily. "Let's make the head now!"

"I can't forget that part," Nana said. "I really, but really had so much fun for a pretty long while and...with Popo...when he was so happy with me. I always felt so happy when Popo laughed with me. I just can't forget that! It's a treasured memory I don't wish to forget!"

"So, was that all?"

"No... It kept going better."

As the 2 worked on their snowman, the same Topi that ran away suddenly appeared and looked amazed at the size of the snowman. "W-wow!" he said. "T-that has to be the biggest snowman in the whole playground!"

"It is?" both Ice Climbers asked as they peered from the top.

"Y-you made this?" the Topi asked.

Popo and Nana looked at each other before looking down at him. "O-of course we did!" Popo said. "We always do this a lot of times, but I think we went too far!"

"You went too far?" he repeated. "But I think this snowman could go through all the days without melting! I-in fact...I think you 2 broke a record with it!"

"We did?"

"Y-yes!"

It seemed that the Topi was forgetting the fact that Popo and Nana looked different.

"Well..." Nana looked at him. "Why don't you help us?"

"Huh?"

"I mean, we could make it EVEN bigger with your help."

"It's like playing!" Popo said. "Why don't you join us?"

"R-really? Can I?" the Topi asked.

"Yes!" both said.

"Y-yay!" he said happily as he hopped. "L-let me go get more snow!"

"We couldn't believe it," Nana said. "We got our first friend because of our hobbies with the snow."

The Topi came back, carrying a lot of snow on his hands before dropping it close. He later went back for more, and he kept going like that until he gathered more snow. Soon, the 3 kids started to make the snowman even bigger than before.

And Nana liked their laughs.

"...Huh?" Popo looked down from the 8 feet snowman. "What do you want?"

The Topi and Nana looked down to find a lot of kids admiring the snowman in complete awe. For their surprise, it seemed that all the kids in the playground were there, as the stuff around the same area was completely abandoned.

"H-hey," the same Polar Bear from before began. "W-we saw you building that big snowman from over there, and we thought it looks...kind of cool...I mean, the size and everything..."

"T-the point is," another Topi (girl) began. "W-we wanna play with it, and make it bigger!"

"Hmm?" Nana tilted her head. "But we thought we looked "different" like you said before..."

"I-I think I was a little bit mean with you," the bear said. "A-appearances...um...is that the word? T-they don't mean anything because you don't look that different from us..."

A silence fell in.

"Oh, screw that! W-we want to play with you!"

Soon, all the kids begged to play with Popo and Nana. Both's eyes shook in surprise as they looked around at all the kids who "rejected" them before wanting to play with them.

"I-I think they think you 2 aren't that different because of the snowman," the Topi from before said. "Is that good?"

Popo and Nana looked at each other. "...Totallly!" they said happily.

"Nobody cared about our appearances," Nana narrated. "We let everyone play with us and the snowman. We played, we laughed, we chuckled, we gathered snow together, we played more and more. We continued for a really long while until the sunset came. I was so happy to see our snowman standing between all of us and the playground. You should have seen it... I could practically see sparkles of light around the snow that made up the snowman itself."

Sunset arrived, and all the kids formed a big circle around the snowman. Everyone had mouths of awe at the man of snow in the middle of the playground.

"...It's awesome..." Popo muttered. "We made art with this..."

"And it looks like it's going to stay there for a long time," Nana said.

"Hey..." The same Polar Bear went to them. "I...I'm sorry for telling you that early...you know?"

"Aw, we don't care anymore," Popo said. "We kinda forgot that part when you first came to the snowman."

"U-um..."

"Look!" Nana said a little bit annoyed. "Just let's be friends and forget all about that! We already proved that being different doesn't matter. We had so much fun together, didn't we?"

"Y-yes, we did."

"So!" Popo spoke up. "Let's be friends, play together tomorrow, go on a field trip, do shennanigans or something, then get profit, then pie!"

"..." Everyone remained silent.

"...Popo," Nana said worried. "That seemed a little bit too stupid, no offense..."

"...Heheh..." the first Topi chuckled. "...Hahahah..."

"Hahahahah..." the bear laughed. "Hahahahaha..."

Popo and Nana noticed all the kids chuckling uncontrollably before they all broke out laughing at Popo's comment. Nana blushed embarrassed and Popo facepalmed with a frown.

"Y-you guys are funny!" the bear said.

"What?" they asked shocked.

"Bingo," Nana said with an amused but bored look. "Popo saved our first meeting."

"T-that joke you made, it was funny!" he said. "Man, I can't believe I was going to ignore you!"

"Yeah!" another Polar Bear said. "I think I can live with it pretty well, you know, being different."

Popo and Nana looked down.

"But don't get depressed!" another Topi said. "You're different, so what? It doesn't matter! We had fun!"

"Y-yes, we did," Nana said as she blushed. "We did have lots of fun, right Popo?"

"Y-yeah!" Popo said embarrassed. "Thank you, you guys!"

"We were so happy....so, but so happy that day."

"Did you bother to ask for their names?" Porom asked.

Nana nodded. "Yes, but don't ask me for my dad's name..."

"And his name is?" Porom teased.

"..."

Home

"Mommy," Nana began. "Why's my dad's name Hipolito?"

At that mention, her dad lowered the (ice) newspaper from the (ice) couch and glared at her. "Honey! I told you not to tell her my name!"

"Hipolito! Hipolito! My dad's name's Hipolito!" Popo teased.

"That's it," Hipolito (the author: "snickers") looked at Popo. "No more TV for you!"

"..." Porom remained silent.

"No comments, please," Nana said a little bit mad. "I have a dad with the weirdest name ever."

"...Sooooooooo...what else happened?"

"I had the best childhood I could ever wish for," Nana said. "Everytime I remember it, I can't help but smile. It was so easy to get friends because many were young and you know it's easy to make friends when you're young."

"True," she said.

"Anyway, years passed, and after our parents gave us our alpinist stuff, we decided to try it out."

Very close to the playground, many kids seemed to be climbing a nearby wall of rocks and snow. They all yelled, laughed, chuckled, and played as they climbed. It was safe to play there because many snow pilled up together below the wall, and if anybody fell, he or she would fall right straight into the snow and be safe.

"Check out our climbing stuff!" Popo yelled as he and Nana made their way there. "Our present from our parents!"

"Sweet!" the first Topi friend they made a long time ago said. "Try it out!"

"Oh," the Polar Bear (same one that they met) began. "Let's make this even better. Let's do races to the top of the wall!"

"Races?" Nana asked.

"Yeah. The wall is like 30 feet tall, and it's easy to climb it. Buuuuuuuuuut..."

"But?" Popo asked.

"But we're going to do this...in teams of 2."

"Teams of 2?" the Topi asked.

"Oh, come on, Tod," Popo said (addressing the Topi). "I think Nana and I are up for it, right Nana?"

"B-but I already said earlier that it could b-" Nana was interrupted.

"About that," Tod began. "Bereck throws snow when you're not looking..."

"What?" Nana glared up at Bereck (the Polar Bear). "I knew those snowballs didn't fall from somewhere, then. So it was you after all!"

Bereck flushed and looked away. "O-of course it wasn't me!"

"Oh, it was you!" Tod yelled. "You always play a lot with us, and I've seen you tossing snowballs when the others aren't looking!"

"You weren't supposed to say th-" Bereck looked worried at Nana. "Uh-oh."

Nana shook with rage. "...You. The wall. Us. Revenge. NOW," Nana said in a threatening voice.

"Y-yes..." Bereck sighed. "I hate you, Tod, I really hate you." he muttered.

"Now, the big difference between us and everyone was that everyone had their stuff before. We kind of got ours late. We were used to climb the wall because we always lend stuff to anyone. Okay, after I stated my revenge upon Bereck and gathering everyone to pick a partner, we prepared ourselves to climb the wall..."

"Okay," Popo began. "At the count of 3, the 5 teams will begin to climb this wall. Are you sure you're ready?"

Many cheered as a response. Many other kids watched from the trees in excitement for the race.

"Then I'll start the countdown!" Bereck offered. "Okay!

Moment of silence.

"3!"

Everyone got confused as the Polar Bear and Tod began to climb the wall.

"Hey! Not fair!" Nana yelled. "Oh, screw that. Popo! Let's go and beat the snot out of that shorts guy!"

Many cheers blared out as the teams began climbing the wall slowly. Every partner made sure that the ice screws were well attached to the wall before going up and putting another ice screw. Bereck and Tod were at an advantage than the others (obviously).

Nana pouted a little. "Okay, you're going down!"

"P-please, don't hate me because I'm with him!" Tod pleaded.

"You continue climbing!" Bereck yelled.

Popo and Nana struggled to do their work faster to pass the 2 (and they felt sorry for Tod being dragged into this).

"Sorry for telling you this, but I'll have to skip it a little bit ahead," Nana said.

The scene got into fast forward.

Then it stopped as Popo and Nana were close to reach the goal like Bereck and Tod were.

"Aw god!" Bereck saw the 2 climbing faster. "They're going faster now! Tod! Hurry!"

Too bad the Topi was out of cold. He was hanging upside-down with the rope tightly hanging him from his leg, and below Bereck as well.

"Tod! What the hell happened to you?!" Bereck asked.

"You...yelling too much...me...getting so nervous..." Tod managed to say. "So...rry..."

Bereck heard the sound of 2 people cheering above the wall. His jaw opened as he looked at Popo and Nana on the top of the wall. "...Dammit!" he cursed, banging his fist on the wall...

And accidentally cracking it a little bit to make him (and Tod) fall all the way down to the snow bed.

"We did it, we did it, we did it, we did it, we did it," Popo and Nana said as they danced together. "You didn't, you didn't, you didn't, you didn't, you didn't."

The kids cheered loudly from down below at their victory. The other teams managed to get to the top and congratulated the climbers for winning the race. They all decided to jump all the way down to the snow bed, and get cheered by everyone else.

Bereck sat up from the hole he made and spat snow out. Nana walked to him. "Sweet, sweet revenge," she said with a small grin and crossed arms.

"Hmmmmmmmm..." Bereck fell down on his back.

"I'm innocent..." said a nearby Tod.

"From that moment, Popo and I started to win a lot of times in the wall races. We always improved everytime we won, because some...well...some exagerated that Popo and I were so fast in climbing."

"And then you got that nickname."

"Ice Climbers," Nana said. "A nickname I don't want to remember anymore..."

End of flashback

Devil's Road

Fishes swam away as the bubble crossed the ocean. Nana looked up to the surface and sighed. "Well, thank you for making me remember all the happy times I had with...him... But after that, things went out of control..."

"Why?" Porom asked.

"Because...I bothered myself to wonder the difference between us and the kids...and that started a lot of bad and heartbreaking events."

"We're going to arrive to Baron shortly," Tellah interrupted both girls.

"...I'm going to tell you more later," Nana said as she stood up with Porom. "I feel I can remember the next part."

"Take your time," Porom said. "I'm not rushing you."

"Thanks again."

"Hmm..." Cecil looked at the ocean. "This was probably near where the ship got attacked by Leviathan... I don't know if anyone survived, though."

"Don't worry," Ike said (as they passed just below a familiar fainted bard floating on the water, going to the west, where Troia was located). "I'm sure they're okay as you."

"..." Tellah looked around. "Strange, I think I sensed Edward's presence for a moment."

Out of all the group, Chris was the one who watched the bard for a moment. However, he decided not to tell anyone so the storyline wouldn't get messed. "I-I think his spirit is following us... May he rest in peace with Anna."

"Amen," Tellah said.

"(Poor guy...)"

And the bubble went to the northeast.

"Hmm..." Chris wondered. "Now that I think about it, I wanted to know how Eblan got attacked, but I guess I won't get to see it. I don't think something stupid happened with Edge there when Rubicante killed their parents."

Eblan
Castle

To the southwest laid the continent where Eblan was located. Around the time the group traveled to Baron through the ocean, a ninja jumped out from the window of the throne room and waved at the king and queen.

"Bye Father! Bye Mother! I"m going for a walk!" Edge yelled happily.

Edward "Edge" Geraldine is the prince of the ancient island kingdom of Eblan. Edge's confidence in his own abilities is complete. He is quick to anger, but his explosive nature is balanced by an overwhelming sense of justice. He also likes to flirt with beautiful women as well.

"That son of ours never changes, doesn't he?" the king of Eblan asked.

"Just like you, dear," her wife said. "Wild and young during your childhood."

"HEEEEEEEEEEEY!" Edge called from the desert. "I'll be back soon! Don't get killed or something like that!" he yelled with a laugh before he ran away.

"...Quite the buffoon as well," the king joked.

"Like you," she said bored.

It was a matter of time before a man cloaked in a red veil appeared behind them. "Good afternoon," he said.

"And who might you be?" the king of Eblan asked.

"Rubicante," the man introduced himself as fire swirled around him. "And this is the last time you'll see Eblan with your own eyes..."

Baron
Town

Final Fantasy IV DS - Welcome to our Town!

A bright red light was seen over the southwestern seas, but it later faded as the 9 walked out from a small building, having crossed the Devil's Road.

"Here we are at last," Cecil said as the citizens walked around the town. "Baron, where Golbez is."

"He should be at the castle, am I right?" Zelda asked.

"Definitely," Cecil said. "And he probably imprisoned some friends of mine as well. I hope they're well."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 04, 2009, 09:06:30 PM
Some nearby citizens seemed to be talking, and they managed to overheard them. "Have you heard?" one asked. "There have been reports that some monsters appear only at night."

"Really?" his friend asked. "Well, I heard some weird ruins appeared to the north, close to the waterfall. They appeared out of nowhere, and some scholars went to investigate it a while ago."

"I'm quite worried about the monsters, though," he said. "They said they looked fearsome and more dangerous than the normal monsters out here. That's not all, they mentioned that those monsters don't attack towns, but they prefer to roam about and...stare at the moon..."

"HEY!" Popo appeared between them. "What're you talking about?"

"Yeah!" Palom joined in. "Spill the beans!"

"Uah!" both yelled before running away in a panic.

"Hmm," Popo hmm'd. "Weirdoes."

"Popo..." Ike looked bored as they walked to him. "That was completely unnecessary..."

"It was?" Palom asked.

"We shouldn't bother with those things," Tellah said. "We have to get to the castle and face off with Golbez."

"I don't think it will be easy," Cecil said. "The guards probably won't let us through by simply asking."

"Then..." Zelda trailed off. "...We have to enter inside by sneaking our way through?"

"It...seems that way..." Cecil said unsure. "However, I heard there was a waterway inside the town that connected with the castle. Actually, the door to it is nearby."

Cecil walked to the west and they followed him. Soon enough, they found a locked door.

"This should be the door," Cecil said as he tried to open it. "But it's locked."

"Why don't we blast it apart?" Palom asked with magic ready.

"No!" Cecil yelled. "We mustn't draw attention! If we destroy it, someone could report this to the guards, and then they would chase us down."

"Aww, you're not funny," Palom said disappointed before Porom whacked his head. "Oww!"

"May I suggest to look around the town?" Porom asked. "We could find something useful if we do that."

"It may be for the best..." Ike said.

"Let's start with the inn," Cecil said. "There's a pub in there, and pubs are always full of vital information about everything in Baron."

"(...Oh no...)" Chris remembered something. "(At this point of the game, Cecil would have to find Yang, but Yang should be at the inn. And then if we do find him there, we would have to fight him because he was brainwashed by Golbez after marooning here...)"

"Let's go to the inn," Cecil said. "The sooner, the better."

Chris gulped as they entered inside the inn...

Inn

"The pub is up ahead," Cecil said, pointing to the stairs beside the counter. "Wish for the best in there."

"(I wish I wasn't here...)" Chris thought worried.

"Chris," Ike began. "You look kind of preocuppied. What's wrong?"

"I'll tell you what's wrong," Chris whispered. "At this part of the game, there should be a friend of Cecil up there that got brainwashed by Golbez, and then he would fight us after defeating some soldiers... If I'm right, then we would have to go through that part as well."

"...I see..." Ike whispered. "But we don't have any choice, do we?"

"No..." Chris cried toon tears. "I don't want to get punched in the face...or kicked..."

"...Let's see what we find before trying to predict a fight."

"Ike, you don't understand!" Chris whispered loudly. "We'll have to fight in the pub very, but very soon! What can't you understand?"

And they walked to the pub...

...And found 3 drunks having a good time.

"..." Chris sweatdropped. "...Oh...OH...OH..."

"What the..." Cecil stepped forward in surprise.

Between the 2 guards, there was a monk of Fabul. This monk was rather muscular (but since everyone was in DS looks, it was hard to tell if he was muscular or not), a small ponytail was hanging from the top of his head, a small yellow mustache underneath his nose, he wore red pants, yellow belt, arabian-looking shoes, and he also had sun tattoos on his shoulders. This monk was Yang

Yang Fang Leiden is the grandmaster of the monks of Fabul. Yang's body and mind alike have been tempered and honed through years of intense training. He was separated with Cecil after Leviathan attacked the ship they were traveling on, and he ended up in Baron, where he was mysteriously changed...

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAw!!!" yelled a drunk Yang. "Tis be it, mah bois! We found golden...gold!!!"

Final Fantasy VI Advance - Johnny C. Bad

"Yang!" Cecil yelled as he ran to him.

The 2 guards (also drunk) turned around and looked at Cecil. "H-hey, ish the traitor of dah Red Wings, Chechil..." he said.

Cecil looked a little bit alarmed.

"Yeah..." the other said as his head twirled around. "Y-you gotta be shtupid to show yer face 'round here, idiot..."

"Totally..." the other guard said. "Let 'hic' here be blood! Let 'hic' here be alcohol!"

"Shex!"

"Women!"

"Money!"

"Drugs!

"Drugged women with...shex and money!"

"Yeehaw!" the 2 yelled excited before they passed out and fell down to the floor.

Cecil didn't even care about whatever they said and sighed in relief.

"Daddy, daddy, what's shex?" Popo asked to Tellah.

"Oh, my, this is so ridiculous..." muttered Tellah in annoyance.

"Chechil!" Yang yelled as he raised a cup. "Hurray for your 'hic' survival, bruddha!"

"Yang..." Cecil looked confused. "First of all, my name is Cecil, and secondl-"

"Ya don't tell me who yer're called 'hic', Betil..." Yang said.

"It's Cecil," Zelda said.

"Tetil?"

"Cecil," Ike said.

"Betty?"

"Cecil!" Porom yelled.

"Yetil?"

"Cecil!" Nana yelled.

"Yutil?"

"CECIL!" Chris yelled. "C-E-C-I-L, Cecil!"

"Aw, please," Yang said as he tilted to the sides. "Ya dunno his real name...'hic'... The name's Captain Bon Voyage...'hic'..."

"Oh my goodness," Porom said worried. "He's way too drunk for his own good... This is so bad, it really is."

"Are you kidding me?" Palom asked. "This is so darn awesome!"

"Drunk people should become presidents!" Popo proclaimed.

"Yeah!" Yang yelled. "Let Yung be president 'hic' or whatever that is..."

"Your name is Yang," Cecil corrected. "And you're the opposite of normal now. Yan-"

"Wanna know what I 'hic' did yeshterday?" Yang asked. "I tell ya all... So then I was 'hic' having an affair..."

He suddenly felt asleep on the chair.

"...Sir Yang, sir?" Porom asked. "Are yo-"

The monk looked up suddenly, and Porom backed away.

"And then I 'hic' decided to have a child with that man over 'hic' the street... Yahoo! We didn't 'hic' care about being men at all! 'Hic'!"

"..." Chris closed his eyes annoyed. "This is WHY I hate drunk people!"

"You tell me," Ike said. "This situation is so...odd and weird..."

"Party time!" Yang proclaimed. "Let's 'hic' have fun all night!"

"I'm surprised," Porom remarked. "He seems to be very drunk from I see on his face. I wonder if the owner of the pub hasn't stopped from giving him more sake."

"S-sir..." the owner of the pub said as he stood up from across the counter. The group noticed that he was badly hurt on his entire body. "D-don't you think you had one too many already?"

"SHUT UP!" Yang yelled as he hiccuped. "Ya're gonna give 'hic' ol' Yang his baby, or ye're gonna respond to my 'hic' FISTS OF FURY!"

"N-no!" the bartender said in fear. "P-please, no more of your fists! H-here you go..." The bartender took a sake and pushed it gently towards the monk before he ducked in fear.

Yang took the sake and dropped all its contents in his mouth, around 70 percent falling off as he tossed it behind his shoulder. "Y-y-y-yeehaw..." he said happy.

"We seriously need to take him out of here," Tellah said. "I can't stand the odor of sake much longer."

"Sorry for asking," Chris began. "But will Esuna heal his drunkness?"

"I'm afraid not," Porom said. "Esuna cures illnesses, and being drunk was cataloged as something natural..."

"How can you call that natural?" Zelda asked.

"Yeah..." Yang said. "Why do ya 'hic' call that...that...?"

"I don't understand human anatomy very well yet," Porom said. "But we really have to take him away from this place..."

"I BEG OF YOU!" the bartender yelled, most of them ignoring him for his dismay.

"Can't we keep him like this?" Palom asked. "I like him this way."

"Yeah, let's do that!" Popo said excited.

The other 7 looked at Yang.

"Wanna go to bed with 'hic' me?" Yang asked. "I have 'hic' a good fun reserved for ya..." He fell down the chair and got knocked out.

Annoyed, the 7 looked at the boys and said in a threatening voice, "NO."

"Just one night with the bed with him!" Popo said. "C'mon!"

"NO!"

"Then..." Zelda looked at Yang. "We may as well put him to bed." She looked at Palom and Popo. "ALONE."

Both groaned out loud.

"..." Ike ducked to inspect the guards. "What do we do with them? Aren't they part of Baron?"

"Yes, they are," Cecil said. "We should take them somewhere close to the castle while they're fainted. They shouldn't remember anything that happened today."

"In that case, we should take the guards out of here (Bartender: Thank you!) and get Yang to bed."

"Good idea," Cecil said. "Let's wait for him to get well before doing something else. We should also rest for the night to wait for him." He looked at Zelda.

"...Why are you looking at me like that?" Zelda asked. "(N-not here if you think what I'm thinking... I-I mean, never!)"

"I thought you could take care of Yang (Yang: 'hic') for the night so he doesn't do anything weird and...out of place."

"W-why me?"

"You don't want to?"

Zelda blushed. "W-well, if you say so..."

Music stops

8 hours later...

The night came in, and the 9 were resting on the beds of the inn. The owner of the same establishment was utterly happy for stopping the guards (and even Yang) from doing a big racket that he let them stay for the night for free.

And also, when we mean 9, we mean everyone but Zelda, who was sitting near Yang's bed.

Also, she looked exhausted.

"H-heeeeeeeeeeeey..." Yang said through his dreams. "I'm a better guy...chick..."

Zelda lowered her head in shame.

"Get undressed..." he muttered. "Let's do merry together..."

She cried toon tears. "(Why did I ever accept this task?)" she thought in shame. "(Zelda, you're stronger than this. You mustn't fall for others that easily...)"

Yang giggled. "Girl, you surely know how to please a man..."

"(Wait a minute...)" Zelda realized something. "(Did Cecil put me in this because he didn't want to do it himself, and because I'm a girl, and Yang would probably get "interested" in him than me during this night? ...The nerve of that man!)" She glared at Cecil, who was sleeping some beds away. "(...)" She blushed embarrassed. "(S-stop thinking he looks cute when he's sleeping!)" she yelled mentally.

Near her, 2 beds were empty...

Town

A lonely figure was sitting close to the fountain of the town. She looked up to the moon and sighed in depression. "Mom... Dad... What are you doing now?" she asked. "I'm doing very well here, and Popo keeps acting like...I don't want to say this to you... As for me, I think I'm doing rather well."

"Talking to your parents?"

Nana turned around and saw Porom walking to her. "Y-yes." She blushed. "B-but not the ones I have, but the ones I should have had..."

"I know the feeling," Porom said as she sat besides her. "I myself go out from time to time to speak to the air, and get to talk to my own parents to tell them about. Good thing I do this at night where nobody would hear me."

"Yes..." Nana said before she looked down. "A good thing, isn't..."

"...Nana, it's fine. You can tell me more."

Nana looked at her worried.

"I suppose the next part is a heartbreaking part for yourself, right?"

"It...is..." Nana said. "...But I have to tell you this so you can understand better..."

Porom patted her back. "You can do this. I'm here to make you feel fine with yourself. If you start crying, I'll try to stop your tears."

"...Thank you..." Nana whispered before she looked up at the moon. "Remember when I mentioned that we didn't care about looking different than anybody else?"

"Yes."

"Well...many days after we were called the Ice Climbers...I discovered something very...horrible..."

Flashback

Icicle Mountain
Home

It was night, and a blizzard raged outside. The igloo where Popo and Nana lived was peaceful for such a climate, and both were quite busy inside.

"Nana!" her mother called out. "Go to the attic and if you can find bed sheets for tonight! It's getting colder and I don't want you 2 to get a cold!"

"Yes!" Nana called from her room as she went upstairs.

"And another thing, Popo," Hipolito said to Popo. "I know you know my name, but if someone asks for my name, you're going to say my name is Hip."

"Hip?" Popo chuckled.

"You try to chuckle one more time, and I'll confiscate your ice slider, young man!"

"So can I put you a belt on?"

"Yeah, you can put me a belt o-HEY!"

Her wife couldn't help but chuckle.

"While they were laughing, I was looking around for mantles because the night was getting really cold. Unfortunately, I didn't find the mantles my mom mentioned, and I kept looking around the attic. I know an igloo should be small, but the igloos around the neighborhood were like normal houses," Nana narrated. "I looked, and looked, but couldn't find what I wanted to find... However, I found something I shouldn't have found..."

"Huh?" Nana wiped some dust from a box and opened it. "What's this?" She put her hand inside and took 2 small mantles. "Too bad, these aren't big enough for us." She began to shake them. "I should clean them a little bit, though..."

As she made wind and dust, 2 notes fell off from within the mantles and landed close to her. The pink Ice Climber stopped shaking the mantles and looked down at the notes.

"What are these, how to clean them?" Nana asked as she took both letters. "Heheh, maybe these are love letters from my parents. They look old and rusty and..."

Silence...

"...To the enthusiastic boy in the blue eskimo, we named him Popo. And to gorgeous girl in the pink eskimo, we named her Nana..." she read. "We can't raise children... We're so poor and ill, and we can't let our children live in the conditions we're in. We can't do anything for them, and we just can't ask someone to raise them because we don't want anyone to think awful things about us..."

"I read everything...everything...and absolutely everything written on the notes..."

"...And..."

"...And I..."

"...What is this?" Nana asked. "Why are these notes here? I mean, what do they mean? They sound like our parents wanted to abandon us from the beginning or something...but we have our parents right here in this home... And suicide ourselves? They're not like that at all. They're not emo or whatever the word means... Unless... Wait a minute..."

"And then, a memory hit me; the same memory I had when we first met the kids."

"Um...who are you?" a Topi asked.

"Popo and Nana," Nana said. "We're twins and siblings."

"But..." he continued. "Why do you 2 look...so different?"

"Different?" Popo and Nana looked at each other. "What's different?"

"Um..." He played with his hands. "W-well...don't you see? You 2 look very different than anybody here..."

Popo and Nana looked at all the kids, everyone in the whole park looking at their direction. "...Really?" Popo asked. "I don't understand."

"He says," a small (but still taller) Polar Bear began. "That you 2 aren't Topis or Polar Bears like us. What's the point of that?"

"Weird," Popo said. "Dad told us that we weren't going to look different to anybody."

"Thing is, you 2 DO look weird with us," he said. "And why do you want to play with us?"

"Because...we're bored?" Nana asked.

"Oh, no," he continued. "You can't play with us."

"Why?" Popo asked.

"You're very different, that's all I want to say," he said before turning to walk away back to the others.


"Different..." Nana repeated. "...Why different?"

"Since I was older, I began to understand more well..."

"...Different from anyone else..." Nana wondered. "...The fact that we don't look like Topis, or Polar Bears, and the fact that we don't have snouts or fur...and the fact that Polar Bears don't wear clothes, and Topis don't wear any underwear...that would mean..."

Nana dropped the notes to the floor.

...But she blushed embarrassed.

"All the Topis in here are naked, and even my own dad is naked as well!" she yelled. "...Oh, wait, fur counts as clothes for them..."

She took back the notes and read them again.

"...Different...from anyone else..." she muttered. "Suicide ourserlves because we're poor and ill...and we can't raise children...and we had to...abandon them..." She wondered more. "Different...abandon...take care of them as they were your own children...as they were your own children..."

Her hands began to shake as the grip on the letters became stronger.

"As they were your own children...because we can't raise them..." Her voice seemed to turn sad. "...Different...you don't look like anyone here...raise them for us...give them all the love they want..." She looked up. "Then if I'm right..."

"And then...I realized it..."

"...OH, DAMMIT!" Nana yelled loudly as she ran back down.

"I became full of complete sadness after I thought again. I became both sad and furious about this. All, no, everything, but every single detail made sense that night. I ran down, stopping on the stairs, trying to forget what I found out, but I just couldn't. I wanted to know more about this. My "parents" should know about this, and if they were...then the notes would mean everything I wanted to find out..."

Hip (real name) saw her daughter stopping down the stairs. "What's wrong, Nana? Did you find a spider? You look weird."

"NO, I DIDN'T!" Nana yelled angrily.

"Now, now, you shouldn't ge this angry," her mother said. "It was just a spi-"

"Shut up, Ophelia!"

"Nana!" Ophelia (her mother's name) said. "Why are you telling me to shut up? I'm your own mother!"

"She shouldn't have said that..."

"You? My mother?" Nana asked. "What kind of lie is that? You're not my mother!"

"W-what?" Ophelia asked in shock. "W-why are you saying that?"

"Nana!" Hip walked to her. "Behave yourself!"

"Shut up, Hipolito!" Nana yelled. "All of you, SHUT UP NOW!!!"

"N-Nana!" Popo called from their room. "Why are you yelling like that?"

"Because these 2 lied to us both!" Nana yelled. "They're not our parents!"

"We are your parents!" Hip yelled. "Nana, please, stop being stresse-" He was interrupted as Nana showed him the notes, right in front of his face.

"See these?!" she asked, tears strolling down her cheeks. "These prove my point in detail!"

"...N-no..." Hip muttered as he shook his head. "N-no..."

"...So it's true?!" Nana asked, demanding her answer.

"W-what is true?" Popo asked as he walked to her.

Nana shoved the notes to his hands and Popo looked worried before looking at the notes. "Now you see?!" she asked before she turned at them. "Why?! Why didn't you tell us this before?!"

"...I..." Popo shook his head in disbelief, and he dropped the notes to the floor by accident.

"Because you were so young back then, and because you wouldn't understand!" Ophelia yelled. "We took you both here so you wouldn't die out there in the snow!"

"B-but..." Nana shook her head a lot of times.

"Nana, hear me!" Ophelia yelled. "Aren't you happy to be alive, and have a home where someones loves you so much as we do?! Tell me that!"

"Honey! Calm down!" Hip yelled.

"I..." Ophelia looked down. "...I'm sorry..."

Popo's jaw dropped a little at her statement. "...Then..."

Nana covered her face to stop the tears from falling off.

Hip looked down in shame.

Ophelia felt horrible from inside her mind.

Silence...only silence...

Nana's eyes shook in fear...

The 2 adoptive parents looked down in shame...

Popo's eyes slowly turned the same as hers...

"..." Nana frowned. "...So...you're not..."

"...I'm sorry..." Ophelia said. "...We're not your..."

"...It was so obvious from the very beginning..." Nana muttered. "We didn't look like anybody else here, and yet we followed the flow..."

"I'm sorry to say this to you, but that is the whole truth," Hip said. "It was a very cruel thing, but you 2 had another chance in life th-"

"S-shut up!" Nana yelled. "What do you really know?! I can't believe any of this!"

"P-please, calm down!" Popo yelled.

"How can I calm down after I heard that truth about us?!" she asked angrily. "They abandoned us, but why? Why?!"

Popo backed away, but he looked down in pure disbelief.

"P-please, dear! Calm down!" Ophelia pleaded.

"I don't want to!" she yelled. "I...I'm going to..." She looked down and clenched her fists. "I'm going to find out by myself! I can take care of myself just fine!"

"W-what?" both of them asked in shock.

"A-are you planning to go out there and try to find your real parents?!" Hip asked. "No! I can't allow you to do that! I would feel ashamed to let my own daught-"

"I'M NOT YOUR DAUGHTER, DAMMIT!" Nana yelled loudly.

Hip gasped and backed away in shame.

"...You make me sick..." Nana snarled. "...You 2 kept this for so long that it kept getting worse and worse until it fell down on all of us. I'm going out to find my parents!"

"Y-you can't be serious!" Popo yelled, breaking his calmness. "Besides, the notes said they...they..."

"...At least I'm going to find their corpses, bury them, then live far away from these 2!"

"Nana, please!" Ophelia pleaded as she tried to stop her tears. "Don't go! Please, don't go! You're the only daughter I've ever had before, and I love you so much as if you were my real daughter!"

"But the point is that I'm not your real daughter!" Nana yelled. "Can't you understand that?! Screw this home! I'm going out right now!"

"Nana! No!" Popo yelled as he grabbed her arm.

"Watch me!" she yelled back. "I'm going to find about this than they know!"

"But... Nana, why?" Popo asked. "Why are you doing all of this?"

"Popo, why are you against me?!" Nana asked as she sobbed. "We're twins! We were born at the same time, and I thought we were close to each other!"

"B-but this is wrong..." Popo sobbed. "I-I don't want to do this... I don't want to do it... I don't want to go out!"

"This is the only thing I can do..." she muttered. "...But...you can do it too if you want to help me find our parents..."

"I-I don't want to find dead people, Nana..."

"Dead people?!"

"Nana!" Popo yelled back. "They're dead! You don't understand?! They're dead!!!"

"THEY'RE NOT DEAD!" Nana yelled through tears. "They're not...THEY'RE NOT DEAD!"

"Nana!" Popo yelled. "Please, you have to understand!"

"NO!!!"

"Popo seemed to be calmer than I was... I was out of control. I was very sad. I was very furious. And above all...I didn't make sense myself of all the ramblings I did..."

"THEY'RE NOT DEAD!!!..."

End of flashback

Baron
Town

Final Fantasy VI - Celes's Theme

The moon's reflection shone on the fountain's water, and Nana sobbed silently through the night. Porom, who has been listening to everything, got a worried look after Nana's face had a sad look through tears.

"I...I was so sad..." Nana sobbed. "I...I didn't know what I was doing... The whole truth was so heartbreaking that I wanted to forget it so badly, but it always haunts me whenever I think about it, just like today..."

"..." Porom looked down. "...You can stop if you want..."

"...I need to go on..." Nana said. "I have to get to the end. Nothing can stop me now. I have to overcome the past..."

"Nana, you look very sad now," Porom said. "You should stop!"

"NO!"

Porom blinked in shock at the sudden yell. The yell even echoed through the town itself, and Nana regretted about it as well.

"...I'm sorry, I have to do it," Nana muttered. "Sorry for yelling, but I want to finish this..."

"..." Porom simply nodded and patted her back.

"...Let's continue," Nana said determined.

Flashback

Icicle Mountain

Nana struggled to go run away and leave the residence as soon as possible, but Popo held her back, and her adoptive parents wanted to do something, but they just couldn't get close to them.

"Nana!" Popo yelled. "Please, don't go and look around for some corpses!"

"Those corpses happen to b-"

"THOSE CORPSES HAPPEN TO BE OUR PARENTS!" Popo yelled before she could so. "But you were right after all!"

"..." Nana suddenly stopped trying to get out. "...What?"

"You were right..." Popo said. "...You were right..."

"..." Nana buried her face on her hands. "Y-you don't understand..."

"Nana...please, turn around," Popo said. "Our parents...they're right here..."

"Popo..." Ophelia muttered.

"..." Nana sobbed loudly and turned to Popo. "What can't you understand, Popo? They're not our parents, and they were never from the beginning." Nana cleared her tears, but more came afterward.

"Nana..." Popo said again. "...The notes you gave me..."

"They're the same notes your parents left when they...abandoned you," Hip said. "And judging by the decayed look, they were trying to write on something because...they were poor."

"And we left them in the mantles that you both were in," Ophelia said, deciding to talk. "But we wanted to tell you this when you were older than today..."

"..." Nana didn't want to look at her.

"I'm sorry..." Ophelia said. "You're still young, but I think we underestimated the situation..."

"...I want to find my parents, regardless," Nana said. "I want to find their corpses, and give them a proper burial...then leave this pl-"

"Nana!" Popo slapped her hard. "Please, stop it!!!"

Hip and Ophelia gasped in shock after Popo slapped his own twin sister. Nana got a shocked look after she got slapped that the kept looking the way her face was slapped at.

Popo's eyes became full of tears. "Nana..."

"What?!" she asked without looking. "Why did you do that for?!"

"So you could listen to me before doing something insane for some people that are not here anymore!"

Nana closed her eyes with some sobs.

"Think before doing, Nana!" Popo yelled. "How long has it been that we came to live here?!"

"12 years..." Nana muttered.

"And the fact that there are always a lot of snowstorms out there could perfectly mean that their bodies have frozen to the point they shattered!" Popo yelled. "Worse yet, since the notes said they suicided themselves by jumping to an abyss, they should have..."

"..." Nana sobbed again. "...Why..."

"I know..." Popo said. "I wanted to go there with you, though..."

"Popo, no!" Ophelia yelled.

"No!" Popo yelled. "But I decided to go against it after I thought!"

"Because...because..." Nana buried her face on her hands again. "They're not alive...any...anymore...aren't they?" she whispered through her hands.

"..." Popo sobbed. "They're not alive anymore...they're not alive..."

"..." She looked at him and cried out loudly. The pink Ice Climber couldn't hold back from crying that she decided to do it sooner. "Whyyyyyyyyyyyyyy?! Why did this happen?! Whyyyyyyyyyyy?!" she trailed off crying.

Hip wiped his tears and walked to them. "They already said their reasons behind your abadonments in their notes."

"They wanted to write more than that," Ophelia added as she took off her sunglasses and wiped her tears. "But they mentioned they were poor, and they wrote the next behind the notes."

Popo sobbed more and more. "Nana...this place...this place is our home because...our parents wished us to be alive..."

"But Popo!" Nana cried.

Popo had enough of Nana's disagreements...and he decided to end it...

"And he ended everything with a sudden hug to calm me down..."

Nana opened her eyes in shock after Popo hugged her tightly. "Popo!"

"Nana..." Popo muttered. "Our parents...they wished us to be happy...because they loved us as our parents here do..."

Hip looked at the notes and picked one of them. He looked at his wife and nodded to her. She nodded back to him and took the note from him. "Take care of them...give them love...give them a home...give them happiness...and most of all...raise them as they were your children..."

"So they could rest in peace," Hip added as he closed his eyes with a frown. "...Popo...Nana..."

Both of them looked at the Topi and the Polar Bear as they sobbed.

"I remember the first word you said when you saw our faces, shortly after we took you both here..." Hip opened his eyes and chuckled a little bit. "The enthusiastic boy in the blue eskimo called me his dad."

"And the gorgeous girl in the pink eskimo called me her mom," Ophelia said with a small smile.

"...Hip...Ophelia..." Nana sobbed. "...No..."

"It's useless," she said. "If they jumped into the abyss, then there's no way they survived because they were driven into madness... If they were different, then you wouldn't be here with us, and you could be there with them. They wanted you to have more opportunities in life that they couldn't give to you at that time."

"...I-I know..." Nana said. "What was I thinking when I wanted to climb down the abyss for no reason? What was I going to do?"

Popo hugged Nana. "Our parents are here, Nana..." Tears began to stroll down as he hugged her strongly. "They are right here..."

"..." Nana slightly pushed Popo away and walked to Hip and Ophelia. "...Dad...Mom..."

"Nana..." both said with smiles through tears.

"...You're...our parents, alright..." she said with a small smile. "I was a fool for wanting to look for dead people... And I ignored all the happy times I had until now because I just couldn't believe it..."

"Popo, Nana," Hip said as Popo walked close to Nana. "You both are our pride and joy. You're living here because you were fortunate."

"I know we're fortunate," Popo said. "But...I'm not sure if Nana can forgive you..."

"Popo..." Nana began. "Before something else happens, tell me...why weren't you thinking like me?"

"Because...I don't care if our parents are dead," Popo said. "I care more...more about...more about..." He looked down. "...I care more about you..."

Nana's eyes widened. "W-what?"

"Nana, don't you understand?" Popo asked. "You're my only living member of the family we came from, aren't you?"

"Y-yes."

"And what could have happened if you were to climb down the abyss by yourself?" he asked as he cleared his tears. "You could have fallen down and never returned, and then you would have gone with...you know..."

"..." Nana looked at him. "...I'm sorry for what I did, Popo... I wasn't even thinking about me, right?"

"...If I say you weren't, will you be mad at me?"

"..." Nana smiled a little. "Please, say it."

"You weren't," Popo said. "You weren't thinking about you."

"..." Nana nodded and closed her eyes. "...Dad...Mom..." she began. "...I want you to be our parents...forever..."

"Are...are you sure?" Ophelia asked.

"I'm so sure..." She opened her eyes and lunged at her to give her a hug. "I'm so sure! I don't want to stop being happy with my family!" she said happily.

"Nana!" she said before she hugged her back. "Thank you, dear, thank you for staying here with us! I'm sure I'm going to be a dear mother to you!"

Popo went to his father and hugged him. "I never doubted my parents were dead. I... We have a new happy family here."

"Those are my boy and girl I love," Hip said, hugging Popo. "You'll never regret this at all."

The 4 hugged together and chuckled heartily throught the snowstorm. With a closer look, Nana seemed to be crying, but she was crying out of happiness.

"Can we make 2 graves for them?" Nana asked, still on the grip of her mother. "I want to give them a proper burial without their bodies."

"Oh, I know!" Popo said. "We could say something like their spirits roam the mountain to protect us!"

"That's a little bit exagerated," Nana said. "...But let's do it anyway."

"Well," Ophelia began as she stopped hugging them. "You 2 better get to bed and rest. It's getting cold, remember?"

"Yes!" Popo and Nana said happily. The 2 of them turned to their rooms and ran away.

Hip smiled. "Phew, they accepted us."

"I couldn't be happier," she said. "Nana was the most hardest person to convince."

"She was so headstrong," he said. "I might back away from the hammer we gave her."

"Oh, honey..." she said with a sigh, then a chuckle.

"The happiness came back. I could hardly believe it. The same night I was about to go furious I got happier at the end..." She let some tears stroll down. "After we rested nice and warm that night, the next day..."

Close to their home, the 4 finished making 2 graves atop a snow hill. Popo and Nana looked at the graves and smiled as the light shone on the snow around.

"Dad, Mom," Popo began. "We're fine today. We finally remembered you after all this time. Silly of us, right?"

"I'm so sorry for being so silly," Nana said. "But I think that's all in the past, right? You gave us another opportunity to live and..."

Nana turned to Hip and Ophelia, and she smiled to them before looking back at the grave of her mother.

"And we have a nice and happy family here," she said with a smile. "Home is where the heart is, right? Well, I found both because...they found me."

"Us," Popo corrected.

"Oh, right," she said with a chuckle. "Don't worry. We're going to be perfectly fine here."

"We'll drop by a loooooooot of times to make you company," Popo said. "Please, watch over us."

"All the time, please," Nana added. "I'll be close to Popo everytime for that matter."

Popo blushed. "N-Nana, that's a little bit going too far."

"You're going to stay close, right?"

"...Of course."

They both looked at the graves that read:

Here lie the spirits of 2 caring
parents who gave their children, Popo and Nana, another
chance in life. May they rest in peace in the cold winds.

"Too bad we didn't get to know their names," Ophelia said.

"Yeah..." Popo said. "...But I bet we're going to find out somehow."

"At least they should be better than Hipolito," Nana said.

"Hey!" Hip yelled.

"It's a joke, dad!" Popo said with a chuckle.

"Hmm." Nana stood up. "Let's go back home."

"It's morning!" Popo said. "Let's go to the playground instead! They said a part of the snowman we made fell off!"

"Oh no," Nana said. "Not the snowman!"

Both of them ran away in a hurry as both of their new parents chuckled heartily. They looked back at the graves.

"I'll be a good father," Hip said.

"And I'll be a good mother," Ophelia said.

"You 2 leave them to us," Hip said. "However, can I punish them for saying my name?"

Her wife frowned and walked away to the igloo.

"Can I?" he asked. "Please? Just a little hit on the butt!" he yelled before running away.

End of flashback
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 06, 2009, 02:26:10 PM
Baron
Town

Nana smiled and wiped out her tears with her right arm. "And then, everything was happy again."

"It is, right?" Porom asked. "Are you still happy?"

"...Now that I think about it..." Nana said. "...Porom, tomorrow we're going to find out."

"Find out about what?"

"This helped you to understand both of us better," she said. "But still...this is all about Popo and his sudden change in attitude. There's something odd in him, and I must, I MUST find out if he's really dumb or not."

"And you're going to find out everything tomorrow?"

"Only if you help me," Nana said as she grabbed Porom's hands. "Please, Porom, help me. I want to have my happy times with Popo again, but first, I have to see if he is what I think he really is."

"I can see that," Porom said with a smile. "You're really determined this time, aren't you?"

"Yes," Nana said with a smile. "Tomorrow, Popo will be discovered. If we're going into battle, I'll try to stay close to him and ask him everything. Something should trigger his real self..." She looked up to the moon. "And I will find out..."

"You have my full support," Porom said. "But there's something I forgot to ask."

"What?"

"Well, you told me you and him were climbing that insane mountain, but you never got to finish that story."

"Well..." Nana looked away. "...Can I tell that tomorrow?"

"Yes," Porom said. "It's getting pretty late now, and we should rest before doing our next move."

Nana got off from the fountain and Porom did the same. "Thank you," Nana said. "Let's go back and rest."

"Just stay away from Sir Yang," Porom said. "I doubt he's normal now."

Nana chuckled and walked away to the inn.

Music stops

However, Porom remained behind and looked down. She closed her eyes and frowned. "I sense an evil wind this night..." she muttered. "That wind is going to do something horrible tomorrow... I hope nothing bad happens to you, Nana..." she said.

The White Mage made her way back to the inn and got inside...

Over the wall that surrounded the town, some nocturnal monsters roamed the fields silently...

The next morning at the inn...

Inn

The group decided to have a talk with Yang, who seemed to be under a hangover. But the monk was able to sit down and apologize for his actions.

"My apologies," Yang said as he stood down and gave them a polite bow. "I didn't know what was wrong with me yesterday."

"Dude, you sure were so drunk like a cow," Palom said.

"Hush now!" Porom yelled.

"Yang, it's good to have to back and alive," Cecil said. "But how did you end up here?"

"After the ship was attacked by Leviathan, the waves of the sea pushed me all the way to Baron, and some guards surely found me and took me hostage... To be honest, everything was a blur. I didn't know what I was doing, and before I knew it, I found you all here in the inn."

"They probably put you under a spell," Tellah said. "I sensed magic in you when we found you. But...let's say those guards made you drink sake, and it made the spell inneffective."

"Sake saving people...come on..." Chris muttered annoyed.

"Did you see if Rydia or Edward survived?" Cecil asked.

"Rydia was...swallowed by Leviathan," Yang said ashamed. "After I dove for her, I saw the monster swallowing her whole, and it lashed its tail at me and knocked me out in an instant. As for Edward...I don't know."

"I see..." Tellah said. "Poor child..."

"...Who are you?" Yang asked.

"Oh, he is Tellah. I met him when I first departed from Kaipo with Rydia," Cecil said. "And along the way, I made new comrades."

"Nice to meet you," said an annoyed Zelda. "My name is Zelda."

She was probably annoyed for the guarding time she did on him.

"My name is Ike," Ike said.

"Chris," Chris said simply.

"Salutations," Porom said politely. "My name is Porom."

"Huh. No introductions for me..." Palom folded his arms.

"That brat you see that can't mind his mouth is my twin brother Palom."

"And I'm Nana," Nana said. "Same situation with my twin brother Popo."

"Alcohol!" Popo responded.

"See?"

Yang sweatdropped. "I see...nice to meet you all."

"Well, now that we're all reunited," Cecil said. "We have to think for a way to enter the castle."

"Oh, that," Yang said. "Those guards gave me this."

The monk took a key out and Cecil looked at it.

"That's... That's Baron Key!" Cecil said. "This key can open any door in Baron, and it can also open the way to the waterway!"

"Good!" Tellah said. "The waterway connects to the castle. We can sneak our way in and see if Golbez is there!"

"Glad to hear that," Ike said. "Shall we get going?"

"And now," Cecil said. "We could intercept the king inside. He's the one who accepted Golbez, but I must confront him once and for all."

"(The king...)" Chris thought. "(Soon enough, he'll find out that the king inside isn't really...)"

"Well," Yang began. "May I rejoin you? I want to apologize by lending you my help."

"Please do." Cecil nodded.

"Thank you."

Yang temporarily joined your team!

Town

The group of 10 walked towards the door that leaded to the waterway. However, Cecil decided to use the key on the locked shop. Inside, they found the owners...

After finding out that the owners didn't look shocked for being locked in inside the shops (which Chris considered extremely stupid) and buying some new weapons, the group walked back to the door that leaded to the waterway and Cecil opened it with the Baron Key.

"There," Cecil said. "The door is open."

"Yeah!" Palom said. "Let's go in and kick some butt! Better yet, I'll burn some butt!"

"Can I freeze them?" Popo asked.

"Yeah!" Palom said excited before the 2 ran inside.

"Soon..." Nana muttered. "Popo will be exposed... I'm going to do this today..."

"We shouldn't let them go in by themselves," Yang said. "Let us go."

And so, the remaining 8 walked inside...

Ancient Waterway
Entrance

Final Fantasy IV DS - Into the Darkness

The first floor looked very normal. It was just a plain small room with a hidden chest with 1000 Gil that Chris found. It was implied that he remembered the way very well, but Cecil didn't see the secret passage to the chest at all.

They moved down, where the twin boys were.

B4

"My," Tellah began as they rejoined the 2. "This place is so damp and...dark."

Truth to be told, there was barely light inside the waterway.

"Let me use magic to illuminate the way." The sage made his right hand glow red.

Zelda did the same action.

Palom joined in and made the top of his staff glow red.

Porom did the same with her rod, but with a white glow instead.

Chris (who backed away and changed to his Black Mage job) made his right hand glow.

Unfortunately, somebody noticed this.

"When did you change clothes so fast?" Yang asked.

"I-I was wearing these this morning," Chris said.

"Wait, you can use black magic as well?" Palom asked.

Chris whimpered in his mind.

"...Awesome!"

"You're a bard that knows black magic? ...Impressive, should I say," Tellah remarked.

"(I guess not many of them didn't see me when Zelda and I summoned Ifrit... Good, they shouldn't know more.) I happened to study a little bit of black magic when I was practicing with my harp (and I'm so going to church again...)"

"For being a bard that can use black magic and summon magic, you're impressive," Porom said.

Chris cursed in his mind. He forgot that Porom was the only one standing when they summoned Ifrit.

"Yes, you did summon an aeon, didn't you?" Cecil asked.

And he also forgot that Cecil knew as well.

"A-and I think I wanted to know more so I put effort in studying summon magic as well... T-too bad I lack courage..." Chris said. "Heheheh. If I had more courage, I could be really dangerous, right?"

"Maybe, or maybe not," Ike said with a chuckle. "Well, shall we get going now?"

Popo took out a lighter.

The 5 from the same universe stared at the lighter.

"What is that?" Tellah asked.

"P-Popo!" Nana whispered angrily.

"Hey, I wanna have my own light resource," Popo said happily.

Zelda took the lighter and tossed it away. She sighed in relief. "Please, forget what you just saw. It's nothing important."

"But what was that weird device?" Yang asked.

"It's a thing people use to smoke weed in secret," Popo said.

The Smashers' mouth opened in shock.

"What?" Cecil asked.

"J-just forget what he just said!" Nana yelled in embarrassment. "(Popo, if I can find out about you, I'm going to hit you SO hard for this.)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: The Seventh on August 09, 2009, 08:31:06 AM
ROFLMAO.  Popo, what's with you!?

"It's what people use to smoke weed"

God.  I laughed a good moment there.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: HTA! on August 09, 2009, 09:20:52 AM
Good lord...
Looks nice from what I've read.

I actually had a semi-popular fan-fic about the smash universe back on Oldsider. :O

Wish I could find it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 09, 2009, 12:57:10 PM
Whoops. I forgot to put this here. It was already finished, but NSFCD got suddenly under repairs, and I could put this up. However, I saved it on a document (and published it in fanfiction.net).

Enjoy. :P

---------------------------------------------------------

Several sweatdrops jumped out from Chris's head and he moved forward. "What are you waiting for? W-we have to move on or else..."

Idea.

"Or Golbez will do something bad!"

"He's right!" Tellah said determined. "Let's find that bastard and pummel him to his death!"

The old man ran away, passing Chris.

"You had to say Golbez's name, right?" Cecil asked.

"I-I want to do this quick," Chris said. "Don't you?"

"Unfortunately I have to agree with you this time."

"Let us make haste through the darkness," Yang suggested. "I have some things to say to Golbez."

The group began to walk forward.

"By having some things with him, do you mean fight?" Zelda asked.

"No," Yang said. "I want to know the reasons behind all this madness around the world. Only violence is needed if he attacks us first."

"Yes," Cecil said. "He must have some reasons, and I want to hear them as well."

"That's the gentle way to do things, and how they should be," Porom said.

"And I'll burn him, freeze him, and then zap him," Palom began to talk. "Popo will go wild and bang the heck out of his head."

"Then freezing time comes again!" Popo said, swinging his hammer wildly.

"By the way, Popo..." Nana narrowed her eyes. "You haven't been acting strange all this time, right?"

"I'm me and myself," Popo said. "You're me and myself."

"...Of course," Nana said with some nods. "Now, can I ask you some questions?"

"As long as there is loot, go ahead!" Popo said happily.

"Well...here I go..." Nana muttered.

Zelda moved her dress up and shuddered at the water. "Why do we have to cross the water?"

B3

"It's a waterway for some reason," Cecil joked as the group reached the next floor.

Zelda shuddered again as they walked to the water. The temperature of the water wasn't fresh or hot, but cold instead. "If we find monsters in here, I'd hate to fight above water. I don't want to get this dress wet."

"You should have known you would hunt monsters in all places," Cecil said. "But why wear a dress? It doesn't make sense."

The 4 sane Smashers widened their eyes.

"And if I recall, hunters should always have things ready for everything. They should have supplies. And I thought there was an age limit to be one. You have 2 kids with you as well."

Ike sweated. "W-well, you could say we're a special kind of hunters..."

"Yes," Cecil agreed.

"Hmm, hunters, you say?" Yang said. "I've seen many hunters who happen to come to Fabul from time to time."

Chris didn't even know about this at all. As far as his memory could tell, there were absolutely NO monster hunters in this world from where he played it.

But it seemed that living the game gave new perspectives...

Cruel, CRUEL perspectives...

"And you would stand out from all of them," Yang continued. "Come to think of it... I happen to know some rules they use."

Ike wished to kill a protagonist for once. However, he shook the thought away.

"W-what kind of rules are those?" Chris asked sweating.

"The rules of traveling," Yang said. "Everyone knows those very well."

"A-and of course we do know those as well!" Zelda said, feeling the coldness of the water rising up to her knees.

"Really? Can you remind me?"

This felt like they were interrogated in some kind of moving room, except they were moving slowly through the water, talking and talking, and trying to find good answers.

"T-those rules are..." Zelda said.

Someone pulled her dress from behind.

The princess looked behind and saw Palom with a note. He smiled at her and motioned to pick the note.

At first, she got confused, but she took the note and looked at it.

Surprise, there were some rules in there. For her luck, neither Cecil, Yang, or Tellah were looking at her way.

"Get supplies ready for anything, always wear the proper equipment to navigate through the roughest of terrains, and always consider the type of monsters you're going to hunt," Zelda said.

"Hmm, it seemed that I was wrong about you," Yang said. "Those are exactly the rules I wanted to remember."

The 4 sighed in relief, and Zelda looked at Palom. "Thank you for helping us, but, why did you do that?" she whispered.

"You could say Porom and I know a lot," Palom said with wink.

"..." Zelda nodded and looked forward. She felt weird for a moment...

"Well, you are hunters," Cecil said. "Sorry for doubting about you."

"You see now?" Ike asked. "Why would we lie to you?"

"(I want to kill myself, I want to kill myself, I want to kill myself,)" the 4 thought in shame.

"(Phew, we got through their questions...)" Nana thought in relief. "Now, I should continue with what I wanted to do... Popo."

"Yep, my adored sister?" Popo asked.

"I..." Nana suddenly crashed behind Tellah's back and she fell on the water. "H-hey! Don't stop walking!"

Music stops

"Shh..." Tellah said. "We need to be quiet..."

All of them stopped before reaching the next floor and looked at him. "Why?" Yang asked. "...Wait..."

"Don't you hear something moving?" Tellah asked. "I can hear something through the water...the same water we just walked through..."

A shot of something moving inside the water was shown...

"Something moving?" Zelda asked. "Like what?"

"Now that you mention it," Cecil said. "This waterway used to have dangerous monsters, like fishes that could absorb thunders, and living clams that could bite through iron."

The shot was shown again. It seemed to be getting closer to them...

"But above all those monsters," Cecil said. "There were the Gigas Gators."

"Gigas Gators?" Ike asked.

"Those monsters are big crocodiles that can bite someone's leg off if they came close. Besides that, they're fast on the ground, and they hide in the water very well."

The same shot found their legs...

"...So there are like crocodiles in the very place we're walking?" Porom asked.

"And we could be at their mercy?" Nana asked.

"And we could be either 4 or 5 star dinner for them?" Popo asked.

"And Porom would be a 6?" Palom asked.

"Hush!" Porom yelled before she pulled Palom's hair hardly.

"OWW!" Palom cried in pain. "Knock it off!"

"Quiet!" Tellah yelled.

The shot got closer to them...

"...I suggest to run faster and out of here..."

It was getting closer...

"Be as fast as you can..."

Closer...

"Attack when you have the time..."

Closer...

"And reach Baron Castle and hide in there..."

Closer.

Yang looked at a shadow. "BEHIND US!"

Final Fantasy IV DS - Battle Theme A

All the twins turned around before several huge figures jumped out of the water and opened their jaws menacingly. The twins (except Popo) yelled loudly before Cecil, Ike, and Yang stepped forward and slashed them (Yang using his fists with claws).

The figured revealed to be big Gigas Gators that were pushed back to the water. However, they came back on the surface and swam after them.

"...YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Chris yelled.

"M-my goodness!" Porom yelled. "There are so many of them!"

The group found at least 30 Gigas Gators, one beside another, going after them.

"There shouldn't be this many!" Cecil yelled as they backed away.

"If you remember, the monsters in the whole world have become more hostile these recent days," Yang said. "And this isn't good. We have to run to the castle!"

"T-this way!" Nana yelled. "There's the next floor!"

"Run for it!" Cecil yelled. "They can reach us if they make it to the ground!"

The group turned back to the next place and they ran above the water before reaching the ground, where they started to run even faster. The Gigas Gators reached the ground in some seconds, and they quickly chased after them.

B2

"Hey!" Popo yelled. "The pets are coming to us!"

"How can you call those crocodiles your pets?!" Porom asked as she ran ahead.

"Because they wanna kiss us!" Popo said. "Look at the way they move their mouths!"

Or jaws. The crocodiles opened and closed their jaws like there was no tomorrow. For being aquatic monsters, they moved rather fast on the ground since they were catching up with all of them.

"Shock them to greater paralysis... Thundara!" Tellah cast several thunders that crashed down on the front monsters, but they seemed to resist the attack, and the old man gasped and continued to run. "They're not weak against lightning!"

"Then let me use cold!" Palom yelled as he ran. "Freeze them to greater cold... Blizzara!"

Many of the Gigas Gators were covered in thick ice before it shattered. The group noticed a lot of cries of pain from them, but they never ceased in chasing them.

"Gotcha!" Palom said. "They're weak to ice!"

"That doesn't make any sense considering ice being close to water!" Chris yelled.

Nothing made sense as long as fantasy was there.

"Hey, you!" some guards from Baron yelled from across the next floor. "Halt!"

"I thought this place didn't have guards!" Zelda yelled. "Move!"

"No! a guard yelled. "Halt in the name of Baron!"

Yang ran ahead and grabbed both men by their collars. "And let us through in the name of Fabul!"

The monk tossed the guards to the crocodiles, where they jumped after them and...

This scene wasn't going to look good to anyone.

"..." Nana and Porom looked shocked at each other after the crocodiles managed to eat the guards alive and by mere seconds. "...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" they yelled loudly.

"Those are thirsty for blood or what?" Palom asked.

"My benevolences, but this had to be done for greater good..." Yang said.

The group ran to him and he joined them again. "Apologize after we get out of this place," Cecil said. "We don't want to be their food, do we?"

B1

Light, the sweetest gift of nature shone from the right.

"Light!" Palom yelled. "The sweetest gift of nature is beyond those stairs!"

Chris looked behind. "And crocodiles, nature's worst carnivores want us!"

"Hurry!" Cecil yelled. "We can make it if we keep moving!"

The group ran to the stairs, but the crocodiles came faster and tried to reach them as soon as possible.

"Aw, crap!" Palom cursed.

"Those guards surely made them more hungry for us!" Zelda yelled. "We have to do something!"

"Like what?" Tellah asked. "We can't kill them all in time!"

Zelda looked around as they ran upwards. "...I know! Let's make a cave in!"

"Good!" Porom said. "We could make a cave in once we reach the exit!"

"Palom, the kid, use lightning magic to blast the rocks close to the exit," Tellah said. "Get your chants ready! We're going to turn around, blasts the rocks above the exit, and run to back to save ourselves!"

"My name is Chris!" Chris yelled.

"We're reaching the exit!" Yang yelled. "And...NOW!"

"Shock them to greater paralysis..." Palom and Tellah chanted.

"Shock to paralyze them all..." Chris chanted.

The 2 mages looked at him.

"What? It was the fastest chant for Thunder!" Chris yelled.

"Turn!" Tellah yelled as the 3 turned around and aimed their magic at the ceiling. "Thundara!" he and Palom yelled.

"Thunder!" Chris cast.

The 3 magic attacks of lightning met together at the same place, and they created a big blast that took the rocks from above down quickly. The 3 mages ran back to the exit with the others before the rocks could crush them. The Gigas Gators tried to run faster to pass to the other side, but it was futile.

The rocks fell on them, and they opened their jaws in pain. Dust flew out from the waterway as the group ran back outside, where the day was...

Music stops

Baron Castle

The group stopped running and they looked at the blocked waterway. There was no way to go back now as the rocks blocked the way to the cave.

"...We did it...barely..." Zelda panted. "And here I am, running with a dress..."

"I told you to get something different," Cecil said.

"Oh, please..." she muttered.

Final Fantasy IV DS - The Kingdom of Baron

Ike panted heavily before he found a way of water. "We did it. We reached the castle."

Nana looked around. "Finally! No more crocodiles..."

"..." There was something Chris couldn't understand...

The path of water that they were going to use was just beside the plain to the overworld. They should have come from the town, sneak behind the castle, and jump straight to the water.

"...Screw it," Chris muttered. "Logic isn't welcomed here."

"Let...an old man...get his energies...back..." Tellah said as he panted heavily. His pants were longer and louder than anyone in the group.

"Golbez," Ike said.

"Let's go!" Tellah said, suddenly regaining his energies out of the blue as he walked back to the water.

Many of them looked at each other and frowned at Tellah's reaction. They decided to follow him to wherever the water leaded.

"Aw, no..." Zelda said as she entered the body of water. "I can't pull my dress up enough to walk in the water."

"Wait, if you can't do that because the water is higher here..." Ike looked behind him. "Popo! Nana!"

The group turned around, and the twins seemed to be just the top of their heads getting out of the water.

Not only that, but bubbles were coming out from all directions around the heads.

Ike quickly went to them and picked Nana. "About darn time you noticed!" she yelled angrily before she spat water to his face.

Chris went to pick Popo. "Popo! A-are you okay?"

"I was walking to the light..." Popo said dreamily.

Zelda had to push her dress down and pick Porom. "You know, I feel kind of inferior when sizes are involved," Porom said worried.

Palom, however, seemed to be swimming. "Ha-ha, you guys can't swim like I do."

"Palom, there's no way I'm going to do the dog swim..."

"Sucks for you, then," Palom said as he hummed and swam forward.

Cecil, being the one focused on the castle, walked through the water and found a way in. "I found the way to the castle," Cecil said. "Let's go in and find Golbez. I hope nobody got hurt."

A decided Tellah walked past Cecil before the others walked back to safe floor (with Zelda drying her dress). Cecil moved forward and opened the door to the throne room.

1F

Once they made it inside, there was no soul roaming the solitary main entrance. This struck weird to Cecil, who had seen the guards from where they got inside, standing outside the gate.

"I don't like the looks of this," Cecil said.

"I know what you mean," Yang said. "I expected this place to have guards from the inside, but nobody is patrolling the castle."

"Yeah," Ike said. "This could be trap, don't you think?"

"I hope not," Zelda said. "But something bad is going to happen..."

"Well, let's go to their trap!" Tellah said. "Golbez will feel my wrath once I see him again!"

"Tellah, I know you hate Golbez with all your soul," Porom said. "But we have to be careful. We're in enemy's territory."

As they were talking, Nana walked close to Popo and looked at him bored. "Popo..." she trailed off. "So, do you have any kind of weird attitude today?"

"I drank milk past the expiration date," Popo said. "How about you?"

Nana tried her best to not puke. "F-fine here..." she said, grossed out. "Anyway, I want to get to the point now."

"The point where treasure is?"

"No," Nana said.

This was it. Nana could do this by herself. The moment to discover Popo was now, and she had to reach the point today, and now.

"Popo," Nana began. "I want you to be sincere and honest with me." She paused for a moment and gulped. "...D-"

"Lord Cecil!"

Her eyes moved up in rage as Popo smiled at the incoming guard from the eastern part of the castle. This guard wore a red suit, golden helmet, golden shoulder pads, blue gloves, and the usual a guard could wear. Cecil quickly recognized the guard and ran to him. "Baigan!" Cecil said. "Are you okay?"

"Yes, Lord Cecil," Baigan said. "I was able to escape from the people that were imprisoned here."

Captain Baigan is the head officer of the guards of Baron. Nothing much about him is told (meaning he is not important).

"Wait, you're not with Golbez?"

"Why would I lend my trust to someone as despicable as Golbez?" Baigan asked.

Palom and Porom stared at him with some interest.

"My trust is to the nation of Baron, and Baron alone." Baigan nodded. "That man, Golbez, has been doing a lot of mockery around the castle, and he needs to be stopped. Do you agree with me, Lord Cecil?"

Chris looked worried. He would have been a future teller of the game if he could tell them the events that were going to happen just now.

"Well, I am looking for a way to persuade Your Majesty from discuss things with Golbez," Baigan said. "Can I lend you my aid?"

"Thank you," Cecil said with a nod. "Your help will be appreciated."

Captain Baigan temporarily joined your team!

"Well, well," Yang said. "This is truly beneficial to our plans."

"I'm sorry if the Red Wings assaulted your nation," Baigan said. "This was all Golbez's doing as you may know. Come, the throne room is this way."

"Golbez shall pay for everything..." Tellah muttered.

Ike rolled his eyes at the mutter, and they slowly walked to the throne room...

However, Palom and Porom walked past them and looked at Baigan.

"What is it?" Baigan asked.

"The air here stinks very bad," Palom said.

"There's a monster here," Porom said. "We know that because we can feel the air monsters emanate out from their bodies."

"Monsters?!" Baigan asked shocked as he looked around. "Where?!"

"Oh, please, sir," Palom said. "You can't fool us."

"Yes, he's right," Porom said. "Considering you're a monster yourself."

The 8 looked at Baigan, but Cecil was the one who looked shocked. "Baigan...so are you with Golbez after all?" Cecil asked.

"...Heheheheheh..." Baigan chuckled as he looked down. He looked at them and backed away to the throne room. "You don't understand well, do you?"

"What?" Yang asked.

"Golbez will bring peace to everyone!" Baigan proclaimed. "Just like he did with me. He gave me power to be strong!"

His entire body began to glow with the power of the Shadow Bugs, and the Smashers gasped.

"The Shadow Bugs!" Ike yelled.

"Look out!" Tellah yelled. "He's no longer human!"

Final Fantasy IV DS - Battle Theme B

"Mwahahahahahaha!" Baigan yelled. "Fools! Behold my true power!"

They watched as Baigan's body began to grow in size, and his skin turned purple. His head broke out from the helmet and he now wore a purple cap above his head. His face turned like a lizard, his hands instantly turned into snakes that were moving on their own, his armor broke down and it was replaced by poor thief's clothing. The group backed away as Baigan turned himself into a monster with snake hands and insane movements at the sides.

"I'm Baigan," Baigan said. "The most powerful captain of the guards of Baron!!!"

Everyone got closer to each other and glared at the monster before them. "Damn this..." Cecil muttered as he unsheathed Mythgraven. "We don't have any choice but to kill him!"

"I knew this was a trap!" Tellah yelled. "That monster needs to be disappeared from here!"

"A-aw god, he looks way more disgusting now..." Chris commented, disgusted at Dark Baigan's appearance.

"Snake as hands? Ugh..." Zelda frowned. "I'm going to have that image..."

"We're monster hunters, remember?" Ike asked (trying to sound convincing). "It's going to be our first prey of today!"

"You're right," Nana said. "And I'll whack the heck out of him for interrupting something important."

"Get ready," Yang warned them. "This could have been me if I was still under his control!"

"Let's do this!" Palom said.

"Yeah!" Popo said happily.

"Just a little more..." Porom said. "...I hope that premonition doesn't happen..."

The 10 prepared to fight against the captain of the guards of Baron...

Captain Baigan left your team.

"Was that really necessary to point out?" Chris asked, out of the section.

Yes. I'm not going to waste space for him. That title was going to be there...WAS going to.

TO BE CONTINUED...

.............................................................

"Twins of Tomorrow. Nana..." Porom trailed off, before she walked away and sobbed silently...

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Baron Castle
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Popo, Nana, Snake, Sonic, Cecil, Palom, Porom, Tellah, Yang
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 09, 2009, 04:56:27 PM
Chapter 139: Twins Of Tomorrow

Baron Castle
1F

Final Fantasy IV DS - Battle Theme B

"Fools!" Dark Baigan said as he snickered crazily. "You won't get to see Lord Golbez, never!"

"Fools...that's our official name for anyone who wants to kill us," Ike said annoyed.

"Look, it's very predictable that everyone who hates what we're doing are going to define us like that," Zelda said. "Even Ganondorf does that."

"Fools," Ganondorf said. "You are everywhere whenever we go to our destinations."

"That's something he would say," Zelda said. "Did you understand?"

"Um, Zelda," Chris interrupted. "He's here."

"Oh, please..." Zelda turned around and looked at the king of evil right beside the monster with snake hands. "You!"

The group looked at the green-skinned Gerudo. "More of Golbez's henchmen?" Tellah asked.

"Who are you?" Cecil asked. "Do you have some business here?"

"For your information, yes," Ganondorf said. "I am just here to finish with I was told. I paid a visit to the "king" and gave him something he is going to like very much."

"What?"

"Look, I do not have more time to waste here," Ganondorf said as he looked up to the monster. "You seem to have company now. Oh, and before I take my leave, a bomb is waiting for you all in the throne room. Another little gift for the king, of course."

"That's not a gift," Yang said. "And you sarcasm is despicable."

"I get that a lot, really," Ganondorf with a grin. "Well, well, I should leave this creature now for you to battle."

"Aw, that's so sweet of you," Popo said. "Can I call him Mittens?"

"Or Phil?" Palom asked.

"..." Ganondorf shook his head to forget the questions. "I do not understand what you really tried to say, but that is all."

"Wait, you're going to leave like that?" Ike asked.

"Yes, just like that," Ganondorf said. "You are a little bit too late, but we already everything we wanted to do here."

"Let me go and kill them already!" Dark Baigan demanded.

"Fine. Go, bloodthirsty monster, go and kill them alive," Ganondorf joked. "Well, that is all as I have said before."

"But what did you do?" Yang asked. "Who are you?"

"Ganondorf," he said simply before he disappeared in a veil of darkness.

"Mwahahahahaha!" Dark Baigan laughed. "Ready?"

"Ugh," Cecil prepared his sword. "This was very quick. He went away too fast before we could question him."

"Um, sorry, Cecil," Porom said as she pointed at the monster. "We have to deal with that first."

"Magic will do!" Tellah said as his hands glowed.

"Reflect!" Dark Baigan called out as himself, and oddly, both hands, got covered in a green shield that made him change colors to green for a bit. "Magic is a no-no here, idiots!"

"..." Tellah stopped using his magic and sighed. "That was...bad."

"Hmm," Palom grumbled. "That makes me useless..."

"Actually..." Porom pulled him closer. "We can always do our Twincast..."

"...Oh, right!" Palom whispered. "Twincast can't be reflected back! The elder said so before!"

"Look out!" Yang pulled the 2 from the snake hands.

However, something was wrong...

"A-are the hands floating?" Zelda asked astonished.

The group saw that Dark Baigan remained in the same position, but his snake hands separated from his own body and they floated around like flying snakes.

"Mini-Quetzacoalts!" Chris suddenly yelled.

"What?" Cecil asked.

"U-um, serpent god in another place I know about..." he responded.

"Well, they aren't gods," Ike said. "Just flying snakes..."

"Go!" Dark Baigan ordered. "You bite them, and I'll attack back with magic!"

The snakes bit the air angrily and rocketed towards Cecil. The paladin blocked the snakes by using his shield, but the snakes were smart and they snuck around the shield and bit his arm hard. "UGH!" Cecil grunted in pain as he tried to shake them off.

"H-he's turning pale!" Nana yelled. Cecil's skin suddenly turned pale as the snakes quickly stopped biting him. The paladin looked very weak as he tried to stand up.

"Deadly Poison, perhaps?" Tellah asked.

"Deadly Poison?!" Porom repeated in shock. "T-that kind of poison takes energy much faster than normal poison! Let me heal him!"

"No!" Tellah said. "I'll heal him!"

"Go and attack the White Mages!" Dark Baigan ordered to the hands, who nodded and hissed dangerously at both of them.

"A-ah!" Porom gasped as one went quickly towards her.

"No, you won't!" Nana yelled as she quickly stepped in front of the mage and slammed hard her hammer on the snake. It cried out in pain but it quickly levitated and bit Nana's leg hardly. "Ugh!"

"Nana!" Chris yelled. "O-oh no, I'll have to fight at close combat..." The World Traveler quickly hid behind a nearby chair, ducked, changed jobs to the Monk one, and got up.

He looked at no one in particular.

"I'm using this just because it makes us the parallel versions of Cecil's group," he said. "Go figure out who I'm parallel with."

Chris quickly ran at Nana, but he was stopped by Yang. "Don't rush," Yang said.

"But Nana is bei-" Chris got interruped as Ike slammed his sword hard on the snake, but backed away as soon as it got up and hissed at him. "I have to go!"

"Use these," Yang said as he gave Chris 2 claw weapons: one was the Lightning Claw, and the other was the Ice Claw.

Chris stared at the weapons in curiosity. "...Why are you giving me these?"

"You seem to be a beginner at being a monk like myself."

"W-well, about that..."

"You like to try a lot of different styles of battle, don't you?"

"Y-yes..." Chris lied.

"You don't stop changing clothes, right?" Yang asked. "Why do you like to fight with many styles?"

"I...can't really explain," Chris said ashamed. "I'd really like to explain, but I just can't... I think I like to do this because I want to be useful for whatever occasion. I don't want to feel useless...ever..."

"...Then I know I'm doing the right thing. Put them on, they're going to help you to do more damage to your opponent."

Chris stared at the weapons and put the Ice Claw on his right hand, and the Lightning Claw on his left hand. "T-thanks," Chris said unsure. "I-is it alright with you? I mean, these are yours..."

"Don't worry. I had those for spare pairs. I have my own right here." Yang showed Chris his own claws. "Bare hands are powerful, but claws make them better."

"I see..."

"Now, let us return to battle!" Yang yelled as he turned around and dashed towards Dark Baigan with Cecil and Ike.

"I-I..." Chris looked back where the snake hands were flying around, tryin to choose a prey.

"Dispel!" Tellah suddenly yelled as he made a glyph on one of the snakes to make Reflect vanish from it. Upon successfully doing that, the snake's color turned back to normal. "Palom! Focus your magic in that snake!"

"Roger that!" Palom yelled as he prepared his spell.

The snakes didn't like this and they dove towards Palom, fangs ready to penetrate his skin.

"Not you!" Zelda yelled as she appeared behind one snake and kicked it with the tip of her shoes. A little but powerful magic hit struck the snake from being and made it crash to the wall. The princess landed back safely and nodded in satisfaction.

However, there was the other snake.

Popo stepped in front of Palom and swung his hammer crazily. "I LIKE MU-"

"Don't say it!" Chris interrupted, as Popo accidentally hit the snake away. "Seriously, what was that for?"

"I just like to say random things," Popo said as Palom concentrated. "It helps me to stay always happy."

"...Um..." Chris looked unsure. "...I...see..."

Nana overheard this. "Stay always happy? I don't think that sounded stupid..."

"Esuna!" Porom cast the healing spell on Nana to save her from the poison. "Do you feel better now?"

"Y-yes," Nana said.

"Nana," Porom began as she took advantage of the enemies not focusing on them. "Are you going to do it now?"

"I'm a little bit worried about interrogating Popo while fighting," Nana said. "We have those speedy snakes, and that gu-"

"Thundara!" Baigan called out from afar as heavy bolts of lightning fell upon Nana. She yelled in pain and Porom gasped in shock after seeing the event. "Too slow!" he taunted the 3 who were going to land their swords and fists. "Hahahahahaha!"

"N-Nana!" Porom began worried. "Are you feeling okay?"

"Please..." Nana said weakly. "It hit me hard..."

"Right away," Porom said before she focused her mind.

"Where are those snakes?" Zelda asked as she looked around.

"I-I lost track of them!" Chris said. "They shouldn't have escaped because they seem to like to attack u-"

"YAH!" Zelda quickly sent a sphere of fire towards Chris, and the World Traveler ducked in time to make the Din's Fire explode right on a snake. It was the same snake that didn't have the spell Reflect. Zelda watched the snake back away a little, but it later hissed angrily at Chris.

The World Traveler turned around. "U-uah!" he yelled.

The snake hissed at him and it dove for him.

"New ability, please, new ability!" Chris pleaded. "I-I haven't trained with this job at all! NEW ABILITY, PLEASE!"

The snake dove and it got prepared to bit his arm.

However, a chain quickly trapped it before it got lashed down on the floor. Chris looked confused at this and turned around to find Sheik, struggling to seize the snake from moving. "Do something before it attacks you," Sheik said. "How are you going to retaliate, then?"

The snake moved crazily around the air before it got off from the chain. It quickly turned to Sheik and opened its mouth. Unfortunately for it, Sheik quickly used Vanish, and the snake got caught in the small explosion before the Sheikah appeared above it and dove down with her right leg to pin it down.

"..." Chris watched amazed at this. "...You're really lethal when need to."

"Stop standing around and give me some help!" Sheik yelled. "This thing wants to escape!"

"R-right!"

Too bad, the snake got off from under her foot. It flew above the ceiling.

"Dammit!" Sheik cursed.

"Yehehehehehehe!" Dark Baigan laughed crazily as Cecil, Ike, and Yang stood close. "What's the matter? Can't land a hit?"

"Baigan!" Cecil yelled. "What is wrong with you? You don't like this at all!"

"Cecil, you're so guilleble!" Dark Baigan snickered. "I ALWAYS wanted to have absolute power like I do just now!"

"Cecil, remember," Yang began. "He was brainwashed by Golbez, and he ended up like this. There's no other way to resolve things without killing him."

"Isn't there a way to save him?" Ike asked.

"Well, unless we make his "hands" get attached back to him...and reduce his size...and turn him human again...and probably suggest extreme therapy for his attitude..."

The other 2 looked at him.

"...I don't know!" Yang said annoyed. "I was just guessing!"

"Fira!" Dark Baigan called out as scorching flames covered the 3. "Thundara!" Heavy bolts of lightning fell on them. "And Blizzara!" And they were trapped in coldest icicles before it shattered, leaving them heavily injured.

"Continuosly casting magic..." Cecil muttered weakly. "...It's clear that I need to kill him..."

"Duh..." Ike muttered.

"What?"

"Just...stay focused!" Ike struggled to get back on his feet.

"Fear not!" Tellah appeared from behind them. "I'll heal you, and then I'll use Dispel to shatter that magic barrier on him!"

"Old man, don't stick your red nose where it doesn't belong!" Dark Baigan yelled.

Tellah grumbled annoyed and began to prepare his magic. "Pierce through the maigc itself!"

"Fira!" Dark Baigan called out to interrupt the sage from casting Dispel. Tellah grunted in pain as fire burned him, but he was stubborn, and kept casting. "Old man, stop casting magic!"

"Dispel!" Tellah called out as he made another glyph, but this time of the handless monster to make Reflect vanish completely.

"Aah!" Dark Baigan gasped, but later shook his head. "Never mind that! I can always cast Reflect aga-AAAHH!!!"

A heavy sword was sent upwards to his chin, and he cried out in pain. Ike jumped high above and slammed his sword on Dark Baigan's helmet. It shook violently, causing Dark Baigan to shriek as his head shook many times.

"Now!" Ike ordered as he felt weak.

Yang dashed to the monster and he jumped straight to the face, where he punched Dark Baigan with his claws. The monk landed back on the floor, and Cecil used his back to propell himself to stab the monster's throat through. Dark Baigan yelled in pain as Cecil pushed him back by using his feet, landing back on the floor with the others.

"Cast thy holy might on deep blood... Curaga!" Tellah cast a higher healing spell to heal the 3 fighters instantly. "Who's useless now?"

"Over Limit ready!" Kawashima called out.

"Oops," Chris muttered as he was behind Palom.

"You heard Chris's talking pants!" Palom yelled (as Chris facepalmed). "Over Limit ready!"

Silence.

Palom turned to him. "What does your pants mean anyway?"

"I-it was the voice in your head," Chris said suddenly. "(Oh crap...)"

"...I knew it," Palom said deviously. "My mind has its own mind on his own."

The World Traveler almost got a short fuse in his own mind. "...Wow!" he said sarcastically. "That should REALLY benefit life itself!"

"Heheheh, I know," Palom said. "I'm a genius."

"And I'm his evheel lackey," Popo said. "And we both will conquer the world, and plague it with snakes!"

"..." Chris looked worried at Popo. "Popo, d-did you notice you have a snake biting your throat?"

"It likes me," Popo said as he petted the flying assassin poisonous snake. "I called it Snaky."

"P-Popo! Y-you're turning so pale!" Chris yelled.

"Does it mean I'm a purple cameleon?"

"M-more like a poisoned chameleon! ...I mean, get it off!" The World Traveler pulled the snake from its...empty tail, or more accurately, the part where it didn't have tail.

It hissed and looked angrily at Chris.

"U-UAH!!!" Chris screamed as he tried to keep the violent snake from getting off. He quickly grabbed the mouth and forced it to close itself.

Unfortunately, he was obligated to move around as he grabbed the snake by its mouth and its half tail.

"Aw, look at that," Popo said. "Snaky wants to like Chris."

"..." Palom looked unsure. "Um, are you sure he likes him? I mean, both of those snakes have trying to bite us to death."

"Are you kidding me?!" Popo asked shocked (as Chris struggled to keep the snake from escaping. He was thrown to the floor and rolled with the snake, begging for help). "Snaky just wants to have friends!"

"I-I'm sorry for telling you this, but I don't think those snakes want to be pets," Palom said. "Even I have my own limits, you know."

"Aww, please!" Popo said. "You gotta love that!"

"HEEEEEEEEEELP!!!" Chris pleaded as the snake's mouth was freed, but he quickly closed it and rolled around more.

"...You know what," Palom began. "I'm beginning to think that you're a lot stranger than me."

"I do," Popo said smiling. "And you do."

"To my own limit, though," Palom said (as Sheik ran away from one snake). "Popo, this is just me, but...I don't think you're being true to yourself."

"Ha, what do you mean by that joke?"

At this, Nana stopped watching Sheik (because the Ice Climber wanted to help her) and overheard the 2.

"I mean I don't think you're you!" Palom said. "Think about it! (If you can, anyway). That level of...insanity that you have is just too...weird!"

Nana came closer, as Ike decided to use the Over Limit. Cecil, Yang, and Tellah watched amazed as the Greil Mercenary slashed Dark Baigan from below his chin, pushing him to the air where Ike began his furious attack of fire.

"I'm the definition of weird," Popo said. "I'm proud of that."

"Oh," Nana said as she came close to them (while Chris bagned the snake's head on a nearby table). "Popo, I was meant to ask you something."

"Oh, what is it?" Popo asked happily. "I was in the middle of a fight."

"True, and you talked to me," Palom pointed out.

"Popo...you can't hide this from me anymore," Nana said as an explosion of fire (from Ike) came from behind, followed by a scream of pain. "I know everything about you."

"About my secret hobby of collecting toilet paper?" Popo asked. "Because I discovered lots of 'em in Chris's house an-"

"Popo," Nana interrupted. "...Are you acting stupid because you want to?"

"Why are you asking that?" Popo looked confused.

"Oh, I don't know." Nana looked away bored, turning her eyes to him. "Because I'm starting to think you're not the same as you were from before."

Popo blinked as Yang lunged at a heavily damaged Dark Baigan. "Ooh, I know what you mean. You mean the time I puked the bad milk? I told you I was just fine!"

"Popo, stop it!" Nana yelled angrily.

This yell caught Porom's attention (after healing Sheik from being poisoned) and she turned around. "Is she going to do it?" she muttered before she ran at them.

...Leaving Sheik to fight a flying snake.

And also leaving Chris from being bitten by a snake.

"This has gone far enough!" Nana yelled. "I'm sick o-"

"Are you gonna go deja vu like in the mansion? That would be awesome," Popo said happily.

"NO!" Nana yelled. "Popo, listen to me!"

"I'm listening!" Popo yelled happily. "Ask me anything! I will answer it back! Throw anything to me! C'mon! You can do it! You can't do it at the same time! Go for it, Nana! I dare you, I double dare you mothe-"

"Popo," Nana interrupted. "Our parents are dead."

Music stops

The blue Ice Climber kept staring up at the ceiling before he looked down and laughed. "Nana! You're being so silly. Our parents are dead, true, but we still have a family! Don't you remember the time I fought to make you understand about not going into the snowstorm to search for some dead corpses that could be probably forgotten in the abysses close to Icicle Mountain?"

"..." Nana narrowed her eyes at him. "...Popo..."

"Yeah?"

"I'm surprised," she began. "Nothing what you said sounded stupid as you do normally..."

Palom and Porom looked at each other, blinked, and looked at Popo.

They noticed that the Ice Climber's smile was slowly disappearing...

"And think about it again," Nana went on. "You were absolutely right in every single word you said."

Popo looked at her with a normal, straight face.

"I was being silly that time, I admit that," Nana said as she crossed her arms. "And I'm also surprised that you didn't screw up anything at all."

Popo's eyes widened.

"...And..." Nana pointed at him. "This also means something very revelating, if I do say so myself."

Popo slowly shook his head.

"If you remembered EXACTLY what happened that time, and you didn't say something stupid, and the FACT that you're looking at me with a face you have never showed to me ever since I was going to commit suicide...that means..."

Popo backed away and shook his head.

"...It means you have been acting ALL THIS TIME!!!"

"U-ugh!" Popo gasped and backes away from Nana.

Palom and Porom watched shocked as Popo backed away from his sister. He continuously shook his head. Both twins looked at Nana going slowly after Popo. "So Popo, do you admit everything what I said is true?"

"I-I like Bidoofs..." Popo responded as he sweated.

"You mean Mudkips, right?" Nana asked. "Because it's not like you to lie the "memes" you've learned...because if that's the case, then it's true you've been acting."

"I-it's o-"

"Dare to say the most hated meme of all times and I'm really going to smack the heck out of you," Nana threatened.

"P-please, don't do it!"

"A-ha!" Nana said, glaring at him. "You didn't sound stupid just now!"

"I-I did!" Popo said. "I mean, that's how I am!"

"Sure," Nana said. "And I'm a purple seal."

"D-don't be silly, you're my twin sister!" Popo sweated more as he backed away.

"Popo, this is not like you at all," Nana said. "Why are you acting so shocked? I wonder, why are you even sweating and backing away in fear from me? You could have done this a long time ago, but you didn't."

"B-because I was very busy?"

"Busy about what?"

"Busy with trying to forget..." He noticed Nana narrowing her eyes more at him. "U-um, why the glare?"

"Oh no, don't mind me," Nana said. "Keep going. You sound more intelligent this time around."

"Yes!" Popo said. "I'm intelligent, am I not?"

"..."

"Y-you can stop walking to me..." Popo said.

The other twins looked worried as they slowly followed the Ice Climbers. They didn't even mind to go through the battle, since everyone was busy fighting at least a sin against nature itself.

But when fantasy was mentioned, then this didn't mean nothing; not even a sin.

"It is enough, Popo!" Nana yelled (as she jumped over a rolling Chris with the snake he was trying to kill). "I have you where I wanted you to be, Popo! You can stop using that false facade now!"

"Hey!" Popo said. "A facade is something that someone uses to hide his or her true self!"

"...You got screwed over. That was so intelligent."

"Yeah..." Popo said. "...NO!"

"POPO!" Nana yelled angrily. "Stop denying it! I've had enough of that facade you're using!"

"I-I've only been using it for at least a year!"

"What?!"

"Aw, dangit!" Popo yelled.

"This is getting so stupid, Popo!" Nana yelled (as she ducked from a kick of Sheik to the other flying snake). "Even more stupid than you!"

"S-stop it!" Popo yelled. "Y-you're not going t-"

"What?!" Nana asked again. "What I'm going to do? I'm going to find out everything about you...and guess what, it's today I'm going to do that!"

"N-Nana, w-we have a battle to fight here!"

"Screw the fight!" Nana yelled. "Apparently, I like to know what happened to a dear brother of mine who keeps denying the undenyable!"

"I'm not denying anything," Popo said with a nervous chuckle. "What am I denying?"

"You tell me, dear brother of mine," Nana dared. "You can tell me everything."

"I-I can't!"

"You're contradicting yourself, bastard!" Nana yelled. "Admit it that you have been acting all this time!"

"No!"

"Admit you used to be smarter than you are now!"

"N-no!"

"Admit, or rather tell your true reasons behind your false self!"

"N-n-no!"

"Admit that you don't act like a complete retard!"

"N-n-n-no!"

They soon entered the range of battle where the other 4 were battling Dark Baigan.

"Admit everything, Popo!" Nana said angrily. "I can't hold this any longer!"

"A-and neither do I!" Popo yelled. "In fact, I'm sick of acting up!"

He opened his eyes, terrified of what he just said.

"...There's no way out, now," Nana muttered. "You just said something I wanted to hear from you."

"I-I was just lying..."

"Popo, I didn't even make you say that," Nana said. "I used a weapon you can't best me with."

"W-what weapon is that?" Popo asked worried.

"The weapon...of persuading," Nana pointed out as they both stopped walking. "You fell right into it like I expected."

"..." Popo's eyes began to fill with tears. "I...I..."

"Porom," Palom whispered. "Ever felt like we're the only ones caring about them?"

"Hmm," Porom muttered. "It seems so. I'd like to do this in a normal basis, though."

"Touche."

"Yes, Popo?" Nana asked. "You what?"

"...I...I...I..." Popo stammered. "...I..."

"..." Nana nodded, and kept doing the same action.

"...I...I'm not wearing any underwear..."

"..."

"...Why is Nana shaking so suddenly?" Palom asked worried.

Porom simply shook her head without any trail of emotion. "Brace yourself, Palom. Something very dangerous will happen in a moment..."

"How do you know that?"

"Mutual feelings," she muttered. "Very close mutual feelings..."

Nana's self began to shake with fury as she made fists, glared at her brother, and yelled "POPOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"U-uah!" Popo screamed and turned around to run away towards the throne room. "D-don't kill me, please! I-I'm way too young to die!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Nana raised her hammer and chased after her brother.

Palom and Porom gasped as both went right towards Dark Baigan, and through the 4 battling him. Cecil, Yang, Ike, and Tellah watched confused as both screaming twins ran at the monster, who chuckled evilly as he prepared to use a spell.

"COMING THROUGH!" Popo yelled as he ducked and passed right between the monster's legs. Dark Baigan looked behind where the blue Ice Climber clumsily walked ahead on the steps of the stairs.

"You little vermin!" Dark Baigan yelled. "Come back here!"

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

In slow motion, Dark Baigan turned his head around and got whacked on the right side of his face hard by a furious Nana's hammer. The reptile-looking soldier let blood fall out from his mouth before Nana stuck the spikes underneath her feet on his skin (hard), causing him to scream loudly in pain before she scratched him with her feet, and climbed up to him where she pushed him back to push herself back where Popo was running to.

"POPO!!!" Nana yelled loudly as she ran after Popo. "THIS IS ENOUGH, YOU HEARD ME? ENOUGH!!!"

"Y-you imbeciles!" Dark Baigan hissed. "Y-you shall pay for what you've done to m-"

He was interrupted as Palom and Porom ran underneath him and followed the other 2 to the throne room.

"S-stop sneaking, dangit! O-oww, she hit me so hard..." Dark Baigan complained...

...Then looked up where Cecil and Ike jumped towards him, and pointed their swords down at him...

And to his face.

"...THUNDAR-"

2F

An extreme yell of pain was heard from the first floor as a panicked Popo came from it. The blue Ice Climber tried not to trip, but he managed to run nevertheless. It was time for an enraged Nana to come up from the stairs as she swung her hammer wildly. "POPO!!!" Nana yelled. "I'VE HAD ENOUGH!!!"

"L-let me live!" Popo pleaded. "I beg of you!"

"YOU WILL DIE FOR BEING A BAD LIAR ALL THESE DAYS TO ME!!!" Nana proclaimed angrily as both disappeared into the next corridor that leaded to the throne room.

Some seconds later, the twins of Mysidia came from the stairs and hurried to catch up with the twins of the mountain. "P-Porom!" Palom began as he panted. "D-do you think this has gone long enough yet?"

"A-are you actually worrying about that now?" Porom asked.

"Just because I like to gossip!"

"H-hush!" Porom yelled as they disappeared into the corridor.

"POPO, I HAVE YOU NOW!" Nana yelled from the corridor.

"U-uah!" Popo tripped and quickly turned around to her sister. "N-no! Please! I-I'm good!"

Throne Room

"When am I going to stop being a filthy human in disguise?" asked the king in utter annoyance. "I'm starting to hate this whole thing about disguising as the deceased king of Baron that nobody knows about anymore."

The king stood up and made a devilish glare. "And who is the one behind all those yells?" He looked at the nearby Subspace Bomb. "The man with the odd skin told me to secure this from exploding the castle, and Baron with it. Good thing he said I could use the "Shadow Bugs" or whatever their name was to boost my powers."

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

"Ugh!" the king grunted. "Dammit! Who is the one yelling like that?"

It was not long before a spinning flying hammer was flung at full speed to his forehead.

The king's eyes widened. "DEVIL SHI-" he managed to say before the hammer hit his head hard, and knocked him out on the throne with a dizzied look. "Damn you..." he muttered in a different tone of voice.

From within the corridor, Nana came from it, rolling with Popo, as she strangled his throat. "DAMMIT!" Nana yelled. "POPO, STOP IT RIGHT NOW!!!"

"W-what?" Popo asked weakly.

"STOP ACTING!" she yelled. "STOP BEING A COMPLETE AND USELESS MORON!" she cried. "S-stop doing retarded things!" she cried louder. "S-s-stop saying annoying memes and all that crap..." she muttered. "A-and above everything else..."

Popo felt Nana's grip becoming weaker and weaker as time passed.

"A-a-a-and above everything else..." she sobbed. "...P-please..." she cried silently. "...Return to your real self..."

"..." Popo blinked in shock.

Nana's eyes began to fill with tears before she sobbed louder. At that moment, Palom and Porom came from the stairs and gasped at the 2. "...Popo!!!" Nana suddenly hugged him tightly and cried above his shoulder. "I-I don't want you to be like this anymore!" she cried through tears. "I...I want the old you to come back to me! Uaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah!!!" she cried louder.

Porom shook her head several times and looked worried. "N-Nana..." she muttered sadly.

"..." Popo kept blinking in shock as Nana kept sobbing and crying over his right shoulder. "...N-Nana..."

Nana sobbed silently and didn't want to look at him. "W-what now?! Are you going to say something retarded like you usually do? Oh, that's right, you're a retard after all!!!"

"I-I've had enough of acting!"

"What was that?!"

"I...I admit it!" Popo yelled. "I wasn't me all this time! Y-you were right..."

"..." Nana slowly stopped sobbing.

Porom opened her mouth in surprise. "S-so...so Nana was true about you..." she muttered.

"Huh? Huh? Huh?" Palom looked back and forth between the 3. "H-hey! I-I wanna know what's happening! D-don't leave me out of this!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 10, 2009, 08:50:54 PM
"..." Popo felt ashamed. "...Nana...I'll...stop acting..."

"..." Nana's eyes shook in surprise, and she slowly pushed herself back to look at Popo. "...You...have been acting?"

Final Fantasy X - Someday The Dream Will End

"...Yes..." Popo said, closing his eyes to prevent his tears from strolling down. "I...I have been doing this for a long time, haven't I..."

"P-Popo..." Nana shook her head. "W-why?"

Popo looked away and opened his eyes.

"Why? I-I can't simply understand anything about your reason behind your change in behavior..." Nana said. "Why?"

"...I was..." Popo began. "I...was...trying to..."

"...Don't stop!" Nana said. "I-I need to understand now! Please, tell me! I-I'm not going to menace you again!"

"I was trying to..." Popo's eyes filled with tears. "I was trying to...I was trying to forget..."

"To forget?" Nana repeated. "D-don't stop, tell me now!"

"Please, tell her!" Porom suddenly called from behind.

"I WAS TRYING TO FORGET ABOUT OUR REAL PARENTS!!!" Popo cried out. "T-that's why I've been acting all this time!"

"W-what?" Nana asked in astonishment. "O-our real parents? P-Popo, what do you mean by the-"

"P-please, Nana," Popo began as she shook in fear. "L-let me stand up to explain everything to you. It has been so long enough for you to tolerate, hasn't it?"

"..." Nana couldn't stand up, but Porom ran to her and helped her to get up from Popo. It was not long before a gasp came from Palom and he ran to help Popo like Porom did before. "...Now..." Nana cleared her tears as she stood in front of Popo. "...Explain yourself... I want to know everything..."

Popo nodded slowly. "...I'll do..." he muttered. "This madness...it needs to be stopped now...and I have to face the truth as well..."

"Face the truth..." Nana muttered.

"I'll explain it as well," Popo said. "Everything... Just...listen to my story, Nana..." He looked at Palom and Porom. "And you, please, listen as well... Everyone here should know about my reasons behind my change in behavior. It's today or never, after all..."

"Popo..." Nana muttered depressed.

"...I'll start, Nana," Popo began. "I'll end this today, I promise it to you, and you 2 as well."

"Well, start!" Palom said. "It's better to begin now!"

"I'm going to!" Popo yelled before he cleared his throat. "Nana, everyone, the reason behind this whole problem that I caused was because I wanted to forget my...our real parents..."

"Our parents..." Nana repeated. "But, Popo, why do our parents have to do with you? You weren't interested in them when I acted like that before."

"Because I began to feel sad, Nana," Popo said. "I...wanted them back..."

"But of course you wanted them back!" Nana yelled.

"But then I remembered they were dead!" Popo yelled back. "There was no other way to bring them back to life, wasn't it?!"

"N-no..." Nana said.

"So," Popo went on. "I began to think about them after we got in the mansion, Nana," he explained. "I...started to remember everyday about them."

"When did you...start to remember?" Nana asked.

"The same night Geno arrived," Popo said. "That day...I started to remember..."

The blue Ice Climber turned around and looked up to the ceiling.

"I had nothing better to do, so I decided to see our things in our room," Popo explained. "I rummaged our belongings, and from all of them, I found..."

Flashback

Smash Mansion
Ice Climbers' Room

There was Popo moving things inside a drawer. He was alone for the time being since Nana went to have her breakfast in the early morning. After a while, Popo looked up and took a photo of his parents and Nana, all smiling happily in front of the igloo. "Dad, Mom," Popo said with a smile. "I forgot we left this photo here."

Popo looked around for a small portrait. When he managed to find one, he put the photo inside and put it on the drawers' desk. He smiled happily at the photo and tilted his head. "I wonder how you 2 are doing right now," Popo said to the photo. "It's been some days after we were asked to come here again."

"That was the only moment where I was happy," Popo narrated. "I remember playing outside in the snow with you, Nana. I remember even them giving our sweet dinners. Do you remember?"

"O-of course," Nana said with a nod. "I remember."

"But...there was something I couldn't try to avoid remembering..."

"Maybe I'll you you 2 a mail," Popo said. "I'll ask Nana. She needs to know about this."

As he turned around, he looked back at the portrait and sighed.

"You know..." Popo began. "Nana doesn't remember about what happened that time anymore. When we're this separated from each other, I can't stop but wonder about you 2."

He walked to the photo.

"And sometimes, I have dreams about my real parents..." Popo said. "I can see their faces, and how they looked like. I smile when I run at them, and Nana appears right beside me and follows me to them."

After he said that, he felt suddenly bad.

"...But...at the same time..." Popo trailed off worried. "I...I hate to dream about them...I really do..."

He sniffed.

"I-I don't understand..." Popo said as he shook his head. "I...I always think they're going to be at the door, waiting for the 2 of us to wake up, and when I do wake up, there's nobody there!" he yelled. "Those dreams make me happy...but at the same time, they hurt me more and more than making me happy..."

Popo looked at the photo.

"And for my bad luck...those dreams have become more frecuent every night..." he said worried. "I...I don't know what to do... What am I going to do if I do get happy to see them again? When I wake up, they're not going to be here..."

He sobbed at the portrait.

"And...you know what do they say to me when I dream?" Popo asked. "...They say..."Popo...Nana...come to us... We want to be with you all the time... Why don't you come to us? We're always waiting for you to come with us to our home... Just wait for you to wake up, then you'll see us with you..." and more things I don't want to rememeber..."

Popo buried his face on his hands.

"W-why..." Popo frowned. "Why am I dreaming these dreams...No! T-they're nightmares of the past, aren't they?" He looked at the photo while tears began to stroll down. "This is unfair! They told us that they're going to be beside us, but they aren't! Why is that? T-that's so cruel!"

He sobbed louder.

"A-am I going through the same thing Nana went through a long time ago?" he asked through tears. "B-because... No, I'm not thinking about abandoning you either... I was thinking about these nightmares with my parents in them... And I worried about those nightmares coming back this night..."

Popo cleared his tears.

"But...how can I forget about them?" Popo asked. "There's no way I'm going to forget them if they keep showing up..."

"I was stuck there," Popo said. "There wasn't a single way to forget those nightmares."

"Popo! Why didn't you tell me this from the very beginning?!" Nana asked. "I could hav-"

"You could have ended up like me, Nana!" Popo yelled. "Think about it, didn't you go through the same before? You didn't even try to forget it, right?"

"I-I..."

"...Like I expected," Popo said. "I didn't want to drag you into this, and that's why I needed to do this by myself. I couldn't tell this to nobody else either."

"But that doesn't explain your rather insane behavior," Porom said. "There had to be reason, am I right?"

"...About that part..."

"What can I do in order to forget the nightmares?" Popo shook with fear. "I-I''m so scared if I dream them again... What can I do?!" he asked in panic. "I-I can't let nobody know about this! What would they think if they saw me in this state?!"

It was not long before he heard some voices coming the hallway. Popo suddenly stopped screaming and quickly calmed himself down. He grew curious about the voices, and he wanted to make sure nobody would hear him.

He carefully walked to the door and leaned to it to overhear the voices... "...There are Ness and Pikachu..."

"Ness, you don't have to look depressed today," Pikachu said.

"I-I know..." Ness said. "I hate to have this feeling some times, Pikachu. I grew very attached to my family and I can't stop feeling homesick..."

"Well, I don't know you, but I don't know my own family," Pikachu said. "But here I am, enjoying my time without knowing my origins."

"How is that going to help me?"

"In nothing, just saying," Pikachu said. "I know what's going to make you forget that."

"What?"

"Didn't you tell me you used to call your dad and talk for a while to cure yourself?"

"Y-yes."

"Well, do that. I don't know how he makes you forget that."

"T-that's because..." Ness smiled. "He always tells me words of encouragement to keep going."

Pikachu knew this conversation was going to turn cheesy, so he blocked his ears while Ness looked up. "I'm listening," Pikachu lied. "Go on."

"He always tells me to be...enthusiastic," Ness explained. "He makes me remember the good times when I used to play with him when I was way younger than now."

Popo kept listening with little interest.

"He also said I could forget bad things by being overly happy all the time," Ness explained. "Like doing a lot of stupid things, but I didn't take that advice, and instead I kept calling at him to feel right at home."

Too bad for Pikachu, because he was able to hear him. "Doing a lot of stupid things? What the heck was he recommending you with?"

"H-hey!" Ness glared at him. "My Dad was once a psychologist and he knows what's he saying to me!"

"You just told me that!" Pikachu said. "How was I supposed to know your dad was a psychologist before?"

"Anyway!" Ness went on. "I didn't want to take that advice because I would feel stupidly...stupid! That's why!"

"Oh, good for you," Pikachu said. "I don't know anything about psychology, but if he says that, then it could be true."

"But whatever," Ness said. "I chose to talk to him frecuently over being enthusiastic. He told me that it can make you forget very bad things, such as bad memories of the past, horrible events that happen right before your eyes, or even nightmares and the such."

"I know the feeling," Pikachu said. "I'd hate to have a crazy Ness around."

Ness blushes embarrassed. "W-well, I have to agree with you there."

Popo made sure the 2 would go away from the front of his door, and they left to the main lobby. The blue Ice Climber shook his head and looked ashamed.

"Phew, that was close," Popo said. "...But what Ness said about his dad's recommendation..."

Popo looked at the photo again, and he suddenly felt ashamed.

"N-no, I couldn't do it!" Popo said. "...And why the heck was I thinking about using that alternative? What would Nana say if he ever saw me using another kind of behavior I don't use?"

The Ice Climber looked back at the photo.

"..." He looked down and frowned. "...It's the nightmares...or the alternative without nighmares... What to choose..."

"I had a hard time deciding because you would be back from eating breakfast," Popo said. "I was really stuck. My mind had a lot of questions without answers, and I was running out of time. When I looked at the mirror, I saw my face wet with all the tears I cleared away, but they made my face get wet. I looked so stupid with that face, and I didn't want you to find out."

"Nana..." Popo muttered. "She can't see me in this state! What would she think?!" he asked in panic.

Then he remembered something from the past.

"A-and if she goes through the same thing she went through in the past?" Popo asked worried. "She could even start to have those nightmares if I tell her! I-I don't know what to do!"

"Tell Nana and pray for her to stay away from having the nightmares...brace myself against the nightmares and not tell her...lie to her and pretend nothing happened, even if it I looked that something really happened...or..." Popo trailed off, scared of saying the next. "...Or...change attitudes and test it out at the same time in order to see and forget the nightmares, not caring if Nana would find out soon..."

The doorknob of the door began to twist, and Popo quickly turned at it before he gulped and looked back at the photo. "...Everything or nothing..." Popo muttered. "...It's time to choose... You can do it...Popo... You can do this..."

The door opened, and Popo's heart skipped a beat.

"Hey, Popo," Link began. "Have you seen Zelda?"

Popo sighed in relief, but didn't turn and made himself look busy as he moved his head around. "No, I haven't. I think I saw her in the lobby, though."

"Thanks," Link said simply before he closed the door.

Popo turned at the door and sighed. "Oh, thank god, that was so clos-"

The door opened and Nana walked in. Popo suddenly made a shocked face and looked at her. "...Popo?" Nana began. "Why do you look like that?"

"(Choose, choose, choose, CHOOSE NOW OR NEVER!!!)" Popo screamed in his mind.

"And why are you wet on the face?" Nana asked. "Is something wrong?"

"I...just couldn't turn back..."

"...Yippeeyaiyo!" Popo said happily.

Nana blinked confused. "Um, are you alright?"

"Course I am," Popo said. "Happy me as always."

"..." Nana nodded, still confused. "Okaaay... Are you going to eat breakfast?"

"The best food of the day, you mean?"

"...Yes?"

"Hurray!" Popo cheered as he ran past Nana and ran away in a hurry. "Pancakes!!!"

Nana looked extremely confused at this sudden reaction that she shrugged and tried to forget it.

"And then, I had everything planned from that moment," Popo said. "My new facade allowed me to distract myself from the nightmares with my parents, but at the same time, Nana grew more uncomfortable with me for acting so insane that she developed a hatred to me."

"And I just followed the flow and said things I didn't mean to say..." Nana said. "You had everything like you planned?"

"The opportunities just came out of nowhere," Popo said. "Everything was set to me to act like a retard. At first I was skeptical, but I had to maintain my profile like I wanted it to be in order to forget the nightmares."

"Wait, you kept dreaming the nightmares? I thought it only happened one time," Porom said.

"They...kept coming back..." Popo said depressed. "I was cursed with them... It's like something wanted to hurt me and keep lying to everyone about my true self..."

End of flashback

Baron Castle
Throne Room

"...Yes..." Nana began. "You were dreaming at that mountain with zombies," she said. "And you were happy."

"Because my parents were there...and then when I woke up, I would act stupid and forget what I saw," Popo said. "Everything I've been doing all these days were the same thing: dream with my parents, wake up and instantly change to my retarded behavior, keep Nana from guessing what's been happening to me, and keep acting like that until I dreamed again."

"Like some kind of cycle?" Palom asked.

"A very bad one..." Popo said. "And Nana."

"Y-yes?" Nana asked as she cleared her tears.

"You were so decided to find out about me the moment we met them, right?"

"Yes," Nana said depressed. "Porom helped me to overcome the hatred towards you, and she even helped me to keep going."

"And I..." Popo looked at Palom. "I used Palom all this time."

"Wait, what again?" Palom asked.

"It's true," Popo said. "I mentioned the opportunities would rise and help me out, and you...were one of those opportunities. I...used you to distract me from remembering."

"..." Palom looked down.

"Just don't worry," Popo said. "Thanks to you, I was so happy, even if I was an idiot. When you suddenly began to question me with the othe-"

Music stops

The 4 twins remembered something important.

"The others!" they yelled in unison.

"Oh man, we forgot them!" Palom yelled. "We followed you 2 when you were beating the crap out of each other!"

"Actually, Nana was the one beating the cr-" Porom shook her head. "Hush now!"

"Porom!" Palom yelled.

"We have to go back and help them!" Popo suggested. "Nana, can you...please wait for me a little bit longer?"

"..." Nana looked away.

"...Take your time to forgive me," Popo said. "You have all the time of the world, but please, forgive me..."

"..." Nana looked at him and nodded slowly.

"Then let us go back and help them out!" Porom suggested and the 4 nodded.

They turned around...and found the 6 already running to them.

"...Not," Porom added.

"What were you doing here?" Cecil asked. "We were having a bad time with Baigan and his flying snake hands."

"Um, Sir Cecil," Porom began. "What are you all doing here?"

"We beat the monsters," Ike said.

At that moment, a mad Chris (with some scars around his arms and throat, with green goo splattered all over his face) walked to them and kept staring up at the ceiling. "I..." he began as he panted furiously. "Fought for my life...against a stupid flying poisonous enraged snake hand of doom...and crushed it...with my claws..."

"Bless my magic for curing you of Deadly Poison at leasy 7 times," Tellah said.

"...Dude, you look so mad," Popo said to Chris.

Chris shook in rage before Sheik put a hand on his shoulder. "There, there, they're done."

"Who are you?" Cecil asked to Sheik.

The Sheikan's eyes widened and shifted her eyes uncomfortably. "I..." she began. "...Have to go..."

She ran away.

"Wait!" Cecil yelled.

At that moment, Zelda came back from the second floor and panted. "I-I'm sorry for leaving, but I needed...(think about something, quick)...to go."

"...Did you see a ninja-looking man just now?"

"(Man?! T-the never of him!!!) No," Zelda said simply. "I-I saw that you defeated the soldier who mutated, right?"

"Who would have known that the monster would go down by stabbing his head through?" Tellah asked.

"With a heavy sword," Ike added.

"VERY heavy sword, my friend," Yang added.

"..." Chris wiped the goo off his face. "And you also spun the sword a little too fast, and he kept screaming until he fell down and vanished...that was gross."

"..." The 4 twins kept blinking at them.

"We don't have to worry about Baigan anymore," Cecil said. "Now we have to talk with the kin-"

The paladin stopped once he saw the king passed out on the throne, with Nana's hammer falling off from the steps before it went all the way down to her.

"...Oh," Nana began as she blushed. "So this is where I flung my hammer." She picked it up. "I-I'm sorry for hitting you!" She bowed to the king.

"U-ugh..." the king of Baron grumbled before he sat up. "What kind of fool throws a hammer out of nowhere..."

The king looked down at the 10.

"...Cecil!" he said smiling. "My, you've changed, my child."

"...Your Majesty," Cecil began as he stepped forward. "I have something to discuss with you."

"There's a freaking bomb over there!!!" Popo screamed as he pointed at the nearby Subspace Bomb.

The other 9 looked at it and gasped. "W-what kind of device is that?" Tellah asked.

"I've never seen something like it before..." Yang said. "...Curse my kingdom," he muttered.

"Cecil," the king stood up. "What have you done to yourself?"

"Your Majesty," Cecil began again. "What is that big...thing?"

"Oh, don't mind it," the king said. "It's going to take the whole kingdom after it blows up."

"The whole kingdom?" Cecil repeated shocked. "Your Majest-"

"What have you done to yourself?" the king repeated. "A paladin? No, that won't do for my army, Cecil. You must inherit the dark sword again and help the kingdom in its quest for domination of all the other kingdoms."

"...Never," Cecil said. "I regret from doing those things to everyone in Mysidia. I'm sorry, Your Majesty, but I'll have to follow the path I chose."

"...Pitiful," he said. "Fine, be that way."

"I sense evil from him," Tellah said suddenly.

"..." Cecil looked somewhat miffed. "...Your Majesty...are you..."

"Oh, for the love of Barbariccia, yes!" the king said in relief. "Yes! I'm not the king but Cagnazzo, the lord of all waters!"

"I thought that was Leviathan," Porom commented.

"S-shut up!" the king demanded. "I've had enough of impersonating the fallen king of Baron all these years!"

"What?" Cecil asked. "You...killed His Majesty?"

"Yes!" Cagnazzo yelled. "And Golbez! He put me here to make sure to conquer Baron after killing the king!"

A blue atmosphere filled the whole room, and they watched as the king himself began to outgrow his clothes. However, this didn't imply something...not recommended, but instead, he began to turn blue as he slammed his hands down on the floor and began to grow into a big-turtle-devil monster with a demonic human head. He later glowed dark as the Shadow Bugs poured out from his legs.

The group gasped as Dark Cagnazzo roared loudly to the ceiling, and even some of them were disgusted by this. "Let me guess, another monster with those Shadow Bugs?" Tellah asked.

"Y-yes!" Chris said.

The Black Mages - Fight With The Four Fiends

"I...am Cagnazzo," Dark Cagnazzo proclaimed. "And I am the Elemental Lord of Water!"

"Are you single?" Palom asked.

"Hush!" Porom yelled.

"You shall perish for attacking me with a puny hammer!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled.

"Hey!" Nana pointed at him with her hammer. "This hammer turns out to be a gift from my mom, and you won't mock it!"

"Yeah!" Popo said as he did the same. "How can you mock these hammers, idiot?"

Chris, Zelda, and Ike looked at each other. "Did Popo just say something not so stupid?" Ike asked.

Popo blinked...but he shook his head and glared at the Lord of Water. "Bring it on, demon shell!"

"With all pleasure!" Dark Cagnazzo laughed. "Coldest ice, trap my enemies inside eternal glaciers... Blizzaga!"

Stalactites of ice suddenly formed on the ceiling above the group, and they started to fall down. The 10 gasped and quickly ran at different parts before the spikes could pierce them.

"The bomb!" Chris yelled. "We have to deactivate it!"

The World Traveler quickly ran at the bomb and looked panicked.

"W-what now?" Chris asked.

"Let me give you the instructions!" Kawashima yelled. "Certain aspects are easy to me in order to deactivate the bomb!"

"U-um, you know how, really?"

"Of course I do, I'm your virtual tutorial! I serve for every single detail!"

Chris ducked behind the bomb to stay out of range from Dark Cagnazzo. "..." He looked at the R.O.Bs. "..." He shook his head. There was no way to save them as far as he knew.

"Tell me the enemy's wisdom... Libra!" Porom chanted as a lock-on zoomed on Dark Cagnazzo. The White Mage closed her eyes and focused. "...He's weak against ice... Wait, ice?" She opened her eyes. "Why ice? It's the closest related element to water, but why ice?"

"Slow!" Dark Cagnazzo suddenly called forth some clocks on everyone in the room. The clocks spun around them before they began to lose speed until they vanished.

For some reason, they felt that their own time went less slower than usual.

"What...is...happening?" Ike asked.

"I...believe...that...spell...affected...our...normal...paces..." Tellah said slowly.

"Is...there...a...way...to...get out...from...this?" Yang asked as he slowly ran towards Dark Cagnazzo.

"Let me...use...Haste!" Tellah said slowly. "Porom! ...Do...you...know...Haste?"

"I...think...so!" Porom said slowly. "I...just...started...to...study...it!"

"Good!"

"We...need...to...stop...that...fiend...first!" Ike yelled.

"Quick!" Zelda yelled as she slowly used Din's Fire.

The sphere didn't actually go slow, but it went at its usual speed and collided right on Dark Cagnazzo's head. The fiend grunted a little in pain and shook his head from the explosion.

"Since you're so darn slow, I'll try this! Blizzaga!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled to the ceiling, where more stalactites were formed from mist and waited for Cecil, Ike, and Yang from going underneath.

"I...need...to...attack...and...help...them!" Palom said slowly as he concentrated his magic. "Burn...them...to...greater...ashes..."

"Hurry!" Popo yelled. "They're...not...going...to...notice...the...icicles...in...time!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 12, 2009, 04:59:11 PM
"..." Cecil slowly looked up and gasped. "No!"

"DIE!!!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled as the icicles were brought down to them.

The 3 looked up and slowly blocked themselves, but the spears of ice were faster, and thus they shattered upon impact, damaging them greatly as they yelled in pain. "I...hate...this...slow...ness..." Ike panted slowly.

"Blizzaga!" the archfiend yelled as more mist circled around the ceiling and created more huge stalactites that prepare to fall down.

"Fira!" Palom suddenly yelled as scorching flames melted the ice from the ceiling. Dark Cagnazzo cursed at this and glared at the mage.

"Impudent little brat!" he yelled. "Blizzaga!"

Even more mist circled above the twin, who gasped and blinked slowly in shock. When the stalactites were brought down on him, Popo turned quickly as soon as he could and used Blizzard to try to stop the ice from crushing Palom. The ice that he made on his own slowly reached the icicles, but it wasn't enough, and the stalactites shattered into a million of pieces as Palom felt weak and fainted. "No...way..." Palom muttered before he fainted.

"Palom!...!...!" Popo yelled. "No!"

"One down," Dark Cagnazzo said. "9 more..."

"Accelerate...the...body's...mental...clock...of...time..." Tellah chanted. "...Haste!"

Porom blinked surprised as a clock covered herself and began to spin fast until it vanished. She felt that her own time began to move faster than before. "Why?" Porom asked.

"Revive...your...brother..." Tellah said slowly. "Slow...won't...be there...anymore..."

"Right!" Porom said as she quickly focused. "Innocent soul lost withi-Raise!" she quickly chanted.

A small angel came from above and touched Palom's back, instantly making him glow with light before the angel and the light vanished. The Black Mage opened his eyes and got up. "Ugh..." he grunted. "That guy...is so gonna pay..."

"Wait!" Porom began. "Maybe I can use my own Haste and use it on one at a time!" she said before she focused her magic. "Accelerate the body's mental clock o-Haste!"

Haste was used on Tellah, who quickly regained his normal speed before obtaining Haste's true effect. "All right!" he said. "Now's time for payback!"

"Slow!" Dark Cagnazzo suddenly yelled.

Many clocks began to spin on everyone before they were reverted back to being slow.

"Damn...it!" Porom cursed.

"Mwahahahahahaha!" Dark Cagnazzo laughed. "Admit your demises, you can't reach me even if I can't move from my place!"

"I...won't...give up..." Cecil said slowly. "You...will...pay...for...killing...Your...Majesty..."

"Oh, give me a break," the archfiend said. "That fool didn't know how to rule this kingdom at all. I made you a favor."

"You're...wrong!" Cecil yelled as he tried to run at him to slash his sword at his face. "He...was...very...noble!"

"Cecil!" Ike yelled. "Don't...fall...for...his...words!"

"You're..." Cecil got an annoyed face.

And since talking extremely slow has become so boring after a while...

"I'm sick of talking this slow!" Cecil said slowly (no, really, he did say it slowly, only sped up). "We have t-"

The group saw Dark Cagnazzo's feet surging with water that made a barrier around him. "What is happening?" Nana asked slowly.

"Fools," Dark Cagnazzo said. "I had enough of playing with you, useless scum."

"That didn't look like you were playing!" Chris yelled slowly from the bomb.

"...It's time to drown all of you within my waters!" the archfiend proclaimed.

"Quick!" Yang yelled slowly. We must stop hi-"

"Waters..." Dark Cagnazzo began as the group felt the ground shake violently. "Engulf the malicious people that usurp your realm, and drown them till their last breath..." The shell monster opened his mouth wide and yelled, "TSUNAMI!!!"

The group saw water quickly filling the right side of the throne room and it quickly rose to a huge wave. They all gasped and tried to run to the opposite side, but the wave managed to caught up with them, and they were being dragged where Chris was with the bomb.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled as he saw the wave going after him. The World Traveler looked around for a way to hide, and that's when he saw the bomb itself...

The wave crashed down on the wall, and everyone grunted in pain before they all fell down, weakened to their last energies. "..." Nana couldn't speak at all. The effect of Slow, and the fact that she didn't have much energies made her get pushed to the edge to die.

"Mwahahahahahahahahaha!!!" Dark Cagnazzo laughed maniacally. "And look at this!"

The archfiend saw most of them fainting on the floor, where their bodies hit the floor, one by one...

"..." Nana looked at Porom by the side. "...So...rry..." she muttered before she fainted.

"...Don't..." Porom managed to say before she fainted as well.

"..." Popo began to sob silently. "...This...is...so...unfair..." he managed to mutter before he fainted weakly.

"Looks like I drowned you with just one hit!" Dark Cagnazzo laughed. "This power! Yes, YES! IT'S GREAT! IT'S POWERFUL! I'm...POWERFUL!!! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Music stops

Through their battles...they all fought with everything against any evil in their path...

But the fact that evil itself was just too much for them, it finally stopped their progress forever...

And as for the Subspace...

...It conquered everything in its way...

...

"Mwahahahahahahahahaha!!!" Dark Cagnazzo laughed. "Golbez! I've fulfilled your request. Cecil and his companions are finally dead as you asked! Mwahahahahahahahahah-"

A quick figure suddenly appeared from the corridor and ran at full speed to the monster before the figure itself jumped high up and raised an electrified hammer. "HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" A yell of rage came from above the archfiend.

"What?" Dark Cagnazzo looked up. "Who is that?"

"DAMN YOOOOOOOOUUUUUUU!!!" the figure yelled as it quickly dove down and smashed its hammer of lightning on Dark Cagnazzo's head, piercing through the water shield that sprouted out from the archfiend's feet. Dark Cagnazzo's body began to be paralyzed after the hit that he roared in utter pain as the figure jumped back and glared at him.

"W-who the hell are you?!" Dark Cagnazzo asked. "W-what do you think you're doing to me?!"

"Hey, I ain't letting you mess with my boys," the figure said. "Let alone Cecil, you monster!"

"I-I asked you a question, and I want you to respond to it!" Dark Cagnazzo demanded. "WHO ARE YOU AND WHY DID YOU DO THIS TO ME?!"

The figure revealed itself to be a fat man with a blue suit on. He had rather muscular arms (but then again, he had the DS look, so it was hard to make out), he had a brown beard, a blue helmet with goggles that covered his eyes, and he also wielded the electrified hammer. This man who showed up so suddenly was short as well, but he looked rather happy.

"The name's Cid Pollendina," the man introduced himself. "Baron's main engineer of airships, and creator of the Red Wings!"

Cid Pollendina is Baron's main engineer in airships. He has been looking after Cecil, Rosa, and Kain since childhood that they grew friendly with him and see him as an uncle of the sorts. Cid's also responsible for creating the airships of the Red Wings.

As a side note, he has the oddest ability to appear in any Final Fantasy universe in person, but in another reincarnation (with different memories, of course). Not only that, he's always referred as a famous airship engineer through each series. (The only things that change with every single new manifestation of him are his appearance and last name).


"Remember me?" Cid asked as he pointed at himself. "I was imprisoned because I didn't want to build more airships for Golbez. So I broke up from my cell, came all the way, and saw you sin of nature killing my ol' boy Cecil, and I upgraded my hammer with a Zeus Wrath to turn into a lightning weapon, and zap you up!"

"So what about that?" Dark Cagnazzo asked as sparks emanated out. "It's my mission to kill Cecil should he not agree with Golbez's ideals!"

"Oh no, you don't understand," Cid said. "You're gonna have to apologize for doing all this madness through Baron. If you don't say sorry, then say it to my hammer while its on your face!"

The Black Mages - Fight With The Four Fiends

The engineer quickly ran at the monster with his lightning hammer ready on his right shoulder. Dark Cagnazzo wanted to move and attack back, but he was still paralyzed after the harsh hit on his hammer. "Ugh! Your stupid hammer...it paralyzed me!" he complained.

"All the better!" Cid said before he raised his hammer and prepared to slam it down on the archfiend.

"DAMMIT!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled. "NO!!!"

"Careful, I hit harder when I see dead people!" Cid laughed before he slammed down his hammer on Dark Cagnazzo's face. The archfiend yelled in pain after electricity was sent through his body. "Yeehaw!" Cid said with a laugh. "I might be old, but good ol' Cid knows how to deal a good smack!"

"UGH!" Dark Cagnazzo shook his head. "W-what makes you think you can defeat me?! I can still fight back!"

"Nope!" Cid said. "Get prepared for Cid's Constant Cracks!"

"What is that supposed to mean?"

The engineer began to bang his hammer on the archfiend's face continuously, making Dark Cagnazzo yell in pain with every hit landing right on him.

As Cid kept laughing merrily at his crazy hitting spree, someone peered from the Subspace Bomb (that was pushed to the wall, and even a crack appeared on it) and looked at Cid fighting Dark Cagnazzo.

"...Cid?" Chris asked before he looked down at the bomb's countdown. "...It stopped..." he said weakly. "Cagnazzo's Tsunami attack must have...stopped it..."

"Chris, are you there? Chris!" Kawashima called.

"Y-yes, I'm still living," Chris muttered.

"Good," he said. "It looks like the monster stopped the bomb with his own attack. That's good luck if you ask me, and it's more when you're still standing!"

"I-I saw the bomb and I..." The World Traveler looked at the deactivated R.O.Bs. "...They..."

"Look!" Kawashima called out. "It's time to get fighting again."

"But..." Chris looked at the side, where everyone else was fainted. "Everyone..."

"I know, you'll have to revive them," Kawashima said. "While that crazy old man is beating the heck out of the fiend's skull, you have to take advantage of the distraction and heal everyone."

"But can I really do it in time?"

"Hmm..." Kawashima thought for a moment. "...Revive the White Mages first."

"You mean...Porom and Tellah?"

"Yes! You have to revive them first so they can help you with the rest!"

Chris looked worried at his group...but he later nodded seriously as he looked back at the fight, wishing for Cid to keep going while the World Traveler took advantage of the situation.

In a hurry, he changed to his Fonic Hymn User job and concentrated... "But how did Cid..."

"Remember that I told you that something was screwed up here?" Kawashima asked. "Well, I think Cid's sudden arrival was affected and so this happened. If you ask me, this is very beneficial."

"..."

"Chris! Earth to Chris! Respond! Around 9 people need healing!"

"Y-yes, I'm going!" Chris responded back in panic before focusing on the group.

"And we do it like this," Cid said as he banged on Dark Cagnazzo's head. "And like, and like that, and like these, and like those, and like that agai-"

"STOP IT!!!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled in fury as he managed to push the engineer away. "Ugh...that stupid hammer of yours..."

"Well, well!" Cid said proudly. "Guess this old man can give quite a punch, right?"

"Slo...Slo...Slo..." Dark Cagnazzo was suddenly freed from being paralyzed. "SLOW!"

And Cid was made slow. He made a miffed face. "Whoops...guess I said too much already..."

"You...fat...bastard..." Dark Cagnazzo said panting. "You're going to pay for attacking th-"

"Blah, blah, blah, turtle thingy," Cid said slowly and annoyed. "Ain't afraid of some turtle soup here myself."

"AAHH!!!" the archfiend yelled enraged. "THAT IS IT! YOU SHALL DIE FOR MOCKING THE LORD OF THE WATERS!"

"Wasn't that some monster named Leviathan or something?" Cid commented.

"I AM THE TRUE ONE, THE ONE AND ONLY CAGNAZZO!"

"Pfft, the fish I have as a pet is way more fearsome than you."

"H-how the heck can you talk so fast when I used Slow on you?!"

"Hmm?" Cid tilted his head. "You did what to who now?"

"DAMMIT! I'M SICK OF YOU!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled before water sprouted out from his feet and made a shield of water around him. "Waters..."

"Uh-oh," Cid said. "Guess I'll have to stop him again."

The engineer ran towards the archfiend, but at a slow pace since the effect of Slow still was affecting him.

"Engulf the malicious people that usurp your realm, and drown them till their last breath..."

"Thunder!"

A small bolt of lightning pierced through Dark Cagnazzo's water shield that stopped him from finishing his spell on the engineer. Cid blinked confused at this as the archfiend shook his head. "Who did that just now?" Dark Cagnazzo asked as he looked around.

"The Great Palom," Palom began as he stepped in front of him. "Yours truly, the greatest Black Mage of all Mysidia!"

"Y-you!" the archfiend yelled. "What are you brat doing now? I thought I finished you off!"

"Hmm, not quite," Palom said. "I kinda wanted to return so here I am!"

"Get away from my sight!" Dark Cagnazzo demanded.

"Sure," Palom said as he sidestepped.

The archfiend looked confused at this reply before 2 claws scratched his face harshly. The water fiend yelled in pain and shook his head before he opened his eyes and saw a blur. "Grr, what is the meaning of all this nonsense?!"

"I have some matters to attend with you," Yang said as he prepared to attack again. "And I won't stop until I see you dead."

"Likewise here," Dark Cagnazzo said. "Shall I slow you down...literally?"

"Slow!" called a voice.

Dark Cagnazzo saw a clock of time spinning around him before it slowed down. The archfiend gasped at this and grunted angrily as he tried to move faster. "What...the...hell?!" he asked enraged. "Why is everything falling apart for me this time?!"

"Because..." Porom began as she appeared behind Cid, who was later healed of his slowness by Tellah's Dispel. "You sir need to understand full well that it's bad to rule a kingdom while you're evil."

"What does that have to do with this?" Dark Cagnazzo asked quickly. He felt someone jumping above his shell before the top of his head was slashed roughly. "AAAHH!!!"

"That was for killing His Majesty," Cecil said before he jumped off from the shell and landed close to Cid. "Cid, it's good to see you well."

"Cecil, old boy!" Cid said relieved. "You've changed, huh? Well, the dark knight armor didn't fit you that well at all. You look like some sort of prince now!"

"Quit chatting!" Dark Cagnazzo demanded. "Blizzag-"

"Blizzard!"

The archfiend yelled in pain as 2 icy winds came from each side. Dark Cagnazzo managed to see both Popo and Nana blowing blizzard out from their mouths.

And yes, irony fell on the archfiend since it was his weakness: ice.

"Keep...blowing..." Nana said through her ice breath.

"I'm...trying!" Popo yelled back.

"BEGONE!" Dark Cagnazzo pushed the 2 of them away with his hands and roared to call forth his water shield. "Waters..."

"Shock them to greater paralyzis... Thundara!" Tellah interrupted suddenly as he called forth many bolts that pierced through the shield of water, and damaged the archfiend greatly.

"Dammit you all!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled. "Stop interrupting my own spells already! Whatever, I better end this like I did befo-"

"RUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" yelled a voice from behind as a heavy sword was slammed down on the shell. The impact made the whole shell shake violently, causing Dark Cagnazzo to lose his focus for a brief moment before Zelda jumped high and kicked him with the tip of her shoes, causing great damage by the added little bit of magic at the tip.

"Over Limit ready!" Kawashima called as Chris ran to them.

"Are we winning?" Porom asked.

"I can't tell," Tellah said. "We can only guess his weakness, but not how much he has left."

Ike backed away to them. "Well, he still looks a little bit healthy after all those blows."

"Wait," Chris muttered. "Popo! Nana! Use your..." The World Traveler looked at the FF Iv gang. "...Magic!"

"..." Popo and Nana looked at each other.

"Final Smash," Nana muttered.

"Oh," Popo said with a nod.

Without saying anything, both of them raised their hammers above and called forth the Over Limit, covering themselves in a rainbow aura.

"...Hey!" Palom looked angrily at Porom. "Why can't we do that?"

"Wait," Palom began as he looked at Dark Cagnazzo busy trying to push away Yang and Cecil. "We should take advantage of this distraction and prepare our Twincast for real..."

"...Right!" Palom said excited. "Let's do this!"

Both nodded to each other and reunited their hands close to each other. Magic slowly began to fly around them.

"Blizzaga!" Dark Cagnazzo managed to yell to cast mist above his attackers. Cecil and Ike gasped and ran away from the impact site.

However, Yang remained, nodded one time and braced himself as the stalactites began to fell down.

"Mwahahahahahaha!" Dark Cagnazzo laughed as he saw Yang being impacted by the stalactites. Mist flew out from the pieces of ice, and the archfiend smirked to himself. "...What?!"

Once the mist cleared out, a weakened Yang came out from the mist and ran towards the archfiend before the monk raised his Lightning Claw and struck it down on the shell. Dark Cagnazzo felt the impact and grunted angrily. Fortunately for him, he was able to reach Yang's feet to grab them.

The monk gasped before he was thrown away to Tellah. The sage gasped and tried to run, but both collided with each other and slid on the red carpet with some grunts of pain when they stopped.

"O divine spears, run my enemy thro-" Chris was interrupted as he saw more ice circling above him. The World Traveler gasped and ran away from the incoming stalactites before they could hit him. "Can you do something else than casting those icicles?!" Chris asked annoyed.

"Sl-"

This part made everyone gasp.

But it was interrupted as a spinning hammer was flung to his face, and to his mouth where it got hurt, making Dark Cagnazzo yell in pain once again. "This is the second hammer I've been damaged with!" he complained.

"Oh ho ho ho ho, no," Cid said. "You ain't gonna finish those darn spells anymore."

"If you filthy fat bastard didn't intervene in this battle, then nothing of all of this would have happened to me in the first place!" Dark Cagnazzo complained. "And you know what? I'm going to give it all this time for REAL!!!"

The floor began to shake violently, and everyone looked at their right and gasped when a huge wave appeared out of nowhere.

"B-but you didn't chant a spell to use th-" Zelda got interrupted.

"U-um, if you forgot, THERE'S A DAMN TSUNAMI WANTING TO DROWN US!!!" Chris yelled in panic.

"Okay..." Ike sat down.

"W-what are you doing?" Zelda asked.

"Our deaths are just inside that," Ike said as he looked bored at the tsunami...with a smile. "And we better accept this..."

"..." Zelda looked at Chris.

"In other words, Ike's emo or whatever that means," Chris said.

Brown gloves clapped hands together...

And the floor began to shake even more violently.

"Oh, don't tell me he's using another Tsunami!" Cid yelled. "I'm no good swimmer! I'm allergic to water!"

"Besides the fact it's very unlikely to be allergic to water," Tellah began. "We're death."

And from the floor, a huge iceberg emerged and blocked the furious water from crashing down on everyone. Not even that, but the iceberg managed to appear underneath the archfiend and flipped him over as he yelled in pain for the mist damaging him.

"I guess not," Tellah said simply.

Most of them looked at each oher confused...and not by Tellah, but to the huge iceberg before them.

"UGH! W-what is the meaning of this now?!" Dark Cagnazzo complained.

"..." The Ice Climbers stared at the iceberg. "...The blessing of the ice..." Popo began.

"Truly something admirable..." Nana commented.

"...You 2 called that iceberg?" Dark Cagnazzo asked. "...That is IT! I HAD IT WITH YOU NOW!!!"

"Sorry for interrupting, but..." Nana pointed at him. "Can you get back up?"

Dark Cagnazzo smirked and...struggled to get up, but his weight was just too much to even hop from the floor. And since he didn't move at all from the front of the throne, then it only meant something...

No, not even with water would push him back on his feet. It tried to push him back from underneath, but it didn't budge him a little.

"UGH! UGH! UGH!!!" Dark Cagnazzo grunted. "Something, SOMETHING MUST PULL ME BACK ON MY FEET! This didn't happen at all in the past...but why? ...The Shadow Bugs!" he said annoyed. "Ugh, those bugs made me more powerful...but they made me heavier as well?!"

Dark Cagnazzo struggled and struggled, but he just couldn't go back up on his feet. The whole group watched helplessly as the archfiend tried and tried to get up, but with no success whatsoever.

"...You know," Ike began as he stood up. "I can't believe we needed to flip him over to make him useless to fight back."

"...This is bad..." Zelda said as she narrowed her eyes at the archfiend. "I don't think the battle ended."

"We have to kill him off," Cecil said. "What is wrong?"

"...The air seems to get a lot colder all of a sudden..."

Chris looked at the iceberg. "Is it because of the iceberg?"

"No..." Zelda muttered. "Something else is causing this chilling air..."

"...Yes," Tellah said. "This cold breeze is...evil..."

"Have you ever thought about your weird ability to sense evil at all?" Chris asked before he looked up. "What could be causing this..."

His eyes widened.

"The boy's looking weird. Why's that?" Cid asked as he looked up. "...Everyone..."

"..." Zelda looked up. "...So that's the reason?!"

Everyone looked up...

And a whole amount of mist created and unlimited amount of stalactites ready to fall down at any second. The group gasped and turned to the exit of the room, but an ice door blocked the way out. There was no way to escape from the throne room at all.

"..." Ike looked around. "Where are the windows here?"

"If I recall..." Cecil looked down. "There were no plans to build windows here at all..."

"What kind of stupid idea is that?" Zelda asked. "This place surely gets hot for not having air coming in at all."

"Ehem," Tellah began. "We could either discuss Baron's lack of windows, or..." He pointed up. "We could think about something to stop those stalactites from crushing us to our deaths."

Dark Cagnazzo smirked. "Mwahahahahahahaha!"

This repetitive maniacally laugh made everyone get bored.

"Fools! There's no escape from this at all! You have angered me to the edge and I'm sick of that! I was paralyzed, interrupted, slowed, ESPECIALLY SLOWED, and attacked by 11 people and an iceberg!"

"Then if you were slowed," Ike began. "How come you were able to do all that above us?"

"Because I'm forcing the Shadow Bugs to give me the necessary strength (and quickness) to finish you all with one last blow," the archfiend explained. "I'll win after all, am I not?"

Many cracks began to be heard from the ceiling, and the stalactites prepared to fall down on all of them. They looked around for any way to avoid them, but there was no way to evade the insane amount of icicles.

"I-I don't want to die by being impaled by an icicle...through my head!" Chris yelled.

"I bet NOBODY wants to die like that," Ike said bored.

"Ike, you're not helping at all..." Chris said bored.

"(I need to maintain this ultimate force...)" Dark Cagnazzo thought. "(Forcing these bugs to give me more power deplets it even faster than before...) This will be the end for your foolish kind, humans. Say good bye to the world you used to walk on everyday!"

"Porom..." Palom muttered as he struggled to focus.

"We can do this..." Porom muttere back. "Keep focusing a little longer..."

"NOW!!!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled as he still tried to get up.

A chain reaction of shattering sounds began to move around the stalactites. The whole group gasped in horror as it began to go down slow, then it picked up pace and fell down on them.

"Not if we say something about it!" Palom yelled.

"Now!" Porom yelled.

Both mages held out their hands to the icicles and their hands glowed red with fire power. With a loud scream, they yelled, "Pyro!"

The atmosphere became red, and small circling flames appeared right above everyone. The flames and the icicles met together before the ice began to melt quickly upon contact. The group watched as no ice was able to go through the flames that they blinked in surprise.

"What?!" Dark Cagnazzo said in pure disbelief. "Dammit!"

"A little bit longer..." Porom muttered as they tried to maintain the flames above them. The icicles were not fully melted yet.

Tellah shook his head. "I should do something to help them out..." He looked at Dark Cagnazzo cursing. "...Maybe I could drink an Ether, then use Blizzaga..." The sage took a small green potion and drank it slowly.

"Porom..." Nana muttered amazed. "...You're...really amazing..."

Porom forced a smile as she kept focusing in tandem with Palom. "T-thank you, Nana. I appreciate it very much."

"You 2, keep going like that!" Popo said.

"I think we're not far from winning anymore," Nana said. "Just a little bit longer and then that monster will go down!"

The Ice Climbers blinked in surprise as they looked at both twins...

Something inside them suddenly...became more apparent...

"...Nana..." Popo muttered.

"...I felt it..." Nana said. "...When I looked at them again, something new got inside me..."

"And me as well," Popo said. "...What could it be?"

"...I don't know..." Nana said worried. "But...what if test it out now?"

"How?"

Nana looked at Palom and Porom. "...Maybe..."

"What should we do now?" Zelda asked. "I don't think they're going to maintain that barrier of fire any longer, and the ice doesn't melt that fast at all! At this rate...we could be crushed."

"Damn this!" Cid complained. "I appear right before the nick of time to save everyone, then I get myself dragged into this madness."

"Duh," Ike said. "You could have done better, though."

"Hey, watch that mouth, boy! Here I am, saving your butt, only to receive an insult an-"

"Cid, calm down," Cecil said. "We're not used to fight from long-range anyway."

"Since you're a paladin," Zelda began. "You can use some, um, White Magic, right?"

"...Wait..." Cecil realized something. "...I do know...and I could cast..." He moved his hands closer. "Heal the wounds... Cure!"

Albeit to say, this move was a little bit useless. They all were healed for just 5 percent of their wounds. It wasn't going to make much of a difference.

"...Don't want to sound harsh," Cid began. "But that felt...puny..."

"...I expected it," Cecil said. "I'm just a novice in White Magic, and paladins aren't experts in that field of magic."

"I-I'm sure you'll master it someday," Zelda said.

"Are you blushing, Zelda?" Ike asked out of the blue.

"T-the heat here is intense!" Zelda lied as she waved her hand to herself. "Oh my..."

"..." Ike looked at no one in particular.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FF IV DS arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 14, 2009, 09:15:24 PM
"Hmm..." Kawashima nodded. "...Somebody here learned something new in this world."

"What?" Chris asked.

"2 people here learned a new skill," Kawashima said. "Look around. They should be doing it right now."

"Hmm..." Chris looked around. The shield of fire seemed to be decreasing, but the icicles were no more above them.

The mages sighed in relief and sat down. "Man...we haven't done something like keeping our spells for that long," Palom said.

"Agreed," Porom said. "Just...let's leave this...to Cecil and the others..."

"Cagnazzo!" Cecil suddenly spoke as he pointed his sword at the archfiend. "It is time for you to pay for what you've done to the kingdom of Baron. You shall die for your crimes."

"...Cecil..." Dark Cagnazzo panted heavily. "...I...will...kill...you...all..."

"...Is it me, or is he feeling weaker?" Yang asked.

"Well, after all those blows..." Zelda wondered.

"...But..." the archfiend continued. "...I'll...end it all...today... Be prepared...for...another..."

"Coldest ice, trap my enemies inside eternal glaciers... Blizzaga!" a voice interrupted.

Several huge stalactites of ice appeared above the archfiend and struck down his lower shell, causing massive damage to his body. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Dark Cagnazzo yelled in pain. "N-no!"

"Serves you right!" Tellah called.

"Wait!" Ike began. "He's close to be defeated now. Just look!"

They all looked back at the archfiend, and he didn't look menacing as he did before.

"We have to go all out, then," Yang said. "Then let us finish this."

The group prepared to run to the monster, but they suddenly stopped as they looked at the Ice Climbers. "Wait, are you 2..." Zelda trailed off. "...I mean, what are you doing now?"

Popo and Nana didn't pay attention.

Both of them were doing the same thing that Palom and Porom did before. They were concentrating some kind of mist between their hands.

"Nana?" Porom began. "Do you..."

"Wait," Palom began. "You 2 can use Twincast as well?"

"So is that the name of the attack we just learned?" Nana asked before she felt a stronger concentration of magic. "It's...it's ready?"

"I-it is!" Popo said surprised. "W-what is this, really?"

"I...I...I!" Dark Cagnazzo struggled to talk. "I...will..."

Both of them looked at the archfiend and glared at him. "You know, that guy is really pissing me off now," Nana said.

"Me too," Popo said. "Nana...shall we?"

"It's this or nothing, I think..." Nana said unsure.

The 2 of them nodded to each other and quickly, in perfect sync, looked back at Dark Cagnazzo, pulled back their hands behind them, before stepping ahead, moving their hands forward as mist was sent out blowing to the archfiend. The mist suddenly became a storm of ice as time passed, and that made most of them get surprised. They watched as Popo and Nana remained in their place, unleashing the ice magic to the archfiend. "ICE STORM!!!" they both yelled loudly as their voices echoed.

"W-what?!" Dark Cagnazzo watched the storm quickly covering his body. "N-NO!!! NO! NO! W-what the hell is this attack?!" His feet began to be freezing. "N-no! T-the Shadow Bugs, they're taking away my energy!" His shell began to freeze. "W-wait, this has to be some kind of bad omen or something!"

"FOCUS EVEN MORE!!!" Nana yelled.

"I GOT IT!" Popo yelled as both made the attack stronger, depleting their energies even faster.

"W-wait, stop! Y-you don't know what you're doing at all!!!" Dark Cagnazzo's body began to freeze from his shell to his hands and head. "A-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!! L-LONG LIVE LORD GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOLBE-"

Music stops

The archfiend's body got frozen instantly in the harsh ice, and the group watched the Ice Climbers falling down to their knees before panting heavily. They all kept blinking at Cagnazzo, whose Shadow Bugs began to leave him as they vanished.

It was not long before his frozen hands fell off, and the rest began to fall apart as well. It was a matter of time before Cagnazzo turned into crumbles of ice that later melted into the carpet.

"...We...won...didn't we?" Nana asked as she panted.

"...Yes..." Zelda responded with a small smile. "It's over..."

"What did we...just do?" Popo asked.

"Oh, I can explain you that," Palom began. "You 2 just used Twincast."

"It's only a special kind of magic that Palom and I can do well in complete tandem," Porom explained. "You 2 managed to learn it somehow. I guess only twins can do that because...well, it's Twincast."

"So you mean we learned magic?" Nana asked.

"It seems that way."

"..." She looked away. "Mwahahahaha. Absolute power is all mine..."

"Nana?" Popo asked.

She looked back at him with a smile. "Nothing wrong here!" she said sweatdropping.

Cecil walked towards the throne where the ice once was. He looked at the lonely chair and bowed his head to it. "Your Majesty...you've been avenged."

"Cecil," Ike began as he walked to him. "Did you...um...know the king?"

"...Yes," Cecil said. "His Majesty was a man of honor and true kindness. He took me in when I was abandoned as a baby." He looked up. "And Cagnazzo killed him out of the blue..."

"..." Ike nodded and bowed his head to the throne.

As Chris was watching this... "(Don't tell him he's Odin now, don't tell him he's Odin now...)"

"HEY!" Cid suddenly called to Cecil. "Ain't you going to say hello to me or what?!"

"Oh," Cecil said as he walked back to the group. "Cid, it's good to see you again. Thank you for aiding us in battle."

"Heheh, thanks," Cid said. "I was sick of staring at bars, so I broke 'em up with my trusty hammer. Can you believe they forgot to take it away from me?"

"Chris," Zelda whispered to him. "Do you think it's time to go back? The Subspace Bomb was destroyed in the battle."

"Well..." Chris thought. "...I think we're done here. We first have to say them good bye and leave. However, we should first leave this place and..."

Something hit his mind again.

The World Traveler looked at Palom and Porom some feet away from them, with Popo and Nana.

"..." Popo looked at Nana. "...Nana..."

Nana looked down. "I know you fought well in the battle, but I still have doubts..."

"I know," Popo said. "...So...let me continue..."

Final Fantasy X - Someday The Dream Will End

"I kept acting dumb all the time because those dreams kept haunting me... It's ironic, don't you think? The dreams caused nightmares outside of them, and I had to be distracted of them by being stupidly cheerful all the time. You...were getting annoyed by that..."

"...I'll be honest," Nana said. "I did... Wait, then..."

Nana remembered the words Porom said to her back in Mt. Ordeals.

"And for the problem of your brother..." Porom began.

Nana looked away.

"Maybe I'm wrong," she began. "But Popo could be trying to hide his saddest memories."

"...What?"

"Trust me," Porom said. "My brother is not that different from your brother. I heard that the most enthusiastic of people tend to be very happy because something so awful happened in their lives before, and nobody is different from each other."


"...The most enthusiastic of people tend to be very happy because something so awful happened in their lives before..." Nana repeated. "...So Popo was hiding his sad memories about our real parents by acting..."

"Retarded..." Popo finished. "...I'm so sorry, Nana..."

Nana looked down and frowned.

"I made you feel really uncomfortabel about me, and I went overboard with the personality all this time. I annoyed you a lot and..." Popo buried his face on his hands. "...F-forgive me, Nana... I...I won't do this to you again...really..."

Nana blinked and tried to stop her tears from strolling down. She looked at Popo and shook her head many times. "...Popo..." she muttered.

Nana looked at Palom and Porom.

"...Do it," Porom said with a small smile. "You have to do it now."

Palom seemed to be understanding, and he nodded with a chuckle.

"..." Nana looked back at Popo. "...Popo!" she cried in happiness before she ran to him and hugged him tightly. "I...I forgive you, don't worry anymore, please!"

"N-Nana!" Popo cried before he returned the hug as both sobbed on each other's shoulders. "P-please, promise me you're going to forgive me...Nana..."

"...Always..." Nana sniffed before she forced a smile. "...I will always forgive you...because..."

"...We're siblings...and...twins..." Popo muttered happily. "...It's good to be back, Nana..."

"Popo..." she muttered before both smiled.

"...Oh!" Porom remembered something. "Nana, you never got to finish that story about the condor, remember?"

"The condor?" Popo asked as he cleared his tears. "Oh, I know what story is that. I remember it very well... Nana, can I?"

"...Please," Nana said with a chuckle.

"Okay," Popo began. "It was a normal day where we gathered food to eat for dinner, and..."

Flashback

Icicle Mountain
Home

Snowman

Popo and Nana were shown pulling a snow slider with lots of fruits and vegetables inside a bag. Most of the fruits were big eggplants that they gathered in the surroundings of the village.

"Who would have thought that eggplants were being harvested outside the village?" Nana asked. "And undersnow as well."

"Well," Popo began. "They're way tastier when they're frozen."

"They're not popsicles," Nana said.

"You eat them and you enjoy them, don't deny it."

"...You have a point," she said with a chuckle.

"Heeeeeeeey!" their dad called from the door. "Get the food in! Your mom is getting everything ready!"

"Aah, fresh fruits for dinner," Nana said. "And we're going to have a feast with all this fruit."

"I don't think I said the intro first..." Nana said embarrassed.

"True," Popo said. "We gathered much more fruits and vegetables today than previous times. All this hard work shouldn't be wasted, right?"

"I know," Nana said. "We're going to have 3 meals for 3 weeks or what?"

"I wish," Popo said excited. "Eggplants for breakfast...strawberries fo-"

"Wait," Nana interrupted. "We don't eat fruits only. We eat soup as well."

"Nana!" Popo groaned. "I wanted to live my fantasy!"

"Well, keep that stomach away from that fantasy," she said. "Because we'll have to eat moderately."

A shadow passed above them...

"Oh ho ho ho ho," Hip said as he saw them with the huge bag of fruits and vegetables. "Seems you 2 really worked harder today, huh? Well, you make your dad proud."

"D-dad!" Nana blushed. "D-don't say that!"

The shadow flied in circles around them...

"Aw, you're my sweetie pie," Hip said. "Accept my compliments for once, girl."

"I don't get compliments?" Popo asked bored.

The shadow grew bigger...

"Well, get the food in!" Hip said. "Hope those bellies are empty, 'cause this will be a special day."

Once he got inside, the twins chuckled to themselves before they pulled the slider inside...

However...

A shrieking sound suddenly echoed, and they instantly blocked their ears. Both looked down to keep the sound from entering their ears, but they slowly looked up.

"W-what's that sound?!" Nana asked through the yell.

"I-I don't know!" Popo yelled.

Soon, their parents came outside and blocked their ears as well. "W-what is that shrieking sound? It's very loud!" Ophelia yelled.

"...Huh?" Hip looked up. "...Is that..."

They all looked up to see a condor (roughly the same size as Popo and Nana, just a little bit bigger) flying in circles. The condor shrieked even more before it dove down right straight for the bag of food...and...

It managed to grab the huge bag with its claws, and it easily took it all high above. The others watched in shock as the animal began to fly north, just where Icicle Mountain resided.

The shrieking stopped, and their jaws lowered in surprise.

"The food!" Ophelia yelled.

"The dinner!" Hip yelled.

"The 3 weeks without having to look around for food!" Nana yelled.

"My eggplantsicles!" Popo yelled.

The 3 stared at him.

"What?" Popo asked annoyed.

"That aside...why did that just take off with our food?" Nana asked. "Ugh! I worked so hard to find it all!"

"It should be the same condor," Hip said.

"What? You know that thing?"

"Yes," Hip said. "Some have said it lives high up in the mountain, and it sometimes goes down to find food for itself."

"But NOT kidnap our DAMN food!" Nana cursed.

"Nana, calm down," Ophelia said. "We can always look for food together." She looked at the faraway mountain. "For now, we'll have to sleep without eating. It's getting late."

"But..." Nana shook her head.

"...Let's just forget about it..." Popo said.

"Good," Hip said. "I better find food tomorrow than going after it for that condor. Let's go inside."

"But!" Nana shook her head as her parents got inside.

Popo soon followed...

But he had his gloves crossed behind his back.

"(What?)" Nana thought in her mind.

"I knew Popo meant something for that," Nana said. "Since our gloves didn't have fingers, we crossed them behind our back to say we were lying," Nana said.

Very early in the morning...

The night before, he told me he wanted to go back for all the food from the condor itself. He spoke his mind out, and I believed in him. Also, we predicted that the food wouldn't be all eaten that fast, so we got prepared to go there without telling our parents. We had to leave a note behind saying that we were going to gather more food early to make them believe in us and not worry.

"Everything's ready?" Popo asked.

"Yes," Nana said. "We should climb the mountain with what we have."

"Good, let's go quietly," Popo suggested.

Nana nodded and both began their way to Icicle Mountain...

"And now we jump to the part where we got to the nest..." Nana said.

The scene fast-forwarded until it stopped right where they were looking at the nest as the condor laid down unconscious nearby.

"?" Popo tilted his head. "Did it just move?"

"I-it did," Nana said with a nod. "But since it's a nest, don't you think it..."

The nest began moving more before long it began to move faster. Both of them took closer looks, and from the nest...

There emerged 5 small baby condors that shirped and shirped for more food. Popo and Nana gasped in awe as they looked at the babies. "Aww!" Nana squealed. "Baby condors!"

"Sooooooooo..." Popo shifted his eyes between the condor and the babies. "The condor was a she, and she had babies to feed."

"Yes!" Nana said as she kneeled to the condors. "They're...oh my gosh! So cute!"

"...S-stop staring at me like that!" Nana said. "T-they did look very cute to me!"

"Nana, Nana! Snap out of it!" Popo shook her sister.

"O-okay, okay! Sheesh..." Nana frowned. "Okay, I'm fine now."

"So let me get this straight," Popo began. "The condor stole the food to feed her children."

"...That's all there's to it," Nana said. "But punishing her isn't an option, don't you think? I mean, she's a mom...and..."

Both of them blinked before looking worried.

"...They don't deserve to be taken away from their mother, do they?" Nana asked worried.

"..." Popo shook his head. "They don't deserve it at all..."

Nana walked to the condor. "We're...sorry for attacking you, but you appeared out of nowhere and...kind of stole our food we gathered..."

The condor slowly got up and looked at them curiously.

"L-look out!" Popo yelled. "She might attack us!"

"..." The condor tilted her head.

"..." Nana tilted her head. "Um...do you really understand what we're saying?"

"..." The condor seemed to nod her head.

"...This is...so freaky..." Nana commented. "Popo, what do you think?"

"I think we're stuck in one of the highest places in the whole mountain, and that I'm going to develop a phobia against heights if I look down?" Popo asked.

"..." Nana gulped and nodded. "...But that aside, what about her?"

"...I think...it's...alright for her to feed her children?" Popo asked as he looked at the babies.

"..." Nana nodded and looked back at the condor. "So...I think we can let you go for now..."

The condor shirped a little bit and nodded. She began to move closer to Nana...and began to rub her beak against her face.

"H-hey! W-what are you doing now?" Nana asked.

"Hmm..." Popo walked to them. "You think she likes us?"

"She likes us?" Nana asked before the condor began to rub her beak at her sides. "Heheheheheh. H-hey! Y-you're tickling me, stop!"

"The condor...befriended us..." Popo said.

Popo chuckled and pulled Nana away from the condor. "Um, why do you like us?"

"Popo, we don't talk its...I mean, her language at all," Nana said.

"Just look at her," Popo began. "She wants to be a friend."

"..." Nana looked at the baby condors. "...I guess they needed to eat food desperately, so..."

"Why are you thinking so much?" Popo asked. "Let's accept her! Who knows, maybe she could take us back home!"

The condor shirped.

"Did it say yes?" Nana asked.

"We don't know... Let's see..." Popo cleared his throat and said slowly, "I aaaaam Pooopooo, sheee iiis Naaanaaa, weee cooomeee iiin peeeaceee frooo-"

"Popo," Nana said bored. "Get to the point."

"Caaan yooouuu taaakeee uuus baaack hooomeee?" Popo asked slowly.

The condor walked to Popo and whacked her beak to his head.

"Okay, okay, I get it now!" Popo said annoyed.

The condor nodded and began to flap her wings to fly above the floor.

"Hmm..." Nana looked at the nest. "...Popo, do you think we could take the nest down and ask her if she can live somewhere nearby our home?"

"You mean like..." Popo thought for a moment. "Give her food for the children and drop by every once in a while?"

"You get the point," Nana said. "Besides, living here in the mountain would have been very harsh."

"...Hey, condor," Popo began. "Have you ever thought about moving?"

The condor shirped.

"Uh-huh."

She shirped.

"Yeah."

She shirped excited.

"Yep."

She shirped annoyed and groaned.

"Oh, I understand."

She shirped like she was laughing.

"I know!" Popo laughed with her.

She shirped louder an-

"STOP!" Nana yelled. "I don't have the remotest idea what she's talking about at all. Did she want to move or what!?"

"Yes!" Popo said.

"Sweet!" Nana said annoyed.

End of flashback

Baron Castle
Throne Room

"After that," Nana said. "We made friends with the condor, and even the babies. The condor took us all down the mountain and...we had to explain everything to our parents."

"After receiving probably the most awful experience of being pounded some times by a huge claw (courtesy of our mother)," Popo said and thought. "We convinced them from putting the condor and her nest next to our home."

"In a small tree," Nana said. "We visit her and her babies from time to time."

"Not only that," Popo added. "But if we want to go somewhere far away, she'll agree to take us anywhere."

"And that's the end of all our past," Nana said. "I think...we can start from zero again."

"But, Nana..." Popo began. "If those dreams start tohaunt me again...can I...well...act retarded again?"

Music stops with a scratch

"...What..." Nana asked.

"I-I mean, I-I'll focus whenever we need to, like the missions we do all the time," Popo said. "But I have a bad habit of remembering that, and I need to keep myself distracted. Don't worry, I won't humiliate you in any way."

"...If would have been better if you asked me first before all of this, but..." Nana looked unsure. "...Fine, be that way. HOWEVER, don't do it that often either. I have some reputation left, you know."

Popo chuckled. "You don't worry about me. Luckily, serious times help me forget the dreams. Everything will be just fine until the day I can overcome the dreams."

"Oh, and Porom..." Nana began. "...Thank you for everything you did to me."

"You're welcome," Porom said. "I'm glad I was able to help."

"And me because I distracted Popo," Palom said.

The twins chuckled to each other happily.

The group walked through the corridor of the throne room where Cid explained everything to Cecil. "I have a hidden airship around here. I reserved it for emergency situations."

"We could use it to go after the remaining crystal," Yang said.

"..." Palom and Porom blinked in confusion. "...Everyone!" Porom yelled.

"What is it?" Zelda asked.

"...Something is awfully wrong here..." Porom said as she looked around.

"(Oh no...)" Chris thought. "(This is the same place where...)" He looked at the Ice Climbers. "(Both of them look so happy and if they see what's going to happen next...)"

"Yeah!" Palom said. "The air suddenly was covered with bad omen! A very bad one!"

"...They're right," Tellah said. "I can sens-"

"Evil," everyone said bored.

"Yes," Tellah said (not getting what they meant with that). "...We should be careful."

The atmosphere suddenly turned a shade of blue, and everyone looked at the doors closing from both ends of the same corridor.

"What is happening now?" Ike asked.

"This is bad..." Chris muttered.

"..." Yang went to open the door in front of them. "...The doors won't open!"

"Wait!" Cid yelled. "Let me bang on them!" He started to bang his hammer on the doors, but they were enforced by some magic. "Dammit! Blasted thing won't break up!"

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" a voice laughed and echoed from within the corridor.

"Him again?" Zelda asked. "When is he going to stop bothering us?"

"The Drowned King, Cagnazzo, deposed!" Cagnazzo called from hell itself. "But the wicked are not wont to fall alone..."

"Oh no, he suddenly turned poetic," Ike said before everyone stared at him. "...If they start to be poetic, something is bound to happen..." he commented.

"In life, I was terrible - in death, steeped in terror greater still. Drink long
and deep of it ere you die! I'll save a briny pit for you in hell. Mwahaha
hahahahahahahaha!!!
"

"...What did he mean by that?" Cid asked.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Run!

It was not long before the floor began to shake, and the walls from both side began to slowly move towards them. The group gasped as the room's space began to become smaller and smaller as time passed.

"T-the doors!" Cecil yelled. "We must open them and get out of here!"

"Let me help you!" Ike yelled.

Cecil, Ike, and Tellah went to open the door to the throne room, but it didn't open. Yang, Cid, and Zelda tried to destroy the other door, but it was useless as well. Chris panicked and looked back and forth between the 2 doors.

...But he knew what was going to happen next...

"Dammit! This door won't open!" Yang yelled. "We must get out from here before we die crushed!"

"I'm doin' everything here alone. Give me some help!" Cid yelled.

Zelda tried to slice the door with the tip of her fingers as fast as she could, but it was impossible. "No..." she muttered. "Not like this..."

With a worried look, Chris looked at Palom and Porom, and also he wished Popo and Nana to be somewhere else.

"..." Palom looked at Porom. "...You knew this would happen the moment we entered to Baron, right?" Palom asked.

"Not exactly..." Porom said. "I just sensed the air getting putrid with evil omen, but not this event..." Porom said.

"..."

"..."

"The elder told us to protect Cecil," Palom said.

"And we have to do it, no matter what..." Porom said.

Both twins nodded to each other and ran to each side of the walls. The others tried to push back the walls, but it was impossible as well.

Or futile.

"H-hey," Nana ran to Porom. "What are you doing?"

"Nana..." Porom muttered.

"Palom!" Popo yelled. "What are you going to do?"

"Popo..." Palom remembered the Ice Climber.

"...I'm so sorry..." Porom muttered. "...But we must say good bye..."

"What?" Nana asked. "W-what do you mean by that?"

The others managed to overheard this. "Palom, Porom! What are you going to do?" Cecil asked.

"Cecil," Porom began as she smiled at all of them. "We're sorry, but we won't let you all die like this!"

"Cecil... We'll miss you!" Palom said happily, trying to hold back his tears. "Cecil, you were like an older brother to us when we first met you."

"And travelled with you," Porom added.

"Old man!" Palom called Tellah. "Look after Cecil for us!"

"What's gotten into you 2 now?" Tellah asked.

"What are the kids gonna do?" Cid asked.

"I-I don't know..." Zelda said unsure.

"W-wait!" Nana tried to get the White Mage's attention. "Porom, what are you exactly going to do?"

"Nana..." Porom looked down before she looked at the coming wall. "...I'm sorry, but there's no time to say it anymore."

"W-what do you mean? P-Porom, you're scaring me..."

"Sorry, Popo!" Palom said. "I wanted to say more to you, but I ran out of time! Please, understand me!"

"W-what?" Popo asked in disbelief. "But tell us what you 2 are going to do now!"

Both mages began to get covered by magic as they focused in tandem. The other 9 watched the twins putting their hands against the wall.

Something made the Ice Climbers uncomfortable. "Porom! Just tell me already! You have time!" Nana yelled.

"...We're going to turn ourselves into stone to stop the walls, Nana," Porom muttered as she sniffed. "...And this is our task. It has to be done..."

"What?!" Nana asked in disbelief. "N-no!"

"Don't do that!" Popo yelled. "You don't know how to do that at all!"

"But with our Twincast, we do..." Palom said as he sniffed. "...Porom! Let's do this!"

"Together!" Porom yelled through tears.

"NO!!!" Popo yelled.

"WAIT, PLEASE, STOP!!!" Nana yelled.

The magic began to shine brighter as the twins glowed brightly. They glared at the walls at the same time and focused their magic to the fullest. Popo and Nana backed away from the light's shining brightness before a loud yell came from both mages.

"BREAK!!!" Palom and Porom yelled loudly through the light.

Music stops

...

At first, the silence came back...

The walls weren't moving anymore, and most of them noticed this...

However, they cared more about what happened to the mages...

Popo and Nana couldn't believe what they found before their eyes. It was so unfair, so sudden, and above else...just plain unfair and stupid for them...

There was a stone that looked exactly like Palom in front of a bewildered Popo...

And there was another stone that looked the same as Porom in front of a terrorized Nana...

"...No..." Cecil muttered.

"..." Zelda shook her head. "...Why..." she muttered sadly before Ike patted her back.

"...I know..." Ike said. "...Unbelievable..."

"(...Is this my fault?)" Chris thought in shame. "(I could have prevented this, but I just couldn't...)"

"They were...only children..." Yang said in shame. "And we couldn't do anything for them..."

Tellah frowned at this and decided to take a moment of silence as Cid looked at him and nodded. "I don't think we understood them more than some they did..." Tellah said as he pointed at the Ice Climbers.

Popo and Nana had emotionless faces. It was completely unfair...no, very stupid...

Both slowly got up from the floor and slowly walked to each twin they were the most comfortable with. Popo looked directly at the petrified Palom, and Nana just stared at the petrified Porom.

"...Why..." Nana muttered.

"...You shouldn't have..." Popo muttered.

Final Fantasy IV DS - Tears of Sorrow

Popo and Nana slowly hugged the twins and tried their best to hold back their tears from strolling down their cheeks. But unfortunately, they grew so fond of both twins that they closed their eyes, and their tears began to flow down their eyes.

"So they turned themselves to stone..." Tellah trailed off. "Hold on, now..." He focused his magic. "Remove the bad omen... Esuna!"

Sparkles of light flew around the stones, but something happened...nothing...

The spell had no effect, as the 2 had become into stone by their own will.

Chris managed to overheard the 2 of them sobbing silently to the twins. Most of them felt ashamed that Tellah's Esuna didn't do a thing. The sage looked down and frowned. "Fools...if any of us had to die, it ought to have been me..."

"Palom...Porom..." Cecil muttered.

The sobs suddenly began to be louder as Popo and Nana began to cry. "...Why Porom..." Nana muttered. "Why did you have to do this?! WHY?!"

"Why did you do this?!" Popo cried. "This is so unfair! Why'd this have to happen now?! We were very close to each other!"

"No!" Nana yelled. "Porom, please, come back! You don't have to keep going like this! Porom, POROM!"

"...What can we do?" Zelda muttered as she wiped some tears. "I didn't get to talk to them, and I feel bad about it..."

"There's no way now..." Ike said. "...It...had to be done..."

"NO!" Popo and Nana yelled.

"T-they're not dead!" Nana yelled.

"They're just stone now, but they can be saved!" Popo yelled.

"I'm...afraid not," Tellah said. "I tried with Esuna, but the twins used too much magic that they couldn't control so well, and thus they decided to turn themselves into stone using their will against most healing magic. Think about it, the wall couldn't be stopped so easily, and they serve as blockers..."

"I refuse to believe this!" Nana cried out. "Porom...she can be returned!"

"And Palom as well!" Popo yelled. "No..." He fell down to his knees and looked down. "Palom..."

Nana hugged Porom tightly and sobbed silently. "Porom..."

The pink Ice Climber remembered everything Porom said to her.

It's good that we're kindred spirits."

"Kindred...spirits?" Nana repeated slowly.

"Yes. We both understand each other so well," she said. "And I didn't think I would find someone like you."

"And I did as well... Maybe I have more emotional strength to tell you more, but I don't want to do it right now."

"I understand. I'm not pushing you."

"Thank you..." Nana said. "Thank you for being my kindred spirit."

"Likewise here," Porom said.


Nana clenched her eyes hardly.

"...I'll help you, don't worry. We're both in this together."

"..." Nana looked up to the stars. "...But...do you think I can find that answer?"

"Of course yo-"

"With you?"

Porom blinked surprised before she nodded and chuckled heartily. "Yes. We're going to find that answer...together..."

"...Thank you so much..." Nana muttered as she shed a tear.

Both girls smiled to each other before staring up to the stars as a shooting star was seen crossing the night's sky.


Nana sobbed louder.

Nana smiled and wiped out her tears with her right arm. "And then, everything was happy again."

"It is, right?" Porom asked. "Are you still happy?"

"...Now that I think about it..." Nana said. "...Porom, tomorrow we're going to find out."

"Find out about what?"

"This helped you to understand both of us better," she said. "But still...this is all about Popo and his sudden change in attitude. There's something odd in him, and I must, I MUST find out if he's really dumb or not."

"And you're going to find out everything tomorrow?"

"Only if you help me," Nana said as she grabbed Porom's hands. "Please, Porom, help me. I want to have my happy times with Popo again, but first, I have to see if he is what I think he really is."

"I can see that," Porom said with a smile. "You're really determined this time, aren't you?"

"Yes," Nana said with a smile. "Tomorrow, Popo will be discovered. If we're going into battle, I'll try to stay close to him and ask him everything. Something should trigger his real self..." She looked up to the moon. "And I will find out..."

"You have my full support," Porom said.


"But..." Nana sobbed. "I'm...I'm not happy anymore! Porom, come back, please! You had a lot of to hear about us!"

"Palom!" Popo yelled. "Just come back, please!"

Both twins broke into tears as the others watched the whole event helplessly.

Only silence was all they could create for now. The corridor was only filled with sobs and cries of sadness from both Ice Climbers.

Deep inside, Chris thought this was his fault... Their cries only made him feel guilty...

Overworld

Sunset arrived, and the Smashers (except for Popo and Nana) were standing in front of Cecil, Yang, Cid, and Tellah.

"We're leaving for now," Ike said. "We're sorry for leaving so suddenly, but we have to part ways here."

"Are you sure it's all right, though?" Yang asked. "We could still use your help."

"Sorry, but we need to leave now," Zelda said. "It's sad this has to end this way."

"The guards at the castle were freed, Cecil," Cid said. "Most of them understood the situation, and they decided to guard the castle. They looked pretty down after knowing the fate of the real king."

"We'll resolve that problem once we finish with Golbez and rescue Rosa," Cecil said before he looked at them. He held out his hand. "As for you all...thank you for helping us. We would have died if it weren't for you."

Ike shook hands with him. "Thanks. I'm glad I met you."

Zelda (shyly) shook had with Cecil. "It was very pleasant, really," she said as she tried not to blush.

Chris looked down. "..."

"I know..." Cecil nodded to him. "They were very fond of Palom and Porom than any of us here."

"They haven't come back from where they are," Tellah said. "They must be trying hard to understand all of this. How sad for them to lose their friends..."

"I...hope they overcome what they saw with their own eyes..." Chris said.

"...We have to leave now," Cecil said. "We must go after Golbez as soon as possible, or the world could be in danger."

"Well, well," Cid shook hands with the 3. "Sorry for not lettin' Cid travel with you all this time. I'm gonna whack Golbez hard for that!" he said cheerfully.

"Farewell, my friends," Yang said as he bowed to them. "You're always welcome in Fabul. Stop by there to rest once in a while."

"We will (though we don't know where it is,)" Ike said and thought.

The 3 waved at the 4 going inside the castle. Once they inside, the 3 looked at each other.

"What do you think they're doing?" Zelda asked. "It's been like 3 hours since that happened..."

"I think they're very bewildered," Ike said. "I think I understand their sadness over the loss of their friends."

"But I wonder..." Zelda began. "Why did Palom give me a note about the rules of traveling?"

"Maybe because..." Chris thought. "...They knew we weren't from this world..."

"Is that possible?" Zelda asked. "...But at the same time, it could have been."

"Everyone here senses too many things that we don't," Ike said. "Kind of supernatural."

Zelda chuckled. "Ike, I sense evil."

The other 2 chuckled at this.

It was not long before they saw Popo and Nana coming from the gates of the castle. 2 guards slowly closed the doors behind them as they made their way to the trio.

"Are you 2..." Chris trailed off worried.

"...Chris..." Nana muttered. "...You knew this was going to happen, right?"

"I..." Chris looked down ashamed. "...How did you..."

"You said your affinity about this game before," Nana said. "And I guessed it."

"Ugh..."

"Are you 2 fine now?" Ike asked.

"Losing some close friends really made us feel..." Popo frowned. "...We're fine..."

"..." Nana looked up at Chris before she wiped her tears. "...Thank you, Chris..."

"W-what?" Chris asked.

"You were able to take me here where I met Porom. She helped me to understand Popo better, and now he's back to his old self."

Popo forced a smile. "I'm going to act serious from now on...just a little, though."

"So he was acting strange after all..." Ike said.

"Thanks to you, everything I explored was easier to find with Porom along," Nana said to Chris. "And...I couldn't have been happier... Thank you so much..."

"..." Chris kneeled to Nana and hugged her. "..."

"..." Nana sobbed. "...Porom..." she muttered.

Popo walked to her and patted her back. "It's okay now..." he said.

"...Popo...Nana..." Chris began. "...Both of them..."

The World Traveler whispered something to them.

"..." Nana wiped her tears and smiled. "...Thank you...that'll help me to be happy..."

"But can we come back?" Popo asked.

"...Sure..." Chris said. "...They're going to see you soon...someday..."

Final Fantasy IV DS - FFIV Main Theme

They were suddenly interrupted as an airship appeared from behind the castle. With a closer look, they noticed Cecil, Yang, Cid, and Tellah looking down at them. The Smashers looked up and smiled a little before they waved at them.

The airship began to move north as Cecil's group waved back at them. With a mighty sound, the ship began to move faster until it disappeared in the distance of the sky.

Cecil, Yang, Cid, and Tellah left your team.

Pretty soon, a red airship followed behind. "...And the storyline keeps its path..." Chris muttered.

"Let's go back," Ike said. "We're done here, right?"

"Hmm. Well, no Subspace Bombs are here anymore," Kawashima said. "Something is odd, buuuuuuut I guess it's nothing bad. Let's go home!"

Chris nodded and opened the portal. Ike was the first to enter before Zelda followed him. Chris, Popo, and Nana looked back at the castle.

"You 2," Chris said. "Let's go back."

"Yes, you go," Popo said without looking at him.

"Chris," Kawashima interrupted. "You're very close to fill the partnership for Ike. Keep going."

"Um, thank you," Chris said.

"..." The Ice Climbers kept staring at the castle.

Chris forced a smile before he walked inside the portal. The Ice Climbers began to move to it...but they turned their heads to the castle.

"...Good bye...Palom..." Popo muttered.

"...Good bye...Porom..." Nana muttered as she shed a tear.

Popo and Nana have become the Ice Climbers again.

Popo grabbed Nana's right hand, and his sister smiled happily at him before both chuckled together, turned around, and walked into the portal before it could disappear...

The scene moved up where some mysterious ruins were shown, far away from the castle...

Baron Castle

Back where the petrified twins were, a closer look of both of them could reveal 2 happy smiles, as 2 tears were shed from each other before they strolled down and fell down to the floor...

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 2000 Smash Coins!

A New Challenge Door At The Battle Floor Has Been Opened...

TO BE CONTINUED...

..................................................................

"Chris's Classic Mode Walkthrough... Wait, who now?" Chris asked worried.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic

Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 15, 2009, 09:50:00 PM
Chapter 140: Chris's Classic Mode Walkthrough

Subspace
Deep Inside the Great Maze

"..." Tabuu remained silent. "...Now what is King Dedede taking so long? It has been a while after he was sent to get Bowser here."

"Quite the subordinates you have," the figure said with a chuckle. "It's somewhat ironic to me."

"Oh, in what way?" Tabuu asked.

"I could explain it, but I don't think your brain would understand it very well."

"Do not play with me or else..." Tabuu threatened.

At that moment, Ganondorf came out from the darkness of the Subspace and bowed to Tabuu. "As I expected, they appeared in that world. However, we could not go in that easily."

"I see..." Tabuu said with a nod. "Just what do those locations hold?"

"They shouldn't be opened," the figure said. "If they were to be opened, then our plans would surely fail abruptaly."

"Hmm..." Tabuu thought for a moment. "...But still, we have time until that idiot transforms, and the being inside him takes over his body to kill anyone in sight."

"I'm afraid we should wait until he transforms," the figure said. "We need to know if he will kill them all by himself first before we attempt to do anything else beforehand."

"I hate to wait for that long... But if there is not any other way, then it is the right path, I believe."

"What should we do in the meantime?" the Ancient Minister asked.

"We will have to wait until that happens, and also, we will have to wait for Bowser and King Dedede as well. We cannot let them not know what is happening here."

"Very well, then."

"Another thing before we wait," Tabuu began. "Are you really sure that your plan will guarantee the success of making them all disappear by using the shadow self inside that bastard until full moon comes?"

The figure slowly walked forward, and the darkness that covered him disappeared. "Of course," he said. "Why would I lie to you?"

"I had my doubts about recruiting you when the whole event of the take over from the universe took place," Tabuu said. "I heard rumors about you being a filthy traitor when you wanted to reveal your true intentions. I believe you will not such a thing here..."

The person chuckled and showed his teeth.

"...Doctor Eggman?" Tabuu asked.

"Oh, rest assured," Dr. Eggman said with a chuckle as he folded his arms. "Put your trust to me...and everything will be just fine when the time comes. Heheheheheheh..."

"Somehow, I feel uneasy with him around..." the Ancient Minister muttered.

"You do know the consequences should you betray us, right? Last time we got a betrayal it was because that lupine bastard did not want to go back here," Tabuu said. "And if you do..."

"Okay, okay. I get the point," Dr. Eggman said. "I'll die a painful but slow death in your hands."

"Good, you seem to understand," Tabuu said.

"So we'll have to wait until Mr. Penguin and Mr. Poor Excuse For A Bad Guy come back," Charizard said with a grumble. "I swear, this is getting so tedious..."

"What can you do," Dr. Eggman said. "Henchmen mostly act dumb. I, however, am not like that at all."

"Just shut it," Charizard with a glare. "I'm still waiting here for the time where I'll crush Red and those 2 puny idiots. And if anybody gets in my wa-"

"Leave your fun time later," the Ancient Minister interrupted. "For now, we'll wait until full moon comes to the universe."

"Very soon..." Dr. Eggman chuckled. "And then, we'll start to our plans together..." He started to laugh silently.

The scene panned out...

START OF NEXT ARC

The Werehog Saga
"The Beginning Of A New Beast"

The title suddenly got slashed furiously before a roar echoed...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

A time passed after the group returned back to the mansion, and the young Smashers were talking between each other. "So Popo was acting dumb all the time for distraction," Ness said. "I guess I gave you ideas, am I right?"

"W-well..." Popo looked away. "I-I think so..."

"...Ha!" Ness said proudly. "I help people by accident. Check it out, maybe I should become a psychologist like my Dad did."

"Oh, show off," Nana said annoyed.

"Admit it," Ness said. "If I didn't say that, Popo would have been in a trauma."

"..." Nana quickly whacked Ness's head with her hammer.

"H-hey, oww!" Ness moaned. "W-what was that for?"

"We just came out from a problem, and you're reminding us that!" Nana yelled. "You better watch that mouth around or else you die!"

Ness's eyes widened. "U-um, okay... N-no harm done, right?"

Popo looked embarrassed at this. "N-no harm done, don't worry..."

"Just watch that mouth from Nana's hammer," Pikachu said. "You die if you screw up a little bit."

Lucas merely gulped and looked away from Nana. "H-have anyone seen Link?"

"The old one with the creepy affinity to swords (Link: Hey!) or the one with the cat eyes?" Jigglypuff asked.

"The one with the cat eyes," Pichu said. "Oh, I think he's out with his bow and arrows. He's...been there all the time pretty much."

"That makes good propaganda," Pikachu said deviously. "Think, he trains, and not like anyone in here."

"..." Everyone in the group looked at him with bored looks.

"What?" Pikachu asked.

"Don't you know the power of gossip?" Jigglypuff asked.

"...Oh man," Pikachu said worried before he looked behind him.

To save space from writing, the word really went out too fast, and most of the Smashers planned their training routines with each other.

"Great going," Ness said. "Now we'll have to train so we don't stand out."

"And how are we going to train if the stages aren't open for the public (us) yet?" Popo asked. "With that said...where's Master Hand?"

"Oh, I think he said he needed to do something and he left," Jigglypuff said. "And in the meantime...we decided to let Diddy join our group."

At that moment, the mentioned spider monkey peered his head behind Ness. "Hi guys!" he said cheerfully.

"Oh, right, he's DK's nephew," Nana said. "Great to have someone else in the group."

As the group explained the "basics" to Diddy, the Hand of Creation appeared right back.

"Well, you're here," Master Hand said. "Everything went well, I assume?"

"Uh-huh," Ike said. "Just fine."

"I wanted to meet Cecil..." Lucario muttered.

"So," Mario suddenly spoke. "Is it time for you know what?"

"What I know? ...Oh, riiiiiiiight," the hand said with a chuckle. "Today is the day for sure."

Everyone stopped talking and looked a little bit impacient.

"Everything is ready, the musicians up there managed to do at least 1 track for each stag-"

"Told ya," DK said. "My family does work."

"-e, stages are ready to be used, items as well, the Trophy Stands want to be in your pockets alread-"

"I'm ready to crush and clap anyone here," Crazy Hand spoke from behind the counter.

"-y, environments, background, special events, yep, everything is ready and set!" Master Hand said. "Today we mark the wonderful and yet so tempting return of..."

Everyone waited for him to say the words.

"...The..."

Drums began to play (courtesy of Crazy Hand).

"..." Master Hand looked around. "...CHAZAM!"

Everyone got odd looks before they all simply vanished in a cloud of smoke that covered the whole room.

Even the hands disappeared.

???

The entire team appeared somewhere else within the mansion. Absolutely nothing was seen in the room they were in. Only darkness and an invisible floor was all they could see and walk on respectively.

"...U-um..." Olimar looked around. "Where...are we?"

"Complete darkness, maybe?" Roy pointed out.

"I-I don't want to live in darkness!" Luigi yelled. "I-I'm allergic to it! A-achoo!"

"Quite down, vagina-y," Wolf said. "I doubt that hand wanted to kill us in here or something."

"Oh, I doubt he would want to kill us, alright," Link said. "We're his only way to get money when it comes down to broadcasting the matches in most of our universes."

"...I'm not going t-I mean, get broadcast now, right?" Chris asked.

"Nah, the city was the main part where the channel was more popular," Falco said. "I don't think he will do that."

"..."

Silence.

"...Is anyone bored of staring at the utter darkness of this place?" DK asked.

"I'm going to have a bad vision later for this..." Peach commented.

"Oh, that's it," Snake began. "Hand, turn on the lights if this place has any."

Nobody replied.

"..."

"...Will somebody just take out a flashlight or something?" Yoshi asked.

"Lucario is glowing here," Pikachu said. "But not even his aura can penetrate the darkness."

"This is so weird..." Lucario commented.

Suddenly, the darkness disappeared, and then, they were met by a roar from a familiar pink chimera with a duck on its head.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Luigi, Peach, Falco, Wolf, Ness, Lucas, Pikachu, Pichu, C. Falcon, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Zelda, Chris, Olimar, Popo, Nana, Kirby, and Diddy screamed and quickly backed away from the beast.

And for some reason, Mewtwo and Meta Knight backed away as well.

"T-that thing again!" Pikachu yelled. "Somebody take it away from here!"

As for the rest of the Smashers that weren't mentioned, they were looking odd at the others before looking back at the beast.

"But..." Marth trailed off. "...It's inside a cage."

True to be told, the Ultimate Chimera was inside a cage, roaring in rage at their sight.

"And considering the fact that the cages here can't be broken that easily," Mario said. "It's completely docile...behind the bars, of course."

"What I don't get is why Wolf screamed for his life," Fox said.

"Hey, you try to get that thing very close to you, then come back to me and tell me everything," Wolf said with a glare.

"Trust him for this time!" Falco said nodding quickly. "I lived that experience before!"

"A-and the fact that it can kill anyone makes it even more menacing!" Ness yelled.

"Oh, calm down," Samus said. "There's nothing to worry about."

They were all suddenly covered in smoke before they vanished from the odd room.

???

And again, they appeared in a room full of darkness.

"..." Luigi shyly looked up. "W-we're not with the beast anymore, are we? PLEASE, TELL ME!"

As surprising as this might sound, Mario punched Luigi's face.

"Oww!" Luigi moaned. "T-thank you..."

"I'm glad," Mario said.

"Oh, I'm so sorry!" Master Hand suddenly said as he appeared out of nowhere. "I accidentally took you all to the chimera's room, didn't I?"

"Take us back there again and I'll surely die!" Olimar said as he hugged a Red Pikmin tightly.

"Good thing it was in a cage, though..." Meta Knight said.

"And again, I'm sorry for doing that little mistake and it won't be repeated again. ...Next time we'll walk here instead of teleporting," the hand explained.

"Okay," Sonic began. "Can you please tell us what this place is?"

"Sure do," Master Hand said before he snapped his fingers, and the light came back...

...

Revealing the same room with the same chimera in the same cage with the same mood with the same thirst for blood.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" the same people who screamed before screamed again.

"Aw, god, not again!" Master Hand said. "That's it. Everyone take the door and let's walk to the floor between all the floors!"

Hallway (of 6th floor)

The fact that the Battle Floor was added meant that the 6th floor was the only floor in the middle of the floors. They all appeared one by one from the stairs in hopes that the next room didn't have another pink chimera with a duck on its head.

Seriously, why pink of all colors? That added to Peach, Jigglypuff, and Kirby's pinkness.

"Um..." Pichu looked behind him. "Wasn't Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur here just now?"

"When you have to go, you have to go," Diddy said.

"B-but the 3 of them at the same time?" Jigglypuff asked. "That's gross..."

"Aaaaaaaaand here we are," Master Hand said as he stopped in front of some double doors. "This is the place."

"Just to make sur-" Luigi was interrupted.

"NO pink chimeras of death are in here," the hand said, making Luigi sigh in relief (as well as many). "(Heheheh, let's see if they fall for this...) By the way, I forgot to say something. This is kind of sudden, but the first one to enter will get the right to be the first one t-"

"Make way for me!" Sonic suddenly shouted before he ran straight to the double doors...and crashed into them before falling on his back. Most of them began to chuckle at this sudden reaction that the hedgehog grumbled annoyed.

"...To be the first one to notice the door's closed," Master Hand finished with a chuckle. "I forgot Sonic was the really fast one."

Everyone still were chuckling.

"And I saw you guys taking a quick step as well."

Everyone slowly stopped chuckling before looking embarrassed.

"I don't act like most of them do," Mewtwo said.

"Me neither," Meta Knight said.

"Or me," Snake said.

"Or me," Wolf said.

"You did," the previous 3 before Wolf pointed out, making him glare at them with a frown.

Master Hand unlocked the doors and gently pushed them back. "Well, let's get inside and see the newly made Classic Mode Hall!"

Most of them seemed to be looking forward to what was inside of the room as they began to walk inside formally. A second later, Sonic got up and walked inside...

Classic Mode Hall

Pok?mon Colosseum - Realgam Tower

"...This place looks like..." Pit trailed off.

The room that they entered was pretty big. It looked like some sort of big threater, except there were round tables with chairs around the room. In front of them there laid a big flat screen TV that probably was used to show the matches. 4 doors were located close to the flat screen, 2 on each side, that leaded to some teleporters to the stages. The floor was slightly black with blue, and the ceiling and walls were painted with black and blue symbols of everyone's emblems.

And a DS emblem as well.

"Aww, this place..." Master Hand said as he floated in front of the flat screen. "I welcome you all to the Classic Mode Hall!"

"Didn't you have something more original for the title?" Yoshi asked.

"Oh, quiet you, you Yoshi...whatever...dino..." The hand shook himself. "Anyways, welcome back to how we do things here daily!"

"It sure feels good to breath in the air," Roy said.

"...Are you all that motivated to fight each other?" Chris asked.

He only received a lot of glares from almost everyone.

"...S-sorry..." he said embarrassed.

"Okay," the hand began as he cleared his throat and took out a paper. "Let's see, for those who are new here, like Chris, Lucario, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Diddy Kong, Meta Knight, Toon Link, Wolf, Olimar, Ike, Lucas, Pit, Snake, and Sonic..." The hand looked around. "...Where is the newbie trainer and the cat eyes swordsman?"

"Red and the other 2 just ran off," Jigglypuff said.

"And Toon Link is training outside," Pit said.

"Oh, no way, those 4 are coming here right now," the hand said before he snapped his fingers.

Toon Link appeared right before them with bow ready to get shot. Some of them gasped before the small swordsman blinked in confusion. "H-hey, what just happened? I was in the middle of my training!"

"My god, you look like a tomato. Look at that face," Master Hand said. "And Kirby, back away from him and lower that fork."

Kirby looked down.

"Sorry for interrupting you, but it's time for you to know about this."

"What exactly?" Toon Link asked.

Nobody saw Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur coming back from behind and they pretended that they were there. "Great. Dawn, Lucas, and Barry left outside to catch Pok?mon," Red whispered.

"But what if they come back after we end this soon?" Squirtle asked.

"I don't think they will," Ivysaur said. "Let's just do some laps down and see if they come back."

After those comments, Toon Link was explained about everything in there and nodded, still unsure in leaving his training. "Ahem," coughed the hand. "Now let me continue again. For those who are new here, like Chris, Lucario, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Diddy Kong, Meta Knight, Toon Link, Wolf, Olimar, Ike, Lucas, Pit, Snake, and Sonic, you all need to understand some rules when you want to fight against the veterans in here. Let me go over the rules again for those who forgot them as well."

1. No Low Hits

"We have had many accidents with people hitting private areas and..." Master Hand sounded embarrassed. "...And broadcasting them by accident is a big mistake for their selves, so no low hits."

2. Time Out Is Allowed

"Sometimes, if you feel like going to...you know where, just make a cross and ask for time out, and return here by jumping off the stage. However, you need to do it quick. We here respect the need to go, but don't do anything weird."

3. No Cheating

"Bringing extra weapons here are totally banned. Use your own moves."

4. Don't Do Wrong Things

"You know, like taking off your clothes?" the hand asked. "We also show this for hyperactive children, you know."

5. Always Reserve A Match

"You can ask anyone here to fight you if you ask them first and agree to the fight. If the person refuses, DON'T try to convince them many times. Respect their time, people."

6. Don't Fight Here

"You can only fight in the stages and not outside them. Fighting outside will result in a ban to fight for a week."

7. Don't Hack Yourself

"There has been some instances where SOME PEOPLE here messes up with items and such when their opponent is not looking. Do that, and you'll go straight to Cruel Brawl."

8. Always Show Good Sportmanship

"We're fighting between friends and family here. Some of you wish to kill someone to their oblivion, but don't do that in broadcast matches. You can do that in free matches, though."

9. Cowards Need To Die

"Hide anywhere in the stage, and you'll be disqualified," the hand explained. "Aaaand that's all. any questions?"

Olimar raised his hand. "N-no one can die in the matches, right?"

"Oh no," the hand said. "You won't even bleed, but if you get hit a lot, you're going to feel exhausted, and that will also point out that you will be defeated by a strong hit should you get hit. Another thing I forgot to mention is that..."

After an hour of explaining everything that one does to win a fight...

"And that's why you have the power to have your own hammerspace," Master Hand finished. "That's all."

"And for the next event," Crazy Hand began as he appeared from above and carried a small box. "It's time to decide who's going to go first."

"The one who goes first will show you all an example of what you do in the Classic Mode," the hand said. "Also, we're going to implement the order we used in the first days of the tournament here, meaning this... Oh, I decided to say franchises since you all know your origins and all that. This chart shows the levels, characters, special events, and the such."

The hand took a chart showing the way the fights are done.

Level 1 - The Legend of Zelda - Team or Normal - Link, Zelda/Sheik, Ganondorf, Toon Link w/ Bridge of Eldin, or Pirate Ship 

Level 2 - Yoshi, Donkey Kong - Giant (2 allies), Team, or Normal - Yoshi (Giant or Normal) w/ Yoshi's Island,  Donkey Kong & Diddy Kong w/  Rumble Falls, or 75m 

Level 3 - Pok?mon - Giant (1 ally), Team, or Normal - Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Red, Lucario, Mewtwo - Pok?mon Stadium 2, Spear Pillar

Level 4 - Fire Emblem or EarthBound - Giant (1 ally), Team, Multi, or Normal - Ike, Marth, Roy w/ Castle Siege,  Lucas, Ness w/ New Pork City
 
Target Smash!! (Level Depends On Difficulty) 

Level 5 - Kirby - Giant (1 ally), Team, Multi, or Normal - Kirby, King Dedede, Meta Knight - Halberd 

Level 6 - Metroid or PikminGiant (no allies), Multi, Metal, or Normal - Samus/Zero Suit Samus w/  Norfair, Frigate Orpheon, Olimar w/  Distant Planet 

Level 7 - Star Fox or F-Zero - Giant (no allies), Team, Multi, Metal, or Normal - Fox, Falco, Wolf w/ Lylat Cruise, Captain Falcon w/ Port Town Aero Dive 

Level 8 - Mario series - Giant (no allies), Team, Multi, Metal, or Normal - Mario, Luigi, Peach, Bowser w/ Delfino Plaza, Luigi's Mansion, Mario Circuit, or Mushroomy Kingdom 

Level 9 - Game & Watch, Kid Icarus, Ice Climber or R.O.B. - Giant (no allies), Multi, Metal, or Normal - Mr. Game & Watch w/ Flat Zone 2, Pit w/ Skyworld, Ice Climbers w/ Summit, and  R.O.B. w/ Mario Bros.
 
Level 10 - WarioWare, Metal Gear, Sonic the Hedgehog, or DS - Giant (no allies), Multi, Metal, or Normal - Wario w/ WarioWare, Inc., Snake w/ Shadow Moses Island, Sonic w/ Green Hill Zone, and Chris w/ Picto Chat

Target Smash!! (Level Depends On Difficulty, if in Insane, level 5 again) 

Level 11 - Free for All - Free for all with three random characters not fought in the mode until this point - Random w/ Final Destination 

Level 12 - Master Hand/Crazy Hand - Enemies have stamina based on difficulty selected - Master Hand (and, depending on situation, Crazy Hand) w/ Final Destination

Trophy Stand Achievement

"And if you want to see this again," Master Hand began. "You can see this list just behind the hall's double doors."

Hallway

A big pasteboard with the list was shown appearing right besides the double doors.

Classic Mode Hall

"And usually, you'll need to clear 2 Target Tests, 3 Single matches, 2 Team matches, 2 Multi-Man matches, 2 Giant matches, 1 Metal match, 1 3-on-1 match, and finally, 1 Final against me and probably my brother if you finish the matches fast in order to claim victory," the hand explained. "Any questions?"

Pit raised his hand. "Are all those the stages?"

"Oh right," the hand said. "I decided to unlock all the stages and not let you all wait for them. I believe there was a variation of this in the game...right, Chris?"

"Y-yes," Chris said.

"Now!" the hand began excited. "No objections?"

Nobody did anything.

"...Then let's see the first one to go through the Classic Mode!" Master Hand said as his brother shook the box. "And the lucky guy, girl, Pok?mon, anthro, whatever he or she looks like that will have the honors to do the mode first will be..."

Crazy Hand opened the box, and his brother took a small note and read it out loud.

Some of them crossed their fingers.

Some of them wished they were not there.

Some of them already glared daggers with smirks at their opponents, who did the same but back at them.

Some of them gulped.

Peach thought about what she should wear tomorrow morning, either the pink dress, or the bright pink dress. It was hard for her to decide in this situation, but she had to have it done very soon or else she would end up wearing the pink dress.

"...Ooh, this is ought to get good and so interesting..." Master Hand muttered with a chuckle. "The victi-I mean, lucky character for today to go through with the mode will be..."

The hand pointed at one of them, and the person gasped loudly and shook the head several times.

"Our newbie from the real world, Chris (last name intentionally censored by Master Hand himself)!!!"

"W-WHAT?!" Chris asked in shock as some of them cursed. "W-why me?!"

"You got lucky, what can I say?" Master Hand asked. "You're going to be the first one to demonstrate the newcomers how things are done here!"

"B-but I'm a newcomer!"

"Pfft, you're not," Master Hand said. "You already know about this by playing the game in real life, so it doesn't matter now."

"W-w-well, that's tru-"

"Anyway!" Master Hand began as he grabbed the box and tossed it away to a nearby trash can. "You can't go back now. I'm sure everyone here wants to fight you."

Inside the trash can, every single note in there clearly had written "Chris" on all the papers.

This meant Master Hand "betrayed" Chris in some sick way...

"Oh right," Snake said. "After all, we do get to fight him when the time comes."

"Of course," Master Hand said. "You get to fight him if you're called."

"Is that so..." Wolf muttered as he began to sharpen one claw with a malicious grin. "Then I'll be waiting for my turn to come and slice down the kid as many times I like."

"Well, you can punch him and all that (Chris: What?!), but you can't kill him."

"Oh, don't worry," Wolf said. "I'll enjoy this with every single second...heheheh..."

Lucario narrowed his glare at him, but later frowned. "I hope I don't end up fighting Chris at all..."

"P-phew," Chris said. "T-thank you, Lucario... I knew I could count on yo-"

"Dramatic moment aside," Master Hand interrupted. "Some of you will be submitted to the events as well, just to remind you. Chris, you remember what I told you before? You can only use 1 job at random."

"..." Chris looked worried. "Oh no..."

"AND," the hand went on. "If any of you guys go easy on him, you'll be disqualified."

"W-why are you against me?!" Chris asked.

"Oh, everyone here follows the rules, and you will too," the hand said. "I'm in nobody's side."

"W-well, good thing I know most of them will help me out during the matches against any of the-"

"You're dead," C. Falcon interrupted.

"You're dead," Roy said.

"You're dead," Ivysaur said.

"You're dead," Meta Knight said coldly.

"You're dead," Fox said with a grin.

"You're dead," Zelda said.

"You're dead," Squirtle said.

"You're dead," Falco said with a grin.

"You're dead," Snake said with a nod.

"You're dead," Pikachu said with an evil look.

"You're dead," Ness said readying his bat.

"You're dead?" Diddy asked.

"You're dead," Popo and Nana said together.

"You're dead," Ike said.

"You're dead," Samus said.

"You're dead...I think," Red said confused.

"You're dead," Pichu stated.

"You're dead," Toon Link said with several nods.

"You're dead," Sonic said with a grin.

"You're dead," Jigglypuff said.

"You're dead," DK said with some nods.

"You're dead," Link said.

"You're dead," Mewtwo said.

"You're dead!" Kirby said excited. (O_o)

"I'm sorry to say this, but you're so dead," Mario said apologetically.

"Likewise here. You're dead, sorry," Marth said.

Chris's jaw lowered in shock. "...Did just most of you say I'm dead?"

"Y-you're dead..." Luigi muttered worried.

"...OKAY!" Chris yelled annoyed. "Who of all of you don't think I'm going to "die" fighting you all?! Raise your hands!"

Of all the people in the room, only Lucario, Peach, Lucas, Pit, and Olimar raised their hands.

"..." Chris looked down and frowned. "...I hate you guys..." he muttered.

Peach, Lucas, Pit, and Olimar lowered their hands.

"Not you! I was referring the others!"

They raised their hands back. "What a relief..." Peach said with a sigh.

"Another question (Chris: Before I die?)," Mario began. "Can we fight freely when we want like when we want to train anytime?"

"Oh, sure," the hand said. "Stages are open for you all from now on. Check back once in a while to see new tracks. Speaking of features..." The hand pointed at a room to the right. "That room over there is the place where you can allow and disallow items, items' rates, mix of modes like Curry with Heavy match, and the such. Mess around with it OUTSIDE official matches, though. And..." He looked at Chris. "Ready? Everyone seems fired up."

"N-"

"Perfect!" Master Hand interrupted. "Now please, go over that room over there and step on the teleporter. I'll handle the matches and their opponents. Take in mind that I wanted you to use as many different jobs as possible for you to become more used to them. And no items you have with you may be used at all."

"..." Chris closed his eyes and slowly walked to the room before he got in.

"Wow, he's gonna do it after all?" Sonic asked.

"Probably because he wants to be a role model," Master Hand said. "Okay. You see the screen? It'll display the event, the opponent, and the order in which Chris will go through. You'll know your turn when I call you before the screen does, though."

"Guess I should get prepared," Link said.

"Or me," Zelda said.

"Chris! Have you stepped on the teleporter?" called the hand.

"I-I'm going to!" Chris yelled. "There are no secondary effects by teleporting, right?"

"Just worry about that after you test it out! Everything's just fine!"

"O-okay..." The World Traveler gulped before he stepped on the circular teleporter and was instantly teleported to the stage.

"Oh, another thing," the hand went on. "Remember that we're actually going to teleport you to the stage in your world. They're not illusions or something, but the real thing. And for the first match...Zelda!"

"Ooh, I'm getting a little bit excited now," Zelda said pleased.

"You know how we roll things here, so go to the room. Everyone, please sit back and relax before your turn comes in."

"...Good luck...Chris..." Lucario muttered worried.

Bridge of Eldin

Hidden Mountain & Forest

VS. Zelda - Single

"And welcome to the Bridge of Eldin!" Master Hand said outside the match. "I'm your host truly, Master Hand, and I will be giving out information regarding the stages you'll see here. Of course, we also like to hear feedback from our celebrities in here."

"Wait, so you're actually broadcasting the matches?" Roy asked.

"The beautiful sunset that makes the stage more beautiful only is accompanied with the appearance of King Bulblin and his...pet thing board whose name I forgot."

"Well, it looks like," Link said.

"It does. The Bulblin sometimes throws in a bomb in the middle and blows up the bridge. But if you wait long enough, it'll get repaired back on using the Twilit vortex that appears after a time. Now, let's get on!"

The World Traveler walked into the stage (with the Swordsman job) and looked around the place as the sunset shone the whole valley. Chris knew Hyrule Castle wasn't located in the east before in the Wii version because that would mean this was based off from the GameCube version. "Now, I know this is every hyperactive gamer's dream to be in the game. HOWEVER, I do have a life, mind, and even money, and I know that this is a fight for my life..."

"Oh, please," Zelda began as she came from the other side of the bridge. "You can't get killed here at all."

"And of top of all, I'm going to fight...a girl."

"Don't worry. Hit me if you want to win."

"I-I do have my morals with me still!" Chris yelled. "I can't punch a girl's face directly!"

"You better decide now. The mysterious announcer guy will begin the match in any second now."

"What mysterious announcer guy?"

"READY... GO!!!" yelled a voice as the crowd cheered.

"W-we even have a crowd in here?" Chris asked as he looked around. "Where? Isn't anybody here going to notice the match at all?"

Zelda was already running to him.

"W-what if your people see you here in the middle of a bridge without fences?!"

"They don't even come out from the castle!" Zelda said. "Now, get prepared!"

The World Traveler shook his head and ran the opposite away.

"Oh god. Now I can predict how the matches are going to be," Master Hand said outside the match.

"Please!" Zelda encouraged Chris. "Let's fight to show good sportmanship!"

Chris gulped. "A-are you sure you're not going to hate me for punching you?"

"Not even a bit!" Zelda said  as she seemed to have fun. "Only here, though!"

"..." Chris closed his eyes and waited for the princess to reach him. He slowly prepared his sword...

And Zelda prepared to jump...

But...

"H-ha!" Chris yelled in panic as he took out his Clawshot and latched it quickly on Zelda.

"W-what?" Zelda asked astonished at the sudden change of moves.

"HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Chris yelled and closed his eyes before he turned around, pulled the Clawshot to the opposite direction, and tossed Zelda out of the stage.

"YAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Zelda screamed in defeat as she disappeared from the stage.

"GAME!" the announcer...announced.

The camera zoomed on Chris, who had a very shocked look as he slowly shook his head (and received his points with some coins).

"..." Master Hand was speechless. "...Okay, she'll come back in a second... There you are. What the hell, Zelda?! You didn't notice you were being lured to the edge of the stage?!" he asked in pure disbelief.

"How was I supposed to know?!" asked a mad Zelda. "I was just enjoying the rather small time in there, and I fell for his trap!"

"Actually," Mario began. "He didn't even think about using the sword or the grappler. Chris's still scared of all of this and he defeated you out of panic."

"So in other words," Snake began. "You suck at fighting against 1 kid alone."

"Oh, hush!" Zelda sulked a bit as she sat down with Link.

"Bad day?" Link asked.

"Link...shut up..."

The World Traveler sighed in relief and was quickly taken to the next stage.

Lucario smiled a little in relief. Chris didn't get hurt at all in the first match.

Yoshi's Island

Obstacle Course

VS. Giant Yoshi - Allies: DK and Diddy Kong

"Another beautiful scenery," the hand commented. "This stage is pretty straightforward. The only changes that'll occur are the seasons and the small platforms that can come up from down below."

"You know, when you think about it, Yoshi doesn't fit quite well with the place," Nana said.

"Yoshis are mostly very enthusiastic, but we ended up with the blank one. Ooh, the match's going to start now."

The World Traveler (using the Hacker job) appeared right below the platform and looked at the winter background. He suddenly sneezed and embraced himself. "H-how about a summer season?"

Happy tunes sounded, and it jumped to spring.

"...Well, it's still good," Chris said. "Now, where's Yoshi?"

"Up here."

Chris suddenly felt shocked at the deep voice who gave him the response. By all means, he wished Yoshi wasn't...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 17, 2009, 08:56:26 PM
Surprise.

Chris looked up to see a 15-feet tall Yoshi staring down at him. "Hello," Yoshi said in a deeper tone.

"..." Chris whimpered.

"Don't worry!" DK yelled as he and Diddy appeared behind him. "We're going to take that dino down!"

"I'll start with Chris," Yoshi said as he jumped INSANELY high and used Yoshi Bomb right above the World Traveler.

"YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEH!!!" Chris screamed. "Wait a minute!" he yelled.

Didn't this was foreshadow before?

Oh, who cared.

Chris got crushed under...the big Yoshi before he was sent up as he looked quite shocked. "I-I have to fight back!" Chris yelled. "Or Yoshi will haunt me for the rest of my life accidentally!"

"Please," Yoshi said as he looked up to the falling Chris. "I think you can do better."

"Oh, great, I'm receiving hints from a huge dinosaur now," Chris said worried. "DK! DIDDY! YOU'RE SUPPOSED TO HELP ME HERE!"

Suddenly, the giant dinosaur started to tumble around as DK used Hand Slap hard on the floor, while Diddy kept slapping...

"...Okay, you may hit a giant in private areas," Master Hand said. "It's unfair to be big, so it's allowed."

"That sounded so disgusting and yet very gross," Olimar commented.

"Who cares? You guys surely will feel...er...um...d-don't look at me that way..."

"H-hey!" Yoshi yelled as he was continuously staggered by the 2 monkeys. "A-at least give me a chance to attack!"

"You're dead!!!" Chris panicked as he landed on the floating platform. With a quick move, he began charging a shot from his hi-tech gun. When it got charged enough, it fired a stupidly fast shot through Yoshi...but it didn't do good damage. "...The time I want to go into the action, the time my gun betrays me..."

A Bob-omb dropped close to him. The bomb stared at him curiously.

"..." Chris looked at it (as Yoshi kept getting hit). "...Will you help me?!" he asked in a panic. "I'm so useless with this job! I just know very few skills, but that's it! Please! I hate to fight giants!"

The Bob-omb seemed to nod and jumped to Chris. The World Traveler made a confused face as the bomb itself made a happy expression.

"...Um...can Bob-ombs really..." Chris wondered before he shook his head. "...Oh, screw it. YAH!"

Chris tossed the bomb as fast as he could to Yoshi's belly, and it made the giant spiral out from the stage. "AH!" Yoshi yelled simply.

"GAME!!!"

"Huuuuuuh..." Chris sighed as he turned around before the screen gave him the points and coins.

Too bad the screen didn't let DK or Diddy's poses get shown.

"Ha-ha, you got defeated by an item," Popo teased.

"How was I supposed to strike back?" Yoshi asked annoyed as DK and Diddy came behind him. "You 2 are to blame here!"

"Chill out. We were just helping Chris out," DK said with a chuckle.

"Right-o," Diddy responded as he high-fived with DK.

"...Ugh!" Yoshi grunted and sat down angrily on a nearby chair.

"Keep going..." Lucario muttered in relief.

Pok?mon Stadium 2

Pok?mon Center

VS. Mewtwo & Lucario - Ally: Pichu

"The majestic stadium for Pok?mon has never been so spectacular before," Master Hand commented. "If I remember, Jigglypuff once held a concert here, and nobody got sleepy at all."

"I DO have other songs that don't make anyone fall asleep..." Jigglypuff muttered with a grunt.

"Like in the first version, the stadium changes to air, ice, ground, and electric terrain."

Chris (in his Fonic Hymn User job) held his rod close to him in pure shame...

He was just about to fight Lucario, who also felt the same...

...But Mewtwo, however, longed for a moment like this.

And as for Pichu...not.

Pichu shyly peered from behind Chris's legs and gulped. "P-please, don't let either of them kill me!" he pleaded with another gulp.

"...I..." Lucario turned away. "I can't fight him..."

"Oh, what the hell..." Mewtwo muttered with a frown. "Fine. Go ahead and kill yourself. I can take care of them."

"...What did you just say?" Lucario asked with a glare.

"I won't repeat myself again," Mewtwo said as he glared back at Lucario. "Both of them can be easily taken out without blinking an eye."

"T-that's so mean!" Chris and Pichu yelled.

Lucario grunted. "You better not address Chris as weak again, or else..."

"Or what?" Mewtwo asked as he narrowed his eyes at him. "Since we're in a team, you can't hurt me at all. You'll just pass through me unless you were thrown."

A nearby Party Ball fell behind them, and Lucario simply kicked it slightly to let it float above, make a funny noise, then drop several Bob-ombs close. "But," Lucario began as he moved his hand to the right and caught a bomb. "Explosives affect anyone."

"Lucario, you better not get in my way for this match. I've longed for this moment to come, and you won't stop me."

"Make me," Lucario taunted.

"I don't want to make you. Just leave, and leave them to me alone."

"READY? ...GO!"

Chris and Pichu enchanged glances before a small war broke soon...

Castle Siege

"Didn't you say you were going to disqualify people?" Pikachu asked as a mad Lucario looked away from a mad Mewtwo.

"Well, I never said partners could betray each other and beat the heck out of each other," Master Hand said. "But...that fight with Mewtwo against Lucario was kind of funny."

"It was not to me," Mewtwo said with a glare. "I don't want to get paired up with that bastard never again."

"Insult Chris again, and I'll promise you're going to die," Lucario said with a glare.

"And don't forget you lost against Pichu, no less," Mario pointed out (as Pichu sighed) to Mewtwo, who shot him with a glare. "...I'll be quiet."

"Sheesh, rivalry has been increased to dangerous levels these days," Samus commented.

C. Falcon tapped her shoulder, and she looked behind where Fox and Wolf were glaring daggers at each other...in the same table.

"They've been like that ever since Chris started to fight," C. Falcon said. "Oh, wait, it's time for the next match."

"Now here we have Castle Siege, which is..." Master Hand looked unsure.

"What? Why is it under attack?" Ike asked. "Did you say this was the real thing and not an illusion?"

"Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeer...did I?"

"I must go!" Ike yelled.

"Relax! I did everything beforehand!" The hand said. "I'm sure the castle won't fall to the random enemy's hands at all. You just don't mind the attack and everything will be fine."

"I swear, you make dangerous decisions that risk our universes without our permissions," Ness said.

"Are you Onett's Mayor?"

"Er, no..."

"So there," Master Hand said. "Anyway, here in Castle Siege the scenery will change constantly between 3 tiers: the first one is the one outside above a watchtower, the second is inside the throne room, and the third one in the inferno."

"It's hard to believe an inferno is part of that place," Pit commented.

"I know, but then again, your worlds are weird in their own ways."

With Mila's Divine Protection

VS. Roy

The World Traveler (in his Ninja job) found the red-haired swordsman at the edge of the floor. "Alright! I'm all fired up for this match!" he said excited.

"A-are you really going to get literally burned?" Chris asked.

"Probably," Roy said with a shrug. "Ready now?"

"U-um..."

"READY? ...GO!"

The swordsman quickly rushed at Chris, who gasped and quickly took out his katana from its sheath. Both clashed swords with each other, but Chris's katana started to get lowered down. "D-dangit! I haven't used this job that much!" Chris cursed as he backed away to the edge.

Roy looked serious when he slowly pushed Chris back. The World Traveler gasped as he knew Roy would eventually push him back, and he quickly jumped high above and landed on the platform close to the watchtower. Chris sighed in relief. "Phew, that was clos-"

"YIAAAAAH!!!" Roy interrupted as he rose from behind the platform and used Blazer, slicing Chris upwards with a quick slash. The ninja grunted in pain and backed away to resist the damage dealt to him.

"D-don't ever talk to yourself between matches..." Chris muttered as he looked around for Roy. "Now where'd he go?"

Chris's eyes widened as he heard someone landing behind him. With a quick turn, he was submitted by Roy's Double-Edge Dance. The ninja moaned in pain as the swordsman kept slashing him before Chris was sent to the air by a fire slash. "Chris, come on!" Roy seemed to cheer.

Chris looked down over his shoulder and gasped after he saw the precipice (or actually, the ground floor, which meant he would lose a life) underneath his back. The ninja quickly tried to regain his control before he used a jump to go back to safe floor (or platform), where he landed back and sighed.

"Finally. There's someone who doesn't screw up," Snake said.

Zelda, Yoshi, and even Mewtwo grunted annoyed at this.

"(You can do this... You don't know how, but you can do this...)" Chris thought.

"There you are!" Roy called from below where he jumped right towards Chris.

"N-no!" Chris gasped as he took a step back.

But in his mind...something was understood...

"S-Substitution!" he suddenly yelled as he made a ninja sign and vanished from the place with the help of a cloud of smoke. Roy gasped as he entered inside the smoke and coughed after he landed inside. The smoke quickly cleared out and the swordsman looked around.

"Chris! Where are you?" Roy asked.

But the swordsman was interrupted by a small tag that tilted to the sides in front of him before it exploded very close to him. Roy grunted in pain as he accidentally fell down the platform, and to the floor, where he grunted and quickly got up.

"I'm serious now!" Roy yelled.

Just a few feet away from him to the left, there were some fingers trying to get up from the edge of the platform. With a closer look, there was a terrified Chris hanging for his dear 5 lives, looking down at the ground with a shocked look. "(W-why did I appear here?!)" he asked in his mind. "(Well, I just...learned that move just now so it makes sense I'm inexperienced with it... Um...what now?)" he asked as he looked down.

The scenery suddenly trembled before Chris felt floor below and was obliged to stand up. This not only made him get surprised, but it also let Roy find him.

"So there you are!" Roy said.

"YEEEEEEEEH!" Chris yelled before he was suddenly pulled up above a flag platform. "O-oh no, I'm not falling for that!" he yelled.

"YIAAA-" At the moment Roy used Blazer just below the flag, the ninja backstepped, quickly ran at Roy, grabbed him from his back and...pulled a kunai close to his throat. "U-ugh..." Roy gasped at the kunai close to his throat.

The crowd gasped at this sudden movement.

"Oh my god..." Peach said in pure disbelief. "N-no! Don't do it!"

"Peach, I don't think he can kill Roy in there..." Mario said.

"O-oh boy..." Olimar commented.

Chris trembled. "N-now, please remain silent and I won't hurt you..."

"U-um, Chris?" Roy asked a little bit freaked out. "Y-you sound a little bit scary from behind my head..."

"REMAIN SILENT!" Chris yelled as he pulled the kunai closer to the throat. "O-or I'll take you out right now!"

"YES SIR!" Roy yelled.

"I don't know if Roy forgot he can't be killed during a match," Marth said.

"Who cares as long as the kid spills blood from the other kid?" Snake asked.

"Do you...tend to address Chris and Roy or people like them as kids?"

"So, your point? Teens still act like kids."

"Just...don't go overboard."

"Too bad you're not my boss, and not that I'll listen to you ever if you were."

"Buuuuuuuuuuuurned," said Falco sarcastically.

"Now..." Chris whispered. "Let's move slowly to the boundary..."

"W-what?" Roy asked.

Chris slowly pushed Roy to the boundary...slowly...slowly...slowly...

...Slowly...

...Slowly...

...Slowly...

...Then he pushed him away when they were not seen in the screen.

"OAAAAH!!!" Roy yelled from the tower of light he made, indicating the end of the match.

"GAME!"

Since Chris wasn't seen anymore, the screen only showed the second tier as he received his points and Smash Coins.

"And Roy's back," Master Hand said.

"You were doing good until you were subdued by the art of fear," Crazy Hand said. "Your comments and feedback?"

"You try to get someone like Chris to grab you and threaten you with a kunai!" Roy said. "Who else can do that here?"

"I could," Zelda said.

"Me," Snake said.

"W-well, don't do it to me..." Roy said ashamed.

"Either way, you did good," Master Hand said. "Time for the Normal Target Smash."

A time passed...

"I...am truly surprised..." Lucario said.

"I know," Master Hand said. "...I can't believe Chris thought there was a platform beyond the right precipice and got killed by accident."

Lucario got a little bit irritated as Sonic blocked his mouth from his constant chuckles. The Aura Pok?mon took his time before he fired a fully charged Aura Sphere which hit Sonic right on the face.

"...Lucario..."

"He deserved it."

"...Well, he was chuckling a lot, and it got irritating. However, this is the last time."

"The...last time he will...attack me?" Sonic asked weakly from the table.

"What? No!" Master Hand said. "This is the last time you chuckle like that in here, unless everyone else does the same as you!"

"Hmmmmmm..." Sonic grunted annoyed.

Halberd

Meta Knight Revenge

VS. Team Meta Knight

"Um..." Master Hand looked unsure. "This time...this stage is really a simulation due to the Halberd missing and all that, though. You basically are taken around a flying platform around the Halberd before it lands on the deck, where you get to dodge some hazards."

"There's no double machine in there, right?" Falco asked.

"Oh, Duon? Of course not."

THIS...was really bad for Chris (in his Juggler job, meaning he was a Moogle).

Not only he needed to fight Meta Knight...

But he needed to fight 10 of him.

The juggle's creepy enthusiasm wasn't enough for him to even make a grin at the 6 yellow glaring eyes that looked at his way. And his enthusiasm wasn't even there with him.

Surely, one of them would be the real Meta Knight. The one whose color wasn't changed at all.

"U-um..." Chris gulped. "...K-kupo?"

"Fight me," the 3 Meta Knights stated at the same time, making an unusually loud sound of their voices as they pointed their Galaxias at Chris.

"Meta Knight goes surround mode," C. Falcon joked and some of them chuckled.

It was not long before the platform and the ship were pushed up to the air, to the orange sunset.

And Chris now had to deal with 3 bat swordsmen of death.

"...O-okay!" Chris forced a shy grin (yes, there are shy grins). "I-I'm going to toy around with you...and then I'll get the audience's attention...and then I'll d-"

The Moogle was suddenly grabbed by one of the clones...

And that was where everything went downhill.

"KUPO!" Chris yelped before he was...

................................................

Okay, this scene looked pretty bad. Not even the words you're reading just now will explain the brutality of 3 clones that sent Chris to utter hell. Heck, the poor furred plushie (Chris: What plushie?! Kupo?!) screamed like never before in his life. And no, this wasn't based of what evil competitive people believe as tiers. This was based...well...about something I just do, okay?!

Anyway, there were no words to describe that massacre.

Rather than that, there were sentences that explained everything.


..................................................

Many of the Smashers looked pretty shocked at the yells of pain and agony from the poor juggler that was sent blasting off to the stage. A pretty scared Chris soon came from a platform that took him back on the center of the stage. The juggler had eyes wide of horror as he embraced himself.

...................................................

Okay, fine, that didn't explain too much. Live with it, though.

...................................................

"...Can we ask Meta Knight to stop what he just did?" Olimar asked pretty shocked as some Pikmins shook with fear.

"(I'm already seeing my grave after he wants to go through the mode...) E-er, no, Chris will have to defeat him nevertheless," Master Hand said, sometimes shaking a little.

"I just hope he results victorious..." Toon Link muttered.

"...And us for that matter," DK said as he shrugged.

"..." Something seemed different with Chris as he glared daggers at the 3 Meta Knights, who simply stared back at him as the platform reached the deck of the Halberd. He slowly licked his upper lip and took out 2 daggers. "...Now..." he muttered menacingly. "...Fight me...kupo."

It was hard for people to take seriously on a juggler with a somewhat high-pitched voice to say something menacing.

The 3 Meta Knights nodded and quickly dashed to the World Traveler, swords trailing off on their right hands.

"...KUPO!" Chris yelled as he dodged the first Meta Knight by jumping over him. As the juggler passed over the knight, he quickly struck his daggers on his back. The attack had a good knockback and the clone was sent blasting away. "Y-yes!" Chris cheered.

The other 2 Meta Knights decided to join forces, and so they dashed dangerously to the juggler, who remained below the platform. Chris gulped but prepared to attack them back.

Inside his mind, something new was learned...

"Hmm..." Chris took out from his back a flaming bottle that looked about to explode. This skill that he learned was called Molotov Cocktail. "Kupo!" He noticed the 2 Meta Knights about to trust their boots at him. However, the World Traveler backstepped and let go of the bottle that exploded upon contact with the boots. The 2 masked knights grunted as they both suddenly turned red of anger.

Molotov Cocktail

Takes out a flaming bottle that is about to explode. Causes fire damage to the enemy, and can also cause Berserk (which puts the target out of control, increases physical damage, but decreases defense).

The 2 Meta Knights wanted to kill Chris now.

"Heheheheh!" Chris laughed mischievously. "What seems to be the matter? You see lots of red or what?" he taunted.

The 2 knights quickly charged at him. The World Traveler chuckled a bit before he backflipped to evade 2 stabs. Chris saw another Meta Knight coming from above, and he quickly took out a flaming bottle that he tossed upwards and collided with the unexpected Meta Knight, who got knocked back and was sent blasting off.

However, there remained the enraged Meta Knights...

The juggler gasped as he looked down and found the knights about to reach him and slash him furiously. Chris could tell they were going to slash him like never before. Fortunately, he landed on the hovering platform...

And saw the cannon aiming at him.

Chris smirked at the cannon as the knights came from below and prepared to slash him hard from both sides. The juggler faked a gasp before he jumped up, passed the next Meta Knight that fell between the other 2, and was suddenly attacked by the cannon at full potency with the others. The juggler saw the 3 blasting off to different parts, and he chuckled in victory.

However, he only defeated 5...

Not soon after he landed back on the platform, a dark Meta Knight soon appeared and quickly flew after Chris. The juggler gasped and he quickly dodged one slash before he was cut in the face, making him back away before he shook his head. "Of course..." he muttered. "I'm not going to have the same "streak" without getting damaged..."

He had to work faster, or the other 2 knights would appear soon.

The juggler yelled and ran at Meta Knight with his 2 daggers. Both of them soon clashed weapons against each other, and Chris struggled to attack Meta Knight. "Fool," Meta Knight said as he began to push Chris's daggers. "You can't best me with 2 mere daggers. I use a dangerous weapon, or did you forget?"

"And also," Chris spoke back. "Did you forget I can use other things you can't?"

"Not at all," Meta Knight said. "I'm most aware of that."

"Oh, do you?" Chris asked. "Boom."

Meta Knight didn't look over a flaming bottle that fell quickly on him and exploded in a burst of flames. The World Traveler took advantage of the knight's staggering time that he dashed forward and slashed Meta Knight with an X-crossed attack using his daggers. The fact that Meta Knight was put under Berserk made him weaker that he was sent blasting off.

And soon, the other 2 Meta Knight appeared and prepared to attack.

But a Smash Ball appeared, and the crowd gasped.

The 3 looked up before quickly glaring at each other. Using his small wings, Chris began to fly for it, but the knights followed behind. The juggler chased after the ball that he tossed a dagger at it to try to break it.

It would take much more than that.

Chris cursed in his mind before one Meta Knight came from above and struck his feet down on him, obliging Chris to crash right back on the platform. The 3 Meta Knights locked their eyes at the Smash Ball and began chasing after it.

"...No..." Chris muttered. "...I can't let them get it...kupo..."

The juggler slowly got up and looked up to see the knights trying to gain the power of the Smash Ball. It was a matter of time before it could break.

Chris narrowed his eyes at the Smash Ball as he prepared to toss a dagger at full speed at it. The problem was that he could end up hitting one of the bat wings' users, but he slowly took his tongue out and aimed carefully...

It was it.

The juggler swiftly tossed the dagger right towards the Smash Ball, passing barely between the 3 knights, before it shattered itself and lent its power to the juggler.

The Meta Knights quickly looked back and dove after Chris. The World Traveler gasped, but then he regained his control and prepared to use his Final Smash.

"Now!" Chris yelled as he flipped to the center of the stage, holding several daggers between his fingers. "Let the circus start its rehearsal!" he called cheerfully as he embraced himself with the daggers pointing back, closing his eyes slowly.

The knights prepared for anything...

Chris opened his eyes suddenly, and he let go of multiple daggers that began to bounce and stab the floor all around him. The Meta Knights saw that the daggers themselves jumped sometimes insanely high, and they tried to evade the frenzy of daggers. However, the daggers easily struck all of them hard, and they were sent blasting off.

The attack didn't end as Chris seemed to be tossing more and more daggers out of hammerspace. 2 more Meta Knights finally emerged from above, but they were quickly taken out by the daggers that bounced upwards and ended up stabbing them through.

"UOOHH!!!" the 2 of them yelled simultaneously.

"GAME!"

"Let's Dagger Party!" Chris said cheerfully as he stopped, folded his arms, and bowed to the crowd with a small smile.

Too bad he didn't get to hear the crowd cheer for him as the screen gave him his points and coins.

Dagger Party

Throws a frenzy of bouncing yet sharp daggers around all the stage, bouncing high and stabbing anywhere. Deals moderate damage to all enemies should they get caught in the attack.

Back at the hall, most of the Smashers seemed to be clapping at the match as Meta Knight came back and sat down on a nearby chair.

"Needless to say, that match was good," Master Hand said. "Your thoughts?"

"Next time, I don't want to feel weaker," Meta Knight responded harshly. "I didn't fight quite well with copies of me around the whole place. I hate it. I detest it. I despise it."

"...Okay..."

"(Well done,)" Lucario thought smiling a bit.

Distant Planet

Enviromental Noises

VS. Metal Olimar

"Hmm..." Master Hand grumbled. "We didn't even need to ask the musicians for help to make this one. All we had to do was to drop a recorder outside the mansion and let the bugs do their thing."

"Why's that?" Diddy asked.

"Well, apparently, we need singers since they mix quite well with music, and this stage requires a singer for the tracks. It has to be someone who has a very sweet voice, yet enchanting."

Peach raised her hand.

"U-um, not a Smasher, sorry..."

"W-well..." Peach thought for a moment. "I happen to know someone very talented as a singer, and she has a sweet voice. I think Mario knows her more than I, though."

"Oh, I know who," Mario said. "I'll give her a call and ask her if she can come here."

"Wonderful!" Master Hand said before clearing his throat. "Ahem, here we see now the Distant Planet! Home of absolutely curious treasures such as a Duracell(tm) battery or other things. Here, fighters should be careful with the rainy weather, and the occassional Bulborb who walks in from the right part of the stage."

Chris (in his Ranger job) looked forward where some Pikmins were with a metalic Olimar...

Er...well...it was hard to tell if he was looking at Chris due to his helmet turning all metal, but he bowed to Chris quickly.

"Olimar, can you talk?" Chris asked.

A moment of silence followed.

"..." Chris walked to him and knelt. "Can you talk?"

More silence followed.

"..." Chris leaned his ear against the helmet, and absolutely no response came back. Olimar buried the front of his helmet on his hands in shame. Chris could imagine him sobbing.

"Ready?"

The sudden voice of the announcer asked and Chris quickly ran back to his position.

"GO!"

For Chris's surprise, Olimar began attacking by throwing his 2 Red Pikmins and a White Pikmin that got latched onto him. They all began to pound him around, and the World Traveler shook in pain as they kept banging on him.

"U-ugh..." Chris grunted as the White Pikmin had more effect than the 2 Red Pikmins. The World Traveler decided to grab them and toss them away. He saw Olimar quickly taking at least 3 Yellow Pikmins, 2 Purple Pikmins, and 1 Blue Pikmin. "...Oh god, he won't respond back! Being of metal made him mute!"

Olimar braced himself and ran at Chris with arms trailing behind. The World Traveler gulped and raised his rather heavy sword. Just when Olimar was going to go acrobat on Chris by hitting him with his short feet, the World Traveler slammed the sword down and sent the captain...a feet away, then the captain retaliated by ordering the Purple Pikmin to jump at Chris.

The little veggie alien dealt a good amount of damage to Chris before the 3 Yellow Pikmin were tossed at him quickly. Chris tried to resist the constant poundings before he shook them off and quickly swung his sword at Olimar, who got slightly pushed back but kept holding his ground (or plant).

"..." Olimar tried to say something, but he was unable to do so. The captain frowned before he was suddenly pushed back by Chris's Quick Draw. Unfortunately, he wasn't damaged that badly as Chris just used the attack right away.

Olimar seemed to get a little (but VERY little) angry and he began to take out more Pikmins that he later began to toss at Chris. The World Traveler quickly jumped to a nearby leaf before a chain of Pikmins (that for some reason were perfectly in a diagonal line to Chris) pushed him out to the left part, where he crashed his back on a hill with a small cliff.

Rain suddenly began to fall down, and the hill began to fill with water before a strong river started to appear to push the World Traveler off. Chris gasped as he saw the ground that he used a double jump to hang on to the cliff. The water, however, poured all around his face as he tried to maintain his sword from falling.

"Get back on..." he muttered through the water. "Get back on!" he yelled (accidentally filling his mouth with water).

Something became clear in his mind...

The World Traveler decided to jump away from the cliff, and he examined the place where Olimar was. He found a part of the vines lowered down where Olimar was standing right above. Chris quickly tossed the sword up with a spinning effect included. He gasped when he just tossed the sword and was instantly taken up in a panic (no joke) to catch the sword just in time to smash down...

...On a crate.

"What?" Chris asked confused as the crate revealed a Bumper. He then saw a Bulborb walking into the scene. It stared at Chris without moving. "...Hello?" he greeted confused.

"..." The Bulborb opened its mouth wide. Did he think Chris wanted to be his dinner?

"..." Chris felt the vines bouncing for a moment before he turned around and found Olimar. The captain began to toss Pikimns at Chris, but the World Traveler put his sword in front of him to shield himself from the plant aliens.

Chris grabbed the Bumper without noticing...

He dodged Olimar's Pikmins as he sidestepped behind the metalic opponent. Olimar quickly turned around and slammed a hidding Purple Pikmin on Chris's shoulder. "O-oww!" Chris moaned. "W-what?"

He noticed the Bumper...

And he didn't get a second thought before tossing it hardly to Olimar, who tried to gasp before he was pushed away from the platform. The captain didn't get blast away...

But he landed inside a familiar mouth that quickly closed. Chris looked at the Bulborb (still staring at him) quickly going away from view, resulting in Olimar's defeat as no yell came (except from the Pikmins who instantly died for some reason).

"GAME!"

"Phew..." Chris sighed as he received his point and coins.

"D-did I do it fine?" Olimar asked as he returned.

"Oh, quite well," Master Hand said. "You did very good out there. Who would have thought you would do such a fight?"

"I-I was pretty confused, though... I didn't talk at all."

"Meh, some secondary effects from the Metal Box. Still, that was good. I'll look forward to see you going through the mode. You could actually have very good chances to win."

"I'll...think about it..." Olimar said as he sat down on a nearby chair and began writing in his journal.

"Okay," the hand said with a nod. "Fox! You're up! Stop glaring daggers at Wolf and go!"

Lylat Cruise

Space Battleground

"By the way, I intentionally stole this track from the game disk of Chris's collection," Master Hand admitted. "I went to ask the musicians about this track and they found it difficult due to the lack of musicians. Hope you don't mind, but it fits this simplictic stage through the flames of spacial wars. Only Fox, Falco, and Wolf can get their own "codecs" with their members while in battl-"

"Wait a sec," Falco interrupted. "So there's a war just above Corneria right now?"

"Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerr...probably?"

"And that cruise is like...just going through the whole war without being noticed?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Maaaaaybe."

"And it doesn't get attacked or noticed either because..."

"Just watch the darn fight already!"

"Fine, but if I see things getting rough, I'll get away from here and assist the battle," Falco said. "Speaking of the battle, where's Fox?"

Back on the stage, Chris gulped at the sight of the empty space AND a war that didn't notice him at all, or the cruise for that matter. "...I-I'd rather fight Falco than fighting Fox or Wolf!" he yelled worried. "I think I can fight Falco just well, but not when the other 2 are here! Please, tell me Falco is going to get here!"

"Too bad. Nice knowing you," Falco said.

"..." The loud explosions of the ships around made Chris feel uncomfortable. "A-and when you think about it...doesn't it feel wrong to fight in the middle of a spacial war?"

"Well, now that you mention it," Slippy said as he was seen flying in his Arwing besides the right side of the cruise. "It's kind of stupid going through here on a cruise like that."

"...Slippy!" Chris said with a sigh. "Oh, it's really good to see you again."

"Oh, hi there," Slippy said with a smile. "Whatcha doing in the middle of an random intergalatic fight that just happened so suddenly and pulled me, Krystal, and Wolf's gang into it?"

That sounded stupidly twisted.

"...I...don't...have...the slightest idea..." Chris responded confused.

"...I had the same thought," Slippy said with a shrug. "But seriously, why are you on that ship? You're gonna go somewhere on it or what? Nobody else in here noticed you 'cept me with my radar."

"I-I'm going to fight either Fox, Falco, or Wolf here..."

"...You kidding?" Slippy asked. "Fox isn't the kind of guy to fight his friends, and Falco, well, he could punch you a good one, but Wolf will surely maul you to death."

"Oh, thank you," Chris said annoyed. "Now my self-esteem became more damaged than before."

"..." Slippy shook his head. "Seriously! What's going on here? Unless... Ooh ho ho ho ho ho! Now I know!" he said with a laugh. "Did someone name Master Hand made all of this since the next tournament began?"

"W-what?" Chris asked.

"That hand guy made the same thing before," Slippy said. "He used the Great Fox as a "stage" where Fox and Falco fought those Smashers guys, and that's why I didn't get to meet any of them at all because I was told to stay away by Fox's orders. You gonna fight the 3 of them? Now that's what I call courage!" he said with a chuckle.

"So they can get to go there?" Falco asked.

"Ugh, I'm pretty sure they won't bother us as long as we remain focused. They won't do that again, though," Master Hand said. "And no, you can't tell your gang to attack Fox or Falco."

"Who said anything about attacking those 2 weirdoes like a coward?" Wolf asked. "I can pretty much fight them back without any effort."

"Why you..." Falco muttered.

He was interrupted by Chris.

"B-but there isn't a tournament right now..." Chris said. "This is just some kind of test practice."

"Oh," Slippy said. "So who's your opponent?"

"I don't know yet," Chris said. "But I wish it was Falco. I'm...pretty much scared if Fox or Wolf fight me..."

"...Well, don't piss Fox off," Slippy said. "He gets very violent if you ever get to piss him off."

"Actually...I already did once..."

"...Poor you," Slippy muttered. "Well, in battle against just 1 person...you could be pretty much dead."

"W-why? Y-you're starting to scare me..."

"Because when someone glances deep into those green eyes..." Slippy's eyes widened. "They see their grave waiting for them."

"..." Chris whimpered.

Slippy kept looking at him that way before he blinked and made his eyes look normal. "But don't worry! If things get worse, I'll cheer you!"

"R-really?"

"Of course!" Slippy said. "Just don't piss him off because...he...could...um..."

"...Slippy?" Chris asked. "A-are you okay?"

The toad stopped talking as he looked behind Chris. His smile slowly faded as his eyes widened at the shadow that overpassed Chris.

"...Hamana-hamana-hamana-hamana-hamana-hamana-hamana-hamana-hamana-" Slippy kept repeating in pure disbelief.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 19, 2009, 08:31:56 PM
"...OH NO..." Chris muttered. "Please, PLEASE TELL ME A TOWER JUST APPEARED RANDOMLY BEHIND ME AND NOT..."

With a gulp, Chris tried to slowly turn his head around and look back at the source of the shadow...

...And what he found was a 16'8" tall vulpine looking down at them.

And with a girly scream, Chris put his hands close to his chin and yelled, "KYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

VS. Giant Fox

"Hmm..." the giant Fox wondered. "Now this is something I didn't see coming at all..." he said at a deep tone that made Chris hear true horror (at least for him).

"Holy Molly!" Slippy yelled at the sight of his boss being a gargantuan. "I-I'm outta here!"

And the toad dove down, leaving the 2 on the cruise.

"SLIPPY!" Chris yelled as he looked down at the deep space. "Y-you said you were going to cheer me! P-please, come back here and give me support to fight..."

"Ahem..." Fox coughed.

Chris quickly got shocked, stood up, and looked up to the once smaller vulpine. "H-hi..." Chris muttered with a gulp.

"Look," Fox began as he crossed his (huge) arms. "I didn't want to fight you like this. Heck, I hate being a giant myself."

Angels literally were heard singing inside Chris's mind. "Y-y-y-y-y-y-you do?" Chris asked, still panicked.

"Yeah," Fox said. "Maybe I'm just going to jump off and let you win."

"...Oh, thank you so much, benevolent giant fox!" Chris said happily.

"...(I really had him so scared by accident... He's starting to act so OOC now...) So, I'll better leave for now."

"Y-yes!" Chris said, still panicked. "D-do leave!"

"Alright," Fox said with a (huge) grin and turned around. "What the...Krystal?"

Chris looked confused as Krystal was seen flying close to the giant Fox. "W-what is she doing here?"

"Um..." Krystal blushed, looked away, then looked back at Fox. "It's been a very little while after the vacations, isn't?"

"I..." Fox scratched the back of his (huge) head. "Y-yeah, it's been a while."

"...?" Chris looked really confused now.

"So," Krystal smiled a little. "You're so big now."

"Oh, that?" Fox asked with a (deep) chuckle. "Yeah, I'm a little too big, am I not?"

The World Traveler didn't like where this was going AT ALL...

"You know," Krystal began as she tilted her head amused. "I liked you when you were some inches smaller than me. I guess you took way too many vitamins, right?"

"Heheh, I know," Fox said with a (huge) grin. "You liked me when I was smaller?"

"Oh," Krystal chuckled. "Maybe...maybe not... I feel rather well attracted to big guys... You know where I'm getting at?"

Chris's jaw opened.

Fox nodded several times. "I know. Actually, being this big is so pleasant."

"(The hell?)" Chris asked shocked.

"When you are this big, you feel pretty strong," Fox said with a devious grin. "I think I can lift up a building whenever I want. However, I don't feel any stronger...just big," he said, lifting up his eyebrows several times, causing Krystal to chuckle.

"...Um..." Chris raised a finger. "...Fox?"

"Oh, is that so?" Krystal asked. "My, you seem even more handsome than before like that."

"(...Okay, that really explains everything,)" Chris thought. "(They are SEDUCING each other...during my fight!)"

"Am I?" Fox asked with a grin. "Too bad I didn't grow any muscles. I would have made more sense that way, don't you think?"

"(T-the hell is he saying now?)" Chris thought.

Krystal chuckled and blushed. "Yeah, but that's just fantasy. Just think about it, you ripping off your clothes with sheer muscl-"

"I-I'm sorry to interrupt this rather...romantic talk, but..." Chris called from behind.

However, he was being still ignored.

"I can totally imagine that," Fox said as his grin grew wider.

"Okay, that does it," Chris muttered. "Unfortunately, this really has to end."

"I second that!" Master Hand yelled. "Chris, shrug her away and let the match begin!"

"You know, you usually give the order to begin the match to that mysterious announcer guy we have yet to meet," Marth pointed out.

"...Whoops," Master Hand said. "Let's see if I can make Fox snap out of his romanticism."

"READY? ...GO!"

The crowd cheered wildly, and Chris gasped. "O-okay, the match officialy started now, and I'm in my MUSICIAN JOB?!" he asked shocked as he looked at his harp and head bandana. "T-this job mostly only works for support! H-how am I going to deal damage to a freaking macro vulpine?!"

"What?" the giant Fox asked as he glared down at Chris over his right shoulder.

"I-I..." Chris stuttered. "...Oh, no way! You're starting to act like a macro now! Stop falling for Krystal's seduction talk!"

"What?" Krystal asked.

"Oh, come on now!" Chris yelled annoyed at the still-to-be-official couple. "It's very clear you were seducing him! I know everyone out there agrees with me as well!"

Back in the hall, mostly everyone (including the hands) had their hands raised.

"You can leave Fox now to me, and seduce him in front of weak-minded teens like me somewhere else," Chris said with an annoyed look.

Unfortunately, he started to get a little bit too far...

"Besides, Panther surely wants you!"

"W-what?" Krystal asked in surprise.

"Chris..." Fox muttered as he made (huge) fists to the sides of his belt.

"And now that we're talking about Panther of all people," Chris ranted. "Why would HE be Fox's rival in romance? I mean, PANTHER? Why him and not Wolf? It'd make sense if Wolf was the one in the love triangle! But PANTHER? Why him still?"

"Because I don't like skanks," Wolf said with crossed arms. "Love is for the weak people."

"T-that's not true..." Peach muttered.

"Chris, really, stop now before you get seriously hurt..." Fox threatened as he showed his fangs a little.

"Oh, why would I stop now?" Chris asked.

"Ooh, this is getting so good now," Falco said with a grin.

"Who would have thought romance would be so stupid, yet so funny?" Sonic asked with a grin to Falco, obviously enjoying the "golden" moment.

"I don't want to stop!" Chris yelled. "You're the main reason why guys drool over girls! I mean, you still act like a teenager in your freaking thirties!"

"Freaking thirties? Okay, you're going too far now," Fox said with a glare.

"So what?" Chris asked. "It's still makes no sense whatsoever! Why is Panther your rival in love, anyway?"

At that very moment, mentioned space fighter came from above and flew right besides Krystal. "Panther sensed some disturbance down here. What is this? Krystal? Oh, are you interested in Panther again?"

"And just hear him out!" Chris yelled. "He's a weirdo who speaks in third person!"

"Well, that's something I kind of agre-" Fox shook his (huge) head. "Still, you're getting way too far now."

"Since when did the cub grow so big?" Panther asked. "Panther doesn't quite understand the logic behind him at all."

"And I don't understand it either!" Chris yelled. "I mean, why are you Fox's rival in love?"

"Because Panther is the one who deserves Krystal more than a guy who hints he's gay but refuses to say so."

"..." Fox slowly glared at Panther with wide eyes, panting heavily as well (and even steam leaked out from his nostrils).

Krystal knew this was going to get ugly. "U-um, I'm so sorry for interrupting a match," she said worried. "I-I'm sorry, Fox, but I'll leave for the time being. I shouldn't have acted like that to you, and it was so embarrassing as well. I...have to think about what I just did a moment ago to you... To be honest, you're not that attractive in that size and..."

Fox was still ignoring her. His eyes targeted Panther's Wolfen.

"...I'll just see you later..." she said, sounding a little bit mad before she flew down.

"Krystal, don't go away from Panther," Panther said with a chuckle. "After all, Panther is the one wh-"

His Wolfen suddenly met a downward huge fist that quickly took it down, and Panther along with it.

The giant Fox panted heavily as he slowly turned to Chris and glared down at him.

However, Chris still looked way more mad than the giant. "What?" he asked as he opened his arms. "You want to fight now?"

"Oh no," Fox began as he looked extremely furious. "I want to crush you and kill you now!!!" he yelled as he quickly stepped in front of the World Traveler.

However...

For some reason, Fox felt someone grabbing his leg, and he struggled a bit. "What?!" he asked in disbelief.

10'9" feet below, there was Chris grabbing the air in front of Fox's huge red boot. This action actually meant Chris was grabbing Fox's foot.

...No, really, this actually happened. Chris SOMEHOW grabbed Fox.

"SHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUT UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUP!!!" Chris yelled loudly as he quickly turned around, dragged Fox along, and tossed him down below the edge of the stage since the World Traveler was standing above the edge.

And due to Fox's enormous since and falling speed, the giant vulpine couldn't grab the edge in time, fell down to the stage's boundary, and instantly lost the match after yelling, "NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

Chris sulked a little bit and wiped the dust off from his hands as he walked to the right to the next stage. "Romance between a giant guy and a girl around my height...please..." he muttered annoyed as he folded his arms and grunted one last time.

"GAME!"

And Chris obtained his points and coins.

Falco saw a normal (but mad) Fox walking to his table, where he sat down and rested his chin above his right palm. "Grumpy much?" Falco asked.

"..." Fox only kept glaring at Chris's annoyed image on the screen.

"Sorry to say this to you, but Chris had a lot of reason than you," Falco said as he folded his arms behind his head and leaned back. "I get furious a lot of times, but you gotta admit your own mistakes."

"..." Fox sighed. "Okay, I was kind of...very wrong, actually. Krystal kind of...distracted me a lot."

"Meh, fall in love with her in a later time, though. You 2 need to get accepted to everyone."

Fox looked down ashamed. "I know..."

"And also," Falco began as he grinned. "Now I know you like to be a freakin' macro."

"Tsk..." Fox looked away, before he looked ashamed of what he did.

Back where the stage was, a closer look to the space revealed a mad Leon with an amused Panther inside the chameleon's Wolfen. Leon kept looking forward where he flew as Panther sat behind with folded arms behind his head. "If you stopped to flirt around with that female vixen in the right time and piss off the fox, I wouldn't be your personal chauffeur and rescuer right now! What do you have to say in your defense?"

"That Panther can't resist being attractive to women," Panther said with closed eyes. "Now, let us go back to Sargasso. Panther needs to rebuild his new Wolfen."

"Seriously, Andrew and Pigma were more competent than you in some ways..." Leon muttered with a grunt of annoyance as the 2 disappeared from sight.

Mario Circuit

Luigi Circuit

VS. Peach

"...No..." Chris (in his Black Mage job) muttered as he and Peach had worried looks to each other, looking from each edge of the upper tracks. "I...I just can't!"

"I-I can't bring myself to hurt you!" Peach yelled as she looked even more unsure than Chris himself. "I-I can't hurt a dear friend of mine!"

"N-no! Don't say it like that!" Chris yelled. "It makes me feel more guilty!"

"And it makes me feel more guilty if you feel more guilty than me!"

"I-I know!" Chris yelled. "B-but you have to fight,and I need to fight you back..."

"I..." Peach looked down. "...I won't fight you... I'll...just surrender by walking to the stage's boundary."

The crowd dramatically gasped, and even some of the Smashers at the hall gasped as well.

"B-but you will be disqualified!" Chris yelled worried. "I-I can't let you..."

"No," Peach interrupted with a frown. "It's perfectly okay for me... You need to pass this more than me, anyway..."

"But...Peach..." Chris's yellow eyes shook in sadness before he closed them. "Don't!"

"Please..." Peach said sadly as she wiped a tear away from her right eye. "I...must do this... I'm not into violence against a friend like you..."

"B-but, Peach..." Chris muttered.

"It's okay...really," Peach said with some nods as she closed her eyes. "This is how I am... I am an honorable princess that cares about the people around her...and I care about you..." She blushed a little. "...A lot as well..."

"But I..." Chris sniffed. "P-please..."

"No..." Peach said as she turned to the boundary. "This is...something I must do myself... Please, understand me..."

"N-no!" Chris yelled as he jumped to her. "You can't be serious!"

"I'm serious!" Peach yelled. "I don't care if I get banned to get my Trophy Stand! I want you to get successful in this pointless quest to get a stand! ...I'm...sorry..." she apologized. "...But this test is necessary, isn't..."

"B-but..." Chris looked down in shame. "P-Peach..."

Music stops

The World Traveler got shocked after Peach turned around and gave him a warm hug. Chris's yellow eyes widened as Peach hugged him tightly. Even the crowd went so far as to say "Aww..." like the crowd watching from the audience deep in the background.

"..." Chris didn't respond back as Peach slowly stopped hugging him. The World Traveler kept looking at the way he was forced to look before he slowly looked at Peach.

Peach made a polite bow and lifted up her dress a little by the sides. "If you'll excuse me..." She turned around and shed a tear. "...I need to help a friend to go through this test..."

"..." Chris was left speechless.

"...Thank you...Chris..." Peach whispered as she slowly walked towards the boundary without turning back at the Black Mage.

Chris could only blink in shock as he heard the princess's scream of agony after she reached the left boundary and disappeared in a bright light. He shook his head and tried to run at her direction, but he tripped, looked up from the floor, and sat up on his legs, looking at Peach's direction "...Peach..." he muttered before he looked down and began to sob. "...No... W-why...why did you do this? Why?! WHY, PEACH?! WHYYYYYYYYYY?!" he yelled to the sky before the match could end, as some Shy Guys raced below the upper track...

"GAME!"

The Black Mage received his points and coins before deciding to go further through the mode.

...Because he made a promise to Peach...

...

...Actually, it was more like a small glance and talk, but stil-

Mario saw Peach slowly walking to the table, where she sat down and sighed. "You did well, don't worry," Mario said.

"Y-yeah," Luigi said as he wiped a tear. "What you did back there was so brave and courageous of you..."

"...Thank you..." Peach muttered with a forced smile.

Master Hand sniffed. "N-never in my life I'd think to see such decision to lose to help a friend like that..."

"A-actually, I would have done that but I was mut-" Olimar was interrupted.

"If you want, you can still participate in the Classic Mode, Peach... You deserve it as well as everyone here."

"...I'll think about it..." Peach said as she looked up and chuckled. "Maybe I could fight very soon. Who knows..."

Mario hugged her for a bit, and she returned the hug before Luigi joined in with them. The 3 decided to turn their attention back to the screen with the others (with half of them wiping some tears).

Summit

Shin Onigashima

VS. Team Ice Climbers

"If you thought Icicle Mountain didn't have a top, think again. This is the Summit of mentioned mountain. As the battle goes on, the opponents could trip and fall, but Popo and Nana can walk just fine above the ice without slipping. Also, the Summit itself will sometimes fall apart and go all the way down to the ocean, where huge fishes will jump and chow down anyone who gets near the water. After a time, the Summit will grow back into a mountain before starting all over again."

Chris (in his PK Kid job) sneezed on top of the ice floor, and he embraced himself. "B-brr..." he muttered.

Not much time passed before 6 Ice Climbers fell down. "Hey, Chris!" they all said at the same time.

"Popo and Nana go Dolby Sound Pro Logic II now," Pikachu joked.

"T-that was so loud for some reason," Chris said.

"Prepare yourself!" they all yelled in sync. "We know you helped us, but still this is a match we have to fight!"

"...And I need to feel happy because..."

"READY? ...GO!"

The crowd let out a wild cheer, and the PK kid gasped as the 6 Ice Climbers went after him.

Fortunately, they weren't Meta Knights.

"P-PK Freeze!" Chris yelled as he called forth mist from the top of his head and let it float above him. The 6 Ice Climbers jumped high and prepared to slam their hammers down on him. However, the mist suddenly descended quickly and created an explosion of ice that sent all of them up, where they blasted off and lost.

The World Traveler blinked surprised. Too bad 3 more pairs of Ice Climbers came from above and struck him down with their 6 hammers.

"Hey!" a Popo began as he looked at his clones. "Which one are we supposed to be paired with?"

The 6 Ice Climbers didn't notice that they all appeared in the same color scheme; the normal colors.

"Well, I'm obviously with her," another Popo said.

"No, I'm pretty sure my brother is that one over there," a Nana said.

"That's my brother!" another Nana yelled annoyed. "Seriously, can't you see the difference?"

"Er, no," yet another Nana said. "We appeared with the same colors."

"And none look brighter or darker whatsoever," a Popo said.

"Well, crap," a Nana said. "How are we going to fight if we can't tell who's with who?"

"Just take a brother and fight!" another Nana snapped out.

"Right!" they all said in serious tones before they all looked around.

"...But Chris is gone..." a Popo said.

"...Oh, sweet riddance," yet another Nana said sarcastically. "I didn't plan to win like thi-"

The sixtuplets were flung away by a fast mist of ice that exploded and made them all get frozen inside icicles. They all blasted off upwards as Chris peered from the right platform.

"I-I'm doing it..." he said with a nervous chuckle. "I-I'm actually winning!"

The Summit itself suddenly began to shake before it began to go downhill to the base of the mountain, and towards the ocean down below. The World Traveler, however, hung for dear life on an ice spike so he didn't fall back to the boundary.

That's when 6 more Ice Climbers appeared from the sky and landed safely on the ice floor. They all scrambled around the stage and found Chris. "There's the bastard!" a violet Nana said.

"What?" Chris asked. "Why bastard?"

"Duh, we're in a match," a white Nana said. "It's usual to address your opponent like that."

"Everything's fair in love and war," Popo said. "You wanna start?"

Chris's eyes widened as the 6 Ice Climbers jumped to him and slammed their hammers at the side of his face, prompting him from letting go of the ice spike, but quickly returned to the stage with a jump, where he sighed upon landing safely.

"And he didn't get pushed by the air when he was jumping?" Toon Link asked.

"There's no logic in the matches," Master Hand said. "I removed the logic behind every single one of you. That's why you can defy gravity and double jump."

"This really feels so awkward..." Pichu commented with a shrug.

The World Traveler didn't have a chance to move before 3 Nanas used Belay underneath him and dealt an upward hit that sent him spinning in the air before crashing on the ice floor. Chris slid a little before he got up, but then fell face-first on the cold floor. "O-oww!" he moaned before he slowly got up carefully. "I-I think it's unfair that you 6 have an advantage!" he yelled angrily before the Summit reached the ocean, and a Polar Bear appeared on the top of the iceberg.

Apparently, the Polar Bear had insane weight, and whenever it jumped, the iceberg would sink down more.

"It's pretty fair for us," a blue Popo said. "So if it is unfair for you, and fair for us, then it's balanced!"

Chris fell down on his back. "Oh, cruel irony..." he moaned as he got up again.

"Now," a Red Nana began. "We're going to get tougher against yo-"

She and her clone brother were suddenly swallowed by a jumping fish that came out from the water, taking them to the stage boundary, making the other Ice Climbers gasp in horror.

"...THERE ARE KILLER FISHES IN HERE!" a white Popo yelled loudly.

The Polar Bear decided to jump, and it pushed the iceberg down enough for the 5 to start swimming.

Bad thing was that more giant fishes wanted to eat them alive.

"YIIIIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" the 2 Popos, 2 Nanas, and Chris himself screamed and quickly jumped up to evade the incoming fishes. The World Traveler sighed in relief after he made it to the top, but he saw the blue Popo being eaten alive by a fish that went underwater and took him out.

"...Oh, crap," the pink Nana said before she vanished in thin air.

"W-what did just... I mean, that really happens?"

"Of course it does!" yelled a white Popo. "One of us randomly change leaders, and if that leader is taken out, the other one disappears as well!"

"A-and where is your Nana?"

Chris had a point. The white Popo didn't have his violet Nana.

"Oh, she was eaten alive and I guess I should be dis-" The white Popo suddenly disappeared in front of Chris.

"...This is pretty twisted..." he commented before the Ice Climbers appeared in front of him and pointed their hammers at him. "W-what now?"

"There will be no more screw ups from our parts," Nana stated. "Prepare!"

"To die!" Popo added.

Nana and Chris stared at him somewhat shocked.

"...Bastard?" he added confused.

"...HIAH!" Chris yelled as he quickly took out a branch from his back and sent both of the siblings away to the distance, and to the boundary from the left.

"AAAHHH!!!" Nana screamed.

"UAAHHH!!!" Popo followed with his scream.

"GAME!"

Chris sighed in relief and smiled a little to himself as the screen gave him more points and coins.

"Okay," Nana began as she walked to them. "He had luck there. We were getting used to the stage so he just had luck."

"If only that would serve as an excuse for Roy's defeat," Ness said.

"I heard that, you know!" Roy yelled from his table.

"And you can't fight me here, so there. Ha-ha," Ness teased.

"You're seriously going to die if you get through that mode..." Roy muttered as Marth patted his back.

PictoChat

Title (Big Brain Academy)

VS. ???

"Aw, no!" Master Hand said. "We messed up the path! He should have had another team battle, but it was forgotten!"

"Wait, so does that mean he'll have to do it all over again?" Mario asked.

"Well...that could piss off a lot of you..."

"I want to have a normal match against him if you decide to reset the mode," Fox called from his table.

"Oh, no no no. Nothing will happen if I change the rules a little bit... Is that alright with all of you?"

Many "mehs" came as responses.

"Good!" Master Hand said. "Now, let's go over the summary of the stage. This stage is actually PictoChat, and is found in any DS system like Chris's DS. Many doodles are drawn and some can be pretty harmless, annoying, or dangerous. Judge yourself which one is like those."

Back on the stage, Chris (in his Thief job) found himself above the screen platform. The World Traveler peered to see the screen had "Now Entering A: Chris 2."

"...Chris 2?" Chris repeated confused. "Why Chris 2 and not simply Chris?" he asked to himself before he rubbed his chin. "If it said that, then that would mean..."

"O-oh my god!"

Chris got a little bit startled by a familiar voice coming from the other side of the stage. The World Traveler gasped as he recognized the next fighter right away at first sight...

...Himself...but in a red version of the Thief job...

"O-oh my god!" Chris repeated.

"What is the meaning of this?!" both Chris asked at the same time.

"Ooh, Chris is fighting himself," Link said. "It's like fighting your mirror."

"Or in your case, dark self," Zelda commented.

"Could you please not make me remember what I hate the most here?"

"..." The 2 Chris stared at each other in complete disbelief.

"Pom pom, pom pom, pom pom, pom pom, pom pom, pom pom, popopopopopopopopopo-po-po."

Both of them made confused looks before looking up.

For some reason or another, there was Kawashima's head floating down between the 2. Many of them looked a little bit surprised at the professor's sudden appearance. "Hello there!" Kawashima said. "Hmm-hm! It's good to have visitors in here once in a while."

"W-what are you doing here?" the Chris asked.

"I forgot, which one is the real Chris?" Luigi asked.

"The green one," Lucario pointed out. "Both of their auras are the same, but the green one is the real Chris."

"Well, you 2 basically got inside your DS," Kawashima said. "You're in my domain basically!" he laughed. "Anyway, since you're here, do you want to play some exercises to train your brains?"

Both of them looked at each other. "Er...we're busy, unfortunately..." the red Chris said.

"And sadly," Chris said.

"True enough," the red Chris said ashamed.

"(I wish this didn't happen...)" both of them thought.

"Oh, is that so?" Kawashima asked disappointed. "Oh well... You don't want to practice your brains at all..."

"...Okay, this is your fault," the red Chris said suddenly to Chris.

"What?" Chris asked. "Why is it my fault? You said the same as me at the SAME time, so don't deny it either! ...Wait, you said it, not me!"

"Oh, really?" the red Chris asked. "And who agreed with me?"

"Me," Chris said. "B-but I thought you wanted to fight!"

"Are you kidding me?" the red Chris asked. "I'd rather be playing games than fighting my copy here."

"No no no no no," Chris said. "The copy here is you and not me."

"What?!" the red Chris asked. "That's completely BS! You're the copy here!"

"You're the copy of me!" Chris yelled back.

"Oh, then prove it!"

"How?"

"I don't know, okay?" the red Chris said. "Just think of something!"

"B-but if I do that, you're probably going to think the same, aren't you?"

The red Chris was speechless for a moment. However, he came up with something to defend himself against the green (this implied we lost track of the real one as well) Chris. "...Faker!"

"Faker!"

"Greeny!"

"Reddy!

"Big faker!"

"Big faker!"

"Thief!"

"Thief!

"Kid!"

"Kid!"

"Egocentric bastard!"

"That's Sonic, not us!"

"Oh, wait, you're right..."

"Hey!" Sonic called.

"...Faker!"

"Faker!"

"(Okay, if he's going to keep repeating what I'm saying, I'm going to trick him... Perfect...) ...I'm homosexual!"

The crowd gasped.

"That's good for you!" Chris yelled back.

Many of the Smashers got grossed out at this "revelation" that they looked away.

"..." The red Chris blushed embarrassed. "H-hey, not fair! You didn't repeat it!"

"You idiot. We think the same and say the same!" Chris yelled with a frown.

"...Oh, I hate you so much..." he muttered as he slapped his forehead and covered his eyes.

"I-I'm still here..." Kawashima said, shifting his eyes around.

"Go away!" the red Chris yelled.

"...Sniff..." Kawashima said before he flew up and disappeared.

"...That was so mean," Chris said.

"So what if that was mean?" the red Chris asked. "I'm the copy after all. I can do whatever the heck I want."

"Er, you don't necessarily need to turn evil..."

"...Whoops," the red Chris said. "...Well, we need to be different so people don't confuse us, right?"

"You're red and I'm green."

"...Dammit again..." he muttered.

"READY? ...GO!"

"Oh, crap!" both of them yelled.

"W-what do we do?" the red Chris asked in panic. "I-I don't want to get hurt!"

"Y-you don't get hurt in reality," Chris said. "All the damage done here is...pure fictional, I think."

"But, dangit, I'm fighting myself!" the red Chris said. "I don't want to do this, man. There's no way I'm going to do this!"

It was clear that the red Chris couldn't choose a personality.

...Or he had a personality disorder.

"I-I know!" Chris said. "Defeat yourself to save yourself! That will end the match, and you won't get hurt at all!"

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...Of course!" the red Chris said. "Oh, thank you, thank you, thank you! You're not that bad at all, did you know that?"

Chris sighed in relief. "I know..."

"I think I like you."

THAT was completely disturbing.

"I-I-I'M GOING TO KILL YOU RIGHT NOW!!!" Chris yelled as he raised his dagger.

"...YIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" the red Chris screamed for his dear life before he turned around, tripped, and fell off the platform. "This is so unfair!" he yelled within the tower of light that came from down below.

"GAME!"

"...Huuuuuuuuuuh..." Chris sighed as he sat down and looked relieved.

Too bad he didn't get many points or coins.

"Convincing your opponent to forfeit the match only makes you lose the points you get," Master Hand said in annoyance.

"What? I thought you were going to disqualify him for real this time!" C. Falcon said.

"Didn't you see that weird Chris? There's no way I'm going to let Chris fight himself again. It's pretty weird, and not to mention disturbing. I should prevent that little "glitch" from happening again."

"Sooooooooo it was a glitch in personalities or something?" DK asked.

"...I wish," Master Hand muttered.

Very Hard Level Target Stage

Target Smash!!

"...Chris!" Lucario yelled.

"T-too slippery, too slippery!" Chris yelled as he accidentally went all the way down to the abyss located in the center of the icy stage. "This is so unfair!" he was heard yelling as the "Failure" sign fell but later tilted a little bit.

"..." Master Hand frowned. "Note to self: Chris can't play Target Smash efficiently...but-he-can-play."

Lucario grunted a little bit at this note before he focused his view to the screen again. "Now is time for him to...fight 3 at once."

Master Hand chuckled evilly. "Oh yes. This is going to get really interesting now... But we all know here I'm the main obstacle of the whole mode. Let's see our 3 random selected opponents!"

"...I hope you didn't say that."

Final Destination

Credits (Super Smash Bros.)

VS. Snake, Wolf, and Luigi

"And we're finally here at the Final Destination. This place only indicates true achievement for those who fought against the dreadful 10 events and managed to overcome them before this fantastic stage. The main platform is very simple, and it also travels across the universe itself to places where no normal person would travel. I bet everyone likes to fight here for standard and normal matches. Please don't overlook your own stages, though. Every stage has its own charm."

"..." Chris was apparently trembling at his 3 adversaries...

Snake simply eyed him from his position.

Wolf smirked as he sharped one claw without removing his sight at the World Traveler.

...And Luigi...

"W-why did I get here?" Luigi asked behind the other 2. "I-I don't like to... I-I mean, why should I fight now?"

"Ignore the chicken and take the kid down," Snake said.

"But I'm not going to help you out or anything," Wolf said without looking back at him. "You get in my way, you get scars."

"Same here," Snake said. "I don't work with partners; I work alone."

"...H-hey, you're not going to gang up on me, right?" Chris asked.

"Kid, you seriously need to suffer pain," Snake said. "And this place gives me the right to hit you as much as I want."

"Snaaaaake..." Otacon said embarrassed. "I-I'm rooting for you, Chris. Show Snake no mercy."

"Oh, quiet, Otacon," Snake grumbled.

"B-but I'm just a teen who got dragged into this!" Chris protested.

"And I'm just a thug who likes to hurt anyone who gets in my way," Wolf said with a grin.

"And I'm just a cloned soldier who wants to have a decent fight now," Snake stated.

"A-and I'm just Luigi..." Luigi responded with a gulp.

"I-isn't there another way to stop this?" Chris asked.

"No," Wolf said. "I want to shred those horrendous clothes already."

"What clothes?" Chris asked before he looked at himself. "...Did Master Hand force me to use the Space Mercenary job on purpose or what?"

"You remind me of Fox," Wolf said. "So you must be taken down right now."

"..." Chris hit his forehead. "I'm seriously going to change clothes and make this job look original..."

"None of your jobs have originality in fashion," Snake pointed out.

"Oh, shut up..." Chris muttered.

"READY? ...GO!"

Snake and Wolf didn't have a second thought and instantly charged at Chris, who screamed loudly and used a double jump to escape the 2. However, he was halted as Wolf made swift jump and slashed the teen down with his claws. Chris grunted in pain as he fell back to the floor before Snake grabbed him by behind. "MMHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris yelled.

"Shut up," Snake muttered before he slowly laid Chris down. "..." The undercover spy took out his RPG-7 rocket launcher and prepared to blow Chris away.

"..." Chris opened his eyes. "OH MY GOD!" he yelled before he quickly rolled back from the charged explosion.

The World Traveler rolled way back and hit his head with Luigi's knees. "Luigi?" Chris asked.

"Y-yiaaaaaah!" Luigi screamed before he turned around and ran to the edge of the stage.

"(I don't know if I should feel relieved or sorry for Luigi...)" Chris thought before a sharp claw grabbed his neck and pulled him up. "U-ugh..."

Wolf smirked before he began to trust his right knee to Chris's stomach several times before he tossed the World Traveler back, jumped, and slashed him across the face, making Chris yell in pain before he landed back. "Take that, kid," Wolf muttered pleased.

"O-oww..." Chris moaned in pain before a missile exploded on his back and sent him away from the edge of the stage. The newbie mercenary gasped and used a somewhat hasty Human Mirage (his version of Fox Illusion) and grabbed the edge of the stage in time. "Y-you 2 are seriously ganging up on me!" Chris yelled as he tried to get on the floor.

He noticed Luigi.

"Y-yiaaaaaaaaaaah!" Luigi screamed again before he crashed right into Wolf and made him fall down. Luigi fell back and shook his head.

"Ugh!" Wolf grunted angrily before he got up. "Plumber, you wanna mess with me or something? I'll gladly do it to get rid of you."

"..." Luigi turned white and fainted.

"Seriously, what the heck is wrong with you, chicken?" Wolf asked with a frown before he kicked the body away (rest assured, Luigi is not dead) and ran to the edge of the stage where Chris was trying to get up. "You kid enjoying the view from down there?"

Chris spotted a Bob-omb falling above Wolf before it made contact and exploded. The lupine was sent away from the stage and Chris took advantage of this to get back, where he unfortunately was hit by a grenade (from Snake) on the face before it exploded and sent him flying away off the stage.

"I-I have to go back!" Chris yelled as he tried to use Human Mirage.

But something bad happened...

2 claws were slammed down on his back and Chris was submitted to a Meteor Smash, sending him down to the boundary where he yelled in pain and lost another life from his 4 lives.

Wolf smirked in pleasure before he hung on the edge with his left hand and jumped back on the stage. "Kid - 0, Crack Man - 0, Me - 1," Wolf said with a chuckle.

"Crack Man, huh?" Snake asked in annoyance. "I already changed my pants for... Forget what I said."

"You're pathetic," Wolf muttered with a frown and another chuckle.

The 2 looked up where a terrified Chris came down on a platform. Chris did what players usually did.

Stay on the platform where nobody could hurt him at all.

"Kid, what's the matter?" Wolf asked with a grin and crossed. "Don't want to come down here?"

"Oh no!" Chris yelled. "I-I refuse to fight back!"

"Chris..." Lucario said worried.

"You've got 3 lives left," Snake pointed out. "You still have 3 chances to win."

"And those 3 chances will be my chances to score," Wolf added.

"..." Chris looked down. "...You have to fight back," he muttered. "You did it with Meta Knight before, and you can do it again against Snake and Wolf..."

Chris looked at Luigi's fainted body.

"...And him...I suppose..." Chris said confused before the platform vanished and let him fall back to the stage.

The World Traveler noticed the lupine and the spy charging to collide hits. Chris gasped and continuously looked back and forth between his 2 "ways to die quickly."

"W-what do I do?!" Chris asked in panic.

"I'll tell you," Wolf said. "Stay there and get your insides clawed out!"

"Hmph," Snake responded as the 2 came even closer.

"...YIAH!" Chris took a step back, and Snake dove forward while Wolf flipped a running right kick upwards.

And the result...

"UGH!" came as responses from both of them.

There was something wrong, and Chris noticed as the 2 of them got hit by the other and fell back to their directions they came from. "...What?" Chris asked. "They can actually hurt each other?"

"Indeed they do," Master Hand said. "The last 1 VS. 3 it's like a free for all. Anyone can get hurt by anyone."

"...Maybe that gives me an idea..." Chris thought for a moment before a claw grabbed him by the neck. "W-what?!"

"Kid," Wolf began as he pulled Chris closer. "Never let your guard down when I'm against you. You'll suffer the consequences otherwise...now. Hiah!"

"Ugh!" Chris was tossed forward with a slicing slash from Wolf's left claw. The World Traveler managed to fall on his feet before quickly dodging several punches from Snake. "N-no way. I'm not going to let myself get hit again!" Chris yelled before quickly ducked and moved his right foot to kick Snake's stomach hardly as the World Traveler moved forward against the spy. "Haa!"

"Ugh..." Snake grunted annoyed. "The kid actually hit me? Wow, I'm amused," he joked.

"That was almost a perfect mimicked kick attack like Fox's," Marth pointed out.

"Too bad it didn't reach the actual power," Master Hand said. "Even if he learns to attack, he still needs to improve the attacks."

Snake cracked his fists. "Guess I need to go rougher on you, kid."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 22, 2009, 02:13:32 PM
"Oh no..." Chris muttered before he backstepped from a fast kick.

Chris accidentally tripped on Luigi's fainted body and hit the back of his head on the floor.

"I hate when Luigi is unconscious..." Chris muttered annoyed before he noticed Snake jumping above him. The spy let a small mine fall down, and Chris screamed before he rolled to the right and evaded the explosion from the mine (while Luigi was pushed away to the left edge of the stage). "Explosive guy wants to explode me!" Chris yelled in panic before he got up.

"There you are, kid," Wolf called from just behind Chris.

"Uh-oh," Chris muttered. "W-wait, this isn't the time to get that worrie-" He stopped talking as Wolf thrust his claw hardly on his back, and the World Traveler was sent above the edge of the stage where he landed safely. "O-oww! You hit way too hard!" Chris complained.

"Duh," Wolf said with a frown.

Chris quickly looked up where Snake was about to slam his right foot on him. The World Traveler gasped and backstepped to the right...where he saw Wolf passing right at his side. The lupine got confused at this sudden move before he wall the target for Snake's downward kick. Wolf grunted in pain as he bounced off from the stage before he flipped and landed back.

"Watch where you hit, old man!" Wolf snarled.

"Not my fault, so I don't care that much," Snake said harshly.

"Oh, Snake!" Mei Ling yelled. "Stop getting distracted!"

"Hey, I thought we were on Chris's side here," Otacon said.

"Everyone has their preferences," Mei Ling said.

"Hmmmm."

Chris quickly thought about a way to attack back...

"Use the darn Blaster!" Fox called over.

"And now you're suggesting him that?" Master Hand asked. "He won't hear you from here, you know."

"You shut up. At least I'm rooting here."

"Right, right, sir..." Master Hand said in annoyance.

"...Wait, what did players use to attack from afar again?" Chris asked to himself. "...Of course, the Blaster!" he said as he took out his Blaster. "Oh, this weapon will be my savior to rack up damage o-"

The World Traveler suddenly saw his Blaster being grabbed and tossed away by Snake.

"...WHAT THE HELL DID YOU DO THAT FOR?!" Chris asked in panic.

"To prevent something annoying from happening," Snake said. "Now, let m-"

Music Stops

"PLAYER 2...DEFEATED!" the announcer declared, stopping the 3 (not Luigi since he was unconscious) from doing anything.

"..." Luigi suddenly woke up. "I-it's over?" he asked.

"What?" Chris asked confused. "Who's player 2?"

At that moment, Crazy Hand (of all people) came down from the space and pointed an accussing finger to Snake. "So, you broke a rule, huh? You're instantly disqualified for breaking it!"

"...Say what again?" Snake asked.

"So, you broke a rule, huh? You're instantly disqualified for breaking it!" Crazy Hand repeated.

"I was waiting for an explanation," Snake said.

"I believe you can't take away someone's weapon in a match," Crazy Hand said. "It's against the rules."

"If I remember, there wasn't such a rule like that."

"There is," Crazy Hand said.

"...And I forgot to read that one," Master Hand said.

"Oh Palutena," Pit said. "You let Snake fail?"

"No, I didn't!" Master Hand said. "You kind of forget vital things sometimes, and I forget them as well. Everyone does that a lot of times."

"So does that mean you forget a lot of times?" Ike asked.

"I d-" Master Hand looked embarrassed. "...Snake is disqualified, but only for this match. He can continue later."

"..." Snake looked mad. "...Next time, don't forget to say ALL the rules or else I'll beat the crap out of that glove."

"If you can, of course," Crazy Hand said. "You ain't gonna catch me. Now," he began as he moved to the right. "BEGONE!"

Snake looked a little bit surprised before the insane hand slapped him away across the boundary where he yelled in pain and disappeared.

Crazy Hand shook to clean his glove. "Now with him away, let the match continue!" he said before he snapped his fingers and disappeared.

"..." Chris looked at Wolf.

Luigi looked up from the floor at Wolf.

Wolf smirked and narrowed his eyes at Chris. "Guess you're only mine this time."

Credits (Super Smash Bros.)

"Bleh," Luigi quickly said as he fainted again.

"Luigi!" Chris groaned. "If you don't want to fight me, then help me to fight Wolf back!"

"Can't," Luigi said quickly before he fainted back.

"S-stop ridiculizing yourself..." Chris groaned more.

"Hey kid," Wolf called over from the other side of the stage. "Get really prepared now."

A Super Mushroom just appeared behind Chris.

"...No!" Chris said as he backed away from the mushroom. "I don't want to turn into a giant! I know I can defeat Wolf like that, but I don't want to turn into that!"

Chris looked back at the smirking Wolf. His rather small round eyes had Chris's grave in them.

"...Slippy lied! Wolf has the look, not Fox!" Chris yelled. He looked back at the mushroom.

...And he gulped.

"I have to do it..." he said determined.

With a serious look, he took a step closer to the mushroom...and he shrunk.

"What the hell happened to me?!" asked Chris in a high-pitched voice.

3 seconds before he touched the mushroom, a closer look could reveal that the mushroom had a glare, meaning it was a POISON Mushroom and not a SUPER Mushroom.

"Oh, crap!" the small Chris cursed as he saw a giant Wolf chasing after him. The World Traveler gasped and turned around to run away from him, but a quick downward slashing claw managed to slash his back, sending him blasting off from the stage before he screamed after passing the boundary. "Just...keep going..." he was heard saying.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled as he stood up.

"Lucario!" Pikachu called from his seat. "Chris is not done yet. He has still 2 lives left!"

"But that bastard is..."

"Dog, sit down and keep watching," said an annoyed Snake from a lone table. "He can have a chance to defeat that thug."

"Ugh..." Lucario grunted and sat down to watch the match.

"..." Luigi opened an eye and looked at the grinning Wolf, who was busy feeling proud of himself for beating Chris 2 times.

"Heheheheh," Wolf chuckled. "The kid's ain't hard to defeat at all. What a wuss he is..." he muttered.

"..." Luigi forced a glare as Chris came back from the platform.

Again, he didn't want to leave the Save Area.

"What's the matter?" Wolf asked as he grinned up to Chris. "Scared?"

"..." Chris closed his eyes.

"Kid, you're no match for me," Wolf taunted with a laugh to the space. "Why are you trying so hard to kick me? You don't have the guts to even hit me with a punch. Don't deny it, kid, you're weaker than me."

"..."

"Just do me a favor and don't screw around with me again. If you want to, you can keep trying and see if you can hurt me...kid."

Kid...

Kid...

Kid.

Kid.

KID.

KID.

KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID, KID!!!

"Kid," Snake added suddenly.

The mere word got really, but really old to Chris. His blood was literally burning inside his veins, and his mind told him to kill Wolf with a dagger on his back, stab it through his grey fur and skin 50 times without slowing and hear his screams of agony on the floor. Heck, he wished to hear pleas as well, and some tears fall down.

The World Traveler looked serious for a moment...

...But did he have enough courage to do it?

"Kid," Wolf added with a chuckle.

OH HELL YES HE HAD IT!

Chris fell back on the stage, but looked down to think...

"...So, you finally decided," Wolf said with a satisfied grin. "Man, I haven't had so much fun doing pain on someone before." He raised his right claw and smirked. "Play time is oveEEEEEEEEEEEE-UGH!"

"...What?" Chris asked as he looked at Wolf.

For some reason, Chris found Wolf struggling to get up from the floor. The lupine showed his fangs wildly as he tried to get up, but there was no way he could. "W-what the hell is happening now?!" Wolf roared.

"Y-you're not going to get away with it again!"

"What?!" Wolf asked as he looked down and found Luigi grabbing his feet hardly...as he clutched himself onto them. "The hell are you doing now?! Let-me-go!"

"No!" Luigi yelled. "You've been doing a lot of emotional pain to Chris with that pointless nickname, and that has to end very soon or now!"

"...Luigi..." Chris blinked shocked.

"C-come on, Chris!" Luigi cheered. "You can show him who's the man!"

The plumber blinked for a moment.

"...Why did I say that cheesy line?" he asked embarrassed before Wolf tried to get off from him.

"You idiot!" Wolf yelled as he gritted his fangs. "Let me go of my feet and finish off the kid!"

Kid.

"Oh, he's so right, alright!" Chris said with a glare. "I'm so sick of the nickname, and you're going to pay for saying it and not my name which you can't even bring yourself to say it with your mouth!"

"Kid, you'r-"

Kid.

"MY NAME IS CHRIS, DAMN YOU," Chris yelled loudly before he aimed his Blaster (suddenly getting it from nowhere) at Wolf's head and began to shoot wildly. "CHRIIIIIIIIIIIIS!!!"

"DAMMIT!" Wolf yelled as he didn't flinch, but still felt pain going through his head and body.

"WHO'S IN CHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARGE?!" Chris yelled extremely mad at the lupine.

Wolf tried and tried, but Luigi's ridiculous grip on his feet didn't let him move at all from the floor. The lupine wanted to counterattack, but he just kept laying down, wiggling like a bug.

Yes, like a bug.

"YOU-GET-OFF!" Wolf yelled as he raised a claw to attack Luigi. The green plumber gasped and held tight on his feet to try to protect himself.

But suddenly, the lupine's hand was stopped by a hard grip from a new hand on his glove's wrist. "You're not going to hurt him!" Chris yelled angrily.

"Get that filthy hand off my wrist, kid!" Wolf yelled back.

Kid.

"..." Chris's eyes slowly widened in fury as he shook with inner rage and increased the grip's strength on Wolf's wrist.

"Ugh..." Wolf grunted.

"...B(BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP)CH!!!" Chris swore at the top of his lungs before he pulled Wolf off from Luigi's grip and tossed him to the right side of the stage and out from the floor's edge. The lupine left a smoke trail before he gasped and reached the boundary.

"NOOOOOOOO!!!" Wolf screamed as he disappeared in a bright light.

Back at the hall, many Smashers' eyes widened at Chris's sudden fit of rage that told him to swear loudly for the first time in a long time.

"..." Lucario was the most shocked one. "...Good...job...I guess..." he said.

"..." Roy blinked for a moment before he looked normal. "...Wolf kind of had it coming, anyway."

"True," Olimar commented nearby.

"And to believe Luigi helped Chris," Peach began. "That was so sweet of him!"

"Um, Peach, you weren't this excited before for fights..." Mario pointed out.

"...Oh." She blushed embarrassed. "M-maybe I'm changing?"

"Probably."

"Oh, speaking of the grey devil," Pit began as a mad Wolf came back. "You had fun?"

"Hell no," Wolf replied without looking at Diddy as he sat on a chair and glared daggers at Chris. "Everything is fine UNLESS someone stops your fun totally."

Falco chuckled. "I guess Chris was the one who stopped your play time, huh?"

"Bird brain, shut that beak of yours or die," Wolf replied harshly with crossed arms. "The kid just got lucky and that's all. If I ever see him with that "job" thing on, I'm gonna rip his ribs off."

"Oh," Fox began. "You try to do that when I'm around."

"Tsk..."

"Well, Luigi technically followed the rules," Master Hand said. "So this was fine."

"Say whatever you want, hand," Wolf snarled. "I don't care that much at all anymore. That scaredy cat can go to hell."

"Yeah, yeah, whatever you say," Master Hand said sarcastically.

Back on the stage, Chris sighed in relief as Luigi stood up and walked to him with an embarrassed look. "S-so, did I do a good job at helping you?" Luigi asked.

"Thank you so much..." Chris said with a small smile. "I couldn't defeat Wolf without your help, Luigi... Really, you helped me a lot."

Luigi blushed a little. "I-I wanted to do what was right..."

"And that was so right!" Chris said happily. "You were so brave when you spoke your mind and stopped him from attacking me, Luigi. I wanted to thank you when you made him trip and fall, but I had to move quickly."

"Y-yeah," Luigi said with a chuckle as he scratched his hat. "I-I'm brave, am I not?"

"Yes, you are," Chris chuckled. "You stopping Wolf was a brave thing."

"...Yeah!" Luigi said excited.

"..." Chris looked around. "...Um...what now?"

"..." Luigi looked shocked. "I-I have to fight you!"

"...No!" Chris yelled as he realized it. "N-not after what you did!"

"A-and I don't want to be disqualified either!" Luigi yelled. "Q-quick, hit me or something!"

"B-but if you let yourself be defeated that easily, you're going to be disqualified!"

A Bumper appeared behind Luigi.

"..." Luigi stared at the Bumper and gulped. "...Use it on me."

"What?"

"Use the Bumper on me!" Luigi pleaded as he kicked the Bumper to Chris's feet. "Toss it at me with all your forces!"

"B-but..."

"Do it for me!" Luigi pleaded. "Please, do it so you can move on!"

"..." Chris took the Bumper and looked at Luigi. "...Do I have to..."

"Yes..." Luigi said with a small smile (shedding a tear). "Do it for me..."

"..." Chris closed his eyes and raised the Bumper. "...Thank you...Luigi..."

Luigi let out a sob. "Y-you're welcome..."

"...HA!" Chris yelled as he tossed the Bumper at Luigi. The green plumber felt a huge impact pushed him away, and he was thrown off the stage where he couldn't go back anymore.

And finally, Luigi yelled from below. "Uuuuhhh..." he yelled.

...Was that even a yell?

"GAME!"

Music stops

Chris sighed in relief as he wiped the sweat off from his forehead. "...Wait, did I just swear?"

The World Traveler received his points and coins as Luigi came back to the hall and was hugged by Peach and received a pat from Mario.

Luigi blushed a little as some of the Smashers applauded at him. "O-oh, please, don't do that..." Luigi said embarrassed.

"You remind me of Louie for some reason..." Olimar sniffed as a Red Pikmin gave him a napkin. "...But I use a helmet..." he seemed to complain.

"Stupid kid just got lucky, that's all..." Wolf muttered in annoyance as he looked away.

"And now!" Master Hand called over to stop the applauds. "Chris has finally cleared the first 11 events, and since he has reached Final Destination..."

Some of the veterans nodded.

"...It's time for him to demonstrate his skill against me...based on his runthrough's time. He got late to get there, so Crazy Hand won't assist me," he said.

"Boooooooooo..." Crazy Hand commented in annoyance. "I wanted to clap him up."

"Too bad," Master Hand said. "Now it's time for the main event of this whole mode. Wish me luck! I'm a fighter myself, so I hope you guys root for me."

Crickets were heard as nobody said anything.

"...Fine, root for Chris."

Nobody said anything, except some raised their hands.

"...Do you think about yourselves over anyone or what?" Master Hand asked. "Ugh, let's do this already..."

They watched as Master Hand snapped his fingers and disappeared from the hall.

"...Okay!" Crazy Hand began as he took out a box with a hole. "Drop your votes here! Bet who's going to win in the final match against my brother of mine! C'mon! The winner receives a fantabulous prize like full-paid vacations!"

Lucario saw some of the veterans dropping some votes inside the box. The Aura Pok?mon frowned at this and looked at Pikachu scribbling on a note.

The note read "Master Hand."

Lucario glared at Pikachu, who looked up to him and looked bored. "Sorry. Glares don't change votes," Pikachu said before he dropped the vote inside the box.

"What are the drawbacks of voting?" asked an interested Ike.

"Hoo, boy, you need to get to politics," Crazy Hand said before he began to explain to Ike.

Final Destination

Back on the stage, Chris appeared in a quick light (using the Aura Apprentice job).

"...Was that really necessary?" Chris asked to the emptyness of the space. "Why appear here if I was already here?"

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

The sudden echoing laugh made Chris shook a little in fear as Master Hand came from the right side of the boundary and floated above the right edge. "W-why do you laugh like that if your voice doesn't come up close to that tone?"

"Because I like to scare my "usurpers" out from their skulls," Master Hand said. "Anyway, Chris..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...Yes?" Chris asked, breaking the silence.

"Chris," Master Hand began. "You have endured Zelda's intimidating glare, brought down a giant bored Yoshi to the earth, watched how Lucario and Mewtwo fought against each other (as odd it may sound...), clashed swords with a serious Roy, failed the first Target Smash by believing there was a platform on the right abyss, defeated 10 Meta Knights, made a metal Olimar get eaten alive by a Bulborb, defeated a giant (mad) Fox right after the match started, made a scene with Peach, confused yourself over which Popo and Nana were real, fought a match against a homosexual (wrong) copy of you, failed the next Target Smash, seen Snake getting disqualified by a mistake I did, Wolf being stopped by Luigi (of all people) before he got taken out from the stage by yours truly, seen Luigi decide what was best for you until now..."

"...Did you really have to mention how much I sucked at Target Smash?" Chris asked.

"Dude, you were very good at the hardest level a long time ago until you ended up being the worst at it," Master Hand said. "...Ehem. You have endured all those trials, but you managed to win them all...somehow..."

"..." Chris looked away embarrassed.

"...But there's no surrendering now," Master Hand said. "You have reached this plac-"

"TWICE," Chris interruped.

"-e and that must mean something..."

Final Destination

As the hand let the music reach the point where singers sang, some of the Smashers noticed something odd with the track...

"...Hey, he said we didn't have singers!" Jigglypuff pointed out.

"Apparently my brother always has 10 copies of his favorite track in our room if the first one were to get broken," Crazy Hand pointed out.

"Isn't that a little bit unfair?" Squirtle asked.

"Not to him," he said.

"...It means you have to fight me and earn you right to use your Trophy Stand," Master Hand said. "I won't let you get it that easily, though. Prepare yourself for my wrath!"

"..." Chris looked somewhat miffed.

"...I know, cheesy line. Get prepared for crying out loud!"

"...What?" Chris asked. "O-oh, r-right!"

"Here I come now! Get everything you've got!" Master Hand yelled.

The World Traveler nodded, but he was still unsure if he could fight well against his boss...

Outside

Some miles away from the mansion, a green tank slowly made its way through the forest's trees as it crushed them all underneath its weight. The tank seemed to be going towards the mansion...

...Really, it was a tank.

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Howl Of Death. W-why howl of death? W-why is it like that?" Lucas asked.

"Do we know?" Ness asked annoyed. "Or do we want to know?"

"I-I think not..."


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 23, 2009, 10:45:44 AM
Chapter 141: Howl Of Death

Smash Mansion
Final Destination

Final Destination

Chris gulped and prepared to face Master Hand. The hand moved his fingers, itching for Chris to damage him.

"...Wait," Chris began. "Why aren't you moving from your place?"

"I've figured out that if I fly around the stage, my opponents wouldn't never hit me," Master Hand said. "I give them a set time for them to hit me so they can attack me."

"B-but doesn't that sound twisted for you to do?"

Master Hand frowned and flew above the stage at a height Chris couldn't even reach with a double jump.

"...Okay, okay! I see your point now!" Chris yelled.

Master Hand came back down. "Seriously, you people question my honorability to let you hit me." He sniffed. "Why is it that you like to do that to me?"

"I-I didn't want to hurt your feelings either!" Chris said.

"Oh, that's sweet of you," Master Hand said. "FIGHT!"

"U-uh-oh..." Chris muttered as Master Hand moved up and floated above Chris. The World Traveler gasped and ran away from the hand who descended and almost crushed him.

"Ouch..." Master Hand complained after shaking his hand from the hit he did to the floor before returning back to his position.

"(T-that's my chance to attack now!)" Chris reminded himself and charged at Master Hand.

He had the Aura Apprentice job and he needed to have more experience with it. Chris prepared to jump straight at the hand and use Force Palm on him.

Music stops

Chris suddenly heard some bells ringing from somewhere, and he accidentally crashed into Master Hand's palm and fell down to the floor.

The hand didn't feel the hit and looked around. "The doorbell rang just now?"

"What doorbell..." Chris muttered on the floor.

"Sorry, but we will have to take a break for now," Master Hand said.

"What?" Chris asked.

"We can't ignore the people who come in, let alone when I'm here," the hand explained. "Do you want a thief to raid your stuff?"

Chris looked up. "But I thought the mansion had a security system or something!"

"It does, but who knows who it is," Master Hand went on. "It could be a lawyer or someone else important. Pray to me it isn't a debt guy."

"So what do we do now?" Chris asked as he got up.

"Want to see who it is for me?"

"Why me?"

"If that person was new to this universe, how do you think that person will react to see a huge floating hand without a body?"

"..." Chris knew the hand had a point.

"And you're very normal and human," Master Hand said. "You do it so you take a little break. Then, come back here to resume the match."

"...O-"

The hand instantly made Chris disappear with a snap of his fingers.

Main Lobby

Chris looked confused at the whole sudden thing. Once he came back from the stage, the others were busy talking between each other about the whole matches (while Wolf merely shot Chris with a menacious glare).

The World Traveler didn't have to go alone at all. Chris was being accompanied by Lucario.

"Are you sure you can do this?" Lucario asked concerned.

"Seeing how I got to fight Master Hand..." Chris said. "...I'm still unsure."

"I got worried after I saw you panicking to fight them all," Lucario said. "It's...a shame I can't help you."

"Oh, don't worry..." Chris said a little depressed. "I need to change my battle style someday and this is necessary. While I do that...will you please cheer me?"

"Always," Lucario said smiling a bit.

"Thank you," Chris said smiling back to him. "It does work for you to root for me. I hope you're being honest."

"Only if you do the same thing to me."

"You know I will always do," Chris said. "Now, let's see who came now before I resume my path to death."

"...Chris..."

"...I'm sorry, I had to say it like that," Chris said. "Outside those guys are very sociable, but inside matches they wish your utter darnation."

"Hopefully not me..." Lucario muttered.

Both of them stopped in front of the double doors and Chris opened them...

"...Y-you?!" Chris asked in shock as he looked down with Lucario.

"...B-but..." Lucario couldn't find the reason behind the unexpected guest...

...Or guests.

Right in front of them, there waited a squadron of grinning, white, and evil looking...

Nazi Toads.

"W-wait, you?!" Chris asked again. "W-why would YOU come here to the mansion?"

The Toads themselves kept staring at them. It was not long before one of them took a step to the front and took out a small letter to Chris.

"..." The World Traveler took the letter slowly and backed away a little bit.

All the Nazi Toads chuckled (rather evilly) before they all turned around (in perfect sync) and walked away to the hill, towards the city where they would find out there was destroyed.

"...Chris..." Lucario began. "...What was all that for exactly?"

"...Who knows..." Chris groaned as he closed the door. "Wait, what did they give me?" He looked at the letter and tore it open to see what was inside. "...Er...um...what...but...well...n-no...s-seriously...did they really...um..."

"Chris?" Lucario asked confused before he looked over Chris's shoulder the letter. The Aura Pok?mon began to mutter as he read. "...World Domination... Join Evil Ranks... Receive 5 Meals A Day... Understand The Ways To Conquer What You Truly Desire... Grin All You Want To Anybody..."

Chris quickly ripped off the odd letter. "D-did they ask us to join them? W-what were they thinking?"

"I guess we shouldn't really bother at all..." Lucario said.

At that moment, Link came from the stairs and walked to them. "Master Hand called to tell you to come back and resume the fight, Chris. Everyone wants to take their turn very soon. Say, why's there paper all around you?"

"Y-you shouldn't bother," Chris said. "It's something you shouldn't know. W-we received a visit from some weirdoes and that's all."

"Weirdoes?" Link asked.

"J-just forget it!"

At that moment, the doorbell rang again.

"Oh, please," Chris said as he looked up annoyed. "It better not be those Nazi Toads again. That was just so random of them to appear right now at this moment."

"Nazi Toads?" Link repeated confused.

"Oh, I'll show you," Chris said as he looked at Link and opened the door without looking outside. "There are right there, see?"

Silence.

"..."

Silence.

"...They're not there anymore, are they?" Chris asked.

The World Traveler turned around and found someone else standing outside the door. Chris blinked some times as well as Link and Lucario before they realized the identity of the person...

"Grasshopper!" the person called happily. "Oh my, it's so nice to see you again!"

"A-Agitha?" Link said confused.

TLoZ: Twilight Princess - Agitha's Castle

Before them there was Agitha, the princess of the bug kingdom who bowed politely and chuckled as she held her parasol with both hands above her right shoulder. "Thank you for accepting me in your humble abode, Grasshopper," Agitha said as she walked inside.

"A-Agitha..." Link began as Chris closed the doors. "What are you doing here? I mean, why did you leave your "castle"?"

"Oh, I didn't say the reason why I'm here, right?" Agitha asked concerned. "I was a little bit sure you would know..."

"I can't see the future or read minds," Link said.

"That would have been so great," Agitha chuckled. "But really, I...I wanted to look for you because I was afraid nobody else would help me, and the fact you helped to find my friends gave me enough courage to look around for you...and I found you!" she said happily.

"...Okay..." Link said. "...So, what happened?"

Agitha closed her eyes and looked down. "My friends...they ran away after something happened in Agitha's Castle..."

Link leaded Agitha close to the sofa where she sat down as Link sat across the table on another sofa. Chris and Lucario looked at each other and decided to sit down besides Link.

"What really happened?" Link asked.

"...Well..." Agitha looked away. "...It was a very bright morning..."

Flashback

Hyrule Castle Town
Agitha's Castle

Inside the normal-looking house, a tall tree resided as golden bugs flew around and made chirps as they flew around the 2-story house. On the top floor, there was Agitha walking around while she glanced at the bugs.

"...Hmm..." Agitha murmured pleased. "It's a very bright morning today, isn't?" she asked.

For some reason, all the bugs stopped chirping and they all chirped at the same time.

"I bet it is," Agitha said with a sigh. "I was so happy for all of you to stay here at Agitha's Castle for the night. I'm pretty sure you had a long way to come here. Was it exhausting? I bet it was."

She carefully went down the stairs and smiled at some ladybugs.

"Days like this always make me remember of grasshopper," Agitha said. "After all, he's the bug kingdom's brave knight, isn't he?" she asked with a chuckle as she started her way to the window. "Yes, the sun is very bright today. I wonder what we could do now..."

"Then I saw something in the sky..."

"Hmm?" Agitha noticed something shiny in the sky. "Oh, what is that? Is it another bug who wants to come here for the ball? Well, he or she came too late. The ball ended just yesterday."

The bug princess blinked confused as if the object was falling down.

"That's weird..." Agitha commented. "I don't think that's a bug...."

The object slowly took shape. Agitha managed to tell that it wasn't a bug...

But the object was an icicle?

"Ice?" she said confused. "Ice is coming here?"

Then she realized the icicle was coming her way to the window.

"O-oh my!" Agitha said shocked before she moved away from the window before the icicle broke into it and hit the tree where the bugs were. This sudden event caused the tree to shake a little, making all the bugs get shocked before they began to fly around crazily around the castle.

The bug princess didn't like the movements all the bugs were doing around in a panic.

"Oh no, please, don't get panicked!" Agitha said as she tried to calm them down. "It's just a small hit, that's all!"

Too bad the bugs didn't listen as they kept flying around the castle. Agitha thought she was at a loss and tried to think of something to calm everyone.

Unfortunately, she noticed that the window got broken. Agitha gasped as she looked back at the bugs who then decided to go for a way out, right through the window where the icicle went through. The bug princess dropped her parasol and ran where all the bugs were leaving.

Agitha couldn't even reach one of them, and all fled away to different parts of the area. "No!" Agitha yelled. "Please, come back! You don't need to run away like that!"

The bug princess didn't notice that the icicle broke in 2 behind her.

"Oh no...what am I to do now..." Agitha muttered in desperation. "What should I do? They don't know their way back home for sure..."

A closer look to the icicle could reveal that someone woke up from it.

"...Maybe..." Agitha wondered. "...Maybe I should find them again..."

The bug princess slowly turned around and looked at the icicle...

There was no one in there again. Agitha was too late to see there was somebody trapped in the icicle. The princess gasped after she heard the door closing.

"W-who's there?" Agitha asked a little bit scared.

But there was no one in the door. It was probably a random sound she heard.

"...Hmm..." Agitha ducked to pick up her parasol to later walk to the window and look outside. "What just happened? Ice like that usually stays out and not inside..."

The bug princess looked down at the icicle. There was something weird she found about it. A closer look could reveal a shape of a small person.

"Hmm...weird..." Agitha commented as she got up and looked around. "This shape is a little bit unusual... But what do I do now?" she asked concerned. "I need to see and find all of my friends! Who knows if they're trouble for going away like that..."

She remembered something important.

"...Or maybe..." Agitha began. "...Maybe I could try to request the bug kingdom's brave knight!" she said in relief. "Grasshopper!"

The young girl smiled pleased at this and looked at the door.

"But I don't think he will come back... I know!" Agitha smiled happily and chuckled. "I'm going to find him to later ask him to find my bugs! He will surely help again like he did last time. He's an expert at bug hunting after all!"

With another chuckle, the bug princess walked to the door and left the house.

End of flashback

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Agitha blinked for a moment and tilted her head to the right. "I grew worried as I tried to ask for information about your whereabouts, Grasshopper. Most people in town didn't know a thing about you at all, let alone my own kingdom. How weird is that?"

"..." Link looked away for a moment.

"So then I decided to look around for more until I went to the tavern," Agitha said. "A nice woman named Telma recognized my description and told me about you. She said you lived in the Ordona Province, and I decided to go all the way south. Luckily there weren't any monsters on my way to the forest. When I arrived at Ordon, I asked the villagers about you and they said you went away for some time to some place." She looked down. "At first, I was worried you'd never come back..."

"And you decided to look after me?"

"That's right," Agitha said. "I looked far and wide for you, and here I am! I found you after all! I've never felt so happy before, Grasshopper!"

"...And you're saying you didn't even get attacked by monsters when you looked around for me?"

"No," Agitha said. "There were no monsters whatsoever. I guess they know I'm a princess so they know who to leave alone...a person who's desperately looking for her dear bug friends..."

"..." Link sighed. "Well...you want me to find your bugs, right?"

"Oh, please!" Agitha said suddenly. "I'm so worried about their whereabouts! I want to see them all again so they can go home safely!" She began so sob. "The thought of them wandering to dangerous places makes me feel so sad...and I..."

"O-okay, okay!" Link said. "I'll look around for all the bugs again, but don't cry!"

Chris and Lucario looked bored at him.

"Will you really look for all of them? Oh, thank you so much!" Agitha said as she wiped out her tears. "I'm pretty sure they'll fly to you once you spot them. Can you really do it?"

"I'm pretty sure I can...I think..." Link muttered the last part.

"But I'm a little bit concerned myself," Agitha said. "Maybe you should...I don't know...get help?"

"..." Link looked at Chris.

"...Wait, what?" Chris asked.

"Oh!" Agitha began. "Can you help Grasshopper, please?"

"To look around for bugs?" Lucario asked.

"Yes, Doggy, yes," Agitha said (ignoring the fact Lucario wasn't weird to her). "I want you 2 to help him out with his quest to find all my friends."

"Doggy..." Lucario muttered embarrassed.

"So..." Agitha smiled worried. "Will you help Grasshopper?"

Chris looked at Link and the Hylian nodded his head a little bit. Link was trying to convince Chris. "Those bugs are hard to find, believe me..." Link muttered.

"...Okay..." Chris said in defeat. "I will look for the bugs."

"Oh, will you now?" Agitha asked as she stood up and chuckled heartily. "Thank you so much, um..."

"Chris."

"Stag Beetle!"

"...What?"

"Stag Beetle," Agitha said. "The way you look like tells me you're sharp as a Stag Beetle's pincers. Those red eyes are sure sharper than you, though!"

Chris blinked a little. "...Okay..."

"Well," Agitha began as she nodded. "If you manage to bring me one of my friends...I'll give you great happiness in exchange!"

She took out a big wallet.

"This little bag can hold up to 20000 coins."

A record scratched inside Chris's mind.

"20000 coins?" Chris repeated.

"Yes," Agitha said before she kept the bag away. "If you manage to show me one bug, I'll give you this special bag to store up your happiness. I can give you different kinds of rewards if you like. I'm a princess, so I don't need to have a lot of rewards myself. What do you say? There's always going to be some kind of happiness waiting for you!"

"..."

The fact that Chris could only hold 9999 Smash Coins made the offer very tempting...and he could afford to buy expensive abilities as well...

"...Deal!" Chris said.

"Really now? Oh, thank you so much again!" Agitha exclaimed with a giggle. "From now on, if you bring me insects, I'll share my happiness with you."

Wanted: Golden Bugs

Princess Agitha of the bug kingdom seems to have lost 24 bugs after an accident happened. However, great riches await those who have the tolerance to find all of them scattered around unknown places. Find and get rich instantly!

"Um, where exactly? In your castle?" Link asked.

"Oh no," Agitha said with a chuckle. "I have another castle deep in the forest around your abode. My castle is at the east part of the forest where you'll see my terrace and field of flowers I made with a lot of bugs."

"Wait, you have a property in the forest just close to this place?"

"Yes, I do," Agitha said. "Apparently I kept looking for you for a looooooong time and I found a place in this forest where bugs gather so often at the same place. I grew excited and decided to make their home look more gorgeous with my help. I even made my castle in the center of their meeting place so we can always talk! Isn't that so sweet?"

It was hard to believe that a 10-year old could have her own house in the middle of a random forest for Link.

"...Yes, it is," Link responded.

"I told you so!" Agitha said giggling. "Well, I hope you help Grasshopper in his quest to find my friends, Stag Beetle and Doggy," she said. "For now, I'll await for your visit to my castle. Hmm... If you ever find a bug, be sure to check for his or her partner. I noticed all my friends fled with their partners so it shouldn't be hard to look around for a pair of them in the same area, okay?"

"We'll look around for them," Link said still unsure of the task he accepted.

"Great!" Agitha said happily.

At that moment, Zelda came from the stairs. "Um, Link, I started to worry a little bit about you not coming so I..."

"Hmm?" Agitha turned around. "But if isn't Princess Zelda, the Royal Highness of all Hyrule!"

Zelda blinked confused at the young girl. "And...you are?"

"(Zelda, I thought you said you knew everyone's names in Hyrule...)" Link thought.

"Oh, don't be like that," Agitha said with a polite bow. "I'm sure you remember me and my letters to invite you cordially to my ball."

"...What letters?" Zelda asked.

"I've been sending you a lot of letters to assist the bug kingdom," Agitha said. "Haven't you read them?"

"W-well..."

Hyrule Castle
Entrance

A pile of letters with bug seals were being taken into the trash by a soldier.

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

"...I think they didn't arrive..." Zelda lied embarrassed.

"Is that so?" Agitha asked. "But the postman said he would definitely send them to you...how odd..."

"(Wait, considering the fact Hyrule only has that crazy postman that delivers everything without failing,)" Link thought. "(That would mean Zelda... Oh Farore...)"

"Oh well, at least I have my chance to tell you personally now!" Agitha said happily. "You're always welcome to come to Agitha's Castle whenever you want!"

"Okay... I...will gladly go...(someday)..." Zelda said.

"Then it's a promise!" Agitha said happily with a chuckle. "Oh no, look at the time. I have to go for Agitha's Castle now." She turned to Link. "Grasshopper, I trust you will find my friends again, right?"

"R-rest assured," Link reassured her.

"Thanks a lot, brave knight!" Agitha said as she began walking to the exit. "For now I will return to the castle and wait for you to find them and bring them back to me. I'm sure they'll be happy to see a familiar face like you again."

Chris stood up and walked to the doors where he opened them.

"Bye bye, Princess Zelda, Doggy, Stag Beetle, and Grasshopper!" Agitha said with a giggle before she walked outside to the east and left them.

Music stops

The World Traveler closed the doors and looked at Link with Zelda and Lucario.

"What?" Link asked.

"I can't believe you actually agreed to do it," Chris said.

"Why's that? You also agreed with me after that!"

"Because she has rewards reserved for us!" Chris explained. "She's the only way to get more money unfortunately!"

"I hate to use people, but what could I do besides that?" Link asked annoyed. "Agitha is probably the only youngest richest girl in all Hyrule after Zelda! I don't know where she gets all that money, but she just does!"

"Nowadays anyone take children more seriously to the point they make adults look ridiculous," Lucario commented.

The 3 stared at him.

"...It's the truth," he added.

"Well, she was curious, I must say..." Zelda said with some wonder.

"Don't forget," Lucario reminded her. "You agreed to visit her "castle" sometime."

"I-if I can tolerate the sight of bugs, that is..." Zelda shrugged. "...Oh, yes, Master Hand told me to get you 3 back. He wants Chris to resume the match."

"Fine, fine!" Chris yelled annoyed. "I'll go back and finish off this whole mode once and fo-"

The doorbell rang again.

"Ugh!" Chris grunted annoyed. "Who is it this time? It better not be those Nazi Toads again!"

"Nazi Toads?" Zelda repeated.

"J-just forget what I said!"

Something was wrong as Chris was about to turn at the doors. The floor beneath them started to shake slowly before it grew in force and made the furniture shake as well.

"W-what's happening now?" Link asked.

"Oh no," Zelda began as she kept herself on her feet. "T-this must be some kind of warning! It's probably Tabuu!"

"Why would you think that?" Lucario asked.

"It's not like we get sudden earthquakes!" Zelda said. "Also, it could mean someone wants to do something here!"

"Besides the fact you have a weird sense to...sense premonitions," Link began. "This isn't normal at all!"

"LOOK OUT!" Lucario suddenly yelled.

"W-why?" Chris asked.

Before they knew it, the wall that had the windows and doors suddenly collapsed and caused debris to fall down. The 4 gasped and tried to back away...but they were hit on the head by chunks of the wall itself and passed out on the floor.

Except Chris.

"H-hey!" Chris yelled as the 3. "W-wake up! D-don't leave me alone to be the only one awake!"

The World Traveler looked up and turned around to find a main gun aiming at him through the cloud of dust the wall made after falling down. The dust slowly cleared out as well while Chris eyed the image through it.

"...The heck is a tank doing in here?!" Chris asked shocked as he found a tank (of all things) slowly advancing towards him. "YIAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" he screamed before he ran straight to the wall.

Bad move.

"W-wait, why did I stupidly ran to the wall and not upstairs to warn everyone?!" Chris asked before he hit his head several times to the wall. "STUPID, STUPID RANDOMNESS!"

The aura channeler glanced at the sides of the tank. Luckily, he found the 3 unconscious people far enough from being crushed by it.

But that was not the point.

There was freaking tank that destroyed the entrance and decided to randomly advance towards me, or at least this was what Chris thought.

There was ABSOLUTELY no logical reason for a tank to just go through the mansion at all. It just didn't make any kind of sense to the World Traveler. Why would a TANK, of all things, attack the mansion without a reason?

As Chris pondered this, the tank slowly made its way to him with the main gun ready to shoot at his at any moment.

"LUCARIO!!!" Chris screamed for his dear life.

Unfortunately, Lucario didn't react as he kept laying down on the floor unconscious.

"Uh...uh...uh..." Chris looked around in a panic before he leaned to the wall and sat down. He covered his face and tried to prevent tears from falling down.

It was so absurd like a Diglett who knew how to use Fury Swipes or Slash even if the earth-like Pok?mon didn't have the smallest claws in its...itself.

Maybe it attacked with its pinky nose?

Who cared at that moment. Chris was going to killed by a random tank...

...And that sounded so twisted, right?

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed loudly as he felt the floor stop shaking.

...

It was sign for salvation, maybe?

The World Traveler slowly uncovered his face and looked up...to find the main gun directly pointing at his face.

"..." Chris let out a small whimper of fear as he stared inside the darkness of the main gun. There should be some kind of big bullet waiting to be blasted off and blow his head away with a single impact.

"FOOLISH MORTAL!!!"

"...W-what?" Chris asked at the sudden deep voice that came from the tank.

"YOU'VE BEEN IGNORING MY OWN PRESENCE FOR A LONG TIME NOW, AND THERE WON'T BE ANY APOLOGIES OR SECOND CHANCES EVER AGAIN!!!"

"W-what are you talking about?" Chris asked as he let out a sniff.

"I'VE BEEN TRYING DESPERATELY TO CAUGHT YOUR ATTENTION ALL THIS TIME, BUT ALL YOU DID IN RETURN WAS TO STARE AT EMPTY AIR AND NOT ME! THAT HAS OFFENDED MYSELF SO GREATLY THAT IT GAVE ME THE POWER TO BECOME THIS POWERFUL AND SCARY!!!"

"W-what?" Chris asked confused.

"SILENCE!!!"

The World Traveler gasped in shock.

"NOW, I KNOW THERE ISN'T A WAY TO GET THIS STRONG AND POWERFUL, BUT THING IS, I WAS ABLE TO DO SO AFTER YOUR PITIFUL IGNORANCE BEGAN TO...WELL...IGNORE ME!!!"

"B-but I didn't know you were being ignored!" Chris said in his defense. "A-and for that matter, who are you?!"

"SOMEONE YOU SHOULD (put emphasis on "should") HAVE MET A LOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOONG TIME AGO," the tank said. "I TRIED TO DESPERATELY OBTAIN EMOTIONS... I TRIED SO HARD TO BE KNOWN... I TRIED TO BE HELPFUL... BUT NOW LOOK AT ME!!!"

"...You turned into a tank?" Chris asked still in shock.

"UM...WELL...ER...YOU SEE...I...AH...EH...YEAH! EXACTLY!!!"

"..."

"...ARE YOU STILL SCARED?"

"..." Chris shifted his eyes. "...A little bit?"

"...DIE!!!"

"YIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Chris covered his face as the tank began to budge, preparing to shoot at his head.

Click...

"..." Chris looked through his fingers.

Click...

"..." Chris slowly uncovered his face.

Click... Click... Click...

He heard sounds coming from the tank.

Click... Click... Click... Click...

"..." Chris raised an eyebrow.

Cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-cli-click...

"HEY!" the tank yelled angrily as several sweat drops began to jump out from the top. "NOTHING HAPPENS! WHAT'S THE DEAL WITH THIS THING ANYWAY?! STUPID TANK DOESN'T WANT TO WORK!!!"

"Wha..." Chris trailed off confused at the constant clicking sounds coming from the tank.

It appeared that the tank itself didn't have any ammunition at all.

The World Traveler shifted his eyes uncomfortably and decided to stand up. "...Hmm..." He slowly sneaked right around the tank as more clicking sounds came from within.

"...Maybe..." Chris wondered as he looked at the top. "Maybe I should take advantage of "its" panic moment and see if I can see who's inside it..."

The aura channeler slowly and carefully climbed the tank by its wheels and got to the top without being noticed. Chris looked down at the 3 unconscious Smashers and frowned in embarrassment.

Why would Lucario get knocked out by a chunk of the wall?

"...Oh," Chris noticed that a 9-feet long chunk was close to Lucario. "That would explain. He would have resisted it very well with half the size... Anyway, back on this random tank."

Chris spotted a door leading inside the tank. The World Traveler made a serious look and carefully grabbed the top and slowly pulled it to him. He felt the top slowly coming off, and he increased the force. After struggling a little bit, he finally opened the door, panted a little bit, and looked down...

"..." Chris blinked at the person inside.

Through his eyes, there was a...mauve imp that looked like it came from some kids' show, desperately trying to fire the weapons of the tank, but with no success at all.

"Dammit!" the imp complained as he clicked on a button stupidly fast. "Why is this thing turning against me now? I totally had that kid where I wanted him to be and now this happens of all times!"

"..."

Kid...

The imp clicked and clicked stupidly fast before long he heard someone breathing in and out. The imp stared at the button for some seconds before he gulped and slowly looked up to find a mad Chris looking down at him.

"...Kid..." Chris muttered mad.

"..." The imp took out a small mic from nowhere and clicked on it. It appeared that the mic had the ability to change voices to deeper tones. "PLEASE, DO NOT PAY ATTENTION TO CHIP INSIDE THE TANK," the imp warned. "SLOWLY RETURN TO YOUR POSITION WHERE CHIP HAD YOU WHERE HE WANTED AND WAIT UNTIL FURTHER ADVICE, OTHERWISE, YOU WILL BE SERIOUSLY PUNISHED..."

Chris slowly panted heavily.

"...HAVE A NICE DAY?"

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" the imp screamed as he shook in fear.

It was not long before Chris dove inside the tank and began to beat the heck out of the mauve imp with his aura in his hands. The imp tried to escape, but the door suddenly closed and imprisoned the imp with a furious Chris. The imp yelled and screamed for his dear life as Chris continuously pounded on hi rather small stomach with Force Palm.

"YOU WILL BE SERIOUSLY PUNISHED!!!" the imp managed to scream as Chris kept hitting him. "S-SERIOUSLY, YOU'RE GONNA REGRET THIS LAT-NO! NO! NOT IN THE FACE! AAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

Outside

As Chris beat the imp, several miles away there were 3 familiar trainers looking around in the forest.

Well, only 2 were there; Lucas (the trainer) and Dawn.

"Where has Barry gone to now?" Dawn asked annoyed. "It's been a little while and he said he'd come back very fast."

"Why are you worried about Barry?" Lucas asked bored. "I'd be worried for the person who meets him, or even the Pok?mon for that matter."

"But who besides us like him again?" Dawn asked. "And when I mean like him, I mean they ACTUALLY like him."

Lucas began to raise fingers. "Candice, Flint, Buck, and his dad; those 4 know the word "insanity" very well simply because they're very energetic as Barry. Out of them there's Cheryl who somewhat liked him for being funny...or insane."

"Everyone else is just uncomfortable around him..."

"Uncomfortable sounds like a compliment, Dawn," Lucas said. "Ready to break his neck apart sounds more appropriate."

"That includes..."

Lucas, again, began to raise fingers. "Roark, Gardenia, Maylene (and her Lucario), Wake, Fantina, Byron, Volkner (who totally would like to kill Barry with a first glance), Aaron, Bertha, Lucian, Mars (who wanted to stab him), Jupiter (who despises him a lot), Saturn (who didn't have tolerance towardshim at all), Cyrus (but then again, he didn't like nobody), Mira, Riley, and finally Marcy," he pointed out. "Oh, and Barry's mom as well. I heard she'd like to slap him for once, but he always escapes in time."

"What about Cynthia?"

"She's just amused of him," Lucas reminded her. "She finds Barry rather...hyper."

"What kind of people like Barry?"

"Er, us for reason or another, with you dragging me along close to him ever since the first time we met outside Twinleaf Town?"

"...Ugh..." Dawn grunted. "Okay, okay... Anyway, have you been doing...you know what?"

"Certainly, Dawn," Lucas said with some nods. "I've been spying on the people of the mansion as you did. You did the same thing, right?"

"Yeah," Dawn said. "So far, I found out that the cute Pikachu talks in reality. I heard every single bit of what he said as well."

"No...way..." Lucas said. "...Get out! Unbelievable!"

Rest assured. This didn't imply Lucas was you-know-what. He was just bewildered.

"Seriously!" Dawn said surprised. "It even talked and complained about what would his life be like if he was in this Ash's guy Pok? Ball all the time. I guess this Ash is his trainer or something."

"Um...that's going kind of far..." Lucas commented.

"Oh, then why don't you show me your evidence?" Dawn asked.

"Okay," Lucas began. "I found out this weird Pok?mon. There was something odd with it because it...wasn't a Pok?mon actually. He didn't seem to use any kind of attacks or anything."

"...So..." Dawn looked around.

"...Oh, he looked like a hedgehog or something," Lucas explained. "He kind of wanted to act cool all the time. Although I found out he talks to himself during the nights. He even goes as far as to yell out curses."

"Creepy..."

"Tell me about it," Lucas said. "Now, we should ask Barry what he found."

At that moment, a badly hurt Barry (with some rips on his clothes) came to them and looked somewhat scared. "G-guys!" Barry yelled.

"U-uah! Barry!" Dawn yelled in surprise. "Oh my god. What happened to you? You look like you're about to die or something!"

"D-Digletts, those who!" Barry yelled. "T-they scratched me all over after I wanted to pull one out! They all went Monfernosh(beep)t on me just because of that!"

"...They..." Lucas trailed off.

"...Scratched you?" Dawn added.

"Yeah!" Barry said. "They scratched me all over with their pinky noses!"

"Pinky noses?" Dawn repeated.

"...Barry..." Lucas trailed off. "...Are you drunk?"

"Maybe!" Barry said. 'But they did scratch me and even slashed me with Fury Swipes!"

"Barry," Dawn began. "There's something I know perfectly about Digletts, and that's the fact they don't have claws or nails to attack and use Slash or Fury Swipes."

As a matter of fact, Digletts and Dugtrios DO learn Fury Swipes and Slash.

"O-oh, I swear they used that on me!" Barry complained. "Stupid Dugtrio used Slash on me! They moved their noses when they attacked, though!"

"Barry, you seriously need to take a rest," Lucas said. "There's absolutely NO way a Diglett or a Dugtrio used Slash or Fury Swipes on you, it's just...way too idiotic. Were you attacked by an Ursaring like last week?"

"That Ursaring felt like mauling me for grabbing its Teddiursa while it was eating, so what?" Barry asked angrily. "Screw it! I'm gonna take my revenge on those nose scratchers!"

"You're not going to hurt them," Lucas said. "What would Professor Rowan say if he ever saw you hitting Pok?mon?"

"He would say, "Great job, Barry! I knew I should have entrusted all my 3 starters to you and grab the title of champion and not force you to pick only one and trade other Pok?mon for the other 2 starters. You're awesome, Barry, awesome!" or something!" Barry explained.

"...So anyway," Dawn said annoyed. "We were talking about those guys living in the mansion. Did you go around the mansion?"

"Oh no, you're not gonna change subjects this time!" Barry yelled. "We're gonna go back at those Digletts and Dugtrios and prove you 2 I'm right!"

"What?" Lucas asked. "No way. We're not going to disturb them just because you want t-"

"Stop it, guys!" Dawn yelled. "Barry, we'll later go and see if you were right or not. Right now, though, we want to hear you say what you found in the mansion."

"What mansion?" Barry asked.

"The house where we are living without those guys knowing?" Lucas reminded him bored.

"...Oh, yeah," Barry said with a nod. "I met a hot girl in there."

"WHAT?!" Lucas and Dawn asked in shock.

"Why so shocked?"

"Y-you actually MET one of them without telling us?" Lucas asked.

"Whoops. I mean, I saw this hot girl in there," Barry said. "Bust size wa-"

Dawn blocked his mouth quickly. "Barry, please tell me you're not going to say something perverted."

Lucas looked away bored. "Chances are he will..."

Barry pushed Dawn's hand away. "-s big."

"...Barry!" Dawn yelled.

"What? It's the truth!"

"But we didn't want to know at all!" Lucas said embarrassed. "We're not into the "things" you're into!"

"I thought you were," Barry said confused.

"You know what? Forget it," Dawn said with a sigh. "Barry's just...Barry."

"It took you that long to figure him out?" Lucas muttered annoyed.

"You guys should have seen 'em," Barry said.

"Who again?"

Dawn knew what Barry tried to mean and she blocked his mouth again. "A-anyway!" she began embarrassed. "I-I spotted some Rattatas going through that direction over there."

Lucas had to agree with Dawn's intervention. "Oh right. We should go to their way and get their information for our Pok?dex. We still have to focus on the Pok?mon around this area."

"Too bad there's no Legendary Pok?mon," Dawn said. "I heard there were some mysterious ones like Groudon or even Ho-oh."

Barry picked up a bush with flowers and sneezed. "Achoo! Ugh, I'm allergic to these kinds of flowers... Meh, I'll throw them away."

Once he tossed the bush over his shoulder and landed on the grass, the bush itself began to budge a little behind them and revealed to be Shaymin. The Legendary Pok?mon pouted a little before it jumped away into the woods.

"Let's go and get those rats," Barry said with a fist. "After that, we'll ambush those Digletts to get my well deserved revenge!"

The blond trainer ran away to the west, leaving Dawn and Lucas who looked at each other and sighed.

"Please, Dawn," Lucas began. "Remind me why you became friends with Barry again..."

The female trainer didn't want to respond before she ran after the blond trainer. Lucas opened his eyes and ran after the 2, deeper into the forest.

Main Lobby

As the scene showed the tank budging at the sides for the battle inside it, Crazy Hand came from nowhere and gasped to see the tank itself.

"...Ohmigosh," Crazy Hand said as he moved his fingers crazily. "A tank; a real tank; a real green tank; a real big green tank just came out of nowhere randomly," he said, containing his excitement. "Is it my birthday yet? 'Cause I need weapons of MASS destruction right now!"

The hand giggled in an unusual manner and floated up to the tank.

To the hand's disappointment, there was no way he could fit inside the tank.

"Bummer," Crazy Hand muttered. "I know! I'll keep this for collection matters! I'll show the guys up there about it now so I can later sell the tank for a crazy fat collector dude!"

With excitement inside his wrist, the crazy hand (pun intended) floated upstairs.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 25, 2009, 06:39:51 PM
Some time later...

"So..." Master Hand began. "You don't really know where this tank came from."

"Nope," Crazy Hand said. "Pretty much came out of nowhere, bruddha? Like, nowhere, bruddha?"

"Stop it."

"Yes, sir."

Most of the Smashers were surrounding the unusual tank that was parked just in front of the wall. They all wondered the origins of the tank, but then again, the tank came out of nowhere as previously mentioned.

"I heard some yells and screams from inside," Pikachu said as he leaned his ear on the top of the tank. "There's somebody in there."

"Okay," Master Hand said as he floated up the tank and grabbed the door. Pikachu jumpd back and looked at the hand. "Let's see who's the real bad guy behind this nonsense about the random talk."

The hand simply pulled out the door and looked inside the tank.

"...Oh...no!" Master Hand gasped as he backed away. "Why...why you...Chris?"

Some of the Smashers gasped at Chris's mention.

"But..." Lucario (now awakened) began. "Chris wasn't using the tank."

"It came out randomly," Link (now awakened) said. "And it tossed chunks of the wall at our heads."

"...Wait, Chris is inside?" Zelda (now awakened, but with an ice bag above her head) asked.

A hand was shoved out from the tank, revealing it to be grabbing a dead body from a mauve imp. The Smashers made confused looks before a mad Chris slowly came out from the tank and tossed the imp at the floor.

"...Wow," Olimar began. "Why do you look like a Red Pikmin?"

What Olimar was actually trying to refer was Chris's red face.

"I'm..." Chris muttered as he panted heavily. "...Not a Red Pikmin...at all..."

"Oh, good job, I guess," Master Hand said as he looked down at the beaten imp. "You stopped this little evildoer from destroying the mansion."

"..." Chris breathed in and out to calm himself down. "He...needed to suffer pain after putting me in an embarrassing situation..."

At this, Lucario's ears moved a little. "What situation?"

"He made me cry..." Chris muttered annoyed.

"...GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted at the imp, showing his fangs.

DK walked to the imp and picked it up. "Hmm..." He pulled the imp closer to his face. "...Yep, he's not dead."

"What?" Chris asked. "I was sure I killed it!"

"You wanted to kill somebody for once?" Marth asked.

"That thing called me a kid..."

Most of the people in the room looked at Wolf. "...What?" Wolf asked with a mad look.

"..." Most of them shrugged and looked back at the imp.

"What the hell is that thing?" Link asked as he walked to DK without turning his glance away from it. "It doesn't look normal to me for some reason..."

"It looks like an imp," Zelda said. "Like Midna, right?"

"I'm...pretty sure Midna looked way better than this...person..." Link said miffed.

"Why are we pondering about that imp?" Ness asked. "It's just someone who wanted to kill us off out of nowhere."

"And with a tank, no less," C. Falcon said. "Hey, what will we do with the tank?"

"Oh, oh! I wanna have it!" Crazy Hand suggested.

"Oh, hell no," Master Hand said as he snapped his fingers and made the tank disappear. "We're not letting you have that thing around here. It already destroyed the wall over there, and I'm not going to pay for the damages."

"But don't you need a snap of your fingers to repair anything broken?" Pit asked.

"..." Master Hand snapped his fingers and repaired everything in the lobby in a flash of light. The wall, the doors, the windows, the broken furniture, and even the matress were repaired instantly. "There. Happy now?"

"It's your mansion and not mine," Pit said. "But I live here so..."

The hand looked at the imp while DK held it with one hand. "You know, this imp doesn't give me a very good feeling at all."

"Duh, it destroyed half of the lobby," Samus said.

"But even so, Rita caused even more than that..." Pit shrugged.

"Do NOT mention that name around here," Master Hand warned Pit. "Let's focus back to this little lobby-destroyer and see what it wants. If it wants to kill us, then let's kill him back."

"But if he does kill us, then how are we going to kill it back?" Peach asked. "...N-not that I'm going to kill anybody, though."

"Are you kidding me?" Snake asked annoyed. "That thing is as f(beep)d up as the hedgehog."

"Hey!" Sonic said with a glare at him.

"It won't even make anyone flinch with those little hands," Snake explained.

They all remained silent as they waited for the imp to wake up.

"...Yes..." Master Hand said. "...In any minute now..."

"..." DK yawned and looked bored at the imp. "...Can I drop it back? I'm tired of holding it."

Master Hand didn't say anything before DK dropped the imp back to the floor.

"..." Nobody spoke.

The silence in the lobby made its work, and nobody even coughed a little as the imp remained fainted.

"...Chris, are you sure you didn't kill it?" Master Hand asked.

"I wished I...mean...no..." Chris said embarrassed.

Kirby yawned bored and took out a chocolate bar.

Noticing this, Pichu spoke. "Where did you take that from?"

"The same place where we use our items," Kirby said. "You know? Hammer-something-something?"

"And you had it there?"

"I kept things..." Kirby shifted his eyes and bit the bar happily.

"...Hey, wait a minute," Sonic began as he walked and looked down at the imp. "...I kinda remember this guy..."

"Oh, wait," Popo began. "Isn't he the credit card seller dude?"

"Credit card seller dude?" C. Falcon asked. "Oh, riiiiiiiiiight..."

"Credit card seller dude?" Ness asked. "Wait, the imp was disguised as a police officer, wasn't it?"

"O-oh, right," Lucas said with a nod.

"Oh, wait," Popo began. "I remember something!"

"Oh no, Popo remembers something..." Pikachu faked horror. "Hell is freezing over now."

Popo looked annoyed. "I told you I changed already!" He cleared his throat. "Okay, I still remember what he said the last time he wanted to come in..."

Flashback

"You WILL let me in some of these days! Mark my words! I WILL enter this place and get the help I need!" Chip called out with a fist as Popo hummed the Legend of Zelda's main theme while he walked to the kitchen.

End of flashback

"...That's all?" Nana asked.

"Yep," Popo said.

"...I know his name..." Sonic said as he blinked surprised. "...His name is Chip."

"Chip?" Mario asked without looking at Sonic.

Remember their random rage fits if they looked at each other directly to the eyes? Mario still remembered.

"Yeah," Sonic said. "I gave him a name because he didn't know his own name."

"...That's the stupidest thing I've ever heard," Roy commented. "He forgot his own name?"

"Hey, it's pretty darn serious! Dude here lost his memory!"

"And that concerns us because..." Yoshi trailed off.

"Don't you guys feel shame for others?"

Most of them looked at each other and chuckled at the hedgehog.

"W-what's so funny now?" Sonic asked.

"Sonic, no, I mean, what have you done to the egocentrical dude we all know and unfortunately live with?" Falco asked with an amused look.

"I DO care for others, you know..." Sonic muttered annoyed.

"That's so OOC of you," Jigglypuff chuckled. "Now you're going to say you want to teach like kids about wrong things?"

"I did on-" Sonic shook his head. "No!"

"Okay, okay," Master Hand said between chuckles. "We all know Sonic decided to care for little mauve imps just now... But seriously, there's something that's bothering me about this Chip guy."

"That he lost his memory?" Sonic asked.

"What? No!" Master Hand said. "The fact he wanted to kill Chris (Lucario: Which I'm going to kill him for that very soon) means he wanted to do something here, and the fact he wanted to come in here by using the disguise of a credit card seller."

"He WASN'T wearing a disguise of a credit card seller guy, for crying out loud," Zelda said with a frown. "Seriously, does he even look like one for that matter?"

"If he knocks the door and starts a conversation first than you, he WOULD have gotten to the point," C. Falcon said. "Trust me. This happens a lot of times."

"Well, too bad I haven't see such times at all," Zelda said.

"I have," Popo said.

"I have," Ness added.

"I haven't," Zelda said with another frown.

"Hmm, what to do with him..." Master Hand wondered. "Well, the most logical reason would be to heal him. Chris gave him hell, alright."

"W-why did you mention it like that?" Chris asked.

"Because deep down, you want to freaking kill somebody in here," Master Hand said. "Not that you're the only one. Even they want to kill me."

"True," most of them said.

"See now? Mutual thinking."

"..." Chris's only action was dropping his jaw a little bit.

"Sorry..." Lucario muttered.

Chris closed his eyes in disbelief.

"Let's give him some...tomatoes," Master Hand said as he made 2 Maxim Tomatoes fall inside the imp's mouth. "Munch 'em."

Chip's mouth began to swallow the rather big tomatoes down his throat before he made a smile...and turned to the right to sleep peacefully on his hands. "Hmmm..." Chip muttered happily.

"Oh, no way," the hand said annoyed. "I don't give hospitality that easily."

Master Hand made a fist and moved up and down above the imp.

"Are you going to kill him or what?" Samus asked.

"What?" Master Hand asked before he stopped. "No, I was just trying to ponder something."

"More like pound him," Yoshi said.

"...Bededededede..." the imp muttered before shaking his head a little. "...Huh..." He slowly opened his eyes and blinked at the sight of a lot of feet around him. "...Where am I?"

They all saw the imp slowly getting up before flying up.

"..." The imp merely looked around as everyone stared back at him. "...Whoops..." he muttered. "I guess I got in the wrong house. Excuse me..."

The imp flew to the doors where he opened them and flew out.

And he went away that easily before the doors closed.

"...What the hell was all that for?" C. Falcon asked.

"He just flew out and nobody did anything to stop him?" Diddy asked.

"Oh, sorry," Ness said annoyed. "We happen to NOT know him at all."

"But didn't he want to kill us?" Mario asked. "What if he comes back to kill us for real?"

"Pfft," Master Hand chuckled. "That imp killing some of you? Didn't you see the goofy look on his face? There's no way he could be deadly in any way with a face like that."

"Kirby has a cute face yet he could be deadly under it," Peach commented.

"Aww..." Kirby said blushing before he bit his candy.

"I don't understand why I lost my time here with a stupid-looking person," Meta Knight suddenly spoke.

"And there was no sign of otherwordly powers in him at all," Mewtwo said with crossed arms. "The chances of him being an ultimate being or even a dangerous one are very slim and not that likely to happen."

"You went that far on him?" Ivysaur asked.

"You don't know who's dangerous and who's not with just a single glance."

At that moment, the doors were being knocked from outside.

"It must be him again..." C. Falcon said bored.

"Ugh, I'll see if it is him," Chris said before he walked to the doors and opened them. "OH MY GOD!" he yelled before he slammed the doors and closed them. The World Traveler leaned to the doors and noticed everyone staring at him.

"What seems to be the problem now?" Master Hand asked.

"T-those Nazi Toads! They're just outside right now!" Chris yelled.

"Nazi Toads?" the hand asked. "Oh, please, there are no Toads who are Nazi at all."

"Were there even Nazi Toads in the Mushroom Kingdom at all?" Peach wondered.

"Since when did this conversation change to Toads?" Roy asked.

"6 sentences ago?" Popo asked.

"What?"

The doors were being knocked again.

Master Hand floated to the doors and pushed Chris out of the way. "Okay, if there are Nazi Toads outside, I'm going to crush them."

"What?" Chris asked. "Why are you sounding violent just now?"

"Politics are just downright cruel sometimes," Master Hand said. "It's stupid like an evil organization of the goverment trying to make us follow rules or some s(beep)t like that. Honestly, would we want to follow some imbeciles like that ever?"

"No," everyone in the lobby said at the same time.

"It's good we think the same thing about politics," Master Hand said before he opened the doors. "Now, we don't like Nazis or some people like that around here. Heck, we don't want stupid organizations taking over the world, or even put internet related stuff in the universal internet we all use and like to mess with MyPlaces or the like."

"MySpace," Chris corrected suddenly.

Most of them looked at him.

"...M-most of the girls at my school talk about those sites a lot..." Chris explained. "Those are sites that people make to show things online."

"Ooh, I should do that as well," Peach said interested.

"NO."

"But I..."

"NO. They distract you from society."

"So," Master Hand continued. "By all means, I'm going to kill you all with my oversized palm that I call body."

"But I want to live," the imp said as he played with his fingers. "I just wanted to tell you some stuff and all that about my lost memory."

"Oh, good," Master Hand said before he moved away. "Please, enter this way."

The imp smiled and slowly entered insid-

"WAIT A MINUTE THERE!" Master Hand yelled before pushing the imp back outside. "You're not going to enter that easily without explaining yourself!"

"Aww!" Chip groaned. "But I've been trying to get inside for who knows when and you're telling me I can't?"

"No," Master Hand simply said.

"..." Chip slowly turned his back around...before looking back at the hand. "But I need help! I lost my memory!"

"And I care because..."

"...I lost my memory?" Chip finished.

The hand was about to slam the doors at Chip, but the imp quickly entered inside and looked back at the hand, who looked back at him annoyed. "Get out, now," Master Hand warned.

"B-but you gotta help me!" Chip said (or whined). "You MUST help me!"

"Look, I know I hold a bunch of heroes or whatever the heck they are in this mansion," Master Hand began (as most of them glared at him). "But unfortunately we don't help people out unless it drags us as well."

"And I'm dragging you into this!" Chip protested.

"Too bad, we don't like to be dragged around," Master Hand said. "Unless you have money, then you can hire us for anything."

"You explicity said we weren't meant to be sold by you," Mewtwo said. "And it was in that document you call contract."

"Well...I did put that but in small letters."

"Typical of evil-looking companies, even though you don't have a company," Ness said.

"Besides, we all know none of us get paid at all for doing what we do every morning," Marth said.

"I do," Fox said.

"Not to sound rude, but your team hasn't been paid at all," Link said looking bored before he received a glare from the vulpine. "You don't even have income for that matter."

"I do," Chris said as he took out his bag of Smash Coins.

"Stop talking about money here," Master Hand said. "Okay, you im-"

"Chip," Chip interrupted.

"Okay, Chip, you heard them," Master Hand said.

"So does that mean I can simply ask you for your help without paying a single coin?"

"Ye-NO!" Master Hand yelled. "Can't your brain understand what I'm saying?"

"I have relatively small skull so I don't know."

"...True enough," Master Hand said. "Now get out."

"No!" Chip yelled. "Please, please, please! I need your help urgently!"

"If you DID lose your memory, how come you can remember that you lost your memory?"

"Because I remember I lost my memory," Chip responded.

"T-that's not even an answer!"

"It is for me apparently."

"UGH!" Master Hand grunted annoyed. "That's it. You imp, Chip, whatever the hell your goofy face is, get out of here!"

At that moment, Chip was grabbed by Sonic. "Sheesh, just hear the guy out for once!" Sonic said annoyed.

"Sonic, it's not like you to care for strangers at all," Master Hand said. "Haven't you taught little children that strangers could be bad?"

"Have you?" Chip asked (not noticing he was being held upside-down).

"Ye-no!" Sonic said. "Just hear the little guy!"

"Oh, will you?" Chip asked excited. "Okay, I'll tell you all how I lost my memory, then."

Most of them rolled their eyes and decided to listen to the imp.

If Chip just could feel his blood going down to his head...

"Okay, here's how things went..." Chip began as he narrated.

Flashback

...

End of flashback

"And that's all," Chip said smiling.

"...My Din," Toon Link began sarcastically. "That REALLY explained a lot of unanswered questions."

"Really now?" Chip asked as he blinked. "Because I thought I didn't say anything at all about what happened to me."

Most of the Smashers hit their foreheads with their palms and frowned.

"And why would I remember how I lost my memory, anyway?" Chip asked. "I lost my memory after all, haven't I?"

They frowned even more than before.

"I-I'm sorry for saying this, but that really sounded so stupid and yet at the same time so twisted..." Lucas commented.

"I could so totally relate that to this guy," Master Hand said. "Now, Sonic, toss him out."

"No!" Sonic yelled.

"Alright, you bastard," Master Hand began. "You toss that imp out, or I'll toss you 2 out."

"Um..." Chris interrupted. "Maybe we should listen to him?"

"Listen to him?" the hand asked. "That's not necessary. This weirdo is a wacko that SOMEHOW remembers he lost his memory but didn't remember how he lost it in the first place."

"Actually..." Meta Knight began. "He knows he remembers something from his past, but he can't remember. He didn't lose all his memory, but just part of it."

"I'd say a BIG part of it," Ike commented.

"..." Master Hand sighed. "Well...I admit that clarified something..."

"Can I stay here then?" Chip asked.

"Wait, wait, wait," Master Hand began. "You said you wanted out HELP, not get a RESERVATION in here."

"Did I do that?"

"Dammit!" Master Hand snapped out, but he later breathed in and out to calm himself down. "This Chip guy just annoys the heck out of me."

"But pleeeeeeeeeeeeeease!" Chip moaned sadly. "I wanna be listened!"

"The problem is that you don't know how you lost your memory," Mario said.

"And why would we help such a stupid-looking guy?" Wolf asked suddenly. "It's not like we care, or even me for that matter."

"..." Chip looked up depressed (remember that he was still being held upside-down).

"..." Master Hand thought for a moment. "...Okay, maybe we SHOULD let him in."

Most of the Smashers stared back at the hand with some shocked looks.

"Why are you suddenly letting him live here?" Jigglypuff asked.

"If there's something I know very well," Master Hand began. "It's that Chip looks kind of important for something."

"What?" Roy asked. "How so?"

"Don't you know? Just look at him!"

They all stared at Chip (who decided to smile).

"Why does he look like that, anyway?" Master Hand asked. "There's probably nobody else that looks like him at all that makes him so important for some reason!"

"That's the most idiotic reason I've ever heard," Squirtle commented.

"Nope, I'm afraid it's the horrible and sad truth," the hand said. "And just look and yourselves! Is there someone else that looks like a palette swap of all of you?"

"That only happens when we fight ourselves in random matches," Mario pointed out.

"Or when there's a Shiny Pikachu," Pikachu said.

"So can the guy stay here?" Sonic asked.

"I...am really wondering why you took an interest in him, Sonic..." Master Hand said. "...But...I don't know if we should help him..."

"Oh, please, just do it!" Sonic said.

"What is wrong with you today?" the hand asked. "...Ugh, whatever... Chip..."

"Yeah?" Chip asked.

"You...can..." The hand seemed to be twitching. "You...can...live...um...here...until...we...find...out...what...the hell is wrong with you. THERE! HA! I said it!"

"Sweet!" Chip said as he rubbed his palms together. "Thank you!"

Somehow, Chip joined your team!

Take in mind he doesn't fight, though!

"Are you really sure this was a good idea?" Luigi asked as Chip was set free from Sonic's hands.

"It is...sadly," Master Hand muttered. "If I said no, he would annoy the hell out of us by staying outside. I know that very well because his FACE tells everything. I JUST hope I chose the right option."

Chip stopped floating around before he spotted Kirby eating his candy. "..." Chip's eyes widened.

"..." Kirby looked mad and hid the bar behind him.

"Gimme!" Chip demanded.

"No! It's mine!" Kirby protested.

"Gimme that chocolate!" Chip demanded before he charged right after Kirby, who gasped and decided to run away with his chocolate bar to the hallway. Everyone watched as Chip pulled his hands back and flew after Kirby.

"...And stupidity grew bigger," Crazy Hand commented.

"That's new of you," Master Hand said.

"I'm new, after all."

"Not now..." The hand sighed. "Well, we let that whatever the hell he is in so we may as well resume where we left off."

"But are you still sure we can keep him in here?" Marth asked.

"Look, femenine-looking prince," Master Hand began. "I have a horrible headache for thinking so much about Chip, and I want to finish whatever we have today to do with the Classic Mode so we can all rest a little bit and before you all start doing the challenge by yourselves. Do you want to think more about that imp?"

"..." Marth only responded with a slash to the hand's index finger.

"Okay, I deserved that," the hand said. "Everyone, let's go back to the hall and resume the boss battle!" he said, trying to sound excited.

And the doorbell rang again.

"...Nazi Toads?" Chris asked bored.

"..." Master Hand sighed and went for the 2 doors. Upon reaching them, he looked at everyone. "If there's another pointless person behind this door, do me a favor and KILL him or her off, okay?"

"Why would we do that?" Snake asked.

"Because I'm so sick of hearing the doorbell ringing again before we get to more important things," the hand explained. "Okay, whoever is outside this door...PREPARE TO DIE!"

The hand opened the doors quickly and scared the person behind it. Master Hand gasped once he realized that he scared someone they knew well...

Parakarry.

"W-what's wrong with you today?" Parakarry asked as he adjusted his helmet. "I-I'm just a postman doing his daily work! Why did you decide to go dog on me?"

"O-oh, sorry, please!" Master Hand said. "I-it's just because we received a lot of visits today! Please, don't think bad of me..."

Parakarry gulped and looked around in his mailbag. "F-fine, but don't do that again..." the Paratroopa muttered before he took out 2 letters. "A-anyway, here's 2 letters: the big one is for Chris...and the normal-looking one is for Mr. Sonic The Hedgehog."

The big hand took the letters and looked at Parakarry. For some reason, Chris's letter felt heavy. "Again, sorry for scaring you without a reason."

"I-I receive that a lot, anyway..." Parakarry said with a nervous chuckle. "...See ya!" he said before he quickly flew away to the sky.

The hand shrugged and closed the doors before turning back to the Smashers. "I'm very positive nobody will come here again. And since I hate to do this in front of all of you... Chris, this brick you call letter here is for you."

The World Traveler blinked confused and walked to the hand to grab his letter.

"And this one is for Sonic."

Sonic quickly went for his letter and tore it open to see its contents.

"Okay, let's all go back to the hall for now. Please, don't stop and ignore any sounds from the doorbell," the hand instructed to everyone who looked at each other and climbed up the stairs to their way back to the hall.

"..." Sonic, however, remained in the lobby as he read the letter.

A small grin slowly grew on him. "Oh, yes...yeah!" he said with a grin and a chuckle.

Classic Mode Hall

All the Smashers sat down on the tables (except Kirby who was still missing with Chip) and looked back at the screen as a worried Chris stepped inside the teleporter while Master Hand appeared right back in Final Destination.

"That's one big letter you have there," Pikachu said to Lucario, who was left in charge to take care of the letter that was above the round table.

"I know," Lucario said as he stared down at it. "It seems way too big for me."

"Anyway, that aside, are you rooting for Chris?"

"Isn't it obvious?" Lucario asked. "I'm not going to say that I'm certain he will win... I'll have to wait to see the last result...which I want it to be good."

"Good thing we both are rooting for him."

"If I recall, you were rooting for Master Hand with that vote..." Lucario seemed tobe glaring at Pikachu.

"...Still, glares don't change votes," Pikachu said bored.

Lucario grunted and looked back at the screen.

Final Destination

"Do you want me to repeat everything I said to you?" Master Hand asked.

"I-it's going to be useless!" Chris yelled from the other side of the platform.

"Okay, we might as well begin or continue this fight. The others want to try this mode out and I don't want to turn them all down."

"...Okay..." Chris said with a nod.

Final Destination

With a gulp, Chris charged forward to Master Hand. The hand moved his fingers as he waited for Chris before he moved right above him. The World Traveler gasped before the hand pulled back to the right edge and charged his fingers to fire bullets.

"This is one of my favorite moves!" Master Hand yelled as he charged. "Try to dodge the bullets!"

"O-oh god!" Chris yelped before he jumped and evaded 2 fast bullets that disappeared into the space. The World Traveler saw the hand coming back on the right edge, and Chris took the opportunity to thurst his right foot down with some aura emanating out. The hand grunted in pain after the foot landed on him, and the World Traveler landed back down on the floor.

"Wow, Chris, I'm impressed," the hand commented. "That move didn't look like Lucario's move at all."

"T-that's because I just...thought it..." Chris responded.

"...Prepare!" Master Hand warned Chris before he floated up and made a fist that pointed down at the World Traveler.

Chris gasped and quickly sidestepped all the way to the right platform before the hand crashed his fist down. The World Traveler took this mistake as an advantage and used a fast Force Palm that shot aura at the hand. Master Hand shook his hand to recover from the hit before returning back to his position.

"I'm not going to be that easy on you," Master Hand said as Chris charged at him. "I'll have to do things like THIS!" he yelled before he quickly pulled back and slapped Chris hard enough to make him be pushed to the air.

The World Traveler gasped and quickly concentrated hard to use Extremespeed. And when we mean Extremespeed in Chris's case, we mean he stopped right above the abyss of the space and used a small force of aura to come out from behind him to get pushed back to the stage.

"Good, good!" Master Hand commented from the other side. "I like you to be original with your moves. It gives me more enthusiasm to defeat a human from the real world like you!"

"W-what?" Chris asked confused before the hand began to walk on his 2 fingers towards him. The teen with tattoos gasped and quickly sidestepped back at the hand, who passed right besides him and came back to his position afterward.

"Oh noes, I'm open," Master Hand said before Chris reached him from below, charged an attack as he pulled his hands close, and shoved up a force of aura upwards that burned the hand a little bit. "Ouch! ...Even so, good one."

"Can you stop talking like that?" Chris asked annoyed as he shoved up another force of aura.

"Why?" Master Hand asked before he put together his index and middle fingers and was blasted off upwards. Chris knew where this was going after he looked at the background. The hand came quick after him as his wrist was engulfed with fire to push himself at him. "I'm excited myself here!" he yelled before he pushed Chris upwards before the hand arrived at his position by coming from the right while spinning a little.

Chris closed his eyes and quickly regained his stance to flip one time and land back on the floor. The World Traveler sighed one time before he landed back on the floor, and without previous advice, charged back at the hand and jumped towards him with a Force Palm ready.

"Alright! You're going physical on me rather than with magic as you always do!" Master Hand commented before Chris slammed a glowing hand on aura on him. "Ouch... That one really hurt this time..."

"Haa!" Chris yelled as he delivered an uppercut with aura that rose up a little and hurt the hand for a bit. The World Traveler made a serious look and ran below the hand before shoving up more aura that burned Master Hand more.

"Wow..." Master Hand said. "Now you're getting more violent. Maybe I should do the same?" he wondered before he raised himself up and opened himself above the World Traveler. Chris gasped at the shadow of the hand before he ran to the left in a hurry.

"I give Chris 7 out of 10 for using physical attacks on the hand," C. Falcon commented.

"(At least he's doing it well for now...)" Lucario thought.

The World Traveler barely dodged the hand's slam before the hand itself shook to become numb to the pain. However, he didn't see Chris who jumped back at him and used a Force Palm that took out more health from him. "I'm starting to get a little mad here now..." Master Hand muttered before he returned to his position.

"I-I'm doing it..." Chris muttered surprised as he ran after the hand. "I-I'm actually doing a good job at attacking with close combat moves!"

"Too bad you're using them with me, though," Master Hand said. "The others wouldn't let you attack them so easily. Me? I'm stuck in my way to attack people in here...and it's time to move on!" the hand said excited before he moved his fingers and fired lasers at Chris.

The World Traveler couldn't react fast and was hit by the lasers. The lasers themselves acted as barriers to prevent him from advancing to the hand who kept shooting them to the floor.

"O-o-o-oww..." Chris moaned weakly as the lasers reached most of his body.

Master Hand stopped by making a fist before returning back to his position. "Let's see now...Chris seems weaker than before after all those attacks. It means you could be taken out with another strong attack."

"I-I don't care!" Chris yelled as he charged at the hand. "I can still win this if I keep going like this!"

"And if I do this..." the hand began before he pulled himself back and slapped Chris hard enough to send him blasting away to the boundary with a long trail of smoke and screamed loudly. "You should have just 1 life left," the hand finished.

A worried Chris came down from the space and gulped after he stepped out from the platform. He looked up at the hand before looking serious.

"Yeah, that's right," Master Hand said. "Release your fury on me. C'mon! I'm doing all this just for you to become a FREAKING HUMAN MACHINE OF VIOLENCE!!!"

Chris suddenly stopped looking serious and got scared. "W-what again?" he asked.

"A dandy teen who would want to jump merrily in a flower field," Master Hand said.

"...Wait a minute, you didn't say that before!"

"Duh?" Master Hand responded before he put his fingers together, pointed up at the sky, rose up quickly, and disappeared for a moment before he came down on Chris and spun his fingers above his back. The World Traveler yelled in pain before the hard forcefully flicked him away with a finger.

Good thing Chris didn't have much damage since he didn't go that far from the hand as he jumped back on the stage and sighed in relief.

"You're pretty durable," Master Hand commented. "It's a shame you don't share Lucario's Aura ability because you could have dealt more damage to me that way."

"Excuse me for not being him..." Chris muttered annoyed.

"Meh, what can you do," Master Hand said before he began to move his fingers. "Now I really want to...crush you..."

The World Traveler gasped as the hand moved fast to him and tried to grab him inside his palm. However, Chris backstepped in time and used a fast Force Palm to damage the hand more.

"Maybe I should stop giving you hints of my next attacks..." Master Hand wondered before he returned back to his position and was quickly reached by Chris who shoved up more aura blasts. "And for some reason...I want to slap you hard again."

The hand quickly moved back and prepared to slap Chris again.

Unfortunately, this didn't mean it was going to work. Chris quickly jumped after he saw the hand pulling back, where Master Hand passed all the stage before returning back to his position, and in time for Chris to thrust down his right foot with aura at his back-hand. The hand grunted before the World Traveler landed underneath him, and followed up by shoving even more blasts of aura upwards.

"Just be glad there are no items here to help you out!" Master Hand yelled before he made a fist and prepared to collide himself down to the teen.

"And why should I be glad again?"

"Hmm, I'm up here, trying to crush you down?"

"...N-not again!" Chris yelled before he quickly turned around for the left edge. Too bad he was slow as Master Hand crushed him and sent him flying away to the left. The World Traveler grunted more before he used a fast Extremespeed to push himself back to the stage. "Ugh..."

"You're getting tired now?" Master Hand asked. "Well, I'm getting tired here as well...and the fact that you have a lot of damage accumulated means you could be defeated at any time by me. And if you DO lose, you're going to have to lose the challenge."

"C-can I continue if I lose?"

"Maybe," Master Hand said. "If you're willing to lose half your points and coins."

"...Oh no," Chris said. "I...I'm going to finish this wiout continuing..."

"Good!" Master Hand said before he pointed up and blasted off to the sky. Chris looked quickly at the background where the hand tilted by the sides, but still headed directly at him at full speed.

"(There's a blind point in that attack...)" Chris thought.

He didn't want to move from his place before the hand managed to reach him, but Chris jumped over him to later thrust down his foot down, damaging the rocket hand for a moment before Master Hand returned to his position by spiraling himself.

"Good, good..." Master Hand commented as Chris ran towards him. "You're becoming more proficient at close combat attacks."

"B-but still, I like long-range attacks better," Chris said as he ran underneath the hand.

"Sorry to say this, but you need to experience many different kinds of combat styles in order to exploit them to their maximum potency," Master Hand said before he felt aura burning himself. "O-okay...I-I'm starting to feel drowsy all of a sudden..."

"My brother's HP is about to reach zero," Crazy Hand said. "And you know what'll happen after he reaches 1 complete number."

"He'll fall down?" Pit responded.

"Nope. He'll roar like a beast."

"But still..." Master Hand said as he moved his fingers. "I don't go easy on people like you...unless you selected the easy mode, then I'll go easy on you."

"Which mode did I choose?" Chris asked.

"Well, since you like balanced things, I chose the hard mode since it's in the middle of the 5 difficulties. If you were to select insane, I'll go insane on your a(beep), my friend."

"..." Chris gulped before he shoved up more blasts of aura.

"Oh, come on!" Master Hand complained. "Don't you use other kind of attacks?"

"N-" Chris couldn't finish talking before the hand managed to grab him. Master Hand floated to the center of the platform and began to crush Chris with his fingers inside his palm. The World Traveler screamed loudly as he struggled to get out. "Come on..." the hand grunted. "You can defeat me if you put effort..."

"T-that sounded so twisted!" Chris yelled between screams.

"Uah!" Master Hand gasped as the World Traveler fell down and landed on his back.

Chris needed to act fast...

"..." Once he stood up, he began to realize something. "Aura...is the energy that flows within everyone's souls..." he muttered.

"What now?" Master Hand asked.

Chris put his hands closer together and focused. "And aura itself..." he chanted as he put his hands closer together. "Can be deadly if used right..." he added as his aura flowed out between his hands and met together in a point.

"...Yes..." Lucario muttered. "He's now understanding how to control his aura after battling using that job."

"Ooh," Pikachu said. "This is going to get interesting now."

Master Hand watched as Chris slowly created an Aura Sphere that circulated on itself, emanating blue light out around the teen's position. "Yes, yes! You gained enough experience to master it after all!"

Chris opened his eyes and glared at the hand with his red eyes. "And now," he muttered. "It's time to use my own aura against you! HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-"

"(Here it comes...)" Master Hand thought.

"-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!"

Music stops

There was something wrong once Chris released his fully charged Aura Sphere...

Everyone pretty much knew the sphere was big when it was fully charged, but once it was released...in an instant, it became a very small orb that went up and down in a crazy manner, and towards the hand who looked miffed as he stared at the orb going after him.

The World Traveler's jaw dropped as he saw his own Aura Sphere turning into some kind of...living thing on its own as it flew up and doqn towards the hand before it touched him.

"..." Both opponents remained silent.

Even everyone at the hall were silent as the teen or the hand didn't move.

"...The kid was just bluffing," Snake said before lighting a cigarrette.

"So much for him," Toon Link commented.

"Wow," Pikachu blinked bored. "He SURELY knows how to use his aura, huh, Lucario?"

Lucario looked embarrassed before he looked down and frowned in shame. "What was the detail he did wrong? I was pretty sure he mastered it just now... Maybe I should keep an eye on him again."

"...I-I don't understand this at all!" Chris yelled angrily. "The moment I just learned the attack it's the same moment where something HAS to get screwed over on it and laugh at my face!"

"..." Master Hand remained silent.

"I spent a pretty long time trying to master that very same move and now it has to be like this? What kind of bad joke is that?"

"..."

"I HATE to use close combat attacks!" Chris complained. "Magic attacks don't do this to me at all for that matter. I'll have to choose the jobs what I want from now on, sorry!" he ranted to the hand.

"..."

"...Um..." Chris shifted his eyes. "...Why aren't you saying anything or even moving at all?"

"..." Master Hand twitched a little before he began to move frantically on his place. The World Traveler blinked confused at this before the hand himself started to move rather crazily on his spot.

And for SOME reason or another, Master Hand let out a loudly roar of pain as he began to rise up to the space. Chris gasped at this sudden action as the background looked greener than usual with some black tiles rising up from the abyss around the empty space.

The scene shone brightly with the World Traveler remaining on the stage...

STAGE
COMPLETED!!!

"..." The Smashers blinked at this sudden result in confusion after the battle ended. Nobody even dared to look away from the screen announcing the total amount of points and coins that Chris received after winning the match.

"..." Peach managed to blink slowly several times...

...After a small while, her hands began to slowly clap in silence.

Noticing this action, Mario blinked at Peach before he looked back at the screen and began to slowly clap as well.

It was not long before Luigi followed up with a little bit of enthusiasm.

Very soon, most of the Smashers in the whole hall began to applause slowly before it grew into a loud applause that fill the hole hall itself. As for Snake, Meta Knight, Mewtwo, and Wolf, they all hid their claps at their sides, hiding some chuckles as well.

After a while of applauding, a light came from the same room where Chris appeared, and mentioned character peered his head out and shyly walked to the center in front of the screen, watching everyone applauding at him after completing the challenge.

"I..." Chris blushed embarrassed. "T-thank you so much for rooting for me..." he muttered, forcing a small nervous smile.

"Rats," Roy muttered. "I lost the bet."

As the applaud went on, Master Hand appeared right besides Chris and nodded himself to him. "Congratulations to you, newcomer from the real world!" Master Hand said enthusiastically. "You have passed your first runthrough for the Classic Mode without continuing!"

"I-I think it was a little fun after all," Chris commented.

"Hmhm, I'm sure it was," Master Hand said before he shook Chris's right hand. "And for your dedication for winning against all your opponents, with most of them screwing up in some way or another."

Zelda, Yoshi, Mewtwo, Roy, Fox, Snake, and Wolf looked annoyed.

"I'll gladly award you with this little token as your prize," Master Hand said as he made a small Trophy Stand appear on top of his index finger that fell right on top of Chris's right palm. "Here's your Trophy Stand as I promised. With this little item, you can now use Stickers to enhance different attributes to make yourself even stronger than before."

"S-sweet..." Chris muttered with a chuckle.

No, he wasn't going to turn into a power-hungry fo...I mean, a character hungry for power by this action.

"And if you can save up money and buy some abilities from my brother," Master Hand began. "I will increase the size of the stand, or even reduce the size of all the stickers for you to put more in there. Again, congratulations for passing the Classic Mode!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 27, 2009, 09:33:47 PM
Obtained Chris's Trophy Stand!

An invaluable item that allows the user to enhance attributes by using special stickers.

Chris looked back at all the Smashers before he slowly held up the stand, making some of them cheer a little bit.

"Well, well, well," Master Hand said. "You all know how we do things around here. Chris here already gave you an explanation about the whole mode. So for now, let's take a little break and then we'll start to let 1 of you go next and get the trophy stand. I recommend you to get the stand when you have the chance."

The applauds slowly faded into silence.

"As a side note, you don't necessarily need to be here to work and fight the opponent who's going through the mode. You can go to the event directly from your rooms by pressing the correct button on the hidden panels in there. You're going to be called over the speakers, so be prepared to participate."

"Good," Yoshi said. "I was getting a little bit tired of staying here all the day."

"Exactly," Master Hand said. "You all can go to your rooms or even do whatever you want to do. You can watch the matches from all the TVs in here, or this place to hang out as well."

"Heh," Wolf said with a grin of satisfaction. "I'll be ready to take down anyone when my turn comes up."

"Too bad it's going to be randomly," Master Hand said. "Alright, everyone can leave here and wait anywhere for your turn to come up. I'll rest for a little bit for now."

The hand disappeared in smoke before Crazy Hand went to Chris. "By the way, here are your coins for getting through the mode."

Chris received 100 Smash Coins.

"..." Chris looked a little bit disappointed.

"Sorry," the insane hand said. "You get around this amount by going through the mode. Your final score is 156,984."

"Like that even matters..." Chris muttered.

"Oh, it does," Crazy Hand said. "These guys like to break records a lot, so keep an eye on their records and aim for ultimate glory and all that crap they argue constantly." The hand turned to the Smashers. "Alright! Those who bet Chris will receive a commemorative Mr. Saturn!"

"Y-yay," Lucas said shyly over the table. "...B-but they're not pets!"

The World Traveler walked to Lucario and smiled a little to him. "H-how was I?" Chris asked.

"You were good," Lucario said, smiling back at Chris. "I'm grateful to see you getting your stand. But, will you cheer me?"

"I told you already."

"Thank you," Lucario said. "I'll do my best in the matches when my turn comes."

"Hey," Pikachu spoke nearby. "Open that brick letter you received."

Chris looked at the letter, looked odd at it before he took it and tore it open to see its content. "..."

At the lonely table Sonic was sitting on...the hedgehog suddenly made a devilish grin with an evil-sounding chuckle. "Very soon now..." he muttered as he narrowed his amused eyes at the Smashers. "The moon wil arrive, and they all will bleed like never before in their lives..."

Tales of Symphonia: Dawn of the New World - Behind Us!

What Sonic just said implied that something was awfully wrong with him...

...And there was something wrong.

Inside his mind, there laid a world of empty darkness where he was seen being chained by dark shackles in midair. The hedgehog struggled to get off from ths shackles, but it wasn't enough as he gritted his teeth.

"Let me out of here!" Sonic yelled. "How the heck did you take over my body now?! Answer me!"

"Heheheheh," the Sonic outside the mind chuckled and looked up at his forehead. "What's the matter? Can't like to see darkness around you?"

"Of course not!" Sonic yelled. "I'm getting sick of seeing it already! How did you take over my body if full moon hasn't showed up at all in the first place?!"

"Oh, didn't I tell you before?" Dark Super Sonic asked with a grin. "The closer we are to see full moon, my control over you becomes far greater than before. Since I'm, well, I don't want to brag but...screw it, I'll brag. Since I'm a super being of darkness, my chances to take over your body were boosted as well. I can also mess up your mind and make you do things you wouldn't want to do just for amusement." He smirked. "In other words, I can take over your body for some small time whenever I want. Since darkness is my special element, you'll have to be careful and avoid all kind of darkness because I could take the chance to take over your body for a small time."

"Which you will surely try to do often..."

"Exactly!" he said with a chuckle. "Man, you're not that dumb as everyone said about you! Prompts to you for being a smart ass!"

"You little..." Sonic gritted his teeth. "Ugh, you won't get away with this as long as they notice you're here, anyway."

Dark Super Sonic spotted a note that suddenly appeared out of nowhere. The dark being took the note and read it.

Only 6 more days until full moon comes. Hear me out if you want to solve your problem.

"S(beep)t," Dark Super Sonic cursed as he tossed the letter. "I forgot somebody of those imbeciles know about my existence."

"I bet he or she knows how to freakin' exorcise you out of my body," Sonic lied.

"Ha, we'll see," Dark Super Sonic said with a grin as he crossed his arms. "It's surely not that imp, that's for sure."

"Wait," Sonic began. "You began to mess me up right after this day started. Why did you mess up with my mind to convince Master Hand from letting Chip live here? Is there a reason behind your motives of him? Or is Chip really important for you?"

"Him? Important?" Dark Super Sonic chuckled to the ceiling and tried not to laugh loudly. "Why would he be important? He looks way too stupid for my tastes," he said amused. "I wanted him here because...he's going to be my guniea pig."

"What? Why him and not anybody else?"

"Because of the fact his goofy-looking face disgusts me to the bone," Dark Super Sonic explained. "The first time I saw his face...UGH! I want to rip it apart and lick his blood right on his stupid face!"

"...Are you some sort of vampire or something?" Sonic asked. "You're very addicted to violence now that I think about it."

"Congratulations," Dark Super Sonic said. "You just won the award for the Most Retardest Hedgehog Ever."

"Lovely," Sonic said sarcastically. "Anyway, there's still time before your plan even starts. The guys will notice all of this and you're gonna be stopped before you know it."

"Oh, you wish," Dark Super Sonic said. "I'm going to look around for the bastard who knows about me."

"Hey!" Sonic called out. "I was thinking of finding that guy first!"

"Too bad, both of us will look for the bastard and kill him or her right after we find the "culprit" with the notes you've been receiving," DSS said. "It's either you or me who will find the person at the right time."

"You bastard..." Sonic muttered.

"Now," DSS began as he looked at an excited Chris talking to some Smashers. It was not long before Master Hand appeared close to them. "What do we have here?"

"What is it now?"

"I hear something REALLY amusing and important from over there..."

"S-so..." Chris blushed a little and looked down in embarrassment. "M-my birthday is going to come very soon..."

"Oh," Master Hand began. "Why did you call me, then?"

"I-I was wondering if you could let me spend more time in my world and wait for September 30 to arrive..." Chris explained. "B-but I remember you slowed down the time of this universe so I grew a little bit worried..."

"Well..." Master Hand began. "Last time I checked, it was September 12 over there, right?"

"Y-yes, it is now."

"Hmm..." Master Hand wondered for a moment. "You know...I could slow down the time of this universe again but with less potency than before...hmm..."

"..." Chris waited for a response.

"...I could slow down the time here so a day here counts as 3 days over your world," Master Hand said. "It'd bring us to have 6 days here so your world transcurs 18 days. How does that sound?"

"G-good!" Chris said. "I wanted to tell you that because I want to have my birthday very soon... I hope you understand..."

"Oh, that's okay," the hand said. "Nothing bad will go wrong within 6 days if Tabuu doesn't attack any world. You can go to your world right now, though. The sooner you get there, the less chances Tabuu will have to interrupt you and everyone here to pass the Classic Mode."

"..." DSS suddenly made a devilish smirk after overhearing this.

"Take in mind I could call you up to fight anyone here, though," Master Hand reminded him. "There's no way I'm going to let you go away that easily from the matches."

"I...understand..." Chris said worried.

"Okay, now I'll rest for now," Master Hand said before he disappeared.

"Your birthday is coming up, then?" Marth asked.

"Yes," Chris said. "I'm going to turn 17 when September 30 comes. 1 more year after that, and I'll have the right to vote...though I don't like politics that much."

"So are you going to make a party or something?" Ness asked.

"I...don't have many friends in my world..." Chris said. "...O-oh, but don't worry. My parents always call me when it's my birthday so it's all good."

"Do you want me to come with you, Chris?" Lucario asked.

"Well...can you stay here?"

"Why?"

"Because you need to get your stand, right?"

"I think Master Hand will call me when I have to fight," Lucario explained. "Both of us can go to your world and spend the time there."

"Hmm...you're right," Chris said with a nod. "Since we don't have much time left, we should get going for now... It's going to be just 2 weeks and a half, so maybe you can come to visit us in the meantime."

"Okay," Ness said.

"Thanks," Chris said. "I should get going no-"

"Chris!" Sonic (or actually DSS) called over before he walked to him, crossed his arms, and smiled. "Is your birthday gonna come soon?"

"Y-yes," Chris said. "It's 6 days in this world while in my world it'll be 18 days."

"Awesome," Sonic said with some nods. "I'm going to give you a gift for your birthday."

Chris blushed a little. "O-okay, but I don't care if you don't give me a gift, though. It's not obligatory."

"Oh, don't worry," Sonic said with a chuckle. "I'll give you one nevertheless. You could say the gift I'm going to give you will stay with you for all eternity."

"...E...ternity?" Lucas repeated.

"...Oh, don't mind me," Sonic said with an amused look. "I tend to say things I don't mean to say at all. Just shrug it off, 'kay?"

"Okay..." Chris said as he shifted his eyes. "W-we'll get going for now. Lucario, are you ready?"

"Yes," Lucario said.

"T-then we'll come back later, okay?" Chris asked to them. "See you later."

The World Traveler and the Aura Pok?mon slowly left the hall and walked away to the stairs. The Smashers that were there suddenly looked at Peach clapping her hands together.

"Why don't we organize a secret birthday party?" Peach suggested.

"Why did I see that coming a mile away from you?" Nana asked bored.

"Oh, please!" Peach said somewhat excited. "This place needs to get a little bit more active after all those fights we've been through, right?"

"Thing is I'm not exactly the guy who loves parties..." Olimar said.

"You don't worry about that," Peach said. "Please, let's do a birthday party for Chris. We haven't had any parties here since last time an accident happened with the juice tasting like alcohol."

"Blame Mr. Falcon over there," Pikachu said annoyed as he pointed at C. Falcon, who was talking with Samus before she walked away, making him hung his head down.

"But this time, no accidents will occur," Peach said. "Not if I'm around..."

"Wait," Zelda began. "Do you mean you're going to be the one in charge of the party?"

"C-can I?" Peach asked. "I-I don't want to brag, but I've been known in the Mushroom Kingdom for holding the best parties. I know what people like, so Chris is not that different from anyone here."

"...A birthday party..." Pikachu wondered. "...Well, I'd say let's do it."

"Fine by me," Zelda said. "Maybe we could do this without having any accidents."

"Whatever," Ness said. "As long as there are good things in reserve, I'm in."

"Yeehaw!" Popo yelled excited. "Let's parthai!"

"...What the heck happened to him now?" Pikachu asked. "Wasn't he normal just now?"

"He just remembered coughourparentscough and he wanted to forget the thought again," Nana whispered. "The good thing is he's doing it with a reason. I don't have to get angry at him if he doesn't humiliate us in the first place."

"Okay," Marth said. "I'm up to have a good time."

"L-let's do the party," Lucas said with a small smile. "I want to have fun for once."

"Then it's decided!" Peach said cheerfully as she joined her hands. "I'm going to tell everyone about this so they know. I'm going to organize everything here, and all of you will help once I have everything set, okay?"

The Smashers thought for a moment before they nodded.

"Great," Peach said.

"Yeah," Sonic said with a grin. "I'll be sure to make this a party to remember."

"Wow," Ness said. "Are you actually going to help us without escaping?"

"Why would I do that?" Sonic asked as he moved his hands to the sides of his shoulders, closed his eyes, and frowned with a grin. "Chris is very important to us, isn't he?"

"Of course," Peach said with a nod. "I'm glad you said that."

"Then, let's make a party to remember for our entire lives," Sonic said with a chuckle. "I'll give my full support for the main event."

"Thank you, Sonic," Peach said politely. "Your help is going to be appreciated."

The hedgehog began to walk away as he chuckled...but his chuckles weren't heard to sound different. Sonic's chuckles, while being silent, sounded rather dark and sarcastic as he glared forward at the hallway.

"What the hell are you thinking now?" Sonic asked.

"What's that?" DSS asked with a grin. "I'm going to help out to make the party very fun to us."

"Don't you lie to me," Sonic said with a glare. "You're planning to do something malevolent during it, aren't you?"

"Well..." DSS looked bored and looked to his right with a smirk. "I promised I was going to give him a gift and make the party very fun, didn't I?"

"Don't hide it," Sonic said mad. "I know you have something bad in hands."

"...Okay," DSS chuckled heartily. "When I said gift, I meant the gift of...death. I'm going to give him THAT gift that he will enjoy for his entire life, because he's going to die once he turns 17! Isn't that just wonderful?"

"You sadistic BASTARD!!!"

"Am I now?" DSS asked amused. "And also, that party will be a lot of fun after the moon shines on me and gives me the ultimate power to take over your body for real this time. Everyone will be "laughing" out loud as I "shake" their hands while I chuckle."

"Stop that thought right there!" Sonic yelled. "You're NOT going to get away with it at all!"

DSS stopped right before the light of the hallway. "Shut up now," he muttered as he stepped into the light. "It's your turn to control your body. I'm warning ya, I could mess up your mind while you're under the light. I'll give you some time to enjoy before my time comes..."

Once the dark being stepped into the light, he closed his eyes and opened them. The hedgehog looked around confused and blinked some more before looking down.

"...I have to do this quick..." Sonic said worried. "...Or he will kill..."

Sonic shook his head.

"C'mon..." Sonic muttered. "There has to be some way to find that mysterious guy... Okay, he or she knows I'll turn into a beast...but I don't know how he or she looks like..."

"So you're saying you once turned into a beast?"

Sonic looked up and then looked at his left side where he saw Ike talking to Link.

"Yeah," Link said. "I used to be turned into a wolf once I entered the Twilight Realm," he explained. "I hated to be a beast, but I had to do it in order to go through the realm and even reach some places I couldn't reach before."

"I see..." Ike said. "For 1 second I thought you were a Laguz."

"But, you know," Link continued. "When I was wolf, I realized a lot of things while I was in that form..."

Sonic kept listening without calling them.

"...Is he probably..." Sonic muttered. "Twilight Realm...him turning into a wolf or a beast..." he muttered more. "...He could be the mysterious guy..." Sonic looked away with a serious look. "No, he's the closest guy that fits the pattern and the description. I know only 1 of all of us must be the guy I'm looking for..."

The hedgehog rubbed his palms together.

"Better to do this soon..."

The hedgehog ran away in a hurry as he left a note fall off from...somewhere on him.

Meta Knight appeared from the hall and found the letter. The knight stared it, shifted his eyes around, and read the letter...

Sonic...

We have been waiting for you to help us with our world splitting apart.

AND YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE TO RESPOND TO US PERSONALLY AFTER NOT DOING A THING, DAMMIT!

I bet you're going to be happy to see your charming little girlfriend again, right? (Hearts)

Mr. Sonic, I hope you wait for us to come to the place you're at. We don't know where you are, but we're going to find you very soon.

So please, Sonic, wait for us. We need to have a talk about our world as soon as possible.

Signed,

Miles Tails Prower, KNUCKLES THE ECHIDNA, Amy Rose, and Cream The Rabbit.


Meta Knight tossed the letter away and frowned. "Master Hand is going to have to reserve more rooms, I guess..." he muttered as he walked down the stairs.

It was not long before the hallway was empty...

"Chocolate!" Chip yelled as he was seen chasing Kirby to a room.

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Countdown To Real Pandemonium. Heheh, good title..." DSS chuckled evilly.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 28, 2009, 09:18:10 PM
Chapter 142: Countdown To Real Pandemonium

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Day 1

The only way to find out about the mysterious note sender was to look around for him or her.

However, this wasn't going to be easy at all.

The hedgehog stopped to think in the lobby, where he sat down on a sofa and began to wonder who could be the guy.

"Okay..." Sonic muttered as he looked around with a serious expression. "It's time to interrogate the people in here and make them say what I want to hear... Now, I need to device some way to get them to spill the beans..."

DK's Room

"Are you the guy I'm looking for?"

DK looked uncomfortably at the hedgehog before he closed his door quickly.

"...What the hell was I thinking?" Sonic asked as he looked at no one in particular. "Of course they're not going to spill the beans that easily. What else could I use?"

He thought for a moment as he put his right index finger on his forehead.

"...Eureka!" Sonic said with a satisfied grin.

Snake's Room

"So," Sonic said as he laid down on Snake's bed and crossed his legs. "Have you been doing any kind of spy-stuff lately?"

"Hegdehog," Snake began coldly. "Get out. I didn't want you in her-"

"I know you're into spy-stuff," Sonic said as he half-closed his eyes at Snake. "C'mon, you can tell me everything. We're pals after all, right?"

Hallway

For some reason or another, there was Sonic's face stuck on the wall before the hedgehog pushed himself away using his feet, and landed on his spiked back on the floor. With a sigh, he stared up at the ceiling and grumbled a bit. "Man, that came out worse... Maybe it is the person I'm talking to..." Sonic muttered. "...No," he said as he sat up and looked serious, again, to no one in particular. "I must find this guy before full moon comes."

Samus's Room

"So..." Sonic began as he leaned to the wall and crossed his arms. "What've you been doing lately?"

"Wow, I'm impressed," Samus said as she seemed to be taking a bath behind the door to her bathroom. "It's not like you to talk to someone."

"What can I say?" Sonic asked. "I want to be sociable as soon as possible."

"Well," Samus began. "As for your question...I've been doing exercise lately."

"Oh, really?" Sonic asked.

"Yeah. Most people in here don't even seem to train, but I do it in a regular basis."

"Okay..." Sonic glared away. "(Dude, think of something...)" He looked back at the door. "So, anything else in your life?"

"Um..." Samus remained silent. "...Nothing else..."

"..." Sonic kept blinking before he looked worried.

"...You there?"

"Y-yeah," Sonic said. "You know, I'm going to go hit the kitchen..."

"Oh, okay," Samus said. "Later."

The hedgehog already left before Samus could speak first.

Kitchen

Sonic was sitting down on a chair while he rested his chin on his palms. The hedgehog had a thoughtful look as he tried to think of something about the mysterious guy. "What can I do?" Sonic asked with a groan. "At this rate I'll never find out about the guy at all! I have to do something!"

Sonic looked around and tried to get an idea to get the people in the mansion to talk with him. Was there a way to find the secret agent with notes?

Chances were pretty slim, unfortunately...

The hedgehog laid down his forehead on his hands before he noticed that he wasn't alone in the kitchen.

Since gossip had a faster movement than light itself, the word about Chris's birthday spread fast around the mansion, and there was an anxious Peach humming in front of the oven.

However, she wasn't alone.

Someone else, and out of all the Smashers, was there with her as well... Sonic couldn't believe with his own eyes the person besides Peach...

"Can you remind me why do I have to cook?" asked Fox.

"I really need someone to do the cooking here," Peach explained. "I can do it myself, but I need to organize everything in the mansion before we start to move on."

"But why me, still?"

"W-well, you were the first one I found on the way here, so I just asked you nicely..."

"..." Fox frowned. "Um, just to let you know...I'm pretty bad at cooking...but PRETTY bad."

"Aw, please, Fox," Peach said with a chuckle. "I believe you're just nervous to cook something for yourself. See here? You're making your first cake, right?"

"The first food I always make has some kind of disastrous second effects, though..." Fox said. "...I mean, I made curry before and it came out with an eye...blinking..."

This made Peach's eyes widen a little in surprise.

"...S-still!" Peach said with a nervous chuckle. "I-I saw you making the cake so there's no way nothing bad will happen!"

"That's just you," Fox said. "But when I'm involved with cooking stuff...I might be considered some kind of evil scientist..."

The oven sounded just now.

"Perfect!" Peach said. "Now take the cake out, please."

Sonic smiled a little bit as the vulpine obeyed with a shrug...

...But why did Sonic think it looked cute?

"(What the heck is my mind thinking?)" Sonic asked stupified.

The hedgehog's thought was interrupted before he noticed the 2 walking to him.

Okay, now Fox carrying a cake was surely a first...

"Um, hello?" Sonic greeted confused. "What do you want?"

"Well, we wanted to know if the cake came out good," Peach said. "So when we turned around, you were already here."

"Do you want to be the taster?" Fox asked. "I'll take full responsibility if you faint, though..."

Sonic blinked at the cake Fox was holding...

It looked...nice. It looked like normal warm bread. Sonic thought they could move on with the cream once he tasted the bread.

"..." Sonic nodded and grabbed a small bit of the cake. He stared at the piece of bread he grabbed for a moment.

Fox smiled a bit. "I think my cooking got better after all..."

Sonic grinned at the piece of bread and tossed it inside his mouth, waiting for the taste to take its effect on his tongue.

Sonic's Room

Day 2

Sonic suddenly woke up from his bed and looked around. "W-what just happened?" he asked. "I-I felt I passed out after I ate that...bread thing!"

At the side of his bed, a sleeping Fox (who was sleeping while sitting on a chair) suddenly shook his head and woke up. The vulpine yawned a little bit before he looked at Sonic. "Oh, great, you're aliv...I mean, you're awake."

"W-what the..." Sonic looked around. "What am I doing here?"

"You..." Fox looked away. "...Fell into a coma..."

"...I fell into a WHAT again?!"

Fox looked back at him. "You felt into a coma...after you ate that small piece of bread I gave you..."

"...B-but..." Sonic panicked for a moment. "T-the texture, the smell, the look it had, everything looked very good!"

"Well..." Fox scratched the back of his head. "Everything looked right...but the taste was the real part where it was bad...so bad..."

Sonic chuckled nervously. "S-so you took me here?"

"Yeah," Fox said, still with an ashamed look. "Peach panicked after you fell down and she told me to take you here to your room. I decided to wait for you to get well after Mario told me you fell into a coma... You have been in bed for a day because of that..."

"..." Sonic's eyes widened while his pupils shrunk. "...Oh no...no, no, no way! There's no way I skipped a WHOLE day because I ate that bread!"

"I-I'm sorry for giving you whatever came from the oven..." Fox said embarrassed. "And because of that, I haven't left this room even after I was called to fight in the mode. Does that make you happy?"

"...(Not after I skipped a WHOLE day...) I-I think so..." Sonic said.

"...Okay..." Fox said as he shifted his eyes and stood up. "I was a little worried you were going to get kille-I mean, remain in that come for a long time. I guess it was just temporary."

"...You can leave now..." Sonic said as he looked away.

"...Again...sorry..." Fox said before he walked to the door. "By the way, I didn't notice but some people wanted to drob by here and give you some things to get better. The things are on that table over there."

The hedgehog looked at his right where at least 3 cards with some sentences written on it were above small round table.

"...See you," Fox said before he walked away quickly.

Once he was out of sight, the hedgehog groaned to the ceiling and fell back to his pillow. "What the hell? I just skipped a whole day because of his cooking?"

Sonic looked to the side where he saw the cards laying down nearby. With a swift move, he grabbed all of them and read them all.

"Hope You Get Better..." said a letter in pink with Peach's name on it. "I'm so sorry for what happened to you. No hard feelings, okay?"

Sonic frowned at this and tossed it to the trash can. He began to read the next card.

"I didn't want to be some sort of bad guy, but I'm giving you this to show you I care for you," the green, blue, and red-stripped card said as Sonic looked down where it was signed by Olimar.

Again, he tossed the card to the trash can and began to read the next card. It was all black and only white letters were inside.

5 days and everything will go down and out of control. If you want to find a way to get that soul out of you, follow my directions.

The hedgehog tossed the card to the trash can and sat up. "Ugh, nothing here is helping me out at all..."

Sonic then remembered.

He quickly went to the trash can and read the card closely to his eyes before he looked shocked. "Okay, okay, that guy wants to help me out now, that's good," Sonic said. "But wait a minute... Fox said he didn't see no one here because...he was sleeping, right?"

There was no time to lose. Sonic had to question Fox next.

Main Lobby

"Are you really, really, really, REALLY sure you didn't see anyone?" a panicked Sonic asked to Fox, who was sitting down on the couch.

"I told you 7 times already," Fox said annoyed. "I was bored out of my mind and I fell asleep on the chair. I DID hear people coming in, but I didn't see anyone."

"Really sure?"

Fox frowned, stood up, and walked away from the panicked hedgehog.

"Really sure yet?" Sonic called out before he frowned and looked down. "Okay...focus, Sonic, focus here..."

He began to pace around the lobby.

"Well, I know Fox didn't put the card there, so he's out from the list," Sonic said. "But still, there's a lot of people in here... How many are there?"

38 without counting himself.

"And I took 1 out...so 37," Sonic said. "Then the fact Chris and his dog are not here, that makes it 35," he wondered. "And considering the fact that...ouch, thinking too much hurts...considering the fact that the helmet guy gave the card..."

There was a problem. Olimar could have dropped both his formal card and the warning card at the same time...

"...Dammit!" Sonic cursed. "Ugh, Peach could have dropped it too as well! Why didn't you open your eyes, dangit?! I'm having a lot of trouble here!" he yelled to Fox.

Of course, he wasn't going to get a response.

"...Don't panic now," Sonic muttered before he rubbed his chin, narrowed his eyes and shifted them around. "35 people, 5 days until that happens... What could I do?"

It was not long before Chip came from the hallway and spotted Sonic. The imp gasped a little and flew towards him.

"Hi, Mr..." Chip tilted his head. "...Hedgehog?"

"..." Sonic was lost in his train of thoughts before he noticed Chip. "...Oh, it's you."

"Sooooooooooo..." Chip blinked a few times before folding his arms behind. "What're you doing here without anybody?"

"Meh, what could you know..." Sonic said as he waved a hand bored. "I'm having a little bit of a problem here, but I doubt nobody could help me out in this."

"What problem?" Chip asked.

"It's something you shouldn't know because some assumptions I'm making here could..." Sonic rubbed his chin and eyed Chip. "Wait, you just arrived yesterday so you couldn't be him...34, then."

"Who again?" Chip asked.

Sonic sighed and decided to explain everything to Chip with all the details.

"So you have some kind of evil alter-ego inside your mind that will take control of your body in a deadline of 5 days from now, and you have been receiving notes from some mysterious guy who knows about your problem, and that alter-ego wants to maul me alive because I look intolerating to him," Chip resumed.

"...Wait, what?!" Sonic asked.

The hedgehog accidentally went too far with the explanations he told Chip, and even he went as far as to tell the imp that he was "scheduled" to die in 5 days.

"You just told me everything you knew," Chip said. "You even told me that guy inside your mind wants to kill me first before killing anyone else in here."

"W-wait, that wasn't supposed to be said to you!" Sonic said.

"...Meh, I'm fine with it."

A record scratched inside Sonic's mind.

"...What?" Sonic asked confused.

"I was chasing that Kirby guy around to let him give me his chocolate bar, but he then attacked me with this hammer and proclaimed, "I'm going to have you for stew if you don't stop chasing me, cartoon-looking guy!" before he ran off inside his room," Chip explained. "So I could get killed anytime."

"...Dude, that was just an expression. He didn't mean to kill you."

"I know," Chip said. "But who knows. You maybe just said that entity wants to kill me, but it could be an expression as the Kirby guy told me."

"Oh, please!" Sonic groaned. "The guy inside me wants to take your small insides out literally as well as everyone in here! That wasn't an expression, but an agreement!"

"Really now?" Chip asked. "Hmm, I'm in utter trouble, then."

The hedgehog sweatdropped before he shook his head. "A-anyway, you couldn't be that mysterious guy."

"Am I mysterious?"

"...Maybe," Sonic muttered. "T-that's not the point I want to get! The point here is I don't want to turn into a beast once the 30th of September comes around for Chris's world!"

"And let alone during that kid's birthday, right?"

"Chris..." Sonic corrected. "I need to get a move on with this and find out about the people here."

"Oh," Chip began before he took out from his back a notepad, a pen, and some small glasses. "Let's see, you said the people who couldn't be the guy were Chris, the dog guy, the fox guy, and myself."

Sonic blinked at the notepad. "What the..."

"Yes?" Chip looked up.

The hedgehog walked behind Chip and found 39 names written on the notepad. "Hey, how did you write all those names down?"

"Well," Chip said. "When I wanted to get in here, I got information about all the people in here by a postman I used to cross paths with in the air."

Chip surely meant Parakarry.

"And so I decided to do research for their names, and that guy told me about all of you," Chip said. "I was just going to toss these things out."

"No!" Sonic said suddenly. "I need this list to keep track on my assumptions!"

"You wanna get my help?"

"Er..." Sonic shifted his eyes. "...Do you really want to help me?"

"Well, it's not like I have nothing better to do, save for my memory and all that," Chip said as he tossed away the glasses. "And everyone here is kinda busy as well. If I help you, though, I could befriend some of you guys and get their help without any trouble."

"..." Sonic grinned a little bit. "If one of us ends up helping the other, both of us will get what they want, right?"

"Let's see...probably."

"Sweet!" Sonic said happily before he shook hands with Chip. "Welcome aboard, then!"

"Awesome!" Chip said before he accidentally tossed the list away to a paper shedder that latter got...shredded into tiles of paper.

Sonic just couldn't believe that the list's life ended so quickly before his eyes...

"...What was that shedder doing there in the middle of nowhere?!" Sonic asked as Chip looked embarrassed.

At that moment, Master Hand came from the hallway and floated to the small shedder. "Oh, so here it is," he said before he took the item. "Crazy always likes to put my office things around the mansion thinking I want to play with him...the nerve of him..." he muttered before he floated away to the hallway.

"..." Sonic looked at Chip with a shocked look.

"...I always have back up," Chip said before he took out another notepad.

Sonic sighed in relief. "Okay... Chip, it's time for us to do some research around here."

"I'm following you anywhere," Chip said with a smile. "May I do some questioning as well?"

"Well, just as long as it doesn't sound too obvious," Sonic warned him. "We have to make the guy say the truth and not make our questions that obvious, right?"

"Ooh, I know," Chip said. "Persuasive skills, right?"

"Right," Sonic said as he put his hands on his hips. "Let's start this, shall we?"

"Alright!"

"And by the way," Sonic interrupted. "My name is Sonic The Hedgehog. Don't call me mister again."

"Sure do, Sonic."

The new, but at the same time twisted pair, began to walk upstairs to begin their mission.

Find the note dude as Chip thought.

Pikachu's Room

The fact that Pikachu was the one who received the notes from before made it look suspicious. Why did he receive all the notes without even looking at his hands?

"You can't hide it from us," Chip said as a mutter. "You can't keep hiding for that long from the truth."

"...What again?" Pikachu asked bored.

"You've been secretly leaking out information to Sonic without looking at the guy at all," Chip questioned as he blew a pipe with bubbles.

"Look," Pikachu began annoyed. "Sonic, I DIDN'T look the guy who gave me those notes at all. I happened to be looking away all the time, remember?"

"But still!" Sonic began with a glare. "There were plenty of times you COULD have seen him or her giving you the notes! It sounds stupidly stupid and suspicious!"

Pikachu sighed. "Too bad for you because I'm telling you the truth."

"You're hiding something!" Chip protested as he tossed the pipe to the window and broke it in the process. "Don't make us any angrier than we are now, or else you're going to regret it!"

Apparently, Pikachu didn't like the random breaking of his window, prompting him to narrow his eyes at them. "You guys, out, now," he muttered.

"Listen you," Sonic began as he glared down at him. "Or you tell us the truth right now or I'll give you a good pun-"

Outside

A bright yellow flash of electricity flew out from Pikachu's room.

Main Lobby

"Pikachu..." muttered an electrocuted Chip on the floor. "...Out... 33 people remaining..."

Sonic (who had some sparks flying out from his head) looked annoyed as he was sitting down on the floor. "You just HAD to break his window, right?"

"W-well..." Chip raised a finger. "I was getting angry and I wanted to unleash my inner fury on something..."

"But you don't anger the target!" Sonic yelled. "It's like angering a dog in the corner of an alley!"

"Sorry..." Chip said before he floated up. "At least we know Pikachu didn't do it."

"Damn," Sonic muttered. "He was the closest person to know about the guy... Why is this happening to me?"

"Fear not, blue hedgehog!" Chip proclaimed. "We still have 33 more people to question here!"

"...Yeah," Sonic said with a nod. "We have to narrow them all and put them in categories."

"Oooooooh..." Chip nodded as he wrote on the notepad. "Like the group who likes you, the group who hates you, and the group who wants to ignore you as much as possible?"

"Hmm..." Sonic wondered. "Close, but still very useful. Do those 3 groups."

"Righto."

"Oh," Sonic waved his hands in front of him. "Before you start dotting down names, put another group called "Supernatural" besides the other 3."

"Supernatural?" Chip repeated.

"Yeah," Sonic said as he crossed his arms. "That elf gu-"

"Link," Chip corrected.

"Link was talking about him turning into a beast, and he could know about my situation," Sonic said. "Dot his name down on the 4th group for me."

"Right." Chip wrote Link's name underneath the group.

"Let's narrow all of them at once," Sonic ordered. "And if I'm correct... Dammit! I'm getting a headache for thinking too much! It's not like me to think that much at all because that's Tails's area of expertise! ...Anyway, ignoring my headache, let's narrow them all into the groups."

A while passed as both Sonic and Chip dotted down the names for every single Smasher that they haven't spoken to yet.

Eventually, both finished with the list of groups.

People Who Like Sonic
Mario
Kirby
Peach
C. Falcon
Samus
Chris


People Who Hate Sonic
Mewtwo
Meta Knight
Snake
Falco
Wolf
Nana


People Who Ignore Sonic
Luigi
Yoshi
Pichu
Jigglypuff
Red
Squirtle
Ivysaur
DK
Diddy Kong
Toon Link
Olimar
Ness
Lucas
Pit
Popo
Marth
Roy


Supernatural
Link
Zelda
Master Hand
Crazy Hand
Mewtwo(2)
Ness(2)
Lucas(2)
Ike


"And done," Chip said. "We have everyone here now."

"Sweet," Sonic said as he looked at the list. "Now, with who should we start with?"

"Maybe we should save the people who ignore you for last," Chip said. "You know, the people who hate could be playing with you around with those notes so you lose your time."

"Nah," Sonic shook his head. "They're not that bad to me; they just...hate me."

"Poor guy," Chip muttered. "Okay, with who first?"

"...The hands," Sonic muttered in a serious tone.

Master Hand's Office

"Yoshi, Yoshi, Yoshi!" Master Hand called over from the mike. "It's your turn to take on the Classic Mode. Please report to the Bridge of Eldin and face Toon Link, okay?"

The hand turned off the mike and stared at Sonic and Chip on the other side of his table.

"Okay, what do you want?" Master Hand asked. "I've been a little bit busy with the matches around here. Only Samus, Diddy, Jigglypuff, and Mario have cleared the mode and gained their stands."

"We're here to investigate a case," Chip said.

"Hmm? Is that so?" the hand asked. "Well, you 2 make a quite unusual pair, that's for sure..."

Sonic and Chip looked at each other.

"...But somehow it fits," Master Hand added. "Anyway, what case are you 2 investigating?"

"Let me ask you something," Sonic began as he looked bored with an amused smile. "Have you been...I don't know...doing some things without anyone seeing you?"

"Besides the fact I pay bills behind everyone's backs? No," Master Hand said.

"It's that so..." Chip muttered. "...Anything else to say?"

"What?"

"Haven't you been sending notes to a particular guy or girl here?"

"Not that I'm aware of," the hand said. "And if you're going to ask Crazy then you're going to waste your time. He kind of thinks other ridiculous things and not actual events. Practically speaking, he has the mind of a child under sugar effects."

At that moment, Crazy Hand appeared by breaking down the wall of the left, then he returned back to the hole.

"Makes me wonder how I ended up being his brother," Master Hand said with a shrug.

"...And..." Sonic thought of something. "Haven't you seen anyone going to my room?"

"The hidden cameras tell me everythin-"

At the mention of hidden cameras, the pair's eyes widened.

"Wait, hidden cameras?!" Sonic asked.

"Yes, we have hidden cameras on all the ceilings with some cloacking devices on them," Master Hand said. "...O-of course I don't keep those inside bathrooms for privacy and all that."

"Dude! I need to see the recordings!" Sonic quickly yelled.

"For what?" Master Hand asked. "You're not going to try and find out people's secrets now, are you?"

"No!" Sonic said. "...Maybe, I mean, no!"

"This is crucial!" Chip joined in. "Sonic's life depends on i-"

Sonic blocked Chip's mouth. "I-it depends in some important research I'm doing for...er...well...about...character backgrounds...for some article in a newspaper of my world..."

"..."

Sonic was already going to give up for the silence that just took place. The hand kept staring at them while Chip shifted his eyes around.

"...Okay," Master Hand said.

"Wha..." both characters said.

"Sure, it's okay," the hand said. "As long as it's not intimate, it's fine by me."

"B-but what fo-" Chip's mouth was blocked again.

"Thanks!" Sonic said with a nervous chuckle. "You're awesome, dude!"

"Um....right..." Master Hand felt uncomfortable by Sonic's behavior.

Security Room

At first, there was only darkness in the room since no one was in there. There were voices coming from the other side of the door that leaded to the hallway.

"So research for a newspaper," Master Hand was heard saying to Sonic and Chip. "It's so OOC of you to give your time to a newspaper if you ask me."

Sonic had to think of an excuse to do it.

"The editorial has a prize of 100 chili-dogs," Sonic lied. "And if I do a good job for my article, I'll win the prize."

"Oh, I see now," the hand said. "Just try to give us good propaganda while you do the work, okay?"

"Of course," Sonic said, forcing a smile.

"Okay, here we are," Master Hand said before he unlocked the door and let light inside the room.

"...What the hell?!" Sonic asked once he looked inside the room.

"What in the world?!" Master Hand added before he moved forward.

"Uh-oh..." Chip muttered.

The room they were in had a lot of screens showing almost every single room and hallway in the mansion. The room itself was big and long enough to have at least 100 TVs focusing on every part, even outside. A big command table with buttons and levers was situated just in front of the TVs.

Something very unusual happened to the multiple screens. Half of the screens that had cameras were either destroyed or taken out by some mysterious force. The hand went forward and looked around the place.

"T-this is...stupid!" Master Hand said in pure disbelief as he spotted a wrench inside a shattered TV. "No one can enter in here. The door has a complicated lock for anyone to get through it!"

"Excuse me...but you used a key," Chip called from behind.

"This is so weird..." Master Hand muttered before he frowned. "I don't think any of the Smashers did this without a reason...or even had means to enter here."

Sonic's eyes trembled before he fell down to his knees and frowned in shame. His ultimate resource to find the mysterious was completely taken out before he could even spy the room when he was in a coma.

"...Ugh," Master Hand grunted. "I'm sorry, you 2, but you will have to ask the guys and 5 girls without using cameras."

"...Okay..." Sonic muttered.

"Right now, I'm going to call the security agency," the hand said. "I still have guarantee with the security system. I need to do this quick or else they won't repair this for free."

The hand quickly floated to the hallway and disappeared, leaving the 2 inside the security room.

"...Huh?" Chip took a closer look to the destroyed control panel where he found a note on the top of a screwdiver that was forced through it. "Hey, Sonic! There's a note here!"

"What?" Sonic looked up and saw the note. The imp took the note and floated to Sonic to see what it had.

I can't let you 2 know about my true identity that easily. Why didn't you wait for me to give you my instructions?

Anyway...there's a way to exorcise that evil soul within you, but only I know the answer for it. If you want to find me, you'll have to earn the right to meet me in person.

That's right, I'm challeging you to find me. I want to see if you're desperate enough to get that evil soul out of you before full moon comes. Don't think I'm bad, I just want to see if you're smart enough to find me.

Signed, ...

Ha-ha-ha, I'm not a fool.

Chip let go of the note and looked at Sonic. "...That guy is challenging us to find him!"

"That bastard..." Sonic muttered. "He's gonna use me as some kind of toy to find him or her out like this was Hide-and-Seek?"

"Apparently..." Chip said unsure.

"...Well, so be it," Sonic said with a grin. "I wanted to have some fun with this, anyway. If that person wants fun, I'll give him or her the fun he or she wants so badly."

"Er, is this necessary?" Chip asked.

"Oh, it is, alright," Sonic said with a nod. "And this note is going to be a clue. The way this was written could be an accidental clue."

"...Oh, right!" Chip said. "That guy's handwriting could be a clue! Sonic, you're smart!"

"Heh, I know," Sonic said as he wiped his nose with a finger. "Okay, let's do this!"

After the hedgehog picked up the note, the cheesy duo left the room in a hurry to find the challenger and the cure for Sonic's evil being.

Unfortunately, it wasn't going to be easy as previously mentioned...

Sonic's Room

Night arrived...

And Sonic and Chip didn't look good.

After unsuccessfully trying to talk with Snake again, Sonic and Chip received some grenades on their faces before they blew up.

This reduced the count to 31.

Both tried to talk with Mewtwo, but Chip's presence annoyed the Psychic Pok?mon (maybe because Chip kept asking a lot of things) enough for him to toss both of them out from his room with a fast wave of his hand to the window.

This reduced the numbers to 30.

"Well..." Chip began as he laid down on the floor while Sonic laid down on his bed. "Things didn't go well today, huh..."

There was no response from the hedgehog.

"Maybe I shouldn't have asked about that Mew guy to that Mewtwo guy," Chip said. "He looked very angry after I kept asking him about his origins."

No response.

"Or the guy with that big crack on his rear," Chip wondered. "I just suggested him to get another suit that didn't compress his...you know what."

No response.

"...Sonic?" Chip rolled his head to look at the bed. "Hey, Sonic, are you sleeping?"

Something was wrong...

Tales of Symphonia: Dawn of the New World - Behind Us!

Once Chip saw Sonic sitting up, he focused on his hands that suddenly were ripped apart by sharp claws. The imp noticed that some fangs were sticking out from Sonic's mouth as well.

Chip began to tremble in horror as Sonic's shadow (himself) chuckled rather malovently as a smirk grew on him. It was a matter of seconds before Chip noticed that Sonic's eyes were closed. An eye opened, looking down at him with a glare and the smirk.

"If it isn't the mauve imp we all know and deeply hate..." Sonic said with a chuckle.

"W-what?" Chip asked before he stood up. "S-Sonic, what do you mean?"

"Wow, you haven't noticed yet, have you now?" Sonic asked as he kept glaring down at Chip. "I'll tell ya something, I'm not actually me if you know what I mean..."

"...U-um..." Chip backed away. "I-I don't understand..."

Sonic frowned and chuckled evilly. "Of course you don't, idiot," he muttered. "I'm not Sonic...but his dark self."

"...What?"

"His dark self? The same one who has his prey looking at me and gulping without stopping?" Sonic asked. "You know, Dark Super Sonic? The ultimate being of darkness and true propietor of the Chaos Emeralds? That's me."

"...N-no..." Chip shook his head as he leaned to the door. "Y-you don't mean..."

"Afraid yes, my prey," Sonic said before he turned to him and narrowed his 2 eyes (eye?) at him, smirk intact. "Anyway, I'm just here to feel my body again. Isn't it awesome to be me?"

"I-it depends..." Chip muttered with a gulp. "W-wait! W-what have you done to Sonic?"

"Oh, him?" DSS asked. "He's chained inside his mind, or should I say my mind? That's so ironic," he chuckled. "Right now, my strength grew even stronger and I was able to knock him out of cold. He's now fainted inside his mind without knowing what's happening here. Every day the moon comes closer, my control over him grows stronger."

"O-oh no..." Chip shivered. "H-he must be in a lot of pain right now..."

Inside DSS's mind, there was a fainted Sonic floating over darkness. The dark shackles that held him were still there, preventing him from escaping.

"So, what do you want to do tonight?" DSS asked.

"E-excuse me?" Chip asked uncomfortably as DSS's gaze focused directly to his eyes.

The fact that the light of the moon shone from behind DSS made him look far more terrifying than before for Chip. The evil being kept staring down at the imp as he kept chuckling.

"W-what is so funny?" Chip asked worried.

"Oh, it's nothing," DSS said as he lifted up his huge claws. "I was just wondering what I could do with my claws on you for tonight."

"W-what again?" Chip asked. "I-I thought you said you wanted to feel Sonic's body!"

"I like to lie a looooooooooooot of times, weakling," DSS said with a chuckle. "Too bad you're inside this room with me, and it's awesome for me to have you in here. Are you up to some screams and some scars?"

"H-h-heheheheheh..." Chip chuckled nervously as he tried to lean back to the door. "I-I-I'm sorry, but I don't like to get hurt that much during nights..."

"Oh, please, I'm being a gentleman here," DSS said before he put his feet down.

Chip noticed that Sonic's feet changed into darker, bigger shoes. Underneath the shoes, there were a set of sharp spikes that could easily rip the floor apart if they were to use force on it.

"It's the formal way to do things here..." DSS narrowed his eyes at Chip. "...In MY way, of course."

"..." Chip gulped as the dark being began to slowly walk towards him.

"C'mon, it'll be fun," DSS said with some chuckles. His shadow that was made from the light of the moon seemed to grow bigger in size as he came closer to the imp. "Don't you wanna be my toy for just tonight?"

"N-no!" Chip yelled as he quickly floated up to the doorknob. "I-I'm not going to die here! I-I thought what Sonic told me about you was just an expression! You know, the part about ripping me apart?"

"I don't know the word expression," DSS stated with a silent laugh.

"...THERE'S THE GUY!" Chip yelled as he pointed behind DSS, wanting to make him believe he found the mysterious guy.

"You fool..." DSS glared menacingly at Chip. "Try another lie and I'm going to do this slowly but very painfully..."

The imp quickly twisted the doorknob, opened the door, and prepared to fly off from the room. Unfortunately, a hand quickly reached behind him and pulled him all the way back to DSS, who held him inside a tight right fist close to his furred arm. "A-AAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Chip yelled.

"Hmm, funny..." DSS muttered as he looked at his right arm. "My arm stretched that far to get you? But I was like 7 feet away from you... Heheheh..." DSS smirked evilly. "What do you know, this transformation is gonna be absolutely awesome when it gets completed. I'm feeling a huge source of power from this incompleted form."

"T-that's good and all that..." Chip said between gasps for breath as he tried to free himself from the claw. "C-can you set me free?"

DSS smirked. "Why would I do that?" He pulled Chip closer to his glaring face. "Don't you want to have fun, little buddy?"

"I-I'm not your buddy!" Chip yelled. "I-I'm the true Sonic's real buddy!"

"Sorry, can't let you talk to him right now," DSS joked. "The line is currently unavailable." He grabbed the imp with both claws and lifted him up. "Please, try to contact him later...in hell."

"...YIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Chip yelled at the top of his lungs while the dark being smirked evilly and prepared to slam him down on the floor...

But someone suddenly appeared from the door.

"Um, what's happening here?"

Music stops

DSS blinked confused before he looked at the door and lowered Chip. "Oh, what's up?" DSS asked with Sonic's usual tone.

Red looked a little bit shocked at Sonic's appearance. "H-hmm, what are you...wearing? Is that some kind of costume you have on?"

"...(HA! You heard him? He thinks I'm using a disguise! How guilleble!)"

"Sonic?" Red looked worried. "Why are you holding...him like that?"

"Oh, we're just playing," DSS said with a smile. "Chip here wanted to get his spirits up so I'm helping here."

Red looked at Chip who managed to turn his head around and shake his head in panic. One of DSS's big fingers blocked his mouth and prevented him from yelling.

"...I'm sorry to tell you this, but..." Red pointed at Chip. "He looks like he's going to pass out."

"What now?" DSS asked before looking at Chip. "Oh, my bad! Sorry, Chip!" he faked an apology as he set the imp free. "I don't know my own strength, sorry, Chip. Can you forgive me?"

"Hell no!" Chip yelled angrily as he flew behind Red. "D-don't listen to him!"

"W-what?" Red asked as he looked over his shoulder.

DSS took the opportunity to send a quick glare to Chip.

"S-Sonic, he's not himself!" Chip yelled. "The person you're looking at now is another person!"

"What?" Red asked confused.

"Oh, don't listen to him," DSS said smiling. "He's just overreacting."

"Y-yeah, right!" Chip yelled from behind Red. "You there! Run away! We have to alert everyone from this monster!"

"W-what? Wait, what's happening here?" Red asked confused.

"..." DSS sighed and frowned. "I guess you're not going to let it go, right?"

"What?" Red kept asking as he looked at Sonic. "Sonic, what's happening?"

DSS looked down and glared up at Red. "You know too much..." he muttered darkly. "You must shut up your mouth from divulging the word..."

Red began to sweat as he shifted his eyes around. The dark being began to walk towards Red, making him walk out to the hallway. "W-wait, what are you doing?" Red asked.

"I'm gonna shut you up before you do something I don't want you to do," DSS muttered with a smirk. "Be glad to be my first victim..."

"..." Red's eyes widened in horror. The glare that DSS was giving him didn't make him feel safe at all. The trainer reached the wall and leaned to it with a terrified Chip as they kept looking at the maniac being walking to them. "S-stop right there!"

"Oh, and now I'm going to listen to you?" DSS asked. "Too bad..."

Red quickly turned around and started to run away. However, a fast claw grabbed him by the throat to make him stop. "Fool..." DSS said. "You're going to regret this!!!"

"S-stop!" Chip yelled before he was grabbed by the other claw and was pulled back to DSS just below his arms.

DSS chuckled evilly as he put more pressure on Red's throat and made him faint. The dark being chuckled and showed his fangs at a terrified Chip. DSS even looked amused as he raised his eyebrows with half-closed eyes. "Interesting, don't you think so?" he asked to Chip. "Things are getting so interesting now..."

"W-what are you going to do with him?" Chip asked as he looked at Red.

"Oh, this pest over here won't see the light of the day anymore...for now," DSS said with a chuckle and he looked down at the trainer. "And as for you..."

Chip didn't like this at all...

Day 3

Main Lobby

Chip felt he was shackled to the situation...

There was him and Sonic sitting down on the sofa. The imp gulped after he looked at Sonic.

"What?" Sonic asked.

"I-it's nothing..." Chip said ashamed.

"Is something wrong?" Sonic asked.

"N-no..." Chip said. "I...had a bad dream...just that..."

"Oh...I see..." Sonic said. "Well, we have to continue with our investigation about the guy."

Chip, however, wasn't paying attention to Sonic...

The imp still remembered the words DSS spoke to him during the night.

"If you ever, EVER tell someone about me, I'm going to secretly kill you behind everyone's backs and make an excuse that you decided to leave quickly. Also, don't tell anyone about this kid's whereabouts. I'm sure nobody will look for him in the basement of this place. I'm glad that guy took out all the cameras because nobody will know about this either!"

Chip didn't have another option but to obey...

"But I'm going to let you go. However, I want you to stay quiet and keep looking for that guy. Since my powers have increased, I can take on this bastard's body more often now. I can see everything you 2 do as well. Stay quiet if you value your life, got that?"

Chip looked down in shame.

"I'm doomed anyway..." Chip muttered sadly.

"What was that?" Sonic asked.

"E-er, I don't think Red is the guy, Sonic..." Chip said. "There's no way he could have done it."

"...Maybe..." Sonic wondered. "...Alright, erase his name from the list."

Chip nodded and slowly removed Red's name from the notepad with the eraser. The imp couldn't believe he wasn't telling Sonic what had happened last night.

"Let's see," Sonic wondered. "We still have 30 people."

It was not long before Peach came down from stairs with a cheerful look. The 2 of them turned to her as she hummed happily.

"The birthday party is coming," Peach said excited. "And preparations are going smoothly so far. Are you having any trouble cooking, Zelda?" she called the elf princess in the kitchen.

"You do know I haven't done any cooking lately, right?" Zelda was heard saying.

"Oh, don't worry," Peach said with a chuckle. "Your cooking mustn't be that bad as Fox's cooking."

"Well, I still remember how to cook," Zelda said. "You don't have to worry that much about me."

"Sweet!" Peach said. "Now I need some people to go to the basement and pick up some tables!"

At the mention of the basement, Chip looked shocked and instantly flew to Peach. "H-hey, why don't you look around for tables in the attic? (Not that I know there are any up there...)"

"Hmm..." Peach wondered. "Well, I was thinking that the tables in the attic were bigger, and there are seats there as well."

"T-then you should get the best for the party, right?"

"I know," Peach said. "I want to make this party as exciting and fun as possible...and for Chris no less... It's decided," Peach said with a nod. "I'm going to have some people help me with the tables up there. I should bring some tables from the basement, though."

"N-no!" Chip said as he shook his head. "I-I'm pretty sure there are enough tables up there."

"Is that so? Well, let's take the tables we need to get here," Peach said. "Now, I'm going to call in some people."

The princess walked away to the hallway. Chip sighed in relief after he managed to convince Peach from not looking at the basement. "(If she found out, there would be a lot of panic in here...and I would die...)"

The imp flew all the way back to Sonic and sat down besides him.

"Peach is out of the question here," Sonic said. "Erase her."

"Sure..." Chip said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 29, 2009, 08:51:03 PM
"Man, this is gonna get harder now..." Sonic said. "I know we're doing progress here, but we need to accelerate things here."

Chip thought about his encounter with DSS... If his predictions were right, he could meet him 3 more times before the day arrives. He surely didn't want to see that demonic glare and that devilish smirk at him again.

There was nothing he could do to prevent those events from happening...

At that moment, Squirtle and Ivysaur appeared from the stairs and spotted the 2 on the sofa. Both creatures had worried looks, but Chip hardly knew them at all.

"Hey..." Squirtle began. "Have you guys seen Red?"

Chip's eyes widened.

"He hasn't showed up since he went to the bathroom yesterday during the night," Ivysaur said. "It's not like him to simply disappear that fast."

"Really?" Sonic asked as he crossed his arms. "I haven't seen him around, either."

Squirtle and Ivysaur looked worried at each other before looking back at them. "Well...we're looking for him around here. Can you let us know if you see him?" Squirtle asked.

"I feel so uneasy about this for some reason," Ivysaur said. "It's impossible of him to get in trouble inside this place."

"(You don't know the trouble I'm going through...)" Chip thought worried.

"Don't worry," Sonic said with a nod. "I'll let you 2 know if I see him."

"Oh, thank you," Ivysaur said. "We're going to keep looking for him in the meantime."

Chip and Sonic watched as both Pok?mon went into the hallway and walked away.

"Weird," Sonic commented. "Wonder what happened to him..."

Chip closed his eyes and frowned in shame.

"Erase those 2 as well," Sonic ordered. "They're both busy trying to find him and I guess they wouldn't bother to help me."

"Right away..." Chip said depressed.

"Sonic, Sonic, Sonic! Please report to Green Hill Zone to fight Marth! I repeat, report to Green Hill Zone to fight Marth!" Master Hand called over the speakers.

"Oh, is it my turn to fight?" Sonic asked. "Okay, I'm going to go fight that guy now."

The hedgehog left the imp alone as he made his way to the 6th floor through the stairs. Chip still looked worried at this and decided to think of a plan.

"What can I do to stop him?" Chip asked to himself. "There's not much time left..."

Command Room

Master Hand was pacing around the room before Chris came from the hallway with Lucario following. "You called me here, right?" Chris asked.

"Oh, it's you 2," Master Hand said. "Welcome back. How are things over your world?"

"Very good," Chris said. "School is as normal as ever, but everything else is just fine."

"Good for you," the hand said. "Anyway, I called you here because I want you to buy the last job."

"The last job?" Chris asked. "You mean...the Beastmaster job?"

"Yes. It's the only job you need to get before you obtain all the compatible jobs for everyone in here. I wanted you to do it today because I felt it was necessary."

"Just that?" Lucario asked.

"I wanted to see how you 2 were doing," Master Hand said. "See? I worry about my fellow characters here. Am I a good guy or what?"

"Okay, I guess it's good of you to think about us..." Chris said before he walked to the counter. "I want to buy the Beastmaster job, please."

Smash Coins in hand: 2601

"Okay, here you go, cosplayer," Crazy Hand said.

"S-stop calling me that!" Chris said annoyed before he gave 1000 Smash Coins to the insane hand.

The moment he gave the coins, Chris instantly glowed and got a new set of clothes. He now wore a green cap over his head, some worn out brown vest over a green shirt that overpassed his lap, and dark blue pants with typical brown boots for his feet. He also had a long whip hanging from his leather belt.

"Hmm..." Chris looked at himself. "...Okay, I got this now."

"Good!" Master Hand said. "You finally managed to get all the jobs compatible with each Smasher. Congratulations."

Chris took a look of his whip which he grabbed. "A whip..." he muttered.

"Since you're a newbie for the job," Crazy Hand began. "You can only control bugs, wolves, and goblins if you smack one of them with your whip. Take in mind it's going to take a while before one of those monsters fall under your control, though. As a side note, the job itself doesn't work too well against any opponents because the whip causes more damage to monsters, but half the damage to other enemies that aren't monsters."

"But..." Chris looked unsure. "I wonder if there are any kind of enemies like those 3 species you mentioned just now."

"Probably," Master Hand said. "There's a whole set of worlds that could have those species in there."

"And for now," Lucario began. "You have all the jobs under your command."

"...I guess," Chris said with a small smile before he hung his whip on his belt. "So, has anyone gotten their stands yet?"

"Oh, sure," Master Hand said. "Plenty of them have gotten their stands as of now. I'm going to have to fight Marth shortly after he defeats Sonic while he's metal. Besides him, only Samus, Diddy, Jigglypuff, Mario, Meta Knight, and Ness have obtained theirs."

"Did they mess up like me?"

"Nope, they fought normally," he explained. "They occassionally lose some lives, but they manage to defeat me or Crazy Hand."

"...Each day, I wonder if I'm the one here who doesn't get to fight harder foes..." Chris muttered ashamed.

"Oh, don't get like that," Master Hand said. "...Oh, look at the time, I need to report myself in Final Destination. Let's see, Marth finished early. Crazy, let's go."

"Sweet-o!" Crazy Hand said before he went away.

"Anyhow, you 2 should go back to your world. Tabuu hasn't made an attack to any world yet. Get back here once you turn 17, okay?"

"Okay..." Chris said before the hand snapped his fingers and disappeared.

"Oh, by the way, Lucario," Chris began. "Are you going to do something for my birthday?"

Lucario looked shocked. "W-well, I might...I mean, I'm going to."

"Really? I wonder what you can get me..." Chris said unsure. "You have ways to get anything here unlike the real world."

"J-just wait, please..." Lucario said. "I'm going to give you something when your birthday comes."

"Seriously? I'll be so happy if you did that for me," Chris said happily. "We haven't had this kind of moment for a long while I'd wish we could have one."

The Aura Pok?mon nodded. "I'll try to find you a good present."

"Thank you," Chris said. "Now, let's go back to our world. The less time I'm here, the less chances Master Hand will put me in a match."

Main Lobby

Sonic came back from upstairs and walked to Chip. "Note to self: metal makes you fall faster to the abyss in that loop..." he muttered annoyed.

Chip looked at him. "Well, shall we continue looking for that guy?"

"Sure thing. We have to continue again."

"Now, why don't we concentrate someone related to your problem?"

"Let's see..." Sonic wondered. "The fact that Link talked about that yesterday could hint something... Now, if we think about full moon, we could easily relate that to werewolves...meaning..."

"...You're going to turn into a werewolf..." Chip realized.

"What?"

"Don't you see, Sonic?" Chip asked before he floated up. "The fact that evil entity is waiting for full moon, and the fact you get claws and fangs make it so obvious! You're going to turn into some kind of werewolf!"

"Hmm... Crap, you're right," Sonic said as he rubbed his chin. "But that's very clich?..."

"Sorry, but that seems to be the closest thing to your transformation (something I don't really wanna see again...)"

"Okay, but maybe "werewolf" doesn't fit well with me..." Sonic trailed off thinking. "I mean that only happens to humans...but in my case..."

"Oh, oh, I know! Werehog!"

"Were...hog?"

"Yeah! You take the last syllable in hedgehog and replace wolf for hog, then you get werehog!"

"...Okay, determined name is determined," Sonic said in a serious tone. "Let's focus back to the people here... Werewolves...wolves...wolf..." Sonic looked shocked. "...Uh-oh..."

"What?"

"I'm afraid the closest person related this would be ironically..."

Wolf's Room

Both Chip and Sonic found the lupine doing pushups on the floor while both sat down on his bed. By the look of his face, he seemed to be sweating a lot.

"What do...you 2...want with me?" Wolf asked between pushups.

"Well..." Sonic looked away annoyed. "We wanted to ask you if you have been doing things without anyone noticing..."

"Is that so..." Wolf muttered. "...No."

"Really?" Chip asked. "Nothing weird of the sort that you don't want anyone to know?"

"Why are you 2 questioning me all of a sudden?" Wolf asked as he stopped and stood up, taking a towel from the bed to wipe out the sweat from his forehead. "I know I'm a thug and a thief, but I haven't been doing that area in a long time after Tabuu took me with him, then I ended up here."

Sonic looked back at him. "Do you know full moon is coming in 4 days?"

"What about it?" Wolf asked with a glare.

"Aren't you a werewolf?" chip asked.

"..." Wolf narrowed his eyes at them. "No. I'm about 80 percent wolf and 20 percent human. I know all about anthros and the like but I'm not a werewolf monster, that's for sure."

"Oooookayyyy..." Chip nodded uncomfortably. "...Any kinds of plans for that day?"

"No."

"Nothing like world domination?"

"What? No."

"Nothing like giving a certain person you know hints to exorcise a soul out?"

"No."

"NOTHING LIKE THAT?! ARE YOU SERIOUS?!" Chip asked in shock before Sonic grabbed him with his arms to calm him down.

"No," Wolf kept responding. "Are you into supernatural stuff or something cheesy like that?"

"N-no," Sonic said. "I was just wondering if you had something important to do during full moon... Don't you get perturbed by it? Like getting a boost of power?"

"No." Wolf frowned.

"CAN YOU SAY SOMETHING ELSE THAN NO?!" Sonic asked angrily.

"I can't say," Wolf stated before he grinned at them. "But I can do..."

"What's that supposed to mean?" Chip asked.

Hallway

For some reason, Sonic's and Chip's faces were stuck on the wall. Both of them pushed their faces away from the wall (noticing the cracks they left) and fell down to the floor.

"Never get into his room without knocking the door again..." Chip suggested.

"Well, if he didn't leave it wide open we wouldn't have entered," Sonic muttered annoyed. "He looked and sounded so mad after we questioned him."

"I thought he was born mad."

"VERY probably..." Sonic trailed off. "...Anyway, erase his name, or else we're going to have a claw passing through ourselves."

"(I have one in the future, sadly...)" Chip thought worried before erasing Wolf's name.

Sonic stood up and cleaned the dust from his face. "Let's get down with the next dude."

"Who?"

Link's Room

"Well, yeah," Link said. "I used to be a wolf."

"No way!" Chip said interested.

"Afraid so," Link said. "I didn't like to be one, though. I had to use trees when I felt weird and...y-you don't want to know... Midna didn't like that part of me that much as I did..."

"Eww..."

"Exactly..." Link said as he looked at them. "Anyway, what do you want?"

"We wanted to know if you know something about exorcisism."

"...What again?" Link asked confused.

"Exorcisism?" Sonic asked as he crossed his arms. "You know, the practice to take out evil ghosts and souls out from cursed people?"

"I-I'm afraid I don't know something of the sort," Link said. "I'm not into that stuff at all."

"Crap, he doesn't belong in that group..." Sonic muttered.

"What?"

"N-nothing," Sonic said worried. "Have you been doing some things in secret?"

"No," Link responded.

"...Seriously?"

"No."

"Oh, please! Everyone hides stuff from anybody! You're no exception!"

"Sorry, but I don't hide anything."

"Not even a little bit?" Chip asked.

"Nope."

"Are you sure?"

"No."

"Oh my god..." Sonic groaned. "This isn't taking us anywhere!"

"Link! Elf guy, is time for you to face Olimar! Report your a(beep) in the Bridge of Eldin!" Crazy Hand called over the speakers.

"Olimar? Wow, that's a change..." Link muttered. "Sorry, but I have to go now."

The Hylian walked away from his room as the 2 looked at each other.

"What the hell?" Sonic asked. "He was SURELY the one behind it all!"

"I know!" Chip said. "But he didn't even have to think about responding!"

"Dammit!" Sonic punched the bed. "1 step forward, 299 steps backward!"

"Isn't i-"

"NO," Sonic "corrected" him.

"Hmmmmmmmm..." Chip got in a thinking position. "What now?"

It was not long before Meta Knight appeared from the door and walked to them. He was holding a book on his right hand. "You 2," he began.

"Yeah?" Sonic asked.

"You've been doing something, haven't you?"

Sonic and Chip gasped at this sudden question. "N-no, what makes you say that?"

"As I've expected," Meta Knight said. "Your facial expressions tell more than you, even the truth."

"W-what? That isn't true!" Chip protested.

"Sorry, but that's a very basic rule of psychology."

"What? Psychology?" Sonic asked.

"Yes," Meta Knight said before he showed them the book titled "Basic Psychology VOL.1"

"For what is that?" Chip asked.

"This tells you a lot about how to identify someone who's lying to you by their facial expressions or the motion of you legs and hand. According to this, lying is most often revealed by movements of the feet and legs. Other areas where lying is revealed include eyes and hands."

"Hmm..." Sonic became interested in this lesson. "...Continue."

"Fine," Meta Knight said before putting the book down. "If the non-verbal message conflicts with the verbal message, the non-verbal one is usually right."

"Meaning..."

"Your faces became alarmed when I asked you if you were doing something between each other. It's clearly said you are doing something in hands."

Both gulped.

"...But I'm not interested in your affairs," Meta Knight said. "Moving on, when nervous, people often touch their faces."

"Uh-huh..." Sonic nodded.

"When smiling, there are certain muscles on your face that don't let you smile a true smile. It's like forcing a smile that you didn't want to make. It's like you 2 did just a moment ago as well."

Chip took the book and skipped through it. "It says here automobile drivers can be divided into 3 classes: those who sing in their cars or those who talk to themselves. If they do neither, studies reveal they pick their noses."

"That's irrelevant to what I'm saying," Meta Knight said. "I hope that helped you to be smarter than you are now."

"Sooo..." Chip narrowed his eyes at the knight, who didn't even back away. "Have you been doing something in secret from everyone else in here?"

The imp quickly examined any trails of motion...but there were none of them.

"No," Meta Knight said.

"Oh, come on," Sonic said. "You're very mysterious yourself. You should have something in hands."

"No."

"For crying out loud! You must be hiding something!"

Hallway

And once again, both of them had their faces stuck on the wall.

"And," Meta Knight began as he looked up to them. "If the person you're questioning doesn't exhibit any unnecessary motion, you don't keep questioning the person if there isn't any sign or nervousness," he stated before he walked away. "If you keep doing that, you're going to anger that person that way. I hope that made things clear for you."

Both of them pushed their faces off from the wall and fell down to the floor.

"Take him out from the list as well..." Sonic said.

"Right away," Chip said as he erased the knight's name. "21 left."

"Anyway," Sonic began as he stood up. "Meta Knight gave us a very important lesson about what we're doing."

"Don't piss people off?" Chip asked.

"THAT, and the psychology thingy," Sonic said. "...Ouch, thinking hurts still..."

Chip sighed. "Let's continue... Alright, should we think about the closest person?"

"Hmm... I know," Sonic said with a grin. "Let's question the shady people in here. You know, those who look mysterious and the same time evil-looking. I bet those people are the closest ones."

"And those are..."

Pit's Room

"Are you an angel of peace or angel of death?" Sonic asked with an amused look.

"What again?" Pit asked as he sat down on his bed. "I'm...surely an angel of peace if that's what you're trying to say..."

"...Doing secret things lately?" Chip asked suddenly.

"No..." Pit said.

Olimar's Room

"I-I'm sorry..." Olimar said as he polished his newly obtained Trophy Stand. "B-but I don't know what you're talking about..."

"He's playing with his fingers and showing traces of nervousness!" Chip yelled. "Get him!"

"W-what?" Olimar asked before he barely dodged Sonic who wanted to lung at him, but ended up crashing to the wall. "U-uah!!!" Olimar screamed before he ran off.

"...You know..." Sonic began as he raised a finger. "He's always nervous all the time...and he gets like that whenever he stares at my face..."

"Aww!" Chip groaned. "That was useless, then?"

"Apparently so..."

Yoshi's Room

"You're far focused in your things, huh?" asked Sonic as he leaned to the door. "C'mon, you can't hide it from us."

Yoshi just blinked at him, confused of what Sonic tried to say.

"...You can't stop staring at us," Chip said.

"...Sorry," Yoshi said with a frown. "I don't know what you're talking about."

"..." Sonic and Chip looked at each with bored looks.

Silence...

"...Can you leave now?" Yoshi asked.

Diddy's Room

"You're saying you're always with DK all the time?" Sonic asked.

"Yep," Diddy said. "Right now, he just went to the bathroom."

"A-ha!" Chip said suddenly. "DK's the culprit!"

"Wait, culprit?" Diddy asked. "Don't tell me you know..."

Sonic's eyes widened. "What?!"

"Don't tell me you know he steals bananas with me in the kitchen when everyone's sleeping," Diddy said worried. "W-we can't control ourselves against that fruit..."

"..." Sonic sighed in disappointment. "Nah, that isn't the thing I was trying to hear from you."

Diddy sighed in relief. "Phew..."

"Owned," Chip said bored before he erased both of DK and Diddy's names.

Lucas's Room

The PK kid made his way to his room after he obtained his Trophy Stand. Lucas looked around for a bit before he grabbed the doorknob and pushed the door to enter inside...

"Yiah!" Lucas yelled once he spotted Sonic and Chip just behind the door.

"Hey there," Chip said. "Can you answer some questions we have for yo-"

"AAAAAAAH!!!" Lucas, apparently, panicked after seeing them before he somehow moved his hands to the front, grabbed them with his psychic abilities, and tossed them back to the wall in the hallway.

Thus, both ended up on the wall again...

"I-I'm sorry!" Lucas said as he walked to them. "Y-you just scared me a-and I had to defend myself!"

"No worries..." Sonic spoke bored. "Have you been doing some things in secret from everyone in here?"

"N-not that I'm aware of..." Lucas said.

"He's getting nervous! Get him!" Chip yelled before Sonic punched him down with his right fist.

Lucas backed away before he ran inside his room and slammed the door.

Samus's Room

"Any kind of secrets you have been hiding under that armor of yours?" Chip asked as he raised his eyebrows and got closer to her.

However, this didn't sound that good for Samus as she slowly raised her arm cannon...

"...WAIT!" Sonic yelled before Samus used her Grapple Beam to grab them both and slam them to the wall of the hallway. With a grunt, she frowned and closed the door before Sonic and Chip could fall down the wall.

"I'm not into guys who want to know that about me..." Samus was heard saying.

"Next time..." Sonic said through gritted teeth. "Let ME do the talking here."

"Yes, sir..." Chip muttered on the floor.

Marth's Room

Surprise, Marth was talking with Roy and Ike in his room. The hedgehog smiled in triumph, thinking he could find the guy faster as he entered the room with Chip. "Hey, guys," Sonic began. "Have you been doing some things in secret?"

"Like helping someone out by toying with him?" Chip asked.

Sonic glared at Chip for a moment.

"No," Marth, Roy, and Ike said at the same time.

Sonic blinked. "Are you sure none of you have been doing some fishy things?"

"Like what exactly?" Roy asked.

"Like sending notes?" Chip asked.

"No," all of them said.

"...Really sure?" Sonic eyed them for signs of any motion of their hands or legs.

Bad thing was that he got way too close to Ike.

"H-hey, what are you doing?" Ike asked as he backed away.

"...Oh god!" Sonic gasped. "W-wait, don't think I was trying to do something to you, no way!"

"Shall I erase their names from the list?" Chip asked as he held the notepad.

"What list?" Marth asked.

Chip sweated a little bit. "The list...for...the best...Smasher?"

"..." The 3 swordmen looked at each other.

Sonic shot a glare to Chip as he seemed to blush a little in embarrassment.

"...Well, it's surely me," Roy said.

"Bluffing much?" Marth asked. "It takes skill and not strength to prove you're better than anyone here."

"What, are you kidding me?" Ike asked. "I surely have a lot of skill and strength."

"Pfft, my Sword of Seals is way better than your heavy Ragnell," Roy said.

"Falchion is balanced in both areas of expertise," Marth explained. "It's blade is sharp, and it's easy to carry around."

"Oh, really?" Ike and Roy asked.

"Ike, Ragnell has a big power behind it, but it's heavy. Roy, your sword has a lot of skill but you lack offensive."

Both of the fire users looked bored at him.

"So does that make you superior to us or what?" Roy asked.

"Maybe..." Marth muttered before he received glares. "I-I mean, no."

"Oh, if you think you're better than us," Ike began. "Let's have a match."

"Right," Roy said. "That way we could show him."

"Weren't you 2 against each other?" Marth asked.

"Depends..." Roy said.

The 3 swordsmen ignored the hedgehog and the imp before they walked away.

"...What did you just do to make them go away?" Sonic asked.

"I dunno," Chip said. "I just made up an excuse so they wouldn't look us odd."

"I see..." Sonic said with some nods. "Erase all of their names. Tell me how many are left from the list."

"Let's see again..." Chip said as he erased names. "We have 12 people left. One of them should be the one behind it all and... Look!" Chip yelled as he pointed forward. "T-there's another note over there!"

"What?" Sonic asked before he found a note laying down close to the door. "B-but..." The hedgehog tried to wonder the note's whereabouts, but both decided to read it...

4 days and many lives will be lost. Hurry up and find me already.

Sonic glared down at the note. "What the hell? He's demanding us to find him?"

"I-it's surely because he hates you to the bone!" Chip said. "...Maybe."

"Ugh, this is so frustrating..." Sonic muttered. "Why didn't we see him or her when the note appeared?"

"M-maybe that guy is close now!" Chip said.

"Crap!" Sonic cursed before he quickly ran away to examine the whole floor. Chip waited a moment for the hedgehog before Sonic came back depressed. "I-I didn't find anyone..."

"Oh no..." Chip muttered. "Maybe that note was put there before you even came here... Who knows, he or she could have powers to see the future."

"Nah, I don't think anyone here can predict the future at all..." Sonic said with a frown.

Chip looked worried before he looked outside...

Shockers, the sunset was coming.

Tales of Symphonia: Dawn of the New World - Behind Us!

"(O-oh no...)" Chip thought worried. "(I-it'll be a matter of time before that other guy appears!)"

"Anyway, let's move on..." Sonic said. "We have to clear the names before night hits the mansio-"

"E-er, Sonic, can I sleep with someone else than you?"

"What? Why are you asking that now?"

"B-because I wanna be a friend to everyone here," Chip said. "Y-you know?"

"Well...I'm not your dad or something..." Sonic said. "Fine, you can go. I'm not going to get mad at you."

"(B-but that other guy will!)" Chip yelped in his mind. "L-look! Sunset is coming! I-I better go and ask someone to sleep! C-ciao!" Chip said utterly in a panic before he quickly flew away from the room, leaving a confused Sonic staring at his last spot where he was.

"Wow, I didn't know he could fly that fast," Sonic said. "Maybe I should...um...u-ugh...h-hey...w-what's happening..."

The hedgehog closed his eyes, fell to his knees and began to grunt silently. It was a small matter of time before he stood up, but with an evil-looking smirk before he opened his glaring eyes.

"So, imp wants to play more, huh?" Sonic asked with a chuckle. "No matter with who you will sleep with, I'm gonna get you..."

Ice Climbers' Room

Night came very soon after the appearance of DSS in Marth's room, and a scared Chip peered out from the bed sheet besides Nana.

"So tell me," Nana began bored. "Why do you want to sleep with us?"

"U-um, I wanted to know you 2 better..." Chip said with a gulp. "T-that way I can get more friends..."

"...Oh, I see," Nana said. "You're scared of something, right?"

"..." Chip looked to Popo. "...I...I...am...scared..."

"Scared of what?" Popo asked. "The dark? Are you afraid of it?"

"...P-promise me you're not going to act weird around him if I tell you?" Chip asked.

"Him?" Popo and Nana repeated.

"...It's..."

Chip didn't have any choice left. The imp began to explain everything to both of the Ice Climbers. Half of the things he explained were completely unbelievable for both of them, but Chip argued and argued with them until they understood.

"...No way," Popo said before he sat up. "Sonic's possessed by an evil spirit?"

"I-it seems that way..." Chip said. "A-and he has the kid as an hostage in the basement..."

"Red, you mean?" Nana asked. "Oh my god, this is..."

"I-I know," Chip said. "I-it's going to be a matter of time before he takes out everyone here. H-he also wants to kill Chris the day of his birthday!"

"Okay, now that's messed up," Nana said in a serious tone. "We already have Chris's gifts in there. See?"

Popo pointed at 2 gifts on a corner of their room. Both presents were carefully wrapped up in blue and pink wrappers with red ribbons on the top.

"We spent all this day making those small statues with our hammers, and we won't accept the birthday guy dead," Popo said.

"L-let's see..." Chip began as he took out his notepad. "Y-you 2 said you were not that mysterious guy..."

"Oh, right," Nana said. "You've been looking for that guy with those random notes, right?"

"T-too bad I don't have a clue about him or her at all..." Chip said depressed.

"You won't need that guy," Popo said as he jumped off from bed. "We're going to tell this to Master Hand and stop that dark entity before he causes chaos here."

"W-wait!" Chip interrupted. "W-what if we happen to find him in the hallway? H-he could be waiting for me to come out!"

Nana jumped out from bed. "Well, if that's the case..." She picked up her hammer. "We're going to have to defend ourselves and put an end to him once and for all."

"Y-you know that if you say once and for all it won't necessarily end everything, right?" Chip asked.

"Oh, watch us," Popo said. "We can work together better now than we did before."

Nana couldn't help but smile. "Right. We're going to Master Hand to tell him. You'll have to come with us if you don't want to be left behind."

Chip looked down worried. "...Okay," he said before he flew out from the bed. "I-I'm ready for anything...or him."

"Good," Popo said before he picked his hammer. "Let's go."

The trio nodded to each other and walked to the door where Popo opened it slowly and silently. "Okay, the office should be a floor above. This isn't going to be dangerous at all," Nana whispered.

"Let's move..." Popo whispered to the 2.

They focused their views at the hallway before making serious looks...

...But then, Chip's nightmare came true as Sonic appeared from the right with crossed arms, closed eyes, and a grin.

"W-what the..." Nana muttered in surprise once she saw him...

Sonic's body had everything from the previous night, but for this night, he now began to grow fur all over his head. The trio's eyes widened, but they tried their best to remain in their spots.

"Oh, good night," called Sonic with an amused chuckle. "What are 2 babies like you 2 doing so late at night? Don't you know the Boogieman will get ya?"

"What?" Popo asked before he glared at him. "What kind of twisted question is that?"

"We're far more mature than you to believe in the stupid tale of the Boogieman," Nana said with a glare as she tightened the grip on her hammer. "You should be the one in bed, though."

"Haha-ha, that's a good one," Sonic said before he opened his glaring eyes. "Chip, I believe you said you weren't going to spill any beans out of your mouth. What made you think you could break our deal?"

The imp wanted to yell back at him, but his chances of surviving were very slim. He knew Popo and Nana would fight back, but were they strong enough to hold him back? Probably not...

"Why aren't you sleeping?" DSS asked with a smirk. "It's bad for your health, isn't?"

"What kind of bastard asks that?" Nana asked. "Forget him. Let's go to Master Hand. As long as we ignore this poor excuse for a dad, we'll be just fine."

"Can't do that," DSS said.

"Oh, sorry mister, I forgot you were there," Nana said annoyed. "Now, be a good guy and let us go."

DSS merely kept smirking before he slowly walked towards them.

"...U-um, seriously," Chip said. "Y-you can't stop now..."

"Little Chip broke a promise to his pal," DSS said before he slowly lifted his claws to his shoulders' level. "Little Chip wanna die now."

Popo looked a little bit scared. "O-okay, your sadistic nature is taking effect on me now."

The trio slowly backed away to their room as the dark being kep going straight for them. Nana kept glaring at himm, and Popo then glared back at him. As for Chip, he peered from behind the 2.

"Y-you guys," Chip whispered. "T-this isn't going to get good..."

"I know..." Nana muttered without looking at him. "We have to think of something and run right besides him."

"B-but can we do that?"

"...Do we have to sacrifice?" Popo asked worried. "It's the only way for 1 of us to get to Master Hand."

"I-I don't want to get sacrificed!" Chip whined. "I-I just got here!"

"Listen to me," Nana said. "...I'll distract him for you 2 to go with Master Hand.

"No," Popo whispered. "I-I'll be the decoy..."

"Popo, are you serious?"

"I wanted to ask you the same when you said it," Popo whispered. "You don't have to get hurt by this...monster."

"..." Nana looked back at DSS as they reached the wall of their room. "...Okay, I'll try to get there with the hand. Chip, you'll have to come with me."

"W-what about Popo?" Chip whispered.

"I'll be fine as long as you 2 make it..." Popo said unsure. "...Screw it, I'll fight him alone."

"...Good luck..." Nana whispered.

"Thank you."

The trio then felt the wall between their beds and glared at the evil hedgehog. "Okay, I'm sick of this thing already," DSS said. "I want to get to the point now."

"What point is that exactly?" Nana asked.

"The point where I..." His eyes dilated as a creepy smirk took place in his mouth. "SPREAD YOUR BLOOD AROUND!!!"

"NOW!" Popo yelled as he charged at DSS with his hammer above to slam him head away. The Ice Climber then swung hard on DSS's face.

...But Popo felt a strong vibration from his hammer that later went to himself. "B-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-" Popo kept saying dumbfounded.

"No way..." Nana said in disbelief. "The hit didn't do nothing?"

"Fools," DSS said. "Hitting me now is like hitting a very thick cement wall. Oh, did I mention you can't hurt me that easily?"

Popo shook his head to regain his control. "Nana, Chip, run now!"

"B-but what about you?" Chip asked before Nana grabbed his hand.

"We already discussed this! Let's go, quick!" Nana yelled to Chip before the pink Ice Climber began to drag the imp towards the hallway.

"Ah-ah-ah!" DSS said as he exntended his right claw to close the door with a slam. Nana and Chip gasped after they saw his whole right arm stretching out from his place. "As I've said before, I won't let you go that easily from here."

"T-the hell? His whole arm extended like if he was some sort of cartoon character!" Nana yelled. "Oh, forget that!" she yelled to herself before she opened the door.

But DSS closed it again. "What a stubborn girl you are," he complained. "You need to be taught some proper manners around me."

"What is wrong with you?" Nana asked before she opened the door. Chip was the first one the leave through it.

DSS suddenly saw his arms being covered in ice by Popo's Blizzard. The Ice Climber blew hard on the dark hedgehog. "...Heheheh," DSS smirked. "Is that the best you can do to me?"

Popo stopped breathing out ice. "What?"

"HUAH!" The dark being flexed his arms quickly to shatter the ice apart. Popo gasped and quickly prepared to defend himself as Nana left the room in a hurry. "Now, where were we again?" DSS asked with a devious smile.

"Give it up now!" Popo yelled as he put his hammer in front of him. "You won't kill anyone in here as long as we alert them all!"

"Oh, right," DSS said with a nod. "Forgot about her for a second."

"Her?" Popo asked. "...W-wait, you don't mean..."

"Idiot, I let her escape just to see how long my arm extends to grab her...NOW!" DSS yelled before he opened the door with a long claw and quickly went to the hallway to the direction Nana went.

It was not long before Popo heard a scream that was later muted. The Ice Climber gasped as the arm began to pull back to the hedgehog.

And there was a fainted Nana being grabbed by her throat.

"N-NANA!!!" Popo yelled.

"N-no!" Chip yelled as he came back from the hallway. "H-he tricked us!"

"Weird, I thought YOU tricked me from the beginning," DSS said with a snicker as he put Nana underneath his right arm. "Still, you're the one who made all of this happen, Chip."

"No..." Chip said depressed. "I-I didn't make any of this happ-"

"Y-you bastard!" Popo yelled as he lunged at DSS, interrupting the imp. "Let her go!"

"For the love of..." DSS frowned before he extended his arm above Popo, who looked up and gasped after it slammed itself down on him, making him crash down on the floor where the arm itself remained pinning him down.

"U-ugh..." Popo grunted as he tried to get out, but it was a small amount of time before he looked up to his sister and fainted underneath the arm.

DSS showed his fangs with his smirk before he turned his eyes at Chip. "Now..." he began as he tossed Nana above Popo. "What did I tell you before? I don't quite remember the promise... Care to make me remember?"

Chip began to back away as he shook his head. "I-I don't wanna!" he whined. "I-I don't want t-"

"Wait!" DSS said as he snapped his sharp claws with a smile. "I remember!" he said before he smirked at Chip. "I was going to kill you secretly behind everyone's backs, right?"

"Y-you said you were going to leave Sonic alone and disappear for eternity..." Chip said with a gulp.

"Tsk, tsk, tsk." DSS moved a finger at the sides as he slightly showed his right fangs of his mouth. "Chip, Chip, Chip...did you know I hate liars?"

"N-no..."

"Oh well, now you know," he said. "And do you know what I do to bad mauve liars?"

"W-why mauve?" Chip asked. "I-I don't know..."

"Oh, don't worry, my little pal..." DSS said as he stretched his left arm, pulled Chip just underneath his cheek, and looked down at him with half-closed eyes. "I don't kill them, oh no..."

"...R-really?" Chip asked, finding some mercy in DSS's words.

"Yeah..." DSS showed all his sharp fangs that reflected Chip's terrorized expression. "I kill them AND EAT THEM AFTERWARD!"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chip yelled loudly as the dark hedgehog laughed loudly at the ceiling of the room. The 2 fainted Ice Climbers couldn't move at all while the imp tried to escape from DSS, but his arm felt like it was all covered in strong muscles, and Chip didn't have any way to escape now.

...Until...

"Huh?" DSS looked down to find 2 presents; the same ones that Popo and Nana mentioned. "Ooh, what do we have here? Care to explain, Chip?"

"E-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e..." Chip trembled crazily.

"Aww..." DSS put Chip just in front of his furred face. "Little Chip can't speak words? But DSS wants to hear words so baaaaaadly..."

"L-l-l-look..." Chip said terrified. "T-t-t-t-t-those boxes are p-p-p-p-p-p-p-presents for Chris's birthday..."

"...Chris...Chris..." DSS looked away as he held Chip up. "Let's see, which Chris again? I just know 2 of 'em, but the first one was a vagina-y and an annoying bug... OH!" He smiled and looked at Chip with wide eyes. "You must mean the crybaby Chris of this place! Don't ya?"

"Y-y-y-y-y-yes?"

"Awwwww," DSS said as he looked down at the presents. "And those other kids wanted to give him presents for his birthday, right?"

"P-p-p-p-p-probably?" Chip asked before DSS let go of him and walked to the presents. He ducked to sniff them for some seconds before he looked back at Chip.

"Statues of themselves," DSS said as he looked over the fainted pair. "That's so thoughtful. They even took care of every single detail to make 'em look perfect," he said with a frown. "Whatever, I'll crush 'em down."

"What?!" Chip asked.

"The presents, you dork," DSS said as he joined his big claws and raised them over the gifts. "Chris surely doesn't like statues, anyway..."

Chip gasped and held out his hand. "No!"

"HAAAA!" DSS growled as he slammed down his joined fists on the presents, instantly crushing anything inside them as a crack on the floor was made. "Crap..." DSS muttered as he raised his fists. "Went too far in that one..."

"O-of course you went far!" Chip yelled angrily. "I'm gonna report you to Muster Hand now!"

"I thought it was Master Hand."

"Whatever!" Chip yelled before he went to the door.

Of course, he wasn't going to go away that easily before DSS grabbed him from his throat. The imp gasped for breath before he was pulled back to him.

"Listen," DSS muttered. "If you want to keep living, you'll have to stay quite for a little bit longer."

"W-why are you giving me more chances to live..." Chip muttered weakly.

"Glad you ask that," DSS said with a grin. "One, making you shake with fear is much better than killing you off."

Chip gulped.

"And 2," he continued. "I can't let anyone see these 2 losers fainted inside this room. You'll have to lock this door from anyone, or shut up if you see me carrying them to the basement."

"H-hey, what happened to Red, then?" Chip asked.

"Fool, I put a very tight rope on him and even a bandana around his throat so he doesn't wake up that easily," DSS said. "Heck, he's going to sleep for a long time before I even kill him when my full power comes back."

"U-um..."

"Now," DSS began as he smirked at the imp. "Or you shut up, or you die. Which one do you prefer the most?"

"..." The imp began to sob. "S-shut up..." he said.

"Oh, tears of sadness..." DSS said as he took a tear from Chip's eyes with a claw and licked it. "Hmmmmmmmm, so good..."

"(T-t-this is so unfair...)" Chip cried in his mind as DSS grabbed the ICs over his shoulders and quickly ran away in a slower pace than Sonic's speed. "(S-somebody, help me...)" he sobbed more in his mind.

Only Chip's sobs and moans echoed through the room as the night went on...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on August 31, 2009, 05:08:25 PM
Hallway

In the dark hallway, there were some eyes glancing from the corner of one of the doors. Apparently, they were there even after DSS began his little rampage inside the IC's room.

The eyes narrowed as they found DSS going downstairs. "Dammit..." the eyes muttered. "They're not doing any progress in finding me. Maybe I should accelerate things a bit for tomorrow..."

The eyes closed themselves, joining with the darkness as footsteps were heard, slowly becoming silent...

Music stops

Day 4

Main Lobby

The princess of the Mushroom Kingdom paced around the lobby with a clipboard she held with her right arm. "Let's see...do we have all the food ready? It's only 2 days before the party comes."

"I'm sure we're going to get this done tomorrow," Zelda said from the kitchen. "Hopefully Chris hasn't been around here to see us."

"Much better," Peach said with a smile. "This has to a be surprise party, after all."

"I know."

"Well...unfortunately, I have some problems..."

"What problems?"

"I wanted to ask Popo and Nana to help us with the decorations but I couldn't find them anywhere..." Peach said depressed. "I wonder if they went somewhere else at the last minute?"

"I don't think so," Zelda said. "They should have said that if they were going to do a thing like that, don't you think?"

"I guess," Peach said. "Well, as long as we have most of them helping us, it's all fine."

"By the way, how did you convince Kirby to help us with the food?" Zelda asked as she looked behind her where Kirby was seen wearing a chef hat in front of a pot. "And for that matter, why is he helping us?"

"I used persuassion with him," Peach said. "I told him he could eat lots of food as long as he help us with the food itself. I know he copies abilities so I told him to eat a frying pan, and he became Cook Kirby."

"Mama mia!" Cook Kirby said after he took a taste of the soup. "This soup's taste isn't getting that tasty as I wanted, oh no!" he said. "This needs more broth and less spicyness!"

"And does he imitate an Italian guy?" Zelda asked.

"Just don't worry about him," Peach said with a chuckle. "Keep an eye on him if he drops that ability."

"Got it."

"But still..." Peach muttered. "I also wanted to find Red, but Squirtle and Ivysaur told me they haven't found him... This is so weird..."

At that moment, Sonic and Chip walked down the stairs, holding another note that was found after they woke up. The note itself appeared on the door.

2 days left.

Hint: I started to give you these notes when we fought Smithy.

"...That's it!" Sonic said. "Those notes were appearing when I went to fight that smithy!"

Chip didn't even want to look at Sonic, not after what he experienced before.

"If that's true, then the people who went there as well could narrow the options..."

Chip continued staring away.

"And we have 10 people to see... Mario, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Kirby, and Ness were the ones who went there and the ones I haven't questioned..."

Chip nodded.

"We just have 5 people left..."

"Yeah..."

Once they reached the first floor, Sonic looked at Chip. "Something's bothering you?"

"(A lot is bothering me...)" Chip thought before he looked at Sonic and shook his head. "Nothing... I just had a bad dream..."

"...Okay..." Sonic said a little worried. "Anyhow, we have only 5 people left to question. Only 2 days left before full moon comes, right?"

"Right..."

"So now," the hedgehog began. "Let's go to Mario's room and see if he's there."

The hedgehog wanted to solve this weird mystery as soon as possible as he went back upstairs. The imp remained there on his spot before he frowned, sighed, and followed Sonic.

"Hmm..." Peach tilted her head as Chip went up. "I wonder what's happening to him..."

Mario's Room

The hedgehog stared out of the window to evade visual contact with the plumber, who also did the same but looked at his hat. "I'm afraid I don't know what you're talking about, Sonic," Mario said.

"So you haven't been sending notes to Sonic?" Chip asked.

"No," Mario shook his head. "Why would I do that? I always like to speak directly but...you know...we can't look at each other because we could get into a fight for some reason or another."

"I understand," Sonic said with a sigh before he began walking to the hallway. "Chip, let's go to Pichu now. I know he's going to say the same, but what can we do about it..."

"Right away..." Chip said in a depressed tone before both walked away.

Mario turned around and scratched his hat. "Why would they ask me those questions? Are they looking for someone?" he asked to himself.

Pichu's Room

The small Pok?mon was busily admiring his Trophy Stand on the bed while an annoyed Pikachu showed him his Trophy Stand from the floor. "How come you didn't have to use 3 continues like me?" Pikachu asked annoyed.

"Because I didn't fight a giant Samus like you did," Pichu said with a chuckle.

"What could I've done against her? She had me under her foot literally!" Pikachu complained. "It's not like she's been training in secret or anything like that!"

"Hey, you 2," Sonic called from the door as he leaned to it while Chip flew some feet away from him.

"But if isn't Mr. Breaker," Pikachu said as he stared at Chip.

"A-at least you got your window repaired by Master Hand," Chip said with a nervous chuckle.

"Pichu," Sonic began, making Pichu's ears perk up. "Have you been doing some things behind everyone's backs?"

"Huh?" Pichu blinked confused and tilted his head. "I haven't... Why'd you ask?"

"Because Sonic has been receiving some weird notes coming from a mysterious boy or girl," Chip explained.

"It's certainly not me..." Pichu said. "I-if I want to help you, I'll just go to you and talk directly."

"But even him gets scared of your "eye," Sonic," Pikachu pointed out.

"T-that's not true!" Pichu argued with a pouting face.

Sonic frowned at this in depression. "I should be getting excited now but I just can't... Every single person I've been questioned doesn't reveal anything..."

"What?" Pikachu and Pichu asked.

"Nothing," Sonic said with grunt before he turned to the hallway. "Chip, let's go to Ness."

The hedgehog already left for Ness's room while Chip remained there in Pichu's room. Both Pok?mon stared at the imp for a moment.

"Hey," Pikachu began. "Is something bothering you? You look kind of depressed and sad."

"..." Chip blinked one time before he slowly looked at them. "(I...can't tell them...)" he thought ashamed with a frown before he left the room.

"..." Pichu looked at Pikachu. "Pikachu, do you think something's happening around here?"

"Why do you ask that?" Pikachu asked.

"Because...well...I heard some screams last night from someone's room..."

"Um..." Pikachu looked away. "I did as well."

"You too?"

"Yes," Pikachu said with a nod. "The screams were a little bit scary, though. What's more, I think the one who screamed was Chip..."

"He screamed?"

"I don't know, but it fits the scream," Pikachu said. "Not only that, but there were 2 other screams as well."

"Hmm..." Pichu thought for a moment. "Those other screams were familiar to me..."

Pikachu closed his eyes and tried to think hard for an answer. Pichu then followed and did the same as Pikachu.

Ness's Room

The same response came from Ness, who was laying down on bed reading a magazine, or actually, it was a comic. "Sorry," Ness said. "I'm not into secret stuff."

"It's getting more hopeless here..." Sonic muttered.

"By the way," Ness began. "You guys heard the screams from tonight?"

"What screams?"

"You know, some of us have been asking about some screams coming from a room. We all ignored those screams until they disappeared slowly." Ness got in a thinking position. "That was so weird. I could tell those screams were familiar..."

Chip's eyes widened in horror. The imp quickly looked at Sonic.

"I'm sure I didn't hear anything like that," Sonic said.

"(Of course you didn't,)" Chip thought. "(You were knocked out when night came aroun-)"

The imp could have sworn that Sonic shot him with a fast glare that Ness didn't notice.

"Maybe we should be careful," Ness said. "I didn't like those screams myself."

"We'll be careful with those screams you're talking about," Sonic said. "Chip, we have to go to Kirby now."

The hedgehog once again left for the hallway. Ness lowered his comic and looked at Chip, who was still looking depressed.

"Aren't you going to follow him?" Ness asked.

"..." Chip closed his eyes and decided to follow Sonic around.

"..." Ness shrugged and returned to read his comic.

Hallway

As both were walking through the hallway...

"Don't think I didn't see you..." Sonic muttered darkly.

"...What?" Chip asked.

"I know what you did there," Sonic said as he looked at Chip over his shoulder. "You got worried after he mentioned the screams of those kids from yesterday."

"H-how did you what happened?"

"..." Sonic simply stared at him directly to Chip's eyes.

"..." Chip gasped. "Y-you! T-that look, I know isn't not the same, but it's you!"

"Glad you recognized me," DSS said. "Now, listen to me, that hedgehog is as good as fainted from now on. I now possess enough power to take over his body completely. It doesn't matter if he doesn't walk to a little shade, I can take over from now on."

"B-but you can't attack anyone here!" Chip protested.

"True," DSS said. "Until night comes, of course..."

Chip didn't like where this was going.

"And since it's only 2 days away from full moon," DSS began. "The real party will being at night."

"Y-you won't get away with this, still!" Chip protested. "Whatever you have in hands isn't going to work in the end!"

"So you want to go ahead and tell anyone I'm not Sonic?"

"Ugh..." Chip looked depressed.

"...Thought so," DSS said with a nod. "Now, if you want to keep on living, you'll better shut up, okay?"

"I'll be dead anyway..." Chip muttered.

DSS chuckled. "Exactly. Now, let's go with that puffball with the bottomless stomach."

DSS turned to the stairs and began to walk down.

The imp knew things were going to get even more awful than before. What could he do to stop the evil entity?

For now, nothing...

Kitchen

Sonic (or DSS) and Chip found Cook Kirby moving a long spoon inside a big pot of red soup. The puffball took out the spoon and took a sip of it before smiling. "Tasty as cake..." Cook Kirby said with a chuckle.

"Hey," Sonic began. "We have some questions to ask you."

"Ask away."

Sonic sweatdropped after not hearing more questions being asked back to him. "Kirby, have you been doing some things in secret?"

"Nope," Cook Kirby said without looking at them.

"You didn't even send notes to me?"

"No," Cook Kirby said simply.

"Are you really sure of it?"

"Totally."

"..."

"Oh!" Cook Kirby exclaimed happily. "The cake's bread is going to be ready in some minutes! I must prepare the cream and cheeries. This cake is going to be a long one!" he said excited as he jumped to the floor and walked to the oven.

"Hmm," Zelda began as she walked to Sonic and Chip. "What are you doing here? Do you want to help us and make the food?"

"Why?" Sonic asked with crossed arms. "I'd rather have chili-dogs than this cra-"

Sonic noticed that Zelda gave him an odd look.

"...M-maybe another day..." Sonic said.

"..." Zelda frowned at this and walked away to another part of the big kitchen.

"Owned," Chip muttered.

"I can ALWAYS kill you tonight, you know..."

"I-I'll shut up..."

"Sweet," Sonic said with a frown. "Hmm..." He smirked once he found a normal cake without cream or fruits on the top on the big table that ran across the entire kitchen's center. "Heh, I guess they're not going to cry over a big piece of this, right?"

Chip saw as Sonic grabbed a big fist of bread from the unknown cake on the table. "E-er, I think you shouldn't eat that..." he suggested.

Sonic chuckled. "Oh, why's that?"

Chip looked at the right end of the kitchen where, for some reason, Fox walked to them and spotted the cake. "Hey, what are you doing?" Fox asked.

Too bad. The fist of bread was already eaten by Sonic.

"Aww..." Sonic said pleased. "C'est manifiqu-"

"..." Fox looked at the cake on the table. "...Wait, isn't that the cake I made? Why is it here? I thought Peach tossed it out when you passed out and got a coma."

Day 5

"...Hello...hello...wake up now...hello...do you hear me?"

"...H-hmm..."

"Hello? Are you okay?"

Sonic opened his eyes and found Fox sitting down on a chair. "..." Sonic sat up and looked around. "What happened?"

Main Lobby

"...How the heck did I fall into a coma?" Sonic asked annoyed while he sat down on the sofa as Chip floated close to him.

"W-well, Sonic took a little bit of that weird cake some days ago and...well...he fell into a coma of 1 day..." Chip said embarrassed.

"...You didn't do this to me, right?"

"N-no!" Chip shook his head. "I-I wouldn't use that "food" on you! It just happened to be there!"

"...Whatever..." Sonic said as he put his arms above his knees. "We got another note by that guy again as you can see."

Chip nodded and took the note out from his back. Sonic took the note and examined it.

Tomorrow is the day at last. I'm not that excited myself, but you better hurry and find me.

Sonic ripped the note and tossed the papers away over his left shoulder. "Heh, who's the last person on the list?"

"..." Chip read the notepad. "...Jigglypuff..."

"..." Sonic hit his forehead with his hand and frowned. "Okay, we know she isn't the one."

"What? We haven't even spoken to her yet! Why are you coming with that conclusion so suddenly?"

"Because it doesn't make sense, okay?" Sonic said with a glare. "Why would she be the one behind the notes? I'd say screw it, she isn't the one."

"But then who's behind everything?" Chip asked. "Who do you think is the real culprit?"

"Beats me," Sonic said as he folded his arms and leaned to the cushion. "Tomorrow's the big day, and I'll be prepared to slaughter anyone in sight here during the party, but first, the kid will be the one to die first."

"What?"

Sonic's eyes blinked for a moment before he looked at his right to find C. Falcon staring down at him. "Excuse me, but what did you say?" he asked.

"Nothing," Sonic said with a glare. "You didn't hear nothing."

"I'm pretty sure you said something about slaughtering us during the party..." C. Falcon said. "What was that about?"

"Look," Sonic began. "I didn't say anything about killing anyone here tomorrow. It'll sound inhuman to do such a thing during Chris's birthday party, right?"

"But still, I heard you saying it," C. Falcon said.

"A-and me..." Olimar said as he appeared from behind C. Falcon. "I heard you saying that..."

"..." Sonic looked back and forth between the 2 captains. "...Whatever," Sonic said as he stood up and turned for the hallway. "You guys are probably deaf if you didn't hear my explanation."

"Wait!" C. Falcon began. "Sonic, I did hear you say that!"

"So what if you did?" Sonic asked a little mad.

"T-that's not like you at all..." Olimar said. "Why are you looking so weird today?"

"Because he ate Fox's cake and pushed him into a coma?" Chip asked.

"Not that," Sonic said as he stopped walking away. "I'm just in a bad mood today, that's all. And if I said something about killing anyone, then I said that probably because I'm very mad, understand?"

"..." C. Falcon glared at Sonic's back.

"..." Sonic remained silent. "...No more talking then? Good," he said with a grunt before he walked away.

"..." Olimar looked at Chip. "What is happening to him? It's not like him to be this angry and mad to anyone..."

Chip played with his fingers and looked ashamed. "...You guys..." Chip looked again to the hallway Sonic went to. "...Can you keep a secret with me?"

"What secret?" C. Falcon asked.

"It's about Sonic..." Chip whispered. "...That guy you just spoke to...it's not him..."

Olimar opened his eyes. "What?" he asked.

"The guy you just saw is another person who's taking his body and mind to wander around..." Chip whispered. "His behavior is REALLY different than Sonic's behavior... Of course, I haven't seen much of his real attitude, but still..."

Chip had the courage to tell the 2. There was no possible way for DSS to interrupt the imp now during day. This little mistake of the dark being let Chip take an advantage over him.

DSS just commited a grave mistake.

Leave Chip alone with some of the Smashers.

"I-it's been like this day and night," Chip explained with a gulp. "H-he's been threatening to kill me if I told anyone about him. I already said to 2, but he let me live just for him to enjoy how I get scared of him..." He gulped again. "T-that sadisctic nature he has only scared my fur even more than anything else. When he shows his fangs, he could either eat me or kill me in a second..."

Chip had all the courage to explain everything. He didn't stop looking at the sides to see if Sonic (or DSS) was seeing him or spying him.

The imp finally finished his story of horror...

"...And that's pretty much it..." Chip said. "I know it sounds farfetched, but it's the truth."

"..." Olimar kept his eyes opened. "...Wow...t-that's unbelievable..."

"That's pretty odd..." C. Falcon commented. "So he's been like this for a long time now?"

"Y-yes. You gotta help me!" Chip pleaded as he hugged C. Falcon's chest. "I-I don't wanna see his face again tonight! H-he scares the heck out of me with his evil sadistic nature!"

C. Falcon pushed him away. "And you don't know what to do against him."

"S-sadly, no..." Chip said depressed. "We've been trying to find that mysterious guy all these days but we haven't had any results yet..."

"And that guy could have the answer to take that soul away from Sonic?" Olimar asked.

"I...dunno..." Chip said ashamed before he covered his eyes. "I-I don't wanna die... He's still keeping Red, Popo, and Nana in the basement after they knew about him..."

"But he can't attack anyone as long as day is here, right?" C. Falcon asked.

"Pretty much..."

C. Falcon smacked his fists together. "Well, I'm not going to let that guy condemn anyone here to die."

"Or Chris..." Chip muttered. "He told me he wanted to kill him as a gift for his birthday..."

"..." Olimar shook in fear. "T-that's mean..."

"You don't worry," C. Falcon said. "We're going to take him out before tomorrow's party starts. We're going to alert everyone here for that matt-"

"No!" Chip yelled. "If Sonic manages to hear about this, he'll surely kill me first for it! I don't want to see his fangs reflecting my face for that matter!"

"Hey," C. Falcon began with a glare. "Do you really want everyone here ignore this situation?"

"N-no..."

"Alerting everyone here is the best way to stay prepared for the worst," he said. "Besides, that guy has the most twisted mind I've heard."

"S-so you're going to help me?" Chip asked. "Do you promise you're not going to let him kill me?"

"Absolutely."

"...T-thanks..." Chip said with a sniff. "B-but be careful..."

"By the way," Olimar began. "Who have you been questioning?"

"Everyone here...except Jigglypuff," Chip said. "Sonic doesn't believe she's the one behind it all."

"Well, that's true," C. Falcon said. "I doubt Jigglypuff would do something like this. She only cares to sing all the day in front of the mirror, and anyone who passes near the bathroom gets knocked out."

"..." Chip blinked in confusion. "What?"

At that moment, Sonic came back from the hallway and glared up at Chip. "You, let's go."

"W-where?" Chip asked.

"We're gonna keep looking for that bastard, did you forget?" Sonic asked before he looked at the 2 captains. "Oh, sorry, I didn't notice you."

Olimar took a step back, but C. Falcon kept staring down at Sonic.

Chip looked worried at them.

C. Falcon nodded at him.

Olimar slowly nodded, doing the same.

Sonic narrowed his eyes at this action. "...Let's go upstairs," Sonic said coldly, walking upstairs.

"(I don't want to sleep with him again...)" Chip thought with a gulp.

The imp looked back one more time to the captains before he followed Sonic. They saw Falco walking down the stairs, and Sonic pushed his hand away from his path. "My bad," Sonic muttered with a grunt as Chip looked at Falco but then went to the hedgehog.

"Geez... What's up with him today?" Falco asked to himself before he walked down to the hallway.

"...Are you sure this is fine to do?" Olimar asked.

"Hey, didn't you see the little guy's face?" C. Falcon asked. "He was telling all the truth. Sonic doesn't even act like that around everyone here when he's mad. He doesn't condemn anyone here to die, does he?"

"I don't think so..."

"So," the captain went on with a grin. "Since I'm your every day hero, I'm going to help the little guy out."

"...Sorry to say this but that sounded a little b-"

"Cheesy, I know..." C. Falcon said. "Even so, I'll stop that evil hedgehog from doing rampage tomorrow."

"..." Olimar tilted his head. "Are you doing this because you want to look good to Samus?"

"..." C. Falcon kept staring forward.

"...Hello?"

Both of the captains suddenly looked up where Chip came back from the stairs, stopping right in front of them. "I thought things over..." Chip said. "I'm going to prevent Sonic from taking someone else out tonight."

"What?" Olimar asked. "How are you going to prevent that?"

"During my stance here, I found out that something can neutralize Sonic's body in a second. That evil guy inside him also gets knocked out so I'm going to give him something..."

The imp quickly flew to the kitchen where he was heard from the lobby.

"Excuse me," Chip said to Zelda and Cook Kirby, who were still cooking. "I want it."

The chefs gasped at this. "Y-you don't mean the sin you call food, right?" Zelda asled and shook her head.

Chip closed his eyes and nodded. "I had to use it now or never... I'm going to use it to see what's wrong with its taste. I'm planning to help the people here out for greater good."

"...The heart of a true chef is within you," Cook Kirby said (receiving an odd look from Zelda). "...Use it wisely. It's in the trash can."

"Thank you," Chip muttered as he flew over the closest trash can. The imp looked down at it, gulped, pinched his nose, and dove inside to look for it. Cook Kirby and Zelda watched for some seconds at the trash can before a dirty Chip came out, holding what looked to be...

A piece of bread.

"I better cover it up..." Chip muttered as he looked around the kitchen before he flew to the fridge. The imp quickly opened it and looked around for something inside. A cup of strawmberry yogurt caught his eyes, and he took the cup, slammed the door, opened its tape and with a close eye dropped the piece of bread inside that later drowned inside the pink liquid.

"..." Zelda frowned at this and decided to return cooking while Cook Kirby nodded at the imp.

"It's done..." Chip said with an evilly chuckle, taking a spoon that he put inside the yogurt before flying away to the lobby.

"Do be careful, brave but stubborn mauve fool..." Cook Kirby muttered in honor before he returned cooking.

Both captains watched the imp going to them with the yogurt. "Sorry for the wait, but here it is..." Chip said as he held up the yogurt. "The answer to my predicament!"

Link passed nearby and whistled a familiar jingle before walking away to the hallway.

"Er..." Olimar tilted his head. "What is yogurt going to do? Doesn't that help you to get stronger bones?"

"That, and that it's my only way to stop Sonic for today..." Chip said. "And once I give this to him, I'm gonna disappear once h-"

"Hey," Sonic called from the stairs. "What the hell are you doing? Let's go."

Chip gasped, turned around, and flew back to Sonic. Once the imp was in front of him, he showed the hedgehog the yogurt. "Here, have some," Chip said.

"What?" Sonic eyed the yogurt. "Why are you being so nice all of a sudden?"

"I thought I was always nice, am I not?" Chip asked with a chuckle. "C'mon, eat it up! You look mad so I stole this from the fridge."

Sonic slowly took the yogurt and glared at Chip. "Something is awfully wrong with you today..." Sonic said before he took the spoon. "...Really, really fishy..."

Chip began to sweat, but he kept smiling. "I-it's strawberry..." he pointed out.

Sonic narrowed his eyes at him.

"...With chili-dog flavor..."

"...Ha," Sonic said with a smirk. "Chili-dog flavor, aren't you funny..." he muttered sarcastically before he took a big spoon of yogurt and ate it. "Hmm...it does tast-"

Day 6

Sonic's Room

"..." Sonic slowly opened his eyes. "...Wha..." He couldn't finish talking before he sat up and looked around. "...The hell happened here?"

"Honestly," Fox said nearby with a mad look and crossed arms over a chair. Sonic looked to him. "Why can't you keep your mouth away from my failure at cooking? Do you really wish to die or what? Do you want to have a disease or what?" Fox asked annoyed.

"What are you talking about?"

"You technically ate my cake again," Fox pointed out. "And you instantly passed out again, and I was called here by Chip again to take care of you...again!" he said annoyed.

"I passed out by eating yogurt?" Sonic asked.

"Yogurt with a piece of my cake in it," Fox said. "Chip told me he saw a piece of it floating in the yogurt and you didn't notice. You were knocked out for a whole day once again."

"...A whole DAY?!"

"Yeah, did you forget or what?" Fox asked annoyed before he stood up. "Next time, STOP eating my food, okay?" he asked with a frown and a grunt before walking away.

"..." Sonic looked down at his feet. "...Yogurt with bread... When did that happen?"

The hedgehog thought for a moment by closing his eyes.

"...Wait..." Sonic opened his eyes and glared forward at no one in particular. "The imp's behavior looked fishy when he wanted to go for the notepad he told me that he left behind... But why did he go for yogurt and that bread for me?"

He shifted his eyes around.

"...Unless..." Sonic muttered before he narrowed his eyes. "...He used that weird cake on me so I couldn't get a taste of the transformation yesterday during the night, leaving him to sleep safe and sound..."

Sonic's eyes widened in fury.

Outside

THAT LITTLE PIECE OF MOTHERF(BEEP)NG PIECE OF S(BEEP)T WILL PAY FOR THIS, B(BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP)H!!!

Master Hand's Office

A mutilple chain of events began to occur everywhere...

Master Hand kept looking around in a panic. He was being bombarded by questions and more questions from the other side of the table.

"Y-you have to stop him!" Popo yelled. "H-he's the biggest evil freak we've ever seen before!"

"I-I don't know what happened," Red said with some shivers. "B-but Sonic isn't the same anymore!"

"Please! Do something!" Nana yelled.

"S-shut up!" Master Hand yelled to calm the 3 down.

Word quickly spread around the mansion about Sonic's strange behavior once the hedgehog passed out by the yogurt he ate. It was a small matter of time before C. Falcon and Olimar located the 3 captive Smashers in the basement by using Mewtwo's help. The trio didn't look calm, but rather terrified after the experience they went through.

Main Lobby

Unfortunately, this didn't reach Peach's ears as she was directing half of the Smashers for the party of today. The princess knew nothing was going to go wrong for the promised party.

The bad thing about this was that most of the Smashers haven't gotten their Trophy Stands due to Peach convincing the hand to enlist everyone's help. If was either agree with Peach or make her cry loudly for the whole day.

And which option did they choose?

The one that made them look respectful.

"Mario, move that table over there," Peach ordered. "Luigi and Yoshi, please prepare the juice on table number 7, okay?"

The lobby didn't seem busier than today. Most of the Smashers had to help out or else Master Hand would have banned fights (by a secret request from Peach herself).

"...Hey..." Ness looked at the arrangement of tables. "...Do they make a big C?"

It someone could look from the ceiling, the tables looked like they made a C in the center of the room.

"Well, yes," Peach said. "I thought it'd look nice to use Chris's first letter."

"But it looks kind of..." Falco rubbed his chin. "...Stupid..."

"..." Peach sighed. "...Fine, we'll arrange them around the lobby. I was just trying to make something different for a change."

"So that means..." Luigi said as he was carrying a table with Yoshi.

"Everyone, re-arrange the tables around!"

A collective amount of groans were heard before they started to put everything away before putting everything in a different arrangement around the lobby by removing the mantles and juice jars.

"Thanks a lot, Falco..." Samus muttered to the avian, who then grunted at her.

"Let's see here..." Peach looked at the clock on her wrist. "If my calculations are correct, Chris should be coming tonight in time for the party. It should be officialy September 30 in his world. We're currently in afternoon so we need to wait a little bit longer."

The princess chuckled heartily before returning to organize the party.

"Now, I need Jigglypuff here so she can help me out," Peach said. "...Weird, where is Link?"

Attic

Chip seemed to be hiding behind a set of boxes. The imp had a freaked out look as he shifted his eyes around.

However, he found a note in the attic. Chip got nervous once he saw it waiting for him. He took the note out and read it with narrowed eyes...

I have had enough of this whole waiting.

If you want to meet me, then go to Gannondorf's Room in the 1st floor. Don't be late or else we'll suffer the consequences. I'll be there at 8:00 PM, exactly one hour before full moon shows up today.

Chip got a worried look as he kept the letter. "Today is the day..." Chip gulped. "I better get a move on and watch out for Sonic!"

The imp floated up before he flew away from the attic by going down through the door.

Real World
Chris's Room

September 30 - Morning - Tuesday

The bright morning of September 30 shone, and it came out from the window overlooking the nearby neighborhood that Chris lived in. The World Traveler slept on his bed while Lucario slept nearby him.

The Aura Pok?mon's eyes slowly opened before he yawned out loud and showed his fangs for a moment. Lucario looked at his right where Chris was sleeping peacefully.

Lucario smiled at slowly pulled Chris under his right arm, carefully putting his head over his chest. "Chris, wake up," Lucario whispered. "Today is the day."

"...U-um..." Chris grumbled.

"Chris, wake up," Lucario said as he shook Chris a little.

"...Um?" Chris slowly opened his eyes. "...What?"

"Isn't today a special date?"

"...Um..." Chris looked at the calendar. "...My birthday!" he suddenly yelled before Lucario used a strong grip on him.

"Happy 17th birthday," Lucario said happily. "You're now 17, right?"

"U-ugh..."

Lucario looked down at Chris...and found out that he was axfixiating him with his "Herculean-strength" that he used on him by accident. "C-Chris!" Lucario yelled, releasing the World Traveler from his arm. "I-I'm sorry, I-I just wanted to congratulate you!"

"J-just don't kill me for as a gift for my birthday..." Chris said as he gasped for breath.

Gift for birthday...

Lucario's eyes widened.

"A-anyway..." Chris began as he slowly sat up and got off from bed. "Today I don't have school because they're remodeling it..." He looked back at Lucario. "...Why do you look so shocked?"

Lucario shook his head. "W-what? Oh, sorry. I'm not looking shocked."

"I thought you were a moment ago..."

Lucario shook his head again. "S-seriously, I'm not shocked for anything. Why would I be shocked in your birthday? (Please, don't let him find out I didn't have time to think for a good present...)"

"...Hmm..." Chris looked confused. "Well..."

The sounds from the phone began to take place in the living room. The World Traveler turned his head to the direction where the sounds came from. "Who is it at this time?" Chris asked before he walked away.

Lucario sat up from the bed and he leaned his left ear slightly to hear something.

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift - 002 Putting Words Together

"M-Mom! D-Dad! Y-you called!" Chris was heard saying with some laughs. "I-I know, it has been a pretty long time, hasn't it?" he asked happily.

Lucario smiled a little at this reaction that he stood up and walked to the living room.

"By the way," Lucario began as they walked to their room. "Have you heard that Sonic is going to get a new game very soon?"

"Oh...right," Chris said. "I saw the trailers and the screenshots already. "I wonder if that is going to affect Sonic in some way...do you think so?"

"Who knows," Lucario said. "We'll see if you messed his storyline."

"...What?" Chris asked annoyed as Lucario chuckled. "H-hey, don't be like that to me during my brithday! And stop chuckling like that!" he complained.

Living Room

The Aura Pok?mon found Chris looking down at the telephone that he held on his right ear. Lucario smiled and walked close to Chris, where he listened closely to the conversation.

"Yes, I'm fine here," Chris said with some nods. "No, it's okay. I'm not always alone all the time."

Lucario listened closer.

"I have many friends in school now," Chris lied as he looked at Lucario and rubbed his head with care. "I always receive visits from them from time to time so I'm not that alone."

Lucario growled silently and happily.

"W-what?" Chris asked. "What was that growl you heard?"

Lucario got shocked.

"T-that must be the TV..." Chris said. "Y-you know how much I like dogs?"

Lucario sighed.

"W-what's that I can't have one in here? I don't understand..."

Lucario glared at the phone.

"D-don't worry, I don't have a dog in here..." Chris said with a chuckle. "...N-no, seriously! I don't have one in here! What't that about my reactions saying otherwise? I'm telling the truth!"

Lucario decided to back away a little.

"...B-besides that, why'd you call me?" Chris asked. "Oh, my birthday? Oh, thank you..." Chris sighed. "...Wait, what?"

Lucario tilted his head.

Chris's eyes widened. "Y-you're going to come here and visit me for a day?"

Lucario's mouth opened before he smiled.

"N-no, it's okay!" Chris said with a laugh. "I-I mean, it's been so long since you came here! When are you going to come here? Tomorrow? Well, that's okay. Is that good for you, though? I mean, you 2 have been traveling all over America with your business to help other companies and... It's alright? T-then I'll be waiting for you!"

Lucario said Chris wiping a tear away.

"I-I'll be here waiting for you..." Chris said with a sniff. "I can't wait to see you again... W-well, good bye... I'll see you later..." Chris said before he hung up the phone and looked at Lucario.

"...So?" Lucario asked.

Chris instantly lunged at him and gave him a hug, making him spin around for a bit. "Lucario! T-they're coming here tomorrow to see me after they last visited me! I can't believe they're going to drop by!"

Lucario chuckled happily before Chris stopped hugging him. "I'm glad. How long has it been since they last visited you?"

"Like a year ago or more..." Chris said. "It was not too long before you got here in this world. They stayed here longer during my grauation, though." Chris wiped a tear. "B-but still, they're going to come here... I'm so happy... To me, that's the best present I could ever receive from them..."

Lucario pulled Chris to his cheek where he rubbed his own cheek with his. "It's very good for them to come here, right?"

"Y-yes!" Chris said as he laughed with Lucario, rubbing cheeks together before the Aura Pok?mon put Chris down. "Anyway...should we go back to the Smash Mansion and tell them about the news here?"

"Would it be fine if I meet them?"

"...U-um..." Chris looked away in shame. "...L-Lucario..."

"...I...understand..." Lucario said before he grunted. "They wouldn't want to meet a "dog" like me."

"O-oh, are you mad at that?" Chris asked.

"...A little..." Lucario chuckled.

"Okay... Should we go to the mansion, then?"

"I guess some of them should know about this," Lucario said. "Fine, let's go now."

Chris chuckled with Lucario before both went to their room.

Smash Mansion
Hallway

Chrono Trigger - Light of Silence

In one of the lonely hallways of the mansion, there was a terrified Chip flying through the way to Ganondorf's room. The imp gulped once he looked out of the window...

Full moon was about to show up in an hour. Chip gulped another time before he slowly went to the room where the benefactor was located.

"Dum...dum...dum...dum..." Chip sang silently as he made his way through the hallway. "N-nothing to fear here... T-there are no monsters roaming the hall tonight..." He looked around quickly. "...Yet..." he muttered before he flew faster.

The imp blinked in terror as he found the room that had Ganondorf's name labeled in dark letters on a golden label. Chip looked down to find the doorknob.

"..." Chip gulped. "...Nothing yet...nothing to fear..."

"U-ugh..."

Chip's ears perked up. "W-who's there?"

"C-Chip..." a voice called from the darkness of the hallway in front of Chip. The imp saw what looked to be Sonic covering his face with his right hand as he moved a left hand on the left wall. "H-help me..."

"...Oh no," Chip said with a glare. "I'm not going to fall for that trick, whoever you are!"

"N-no, you understand..." Sonic muttered. "T-that guy just left my body and I came here looking for you... H-he told he would be back to take over my mind again..."

"H-how can I believe you?"

"T-there's no much time left!" Sonic yelled. "I'm telling all the truth here, dangit!" The hedgehog uncovered his face and took out a note. "Here! I found this!"

"T-that's the note I..." Chip gasped and looked around for the note he had. "S-so that's why I lost it on my way here... I must've dropped it somewhere and yo-"

"Dammit, Chip!" Sonic looked at Chip with a weak face. "We have to see that guy now before that bastard takes over my mind!"

"..." Chip looked at the door. "B-but..."

"I-it's 8:40, Chip!"

"..." Chip's eyes widened. "W-WHAT?!"

"T-that's why I've been acting like this now..." Sonic said in pain as he fell to his knees. "T-that bastard is building up his complete control over me... W-we have to see that person in that room NOW!"

"B-but..."

"Chip, believe in me!" Sonic yelled. "We have to do this now before it's too late! Or do you want Chris to die?!"

"N-no..."

"THEN OPEN THE DOOR!"

Command Room

Chrono Trigger - Critical Moment

A portal opened up and an excited Chris walked out with Lucario before it closed. "Well, we're here," Chris said before he looked at the clock. "It's 8:42 now. It should be night, right?"

"Yes," Lucario said before he looked around. "Where is everyone?"

"I don't know..." Chris said. "Maybe they're somewhere else?"

Main Lobby

Back at the lobby, almost every single Smasher were reunited to wait for Chris to come. The whole place was carefully ornamented with tables, mantles, juice, and many different things someone would find in a celebration.

It almost looked like a prom since most were talking in groups while Peach saw Mario walking to her...

"Peach..." Mario began. "Don't you think you went a little bit too far with the decorations?"

"I did?" Peach asked. "I thought everything looked just right..."

"Well, you made all look like we always do during celebrations or parties," Samus remarked (without her Power Suit on).

"In fact," Yoshi began. "Everything just...look the same like previous parties."

"Oopsie," Peach said with a nervous chuckle.

At that moment, they saw DK and Diddy bringing the musicians from upstairs. "Why didn't you tell us there was going to be a party beforehand?" Tiny asked to Diddy.

"Look, I'm sorry, okay?" Diddy said annoyed. "We forgot about you. I mean, you almost never come down!"

"What can you do for that?" Lanky asked. "There's our own kitchen up there with our rooms. We hardly know there's an outsider world."

"Embarrassing, isn't?" Medli asked while she blushed. "A-at least we came here in time."

Peach clapped her hands together. "Alright, everyone! It's 8:45 now, and Chris should be arriving shortly!" she called over happily. "Let's make this a party to remember, shall we?"

C. Falcon looked outside to the moon. "...I hope everyone here didn't forget..." he muttered.

"(Weird...)" Peach thought as she looked around. "(There seem to be a few people missing here... Where did they go?)"

Ganondorf's Room

The darkness of the room was apparent during the night as the light of the window shone a very small place of the Lord's room. A light began to be created from the other side of it where the door slowly revealed its figure. A preocuppied Chip peered quickly from the light before a weakened Sonic came slowly in.

"H-hello?" Chip asked to the darkness. "I-is anyone here? Hello?"

"G-grr..." Sonic looked through his fingers to find anyone in the darkness. "Where are you? We know you're here..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...DAMMIT!" Sonic yelled angrily. "We were tricked, then?! We were being used or what?!"

"My god..."

"..." Sonic stopped his moment of fury. "...Who's there?"

"It has been a long time after I began to send you those anonymous notes, right?"

Chip looked around the room. "W-where are you?"

Sonic noticed that a tall-cloaked figure appeared besides the windows and positioned itself in front of the lunar light. "You 2 joined forces together to find me, but ultimately you made me grow tired of your hunting game. I decided to do this quick before full moon even shines on you, Sonic."

Sonic glared at the figure. "W-well, aren't you going to help me or what? I'm in a predicament here..."

"Don't worry about that," the cloaked person said. "You can walk forward to me. I deactivated the traps Ganondorf puts around his room so nothing interrupts us."

"A-are you trustworthy?" Chip asked worried.

The figure chuckled. "Of course I am. Now, Sonic, walk to me, stop in front of me, and lay down on the dark floor."

"For what?" Sonic asked.

"Just do it, quick," the figure ordered. "Full moon is going to come in 8 minutes if you don't hurry. You there, the imp."

"W-what?" Chip asked.

"You'll have to assist me with this experiment I want to do on Sonic," it explained.

"Experiment?" Sonic asked as he walked to the figure. "You don't know if it'll work out?"

"You want to live or not?" the figure asked annoyed. "Quick, lie down and be quiet. Nothing I'm going to do with you will hurt a bit."

"..." Sonic nodded and laid down on the floor. Chip flew close to him before the figure tossed some things out from its cloak.

It seemed to be a very long, thick silver cable carefully organized in a thick circle made of itself, lots of long nuts, scissors, and a hammer.

"W-what do you want me to do with these?" Chip asked.

"You're going to cover Sonic's body with all the silver cable I gave you," the figure said. "Hurry up, now!"

"A-aren't you going to help me?"

"I'm going to tell you where to cover Sonic first if that's alright with him."

"...Yeah," Sonic said determined. "We have to do this before something else happens, anyway... Chip, listen to this guy, okay? Trust him, her or whatever he or she is."

The cloaked figure frowned.

"...Okay," Chip said before he grabbed the hammer and the scissors. "Let's do this slow and steady..."

As the figure looked Chip covering the hedgehog with the silver cable by running them above him before putting the nuts over their endpoints to attach them down using the hammer, it turned around to see outside. "8:51..." it muttered. "Imp, hurry up."

"R-right," Chip said. "(I hope this works...)"

8:52

The World Traveler and the Aura Pok?mon walked through the lonely hallway.

8:53

Peach told everyone to hide underneath the tables with the exception of Wolf, Meta Knight, Mewtwo, and Snake who went to move to the kitchen.

8:54

Chip stuck out his tongue a little bit as the figure instructed him to cover Sonic's face with the cable.

8:55

The Smashers waited for Chris to arrive from the hallway. Some of them raised small bits of the mantle to see through them if he would come.

8:56

Chip was about to be done. His pace was fast for the figure's luck. Sonic, however, closed his eyes as more cables covered him. "Why are you helping Sonic?" Chip asked as he cut more cables.

"You could say I wanted to help him because I wanted to feel important..." the figure said.

"Feel important? What do you mean by that?"

"You shouldn't slow down with the cables," the figure said. "Or do you really want to die tonight?"

Chip stopped for a moment and gulped before he returned to do his work. "S-Sonic...is that really you and not him?"

"Yeah..." Sonic said as he closed his eyes. "I'm all serious now. If this is the only way to exorcise the bastard in my mind, so be it..."

Chip nodded slowly as he covered the hedgehog with the cables.

8:57

Master Hand and Crazy Hand appeared suddenly in the "lonely" hallway and looked around. The sane hand then gasped and remembered what Peach has been doing all the time so both of them hid in the kitchen (while Crazy Hand hummed in excitement).

8:58

Chris and Lucario were about to arrive at the lobby...

8:59

And Chip wiped out the sweat from his face as he flew up and looked down at the covered hedgehog. "Done..."

"And just in time," the figure said.

The imp smiled in triumph before he accidentaly flew to the figure and pulled the cloak away. Chip looked at his hand and gasped after he saw the long black cloak. Then, he looked at the figure.

"..." The figure glared at him. "Oh, great..."

"...Y-you?" Chip asked in pure disbelief.

"Well, what can I say..." the figure said with some chuckles. "I have a brain to do things around here, don't you think so, Chip?"

"W-who is it?" Sonic asked underneath the silver cables.

The figure looked at the clock. "...Time to see if this works..."

9:00

Finally, Chris and Lucario arrived at the lobby...

"..." Chris looked around. "...Why is this place ornamented with tables and all that?"

Lucario thought for a moment and smiled a little. "I think it's like that becaus-"

2 things happened at the same time that interrupted Lucario...

The Smashers came out from the tables and prepared to welcome Chris to his party...

...But an echoing roar made everything tremble, making everyone stop before they could yell out, "Happy birthday, Chris!"

And they turned to the hallway where the roar came from...

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"The Gift Of The Bloody Messenger... W-what does this mean?" Chris asked worried with a gulp.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 02, 2009, 12:14:08 PM
Chapter 143: The Gift Of The Bloody Messenger

Smash Mansion
Ganondorf's Room

Chip and the figure looked down at the hedgehog covered in cables. After a loud echoing roar came from within the cables themselves, Chip backed away as well with the person.

"W-what's happening?" Chip asked.

"This is so weird..." the figure said in disbelief. "I thought the silver cables were the perfect restraints to stop the wolf beast from taking over Sonic's body and mind..."

"So it was all an experiment?"

"It IS an experiment," the person said. "But I thought it would work..."

The cables began to shake violently.

"This isn't good..." the person said. "Something bad will happen after all...if we don't do something, that is."

"W-what do we do?"

The person looked at Chip. "...I...don't know..."

"..." Chip stared at the person while the cables shook. "...Can I ask you something?"

"What?"

"Why did you do this if you didn't know what you were doing?"

"...I don't know!" Jigglypuff yelled. "I just wanted to feel important for something crucial! You don't know the pain I go through while everyone else can start very good topics about the Subspace Army!"

The person revealed itself to be none other than Jigglypuff. Chip looked at her confused while the Balloon Pok?mon stood up on a tall chair that made her look tall when she had the cloak on herself.

"So you did all of this in secret to receive attention?" Chip asked.

Jigglypuff's eyes filled with tears before she covered her face. "I-I wanted to feel special for once!" she cried out. "I felt special, right? You were looking for me because I was special, right?"

"...Y-yeah..." Chip looked away.

Jigglypuff smiled a little. "I knew I was doing the right thing after I overheard Sonic talking to himself that night."

"Oh, wait," Chip began as he looked at her. "How did you know he had that guy inside him?"

Jigglypuff sniffed and looked away. "I knew it ever since the night before we invaded Smithy's turf... Sonic was talking to someone and I happened to be walking in that hallway. He seemed to be ranting and arguing to his mind about hiding previews like fangs growing out... But that's all I heard before that girl, Rita, came into the scene. I gasped and silently hurried my way to my room," she explained. "But I knew nobody else knew about Sonic's situation at all so I took the chance to be of importance to him."

"Like love?"

"N-no!" Jigglypuff said with a pout. "I'll never fall in love with him, ever!"

"S-sorry..."

"Anyway," the singer continued. "I knew I couldn't just go to him and say I knew how to help him out. He would have frowned at me and say something like, "No way" before running away..."

"And you began to send him the notes without anyone else knowing."

"That's right," Jigglypuff said. "I knew he was going to turn into some kind of wolf after I saw the fangs, fur, and claws that he grew during battle. It was so obvious and I started to read about werewolves and how to make them go away from someone's body," she explained more as she took from her back a book. "I read in this book that you could stop someone from becoming a werewolf by using silver cables to cover the victim completely."

Chip took the book and read the cover. "Werewolves And Their Ominous Ways To Be Disappeared?"

"That's right," Jigglypuff said with a happy smile. "I read everything on it to help Sonic tonight."

"But why didn't your experiment work?"

"I don't know..." Jigglypuff said. "I knew the process was going to work, but what happened?"

Chip opened the book and looked around the pages. He stopped at the first pages, and his eyes narrowed at one that was sticked with another. He looked down at the new page. "...Warning: all these practices will only work with humans and not anthromorphic beings. We know anthromorphic beings are a branch of humans, but they're not completely humans at all."

"...What?!" Jigglypuff asked as she looked at the book. "Aw, dangit! I knew I was missing a page!"

Chip closed the book and patted Jigglypuff's back. "There, there, at least you wanted to help Sonic. That makes you important."

Jigglypuff sniffed and slowly hugged Chip. "T-thank you, Chip..."

Chip chuckled and hugged her back. "Anytime, Jiggs...anytime..."

Both of them chuckled heartily...

...But they forgot Sonic.

"...Oh no..." Chip muttered before both looked at the trembling body in cables. "W-what should we do? H-he's gonna transform anytime soon!"

"Don't worry!" Jigglypuff yelled. "As long as the moonlight stays away from him, the transformation effect won't get completed!"

The imp noticed that the moonlight passed just above them, and shone on the cables. Jigglypuff looked at the window before her gaze looked all the way to Sonic.

"...For crying out loud!" Jigglypuff cursed loudly. "I knew it was a bad idea to stay in the middle of the light with that chair!"

"G-grrrrrrrr..."

Both of their eyes widened while their pupils shrunk. "W-what was that?" Chip asked as he continued to hug a terrified Jigglypuff.

"I-I think...I think...I think...I-I-I think..." Jigglypuff gulped as they looked at the body in cables. "...The beast..."

Chip looked at her in terror.

"...Has been unleashed..." she finished.

Both of them quickly looked back at the cables, and they seemed to be growing slowly. Chip and Jigglypuff looked at each other before backing away from the shaking body.

They noticed fur coming out from the small spaces between the cables. They also saw several parts of the cables growing bigger and bigger until they saw big patches of dark blue fur coming out. The duo looked further away where they saw a snout pushing the cables outward, revealing some sharp fangs that made them gulp in fear. The cables slowly took a small, muscular form that began to shake in pure rage.

"U-uh-oh..." both of them muttered as they hugged tightly.

Soon, cables began to be ripped apart by a big amount of body mass and fur from some big arms with big claws on the sides. The feet themselves began to grow big until spikes came out from underneath them, revealing a reddish purple set of shoes. Chip and Jigglypuff gasped once the fangs opened and quickly tore open the cables that restrained a nose.

It was a small matter of time before all the cables were ripped apart by the beast that laid down on the floor, staring up at the ceiling with rage and fury combined. Chip and Jigglypuff saw the figure slowly sitting up before locking green glaring eyes at them. The beast before them slowly stood up, but put its big claws down on the floor.

"..." both remained silent as the beast showed its fangs at them.

The beast pulled its head back to release a powerful roar to the ceiling, opening its mouth completely to reveal the sharpness of its fangs. Chip's and Jigglypuff's pupils shrunk even more as the hidden furniture in the darkness shook as the roar created some small trembles around the room. The beast, finally, stopped roaring and locked eyes to the 2.

"...YIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Chip and Jigglypuff screamed loudly as they hugged each other.

"..." The beast smirked with a chuckle, showing its fangs a little. "Ooh, the little cry babies wanna cry now?" the beast asked with a snicker. "Surely you're kidding me."

Chip and Jigglypuff stopped screaming and looked back at the beast. "I-is that really you, Sonic?" Chip asked with a gulp.

The werehog chuckled and slowly walked to them, moving his big arms in an ordered pace. "Oh, Chip, you know it's me..." the werehog said with an amused look as the 2 backed away from him to just below the window. "You don't know your friend?" he asked, showing his fangs a little as he ducked down to see them closer, raising his eyebrows as he half-closed his eyes.

"E-er..." Chip looked freaked out by the amused beast. "M-maybe?"

"...Right!" Sonic said before he gave them a huge (werehog) hug, nearly asphyxiating them in his furred arms. "Aww, it's good to have good friends like you to help me out!"

"S-Sonic..." Jigglypuff muttered as she turned purple. "Y-you're...asphyxiating me...and Chip..."

"...Oh!" Sonic released them and let them fall down on the floor. "I'm soooooo sorry! I think I don't know my own strength at all!" the werehog said before he looked amused and flexed his big arms. "Or do I?" he asked as he tried to find some bulges, nodding and smirking at his arms.

Chip and Jigglypuff backed away quickly from the beast. "W-why do I think he's not Sonic at all?" Chip asked.

"I-I don't even think Sonic's here anymore..." Jigglypuff said fairly terrified.

The werehog quickly looked at them with his green eyes as he continued flexing (apparently in pleasure of himself). "So, you guys like how I look? Because I've never felt so darn strong in my life before... My arms are pretty big..."

Jigglypuff gulped as the werehog continued to do his newfound hobby. "M-maybe a little?" she responded.

"A LITTLE?!" howled Sonic as he glared at them, making them gasp in fear. "Why you little punks..." he muttered as he quickly walked at them. "Just look at me!" he demanded as he was about to shove his face at them. "My body, my strength, even my sexiness have increased for a lot after I transformed into this!"

"..." Chip and Jigglypuff looked at each other. "...Sexiness?" they repeated confused.

"For the love of... Yeah!" the werehog complained. "Damn, you're WAY too dumb to notice my almighty appearance, arent you?!"

Chip and Jigglypuff had to nod very quickly, making the werehog grin malevolently.

"Thought so..." the werehog said with a snicker...before he returned to flex his arms. "God, I feel so darn strong. Why, I could lift anything with these beauties anytime I wan-"

"Narcissistic type much?" Jigglypuff asked bored of the beast.

"I'd say so..." Chip muttered bored.

"WHAT WAS THAT AGAIN?!" Sonic asked as he glared down at his prey. "CARE TO REPEAT THAT AGAIN IN MY FACE?!"

"N-NO, SIR!" Chip and Jigglypuff hugged each other and shook their heads in fear.

"You better..." Sonic muttered with a growl. "...Anyway," he began with a smirk as he flexed his claws. "This power...I need to test it out right now on something..." He looked amused at them, raising his eyebrows in a cocky manner. "...Or someone?"

"...Use him!" Jigglypuff said as she pushed imp to him. "He likes getting hurt!"

"W-what?" Chip asked as he looked up at the amused beast. The imp looked back at Jigglypuff. "T-traitor! You betrayed me!"

"Mwahahahahahahahahahaha!!!" Sonic laughed evilly at the ceiling, making the 2 look shocked. "You guys are way so funny, I'll give you that..." He wiped a tear away with a claw. "Aww, you know how to make someone strong like me laugh that good..."

Chip backed away to Jigglypuff. "S-so, you're not going to attack us, right?"

"O-or eat us, right?" Jigglypuff asked.

"..." Sonic stood straight, put his big claws on his hips, and looked down at them. "Guess what I'm going to do tonight," he said with a grin.

"K-kill, maybe?"

"Yeah," Sonic nodded. "This fool is knocked out inside my mind. Since I have my body back here with me, and it came together with this awesome transformation..." The werehog showed his fangs at them. "I'm gonna start my bloodshed in a few seconds..." he muttered with a snicker.

"...On us?" Chip asked.

"...You 2 will be my second prey..." DSS said. "Remember? I'm gonna give someone else his so deserved gift for reaching 17 years of living a meaningless life..."

"..." Jigglypuff gasped. "Y-you don't mean..."

"Correct!" DSS said with a frown. "It took you that long to guess? Geez..." He glared down at them with a malicious grin. "That kid is all mine tonight...and everyone else in here as well..."

"W-well, I'm sure they heard your loud roars!" Chip yelled at him. "They're on their way here, so get prepared for a good beating!"

"Yes!" Jigglypuff joined in with a pout. "They're not going to abandon us that easily! Besides, we all look for each other in dangerous situations lik-"

"Happy birthday to-you, happy birthday to-you, happy birthday dear Chriiiiiiiiiiiii-iiiiiiiiiiis...happy birthday-to-youuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu!!!"

The trio blinked in confusion after they heard many voices coming from the hallway, singing in perfect synch.

"..." Jigglypuff sweatdropped. "...I know those bastards left us with you to get mauled alive...but..." She looked angry. "...That had to be the WORST birthday greeting I've ever heard in my life before..."

"Yeah..." Chip said as he nodded. "...That chorus sounded so awful..."

"You 2 tell me," DSS said with a frown. "I can't believe they actually sang together..."

Jigglypuff motioned at Chip to the door as the beast looked another way as he frowned. Chip took a small time to understand before they slowly and silently walked towards the door, just behind the werehog.

"Yuck, come to think of it, they suck at singing," DSS said with a frown. "I bet they even convinced some of the cold ones to sing. I could tell there were some deep voices 'cuz my hearing got stronger like everything in me."

Chip and Jigglypuff watched the beast from behind as they went closer to the door.

"Welll, what can you do?" DSS asked as he looked at the ceiling. "I'll better cut their throats first before they scream in pure agony," DSS said. "Yeah, that'll do nicely..."

The duo accelerated a little bit, taking in mind their sounds of their steps.

"Heheheh," DSS chuckled with a smirk. "Yeah, I'm so looking forward to see blood spilling all over," he said. "Yeah, yeah, YEAH!!! I WANT TO DO IT NOW!!!" The werehog pointed at his left side where the duo were supposed to be. "AND I'LL START WITH YO-"

The sound of the door closing was heard and the beast turned around to it.

"...They're sometimes smart..." he muttered. "...GRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" DSS took a wild stance by smacking down his claws on the floor before he charged at the door at full throttle.

Hallway

Kingdom Hearts II - Rowdy Rumble

Meanwhile, the 2 terrified characters were flying across the hallway as fast as they could. However, Chip was the only one flying since Jigglypuff was riding on his rather small back.

"Fly faster!" Jigglypuff yelled as she looked back. "He should notice we're not there with him anymore!"

"I-I'm trying to do my best here!" Chip yelled. "D-don't pressure me!"

Both of them heard the sound of the door breaking apart. Jigglypuff looked behind her where she barely recognized DSS's smirking expression before he howled a bit and began to run after them. "Heeeey!" DSS called as he stuck out his tongue a bit. "Do you wanna play tag now? Well, do you mind if I let my claws play on you?"

"N-no!" both yelled back.

"Well, don't mind if I do! MWAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" DSS laughed maniacally before he started to throw his claws, extending at long distances at the duo. Chip and Jigglypuff gasped and the Balloon Pok?mon grabbed Chip's ears out of panic and pulled them to the directions where the claws didn't punch them. "Why don't you play with me? You're making me one sad hedgehog..."

"I-I really hate that stupid nature he has!" Jigglypuff yelled as she pulled Chip's ears.

"Oh, who wouldn't?!" Chip asked before they barely dodged a flying fist. "P-please, we have to make it to the others!"

The duo turned around the hallway before the maniacally werehog followed suit...

Main Lobby

Minutes before the transformation, but after the first roar...

"..." Chris blinked in confusion as he looked back at the hallway. "W-what was that just now?" he asked unsure.

Just to be pointed out, the World Traveler was using his Black Mage job.

The Smashers (who had appeared from underneath the tables) looked at Chris after staring at the source of the roar.

This wasn't planned in Peach's mind, though. The princess coughed a little bit to get everyone's attention. She really wanted to continue with this without interruptions by the look of her serious face. "S-surprise!" she yelled, opening her arms to Chris.

The World Traveler and the Aura Pok?mon turned around to look at them. "W-what?" Chris asked.

"Everyone, say your lines, quick!" Peach whispered to them.

"Oh no," Falco said. "There's not a chance in hell I'm going to sing that."

Mario looked somewhat annoyed at him. Falco looked back at Peach and noticed she began to sob silently.

"If you make her cry, she won't stop crying for a long while," Mario muttered. "Last time she cried she locked herself in her room for a week once she held a party and one of the guests complained to her about a Toad that didn't say hello to him. Now, sing!" he muttered in form of a plea.

"..." Falco rolled his eyes.

"You have got to be kidding me..." Mewtwo muttered in embarrassment.

Fox looked around. "...Oh, sweet, Wolf escaped," he said annoyed.

"EVERYONE!" Peach muttere louder as Chris and Lucario kept staring at them. "QUICK!"

And everyone took a deep breath and began to sin-

................................

Due to the fact that we don't humiliate any of the serious Smashers by making them sing during a birthday, this scene is going to be temporally censored. Please understand we're doing this to keep most of them in-character as much as possible. Thank you and keep enjoying this birthday party. You may now return reading.

................................

Chris and Lucario were...utterly speechless after they heard every single Smasher singing.

But there 2 questions that troubled Chris's mind...

It was either the fact that everyone sang in perfect synch with happy emotions...

...Or the fact that they actually sang together.

Chris stared at Peach, who had her arms wide open after they finished singing for him. The World Traveler blinked at this sudden awkward silence before breaking the silence. "...Thank...you..." he trailed off, thinking of something else to say at this moment.

"..." Peach lowered her arms and looked a little bit disappointed. "...I'm so sorry for asking you this...but..." she began as she turned around to face the people in there. "...Where's the enthusiasm? Where is it? I wanted to feel the enthusiasm and passion to sing to Chris! Why did you have to show boredom while you were all singing?!"

She seemed angry by the look of her face.

At that moment, Wolf, Meta Knight, and Snake came from the kitchen and walked back to the group without being noticed.

"Hey," Link began. "I DID sing with enthusiasm, but I only do that in Ordon."

"I'm not the guy who likes to sing that either," C. Falcon said.

"Please forget what I just did some seconds ago," Mewtwo said. "I just did it because Peach wouldn't stop bothering me (and the fact she had an eye on me unlike some people here...)"

"What? Are you all heartless?" Peach asked annoyed. "I've been working day and night to organize this birthday party since the beginning and you had to go and..."

She didn't have the courage to sa-"

"And screw everything up!"

It turned out she did.

Luigi's jaw opened. "P-Peach, I-I did sing with enthusiasm..."

"I know, Luigi," Peach said smiling before she looked angry at the others. "But you! Why don't you show enthusiasm?"

"Do I look like I'm happy for this party?" Wolf asked. "This is the kid's party, after all."

Chris (and Lucario) looked mad at this comment.

"What was that?" Peach asked as she walked rather fastly to Wolf. "This party is special, you know that? Everyone here worked hard to do this, and you didn't do a thing!"

"Ooh, I'm scared," Wolf said sarcastically. "The princess's mad at me. Oh no, I'm going to di-"

The princess sent a hard slap on Wolf's cheek, making him back away.

"O-oww..." Wolf muttered before she glared at her. "Hey, blondie, what was that for?" he asked annoyed.

Peach took out a golf club from her back as she kept staring at the lupine.

Mario, Luigi, and Yoshi gasped.

Chris tilted his head in confusion.

Everyone...just looked.

"Uh-oh..." Yoshi began. "He did it..."

"Y-yes, he did," Luigi said.

"Sadly, he did," Mario said with some nods.

"What," Wolf asked uninterested at Peach. "You gonna whack the heck out of me with that thing?"

"I'll do worse..." Peach muttered. "You haven't seen me..."

"...WAIT!" Chris suddenly yelled as she ran at Peach, took the golf club away from her and tossed it outside the window. "B-before you start to get even more out of character...um..."

Peach looked at him with a blank face.

"..." The World Traveler looked at the Smashers, the hands, and the tables arranged around the lobby. "...W-wow, a surprise birthday party? T-that's really...sweet!" he said, happily hugging Peach.

The princess blinked before she returned the hug. "Oh, Chris, you like this?"

"Y-yes!" Chris said (as he seemed to look fairly shocked at the Smashers over Peach's shoulder). "I can't believe you all went through all this just for me... That's really...no, so really good!"

"Aww..." Peach hugged him tightly. "T-thank you, I knew you were going to like this... I was the one who thought about it at first. Everyone else then agreed with my idea."

"(Except the singing part...)" Samus thought.

Both of them stopped hugging and the princess looked at Chris with joined hands in front of her neck. "I'm so glad you like this, Chris. That's so sweet of you after we organized everything for you only. You're a very special person to me." She wiped a tear (as some of the Smashers rolled their eyes).

"I-I know..." Chris said, forcing a happy smile. "Really, Peach...thank you..."

Peach smiled and shed a tear of happiness. "Y-you're welcome, Chris..."

The World Traveler looked back at the Smashers. "W-well, thank you for everything," he said (as he looked angry to make them agree with him to prevent Peach from getting angry). "You guys are so awesome!"

"...Um...yeah!" Luigi said suddenly.

"A-absolutely," Lucas said with some nods.

"W-we are?" Olimar asked confused.

It was a matter of time before all of them nodded and agreed with Chris's desperate move to calm the princess. A mad Wolf walked nearby him and grunted a bit before he returned to the group.

"Well, then," Peach said as she lifted her hands up. "We shouldn't waste anymore time and get this party started!"

Chris looked at the Smashers and nodded with a serious look.

Everyone looked at each other and agreed with a small round of applauses.

"..." Peach looked around. "That's weird, where are Sonic, Chip, and Jigglypuff?"

C. Falcon and Olimar gasped after remembering that it was night of full moon.

"I wanted Jigglypuff to be here because she would have loved to sing..." Peach said a little bit depressed. "But Chris came first than her..."

"And where's Sonic, anyway?" Pikachu asked. "I thought he was going to help the most, a thing he didn't even do at all."

"I guess he even forgot Chris's eternal gift," Marth said. "Ugh, that guy sometimes scares me, though..."

Scare...

That single word made Red, Popo, and Nana remember.

"E-everyone!" Red suddenly yelled. "S-Sonic, he isn't the same anymore!"

"What?" Squirtle and Ivysaur asked, looking up and their terrified trainer.

"What?" Master Hand asked. "Oh, you keep blabbling about his new attitude, right? Please, he wouldn't want to kill anyone here."

"Oh, at least you didn't see him like we did!" Popo argued. "H-he wanted to kill the 3 of us with that sadistic smile of his!"

"H-he even looked ready to chew our arms off!" Nana yelled fairly terrified. "T-that only happened during the night, and it happens to be night right now! He could show up and attack anyone alone!"

Snake rolled his eyes. "What the f(beep) are you saying now? We know that hedgehog was going to cause some kind of stupid event to not show up here and suffer the singing part we all did. Who wanted to sing here, anyway?"

"We wanted to," Mei Ling and Otacon were heard saying.

"Besides you 2," Snake said with a sigh.

Some of the people in there raised their hands.

"...I thought so," Snake said. "Anyway, I'm not going to deal with this crap anymore longer. I'm out of here."

Peach gasped after Snake began to walk upstairs. "W-wait! We haven't even started the party yet!"

"Better yet, I suppose," Snake said without turning at her. "I have more important matters to attend to."

"Like?"

"Like sleeping," Snake said simply.

Things weren't going like Peach planned. She looked a little bit depressed.

"D-don't look like that," Chris said. "I'm sure everyone else wants to celebrate, right?"

The Smashers looked at each other and some of them made true small smiles and nodded.

"...Well..." Peach began as the soldier was about to reach upstairs. "...Let's start this party, okay? Kirby here wants to eat the food he did."

There was an anxious Kirby with fork and spoon ready on his hands while he was sitting down at the end of a table with a big variety of food. Meta Knight, however, knew that the utensils weren't going to touch anything, and he walked to Kirby, making the Star Warrior sigh in depression.

The Smashers began to talk between groups as they spread around and sat down on the tables. Peach opened her mouth a little in surprise as Chris took her hand (shyly) and nodded to her with a chuckle. "Do you want to sit close to me?" Chris asked. "After all, that's the only thing I can do for you for making this secret birthday party."

"O-oh, go ahead," Peach said, blushing and giggling.

Lucario walked to Chris. "Can I sit next to you, too?"

"Of course," Chris said. "There's always a seat reserved for you, Lucario."

Lucario wagged his tail a little and smiled a bit to Chris. The trio went to sit on a table where some of the Smashers were talking.

Surely, nothing was going to interrupt this mome-

"EVERYONE!" Nana yelled loudly as she, Red, Popo, C. Falcon, and Olimar remained standing up.

All the Smashers turned at them. "What?" Roy asked.

"We were just about to start the party," Ness said nearby as he was carrying a small plate. "Why'd you interrupt now?"

"Y-you don't simply understand!" Olimar said with a gulp. "S-Sonic has in mind to attack everyone here tonight!"

"And he wants to kill Chris as a gift for his birthday!" Popo yelled.

Most of the Smashers blinked in confusion after the blue Ice Climber yelled terrified. They all looked at each other and muttered things about the rumor of Sonic wanting to kill them all tonight.

However, Chris seemed shocked, yet surprised at this revelation.

"...Excuse me?" Chris asked. "...Sonic...wants to kill me...as a gift for my birthday?"

"Y-yes!" Red yelled. "T-that crazy psychopath wanted to kill us before, but he didn't!"

"He put the 3 of us in the basement and kept us tied down without anyone else..." Popo shivered. "T-that was so scaring after those short days..."

"And Mewtwo!" C. Falcon began. "I thought you believed us! After all, you found these 3 kids (Red, Popo, and Nana: We have names, you know!) with your psychic powers!"

"I did," Mewtwo said. "But it's hard to tell that Sonic changed."

"For the love of god, you should know!" Nana said annoyed. "You read minds all the time when you're bored!"

"I do not read minds when I'm bored," Mewtwo lied. "For that matter, I don't stalk anyone's minds."

"Lie," Lucario said simply. "You just said a lie."

"You..." Mewtwo muttered a little bit annoyed. "...Fine, I do it from time to time, but that has nothing to do with this."

"W-well," Popo began with a gulp. "Can't you see what we went through by reading our minds?"

"I hav-"

"And we mean our minds, not C. Falcon's and Olimar's," Nana added suddenly.

"..." Mewtwo looked a little bit ashamed. "...I can't believe I didn't think of that detail..."

"Psychic cat here just lost 1 IQ point from his brai-" Pikachu's mouth shone a bit before it was forced to close by a psychic force. The Electric Pok?mon struggled to open his mouth as Mewtwo focused to read the victims' minds by closing his eyes.

"..." Mewtwo focused hard.

A moment of silence took place in the lobby as everyone kept staring at him. The Psychic Pok?mon began to receive images of the minds of the Ice Climbers and Red themselves. He saw through their eyes and malevolent figure with a sadistic smile looking at them before long arms and screams were seen and heard respectively.

As for the musicians...

Lanky shifted his eyes as he and the entire Kong family sat next to each other. "Um, what is going on here?" he asked.

"If we explained, you would get really shocked..." Diddy said unsure.

"Oh, come on," Tiny said with a frown. "What is there you don't want to say to us?"

"No, really," DK said. "You'd get really shocked if we did..."

"..." Chunky gulped. "Tell us..."

DK and Diddy hopped a bit. "Wait, are you really sure you want to know?"

"E-eh," Master Hand interrupted. "I'm sorry, but I think you should wait a little longer before we explain ourselves..."

Tiny crossed her arms. "Fine, fine."

"...You're giving up that easily?" Diddy asked.

"Well, what do you want me to do?" Tiny asked. "You're just going to keep suggesting not to listen to what you guys do daily here."

"That reminds me..." Medli turned at Toon Link (who seemed to be all bruised after being called back from outside during his training). "I should come back down once in a while. I feel like I haven't gone outside because...well...doing music is really fun."

After a small while, Mewtwo opened his eyes. "..." He nodded. "...We're in trouble..."

That small sentence made everyone mutter to each other in surprise. They knew very well Mewtwo didn't like to lie in serious situations.

Take in mind the word "serious."

"Okay, okay, everyone stop talking," Master Hand began. "It seems that what the 3 said about Sonic was true thanks to Mewtwo."

"I wonder why you didn't do the same," Crazy Hand suddenly asked.

"Well, Mewtwo has even more experience of a psychic unlike me," the hand admitted. "I can read minds but just that... Anyway, that's not the point."

Chris looked somewhat shocked at this revelation.

"...Chris?" Lucario began. "Are you feeling fine?"

"...I...think so..." Chris said as some of the Smashers looked at him. "...B-but...how?" he asked. "Why is Sonic wanting to kill me off? I mean, I never did something to make him get so angry at me..."

"It's because Sonic himself didn't think of that," Mewtwo pointed out. "Judging by the images that I saw in their minds, I could tell Sonic was not himself...because..." Mewtwo stood up. "Sonic has been taken out from his body and mind, and an entity took over both things."

"What? An entity?" Ike asked. "How?"

"I don't know," Mewtwo said. "If we had Sonic in here, I could take an examination of his mind to detect any kind of spirit or soul inside hi-"

The Smashers suddenly heard screams for help coming from the hallway. They all quickly turned their heads to the northeast where Chip and Jigglypuff appeared, screaming loudly. Some of them stood up before both hid underneath the tables. "E-everyone, run!" Chip yelled.

"T-the beast is coming!" Jigglypuff yelled. "H-hurry and take Chris somewhere safe!"

At this sudden scream, Chunky hid underneath the tables, making his family frown in embarrassment.

"W-what?" Chris asked, trying to find a good explanation for this sudden event. "W-what are you 2 talking about? Please, come out!"

"No!" Chip yelled. "We all better be prepared for the worst!"

The Smashers looked at each other in confusion before, from the hallway, came a howling beast that roared furiously at them. All of them suddenly stood up and looked surprised to see some kind of wolf glaring and showing all his fangs at them. The beast himself looked around his surroundings before he sniffed the air.

"Hmm...hmm...hmm....their scent...I sense it..." DSS muttered with a smirk. "Yes, YES! They're here, no doubt about it! C'mon, Chip, Jigglypuff, play with me!"

"What the heck is happening to him?" Roy asked.

"A-and for that matter, why does Sonic look like a b-beast?" Lucas asked, trembling.

The werehog locked eyes on all of them and smirked even more. "Wow, you guys here? Are you up to some fighting or what?" he asked.

"I-I don't even think that's Sonic anymore..." Pichu said with a gulp.

DSS showed his fangs at them and stood up. "Did you come here to see me? You should have said so," he said before he flexed his arms and smirked. "I wanna test this babies right now on all of you. Wanna give me a hand with 'em?"

"What does he even mean by that?" Ness asked.

"I think he wants to pound us," Fox commented.

"Sonic," Master Hand began. "I don't know why you're acting like an idiot, but stop this whole nonsense," he said politely. "Take that ridiculous wolf costume off and join us to celebrate Chris's party."

"Who's party again?" DSS asked before he glared at Chris with a smirk. "Oh, riiiiiiight, the birthday kid. I forgot about him."

Chris didn't like the look that DSS gave him. DSS's face made the teen gulp. "S-Sonic, why do you look like that tonight?" Chris asked.

"I didn't tell you?" DSS asked. "I was going to turn like this very soon. I thought that traitor Chip told you since he's not trustworthy enough for me."

Chip peered his head from the table. "Y-you're evil, a-and insane!" the imp yelled. "You're not Sonic, but an evil entity now!"

"Evil entity?" Chris repeated with some of the Smashers.

DSS laughed for a bit. "Well, well, I guess I should reveal myself before you all die a fast and painful death," he said with a chuckle. "You're looking at the newly powerful Dark Super Sonic! The one who is about to bring darnation to your miserable lives!!!"

"Dark Super Sonic?" Master Hand asked. "You don't look that super to me. Look at you with that costume."

"Idiot," DSS muttered. "I'm 100 percent real, and my new hot bod is very real as well."

"My goodness," Ness said bored. "His ego turned into narcissism so fast."

"Hot bod..." Samus muttered with a frown. "Even Sonic couldn't get that fa-oh, wait, he would get that far."

"Silence," DSS muttered. "Silence, silence, silence, SILENCE!!!" he howled angrily. "DAMMIT! WHY ARE YOU GUYS SO DUMB?!"

"And he has a short personality disorder as well," Marth said.

"Ugh..." DSS frowned. "What the hell do you want me to demonstrate I'm not that bastard Sonic?"

Chris looked down in confusion. "But I just don't understand where you came from at all..."

"...Well, none of you were there..." DSS said. "Fine, I am Sonic's suppressed's entity that was born out of fake Chaos Emeralds and looooooooooooooooong time ago," he said with a smirk. "I remember the day he crashed right into a pile of fake Chaos Emeralds that emanated a strange radiation, and he was touched by every single radiation, giving birth to me once rage and fury were given to him after he witnessed some "dear" friends of his getting hurt."

"...Fake Chaos Emeralds..." Chris repeated. "...I only know that from the..." He looked up to DSS. "...You're that entity? The same entity that destroyed those Metare-"

DSS chuckled. "Wow, you're smart," he said. "Your parents should be so proud of you, Chris."

"...That's right..." Chris realized. "That part of that forgotten event was never fully resolved or explored..." He backed away. "A-and you're saying you're that entity?"

DSS nodded with his sadistic smile.

"...Y-you little unresolved plot furred bastard!" Chris yelled.

"Heheheh, now with that out of the way," DSS began. "I hope you guys enjoyed this little but boring birthday party."

"W-what?" Peach asked. "W-we were just going to star-"

"Shut up, dumb blonde princess," DSS said.

Peach gasped. "W-what did you say to me?" she asked in disbelief.

"Dumb blonde?" DSS asked with a grin. "You look like a dumb blonde to me."

"W-why are you saying such a horrible thing to me?" Peach asked.

"Chick, look at your hair and eyes," DSS said with a devious smirk. "I haven't seen such an example of a dumb blonde around here like you."

"I-I'm not dumb!" Peach yelled back at him. "I-I planned all of this party for Chris because it's his birthday!"

"So what?" DSS asked. "It doesn't change the fact you're a dumby-blondy."

Peach gasped and seemed to get sad at this. "T-that's not true..." she muttered. "That's...not..."

"Y-you shut up!" Luigi yelled as he stepped in front of Peach. "Peach isn't dumb! W-why are you taking it on her? S-she didn't do anything to you!"

"...Growl..." DSS simply said to him.

Luigi instantly hid underneath the table with Chip, Chunky, and Jigglypuff.

"Luigi..." Mario muttered with a frown.

"Anyway," DSS continued. "Dumby-blondie wants to cry now, right?" he asked with a grin. "C'mon, you gotta cry now or later...preferably now..."

"B-but why should I cry?" Peach asked.

Chris didn't like any of this...

"Because you're a dumby-blondy," DSS said, chuckling as he moved up and down in excitement. "Everyone hates dumby-blondies like you, Peach... Hmm...did you know Peach can rhyme with b(beep) very well?"

Peach shook her head, trying hardly to prevent tears from coming out.

"Dumby-blondy wants to cryyyyyy," DSS teased. "Dumby-blondie's a crybaby; a big, dumby-blondie crybaaaaaaabyyyyyyyy."

Peach began to sob before she covered her face. "I-I'm not like that..." she muttered with some sobs. "W-why are you so mean to me, Sonic?"

"Heheheh..." DSS chuckled. "...'Cuz you're a dumby-blondie..." He smirked, showing his fangs. "...Dumbie-blondy."

Peach began to sob even louder than before, soon breaking into tears as everyone watched in pure disbelief at her treatment.

"...Why you..." Mario muttered as he glared daggers at the beast and walked in front of her. "She didn't do anything to you. Why did you make her cry?"

"Because she's a dumby-blondy," DSS kept teasing. "You're deaf or something?"

"(Weird...)" Mario thought. "(I don't feel like beating him up senseless like I used to do it with Sonic... I guess it's not the same with him...) I'm not deaf," Mario said before she patted the crying princess. "Peach, please, don't cry... You did a very good job with this party..."

"Too bad she didn't because she's a dumby-blondy," DSS teased more, making the princess look up at him before covering her crying face with her hands.

Chris's eyes focused on the beast.

"Dumby-blondy is worthless," DSS teased with some chuckles as most of the Smashers glared at him. "Dumby-blondy's dumb, heheheheheh."

The World Traveler put a hard grip on his staff from behind his back as he chanted silently.

"She needs to get killed tonight," DSS went on. "Dumby-blondies need to die."

Chris's yellow eyes turned into a glare.

"Why, you ask?" DSS continued. "Because...she is a dumby-blondi-"

"THUNDARA!!!"

"What th-UUUUUUUUUUUUGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHH!!!" The werehog was suddenly attacked by heavy bolts of lightning that fell from above him, making him grunt in pain before he shook himself and growled at the Smashers. "Okay, who's the idiot behind that attack?!"

"You..." Chris muttered as he glared at the beast. "...You BETTER shut that stupid mouth of yours RIGHT NOW!"

"Ooh, the kid's angry," DSS taunted with an amused smile. "I'm so in trouble now... Yeah, right..."

"You're NOT going to going to do that sort of thing while I'm around here," Chris said angered to the beast as the Smashers and everyone else glared at the demonic beast. "Why, I think you have probably the worst attitude in here!"

DSS kept chuckling. "Aww, the kid's turning heroic? That's so cute. Here, let me pinch you your cheek."

Chris gasped as he saw a fast fist coming straight to him. The World Traveler gasped and covered his face before Lucario stepped quickly in front of him and stopped the fist with one hand. The aura wielder grunted before the fist went back to the werehog.

Most of the Smashers gasped at the sudden attack.

"D-did his right arm extend just now?" Olimar asked.

"Ugh..." Lucario shook his right hand. "That fist was a little bit strong... It hurt me..."

"A little?" DSS asked as he glared at the dog. "Why you imbecile... I'm clearly the most powerful being inside this doghouse you call mansion!"

"Whoa, whoa, whoa," Master Hand began. "I'm afraid to say this is not a doghouse. If there's a dog in here it's you, Mr. Furry."

"Tsk." DSS looked mad. "You guys make me soooooooo sick... Those stupid glares and eyes on me...they make me want to kill you all more..."

Chris turned to the crying princess and patted her back. "Please, Peach, don't cry anymore... Don't listen to that bastard's comments..."

DSS narrowed his eyes at the teen. "Gotcha," he muttered, showing his fangs in a smirk.

Chris suddenly turned around to see another claw extending after him, but Lucario used a fast uppercut to push it away to the air where the hit made DSS grunt in pain before pulling his claw back. "Get those claws away from him," Lucario warned him. "If you do that again, I'm going to do something about it."

"You stupid dog..." DSS said as he panted heavily. "You won't stop me from killing that kid and his black face..."

"Just try it," Lucario taunted. "You're not going to land a single finger on him."

"..." DSS smirked. "Oh, right, I forgot you're his so-dear powerful guardian who's strength grows with fury..."

"What about it?" Lucario asked with a glare. "At least I use my aura for better matters than you."

DSS waved a finger at him. "Doggy, doggy, doggy, I know you're dangerous if I take the kid out in front of your eyes," he explained. "So, guess what I'm going to do first?"

"..." Lucario narrowed his eyes and took a fighting stance.

"Wait a minute," Ike began as he stepped forward besides Lucario. "Why should we watch and let you kill anyone here?"

"Yeah," Roy began as he joined in. "For crying out loud, we're having a celebration tonight."

"You just can't go barge in here and interrupt," Samus began as she stepped forward. "It's a bad thing to do, did you know that?"

"I agree," Zelda said as she did the same action. "We have worked hard to do this party."

"And we're not going to let you destroy anything in here," added Link.

"Because I did half of the food in here," Kirby said with a serious face. "You hurt the food, you get the hammer."

Most of the Smashers looked odd at Kirby before looking at Meta Knight, sitting on a chair.

"...What can I say?" Meta Knight asked. "Kirby's food is something he is not going to let go that easily for eternity." The knight jumped off the chair and took Galaxia out. "As for the main point here, I'll have to fight as well."

The Smashers saw Snake coming down from the stairs. He looked like he listened to everything from behind the hallway's wall of the second floor. "So the hedgehog can get beaten up, huh..." Snake walked to them. "I may as well discharge everything I have on him."

Yoshi walked forward and glared at the hedgehog. "I just want to have a normal party, that's all...and because it's Chris's birthday as well."

The werehog looked at all the Smashers slowly walking in front of Peach and Chris, who looked surprised as they all faced the beast.

Wolf cracked his fists. "Let me tell you all I'm not doing this for the kid but just for some fun," he said with a frown. "I wanted to do something else than this, anyway."

"That's right, you guys," Master Hand said as he looked at the musicians and motioned to the kitchen, telling them to go away. "Show him no mercy."

"Makar," Medli whispered as she kept staring at the group of Smashers. "We should stay away from here for now..."

"I think so..." Makar said. "Everyone, let's go silently to the kitchen."

"What about Chunky?" Lanky asked as he looked underneath the table.

Tiny frowned and ducked inside to pull the Kong out. She struggled a bit before Lanky helped her to drag Chunky out. The big Kong had his eyes covered by his hands as he shook in fear to the event happening.

Medli and Makar looked as the Kongs dragged Chunky to the kitchen, still without noticing that he was being dragged at all. The 2 first musicians looked at each other worried before they ran to the kitchen to hide. It was a small time before Master Hand and Crazy Hand followed.

The musicians looked up at the owner of the mansion. "Why are you here and not over there?" Makar asked. "You're supposed to help them, right?"

Master Hand looked down at him. "Look, if I want to fight, I need to study the enemy closely from a safe distance. I don't know if he can hurt me very badly or not, but I have to take precautions at all times."

"And what about him?" Lanky (on top of a scared Chunky) asked as he pointed at Crazy Hand.

"Him? He just watches. He likes fights."

Crazy Hand ducked to take out a small flag that he waved around while cheering silently.

"...He's a wacko," Tiny commented bored.

Back at the lobby, DSS smiled sarcastically at the Smashers. "You wanna protect the kid or something? Well, in truth, I don't wanna destroy this place... I merely want that kid on the clouds forever. What's so bad about it?"

"Dude, everything you just said is bad," Falco said. "Heck, not even Sonic would think something like that in his life."

"..." Through Chris's face covered in darkness, he smiled a bit while Peach smiled a bit afterward.

"That is why you need to be disappeared," Mewtwo said as he joined all of them. "Your soul is shrouded in utter darkness and it's very annoying to perceive it everytime I look at you, or even think about you."

"...Heh..." DSS closed his eyes. "I admit I have a very bad nature...I'll give you that... However, what's so bad about my goals? Are they really bad for you all?"

"Yes, they are," C. Falcon said. "I can't find any good in them for that matter."

"..." DSS looked at them with a blank face. "Okay, I know you guys like the kid so much because it's his birthday... I came here to give him his gift personally because Sonic didn't have one. So then I wanted to be a good guy and give him my own present..." His face slowly began to turn demonic. "And that present is something he will take, even after eternity..."

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Malicious Fingers

DSS lifted his claws and smirked at them while his pupils shrunk to create wild eyes. "AND NONE OF YOU WILL INTERRUPT ME FROM GIVING HIM THE GIFT!!!"

"Here it comes," Samus warned them.

"Why it?" Pit asked.

"He's not himself anymore," Samus explained. "He's now a monster."

"HUAH!!!" DSS leaped at them and extended his arms and claws towards them.

However, something was wrong...

"Let's leak some super power into 'em!" DSS yelled maniacally as they saw the claws glowing purple before they grew 5 feet big in a second. Most of them gasped and quickly ran to different directions before the claws could crush them with a powerful clap. "YEAH!" DSS yelled as he landed on the floor and panted heavily. "This is TRULY my true power!!!"

"W-what did he just do to his claws?!" Lucas asked in utter shock. "T-they grew so quickly!"

"Heheheh, I'd say thanks to the fact I'm a super shadow being," DSS pointed out. "I can make these claws grow very big to take anything or ANYONE out!" He quickly showed his fangs at Chris, Peach, and Mario who were standing in the same place they were. "Hi there. Wanna go out for a walk?"

"R-run!!!" Chris yelled, alarming the other 2 as they turned around and tried to run away. However, a huge claw quickly went after them, but Lucario stepped behind Chris and punched the huge claw away with a Force Palm.

"Ugh!" DSS grunted as he retreated his claw back. "Damn, I forgot about the maggot... Oh well," he said as he cracked his neck by moving his throat around. "Better take the dog's crap, and when I mean dog's crap, I mean the dog itself!"

"GRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted in rage at him.

DSS smirked once he saw C. Falcon and Link leaping at him from behind. The werehog chuckled before he hardly turned around and swung his arms (that instantly grew big) to slam them away to the wall where they crashed and grunted in pain.

Albeit to say, this action made DSS go crazy as he smirked wildly.

"YES!!!" DSS howled in triumph. "OH GOD! THIS POWER IS SO AWESOME!!!"

"Do us a favor and shut up," Samus said as she charged a shot close to him.

DSS quickly stopped her by sending a long punch that made her back away. "Ah-ah-ah," DSS taunted. "No shooting the god."

Samus stopped backing away before she quickly shot a Super Missile. The werehog grinned a little bit before he grabbed the missile and crushed it inside his claw. The explosion only made him get hurt a little, but still, he chuckled. "My, is that all you got?"

The dark beast sniffed the air...

"Smells like..." he muttered. "...Fear with blond hair..."

Lucas gasped after the beast looked at him over his shoulder. The PK user wanted to do a sneak attack, but the beast stopped him by glaring down at Lucas. DSS narrowed his right eye, and it made Lucas gulp as he slowly took out a branch. "S-stay back!" Lucas yelled. "I-I'm going to use this t-"

DSS quickly bit the branch, snapped it, and gave it back to a shocked Lucas. "Here," he said with a smile. "You left it here and someone bit it in half."

"..." Lucas whimpered at his branch. "M-m-"

"Look out!" Pikachu yelled as he pushed Lucas away before the werehog could slam down his huge claws on him. The werehog grunted and glared at the Electric Pok?mon.

"Party pooper..." DSS muttered with a snarl. "They so need to leave people like me..." Again, he sniffed the air and quickly turned around to find Roy dashing towards him. "Your scents always alert me from you. Even with that, I can easily hear your footsteps."

"But I bet you can't hear immobile targets, though!" shouted Pit from above as the werehog looked up a little bit shocked before he was slashed across his white chest by Roy, causing the werehog to tumble back where Pit slashed him even more and landed back besides Roy.

"Grrrrrrrrrr..." DSS grunted at them.

"Great move," Roy said. "That distraction was good."

"Thanks," Pit said. "I guess he's not that har-"

Both were suddenly grabbed by 2 huge claws that tossed them up, and DSS grinned malevolently before he jumped at them and used his extending claws that pushed the 2 swordsmen to the top ceiling where they crashed and yelled in pain. "Never leave your guard down around me!" DSS yelled with a laugh.

"Likewise," Mewtwo spoke from behind the beast before the psychic user sliced the air with his fingers to create Psycho Cuts that sliced the beast several times.

DSS showed his fangs in fury before he quickly turned around and punched Mewtwo away. The Psychic Pok?mon grunted in pain before the werehog growled angrily and slammed down his claws to jump high and evade a Quick Draw from Ike.

"Now, where's the kid?!" DSS asked as he looked around. "I gotta give him his gift sometime, you know!"

Several feet away from the battle, there were Chris, Peach, and Mario watching the entire feud from a safe distance. For Peach's fortune, the battle took part in a half of the lobby where there were no tables or furniture.

"W-why is this happening tonight?" Peach asked in disbelief as she saw DSS grabbing DK and Diddy by their faces before pulling them to each other and hit them hard. "T-this isn't supposed to be happening!"

"Peach, I know..." Mario said. "But things have taken another different way. This isn't your fault at all... This is that evil spirit's fault."

"I-I don't understand any of this..." Chris said worried as DSS was attacked by a strong kick on his back by Fox, who later was quickly grabbed by the same foot he used and slammed down the floor as the beast growled in pleasure. "W-why is he like this?"

"Huh?!" DSS managed to overheard the trio talking (letting Fox roll away to stay safe) "...So there you are..." The beast's pupils turned wild as he focused his view in Chris and only himself. "Come...I need to give you your gift..."

"Stop right there!" Master Hand yelled as he appeared from the kitchen and slammed down himself about the beast. Howevere, DSS reacted fast and rolled out of the way to see the hand levitating back up again. "I can't allow you to continue your useless and pointless rampage tonight."

"Grrr..."

"I accept no growls from people like you, either," Master Hand said. "Since you're not wanted here, I'm going to ask you to leave here."

"(Dammit...)" DSS thought. "(That hand could present a problem if I keep fighting here. But I need to deliver the gift to the kid...)" He quickly stopped Ness's bat from hitting his head by using his right arm that he later used to push the PK user away. "(But how? How am I going to get rid of the hand?)"

The werehog took a quickl glance outside...where the night was present...

DSS blinked before smirking evilly. "(Of course. He said he can't go out from here because he would be the Subspace Army's bait... Then, that means I should...)" The werehog looked back at the scared Chris. "(...Go Bowser taking Peach on him...)"

The beast's eyes turned wild as he began to slowly walk towards Chris. The World Traveler, noticing this, began to gulp and get even more scared.

"W-why is it coming after me now?" Chris whispered to the other 2.

Mario thought for a moment. "Didn't he say he wanted to..."

Peach gasped and covered her mouth. "N-no, h-he doesn't mean..."

Chris looked very shocked at this point as the werehog went even closer to him. "TAKE ME AWAY FROM HIM!!!" he screamed.

The werehog didn't stop from walking at the trio. His wild green eyes were focused on Chris and only himself. The werehog didn't even care about anyone interrupting him since he became dodgy.

The trio saw as Toon Link jumped high and took out his bow and arrows that he aimed directly at the beast's head. "Hey, Mr. Hairy Forehead!" Toon Link yelled to call the attention, but the beast ignored him. "Take this, will you?!"

The Outsetian shot the arrow down at DSS's head, but
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 06, 2009, 11:41:59 AM
The Outsetian shot the arrow down at DSS's head, but it was easily slashed away by his left claw before, without even looking back at the swordsman, extended his right claw which he made it grow big, grabbed Toon Link's body as he his head stuck out, and slammed down on the floor where he screamed in pain as the werehog released his claws off him.

"Gotta..." DSS muttered as he panted heavily and turned towards Chris. "Give kid...his gift..."

"O-oh my god..." Chris gulped. "H-he's so determined in giving me my gift?"

"I admit he has a big problem with his personalities," Mario said. "He's furious, he's enthusiastic, he's wild, then he's serious in 20 seconds."

"Mario, if you forgot, there's a beast of hell wanting to KILL me during my birthday," Chris said. "And he's going to enjoy it very much... HELP ME!!!"

At this shout of help, the Aura Pok?mon used Extremespeed to appear in front of the 3. Lucario looked over his right shoulder to Chris and said, "Stay back. I'm going to keep him away from you."

"Oh, thank you..." Peach sighed.

"...I...wasn't talking to yo-" Lucario noticed Chris's glare. "F-forget what I said..."

"Turn around!" Mario yelled.

The Aura Pok?mon quickly looked back at the werehog before the beast sent a huge fist at him from a long distance. Lucario blocked the fist with his right hand, burning with aura, before pushing it away where he used Extremespeed again to appear at the beast's right side. DSS quickly turned to him before receiving a quick Force Palm on his face.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" DSS grunted angrily at the hit as he rolled back but later got back up on his feet. He shook his head and saw Lucario dashing towards him with an Aura Sphere charging up from behind his back, and on his right hand. "Doggy wants to play? DOGGY WANTS TO SHUT UP!!!" DSS howled angrily as he slammed his claws at the floor and ran after Lucario.

"Oh no, stay there," said Falco simply as he was seen jumping high where he shot several shots from his Blaster that hit the beast and stunned him for a third of a second, allowing Lucario to shoot his fully charged Aura Sphere at him before creating a blue explosion that pushed the werehog further away.

"It looks like they're gaining the upper hand..." Chris sighed.

Mario looked back at the table where Chip and Jigglypuff stuck their faces out and looked around for the beast. Since the 2 were facing the 3, they sighed in relief and went to them. "Are you alright?" Chip asked as he floated in front of Chris.

"U-um, for now, yes..." Chris said.

"I-I'm so sorry..." Chip said as he slowly sobbed. "I-it was my fault that nobody knew about Sonic...b-but that bad guy inside him kept threatening me if I said the word to someone else..."

"I see..." Chris said at a loss. "That's why nobody knew anything but you..."

"It's not his fault..." Jigglypuff said sadly. "I should have done something before this began. I knew he was like this ever since the night before the attack to Smithy's factory."

"And why?" Mario asked.

"Because...I wanted to be the center of attention to someone else..." Jigglypuff said sadly. "I-it really hurts to me for not being noticed that much..." She began to cry silently. "I-I don't know how to apologize!!!"

Mario, Peach, Chris, and Chip looked at each other worried before the World Traveler ducked and hugged the Balloon Pok?mon tightly. "It's okay, Jigglypuff..." Chris whispered as he leaned his head on her forehead's hair and rubbed her back. "Please, you don't have to cry right now. We're at a very critical situation and we need you as well... Please, don't cry..."

Jigglypuff sniffed. "T-then am I important to you?" Jigglypuff looked up at him. "I-I don't want to be left out from anybody here..."

"Of course you're important," Chris said with a small smile. "If you want to do something, just go ahead and ask anyone. You don't have to be with your group all the time. There are others here that want to be...you know..."

Jigglypuff sniffed and leaned herself to Chris. "T-thank you..."

"Anytime..." Chris whispered.

"...Chris..."

"Yes?"

"Can you...try to choose me more for another mission to another world?"

"...Of course, Jigglypuff..." Chris said. "I'm sorry if I haven't done that much for you all this time..."

"T-thank you..." Jigglypuff sobbed silently.

Peach wiped a tear. "I love these kinds of moments..." she muttered as Mario patted her back.

"Aww, that's so sweet," Chip said as he took a napkin and cleaned his nose. "You guys are so amazing..."

"...Uh-oh..." Mario muttered once he focused his gaze at the battle.

"What?" Chris asked as he turned to him. The World Traveler looked forward with Jigglypuff...

And there was him.

Something in DSS changed his mind about going slowly to Chris that he began to run after them with tongue getting out from his mouth and fangs. They all gasped and quickly looked around for a way to escape.

"Stop right there!" yelled Red from afar. "Ivysaur, use Vine Whip on him and slam him down!"

"Roger!" Ivysaur yelled as he extended his vines from his leaves and reached for the hedgehog. The Seed Pok?mon managed to wrap his vines around the werehog, but it wasn't enough for him to lift DSS up before he began to get dragged by the beast. "H-hey, help me!" Ivysaur yelled as he was dragged along the floor. "My flower is getting hurt!"

Red gasped and looked down at Squirtle. "S-Squirtle, use Water Gun to stop him and help Ivysaur!"

Squirtle nodded and he quickly ran to the werehog...

There was something Red forgot...

Squirtle was slow compared to DSS. Even if he was a werehog that greatly slowed down Sonic's true speed, the beast was faster than Squirtle himself. DSS roared angrily as he grabbed Ivysaur's vines and tossed him away to Squirtle, who gasped before he got pushed back by Ivysaur as they rolled back all the way to Red's feet.

"...Boss..." Ivysaur said weakly, and annoyed. "Beast here is...such a beast...bleh..."

Red frowned in shame at this and lowered his cap down.

"AHEM," called Nana annoyed.

Red raised his cap up and nodded in embarrassment.

"Okay," Nana began as she swung her hammer a few times. "It's time to get revenge on that beast for breaking up our presents. Popo, let's go and beat his brain out!"

Popo nodded and the 2 Ice Climbers ran after the werehog. By that time, Chris, Peach, Mario, Jigglypuff, and Chip all screamed and ran away to the exit. The Ice Climbers made serious faces as they ran after the beast.

DSS quickly shot them a glare and quickly extended his left arm to push them away. However, the 2 jumped over it in time and continued to run after him.

"We're not going to fall for that same trick again!" Popo yelled as he raised his hammer. "You're going to pay for breaking apart our gifts!"

"Like I care, anyway!" DSS yelled back before he stopped for a moment, grew his claws and moved them quickly at Popo and Nana before grabbing them, then pressed them hard to make the 2 young climbers gasp for breath.

Seeing this, Chris stopped running at the entrance and focused his magic. "Shock them to greater paralysis... Thundara!"

Several bolts of lightning struck hard on the werehog, which caused him to release the 2 Ice Climbers who fell down on the floor, got up to their knees and panted heavily.

A wrong move was made...

By attacking him, DSS's fury grew bigger as he quickly turned around and glared at Chris. "Why do you keep this nonsense?!" DSS asked angrily. "...Oh, wait..." He smirked. "You're away from anyone now."

Chris gasped and looked back at the 4 close to the exit. They all motioned to go to him.

"U-um..." Chris looked shocked.

"Stop!" Lucario yelled as he stepped in front of Chris by using Extremespeed. "You better get AWAY from him now or else!"

"Oh for the the love..." DSS frowned. "That is it. You, doggy, need to take a hike now!" he howled angrily.

Lucario took a fighting stance. "Try to get past me..."

DSS smirked. "Okay, I guess I should stop playing around... Now..."

All the Smashers watched as a dark aura began to emanate on top of the werehog. DSS wasn't covered by the aura, but it emanated upwards like a solid smell. Lucario looked disgusted at the ominous aura coming from the werehog's back.

"I have achieved true power now..." DSS said as he opened his arms to Lucario and half-closed his eyes. "Yeah, this power feels just about right..." he whispered with a pleasant grin.

"W-what did he just do, Lucario?" asked a worried Chris from behind Lucario.

"I can tell that the aura that just came out enhanced his skills," Lucario said. "However, it's very disgusting for my tastes..." He glowed for a moment to scan the beast. "Yes... Pure darkness as I expected... There's like a huge void of emptiness inside Sonic's soul... Wait..." Lucario closed his eyes. "...I feel a small amount of good aura through all that void..."

Through Lucario's eyes, he saw a huge amount of black aura covering the werehog. However, there was a small dot of aura that stuck out from all the darkness inside the body. Lucario focused his view further and recognized the aura right away.

"That unstable, yet energetic aura belongs to..." Lucario opened his eyes and glared at the beast. "The real Sonic!" he yelled. "He's trapped inside within all that darkness!"

"Bingo," DSS said bored before a wicked smile appeared on his face. "Okay, now you know about tat bastard's whereabouts..."

Lucario gasped as he noticed that the beast had already grabbed him with his huge claws. The Aura Pok?mon showed his fangs and grunted as he was being lifted up from the floor. "Let me go!" Lucario roared as he tried to free himself. "Put me back down!"

"Y-you, stop it!" Chris yelled as he prepared his staff and magic. "Y-you better put Lucario down or else I'll say somet-"

"OKAY!!!" DSS howled angrily before he slammed his claws quickly on Chris.

Music stops

Everyone inside the lobby (and the kitchen) gasped at the simple, but yet fast action. They couldn't see Chris anymore from underneath the huge claws. The Smashers looked back at the fists where there was Lucario...but something was wrong...

Black aura emanated out from the claws that began to act as some sort of deadly poison to the Aura Pok?mon. Lucario yelled to the ceiling as the aura circulated through his entire body while the werehog made a wicked smirk. They all couldn't move nor attack back at the sudden howl of pain that Lucario made.

"WATCH THE POWER OF MY AURA, FOOL!!!" DSS joked as he laughed maniacally.

"GUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucario screamed in extreme pain as he tried to restraint the aura back by using his own aura. Unfortunately, it seemed that DSS's aura was too much for the Aura Pok?mon to handle.

Master Hand kept watching before he shook himself. "H-hey, don't just stand there! Help him!"

The Smashers got back to their senses and they all rushed towards the beast from behind.

DSS turned his head around and looked over his shoulder to see the group going back to him. He merely smirked at this and stopped emanating aura out from his huge claws.

Peach watched as Lucario lost consciousness and was tossed away from DSS. Mario looked down where the claws crushed Chris...

And there was Chris, unconscious on the floor as Lucario...

Mario gasped once he saw a claw grabbing the Black Mage's cape which made him get pulled above the werehog. DSS chuckled evilly before he began to run towards the exit.

But he ran first at Mario, Peach, Jigglypuff, and Chip.

Chip got scared by the sudden wicked look from the werehog before he noticed a left claw grabbed him very quickly. The imp screamed before he got pulled all the way to DSS's face. Chip saw the reflection of himself on DSS's green eyes as they showed fury and rage combined.

"You..." DSS muttered as he showed his fangs angrily at the imp. "We need to talk...outside...far away from here...now..."

"..." Chip couldn't say anything back. DSS's glare had him paralyzed with fear before the werehog put him on his back, where the unconscious Chris laid down. Chip was held underneath the right claw hardly to stop him from wiggle out. The imp struggled to get out, but he eventually sighed in depression and looked at Chris's face (covered in darkness thanks to the magic hat) worried.

"And you..." DSS began as he quickly reached for Jigglypuff and pulled her in front of his furious face. "You have some things to explain as well... You better shut up or else..."

"I-I-I..." Jigglypuff shook with fear. "I-I-I..." She shook in utter horror and terror combined before she was put on the beast's back with Chip and Chris. She was held underneath the right claw as well, and she looked at Chip with a worried expression. "W-what's going to happen to us now?"

"Nothing!" Mario yelled as he ran after the werehog.

That moment, Luigi stuck his head out from the table and looked up at the werehog.

"What?" DSS asked down, angrily at Luigi.

"N-nothing..." Luigi whimpered before he pulled his face back. "I-I'll be good..."

DSS didn't even look at Mario before he pushed him away with his free claw. Peach gasped as Mario went rolling all the way to wall where he crashed. DSS looked at both sides behind him where the Smashers were about to attack him.

However, the werehog howled wildly and quickly charged at the door at a faster pace. He eventually punched the double doors with his left claw and quickly left out towards the ruins of Nintendo City over the distance.

The Smashers stopped running towards the exit and looked at the image of the beast fading into the south. "Where is he taking them?" Link asked.

"The city," Marth said. "The same city where everything was destroyed."

"But why there of all places?" Pit asked.

"I have a better question," Master Hand began. "Why are you stopping now? Their lives are in danger!"

"Dammit, he's right," Roy said. "We have to give him chase now!"

Pikachu ran at Lucario and shook him a little. "Lucario! Lucario! Wake up! He took Chris away! Lucario!"

"..." No response came from Lucario.

"Lucario?" Pikachu shook him more. "Hey, Lucario, come back to your senses now!"

Mewtwo floated to them and glowed to examine Lucario. "...His aura has been infected with malicious aura..."

Pikachu looked up to him. "Wait, he isn't going to turn evil or something, right?"

"No," Mewtwo said as he shook his head. "The aura that got into him acts as some sort of poison designed to harm anyone. Lucario's aura, however, is fighting it back, and he will come back to his senses...in some hours."

Pikachu looked down worried at Lucario. "Lucario..."

Yoshi ran to the destroyed doors and looked at everyone. "What are we waiting for? We have t-"

The Yoshi noticed everyone had shocked looks once they looked outside.

"...What?" Yoshi asked before he turned his head outside. His eyes widened suddenly.

They all looked out where something came up...

They watched surprised as several monsters sprouted out from the ground and materialized into big and small creatures. The monsters howled to the full moon and began to walk around the area.

"...Okay..." Ness began. "I know tonight became very wild in some minutes but...what the heck are those monsters outside?"

Meta Knight walked forward and frowned. "It seems I forgot to explain this to everyone..."

Toon Link sat up from the floor and looked outside. "T-those creatures!" Toon Link yelled. "T-they're still there!"

"STOP!" Master Hand yelled. "Okay, I'm so confused after the sudden personality change of Sonic, and the fact that he kidnapped Chris, the imp guy whose name I forgot, and Jigglypuff. But can anybody explain me what the heck is going on? I'm sick of all of this already!"

Meta Knight looked up at him as the Smashers remained silent. "Don't do anything and go outside," the knight explained. "Those monsters outside don't attack people inside their homes as long as they're inside. They only attack if you go outside, and they're deadly in groups."

Peach looked worried as the knight began to explain everything to the Smashers. The princess looked outside where the night dwellers walked around the field to the city without even attacking them. "...Chris..." she muttered. "...Don't worry...we'll go for you..."

"My goodness..." Medli muttered as the musicians walked back to the lobby. "What I just saw was...just horrible and so scary..."

Makar hugged her, trembling in fear. "P-please, don't leave my side! I don't want ot get shredded to pieces!"

"..." Chunky (who was being dragged by the Kongs) lifted up his hands and looked around. "I-is the bad beast gone?" he asked, causing Tiny and Lanky to frown.

Lucas looked around as Meta Knight explained everything about the creatures and the fight he had a few days ago with him, Chris, Lucario, Toon Link, and the Vesperians. "(Where is Kirby?)" Lucas thought worried as he looked around.

Kirby was nowhere to be found. Lucas thought he was going to ignore the whole feud and eat everything while nobody was looking, but the food and all the ornaments were all left intact (except for the damaged walls and floor (much for Peach's relief)). The PK user looked outside...

...

...There was no way Kirby went after Chris, right?

...

Right?

Lucas only wished for a peaceful party...but this wasn't something he thought about at all as he looked at the unconscious Lucario.

Were Chris, Jigglypuff, and Chip safe? Or were they already dead?

Nintendo City
Post Office outside the ruined city

Back at the lonely spot outside the city, there were the 3 postmen watching the creatures roaming about without even looking back at them. The 3 postmen looked behind the counter. Quil crossed his arms and grunted a bit. "No matter what they do, they don't attack us as long as we're inside here," he said.

"B-but isn't that kind of fishy?" Postman asked. "They look quite ferocious..."

"Who cares, really," Parakarry commented. "But they roaming around annoys me. Every night is the same: footsteps, grunts, screeches, trembles by those giant monsters, I'm getting sick of it! Isn't there something we can do?"

"Who said who didn't care again?" Quil asked as he looked at Parakarry.

"I did. I care."

"..." Quil frowned and glared back at the monsters. "Anyway, we have to maintain our ground inside this little place. We have been living here for some days and nothing bothers us, right?"

"Why do you have to get the top bed, anyway?" Postman asked.

"That's not important..." Quil replied bored.

Parakarry ducked to take out a present. "By the way, you guys going to the secret birthday party for Chris?"

"A birthday party?" Postman and Quil asked.

"Why a party during this time?" Quil asked. "Don't they know there are these creatures walking around these parts?"

"No," Parakarry said. "But I think they haven't gone outside. Well, I'll go for the party. I heard there were some more people like some girl named Medli and another guy named Makar in it."

"Seriously, why can't they get aware of the..." Quil stopped talking. "...Medli?"

"You know her?"

"Well, yes. She's a very talented Rito that can understand Valoo's speech an-wait, that's not the main point here!" Quil yelled.

The trio quickly noticed some sounds coming from the north where the hill laid between the mansion and the city. Postman, Quil, and Parakarry stuck their heads out to see a blur coming down the hill. They all saw the blur taking form before noticing that a beast was carrying a fainted Chris, Jigglypuff, and Chip. The 3 gasped once the beast looked at them for a moment as it turned his eyes at them.

They all watched the beast ignoring the creatures that didn't even attack him while the beast got inside the city, where it was still raining during the night.

"...What the heck was that?" Postman asked.

"It looked like a monster carrying..." Quil trailed off.

Parakarry blinked in shock. "O-oh my god, that beast was carrying Chris, Jigglypuff, and some cartoon-looking dude on its back just now!"

"What?" Quil asked. "Oh no, I could barely recognize the people on its back... They did seem to look like them..."

"You guys noticed the pink blob besides the first one as well?" Postman asked.

"What pink blob?" the postmen asked.

"...Maybe not..."

"Did you notice that none of the monsters minded them at all?" Quil asked. "What's up with that, really? Why didn't they attack them?"

Parakarry flapped his wings faster. "I-I don't know you, but I have to do something about this!" He prepared to fly away before Quil stopped him.

"What are you doing? By flying outside, you're going to attract those monsters' attention to you!" Quil yelled.

"Hey, I'm trying to be a hero here by seeing what's going on!" Parakarry yelled angrily. "Those 3 are in danger, and I happen to know them!"

"D-don't be a hero and die out there, man!" Postman pleaded.

"Sorry, but this is my job."

"Your job is of a postman like us," Quil said.

"And I was Mario's partner long before, and I still possess my skills," Parakarry said. "Now, if you'll excuse me, I have 3 victims to rescue from a hairy beast."

The postmen held their hands out at him before the Paratroopa flew out from the office, high above to evade the creatures from hitting him. They watched as the stubborn postman slowly disappeared into the city's rain before fading into nothing.

"..." Quil kicked the lower corner of the counter. "Damn that idiot and his twisted mind..." he muttered.

Postman looked back outside. "W-what do we do now?"

Quil crossed his arms and sighed with a frown. "Wait for him. If he doesn't come back in an hour, call the ambulance."

"You actually bothered to study technology like I did?"

Quil glared at him.

"...W-we don't have the hospital available anymore, you know... The city's in ruins..."

"..." Quil frowned more. "...I'll go for him if he doesn't come back..."

The postmen could only stare outside at the monsters who were looking around for the postman. They eventually got bored and continued to walk around for anything or anyone to interrupt them.

Ruins

Across the destroyed streets and the eternal rain, the werehog slammed down his claws on the broken floor as he made his way through the buildings, towards somewhere. Jigglypuff and Chip looked at each other with shocked looks. "Where are you taking us?" Jigglypuff asked.

The werehog didn't reply as he maneuvered through an alley, where he leaped high into a broken window, ran inside the building before leaping out from it.

"W-why is he doing all of this?" Chip asked.

"I-I don't know..." Jigglypuff said worried as she looked at the unconscious Chris. "...But I don't want nothing bad to happen now..."

The duo looked worried once more before the werehog began to slow down.

Noticing this, Chip spoke up. "What? Where are we?" he asked, looking around.

They only heard the werehog's grunts and pants as he looked up at some ruins...

"...Ugh...ugh...ugh!" Jigglypuff managed to turn around and see what the beast was looking at. Seeing this action, Chip was able to do the same and looked forward where the 2 were looking at.

There were the same ruins that Chris and the others discovered after they lost the battle against Culex. The rain poured all the bricks and cement around the ruins, making small leaks of water falling off from all the heights of the ruins themselves.

"These ruins..." DSS muttered as he narrowed his eyes at the destroyed formation. "I found myself attracted to this place when that hedgehog came around it... This place emanates some kind of weird and odd energy that, in some ways, pleasures myself..."

Chip and Jigglypuff looked at each other.

"...These ruins also happen to give me a sense of peace..." DSS continued. "Every time I take a look at these ruins, I find myself livin' my own dreams comin' to life..." He smiled and closed his eyes. "People running for their lives from me, slaughtering small children and women alike, eating their flesh and tasting the taste of their blood, hearing screams of agony as destruction is spread...such wonderful dream can be seen from here; from these ruins..."

"W-what kinds of twisted dreams are those?" Jigglypuff asked with a pout. "Puh-lease! You've got the be kidding me!"

Chip looked shocked at her before the werehog turned his head at them and tossed them to the ruins' entrance. The 3 rolled on the floor and moaned in pain before Chip and Jigglypuff shook the water off from their faces and looked up to the werehog.

"What was that?" DSS asked as he glared down at them. "You guys just won't understand, right? I only live to cause destruction and utter pandemonium to anyone for the mere reason that I like to do this for fun."

"So you're saying you like to kill because it's fun?" Jigglypuff asked. "T-that has to be the most farfetched and dumbest idea I've ever heard of!"

"It is YOU who is dumb!" DSS yelled at her, causing Jigglypuff to gulp in fear.

Chip looked back at the ruins before looking back at the werehog. "W-why'd you take us here, anyway?"

"..." DSS sighed with a frown. "Since this place brings me a good sense of peace and tranquility...I want you 3 to experience it as well."

"..." Chip looked at Jigglypuff, who looked at him as well before looking at DSSS. "What do you mean exactly by that?"

"By that, I mean I'm gonna kill you right here, right now," DSS stated with a serious look. "You guys make me so sick every time I look at your darn faces," he explained before pointing at Chip. "You, for being a good-for-nothing goofy imp," he said before pointing at Jigglypuff. "You, for being a bastard at hiding away from me, and finally," he went on as he pointed down at Chris with a glare. "That kid for being a good kid."

"...Good kid?" Jigglypuff asked. "Why?"

"I DETEST people who want to help others out, and he happens to be the one who helps everyone little by little by spending time together," DSS said as he stuck his tongue out a bit with a disgusted face. "Such people like him don't deserve to live as long as they maintain the thought of destruction away. I hate him SO much." He lifted up his claws. "And for that, he must die..."

Jigglypuff looked worried at Chris before she closed her eyes hardly and stepped right in front of the fainted World Traveler. "No!" she yelled as she glared up at the werehog. "You're evil, and twisted, and stupid for doing all that!" she yelled. "Why does he deserve to die, anyway? He's the nicest guy around here!"

"Second to Peach?" Chip interrupted.

"Maybe! But he's still very nice!" Jigglypuff yelled. "You don't even know, but he has...some kind of power that nobody else possesses..."

"..." DSS tilted his head.

"I know everyone can get along with each other so well, but..." Jigglypuff looked back at Chris. "He...he's very compatible with anyone, enabling him to become very good at talking...and that why he's so special..." She looked back at the werehog with a glare. "...To me..." she finished with a pout. "N-no matter what, if I need to fight you alone to save him, I'm going to give everything I got for Chris!"

Chip blinked a few times and looked down worried. "...Fight to protect your beloved ones..." he muttered.

"...Heheheh..." DSS chuckled with a smirk before he held his stomach with an embrace. "Hahahaha, HAHAHAHAHAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" he laughed loudly. "Oh, you guys are still being so darn funny with all those speeches!" he yelled between laughs to the cloudy sky before he looked down at them with an amused look. "But either way, your speech won't change my task..." He lifted up his claws. "And that's killing him off tonight!"

At that moment, the 3 suddenly heard some grumbles coming from behind Chip and Jigglypuff. The 2 turned around to find Chris slowly coming back to his senses as he stood up and blinked a few times. "...Where...am I?" he asked as he held his staff close to him. "W-what am I doing here in the city?"

"Oh, you're awake," DSS said, getting Chris's attention. "Good. I like to kill people when they're awake."

"W-what?" Chris looked around more before looking back at the ruins. "W-why am I back here in the city and the ruins to this temple?"

"Do you want me to explain everything to you or what?" DSS asked.

Chris looked down, trying to summarize the events. "...You kidnapped me when you attacked Lucario, right?"

DSS chuckled.

"And you took me all the way here because..."

"I feel so darn attracted to these ruins," DSS explained. "In a few words, I wanna kill you at my place; these ruins to feel pleasant."

"..." Chris looked at him. "Why do you want to kill me so badly?"

After the explanation...

"...You're stupid!" Chris yelled at him. "Just because I'm good you're going to go ahead and kill me?"

"Dude, admit it," DSS said. "You need to die for that. Why can't you understand?"

"No, I don't understand you!" Chris yelled back at him while Chip and Jigglypuff glared back at him. "I mean, you're...you're so darn annoying and stupid!"

DSS frowned. "You're the ones who're being imbeciles here," he said. "I really had it with you 3. I wanna kill you off now!"

"No!" Chris yelled. "I-I'm very scared of you, I'm honest with that...but..." The World Traveler looked serious before he pointed his staff at the werehog. "I'm...I'm going to...I'm going to stop you from doing what you want to do to us! There's NO way in hell I'm going to let you kill me before my parents show up at my house after a long time!"

"Wait, what?" Jigglypuff asked before looking up at Chris. "Your parents are going to come to your home?"

Chris blushed a little and looked away. "W-well, I was going to say that to everyone but..." He glared at the beast. "This beast showed up and interrupted me from saying it..."

"Wow, that's so sweet now," DSS said. "Your parents are going to come to your house, but I'll make sure they see your dead corpse on the bed after I'm finished with you."

"..." Chris felt rage inside him...

There was no way he was going to show up dead at his house to his parents, not after all the time they have been working and traveling far and wide. The World Traveler didn't want to listen to the beast.

"..." Chris narrowed his yellow eyes at him. "...You...are not going to do that sort of thing..." he muttered coldly. "...Bastard..."

"..." DSS snickered. "You furious now? That's gonna make everything even more interesting."

"Hi-yah!"

The werehog made a confused look before a slicing shockwave passed through him and hurt him a little. The beast tumbled a little at the side before the trio noticed that there was someone behind DSS.

"...Kirby!" Jigglypuff yelled.

There was the Star Warrior, holding up a sharp edge of a cutter. Kirby smiled a little as he maintained his serious look before running to them.

"K-Kirby!" Chris said before he knelt down to see Kirby. "H-how did you get here?"

"I was very worried, Chris..." Kirby said as he kept his cutter on his back. "That beast was going to kill you, and he interrupted your birthday party as well..." Kirby looked sad. "And...and I didn't want him from hurting you either...so I jumped on him when he wasn't looking behind, and I hung up to his right where he wouldn't notice me." He smiled at Chris. "I wanted to save you, Chris."

"..." Jigglypuff tilted her head at him. "What did you do to Kirby, the food eater?"

Kirby looked at her. "I was worried about Chris... I don't know if that was bad..."

Chris reached for Kirby and hugged him tightly. "Aw, thank you so much, Kirby. I didn't think you would come to and rescue me..." The World Traveler looked away. "Seriously, you outsmarted everyone in the mansion..."

Kirby smiled happily and hugged him back. "I...I really care for you, Chris. I don't seem to when I'm eating, but I do care..."

Jigglypuff and Chip smiled and joined the group hug. "Yeah, me too..." Chip chuckled.

"Me too..." Jigglypuff chuckled as well before the 4 chuckled together.

"GRRRRRRRRR!!!" The sudden roar from DSS made the 4 look back at him as he backed away and shook his head. "Another puffball? You've gotta be kidding me..."

The 4 quickly stopped hugging and glared daggers at the beast. "Okay," Chris began. "We'll have to do everything to stop that bastard from killing us."

"Sonic is still inside him..." Chip said worried. "If we defeat him, will Sonic come back?"

"I don't know..." Jigglypuff said before she took out her book. "But we should be careful. It says here werewolves can turn anyone into a werewolf if they bite its victim!"

"...Does it really work for Sonic, though?" Chris asked.

Jigglypuff kept her book back. "I think so... I don't know, really. The experiment I did on him didn't work, but we should be still careful."

"GUUUUAAARRR!!!" DSS roared as he cracked his claws. "You guys ready for some bloodshed or what? I wanna cut you all now!"

"G-get prepared!" Kirby yelled as he took out his hammer. "I-I'm going to fight back..."

"S-so will I!" Jigglypuff yelled.

"..." Chris pointed his staff at the beast. "We have t-"

The werehog narrowed his eyes and glared back at him before he dodged a fast shell that collided with the floor and bounced back at the group. They backed away before the shell stopped in midair and revealed Parakarry. "Y-you guys!" Parakarry said before he turned to the beast. "So is he an enemy?"

"What are you doing here?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I saw you 3..." Parakarry looked at Kirby. "...4 getting kidnapped by this beast so I sprung into action once more." Parakarry glared at the beast. "Is he an enemy or what? ...Wait...why does he look like Sonic...only bigger and more fur?"

"SHUT UP!!!" DSS yelled furiously. "Well, I have 5 people here who wanna die. That's so cute of you, alright. More fun for me, I guess."

"...Enemy," Parakarry commented.

"Yes," everyone else said.

"...Okay," Parakarry began as he cracked his fists. "As a postman, it's my humble job to deliver a good rescue. Be prepared, nocturnal beast, because I won't let you bite my mailbag if you're with dogs."

The other 4 looked at each other and shrugged.

Sonic Unleashed - Werehog Mini Boss

The group glared daggers again to the werehog, but they quickly gasped as the night creatures (Nightmares and Titans) sprouted out from dark spores on the floor. They all let out screeches to the clouds, which made the group back away.

"AWAY!" DSS yelled at the monsters. "They're mine. GET AWAY FROM HERE!!!"

DSS roared loudly at the beasts. Somehow, they obeyed his order and began to run away from the spot to leave them all.

"D-did he just order them to go away?" Chris asked surprised.

The werehog turned at them and growled furiously. "What's the matter? Can't see I'm here?!" he asked before he lunged at them with dark claws ready to slash them all.

The 5 gasped and ran to different directions before the werehog slammed his claws on the floor, where it instantly broke apart.

"(Maybe I should analyze him...)" Chris thought as he backed away with Kirby, changing jobs to the Scholar job. Chris adjusted his glasses through the rain and ran to a spot where the rain wouldn't get the book he had wet. "Let us see his status..." he muttered.

"Careful!" Jigglypuff yelled.

Chris quickly looked up and gasped after he saw a dark huge fist going towards him. Parakarry came from the side and pushed the scholar away in time before the fist collided with the near building. The fist itself pulled back to the werehog quickly.

"Be more careful!" Parakarry yelled. "...And did his arm just stretch?!"

"I-I will explain everything to you by analizing him!" Chris said as he once more adjusted his glasses and flipped through the pages, not caring if they would get wet. "Let us see...hmm...hmm...hmm..."

"Why are you looking through that book?" Parakarry asked before looking back at the werehog. "Oh no!" he yelled before he grabbed Chris from his green robe and pulled him up to dodge a fast dark fist.

"...Eureka!" Chris yelled as he adjusted his glasses and looked at his book (while Parakarry took him away from the werehog). "Enemy: Dark Super Sonic The Werehog. Weaknesses: Light. Powers: Dark Type. Skills: Control over darkness which can make his claws grow and extend at a distance of 20 feet long, dark boost to enhance normal attributes, and control over Nightmares and Titans as long as DSS is the one controlling Sonic's body."

"What the heck?" Parakarry asked as he lowered Chris down. "Did that book have everything from the beginning?"

"It contains knowledge about all monsters and spells," Chris said as he closed the book. "It could take me a while to find the necessary information, but I was able to find out sooner... I should take advantage of this job and use more frecuently."

The World Traveler was suddenly punched hard by a huge dark fist that send him rolling on the water of the floor before stopping in front of a destroyed building. Parakarry gasped and looked back at the werehog.

"Bookworm..." DSS snickered. "Strength is all that matters and not intelligence, anyway."

"Puf!" Jigglypuff came from behind and used her Pound attack, which caused the werehog to flinch for a moment before the Balloon Pok?mon hung her right hand on the beast's face and began to slap it continuously.

"You little!!!" DSS grunted.

"Even if I don't know how to use Doubleslap, I can still use Pound and turn it into Doubleslap!" she yelled at beast.

"Away!" the werehog yelled as he hardly grabbed Jigglypuff from her back and tossed her above. "And die!" he yelled as he sent 2 dark claws to reach for her.

"N-no!" Chip quickly appeared from nowhere and pushed Jigglypuff out of the way from the crushing claws in time as they both flew back to the scholar, who shook his head and got up quickly before cleaning his glasses. "A-are you okay?" Chip asked to Jigglypuff.

"Y-yes," Jigglypuff said. "He got me when I wasn't looking..."

Chris shook his head and looked back at his book. "Let us see more... There is more information from where I left..."

"Does it have info about if he can infect us?" Jigglypuff asked.

Chris sweatdropped. "...No... It says he can also...oh my god..." Chris closed his book and looked shocked. "...He...can...also...use...the Over Limit...as we do..."

Jigglypuff gasped. "U-uh-oh, that doesn't sound good..."

"...As long as we stay quiet, he will not use it," Chris muttered.

Chip looked back at the beast. "H-he's coming right this way again!"

However, they saw as Parakarry went towards the beast and put his boots in front of him to collide them with DSS's face. The werehog merely smirked and grew his right claw to slash the Paratroopa away. "You think you can stop me with your feet? Please, think again..."

Suddenly, the werehog felt something heavy falling from above, and it revealed to be a 1-ton weight that made him stop abruptaly before Parakarry attacked with his boots and pushed the werehog back for a bit, and to the 1-ton weight that made him trip over and hit his head on the wet floor.

The weight suddenly turned back into Kirby and he took this chance to kick the werehog's crotch (ouch) with his left foot.

The werehog let out an agonizing cry of pain as he was pushed back by the Star Warrior.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 07, 2009, 06:11:57 PM
"Yes!" Parakarry cheered. "Damage his you-know-what!"

"..." Kirby looked disgusted at him.

"...Sorry," Parakarry said ashamed.

It was not long before Kirby was kicked away by a reddish purple shoe. The werehog got back up on his feet and growled angrily at the 2.

"Chip, please, stay back," Chris said. "You don't know how to fight, right?"

"I-I can still push people away from dangerous attacks," Chip said.

"But...do you really want to help?" Chris kept asking. "D-don't get offended, but I think you should stay back..."

"..." Chip looked worried.

"...I-I'm just doing this for your welfare."

"..." Chip sighed and frowned. "Okay, I'll stay back..."

Chris sighed.

"...Not!" Chip suddenly added.

"W-what? You're going to get hurt! What can you do besides pushing people away?"

"There you are!" yelled the werehog as he leaped above Parakarry and Kirby to run after the 2. "I gotta give you your gift, ya know!"

"N-never!" Chris yelled as he flipped though his pages. "Rise, o violent winds... Aero!"

"Ugh!" DSS backed away as several strong winds circulated on him and sliced him for a bit. "Gotta stay focused..." the beast muttered as it locked eyes to the scholar. "Gotta get rid of bookworm!"

"That did not help too much..." Chris said ashamed.

The World Traveler suddenly felt a huge claw making a strong grip on him. Chip gasped and tried to free the World Traveler, but it was useless before he was pulled all the way back to the beast's face.

"You, kid, have been behaving bad," DSS said with a devilish grin. "You need to be punished for that."

"U-ugh..." Chris tried hard to stay awake.

"Hold it!" Parakarry yelled as he came from above and used Shell Shot right on DSS's face, making him release Chris for a moment as the werehog shook his head from the impact.

The World Traveler backed away and thought about using another job. He remembered one job: the Dragoon job. Chris instantly changed clothes in a bright light and looked at the spear that was on his right hand. "I need to attack with physical attacks sooner or later...that was what Master Hand told me..."

"Okay, cross-dresser," DSS began before Jigglypuff came from the right and slammed herself into him by using a fully charged Rollout, making the werehog tumble back. "And you as well!" DSS added angrily as he stomped the floor (which he broke) to regain his composure.

"I-I'm not done yet!" Jigglypuff yelled as she lunged at the beast and kicked him hard with a side kick with her left foot, hitting the beast right on his nose.

"Achoo!" the beast sneezed before he continued to sneeze even more.

"A weakness?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Well, that happens if you hit someone's nose hard..." Chris said. "But it's not a weakness, but rather a distraction to buy time."

It was not long before Kirby flew above the werehog and turned into a rock that fell hard on DSS's back, making him yell in pain before the Star Warrior came back to normal and did a hard swing with his hammer to send the beast away, where he rolled all the way to a building's wall.

Chris chuckled at this. "Wow, Kirby, you're surely strong when you put your mind into it."

Kirby looked at him and chuckled heartily.

"...Which inspires me to do the same..." Chris added as a mutter. He looked back at the beast, thought for a moment, then charged with his spear being held underneath his right arm while the top was aimed at DSS. The World Traveler moved his spear back and tried to stab the beast's body, but the werehog opened his eyes quickly and rolled out of the way in time for Chris to collide his spear to the wall.

The dragoon gasped before the werehog leaped at him and sent a fast fist that made Chris back away before he received a direct hit on his stomach by the beast, followed up by an uppercut that sent him up for a few feet before the werehog used a ramming shoulder to push the World Traveler to the street where he rolled for a bit and stopped.

"U-ugh..." Chris slowly got up by using his spear as a supporter. "N-no...this is just avery small hit...nothing else..."

"Wow, you're such a weakling for saying that," DSS taunted with a chuckle. "I'm not even half-tired. Instead, I'm all fired up to keep going with this fight."

"Too bad we want to continue to see you faint!" Jigglypuff yelled as she leaped again to the beast, but she was quickly pushed away by a dark claw that made her bounce on the street before stopping. "J-just a scratch..." she muttered. "I can still fight back..."

"Aww, that's adorable," DSS taunted as he joined his hands at the side of his head and blinked several time at Jigglypuff. "The baby can fight after that. It adds to your obvious fear to me."

"S-shut up!" Jigglypuff yelled. "I can be rather dangerous if I-"

"If you what," DSS asked with a sudden change from happy expression to murderous glare. "You wanna hit me? Go ahead, I'll just hit your back but 8 times worse."

The werehog was suddenly hit on the back of his head by a flying shell that made him fall on the street. Parakarry's shell spun a little in the air before he emerged from the shell and glared at the beast. "You want to get another hit or what?" he asked.

"..." DSS didn't move as he laid down on the street.

"..." Parakarry blinked confused as he began to fly down and see the beast closer. "Hey, he's not moving anymore? Why's that?"

"W-wait!" Chip stopped him. "T-that must be a trick! H-he won't fall down that easily!"

"I'd say we should attack him while he's like that!" Jigglypuff suggested.

"Then I'm going to use this," Chris said as he focused his feet for a moment before jumping extremely high up, disappearing from their sight.

"...That's one insane jump," Parakarry said surprised.

Kirby glared at the werehog. "..." The Star Warrior, along with the others, eyed the werehog a little bit closer and remained silent.

"Do you think he's done for?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I don't think so..." Chip said with a serious expression. "This idiot likes to fool around with us..."

"Whatever he has in mind..." Kirby began. "It shouldn't be good..."

The rain kept falling on all of them as the werehog laid down, apparently fainted.

Kirby looked up to see Chris descending quickly from the sky, and right above the beast with his spear pointing down. They all joined to see the World Traveler about to crash and stab the beast through with his spear.

"...TRICKED YA!"

They all gasped and looked down at the beast's malevolent smirk as he quickly got up, extended a fast dark claw to Chris to grab him unexpectly. Parakarry, Jigglypuff, Chip, and Kirby gasped before they all ran after the beast, but he smirked at them wickedly and used the same claw where he held Chris to push them all around.

The werehog's eyes turned even wilder than before as he looked at the dragoon on his right claw. Chris shook his head and gasped once he saw the monster looking at him. The World Traveler was also being pulled up where the other claw put a hard grip on the first one, making the werehog laugh for a bit.

"Don't you remember?" DSS asked with a snicker. "You guys are just weak compared to me! I have the necessary muscles and energy to finish you off without even taking that much of an effort!"

"P-put me down, now!" Chris yelled as he felt the grip of both claws was increasing slowly, making him cough weakly. "P-please, put me down or else I-"

"What?" DSS asked as he showed his fangs. "You're gonna hit me and stab me with that spear? Surely you're joking..." he muttered with a frown before a wicked smile was directed to Chris. "Do you remember the last person who got in the same situation as you now?"

Chris grunted in pain as the claws' grip grew stronger. He looked around to see the others slowly getting up from the ramming attack before glaring at DSS.

DSS looked around and laughed for a bit. "Well, I don't know you guys, but I need to finish this really soon, now..."

"...I...remember..." Chris said as he coughed. "Y-you did this to Lucario... You pulsated that dark aura to your hands to hurt him greatly..."

Kirby gasped. "N-no! You're not going to do that to him, right?"

"Hahahahaha...heheheheheheh..." DSS chuckled amused. "...Why should I do that?" he asked amused. "This kid doesn't deserve the same treatment as the doggy, right?"

The 3 (except Parakarry) looked somewhat relieved, but Chip knew there was something that the werehog was planning to do.

"H-help me..." Chris muttered weakly as they saw the claws' fingers clenching hard on him. "P-please...I...c-can't feel...anything...anymore..."

"What was that?" DSS asked with a chuckle. "Did you say something, kid?"

"..." Chris seemed to pass out as he let his head move at the side.

"No!" Parakarry yelled. "You bastard, did you kill him by crushing him?!"

"Oh no," DSS said as he closed his eyes. "I merely made him faint, that's all..." He opened his eyes with a wicked look. "...However, I have a huge power inside me that I want to test out on all of you..."

"What?" Jigglypuff asked. "I thought you already showed all your skills on us!"

"I kinda forgot some as well, silly me," DSS chuckled. "Like, for example, some birdie told me I could use this..."

The 4 watched as the werehog let out a loud echoing roar to the clouds, making some glass around the destroyed buildings shatter apart into a million of pieces. They all backed away at this sudden action before noticing something happening to the werehog...

A familiar rainbow aura emanated out from his body, making his green eyes glow yellow with an evil feeling that made Kirby shake in fear.

"Aww..." DSS said pleased. "The Over Limit..."

"W-what?!" Jigglypuff asked in shock. "H-how did you..."

"The kid here told me himself," DSS said as he looked at the fainted dragoon. "Remember? He said I could use this anytime if it was ready..."

"..." Jigglypuff opened her mouth in disbelief and shook her head slowly. "No..."

"Did you forget it already?" DSS asked. "My hearing got enhanced along with my strength. I was able to overhear the bookworm talking about my weaknesses and skills when I was about to attack him. Seriously, you guys forget way too many crucial things... They could cost you your lives in return..."

Kirby looked scared as the rainbow aura emanated out from the beast. "R-release Chris at once!" he yelled, putting a hard grip on his hammer.

"Y-yeah!" Chip joined in. "Stop right there and let him go!"

"You stupid beast," Parakarry muttered. "You let go of him right now!"

"Even if you have the Final Smash ready," Jigglypuff said as she gulped while she took a step forward. "Y-you're not going to get away with it..."

Music stops

"...Alright..." DSS said as he let go of Chris, making him fall on the floor. "You guys are not funny anymore..." he said with a frown as he backed away from Chris. "Go ahead. Take the kid outta my sight."

"W-what?" Kirby asked. "W-why do you want us to go?"

"Because of the fact you won't stop pestering me with the kid," the werehog said. "Heck, I'm sick of you. I don't want to kill you all anymore. I'd rather go away and do something else by myself."

"H-how do we know you're not tricking us again?" Jigglypuff asked.

The werehog simply turned his back at them and jumped to a building, where he was heard getting away by the sound of his big feet.

"...No way..." Parakarry said as he wiped the water off from his goggles. "H-he did go away?"

"This isn't good..." Chip said. "I-I know he has something else in mind. There's no denying it now..."

"B-but hey!" the Paratroopa called. "Chris! What about him?"

The 4 gasped at this and quickly ran to the fainted dragoon. Kirby and Jigglypuff shook Chris to make him wake up as Parakarry and Chip looked worried.

"Oh please, tell me he's still living..." Jigglypuff muttered worried.

Chip leaned his right ear on Chris's chest. "...I feel some beats...they're normal enough..."

Kirby sighed. "We...managed to save him then?"

"Looks like it..." Parakarry said as he looked around the city. "...But we should leave for now... That beast could change his mind in any moment and ambush us..."

"But why would he give up so suddenly?" Jigglypuff asked. "Really, this doesn't have any good reasons..."

Kirby shivered as the rain kept going. "I-I want to go back home..." He sat down and sighed. "I-I'm not that used to rescues... I'm sorry..."

"Don't worry," Jigglypuff said. "You came at the right time to save Chris. If it wasn;t for you, we could have already died..."

"Hey," Parakarry began as he looked angrily at Jigglypuff. "What about me?"

"Whoops... You too..."

"Better," Parakarry said with a nod as he floated.

The 4 looked down at Chris. They noticed that he was coming back to his senses. "...Am I dead?" he asked weakly. "Where is...Lucario?"

"It's fine now..." Jigglypuff said. "He went away...and he took Sonic as well..."

"Q-quick!" Chip muttered. "We have to take him back to the mansion! The others should be worried!"

"..." Parakarry looked worried. "But what about the monsters on the way there?"

Kirby and Jigglypuff looked worried once they remembered the beasts that DSS ordered to go away.

"They could come back at any moment now that he's gone!" Parakarry said alarmed.

The World Traveler grabbed his spear and slowly got up from the street. He panted a little before coughing for a bit. "I-if he took Sonic, we have to do something about that..."

"Not now!" Kirby yelled at him worried. "You got yourself dragged by that beast and...we were so worried that you were going to die..."

Chris noticed Kirby sniffing.

"...Let's go back for now..." Kirby sobbed. "Really, I want to go back..."

"...Fine, Kirby," Chris said with a nod. "We'll go back to the mansion as soon a-"

They suddenly heard a building falling apart in the distance. They all turned to the direction of the sound.

"W-what was that?" Chip asked.

"A random building fell," Parakarry said. "I don't know you guys, but we need to go away from this ghost city. It's already giving me the chills."

"..." Chip got worried. "(But...)"

The imp didn't have enough time to talk before, from nowhere in the darkness, 2 huge dark claws emerged from behind them and grabbed them harshly between the 2 hands. Everyone except Chip (who was some inches away from being grabbed as well) screamed loudly before they all were pulled back across the street. The imp gasped and quickly went after them.

A small amount of time passed before the claws stopped from going further away. Chip stopped flying and noticed that the werehog was just behind the huge dark claws, snickering madly.

"...Tricked ya again..." the beast muttered as he put a stronger grip on the 4, making them scream. "Chip, maybe you're asking yourself why I let you go alive again, right?"

"W-what?" Chip noticed. "W-why?"

DSS smirked at the 4 who were trying to get off from the claws. "I want you to watch their deaths from a safe distance..."

"N-no!" Chris yelled. "Y-you can't kill us off! No!"

"Sorry," DSS said with a laugh. "It has to be done like this. You're so irritating, anyway."

"W-what did I ever do to you?" Parakarry asked.

"Tsk," DSS muttered with a frown. "Go away."

Parakarry noticed that the grip on him got softer, allowing him to escape. The Paratroopa looked shocked at this but didn't hesitate to go wiggle out, leaving Chris, Kirby, and Jigglypuff in the claws. "W-w-w-w-w-why are you letting me live?"

"Because you're just a nuisance," DSS stated as screams came from the Smashers. "And you're just an inferior pebble in my path. You're not that important to me."

Parakarry looked down in shame...before he heard the screams. "W-wait! You let them go now!"

"..." DSS smiled. "Okay! I'll let them go!"

"..." Parakarry narrowed his eyes at him.

"...If you're giving me that look..." DSS began as he narrowed his eyes at his claws. "LET'S START!!!" he yelled loudly with an echoing, and yet strong roar that made the 2 flying characters back away.

Chip opened his eyes to see the beast lowering his claws down before opening them, revealing the 3 unconscious Smashers before they were all tossed high up to the air as their bodies spun in different direction. Parakarry looked back at the werehog, and he began to stuck out his tongue to swing it around.

The werehog shook his head and quickly looked up at the falling Smashers. He chuckled before he pulled back his fists and aimed at the 3.

"S-stop!" Chip yelled, holding out his hands at the werehog.

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" the werehog replied back as he began to punch the far away Smashers by extending his dark fists. Parakarry and Chip watched terrorized as the fists themselves came back before being shot upwards at an insane rate that looked like they weren't even being taken back down at their normal lengths.

The 2 terrified characters looked up where they saw Chris, Kirby, and Jigglypuff being hit an insane amount of times before the punching stopped. However, the beast then opened his claws and began to do the same move, but this time by slashing them all across every single part of their bodies, causing a tremendous amount of damage.

The werehog enjoyed the attack to the fullest as his tongue stuck out between his upper and lower fangs. It was like he could taste their blood without even licking it. The werehog stopped slashing them at an insane speed before slamming down his claws on the street, creating a small earthquake that made some destroyed buildings shake violently.

Chip watched as the utterly damaged bodies began to fall down while the beast pulled his head back.

The imp knew the next move...

DSS aimed his mouth at the Smashers to release a destructive roar towards the sky, emanating dark waves of aura that spread all around the area that they were in, destroying every single building in sight (for around a radius of 3 kilometers) to cause destruction. Chip and Parakarry looked around in panic as they tried to evade the collapsing buildings from crushing them. The dust that emerged from the buildings eventually catched up with them.

However, they forgot that the Smashers were being severely hurt by the dark waves of aura that passed right through them. The werehog, after letting his destructive roar out, stopped roaring before he saw 3 dead bodies falling back to the street...

Nocturnal Slaughter

Probably the most dangerous attack to ever exist. Damages the prey with swift fists and slashes before shooting out malicious dark energy all around, causing tremendous, destructive damage to all opponents and the field itself.

The werehog snickered through the dust as he watched in pure pleasure at the destruction he made by using his Final Smash...

2 bodies bounced a little before they rolled back, revealing themselves to be Kirby and Jigglypuff... Both looked severely hurt by the sudden Final Smash that they shone brightly...and turned into trophies...for the first time in a long time...

And as for the World Traveler...he laid down on some destroyed rumbles while his right hand opened, revealing scars of blood like his entire body showed...

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

It was a time after a rescue team was formed (consisting of all the Smashers except Peach, the musicians, Luigi, Lucario (still unconscious) and the hands). Mewtwo, however, remained behind to examine the situation. The Psychic Pok?mon was glowing while he had his arms crossed with closed eyes to focus hard on the city.

There were Peach, Luigi, the musicians, and the hands looking at Mewtwo while they were sitting on some chairs. There was a weakened Lucario laying down on a couch nearby as he was being attended by Medli and Makar.

"Well, that was heartbreaking," Master Hand said with a sigh. "After I attacked those beasts to make a path for everyone to go to the city and rescue Chris, I'm glad they managed to go away for him."

"I-I hope they don't get attacked..." Luigi said.

"You should have gone with them."

"I-I..." Luigi looked down embarrassed.

"..." Mewtwo stopped glowing and looked a little bit ashamed.

Peach blinked at this sudden reaction. "...What? You found something?"

Mewtwo nodded as he closed his eyes.

"Did you find Chris and the others?"

Mewtwo nodded again.

"Are they...fine?" Luigi asked.

Mewtwo...shook his head. "...I'm afraid to say this, but..."

Everyone in there looked at him.

"...I'm afraid to say that Chris..." He opened his eyes and looked at them. "...Has died..."

The Kongs gasped, Master Hand did as well, Luigi's eyes rolled back before he fainted, Medli's mouth opened in disbelief, and Makar looked away with a frown.

As for Peach...

"...No..." Peach muttered.

"I can't feel his presence anymore..." Mewtwo said. "He was severely damaged enough to the point he couldn't tolerate the damage he was submitted to by that beast..."

Peach looked down and shook her head.

"...I'm sorry..." Mewtwo said. "...And to recall I once killed him when I was under the Shadow Bugs' control..."

Peach couldn't do nothing but to cover her face with her hands and sob silently. "W-why..." she muttered as she sobbed.

Master Hand looked outside where he could barely see the Smashers running to the top of the hill before disappearing by going down it. "...You guys...good luck..." he muttered. "...Avenge Chris by killing that bastard..."

"I shall inform them about the whereabouts of that beast," Mewtwo said. "That's the least I can do for now."

"Lucario..." Medli muttered as she looked at the Aura Pok?mon.

The princess, as she sobbed, only had one regret in mind...

...Not giving Chris his surprise birthday party as she wanted...

...For he was dead...

...

TO BE CONTINUED...

...............................................................

"The Night of the Werehog. HA! I'm still the main attraction here, how do you like that?!" asked DSS before laughing maniacally.

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Nintendo City: The City of Despair
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 07, 2009, 09:25:48 PM
Chapter 144: The Night Of The Werehog

Only silence was present through a dark void...

Underwhere
Queen Jaydes's Palace

Super Paper Mario - The Underwhere

A busy day (or night) was present as the G-Men walked around while they attended several lost souls (in the forms of blue floating flames). Apparently, there was a sudden slow down in the job to take the souls to their respective worlds since Queen Jaydes herself wasn't around at that time.

The reason?

"Why did her husband have to ask for a family reunion today?" a G-Man asked annoyed to another one.

"Well, ever since that Mario guy rescued the residents of the Overthere and somehow made Luvbi turn back into herself from being a Pure Heart thingy," the other G-Man explained. "The 3 have been a happy family ever since, and they sometimes arrange some family reunions by doing picnics."

"Geez, what a way to give us all the work here," the first one said as he rolled his yellow eyes. "Anyway, we have to settle down the people in here and tell them to wait for her Highness to come back. Surely they'll understand."

The G-Men nodded to each other before walking away towards a line of souls that were lined up in a proper manner. At the very bottom of the line, a new soul came from above, looking ashamed and sad as he accidentally bumped into the first soul of the line before him.

"O-oh, sorry," the incoming soul said. "I-I didn't see you..."

"Whatever..." the other soul replied harshly.

The soul seemed to be Chris after he was killed by the werehog. The World Traveler looked around the hellish jungle, worried about the others at the destroyed city.

The World Traveler sighed once he saw the long line of souls in front of him. He felt some chills after being somewhere else that wasn't his home, or the mansion.

Wanting to do something to cheer himself up, he touched the blue soul he bumped into and decided to start a conversation. "S-so, I'm sorry for bumping into you before."

The other soul looked at him.

"A-and I wanted to say sorry," Chris said. "M-may I know your name? My name is Chris, nice to meet you."

"..." The soul turned back to the line. "...Cloud..."

"...O-okay," Chris said. "S-so you're Cloud. D-do you have a last name?"

"...Strife..."

"...Cloud...Strife..." Chris muttered. "...Cloud Strife..." His yellow eyes widened. "C-Cloud Strife? (You mean he is the same Cloud Strife from Final Fantasy VII?!)"

Cloud Strife is a mercenary and self-proclaimed ex-soldier of SOLDIER (a select, genetically augmented military unit that works for an organization called Shinra). He's part of a resistance group called AVALANCHE that works to destroy the evil corporation Shinra, and defeat someone else called Sephiroth. Cloud himself likes to act serious and silent at all situations, even meeting people.

The soul known as Cloud turned at him. "Yeah, what about it."

"I-I'm sorry, I think I heard your name somewhere before..." Chris said. "A-anyway, it's nice to meet you, Cloud."

"..." The soul turned his back at Chris. "...Yeah, nice to meet you."

"...S-so, why are you here?"

"Do I know?" Cloud asked. "I got here after I was killed by some sort of robot at a Shinra Building by rescuing a friend of mine. Do you know what this place is, though?"

"A-all I know is that this place is called Underwhere," Chris explained. "This place is supposed to link many different worl-"

The World Traveler stopped explaining. He didn't want to reveal to Cloud that much about the Underwhere.

Cloud turned to him. "What were you saying?" he asked.

"I-I was saying that this place is the place where the people that die unfairly ends up here," Chris said. "Y-you probably ended up here because you were killed unfairly."

"..."

"...I-I don't know if that's reason, though..." Chris said embarrassed.

"...I see..." Cloud nodded. "Well, thanks for the info, anyway."

"Y-you're welcome..." Chris said with a sigh.

"...Well, I think I can get information out of you after all," Cloud said. "You seem pretty normal to me, Chris."

Chris hopped up a little in surprise. "U-um, thank you, I always try to be useful to anybody."

Cloud nodded more. "Yeah. Thanks, Chris."

"(A-am I actually forming a friendship with him in this hellish place?)" Chris asked surprised.

"Well," Cloud began as he looked at the long line. "I think I have to be lined up here because there doesn't seem to be anything more important rather than the jungle and its dark atmosphere."

"Y-you're right. That's because Queen Jaydes will bring you back to you worl-I mean, bring back to the place where you were killed, Cloud."

"Hmm..." Cloud seemed to be understanding. "Who is this Queen Jaydes?"

"She...rules over all the people who are brought here after being killed. She can judge you and see if she can bring you back."

"...I see..." Cloud said with some nods. "I better stay in this line to meet up with her, then?"

"Yes," Chris said. "I'm going to be here as well and see if she can bring me back to my home where I was killed..."

Cloud tilted himself. "Really? Why were you killed?"

"I...was killed by...a beast that took over the body of a friend of mine..." Chris said ashamed. "And worse yet, I was killed during my birthday..."

"Your birthday?" Cloud asked. "Why were you fighting during your birthday?"

"Because that same beast that took over my friend's body kidnapped me and some of my friends to a city in ruins where we fought him but eventually lost..." Chris said sadly. "I guess they didn't get killed like I did..."

"I see..." Cloud said again with a nod. "A rather unexpected gift, don't you think?"

"I-I...think so..." Chris said ashamed. "It was...so sudden and yet so unexpected...because I just died during my birthday, and the monster that I was fighting always acted like a bully hungry of power until he finished me off..." He looked away. "But he happens to have a friend of mine under his control for his deeds..."

"..." Cloud turned back to the line. "Well, all I can do for you is to tell you to wait and see what this Queen Jaydes will do for you, and me for that matter. I'm sorry for not being that much helpful for you."

"N-no, it's okay," Chris said with a sigh. "I hope I can return back home, though..."

"..." Cloud remained silent.

"..." The World Traveler moved forward to stay in the line as more souls came from behind, looked around confused, and got lined up behind Chris.

Chris noticed that Cloud turned around and looked at him. "Tell me something," Cloud began. "Who is this beast you spoke of a moment ago?"

"Huh?" Chris tilted himself. "W-why do you ask? Why are you interested to know?"

"I thought it was cordial for people to answer the questions they're being asked, not make more questions themselves to the ones asking them."

"S-sorry..."

"...Anyway, I wanted to ask because there's nothing better to do that waiting in this line full of people. I'll tell you, some of them are quite...odd... One of them kept yelling that it had fury or "chortles" or some crap like that."

Chris sweatdropped.

"And also because you're the only one interesting enough to talk with," Cloud said. "It's you, or the soul after me." Cloud looked behind him to see a soul moving up and down.

"I, Popple, the Shadow Thief, will have my vengeance on those plumbers!" the soul next to Cloud proclaimed with a laught before he calmed down depressed. "Why did I had to remove that little chunk of gold from that obvious trap in those ruins filled with boulders..."

Chris blinked a few times. "I-I see..."

"Well, care to explain what happened to you?" Cloud asked.

Chris remained silent before he nodded depressed. "The beast that attacked me..."

And from that moment and onwards, Chris began to explain everything to Cloud as the line didn't move forward, deeper into the palace. The G-Men around were trying to call Jaydes to attend every single soul and not leave them with the work.

However, they needed to be careful or else she would punish them all in some sort of freaky way.

And the ominuos atmosphere shrouded the hellish jungle before changing back to another location...

Nintendo City: The City of Despair
Post Office

Back in the previous universe, the postmen at the post office managed to hear the loud impact's sound that came from the city. They also saw the Nightmares and Titans retreating from around the city itself and into the forest around the rainy night.

"What is the meaning of this now?" Quil asked as he stuck his head out and looked at the city. "What were those sudden sounds?"

"Y-you don't think something bad happened to Parakarry, right?" Postman asked as he hid behind the counter.

Quil grunted and crossed his arms as he watched the night monsters disappearing into the forests. "I doubt he caused that since he's not that strong..." the Rito said worried. "...But the most logical answer would be that the monster that he chased did all that..."

"O-oh no..." Postman gulped. "Y-you don't think he got killed, right?"

"I can't tell..." Quil closed his eyes and frowned. "...But since the situation became very bad like this..." The Rito jumped across the counter and to the ground, where he began to get wet by the rain. "I'm going for him and see what happened."

"W-what?" Postman stood up. "Y-you're going to risk your life for him? That's endangering, man!"

"I'm not going to fight," Quil said. "As soon as I find him, I'm going to take him back here and see what we could do to save those people from the monster. I'm sure Parakarry didn't exactly defeat that monster by himself, and that's why I'm going."

"Are you sure it is okay for you to go alone?" Postman asked. "Those nocturnal monsters could be roaming inside the city, you know!"

"I have that in mind as well," Quil stated before he looked at the city. "Well, here I go. Wish me good luck in finding that scatterbrained postman."

The Rito extended his wings and began to flap to pull himself up. Postman watched as the Rito prepared to fly towards the city before Quil left as soon as he could.

Postman looked down worried and sighed. "I just run and deliver people their mail," he muttered depressed. "They can do more than me, though..."

It was not long before he noticed many footsteps coming from the hill. The pstman gasped and wished that the nocturnal beasts weren't going after Quil.

However, once he looked to the north, he found many people running through the rain. The postman narrowed his eyes and put a hand in front of his eyebrows before his eyes widened after recognizing at least one of all the people running towards the city.

"Heeeeeeeey!" Postman called out to the group. "If it isn't you!"

"...What?" Link stopped running with everyone else as they looked at Postman. "(H-him again!) Y-you? What are you doing here?" Link asked.

"I work here," Postman said simply. "The post office in Hyrule had to close down due to vacations, but I wanted to work somewhere else," Postman explained. "I searched far and wide for the ideal place to work at, and I found it here!"

"In the middle of nowhere?" Zelda asked.

Postman gasped at the sight of the pricness that he lowered his postman hat down. "O-oh, Princess Zelda, it's an honor to see you during this dreaded night."

The princess shifted his eyes at this awkward bow. "T-thank you," she said, bowing down at him.

Postman gasped. "O-oh Nayru, I-I just received a greeting from Her Majesty! I-I won't watch my eyes, ever!"

Link grunted in annoyance. "A-anyway, what are you doing here?"

"Working," Postman began as he raised fingers. "Finding something better to do, waiting for Quil and Parakarry from chasing a beast that seemed to be taking 4 guys into the city, working again, waiting for them agai-"

"Wait, what?" Link asked. "You saw a huge monster carrying 3 people?"

"4, actually," Postman said. "I saw a pink blob besides another one, hiding somewhere around the beast."

"Kirby..." Meta Knight muttered. "There's no other person than him and Jigglypuff that are considered pink blobs by miscomprehension."

"And you are saying they went into the city?" Zelda asked.

"Absolutely, Your Majesty!" Postman said with a salute. "The monster itself seemed to be in a hurry before destruction was heard from within the city! My partner, Quil, just went a second ago to find my other partner, Parakarry, who went to rescue the kidnapped people in the beast's back!"

"Parakarry?" Mario repeated. "Oh no, this isn't good..."

"What was that about destruction?" Pit asked.

"Oh, there was a loud crashing sound...actually, more like multiple loud sounds coming from the city a moment ago," Postman explained. "Apparently, Quil thought it was because of the beast."

Some of them gasped at this and looked at each other. "We better get going," Marth said as he looked at the city. "With the path clear from those monsters, maybe we have a chance to reunite with them before..."

"Everyone."

The Smashers blinked in confusion after hearing a sudden echoing voice in their minds. Some of them looked around to find the source of the voice.

"D-don't tell me our minds have their own minds!" Olimar said worried.

"Is that even possible?" Pikachu asked bored.

"Don't be alarmed. It's me, Mewtwo."

"Mewtwo?" Roy asked as he looked up. "Why are you calling us through our minds?"

"I have...bad news to inform..."

"Bad news?" Samus asked. "What kind of bad news?"

"I have been scanning the city from the mansion ever since you all left to rescue Chris. Once I managed to find their presences...something unfortunate happened..."

"Unfortunate?" Red asked.

"Very unfortunate, indeed," Mewtwo said.

"What was unfortunate?" C. Falcon asked. "Don't leave us waiting here. We have to keep running to the city and rescue them befor-"

"Chris was killed."

Most of them blinked one time before they looked shocked at this sudden interruption.

"...What?" Ike asked. "Did I hear you well?"

"I'm not kidding... Chris was...killed by that beast...a few minutes ago..."

"...No..." Samus muttered as she shook her head.

"I'm sorry for being the one announcing the bad news, but it's true," Mewtwo said. "Chris's presence seized from being seen before he was killed...quite brutally by that monster..."

"..." Ness looked down before he looked up. "Are you...telling the truth?"

"I'm not joking with this," Mewtwo said in shame. "As far as I can tell, he was overwhelmed by a brutal attack from Sonic...or what he used to be..."

Some of them looked depressed at this sudden announcement. Some clenched fists, some closed eyes and frowned with ashamed expressions, and even some looked down and sobbed very silently through the rain. Postman, however, didn't get why they stopped from going into the city.

Fox clenched his fists slowly and looked up. "Are you really sure he's dead, Mewtwo?" he asked with a mad look.

"No matter how many times you will all ask me, Chris is...dead..."

"No..." Zelda muttered. "Why...why tonight? Why did he have to be killed during his birthday?"

Link patted her back as the princess looked ashamed. "Zelda, please, don't get like this."

"But how am I supposed to feel better after knowing that he was killed?" Zelda asked as she looked at him. "Tell me, what else can we do now?"

"If this will cheer you up, I can still sense Kirby's and Jigglypuff's presences within the city. They seemed to turn into trophies after receiving the attack...not as critical as Chris did."

"That doesn't change the fact that he died!" Squirtle yelled.

"(The kid got his gift after all...)" Wolf thought as he looked away. "(...But why do I feel a little bit bad about him? Last time he was killed I only felt ashamed because I wouldn't get to piss him off again...)"

"...I'm sorry for hesitating you, but you must go into the city and rescue the ones who are still living," Mewtwo explained. "Even if Kirby and Jigglypuff turned into trophies, they can be brought back to life if you hurry."

"B-but Chris!" Lucas yelled out. "W-what about him? W-what will Lucario do once he knows that he..."

Pikachu reached for Lucas's right shoulder to make him look at him, frowning. "..." Pikachu shook his head. "...Sorry..." he muttered.

"..." Lucas looked away in shame. "...B-but still, this is so unfair..."

"Again, I'm sorry," Mewtwo said. "Hurry to the city and see if you can find them all...and Chris as well... I'll leave you for now and alert you from that monster if I see him. He's still due southeast if your current location. Head all the way to that direction and you should find a long, wide area with destroyed buildings. That beast is still there, but hurry up and fight him back as soon as you see him."

The Smashers noticed that Mewtwo left their minds after a brief moment of silence while the rain kept falling down around them.

"...Chris..." Yoshi muttered with a frown. "He couldn't have..."

"Not this crap again!" Falco yelled out as he glared at the city. "I already saw him die one time, but now he dies twice? What the heck is wrong here?!" he yelled to the rain.

"Falco, stop it," Fox said simply, looking serious at the pilot.

"But..." Falco looked down.

"Right now," Snake began, getting the attention of everyone. "We need to reach that monster and seize him."

"No, we're going to KILL that bastard once we see him," Roy said with a serious look.

"B-but what about Sonic?" Diddy asked. "He's not guilty of this! You all already heard that his mind got controlled by another guy!"

"Sacrifices are meant to be made," Snake said.

"...What?"

"If we need to kill the hedgehog, then we'll do it," Snake said. "If we let that monster go around and kill us all when we least expect him, we're going to regret it underneath our graves," he explained. "I doubt any of you know how to rescue the hedgehog from that guy taking over his body, right?"

Nobody spoke.

"Just as I thought," Snake said with a nod. "We're going to kill him."

"N-no!" Mario interrupted. "Sonic doesn't need to be killed!"

"Mario, it's his fault he got into this trouble," Snake said. "You all know him very well, I assume. He only cares about himself and only his welfare over anyone's welfare. Well, I'd say he won't be that missed around here."

"What about his friends at his world?" DK asked.

"They'll understand the reason behind his assassination very well," Snake said.

"I...refuse to do this..." Toon Link said. "I don't have the courage enough to kill him..."

"That is his consequence," Snake went on. "If anybody is against this, raise your hands."

Snake looked at the Smashers. Nobody wanted to raise their hands. What he just said seemed to be convincing them all.

Mario raised his hand.

"And with an outstanding count of 1 vote against 27, the hedgehog will be killed...if we manage to hit him hard, that is."

"Everyone really wants to kill Sonic?" Mario asked.

"Sorry, but we have to do it..." C. Falcon said. "We don't know a way to help him go back to his usual self."

"And the fact that he let himself be controlled by a random monster that killed Chris makes everything even worse for him," Falco said. "I want to grab that beast's throat, aim my Blaster down at his mouth, splatter his blood all around, and watch him beg for mercy."

"..." DK frowned. "...Okay, let's do this..."

"DK!" Diddy said.

"I never got to kill somebody before...but it has to be done..." DK said sadly. "I...I wanted to spend the time with Chris more..."

Many of them lowered their heads with some frowns.

"...Without further ado," Snake began to snap them out from their depression. "Let's go in and beat the crap out of the hedgehog or what he used to be."

The Smashers had to nod at this before they all ran inside the city and through the rain while Postman watched helplessly from behind the counter.

They were actually going to kill Sonic no matter if he was possessed by an evil entity.

Postman noticed Olimar with a Blue Pikmin. The captain sniffed a few times before his Pikmin patted his back. "B-but this is just...so unfair..." Olimar muttered sadly. "Why did this have to happen now?"

The Blue Pikmin kept patting his back before Olimar looked around, hopped with a gasp, and ran into the city.

Postman tilted his head in confusion and looked at no one in particular. "Who died?" he asked confused.

Ruins

Big piles of crumble from the buildings that were destroyed a moment ago were scattered around a big portion of the city (that wasn't enough to cover at least a hundreth part). Dust still flew out from the rumbles as the rain kept doing its job; rain endlessly.

Over a pile of crumbles, there sat down a calm beast that looked down upon the trophies of Kirby and Jigglypuff. It was the werehog, who looked bored after causing all the destruction with his Final Smash. DSS looked down upon the trophies as he rested his right arm on the top of his right knee.

DSS yawned. "It has been a while after I got so much fun..." he muttered, showing his fangs with another yawn. The werehog jumped down to examine the trophies closer. "Why did you turn into collectible stuff, anyway?" he asked to Kirby's trophy. "You look happy even after I "killed" you, right?"

DSS saw his reflection on the trophy. He smirked and raised his eyebrows several times at it.

"Heeeey, who's the handsome dude in the trophy?" he asked with a snicker. "That's me, of course." He flexed his right arm and smirked at the trophy. "I like you, you know. Your new form makes my arm's reflection look bigger than before... Yeah, I like this..."

The werehog stopped flexing his arms before he walked to Jigglypuff's trophy.

"What about you? You look happy as well," the werehog said to the trophy. "You happy for being killed? Well, hahaha, thank you. I do my best to make my clients receive what they deserve the most."

The werehog blinked confused before he looked over a pile of crumbles, finding on top of them what looked to be...

Chris...

DSS opened his mouth in excitement as he quickly jumped to the body, landed nearby, and sniffed it for a little bit. "Aww, the sweet odor of death..." he muttered with pleasure as he looked at Chris's scars across his back. "You're lucky to be killed, ya know?"

No response came from the corpse.

"What? Being the silent type now?" the werehog asked as he lifted up the corpse, making it look down at him with closed eyes. "You're gonna be my human doll, what do ya think?"

No response.

"For being a doll, you're so rude, mister."

No response.

The werehog grunted and looked bored before he shook Chris's body up and down to make his head nod recklessly. "Alright!" the werehog said before he put the corpse down. "You're one obedient kid," he said before he walked to the corpse and tilted his head at the sides just in front of Chris's weak expression. "Who's a little obedient kid?" he asked as he stuck his lips out, treating the corpse like a baby. "Who's a little obedient kiiiiiiiid? Who's a little obedient kiiiiiiiid? Yes, you areeeeee, yes, you areeeeee..."

The werehog moved the head with his right claw to make it nod in a reckless manner.

The beast gasped in excitement before he grabbed the corpse by the sides and held it up with extended arms. "Hey, I know!" the werehog said with a smile. "Let's play with the doll!" he suggested to the dead body.

Again, he moved it up and down to make the head nod.

"Alright, then," the beast said as coughed a little. "We're gonna show a play to the audience tonight," he said as he pointed at nowhere. "We're gonna show them the awesome story of, "The Hero and the Almighty Being." You wanna help me here?"

He made the corpse nod.

"Thank you!" DSS said with a snicker before he coughed, walked to the trophies of Kirby and Jigglypuff, and held Chris's body in front of them. "Okay, so here's the deal," DSS began as he tilted the corpse at the sides. "Once upon a sick time, there was once one stupid kid who wanted to visit worlds and save everyone from a sucky organization called the Subspace Army."

He made the corpse move the legs to the front and back by shaking it.

"The stupid kid's attitude made everyone that he met convince him from being very close friends to the point of being absurd," the werehog said. "Through fights against weaklings and weirdoes, the stupid kid's forces grew big as a cheesy family, eventually reaching a higher level of stupidity."

He dropped the corpse down.

"However..." he muttered with a chuckle. "The stupid kid's birthday came around during a beautiful moon, and then, the most sexiest, muscular, almighty, undefeated, swiftest, and handsomest creatured appeared from within the darkness..." The werehog jumped close to the 3 before flexing up his arms with a smirk. "And that person happened to be Dark Super Sonic! The ultimate being of darkness that was willing to teach the kid a good lesson after all his heroic moves!" he proclaimed with a loud howl that echoed around the destroyed area.

The werehog looked down upon the corpse.

"So anyway, the stupid kid and some of his lovers were kidnapped by this special guy to an abandoned city like this one," he summarized. "Then, this special guy had a good heart and gave the kid his gift for his birthday."

The werehog grabbed the corpse with a huge dark claw.

"The handsome guy gave the stupid kid his gift with a lesson included," DSS went on. "He gave the stupid kid the most awesome gift ever..."

The werehog chuckled evilly at the corpse.

"...The gift of death," he said while showing his fangs. "And he also taught him not to mess with the boss," DSS explained before he let the corpse fall down. He looked at the trophies. "And then, his friends were also affected by the awesomeness of the muscular dude that they decided to turn into trophies no less! How surprising, isn't?"

The werehog looked around.

"But then, the almighty being remembered that 2 dudes that were with the 3 idiots were still living somehow after the smart main character destroyed a big part of the abandoned city with a mighty howl," DSS said as he looked amused at his sides. "His nose could tell the scents of an imp who acted like a bad guy, and then there was another lucky soul that decided to join the fun as well."

The rain kept going as the werehog licked his fangs slowly.

"In fact," he continued. "Those 2 were digging their way out from the big chunks of cement that once formed a lot of buildings to escape from the handsome dude," DSS said. "And they were right..."

With a swift move, DSS quickly grew his hands, dug them inside the crumbles of the buildings, and looked around for his victims. It was a small amount of time before he felt 2 struggling sensations underneath his claws that his ears perked up a bit in reaction. DSS smiled a bit before he smirked and quickly raised his long arms from underneath the pile of crumbles.

He looked up to see a screaming Chip with a terrified Parakarry before a thunder illuminated the whole place.

"HERE!" the werehog finished with a malevolent laugh to the sky as Chip and Parakarry screamed in unison, trying to get off from his claws.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chip yelled loudly as the Paratroopa tried to get himself free.

"You guys missed me or what?" the werehog asked with a snicker. "You thought I forgot about you? You don't have a ghost of a chance to escape from me, I'm afraid!"

"P-please, let us live!" Parakarry cried out as the grips on them became tight. "I-I beg of you, let us live!"

The werehog snickered before he pulled them back to the floor, but still struggling to get free from his dark claws. "Aww, the victims of the main character were begging for mercy at the awesome display of raw power that he displayed to them. Wasn't that cute, folks?"

"W-who are you talking to?" Chip asked weakly.

"SHUT UP!" DSS yelled as he increased the grips' strength on them, making them scream loudly in pain. "Don't you DARE interrupt the play for the audience! Or, do you wanna die before we get to the finale?!"

Chip shook with fear as he shook his head.

"I thought so..." DSS said before coughing. "Anyway, you guys are part of the paly for the folks out there. Say hello to your fans."

The imp and the Paratroopa slowly opened their eyes to look around for that audience, but they didn't see anyone except the werehog and his victims.

"I SAID SAY HELLO!" DSS demanded with a howl.

"H-hello!" Chip and Parakarry yelled.

"Yes!" DSS moved his claws (and them) up and down in excitement. "The crowd already wants to see the epilogue so much because of you, guys!"

"W-what kind of epilogue?" Parakarry asked as he tried to get off from the right claw he was in.

"Oh, you just wait..." DSS said with an evil chuckle. "So anyway, where did I leave? Oh yeah, the 2 other guys," he said before he coughed, made a blank face, and moved them to the trophies and Chris's dead body. "The 2, being so darn stubborn, wanted to save their friends during the battle against the almighty being. Isn't that wonderful or what, folks?"

Chip and Parakarry watched helplessly as they were forced to face each other in front of the trophies.

"Ahem," DSS coughed before going on. "These 2 were as weak as the kid's group that they tried to escape after the fearsome beast let out a masculine howl that made everything around him be destroyed in a matter of seconds, which he greatly liked personally," the werehog explained before he pulled their faces closer to each other. "And then, these 2 tried to escape, but the undefeated being sniffed them out and found them before they could escape."

Chip and Parakarry gulped to each other.

"And when the sexy being found them, he decided to use them as dolls for a play to you, the audience," the werehog said with a snicker. "The being ultimately used them as dolls as they screamed for their lives, but the tenacious being, wanting to have more fun, continued to use them for a while." He sniffed. "T-those bad guys wanted to leave poor old Dark Super Sonic alone, and they tried to attack him as well! W-what kind of people were they? T-they wanted to kill him alive! Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! Waaaaaaaaaaaaaah!"

The 2 didn't like where this was going at all as the werehog faked tears and cries.

But then, the werehog quickly stopped and looked at them with an evil look on his eyes. "That's when the hero decided to give them what they deserved for being such big meanies to him. The super hero, wanting revenge, thought about ripping their heads off their bodies."

Chip and Parakarry looked shocked.

"Then, he thought about eating them with his sharp, but awesome fangs."

They gulped.

"Then, pound them a little bit."

They thought "a little bit" was "way too much" in DSS's own dictionary.

"Then, rip their arms off while biting their heads off with his fangs."

They were at the point to scream for life.

"...But eventually..." the werehog went on. "...He decided not to do any of those things because he had compassion within him."

Chip and Parakarry blinked surprised at this before they sighed...

...But they barely noticed a smirk from the werehog.

"However," DSS continued. "He decided to do all of them AT THE SAME TIME, STARTING RIGHT NOW!!!"

The 2 quickly got shocked looks before they were released from the grips, falling down close to the trophies before they noticed the werehog panted heavily, showing his fangs at the destroyed crumbles before locking wild eyes at them.

"H-hurry!" Parakarry yelled as he floated up. "W-we have to escape from here!"

"W-what about them?!" Chip asked as he pointed at the trophies.

"Trophies?" Parakarry said confused. "What are trophies of themselves doing her-"

"HUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

Both of them turned around at the same time before seeing the nocturnal beast with his dark claws fully opened to maul them alive. The 2 quickly looked at each other and screamed loudly for their lives as the werehog was about to land on top of them.

However...

The werehog's eyes narrowed and looked to his left before he was pushed away by an unknown source. The beast merely rolled on the crumbles before crouching down, showing his fangs at the source of the force.

"I made it in time..." Quil said with a sigh as he landed close to the 2.

"Quil!" Parakarry said happily before he quickly went to him...and gave him a hug. "I was so worried you weren't going to show u-"

Quil quickly pushed Parakarry to the floor and wiped the dust off his clothes. "Anyway, there's not much time to talk right now. We have to leave this place before that beast attacks."

"Oh, great," DSS said with a chuckle as he licked his fangs. "A birdie showed up. I'm gonna enjoy my new dessert sooooo much."

"What was that?" Quil asked utterly confused.

"T-that guy already killed him!" Chip gasped as he saw Chris's dead body nearby.

"...For the gods..." Quil muttered as he looked down at Chris. "...This is..."

"Awesome, right?" DSS asked with a chuckle. "I gave the kid his so-deserved gift for his birthday. I hope he likes it even after he's death."

"...What?" Quil asked. "You...killed him as his gift?"

"Exactly! My god...wait, do I even have a god? I thought I was the god here myself..." DSS chuckled evilly. "Anyway, yeah, I killed the kid and I enjoyed it so much."

"What kind of ruthless and unsensitive monster are you?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 09, 2009, 04:39:33 PM
"A powerful one, duh," the werehog replied with a frown. "Seriously, guys like you only make me more hungry for more bloodshed..." He glared at Quil. "Come to think of it, I wanna do that right now."

Chip and Parakarry gulped. Quil glared back at the beast. "Sorry, but I don't have time for such foolishness.  I beg your pardon, but we must take our leave for now. Don't try to bother us as well."

"And if I do, what will you do to me?" DSS asked with a terrifying glare. "I doubt you can even land a single punch on me. You don't look like a fighter."

"True that," Quil said with a nod. "I'm not a fighter, but just your average everyday postman."

"I-is that going to help to change anything?" Parakarry asked worried.

"Leave this to me," Quil whispered to him. "I need to buy us some time to see what happens."

"What? Why?"

"Just stay quiet and wish for something to happen that won't endanger our lives," Quil muttered before looking back at the werehog.

"I heard ya..." DSS said in a low tone. "You're plannin' to buy some time for nothing good to happen, huh?"

"It seems you're at least smart," Quil remarked. "Quite impressive from such a heartless beast, I must say."

"Grrr..." DSS showed his fangs at him. "Don't you dare piss me off now... You wouldn't like me when I'm angry..."

"I second that!" Chip yelled.

"I third that!" Parakarry yelled as he hid behind Chip, who then hid behind Quil and peered out to watch the beast. "Quil, let's get out of here while we can!" he whispered loudly.

Quil looked at the trophies nearby and sighed. "If I'm right, are they the trophies themselves?"

"Huh? H-how did you know?"

"I doubt he'd leave the corpses away," Quil said. "I see Chris...out here, but not the other 2 besides those trophies. If my assumptions are right, they must be the trophies, right?"

"W-we think so..." Chip said as he shook in fear.

DSS chuckled. "I don't understand why they turned into trophies, either," he said. "But who cares as long as I have fun with you? You weaklings don't have to run since I will catch ya..."

Quil looked serious at the werehog. "...You 2, when I give the order, run to the north."

"ARE YOU DEAF OR WHAT?!" DSS asked angrily. "I CAN HEAR YOU PRETTY WELL FROM HERE, DAMMIT!"

"(An insane monster...)" Quil thought. "(I knew he was insane the moment I saw his face...)"

"Damn you all!" DSS growled angrily as he grew his dark claws. "Fine, be that way. Now, please, stay there and let me punish you for being such ignorant fools!"

Quil's eyes widened once he saw the werehog leaping at them with claws and fangs ready to attack them. The postman couldn't move from his spot as the other 2 hid behind his back (and use him as a wall) to protect themselves. Quil knew very well that even flying he wouldn't get far away in time.

Was it going to be over for them?

Underwhere
Queen Jaydes's Palace

"Alright, people!" a G-Man shouted from the very first spot of the long line of souls. "Queen Jaydes herself has returned, so please be ready to say your tragic, cruelsome, funny, and even emotional deaths so she can judge you to make you return back to the place where you were killed! Now, without pushing, start to move!"

Chris suddenly hopped up at this sudden announcement, stopping talking to Cloud. "Oh, they're finally going to move the line."

"Looks like it," Cloud said. "It's a small matter of time before we meet the queen of this sick place."

"So, Cloud..." Chris began. "What do you think about what happened to me?"

Cloud looked at him. "...I honestly don't know how to resolve your problem."

"What?"

"It's not like me to bother with other people's affairs," Cloud replied. "I only care about what I do."

"D-does that mean you don't care about what happened to me anymore?"

"...To be honest..." Cloud looked away, making Chris gulp. "...I'm just a very tiny bit interested."

"...R-really?"

"Yeah," Cloud said before looking at him. "However, though, remember that I'm just becoming interested in you because there's nothing better to do than move in this line."

The line began to move, and Cloud turned around to go forward with Chris before stopping again to turn and see the World Traveler.

"You might have ignited some interest in me," Cloud explained. "But that's it for now."

"..." Chris looked down in shame.

Cloud turned away and frowned. "My apologies. I'm like this around people a lot of times."

"I understand..." Chris said. "...But if I come back there...who knows what will happen if that monster finds me again..." He sniffed silently. "I...I don't want to die again if I come back to live... I...I want to see everyone again...a-and I want to see Lucario as well..." He began to sob silently. "A-and I want to see my parents again...I-I want to see them once more... I-I'm only asking to see them again tomorrow..."

"..." Cloud remained silent.

"I-I'm so scared, Cloud..." Chris said as he sobbed silently. "I-I don't know what to do once I come back to be living..."

"Even if you don't know if you're going to be alive again?"

"I-I'm sure I'll go back..." Chris sobbed. "B-but I'm not sure if I'm going to live after I go back..."

"..." Cloud closed his eyes, turned around to see Chris, and opened his yellow eyes to see him. "Stop sobbing, now."

"H-huh?" Chris asked.

"You should be acting your age since you're 17," Cloud said. "Nothing should scare you by that point in your life. Stop being a wuss by sobbing and crying behind me."

"B-but..." Chris staggered. "I-I'm like this... I always find a way to resolve things even if I'm not crying..."

"...That changes the subject," Cloud said. "If you can't change that part of yourself, at least do something about the monster that killed you."

"W-what can I do, Cloud?" Chris asked as he sniffed. "I-I don't know..."

"Believe it or not, every single person has some kind of weakness that must be exploited in order to show that person who's the boss around," Cloud explained. "That monster proved to you that he's the boss, though."

Chris looked away in shame.

"But what he doesn't know is that he has weaknesses as everyone."

"..." Chris looked at him. "...Please...go on..."

"Now you want to listen to me?" Cloud asked.

"I...want to listen to anything you say to me..." Chris muttered. "...I want to...get my revenge on him for killing me during my birthday...b-but I don't think I can attack back without getting scared..."

The line began to move again, and the 2 advanced before stopping.

"Well, Chris," Cloud began. "It's not like me to do this...but I'll try to help you."

"W-what?" Chris asked. "Are you going to fight with me to defeat him?"

"I didn't say that," Cloud said. "I said I'd give you some hints to give you an advantage over a battle against monsters like the one you just described. It shouldn't be pretty hard from my point of view, anyway."

Chris looked unsure.

"May I go on?"

"..." Chris remained silent for a moment.

"...So? What's your answer?"

"..." Chris looked at him. "...Tell me...tell me what I should do."

Cloud nodded. "Okay. You better be ready to take everything I say to you in mind now. I'm not going to repeat myself, either..."

As the World Traveler listened to the ex-SOLDIER, the scene changed again...

Nintendo City: The City of Despair
Ruins

Back at the moment where Quil, Chip, and Parakarry were going to be attacked, the Rito was covering his face with his arms as he waited for the werehog to maul them alive. Quil's eyes shook underneath his eyelids, having chills down his spine once he saw the werehog leaping at them.

However, Quil opened his eyes to see some red mist passing right over his head before it collided into DSS's body and exploded in a burst of flames. The werehog grunted angrily at this as he flipped back to his spot and showed his bare fangs.

Quil uncovered his face and looked back where he found some people running towards them. The postman quickly recognized one of them to be Toon Link with the Smashers as they joined in. "Everyone!" Quil said with a sigh. "Thank goodness you all came here, especially you, Link."

"Do I know you?" Link asked.

"I...was talking to Link, not you," Quil said.

Toon Link groaned. "Just ignore him..."  he muttered annoyed.

"Oh, thank heavens!" Chip praised as he flew out from Quil's back. "You guys came for me...I mean, us, yeah, us."

"You're still alive?" Toon Link asked.

"Well, of course!" Chip said proudly. "...I-I mean, I had luck..."

"Mario! Sweet!" Parakarry said as he flew besides Mario. "Okay, since you're here, everything should be just fine, right?"

"I...don't know exactly..." Mario said.

"...Mario, I'm here trying to cheer things up," Parakarry said bored. "Don't make me feel bad now."

Parakarry was interrupted before Roy stepped forward.

"There he is!" Roy yelled as he pointed at the werehog.

The werehog chuckled and looked evilly at them. "Well, well, the whole gang (except 3) is all back. That's sweet of you all to come all the way here and play with me."

"What did you do to Chris?"  Mario asked.

DSS chuckled at the mention of the name before he quickly grew his right claw above Chris's corpse and held it up for everyone to see. They all gasped after a lightning struck down somewhere else at the image of the corpse...

They noticed that the body had a whole amount of scars, bleeding rather quickly. The hat that Chris once wore was torn apart by slash marks that ran across all his blue clothes, and even the boots he once worn were ripped apart by claw marks. His face was probably the most scaring thing since many parts of it were bleeding a lot. Blood was coming out from his eyelids as well as his mouth and nose.

The Smashers couldn't believe what they saw. They just couldn't think of the pain Chris went through...

"...You...stupid...bastard!" Ike yelled as he took out Ragnell. "Why did you do that to him? Answer me!"

"My, quite grumpy today, aren't you?" DSS asked with a snicker. "I did this to him because he deserved it. Didn't I say my reason before? Either you guys are stupid or deaf, or actually both."

"What kind of monster are you, anyway?" Samus asked.

"A powerful one, like I told them before," the werehog said as he recklessly let the body fall down on the crumbles. "Whoops," he said with a chuckle as he reached for the corpse. "My hand slipped, sorry."

"Sorry?" Pikachu asked as he gathered sparks. "Why are you saying that after you..."

"Pikachu, stop it," Marth said as he glared at the beast. "He's just taunting us. Don't fall for it."

"But he's toying around with Chris..." Pichu didn't want to mention the latter definition for Chris's current state.

"Aw, please!" DSS said as he held up the body. "Why are you so interested in this lifeless body, anyway?" he asked with a smirk. "You don't want useless corpses in your mansion, right?"

Falco clenched his fists and stepped forward. "What the heck is wrong with your frickin' mind?!"

"Nothin'," the werehog said as he put the corpse on his back. "You guys won't care if I take it with me, right?"

"What?" DK asked before he pointed at him. "Didn't you just say that it...he was useless for you?"

"I thought it was the other way around," DSS said. "I mean, surely you won't mind if I rip the arms apart, right?"

"...The hell?" C. Falcon stepped forward. "Why do you want to do that?"

"Because I like to disarm so much during rainy nights. The rain's water get mixed so well with blood, y'know."

"You're seriously insane..." Snake muttered with a frown. "Not even the hedgehog would go that insane."

"Why, thank you," DSS said with an amused look. "I don't receive compliments from my friends that often."

"Okay, enough of this," Ness said as he took out his bat and pointed it at the beast. "I had it with your stupid attitude already."

"I think we all had it with him," Zelda said as her right hand glowed. "We have to avenge Chris for his sake."

"Ooh, avenge the kid? You guys are a bunch of weirdoes," DSS taunted. "You fight over a corpse? What's up with that? You're weird."

"Will you just shut your mouth?" Fox asked with a glare. "We're here to beat the crap out of you for killing Chris off. If you keep talking, I'll swear I'm going to kill you faster that I want you to be dead."

DSS rolled his eyes with a frown. "So?"

"So," Meta Knight began as he took Galaxia out. "It is your time, tonight, now."

"Oh ho ho ho, I don't think so," the werehog said as he waved a finger. "I see a lot of dead people in front me that wants to have some fun during this night. Isn't that right, Chris?"

The Smashers watched as the werehog grabbed Chris's head and made it nod.

"See? Even he agrees," DSS said with a snicker. "Now I see why he is a good boy."

"You're pretty insane for being another being inside Sonic. With that, I mean your behavior in all people," Samus said. "The only weirdo here is you."

"Hmm, maybe," the werehog said. "Maybe not; possibly not as you all are the ones who are weirdoes."

Olimar gulped. "P-please, give us Chris back o-or we will use brute force."

"Let me think..." The werehog rubbed his chin. "He's not here but in hell, and you want him back from me." He looked at them confused. "How am I supposed to bring him back if he's dead? I don't have the control to order death." The werehog smirked as he opened his claws. "I can order death to kill, though."

"Enough," Snake said. "What we're trying to say is that you should give us back the kid's corpse before you do some insanity with it."

Some of the Smashers looked at him, unsure of what he said. They shook their heads to forget the statement as they looked back at DSS.

"...Or what?" DSS asked with a glare. "You gonna hit me so hard?" The werehog grabbed the lifeless body by pulling his arms up, placing Chris in front of him. "Ooh, save me, everyone!" the beast joked as he shook the body, talking like if he was Chris but in a high-pitched tone. "The baddest, awesome dude here will probably kill me if you don't hurry!"

Most of the Smashers glared daggers at him.

"Oh, wait, I forgot," the werehog joked as he shook the body more. "I was already killed, you guys. I was way so weak to fight him back. His arms were so thick that my hands broke, and his fangs cut me like thin ham for dinner..."

"You better stop playing around with that body," Pit warned him.

"Or what?" the werehog asked, still using the tone he was previously using. "You're going to let me go away with him. Boo, I'm so scared, you guys! I need help, help I say! Please, help me! ...Oh wait, I'm pretty much dead, so I'm going to let him kidnap me. You guys suck." The werehog put the body on his back and chuckled. "Well, ya heard him. He doesn't want to be with any of you."

"Y-y-you just made him say it!" Lucas yelled.

"Nope, I don't remember that," the werehog said. "I don't quite remember making the kid say such things to you. He said it by himself."

"Okay, stop it now," Wolf said in irritation. "You better stop playing with that corpse now. It just makes you look like a retarded childish idiot."

"Who are you calling retarded childish idiot?"

"Figure it out. I dare you."

"..." DSS began to pant heavily.

"Quil, please, get away from here," Toon Link said. "I think we can handle him by ourselves."

"Are you sure you will take him out?" Quil asked. "By the looks of this place, I'm starting to have doubts about the outcome of the battle."

"Look, just go!" Toon Link yelled as DSS began to grunt silently at their sight. "Or do you want to get caught in this?"

"...I understand," Quil said with a nod before looking at Parakarry. "Parakarry, we have to leave now."

"A-are you sure?" Parakarry asked worried.

"Everything will be fine," Mario said before he looked at Chris. "...At least what it's still living or standing..."

Parakarry felt sympathy for Mario and patted his back. "I'm...sorry... I didn't do much to..."

"It's okay, really," Mario said. "Leave now, please."

Parakarry nodded and looked serious. "Okay, Mario, I'll leave everything up to you. Please, be careful..." He looked at Chris and frowned. "...Please, be careful."

"Let's go," Quil said to the postman.

The Paratroopa nodded his head before both flew up to the north, leaving the Smashers, the trophies, and the werehog on the destroyed area.

"Heheheheheh..." DSS snickered as he saw most of them staring at him. "Now the real battle will start in a few seconds. You wanna say your last words? Because the kid here didn't say his final words except screaming out in pain."

Many of them grunted angrily at this.

"Not the social type, huh?" the werehog asked with a frown. "I'm lazy. I'm becoming tired of too much frowning. Smiling is much better because it takes less muscles to smile than frown, anyway."

"That's stupid," Zelda said. "That saying is as idiotic as yourself."

"Goodness gracious!" DSS shouted. "You just keep insulting me whenever I talk! What kind of meanies are you? I'm just a guy who wants to do what he pleases. What's hard to comprehend?"

"You know what?" Squirtle began as he glared at him. "You're the most annoying guy we've ever met before."

"Aww, there's a compliment," DSS said with a smirk. "You're not that bad now. Do you...want to be friends with me?" He held out his claws while smiling at them.

The Smashers only replied by taking their positions to fight (most of them).

"..." DSS's smile turned into an evil expression. "...Oh, I understand now..."

"Wow, now you're understanding?" Ivysaur asked. "What do you understand?"

DSS closed his eyes. "I understand that I've been an a(beep)ole all the time with you, especially the kid himself." He opened his eyes with a sad look to Chris's body. "I feel so guilty for killing for him. In fact, I detest to do this during tonight, and I soon realized I needed to have unique friends like you all." He held out his claws at them while the rain kept falling. "So, I ask you for something..." The werehog lowered his head as his claws remained in their position. "...Will you forgive an overpowered bastard like me, and start from 0 again?"

Only the rain's drops sounded across the entire field as nobody did anything to reply back to the beast. The werehog himself remained looking down to wait for a response.

And suddenly, a peanut was shot right directly on his forehead, causing it to break apart.

Red looked at his right where Diddy held 2 Peanut Popguns. There was smoke coming from the right gun as the spider monkey glared at the werehog. DK, seeing this, grinned at Diddy and gave him a thumbs up.

The werehog, however, grunted after he saw a small nut underneath him. He slowly raised his head at them with a wild glare. "You guys just made a huge mistake..." He muttered as he showed his fangs. "Pissing me off when I asked you for forgiviness..."

"We knew you were going to kill us right off if we said yes to that crazy proposition," Marth said. "We better say otherwise than die right away."

"But guuuuuuuuuuuys! I really wanted to become friends! You're so mean..." DSS glared at them. "...And that's why you're the baddest of friends around here. You need to be killed so you don't make others feel bad abou-"

"I REALLY had enough of your stupid sarcasm!" Nana yelled out as she held her hammer on her right shoulder. "Nobody here buys any sympathy or empathy from you! Now, shut up and die!"

DSS grunted. "Okay, fine! I'm not a good guy to you, huh?! Well, that's fine with me! Who needs people when you have the power to CRUSH them all when you want?!" he growled angrily as he set his claws down on the crumbles, showing his fangs even more. "I suggest you get prepare 'cuz I'm gonna kill you all for being such a(beep)oles to me."

Sonic Unleashed - Werehog Mini Boss

DSS howled at the sky before looking back at the Smashers. "Well, well, shall we start now or what?" he asked with a glare. "Oh, I forgot to mention this, but the kid's staying with me if you don't mind."

Some of them gasped as they saw Chris's arms hanging on the werehog's throat after he adjusted them himself to prevent him from falling off. The body's barely reached the floor from his back.

"Crap, we forgot he had him on his back," Link muttered.

"Then we should try to get him back," Roy said. "...Not that we will ever see him again..."

"But still, we have to get him back," Samus said. "We can't let him get away from here now that we have him."

"Pfft, you have me? That's stupid," the werehog said with snicker. "Nah, I don't think you're fast enough to snatch the kid away from my back. You see, he likes to b-"

"Shut up," Snake interrupted. "It's either you who will get unscathed from this battle, or the kid's lifeless body."

"But he's utterly damaged beyond comparison," Mario said.

"I know, but it still works." Snake clicked a switch on his right hand. "I need to know everything about this idiot. Otacon, Mei Ling, give me a fully detailed analysis."

Everyone in there stared at Snake before the codec started.

"You didn't give Chris a gift, did you?" Mei Ling asked.

"Don't start that now," Snake said. "I want you to give information regarding this monster of hell I'm seeing now."

"Gladly. Let me look into the database," Otacon said. "...Okay, I got the info alright. He is Dark Super Sonic The Werehog. He's basically a suppressed soul hidden within Sonic that he forgot until it was summoned back to take control of his mind."

Mei Ling continued. "Apparently, his power began to recover once Sonic himself began to transform slowly during each night without telling anyone about what was happening to him."

"And now that he turned into a "werehog," he was able to seize over the control of Sonic's body by using the energy of the moon for himself, thus enabling him to grab absolute control over Sonic's body."

"Now, unlike normal werewolves, Dark Super Sonic The Werehog isn't weak against silver or anything like that. He's like that because he wasn't necessarily bitten by a werewolf, but was genetically turned into what he is now. Altering his genes isn't quite the same as adding the genes like a werewolf's bite does. My guess is that, in theory, he was accidentally turned into a werehog, but that just me. He doesn't turn others into werewolves for that fact as well."

"He has improved strength, flexible and extendable arms, and above else, he has dark power to enhance his statistics since he was born out from negative radiations from the fake Chaos Emeralds that Sonic accidentally landed on a long time ago."

"No weaknesses found?" Snake asked as the werehog stared at disgust at them.

"...No..." Otacon said. "I can't find any known weakenesses on him at all. This information was just written a few days ago by experts. I guess his weakness would be the dawn of the day, or light itself."

"It's 11:00 PM over there at your place, though," Mei Ling said. "The sun's rays won't come up for 9 hours, less or more."

The Smashers, able to hear the whole conversation, looked extremely confused at this.

"...How the heck did they know all that about Sonic?" C. Falcon asked.

"It was so fast," Yoshi commented. "I don't think they made it all up."

"He just turned into this demon of hell tonight, and you managed to gather all that info about him?" Pikachu asked.

"Hey, we have sources..." Otacon said. "...VERY good sources."

"Hm-hmm," Mei Ling said. "We are that important for any kind of situation for Snake."

"Okay," Snake said with a nod. "Over and out."

"Good luck out there," Otacon said. "There's a tough fight ahead of you."

"Return alive, okay?" Mei Ling asked.

"Why did you ask that sort of thing to him?"

"Because I have doubts of the fight even if Snake is on our side, you know."

Otacon sighed in depression before both left Snake.

"...You have the wierdest team, no offense," Samus commented.

"At least they have common sense."

"EHEM," the werehog coughed. "Hello? I'm still here, you know."

The Smashers noticed that the werehog leaped towards them with dark claws ready. They all quickly reacted and ran to different directions of the field as the beast landed and crushed the crumbles around him.

DSS's eyes widened once he saw a bright light coming from behind him. He turned around to find Meta Knight touching Kirby's and Jigglypuff's trophies' bases, making them return back to their normal selves as they shook their heads.

"Am I in the heaven of food yet?" Kirby asked as he looked around. "Ooh, this place looks like a destroyed restaurant..."

"Kirby, stop," Meta Knight said. "You're back to fight that werehog."

"...What?" Kirby asked confused as he looked at Jigglypuff. "What?"

Jigglypuff looked around before she remembered with a gasp. "The battle against..." She turned to see the werehog. "Y-you!"

"Oh well," the werehog said as he lifted up his shoulders a bit. "You 2 are back for more. I'm gonna be a good host and give all the fun you want from me."

"I think we already said that your sarcastic behavior grew old so quickly," Meta Knight stated.

"Who asked you, anyway?" DSS asked before he leaped quickly at the trio to slam down his dark claws on them. However, he was quickly grabbed by a Grapple Beam by Samus, who pulled him back to the floor.

The werehog seemed athetlic as he used a hand stand to flip towards Samus to later slash her hardly with his claws. The Power Suit itself shot sparks out as the bounty hunter backed away.

"No surprise attacks!" the werehog yelled angrily. "I hate 'em!" he yelled as he rushed at Samus.

The bounty hunter quickly sidestepped to let Ike use Quick Draw to slash hard the beast. The werehog's reflexes, however, proved to be faster as he backflipped towards Ike, spinning in the air (with Chris's body as well) before slamming down his dark claws on the Greil Mercenary, making him be pinned down on the crumbles.

"Wanna get a bite?" the werehog asked as he growled down at Ike. The werehog was pushed away by Pikachu's Skull Bash, saving Ike from being bitten as he quickly got up.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 10, 2009, 09:40:14 PM
"Hmm, you guys seem to be getting a little better..." the werehog admitted. "...A BIT, THOUGH!" he howled angrily as he rushed towards Toon Link.

The cartoony swordsman grinned at him. "(Okay, it's time to see if my training gave fruit...)" he thought as he readied his bow and arrow towards the werehog.

"You wanna hit me with an arrow? Just try it!" the werehog taunted. "I'll probably break it apart with a slash!"

Toon Link ignored the comment as he aimed at him. He stuck out his tongue a bit to analyze the hit points of the werehog. "(Let's see, if I shoot an arrow above to his right, I could make it hit his back and...)"

The swordsman then remembered something. Toon Link remembered that Chris was acting like a shield for DSS's back.

"...Aw, crap!" Toon Link cursed. "He HAD to have him as a shield!"

The swordsman didn't notice the werehog leaping at him before pinning Toon Link down to the crumbles. Toon Link screamed as the werehog dangerously tried to bite his face continuously. The swordsman moved his head to the sides to evade the bites before Snake lunged at the werehog to grab him by the throat as he stood up.

Toon Link, while hesitating, sighed and got up to escape from there.

"Ugh..." Snake struggled to maintain the werehog under his grip as DSS acted like a wild beast and flailed his feet and arms wildly. "Stupid beast..." Snake grunted. "Stay under contro-"

Snake was suddenly pushed away by the werehog's right foot, causing him to fall back to the destroyed floor as the werehog turned around and locked eyes on him.

"Nobody, I repeat, NOBODY tries to choke me!" DSS howled at Snake.

The werehog kept showing his fangs at Snake before he merely extended his right arm to his right and grabbed a running Pichu. The electric rat gasped before he was pulled right besides the werehog. "Were you trying to be a hero, huh?!" he asked down at Pichu.

Pichu gulped. "N-no..." he muttered, trembling in fear.

"Your eyes say otherwise!" the werehog yelled. "DIE!" he yelled again as he opened his fangs wide open. Pichu screamed once he saw the sharpness of the fangs glittering a little after they were shown.

However, he was saved as Ivysaur rammed into the werehog's stomach to let him go. Pichu looked back in horror before he ran away from the werehog.

Ivysaur quickly backstepped after doing his attack, glaring up at the werehog. "My goodness!" the werehog said annoyed as he glared down at him. "You won't stop interrupting the climaxes for each one of you, right?!"

"As long as we have in mind that you killed Chris, no!" Ivysaur yelled angrily.

"Ivysaur, use Vine Whip to slam him down!"

Ivysaur gasped. "But what if I end up damaging the...I mean, Chris?"

Red gasped at this. "O-oh no..."

"Oh yes!" the werehog said with a snicker as he grabbed the Seed Pok?mon's flower bulb.

This action caused Ivysaur to panic.

"N-no! L-let go of it!" Ivysaur pleaded as his eyes widened. "I-I can't live without my flower!"

"Oh, is that so? Well, it'll be good if I have this as my personal flower," the werehog said as he put a hard grip on it, causing Ivysaur to gasp in shock. "Stay still..."

Red panicked for a moment. "S-Squirtle, use Water Gun to save Ivysaur!"

The Tiny Turtle Pok?mon made a serious look before shooting out a fast stream of water that hit the werehog.

Unfortunately, the attack wasn't strong enough to push the heavy beast away. DSS growled at this attack before he pushed the water away by extending his right fist through the Water Gun. Squirtle was then hit hard by the attack that he rolled back and became stuck on top of his back shell. "H-help!" Squirtle yelled as he spun a little. "I-I can't get back on!"

"Squirtle!" Red looked back and forth between his Pok?mon. One was stuck, but the other one was going to be killed.

"I'm right here to help, don't worry," C. Falcon said, appearing behind Red. The racer dashed towards the werehog swiftly to use Falcon Kick.

"Tsk," the werehog muttered with a frown as he glared at the racer. "Fine, I won't kill ya."

"W-what now?" Ivysaur asked as he looked up.

The Seed Pok?mon gasped before he was thrown quickly at C. Falcon to stop him from running, but the racer sidestepped out the way with a swift move to evade Ivysaur (thus causing him to crash on the floor). "C'mon, be more creative than that," C. Falcon taunted before he prepared to use Falcon Kick.

"Oh, okay," the werehog said simply before he opened his dark claws and began to dig the crumbles to make his way underground in a fast movement.

The captain stopped and saw the holw quickly being filled with the destroyed pieces of the buildings. It was a small matter of time before 2 claws sprouted out from below his feet, pulled him underground before fists were heard from within the destroyed street.

Lucas watched as the werehog jumped out from the floor, tossing C. Falcon on the floor to make him roll a bit. The PK kid gasped once he saw that the racer got severely injured around himself.

Then the blond boy gasped after he met DSS's glaring eyes. "U-uah!" Lucas took out a branch from his back and held it in front of him like a sword. "D-don't get too close to me! I-I'll hit you hard if you do!"

"A branch..." DSS frowned. "You ran out of ideas to attack me, right?"

"N-no," Lucas said. "I-I have several branches to attack you, a-and they're hard, I tell you..."

"Dude, I broke one with a single crushing move of my claws," DSS said bored. "You want me to break 'em all for you? I can do it for ya."

"N-no!" Lucas yelled. "I-I want to save Chris from you and you won't stop me!"

"Kid, he's death, admit the truth already."

"I-I know..." Lucas said with a sniff. "B-but...I-I'm going to avenge him..."

The werehog looked at Lucas's feet. They were shaking. "Your legs are shaking."

"Y-you're kidding..." Lucas said.

"Yeah, I am," the werehog said as he rolled his eyes.

Lucas took a gulp before he began to run towards the werehog with his branch held up above his head. The werehog looked bored at this that he didn't move from his spot, waiting for Lucas to hit him with the branch.

However, the werehog was trapped inside a burst of flames that came from the right side of his body. DSS grunted in pain before he was hit hard by a quick hit from Lucas's branch.

And the attack actually hurt...

...A bit.

Lucas's branch instantly broke apart upon making contact with DSS's face. The PK kid gasped in shock as he looked at the bottom part of his broken branch before he was grabbed by the throat by DSS. Lucas gasped for breath as the grip slowly gained strength.

"Wanna die?" DSS asked with a glare as he held up Lucas. "You want to see the kid again, don't you?"

"Y-yes..." Lucas said weakly. "B-but not like this..."

"Too bad. This has to be done this way..."

Lucas began to cough loudly before Diddy came from the side and flipped to the beast to hit him with his feet and hands. The beast backed away, but he still held his grip on Lucas.

"You leave him alone!" Diddy yelled as he took out his Peanut Popguns. "I have ammunition for any kind of situations!"

"With freakin' peanuts? You're surely joking, right?" DSS asked.

"H-help..." Lucas muttered weakly.

The spider monkey narrowed his eyes at the werehog before he used Monkey Flip to latch himself on his face. However, he was tossed away by DSS's left claw, but Diddy flipped in the air to land back on his feet.

"Hey," DK called out from behind the werehog. DSS grunted and looked over his right shoulder to find the Kong about to grab him. "You don't toss my pal Diddy away."

"Ooh, sorry," the werehog taunted. "I forgot he was your boyfriend."

DK glared down at him before he opened his arms to grab the werehog, but DSS quickly jumped to the right to evade the grabbing move. However, he didn't notice that a banana peel was right where he landed, making him slip and fall on his face.

"Now!" yelled Falco as he came from the left while he ran, using Falco Phantasm to pass right above the werehog...without even landing a hit.

The werehog's eyes shot open before he flipped one time to stand back up. DSS chuckled as he looked at Falco's back. "Hey, you have a pretty bad aim, did you know that?"

"Who said I wanted to slash you?" Falco asked without turning to him.

"What do you mean by that?"

Falco looked over his left shoulder with a grin to the beast before he turned to him...holding Chris on his arms.

The werehog gasped once he looked at his back, not finding the World Traveler anymore. DSS showed his fangs angrily at this before glaring at the pilot. "You better put that kid down or else," he warned Falco.

"Or what?" Falco asked. "You're gonna kill me like you have been saying all night?"

"Oh noes," the werehog faked shock. "Bird dude has the power to see into my future. He's a freak alright."

Falco frowned at this. "Sorry, not falling for that again. If you'll excuse me, I have to take care of this guy from an insane dude who wants to annoy us to death."

"Oh, okay," DSS said with a nod.

Falco grinned at him before he ran away with Chris's body.

"...HEY!" DSS shouted, realizing his mistake before running after Falco. "You come back here right away!"

The werehog was suddenly tackled by...or actually, he was pushed away by a stream of water that came from FLUDD's nozzle. The plumber held the equipment with one hand, aiming at the werehog before Mario SOMEHOW made it disappear.

"Water?" the werehog asked. "Seriously, wasn't it enough with this rain?"

"It was done only to stop you from messing around with Chris's body," Mario stated. "I'll try to do everything to stop you as well."

"Aren't you a true friend..." DSS asked as he rolled his eyes. "Everyone likes you so much. I think there's going to be more despair if I finish you off first."

"Well, go ahead and try," Mario said simply. "I dare you."

"...Wow, you're pretty relaxed under extreme circumstances."

"Thanks," Mario said with a nod. "I don't let my emotions interfere unless someone close to me is in danger. I don't show that too much, though. I think everyone says I'm a normal guy because of that personality I have."

"Short fuse inside mind," DSS joked. "Too much information about victim. Cannot compute that since it's boring."

"...Was that supposed to make me angry?" Mario asked.

"...Yeah."

"Well, it didn't work that well."

"Not even a bit?"

"No.

"Not even a microscopic bit?"

"Hmm, no."

"Are you really sure I didn't make you feel mad?"

"I don't know how to feel mad."

"What? That's stupid."

"I know. If I feel mad, that'd be stupid."

"You need to feel that to be a person."

"Yes, a person who has short-temper problems like you do."

"Nah, I don't have that."

"Prove it, then."

"..."

"..."

"...How again?"

"You don't know, then?'

"I'm afraid not."

"Weird, I thought you got mad a while ago."

"I DIDN'T GET MAD!" he howled.

"See? You're angry now."

"No, I'm not!"

"Yes, you are. Your eyes show rage."

"If you know that, prove it to me!"

"Look at your eyes. They're glaring at me right now."

"Of course not!"

"But it's true."

"You're lying!"

"Can you prove I'm lying?

"Well..." He looked unsure.

"...So?"

"...Nope..."

"I thought so. You're angry now."

"I'm NOT angry, dangit!"

"Prove it to me."

"GAH!" The werehog grabbed his head in pain. "Stop saying those things to me!"

"But I just want to make you know you're angry," Mario said. "You're just prolonging the scene."

"I'd say fight already!" Pikachu shouted.

"See? They know you're making this scene go longer. They want to see you fighting me," Mario said.

"Well, why are you asking me all those things, anyway?" the werehog asked.

"Because you're angry."

"DAMMIT!" the werehog yelled before he ran after Mario.

Before the werehog could even throw a fist at the plumber, he was suddenly smacked hard by 2 hammers on his face, making him roll back in pain before standing up, glaring at his 2 opponents.

?We still remember that you played around with us,? Nana said with a glare.

?And you also broke our gifts as well!? Popo yelled angrily.

?Sorry, don?t have any money to repay you,? the werehog said. ?Oh yeah, I don?t need money.?

The Ice Climbers grunted angrily at this before both used Blizzard to freeze him. However, DSS jumped high before the twin sleets could reach him, raising his dark claws to crush the Ice Climbers.

?Hey, guess what I?m going to crush next!? the werehog yelled with a laugh to the sky.

?And guess what I?m going to do next.?

The werehog looked confused before a hard downward kick was sent down to his face, making him crash down on the crumbles of the floor as Fox landed close to Popo and Nana.

?Good strategy,? Nana remarked. ?He surely didn?t see you coming.?

?Too bad he?s still standing,? Fox said as he glared at the werehog, who rolled back to stand up, showing his fangs at them.

?You guys are SO begging to be killed tonight, aren?t you?? the werehog asked with a snicker.

?Let me answer your sarcastic and annoying question,? Fox said as he took a fighting stance. ?No.?

The werehog sighed. "You hit me. You need to die, badly." DSS showed his fangs angrily at the trio (which was probably the most random trio ever). "I'll better stop playin' around and get even more serious than before."

"We thought you were already serious enough," Nana said.

The werehog looked over his shoulder as Kirby, with hammer ready, tried to slam down his hammer on his back. DSS quickly turned and grabbed the puffball with a single fist, trying to crush Kirby inside his claw. "H-HEEEEEELP!" Kirby screamed in pain.

"Hey! You put him down!" Popo yelled.

"IF YOU LIKE HIM SO MUCH, HAVE HIM!" the werehog howled angrily as he turned around and tossed Kirby at an insane speed to Popo, causing Kirby to collide with the blue Ice Climber as they rolled back many feet away. Nana could only watch in horror at the long distance both were tossed at before she got grabbed by her throat. "A little pressure should do the trick..." the werehog said with a chuckle as Nana gasped for breath.

Fox, seeing this, decided to rush at the werehog. DSS noticed him and he tried to push him away by using his already extended arm, but Fox jumped over the arm as it was a jumping rope. Before long, the vulpine was about to reach the werehog.

"Wanna feel a burp?" the werehog suddenly asked with a smirk.

"(What?)" Fox thought as he ran towards the werehog.

Fox saw the werehog inhaling a lot of air, making his chest inflate a little bit before releasing dark waves that were shot out from his fangs at insane speeds. The waves quickly spread all over the front, hitting Fox who was pushed away along with Nana as both crashed into the crumbles. The werehog, still howling dark waves out, began to spin to spread the chaotic waves of dark aura that caused destruction around as it hit most of the Smashers who yelled in pain as the dark waves passed right through them.

The werehog stopped spinning and grinned as he found the floor, but no more crumbles laying around as he saw many of the Smashers knocked down. The echoing, destructive howl cleaned the whole place from the crumbles (at least a half of it) before he sniffed the air. "Their scents clearly say that they're still living...but I want the kid more than them... Let's see...the kid's blood...I can smell it well..." The werehog stopped sniffing and looked to the east. "That birdbrain took it far away from here that fast? Whatever, I need to get going and get the body back to disarm it."

Once he tried to rush to the east, however, a long string shone a little bit, and he instantly tripped into the street. The werehog grunted in rage as he noticed that his feet were wrapped in a very thin string. DSS saw the small gliterring cord extending all the way from a weak-looking Ness, still standing up, holding the string of his yo-yo with a hard grip.

"Finally..." Ness panted heavily. "I found another use for my yo-yo..."

"A yo-yo's string? Are you kidding me?!" the werehog asked angrily before he reached for the string to grab it with one claw.

This action made Ness gasp, but he put a stronger grip on the string to make sure the werehog wouldn't escape.

This was a bad move since the werehog began to pull the string to the other side, pulling a shocked Ness with it before he crashed hardly on the street's floor. The PK user yelled in pain before the werehog continuously began to slam Ness on the street by pulling the string back and forth to the right side and the left side like some sort of bouncing ball with Ness being the ball.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Ness screamed in pain.

The werehog had enough of him before he pulled an even harder grip to make Ness dug his head into the street's floor hardly, causing him to lost consciousness after the harsh impact to his head. DSS looked at the string and cut it in half between his legs by using a single sharp nail.

DSS flipped back to stand up before looking around. "Let's go back to find that kid and the birdbrain..."

He suddenly sidestepped from Jigglypuff's Pound attack. The pink singer gasped as she looked to her right side to the werehog, staring directly at his smirk before the werehog used a ramming attack with his right shoulder to push her away, making her tumle along the street before she rolled and managed to stand up.

"How the heck did you manage to be completely healed?" DSS asked to Jigglypuff.

"I don't know, I just do..." Jigglypuff said as she panted heavily.

The werehog suddenly felt someone small, latching on his back before he was eletrocuted in a bright yellow light, howling in pain to the clouds. DSS grunted in anger before reaching his back with his right claw to pull the attacker to his face's level. The attacker was a frightened Pichu, who gulped after staring at DSS's glaring face.

"Hey, what's up with you and surprise attacks?" DSS asked as he narrowed his eyes. "I hate surprise attacks from little guys like you."

"I-I-I-I-I-I-I..." Pichu gulped more. "Y-y-y-y-y-you're bad!" Pichu yelled.

"...And?" the werehog asked before noticing Jigglypuff leaping towards him to kick him hard on the face. The werehog smirked at this action before he simply put Pichu on Jigglypuff's way, making her crash into him as they both fell don on the street.

Once they looked up to the werehog...

Fists began to be slammed down on them at a fast, dangerous rate to deal severe damage. Pichu and Jigglypuff screamed loudly in pain as the dark fists pounded them more on the street. "MWAHAHAHAHAHAHA!" the werehog laughed maniacally at this display of power. "Die, die, die, DIE, DIE, DIE!!!" he yelled in pleasure as he barely heard the cries from both Pok?mon at the cause of his laughs to the rain.

The werehog was suddenly punched on the back of his head by a big fist. DSS stopped attacking Jigglypuff and Pichu (which were knocked out unfortunately) to turn around to find DK.

"Hey," DK began as he punched the air a few times. "Fight somebody of your own size."

"Aww, the monkey wants to be a hero," the werehog taunted. "THEN HAVE AT YOU!"

DK, surprisingly, blocked the 2 incoming dark claws as he struggled to hold them back from reaching him. The werehog grunted in annoyance as the Kong grinned at him, trying to crush DSS's claws with his hands. "Feeling weak or what?" DK asked.

"Actually, it should be the other way around."

"What?"

"RUUUUAH!" The werehog's dark claws glowed with more dark energy as they covered DK's hands. The Kong's eyes widened in pain as he felt a malicious aura that spread through his hands before covering him. DK yelled out in pain as the werehog smirked while he released the dark waves on him.

"Stop!" Yoshi yelled as he was seen running towards the werehog from the left side. The Yoshi quickly shot his tongue to wrap it around the werehog's stomach.

But something was wrong as Yoshi saw the werehog's claws releasing DK's hands. The Kong couldn't just bear the dark aura that was trasnferred to him as he dropped down on his back, and on the street.

No matter what he did, Yoshi just couldn't pull his tongue back. "(W-why am I not pulling him to me?)" Yoshi thought. "(H-he's a lot heavier than I thought...)"

The werehog looked over his shoulder to the Yoshi and chuckled evilly. "Hey, is this from you?" he asked as he pointed at the tongue wrapped around his stomach.

Yoshi nodded slowly.

The werehog merely put a claw right in front of the tongue before he pulled it fast enough to make Yoshi yelp loudly in pain. Yoshi quickly pulled his tongue back and several tears strolled down his eyes as he, in a panic, tried to resist the pain done to his tongue. Unfortunately, this only made time for the werehog to send a fast fist at Yoshi's neck.

Yoshi gasped for breath as he suffered the pain from this tongue before the fist quickly grabbed him and slammed him down to the street, causing Yoshi's head to get stuck within the street.

The werehog chuckled at this before he turned his gaze to the east. He sniffed the air one more time to locate Chris's corpse's odor. A small second was all he need to get before he smirked evilly and began to rush to the east.

However, he was suddenly pinned down at the street by a downward kick that appeared from above. The right foot kept his throat underneath it before a knife appeared to its left side.

Wolf grinned as he held his Blaster's knife close to the werehog's throat. "I dare you to move," Wolf said. "Try to move without getting your throat cut down."

"Wanna see me doing that, then?" the werehog asked before he slammed his fists down on the floor to push himself to the air along with Wolf. The lupine flipped in the air to land on his feet as well as the beast. "That was quite clever of you to take advantage of the others distracting me from seeing you."

Wolf smirked at this remark. "Oh, thank you."

"Too bad you're not that strong or smart!" the werehog yelled as he charged at the lupine. Wolf narrowed his eye at this charging attack before he jumped right before a slashing X-attack with DSS's dark claws could land on his chest. The lupine raised his own claws up to slam them down on the werehog's back, causing the beast to scream in pain as Wolf landed to his right side and did an uppercut combined with an upward slash to the werehog's chin. "UGH!" the werehog grunted in pain before he backstepped away from Wolf. "Wow, you're actually good..."

"I only used logic against you," Wolf said. "Something that nobody here has used so far."

"True that," the werehog said. "Are you fighting for the kid?"

"Hell no," Wolf said. "I'm fighting because you're an annoying little bug. This may sound ridiculuos, but since you're half wolf, you give me a bad sense of reputation."

"Likewise here," the werehog said. "You like to fight alone, don't you?"

"Many times, yes," Wolf admitted. "This time..."

The werehog waited for a no.

"...As well," Wolf said, sounding a little bit ashamed.

"What?"

It was not long before the werehog was slashed continuously on his back by Marth's Dancing Blade. The Altean gracefully moved swiftly before dealing a hasr last blow across the werehog's back, making DSS growl loudly in pain.

"We need more time..." Marth said as he panted heavily since he was damaged by the dark roar that the werehog did. "And we need to fight together..."

"Tsk," Wolf said with a frown. "I'm just doing this option because we're at the verge to lose. I want to survive through this night, just to let you know."

"I know, I know," Marth said. "Even so, we have to unite forces."

"That's awesome, dudes," the werehog said with a bored look before a furious look replaced it. "BUT IT'S NOT AWESOME IF YOU USE IT ON ME!"

The werehog, in a blinding move, grabbed both Smashers with each claw and made his claws crash with each other by pulling the 2 closer in front of him, slamming them with each other as they yelled in pain.

Marth gasped a little after feeling his legs being cut with something. "Why do you NEED to have spikes on your knees?" Marth asked as he looked down to Wolf.

"Hey..." Wolf looked up at him with a weak look. "It's you fault he...grabbed us so fast..."

Both of them noticed they were dropped down before the same claws joined together to slam themselves down on the 2, causing them to yell loudly in pain.

The werehog pulled his fists back before he looked around for another distraction. "Where the heck did that imp go to? He's not anywhere!"

Several feet away from him, just behind a big pile of crumbles, there Olimar, Falco, and Chip looking down at the dead Chris. Olimar frowned in shame at this while Chip looked ashamed. Falco, however, gritted his...beak in anger. "Why did this have to happen..." Falco muttered.

Olimar sniffed. "H-he was so...kind..."

"Hey, we're not making a funeral in the middle of a fight with THAT thing around to maul us alive," Falco said. "We need to something to counterattack that furred beast."

"Are you actually going to think for a plan?"

"What was that?" Falco asked with a glare. "Just because Fox is supposed to be my leader doesn't mean he thinks about strategies all the time. Heck, I have some as well."

"I-I do too..." Olimar said as he played with his fingers.

"Really now..."

"Y-yes."

"Well, if you have something in mind, then speak up!"

"I...don't have anything at the moment..."

Falco frowned as he hit his forehead with his palm.

Chip peered out from the pile to see if the werehog was around. "What do we do?!" Chip asked horrified. "It's a matter of time before he notices we're not there!"

"Oh, fiddlesticks..." Olimar said in shame. "Do you think we're already dead?"

"Let me think, NO," Falco said annoyed. "There has to be a way to defeat that monster or kill him off."

"By the looks of the fight..." Chip began as he looked back at them. "We could be already sentenced to die alive..."

"Would you 2 just knock that negative attitude?!" Falco asked annoyed. "We're still living, anyway! Think of something to fight that werehog creature!"

"Are you thinking as well?" Chip asked in hopes to hear something.

Falco opened his beak...but he later closed it and shook his head. "I'm afraid not..."

Chip's eyes began to get wide. "We're screwed now!" he yelled out as he flew around in panic. "I'm going to die young without even finding out about my memories! That's it, I'm going to write my will now!"

"For crying out loud! Stop it!" Falco yelled.

"U-um, should we really be yelling?" Olimar asked worried. "H-he could hear us..."

"As a matter of fact, I did hear you 3."

The trio's eyes widened instantly after hearing a voice coming from the top of the big pile they were hiding behind. They all looked up to see the werehog with a smirk and crossed arms, looking down at them.

"Oh, there's the kid," the werehog said with a smirk, showing his fangs a little. "Thanks for taking care of him. I need to take him back, though."

They saw as the werehog grew his right claw and began moving it slowly towards Chris. However, Olimar quickly reacted, plucked out a Purple Pikmin, and tossed it at the claw to make it stop. The werehog grunted a bit at this as he pulled his claw back.

"Why did you do that..." DSS asked with a glare.

Olimar gulped. "B-because you're not allowed to hurt him even more than he is now..." the captain said as the Purple Pikmin returned by his side. "Y-you don't have to do this anymore..."

"Why?"

"Because you're a freaking psycho," Falco said with a glare. "I mean, you're a son of a b(beep) who killed Chris during his birthday."

"You dare call me son of a b(beep), b(beep)?" the werehog asked as his claws glowed with a dark aurau. "I'm not gonna accept insults from you anymore tonight. I better finish this before those guys wake up."

"Y-you didn't kill them?" Chip asked.

"For being weak, they can resist some of my hits," the werehog admitted. "Too bad I didn't use that much force on 'em. Whatever, I'll kill you right here, right now."

Falco cracked his fists. "Fine. I'm ready for any trick you have on us."

"D-do we?" Olimar and Chip asked with some gulps.

"Pull yourself together for once!" Falco yelled at them. "We have a frickin' spawn of the demon here!"

"RUUAH!"

The trio looked to see the werehog leaping down towards them.

Underwhere
Queen Jaydes's Palace

As the souls were talking, they noticed that they finally reached the end of the line where Jaydes looked somewhat tired. "Finally, the line seems to be getting smaller over time. I hope Luvbi understand the reason of my sudden escape from the family picnic."

"Well," Cloud began as he and Chris moved forward. "That's all I can say to you for now."

Chris looked worried. "...Cloud..."

"Yeah?"

"I...just didn't understand anything you said to me..." Chris said ashamed. "I mean, I don't know how to attack back to that beast."

"So you're sayin' you didn't understand anything I said to you?"

"..." Chris nodded.

"...That's very disappointing," Cloud said. "It's my turn to see if I can return back to the place where I was killed. You seem to have lost your chance to understand the only way to defeat that monster." Cloud turned his back at him. "Good luck."

"C-Cloud, wait!" Chris yelled. "I-I want to find an alternative to fight my fear of dying and..." He looked down. "...Fight that monster as well..."

"..." Cloud sighed and turned to Chris.

"I-I just don't know how..." Chris said with a sniff. "I-I'm just a lost cause, am I not?... I'm going to die as soon as I get back to my world... Everything is futile for me now..."

"Stop hurting yourself by sayin' those things, for crying out loud," Cloud said. "That beast surely exploited your weakenesses; one of those being your fear against him. Fear only holds you back from landing a hard hit on your opponent."

"I-I know, Cloud, but..." Chris sobbed. "B-but what should I do? I-I'm so scared about what will happen to me... I'm such a lost cause, after all..."

"You 2," Jaydes began. "Stop talking. You're slowing down the line and my way back to reunite with Luvbi and my husband. I do NOT want to see Luvbi angry with me again."

The 2 ignored her.

Cloud frowned and rolled his eyes. "You're a lost cause if you think you're a lost cause."

"...What?" Chris asked.

"Keep thinking you're a lost cause and you will eventually turn into one," Cloud said. "I don't understand that philosophy that well, but it works, I guess."

"..." Chris sniffed again.

"Oh, come now, knock it off already."

"W-what should I do..." Chris muttered sadly.

Cloud frowned once again before he pushed Chris a bit, making him stop sniffing. "Okay, hear me out well because this will be the last thing I'm going to show you, got that?"

"I...got that..." Chris said between sniffs.

"Listen, then," Cloud said. "This is going to be my final advice for you." Cloud closed his eyes and looked away. "When you're always fighting an opponent that seems to be almighty and powerful, you surely get discouraged by those facts that you don't demonstrate your full potential due to them scaring you to death."

"Y-yes..."

"So," Cloud went on. "In order to be sure of yourself, you have to think this when you find yourself in such situations. I always think this to relax myself."

"W-what is it?"

"...Those who fight further..." Cloud said before he looked at Chris with a serious look. "Will always fight on."

"Those who fight further...will always fight on..." Chris repeated. "How will...that help me?"

"It is up to you," Cloud said. "It means you have to keep thinking that you can fight back the enemy to get an idea of your victory over your opponents. It always work for me. And since I didn't think the same when I was killed, I got to be here in this place for not believing that principle."

"..." Chris looked unsure.

"Build yourself with courage," Cloud said. "Even the most scaredy cat like you can build up enough courage to keep fighting back and eventually win."

"...Uh-huh..." Chris muttered.

"Risk yourself," Cloud went on. "You have to risk your life in order to hit the monster hard. Think about close combat attacks; they work very well under that fact I just told you."

"Risk myself so I can keep fighting on..." Chris muttered.

"I'm sorry for interrupting this talk," Jaydes interrupted. "But would you please say to me your name, the place where you were killed, and the reason behind your death so the line moves? Do otherwise and suffer my boredom... Seriously, my boredom is brutal."

Cloud turned around and looked up to her. "My name is Cloud Strife. I was killed at a Shinra Building because I wanted to rescue a friend of mine. A machine killed me by shooting me to death."

"I see," Jaydes said. "Well, your reason is enough to convince me to make you return where you came from and give it another try. You have a good heart as well. Be thankful for doing good."

"So?" Cloud asked.

"You can go back anytime," Jaydes said. "However, everything you saw or got to know in here will not go with you. It means you won't remember anything that happened here."

Chris blinked a little bit shocked at this. "W-wait, is he going to forget everything he learned in his stance here?"

"Of course," Jaydes said. "I can't let all the people know about this place and divulge the word back at their homes. It'd be pretty shocking, and it'll also raise the difficulty of my job as well. I HATE my work getting piled up."

"I understand," Cloud said. "Please, let me return."

"Very well."

"W-wait!" Chris interrupted them as he floated to Cloud. "A-are you sure you want to forget me?"

"..." Cloud sighed. "It has to be done, sorry. I need to rescue that friend from a mad scientist before she's turned into a monster. I wouldn't want to make her wait for that result, would I?"

"...No..."

"We must part ways for now," Cloud said as he looked at Jaydes. "...Anything else you want to say to me before I go away?"

"..." Chris remained silent for a moment. "...Don't...try to forget about me..."

"..." Cloud was now the silent one after hearing those words.

"Let's begin with the resurrection process," Jaydes said as she focused on Cloud.

"...Cloud!" Chris suddenly yelled.

"...Yeah?" Cloud asked without turning at him.

"...Please...don't forget about me..." Chris repeated worried.

"..."

"Cloud..." Chris sniffed. "You...helped me to realize how I'm supposed to fight back... I don't think you're not sociable at all. You're very sociable when you talk to someone. I learned from you that I need to grow up and fight my fears someday to become stronger... So far...you're the one who helped me the most..."

"...Uh-huh."

"And..." Chris blinked to stop a tear from falling off. "...Don't try to forget about me once you're back to your place..."

"Again..." Cloud said with a sigh. "...I'll do that."

"...Y-you will?"

Cloud seemed to chuckle silently at this. "I'll be honest... You seem kind enough to me."

Chris blinked surprised.

"Heck, I had some fun talking with you about what happened to me and what happened to you," Cloud said. "It's actually bad news that we won't see each other again, though."

"B-but..." Chris looked down. "...If I find you...can you try to remember me again?"

"..." Cloud turned around...and grinned a bit at Chris. "It's a promise, don't worry about it."

The World Traveler smiled a bit at this response as he sniffed a bit.

"If you can find me, and I can't remember you," Cloud went on. "Either yell at me...or let's start from zero again. I'll surely remember you in some way or another."

Chris chuckled. "From zero again?"

"Yeah," Cloud said before turning to Jaydes. "I'm pretty sure it's not going to be that different..."

"Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over..." Jaydes chanted as Cloud started to float up, still grinning a bit at the World Traveler. " Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over..." Her arms (questionable invisible parts) were raised as she opened her eyes fully, making a purple portal appear on Cloud. "CONTINUE!"

"Remember," Cloud said as he slowly faded into the portal. "Those who fight further...will always fight on, no matter what the situation is... Good luck, Chris..." he said as he closed his eyes before vanishing into the portal. "Give that monster hell..." he was unable to say.

The World Traveler stared blankly at the portal before it disappeared along with Cloud.

"(Thank you for everything again, Cloud...)" Chris thought. "(I'll...I'll see you again someday in the future...and we will meet again as well... Good luck to you...)"

Chris blinked a few times before going forward to Jaydes.

"Ah, World Traveler..." Jaydes began. "You were killed once again, weren't you?"

The World Traveler remembered the event. "By a monster that possessed a friend of mine..." Chris said. "...I was killed at the ruins of Nintendo City..."

"Hmm, that's bad considering your position," Jaydes said. "Remember? You're one of the many people who keep other people from dying so I don't have that much work to do here."

Either the World Traveler didn't know how to argue back at her for saying that, or he was preocuppied about the battle against the werehog.

"Let's see," Jaydes said. "Do you want to see thing how things are back at your place?"

"I..." Chris thought for a moment. "...Wish to..."

"Very well." Jaydes nodded as she turned around to face the empty air. "Activate Hell TiVo Version 3.4 with High Quality, Live Active Event, and Hades Sound Pro Logic IV, now."

Chris looked confused at this order before dark smoke appeared in front of them. The dark cloud made a ring of smoke as in its center displayed what looked to be the werehog chasing Olimar and Chip with some Pikmins carrying Chris's body somewhere. They could see Falco trying to tackle down the werehog before he was punched away by a dark fist from the beast.

"My goodness," Jaydes said as she glanced at Chris's body. "You look stupidly damaged, World Traveler."

Chris's jaw opened once he looked at his bloody body being carried by the Pikmins. "M-m-m-m-m-m-my god..." he muttered in horror.

"You received a lot of critical hits," Jaydes said. "And also you lost like half of your blood in that fight as well."

"H-half of my whole blood?!" Chris asked in shock. "I-if I go back there, will I still be living?!"

"Don't worry," Jaydes said. "Once you go back, all the blood you spilled all over the place will instantly retreat back to your wounds before healing themselves."

"...What?" Chris asked. "...So is my blood like going to return to my wounds instantly? ...Isn't that unsanitary since it fell on the floor with all that water and small cracks with mud?"

"My powers will purify your blood," Jaydes said. "There are no diseases for that. Rest assured, you won't get AIDS or something like that during the blood recovery procedure."

There was no response for what the queen of the Underwhere and Game Overs said after saying that as Chris looked shocked at her.

"You still have one life left to continue," Jaydes said, breaking the small silence. "Do you wish to give it a try, or do you want to give up the fight and consider yourself defeated for good?"

Chris looked somewhat scared at this while Olimar and Chip barely dodged 2 slamming fists from the darj being. The World Traveler closed his eyes and tried to think. "(What would I do after I get back to fight that monster? ...Am I going to get killed if I do it again? ...What am I going to do?)" he asked in some panic. "(...What should I do to defeat him? ...Is it useless, then? ...Is this it? ...Am I going to die for real? ...Am I going to see Lucario again?)" Chris started to sob silently in his mind.. "(...Please, somebody...I need help to decide...)"

At that moment, something hit his mind...

"Those who fight further will always fight on..."

The World Traveler gasped mentally after hearing that saying inside his head. "...Those who fight further...will always fight on..." Chris muttered as his eyes shook. "...Cloud...you..."

"So?" Jaydes asked. "You should go back and save anyone from getting killed by that so-called monster."

Chris gasped at this.

"After all, you DO save me work to send people to their places if they're good enough to me."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 12, 2009, 02:16:40 PM
"...I..." Chris muttered as he tried to think.

"Will you please hurry up? You're not the only soul here who wants to revive."

"...I...will..." Chris looked up at her and sighed. "...I'll fight further to keep fighting on..."

"...Then it is a yes." Jaydes nodded. "Very well."

"(Thanks, Cloud...) Yes..." Chris looked somewhat determined. "I'll show that bastard not to mess around with me and everyone... I'll do it again."

"Take in mind that if you die again, that's it, you'll live here for the rest of the eternity to become a G-Man."

"...Go ahead," Chris said. "I won't die again; that's a promise I won't break."

"I like that look you're givine to me," Jaydes said with a chuckle. "As for your birthday present, you shall go back."

The World Traveler's soul began to be raised to Jaydes's face level as she focused hard on him.

"Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over..." Jaydes chanted as Chris stared at the battle from behind her. " Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over, Game Over..." Her arms (questionable invisible parts) were raised as she opened her eyes fully, making a purple portal appear on Chris. "CONTINUE!"

Chris noticed that he was starting to vanish as some bits of his soul began to go into the portal. He managed to give Jaydes a smile before he disappeared from the Underwhere.

Jaydes sighed after completing the process. "If he doesn't live, I'll send him to eat Dried Mushrooms for the eternity."

The queen turned around for the next soul.

"Name and reason for your death, please," Jaydes said.

"T-this isn't the Netherworld, dood?!" the soul asked in shock. "W-why did I end up here after Master Etna tossed me into the magma pool for spotting a fly in her soup, dood?!"

Jaydes sighed as the soul panicked for a bit.

Nintendo City: The City of Despair
Ruins

"UGH!"

"Got ya..."

"P-put me down...or else..."

"Why?" the werehog asked. "You're gonna unleash your rage on me?"

The werehog grinned evilly at Falco as he held the pilot up with a big right dark claw. This action made Olimar and Chip stop running before going back to them. "N-no!" Olimar yelled as Falco gasped for breath. "D-don't choke him!"

"Oh, there you are," the werehog said without turning at them.

Olimar gasped before he was grabbed by the other claw, pulling him where Falco was almost about to faint due to the grip put on his body. Olimar's eyes opened in shock as he began to gasp for breath, making DSS chuckle malevolently at this. The Pikmins themselves began to scream their high-pitched screams for Olimar, but they were told to keep Chris's body away from the beast.

"Stop it!" Chip yelled as he flew in front of the werehog. "Leave them alone!" he yelled more. "And bring Sonic back to us!"

"Aren't you a nuisance?" the werehog asked. "Chip, why don't you admit it? I'm too strong for all of you. I'm about to kill everyone. I'm about to prove to be the strongest being in the universe, and you just won't accept the truth of it," he explained while showing his fangs. "Why can't you accept the fact that you all lost?"

"B-because..." Chip sobbed silently. "I...n-no... I believe there's hope in winning against you...and to bring Sonic back as well..."

The werehog chuckled as Olimar and Falco gasped for more breath. "I believe you're an idiot."

"...NO!" Chip yelled enraged before starting to bang his rather small hands on the werehog's face. "Stop this, I said! Stop this!"

The werehog, not actually staggering at this attack, plain ignored Chip as his arms began to glow with dark aura. Olimar and Falco gasped after remembering the way Lucario was taken out. "Do you fools want to feel the power of my aura like I did to that doggy?"

By that moment, none of the 2 could manage to say anything as they saw everything around them becoming a blur.

"I'll take that as a yes," the werehog said as his arms glowed dark. "OKAY, FEEL THE POWER OF MY AUR-"

The werehog suddenly stopped as he saw drops of blood coming from the direction where he once was fighting the Smashers. Many drops flew pass around him and behind him as well. The werehog looked extremely confused at this sudden event as he looked at the blood flying above and around him.

"What?" he muttered as he released Olimar and Falco, who crashed on the floor but still were able to look at the event. "What the f(beep) is happening here?"

"...What?" Olimar asked as he coughed a bit with Falco.

"The hell..." Falco managed to say as he looked shocked ay the flying blood.

Chip himself looked somewhat surprised at this before opening his mouth in shock. The imp looked at the direction of the blood with the other 3...

And they found out that the blood was entering Chris's wounds all over his body, slowly refilling the corpse back with all its blood.

"What the heck?" the werehog asked as the Pikmins dropped the body down and ran back to Olimar. "Why is that lifeless thing getting its blood..."

"Eww..." Falco, Olimar, and Chip commented.

Chris's wounds started to recover all the lost blood from every single part that all of it went through. It also got purified as Jaydes said before. The 4 watched (quite disgusted) before the wounds began to close themselves as well as the scars. The clothes that Chris wore also repaired themselves after all the blood managed to get back into his body.

"U-uh..."

Some grunts came from the body, and they all looked back at Chris slowly opening his eyes, feeling the rain falling on him before standing up. The World Traveler shook his head a little to gain his vision.

"...Huh..." The World Traveler slowly opened his eyes and looked around the destroyed area, finding the 4 looking shocked at his bizarre revival. "...Am I...back?"

"..." The Smashers and Chip couldn't say anything after they saw Chris coming back to life. The werehog himself pondered how he got back as his eyes (eye?) were wide open.

"...Chris..." Falco began, still looking shocked. "...What ARE you, exactly?"

"H-huh?" Chris asked.

"H-he means..." Olimar looked around as he thought on something. "H-how did you come back?"

"T-the way you came back was...so supernatural..." Chip commented.

"Kid..." the werehog began. "...You're the WEIRDEST person I've ever met before...and also you're WAY TOO bizarre to come back alive like that..."

"..." Chris remembered what Jaydes said. "...W-wait, did my blood come back to me from where it was and you all watched the whole event?"

The 4 nodded.

"...A-and you saw my wounds closing once it got back into me?"

They nodded again.

"...Y-yuck..." Chris felt ill. "I-I can't believe I got revived like that..."

"You tell me," the werehog said, sticking out his tongue in disgust with a frown. "Maybe I shouldn't have killed you just to see you come back to live... Just remembering the way you were somehow revived makes me wanna puke..."

"..." Olimar shook his head. "T-that aside... C-Chris, you're alive!"

Chip and Falco shook their heads to come back to their senses. "Hey, that's right..." Falco said. "You're back again? How did you revive?"

"Oh, oh! Are you a god disguised as a kid?" Chip asked excited. "That'd be so cool!"

"W-what?" Chris asked annoyed. "N-no, I'm not a god OR a kid!"

The werehog watched helplessly as the 3 ran back to Chris. The World Traveler smiled a bit at them as they looked at him.

"Well, isn't that luck or what?" Falco asked as he crossed his arms. "You cheated death, man. That's creepy and at the same time cool."

"I-I didn't cheat death..." Chris said embarrassed. "I-I happened to have one life left to come back, and I used it to return here..."

"A life?" Olimar asked.

"I-it's sort of like what happened in that battle against Mewtwo when he was possessed..." Chris explained. "When I died, I ended up in the Underwhere where I was brought back because I had 2 lives back then an-"

"Wait," Falco interrupted. "You're saying you ended up somewhere else than hell and that you came back because you had lives?"

"Y-yes?"

"Then what Samus did to revive you was useless?" Falco asked.

"What did she do again?"

"Forget it..." Falco said as he put a hand on his forehead. "I can't find any logic behind your revival at all..."

"Thank goodness you came back!" Chip said as he lunged at Chris and hugged his head. "I thought I was going to get a tombstone for you!"

"C-Chip, stop hugging me! I can't see anything!" Chris yelled.

"What a bizarre welcoming..." Olimar sniffed as his Pikmins patted his back. "I-I'm so happy you came back to us..."

"W-will you help me to get Chip off my face?" Chris asked annoyed.

"O-oh, um..." Olimar looked around. "W-wait, weren't we trying to figh-"

Falco and Olimar (with his Pikmins) were quickly pushed away by 2 huge claws that later trapped Chris and Chip between them as their heads stuck out. The claws pulled back to an enraged werehog as he held them up with pure rage building up in himself. "How..." the werehog muttered as he showed his fangs at them. "HOW DID YOU COME BACK?!"

"U-ugh..." Chris and Chip felt that the grip on them was becoming dangerously powerful.

"Kid, you're a real pain in the a(beep) now," the werehog said as both started to gasp for breath. "I was sure I killed you for good, but nooooooo, you came back in a disgusting way just to annoy me even more than before, huh, huh, huh?!"

"Y-you're...insane..." Chris muttered weakly. "I...I...I came back to...get my...revenge...for killing me..."

"REVENGE?!" the werehog mocked as he pulled them in front of his furious face, giving them a death glare that made Chris shake with fear. "Ha, was that supposed to be a joke, kid? You're very good at joking, did you know that?!"

"N-no..." Chris shook with fear as the werehog forced him to directly at his glare. Even Chip tried to look away, but he was forced to stare at the werehog. "I...I was sure I was going to get back at you for everything you did to us..."

The werehog narrowed his eyes.

"...I...I...I...I..." Chris, with his eyes about to close, glared at the werehog. "I'm...going to get my revenge...no matter what you do to me now..."

At that moment, the werehog ignored the footsteps that came from behind, revealing to be every Smasher (that had enough strength, despite the damage inflicted on them). "What is happening?" DK asked.

"What? Chris?" Jigglypuff said as she looked at the 2 people, struggling to get off from the dark claws.

"H-he's alive?" Red asked.

"But how did he..." Yoshi trailed off.

"SHUT UP, ALL OF YOU!" the werehog yelled without turning at them. The beast saw Falco and Olimar from the other side where he was facing, but nevertheless, he kept the strong grip on Chris and Chip. "Don't you DARE interrupt me now or the kid will get himself crushed along with the goofy imp, you hear me?!"

Many of the Smashers gasped at this while Chris tried his best to survive through the fatal move.

"Okay, kid... the werehog muttered angrily. "You better be ready to die again..." His eyes widened as they turned into a wild look. "No matter how many times you keep coming back, I'm going to make you shiver in fear so you get yourself wide open for my claws to rip your heart in a violent and yet very painful way possible..." He showed his fangs fully. "BECAUSE I HATE WHEN MY PREY COMES BACK JUST TO ANNOY ME EVEN MORE!!!"

His arms began to glow dangerously in a dark aura. The Smashers watched helplessly as the claws shone with the dark shadow.

"N-no..." Chris began to sob. "I-I can't die that fast..." he muttered as he looked at Chip. "I-I'm sorry..." he muttered with more sobs. "I don't think...we will survive...anymore..."

Chip began to cry silently as the dark aura covered them.

"...E-everyone..." Chris began. "...P-please...i-if you can defeat him...p-please..." Chris began to cry silently through the rain. "...Don't...forget about me..."

"Chris!" many of them yelled as they stepped forward.

"WHAT DID I TELL YOU?!" the werehog asked as he looked at them with a death glare. "That is it... You broke the rule and the kid and the imp here will pay the consequences..."

"It was useless, still!" Pit yelled. "You were going to kill him off from the beginning even if we didn't move!"

"You're good at reading the future," the werehog said with a chuckle while Chris began to see only darkness gathering on him. "I hope you can see further and guess the cries of agony from this dude..."

The werehog turned to look back at Chris while most of them grunted.

"Well, guess you lost again," the werehog said. "Kid, admit it, you just can't win against me. You're far away from my own league. Everyone here proved to be inferior as well. You're destined to die in utter oblivion in the darkness I'm showing you now... Wait, I'm not showing it to you but either covering you in it."

"U-u-u-ugh..." Chris began to see everything as a blur.

"It's sad you must die again by me," the werehog said. "Well, sad for these imbeciles anyway. That reminds me, did you have fun with that hedgehog?"

"..." Chris couldn't respond.

"That dude is forever lost inside my mind," DSS said. "It's a shame you didn't help him with this fight. I'm sure I wouldn't be here if you figured out that he was hiding me from all of you, but the fool wanted to hide myself so nobody would stop him from solving his problem himself. His ego made him get lost within me, and now this happened." He smirked at Chris. "Okay, enough talking and more deaths, please."

The Smashers saw as the darkness was about to cover the World Traveler and the imp.

"A little more..." the werehog muttered. "I'm enjoying this very much now. What about you? Are ya enjoyin' it as well?"

No response.

"It's bad not to respond," the werehog said before wicked look appeared on his face. "BAD CHILDREN NEED TO BE TAUGHT A LESSON THROUGH PUNISHMENT FOR BEHAVING BAD! DIE!!!"

"NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Chris yelled loudly.

It was futile...

The World Traveler thought that he was going to get his revenge as soon as he came back from the death. He knew he was going to win...

But as soon as he came back, he was going to be killed in front of everyone's eyes...

...Not everyone...

Chris remembered that some of the others weren't there...

Especially him...

The one he thought was going to protect him at all times no matter what happened. Chris could only cry at the image of his only personal guardian that was taken out so he wouldn't save Chris from his kidnapping and murder.

...Death was just the only obliged path to escape from the werehog...

The World Traveler felt weak and useless once the darkness covered him. He hated and feared darkness so much that ge began to cry. He didn't want to die, but rather keep living to enjoy his life...

...But his life was going to end...

The World Traveler only heard yells, and he felt internal earthquakes that shook his body before stopping. Rain fell down on him as he couldn't see anything. He later felt that he fell somewhere after feeling those quakes shaking him.

"(I'm...dead again...)" Chris muttered in his mind. "(...I couldn't feel the absolute pain...which is good because I didn't want them to see me cry...and...above else...)" He sobbed. "(He didn't see me cry or die... He wouldn't get over my death and he would be heartbroken as well...)"

Chris cried silently in the darkness.

"(Please...)" he muttered. "(...Keep living without me... I'll be fine...somewhere else far away from you all... Dad... Mom... I hope you smile once you get back at home...because I won't be there to see you 2 again... At least I want you to be happy in home before knowing that I died in world I wanted to explore with everyone...)"

He felt his tears were disappearing into nothingness.

"(...Darkness as I expected...)" Chris said. "(...It's keeping me from opening my eyes to see where my tears are going... So this is where you end when you die...)"

Chris chuckled.

"(And yet...)" Chris said as his voice echoed. "(...I feel rather happy for being here...)" He laughed a bit. "(...Come to think it...)" He chuckled. "(...This feeling...I'm feeling right now...it's so familiar and yet...)"

Chrs started to laugh.

"(...Yet I...)" He laughed even more. "(...Yet I think it's way too familiar...)" He laughed louder. "(W-wait, this feeling is not what I thought it would feel like when I died...)"

The World Traveler smiled through his laughs.

"(W-wait...)" Chris said. "(T-this isn't just a feeling...)" he said as he shed tears which were quickly taken away into nothingness. "(...I can feel this very well and...)" he went on. "(...And I can tell very well that this is not how I was supposed to feel...because...)"

Chris realized it...

"(...I can tell this isn't what I was supposed to feel because...)" Chris chuckled more. "(...Because I know I haven't died yet!)"

The World Traveler opened his eyes before something rubbed them with care. Chris started to laugh louder in utter happiness as he was forced to laugh through the rain. He couldn't see what prevented him from crying, but he kept trying to open his eyes before something rubbed his eyelids. That something was also taking the tears away.

Chris, while laughing, put a hand in front of him to stop whatever was keeping him from shedding tears. Once nothing else came, he removed his hand...

...And saw someone he quickly smiled at...

"...LUCARIO!" Chris yelled extremely happy.

"Chris, you're alive..." Lucario said with a small smile. "You're alive, Chris..."

"Lucario!" Chris noticed that the Aura Pok?mon was holding him on his arms. The World Traveler didn't wait to hug Lucario with some chuckles before Lucario's tail wagged a little.

"I didn't forget you, Chris..." Lucario said as he hugged his trainer tightly. "I came here as soon as I woke up..."

"Y-you're here? W-what just happened?"

Chris looked around, and he found the werehog knocked on the crumbles. The World Traveler also found all the Smashers (even Luigi, Peach, and Mewtwo) looking at him with some smiling, some grinning, and some...looking away (like Snake, Wolf, and Meta Knight).

"Allow me to explain," Mewtwo began.

Flashback

The Smashers saw as the werehog laughed maniacally at the darkness that shrouded Chris. They all grunted and glared at the werehog as they tried to think of something.

However...

"LEAVE HIM ALONE!!!"

All the Smashers looked around the field to find the enraged, echoing voice that appeared out of nowhere. The werehog stopped laughing once he managed to hear the demand.

Then, out of nowhere, a swift, glowing fist impacted right on the right side of his face, making his pupils shrink in surprise before he let go of Chris and Chip as he was sent rolling into the crumbles, making a long trail that left a big mark of his reckless rolling before he stopped some feet away from them.

The Smashers looked back at the source of the fist where it was joined with another hand that caught Chris on them.

Not only that, but they also saw Mewtwo teleporting close to them with Peach and Luigi.

"...No way..." Pikachu muttered.

"...I...made it in time..."

The Smashers found Lucario, looking down at his trainer before he spotted some tears leaking out from his eyes. The Aura Pok?mon looked worried before he lowered his face to lick the tears away as he looked happy. This action made the World Traveler chuckle before laughing loudly.

End of flashback

"Lucario managed to wake up after that attack," Mewtwo explained. "Once he came back to his senses, he used Extremespeed to arrive at the battle just in time before you were going to be killed again."

"Then," Peach continued. "Luigi and I grew worried of this so I asked Mewtwo to come here by teleporting." She smiled happily. "I wanted to see you again as soon as Lucario went to rescue you."

"A-and I realized..." Luigi began. "T-that I wanted to fight as well..."

"Unfortunately," Mewtwo began as the Smashers looked at the werehog. "This battle hasn't ended up yet."

They saw as the werehog grunted in utter rage while he stood up, showing his bare fangs in anger before he glared at them all. "Who was the fool who just threw a fist at me..." he asked darkly. "ANSWER ME!"

"It was me," Lucario said with a glare. "Do you have a problem with it? You were going to kill my trainer, and I did the only good and logical thing to stop you from doing such a thing...that was punch you."

"You..." the werehog muttered in anger as Lucario put Chris down. "...You stopped me...from playing with the kid..."

"Knock it off!" yelled Chip as he appeared besides Chris. "You sarcastic nature is so old now! We're sick of it and YOU as well!"

"What? You trying to fight me?"

"N-no..." Chip gulped before he glared at him. "B-but they can!"

"Yeah, drop all the fighting on us, will you?" Roy asked in annoyance.

Chris saw as the Smashers formed a long line in fronf of him as they face the werehog. Chip, however, was out from that line. "W-what are you all doing?" Chris asked.

"Isn't it obvious, kid?" Wolf asked without turning at him. "We're going to stop that monster from landing another hit on you."

"A-and you agreed to protect me?"

"Hey, I'm doing this because he forced me to stay close to femboy here."

Marth rolled his eyes at this comment.

"Just sit back and relax," C. Falcon said. "We're going to get that revenge for you instead."

"Think of it as a birthday gift that came from all of us," Samus said as she prepared her Arm Cannon. "He won't mess you more than he did."

"Aww, you guys are more determined to fight me?" the werehog asked with a chuckle. "You gotta be joking, or you're being plain stupid." He glared at them. "If you wanna die so badly, you should have asked me from the beginning."

The Smashers glared back at him.

"I-I'm going to do it now..." Luigi muttered with a gulp. "I-I'm going to prote-"

"NO!"

The Smashers blinked in confusion after they heard Chris yelling loudly. They all turned around to see the World Traveler getting up as he looked serious at the werehog.

"I'm sorry, but this has gone far enough to piss me off to the extreme," Chris said as he walked forward, Chip looking back and forth between them and him before following. "I'm not going to run away from that bastard."

"But Chris..." Lucario muttered as the World Traveler didn't look at him and passes right at his side, stopping right in front of the line as he glared at the werehog.

"I'm going to fight," Chris said. "And there's NO darn way you're going to stop me from halting my decision."

The werehog merely laughed a bit at this. "Kid, are you so devoted in killing yourself?"

"No..." Chris said before he smiled at him. "But why are you the one being so devoted to kill yourself instead?" he asked.

"...What..."

"I mean, you're the idiot here for letting yourself get attacked by everyone," Chris explained. "My goodness, you play around with us and yet you don't see you're letting yourself get attacked?"

The werehog blinked at this.

"Everyone here knows you're an ugly, friendless, snotty, poor excuse for a "human" being," Chris said. "But we know you're...just an idiot."

The werehog glared at him as Chris closed his eyes.

"When I died..." Chris muttered. "...I met someone who showed me how pathetic you were..."

"Pathetic, huh..." the werehog said disgusted.

"Yes..." Chris opened his eyes. "He showed me that you have weaknesses."

"I have weaknesses? Oh, please!" the werehog said with a frown. "What, did that person als-"

"He told me that no matter what people do to look strong, they hide their weaknesses to be perfect," Chris said. "I know that we all have weaknesses very well, but when I say "we" I mean you as well."

"I don't have weaknesses..." the werehog muttered in rage. "You can't understand that, can you?"

"I'm pretty sure you have weaknesses despite you being the one not understanding the facts," Chris said. "He argued to me about that as well."

Some of the Smashers smiled a bit at Chris.

"He told me that it's stupid to be scared from you," he went on. "Why would we be scared, especially me? Why was I scared of you? You're not that important."

"You, kid, are so BEGGING TO B-"

"Even so," Chris interrupted. "I suppressed my fears against you because...Cloud Strife showed me to be strong..."

Lucario gasped. "You...met Cloud?"

"I know," Chris chuckled. "I was so lucky to meet Cloud Strife in person because he died some time after I did. I guess that my death was the only way to meet him in person." Chris looked at the beast. "That aside, he showed me that to defeat you, I needed to build myself with courage."

More of the Smashers smiled a bit at him.

"Long story short, he also told me this..." Chris closed his eyes. "Those who fight further...will always fight on, no matter what the situation is..."

"...And?" the werehog asked.

"...And the situation now is this," Chris said as he opened his eyes. "An idiot who spends his time causing pain and death to anyone he meets out of pleasure; the sickest and stupidest thing to make after doing such horrible things..."

The Smashers saw as Chris changed jobs to the latest one he got: the Beastmaster job.

The World Traveler took out his long whip and let the top lay down on the destroyed floor. "That person is also a beast, or a monster," Chris continued. "And wild beasts are waiting to be tamed." He grabbed his whip with both hands to extend the top and another part in front of him as he put the whip between him and DSS. "You're a monster. Sorry, you need to get tamed sooner or later."

The Smashers joined Chris in the line as they looked back at the werehog with Lucario standing besides him.

"And I know that you can easily be defeated in a small matter of time," Chris said. "If I put my mind into it, you're not that dangerous as you claim to be. Heck, I think I have a very small chance of winning this fight to rescue Sonic from you if I were to fight you alone..."

Chris looked at the Smashers before looking back at the mad werehog.

"...But, if I count everyone to help me to render you useless..." Chris glared at the beast. "Chances are that you will kneel down and obey my orders long before the next day arrives, foolish imbecile..."

"..." The werehog chuckled a bit before he started to laugh madly at this speech. The Smashers glared back at him before he looked at them, shedding some tears. "Talk about corny," he commented. "What, you're going to say you fight for your friends?"

Ike sulked at this.

"No," Chris said. "I fight just for one reason...and that is..." He slammed down the tip of his whip on the floor. "To teach ruthless idiots like you not to mess with anyone as you want."

"Aww, that's sweet," the werehog said with a smile as he grew a claw big. "Here, let me pinch ya for being a good kid..."

The werehog quickly reached for the World Traveler with his dark claw. Chris knew this was a repeat from the scene back at his party. If this was a repeat, he would be kidnapped next to be taken away and later be killed by the werehog in a painful battle.

However, this deja vu had a different outcome as Lucario was stopped from advancing by Chris himself.

The World Traveler quickly knocked back the dark claw by lashing down the whip's tip on the center of the palm.

This swift attack caused internal damage that ran through all the arm, causing the werehog to yell in pain as he retreated his claw back to him. The werehog shook his claw in pain before he noticed a small, red spot on his grey claw's palm. The werehog showed his bare fangs at the spot before quickly glared daggers at Chris. "You... What did YOU do to me?!"

"Let's see..." Chris rubbed his chin. "Since Master Hand told me that my attacks are duplicated against beasts, you ended up getting hurt."

"But that shouldn't have been THAT painful!" the werehog cursed out.

"You forgot something," Chris went on. "We're not dealing with just a wolf here."

"What?"

"We're dealing with a wolf...that IS a hedgehog as well."

"Yeah," Snake began. "You're a werehog due to the fact that you're half hedgehog, half wolf."

"And if we apply logic into the matter," Chris began. "I'm actually hurting both the hedgehog and the wolf in you. Thus, my attack didn't get stronger by 2... Its strength was equal to 4 hits, meaning it got quadruplied." Chris chuckled. "It turns out that the Beastmaster job is your weakness! Can you see it? You DO have a weakness after all!"

"...But didn't he have a weakness to light as well?" Kirby asked. "You said that as well before, didn't you?"

This little recalling made Chris sob in his mind.

"...Kirby..." Chris muttered. "...Don't ruin moment, please..."

Kirby looked down. "S-sorry..."

"...A-anyway," Chris blushed a little. "You have weaknesses as you can see." He smiled afterward. "Since Cloud himself taught me that, now I have an absurd but helpful principle... Everyone who's named Cloud, or at least has Cloud in his or her name or last name is considered awesome."

Figure out for yourself who of all the Smashers grinned and chuckled at this statement.

The werehog showed his bare fangs at them.

"You were owned Pok?mon style," Pikachu said with a grin. "Like the info screen says, "It's super effective!"

Many of them chuckled at this joke, causing the werehog to grunt even more in anger as he became even more furious than before. "SHUT UP!!!" The werehog began to rush directly at Chris.

Final Fantasy VII - Fight On!

Chris stopped laughing as he noticed the werehog rushing directly at him. "EVERYONE, SPREAD OUT!" he yelled out.

Everyone suddenly focused at the werehog, but they looked at Chris. "What? Isn't more effective to give a frontal attack?" Lucario asked.

"Believe me..." Chris said worried. "I don't really have anything in mind to attack back..."

"So was all that speech pure bluffing from you?" Diddy asked.

"...No," Chris said. "I'll try to device every single strategy to stop him from controlling Sonic even further as the battle goes on. Trust me because..." He glared at the incoming beast. "...Those who fight further...will always fight on..."

"Look out!" Squirtle yelled.

"SPREAD OUT!" Chris yelled as they all spread around the field while Chris himself dodged a ramming attack from the werehog. The beast grunted at his failed attempt to hurt Chris before he quickly grabbed the World Traveler with a big dark claw. "Ugh..."

"THAT'S IT!" the werehog yelled as he smirked wickedly at Chris. "You're mine, you're mine, YOU'RE MINE! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"Lucario!" Chris yelled before the grip could crush him. "Combine Extremespeed with Force Palm!"

Lucario quickly appeared from behind the werehog to slam a swift Force Palm that cause the beast to be pushed some feet away, releasing Chris from his grip as he landed on the crumbles.

The World Traveler turned around to see the wild beast getting up before charging at him. "(So he's focused only in killing me...)" Chris thought. "(Good. I'll be the decoy to take him around.) Lucario, wait for further orders and don't do anything until I tell you!"

"What?" Lucario asked.

"Just believe in me!" Chris yelled before he began to run away from the werehog. "You'll have a much more important role in this fight. Remain there unless I'm in utter trouble or when order you to attack!"

Lucario dodged a slash attack from the incoming werehog before the beast himself went rushing at Chris while slamming down his big dark claws on the floor, destroying the crumbles to nothing.

"NOW!" The World Traveler stopped running before turning back to rush towards the werehog. Chris moved his whip behind his shoulder before lashing it sideways across the beast's face, causing the werehog to back away in pain. "While he's stunned, Meta Knight, come over to him and slash him across the same spot I just hit!"

The masked knight came right besides Chris and dashed to the werehog with Galaxia trailing off on the crumbles before it was raised upwards to the same spot that Chris hit with his whip. The werehog yelled in pain as the wound got itself worse, causing blood to stroll down.

"Is this all?" Meta Knight asked as he looked at Chris.

"Can you grab him to slam him down on the floor?"

Meta Knight nodded before he grabbed the beast by the throat, raising him at insane heights into the clouds far above.

"Kirby, where are you?!" Chris called out for the puffball.

The Star Warrior ran to him and looked up.

"Quick! Go over the spot where Meta Knight grabbed him and grab him to take him up again once he collides into the floor!"

Kirby made a serious face before running over to where Meta Knight raised the beast. Once he stopped right on the spot, Meta Knight came back, crashing the werehog's head into the crumbles before Kirby grabbed him and did the same as Meta Knight did.

"Now I see..." Meta Knight realized. "If we keep pulling him to the sky to later make him crash, he won't have any means to escape the attack."

Kirby came back to crash the werehog once more into the crumbles before Meta Knight grabbed him to pull him upwards and crash him down even deeper. Kirby, then, grabbed the beast and repeated the process as well.

"UGH!" the werehog grunted continuously as he was sent upwards before crashing down on the floor. Around 11 times later, the werehog punched Kirby away and barely slashed Meta Knight, who stepped aside to evade the attack.

Chris saw as the werehog continued his chase on him as he didn't care about Meta Knight or Kirby. The World Traveler turned around to run away from the faster beast who began to catch up quickly to him.

"YOU'RE MINE!" the werehog yelled as he raised his claws once he leaped at Chris.

"Link, Toon Link, fire arrows at will!"

The 2 swordsmen were spotted some fet away from Chris, and both took out their bows and arrows to aim quickly at the beast's stomach. Both shot their arrows as quickly as they could to stab the beast's stomach, making him twitch in pain before he fell down on the floor. The werehog took the arrows out before chasing Chris again.

However, this little attack was to buy Chris some time.

Instantly, the werehog was slashed (and stunned for a moment) from behind by 2 illusions that revealed to be Fox and Falco. Both turned around to see C. Falcon using Raptor Boost from behind the beast to uppercut the werehog upwards with fire. Once the werehog was sent upwards, the World Traveler ran back to him to wrap his long whip on the beast's feet before pulling it down (with the help of DK) to the crumbles along with the werehog. The beast yelled in pain once he crashed right into the floor, but later slammed both sides of the floor to stand up and rush at Chris.

"What do I do?" DK asked as he put his arms in front of him.

"Wait, I think you can do more than that," Chris said as the werehog leaped at them. "DK, block him off from attacking me!"

DK nodded and sidestepped in front of Chris stop the werehog's claws from slamming down on the tamer. DK grunted a little in pain as the claws' nails were trying to dig into his fur and skin.

"Get away, get away, GET AWAY!" the werehog demanded to the kong. "SUFFER PAIN!!!"

"Red!" Chris yelled. "Tell Ivysaur to pull him off from DK!"

"R-right! Ivysaur, use Vine Whip!" Red ordered.

The Seed Pok?mon glared at the beast from his position besides Red before he shot 2 long vines from underneath the flower's bulb, wrapping both of them around the werehog.

The werehog, noticing this, growled at his new target before pushing himself away from DK to land on the street. "You can't force me to get pulled!" he yelled before grabbing both vines with a smirk. "I can use 'em against you instead!"

"True enough," Red said before he grinned a little bit. "But can you handle another one?"

"What?"

The werehog's eyes widened as a tongue wrapped itself underneath his arms, causing the beast to growl angrily at this before looking back to Yoshi, who was glaring at him while he had his tongue wrapped around him.

"Okay, you want your little tongue to get hurt again?" the werehog asked before sharpening his claws. "I'll do it, but I'll cut them up for real this time!"

"Squirtle, use Water Gun!"

DSS gasped before he turned around, accidentally letting a stream of water strike his eyes so he wouldn't see C. Falcon rushing at his side. The captain pulled back his red glowing fist before unleashing a quick Falcon Punch with a fire eagle that severely burned the beast, making him yell in pain.

The vines and the tongue left him alone before he charged right after Chris.

"(It's clear he wants to kill me more than anyone here,)" Chris thought. "(He ignores them unless they keep him away from me.)"

"Hey, Mr. Tamer!" the werehog yelled as a wicked smile appeared on him. "Guess what I have right here for you!" The beast stopped and sent a huge dark fist at Chris, followed up by a howl that let dark waves spread towards Chris.

"He can do that?!" Chris asked surprised before he turned around to run away from the fist and the waves. "PIT, USE YOUR MIRROR!"

Chris looked around.

"Pit?!"

"I'm right here! Don't stop running!" Pit yelled as he appeared from Chris's direction, stepped behind him, and took out his Mirror Shield that he held with a tight grip as the fist collided into it as well as the dark waves. The dark waves themselves were reflected back at the fist, and they caused severa damage once they passed through it. The beast screamed in pain before pulling back his fist to him, blowing air out on his damaged claw to make the pain go away.

"Good..." Chris sighed to Pit. "Thank you..."

"Are we still done yet?" Pit asked as he looked back at werehog.

"No, not yet," Chris said. "But if we keep going like this, we could still win soon."

Pit gasped once a big dark claw grabbed the beastmaster and pulled him all the way back to the werehog. Without stopping, the werehog applied a sudden but fatal pressure on his grip, making Chris yell in pain.

"Die, die, DIE, DIE, DIE!!!" the werehog ordered as Chris yelled loudly.

The werehog was grabbed by his throat from behind. Snake grunted as he tried to choke the beast with his arms, releasing Chris from the grip before he slowly stood up, shook his head, and ran away from there. "You better stay quiet if you value your life..." Snake muttered through gritted teeth as the werehog flailed his legs and claws like a wild beast. "Ugh..."

"AWAY!" the werehog yelled as he pushed Snake away with his sharp feet by pushing them to his stomach. The werehog landed back on the floor before he spotted Chris running away. "Hey, get back here, you little twerp!" he demanded before chasing the World Traveler.

"(Pikachu, Pichu, get prepared...)" Chris thought. "(He's going to pass over you in some seconds...)"

The werehog slowly catch up with the beastmaster. Chris looked back and snapped his fingers.

2 thunders fell down from the clouds, stricking down the werehog as the attack made him yell in pain. DSS put a hand on his forehead before he shook it. However, even 2 more thunders fell down him once more, making him yell louder.

Underneath the crumbles, there were Pikachu and Pichu hiding to call down multiple Thunders on the clueless werehog. Both chuckled at each other before they called 2 more thunders to impact down on the beast.

However, the werehog sniffed a little bit accident and spotted 2 unusual odors that came out from below him. The werehog quickly dug his claws down to pull the Pok?mon before slamming them back on the floor. Pikachu and Pichu bounced painfully on it before the werehog pulled back both fists and punched them hard to send them away by many feet away.

"Pikachu! Pichu!" Chris yelled as he saw both rolling on what looked to be a portion of the destroyed city. The World noticed that they were about to reach the other buildings and normal streets in a bit.

"Don't cry, please," the werehog called over from his spot. "You can join them in hell."

"They're not death!" Chris yelled as he prepared his whip. "Now, come over here and let me whip you."

"Like I'm going to fall for that," the werehog said.

"Okay," Chris said as he closed his eyes. "I hope you don't mind the 6 people on your back."

"What?"

The werehog looked behind on his back to spot 2 Red Pikmins, 2 Blue Pikmins, and 1 White Pikmin before they all banged on his back. Since there was a White Pikmin, it spew poison out with every hit he did on the werehog, causing him to twitch uncontrollably as Olimar was seen nearby with his Purple Pikmin.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 12, 2009, 06:20:10 PM
"Olimar, can you use that Pikmin to hit him while he tries to shake them off?" Chris asked.

Olimar looked worried at his Purple Pikmin.

"Please! Do you want to die, then?"

"...No!" Olimar yelled before he grabbed the Purple Pikmin's leaf (hiding a small sniff) before running at the werehog. The captain then positioned himself in front of him before using the same Pikmin as some sort of heavy weapon that he swung several times on his face. The werehog yelled loudly in pain as the Pikmins and even Olimar himself attacked from all side. "I-I'm doing it..." Olimar muttered as he kept slapping the werehog's face with his Purple Pikmin. "I-I'm doing it!"

"NO, YOU'RE NOT!" the werehog yelled suddenly before howling dark awaves out to the sky, pushing the 6 Pikmins and Olimar away by the force of the howl (making the Pikmins die easily).

The World Traveler spotted Snake some feet away where he was hiding mines around a certain spot. He later put a small mine between all the others before looking at Chris with a nod. "What is he trying to..." Chris wondered. "Should I lure him there?"

Chris was suddenly pinned down by 2 dark claws on the floor before noticing that the werehog tried to bite his face off in pure anger. The World Traveler screamed in fear for his life before Diddy came from the left side, using Monkey Flip to hung himself on his face before banging his hands hard on his back. The werehog let go of Chris for a moment to try and take Diddy off.

Popo and Nana were seen jumping on each side of the werehog's back before slamming down his hammers one over the other to cause great damage on a single point of the back. The werehog grunted loudly in pain before he extended his claws to both sides and spun to shake the 3 off from him.

"Nuisances..." the werehog muttered annoyed. "STOP ANNOYING ME!!!"

"Marth, Roy, Ike, charge your main attacks all together!" Chris yelled at the 3 swordsmen. "We'll put him at your range to deal massive damage to him!"

"What if we end up depleting our healths?" Ike asked as he looked at Roy.

"Don't worry. Start charging!"

The 3 looked worried before they stood next to each other to charge their main attacks.

The werehog, hearing this, smirked and decided to run after the 3 swordsmen to stop from attacking him.

"Sorry," Chris muttered. "But you just fell right into another trap..."

Samus walked close to him, glowing with a familiar rainbow aura.

"Good thing he didn't notice I activated the Over Limit," Samus said. "But will this be okay?"

"Trust me," Chris said to her. "Your attack won't damage the 3 but the beast. Once your suit falls off, prepare to do something else I have in mind. Now, shoot!"

The bounty hunter nodded and released a huge stream of energy our from her cannon. The beam slowly grew in size before it cleaned its path from the crumble as it reached for the werehog.

However, the werehog noticed their talk as he grinned back at the beam and leaped high up to evade the beam. "HA! I'm not deaf, you idiots!"

"Ness, Lucas, use Meteor Smashes!" Marth yelled from his spot.

The werehog blinked confused before 2 kicks from above impacted down on him to fall down back on the floor, entering inside the beam were he yelled in pain. There were Ness and Lucas above the beam as they had both of their right feet pointing down. Both looked at each other and chuckled at their combined attack before landing close to the beam.

Once the beam disappeared, Samus's Power Suit fell off, and she now wore the Zero Suit.

As for the werehog, the beam pushed him right underneath the 3 swordsmen that later slammed down their fully charged attacks, sending a huge explosion that blasted off the werehog some feet away as he clumsily spun on the air before crashing down on the floor. The werehog opened his eyes in snap before standing up.

"You guys are starting to piss me off so much..." the werehog grumbled.

"Okay, Samus, prepare your whip," Chris said as he looked down at the pieces. "You know where I'm getting at?"

"Totally," Samus said with a nod.

The werehog shook his head before pieces of the Power Suit came at him as they were seen wrapped in the whips of both characters. The werehog gasped before the hard pieces crashed into his face to make him back away in pain before Samus and Chris slammed down on his head 2 more pieces.

"DAMMIT!" the werehog cursed out as a paralyzing shot hit his chest and made him get stunned for a small moment.

"Luigi!" Chris yelled.

The green plumber, with a gulp, ran towards the stunned werehog.

"Mario, assist him!"

The red plumber joined the green plumber by running at his right side. A sense of confidence quickly made Luigi regain his composure before both glared at the paralyzed werehog.

DSS regained his control and growled at the 2 plumbers. "You won't hit me, I'll hit you instead," he said as he opened his dark claws with a smirk. "I can keep fighting you all."

The werehog got interrupted as a Turnip (XP) crashed on the back of his head and fell down to his feet. He panted heavily in anger as he looked behind where Peach (holding another Turnip (O_O)) was glaring at him.

"That was for ruining my party," Peach said. "Chris's party to be exact."

"Aww, and you thought a Turnip would stop me from att-" the werehog stopped talking once a flaming point from an uppercut sent him bouncing upwards from the ground as he barely saw Luigi jumping along with him. The green plumber made a bored look before, still with his uppercut intact, rotated down to fall down on the floor.

It was not long before Mario jumped straight to the stunned werehog to slam down a downward fist that served as a Meteor Smash that sent DSS crashing down on the street.

By that time, they were all between a whole destroyed field between the destroyed buildings that remained standing after the attack of Exor.

"(But I have to lure him to where Snake hid the mines,)" Chris said as he looked over to the other side.

"Kid, you want help?"

The deep voice made Chris blink in shock before turning around to find Wolf with crossed arms as he stared at him.

"I'll be the decoy this time," Wolf said as he stepped in front of him. "I saw the crack man hiding those mines within that area over there. I figured out that you want that monster to step there, correct?"

"Will you help, then?"

"Just because he's annoying," Wolf said as he glared at the beast. "The people that piss me off AND attack me only beg to get attacked by me. Be glad you just piss me off."

"..."

"Do you want him to get there or no?"

"There you are!" the werehog called as they looked back at him, rushing towards them. The werehog released dark waves from his mouth that quickly spread all over the place where Wolf and Chris were.

"Kid, quick, step behind me," Wolf said.

"W-why?"

"Do it!" Wolf yelled angrily.

Chris quickly hid behind Wolf's back before the lupine activated his Reflector, shielding him and Chris from getting attacked by that waves that were tkane back at DSS. However, the beast jumped high over the waves while leaping towards the 2, extending his dark claws to crush them both.

"2 little birds with 2 claws!" the werehog joked. "Or should I say 2 little birds with joined claws?" he asked as he joined his claws together to prepare them to slam them down on the 2.

"What now, kid?" Wolf asked as he looked over his right shoulder to Chris.

At that moment, the werehog's chest was pinched by several kunais that made him grunt in pain and shrink his claws to their normal size. This attack let Wolf and Chris to escape by running to different directions as Sheik ran frm Wolf's direction, holding several kunais hidden between her fingers.

"Prepare yourself," Sheik muttered as she narrowed her eyes. Once she reached the werehog, she used the tip of the kunais to slash him across his face. DSS yelled out in pain as Sheik ran to his right to land another slash. The Sheikah then came back by running from the other side, still slashing the werehog one more time before tossing all her kunais all over him from the front.

"I HATE YOU!" the werehog declared simply while he covered his face.

Once he removed his claws from his face, Sheik saw that he was starting to bleed. DSS's face shot her with a death glare through the blood that somehow slid across his wild eyes, and over his pupils. The werehog growled menacingly before leaping quickly to Sheik, causing her to be pinned down on the crumbled floor.

Jigglypuff, however, interrupted the werehog from stabbing Sheik with his right claw by using a fully charged Rollout. The werehog tumbled to the right, accidentally letting Sheik flip back to stand up. The Balloon Pok?mon pouted once she landed back on the floor. "I'm important, believe it or not," she said with a small grin to the beast.

"What?" the werehog asked as he stopped tumbling to later glare down at her. "You're a puffball. Chances are that you will scream out your tears and voice."

"Chances are that you're the biggest jerk of the whole place...jerk," she said, trying to find something to yell back at him.

DSS rolled his eyes at this before he raised his claws above her. Jigglypuff closed her eyes and swiftly evaded the crushing claws by gracefully rolling at her right side. The Balloon Pok?mon then charged at the beast to ram her forehead at him.

...

Yes, she rammed her forehead. This attack actually caused the werehog to grunt in pain as he was pushed back a little. Jigglypuff then lunged at his face to use Pound several times to stagger him.

"It's now my time to attack as well," Mewtwo said as he appeared behind Jigglypuff. The Psychic Pok?mon held out his right hand before starting to glow. Jigglypuff, however, didn't stop attacking the werehog as he began to glow as Mewtwo did. The Balloon Pok?mon pushed herself away by using her feet, and push the werehog to the floor, motionless.

"U-ugh..." DSS glared at Mewtwo. "What the hell are you doing to me?!"

"I'm merely attacking you by disabling your body," Mewtwo explained. "Soon enough, I'll send you away...now."

The werehog grunted in pain as he was forced to be thrown to the west were Mewtwo shot several small Shadow Balls that went through the beast. DSS yelled in pain as he was flung back to the destroyed area that he previously demolished by his Final Smash.

"Everyone that can use whips or something of the sort grab him!" Chris ordered.

At this mention, Samus, Yoshi, Sheik, Ivysaur, Link, Toon Link, and Chris himself ran after the werehog. The beast pushed his feet up to flip and stand up straight before putting his fists down. He noticed the 7 running from all directions and towards him.

DSS snickered. "You think I didn't see the man with the crack on his butt hiding those mines behind me?" the werehog asked. "You're not gonna trick me that easily, I'm afraid."

The werehog ran to the opposite direction of the mines and he prepared to let out a powerful howl to spin it around and damage everyone. Once Chris saw the werehog gathering air, he quickly got some way to stop him. "Lucario, use Extremespeed and slam him down!"

The Aura Pok?mon appeared right behind the werehog as he opened his arms wide open to grab him.

"(Nope, can't let you do that sorf of thing to me,)" the werehog thought deviously before he jumped to evade Lucario's grab. The werehog didn't want to talk so he could release his mighty roar down on the Aura Pok?mon to cause massive damage only to him.

But why were the dark waves reflected back as soon as he opened his howling attack?

The werehog screamed in pain as he was pushed further away to the air. Back where Lucario was, there was a yo-yo attached with a familiar Reflector above him as it remained activated due to some PK energy leaking out to activate the device.

Several feet away, Ness and Lucas were holding the string of the yo-yo together while Ness infused PK energy into the yo-yo to see if he could manipulate it to move all the way to Lucario as Lucas infused even more energy into it to make small PK charges hold the Reflector and activate it as he wished. There was a grinning Fox close to them as he was the donor of the Reflector.

"I must say," Fox began. "It was clever of you Ness to use that kind of combined move."

"Just to let you know I'm not a kid who wastes his time in other things than fighting like you do," Ness said before he pulled back the Reflector to them, instantly releasing the Reflector from Lucas's PK energy as it jumped off to Fox, who grabbed it with his right hand.

"Was that supposed to be an insult?"

"Guess."

"Bastard..."

Back with the werehog, a fully charged Aura Sphere exploded right on his back to make him blast up even more before 1 Clawshot, 1 Hookshot, 1 normal whip, 2 vine whips, 1 electric whip, and 1 tongue got all wrapped together around his body that forced him to stand up as he descended on the floor where Lucaio grunted at him and ran away from the whips. The werehog growled angrily at his 7 hunters.

"All right," Chris said as they all held a strong grip on the beast. "Let's all move to that direction where Snake dropped the mines!"

"STOP!" the werehog demanded as he shook his head widly to release himself. Chris seemed to be losing some of his grip, but 2 big hands came from behind him, and he looked over his shoulder to find DK, grinning down at him with a wink.

"DK!" Chris said. "Oh, thank you for helping me to keep him there..."

"Let's do this, shall we?" DK asked.

"Of course. Everyone, run over that point to Snake!"

They all nodded their heads and ran right where Snake was waiting for them. The soldier moved away as the wild werehog (shaking violently) was put over the 6 mines, and a smaller one that was right on the center of all of them.

With a flip of his switch, Snake pressed button while saying, "Now."

A big explosion came from below the beast, causing him to yell loudly in pain as smoke covered the 7 whip users. The 7 (and DK) backstepped to come out from the smoke as all the other Smashers joined them, forming a big circle around the smoke while the werehog screamed loudly in pain.

"Did we do it?" Red asked.

"I don't think so," Chris said. "But...his health is reaching a critical state now. All the attacks that were done during all the fights he was in still are there. He's been holding back the pain by becoming numb to it."

"I'm impressed," Marth said. "We seem to be gaining the upper hand thanks to your quick thinking."

Chris blushed and looked away. "I-I told you I'd get my revenge, right?"

"But don't rest yet," Falco said as he glared at the smoke. "Just a little bit more, and we will all enjoy your birthday party like we planned to do."

As the smoke cleared out, Chip came from behind Chris and tapped his right shoulder. "Chip?" Chris asked. "Where were you?"

"I was watching from far away to keep myself out of your way," Chip said. "I didn't want to see him straight to the face again... I still...fear him..." he sniffed.

"...Don't worry, this battle will end very soon with..." Chris trailed off as he took something out from his back...but looked confused at it. "...Collar?"

Chip looked at a red collar that Chris took out from his back. Once the World Traveler looked more behind his back, he took a small band that also looked like a collar. "What's that?" Chip asked. "2 collars?"

"Collars?" Chris said confused as he looked at both items. "For what are these?"

"Those collars are special," Kawashima was heard saying. "They are some of the many items that beastmasters use to tame monsters. You see the big collar? You have to place it on Sonic so you gain control of him."

"Wait, what?" Chris asked. "These items didn't even appear as skills for beastmasters...and you're saying that with these I can stop Sonic?"

"No," he said. "They can restraint that evil soul from controlling over his body. The big collar is a special collar that will use a magical effect once you put him on his throat. The smaller collar, however, works as an accessory that lets anyone control the beast as long as he or she puts the collar on the wrist. Both collars need to be used right after you put the big collar on him," he explained. "Have you or someone equip the small collar so the evil soul within him is kept at bay."

"And I could have defeated him with these items a long time ago?"

"No," Kawashima said again. "You need to weaken him to the point where you think he's weak enough to control him. You could have used the ability "Control - Wolf" to see if you gained mental control and use him as a weapon. The collars are more effective, though."

"Then..." Chris looked serious at the items. "I'll stop him once for all with these...dog collars..."

"The smoke is clearing out!" yelled Peach.

They all focused their views back at the smoke...but something seemed wrong...

As the rain fell through, they noticed that the smoke itself was pushed out by a strong howl. They all covered their faces from the smoke that spread around and vanished after floating up.

And for Chris's horror...

They all found the werehog glowing with the rainbow aura of the Over Limit. The beast had his fangs wide open to the clouds before he lowered his furious face and growled loudly. "YOU GUYS ARE SO DEAD..." he declared as dark energy began to circulate around his whole body. "AND IT'S TIME TO END THIS FOOLISHNESS!!!"

All the Smashers gasped once they were all crushed by dark claws that instantly tossed them all above to the air. A few seconds later, at a slower pace, the werehog was moving insanely fast as he extended his claws at everyone, crusing them with killer grips before tossing them all up. Chip gasped once he found himself being the only one left on the ground as everyone else yelled in pain from above the werehog.

While the rain fell, all the Smashers were forced to spin at different directions. The werehog, smirking evilly, prepared to release a furious assault of punches, slashes, and finally, a destructive roar that could eradicate everything in sight.

Chris, being the one who did all the tactics, closed his eyes for the imminent end...

He looked around, finding many of them trying to flip to regain their composure, but it was futile since the Final Smash obliged them to stop moving. The problem further grew more problematic as they all were crushed in half a second, all at the same time.

?(There has to be a way!)? Chris thought as they slowed down their ascend to the air. ?(Something can be done to stop him from killing all of us!)? he thought in panic.

And for his surprise, there was someone there who wasn't taken as all of them did...

Chris blinked in shock before he managed to turn his head around to face the empty spot where the werehog gave him an evilly smirk...

...But behind him, there was a terrified Chip (biting his relative small nails)...with the 2 collars that Chris accidentally dropped.

It was obvious.

?CHIP!? Chris yelled as they stopped ascending. ?PUT THAT COLLAR ON HIM!?

?W-what?? Chip asked as he glanced down to find the 2 collars. ?T-these??

?HURRY UP OR WE'LL DIE!?

?I-I dunno if I can do this!? Chip yelled as the werehog didn't lose his sight from all his prey. ?W-what if he ends up hurting me??

?WE'RE ALL GOING TO END UP GETTING HURT IF YOU DON'T HURRY!? Chris yelled as they began to descend slowly. ?HURRY, CHIP! I WANT TO KEEP ON LIVING AFTER THIS!!!?

The imp shook with fear as he looked at the werehog. He looked back at forth between the items and the beast before focusing his view at all the Smashers.

Then, he realized...

?(Those who fight further...will always fight on...no matter what the situation is...)? Chip recalled in his mind. ?...I...I...I...? Chip gulped before he glared at the beast, took the big collar, and flew after him. ?I WON'T LET YOU DO THIS!!! I HAD ENOUGH OF YOUR FACE!!!?

?...Huh?!? The werehog, about to send a flurry of punches and slashes, turned around to find Chip flying fast at him with the collar. ?What the hell do you think you're doing, idiot?! Begone!?

?NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!? responded Chip as he held up the collar on top of him.

The werehog noticed the collar and looked confused. ?A dog's collar??

?HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-YIAH!!!? Chip yelled loudly as he slammed down the collar (or actually slid it behind the werehog's long quills) quickly enough to then make it reach the werehog's throat.

Something hit the beast in his mind as his pupils shrunk...

DSS started to twitch a little, letting all the Smashers fall down.

?...Wait... I....can move again!? announced C. Falcon as he managed to flip to regain his control.

Everyone else pretty soon followed by turning or flipping before landing back on the street's empty space. They all quickly glared at the beast...

But something seemed wrong with him as Chip remained staring down at him.

The werehog grabbed his head in pain before he knelt down on the floor. He lowered his head as he grunted angrily in pain, making everyone look confused at this exhibition of pain.

?Is that a dog's collar?? Ness asked, pointing at the collar around the werehog's neck.

?Is it working?? Chris asked, panting heavily.

?U-ugh...? the werehog grunted. ?W-what the hell is this thing?!? he demanded for an answer as he tried to take the collar off.

They all saw as the collar itself beginning to shrink so it would became impossible to remove from the throat. Not even the werehog's claws were strong enough to rip it apart before he howled in pain to the sky. The Smashers, however, remained in their places while the werehog slammed his fists down on the floor.

?WHAT IS HAPPENING?!? he demanded to them. ?T-THAT BASTARD IS COMING BACK TO HIS SENSES!?

?What?? Chris asked.

?T-that idiot is...awakening again...? the werehog muttered in pain as he clutched his claws on his face. ?ARGH! T-THIS STUPID COLLAR MUST BE THE REASON!!!?

?(GET THE HELL OUT OF ME, FREAK!)? yelled a voice that somehow was able to yell loudly enough for the Smashers to hear. ?(DAMN YOU, STOP USING MY BODY AND GET OUT!!!)?

?That voice?? Chris trailed off.

?As I?ve expected,? Kawashima said. ?Sonic?s true self is awakening due to the power of the collar.?

?What?? Chris asked as the werehog howled angrily while holding his head.

?The collar greatly weakened the soul that?s holding Sonic back,? he explained. ?But Sonic?s not strong enough to gain full access of his body.?

?Which means??

?Chris, you have to hurt him even more so Sonic gains control of his body to end this nightmare!?

The World Traveler had to nod quickly before looking at everyone. ?It?s almost over! We have to end this here and now!?

?NO!!!? the werehog yelled as he looked up to him. ?I WON?T LET MYSELF BE DEFEATED LIKE THIS, NEVER!!!?

?Too bad?? Chris said as he held his whip across in front of him. ?It?s time for you to go? Werehog,? Chris began as he raised his whip up. ?BEGONE!!!?

The Smashers saw as Chris began to lash down the tip of the whip hard on the werehog. They all watched as the beast howled in pain with every single hit connecting with anything it touched on him.

?AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!? the werehog yelled as Chris treated him like a wild beast. ?STOP, STOP, STOP, STOP!!! I?M SO GONNA KILL YOU IF YOU DON?T ST-?

?SHUT UP!? Chris yelled loudly as he attacked the beast?s mouth, causing him to yell in pain. ?I?m YOUR owner from this point and onwards, and I ask you to obey my commands!?

?NEVER!? the werehog yelle between hits as he managed to look up at Chris. ?I?won?t?let?myself?be?defeated?like this??

?Everyone, help, please!? Chris yelled as he saw the werehog standing up from his place. ?The ones that can use projectiles shoot him down!?

At this order, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Link, Toon Link, Zelda, Diddy Kong, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Pikachu, Pichu, Mewtwo, Lucario, Ivysaur, Ness, Lucas Samus, and Snake started to fire fireballs, lasers, arrows, bombs, grenades, electric jolts, Shadow Balls, PK Thunders, PK Fires, Razor Leaves, and Aura Spheres right on the beast, causing him to yell loudly in pain as the long-range attack users kept attacking him from all sides, keeping their pace as the werehog began to fall down.

"No, no, no, no, no, no, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO!!!" the werehog yelled as the projectiles connected with each other began to produce a big explosion on his place while Chris kept lashing his whip from far away. "NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!"

And it soon ended...

Music stops

"GEEEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

The howl of extreme pain made the attackers stop their attacks as they stared at the smoke that came out from all their attacks combined. Through the smoke, Mewtwo managed to notice that the werehog was still standing up...but staring at the rain motionless.

Once it got all cleared out, silence was only joined by the rain's drops making sound as they touched their faces with the field around. A motionless werehog was still staring up without even moving.

Chip flew close to Chris as he kept staring at the beast. Every single Smashers stared at each other while the rain kept falling down.

"...Is it over?" Kirby asked.

"..." Chris only took a step forward.

Before their eyes, the werehog slowly began to fall to the front before he crashed right on the street with claws and arms extended. Chip noticed that there were no pupils in his wild eyes as they used to be as the imp took a closer, but careful look at the werehog.

?...It's...finally over, then??asked DK.

?...?The World Traveler narrowed his eyes as he looked down at the beast.

Now, there were frightened whimpers.

Everyone blinked at these sudden sounds that they looked back at the werehog. They all noticed that his mouth slowly opened to let out whimpers of fear while tears began to stroll down between the eyelids. Chip noticed that the eyes slowly opened to glance up to the World Traveler.

?W-why...? the werehog whimpered. ?Why do you have to be so mean on me??

?...? Chris only kept staring at him with the others.

?I-I just wanted to cause panic and chaos...? DSS whimpered. ?I just wanted to do that to be happy...?

A tight grip was put on the whip.

?I-I don't understand why you have to stop me from being happy...? DSS whimpered more. ?Why were you all so mean to mean??

?What the heck is he talking about now?? Pikachu asked with a glare.

?He was happy several hours ago, enjoying his time as he tried to kill us, and now he asks for forgiveness after he was put in his place?? Roy asked. ?That's pretty pathetic for a guy like you.?

DSS sobbed silently as he slightly punched the floor. ?I don't see what's wrong with what I've been doing all this time... Still, why were so mean to me??

?...Shut up...? Chris muttered as he put a tighter grip on his whip.

?W-what??

?SHUT UP!? Chris yelled as he lashed down his whip on the werehog, causing him to yell in pain as he looked up to him. ?You better start thinking about what's good and what's bad, heartless imbecile!?

DSS looked freaked out while he stared up at both Chris and the whip.

?Can't you tell the difference between good and evil or what?!? Chris asked before hye lashed down his whip harder on his back. ?Thanks to you, the only thing I got back from you was death! Do you think I enjoyed that?! Do you see me happy?!?

?N-no...?

?WELL, START NOTICING, DAMMIT!? Chris yelled loudly as he hit the werehog harder on his back while everyone simply watched as the werehog began to retreat a little bit. ?And because of you, ?I now hate that stupid transformation Sonic had to went through...I detest it...I despise it...I...just...HATE IT!? he yelled loudly before hitting the werehog, causing him to cry silently at his treatment. ?YOU BETTER OBEY WHAT I HAVE TO SAY OR ELSE I'LL TEACH YOU TO BE GOOD IN A VERY PAINFUL WAY!!!?

?B-but...b-b-but...? the werehog whimpered in fear as Chris put his whip in front of his face, crossed.

?Do you really wish to anger more...? Chris muttered as he glared down at him with narrowed eyes. ?Do you really wish it??

?N-n-n-n-n-n-no...? the werehog responded in fear.

?Okay...? Chris said as his whip glowed. ?I'm going to force you to abandon Sonic's body and mind so you can't get in anymore no matter what...?

?NO!? the werehog pleaded for mercy. ?P-please, give me another chance, I beg of you! I-I love to have this body!?

?...I don't give forgiveness to the likes of you...ever...? Chris responded coldly as he closed his eyes before he hit the werehog hard on his back, transmitting the energy from his whip into his own body before the beast's eyes widened. ?O beast that roams nocturnal meadows and searches for unaware prey...?

The others watched as the werehog stared at Chris with a shocked look, the energy slowly fading into him.

?I order you to listen and obey to my orders...? Chris muttered before opening his eyes.

Chip noticed that, once Chris opened his eyes, they had a different look. His eyes had green eyes that had a wild look. The imp looked down where he saw 2 very small fangs sticking out from Chris's lips as the World Traveler stared down at the werehog.

The werehog, once looking up at Chris, let go of his arms before he stood up, claws resting on the floor.

"Now..." Chris began. "You are my servant..."

"I am you servant..." the werehog responded in a monotone voice.

"You shall obey me..."

"I shall obey you..."

"And your first task is to leave Sonic's body by sealing yourself..."

"My first task is to seal myself inside Sonic's body..."

"And once you do, you will never try to come out until I find a way to eradicate your who existence... Do you agree with me?"

The werehog slowly nodded.

"Now..." Chris hit the floor with his whip. "SEAL YOURSELF!!!"

"U-ugh..." the werehog grunted as he began to back away. "No...no...no...NO!!!" He opened his arms to the sky.

"I NEVER TOLD YOU TO DO THAT!!!" Chris yelled enraged.

The werehog instantly gasped and ducked in fear. Everyone in there saw the dark aura that emanated from the werehog's back disappearing into him before DSS fainted and fell on his face. The World Traveler, keeping his wild glare at the beast, remained silent as the beast began to calm down, little by little.

Once the black aura entered inside...it was all over...

"...Phew..." Chris sighed as he dropped to his knees, causing some of the Smashers to run at him. "That...should do it..."

"Wow," Link commented as he looked at the downed beast. "You seriously taught him a lesson for good."

Chris blushed and looked away. "O-oh, please, I wanted to free all my fury on him for doing...you know what..."

"Aww, you look cute even with wild eyes and little fangs," Peach said as she giggled at him.

Chris blinked confused before he touched his fangs. "...Ouch!" he yelped. "F-for being very small, they pinch so hard..."

"Oh, I forgot to mention," Kawashima began. "You take some very small bits of appearance according to the beast you take control over."

"I...see..." Chris said as he licked his index finger.

"Anyway," Mewtwo began as he looked at the beast. "Is it really over? I still can feel that presence inside him."

"As long as Chris puts the small collar on his wrist," Kawashima said. "Since he weakened the beast to the limit, he can put the wrist on, and Sonic will always have control over his body."

"But where is the other collar?" Chris asked as he looked around.

"U-um..." Chip flew to him and showed him his right wrist. "I...kind of put it on..."

"W-what?!" Chris asked in shock as he looked at the collar on Chip's right wrist.

"Oh, no need to panic!" Kawashima yelled. "The collar fits right on Chip's wrist perfectly. Since Chris doesn't necessarily need to be the one to have the collar, Chip can do it just fine. As long as he has the collar on, Sonic won't go out of control by that entity."

"Why does it work like that?" Sheik asked.

"Simply because the collar represents ownership," Kawashima explained. "Chip has it so...he is...technically Sonic's owner...and Sonic is his pet..."

"..." Chip blinked surprised.

"And he can order him to do anything..."

"...So I can like tell him to use the bathroom and he will obey?"

"...Pretty much..."

"...Awesome! I can't wait to..." Chip stopped talking and looked worried at the werehog. "But..."

"I guess you should order him to act like he always does. He should wake up."

?How do I do that??

?You need to look at him, then give him an order. He should obey if you do that.?

?...Okay...? Chip gulped and looked down at the werehog. ?Sonic...I order you to wake up and be yourself again...please...?

?...U-ugh...?

The Smashers blinked in surprise as the beast slowly opened his eyes, stood up with a bored look, shook his head, rubbed his forehead, and looked to them.

?W-what...? the beast began. ?W-what am I doing here?? The beast looked at his claws. ?W-why am I...?

?Hey, wait a minute!? Falco yelled. ?How do we know it's not him??

?What do you mean?? Diddy asked.

?What if he's not Sonic but that evil weirdo trying to sound confused at the whole situation? I'm NOT letting him fool me anymore, oh no.?

Chris looked worried at Sonic, who at that moment looked at him. ?Chris...what just happened?? the beast asked. ?I...I'm afraid I haven't seen nothing after I found out that mysterious guy...?

The World Traveler decided to walk closer to Sonic. Lucario, seeing this, took a step forward as he held out his right hand at Chris. However, Chris turned to him, lowered his hand, and shook his head before walking closer to the beast. The Smashers glared at the beast while Chris knelt down to look at the werehog.

?...Tell me something...? Chris muttered. ?...Are you...really you??

?...I'm me...? the beast said.

The World Traveler began to sob. ?...How do I know that you're the real Sonic??

?Huh??

?I-I mean, I don't know if you're the real Sonic or that stupid entity that...made me hate this idiotic transformation of yours...? Chris's eyes began to fill with tears. ?I hate this transformation so much that I...I...I want to look away from you and forget what I've experienced during this whole nightmare...?

?Wait, what did you suffer?? the werehog asked.

?We...?

The World Traveler explained everything to the werehog.

?...? Chris looked away, hiding a silent sob.

?...Oh man...? the werehog muttered with a frown. ?All this happened because I didn't want to tell anybody about my whole problem...?

?...You're Sonic...right??

?...Yeah,? Sonic said with a nod. ?I'm me, alright.?

?...But why, Sonic? Why?!? Chris yelled at him. ?Why didn't you tell anybody about this before?! Thanks to that, I ended up getting killed by that entity inside you out of pleasure! Why didn't you say anything?!?

?B-because I thought I could do this by my own...? Sonic admitted as he frowned. ?I...thought I could do it alone just fine without anyone... You know me, I like to do things my way...?

?...Sonic...? Chris muttered. ?...You need to change for the better...?

?Change?? Sonic looked at him.

?I know you like to do the things your way, but it's enough already!? Chris yelled. ?You can't socialize with people because you tend to run away from them to enjoy solitude. I...I really hate that of you wholeheartedly!?

?W-what??

?It's the truth... I've been trying to tell you that the first time I knew about you, but I didn't want to because you would have ignored me before running away from me. You ALWAYS have to do that a lot, don't you?!?

The World Traveler began to sob louder.

"T-thanks to that...all of this happened..." Chris responded between sobs. "You...you don't understand the nightmare I went through when you turned into this...this sin of nature itself..."

Sonic looked down in shame.

Chris covered his eyes with his right arm. "Really, Sonic...you need to stop that attitude...or...or everyone around you will pay the consequences...like..." He looked at Sonic with tears falling off his eyes. "...Me, Sonic..."

The werehog kept looking down in shame as Chris sobbed. Lucario walked and knelt down to his trainer and began to rub his back to calm him down during the rain, but it was useless as Chris kept crying silently. Some of the Smashers looked somewhat apologetic at this moment that they closed their eyes.

However, the werehog looked back at Chris, sighed, and began to speak.

"Yeah...you're right..." the werehog replied.

"...What?" Chris asked as he uncovered his face.

"I'm a bastard, I admit it..." Sonic said. "Thanks to my stupid attitude, you ended up getting killed by a nobody inside my mind I wanted to take care of by myself but ultimately lead me to this place and time..." Sonic nodded. "...What I'm trying to say is...sorry for everything, Chris..." The werehog looked at everyone. "And I'm sorry for dragging you all into this. I admit that I was a fool..."

"...Like you always are..." Chris muttered as he looked down.

"...Yeah...pretty much..." Sonic said in shame. "...Please...forgive me, everyone... Nothing of this wouldn't have happened if I did speak up soon..." Sonic looked at him. "Chris, if I knew beforehand that this was going to happen...I would have said something, really, I would have..."

"..."

"..." The werehog sighed after he looked at everyone. "...Sorry for everything...I'm really sorry..."

"..." Chris sobbed silently.

"..."

They all watched as the werehog walked closer to Chris...and gave him a warm hug.

"Please, Chris, stop crying now," Sonic muttered. "Everything is over for now... I'm not going to let that idiot take control of me again...and...I won't let him hurt you again..."

Chris only responded with more sobs.

"...And also..." The werehog looked at everyone while he hugged Chris. "Please, forgive me for what I've been doing without telling you..."

"..." The Smashers looked unsure at Sonic.

The werehog waited for a response; a response that would never come.

"Why isn't anybody saying anything?" Sonic asked.

"See, Sonic?" Chris asked as he stopped sobbing. "You need to socialize with people because they won't talk to you or help you at all."

Sonic noticed the glares of almost half of the Smashers.

"I always like to talk to anyone so they befriend me and help me out with anything," Chris said. "You have some friends because you bothered to talk to them, right?"

"...Yeah..."

"And ever since that, you have been running away from anyone who wanted to talk to you. You just can't do that anymore, Sonic. You have to change for the better or else nobody will like you..."

The werehog remained silent.

"...So what do you choose?" Chris asked. "A life with people who might help you, or a life with people glaring at you for being a...you know..."

"...I..." The werehog slightly pushed Chris away and looked at him. "...I...want to change for a better person..."

"...Are you sure?" Chris asked. "This is a decision you will have to keep in mind at all times."

"...Yeah, I'm sure of it," Sonic said as he looked down at his claws. "Thanks for not doing that, I ended up turning into this abomination that I don't like..." He made his claws fists. "And I don't want to have this cursed transformation for all my life either." Sonic looked determined at him. "Chris, everyone, I want to ask you all for your help. I wanna change to a better person so I don't do things alone anymore... Will you all help me?"

The Smashers remained silent as the rain kept falling.

"..." The werehog lowered his claws and sighed. "...Guess I'll have to socialize with you all slowly because this situation won't be an alibi or something to be soulmates or something."

"It would be for the best," Marth commented with a nod. "This situation won't help you to make friends that fast. If you want to gain our aid, you'll have to start to be a good person."

"Yeah," the werehog said with a nod. "...I'll do it, Chris. I'll change so I can become useful...but...will you promise to me that you will help me to get rid of this werehog thing?"

"...Of course," Chris said with a nod. "I hate it as much as you do, Sonic. I hate to see that devilish glare you have with you right now... It scares me...and I want to make it go away for the rest of your life."

"Wait."

"What?"

"If I go on a rampage again..." The werehog looked at him. "Kill me off, please."

"Why?"

"Because if I get controlled again, that'd mean I'm not strong enough to hold him back anymore. And I don't want to kill you by accident without me knowing it..."

"...It's a promise, Sonic," Chris said with a nod. "I'll keep it in mind forever...for you..."

Sonic grinned. "Thanks, Chris..."

"Well!" Jigglypuff spoke up. "Now that we got over all this nightmare UNFORTUNATELY together, we need something else to get done before the night ends."

"What is that?" Nana asked.

"Oh, right!" Sonic said with some blinks before looking at Chris. The werehog hugged the World Traveler tightly (making Chris gasp for breath) before he stopped.

"Phew..." Chris sighed. "W-what was that hug for?"

"What?" Sonic asked. "I can't give you a hug for your birthday?"

"W-what?"

"Happy birthday, Chris," Sonic said. "Congratulations for turning 17. You deserve it, don't you?"

"...Sonic..." Chris smiled a little and chuckled. "...You remembered, then?"

"Duh!" Sonic said. "Of course I remembered. I managed to hear that from that idiot when he took over my body during the day. You thought I'd forget? Pfft, think again."

"...Thank you!" Chris said as he hugged the werehog tightly. "Sonic, really, thank you so much for remembering my birthday and congratulating me!"

The werehog chuckled and hugged him. "You're welcome."

"U-ugh..." Chris gasped for breath. "Y-your strength really got stronger... I-I can't breathe..."

Lucario gasped and separated both of them in a hurry. "Are you fine?" Lucario asked concerned.

"Y-yes..." Chris gasped for breath. "T-thank you..."

?Whoops,? Sonic said. ?I guess I don't know my own strength anymore. Sorry.?

?Okay, okay, we already fought under the rain today,? Pikachu said before he sneezed. ?Can we, like, return to the mansion??

?Lead the way!? Sonic said.

?Sonic, wait!? Chris yelled.

But once the werehog tried to run...he seemed to be tumbling at the sides as he ran VERY slowly compared to his usual speed.

?H-hey! What's the big idea?!? Sonic asked as he stopped and looked back to Chris...who was glaring at him. ?...Oh god, sorry...?

?...? Chris sighed annoyed. ?Okay, now we know it'll take a long time before you turn into a better person.?

?And as for Sonic's speed,? Kawashima called out. ?Since he got turned himself into that, I'm afraid his speed drastically went down.?

?Oh no...? Sonic muttered.

?But,? the professor went on. ?To make it up, his strength has increased for a good amount. I could say his strength surpasses DK's strength, or it even almost reach Lucario's brute force.?

DK looked away annoyed.

Sonic looked at his claws. ?...Chris...?

?Yes??

?Do I remind you of Knucklehead??

?Because of your strength? I...don't think so...?

Sonic chuckled. ?Well, that's good. At least I have more brains than him, anyway.?

?Can we go back?? Pikachu asked again.

Everyone had to agree as the rain still kept its task during the night. They all began to head south towards the mansion.

?Sonic...? Chip began as he flew close to the werehog.

?Yeah?? Sonic asked. ?...Oh, right... I'm sorry for putting you in all of this, Chip... That bastard obliged you to live with us, and you're going to stay around even more, right??

?I guess so...? Chip said as he looked at the small collar on his wrist.

?Say, why am I wearing this dog's collar, anyway?? Sonic asked as he tried to rip the collar off his neck with his claws.

?Don't!? Chip said, trying to stop one of Sonic's huge claws. ?I-if you rip it apart, that monster inside you will come back to cause more rampage!?

At this mention, Sonic stopped his action on the collar and looked at Chip. ?Then am I supposed to wear this ALL day and night??

?Um...? Chris looked away.

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

The werehog thought he looked ridiculous with the collar on. No matter what he tried to do, the collar wouldn't come off that easily. Kawashima explained that only Chip and Chris had the advantage to remove the collar whenever they wanted.

But of course, they decided not to, much for Sonic's dismay.

Then again, they didn't want to see HIM anymore...

It seemed that peace returned to the mansion as it was supposed to be. Everyone returned to continue the party that Peach had organized for Chris. Not only all the previous guests were there, but by the time they all returned, it seemed that somehow Agitha managed to slip in when they didn't look.

However, she didn't even run away after seeing Master Hand. Instead, she thought he was a magician's hand that betrayed his owner.

...What kind of belief was that? That was the only question in mind that Link and Zelda had in mind.

The 3 postmen of the office, after knowing what happened, decided to join the party as well (and even more because Quil wanted to see Medli now that he had the chance).

As for Mario's surprise, the Master, Lee, and Chan themselves decided to join the party as well.

?It's quite pleasant to go out from the Dojo once in a while,? Lee commented.

?Yes, indeed,? the Master said with a nod.

?Mario, did you invite them?? Peach asked.

?Well, I figured that we may as well let them here since, you know, they don?t have anything else to do in the Dojo,? Mario explained.

Peach raised a nearby glass of juice and hit it twice with a spoon to call everyone?s attention. ?Okay, everyone, we now have continued our schedule we planned out from the beginning.?

?It was YOUR schedule!? yelled Squirtle yelled from a far away table.

?Whoopsie,? Peach commented. ?Okay, I know it was my own schedule. Anyway, I want everyone to raise your glasses and give your birthday greetings to Chris,? she said as she held out her left hand to Chris, who hopped up a little bit from his chair. ?I want you all to say your lines out loud and at the same time if you would, please.?

?W-what?? Chris asked as he blushed embarrassed. ?O-oh, please, don?t do that. T-that?s going to embarrass me even more than I am now??

?But Chris, you were severely injured by that bastard,? DK commented. ?You should be thankful of what we?re doing for you right now!?

?W-well??

Chris noticed that everyone in there raised their glasses. The World Traveler blinked surprised as even Meta Knight, Mewtwo (using Confusion), Snake, and Wolf raised their cups (although 2 of them were looking away).

?W-wait, are you all going to do it for real?? Chris asked.

?It?s the formal way to celebrate birthday parties,? commented Agitha with a giggle. ?I?m so glad to assist to a party with so many different people. Too bad I don?t have my friends to join in as well??

?Please, don?t?? Zelda muttered disgusted.

Chris spotted that a long, furred arm extended at the top of the ceiling before he heard Sonic cursing. ?Dammit!? Sonic cursed as he pulled back his arm. ?What kind of freaky skill is this? I hate to act like some kinda cartoon character!? he cursed more.

?But Sonic!? Chip called as he was seen floating nearby him.

?What?? Sonic called annoyed. ?Do I look happy to you to be in this?form? I hate it! I can?t even run at my usual speed, but instead, I have to endure being a power-hungry fool like Knucklehead!?

?Sonic, behave yourself!? Chris yelled loudly, causing everyone to look at him surprised.

??Sorry?? Sonic muttered.

"What's with the sudden "parental" attitude?" Ness asked.

"Well, if he wants to change to a better person, then I'll have to look after him," Chris said. "Sonic told me he wanted me to take of him if he ever did something like he did a moment ago."

"You want to change so badly?" Chip asked to Sonic.

"Just because I don't want to drag anyone else in these problems I do by accident," Sonic said. "Anyway, let's continue on," he said as he raised his glass of water with his right claw.

Master Hand sighed. "I know there's going to be something about Sonic's transformation...but for now, I'd like to enjoy a peaceful dinner party without thinking of our problems." He raised a small glass of water. "Ready here."

"W-wait!" Chris interrupted.

"Oh no, we're doing it and you'll like it," Diddy said with a glare. "We want to celebrate instead of having a fight."

"And a 1, and a 2, and a-" Peach was interrupted.

"Wait!" Chris yelled.

"Happy 17th birthday, Chris!" most of the people in the lobby called out before some cheers came from some of them by whistling.

"O-oh, now you're whistling?!" Chris asked as many of them cheered loudly. "H-hey, is anyone listening to me? Hey!"

But nobody listened to him before they all began to give a round of applauses to the World Traveler. Chris even saw Lucario joining them with the applause, making Chris blush embarrassed before he smiled a bit and chuckled heartily.

The party became lively as many of them talked and talked between groups while Chris himself got in one. An eager Peach was always close to him to see if he was enjoying the party.

For her luck, Chris was enjoying it.

The Smashers celebrated the party as the princess had wished. It was a small matter of time before Chris told most of them that his parents were going to visit him after a long time of absence. Most of them wished to meet them, but Chris had to say no because of obvious reasons.

And so, the party went on...

As all the guests left to their respective places (of course, wishing Chris for the best ahead of him), the Master approached to Chris as both were close to the doors.

"So," the Master began. "You have lost the battle against Smithy."

"Yes..." Chris said ashamed. "You were right after all."

"Unfortunately, you had to take a move on by the looks of the situation. It was inevitable to win," the Master said. "But...maybe you should look around more."

"What?"

"There are many ways to become stronger," the Master explained as Lee and Chan walked behind him. "Like for example the village of mages in the forest."

"Village of...mages?"

"A village of mages is hidden within the forest far to the west. I know of such a place because I took a walk one day, and I stumbled upon a mage. The mage I met was friendly enough despite his face not visible through a dark aura underneath his pointed hat."

"Dark aura...mage..."

"There are many people there. You should go and visit that place when you have the time," the Master said before turning his back at Chris. "It's time for us to leave. Be sure to visit our Dojo to train. As for you, happy birthday and good night."

Chris watched as the Master and his disciples walked outside, where they began to walk towards the western forest before disappearing.

The World Traveler blinked and wondered about the village of mages. But for now, he wanted to rest as everyone in there.

And thus, new complications came...

Chip's memory lost...

Sonic's transformation...

And above everything else, the night dwellers...

Were all these 3 connected in some way? Who knew exactly?

For now, only time would respond to these happenings...

TO BE CONTINUED...

...................................................................................................

"Preparations For The Unknown..." a voice said before fading away.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 20, 2009, 11:09:26 AM
Chapter 146: Preparations For The Unknown

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

Roughly some hours after the party was over, there were Chris and Lucario laying down on bed as the World Traveler was hugging the Aura Pok?mon who smiled a bit at this.

"Why do you look so happy?" Lucario asked. "Is it because your parents will come?"

"Yes...but because of something else," Chris said as he leaned his head to Lucario's chest and made a happy expression. "I'm happy that you came to rescue me, Lucario."

Lucario blinked for a moment before blushing a little. "I...well...you were in trouble so I had to do it."

"I think that was so heroic of you, Lucario," Chris said as he looked up to him. "If it wasn't for you, I would have been dead for sure..."

Lucario hugged Chris with his right arm. "Please, don't say those things. I don't want to think what would have happened to you."

"Even so," Chris said before smiling a bit. "Thank you so much for saving me, Lucario..."

"You're always welcome," Lucario said as he closed his eyes. "Always welcome..."

Chris stopped hugging Lucario (making him get depressed a little bit) before glacing over a small pile of presents over the corner of the room. "Well, I had my party, we saved Sonic, and everything seems to be fine for now."

"Oh...my present..." Lucario muttered in shame.

"What?" Chris turned to him. "Oh right, you were going to give me a present..."

"I...I'm sorry," Lucario said with a frown. "I didn't have enough time to think about your present from me..."

"It's okay," Chris said, smiling a bit. "You rescued me, so that's my gift."

"No!" Lucario suddenly yelled, making Chris blink in surprise. "I-I'm sorry for yelling, but I refuse to think my present was to save you. I mean, I save you a lot of times already..."

"...Well..." Chris looked away unsure. "...That's true..."

"...Wait," Lucario muttered as he glanced over his left palm that began to emanate a little bit of aura. "Maybe I can show you your gift instead of giving it to you..."

"What do you mean by that?"

"Watch..." Lucario said, closing his eyes as his aura began to cover his whole body. For some reason, Chris's aura began to appear around him as well. "This is something I can only do..."

"W-what are you going to do?" Chris asked worried as his aura manifested.

"Just watch..." Lucario muttered.

The World Traveler watched as his aura rose up from himself while Lucario's aura rose up as well, leaving both of their bodies before both auras got mixed together while floating in the air.

"D-did you just take your aura and mine away?" Chris asked. "I-isn't that dangerous?"

"Not at all," responded Lucario as he focused. "I can't destroy people's auras. Our auras are still within us, and the auras you're seeing now are the same. Since you can see that our auras are in here, there's no need to worry about them vanishing. They exist if we exist, and they won't exist if we don't exist."

"...I...see..." Chris said.

"Now, relax and watch this."

Chris looked back at the cloud of aura that began to split into several long serpents of aura that flew around the room. The World Traveler's eyes widened in surprise as the room shone with the ominous blue glow of the serpents of aura that perfectly floated around in perfect synch.

Lucario smiled a bit as he held out both hands to the serpents flying across the room. One of the serpents floated down to Chris and passed right through his face. The World Traveler, however, felt a warm and happy sensation once the aura crossed through him, making him chuckle heartily.

"Did you feel it?" Lucario asked. "Since our auras were combined to do this, you felt a warm feeling that went through you, right?"

"Yes..." Chris said amazed as the serpents dove down to the floor, spread around the floor, rose up to the walls, reunited at the center of the ceiling, and spread around the room in circles.

"Both of us possess different auras that are perfectly compatible," Lucario explained. "I have a powerful (not that I'm showing off or anything) and everlasting aura while you have an enthusiastic and warm aura." Lucario smiled a little. "Both of our auras like to be around the other so much that they accept each other just fine."

"...Amazing..." Chris said amazed as the auras continued to fly around.

"They accept each other just fine..." Lucario continued smiling. "...Like both of us do..." he muttered with chuckle.

Once all the serpents formed a sphere of aura, it began to compress itself before it burst into many little, glittering sparkles of aura that spread all over the room. Lucario lowered his hands and opened his eyes to see what he just did, looking over to Chris who was utterly amazed at the spheres falling around.

Lucario pulled Chris to him with his right arm, noticing that Chris wasn't even aware of this as he continued to watch the sparkles of blue aura. "Happy birthday, Chris..." Lucario muttered to Chris's left ear.

"...Thank you so much, Lucario..." Chris muttered as the sparkles fell down.

The atmosphere prompted Chris to hug Lucario tightly. Lucario growled happily at this as he laid down his snout above Chris's head, making Chris laugh a little in happiness.

A yawn came from the World Traveler, and he suddenly felt asleep through the majestic event in the room. Lucario, seeing that the spheres continued to rain down, slowly closed his eyes and drifted off to sleep while the sparkles illuminated the whole room.

Both of them felt asleep as the room shone with Chris's favorite color: blue.

The World Traveler couldn't be happier than this...

...

Unfortunately, everything moment always had something unexpected.

It was not long before both began to hear some stomps coming from the hallway. Chris and Lucario woke up and looked around without sitting up.

"What's happening now?" Chris asked.

"I don't know..." Lucario said as he looked around. "Something is coming from the hallway..."

Soon enough, the door slammed open, and from it came a familiar werehog that leaped right straight to the right side of the bed where he grabbed his head in pain and fell down.

"...Sonic?" Chris asked as both he and Lucario sat up.

"H-help..." Sonic muttered in pain. "H-he wants to come back already..."

"Who?"

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEY!!!" Chip called from the hallway before he entered the room and flew besides Sonic. "Y-you gotta help me!"

"W-what's happening now?" Chris asked again.

"W-well, Sonic was sleeping peacefully on the bed while I was sleeping some inches away from him when he suddenly began to scream during plain night..." Chip explained. "He began to yell that he wanted to come back..."

"Who wants to come back?" Lucario asked.

Not sooner he said that, they all saw a blackish aura emanating out from Sonic's back. They all gasped as they quickly recognized the aura as DSS's aura.

However, something was different...

The aura itself began to grow in size before it reached Sonic's usual height. Through the dark aura, someone began to manifest as it took shape. They watched surprised as some white, glaring eyes (eye?) without pupils opened within the dark aura. The image that appeared from the dark aura itself looked exactly like Super Sonic, only it was all black and evil as it stared at them with pure rage.

"YOU MOTHERF(BEEP)R DID THIS TO ME!!!" the aura yelled, pointing an accussing finger to Chris. "SON OF A B(BEEP)H!!!"

"W-what the hell is going on now?!" Chris asked as Lucario growled angrily at the dark aura. "W-what's happening to Sonic?"

"INSOLENT LITTLE FOOL, FORGET ABOUT THIS DIPS(BEEP)T ALREADY!" the aura yelled in fury as it reached for Chris. "COME OVER HERE, LITTLE PIECE OF S(BEEP)T!!!"

The World Traveler gasped and covered himself as the aura quickly reached for him while Chip watched in pure horror as the aura threw fast fists that went through Chris without doing any kind of damage...

...

...Wait, flew through Chris without doing any kind of damage?

The World Traveler, once he stopped trembling, slowly noticed that the dark aura merely passed right through him without doing anything. Chris slowly uncovered his face and found the aura trying to kill him off with fast fists. Chris blinked confused as the aura tried to kill him, but without doing any kind of progress.

Lucario himself stopped growling at the dark aura as he watched this whole event.

Chris turned to Lucario while the aura cursed out loud. "Lucario..." Chris trailed off as a fist passed right through his face. "...Isn't it ironic that I'm afraid of the darkness, yet I don't feel threatened by this...dark aura?"

"..." Lucario just blinked.

"..." Chris turned to the rampaging aura as it tried wildly to kill him. "...Um...what now?"

Chip shook his head and blinked surprised. "Wait, nothing is happening?"

"...Huh?" Sonic managed to get a hold of himself as he looked up to Chris. "Hey, what's happening?"

"U-um..." Chris pointed at the DSS aura. "There's a black aura trying to kill me off above your back..."

To summarize everything, Sonic didn't even feel controlled at all. The werehog himself had another entity that didn't have trouble to manifest himself above his back that was just intangible.

"What the heck is happening to me?" Sonic asked as he looked up to the aura that was trying to punch Chris. "Hey, aren't you the same guy who took over my body?"

"DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, DIE, B(BEEP)T!!!" the aura yelled loudly at Chris, ignoring the werehog and anybody else.

"My goodness!" Chip said in horror. "It curses so many bad words in every single sentence it says!"

"...Professor Kawashima..." Chris began as he showed the virtual tutorial at the aura. "Can you...explain this to us?"

In the upper screen of the DS, Kawashima had a virtual sleeping hat over his head as he yawned, looking to the aura that threw a fist to him but went through without doing anything. "...Let's see..." Kawashima said grogily as he tried to focus. "...Hmm...okay...um...yes...okay...alright...wait...oh...I see...so that's it...okay...yes...very well..."

"..." The 4 looked at the screen as the aura STILL tried to harm Chris.

"...Okay, believe it or not, I managed to find an answer to this," Kawashima said before he yawned again. "This dark aura above Sonic's back is Dark Super Sonic's malevolent aura."

"...It is him?" Lucario asked.

"Apparently. It's very obvious that he is the same one inside Sonic's mind and body," Kawashima explained. "It seems he managed to manifest himself by using his dark aura as a way to be visible...but just that," he explained more. "He's actually powerful for being born from those Chaos Emeralds. However, he can't withstand the power of the collar that Sonic is wearing."

"Does that mean he can annoy me to no end whenever he wants to?" Sonic asked as he glared up at the clueless, furious aura.

"Nope." Kawashima shook his head. "No matter how much he tries to try it, he won't never possess you again as long as you have the collar. He just can't fight it back very well."

"H-hey," Chip said with a gulp. "Is there a way to make him go away? I mean, he curses way too many things and he could wake up anybody in here as well..."

"I HAVE YOU NOW, A(BEEP)LE!!!" DSS proclaimed angrily as he didn't even notice that none of his swift fists didn't do any damage to Chris. "MWAHAHAHAHAHAHA! HOW DO YOU FEEL, SON OF A B(BEEP)H?!"

"...Pissed," Chris responded with an annoyed grunt.

"Okay, I think I had enough of his dark fists going right through me," Kawashima said. "There's a way to make this spawn of the devil go away. Chris, you need to hit Sonic with your whip and take over his body."

"W-wait, what?"

"In this special case, if 2 good people take control over a single body from an extra bad person, the good people will eventually calm down DSS," he explained. "Basically, Chris will control Sonic, who will control DSS, who will be knocked out of cold for 2 more entities trying to control the same body."

Chris, annoyed of the DSS, took out his whip from his belt. "Um, Sonic..."

"Go ahead already," Sonic said annoyed. "It's him or me having a peaceful night."

The World Traveler didn't hesitate to hit Sonic's furred forehead with the tip of his whip.

DSS's aura suddenly gasped. "N-NO!" he yelled before he instantly entered inside Sonic's body and disappeared along with the dark aura.

"...That was all?" Chip asked.

"Yes," Kawashima said. "That thing is as good as tamed. Now, go back to sleep for now." The professor yawned. "Active sleep mode, please..."

Chris closed the DS and put it away. "W-well...that's over with," Chris said to Sonic.

"Hey," Sonic began. "I don't think it's safe for me to rest away from you."

"What?"

"Why don't you let me sleep here for the night just to be sure?" Sonic asked. "We don't wanna see that guy ever again, am I right?"

"I had to agree with him..." Lucario said. "That aura was just plain perturbing and annoying."

"C-can I sleep here as well?" Chip asked as he played with his fingers. "I-I don't want to sleep alone..." Chip noticed the sparkles of aura. "Hey, nice background. I like the detail put into this."

Lucario frowned at this comment.

"...Okay, I think it's fine," Chris said as Lucario nodded. "Okay, you can rest on the floor."

Sonic and Chip looked down at the floor. "Are you kidding me?" Sonic asked with a grunt. "I'm not some kind of pet."

"Who's wearing the collar here?"

"Who's being somewhat racist to me here?"

"Who is keeping us from sleeping here?" Lucario asked.

"Who will sleep on the bed here?" Chip suddenly asked.

What Chip asked somewhat made them look at each other...

Some minutes later...

An annoyed Chris with an annoyed Lucario were staring up at the ceiling as a familiar beast rested just below (but above their legs) with big arms spread across the bed. There was a sleeping Chip resting on top of Sonic's chest while both were already sleeping.

"...This sucks..." Chris muttered.

"Likewise here..." Lucario responded mad.

Chris sighed. "Okay... I guess this is only for 1 night. I'm not that mad in reality."

"It's going to get worse," Lucario warned him.

"Why?"

"I have heard from here that Sonic does something when he's sleeping..."

"What is that?"

VERY loud and deep snores began to came from the werehog, making both of them groan silently.

This became even more annoying as Chip himself began to snore loudly, despite him being smaller than any of the 3.

"(I'm sorry,)" Lucario said through telepathy. "(But their snores are so loud to talk directly...)"

"(Let's just try to fall asleep through this whole ordeal...)" Chris said with a sniff.

And both tried their best to sleep during the whole night as the newcomers kept snoring loudly, even managing to make some echoes that utterly bothered both of them.

Main Lobby

The next morning...

"You 2 look very...bad," Master Hand commented.

Chris and Lucario managed to glare at the hand as their eyelids looked purple. Apparently, both of them couldn't even sleep through the whole night thanks to Sonic and Chip.

As for Sonic and Chip, both looked perfectly fine.

Sonic even more, though.

The werehog noticed that he wasn't a werehog anymore. Sonic was back to his usual self as he looked to himself with a satisfied grin. The hedgehog chuckled before he began ro run at his normal speed around the lobby before stopping in front of the hand. "Alright!" Sonic said as he lifted his fists above. "That stupid transformation is gone forever! Yeah!"

"Wait, how do you even know?" Master Hand asked.

"Do you see fur on me?"

"Only the blue fur I THINK it's fur, or it could be blue skin actually."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Whatever. Thing is, I'm back to be a super fast hedgehog!"

"B-but we don't know if you're going to keep transforming!" Chris said. "I think you need to keep wearing that colla-Sonic, what are you doing?!"

Sonic was trying to take off the relatively small collar from his throat. "U-ugh! I can't take this off from me..."

"Don't!" Chris and Chip yelled.

"You just can't throw that away!" Chip suggested him. "You should continue to wear it to be sure of it!"

"Screw that!" Sonic said. "I'm not wearing this for any longer. Screw this crap! I don't need it anymore!"

But the hedgehog's collar, no matter how much he tried, wouldn't come off unless Chip or Chris would remove it for him.

Of course, that was out of the question.

"H-hey, help me here..." Sonic said as he tried to pull the collar off with his feet on while sitting down on the floor.

"...No way!" Chris yelled down at him. "We don't know if you're going to keep transforming! For the last time, just listen to us!"

"I think I'm perfectly fine now!" Sonic yelled to Chris as the hedgehog tried to take off the collar. "Help me here!"

"...Do you want to let someone else kill me so badly then?!"

Sonic, once he heard that yell, stopped his action before Chris began to sob.

"I-I can't believe you..." Chris muttered. "I-I can't believe you don't care about what happens to me, Sonic..." He began to sob. "I-I thought you wanted to change, Sonic...but I guess that was just a lie..."

"...Hey..." Sonic looked ashamed as he looked up to Chris. "Please...I'm sorry... I-I didn't want to make you cry..."

"H-how can I know you're saying the truth?" Chris asked as some tears strolled down his cheeks.

Sonic closed his eyes and stood up. "...I won't take the collar off if that's going to prevent someone else from killing you, Chris..." Sonic looked away. "...Sorry for acting like that again..."

"...J-just promise me you're not going to do this anymore..." Chris said as he cleared his tears. "I-I mean, I'd feel so betrayed after all we went through yesterday..."

"...Yeah, sorry..." Sonic said. "...But this collar..."

"Sorry, but you'll have to keep wearing it until we find a way to cure you..."

"...I'm fine with that," Sonic said with a nod. "For now, let's see what else comes up."

"And that else I have it with me," Master Hand said. "I have an assignment for you all."

"An assignment?" Lucario asked.

"Yes. I want you all to investigate a village that I just heard from Parakarry yesterday during the party," the hand explained. "I asked him and the postmen that it seemed kind of weird that they only delivered mail to us. Then, Parakarry told me that there were several places around here that have different people in them. He said to me that he needed to deliver some mail at the village with the "funny-looking people that wear costumes" today."

"Oh! Oh!" Chip raised his hand. "Does that mean I'm part of the team?!"

"W-what?" Master Hand asked. "You're part of the team? Pfft, you wish."

"Hey!" Chip glared at him. "I helped you all during the fight of yesterday. I think I proved myself to be useful here."

"Well, that's true..." Chris said. "I mean, he's wearing the collar that prevents DSS from taking over Sonic's mind."

"...Oh my god, I'm going to hate this... I hate to drag other people in our affairs like we did with Geno, Twink, and Mallow..." Master Hand. "...Okay, Chip. If you want to be utterly surprised and shocked to what we do here, you're in..."

"Hurray!"

"But I don't give life insurances to people like you, though," the hand said. "I only give them to the Smashers here."

"Do you even do that?" Lucario asked.

"Shut up, you," the hand muttered.

"Meh, I survived what had happened yesterday. I can take anything on pretty well," Chip said with a chuckle as he moved his right hand up and down.

Master Hand rolled his "eyes" with a frown. "In any case...I want you to investigate that particular village to the west."

"(Maybe it's the same village the Master spoke of... It would the very same...)" Chris thought.

"If there's a village over there, I want to know if something happened during the whole night with those mysterious monsters popping out from the ground," the hand explained. "I DON'T want to know that it got attacked or something. Yes, I'm just that worried over the sake of the innocent out there. Ha-ha, how does it look to you?"

The 4 merely stared at him.

"...Hey, I DO care for other people, you know."

"Isn't everyone still working to get their Trophy Stands?" Chris asked.

"Well, yes. You can take anyone with you as long as you don't interrupt the matches by taking the same whole team out. We have to follow the rules here."

The hand pointed to a nearby poster to the right where there was him giving thumbs up underneath a text that said, "In Master Hand We Trust."

"That poster over there specifically clarifies that."

"That poster wasn't even there yesterday," Chip said.

"Well, too bad. It's there now," the hand said. "Anyway, you should prepare to go out and see what you can find in that village. Since Tabuu isn't doing anything yet, the matches will have to continue." The hand turned away. "Okay, so Peach is actually reaching a fight against Snake? Wow, she's different when she fights."

The hand floated upstairs, leaving the Smashers and Chip alone.

"Sonic, I think you need to come," Chris said.

"Oh well," Sonic said. "I have to change, anyway."

"And you Lucario should come too."

"It's fine."

"And I'm tagging a long as well," Chip said proudly.

"...Do we seriously need to take you with us in our affairs?" Chris asked.

"Duh!" Chip said. "I'm one of you guys from today. I think we make a pretty good team together."

"Only you and Sonic make a good team together," Lucario said with a frown. "Leave Chris and myself out of your group."

"Hey, was that supposed to be a complain?" Sonic asked.

"Oh, you 2, don't start a fight here!" Chris yelled loudly.

Sonic and Lucario looked at him a little bit surprised.

"...I hate when we fight with each other by arguing..." Chris muttered in embarrassment. "We're supposed to be calm, right?"

"I guess..." Lucario said. "Sorry."

"It's fine now," Chris said. "Now, if we're going to see that village, I think I should develop partnership levels even further while on the way there..."

"If you're going to do that, then you should take the people who haven't spend the time with you that much."

Chris looked at Sonic. "Well, even if we have a combined attack together, we need to talk even more."

"Meh, sounds good to me," Sonic said.

"Link, he needs to come," Chris said. "Toon Link is busy outside with his training. He already got his stand, but he's called from time to time."

"Good," Lucario commented.

"And then there's Roy. I don't think Snake can come because he and Sonic are in the same area of the Classic Mode so he's out. I need to take Luigi more as well because I haven't got the time to talk with him as well. Mario is already pretty close to me, and Peach is the same as him. Maybe I should take Olimar and..."

And the World Traveler eventually came with a conclusion.

"I'm going to take Link, Roy, Luigi, Olimar, Diddy, Meta Knight (if he wants to) and...oh god..."

"What?" Sonic asked.

"I know I have been trying so hard to do this, but I need to take him with me..."

"Who's he?" Chip asked.

"...Wolf..."

Sonic glared at Chris. "Dude, you drop him off already. I saw you plenty of times with him, and you always get injured in some way or another."

"True story. We went through him in a painful way," Chip said.

"I agree," Lucario said. "The fact that we have Wolf as one of us makes me feel very unsure of this."

"But still...I need to socialize with him sooner or later...and the time is now," Chris said. "One of these days he will eventually open up."

"Or open you up...literally," Sonic said.

"Even so, I'm going to do this."

"Wait," Lucario interrupted. "If you're going to take him with us, you're bound to make Fox come with us as well."

"Why would Fox come?" Chris asked.

"Because of the fact he thinks you can't handle Wolf very well alone."

"Oh please, Fox knows very well I can handle Wolf alone. I mean, I don't think he's going to tag along because of Wolf. Both of them hate each other so much that they don't want to see each other.."

Outside

"You can't handle him very well alone, Chris."

"For the love of god, I do!"

"No, you can't. I know you very well. Even if I hate Wolf so much, I need to be careful of what he does around you."

"Ugh..."

Either irony was cruel in this world for Chris, or it was just plain annoying.

The group (the one Chris decided to invite) fortunately was there with them. And as Lucario suspected, Fox DID come once he found Chris asking Wolf to come with them. Falco, who unfortunately had to stay back for the matches, wanted to come but later had to say no.

"But if I think about this again," Chris began. "I think it's nice of you to think I'm in trouble so you wanted to come with me and make sure I was fine."

"I'm just worried that your butt gets unfairly kicked by Wolf when you're not looking behind you," Fox stated. "That's all."

"..."

"...Okay, and also because I worry about you."

"Thanks..."

"...A lot."

"Hey!"

"Oh, knock it off already," Roy commented as the whole group walked west of the forest located to the left side of the mansion.

The group walked through the dense forest. It had been a while after they all set out from the mansion's doors, and they have been silent...until now. They all walked through trees, bushes, and even more trees and bushes.

"That aside," Meta Knight began. "I'm quite interested about this village of mages you spoke of."

"I thought there weren't any more places like the city itself," Link commented. "It's surprising that there are other settlements around here."

"We SERIOUSLY need to have a map of this area," Diddy commented as he was leaping from tree to tree. "Aren't there some places we have to notice?"

"That's true..." Olimar said as he passed right through a bush with a Blue Pikmin following. "This place is all new to me."

"And I haven't bothered to look around because of the monsters..." Luigi gulped.

"If you think again," Lucario whispered to Chris. "We always seem to make up the weirdest group with different people."

"I know," Chris said. "But it somehow works in a twisted way."

"How much do we have to walk through this place?" Wolf suddenly asked as he crossed his arms. "I'm getting sick of having to take a stroll with all of you here."

"Oh, you shut up," Fox commented. "You wanted to come, you'll have to endure this."

"Who asked you, anyway?"

"Who's complaining, anyway?"

"Who's not shutting up, anyway?" Link asked annoyed before he received some grunts, making him frown.

"Oh, right," Diddy began as he leaped through the trees. "Chris, how did you come back to life?"

This question made most of them look at Chris.

"Hey, that's right," Roy said. "Mewtwo told us you were killed, and we found you dead when we fought that beast yesterday. How did you come back to life?"

"I..." Chris sighed. "I didn't explain how I came back to life, did I?"

"NO!" Olimar yelled. "I-I don't want to remember how you came back!"

"How did he come back?" Luigi asked.

"E-er..." Chris sweated. "L-look, it was very disgusting, but I'll explain what happened..."

A while passed when Chris explained everything to them. Chris explained the 2 times he was killed, the Underwhere, and the reasons behind his 2 revivals. Most of them tried their best to understand the explanation before he ended.

"So now..." Fox trailed off. "You had 2 lives before, but you have a single chance to continue fighting..."

"...Yes..." Chris said with some nods. "Jaydes told me I had 2 lives when I first started to wander the worlds. Since I got killed 2 times already, she told me that this was the last chance to keep going on... If I get killed again...that's it..."

"...Wow," Diddy commented as he jumped down. "That is...interesting..."

"The fact that you have one last chance to fight would be enough for you to be even more careful than before," Meta Knight said. "You'll have to be cautious of what you do from now on."

"I just hope I don't die again..." Chris muttered. "If I do, I'd stay in the Underwhere forever..."

"...Don't sweat it, okay?" Roy said. "You have us to be safe."

"W-what?"

"True that," Link said. "Remember, you still have us to protect you."

"W-why are you saying it like that?"

"I don't want to sound rude, but you're sometimes fragile in battles," Meta Knight said. "At least you should be thankful that some of us want to make sure you survive through harsh ordeals. Why not be thankful for this?"

"...I guess you're right..." Chris said. "Thank you, everyone..."

"(But still, I'll try to protect him even more than any of you,)" Lucario thought, somehow taking this as a challenge.

"Who's this Cloud Strife guy you met in hell?" Sonic suddenly asked.

"Oh," Lucario began. "You met Cloud in person?"

"Y-yes," Chris said as he looked away.

"How was he like in person? Was he rude or was he a nice person? Tell me, did he have any kind of secrets nobody else knew about?" Lucario asked.

"Aren't you asking too many questions?" Luigi asked, receiving a grunt from Lucario, making Luigi back away.

"S-sorry," Chris said with a chuckle. "Lucario happens to be a fan of Cloud."

"Chris!" Lucario yelled. "I-I'm not..."

"But you told me once before that out of all the characters, you liked Cloud even more than any other character."

"H-how can you say that around everyone here?" Lucario asked. "C-can't you do this when nobody else is listening?"

"I believe you were the one who began this pointless conversation about this Cloud guy," Wolf responded.

"You shut u-"

"Lucario!" Chris yelled.

"S-sorry..."

"Heh..." Wolf chuckled.

"My kingdom for a map..." Diddy complained as they walked through the forest.

"Okay, okay, maybe I'll try to make a map someday," Link said. "First, I need to know the places around here. We have the mansion, the sports area, Agitha's second castle, the Dojo, the city, an-"

"Hey..." Luigi noticed that there was a road across a bush. "I-I see a road over there."

"A road?" Olimar asked as they stepped on the road.

The Smashers looked at the sides of the road. It extended to the direction of the city, and it also extended to the direction they were going.

Not only that, but they also found a trail of smoke over some trees.

"F-forest fire!" Olimar yelled at the sight of the smoke.

"I don't think that's a forest fire at all," Roy said. "It looks like smoke that comes out from chimneys."

"Do you think the village is over there?" Diddy asked.

"Only 1 way to find out," Fox said.

"...Strange..." Chris began.

"What is it?"

Chris pointed over to the left where a big, barred land laid down before their eyes.

"What's that barren land doing there?" Link asked.

"...Wasn't that the same place Raven told us that Rita destroyed by her arrows of darkness?" Diddy asked.

"I think it's the same one," Meta Knight said. "But that's something we shouldn't bother with. The village shouldn't be far away from here now that we found that trail of smoke."

"Well, let's get going," Chip said. "I wanna meet new people."

And they continued their way to the west.

Several minutes later...

"...So there WAS people living here after all," Roy said.

"Amazing," Meta Knight commented. "There were a good amount of residents living nearby."

"How didn't we notice this at all?" Luigi asked.

"Because none of us bothered to go outside from the mansion," Wolf said. "It's pathetic that we don't know what is outside. We just barely know this universe, anyway."

However, something seemed surprising once they made it to their desires place...

Almost all the population of the rather big and long village was mainly composed of...

Village of Black Mages

Final Fantasy IX - Black Mage Village

A multitude of Black Mages: from tall to small ones.

The Smashers stood on the entrance of the settlement of mages as they looked around. The village itself didn't look small, but it looked very big to consider it a city. Many Black Mages walked around the several huts that were either houses or shops.

They all thought Black Mages were bookworms. This village proved them wrong as many Black Mages behaved like any other kind of person of any place they've been. There were laughs, yells, even fun among the mages themselves as they walked mostly in groups.

There were even children who wore Black Mage's clothes.

As one would have known, most of the Black Mages in the village had the magic hats that cast an instant veil of darkness over their heads. This certain magic wasn't shared with most of them all, though. This particular magic was only present in human Black Mages.

This meant there were 2 extra races in there, and that humans in there weren't humans, but they were called Hume.

Humes are the most common of the races, humes can be found throughout the land of Ivalice (a big land of many different races and people). In skill and ability they are perhaps the most balanced race. While they excel in no single area, they perform capably in most any role. It could also be said that humes are the same as humans, but they're referred to as humes in Ivalice.

For Chris's surprise, not only the village was full of human Black Mages, there were also Black Mages...that were Moogles.

Moogles are a short-statured race that are distinguished by the pom poms on their heads and bat-like wings on their backs. They have no love for water, and will not venture into even the shallowest pools. Moogles are accomplished machinists, and they boast a great many unique and odd jobs all their own.

Not only humes and moogles made up the entire the vilage. There were some sage-like creatures that looked somewhat canine to them. These persons seemed small due to the fact they barely reached a hume's height. This particular race was called Nu Mou.

Nu Mous are set apart from most races by their canine features and long, droopy ears. Even-tempered and thoughtful, they possess the capacity for great intellect. Like moogles, they shun water and avoid it at all costs. Though ill-suited for the front lines of battle, they make incomparable mages and weavers of magick (magic is referred as magick in Ivalice).

Most humes weren't holding staffs or rods like Nu Mous were. The moogles, however, were always walking or flying around the village either alone or in groups of more moogles, happily talking to each other.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 20, 2009, 03:48:09 PM
"...For being a village we haven't heard of before," Link began. "It's amazing there's a lot people living in here."

"Who needs travelers when the whole village itself is bustling enough?" Diddy asked.

The group looked to their right where a moogle flew to them smiling. "Oh, welcome, kupo!" the moogle greeted cordially. "You must be new around these parts, right, kupo?"

"Actually, we live nearby in a mansion across the forest," Lucario said.

"Oh, really now?" the moogle asked. "Well, then again, most of us don't go to the east, kupo. We don't like to come out from the village most of the time because...we didn't think about going that way before, kupo."

"..." The Smashers merely stared at him.

"...Heheh, kupo," the moogle chuckled. "Anyhow, I speak for everyone here that we're glad to have you all here, kupo. We don't receive many people from the east at all. We only receive travelers from the west."

"There's land over the west?" Chris asked.

"Duh," the moogle said. "You guys surely didn't even think about exploring the surroudings at all, right?"

The moogle had a point.

"Oh well," the moogle said. "I think I understand well enough, kupo."

"Why is this place full of people with faces covered in darkness?" Wolf asked.

"Because Black Mages are like that, kupo," the moogle said as he removed his hat. "Only humes have that ability, though, kupo. Other races such as moogles and nu mous don't have the same benefit."

"I don't think that's even a benefit," Fox commented.

"Too bad. It is for many here, kupo," the moogle said before putting his hat back on. "Well, have a look around! I'm sure you could make friends with the people of this place, kupo. You could also wander even further were other different people live in many different villages. This village only specializes in the art of Black Magic, kupo."

"There are more villages out there?" Chip asked.

"Of course," the moogle said. "Thing is, I don't think this is Ivalice anymore, but once people began to come here, they found the land rather suitable to further expand it with towns and cities, kupo." The moogle took a map from his back and showed it to them. "You can have this map of the western expanse of land, kupo."

Chip took the map.

"What is surprising is that there are many different people that don't look like any of the normal races of Ivalice," the moogle explained. "We have settled here a long time ago, and we got used to see new faces that we don't care how people look like anymore." The moogle chuckled. "Anyway, I don't want to sound like a tour guide because I have my own affairs to attend to, kupo. Feel free to look around! You could learn a little bit of Black Magic yourselves...literally, kupo."

The moogle waved at them before flying away.

"...Learn Black Magic?" Luigi asked.

"Is that even possible for any of us except Chris himself?" Link asked.

"I dont think so..." Chris said unsure. "I don't think any of you can learn any magic..."

"Actually..." Roy began as he took out his Trophy Stand. "Didn't Master Hand say that stickers could enhance our attributes?"

"Well, yes, he said that," Fox said.

"I don't know... What if...there are special stickers out there that allow us to do more?"

"...How did you come up to that conclusion out of the blue?" Link asked.

"Hey, I just got my Trophy Stand today. Unlike any of you here, I BOTHERED to wonder about those stickers."

"I still think that to enhance our skills in battle by using stickers is stupid," Meta Knight said. "We don't know if this place has stickers like the hands do."

"Y-yes," Olimar said. "I'd be pure luck if there was such a way to learn magic..."

"I can't even imagine any of you using Black Magic," Chris said. "I CANNOT imagine it at all. It's hard to picture Luigi using Fire along with a chant."

"I-I wouldn't chant..." Luigi said. "I-I could wait until I use the magic without chanting... Chanting is not my style at all..."

"...Black Magic, huh..." Wolf said, recalling Chris using some Black Magic. "If that is true..."

"Well, why don't we find out?" Sonic asked. "Maybe a shop dude can help us."

"But there's no way they have stickers with those imaginary abilities here," Diddy said.

"Let's take a look of this place," Link suggested. "We could find something."

The Smashers had to agree with this as they decided to walk around by separating into small groups, mixing themselves with the crowds of Black Mages.

"Roy, seriously, what made you think about such a thing?" Chris asked as he, Lucario, Sonic, Chip, and Roy were walking through the villagers.

"Well, didn't I say I just got my Trophy Stand today?" Roy asked. "I wanted to take a glimpse of the stand with the stickers, and I came up with this idea."

"So you basically thought the stickers would grant us more abilities," Lucario said.

"That's what I had in mind. It sounds farfetched, but who knows," Roy said. "I have this weird feeling that there's that way to learn magic."

"What makes you say that, honestly?" Chris asked, rolling his eyes.

"Isn't it weird that shops sell to you what you can only use?" Roy asked. "I mean, when I always recruited a new unit into my team, the nearby village or town would have EVERY single equipment for the same unit... No matter what happened, it always kept showing up until I recruited a lot of people."

The fact that most RPGs have this kind of moment makes it very true. A person's equipment is usually close to the place where he or she was recruited in a random town or village, or he or she has the equipment already set. Also, it is implied that the shops ONLY sell one kind of weapon; the same weapons the main heroes use.

"Well, he could be right," Lucario said. "Master Hand sells us abilities that we can only use."

"Because we're different than other people," Chris said. "Speak of the devil, there's a shop over there."

They all stopped in front of a big hut that had several mages coming in and out.

"Time to prove I'm right, then," Roy said as he ran inside.

"Remind me Roy acts more childish than Marth or Ike," Chris said to Lucario.

The 4 eventually followed the swordman inside the shop.

Black Mage Shop

Final Fantasy Tactics Advance 2: Grimoire of the Rift - 016 - Mysterious Shop

Inside the shop, the group found some mages glancing over different kinds of potions and antidotes around the different tables. Prices were reasonably...reasonable as the group proceeded forward to the counter where Roy was waiting for someone to attend him.

"..." A moogle Black Mage came up from behind the counter and nodded. "Welcome, random set of people I have never met before that stands out from all the Black Mages in here, kupo," he greeted. "How may I help you in today's usual life? We have any kind of magic to teach you here, kupo. I'm Caul, yours truly, kupo."

"Oh, hello," Roy greeted. "We want to purchase some magic, please."

"Roy, that's jumping right to the point!" Chris whispered through gritted teeth.

"Well, what do you want me to do?" Roy asked. "This is a shop after all, right?"

"Indeed it is, kupo," Caul said. "So, may I help you with whatever you want to look here, kupo?"

"Oh, yes, can we buy some magic?" Roy asked.

"Roy, I hope you're not thinking to use my money to buy magic..." Chris muttered annoyed.

"I was thinking that exactly."

"Hey!"

"Well, you're the one who has the wallet here!" Roy protested. "I'm pretty excited to do this, you know! I want to learn magic!"

"Too bad, though," Caul said. "You people can't learn Black Magic that simple."

"...What?" Roy asked as he turned to him.

"Only Black Mages can learn Black Magic, didn't you know that, kupo?" Caul asked. "I doubt warriors like yourselves can even learn some magic, kupo."

"H-hey, we could still learn..."

"NOT," Caul yelled. "If you do want to learn some Black Magic, I suggest you should devote yourselves to become Black Mages by your own, kupo. You have to struggle in order to achieve your goals, kupo."

"See, Roy?" Chris asked. "We can't learn Black Magic. Only I can use Black Magic here if I want to."

"B-but there must be a way to learn magic here!" Roy said as he looked back at Caul. "Can you give us some way to learn it?"

"I'm afraid not, kupo," Caul said. "I don't know of such a way to learn Black Magic without even being a Black Mage, kupo."

"There must be some way!"

"In your mind, and that place only, kupo."

"Owned," Sonic muttered with a frown.

"Totally," Chip added.

"Don't you have stickers enchanted with magic or something?" Roy kept asking.

"Roy, just knock it off already!" Chris said annoyed. "You can't learn Black Magic with stickers that we don't even know they exist or not! Now you're asking him if he knows about enchanted stickers that he won't have probably? Are you that desperate?"

"Yeah, I'm that desperate," Roy said.

"Stickers?" Caul asked as he blinked. "...As a matter of fact, yes, I do have such enchanted stickers here."

"...You do?!" Roy and Chris asked in surprise.

"Yes, kupo," Caul said as he ducked a took a box out that he put on the counter. "There's a secret teaching that enchants pieces of papers, or stickers as you call them, with the same Black Magic," he explained.

"Alright!" Roy said as he looked at the box.

"...How the hell did you manage to have something like this here?" Chris asked to Caul. "I mean, that's so random to have this kind of equipment in this shop!"

"I know, kupo," Caul said. "I was going to throw these out today. Nobody else bothered to ask for these because of the fact nobody would want them. Everyone said it'd look stupid to put stickers on themselves just to learn Black Magic."

"Of course it's stupid!"

"But seeing that these stickers are still with me here and your desperate childish warrior friend wants them so badly..." Caul cleared his throat. "It'll cost you some money."

Chris was UTTERLY shocked to find a random shop with Roy's fantasy coming true. Why would a random moogle have such stickers with him in the beginning?

Were the stickers waiting for them?

Was Roy's fantasy so strong that it became true?

Why did the moogle even tell them his name?

"Hey, that's cheating," Sonic said. "You said you were going to toss that out today."

"Sorry, that's the shop policy here, kupo," Caul said. "If you found this here, it needs to be sold someday, kupo."

Roy was about to grab the box, but Caul quickly took it and put it behind his back.

"Ah-ah-ah," Caul said. "You have to pay for these first."

"How much?" Roy asked.

"Roy!" Chris yelled. "Why isn't anybody stopping him rather than me alone?"

"Because I want to learn magic as well," Lucario said.

"Me too," Sonic said.

"Me 3," Chip said.

They all stared at Chip.

"...Maybe not," Chip said with a chuckle.

"Y-you bunch of little traitors..." Chris muttered. "Using Roy for you-"

"Wait here," Caul said as he quickly ducked, opened the box, grabbed something to order the stickers inside, flew above, slammed down the new stand with all the stickers he found, and coughed a bit. "Here they are."

The Smashers looked at the somewhat small stickers. There were only 3 different stickers: there were stickers that had the shape of a small flame, there others that looked like small lightning bolts, and there were others that had sleet as their shape.

"I only have these for the moment," Caul explained as he joined his hands on the counter. "They're basic Black Magic spells, kupo. What you see now are the spells Fire, Thunder, and Ice respectively, kupo."

"Only these?" Sonic asked.

"I have heard there were more potent stickers, kupo," Caul said. "Yes, I do remember some rumors about more of them. I don't know if you're going to return here again, but if you do, I could try to look around for more, kupo... For now, let me set the prices.

Smash Coins in hand: 1601

Black Mage Sundries

Fire - 500 Smash Coins

Thunder - 500 Smash Coins

Blizzard - 500 Smash Coins


"What a WAY to rip my money..." Chris muttered.

"This was destiny, kupo," Caul said. "You were meant to find these stickers sooner or later, kupo. It was my destiny to sell you people these to make me rich, kupo."

"...That sounded so twisted," Chip commented.

"I know, kupo."

"Well, let's buy one!" Roy said excited.

"Oh, you little..." Chris muttered.

"And don't worry. We accept any kind of money currency you have as long as you have a lot, kupo."

"Are you ripping my money off for real?"

"Possibly, kupo."

"Ugh..." Chris grunted in annoyance.

"Wait!" Roy said. "Let me call everyone here!"

"Oh no, you won't call the-"

Several minutes later after Roy ran away...

"You people SURELY stand out from all the Black Mages in here, kupo," Caul commented as the group reunited at his shop. "Maybe you're the result of a wrong Black Magic spell, kupo?"

"We're not, I assure you," Meta Knight said.

"Anyway," Link began as he looked at the stickers. "Are these the ones you spoke of, Roy?"

"Absolutely," Roy said. "These stickers were here after all."

"That is so bizarre for my tastes," Fox said as he looked at the stickers. "There were stickers here after all?"

"Less talking, more money, kupo," Caul said. "You want to learn Black Magic or not? These stickers won't be here tomorrow if you don't buy at least one of them today, kupo."

"I pick this one!" Roy said as he was about to grab the Fire sticker.

Caul slapped his hand away. "Oh, you hold on there, kupo!" Caul said angrily. "You can't just take a store's product without paying! ...Or actually, you can't learn Black Magic if you don't even think it is good for you!"

"What do you mean by that exactly?" Wolf asked somewhat interested on the pieces of paper.

"There has been some rumors about these enchanted stickers, kupo," Caul said. "These stickers only work for those who earnestly believe in magic themselves. You guys should know that, kupo." Caul eyed them. "I can't tell if you can learn Black Magic or not, unfortunately. Fortunately, my friend here will tell." Caul turned to the right to where he was staring at a door. "Kief! Come over here, please!"

A normal Black Mage (that pretty much looked like all the hume Black Mages) walked out from the door and looked over to Caul. "You called?" Kief asked.

"Yes, indeed. Remember the rumors about the stickers I was going to throw out today?"

"The farfetched one?"

"The same one!"

"Oh," Kief said as he looked at the group. "Well, so there are people who can use these...stickers after all?" he asked as he walked next to Caul. "Wow, you guys were meant to find these stickers for sure."

Chris rolled his eyes.

"Okay, what do you want me to do?" Kief asked.

"I want you to examine them if they can learn Black Magic with the stickers we have here," Caul explained. "Some of them are interested. If they're interested, we must sell them the stickers."

Some of them frowned at this policy.

"Lucky you," Kief said. "I'm a more professional Black Mage than Caul."

Caul sniffed. "J-just because I failed to learn Fira the other day while you know Firaga doesn't mean you have to say you're superior than me..."

"Sorry, man," Kief said. "I didn't mean to be harsh to you."

"No harm done, kupo...just watch your words next time."

"I'll do it," Kief said. "Anyhow, let's see you guys. Who wants to learn Black Magic?"

Everyone except Chris raised their hands.

"Y-you all want to learn magic?" Chris asked.

"If it helps in our battles, I'll learn it," Link said.

Chip gasped and lowered his hand down.

"Hoo boy," Kief commented. "Alright, this won't take very long. Let me take a look of yourselves and see if you earnestly believe in magic..." Kief narrowed his yellow eyes at Sonic. "...Hmm..."

"..." Sonic blinked.

"..." A happy expression appeared in Kief as he nodded. "Very good. You do believe in magic. I can sense that you have used some kind of ancient magic before. That's actually very surprising. You're a good fellow."

Sonic grinned.

"Okay, let's go over this kid (Chris: Teen!), oh, teen, my bad," Kief said.

It only took a second for him to come to a conclusion.

"Just amazing!" Kief said. "Out of all the people here, I can sense you believe in magic through your belief of fantasy!"

"R-really?" Chris asked as he blushed a little.

"Yes. I have never seen a person with a very strong belief in fantasy. Fantasy and magic are both related in a very special way. You surely have an easy time to learn new spells even if you're not a Black Mage yourself."

"U-um, wait here..." Chris said before he ran outside, changed jobs to the Black Mage job, and came back inside.

"Oh, you're a Black Mage? Good," Kief remarked. "...How did you change clothes so fast, anyway?"

"I-I..." Chris's eyes widened.

"...Magic surely was involved," Kief said with a nod. "If that was like this, then I don't think I have the right to judge you at all."

Chris couldn't believe that Kief didn't want to know more about him. Chris only remained silent as the mage looked over to Link.

"Yes, magic is there with you as well. You have used magic through accessories before. If you did, some of it got into you." Kief smiled inside his dark aura. "You're a nice guy with magic."

Link smiled a little as Kief looked at Roy.

"...You're...definitely going to have a hard time to learn magic," Kief said.

"What? Why?" Roy asked.

"You're a fanatic. Fanatics are just plain annoying to everyone," Kief explained. "You believe in magic, alright, but you don't quite follow it very well... You need to go...um...hardcore...yeah..."

"...That won't stop me from learning magic, right?"

"It won't come out efficiently once you use it. You'll have to train hard to master it."

"...Okay, I'll do it."

"Good. You're getting hardcore now," Kief said as he looked at Lucario. "Do I need to say? You use aura as your main way to fight."

"You can tell?" Lucario asked.

"Aura mixes well with magic. There are so few aura users around these parts. You're pretty much a master in the ways of the aura... Well, I don't know if you're master, anyway. You could learn magic very easily."

Lucario smiled a little and nodded.

Kief looked to Luigi. "You, my fat-nosed man, have a true mind set to learn magic. Why, you could learn it very easily. Even if you don't look like a fighter, you'd want to fight front the back lines of battle."

"T-that could be true..." Luigi said embarrassed.

Kief stared at Olimar. "Hmm... I'm sorry to say you this, but...you don't quite fit in magic..."

"I know..." Olimar said. "I had a bad experience with a magic hat before... Instead of pulling a (insert native animal that looks like a rabbit from Olimar's world here) but instead I ended up with a (insert a native animal that looks like a lion from Olimar's world here) who then wanted to maul me alive... Luckily, I ran away from it..."

"..A what again?" Luigi asked.

"...Don't mind me..." Olimar said.

"Oh, don't look so depressed," Kief said. "Try even harder to learn magic someday. You could see results if you try to do it."

"...Oh well..."

"Okay," Kief said as he looked down at Meta Knight. "...Hmm..." He blinked surprised. "Goodness gracious, you would be very cool if you learn magic. You seem to fit very well in both use magic and use a sword, mister."

"Hey! How can he be cool and use magic than me?" Roy asked a little bit enraged.

"Dude, he looks cool," Kief explained. "Secondly, his belief in magic is quite extensive. He has seen many different spells in his life that I wouldn't even know."

"True," Meta Knight spoke. "One could say I have been involved in a lot of wars before. I have seen, felt, and heard of many different kinds of magic before."

"Ooh, you sir are the true definition of coolness," Kief said. "Despite being so short, you're cool."

"Thank you."

"Lucky bastard..." Roy muttered.

Kief looked at Diddy. "A monkey? Oh well, you all stand out way too much but I guess it doesn't matter anymore... Let's take a look at you... Hmm...hm..."

Diddy blinked.

"..." Kief nodded. "It seems you'll have some problems learning magic. You're very calm outside, but in the inside you're very active. Magic needs space to concentrate itself in order to be used properly. If you can, try to hold on your excitement inside you."

Diddy chuckled. "Okay, I understand that."

"Alright, I'm almost done here," Kief said as he looked at Fox and Wolf. "The 2 guys over here need to be examined and..." He blinked at Fox. "...U-um...e-er..."

"...Something wrong?" Fox asked as he raised an eyebrow.

"...You have got to BE kidding me..." Kief muttered.

"What? Am I compatible with magic?" Fox asked.

"..." Kief blinked more. "...You have got to be kidding me..."

"Oh, now he's going to say Fox is a legendary guy who was destined to learn magic in a second," Roy said annoyed.

"...What?" Kief asked. "On the contrary, my friend," Kief said as he glared at Fox. "This guy over here wouldn't learn magic even if his life depended of it, ever!"

"What?" Fox asked as he crossed his arms. "Why is that?"

"You...you're basically an offense to Black Magic..." Kief said with a frown. "Your mind isn't set to learn magic at all."

"Care to explain more?" Fox asked with a glare.

"...You basically think magic is a "hocus-pocus" thing..." Kief said in shame. "That's an insult, you knew that? Think of magic as hocus-pocus? What is wrong with you?" Kief glared back at Fox. "You're offending magic with your presence here!"

"Hey, if that's right about me, then surely Wolf is a greater insult to magic as well."

"Fox, don't drag me to your area where you suck so much," Wolf said with a glare.

"Look at him now!" Fox demanded.

"You little..." Kief sighed and looked at Wolf. After a moment of silence, Kief looked back at Fox. "...You 2 are perfect opposite poles. This wolf guy here can learn magic like any normal Black Mage."

Wolf grinned and chuckled at this.

Fox, on the other hand...

"What?" Fox asked as he banged his right fist hard on the counter. "Okay, you're not making any sense to me. I want you to explain me why he can learn magic and I can't."

"Grumpy much?" Kief asked. "Anyway, Wolf believes in magic more than you do. He doesn't insult it at all. He's plain normal as any mage."

"...What?"

"Admit it! You would suck at Black Magic the first time you would use Fire!" Kief yelled.

"Even I can see you're an insult as well, kupo," Caul said.

"Nobody asked you," Fox responded.

"Really?"

Fox grunted.

"If you ever tried to use Fire, either nothing would come out or your tail would be set on fire," Kief explained more. "If I continue, you're going t-"

"Chris, buy the Fire sticker, now," Fox said.

"W-what?" Chris asked.

"You heard me. I'm going to prove this mage over here that I can use Black Magic as well."

"Pfft, no matter how much you try, it'd be useless," Kief said with a happy expression. "I'd be disappointing. You haven't even used magic before in your life!"

Fox grinned. "False. I have used magic before."

"...Really now..." Kief said as he looked bored at Fox. "Prove it, then."

Fox crossed his arms and chuckled. "Krystal's staff was imbued with magic before. I used it for a long time."

"...And was the staff imbued with magic, or was it you?" Kief asked.

"..."

"I think the staff was imbued with magic and not you," Chris said. "I know that..."

Fox glared at Chris.

"...I-I'm just telling the truth..." Chris said with a gulp. "D-don't hit me, please!"

"Okay, okay," Kief said annoyed as he grabbed the sticker. "Are you buying it or not?"

Chris noticed that Fox somehow dropped 500 Smash Coins on the table. The World Traveler gasped as he saw his wallet hanging on his right pocket of his robe, meaning Fox grabbed it when he wasn't looking. "H-hey!"

With a swift move, Fox took out his Trophy Stand (meaning he passed the Classic Mode) from his pocket, put the sticker on a corner, and looked at Kief with a serious look. "Done," Fox said with a grin.

"...I have NO idea why you would put the sticker in that stand..." Kief said. "...But whatever. You won't use the magic at all."

"Watch me," Fox said as he closed his eyes and moved his right hand above his left shoulder before he made it a fist.

The group saw as a red light slightly shone underneath Fox's feet as the vulpine concentrated.

"N-no way..." Chris said as he shook his head. "T-those stickers can help someone to learn magic after all?"

"..." The light below Fox suddenly disappeared before Fox opened his eyes and actually held out his hand to Kief to burn him. "Fire!" he shouted at him.

"..." Kief looked at Caul before looking at Fox. "...Were you just trying to burn me to ashes?" Kief asked annoyed.

"..." Fox blinked confused. "...Nothing happened?"

"Apart that your tail is on fire, no," Chip commented.

"..." Fox looked behind him where a small flame appeared on the tip of his tail. The vulpine quickly trapped the flame inside his fist before looking annoyed at Kief.

"Told you," Kief said. "Since you're not that good at all, the flame you made appear on your tail wasn't that strong. You could have screamed for your dear life if you were stronger."

"...So I need to train hard, huh..." Fox muttered with a bored, yet mad look.

"I don't think you would accomplish such a feat...but...there's a very small chance of you actually learning to use magic..."

"...I'll prove it to you," Fox said. "I'll learn to use this magic very soon."

"Haha, good luck with that," Kief said with a small laugh. "If you DO learn it, I'll give you the sticker Fira."

"But we don't have that sticker here with us, kupo," Caul said.

"I think we can order more later if we find the place where these stickers are found," Kief said. "Until that, enjoy wasting your time to learn magic, my friend."

"I'll gladly enjoy this," Fox said with a grin.

"Sure," Kief said bored. ?What do you think, Caul??

?I think he?s just going to waste his time in learning something he won?t learn, kupo.?

?Just knock it off already!? Chris yelled, having enough of the whole conversation.

Everyone stared at him.

?So what if he can?t master magic? I know he?s going to work hard because he?s dedicated in what he does. You people don?t know him at all. Fortunately, I know him very well, and I have faith that he will master Black Magic at some point so stop putting him down in misery already!?

??? Fox smiled a bit at Chris.

??Okay?? Kief said with a nod. ?W-well?who knows, he could have a chance to master magic if he puts his mind into it??

?Just wait, please. You can?t predict if he?s never going to learn it or not,? Chris said. ?He will very soon and you?ll see?? Chris looked away. ??Oh my god, I can?t believe I spoke my mind out loud here??

Several Black Mages stared at Chris before looking away.

?(Thanks, Chris,)? Fox thought as he looked at the embarrassed Chris.

?Okay. We already sold you guys 1 spell,? Caul said. ?Care to buy more, kupo??

?I think I?m going to hold on the offer until we have more money,? Link said.

??What?? Chris asked.

?It?s better if we save more money before spending it that fast,? Link explained. ?After all, it?s your money and not ours.?

?Yeah?sorry for taking your money without asking,? Fox apologized.

??Well, just don?t remove the sticker or else it?ll disappear,? Chris said with a sigh.

?Ah, don?t worry about it,? Fox said. ?I?ll try to master magic so I can help even more in battles.?

It was a matter of time before everyone decided not to buy the stickers.

?Are you all really sure of this?? Chris asked.

?I-I think I?m going to drop this out for now?? Luigi said. ?I?m going to use magic at a later time if you don?t mind.?

?Oh, what a shame,? Kief said. ?Fine, then. These stickers will be here so you know where to buy them from.?

?W-wait!? Chip interrupted. ?C-can I use magic??

?You?? Sonic asked. ?You don?t even have a stand or you?re not even a fighter to begin with??

?B-but I just wanna know if I have some magic in me?? Chip said as he played with his fingers.

?Okay, it doesn?t hurt to look,? Kief said. ?Now, let?s see here?? He narrowed his yellow eyes at Chip.

Music stops

??? Kief pulled back his head. ??This is?so strange??

?W-what is it?? Chip asked.

"...It's actually so hard to see if you can use magic because..." Kief shook his head. "I just don't know, but it seems you have something in you that is waiting to be awakened."

Chip's eyes widened.

"You're like some kind of deity about to demonstrate your rather defensive powers that will save many lives when the time comes. I have never expected to find such a being like you before. Your looks clearly suggest you came out from a child's drawing...but you're somewhat special..."

"...You mean I have something oh so powerful that will manifest itself someday to save the world and probably the whole universe when I can find it?"

"Yes."

"...This is...so awesome!" Chip said with a fist above the air. "What do you think, you guys?"

The Smashers stared at Chip for a moment before they all looked to each other...

...And they all broke out laughing madly with Luigi, Olimar, Chris, Diddy, Link, and Roy rolling on the floor while they all laughed loudly. The others were chuckling uncontrollably at this sudden statement that Kief told Chip as the imp's smile slowly faded before he looked blankly at them.

"W-why are you guys laughing like that now?" Chip asked.

"S-sorry!" Diddy yelled between laughs. "B-but the idea of you having destructive powers to save the world or something is just so...so...so unbelievable! Hahahahahahahahaha!"

The 2 Black Mages stared at each other before looking back at the group. Chip merely blinked at their reaction before Caul spoke. "My goodness, I don't believe of such a thing in you."

"What?" Chip asked.

"I'm sorry, but I could be wrong," Kief said. "I can't predict if that is true like some of of them having what it takes to learn Black Magic. I could be AWFULLY wrong with your examination result."

"B-but..." Chip looked at a laughing Luigi.

"Your looks clearly suggest you don't have that kind of power, kupo," Caul commented. "It just doesn't fit for you to have something very destructive in hands. I can't imagine you using magic as well."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 21, 2009, 05:21:45 PM
"..." Chip kept blinking as they kept laughing.

A small matter of time passed before they all stopped laughing before standing up, wiping off some tears from their eyes.

"S-sorry..." Chris said with a chuckle.

"...Oh well," Chip said as he rolled his eyes. "Once I recover my memory, I'll see what I can really do."

"So, that should end your examinations," Kief said. "Come back at a later day to see if there are new stickers for you to purchase. It's possible that you can learn different abilities besides Black Magic."

"What?" Roy asked.

"Black Magic isn't the only area where these magical stickers have been used on," Kief explained. "Caul here knows much more."

"Right," Caul said with a nod. "You should know that White Magic is also involved with this method to learn magic, kupo. I have heard that there are other shops out there that sell such things as we do here. I don't know if they do, though. Remember what I told you about these stickers not being that popular? Well, you guys seem to find some use for them, kupo. I have heard that you can even learn special techniques like physical attacks besides magic."

"You could learn special abilities like Study," the Black Mage explained. "Okay, I don't know more than that."

"Let me call Hywel here. He knows even more that both us combined, kupo," Caul said as he turned to the left to face another door. "Hey, Hywel! Can you come over here for a moment?"

A Nu Mou that had Black Mage clothing came out from the door and looked at the 2 Black Mages. "Did you call me? I was busy trying to learn the spell Flare."

Flare is considered one of the most destructive magic in the area of the Black Mages. It consist in an extreme combustion of light and fire that concentrates in 1 single target before exploding in searing flames, internally damaging the enemy. Only high proficcient mages can achieve to learn this powerful magic.

"Sorry for bothering you, but you know about the enchanted stickers I spoke of a while ago, right, kupo?" Caul asked as Hywel walked to them, holding a staff in his right hand.

Hywel looked at the group. "There's such people who wants to be imcomplete?" Hywel frowned. "I can't quite understand why people don't try to master magic by just using one spell..." Hywel chuckled. "Even so, it's amusing to find such people like you all here...and...you surely stand out from the mages in here..."

"I already told them that," Caul said. "But we wanted to know if you know about more stickers that have different abilities, kupo."

"Oh, certainly," Hywel said with a nod as he looked at them. "Well, you people want to learn different techniques of battle, right?"

"I...have many already," Chris said. "Everyone else is interested."

"Well! You seem to be lucky because there are stickers that have small bits of abilities that many experts use," Hywel said with a smile. "Have you seen fighters, for example? They use heavy attacks like Beat Down, for example."

Beat Down is an all-out attack that deals heavy damage, but with a reduced chance to hit.

"I believe there are more, but that's as far as I know," Hywel explained. "Here, we don't sell or have different skills rather than Black Magic enchanted stickers. Not many people want to buy them, but seeing as you want them, you should buy them from us."

Diddy looked bored. "We ALREADY heard that from him..."

"...Oh," Hywel said with a chuckle. "Sorry for repeating."

"Well, then," Caul said as the 3 mages looked at the group. "That's all you want to buy for today? Find more magic the next time you come in tomorrow, okay?"

The group nodded before most of them began to leave the shop.

However, Chris looked back at the mages and handed them 500 Smash Coins.

"Are you planning to buy something?" Kief asked.

Chris looked over at Wolf who was about to leave. "Y-yes. Can you give me the Thunder sticker, please?"

"Okay, kupo," Caul said as he handed over the Thunder sticker to Chris. "It's nice doing business with you, kupo. Come again sometime to find more, kupo."

The 3 mages nodded their heads at the same time to Chris before the World Traveler quickly ran at Wolf, tapped his iron shoulder to make him look at him before showing him the sticker.

"Please, have this," Chris said.

"What?" Wolf asked as he looked at the sticker. "Why do you want me to use this?"

"W-well..." Chris looked away. "I-I think it would be nice for you to know how to use Black Magic...a little of it..." Chris said. "Who knows, maybe it could come in handy for you."

"..." Wolf grabbed the sticker. "...Hmm..." He stared at it for a moment before keeping it inside a fist. He chuckled and grinned at Chris. "Well, thanks for the little gift. However, you do know I don't have my stand yet, don't you?"

"I...didn't think so..." Chris said. "...But either way, keep it until you get your stand. I think you'll be very proficient with magic and physical attacks."

"...True that," Wolf said with a chuckle. "I could show Fox some tricks once I use this... Thanks, I guess..." Wolf said before he turned around and walked outside.

At that moment, Sonic walked to Chris. "Hey, I saw what you did there. Why did you do that?"

"I-I figured out that I could get a little bit closer to Wolf through giving him a sticker to use magic," Chris said. "I hope he liked it. I don't want to see my money spent to waste if he decides to throw it out."

"...Oooooh..." Sonic said with a nod. "...Cheater."

"?"

"Using things to become friendlier with others," Sonic said with a grin. "Chris, I didn't know you were that devious."

"I-I'm not devious! I-I did that because there wasn't another way, okay?" Chris said annoyed. "...Are you pissing me off out of fun?"

Sonic folded his arms and walked away with a chuckle.

"Maybe some things won't change, no matter how much I try..." Chris muttered with a sigh before walking outside the shop, joining the others who decided to leave the village for the time being.

Outside

"Tell me something," Chris began as they walked through the forest. "There are special stickers after all?"

"Hmm, that was quite unexpected," Kawashima said. "Well, it'll make sense that the stickers you're going to buy later will enhance attributes. There are some stickers that allow you to get a Home-Run Bat ready once a battle starts. I guess this also applies with special abilities that are presented in small bits."

"So let me get this straight," Link began. "We can gain some small bits of what Chris uses with all his jobs?"

"Pretty much so," Kawashima said. "While Chris can use many different abilities, all of you can have some fragments of his abilities through the use of those special stickers. You guys have limited abilities so I guess that would balance everyone pretty well."

"Do you know how many are there?" Diddy asked.

"I can't tell... Maybe all the abilities Chris has?"

"Then, we could say we would use some kind of variation of the jobs he uses," Meta Knight said. "It's a relief that we won't have to wear clothes."

"Why are you saying that?" Link asked.

"Just imagine yourself in C. Falcon's clothes with every single move he knows."

"..." Link shrugged. "O-okay, that was a pretty disturbing image right there..."

"Ugh, that's really disturbing," Chris said. "It would be a complete mess if everyone here had the same ability as I have."

"I wouldn't like to use it," Lucario said. "You remember what was going to happen to me, right?"

"Yes, lose your aura..." Chris said as he spotted the mansion's doors. "Oh, we're back."

"Now that we have a map of the western area," Chip said as he opened the map he obtained. "I think we can visit more places."

"Hey, give me that," Diddy said as he grabbed the map and looked at it. "Uh-huh...yeah...um...uh-huh..." Diddy looked at them. "This is a pretty wide area. There are all sorts of places like caves, towns, villages, roads, mountains, and more."

Luigi took a peek of the map. "O-oh boy..." he said as his pupils dilated.

Chris looked at the map. "Holy... I didn't know there were so many places out there..."

"Well, the village seemed normal enough," Meta Knight said. "There were no signs of destruction by those monsters. We should report this to Master Hand."

Roy walked to the doors and opened them.

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Once they all entered inside, they all went to different ways as they left Chris, Lucario, Sonic, and Chip behind.

Chris looked at Sonic. "Okay, what do you want to do?"

"Now that you mention it," Sonic said as he looked around him. "Where did I leave that letter?"

"Letter?"

"Yeah," Sonic said. "I received a letter fro-"

At that same moment, the doorbell rang behind them.

"Oh, please, don't tell me the Nazi Toads are here again..." Chris said bored.

"Nazi Toads?" Chip asked.

"Don't ask..." Chris said before looking at Lucario. "If they give me another invitation, destroy it with your aura."

"...Okay..." Lucario said unsure before Chris went to open the doors with closed eyes.

"I'm sorry, you people, but I won't join your little army of evil," Chris said without looking outside. "You can go somewhere else and let another army of Toads stop your malevolent plans to conquer the world, but not here, sorry. You can go away now. I don't care about you at all. Go to hell for that matter."

"Fine!" came as a response followed by a grunt. "We didn't even plan to cause evil and conquer the world, anyway!"

"That's good," Chris said with a nod. "Thank you for understanding. Have a nice day." Chris smiled and chuckled before he closed the doors and turned to them before opening his eyes. "Aww, I feel much better..."

"...You just closed the doors to some people I know very well..." Sonic said bored.

"...Oh no, you're not with the Nazi Toads, right? Are you Nazi?"

"What? No!" Sonic yelled as he quickly went for the doors. "Okay, you guys, you can come in!"

"No!" Chris yelled as Sonic opened the doors. "I-I knew you were Naz-"

The World Traveler stopped talking once he saw a pink blur tackling Sonic down to the floor. Chris, Lucario, and Chip looked down at the hedgehog that wanted to gasp for breath as he received a hug from...

...Actually, it looked like a glomp more than a hug...

...

...To remain sane, we'll leave it as a hug.

"Sonic! I knew I was going to find you after all! It has been a long time, hasn't it? Oh my, I'm so glad I found you at last!"

"H-help!" Sonic pleaded as he held out his right hand at Chip. "T-take her off me!"

"U-uh..." Chip was completely confused at this sudden event.

A closer look to the newcomer that came from outside revealed to be no one else than...

...Amy Rose.

"Finally, I found you!" Amy said as she held a tight grip on Sonic with her arms from his front. "You don't know how worried I was after all this time of looking for you!" She joined her hands and looked up to the ceiling. "I know our hearts are destined to be together forever," she said as she raised her right hand and close her eyes. "So it is the true union of love..."

"...Can you get off me...please?" Sonic grumbled as he looked bored at Amy from the floor.

"...Oh!" Amy jumped back. "S-sorry for that. I can't just control my temptations so well..."

"Oh, really..." Sonic said as he got up and dusted himself off. "You ALWAYS do that, no matter what the situation is..."

"Heheheh," Amy chuckled as she folded her arms and looked at the sides. "You know me very well. I'll never change my desire of love for you."

"Oh!" Chip began as he flew between them. "So you guys are boyfriend and girlfriend?"

"Yeah! (Sonic: No!)"

"Wow, Sonic, you're sure a ladies' man," Chip said with some nods. "I wanna be like you when I grow up."

Amy blushed and covered her cheeks. "O-oh, please! Stop embarrassing me even more!"

Sonic frowned and rolled his eyes.

Final Fantasy VII - Barret's Theme

"U-um..." Chris began speaking. "Amy...what are you doing here?"

At that moment, Tails peered his head from the doors. "Um, we're right here, you guys."

"Y-you?" Chris asked a little bit surprised.

It was not long before a Chao peered his head from above Tails. Also, not sooner the Chao appeared, right behind them were Cream and Knuckles who walked inside and looked at them.

"Oh, it's a pleasure to see you again, Chris," Cream said with a giggle. "How long has it been since we last met?"

"The Olympics, remember," Knuckles said with a frown. "That was the last time we last saw them."

Tails slowly closed the doors and looked at them. "So, anyway, how have you been?"

"Pretty good, my birthday was just yesterday in this wor-wait a minute, don't you change the subject here," Chris said with narrowed eyes. "What are you 4-"

"What about Cheese?" Cream interrupted as Cheese looked annoyed at Chris.

"What are you 5 doing here?" Chris asked. "It's not like you all to come here out of nowhere..."

"Pfft, we have been looking around for Sonic," Knuckles said annoyed as he looked at mentioned hedgehog. "We have been looking for him for a pretty long time because of the fact we didn't know where he was, but nooooooo, Amy here said we WOULD find him someday."

"And I was right," Amy said with crossed arms. "I knew we were going to find him sooner after I sent him that letter through that weird post box we found in our world. And here we are!" she said as she quickly hugged Sonic by his right side.

Sonic grunted in annoyance. "Okay, now I know you have been looking for me for no reason at all..."

"What the hell makes you say that?" Knuckles asked as he walked closer to Sonic. "We HAVE a reason to be looking for your blue butt, you dork. In fact, this should also concern you as much as we do right now!"

"Hey, Knucklehead, calm down already!" Sonic said as he moved his palms to Knuckles.

"You DON'T calm me," Knuckles said.

"Knuckles, Sonic, stop!" Tails said as he stepped between the 2. "We're not here to watch you 2 fight a pointless fight right now! We're here to discuss more important matters!"

"...Tsk," Knuckles muttered as he turned away. "I still think we don't need him at all."

"Can somebody PLEASE explain me what's happening?" Sonic asked as he pushed Amy away from him.

"We came here after living many days in a world with floating continents over the planet's core," Cream explained.

"...What?" Sonic asked.

"You don't remember what we told you?" Knuckles asked annoyed. "Our world's continents got levitated out of the blue! All the continents are floating apart from each other as we speak!"

"Wait, I don't understand any of this!" Sonic said. "I need more details!"

A small time passed after they decided to sit around the table located nearby them. They all sat down around the table on different couches and sofas as Tails put a small device on the center of the table and turned it on to reveal a hologram of their world's planet.

"Check this out," Tails said as he pointed at the hologram. "You see this?"

"That's our world," Sonic said with crossed legs on the table. "What about it?"

"Keep looking," Tails said as the hologram showed the continents of the planet being torn apart from the planet itself as they all floated out to the atmosphere where they stopped from floating away. "See?"

"The hell?" Sonic asked as he put his feet down. "What did just happen?"

"T-the world itself was separated!" Chip gasped.

"H-how is that possible?" Chris asked.

"Please, calm down," Tails said as he looked normal at this event. "We have already gasped when the world itself got like this... Anyhow, you see how the continents are floating far away from the core of the planet? Something really unexpected happened while you were away, Sonic."

"And..." Sonic looked at the hologram. "...Do you know what caused this?"

"I happen to have a friend at Spagonia called Profressor Pickle (Chip: Hmm, pickle...) who happens to know about what happened to our world," Tails explained. "Anyway, the professor told me tha-"

"Okay, everything seems to be very peaceful here," Master Hand began as he came from upstairs and floated down to them. "It's a matter of time before everyone can obtain their..."

The hand stared at the 5 guests.

"...Who let them in here?" the hand asked annoyed. "Seriously, why can't we stop from receiving more guests? This isn't a public hotel, you know that?"

The 5, however, didn't look surprised as they looked at the hand. By the looks of their faces, they seemed to look very shocked.

"G-GIANT FLOATING HAND!" Amy, Knuckles, Tails, and Cream yelled loudly at the sight of Master Hand.

"...Didn't this happen before?" Master Hand asked annoyed before he noticed Amy taking out her hammer. "...And here comes the female Karol..."

"YAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Amy yelled loudly before she and Knuckles lunged at the hand and proceeded to pummel him down together while Tails stood in front of a scared Cream, hugging a frightened Cheese.

"C-Cream, stay behind me!" Tails yelled freaked out.

"D-don't mind if I do!" Cream yelled loudly as the hand screamed in pain by the attacks of the echidna.

"Oww! Oww! Oww! Stop it! Oww!" Master Hand yelled as he tried to float up from his 2 attackers. "Sonic, do something! Oww!"

"Hey, you 2! Stop it! He's friendly!" Sonic yelled at them.

But neither Amy nor Knuckles heard the hedgehog as they desperately tried to kill Master Hand.

Eventually, Sonic gave up and quickly pulled them away from the hand's back. Master Hand sighed in relief after he began to float up. "Why is it that I ALWAYS get beat up by any unexpected guest, anyway?" he asked annoyed. "Seriously! You act like you haven't met a guy like me in your life!"

"Well, it's because it's true!" Knuckles yelled angrily. "Generally people like you...or whatever the heck you are..."

"I'm a hand, alright," Master Hand said with a grunt. "I'm a PEACEFUL hand, okay? That means I'm friendly. I'm not going to crush, eat, or kill you at all. That's very inhuman for my tastes."

"Oh, how can we know you're saying the truth?" Amy asked with a glare.

"Because, hello, I live here with him," Sonic called from behind them.

"..." Amy and Knuckles looked at each other. This caused Tails, Cheese, and Cream look worried at each other.

MORE minutes later...

The 4 looked at the hand without scaring themselves to death. Master Hand nodded and looked at Sonic. "Well, these are your friends, right?"

Sonic nodded.

"And they just came to visit you, right?"

"N-not quite..." Tails said as he pointed at the hologram of the planet. "S-see that?"

"..." Master Hand looked at the planet. "...So? Your point?"

"W-what? Can't you see it?"

"I can see it very well. What's the matter, then?"

"H-hey!" Amy jumped off the sofa and glared at the hand. "Our planet just got separated into floating continents! Isn't that a little bit shocking to you at least?"

"Nope."

"...Why?"

"Because of the fact it doesn't concern me at all," Master Hand said. "If it got ripped part, too bad. It's not our problem but your alone."

"You little...big...hand..." Knuckles muttered through gritted fangs.

"Knuckles, calm down," Tails said with a sigh. "It doesn't really concern him at all. This only concern to Sonic and all of us here."

"It's not like we want to put you all into this," Cream said worried. "But we didn't know someone else to help us rather than Sonic himself."

Sonic crossed his arms and looked serious at the hologram. "So, our planet got torn apart by something?"

"A-as I was explaining before, Professor Pickle of Spagonia told me that this has some kind of connection to an ancient legend that has been around for generations..."

"And we just heard of it just now?" Sonic asked.

"W-well..." Tails looked away. "D-don't look at me like that! T-things tend to appear out of nowhere for some strange reason! Maybe we ignore a lot of legends each day!"

"..."

"...Sorry," Tails said before looking at him. "Continuing from where I left, Professor Pickles told me that the world is like this because of the legend of Dark Gaia..."

"Dark who?" Chris asked.

"Dark Gaia," Tails went on. "According to what the professor told me, Dark Gaia is a being that sleeps inside the planet's core for thousands of years before it wakes up and splits the continents apart in some kind of basis. Dark Gaia's role is to split up the planet apart for it to wake up and cause destruction when it is at its full power..."

"...But the planet seems just fine for now," Lucario said.

"Let me continue," Tails said. "Dark Gaia itself has an unbelievable power that could take out the whole world if it manages to reach its full power. We believe that Dr. Eggman has something to do with this as well..."

"Eggman?" Sonic asked.

"Professor Pickle was kidnapped, Sonic," Tails said. "We managed to find him in a secret base located in Mazuri where he was trapped. Fortunately, the 5 of us managed to rescue him from Dr. Eggman."

"Weird thing was that the doctor himself wasn't around," Knuckles said. "The idiot wasn't there to guard his hostage, and there weren't any robots to stop us from rescuing the professor as well."

"I smell something fishy going on here..." Amy said with a nod.

"Anyway, Dr. Eggman probably kidnapped Professor Pickle because he knew too much about Dark Gaia," Tail explained. "The professor explained to us that there was a way to make everything turn back to normal and...well..."

"What?" Chip asked.

"...He said we needed to find some temples in Spagonia, Mazuri, Apotos, Shamar, Adabat, Holoska, and another place where another temple is located," Tails explained. "But...thing is..."

"...So?" Sonic asked.

"...The temples were supposed to be in their respective continents but..."

"Once we went to the locations of the temples..." Cream trailed off. "...T-there wasn't anything that looked like the temples at all..."

"It was so creepy," Amy said. "The temples weren't there by the time we got there! There were huge gaps of holes around where the temples were supposed to be!"

?This doesn't make any kind of sense at all,? Tails said worried. ?The temples...simply vanished without leaving a trace from their places. The people that lived close to them said they didn't see the temples disappearing...?

?And to make matters even worse, the temples are already sealed by some keys,? Knuckles said. ?The people that lives close to them said that the temples had guardians with the keys. Unfortunately, we didn't find them anywhere.?

?It'd be pointless to find them without even knowing where the temples are,? Tails explained. ?I mean, what could have possibly happened to the temples??

?How do the temples look like, anyway?? Sonic asked.

?They look like this... I happen to have an image of the temple of Mazuri here.?

The 2-tailed fox clicked some buttons in the hologram before it changed the image of the planet for the temple of Mazuri. The others fixed their eyes at the image.

?Not that shocking,? Knuckles said. ?They look like any other temple.?

?...Wait a minute...? Chris narrowed his eyes at the temple. ?...That temple...?

?You know about it??

?...That temple...? Chris muttered.

?I think we saw it somewhere else before...? Lucario said.

?...Of course, right!? Chris said with a nod. ?T-this is the same temple in the city!?

?Wait, what?? Tails blinked confused. ?You know where the Mazuri temple is??

?T-this is weird,? Chris said. ?T-that temple is the very same one that's inside the city to the south...?

?...How did it end up all the way there?? Tails asked.

?H-how are we supposed to know?? Chris asked. ?We happened to stumble with it some time ago. We didn't know it was that important...?

?If that's true,? Amy began. ?Then we have to examine it!?

?Wait!? Tails interrupted her. ?We don't know what to do with the temple, though!?

?Well, we'll find out once we get there, right??

?Not quite...? Tails said. ?I don't know what to do with the temples... We don't even have the keys to enter them...?

?But that temple wasn't closed,? Lucario said.

?Really now?? Tails asked. ?That's weird. I thought they were already closed.?

?So what will the temples do to help restore the planet?? Sonic asked with crossed arms.

?Professor Pickle told me that the temples hold the energy to push the plates back to the core if they're given some kind of alternative energy source,? Tails explained. ?For example, if we give energy to the Mazuri temple, then the Mazuri area will be pushed back to its original place. Basically, in order to restore the planet we have to do this process.?

a) Find the temples.

b) Open the temples with the Sun Keys and the Moon keys.

c) Give the temples some kind of powerful energy to restore them back with their respective continents.

d) Stop Dark Gaia from awakening so it doesn't destroy the world.

?That's the process,? Tails said. ?Unfortunately, we have yet to find the guardians with the keys.?

?When we went to ask for the guardians, the people always told us that ?this person should be here? or ?she's usually hanging out at this other place? or ?I don't know what I'm doing here. I think I didn't need to ask for your help at all. Thanks a bunch, though? and more,? Cream explained. ?It was so confusing...and a little bit annoying.?

?Stupids...? Knuckles muttered. ?If they don't know the guardians, then they better shut up instead of wasting our time.?

?That's the gist of it,? Tails said with a frown. ?As you can see, it's a little bit hopeless...?

Sonic got off from the couch and nodded. ?Oh, you don't worry. We'll find those temples, their guardians, and the keys.?

?But how?? Amy asked. ?We're just clueless about their whereabouts!?

?Well, we'll have to try and find them in the continents again...? Tails said with a sigh. ?It's a total chaos in the world. Airlines and ships have been in a total commotion because the continents are separated. Even the people think it's the end of the world.?

?Of course not!? Amy said with a pouting face. ?We're gonna find out the way to save the planet!?

?And you know how?? Knuckles asked. ?It's a total panic back there.?

?W-well...? Amy looked down before shaking her head. ?There has to be a way to do this!?

Sonic thought for a moment as he rubbed his chin with his right hand. ?...? Sonic looked at Master Hand. ?...Sorry for saying this, but we'll have to ask you all to help us here.?

?OH NO,? Master Hand said. ?We're already busy with Tabuu here. Do you really think we're going to take this distraction from our plans??

?Dude, just look at the planet!? Sonic said with a groan. ?It's totally messed up!?

?Sonic, we can't diverge our attention to your world while Tabuu is around,? the hand said. ?It's your problem and not ours.?

?Just listen!? Sonic yelled. ?I don't know if I can do this alone with everyone here!?

The Sonic team blinked in confusion. ?...Who the hell are you?? Knuckles asked. ?What did you do to the egotistical bastard that wants to solve everything alone that we all know??

Sonic looked annoyed at him. ?Hey, I want to change a little bit here.?

Amy gasped in excitement. ?Does that mean you will finally accept me as you-?

?I said I'd change, not turn insane...? Sonic said.

Amy pouted and grunted.

?Anyway, just help us!? Sonic said to the hand.

?Hell no!? Master Hand said. ?It's YOUR problem, not OURS.?

?...? Sonic thought for a moment. ?...What if Tabuu had something to do with this??

?Well...if that was the case, then...? Master Hand looked away. "...Of course not!" he said before turning back at them. "If someone caused this whole mess in your world, that would be either Dr. Eggman or another side enemy that decided to appear out of nowhere! You don't have any proof Tabuu was involved in this at all, do you?"

"No..."

"Okay, that proves it," the hand said. "If you'd like to go and resolve this by yourself, then please, leave."

"Hey, are you kicking me out?"

"No, I'm giving you the chance to leave us for a time if you want. We already have enough with your weird "werehog" transformation and those night creatures that appear during plain night."

The Sonic group blinked. "Werehog?" they all repeated.

"And night creatures?" Knuckles asked. "Did they appear here as well?"

"Huh?" Master Hand turned to them. "Wait, what?"

"We forgot to tell you this," Tails said. "Ever since the continents were split apart, some monsters have been appearing all over the world during the nights. These monsters often don't do anything outside on the streets as long as people don't go out. However, they get furious if they spot someone..."

"Not only that," Cream said with a shrug. "B-but they can possess people sometime. W-we ran into some normal citizens that were laughing and dancing in Spagonia, and they had a weird air around them... It was so creepy but we managed to get away from them..."

"The world is at chaos..." Tails said worried. "And there's nothing we can do to solve this whole problem... That's why we wanted to look for Sonic to see if he knew something but it's hopeless..."

"Hey," Sonic said as he crossed his arms. "There's no freaking way I'll let our world be like that forever. We're gonna find out about this very soon."

"Well, the professor told us that the night creatures are related to Dark Gaia. They serve as its minions," Tails explained. "They just like to attack or possess people's bodies during the night."

"And so, what do we do now?" Knuckles asked.

"I'm sorry for interrupting this, but..." Cream looked at Sonic. "What is that about a werehog? What is a werehog, Mr. Sonic?"

"I-I..." Sonic shifted his eyes uncomfortably.

The hedgehog looked worried at the people of the mansion, trying to make them not to say what happened the last nigh-

"Sonic here has an evil entity that took over his body yesterday during Chris's birthday party. When Sonic was knocked out, he turned into a werewolf or werehog before the entity took Chris away to the city and killed off before everyone came back, Chris somehow was revived, and defeated the entity with everyone before resuming the battle. However, that entity keeps coming back because just yesterday before sleep Sonic almost broke in a rampage during his transformation. Chris here calmed that bad guy inside him and then we slept all together nice and warm," Chip explained with a smile.

Sonic, bewildered by this sudden action, hit his face and frowned. "Chip...you idiot..." he muttered with a grunt.

"...Pardon me?" Amy asked. "Did I hear well? There's a bad guy that possesses you?"

"Sonic turns into a beast during the night?" Tails asked.

"Chris was killed but then he was revived somehow?" Knuckles asked.

"There was a birthday party yesterday and you didn't tell me?" Cream asked.

"Chao chao chao?" Cheese asked.

"What is happening here? Are you hiding something from us, Sonic?" they all asked in unison.

"..."

"And for what is that ridiculous red collar on your neck, anyway?" Knuckles asked before he chuckled. "What, do you want to be a mascot now? Well, I heard you can behave very bad so I see why you need a collar."

Sonic shot him with a death glar-

"It's because I'm Sonic's owner," Chip said as he showed them the small collar on his right wrist. "See this? Sonic agreed to be controlled by me."

"CHIP..." Sonic muttered through gritted teeth as his eyes (eye?) widened in fury.

"...So let me get this straight," Tails began. "Sonic agreed to wear that collar so you could be his owner?"

"Pretty much. The collar can hold back the bad guy inside him," Chip explained, ignoring Sonic's annoyed look. "And above else, it looks good on him, doesn't it?"

"CHIP..." Sonic said again, raising his right index finger at him.

"..." The 5 looked at each other while they choose silence...before they all broke out laughing loudly. Amy and Knuckles began to pound the couch they were on while Tails and Cream were holding their stomachs in pain of all the laughs they were doing. As for Cheese, the Chao was rolling on the air as he laughed.

Sonic grunted even louder at Chip, who was smiling at the moment. "Hey, why are you guys laughing? I think Sonic's a good pet."

"CHIP!" Sonic yelled angrily before the 5 stopped laughing, but then, they all laughed even louder than before as even Chris and Lucario were chuckling silently.

The imp didn't even know why they were all laughing. Instead, he continued on. "Here, let me show you. Sonic, sit down!"

"What?" Sonic asked with a glare.

"Sit down, boy, c'mon!"

"What? Do you really think I'm going t-" Sonic suddenly sensed something strange in him before he quickly sat down on the floor. "H-hey!"

The others managed to see this before they laughed even louder than before. Master Hand, seeing this, began to laugh as well before Sonic got up.

"Aww, good boy," Chip said smiling as he flew close to Sonic.

"What the hell did you do to me just now?!" Sonic asked enraged.

Chris, holding his stomach with his left arm, took out his DS and looked at the screen. "W-why did Sonic just sit down when Chip told him to?" he asked as he chuckled.

"Strange. I guess the collar gave Chip some of the powers of a Beastmaster," Kawashima explained as he chuckled. "Do you think that makes Chip useful in some way? I think he does."

"Okay, for my next command, I order you to roll around," Chip said.

Sonic was quickly pushed down on the floor, extending his hands and feet up and down respectively and he began rolling around as he cursed out loud. This only made his "friends" laugh even louder than before.

"CHIP!" Sonic yelled mad as he rolled around the floor. "STOP RIGHT NOW BEFORE I HIT YOU!"

"Now, now!" Chip said as he crossed his arms. "Don't be such a bad boy to me! Sonic, stop, stand up, and hit yourself with your fists!"

Sonic's eyes (eye?) widened before he stopped, stood up, and began to hit himself with his fists uncontrollably.

"Why are you hitting yourself?" Chip asked as Sonic punched himself on the face. "Why are you hitting yourself?"

"YOU'RE SO GOING T-" Sonic stopped talking as he remembered (through his fists) that Chip could make him do virtually anything to him as long as Chip himself was clueless of all the damage he was doing to Sonic. "P-please, stop!"

"...I dunno..." Chip said worried as Sonic kept hitting himself. "Should I?"

"YES!"

"...Okay, stop," Chip said.

Sonic's fists eventually stopped hitting him as he panted heavily and shot Chip with a death glare.

"Sonic! Don't give me that look!"

"PLEASE...KNOCK IT OFF..." Sonic muttered through gritted teeth.

The other 5 eventually stopped laughing after a while (as well as the other 3) as they all wiped their tears away. "O-okay," Knuckles said as he panted. "T-that had to be the best moment I have ever seen before..."

"Too bad," Sonic said with a glare as he wiped the blood out from his nose. "I didn't like it a bit."

A small while passed as the others regained their normal composures. Tails coughed as he then looked worried. "Seriously, we need the help of everyone here..."

"For the last time, no!" Master Hand said annoyed. "No matter how many times you ask us, the answer will be always no!"

"...Okay," Amy said with a bored look. "I didn't want to come to this but you don't leave me another choice..."

"Oh, are you going to use hammer rage on me again? That won't work at al-"

Master Hand stopped talking once he saw Amy getting off the couch, revealing a sobbing Cream as she hugged Cheese tightly.

"Please..." Cream sobbed silently. "We need your help so badly...or...our world will..." Cream sniffed more as Cheese hugged her with a sob. "...We don't want our world to be destroyed...please..."

"..." Master Hand stared at her.

"...I...I want to play outside again..." Cream said with a sniff. "I don't want to live in a world where everything is in chaos, Mr. Hand..." Cream looked at him as her eyes filled with ears. "Please, we beg of you (Knuckles: Not me)..."

"..." Master Hand let out a small sniff. "Ooh, please, don't do that to me..."

Cream sobbed as she closed her eyes. "I want to play outside without hearing people screaming anymore...please...we want your help..."

"..." Master Hand sniffed even more. "D-don't do this, pleas-"

"Please! I can't tolerate to see more chaos!" Cream cried. "Please, we need your help!"

At this point, even Chris started to rub his eyes with some sniffs as Lucario patted his back. Chip sniffed a bit before he blew his nose with a random napkin he took from his back.

"..." Master Hand sighed. "As much as I hate to see little innocent children like you crying...I just can't let this go like this..."

"So?" Cream asked as she sniffed with Cheese, the other looking at the hand.

"...Fine..." Master Hand said with a sniff. "...We'll help in any way possible...for you, my dear..."

Cream instantly smiled happily and wipped her tears away. "Oh, thank you so much, Mr. Hand! You don't know how happy you made me just now!"

"Everything for a cute little girl like you," Master Hand said with some chuckles. "I can't that bad guy let you cry like that in front of me, right?"

"You're so generous, Mr. Hand," Cream said with a happy expression as Cheese looked the same. "I knew you were going to say yes after all."

"Heheh, I know, that's me, alright," Master Hand said.

Sonic, Tails, Knuckles, and Amy looked away from the hand as their faces got a little bit dark and grinned rather evilly. "(Gotcha,)" they all thought with some snickers.

"..." Chris, noticing this, sweatdropped at their actions.

"You know," Lucario began as he stared at the hand. "You're a little bit...pathetic..."

"Oh, so you rather have her crying?" Master Hand asked. "I didn't know you were that bad, Lucario. I guess the glare you're stuck with for the rest of your life really makes you evil."

Lucario glared at the hand.

"Oh, oh, there it is," the hand said.

Lucario began to growl silently at him.

"..." Master Hand backed away. "N-no need to get angry, either..."

"So are you helping us?" Tails asked.

"I said yes," the hand said.

"Alright!" Amy said with a chuckle. "I guess we can do this here as well!"

The hand noticed that Tails, Amy, and Cream took suitcases out of nowhere.

"W-what the..." Master Hand looked at them, putting down the suitcases on the floor.

Even Cheese was carrying a small suitcase (probably to hold his ribbons) before putting it down.

"...Don't tell me those suitcases are holding clothes or something..." Master Hand said.

"Well, we may as well stay here to give a hand, right? After all, it IS our world we're talking about," Amy said before looking around. "Besides, this place looks nice for a a vacational spot."

The last 2 words made the hand angry.

"V-vacational spot? Are you crazy?" Master Hand asked. "I said we were going to help, not give you a room to stay here!"

"Hey!" Amy crossed her arms. "You're being a little bit hypocrite here, you know!"

"Look, I won't let you take advantage o-"

Cream began to sob. "I-I don't want to sleep out there in the cold... I-I don't want to get sick..." She began to sob louder. "I-I'm so scared of the monsters outside... T-they'll eat me alive if I'm sleeping outside..."

Master Hand sobbed. "P-poor little angel...I-I can't let you sleep out there in the cold..."

"So can we stay here?" Amy asked excited.

"I've never said something about you 3 getting a roo-"

"I-I don't want to be the only 1 alone in here..." Cream interrupted with more sobs. "Cheese wants to have them here..."

"Chao..." Cheese sobbed.

"Y-yes, little girl and...flying plushie," Master Hand said with a sniff. "O-okay, you guys can stay here so Cream doesn't cry anymore...(poor Cream...)"

Sonic looked away with a devious grin. "(Nobody can't resist to see Cream crying without giving up to her...)"

"Thank you so much, Mr. Hand!" Cream said happily as she (again) wipped her tears away. "You're so considerable and so nice to us! Now I know you're the kindest person I've ever met in my life before!"

Master Hand looked away as he blushed. "W-well, you don't have to go that far but yes..." he chuckled embarrassed.

"Aaaaaaaaaalrighty!" Amy said with a grin as she showed her teeth. "We're part of the team, then!"

Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Cream (and Cheese) temporarily joined you-

"Hey, I can't let you 5 know about what we do here at all," Master Hand said. "We're going to help you, but you don't have to help us."

Cream sniffed. "B-but..."

"I'm doing this for your own sake," the hand said. "Do you want to get involved in a fight a get hurt? I'd be deeply ashamed if something were to happen to a cute angel like you..."

"..." Cream smiled and nodded. "T-thank you for thinking about us, Mr. Hand. You're very nice for saying that."

Tails, Knuckles, and Amy all thought Cream was faking her cries, but after knowing her last response, it was obvious that she didn't have some evil inside as all of them did. This caused her group to frown with some grunts.

I take that back. They don't join your team.

"You wouldn't want to know all the things we do here at all," Master Hand said. "And as for the problem that you have in your world..."

"Oh, right," Tails said with a nod. "We have some people trying to help us there. Vector said he wanted to give us a hand so he, Espio, and Charmy are working to find more clues. As for Rouge, she said she may as well help us because this incident would ruin her treasure hunting for a bit."

"I remember Vector saying something about looking for Eg-" Knuckles did a double-take. "That's right! I almost forgot!"

"What?" Amy asked.

"Sonic, we looked around the whole planet with Tails's radar, but there weren't any traces of Eggman anywhere."

"What? Eggman vanished in thin air?" Sonic asked.

"Of course not, but he wasn't found anywhere," Tails said. "He wasn't even hiding in the space as well."

"He...simply disappeared?"

"...Apparently..." Cream said.

"But we know he's behind all this," Amy said. "He kidnapped the professor in one of his secret bases (Knuckles: Do you call a base secret inside a hole in Mazuri?) because he knew about Dark Gaia."

"So that Egg(beep) is behind this..." Sonic said. "It's always him, no matter how much he says it's not."

Amy clapped her hands. "Okay! Bad news aside, we have to settle in here!" She got off from the couch and grabbed her suitcase. "Where's my room here? By the looks of the many floors, I guess there are many rooms in here."

"Oh, before you even go upstairs," Master Hand began as he pointed to a board located to the left wall of the lobby. "Be sure to take a photo and put it over there."

The board that they all looked over the left had a big space with some photos that the Smashers quickly recognized. The board itself had a title with big, bold letters that read "People That Have Entered The Mansion Without Permission Yet They Stayed Here For One Reason Or Another."

Below the title, there were pictures of Flonne, Etna, a Prinny (that had "X1,000,000" on the right side), Geno, Twink, Mallow, Raven, Yuri, Estelle, Rita (for some reason, some horns were drawn on her head), Karol, and Judith.

"When did you take pictures of all of them?" Chris asked.

"I didn't," Master Hand said. 'I printed them out from your internet line. For being a known source, that website called Wikipedia worked so well for me."

"You went there?"

"Yeah, got a problem?"

"No..."

"Then it's fine."

"..." Knuckles stared odd at the board. "...You guys are a little bit odd."

"D-don't look at me, look at Master Hand!" Chris said.

"I make the rules, and anyone that lives under these ceilings and the roof are to follow the rules," Master Hand said. "Well, you guys settle in before we discuss this problem with everyone else in here."

Tails blinked a little bit surprised and looked around.

"For now, it's time for me to face DK in Final Destination. You can wander around as long as you don't do anything reckless or destructive because some things here blow up if you're not careful," the hand explained. "With that away, see you later."

The hand snapped his fingers and he disappeared.

"W-wow," Cream said surprised. "He's like a mage or something. How impressive."

"Okie dokie!" Amy said with a fist in the air. "This is great! Not only I get to have my own room, but I also get to live with my dear Sonic under the same ceilings and roof! Isn't that kind of romantic, Cream?"

Cream smiled at her as Cheese flew besides her. "I know. It's very romantic, Amy."

Sonic frowned at this as both girls walked to him.

"Okay, you should show us our rooms. Remember, we want our rooms to be close to yours," Amy said with a wink.

"When did I turn into your buttler?" Sonic asked annoyed.

"Only for this short time of 10 minutes," Amy said with a satisfied look on her face. "Pretty pleeeeeeease? Can you do it?"

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Fine, fine, I'll show you the rooms..."

"M-may I tag along?" Chip asked.

Tails and Knuckles walked to them and looked at the imp. "Oh yeah, who are you, anyway?" Knuckles asked.

"I'm Chip," Chip said. "Just that."

"...Just that?" Tails asked confused.

"I-I lost my memory and they all offered to help me out to recover my memory," Chip said. "I helped them all before to calm down Son-"

Sonic blocked Chip's mouth and chuckled nervously. "A-anyway, wanna see your rooms?"

Amy smiled at this. "Please, lead the way."

Sonic nodded as he quickly gave Chip a glare before walking upstairs with Amy, Cream, and Cheese following.

Chris noticed that Knuckles and Tails walked to them. "So, we're going to live here for a time," Knuckles said with crossed arms. "Just what do you guys do here to kill the time?"

"We do...many things..." Chris said. "You'll see very soon if Master Hand doesn't notice..."

"I'm a little bit interested myself, only that."

"Oh," Tails began. "Can you show us that temple you spoke of? You know, the one of Mazuri?"

"I think we can..." Chris said. "I'll see when."

"A-and..." Tails looked away. "...You're not the only ones living here, right?"

"Yes, why?" Chris asked.

"D-does he happen to live here as well?"

"Who?"

"U-um..." Tails blushed a little bit. "W-why am I blushing, anyway? I-I shouldn't blush just because I'm thinking of him!"

"Tails, I'm asking yo-"

"You mean Fox, right?" Lucario interrupted.

Tails quickly looked at him. "U-um, yes! I-I was talking about him..."

"His room should be somewhere on the 4th floor. It's the room above our room, I believe. I think he's there."

"O-oh, I see!" Tails said, not wanting to hide the excitement any longer. "I-I didn't think he was here at all, but I'm glad I was wrong... I-I mean..." Tails looked at the stairs. "I-I'll see you later, okay? See you!" he said happily before he ran upstairs.

"That Tails..." Knuckles said with a chuckle. "He just can't let go of his older brother bond."

"Older brother bond?" Chris asked.

"Yeah. When we were working together to defeat Metal Sonic, I saw Tails most of time close to where that guy Fox was. It's funny, you know? Tails sees him as the "cool" older brother he never had in his life."

"Maybe because both are foxes?" Lucario asked.

"Bingo," Knuckles said. "Well, what can you do? He's still very young for being an expert of machines. Deep inside, he's just a childish kid who wants to look after a role model or a hero..." Knuckles grinned. "And I guess that guy is getting into Sonic's territory because Tails always liked to be with Sonic, but now that he knows someone else like him, guess who's going to be the role model?"

Chris, for some reason, imagined Tails in Fox's clothes.

Chris shrugged. "I-I just hope he stays with Sonic..."

"By the way," Knuckles began as he looked at them. "Did you have a bad night or what?"

"What?" Lucario asked.

"Both of your eyelids look very purple."

Chris and Lucario noticed that they still had the purple eyelids that they both started to have since Sonic and Chip snored all the night.

The World Traveler blushed. "T-then this is the main reason why some people at the village were looking odd at us!" he said embarrassed. "T-they even chuckled as well!"

"Village?"

"Forget it..." Lucario said with a grunt. "(Those bastards were hiding their chuckles on the way to the village, weren't they? They'll be so dead one of these days...)"

And the day went on. Since it was still early, afternoon was almost there.

However, little did they know that the problems were going to start that very same day...

Preview of the next chapter

"I had enough of this," Tabuu said with a grunt. "I want you to find out what happened to Bowser and King Dedede as soon as possible."

"We could work very well without them," Ganondorf said with a frown. "However, I guess you will not let them go that easily because you find some use in them..."

...................................................................................................

"Wait, what kind of name for a title is Livin' La Vida Rica, anyway?" Ness asked.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 23, 2009, 09:05:05 PM
Chapter 146: Livin' La Vida Rica (or Livin' The Rich Life)

Subspace
Deep Inside The Great Maze

Tabuu, who was staring down at Dr. Eggman, grunted a bit. "Well, it has been a while ever since you arrived here, and yet you have not given any kind of plan or idea."

"Relax," Dr. Eggman said as he folded his arms. "I have taken my time to research about your factory and the minions you have."

"And?"

"And," the doctor said before smirking. "I found something rather amusing with the Shadow Bugs you control..."

"What is it?" Tabuu seemed to narrow his eyes. "You are not going to do something out of the ordinary to them, right?"

"No," Dr. Eggman said before moving his right hand. "Remember the sample of them that you gave me?"

"Yes."

"Well, I conducted a research of their properties. You mentioned that they can take over a host to manipulate their minds and enhance their abilities in battle, correct?"

"Yes."

"However," Dr. Eggman went on. "I wondered something... What would happen if the Shadow Bugs take over a Nightmare?"

"The Nightmare is that basic enemy of Dark Gaia, right?"

"Absolutely," Dr. Eggman said as he snapped his fingers, calling 2 R.O.B.s that were pushing an anti-gravitatory platform with a cage that contained mentioned enemy that tried to escape furiously. "I waited for the night to come around to capture one."

Tabuu stared at the Nightmare as it tried to break through the bars by banging its pincers on them. "Why would you take this demonic creature in here?"

"Aren't you one?"

Tabuu glared at the doctor.

"Sorry, my apologies," Dr. Eggman said with a snicker. "Can you see this Nightmare? It's trying to break through. Too bad it can't escape since I was the one who designed this cage for Dark Gaia's monsters. I know they disolve into darkness, but they can't do that as long as they're inside thi-"

"The cage does not look anything special," Tabuu interrupted.

"H-hey!" Dr. Eggman said angrily. "Even if it looks normal, it IS different than any other cage!"

"..."

"..." He coughed. "As I was saying," Dr. Eggman went on as he took a tube from his back, containing some Shadow Bugs inside it. "I wanted to see what could the Shadow Bugs do to the Nightmares. I thought they were going to do their usual job...but..."

The doctor opened the tube and poured down the Shadow Bugs that quickly went after the Nightmare, passing through the bars. The Nightmare itself began to shriek loudly as the bugs began to cover its whole body. Tabuu watched as the Nightmare suddenly stopped moving wildly before the Shadow Bugs managed to take over its body.

However, the Nightmare's pincers moved down to the platform as the Nightmare kept staring into the nothingness.

"What have you done to it?" Tabuu asked. "It does not look like it is possessed like it does."

Dr. Eggman chuckled. "I present to you the Shadow Nightmare," he said with a snicker. "The Shadow Nightmare is a special kind of monster that I just created some days ago."

"...What does it do now?" Tabuu asked.

"It doesn't fight."

"What?" Tabuu looked at the doctor. "If it does not fight, how do you think it will serve any purpose?"

"Because the Shadow Nightmare's only purpose is to look for a body, latch onto the victim's back, then possess it." Dr. Eggman looked at the calm beast. "It works just like the Shadow Bugs."

"What is the difference in that?"

"The difference is that it doesn't take over the host's body at all."

"So, are you trying to say that the monster you just created does not do anything important rather than being a waste of time?"

"Not quite," the doctor said with a snicker. "The Shadow Nightmare...brings out the host's inner nightmares out..."

"Their nightmares?"

"Ironically, it is called a Shadow NIGHTMARE for a reason," the doctor said with a serious look. "I found out that combining Shadow Bugs and Nightmares together create a new breed of both species. The Shadow Nightmare possesses the host's body before letting the real host be free from it."

"It frees the host? It is supposed to take over the host," Tabuu said.

"Not this one," Dr. Eggman said. "It releases the host, but it copies every single detail of the host's life to search for a suppresed nightmare that he or she has been trying to hide. The host, once realizing that he or she was freed, will look back to find a shadow of themselves..."

"A shadow of themselves?"

"Would you mind if I finish first?" Dr. Eggman asked. "Anyway, the shadow copies the memory of the host, pushes the host out, and creates a shadow that represents the nightmare. Basically, the shadow looks like them, but they will represent a nightmare by looking, acting, and making fun of the host so the host scares himself or herself out to death."

"So..."

"So," Dr. Eggman continued. "The Shadow Nightmare creates an identical version of the host but represented in the form of a living nightmare. It plays with the emotions of the people and it grows stronger if the host tries to deny the truth about themselves. Of course, I'm not saying the Shadow Nightmare will create lies, but it will reveal very intimidating, heartbreaking nightmares that will eventually kill the host...forever..." Dr. Eggman chuckled. "The shadow grows stronger as the host denies the truth about himself or herself more and more. Then, when the shadow has grown strong enough... It'll turn against the host and kill him or her as punishment for not accepting the truth."

"..." Tabuu chuckled. "...I see now... The shadow plays with the emotions of the people before it starts to kill once it grows strong enough..."

"Also," Dr. Eggman went on. "These Shadow Nightmares can recreate environments that will scare the host even more."

"Do you want to use them now?"

"I'm afraid not," the doctor said. "The shadows can't live outside in the light of day. Using more than 1 shadow would also cause complications because Dark Gaia could take control of them and turn them against us. I don't have Dark Gaia under my control yet, but we can still control 1 Shadow Nightmare at a time."

"..."

"However," Dr. Eggman continued. "The temples of the monster have a big amount of darkness enough to contain the Shadow Nightmare, even during the day. They have big spaces enough to change the environment and hide the sources to discharge energy to the temples. We could try to use the Shadow Nightmares as some sort of guardians." He chuckled. "Not only they would kill the host, but it'll try to kill anyone else if it gets interrupted."

"Excellent," Tabuu said. "The first time you are here and you have implemented a brilliant idea."

"What can I say? My IQ is the highest one there is," Dr. Eggman said with a chuckle as the R.O.B.s pulled the cage with the Shadow Nightmare away. "I'll continue to look around for the locations of the temples. Call me whenever you want to discuss something with me."

Tabuu watched as Dr. Eggman began to walk away into the darkness of the Subspace with the robots before disappearing.

Ganondorf and Charizard, who were watching the whole conversation, looked at Tabuu. "Well, that was rather interesting," Ganondorf said as he crossed his arms. "Why did you summon us here?"

"Yeah," Charizard said with a nod. "I was training my fire breath on some Primids. Why did you want to interrupt?"

'Because I have had it with King Dedede and Bowser," Tabuu said in annoyance. "They have not reported themselves back ever since they went for Wario."

"Oh, hell no!" Charizard yelled angrily as he stomped the floor one time. "I'm not going to get those idiots if that's what you mean!"

Tabuu took this response in a form of silence before he frowned. "Forcing you to go would surely make you mad about it..."

"Exactly," Charizard said, blowing out smoke from his nostrils.

Ganondorf looked bored at the dragon before he frowned. "...I suppose..."

Tabuu nodded at Ganondorf.

"...This has to be done, sadly..." Ganondorf said.

"I had enough of this," Tabuu said with a grunt. "I want you to find out what happened to Bowser and King Dedede as soon as possible."

"We could work very well without them," Ganondorf said with a frown. "However, I guess you will not let them go that easily because you find some use in them..."

"They have some use because they serve as generals to the army," Tabuu explained. "I cannot let anyone else be able to control the army unless they agree to serve under me under their own wills. Having people who pledge loyalty instead of controlling them is much better."

"Then I shall be on my way," Ganondorf said as he knelt down for a bit before standing up. "I will find them as soon as I find their whereabouts."

Charizard watched as Ganondorf walked into the darkness and disappeared in it. The dragon looked at Tabuu. "Hey, where's the minister?"

"He said he had to examine the room where we hold the source of the Shadow Bugs," Tabuu said. "You know the source, right?"

"...The black, flat guy?"

"Yes."

Charizard frowned. "Sometimes, I think that guy does stuff in private..."

"What do you mean by that? The Ancient Minister does not do anything in secret," Tabuu said. "He only obeys anything I say to him."

"Well, he's been acting strange lately," Charizard said. "He's been a little bit depressed over something I can't put my claw on..."

"Whatever it is, it will not interfere with our plans," Tabuu said. "As for you, I will have to make you look for one of the temples."

"The temples that were taken to different worlds, right?" Charizard asked. "Yeah, I've been waiting for my chance to do something by my own."

"I will arrange the minister to tell you what you need to do," Tabuu said. "For now, let us wait for him."

Subspace Bomb Factory
Shadow Bug Generator Room

The Ancient Minister watched helplessly as several big tubes that contained multiple copies of Mr. G&W drained out countless and countless of Shadow Bugs that went upwards into the ceiling and even downwards into the floor through some holes.

The Ancient Minister looked away. "(Why do we need to have so many of them?)" he thought. "(...This time, I'll try to start my plan sooner...)"

He looked over to some hi-tech computers that were located near the tubes. Looking above for any security cameras, the minister found none, and he moved to the computers. There, he stuck his hands out from his robe and began to type a command.

A sound was created, and the tubes that held the copies of the flat character began to slow down the process to suck up the Shadow Bugs.

"(There...)" he thought as he looked at one tube. "(This will surely slow down the time. Now, I have to move on and see what I can do for the manufacturization of Subspace Bombs. Only 1 sample of 1000 gets an approval to be useful so this won't be that hard to interrupt,)" the Ancient Minister thought. "(This should buy me some time...and probably this will buy them time as well...)"

???

The scene slowly but suddenly changed to a wheel that was going at full speed over the street of the many intersections of a city. Slowly by backing away from the wheel, it was revealed that it was a red vespa going at full speed to the east.

Of course, there was someone riding on it, and that person seemed desperate to get somewhere as her long orange hair trailed behind her helmet and goggles.

"I'm gonna be late, I'm gonna be late, I'm gonna be late!" she yelled as she accelerated. "Again!" she added.

The girl was a young one in her teenage years. This special girl liked to work at many different kinds of part-time jobs that she liked to have. No matter how many were there, she had her hands full with every single job.

What was the problem she had? The fact that she took ALL of them without thinking about time restraints since one would interrupt the other, which then would get interrupted by another, which then would get interrupted by another.

This girl, despite her tight schedule that kept her from doing all the things she wanted to try, was trying her best to fulfill the jobs' needs.

The girl was called Mona.

"Darn it!" Mona cursed as she put her chin at the level of her handle. "I knew taking the morning's newspaper girl job was gonna be a bad idea for the same days where I have to train in my cheerleading team of football team!" she yelled as she dodged some incoming cars. "That's your typical female, high-school teenager, alright..." she said with a sigh.

The energetic (yet depressed) teenager accelerated towards the Diamond City Stadium, leaving a long trail of smoke behind her wheel...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"What?"

"Yes."

"Why do you have to ask me that now?"

"Because we have to do it."

"B-but..."

"Look, I don't know you, but it has to be done, sorry."

"I don't see why we need to call in more musicians at this time. What if Tabuu attacks?"

"Well, he isn't doing anything now. We have to do this."

Chris sighed. "I don't see why, though..."

Master Hand grunted. "I already received complaints of Makar saying that they can't do some tracks due to the fact they need vocalists for them," the hand explained. "And we need 3 of them here."

"Who?"

"Let's see..." The hand looked away. "There's the girl Mona...the singing machine Mike...and...the gothic girl named Ashley..."

Chris could only respond with a frown. "Why now?"

"I already said why!" the hand said annoyed.

This problem showed up just some hours after the new guests came to the mansion. The World Traveler was asked to meet Master Hand in the command room after a request from Makar was delivered to the hand.

?He said they're having a lot of trouble with some tracks,? Master Hand said. ?And we have to find the solutions by inviting those musicians here.?

?But...? Chris trailed off. ?Nobody uses the Wario Ware stage, right??

?No, but that doesn't mean we can't do this,? the hand explained. ?Since there are no signs of the Subspace Army in Diamond City, you'll have to take a small party with you and look around for Mona, Mike, and Ashley so you can bring them all here.?

?I'm still skeptical of this...?

?Look,? the hand began. ?Music is something that makes matches even more interesting. The fighters tend to show more enthusiasm while listening to some music. I believe every game out there has a soundtrack, right??

?W-well, that's true...?

?This place boasts the largest soundtrack made ever,? the hand explained. ?Or used to boast, anyway. We can't let our soundtrack be nothing, right??

?I...suppose...?

?SO!? the hand raised his voice. ?In order to have one heck of a match, we need to have those tracks available for any kind of occasion! Your task as a Smasher is to seek the musicians, bring them here, and convince them to make those tracks!?

?...?

?...NOW,? the hand said. ?I'll call everyone here.?

?Wait, by everyone, do you also mean the guests??

?Pfft, of course not,? the hand said. ?Bringing them here would be suicide. Unless Sonic does it by ?accident? then I'll be screwed over...or we're going to be screwed over.?

?Chances are they'll come here, though...? Chris said. ?I mean, sooner or later, they'll find out about what we do here.?

?They just barely know the Subspace Army. What else is there to explain??

Several minutes later...

?Yes, let's screw the hand over by showing the people what we do, why don't we?? Master Hand asked annoyed.

Just after making the announcement to call everyone in there, the Sonic group thought they were also called (even though Master Hand said, ?Everyone BUT Sonic's friends please report to the command room. I repeat. Everyone BUT Sonic's friends please report to the command room?), meaning that they would find out soon of what the Smashers do in reality.

?Seriously,? Knuckles began as he looked around the room. ?You guys do things behind everyone's backs, don't you??

?Oh, you shut up,? Master Hand said. ?This is for the sake of everyone. We like to overuse the clich? that people don't know what the heroes do to save the whole darn universe. If that were to happen, though, every shop out there would give us discounts.?

?That's completely unrelated.?

?I know. You are unrelated to this, too.?

?We ALREADY said we were going to help out here,? Amy said annoyed. ?Just because Sonic here is one of you and can help doesn't mean we can't, too.?

?After all, didn't we agree to join you all?? Cream asked.

?What could a cute girl and 3 random people do to help us, anyway?? Master Hand asked.

?I have a lot of power,? Knuckles said.

?I can whack the heck out of enemies' heads,? Amy said.

?I can design and fix machines,? Tails said.

?I can try to be helpful,? Cream said.

?Chao chao chao,? Cheese said.

?...? Master Hand frowned. ?I...was looking for more useful abilities, no offense...?

Amy pointed her hammer at him. ?Okay, you're gonna let us help out OR you're going to help us out as we've mentioned before.?

?Remember that our world is at chaos, and the fact that is our world as well!? Tails said. ?It concerns us so we have to ask for help. We can't do this alone, you know.?

?Seriously, you people are so darn stubborn...? the hand muttered. ?...I'll consider the proposal to join us. AS LONG AS THERE IS A TEMPLE, THEN WE'LL HELP YOU.?

?Hurray!? Amy said as she tossed her hammer away (to the wall, where it made a crack). ?Now we're gonna be together during missions, Sonic!?

Sonic stuck his tongue out in disgust. ?Eww, I'll try to stay away, thoug-?

?I thought you said you weren't going to run away anymore!? Chris yelled at him.

?...Y-you...? Sonic lowered his head in shame. ?Aw, crap, man...?

"(Oh man, this is turning out so well for me,)" Amy thought with some giggles. "(Should I start planning the wedding here just in case?)"

"So, what do you guys do here?" Knuckles asked.

"Are you really sure you want to know?" Master Hand asked. "The truth could be heartbreaking."

Some of the Smashers rolled their eyes at this.

"We have a world with its continents floating above magma," Tails said. "Anything else shouldn't be that shocking."

"Okay..." Master Hand said with a sigh. "Here we go."

An hour later...

"...That's it?" Amy asked. "Well, that's not surprising."

"Aw, crap," Master Hand said. "Not even the part of conquering new worlds?"

"I think that's a very exciting thing to do," Cream said with a giggle. "You get to meet a lot of people by saving worlds."

At this, Chris looked away and hid a smile.

"Oh, I have something really surprising here," DK said. "It's the fact that all of us except Chris are video g-"

Chris quickly blocked DK's big mouth with both hands. The Sonic team stared odd at the World Traveler as he sweated.

"What?" Amy asked. "I didn't hear well. What did he say?"

"H-he said that all of you except me are video...gamblers..." Chris said with a gulp.

"Video gamblers?" Tails asked. "That...doesn't make any sense to me."

"I know," Chris said as he glared at DK. "It doesn't make any sense, right, DK?"

DK, after staring at Chris's glare, nodded several times before Chris put his hands away from his mouth.

"Don't listen to him," Chris said with a chuckle. "He says really random things about people..."

"But I do-"

Chris stomped over his right foot without looking at him. The Kong's pupils shrunk in pain as he tried not to scream out loud.

"As I was saying before, he says really random things about people," Chris said, forcing a nervous smile.

"...Oh!" Amy chuckled. "I understand. Vector's just like that as well."

"(My foot...)" DK moaned inside his mind.

Tails, wanting to forget what he heard, looked to one computer of the many in there. "Hmm..." He walked to it and sat down on the chair. "Let's see. What kind of functions does these computers have?"

"All the normal applications," Master Hand said. "But I believe there are some extras as well."

The 2-tailed fox began to type and search for what he wanted to find. "Okay... These computers have lots of RAM memory, and they run very fast. Alright, these should work if I modify them a little bit..."

"You're not going to put viruses in them, right?"

"Why would I do such a thing?" Tails asked as he typed. "As a matter of fact, I can put some kind of radar into this if I get to it now... However, it won't be ready very soon because it takes a lot of time to make radars, even for super fast computers like these ones."

"As long as I don't see fake ads, it's fine," the hand. "(And the sooner we finish with you, the sooner you'll have to go from here.)"

"It's going to take a time, so please, be patient," Tails said. "Ooh, this should work..."

The hand frowned and looked at the Smashers. "Okay, I have a little favor I want you to do it."

"You want us to look for more musicians?" Mario asked. "Isn't that going to distract us from the Subspace Army?"

"Nope. They're not doing anything dangerous for now," the hand explained. "If we do this fast, we'll be just fine." He snapped his fingers to make the virtual screen appear, showing Diamond City. "And here's the place I want some of you to go. Your mission is to seek Mona, Ashley, and Mike in this city." The images of each character appeared on the screen. "These are the people I want you to find."

"So..." Ness tilted his head. "Who's going?"

"Well, since there aren't any traces of Tabuu's minions, that means only 3 will have to go."

And the alarm suddenly blared off from nowhere.

"..." The hand listened to the alarm. "...Okay, change of plans. There's someone of Tabuu's army in the city after all." He looked at the screen as it tried to locate the person. "And by the looks of it, it's..."

The map centered the location of the minion as it zoomed in through the buildings, establishments, and the random people walking through the streets before it finally found the target...

"...What?" Link and Zelda said at the same time.

"Er..." The hand sweatdropped. "...Why is..."

The Smashers found a cartoon version of the Lord of All Evil, Ganondorf, walking down the streets as he looked around for Bowser and King Dedede. The lord sighed as he frowned. "Where are those imbeciles?" Ganondorf asked as some people whispered to one another about his evil (yet cartoony) look. "They are making me feel embarrassed to be walking in the plain light of day, among inferior beings..." he muttered with a grunt as he walked.

"...Why is Ganondorf taking a walk in a city?" Link asked.

"Because he just felt like it?" Yoshi asked.

"I...don't think so..." the hand said as he looked Ganondorf crossing over the street. "He's looking for some people, didn't you hear?"

"He looks mad," Zelda pointed out.

"I hope he's not looking for the musicians, though," the hand said before turning to them. "I don't like where things are going in there. We need assemble a party of 9 people to go there. I want you to find out what Ganondorf's up to, and seek the musicians as well. Can you do those 2 tasks?"

"As long as it doesn't involve finding Wario..." Ness said with a shrug. "That guy...ugh..."

"Oh, right," Pikachu said with a nod. "You and Lucas found him before, right?"

Lucas remembered the event he went through during the army's invasion. "I-I hate him..." Lucas muttered. "I-I hate him so much..."

"Your legs are shaking," Nana pointed out.

"T-they're not!" Lucas said as his legs shook. "H-he's scary, okay, but I don't want to see him again!"

"I have bad news for you," the hand said. "I was thinking something about Wario and I came up with an idea that you all will probably won't like..."

"...What?" Nana asked.

"...I was thinking about letting Wario join us..."

"...NO," most of the Smashers said as they shook their heads.

"...Okay, I know he's a greedy bastard, but why you don't want him here?"

"Because he's a greedy bastard," Pikachu said as he rolled his eyes.

"And he's shady," Pichu added.

"And he's stupid," Chris added.

"And he smells so bad," Nana added.

"And he's fat," Popo added.

The previous 4 looked at him.

"What? If he's fat, his farts will smell even worse."

The 4 made disgusted faces with some frowns.

"Dude, we already have an anti-hero guy in here," Falco said as he looked at Wolf. "Do you want another one in here? I thought we had enough with Wolf already."

Wolf could only respond with a grunt.

"...Why is HE here, anyway?" Amy asked.

"I ended up in this place because of the kid," Wolf said annoyed. "Now, keep your future surprise attacks away from me or else you die."

Amy glared at him with a pout before looking away.

"It's him or the Subspace Army," Master Hand explained. "We have to make sure Tabuu doesn't recruit him at all. Unfortunately, we have to bring him here..."

"I-I object!" Luigi suddenly yelled. "W-Wario isn't going to help us!"

"He'd rather save his a(beep) and money before himself, anyway," Squirtle said annoyed. "Trust me, you don't want to smell him...eww..."

"I hate the idea, too," the hand said. "I'll force him to take a bath, though."

The hand noticed that most of the Smashers were still looking mad at the idea.

"...Well, it's inevitable. Tabuu'll surely trick him into joining his army before us," the hand said. "Don't go saying I didn't warn you. I did, but you didn't agree."

All the Smashers nodded.

"What? Now you guys want him away from us?"

They all nodded.

"I rathed kick his a(beep) than letting his a(beep) be with us," Roy said.

"Prompts to you for that," Ike said with a few nods.

"Gosh, no love for Wario, right?" the hand asked.

"I know he's supposed to be some sort of evil clone of me, but he shouldn't be allowed to join us," Mario said. "Trust me, I tried to be friends with him, but he always said no or did something really disgusting to me."

"Didn't he control you with a bucket?" Peach asked.

"...Oh, right..." Mario said. "That bucket..."

"Not even Mario wants him here," Snake said. "That goes for me as well. I can't stand most of you, but I'll surely won't like to have his a(beep) fart all it wants."

"His butt has a mind of its own..." Olimar muttered with a shrug.

"I agree," Ness said with a nod.

"Think about it. It's like asking Ganondorf to join us," C. Falcon said. "The universe would surely end if he ever became a good guy or anti-hero."

"Chaos would reign if he ever became a hero," Link said.

"Not to mention it would cause a horrible paradox," Jigglypuff commented.

"Who's stupid enough to believe that Ganondorf would ammend for his actions on Hyrule?" Zelda asked. "Those kind of people are begging to be ignored by everyone else."

"Now, now," Chris said. "If that ever happened, that would be in another alternate universe where everything is so stupid and twisted."

"True," Marth said.

"...Chris, start assembling your party," the hand said. "You're going to be the representative for the musicians."

"Me?" Chris asked.

"I need the most sociable guy in here," the hand explained. "You're one of them, so I thought it'd be nice to send you there."

"...Okay..."

"Be careful with Ganondorf, though," the hand said as he read a sheet of paper. I have the info of the world. Let's see..."

Wario Ware: Smooth Moves
Current Status: Aftermath
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: Unknown
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Anything


Persona 3 - Living With A Determination

"Alright, choose your party members wisely," the hand said.

Chris looked back at the Smashers who decided to talk with each other, discussing what to do about Wario.

The World Traveler walked to Lucas. "Um, Lucas..."

"Y-you're not planning to take me with you, right?" Lucas asked. "I-I don't want to see Wario again..."

"What did he do to you? (Despite the fact I saw that cutscene already...)"

"W-well," Lucas began as he played with his fingers. "W-when I found him on the top of that random stalagmite, he laughed at me and Ness once he looked down. Then, he took that big gun..." Lucas looked down. "And he wanted to turn Ness into a trophy while I just watched in fear..."

"Then..."

"W-when he looked at me, he aimed his gun at me, and Ness pushed me out of the way to stay safe..." Lucas explained. "I-I was just too scared when he jumped down and looked at me with that look and those teeth of his..." Lucas shivered. "A-and I ran away from there so he wouldn't hurt me, leaving Ness behind..."

Chris saw Lucas embracing himself.

"E-even if I bumped into Red (literally) and managed to defeat Wario with his help, I-I still find Wario scary..." Lucas looked up at Chris. "...I...want to go..."

"What?" Chris asked. "But you just said..."

"I-I have to overcome my fears..." Lucas said with a sniff. "...I...have to brave sooner or later..."

"..."

Lucas wiped a tear away. "You know...this is something that Claus always told me..." He looked at Chris. "I always admired Claus. He was so nice and above else, he was so brave. He practically didn't fear anything like I did. We were perfect opposites except for our gender," Lucas said as he smiled a little. "I always played so much with him with the others when we were younger. I tried my best to be just like him, but my mom always said, "If you want to be like Claus, then I'll have a hard time distinguishing who's who! You look alike, did you know that?" before she would break laughing out loud..."

Chris smiled a bit at this.

"But I always kept trying, no matter what she told me..." Lucas said. "I looked up to Claus. He was everything I wished to be...but..." Lucas looked down. "He...and my mom...they both..."

The World Traveler just kept looking at Lucas as he remained silent.

"...I want to go, Chris," Lucas said. "Claus was brave, and I want to be brave as he was."

"...Okay... Are you sure?"

"Definitely," Lucas said. "I-I'll overcome my fears soon."

"I understand..." Chris said worried. "Wait until I call you."

Lucas nodded and looked away while Chris walked away. The PK kid looked sad as he scratched his right arm. "(N-no...)" Lucas thought. "(S-stop thinking they're still...)"

The World Traveler walked to Popo and Nana. "Um..." Nana looked ashamed. "Sorry for not delivering your gifts, Chris... That idiot inside Sonic broke the statues we made for you."

"Statues of yourselves?" Chris asked.

"Yeah," Popo said with a nod. "We worked so hard to make them, but that idiot came and he destroyed both gifts. We wanted to make the statues again but we were trapped in the basement with Red..." Popo looked down with Nana. "Sorry..."

"It's...okay," Chris said. "After we went through that nightmare, I'd think he deserves all the fault."

"Good thing he won't bother us again," Nana said. "But are we cool?"

"I guess," Chris said as he smiled a bit. "I care more about you 2 over things, though. We were going to die, remember?"

"You died," Popo pointed out.

Chris looked away embarrassed. "Y-yes, but still..."

Nana chuckled. "Okay, thanks, Chris. That cheered me up a bit."

"Me too," Popo said with a chuckle.

"Anyway, you want us to go?"

"I was wondering that," Chris said.

"Well, we don't mind. Why don't you take our team with you again?" Nana suggested. "We work well when we're together like that. You already asked Lucas, anyway."

"I think that's a good idea..." Chris said.

"Also, Diddy's one of us," Popo said. "And Toon Link is busy with some training outside. You should try to cope well with Diddy more."

"I should do it, actually," Chris said. "I haven't spoken to Diddy that much."

"And while you're at it, bring Kirby along."

"Okay, thanks," Chris said with a nod. "Wait until I call you 2."

The Ice Climbers nodded, letting Chris go to Diddy.

"Okay!" Diddy said excited as he jumped to Chris and climbed all the way up to his shoulders and head. "If you want to talk to me, then that means you want me to go with you, right?"

Chris looked up at Diddy. "Y-yes. What's with that enthusiasm?"

"Well..." Diddy looked away. "I figured out that we should try to get to know each one better, y'know. I want to spend the time with another guy rather than DK over there."

Chris and Diddy looked over to DK who was talking with Yoshi.

"DK's doing the same. I should follow that example," Diddy said. "So what do you say?"

Chris chuckled. "Okay, you're in. I'm sure you're going to make everything funner."

"Good," Diddy said as he leaped down from Chris before looking up at him. "Call me when the time comes."

The World Traveler nodded before he walked to Kirby.

For some reason, Kirby looked down in sadness. Chris, seeing this, got a worried look and knelt down. "What's wrong?" Chris asked.

"What job is compatible with me?" Kirby asked.

"...Huh?"

"I-I mean..." Kirby looked to Chris. "I know everyone here has a compatible job with yours. I haven't seen a job that does that to me, though..."

"...Wait a minute..." Chris looked away. "You're right..." He looked back at Kirby. "I don't have any job compatible with you yet..." Chris stood up and looked at Master Hand. "Master Hand, what's the job compatible with Kirby?"

"Dang it!" Master Hand cursed. "I knew there was someone I was forgetting to put together with a job here!" He looked at his brother. "Okay, you know what to do."

"Righto," Crazy Hand said as he disappeared by snapping his fingers.

"...Now I'm worried," Chris said. "Does he do all my jobs alone?"

"Oh no," Master Hand said. "Well, he does half of it, anyway. Making jobs for you isn't that easy, I'm telling you. Crazy sometimes inserts some kind of stupidity in them and I have to examine what half he does. He thought that giving you a pig to attack instead of a whip with your Beastmaster job was a good idea. Then he started to say some nonsense about the pig being infected by some kind of deadly disease that nobody would try to recover from."

"...That's stupid..." Chris said.

"See? We'll see what job we can make for you and Kirby."

Kirby smiled a little at this. "I don't want to feel left out."

Chris reached for Kirby and hugged him tightly. "Aww, I just can't resist you at all, Kirby."

Kirby blushed and hugged Chris back.

Cheese flew nearby, saw both of them hugging, and hugged them both as well.

"Cuteness is just begging to make me surrender!" Chris said in happiness.

The trio laughed for a bit before they all stopped hugging each other. Cheese chuckled and flew back to Cream.

"Okay, wait for me until I call you, Kirby," Chris said to Kirby.

The Star Warrior nodded with a chuckle, making Chris chuckled back at him as he made his way to Ness.

"Chris, Lucas is feeling a little bit down," Ness whispered to Chris.

"What?" Chris asked.

"This isn't like me to talk about, but Lucas has been feeling down today," Ness whispered as they saw Lucas, looking away as he played with his fingers. "You already talked to him, right? Well, thing is, he's being a little bit strange today."

"Why is that?" Chris whispered.

"I don't know," Ness said. "But it must be something about someone he knows...at least that's what I think."

"Yes, he seemed sad when I spoke to him..."

"I don't know if I can do this, but can you take me so I can see what's wrong with him?" Ness asked. "Lucas is a fragile person when it comes down to emotions and reactions, you know. I think I see the brother in him...somehow, though."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 24, 2009, 09:08:06 PM
"You're going to watch him?"

"Yes," Ness said. "Don't tell this to him, but I think Lucas is like a brother to me. After all, we came from the same universe. I have a chance to understand his motives better."

"...I'm worried about him, too..." Chris whispered. "Fine, you're good to come."

"You won't regret it," Ness said. "This is for Lucas's welfare."

"I'm surprised. You're going to do that for Lucas, right?"

"Hey, I don't want to look like a bad guy, you know," Ness said bored. "Even I can be helpful during events like this."

The World Traveler nodded to Ness before looking away to think of the next party member. So far, he had himself, Lucas, the Ice Climbers, Diddy, Kirby, and Ness.

"3 more..." Chris muttered.

"How about me?" Jigglypuff asked nearby.

"Okay, you're in."

"Yay!" Jigglypuff said excited. "...Wait a second!" she interrupted. "You're not going to say anything to me rather than that? I mean, I wanted to be helpful yesterday and...oops..."

"...You were the one who knew about Sonic's condition, right?" Chris asked.

"Y-yeah," Jigglypuff said with a chuckle. The Balloon Pok?mon remained silent before she covered her eyes. "O-okay, I'm sorry for not saying anything!" she cried. "I should have spoken when I had the time, but I wanted to feel important for even longer than saying what was happening to Sonic!"

The World Traveler backed away from the crying Jigglypuff. Chris sighed and knelt down to Jigglypuff. "Okay, I think it's my fault you haven't been fairly important...I guess..."

Jigglypuff sniffed and looked at Chris. "Maybe?" she asked.

"It's my fault, alright," Chris said with a frown. "If you want, we can work together and make you be more important."

Jigglypuff instantly lunged at Chris and hugged him happily. "Oh, thanks a lot! Y-you just don't know how happy I am now!"

"O-okay, okay!" Chris said as he hugged her back. "J-just don't do this anymore, you got that?"

Jigglypuff looked up at him and nodded with a chuckle. "I'll do it if you promise to take me more often."

"(You and 30 more want to be taken more seriously...) That's a promise, Jigglypuff."

"Thank you," Jigglypuff said with a chuckle. "Call me when we have to go, okay?"

"Sure," Chris said as he stood up and looked away. "..." He looked at Sonic who was talking with Tails as the 2-tailed fox worked hard on the computer. "...Yes, I need to do this."

Sonic looked at Chris's direction and crossed his arms. "So, you gonna take me along?" Sonic asked.

"It's for your welfare," Chris said. "You wanted to change, right?"

"What's this about Sonic changing?" Tails asked as he typed. "He wants to change his attitude or is he changing something else?"

"Look," Sonic said with a nervous chuckle. "Y-you know I put everyone in trouble because I tend to run away a lot, right?"

"That's a fact."

Sonic sweatdropped at this. "W-what?"

Tails looked bored and worried at the same time as he didn't bother to look at Sonic. "We always wind up into some kind of trouble because you bring the trouble to us, Sonic. This has been happening so many times because you tend to do this a lot without even thinking."

Sonic looked away in embarrassment. "T-then why didn't you tell me before?"

"I dunno," Tails said as he looked bored and not worried anymore. "Mostly because someone was always alone by himself until Dr. Eggman attacked?"

"...Okay, that's me," Sonic said in annoyance.

"And the day you'll try to change will be the day Knuckles will fall in love for Rouge."

"Hey!" Knuckles called out.

"Or maybe the other way around."

"Hey!"

"Or both doing the same."

"Stop it already!"

"You see now?" Tails asked.

"...Alright, alright, I seriously need to change my ways!" Sonic said in annoyance. "You happy now?"

"Not until I see results."

Sonic groaned, making Chris look away in embarrassment.

"...Take me with you, please..." Sonic muttered.

"Okay..." Chris said.

"If he's trying to change, keep him very close to you so he doesn't escape," Tails suggested.

"Hey, I'm not some kind of dog!" Sonic yelled angrily.

"I'd like to differ because of the collar you're wearing for some reason."

Burned.

"So?" Tails asked.

"Just take me with you!" Sonic said to Chris. "I'll show him I'm saying the truth!"

"(I dare you 95 percent you're not going to change,)" Chris thought.

"What's with that face to me?" Sonic asked.

Chris snapped back to reality. "I-I heard you, okay."

?C-can I come, too?? Chip asked.

?Why would you want to come?? Chris asked.

?I was asking myself that?? Sonic grumbled.

?Maybe you should really take Sonic with you,? Tails said. ?You said that the Mazuri temple is in the city, right? If that?s true, then the other temples could have been?taken to other worlds.?

?You think so?? Chris asked.

?That?s a theory, but it would make sense,? Tails said. ?I still don?t understand how they were vanished, though.?

"Chip would take a spot if he comes...or can he act like Twink did?"

"I suppose," Master Hand said.

"You can come as long as you don't do something crazy," Chris said.

"Hurray!" Chip cheered.

"ABSOLUTELY nothing crazy, okay?"

"Got that."

"..." Chris tilted his head at Chip. "Um, Chip..."

"Yeah?"

"I...was meaning to ask you something..."

"What?"

"Well...remember that...tank you brought with you?"

"What about it?"

"Where did you get your hands on it?" Chris asked confused. "I mean, how did you get one?"

Battalion Wars 2

Somewhere in the ocean

There was a small military boat crossing over the ocean with 2 people on it. One of them was a gorgeous girl named Brigadier Betty who was taking the wheel of the boat, while just behind her, there was a small man, wearing a Hawaian shirt as he read a newspaper while he smoke a cigar as he sat down on a chair.

"General Herman, sir," Betty called with some enthusiasm. "I've received reports from the Western Frontier that one of our tanks got stolen."

Herman ripped off his newspaper. "What?!"

"I've received reports from the Western Frontier than one of ou-"

"I already heard, woman!" Herman yelled as he looked at her. "Who's the idiot behind all this? Is it one of the enemies?"

"Well, we're not sure yet," Betty said as she looked forward. "Reports say that the thief looked like some sort of creature that surely came out from a cartoon show for kids, sir."

"Some sort of creature..." Herman muttered. "Betty, I want you to issue a full-detailed report about this creature at once. We can't let the Tundran Terriories have spies like that one you just mentioned."

"Okay, sir," Betty said with enthusiasm. "Expect a full-detailed report in a period of 29 days."

"29 days?!"

"Sir, you forgot we're on vacation?"

General Herman sighed in depression.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"I got it from a garage with lots and lots of men in uniforms," Chip explained.

"...Soldiers?"

"How do they look like?"

"Forget it..." Chris said with a frown. "Don't do anything until I call you, okay?"

"Got it."

The World Traveler turned away and sighed. "Good... (I have 8 counting me...)"

"Ehem," Amy coughed as she folded her arms. "I heard from a little birdy that we're part of the group now."

"...Amy..." Chris didn't like where this was going. "You're not thinking about coming with us, right?"

"I wanna be the first one to take part of this whole thing about the army," Amy said. "And if Sonic's there, then I should be there, too!"

"No!" Sonic yelled.

"C'mon, let me go with you," Amy said with a wink. "I'll try to help out as much I can. I hate to be a stupid damsel in distress, y'know." She took her hammer and swung it several times. "Just let me come and I'll whack anything or anyone that dares hurt Soni-I mean, us!"

"..." Chris rubbed his head a little to think. "...I just... Fine, you can come."

"Yeah!" Amy said as she kept her hammer...somewhere behind her. "Now we're on the same line."

"Okay, your team is ready to go, right?" Master Hand asked.

"I'll be taking Ness, Lucas, Popo, Nana, Kirby, Diddy, Jigglypuff, Sonic, Chip, and Amy (10 people, and 4 of them had to be in 2 teams...)" Chris said and thought.

"You have 2 tasks to complete," the hand said. "Seek the 3 musicians, and find out what Ganondorf's up to. If he's taking a walk, we may as well consider that a threat to humanity."

Link and Zelda rolled their eyes.

"Also," Tails began as he looked at them. "Try to see if there's a temple in the city. Remember, we could be wrong if they're not there, but since I don't have the radar ready yet, try to look around."

"Yes, this is surely going to distract us all..." Master Hand sighed. "Open the portal, Chris."

The World Traveler nodded as he opened the portal to the next world. The Sonic team stared at it.

"Are we gonna have to be used to go to worlds through this?" Amy asked.

"That's the way we do things around here," Master Hand explained. "It feels a little bit woozy in there, but you should be fine."

"Let's just go," Ness said.

Lucas gulped. "I-I'm ready..."

"Be careful, please," Lucario said to Chris.

"I'll be even more careful after being mauled to death..." Chris muttered with a shrug.

The 11 characters began to walk through the portal before it disappeared with all of them.

"We returned to our usual daily work again," Master Hand said. "Everyone got their stands already, right?"

All the Smashers nodded.

"...And Chris didn't buy stickers or items at all because..."

"He's short of money," Luigi said. "He spent the coins in that weird village with mages."

Fox looked away. "Fine, I'm sorry for taking his money."

"You can't get over the fact I can use magic and you can't, right?" Wolf asked with a smirk.

Fox glared at him.

"Try burning me and you'll burn your tail one more time," Wolf said as he looked at Fox's black tail. "By the looks of it, you've been trying to master it ever since you got here, right?"

"Mind your own business, Wolf..." Fox said annoyed.

"I can zap you if I want to," Wolf said as he showed Fox his stand with the Thunder sticker. "Don't try to anger me or else you'll end up more burned than you are."

Fox looked away and grinned. "Wait until I catch up, though."

"I'll be waiting," Wolf said. "...To defeat you, of course."

"Same here."

Tails sweatdropped as he typed. "(He tried like 19 times and all those tries burned his tail so much, little by little...)"

Wario Ware: Smooth Moves

Diamond City
Highway

The same red vespa's wheel was shown before the screen pulled out to reveal Mona. The teenager, once she was done with the cheerleading team, had to accelerate to get to the ice cream shop of the city by using the highway as a shortcut.

-Mona-

-Occupation: High School Student
-Places of Employment: Sora Sora, Gelateria, Mona Pizza, Diamond City Roughs' Cheerleader, Basist of "Mona and The Hot Slices," and Wario Ware, Inc.
-Preferred Type: Wild Guys
-Bio: This peppy high-school girl keeps up with schoolwork, a part-time job at the restaurant, a part-time job at an ice cream shop, a part-time job at pizza shop, a part-time hobby as a cheerleader, a part-time hobby as a basist, and her red scooter. For some reason, she's a little smitten with Wario. Ew.

"Oh my god," Mona said as she looked up worried. "I REALLY have to plan my schedule someday... How can I do that if I can't even think with all the pressure?!" she asked loudly to the sky before she looked back to the track and smiled a little. "Even so, I like to do wild things my way!" she said with a chuckle as she accelerated.

As she drove off into the distance, she closed her eyes.

"(I wonder what Wario's doing today,)" Mona thought. "(I saw him running to that temple with the Form Baton he found. The poor guy was chasing those cute little aliens with the baton... Oh well, I'm sure he's thinking of ways to make more microgames for the people,)" Mona looked bored. "(Then he would run away with all the money we've been making together...)"

The teenager sighed as she looked up to the clouds.

"(Seriously, he has so many employees like me, and yet he can't stop his ways...)"

Mona smiled.

"(Even so, he's way too wild!)" she thought in excitement. "(I LOVE wild guys like Wario! For now, I'll have to focus on my usual life before the big day!) YEEEEEEEEEHAAAAAAAAAAW!!!" she yelled excited as she began to accelerate even more, leaving a trail of smoke behind.

Close to the highway, there was a mountain pillar that had a house on the top. This house looked like an office with a big W on the roof and very small details that hardly made it look like one of the many buildings of the whole city (but then again, most buildings looked different).

If someone was close enough, some laughs could be heard that filled the air around it.

WarioWare, Inc.

Inside the building, an office with a checkered-pink floor, organized books, a desk with a laptop, and some more graphs that mostly had money signs on them, was found. Near the desk, there were 3 shadows that were laughing together as money was thrown on the desk.

These 3 figures were Bowser, King Dedede, and...Wario.

"Hahahahahahaha!" Wario laughed as he and the other 2 looked down at the money. "Rejoice, my employees!" he said as the 3 grinned (this action couldn't be possibly put to Wario due to the fact he always showed his teeth) down at the money. "We have some loot on our hands!"

"Yeah!" King Dedede said as he picked some dollars. "Hehehehe, I'd say this job as an employer of this small company is really benifitin'."

"Man, just look at all the money," Bowser said as he grabbed some money. "I could afford pretty much anything I want with this."

"Pfft, you already steal rather than pay," Dedede said. "But who cares! We're filthy rich!"

"There's no way Wario could have accepted us as his employees," Bowser said as he wiped some money with a claw. "But he did it? That's odd coming from you."

"Meh, what can I say?" Wario asked as he lifted his shoulders. "The more people there is, the more money I'll get...or should I say WE get?"

-Wario-

-Occupation: CEO; Adventurer
-Skills: Stupid Strength; Gluttony
-Words to Live By: Get Rich Quick!
-Bio: A treasure-hungry adventurer, Wario dreams of making a fortune off video games. He's even formed his own company. So far, it's not working out very well.


The 3 laughed to the roof as they grabbed a bunch of money and tossed it above. As it fell down, they all looked at each other.

"Well, what do you want to do?" Wario asked. "We could hit the road and check my other employees' work."

"Yeah!" Dedede said. "You're a genius. How can they let you grab all the money by yourself without them arguing back about it?"

-King Dedede-

-Occupation: King?
-Hobbies: Smash puffballs
-Number of Subordinates: A million and increasing
-Bio: This penguin is the supposed king of Dreamland. His main objective in his life is to defeat Kirby (or rather be a bully to him) so he can laugh down at him.

"That's because they know all the money goes to me only," Wario said. "My friends are that weird."

Wario didn't want to say that his money was always given to the other employees by some sort of screw up that the game maker himself made from time to time.

"Rest assured, this money is all ours!" Wario said with a laugh.

Dedede grabbed a bunch of money with his arms and actually hugged it. "I like green. It's my favorite color."

This was completely odd from Wario to share money with the 2 new employees rather than the rest of the employees. Did he have a change of heart?

Of course not.

"(Fools,)" Wario thought as he saw both of the employees rejoicing. "(They don't know this is only 10 percent of the total amount of money we have. I own the rest of it concealed within my special money back...) Alright!" Wario said as he stuffed money inside his pockets. "Who's up to some examination? We're gonna go outside and seek those employees to check how their work is coming along!"

"Tabuu never did this to us," Bowser said as he nodded. "We're practically the gods of money by being here."

-Bowser-

-Occupation: King of Koopas
-Powers: Great Strength, Firebreath
-Motto: Take that plumber out here!
-Bio: This dude can't decide whether to accept the fact that he doesn't work well for the evil department, or just say he enjoys being a hero where he's appreciated more. Still, he struggles to be the "N.1 Final Boss of the game" as he says.

A Waddle Dee peered out from Dedede's right sleeve and looked at the king. "Hey, can we have some?"

"Nevah!" Dedede said as he pushed the Waddle Dee back.

"You have people inside that robe of yours?" Bowser asked.

"I have my ways," Dedede said.

"Well, let's not waste more time and go hit the road!" Wario said with some claps as the 2 nodded before the trio began to walk outside. "(More people, more money for me...)" Wario thought with a chuckle before leaving the office.

Diamond Knoll

On the small, green hills overlooking the city, a portal appeared, and the Smashers (along with the 2 guests) walked out from it before looking at the city, far away from where they were.

They didn't notice they all looked like cartoons. Chip surely fit well in that world.

"Alrighty!" Amy exclaimed as she looked at the city. "My first official mission has officialy started! Man, this is gonna be so exciting!"

"What's exciting about us getting hurt?" Nana asked.

Amy giggled and turned to her. "Well, that ain't gonna happen here if I'm on the watch. We'll be just fine with this team."

-Amy Rose-

-Occupation: Avid Fangirl
-Hobbies: Love
-Likes: Sonic
-Bio: This pink hedgehog has a huge belief in love, and she will always pursuit Sonic wherever he runs to. She thinks about Sonic 80 percent of the time (daily).

"Someone out there could say we're the weirdest bunch of a group," Chris said.

Sonic put a hand over his eyes to see the city. The hedgehog grinned and put his right hand on his hip as he looked at them. "The city's calling me. I gotta go!"

Without interruptions, the hedgehog quickly disappeared into the city. This action caused Chris (and the Smashers (and Amy)) to grunt annoyed.

"Dammit!" Chris cursed as Sonic disappeared from sight. "I knew he wasn't going to change! This is just like telling Kirby to stop eating food!"

Kirby looked mad. He didn't like him to be compared with Sonic. The puffball had to agree with Chris.

-Kirby (of the Stars)-

-Occupation: Food Eater
-Abilities: Super Sucking Prowess, Copycat
-Likes: Anything that looks like food or is supposed to looke like food
-Bio: It is unclear what Kirby really is or where he came from, but most people that know him believe that he has a stomach bigger than anything known in the universe. If there's something bigger than his stomach, then something must be awfully wrong.

"Oh," Chip began as he merely blinked. "Maybe I can tell him to come back here."

"...Oh, right..." Chris said with some nods. "That collar gives you that power...doesn't it?"

"Let me see," Chip said as he looked at the city, inhaled air, and put his hands to the sides of his mount. "Sonic, come back!"

The Smashers saw a blue bur coming out from the city, going to their same direction before it began to slow down, revealing the shocked hedgehog who stopped right in front of Chip.

"Oh, noooooooooo!" Sonic moaned as he tried to take off the collar. "This thing did this to me, right?"

"Apparently," Chip said with a chuckle.

"Oh, screw this," Sonic said with a grin. "It won't stop me from running away...NOW!" the hedgehog yelled before he quickly went back to the city.

"Come back, Sonic!"

And the hedgehog came back to the same position, looking annoyed at Chip. "Hey, stop it already!" The hedgehog yelled annoyed before he ran back into the city.

"Come back again, Sonic!"

And the hedgehog (yet again) returned back to the imp, much for his dismay, as he panted heavily with a glare to Chip.

-Sonic the Hedgehog-

-Occupation: Hedgehog(?)
-Special Traits: Big Ego, Super Speed
-Likes: Chilli-dogs, run 'round
-Bio: Sonic is known as the speed demon. This hedgehog likes to do things his way, resulting in him getting in trouble (or bringing trouble to his beloved ones). He has a big ego when he has the chance to show off his skills, much for the dismay of the people around him.

"Sonic..." Chris muttered worried.

The hedgehog looked back at the World Traveler. The face that Chris had right now made Sonic feel uncomfortable. Sonic couldn't try to forget the promise he made to Chris.

The hedgehog sighed with a frown and looked worried at Chris. "Sorry, Chris... I-I just wanted to..."

"It's okay..." Chris said. "You're not going to change right away, anyway..."

"I-I-I'll try to do it soon, trust me..." Sonic said ashamed.

"...Thanks," Chris muttered. "That makes me feel better for a little."

-Chris (Last Name Censored)-

-Occupation: World Traveler, High School Student, Trainer
-Hobbies: Play video games, spend time with friends, get tricked by a hand
-Problems: A lot he wants to forget but just can't
-Bio This young teen struggles each day to live...literally, due to the fact that his life is always in danger. Good thing he can use many skills to fight back or else he would be pretty much f(beep)d.

"Ahem, I'm sorry for interrupting this small yet unnecessary touching moment," Ness interrupted as he pointed at the city. "But we have some tasks to do. We have to find the gothic girl, the energetic girl, and the robot girl."

"I thought the robot was a male," Jigglypuff said.

"Yes, but it sounds good to mention they're all girls, otherwise it'd be pretty awkward."

"I-I just wished this didn't happen at all," Lucas commented.

"Meh, we have to do this, sadly," Diddy said.

"Hey, Wario Harassed People Only, dude," Ness said. "Too bad we're just 2. Red could have been, but he's not here."

"I felt a little bit safer with Red..." Lucas muttered.

Ness narrowed his eyes at him. "Wait, did you just say you felt safer with Red than me?"

"N-no!" Lucas said as he waved his hands in panic. "I-I didn't mean that, oh no!"

-Lucas-

-Occupation: Twin Without Twin
-Family: Comboy Dad
-Behavior: The same as a baby Pidgey that is being attacked by a Fearow as it hides inside its nest
-Bio: Lucas struggles each day to have a happy life. However, his horrible past keeps him away from being a brave person. As a result, he fights to be courageous.

"Your body patterns say otherwise," Popo said.

"T-that's not true..." Lucas said as he flushed.

"Will you knock it off already?" Amy asked as she put her hands on her hips. "We have some things to do, right?"

"Amy's right, I guess," Chip said with a nod. "Don't we have to look for some people?"

"Hmm..." Kirby looked worried. "But there are 3, and Ganondorf's out there in the city, isn't he?"

"Kirby's right..." Diddy said as he rubbed his chin. "...Oh! I suggest that we should separate! You know what they say, divide and conquer."

"I suppose that's the best thing to do," Amy said satisfied. "Unfortunately, we need a map because we don't know where they all live."

"Actually," Chris interrupted. "I know that the robot Mike lives far away in the ocean up north from here, the gothic girl Ashley lives..." The World Traveler noticed a small spot in the sky where dark clouds gathered and let thunders come out. "...Just underneath those dark clouds to the north, and as for Mona...er..."

"What about her?" Amy asked.

"She...well...I don't know where she lives at all," Chris said. "I heard she has a lot of part-time jobs because she's a high school student."

"Oooooh," Amy nodded with a chuckle. "That's your typical high school teenager, alright. I know of these things."

"So you know where she is?" Chip asked.

"...Not really," Amy said, causing some of them to groan in disappointment. "But if my instincts are right, we could end up finding her!"

"Those instincts are somehow going to be our darnations for some reason..." Nana said with a sigh. "I can feel it..."

-Nana-

-Occupation: Ice Climber
-Hobby: Study to be a smart girl
-Achievement: Cleared Classic Mode without getting damaged (because Popo was always on the front of her)
-Bio: Unlike many typical stereotypical girls, Nana is a girl that has a good common sense, making her be different from young girls. This doesn't stop her from being energetic, though.

A toon red vein popped out from Amy's forehead as she was looking happy. "Okay," she said before looking bored. "Don't trust my instincts, you were warned."

"Just ignore her," Sonic muttered. "Let's go all into the city...as a group..." he muttered the last part with a grunt.

"Hold on," Ness interrupted. "We haven't decided who's going to who yet."

"Well, assemble already!" Sonic said annoyed. "I hate to stay still, y'know!"

"Let's use democracy here for once," Nana said. "We could come up with an agreement."

"Everyone who supports this idea raise your hand!" Popo said.

A while later...

"Forget it," Diddy said. "I'm not going to get the gothic girl. You go for her, Ness."

"Oh, no way," Ness said. "See those clouds with the thunders? I don't like people who live underneath unstopable climate like that one. They tend to be creepy in a...creepy way."

"I-I agree..." Lucas said.

It has been a long while after the Smashers wanted to decide who was going with who. There wasn't anybody who thought the situation was pointless, unfortunately.

"Where Sonic goes, I'll go," Amy said as she grabbed Sonic's hand (making Sonic frown with a silent grunt). "After all, I could get kidnapped at any time," she said with a giggle.

"Didn't you say you hated to be a damsel in distress?" Chris asked.

Amy hid a glare to Chris and him only. "Not unless Sonic is my blue knight that will come to rescue me...right?!" she asked.

"Y-yes!" Chris said with some nervous nods. "W-whatever you say!"

"Good," Amy said as she forced a smile, much for Sonic's dismay as he carefully let go of Amy's hand.

"What if we put Sonic, Amy, and me to look for the robot, Ness, Lucas, and Chris to look after Mona, Jigglypuff, Kirby, and Diddy to look after Ashely, and Popo and Nana look after Ganondorf?" Chip asked.

Everyone looked at each other.

"...I think it sounds good enough," Popo said.

"Fine by me," Diddy said.

"I like the idea," Ness commented.

"Good enough," Amy said pleased.

"No!" Sonic said.

"Alright, 10 out of 11 said yes," Chip said. "Let's go to a greater future!"

-Chip McChip-

-Occupation: Mysterious Goofy Imp
-Likes: Desserts
-Likes Even More: Chocolate
-Bio: We don't know where the heck Chip came from. Studies reveal he probably hit his head so hard that he lost his memmory and escaped from a cartoon show, winding up somewhere else (here).

The imp flew down the knoll as he went towards the direction of the city.

"C'mon!" Amy said to Sonic. "We're gonna cross the ocean together. You better be prepared!"

"O-ocean?!" Sonic repeated in shock before Amy grabbed his hand and ran away to the city.

"Aww," Jigglypuff said with a pout. "I wanted to sick Sonic getting sea sick."

"...Hey, wait a minute!" Diddy remembered something. "I said I wasn't going to go for the gothic girl!"

"Too bad," Jigglypuff said. "We're going to get her here and you will like it. Kirby, bring him by force!"

"Wait, what's that supposed to mean?"

It was not long before Kirby walked behind, sucked him inside his mouth, and began to walk slowly to the city with Jigglypuff. The Balloon Pok?mon waved at the 5 before looking back to the front.

"Wait, only the 2 of us will go after Ganondorf?" Nana asked.

"Isn't that asking for suicide?" Popo asked.

"W-well..." Chris looked embarrassed. "We already decided..."

The Ice Climbers gave him bored looks.

"..." Nana sighed. "It's been already decided, alright... Popo, let's just go."

"Onwards to the city of money!" Popo said excited before he ran down the knoll. "Let's get rich, b(beep)es!"

-Popo-

-Occupation: (Crazy) Ice Climber
-Personality: Many
-Affiliations: Nana and himself
-Bio: 'Unable to make a bio due to Popo's constant change of personalities in order to hide his sadness.'

This wasn't a good sign as Nana stared forward.

"...Oh no..." she muttered as she shook her head. "Popo HAD to remember our parents again at this time. He won't turn back to normal for a while now!" Nana looked at Chris. "Please, come with me or let 1 of those 2 come!"

"E-er," Ness began as he looked around, grabbed Lucas's and Chris's hands, and looked at Nana with some chuckles. "S-sorry, we have things to do on our own. Hope you get acquainted with Popo more!"

"W-wait!" Lucas pleaded.

"L-let's go!" Ness said after staring at Nana's glare.

"O-oww, you're grabbing my hand way too hard..." Chris moaned.

But the Onettian ignored the 2's comments as they all ran into the city.

Nana, grunting, made fists at the sides of her hips before she ran into the city, to the direction Popo ran off to.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 26, 2009, 01:27:17 PM
Gelateria

Tight Schedule
Chase

"Aww..." Ness sighed as they slowed down. "I'm tired..."

Lucas looked back where he barely saw Nana entering another street by herself. "B-but we just ran like 50 feet from where we were..."

Ness eyed the ice cream shop nearby. "This is our lucky day. There's an ice cream shop over there."

"Are you making up an excuse to eat ice cream?" Chris asked annoyed.

"No," Ness lied. "If we want to look for a moving target, we need to have some food with us. Besides, it's hot out here. It's probably summer."

Chris wiped the sweat from his face. "W-well, that's true..."

"I think I like the idea, too..." Lucas said as he smiled a little. "If we can get ice cream, can I have one?"

Chris's eyes widened. "Ness's paying it! He has an insane amount of money in his ATM Card!"

However, Ness didn't look that shocked. "Oh well," Ness said. "It was time for me to use this thing," he said as he took out his ATM card.

-Ness-

-Occupation: Student(?)
-Dad's Occupation: Unknown
-Sister's Occupation: Express Officer
-Bio: Ness is probably one of the weirdest kids in all history. Not only he has psychic abilities, but he also has a bigger head than his own body. Studies reveal that his head is like that because of too much PSI energy.

"Finally!" Chris rejoiced. "There's someone else who can spend money than me!"

"Okay, this is on me," Ness said as they walked to the shop.

A canine-looking man named Joe stood up from behind the counter and looked rather optimistic to the group. "Welcome!" Joe greeted. "Welcome to the Gelateria, Diamond City's only ice cream shop!"

"This is the only ice cream shop of the whole city?" Ness asked.

"That's why our sales are always high," Joe said. "Anyway, what ice cream do you want, kids?"

"Te-" Chris was about to correct him.

"We have all kinds of flavors; from the simple ones to the extreme ones!" Joe said happily. "Think of any flavor and we'll surely have it!"

Lucas smiled a little. "Do you have lemon-lime flavor?"

"Ooh, give me that one, please," Chris said somewhat excited.

"Get me a strawberry-chocolate flavor, then," Ness said as he showed him his ATM card. "Do you accept credit cards?"

"Oh, absolutely. This won't cost that much, too," Joe said. "Okay, you kids wait here. I'll get my lovely assistance here to get your ice cream."

Joe hummed happily as he walked to the back of the shop. The 3 kids (Chris: Oh, whatever...) turned their backs at the shop and looked at each other. "So do you know Mona?" Ness asked. "You played all of our games before, didn't you? You should have known about her."

"It sounds bizarre when you said I played all of you," Chris commented. "But...Mona is a very busy person. She likes to take many part-time jobs and deal with school at the same time."

"Oh, so she's a typical teenager," Ness said with some nods. "I guess this isn't going to be so hard to find her. It'll be a matter of time before we meet her."

"W-we're not going to meet Wario again, then?" Lucas said.

"I hope not..." Chris said with a sigh. "I'd hate to see Wario in person. I...hate greedy people so much..."

"Aren't you a little bit greedy, though?" Ness asked.

"NO!" Chris yelled loudly and suddenly.

Ness and Lucas backed away from the quick, yet loud yell from the World Traveler.

"...I-I"m sorry..." Chris apologized as he looked away. "I-I'm not greedy, it's just that I...well..."

The 2 PK kids noticed that the World Traveler looked down sadly in shame.

"...Hey," Ness began to break the silence. "Are you okay?"

"...Yes," Chris said with a nod. "I'm fine now..."

"(That was weird...)" Ness thought. "(Why would he yell like that? I just asked a question...)"

"A-are you sure you're okay?" Lucas asked worried.

"I-I'm sure of it," Chris said. "Please, don't get that worked up for me. Ignore me, please."

"That's hard to ignore after what yo-" Ness shook his head. "I mean, okay."

Lucas, however, felt guilty.

"Alright," a female voice called from behind them. "Here are your ice creams!"

The 3 didn't even look at her as they simply grabbed their ice creams, Ness gave the ATM card to her, and later got it back. "Hmm..." Ness said in pleasure as he licked his ice cream. "Man, now I know why this is only the only ice cream shop in the whole city."

"I hope you enjoy our ice cream," the girl said as the 3 still looked away. "Also, we hope to see you here again!"

"Hey, Mona!" Joe called from the door. "We have to go back to Mona Pizza and deliver pizzas! People are drooling over our pizzas already!"

The girl revealed to be Mona as she looked at Joe and chuckled. "Okay. I'll be right back there!"

"Meanwhile, I'll make my way to there as well!" Joe said excited before he slammed the door.

"...Mona?" the 3 Smashers muttered before they saw the teenager jumping over the counter, where she ran to the left and rode her red scooter to where she drove to the west of the city.

"...Dammit!" Chris cursed as he licked his ice cream. (Apparently, the ice cream was just too good to skip). "I forgot she worked here!"

"B-but we're going to lose her track if we don't follow her!" Lucas said, licking his ice cream in panic.

The trio looked to the west, where the trail of smoke was still there. "Follow that trail and get the high schooler!" Ness commanded as they all licked their ice creams and ran to the west as fast as they could.

"C-can we catch up with her, though?" Lucas asked as he panted (and continued to lick his ice cream).

"We'll have to rely on our feet," Ness said as he ran and licked his ice cream. "And dangit, why did she have to make this thing so good?"

The 3 Smashers disappeared into the west...

Beach

Quest Of
Un-Discovery

The sweet ocean's breeze swipped the sands of the beach as a pink hedgehog overlooked the ocean. With a sigh, she joined her hands together and closed her eyes.

"(The ocean calls for people,)" Amy thought. "(The ocean is calling me,)" she thought. "(And the ocean wants me to get a partner and stare into its blue majestic deepness...)"

The pink hedgehog opened her eyes as they glittered with some tears, looking up to the sky.

"Sky and ocean," Amy muttered. "You're the same like a guy and a girl. Both of you are blue, but what am I to do with you?" she asked. "I'm not the same color as you, but can you still accept me?"

Waves washed ashore to her feet as she smiled a little.

"I'll take your replies as a yes," Amy said. "Blue can mix well with any other color out there, including mine," she said with a giggle as she closed her eyes. "Alright, sky and ocean, I want you to meet my partner, Sonic the hedgehog!"

The pink hedgehog turned around and held out her right hand...

...To no one in particular...

"...HEY!" Amy yelled once she opened her eyes. "Sonic, where did you go now?!" she asked angrily as she looked at some nearby palms. "A-ha! There you are!"

Sonic's pathetic try to hide himself behind a palm (that was thinner than he was) proved to be useless as Amy stomped the sand and walked all the way to the other side of the palm, looking down at a terrified Sonic as the blue hedgehog sat down. "Y-you're not going to make me go in there!" Sonic panicked.

"Geez," Chip began as he descended down from the palm, holding a coconut bigger than he was. "Sonic's getting really panicked, isn't he?"

"He's just like this when he gets near a shallow pool or the ocean!" Amy complained to Chip.

"I-I can handle shallow pools well," Sonic said with a terrified smile. "Y-you just haven't seen me close to them..."

"That's why you're scared of water as well!" Amy complained at Sonic. "It's pathetic to think you're a super hero that can't even look down at the water!"

"E-everyone has dislikes and I'm not different!" Sonic yelled back.

"Well, sorry for telling you this, but you have to get over your fear of water someday!" Amy yelled back. "Whatever! We have to cross over the ocean and find that robot musician!"

"Y-you guys go on ahead," Sonic said with some chuckles. "I-I'll just chill down here..."

"Oh, no way!" Amy said as she grabbed Sonic's right arm and tried to make him stand up. "You're going to get wet and you'll like it, hedgehog cat!"

"NO!" Sonic yelled as he embraced the palm while Amy tried to pull him off. "You can't make me, Amy! Stop it!"

"No way!" Amy yelled. "Ugh! Come over here, you!"

Chip watched helplessly a-

Amy got an instant idea.

"Hey, Chip, tell Sonic to come with us!" Amy said with a grin.

"W-what?" Chip asked.

"Sonic's under your control, isn't he? Make him come with us and tell him not to run away as well."

"NO!" Sonic yelled in panic.

"Will do," Chip said. "Sonic, follow us to where we have to go and don't try to run away."

Something inside Sonic's mind rang before he stopped embracing the palm and walked next to Amy. The only thing Sonic was able to do was to sigh and look down in depression.

Amy giggled in pleasure. "Okay," she said. "Now that we have him under our contro-"

"I thought I was the one above his contro-"

Amy glared at him.

"I-I mean, our control..." Chip said with a gulp.

Amy winked at Chip and looked around. "Now, how are we supposed to cross the ocean?"

"By using a plane?" Sonic suggested, trying to calm down.

"I wish," Amy said. "Maybe there's someone here that could help us out?"

"Who?" Chip asked.

Several feet away from them, over some rocks, there were 2 figures that were meditating as they had their closed, joined hands above their crossed legs while the waves passed at the sides of the rocks. These 2 figures were a tall teenager that wore Asian-looking blue training clothes, had a weird black hair shape, wore some iron bracelets on his wrist, and stood next to a short old man with a red nose, had a grey ponytail, wore some kind of earphones on his ears, had a black curved mustache, and wore a purple robe.

"..." The young disciple opened his eyes. "Master."

"..." The old man opened his eyes. "Begin!"

The 2 quickly stood up and sent right fists forward while a huge wave crashed behind the rock they were on. Then, both sent right kicks upward as another wave crashed, creating a mighty roar before both began to spin, kick, and punch the air as yet another wave crashed behind.

"Master!"

"Now!"

But then a very huge wave quickly pushed them off the rock, made them crash into a much bigger rock just in front of them, and made them fall down back into the water.

The young teen floated above the water as his eyes turned into swirls. "Master..." he muttered as he felt vertigo.

The old man's back floated nearby him. "Sorry..." he muttered through some bubbles.

It happened that Sonic, Amy, and Chip were staring at the 2 odd people doing their training in the beach. They all looked bored as the 2 kept floating on the water as Sonic, Amy, and Chip were standing on the sand. "We surely don't want to ask them for help," Amy said bored. "They looked kind of cool before, but they're really pathetic."

"Agreed," Sonic and Chip said with some nods.

The 3 noticed that the 2 were already kneeling down in front of them. The 3 took a step back (except Chip) and looked down at them. "H-hey, how did you get here so fast?" Chip asked surprised.

Amy gasped. "There's people faster than Sonic?"

Sonic looked mad at this comment.

The young disciple stood up and looked down at the 3. "Hello, happy couple and cartoon-looking imp."

"Okay," Amy covered her cheeks. "I ALREADY like them so much."

"I ALREADY hate so much," Sonic commented.

"I ALREADY am hungry," Chip said before he began to bite his coconut. "Ugh! Break through this!"

"Allow me," the young disciple said as he took the coconut away from Chip, put it on his left hand, and put his right hand above the coconut.

Chip gasped. "No way, you're going to break it apart by using your hand and not a fist?"

The young disciple closed his eyes and concentrated... He quickly opened them, yelled loudly, and slammed down the side of his right hand on the coconut.

Sonic and Amy merely stared at the hand on the coconut as it didn't do anything.

"Maybe it'll break apart right now," Chip said excited as he looked at his coconut.

However, the only thing they were able to see was the young disciple's hand getting all red. They looked bored at this, expecting the disciple to yell loudly in pain.

Unfortunately, this didn't happen as the young disciple nodded and handed over the coconut to Chip. "I'm sorry," he said as he shed a tear out of pain. "But I'm not strong enough to do it."

Chip sweatdropped. "U-um...it's okay..."

"Master!" the young disciple suddenly yelled.

"Fear not," his master said to him as the disciple knelt down to him. "You still have a long way to go, Young Cricket."

"(Young Cricket?)" the trio asked in their minds.

"Master Mantis, I'm sure I'll be strong one day," the disciple named Young Cricket said as he made a fist. "I'll try to master the sideway hand form eventually!"

"(Sideway hand form?)" the trio asked in their minds.

"Keep working," Master Mantis (the old man) said with a nod as he joined his sleeves together. "For now, just keep working, Young Cricket."

Sonic, Amy, and Chip shifted their eyes. "Weeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeell..." Amy trailed off. "...See you later!" she said.

"Wait," Young Cricket interrupted. "We're coming with you."

Young Cricket and Master Mantis temporarily joined your tea-

"HOLD IT RIGHT THERE!" Amy yelled loudly, enough to stop the message from completing itself. "What? Why are you going to follow us? We just barely met each other!"

"My name is Young Cricket," Young Cricket introduced himself.

-Young Cricket-

-Occupation: Cricket
-Age: Young
-Skills: Many forms he has yet to master
-Bio: Young Cricket is the young disciple of Master Mantis. A very focused disciple, Young Cricket and Master Mantis travel around the world in hopes to find new forms, but they decided to stay in Diamond City for the time being.

"And my name is Master Mantis, Young Cricket's sensei, or master, or both titles," Master Mantis said with a nod.

-Master Mantis-

-Occupation: Master
-Bug: Mantis
-Abilities: Train people
-Bio: Master Mantis is Young Cricket's sensei, or master, or both titles. This old man knows that there are many forms (such as the Remote Control and The Elephant) that exist in the world, and he takes Young Cricket along his long journey of discovery to find such forms. Lately, they both live in Diamond City, where many forms have been discovered.

"O-kay..." Sonic said with a nod. "But why do you exactly want to come with us?"

"There's an evil air trying to engulf you all," Master Mantis said.

"And our job as master and disciple is to make evil leave your souls," Young Cricket added.

"Such is the way of the forms."

"We'll keep an eye on that evil air for you if you take us along," Young Cricket said.

Amy blinked at the 2 before she whispered something to Sonic. "I take that back. These aren't pathetic, but pretty stupid and weird..."

Sonic had to nod in agreement.

"What evil air exactly?" Chip asked.

"It's an evil air we have yet to understand," Master Mantis said.

"...You're saying random things, aren't you?" Amy asked bored.

"Oh no," Young Cricket said as he made a fist (with his flashing red hand). "There's definitely an evil air trying to make your lives miserable. Please, allow us to accompany you in your journey."

"Er...is the journey supposed to take place around these parts only?"

"If you'd like so."

"...I guess it's okay..." Amy muttered.

"Really?" Sonic and Chip asked.

"We should ask them for their help," Amy whispered to them as she moved her right hand to the sides. "They're stupid, but they could give us a hand..."

Apparently, both Young Cricket and Master Mantis had an interest in Amy's right hand moving around that they decided to spoke up. "The way you're waving your hand around..." Young Cricket muttered. "You want to cross over the ocean, right?"

The 3 looked somewhat surprised at them. "W-what? How did you know?"

"You just used the "Fish That Wants To Cross Over The Ocean But Can't Swim Yet So He Needs Help By Asking Others' Help" form," Master Mantis said with a nod. "And you look troubled."

The trio couldn't believe the farfetched (but accurate) guess of the old man as they looked at him with some dumbfounded looks.

"...What kind of form is that, anyway?" Sonic asked.

"A very important one!" Young Cricket said as his eyes flared up. "Please, allow us to help you in your journey!"

Flames flared up in Master Mantis's round eyes. "Yes, let us go with you as my disciple have said."

Sonic, Amy, and Chip sweatdropped at their flaring eyes before turning their backs at them. "Even if they do look weird," Sonic whispered. "We should get all the help we need."

"I'm afraid so," Amy said with a sigh.

"Oh man..." Chip sighed as he rested his head on the coconut.

This surely was going to get weirder with the 2 newcomers in the team.

Young Cricket and Master Mantis temporarily joined your team!

Ashley's Mansion - Outside

Little Witch's
Creepy Desires

Thunders emanated out from the dark clouds around the purple sky and over the wilthered trees. The scene now showed a mansion on the top of a small hill, where it had a gate that leaded right to the mansion's front door.

3 lonely figures stood by the gate as they looked somewhat terrified at the mansion's shadow, looming over themselves while some bats flew around the place.

"O-okay..." Jigglypuff said with a gulp. "O-our target should be inside that creepy mansion. S-since I have 2 brave guys with me, you're going to walk in the front, right?"

"What?" Diddy asked, snapping out from his scared look. "What kind of question is that?"

"Hey!" Jigglypuff inflated herself a little bit. "Aren't you supposed to protect ladies like me?"

"Well, not this time!" Diddy yelled back. "We're all in this together so..." Diddy gulped as he looked back at the mansion. "...Okay, I don't like this place at all."

-Diddy Kong-

-Occupation: Spider Monkey
-Uncle Friend: Donkey Kong
-Weapon of mass destruction: Peanut Popgun
-Bio:A spider monkey that exhibits enthusiasm and fun when he's happy. Diddy likes to hang out with DK. When someone thinks about it, it's weird to see a nephew and his uncle hang out so much like DK and Diddy do.

"B-but we have to go in..." Kirby gulped as a small figure looked at them from behind a window, showing its shadow before it smirked and ran away. "I-I don't want to go in..."

"There could be some kind of monster in there..." Jigglypuff said as she shook in fear. "T-think of the abnormalities that are in there..."

"Luckily, we haven't entered yet," Diddy said, forcing a smile. "T-that's a good sign."

Their looks were quickly focused as the double doors of the mansion slowly opened. Their eyes widened before they all gulped. Was there a monster that wanted to go outside and attack them?

No...instead of a monster, something else came out...

...A...piece of strawberry cake.

Jigglypuff and Diddy sighed. "Phew, just a piece of strawberry cake..." Diddy said as he brushed off his sweat. "I thought a monster was going to come out..."

"Yes..." Jigglypuff said as she smiled. "Well, we already know she isn't there. Let's get out of here!"

-Jigglypuff-

-Occupation: Singer Diva
-Hobby: Sing during shower
-Hates: Evolve into a "fat" Wigglytuff
-Bio: Jigglypuff's ultimate goal in life is to sing for a big audience to praise her for her singing voice. However, for some reason or another, the only thing she gets from her audience is a multitude of snores, much for her dismay and rage.

Diddy and Jigglypuff chuckled to themselves as they turned around...just to see the 2 gates closing in.

"..." Diddy's happy look suddenly turned into a shocked one. "P-please, tell me the gates didn't close on us..."

"F-fine," Jigglypuff said as she began to shake again. "I-I won't tell you..."

"Wait a minute..." Diddy trailed off.

"Of course! We can just jump over them!" Jigglypuff said with relief.

"No, not that!" Diddy said. "Aren't we forgetting someone here?"

The Balloon Pok?mon's eyes widened as she turned around with the spider monkey. They both quickly gasped once they saw Kirby slowly approaching the strawberry cake by the door. Diddy could barely notice that a string was attached to the cake, making him gasp.

"A-a trap meant for Kirby only!" Diddy yelled.

"Kirby must east delicious cake..." Kirby muttered as he stared deeply into the strawberry on the top of the cake. "Kirby must make the food disappear..." he said in a trance.

"Oh my goodness..." Jigglypuff gulped. "Kirby's in a trance for food!"

"W-what are we doing here without doing anything?!" Diddy asked with a gulp as he pointed at Kirby. "W-we have to get that walking endless stomach guy before he gets tricked!"

Jigglypuff and Diddy gulped to each other before they began to run after the puffball.

The Star Warrior's only thought was the taste of the cake. Kirby put a hand close to his mouth as he smiled a bit at it once he made it to the food, located above a small matress.

Behind him, Diddy and Jigglypuff stood close to him with some glares. "Kirby, you need to control your temptations with food already!" Jigglypuff yelled. "What if this cake contains poison or something?"

"I doubt it..." Kirby said as, through his eyes, he saw sparkles gliterring around the cake. "Cake looks delicious..." he muttered.

Diddy stared down at the cake. "Okay, we have to get out here now that we stopped him from eating thi-" Diddy stopped talking once he saw Kirby swallowing the cake by sucking it to his mouth, where he rubbed his tongue with his lips and smiled pleased. "Oh my god!"

"K-Kirby, doesn't it taste weird?" Jigglypuff asked.

Kirby thought for a moment. "Tastes like...cake."

"..." Diddy looked bored at him. "So nothing happened?"

They looked down at the string of the cake.

"So why was this string for?" Diddy asked as he grabbed the string.

Suddenly, the matress underneath them was quickly removed by some kind of force, revealing a huge empty hole of darkness.

The 3 looked down before their eyes widened.

"G-guys..." Jigglypuff gulped. "I-I don't like where this is going anymore..."

"I was thinking that the same moment we first saw this place!" Diddy yelled. "Crap, we're going to fall at any moment!"

"Why in any moment?" Kirby asked curiously.

"Because, as you may have noticed, we're floating in midair," Diddy said as he raised a finger. "This phenomenon is only shown in cartoons, and since we have cartoon looks, then it's understandable that we can float in midair over bottomless holes like this one," Diddy explained.

"Aaaaaaaaah..." Jigglypuff nodded. "So, we can like, escape?"

"I'm afraid not," Diddy said. "Normally when you notice you're about to fall, you're going to fall the next moment before having the oppotunity to step away from the abyss or hole." Diddy looked. "What I'm trying to say is..."

"We're screwed, right?"

"...Sadly, yes."

"..."

"HEEEEEEEEEEEELP!" Jigglypuff yelled before they all fell down the hole.

For a small moment, Diddy's hat spun on the air before the Kong's hand reached for it in time as it pulled back into the hole, where the matress covered in instantly.

Inside the hole...

"WE'RE GOING TO FALL INTO ACID FOR SURE!" Jigglypuff yelled as she embraced herself and spun clockwise with Kirby as Diddy spun downwards.

"W-why do you think that?!" Diddy asked as he grabbed his hat from falling off.

"TRUST ME, THERE'S SURELY AN ACID POOL DOWN HERE!"

"C-c'mon! W-we just have to find a way to escape from here!"

"I'M ALL EARS!"

"U-u-u-u-u-um..." Diddy tried to think. "...Dammit, I don't have any!"

"GOOD FOR NOTHING!!!" Jigglypuff yelled angrily as they continued to fall down the hole.

"I-isn't this hole going all the way down?" Kirby asked suddenly.

"Well, of course!" Diddy yelled annoyed. "What did you think?"

"B-but it has been a pretty long while after we started to fall, don't you think?"

"...Wait a second, he's right!" Diddy said as he tried to stop spinning. Once he did, he looked down. "A-as a matter of fact, this hole doesn't have a bottom at all!"

The trio then noticed that they fell right on safe floor, where they moaned in pain and shook their heads as they slowly sat up.

"T-that was it?" Jigglypuff asked as she looked around the floor.

"...Um..." Kirby looked at one direction.

"What is it?" Diddy asked before Kirby pointed at the direction he was pointing.

For some odd reason, Kirby was pointing to...outside, right on the same place where they stepped on the matress with the hidden hole.

Ashley's Mansion - Entrance

"...What did just happen?" Jigglypuff asked. "I thought we fell through that hole a moment ago!"

"I-I don't understand this!" Diddy said as he stood up. "How come we ended up inside, just some feet away from the same hole we fell through?"

Diddy's only response was the door closing on them.

"Aw, come on!" Jigglypuff yelled annoyed. "We already had gates close on us, and now these doors are the ones closing on us?"

"I-I think we should stop yelling, you know..." Kirby said with a gulp as he looked around the darkness.

"Why's that? I want to yell all I want," Jigglypuff said with a glare. "And if somebody gets annoyed by that, then show me who it is!"

The darkness of the place suddenly was brightened a little by small candles that were located at the sides of the new walls that appeared around them, revealing a small halfway that had 2 living room at the sides, while 2 staircases: one that leaded up to the second floor, and one that leaded down to the secret library, were in front of them.

"...I don't like this place..." Diddy muttered as he looked at the candles. "I REALLY don't like this place..."

"We all have the same thought...unfortunately..." Jigglypuff said as she stood up. The Balloon Pok?mon tried to open the doors, but they didn't even budge as she fell down on her butt and sighed. "...Let me guess, we won't escape this place unless we find Ashley, right?"

"I guess..." Diddy said with a gulp. "L-let's see if she's here..."

"No," Jigglypuff interrupted. "Let's see if she's NOT here instead."

"Who dares to go in here?"

The 3 gasped at the creepy voice that came from the right living room. They also noticed that smoke began to flew out from the direction of the living room, making them gulp in horror.

"I believe I asked you 3 a question," the voice said.

"W-we're here to look for a girl named Ashley...do you...know her?" Kirby asked.

"That would be me."

"...W-we found her!" Jigglypuff said with a nervous laugh. "O-okay, mission accomplished! We can leave anytime now!"

"Not quite," Ashley's voice said. "You decided to come here without any sort of invitations from me personally. You need to explain yourselves or else I'll try to find some use in all of you to be ingredients for my potions. Now, let's see, I do believe there's a potion that needs 60 percent of a spider monkey's body..."

Diddy gulped.

"And I know that I need some pink fur for another potion..."

Jigglypuff gulped.

"And I know that I...er...um..." Ashley's voice decided to go into silence as she tried to find something for Kirby. "...Whatever the puffball is made of, I'll surely find a potion to make out from him."

Kirby gulped.

"Or if you want to avoid your cruel some destinies, come to me now."

"...W-we have to go..." Diddy said with a nod.

"W-what? Are you actually going to fall for that?" Jigglypuff asked. "M-maybe she's going to trick us all like she did with Kirby."

"Oh, come now," another different, high-pitched voice began as it was heard from the living room's direction. "That was just a little act I wanted to do with you. I never thought the cake would work."

"It was very good," Kirby commented.

"Kirby, we're supposed to be scared to death by Ashley now..." Jigglypuff said bored.

"Oh, is that so?" Ashley asked. "Well, do come in here if you want to see me in person..."

Diddy grabbed Jigglypuff's and Kirby's hands before looking at the room. "O-okay, you heard her out! Let's go and meet her to end our lives!"

"W-wait!" Jigglypuff pleaded, but she was unable to escape from Diddy's grip.

The small group walked to the living room where a big smokescreen prevented them from seeing anyone else than them. Through the smoke, they could barely see 2 red eyes glaring at them as a silhoutte of a big pot was located just beneath the eyes. The trio gulped in fear as the smoke slowly cleared out...

And when it did clear out completely, there was the little witch, moving a big ladle in the pot that contained some kind of purple beverage. Ashley kept moving the ladle around as she focused her sight into the 3 terrified Smashers. "Welcome," Ashley said. "How can I help 3 scared souls like you?"

-Ashley-

-Occupation: Young Evil Witch
-Hobbies: Make many sorts of potions
-Slave or Minion: Red
-Bio: A silent witch that lives close to shores of Diamond City where she makes potions of all sorts all the night long. Ashley rarely smiles as she's always seen doing some kind of project. She's always accompanied by her little devil friend (or slave) Red.

Diddy gulped. "W-we sure don't want to turn into ingredients for some potions..."

"So please, don't kill us!" Jigglypuff pleaded.

Ashley smiled a little at them, causing the Smashers to look terrified. "I have a small temptation for scared cute creatures like you. The more you're scared, the more I get excited."

"Y-you don't look that excited..." Kirby said with a gulp.

"I will once I rub your trembling self," Ashley said.

"T-try to calm down..." Diddy whispered at them. "W-we need to keep her creepy temptations away from us..."

The 3 tried to remain silent without even trembling. Ashley merely stared at them as they all SOMEHOW calmed down with a group sigh.

"..." Ashley's smile faded away. "Okay, now you're unimportant to me." Ashley sighed with a frown. "What do you want here? Respond now or else."

"We came here to ask you to come with us to the Smash Mansion to sing a song," Diddy said.

"...A song?" Ashley asked. "Well, I do like to sing during my free time, but that's that. I don't do a living out of it." She continued to move her ladle around the pot.

"Ashley has the greatest voice, though!" a devil that sidestepped from behind Ashley said. This demon wore a small yellow baby's necklace, and had a black trident on his right hand as he pointed it at them. The devil's name was Red. "Dare insult her and get hell from her!"

-Red-

-Occupation: Devil slave
-Hobby: Listen to whatever Ashley asks him to do
-Second Hobby: Pinch people with his trident
-Bio: Red is one little devil that assist Ashley to seek out ingredients for her spells or potions. One might say that the devil's devotion to Ashley can't be matched.

"Red, stop it," Ashley said.

"Yes, Ashley..." Red said in disappointment. "I'm just trying to make you look more omnipotent..."

"It doesn't work."

Red looked down sadly.

"Please, don't mind Red," Ashley said. "Anyway, I have no interest in coming with you. You can leave the mansion before I think about using you all as ingredients."

"No!" Jigglypuff yelled. 'Please, we need you to come with us!"

"Why would you want me so badly?" Ashley asked. "It's not like people to come and barge in without invitations and ask me to sing something I don't want to do."

"Really, we're not the ones who want to ask you this," Diddy said. "But our boss, a floating hand, sent us here to look for you."

"A floating hand?"

"I know it sounds weird, but we DO have a floating hand as our boss..."

"...A floating hand..." Ashley seemed interested in the offer. "...Hmm...does he have magical powers, by any chance?"

"He does..." Kirby said with a shrug.

"...Okay," Ashley said with a nod, making Red gasp. "I'm interested."

"Y-you're coming with us, then?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I never said that," Ashley stated.

"So..."

"I'm interested in your offer, not agreeing to do it," Ashley said. "If you want my help, then...you'll have to do some favors..."

"W-what kind of favors are those?" Kirby asked as he began to shake in fear.

Ashley smiled at this reaction. "Don't worry, this won't put you in danger if you follow my instructions correctly..."

"...This is getting even creepier..." Jigglypuff commented with a gulp.

"Agreed..." Kirby and Diddy whispered.

Sora Sora

Of Ninjas And The Evil Force Of Ganondorf

Back to the normal city's locations, there were an excited Popo with a frowning Nana walking in front of the establishment as the blue Ice Climber sat down on a bench, making Nana look annoyed at him.

"Why are you resting now?" Nana asked.

"Because my feet hurt," Popo said. "And when they hurt, they make me sit on benches like this one."

"Popo, we're supposed to be looking for a man whose skin is green," Nana said in annoyance. "Now you want to rest here?"

"Hey, he's gonna find us pretty soon," Popo said with a smile as he laid down on the bench, and took a newspaper that he used as a bed sheet. "Let's wait for him until then." Popo turned to the bench and yawned. "I wanna sleep..."

Nana grabbed the newspaper and tossed it away to the trash can before looking at Popo. "Stop playing dumb already!"

"But Nana!" Popo turned to her. "I have to be distracted because of the memory of my parents!"

"Well, now's not the time!" Nana yelled at him.

"Too bad, I have to do this," Popo said before laying back down on the bench.

"...Hey, you were smart a second ago, weren't you?"

"I do not remember," Popo said in a monotone voice. "Please try again sometime."

"Ugh!" Nana grunted in annoyance. "If he's close to us, we have to hide!"

"Alrighty then!" Popo said as he jumped off from the bench and ran over an alley where he entered inside a trash can and hid inside. "Do you like my camouflage, Nana?" Popo asked as his voice echoed.

Nana frowned to the sky before she ran to the trash can. "Popo! Get your butt out of there right now! You can get sick if you stay in there!"

"I found yogurt inside," Popo said. "Is it edible? I guess it is. I'm eating it!"

"Eww!"

Nana blinked surprised as 2 sheets of paper from the right side of the wall's alley fell off, revealing 2 twin girls that were stuck on the wall by using her backs and hands. Apparently, these 2 girls were using camouflaging by hiding themselves with the same color of the alley's wall. Popo peered out from the trash can as they both looked up to the twins.

"W-what kind of an idea is that?" a girl with pink hair and a ponytail asked as she and her twin sister looked down to them. "T-that's just disgusting!"

"Oh, great going, Popo," Nana said bored. "You've made those 2 think weird of you."

"Sweet!" Popo said as he took out mentioned half-eaten yogurt. "Wanna have some?"

"Popo!"

"Eww, it's disgusting!" the other twin that had orange hair with 2 ponytails said, sticking out her tongue.

"We KNOW it's disgusting already," Nana said as she rolled her eyes. "Don't mind him, okay? My brother can be smart an-"

"Do you call him smart?"

"W-well, not now! He's really smar-"

"Are you really sure he's smart?"

"Look, just let me finish!" Nana said annoyed. "He's dumb right now so he can distract himself from a sad memory he's been trying to forget an-aw, crap! I made him remember it!"

"I'm being a gentleman here!" Popo said angrily. "Do you want some yogurt?"

"NO!" the 3 girls yelled in disgust.

"You know what? Ignore him!" Nana said annoyed.

"W-we've been trying to do that, but we just can't!" the girl with pink hair said.

Nana hit her forehead. "Popo, toss that thing away."

"B-"

"NOW!"

Popo tossed the yogurt away with a groan.

"..." The 2 girls looked worried at each other.

"Okay, you can stop being human stickers and come down here," Nana said. "He doesn't bite, don't worry."

"I chew, though," Popo said with a smile.

"And he definitely doesn't do that as well," Nana said as she saw both girls climbing down the wall...slowly. "...Oh, come on already! He's harmless!"

The 2 girls sighed in depression before they both jumped down just landing in front of them. Both girls had the same height as both of them. The 2 girls were wearing some kind of small ninja uniforms designed only for them. The 2 girls bowed in respect to them.

"Sorry..." the girl with orange hair said. "We thought he was really going to give us...you know..."

Nana frowned. "Ugh, I get this a lot. You don't know how hard it is to keep him away from strange things."

"That's a fact," Popo said with a nod.

"...Anyway, I know this is awkward to ask now, but who are you 2?" Nana asked.

"...Oh," the pink haired girl hopped a bit. "We're sorry. We didn't introduce ourselves yet, haven't we?"

"Guess."

She chuckled. "Sorry for being a little bit rude. My name is Kat, nice to meet you."

-Kat -
-Occupation: Kindergartener
-Special Skill: Throwing Stars
-Favorite Thing: Animals
-Bio: Descendent of the Iga ninja clan, Kat is the oldest of twin sisters. She goes to Diamond Kindergarten. Kat is bossy and a bit of a bully, but she loves her pet turtles.

The other girl chuckled a bit. "I was forgetting about introducing myself as well. My name is Ana, Kat's twin sister."

-Ana-
-Occupation: Kindergartener
-Special Skill: Weapon "Makibichi"
-Favorite Thing: Flowers
-Bio: Kat's younger sister, Ana, is very quiet. Kat sometimes makes Ana cry, but Kat is always there when Ana is in danger. Ana loves all living things, especially flowers.

"Alright," Nana said with a nod as she looked at Popo. "The idiot who you see here is my twin brother, Popo. My name is Nana, his twin sister."

"Whatcha doing tonight?" Popo asked with a wink, making the girls shrug.

"A-are you sure he's harmless?" Ana asked.

"Oh, for the love of..." Nana frowned. "He's not going to anything to you as long as I'm around, rest assured."

"Just...make sure he's away from me, okay?"

"...Yes..." Nana shook her head. "Anyway, Popo, we don't have time to be goofing around here. We have to find Ganondorf and see what he wants to do here."

Popo looked at her. "He probably wants to find a way to change his skin's color. I mean, have you seen it? Maybe he's sick or he has AIDS or something."

Nana grunted. "Just get the hell out from that trash can and follow me!"

"Alright! I like my sister who knows where Ganon is!"

"...I...don't exactly know, though..." Nana pointed out.

"You suck."

Nana kicked the trash can to make it fall down, making Popo fall down as well.

The pink Ice Climber noticed the 2 girls were still there, staring at her. "Uh...well, we really have to go for now. Sorry for...doing this awkward event..." She looked away. "Damn you, Popo..."

"Oh, don't worry," Kat said as she chuckled nervously. "We'll try hard to forget the disgusting affairs from your brother."

"Please do...please," Nana said bored as she walked over to Popo to drag him back to the sidewalk.

Nana thought things over as she looked down at Popo (with a happy expression).

"Actually...I don't think I can do this with Popo..." Nana said as she dropped Popo's head down. "Ganondorf could be menacing on his own. With that weird Triforce of Power in his hands and all that, he could be smart and take us both down..."

"Who is this Ganondorf you're speaking of?" Kat asked.

"You don't need to know," Nana said. "But if you want, Ganondorf is a weirdo with green skin that bents to have power to rule anything in his path. Popo and I were left in charge to look for him, but I don't think we can spy on him to find out what he wants to do here..."

Kat and Ana looked at each other.

"Well, if you're so worried about him, why don't you let us tag along?" Ana asked.

"W-what? Oh no, I don't want to make you get involved in this. We barely met each other as well." Nana looked down at Popo.

"No, it's okay," Kat said with a nod and a chuckle. "We don't look like it, but we're descendants of the Iga Clan; a famous clan of ninjas."

"Oh, so are you 2 ninjas?"

"The most talented," Ana said proudly.

"We're still training, you know," Kat said bored.

"Kat, I'm trying to make us look good to them!" she whispered angrily.

"Even so," Kat said as she and Ana looked back at Nana. "We'd like to help you. Ninjas are good at spying and stuff. We can make you 2 hide very well."

"I don't know..." Nana said worried.

"I can be a ninja if you want," Popo said with a wink.

Nana smiled a little (not because of what Popo said). "Are you sure you want to come along?"

"We don't have anything better to do," Kat said. "We can allow you to use our services without having to pay anything."

"Don't worry, we won't let you down," Ana said. "We think this is going to be fun and make us be better ninjas of the Iga Clan."

"...What do you say, Popo?" Nana asked.

"I say I'm going to have an amusing foursome with 3 girls," Popo said.

"I'm your sister!" Nana yelled.

"Ooh, too bad, then. I'm gonna have an interesting threesome with 2 twins."

Kat and Ana looked freaked out and both took a step back.

"H-he's joking, don't believe him!" Nana said in shock.

"...O...kay..." Ana said. "...I think we can handle this...and him..."

"This is going to be a long day..." Nana muttered.

Kat and Ana temporarily joined your team!

Popo smiled happily, Nana frowned, Kat and Ana sighed in unison, and the chapter came to an end.

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Diamond City's Usual Life.Somehow, that "usual" life doesn't sound normal to me..." Diddy said with a shrug.

"You tell me," Sonic said annoyed.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Diamond City
Chris, Ness, Lucas/Jigglypuff, Diddy Kong, Kirby/Ice Climbers, Kat and Ana/Sonic, Chip, Amy, Young Cricket, Master Mantis
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 27, 2009, 09:06:59 PM
Chapter 147: Life And Times In Diamond City

Streets

Back where Chris, Ness, and Lucas were, the group was running as fast as they could to get close to Mona. However, scooters were faster than their feet, and so they had trouble to get to her.

Plus, they didn't finish their ice creams yet.

"D-dangit..." Ness said as he licked his ice cream, still following the trail Mona's scooter left behind. "A-at this rate, she's going to get away..."

"I-I know..." Chris panted heavily as he licked his ice cream. "M-my kingdom for a way to get to Mona..."

"R-run..." Lucas moaned as he licked his ice cream.

The 3 eventually halted their progress to stop and regain their energies. Once they caught their breaths, they looked forward where the trail was disappearing.

"N-no!" Ness dropped to his knees, accidentally letting go of his ice cream to the floor. "W-we lost her!"

"Oh no..." Chris said as he dropped to his knees, continuing to lick his ice cream as he stared in shock at the trail. "We're never going to get to her this way..."

"Well, what do you suggest?" Ness asked. "Unless we had a good transportation method, then we're screwed!"

"A-are we really in trouble?" Lucas asked as he licked his ice cream.

Ness tossed his cone away. "Shall we just...give it up?"

"Oh no..." Chris said with a serious look. "Think of the things Master Hand will do to us if we don't get to Mona." The World Traveler continued to lick his ice cream. "It's her...or Cruel Brawl..."

"We have YET to see what the mode's like," Ness said bored. "...But it'll be cruel, alright. Those enemies are pushovers in the other modes, but there, they're the ones who make us look like pushovers..."

Lucas shrugged as he looked at the sidewalks. "I-isn't there a way to get to Mona?"

"We're thinking about one," Ness said bored. "We'd like you to give us a good faster way to get to her. Do you have one? No? Then continue to think because I'm going to give up in a fe-" Ness noticed Lucas was tapping his left shoulder. "What?"

"T-there!" Lucas pointed forward to the other side of the street.

Right across the street, there was a taxi that was being cleaned in the car wash by 2 people. These 2 people were a tall bull-dog that wore a blue suit with a small green hat on his head, that used a rag to clean the roof of the taxi while a small yellow cat with a small blue suit and some green goggles on his forehead was cleaning the tires with 2 rags. The 2 seemed happy as they cleaned the taxi.

"And a little cleanin' over there, and one more cleanin' over here..." the bulldog said as he sang happily.

"A rub over there, and another one down here..." the yellow cat said.

The 2 looked at each other and laughed. "And less interruptions to run like hell on the streets, yeah!" they both said together before laughing out loud.

The Smashers looked odd at the 2 as they laughed from the other side of the street.

"...I don't know, Lucas," Ness said unsure. "But those 2 look weird to me..."

"Actually..." Chris began as he licked his ice cream. "I know those 2..."

"Oh, sweet," Ness said bored. "Care to give us their names?"

"...Of course..." Chris said with a nod. "The bulldog one is named Dribble and the cat one is named Spitz."

Lucas stuck out his tongue, stopping licking his ice cream. "W-why would their names sound like some sort of..."

"Do we want to bother?" Ness asked. "Either way, they have a taxi, they must be taxi drivers, and taxi drivers help anyone who wants to go anywhere."

"Well, they both like to do things to the extreme, though..." Chris trailed off.

"Pardon?"

"I-I think they could help us in chasing Mona if we tell them out story..."

"..."

"...And they'll surely like you to pay with your ATM card, Ness..."

Ness sighed as he took out his ATM card. "Well, if I have to do this, I have to do it. Besides, my money account is insanely big at this point. I don't mind spending a few millions."

Lucas and Chris blinked surprise at Ness.

"...What? It's true," Ness said.

Lucas shook his head. ?A-anyway, we should go ask them...?

?Alright, let's go.?

The 3 looked at the sides of the street before crossing it over. Once they crossed to the other, they stood behind the 2 drivers.

Dribble's right ear twitched before he looked over his right shoulder to them. ?What is it?? he asked. ?Can't you see we're busy??

?U-um...? Lucas played with his fingers. ?W-we were wondering if you could take us somewhere...?

?Somewhere, huh?? Dribble asked as he turned to them. ?Well, we're going to finish up the cleaning right now.?

?Yeah,? Spitz said as he looked up to them. ?If you want to go anywhere, just tell us.?

?We don't like to brag, but we're the best taxi drivers of the whole city,? Dribble said proudly. ?We like to go where the people want to go.?

-Dribble-

-Occupation: Taxi Driver
-Skill: Driving
-Personality: Speed Freak
-Bio: This speed freak of a cabby drives for Diamond Taxi. He's burly guy, but he's not as bright as his partner Spitz. For some reason, they both have Bronx accents.

?Oh, is that so?? Ness asked. ?We need to chase someone in truth and...?

Dribble's and Spitz's eyes widened. ?I beg your pardon?? Spitz asked as his eyes opened. ?You're chasing someone??

?T-thing is...? Chris looked away embarrassed as he finished his ice cream. ?W-we're chasing this girl named Mona, but she's got a scooter, and we can't get to Mona...?

?Mona?? Dribble asked. ?Ooh, right, her... Why would you chase her around??

?What the hell? Do they know each other?? Ness whispered.

?I haven't seen them talking to each other, but...? Chris whispered. ?I guess they met face-to-face before...?

?Anyway, we're chasing her around because we need to ask her to do a favor to us. She's always in a rush or what??

?Ah, yes,? Spitz said with a nod, closing his eyes. ?She's always in a rush to go anywhere.?

?Yeah, nowadays, she's speeding her way to her workplaces,? Dribble said with a grumble. ?Heck, she sometimes breaks the sound barrier?maybe...?

?So you guys wanna get to her, correct?? Spitz asked.

?I-if you don't mind...?

?HAHAHAHAHAHA!? Dribble laughed loudly enough to make them take a step back. ?Okay, here's the thing, if you want us to chase her around, you'll have to pay in advance.?

?Pay in advance? Why?? Ness asked.

?Because we always end up not asking for the bill of the trip at the end,? Dribble explained. ?You see, we tend to...meet supernatural people a lot of times...?

?Are you guys aliens disguised as humans?? Spitz asked with interested. ?Or are you mermaids??

Chris, Ness, and Lucas stared at him with odd looks.

?C'mon, you call tell us already! I love sci-fi stuff!? Spitz said in excitement.

-Spitz-

-Occupation: Taxi Driver
-Hobby: Reading Science Fiction
-Personalty: Calm
-Bio: Sure, he's small, but in the cab he's leader of the pack. His cool head suits Dribble's need for speed well. Together, they dream of cabbing it in outer space.

?W-we're not aliens...or mermaids...? Lucas said as he finished his ice cream.

?...? Spitz frowned. ?Meh, they reveal themselves at the end of the trip. Don't worry; your secret is safe with us.?

"W-what?"

?Anyhow,? Dribble began. ?If you wanna chase Mona, you'll have to pay in advance.?

Ness showed him his ATM card. ?Will this do??

?Of course, all kinds of ways to pay are accepted in Dribble & Spitz's Taxi Service,? Dribble said with a happy expression before he looked serious. ?However, since we're talking about Mona here, I'll assure you guys that this isn't going to be easy...?

?W-why?? Lucas asked.

?Didn't you hear us? She's always in a rush everywhere,? Spitz said with a chuckle. ?The only time she gets to talk to people is during school, and she doesn't get a free time to talk when she's driving off everywhere!? Spitz opened his arms. ?We like to do extreme things, though. If you wanna see her and oblige her to spill the beans or something, then leave it to us!?

?We've never done this before, so it's worth the try,? Dribble said. ?Chasing her around it's gonna be the best experience ever. Imagine the speed meter going to the MAX!?

?Yeah, let's do it already!? Spitz said with enthusiasm.

The 3 Smashers looked at each other worried as the 2 cabs tossed their rags away.

?Okay, hop all in!? Dribble ordered.

The bulldog and the yellow cat took their seats in the front in a matter of time before the 3 Smashers shook their heads and got on the back seat, closing the doors quickly.

Dribble fixed the rear mirror to look at them with his right eye. ?Okay, it's 11:00 AM right now. Mona should be delivering pizzas right now. If we want to interrupt her, we'll have to go to Mona pizza to the west side of the city.?

?H-how do you know she's there right now?? Lucas asked.

?Dude, one would memorize that very quickly in a few days if you see her going pretty much everywhere,? Spitz said before his eyes flared up. ?Okay. Dribble, start the engine!?

?Right on!? Dribble nodded as he turned the taxi on, letting the motor roar a few times.

The 3 Smashers quickly took back their seats and put their seat belts on. ?This isn't going to get pretty...? Ness muttered.

Chris gulped. ?I-I don't like this...?

?M-m-me too...? Lucas gulped as well.

?Hold on tight on your seats and belts, guys,? Dribble said as he narrowed his eyes. ?We here at Dribble & Spitz?s Taxi Service do things our way. If you don?t like it, then leave!?

The 3 Smashers decided to look serious.

?Alright,? Dribble said with a nod. ?You guys are so determined, huh? Well then, at the count of 3, we?ll start this chase. Spitz, start the countdown!?

?Okay!? Spitz raised a hand. ??3!?

?What?? the 3 Smashers asked.

?HERE WE GO!? Dribble yelled loudly as he slammed down his right foot on the pedal, making the car?s wheels roll quickly before the taxi drove into the street and to the west at a speed of 70mph, making Chris, Ness, and

Lucas get pushed back to their seats.

?UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!? Lucas screamed for dear life.

?T-this is nothing!? Ness yelled to him. ?W-we have belts, remember that!?

?A-are we going to get to Mona?s place like this?!? Chris asked loudly.

?You don?t worry!? Spitz said as he stood up and looked back at them, raising his right hand. ?We ALWAYS reach the places we want to go, even space itself!?

?S-space?!? Lucas asked.

?Yeah, isn?t it cool?? Spitz asked with a small laugh.

Back to the driver, it was clear that Dribble underwent road rage as he put his chin on the wheel. ?Where is she?!? Dribble asked as he looked at the sides of the empty streets. ?She?s supposed to be here!?

Spitz sat back on his seat and took out some binoculars. ?Scanning area!? he yelled. ??Trail of smoke at 11!?

Right in front of them, there was the same trail of smoke from Mona?s scooter becoming visible little by little.

?Alright!? Dribble yelled as he leaned back to his seat, grinning a little at the sight of Mona?s trail. ?We?ve located her!?

Ness sighed. ?Wow. That was so fast??

?I?m glad?? Chris said as the force of the speed kept him from moving forward. ?This is going to be easier after all??

??Oh no!? Spitz gasped.

?What is it? Inform me!? Dribble demanded as he didn?t lose sight of the trail.

?I-I?m afraid we didn?t check the motors today??

?What?! I thought we did!?

?N-nope?? Spitz scratched his forehead. ?W-we were going to, but when these guys came to us, we kind of??
??? Dribble smacked his forehead and frowned. ?For crying out loud, we were going t-?

Just as the trail of smoke was becoming more visible, some sounds began to make the taxi hop from the street before it began to lose speed slowly. Dribble and Spitz had their faces blank with some traces of depression before, eventually, the taxi stopped in its trail, halting the chase as the 3 Smashers remained silent.

??? Lucas?s mouth trembled before he looked down in shame. ?We failed??

?NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!? Dribble and Spitz yelled.

Spitz made a fist as he stood up. ?Oh no, we?re not going to lose now, not after we just started!?

Dribble hung his right arm on his seat as he looked at the 3. ?You don?t worry. We?ll fix this thing up in a sec!?

The 2 taxi drivers quickly left outside, ran to the back, opened the back of the car, took out some wrenches, and ran to the front where they opened the car to let smoke come out before they dove into it and began to repair the taxi.

??? Ness looked at the 2. ?What are we waiting for? We have to chase Mona now that we have her closer!?

?O-oh, right,? Chris said with a nod. ?What about Dribble and Spitz, though??

Ness opened the right window and stuck his head out. ?You guys! Where?s Mona?s workplace??

?It?s 4 streets away to the west,? Spitz yelled through the smoke. ?Hey, wait a minute. You?re not thinking in leaving, right??

?We have to leave,? Ness yelled. ?Otherwise we?ll catch up with her!?

?Aw, crap,? Dribble cursed. ?Our clients are running away!?

?No, wait,? Spitz yelled. ?It?s going to be one heck of a chase if you run after her on foot!?

?W-why is that?? Lucas asked.

?Because of the fact Mona leaves the places she goes in a matter of seconds!? Spitz explained as he coughed. ?You guys could barely reach the workplace before seeing her go!?

Ness opened the door and jumped out. ?Screw it, we?re running after her!?

?A-are you serious of this idea, Ness?? Chris asked.

?Of course I am,? Ness said with a nod as he motioned to him. ?If what they say about her is true, then we don?t have time to waste??

?Okay, go!? Spitz yelled. ?If you can?t reach her, we?ll catch up with you!?

?Y-you?re going to catch up with us?? Lucas asked. ?Are you going to follow us??

?Or help us?? Chris asked.

?Depends,? Dribble said as he continued to fix the car. ?If you want, we can try to help you as long as you pay.?

??? Ness nodded. ?Fine, you can help us.?

?Besides, we never thought about chasing Mona without a reason before,? Spitz said. ?You guys are our perfect excuse to chase her around pretty much all Diamond City.?

?W-wait, she goes everywhere around Diamond City?? Chris asked.

?Of course she does,? Dribble said. ?That?s why she?s always in a big rush.?

"It's now or never, let's get's a move on!" Ness yelled.

"W-why do you look so desperate?" Lucas asked.

"It's an evil feeling or hunch I have," Ness said. "Probably a hunch."

The 3 Smashers quickly left the seats and ran towards the west, leaving the 2 cabs behind.

"Damn, Spitz," Dribble said as smoke continued to fly out from the front of the taxi. "We could have had them here to wait for us."

"Meh, they seemed in a hurry," Spitz said. "After all, they're like us, y'know? They like to do things to the extreme."

Dribble chuckled. "I'd say so."

Beach

Back at the lonely beach, there was a young disciple, standing in front of the waves as he showed the ocean his right palm while he focused.

Close to him there were Sonic, Amy, Chip, and Master Mantis watching Young Cricket doing some kind of meditation. "Look, this isn't going to help at all," Amy complained with crossed arms. "We're supposed to cross over the ocean, not meditate in front of it."

"Please, be patient," Master Mantis said with a nod. "Everything takes time, so do the forms."

"Forms, forms, forms," Sonic repeated in annoyance. "Those forms you talk about are nothing but crazy things."

The master looked at him. "Do not disrespect the forms," he said. "Otherwise they're going to focus their sight on you."

"Pfft, yeah, right," Sonic said as he rolled his eyes. "I don't care either way."

"YAH!" Young Cricket's sudden yell made them all look at him. "..." The disciple looked forward to the ocean after he threw a left fist to it. "...Master, I've failed..." He said as he lowered his head.

"You haven't mastered the "Open Ocean Path" form yet, it seems..." Master Mantis said.

Amy began to grunt loudly. "That does it! We're gonna get a boat instead of opening paths in oceans to walk through them! Anyone knows a fisherman or where to find an abandoned boat?"

Young Cricket walked to them. "Well, we could use the "Hello" form to meet one."

"Oh, let me guess," Chip said as he waved his hand. "Is it like this?"

Young Cricket gasped at this. "Y-you know that form? Are you some kind of forgotten master, perhaps?"

"For the love of god, everyone knows that "form" very well!" Sonic groaned.

"Young Cricket," Master Mantis began, making the disciple kneel down at him. "That is one of the most basic forms of all. I can't believe you don't know about it. Didn't you study it?"

Young Cricket looked away embarrassed. "N-no..."

Amy looked mad at this. "My god, I can't believe we found the weir-" She was quickly interrupted by Chip flying just in front of her face.

"UFO!" Chip suddenly yelled as he pointed up to the sky.

"UFO?" Sonic and Amy asked in unison.

"T-that's an UFO, right?" Chip asked as he pointed to the sky.

"Chip," Sonic began with a frown. "Why would there be an UFO here? That's random, y'know?"

"I-I know that's random, but it's true! There's an UFO coming down here...and it looks like a big pink piggy!"

"UFO that looks like a big pink piggy..." Amy muttered annoyed as she looked up. "I don't see anything... Um..."

Sonic blinked confused at her a few times before he looked up. His eyes widened once he focused his sight on a small spot in the sky. This also made Master Mantis and Young Cricket to look up before their eyes widened for a bit.

Right over the sky, there was a big pink pig(gy) descending at an alarming speed to the beach, where it tried to move to the sides but without any success. This made the 6 (except Master Mantis) back at the beach to look terrified.

"Uah!" Young Cricket gasped. "M-Master, there's an unidentified flying object coming right towards us!"

"I know," Master Mantis said with a nod.

"S-should I use the "Slap Ship To The Side" form?"

"Oh, please!" Amy frowned. "I know there's no such form in the world!"

"It is known for your information," Master Mantis said.

Amy smacker her forehead. "Oh, I don't know what to believe now..."

"I do," Chip said.

"You do..."

"Yeah," Chip said with a chuckle. "I believe that WE HAVE TO GET OUT OF HERE!!!"

Amy quickly jumped to Sonic's arms. "HELP ME, SONIC!"

Sonic looked annoyed at her. "Are you taking advantage of the situation?"

"Well, do you want to live or not?" Amy asked with a glare as she hugged him tightly.

"..." Sonic rolled his eyes (making Amy giggle) before he quickly ran away from the landing spot. Chip gasped before he followed them.

As for Master Mantis and Young Cricket...

"Focus..." Master Mantis said as Young Cricket focused his sight on the UFO. "Let the form be one with you..."

"The form is one with me..." Young Cricket muttered as he closed his eyes.

From a long distance to the west, the 3 newcomers looked at the 2 clueless characters as the shadow of the UFO got bigger and bigger with every passing second. "Chip, get some graves," Amy said. "The least we can do is make them a proper funeral."

"Right," Chip said with a nod.

Sonic looked at them. "How can we tell they're going to survive through this? ...Oh, right, they won't."

"Exactly," Amy said. "And I can stay on your arms aaaaaaaaaall day long." She giggled in pleasure as she leaned her head to Sonic's face.

Sonic frowned and let go of Amy, making her hit the sand with her back.

"Curses!" Amy cursed.

Sonic frowned again before he looked back at the 2 victims.

The hedgehog could barely see Young Cricket and Master Mantis not moving from their places. Sonic looked back into the sky where the UFO was descending at an alarming speed before it eventually crashed into the 2.

Sonic, Chip, and Amy (who stood up) hung their mouths open as sand jumped off from the crash of the UFO. The 3 couldn't believe that they barely knew 2 people before they were killed in a matter of seconds.

"...Oh my god!" Amy covered her cheeks and frowned. "T-they're dead, t-they're really dead now!"

"I think so," Sonic said. "Man, what a way to die..."

Chip, somehow, took a small violin behind his back before he began to play a sad tune. Sonic and Amy looked at him before the imp looked at them without stopping. "I had it with me," Chip said before Sonic took the instrument, broke it with his knee, and tossed it to a nearby trash can. "...So much for that..." Chip said as he looked down sadly.

The hedgehogs looked back at the UFO. "...Think there's someone in there?" Sonic asked.

Amy gasped. "M-marcians! Sonic, don't let them get me! Those Martians could dissect me alive if they catch me!"

"(Doing otherwise sounds very tempting, though,)" Sonic thought with a devilish grin.

Chip gasped once he saw the top of the UFO opening. The new entrance looked round, letting smoke come out from it, which made Chip fly forward to take a closer look. "H-hey, something is coming out of it..."

"Really?" Sonic and Amy asked before looking back at the UFO.

From the smoke, they could barely see a thin shadow standing up from the hole. The thin shadow, suddenly, glowed green eyes as it looked at them. Amy gulped in horror as she thought the alien was looking at her only.

"YIIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Amy screamed before she (again) jumped to Sonic's arms. "S-Sonic, it loves me! Do something, please!"

"Hey! She's all yours!" Sonic called out.

"What was that?" Amy asked with a glare.

"I-I mean, experiment with her as much as you want!"

Sonic looked back at the mad Amy.

The hedgehog chuckled nervously. "H-heheheheh..."

Amy pouted at his yells.

"H-hello?" Chip asked with a gulp. "A-alien's staring at us?"

The 3 quickly focused back at the green eyes that shone through the smoke. Sonic made a serious look, Amy closed her eyes and leaned to Sonic's face, and Chip looked around for a camera.

"I-I need something to prove aliens exist! I'll be filthy rich that way!" Chip looked around.

"Chip, stop it..." Sonic said with a frown.

Once they looked back at the shadow of the alien...in an instant, the alien fell down to the sand, making the 3 look down at it from a safe distance.

"..." Amy looked at the alien. "...Wait, that's it? I-it's not going to hurt us?"

Chip flew all the way to the alien to look down at it. "Chip, no! It could shoot lasers out from its back!" Sonic warned Chip.

The imp tilted his head as he examined the alien. The alien, for some reason, wore a long black cape with a red jewel on the alien's neck, the cape almost reached its white shoes (that had some small spikes underneath that weren't that dangerous), and its hands had only 3 fingers on each one. Above everything else, its head (and all its body) was so thin that it looked like it didn't have a brain in its thin head.

The 3 noticed that the body twitched for a bit. Chip backed away from a bit before the alien put its hands on the sand to lift his head off from the sand, shook it to the sides, and looked up at them. The alien was also wearing some black shades over its eyes, preventing them from seeing its eyes.

"..." Sonic remained silent as Amy stared down at the alien.

"...Sorry..." the alien said in a monotone voice. "I crashed..."

Fortunately, the 3 were able to understand the weird tone of the alien.

"...Okay..." Amy said with some nods. "...Did you...notice you killed 2 innocent weirdoes as well?"

"...No," the alien said before it stood up and dusted off its cape. "I didn't..."

"Well..." Sonic shifted his eyes around (letting go of Amy again) before looking back at the alien. "You just crushed 2 guys with that pig ship you have behind you."

The alien turned around to look at its crashed ship, half-buried into the sand before looking back at them while its mouth trembled a little in disappointment.

"...Great..." the alien said before looking down. "This always happens..."

"You always kill people by crashing your ship on them?!" Amy asked in disbelief as she sat up.

"No..."

"...Oh..."

"Hey, no need to get worked up..." Chip said as he patted the alien's back.

"No, it's okay..." the alien said as it looked at him. "I can't reach the space...easily... Also..." It looked at them. "...Sorry...if I sound....weird... I'm just...learning...to speak...your...language...earthlings..."

"Oh, don't worry," Amy said as she got up. "I think I understand...just maybe."

The alien seemed to smile a little before it nodded. "Thanks..."

"Who are you, anyway?" Chip asked.

"Oh, my name is...Orbulon," the alien said. "Nice to meet you...earthlings... I'm a male if you...did not know..."

-Orbulon-

-Age: 2003
-IQ: 300
-Occupation: Alien
-Bio: Orbulon once plotted to take over the earth, but after his UFO crashed Diamond City, he just settled down. He's superintelligent, but he still has a tough time with English.

"Okay, nice to meet you," Amy said as she shook hands (she got weirded out by Orbulon's 3-fingered right hand) with Orbulon. "My name is Amy Rose. This here is Chip, and this guy behind me is my boyfriend Sonic."

"Oh, whatever..." Sonic said with a frown.

"Tell us, why did you crash your ship?"

"I was testing my Oinker ship...for a ride..." Orbulon explained. "It is...damaged as you can plainly see..."

"Oinker?" Chip asked.

"Yes."

"Oh, makes sense to me."

"...Hey, what about the 2?" Sonic asked as he remembered Young Cricket and Master Mantis. "Those 2 got themselves killed underneath your ship!"

At that moment, Young Cricket's head popped out from the sand close to them. The 4 quickly looked down at him before the disciple coughed sand out. "W-we managed to survive..." Young Cricket said as he spat more sand out. "W-we used the "Dig Your Way To Safety From UFO" form..."

"...My goodness," Amy said with an annoyed look. "You 2 survived through this?"

Master Mantis's head stuck out from the sand. "Yes, we survived through this random and unexpected event. However, I expected it."

"Master, you're incredible," Young Cricket said with wide eyes.

"Don't make me blush, Young Cricket."

"Yes, Master..."

Orbulon scratched his thin head in embarrassment. "Sorry, earthlings... I was the one...behind the crash..."

The 2 turned their heads at him. "Alien!" Young Cricket screamed.

"Hold on," Master Mantis interrupted. "We already know him."

"...Oh," Orbulon said with a nod. "You 2 worked with Wario...and the others with me...right?"

"Yes...I think so..." Young Cricket said before he jumped off from the sand, standing up normally before his master tried to jump out, but he couldn't as Chip was the only one who looked down at him. "I remember you."

"Good," Orbulon said before looking at Sonic's group. "I am sorry for...making you get scared..."

"Oh, it's okay," Amy said with a chuckle. "We survived, that's a good thing."

?Wait, you know that fat(beep) Wario?? Sonic asked.

?Know him? Most people in the city know him,? Master Mantis said. ?He's a greedy guy.?

?And you work for him?? Amy asked.

?Not necessarily,? he continued. ?Although we help to make him get richer, we do this just for fun and the discovery of new forms.?

?He may be greedy, but as long as we help to create microgames, it's fine with us,? Young Cricket said.

?That goes...for me as well,? Orbulon said.

?...Talk about weirdos...? Amy muttered bored. "I wouldn't work for a guy who doesn't even pay..."

"U-um..." Chip looked at Sonic. "Hey, Sonic, shouldn't we cross over the ocean and find this Mike guy?"

"NO," Sonic said with a glare.

Orbulon's (small) forehead twitched a bit. "You want to see...Mike?"

"Wait, you know him?" Amy asked.

"Do you?"

"Er...no... W-we just need to get to him..."

"Oh, I see," Orbulon said before he looked over the horizon, pointing to the northeast. "Mike is supposed to be...at Dr. Crygor's lab...right now."

Chip gasped. "A-a location has been revealed to us!"

"If you want, I could...take you there...but..." Orbulon looked back at his Oinker. "...My ship here got...damaged...pretty bad."

?Oh, why would you help us?? Sonic asked.

?Wasn't my ship...going to...crash on you all??

?It already did for them,? Chip said as he looked at Master Mantis being taken off the sand by Young Cricket.

?Well, that's the least...I can do...? Orbulon offered.

?I don't know how you're going to take us to that lab, though,? Amy said. ?Do you know a way to get there, though??

?Maybe,? Orbulon said as he looked at the Oinker. ?Forgive me...but I have to do this.?

?Who is he speaking to?? Chip asked.

?I guess the ship...? Sonic whispered.

?I need your help...to push it to the ocean,? Orbulon said. ?The ship...isn't that heavy...don't worry.?

?Push it to the ocean? What for?? Chip asked.

?You'll see soon enough.?

Orbulon temporarily joined your team!

Some time later...

The Oinker was floating calmly over the pier located to the west of them. The 5 earthlings blinked a few times before Orbulon came out from the upper hatch of the ship before grinning a bit. ?Okay,? he said. ?It's ready.?

?Oh, please,? Sonic said with a frown. ?We're gonna use your ship as a submarine??

?It's the only way to get to that island,? Amy said. ?I know you're going to try to escape.?

?You're a good guesser,? Sonic said with a grin before he ran away to the south.

?He's so fast,? Orbulon commented. ?I give him that...for being a guy wearing...a collar...?

Amy recalled the collar, snapped her fingers to Chip, and looked at him. The imp nodded. ?As you wish,? Chip said. ?Sonic, get in the submarine!?

The hedgehog's feet made him return to the pier before Sonic screamed as he leaped inside the submarine. ?NO!? Sonic yelled.

?Hmm...? Young Cricket rubbed his chin. ?That collar he's wearing has some sort of control effect...?

?Yup. I'm his legal owner,? Chip said with a chuckle.

Sonic stuck his head out from the hatch. ?It's not funny, you know!?

Orbulon motioned at the ship. ?Enter, please.?

?UAAH!!!? Young Cricket made a karate yell before he jumped inside the ship.

Master Mantis simply jumped inside, followed by Amy and Chip. Orbulon looked down before entering inside the ship.

Oinker

For looking rather small from the outside, the ship looked very spacious enough to hold 50 people in there. Inside the ship, there were several panels located around the gray floors and walls with a big screen on the front of a small seat for Orbulon, who assumed command as he jumped to his seat and sat down.

?Woooooooooow,? Chip said in surprise as he looked around with the others.

?Please, don't touch...anything,? Orbulon said. ?If you press something, we could...end up in the sky...?

?Self-destruct button?? Amy asked.

?Affirmative,? Orbulon said before looking at the screen. ?Activate...emergency sub-mode...now...?

The screen blinked in light a few times before it showed half of the sky and half of the ocean, indicating it was looking forward.

?Turn 45 degrees east, head to...Dr. Crygor's lab...? Orbulon commanded.

The ship listened as it turned to the northeast before it began to move slowly in the ocean. Young Cricket and Master Mantis decided to sat down and meditate while Amy tried her best to calm down the hedgehog.

?Don't worry there...? Amy said as he rubbed Sonic's head. ?The water is our friend...?

?IT WANTS TO DROWN ME!? Sonic panicked. ?IT WANTS TO KILL ME!?

?Chip.?

?Okay,? Chip said with a nod. ?Sonic, think you're a stick.?

?Chip, not that!?

Sonic's pupils shrunk for a moment before he fell down on the floor without screaming in pain.

Amy looked down and frowned. ?I didn't mean this, Chip! Why would you make him be a stick, anyway??

?Sticks don?t move?? Chip asked.

??? Amy sighed. ?Okay?even if it is random, it helps to keep him from panicking.?

?Is Sonic claustrophobic??

?Yeah, pretty much he?s claustrophobic.?

?Please, make yourselves?at home?? Orbulon said as he looked at them. ?It?s going to be?a small time?before we get there??

?Oh, we will,? Amy said, smiling a bit. ?We?ll just enjoy the scenery in the meantime.?

And the Oinker peacefully crossed the ocean to the northeast where Dr. Crygor?s lab waited?or not.

Club Sugar

The scene quickly changed to another place located to the southwest of the beach. The disco ball flashed wildly at the darkness of the scene. The floor itself began to flicker with different lights as the people around cheered loudly.

?Ladies and gentlemen!? a voice called from the darkness. ?It?s yet another rhythmic day here at Club Sugar. Our main dancer, or should I say dancers, will take the stage and show us their moves!?

The crowd cheered loudly.

?Please, I want you to get warmed up for this peculiar but stylish family of dancers,? the announcer said. ?These dancers have rocked on the stage for years, days, hours, minutes, second, and even the smallest seconds! The stage begs for moves, and the moves are with them all.?

1 dark figure walked on the stage.

?And they?re finally here, no less!? the announcer said. "Ladies and gentlemen! It's Jimmy's...SHOWTIME!!!"

The lights quickly turned on and aimed at the dark figure, revealing to be a tall man with a blue afro, 2 whiskers that looked like musical notes, wore black lenses, had a pink nose, a red jacket, white pants, and some dark shoes. The man himself grinned before he began to dance on the stage, making the audience cheer loudly as some girls squealed.

"This is Jimmy T., people!" the announcer said. "Club Sugar's most talented dancer!!!"

-Jimmy T. (T. for Thang)-

-Occupation: Dancer
-Hobby: Collecting Ring Tones
-Biggest Boast: His Crazy Wigs
-Bio: This guy loves the dance floor more than anyone else. He stays up dancing all night at Club Sugar. His hairdo hides a secret, but he refuses to tell anyone what it is.

Whenever the dancer pointed up to the ceiling, his fans would get wilder than before. As Jimmy kept dancing, there were 3 familiar figures sitting in front of the counter that was located to the right part of the club.

"There's our target..." Diddy whispered.

"Yes, he's here, alright..." Jigglypuff whispered.

"He's our only salvation to stay alive."

"I know."

"Or a little sample of his afro is our real salvation, not him."

"Of course."

Kirby, who was sitting right next to Jigglypuff, looked at them. "Um, why do we have to act like this?"

Diddy looked at him before he shrugged. "Don't tell me you forgot what Ashley told us to do already..."

"Um..." Kirby thought for a moment, recalling Ashley's words as a think cloud came out from his head, showing Ashley in it.

"I need you to get 5 different samples of hair from the Thangs," Ashley explained. "Those weird dancers are usually found at the only club of the city besides the one called Club Spicy. You just need to bring 5 different samples of their hear, 1 for each one." Her face turned a little bit dark as her hair turned white. "But if you don't bring me those samples before night comes around...I'll have you to be ingredients..."

The Star Warrior shrugged as the think cloud vanished in thin air.

"She SPECIFICALLY told us we weren't going to get hurt in any way," Jigglypuff said.

"Well, she DID say that, but she didn't say she would do it to us after this," Diddy explained. "Besides, if we run away..."

The 3 looked to the left where Ashley's devil slave, Red, grinned evilly at them. "If you try to run away, I'll tell Ashley right away," Red said with a chuckle. "And she's fast on her broom, I'll tell you."

Diddy sighed. "At least she said you were going to help us in this."

"Meh, I'll see what I can do," Red said as he looked proudly. "If I get the samples instead of you, Ashley will praise me and not you."

"Whatever," Jigglypuff said bored before looking back at the stage in the middle of the club. "Now, where are the others? She said that guy had a family."

"And now entering the stage, Papa T. and Mama T!" the announcer yelled.

Jimmy took a step back as 2 more dancers appeared on each side of the stage. One was tall, thin, had long yellow hair, green jacket, long white pants, and small inflated lips as the other figure revealed to be a fat woman with pink hair, wore an apron, and mostly wore what usual wives wore. The 2 crossed each other for a moment before stricking a pose with their hands making scizzors in front of their black glasses at the sides of Jimmy's position before pulling back.

-Papa T. and Mama T.-

-Occupation: Dancers
-Hobby: Dance till they tire out
-Biggest Boast: Their undying dance moves
-Bio: These are the parents of Jimmy. Despite being older than Jimmy himself, their dance moves haven't looked worse at all.

"Okay, there are 2 of them," Jigglypuff said. "But we're missing 2 more."

"And finally and no less, we have Jimmy's stylish siblings, the chick-magnet James T. and the disco-fabulous Jamie T.!"

2 young dancers stepped on the stage as they looked away from the crowd. The first one had pink hair with 2 puffy afro pigtails at her sides, had a small pink nose, wore blue glasses, a yellow shirt with a rising star, red skirt, and white shoes as the other young dancer had and orange afro, wore black glasses, had a round red nose, wore a blue jacket, red pants, and white shoes. The 2, once they passed Jimmy, turned around and struck their poses like the parents did before stepping back, making a V-shaped formation with Papa T., Jimmy T., and Mama T.

-James T. and Jamie T.-

-Occupation: Dancers
-Hobby: Polish their dance moves
-Biggest Boast: Their cellphones
-Bio: These 2 siblings are Jimmy's siblings. Despite being young, they have the same amazing dancing moves like their parents and Jimmy.

The crowd cheered louder before the 5 began to dance in perfect synch on the stage as the lights flickered many times.

Noticing the 5 on the stage, the 3 Smashers looked at each other. "Our targets are on the stage now," Diddy said.

"Conveniently enough...or not," Red began as he cleaned the middle prong of his trident with a napkin. "They're going to be here until night. I heard that the Jimmy guy and his family dance all day long before they leave at midnight. It's 1:30 PM right now. You have a lot of time before Ashley gets you."

The 3 Smashers gulped. "W-we'll try not to screw up..." Jigglypuff said worried.

"Also," Red continued. "The family isn't going to tire out that easily."

"What?" Diddy asked.

"They're the only group of the whole city that likes to dance for long periods of time," Red explained. "They'll dance until moon shows its face..." He grinned at them. "And guess what this means for you?"

"...We're going to grab a small hair from their afros while they're dancing?" Kirby asked.

"Exactly," Red said with a nod. "However, the public won't like you interrupting their dance. If you want to get a sample of their hairs, I suggest you should try to find a way to get the 5 samples without interrupting the dance. Otherwise, you're gonna have many glaring eyes down to you."

Jigglpuff looked shocked at this before she gulped. "O-oh no..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on September 29, 2009, 07:49:50 PM
"I'll be watching," Red said with a grin. "I'm going to enjoy your ideas."

"Oh, you're going to enjoy them if we screw up, right?" Diddy asked annoyed.

"I'll leave that to you to guess," Red said with a proud smile.

"...You're annoying, you know that?" Jigglypuff asked bored.

"Pretty much," Red said with a chuckle.

"..." Diddy frowned before looking back to the stage. "Well, this is going to be bad considering that the people is surrounding the stage..."

As a matter of fact, the group barely saw the Thangs' afros sticking out from the amount of people gathered around the stage.

"I sigh in relief for the afros..." Jigglypuff said. "They're our main targets."

"By the way, why does she need their 5 hairs, anyway?" Diddy asked.

"Who, Ashley?" Red asked before looking up in wonder. "I could tell you...but I don't know why she needs hairs."

The 3 Smashers sighed down at this.

"Hey, I'm not pathetic!" Red glared at them. "I just happen to not known why she wants that!"

Kirby looked at the dance. "How do we get the hairs?"

"I'm trying to think of something..." Jigglypuff said as she rubbed her chin (if she had one). "..."

Diddy looked up where the ceiling was pitch black. For some reason or another, the stage and the spotlights were the only things that illuminated some part of the club. The Kong looked at the shining disco ball that was some feet above the hairdos of the Thangs. A closer look to the crowd revealed that they were focusing only on the family and not anything or anyone else in there. "...I've got an idea," Diddy muttered as he looked at the disco ball.

"Wow, you have one already?" Red asked. "You're sharp."

"I...don't know if this is going to work, though," Diddy said worried before he pointed at the disco ball. "Someone could hang on to the disco ball and reach down for their hair." The Kong took out some scissors. "So, who wants to do it?" he offered.

Jigglypuff glared at him.

Kirby looked away.

Red rolled his dot eyes.

"..." Diddy looked back at the disco ball. "Okay, okay, I'll do it...sheesh..." he sighed before he looked up to the ceiling. "Well, I'm lucky. There are spotlights hanging all around. I can leap all the way to the disco ball."

The Kong quickly jumped over the counter before jumping 2 times in the air to reach a spotlight where he landed on. The 2 Smashers and the devil looked up to Diddy who began to leap from spotlight to spotlight, approaching the disco ball on the center of the stage.

"Let's make things interesting in here," Red began as he looked at the 2 puffballs. "If your monkey friend fails, I'll buy you some milkshakes."

"Ooh..." Kirby looked interested.

"No, Kirby, don't do it!" Jigglypuff held Kirby back from moving (albeit to say Kirby wasn't moving). "He could poison the milkshakes or something!"

"Why would I do that?" Red asked. "The last time I did something that dangerous was the time I was going to kill Ashley by accident with a bad potion I made for another person I hated." The devil embraced himself. "S-seriously, she got all mad when she saw the odd look of her tea. I told her it wasn't for her, but she punished me for using her pot without asking for advice..." Red sniffed. "A-Ashley scares me a lot of times..."

Jigglypuff and Kirby, for once, looked apologetic to Red as Diddy was climbing down on the disco ball. "Wow..." Jigglypuff commented.

Red looked at them. "Day and night, I struggle to make her be happy with what she does. Ashley is a pretty good witch when you don't anger her. Even if she has a big ego for her magic prowess, she's very sweet..." Red gasped and looked at them while Diddy hung on the ball and looked down at the dancers. "P-please, don't tell her I said that about her! She wants to keep her feelings in secret from other people except for a few she knows!"

Diddy looked down at the Thangs as he looked for the closest one. He eventually found Papa T.s's hairdo was longer than anybody else so he prepared to hang on to the ball's rope with his tail.

"Ashley is considerate," Red explained. "She has parents...but they're always away from the mansion..."

"Wait, she has parents?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Of course she does! It's just that they're always busy to see her. As a matter of fact, she hasn't seen them in some years," Red explained. "You could think Ashley lives in a big mansion where she's rich but doesn't have her parents with her. I'm there for her so she doesn't feel alone... Their parents entrusted me to take care of her and help her in whatever she wants to do."

"..." Kirby tilted his head as Diddy was hanging on to the disco ball's rope with his tail as he was upside-down. "...Isn't Ashley and Red like Chris and Lucario?"

"What?" Jigglypuff asked.

"W-well..." Kirby looked down. "Chris lives all alone in his house with Lucario while Chris's parents are away. Ashley lives all alone in her house with Red while Ashley's parents are away. Aren't both almost the same?"

"...I think you're right," Jigglypuff said as Diddy had a shocked look once he felt that his tail was going to slip. However, it didn't and Diddy sighed as he held up the scissors in his right hand.

"What? There are people like Ashley?" Red asked. "Oh, if there are such people, let her meet them!"

"Wait, what? Why do you want her to meet Chris and Lucario?"

"Because Ashley is mostly in a sad mood," Red said as Diddy stuck his tongue out while carefully choosing the first target. "And who knows, if she ever met someone like her going through the same, she would open herself a little to the world and make some friends... The only person she thinks is her friend is someone else named Mona who has a similar situation like her."

"Mona?" Kirby asked. "I think Lucas and the others are looking for her..." he muttered.

"Would you guys let those 2 meet Ashley someday?" Red asked as he sniffed. "I share Ashley's pain. It wouldn't hurt for her to have more friends in life. She's still young, but she needs company rather than me."

"Wow, you impressed me," Jigglypuff said. "You do care a lot about Ashley."

"I like her, okay?" Red said as Diddy slowly reached for Papa T.'s hairdo with the scissors. "Ashley is everything I have in my life. I'm her slave, but I don't care as long as she's happy."

"Aww, that's so cute," Jigglypuff said with a smile.

"HOWEVER, don't you dare tell this to her or else she'll have my head," Red warned the 2. "Ashley has her ruthless side, you know..."

"Maybe we can let her meet Chris and Lucario sooner," Kirby said.

"Huh? Really?" Red asked.

"They both live with us in the mansion," Jigglypuff explained as Diddy barely cut a small hair of Papa T.'s hairdo. "And Ashley has to come with us there."

Red gasped, letting go of his trident for a moment. "O-o-oh my, this is serious, then!" Red said before he stood up on his chair. "Alright, let's make a deal here, shall we? If I help you guys, will you let Ashley meet those 2 sooner than expected?"

Jigglypuff looked at Kirby. "We have him where we wanted him to be..." she said deviously.

"Oh, yes..." Kirby said with a few nods and a smile.

Jigglypuff looked back at Red. "Will you help us in this?"

"If this is going to help Ashley be happier than she already is..." Red nodded with a serious look. "I'll do it for her."

Jigglypuff shook hands with Red. "Deal. You're going to help us in this and..."

For some reason, the 3 looked down to the floor where they found Diddy twitching in pain.

"...What happened to you?" Kirby asked. "You look pretty bad."

Diddy shed a tear as he looked up to them. "O-one of them pinched me..."

"They pinched you?" Jigglypuff asked before gasping. "T-they didn't see you, right?"

"N-no..." Diddy moaned in pain. "I-I did manage to get one sample...the yellow hair dude..." Diddy help up a small piece of yellow hair as he twitched in pain.

"Then why do you look so bad?"

"O-once I got the hair...one of them pointed a finger straight up to the ceiling with all of them doing the same...but..." Diddy closed his eyes. "...L-let's just say one of them "punched" me right where it hurts so bad...ouchie..."

Jigglypuff blinked a few times before she got Diddy's point. "E-eww!"

"I-I know it's disgusting, but it..."

"I-I think we don't want to hear more of that..." Red said as he sweatdropped. The devil jumped off and took the hair off from the struggling Kong on the floor. "1 obtained, 4 more to go."

"H-help..." Diddy pleaded.

"A-anyway," Jigglypuff began as she looked at Red and Kirby. "We should try to think of another way to get the samples."

"For Ashley, I will," Red said with some nods.

Kirby smiled pleased before looking ashamed. "Diddy didn't fail..."

"Oh, please..." Jigglypuff slapped her forehead and frowned.

"H-help, I said..." Diddy pleaded, holding out his right hand at Jigglypuff.

The Sweet Spot

On the peaceful streets of the city, close to the bakery (where Bridget the baker, the blue-haired lady was), there were 4 familiar figures standing on the sidewalk, just at the right side of the cake shop called "The Sweet Spot" as they looked around for someone.

"Let me ask again," Ana began as she looked at Nana. "Why do we have to be like this? Shouldn't we look around for this Ganondorf rather than stand here?"

Nana groaned as she looked angrily at Popo. "Well, since you 2 didn't come up with an idea, Popo suggested doing this. Besides, time was running out so...yeah..."

"This is ridiculous," commented Kat with a frown. "Why'd we agree with this, anyway?"

"It is the greatest camouflage evah!" Popo commented with excitement.

The 3 girls looked at each other's black mustaches that covered their mouths.

Basically, Popo suggested that nowadays, people don't recognize others as long as they wear some kind of accessory...like mustaches.

"This crap isn't going to help us, Popo..." Nana said annoyed.

"Oh, you'll see," Popo said proudly. "In a matter of time, Ganondorf will pass right in front of us without recognizing our faces."

"Yes, he won't recognize our faces once he mauls them," Nana said with a grunt. "I'm going to take it off."

"No!" Popo stopped her from ripping the mustache off. "Don't do it, it'll screw up our plan!"

"It's your plan, genius!" Nana yelled.

?Besides,? Kat began as she scratched the mustache. ?These mustaches itch so much.?

?And we don?t think this is going to even work a bit,? Ana said as she did the same as Kat.

?Pfft, you?ll see soon enough,? Popo said. ?I?m going to prove you all that this is going to work.?

Ana looked around the sidewalks. ?Wait?? She closed her eyes and put her hands at the sides of her ears. ?I heard some faint footsteps? sounds??

The other 3 looked around.

??Why?s the whole street so...deserted, anyway?? Nana asked.
?Oh, there are many people living in here. It?s just that they like to hang out in groups in houses or places,? Kat explained. ?Ana, where are the footsteps coming from??

??From the east,? Ana said as they all looked to the east.

Many feet away from them, they were able to tell that Ganondorf was coming, a glare looking at all directions as his fists were clenched tightly.

?Where are those fools?? Ganondorf asked to himself as he looked around. ?I do not like to walk in places like this??

?Is that the guy you?re looking for?? Kat asked.

?Definitely?? Nana muttered as she glared at the Gerudo. ?Oh crap, he?s coming over here!?

?Quick, use my idea!? Popo suggested.

?What? There?s no way I?m going to follow your idea anymore!? Nana groaned. ?It sounds so idiotic for my tastes, Popo!?

?You guys need to decide soon,? Ana said as she looked back at Ganondorf. ?He?s getting closer now.?

?And?he?s here?? Kat muttered as the shadow of the Gerudo covered her.

Ganondorf looked at the other side of the street before he focused his sight on the 4 small people at his right. The Gerudo looked down to them. ??? He glared at them.

Nana began to sweat, Kat and Ana looked at each other, and Popo had a happy expression in him.

Ganondorf scratched his chin a little as he looked down at Popo and Nana. ?Your faces?? he muttered as he narrowed his eyes.

??? Nana made a silent gulp.

?I recall some annoying brats with the same faces as yours?? Ganondorf muttered.

Kat and Ana sweatdropped as they looked at the Ice Climbers.

??But?I do not know if you are them??

??Ye monsieur do not know moi,? Popo spoke in a French accent. ?We?re just travelers who want to admire zis country, honh??

?Is that so?? Ganondorf asked as he eyed them closer. ?You are not the people I know, then??

?A-absolutely, monsieur,? Nana said as she sweated. ?Ye are quite zee fellow??

??? Ganondorf frowned. ?You do remind me of 2 little brats??

?Who are ye to call some kids brats, monsieur?? Nana asked angrily.

?They are brats,? Ganondorf said again. ?Why, they could be the weakest fighters I have ever known.?

A red toon vein popped out from Nana?s forehead as she tried her best to keep her calmness. ?Zey could be pretty strong, honh??

?I would laugh at that right now,? Ganondorf commented, making Nana grunt silently. ?I consider a stubborn teen more threatening than 2 food eaters.?

Nana looked angrily at him. ?Ye should consider your talk??

?What is that supposed to mean?? Ganondorf asked as the 4 looked up at him. ?It is not like they are here.?

?Zey could be pretty close?? Nana muttered in anger.

?Er, Nana, are ye alright?? Kat asked.

?I?m alright,? Nana said. ?I?m just trying to believe the incroyable, honh??

?I do not have more time to waste with you,? Ganondorf said as he looked to the left. ?I have to find those imbeciles Wario, Bowser and Dedede to take them back with me.?

"(Wario?)" Kat and Ana thought in confusion.

The pink Ice Climber did take that in mind, but her anger prevented her from saying it as she looked angrily at the Gerudo.

"I-it was a pleasure to share words with ye, monsieur," Ana said with a chuckle.

"And please," Nana continued. "Do apologize to those 2 when ye see them, okay?"

"Why would I apologize to those 2?" Ganondorf asked. "The pink one is more annoying than the blue one. I would not apologize to her ever."

"...What is that?"

"It is true," Ganondorf said. "The pink one is so bossy that she does not stop talking."

"Why is that..." Nana muttered as she stared up at him.

Kat and Ana decided to look away from the incoming reaction of the pink eskimo.

"She is even more annoying than her brother," Ganondorf stated as Nana made fists. "She is bossier, louder, angrier, stupid, and above else, much more annoying than her brother." Ganondorf chuckled. "If I ever see her, I am going to express my words through a figh-"

Nana glared at him.

"THAT DOES IT!" Nana yelled at the top of her lungs as she ripped off the mustache. "Ye monsieur will learn not to mess with Nana anymore, honh?!" She shook her head. "I-I mean, screw the French accent!"

"Nana!" Kat and Ana yelled in unison as they removed their mustaches.

"You!" Ganondorf yelled at Nana. "You are that annoying girl!"

"Okay, jackass, you asked for it!" Nana took out her hammer, making Kat and Ana gasp while Popo held her back by grabbing her shoulders. "Let me go!"

"Nana, mama mia, ye're gettin' so warmed up!" Popo held her sister back. "Apologize to this noble monsieur!"

"Not after he made me MURDER him in the middle of the street! CHAAAAAAAAAAARGE!" Nana got herself released from Popo's hands before she lunged at Ganondorf who quickly sidestepped and looked back at the furious Ice Climber.

"If you are here, that means your stupid team of imbeciles are here as well," Ganondorf muttered.

"Who cares as long as I whack you a good one?!" Nana asked before she raised her hammer. "DIE!"

"Insolent girl..." Ganondorf muttered as he gritted his teeth, dark energy flowing out from his hands.

Kat and Ana gasped at this. "No, she's going to get herself killed!" Kat yelled. "Quick, we have to make our way out of here!"

"Right!" Ana said with a nod before she jumped behind Nana, grabbed her right hand (with the hammer) and pulled her back to the 2.

"Let me go already!" Nana demanded as she glared at the Gerudo. "He's not going to get away with this, NOOOOOOOOOOOOO WAY!"

Kat grabbed Popo's right hand and looked at Ana. "Ooh, threesome already? Mademoiselle, ye're so considerate," Popo said with a giggle.

Kat frowned. "Ana!"

Ana made a hand sign in front of her face. "Ninjutsu!" she yelled loudly as she closed her eyes in fear.

Kat did the same hand sign before smoke sprouted out from their feet, covering the small area they were covering as the Gerudo charged to the cloud of smoke only to find no one else.

"Idiots..." Ganondorf muttered as he stomped the sidewalk one time. "They were able to escape. But if they are here, that means..." The Gerudo looked around. "They are doing something else...but..." Ganondorf grunted. "I have to find those 3 before they alert all of them..."

The Gerudo quickly turned to the south, crossing over the street as he left.

Back where the bakery was, Bridget, who was watching the whole event, sighed and rested her chin on her hands. "People these days get wierder and weirder, I swear..." she said with another sigh.

Several streets away from the bakery, a cloud of smoke appeared in an alley as the Ice Climbers and the twin ninjas appeared from within it.

"Dammit!" Nana kicked the wall. "I almost had him!"

"Nana, I think you wouldn't be able to beat him alone," Kat said. "Rage doesn't solve anything."

"It does for Lucario!"

"Luca-who?" Ana asked.

"Can I keep wearin' the mustache?" Popo asked. "It looks handsome on moi."

Kat frowned at this and ripped Popo's mustache off, leaving a red mark above his lips.

"Cool," Popo said as he looked at his mark. "New mustache, not permanent, though."

Kat tossed the mustache away and looked at Nana. "Calm down, you'll get the chance to beat him down once we..."

Nana inhaled and exhaled air.

"That's right," Ana said with a sigh. "Count to 10 and breath air."

"...Phew..." Nana sighed. "I'm fine now..."

"That's good," Kat said. "Now, did he say he was looking for Wario?"

"What, you know him?" Nana asked.

"Know him? Pretty much half of the city knows him," Ana explained. "Even if he's greedy, he knows how to entertain people with microgames. Kat and I are employees that work for him."

"ENEMIES!" Popo yelled as he took out his hammer. "I knew the threesome was weird. You're Wario's personal kunoichi spies!"

"...What?" Kat and Ana asked.

"And since when have we been a threesome?" Ana asked in disgust.

Nana sighed, smacked Popo hard with her right hand, and looked back at the ninjas. "Sorry, and please, don't mind him AT ALL for now..."

"..." Ana shrugged. "Anyway... We're employees of Wario, but we don't serve him. We don't get paid for the microgames we make, but we do it just for fun."

"Also," Kat began as she took out an autograph she signed. "We get pretty famous by our microgames of nature."

"It's all worth it," Ana said with a chuckle.

"...Honestly speaking..." Nana looked bored. "I wouldn't work for him in my life..."

"That's the same thought we always have but we can't do anything," Kat said. "As long as have fun, everything's fine."

Nana looked bewildered at this statement before she nodded. "That aside, we now know Ganondorf is looking for him, Bowser, and Dedede... Why are Bowser and Dedede here, though? I thought they were with him..." Nana rubbed her chin. "...This is a mystery, alright..."

"Well," Kat began as she held out her right hand. "Shall we continue?"

"After we got busted by...you know who?" Ana asked worried. "He kind of scared me, you know..."

"T-that's just because I got angry," Nana said embarrassed. "He's so going to hell, though..." she muttered angrily. "We should continue."

"I guess we need to be more careful around him," Kat said. "However, we're going to use our ideas instead of your brother's ideas."

"I thought about hiding by crossdressing," Popo suggested. "Anyone's up for it?"

"..." The 3 girls stared bored at him.

"...Can I take your silence as 3 yes?"

"NO!" they all yelled.

"Aww..."

Mona Pizza

Far to the west of their location, there was located 1 of the 2 only pizza shops of the whole city as a big sign of Mona (somehow resembling a famous French picture) received the sun's rays as smoke came from one of the open windows of the building.

Many feet away, but close enough, Ness, Lucas, and Chris were running in a hurry to get to the shop and stop Mona from getting even farther away from them.

Lucas pointed forward at the pizza shop. "T-there it is!"

"F-finally!" Ness said as he panted. "S-she's there, right?"

The World Traveler looked at Mona's red scooter parked close to the shop. "Y-yes, there's her annoying and fast vehicle..." he said as he panted.

"At last, we'll reach her..." Ness said with a sigh of relief as they continued running. "Even if this was a short time of chasing her, we're going to reach her without troubles..."

Lucas watched as Ness began to accelerate. The Onett resident looked over to Lucas.

"Hurry it up, Lucas!" Ness yelled.

"Hurry it up, Lucas!"

Something rang inside Lucas's mind as he blinked surprised at Ness. "...C-Claus?" Lucas asked.

"What?" Ness asked. "Who's Claus?"

"..." Lucas stared blankly at Ness before he shook his head. "N-nothing..." Lucas said ashamed. "I-I thought you were someone else for a moment..."

Ness kept running with the 2 as they got closer to the shop. "What were you saying just know?"

"L-look, it's not important..." Lucas said as he flushed a bit. "J-just keep running, okay?"

"..." Ness looked forward but lowered his head as he glanced at Lucas. "(What was happening to him?)" Ness asked to himself. "(Why did he say someone else's name in the middle of this? ...Now that I think about it...)" Ness rubbed his chin. "(Lucas mentioned before that he had a brother named...Claus...wasn't it?)"

"We're close now!" Chris yelled, snapping Ness out from his thought train.

The 3 looked back at thes shop. It was closer than before, and they were about to reach it.

Once the 3 Smashers managed to stand just in front of the door, they all stopped to catch their breaths as they sat down on the sidewalk and panted heavily.

Ness wiped off the sweat from his forehead. "M-man, it's over..." he muttered.

"Thank goodness..." Lucas added.

Chris looked at the door. "She must be...just behind that door...making pizzas..." he muttered.

Ness looked serious as he stopped panting, standing up before he coughed a bit. "Well..." he began. "Let's go in, stop her from whatever she's doing, and finish our task."

Lucas stood up and nodded. "Yes..." he said before gulping. "Let's just hope nothing else stop us..."

"...Lucas..." Ness stared bored at him. "Why did you have to go and say it?"

"W-what?"

"Ever since we got here, I have been feeling this weird sensation..." Ness said.

"What sensation is that?" Chris asked.

"That sensation is..." Ness looked at them. "...Well, not a sensation, but...I think irony is ought to get us."

"...What?" Lucas asked.

"I'm not crazy," Ness said. "Irony has been like that annoying girl of your class that says she loves you but hides her true dark motives by laughing at your back whenever you look away. Trust me in this one, you guys, irony is an evil bi-"

"Weird..." Chris interrupted.

"Why is it weird?" Lucas asked.

"I thought irony was already bothering us for a long time."

The 3 Smashers looked at each other.

"...Ha, we wish!" they all said with some chuckles.

"Kidding aside," Ness said as he stopped chuckling. "We have to get a move on before something comes out of nowhere an-"

At that very same moment, the door opened quickly and Mona, carrying some pizzas, came out and quickly ran to her red scooter, passing the 3 Smashers who quickly looked at her direction as the pizza deliver girl put the pizzas at the side of her scooter.

"N-no!" Lucas yelled. "W-wait, you!"

"Sorry!" Mona said without looking at them. "I'm in a hurry right now. I have to deliver these pizzas while they're hot or else I won't get paid!" she replied enthusiastically as she hopped on her scooter.

"OH HELL NO," Ness said as she glared at her. "We're not letting yo-"

"See ya!" Mona said before she turned on her scooter and quickly left towards the north, leaving a trail of smoke behind as the 3 Smashers stared in pure disbelief that their target was some feet away from them before escaping.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Ness yelled loudly to the sky before he hung his head down. "Why the hell must we suffer with this crap?! Can somebody answer my question?!"

Lucas looked at Ness with a shocked look. "N-Ness, I think it's a little bit early to start cursing out loud..."

"Lucas, you're not helping," Ness said as he pressed his face to his left hand. "I know we're going to get her soon, but chasing her isn't helping my self-esteem. I want to hear some kind of encouraging words that won't put me in a depressed mood right now."

Silence...

"...Chris, you're supposed to come up with something."

"H-huh?" Chris stepped back. "W-why me?"

"If Lucas isn't going to say something, who's going to do it?"

Not long after he said that, the other building (that was black, had 2 horns on the roof, and had the titled PIZZA DINOSAUR) at the right side of the pizza shop began to blare out with heavy-rock music (that was considered very bad to the 3) as 2 men wearing black uniforms, wore white helmets with horns, and had angered looks came out.

"Damn!" one of them cursed. "Mona got another client away from us!"

"Well, we'll show her not to mess with..." the other guy began before both raised fists.

"PIZZA DINOSAUR!" they both yelled loudly, causing the 3 Smashers to look miffed at them before both workers ran to the back of the building in a hurry.

"...Chris..." Ness muttered. "What did just happen?"

Chris shook his head and looked at the building. "W-well, Mona Pizza has a rival in delivering pizzas... They're Pizza Dinosaur employees, and they often try to win over Mona to get more clients..."

"And they happened to hear she had an order just now?"

"I-I think I saw one of the windows open," Lucas said. "A big cone came out, aiming at the pizza shop."

"..." Ness frowned. "They heard with a cone? Who do they think they are?"

"PIZZA DINOSAUR!" the employees yelled from behind the building as the 3 saw through the alley between the 2 buildings some motorbikes speeding off to the same direction Mona drove off.

"They're going to chase her?"

"And possibly kill her off if they can..." Chris said before he received shocked looks from both PK users. "...W-well, I don't know, but they hate her so much!"

"...S-shouldn't we follow them, then?" Lucas asked. "I'm worried about Mona now..."

"Oh, sure," Ness said bored. "Let's go save the girl who doesn't even look at us. We're bound to receive a look from her back before she goes away. Lucas, you're a genius."

"..." Lucas looked down in shame.

"...Sorry," Ness said. "I'm stressed...so stressed, to be precise..."

"...We need to get to Mona again," Chris said. "Or we'll lose her...again."

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEY!!!"

The 3 looked back to the direction they came from where they noticed a familiar taxi coming their way at full speed. In the taxi, they saw Spitz hanging his right arm on the right window. "There you are!" Spitz waved at them.

The Smashers sighed in relief as the taxi made a sudden halt in its track just in front of them. The yellow cat looked out at them.

"Well, you got her?" Spitz asked.

"N-no, but she ran off again," Lucas explained before pointing to the north. "She went that way."

Dribble looked forward and grumbled. "She's not gonna get away from our sight this time. Okay, you guys get in! Our engines and motors are ready to race on the streets!"

Spitz motioned at the door before the 3 Smashers ran inside the taxi and sat down as Chris closed the door and sat on the right.

"Seat belts on!" Dribble yelled as he started the car. "We don't wanna get stopped by the police. I don't want to get 3 tickers, either. Are you ready for some crazy chasin'?"

"T-technically no..." Lucas muttered.

"Good enough for me!" Dribble said as he slammed his back on his seat. "COUTNDOWN!" he demanded to Spitz.

"3!" Spitz yelled with a salute.

"HERE WE GO!" Dribble yelled as the Smashers rolled their eyes before the taxi's wheels quickly rotated on their same position before the taxi disappeared into the north, following Mona's trail.

As they were in the taxi, Ness looked to Lucas, tapping his right shoulder to get his attention. ?Lucas, why did you say that name to me??

?H-huh??

"I mean, didn't you say Claus to me?" Ness asked.

"..." Lucas looked away. "...Ness..."

"Yes?"

"...Can I...tell you later?" Lucas asked before looking at him. "I don't think it's the time now. We're busy, right?"

"Well, yes. We're not busy until we catch up with Mona. I think we have time to tal-"

Lucas looked away. "S-seriously, not now."

"..." Ness sighed. "Fine, whatever you say..."

The blond kid looked outside as the taxi passed several buildings at high speed. Lucas sighed and rested his chin on his left hand before closing his eyes. "(...Claus...)" he thought. "(...I hope you're...)"

...

Lucas tried not to a shed a tear as the taxi disappeared to the north.

Dr. Crygor's Lab's Island

"Attention," Orbulon called as the ship managed to catch the glimpse of the island. "We have arrived."

Young Cricket and Master Mantis opened their eyes, Amy and Chip looked at the screen, and Sonic kept being a stick without moving.

"Finally," Amy said with a sigh. "It's been a long time ever since we set sail from the beach, hasn't it?"

"I'm sorry," Orbulon said. "If my ship was...not like this, we could have...arrived much sooner than...expected..."

"Oh, it's okay," Amy said with a giggle. "What matters is that you wanted to help us. We wouldn't have made it this far without your help."

Orbulon blushed and scratched his face with a finger. "W-well, when you put it that way..."

"Land," Master Mantis interrupted.

Orbulon looked back at the screen. "Please, prepare to get out."

"We don't have luggage," Chip said. "Except Sonic being a stick." The imp looked down where Sonic seemed to be glaring up at him.

"Better yet."

Once the ship hit land, the upper hatch opened, taking the 6 characters up where they looked at the odd-looking lab. "...That's his lab?" Amy asked.

"Please, don't judge him," Orbulon said. "Dr. Crygor likes to create...amusing machines and stuff..."

"Well, one of those machines should be Mike, right?" Amy asked. "Oh, and Chip, tell Sonic to turn back to normal, and tell him not to run away and stay here with us."

"Okay," Chip said. "Sonic, turn back to normal but stay with us."

The hedgehog blinked his eyes before he regained control of himself. Sonic shook his head and stood up before glaring at Chip. "Yeah, turn me into a stick, why don't ya?"

"Sorry, it was for your own good," Chip said.

"Anyhow, the lab's just there," Amy said. "Let's go in."

Dr. Crygor's Lab

"What do you mean the Kelorometer's effects were just temporary?!" asked a voice in disbelief from within the odd-looking machines inside the lab.

Passing through some machines, there was an old man with a red metal plate on his head, a visor with a glowing red eye in it, wore metal hands and metal legs as he also wore a yellow suit. This old man also had a brown mustache that seemed to come out from his red nose.

The old man kicked the pink machine he called "Kelorometer" before crossing his arms. "It was the best invention after TUNA, what a shame..." he muttered with a grumble.

This old man, despite not known by many, was known as Dr. Crygor.

-Dr. Crygor-

-Age: 103
-Occupation: Genius Scientist
-Equipment: Cryogenic Suit
-Bio: This odd genius lives in seclusion. He built Wario's bike, Mona's moped, Kat's sword, and Jimmy's cell phone. He wears a cryogenic suit that doesn't protect his head.

"Where are my tools?" Dr. Crygor asked as he looked around. "I'm going to make this machine work again by fixing it..."

The doctor looked around more. He looked around inside drawers, machines, underneath desks, inside doors, outside, but couldn't find the tools he wanted to find.

"Where are my tools?!" Dr. Crygor asked in pure disbelief. "I remember I had them here somewhere this morning!"

The door of the lab began to get knocked from the other side.

"Who is it? I hope it's a tool seller because I REALLY need tools now," Dr. Crygor said in some excitement before he walked to the door and opened it. "...Who are you?"

"Hi," Chip said as he flew in front of the 5 characters. "Are you by any chance Dr. Crygor?"

"And are you by any chance a tool seller?"

Chip blinked at him before he groaned. "Noooo! First, it was a credit card seller, but then it's a tool seller!"

"If you're not a tool seller, then leave," Dr. Crygor said before he closed the door.

"H-hey, he closed the door on us!" Amy yelled.

"That's weird," Orbulon said. "I thought he would...recognize me right away."

Amy knocked on the door again. Dr. Crygor opened it before closing it again.

"W-what the hell?" Amy asked before knocking on the door again.

Dr. Crygor opened the door. "I don't have time to lose with you, people!" he yelled at them.

With a grunt of annoyance, the pink hedgehog knocked on the door again.

The doctor opened it back. "What do you want?"

"Finally," Amy said with a sigh. "Do you happen t-"

Dr. Crygor closed the door on them.

"...HEY!" Amy took out her hammer and glared at the door. "Get out, now!"

No response.

"Okay, if you're not coming out, I'll make you come out!" Amy demanded before raising her hammer.

The door opened again. "What do yo-"

Some time later...

"Master, he's awakening."

"Shh."

"Oh, sorry."

"Okay...I admit I went a little bit too far on him..."

"The fact he's an old man makes it even worse."

"Sonic, you're not helping me."

"Hey, look at his odd red eye. I think it's turning on."

"Is he some kind of cyborg?"

"No, he isn't some kind...of cyborg...maybe..."

"U-ugh..." Dr. Crygor shook his head as he saw some blurs in front on him. A small time passed before the blurs revealed to be the 6 looking at him as he was sitting on a chair, inside his lab. "..." The doctor jumped off his seat and looked at them. "Well, why are you so persistent in coming in and whack my head with a hammer?"

Amy looked away. "I-I'm sorry, that was me..."

"You were closing the door at her so many times that she got mad and whacked you hard," Chip explained. "By the way, I'm not a tool seller."

"Is that so?" Dr. Crygor asked before looking at Orbulon. "You? What are you doing here?"

"Salutations," Orbulon said with a nod. "It's been a small while...hasn't it?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 01, 2009, 05:25:53 PM
"Has it now?" Dr. Crygor asked as he looked up. "I thought it was months... I got all excited with my new invention, the Kelorometer over there."

The 6 looked to the left, at the destroyed pink machine with 2 conveyor belts in front of it as they blew out some smoke.

"It crashed down after being used so many times," the doctor explained. "What's more, my almighty look is gone, GONE, I say," he said annoyed. "I had everything, but the experiment didn't last for too long..." Dr. Crygor looked down. "And I'm stuck with this apple plate on my head again..."

"...Sorry to hear that," Orbulon said.

"Oh, whatever," the doctor said. "I can fix it, but thing is, I forgot where I put my tools."

"Do you want us to look for 'em?" Sonic asked before he shook his head. "Wait, no! We're looking for someone in here!"

"Oh, who might you 3 be?" Dr. Crygor asked before he looked at Young Cricket and Master Mantis. "You're the newest employees of Wario, right?"

"Yes," Master Mantis said. "We're embarking on a small journey of discovery with this people. They want to meet that singing robot you name Mike."

"Mike?" Dr. Crygor asked before pointing to the right wall. "Well, he's right over there."

Chip gasped and turned to see the robot. "There he is!"

Sonic and Amy looked at the right, but they merely blinked. "...Um..." Amy put a finger on her lips. "Is that him?"

The group looked at the right wall where a robot was sitting down and leaning to the wall. The robot had red eyes, a foghorn as his body, 2 mikes on the top of his blue head that acted as an antenna, and had a normal look with his blue hands and legs.

"I thought he was supposed to...I dunno, talk?" Sonic asked.

Dr. Crygor chuckled embarrassed as he looked at the inactive robot. "As you can see, he's not turned on. He's...got himself in quite a fix."

"What?" Chip asked. "Why is that?"

"Well..." The doctor looked away. "We often argue about many things, mainly my experiments and sometimes my singing performance, but this time, though, he wanted to test out the Kelorometer. At first, I thought robots didn't sweat, but Mike sweated oil, and it fell all the way to his circuits before he fainted and turned off during the workout." Dr. Crygor looked at Mike. "Now he's like this. The machine got some of his oil, and then it made boom."

"..." Chip flew to Mike and shook him a little.

"It's useless to make him turn on," Dr. Crygor said. "If I had my tools, I could fix him and the machine as well, but I seem to have lost them somwhere..."

"Wait, this isn't good," Amy said. "We were supposed to ask Mike to come with us."

"What?"

"You see..." Chip played with his fingers.

Some more time later...

Dr. Crygor nodded. "I wouldn't mind letting Mike go with you to sing all he wants," he said. "His biggest dream is to be a karaoke machine. Technically he is one, but he wants to sing for bigger things."

"You're going to...let them take him?" Orbulon asked.

"Why not? The poor guy suffered enough with the Kelorometer. This is the least I can do for him." Dr. Crygor looked around. "Oh boy, where did I leave those darned tools?"

"Let me look around," Sonic said with a grin before he began to run around the whole lab's area, from the stairs to the doors, from the doors to the floors, and from the floors to outside...

The hedgehog didn't want to look outside where the ocean was close. Sonic shrugged and ran back to the doctor.

"Bravo," Dr. Crygor said. "You have the fastest speed I've ever seen. Why don't you join me to try out new experiments?"

"No can do," Sonic said. "Anyway, I didn't find any tools."

Dr. Crygor bonked his head plate a little. "Where in the heck did I leave my tools? They were here this morning!"

"Focus," Master Mantis said as he and Young Cricket were meditating. "Find the "Remember What I Forgot" form and use it to recall any lost memory."

"Maybe I should do that."

"Oh, please!" Amy groaned. "What form is that, anyway?"

Dr. Crygor hit his head by slapping before he hopped up. "...Yes, there they are!" he said as he slammed his right fist on his left palm. "The tools..."

"Yeah?" Chip said.

"The tools..." Dr. Crygor looked around. "...Aren't here."

"What?" Sonic asked. "You mean you were looking for some tools that weren't here before? Talk about a waste of time."

"It's not that!" Dr. Crygor tried to recall. "...The tools aren't here because they were taken away by another person."

"There's someone else who comes here besides us?" Amy asked.

"Hey, I DO receive visits from other people. Just because my lab is located far away from Diamond City doesn't mean nobody knows me," the doctor said with a sigh. "Continuing from where I left of, the tools were taken away by my granddaughter."

"Your granddaughter?" Chip asked.

The doctor nodded at him. "She's a very special prodigy at making intriguing experiments like myself. She's so smart that she could rival my genius very well. When she enters competitions, nobody can beat her at making the most shocking machines!"

"Who's she?" Amy asked.

"Penny Crygor," Dr. Crygor said. "She's as sweet as a new nut for any machine."

Sonic and Amy imagined how Penny looked like. If her grandfather looked like...that, she would look like...

The hedgehogs shrugged.

"Can you do me a favor and go for her?" Dr. Crygor asked. "I need the tools to repair the Kelorometer and Mike as well. If you do, I'll convince Mike to go with you. Really, I need those tools so badly! I want to see my new form again...and possibly feel it as well!"

"B-but I don't wanna get in that submarine-ship thing!" Sonic whined. "I HATE water so much!"

Orbulon looked down embarrassed. "If you were asking...to yourself, I crashed the ship yet...again."

"You're always crashing that Oinker of yours anywhere, anyday," Dr. Crygor said.

The alien looked angrily at him.

"Sorry..."

"Who cares..." the alien said with a sigh. "I'll repair it here...if you lend me a hand again..."

"Absolutely," the doctor said with a nod. "Well, I can give you 3 a faster way to go to the city without crossing the ocean."

Sonic's eyes widened in excitement. "T-there's a way to avoid traveling in the water?!"

"I have a lot of trouble with people getting in here that I designed...that!" The doctor pointed at a teleporter pod some feet away from the exit. "Admire my Telepoter Of Negative Teletransportation Omega...or TONTO!"

"TONTO?" Sonic, Amy, and Chip repeated in confusion.

"Please, don't bother looking for the translation in English," Dr. Crygor said with a chuckle. "Thanks to Penny, there's an identical TONTO in a hidden spot of the beach. If you appear there, you should head southwest where the Diamond City Academy is. Try looking for Penny there if you would. She likes to do many experiments on her own most of the time over there."

The 3 characters looked at the teleporter before looking at Young Cricket. The disciple opened his left eye to look at them. "Please, go on without us," he said. "Master found some forms in here, and we must master them all."

"...A-ha," Master Mantis said. "I've discoverd the "Sushi Chop" form."

Young Cricket gasped. "N-no way, you found it here?!"

Amy looked annoyed at Sonic and Chip. "Let's go already!" she said with a grunt.

"Go on without me," Orbulon said. "I'm going to see if I...can fix the Oinker with the available...things in here."

"Lead the way!" Sonic said in excitement before he ran right into the teleporter where he was instantly transported to the beach.

"No orders?" Chip asked.

"Not for now," Amy said before winking at Chip. "But you can always tell him to marry me."

"No can do."

"...What?"

"He told me specifically not to let Amy make Sonic do things he thinks are disgusting," Chip said.

"W-when did he say that?"

"The moment I noticed I had control over him," Chip explained. "He said you would take advantage of me so I agreed."

"You...little..."

Chip sweated as he chuckled nervously. "S-see ya!" he said as he ran into the teleporter pod, instantly teleporting him to the beach.

"Come back here! I'm not gonna let you ignore me!" Amy demanded as she raised her right fist and ran straight into the teleporter pod before she teleported away.

Dr. Crygor, who watched the 3 leaving, looked at Orbulon. "What a bunch of weird people you met," he said.

"Yeah, they are weird," Orbulon said.

Young Cricket, Master Mantis, and Orbulon have left your team.

Club Sugar

As the dance kept going, the 4 were looking at each other while Diddy was able to regain his composure after the "accident" he went through.

"I'll give full support to you guys," Red said. "This is for Ashley, and I'll do everything to make her smile or be happy."

"This guy seems to be all flared up," Jigglypuff said. "As long as he helps, everything's fine."

"Oh, really?" Diddy asked as he twitched a little. "His face tells more than his words."

"S-seriously, I wanna help out," Red said worried.

"He already told us, it's fine," Jigglypuff said.

"He better... I mean, you forgot what I went through?"

Kirby shrugged. "Ouch..." he commented.

"Thanks, Kirby," Diddy said bored. "That was a really smart comment to my pain."

"Sorry..."

"EHEM," Jigglypuff coughed before pointing at the dancers. "We have work to do. We need 4 more samples before we kiss this club goodbye once and for all."

"I thought you liked this place because you could sing," Kirby suddenly said.

"Shh, not here," Jigglypuff whispered annoyed.

Red clapped his hands to get their attention. "You guys, focus! If you want me to help, you better stay focused or else!"

"Fine, fine, let's do this already," Diddy said as he looked at the 5 dancers. "You, demon, tell us a plan."

"Heheheheheh, I have one."

"..." Diddy took a deep breath. "...Okay, we'd like you to tell us your idea," Diddy said as he faked a happy expression. "Would you share it with us?"

"Yeah," Red said as he grabbed his trident. "This is going to help us."

"A...trident?" Jigglypuff asked. "What is that going to do to get the hairs?"

"Hello? It is long, it's black so it hides well in dark places, and it has sharp prongs," Red said with a grin. "And if someone can walk on the spotlights and use my trident to poke their hairs a little, it's bound to get some samples if you don't pinch them too low."

The 3 looked at him before it became a small staring contest.

"...Let me guess, you're seeing in front you the person who's going to do it, aren't you?"

The 3 Smashers nodded.

Red looked bored at them before he let out a sigh bubble. "For Ashley, Red, this is for Ashley..." the devil muttered before he flapped his bat wings and began to fly up where he landed on a spotlight as he looked down at the dancers. The devil, however, looked back at the Smashers. "I need the monkey up here!"

"What?" Diddy asked.

"I can't hang up to the disco ball like you. You need to use the trident instead of me!"

"Why can't you just fly over their heads?"

"Believe me, this trident is heavier than it looks like," Red called out as he faked some small gasps. "R-really, it's heavy..."

Diddy looked at the 2 Smashers before he leaped to the spotlight and joined Red. The devil handed over his trident to the Kong before looking back at the dancers.

"Okay, here's the thing," Red began. "You're going to hang on to the disco ball with your tail as you did before and pinch their hairs."

The 2 blinked surprised after they began to hear loud cheers from the public. For their dismay, they found the dancers were dancing even faster than before around the stage. Diddy's and Red's eyes tried to focus on a single dancer, but it was just too much for them as the family constantly jumped around while dancing.

"Oh, this became hell so fast..." Red muttered in annoyance. "...But we'll have to do it. It's going to be 4:00 PM shortly so we need to hurry up." Red looked at Diddy. "Are you ready?"

"Can't...focus...eyes...on...one...of them..." Diddy said as his eyes spun rapidly before he fell back all the way to the floor with the trident.

Red's mouth hanged wide open before he looked down with Jigglypuff andKirby at the Kong. "Curses, curses, curses! I hate that family!" Red cursed loudly as the crowd cheered louder than him.

"Diddy!" Kirby jumped off the seat with Jigglypuff to look down at Diddy. The Star Warrior poked Diddy's head a bit before he tilted his own head to the side.

"Great," Jigglypuff said annoyed as Kirby resumed to poke Diddy. "We lost him. Damaging his you-know-what was just too much for him to stand up."

Red flew down and looked down angrily at them. "You better fix this problem before night comes around!"

"Well, what else can we do?"

"I don't know! That monkey friend of yours was the perfect candidate for this operation but he HAD to have a weakness to fast moving targets like that family!" Red yelled angrily. "Ugh, thought anything yet?"

Kirby looked up to think of something.

Some time later...

A happy Kirby came out from the bathroom as Jigglypuff and Red looked angrily at him.

"Done?" Red asked bored.

Kirby nodded happily.

"I have an idea," Kirby said.

"Really?" Jigglypuff asked interested.

Some time later...

A happy Kirby came out from the bathroom as Jigglypuff and Red looked (more) angrily at him.

"DONE?" Red asked in a threatening voice.

"Uh-huh," Kirby said with a happy expression. "I have another idea."

"It doesn't involve the bathroom, does it?" Jigglypuff asked bored.

Kirby shook his head with a chuckle. "No. I think this idea is going to be a lot better."

"Well, say it already!" Red sighed in annoyance. "Just tell us your plan before Ashley gets your heads!"

The Star Warrior raised his right hand with a serious expression. "My plan is..."

Some more time later...

A happy Kirby came out from the bathroom as Jigglypuff and Red looked mad at him.

"You went into the freaking bathroom 3 times in a row!" Red complained angrily at Kirby. "What the hell is wrong with you?!"

"I fell asleep..." Kirby said sadly.

"...We wasted an hour waiting for you!"

"S-sorry..."

Jigglypuff frowned with a grunt. "This didn't help us that much..."

"Oh, I have an idea!" Kirby said excited.

"NO BATHROOMS!" Red demanded.

"S-seriously, this one is a plan..."

EVEN more time later...

"Get the hell out of there and let me pinch your rear so bad!" Red demanded loudly as he held up his trident.

"Um, Red, we're back on the spotlights," Jigglypuff pointed out as she looked down.

"...Oh," Red said as he felt stupid before looking at Kirby. "Okay, we're on the spotlights again. What is your plan that DOESN'T include bathrooms in any way or form?"

Kirby smiled a bit. "I think Jigglypuff can carry the trident and float down slowly to grab the samples easier."

"...Wait, why me and not you?" Jigglypuff asked. "We share the same jumps, you know."

Kirby looked away. "...Do you want to feel important?"

Jigglypuff gasped. "O-oh my, I-I'm going to feel important? T-then I'll do it!"

Red looked weird at Jigglypuff. "Why the sudden change of thoughts?"

"Y-you shut up, attention grabber," Jigglypuff said annoyed as she grabbed the trident of from Red's right hand. "You want me to jump close enough to them to pinch their hairs with this, right?"

"That's the idea," Red said. "Don't screw up or else it'll screw up our plans."

"Okay," Jigglypuff said before she looked at Kirby. "If I die, tell the world I wanted to sing to it."

"There's a person named World?" Kirby asked.

"...Forget it," Jigglypuff said with a sigh before she jumped off the spotlights.

However...

"Wait!" Jigglypuff stopped as she held up the trident. "What if I end up stabbing their heads?"

"Just go already!" Red groaned.

"Okay..." Jigglypuff said before she inflated herself, jumped off the spotlights and slowly descended to the Thangs. The Balloon Pok?mon looked down to see her first target, James T.'s hairdo. "(I better finish with the shorter one... Wait, why not picking the tallest one instead? But if I grab a hair from the shorter one, I'll be more admired by everyone...)" Jigglypuff giggled in her mind as she looked down serious at James T.'s hairdo. "(Heheheheh, good plan.)"

"Yo, yo, yo," James T. was heard saying as he raised peace signs along with Jamie T. "It's James T. Show-time," he sang. "Yo, yo, yo, it's James T. Show-time."

"(Ugh, good thing the music is so loud for anyone to hear him...)" Jigglypuff sighed mentally before she hovered above James T. and pointed the trident to his head. "(...H-heavy!)" Jigglypuff began to struggle to keeo the trident from falling off. It was easier to carry it above her, but it wasn't easy to hold it down vertically.

Red and Kirby gasped. "Oh crap, she's gonna let the trident kill him off!" Red looked at Kirby. "You, do something and fast, pronto!"

Kirby nodded and turned around.

Red looked at the direction Kirby was looking, making the devil grunt in annoyance. "NO BATHROOM, I SAID!" Red yelled at the top of his lungs.

Kirby turned to him and looked worried. "W-what can I do?"

"I dunno," Red began annoyed. "Maybe help her to keep my weapon to become an assassin weapon?"

"How?"

"You both are puffballs so you should have the same ability to jump!" Red pointed at Jigglypuff. "Go down and help her before I get accused for giving a weapon to a stranger who killed a dancer!"

Kirby looked down before he decided to jump to Jigglypuff.

Jigglypuff gritted her teeth (if she had any) as she looked up to see Kirby joining him to grab the trident. With both grabbing it, it became easier to hold it.

However...

"I-I can't keep jumping forever..." Jigglypuff muttered as she began to pant.

Kirby gasped and looked up to Red.

"You know," Red began bored as he looked at no one in particular. "I forgot that seeking ingredients for weird potions is a hard an annoying task. I COULD say it to Ashley, but she could use me as a replacement..." Red shrugged. "Here goes nothing...literally."

The devil began to flap his wings before he jumped down, hovered close to the puffballs before going down and push the Balloon Pok?mon up, making her sigh in relief.

"Now that we're all holding my weapon," Red began as he held the weapon with the 2. "Let's descend slowly and pinch that guy's hairdo."

The 3 nodded to each other before they began to descend to James T. For their luck, the Thangs stopped dancing fast, allowing the 3 flying characters to descend down slowly on the moving James T. They raised the trident slightly before they moved it down where it barely touched James T.'s hairdo.

Red gasped with a bit of excitement. "I felt it touched it. Move it up!"

The 3 began to pull back the trident. Once they managed to look down at the prongs, they noticed several orange hair bits stuck into them. "Yes, we did it!" Red rejoiced. "Let's fly up and return to our base of operations before I get tired!"

Some time later...

A happy Kirby came out from the bathroom as he walked all the way around the stage to rejoin Red, Jigglypuff, and an awakened Diddy.

"Behold," Red said as he held up the orange hair. "We have 2 samples now. Only 3 more to go."

"How much time do we have left?" Diddy asked.

Red looked at his newly acquired watch on his small right wrist. "It's 5:30. Night time it's going to come soon if we don't hurry up."

"Night?" Kirby asked before he shrugged. "I-I hope he doesn't come again..."

"Who? What are you talking about all of a sudden?" Red asked in confusion.

Jigglypuff recalled what Kirby tried to say. "Oh no, we don't know if Sonic's going to transform tonight..."

"Aw, no, please," Diddy said with a groan. "That guy inside him gives me the creeps with that sadistic laugh of his..."

"...I dunno what you're talking about, but we must hurry!" Red said angrily. "Or do you want to make Ashley mad?"

The 3 Smashers gasped and decided to forget about the werehog before they all began to brainstorm ideas to get the 3 remaining samples from the dancers.

Toy Express

To the southeast of the club, there was located the only toy store of the whole city that had several people coming in and out from time to time. Popo, Nana, Kat, and Ana were seen crossing over to the store where Popo jumped in excitement.

"Sweet, we're going to the toy store!" Popo rejoiced.

"Now you're acting childish," Nana said with a frown. "Popo, I know you're doing this to do you-know-what, but sometimes I think you go out of control during serious things."

"I gotta do this," Popo said as he looked at the store. "Or else I won't be as happy as a flower."

"Anyway, we have been running away from Ganondorf for a while. I don't think spying on him is a good idea anymore," Nana said. "I mean, we got information about his plans."

"Right, he wants to find Wario," Kat said. "And we know where he is."

"In his headquarters where he plans to scam you 2 from getting your hands on your money?" Nana asked bored.

Ana gasped as she looked to the west. "T-that's not it. It's because he's coming right here!"

"What?" Nana turned around to see smoke coming from the west. The pink Ice Climber narroed her eyes to focus her vision even further to identify some figures. By the looks of it, Nana managed to see Wario riding on his bike along with 2 other people riding on motorcycles as they wore black glasses, grinning all the time as they drove to them. "King Dedede and Bowser? Oh no, we have to hide!"

"Are those 2 the same people you're looking for, besides the green skinned lord?" Ana asked.

"Yes, but they're dangerous...or maybe not. Just in case, we have to hide," Nana said. "Those 2 wackos could turn serious."

"And you SERIOUSLY don't want to stay near Wario when he farts," Kat warned her.

"Oh, I know, alright," Nana said in disgust.

"His farts could break through glass. I don't even want to think what he eats with his teeth," Ana said. "Where shall we hide?"

"If he sees us with you, he's going to get mad," Kat said.

"I know," Nana said. "Now that Bowser and Dedede are with him, they'd surely attack us without thinking."

"Hey, Nana, can you buy me that toy train?" Popo interrupted the girls as he pointed inside the store to a red train going through a long trail that pretty much navigated through the whole store. "It costs like $1,000,000 bucks."

Nana and the ninja girls looked at the store. They all smiled a bit as they looked inside. "Let's hide in there, quick," Kat suggested.

The 3 (or 4 once Nana dragged Popo inside by the hand) entered inside through the automatic doors before they closed. Once they got inside, the 3 girls and the dumb boy hid in a nearby pile of big balls that was just behind the window of the store. The 4 swam through the balls to hide and push some balls away to spy on the Wario employees.

They saw as Wario, Bowser, and Dedede parked their motorcycles outside the store. Wario jumped off from his motorbike before he looked at the store. "Wahahahaha!" he laughed. "Here we are at the Toy Express," he said before pointing at a poster with the game "Wario Ware: Touched!" to make the other 2 look at it. "See those big letters? BIG SELLER, ha! It has been out for months, and its sales are defeating any toy out there!"

Bowser grinned at the poster. "While this game is selling, we become ever richer, right?"

"Of course we do," Dedede said as he adjusted his black glasses (making them shine) before grinning. "How's the other game sellin'?"

"Wario Ware: Smooth Moves is still selling even after those stupid alien-thingies took away my Form Baton," Wario explained. "Ever since those creatures sealed the Temple of Form, I haven't been able to enter and take it again."

"That's a shame," Bowser said. "We could have become richer."

"Meh, who cares?" Wario asked with a chuckle. "We're still gaining money either way."

"Oh, I SO love the truth," Dedede said with a small laugh. "Heck, doin' fair business makes ya reach new heights."

Inside the store, Kat looked at Nana. "Greedy punks..." she muttered.

"Agreed," Ana said with a sigh.

"Wait, why are Bowser and Dedede with him?" Nana asked.

"The 2 are the stupidest villains of all times, and they decided to become even more stupid by joining up with Wario?" Popo asked.

"Screw Tabuu! Being an employee of Wario gives us many more benefits than that cyber guy ever did!" Bowser said as he took out a handful of money as he grinned while showing his fangs. "Daddy's gonna buy a new badge here."

"Pfft, a badge?" Dedede asked before removing his glasses, still grinning. "I'll buy... Hell no! I'll save money to buy the world!"

"Hey, idiot, the world is not on sale for anyone," Nana muttered in annoyance.

"A badge of awesomeness," Bowser said. "It'll have something written so cool on it like King of Kings, or Shell of Awesome, or Fists of Power, or Roar's Pimp Daddy, o-"

"STOP!" Wario interrupted in annoyance. "We gotta go check on my employees to see if they created new microgames right now!"

"Why don't you call them over the darn phone? Nowadays people do that," Bowser said as he rolled his eyes.

"I COULD, but they're never home," Wario said as he took out a cellphone from his back. The Mario alter-ego clicked some numbers before he put the cellphone near his right ear. "Hello?"

"Sorry," the receiver of the line said. "You can't talk to 9-Volt because he's either playing video games with 18-Volt while ignoring the phone or he and 18-Volt are out to buy more video games. Please leave a message after the Mario jump jingle."

A Mario jump jingle was heard before Wario closed his cellphone and looked at them. "That hyperactive kid isn't home, which means we'll have to look for someone else..." Wario scratched his chin. "Let's see..." He thought for a moment. "...Of course, yeah!" he said excited. "I told those 2 ninja girls to wait for me at their house. They said they finished making some microgames for our next installment."

At this statement, Kat and Ana gasped silently.

"They said they were gonna be there at 6:30 PM. It's 6:00 PM right now, and their house is not far away from here either. Alright, ride on your bikes and let's hit the road again!"

Bowser chuckled as he rubbed his hands together. "Money, here comes your boss."

"Hey, I'm the boss here," Dedede said with a glare.

"No," Wario said as he jumped to his motorcycle. "WE ARE the bosses of money!"

"YEAH!" Dedede and Bowser said with a laugh before they both jumped on their motorcyles. The 3 heated up the motors for a bit before they all drove south from the store, leaving a trail of black smoke as it started to clear out.

"...Okay," Nana said. "I know what's going on here. Bowser and Dedede surely came here for Wario, but Wario convinced them from joining his business to become managers or something. And since Ganondorf said he needed to find them, they surely stayed here for a pretty long while."

"Is that all?" Popo asked.

"I think that's how things are right now. Maybe I have an accurate guess."

Ana looked shocked at Kat. "K-Kat, we were supposed to head back home at 5!"

"This isn't good," Kat said as she shook her head. "We planned to go back home early, but when we met you 2, we got distracted all afternoon until now..."

Nana looked bored at the girls. "Remember I told you that you didn't need to help us, right?"

"Well, we didn't have nothing else to do. People get bored, you know..." Ana said worried. "I'm sorry, but we have to go to our house."

"Oh, it's okay," Nana said as the 4 swam their way out from the cage of balls. "We need to head there as well."

"Wait, you're going to come?"

"What else is there to do? Maybe they have something in hands. We were charged to spy on them after all."

The 4 jumped out from the cage as Popo held up in triumph a big red ball. Kat rubbed her chin. "It's a good idea, actually... Ana and I can act all normal while we spy secretly on those 2 greedy punks we just saw."

Ana giggled. "Yes, I think this will work out very well."

"But we have to go to our house before they do," Kat explained. "Follow us, please."

"How are we gonna get over your house to make a more interesting threesome?" Popo asked as he tossed the ball away.

"Do you still have that sick idea in mind?" Kat asked with a frown. "Nana, no offense, but your brother creeps me out..."

'Who doesn't get creepied out with that attitude of his..." Nana sighed. "Then again, he's doing this to stay fine."

"Let's not waste any more time and go back to our house," Ana said worried. "Who knows what Wario could do to Shadow or the others!"

"Oh no, this is Wario we're talking about..." Kat muttered. "He kicked Shadow when we weren't looking."

"Bastard..." Ana muttered with a grunt.

"Okay, let's go before they reach your house, then," Nana said. "And no, Popo, I'm not going to buy you that toy train."

"Aww!" Popo groaned with a frown before Nana grabbed his hand and ran away outside with the ninja girls before the doors closed.

Highway

Many streets away to the west was located the highway that showed the ocean from afar. However, for some reason or another, there was a big traffic for the first time in years as many cars continued to shout their horns a lot with people cursing or getting impatient.

Between some cars, there was a bored Mona as she rested her chin on the handle bar.

Some cars behind her, there were the Pizza Dinosaur employees riding on their white bikes as they looked at each other bored.

Even more cars away from the 2, there was Dribble and Spitz's taxi completely stood still as from inside, Dribble rested his chin on the steering wheel while Spitz had his arms crossed, staring at the traffic in boredom.

A seat behind them, there was a bored Chris looking outside to the right, Ness moving his yo-yo in front of him at the sides, and Lucas looking around to do something in order to distract himself from some harmful memories.

All 8 characters took a moment of silence before they all sighed in unison.

"Traffic sucks in times like this, you know..." Mona, the 2 Pizza Dinosaur employees, Dribble, Spitz, Chris, Ness, and Lucas said in unison as the horns kept blaring on.

The blond PK kid looked outside to the clouds. Lucas blinked a few moment before he looked worried. "(Why am I starting to think about them right now?)" Lucas asked to himself. "(I thought I got over that a long time ago...but...the memory...)" Lucas grabbed his head and looked down. "(I-I can't stop thinking...)"

"Lucas?" Ness suddenly asked.

Lucas slowly put his hands down and looked outside. "I'm fine, don't worry about me..."

"..." Ness blinked before he looked forward to stare at the traffic in boredom.

"(...Claus...mom...)" Lucas thought. "(...Ugh...)"

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Jewels Of Diamond City. What, is this still going?" Diddy asked.

"Apparently..." Ness said with a sigh.

"Oh, man..."


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Diamond City
Chris, Ness, Lucas, Dribble, Spitz/Jigglypuff, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Red (Ashley's devil slave)/Ice Climbers, Kat & Ana/Sonic, Chip, Amy
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 03, 2009, 10:37:09 AM
Chapter 148: Jewels Of Diamond City

Highway

It has been half an hour ever since the traffic hadn't moved. The 8 trapped in traffic were at the verge of falling asleep despite the horns blaring on.

This could mean they became numb to the horns.

However, someone of them did fall asleep as Lucas rested his head on the left door, falling asleep while the other 4 inside the taxi looked bored outside.

As for Lucas, he began to dream something...

Dream

Mother 3 - Theme of Love

"...Huh?" Lucas blinked as he saw many green vines coming from the fertile ground. "W-what is this place?"

He noticed the yellow sky above the vines.

"...Wait..." Lucas blinked a little bit in surprise as he noticed he was laying down on a big field of sunflowers that reached the corners of his eyes' sight. The PK kid's mouth hanged a little bit open as he looked around.

Blue skies, some clouds, and even some butterflies were seen above the big flower bed of sunflowers. The blond kid smiled a bit as he admired the beatiful scenery.

It was then that a finger tapped his right shoulder from behind. Lucas stared forward for a small moment before turning around.

And his mouth opened in surprise once he found another person identically-looking like him.

"C-Claus!" Lucas yelled in surprise.

The boy in front of him looked identical to him. The only differences that separated them both from being the same were that Claus had a slightly different style of orange hair and wore light blue-yellow stripped shirt with orange shorts and light-blue shoes.

The boy, Claus, chuckled at Lucas. "Man, you're still the same, aren't you?"

"Claus..." Lucas looked down. "What are you doing here?"

"It's not obvious, genius?" Claus asked as he rolled his eyes. "I'm here because this is a dream."

Lucas looked back at him. "A-a dream? You mean this is not real?"

"...Wait, did you really think this was real?" Claus asked before he frowned. "Well, this is not real, unfortunately..."

Lucas looked down in shame.

"But check this out," Claus said. "You're talking to the real me in person. This is your brother, speaking you directly from the grave."

Lucas gasped and looked back at Claus. "W-what?"

"I'm telling you, this is hard to do," Claus said with a worried expression. "Do you think cheating Death is that easy? It's a good thing Death himself became friends with our mom."

"C-cheating Death?"

"Oh, don't tell the guy, please."

"...Our mom?"

"What about her?" Claus asked before he pointed behind him. "She's right over there, picking up some sunflowers."

Lucas couldn't believe what his eyes showed him behind Claus. There was a young lady with brown hair with a ponytail, sitting down on her legs and magenta dress in the flower bed as she held a basket of flowers on her left arm while she picked up some sunflowers with her other free hand.

Claus looked back at Lucas. "You're gonna go to her or what? I know you."

Lucas stared blankly at his mother before his feet began to run towards her, passing a chuckling Claus as the blond kid made his way to the lady.

"M-Mom!!!" Lucas yelled.

The lady got startled a little bit before she looked at Lucas's direction. She blinked a few times before smiling a bit in happiness. "Lucas, is that really you?"

"Mom!" Lucas yelled before leaping to her mother's lap with a big hug. "M-mom, you're okay!"

"Lucas!" Hinawa (her mother's name) hugged her son with some chuckles as Claus walked to them. "My goodness, you have grown well, young man."

Lucas looked up to her. "D-did I?"

Hinawa chuckled as she ran her hand on Lucas's hair. "Yes, you did. I'm so proud of you."

Lucas blushed and leaned his head to Hinawa. "T-thanks, mom..."

Claus folded his arms and looked at Lucas. "By the looks of it, I can tell you're still the same, though."

"C-Claus!" Lucas said annoyed. "D-don't say that to me!"

"Claus, respect your brother, please," Hinawa said.

'Yes, mom..." Claus said as he looked down.

"And now, young man, why are you chuckling?" Hinawa asked as she looked down at Lucas.

"I-I wasn't chuckling," Lucas said as he blushed. "R-really, I wasn't..."

"No, I heard you were chuckling at your brother," Hinawa said. "If he laughs at your back, do you want to do the same to him?"

Lucas looked away. "N-no..."

"What did I tell you about this before?"

"If you hate what other people do to you, don't try to do the same to them or else you're going to end up in jail someday..."

Claus blinked a few times. "H-hey, I didn't end up in jail!"

"That's good," Hinawa said.

"W-well, I guess..." Claus blushed.

"Anyhow," Hinawa began as she looked at Lucas, who opened an eye to look up at her. "How's your father doing?"

Lucas got off from her and smiled. "My dad built this little ranch after we fought the Pig Mask Army. It's pretty, you know? People have started to say the ranch fits my dad."

Claus began to laugh. "Hahahaha! I told you our dad was gonna end up building a ranch! That hat he always wears really proved it after all!"

Lucas chuckled. "I know. Even Boney is the ranch's dog. He doesn't do a goob job sometimes but he's happy to help."

"Aw, Boney," Claus said. "Bring him here the next time you have a random dream with us."

Lucas blinked a few times and looked worried at Hinawa. "M-mom..."

"Yes, what is it?" Hinawa asked.

"This is dream...but Claus said you 2 are real here...and you 2 are talking from the grave...right?"

"...Yes," she said. "I tried my best to appear here so you didn't feel so alone."

"And I found my way to her," Claus said proudly. "Heheh, I'm something if I can find her, am I not?"

"Lucas, I'm always watching over you."

"Me too, you know."

"And I've seen you have been looking down this whole time."

Lucas looked away in shame.

"Is there something bothering you? C'mon, you can tell me."

"...Mom...Claus..." Lucas looked at them. "I know you're both dead, but...I can't get over them..."

Claus looked down. "Well...yeah, it's true about that."

"...Lucas, you're brave child; my brave child," Hinawa began with a few nods. "As long as you think I'm here with you, I'm going to be there."

Lucas shook his head. "...What I'm trying to say is...I want you to be alive..." Lucas looked at Claus. "It's not the same for me to have 2 dead people while they say they're with me all the time...it's just not the same..."

Claus looked worried at him. "That's going to bother you forever, right?"

"Y-yes..." Lucas sniffed. "I have my dad with me...b-but I want to have both of you too..."

Hinawa closed her eyes. "I'm sorry, Lucas, but we can't solve that problem very well..." She looked at him. "Even if we're not physically there with you, we're still giving our support so you can help the people you're with."

"...It's not the same!"

Claus and Hinawa got a bit startled at this reaction.

"I-it's not just the same, mom..." Lucas muttered as he began to cry a little. "I-I'm always trying to think you're both alive so I can be happy..."

"...Lucas, you're lying to yourself," Claus said.

"W-what?"

"You're lying to yourself by thinking we're alive while we're dead," Claus explained. "You should know better."

"I-I know, Claus, but..." Lucas frowned. "...It's not the same..."

Hinawa kept staring at Lucas before she picked a sunflower. "Lucas, please, don't hurt yourself with something that you want to use to make you happy."

"I'm not hurting myself..." Lucas muttered.

"You are, believe me," Hinawa said as she gave Lucas the sunflower. "While you're lying to yourself, you're hurting your beliefs about what is true and what's not."

"I-I'm getting confused, mom..." Lucas looked at her as he held the sunflower close to him.

"She says that using lies as an emotional shield brings you more pain," Claus explained. "Lucas, mom here taught us that. Did you forget or what?"

"I-I didn't..."

"Then do us a favor, Lucas," Hinawa began. "Stop using lies before you get hurt even more than you are."

"..." Lucas looked away.

"Young man, look at me and swear it."

"...I-it's embarrassing..." Lucas muttered.

Claus frowned. "Lucas, stop acting like that and be brave!"

"I-it's hard..." Lucas said. "I don't have the courage you have, Claus..."

Claus looked at Hinawa. "Mom, this is getting so hard to me now... How can we help Lucas?"

Hinawa closed her eyes to think of something. "..." She opened her eyes. "...I'm afraid this conversation is going to be over in a few seconds."

"What?" Lucas looked at her. "W-why is that?"

Claus looked around before he noticed. "Oh yeah. Lucas, next time, don't try to sleep while leaning to something in a taxi with 2 speed freaks."

Lucas gasped. "W-wait, how do you know that?"

"1, we know what you're doing with the guys you have. 2, we know you got the help from 2 speed freaks. And 3, we know where you're sleeping."

"And 4," Hinawa continued. "The race is going to start soon."

"And 5, next time, wear a helmet or lay down your head on a pillow."

Lucas looked worried. "W-what do you mean b-"

Music stops

Highway

THUD!

"O-oww!" Lucas moaned in pain.

"It was about time for you to wake up, sleeping beauty," Ness said bored.

Lucas noticed he bumped his head hard on the left door. He rubbed the left side of his head as he moaned a little bit, noticing that the highway was empty except for them, the 2 Pizza Dinosaur employees, and Mona going at full speed over the way.

"Dammit," Dribble cursed. "These guys have some potent motors!"

Chris peered from Spitz's seat to look at the employees. "Do you know if this happens a lot?"

Spitz looked up at him. "I suppose. Mona sometimes comments how hard is for her to do her things. I think these guys are one of the reasons."

Ness looked over. "...What the heck? Is that guy carrying a real dinosaur over his shoulders?"

The 5 looked forward to see the right employee carrying a gray dinosaur over his shoulders as he accelerated more towards Mona. The dinosaur began to bite the air furiously as it focused on Mona's yellow hat...or head.

"Okay," Ness began as he looked at Lucas. "These guys want to kill her off for good."

"And if they kill her..." Chris trailed off. "This mission is going to fail..."

The 3 Smashers looked at each other before Dribble and Spitz joined in.

"...AW, CRAP!" everyone but Lucas yelled.

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time - Boss Battle

Dribble grumbled as he tried to accelerate. "Damn these guys! I can't catch up with them!"

"At this rate, we're going to witness a girl getting her head bitten by an animal that was SUPPOSED to be extinct!" Ness said. "...And here you're talking with a kid that fought dinosaurs himself..."

Spitz rubbed his eyes from between them. "Think, Spitz, think..."

They all saw as Mona noticed the employees were chasing her from behind. However, she wasn't worried about them, even if one had a dinosaur bent to bite her.

She was worried about the time she had to deliver the pizzas.

"I'm gonna be late for sure this time," Mona said worried as she looked at her watch. "Good thing they said they wanted the pizza before midnight. I can make it if I keep accelerating..."

"I'm afraid to say this taxi wasn't meant to fire missiles or somethin'," Dribble said. "Spitz, order a tombstone for Mona."

"Hey, you just can't say that..." Chris trailed off.

"Well, smart kid, do you have any ideas?" Dribble asked with a glare.

"..." Chris began to hit his forehead with the seat. "Why can't anybody say I'm a teen?"

"Teen, kid, whatever!" Dribble looked forward. "Mona's as good as dead if that dinosaur bents its head down on her!"

Ness thought about an idea. "...Of course," he muttered. "Lucas, open the window, now!"

"W-what?" Lucas asked. "A-are we going to jump out?"

"No!" Ness frowned. "I have an idea. The 3 of us need to use PK Thunder together."

"What?" Chris asked.

"We need to try and see if we can combine 3 same attacks together and direct it to that dinosaur," Ness explained. "If we can do that, then Mona will be fine, right?"

"I guess..."

"Well, change jobs already! That tamer job you have on isn't going to help!"

Chris looked at Dribble and Spitz. "W-what about them?"

"Forget about them! People need to witness what we can do sooner or later, anyway!"

Chris looked worried before he sighed. "Fine, I'll do it..." The World Traveler ducked to change jobs to the PK Kid before he sat up and looked at Ness.

Dribble and Spitz, noticing the glow behind them, looked back. "...A-HA!" Spitz pointed at them with a grin. "So you're supernatural after all!"

The 3 Smashers blinked at them.

"Dribble, do you know what this means?"

"Hell yeah I know," Dribble said with a happy expression. "We're ALWAYS going to end up taking sci-fi people with us forever!"

"Talk about lucky!" Spitz rejoiced.

"...What?" Lucas tilted his head.

"Ignore them and use PK Thunder already!" Ness ordered before he grabbed the hands of the other 2.

"O-okay, I'm feeling uncomfortable now..." Chris said with a shrug.

"This is NOT what you think it is," Ness said. "It's risky to shoot off our attacks inside this place to later combine them over us or the ceiling of this taxi. I think we can channel our minds together and shoot off 1 single attack from someone else's head." Ness looked at Lucas and the open window. "If my theory is correct, we should direct all the PK energy to Lucas's head where it's going to shoot off from his side to outside."

Lucas gulped. "T-this isn't going to fry me or something, right?"

"Pray for the best to happen."

"W-what?"

Ness looked at Chris. "Okay, start now!"

"I-I'm not so sure about this, but we have no choice..." Chris said worried before he closed his eyes with Ness and a terrified Lucas.

Spitz, who decided to look back at them while Dribble merely moved an eye, took out a video camera as he watched the 3 glowing a bit in blue while electric waves ran around their arms and hands. The PK energy from Chris and Ness began to flow all the way to Lucas's head.

The blond kid twitched a little, but with the effort of their minds combined to concentrate, Lucas managed to control the amount of energy.

"...Now!" Ness opened his eyes with the other 2.

"PK THUNDER!" the 3 yelled loudly as a fast sphere of lightning came out from Lucas's head, leaving the taxi from the open window as it rose up to the air.

Ness twitched as they all tried to control the living sphere while they continued to glow. "U-ugh, it's fast enough to reach them, but we have to focus more before it vanishes..."

"Cooooooooooooooooooool..." Dribble and Spitz said in awe as they looked up at the sphere of lightning, flying around crazily.

"Hmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm..." Lucas focused even more to concentrate their minds into their attack.

Dribble and Spitz watched as the lightning ball began to get a hold of itself before it shot down towards the dinosaur. Once it crashed right on the dinosaur's back, it created some bolts shooting back as the dinosaur roared in pain and fell to the right side of the road unconscious. The 2 cabs looked at the fainted dinosaur as it was left behind their way.

"You did it!" Spitz said. "Man, that was awesome! I caught it on tape as well."

"Good stuff," Dribble said as he looked at the employees.

"What the hell, man?" the employee who was carrying the dinosaur before began. "Something shoot it down!"

"Well, let's not bother looking back now. We need to keep our sight on her," the other employee said as they looked back at Mona. "That girl isn't going to get away again."

"Shall I call our special transport to get rid of her?"

"Do it!"

The employee grinned as he took out a cell phone and called forth a flying purple ship with a dinosaur's head looking forward. The 2 employees looked at the ship turning into a big car to chase Mona right behind her before the 2 jumped their white motorbikes on the hatch on the top of the dinosaur car as the 2 fell on seats and grinned evilly at Mona.

"...Did those 2 just call that thing here from the sky?" Ness asked in disbelief as the 3 Smashers stopped focusing.

"Now I know this place doesn't even know the word normal..." Chris commented.

"Well, sci-fi people, you showed your moves to us," Dribble said pleased. "But now we have that thing chasing Mona from behind. Show it who's boss!"

Lucas looked worried at the purple dinosaur car. "C-can we really attack it from here? It was hard to control that fast PK Thunder..."

"Let me see if I can accelerate a little bit more to catch up with them. Can you guys attack it with close attacks or somethin'?"

Ness thought for a moment. "I think we can do it."

"Hold on to your seats," Dribble told them. "'Cuz we're going to mach speed level!"

Spitz nodded as he reached the lever. "Mach speed!" he yelled before pushing the lever forward.

The taxi began to accelerate even more as it began to catch up with the employee's car. Ness, Lucas, and Chris looked serious as they all looked to the right where they were able to look at the purple wall of the car.

"Alright, we did it," Dribble said. "You get rid of them now!"

"A-anybody thought about a plan yet?" Chris asked.

Ness looked at the 2 cabs. "Can you keep the speed like it is?"

"Yeah. Why do you ask that?" Spitz asked.

"We'll have to stand up and shoot the car down with some bolts of fire," Ness explained. "We need the car to keep its speed without slowing down so we don't get hurt. Can you do that?"

"You leave that to us," Spitz said as he raised his right hand. "Dude, this chase is starting to get even more epic. Why would we stop now?"

"I-I'm not liking this at all," Lucas commented.

"Too bad, we're going to do it as I say," Ness said as he took off his seat belt and stood up. Chris gasped a little before he took off his seat and pulled back his feet to let Ness stand below. As for Lucas, the blond kid squizzed his way from Chris's right arm to look out.

"Prepare your PK Fire attacks," Ness told them. "We'll have to spam our attacks over and over to heat up their engine to make it blow up."

"What does this big car do besides chasing Mona?" Spitz asked.

"Beats me," Dribble said. "It should have a beam or something."

"Are you ready or not?" Ness asked to Lucas and Chris.

"Is this the only way?" Chris asked.

Ness frowned annoyed. "I'll take that as a yes. Start bombarding this random car with fire, now!"

The trio of PK users began to shoot bolts of fires that exploded upon impact to the car. It was a small matter of time before the left side of the dinosaur car began to turn bright red.

Noticing that the air was getting hotter, the 2 employees looked around before looking at each other. "Hey, something's cooking up in the engine," the left one said.

"Well, don't look at me. I didn't install an oven down there!" the other one complained.

Since the car was specifically made to chase Mona and nothing else, the 2 looked at each other.

"Why did we have to go make this car without weapons or something?"

The other employee smacked his helmet in disappointment before the car became bright red, eventually exploding as the taxi slowed down. The 2 employees were blasted off to the sky before long, leaving a long trail of smoke behind.

"..." The 3 Smashers sighed in relief as they all sat down on their seats.

Dribble grinned and showed them a thumbs up. "Ha, how do you like that now?" he asked as he looked forward to Mona.

Music stops

"That was it?" Ness asked. "Wow, those guys were just pushovers."

"I'm glad..." Lucas said with a sigh.

"Wasn't it weird that they didn't bother to look at us?" Chris asked.

"Chris, there's something I'd like to do right now," Ness began. "You know what it is?"

"No..."

"Relax, get to that girl who made us go through all of this, complain to her, then ask to come with us," Ness explained as he folded his arms. "If she says no, my baseball bat'd like to talk with her very closely..."

"Oh god..."

Back with the teenager, Mona smiled to herself as she kept driving. "It's 6:30 PM, and the pizzas are still hot," she said as she placed a hand on the pizz boxes at the side of her scooter. A happy note jumped from her head before vanishing. "I'm gonna make it in tiiiiime, I'm gonna make it in tiiiime," she sang to herself.

Spitz frowned. "Why can't she even look behind for a change?"

"Oh, I'll tell you why," Ness said bored. "Her head can't turn around. She's forever stuck to look forward for the eternity."

"C-can we please just finish?" Lucas asked. "I-I'm getting a little bit annoyed by your complaints, Ness..."

"Oh, don't worry anymore," Dribble said as the taxi and Mona entered the Interstate 310, located to the north, where the beach was nearby.

Interstate 310

Spitz grinned. "The chase is over. Once she stops and delivers those pizzas, we'll reach her." Spitz stood up and looked at them. "You guys made this experience very worthwhile. Plus, we DID get pay after all! Those freaky powers of yours are not to be taken easy!"

"Bwaha-hahahahaha!" Dribble laughed. "Yeah, this was so extreme to a point. Thanks for everythin', you guys!"

Chris sighed in relief and smiled a bit. "Finally, this is going to be over in a bi-"

"Hey, taxi! Over here, please!"

The taxi suddenly came to a halt, making the 3 Smashers get pulled forward before slamming their backs to their seats.

Ness looked forward where Mona was getting away to the west. "H-hey, why did you stop?! We just had her where we wanted her to be!" he asked and yelled respectively to Dribble.

"There are people wanting to take the taxi," Dribble said as he kept looking forward. "We DON'T ignore passengers' request here. If we ignore them, our reputation will fall down to the slums."

"We don't want that to happen, either," Spitz said as he did the same as Dribble. "I'd say let's do it!"

"..." Ness looked at Chris. "Please, tell me these guys DIDN'T lose Mona's track to help others get to their destinations. PLEASE, DON'T TELL ME, DAMMIT!"

"N-Ness, you're starting to go crazy, no offense..." Lucas said with a gulp.

Chris backed away from Ness. "O-okay, I'm not going to tell you anything!" Chris said worried before the taxi pulled back to the right sidewalk before parking.

Spitz looked outside the window. "Aw, you guys! Where you want to go?" he asked, looking down at a kid with a yellow helmet with flashlights at the sides on the top, green visor, big earphones, red shirt with a yellow V-shaped emblem hanging on his neck with green shorts and red shoes. The kid also had brown hair with star-shaped hair hanging on the sides of the helmet.

Spitz looked to his right where a tall guy was carrying a jukebox over his right hand (that had a golden label on hi index finger that read "COOL"). The tall guy was a teenager that wore green clothes and pants, wore 3-D glasses, had brown hair with some sort of small saucer on the top of his hair, wore white shoes, and also wore a gold necklace with the blue numbers 18 on it.

"Long time no see, 9-Volt, 18-Volt!" Spitz said to the kid and the teen.

9-Volt smiled proudly. "Ha, nice to see you guys," he said.

-9-Volt-

-Occupation: Grade School Student
-Hobby: Skate Boarding
-Biggest Boast: His Nintendo Collection
-Bio: This high-tech skater boy studies at Diamond Elementary. He is such a Nintendo fanboy that he owns every piece of Nintendo hardware and software ever made.

"Whatcha doing in this place?" Spitz asked as he looked at the tall teenager. "I thought you guys always played video games all day long. What, did hell freeze over?"

"Nope," 18-Volt said as he shook his head. "We're waitin' for a new game to come out tomorrow."

-18-Volt-

-Occupation: Grade School Student
-Hobby: Listening to his jukebox
-Biggest Boast: His love for video games
-Bio: 18-Volt is a Grade School Student that is usually seen hanging out with 9-Volt at his house. These 2 share a big love for video games that they always play together when they can.

"It's 72-Volt-Man is gonna come out to stores!" 9-Volt said enthusiastically. "After getting through 36-Volt-man, we're sure the sequel is going to rock on my house!"

"Are you planning to pass the game the very first day it comes out?" Spitz asked.

The 2 gamers looked at each other and chuckled before looking back at the cat. "Of course we are!" both said with enthusiasm.

Inside the taxi, Ness covered his face with his hands. "Tell me they're not having a conversation in the middle of our mission..."

"Fine, I won't tell you..." Chris said.

"And you're waiting for the game to come out without playing another video game?" Spitz asked.

"We're taking a short break," 9-Volt said.

"Nope," 18-Volt interrupted. "I thought we were walking outside because you became frustrated to pass a high difficulty that you didn't today, then you tossed the controller at the TV out of frustration, and your mom got angry at us and the-"

"WE'RE TAKING A SHORT BREAK," 9-Volt said as a red toon vein popped out from his helmet while he chuckled.

"Yeah," 18-Volt said.

"..." Spitz hid a chuckle. "Where do you want to go?"

"Far away from his mom because she's looking for us after we escap-"

"A-anywhere you're going," 9-Volt said, interrupting 18-Volt. "It'll be safer that wa-I mean, it'll make us get unbored."

"Okay, hop on," Dribble said. "Hey, you guys on the back, make space for them!"

"W-what?" Lucas asked.

"Tell the kid on the middle to sit somewhere else, like the other big kid's legs!"

"W-what?!" Chris asked embarrassed.

"I'm NOT going to sit on Chris's legs like a child, ever!" Ness complained.

"You're going to sit on his legs or we're not chasing Mona anymore," Dribble threatened. "You wouldn't hurt us, right?"

"You...little..."

Lucas knew they didn't have any choice left after Dribble told them that. "N-Ness, do it..."

"Oh, right, I'm the only one here being asked to sit on Chris's legs, right?" Ness asked annoyed. "Lucas, you do it!"

"M-m-m-m-m-me?" Lucas blushed.

"Yeah, you! Save my butt, man!"

"Y-y-you're starting to sound even more furious than befor-"

"That does it!" Dribble yelled annoyed as he turned around, grabbed Ness, placed him on Chris's legs, and pulled the World Traveler to the middle seat. "There!" Dribble said annoyed as he opened the lock and looked forward. "You guys can come in now!"

"Oh no, this ISN't happening!" Ness complained as Chris, totally embarrassed, looked away from him as the 2 gamers got inside and sat down next to Chris and Ness.

"I hope you don't mind, but we're in the middle of a chase to get to Mona," Spitz said to 9-Volt. "Is that fine with you?"

"Meh, I don't mind," 9-Volt said. "I'll take anything extreme right now."

"Good!" Spitz looked at Dribble. "Continue the chase, Dribble!"

"Alright, let's hit the road again! I know where Mona headed to." Dribble laughed for a bit as he started the taxi. "Here we go!" he said before the taxi continued its way to Mona.

An annoyed Ness looked mad while he stared forward. "...Chris..."

"...Y-yes?" Chris asked worried.

"...Promise me and Lucas that you're not going to tell this to anyone or even my mom or Tracey..."

"Promise..." Lucas and Chris said in unison.

"Good..." Ness said with a sigh.

9-Volt and 18-Volt looked at the 3 and stared at them for a while.

"..." 9-Volt smiled a bit at Chris, who decided to look down at him. "Soooooooo, you play video games?"

"Oh, yes," Chris said. "I have a big collection of them in my house."

"Really? That's cool," 18-Volt said with a nod.

9-Volt gasped. "Hey, what games do you play?"

"I play Nintendo games mostly," Chris said.

The 2 other gamers gasped in excitement. "No way, I play Nintendo games mostly, too!" 9-Volt said, starting to shake in excitement with 18-Volt. "Tell me, what genres do you like the most?"

"I like RPG, adventure, action, puzzle, and simulation genres."

9-Volt looked at 18-Volt. "This guy over here is hardcore, alright!"

Chris smiled a bit and blushed. "O-oh, please. W-what genres do you like to play?"

"Most of the ones you mentioned, but I like to play many other genres," 9-Volt admitted. "18-Volt here shares the same likes as me."

"Word!" 18-Volt said, showing his teeth happily.

As the 3 gamers talked to each other, Ness looked annoyed at Lucas. "I bet the others are going through hell, unlike us."

"I-I'd say you're the only one going through hell, Ness..." Lucas said before gasping. "P-please, don't hit me!"

"Oh, don't worry," Ness said. "Once we go back, I'm going to find this game, place it down, borrow Kirby's hammer, and SMASH IT to smitherins," he said annoyed.

The taxi drove off to the west, where Mona headed as the gamers were discussing video games...

From a corner of a 4-way, where the taxi passed, Sonic, Amy, and Chip were seen, crossing over the street where they looked to the east, spotting a big building that had a big orange antenna with green floors on the other side of the street. Many students were seen entering, exitting, talking, laughing, or eating together around the trees located around the grass.

Diamond Academy - Entrance

The 3 stopped walking and looked up at the height of the academy.

Amy folded her arms. "She must be here, right?" she asked.

"Apparently," Chip said.

"Attention, people," Sonic began. "We're entering Tails's fantasy: an academy for the smartest."

Amy chuckled. "Oh, don't make fun of him now."

Chip looked at the different people around the campus. "Hmm, which one would be Penny?"

"Find the one who's wearing a pink suit," Amy said bored. "That reminds me, the old man didn't tell us how she looked."

"We're not going back to that island again," Sonic said annoyed. "Maybe if we ask around, we could find her?"

"That seems to be more appropiate but tiresome," Amy said. "Let's do it."

"Split and gather info, then," Chip said.

"But let's do this quick," Sonic said as he looked at the sunset. "Who knows if I'm going to transform in that thing again during tonight..."

"...Hey, does this school work even during afternoons?" Amy asked as she looked around.

"Maybe?" Chip asked.

"I think all the kids in here like to study even more than others," Sonic said.

"You might be right..." Amy said with a giggle. "Ooh, so you're really changing? My, you want to turn smart like Tails?"

"There ARE limits, you know," Sonic said with a frown.

Amy rubbed her left cheek with a finger. "Hey, what was that about you turning into a beast, anyway? I barely heard from Chip that your turn into some kind of wolf during the night."

Sonic glared at a whistling Chip. "I know. That's very stupid, right, Chip?"

"Not to mention so overused," Amy commented. "It's cliche for people to turn into werewolves during the night and bite others to turn them into more werewolves. Good thing that isn't going to happen here."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "You better say thanks because that isn't going to happen to us at all."

Amy chuckled. "I know." She looked serious. "Okay, let's seek out that girl and meet up with everyone, then!"

The 3 nodded to each other and split ways to gather information about the scientist girl.

"Oh, Penny Crygor?" a girl with lenses and blue uniform asked to Chip. "Well, she's well-known around the campus. Everyone knows her very well because she's always competing in any science challenges like science events or science fairs."

"Do you know where she is?" Chip asked.

"Who doesn't? She's inside the school's lab," the girl said as she pointed at the entrance. "Go inside, walk to the third floor, go to the east hall, enter the 4th door, and you'll get to the lab. She should be there all the time."

"Oh, thanks," Chip said before he flew away.

"Anytime, cartoon-looking imp."

Diamond Academy - 4th Floor Lab

The imp didn't have trouble in finding the hedgehogs before they made their way to the lab of the academy. Once they got there, they found around 8 tables with chemicals, tubes, elements, and the usual stuff a normal school lab had.

Sonic, by sniffing the air, found a trail of smoke that came from one of the tables of the lab. "Hey, there's smoke over there," Sonic said.

"Eww, it stinks," Amy said, pitching her nose. "You don't think she's inside, right?"

"Depends," Sonic said. "If she's in here, Tails is getting a new friend."

"Would you knock that off already?"

"Sorry..."

They began to hear some coughs from within the smoke as it started to clear out by itself. From what they could tell, there was a person holding tubes on each hand before the smoke began to vanish.

On the other side of the table, there was a young girl coughing smoke out. The girl had orange hair with 2 spikes of hair on her head with 2 ponytails at the sides. She had a small pink heart emblem between her hair and forehead to the right of her big glasses in front of her magenta eyes and spiked eyelashes. The girl also wore a pink collar jacket with, black shirt underneath, black pants, and pink boots.

"Oh man..." the girl said as she stopped coughing, looking to the mess she did at the table with lots of tubes with spilled liquids. "I did it again..."

The 3 looked at her as she looked around for a rag to clean the table. "Do you think she is the girl we're looking for?" Chip whispered.

"She doesn't even look like the old man," Amy whispered. "Heck, she looks prettier than he is. How can she be his granddaughter?"

Sonic looked behind the girl where the sunset was about to turn into the night. "We better ask her if we want to find out before night comes..." he muttered with a gulp.

"That would be better," Amy whispered before the 3 went over to her.

"Okay, where did I leave that rag? I shouldn't have wiped the table with it for the 7th today..." the girl complained with a sigh as she put the tubes back on their place in some containers. Once she turned around, she looked down at the hedgehogs. "Oh, who might you be? I haven't seen anyone like you 3 in the campus."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 03, 2009, 06:52:34 PM
"We're sorry to come in here and approach you," Amy said. "But...are you by any chance...Penny Crygor?"

The girl with glasses blinked a few times. "...Yes, that's me, Penny Crygor."

Sonic blinked in disbelief. "You mean to tell us you're that old man's granddaughter?"

"What old man?" Penny asked. "Oh, you mean my grandpa? Of course I'm his grandaughter!" she said with a chuckle. "I'm her special, lovely lab assistant as well!" she said enthusiastically.

-Penny Crygor-

-Occupation: Academy Student
-Special Ability: Intelligence superior to an average student
-Number of Lab Accidents in her beginning at being a scientist without getting a disease: 57
-Bio: Penny Crygor is Dr. Crygor's granddaughter. She's a very cheerful girl and also very smart for her age. Her genius could rival the brightest scientists of all time (AKA Dr. Crygor) with her unusual but innovative experiments.

"Do you him? He's the brightest grandpa of the whole world," Penny said with a few chuckles. "No wonder I'm growing up just fine as him as my role model!"

"(No wonder why I can predict your future very well...)" Amy thought bored.

"Anyway, why are 2 hedgehogs and a cartoon-looking imp here?" Penny asked. "I don't get visits from others that often. And why is the blue hedgehog wearing a dog's collar?"

Sonic decided to grunt annoyed for later. "Your grandpa sent us to look for you," Sonic said. "He said you took some tools from his lab, and he needs 'em to repair that karaoke machine named Mike and another machine called Whatsitcalledmeter."

"Kelorometer," Chip corrected.

"Whatsitcalledmeter," Sonic repeated.

Penny gasped. "Really now? Ooooooh, I knew I didn't need the tools in the first place!" Penny frowned in shame. "You see, I didn't need the tools after all. I thought there was going to be a machine test today, and the lab was short on tools so I had to take the tools from my grandpa. However, the staff decided to change it to a normal classwork of elements. Now that you're telling me this, I have to go back to the lab and give back the tools." She turned around to bent over to grab some tools at the side of her feet before turning to them.

"Is this it?" Chip asked.

"Definitely," Penny said worried. "My grandpa would be at a loss if he needed his tools. I admire him so much for whatever experiment he does every day. Taking away his ideas would be very bad for my self-esteem," she said.

"Aww, you love your grandpa so much?"

"Of course I do!" Penny chuckled. "Even if most of his inventions turn out weird, I can always count on him to help me out."

Amy joined her hands together. "Aww, that's so sweet!"

Sonic looked away in annoyance. "(Whatever is sweet it's fine with you, right?)" he asked mentally to Amy.

"Indeed it is," Penny said. "If you want me to go, don't worry about it. School's over for tonight."

"...Tonight?!" Sonic asked in shock.

"Well, yeah," Penny said as she pointed outside. "Don't you see the street's lights turning on and the sky? It's night already."

Sonic quickly ran to the window where he looked outside. For his horror, the street's lights were turning on along the sidewalks as the stars became present over the sky. The hedgehog's pupils shrunk in fear as he looked shocked at the 3 behind him.

"Wow, what's up with you?" Penny asked. "You look pretty scared."

"H-heheheheheh," Sonic chuckled nervously. "W-what makes you say that?"

"By the looks of it," Penny began as she adjusted her glasses. "Your legs, your arms, your legs, your body, your head, and even your eyes are shaking uncontrollably."

Sonic shook in fear as he chuckled more. "C-Chip?"

"Yeah?" Chip asked.

"A-am I turning into that beast again?"

Chip tilted his head and flew to Sonic. The imp examined the hedgehog for any trails of fur on his body. "Nope, you look just fine besides you shaking like crazy."

"What's happening?" Amy asked as she folded her arms. "Seriously, is that story of that werewolf thing real?"

Penny, hearing this, looked somewhat interested in Sonic. "A werewolf?" She gasped, putting her right hand close to her mouth. "Y-you can turn into a werewolf, or more accurately a werehog?"

Chip looked at her. "Wow, you know the name for the transformation?"

"That was the most logical answer," Penny commented. "I mean, he isn't a human. If he was a human, then he would be a werewolf. Since he's a hedgehog, I think the name werehog sound just about right."

"Y-you're so sharp and so smart!" Chip said in amazement.

Sonic looked annoyed at the imp. "Is that supposed to be good or bad?" he asked with a grunt.

Amy watched helplessly as Sonic kept trembling. "A-are you feeling something?"

"..." Sonic thought for a moment looking outside. "As a matter of fact, I don't even feel a thing..."

Penny blinked. "That's...a shame, really. Here I was hoping to see something like that happen...and I hardly even know you 3."

"I'm Chip," Chip said.

"My name is Amy Rose," Amy said.

"Sonic the Hedgehog," Sonic said.

"...That...doesn't help that much but whatever rolls your way..." Penny said with a chuckle.

Sonic looked at himself before grinning at the 3. "Alright, there's no more stupid transformation!"

"T-that's great, Sonic," Chip said relieved. "That means you don't have to wear that collar anymore!"

"Yeah," Sonic said with a nod. "Now, would you take this freakin' thing off me?"

"Does that mean that collar wasn't an accessory?" Penny asked.

"NO."

"Oh well," Penny said as she lifted her shoulders. "I kind of wanted to see a transformation with my own eyes. Guess you can't have everything in life that easily."

"Yeah," Sonic said with a confident, grinning look. "You have to keep fighting your problems and work hard to over come them eventuall-UGH!!!"

The 3 watched as Sonic embraced his stomach before falling on his knees in pain.

"...I take what I said back," Penny said. "You CAN have everything in life that easily!" she said cheerfully.

"W-would you drop that already?" Sonic asked as he grunted deeply. "C-Chip, this didn't end yet..."

Chip lifted his hands in fear as Sonic's body began to shake uncontrollably.

Amy took a step back. "W-wait, Sonic, what are you feeling? W-why are you acting like that?"

"U-ugh..." Sonic grunted in pain as he looked at the 2 girls. "I-I'm feeling...something inside...trying to turn me into that monster..."

"W-what monster?"

"UGH, IT'S HAPPENING ALREADY!!!" Sonic yelled loudly in pain as he slammed his hands down to the floor.

For some reason, the lights of the lab turned off suddenly.

Amy, noticing this, looked around before looking over the switchs were Penny was standing close. "Why did you turn the lights off?" Amy asked.

"I want to make a scene here," Penny said. "If he DOES change into a werehog, I wanna be the first girl scientist to study such a transformation in the field of science!"

"H-hey, he isn't gonna be your guinea pig or something!" Amy complained as Chip looked down at the hedgehog. "He's needs to be free, run around the fields, save me from creeps like Eggman, kiss me when the moment comes, marry me, create a family, have kids, an-"

"Amy, even I think you're fantasying way too much," Chip interrupted.

"Chip, don't ruin my fantasy, then," Amy replied annoyed.

"Okay, go on as Sonic grows bigger."

"Yeah, I'll continue as Sonic grows bigg-" Amy did a double-take as Penny gasped in excitement. "Wait, who grows what now?"

The pink hedgehog turned around to see the blue hedgehog starting to grow a little bit bigger as fur began to sprout from every single part of his body. Sonic's gloves were ripped apart by 2 huge claws as his teeth turned into fangs while his feet gained spikes underneath and even around the white cloth around them.

Then, the typical loud roar was made at her, even shattering the windows a bit behind him.

"..." Amy's pupils shrunk in pure disbelief as the werehog before her stood up while standing on both his feet and big claws. "...S-S-S-S-S-S-S-S-S-S-Sonic?" Amy stuttered.

Sonic looked at himself for a moment before looking shocked. "Crap!" The hedgehog banged a single but strong fist on the floor, even shattering it a bit. "This stupid transformation is still around!"

"Aww, no..." Chip shook his head in shame. "Then this is not over yet..."

"...KYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Amy screeched in horror as she put her hands on her cheeks. "M-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-m-my boyfriend is a monster!"

"Who is your stupid boyfriend again?" Sonic asked angrily.

"If that is you, does that make you stupid?" Chip asked.

"Chip, this isn't the time to be wondering that," Sonic muttered in annoyance.

Sonic looked back at the frightened Amy who tried her best to calm down at the sight of Sonic's glaring look. The werehog looked over to the left...

Sonic found an excited Penny, though.

Penny adjusted her glasses. "Oh. My. GOODNESS!" Penny squealed with glee as she ran to the werehog to see him closer. "Okay, stay here. I want to run some examinations on you."

"What?" Sonic asked before the young scientist walked around him. After circling around, Penny began to grab certain parts of Sonic. "H-hey, that's going too far already!"

"Let's see," Penny began as she grabbed an arm. "Big muscualr arms," she said before touching a claw. "Big claws," she said before rubbing Sonic's forehead. "Lots of hair," she said before rubbing Sonic's stomach (making Sonic feel uncomfortable). "Abs underneath fur," she said before opening Sonic's lips to see his sharp fangs. "Very sharp fangs," she said.

"Seriously, stop this weird examination!" Sonic demanded as Penny kept grabbing his lips.

Penny pulled back her hands, releasing his lips before putting her right hand in front of his mouth. "Okay, bite me."

"What?"

"Bite me, c'mon!"

"Why do you want me to bite you?"

"I want to see if there's some werehog DNA in you to run a test and see if you can infect people to make them werewolves," Penny said. "If I'm fast enough to remove the DNA, I won't be turned into a werewolf."

"I'm not going to risk yourself into some kind of silly experiment that won't prove anything!" Sonic yelled at her with a growl.

"Well then," Penny began. "If you believe that silly experiment won't prove anything, I'd be just fine, right?"

"Exactly!"

"Then let's get over it and bite me!"

"No!"

"C'mon, just a small bite?" Penny asked with puppy eyes. "I wanna be famous, you know..."

"Yes, you wanna be famous by getting yourself killed," Sonic joked.

"Just do it already!" Penny said, snapping back her eyes to normal.

"Oh, for the..." Sonic frowned as Amy slowly tried to calm down.

"Sonic?" Chip asked.

"Let her do whatever she wants," Sonic said. "Girls are just like this..."

The imp watched as the werehog slowly opened his mouth, showing his sharp fan-

And Penny merely moved her index finger inside, moved it up to get herself pinched deeply enough to make a small drop of blood come out from her hand before removing her hand quickly.

"Done!" she said with a happy chuckle.

"Wha..." Sonic closed his mouth as Penny turned around, opened a drawer to find a syringe to take the small drop of blood quickly by sucking it into it before pulling a microscope from the nearby table where he dropped the sample on a small glass underneath the machine. "That was all you had to do?"

"Please," Penny said as she examined the blood closely. "With a single pinch of those fangs is fine. They're like syringes, you know."

"...You're not feeling weird after that pinch?" Chip asked.

"Nope," Penny said. "Not even the smallest trace of swelling, which makes me believe you can't infect people," Penny theorized as she raised a finger and examined the drop. "As I've expected, you're not really a werewolf naturally!" she said in excitement.

"That's...good..." Sonic said confused.

"Don't you get this? You DNA was altered, not infected!" Penny said with some chuckles. "Altering DNA is pretty different from being infected because it doesn't have the same properties as a true werewolf. That means you're not naturally a werewolf that can't do what normal werewolves can do!"

"..."

Penny rolled her eyes as she tossed the sample to the trash can. "What I mean to say is that you're not dangerous to go around and infect people."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"..."

"...Oh, I guess you're in control of yourself, silly me..." Penny stuck her tongue out before she hit her head a bit. "Here I thought you had gone insane. Then again, you were genetically altered and not infected."

"..."

"...Fine, this was pointless," Penny said with a sigh. "I guess this is going to help me a little bit, though. Thanks for being my guinea pig for 2 minutes."

"..."

"Can you stop the silence?"

"...Oh, what? Oh, I'm sorry," Sonic apologized.

Penny sweatdropped. "That had to be the weirdest stare I've ever seen before."

"What was all that for?" Chip asked.

"I just wanted to see this," Penny said. "I could have been the first scientist to study this phenomenon, but it was a false alarm, oh well..." She looked at the frightened Amy. "And are you alright?"

Amy shook her head. "Did you just say Sonic is muscular and had abs?"

"Amy!" Sonic groaned.

"O-oh, sorry!" Amy blushed embarrassed. "A-a-a-a-are you Sonic?"

"No, Amy," Sonic said annoyed. "I'm a beast-wolf-thingy that's staring at you bored."

"Oh, then I guess you're not Sonic."

"Keep going like that and you're going to make the dumb pink girl..."

"...Hey, you're Sonic!" Amy said with a glare. "Only Sonic has enough guts to say that to me!"

"WHAT THE HELL WAS I TRYING TO SAY BEFORE THEN?!" Sonic roared angrily.

"H-hey, stop it!" Penny began to speak. "You're going to break the windows with your voices, and even the tubes in here, if you keep going like that!"

The 2 looked at each other and looked down in shame.

"Phew..." Chip said with a sigh. "Guess that's over with."

"The event, not this stupid transformation," Sonic said with a sigh. "I'll be forever darned in this stupid fur suit..."

"I-its not a-"

"I KNOW," Sonic interrupted in annoyance.

The young scientist shifted her eyes around. "...Okay, I think I'm going to get in trouble if the principal sees the windows like this..." Penny smiled. "Which should have been right away because he's not here and left the school to forget his duties, heeheehee..."

Amy looked at her. "Soooooooooooo..." Amy looked at Sonic. "Are you Sonic?"

"YES!" Sonic yelled annoyed. "My god, why can't you understand? It's me, just a little bit more brawny!"

"...Oh," Amy said as she lifted her shoulders. "I guess it's fine. No harm done."

Sonic and Chip blinked confused. "...What? You're not scared of me?" Sonic asked, raising one of his new eyebrows.

"Why would I be scared of you?" Amy asked. "You wouldn't hurt me in that form, right?"

"No (then again, I would)."

"Then it's fine," Amy said with a nod. "You're you, so that means there's nothing to worry about."

"Phew..." Sonic sighed. "I thought you were going to run away from this sick form I'm using..."

"Why would I do such a thing? Besides, I think I'm more attracted to you in that form..."

Sonic looked boed at her. "I knew there was another reason to get rid of this curse..." Sonic muttered.

Chip flew to Amy. "Are you sure you're not attracted to him because he has muscles?" Chip asked.

Amy blushed and glared at him. "C-Chip, quiet you!" she whispered annoyed.

"Oh man..." Sonic frowned as he accidentally let a deep growl. "Whatever..."

Penny looked back and forth between all of them. "...Okay, I guess I should be going for now," she said as she picked up her tools. "It's getting pretty late tonight."

"You're going to come with us?" Amy asked.

"Sure," Penny said. "I can try to repair Mike. My grandpa just can't seem to repair his singing voice."

"He's malfunctioning?" Sonic asked.

"Almost all the time, even between his songs," Penny explained. "My grandpa has been trying to fix him for a long time now, but Mike just doesn't work right like he used to."

"Great, this is going to be bad if he ever tries to sing..." Chip said worried.

"Why? I can always try to repair him," Penny offered. "If he gets another short-circuit, I'll try to fix him." Penny looked at the door. "Well, let's get going, then."

Penny temporarily joined your team!

"Alright," Amy said before looking at Sonic walking to them. "You sure you feel okay?"

"No," Sonic said. "I'm going to keep saying this forever: I HATE this transformation."

"Is that so?" Penny asked. "I unfrtounately don't know about a way to fix that for you, sorry."

"Meh, there should be a way," Sonic said before he put a claw on his head. "O-oww, now my head is starting to..." His eyes widened before looking at them. "Oh no, not that guy again!"

Chip gasped. "W-wait, you mean that..."

"GEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGHHHHHH!!!" the werehog yelled loudly once more as a dark aura began to emanate from his back before it began to create the image of an enraged DSS, looking around in a blind rage for someone.

"WHERE IS THAT MOTHERF(BEEP)R?! TELL ME NOW!!!" DSS demanded.

Amy took a step back once she saw the image turning his head quickly everywhere. "W-what the heck is going on now?" Amy asked as she shook scared. "S-Sonic, what is happening to you?"

"Please, believe me," Sonic pleaded. "This guy on my back won't harm a fly even if he wanted to. Don't run away! I have everything in control!"

"Oh no, this isn't good..." Chip said worried before DSS locked white eyes at him. "U-uah!"

"MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" DSS laughed before he sent a flurry of intangible fists at the imp. "CHIP, DO YOU LIKE MY GIFT TO YOU OR NOT, B(BEEP)T?!"

"U-uaaaah!!!" Chip screamed as he covered his face while the fists merely passed through him.

"Hey, bastard," Sonic began as he glared up at the shadow. "You can stop now."

"DIE!" DSS ignored Sonic as he continued to try to kill Chip.

Sonic frowned as DSS kept trying to beat Chip to a bloody pulp. The werehog noticed the scientist walking up to him as she adjusted her glasses to the shadow. "Hey, what are you doing?"

Penny ran a hand through the shadow before nodding a few times. "Hmm... What an interesting spirit you have in you..."

"Interesting? Nah. Annoying? Oh yeah," Sonic said annoyed. "Don't bother running a test on him. He's just too darn deaf to hear anyone."

Penny looked down at him. "He isn't that scary to me."

"H-he was when he possessed Sonic, though..." Chip muttered once he realized the fists didn't hurt him.

"H-h-h-h-hold on, please!" Amy pleaded. "I don't have a clue about this at all! Can somebody please explain me what happened to the smallest single detail, please?"

Sonic and Chip looked at each other.

Half an hour later...

"Let me get this straight," Penny began as she crossed her arms and walked around. "You have been genetically altered by an evil doctor who brought a dormant evil spirit within you that gained more and more power every night before it noticed it had the control necessary to take over your mind and body with that transformation. That soul or spirit decided to go kill anything out of pleasure before it was eventually controlled by a long battle..."

"YOU LITTLE B(BEEP)T!" the dark aura yelled at Penny. "HOW DARE YOU CALL ME AN IT?!"

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Wow, you're not deaf anymore?"

"SHUT UP!!!" DSS yelled down at Sonic.

"Ignore the dude with the a(beep)hole attitude, please."

Penny stared at him for a moment before shaking her head. "Okay, I understand."

Amy scratched her head. "So that guy killed Chris? Then how did get revived?"

"I-it wasn't pretty... Y-you shouldn't know how..." Chip shrugged.

"..." Amy looked at the shadow. "Ooooooooh, this is just a problem after another..."

"YEAH," DSS said with some nods. "YOU'RE A BUNCH OF B(BEEP)S WHO DON'T WANT TO LET F(BEEP)NG ME GO ALREADY!"

Penny chuckled, making the shadow grunt in fury. "The only thing we know is that he has lost common sense completely."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" DSS yelled angrily at her.

"See what I mean?" Penny asked with another chuckle.

"Anyhow, I don't know how to help you in this...or with him," Penny said. "But we really have to get going."

"W-wait," Chip began. "W-what about this guy? We can't let him annoy us while we go back..."

Sonic looked at him. "If that's the case...we need to find Chris and tell him to order this jackass to yell out curses and bad words all night long."

"YOU MOTHERF-"

"SHUT UP, WILL YOU?" Sonic asked, interrupting the shadow from yelling.

"Wait, Chris can make him go away?" Amy asked.

"He needs to whip him hard," Chip said. "Chris has the ability to make this guy disappear."

"Is that so?" Amy asked, tilting her head. "Ooh, this is so hard..." She looked at Penny. "I'm sorry to say this, but we need to get rid of this idiot over here first before we do anything else. Would you go back to the lab without us?"

"Why would I do that?" Penny asked.

"What?"

"I wanna go with you," Penny said as she looked excited at the shadow. "I want to find out more about this so I can make a scientific discovery."

"H-hey, you're going to risk yourself for science or something?" Sonic asked.

"I will if it's going to help me to become a great scientist!"

"..." Sonic frowned. "I just can't understand girls..."

Chip looked at the other 2. "Should we let her come?"

"Yes..." Sonic said. "You have to agree with a girl..."

"...Where's Chris, anyway?"

Sonic blinked before smacking his forehead. "Oh, great, he must be running somewhere in this city..."

"If you want to find this Chris person, why don't you sniff him out?" Penny asked.

"Sniff him out?"

"Of course," Penny said. "Even if you're not fully a werewolf, you have the traits of one now. Wolves have strong noses to sniff anything from far away. If you can find an essence familiar with Chris, you could seek him easily."

"So I have to be a dog and smell people's butts to find him?"

"That's...not what I meant, really..." Penny said somewhat disgusted. "Here, raise your nose, sniff the air, and...wait..." She looked around. "This lab has so many scents that you could get confused. Let's go out."

Diamond Academy - Entrance

By the time the 4 (or 5 with DSS) came out, every single student had already left the campus. The 4 walked to the sidewalk before stopping just under a post. The light that shone down on them made DSS embrace himself.

"Huh?" Amy looked at the shadow. "Why are you doing that?"

The shadow didn't reply as he kept embracing himself.

"The fact that he comes out during the night could mean he can't tolerate any form of light," Penny theorized. "Thus this is why he acts like that."

"..." DSS didn't want to say anything.

"I see..." Chip said. "We discovered a small way to make him shut up, then."

"I'm glad," Amy said with a sigh. "He's just plain annoying."

"You, start sniffing," Penny said to Sonic. "Try to focus on him to track down his smell."

Sonic looked a little bit surprised. "How do you know that much?"

"Pretty much anyone who have read fairy tales knows that. It's basic knowledge," Penny explained. "What, you haven't read books before?"

"Once, and I got pulled to it to a freaky Arabian adventure where I couldn't control my speed for some reason."

Amy, Penny, and Chip had interrogation points over their heads.

"...That's why I don't read books," Sonic said.

"...Okay..." Penny said. "Start sniffing."

Sonic rolled his eyes before he began to sniff the air over him. The werehog moved his head to the sides before he began to move around the group.

Once he got behind Amy...

"OWW!" Sonic got a hard slap from her. "I wasn't smelling you-know-what!"

"O-oh, my bad..." Amy said embarrassed.

Sonic grunted annoyed before he continued to sniff the air. After a while of sniffing it, he stopped and looked at them with a shrug.

"Eww, I know where he is," Sonic said.

"Why did you say eww?" Chip asked.

"Because I've never done this before!" Sonic yelled annoyed.

"Wow, easy there, furry guy," Chip said. "Your nose is our new seeker."

Amy chuckled. "Knock that off, Chip. Where's Chris?"

Sonic pointed to the southwest. "I found a familiar scent that could be Chris."

Penny looked south and adjusted her glasses. "Could? C'mon, it is him, no doubt." She looked back at them. "Shall we get going?"

"Unfortunately," Sonic continued. "The scent was trying to get away."

"He's running away, then..."

Sonic just couldn't believe that Penny knew a lot more than he did. How could a scientist that he hardly knew know a lot about his state?

The werehog noticed that the scientist jumped on to his back, where she didn't mind to have the dark spirit covering her. "Okay, get a move on to the southwest!" Penny said.

"H-hey, why are you on my back?"

"It's gonna be faster if you run while you carry me," Penny explained before looking at Amy. "There's enough space for you as well. Hop on!"

Amy looked worried at the shadow before looking back at Penny. "R-right," she said before she jumped on Sonic's back, managing to fit with Penny as Chip flew besides them.

"Do you know how to run?" Penny asked.

"Let me try," Sonic said with a grin before cracking his claws. "I'm not the fastest thing on 2 legs for nothing."

And the werehog, instead of running, seemed that he was tumbling to the sides as he tried to run while Chip followed.

The 2 girls tried not to fall off before Penny knocked Sonic's head a bit. "Y-you call this running? It looks like you're learning to walk!" she complained.

Sonic stopped and showed his fangs at her. "What do you want me to do? I'm new to this f(beep)d up transformation!"

"There, there," Penny said as she scratched one of Sonic's pointy ears. "No need to get angry..."

Sonic suddenly had a happy (but stupid) expression as Penny kept scratching his ear, making him stuck his tongue out a bit. "Ooh..." Sonic said grogily. "A little more to the right... Aah, yeah, it hits the spot..."

"SONIC!" Chip yelled loudly, startling Sonic.

"Chip, shut up, I was enjoying this!" Sonic glared at Chip. "I-I mean..."

"C'mon, we're loosing time!" Amy said as she tried to push the dark aura off. "We have to find Chris!"

"How do I run, then?" Sonic asked to Penny, who stopped scratching his right ear.

"Simple," Penny said. "Think you're leaping forward. Start with a leap before slamming you claws on the floor, let them reach your feet as they move forward, then move your claws forward. Once you do it, you'll notice you're running."

Sonic looked to the south. "Okay, here we go..."

The werehog pulled back before he leaped forward, slamming down his claws on the floor before letting them fall behind long enough to reach his jumping feet before extending them forward.

Amy looked behind her where the academy began to get away. "Sonic, you did it! You're running!"

"Damn," Sonic cursed as he kept running while Chip followed. "This doesn't feel like I'm running at all."

"It's working, though," Penny said with a chuckle. "You're a fast learner."

"Heheh, thanks."

"Let's keep it going," Chip said. "We'll reach Chris and the others in no time!"

"Actually, I think they were going faster than we are..."

"...Oh well," Chip said as he lifted his hands a bit. "We'll figure a way to get to them fast."

And so, the 4 (while DSS kept getting interrupted by the lights of each post they ran underneath) went towards the southwest, where they hoped to find the World Traveler and get rid of the shadow.

Club Sugar

7:30 PM...

The family kept dancing...

And the Smashers along with Red haven't gotten a good idea to get the 3 remaining samples as they sat close to the counter.

Red began to bang his head on the counter. "I can't believe we haven't found a way to get those hairs!" Red looked angrily at them. "We're 4 people, for crying out loud! 4 minds think better than 3,2, or 1!"

"We could use the same method we used before, you know," Jigglypuff reminded him.

"Oh, hell no," Red said annoyed. "My trident barely was going to fall off. I don't want it to kill someone by accident."

Kirby sighed. "And I was getting tired of holding it and trying to keep flying for so long..."

"Attention, ladies and gentlemen," the announcer began, making the 4 look around. "The club shall close at 8:00 PM due to a recent epidemy of beetle-like bugs in here. Please, enjoy your stance here at Club Sugar, affiliated with Club Spice on the other side of the city!"

The 4 looked at each other after hearing the announcement.

"Epidemy of bugs?" Diddy asked. "Does this place have bugs?"

"Who cares about bugs?" Red asked. "The club's gonna close on us in half an hour, and those 5 are going to leave by that time! We have to accelerate this!"

Kirby looked worried before he noticed a small, evil-looking bug appearing from behind the counter. The Star Warrior, ignoring the other 3 talking, took a close look at the orange, beetle-like insect that chuckled evilly at him.

"How can we think of a plan to grab those hairs if we haven't thought about a good one yet?" Diddy asked as, from behind, the bug (that was named Scratchy the 'Fro Bug (yes, it had a name)) began to flap its little wings while Kirby blinked a little bit interested. "I mean, my mind isn't exactly good for odd plans like this..."

"Why can't we just wait for the club to close and grab the hairs?" Jigglypuff asked before Scratchy began to fly up, Kirby being the only noticing it.

"Because Ashley's going to come for you at 9!" Red said.

Diddy blinked a few times. "...You said she was going to come for us at midnight, MIDNIGHT, remember?"

"I...lied..." Red said before looking down. "I was playing with you, guys. I wanted to keep it a secret to see if you wanted to listen to her so badly..."

Jigglypuff looked bored at him while Scratchy began to fly towards the stage. "You know, that was so jerky of you..."

"I KNOW!" Red yelled before crying. "I-I'm sorry for lying to you. I-I was just trying to get some fun and see your shocked expressions once Ashley came earlier than you thought she would come!"

"Well, how's that fun when our lives are in danger?"

"She's freaking scary with that silence around her," Diddy admitted before shrugging. "A-and did you see where she lives? S-she's hinting she'd hiding something from everyone..."

"Hey, don't sound like jerks to her now!" Red complained as Scratchy flew above the crowd while Kirby took a sip of his milkshake. "Ashley's a very talented witch!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 04, 2009, 03:27:54 PM
"Yes, a talented witch in instigating the fear on us," Diddy said.

"Okay, stop it," Red said. "We're not here for you to complain about Ashley. We're here to get those annoying hairs from those dancers."

Kirby watched as Scratchy made his way to the stage, where it looked down at Jimmy's afro and chuckle evilly at it.

"An idea, please?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Dammit, don't leave all the work to me!" Red complained.

"Everyone?" Kirby began.

"Think about something or else I'll end up in a pot tonight!" Diddy yelled angrily.

"Me too, especially me!" Jigglypuff yelled angrily.

"Hello?" Kirby tried to get their attention.

"Look, just get thinking and we'll come up with something," Red said as the glaring Smashers. "Seriously, I told you guys I was going to help you in this," he said calmly.

"It doesn't look like it anymore," Diddy said.

"Believe me, I AM trying as hard as I can!"

"Please, hear me..." Kirby said worried.

"Don't pressure me, and help out too!" Red complained.

"But thinking too much makes my head hurt..." Jigglypuff complained.

"Oh, now you're complaining? Use your head some more!"

"EVERYONE!" Kirby suddenly snapped out.

"WHAT?!" the other 3 asked, looking angrily at him.

The Star Warrior glared back at them before pointing at Scratchy on the stage.

Diddy looked back at him. "What's your point with that bug?" he asked annoyed.

The 4 looked back at Scratchy before the bug chuckle a little bit louder and dove into Jimmy's afro. Some time passed before they barely noticed that the afro was starting to move.

"...H-hey," Jimmy began as he looked up. "M-my afro is itching..." he said before his afro began to shake. "A-aah, my afro itches so bad!" Jimmy complained in panic before he began to scratch his afro with both hands while moving around the stage.

The Balloon Pok?mon looked back at Kirby. "So?" Jigglypuff asked. "Kirby, that doesn't seem to be of any help."

Kirby looked down. "Ooh, I thought it would..."

Red looked at the crowd. "Wow, nobody thinks he's freaking out..."

"Why do you say that?" Diddy asked.

The devil pointed at the cheering crowd. Apparently, they considered Jimmy's panic as some sort of new and innovative dance as the dancer began to jump around the stage, even to the point where he jumped way too high to reach the spotlights.

"Hey, check him out!" Jamie looked up at her brother. "Jimmy's on fire tonight!"

"Oh, my, that's my son," Mama T. said with some chuckles.

"Yeah, Jimmy, shake it!" James cheered on his brother.

"Hahahaha! You're the dancer prodigy, Jimmy," Papa T. said as the whole family kept dancing, thinking Jimmy was dancing rather than panicking.

The 4 looked at each other while the crowd keep cheering even louder at the panicking Jimmy on the stage. "...It's a good thing they're oblivious to what's wrong to him," Red said, raising an eyebrow.

"Isn't he jumping way too high?" Kirby asked.

Diddy looked at Jimmy jumping so high up where he reached the spotlights easily. The Kong gasped at this. "Y-yes, he's jumping way too high," he said. "High enough to let us grab a sample without having to screw up...of course!"

Red gasped. "Q-quick, let's go up!"

The 4 characters looked around before they all flew or jumped towards the spotlights, crossing over the gaps before reaching the spotlights on the stage. As they expected, Jimmy was jumping high enough to let them reach his afro.

Red grinned as raised his trident. "Okay, you guys tell me the right time to pinch his hair. You gotta be precise or else I could end up killing him."

"For the last time, you're not going to kill anyone tonight," Jigglypuff said annoyed.

Kirby looked at the jumping Jimmy. For their luck, the dancer faced forward and not behind to look at them, which meant he wouldn't see them to pinch his afro.

Diddy raised a hand as the dancer kept jumping high. "Aaaaaaaaaaaaand...go!"

"EAT THIS!" Red yelled angrily as he thrust his trident forward, scratching Jimmy's afro for a bit before the devil pulled back his trident, letting Jimmy fall down on the stage where he stopped jumping.

"...Hey..." Jimmy stopped dancing to try and feel something in his afro. "The itching...is gone..." he muttered before smiling a bit. "It's gone!" he rejoiced. The dancer gasped once he noticed his family was still dancing without him. Jimmy sighed in relief before he rejoined them, making the crowd go wilder than before.

"Eureka!" Red proclaimed happily as they all looked at the midle prong, where a little bush of hair was found.

Diddy smiled a bit and took the bush off the trident. The 4 stared at the piece of blue hair before smiling a bit. "3 on the bag, 2 outside the bag," Diddy said before the bush began to shake. "Huh?"

"It's shaking?" Jigglypuff asked.

The 4 noticed that, from within the bush, Scratchy the 'Fro Bug came out from the hair, looking mad at them with an angered expression.

"Whoops," Kirby said as Scratchy glared at them.

"Did it do this to him?" Red asked.

The bug rolled its eyes in annoyance before it flew down to them. "Hey, suckas," the bug began. "Why did you let your noses peer where they don't need to sniff, huh?!"

The 4 blinked surprised at the bug. "...You can talk?" Diddy asked.

"Of course not," Scratchy said sarcastically. "I'm not the one talking, rather someone else who dropped a voice speaker in my back and talks by using it. YES, I can talk!" he yelled annoyed. "Now, I ask you again, why did you want to stop me from doing my business?"

"S-sorry," Kirby said worried. "We really need to get some hairs, Mr. Bug..."

"My name is Scratchy, pink puffball," Scratchy said annoyed.

"Mr. Scratchy..." Kirby looked at the bug. "W-we're sorry for interrupting you..."

"I hope you are because I was looking for a place to call home, and that guy down there had the best place to call home for me," Scratchy said annoyed. "But nooooooo, you guys came from nowhere and decided to stop me." Scratchy sniffed. "W-why do you have to be so mean on the homeless? WHY?!"

Red looked bored at him. "Hey, I know you're crying crocodile tears now."

Scratchy looked angrily. "Ugh, you saw through my veil of lies. You're sharp, I give you that."

"Drop that off," Diddy said with a glare. "If you act like this, then what we did to you was good enough."

"Good enough?" Scratchy asked angrily. "You guys stopped me from getting a home!"

"I thought you were just being a bully to the afro guy," Jigglypuff said.

"Well, that too," the bug admitted.

Red thought about something. "...Hey, you did make that guy jump so high by making his afro itch..."

"What about it?" the bug asked harshly.

"...Do you think you call help us by entering that girl's afro and that woman's afro?" Red asked. "If you can, maybe they could do the same and make them jump high enough to let us grab a sample of their hairs."

"...HA!" the bug laughed before grinning at them. "Do you really think I'm going to say yes and help you? You don't have a snowball chance in hell I'd do that for you, not after what you did to me!" the bug said. "Nice try, but it's a big NO for you."

Diddy grunted. "You're the only one of the whole club that can help us!"

"Well, too bad," the bug said, still grinning. "I work alone, and when I say alone, I mean I DON'T help anyone, let alone you 4 who stopped me."

Scratchy turned his back on them. Jigglypuff gasped and tried to stop him from getting away. "W-wait!"

Scratchy turned around with a grunt. "I thought I already made myself clear. I AM not helping you, losers!"

"Dude, we need your help," Red said. "This is crucial. We REALLY need your help right now."

"No matter how many times you keep asking me, I'm not going to help you."

"Pretty please?" Jigglypuff asked as she pointed down at Jamie. "Make her hair itch for us?"

"Do think I'm stupid or what?" Scratchy asked.

Diddy thought for a moment. "You said you were looking for a home, right?"

"Duh!"

"Well..." Diddy looked away, narrowing his eyes at the bug from the side. "I heard she has a pretty nice TV in her afro..."

The 3 looked at him as Scratchy looked somewhat skeptical about what Diddy told him.

"...Really?" Scratchy asked with interest.

"Oh yeah," Diddy said. "I heard she stuffs things in her hair; lots of things."

"Hmm..." Scratchy rubbed his chin. "I dunno..."

"Look, dude, it's tempting," Diddy said. "You have a chance to get yourself a pretty home. You just need to look inside her hair and you'll find what you want."

"How do I know you're not trying to trick me?" Scratchy asked as he narrowed his eyes at them.

Kirby shifted his eyes. "...There's a plasma TV in there..."

"..." Scratchy remained silent for a moment. "...Get a hold of yourself..." The bug began to shake in pure excitement. "T-t-there shouldn't be a plasma TV in there..."

"Is that the TV's control sticking out from her hair?" Red suddenly asked as he was looking down at Jamie's afro. "Ooh, look at that, it is."

"MINE!!!" Scratchy yelled loudly before he dove for Jamie's afro in a hurry.

The 4 looked at each other and chuckled. "That was a nice idea, Diddy," Jigglypuff remarked.

"I didn't think he would fall for it that easily," Diddy chuckled. "Good thing I was wrong."

"KYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Jamie was heard screaming as she began to scratch her hair. "Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaah! M-my afro is itching so badly!!!"

"Hey, check it out," James began as he looked at her sister jumping around. "Jamie's on fire as Jimmy was."

The crowd began to cheer loudly, ignoring the fact that Jamie was actually in trouble before she began to jump high enough to reach the 4 characters on the spotlights.

"Are they that oblivious of her?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Looks like it," Red commented. "Who cares?" Red held up his trident. "Tell me when!"

"Now!" Diddy yelled.

"TASTE THE PRONGS!" Red yelled loudly as he thrust his trident forward to Jamie's hair. The trident's prongs scratched Jamie's hair for a second before she fell down on her feet, and little bit in vertigo before she shook her head.

"P-phew..." Jamie sighed. "I-it's gone..."

It was a matter of time before the disco-fabulous girl continued to dance even more with her family.

"B-I-N-G-O!" Red exclaimed happily as the Smashers looked happy at the sample of Jamie's hair.

Jigglypuff took the hair off and held it up in triumph. "~4 in hands, 1 out of hands,~" she sang happily.

From the little bush of darkish pink hair, Scratchy flew out and looked at them annoyed. "Hey, not fair, you tricked me!" he said with a glare.

"Whoops," Diddy said with a chuckle. "I guess that was the wrong afro."

"Wrong, afro, yeah, right..."

"No, seriously," Diddy said as he pointed down at Mama T.'s afro. "I'm pretty sure that's the one."

"Do you think I'm going to fall twice for that?" Scratchy asked angrily. "Sorry, but a guy like doesn't fall that many times!"

"There's a stadium in there," Kirby said.

The other 3 looked shocked at him.

"A stadium?" Scratchy repeated before he chuckled. "Okay, now I know you guys are tricking me. There's no way a stadium is waiting for me in that afro of hers."

"Great going, Kirby," Diddy whispered angrily at him.

"U-um..." Jigglypuff sweated. "H-how do you know that?"

"I'm not a dork like you bunch are," Scratchy complained. "Stadiums are supposed to be bigger than this place. What, do you think I'm a big idiot?"

"...Okay," Red said as he lifted his shoulders. "I guess I can reclaim that stadium for me."

"What?"

Red grinned at him. "If you don't want to believe us, fine. That stadium is as good as mine."

"...I'm not believing it!" Scratchy yelled angrily before shaking his head. "I'm. Not. Believing. It!"

Red turned around and looked at him over his right shoulder. "Are you sure?"

Scratchy began to sweat in horror. "W-well, I-I'm sure there isn't one..."

"How can you tell?"

"W-well, stadiums are bigger than this club..."

"Your logic just fails," Red said. "I'm getting amused by you."

"W-why's that?"

"You haven't realized something, right?" Red asked. "You haven't realized something very important. Do you want me to tell you?"

"W-what?"

"The fact that you..." Red chuckled. "...The fact that you're a talking bug who's talking to a talking monkey and 2 talking puffballs," he said. "If you ask me, that doesn't make sense, right?"

"W-well..."

"Now, if this doesn't make any sense," Red continued before pointing down at Mama T. "...It wouldn't make sense for a stadium to be in there, right? But if you've seen 4 living proofs that don't make sense but yet they're real..."

Scratchy gulped as Red grinned evilly at him.

"If what doesn't make sense is real..." Red continued with an amused look. "...Do you know where I'm getting at?"

2 minutes later...

"EAT THIS, FAT WOMAN!" Red yelled loudly as he thrust his trident at Mama T.'s afro. Eventually, it scratched her hair a little bit but enough to get a sample in the form of a bush of pink hair.

Mama T. fell down on her feet after jumping high from the beetle-like bug before noticing that her hair wasn't itching anymore. "...Phew..." she sighed before she continued to dance. "Let's party all the night, though. Heeheeheehee..." she said as she began to snap her fingers with her family before all of them spun, stopped, and pointed their fingers up.

The crowd went wild as cheers and applauses were heard for the Thangs, who didn't seem tired of dancing all day long.

"Ladies and gentlemen, this was Jimmy's Family's SHOWTIME!!!" the announcer yelled in excitement as the crowd kept cheering loudly.

Back on the spotlights, the 4 looked happy at the last sample of hair before Scratchy came out from the hair and looked at them.

"You guys SUCK!" Scratchy complained loudly. "Never before in my life I had to deal with people like YOU!" The bug turned around. "That does it, I'm going for a new target!"

The bug looked down upon a guy that resembled Jimmy, only that this guy had a yellow afro, wore a blue hawaiian shirt, had a pink nose, and also had a notable tanned skin. The guy had his legs crossed as he watched his relatives dancing before he grinned.

-Jimmy P.-

-Occupation: Dancer
-Relatives: Jimmy's family
-Became Known: Barely yesterday
-Bio: It is unknown where Jimmy P. came from. It's known, however, that he must be a relative to Jimmy since they both look alike.

Scratchy grinned before he took out some sunglasses. "Beach dude, here I go," he said before he dove down for Jimmy P.'s yellow afro.

The 4 characters looked down at the calm tanned guy starting to scratch his afro before they all looked at each other. "Should we bother?" Kirby asked.

"Meh, let him be," Red said. "We hardly know that other tanned guy, anyway." Red took the sample of hair from his trident and chuckled heartily at it. "What do you know, we did it!" he said cheerfully. "Thanks a lot, everyone. Now Ashley will get the chance to get more friends to be happy."

The others took out the other samples before giving them to Red. "Here you go, as we promised," Diddy said.

"Thanks," Red said as he took all the samples with him. "We should get going now. The club's closing. A nice night for a job well done."

The 4 nodded to each other before they jumped off to the exit, where they left the club with all the other people including the Thangs and Jimmy P.

"Did someone else feel their afro was itching?" Jamie asked.

"Nope," James said.

"Weird, I thought it was itching for me, too," Mama T. said.

Jimmy chuckled. "I'm sure that was our afros wanting to dance."

"Jimmy, that's it, we're going to come tomorrow here and dance even more," Papa T. said.

"Alright!" James and Jamie rejoiced.

Jigglypuff, walking close to them, looked away with a frown. "Sheesh, they're unbelievable..." she muttered.

Club Sugar - Entrance

After the crowd left the club, which suddenly closed and turned its lights off, the 3 Smashers looked at a happy Red.

"Well, let's get going," Red said. "I'll convince Ashley to come with you. However, take in mind I'm tagging along."

"Oh, don't worry," Jigglypuff said. "It's fine with us."

Diddy looked confused as he looked to the south to find 2 familiar figures running away with 2 other people. "Hey..." He moved his face forward. "Aren't they...Popo and Nana?"

The other 3 looked south. Jigglypuff focused her sight. "...Wait, they're them," she said.

"Who's with them?" Kirby asked as he stood with the tip on his right foot.

"They look like girls in ninja costume...that's what I think," Diddy said.

"Hmm?" Red tilted his head. "...Oh, I know those girls. They're Kat and Ana; some of Wario's employees like Ashley is."

Diddy looked away bored. "Somehow, I knew Ashley was related to Wario in some way..."

"Hey, she isn't like that fat guy," Red said annoyed. "You know the other 2?"

"We live with them," Kirby said.

"Let me see if I can their attention," Diddy said. "Hey, Popo, Nana, over here! Can you hear me? Heeeeeeeeeeeeeey!!!"

The Ice Climbers and the ninjas came to a stop before they turned around and looked at the 4 in front of the club. "Hey, they're them," Nana said.

"Who are they?" Kat asked.

"Some weirdoes we have never met before," Popo said. "Forget about them."

Nana smacked his head with a frown. "Popo, they LIVE with us."

"No wonder why the puffball looked familiar," Popo said. "Is his name Bowser?"

"Weird, I thought Bowser was the guy we were chasin-" Ana stopped talking once she looked at Nana's angered expression. "...S-sorry..."

"Anyway..." Nana began as she looked at the 4. "Are they calling us? I think we should go with them."

"What? What if we lose time in getting to..." Kat trailed off before Nana and Popo began to run to the club. "...Please, Ana, tell me she hasn't forgotten about our mission..."

"I'm sure she didn't," Ana said. "Why don't we go with them?"

The 2 ninjas joined the 2 before they all made it with the other 4.

"'sup?" Diddy asked. "How are you guys doing?"

"Pretty bad," Nana said. "We spotted Wario, Bowser, and Dedede. They're here and not just Ganondorf."

"What?"

"Ganondorf has been looking for Bowser and Dedede because those 2 didn't return to the Subspace due to Wario making them his employees," Nana explained. "Right now, we're trying to get to Kat and Ana's house because the 3 are going to check on them."

"And we're right here, talking to some strangers," Ana said.

"Ana!" Kat yelled.

"O-oh, sorry! I didn't mean to sound rude, forgive me!" Ana pleaded. "I'm sorry if I'm acting desperate, but we need to get to our home before Wario does something to my poor Shadow or Shuriken!"

"...Shadow the Hedgehog?" Kirby asked.

"Who are you talking about?" Ana asked confused. "Shadow is a dog."

"N-never mind..." Kirby shrugged.

"You guys are in a hurry?" Red asked.

Kat looked at him. "What are you doing without Ashley? Are you on an errand again?"

"Yep, I just finished with them," Red said. "What about you? Oh, right, you're chasing Wario... Why?"

Nana explained everything to him.

"Ooh, you're on a mission to..." Red frowned. "I don't understand, sorry."

"We have been losing time," Kat said. "We have to get going before they reach our house."

"It's what, 8:10 PM?" Ana asked.

Red looked at his watch. "It is," he said.

Kirby looked worried. "U-um, what do we do?"

"Shouldn't we head back to Ashley's mansion and report?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I think we need all the help we can get," Nana said. "If you would, we need you to come with us and spy on them. Who knows if they're going to attack us but we have to be sure."

Diddy looked at Red. "Do you think you can head back to the mansion alone and tell Ashely to come?"

"..." Red thought for a moment. "...I guess it's fine," he said. "It's a promise I told you I'd keep as long as you do your part."

Popo gasped. "So he has a foursome with you?"

Red looked at him. "What the hell did you say?" he asked.

Nana stepped in front of Popo. "Just ignore him. He's stupid."

"I knew it..."

"Hey, seriously," Ana began. "We have to get going. I don't want to see Shadow whining in pain once I reach my house!"

"Shadow the Hedgehog?" Kirby asked again.

"For the last time, Shadow is a dog!"

"EVERYONE, CALM DOWN!" Diddy yelled to take the whole attention. "Nana, we're going to join you. Red, go back to Ashley and tell her to come with us. Ninja girls I haven't met before in my life, tell us where your house is already!"

"Did you have to call us like that?" Kat asked.

"Do you want to run?"

"...Let's go," Kat yelled as she motioned to the south. "We're getting closer, just a little bit more."
"Alright," Red said before he turned his back at them. "I'll see you later. You better keep your promise or else..." The devil took off to the north as the Smashers looked at the Iga ninjas.

"Lead the way," Nana said.

"Okay," Ana said as she smiled at them. "Thanks for helping us."

"Just let's go to your house," Diddy said. "In the meantime, let's introduce each other on our way there."

The 7 nodded to each other before they all ran to the south in a hurry, leaving the deserted club behind...

Red (Ashley's Devil Slave) has left your team.

Kat and Ana's House

In a square that was set apart from other buildings, there was a dense forest that was separated by 4 streets going at different directions. From the north, the 7 characters were seen crossing over the street in a hurry before they all ran inside the forest.

"Your house is hidden in here?" Nana asked.

"We like to have ninja-style lives," Kat explained as the 7 ran around the trees. "That's what the Iga Clans does."

"Oooh," Ana said worried as she joined her hands. "Please, tell me they haven't arrived there yet..."

"Keep running if you want to find out!" Popo yelled as he raised his hammer. "It's whackin' time!"

"Oh, goody..." Jigglypuff said before she sighed. "The crazy Popo is back..."

"Keep him away from their sight once we reach the house..." Diddy said bored.

"Just leave it to me..." Nana said bored

The 7 continued to run into the forest section before they finally reached the house, which had a small brick path that leaded to the street. Once they stopped to catch their breaths, Jigglypuff looked annoyed at Kat as she stared at the path.

?Oh, right, your house is very well hidden,? Jigglypuff joked.

?Oh, please...? Kat frowned before her sister stepped forward.

?Shadow! Shadow!? Ana yelled. ?Where are you, boy? Shadow!?

Some barks were heard from the other side of the house before a yellow dog with a red bandana around his neck ran from the same side towards Ana. Upon seeing her dog, the twin smiled happily and ducked to rub his head.

?Shadow, you're okay!? Ana said happily as her dog licked her cheek and wagged his tail.

Kat smiled a bit and looked back at the house. ?If he's alright, that means they haven't arrived yet.?

?Which is good,? Nana said.

It was not long before they began to hear the sounds of motorbikes coming from the streets. The 7 (and Shadow) looked around for the source of the sounds before Kat pointed at her house.

?Everyone, go in, now!? Kat ordered loudly.

?Threesome?? Popo asked excited.

?No!?

With a groan from the blue Ice Climber, the 8 quickly ran inside the house where they went through a sliding door before closing it quickly.

Kat and Ana's House ? Entrance

Once inside, the Smashers looked around the Japanese-styled house with sliding doors, soft mattress, and several hanging posters that had Japanese symbols written on it in big black letters.

?Nice house,? Kirby remarked.

?You can tell us how nice the house looks like later,? Kat said before she looked behind to the door where lights began to appear and shine. ?They're here.?

Ana ran forward to a sliding door on the left. ?Quick, get in here,? she whispered at the Smashers. ?Enter here and hide underneath the kotatzu.?

?Hey, girls!? Wario was heard yelling from outside. ?Are you there? Hello??

?C-can you knock on the door instead of shouting the next time?? Kat asked loudly as the Smashers hurried to the living room.

?Are you there??

?...Yes.?

?Oh, good,? Wario said. ?Do you have the microgames ready or what??

?I-in a moment, please wait!? Kat yelled before she sighed. ?Talk about demanding...? she muttered before she made sure nobody but her and Ana were present at the door.

The 2 ninjas nodded to each other before opening the door to outside. As for the Smashers (and Shadow), they were spying on the group of 3 from the window of the living room where they stood at the sides or were kneeling down underneath the window.

?Good, you're here,? Wario said to the 2 girls. ?Do you have them ready or not??

The ninjas took a quick glance to the grinning Bowser and Dedede. Kat and Ana sent them a quick glare.

?Hey, hello, I'm here,? Wario interrupted the sisters.

?Oh, I beg your pardon,? Kat said. ?But we were just interested on those 2 guys you're with tonight.?

Wario looked back at Bowser and Dedede before looking back at them. ?What about them? They?re my Vice President and Vice-Vice President.?

Bowser chuckled. ?Yeah, Dedede?s Vice-Vice President here.?

Dedede glared at him. ?I recall it was the other way around, big nose.?

Bowser glared at him. ?You?re the Vice-Vice President here and you?re it.?

Ana looked confused. ?I don?t think there?s a rank of Vice-Vice President there??

?Too bad, there is one now,? Wario said with a chuckle. ?Got the microgames or what??

Kat tried her best not to glare at him while she kept a happy expression. ?Of course we have them with us. Ana, will you go get them??

Instead of staring at her sister, Kat stared at Wario.

?What?? Wario asked harshly. ?Something on my face??

?That?s weird,? Kat said. ?I thought I saw a bug in your helmet??

?A bug?? Wario asked. ?Meeeh, what is a bug doing in there??

The treasure hunter turned his back to them, allowing Kat to turn to her sister. ?Listen,? Kat whispered. ?I?ll try to get as much info about those 2 while you go get the microgames.?

Ana looked worried as she glanced at the 2 kings. ?What if I find them fast??

?Nobody said we knew where we left them,? Kat said with a wink. ?You know what I?m saying??

??OOOOOOOOOOOOOH, now I get it?? Ana whispered to Kat with a silent chuckle.

Wario turned around to them. ?Hey, there wasn?t a bug in there.?

?I guess my vision was just playing tricks with me?ninja tricks,? Kat joked.

Ana folded her arms. ?Well, I?ll go for the microgames. You 2 wait here, okay?? she asked before she ran away into the house, faking she was actually looking for the microgames.

Kat looked back at Wario. ?That?s weird. It?s not like you to have Vice Presidents in the company.?

?Why do you care?? Wario asked.

?Nothing, it just seems plain weird of you.?

The ninja noticed that Dedede and Bowser decided to dismount their motorbikes to walk up to her. Both of them looked down at her.

?(They look ugly from this angle?)? Kat commented in her mind. ?Nice to meet you at last. My name is Kat," she introduced herself politely.

Bowser pointed at himself. "The name's Bowser, King of the Koopas." He pointed at Dedede. "His name is Dedefatso."

"Hey!" Dedede glared at him. "My name is dah great King Dedede, ruler of Dreamland. Get that recorded in that thick skull of yours..."

"Was that your name?" Bowser asked with a chuckle.

"Yeah, and stop chucklin' like that."

"So," Kat began. "You 2 are Wario's employees as well, right?"

"Yeah," Bowser said as he adjusted his dark glasses. "Nice to know some kids like you can do a decent job."

Kat glared at him mentally. "Well, we do work a lot."

Back inside where the living room was, the Smashers began to whisper things to each other.

"Shouldn't we like, give advice to ask important things?" Popo asked.

"You should have told that before..." Diddy whispered bored.

"Well like, I didn't think of that."

Some of them groaned silently at this.

Dedede, who wasn't minding Bowser and Kat talking, blinked confused after hearing some groans coming from the window. "Hey, what was that?" he asked.

"What was what?" Kat asked confused.

"I thought I heard some groans or...somethings...comin' over there," Dedede said as he pointed at the window.

The Smashers (except Popo) looked shocked after hearing the statement.

Kat didn't think they would find the Smashers so quickly. The Iga ninja looked a little bit shocked as she looked at the 3 villains. She knew there was a reason behind those groans. If the Smashers did groan, then something stupid must have...

"(...Popo...)" Kat thought in annoyance. "...You're surely hearing things," she said to the fat penguin.

"Yeah," Wario said as he moved his right hand around. "These girls ain't got a good taste to be living in a good spot. They live in a forest, after all."

"Oh, right," Bowser said as he nodded and crossed his arms. "It makes perfect sense to me."

"(It makes perfect sense that I AM still in front of you...)" Kat thought annoyed before noticing the king(?) of Dreamland was walking to the window. "May I ask you what are you doing?"

Dedede looked at her with a grin. "How do I know you're not hidin' somethin'?"

Kat gasped. "(Is this idiot clever or what?)"

"You can tell me..." Dedede said with a devious chuckle. "...Ya're hidin' a lost dog!"

The Iga ninja blinked a few times before tilting her head. "I'm hiding...a lost dog? Why would I hide a lost dog?"

Dedede chuckled even more. "It's obvious," he said. "Ya are so darn sneaky like a ninja. If you're a girl, and I heard some groans or somethings over the window, that means you're hidin' a lost dog to reclaim the price for its owner."

"(...Did he ACTUALLY believe that about me or did he just make it all up to take a peek inside?)" Kat asked confused, stopping to believe that Dedede had common sense with him. "I...don't think so, unfortunately..."

"Well, let's see," Dedede said as he took a peek inside the dark room, blind to see the Smashers hiding just around the window.

Kat sweated a bit. "S-sir, it's rude to do that when you weren't told to enter my house. I'm sorry to say this but you must stop now..."

"Meh, what do ya know?" Dedede asked as he barely saw Diddy's tail. "You're hidin' somethin', I know that."

Wario looked at Bowser. "Does he do this stupidity all the time?"

"Oh yeah," Bowser said. "Plenty of times."

"Oh, shut up, will ya?" Dedede asked as he moved his left hand inside while he looked at the 3. "Now, where's the doggy?"

Shadow made a silent whimper in his mind as the Smashers slowly backed away from the hand.

"Would you knock it off?" Kat asked annoyed. "You can't just look around in a house where you haven't been allowed to search for anything!"

"This is a free country. I can do anything I want!" Dedede complained at the girl as he kept touching the mattress inside the house.

"Unfortunately, there ARE limitations," Kat argued. "Now stop before I call the police." She narrowed her eyes at Wario. "After all, if he gets arrested, guess who's going to confront the crime for being an accomplice?"

Wario gasped and grunted at her. "Why you..." he muttered as he made fists on his sides.

Kat crossed her arms and seemed bored. "I work for you, you know. If I want, I can renounce your company anytime."

"..." Wario glared at her before looking at Dedede. "Hey, fatso, stop it already!"

Dedede glared at Wario. "I'm not fatso, fatso!"

"Who are you calling a fatso, fatso?"

"You, fatso, I'm talking to ya!"

Kat and Bowser kept shifting their eyes at the 2 arguing fatsos (heheheh...) who continued to insult each other back and forth. The Iga ninja frowned in shame at this as she looked down while Bowser rolled his eyes.

However, this argument was going to come to an end as a smarter mind rose up close to Dedede and looked annoyed at them.

"If you asked me," Popo began as he pointed at the 2. "You're both so fat that the motorbikes you ride on would break at the first second you start to turn it on!"

A creepy, eerie silence took place as Wario, Dedede, Bowser, and a shocked Kat (who frowned) stared at the blue Ice Climber. At that very same moment, Ana took a peek from the entrance and gasped after seeing the blue Ice Climber annoyed with crossed arms.

"I'm impressed they haven't break apart yet. How do you do that?" Popo asked.

"POPO, YOU DIMWIT!" the Smashers (and even Shadow) yelled as they all stood up and glared at Nana's twin brother.

Nana began to strangle her brother's throat. "I knew it, I KNEW YOU WERE GOING TO MAKE US FAIL IN THIS WITH THAT ATTITUDE, DAMMIT!"

"N-Nana!" Diddy yelled.

"SHUT UP AND LET ME KILL HIM OFF!" Nana yelled loudly as Popo began to stick his tongue out.

It took some seconds for Bowser's brain to realize what was happening. "Hey, those are...them!" he said, pointing an accusing nail at the young Smashers.

"Them?" Dedede asked. "They're...dah kids!"

Jigglypuff jumped off from the window and pointed up at Dedede. "Don't you have something better to address us?" she asked annoyed.

"Dah puffball!" Dedede said, glaring down at Jigglypuff. "Man, Kirby, ya can't only copy people but ya can change shapes too?!"

At the mention of his name, Kirby peered out from the window. "I-I'm right here..." he said.

Dedede looked back and forth between Kirby and the mad Jigglypuff. "Aw man, puffballs are multiplyin'!"

Diddy looked at Jigglypuff. "Okay, now you got your own nickname. Are you happy?"

"That nickname sucks, no offense... I mean, yes offense!" Jigglypuff yelled at Dedede.

Bowser frowned at this. "What the hell are you kids doing here? Can't you see we're having a good life without doing crimes?"

This sudden statement made everyone but Wario's party to look at the King of Koopas with some surprised looks.

"What?" Ana asked. "I thought you were going to something shady, you...lizard guy..."

"Pfft," Bowser said as he rolled his eyes. "We servered ties with the army. We're no longer with Tabuu anymore. Why did you come here to annoy us, anyway?" he asked with a glare.

Diddy looked at him. "So wait..." he began as he scratched his hat. "You're not planning to make chaos or disorder in the city?"

"Or both?" Popo asked as Nana let go of him.

"Oh no," Bowser said with a chuckle as he patted Wario's back. "Wario here convinced us to join his crew of workers to become filthy rich. You don't know how much money this honest guy gives to us for doing small work."

"Wahahahahahaha!" Wario laughed at this. "Yeah, that's right. These guys work hard, though. They help a lot to increase our sales very well."

Kat blinked at the 2 villain Smashers before looking at Wario. "Wait, there's something I don't quite get... You're being generous to someone for a change?"

"Yeah," Wario said. "You got a problem with that or what?"

"N-no, but it doesn't sound right..."

Wario pointed at her. "Look, believe it or not, I'm being generous," he said as Dedede and Bowser grinned at them. "They're as helpful as you 2 girls are. I hope you don't mind having 2 more bosses to boss around everyone."

Ana looked worried. "B-but this doesn't sound right!" she complained. "I don't think you did this because of generosity!"

"If you keep arguing, I'll kick you out from the company," Wario said annoyed.

Dedede took out his hammer and grinned down evilly at the Smashers. "Can I give 'em a good beatin', though?"

Kirby looked shocked before he got back inside, hiding behind a growling Shadow that glared at the penguin.

Diddy, looking angry, adjusted his hat and glared at Bowser. "I don't believe this at all," Diddy said. "You can't fool us anymore."

"Look, monkey," Bowser said as he removed his glasses, looking angrily at Diddy. "If you don't want to believe in us, fine, just ignore us and let us do our business, 'kay?"

"I REFUSE to believe such a thing," Nana said with a glare. "Bowser, you probably want to be a bad guy rather than a big boss of some company."

"That some company turns out to be MY company, girl," Wario said angrily. "You insult it, you DIE."

Everyone in there stared at the treasure hunter.

"...What?" Wario asked. "I can be pretty serious when I want to."

Kat, coughing, looked at the Smashers as she walked to them with Ana following. "Did we just waste our time with them?" she asked to Nana.

"W-well..." Nana looked away. "I can't just believe any of this..."

"You are quite right, little girl. I also do not believe such a stupid idea like the one I just heard from the King of the Koopas and...whatever Dedede is."

"I'm the KING of DREAMLAND!" Dedede yelled annoyed.

Everyone around the ninja house blinked in confusion at the sudden threatening voice that came from the road to the street.

Popo, looking from the window, leaned to the right to find another character looking annoyed at the whole scene as he had his arms crossed with a glare at the 3 villains. "...Aw man, it's Boogieman medieval-era style, and he finally found pretty us!"

The rest of the Smashers merely frowned at this mistaken guess (if it was even a mistaken guess) before they all looked at Ganondorf with glares.

"It has been a real pain to look around for you, imbeciles," Ganondorf stated as he glared at the 3. "Thank the Triforce of Power for your loud shouts during the endless night."

It was a matter of time before some footsteps with several lights began to come from Ganondorf's direction...

Interstate 239

2 hours ago...

"Hey, hey, do you hear me?"

"..."

"You look exactly like that main character of EarthBound, did you know that?"

"Yes..."

"Heck, you could be the best cosplayer I've ever met before!"

Ness groaned at 9-Volt's excitement.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 05, 2009, 09:15:23 PM
It has been a long time after the first team met the 2 gamers. For Chris, he was having a good time while discussing video games with the 2 other gamers. For Dribble and Spitz, they didn't mind the sudden distraction before getting to Mona.

As for Ness and Lucas, they didn't think the same.

"Please, stop talking about video games already..." Ness muttered, the 3 gamers ignoring him. "Please, stop..."

Lucas looked away in embarrassment. "D-d you think this has gone far enough, Ness?"

"Well, I'm sitting on Chris's legs like a darn baby," Ness said, faking an amused look. "Add the fact that he's been talking with these 2 guys for a long time, and you'll get the image of my face very well in your mind. Want to imagine how it really looks like?"

"I-I'd rather not..."

"Good," Ness said as he faked a smile. "Because I don't want to show you."

The blond kid looked back at the group of gamers discussing games while Dribble kept driving as Spitz merely remained in silence. Lucas looked around to do something, but he didn't have any luck before giving up.

?...Do you know where she went?? Lucas asked to the cab.

Dribble closed his eyes and rubbed his chin. ?I forgot,? he admitted. ?I dunno where she went.?

Hearing this, Ness got a bored yet mad look in his eyes. ?You mean to tell me you forgot where she went??

?Yeah,? Dribble chuckled. ?Guess you can't remember everythin', right??

Dribble was oblivious to the fact Ness's eyes began to fill with rage. His body began to shake in fury while his hands turned into tight fists, flaring up with fire PK energy.

Lucas, aware of this, looked worried at Ness. ?N-Ness??

?I'm going to ask you a favor, Lucas...? Ness muttered.

?W-what kind of favor is that??

?A simple one,? Ness said as the gamers ignored him. ?I'm going to take out my baseball bat...cover it in flames...jump to the front seats...and beat the heck out of that bulldog's thick skull...?

Lucas looked away worried. ?I-I don't know where the favor is...?

?Let me continue...? Ness said through gritted teeth. ?What I want you to do...what I want you to do...WHAT I WANT YOU TO DO...?

?Y-y-y-yes?? Lucas asked.

Ness took out his baseball bat before raising it over his head. ? WHAT I WANT YOU TO DO IS TO STOP ME FROM KILLING THIS DUMB BASTA-?

Unfortunately, his speech of rage was interrupted by Spitz standing up from his seat, pointing a nail forward.

?A-ha, there she is!? interrupted Spitz.

All the people behind his seat looked forward to the street where, from a distance, the busy teenager was speeding in her red scooter to the south. She happily hummed to herself as the pizza kept emanating a sweet smell of pepperoni.

?HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!? Dribble laughed proudly. ?What do ya know, we found her!?

?Phew...? Chris sighed. ?I thought we lost her for a minute...?

Seeing that they found their target, Ness decided to keep his baseball bat before sighing. ?Lucas...? Ness muttered before he covered his face with his hands. ?This isn't irony anymore...?

?W-what is it?? Lucas asked.

?It's cruel destiny that's playing with us but more with me...?

?I-I'm afraid I had to agree...? Lucas muttered.

Dribble looked at the 5. ?Okay, it's gonna be a matter of time before we get her attention. You guys better be prepared to meet her.?

?Does she have a thick forehead?? Ness asked. ?My baseball bat wants to meet her so badly.?

?Er, no, she doesn't have a thick forehead,? Spitz said. ?Why'd you ask??

Lucas knew Ness was going to jump and rip Spitz's whiskers by the looks of the Onett reisdent's eyes, so Lucas grabbed Ness's left hand before looking worried at him.

?Claus, stop it!? Lucas pleaded. ?You don't need to get this angry for that!?

The sudden plea from Lucas was loud enough to make everyone in the taxi look at him. The blond kid blinked a few times before looking at everyone staring at him (fortunately, Dribble kept his sight on Mona's trail). Lucas blushed a little bit embarrassed at this situation that he looked away.

?...Lucas?? Chris asked, breaking the silence.

?Y-yes?? Lucas asked without turning around to face the 4.

?Lucas, did you just call me Claus?? Ness asked confused. ?Why did you say that to me??

Lucas looked down and played with his fingers. ?I-I'm sorry...I think I wasn't thinking right...?

?You weren't thinking right?? Chris asked.

?Y-yes...? Lucas said, trying to avoid something he didn't want to talk about. ?P-please, don't mind me...?

9-Volt looked up at 18-Volt. ?Yep, these guys are so weird...that they convince me.?

?Word,? 18-Volt said with a nod.

9-Volt looked at them. ?Anyhow, want to keep talking about video games??

As Lucas ignored a scoff from Ness, the blond PK user decided to look outside to the clouds where his mind wanted to wander and think about what he said. Unaware, he didn't notice that Ness was looking at him from behind.

"Okay," Ness began as he tapped Lucas's shoulder. "It's has been enough time already. Lucas, turn around."

The other PK kid knew the point where Ness wanted to get by how his voice sounded. Lucas shook his head as sign of refusion.

"Lucas, I'm serious now," Ness said. "Turn around and look at me."

"..." Lucas gulped and slowly turned to Ness. "Y-yes?"

"Look," Ness said as the taxi kept going after Mona. "You have been looking down a lot today."

Lucas looked embarrassed.

"And above else, you have been mentioning your brother's name to me," Ness said. "Tell me..."

Ness summarized everything he knew about Lucas in his mind. Ness knew Lucas had twin brother that looked like him but wasn't the same. Ness knew Lucas wasn't exactly stubborn or brave, even if he fought well during battles. The fact that Lucas has been calling Ness by his twin brother's name could mean something for the Onett resident...

"...Every time you look at me..." Ness tried his best to come to a conclusion. "...Do I remind you of your brother?"

Lucas gasped loudly enough to make the gamers and Spitz look at him.

"It's okay, I'm not going to hurt you or anything," Ness reassured the shocked Lucas.

"Are you 2 talking about video games?" 18-Volt asked interested.

"We're NOT talking about video games," Ness said annoyed. "We're talking...or discussing what Lucas has."

"I-I..." Lucas stuttered.

"It's inevitable, Lucas," Ness said. "I've been losing my guts this entire trip to get to that clueless girl to hear us with some guys who happened to interrupt the chase, forcing me to sit on Chris, stare at the boring sunset and the street, trying to do something to calm myself before I finally decided to have a talk with you after those weird reactions of yours."

Lucas looked down in shame.

"And it's time for you tell us everything you know that you have problem with," Ness said. "I mean, I'm serious Chris would like to know so you can feel good with yourself."

Lucas took a glance at Chris before looking at the other Diamond City's residents. The blond boy looked back at Ness as Lucas avoided shedding a tear. "Ness..." Lucas began. "...I'm sorry..."

"Sorry for all those weird moments you've had?"

"...No..." Lucas said. "I...I just..." Lucas began to sob silently. "I...I just can't tell you... I-I don't want to say it...not now..."

"If it is about you reaching the highest score in a particular video game that you didn't reach because you screwed up something, it's fine," 9-Volt said. "I've been having that situation a lot of times before."

Chris looked at him. "Oh, me too. It's really frustrating when that happens, right? All the work you put into a task getting demolished in a single sec-"

"Chris, video game freaks, focus..." Ness muttered, interrupting the young boy. "And it's not because of that," he said before looking at Ness. "It's about your brother, right?"

"...Y-yes..." Lucas admitted in shame.

"And you have been calling me his name a couple times already, right?"

"Yes..."

"And..." Ness was finally making progress. "...I remind you of him..."

Lucas, having a shocked look, tried his best not to stare back at Ness. He knew Ness already guessed right about his problem, but he just couldn't tell him straight to the face because it would feel so embarrassing that Lucas would get sadder to admit the truth.

With a gulp, Lucas decided it was time to reveal it.

"...Yes, Ness..." Lucas muttered as he scratched his right arm. "You...remind me a lot of my brother Claus..."

Ness nodded. "Okay... Why do I remind you of him?"

"W-well..." Lucas tried to think. "...Both of you are brave, and you 2 look almost the same as me or Claus. Since we're almost all the time together, I think most of the time that I have Claus right next to me to help me out," he said as he smiled a bit. "Ness, you resemble my brother in almost every aspect he had. Why do you think I feel so safe when I'm around the team I'm with you?"

Ness rubbed his chin and nodded. "Yes, it's making sense now... I know very well."

"I feel happy and calmed because I like to think you're my brother, Ness..." Ness admitted as he blushed a little. "D-don't think it the bad way, though. It makes me happy to think there's someone like Claus out there, and you happened to be that one..." He looked back at Ness. "Ness...I think you're my real brother who looks after me if I get in trouble...and...and...and...and I couldn't be happier..."

Chris decided to speak. "But we don't know why you look so sad. You've been looking so sad ever since today."

"T-that's because..."

"That's it!" Dribble interrupted the conversation by opening the window, making Spitz sit back on his seat. "MONA, YOU DEAF GIRL, TURN AROUND!!!" he demanded loudly as he punched the horn several times.

The only thought Ness had in mind right now, after he was interrupted from knowing what Lucas wanted to say, was to make stew out of Dribble. Ness was finally making progress, but as he mentioned before, destiny was just cruel to him tonight.

"Chris..." Ness muttered, getting Chris's attention. "I want you to hug me so tightly now..."

"Why is that?" Chris asked.

"Because I want you to stop me, and of the fact someone is going to die RIGHT NOW!!!" he yelled loudly as he took out his baseball bat, wanting to leap right to Dribble before Chris gasped and restrained the enraged PK kid from beating Dribble to a bloody pulp. Lucas and the other gamers watched somewhat shocked at this reaction that they backed away to the doors.

9-Volt wanted to do something, and that something was to look at Lucas from behind Chris's back. "Hey, do you play video games? If so, what games do you like the most?"

"I like the game were Jumpman is," 18-Volt said.

"E-er..." Lucas shifted his eyes uncomfortably at the question while Chris kept Ness away from hitting Dribble's head.

"MONA!!!" Dribble yelled enraged. "TURN YOUR HEAD AROUND ALREADY!!!"

Back with the teenager...

"...Huh?" Mona blinked confused as she looked up. "Weird, I thought I heard a voice coming from behind..."

"IT'S BECAUSE I'M YELLIN' AT YOU!!!"

The high schooler looked forward and around before looking back over her right shoulder at the taxi. Mona gasped once she looked at the car following her from behind. "O-oh, hi, you guys!" she greeted by waving her hand.

Ness, noticing that the seemingly deaf girl finally turned her head around, opened the window close to Lucas where he stuck his face out. "Hey, you! Would you stop and listen to us already? We have been chasing you this whole time and you HAVE to stop!"

Mona stared at Ness for a few second before looking at Dribble. "Who are you? Why do you need me to stop, anyway? I'm busy, can't you see?"

Chris was the next one to stick his head out from the same window. "Please, this is urgent! We need you to stop whatever you're doing and listen to what we have to say. Just please, stop so I can finally stand up!"

Mona blinked confused at this sudden demand that she looked back at the pizzas before sighing.

A miracle happened; Mona was slowing down her speed...

A while later...

The red scooter stood still in front of the taxi as the Smashers were standing in front of the busy girl while Dribble, Spitz, 9-Volt, and 18-Volt watched from the taxi at the 4. A time passed after the Smashers explained everything they went through to get to her (counting the long chase they had to do as well).

"And..." Ness panted for breath. "We need you to come with us to the Smash Mansion so you can sing a song and become a musician..."

Mona looked worried for a bit before looking at Chris. "Let me get this, you need me to sing?"

"I-it's important," Chris said. "We really need your help..."

"A-and we don't know what Master Hand will do to us if we don't come back with you..." Lucas added.

The high schooler rubbed her chin. "I dunno..." she said. "I have a lot of work to do and..."

Ness rolled his eyes. "Can't you just ask for vacations? Have you ever tried that alternative?"

Mona looked at him. "I'm not so sure. I don't know if I should go with you as well..."

"P-please..." Lucas asked. "We have to take you with us...but if you don't want to come..."

"It's just that..." Mona shook her head. "It's just that this became so sudden and...it kinda came out of nowhere for me."

Ness smacked his forehead and frowned. "Okay, I guess we did all this chase for nothing. She doesn't want to come with us, we should accept her decision," he said as he turned around. "It's obvious she was being rude."

Mona looked a little bit worried. "I-I'm sorry if I didn't see you guys... I have a lot of things going on in my mind that I lost the notion of time very easily. It's not easy to keep up with all my part-time jobs, y'know?"

"Why don't you just have one part-time job instead of 5?" Chris asked.

Mona chuckled. "I like to do a lot with all this energy I have. What can I say? I'm very wild."

"(She got that right, unfortunately...)" Ness thought annoyed.

"Well...since I put you through all this..." Mona nodded. "I think I should go with you as a form of apology."

The 3 Smashers didn't believe their ears as they looked back at her. "...Oh, wait a minute, there's no trick?"

"No..." Mona said ashamed. "I'm really sorry for putting you all into this, really. It wasn't right for me to ignore you...and I wanna make it up for you," she said before looking happy. "Besides, I wanna rock on the stage even more by having a part-time job as a full time musician!"

"I-I don't think you can call that part-time job a full time on-" Chris was interrupted.

"Well, if you want me so badly, count me in!" Mona said excited. "By the way, the Mona Pizza theme song wasn't sang by me."

"...What?!" Ness asked.

"It was sang by a famous singer who wanted to promote the restaurant," Mona explained. "Unfortunately, she went on vacation overseas. I can't call her right now."

"T-then why do you want to be the one singing?"

"Why not?" Mona asked with a chuckle. "Heck, if I can rock on and sing at the same time, it'd prove I'm a very talented girl, right?"

"I guess..." Lucas muttered.

"Okay, it's decided," Mona said. "I'm gonna go with you guys in a bit. What do you say?"

"In a bit?" Chris repeated confused.

Mona pointed at her scooter with the hot pizzas. "I need to deliver those pizzas first before my..." She looked down at her watch. "8:30 PM..." She sighed. "I lost. I can't ask for money now that the time ran out... Even so, I have to deliver these pizzas." She looked away. "Seriously, that guy shouldn't have called me by cell phone. It's harder to track people that way." She looked at them. "Can you please wait for me to deliver those pizzas? I need to call Joe and tell him I'm going to be away from the city."

Ness sighed loudly. Finally, they made progress, succeeding in the process. "We did it..." He looked back at Mona. "Okay, but we're going to follow you."

"Oh, that's fine with me," Mona said. "Let's go hit the road, then."

"Yeehaw!" Dribble yelled in excitement. "Mission accomplished, soldier Spitz. Say status report."

"Not completed yet," Spitz said. "We have yet to accomplish these guys' destination."

"Oh yeah," Dribble said as he looked at Ness. "You're gonna have to pay." He showed him the amount of money.

Ness lifted his shoulders at the rather big amount of 5 zeros. "Okay. Follow Mona, please."

"T-that's a big amount..." Chris remarked.

"When you're me, no amount is impressive enough to make me gasp," Ness said, receiving a surprising look from Lucas.

The 3 Smashers got back in the car, unaware that Ness forgot 2 other people in there...

"What kind of difficult do you like to play?" 9-Volt asked to Chris.

"Well, I like to choose the easiest one before I choose harder options."

Ness looked at 18-Volt. "You know, you 2 could have said something about what we're going through."

18-Volt chuckled. "Sorry. We're not that good at talking about other things that aren't video games."

The taxi and the red scooter turned on before they all drove away to the south...

"...You guys suck, did you know that?" Ness muttered silently.

"Huh?" 18-Volt tilted his head confused.

"Nothing, you heard nothing..."

Half an hour later...

The 5 passengers were sleeping deeply (with 9-Volt snoring) as the taxi followed Mona's trail. Dribble saw that Mona was driving to a familiar spot he knew so well that he didn't bother to tell the sleeping 5 as a form of surprise.

Lucas felt that the car had entered some kind of field, leaving the street's floor. The blond kid slowly opened his eyes with a yawn to extend his hands up. His vision was a little bit blurry before Spitz stood up and rested his head on his seat. "Hey, we're here, Snoring Beauties," he joked as the taxi came to a halt.

The other 4 shook their heads after hearing the cat talking. Ness, who accidentally rested against Chris, began to hear some voices from outside.

"Okay, who ordered 5 Mona Specials? Since I got late, they're all free!" Mona said with a chuckle. "Sorry for being late!"

"Aww, sweet! My pizzas came to me!" a familiar voice that Ness recognized a little bit said in excitement.

"Okay, pal, here you go."

"...Oh my god, I can't believe it..." another familiar voice said.

"..." Ness blinked several times before fully awakening. Once he looked forward, he could barely recognize some people in front of the taxi. "..." His eyes looked shocked. There was a person he didn't want to see who was looking back at them. "...Wake up!" he yelled loudly.

Chris's eyes opened quickly before looking forward. "O-oh no..."

"U-uah!" Lucas yelped once he managed to look outside.

The 3 Smashers quickly left the taxi to go outside while 9-Volt and 18-Volt fell asleep again. Mona, who chuckled, turned back to them.

"We're here," she said. "Here's the guy who ordered the pizzas."

"..." Ness began to pant heavily at the sight of a blue parka in front of him, as well as many other people they all knew so well. Trying not to take out his baseball bat for the 6th time (or was it 4th?) time in the day, Ness glared angrily at...him.

Kat and Ana's House - Entrance

"Hi, you guys!" Popo said happily as he held up the 5 pizza boxes. "Did you do what you had to do? We sure did!"

"...POPO..." Ness began with a deep breath. "...You were the idiot who ordered all those pizzas from Mona?!"

"Like hell I did," Popo said with a chuckle as he put the pizzas down. "I heard she had good stuff when I saw the poster on a poll, so I used my cell phone to call her," he said as he showed them a hi-tech telephone. "You know what this is? It's a Tell, a subsidiary of OrangeMec."

Nana frowned as she walked next to Popo. "This idiot thought that he wanted to eat something while we were doing our things. I told him 4 times no, but I think the bastard did it when I wasn't looking."

"But my plan worked," Popo said with a devious chuckle. "The sneaky Ice Climber moved around and away from the pizza girl so he could get my free pizzas. Now you know how evil I am, mwahahahahahaha..."

Everyone in the place looked or shifted eyes around after knowing about Popo's "true" nature.

"..." Ganondorf coughed to break the silence as the taxi was behind him. "It seems all the group is here reunited...how lucky I am..."

"Not quite," Popo said. "There is another group in h-"

Nana blocked his mouth. "If you believe him, you're surely going straight to hell for sure..."

"I...guess I should ignore your stupid brother..." Ganondorf said before shaking his head.

The Gerudo began to hear some whimpers from the left. By turning his head at the mentioned direction, Ganondorf found a scared Lucas, who was looking scared at the fat business man...

"...Hey," Wario began as he walked down the steps of the house, his sight focused on Lucas and Ness. "...You're the same kids who wanted to cause trouble before..."

Bowser blinked shocked. "Wait...you still remember what happened during the invasion?"

Wario lookd at him. "What, you don't? I remember pretty much everything that happened."

Diddy raised an eyebrow. "Does that mean Wario and Bowser were the only ones who managed to maintain the memories about the invasion?"

"Why do you keep asking me that? I remember every single detail there is. If I wanted to go back with them, I would have laughed," Wario said before glaring at Lucas and Ness. "I STILL remember those brats annoying the heck out of me, for example..."

Lucas gulped and took a step back. "Y-you told me we weren't going to see Wario..."

Ness looked at him. "I know, but I didn't know we would end up all the way here where he was," he said before looking at Popo. "I know who made us get here, though..."

"Hey, I remember I asked you to come with us," Dedede said with a glare. "Why didn't ya say anythin' else after we left you?"

"Because I don't wanna get involved in business where there isn't money," Wario explained. "If there isn't money, screw you."

Dedede grunted annoyed at this before Wario turned to Lucas and Ness. The Onett resident gave him a glare while Lucas stood behind him.

"Wahahahahahaha!" Wario laughed at the 2. "Do you remember the time I trophified the boy with the red hat? I sure do!" he said before looking at Lucas. "And I still remember the crying baby who ran away from me after I grabbed the boy's trophy!"

"What?" Mona asked as a mutter.

Ness stared at Wario before looking at Lucas. "Lucas...did you run away?"

"W-what?" Lucas asked worried. "N-no, I just..."

"He SURE ran away, alright," Wario said. "The crybaby didn't have enough guts to face me and save you. Didn't he tell you or did you forget?"

"N-no..." Ness said as he looked down. "...I completely forgot about that event..."

Lucas frowned to himself before he looked down ashamed.

"What is going on here?" Kat asked suddenly.

"Yeah, what's happening?" Ana asked. "What is that about Wario kidnapping children?"

The high school girl couldn't understand anything that Wario was talking about. The only thing Mona did was to take a step forward to get the attention. "Hey, Wario," Mona began. "What is that about all you said? I'm afraid I don't understand."

"Oh, you need to," Wario said simply. "It's something you shouldn't know about."

"B-but..." Mona shook her head. "I...I'm worried about you, y'know?" she said. "I just can't get the part where you fought innocent children..."

"Hey, we're not that weak..." Ness said bored.

Dribble and Spitz exchanged glances as they continued to watch from inside the taxi as the 2 gamers snored loudly on the back.

"Worried? You?" Wario asked before chuckling. "Goodness, Mona, you sure know how to make me laugh."

Mona looked serious at him. "Wario, I'm being serious here. I don't like to see you getting hurt. I DO care about what happens to you."

"Aww..." Jigglypuff said...then she thought things over. "Bleh..." she muttered from behind.

"You don't need to worry that much," Wario said before looking at the 2 kids. "Okay, I guess I need to get my revenge on you 2."

"W-what?" Lucas asked.

"That's right," Wario said as he cracked his fists. "The only thing I can't forget is you 2 trying to attack me while I was doing my job," he said before pointing at Ness. "You're the one who played around with me."

"So what if I did?" Ness asked harshly. "I don't care about a guy like you."

"I never got to fight you," Wario said. "Or torture you for that matter like I did with blondie here."

Ness looked back at the terrified Lucas before glaring at Wario. "Just try it," he taunted as he made his right hand glow with fire. "If you want to torture me, go ahead..." Ness moved his glowing hand down. "Go right ahead."

"N-Ness..." Lucas muttered worried.

"Everything it's fine," Ness whispered to Lucas. "If something goes wrong, we have everyone here to help us out."

Ganondorf, after hearing all the conversation, chuckled evilly before holding out his left hand in front of him. "Then, Wario, do you want me to help you?"

The other Smashers stared back at Ganondorf as he called forth a dark portal from the grass. Pure darkness emanated from the ground before something squared emerged from it. Everyone in there stared at the block of darkness before the darkness itself began to disappear, revealing something...

Under Ganondorf's hand, there was a cage with a Shadow Nightmare, standing still as it looked at all the people around it. Mona gasped and backed away from the monster as some did the same.

"W-what is that thing?" Ana whispered to Kat as she stepped behind her, Shadow running at her side to hide himself from the ominuous creature.

"I-I don't know..." Kay muttered with trails of sweat on her forehead.

"Coooooooooooool..." Dribble and Spitz said in awe.

Ganondorf chuckled as everyone stared at the cage. "Wario, my annoying companions, I would like you to meet a Shadow Nightmare," he said with an evilly grin.

"S-Shadow Nightmare?" Kirby asked as he shook in fear.

Wario, tilting his head, walked closer to the cage to inspect the demonic monster, examining its surroundings. "What the heck is this thing?"

"Oh, you do not worry," Ganondorf said with a chuckle. "This monster should make things interesting if you order it to attack someone."

Wario looked at him. "Wait, I can tell it to attack anybody I want?"

"They were created to listen to our commands," Ganondorf explained. "It will listen to anything you would like it to do. Now, I ask you..." he trailed off before grinning. "What do you want it to attack?"

"Hold on right there!" Mona yelled. "What is going on here?"

Wario chuckled at the sight of the monster. "...Mona, shut up..."

"W-what?" Mona asked shocked.

Wario looked at the lock of the cage before he opened it quickly. The Smashers gasped once they saw that the beast could come out and attack them. So far, they didn't know what it could do to them, but they were prepared for the worst...

"Okay, you thing," Wario said as he pointed at Ness, who gasped at this sudden move. "Go and get him! Give it all you've got! Go, go, go!" he ordered with some laughs as Ganondorf grinned in pleasure.

Ness and Lucas looked at the creature in the cage. They noticed that it began to move its legs to the clean ground, staring deeply at Ness's eyes. Unfortunately, Chris wasn't exactly feeling so well with a creature made out of darkness, and the fact that he was brutally attacked by several of them didn't help.

"What are we doing here without doing nothing?!" Nana asked to the others. "We have to stop that thing from attacking them!"

The other Smashers shook their heads to snap out from their states. Bowser and Dedede, who also heard the shout, looked confused at what do to.

However, something went wrong...

In a few seconds, the Shadow Nightmare quickly dashed along the grass towards the other side of the taxi. Ness and Lucas gasped once the monster quickly ran behind them, making him turn around with Lucas as both were standing right next to each other. The monster was probably running from the back so the others wouldn't interfere.

Chris quickly turned his head to see the beast extending its arms with pincers to the sides as it ran after Ness. The World Traveler backed away from it out of fear as the Shadow Nightmare passed him, eyes focused on Ness.

The Onett resident gulped as the monster went after him...

The Smashers tried to run as fast as possible to attack the monster...

Wario and Ganondorf were chuckling in front of the taxi while Dribble and Spitz were under some kind of trance at the sight of the scene...

Mona just watched in horror at the beast about to attack Ness from a safe distance...

Kat shielded Ana and Shadow from whatever happened, but instead of doing that, she decided to join the fight, making Ana and Shadow follow her...

Bowser and Dedede looked confused at each other to think about something to do...

Chris was paralyzed in fear at the sight of devilish monster, close to the taxi...

9-Volt and 18-Volt were still sleeping...

Popo protected his pizza boxes...

Nana slapped him and took him with her to attack the monster...

But, as for Lucas...

"Lucas, stay back!" Ness yelled as the monster prepared to ram its full body at him. "You have to run away from here if you don't want to figh-"

The unexpected happened as Ness's right arm was suddenly grabbed and pulled away, making him trip to the right before hearing some screams...

"..." Ness pushed himself up shocked. "...N-no..." he muttered in disbelief as he turned around. "...T-this...no, he didn't just...do it... N-no, he didn't do this! No, he just didn't do this!"

His eyes, along with everyone else's, couldn't believe what they saw...

There was a panicking Lucas trying to push away the Shadow Nightmare that latched onto his head. No matter how much Lucas tried to push the monster, it didn't let go of his head before the Shadow Nightmare let out a screech of pleasure as it slammed down its pincers on Lucas's back, making Chris's eyes widen in terror.

"U-UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucas's screams yelled loudly as many gasps followed after. "H-help me, somebody!!!" Lucas pleaded as the monster's pincers began to traspass his body. "I-I need help, please!" he cried loudly before the whole monster made itself transparent to take over his body, giving Lucas a painful look of darkness that shrouded him inside a bubble of pure black. "A-AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"Lucas!!!" the Smashers yelled loudly as several whips of darkness began to come from within the bubble, showing a horrific scene as Lucas kept crying out in pain during the night...

"UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

...

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"First Liar: Lucas the Weak-Hearted. A liar? Why would he be a liar?" Jigglypuff asked.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Diamond City
Chris, Ness, Lucas, Jigglypuff, Diddy Kong, Kirby, Ice Climbers, Mona, Kat & Ana, Dribble, Spitz, 9-Volt, 18-Volt/Sonic, Chip, Amy, Penny
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 07, 2009, 07:21:24 AM
Chapter 149: First Liar: Lucas the Weak-Hearted

Kat and Ana's House

The darkness shrouded Lucas completely in the blob of emptiness. The Smashers didn't know what to in this situation. If they went to the blob, would they be covered by it? There were no parts where Lucas could be seen.

?HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!!!? Lucas cried out in pain.

?S-somebody do something already!? Ana yelled.

?W-what can we do?? Diddy asked.

?Nothing,? responded Ganondorf with some chuckles. ?Once the Shadow Nightmare gets you, there is no other way to help the one inside its darkness.?

?What?? Ness asked. ?Hey, you better let Lucas go now o-?

?Like I am going to listen to some brat,? Ganondorf interrupted. ?Do you really think I am going to help you? Think again.?

?Y-you bastard...? Ness muttered before charging at the Gerudo. ?Let him go! Lucas doesn't need to suffer even more than he did!?

?Of what did he suffer??

?Like I'm going to tell you!?

?If he was suffering from some emotions he could not calm down,? Ganondorf said. ?It is going to be even better for the Shadow Nightmare...?

?What the hell is that supposed to mean?? Ness asked with a glare.

?H-hey, something is happening!? Jigglypuff yelled as she pointed at the blob of darkness, managing to get everyone's attention.

The blob of darkness began to blink a few times before, from it, a fainted Lucas was tossed out to the grass, close to where the terrified Chris was. The World Traveler shook his head to snap out from his state to look at Lucas.

?L-Lucas!? Chris yelled worried as he approached the fainted blond. ?L-Lucas, are you okay? Lucas!?

The other Smashers had to sigh in relief after Lucas was merely tossed out from the blob of darkness before they all (along with the Iga ninjas) gathered around the fainted PK user. Ness, who was the most worried, knelt down to shake Lucas's head a little bit.

?Wake up, Lucas, wake up!? Ness yelled. ?Everything's fine now!?

?...? Lucas slowly shook his head as he saw everything and everyone around them as blurs. His vision slowly returned back to normal before he looked around weakly. ?W-what just happened?? he asked.

?You decided to be a hero by pulling Ness out of the way from that thing,? Diddy explained. ?Seriously, what were you thinking??

The World Traveler smiled a bit at Lucas...but once he turned around, his eyes widened in fear.

Lucas blushed and looked down. ?I-I didn't want Ness to get attacked by that monster...? he said before looking at Ness. ?N-Ness, remember that time where you pushed me out of the way of Wario's gun??

Ness knew what Lucas meant. ?Yes... Let me guess, you wanted to do the same here to stay equal with me, right??

Lucas smiled a bit. ?Y-yes...?

?...? Ness frowned. ?Lucas, you didn't have to do that, really...?

?I had to do it...? Lucas said before standing up. ?I wanted to show how brave I am...?

?That's craziness, not bravery,? Nana said. ?What if that thing killed you??

?I...I...I wouldn't know...?

All of them sighed in relief as Kirby turned around. The Star Warrior's eyes began to tremble in fear as he saw something where Lucas was pushed out. He shyly tapped Diddy's shoulder to get his attention.

?What?? Diddy asked before turning around. ?...Oh no...oh no...oh no...? he muttered once he looked at Kirby's direction. ?G-guys...?

The rest of the Smashers looked at their direction before they gasped quite silently...

Some feet away from a shocked Mona, there was the same blob of darkness in place.    Wario, Ganondorf, and were staring at the darkness in front of them before it began to get smaller. For some reason, the blob began to take shape; a shape that wasn't recognizable by a simple look.

However, what they noticed was that it was taking the shape of someone. The darkness didn't let them see it clearly, but it was definitely someone by the looks of the shadow.

?W-what is happening now?? Mona asked.

?Behold, the Shadow Nightmare's true power,? Ganondorf said with a grin.

?The true power of the Shadow Nightmare?? Nana repeated in confusion.

The shadow?s appearance began to take a much clearer shape. Everyone watched as the shadow itself took the appearance of someone that they quickly recognized, but Lucas thought differently as he stepped forward.

??C-Claus?? Lucas asked in pure disbelief.

Right in front of him, there was an identical shadow that looked exactly like Claus. The Smashers and the Diamond City?s residents were confused at this sudden appearance.

??Lucas!? Ness suddenly yelled, trying to stop Lucas from advancing more to the shadow. ?Stop now! What the hell do you think you?re doing??

??C-Claus?? Lucas asked again to the shadow.

It was so confusing for the Smashers to understand why Lucas didn?t stop moving. For some reason, Lucas felt right at home as he stared at the shadow with a small smile that formed in his lips. The Smashers were shocked at the event that they watched carefully before doing something reckless. They didn't know what to do rather than watch for the time being.

?Lucas?? the shadow said with a chuckle. ?Come to me, Lucas. It?s me, your brother.?

The shadow itself looked like Claus. However, the big differences that made them not alike were the fact that the shadow had a shadowy aura with yellow glowing eyes, and the fact that his voice was a distorted version of Claus?s voice.

?H-he?s his brother?? Chris asked terrified.

?T-there?s no way he could be Claus?? Ness muttered. ?I thought he was supposed to be??

?Don?t listen to them, Lucas?? the shadow of Claus said as he motioned at him. ?Do you want your brother to hug you??

??? Lucas nodded as he kept walking to the shadow.

?Lucas, snap out it already!? Jigglypuff yelled.

?Lucas?? the shadow continued. ?Don?t you want to hug me tightly? C?mon, I?m your brother??

??Y-yes?? Lucas said as he looked happy. ?C-Claus, I thought you were dead?b-but here you are??

?Of course I?m alive,? the shadow of Claus said with a chuckle. ?It?d be stupid if I was actually dead, right? Don?t you agree with me, Lucas??

?O-of course?? Lucas said with a chuckle. ?How stupid of me to think you were dead?right??

?You tell me,? the shadow said with a smile before opening his arms. ?Now, come over here and let me give you a welcome hug, Lucas.?

Wario, confused at the whole thing, looked at Ganondorf. ?Hey, what the heck is going on? I don?t see anyone hitting someone here. I thought there was going to be a fight.?

?Relax,? Ganondorf said. ?This is not over yet. Keep watching.?

The Smashers were able to hear this before looking back at Lucas, slowly opening his arms. ?Lucas, stop right there!? yelled Ness. ?How we can tell if he?s Claus or not, anyway??

?Ness?? Lucas muttered as he kept advancing at the shadow. ?Claus is just right here? Can?t you see him? I thought he was dead, but I knew he was alive??

?What the heck is wrong with your mind?? Ness asked. ?This isn?t you, Lucas. Stop it before it?s too late!?

?But Claus isn?t going to hurt me, Ness?? Lucas muttered as he was about to reach Claus. ?Claus is willing to protect me from anything...?

?That?s right,? the shadow said as he finally embraced Lucas tightly and patted his back softly. ?I?m his brother. Why should I hurt him? That would be so bad? Don?t listen to them, Lucas. After all, you?re relieved to see me again, aren?t you??

?Of course?? Lucas said as he shed a tear. ?I?m so happy to see you again, Claus??

Kirby looked worried at Nana. ?I-I don?t like where this is going??

?I don?t? like it either,? Nana said. ?But what is happening here??

?This is hard to comprehend to me, sorry?? Kat apologized.

Ness glared at the 2. ?Hey, Lucas, I thought Claus was supposed to be dead. Don?t you think it?s a little bit fishy for this doppelganger to appear out of nowhere??

?No, Ness?? Lucas said. ?I knew Claus was really alive, and he?s right here??

The 2 stopped embracing each other before ?Claus? looked at Lucas. ?Hey, Luc, I want you to give you a present for waiting for me.?

Lucas gasped a little bit in excitement. ?A-a present? What kind of present??

?Oh, don?t you worry,? Claus said with a chuckle. ?I need you to close your eyes, hold out your hands to me, and wait for me to give your present to you.?

Lucas smiled a bit. ?This is not like you, Claus??

?Hey, I wanna make up for all this waiting for you,? Claus said before Lucas closed his eyes and held out his hands to him. ?After all, you deserve it??

An eerie silence took place as everyone watched the happy Lucas standing still for the shadow to give him a present.

??Claus?? Lucas began. ?Where?s my gift??

The only thing that Lucas received after asking was a hard punch on his face that sent him tumbling along the ground towards the Smashers. Everyone except Ganondorf gasped in shock as the blond kid rolled recklessly to them, a look of pure disbelief on his face as he noticed some blood spilling from his mouth.

?Lucas!? Ness yelled before kneeling down to help Lucas. ?I told you he was bad news! Look at what he did to you!?

?U-uah!? Lucas yelped once he touched the small drop of blood. He also noticed the mark of the punch that was delivered on his right cheek. The mark made him shake in pain before looking back at the shadow, with a right fist pointing down. ?C-Claus, why did you hit me so hard??

No response came after Lucas asked that until the shadow began to chuckle rather evilly before standing straight to him with a smirk.

?Lucas, Lucas, Lucas?? the shadow said, gaining a distorted voice that sounded like Lucas?s voice. ?Always believing things that aren?t true??

?W-what do you mean by that?? Lucas asked.

?Puh-lease, I can?t believe you can?t recognize who?s alive and who?s dead,? the shadow mocked. ?Such stupid beliefs will ultimately bring you to a life full of sadness; sadness that will overcome you before killing you off.?

Lucas?s mouth hung a little bit open as he looked shocked at the shadow. ?C-Claus, you?re scaring me??

?Claus?? the shadow asked before chuckling. ?Oh, for crying out loud? How the heck didn?t you notice the difference between him and me?? he asked before fixing his hair?a little bit to make it look exactly as Lucas?s hair. ?Okay, who do you see now??

??A-a shadow?? Lucas responded.

??Well, that?s true,? the shadow said before chuckling evilly. ?What I?m trying to say is that my name is?Lucas.?

?Your name is Lucas?? Kirby asked confused.

?Of course I am Lucas,? the shadow said with a smirk. ?I mean, that?s who I am, right??

Lucas shook his head in disbelief. ?W-why do you have my name??

?Because, scared rat, I am you, and you are me,? the shadow said.

Nana held her head in pain. ?I-I?m sorry, but I can?t seem to understand who he is??

Kirby thought for a moment. ?Can we call him?um?I don?t know?Shadow Lucas??

?Shadow Lucas?? Ness repeated.

?...Wow, even you guys are liars when naming people,? Shadow Lucas said with a chuckle. ?But if you want to call me that, it?s fine. It?s not like I care, anyway.? Shadow Lucas looked at Lucas. ?Anyway, thanks to you, I was given birth.?

?W-why?? Lucas asked confused.

The shadow closed his eyes before speaking in a familiar voice. ??Hurry it up, Lucas!?

The blond PK user gasped at the familiar voice. ?T-that voice was Claus?s??

?Lucas, I?m going to win at bringing down the Drago down,? the shadow said, mimicking Claus?s voice. ?Aww, no fair, I thought I got the winning ticket!? he imitated. ?Lucas, stop acting like that and be brave!?

Lucas shook his head in pure disbelief. All of the sentences that the shadow said were exactly the same he heard from Claus when they were both young or when Lucas met him in his dreams. How could the shadow know so much? This was the only question that scared Lucas the most.

?W-why are you saying that?? Lucas asked with a gulp. ?W-why are you imitating Claus??

?Because of the fact I know every single detail about you,? Shadow Lucas explained, accidentally using Claus?s voice before using his normal one. ?I came out of you, and we?re technically the same person.?

?W-we?re not??

?Ah-ah-ah, we?re the same,? Shadow Lucas said with an evil chuckle. ?Don?t try to deny it now or else you?re going to keep on lying to everyone you talk to like you have been doing this entire time.?

The Smashers looked at Lucas with some worried looks. ?Lucas?what does he mean by that?? Ness asked.

?But if isn?t my brother Claus!? Shadow Lucas suddenly spoke in a whining voice to Ness. ?Aw, brother, I thought you were dead all this time!?

?W-what?? Ness asked.

?Dude, you mean to tell me you didn?t notice?? the shadow asked normally with a small laugh. ?I have been trying to understand that my brother Claus was alive. I?m seeing him right now in my eyes.?

Ness made a confused look. ?Hey, we never spoke to each other.?

?Oh, did we now?? the shadow asked. ?But Ness, I?ve been spending my whole time with you. I mean, weren?t you asking me things about what was happening to me in the taxi trip we just had??

?What?? Ness muttered. ?Y-you weren?t there??

?Like hell I was there,? Shadow Lucas said. ?You were being stubborn by interrupting my thoughts about my living family. I know that my mother and my brother are alive. I haven?t found who my mother is yet, but I DID find my beloved brother,? he said before pointing at Ness. ?And it?s you.?

??I?m not your brother in any way or another,? Ness replied harshly at the shadow. ?Why would I be someone?s brother??

?Wow,? the shadow said, faking amazement. ?Ness, deep down, you?re a big mean bully,? Shadow Lucas said with a glare to Lucas. ?Why did I think he was my brother Claus? Do you know, me??

?M-me?? Lucas repeated in confusion.

?Enough of this bulls(beep)t,? Shadow Lucas said annoyed. ?I always thought Ness was my brother. He acted pretty much the same. Claus was brave, Ness is brave, and he must be my brother, right?? the shadow asked to Lucas. ?I mean, that?s what he is, right??

?N-no?? Lucas said. ?N-Ness isn?t Claus??

?And there?s the lie I wanted to hear about you,? the shadow said before glaring at Lucas. ?I wanted to call Ness Claus instead of his weird name. What kind of name is Ness, anyway? Claus seems more fitting for his personality.?

?I-I never?? Lucas shook his head. ?W-why are you telling me all these lies??

Ganondorf laughed, interrupting the shadow from speaking. ?He is saying that because he is saying all the truths you have been hiding from everyone, clueless boy.?

?W-what??

?The shadow that you see before you is none other than yourself,? Ganondorf explained as the shadow smirked. "He is a manifestation of your deepest, darkest truths that you hide with lies."

"The green-skinned dude is right," Shadow Lucas said, receiving a glare from the Gerudo. "But what he didn't say is that you can't get rid of me as long as you keep lying to yourself."

"I-I'm not lying to myself..." Lucas said worried. "I-I'm not..."

"Oh, sure you are," the shadow said. "You're a filthy liar who takes advantage of every interruption in order to avoid tellling the truth. Isn't that what you, or me, have been doing all day long?"

Ness looked back at Lucas. "Lucas..."

Lucas began to sob silently before looking at Ness and the others. "D-don't listen to him!" he yelled loudly. "H-he's saying lies!"

"Oh, c'mon," Shadow Lucas said annoyed. "If you think I'm lying, I'm going to say something embarrassing about you that you don't wish anyone to know."

Lucas forced a nervous glare at him. "I-I don't believe you..." He armed himself with a little bit of courage to confront the shadow. "O-okay, if you're me, tell me what I'm thinking no-"

"You're thinking about not telling anyone that you have wet the bed around 26 times in your life...and you have the amount counted perfectly," the shadow said with a chuckle. "My god, I'm so embarrassed right now..."

Lucas's eyes shook (as he blushed in embarrassment). "I-I didn't..."

"Nope, no use hiding it," Shadow Lucas said. "And I felt pretty good when I did."

The Smashers slightly backed away from Lucas who began to look a little bit panicked...then they decided to walk back to him once Lucas looked at them.

Shadow Lucas chuckled. "And now," he said as he looked at Ness. "Brother, do you want to come with me to our house?"

Ness glared at him. "Why can't you stop saying I'm your brother? I'm getting sick of hearing that word!"

"I won't stop from saying it until I fully believe my brother is dead...which is not true, according to me," Shadow Lucas said.

Ness looked down with a look of disbelief. "According to you?"

"...I understand why he's saying that," Kat said, getting the attention of everyone. "The fact that he was born from Lucas means that he knows every single detail about his memory and what he's thinking right now."

Shadow Lucas frowned. "Finally, someone remembers how I work here!" he said before laughing a little.

"B-but he can't be me..." Lucas said. "I-I'm me..."

"Not quite," Shadow Lucas said. "We're the same person... However, I'm the best one here."

"W-what? Why are you the best one?"

"I'm the best one because I don't hide truths like you do," Shadow Lucas explained. "Do you know why I'm living? I'm living because you had to lie to yourself, so I got out from you to be an honest little kid."

"B-but I'm honest..." Lucas muttered.

"Hahahahahaha!" Shadow Lucas laughed to the sky. "You, an honest person? You barely told Claus, or should I say "Ness," about what you were suffering. You let events interrupt him so you wouldn't try to explain yourself. I think that's something a jerk would do...jerk."

Lucas forced a glare at him. "I-I'm not a jerk!" he yelled loudly.

"Okay, jerk, if you're not a jerk, I want you to see you saying to Claus that you kept thinking he was your brother, and that you wouldn't stop thinking that even if he told you so."

Ness blinked a little bit shocked before looking back at the ashamed Lucas. "Lucas..."

"..." Lucas began to sob. "...N-Ness..." he muttered as he sniffed. "...D-do you believe him or me?"

"I-I..." Ness wanted to find the words to talk back. "...I-I...don't...know..."

Shadow Lucas frowned in disgust. "Goodness, you won't just say it, right?" he asked to Lucas. "No matter what you do, you're never going to tell them the truth about you. Why is it so hard to say it out loud? It's not so hard..."

Lucas covered his head before falling to his knees. "S-stop...n-nothing of what you're saying isn't true!"

Shadow Lucas sighed. "...I have had enough of your pathetic attitude of avoiding the undeniable..." he said before he began to glow brighter than before, his face gaining an evil look. "Now, it's time for you to die."

Lucas looked up to Shadow Lucas. "I-I need to die?"

"Yeah," the shadow said. "Thanks to your constant statements, my power is growing even more than I expected. I think I need to thank you for giving me the power of the lies before your time ends forever," he said with a chuckle before pointing at him. "There's no enough space for 2 Lucas in the universe. You know what this means?"

Lucas's eyes widened in horror as he began to back away on the ground. "N-no!"

"Yes," the shadow said. "It is time for you to die, I'm afraid."

The Smashers, snapping out from their shocked looks, ran towards Lucas before his shadow made his right hand glow before shooting off 5 PK Fires with a single move. "W-what?" Lucas asked as he saw the 5 bolts exploding into fire in the air.

"This is just a small example of my powers," Shadow Lucas explained as the Smashers forced glares at him. "Piss me off, and you'll die." He looked down at Lucas. "As for you, me, it's time for you to join your dear brother and mother..." he said with an evil chuckle. "...Aren't you happy? You're finally going to stop lying by reuniting with those 2..."

Lucas had a terrified look in his eyes as he shook his head. "W-who are you?" Lucas asked in disbelief. "W-what are you?"

"...My name is Lucas," the shadow said, opening his arms at him. "I'm a shadow, the true self..."

"Y-you're me?"

"That's what I've been saying all this time," the shadow said. "What, did you forget, or were you trying to lie to yourself that I'm wasn't you? Oh, that's right..." He smirked down at Lucas. "I know that very well because YOU WERE JUST THINKING IT!"

"N-no..." Lucas shook his head. "N-no!" he yelled louder. "Y-you're...you're..." Lucas closed his eyes, trying to prevent his tears from falling off as they did what he didn't want. "...YOU'RE NOT ME, YOU HEARD ME?! STOP ANNOYING ME AND GO AWAY! YOU'RE NOT ME!!!"

The loud yell startled everyone as Lucas glared at his shadow with crying eyes. The shadow noticed the raged look on Lucas's eyes that made him chuckle silently before laughing out loud.

"Hahahaha...hahahahaha...HAHAHAHAHAHAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" the shadow laughed maniacally, making everyone feel confused. "...That's right..." he said to Lucas. "...We're not the same person anymore..." He opened his arms at them. "I AM me at last now that you said the most undeniable lie ever...me..."

"You're not me!" Lucas yelled back at him before taking out his branch from his back, finally deciding to attack the shadow by leaping to it. "Go away from here and don't show your face again! AAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

"...Pitiful," commented Shadow Lucas.

The Smashers didn't know why, but Lucas was quickly knocked back towards them as he rolled recklessly on the grass, holding his broken branch as he seemed to have fainted. The Smashers gasped before Ness shook the boy quickly to wake him up.

"Lucas? Lucas?! Lucas?!" Ness kept asking, receiving no response from the knocked out Lucas. "Lucas! Lucas! Stop faking this and wake up! Lucas!"

They all quickly looked back at the shadow who was holding another branch on his right hand. He smirked evilly at the Smashers before he began to laugh maniacally. Ness quickly glared at him before Shadow Lucas stopped laughing, putting his branch on his right shoulder. "Finally," he said as he glowed darker. "My power has reached its maximum," he explained before looking at them with an amused look. "Now that he's knocked out, I believe it is time for me to finish this and kill him for good."

"L-listen, you..." Mona began to speak. "W-why did you do such a horrible thing to that poor boy?"

Shadow Lucas looked at her. "Because liars only cause sadness and chaos around the world. They don't deserve to walk the earth to do whatever they want," he explained.

"So you're saying your job is..." Mona tried her best to think. "...Your job is to punish liars by killing them?"

"...Wow, I'm amazed," Shadow Lucas said. "The deaf girl thought about the true fact for once."

"D-deaf girl?" Mona asked.

"Didn't he tell you? You were annoying him because you didn't even hear them the first time they, or we, talked to you in front of that pizza place." Shadow Lucas smirked. "He thinks of you as deaf, isn't that funny or what?"

Mona looked down. "...Did he think that because I wasn't listening to them?"

"And that's not all," Shadow Lucas said as he looked at the Smashers. "He thinks Diddy is stupidly hyperactive, Nana is scary, Popo is just plain dumb, Jigglypuff is kind of a jerk, Chris should help him more, Sonic is a bastard, Amy is plain annoying, and Chip is an idiot," he explained before looking at Ness. "And above else, he thinks Ness is a heartless, selfish, imbecile who can't seem to respect him more than he does currently."

The Smashers looked down worried at the fainted Lucas.

"And," Ganondorf began. "The Shadow Nightmares only speak truths and no lies whatsoever."

Nana looked worried. "...If they're telling the truth...then...we shouldn't have acted like that to Lucas if we didn't want him to think of us like that..."

"If he said truths, I wouldn't even be alive," Shadow Lucas said. "Guess what? Since I'm still alive, that means he's living in a pool full of lies that he can't escape because his sea of lies is way too deep for him. Right now, he's struggling to live with his lies; lies that he can't seem to surpass as long as he doesn't speak the truth."

"So..." Popo began. "...As long as he keeps lying, you won't go away?"

Nana looked bored at him. "Oh, now you're back with your intelligent self?"

"Y-yes..." Popo said embarrassed. "S-sorry if I put you through all that..."

"That's right," Shadow Lucas said (answering Popo's question). "No matter what happens to me, I'll keep existing as long as he lies." He gave them a true smile. "Now, shall we get going after I kill this pathetic liar?"

"W-what?" Chris asked.

"I have proved that I'm me," Shadow Lucas said. "There's no need for him to keep on living, right? He has a very weak heart that can't tolerate lies. Why don't we kill him for good and let me go with you?"

The Smashers looked shocked after hearing the bizarre suggestion from the shadow. They took a quickl glance at the fainted Lucas before looking serious at Shadow Lucas.

"So?" Shadow Lucas asked. "I'll promise I'll be a good asset for the team."

The Smashers looked worried at each other before glaring back at him.

"...C'mon, don't give me that look," Shadow Lucas said. "I'll promise my promise."

Ness took out his baseball bat. "...Why would let a monster like you come with us?"

"T-that's right," Chris said. "W-what you just did to Lucas was..."

"So mean!" Kirby finished.

"Y-yes, that..."

Diddy adjusted his hat. "I guess it's time to fight."

"Fight? Who?" Shadow Lucas looked around. "Where's the army?"

"We meant you," Nana replied harshly as Popo stood next to her. "You're the monster here. You're the real problem."

"..." Shadow Lucas glared at them. "I'm the monster, you say?" he asked. "But I'm being honest here. A monster isn't honest."

"T-that's not what we meant," Jigglypuff said angrily. "We meant that you have to go away."

"...OH, now I understand..." Shadow Lucas said with a nod. "You rather let that lying, crying baby go with you rather than a good guy like me." He frowned in shame. "Geez, you like to live in lies?"

"No," Ness responded. "We don't like to live in lies. We like to live with people who are the originals. Do you know who's the original person out of you and Lucas here?"

The shadow remained silent before he glared daggers at Ness. "...Me, of course..." he muttered darkly. "Honesty should be more appreciated than dishonesty," he said before lowering his branch down. "Since you like dishonesty so much, it's my job to get rid of filthy scum like you along with that idiot you call your friend..."

All the Smashers took their places before they saw Kat and Ana preparing as well. Shadow, however, remained at the door of the house with Bowser and Dedede.

"Kat? Ana?" Nana asked.

Both sisters looked at them. "Do you think we're going to watch you fight this abomination?" Kat asked.

"Please, we want to help you out," Ana said. "You like Lucas a lot, don't you? A friend of yours is a friend of ours."

Nana blinked a few times before smiling to them. "Thanks, both of you."

"Aww..." Shadow Lucas said. "Isn't that cute? More people who believe dishonesty is the only way to be happy." Shadow Lucas slowly smacked his branch on his left palm. "I better finish this quickly before you keep spreading lies."

"For the last freaking time, we don't like dishonesty!" Ness yelled at him. "We want Lucas, the real one, to keep on living. You're a piece of garbage who can't just shut up his mouth."

Bowser stomped the ground with Dedede as they walked to the shadow. "Hey, we wanna have a piece of the action too."

"Stay back, filthy fools," Shadow Lucas ordered. "This is a fight meant for me alone. If you get in my way, I won't hesitate in taking you guys out."

"Ha!" Dedede laughed as both stood next to the shadow. "We're not listenin' to a creepy boy here. We wanna fight as well, especially if Kirby is in the mix!"

Bowser smacked his fists together. "Say your prayers, kids..."

Both of the kings quickly noticed that the shadow grabbed both of them by the arms. "Okay, you didn't hear me, right?" he asked annoyed. "Get away from my sight, now!!!"

Dedede and Bowser felt a strong grip on their arms lifting them above before they were tossed back into the woods, and to the trees where they yelled in pain and moaned afterwards.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 25, 2009, 02:54:40 PM
The 2 Pok?mon watched as Entei roared loudly before charging at Mewtwo at a fast speed. The Psychic Pok?mon narrowed his eyes at the Volcano Pok?mon before he held out his right hand to him. Mewtwo began to glow with energy as his eyes glowed blue while Sudowoodo used Rock Slide on the Fire type (by taking out rocks from his back that he tossed above Entei rapidly). Entei's eyes widened once he felt that his feet were running in the air rather on the ground. Looking down, he found his feet separating from the floor.

Wes knew there was something wrong here. He barely knew Red, but he knew enough to tell and judge Red?s experience as a trainer.

?(How?)? Wes questioned to himself as he looked at Entei's shocked expression. ?(How did a person like Red catch Mewtwo? Mewtwo was supposed to have fled from the lab at Cinnabar City in the Kanto region as I've heard before...)? He rubbed his chin. ?(This is really fishy...)?

Red looked surprised as Entei was lifted off from the ground. The Legendary Pok?mon looked around confused before it began to roar loudly in fury. Mewtwo narrowed his eyes at him before he slammed Entei down the floor, making it grunt in pain.

Wes shook his head and reminded himself he was in a battle. ?Sudowoodo, keep using Rock Slide on Entei!?

?Sudo!? Sudowoodo obeyed as he resumed his rock tossing attack on the Legendary Pok?mon.

?(You mean to tell me this altered Pok?mon is supposed to be strong?)? Mewtwo thought in disgust as he sensed Entei?s dark aura. ?(Pitiful, if you ask me.)?

Dakim made fists as he watched Entei being slammed down on the floor slowly. ?Entei, use Flamethrower!?

Mewtwo glowed brighter than before. ?(You better not,)? he thought as he put more energy into Psychic.

Entei?s mouth slowly began to close so it wouldn?t use Flamethrower or roar anymore. Grunts of pain came out from its shut mouth before Sudowoodo?s rock began to fall all over him.

Rui gulped. ?I-I can?t believe Red captured Mewtwo??

Chris looked at her. ?Does everyone in this region know about Mewtwo??

Vander looked at them and nodded. ?The incident at Cinnabar City was one of the most reviewed incidents due to Pok?mon activity. Many have heard from the news that the Pok?mon that caused the incident at the lab of Cinnabar was named Mewtwo, the clone of Mew.?

Rui raised a finger. ?It?s one among the most shocking ones like the rumor of the Pok?mon that was hit by a laser beam in space.?

Chris thought for a moment. ?(She must be talking about Deoxys?)?

?Stop it!? Dakim yelled as Entei tried to stand up while Mewtwo used Psychic on it.

Wes looked at Red. ?Red, you must keep Entei down, you hear me??

Red looked at him. ?What? Why??

The shady trainer pointed at Sudowoodo throwing the rocks at Entei. The attacks from both Pok?mon were starting to debilitate the Volcano Pok?mon greatly as it tried to attack back but with no success because of Mewtwo?s strong Psychic attack.

Wes took out an Ultra Ball. ?Tell Mewtwo to keep Entei down. I?ll snag it in a moment.?
The machine on Wes?s left arm began to make sounds as the Ultra Ball got engulfed in a light before fading.

Dakim gasped. ?W-what? Not if I say something about it!? he yelled as he aimed Entei?s Pok? Ball at it. ?Entei, retu-?

?Too late!? Wes yelled once he tossed the Ultra Ball at the downed Entei. Dakim?s Pok? Ball?s light didn?t make it in time before the converted Ultra Ball hit Entei?s forehead, making it retreat into it before it fell down on the floor.

?E-Entei!? Dakim yelled.

Vander gasped. ?What? Did he just??

Rui looked at him. ?Please, mister, we?ll explain everything to you in a bit!?

The Ultra Ball rocketed a few times to the sides. Mewtwo looked down at the sphere with some curiosity as Sudowoodo remained at a safe distance from the intimidating Psychic Pok?mon. Red blinked as he kept a serious look on the sphere. Rui, Vander, and Chris remained silent as the Pok?mon behind them watched the Ultra Ball moving a bit.

And then, the Ultra Ball made a sound, indicating it snagged Entei successfully.

??? Wes grinned and looked at Dakim. ?Game Over, you lose.?

??Y-you?? Dakim punched the floor with his right fist and looked down. ??Darn you??

?W-wait,? Red began as he looked at Wes. ?W-we won??

?Don?t you see? We did win,? Wes said as he walked to the Ultra Ball to pick it up. The shady trainer looked up at Mewtwo narrowing his eyes down at him. The Psychic Pok?mon could notice that Wes flashed a small grin at him before looking at Dakim. ?Okay, you lost the match. Now, get out of my sight.?

Dakim gritted his teeth as he looked at Wes. ?Y-you? Don?t think this is the end just yet, kids. You?re just starting to get more in trouble by meddling with Cipher?s affairs??

Rui, Chris, and Vander gasped once Dakim began to run towards Wes. The shady trainer crossed his right arm in front of his face before the Cipher Admin leaped high up, jumping a long distance over all of them as he landed just behind the 3 Pok?mon that glared up at him. The admin just sulked a bit before he began to run away with all the members he brought with him to area.

?That?s over with,? Wes said as he looked at his Ultra Ball. ?Hope you don?t eat me, Entei??

Lobby

After the whole event, the group returned to the main lobby where the relieved faces of the trainers made the atmosphere around the place feel like it should have been before the attack. For Pikachu?s dismay, Wes decided to call both Espeon and Umbreon back to their Pok? Balls, halting him from knowing more about Wes?s past.

?In the name of all the trainers of Mt. Battle, I thank you all for helping us to drive those thugs away,? Vander told the group. ?That man seemed to be looking for the Time Flute I hold.?

?The Time Flute,? Wes repeated. ?I recall Senilor saying something about such a flute.?

?You know about it?? Vander asked. ?This flute is supposed to call Celebi in person. It summons Celebi, or so the myth says.? The Area 1 Leader showed them the flute, which was carved with odd carvings on brown wood. ?Here, take it with you.?

Rui blinked surprised. ?Wait, we can take it??

Vander nodded. ?Of course, since those guys came for this flute, I think you should have it with you so you can use it or protect it from them. Also, this was the main cause of their take-over as well.?

Wes didn?t take another second to grab the flute. ?Thanks.?

?No problem, you?re all good trainers,? Vander remarked before looking at Red, ?especially you.?

?M-me?? Red asked.

?Yeah, I mean, you have Mewtwo with you,? Vander remarked. ?What kind of trainer are you to capture such a rare Pok?mon??

Red scratched his head as he showed him the Master Ball where Mewtwo was kept. ?I-it?s all thanks to this Pok? Ball, sir. This is the Master Ball. I heard it can capture any Pok?mon without failing even once.?

Wes narrowed his eyes at the Master Ball. ?(Of course? He just had to toss that to Mewtwo to catch it?)?

?Well, aren?t you lucky for getting one of those? I haven?t heard a lot f Master Balls, but I did hear that they?re pretty rare to find anywhere.?

Red chuckled as he kept the Master Ball. ?I-I?m lucky, am I not??

Chris rolled his eyes. ?(You?re lucky because Mewtwo didn?t decide to kill you or US off.)?

?Oh, by the way,? Vander began as he showed them a disk. ?I found this disk lying on the floor where that man was. I guess it fell off from him.?

Wes looked at the disk and examined it a bit. ?Hmm??

?You can have it as well,? Vander said. ?It?s not mine, but it should help you in some way or another.?

?Thanks,? Wes said as he kept the disk in a pocket. ?Well, I guess that?s it.?

?Hmm?? Vander wondered for a moment. ?You seem to know something about them, right??

Wes nodded. ?They happen to be an organization that sells altered Pok?mon to people. We?re trying to stop their movements by tracking them down.?

?It?s remarkable that such young trainer like you want to stop an organization like that,? Vander remarked.

?(Dude, 10 years old kids are the perfect people to stop evil organizations,)? Pikachu thought.

?Well, you have everything under control so I?ll leave you for now,? Vander said with a chuckle. ?Please, come here to take on the challenge to defeat all the trainers waiting for you. You can also take the challenge as a way to train your Pok?mon while gaining coupons to exchange them for prizes.?

Wes nodded. ?Thanks, I?ll consider the challenge very soon. For now, we have to leave.?

?Good luck, then,? Vander said with a chuckle before he turned around and walked back to the Area 1 where he walked all the way to Area 10.

Rui looked at the Time Flute. ?So this is the Time Flute??

?Pretty much,? Wes said. ?If this has the power to call Celebi, then we should think about how to use it.?

?Why don?t we head down to Agate Village and see by ourselves?? Rui suggested.
Red looked at them. ?You mean we have to go back there??

Wes rubbed his chin a bit. ?Hmm? I think it should be for the best for now,? he said. ?Let?s see what the flute can do for itself.?

The group nodded together before they all left the lobby, leaving the mountain behind as they rode the weird bike to the west.

Agate Village
Relic Forest

Once the group crossed the passage, they all watched as Wes approached the relic. Putting a hand on it, the shady trainer took out the flute as Rui, Red, and Chris watched him from a safe distance.

?Let?s see what this can do?? Wes muttered before he stared at the Time Flute. ??? He raised an eyebrow. ??Er?? He tilted his head. ??What do I do with it again??

The group groaned a bit, annoying Wes a little.

?Okay, if you know how to do this, would someone please use this instrument instead?? Wes asked annoyed as he showed them the flute.

Rui tilted her head and walked to him to take a closer look to the flute. ?Maybe I can do something with it,? she said.

Wes didn?t hesitate to give her the flute. ?Okay, play a song or something.?

A sudden silence came once Rui stared down at the flute in her hands. The trainers blinked confused at this before Wes spoke. ?Rui, are you okay??

??You know?? Rui muttered as she took a closer look of the flute. ??I don?t know why?but I remember a song??

?You do?? Wes asked.

?Yeah?? Rui muttered. ??To be honest?I think I??

The others watched as she stopped talking once she put the flute?s pipe in her lips. The young girl held the flute by the side before she slowly closed her eyes, sounds starting to come from the Time Flute.

For some reason, the melody that Rui played had some sort of effect overall forest as it suddenly became silent. Wes looked around the trees? branches where many Pidgeys were staring down at Rui and the flute in silence. The chirping noises that they were making a moment ago came to a halt as they all decided to listen at the melody from the flute.

Pikachu?s ears perked up after listening to the melody for a while before he closed his eyes and accommodated himself on Chris?s right shoulder to enjoy the song. Red, seeing that Pikachu got a happy expression, rubbed his head bit.

Chris noticed him. ?Are you taking advantage of the situation?? he whispered.

Red chuckled embarrassed. ?W-well, why not? I want to have him on my shoulder one of these days??

??Okay,? Chris said with a chuckle. ??You know, if Pikachu likes the melody as the Pidgeys?why don?t we call everyone out??

??Does everyone count Mewtwo as well??

Chris glanced at Wes and Rui. ??They all know about him. It?s going to be okay, though. He didn?t try to harm us back at Mt. Battle.?

Red took out the Master Ball and stared at it for a moment. ??I hope you?re right?? he muttered worried.

The 2 Smashers called out all their Pok?mon out. Once they all looked around confused, they began to listen at the melody that Rui played. Pichu, Jigglypuff, Squirtle, Ivysaur, and Lucario all closed their eyes and began to listen closely to the tune, the Aura Pok?mon even sat down after a while.

Red looked worried at Mewtwo, who had his arms crossed as his eyes were focused on the Pallet Town trainer. Gulping, Red walked to Mewtwo. ??Mewtwo??

??? Mewtwo kept staring at him.

??You?you?? Red thought hard. ??You have to understand that you had to come with us like this, inside a Master Ball??

??? Mewtwo grunted.

??I?m sorry if I made you angry for being inside something you didn?t want to be in?? Red apologized. ?But please, don?t take it all on me. I just had to do it because my excitement took the better of me??

??Whatever,? Mewtwo said, making Red look at him. ?What?s done is done, Red. I had to admit that it was the best way for me to stay safe from the army.?

?You?re saying you don?t care about being captured by me?? Red asked.

?I despise the Master Ball a lot,? Mewtwo admitted. ?However, I tried to think about what was good for me until I came up with the decision to just stay safe.?

??? Red looked down. ?Even so, I?m sorry??

Mewtwo closed his eyes. ?I?m still a little bit angry, but you should wait until I?ve calmed down.?

The trainer looked worried at Mewtwo before smiling a bit at him. The 2 then began to listen at the melody from the Time Flute in peace.

Wes blinked surprised as Rui played the flute with a perfect symphony that she made. The shady trainer?s look, somehow, looked a little bit amazed.

A Pidgey came from the bushes behind Rui before it looked around and flew to a tree to listen at the melody in peace.

Wes noticed that the Relic Stone began to resonate together with the melody as it glowed brighter than before. Everyone but Rui noticed the bright green light emanating from the Relic Stone, making the background around turn a little bit dark before another different light came from the top of the stone. They all looked at the top where the sphere of green light began to shrink, revealing a Pok?mon that had its eyes closed.

??Celebi?? Wes muttered under his breath.

Before them was the Time Traveling Pok?mon that floated on the air. The traveler Pok?mon opened its eyes and chirped its name happily once it looked at all of them. ?Bi! Bi! Celebi!? it said happily as it circled around the relic before stopping in front of Rui. ?Bibibibi!?

Red?s eyes shook in surprise before he quickly took his Pok?dex to get Celebi?s data quickly, making Chris roll his eyes.

At that moment, Rui stopped playing the flute before she opened her eyes to look directly at Celebi?s face. Her eyes shook a bit in surprise before she spoke. ??Celebi?? she muttered.

Celebi hummed happily before it looked around and saw Wes staring at it. The Legendary Pok?mon blinked at him before it looked down at its belt with the Pok? Balls. Celebi?s eyes widened in shock after it perceived a dark aura emanating from the Ultra Ball that it was able to sense. The Pok?mon looked at Wes and pointed at the sphere.

?Huh?? Wes looked at Celebi. ?What do you want??

?Bibibibibi, Cele, Cele,? Celebi said.

Wes stared at his belt before he grabbed the Ultra Ball. Once he looked at Celebi, it nodded at him.

?This is the Ultra Ball that contains Entei within it,? Wes told Celebi. ?If I take it out, it?s going to attack me. Also, it?s not ready to be purified yet.?

Celebi shook its head and pointed at itself several times.

?What are you trying to say?? Wes asked confused.

?U-um?? Chris decided to speak. ?M-maybe Celebi wants you to release Entei so Celebi does something with it??

Wes looked back at his Ultra Ball. ??Fine,? he said with a sigh. ?Celebi wouldn?t try to play pranks on me, right??

Celebi shook its head sincerely.

??Then?Entei, come on out now!? Wes yelled as he let the Ultra Ball open by itself, shooting a bright light on the floor before it faded and revealed a furious Entei that roared loudly at Wes. Wes looked shocked once the Entei?s mouth began to ignite with fire, indicating it was going to use Flamethrower. ?W-wait, you haven?t even fought that much alongside me and you have Flamethrower already learned?!? Wes asked in shock.

Red looked at Chris. ?What does he mean by that?? he whispered.

Chris thought for a moment. ?Well, thing is, Shadow Pok?mon need to fight so their hearts slowly open up by themselves. Shadow Pok?mon also have their moves ?banned? and they only know how to use Shadow Rush.?

?But if I remember, that Dakim guy told it to use Flamethrower. How come it can use it here??

Chris met a hard question. ??If the Shadow Pok?mon attacks you, it surely means it?s your enemy??

Lucario then remembered something once he looked at Entei. ?Wait, what is Entei doing here?? He looked at Chris. ?Did Wes already snag it??

?U-um?? Chris bowed to Lucario. ?S-sorry, I forgot that you wanted to fight again, Lucario??

Lucario rolled his eyes and grunted. ?Please, remember I?m here with you as well, Chris?? He looked back at Entei. ??Isn?t it gathering fire in its mouth??

The World Traveler remembered that Wes was going to be burned to a crisp. ?OH MY GOD! Lucario, stop Entei!?

?GUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRGH!!!? Lucario roared as he quickly dashed at Entei. The Volcano Pok?mon quickly looked at Lucario and decided to aim its attack at him. However, the Aura Pok?mon proved to be faster than Entei as Lucario sent a hard fist at Entei?s face, making it roll back on the floor in pain before roaring in pain.

??H-how did it do that?? Rui asked surprised. ?Entei was bigger than Lucario was but he managed to push Entei down that easily??

Wes shook his head. ?Who cares about that now? Entei?s getting back up!?

?(I blame myself for not using my aura to make me stronger,)? Lucario grunted mentally as Entei got back up on its feet, growling deeply at its watchers before focusing on Celebi.

However, once it glanced to Celebi?s eyes, Entei looked shocked. Celebi?s eyes were glowing a bit, and Wes noticed the weird move of the Pok?mon. ?(Celebi is?calming Entei from attacking?)? Wes thought interested.

Celebi?s eyes stopped glowing before it flew to the now calm Entei. The Volcano Pok?mon looked calmed as its eyes? sight was being dragged by the peaceful Pok?mon floating around it. Everyone in there watched as Celebi began to glow in a green light that let sparkles fall around Entei. The Legendary Dog?s eyes widened a bit before it sat down while Celebi kept circling around it.

Wes and Rui gasped a bit once the dark aura of Entei began to emanate. However, the aura seemed to be dispersing into the air where it vanished as Celebi?s light began to make Entei glow as well. Some seconds later, the light in Entei soon faded completely as the Volcano Pok?mon looked blankly at the humans and Pok?mon, Celebi chuckling happily as it stopped by its side.

??Entei?? Wes asked.

His Entei looked at him before standing up on its 4 paws. The Volcano Pok?mon walked to him and stopped right in front of Wes. The shady trainer gulped silently at the sight of his owned Pok?mon in front of him while Lucario stared at Entei.

??? Entei nodded to Wes.

??What are you trying to say?? Wes asked.

?Hmm?? Rui wondered for a bit. ?Maybe it?s trying to say that it?s thankful for something? Wait a minute, I can?t see its dark aura anymore!? she said surprised. ?In fact, it?s gone!?

?Really?? Wes asked in surprise before looking at Celebi. ?You?you did this to Entei??

?Bibibi!? Celebi said happily as it flew closer to Wes. ?Bibibibibi, bibibi.?

??I guess you?re trying to say you have the power to purify any Pok?mon without any problems, right?? Wes asked.

Celebi nodded happily.

Wes chuckled and grinned. ??Well, thanks,? he thanked. ?I didn?t want Entei to bite my brains out every time I call it out.?

?Bibibibibi,? Celebi said happily before looking at Rui. ??Biiiiiiiiiiii!?

Rui suddenly smiled a bit. ??Celebi??

?Biiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii?? Celebi said happily as it flew very close to Rui before hugging her neck. ?Celebi!?

??? Rui blinked surprised before she looked at Wes. ??Wes??

?What, are you surprised it hugged you?? Wes asked.

??No, it?s not that?? Rui trailed off. ??I?I?I just?I just??

There was something in Rui?s mind that made her think something that she suddenly remembered after Celebi hugged her, something in her mind that was triggered when she felt Celebi close to her. The young girl?s eyes shook in surprise before looking at Wes.

??I just remembered?how I got my power to see auras??

Red, Chris, the Pok?mon, and even Wes himself gasped a bit after Rui told them that.

Rui looked down at Celebi. ?And I remembered thanks to Celebi?? she muttered as Celebi looked up to her happily. ?In fact, Celebi?was the one who gave that power?somehow??

Wes blinked in confusion. ?Wait, so does that mean you met Celebi before??

Rui slowly hugged Celebi as she looked at him. ?To be honest?yes, I did meet Celebi a long time ago?? She looked at the others. ?Red, remember when I told you I went to my grandparents to say good bye before we left the village??

?Well, yes, you did and I remember? Why?d you ask?? Red asked.

?And remember when I was about to tell you about what my grandparents told me when we were at Mt. Battle??

?Yeah??

??They told me that I surely obtained my power from Celebi itself?? Rui said as she looked at Celebi. ?I?I remember everything now??

Wes took a step forward. ?So, Rui, you say you met Celebi before??

?That?s what I said,? Rui said. ?I can recall the time I met Celebi perfectly now.?

?When was that?? Chris asked.

Rui chuckled and looked up to the sky. ?It was when I was 8 years old, when I wanted to sleep here with my grandparents,? she explained. ?I was really mischievous, I?m telling you. There was once a night where I snuck out from the house to go here and see the Relic Stone with my own eyes. My grandparents told me that Celebi lived here, and I wanted to meet Celebi in person. They surely told me a lot of things about Celebi because they went as far as to tell me that the Time Flute could call it here.?

?Then?? Wes thought for a moment. ??You knew how to play the flute before because you??

Rui nodded with a chuckle. ?Yep, my grandparents taught me themselves. They had a Time Flute with them. When I was very little, I wanted to make sure that I?d meet Celebi for sure. When they showed me how to play the flute, that same day, I snuck out during the night into the forest when the guard wasn?t there??

Flashback

Many years ago, there was a girl running inside the passage to the forest as she held a Time Flute in her right hand. The girl was a young Rui, who ran in a hurry to the other side of the passage. When she was little, she wore smaller versions of her present clothes, the only difference being the red ribbon on her left pigtail.

?I?I?m there?? muttered the young Rui as she saw the moonlight coming from the other side of the passage. ?I?I?m going?to meet Celebi?using the Time Flute?? she said before chuckling. ?And my grandparents won?t know it!?

?I shouldn?t tell you that I was high on sugar that night??

?Then we?ll play tea time, we?re gonna smell flowers, we?re gonna watch TV together, we?re gonna take baths together, and then we?re gonna play tea time while watching TV in the bath together!?

??Seriously, I was crazy back then?a-and stop giving me those looks!?

Once the little girl made it to the other side, she stopped to catch her breath before looking around the tranquil forest. Looking forward, Rui smiled once she spotted the Relic Stone.

?I was really anxious to see Celebi in person that I ran to the relic and stood in front of it,? Rui narrated.

The young Rui stared at the Relic Stone for a moment to order her thoughts a bit before looking down at the Time Flute. Rui smiled a bit at it before she took out a piece of paper with some dots dribbled on it.

?Let?s see?? Rui muttered. ?The song went like this?right?? She chuckled. ?Easy thing to do ?cuz I?ve been practicing in secret.? The girl put the flute?s pipe in her mouth. ?(Okay, I gotta remember how the melody went? Here it goes?)?

After concentrating a bit, Rui began to play the melody exactly as she did in the present. The young girl had her eyes closed to try focus her rhythm perfectly in order to play the right tune. The forest around her became silent, the wind brushing the leaves and branches a bit.

?I was very excited to meet Celebi in person that I memorized the whole song that my grandparents taught me just so I could learn about Celebi,? Rui narrated. ?They told me so many stories about Celebi traveling through time, and I grew very curious??

?And they told you not to approach the forest,? Wes said.

??Pretty much?? Rui said. ?The forest was a sacred place that nobody should visit. The whole village worships the forest very much that they don?t want anyone else to enter. People like Cipher aren?t allowed here, so that?s why they have to keep a guard so nobody enters?but the guard at the entrance was asleep that night, and I took the advantage to sneak in.?

The young Rui kept playing the melody for a little while. She opened her eyes and shifted them around to see if something happened. Once she looked at the Relic Stone, nothing seemed to happen at all. Making a worried face, the girl stopped playing and lowered her flute in disappointment.

?Celebi?? Rui asked. ?W-where are you? ?Why didn?t you appear??

?I got a little bit upset after Celebi didn?t appear thanks to the Time Flute I had,? Rui explained. ?I was a little bit heartbroken when nothing happened in the forest; not even a single glow.?

The young girl grabbed the flute with both hands and looked down. ??What happened??  she wondered. ?I thought I played the song right?? She sighed before turning around the passage. ??Maybe I shouldn?t have come here??

The depressed Rui began to walk back into the cave, still looking down in shame after no event happened.

As she walked to the cave, she noticed that there was a sign of green illumination that came from behind her after she looked at the cave enlightening a bit with the light. The girl gasped a bit and turned around to find the Relic Stone glowing.

?W-what?? Rui asked. ?W-what is happening??

?I got shocked when the Relic Stone began to shine like that,? Rui explained. ?I didn?t see it glow before so you would guess my reaction when I was little??

The monument began to glow brighter, making Rui fall back on her rear as she looked a bit scared. She thought Celebi was just going to appear from the forest, not make the funny-looking stone glow, at least that was she thought as she clutched herself a bit.
From the top of the Relic Stone, a green sphere of light began to appear. The shocked girl thought it was going to attack her so she covered her face.

?I should have run to a tree instead of doing that??

?If I don?t see it, it won?t hurt me!? the young Rui yelled.

?Gosh, I was embarrassing back then??

The young girl trembled a little in fear once she noticed the light was gone between her fingers. Rui gulped a bit before removing her hands off her face. She suddenly blinked surprised when someone was some mere feet away from her face.
?K-KYAH!? Rui yelped as she moved back from the Pok?mon in front of her. ?W-what happened here? H-how did you get here?!? she asked in fear.

The Pok?mon in front of her tilted its head curiously before floating closer to her.

??C-Celebi?? Rui asked suddenly as she took a closer look to the Pok?mon. ?I-is that really you??

Celebi tilted its head a bit before it nodded happily. ?Bibibibi!? it said happily.

??W-well?? Rui shifted her eyes. ?H-how did you come here? D-did you hear the melody from my Time Flute??

Celebi looked at Rui?s right hand where the flute was. The Pok?mon chuckled happily as it nodded. ?Bibibi! Bibibibi, bibibibibi!?

??? Rui managed to make a small smile. ?N-no way, I called you with the flute??

?Bibibibibi,? Celebi said. ?Celebi, lebi, Celebi, bi.?

?I wished I could have understood Celebi better??

??Oooooooooh, you came here to play with me?? Rui asked.

Celebi looked confused at her for a moment without doing anything except floating.

??I?guess not?? Rui asked.

Celebi merely blinked at her.

??? Rui looked down. ?B-but?I wanted to meet you so we could play together?? Rui sniffed a bit. ?I?I just wanted to play with you, Celebi??

??? Celebi floated close to her and pointed at the Time Flute. ?Bibibibi??

?H-huh?? Rui looked at the flute. ?W-what are you trying to say??

Celebi smiled. ?Bibibibibibibibibiiiiiiii!? It put its hands to its right where it tried to tell something to Rui. The young girl saw Celebi blowing air at the side of its hands as it looked at her.

It was a matter of time before Rui understood the message. ?Aaaah, you want me to play the flute again??

Celebi stopped its mimic and nodded happily. ?Bibibibibi!?

??Okay!? Rui said cheerfully. ?But?can you promise me something??

Celebi tilted its head confused.

?If I play the flute, can you play with me this time?? Rui asked as she joined her hands. ?Please, I really wanna play with someone so special like you! I-I wanted to play with you a long time ago after my grandparents told me so much about, Celebi!?

The Pok?mon gasped a bit as Rui hopped in her feet a little bit.

?Please, please, please, please, please, please?? Rui asked repeatedly.

??Bibibibibi,? Celebi said, smiling at her.

Rui gasped excited. ?Y-you mean it? You?re going to play with me??

?Biiiiiiiii!? Celebi nodded.

?I was so happy when Celebi told me that?? Rui said. ?I was so lucky that Celebi wanted to play with me. So, to fulfill the promise, I played the flute??

After a small while, Rui coughed a bit before she started to play the flute with the same tune from before. Celebi closed its eyes and smiled a bit as the melody echoed through the surroundings. The Time Travel Pok?mon began to dance around in the air, flying across the forest as Rui played and watched Celebi flying about. Rui smiled a bit as she kept blowing into the flute while Celebi said its name happily, echoing through the trees and leaves.

?I watched Celebi dancing and flying around,? Rui explained. ?Celebi was glowing, and it released some green sparkles that trailed off from behind it, touching the branches and leaves. You should have seen it, Wes, it was so beautiful when the sparkles kept shining??

?Wes isn?t exactly a fan of beautiful things, though?? Red muttered.

The young girl giggled happily as Celebi flew around in the forest. The Time Travel Pok?mon suddenly turned towards her to return to Rui, stopping flying as it floated close, still releasing the sparkles of light that fell on the floor. The young girl stopped playing the flute before giggling at Celebi. ?Okay, did you enjoy my performance??

?Bibibibibibi!? Celebi said happily.

?Now,? Rui began as she pointed the vanishing flute at Celebi. ?You need to play with me or else I?I?I?IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII??

?For my surprise, the very same flute I used started to vanish like magic?? Rui explained. ?I really got shocked once the flute began to feel?like nothing in my hand. To be precise, it was floating in midair when I pulled my hand back.? She looked at her hand, the flute already gone. ?Look, I don?t have that Time Flute with me anymore.?

?W-wah!? Rui pulled back her hand from the vanishing flute before it completely disappeared in the air. ?W-what did just happen??

?After I asked myself the reason behind the disappearance of the flute, I remembered my grandparents telling me that there were very few Time Flutes hidden across Orre. My grandma told me that the flutes are special because they can be used one time only to call Celebi.?

The young Rui looked shocked after the flute disappeared. Celebi merely blinked and tilted its head a bit at this. ?O-oh no?I remember these flutes can only be used once?? She looked worried. ?A-and worse yet, I took this directly from my grandpa?s drawer in their room! T-they?re going to find out I used it since I wanted to come here during the day!?

Celebi saw Rui?s panicked expression. The young girl put her hands on her head and shook them all slowly to think of something about the flute?s disappearance. The Time Travel Pok?mon put a hand close to its mouth before looking around. Celebi then flew away to pick something from the ground. The Time Travel looked happy and returned to the panicking Rui before touching her head to make her look at it.

??Huh?? Rui looked at the object on Celebi?s right hand. ??Wait, you?re trying to say you want me to use that branch as a replacement??

?Bi!? Celebi nodded.

??It?s not going to work that way?? Rui rubbed her chin. ??I have to admit the branch looks a little bit like the flute from a far view??

?And I had to admit it didn?t even look like the flute AT ALL??

The young Rui chuckled to herself before taking the branch from Celebi. Both of them chuckled to each other after Rui kept the item in her jacket.

?After that, Celebi made his promise, and we played all night with each other. We played hide-and-seek in the trees; we looked around the forest to see the sleeping Pok?mon like Pidgeys and Spinaraks, we ate some apples that Celebi found in some trees, and I told Celebi everything about my life with my grandparents and such,? Rui explained. ??I had a lot of fun with Celebi?and I started to think Celebi was my first Pok?mon ever since that night??

Very soon, the 2 got tired, and Rui decided to call it a night. The young girl then remembered that Celebi had to go away and not return until someone else played the Time Flute. The Time Travel Pok?mon looked worried as it and Rui were close to the passage.

??They told me that you won?t return unless I use another Time Flute?? Rui said depressed before she sniffed, making Celebi gasp a bit. ?I-I want you to stay here with me, Celebi??

?Biiiiii?? Celebi said depressed.

?C-can?t you just come back to this time period to play again with me??

Celebi looked down and shook its head.

?W-why?? Rui asked before she started to sob. ?W-why can?t you stay here? D-do I annoy you or something??

Celebi gasped. ?Bibibibibibi! Celebibibibibi!?

Rui tried to wipe off her tears before looking at Celebi. ?Then why do you have to travel around time, anyway?? she asked by yelling loudly. ?I don?t see why you need to go around and visit peaceful times! Every single time is peaceful!?

?Bibibibibibibi?? Celebi looked down and shook its head. ?Bibibibibi??

??What?? Rui calmed down a bit and looked at Celebi?s depressed look. ?You?re saying you don?t only go to peaceful times??

??Bibibibi?? Celebi said.

?I was lucky back then,? Rui narrated. ?For being a small child, I managed to tell what Celebi wanted to say??

??You mean you go to other time periods where there are no peaceful times??

Celebi took a moment of silence before nodding in shame.

??You go to dangerous time periods as well, then??

Celebi nodded in shame.

??Why?? Rui asked. ?I just don?t understand you??

?Bibibibibi,? Celebi said as it pointed at the trees. ?Bibibibibi??

Rui tilted her head a bit. ?The trees??

?Bibibibibibibi, Celebi!? Celebi suddenly said shocked. ?Celebi, bibi, Cele, bibibibi!? It moved its hands like it tried to imitate something like fire going up. ?Bibibibiiiiiiii!?

??Fire??

?Bibibibi!?

Rui wondered for a bit. ??You?re saying that?hmm?you travel to dangerous times?to?hmm?make them?peaceful??

??? Celebi nodded.

??And you do?what?? Rui asked. ?You put out forest fires??

?Bibibibibi,? Celebi said nodding.

??I see?? Rui said depressed. ?So?you travel through time in order to save forests that were once burned?? Rui asked and Celebi nodded. ??But aren?t you messing with time??

Celebi shook its head and smiled.

??Oh, right!? Rui said. ?You?re just doing the right thing for other Pok?mon, right??

?Bibi, Celebi, bi, Celebi,? Celebi said happily.

??You?re so gentle,? Rui remarked with a giggle. ?You do that every day??

Celebi shook its head.

?Ah, you also enjoy meeting others like me, right??

?Bi!?

?I knew it!? Rui said happily. ?You?re one of the kindest Pok?mon who helps other no matter what is there, right??

?Bi, Celebibi!? Celebi nodded happily as it flew around Rui, making her laugh a bit together with it.

?I was happy to know Celebi had a good reason to travel through time,? Rui said. ?It traveled to peaceful times where danger was afoot. I understood Celebi very well, you know??

?That doesn?t explain how you got your powers, Rui,? Wes said.

?Well?it was just before I left Celebi, actually??

Rui and Celebi chuckled to each other before the young girl yawned loudly, lifting her hands to the air. ?Well?I want to go to sleep now, Celebi?? she muttered, mumbling a bit. ??I guess I won?t see you until I use a Time Flute, right??

?Ce, Ce, Bibibibi,? Celebi said, smiling a bit at her.

Rui giggled a bit. ?It?s okay, I won?t cry?? she muttered as she sniffed a bit. ??I won?t cry??

Celebi blinked a bit before touching Rui?s head. The young girl stopped a sniff before looking back at Celebi. ?Bibibibi, Cele?? Celebi?s eyes suddenly glowed.

??Huh?? Rui blinked confused at this. ?W-why are your eyes glowing like that??

?And then, suddenly, I felt like something entered through my eyes?? Rui narrated. ?There was an odd feeling in me that made my vision go blurry for a minute. I kept staring at Celebi as its eyes glowed green? Celebi was surely doing something to me before it would leave me. At first, I didn?t know what, but once it stopped, I was able to blink and look around??

The young girl stared blankly at Celebi, who smiled a bit at her. ?W-what did you just do?? Rui asked.

?Of course, I couldn?t tell what Celebi told me, though??

Celebi began saying its name many times, but unfortunately, Rui didn?t understand most of it. Seeing that it was surely something important, the girl just giggled and nodded enthusiastically. ?Oh, I see!? the girl said clueless. ?You gave me some kind of power, right??

?Celebi, bi!? Celebi said happily before turning around. ?Bibi, Cele,? it said, waving a hand at Rui.

??Wait!? Rui said as she held out her right hand at Celebi as it flied to the Relic Stone. ?I-I was kidding, what did you give me?? she asked confused. ?I mean, did you give me the power to fly or something? If so, I?ll try it right away!?

?Bad choice??

The young girl leaped forward, flapped her arms quickly, but then fell down and hit the floor, making her moan in pain as Celebi chuckled to itself, glowing brightly in a green aura together with the Relic Stone as it stopped flying on top of the monument.

After pushing herself up, Rui shook her head and stood up to look up at the glowing Celebi. ?W-wait, are you leaving now??

?Celebibibibibi!? Celebi said happily.

?B-but wait!? Rui yelled. ?I-I haven?t told you my name yet! M-my name is Rui, nice to meet you!?

??? Celebi smiled happily. ??Nice to meet you, Rui. I have to leave for now, is that fine with you? I hope so!?

??? Rui looked shocked as she took a step back. Did she just hear Celebi speaking English? ?D-did you just talk?w-with your mouth??

The only response that Rui got was Celebi teleporting away from the forest. The young girl gasped and looked around as the Relic Stone began to dim down until it turned back to normal. Rui looked around the forest for any traces of Celebi, but obviously, there were none.

??Celebiiiiiiiiiiiii!? Rui yelled as she put her hands close to the sides of her mouth. ?Celebi, where are youuuuuuuuu?! Celebiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!?

?I wanted to find Celebi in the forest again,? Rui said depressed. ?After it left, I thought Celebi wasn?t going to come back again. I was desperate to find Celebi again, but it was useless, and I kept yelling at no one?until someone else heard my yells??

The young girl stopped yelling at the trees before she heard some footsteps and yells coming from the passage. She gasped a bit once she turned around to find a worried Eagun kneeling down to see her. ?Rui!? he yelled. ?My goodness, you?re alright, my girl!?

?G-grandpa!? Rui yelled surprised. ?H-how did you know I was here??

?Well, little girl, I have some tea sometimes during the nights, and I went to see if you were in your room, but you weren?t there anymore,? Eagun explained. ?I panicked a bit, but I wanted to see where you ran off to. I didn?t tell Beluh this because I didn?t want to start an uproar. When I noticed the Time Flute was gone, I thought you took it and ran off to the forest.?

Rui blushed a bit embarrassed as she folded her arms. ?W-well, yes, I did take it??

??Phew,? Eagun sighed. ?Well, Rui, I hope you didn?t use it before I came here??

?Oh, was I so dead during that moment??

Rui began to sweat a bit before she quickly showed Eagun the branch that Celebi gave her. ?O-of course not,? she said with a gulp. ?S-see? T-the Time Flute is right here, safe and sound!? She chuckled a bit. ?Heheheheheh, get it? Sound? Time Flute??

The tension in her grew bigger as Eagun examined the branch. Rui knew Eagun wouldn?t fall for such a childish trick after he took the ?instrument? off her hands.

??Rui?? Eagun said disappointed.

Rui smacked her palms together and bowed. ?L-look, I?m so, SO sorry if I-?

?There are some cloth balls all over it!? Eagun interrupted her granddaughter.

Looking up confused, Rui raised an eyebrow. ??What did you say, grandpa??

?Look at this mess?? Eagun said as he took off some cloth balls that surely got stuck on the branch when the girl kept it close inside her jacket. The girl?s mouth hung a little bit open before her grandpa tossed all the balls away to the ground. ?There, it?s clean now.?

?B-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b?? Rui couldn?t just find the right words after Eagun was easily tricked into believing he was holding the ?Time Flute? and not a branch.

?There, there, Rui,? Eagun said, rubbing her head. ?You didn?t use it, so it?s all good, my girl.?

??I decided to stay silent so he wouldn?t punish me or something?? Rui said embarrassed.

Rui blinked a little bit nervous before chuckling. ?Heheheheheh, a-am I a little good girl, grandpa??

?Well, what do you think you are after wandering all the way here without permission?? Eagun asked.

??Crud,? Rui muttered.

?Come now,? Eagun said as he turned at the passage. ?We shouldn?t stay here any longer.?

End of flashback

Rui chuckled after narrating them her story. ?After grandpa took me back home, he put the ?Time Flute? back in its place. I decided to stay silent about Celebi or else he would have punished me?a bit, I guess.?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 25, 2009, 02:56:39 PM
Wes, Red, Chris, and the Pok?mon stared at her and Celebi.

??? Rui looked down at Celebi. ?I started to notice that I could sense auras if I concentrated long enough,? she explained. ?I have to tell you something about it. Sensing auras is a really hard think to do because, for me, they seem so dim and almost small, but when I first spotted a Shadow Pok?mon?the aura was easy, yet so powerful. I was frightened when I saw that Makuhita, and those 2 thugs took a hold of me when I yelled about its aura?? Rui looked at Wes. ?Then, I wound up meeting you, Wes?? She looked down at Celebi. ?If it wasn?t for you, Celebi, I wouldn?t have been here or even hear about Shadow Pok?mon??

?Bibibi,? Celebi said happily.

Wes crossed his arms. ?There?s something in your story that doesn?t make sense, though??

Rui looked at him. ?What would that be??

?I forgot, but didn?t you say Celebi?talked??

Rui blinked a few times before getting an annoyed look to Celebi. ?Wait just a minute there! Don?t try to lie to me this time, you. I DID think that was you talking, Celebi!?

Celebi chuckled and pushed itself from her, floating in the air.

?Okay, I have another chance to talk with you, Celebi,? Rui said. ?Was it you who spoke to me??

The Time Travel Pok?mon folded its thin arms and looked around in the sky while it hummed.

??Celebi, it was you, right??

Celebi looked at her and chuckled. ??Of course it was me.?

Wes, Red, Chris, and the Pok?mon gasped once they all saw Celebi talking through its mouth. Rui was the most shocked one after hearing Celebi?s somewhat high-pitched voice.

?O-oh my?? Rui said, covering her mouth with her hands. ?Y-y-y-y-y-you just spoke!?

Celebi chuckled. ?Of course I spoke, Rui,? it said to her. ?You didn?t even think I was only obliged to talk with ?bis? and ?Cele,? did you?? Celebi chuckled again. ?I?m way wiser than that because I'm a Psychic Pok?mon.?

Wes stared at Celebi in surprise before speaking. ?Celebi??

Celebi turned around. ?Yes? Do you have something to ask me? Your face has that look, I know.?

?Yes,? Wes said. ?I wanted to ask you, after noticing you can talk, about why you gave Rui that power to see auras.?

Celebi looked worried. ??I gave her that because?she was the only one who called me here?? Celebi looked at all of them. ?In truth, I gave Rui that power because I already knew how the events would turn out in the future.?

?You?re saying you traveled in the future?? Chris asked.

Celebi nodded. ?That?s right. I knew the Shadow Pok?mon would eventually appear.? It played with its small hands. ?I sensed that the future of Orre was going to be a very bad one, so I went to the future to see what it?d look like?and what I found wasn?t pretty??

Wes nodded. ?You saw the Shadow Pok?mon from a safe distance.?

?Exactly,? Celebi said. ?There were lots of them everywhere, though? Right now, there seems to be a small percentage of Shadow Pok?mon, but it?s growing in numbers as time passes. I was stuck in that period, though.?

?You were stuck?? Red asked.

?I was stuck because I didn?t know what to do,? Celebi admitted. ?If I was seen purifying a Shadow Pok?mon, that organization called Cipher would have spotted me and captured me in some way??

Wes thought for a moment. ?But you can warp, can?t you??

?I can, but Cipher?s technology is a little bit advanced to prevent me from warping in time,? Celebi said. ?They sent people here to destroy the Relic Stone, right??

?Yeah.?

?They were surely looking for me so there wouldn?t be a way to purify Shadow Pok?mon,? Celebi explained. ?The Relic Stone is a very important artifact. I was the one who created this.?

?You created the Relic Stone here?? Rui asked. ?Why??

?I created the Relic Stone in order for people to call me using the Time Flutes that were created by the people who worshipped me a long time ago,? Celebi explained. ?I made the Relic Stone a very long time ago in this place because it?s really peaceful. Look at the scenery?? Celebi smiled. ?It?s just so beautiful and pacific enough for me to dwell.?

?Interesting, I must say?? Wes said. ?Let me get this straight. You?re saying you knew the Shadow Pok?mon would appear, right??

?Yes,? Celebi said.

?And I would assume it was before you met Rui, right??

Celebi nodded. ?That?s exactly the truth,? it said. ?The future of Orre was going to be a really bad one with the Shadow Pok?mon?? Celebi looked down. ?If I let the time go as it is, the Orre Region would have been overrun by countless and countless of Shadow Pok?mon?? It began to shake its head. ??And worse yet, it would have spread all over the world, and Cipher would have commanded an army of them??

The World Traveler blinked in surprise at this. ??That would be horrible??

Wes looked away. ?(Yeah, put the trainer calling a Shadow Pok?mon out and the Pok?mon would kill him or her off?)?

?But why me?? Rui asked. ?Why did you want me to have the power to see auras??

Celebi looked at her. ?You were the only person closest to the timeline where the Shadow Pok?mon would appear,? it explained. ?I saw your future. Do you remember the Makuhita you saw before? You would have passed through there and not see its aura with the power I gave you.? Celebi nodded. ?I was so lucky to find a person who would use a Time Flute to call me. I knew it was so risky to put you in this, but it was the best option to keep the future of Orre safe?? Celebi looked down. ??I?m sorry for giving you the power without your permission??

Rui noticed the sad look on Celebi?s face. The girl looked at it worried before smiling. ?It?s okay, really??

?What?? Celebi looked at her. ?You?re not upset that I chose you??

?Why?? Rui asked. ?You just gave a very important mission no one else could do! I like to do thrills in life, and I like Pok?mon very much as well. You gave the opportunity of a lifetime, Celebi!? She looked at Wes. ?I wouldn?t have met Wes if you didn?t give me the power to see auras, Celebi?? She made a happy expression. ?I should have disobeyed my grandpa in coming here with the Time Flute, don?t you think??

??Heheheheh,? Celebi chuckled. ?I guess you?re right, Rui. Your excitement to meet me eventually gave you a very important mission to keep Orre?s future safe.? It turned around to look at Wes. ?And you got yourself a partner.?

?Hey, the partner here is Rui, not me,? Wes responded.

?No, you?re both partners,? Celebi said. ?In the future, I saw you.?

??What??

Celebi nodded. ?You would have used the Snag Machine without Rui around. You would be at a loss to identify Shadow Pok?mon. This problem would turn you into an accidental thief before getting in jail?? It looked worried. ??Worse of all, you seemed to enjoy it so much??

Wes?s eyes widened a bit but looked away with a sulk.

??You seem to have some troubles with your past, am I right?? Celebi asked, tilting its head. ?I can tell your past wasn?t a pretty on-?

?Would you just shut up?? Wes asked.

Celebi gasped. ?O-oh, sorry, I think I was being a little bit rude??

?You were, now don?t go and spy my past, please,? Wes said, still staring away.

Pikachu narrowed his eyes. ?(Thanks, Celebi, you just reminded me of something I can find out through Umbreon and Espeon?)?

Celebi looked back at Rui. ?So then, are you okay with the task I gave you??

Rui nodded. ?Absolutely? I don?t want to see Shadow Pok?mon spreading out to the other regions??

?It would be so bad that way,? Celebi said. ?This wrong process to turn them into Shadow Pok?mon would reach Legendary Pok?mon as well, and then that would be really worse??

Rui looked at Celebi with a smile. ?Thanks, though. I?ll use this power for greater good.?

?That?s more like it!? Celebi said enthusiastically. ?I trust you and Wes that you will do it just fine.?

??Wait,? Wes interrupted as he turned around to look at Celebi. ?Do you know if we can really defeat Cipher if we keep going like this??

?That?s?something I don?t know?? Celebi admitted. ?I could go to the future, but you know?? It chuckled a bit. ?It?s up to you to find out.?

?What?? Wes asked. ?So you?re telling me you know the outcome??

?I do, but sometimes I forget,? Celebi said, confusing the whole group. ?I?ll let you shape your path alone. I don?t want to spoil your future. Do you really want me to tell you something you want to see by yourself without knowing what will happen??

??I guess,? Wes said.

?There you have it,? Celebi said with a chuckle before turning to Rui. ?I have to go for now, Rui? There are other time periods I?d like to see??

Rui nodded. ?I understand.?

?Good, but you can call me back once you find another Time Flute,? Celebi reminded her. ?I suggest you should call me to purify really strong Pok?mon like Entei, for example.? Celebi looked at Entei. The Volcano Pok?mon looked at it and nodded in gratitude. ?Legendary Pok?mon are really hard to purify by normal means. My power can make the process really easier.?

?I?ll have that in mind,? Wes said.

Celebi began to glow together with Relic Stone as it flew on top of it. Once it reached the top, it looked back to the whole group. ?So then, it?s time for to go. Wes, Rui, people I barely even saw, it?s up to you to save Orre before the Shadow Pok?mon conquer it and the whole world.?

Red gulped. ?(I?m very young and Celebi wants me to save the whole world?)?

?(That?s how it always works,)? Pikachu told him. ?(Trust me.)?

The Time Travel Pok?mon looked once more at Rui and laughed a bit. ?I?ll be wandering through time, so call me when you want to talk again and purify a Shadow Pok?mon.?

Rui began to wave her right hand at Celebi. ?You don?t worry, Celebi.?

The Time Travel Pok?mon flipped in the air before the light in it shone bright enough to cover itself. ?Well, time for me to go. Good luck to you all, you hear me? Good luck!? it said enthusiastically before, in a flash, Celebi disappeared, making the relic stop glowing, the scenery around turning on with the light from the sun.

After staring at the relic, Rui sighed pleased. ??I?m glad I was able to know the reason behind my power??

Chris hummed happily. ?(I?m glad I discovered something really interesting.)?

?(I?m glad I wasn?t spoiled about my future of being a professional singer,)? Jigglypuff thought happily.

Red looked down at Ivysaur. The Seed Pok?mon was?bowing several times. ?(What are you doing?)?

?(I met Celebi, I?m not worthy enough. I met Celebi, I?m not worthy enough?)? Ivysaur prayed, making Red roll his eyes.

Wes looked at Entei and decided to return it to its Pok? Ball. ?Well, now you know your power?s origin.?

Rui nodded. ?And now we can resume with our mission?? she said before she looked at the Smashers, ?with them, of course.?

Wes stared at Mewtwo and Red for a moment. The shady trainer narrowed his eyes at them before walking to the passage. Wes also took a glance of Lucario. ?Okay, we need to head to Pyrite Town.?

?What?? Rui asked. ?Why do we have to go there??

?I received another email from Duking,? Wes said. ?It said that they captured some of Miror. B?s members. He told us to go to Pyrite and interrogate them.? He looked at the Smashers. ?Do you know about Pyrite Town? It?s a town full of thieves. I?d watch out if I were you.?

?Why?s that?? Red asked.

?Most of the people you meet there are bandits. They?ll steal something from you when you less expect it,? Wes warned them. ?Call all your Pok?mon back, we?re going to Pyrite Town. You better be prepared for the people in there??

Pyrite Town
Entrance

The group, after taking a long trip to the south near the canyons, arriving at sunset, reached the town of bandits, thugs, and thieves. Red and Chris didn?t like the town?s appearance already?

?Is this the town?? Red asked.

?Yeah,? Wes said. ?Be careful now.?

The 2 Smasher trainers glanced around. Almost half of the people they saw were giving them sharp and odd looks. The residents of the town knew very well that Red and Chris were 2 new visitors. This put them in a dangerous situation.

?They like new visitors, just warning you,? Wes told them as they walked into the town.

The World Traveler gulped. ??I don?t know you, Red, but I?m calling my bodyguard here,? Chris said as he called Lucario out. The Aura Pok?mon looked at Chris. ?I need you to protect me from the thieves in here. Would you mind if you can do it??

Lucario looked at the people and nodded, giving them a death glare to see if they would stop looking at them. However, this only made them grow interested in the group even more than before.

?Duking told me that Miror. B.?s members were arrested at the police station. It should be close to here,? Wes told them as they walked through the dirty, small streets of the small town. ?It?s right over there.?

At that moment, the World Traveler accidentally bumped into a shady guy; a Rider trainer. ?Oh, sorry there,? he responded before walking away.

??GRRRRRRRRRRRR!? Lucario suddenly grunted and went after the same guy.

The group stopped walking as Chris gasped. ?L-Lucario, what are you doing? Come back here! It was just an acciden-?

?UAH!?

After the scream, fists flew to the Rider trainer?

Seeing the rather violent scene, Chris ran towards Lucario in time to stop him from killing the Rider. ?L-Lucario, stop!? he ordered, to the point where Lucario had the trainer?s neck in his right hand, growling down at him. ?S-sorry fo-?

?O-okay, okay!? the Rider interrupted as he tossed Chris a familiar wallet. ?I-I won?t steal from him again, just let me live, please!?

?GRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!? Lucario pulled the Rider?s face close to his, showing a wild look.

?AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!? the Rider screamed loudly before Lucario let go of him. Wes watched amused as the Rider clumsily ran away from the furious Aura Pok?mon.

??? Chris looked at the wallet. ?Oh, he bumped into me to steal my wallet from my pocket?? He looked at Lucario and smiled a bit. ?Thank you so much, Lucario.?

His Pok?mon replied by nodding, letting out a small growl that made Chris rub his head a bit.

Wes chuckled a bit at this. ?I just love to see thieves getting what they deserve.?

Rui and Red looked at him. ?Weren?t you one, though?? Red asked.

?That?s why I?m glad I can repent for my actions,? Wes said. ?Okay, let?s go to the station.?

A while later?

After interrogating the members, 1 of them being asleep, Wes was able to find something that fell off from the thug. The shady trainer found a key to an elevator located somewhere in the city.

?Was it good for you to steal that key from her?? Rui asked as the group continued their way deeper into the town, people giving them their looks.

?They?re thugs, and they had crucial info about Cipher,? Wes explained. ?They won?t miss a key.?

Red and Chris were looking around, feeling uncomfortable with the thieves looking at them. There wasn?t day where you would see 4 people and a rare Pok?mon walking through Pyrite Town. It was obvious that the people of Pyrite were aware of the new visitors.

The group eventually crossed the Duel Square, where people would battle each other for the fun of it. This was the only place of the whole town where there were some honest people. Wes happened to know everyone in there since he fought them all to get their Shadow Pok?mon.

The only weird thing that puzzled Wes was the fact that the trainers didn?t even ask him for their Shadow Pok?mon. This was probably due to Wes halting Miror B.?s moves in the town since he was considered the ruler until Wes defeated him, liberating the town form his control.

That didn?t mean the residents would stop being thieves, though.

?C-can we move on?? Red muttered. ?The kid with the roller blades is scaring me??

Once they crossed the Duel Square, Wes looked at the building where it was once one of Cipher?s hideouts. The shady trainer recalled seeing something in the first floor that looked like an elevator. ?Rui, remember that place??

?Why, yes,? Rui said. ?We stormed inside like 2 days ago. How could I forget??

?If you didn?t forget, did you remember seeing something like an elevator??

??Hmm?oh right,? Rui said. ?There was the girl in front of it. She seemed to be guarding it, right??

?Well, true,? Wes said. ?I checked it but it needed a key. Do you think this is the key??

?It may be as well that,? Rui said as she went to the entrance?s door, which was an automatic one as it slid down to open the way inside. ?Let?s go check it out.?

Chris looked around. ??Hold on! I lost my DS!?

The growls from the Aura Pok?mon came from behind them with some yells coming from a kid.

Wes chuckled at this as the World Traveler went after Lucario. ?Priceless?? he muttered pleased.

Pyrite Building

Once the group (after Lucario almost killed the kid who stole Chris?s DS) entered the building, they found a lot of broken barrels, water leaking out from tubes on the ceiling, poorly maintained floor tiles, and a counter that had a PC and a Pok?mon Restoration Machine (a machine that could either be found in Pok?mon Centers or around in some places) behind.

?Eww, this place stinks?? Chris said as he pinched his nose. ?It?s too damp??

?Tolerate the odor and you?ll be fine,? Wes said as he looked to the right. ?If I remember, the elevator should be turning around left over the other side of the counter.?

The group proceeded to walk all the way to the other side before turning to the left, finding a girl in front of what looked to be an old elevator. The girl was a Chaser trainer that wore a headband that had 2 long trail cloths that ran all the way down her back.

?Halt!? she yelled. ?You can?t pass through here!?

Wes rolled his eyes. ?I already defeated you once. I don?t care about you, anyway.?

The Chaser trainer made a shocked look once the group merely ignored her, used the key to the elevator, walked inside the elevator, turned around to see her one last time before the elevator began to move down.

?W-wait just there!? the Chaser yelled. ?You can?t ju-?

?Yes we can, now shut up,? Wes said, making the whole group chuckle before the Chaser trainer began to hit the bars of the elevator in anger.

The Under
Town

Pok?mon Colosseum ? The Under

It there was some kind of leader board about the most dangerous places in Orre, The Under would have ranked first with Pyrite Town being second.

The Under was an underground city where sewer pipers ran along the walls (at least some) and people actually lived. Wes himself didn?t know much about the city, but he heard rumors about a town that resided just below the cliffs of Pyrite Town that were located underneath the bridge that led to the coliseum of Pyrite Town. The rumor proved to be true, much for his surprise.

The underground city was hidden in darkness, the only means of illumination being the poles and dazzling extravagant signs? lights that adorned the few buildings. From time to time, something would fall from above where the cliffs were. The town itself was a little bit big, being in front of another chasm (below the cliffs) that had the coliseum of The Under across it. Not only those were the highlights of the town but also there were also many TVs that were used as broadcasting system for something.

?I never thought there would be an underground town in here,? Rui said as she folded her arms and looked around with everyone.

?Aw, god, it stinks even worse in here?? Chris said. ?How can people live in this place??

?They get used to it, I guess,? Wes said as he looked at the right to look at the city. ?Now, what should we do here??

?Look around until something comes up?? Red suggested.

?Interrogate people?? Rui asked.

?Wait for something to happen?? Chris suggested.

?Our 3 suggestions at the same time?? Red, Rui, and Chris asked in unison.

Wes looked at them annoyed. ?Well??

At that moment, a nearby TV on top of a bronze wall turned on by itself with some tune playing. The 5 characters saw as the rest of the TVs across the town turned on in the same channel, making everyone look at them instantly.

?What is happening?? Red asked.

Once they looked up to the TV, the image of a woman appeared. She was dressed with several layers of pink silk on her shoulders, long white skirt, and her back as well. She had brown hair with some braids hanging around her head. On her back, there was some kind of levitating crescent moon-shaped object that floated by itself. The woman looked cheerfully.

?Heeeeeeeellooooooo everyone! I?m your Venus!? she greeted. ?Welcome to yet another wonderful time for The Under Time, your hostess truly, Lady Venus in person!?

Many cheers came from the town itself, making the group look back a bit before focusing in the TV.

Red leaned towards Rui. ?Something is telling me that she is surely some kind of boss to this place??

?I guess,? Rui whispered.

?Hmm-hm! I can hear your cheers pretty well from here, my lovely citizens!? Venus said. ?Okay, it?s time for some breaking news! Recently, I heard from a little birdie that we got ourselves some intruders right now.?

The group gasped once Venus informed the whole town about the intruders. She surely meant them.

?That?s so bad, you know?? Venus asked worried. ?Do we really want intruders to mix with us and steal my valuable information? Do you want that??

Many negative responses came from the town, making a big echo.

?I know I was right, after all, I?m your Venus,? she said with a wink. ?Anyway, I want to announce that whoever captures the intruders will receive a special gift from me. Be on the lookout so you can have the chance to meet me and be broadcast in The Under Time!? she said excited. ?That?s all I have to say for today. Please stay tuned for more The Under Time and me as well. Bye bye!? she said cheerfully before the signal ended.

??She has a lot of vanity and a big ego?? Chris muttered.

Wes grunted and made a right fist. ?dangit, they know of us??

?But how did she know we came here?? Rui asked. ?I mean, we just barely walked out from the elevator!?

?Maybe?? Red wondered for a bit. ??Can we assume that the elevator hasn?t been used for a long time? Look at it,? he said as they all looked at the elevator. ?Isn?t it pretty big to transport anyone here? Someone could have seen us from somewhere and well?he or she reported this to that Venus woman??

Wes thought for a moment. ??It makes a little bit of sense, but it should be that,? he said. ?Duking and Silva would have alerted us from people coming from the building.?

Chris looked worried. ?What do we now??

Wes looked back at the town and glared at it. ??We?ll have to go in and wish for us to blend in.?

?That?s asking for suicide right there?? Red said worried.

?No, I?m confident that this will work,? Wes said before he began to walk down the platform they stepped on through some stairs of steel. ?Trust me, we?ll mix in well.?

The residents of the Under quickly focused on the group, but somehow, they looked away to look around for the intruders.

??What do you know, it?s working,? Red said as a male Hunter trainer shrugged his shoulders after looking at them from an alley. ?Why?s that??

Rui chuckled. ?Oh, I know why. They think we blend in here because of how we look. Wes looks too shady enough (Wes: Thanks, that really made me feel better?), and I think they think I?m some kind of bad girl with the way I?m dressed.?

?How about us?? Chris asked.

Rui looked at him. ?Well?that strange doll hanging on your neck looks devilish. I guess they think you?re a shady guy who uses freaky puppets to scam people or something??

The World Traveler stared at her with an odd look.

?And Red because he?is with us so they think you?re going to get beat up by us,? Rui said with a chuckle. ?Sorry, Red, that was the closest reason I could find??

Red rolled his eyes. ?As long as you don?t really beat me up??

Chris crossed his arms. ?And I guess Lucario blends in well because he looks tough.?

?Guuuooooooorgh,? Lucario growled happily.

Chris chuckled and looked at him. ?What? It?s true and we both know it.?

The town wasn?t that big as they went deeper inside. Just a few buildings had dazzling signs and items displayed behind windows. At that moment, Rui decided to yawn loudly.

?You know, we did arrive here at sunset?? Rui said. ??Why don?t we look for a place to rest for the night??

?Can we even tell if it?s sunset?? Chris asked as he looked at the big chasm. ?Light barely comes down from there??

Wes looked at a clock. ?It?s 7 PM now. We haven?t stopped going from place to place.? He twisted his neck a bit. ?It wouldn?t hurt to rest for the day.?

Red yawned. ?I want to sleep now myself??

?Let?s see if there?s a place here that looks like an inn,? Wes offered.

The World Traveler and the Pallet Town looked around a little bit scared. Wes noticed they were embracing themselves a bit.

?What is it? It?s not cold in here??

?I-I?m sorry to ask, but do you think there?? Red trailed off. ??Are there any?well?pedophiles in here??

??I bet there are.?

Chris quickly put Lucario?s right arm on his shoulders. ?I-I have protection right here??

?Guuuuooooorrggh?? Lucario growled please before he began to glare at his surroundings to the people that dared look at Chris.

The Under Hotel

Luckily, they were able to find a hotel in the dark town. It looked a bit suspicious, and the rooms were small. The hotel itself had 2 floors, but the first floor was the hotel itself, the second floor being a small bar for people to hang out. It was much better to rent rooms in there than sleeping in the alleys.

?$1000 Pok? Dollars for each one of you,? the old man behind the steel counter said.

Red looked at him annoyed. ?T-that?s s-?

?Okay,? Wes said simply as he gave the old man the mentioned amount of money, surprising Red a bit.

?How did you get a lot of money?? Red asked as Wes gave them the keys to their rooms. ?That was a lot, right??

Wes rolled his eyes. ?I got this money from defeating trainers and peons,? he explained. ?I thought you had a lot by this time, don?t you??

Red looked away. ??No??

?Figures,? Wes muttered before calling out Umbreon and Espeon. The 2 Pok?mon looked around before looking up at their trainer. ?We?re in The Under, an underground town below Pyrite Town full of thieves.. I don?t like the looks of this place, so I?m going to have to ask you 2 to stay on guard from anyone suspicious, you got that??

The 2 Pok?mon obeyed with a nod.

The shady trainer looked at Rui. ?I?ll let Espeon stay with you so he stays on guard from anyone.?

Rui blushed a bit. ?O-oh, thanks??

?As for you 2,? Wes said as he looked at Red and Chris. ?You should call some of your Pok?mon to stay on guard as well.?

Chris looked at Lucario. ??It wouldn?t hurt to call Pikachu, Pichu, and Jigglypuff out?? he said before he called the 3 out, looking around curiously.

Red nodded and did the same, but not calling Mewtwo out. Squirtle and Ivysaur looked around as well before their trainer knelt down. ?I?ll explain to you where we are, okay??

Wes cracked his fingers a bit before heading to his room, close to the stairs that went up to the bar as Umbreon followed him. ?Well, I?m going to make myself feel right at home here. Let?s all take a rest before continuing tomorrow.?

As he left them behind, Rui decided to talk with Red and Chris. ?You guys, have you thought something to make Wes friendlier yet??

Red shook his head. ?Nothing??

?It?s really hard to come up with a plan?? Chris complained a bit. ?Wes is way too complicated to understand??

Rui bit her lower lip a bit. ?Man, this isn?t working??

Seeing that the 3 humans were in a fit, Espeon motioned at Pikachu to come with him. Pikachu decided to call the others with him to hear what Espeon wanted to say. ?(Meet Umbreon and I outside later tonight,)? he told them. ?(We have all the time to talk more about Wes?s past.)?

?(Where?)? Pikachu asked.

?(We?ll call you all, just wait,)? Espeon said.

Sensing that the Pok?mon were talking to each other telepathically, Lucario decided to walk to them. He looked down at the smaller group. ?(What are you all doing?)?

Espeon looked up at him. ?(Oh, I guess we haven?t spoken to you about this yet.)? Espeon stared at Lucario. ?(Pleased to meet a rare Pok?mon like yourself. My name is Espeon.)?

?(That?s?something really obvious?)? Lucario commented.

?(I don?t like nicknames if that?s what you mean,)? Espeon said. ?(Pikachu, explain to him everything we?ve been talking about.)?

Pikachu looked at Lucario. ?(We?ve been talking about Wes?s past to understand him better.)?

Lucario rubbed his chin. ?(I see?)?

Espeon looked bored. ?(Wow, it took you 2 seconds to explain Lucario everything?)?

Pikachu looked back at him. ?(Hey, I wanted to get to the point here.)?

Espeon frowned before looking up at Lucario. ?(Still, I?m afraid he?s not going to come with us tonight.)?

?(Why is that?)? Lucario asked a bit irritated.

?(You?re like 6 feet tall, and most of us reach 2 feet and a half or less,)? Espeon pointed out. ?(It?d be easier for us to sneak out. You should stay behind.)?

?(I want to know more about Wes.)?

Espeon looked at Chris. ?(You rather leave your trainer unprotected in an underground town?)?

?(Aren?t you doing the same thing?)? Lucario asked.

?(Unfortunately, you?ll have to stay back and guard them all by yourself. I already took a glance at your power, and it should be enough to fight anything or anyone here.)?

?(?)? Lucario sighed. ?(Fine, I?ll stay behind.)?

?(Besides, you rather keep Chris safe, right?)? Squirtle asked.

?(?Yes,)? Lucario said.

?(It?s settled, then,)? Espeon said. ?(Wait for us until everyone is asleep. We?re going to end everything tonight, you got that?)?

That night?

It was hard to tell that it was night, but the clock of the hotel helped to point out that it was 11 PM. Around this time, most of the residents of The Under were already sleeping, the lights of the signs and the poles being the main sources of light that illuminated the whole town.

Back at the hotel, the 4 humans were already sleeping. The beds were soft enough for them to fall asleep quickly. Umbreon was taking care of Wes, Espeon was in Rui?s room, Squirtle, Ivysaur, and Pichu were with the sleeping Red, and Chris slept peacefully while Lucario sat down on the floor close to Chris.

Pikachu was also in the room as he was curled up on the bed. Suddenly, his ears perked up, Lucario opened his eyes, and they both looked at Espeon standing in front of the room?s door.

?(Now, let?s go,)? Espeon said. ?(The others are waiting. There?s hardly anyone outside as well.)?

Pikachu grumbled a bit before standing up. ?(Okay, okay, I?m going?)? He looked at Lucario with tired eyes. ?(You stay here and make sure no one barges in here?)?

Lucario rolled his eyes as Pikachu leaped close to Espeon before both ran away silently, the Aura Pok?mon yawning a bit before falling asleep while sitting.

Town

Around 7 Pok?mon came out from the hotel?s front door. They all looked around for any people. For their luck, the coast was clear, and Umbreon turned to them.

?(Let?s look around for a safe place to talk about this,)? Umbreon said. ?(Preferably a place where?s deserted.)?

Espeon looked to the right. ?(Hmm, what about that alley?)?

The other 7 looked to the right. Umbreon nodded at the place. ?(I hate the place, but it?s all we have.)?

?(Shall we, then?)? Jigglypuff asked.

The group nodded to each other before they all ran to a very dark alley. Luckily, a sign illuminated it enough to find some boxes, broken tables and chairs lying around the floor. The Pok?mon walked slowly into the alley before they all spread around to sit down in the cleanest place they could find.

?(Okay, everyone?s here,)? Umbreon said as he saw Pikachu and Pichu sitting together in a chair, Ivysaur and Squirtle sitting inside a big box, and Jigglypuff sitting on top of the box they were sitting. Espeon himself was sitting besides Umbreon, on top a broken table. ?(Good, now we have all the time to explain more about Wes.)?

?(I?ll hear from here, too.)?

The 7 Pok?mon gasped once they heard Lucario?s voice coming from the hotel.

?(Gosh, you have a lot of power to use telepathy, don?t you?)? Espeon asked impressed.

?(I?m not a Legendary Lucario for nothing,)? Lucario said. ?(Besides possessing brute force and a strong defense, my aura abilities far surpass other Lucario?s auras very easily.)?

?(?Legendary Lucario?)? Espeon asked. ?(So are you some kind of Legendary Pok?mon?)?

Pikachu hit the cold floor with his tail. ?(Hey, let?s not get sidetracked here, will you?)?

?(Oh, my bad,)? Espeon apologized. ?(We?re here to talk about Wes, after all.)?

Umbreon nodded. ?(He?s more important to talk about. I?m sure some of you haven?t heard much of Wes?s past, right?)?

Pichu, Jigglypuff, Ivysaur, and Squirtle shook their heads in unison.

?(Just as I thought,)? Umbreon said. ?(Well, I?ll have to resume everything for you t-)?

?(Just give me a moment to call Mewtwo out,)? Squirtle said as he took out a Pok? Ball that he placed on the floor.

?(?You what?)? Pichu asked. ?(Y-you brought Mewtwo here?)?

Squirtle looked at the shocked looks of his team. ?(Hey, he needs to breathe air once in a while. Why not let him know about what we?re doing?)?

Umbreon and Espeon looked at each other before looking at Squirtle. ?(?The more minds, the better, I say?)? Espeon said.

?(Besides, Psychic attacks don?t work on me,)? Umbreon said. ?(Call him out.)?

The Tiny Turtle Pok?mon nodded before he clicked the button of the sphere, instantly calling Mewtwo out as a bright light rose up. The light vanished, and Mewtwo was there, staring down at them.

?(Where are we?)? Mewtwo asked as he looked around. ?(This place is making me sense those dark powers from those Pok?mon?)?

His group decided to explain everything to him before Umbreon and Espeon explained him about Wes. The Psychic Pok?mon had his arms crossed to understand the situation better before they were all eventually in the same track.

?(I see?)? Mewtwo said.

?(First off, I?m honored to meet such a Pok?mon like you,)? Espeon said. ?(We?ll be glad to be one of your acquaintances, Mewtwo.)?

Mewtwo gave him a glare before frowning. ?(Fine, it?ll make me feel better, I guess. Besides, I don?t want to be inside that cursed sphere any longer.)?

Squirtle grinned at Ivysaur. ?(Ha, I freed him and you didn?t.)?

?(Knock that off already,)? Umbreon said. ?(We have a lot to talk about now. You better stay quiet and listen to what we need to continue. Mewtwo, will you try to help as well? If you go out, somebody could spot you, and we?ll be in a real trouble.)?

Mewtwo grunted a bit as he leaned against the wall and crossed his arms. ?(I?ll stay here for the time being. It?s not like I can attack back,)? he said sarcastically.

?(Then I?ll ignore your sarcasm and believe you can?t attack,)? Espeon joked, making Mewtwo glare at him from the corner of his eyes. ?(Moving, let?s continue.)?

Umbreon nodded as he coughed a bit. ?(From where we left off, Wes was recruited to join Team Snagem...)?

Flashback

Team Snagem?s Hideout
Canyon

?(The smell of the place? Yuck, I still remember its scent?)? Umbreon narrated.

?(After Wes was taken to the hideout, he was quickly met by all those bald guys,)? Espeon said. ?(They were all bald for some reason. I think it was a rule to look the same. That aside, let?s continue?)?

A frightened Wes with 2 scared Eevees shook together as they stood close to each other. A proud Gonzap grinned at the sight of the hideout hidden behind cliffs and canyons.

From Wes eyes, he could see a metallic building that stuck out from a canyon. There were some windows across the 3 different floors of the building. Wes could also see some people staring down at him from the third floor, which made his legs shake a bit in fear.

But from Gonzap?s eyes, he could see his home.

?Alright, we?re here,? Gonzap said as he patted Wes?s back slowly. ?Quite a ways away from Pyrite Town, isn?t??

?Y-yeah?? Wes muttered as the Eevees stood close to his legs.

?We rode the long way here for about 1 hour or so,? Gonzap pointed out. ?Good thing that nobody was chasing us in our way here, right??

?I-I guess?? Wes asked, looking up at the tall man.

Gonzap grinned down at Wes. ?You ready to go in and meet my boys??

?You have children?? Wes asked.

?Hahahahahahahaha!? Gonzap laughed at this clueless answer. ?Not, that?s a saying. Those boys inside are other members I personally recruited?or they just wanted to join,? he explained. ?You could be a pretty fine boy to call my son, though.?

Wes looked at him surprise. There was a small hint of excitement. ?D-do you want to be my adoptive dad, then??

?Hmm?? Gonzap rubbed his chin. ??I dunno? You need to prove yourself worthy to be a son to me??

Wes hopped up in his spot, the Eevees getting excited a bit. ?If you become my dad, it?d be so cool to have a strong looking person like you as my dad!? Wes said. ?L-look at yourself, you look pretty strong!?

Gonzap looked at him amused. ?Hmm, you wanna be my adoptive son? Are you trying to flatter me??

??Maybe?? Wes asked. ?I?just want to be the son of someone??

??Tell you what,? Gonzap began as he tilted his head to the side. ?If you wanna be my son, you have to prove yourself worthy to be a son to me.?

Wes thought for a moment. ?What do I have to do??

?Listen to whatever I need you to do and everything will be fine,? Gonzap said. ?If you work hard enough, someday, I?m going to be proud to call you my son.?

Wes stared at Gonzap for a bit. Gonzap could tell that the kid from the alleys tried to suppress his excitement for having the opportunity to become his son. The Team Snagem leader saw Wes?s small lips twitching, trying to prevent themselves from making a big smile.

The motion was stronger, though?

Wes smiled wide. ?O-okay! I-I?m gonna do everything I?ve got for you to be my dad!?

?Hahahahahahahahaha! That?s the spirit, boy,? Gonzap said as he messed Wes?s hair more. ?Anyway, let?s get inside your new home. If they don?t like you, I?ll scare them so they fear you as well.? He moved his right hand to the sides. ?I need to make you a real man, kid. You gotta look strong and intimidating at all times so anyone gets scared.?

?(Oh, let me guess, he got his attitude from the Gonzap guy?)? Squirtle asked.

Umbreon grunted. ?(No, he didn?t get it from Gonzap?)?

?I gotta look strong and intimidating?? Wes muttered to himself before chuckling. ?Heheheh, that could work? It?d make me look cool, right??

?Well, we need to give you some good clothes, boy,? Gonzap said. ?But enough about that, let?s go in so you meet my boys.?

?Your children??

?Have I ever told you that you?re funny?? Gonzap asked with a chuckle as the 4 walked inside towards the hideout, walking up to the automatic door that split itself in 2 to the right and left. ?Go in.?

Entrance

Wes?s excited look slowly turned into a blank look once he and the Eevees entered. When they got inside, all they found were cracked walls, iron barrels that were hit by something, some pipes leaking with water a bit, hallways that looked long, automatic doors of steel, and several scrapped floor tiles that revealed pipes underneath. The place smelled a bit damp, making Wes get a bad impression.

?Who is it?? a voice asked from one of the hallways. A bald member of the team walked from it and gasped when he saw Gonzap. ?M-Master Gonzap, sir!?

Gonzap grunted. ?Move out, we have another member to join our team. You, meet Wes.?

The member looked at the kid. ?A-a kid??

?What about him?? Gonzap asked with a glare. ?Do you dare question me??

?N-not at all, sir?? the grunt said worried. ?I-it?s just that it?s so weird of you to allow kids to join the team??

?Look, I saw potential in Wes?s eyes, and I convinced him to come here and live with us,? Gonzap explained. ?He might not look like it, but he?s a pretty good thief himself.?

Wes looked worried at the member, giving him a worried smile with the Eevees.

?Heck, even I saw him stealing food at a fast speed I could barely notice!? Gonzap said, trying to cheer up the kid. ?So I told myself to take him in with us. He lived in a dirty alley with his Eevees.?

?But?? the grunt trailed off as he looked unsure about the decision to let Wes in.

Gonzap showed his teeth at him with a glare. ?Are you questioning this even more or what?!?

Wes saw as the grunt gasped and backed away from the muscular man. ?N-no, I didn?t mean to say that, sir!?

?Well, I hope you didn?t,? Gonzap said with a grunt. ?From today on, the kid?s gonna be second-in-command in this place.?

The kid from the alleys and his Pok?mon gasped at this mention. Wes looked up at Gonzap, who looked down at him with a grin and a wink before glaring at the scared grunt.

?You got a problem with that or what?? Gonzap asked.

?No?? the grunt muttered, feeling a little bit jealous of Wes.

?You better?? Gonzap muttered. ?C?mon, Wes, let?s go hit my office.?

?Your office?? Wes asked.

?Yeah, nobody will bother us there,? Gonzap said. ?And as for you,? he began as he pointed at the grunt with his finger. ?Tell the others about the kid?s arrival. They better obey to what I said about him or else somebody?s getting a punishment today!?

The grunt gulped a bit and made a salute. ?R-right away, Master Gonzap, sir!? he said before running away upstairs.

?(Gonzap was doing a good job at instigating fear in the hideout,)? Espeon remarked. ?(He made sure nobody would bully, hurt, or make fun of Wes at all. The members of the team really respected Gonzap a lot. Whatever he said, it went.)?

Umbreon frowned. ?(Yeah, right?)?

?(Don?t mind Umbreon, he just didn?t like Gonzap that much.)?

?(More like murder him.)?

Espeon rolled his eyes. ?(Whatever, let me continue.)?

Gonzap?s Office

Gonzap leaded Wes and the Eevees to the second floor where his office was. Once arriving there, Wes found the office?s appearance being just a little bit more organized. There was a long table over a red mattress that also had a long orange couch on the other side. An orange desk with some papers and coffee mugs was in front of a wide window that overlooked the outside terrain of the hideout. A long portrait was on the other side of the office, but it was empty, not having any painting at all.

?Like it?? Gonzap asked at the curious Wes.

?I guess?? Wes commented with a chuckle. ?Definitely much better than the alley??

?Hey, I only look for the best,? Gonzap said. ?You, being the most important one I have found during my entire life.?

Wes looked at the grinning Gonzap before blushing a bit. ?T-thanks, sir??

?Hahahahahahahaha!? Gonzap laughed loudly. ?Well, what are you waiting for? Sit down on the couch, or lay down on it. You surely haven?t rested in something soft before, right??

?No.? Wes looked at the couch and smiled a bit.

?Go ahead, I?ll even let you play on it with your Eevees,? Gonzap said. ?I need to think about something over my desk. Try to rest a little bit.?

?(Wes and us eventually went after the couch,)? Espeon narrated. ?(It was so nice to feel something soft for once. No cold floor, but a warm couch where we lied down to feel the softness of it?I was so happy when I saw Wes chuckling to himself.)?

?(That was the only good memory I have about the hideout,)? Umbreon said.

?(So what happened next?)? Pichu asked.

?(After we rested for a bit, Gonzap decided to speak to us?)?

Wes and the Eevees, after resting on the couch, were looking at Gonzap right across the other side of the table. The kid sat down while the Eevees lied down at his sides.

?Okay, let?s get down to business,? Gonzap said. ?I already told everyone that they?re not allowed to threaten you in any way. If they do, tell me so they get a good punishment and not mess with you or your Eevees.?

Wes nodded, joined hands between his knees. ?Right.?

?Now, you have all the freedom to wander around the hideout. You can even meet the members in person,? Gonzap explained. ?I have 3 members who are in charge of some, but you?re allowed to order them anything because I put you second-in-command. Some of them are going to feel jealous, but ignore that.?

Wes nodded before looking worried.

?What is it? Why are you making that face??

Wes looked away. ??Do you really think I have potential, Gonzap??

Gonzap tilted his head a bit. ?Why are you asking that?? he asked before he walked around the table to sit besides Wes, putting a big arm around his shoulders as the Eevees moved to the right side. ?Wes, I have seen you a lot of times to make you come here.?

?Yeah, but?I?m still unsure about all this?? Wes muttered before looking at him. ?I mean, I?m going to be a thief my whole life??

?That?s hard to say,? Gonzap admitted as he looked away. ?To be honest, this is something you have to decide for yourself, Wes.?

?I need to?? Wes asked.

?Yeah, it?s not like I?m forcing you,? Gonzap said. ?The people would think I kidnap kids, then. I don?t want to have that kind of problems following me around, you know??

Wes thought for a moment. ??But if I stay here?? He looked at his worried Eevees. ??They?re going to have a place to live, right??

?Of course,? Gonzap said. ?You get that benefit, too.?

?Hmm??

?You have a potential in you,? Gonzap said. ?That potential can be used to make you a very well-known thief among thieves.?

?But it?s?wrong??

Gonzap nodded. ?True, but you do have that skill nobody else has.?

?(Did he REALLY say those encouraging things?)? Umbreon asked.

?(I remember much more than you do, so shut up,)? said Espeon annoyed.

Wes sighed and looked down depressed. The leader of Team Snagem made a worried look as well as the Eevees. Looking away, Gonzap thought about something to convince Wes to be a member of Team Snagem.

??If you decide to stay here, I?ll consider you my son.?

Wes quickly gasped and looked at Gonzap. ?W-what? D-do you really mean it??

Gonzap chuckled and looked back (and down) at the surprised Wes. ??Yeah!? he said, reconsidering. ?I presume you hate to be alone in the world, right??

Wes nodded quickly. ?Y-yeah, I really hate that? I have my Eevees, but I want to have a real family for once?? He thought for a moment. ?There?s the idea of being a thief in the process, but the other way would mean that I?m going to have someone to call my dad?? He smiled up at Gonzap. ??I want to stay here, let my Eevees have a home?and?and??

Gonzap raised an eyebrow. ?And??

??I?I want you to be my dad?? Wes muttered embarrassed. ??I want to live here, train my Eevees and myself to become expert thieves, and make you proud of me?? Wes shed a tear that he wiped out. ??Can I call you dad??

??Heheheheh?? Gonzap closed his eyes before he looked up to the ceiling. ?HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!?

Wes could definitely that Gonzap was going to agree with his question. Stopping laughing, the tall man looked back at Wes and pulled him under his arm. ?So what do you say??

?Wes, you got it,? Gonzap said. ?From now on, you?re officially my adoptive son, proud and youngest member of Team Snagem.?

?A-are you sure?? Wes asked before Gonzap nodded at him. ??Y-yay!? Wes cheered as his Eevees began to say their names happily. The kid got so excited that he hugged the big leader as tightly as his arms could let him.

?Yep, that?s the spirit I was talking about, alright,? Gonzap said as he began to laugh together with Wes and the Eevees, their laughs echoing through the second floor of the hideout completely.

?(We never saw Wes get so happy before,)? Espeon narrated. ?(We were happy that he was happy. We basically shared the same feelings with one another.)?

?(?I don?t see how he turned out like this, though?)? Jigglypuff commented.

Umbreon shook his head. ?(If I recall, the following years were the years that changed Wes slowly?at least I remember a bit of it?)?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 26, 2009, 06:50:06 AM
Chapter 152: Thieves and Temples

Pyrite Town
Streets

The scene of a town where bandits walked around, weird-looking houses were located, cracked streets with some liquids leaking out from some sewer pipes, and the sound of metal screeching from the nearby windmill of steel was seen. The town was known for mostly for its remarkable but dangerous thieves and bandits, most of them being Pok?mon trainers that liked to fight every day with anyone.

The police of the town was so small, putting the officers with hard tasks every day. The town pf Pyrite wasn't exactly a good place to live since there were always many reports of thievery, caused by the shady people that lived in there. The police was helpless to stop crime; it barely did its job, but at least the police helped to maintain a little bit of order.

But their eyes weren't focused on a particular shop where the window suddenly was shattered as a kid, holding some food in arms, jumped out from the window. The kid had a really bad look on his face due to the fact he looked as shady as any other thief in town. This kid wore some worn-out gray shorts, shoes that were poorly made of cheap cloth, and his red shirt had some holes around it: from the front and the back. The kid's face was covered with some dust as well as his arms. In a hurry, he looked around before running away as the shopkeeper yelled for help, not receiving any, unfortunately.

?Damn that kid!? the shopkeeper yelled from within the shop. ?It's the 38th time he steals from me!? he cursed out, not having anyone else to help him to capture the kid.

The kid that stole from the shop ran south in a hurry with the food on arms. The people that he passed didn?t even try to stop him due to the fact most of them were thieves themselves. They all merely chuckled, smirked, or did both as the kid ran away into an alley where he stopped running to catch his breath.

?(Good? That guy isn?t sending the cops on me?)? the kid thought as he panted heavily. He began to walk through the narrow alley where trash cans, some shallow pools of water, and some wrecked boxes were seen in the compact space. The kid, however, focused his sight on a box that shook several times by it.

The kid smiled a bit at the sight of the box. He knew more than others that the box had something that he had been taken care of for a long time. Starting to walk forward, he made sure the fruits on his arms wouldn?t fall off.

?I?m back,? he muttered under his breath as he walked around the box to kneel down and let go of the food on a cloth to keep it clean. ?Here, I?ve got you 2 some food.?

?Ee??

The kid chuckled. ?Don?t worry, it?s tasty and a little bit plentiful for you 2 to eat.?

The box?s upper side was touching the floor with one corner directed at the kid. Inside the box, there were 2 small creatures with brown fur that shook a little bit as they both walked out and looked down at their food. Looking up at the kid?s happy expression, the 2 creatures smiled a bit before they both sat down to eat the apples that he brought for them.

The 2 creatures were 2 young Eevees that looked like they were recently born. The kid could tell that much since he was the one who found them abandoned in the same box they were in.

?(I still remember the day where he found us abandoned in Pyrite Town? We both thought that we were done for without anywhere to go?)?

The kid chuckled and rubbed both of the Eevees? heads with care. ?You 2 are so lucky, you knew that??

The 2 Eevees stopped eating to look up at him.

The kid rested his arms on his knees as he kept chuckling. ?You really are lucky.?

?(Of course we were both lucky to meet him?)?

?You know why you?re lucky?? the kid asked. ?You?re lucky because I found you 2.?

The 2 Eevees squeaked with glee as the kid chuckled with them. The 2 Evolution Pok?mon then resumed eating the food that the kid brought for them. Seeing the both eating, the kid decided to grab one apple from the pile of food so he wouldn?t starve.

?(He found us one day abandoned in some of those dirty alleys? It was raining that day, I remember that much because that same day? Unfortunately, we don't even know where we came from, but we surely lived somewhere in Orre before he found us...)?

The kid looked up with a faint smile. "You know... I always thought I'd be alone for all my life..."

The 2 Eevees stopped eating and looked up at him.

"Ever since I turned into an orphan, I never thought of having Pok?mon like you," he said as he looked back at them. "I really am fortunate, you know?"

"(The 3 of us shared the same pains like not knowing where we came from... He didn't know where he lived before because, according to him, he was raised by an old man that found him as a baby in an alley. He told us that the old man was himself very poor before he passed away. When he found out the old man that took care of him died, he was already around the same age he found us. To be honest, he found us that very same day after it stared to rain...)"

"(He has some very faint memories about the old man, but that's all he remembers. We wonder why he isn't that good with other people.)"

"(My guess is that the old man didn't treat him well enough to consider him his adoptive grandson or kid.)"

"(You know, that memory about the old man you just mentioned could have been the reason for his cold attitude towards others.)"

"(It could have been...after all, he said he had faint memories about him. The most logical reason would have been that h-)"

Mt. Battle
Area 1

Pok?mon Colosseum - Cipher Admin Battle

"Darn it!" Wes cursed loudly as Camerupt used Earthquake to strike Feraligatr and Squirtle while Metang used Protect to shield itself from the super effective attack, interrupting Espeon and Umbreon's narration to Pikachu. "I need a fast Pok?mon here now... Return!" he yelled, calling back his Feraligatr while Squirtle managed to stand up. "Espeon, go!"

Espeon's ears perked up and frowned. "(Oh no, he's going to start calling us now... I should leave it all to you, Umbreon,)" he said before he leaped into the battle.

Umbreon sighed mentally before looking back at Pikachu. "(I guess we weren't being that specific enough, were we?)"

Pikachu shook his head. "(Well, I think you said something important about that old man that took care of Wes when he was little.)"

Umbreon grunted annoyed. "(Damn it, I don't think it was because of that person, though... Maybe it was because of...)" Umbreon remained silent for a moment before he nodded. "(I think I'm getting to somewhere important...)"

"(Well, do it fast! There's a battle going on here!)"

It had been a small while after the battle and the narration started at the same time. Wes and Red were having troubles fighting Dakim's Pok?mon. Apparently, the 2 young trainers were getting attacked continuously by a combination of Camerupt's Earthquake to damage everyone on the field and Metang's Protect to protect itself from the quake itself. This put Wes and Red in a fit as they tried to attack back, Chris, Vander, and Rui watching carefully from behind them.

"Okay, you won't do that annoying move anymore," Wes said as he pointed forward. "Espeon, use Psybeam on Camerupt!"

"Espeon!" Espeon yelled his name as he shot a rainbow-colored beam from his red crystal on his forehead to Camerupt.

"No, you don't. Camerupt, use Protect!" Dakim yelled, ordering the Fire and Ground type Pok?mon to shield himself inside a green sphere of energy. The beam came into contact with it, and it couldn't harm Camerupt.

?Squirtle, use Surf on Metang!? Red yelled.

?(Hurray, he got the name right,)? Squirtle thought as he ran forward to Metang.

?Use Protect, Metang!? Dakim ordered, letting the flying computer-like brain Pok?mon to use its own shield to resist the incoming attack.

Noticing this, Red yelled out another order. ?Stop!? he yelled.

Squirtle gasped and stopped, looking up at Metang's Protect.

?Wait until it takes its shield off!? Red ordered.

?Grrr...? Dakim grunted annoyed.

Both of his Pok?mon's shields soon lifted off, allowing Wes to give out the next order. ?Espeon, now use Psybeam!? he yelled, ordering Espeon to fire his beam of psychic power through his red crystal.

?Now use Surf!? Red ordered.

?Try using Protect again!? Dakim yelled at Camerupt.

The 2  Pok?mon tried to use Protect, but due to the constant use of the protective attack, it didn't manage to work well for the dismay of the admin before Camerupt got a hit with the beam right on its face as Metang was pushed to the air by Squirtle's Surf.

?Red, attack Camerupt with Surf!? Wes yelled. ?It should take it out with one hit!?

Red blinked confused before he understood. ?Squirtle, go to Camerupt and use Surf!?

?Metang, stop that turtle from harming Camerupt!? Dakim yelled as Metang floated forward to Squirtle.

?And you stop Metang from interrupting, Espeon!? Wes yelled at Espeon. The Sun Pok?mon growled a bit before he dashed towards the Psychic and Steel type Pok?mon.

?Are you stupid? Psychic attacks won't hurt Metang!? Dakim yelled.

Wes grinned. ?I'm letting luck do its part here. Espeon, use Confusion!?

A growl of agreement came from Espeon as he used his psychic attack on Metang. The Sun Pok?mon glowed in a pink aura together with Metang. The flying Pok?mon looked at itself stopping suddenly before it put its steel arms on its head.

Wes chuckled at this. ?What do you know, it got confused, just as I planned.?

?Metang!? Dakim yelled loudly at his Pok?mon, the aura vanishing suddenly. Metang looked around in confusion before it began to slam itself down on the floor recklessly. ?Hey, stop it! You're hurting yourself!?

Red's eyes looked serious once he saw Dakim's attention was on Metang, finding Camerupt looking around to do something about Squirtle. ?Now, use Surf on Camerupt!?

Dakim gasped once he remembered his other Pok?mon. Unfortunately, the admin didn't make it in time to give an order to Camerupt before Squirtle called forth a rising wave underneath his feet, right on its face, causing the volcano-like Pok?mon to scream loudly in pain before Squirtle landed all the way from the back.

Camerupt began to tumble at the sides before it fell down to the right, moaning in pain after receiving the severe super effective attack.

?Camerupt!? Dakim yelled. ?Return!? he yelled as he called back Camerupt to its Pok? Ball. ?Dammit...I need to do this quick... Golem, go!?

The Rock and Ground type was called forth from its Pok? Ball, landing on the floor as it created a small quake before it roared at its opponents.

Wes rolled his eyes. ?Why do you have Pok?mon weak against ours? Red, it?s all yours!?

?R-right,? Red said as he glanced at the Golem. ?Squirtle, use Surf on it as well to finish it off!?

Wes narrowed his eyes as Squirtle went after Golem. ?(I should have noticed before. When Squirtle uses Surf, it doesn?t necessarily call forth a huge wave from behind? To be honest, that?s scientifically impossible, but the way it uses Surf on just one opponent?)?

?Golem, use Protect!? yelled Dakim so Golem would use Protect to shield itself, stopping Squirtle from attacking as he stopped in front of the rock creature.

Wes grunted at this. ?Don?t you know another move than Protect or what? I?m really getting sick of that!?

?Well, too bad for you,? Dakim said. ?This is based on my own strategies, so don?t stick your nose in.?

?Oh, I?ll stick it if I want to,? Wes said as he looked at Metang banging itself on the floor, Espeon waiting for the next order to attack. ?Espeon, come back!?

Espeon?s ears perked up before he ran back behind Wes and towards the other Pok?mon. Taking out another Pok? Ball, Wes tossed it to the air to release Ampharos out. ?Ampharos, come forth!? he yelled.

?Ampharos!? his Pok?mon responded, illuminating its small spheres.

?Now, use Thunderbolt on Metang to take it out!?

Hearing this, Dakim grunted. ?Metang, pull yourself together and us-?

?PROTECT,? Rui, Vander, and Chris repeated bored and aloud.

Ampharos glared at the confused Pok?mon before Ampharos?s spheres began to illuminate with electricity, shooting off blue sparks that went after Metang, colliding with it hardly, Metang began to screech in pain before it slowly landed down on the floor and got knocked out.

?Metang!? Dakim yelled before he stopped the floor. ?Damn you, kid? Return!? he yelled, calling back Metang to its Pok? Ball before tossing another one to the battle. ?Marshtomp, come on out and defeat them!?

The Mud Fish Pok?mon came out from the sphere?s light, saying its name happily as it clapped its hands together. Chris looked at the Marshstomp and chuckled a bit. ?A Marshtomp! Oh, now I want to have my Swampert here with me.?

Rui looked at him. ?You have a Swampert??

?Well, kind of. I raised one bu-?

?Marshtomp, use Mud Shot on Ampharos!? Dakim yelled loudly, making Marshtomp look at Ampharos before shooting out a stream of mud.

Red and Squirtle were still facing the Golem inside Protect. Since the Golem?s Protect kept going, the trainer decided to look at the Marshtomp (while getting its info in the Pok?dex). ?Squirtle, use Water Gun on the attack!?

Squirtle turned around and nodded before shooting out a stream of water that collided with Mud Shot, making the mud fall down on the floor, saving Ampharos from the attack.

Wes knew that Ampharos didn?t have any good attacks for both Ground types. ?Ampharos, return!? Wes yelled, returning the Electric type to his sphere. ?Go, Jumpluff!?

Back with Espeon, Umbreon, and Pikachu, the 3 resumed the discussion and narration.

?(Let me think more?)? Espeon said. ?(Now you know Wes was an orphan that was raised by that old man, right?)?

?(Yeah, I know that now,)? Pikachu said.

?(The old man is not worth mentioning because we barely know about him,)? Umbreon said. ?(How about if we continue from where we left?)?

Espeon thought for a moment. ?(?Wait, everything started to change after that memory, don?t you remember?)?

Umbreon thought before he got what Espeon was thinking. ?(You mean the day someone approached Wes?)?

Pikachu?s ears perked up. ?(Did someone meet Wes before?)?

Both of Wes?s Pok?mon nodded. ?(Right, now I recall the event,)? Umbreon said. ?(Like a month after he found us, Wes kept doing his thievery to feed us both.)?

?(Wes is a good runner. He used that advantage in order to steal food and things from people before they would look,)? Espeon explained. ?(Sometimes, people would spot him, but all those times were easy for him due to the fact he hid very well from the police of the town.)?

Umbreon closed his eyes. ?(One day, someone came?)?

Flashback

Pyrite Town
Streets

Pok?mon Colosseum ? Outskirt Stand

A month had passed ever since the day that Umbreon and Espeon narrated. Wes and the 2 Eevees were hidden in another different alley that didn?t look that different from the previous one. The 3 apparently had stolen more food from another shop before somebody could see them.

?(I have to say that the shops were poorly guarded,)? Umbreon pointed out. ?(The whole town?s security was really poor. Once Espeon and I were found by Wes, we grew up a little bit enough to help Wes to steal more food.)?

Espeon chuckled. ?(Even if we were doing little crimes, it was fun to follow Wes.)?

?(You both befriended him very quickly,)? Pikachu said.

?(Yeah,)? Umbreon said.

?That shopkeeper was as clueless as the last one,? Wes said to the 2 Eevees sitting besides him while they all ate oranges. ?Nobody can see us at all, don?t you think??

?Eee!? the Eevees squeaked happily, making Wes smile a bit at them with a chuckle.

?Yeah, you guys aren?t that bad,? Wes said as he took a bite of the orange on his right hand. ?You?re fast enough.?

?Ee,? an Eevee (Umbreon) said with a nod before continuing to bite the orange in front of him.

Wes looked back at his orange and stared blankly at it. ??You know??

The 2 Eevees stopped eating and looked at him.

??I?m getting a little bit sick of doing this every day?? Wes muttered, blinking at the orange. ?It?s always the same thing, isn?t??

The 2 Eevees looked at each other.

?We wake up, we search for a shop with food, we steal the food, we retreat and hide in the alleys, we play a little bit in there, and then we go to sleep?? Wes summarized. ??I hate to do that, but it?s the only way to survive these conditions we?re in?? He looked around the alley. ?I myself am feeling upset for stealing, you know??

??Eee?? the Eevees said worried in unison.

Wes embraced his knees as he stared at the orange. ??I never knew who my parents were?I was raised by an old man I barely knew?I started to live all by myself until I found you 2?I?ve resumed the same things I do every day?? He closed his eyes. ?I?I?m starting to think I had bad luck?or we have bad luck to live??

The 2 Eevees looked worried at Wes.

?We don?t know anyone for that matter,? Wes muttered. ?Nobody ever came to us to meet us because we?re thieves. I hate to be a thief, but it?s the only way I can survive with you,? he said. ?I don?t want to keep living like this any longer?? he muttered before he moved his face down. ??I hate this!? he yelled, startling the Eevees. ?Why can?t I live in a good house with a family?!? he asked before he started crying.

The 2 Eevees looked at each other and leaned their faces by each side of the young kid. Wes lifted up his face to reveal he was crying a bit. The 2 Evolution Pok?mon gasped a bit.

?Y-you don?t know either?? Wes asked as he sniffed. ?I have to admit it, we weren?t meant to live at all, right?!?

?Eee!? the Eevees shook their heads.

?Then for what are we good for? I don?t see why we should stop stealing things like this!? Wes yelled before he tossed the orange to the wall, splattering it all over the place. ?I really, REALLY hate this!?

?(Wes got all sad from all the things he said, right?)? Pikachu asked.

?(Yes,)? Espeon said depressed. ?(We knew that he would soon enough say something like that? He has been making faces every time we stole something from others. Umbreon and I could tell Wes was getting tired from a long time now.)?

?(It must?ve been so hard to live in those conditions.)?

?(You don?t have an idea of what we went through in those days?)? Espeon said in shame.

?(If he didn?t yell like that, we wouldn?t probably have let the person who found him come to us?)? Umbreon said.

?(You mean that same day was the day you met that mysterious person?)? Pikachu asked.

?(?That?s the whole reason to explain everything,)? Espeon said. ?(The same day Wes cried was the same day he came around into the alley?)?

The 2 Eevees rubbed their faces against Wes's sides. The sobbing kid looked at each other and calmed down for a bit. A small and silent chuckle came Wes before a shadow rose from the light coming from the other side of the alley.

"Huh? Who's there?" Wes asked, spotting a large shadow that stared at him from the other side of the alley. The Eevees blinked scared as they hid behind Wes while the figure chuckled a bit.

From what he could tell, the figure was really tall. Once the person began to walk forward, Wes managed to notice a small red vest that the person wore. The kid could see a lot more than before. The person that walked to him wore a small red vest, exposing his muscles, he had pointy brown eyebrows and mustache (both being really long in length), wore black pants and black boots, and his head was bald, wearing some kind of earphones. The person stood around 6"11' judging by his height.

Wes embraced himself even more as he looked up scared at the person, an amused look on his face.

"Hey, kid," the person spoke in a somewhat deep voice. "Nice to meet you at last."

Wes shook a bit and gulped. "W-who are you? W-what do you want with me?"

The person chuckled and knelt down to take a closer look to the kid and the Eevees. "Oh, don't be scared, I won't hurt you or your Pok?mon."

The Eevees shook in fear together with Wes. The man before them looked intimidating by his height and muscles combined. What if he wanted to do something to them?

"...O-okay," Wes said with a gulp. "W-why are you here?"

The man grinned. "I saw you a lot of times running to the alleys with those 2 you have there," he said as he pointed at the 2 Eevees. "And I must say, you have a good speed. Your legs surely are strong."

Wes took a glance to his dirty legs before looking back at him, the Eevees trying to hide themselves more behind his left leg. "T-thanks, but why did you want to come here and talk to me?"

The man made Wes gasp once he let his left hand pat Wes's right shoulder. "I came here to meet you in person."

"...Yes?" Wes said.

"Of course," the man said with a nod. "You see, I've been visiting this town for a while now. I've seen you and your Pok?mon stealing food from the nearby shops."

Wes and the Eevees gasped. "W-wait, you're not going to turn me in to the police, right? T-they'll do something bad to me if you do!"

"...Hahahahahahahahaha!" the man laughed, making Wes grab the Eevees to hug them in fear. "Why would I do such a foolish thing?"

Wes and the Eevees' eyes widened in surprise after the muscular man told them that. "...What? You're not going to turn us all to the police?"

The man stopped laughing before looking back at him. "Oh no, I don't want to do that."

Wes tried to stare at him blankly. "T-then what do you want with me?"

The man looked around the dirty alley. "You live here in this dump?"

"W-well, yes, there isn't any other place like a home we can go..." Wes muttered, looking worried at the Eevees.

"Do you..." the man grinned, "...want to live in a house or a place you can call home?"

"...Huh?" Wes blinked surprised at the stranger. "W-what?"

"You heard me right," the man said. "You know, you seem to have a lot of potential to do certain jobs in order to get yourself a good life," he said. "And by the looks of it, you have what it takes to be something more important besides being a petty thief."

"(If I was an Umbreon back then, I would have bitten off his face...)" Umbreon muttered with rage.

"(Calm down, we have to keep explaining what happened after that,)" Espeon reminded him.

Wes looked away worried with the Eevees.

"Ahh, don't turn away from me," the man said, using a finger to move Wes's face back to look at him. "I'm a nice person who wants to give you 3 a place to call home."

Wes moved the finger away and looked worried at him. "W-why should I trust you, anyway?" he asked. "You're a stranger who came to me from nowhere..."

"Kid..." the man trailed off as he gave him a sincere smile. "I don't want to hurt you. In fact, I was to...hmm...what's the word..." The man wondered for a bit. "...Oh, right!" He looked back at Wes. "I want you to come and join me."

"...Join you?" Wes repeated in confusion. "For...for what?"

"You see, you're speaking to the leader of a very feared organization of thieves," the man said with a grin as he pointed at himself with a thumb. "The name's Gonzap, leader of Team Snagem, kid. I'm glad to meet such a kid with the ability to be a worthy thief of mention."

"(Recalling makes me want to bite off his face even MORE, you know,)" Umbreon muttered.

"(Will you just shut it?)" Espeon asked annoyed.

Wes got a frightened look after knowing that the man was the leader of a supposedly feared organization of thieves. "W-what? Y-you're the leader of a gang?"

"Exactly!" Gonzap said proudly. "Isn't that a big honor for you, kid?"

Wes shook a bit with the Eevees. "M-more like a big scare..."

"You don't worry," Gonzap reassured him. "Like I said before, I won't hurt any of you."

"..." Wes remained silent, trembling in fear with the 2 Eevees.

Gonzap rolled his eyes. "Kid, really, I'm not here to hurt you or something," he said. "I want to offer you a job with me team so you can have  place to call home."

"..." Wes looked down. "...But...I...I don't know what to do..." he muttered. "What if you're tricking me?"

"I'm NOT tricking you," Gonzap said. "I saw the potential hidden in you, and I want to help you exploit it so you can become a very important person in my team." He messed Wes's hair a bit. "Besides, just look at you! Once you grow up, you're surely going to be one great thief!"

"...But...I don't want to be a thief anymore..." Wes said. "It's...it's wrong..."

"It's wrong if it doesn't benefit you," Gonzap said. "What we do in our hideout are things that we HAVE to do in order to be powerful. Don't you want to have all the power you want so people don't look at you the wrong way?"

"(I...want...to...kill...him...off...now...)" Umbreon panted heavily.

Espeon sighed. "(Just ignore him. I have better control in my attitude than him...)"

"All the power...I want?" Wes repeated. "I'm not so sure if I want people to fear me..."

"I'm telling you, life is sweet that way," Gonzap said with a chuckle. "The people that used to mess with me now become frightened if I throw a punch at them."

"(With those big muscles, who wouldn't get scared?)" Wes thought.

"Don't you want people to give you anything you want from them?" Gonzap asked. "The first path to achieve that is to join me."

Wes looked miffed at him. "B-but...this is just so sudden..." Wes looked down at his Eevees. "I...I just want to have a life where I can live somewhere peaceful...and probably find something I'm good at..."

"You're good at running," Gonzap said. "Thieves are experts in running. You have the requirements to be a great thief, kid."

"Ee..." the Eevees said worried in unison.

Gonzap looked at the 2 and grinned a bit. "Those 2 are your Pok?mon, I presume?"

Wes hopped a bit and looked at him. "W-well, I found them abandoned one day and I've been taking care of them ever since... I guess you could say they're my first Pok?mon I have..."

"...Tell me something, kid..."

"...Yeah?"

"Have you heard of Pok?mon battles before?"

Wes gasped and looked surprised. "W-well, yeah! I-I've seen a lot of those battles at the Duel Square in here!" He smiled a bit. "I always sneak close and hide to watch the battle with different people and Pok?mon. I always get so excited to see a lot of Pok?mon!"

Gonzap chuckled at this reaction, making Wes return to his scared state with his Pok?mon. "I can tell you'd like to battle and have Pok?mon battles on your own, right?"

The kid looked down at his 2 frightened Eevees before looking back at Gonzap. "...I don't know... I don't want to risk their lives in battles... I mean, they're just babies..."

"Fast babies, though," Gonzap remarked. "Those 2 may as well be very healthy for living in such poor conditions."

"...I...thank you..." Wes trailed off worried, sneezing a bit.

"Oh no, you're going to get ill if you continue to live here," Gonzap said. "Come with me."

"B-but what if you're..."

"Kid, kid, kid, I'm giving you an offer of a lifetime!" Gonzap said with some annoyance. "There's a door opened for you to take so you can live somewhere better than this dump! Tell me, don't you want to give those 2 Eevees a good home as well?"

Wes gasped and looked down at the 2 Eevees. Both Evolution Pok?mon shivered a bit as they moved closer to each other.

"(I curse that stupid chilling feeling for not letting me do somethi-)"

"(Geez, you won't just drop it, right?)" interrupted Espeon with a frown.

"I see a lot of potential in those 2 as you, kid," Gonzap said. "If you train them good enough one of these days, they'll become strong Pok?mon in no time."

Wes looked back at Gonzap. "...You mean it?"

Gonzap chuckled. "Well, how can I tell if we haven't done any progress yet?"

Wes's eyes drifted away from Gonzap's face. The kid closed his eyes to focus his thoughts about the offer that he was given by the leader of Team Snagem. Thinking hard, Wes covered his head with his hands.

"I'm going to be honest with you," Gonzap continued. "Many people under my hand aren't that nice with each other. In fact, they're so evil that they'd surely kick you around."

Wes's thoughts came to a halt as he gasped.

"But you don't worry about them," Gonzap reassured Wes. "I'll ALWAYS keep you close to me so those knuckleheads don't mess with you. They become Torchics once they see me close to them. They're like Growlithes because they listen to everything I say. You know what this means?"

"N-no..." Wes said a little bit frightened.

"You're going to be second-in-command of the whole hideout alongside me," Gonzap said with a grin. "You'll have a taste of my leadership in your hands, you're going to be respected by a lot of members, your Pok?mon and you will have a good home, and you'll work for special missions as well!" he said with a laugh. "What do you say? A really big door opened for you!"

"(I should have REALLY bitten his mustache off when I had th-)"

"(Knock it off or I'm REALLY going to shut you down by force this time,)" threatened Espeon.

Pikachu looked bored. "(And here I thought I met a good Umbreon for once...)"

Wes looked back at the shivering Eevees. The kid thought about the offer some more. If he accepted, he would leave the alleys to leave in a better place, but his thievery would continue. Gonzap looked threatening, but he seemed to be honest with him. Besides, Wes really liked to take care of the Eevees. Surely, providing them a place inside a building would be better than the alley.

"...I...I...I accept..." Wes muttered before smiling a bit at Gonzap. "...I think I can trust you..."

Gonzap, after hearing this, grinned at Wes and patted his right shoulder a little bit hard. "That's what I wanted to hear from you! Hahahahahaha, kid, you just made the right choice!"

Wes couldn't help but smile down at the Eevees. The 2 Pok?mon smiled a bit at him after seeing his happy expression.

"(And I would have said "No, you idiot! He's taking you to the wrong path!" before biting off Gonzap's fac-)"

"(That's it, I'm not going to mind you anymore,)" Espeon said annoyed.

Pulling himself back, Wes tried to stand up, but he couldn't. The boy of the alley looked surprised once Gonzap held out his hand down to help him to get up. Wes slowly took his hand before he got pulled back on his feet. Wes looked down at the Eevees before Gonzap messed up his hair a little bit more. "H-hey, stop that..." Wes muttered with a chuckle.

"Nah, you're enjoying it pretty well," Gonzap said. "Your hair's a weakpoint. I'll strike it down a lot."

And thus Wes's hair got messed up even further as he began to laugh a bit with Gonzap. The 2 Eevees looked at each other and chuckled together as the leader of Team Snagem patted Wes's small back.

"We're giving you some good clothes as well," Gonzap said. "I don't want the guys to laugh at your current clothes. Hmm, you like red vests? You'd look good in one."

"E-er, no..." Wes muttered.

As Wes and the Eevees looked up at Gonzap with a happy expression, the leader took them all out from Pyrite Town, where they headed off to the east after Wes and the Eevees were taken to a car that they rode with Gonzap.

"(Please, stop it already!)" growled Umbreon. "(I don't want to leave this place and go to take Gonzap down!)"

"(Geez, what's the matter with you?)" Pikachu asked.

Mt. Battle
Area 1

Present

Espeon frowned. "(My guess is that Umbreon's hatred to Gonzap is coming back to him.)"

Umbreon glared at him. "(You should know as well as me here, Espeon! We know Gonzap was tricking Wes all along from the very beginning!)"

"(Calm down, why don't you?)" Espeon asked before looking back at Pikachu. "(We're getting to Wes's turning point in his life. You'll need to calm down and let me continue so Pikachu can understand Wes's past more we-)"

"Dammit!"

The sudden yell from afar made them look back to the battle where Marshtomp, after receiving a fatal attack from Jumpluff's Mega Drain, fainted along with Golem, who fainted after Squirtle used a single Surf that proved severely super effective on it. Both Pok?mon fell down on the floor with knocked out expressions before Dakim called them back, his anger rising up as Wes grinned at him while Red sighed in relief.

"Well, it looks like you're almost going to be defeated," taunted Wes with a grin as he crossed his arms. "I guess you can take out the Shadow Pok?mon you have with you."

Dakim narrowed his eyes at him. "Well, you're a really good guesser, meddling kid."

Wes rolled his eyes. "The fact that you're an admin means you should have at least 1 Shadow Pok?mon in your team. Judging that you're an admin, then that means the Shadow Pok?mon that you have is very strong. If you ask me, that'd be something I'd like to fight. I like challenges."

Red looked away. "(This guy really likes extreme things, doesn't he?)"

For Red's surprise, Dakim chuckled a bit before he took out a Pok? Ball. "Alright, Wes, other guy whose name I have yet to hear, it's time for you 2 to face the wrath of my Shadow Pok?mon."

"I'll face its wrath once I snag it from you," Wes said annoyed. "I'm seeing my grave, but I'll avoid it."

Rui looked bored at him. "Geez, you don't have to show that depression either."

"Sorry, but this is really going to be this way," Wes said with a frown.

?Enough of this,? Dakim said as he tossed the sphere into the floor. ?Go, Pok? Ball!?

Red, Wes, Rui, Chris, Vander, and the  Pok?mon behind them watched as a big light came out from the Pok? Ball. It was not long before something roared that came from the light itself. Once the light vanished, Wes and Red (taking out his Pok?dex) gasped when they saw the Pok?mon before them...

?(...Holy crap!)? Pikachu commented.

?(Isn't that...)? Espeon trailed off.

?(Oh my goodness, now isn't that some Pok?mon?)? Umbreon thought.

There was, right on the field, no one else than one of the three Legendary Dogs: Entei, the Volcano Pok?mon.

?...Entei?? Wes said in surprise as the Entei stood proudly. ?How in the world did you get your hands on Entei??

Red looked at his Pok?dex. ?Watch out, it says here that when he roars, a volcano erupts!?

Chris rolled his eyes. ?Red, this isn't the time to say the info about Entei...?

Rui gulped. ?B-but Entei? Seriously? I-I thought it lived somewhere else than this region!?

?It's...unbelievable...? Vander said in surprise at the sight of the Volcano Pok?mon. ?I didn't think I'd see an Entei here...?

Dakim crossed his arms. ?Impressive, isn't?? he asked. ?Cipher has been looking for these Pok?mon in other regions besides Orre. I've obtained my Entei from them.?

Rui's eyes blinked to examine the Entei. ?...It's a Shadow Pok?mon, Wes!?

?Just as I expected...? Wes muttered with a grin. ?Heheheh, Entei will be quite the prize if I manage to snag it from you.?

?Don't you dare do that sort of thing!? Dakim yelled angrily as he pointed forward to them. ?Now, Entei, prepare for battle!?

Entei responded by roaring wildly at the 2 trainers and their Pok?mon on field. Recalling that Entei was a Fire type, Wes returned the scared Jumpluff to its Pok? Ball before releasing another different Pok?mon out. ?Go, Sudowoodo!?

The Rock type Pok?mon came out from the sphere, looking cheerfully as it shook its hands around.

Red looked a little bit concerned about Entei. According to the Pok?dex, Entei was one of  the many Legendary Pok?mon of all times. The trainer looked at his Squirtle trembling in fear at the sight of the big fire dog.

Chris watched as Red returned Squirtle back to his Pok? Ball for safety. However, the World Traveler's eyes widened once Red grabbed another different Pok? Ball from his belt...the Master Ball.

?R-Red?? Chris began with a gulp. ?W-what are you doing with that??

Red looked at him over his left shoulder. ?I have to it sooner so we can defeat Entei, right??

?B-but what if he kills us??

Red lowered his hat. ?...I'll accept the whole fault, then...?

?What are you doing?? Wes asked, narrowing his eyes. ?We have to start the battle against that Entei.?

Chris and Pikachu looked shocked once Red decided to toss the Master Ball in front of him. The 3 characters literally watched their whole lives flash by in front of the eyes as another light came out from the Master Ball, releasing a big image besides Sudowoodo. Red, gulping, looked serious at the light before him.

?...What the?!? Vander said in disbelief.

Rui covered her mouth. ?O-oh my goodness, isn't that Pok?mon...?

Espeon's eyes looked shocked. ?(What in the world is it doing here?)?

Umbreon growled a bit. ?(What the hell? He had THAT Pok?mon with him?)?

Pikachu looked miffed. ?(Oh Arceus, now we're doomed in some way or another.)?

Wes's eyes widened in shock and surprise once he looked at the Pok?mon before Red. ?...How in the world did you...?

The Psychic Pok?mon looked at all of them with his glare. There was a hint of fury in his eyes as he examined his surroundings for a bit before turning around to find Entei and a surprised Dakim staring at him. Red, gulping again, tried his best to talk with the tall Pok?mon before him.

?M-Mewtwo...? Red began. ?A-are you ready to fight??

Mewtwo slowly turned his head to look at Red over his right shoulder, his eyes locking on him.

Red gulped. ?P-please, you have to get over it now...? he muttered as Wes watched the Pok?mon carefully from his spot, along with a somewhat frightened Sudowoodo.

?...? Mewtwo just narrowed his eyes at him.

Red pointed forward. ?Mewtwo, I chose you to fight Entei! Please, listen!?

?(...I'm not going to listen to you,)? Mewtwo called telepathically. ?(I reconsidered after you captured me when I least expected.)?

?(...What?)? Red asked. ?(You ACTUALLY found forgiveness to me?)?

?(If you don't do this sort of thing again, I'll promise I won't try to slam your head at the nearby rock wall of this mountain.)?

Even if he wasn't going to do it on Red, the trainer's eyes widened as he sweated in fear.

?...Would you stop the creepy silence and just fight?? Chris asked, deciding to break the silence of the place.

Wes shook his head and looked back at Entei. ?Okay, there's no time to waste and see this Mewtwo. Dakim, be prepared!?

Dakim looked back at Wes. ?Well, I'll be a lot prepared this time! After finding such a rare Pok?mon on field, I'm going to pummel you 2 down so I can take Mewtwo and turn him into a Shadow Pok?mon!?

Hearing this, Mewtwo crossed his arms with a glare aiming at the wary Entei.

Dakim laughed for a bit before pointing at Mewtwo. ?Entei, use Shadow Rush on Mewtwo!?

Wes yelled back, ?Sudowoodo, use Rock Slide!?

?Mewtwo!? Red yelled.

?(Shut up,)? Mewtwo interrupted with a cold tone.

Red took a step back and nodded frightened of his owned and yet not his Pok?mon.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 26, 2009, 12:11:01 PM
?(I recall more,)? Espeon admitted. ?(Gonzap wasn't the one who changed Wes, but the people of the hideout were the ones who changed him...)?

Some years passed in the hideout, around the time where Wes was 12...

It had been a long time after Wes first came to the hideout. The kid had grown used to the place of thieves as Gonzap's second-in-command. Every member respected Wes a lot, and that also included his Eevees.

However, there was something Wes wasn't allowed to do...

?What do you mean I need to wait a little bit longer to participate in missions alone?? asked Wes as he stood on the other side of Gonzap's desk.

The leader nodded to Wes. ?I'm afraid you need a little more training before I send you out to do missions by yourself, Wes.?

Wes rolled his eyes before looking away. ?Seriously, I'm getting a little bit sick of doing the sorting out of the hideout,? he admitted, looking down at his Eevees.

?(Back then, we were babies, but when years passed, we finally grew up a little,)? Umbreon explained.

?(We were cubs before Wes reached 12,)? Espeon said. ?(However...)?

Wes stared at his Eevees' cheerful faces before turning to Gonzap. ?How do you think I'm going to train my Eevees? The members in here are reckless in training their own  Pok?mon. In fact, I've seen punishing quite badly.?

Gonzap. ?Those idiots never learn, you know that well, Wes.?

?But still...? Wes made a fist. ?I want to train my Eevees so they can evolve someday...?

?Have you studied how battles work??

?Yes, I did,? Wes said. ?And I found out a lot about an Eevee's evolutionary forms. There are 5 known, but I've heard there are more out there...? Wes looked back at his Eevees. ?It's hard to find Water Stones, Thunderstones, and Fire Stones in this region, so I figured out I could make them evolve into an Espeon and Umbreon.?

Gonzap grinned. ?Yeah, they look tough, alright.?

?That's what I'm saying,? Wes said as he opened his arms a bit at Gonzap. ?I want them to become strong enough to allow me to go solo.?

Gonzap sighed. ?Even so, you need to wait a little bit longer and participate on missions together with the others... You're the leader of a small group of them, remember??

?Yeah, but they make me sick a bit,? Wes admitted.

?I do think they're a little bit weird,? Gonzap said. ?Hell, they do nasty things when I'm not looking. They get punished for that, though.?

?...? Wes closed his eyes and sighed with a frown. ?Fine, I'll wait a little more... You have to keep your word, though.?

Gonzap smiled at him. ?You don't worry, Wes. You'll see soon enough what I have for you.?

Wes looked at him. ?What does that even mean??

?You'll see, my son, you'll see...?

?(If we had found out sooner...)? Umbreon trailed off. ?(Things wouldn't have turned out so badly...)?

?(What do you mean by that?)? Pichu asked.

?(Well, thing is...)? Espeon trailed off.

As Wes turned around, something in his mind triggered by itself after he remembered something. ?...By the way,? Wes began before turning around. ?I've seen some people coming in here yesterday...?

Gonzap stared blankly at him. ?Oh, you mean the guys in ridiculous blue and purple suits with helmets??

?Yeah, those,? Wes said. ?What were they doing here? I mean, you let them come in here? Isn't that going to risk the hideout's whereabouts??

The leader of Team Snagem shook his head before standing up, dragging Wes's sight to look up at him. ?They're some benefactors that are helping us.?

?Benefactors in what??

Gonzap chuckled. ?They provide us with some technology we have exclusively for us. They've been coming here for quite a long time now, even before you came here, Wes.?

Wes crossed his arms. ?Should I know more about them??

Gonzap chuckled again. ?Nah, not yet.?

?Not yet? You're being a little bit vague...dad...?

?(I SO wanted to bite Wes's left leg when he said dad,)? Umbreon said annoyed, Espeon ignoring him.

Gonzap walked around the table before patting Wes's right shoulder. ?You'll see soon enough, boy. There's something I want you to do.?

?...What?? Wes raised an eyebrow. ?I'm someone who can do something special? Because the only things I do here are really petty crimes likes stealing big supplies of food or furniture. By the way, some of them broke the new Kanto Table we recently stole from that truck the other day.?

Gonzap cursed loudly in his mind. He really liked the table.

?(...Was it necessary to say that he liked a table from Kanto?)? Jigglypuff asked.

Espeon chuckled a bit. ?(I knew he liked it very much. He went as far as to yell the whole people in there after talking to Wes.)?

Gonzap's grin didn't fade. ?You don't worry, boy. For now, you have to find out a way to train your Eevees so they become strong  Pok?mon. Can you do that, Wes??

Wes thought for a moment before grinning at Gonzap. ?Of course I can do that. There are other ways to train  Pok?mon rather than pitting them against the others here.?

?Yep, you certainly can find another way,? Gonzap said. ?I have to leave for now. I want to get you an ?advanced? birthday present when you hit 13.?

Wes blinked at him. ?A birthday present? Wow, what are you gonna give me for a present? The recent parties were...a disaster, you know.?

Gonzap sighed depressed. "Remind me never to bring any beer in here, please..."

Wes rolled his eyes. "That's something that someone would expect with those guys you have here..."

"Yeah," Gonzap said before remembering something important he had to do. "...If you'll excuse me, I need to give an important order to the guys..."

Wes obeyed as he sat down on the couch with his Eevees. He began to rub their heads slowly as Gonzap calmly went downstairs.

After that...

"WHY THE HELL DID YOU BREAK MY KANTO TABLE?! ANSWER ME!!!"

Wes and the Eevees got a little bit startled, looking around at the echoing voice from the leader of Team Snagem. People began to scream as bones breaking apart were heard, along with louder screams that made the Eevees hide underneath a cushion. The young member just remained there, looking at the floor as chaos ensued in the first floor.

After that, explosions were heard...

"...Hyper Beam from Crawdaunt..." Wes muttered as explosions shook the building. The trainer sighed as even more explosions came afterward. "...It's incredible that he can keep a very calm attitude around me, though..."

"(We're thankful that we weren't subjects of Gonzap's rage,)" Espeon said. "(We would've died, then...)"

"(You better get to the point of this talk,)" Mewtwo said. "(Something came up from somewhere in here, and it doesn't look good.)"

"(What is that?)" Ivysaur asked.

"(I have yet to know, but give me more time to concentrate.)"

Espeon nodded. "(Right, we'll move up to Wes's 13th birthday...)"

Canyon

"...No...way..."

"Yep, this vehicle was specifically made for your to use only. It'll make you look like a real admin of Team Snagem. What do you have to say for your present?"

"...3 words: Best. Gift. Ever."

A grin of proudness formed in Gonzap.

Wes's eyes were shaking in excitement as he and the Eevees saw before them a machine monster. The young member looked at the long bike with the rider's seat and the passenger's seat along with the long motor.

"A beaut, isn't it?" Gonzap asked. "Yep, the boys did a pretty good job at making this. I'm telling you, Wes, hovering technology is hard to find these days. This special motorbike can hover along the ground while going at a speed of 150/mph."

"...Frickin' sweet," Wes responded, his eyes' sight glued on the bike.

Gonzap chuckled as he walked to the other side and touched the passenger's seat. "Even I went as far as to tell them to make this seat for either your Eevees, a guy you want to take along, or maybe your first love."

"..First love?!" Wes asked shocked before sticking out his tongue. "Nah, I won't fall in love with a girl, ever..."

"Hahahahahahaha! We'll see about that!" Gonzap taunted Wes, making the young member sulk a bit at this. "You can turn out quite pretty for one. What's so bad about it?"

Wes looked at him from the corner of his topaz eyes. "Will you please drop the girl talk now?"

Gonzap walked to Wes and patted his back, making Wes grin a bit. "Y'know, I'm not stoppin' you. Go get 'em, tiger."

Wes pushed Gonzap's big hand away and chuckled. "Like I said, I won't fall in love."

"Can I add yet in your statement?" Gonzap asked, looking down at the Eevees with a wink. The 2 Evolution Pok?mon looked happy at him, which made him wink a bit at them. "Your Eevees want the best for you."

"NO," Wes said with a small laugh.

"(That's it, skip the good times with Gonzap!)" demanded Umbreon. "(I'm going to get sick, or maybe get a disease!)"

"(Have I told you that you have the weirdest friend?)" Mewtwo asked.

"(You get used to him,)" Espeon said as Umbreon muttered a curse.

After the 2 played with each other (to the point they began to push shoulders away with punches, Gonzap actually pushing Wes down by accident sometimes), Wes looked back at the long motorbike.

"So, can I ride on it yet?" Wes asked.

"Hmm..." Gonzap crossed his arms to think.

"C'mon, you just gave me a bike," Wes said. "It's be shame if you just showed it to me and prevent me from using it."

"...I'm not too sure..." Gonzap admitted, making Wes look annoyed at him. "You're still too young to drive around that by yourself, Wes. Maybe I should drive it first so you get the ropes."

Wes thought for a moment. "...I wouldn't want to die the first try..." he muttered before looking at Gonzap. "Fine, you ride it and give a tutorial for that matter."

"You got that," Gonzap said with a grin. "Take your Eevees with you. We're gonna hit the road around the canyon in this baby."

"Alright," Wes said, trying to look cool.

Gonzap and the Eevees shared glances. "What, you trying to look tough?"

Wes grinned at him and crossed his arms. "You wanted me to become tough and intimating, right? Well, I'm trying my best here."

"(Objection!)" Umbreon interrupted. "(There's a contradiction in your statement, Espeon. I thought We-)"

"(He didn't EXACTLY get his attitude from Gonzap,)" Espeon interrupted. "(Now, be quiet for 10 minutes and let me continue. If you remember something good, tell me then. If you rant, I'll use Return on you.)"

"(Pfft, I have a lot of Defense, anyway...)" Umbreon muttered.

The trainer of Team Snagem and his Eevees rode the beast machine with Gonzap. The leader of Team Snagem revved up the motor in front of him before it began to accelerate, turning around the canyon that they were behind to hide the hideout. Wes and the Eevees became very fascinated as the motorbike began to pick up speed overtime. Gonzap had to put on some goggles in his eyes to prevent sand from getting in them. From the corner of his eyes, he looked to his left where Wes and the Eevees had their mouths opened in awe.

"Close your mouths before you get sand in!" Gonzap yelled.

"What?" Wes asked. "Pfppt, bluhlhf, pfpfpft!" Sand got in his mouth. The Eeves took this accident as an example before shutting their mouths.

"Priceless," muttered Gonzap as he accelerated.

"(Wes had grown very well,)" Espeon said. "(Even if we did petty crimes, he still enjoyed to do something. Having a home also helped, too.)"

"(Espeon, could we please move on to the important stuff?)" Umbreon asked annoyed.

"(Look, I'm trying to give them all the info I can think of,)" Espeon said. "(Besides, I'm about to reach the following years where Wes changed.)"

"(And I'm afraid that'll have to wait another time,)" Mewtwo interrupted.

The Under
Town

All the Pok?mon in the alley looked back at the Psychic Pok?mon. "(Why's that?)" Umbreon asked.

Mewtwo looked back at the small streets of the town and narrowed his eyes. "(There's a familiar presence coming from the colisseum. Actually, I can detect a lot of them coming this way... Wait...)" Mewtwo closed his eyes. "(...Charizard...)"

Squirtle and Ivysaur quickly stood up. "(What? Is that guy somewhere around here?)" Ivysaur asked.

The rest of the the group quickly stood up, except for Espeon and Umbreon who looked confused at the sudden reaction of the whole team. "(Care to...explain to us why you're looking so interested in a Charizard?)"

Pichu and Jigglypuff looked at each other. "(If we tell you, promise you're not going to tell anyone else?)" Pichu asked.

"(We have a pretty big secret, you know,)" Jigglypuff said.

Umbreon rolled his eyes as some of them looked at the street. "(What could be more shocking than Wes losing a battle?)"

5 minutes of explanation later...

Both Espeon and Umbreon looked at each other after the group explained everything to them. "(...You're saying all of you, including the trainers, are here to find some kind of temple from some guys that can travel through universes that they're trying to conquer?)" Umbreon asked.

"(...I'm sorry to say this, but it's hard to believe,)" Espeon said.

Pikachu pointed at Mewtwo.

"(...He helps a bit, I guess,)" Espeon admitted. "(It'd be really strange for Mewtwo to be wandering all the way here. Also, the fact that you can talk to your trainers through your mouths makes it more believable.)"

"(I guess you can stop talking through Lucario's telepathy now,)" Umbreon said. "(You guys surely are more used to talk with your mouths. We can talk to you through our minds, though.)"

"Good, now you know," Mewtwo said before looking back at the street. "Charizard is here, and he got company as well..."

"What can you see?" Pikachu asked.

Mewtwo glowed a bit more. "...Charizard...some people in ridiculous suits...and a woman with some kind of crescent moon floating on her back..."

Everyone looked at each other confused.

"(He surely means the Venus woman that we met through the town's TVs,)" Lucario called from the room. "(She alarmed the whole town about us. She said we were some intruders who got here without permission.)"

"That makes things even harder for us," Squirtle commented.

"Not really," Mewtwo said before stopping glowing. "They're not heading this way at all."

Umbreon looked at him. "(Then where are they heading to?)"

"Around the town," Mewtwo said. "More specifically around the elevator. They're going south from there."

Ivysaur looked serious. "Whatever Charizard is planning to do here, it must be bad."

"Also, if he's going with a human girl, wouldn't she try to capture him because he can talk like us?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I checked, but it seemed that the woman and him were walking close to each other," Mewtwo confirmed. "Frankly speaking, something happened between the 2."

"Should we spy on them or tell everyone?" Pichu asked worried. "I rather tell Red and Chris before going by ourselves..."

The group thought for a moment.

"...Let's face the dude right now," Squirtle said. "But we're calling Red and Chris here. Also..." He looked at Umbreon and Espeon. "Can you guys give us a hand?"

Espeon looked at Umbreon. "(Well, Mewtwo mentioned something about some guys wearing ridiculous costumes. How did they look like?)"

"They were all wearing blue and purple suits," Mewtwo said.

"(...Cipher,)" Umbreon and Espeon said bored.

Umbreon looked at them. "(If Cipher's involved, then we may as well go with you, too.)"

"Cool," Ivyaur said. "Now, we need to find a way to convince Wes and Rui from coming. I don't think they're going to believe us at all."

Umbreon showed his right paw at them. "(Why bother? We have a plan to make them come.)"

"You do?" Pikachu asked.

"(Of course we do,)" Espeon said. "(You just need to tell this to Red and Chris. After you tell this to them, then...)"

The Under Hotel

Some sounds like someone trying to scramble around a room to get some stuff started to come from Red and Chris's rooms. The 2 trainers suddenly ran out in hurry with the group of Pok?mon. The loud sounds reached over to Wes and Rui's rooms.

"Mommy, don't let me get near that Tauros because it's gonna bite my short skirt again, the pervert..." Rui muttered as she moved to the right.

"ESPEON!" Espeon yelled loudly, being the one inside her room.

"IT'S BITING IT! HELP!" The teen girl quickly gasped and got up, looking around confused before staring at Espeon. "W-what? W-why did you just yell, Espeon?!"

Espeon grunted a bit before he ran off from her room in a hurry.

"H-hey, wait up! Where are you going?!" Rui asked as she looked around for her boots.

"Umbreon, what the hell is wrong with you?!" Wes was heard yelling from his room before its door opened as Umbreon ran away from the hotel with Espeon. "Umbreon, Espeon, what is wrong with you 2?!" Wes asked angered before he came to Rui's room, looking a little bit tired. "Rui, did Espeon just run away randomly?"

Rui looked worried. "I-I dunno, he just started to get upset..."

Wes grunted annoyed and looked back at the exit. "Dammit, we have to follow them. We can't let them go out in this kind of town."

Rui blushed a bit before covering her face with the bed sheet. "A-and put some pants on. I can see your boxers!"

Wes cursed mentally in his mind before he ran away to his room to get himself dressed, Rui doing the same.

Town

Red, Chris, and the rest of the Pok?mon were seen running south of the elevator. In a corner, Mewtwo was leaned to the wall with crossed arms. The Psychic Pok?mon looked at the group and decided to follow them.

"You were late," Mewtwo said.

"Hey, I was telling everything to Red," Squirtle said. "I had to tell him everything twice before he understood."

"And Chris was dreaming," Lucario said. "I don't like to interrupt his dreams."

"You didn't want to interrupt his dreams because you heard him muttering that he was surrounded by Riolus," Pikachu said on Chris's right shoulder.

Chris blushed. "H-hey, those are my private dreams. Stop talking about them now!" he yelled embarrased.

Red looked down at Espeon and Umbreon. "Really, thanks for telling us about Wes. The guy creeps me out, but surely something happened in his past that made him like this, right?"

Jigglypuff (on Chris's arms) stared at Espeon before looking at Red. "He says that it's nothing. They want Wes to become more sociable with people as soon as possible."

"There they are!"

The group, without stopping running south on the steel floor, looked back to see an angry Wes and a worried Rui trying to catch up with them.

"Dammit, are you taking Espeon and Umbreon away from me or what?" Wes asked angrily.

"N-no!" Red yelled. "It's not like that! They happened to see more of Cipher members heading down this way!"

"What?" Rui asked. "So they were just perturbed by Cipher?"

The Smashers slowed down a bit to let Wes and Rui catch up. Once Wes ran between Espeon and Umbreon, he looked at Red. "You saw them as well, then?"

"Actually, Lucario did," Red said, trying to cover up the lie. "He alarmed Chris that there were those Cipher guys going down this way. Chris alerted the rest of us and we had to leave in a hurry."

"...I guess that's why Espeon and Umbreon ran out as well," Wes said. "They were worried about you all."

It was time to ask something important for Wes.

"...Were you worried for us, though?" Red asked.

Wes shook his head. "You have pretty powerful Pok?mon with you. Why should I worry, anyway?"

"(You little...)" Red thought upset at the response.

"S-stop!" Rui yelled, halting everyone from running west.

The group had stopped in the south wall of the city. There was only the cold steel floor and the wall. The hotel that they used to rest was 10 feet down below the platform, but they decided to take the long way in order to make Wes and Rui tag along as well.

There was something weird in the small area they were. Some sort of tunnel was silently waiting on the right side of the wall.

"A tunnel?" Rui asked.

"That's weird..." Wes muttered as everyone stared at the dark tunnel. "It's easy to find this tunnel even from a long distance." He turned around. "You can see the tunnel from the elevator."

"But I blame the town," Chris said. "It's pretty dark on this side. The signs' lights barely reach this place as well."

Wes looked back at the tunnel. "That would be the most logical answer, then..." He crossed his arms. "What's so great about this tunnel, anyway?"

Pikachu and Pichu noticed some footprints on the tunnel's ground. The 2 Electric Pok?mon jumped off from Chris's shoulders and pointed at the marks.

"Hey, there are footprints in there," Rui said.

"...Pipipipi!" Pichu got startled as he pointed at some big footprints that looked like feet with claws.

"Those other footmarks look pretty different, though..." Rui muttered. "...A Shadow Pok?mon acting as a guard, maybe?"

"Somebody could have just entered inside some other time, though," Wes said as he thought. "...But the fact that you said the peons went through this path...it's be easy to tell that they went through here."

Lucario began to grunt and show his fangs at the tunnel which made Chris look worried at him. Red looked at Mewtwo's narrow glare.

Wes noticed the 2 Pok?mon's silent but aware behavior. Something about them told him that whatever was on the other side of the tunnel wasn't good.

"...Let's go in," Wes said as he began to walk carefully into the tunnel, making some of them gasp a bit. "Let's go, but let's be careful as well. If there are Cipher members on the other side, then we should be quiet." He stopped walking and turned to them. "Call all your Pok?mon back so we don't make too much noise."

Red and Chris told their Pok?mon to return to their Pok? Ball as Wes did the same for Espeon and Umbreon. The other 3 human characters remained behind, feeling a little bit uneasy about going in.

"Let's go," Wes muttered to them. "Be careful with your steps as well, you got that?"

Once Wes turned around to walk into the tunnel with Rui following suit, Red and Chris looked at each other. "Charizard must be on other side of this tunnel..." Chris whispered.

Red nodded and adjusted his cap. "If I can, I'm going to catch him now."

"But why would he be here, anyway?" Chris asked. "Shouldn't he just attack us right away instead of going through this tunnel?"

"Do you remember this tunnel being here through your...game memory?"

Chris shrugged. "N-no, I don't. In fact, this tunnel wasn't even here before..." He thought for a moment. "...We haven't found the temple yet, have we?"

"No..."

The World Traveler looked back to the tunnel. "...What if..."

The Pallet Town trainer looked serious to the tunnel. "...You don't mean the temple is in there, right?"

"Hey, you 2, hurry up or we're going to leave you behind," Wes's voice called from the tunnel.

The 2 Smashers looked at each other before nodding and going in, wishing to find the temple.

They were unaware that they would soon face another battle against the next Shadow Nightmare thanks to the Subspace subordinate...

Would the Shadow Nightmare go after Red or Chris? It was a mystery for them to know that there was going to be another one, unfortunately...

"...I heard something coming from over there..." Rui muttered as she looked around. "...This tunnel isn't that long..."

The 4 humans found a big boulder that obstructed their way to the other side of the tunnel. Wes could tell that the people that walked through here walked around the boulder. There was another way around the boulder to the big area behind it. For his luck, there was a small visible space where the boulder was against the wall. Closing his left eye, Wes looked through the space to see anything.

The 3 humans stopped walking behind him. "Do you see anything?" Red asked.

"...What the..." Wes muttered.

"...Wes?"

"...I see...Venus...the Cipher members...a Charizard..." Wes trailed off. "...You were right after all..."

"But I don't think that's so surprising," Rui whispered.

"That's not all..." Wes muttered before he looked at them. "I...I found some kind of...ruins...or...some kind of big temple... They were looking at it as well."

Rui looked confused at this, but Red and Chris looked at each other surprised at Wes's finding. "(We found the temple, then!)" Chris thought.

Red knew Chris thought something about the temple. The trainer followed it with his own words in mind.

What were those words?

"(We found the temple, then!)"

TO BE CONTINUED...

...

"Second Liar: ???...What?" Squirtle asked. "Why is the title like this?"

"I don't know," Ivysaur said bored. "To create suspense and destroy whatever the people think will most likely happen?"

"That's evil."

"No, it's promotion to enhance the suspence. They'll eventually fall down on our knees to beg for the answer."

"...You have a pretty twisted mind, did you know that?"

"Yep."

"...Scary."


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

The Under
Chris, Lucario
, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Wes, Rui
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: Magnum on October 26, 2009, 01:15:46 PM
So how many chapters did you lose exactly?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 26, 2009, 04:38:51 PM
Quote from: Magnum on October 26, 2009, 01:15:46 PM
So how many chapters did you lose exactly?
I lost 2 chapters.

HOWEVER, they're not entirely lost. I have the 2 chapters saved in my CPU and they're also safe at fanfiction.net.

Overall, nothing was lost.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: Magnum on October 26, 2009, 04:40:23 PM
Quote from: wiiboychris on October 26, 2009, 04:38:51 PM
I lost 2 chapters.

HOWEVER, they're not entirely lost. I have the 2 chapters saved in my CPU and they're also safe at fanfiction.net.

Overall, nothing was lost.
Oh well that's good.
Can't say that I'm a devout reader (I am NOT reading 150 somewhat chapters) but I see some of them occasionally.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (PKMN Colosseum arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 27, 2009, 10:24:34 AM
Chapter 153: Second Liar: ???

The Under

The Under was known by a few people as the darker side of Pyrite Town. If Pyrite Town already had its thieves, the ones in The Under would be nastier than they could be. The underground town was ruled mostly by Cipher, who began to use the Coliseum and the town through the same way Miror. B. used Pyrite Town. However, unlike Pyrite Town, The Under had its own admin in command.

That admin was Cipher Admin Venus or often called Lady Venus by her admirers.

One thing that the town didn't have before was the fact that a tunnel appeared out of nowhere in the south wall of the whole underground. This particular tunnel leaded to some ruins; ruins that Red and Chris recognized by its name. The temple looked a little bit luxurious with grey walls and sophisticated carvings that adorned the temple's outer walls.

Apotos Temple - Entrance

The group spied from the other side of the boulder the Cipher members and Charizard.

"...Is the Charizard talking?" Rui asked, hearing some words coming from Charizard.

"Unbelievable," whispered Wes as he narrowed his eyes. "I can't understand why the Charizard is talking at all. Maybe Cipher is trying out new technology..."

Red and Chris knew better than Wes and Rui. The 2 decided to stay silent as they all looked serious at the group of villains.

"I swear," Venus began as she looked at the temple with the members and Charizard. "This temple wasn't here before."

Charizard looked at her. "Well, you know I was called here to keep those guys from coming to this weird temple. We had a deal, remember?"

Venus looked annoyed at him. "If I discovered this temple before, you would've been already captured when you came to me. After that, I'd have used you in some commercials for The Under Time for more propaganda."

Charizard grunted. "Why would I be some kind of commercial material? You're not making me try that toothpaste."

Venus grunted back at him. "Oh, please! The toothpaste itself is really good, you know! Don't you dare insult me with your words, fat dragon!"

The Flame Pokémon glared at her. "Call me fat again and I'll slice that thin body of yours."

"Ha, try it," Venus said annoyed. "I have my people here for you."

Behind Charizard, a squad of Primids came out, adjusting their hats a bit. "And I have my own squad here. They're weak, but they're formidable in groups."

The Cipher Peons kept their sight on the Primids as Venus sulked a bit. "Anyway, do you want me to leave? The air in here is just disgusting and my dress is getting dirty with the dust."

"No can do," Charizard said. "I want you stupid squad to examine this place and see if they can find a way in to the temple. See over there?" the Flame Pokémon asked as he pointed at the entrance. "There are 3 doors in the temple: a door with a sun mark, another door with a moon mark, and then we have the middle door that leads to the deepest sanctum."

"What, do you expect me to break through that?" Venus asked.

"I went inside yesterday and I got a headache after I rammed my head against the doors," Charizard recalled annoyed. "So I'm calling you here and see what your guys can do."

The Cipher Admin looked at him with an annoyed look before she snapped her fingers. The peons nodded at this and began to charge inside the temple. "Go in and examine the temple! If there's anything luxurious, bring it back to me!"

"What is that for?"

Venus chuckled. "If there are any artifacts in there, I want at least to have the most gorgeous ones. I'm not helping you without a prize."

Charizard frowned at this as the group looked at each other. "What is the deal with that Charizard?" Rui asked. "And what are those shadow creatures? Are they Pokémon?"

"I...don't think so," Chris said.

Wes rubbed his chin a bit. "The woman in there is a Cipher Admin, alright. She would be in charge of this town. She didn't alert the people in here by us for nothing."

"(Actually, there would be a guy who would be the false intruder...)" Chris thought. "(What was his name again?)"

"You people are disgusting!"

The sudden voice from the entrance of the temple startled the group. They all looked back to Charizard and Venus. There was another person close to Charizard on the floor that had his hands tied behind his back. The person was a young man with grey hair, wore a light blue jacket, and also wore black pants and black shoes. The person was familiar to both Wes and Rui as he tried to stand up.

"What the hell do you think you're going to do, anyway?" the guy asked to Venus.

Venus laughed a bit. "What do you think? I'm going to do the usual as Miror. B. did in Pyrite Town."

"Distribute Shadow Pokémon to the people in here so they later go to Pyrite Town and revive what Wes and Rui stopped?"

"Just like that," Venus said with a chuckle. "Miror. B. failed to accomplish his job so I'm going to be the one who will have to finish it up with success. Our leader will be so pleased after hearing that the operations in Pyrite will be soon recovered."

"I knew you were stupid!" the guy yelled as he stood up before Charizard pushed him on the ground. "Ugh!"

"Shut up before I roast you, got that?" Charizard threatened as some fire gathered in his jaws.

"It's Silva!" Wes and Rui whispered before they all looked at each other.

"How did he get here?" Rui whispered.

"How should I know? As far as I know, he would have used the elevator, but we had the key," Wes said. "Unless he got another key from the other people at the police station, then he would have found out about The Under."

"Yeah, I know how headstrong he is..." Rui muttered.

"You guys know him?" Red asked.

Wes nodded. "He got in trouble with Cipher before. We had to go rescue him from getting hurt in the same building we entered to come here."

Rui sighed depressed. "Silva's always like this. When something bothers him, he won't let it go that easily. Also, he's Duking's detective partner, another reason why he got here."

Silva managed to push himself up to stand on his knees, a glare directed at Venus. "Well, I don't see any of you doing that, though!"

Venus rolled her eyes. "Look, you just happened to be in the way when we came here. When I said there were intruders, I didn't think of you at all. Those other intruders are 4 meddling kids who stopped Dakim's progress from getting the Time Flute and Mt. Battle."

"Ha, so they wiped the floor with your admins, huh?" Silva asked with a grin. "I knew they would kick you out from the mountain eventually!"

"Ugh, you're useless and annoying, you knew that?" Venus asked. "You'll have to stay quiet or else I'll throw you down the chasm in front of the coliseum."

Silva ignored her as he looked back at Charizard. "What the hell are you to be talking human language, anyway?"

Charizard pushed Silva back with his right foot before chuckling. "I'm a very special guy who wants to stop some idiots from interfering in my plans. Now, what were their names again? Oh yeah... Red and...Christopher."

"It's simply Chris!" Chris yelled before gasping.

The 3 people in front of the temple looked around confused. "Did you just hear someone?" Venus asked. "Hey, who's there?"

"I definitely hear someone yelling nearby..." Charizard said as he pushed some smoke from his nostrils. "That voice was really familiar..."

"Voice? Oh please, your minds surely are playing tricks to you because I didn't hear anything myself," Silva said, face on the floor.

"You shut up before I use Flamethrower on you," Charizard threatened.

Wes looked angrily at Red and Chris. "What the hell was that for? You know very well we're hiding away from them."

"S-sorry..." Chris muttered.

"Also..." Wes stared at them longer. "...That Charizard knows about you?"

Red and Chris gasped mentally. "W-well, truth is...we've been chasing that Charizard around the outskirts of Orre until it escaped here..."

The World Traveler looked at Red.

"He's some kind of special Pokémon, you know..." Red tried his best to come up with an excuse. "A-and did you see how those creatures appeared behind him? Well, that's another reason why we want to capture him."

"..." Wes narrowed his eyes at him.

Was Wes not stupid, or he just didn't like Red? Possibly both.

"...And he happened to know about us as well..." Red added.

The shady trainer kept staring at him for a while longer before he looked back to the group. "Just to let you know something," he muttered.

"W-what?" Chris asked scared.

"I'm not believing most of the crap you've been saying," Wes admitted. "You're hiding something from me and Rui for sure. Your scared expressions tell that much."

Red gulped. "W-well, that's the whole truth..."

Good thing they said the truth about chasing Charizard, but bad thing it was just a fragment of the whole truth.

Chris looked worried at Red. The Pallet Town trainer looked down in shame before they returned to spy on the Pokémon, the admin, and Silva.

"So," Venus began as she looked at Charizard. "What are you going to do once the people you're waiting for show up here?"

Charizard smirked as he held his right claw out, a dark portal forming beneath on the ground before it made a cage; a cage with a familiar monster that made Chris gasp. "I'm using this," Charizard said as he patted the cage several times, the Shadow Nightmare inside standing motionles, staring forward emotionless.

"Eww, yuck, what's that hideous monster in the cage?" Venus asked disgusted at the Shadow Nightmare.

"A helpful creature I'm planning to use of that idiot kid Red," Charizard said. "Once this monster latches on him, it'll create a shadow monster of the kid. Once he gets an emotional breakdown, I'll use him as a my pounding toy."

"(What?!)" Red thought in shock as he stared at the monster. "(T-that's the same thing that attacked Lucas before, right?)"

"What are they talking about?" Wes muttered. "The Charizard seems to be somewhat smart for my tastes..." He looked back at the 2 trainers. "Are you sure you're not hiding something from me?"

"L-look, we just happened to find the Charizard we're looking for," Red said.

"...Then why didn't you tell me that before?" Wes asked with a glare. "I mean, what's there to it? We came all the way to spy on Cipher, and now you're saying that the talking Charizard is a target you've been looking for all this time without even telling us?"

The World Traveler got preoccupied at the situation. They were supposed to be gathering info from Charizard and Venus, not argue with each other. Thinking fast, he came up with something. "...Yes..." Chris said. "...We...kind of didn't want to say that before..."

"Chris..." Red trailed off worried as Wes looked at Chris.

"Why didn't you want to say it before?" Wes asked, narrowing his glare. "Are you telling me that you've been using us all this time to get to the Pokémon that you didn't want to mention to us?"

"N-no, you got it all wrong!" Red whispered. "We wanted to help you too!"

"Does that mean you also wanted to look for this useless Charizard that can speak?" Wes asked. "I don't believe any of this crap anymore..." He pointed a finger at Red and Chris. "I've been questioning your reasons behind helping us."

"W-Wes!" Rui whispered in shock.

"Shut up, Rui, this is something you don't need to hear at all."

"H-hey!"

"Now, tell me," Wes asked with a demanding glare. "Why the hell did you decide to follow us knowing that we somehow could find that Charizard? You're starting to piss me off with those stupid attitudes of yours now. I demand all the answers you have."

Red and Chris backed away a bit. "H-hey, we're supposed to be hiding and spying them..." Chris muttered.

"Who cares about them? I don't give a darn about Cipher that much because they're imbeciles who can't treat Pokémon properly."

"What?" Red asked.

"I hate Cipher because they turn innocent  Pokémon into Shadow Pokémon," Wes admitted. "But let's not talk about that anymore. What I want to find out is your reasons behind helping us. You're both travelers, right? Why did you want to meddle your noses with us?"

"Wes!" Rui whispered louder.

"And for that matter, why do you both have rare and missing Pokémon? Red is possibly the most reckless trainer I've ever met before in my life."

At this complaint, the Pallet Town trainer glared at him and took a step forward. "What was that supposed to mean?"

"Oh, you know well," Wes said with crossed arms, Chris and Rui at a loss to do something to stop the shady trainer's suspicions. "You're just lucky to have a super powerful Pokémon who didn't even obey you during the battle with Dakim. Did you really think I didn't see that? Mewtwo was acting all by itself the whole battle and you didn't order an attack."

"W-well..." Red looked down.

"Also, it makes me hard to believe that you captured it with a Master Ball," Wes said. "You surely had lucky of a bastard."

"W-who are you calling a bastard?" Red asked angrily.

"It's obvious who the bastard is here," Wes said. "The bastard not being me but you 2."

The World Traveler looked down in shame, but Red wanted to speak his mind to Wes. Red never was angered before as much as Wes made him to be.

"Look, you heartless idiot..." Red muttered with gritted teeth.

Wes narrowed his glare at him. "What the hell did you just call me?"

Rui looked back and forth between the 2 soon-to-be-rivals. "S-shouldn't we keep our voices dow-"

"A heartless idiot, that's what you are!" Red yelled as he began to walked slowly to Wes. "I'm sick of your stupid, cold, insensitive, intolerable, sickening, enraging (Chris: Red, you really need to sto-), infuriating, stinky, obnoxious, and above else, your presence!" he yelled loudly. "Do you think I'm just going to let an idiot like you you insult me just like that? Well, I'm here to tell you something: I'm not going to let you insult anymore because you're all those things, you heard me, huh?!"

The World Traveler and the girl looked back at Wes with shocked look. They could tell that Wes's face wanted to explode and attack Red. His topaz eyes were widening, and his hands made tight fists.

"...Do you really want to hear my answer, idiot?" Wes asked through gritted teeth.

Red crossed his arms. "Yeah, I want to hear what you have!"

"Okay..." Wes sighed, staring blankly at him. "...Too bad you're gonna have to feel it INSTEAD!!! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!"

Chris and Rui gasped before Wes lunged directly at Red, pushing themselves away from behind the boulder where they began to throw fists at each other on the dirty soil, rolling towards the temple where they startled Charizard, Venus, and Silva. Red, obviously, had to retaliate by throwing his own fists at Wes as they rolled recklessly on the ground.

"THIS IS FOR BEING AN ASS TO ME!" Red yelled.

"THIS IS FOR BEING A STUPID IDIOT!" Wes yelled.

"THIS IS FOR BEING A COLD BASTARD!"

"THIS IS FOR BEING A WEAKLING!"

"THIS IS FOR BEING STUPIDLY EVIL LOOKING!"

"THIS IS FOR BEING STUPIDLY WEAK LOOKING!"

"ASS!"

"IDIOT!"

"BASTARD!"

"IMBECILE!"

"HEARTLESS!"

"ANNOYING BUG!"

"THIEF!"

"UNORIGINAL NAME GUY!"

"What the hell is going on here?!" Charizard demanded as the 2 continued to punch each other to death. "It's you!"

"Uah, it's the kid who defeated Dakim and Miror. B.!" Venus yelped.

At that moment, Rui and Chris came from the boulder, looking alarmed. "R-Red!" Chris yelled.

"Wes!" Rui yelled.

"Both of you, stop it right now!" they both yelled worried before they ran at the 2 stoped them from punching their teeth out. However, both trainers were pulling their arms and fists so fast that Rui and Chris were unable to come closer without getting hurt.

"You!" Charizard yelled as he pointed at Chris.

"The girl that can see auras!" Venus yelled as she looked at Rui.

Silva looked confused at the whole event. "W-what is happening? Why is Wes beating up that trainer?"

"Who cares about the shady trainer?" Charizard asked before smacking his right claw. "Time to bring them down once and for a-"

The Flame Pokémon stopped talking as Wes and Red pushed each other back before standing up to try to choke their throats at the same time while shaking their shoulders. "G-get away from here!" Wes yelled as he gasped for breath.

"N-no!" Red yelled as applied more pressure. "Y-you go away! I don't need you!"

Rui had her hands on her cheeks. "Oh my god, somebody stop them from hurting each other!"

"R-Red, Wes, stop!" Chris said in panic. "Y-you have to resolve your differences like civilized people for once!"

Silva tilted his head before Wes and Red began to throw fists at each other. "If you ask me, that's their way to do things in a civilized way," Silva commented.

"You shut up, I didn't ask you!" Chris yelled in panic. "Oh my god, they're starting to bleed!"

"Aww, gross, this is turning out so badly!" Rui yelled. "Really, somebody, stop them!"

"I-I know!" Chris yelled as he called Lucario, Pikachu, Pichu, and Jigglypuff out. "Jigglypuff, use Sing!"

"W-what is happening here?" Jigglypuff asked as she saw Red and Wes fighting. "W-why are they punching each other?"

Rui looked shocked at Jigglypuff. "U-uah! I-it talked just now!"

"Whoops..." Jigglypuff muttered, making Pikachu and Pichu facepalm with a frown.

"Grrrrrr..." Lucario's eyes turned wild as he stared at Charizard in anger.

Charizard rolled his eyes. "I don't have time for you! I wanna crush Red and those 2 idiots with him as well!"

"Hey, like, do something, then!" Venus demanded. "I want to have a merit for defeating the shady kid myself, you know!"

At that moment, Wes was punched hard in his face, making him back away a bit before 2 Poké Balls fell off his belt. The 2 spheres instantly opened, letting Umbreon and Espeon to come out. Wes's Pokémon looked around confused before they heard their trainer yelling loudly as he charged at Red and threw a fast fist to Red.

Red was pushed back by Wes's fist, accidently letting his belt release 3 Poké Balls that fell on the ground. The 3 Poké Balls instantly released Squirtle, Ivysaur, and Mewtwo out. The 3 confused Pokémon looked quickly at Red as he yelled and continued to fight against Wes physically.

"H-hey, Red, why are you beating Wes?" Squirtle asked suddenly. "Red, are you hearing him? Hey!"

Rui looked even more shocked. "T-the Squirtle just talked as well!"

"...Oh, crap," Squirtle muttered embarrassed.

Mewtwo sighed and frowned. "I knew this was going to eventually come to this..."

The girl of the group covered her head. "Ooh, there are too many things I wanna ask right now..." Rui muttered in confusion.

The situation in the tunnel was at a complete loss. Charizard and Venus wanted to attack, but seeing that Wes and Red were both busy fighting each other, they weren't listening to anyone. Rui tried to think of something, but Wes's look frightened her, Chris couldn't stop Red from punching Wes, Pikachu and Pichu were trying to understand the situation with Squirtle and Ivysaur, Lucario kept his wild glare on Charizard, Umbreon and Espeon yelled at Wes to stop, Mewtwo tried to think of something to stop both of them without involving him to separate them (due to the fact they would quickly return fighting each other), and Silva did nothing but stare.

Overall, if only Red and Wes stopped, there would be something different than them trying to punch their skulls off.

Having enough to see somebody else beating Red than himself, Charizard stomped the ground. "HEY, KID!" Charizard yelled enraged. "STOP FIGHTING THAT GUY AND TURN TO ME!"

"Y-you're a faggot!" Red yelled as he threw a fist at Wes's face.

"You're an annoying idiot who keeps following us!" Wes yelled back as he did the same to Red.

"We just wanted to give you a hand!"

"I like to work alone!"

"You have Rui with you!"

"Oh, sorry, I meant to say WE like to work alone! That means getting the hell out of here!"

Silva managed to stand up and run at Rui's side. "R-Rui, could you untie my hands, please?"

Rui shook her head before looking at Silva. "O-oh, okay. Here, let me help..."

Venus looked angry at Charizard. "You let the boy escape, you numskull!"

"Who are you calling a numskull?" Charizard asked as he turned around at Venus. "I haven't seen you doing something, Ms. Floating Crescent Moon On My Back!" he taunted.

"Oh, how rude of you!" Venus said with a pouting face. "I thought you were supposed to attack them while they're beating each other to death!"

"How funny because I expected you to do it as well!"

"Then why are you holding back?"

"I could ask you the same thing!"

"Well, real gentlemen protect gorgeous women like me, just to let you know!"

"Too bad you reach creepy category."

"What did you just say to me?!" Venus yelled angrily. "I am the most beautiful, lovable girl in the whole town of this place!"

"You like this stinky town?" Charizard asked with a chuckle. "Wow, that really fits you well."

"That does it!" Venus yelled as she pointed forward at the fighting trainers. "Go fight them, now!"

The Flame Pokémon grunted annoyed before turning around. "Hey, Red, you better say your prayers because it's time for you to face your shadow version..." He thought for a moment. "Wait, I want to do the emotional breakdown here..." He looked at the creature in the cage. "And I want to do the fighting as well..."

Chris gasped and quickly looked at Lucario. "Lucario, destroy the monster in the cage before Charizard releases it!"

Charizard's eyes widened before his gut got a fast and severe fist of aura by Lucario. The Aura Pokémon had a menacing glare before he pushed Charizard away to the side. Venus yelled and backed away from Lucario before he looked down at the cage and growled at the monster. "GUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRRGH!!!" Lucario roared as he brought down a devastating fist of aura upon the cage, destroying it into bits.

Chris and the Pokémon (except Mewtwo) sighed in relief. "Phew...you destroyed it..."

"..." Lucario closed his eyes before pulling his fist back.

"...The monster escaped," Mewtwo suddenly said.

The World Traveler and the Aura Pokémon looked shocked before looking back at the cage. There wasn't a sign of the Shadow Nightmare instead of the pieces of the broken cage scattered around. "What?" Lucario asked confused as he looked around and grunted. "Where did it go?"

The Psychic Pokémon quickly looked up on the rocky ceiling, spotting a big black spot that moved crazily at the sides. "Up there, on the ceiling."

The World Traveler knew Red wasn't going to order Squirtle or Ivysaur from attacking. Taking the iniciative, Chris pointed at the monster of the ceiling. "Everyone, attack it with long range skills, now!"

"Stop!" Mewtwo suddenly yelled, stopping Pikachu, Pichu, Ivysaur, Squirtle, and Lucario from attacking. "If your attacks end up missing the monster, you're going to cause a cave in and everyone in here will suffer the consequence."

"B-but what do we do, then?" Chris asked.

Mewtwo held out his right hand to the ceiling as he suddenly glowed with psychic energy. "I'll take care of it. I'm going to bring it down for you t-"

The shadow quickly moved far off to the right.

"What the..." Mewtwo muttered before narrowing his eyes. "It knows I'm trying to grab it with Psychic... It won't get away from me."

Everyone (except the arguing trainers) looked up to see the shadow moving insanely fast over all the ceiling. Ivysaur noticed that Mewtwo's right hand quickly moved everywhere where the shadow moved. It eventually tried another different move by moving along the walls. The Psychic Pokémon narrowed his eyes even more before the shadow passed to the ground.

"Dammit, it's too fast for me to lock it on," Mewtwo muttered. "Keep yourselves away from it or else you will regret it."

The Smashers gasped and quickly dispersed along the area. Charizard, confused, shook his head to do something. However, he wanted the Shadow Nightmare to go against Red and no one else. Seeing that Red was...fighting against Wes for some reason as he thought, the Flame Pokémon pointed at the trainer. "Hey, shadow, go get Red and make sure you get him!"

The group gasped and turned around to look back at the 2 bickering trainers, still distracted.

Rui didn't care about anything else than Wes. Whatever was happening there was something she didn't want to hear more for the time being as she looked at the Shadow Nightmare sprouting out from its spot. It played with its pincers as it glanced at Red. The monster was hungry to get a victim under its possession.

"RED!!!" the Smashers (except Mewtwo who tried to restrain the Shadow Nightmare from leaping to Red, unfortunately failing as it quickly dashed to the sides) yelled loudly to get Red's attention.

"SHUT UP!" Red yelled as he blocked a fist from Wes. "This guy needs to learn that he shouldn't an a(beep)hole with me!"

"And you should learn to not meddle with our affairs any longer!" yelled Wes as he blocked a fist from Red. "You little INSOLENT!!!" he yelled loudly as he lunged at Red, making Red gasp in shock as he was pushed away.

The shriek from the Shadow Nightmare made everyone look back at it as it leaped quickly at Red. Chris ordered Lucario to use Extremespeed and get Red before the Shadow Nightmare could attack him with its shadow pincers.

A lot of confusion came after that, unfortunately...

The World Traveler noticed that Lucario already got Red. The Aura Pokémon held the furious trainer under his right arm as Red tried to get off. However, Lucario's brute force didn't even make his arm budge a bit before the trainer calmed down. "Hey, why did you do that for?" Red asked angrily as he looked at the glaring Lucario. "I was going to teach him a-"

Red stopped talking once he heard someone falling on the floor as the sounds of some pointy tips ripping something was heard echoing in the tunnel.

"What the hell?!" Charizard suddenly interrupted.

Umbreon and Espeon suddenly yelled for some reason.

Rui covered her mouth in pure shock. "N-NO!"

Chris looked back with Lucario and Red before they all gasped. "O-oh no, I forgot abou-"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Pikachu, Pichu, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Jigglypuff, Umbreon, and Espeon couldn't believe what happened next...

Seconds before, after Lucario grabbed Red and pulled all the way to the east of the tunnel with Chris, Wes was seen falling on the ground before looking up with a mad look. "You bastard, come back here!"

Unfortunately, during this time, the Shadow Nightmare was about to latch itself on Red, but since Lucario pulled Red back, and the fact that Wes was going to leap at Red to hit him again, made him the accidental target of the monster.

The shady trainer suddenly felt that some pincers pierced his trail coat from his back. His eyes widened, and his pupils shrunk in pain before he screamed loudly.

"...T-the Shadow Nightmare..." Pikachu looked shocked before gulping. "...I-it just..."

"...WEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES!!!" Rui cried out as she saw a blob of darkness covering Wes as he laid down on the ground.

Everyone watched and heard the shady trainer screaming in agony from within the blob of darkness. Umbreon and Espeon quickly dashed and stopped in front of the ominuous darkness, trying to come up with something to save Wes from whatever was happening to him.

"(Do something!)" Espeon said in shock to Umbreon.

"(H-how the hell should I know how to save him from that blob?)" Umbreon asked panicked. "(You're the smart guy here so think of something before we're trainerless!)"

"(I don't have all the answers for everything!)" Espeon argued.

"(Dammit, I knew I shouldn't have trust you before!)"

"(Will you just knock it off an-)"

The 2 quickly looked back at the blod where an unconscious Wes was pushed out, falling right between the 2 alarmed Pokémon gasped in relief.

"(We're not trainerless, we're not trainerless!)" Umbreon rejoiced before Espeon slapped him with his 2-tailed tail. "(Oww!)"

"(Calm down, please,)" Espeon said annoyed before touching Wes's head. "Espi, Espeon, Espeon!"

"He's alright," Squirtle said with a sigh. "Let's go and see if he's fine, though."

The entire group ran to Wes, Umbreon, and Espeon. Charizard and Venus looked away from a distance as they stared at the blob of darkness intact. The Flame Pokémon slapped hit his forehead with a claw and frowned to himself. "I wanted RED to go down, not the other guy..."

"Whatever that thing do to the meddling boy?" Venus asked.

Charizard's eyes widened before he looked back at the blob.

All the Pokémon and the 3 humans gathered around the fainted Wes. Some grunts came from his closed mouth before he slowly opened his eyes to find Umbreon in front of him. The Moonlight Pokémon's ears twitched a little bit before looking happy at him. Umbreon walked closed and licked his face a bit. "...Heheheh...stop it, Umbreon..." muttered Wes before he slowly pushed himself up. He looked at everyone surrounding him, especially a sniffing Rui who quickly hugged him tightly. "Rui...what just happened?"

"You...idiot..." Rui sniffed and muttered. "I-I was so worried about you, Wes... You were attacking Red for no good reason...and you weren't listening to anything we were saying..." She pushed herself back to look at Wes, tears strolling down her cheeks. "Don't you know you were trying to kill Red because you hate for something he..."

Wes slowly turned his face to look at Red's beaten up look. The Pallet Town trainer glared a bit before looking away, Squirtle and Ivysaur looking worried.

"..." Wes remained silent before he looked at the blob of darkness some feet away from all of them. "...What is that thing...over there?"

The entire group looked back at the blob before it began to shrink down in size. They watched as a dark figure materialized from it. The figure was too dark itself for anyone to make out a face or spot any clothes. Eventually, the shadow slowly took form...

"...!!!" Wes gasped, feeling a little bit frightened at whatever was in front of him...

The humans and Pokémon had shocked looks as a small kid was purely made of darkness. No one them knew the kid at all, but for Wes...

Wes couldn't believe his eyes...

"..." The shadow kid was looking down on the floor before he looked up to the tall people. A sincere smile formed on his lips before chuckling. "Hello...me..." he greeted Wes. "How's it been?"

Rui shook her head in pure shock. The shadow kid before them looked innocent, but his voice was really distorted and twisted. "W-who are you?" Rui asked to the shadow kid. "H-how did you came out from that monster?"

"Monster?" the shadow kid asked as he tilted his head. "I don't remember seeing any monster..." He embraced himself. "I hate monsters...but...but..." He looked up to them happily. "...I like Pokémon a lot..."

Lucario examined the kid for a bit before he began to show his fangs at him. Seeing the Aura Pokémon, the shadow kid merely chuckled, making Lucario get confused as he stopped growling down at him.

"Heheheh," the shadow kid smiled at Lucario. "You look so cool and so powerful and...so tall..." he remarked. "I wanna have a Pokémon like you someday..."

Lucario looked confused at the scared Chris. The World Traveler didn't know the kid very well, but he could tell that he was surely...

"..." Wes looked a little bit frightened at the kid before him. Umbreon and Espeon looked at each other, puzzled at the kid that chuckled at them as well.

"Hey, I know you 2," the shadow kid said. "You're my Pokémon: my Eevees. So awesome, you evolved!" The kid began to jump in happiness. "I knew you would evolve very soon!"

"(Who the hell is this kid?)" Umbreon asked. "(Something about him...makes me recall Wes for some reason...)"

Espeon examined the kid a little bit more. "(...He couldn't be... No...it'd be impossible for him to be...)"

"Why are you 2 staring at me like that?" the shadow kid asked. "You're...scaring me a bit..." The kid looked up at Wes. "You, do something! Our Pokémon are looking me weird!"

"...Our Pokémon?" Wes repeated confused. "What are you saying? They're not yours..."

"..." The shadow kid looked down. "But...that's not true... It's not true because..." He looked up at Wes and smiled. "...You're me...and I'm you..."

Wes took a step back from the shadow kid. The shady trainer didn't look shady anymore, but scared of the shadow kid that looked at him innocently happy.

"...Who the hell do you think you are?" Wes asked, his scared look turning into a mad glare. "Why did you come out of nowhere telling me that we're the person?"

"You don't understand, then?" the shadow kid asked. "My name is Wes, and your name is Wes."

Rui, Espeon, and Umbreon gasped at the same time. Wes's right eye twitched at the nonsense that the kid told him. For him, there was no way the shadow thing was him in any way.

"I mean..." the shadow kid opened his arms at himself. "Don't you see? Aren't these the same clothes you once wore when you were stealing food from the people of Pyrite Town?"

Wes gasped, but he kept glaring at the shadow kid. "How the heck do you know that much about me?"

The shadow kid chuckled heartily. "'Cuz we're the same person! Don't you get it? I'm here because your presence allowed me to do so!"

Wes swung his right arm in front of him in anger. "You're now saying foolish things!"

"Not quite," the shadow kid said before he looked down. "I remember when Gonzap took me to Team Snagem's Hideout where I became an admin for everyone..." He looked back at Wes, the same frightened look on his face appearing. "Do you remember now?"

Pichu gulped and looked up to Chris and Red. "S-shouldn't we do something before the situation turns out worse?"

Red snapped back to reality. "H-hey, he's right! We need to attack the shadow before it harms Wes!"

The shadow kid suddenly began to shake in fear. "N-no, don't do that mean thing to me! You're going to end up hurting the 2 of us!"

"...What the f(beep) are you?" Wes asked annoyed and mad.

"I'm you..." the shadow kid said before he closed his yellow eyes. "...Man..." His voice suddenly turned into a twisted variation of Wes's voice. "...I knew people were mean to themselves..." He opened his glaring eyes. "I knew as such, after all..."

Wes became a little bit more scared after the shadow kid began to use his voice. "What are you doing by mimicking my voice?!" he asked angrily.

The shadow kid sighed. "You don't understand at all, right, dummy knucklehead?" he asked harshly. "For the last time, we're the same person. Get your head checked."

"You're supposed to be me? ...Wow, now I know I'm going insane," Wes joked.

"Such attitude isn't going to be easily forgiven," the shadow kid said. "But enough about that. I came here to punish the infidels that threaten Pokémon without a good reason."

"W-what is that supposed to mean?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Geez, you're so clueless. Well, that's what I expected the first time I met you all," the shadow kid said. "Oh well, my fault for being such an ass. Wait a minute, oh right, I'm not an ass because you're all idiots who harm Pokémon without reasons. In reality, you're the bad people and not me."

"What?" Wes asked. "You're saying you're me?"

The shadow kid sighed. "Why do you keep asking me that pointless question? Look at me!" he demanded, opening his arms. "Don't you recognize these worn-out clothes, this messed up hair, and even my face?!"

"..." Wes narrowed his eyes before he looked shocked. He began to shake his head in disbelief as the shadow kid nodded.

"It's you when you were younger," Shadow Wes said. "It took you some sweet time to figure it out, huh?"

"What are you supposed to be?"

Shadow Wes frowned. "You know what? I'm going to ignore those worthless questions. Let me go kill those infidels around you."

The rest of the group looked a little bit shocked at this statement. For Wes, this was pure nonsense coming from whatever the kid in front of him was.

"Also, that's what you wanted to do," Shadow Wes said. "Isn't it true that you wanted to punish humanity for being mean to Pokémon?"

"When did I even think of that?" Wes asked with a glare, making a right fist.

"Oh, you ALWAYS think of that, alright," Shadow Wes said. "In fact, that's your mission in life after all you went through to become the person you are now."

Wes took a step back from the shadow. "T-that's not true."

"Isn't it?" Shadow Wes asked. "Oh, I happen to know the truth very much well than you,   me," he said before holding out his right hand. "You hate people, but you like Pokémon, right?"

"Yeah."

"But you don't like people hurting what you like the most, right?"

"Yeah."

"And you want to punish humanity for being mean to all Pokémon, right?"

"...The whole humanity?" Wes asked. "You got it all wrong. I just think some people should be punished fo-"

"That also means the people that are behind you," Shadow Wes interrupted.

Wes's eyes widened as his group looked at him. Rui didn't know what to believe anymore and she remained silent to the whole event. "...Did I even try to punish them or what?"

"Oh, you punish people without even battling them," Shadow Wes said. "In fact, you hurt them emotionally as you always do. That nasty face we both have helps to accomplish our goals."

"Nasty face?" Pichu repeated.

Shadow Wes looked down, changing Wes's voice to his childhood one "I...I want to make the people who hurt Pokémon pay for their actions..." he muttered before looking up. "I wanna punish them...nobody is different, after all..." He pointed at the group, his voice turning harsh like Wes's voice. "That includes the whole squad of weirdos. They're absolutely NO different than anyone else."

Red blinked in shock. "W-wait, so does that mean we deserve to be punished for something we haven't even done?"

"Tsk," the shadow kid frowned. "You have done a lot, alright. I don't see who's different and who's not because of the fact nobody is different."

"T-that's a lie and you know it!" Red yelled back as Wes tried to think of something to get rid of the shadow kid. "Why'd you think something so twisted, anyway?"

"I think that "twisted" lie because it's the truth I believe," Shadow Wes said. "You people are the same no matter what..." He made fists on the sides of his hips. "Everyone is cruel to  Pokémon in many ways...it makes me the one who cares deeply of them..." He glared at them. "And you must be eliminated for mistreating Pokémon..."

Red looked at Wes worried. "...Wes...do you think everyone is cruel to Pokémon?"

The shady trainer blinked a few times before looking away. "I...I don't think so... I don't think like that."

"Don't give me that crap, please," Shadow Wes said. "It's easy for both of us to tell that you've defined yourself as some sort of Pokémon prophet."

"What?" Wes asked.

Shadow Wes frowned. "Okay, if you don't believe in me..." He began to glow darker as pure darkness flew out from his feet, completely covering the cave that made everyone in there gasp in shock. "Maybe seeing is believing..."

The whole cave turned into pitch-black darkness as the Smashers (and even Charizard and Venus) looked around in surprise. The darkness blinked with light a few times before it all vanished. When the whole darkness that covered the tunnel disappeared, they found themselves standing in another different place...

Team Snagem's Hideout
Canyon

Most of the people didn't know where they were, but Wes didn't have an idea about why they were taken all the way to the hideout of the petty thieves. It was like they were in there for a long time as Wes thought.

"W-where are we?" Pichu asked as he jumped to Chris's left shoulder, trembling in fear.

"W-what is this place?" Rui asked as she walked around.

"...Team Snagem's Hideout..." muttered an astonished Wes as he took a few steps forward to the entrance of the hideout. "...The place where I once lived..."

"Like, this is so supernatural," Venus commented as she rubbed her chin a bit. "Is this the hideout of those poor excuses for thieves?"

Shadow Wes saw as Wes looked up to the building. Chuckling, the shadow kid walked to his side, his eyes fixated on the automatic door. "I remember when I was 14..." Shadow Wes said as the automatic doors opened. "After I reached 14, Gonzap allowed me to ask for battles against the other members of Team Snagem. However, before I even had my first battle...there was something I didn't want to do..."

Wes looked back at the entrance where 3 figures came out. The former Team Snagem member saw 3 familiar faces. The 3 members that came out were the 3 important members of the team that were a rank below him. They all looked the same, but they had some differences than made them stand out from all the members.

There was Agrev who wore black sunglasses over his eyes, Biden who had different eyes than most members, and finally there was Wakin who didn't even look that different since he looked exactly like all the members. However, Wakin was previously the second-in-command person of Gonzap until Wes came around.

"Okay, boys," Wakin began. "It's time for us to train some more."

"Why do we have to keep doing this?" Agrev asked. "You know the boss ain't gonna give you a raise in our ranks to beat Wes. Gonzap is way too fond of the kid."

Biden grunted. "If Wes didn't show up, we would have received a better treatment from Gonzap."

Wakin sighed. "Who cares, really? Gonzap will surely kill us off if we ever hit Wes. Remember that he has high hopes for the kid."

"Well, shall we begin with our training?" Agrev asked as he released his Marshtomp. "Hey you, you better give it you all in battle or else I won't give you food."

"M-Marsh..." Marshtomp shook in fear.

Biden decided to release his Smeargle. "Hope you don't slack off or else you'll know what will come to you."

"Smeargle..." Smeargle looked worried.

Wakin released his Corphish. "You better try to evolve into a Crawdaunt or else."

"Cor-Cor..." Corphish looked worried.

Wes knew exactly what was going to happen if the 3 started their training. "N-no, stop!"

Shadow Wes clapped his hands to get his attention. "Nah-ah, this isn't real but an illusion."

"What?" Red asked. "What do you mean by that?"

"I'm simply projecting our memories from the past so he realizes the truth about this event. Whatever you try to do here won't take place. You're just going to trespass any illusion in here," Shadow Wes said before rolling his eyes. "I swear it's annoying if you try to forget what you consider worthless..." He looked back at the entrance where the Wes of 14 years and his Eevees walked out to breathe fresh air. The shadow coughed a bit before changing his voice to the young Wes. "When I came out from the hideout, I wanted to ask the guys if they could help me with my training. It's been a long time after I last trained my Eevees so I thought I'd ask them for help, but..."

The group from the present watched as Wes and the Eevees found the 3 training. A small smile formed on Wes before he decided to stop in his tracks after he saw something...abominable...

"Use Bubblebeam!" Wakin ordered Corphish to attack a boulder leaned against the canyon in front of the hideout. Corphish looked serious before opening its pincers. However, mentioned attack didn't come out and the Water type looked worried before Wakin kicked it in the back.

Red, Rui, and Chris gasped once the Corphish fell down.

"C'mon, can't you do better than that?" Wakin asked angrily at his Corphish. "I told you to use Bubblebeam, not gasp, stupid trash!"

"C-C-C-Corphish..." Corphish muttered on the ground before it stood up and shook himself, trying to forget his trainer kicking him.

Agrev gave a sharp look at his Marshtomp. "You, use Mud Shot on the same boulder."

"M-Marsh!" Marshtomp said serious before shooting a stream of mud to the boulder. The attack didn't seem to have any kind of mistakes as it successfully crashed against the boulder. "...Marshtomp!" Marshtomp said happily.

However, Agrev kicked Marshtomp hard on its back, making the Mud Fish Pokémon fall down on his face, muttering its name in pain. "What the hell have I been telling you all this time? You better look serious, stupid excuse for a Water type!"

Chris didn't like the way the Marshtomp was being treated. He glared at Agrev. "What does he think he's doing?"

"He's trying to make Marshtomp a serious Pokémon," Lucario said as he glared at Agrev as well. "He seems to dislike any kind of happiness."

"T-that's so mean..." Rui muttered in shame.

"A real sad case, isn't?" Shadow Wes asked with his young but distorted voice.

Biden looked at his Smeargle. "I hope you used Sketch on Gonzap's Machoke so you could use Seismic Toss."

Smeargle looked worried at his trainer.

"Use Karate Chop on that same boulder."

Smeargle looked at the shoulder worried before shaking his head. "Smeargle, Smear..."

"...What was that?" Biden asked as he tightened a fist. "You mean to tell me that you didn't use Sketch to learn Seismic Toss?"

"S-Smeargle..." Smeargle put its hands close to his chin as it shook in fear.

"You stupid bastard..." Biden said before he sent a downward fist on Smeargle's head. "I told you to learn that the other day! What the hell were you doing instead? Were you looking somewhere else or what?!"

"S-Smeargle! Smeargle, Smeargle!" Smeargle looked up at Biden as it shed some tears. "Smear! SMEAR!" It received a hard kick on its stomach as it fell to the side.

"Pathetic..." Biden muttered. "I guess you'll have to learn the darn attack very soon.."

Rui, Red, and Chris saw horrified as the 3 Pokémon were being hurt by their trainers. Yells, hits, punches, and yells of pain came from the scene. The Smashers looked back to the entrance where a frightened Wes and his scared Eevees were watching astonished. Thinking quickly, the young Wes decided to stop the mistreatment.

"STOP!" the young Wes yelled loudly to the point the 3 Team Snagem members looked at him. "W-what do you think you're doing to your Pokémon?!"

"If isn't Mr. Second-In-Command," Wakin said with a grunt. "Go away, you're not required to be here, Wes."

Wes looked back at the Marshtomp, Smeargle, and Corphish. The 3 weakened Pokémon looked hurt to the point they tried to keep training. "You 3, you don't have to continue!"

"Who do you think you are now?" Agrev asked, crossing his arms. "These are our Pokémon and we can do anything with them."

"No, you're wrong!" the young Wes yelled. "What you're doing to them is just inhuman!"

"What? We're just giving them what they deserve for not meeting the expectations we had for them," Biden said. "Isn't that what we want to get from them?"

"Are you insane or what?" the young Wes asked as his Eevees growled silently at the 3. "They don't deserve this kind of punishment! Why don't you encourage them instead of scaring them?"

"Fear is better than stupid encouragement," Agrev said. "They'll learn faster not to screw up. They need to become brave and strong this way, Wes."

"You're just sick..." the young Wes said with a glare. "Stop doing this to them!"

Wakin turned around to his scared Corphish and lifted his shoulders. "I'll pretend you didn't come here to interrupt us. Corphish, I wanna see a good Bubblebeam attack this time and you better do it right."

"What the hell are you doing?" Wes asked as the Corphish looked weak, panting a little bit. "Your Corphish is already tired because of what you've been doing to it!"

"Shaddup!" Wakin yelled as Agrev and Biden turned back to their horrorized Pokémon. "Corphish, what are you standing there for? Use the darn Bubblebeam already!"

"C-Cor!" the Ruffian Pokémon gasped before it turned to the boulder, making a weak-looking expression as it tried to use Bubblebeam.

"Marshtomp, I didn't tell you to stop either," Agrev said. "Go now."

"M-Maaaaaaaaarsh..." Marshtomp moaned a bit before Agrev kicked it straight on the face. "MARSH!"

"I told you to go now!" Agrev yelled. "Or do you want to make me angry?"

Marshtomp sniffed sadly a few times before it turned to the boulder and resumed its painful training. Rui shook her head in disbelief, Red tightened his fists, Chris felt awfully sorry for Marshtomp, and most of the Pokémon glared at the members with total despise.

"Smeargle, try to use Sketch on Marshtomp so you learn its Mud Shot," Biden said. "Why are you looking at me with that ignorant look? Go!"

"S-S-Smeargle..." Smeargle shook in fear as it shyly turned to Marshtomp. The Painter Pokémon grabbed its paintbrush tail as it tried to concentrate on the scared Mud Fish Pokémon.

"(Dammit, why can't they stop?!)" the young Wes asked in rage as he continued to watch the training that the 3 Pokémon underwent, their trainers constantly yelling and punishing them for any small mistake.

Shadow Wes frowned. "Poor Pokémon..." He sobbed a bit. "They didn't deserve this unfair training..." He shivered a bit. "Why didn't I do anything to stop this for good?"

'AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" the young Wes yelled as he charged forward with his Eevees. The 3 Pokémon and their trainers turned around before Wes tackled Wakin and his 2 Eevees used Tackle on Biden and Agrev.

However, the canyon along with the hideout and the past selves suddenly got covered in complete darkness excepting the Smashers, Rui, Silva, Charizard, and Venus. The people in there looked around confused before the scenery changed to the hideout's third floor.

Third Floor

The real Wes looked horrified as there were more members mistreating their Pokémon unfairly. Shadow Wes kept shaking his head in shame as they all heard cries and screams from many Pokémon. "I was in hell..." Shadow Wes said. "...True hell became more apparent when I grew up over the years..."

Wes and everyone else heard cries and screams from many different kinds of Pokémon. Many cries that came from all directions of the hideout made them all feel heavy and horrified.

Pichu shook in fear as he leaned closer to Chris's face.

Pikachu looked down in shame as he wanted to do something to stop the cries..

Squirtle and Ivysaur looked up worried at Red who also looked ashamed.

Jigglypuff looked around to find the sources of the cries.

Rui blocked her ears to stop hearing the pleas for help,

Silva got a headache for thinking too much about the most logical reason behind this event.

Lucario and Mewtwo closed their eyes feeling some guilt.

Charizard just waited for the supernatural event to end so he could attack Red.

Venus was having enough with all the screams that she blocked her ears.

And Wes's pupils shrunk as he slowly shook his head. Umbreon and Espeon remained close to him. The 2 Pokémon didn't like anything they were seeing or hearing.

Shadow Wes turned to them as he sniffed a bit. "It...it was hell for all the Pokémon..." he trailed off as he wiped some tears. "Wherever I turned, I heard cries of Pokémon being abused by the members... I did everything I could do to save them...but the members all yelled at me that they weren't my Pokémon and I shouldn't try to tell them how to train their Pokémon..."

"..." Wes gritted his teeth as he looked down.

Shadow Wes's voice turned harsh. "And then I realized that I was there for a reason," he said. "I was there to stop the stupid and worthless tyranny of the people... I grew sick of them...sick of their unfair punishment to Pokémon...I hated them all...I wanted to kill them if I could..." He looked at Wes. "Everyone is the same as Team Snagem... Humanity itself is cruel to Pokémon..."

"..." Wes looked at him with a mad look.

"No matter how much I ran to punish the idiots from hurting their Pokémon, they continued to hurt them all without showing any signs of emotions or resentment," Shadow Wes explained. "Why the hell were they all like that? Their horrible examples made me think that no one in the world was truly friendly to Pokémon..." He trailed off a bit. "...I was the only one who cared about Pokémon and no one else deserved to be their friend..." He looked at the Smashers. "You're just like them for imprisoning Pokémon in those filthy things called Poké Balls."

"W-wait just a minute there," Red said as he took a step forward. "You're saying we're guilty for training our Pokémon?"

"Duh, it's obvious," Shadow Wes said as he pointed at Wes. "At least so he thinks...or we think."

Wes tightened a fist as he glared down at the shadow kid. "Whatever you're saying is a complete lie," he said. "I don't believe in any of your crap."

"Aren't you very persistent for not recognizing the truth?" Shadow Wes asked with a sigh. "Get in that little head of yours that we're the Savior of Pokémon."

"Savior of Pokémon?" Jigglypuff asked.

Shadow Wes's voice turned back to its childhood one. "We're the Savior of Pokémon...that's our purpose to live, after all..."

Wes looked down at the floor as the cries of the Pokémon kept echoing in the hideout. "You're starting to say very foolish things about me..."

Shadow Wes's voice turned harsh again. "Why can't you just accept the truth that you avoid a lot of times, me?" he asked angrily. "Don't you want to save Pokémon from every single bad guy in the world?"

"Well, yeah..."

"Then work as the Savior of Pokémon!" Shadow Wes yelled before he snapped his fingers. "Why don't we find out why you quit Team Snagem?"

Wes's eyes widened before looking back at the Shadow Nightmare. "W-what?"

"I can do that and project it without problems," Shadow Wes pointed out. "This interesting event changed you as well...it changed both of us..."

Umbreon looked at the aware Espeon. "(The event that changed Wes? Doesn't he mean...)"

Espeon looked down. "(...That...monster just complete a part of Wes's past that we wanted to explain to the others...and none of it was a lie but the whole truth...)"

"(So can that shadow really show his past through his own weird powers?)"

"(...I don't know...)" Espeon said. "(I can barely understand the events unfolding here. Maybe Pikachu and the others know more than we do.)"

Umbreon looked back at the group of Smashers. "(...They've been in something this odd for a long time? It's hard to believe that they face this almost all the time...)"

"(Those people are seriously fascinating and unbelievable in some ways I wish to understand more than you do,)" Espeon said. "(For now, let's see what that shadow does to show Wes's past...)"

"Y-you..." Wes grunted in fury as the scene changed after complete darkness covered the third floor. This time, the scene changed to Gonzap's office where the leader seemed to be waiting for someone to arrive at the hideout.

Gonzap's Office

Silva gasped once he looked over the desk where a glaring Gonzap was resting his legs on the table. "U-uah, it's Team Snagem's leader!" he yelped.

"Please, calm down," Pikachu told him. "This is just an illusion after all."

"D-did the Pikachu just...talk to me?" Silva asked confused before scratching his head. "W-what is wrong with this place? W-why are we seeing all these things?"

The World Traveler had the thought of kicking Silva out, but there was no way to do what he wanted as they were in a completely different scene, Venus admiring the place a little bit, ignoring the fact that the time got odd in a matter of seconds.

Espeon and Umbreon gasped mentally as they looked around. "(T-this is the same date where we both evolved...)" Umbreon recalled.

"(I evolved into this during the day while you evolved during this night,)" Espeon said. "(I still remember the event very well. We had finally evolved to what we could evolve... However, by this time, Wes already had changed like he is now...)" He frowned in shame. "(It was...too late to change him back to his...)"

Umbreon noticed that Jigglypuff walked to them. The Singer Pokémon stopped in front of them and decided to talk. "(I...happened to listen to what you were saying...)" she said, worried about the whole situation.

Espeon looked at her. "(Since we have some time left, let me be brief,)" he said. "(This date was the same day and night where we both evolved. It had been so long, but we finally managed to evolve into what we are now.)"

Umbreon decided to continue. "(Wes had to endure every single cry and scream from the Pokémon of the hideout. Espeon and I had wanted to become friends with them, but...seeing as they were all treated like trash...and the fact that the members were so mean...)"

Espeon closed his eyes. "(...We never had the chance to hear their thoughts about what they suffered all this time...)"

"(Worse yet...)" Umbreon said as he looked at the stairs. "(...Wes...he...)"

"(...His friendly attitude and happy self...they both vanished forever...)" Espeon said. "(...It was as if his usual self died and some kind of bad omen got into him... His face tells so much. Believe us; Wes had a much happier self, long before this happened. The constant abuse to the Pokémon he saw through the years surely had something to d
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 29, 2009, 12:11:13 PM
"(...His friendly attitude and happy self...they both vanished forever...)" Espeon said. "(...It was as if his usual self died and some kind of bad omen got into him... His face tells so much. Believe us; Wes had a much happier self, long before this happened. The constant abuse to the Pokémon he saw through the years surely had something to do with his cold and harsh attitude. He remained loyal to both of us but ...)"

"(We'd wanted to change him...but we couldn't do anything after that...)" Umbreon said ashamed. "(Thanks to the sick Team Snagem, Wes never was the same person anymore... I hate them...I hate them all for taking away our Wes from before!)"

Everyone looked back at the stairs where some kind of evil-looking guy came up. The person's eyes looked extremely evil as they were completely red, he wore a tight purple suit, ripped orange skirt that somehow moved by itself, and his grey hair was long and eerie since it made him look malicious. Looking to Gonzap, the man grinned with a chuckle and walked to him.

Seeing the man, Venus gasped excited. "N-no way, it's Master Nascour!"

Rui shook her head as she saw the man some feet away from them. "W-wait a minute, Wes and I met him at Phenac City before..."

"And did you just call him master?" Silva asked.

Venus laughed heartily. "Of course I called him Master. He's Cipher's Leader."

"...He's Cipher's Leader?!" Rui and Silva asked in shock.

"Of course he is," Venus said with a giggle. "He's the one who commands the whole production of Shadow Pokémon, gives orders to us admins, and carries out his master plan to conquer Orre with Shadow Pokémon. He's like the greatest guy who has existed."

Silva glared at her. "What the heck are you talking about? Thanks to him, Orre's Pokémon are being turned into the crap you call Shadow Pokémon!"

Venus pouted a bit. "Well, excuse me for not giving you the good news properly, meddling boy," she said annoyed before crossing her arms. "He's just trying to make a better future for the trainers who want to be powerful."

"B-but the fact that Pokémon are being turned into machines of battles is just wrong!" Rui yelled. "What gives you all the right to do such a horrible thing?"

Her question was unanswered as Nascour began to speak to Gonzap.

"So," the man began as he crossed his arms in front of Gonzap. "I believe you'll have him ready?"

Gonzap shook his head. "Have who ready, exactly?"

At that moment, there was a somewhat proud Wes from the past (now looking just like the present Wes) coming from down below. Umbreon and Espeon remembered that the shady trainer was going to hear Nascour and Gonzap talking.

"You know who I'm talking about," Nascour said. "The kid you want to use in order to use our Snag Machine technology?"

A gasp was heard from down below the stairs. Espeon and Umbreon looked down the stairs where the Wes from the past and their past selves were hiding behind some barrels. Jigglypuff, seeing this, motioned at her group to go look down to find the Wes from the past (while Rui and Silva looked at the leader of Cipher). The real Wes looked shocked at he saw Nascour's back while Shadow Wes looked horrified at the evil man. Venus was humming happily, and Charizard wished for this "unnecessary" event to end.

Gonzap grunted. "Seriously, you want me to use Wes to steal other Pokémon from people?"

The Wes from the past gasped silently after he heard that sentence.

Nascour nodded. "You said yourself 9 years ago that he had that special spark to catch Pokémon."

Gonzap grunted once more. "What makes you think I picked him randomly from nowhere, promising him great things that I didn't even know he could reach?"

The real Wes looked shocked after hearing those words. His face looked scared, but his fists showed anger. Unfortunately, he couldn't decide what to do.

"How odd," Nascour said. "I thought you did that."

"..." Gonzap sighed and looked down. "...Yes, I know I picked him randomly..."

Wes began to shake his head.

"You picked him because you didn't trust any other member in here to use the Snag Machine," Nascour said. "Or so you said before."

"I had the luck of the bastard," Gonzap said. "I was lucky to find an orphan like him in Pyrite Town."

"Well, what's holding you back from using him as the Snag Machine's user?" Nascour asked. "He shows big promises to become a well-known thief; a thief that can steal other people's owned Pokémon."

Another gasp came from the Wes of the past.

"Wes has trained harder every day after he turned 15," Gonzap said as he stood up from his chair, his eyes locked on Nascour. "The kid's got some skill to become an expert in Pokémon battles, I'm telling you. But, he just doesn't like this place that much as he used to...even I can tell he dislikes doing crimes."

"How odd, I thought he never liked the place from the very beginning," Nascour said.

"He never liked this place," Gonzap admitted. "But...he liked to have someone to look up to..."

"Aww, is Gonzap a softie?" teased Nascour. "You grew fond of the kid, then?"

Gonzap glared at Nascour. "I...I...grew fond of him, alright..." he admitted. "...He managed to be the son I never had before..."

"Did you forget about the deal we had before?" Nascour asked. "If you don't give him the task to snag people's Pokémon, Cipher isn't going to provide your group more technology and Pokémon."

Gonzap slammed his fist on the desk, his eyes still fixated on Nascour. "Are you trying to blackmail me or something?"

"I'm simply recalling you about the deal we had before, Gonzap," Nascour said simply. "Deal or no deal, you decide."

Wes merely watched the event as he tried to prevent from erupting into rage. The conversation between both leaders was making him decide to do something involving violence.

"You can't do anything to interfere," Shadow Wes suddenly said, getting Wes's attention. "You try that, and you'll just pass right through them. You gotta watch everything if you want it to end so you realize the truth."

"What truth is there?" Wes asked annoyed as the whole group turned to look at him. "I don't get any of this crap you're showing me."

"...I have 4 words for you," the shadow said. "Shut up and listen."

Gonzap thought hard about the deal that Nascour offered. He liked to update the team with the technology that Cipher had. Cipher itself had the best machines, including the only Snag Machine that they had made recently. On the other side, there was Wes whom Gonzap had grown fond.

"...So..." Gonzap trailed off as he glared at Nascour. "...You want Wes to be the one to capture Pokémon by using the compact Snag Machine?"

Nascour chuckled evilly. "That is right. The big Snag Machine we gave you isn't going to help you fast to recollect Pokémon."

"..." Gonzap stood up from his chair. Many thoughts in his head told him that the decision that he was going to choose would decide the fate of the hideout and his team. The team or Wes, 2 choices he had to decide.

Wes's eyes widened after he saw Gonzap extending his right hand across the table.

"...Deal," Gonzap said. "Wes is going to capture Pokémon for you..." He sighed depressed. "He isn't going to like this...but...this is for the future of both of our organizations...and he could understand the situation... (Most likely not, though...)"

"Excellent," Nascour said as he shook hands with Gonzap. "You've just made the best decision in your life, Gonzap. Cipher will provide you with any kind of technology available as long as Wes keeps on task."

The leader of Team Snagem tightened his left fist as he gritted his teeth. "Fine, Wes will do that. He's very talented and obedient."

"Then I guess I shall be leaving for the time being," Nascour said as he turned to the stairs. Umbreon and Espeon looked down where their past selves, along with the past Wes, hid behind some barrels to stay out sight. "Do not worry about this at all, Gonzap."

"It's easier for you to say..." Gonzap muttered under his breath as he sat down and frowned in shame. "(...Son...forgive me for doing this to you...I...I just didn't know the right way for you to go...)"

The group watched as Nascour, chuckling, began to walk down the stairs, the past selves hiding perfectly behind the barrels. Wes didn't even want to look at Nascour's look when he was around during that time. If he had seen the leader of Cipher, he would have confronted him at Phenac City.

But he was weak during that time, and he had no choice but to ignore the leader as he walked away from the hideout, an evilly grin plastered on his lips.

Shadow Wes glared at Gonzap. "That idiot whom I called dad before...he sold me to some strangers' work..." His voice turned childish. "Gonzap was like a father to me. He looked cool and strong... I wanted to be like him..." His voice turned harsh and twisted. "But noooooooo, he was keeping me in the dark before THIS happened..."

"Gonzap..." Wes muttered as he slowly raised his fists.

"Wes..." Rui muttered worried as Silva looked down, feeling shame for Wes.

"...So this is what happened..." Chris muttered.

"...Poor dude..." Ivysaur muttered.

"The man who he used to look up...." Lucario muttered before frowning. "...I think I can understand it very well..."

"(Wes....)" Umbreon and Espeon thought worried.

Red felt a little bit guilty after hearing and seeing Wes's past. The Pallet Town trainer lowered his hat a bit and tried to think about something to comfort the shady trainer. There was nothing to comfort Wes, unfortunately.

"2 weeks passed after that day, and Gonzap showed me the arm machine that was the Snag Machine," Shadow Wes said. "He said he needed me to snag people's Pokémon and bring them here. I knew what he talked about in the conversation. Quietly, I told him to give me some time before I could be deployed to capture Pokémon. I took Umbreon and Espeon along with me so they could understand what I really felt about the whole idea."

Shadow Wes snapped his fingers, instantly changing the scene to the next day where, far away to the north from the hideout, Wes was punching the canyon's wall in rage, Umbreon and Espeon watching from the passenger's seat, a hint of preoccupation in their looks.

"Why, why, WHY, WHY?!" Wes asked as he punched the wall hardly. "Why did he do this to me? That darn old man shouldn't have tricked me into joining this stupid and maleficent group of petty thieves just to some crap like stealing Pokémon!" he yelled loudly as he continued to punch the wall. "Everyone here treats Pokémon like s(beep) and trash, it infuriates me to see such a treatment! UGH!"

The past Espeon and past Umbreon began to yell at their trainer. The past Wes stopped punching the wall before turning to them.

"I've been training this whole time to STEAL Pokémon from people?" Wes asked to them. "Why the hell would I do such a horrible thing? I want to catch wild Pokémon, not owned Pokémon..." He closed his eyes, tightening his fists. "...Dad...no...Gonzap...you...you...you betrayed me...didn't you?"

Espeon and Umbreon looked at each other and nodded a bit. Their presents looked down and closed their eyes.

"(This was the day where we began to think Gonzap did wrong actions on Wes...)" Espeon muttered.

Umbreon showed his fangs a bit. "(That dirty scum... Tricking us to do sickening crimes...)"

Wes saw his past self looking up to the sky. The past Wes seemed to be thinking about something to do and punish Gonzap for all the years he spent on Wes before using him to use the Snag Machine and capture owned Pokémon. The past self looked at his bike machine and his Pokémon, staring at them for a long while as the wind of the wasteland swiped the sand away to the north.

"...Of course..." the past Wes muttered. "...I can always escape..." He made a small grin. "...But not just escaping..." he continued as he walked to the bike, an evil look appearing in his face. "So, if Gonzap wants me to use Snag Machine to steal Pokémon...I'll do it..."

Rui, Silva, Chris, Red, and most of the Pokémon gasped.

"...But not like he wants me to do it..." the past Wes continued talking as the past selves of Espeon and Umbreon looked at each other. "...I'll snag those Shadow Pokémon he's been talking about with that guy once he sets me out to scout them..."

The Moonlight and Sun Pokémon watched as the past Wes jumped on the bike, starting the motor. They both looked serious as well as their trainer.

There was more that the past Wes muttered.

"...Forget it," the past Wes said. "I'll steal some dynamite, blow up the hideout, steal the Snag Machine while destroying the big one, and we'll escape from there," he said with a chuckle as he grinned evilly, showing his teeth a bit. "Hope you like the surprise, Gonzap..." he chuckled silently as the motor's roar covered the small laugh, quickly accelerating to the west.

Silva rubbed his chin a bit despite the headache he got after watching the whole event. "So...if my suspicions are correct and accurate...this revenge threat turned into..."

Shadow Wes snapped his fingers once more, changing the whole scenery as they were all taken to Team Snagem's Hideout, many feet away from the entrance.

Team Snagem's Hideout
Entrance

The whole group of people looked at a familiar bike with an Espeon on the passenger's seat. The Sun Pokémon moved its 2-tailed tail at the sides as it looked at the hideout.

"...This was the day where I secretly hid bombs all around the hideout..." the real Wes said. "...This was also the day where everything for me changed because I wanted to do so..."

Suddenly, before them, the hideout began to explode and burst into flames. Screams and yells of pain came from within the building where some members ran out and fell down on the ground. Looking up to the second floor, they all saw an explosion that came from the left side, making a hole where the past Wes's shadow could be seen within the smoke.

If they were close to him, they would have looked at the Snag Machine on a mannequin's left arm. The past Wes had his goggles on. The shady trainer looked at the Snag Machine, its reflection on Wes's goggles as a malevolent grin formed under them.

"What a great treasure..." the past Wes said chuckling as he grabbed the machine and put it on his left arm, fitting just fine. The past Wes turned around and prepared to leap down, his Umbreon waiting for him on the ground. "Good bye, Gonzap, bunch of idiots..." he muttered before leaping down on the ground, signaling Umbreon to run alongside him to the bike as more members came out after more explosions came from all parts of the hideout.

"This is the incident of the hideout, then?" Silva asked. "The police found the hideout after the smoke began to rise up, but I didn't know Wes was responsible for it."

The past Wes, with his grin, ran to the bike and hopped onto the rider's seat while Umbreon leaped to the passenger's seat and sat right next to Espeon. The 2 Pokémon looked back at the hideout where an enraged Gonzap came out, glaring menacingly at them.

"WES!" Gonzap yelled loudly through the screams and yells from the others. "COME BACK HERE, YOU SON OF A B(BEEP)!!!"

"Well, too bad I don't have a mom!" Wes yelled with a laugh as he started the engine. "Catch ya later, Gonzap!"

"WEEEEEEEEEEEEEES!!!" Gonzap yelled loudly as his former member before an explosion made him trip down, falling hard on the ground as he barely saw Wes's bike disappearing into the west. "...Wes..." Gonzap muttered in shame before more explosions came, making all the members panic as they ran around. Annoyed by their yells and screams, he decided to order them to calm down.

The group looked back at Wes and Shadow Wes. The shady trainer was looking down at the ground before Shadow Wes snapped his fingers, instantly changing the scenery to the present, back at the tunnel in The Under.

The Under
Apotos Temple – Entrance

"...Wes..." Rui muttered as she looked at Wes, not caring about the shadow. "...I...I think I can understand why you turned out like this..."

Persona 4 – Border of Insanity

Shadow Wes began to sob with his childish voice. "I...I was so sad after I left my old home..." he admitted. "...I wanted to be with Gonzap and do the small crimes we always did... I sort of grew up enjoying thievery with as long as the others wouldn't interfere because they were so mean to Pokémon..." He looked at them with a glare, his voice turning harsh and twisted. "But after I lived through all that, I began to realize that humanity is just downright cruel to all Pokémon. You're the people who make me sick every darn time I look at your faces."

The Smashers snapped out from their sights at Wes before glaring at the shadow.

"No matter whatever I do, you just won't leave Pokémon alone, right?" the shadow asked mad. "I found out that I was the only one who could save all Pokémon from the likes of you. My goal in life is to save them all and punish the infidels who mistreat them."

"W-wait just a minute!" Squirtle interrupted. "Neither Red or Chris have been treating us badly! They've been taking care of us just fine!"

"Oh, but you surely hate the fact that you must be in those so-called Poké Balls," Shadow Wes said. "You want to roam free and do whatever you please with the world, right?"

Jigglypuff took a step forward. "We like to enjoy the time by spending it with everyone."

"Is that true? Well, I don't believe in such a foolish thing like all of you do," Shadow Wes said before grunting. "The Pokémon I have are safe from the harming hands of people. I keep them away from getting hurt."

"If you're saying you're the only one that takes care of Pokémon, then you're wrong," Lucario said as he glared at the shadow. "We know much better than you will ever do."

Shadow Wes frowned. "You're rebelling against your own freedom? It's so pathetic and so sad to think you're rebelling against something that you should have owned before..." He grunted again.

"Look, we share our freedom with them," Pikachu said. "We like to be with them because it's the only way to enjoy life."

"Share freedom?" Shadow Wes asked. "Please, you're just being plain ridiculous now. Freedom isn't supposed to be shared; freedom is supposed to be every single Pokémon' right to enjoy life. It's not supposed to be shared. What are you really trying to say to me?" the shadow asked before looking at Wes. "What do you wanna do?"

Wes looked down at the shadow and swung his right arm angry. "You shut up!" Wes demanded. "Why would I listen to all the crap you've been saying, anyway? You don't know anything about me!"

"Wow, you don't believe me despite all the truths I showed you just a minute ago?" Shadow Wes asked. "You truly are pathetic. You make me pathetic as well. Personally, I don't like the way you're answering me."

"What is it about the whole thing about you being me?" Wes asked with crossed arms.

"I'm the real facade that you should be," Shadow Wes said. "I came out of you because you can't support yourself with the lies that you believe are true," he explained. "Do you know that if you keep lying it'll make matters dangerously worse for you?"

"No, because whatever the heck you are isn't going to affect me," Wes said with a glare.

"...I'm you..." the shadow said. "...And you are me..."

Wes closed his eyes with rage as he tightened his fists. Everyone watched as he slowly showed his teeth in pure fury. He had enough of the shadow that mocked him a lot, and he didn't care where it came from. Wes just wanted to get rid of him so he wouldn't bother him any longer.

Taking the iniciative, Wes raised his right fist while glaring down at the shadow. "FOR THE LAST TIME, YOU'RE NOT ME, PIECE OF S(BEEP)!!!"

The Smashers, Rui, and Silva gasped when Wes threw a fist down at the shadow. However, just before the fist could connect with Shadow Wes's face, the shadow quickly disolved into the ground where Wes accidentally moved forward, losing his balance a bit before the shadow rose up from behind him, grunting angrily.

"So, I guess you're just going to ignore me," Shadow Wes said. "Fine!"

Wes turned around as he panted heavily. Espeon and Umbreon felt a bit frightened as they looked at their trainer's wild look.

Shadow Wes chuckled evilly. "Well, what do you now? We're not the same person anymore," he said. "Since you deny your own self, that means your real self, me, will live freely doing whatever I please..."

The Smashers saw as the shadow began to get covered with more darkness. Wes's wild look quickly changed to a surprised look as the shadow began to grow in size, eventually reaching his own height. Once the pure darkness cleared out a bit, Wes gasped.

Shadow Wes had turned into Wes. The shadow wasn't a kid anymore, but a Wes covered in darkness with glowing yellow eyes.

"Now, I am all of me," Shadow Wes said as he smiled wickedly at Wes. "You don't deserve to go on living and lying to yourself, you know why?"

"U-ugh, why?!" Wes asked, demanding for the answer.

Shadow Wes moved his face up while staring at Wes. "You don't deserve to go on living and lying to yourself because I'm going to finish you off once and for all, meaning you're going to die right here. In fact, I'm going to save you by killing you."

"...WHAT NONSENSE ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT?!" Wes asked enraged as he threw a fist at Shadow Wes. However, the fist was easily and swiftly avoided by the shadow who merely moved to the side. Wes accidentally moved forward like before, but this time, the shadow quickly retaliated by thrusting his right elbow on Wes's throat, making him gasp before his shadow grabbed him from his back with a right hand and tossed him against the ruins' walls, crashing on his back and the back of his head hardly. "UGH!!!"

"WES!" Rui, Red, Silva, and Chris yelled as the shady trainer had a painful look.

Wes had received a fatal blow that made him lost consciousness. The shady trainer fell down while leaning on the wall before he sat down, his body slightly moving forward as some blood began to stick out his lips.

Rui began to look horrified before she ran towards him, a worried Silva following while the Smashers glared back at the shadow.

Umbreon and Espeon had shocked looks after looking at their downed trainer. The 2 growled at the shadow that turned around to look down to them. "Oh, what's the matter?" Shadow Wes asked as he opened his arms. "You're my Pokémon, right? You won't attack me, right? Think of all the things we've been through together."

Umbreon growled. "(You're not the Wes we know!)"

Espeon looked at him. "(Umbreon, he won't understand us. It's futile to yell at him with words.)"

"Why's the barking for?" Shadow Wes asked with a glare. "Are the fleas jumping on you? You want me to give both of you a bath? I can do that because I care for you."

Espeon glared back at him before he tried to use Psybeam by shooting the rainbow-colored beam from his jewel on his forehead. However, when the attack was shot, it trespasses the shadow without doing any damage. Umbreon and Espeon gasped as Shadow Wes frowned in shame.

"Why are you attacking me now?" Shadow Wes asked bored. "I thought you were my Pokémon..." His depressed look turned into a glare. "Or do you want to rebel against me? Ouch, that's so mean of you. I raised the 2 of you when you were found abandoned in Pyrite Town. This is how you express your gratitude?" He stomped the ground. "I don't like your attitude AT ALL."

Espeon and Umbreon began to notice that Shadow Wes's dark aura began to get bigger, giving him a more maleficent look. The 2 Pokémon jumped back some feet away to stay cautious about the monster before them.

"G-get back here!" Chris yelled at the 2. "W-we don't know what he could do!"

Umbreon and Espeon looked at the Smashers. The 2 talked with each other a bit before running to their side.

Shadow Wes crossed his arms as he looked at the Smashers. "You're the ones who have been pissing me off this entire time," the shadow said. "It's time for me to release your Pokémon from yourselves by killing them all. They want to stay with destroyers of freedom? Well then, I'll have to punish them all as well."

Pikachu, Pichu, Umbreon, Espeon, Lucario, Mewtwo, Squirtle, Ivysaur, and Jigglypuff glared at the shadow as Venus laughed loudly from behind them. Red and Chris tried to think about something to get rid of the shadow as the Cipher Admin walked closer to them from the right side of the entrance.

"Lovely!" Venus remarked as she took out a Poké Ball from her back. "Well, I thank this little monster for taking the kid out. Seriously, all those super-extremely-natural events that you showed here were just perfect to knock him out of co-"

"Hey, ugly, shut up," Shadow Wes interrupted. "I'm doing something important over here. If you don't mind, go away."

Venus blinked a few times before she grunted. "What the hell did you just call me, impudent shadow monster?"

"What you heard from me, that's all," Shadow Wes said.

"Well! Since you're being such a fine gentleman, I'll guess I have to give you a special treatment," Venus said sarcastically as she rolled her eyes, her Poké Ball.

The Flame Pokémon ran next to her as he looked at the sphere. "W-wait a minute, you're going to fight him? You're supposed to fight the others in front of him!"

Venus sulked a bit. "Sorry, but I have a reputation to keep here," she explained. "If someone calls me something I am NOT at all, that person isn't going to get away with it that easily."

Charizard frowned. "Are you like most girls or what?"

"I don't need your interrogations now," Venus said as she looked at Shadow Wes. The shadow frowned and turned around to face her. "Well, boy, even if you gave me a hand by kicking that other boy out, you're not getting away by calling me ugly!"

"Look, I don't care about you Cipher people," Shadow Wes said. "I don't give a darn about you. You can go straight to hell as much as I care."

"Oh, why you little..." Venus grunted as she tossed her Poké Ball to the ground. When it opened, it released a Suicune who howled at the shadow. "Behold my Shadow Pokémon, Suicune!"

Red had to take out his Pokédex and get Suicune's info. Jigglypuff looked bored at him. "We're in a dire situation and all you can do for now is scanning Legendary Pokémon?"

Red looked down at her. "I-I'm doing this for Professor Oak's research, okay?" he asked annoyed.

"Hohohohohohohoho!" Venus laughed pleased, not noticing that Shadow Wes grinned evilly at the Suicune. "Shall we get started with the battle so you go home crying?"

Mewtwo narrowed his eyes at Suicune. "I sense dark and negative thoughts in Suicune. It must be a Shadow Pokémon."

"Glad to see you can tell Suicune's a Shadow Pokémon," Venus said pleased before looking amused at Shadow Wes. "Shall we begin?"

"Why do that?" Shadow Wes asked as he took out a shadow Poké Ball from his back. "I can finish our pointless battle by releasing that Pokémon from your hands." He tossed the ball at the Suicune. The Legendary Pokémon growled a bit at the shadow before it received the hit of the sphere.

Venus and Charizard gasped after they saw the shadow Poké Ball not rocketing at the sides on the ground. Shadow Wes chuckled as he went to pick up the sphere, a smirk slowly forming on his lips. Most of the Smashers looked shocked at how the shadow easily captured the Shadow Pokémon.

"...Did he just capture Suicune without doing any effort whatsoever?" Chris asked.

"He just did..." Lucario muttered.

"That's one of the many benefits for being honest," Shadow Wes said as Venus began to back away from him. "I get to catch any kind of Pokémon I want."

At this statement, every single Pokémon ran to different ways as well as Red and Chris. The shadow chuckled amused as they all glared at him.

Venus, however, was starting to lose her focus. "You better give me back my Suicune or else I'm calling my squad here!"

Shadow Wes stared blankly at her. "Like I care."

"That's it," Venus began as she snapped her fingers. "Peons, come on here and give me a hand!"

The Smashers saw as all the peons that went to the temple returned, forming an organized line where a blue peon saluted her. "We're afraid to report that there is no way to enter the temple, Lady Venus. We tried attacking, exploding, and even research the places for clue but we didn't have success."

"I don't care about a stupid temple anymore!" Venus yelled loudly.

Charizard fumed a bit. "I thought we had a deal here!"

"Oh, screw the deal!" Venus said as she turned to Charizard. "What I want to do now is recover my Shadow Pokémon from that shadow monster!" She pointed at Shadow Wes, who looked at her from the corner of his eyes as he faced the temple. "Peons, call out your Pokémon an-"

Shadow Wes quickly responded by throwing a Poké Ball at the floor, instantly releasing the same Suicune that he captured. However, unlike before, Suicune was now covered in pure darkness as it let out a howl that echoed. The peons gasped in fear as the Legendary  Pokémon glared at them with its yellow eyes.

Venus saw them all trembling in fear. "Hey, like, what are you doing standing like that?"

"L-Lady Venus, forgive us, but we're not strong enough to face one of your Pokémon!" a purple peon said as she covered her face with her arms.

"What? Oh, please, just send out you Pokémon and attack the shadow kid without merc-"

"Suicune, use Blizzard!" Shadow Wes interrupted, ordering his Suicune to gather ice mist inside its mouth.

Instantly feeling Suicune's energy, Mewtwo's eyes widened as he noticed some of them (himself, Jigglypuff, Pikachu, Pichu) were at the right side of the tunnel. "Spread out to the left, now!"

"W-why?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Suicune has been corrupted by the Shadow Nightmare," Mewtwo explained. "Its power has been increased to an alarming level... If we stay here any longer, that Blizzard attack could obliterate us."

"Teleport, Teleport, Teleport!" Pichu suddenly suggested as Suicune prepared to fire its attack.

"That's the most useful method," Mewtwo said as he teleported all of them to the left side, Suicune unleashing its attack.

The new shadow Pokémon released a very strong wind of ice that came out from its mouth. The peons were instantly flung against the other side of the tunnel while a terrified Venus and Charizard managed to run back to the exit to watch the attack. Looking back, Venus gasped once she saw all her peons moaning in pain to the right side. What made her get more shocked was the fact that half of the cave was now covered in ice with stalagmites and stalactites.

Shadow Wes chuckled proud as he petted Suicune's head. "Well done, my friend."

The peons shook their heads slowly as they all began to stand up in pain. After looking back at the Shadow Nightmare and his dangerous Pokémon, they all decided to retreat to the exit by screaming and ignoring her leader.

Venus grunted annoyed as she looked at Shadow Wes. "L-look at what you've done! You scared all my peons!"

"Good," Shadow Wes said. "It's time for you to receive the same treatment."

Venus knew what was coming to her as her previous owned Suicune began to gather ice mist in its mouth. . "I-I can't stand this anymore!" she yelled before turning to the exit. "I'm getting out of this temple! I don't want to stay here any longer!"

"WAIT RIGHT THERE!" Charizard demanded.

"I like my life, thank you," Venus said simply before she ran away outside, Suicune stopping charging the attack. "Good luck fighting that thing for me!"

"Hey!" Charizard grunted annoyed as the admin ran away in a hurry. "Dammit, you need to stay here and give me a hand! Oh crap, she ran away..."

Shadow Wes chuckled. "Well, guess she didn't have the guts to face the Savior of Pokémon," he said before turning to the Smashers. "I wonder if you will run away as well. Sorry, there's no route to get away from me." He glared at them. "I'll kill you all for imprisoning the  Pokémon you have with you."

"W-wait!" Red yelled. "Y-you said you were Wes, right?"

"I was Wes once, but not anymore," the shadow said. "Since he lied to himself, I was freed to be the true Wes. Why are you asking me that?"

"If you're supposed to be Wes...then why do you have a grudge against all of us?"

"Team Snagem taught me that humanity is cruel to Pokémon," Shadow Wes said. "Thanks to them, I was able to find out that I am the Savior of all Pokémon. No person I meet deserves to go unpunished by taking freedom out of Pokémon."

"You...the Savior of Pokémon?" Ivysaur asked.

"I am the Savior of Pokémon," Shadow Wes. "That's my job."

Red looked over at the unconscious Wes while Rui and Silva tried to wake him up. The shady trainer had some sort of sad look on his closed eyes. The girl and the detective wanted to make him wake up, but Wes was totally fainted. Rui could only sob as Silva shook him a few times.

The Pallet Town trainer stepped forward. "If you ask me...you're not exactly the Savior of Pokémon."

At this statement, Shadow Wes glared at Red. "Oh, so does say the inexperienced trainer. You're not exactly the normal trainer, that's for sure."

Red grunted a bit. "...Do you want to hear the truth from me?"

"Like I care," Shadow Wes said. "I couldn't care less of a weakling like you, Red."

"And I don't care that much about a bastard who wants to kill humans for something we haven't done!"

"What makes you say that?" Shadow Wes asked. "No one should be allowed to capture and take care of Pokémon! You and your stupid group of people are the perfect example of that!"

"Then why the hell do you capture Pokémon?!" Red yelled.

"I do that because I'm going to set them all free once I complete my mission in life," Shadow Wes explained. "I'm the only exception of the whole world that can capture Pokémon in order to free them from their chains that tie them up to you." He twisted his neck a bit. "Shall we begin the battle that will decide whether I'm wrong or right?

The Smashers looked confused at the shadow. "The battle? I thought you were going straight to capture o-" Red's mouth quickly got blocked by an alarmed Chris.

"I-if you want to have a battle, we'll give you one," Chris said serious, gulping a bit.

Shadow Wes smirked. "Just to let you know I'm still honorable. I wanna have a double battle against you 2. Rules are simple: each one of you can use all the Pokémon you have, and I'll use 5 because Espeon and Umbreon seem to be betraying with those looks they're giving to me."

Red and Chris looked at their right where the Sun and Moonlight Pokémon were glaring menacingly at Shadow Wes. Red thought that Shadow Wes was limited to 4 Pokémon due to the fact Umbreon and Espeon were released just before Wes got possessed before being pushed out the blob.

"Too baaaaaaaad," mocked Shadow Wes. "I thought we were partners... Oh well, there are always idiots who change their minds for the worst answer." The shadow looked at the Rui and Silva, looking worried at the real Wes. "Very soon, you 3 will die."

Rui and Silva turned to the shadow. "W-what? He's going to kill us off?" Silva asked.

"I won't but my Pokémon will," Shadow Wes said with a smirk. "Okay, let's prepare for the battle!"

"Hold on there!" Charizard stopped as he approached the shadow, the monster glaring at the Flame Pokémon. "I'm not going to let you do all the fighting in here. I want to have some action as well."

"Tsk, whatever," Shadow Wes said. "Be glad you're a Pokémon yourself. You're already free to do whatever you please but if you want to help me to liberate them all, then I won't complain."

A while later...

The Smashers were situated on the left area of the tunnel while Shadow Wes and Charizard were located at the right area covered in ice. The shadow and the Flame Pokémon had arms crossed as they watched the group preparing for the fight.

The World Traveler and the Pallet Town trainer looked at Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Lucario, and Mewtwo. "We have 7 Pokémon," Chris pointed out. "Each one of us should use 3 or 4 because he said we could use everyone."

Red rubbed his chin. "But do you think we can do this? We all watched how Shadow Lucas's power was...and what if Shadow Wes is the same?"

"It is the same," Mewtwo said. "It's the same monster. Since Wes isn't a fighter, the Shadow Nightmare probably gave enhancements to his team. I suggest we should think our strategies well."

"Oh great," Jigglypuff said bored. "Another night to die for good young me."

"..." Chris looked back at Tokunaga, the doll that hanged on his throat from his back. "Wait, Master Hand told me I could use jobs compatible to you to unleash CFSs..."

"That surely gives us an edge, right?" Pichu asked. "...Right?"

"But..." Red looked at the glaring shadow. "He said he was going to be honorable and fight with the rules..."

"The fact he told us we could use all the Pokémon we want discourages the whole idea of rules, don't you think?" Lucario asked.

"...I guess," Chris said. "And he could...you know...capture any of you like he did with Suicune..."

"We're gonna be careful with him," Squirtle said. "Suicune didn't see it coming, but we can do it."

"Are you sure?" Red asked. "I don't want to lose you 2, personally..."

Ivysaur smiled a bit. "You just don't worry, Red," he reassured the trainer. "Just alert us if we don't see him."

Pichu's ears twitched a bit before looking back. There were Umbreon and Espeon looking at them. The Electric type looked at Espeon. "(Please, we wish to be your temporary Pokémon,)" Espeon said.

Pichu looked surprised before looking up at Red and Chris. "H-hey, they want to help us!"

Red and Chris looked at the 2 Pokémon. "They want to fight as well?"

Umbreon looked at Pichu for a bit. "He said they can't bare to see the real Wes in that state," Pichu said. "They want revenge on what the shadow did to them."

"B-but we don't know the attacks they know..." Red said.

Espeon stared at Pikachu for a moment before looking up at the trainers. "They said Espeon knows Psybeam, Confusion, Helping Hand, and Return. Umbreon can use Faint Attack, Bite, Sand-Attack, and Confuse Ray."

"That helps..." Red said unsure.

Wes's Pokémon stared at Red for a moment before they walked to him by his side. Espeon and Umbreon looked up to him before nodding.

"They're saying they want you to be their temporary trainer," Lucario said.

Red blushed a bit. "W-what? W-why are they wanting me to do that?"

Lucario looked at Espeon before looking back at Red. "They're saying they want to prove Wes's shadow that you're a capable trainer. They're doing this to forgive you for the other day, and for all the things Wes has been telling you as well."

"Umbreon!" Umbreon yelled at Red. "Umbre, Umbre, Umbreon!"

"He said that you better take revenge on the shadow or else he'll bite your face off," Lucario explained.

Espeon looked angrily at Umbreon. "Espeon..."

"He just told him to shut up for once."

Red looked embarrassed a bit before looking at the 2 Pokémon. "...I...I don't know if I can do this, you guys..." He scratched his right shoulder a bit. "When Wes began to critizise me for..."

They all began to hear footsteps from behind them. The entire group turned around to look at a sobbing Rui, her hands close on her neck as she looked at them. "I..." she began, sniffing a bit. "...I want to say something after not saying anything else..."

"Rui?" Red asked. "A-are you okay?"

Rui shook her head. "N-no, I'm not alright at all..." she admitted. "...I don't understand anything here...and I don't want to be nitpicky and start to interrogate you either...but..." She looked back at Silva trying to awake Wes. "...I want you to...to do something about Wes..." She looked back at them. "...And I want you all to stop that monster who came out of him..."

Red, Chris, and some of the Pokémon gasped a bit as Rui closer her eyes, crying silently.

"D-do something, I beg of you!" she pleaded as tears began to scroll down her cheeks. "I-I don't want Wes to die like this...not in this kind of weird events!" she yelled before opening her eyes full of tears. "I know that shadow is going to kill him off if you don't beat him, but I beg of you, don't let that monster do whatever he wants with Wes!"

Red looked worried at Rui before he thought about something. "...Rui...why...why do you care a lot about Wes?"

"...Why are you asking me that now?" Rui asked as she sniffed.

"I-I just don't see why you're interested in him..." Red said preoccupied.

"...I...I care about Wes because he rescued me..." Rui admitted. "...The fact that he rescued me without even knowing me from the beginning made me think that, despite his shady face, he has a good heart, deep down in him..." She looked serious at them. "And to tell the truth...that shadow doesn't know what he's saying. I want you all to stop him from doing his stupid purpose in saving all Pokémon... I want you to save Wes...save him from that creature..."

"..." Red looked away. "...I think we can do it..."

Rui smiled a bit and wiped some tears away. "Y-you mean it?"

Red looked at her. "I'm not so sure, but...it's worth the try... To be honest, I really hate Wes..."

"Even after all the events that passed right in front of our eyes?" Rui asked.

"I understand he turned out like this because of Pokémon abuse, but I just can't forgive him for all the things he told me before," Red said serious. "I'm a trainer because I want to find someone special to me!"

"...What?" Rui asked.

Red blushed a bit. "I-I..." He looked at the Smashers, some of them getting some curious looks. "...I'm going to explain this later if you promise me something, Rui..."

"What would that be?" Rui asked.

"...Please, tell Wes to stop being so rude to me," Red said. "I want to settle things with him before I lose my temper and hit him. I don't want to do that anymore, Rui. He makes me angry whenever he badmouths me, but I want to settle the score."

"...Alright," Rui said with a smile. "I'll make sure he listens to you."

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEY!" Shadow Wes called from the other side of the field. "We're waiting here. We want to rescue Pokémon very soon from Cipher!"

"Since when did I want to do that?" Charizard asked.

Shadow Wes glared at him. "You better shut up or I'll capture you."

The Flame Pokémon glared at him. "You threatening me?"

Shadow Wes showed Charizard a shadow Poké Ball. "You wanna discuss it with the sphere from within it?"

"(Is he turning the tables on me so he's the one in charge of this battle?)" Charizard asked before frowning. "(I'm so going to have a sweet talk with Dr. Eggman to complain to him about this little but annoying detail.)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 30, 2009, 07:57:12 PM
Shadow Wes cracked his fists. "Are you ready or what? I'm itching to beat that liar over there the more you make me wait."

All the Smashers glared at him before Rui began to speak. "And...I don't care where you came from as well. I heard that all your Pokémon can talk."

"I should have shut up..." Jigglypuff muttered as Pikachu glared at her.

Rui shook her head. "It's okay, Jigglypuff," she said, surprising the Singer Pokémon. "I like you talking rather than saying your name. To be honest, it's really impressive that all of you can talk."

"But you don't want to question us about how we can talk?" Lucario asked.

"Not even a bit...for now," Rui said. "For now, I just want to have Wes back to normal by defeating that shadow of his... He said all the truth Wes didn't want to admit, right?"

"...Pretty much..." Chris said.

"..." Rui smiled a bit with a chuckle. "I'm sure Wes will get over it in a few. But, please, defeat that shadow and the Charizard so he can have his past personality..."

"...You got it," Red said, making a fist. "If there's a way to change Wes's ways, I'll do it so he stops pissing me off."

Ivysaur snickered. "I smell RedXRui pairing here."

Squirtle chuckled. "Same here."

Red and Rui quickly blushed as the Pallet Town trainer looked annoyed. "H-hey, you better knock that off before it gets worse from here!"

"Hell-o?" Shadow Wes called. "I'd like to begin now if I were you!"

Rui looked serious. "Give him a lesson, will you?" she asked before going back to Silva and the fainted Wes.

The group looked at each other before nodding. It was a small matter of time before Red and Chris stood next to each other while facing Shadow Wes and Charizard from the other side.

Charizard chuckled as he stomped his way to the field. "Finally, you're getting what you deserve, kid."

Red glared at him. "I-I'm going to try to capture you this time, Charizard. I'm planning to achieve it for real this time."

"Ha! That's funny," Charizard mocked. "I was captured before, but I'm not going to let you do that again."

"We'll see."

Pokémon Diamond/Pearl/Platinum - Battle! The Boss of Team Galatic!

Shadow Wes grinned evilly as he tossed a Poké Ball. "Go, Ampharos!"

The Light Pokémon came out from the sphere. Seeing as Shadow Wes was its owner, Ampharos was shrouded in a dark aura. The Electric type looked angrily at its opponents.

"It's an Electric type, right?" Red said. "Pikachu and Pichu won't do much damage on them, and Squirtle is at a disadvantage."

"Don't forget Charizard," Chris reminded him. "Unlike Ampharos, he has his own strateguies to fight us without a trainer."

"I know," Red said. "In that case...Espeon, go!"

The Sun Pokémon growled a bit before leaping in front of Red.

"(I'm gonna have an Espeon, I'm gonna have an Espeon, I'm gonna have an Espeon,)" Red cheered in his mind.

The World Traveler looked forward. "Jigglypuff, go, please!"

The Singer Pokémon gulped a bit before leaping in front of Chris. Jigglypuff looked shocked before turning at Chris. "M-make sure he doesn't catch me or kill me, okay?"

Chris looked a little bit preoccupied. "I-I'll try to do my best. I'll stop him from capturing yo-"

"Ampharos, use Thunderbolt on Jigglypuff!" Shadow Wes suddenly interrupted.

Jigglypuff quickly turned around before she received a full impact from Shadow Ampharos's Thunderbolt. The Singer Pokémon yelled loudly in pain as the attack kept going.

"...RED, DO SOMETHING!" Chris yelled. "Ampharos is trying to finish her off with a single attack!"

"R-right," Red said before pointing forward. "Espeon, get close to Ampharos to use Psybeam!"

"Espeon," Espeon muttered before he began to run towards Shadow Ampharos.

"No way!" Charizard yelled as he flapped his wings and flew towards Espeon, starting to gather flames in his mouth to later use Flamethrower.

Red thought quickly. "J-jump over the flames and over Charizard as well!"

The Sun Pokémon lowered his head a bit before jumping over the flames and the Flame Pokémon himself. After passing down below Espeon, Charizard's eyes widened before landing on the floor on his feet. He turned around in time to see Espeon shooting off Psybeam at Shadow Ampharos.

"Ampharos, stop right there and evade the attack!" Shadow Wes ordered loudly. The Light Pokémon grunted in annoyance before stopping using Thudnerbolt on Jigglypuff before stepping back to avoid the confusion beam. Espeon grunted a bit before it landed and jumped back from the Light Pokémon.

"J-Jigglypuff!" Chris yelled as he saw Jigglypuff shaking herself. "A-are you okay?"

"Y-yes," Jigglypuff said before panting a bit. "I-I'm a bit weak, that's all..."

"(I'm worried now,)" Chris thought. "(What if she's ready to be taken out? ...I could use the Musician job in order to...)" The World Traveler nodded to himself before quickly changing to the Musician job in a fast flash of light. "Jigglypuff, please, hold on there!"

The Singer Pokémon managed to look forward and glare at the Shadow Ampharos.

Shadow Wes chuckled evilly. "My, how persistent is that rebel Pokémon you have there," he mocked. "Ampharos, use Thunder Wave to paralyze Jigglypuff!"

Shadow Ampharos obeyed as it gathered blue sparks on its little horns and its tail.

"T-think of something before I turn into the first toasted victim, please!" Jigglypuff pleaded.

"W-we're supposed to share ideas!" Chris yelled.

"Well, not now because I'm so going to get toasted!"

Mewtwo rolled his eyes. "And I can't believe I lost some matches against you."

"I-I've got it!" Chris said. "Jigglypuff, use Rollout to avoid the waves!"

Jigglypuff gasped once she saw Shadow Ampharos shooting off electric waves from its head. The Singer Pokémon quickly began to roll on her place before accelerating towards the temple, narrowly evading the Thunder Wave attack.

"(She's still using Rollout,)" Chris thought. "Now turn around and go hit Ampharos!"

"Ampharos, be prepared to avoid that rebel!" Shadow Wes ordered.

Hearing this, Red decided to help Chris. "Espeon, try to stagger Ampharos by using Psybeam!"

"Me, get ready to use Flamethrower!" Charizard yelled, receving odd looks from everyone as Jigglypuff passed right in front of him. "...Why are you giving me those looks? You made me say that!"

Shadow Wes blinked confused before focusing on the rolling Jigglypuff. "Ampharos, avoid it!"

The Light Pokémon glared at the rolling puffball before it received a surprise attack from Espeon's Psybeam, directly connecting to its stomach. "AMPHA!" Shadow Ampharos screamed in pain before Jigglypuff slammed herself hard on the Light Pokémon, making it tumble back a bit as she stopped rolling.

"Why did you stop rolling? The attack could have gotten stronger!" Chris yelled.

Jigglypuff shivered a bit before some sparks emanated from her. The World Traveler gasped after remembering that Shadow Ampharos had the special ability Static. "I-I-I don't feel so good..." Jigglypuff stuttered.

Shadow Wes grinned. "Ampharos, regain your composure and prepare yourself to use Thunderpunch on Jigglypuff!"

Red though on a plan. "Espeon, stop Ampharos from hurting Jigglypuff by using Confusion!"

Espeon's eyes glowed before his jewel on his forehead glowed a bit while the Sun Pokémon glowed in a pink aura. However, it suddenly got covered by flames coming from Charizard's Flamethrower. Red gasped in shock after hearing Espeon screaming as he jumped out, shaking his head to regain his composure.

"Hey!" Red called out to Charizard, who closed his jaws and smirked.

"Oops, sorry," Charizard said sarcastically. "I didn't mean to alert you."

"Grr..." Red tightened his fists. "Espeon, use Confusion on Charizard instead!"

"Jigglypuff!" Chris yelled loudly as Shadow Ampharos began to run to the Singer Pokémon while its right (and small) fist got covered with blue sparks of electricity. The musician watched horrified as Shadow Ampharos lowered its small fist to use an uppercut on the paralyzed Jiggypuff, making her scream in pain as she was sent to the air before bouncing over the ground, moaning weakly. "Jigglypuff, please, hang on!"

Red looked at Chris starting to play his harp. Jigglypuff rolled herself forward to stand up, but she suddenly blinked as she heard Chris's harp echoing in the tunnel. She made a serious look before glaring at Shadow Ampharos.

"A cheerful tune that has equal to harmony itself..." Chris chanted.

"Absorbing Sonata!" Jigglypuff yelled as she spun on her right feet, calling forth a pink atmosphere that made Shadow Ampharos feel weird. Shadow Wes gasped once he saw 2 bright soul-like spheres coming out from Shadow Ampharos. The 2 spheres quickly went after Jigglypuff and Espeon, who looked up and got the glowing spheres that healed their injuries completely.

Chris sighed in relief as he put down his harp. "That should heal both..."

"You impudent..." Shadow Wes muttered before pointing forward. "Ampharos, prepare to use another Thunderpunch!"

The Shadow Nightmare looked at his own Pokémon doing nothing rather than standing still.

"Ampharos, didn't you hear me?" Shadow Wes asked.

The Light Pokémon slowly turned around to Shadow Wes. The Shadow Nightmare noticed that Shadow Ampharos's eyes were swirls that spun a bit.

"What the heck? When did you were confused?" the shadow asked before looking at Espeon. "Unless my traitor Pokémon's Psybeam confused you after it hit you..."

Red noticed that Charizard began to fly up around the tunnel as he targeted Espeon from above. Flames started to stick out between his jaws before he began to descend. "Espeon, watch out for Charizard! Use Confusion to stop him!"

Espeon looked up, his eyes glowing instantly to try and capture Charizard within a psychic field. Unfortunately, Charizard proved to be stronger as he released his flames down on Espeon, who quickly changed his Confusion attack on the flames to stop them from reaching him.

Red knew Charizard was going to burn Espeon if he moved down closer while using Flamthrower. Unfortunately, Red watched as Espeon got himself burned, his Confusion attack not working much as he screamed loudly in pain while Charizard passed right above it to slam his tail hard on his face. Espeon was pushed forward as he rolled recklessly, but managed to stand up on the ground as he glared up at the smirking Charizard.

"(You won't do that ever again...)" Espeon thought as he growled silently.

"Espeon, try to use Confusion on Charizard again!"

The musician noticed that Shadow Ampharos was still confused. trying to regain its composure. "Jigglypuff, lean to Ampharos and use Rest!"

"Lean to who?" Shadow Wes asked as Jigglypuff pouted a bit and floated towards the confused Pokémon. The Singer Pokémon winked a bit at it before landing, leaning herself to its stomach, and using Rest.

Shadow Wes gasped once he saw Ampharos being blasted off into the air, reaching its way to the ceiling by a half before going down and crashing hard on the ground. The Shadow Pokémon, still confused, seemed even more dazzled than before.

"...Dammit," Shadow Wes muttered as he aimed Shadow Ampharos's Poké Ball to call it back. "Ampharos, return!"

Pichu wagged his tail a bit. "D-did Jigglypuff beat Ampharos?"

"I suppose so," Mewtwo said. "Ampharos itself didn't have a good defense. Even with the Shadow Nightmare above its control wasn't enough to provide it with much energy to resist Espeon's Psybeam and Jigglypuff's CFS."

Shadow Wes closed his eyes at the Poké Ball. "Please, forgive me..." he muttered before taking out another different Poké Ball. "It's time for you to get revenge, Feraligatr!"

Jigglypuff gasped as a big light came out from the Poké Ball. The light itself landed right in front of her as she met a thick-scaled dark stomach from a hungry Shadow Feraligatr, who smirked down at her as it licked its lips.

"...H-hi?" Jigglypuff said horrified at the height of the tall Big Jaw Pokémon.

"Use Bite!" Shadow Wes ordered.

Jigglypuff quickly turned around to escape from the Shadow Pokémon, but it quickly took a hold of her by opening its jaws wide enough for Jigglypuff to fit in. The musician and the Pokémon gasped after Jigglypuff screamed even more loudly in pain as she pleaded for help.

"Jigglypuff!" Chris yelled.

"Spit her down hard, Feraligatr!" Shadow Wes commanded.

The Big Jaw Pokémon, with the Singer Pokémon in its jaws, smirked a bit before raising its mouth up to later descend them hard to spit Jigglypuff to the ground. However, the strength of the Water type seemed very strong as Jigglypuff easily went 5 feet down the earth. "Feraligator!!!"  the Water type said proudly.

"Jigglypuff!" Chris yelled worried before he noticed that Lucario instantly appeared by his side, holding a weakened and fainted Jigglypuff on his arms. The Aura Pokémon surely used Extremespeed to get her in time before Shadow Feraligatr could do attack her more. "J-Jigglypuff!"

The Singer Pokémon slowly opened her eyes and smiled a bit at Chris. "D-did I prove useful?"

"Y-yes, you did...now please, rest," Chris said with a sigh of relief. Lucario turned around to walk to the smaller Pokémon and leave Jigglypuff with them. "...Focus..." he muttered to himself before looking serious. "Pichu, go!"

Pichu gulped a bit as he ran to Chris's side, looking at the big Water type licking its lips a little bit more. "A-are you sure you're not sending me to my death?"

"I-I wouldn't do that, but you want and NEED to fight your own battles, right?"

The Electric type looked worried for a bit before his look turned in a determined face. "Okay..." Pichu said as he leaped to the field. "I-I'm ready, and don't let me die..."

"I promise," Chris said. "Pichu, use Thunder on Feraligatr!"

"Use Surf!" Shadow Wes yelled.

Unlike Squirtle's Surf, Shadow Feraligatr's Surf was completely different. Wate began to appear from underneath the Shadow Feraligatr's feet before it sprouted out from his sides until a big wave roared. Red and Chris gasped as Pichu and Espeon looked at the size of the wave while Charizard flew on the air to evade it.

"W-what do we do now?!" Red asked.

"Wish for them to get through the attack!"

Red didn't notice that Espeon quickly turned towards Pichu to carry him on his back. The Sun Pokémon glared at the big wave before he ran back towards the trainer to wait for the wave to crash down. There was the Big Jaw Pokémon's image coming from the wave; the same place where it last was seen.

And the wave crashed down, but Espeon instantly jumped over it to let the water wash up the feet of the others as he landed safely on the other side of the wave, Pichu sighing in relief as he jumped down his back.

"How come Squirtle can't do the same thing?" Red asked.

"...Blame Master Hand?" Chris responded. "Pichu, now use Thunder on Feraligatr!"

"Espeon, use Confusion on Feraligatr!"

The 2 Pokémon quickly looked at the Water type before both used their attacks (although Pichu had to run to strike himself with Thunder to cause more damage). Espeon asked himself why Pichu ran to lean closer to Shadow Feraligatr before Espeon used Confusion.

Shadow Ferligatr tried to step back, but Espeon's Confusion held him from backing away, this also allowed Pichu to successfully call forth a powerful thunder that struck down on him and the Water type. Shadow Feraligatr yelled in pain as Pichu tumbled a bit at the sides before regaining control.

"Hey, you better not forget about me!" Charizard yelled from above as he turned and dove right after Pichu, more flames gathering in the Fire type's jaws.

"Pichu, use Agility to land on Charizard's back!" Chris yelled.

Pichu gasped as Shadow Feraligatr struggled to shake off the Confusion attack. "A-are you sure?"

"I'm not trying to put you in danger!" Chris yelled. "Just do it, believe me!"

The Electric type shrugged in fear as Charizard released his Flamethrower. Pichu gasped and quickly used Agility to jump straight up and then direct himself over Charizard's back, evading the searing flames in the process. The Electric type suddenly found himself on the Flame Pokémon's back.

"What do you think you're doing standing on my back?" Charizard asked angrily as he flew over the battle.

"Now shock him!" Chris yelled.

Pichu trembled a little bit in fear before he began to release sparks into Charizard's back. The Fire type began to yell in pain as sparks illuminated his whole body, turning him into some kind of huge pirefly before he dove for the ground to crash his head into it. Pichu, seeing that Charizard got stuck in the ground, jumped off in a hurry to escape from him.

Espeon suddenly started to feel weak as his Confusion attack stopped working. Shadow Feraligatr roared in anger as he locked eyes to the Psychic type. "Time for a comeback," Shadow Wes muttered. "Go and use Bite!"

Espeon's eyes widened after the Shadow Feraligatr began to rush towards him. For being a big Pokémon, the Water type had a lot of speed as it easily reached Espeon to dive his jaws to him. The Psychic type quickly sidestepped from getting attacked, making Shadow Feraligatr to bite a small boulder that was behind Espeon. However, the boulder was quickly destroyed into crumbles before Shadow Feraligatr turned back to Espeon.

"Bite is his weakness, so don't stop until you crush Espeon with your jaws!" Shadow Wes ordered.

"(This is definitely not Wes...)" Espeon thought in shame before noticing the big Water type rushing towards him.

"Espeon, use Psybeam in its mouth!" Red yelled.

The Sun Pokémon looked a bit confused at this order before Shadow Feraligatr lunged at him with jaws wide open. Espeon glared at it before shooting his psychic beam that collided right inside Shadow Feraligatr's jaws. The Shadow Pokémon yelled in pain as the beam reached its throat overtime.

"Feraligatr, try to move forward to bite Espeon!" Shadow Wes yelled.

The Shadow Pokémon's eyes turned wild as it started to move slowly towards Espeon. The Sun Pokémon narrowed his eyes as it continued to use Psybeam.

"Espeon, hold your ground and keep using Psybeam!" Red ordered.

"Feraligatr, show that poor excuse for a trainer how things are done here!" Shadow Wes yelled.

"Poor excuse?" Red repeated. "Espeon, don't give up yet!"

The World Traveler looked back at Charizard. The Flame Pokémon had his head stuck on the ground as he furiously stomped the ground while Pichu looked back and forth between his opponents. "That's it..." Chris thought before he changed to his Scholar job. "Pichu, come back here!"

Pichu's ears perked up a bit before looking at the scholar. "A-are we using my CFS?"

"Yes, I do need your presence right over here," Chris said as he opened his book. "Come now!"

The Eelctric type looked back at Espeon and Shadow Feraligatr before he ran towards Chris, jumping over his right hand as the scholar focused magic into Pichu's body. The young Pokémon put its fists close to his neck before he got covered in blue sparks that came from Chris's right hand. His pages flipped wildly before pulling Pichu back as he aimed his sight at Shadow Feraligatr. "Pierce enemies with shocking and swift speed... Spark Bullet!"

"PICHUUUUUUU!!!" Pichu yelled loudly before the scholar quickly tossed the Pokémon bullet right across the field, going directly towards Shadow Feraligatr.

Shadow Wes gasped once the bullet came into contact with Shadow Feraligatr's neck. The Water type, being hit by Espeon's Psybeam, widened his eyes in shock (pun intended) as Pichu went through his body to deliver a great amount of electricity that shocked it entirely as the Electric type turned back to normal and fell down on the ground, a dazzled look on his eyes as he tumbled to the sides.

"I see staaaaaaaaaaars..." Pichu said dumbfounded.

Espeon stopped his Psybeam attack as he watched a still Shadow Feraligatr looking weird as his eyes spun a bit. The Big Jaw Pokémon then began to fall down forward, making a small tremble around the Sun Pokémon. This reaction made Shadow Wes grunt as he aimed a Poké Ball to return Shadow Feraligatr. "Feraligatr, return!"

Pikachu sighed. "We're doing well, aren't we?"

"I guess," Mewtwo said. "But we shouldn't look think we can win yet. Don't forget the fact the shadow has at least 1 Legendary Pokémon in his team."

"...Suicune..." Pikachu muttered.

"Exactly," Mewtwo said as he crossed his arms.

Shadow Wes stared at Shadow Feraligatr's Poké Ball and smiled at it. "This is gonna be over soon..." he muttered. "Soon enough, we're gonna kill the humanity..." He looked serious as he changed the sphere for another one that he tossed at the field. "Go, Jumpluff!"

The Cottonweed Pokémon playfully jumped on the ground after it was called out. However, the Grass and Flying type was covered in the same dark aura that Feraligatr and Ampharos had. Unlike them, Shadow Jumpluff looked happy.

"Use Giga Drain on Pichu!"

The scholar gasped once he remembered that the Tiny Mouse Pokémon was still dumbfounded after finishing the previous attack. A green atmosphere came out of nowhere as Shadow Jumpluff moved its cotton hands in some sort of dance before 5 green sphere came out of Pichu that went to Shadow Jumpluff, recovering health that it didn't have hurt.

"O-oww..." Pichu moaned as he regained consciousness.

Red looked at Charizard, still stuck on the ground. The trainer thought that maybe it was the opportunity to catch him. Looking franitcally in his belt, the trainer found an empty Poké Ball. "Now's my chance..." Red muttered before looking at Charizard to later toss the Poké Ball at him. "Go, Poké Ball!"

At that moment, Charizard's head quickly came out, pushing some dirt to his back as he shook his head. The Poké Ball, unfortunately, failed to hit his head as it landed right in front of him. The Flame Pokémon looked down and glared at the sphere before he crushed it with his right foot.

"H-hey!" Red yelled. "W-what do you think you're doing?!"

"I'm not going to let you catch me, that's what! I have everything set so you can't catch me!" Charizard yelled as he moved his right foot to turn the sphere into crumbles. "I should be the one asking you that, though!"

"Grr... (I still have 3 Poké Balls left. I already used one on Ivysaur, and I just lost one because of Charizard... Why didn't I buy more of them?)  Espeon, use Return!"

Charizard quickly turned around to see the dashing Espeon about to leap at him as he glowed a bit. The Flame Pokémon quickly gathered flames in his jaws before releasing a stream of fire that reached Espeon quickly. The Sun Pokémon's eyes widened before he screamed loudly in pain.

The scholar looked back where Pichu was. There was a terrified expression on Pichu's face as he looked at the happy Shadow Jumpluff. Seeing Pichu's body shaking, Shadow Wes smirked. "Jumpluff, use Sunny Day!"

Shadow Jumpluff said its name happily as it began to dance a bit before shooting above, from his top cotton head, a bright sphere that flew all the way in the center of the ceiling before shining brightly. Red didn't know what the attack meant, but the others did know.

Suddenly, a surge of fire power got into Charizard as he glared and increased his Flamethrower attack by a whole new level. Red watched terrorized as Espeon's screams got even louder than before as the Fire type stopped, smirking evilly at the downed Espeon.

"E-Espeon!" Red yelled, not receiving any response from the Sun Pokémon as it laid down on the ground, fainted.

Charizard extended his wings proudly as he fired up very strong flames. "This power...is...so awesome!" he yelled proudly.

Pichu looked frightened at the flames before his ears perked up at an order he barely heard. The order sounded like it said beam and sun, but it didn't make sense to him before he met face-to-face with a big beam of greenish colors. Pichu yelled loudly in extreme pain as he was pushed against the temple's right wall, followed up by an explosion that sent him blasting off to the air where he crashed right into the ground, moaning silently in pain.

"Pichu, no!" Chris yelled while Shadow Wes laughed. "You imbecile..."

"2 out, more rebels to go," Shadow Wes pointed out while Shadow Jumpluff cheered happily at its fast victory.

Lucario quickly used Extremespeed to get the 2 Pokémon in a second before he appeared right between Red and Chris, putting down the knocked out Pokémon. Red took a step back after he saw the fainted Espeon while Chris felt guilty when he saw Pichu.

"...Take both of them with Jigglypuff so they can rest..." Chris muttered to Lucario.

"Fine," Lucario responded as he grabbed both of them and took them to where the weak Jigglypuff was being watched by Mewtwo behind them.

At that moment, Pikachu jumped to Chris's right shoulder as Umbreon leaped in front of Red. "Can I please get some sweet revenge on that messed up Jumpluff?" Pikachu asked as he gathered some sparks in his cheeks.

Umbreon looked at Pikachu for a moment.

"He said he wants to knock Charizard down," Pikachu pointed out.

"Okay, go," Chris said. Pikachu smiled a bit at him before he leaped back into the field.

Red looked down at Umbreon. "I'll promise I'll do my best to save Wes..."

Umbreon looked back at Red before he nodded. "(Please, I want this to be over soon,)" he thought before glaring back at Charizard while Pikachu stood in his 4 paws, his body gathering some sparks.

Charizard relinshed a bit as he stared at the bright sphere on top of the tunnel. "Why can't I learn that move? I'd be unstopable if I did."

"Jumpluff, be ready to use another Solarbeam!" Shadow Wes ordered.

"Umbreon, use Confuse Ray on Jumpluff!" Red ordered.

"Pikachu, stop Jumpluff from using Solarbeam with Skull Bash!" Chris ordered.

"...HEY, why isn't anybody interested in attacking me?!" Charizard asked.

"Oh well," Chris said. "Pikachu, use Thunder on Charizard!"

The Mouse Pokémon turned to the Flame Pokémon before running towards him. Charizard smirked at him before he started to gather powerful flames in his jaws. The scholar quickly thought about another strategy.

"Use Quick Attack to get behind Charizard!"

Pikachu instantly reached Charizard's right side in a swift move, evading the searing flames that burned the ground a bit. The Electric type glared up at Charizard before he called forth a thunder that crashed down on both. Charizard stopped his flames to yell loudly in pain before Pikachu jumped straight to his face to use a quick headbutt, making Charizard back away a bit.

"Ugh, not bad..." Charizard said as he shook his head.

Shadow Jumpluff jumped happily before it shot a powerful Solarbeam right straight to Umbreon. The Moonlight Pokémon was a lot of feet away from the Cottonweed Pokémon that enabled him to dodge the beam by sidestepping to left before running towards it. Umbreon's eyes shone red as he shot black smoke that went after Shadow Jumpluff.

"Jumpluff, float up to avoid the rays!" Shadow Wes ordered. His Shadow Jumpluff jumped up to use his cotton hands to float up, evading the rays of confusion that went underneath it. "Now, use Giga Drain on Umbreon!"

"Umbreon, try to reach Jumpluff by using Faint Attack!" Red ordered. "(I know Jumpluff is high up, but is there any other way to reach it?)"

For his surprise, Umbreon jumped high up towards the Grass and Flying type, Umbreon's frontal body glowing a bit in a purple light as he rammed himself on Shadow Jumpluff. Shadow Jumpluff not only screamed, by Umbreon pushed it down quickly where the Shadow Pokémon crashed on the ground, screaming in pain a little bit more before Umbreon jumped back.

"Jumpluff, get up and use Solarbeam on Umbreon!" Shadow Wes yelled.

"(Wait, Jumpluff is still down...) Umbreon, leap to Jumpluff and use Confuse Ray!"

"(...Good idea,)" Umbreon remarked before growling and leaping right on Shadow Jumpluff. The Grass and Flying type gasped when Umbreon restrained it from getting up as he stared deeply into the shadow opponent's eyes, shooting smoke from his red eyes to confuse it instantly. Once his movement was done, Umbreon leaped back to see the confused Shadow Jumpluff getting up, its eyes spinning in confusion.

"Damn," Shadow Wes muttered. "Jumpluff, try to use Stun Spore on Umbreon!"

"Juuuuuuuuuuuuump..." Shadow Jumpluff said dazzled as it began to spread yellow spores...on itself, instantly paralyzing its whole body. "Pluuuuuuuuuuuuuf..."

"What the heck? Why did you paralyze yourself?" Shadow Wes asked. "Damn that confusion!"

Red chuckled at this. "This turned out better for me after all..." He looked at Ivysaur. "Can you learn Confuse Ray?"

"Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeer...no," Ivysaur said.

"..." Red frowned. "And here I wanted to do strategies based around confusing opponents..."

"Well, excuuuuuuuuuuuse me for not appeasing your needs," Ivysaur said as he rolled his eyes.

"Red, focus!" Chris yelled.

"O-oh, right," Red said before looking back at the paralyzed and confused Shadow Jumpluff. "Umbreon, use..." Red thought about something as he looked at Charizard. "...Wait...why don't we..." The trainer looked at Chris. "Pss, Chris..."

The World Traveler looked at him. "Yes?"

"I think I have something in hands to take out Jumpluff faster..."

Back on the fight, Pikachu waited for orders as he dodged Charizard's dangerous Flamethrowers. "You little rat, stop moving around!" Charizard demanded between exhales of fire breaths as Pikachu glared at him and dodged the flames.

"Yes, like I want to burn into a crisp by you," Pikachu said as he rolled to the right, evading another Flamethrower. "Ooh, what's wrong? Can't you do something else?"

At that moment, Charizard dove his claws on the ground to lift up a boulder (half the size of himself), smirking down at Pikachu.

"...Seems you do," Pikachu muttered before he quickly dodged Charizard's Rock Smash.

The Mouse Pokémon noticed that Umbreon rammed himself against Shadow Jumpluff's back. The Cottonweed Pokémon looked absolutely helpless as his paralyzis kept it from moving, and his confusion only made matters worseas Shadow Wes urgently tried to snap it back to its senses. Pikachu looked confused as Shadow Jumpluff was being pushed to his way. The Electric type's eats perked up before avoiding another boulder from Charizard.

"This attack sucks for crushing sneaky targets like you," Charizard said annoyed before gathering flames.

Red's eyes looked serious after seeing Charizard gathering more strong flames. Looking back at Shadow Jumpluff being pushed towards Pikachu, the trainer yelled, "Umbreon, push Jumpluff to Pikachu!"

"(What?)" Pikachu thought as he gasped and looked up to Charizard's jaws. The Electric type quickly sidestepped from the way of the flames.

And for some reason, Shadow Jumpluff turned out to be the recipient of the attack.

Seconds before, right before Pikachu could sidestep, Umbreon used a strong headbutt to tumble Shadow Jumpluff forward to Pikachu. However, since Pikachu quickly sidestepped out of the way, Shadow Jumpluff landed on his previous spot before Charizard's enhanced Flamethrower burned the Cottonweed Pokémon greatly. Shadow Jumpluff, however, didn't even scream due to the fact it was confused at the whole event as flames burned its whole body.

Pikachu and Umbreon ran back before seeing that a shocked Charizard stopped his Flamethrower attack. He looked down at the soot-covered Shadow Jumpluff, its happy expression intact. "...Are you okay?" Charizard asked.

"...Pluff," Shadow Jumpluff simply said as it fell of his back, knocking itself out due to confusion.

"Jumpluff!" Shadow Wes yelled before grunting and taking out Shadow Jumpluff's Poké Ball. "Return!"

"Yes!" Red and Chris cheered as they both hopped on their spots.

"I do have to admit it was ingenius," Chris remarked as he adjusted his glasses a bit. "Taking advantage of Jumpluff's confusion and paralyzis that rendered it from moving, and thinking to push it all the way to Charizard's strong Flamethrower in order to obliterate it was very effective."

Red scratched the back of his hat. "Am I getting good?"

The scholar crossed his arms. "Possibly. I think you are quickly turning out better yourself."

"Would you stop that attitude?" Shadow Wes called angrily from the other side, receiving a glare from a mad Charizard. "It's time to use my strongest Pokémon..." he muttered with a grin as he took out a Poké Ball. "Go and punish those rebels...Suicune!"

The group gasped as a big light came out from the sphere, releasing the Aurora Pokémon on the field. Shadow Suicune, once looking at the Smashers from afar, let out a powerful howl that echoed across the whole cave.

"...Now I'm going to piss myself..." Ivysaur said with a gulp.

"Hey, shut up," Squirtle said. "So what if it is a Legendary Pokémon? We could still have a chance."

The scholar knew Shadow Suicune was going to be an even stronger foe to defeat. Thinking fast, he changed to his ISOKFMG job, taking out his odd-looking staff. "Pikachu, listen to me! Things are going to get harder so we have to use another CFS right now!"

Pikachu and Umbreon glared at the Aurora Pokémon, Charizard glarind down at them from behind. "(I'm getting a very bad feeling now,)" Umbreon said.

"We better stay careful. One screw up, and we'll be screwed over," Pikachu muttered.

Umbreon's ears perked up. "(Jump aside!)"

The 2 quickly avoided a strong Flamethrower attack from a furious Charizard. The Flame Pokémon stopped releasing his flames before grunting.

Shadow Wes chuckled after he looked at Charizard. Something about his look surely meant he had some sort of plan for the Fire type. "Suicune, use Blizzard on those 3 imbeciles!"

"3 imbeciles?" Pikachu repeated. "I thought there only 2..."

Charizard looked at the Shadow Pokémon gathering mist in its mouth. He quickly noticed that Shadow Suicune was facing him and the other 2 Pokémon from the corner of the tunnel. The Smashers got shocked looks. "I-i-i-is it going to freeze the whole portion of the cave?" Red asked.

"It is going to do that," Mewtwo said. "Everyone, get back and lean against the wall," he said. "That Shadow Nightmare is planning to freeze everyone in here."

The World Traveler and the trainer looked back at him. "W-what do you mean? Is the Blizzard attack really going to affect us all?" Chris asked.

"Suicune's powers have been increased," Mewtwo pointed out. "If it unleashes Blizzard, it'll freeze everything in its way."

"...Maybe I can..." Chris muttered before he began to spin his staff. "Pikachu, prepare to use Spark Wave!"

Pikachu looked back at him. "Are you nuts or what?"

"It's the only way to stop Suicune from using Blizzard!" he yelled. "Let's do this quick before we regret it!"

"Stop," Mewtwo said. "You 2 aren't going to make it in time."

"Watch," Chris said as a glyph appeared underneath him while Pikachu started to get covered in yellow lightning. "Tangible lightning, bring my enemies into a paralyzing circuits..."

"Use Blizzard!" Shadow Wes yelled, ordering his Pokémon to attack.

"Spark Wave!" Chris yelled.

Shadow Suicune instantly released its attack before a lightning fell down on it to later sprout into a big sphere of electricity that shocked it. The strong tempest of ice began to freeze everything in its way as everyone (including Rui, and Silva carrying Wes on his back) quickly ran back against the wall to prevent the attack from reaching them as they all covered themselves. Pikachu and Umbreon, however, didn't have the same luck as the strong sleet began to freeze their bodies slowly before they were turned into icicles of ice.

Something was wrong as Charizard noticed he was also being turned into a statue of ice. His feet began to freeze inside ice, and he panicked before pulling his tail to his chest to cover it with his arms and wings before he got frozen as well.

Red noticed that all the people in the group were close to each other. The trainer slowly removed his arms to look around the frozen tunnel. Now, everything was frozen except for the temple's sanctum inside.

"...N-no!" Red gasped after he looked back at the field. Everyone else removed their arms from the faces before some gasped.

Shadow Wes laughed with crossed arms before looking at the frozen Pokémon. "Okay, now use Shadow Rush!" he ordered.

For their dismay, the Aurora Pokémon didn't seem injured after receiving the strong electric attack from Pikachu and Chris. It howled a bit to the icicles before its shadow aura glowed darker than before as it began to dash very fast at them. As it stopped running in front of the icicles, it quickly covered itself in pure darkness as it easily passed through the 2 icicles, pushing Umbreon and Pikachu away to different directions before they slid on the ice floor while Shadow Suicune's aura became dim as it landed close to the entrance to the temple.

Unfortunately, there were no signs of responses coming from Umbreon and Pikachu.

"...They're not moving..." Rui muttered.

Mewtwo closed his eyes. "Suicune's Shadow Rush grew to a lethal level. The fact that it was already a Shadow Pokémon made the power of the Shadow Nightmare even stronger."

"You're saying Suicune turned...broken?" Ivysaur asked as he shivered at the tunnel's icy look.

"...That's another way to say it, but yes," Mewtwo said. "Pikachu and Umbreon couldn't stand against the attack. Add the fact they were frozen, and it turned out worse for them."

"Hahahahahahahaha!" Shadow Wes laughed. "And I haven't finished yet."

"W-what does he mean by that?" Squirtle asked.

The Shadow Nightmare looked at the frozen Charizard before smirking. "Hey, Suicune, can you use Shadow Rush at full potency on him?"

Shadow Suicune turned to the right to face the frozen Flame Pokémon. The Aurora Pokémon narrowed its eyes before dashing right towards the icicle. Its dakr aura glowed darker before it leaped at an insane speed, shattering the ice apart while landing a devastating blow on Charizard, who had a shocked look after his wings pulled back.

"...Y-you..." Charizard muttered shocked before he fell down on his face against the ice floor, shattering it a bit.

Red looked frightened after Shadow Suicune turned against its own partner. "W-why did you do that?" he asked.

Shadow Wes chuckled as Shadow Suicune turned to face them. "I did that so I could get a free spot for another friend I have here."

"A free spot?"

Shadow Wes replied this repetition by throwing another Poké Ball to the air, releasing a big light to the ice floor. Most of the Pokémon gasped after they saw yet another Legendary Pokémon on the field. "Say hello to my Entei."

The Volcano Pokémon was back, and it was covered once again by darkness; a different darkness that came from the Shadow Nightmare. Entei glared at the group with its yellow eyes before roaring loudly, shattering some ice around its feet.

"L-Lucario, go get Umbreon and Pikachu!" Chris ordered as he looked at the 2 Legendary Pokémon.

The Aura Pokémon finished his task in a second as he brought the 2 knocked out Pokémon to the other 3. Lucario looked worried at Umbreon and Pikachu before putting them close to Jigglypuff, Pichu, and Espeon.

Shadow Wes crossed his arms. "I'll wait for you to decide who's going to be my next victim."

Red noticed that Charizard was still knocked out close to the shadow. Shadow Wes turned at the Flame Pokémon's direction and chuckled, making Red gasp as he took out an empty Poké Ball. "W-wait, no!"

"Afraid so," Shadow Wes said as he took out an empty Poké Ball. "Go, Pok-"

The 2 trainers were about to toss their Poké Ball to catch Charizard, but suddenly, 10 Primids appeared all around the knocked Charizard. The Subspace subordinates turned around to see Charizard before they all carried him above them. The Primids didn't even look at anybody as a dark portal appeared right in front of them before they all marched inside in a hurry, taking Charizard along as the portal vanished.

"W-what the heck was that?" Silva asked.

"..." Shadow Wes grunted. "Fine, be that way."

"Did they just take him back into the Subspace?" Squirtle asked.

"I do recall Charizard saying he wasn't going to be easily captured," Mewtwo said. "He surely thought about all the possibilities, and he included the Primids so he could escape. I'm surprised you didn't toss the Poké Ball before he could get away, Red. You could have tossed it when he was being carried."

Red's lips twitched a bit before he looked down, putting the Poké Ball away. "Why did I have to stop..."

"I-it's okay," Chris said. "You'll have better chances the next time."

"AHEM," Shadow Wes called from the other side of the frozen field as Shadow Suicune and Shadow Entei got closer to each other. "I'm waiting here."

"...What now?" Red muttered. He looked back at Squirtle and Ivysaur. "Do you think you have a chance?"

"I..." Ivysaur looked at Shadow Entei. "...I don't think I have very good chances..."

"And Suicune plain scares me," Squirtle admitted. "That Shadow Rush attack is definitely severe on anyone..."

Mewtwo sighed before he floated forward to stand in front of Red. "I'll fight for now."

Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur looked surprised. "R-really? Will you fight as my Pokémon?" Red asked.

"Don't get it wrong," Mewtwo said as he looked at red over his right shoulder. "I'll attack by my own orders. You can tell me what I can't see, though. You're going to be some sort of second set of eyes for me."

Red blinked a few times before frowning. "It was just too good to be true..."

Squirtle saluted Mewtwo. "Then, good luck, and prevent us from stepping in front of those 2."

Chris looked worried. "H-hold on, I don't have any Pokémon left with me!"

"Ahem..."

The World Traveler blinked a bit as he turned around to look up at Lucario, crossing his arms bored. "...Oh, sorry," Chris said as he blushed a bit. "I-I didn't recall you, Lucario..."

Lucario sighed. "I hope you didn't forget me all the time before."

"T-that was just because I wanted to make Wes suffer for being cold," Chris said. "...But please, do your best."

Lucario smiled at Chris and pulled him under his left arm. "I'll listen to you, don't worry," he said.

Chris hugged Lucario tightly before his proud Pokémon jumped forward, landing some feet away from him as his hands flared up with aura.

Shadow Wes grinned at the sight of the 2 Pokémon. "My, this is surely going to get interesting now. I didn't want to lose my time with those weak-looking Squirtle and Ivysaur."

The 2 mentioned characters glared at the Shadow Nightmare as Red looked at him with a glare. "Don't you dare call them weak again," he said.

"Whatever," Shadow Wes said. "Entei, use Fire Blast on Lucario! Suicune, use Ice Beam on Mewtwo!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on October 31, 2009, 06:34:59 PM
Shadow Wes grinned at the sight of the 2 Pokémon. "My, this is surely going to get interesting now. I didn't want to lose my time with those weak-looking Squirtle and Ivysaur."

The 2 mentioned characters glared at the Shadow Nightmare as Red looked at him with a glare. "Don't you dare call them weak again," he said.

"Whatever," Shadow Wes said. "Entei, use Fire Blast on Lucario! Suicune, use Ice Beam on Mewtwo!"

"Lucario, evade Fire Blast and use Force Palm on Entei!" Chris ordered.

"Mewtwo," Red began. "...Er...do whatever you please. I'll alert you from anything fishy."

Mewtwo nodded as he began to hover along the ground to approach Shadow Suicune.

"Don't let Lucario avoid the attack, Entei," Shadow Wes said. "As for you, Suicune, don't let Mewtwo avoid your attack either. Close in!"

His 2 Legendary Pokémon obeyed his orders as they both began to charge at the 2 Pokémon.

While this happened, Chris got a little bit confused. "That's weird..." he muttered. "I thought Kawashima was going to alert us that the Over Limit gauge was full... What happened?" He took out his DS to open it. Upon opening it, he stared at a blank screen. "..." He turned the DS on, but as soon as it turned on, the DS instantly turned off. "What?" Chris turned it back on before it turned off by itself. "...The battery is depleted..." he muttered. "Hey, you 2, I think the Over Limit gauge is full!"

Red got an idea. "You should use it right away so we deal a lot of damage!"

The 2 trainers watched as Lucario jumped over the Fire Blast's emblem easily while Mewtwo warped just behind Shadow Suicune after it use Ice Beam. The Aurora Pokémon quickly turned back, just before the Psychic Pokémon activated the Over Limit by saying, "Begone."

Shadow Suicune was then pushed to the air by the unknown force that covered Mewtwo. The Water type flipped in the air before landing on its feet, glaring eyes with Mewtwo as a rainbow aura surged all around him.

Mewtwo merely chuckled as he held out his right hand, instantly using Psychic on the Shadow Pokémon. Shadow Suicune's eyes widened after it began to float above the ground before being pulled into the air. Mewtwo, grinning a bit, began to slash the air by creating many Psycho Cuts that flew around the Shadow Pokémon by forming a sphere of themselves. Once Mewtwo had created around 100, he stopped slicing the air with his glowing fingers before holding out his left hand open at the floating opponent. "Slice," he simply said as he closed his hand.

The 100 Psycho Cuts suddenly stopped circling before all of them aimed at Shadow Suicune, instantly shooting off to it, cutting it from all directions as it howled in pain and fell down the ground, shattering some ice in the process as Mewtwo chuckled several times.

"I'm impressed," Shadow Wes said as Shadow Suicune slowly got back up on its feet. "I didn't know there was such an attack."

Mewtwo glared at him over his right shoulder. "Do not underestimate me."

"And don't that to me as well," Shadow Wes said as he took out an orange potion from his back. "Hey, Suicune, catch this!"

Mewtwo managed to identify the item as a Hyper Potion. The shadow trainer wanted to heal Shadow Suicune's injuries by giving it the recovery item. Mewtwo, however, wasn't stupid. The Psychic Pokémon held out his right hand wide open to use Psychic on the Hyper Potion to stop it from reaching the Aurora Pokémon. "I'm not going to let you do that," Mewtwo said.

Shadow Wes smirked. "Suicune, use Shadow Rush!"

Mewtwo quickly warped from behind the rushing dog before it could leap at his previous spot. The Psychic Pokémon then decided to slam down the potion on the floor so its contents could leak into the cracks in the ground, stopping Shadow Suicune from recovering. "That's that," Mewtwo said as he glared at Shadow Suicune. "Whatever you do, I'll evade it in time."

"We shall see that," Shadow Wes said as he made a fist. "There's no way the Savior of Pokémon will fall down before you."

"Savior of Pokémon...that's pure nonsense," Mewtwo commented.

"GUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAARGH!!!" Lucario roared as he landed on the ground and rushed at Entei with a glowing right fist.

Hearing the roar, Shadow Wes quickly issued orders. "Suicune, don't stop using Ice Beam to trap Mewtwo within ice! Entei, use Flamethrower all over Lucario!"

The 2 Legendary Pokémon obeyed once again as they began to execute their orders. As Red cursed under his breath for not ordering Mewtwo what to do, Chris pointed forward. "Lucario, use Extremespeed to get close to Entei, then use Force Palm!"

The Aura Pokémon glared at the Volcano Pokémon before it released a strong wave of flames. Due to the Sunny Day effect still intact, Shadow Entei's fire power was stronger than before. For Lucario, however, wasn't as fast as he easily and swiftly ran around the flames to later touch Shadow Entei's left side, the Volcano Pokémon getting a shocked look as he roared at Lucario.

"Get away," Lucario muttered before his right palm glowed on the big Pokémon, creating an explosion that pushed Shadow Entei back. The Volcano Pokémon roared in pain as it tumbled, but it regained its composure quickly to unleash another Flamethrower, unfortunately being too fast for Lucario to react as he got covered in flames. "GRRRRRRRRR!!!"

"Lucario, please, hold on!" Chris yelled.

Red had to help the Aura Pokémon. "Mewtwo, ignore Suicune and go help Lucario from Entei!"

The Psychic Pokémon warped to Shadow Suicune's right side to evade the Ice Beam attack. Once Mewtwo looked over at Shadow Entei, he held out his left hand to shoot a Shadow Ball that collided on its back to stop its Flamethrower on the Aura Pokémon. Lucario had tight fists by his sides as he looked a little bit burned. Opening his eyes, Lucario gritted his fangs as he looked at Shadow Entei before Mewtwo floated back to evade Shadow Suicune's Ice Beam.

"Are you okay, Lucario?" Chris asked.

Lucario nodded. "The flames were strong, but I can still fight," he reaffirmed as he glared at Shadow Entei.

"Good, now use Aura Sphere!"

The Aura Pokémon obeyed as he began to gather a lot of aura quickly between his hands. Shadow Wes narrowed his glare and pointed forward. "Entei, stop him by using Fire Blast, quick!"

The Volcano Pokémon began to gather flames before shooting a big emblem of fire that went after the Aura Pokémon. Once Lucario finished charging, he shot an Aura Sphere (half his size due to the damage he took) to stop the charging fire, instantly making a big explosion with smoke that forced him to jump back.

The smoke that came out from the 2 attacks spread all over one quarter of the field. Thinking quickly as Chris looked at Lucario, he thought something. "(I have an idea,)" Chris thought. "Use you aura to find Entei in the smoke!"

Lucario's body began to get engulfed with his aura as his eyes glowed yellow. The Aura Pokémon quickly found the Legendary Pokémon's dark aura before Lucario growled loudly.

"Use Aura Sphere!"

"GUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARGH!" Lucario roared loudly as he shot a fast sphere of aura into the smoke. A big explosion came from within that pushed the smoke away, revealing a roaring Shadow Entei that got angry after the orb met its face.

Grunting, Shadow Wes turned to see Shadow Suicune trying to land an Ice Beam on the warping Mewtwo. Annoyed by the fact his Pokémon wasn't doing any damage, Shadow Wes looked at Entei. "Entei, forget about Lucario and go help Suicune by taking down Mewtwo!"

The Volcano Pokémon growled at the Aura Pokémon before it turned around to later rush towards the Psychic Pokémon. Lucario tightened his fists before he began to go after Shadow Entei.

"While running, use another Aura Sphere to hurt Entei!" Chris ordered.

The Aura Pokémon pulled his hands to his left before charging quickly a big Aura Sphere that he quickly shot forward.

"Oh, sorry, but it won't hit," Shadow Wes said. "Suicune, use Ice Beam on the sphere!"

The Aurora Pokémon stopped shooting its beam at the warping Mewtwo before quickly turning around to shoot the beam at the sphere. Lucario grunted as he saw his own attack being turned into an ice ball that fell on the ground before exploding in a blue burst.

Chris wiped the sweat off his forehead. "Oh god, the first 10 minutes of the battle and I'm already sweating in this cave of ice..."

"Hey, at least you're working," said Red annoyed as he looked away. "Mewtwo won't listen to me even if I caught him."

"Er, maybe you shouldn't try his attitude," Squirtle said.

"...I hate how powerful he is..." Red muttered.

Mewtwo, growing a bit angry, decided to warp behind Shadow Suicune to slice it with several Psycho Cuts. The Aurora Pokémon growled in pain before turning around and using Ice Beam. Mewtwo couldn't warp away in time before he got trapped in ice, a shocking expression apparent in his eyes.

Shadow Wes grinned. "Well, now you got him in ice. Now, before he escapes, use Shadow Rush!"

Red and Chris gasped after Shadow Suicune began to glow darker as it prepared to rush at the frozen Mewtwo. "L-Lucario, stop Suicune from using Shadow Rush by using Force Palm!"

"Entei, don't you let Lucario interrupt Suicune. Use Fire Blast!"

Shadow Entei turned to Lucario as it began to charge fire in its mouth. Lucario grunted but ignored the Volcano Pokémon as he began to run after Shadow Suicune.

"Can you combine Extremespeed with Force Palm? If so, use both!" Chris ordered.

Shadow Wes smirked. "Turn around and use the attack on Lucario instead!"

Lucario obeyed Chris as he instantly appeared at Shadow Suicune's right side. However, he didn't see the Aurora Pokémon turning to him before leaping with an insane speed as it was completely covered in darkness. Lucario roared loudly in pain as he was sent to the air before a big Fire Blast attack came from down below him, exploding right after touching his back. "GUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGGGGGGGH!!!" Lucario roared loudly before he crashed down on the ice floor, shattering most of it with his weight.

"L-Lucario!" Chris yelled horrified. "C-can you stand up?"

"GuuuuuuuuAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGHH!!!" the Aura Pokémon responded as the aura in his body suddenly became a lot bigger as it flared up in rage. Lucario quickly stood up as his appendages began to move up by the flaring aura in his body. His red eyes glared at the 2 Legendary Pokémon before Mewtwo managed to shatter the ice that froze him.

Rui and Silva got surprised by the aura that illuminated the whole cave around them. "W-wow, look at the size of that blue fire..." Silva said in awe.

Chris smiled a bit. "Lucario's aura was pushed to the limit now... But...it worries me." Chris rubbed his chin. "The fact he was quickly pushed to the limit that fast worries me..."

"That means his brute force became even more dangerous, right?" Red asked.

"Yes," Chris said. "Lucario, use Aura Sphere at full potency on Entei!"

"Full potency?" Shadow Wes repeated. "Suicune, Entei, use Ice Beam and Fire Blast respectively!" The trainer then noticed that both of his Pokémon were glowing a bit in another aura. "What?"

Shadow Wes looked to his right where Mewtwo had both hands holding out towards the 2 Legendary Pokémon. "Lucario, use your aura now," Mewtwo said. "I'll hold them at bay so you attack them with all your forces."

"Thanks," Lucario said as he instantly made a huge Aura Sphere that covered half of his whole body. "GUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRGH!" he roared loudly as helet the huge Aura Sphere get blasted off right on the trapped Volcano Pokémon. Shadow Entei met a huge explosion that shattered the ice around it as it roared loudly in pain to the ceiling. As smoke covered it, Lucario growled at Shadow Suicune.

"This time, use your own fists to deal massive damage on Suicune! Use Extremespeed!" Chris yelled.

The Aura Pokémon nodded before he instantly appeared besides the Aurora Pokémon, using an uppercut flaring with a big amount aura that sent Shadow Suicune to the air, almost reaching the rock ceiling as Lucario did a high jump and delivered another uppercut on its stomach. Shadow Suicune coughed in pain before Lucario grabbed Shadow Suicune's upper right foot to pull it down hardly, making it crash into the ground before the Aura Pokémon shot several but small Aura Spheres down, creating small explosions that quickly grew in size as he landed back on the ice floor, shattering it with his feet.

"Someone's on steroids," Squirtle began as he smiled a bit at the battle. "Aura steroids. Get it?"

"Good one," Ivysaur said as he low-fived Squirtle while Red frowned at the joke.

Shadow Suicune grunted as it slowly got back up on its feet. The Aura Pokémon took a fighting stance as he showed his sharp fangs as it. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..." Lucario grunted as he made fists at his sides. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

Shadow Wes grunted a bit. He didn't expect Lucario to that kind of damage on Shadow Suicune. "Dammit, and when I was thinking I could win... No, no, no! I need to concentrate..." He looked at Shadow Entei. "Entei, try to use Fire Blast on Lucario!"

"Mewtwo, I don't care what you say but stop Entei from interrupting Lucario!" Red yelled.

The Psychic Pokémon frowned at the order as he floated quickly towards the Volcano Pokémon. Upon standing close, Mewtwo's eyes glowed before shooting some sparkling lights that went into Shadow Entei's eyes. The Fire type felt weird before shaking its head to use Fire Blast. However, instead of fire coming out, a cough was released.

"Did that thing just use Disable?" Shadow Wes asked. "This is getting really annoying now... Entei, use Flamethrower on Mewtwo!"

At that moment, the shining light on top of the tunnel disappeared, making fire attacks less powerful but making water attack return to their normal power.

"And now you're doing this to me?" Shadow Wes asked. "Entei, use Flamethrower on Mewtwo!"

"Lucario, use as many Force Palms as you can use on Entei!" Chris ordered.

The Aura Pokémon growled loudly before he leaped towards Shadow Entei. Before the Volcano Pokémon could use its attack, his face met a flurry of Force Palms that sent explosions all over its face, yelling in pain as Lucario roared. "GUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRGH!!!"

Shadow Entei suddenly felt sparks emanating from its body. One of the many Force Palms of Lucario surely inflicted paralyzis on it. Shadow Wes, seeing this, took out a yellow container; a Parlyz Heal. "Entei, use this!"

As soon as he tossed the item, it was instantly pulled down at the ice floor. Shadow Wes grunted loudly as he looked over at the glowing hand of Mewtwo. The Psychic Pokémon grinned a bit at him before focusing his attention on Shadow Suicune by tossing a fully charged Shadow Ball, creating an explosion that pushed the Aurora Pokémon back.

Rui sighed in relief. "At this rate, you're going to defeat him..."

"I wish this keeps up like this..." Red muttered. "He could pull out some sort of dirty trick..."

The World Traveler watched as Lucario stopped his flurry of Force Palms before sending a strong fist on Shadow Entei's face, pushing him some feet as he shook a bit thanks to the paralyzis. The Volcano Pokémon gathered more flames in its mouth before releasing a stream of fire at the Aura Pokémon, who grunted loudly before shooting a huge Aura Sphere.

Chris gasped. "W-wait, I didn't tell you t-"

A big explosion came after the 2 attacks collided with each other. The explosion was so big that it easily reached both Lucario and Shadow Entei. The 2 Pokémon were pushed far away from each other as they both rolled recklessly on the shattered ice before stopping. The World Traveler found his Pokémon unable to attack anymore.

"L-LUCARIO!" Chris yelled. "Lucario, are you okay? Lucario!"

"...Sorry..." Lucario muttered as his big aura began to shrink into his body. "...I...should had waited for your next order... I could have finished Suicune that way..."

"What the hell? Entei!" Shadow Wes yelled from the other side as he looked at his knocked out Pokémon behind him. "Entei, get up and attack Mewtwo!"

The Volcano Pokémon laid down on the floor as it grunted weakly. Its eyes opened a bit to look at his shadow trainer before its head fell down, a signal to indicate it got knocked out.

Shadow Wes looked around to find and use a Revive, but he seemed desperate as he didn't find mentioned item. "Dammit, why the hell didn't I re-stock items? I have 2 Hyper Potions but they won't help! Entei, return!" Shadow Wes yelled angrily as he returned Entei to its Poké Ball. "You did well... Now wish for us to terminate those rebels,"  he said to the sphere before grunting and looking back at the fight, watching Chris returning Lucario to his Poké Ball in time.

"This is what happens when Pokémon act on their own, then? This is horrible..." Chris looked at Lucario's Poké Ball. "...Please, rest for now," he muttered. "...You did really well out there, Lucario..."

Focusing back, Shadow Wes pointed forward. "Suicune, use Shadow Rush on Mewtwo and don't stop until you land a hit on him!" He looked angrily at Red and Chris. "Why the hell are you saying those things to him?" Shadow Wes asked.

The World Traveler glared at the Shadow Nightmare. "I'm telling Lucario those things because I care a lot about him! He's my very first Pokémon!"

"Nonsense," Shadow Wes muttered. "There's no way you like Pokémon as much as I do."

"Y-you're wrong!" Red yelled. "We care a lot about all our Pokémon because we worry about them!"

"Like I'm going to believe you," Shadow Wes said. "You people only hide your true motives under lies so you can later abuse your Pokémon. I'm going to punish you for doing that filthy feeling!"

Rui shook her head. "This isn't just like Wes at all. He wouldn't say such things before."

"I remember that the Shadow Nightmare tells only truths that its victim hide," Chris said, recalling Shadow Lucas. "He's saying all the things Wes wanted to say aloud to the people he met. We're not like the words his shadow said, but what he yelled were truths he tried to conceal..."

The girl grunted a bit before looking back at the real Wes as Silva stood close to him. "...Wes, please, wake up..."

Back on the battle, Mewtwo warped in time to avoid Shadow Suicune's Shadow Rush as it leaped quickly many feet away from him. The Psychic Pokémon quickly shot a fully charged Shadow Ball at the dark Pokémon.

However, something went wrong as Shadow Suicune swiftly turned to the ball and leaped straight into it, making it vanish upon contact as Mewtwo looked a bit shocked. "(I should have noticed before...)" Mewtwo thought as he warped away from the leaping Shadow Pokémon. "(The Shadow Rush move not only makes its user powerful, but when the aura glows darker, it creates a defensive shield underneath it to protect its user...)"

Mewtwo managed to teleport away in time to avoid another rushing attack from Shadow Suicune. Soon, Mewtwo found himself teleporting almost all around the field helplessly as the Shadow Pokémon tried to land a blow. Red knew well that Mewtwo would eventually tire himself out by using Teleport too much to evade Shadow Rush. "W-we have to do something or else Mewtwo's going to get hit!" Red yelled.

"I'm out of Pokémon for real this time..." Chris said ashamed as he looked at the group of fainted Pokémon behind him. "I'm helpless now..."

"If only we had more Pokémon to help Mewtwo..." Squirtle said.

"I guess we could give him a hand if we had more Pokémon with us..." Ivysaur said.

Red, Chris, Rui, and even Silva looked at the 2 Pokémon. Their looks turned into long stares as Mewtwo evaded every single Shadow Rush attack.

"...Duh!" Squirtle said as he rolled his eyes. "We're Pokémon ourselves. We can help Mewtwo.

Ivysaur frowned. "Gosh, why didn't we see that before?" He looked up at Red. "What are your orders, captain?"

Red didn't know if it was a good idea to send either Squirtle or Ivysaur out to the battle. Seeing as Shadow Suicune traveler far distances along the ground (that was before ice before it eventually shattered by the Aurora Pokémon's landing points) at a fast speed, there were small odds to help Mewtwo if he put his own Pokémon in battle.

"You know what?" Ivysaur began as he leaped in front of Red. "I'll fight if you're going to stare at us odd."

Red gasped. "W-wait, I don't know if it's such a good idea, Ivysaur!"

"Look at Mewtwo if you can spot him!" Ivysaur yelled as Shadow Suicune leaped around the field, trying to push Mewtwo with its dark power. "He's going to be all day doing that if we don't interfere!"

"Let me think about an idea!" Chris said as he changed to his Scholar job. "Using the increased IQ of this job, I will surely find the most logical attack to help Mewtwo... Um..."

A moment of silence followed as the battle kept going.

"...I need a good idea, mind!" Chris yelled to himself. "Ugh, I cannot believe I cannot find an effective attack... (And now I am starting to have this weird feeling inside my head!)"

"(What weird feeling is that?)" Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur asked.

The scholar noticed that time itself stopped in the tunnel. The battle, the people, and the breathing of the Pokémon came to a sudden halt. The World Traveler recognized the same feeling he had been having before. It indicated that surely...

Chris and another Smasher could use a new CFS.

"(...Red...)" Chris trailed off.

"(What?)" Red asked.

"(...It is time for us to use our CFS...)"

"(What? Isn't that attack the same one Pichu told me about?)" Ivysaur asked.

"(He told you 2? Well, it is,)" Chris said. "(We have understood each other so well that our partnership level reached its maximum.)"

"(I see...)" Red chuckled. "(To be honest, I grew very fond of you, Chris. When we got here, I started to know you a little bit better.)"

"(Same here,)" Squirtle said.

"(Glad I did the same here as well,)" Ivysaur said.

Chris chuckled heartily. "(Well then, shall we go on and see what we can...)"

"(...I think I know why you stopped talking,)" Red said.

"(What is this?)" Chris asked. "(I cannot just see one combined attack, but two instead...)"

"(Why would that be?)" Squirtle asked.

"(Maybe...)" Red thought for a moment. "(There are 2 attacks because of you and Ivysaur.)"

"(So we like have a different attack for each other?)" Ivysaur asked.

"(It does make sense when you put it that way,)" Chris said. "(The fact that you 2 are not with Charizard makes it obvious enough. Even if Charizard is not here, that would mean you 3 have all different attacks.)"

"(Which means we can unleash strong attacks on our own,)" Squirtle said.

"(Well, that is my closest theory, anyway...)"

Red grunted a bit. "(H-hey, let's not stay in this freaky conversation any longer,)" he said. "(If you 3 forgot, Mewtwo's in trouble.)"

"(You are right,)" Chris said. "(We must help Mewtwo before he suffers the consequences.)"

"(Heheh, I'm the one in the field. Do you know what that means?)" Ivysaur asked to Squirtle.

"(...You get to use your CFS first...)" Squirtle muttered annoyed.

"(Exactly, turtle guy,)" Ivysaur chimed happily.

"(Oh brother, I don't understand your little rivalry between you 2 at all...)" Red said with a sigh.

"(It is...mutual, I think,)" Chris said.

Pokémon Colosseum - Friendly Battle

The 4 snapped out from their conversation as they all looked forward. "Ivysaur, be prepared when I tell you so!" Red ordered.

"Righto," Ivysaur said as he looked everywhere to spot Mewtwo.

Hearing their order, Shadow Wes grunted. "What, you still have more Pokémon left with you, pathetic excuse for a trainer?" He chuckled. "Well, it won't make that much of a difference 'cuz the battle is soon to be over with."

Red adjusted his cap. "Wow, how amusing. I was thinking the same thinking the same thing as you."

Shadow Wes narrowed his eyes at him. "What the heck do you intend to mean with that?"

"This," Chris began as his book glowed in a bright yellow light while Ivysaur narrowed his glare. "O small but mighty thunder, encase these vines with thy shocking properties..."

Ivysaur grinned as he studied Shadow Suicune's moves. The Shadow Pokémon leaped from side to side as it tried to deliver a severe blow on Mewtwo.

"Ivysaur, prepare to extend your vines forward to trap Suicune, okay?" Red asked, receiving a nod from Ivysaur as the trainer looked back to see a dark presences leaping north from the south. "Now, Ivysaur, use Electro-Whip!"

"Go!" Ivysaur yelled as his vines came out from underneath his flower's bulb. The vines that came out quickly began to cover themselves with a layer of electricity that emanated many sparks out. The Seed Pokémon's reached all the way across the field before Shadow Suicune came leaping from the side of the temple, accidentally letting itself touch the electric vines.

"W-what the..." Shadow Wes took a step back.

In an instant, Shadow Suicune's Shadow Rush ended as its normal dark aura turned dim. The Aurora Pokémon looked shocked as the vines began to wrap all around itself before it got completely covered. Shadow Suicune howled loudly before Ivysaur, grinning, released a great amount of electricity that turned the Legendary Pokémon into some sort of blinding, flashing Pokémon light as sparks flew out from all its directions.

New ability learned! Electro-Whip!

Traps foes within shocking vines that greatly deliver a big amount of volts through them once the targets are completely wrapped. Deals a great amount of electric damage to the targets, and may also paralyze them with big chances of success.

As Ivysaur kept using his attack, Red spotted a tired Mewtwo warping in front of him. "Mewtwo, are you feeling okay?" Red asked.

Mewtwo panted a bit. "I have to get used to warp a lot around before dodging those attacks..." He grunted a bit. "I must train very soon so I can fight better. It's not like these is someone else out there who can teleport that many times like me."

"Do you wanna let me take over your place, then?" Squirtle offered.

Mewtwo thought for a moment. "...Do it so I can rest," he said with a sigh. "My psychic powers aren't feeling well after abusing Teleport so much..."

As the big Pokémon floated behind Red, Squirtle wagged his tail a bit to the sides before leaping into the field.

Ivysaur grunted a bit. "Darn it, this is all I can do for now..." he said before his vines stopped releasing electricity before they retreated underneath his flower's bulb.

"But look at that," Squirtle said as he looked at Shadow Suicune. "Seems you paralyzed it."

Shadow Wes grunted as Shadow Suicune shook itself. The electric made it get paralyzed. Grunting, the Aurora Pokémon glared at its small prey in front of it.

"What do you know?" Chris asked as his book's yellow glow turned blue. "We still have another CFS left."

Red chuckled before pointing forward. "Squirtle, are you ready for the next attack?"

"Always," Squirtle said as he grinned at Shadow Suicune.

Chris focused his magic as the book's pages flipped wildly to every side. "O subtle but pacific ice, bring forth your effects after transparent water touches thy enemies..."

Red pointed forward at the paralyzed Shadow Suicune. "Now, Squirtle, use Stalag-ice Gun!"

"Stalag-ice Gun?" Shadow Wes asked before pointing forward. "Suicune, use Blizzard before whatever attack comes to you!"

Shadow Suicune obeyed and tried to use Blizzard. Unfortunately for it, the paralyzys proved to be a real hindrance as its mouth stunned a bit, preventing it from executing the attack before it watched Squirtle using what looked to be a normal Water Gun attack that sprayed all over itself. Shadow Suicune looked confused at this since it didn't get hurt for a bit.

"...That was it?" Shadow Wes asked. "You...wet Suicune? What kind of joke is this?"

"Did you forget the fact I said the attack would bring forth its effects after the water touched its enemies?" Chris asked.

Suddenly, the water that fell down on Shadow Suicune shone brightly as icicles sprouted out, impaling the Aurora Pokémon's stomach as it howled in pain and jumped away from the ice. However, there was more water on its back that quickly fell down around it and called forth icicles that instantly sprouted out after the wate touched the ground. Shadow Suicune howled in more pain as it tried to move. The paralyzis, however, restrained it from moving as the icicles continued to hurt it even more.

New Ability Learned! Stalag-ice Gun!

Water is sprayed around the enemy before icicles sprout out, damaging all foes within range. Deals great ice damage to the enemies.

Shadow Wes began to grunt annoyed. "H-hey, get the hell out of those icicles, Suicune! Ignore the paralyzis and jump away!"

His Shadow Pokémon grunted in pain before it managed to jump at the side, his stomach already having enough damage by the icicles that remained there on their places.

"What? It's not enough?" Red asked.

Chris grunted. "I thought it was going so easy to be true," he said. "If there was another way to make our attacks stronger..."

"What about the stickers?" Squirtle suddenly asked. "We haven't used them yet, right?"

"...But of course," Red said as he took out his Trophy Stand. "Hey, why do my Pokémon have to share the same stand? It limits them from growing even stronger."

"Blame that to Master Hand as well?" Chris asked as he took out a handful of stickers; every single one that he had obtained. "Let us see... Oh, look, I have some of the stickers that Jirachi gave me during the Olympic Games." He picked the Squirtle sticker. "According to my book, it says here this sticker gives Squirtle's water power a boost of 41."

Squirtle blinked at his sticker. "Hey, when did I do a pose like that?"

"41 is a big number, right?" Red asked.

Squirtle suddenly hopped in his place. 'S-stick it, stick it, stick it!" he pleaded.

"It's size is medium, so it should be 2," Chris said as he gave the sticker to Red, carefully putting it in the trophy stand.

The Tiny Turtle Pokémon suddenly felt a surge of power running through his body. He stood still for a moment before looking pleased at Red. "I have my own water steroids now."

"Will you just knock it off with those weird drugs?" Red asked, receiving shocked looks from Chris and Ivysaur. "...I know what to do to protect myself. Knowledge is a good defense..."

Chris shrugged as he looked at the stickers. "The Spitz sticker increase tail strength plus 12..."

"Y-you guys need to hurry up before Suicune attacks," Silva called from the wall as Shadow Suicune tried to move while Shadow Wes looked around for an item to heal it.

"..." Chris shook his head. "Those are all the stickers that are can be used for Squirtle and Ivysaur... Sorry..."

"So Squirtle gets upgrades while I remain the same," Ivysaur said before rolling his eyes. "That's SO good if you ask me."

"S-stop it, your sarcasm is so obvious," Red said. "We'll have to resort using your 4 attacks."

"4 attacks? I thought we had only 3," Ivysaur said.

"...Actually..." Squirtle began to think. "...Don't we know 4th ones?"

"Now that you mention it..." Chris began as he rubbed his chin. "I thought you 2 had 4 attacks instead of 3. It does not make sense for Red's Pokémon Change move to be your 4th move."

"Wait," Red began as he thought. "I saw our Final Smash before...and I do recall Squirtle using Hydro Pump and Ivysaur using Solarbeam..."

"...That's it!" Ivysaur said. "Now I remember. I can use Solarbeam, Red!"

"And I can use Hydro Pump!" Squirtle said.

"Your calling is not a Pokémon attack at all. It just calls us back. We still have our own 4th attacks with us!"

Chris nodded. "That is correct. It makes a lot of sense that you 2 know those attacks."

"And considering the fact Suicune is a Water type, according to my Pokédex..." Red looked at the paralyzed Suicune. "...It means Ivysaur's Solarbeam will prove very effective..."

"Super effective," Chris corrected.

"Whatever!" Red said. "Ivysaur, prepare to charge Solarbeam!"

Ivysaur grinned at Red before turning around, slowly gathering energy inside its flower's bulb as sparkles of light appeared above it.

"Hey, what do I do?" Squirtle asked. "I didn't receive these boosts of power for nothing, right?"

"Er..." Red looked at Shadow Suicune. "...You could wet its eyes so it doesn't escape..."

"...That's utterly pathetic for my tastes...but it'll help to finish this fight..." Squirtle said with a shrug before turning around to run at Shadow Suicune.

Shadow Wes grunted as he didn't find anything to heal Shadow Suicune. "I hate myself for not re-stocking items..." He noticed Squirtle and Ivysaur preparing theit attacks. "Suicune, use Ice Beam!"

"Stop right there!" Squirtle yelled before shooting a stream of water by using Water Gun. Unlike its normal power, the water that came out from Squirtle's mouth was a lot as it sprayed all over Shadow Suicune. Red watched in awe as Shadow Suicune got pushed back along the ground. The Water Gun's pushing force surely was increased by several levels.

"...Alright!" Red said as he made a fist. "The sticker gave all that power to Squirtle?"

Chris adjusted his glasses. "If it did that, then our battles could be a lot easier in the future..."

"Red!" Ivysaur called as the energy inside his bulb stopped gathering. "It's ready!"

"Right!" Red said as he pointed forward. "Squirtle, step aside! Ivysaur, unleash Solarbeam at full potency on Suicune!"

"W-what?!" Shadow Wes asked as he gritted his teeth. "S-Suicune, use Blizzard!"

The group gasped as Shadow Suicune started to gather ice mist in its mouth. Ivysaur didn't stop his move before he raised his back a bit to aim his bulb at the Legendary Pokémon. Once he did that, a green beam quickly shot from its bulb. At that moment, Shadow Suicune released a big sleet of ice that reached the beam.

However, since Shadow Suicune's energies were greatly depleted by Lucario's previous actions, Ivysaur's Solarbeam proved to be stronger as it easily pierced through the sleet. Shadow Suicune gasped as the beam quickly hit its face square, prompting an explosion to push back the Water type as it yelled in pain, falling to its right side as its face got slammed on the ground.

"Is it over?" Rui asked as Ivysaur lowered his back while Squirtle reunited with the group.

"Please, let this battle be over with..." Silva muttered.

"We had fought for a long while now," Chris said. "There is no way Shadow Wes possess any kind of special ability to attack back..."

"..." Red kept a glare at the Shadow Nightmare.

"..." Shadow Wes slowly shook his head as the Solarbeam vanished in an instant, leaving a trail of sparkles that dispersed through the air above the knocked out Shadow Pokémon, disappearing into nothingness. "...No..."

Music stops

The group watched as the Shadow Nightmare shook his head and fell on his knees, looking at his last Pokémon knocked out on the ground. The Shadow Nightmare slowly moved its Poké Ball to return Shadow Suicune to it before he kept it in its belt. "...Why...why...why...why...why...why, dangit?!" he asked loudly in rage before he began to slam his right fist on the ground. "Why did I have to lose in such a way?! WHY DID THIS HAPPEN?! WHY?!"

"...You did it..." Rui muttered before some tears strolled down her cheeks. "...Y-you did it, guys! You defeated him!"

"W-we did it? W-we really did it?" Red asked before he knelt down to look at his Pokémon. "W-we did it!"

"We did it?" Squirtle asked before chuckling. "Hey, I guess we did it."

"Of course we did it," Chris said with a chuckle. "That is the most logical outcome we could reach."

"Are you showing off?" Ivysaur asked with a grin.

"W-well...I-I will not lie..." Chris said embarrassed.

"Yes, you did it!" Rui exclaimed happily as she went and hugged Red tightly. "You managed to do it, Red. Thank you so much!"

"R-Rui, you're starting to scare me..." Red said as he blushed.

Chris noticed that Silva walked to him. "Well, I haven't seen you before, but..."

The 4 humans looked back at the Shadow Nightmare as he kept banging his right fist on the ground. The shadow grew furious after losing the battle. Stopping, he looked up quickly to glare at the group. "You...you...YOU!!!"

The 4 humans and the 3 remaining Pokémon glared at the monster. "Geez, you just won't get over it, right?" Red asked.

"I can't believe you're the manifestation of Wes's truths," Rui said. "You shouldn't try to kill us all just because we care for Pokémon!"

"Admit that you were defeated fair and square," Chris said, his half-open eyes looking serious as he pointed his book at the Shadow Nightmare. "Now, you can go away."

"Shut up!" Shadow Wes yelled as he got up and cracked his fists. "You didn't win fair and square at all. Because of the nerd guy, my Pokémon were obliterated by those unknown and powerful attacks. How can call you that fair and square?"

"If I recall, you tried to restore your Pokémon," Red said.

"That's because it's allowed to do that in battles here. My god, why don't you know that?" Shadow Wes asked. "Why do you even bother trying to be a trainer?"

The group didn't hear some silent grunts coming from behind them as some topaz eyes slowly opened their eyelids.

Red looked serious at him.

"Why do you try so hard to be a trainer?" Shadow Wes asked. "I don't understand why you keep struggling to be something you can't even do right."

"...I..." Red looked down. "...I became a trainer because...I...I...I..."

The people of the group looked as Red made fists on the sides of his hips.

Kingdom Hearts II - Missing You

"...I became a trainer because..." Red lowered his hat a bit. "...I wanted to find a friend of mine again..."

"...What?" Shadow Wes asked. "Why did you..."

Red put his hands in his sockets. "The reason why I wanted to become a trainer originally was because I missed a childhood friend that started the journey to become a Pokémon Master 8 months before I started my own journey," Red explained. "...Truth is, my friend and I were very close to each other, but I never heard of her ever since she started her journey..."

Rui blinked at this. "Wait, you became a trainer because..."

"...I wanted to meet her again," Red said. "The name of my friend was Green, but she said she hated her name a bit so she decided to give herself a shorter name, and she came up with the name Geren."

"...You friend's name was Green?"

"Please, don't laught at her name, but Geren sounded better," Red said before he smiled a bit. "Geren and I became friends when we were little. I met her one day in Pallet Town when we were both 6. She was born 9 months earlier than me so she was older. When I met her, it was the time where I didn't like Pokémon that much."

"You WHAT?!" Shadow Wes asked. "You didn't like Pokémon?!"

"SHUT UP!" Red yelled. "I need to continue if order for you to understand me... Anyway, when I was little, I used to hate Pokémon...not like them... I hated them because I thought they were monsters that hid in the forests to attack people. I was unfortunate to hear stories about wild Pokémon attacking people without reason from the TV. I began to think like that before I met Geren."

The World Traveler looked over at the fainted Pokémon.

"One day, I was walking back home after I played Hide-n-Seek with some other friends I had. When I was hallway there, I met Geren..."

Flashback

Pallet Town
Road

It was a sunny afternoon as a young boy walked home with a blank expression. The boy that walked through the road alone was a younger Red. When he was little, he wore a red shirt, black shorts, and white sneakers. The young boy didn't wear a hat yet.

"I was minding my own business when I stumbled into her..."

The young boy suddenly stopped in his tracks to see a young girl crying under a tree. The long brown haired girl was young, and she wore a pink shirt with a white skirt and blue shoes. Close to the girl, there was a weak Pidgey that seemed hurt in its right wing.

"U-uah!" the young Red yelped. "Y-you, get away from it!"

"...Huh?" the girl stopped crying as she looked at the boy on the road. "W-what are you talking about?"

"T-there's a monster close to you, that's what!" the young Red yelled as he pointed at the Pidgey. "S-stay back, it's going to attack you!"

The girl wiped out her tears and stood up. "A-are you crazy or what?"

"W-what?"

The girl ducked to pick up the Pidgey, startling the boy a bit. "T-this Pidgey got its wing hurt because a mean Spearow picked up on it. The bully pecked its wing so hard before I came around and tossed a rock to scare it away, but then Pidgey had already fell down..." The girl sniffed a bit as she looked at the Pidgey. "I've been here this whole time taking care of it. I began to panic when it fainted, but I couldn't take it home because my parents would say no..."

The young kid shook his head. "Of course they're going to say no. Pokémon are bad!"

"W-what?" the young girl asked. "H-how can you say such a thing to them?"

"They're bad, they attack people without reason," the young boy said. "Haven't you seen the wild Pokémon that live around the town?"

"Are you telling me you hate Pokémon because they live with us?"

"Y-yeah, that!" the young boy said. "How can you get close to one?"

"I can get close to one because I like them!"

"You like them? Why?"

The girl blushed a bit. "T-there are certain Pokémon that look so cute...and Pidgey here looks cute..." She walked to him to show him the Pidgey, making the boy take a step back. "Doesn't it look cute?"

"P-put that away from me!" the young boy yelped.

The girl pouted a bit. "That's a rude and mean reaction, you know. This Pidgey isn't even doing anything rather than resting to heal its wing..." She looked down at the Pidgey. "...Would you let an innocent Pokémon suffer while you just walk away?"

The young boy remained silent as he looked shocked at the hurt Pidgey. The boy looked surprised as the Pidgey opened an eye to look at him. By the looks it gave him, the Pidgey was badly hurt before it fainted again.

"...Now you see?" the girl asked. "It doesn't want to hurt anybody. Pidgey got unlucky because a mean Pokémon attacked it... If you think innocent people get attacked unfairly by wild Pokémon, wild Pokémon themselves attack each other without reason."

"..." The boy looked down before hearing the Pidgey chirping silently in pain.

"Oh no, things are getting worse now," the girl said as she rubbed the Pidgey's head with care. "I need to take this somewhere safe before night comes..." She looked around. "I don't think I can ask someone else to take care of it..."

"...I-I'll do it if you don't mind..." the boy muttered with a gulp.

The girl looked at him surprised. "W-what?"

"I-I'll take care of Pidgey..." the boy said as he looked at the bird. "Y-you said it's not going to hurt me, right?"

"O-of course not," the girl said. "This Pidgey wouldn't hurt you because you want to take care of it. Pidgey will understand, right, Pidgey?"

The boy looked back at the Pidgey. It opened weakly an eye and chirped a bit.

"See? It trusts us."

The boy gulped. "W-well...I think I can tell my mom I'm going to look after it... She likes Pokémon..."

"And you don't?" the girl asked. "You should like them. You could learn a LOT about them."

The boy looked away. "D-don't get me wrong. I'm just doing this so you stop looking sad."

The girl blushed. "...T-that's...a little bit too much to say..."

"...E-er, oh yeah, too much," the boy said blushing as both looked away. "...S-so...I'm going to take care of Pidgey for you..."

The girl looked at him. "And you won't mind?"

"N-nope, I won't," the boy said. "I-I'm going to be scared, though..."

The girl chuckled. "Oh, please, you don't need to be scared. Here." She gave the weak Pidgey to the boy's arms. The kid began to sweat a bit as he felt the bird resting on his arms. "Now Pidgey is gonna be with you until it heals."

"I-is it going to be fast?" the kid asked. "I mean, is its wing going to heal fast so it goes away?"

"If you want, you can call me so I can pick it up for you if you don't wanna raise it. I like Pidgeys," she said. "Oh, sorry, I forgot to ask your name."

The boy looked away embarrassed. "M-my name is...Red..."

"...Red?" the girl repeated.

"Just laugh at me already! I have a very stupid name!" the boy yelled without looking at her.

"Why would I?" the girl asked embarrassed. "My name is Green..."

The boy gasped a bit and looked at her. "W-why do you have a color for a name as well as me?"

The girl blushed. "W-well, my parents called me that because Green is supposed to mean hope. They're weird, you know. They used this name on me because I gave them hope to be their daughter..." She looked away. "...So yeah, that's why my name is Green. It's supposed to be something like hope. What about yours? Did they name you like that because of a reason?"

Red blushed. "I-I heard my mom saying I had a lot of energy, and she said red means energy... I guess my name's like that because I'm energetic..."

Green chuckled. "My guess is that you freak out by Pokémon so much that she knew you were energetic."

"H-hey, knock it off."

Green chuckled again. "Well, you can just call me Geren, though."

"Geren?"

Green nodded. "Geren is an anagram for Green. I thought about asking my mom to change it, but I found out people can have nicknames and I decided to come up with Geren. It sounds a little bit girly for a girl, right?"

"I guess..."

"Too bad you don't have that many letters," Geren said. "Why don't you call yourself Dre?"

"...Thinking about it, Red sounds good enough for me."

Geren pouted a bit. "Okay, I'm not so good at giving nicknames." She looked at Pidgey. "So, anyhow, can you take care of Pidgey without freaking out?"

"I...will try to..." Red said scared.

Geren chuckled. "Oh, you're going to do it just fine. Pidgey surely will like you a lot before you know it."

"B-but promise me you're going to take it away once it heals, okay?"

"Show me your house and I'll listen," Geren said.

"W-wait, you want to come to my house?"

"Just for a bit," Geren said bored. "I want to make sure you don't cheat and leave Pidgey outside. I'm gonna convince your mom to let you take care of it."

"Dammit..." Red muttered.

"Hey, were you cursing?"

"I-I mean, okay!" Red said. "C-come this way, please..."

Red and Geren soon headed south to Red's house. As they were walking, Geren wanted to know a little bit more about Red as the boy responded her answers and doubts along the way to the house. Before long, they began to laugh a bit with each other.

"And before I knew it, Geren and I became fast friends before reaching my house..."

The Under
Apotos Temple - Entrance

Red smiled a bit. "When I came home, she convinced my mom to let me take care of Pidgey. Days passed and Pidgey eventually healed. I got surprised and called Geren to let her know about Pidgey's recovery. She got so happy that she hugged me..." He blushed. "A-and after that day...we began to spend the time with each other..."

"...Wow," Chris commented. "Is there anything more?"

Red nodded. "Geren and I grew up. As we grew up, she talked to me a lot about Pokémon: how they were cute, how they were strong, how they were curious, and how there were some ancient creatures. She told me many times that she wanted to become a Pokémon trainer in order to know more about them. One day, she asked me if I forgot my dislike towards Pokémon. She knew I didn't have it with me anymore, but I didn't like Pokémon as much as she did."

"Then what happened?" Rui asked.

"After I knew she was going to leave 1 month after her birthday, I began to panic in my mind..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Werehog Saga)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 01, 2009, 11:59:53 AM
Red looked down. "I made mistake with Geren because we became best friends. There was something in her that..." He reddened a bit. "...O-okay, I don't want to say it, but I didn't want her to go... She asked me if I was going to go on a journey as she was going to...and I..."

"...You said yes..." Chris added.

"...Yeah," Red said. "I disliked Pokémon, but I didn't dislike Geren. She was a very special friend to me... And I told her I was going to do the same... She looked so excited to start her journey early so I told her she could start first before I'd turn 10. She asked me why, but I told her she should enjoy the journey if she wanted to do it. After a month passed, I said goodbye to her as she left Pallet Town with a Squirtle."

"She left with a Squirtle?" Squirtle asked.

"She said she liked Water types," Red said.

"But you didn't like weak-looking Pokémon like me because you liked Charmanders better," he said annoyed.

"E-er, I-I dropped that thought away, Squirtle! Don't get annoyed by that!" Red said before coughing. "S-so anyway, months passed and I didn't hear of her besides the letters she sent to me. Geren always told me she was happy to be in a journey, but she wanted me to become a trainer so we could travel together. Last time, I recall she was at Lavender Town some days ago." Red looked at them. "And that's why I decided to become a trainer..."

"T-that's...so sweet," Rui said before smiling. "You wanted to see a dear friend again..."

"I-I know it sounds farfetched, but that's the truth..." Red said. "...And before I knew it, I got entangled with a lot of strangers I didn't know..." He looked at Chris. "Just like Chris."

"...You used Pokémon so you could meet a rebel..." Shadow Wes muttered.

Red turned to him. "N-no! You're getting all wrong! Geren liked Pokémon a lot and I began to like them as much as she does!"

"Silence!" Shadow Wes yelled as he cracked his fists. "Those who dislike Pokémon should kill themselves for making that unforgivable mistake. I'm going to kill you off for being such a poor excuse for a trainer!"

The group gasped as the Shadow Nightmare began to dash from the other side of the tunnel towards Red. The Pallet Town trainer took a step back before the shadow was some feet away from him. Rui, Silva, and Chris watched surprised as the shadow made it quickly to Red before pulling back his right fist.

"DIE!"

The sound of a fist echoed in the tunnel...but Red wasn't hurt.

The trainer had his arms crossed in front of his face. Noticing that nothing impacted on him, he slowly removed his arms to see the shadow lying down on the ground, grunting in pain as his arms were extended.

"...W-Wes!" Rui suddenly yelled.

The group quickly looked at the real (shady) trainer besides Red's right side. Wes seemed to be recovered after being unconscious for a long time. The trainer had a right fist extended in front of him as he glared down at his doppelganger.

"Y-you're back?" Red asked surprised as Wes pulled back his fist. The trainer, however, ignored Red as he walked towards the shadow. "(Is he still going to act like that after ALL we went through?)"

The shadow slowly opened his eyes to stare up at the real Wes. Something in Wes's look seemed to shock the shadow as it looked shocked at him.

"..." Wes sighed. "...I...I admit all my truths now..."

Red, Chris, Squirtle, and Ivysaur gasped at this. "W-what?" Chris asked. "Y-you accept all the lies that you have been hiding all this time?"

Wes remained silent before he nodded. "Yeah..." Wes frowned. "After I saw you..." he trailed off as he looked down at the shadow. "...I began to think nothing you showed me was true...until I thought things over..."

"You realized everything was the whole truth?" Red asked. "How? I thought you were unconscious..."

"To be honest, I was still conscious, but I couldn't react to anything," Wes said. "I was dreaming in darkness...wondering why I ended up there... I grew angry when I remembered that this monster mocked me by somehow showing me my past in front of my eyes. Honestly speaking, I wasn't admitting everything that happened... I wanted to kill humanity..."

Rui gasped.

"I wanted to free all Pokémon from everyone even if I didn't know them."

Silva gasped.

"I didn't care who was nice or not to Pokémon."

Chris gasped.

"...And that included you all..."

Red gasped.

Wes looked down at the shadow. "So, when you came out, you wanted to reject me because you grew upset that I didn't want to say my true purposes..."

The shadow didn't respond as he slowly got up, staring at Wes blankly. The shadow nodded to Wes after recalling what he said.

"..." Wes gritted his teeth a bit. "I was so stupid for not even being nice to people I didn't know... I was alone in my own world... I hated everyone for treating Pokémon like that...but only Team Snagem did that sort of thing and not everyone..."

"...You could say Team Snagem is to blame here," Silva began to speak. "You grew with them, and you got the wrong message."

"...And still..." Wes continued. "I hated everyone for no good reason... Gonzap ended up betrating me but...but..." Wes looked at them. "...I could tell he really liked me as his adoptive son. I remember all the times we spent the time together. There wasn't a single sign of betrayal; only good times with him." Wes frowned. "In truth, Gonzap did a good job in raising me...and he didn't want me to steal Pokémon because he knew I hated to steal."

The shadow nodded to him. "You understand Gonzap tried to raise us in the good path, right?"

"...Yeah," Wes said. "...And...if I...we get to see him again..." Wes grinned a bit at his shadow. "...We're gonna give him a hit with a fist."

The shadow grinned back at him. "And then we're gonna tell him..."

"Thanks for everything you've done to me," Wes finished. "He was a fool for putting me in that plan without asking me before, but he was a great man to me; a great...dad...who took care of me and my Pokémon. I grew up the wrong way, but Gonzap tried so hard to give me support as I struggled to live."

Rui stared at Wes for a while before she tilted her head and smiled a bit, Silva folded his arms and smiled a bit, Chris adjusted his glasses after wiping a small tear, and Red could only smile a bit after hearing Wes's words.

"...And also..." Wes continued. "...I want to start all over again..." he trailed off. "...I can stil forgive all the people for giving them the cold shoulder if I explain myself..."

Kingdom Hearts II - Friends In My Heart

The shady trainer turned around to face the group. However, his shady look wasn't there anymore. There was an honest happy expression that made some of them open their mouths in surprise. Opening his eyes, Wes gave them a true smile that didn't look evil or shady anymore.

"This...this is funny..." Wes said. "I haven't remembered the last time I smiled like this... It feels so good after doing so... It must have been a long time..."

"W-Wes!" Rui yelled.

Wes chuckled with a nod before turning to the shadow. "So now...I want you to join me again so you watch how I'm going to attone for my mistakes on all the people I met during this mission." He hit his chest with his left hand. "I want to save all the Pokémon from Cipher and not the whole humanity."

Shadow Wes made a happy expression. "At last, you have understood what I've been suffering this whole time. I'm glad you finally realized the wrong feeling that Team Snagem put into you."

"Yeah," Wes said before smiling a bit. "Now, please, let's be one again."

The Shadow Nightmare nodded with a small laugh before it began to shine, revealing Wes's true image before it vanished into sparkles of light that rained down on the normal trainer. Wes closed his eyes as the sparkles made him glow a bit before vanishing completely. The group gasped before the trainer fell down on his knees with a grunt. They all ran to him to see if he was fine.

"Wes!" Silva put his right arm behind Wes. "Wes, are you okay? Wes!"

"..." Wes opened his eyes to stare at the 4 humans and 3 Pokémon. "...Heheheheh...hi..." he muttered before looking at Red and Chris. "...You guys...I'm sorry for...mistreating you all this time..."

"You idiot..." Red muttered. "You don't know how worried we were for you, right?"

"Y-you...were worried about me?"

"Of course we did that," Chris said. "Even if you did mistreat us, we knew there was a reason behind your cold attitude." He smiled a bit. "...And look at you, you have changed for the better as Espeon and Umbreon wanted..."

"M-my Pokémon..." Wes lifted his head up to look at the group of fainted Pokémon behind them. "...Are they...okay?"

At that moment, all the fainted Pokémon began to mumble silently before they all stood up, looking around. "Is the fight...over?" Pikachu asked as he rubbed his head. "I have headache now..."

"...They can talk..." Wes said. "...You guys were hiding something from us after all..."

Red smiled a bit at him. "I think we can tell you everything about us..."

Espeon and Umbreon looked at the group before noticing the real Wes looking at them. The weak character smiled a bit, prompting them to widen their eyes before dashing quickly to his sides. "(I-I don't believe it...)" Umbreon began as he looked at his trainer. "(W-Wes is smiling like he used to...)"

"(H-how did this happen?)" Espeon asked as his eyes began to fill with tears. "(T-this is a miracle...)"

"Hey..." Wes said as he smiled weakly at the 2. "...How's it going?"

"(Y-you idiot...)" Umbreon said as he shed some tears. "(W-we've been so worried and you wake up and ask how are we doing?)"

The 2 Pokémon looked at each other before they slowly leaned their faces against Wes's face. The 2 began to rub their cheeks happily at Wes before the trainer smiled weakly and rubbed their heads.

"(H-he's back...the Wes from before is back at last...)" Umbreon cheered as he rubbed his right cheek against Wes. "(I can't believe he's back!)"

"(Wes...you're finally yourself again...)" Espeon said happily as they both continued to rub their cheeks against Wes's face. The trainer chuckled heartily as they all laughed a bit at the scene.

Rui wiped some tears before sniffing a bit. "I...I...I'm glad this came out good..." She looked at Red and Chris. "T-thank you 2 so much..."

Red and Chris looked at each other before they chuckled. "Hey, Chris," Red began. "Shouldn't we investigate the temple now that we're here?"

"Oh, right..." Chris said. "Er, would you all mind us if we do some research in the temple over there?"

"We were sent to do that," Mewtwo said.

Wes looked at the Smashers before he nodded. "Do whatever you want for now...but...I need you to take me and my Pokémon back to the hotel to rest... In the meantime...I want everyone to recover their energies..."

Red nodded. "You got it, Wes."

"Thanks..."

A lot of things happened after the battle ended. Red, Chris, Mewtwo, Squirtle, and Ivysaur decided to investigate the temple while Rui and Silva took Wes back to the hotel with Espeon and Umbreon following. As for the other Pokémon, they all decided to go back at the hotel as well as the other Smashers were left to investigate the temple.

Inside the temple, there wasn't anything valuable to mention, except the sun, moon, and the doors that had emblems of a planet on them. This proved to be futile for the Smashers to find out more about the temple.

The question about the doors was still being discussed.

They found out that there were slots on each door. This proved to be a little bit helpful before Mewtwo recalled that they needed the tablets that Tails spoke of.

Overall, they just found the temple, and nothing else.

And so, the night went on...

Outside

Morning came from the west outside a secret elevator that led to the coliseum in The Under. Wes and the others had found their way into the coliseum after using the F-Disk that they got from beating Dakim in Mt. Battle. Silva decided to stick around more with them. The Smashers, now all recovered, looked at Wes, Espeon, Umbreon, Rui, and Silva as they were all standing in front of the hidden elevator around some canyons. The group had already explained everything that Wes asked them. This made everything easier for the previous shady trainer to understand their true intentions.

Sadly for Rui, the Smashers had to leave for the time being.

"Whaaaaaaat?" Rui asked. "You're leaving now?"

Wes coughed a bit. "I see why you wanted to help us out," he said. "You wanted to help us in order to find the temple because you didn't know Orre that much."

"That is pretty much it," Chris said. "We are so sorry for not saying it before."

"No worries there," Wes said with a chuckle as Espeon and Umbreon looked up to him. "Thanks to all of you, I returned to be my old self from a long time ago." He looked down at his Pokémon. "Thanks to them you were able to understand me better before I realized all my mistakes. I can't be more grateful to you for helping me."

"Good," Pikachu said as he sat down on Chris's right shoulder. "You really looked shady before."

Wes looked at Pikachu. "It's amusing that you all can talk through those translators machines you have with you. Well, now that I know you're a special group that seeks to defeat another different organization...I think we have some things in common."

"Do we?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Yeah," Wes said. "If you weren't here, I could have died, knowing that nobody else would miss me..."

"T-that's not true, Wes," Rui said as she shook her head. "I-I..." She blushed. "...I-I would miss you if you were to die..."

Wes looked at her worried. "Rui..."

Rui sniffed a bit. "Y-you don't know how scared I was when that monster knocked you out, Wes..." She smiled a bit. "I-I was so lucky to have Red and Chris there to save you..."

Wes turned to Red and Chris. "And...thank you so much for everything," Wes said with a bow. "Thanks to you, I was able to understand how Umbreon and Espeon felt about my attitude. I should congratulate them for trying to change me."

Umbreon stared at Pichu on Chris's left shoulder. Pichu looked at Wes. "Umbreon says you were being a jerk all this time."

"I...know..." Wes said before kneeling down to rub their Pokémon' heads. "You 2 knew an awful lot about me... Thank you 2 as well."

"Espeon!" Espeon said happily.

"Umbreon!" Umbreon barked happily.

Wes got up and smiled a bit at the Smashers. "So, you still have a long way to defeat this Subspace Army, right?"

"Yeah," Red said. "We have a lot of people in our group, but they're not here." He looked bored. "You wouldn't believe all the things we have to do in order to defeat the army."

"I see," Wes said with a chuckle. "Well, maybe I could relate that to us as well... And...Red..." Wes looked down. "I'm sorry for everything I told you. When my shadow rejoined in me, I was able to see all the actions he yelled at you. Those actions were the same things I wanted to say aloud to you because I was furious."

"But now..."

"...I've calmed down," Wes said. "Now that I heard you saying that you had a purpose to be trainer, I understood why you struggled so much to become one... If you ask me, I thought it was stupid because I thought it was related to love."

Red reddened. "H-hey, we're not like that! Knock it off!"

"I'm just joking, don't worry," Wes said chuckling. "I thought again and I want to apologize from the start." He looked at all the Pokémon. "I'd like to have a battle against you, Chris."

Chris looked worried at Lucario before looking at Wes. "We have to go, unfortunately..."

"I'm not done yet."

"What?"

Wes looked at Red. "I also want to fight you as well, Red."

"M-me?" Red asked.

The Snag Machine wielder nodded. "Remember? The shadow gave me all the memories he had during the battle. I saw it all and I must say that you did a good job while using my Umbreon and Espeon." He looked down at the 2 mentioned Pokémon. "You're getting better to become a good trainer."

Red scratched his head with his right hand as he looked embarrassed. "D-do I look like I'm becoming better?"

"Right," Chris said.

"Yeah," Rui said.

"You do," Silva said.

"Absolutely, Red," Wes said. "I kinda make me feel jealous because you enjoyed events I couldn't enjoy, such as having true friends and a family... But...after the battle...I'm starting to realize I have friends and a family."

"Gonzap," Silva said. "Are you sure you want to see him again?"

"I'm pretty sure he's gonna hear me out after I punch him a good one," Wes said with a grin. "Gonzap will be happy after I apologize for everything I've done to the hideout."

"What are you going to do after you finish Cipher?" Chris asked.

Wes looked around the wastelands. "After I put Cipher down...I want to travel to other regions and become a real trainer," Wes said. "I've heard there were leagues where Pokémon trainers fight. I also want to spread out info about Orre so this place gets crowded with people from all over the world. This region needs more people so there are chances for other Pokémon to live here."

"That's a great dream," Red said.

"Thanks," Wes said before moving his right fist to them. "Promise you're going to fight me after we meet again sometime?"

Red smiled at him and pushed his own fist against Wes. "You got it, Wes. By that time, I'm going to be even better."

"I'll see," Wes said chuckling.

Rui walked to Chris before she hugged him tightly. "Thank you for helping Wes," she whispered to his ears before she stopped hugging him.

Chris, blushing, adjusted his glasses. "Y-you are welcome..." he said with a small laugh.

Rui turned to the Pokémon before she began to hug every single one of them, most of them blushing as silent responses. "And thank you all for helpind out as well."

Lucario looked away. "I hope we go back to the mansion now..."

Wes and Red pulled his fists back before Wes looked at the Pokémon. "You have got a pretty strong team," he remarked. "I saw how your Lucario fought, and his strength is surely a force to be feared of. He made me realize I need to get better."

Chris began to rub Lucario's head as the Aura Pokémon growled in his mouth. "I'm glad he got the chance to fight an important battle."

"Guuuuuuuuooooooooorrrrrrrrgh..." Lucario growled as he turned to Chris and pulled him under his right arm.

"L-Lucario, not in front of everyone..." Chris muttered as Lucario rubbed his cheek to him.

Wes smiled a bit. "True bonding between human and Pokémon..." He closed his eyes. "I wish for everyone to be just like that..."

Espeon and Umbreon looked at the other Pokémon. "(Thanks a lot for everything,
)" Umbreon said. "(We wouldn't have made Wes his past self again if you weren't here.)"

Espeon nodded. "(Now we know we can finally enjoy our time with Wes to the fullest. People will surely like him better this way.)"

"(Glad we helped you,)" Ivysaur said. "(I would have had nightmares with him if he stayed like that.)"

"(I second that,)" Squirtle said.

"(Oh, stop it,)" Umbreon said annoyed. "(He changed, okay? You don't have to critizice him even more.)"

Mewtwo crossed his arms. "(As long as he doesn't get the wrong idea, everything will be just fine.)"

"(That's true,)" Espeon said. "(Again, thanks for everything, you guys. I hope we meet each other again in the future and fight a friendly battle.)"

"So!" Silva suddenly spoke. "I heard Venus is putting a high alert in the town. Wes, Rui, you need to go there and stop her before things get worse!"

Wes and Rui looked at him and nodded before turning to the Smashers. Wes began to shake hands with both Chris and Red. "Good luck with your mission. I'll make sure we meet again."

"How?" Red asked.

Wes rolled his eyes. "Maybe you should, I don't know, come here and find me?"

"That's weird."

"Well, I did my best. Maybe I'll see you very soon again," Wes said before looking at his group. "Time to go and beat Venus."

"Good thing you got the Suicune from her thanks to your shadow," Rui said. "It's the only good action he did for you."

"Too bad it got transported to my PC after I gained control of Espeon and Umbreon," Wes said. "But I'll get it once we go down."

The Smashers saw as the 5 characters turned towards the elevator as they waved at them. "Good luck, okay?" Rui asked.

"Be sure to come again at Pyrite Town," Silva said. "I work there so I'd like you to drop by sometime!"

The 5 got inside the elevator before Wes waved at them. "Red, expect you keep your promise of battling, you got that?"

"Y-yeah," Red said before most of them began to wave at them. "Likewise here."

Wes grinned one last time before the elevator closed, the Pokémon barely seeing Umbreon and Espeon waving at them before it went down back at The Under.

Wes and Rui have left your team.

The scholar sighed as he opened the portal back to the Smash Mansion. "And now, it is time for us to leave."

"We didn't do much we did help Wes to get over his past, right?" Jigglypuff asked.

"Yep," Pikachu said as he raised a hand. "He needed to change so urgently."

"I know," Pichu said, shivering a bit. "I couldn't stare directly at him before his face changed."

"Hey, you guys..." Red began as he tapped the ground with his right foot's tip. "...Do you think I'm starting to become better at being a Pokémon trainer?"

"I think you are," Lucario said.

"R-really? Do I show promise?"

"I'll tell you something," Mewtwo said. "I'll tell you what I think about you if you destroy that Master Ball."

Red looked embarrassed as he took out the Master Ball. "H-how do I destroy it?" The trainer didn't get an oral response as Lucario took the ball and crushed it in his right palm, letting the crumbles fall on the ground. "...That should help... So, what do you think of me, Mewtwo?"

"I think you need to train a lot more before you get more used to your "career" if you know what I mean."

"...Thanks, I guess..." Red said.

"Shall we get going to our house?" Jigglypuff said with a sigh. "After I let you use my services, I need to have a very good rest."

"Who do you think you are now?" Squirtle asked bored.

"I think I'm me," Jigglypuff said annoyed. "Can we please leave?"

The Smashers nodded in unison before they all began to leave the wastelands and the hidden elevator. Before Chris could leave, Lucario stopped him. "Chris, can I...ask you a favor?"

"What is it?" Chris asked.

"I heard from Squirtle that he got more power because of a sticker...and I was wondering if you had a sticker that I can only use..."

Chris thought for a moment. "Actually, I think I have a sticker for aura... Oh, here it is." He showed Lucario a sticker of Rachel, a sticker he got a long time ago. "This sticker gives aura power a boost of 11."

Lucario gave him his trophy stand. "Then stick it to it."

"Why do you want to do this?"

"I want to feel stronger."

"...That's...all?"

Lucario looked worried. "I want to see how it feels to have that sudden surge of power, Chris... I'm only asking you for that."

"...Fine," Chris said with a chuckle and he put the sticker on the stand.

Lucario's aura suddenly flared up by itself as the Aura Pokémon took a fighting stance, growling at the sudden boost of aura before he stopped, standing normally.

"For what was all that?" Chris asked confused.

"I was relinshing my newfound power," Lucario said as he let his aura cover him for a bit. "I have to say...it feels weird but so good at the same ti-"

"B-before you get a wrong sensation, let us go to the mansion, please," Chris said in a hurry before he ran into the portal.

The Aura Pokémon looked back and forth between the portal and the elevator before shrugging, entering the portal before it vanished, Lucario wishing for more aura and see if he could make Chris proud of him.

Too bad that only gave Chris a negative thought.

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 2200 Smash Coins!

TO BE CONTINUED...

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 01, 2009, 08:48:21 PM
Chapter 154: The Star Ocean Of The 17th Century

Subspace
Deep Inside the Great Maze

Back at the realm of mixing darkness, there were Tabuu and the Ancient Minister looking down upon a weak Charizard. The Flame Pokémon stared up at them with a weak look as he panted heavily. "R-reporting in..." Charizard said.

"It seems you have failed to get information about the Apotos Temple," the Ancient Minister said.

Charizard glared up at them. "How was I supposed to know the stupid Shadow Nightmare would attack me so it could use another monster in battle?"

"You were a fool for not attacking the people," Tabuu said. "You could have just ignored the whole pride thing of Pokémon battles."

Charizard frowned. "Hey, even if I'm some sort of villain, which I truly am at this point, I like to have some pride left with me."

"That pride costed us the temple," the Ancient Minister said. "It's no use frailing over it, anyway. The fact that you didn't get the necessary info puts us at a disadvantage."

"Like they know what to do with it," Charizard said as he looked away annoyed. "They seemed as clueless as I was."

"Either way, you could have at least ignored the rules of battles of tha universe and make a frontal attack," Tabuu said before sighing. "But let us not frail over lost battles. Ancient Minister, can you call Dr. Eggman here?"

"Why do that?" Dr. Eggman asked as he appeared from within the darkness, arms folded behind his back. "I'm here."

"Good," Tabuu said. "I do believe you had found a new temple somewhere in another universe, correct?"

The doctor (questionable job) nodded. "Of course. After I finished the next Shadow Nightmare, I dedicated my whole time to find another world. And look what I found, I found some signals coming from the region of this universe..." He rubbed his chin. "I must remark that I didn't expect to find such a weird universe with...a really big age..."

"What do you mean by that?" the Ancient Minister asked.

"As weird as this may sound...the age of the universe clearly indicates it's the age 2700 SD..."

"I do not care for universal ages," Tabuu said.

"Well...I guess the idea of a planet that is still living in the 16th century isn't going to make you feel interested, right?"

Silence.

"...My thoughts exactly," Dr. Eggman said. "Well, shall I go to this world for a change?"

"Why would you want to do that?" the Ancient Minister asked.

"The fact that I wasn't able to repair the sucking process to sap the Shadow Bugs from that extremely flat character makes my process too slow so I want to see how you work against all of them," Dr. Eggman said. "Whoever inserted that hidden virus into the computer of the room did it perfectly. It bothers me that I can't even decipher it to erase it."

"(Of course not. I made a long complicated code so nobody would decipher it that easily,)" the Ancient Minister thought.

Dr. Eggman smiled evilly. "Besides finding the temple, I want to test them out with some robot I have in hands to use."

"...Very well," Tabuu said. "Bowser and King Dedede are still being tortured as we speak, and Ganondorf is making a full scale search on all the factory to see if there are any other errors that our perpetrator did."

The Ancient Minister looked away at this. "I should go help him, then."

"Much appreciated," Tabuu said. "Make sure to report to me once you find something relevant."

"As always," the Ancient Minister said before floating away into the Subspace's darkness.

Dr. Eggman chuckled. "Well, well, shall I commence my task? I'll try to find the temple's whereabouts in this old world."

"Please do," Tabuu said. "Do not let them get the upper hand."

"You have my word," Dr. Eggman said with a bow before walking away into the darkness of the Subspace, a glaring Charizard looking at his back.

"As for you," Tabuu began as he looked down on Charizard. "Heal your injuries and think about what you did wrong in the battle."

Charizard fumed a bit before slowly turning around, stomping his way out from the Subspace.

The leader of the Subspace sighed as he began to leave the area, his mind thinking about Dark Gaia and the temples.

Smash Mansion

Minutes before the group sent to Orre would arrive back at the mansion, there was an event happening in a certain vulpine's room as the flames of disaster boiled up his blood. These flames...literally didn't even appear.

Fox's Room

It had been a long while after the group left the mansion. Fox had set his mind to train his newly acquired magic spell that he couldn't use well. The vulpine panted heavily, sweat wetting his forehead as he stared forward at the wall.

Due to the fact that Fox had been yelling fire many times, he knew the wrong result would either end up in his tail or another part of his body. By this time, most of his body was a little bit charred with some soot that he didn't care to clean. Just to be sure, he secretly brought a bucket full of water should his fire spell burn something like his bed or his clothes. The mentioned bucket waiting for Fox underneath a shelf with books at the left side of his bed.

"FIRE!" Fox yelled, his right hand glowing with red, a little flame appearing on the top of his right ear that he quickly pressed it with his left hand to make it disappear. "Ugh, again..." The vulpine pulled back his right over his left shoulder as a red light came from underneath his feet, his hand glowing with the same color. "FIRE!" Another little flame appeared on the tip of his nose. The vulpine glared at the flame before pressing it against his tight left fist. "Dammit!"

Fox stomped the floor one time, gritting his fangs a little.

"I've been doing this all day and I'm not getting what I want to see," Fox muttered as he glared at the wall. "What am I doing wrong?" He recalled the Black Mage's words in his mind.


"...You basically think magic is a "hocus-pocus" thing..." Kief said in shame. "That's an insult, you knew that? Think of magic as hocus-pocus? What is wrong with you?" Kief glared back at Fox. "You're offending magic with your presence here!"

Fox blinked confused as he saw, through his eyes, the image of a small Kief floating in front of his face. The Black Mage had his arms folded as he floated in front of his snout.

"What the..." Fox glared at the small figure. "What are you doing here?"

"I don't know," Kief said as he blinked. "You wanted to recall my words so badly that your mind produced me."

Fox rolled his eyes before glaring back at him. "Anyway, I'm busy right now. Go away, I don't care about my mind playing tricks on me."

"I won't go away unless you admit you can't use Black Magic," Kief said, looking happy. "It's easy to admit you're not up to be a novice Black Mage."

"What the hell are you trying to say with that?" Fox asked as he came closer to Kief.

"Ooh, has anyone else ever told you that you have a really scary face when looked from a close distance?" Kief asked. "Oh wait, that's how your face will always be."

At that moment, from Fox's right ear, a small Caul came out and knocked his head a bit. "If you can't even use Fire, you can't be a Black Mage, kupo."

Fox's green eyes looked up, glaring at the furry. "Who asked you, anyway? I thought you were supposed to help me."

"I'm no teacher," Caul admitted. "You should have known how to use magic from the beginning, kupo."

From behind Fox's head, a small Hywel the Nu Mou slowly floated around and sat on Fox's left shoulder. "Hmm, you seem troubled."

Fox rolled his eyes after the 3 Black Mages appeared. "Will someone please give a help or at least a hint about what do I need to do in order to use Fire?"

"It wouldn't be funny if we did help you," Kief said. "It's amusing to see you trying desperately to use the most basic magic of them all."

Fox narrowed his eyes at him. "You're starting to act like a big jerk."

"Unfortunately, I have to agree with Kief," Hywel said as Fox's glaring eyes focused on him. "We don't have an exact answer for your question or problem."

"We're here just because you wanted to see us, kupo," Caul said. "That's all."

Fox frowned. "Then why did I have the sudden ability to call you all here?"

Kief blinked a bit. "Simply because your mind doesn't want to help you and it wants us to laugh at you. You know what? I'll start laughing so we get to the point of this friendly meeting. 3, 2, 1..."

In a quick move, Fox's fangs quickly bit the small Black Mage to get rid of him as the vulpine swallowed him inside his throat. After hearing Fox grunting deeply, Caul looked down at Hywel. "We should better leave before he becomes nuts, kupo."

Hywel nodded. "That was exactly what I was thinking. I do not want to suffer Kief's fate as well."

At that moment, the small Kief appeared floating from behind Fox, looking happy. "Actually, we're just intangible images that his mind created," Kief said. "Thank goodness we're not the real thing."

"True," Caul said as Fox grunted annoyed. "Okay, you behave good, kupo."

And with 3 poofs, the 3 Black Mages disappeared in thin air, leaving Fox mad.

"Seriously, what was all that for?" Fox asked to himself.

Sighing, he stopped to think what he was doing wrong.

"(What is wrong with me?)" Fox asked as he crossed his arms. "(It doesn't make sense that I can't use Black Magic. Why can Wolf do it and yet not me? It isn't that fair at all...)" He grunted as he pulled his hand back. "But what I DO know is that practice is helpful if I struggle a little bit more... Maybe I need to put more emphasis by saying the chant aloud?" He looked serious at the wall. "Burn to ashes... FIRE!"

Fortunately, a big flame appeared close to him.

Unfortunately, same big flame set his tail completely on fire.

Fox's eyes widened as he started to feel the burning fire. The vulpine, not wanting to scream and let anyone nearby know he just accidentally set his tail on fire, looked around for something to douse the fire. He frantically looked around his room as smoke rose up from the flames in his tail.

Either screaming for help would be a good option (but it would make someone laugh at him), or finding a fast alternative to put out the fire and avoid being seen with the fire tail was better than the first.

Lady luck was on his side as he spotted the bucket with water underneath the shelf of books. Starting to feel a burning pain in his rear, the most logical solution to douse it was to quickly leap to the bucket with a fast jump.

Unfortunately, he leaped way too far as his tail, along with his butt, dove into the bucket..

"UGH!" Fox managed to sit down in the bucket, but he accidentally slammed the back of his head hard against the wall, creating a small tremble that went all the way up to the book on the shelf of the wall. The vulpine sighed after smoke came from underneath his butt, a possible crisis (and humiliation) adverted.

He didn't notice the book shaking a bit after the tremble. They looked like they dangerously came closer to the edge, just above Fox.

The vulpine sighed in relief as pleasure from the cold water made him feel better. "Aah, that's much better..." Fox muttered with a satisfied smile.

And suddenly, all the books above him began to fall around on the floor. The sudden shakes of the floor startled him a bit as he, trying to move to look around due to the fact his butt got stuck in the bucket, looked down at the books.

"Weird," Fox commented as he looked at the sides of the bucket. "For a second there I thought a book was going to fall on my head."

The vulpine didn't look up where an old book covered in dust remained on the edge of the shelf. The book then fell all the way down on his head before falling on his lap.

Fox grumbled a bit as he glared down at the dirty book. Taking it with both hands, the vulpine glared at it. "I really have to clean these books someday. It has been a long while after I last read one of these..." He wiped off the dust of the book he had with him. Pushing dust away, the vulpine began to find a title on the cover. "Actually, what is this book? I don't remember having this one here..." He looked away. "Again, I need to remember what I have here and not back at the Great Fox... Hey..."

There was something on the book's cover that made the leader of Star Fox stare at it for a small while. As his green eyes moved at the sides to read the cover, a small smile formed on his face.

"My favorite children's book...Tales of Star Ocean," Fox said as he opened the book, a hint of excitement in himself as he let his eyes move at the sides to read the book. "Yes, this is the same one my dad used to read me. It has all the stories I always wanted to hear about the space, intergalactic wars, recognized people who fought for peace.. Man, those were good times, alright..." He coughed a bit. "I always liked to read the intro. Let's see here... Aha."

Tales of Star Ocean

A very long ago in the future, a society of a single planet never bothered to look beyond the sky and stars, beyond what we know as the space. The race that lived in the planet began to slowly discover and create technology that allowed them to reach higher heights above the skies of their planet. When the society grew wiser through the years, their technology became very sophisticated that it eventually allowed them to explore the vast stars and planets.

Once looking through the stars, the society managed to find life similar to theirs. There were many different races that never wanted to explore the space itself. When the society with technology decided to investigate foreign races, they found out that the races themselves were as intelligent as they were.

Eventually, knowing that the races of all planets were the same, the society that first set sail to the space's vast ocean began to become acquainted with almost all the races they found and met. Soon enough, all races began to develop and coexist with each other in order to live and discover whatever new finding was waiting to be found.

They created alliances such as organizations that maintained peace in the universe should one of them be under attack by a new race that only wished to conquer the universe. The organizations, however, were amazingly powerful against any threat. Total peace reined the universe as people began to travel from every single corner of the space.

This tale, and the wide horizon that the space had, became known as Star Ocean: the infinite space.


The vulpine's reading suddenly became slow as he stopped. Depression took Fox quickly as he closed the book. "...I know I should be happy for finding this book...but..." He sighed with a frown. "...It's not the same without my father..."

The vulpine's ears perked up a bit as he began to hear some footsteps coming from the silent halfway. If there was someone out there, he or she would see him sitting in the bucket for some reason. Fox, throwing the book to the bed, pushed himself up just to notice that his butt got stuck in the bucket once he stood up.

Fox grunted before he pushed the bucket away, dropping some water on the floor as he quickly put the bucket back to its place.

Since the hallways of the mansion were very long, any small sound could produce an echo if nobody was there. The vulpine decided to forget about the training to head down to the command room.

As Fox stopped in front of the door, he looked back at the book on the bed. "...Maybe I should read it during my private time... I'll take it," he said to himself as he went over for the book to get it. He kept it with him behind his back.

He then noticed the book was gone once he lost sight of it.

"I swear this hammerspace thing is just freaky...but very useful..." Fox muttered with a frown as he turned to the door and opened it.

A fast glare took over his face as he looked at a familiar person he didn't want to look for now.

Wolf, stopping his way down to the command room, glared back at Fox. "What's the matter with you?" Wolf asked.

"...Nothing," Fox said with a grunt. "What are you doing up here? I thought you were in the command room."

"It's not like I'm confined to that place, Fox," Wolf said. "I wanted to see something in another floor that bothered me a little."

"And I guess you're not going to say anything."

"You have accurate thoughts."

Fox rolled his eyes before he closed the door behind his back and walked away from Wolf.

The lupine crossed his arms and decided to go to the same place Fox was going.

"Idiot..." Wolf muttered.

Command Room

By the time both leaders walked into the room, the group that was sent to Orre had already arrived. For some reason, there was Red banging his head on the right wall as he recalled a mistake he did.

"Why didn't I catch Charizard?!" Red yelled as he continued to hit the wall. "Why?!"

"Geez, it's not like the dude is all that important," Ivysaur said as he patted Red's back with a vine. "Cheer up."

Red looked down at his 2 Pokémon. "But I had him where I wanted him to be, then those Primids came and took him away before I could catch him!"

Squirtle patted Red's right leg. "You're going to have your time to catch that idiot later. For now, let me and Ivysaur enjoy the time we have before you DO catch Charizard."

"He'll probably be so mad that his flame will burn him alive...if it can do that," Ivysaur said.

Red hit his head one more time against the wall, frowning as he leaned his head at it. "I'm such an idiot..."

Chris, who was nearby, chuckled nervously. "C-cheer up, Red. I am sure you will have your time where Charizard will be caught...y-you just have to wait a little bit more..." The scholar turned to look at Amy. "And...what is up with that expression you are making?"

The scholar didn't know why Amy had some sort of blank stare. Oddly enough, she didn't even seem to listen to Chris as her eyes simply stared forward like if she saw a ghost.

When Chris looked behind her, there were Knuckles, Tails, Cream, and Cheese (in her arms) with the same expressions. They stared forward, ignoring anyone or anything. Their eyes completely petrified.

"...What happened here?" Pikachu asked as he leaped to a table to wave a hand at Tails, his eyes not even moving. "Why are they like stones?"

"Well..." Master Hand began as he floated over to Knuckles. "Echidna here wanted to have some answers after Chris's mouth accidentally said the words video game so Knuckles demanded me to explain to him what Chris wanted to say so...yeah..."

The scholar stared blankly at him. "...You just did not tell them about what they really are, right?"

"..." Master Hand looked away. "...I...kind of told them everything... I even went as far as to take them to the real world..."

"...You took them to my room at my world..."

"...And they have been like this ever since..." Master Hand looked at him. "I told them many times that they were going to get so shocked but nooooooooooo they wanted to see what you meant back there that I didn't have any choice."

"..." The scholar closed his eyes. "...I suddenly have the idea of banging my face against my book...and then cast magic on you...then bang my face on my book again..."

"Your world is awesome, though," Chip said as he flew to Chris, carrying a red popcycle that was as big as he was. "You got yummy desserts all over your fridge. Oh, nice house. The couch was sooooooooooo soft."

"C-Chip? Y-you went there as well?" Chris asked in shock. "W-why did you want to go?"

"Dunno," Chip said as he liked his dessert. "Curiosity got over me. I didn't understand what the deal is with the fact we're all video game characters, but man, they took it very seriously."

The World Traveler stared at Chip somewhat surprised. "...You mean to say you do not care that you are a video game character?"

Chip looked at him. "Eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeer, I barely know what a video game is...so I dunno." He got happy after looking at his popcycle before taking a big bite of it. "Uah, brain-freeze!" he panicked before biting it again. "Uah, worse brain-freeze!" he panicked before biting it again. "Uah, even worse brain-freeze!"

The scholar grunted as he ignored the imp getting constant brainfreeze as he looked annoyed at the hand. "Why did not you come up with something to keep them away from knowing the truth?"

"Hey, they really wanted to know the truth, I gave it to them so they would stop asking. Also, Knuckles here wanted to punch me and he even threatened to kill me! I was so scared so I had to do it in order to save my life of poor old me!" the hand said sarcastically.

"You could have easily crushed him with your...self," Chris pointed out.

"Nah, better say the truth and see how they'd react," Master Hand said chuckling. "Look at their faces, they're priceless."

Chris looked back at Knuckles were he was being poked in his eyes by Sonic. "Ha, Knucklehead is at a trance," Sonic said snickering.

"How immature you are, seriously," Zelda commented with a frown.

Sonic looked at her. "If there are opportunities to use them on Knuckles, I'll take 'em."

Zelda sighed. "I don't understand how fun it is for you to do that sort of thing..."

"Hey, he's Sonic," Link said. "You pretty much get the whole idea to understand his personality."

"Hey," Sonic said annoyed. "What was that supposed to mean?"

The Hylian sweatdropped as Sonic ran his index finger all over Knuckles's eyes. "...Nothing..."

Mario waved a hand in front of Cream. "When do you think they're going to snap out from their trances?"

"Let's wait until that happens," Master Hand said. "For now, Tails's Temple Radar or whatever it's called is looking for the next temple. You guys didn't find anything useful about the temple at Orre, right?"

Mewtwo shook his head. "All we found there was..."

Flashback

Pokémon Colosseum

The Under
Apotos Temple - Gaia Gate

When the group was in Orre, right after the aftermath of the Shadow Nightmare battle, Red, Chris, Mewtwo, Squirtle, and Ivysaur decided to inspect the temple by themselves after Rui and Silva took Wes and the other Pokémon to rest at the hotel. Upon entering the temple, the group of 5 found themselves standing in a very clean floor.

The temple from the inside had ancient markings all over its white walls. There seemed to be light coming out from the ceiling, implying that there was probably a big hole that let the light from the wastelands reach the inner temple. A big arc was located just in front of the entrance.

The 5 Smashers looked around as they walked to the center of the temple. Looking to their left, there was another different room with some weird pedestals. Squirtle and Ivysaur ran over to the other room with Red and Chris following, leaving Mewtwo to inspect further ahead of him.

"H-hey, wait up!" Red yelled as Squirtle and Ivysaur entered the other room. "You guys have a lot of curiosity, did you know that?"

"Sorry," Squirtle said before looking at the pedestals. "I did grow very curious when looking at these formations."

Chris, upon seeing the 6 pedestals circling around the room, adjusted his glasses. "Interesting..."

"What, you know what these are?" Ivysaur asked as he jumped on a purple pedestal.

"...No," Chris admitted, receiving bored looks from both Pokémon. "I-I just expressed how interested I was for these pedestals... Personally, this job makes me get so easily interested in anything that is interesting as long as it is interesting for me to find it interesting enough to be interesting..."

The 3 Smashers stared blankly at him.

"...Please, forget what I said..." Chris said with a sigh.

Squirtle rolled his eyes as he jumped to a light-blue pedestal, tapping it a bit with his feet. "Do you think these pedestals need to be activated with some sort of freaky chant?"

"They surely need some sort of chant... How the hell should I know, really?" Red asked annoyed. "We just got here!"

"Well, opinions are much appreciated, thank you very much," Squirtle said bored.

Chris sighed a bit. "Well, I do not find anything that interestin-do not give me those looks again! I just said that word one time!" he yelled before coughing. "A-anyway, there is nothing so...amusing about these pedestals for the time being... Maybe we should see if we can find more about this temple..."

"And speaking of research," Ivysaur began as he looked around. "Where'd Mewtwo go?"

The 4 Smashers turned back from where they came from and decided to run back to the entrance. Once reaching it, they looked to their left where the Psychic Pokémon, crossing his arms, stared at a big wooden fan inside a cage that adorned the frontal wall of the temple as 3 doors were located underneath it. The doors themselves were at the end of some small slopes that went up, reaching flat floor.

"...Nice fan," Red remarked as they all walked to Mewtwo while staring at the fan behind the bars.

"That is something I'm not giving my attention to," Mewtwo said as he pointed forward. "I'm more curious about those doors."

The group looked at the 3 doors on top of the small slope. To their left, there was a door with the symbol of a red sun, to their right, there was another door with the emblem of a blue moon, and in the center, there was the last door that had the image of a yellow planet.

The 5 Smashers began to walk towards the door to examine them. Mewtwo, while looking at the Sun Door, noticed a small slot. "Hmm...what could this be?" he asked to himself. "This seems to be a slot to insert something...like a tablet of some sort..."

"Well, there is another slot besides the door with the moon," Chris said as he knelt down to inspect the slot. "Maybe...it is a tablet as you said..."

"Same over here," Red said as he, Squirtle, and Ivysaur took a closer look at the slot besides the door with the planet emblem. "This one seems bigger, though..."

Ivysaur moved a vine to touch the slot. "...Nope, it needs a key or something. Pressing it won't make something happen."

Mewtwo looked at the door before glowing, holding out his right hand to use Psychic to try and open it. The door glowed for a bit, but the Psychic Pokémon suddenly stopped glowing before pulling his hand back, followed by a frown. "Force can't open these doors."

"Why did not you use more force?" Chris asked.

"I sensed some ancient energy within these doors that far surpass my powers," Mewtwo said. "Even Lucario's brute force won't be enough to break through them."

"Not even if he was pushed to the limit?"

"He wasn't completely pushed to the limit in the last battle because he had around 20 percent of his health left," Mewtwo pointed out. "In fact, he could have done better before h-"

"I-I know he disobeyed me which caused his defeat, but do not go that far when I am around..." Chris said.

"Fine," Mewtwo said. "Back on topic, we can't open these doors. Judging by the empty slots besides each door obviously mean they need them to open without using force."

"What?" Red asked as his Pokémon looked at the 2. "So we came here for nothing?"

"Not necessarily," Mewtwo said. "We were able to pinpoint the temple's location and forced Charizard to leave this place alone. In a few words, we saved this temple from getting wrecked."

"I see," Squirtle said as he looked around. "...Does this mean we're gonna come back here later to open the doors?"

"We should just leave," Mewtwo said. "There is nothing more worth mentioning rather than reporting we found the temple."

Chris looked down. "I feel a little bit ashamed for not doing much in this world..."

Ivysaur smiled a bit at him. "What about Wes's resolve? The guy looked like he realized how much of an ass he was to us."

"...I guess you are right," Chris said with a chuckle. "We found so little, but helped a lot."

Mewtwo turned around towards the exit. "For now, all I want to do is rest. That Ice Beam attack is starting to make me feel cold."

"You are cold," Ivysaur said, receiving a glare from Mewtwo. "...J-just kidding..."

"...You better," Mewtwo muttered before he left the temple, the others following him from behind.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

End of flashback

"And that all we could find," Mewtwo summarized. "If you ask me, nothing seems very important about the temple."

"I see..." Master Hand said. "Well, Tails did mention something about tablets for the temples that they couldn't find in their world."

"So what do we do for now?" Pichu asked.

"All we can do is wait for the radar to find another signal from another temple," the hand said. "Since we discovered the location of the Apotos Temple, we're going to keep an eye on it... For now..." He looked at all the Smashers. "...You guys have anything interesting to share with us?"

Silence...

"...I'll take that as a sign of a maybe..." Master Hand muttered. "Personally, I really liked when the army just targeted a world after we stopped them... I have to admit that this method is much slower and much more boring..."

"Geez, like we didn't know that already," Roy commented, looking bored.

"Shouldn't we try to...make them get over the truth?" Zelda asked. "They're acting like I did when you told me about it...except much worse."

Master Hand sighed. "Hello, you guys? Are you with us? Hello?"

Crazy Hand began to move up and down. "Ooh, ooh, I have an idea."

"Whatever it is, it's surely dangerous, so no," Master Hand said.

"Aww, but it'd help," Crazy Hand said. "And that is...wait."

Master Hand would have rolled his eyes if he had them. "Okay...everyone's going to do whatever you want in the mansion. You DON'T necessarily need to stay here all day so let's wait until they get back to normal, okay?"

Popo clapped his hands. "Ooh, ooh, I'm going to Chris's room to beat some records in some games."

Nana rolled her eyes as Popo ran away. "And I'll follow him so he doesn't make a fool out of himself."

"I thought he was already one," Yoshi said.

"Yes, but no one said someone could get even worse," Nana said.

Recalling what Popo said, Chris gasped. "W-wait, what is he going to do? C-come back here!" he yelled before running after Popo.

Several hours later...

Pretty much everyone had left the command room except for the stunned Sonic characters. The sounds of the computers echoed through the room as the radar kept its task to look for a temple.

And suddenly, the radar began to release beeping sounds, startling Tails as he snapped out from his state by shaking his head. "H-hey, you guys, the radar located a new temple!" he said to the others. "W-what the... Why are you 4 like that?" He looked at the floor. "And why is Chip lying down on the floor?"

The imp, as he clutched to a small ice cream stick, shivered as he stared up at the ceiling. "B-brain-freeze...sure damages your brain..." he muttered.

The 2-tailed fox didn't have an idea of what had happened during his whole trance. Getting panicked, he began to yell, "HEY, EVERYONE, SNAP OUT OF IT!"

At that moment, not only the other characters blinked in shock, but Master Hand appeared in front of them as he looked at Tails. "Finally, you're back to your senses," he said annoyed. "It's been 3 long and painful hours, you know!"

"That long?" Cream asked. "I thought it was days..."

"Pfft, yeah, right, days," Master Hand joked. "So anyway, are you 4..." He looked at Cheese. "...5 alright now?"

"T-that was a pretty big shocker I couldn't believe..." Amy said depressed. "Seriously, how should we know that big truth?"

"You know what? I'm calling everyone here so everything goes the right way," Master Hand said.

Several minutes later...

All the Smashers were now back at the command room after Master Hand calmed the Sonic characters down. Tails was now busy working with the radar to locate the signals of the temple's energies.

"Okay," Knuckles said with crossed arms. "It isn't a pretty big deal if we think about it again."

"It IS a pretty big deal if EVERYONE we meet starts to know about this. If everyone in the universes knows that they're you-know-what, then that would cause a big chaos and we don't want to do that sort of thing," Master Hand said. "That's why we need to keep that truth concealed for us only."

"I think I understand," Amy said. "All the commoners out there would start riots and the like."

"Exactly," Master Hand said pleased. "Glad to hear you understand." He picked up the imp from the floor. "For now, let's focus on the next temple. Tails, did it find it?" He tossed the imp at Sonic, who caught him on his arms.

Tails nodded. "Yeah, it found the temple. The next temple is the Spagonia Temple and it's..." He looked back at the PC. "...In the year 2700 SD, in a 17th century planet called Elicoor II..."

Elicoor II is second planet apart from Elicoor I. Other than the fact that most of its atmosphere is composed of neon and other noble gases, the second planet in the Elicoor system has an atmospheric composition that is similar to that of Earth. The planet's technology level is estimated to be equivalent to 17th century Earth. This planet is defined as an underdeveloped planet due to the fact there are highly-advanced planets besides it.

"What?" Tails asked surprised. "The year is quite high for the planet's century itself..."

"Age 2700 SD?" Samus asked. "My guess is that it's an universe with a long universal lifespan. What interests me is the fact about the 17th century planet you mentioned..."

Tails looked confused and worried. "Well, that's what the coordinates read. I have the radar research every single detail regarding the universe and that includes pretty much a lot of information."

Master Hand grumbled. "If you ask me, it's pretty weird. However, all we have now is the location of the temple somewhere around that planet, right?"

"Well, yeah," Tails said.

"Okay, show us the world."

Tails nodded as he transferred the image of the world to the big screen in front of all the Smashers. The image of the world displayed a normal road that led to an old town where people could be seen walking along the brick streets.

"It looks pretty normal to me," Mario commented.

"Yeah, but I don't believe it's the age 2700 in there," Sonic said as Chip shook with shivers. "It looks all boring and stuff."

"You aren't exactly the guy who likes history," Knuckles said bored.

"Okay, okay, stop before you 2 fight here," Master Hand said as he took a sheet of paper. "I've got all the necessary info for the next world."

"Video game," Amy corrected.

"World, video game, world sounds better," the hand said. "I don't want to say game, anyway."

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time
Current Status: Unknown
Race: Anyone (preferably space people and medieval-looking people)
Number of protagonists: 10
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Technology prowess

Close to the exit to the hallway, Fox suddenly blinked after hearing the information of the world. His ears clearly heard "Star Ocean" being mentioned. "Star Ocean?" Fox muttered. "That couldn't be..."

"Do you know about this world, Chris?" Master Hand asked.

"W-well, unfortunately, it has been a long time since I last played that game," Chris admitted. "I am afraid I do not know very much about it like I used to."

"Figures, I guess," Master Hand said. "Well, time for us to organize the next party. This world is very new so please prepare yourselves for anything you expect to find there."

All the people in the room began to talk with each other, discussing about the next universe they needed to explore.

"As for you," Master Hand said as he looked at Chris. "Can you change to another job where you don't sound like that?"

Chris stared blankly at him. "If you mean how this job likes me to talk like some sort of sage...okay." The World Traveler changed to his Dragoon job. "There, is it better?"

"Definitely," Master Hand said. "Okay, buy some freebies, gather your team, and go to the new world."

Crazy Hand snickered. "Tell me those freebies are with me! I like to sell what I find."

"Shh, quiet," the hand muttered as Chris tilted his head confused. "Don't mind what he said, okay?"

"...Sure?" Chris said.

Jobs (None) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items (New!)

Smash Coins in hand: 3601

-Smashing Abilities

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Final Smash Extension - 4000 Smash Coins


Extends the duration for all Smashers' Final Smashes, allowing more chances to inflict more damage on enemies (this could also give added extensions such as a final stronger attack). Added time for each Final Smash may vary.

Last Breath – 5000 Smash Coins

Full immunity to ultimate attacks that affect the whole party will always leave all party members at 1 percent left should the attack be strong enough to take them out.

Call me, Kirby! - 5000 Smash Coins

FLUDD Devices - 5000 Smash Coins

Mr. Utility Belt AKA Link - 5000 Smash Coins

Peach's Therapy - 8000 Smash Coins

Professor Kawashima Party Screen - 1000 Smash Coins


An useful application that allows Kawashima to display the status screen that lets the user know how well are each party member during and outside battle. This application is useful to know how much health a character has left so you know if the character is lying about having enough health or not.

-Items

Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Poke Ball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Assist Trophy - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy

Items in hand:
Green Shell
Super Mushroom
Poison Mushroom
Superspicy Curry
Heart Container

Stored items:
None


Chris sighed after seeing the list. "I'm so close to get that ability to extend Final Smashes...and the Last Breath one sounds really handy as well..."

"You need to save a liiiiiiiiiittle more if you want bigger things," Crazy Hand said. "So, you giving up some money so I can buy myself a yatch?"

"Give money to you so you can buy yourself a yatch?" Chris asked. "...Wait, what do you mean by that?"

Master Hand floated to them. "Hey, we're running a business here. The Smash Coins you get are very valuable since they're acceptable in any universe's money currency. We do whatever we want with the money you give us."

The World Traveler thought for a moment. "...Can I ask a question? How do I even get the money? I know it instantly appears inside my wallet, but why does it appear?"

Master Hand chuckled. "Well, you see, that money appears out of the blue to reward your efforts for saving worlds," he said.

"But who rewards me with money?" Chris asked. "I find that really...questionable..."

"I'm responsible for that," Master Hand admitted.

"You're the responsible for the money appearing in my wallet?" Chris asked. "But if that's true, why don't you just fill it up?"

"I can't do that because of the fact I can't create money," Master Hand said, confusing the World Traveler more. "You see, I can only make legal money if you succeed in protecting a world or finishing a mission because rewarding you all for your efforts make the money legal. The reason why I have that ability is because I myself created the Smash Coins currency."

"Then how is it making money out of the blue ilegal while it is legal when we protect worlds?"

"Simply because you worked hard," Master Hand said annoyed. "I can fill you up your wallet, but the money you receive that way is so going to be ilegal because it's cheating your way to fortune and I don't want to be put in jail by doing that. Each coin has its own money code... Let's not talk more about how my powers to make money are, want to buy something or do you want to save more money?"

"I..." Chris still wanted to ask more, but decided not to. "...I think I'll save more money..." He took out his DS. "Actually, the application reminded me that I need to recharge my DS. Kawashima surely feels bored."

Master Hand pointed to the left over a table with a charger. "Over there is a charger for it. Use it so you wake him up again."

As the World Traveler carefully put the DS charging on the table, he walked back to the hands. "Okay, now assemble your party."

The World Traveler nodded as he looked back at the Smashers. Rubbing his chin, he looked around until Samus motioned at him to come to her. The dragoon looked confused before walking to her. "Yes?"

"May I come for this mission?" Samus asked. "I'm a little bit intrigued about the 16th century world in the year 2700."

"You yourself come from a very distant future, right?" Chris asked.

"That's right," Samus said. "I want to see if there are any high-advanced civilizations around the planet. I might not look like it, but I like to study spacial laws and universal history."

"Wow, that's remarkable," Chris said. "I didn't know you liked to study."

"Knowledge is a good weapon as they say," Samus said.

Chris chuckled. "Okay, I'll call you when we're ready."

"Understood," Samus said. "Let's enjoy the experience, shall we?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 03, 2009, 09:40:29 PM
The World Traveler nodded before walking away from her. As he looked around, a yellow gloved hand reached for his right shoulder and pulled him quickly, where he looked a little bit scared before looking back to see C. Falcon looking down at him. "U-um, is something wrong?" Chris asked.

"Take me with you," C. Falcon said simply.

The dragoon looked up at him. "Let me guess. You want to come just because I told Samus she can come, right?"

"Good, we're thinking the same," the captain said. "So, can I join the group?"

"Just...why are you so fixated on Samus? I know it's been really obvious that you like women, but why her?"

C. Falcon looked around to see if anyone was listening. Fortunately, nobody was listening. "It's because I think she's the one meant for me..."

"And I thought EVERY girl was the one for you," Chris said.

"Look, I've heard Snake has some feelings for her," the captain said as he pointed at an uninterested Snake on the lower left corner of the room where he had crossed arms while leaning against the wall. "And I don't want to lose her for him."

"If you're that interested in Samus, why don't you act professional for once?"

"Act professional?"

Chris rolled his eyes. "I'm asking that because many people in my world sees you as some sort of...poster boy..."

"Poster boy? Hey, are you insulting Captain Falc-"

The World Traveler blocked the captain's mouth. "What were you going to say?"

"Uru you unsultung Cuptuin Fulcun?" C. Falcon asked before pushing Chris's hand away.

"Look, you really need to change for the better if you want people to think you're cooler."

"Do you think I'm cool?" C. Falcon asked with a grin.

"...Not really, honestly..."

C. Falcon stared blankly at Chris.

"...That's because of your attitude," Chris said. "If you want people to take you seriousl-"

"I use Falcon Punch on them."

"No need for violence either!" Chris yelled. "Ugh, changing a 37 years old adult to a better example of a man is going to be such a drag..."

C. Falcon rubbed his chin. "Are you telling me I need to change my ways for people to take me seriously?"

"I unfortunately bet a very few of us take you seriously...no offense..." Chris said. "...Even I don't take you seriously..."

The captain thought hard for a moment.

"...If you want," Chris began," I can help you out to become better...provided I can do that..."

"Hmm..." C. Falcon crossed his arms. "And if I do change, is Samus going to take me more seriously?"

"...I'm sure of it," Chris said. "Samus is a very blunt but nice person. I think she could end up liking you if you changed your cliche hero ways and stupid flirting speech."

"I do all those things?"

"You're an easy read for anyone here," Chris said bored. "Why do you think I know so much about you?"

C. Falcon grinned. "Well, at least you don't know my real identity's name."

"Weird, I thought you real full name was Captain Douglas Jay Falco-" The World Traveler couldn't finish his sentence as the captain took the teen under his right arm, taking him down where they were both crouching on the floor as nobody else noticed (except for one who was always watching Chris). "W-what the hell are you doing to me?!" Chris muttered.

"I'm going to be frank with you here," C. Falcon said in a tone that made Chris shake in fear. "Nobody else, except you for some reason, knows my true name. I haven't told anyone here my real name at all because I fear they could make fun of it, especially my last name."

"W-well, from where I come from, many know you real name is Douglas Ja-"

"Stop repeating it!" C. Falcon yelled as he put more pressure on Chris's throat. "Where did you hear of my name, anyway?"

The World Traveler coughed a bit. "...Wikipedia...the source of all information..."

C. Falcon let go of Chris (letting him fall to gasp for breath) as he stood up and sighed, noticing no one payed attention to them. "Well, don't go telling anyone about my real name...or else..."

Chris looked a bit freaked out as he stood up, coughing a bit. "W-what the hell, Doug?"

C. Falcon glared at him.

"I-I mean, what the hell, Falcon? (Now I'm starting to talk like Black Shadow...)" Chris asked as he looked angry at him. "There was absolutely NO need for violence!"

"I'm really serious about my real name," C. Falcon muttered so nobody else would hear them. "I'm just giving you a friendly advice before commiting a huge mistake."

"...Oh," Chris said with an amused look. "It was a friendly advice, then."

C. Falcon grinned. "Exactly."

"Now I see," Chris said in some sort of evil tone as a familiar Aura Pokémon appeared behind him, red eyes glaring directly at C. Falcon's face. "Well, Lucario here wants to give you a friendly advice as well."

The captain didn't like the glaring look on Lucario as he began to get closer to C. Falcon. "W-wait, what is he going to give me as a friendly advice?" C. Falcon asked as Lucario showed his fangs at him, aura flaring in his hands.

Chris chuckled as he turned around. "Lucario is going to tell you to never, EVER, use violence on me for something stupid." He raised his right hand and snapped his fingers. "Give him a piece of my mind, will you, Lucario?"

The World Traveler ignored the screams of pain and roars from behind his back as nobody else wanted to look at the small massacre. It was implied that almost everyone didn't exactly care about C. Falcon, which made Chris feel sympathy.

Too bad for Douglas that Chris didn't feel a lot of sympathy.

"And by the way, you can come with us," Chris said. "...Doug," he muttered as Lucario roared loudly behind his back.

The World Traveler noticed Roy alone as he looked at Marth and Ike talking to each other. Recalling that Roy hadn't participated in much missions lately, Chris walked to him. "Roy, do you want to come with us?"

Roy looked at him. "Oh, what? You want me to come?"

"Well, it did say medieval-looking people could come so you look like one."

"Do I look that medieval?"

"You're wearing a blue armor with yellow carvings all over it, you're using a sacred sword, and above all," Chris continued as he pointed behind Roy. "You're wearing a cape."

Roy chuckled nervously as he scratched his head a bit. "O-okay, maybe I do look medieval..."

Chris crossed his arms. "So, do you want to come?"

"Sure," Roy said. "I'd like to see the towns of the next world myself. I could feel right at home if I go there."

"Okay, wait for me to call you," Chris said as he walked away from Roy, who decided to go and talk with Marth and Ike. "(Hmm... I think I recall seeing people who looked like Pit in the game... I have some memories left about it so...)"

The World Traveler decided to go to the angel of Skyworld who was sitting down on a nearby chair. The look on his closed eyes made Chris think the angel was meditating.

"Pit?" Chris began.

The angel opened his eyes and looked at him. "Oh, it's you."

"What are you doing sitting here without talking to anyone?"

"Well, I was getting bored of not doing anything else so I decided to just meditate out of the blue..." Pit admitted with a chuckle. "It's pretty silly of me, right?"

"Maybe..." Chris said. "Anyway, I was wondering if you wanted to come with us to the next world and find the temple."

Pit stood up. "I may as well go to get out of boredom. Seriously, I need to do something like fighting."

"Didn't Master Hand say anyone could put up matches against anyone?"

"He did say that, but...I didn't even think about it..."

Chris looked around. "Or everyone for that matter," he added.

Pit shrugged. "Oh well, I'm going to go with you if you don't mind. I hope nobody in that world freaks out for my wings." He looked at his wings. "Sometimes I wish I could hide them completely, but sometimes I think there are no ways to do that."

"Maybe Master Hand knows a way?"

"Possibly...I'll ask him," Pit said before looking at him. "For now, I want to see what we can find in the next world."

"I'll call you in a few, then," Chris said as he nodded to Pit before walking away, leaving the angel to do nothing else but sit down on the chair again. The World Traveler thought it was a good idea to take Pit along.

"Oh, Chris," Tails began as he stopped Chris from walking away to the area close to the hallway. "May I ask you to take me along, please?"

"Huh? Why?" Chris asked.

Tails jumped off from his seat and looked up at him. "The reason why I want to come along is because maybe I should get a closer picture of the Spagonia Temple and examine it with what Professor Pickle told me," he explained. "You guys didn't find much, but I want to see with my own eyes the temples for once. Also, can I ask you to take Sonic along as well?"

At that moment, Sonic quickly appeared, resting his right arm over a table with more computers on them. "Yeah, you should take me with you."

"Why do you want to come, Sonic?" Chris asked.

Sonic looked serious. "Isn't this whole deal about the temples related to our world?" he asked before frowning. "It has to do with us and I wanna participate in these missions to save the world from this crazy catastrophe."

The World Traveler knew Sonic had a point.

"Besides, I may help you more," Tails said. "I could run a complete analysis of the Spagonia Temple to do some research and find out with...these..."

Sonic and Chris looked at Tails taking 2 small tablets behind his back. The hedgehog blinked at the odd items as he took a closer look at them. "Hey..." Sonic trailed off.

"...Wait, those tablets' shapes...they're the same as the slots in the Apotos Temple..." Chris said.

The tablets that Tails had had the same emblems that the group found in the temple. One tablet had the emblem of a red sun, while the other tablet had the emblem of a blue moon. The 2 tablets had curve shapes with their outer edges shaped with squares.

Tails nodded. "In fact, these are the only tablets we could find back in our world at Spagonia. Some girls, Lucia and Ippolita, gave me the Moon Tablet, while the Sun Tablet was given to me by an old man named Otto." He looked at Sonic. "I have to tell you that Lucia and Otto seemed to know about the temples because when I asked them where the temples were before, they both gave me these tablets, saying that we knew more than other people did. I wonder why they said that, though..."

"Maybe they know about Dark Gaia?" Sonic asked.

"They would know it if they were the guardians that Professor Pickle told me about...but I'm not sure..." Tails said in doubt. "...But that isn't so important for now. I want to go see if these tablets can do something in the Spagonia Temple. The professor told me that the tablets surely are for the temple."

"Okay, then," Chris said. "You 2 can come."

"Oh, and also that includes Chip as well," Sonic said as he pointed at the shocked imp on a nearby chair. "It's just a small brain-freeze, Chip..."

The World Traveler looked at the immobile imp on the chair, not responsing at Sonic who began poking Chip's forehead. Shifting his eyes, Chris slowly backed away from them as he looked around for the next member close to the hallway. "Let's see...I have Samus, C. Falcon, Roy, Pit, Sonic, Tails, and Chip who doesn't count as a member..." He looked around. "...Who should I choose now?"

"Hey."

The dragoon heard a voice coming from behind him. Chris knew well the voice as he turned around to find Fox.

"Oh," Chris began. "What is it?"

Fox crossed his arms. "I want to go with you to that world."

"Really now? What made you decide?"

The vulpine looked away. "It's because...the name of that world rang a bell in my mind..."

"What?" Chris looked confused. "How?"

Fox looked back at him and shifted his eyes to see if there was someone paying attention to them, ignoring C. Falcon's screams for help. "Look, I'm going to tell you my reason as long as you promise you're not going to tell anyone this. What I'm going to tell you could be easily used for anyone else to annoy me to the max."

"Is this some kind of secret that could be embarrassing?"

"Yeah, but it's not embarrassing to me," Fox said as he slowly took from his back the book he found. "See this?"

The dragoon stared down at the book. "What about that book?"

"I found this book in my room," Fox said. "It's one of my most important books I had during my childhood."

"...Tales of Star Ocean?" Chris read the cover. "...Wait, Tales of Star Ocean?"

Fox nodded. "I guess you know where I'm getting at, right?"

The World Traveler looked back at the image of the world in front of the Smashers before looking back at the vulpine. "You...want to come because of the name of the world?"

"I'm curious, Chris," Fox said. "I mean, this book has fairy tales of a vast universe called Star Ocean, but after I heard that the world exists...I want to see it," he admitted. "I want to see if it's pure coincidence or the real thing the book explains."

"...You said it was your childhood book, right?" Chris asked. "...You used to read this?"

Fox smiled a bit. "I didn't read this book but...my father..."

"...Oh..." Chris looked away. "S-sorry if I made you remember something yo-"

"Oh no, it's okay," Fox said. "Anyway, this is a fairy tale's book my father used to read me when I was 4," he explained. "When I was that little, I always liked to know more about the space and the universe. I liked science-fiction a lot because I found it too amazing and cool..." He blushed a bit. "W-well, that's how I thought of it when I was little, anyway."

"I think...it's cute," Chris said.

Fox glared at him.

"I-I mean to say it the good way," the dragoon said. "Don't take it that badly..."

The vulpine sighed as he put the book away. "So yeah, I want to come along and see that universe." He smiled a bit. "If it's exactly how the book described, I want to see the people and see if I can find the protagonists. I liked to hear a lot from them every night my father used to tell me that story to make me fall asleep."

"I think it's amusing," Chris said, "your fairy tale's book being a real world."

"So, can I come?"

"Of course," Chris said. "You'll see if it's the same as in the book."

Fox chuckled and nodded. "Thanks, tell me when we need to go."

The World Traveler nodded back at him before walking away. As Fox watched Chris waling away, he frowned and looked down.

"(That book surely brings good memories...and...bad ones I don't want to remember...)" Fox thought in shame.

Chris just needed another person to tag along with them. Unfortunately, he didn't have a possible member in his mind until his eyes focused on a certain lupine with crossed arms, leaning against the wall as he seemed to be in deep thought with his closed eye.

Shrugging at the silent yet serious look, Chris gulped a bit and walked to him. "...Wolf?"

There was no response from the older character.

"...Wolf, are you listening or are you sleeping while standing up?"

The lupine opened his right eye, instantly glaring at the dragoon. "What do you want, kid?"

"(He didn't really learn not to call me kid again, right?) W-well, I saw you thinking about something..."

Wolf looked away. "Like you should know everything I do. You don't have to know what I think."

"I-I was just a little worried, that's all..." Chris admitted.

"Tsk, worrying about me...please..." Wolf muttered annoyed. "Whatever you're thinking, it's not of your business, kid."

"Like I said before...I just wanted to see what was bothering you..." The World Traveler thought for a moment. "...Do you want to come with us?"

The lupine looked at him. "I never said I wanted to come..." He pushed himself off the wall. "But whatever, I'm coming."

"Really?" Chris asked.

"I don't have anything else better to do here," Wolf said. "I do know Fox is going, but he won't change my decision. Besides, I don't want birdbrain to glare all the time at me whenever I look at him."

"How is Fox different?"

"Mainly because he at least is...worthy, I should say," Wolf said. "I don't care about the birdbrain at all. Fox, on the other hand, can be tolerated."

"Oh, I see," Chris said. "It's mainly because of rivalry, right?"

The lupine walked away from him as he said, "That'd be one reason."

"...It would be one reason?" Chris asked. "W-what do you mean by that? Are you planning to do something to him?"

"It's none of your business, kid," Wolf said. "Anyhow, can we just go and fight that army before I change my mind?"

The dragoon sighed before nodding. "Whatever you say, sir..."

After calling all the selected members, Master Hand watched as Lucario, carrying an unconscious (and badly hurt) C. Falcon, tossed him down on the floor before the Aura Pokémon received a rub on the head by Chris as he growled before walking away.

"C. Falcon, wake up," Master Hand said. "We're not sending dead carcasses to missions."

The captain grumbled annoyed before he stood up, smacking his helmet a bit. "I-I woke up..." the captain said as he received a bored look from Chris.

"Typical," Samus commented simply, giving the captain a mental hit.

"And he somehow survived all that because..." Roy trailed off.

"Before you all go, though," Master Hand began, "you need to sort out the stickers you have. We all watched the fight against the Shadow Nightmare and the use of the stickers came really handy, right?"

"Hey, that's true," Roy said. "It became easier to fight back the monster by using the stickers."

The World Traveler took the stickers out. "Ooh, there are many..." he complained a bit but sighed. "I don't want to have harder battles so we may as well sort everything equally between everyone here..."

Some minutes later...

Everyone in the chosen group had already sorted out the stickers they had.

C. Falcon flexed his right arm. "What a shame, the Young Cricket sticker didn't give me that much of power. I just felt a little swelling but that's all."

"Good thing the 9-Volt sticker have my Grapple Beam more electric power," Samus said. "I checked the status of it and it did increase for a bit."

"Pfft, good for you," Roy said annoyed. "The Kat sticker didn't give me much slash power. I could have used the Meta Knight sticker and give me a huge boost of 32 but no it HAD to be designed for Kirby, Meta Knight, and Dedede for some reason... Dedede doesn't even use slash attacks for that matter! How does that make sense?"

Wolf ignored him and looked away. "I must say that the sticker with the girl made me feel a little bit stronger...enough to make me feel somewhat ashamed at the small boost."

"I hate to admit it, but the 19-Volt sticker didn't make me feel anything stronger as well," Fox admitted. "However, the one with...that cubic version of me did give my Blaster even more energy than before; a big one for that matter."

"You just were lucky, Fox," Wolf said annoyed, making Fox grin.

Chris looked pleased. "I'm glad I increased my defense for a bit with the Dribble sticker. Battering resistance counts as defense, right?"

"I guess," Pit said. "My ramming attacks got a little bit stronger as well with the Ana sticker."

Sonic looked annoyed, being the one who didn't even get to use a sticker. "Hey, not fair. I didn't get to use a sticker."

"You already have that werehog transformation," Wolf pointed out. "Doesn't that give you all the strength you need?"

"Pfft, yeah but I HATE that form," Sonic said. "Seriously, isn't there a special sticker I can use?"

Master Hand thought for a moment. "Since I'm in a good mood today, Sonic, I'm going to give you a special sticker for free that you can only use..." The hand twirled his index finger to produce a sticker that fell down slowly on Sonic's right hand.

"...What the hell?" Sonic asked before glaring up at the hand. "Is this a joke?"

"What do ya have there?" Amy asked as she looked from behind Sonic's right shoulder. Her eyes looked happy. "Heheheh, look at that."

Sonic held up a sticker...of Amy, pumping her fists at her sides. "Is this for real?"

"Hey, it's a medium size sticker," Master Hand said. "It gives you a good boost for your leg attacks."

"C'mon, Sonic," Amy said as she shook Sonic a bit. "Every time you look at that lovely sticker will remind you that you have my support at all times from anywhere you go. Don't you think that's very romantic? Love boost your powe-"

"Keep going on and I'll rip this sticker," Sonic interrupted.

Amy took a step back and pouted. "Oh, that's SO nice of you, Sonic."

"Just put the sticker on and let your legs feel the powah," Crazy Hand said annoyed, receiving some looks from some of the Smashers. "What? You guys like easy ways to get easy power."

"For once, you're right," Master Hand muttered as Sonic, annoyed, put the sticker on his stand, his legs swelling a bit before the feeling stopped. "And no, even if you DO feel power surging within you, you don't grow muscles or something like that."

"Way to ruin all the fun," Wolf commented.

Master Hand seemed to look annoyed. "Look, you guys can possibly gain a whole lot of power by using the stickers, but you need limits so you don't look like freaks. One of you could someday overpass Lucario's brute force by using these stickers."

C. Falcon liked the sound of the explanation. "So, if I put a lot o-"

"But there has to be limits in order for you to not destroy the whole field where you're fighting," Master Hand said. "Let's say you get a boost of power of 100. With that big amount, you could easily carry a tree with your hands and you wouldn't even feel the weight at all."

"If you ask me, that would be beneficial," Sonic said.

Master Hand shook himself. "Unfortunately for you, I put a limit in your enhacements in order to make you look normal. If you get to use a sticker with a boost of 100, you won't carry a tree."

"So that means the stickers won't make us stronger?" Fox asked.

"The stickers will make you stronger and you'll see the effects during battles," the hand explained. "But they're not going to allow you to carry things unless if it's an emergency. Do you really want to see Luigi carrying a big tree?"

"T-that would be nice..." Luigi commented from afar.

"That...would look messed up..." Roy commented.

"Hey!" Luigi called out.

"And since half of you would want to have that power because it makes sense you could carry big things, you just can't so nobody else here thinks is unfair," Master Hand explained.

"I guess I understand," Samus said. "We don't want to stand out from a crowd."

"We already stand out," Pit said.

"Actually, I meant stand out even more."

"U-um, will you guys hurry?" Tails asked. "We need to go now before the Subspace Army finds the temple before us. You told me they're after the temples as well, right?"

"Chill out," Sonic said as he ducked to pick up the unconscious Chip from the floor. "We need to enjoy the world a little bit, right?"

"You always like to do that a lot," Tails pointed out. "Besides, this is very crucial to our world."

"It's ALWAYS very crucial to our world," Sonic said as he poked Chip's eyes a bit.

"W-well, yeah... Can we just go?"

The World Traveler almost forgot that he left his DS charging on the nearby table. In a hurry, Chris went over the table to get his DS. Opening it to see if it was ready, he was greeted by Kawashima. "It was about time you remembered to charge the DS. It gets pretty dark in here for me, you know..."

"S-sorry, I promise I won't forget again," Chris said embarrassed.\

"What's done is done, like they say," Kawashima said. "What matters is that you charged the DS fully."

The World Traveler nodded to him before keeping his DS in his pocket. "I'm ready here," he said, the others nodding as a sign that they were ready.

"Without further interruptions, good luck," Master Hand said before Chris made the portal appear, prompting the chosen group to enter it before the portal vanished.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time

Tradin Town of Peterny
West Peterny

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time – Lively Step

In some alleys, the portal appeared and the Smashers stepped out from it before it vanished in thin air. The group found themselves in a small alley that was close to a central square.

"Well, it was random to appear in this alley," Roy commented. "Shall we go see this place?"

"As long as people don't freak out to see Pit's wings and Samus's suit," Chris said.

"I hope..." Pit muttered.

Tails looked at them. "Let's see if we can find information regarding the Spagonia Temple from the people here."

Sonic nodded. "Right-o." He looked down at Chip. "Hey, is your brain-freeze thing still there with you?"

"Blururururu," Chip mumbled as he quickly shook his head and floated in the air. He looked around the alley somewhat shocked. "Did I die? Wow, heaven looks like a dark alley..."

"Er, actually, we're already in the next world," Chris said.

"Really now? Ooh, I lost the briefing part, then..."

Samus moved her hand. "I'll fill you up with everything you didn't hear back in the mansion."

Chip smiled a bit. "Oh, thanks, Ms. Samus."

The bounty hunter chuckled a bit at the name. "Please, just call me Samus."

"Alright, Ms. Samus."

Samus stared blankly at him. "...I told you to call me Samus, not Ms. Samus."

"Affirmative, Ms. Samus."

"Samus."

"Okay, Ms. Samus."

Samus knew very well that Chip was going to keep addressing her with a formality. "You know what? Forget what I said..."

"Right, Samus."

Samus rolled her eyes at this.

"Hey, if you don't mind, I'll just walk out from this dirty hole," Wolf said annoyed as he began to walk out the alley.

The others later decided to walk out from the alley as well, finding out they were in a bustling town. They all looked around as many different people walked from the west and east. The Smashers found medieval-looking houses and shops, men wearing rural clothes as they were in groups laughing together, women wearing long skirts that almost touched the floor as they carried baskets with food as some were walking with children, and shops with vendors that adorned the whole brick street.

Overall, the city lived up to be a commercial center of trade.

Peterny is a city and commercial hub connecting the royal city Aquios of the Sacred Kingdom of Aquaria (located north) with the three surrounding kingdoms (the Kingdom of Airyglyph to the south, and Kingdom of Gaitt to the east). Unlike Aquios, with its decidedly religious bent, this town is an advanced center of commerce, and acts almost as a second capital of the Sacred Kingdom of Aquaria. Peterny is the commercial heart of the whole continent of Gaitt.

"This place looks pretty normal to me," Roy said. "Heck, it makes me feel I'm in my own home."

Fox looked around before crossing his arms. "This is just like the book said... Planets that were underdeveloped because many other planets had very advanced technology..." Fox muttered before he smiled a bit. "This is good, I guess."

"U-um," Pit began as he looked nervous. "Aren't the people going to freak out because of my wings?"

At that moment, a kid that came running from the west stopped in front of them and pointed a finger at the nervous angel. "Mommy, mommy, look! There's a Featherfolk person here!"

Featherfolk is a race of people with large wings on their backs, descended from birds. The process of evolution has split the humerus bone of the Featherfolk in two, allowing this remarkable race to possess both wings and arms. Featherfolk are extremely light, and can use the wings on their backs to fly for a short period of time.

"...Featherfolk?" Chip repeated confused before a woman came from the same direction where the kid came from. She grabbed his hand before bowing at the group.

"Oh, I'm so sorry if my child bothered you," she apologized.

"N-not at all. He just got surprised by seeing our friend here," Samus said before the woman looked at Pit.

"Oh, you must be one of the Featherfolk people from the Sanmite Republic of the west," the woman said. "Since this town is located between 3 kingdoms, there are many different travelers that use to pass through here. You must be one of them." the woman gasped. "O-oh, sorry for talking so suddenly, but I need to take my child to go shopping. I don't want to make us starve for today's dinner."

The Smashers didn't respond as the woman and her child (waving a hand to them) walked away to the east, disappearing from the crowd of people.

"...That was good enough for me to believe they don't mind how we all look," Tails said. "Still, what are Featherfolk?"

"The closest answer would be that it's a race," Samus said. "Pit surely resembles one of them so I guess that's it. In a few words, nobody will judge him."

Pit sighed in relief. "I'm glad for that, really..."

Tails walked to the street and looked around before looking back at the group. "So, what do we do now? Should we separate and find out information if somebody heard of the temple?"

"I don't think it's a good idea," Samus said. "There's an awful lot of people in this town. We could easily get lost between the whole crowd."

"We rather stick together, then?" Roy asked.

"It seems for now," Pit said. "What if somebody could yelp?"

"That's the best choice for now," Fox said. "Maybe there's a place in here that has a good source of information."

Chip, floating to the street, looked to the west to find a small path that lead to a door. "Hey, how about over there?"

The Smashers walked to his spot to see the relatively small path to a door. Over the door, there was a sign that read "Craftsman's Guild" in yellow paint. Some people walked out from the door, mixing up with the crowd already walking in the brick street.

"A guild..." Wolf rubbed his chin. "...For once, I'm going to say that there's the best place to find the info about those ruins."

"Temple," Tails corrected.

"Same thing," Wolf said annoyed before walking towards the door.

"Is he always going to be the one walking first?" Chip asked.

Fox frowned. "You'll never understand him as much as I do, trust me."

"I'd say let's go and see what we can find in that place. Let's check it out," Sonic said with a grin as he began to walk towards the door, the others soon following.

Craftsman's Guild

Once the group entered inside the building, they didn't expect that the inside was a little bit smaller than the eye could think. They found 2 steps of stairs in front of them where they lead to wooden floor. Looking to their left, over a wooden handrail, they found the front wall filled with drawers that had dozens of documents, scrolls, and notes that stuck out.

Further to the left, there was a girl sleeping deeply over a desk with some papers. The girl had brown hair with 2 ponytails, each one at the sides of her head. The girl looked very young, wearing a black shirt underneath her blue garment, as she held some sort of a stick with a glove under her right hand, pointing its index finger to the window (called handy stick).

"...This isn't exactly the place I expected to see..." C. Falcon commented.

Chip flew over the handrail to look at the sleeping girl. The Smashers looked at each other before they all walked over the wooden floor, standing in front of the desk while the girl slept.

"Hey, you there," Wolf began as he tapped his hand's nails on the desk.

Suddenly, the girl quickly woke up, looking normally at the group as she waved the handy stick to the side of her right shoulder. "Are you here to sign up yourselves to become inventors?" she asked with some enthusiasm.

"Wow," Chip began. "She's amazing. She didn't have to mumble things!"

Ignoring the excitement of the imp, Roy decided to speak up. "Er, hi."

"Oh, hello to you all," the girl said with a chuckle. "Did you all come here to sign up to become inventors for the Craftsman's Guild?"

"Actually, no," Pit admitted. "We're here to ask for information that we need to know."

"Information?" the girl repeated. "Hmm, information... Are you sure you don't want to become inventors?"

"Why would we want to become inventors all of a sudden? Don't put words in our mouths," Wolf responded harshly.

The girl pointed her handy stick at the lupine. "I'm glad you ask that," she said before Wolf slapped the glove away with the back of his right hand. "People nowadays would do anything to become inventors because the economy of Peterny is very famous around this planet," she explained. "The most inexperienced fellow can produce a lot of money if he or she works hard in the 8 different fields of inventions."

Fox shook his head. "We're not here to sign up."

"Really now?" the girl asked. "People mainly come here to sign up, otherwise they don't do anything," she said. "Please, tell me you came here to sign up."

"No," Tails said. "We came here to see if you could give us information about a temple."

"I'm afraid I don't know anything about a temple," the girl said. "This is not exactly the center of information, y'know..."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "What a waste of time, then..."

The girl thought for a moment. "Hmm..." She remained silent before speaking. "Oh, I know what you could do to get what you want."

"You know of a place where we can get info?" C. Falcon asked.

"Yep," the girl said, "right here."

The Smashers stared blankly at her as she smiled to them.

"...You just said this isn't exactly the center of information," Chris pointed out.

The girl chuckled. "Well, yeah, I did say that...but I didn't say the people who are signed up as inventors know about it."

Wolf narrowed his eye at her. "What do you mean by that? There isn't anybody else in here except for all of us."

"Silly," the girl said with a small giggle. "I can call people through this handy item..." She looked at drawers of the desk where she pulled one to open it, finding some device that looked like a cellphone except far more sophisticated with holographic applications and transparent blue skin that she showed to the group. "See this? My Compact Communicator allows me to contact anyone no matter how far they are from me."

Tails was the only one of the whole group that looked amazed at the item. "W-wow, just look at that..."

The girl chuckled before she put the cellphone down. "I guess I haven't introduced myself properly yet," she said before coughing a bit. "Thank you for coming here. My name is Welch Vineyard at your service."

Welch Vineyard is a young woman who runs the Craftsman's Guild in Peterny. This working woman is smart, good-looking, has a good personality, and even the Guild Master who leads the Craftsman's Guild is no match for her. Welch is a very reliavable person of the guild that organizes patents, item reports, and available items in the shops across all Elicoor II.

As a side note, Welch could be considered the "Final Fantasy's Cid of Star Ocean" due to the fact she appears in all Star Ocean games with the same job.


"Nice to meet you, Welch..." Samus said unsure. "Did you say there were inventors who probably know about the temple we're looking for?"

The group didn't think that the girl had a plan in mind for them.

"(Okay, I'm getting them interested. I need to move on with my plan so they want to become inventors,)" Welch thought. "Yeah, of course. There's a lot of people in the guild that come from all around the planet here. There are some that have come from other distant planets as well."

"Hmm..." Fox crossed his arms. "If that's true, they surely know a lot about the different regions in here, right?"

"Yep, that's the gist of it," Welch said happy. "However, we have a policy here (that I just made up) that keeps others from meeting our inventors because we like our opponents to stay away from knowing what we plan to create."

"We're not allied with anyone," Pit pointed out.

Welch clapped her hands together. "Better yet, then!"

Wolf looked bored at her as he crossed his arms and leaned close to the window's wall. "Let me get this straight. You want us to sign ourselves as inventors just so your guild gets more people by convincing us that those other inventors know about something that they surely don't know just to lure us into joining."

Welch began to sweat a little as she kept her happy look. "(Rats, they're sharp...) W-well, now that you mention it, we do follow our policy with the right strict level. So you see, we can't let you know about our information unless you join us as fellow inventors."

"Just how many people are inventors?" Roy asked.

The girl took a scroll from the desk where she opened it to read it, narrowing her eyes a bit. "We have over 9,000,000 inventors."

The scroll clearly said 500, though.

Welch put the scroll on the desk, looking at the surprised looks of some of the Smashers. "You see now? We're a pretty famous guild for having so little space in here."

Chip looked down at the same scroll before descending to grab it. Welch, without looking, used her handy stick to pull the scroll down to fall over the edge of the desk into a trash can. The imp looked down sadly.

"...Well, it appeals to me, alright," Roy said.

"Yes," Pit said. "With that many people, there's bound to be a lot of them who know about the temple."

"I have to say, I'm impressed at the amount," Fox remarked.

"Who would have thought that this guild was so popular?" Tails asked.

"Sounds good enough for me," Samus said.

Chris looked relieved. "We can find out about the temple's whereabouts after all."

"So then?" Welch asked excited, not noticing that Chip flew down the floor where he walked around the desk to see the scroll. "Do you want to sign up as inventors?"

"I'm not sure, though..." Sonic said. "What do we have to do?"

"Simple," Welch began as Chip walked back with the scroll. "There are 8 different fields where you can create items: Engineering, Smithery, Writing, Cooking, Alchemy, Synthesis, Compounding, and Crafting."

Chip opened the scroll and tilted his head.

"Those are all the fields where Item Creation can be used," Welch explained as Chip began to fly up, getting the attention of Sonic who looked at the scroll before looking bored at it and Welch.

"Wow, you were blind to see there are only 500 inventors," Sonic said bored.

Welch sweat dropped at this as many of them looked bored at her. "...R-really? Wow, I thought it said 9,000,000..."

Annoyed by the constant lies, Wolf banged his left fist hard on the desk. "Get to the point already, girl."

"Oh, sure," Welch said with a giggle. "Truth is, I wanted all of you to join the guild seeing that you look so different from most inventors out there. You know what they say, different minds for exotic items."

"You just made that up," Samus pointed out.

"It's one of the guilds' catchphrases, okay?" Welch said. "You would know if YOU were inventors." She looked at them. "Anyhow, wanna be an inventor?"

Roy crossed his arms. "The fact you have 500 people could be still helpful..."

"I swear they're very good," Welch said. "They come from all directions to increase the production of rare and valuable items."

"And where can we find those inventors?" Pit asked.

"Tell you what," Welch began. "I'll tell you where they are if you sign up to be inventors. If you don't want to invent anything, well, we'll accept only your membership until you consider making items. How does that sound? Everyone will be happy that way."

Fox thought for a moment. "Hmm...you have a deal with me."

"Oh well, I think that works," C. Falcon said.

"Nice," Sonic commented as he put the scroll back on the desk. "I hate to work, anyway."

"(But I wanted to be an inventor...)" Tails thought disappointed.

Welch waved her handy stick in the air. "Alrighty, then." She pushed some papers away to get registration forms. "Here are your forms. Please fill the required information for you to step up in the field of Item Creation."

"I'm not creating a single thing for you, okay?" Wolf said.

"(You'll be the first one to create something before long... They all fall for the challenge to be a professional...)" Welch thought.

All the Smashers (including Tails and even Chip) signed up the forms. In some minutes, they were all done as they all piled their forms on the desk. Welch, clapping her hands a bit, took the forms and took a look at each one.

"Ooooh, nice info," Welch remarked before putting the forms down. "Okay, welcome to Craftsman's Guild! We'll be glad to have more members around in order to expand the industry of Item Creation!"

"We said we weren't going to create anything," Pit pointed out.

"(You'll create items before long,)" Welch thought. "Oh, right, sorry about that. I get very excited myself when new inventors join."

In order to get to the point, Fox coughed a bit. "Can you tell us where we can find the inventors' location?" Fox asked.

"Sure," Welch said as she walked to the window where she pointed at it with her thumb. "They're right over across the street."

The group looked outside. In front of the Craftsman's Guild, there was a long workshop where smoke came out from some chimneys. Shadows of people walking around on the other sides of the window could be seen.

"Are you kidding me?" Sonic began. "The place was just across the street?"

"Yep," Welch said. "It's very convenient to have the workshop close to the guild's headquarters, right?"

Wolf looked at her. "You mean you just tricked us into joining this group?"

"...Maybe."

The lupine frowned at this. "At least I read the form's rules."

Welch chuckled as she walked back to her desk. "Okay then, you may go to the workshop and meet the inventors... Oh, by the way," she began as she raised her handy stick. "I forgot to mention this, but there's an owner of the workshop in front of this place that occupies the entire workshop."

"What about the owner?" Samus asked.

"I'm telling you, when he first arrived here, he was a newbie at Item Creation," Welch said. "When time passed, he began to recruit almost all the inventors across the whole continent until he gathered almost all inventors under his group. Even since he gathered all of them, they've been recognized as the most talented inventors."

"So is that owner friendly or not?" Pit asked.

"Nah, he's surely the nicest guy around," Welch said. "I get a lot of conversations with him every time patents come here. He's a real hard worker for being just a teen."

Tails rubbed his chin. "The owner is a teen, then?"

"(And quite handsome for me...a little bit,)" Welch thought. "Yep. I don't know if he'll let you use the workshop or even let you meet the inventors, but he's pretty nice with anyone he meets."

Samus looked at the group. "Then we should get going."

"Alright, then," Welch nodded. "Hope to see you guys working as inventors."

At that moment, the door of the guild suddenly opened. A tanned girl walked inside and looked at Welch from the entrance. The young girl was about 4'4" tall, was 14 years old, wore pink garments, had pale pink hair with 2 pigtails (each one at the sides of her head), wore a necklace with 3 red spheres, 3 belts that covered her whole torso, tight black shorts under her pink clothes, pink shoes that had bells on top of them, and for some reason had 2 long red bangles with big spheres in the ends that she had on her wrists' rings. The girl looked enthusiastic by her look on her face as she carried some documents in her right hand.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time – Gaiety Company

"Hey, Welch!" the girl called cheerfully as she waved the documents. "Here are the patents you requested!"

Everyone in the room turned to her, Welch smiling at her. "Oh, it's you! Yep, those are the patents I need to register the information about the items you created."

The girl folded her arms and tilted her head at the sides. "Well, everyone did a good job at the workshop, not just me."

The group watched as the girl, ignoring them, walked up to the desk where she put the patents on it. She giggled a bit at Welch. "It's too bad our Compact Communicator doesn't work for now."

"See? I told you it was a good idea to drop by there and request the patents," Welch said. "It'd be a lot easier if your Communicator didn't break because of that incident with Puffy."

The girl looked away. "We told her a lot of times not to create more explosive items but she wouldn't listen, one of them exploded when Fayt walked nearby when he was about to call you with it before it got caught in the explosion. Sometimes I think she's with us for the money and nothing else."

"I can tell that much," Welch said. "Now be good and let's create more items, shall we?"

The girl pouted a bit at her. "Geez, I'm already a grown-up. You don't need to talk to me like that."

"Fine, fine, I get it," Welch joked. "It's just a little bit teasing, you know."

"Yeah, but you know me well enough," the girl said. "Oh well, I just wanted to deliver these patents for you. I need to go back and see if we can refine our weapons to make them even stronger." She turned around, finding the 10 characters looking at her. "And...it seems you're busy..."

"Oh yeah," Welch said. "They're all here to sign up as inventors."

"You tricked us to become inventors," Wolf pointed out.

"And they're funny, you know?" Welch asked with a nervous chuckle.

The girl looked at the 10 characters. Suddenly, she rubbed her chin when she looked at Samus, Sonic, Tails, Chip, and C. Falcon. "Hmm...weird..." She stopped rubbing her chin.

"Is something wrong, little girl?" C. Falcon asked.

"..." The girl shook her head. "Nah, it's nothing." She looked more at them. "I just grew curious about you all and..."

Fox noticed that the girl's eyes focused on his. The young girl then began to slowly look at the vulpine from feet to head until their eyes met together. Crossing his arms, Fox looked at her. "What are you doing?"

"...Oh!" the girl got startled before she played with her fingers. "I-I'm sorry, mister, but sometimes my eyes like to disobey me and look at people a little bit too much of the necessary..."

Fox raised an eyebrow.

The girl folded her arms and looked away. "W-well, sorry for taking your time away for a bit but I must go..." She looked at them with a happy expression. "See ya!" she said before she began to walk around the group to reach the exit where she left by closing the door behind her.

"What was all that about?" Sonic asked.

Welch blinked a bit. "That girl is sure an enthusiastic one, isn't she? I'm surprised she's a very talented inventor at the crafting field." She coughed a bit to clear her throat. "Anyway, since you guys are inventors, I guess I can provide you information about the other inventors here. The girl you just met here was Peppita Rossetti."

"Peppita?" Chip repeated.

"That's her name," Welch said. "Peppita is part of the crew of the workshop across the street from here. I know little about her but I guess you don't want to know that much about her, right?"

"Exactly," Wolf said. "We just came here for information, not get acquainted with people."

"Actually, recalling all our previous travels, we're bound to meet new people here," Chris pointed out.

"Anyway, shall I guide you to the workshop?" Welch offered. "Since you're new inventors, maybe I can convince the owner to let you join him and his group."

Roy rubbed his chin. "It could be beneficial so we can gather the information about the Spotugia Temple."

"Spagonia," Tails corrected.

"Y-yeah, that."

Welch looked cheerfully. "Shall I do it for you, then? Please, you should let me do it so you give the professional inventors a good impression. I'm a best friend to the owner as well so you have very good chances of joining up with them. Nowadays, people like to unite more inventors in order to make a huge production of items, and the best results always come up whenever minutes pass."

Workshop

In front of the Craftsman's Guild, across the street, the workshop busily worked through the sunset as the sounds of melted rock being poured into swords, accessories
being put together with pieces, pots with different soups being stirred around echoed in the busy building.

A handful of people were working in 8 different areas. From within, the building looked even bigger than the outside. Around 13 people were moving and walking around the place to get materials they needed to use in order to create a new line of items through using their skills at the slogan of "art of Item Creation" as Welch had told before.

One the inventors turned out to be the same girl that went to the guild before. The girl was Peppita Rossetti, working on a small table with what looked to be a small charm. "Oooooh..." she muttered as she took a closer look at the earring. "The jewel isn't inserted quite right... At this rate, the item's effects won't turn out good and I'll end up making another Tacky Earring..."

Peppita Rossetti is a dancing girl of the nomadic race of Velbaysyans (a race that have great performance in dances, magic, and strength) who wander space, without any permanent home. She has the same genius for dancing that her deceased mother possessed, and has already mastered many different dances at a young age, earning the admirarion of other members of the troupe. When Peppita steps in battles, she can use her bangles' spheres to whack enemies hard, and can also perform magic dances that benefit the group.

"What is it, Peppita?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 05, 2009, 08:03:18 PM
Peppita blinked a few times before looking up to the young blue-haired teen in front of her. The young teen was 19 years old, stood 5'9" of height, wore a sleeveless white shirt, and wore a rare blue set of armor in his blue pants, legs, and feet. The teen also had a sword hanging from his torso at the side. Looking down at the girl, the teen put his right hand on his hips.

"Are you having trouble?"

"Nah," Peppita said. "It's all fine over here, Fayt."

Fayt Leingod is an ordinary human student born on Earth. Fayt's journey started accidentally after fleeing from a vacational planet from the attack of an alien race. He has eventually traveled a big distance in the space to escape from the persecuting aliens until he was abducted before crash landing in Elicoor II, where his journey back home began. Fayt possesses a special power, as well as having great battling skills for playing virtual reality games to get out of boredom from college work, implying he's somewhat lazy.

The teen named Fayt nodded. "Well, you seemed depressed so I wanted to know why."

"It's because of this earring I'm doing here," Peppita said as she held up a small but unfinished earring. "I'm trying to create an Emerald Earring, but all I've been gettin' are Tacky Earrings, Pitiful Earrings, Embarrassing Earrings, and let's not forget the Humiliating Earrings," she said depressed. "I dunno what's wrong with me..."

"Now, cheer up," Fayt told her. "If you let your emotions drag you down while working, you're going to keep getting results you don't want to see, right?"

"I guess..." Peppita said as she rested her chin on the table.

"Also, why don't you change items to try to refine the Boost of Prowess we have?"

Peppita pushed her chin up to grab from the floor 2 red boots that she put on the table she was working. "You mean these boots, the boots that can raise strength and defense by 10 percent each? Well, it'd be very convenient to refine it so it turns to 30 percent...but it's so hard, and not to mention it takes a lot of money away from our hands."

"Don't worry about that," Fayt said. "We have plenty of money to pay everyone and the materials we get here. You don't want to let him get away by destroying all the universe, right?"

Peppita remembered that Fayt had stopped going after a villain they needed to stop as soon as possible to try and get prepared for the worst by dedicating all their time to refine and create items, where weapons would commonly come out. The group of 10 agreed to get prepared before fighting what would be the fate of the whole universe.

Who would have thought Peppita would get involved in a mission so big?

"...Yeah," Peppita said as she smiled a bit. "We won't let that guy get away with it, are we?"

Fayt chuckled. "No, we won't let him get away with it that easily."

"Okie-dokie," Peppita said cheerfully. "I want to finish him off before I get back to do my debut at the stage, you know." She began to examine the boots with a magnifier. "After all, I'm the Fairy of Illusions, and YOU promised to be there with Sophia, Fayt."

The reason why Peppita says this is because she met Fayt and her friend Sophia at the vacational resort planet (called Hyda IV) in the hotel where Fayt and his family were in. Fayt and Sophia met Peppita by accident after getting lost in the big hotel by going to the Rossetti Troupe's room (the troupe that Peppita works with). Upon meeting them, Peppita was happy to see "fans" already coming to see her. For her dismay, Fayt told her the truth, and after some misunderstandings (one of them addressing Fayt as a thief), the 3 became friends. Just before her debut on the stage, the alien invasion began to attack the planet, prompting Peppita to drop out the debut by escaping, eventually winding up helping Fayt.

Fayt took out a ticket that Peppita had given him for a free pass to see the Rosetti Troupe. He knew the girl would get upset at him if he forgot to see her debut which she was looking forward to do.

"Yeah, I remember," Fayt said as he kept the ticket in his pocket. "I'll be there for your debut on the stage."

Peppita giggled happily. "Oh, thank you so much, Fayt! I'd really like you and Sophia to go there as some sort of honeymoon!"

"W-wait, what?"

"Just kidding, don't worry," Peppita joked as she kept examining the boots, making Fayt sigh. "...I know you like Maria better, though..."

"H-hey, what makes you think that?" Fayt asked, reddening a bit.

"I'm just kidding, Fayt. Geez, you take jokes very seriously," Peppita said without looking at him.

The teen frowned as he rolled his eyes. Looking to his right, he looked down upon a young kid that stood around 3'1" feet. The kid wore a brown pointy helmet with some glass glaring eyes (the left one being broken), brown trousers (with their right hanger sometimes slipping off from the kid's right shoulder), pale blue shirt underneath, some brown shorts, and pale brown shoes. The kid looked energetic as he looked up to the tall teen with crossed arms.

"Hey, check this out," the kid began as he showed Fayt a helmet with some Drills over its top. "I've made myself a Drill Helm."

Fayt frowned. "Roger, I didn't want you to make a Drill Helm. I wanted you to refine our best armors."

Roger S. Huxley is a young boy who lives in the Lost City of Surferio (located to the west in the Sanmite Republic). This major problem child travels around as a part of a so-called Real Man Contest that he always makes up with his friends against other kids. It would be a good idea to keep an eye on this one, as he is always buying trouble with his rude words. Roger, despite being small, fights using axes or helmets that give him different costumes.


The small kid (Roger) looked bored. "What? Why do we have to refine our armors?"

"We need to have a good defense," Fayt explained. "You and Cliff can refine weapons and armors, right?"

Roger thought for a moment. "Well..."

"Besides, the enemies seem to inflict a lot of damage on us, especially you, right?"

Roger crossed his arms. "Ha, what are you thinking, Fayt? Even if I'm small I'm no weakling."

"I didn't say you were a weakling," Fayt pointed out. "I just need you to refine our weapons in order to receive less damage from enemies."

Peppita stopped working and pointed down at Roger. "I'm refining these Boots of Prowess so they make our armor stronger, you know!"

Roger folded his arms behind his helmet. "Heh, if you want Roger to work so badly, then that'll be something a real man could do."

"Roger..." Fayt frowned.

"...Ugh, okay, okay," Roger said as he lifted up his hands and frowned a bit. "I'm getting' back to my job now, happy?"

"I don't want to be the only one happy here," Fayt said. "I want everyone to feel relieved for creating and refining items. If you want to be feared by all to be a real man, Roger, you should always work hard."

Roger thought for a moment. "Hmm...true... Alright, then." Roger wiped his nose with a finger. "I'll show the world not to mess with me."

"That's the spirit," Fayt said.

Something came up with Peppita. "Oh, Fayt, er, about the patents I went to deliver with Welch..."

"Yeah, what about them?"

"W-well..." Peppita looked away. "When I got there, there were people with her."

"So? It's not so odd to find other people there. Why are you looking so worried, anyway?"

"It's because the people I saw...looked pretty different than anyone here..."

"Pfft," Roger began as he rolled his eyes. "Everyone in ALL those planets you guys come from are different. I don't get that surprised."

Fayt nodded. "Besides, how did those people look like?"

Peppita put a finger on her lips as she looked up to recall. "Well, last time I saw them, they were a walking robot, a muscular guy that looked sort of a pedo, a swordsman that looked that came from royalty, an angel who wore briefs in public, this hedgehog guy, the 2-tailed fox, the flying guy that looked that came out from a cartoon, this kid who wore this hat with small wings on the sides, this guy that looked like a Lycanthrope, and...this other fox person."

"...Wow," Fayt said. "If you think about it, a group like that would be out of place to see together..."

"And cool," Roger commented. "You said there was a walking robot with them?"

"That's pretty much it," Peppita said as she looked at them. "They looked friendly, though."

Fayt was thinking about something. "(A group like that wouldn't belong to this planet. If they were seen in here, they would be ignoring the UP3 that the Pangalactic Federation created... No advanced technology is allowed to be used in underdeveloped planets so it doesn't disrupt the evolution of them...)"

"What do you think, buddy?" Roger asked.

"My guess is that we should be careful," Fayt said. "If they came here from another advanced planet, they should know they can't take technology here...then again, almost all the planet here began to see technology because of the events..."

Roger folded his arms. "So, we end up doing no action. Kind of boring if you ask me."

"No, it's not that," Fayt said. "Because I came here, and the Vendeeni made an invasion here, it should be pretty obvious for the people of Elicoor II that there's technology out there."

The Vendeeni is the race of aliens that attacked Hyda IV (the planet where Fayt and his family were taking a vacation). This race hasn't joined the Pangalactic Federation due to their harsh attitude. However, the Vendeeni should be feared as they possess more advanced technology than other planets in the federation.

"Yep," Peppita said.

"So then, aren't you going to see them with your own eyes?" Roger asked. "They could be, you know, shady people who're trying to take advantage of the commotion of the enemies we're facing."

"Maybe..." Fayt said. "We don't know if we have the chance to meet them in person, though. If we do meet them in person, then we should be prepared fo-"

At that moment, the door's opening sound interrupted their conversation as the 3 turned to the door to see a happy Welch walking inside, just behind the counter of the workshop. "Hey there!" Welch said with a giggle. "How's product development going?"

"Welch?" Fayt said confused. "What are you doing here? I thought you were busy across the street."

"Yeaaaaaaaaaaaaah, no," Welch admitted.

"Then why are yah here?" Roger asked. "Ooh, I get it. You were secretly hired by other competitors to spy on us."

"Hey, I'll never do such a thing in my life to you," Welch said. "Anyway, that's not the reason why I'm here. I came here because I wanted to see Fayt myself to tell him something very important."

"What's that about?" Fayt asked.

"You see, I have some people here who wish to use the workshop as well, and considering the fact you own this place and the fact this is the only workshop of Peterny, I was wondering if you could let them work here."

"Work for us?" Fayt asked.

"Maybe? I don't know if they want to join your group, Fayt," Welch said. "However, I think you should let join you because they really have the eyes to be professionals inventors."

"Isn't that the same thing you tell almost to everybody?" Peppita asked. "I saw you saying that the other day I dropped b-"

Welch coughed a bit as she waved her handy stick. "Can you do that, Fayt? If you let them join you, you'll have more possibilities to create very nice products."

Fayt thought for a moment as he looked around the workshop. The inventors that he had hired for a long time ago were working hard on the different fields of Item Creation. Since Fayt's group wanted to be prepared for incoming battles, surely having more inventors would come in handy.

"I guess..." Fayt said as Roger and Peppita looked at him. "Okay, I'll accept them. But first, I need to see them in person."

Welch nodded and turned around to the exit. "Hey, you guys, come in here, please! He said it's fine as long as he sees you!"

Some seconds passed before the people that came with Welch (the Smashers) entered inside, looking around the workshop behind the counter. However, Fayt, Roger, and Peppita blinked surprised to see the rather odd group of people before them. The Smashers were busily examining the big workshop.

Peppita wanted to point at them and yell, "They're the guys, Fayt!" but decided not to.

Looking back and forth between the 2 groups, Welch giggled and tilted her head a bit. "Well then, I'll leave you 10 to do whatever you please to do here so you create items, okay? I need to go back to my spot and file in some patents. Fayt, I wish you accept them in!" she said cheerfully before walking out towards the other side of the street where she entered the building.

Fayt's group and the Smashers then suddenly stared at each other for a rather long period of time. The blue-haired teen couldn't find the proper words to talk and break the silence as he examined each one of them, Roger and Peppita doing the same action.

The World Traveler then remembered. "(...Right, now I remember who the protagonists are here...)" he thought. Making up his mind, the dragoon wanted to break the silence by saying, "A-"

"Are you Fayt?" Roy suddenly asked, Chris frowning in disappointment,

Fayt looked at him. "Well, yeah, I am..."

Roger crossed his arms, walked towards the counter, and jumped on a chair so he could be seen behind the counter. "So, you guys are here to be inventors, huh?"

"That's...quite right, I guess," Pit said.

Roger narrowed his eyes at them. "You look quite odd for my tastes..."

Fayt gasped mentally before he ran to the counter. "S-sorry if Roger here did something to bother you," he apologized, receiving a glare from Roger. "But, may I ask who are you and what are you doing in this planet?"

"Wait, what?" C. Falcon asked.

"(A-ha, jumping straight to the point, Fayt, I like that,)" Roger thought with an amused look.

"It's...obvious you weren't born here, right?" Fayt asked. "I mean, look at that robot you have there."

Samus grunted a bit to the point it didn't was hear. "I'm not a robot but a bounty hunter in a suit."

Fayt raised an eyebrow. "Is that so?"

Samus nodded as she clicked some buttons on her arm cannon, the helmet she wore opening to reveal her face. Fayt stared at her for a few seconds before Samus's helmet came back on.

"Oh, I see now," Fayt said. "But really, you shouldn't be living here because of the fact you have advanced technology in you, which means you surely know about the UP3 law, right?"

"The UP3 law? What's that?" Chip asked, receiving some odd looks from the 3 characters.

Suddenly, Fox raised a finger. "You mean the Underdeveloped Planet Preservation Pact or UP3 for short, right?"

"Yeah," Fayt said. "What do you know about it?"

Fox crossed his arms. "What I know about that is that is a treaty aimed at protecting planets with civilizations that aren't yet fully developed. The federation laws strictly prohibit contact with planets and the reason for this is because contact with higher civilizations often greatly influences the path of history of underdeveloped worlds," he explained before grinning. "Is that what you wanted to hear?"

"...Of course," Fayt said as the others looked somewhat surprised at the vulpine. "It's almost as the law exactly says. However, what are you doing here if you know about the UP3?"

"We're here because we're chasing a group that hid in this planet," Fox explained. "I know we're violating the law, but that group is very dangerous to many different planets. They threaten to disrupt peace in the universe by conquering them with their technology."

"Is that so?" Fayt asked. "But why do you have such a diverse group of people? Are you working for the Pangalactic Federation?"

"Sort of," Fox said. "You could say we're secret agents."

Fayt rubbed his chin as he looked at the group. "Last time I checked there weren't any races that look like most of you... I'm saying that because of the 2-tailed fox, the hedgehog, the fairy guy...and you," he said as he looked at Fox. "Are you...a Foxtail?"

The Foxtail is a sentient race descended from foxes with multiple large tails extending from their posteriors that have the strange characteristic of growing one new tail each century. Foxtails are born with a powerful magic ability that allows them to take any form at will. Strangely enough, they cannot change their tails, which remain as a dead giveaway to an alert observer.

"I'm a completely different kind than a Foxtail," Fox said as the others looked utterly confused at his explanations. "If you think you haven't heard or seen about the others we have with us is because they rather keep themselves in the shadows so they can have privacy in their planets."

The blue-haired teen tilted his head a bit. "I see...I think I understand your intentions to be here."

Fox nodded. "And if you're asking yourself why we became inventors was because we wanted to get information from the townspeople if they saw the suspicious group we're looking for. We lost track, but we believe they came to this planet."

"...Wow," Roger commented. "I didn't know you guys were like that."

Deciding to make their statement believable, Tails decided to speak. "S-so, we wanted to join the Craftsman's Guild so we could get information. We kind of explored this planet for a bit so...there."

"I see," Fayt said. "You're surely thinking you're wasting your time to be coming here."

"Oh, that's not true," Pit said.

"Hmm..." Fayt thought for a moment. "You seem to focused on your task..." He turned around. "What do you guys think?"

Peppita pumped up a fist in the air. "I'd say let them in!!!"

The blue-haired teen and the young boy stared at her odd. The Velbaysyan's yell was way too loud enough to make all the other inventors in the workshop stop working. Shifting her eyes around, Peppita pulled back her fist and giggled cheerfully.

"Sorry about that," Peppita said embarrassed. "I got a little bit too excited so suddenly. Silly me, yelling like that without reason..."

"...You're a little bit of weirdo, alright," Roger said.

Peppite pouted a bit. "H-hey, I'm not a weirdo, Roger!"

Fayt shook his head. "E-er, thanks for sharing your opinion, Peppita..." He looked down at Roger. "How about you, Roger?"

Roger looked back at the group. "Around here, only real men are acceptable to be inventors alongside me. I ask them, are they real men?"

Fayt stared at Roger for a while. "When did you make up that rule?"

Roger looked at him from the corner of his eyes. "5 minutes ago," he admitted before waving a finger. "Are they real men, yes or no, Fayt?"

"What kind of question is that?" Roy asked.

"Please, don't mind what he says," Fayt muttered as Roger crossed his arms proudly. "Roger...likes to be...well...himself a lot of times..."

"I heard that!" Roger yelled as he turned around to Fayt. "This is very serious, Fayt! I wanna know myself if these guys are real men!"

The Smashers looked at Roger's back. Some of them got a little bit surprised as they found a bushy brown tail that wagged slowly at the sides.

"What the...he's got a tail!" C. Falcon said.

Roger turned to them annoyed. "So what if I got a tail? My tail's the softest around, you know."

"Hoo boy, that SURELY is surprising yet not so much to me for no reason," Sonic said bored.

"What was that, lummox?"

"What did you call me?" Sonic asked with a glare.

"He called you a lummox," Chip said with a chuckle. "You're a lummox, then?"

"I heard that, you know," Sonic said bored.

"W-wait, don't start a fight here, Roger," Fayt said as he put a hand on Roger's right shoulder. "You don't want to make them think badly of you."

"Hmph," Roger mumbled before he looked away.

Fayt snapped back from his stare at Roger before turning to them. "So anyway, we'll be glad to let you join us. You can probably find all the information you want to hear from  our inventors."

"About darn time where we got to the point," Wolf said as he crossed his arms. "I want to finish things here as soon as possible."

"I'm surprised," Fayt said as he stared at Wolf. "How did you get the help of a Lycanthrope?"

An extremely rare race of individuals in which ordinary human cells and Beastfolk cells that have been transformed by a special virus coexist in the same body. The human and Beastfolk cells in a Lycanthropes's body will expand or contract when the heart rate exceeds a certain threshold.
As a result, the Lycanthrope's external appearance will appear to undergo a transformation.
Although there are some exceptions, a Lycanthrope's body will become more solid and powerful when the Beastfolk cells are in the expanded state.
There are many different Lycanthrope bloodlines, including those related to wolves, bears, tigers, dogs, rats, boars, and other animals. It should be noted that the legends about Lycanthropes transforming after viewing the full moon, or about the Lycanthrope's invulnerably to all weapons save those made of silver, are nothing more than superstitions.


"Lycan-what now?" Wolf asked.

"They're supposed to be a very secluded race," Peppita explained from her table. "It's not common to find one of them in plain day."

"You didn't know your own race's name, then?" Fayt asked.

Wolf glared at him and frowned. "For your information, I DO know what my race is. I didn't hear clearly, that's all."

The Smashers knew Wolf was lying, but it was better to lie than to say the truth after all the explanations. He didn't want to deal with more problems for the time being and just let things go smoothly as they all wished.

"Oh, I'm sorry," Fayt said. "Actually, I should apologize even more after interrogating all of you. It's just that I grew curious and somewhat skeptical about you."

"No worries there," Chip said. "We're friendly."

Fayt studied Chip for a bit. The blue-haired teen wanted to ask what Chip was, but it was surely a race that wanted to be secluded as well as some others Fayt knew. Fayt smiled a bit at them. "Well then, welcome to our team, everybody."

The Smashers have joined Fayt's group...not the other way around.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Embracing Forest Wind

"We should introduce us formally," Fayt offered. "My name is Fayt Leingod, nice to meet you."

Roger put his hands on his hips. "The name's Roger S. Huxley, aspiring man."

Peppita pumped her fist again to the air. "And my name is Peppita Rossetti, acrobat, and the Fairy of Illusions from the famous Rossetti's Troupe."

Fayt and Roger looked at her. "Is it okay for you to say your whole occupation?" Fayt asked.

"I wanna attract people to my debut," Peppita said. "If I get chance, I should take it right away. The guys at the troupe will be delighted to hear I'm letting people know about us."

"As usual, you take advantage of every situation," Roger said bored.

"You do it even more than I do," Peppita pointed out.

"A-anyway," Fayt began as he turned to the group. "I'd like to see which fields you'd like to work to make items. It's crucial to organize all inventors in the right area so Item Creation goes well."

The Smashers looked at each other before all of them began to discuss the 8 different areas od work that they didn't want to work, but had to in order to keep themselves out of suspicions. As most of them were talking with Fayt and Roger, Chris decided to talk with Fox once the vulpine was left alone. Fox was leaning against the wall close to the door.

"How did you exactly know all those terms when Fayt asked us?" Chris asked, getting Fox's attention.

The vulpine looked around to make sure nobody was close. "I knew those terms because they were exactly the same as in the fairy tales' book," Fox whispered. "I happened to read a little bit when nobody was looking and I happened to recall those terms... You could say I studied the book somewhat."

"Were you that interested to read the book behind everyone's backs?" Chris asked confused.

Fox smiled a bit at him. "Chris, this book was a very important part of my childhood when my father was around." He looked down and closed his eyes. "Now that I found this by accident, I'm starting to remember the fond memories I spent with my father. He used to real me all the tales from this book so I could sleep." He looked at him ashamed. "That was all he could do after my mother died when she gave me birth..."

Chris looked worried. "Sorry if I..."

"It's okay," Fox said. "I got over her death... Back on topic, my father was kind of clueless of how to raise children that he began to read some guides." He chuckled. "I'm telling you, he even went as far to admit me that. He said it was so panicking to calm down a crying baby on his arms. Too bad those were the only times where he acted all panicked before he began to go back to use his normal self."

"I can infer he started to let you see and know what he did when he work for Team Star Fox, right?"

"Very true," Fox said. "I admired him a lot during my childhood. I was always excited to hear any stories of his missions every time he returned home. To me, my father was...the coolest."

Chris smiled a bit at him. "It's nice to hear what you think about your father."

"That reminds me, what about your father?" Fox asked. "Is he a good guy?"

"Oh, he's very nice," Chris said. "I like to hear what he and my mom do during their business travels around the continent. I admire my father a little bit that..." The World Traveler stopped talking. "...Oh no, I forgot..."

"What did you forget?"

Chris looked worried at him again. "I forgot they were going to come to my house. I haven't returned yet ever since the incident during my birthday, do you remember? I got sidetracked and...the time in my world surely stopped..." He looked down. "I should go back to see them again... It's been a long time after I saw them in person..."

Fox pushed himself back from the wall and put a hand on Chris's right shoulder. "If you ask me, you should go back and see them. Trust me, you still have your parents around, and you must enjoy all the time you have with them."

"W-why are you being so personal in this?"

"I'm doing this because you have the chance...not like me," Fox said with a frown. "...If I ever saw my father again...I'd like to spend the time with him... I...just don't know if he's even alive..." He looked serious at him. "I know that you've seen those cutscenes in the games where I can see him, right?"

That was a very bizarre fact.

"Y-yes..." Chris said.

"What do you think, Chris?" Fox asked as he removed his hand from Chris's shoulder. "Do you think my father is alive, or that my mind is playing tricks with me?"

"I..." Chris thought for a moment. "...I just don't know..."

"...Thanks, though," Fox said. "I guess it helps to hear an opinion for someone else who saw him..."

"I could be hallucinating as you do..."

"Just maybe..." Fox said before sighing. "Thanks, Chris, really, thanks..."

Unaware, the 2 didn't see that Wolf, some feet away from them, heard their conversation as the others were busily getting explanations about the 8 areas of Item Creation from Fayt and Roger. The lupine was looking away as he lowered his head down. "(...James...)" Wolf thought with a frown.

The dragoon stared at the vulpine looking down at the floor. The look on Fox's face clearly gave the hint that he was depressed. Chris thought about something to cheer the leader of Star Fox...

However, once both turned around, they found a smiling Peppita with folded arms behind her back, making them take a step back in surprise.

"W-what the..." Fox looked down at her. "W-were you standing there all the time?"

Peppita looked at him, still smiling cheerfully. "Huh, what do you mean?" she asked. "I just got here a second ago. I just wanted to meet you in person... Hmm..." She put a finger on her lips. "What was your name again?"

"...Fox."

Peppita chuckled. "What an original name," she said, looking happy. "It's a pleasure to meet you, Fox. I'm always happy to meet new people like you."

"I...see..." Fox said as he pulled his right foot back. "Well...I'm glad to meet you as well...Peppita?"

Peppita gasped as she covered her mouth with her hands. "Wow, you didn't forget my name, then? I'm so happy that you didn't!" she said giggling. "Most people forget my name because it sounds weird, but personally, I really like my name so much."

"...Why would I forget someone's name in a minute?" Fox asked as he crossed his arms. "I wouldn't forget about your name since we just met."

Peppita blushed a bit. "T-that's so nice of you," she said. "Well then, shall I assign you to your area? The others seem to be understanding all the details about it." She tilted her head. "You looked so smart when you told Fayt about the UP3. I take you know what Item Creation is?"

"Pretty much?"

"Good!" Peppita clapped her hands together as the others began to dismiss by walking around the counter to the left, Roger jumping off from his chair to show them the workshop. "Well, let's see what Fayt has for you in hands. Fayt's pretty much a hard worker. He should know where to put you."

Fox's eyes widened a bit as Peppita grabbed his right gloved hand with both of her hands.

"Shall we?" Peppita asked with a giggle.

"O-okay," Fox said unsure as the girl pulled him to the counter, Chris watching the event without words.

The dragoon shifted his eyes before looking at no one in particular. "She just ignored me the whole time... Do I have camouflague skills or something?" he asked confused.

Wolf was the only one who was thinking about what he could do in the workshop as Fayt waited for him to decide. The lupine wasn't surely wanting to do some items, but he had to in order to do something productive or else others would see him as a lazy (bastard). The lupine then looked at his left where Peppita pulled Fox to the counter.

"Hey, Fayt," Peppita began as Fox looked at him. "Is there an area available for Fox here?"

Fayt rubbed his chin. "Well...we have 2 areas still available but I'm not sure if he knows how to work on either of those."

Wolf turned to him. "What are those 2 areas?"

Fayt looked at him. "The areas that are available are dotted down this form. We don't have people in synthesis because that's a risky process to do. We already have a handful of people on each area, but the last 2 have vacant spots."

The lupine watched as Fayt showed him a form. Wolf took the form to see what the areas were. According to the form, the areas with the people assigned were...

Smithery - C. Falcon, Roy, Boyd
Engineering - Tails, Sonic, Samus
Alchemy - Misty, Pit, Maxwell
Crafting - Peppita, Roger, Chilico
Writing - Chris, Mishell, Fayt


Wolf looked at the next 2 areas that had vacant spots. After further reading, a smirk appeared on his face as he saw the names Puffy and Chip "McChip" together. "I guess I'll go for Compounding."

Fayt nodded. "Good, we need people to create benefitial items in that field. Hope you do a good work."

Wolf smirked at Fox before the lupine, chuckling, put down the form and walked around the counter to go to his area. The vulpine didn't know the reason behind the smirk before he looked at the form that Wolf had placed down on the desk.

A sudden mad look took over Fox's face once he read the form a bit, not minding the names Sophia and Mayu dotted down besides the last area of Item Creation.

Fayt raised an eyebrow as Peppita stared confused at the mad Fox. The teen looked down at the form and blinked. "...What, you don't know how to do this?"

Fox looked at him, mad look still intact. "Is this some kind of a joke?"

"I don't see what the joke is," Peppita admitted. "What, can't you do this right or what?"

"C'mon," Fayt said as he put his right hand on his hip. "The Cooking area is not that bad as it sounds."

Fox's mad look turned into a glare as he looked at Wofl from the other side of the workshop. Fox could tell Wolf was smirking, even if he wasn't even looking at the vulpine. "(Wolf, you bastard... You knew very well I suck at cooking so you wanted to see me fail...)"

Peppita chuckled, making Fox's glare disappear as he looked down at her. "C'mon, I'll take to your area. You'll have to wait for Sophia and Mayu to come back because they both went shopping to buy products. They're gonna come back shortly, so wait until they get here. They know a lot way more about cooking here."

Sighing, Fox frowned. "Fine, please show me the cooking area so you see how bad I suck at it..."

"It's not that bad," Peppita said. "You're probably going to end up amazing yourself!" she said as she pulled Fox around the counter.

"Yeah, I'll be amazed to be the first one in here to kill everyone through food poisoning," Fox said as he rolled his eyes.

"Pfft, you won't kill anyone like that unless you do add poison in the food," Peppita said chuckling. "You're funny, you knew that? You're gonna love this place, Fox."

"I wish..." Fox muttered.

As Fayt told Chris to come with him to the writing area, the vulpine thought that the Star Ocean universe wouldn't be so bad after showing off what he knew thanks to his book.

However, much for Fox's dismay, he had to make stew for his first task in the new world, Peppita cordially telling him the process as she always seemed to be blushing whenever she looked up at Fox's bored expression.

Suddenly, the idea of ripping Wolf's head didn't sound that bad for Fox...

Preview of the next chapter

Fox's eyes looked down to his right where he found the Velbaysyan looking at the stew in front of him. "...Didn't you say you were going to create an earring?"

"Hey, I'm trying to give you a hand here," Peppita said. "I'm being a good girl so you get a good impression of me."

"For what? You pretty much are very helpful to an extent."

Peppita blushed. "T-that's so nice of you, Fox. Really, thanks a lot for saying such a nice thing to me..."

...

"Item Creation For Dummies And Anthros Alike. I'd replace dummies for maggots. It sounds very fitting if you ask me,"  a voice commented.

"Nobody asked you, anyway," Peppita said annoyed.

"Little maggot girl..." the voice muttered.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Trading Town of Peterny
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Tails, Chip, Fayt, Peppita, Roger

------------------------------------

A human girl born on Earth. Unlike most young girls of the present age, she excels in various household tasks such as cleaning and sweing. Sophie Esteed is Fayt's childhood friend, having been living very close to each other's home and the fact that their parents work at the same laboratory. Sophia is a nice girl that possess great symbological magic, making her a spell caster during battles.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 07, 2009, 12:20:41 PM
Chapter 155: Item Creation For Dummies And Anthros Alike

Trading Town of Peterny
Workshop

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Brace Forest Wind

In the busy workshop, inventors busily moved around to get materials that they all needed in order to create items through the 8 different areas of the building. The areas of Item Creation were Synthesis, Smithery, Alchemy, Engineering, Compounding, Writing, Crafting, and Cooking.

The area of Synthesis, located to the far left end of the workshop, had magic spheres with books of Symbology to fuse items together in order to get a stronger item. There was a long table against the wall where many different scrolls were located.

Symbology is a technology discovered in 346 SD on the planet Roak whereby certain phenomena can be induced through the combination of the three aspects of invocation, marking, and mental power near an inscription of a special type of design called a symbol. This technology was known as heraldry in the past. Nowadays, many people through the whole galaxy know how to use this kind of magic in order to fight harsh battles. Symbology may as well be the type of magic in Star Ocean.

Next to the Synthesis area, the Compounding area was close to it. Several colored liquids within multiples potions and a wide variety of pills were shown over different tables in front of the window. There were also several guide books about all different kinds of compounding items that Wolf decided to look, ignoring the girl that was busily mixing potions together.

"(Who the hell is this girl?)" Wolf thought as he looked down at the girl.

The girl in question looked the normal kind of happy-looking girl for the fact she wore a white dress with some small garments, her long orange hair reaching half of her back. However, the lupine knew well that this girl wasn't even close to be a happy girl since the face of the girl looked...rather evil with her glaring red eyes staring at the potions in front of her.

The girl was better know as Puffy.

Puffy is a stiff-haired girl who follows Fayt and his companions around, saying, "No more, five years before! No more, seven years before!" as if it were some sort of key phrase, for no apparent reason. This odd phrase may make perfect sense to those who understand its context, but it means nothing at all to Fayt. It's almost as if a desire for revenge is filling her with rage and makes her pick fights. She likes to challenge Star Ocean players a lot.

"Grrr," Puffy grunted aloud. "I can't decide the ingredients for my next explosive potion..."

Judging by the charred looks of the wooden table, Wolf knew well that Puffy surely had been creating many explosives. The lupine wondered how could the table survive the accidental treatments.

Instantly, Wolf noticed that Puffy looked up at him from the corner of her eyes. "Are you looking at me, mutt?"

Wolf grunted and looked away.

"Hey, are you looking at me?" Puffy asked. "I'm asking you a question. Were you looking at me?"

The lupine got annoyed enough to say, "F(beep) off..."

Puffy rolled her eyes annoyed, ignoring from behind the curious Chip that rubbed his chin to make the best chocolate candy in the universe as he was seen carrying a big book with ingredients and recipes.

"I need cacao here..." Chip muttered. "Hmm, cacao..."

Right besides the Compounding area, there was the Alchemy area which had another different set of books over some sophisticated-looking tables. A confused Pit flipped through pages from a basic book of alchemy as 2 other adults were creating high-advanced alchemy through different ores and scrolls.

Pit looked at the pale-looking woman that wore a dark red coat that covered most of her body except her face. "So..." Pit trailed off, trying to set his mind away from the book of alchemy. "You told me your name was Misty Lear, right?"

The woman, her eyes looking at Pit that were once looking a book, chuckled at him. "Indeed it is," Misty Lear said. "Yours was Pit, right?"

"Yes," Pit said. "You know, I wanted to ask how to do this part of the book to you." Pit looked at the man behind him. The gray-haired man wore a long red robe with blue clothes underneath it. The man, named Mackwell, was rubbing his chin as he paced around  his own spot, looking down at a book he held on his right hand. "He's sort of focused on what he's doing."

"Oh, I see," Misty Lear said. "Then I shall be of help for you, Master Pit."

"...Master Pit?" Pit repeated confused at the addressing name, Misty Lear chuckling a bit as his naivete. Maybe Misty Lear was attracted to him?

Right next to the Alchemy area, there was the Writing area. Unlike the previous areas, this had many books that were piled up together in big stacks of encyclopedias that almost touched the ceiling above on the table (and even the towers of books on the floor). The table was long enough for 3 different people to sit on the chairs of the table to work in their tasks.

"So..." Chris began as he stared down at a book with empty pages. "What are the procedures to create elemental books that can change a weapon's element?"

Sitting next to his right was Fayt who was writing different sentences on another book with empty pages. Fayt didn't need to look at him to speak. "You need to use the guide besides you to mix magic chants together," he explained. "The Symbology applied on each book allows them to become useful synthesis. You need to watch out for the words you write on them, though. A single misspelling could make the books worthless."

"That's quite right," said the pale blond-haired kid next to Fayt that wore big glasses and a small brown vest with a white shirt underneath. The kid was named Mishell. Mishell seemed very busy as his eyes were being dragged around by the ink pen he used to write incantations on the book's pages. "It's one of the most basic rules of the Writing field in Item Creation."

"So there you go," Fayt said. "It should be easy for you to get the meaning, right?"

"I guess..." Chris said before he grabbed an ink pen, looking at the guide book that he had besides the book with blank pages. "Fire that scorches material..." he read as he dictated the words on the book carefully.

Next to the Writing area was the Compounding area. A skeptical Roger didn't bother to look at the wide arrangement of accessories in front of him while Chilico, a small blue-haired fairy that wore a green robe bigger than her, frantically flew to each side of the table to use the right materials to create the items she desired to create.

"Busy, busy, busy!" Chilico said in a panic while she flew around behind the bored Roger. "I'm busy, busy, busy, you know!"

Roger, his eyes previously looking somewhere else, looked at her. "Would you shut up for a sec?"

"Nope," Chilico said as she carried some strings to make earrings. "I must work hard enough to make a castle made up of money!"

"I thought Fayt already gave you around 100,000 Fol to make up your castle," Roger said.

Fol is the universal money currency of Star Ocean.

"Yeah, but I wanna make it even bigger than before," Chilico said. "That's why I need to be very busy!"

Roger sighed. "How are you going to make a castle out of money when the money is the bricks, anyway?" He rolled his eyes. "Wait, what am I even asking you all this? I need to direct my attention to...her..."

Next to the Compounding area was the Engineering area. Old-looking machines, cables, wires, and instruction manuals were scattered around the floor. Unlike the other areas, there were no tables to leave papers. This particular areas was currently occupied by an excited Tails, a thinking Samus, and a bored Sonic.

"Remind me why you wanted to be here," Samus said as she looked down at Sonic leaning against the wall with crossed arms while Tails focused his attention on an old guide to make some devices that could have all different sorts of outcomes that excited him greatly.

"Hey, this is the closest area of expertise I could be," Sonic said. "4 minutes passed, and then I'm all bored." Sonic opened his mouth wide to let out a yawn. "When are we gonna jump into the action, anyway?"

"Well, good question," Samus said as she looked at the excited Tails. "I'll have to remind everyone here about what we came to do."

"Please do it soon," Sonic said worried. "Once Tails gets some files to make new machines he won't stop until he makes 'em."

"Wow, just look at the blueprints of this phase gun!" Tails said as he laughed a bit. "This complicated procedure is so interesting and challenging to do!"

Sonic looked back at Samus. "See what I mean?"

The bounty hunter nodded before the hedgehog sighed with a frown. Sonic wished to fight and look for the temple before night could come due to the fact they arrived during the sunset.

Close to the Engineering area was the Smithery area. Hard anvils with hammers, pincers, and swords on top of them were spread across the floor while more lightweight weapons were laying down on the rock table against the wall where a chimney with fire heated some rocks inside the furnace. Roy, curiously, watched as a tall man that was sitting down on a chair banged a steel hammer against the hot edge of a sword on an anvil. The man, named Boyd, only wore some sandals with a grey kilt.

"I've forgotten how swords are made," Roy said as the man wiped some sweat from his forehead. "It's actually pretty interesting to see how they're made with my own eyes."

Boyd stopped working to look up at Roy before the man stood up, now looking down at the suddenly nervous swordsman. "You seem to have good eyes, kid, I like that."

"R-really?" Roy asked before scratching his head. "I-I have to admit I want to do it myself to see if I can do it... Would you teach me?"

"Why not?" Boyd asked with a grin before tapping Roy's right shoulder hard. "I wouldn't mind to teach you the ways of smithing."

Roy smiled nervously at him. "W-well, can I start now? I'm pretty excited to make my own weapon."

"As long as you follow my rules, you'll be just fine," Boyd said chuckling. "I can't say much for your friend over there, though..."

Roy looked back to the furnace where C. Falcon took out the hilt of a red flashing sword. The hilt suddenly became red, instantly burning the captain's palms as he pulled back his hand from the smoke that came when he grabbed the hilt, letting the sword fall down on the ground. as he waved his right hand in pain.

Roy blinked at this. "He's...going to be fine, I guess..."

"I see..." Boyd said.

And finally, next to the smithery area, there were 2 lone figures that stood in front of a long stove with several pots with different kinds of soups over it. Another set of tables with many different types of fruits, vegetables, salts, and different kinds of condiments were standing idly by each side of the old-looking oven against the east wall of the workshop.

The vulpine stared at the brewing liquid inside the hot pot in front of him as the young dancer chuckled.

"Well, here ya go. We're currently making stew," Peppita said as she looked at the pot. "You sure you can do this?"

"This is not going to end up blowing up or something, right?" Fox asked bored.

"Silly, you're very funny when you put it that way," Peppita said with a giggle. "Why are you acting so down about cooking, anyway?"

"Trust me, I really suck at cooking," Fox said.

"There's always room for improvement."

"Improvement to get even worse?"

"What's up with you?" Peppita said. "You just need to make Spicy Stew. It's not that hard to do."

The vulpine remembered the incident with the Superspicy Curry from a long time ago. The thought made him shrug. "Spicy food..." Fox muttered.

"It's good stuff," Peppita said. "Okay, I'm gonna leave you here to do your thing. You're stuck in this area because we don't have enough space for others to work unless someone trades with you."

Suddenly, a grin formed on Fox as he looked at the others. "Hey, you guys, would you mind changing places wit-"

"NO!" his group yelled in unison.

Fox looked up with a frown as Peppita chuckled heartily. "Alrighty, I'll leave you here by yourself!" she said before walking away. "Wait until Sophia and Mayu come back from the shop! For now, I need to make myself that Emerald Earring."

The vulpine looked to the other side of the workshop where Wolf flashed a grin at him. Fox grunted annoyed as he looked back at the hot stew with the ladle in the soup. He stared at it for a while before his right hand grabbed it, stirring the soup in a slow circle.

There was something he just remembered: how the heck was he going to make stew if he didn't even make one before? This presented a problem as Fox stared at the food cooking by itself.

Many different thoughts circulated through his mind such as if the food was going to be ready if he let it burn by itself, add something into the soup so it finishes, or toss the soup out because by just staring at it he felt sick; sick of seeing people choking and dying on their chairs just because of something he didn't think would happen. After all, if he had served the practice cake he was going to use for Chris's birthday...

Boy, the image didn't look pretty at all.

Fox, however, wasn't going to give up to some food. He glared at it and shifted his eyes around. Upon looking at the table nearby, his eyes widened instantly once he found a cook book open. Fortunately for him, the pages that were shown had the ingredients, steps, and procedures. He blinked a few times before reaching out for the book, his eyes darting from each side of each page to understand the steps.

Finally, there was something he could do right for once as a relieved expression formed in his face. Now, he could imagine himself feeding his future child and...

"..." Fox suddenly began to smell smoke. The vulpine looked back at the pot where the soup was dangerously moving to the sides. Fortunately, nobody else noticed this, and Fox quickly thought about lowering the fire's temperature. "Oh, there it is..." he muttered with a sigh as he spotted the stove gas's knob in front of him. He decided to turn it counterclockwise to make the fire lower.

Suddenly, fire began to cover half of the pot. Fox's eyes widened before he quickly turned the knob clockwise, the fire instantly disappearing as everyone else minded their own areas of work.

"Who the hell thought that turning the knob counterclockwise to increase the fire would be a good idea?" Fox asked in annoyance by muttering. He watched as the stew began to calm itself by slowly turning immobile. The vulpine looked at the ladle before taking it out. "(Is the stew ready?)" he asked to himself as he looked at the stew. The food should had been already prepared before he came.

Maybe it was left alone by the girls Sophia and Mayu?

Fox stared at the ladle before switching his eyes at the stew. He looked worried. What if the stew got burned?

What if he overlooked a step he didn't read?

What if he didn't add something like spices?

What if the stew was already set to be a failure from the beginning?

Why was Peppita standing to his right?

"Wait, what?" Fox asked to himself.

"Heheheh, hi," greeted Peppita's voice close to him.

Fox's eyes looked down to his right where he found the Velbaysian looking at the stew in front of him. "...Didn't you say you were going to create an earring?"

"Hey, I'm trying to give you a hand here," Peppita said. "I'm being a good girl so you get a good impression of me."

"For what? You pretty much are very helpful to an extent."

Peppita blushed. "T-that's so nice of you, Fox. Really, thanks a lot for saying such a nice thing to me..."

"Actually, you kind of walked off from here," Fox said. "I'm just saying that because you decided to show me this place by yourself."

Peppita blushed a bit and looked away. "W-well, remember you were convincing Fayt about the secret mission you're doing with your group? I thought you were the leader because you look coo-I mean, because you look like an experienced leader to me."

Fox stared at her with an odd look. When he recalled, he did sound like he was commanding the whole situation once the Smashers had entered the workshop. The thought of being the leader didn't sound that bad for him. Fox had the advantage of knowing a lot of terms that he read in his book so why he couldn't be the one leading the group?

"Hello?" Peppita suddenly stopped Fox's thought before he looked back at her. "Is something bothering you? You've been staring at the ceiling for a long while. Is something there? Are there any spiders that are bothering you?"

"What? No, I was just thinking my own business," Fox admitted. "Anyway, shouldn't you be working with the crafting thing?"

Peppita chuckled. "Roger and Chilico are handing things pretty fine over there without me. I can resume the work on my Boots of Prowess tomorrow just to help you out. I'm not good at cooking myself but it's worth the try, right?"

Fox shrugged at the words Peppita told him. If she said she wasn't so good at cooking, would he risk his luck with the food? Speaking of the food, Fox recalled to himself that it seemed to be ready. The vulpine looked at the ladle in his right hand, Peppita focusing on it. "...Should I really take a taste of it?" Fox asked as he stared at the ladle.

"Why are you being so worried?" Peppita asked. "It's just a stew. It's not like it's going to attack us or something."

"Well, not from the outside but from the inside..." Fox trailed off as he lifted up the ladle. "Here goes nothing..."

Peppita tilted her head. "You're looking so worried over nothing dangerous. It'll be just fine, believe me."

For once, the Velbaysian had the voice of reason for Fox. The vulpine was being paranoid over something so little. If he thought again, tasting food wouldn't be that bad. Fox then decided to dive in the ladle to take a spoon of the stew, some meat also coming along.

"Now open wide."

Fox shook his head. "Open wide? Do you think I'm a kid or something?"

Peppita chuckled. "You're acting like one so I figured out you'd be one."

"I'm 30 years old, you know."

Peppita gasped. "W-wow, you look so young for being 30 years old! Has anyone told you that before?"

Fox grinned as he took a sip of soup. Suddenly, he looked confused once he tasted the spoon. He pulled back the ladle and looked confused. The Velbaysian tilted her confused. "...Weird..."

"What?" Peppita asked. "Did it taste like stew?"

Fox didn't respond as he took another sip of the stew. He looked up to the ceiling before he took another sip, then another, then another, then another, multiply previous actions by 3, then another. "...Well..."

"Hey, you're gonna eat the whole pot by yourself? At least leave food for everyone here."

"No, it's not that..." Fox said. "...The stew just..." He looked down at her and shook his head. "...It doesn't have any flavor in it..."

"...No taste?"

"No..."

Peppita looked at the stew. "...Oh man, you just made Tasteless Stew then!"

Fox rolled his eyes. "How can food not have any taste?"

"Trust me, food can lose taste if you add the wrong ingredients in there," Peppita said. "I least I know salt doesn't mix with sugar."

"Who in their right mind mixes salt with sugar, anyway?"

"Hey!" Roger yelled from the Compounding area. "How the heck would I know both flavors would mess up the Golden Curry I was making?"

"Even Cliff knows not to mess up that one!" Peppita yelled back before Roger rolled his eyes. "Please, excuse Roger, Fox. He's very active for his age."

Fox shifted his eyes at the young boy. For a second, it looked like if Roger was keeping an eye on him. "Why is he looking at me with those eyes?"

Peppita turned around to see Roger's narrow eyes looking at them from his area while the busy Chilico flew around and about. Roger seemed a little bit skeptical about the group even if Fayt trusted them. If they knew Roger would say something, they could be in trouble to explain a long complicated set of explanations.

"Roger!" Peppita yelled. "Would you please go back to work?"

The Velbaysian watched as Roger jumped off from his seat and walked all the way to them, his eyes meeting Fox's legs before looking up at him with crossed arms. "Fayt might've been nice to you, but I DO have the brains to see what you're hidin' here, y'know."

Fox crossed his arms. "There's nothing very relevant for you to know, anyway."

"Yeah," Peppita said. "Fox and the others are normal people to me."

Roger looked at her. "You're saying that just because you're interested oh so much with him!"

Fox blinked confused. "Wait, what?"

Peppita flushed and pouted a bit. "R-Roger, that's not true, okay?" She tried her best not to screw her impressions on the vulpine. "B-besides, he's way older to me!"

"Oh, so he's older than you," Roger said amused. "It's common for girls to fall for older guys at any age."

Fox looked at no one in particular.

"Somebody can tell a mile a way you're i-" Roger stopped talking once Peppita lfited up one of her bangles, preparing to whack him with the sphere attached to it. "What? It's not necessary to get so worked up over the guy. He doesn't look like a real man to me as well!"

The vulpine shook his head. "Hey, I know very well I'm a man."

"Prove it, then!" Roger demanded. "My eyes can't deceive me when I look at real men. I'm the one taking Real Man Contests around here, you know!"

"Real Man...Contests?" Fox repeated confused.

Roger put his hands on his hips. "Yeah, the contest me and my guys hold in Surferio to prove this other annoying group of guys who the real man is." He pointed up at Fox. "Can you prove you're a real man, Mr. Foxy?"

Fox glared at him. "So you want me to prove you I'm a "real" man, huh?"

Peppita lowered her bangle and glared at Roger, shaking her head so he would go away.

Roger chuckled. "Of course, you lummox, I'm challenging you to a Real Man Contest, another place, right now!"

The loud demand reached Fayt's ears. The blue-haired teen looked up from his book and looked all the way over the Cooking area where he watched as Roger argued with Fox while Peppita shook her head as many times as she could. Gasping, Fayt pushed the chair away from the table to stand up and walk as fast as possible so it wouldn't like he was running.

Seeing Fayt coming, Fox looked at him with a serious look. "Oh, you're here," Fox said somewhat annoyed. "Can you tell Roger here to leave me alone?"

"Hey, that wasn't part of the deal here!" Roger demanded.

"Roger, what are you doing now?" Fayt asked. "You're not bothering him, right?"

"Of course not!" Roger yelled. "He's chickening out from the Real Man Contest I'm giving him!"

Fayt frowned. "Roger, Fox surely doesn't want to participate in one of those contests. Besides, aren't those contests kind of ridiculous sometimes to the point they're a little bit pointless or life-threatening?"

Roger looked bored. "So what if the Sleep-In-The-Water-For-3-Days Contest was stupid?"

"That's stupid," Fayt, Peppita, and Fox said at the same time.

"Duh..." Roger looked away embarrassed. "...That's not the point here, okay?" Roger said annoyed. "Look, you might've been nice to these guys, but that's that. I'm not so sure if we should let them wander around in this place with us. I mean, they're surely arguing with each other as we speak!" Roger pointed behind Fayt. "Just look at how they're beating each other!"

The trio looked back at the other areas.

In the Compounding area, it looked like Wolf was having a conversation with the shady Puffy.

"So," Wolf began as he poured some dust into a potion. "What kinds of explosives do you make?"

Puffy smirked evilly as she mixed colored liquids in tubes. "Oh, lots of them. You'd get surprise by how many of them are. I'd love to share ideas with someone who likes explosives."

Wolf chuckled. "What do you know, I am interested here."

"Heheheheh," Puffy smiled wickedly. "So, do you want to see my inventions? I wouldn't mind giving you some for free. I'd like to have some appreciation around here. Like for example the Soul Strengthening Device I've created by yours truly."

"You don't know how much interested you just made me," Wolf replied with a satisfied grin as Chip flew behind them, rubbing his palms together after deciding to create a chocolate candy (too bad he didn't know that would be better created in the Cooking area).

In the Alchemy area, they watched as Pit flipped through pages to create Iron as Misty Lear kindly instructed him, Mackwell minding his own business on the right side of the table. "And you must express your desire to create these materials while reciting the sentences written on the book," Misty Lear said. "I am sure you will eventually make it, Master Pit."

"T-thanks," Pit said unsure as he looked at the glittering Iron in front of him. "Why do you keep calling me master? We barely met each other..."

Misty Lear chuckled. "Don't you worry; this is my way to be gentle and cordial to other people. Now, let us continue with you alchemy training, Master Pit."

The angel shrugged at the pale-looking woman as he continued to read the book aloud to the ore in front of them.

In the Writing area, there was Chris being taught how to properly write the complicated set of words by the help of Mishell. The young boy dragged a finger to very complicated words that the World Traveler barely understood. "You have to look carefully at your handwriting," Mishell instructed. "Otherwise you're going to screw up the tome you're writing for."

Chris nodded. "I see... I have to look out for any excessive use of ink applied to each page because the tome would get confused and take my letters for other letters, right?"

Mishell adjusted his glasses as he nodded. "Exactly, I hope that helps you to write well in these books. It's not easy to do this, just to let you know."

"Many thanks, really," Chris said as he returned to write, Mishell doing the same.

It was not worth mentioning the Crafting area where Chilico was always heard saying aloud, "Busy, busy, busy!" all the time as she flew around, carrying different materials to create earrings, amulets, and necklaces from time to time, and from place to place.

In the Engineering, an energetic Tails checked on small devices as he spun levers to lower plates that would press the devices slightly. For Samus, check carefully read the different instruction booklets as she had her own machine that looked exactly the same as Tails's. As for Sonic...

The hedgehog was laying down on the floor, sleeping deeply with folded arms behind his head.

And lastly, in the Smithery area, there was Roy banging a hammer of a sword's red hard edge while his work was being judged by Boyd. "Right," Boyd said as Roy banged his hammer against the red edge of steel. "Apply force equally on every single area so the sword has a good slicing edge. By doing that, the speed in which you swing the sword will also increase."

"Right," Roy said with a serious look, yet smiling a bit as sparks of fire flew out at all directions.

Behind them, C. Falcon waited patiently for the furnace to prepare a chain mail he had taken from the samples on the nearby rock table. The captain grinned as fire turned the chain armor glittering red.

For the dismay of many, he didn't even know what he was doing. C. Falcon wanted to look he was working so Samus would look at his way. Too bad his wish wasn't going to happen.

Fayt, Peppita, and Fox looked down at the bored Roger. "...Yeah," Roger said. "Just wait some 10 minutes and then true chaos will begin..."

Fayt frowned at this. "Roger, just leave Fox alone, okay?"

"Fayt, you're being so nice to them, aren't you?"

"Well, yeah, because they already explained their reasons to be in this planet," Fayt explained. "Isn't that right, Fox?"

Fox nodded. "Right."

Roger grunted and pointed up at Fayt. "Grrrrr, just you wait until Maria comes around, Fayt. Unlike you, she's so going to bring them all to justice, and then I'll see if they're real men...and woman!" he proclaimed as he crossed his arms and walked away to the Crafting area with the busy Chilico.

Peppita shook her head and sighed. "Man, he doesn't give up if what he has in mind, does he?"

"Yeah," Fayt said with a sigh. "At least he's not going to bother you any longer, Fox."

"Pardon to me to be asking this," Fox began, "but who is this Maria person?"

"Maria?" Peppita repeated. "Oh, she's one of our group. Maria isn't here right now because she said she wanted to go to Surferio due west with Mirage."

Fayt moved his right hand. "Maria is a very important person because she's the one who knows a lot about federation matters and other kinds of intergalactic laws more than anyone here. It's been a long time after she and Mirage went to Surferio."

"I see..." Fox said. "Why'd you send her and the Mirage person there?"

"You see..." Fayt looked away. "We're not exactly in an era of peace right now. For now, everything's peaceful in Peterny, but outside it's a big mess."

Peppita grunted a bit. "There are these guys called the Executioners who want to eliminate and kill everyone in the universe. Those bad guys are roaming every single wild lands out of all the towns in this planet because they're seeking us."

"They're looking for you?" Fox asked. "Why?"

"It's...very complicated to explain," Fayt said. "They're looking for us because they know we can stop them. For some reason or another, they barely think of assaulting the towns and cities. I think the reason behind this because they want to find us alive to take us to their leader. Haven't you heard of them? I thought all the galaxy knew about how dangerous the Executioners were."

"We..." Fox looked away. "(Dammit, this didn't exactly happen in the fairy tale at all. I knew I was relying on the book so much...) We just happened to hear about them just now," he said before looking at Fayt. "We didn't hear a lot about the Executioners. My guess is that we were "lucky" not to heard of them as we were doing our own mission."

"That's weird, actually," Fayt said. "I thought the Executioners had appeared all over the galaxy."

Peppita looked down. "Like 30 planets were completely obliterated by them..."

Fox's eyes widened. "Wait, 30 planets were obliterated?"

"Yeah..." Fayt said. "They're a force to be reckoned with. They possess the most advanced technology that easily surpass any known technology."

Fox crossed his arms. "And how do they look like?"

Peppita raised her hands. "They look like robot angels, monsters with black wings and coats, and huge dragons with really weird voices."

"...Wow," Fox commented. "That's a little bit...unbelievable for robotic angels to exist..."

"We know, but they're dangerous," Fayt said. "However, we're strong enough to handle them all by ourselves. It's thanks to my special power that allows all of us to face them head on."

"Special power?" Fox asked. "What kind of special power is that?"

"Well, that power of mine was specifically created b-" Fayt stopped talking once he heard the door opening. "Who's there?" he asked, making Fox and Peppita look at his direction.

From the door, a young teenager girl came carrying a basket with lots of fruits, vegetables, and spices. The brown haired girl wore pink clothes, blue skirt, long black sockets, and red shoes. She looked rather enthusiastic as she stepped inside to put the groceries she had bought on the counter.

Behind her, a green-haired inventor, Mayu, who wore typical housemaid's clothes, came in carrying more groceries with her.

"We're baaaaaaaack," the first girl said, "and I found what we needed to create food."

Fayt smiled a bit as he walked to the counter to greet his friend. "How did it go, Sophia?"

The girl, Sophia, chuckled. "Everything went alright, Fayt. We've found the necessary ingredients to make the appointed food."

"That's right," Mayu said as she walked around the counter. "Now we can continue to make our Super-Spicy Stew. We've been working on it for the entire day. Luckily, we left it alone so it would cook by itself before we could come back."

Hearing this, Fox wanted to drown himself in the Tasteless Stew as many times as he could.

"Well then," Sophia began, "shall I resume the chores of today?"

Sophia Esteed is a human girl born on Earth. Unlike most young girls of the present age, she excels in various household tasks such as cleaning and sewing. Sophie Esteed is Fayt's childhood friend, having been living very close to each other's house and the fact that their parents work at the same laboratory of symbological research. She, along with Fayt, had to separate from each other after the Vendeeni attacked Hyda IV. A long time passed, and Fayt eventually met up with Sophia by rescuing her from a hostage exchange situation. Ever since, Sophia decided to help Fayt and the others fight the Executioners. During battle, Sophia possesses great symbological magic, making her a spell caster during battles.

"Of course," Fayt said. "Also, while you and Mayu were away, we recruited more inventors with us."

Sophia tilted her head. "Oh, really? Who are they?"

"Glance around and see who you don't know."

The girl glanced around the workshop. Through her eyes, she could see a Lycanthrope plotting something with Puffy, some kind of cartoon-looking imp flying behind them as he held some potions, a teen wearing a hat with wings on side talking with Mishell, a Featherfolk reciting sentences with Misty Lear, some robot working with the machines alongside a 2-tailed fox with a sleeping hedgehog nearby, a red-haired boy working with Boyd as a man stood in front of the furnace, and lastly some Foxtail who she thought looked intimidating with his stoic look.

"...I think I know who know..." Sophia said. "But they...look kinda new to me... They look...how do I put it? Particular..."

"I know," Fayt muttered. "They're quite the group, huh?"

Sophia thought for a moment. "Don't they all look like they all came from another planet? Don't they know the rules of the UP3 law?"

"They do, but they already told me they're here to look after some group they've been chasing," Fayt muttered. "Just don't try to act suspicious, okay?"

"I...guess?" Sophia muttered confused. "They look rather strange if you ask me..."

"Me too..." Fayt said. "Actually, I have more things to say but it wouldn't be my place to interrogate them so much."

Sophia gasped. "B-but what if Maria comes back?"

"That was a quick response," Fayt remarked as Mayu went to check the stew, grabbing the ladle that Fox had put in the pot.

"W-well, you know how she acted when you decided to let Peppita come with us," Sophia said while Mayu took a sip of the stew. "Maria was against the idea, and she's probably still against it. If she comes back from Surferio, what do you think will happen once she sees all of them?"

Fayt thought for a moment while a confused Mayu took several sips of the stew, Fox already preparing his apology in his mind as Peppita walked back to the Crafting area with a skeptical Roger. "She'll probably go even further unlike me..." Fayt muttered. "...Do you think she and Mirage are on their back here?"

"Well, Surferio is like 1 hour away from here, and it'd take them both like another 1 hour to investigate the city, then come back in another hour," Sophia said while Mayu got a little bit bewildered at the Tasteless Stew, Fox now bowing to her while saying his apologies. "Actually, how long has it been since she and Mirage went there?"

Fayt looked up at the ceiling. "Like...3 hours..."

Sophia shook her head while Fox explained Mayu what he did. The vulpine didn't want to lie. "I don't think they're doing something else. They weren't attacked on their here either, right?"

"They would have called us through our Communicators," Fayt said as a depressed Mayu went to get more ingredients to make another stew, Fox feeling ashamed. "Also, they're pretty strong by their own. The Executioners outside wouldn't harm them very easily."

"I guess they're on their way here," Sophia said. "...Let's see what happens, okay? I'm worried, but maybe I could befriend some of them."

"You do that," Fayt said before he looked outside to see the sunset. "Oh man, it's getting late now. It's time to close the workshop."

"Really? Oh, I took a lot of time buying the ingredients..." Sophia said with a frown.

Fayt turned around before clapping his hands to get everyone's attention. "Okay, everybody, time to go home and close the workshop for today! Tomorrow we'll continue with what we left to do next. Also, be aware that some of you could be assigned to the other workshops in Aquios or Kirlsa."

"Rats," Puffy said with a pout. "I don't want to go to Kirlsa. The place stinks and the people there don't even know how to pronounce my name right."

"I-I was about to make my chocolate!" Chip complained a bit. "Ooh..."

"Tsk," Wolf said with a frown. "And here I was about to finish my own creation."

"Phew," Chris sighed. "My first day and my wrist hurts..."

"You'll get used to this," Mishell said. "You get better overtime."

"It seems we'll stop for today, Master Pit," Misty Lear said with a chuckle. "I'll look forward to see you again tomorrow."

By this time, Pit felt a little bit uncomfortable with the pale woman's attitude. "O-okay, I'll see you..."

"Hmph," Mackwell said nearby as he closed his book.

"I was busy!" Chilico simply said.

"Finally, I need some rest over here!" Roger complained. "I wanna hit the pillow!"

Peppita lifted up her hands. "Oh boy, I'm exhausted..."

"B-but I was just about to finish my device..." Tails said depressed. "Oh well, I have all the time tomorrow..."

"I must say, this is actually fun for me to do," Samus commented. "Maybe we could create items for us."

Sonic only responded with a snore while turning around to the wall.

"Well done for now," Boyd told Roy as he patted hard his right shoulder. "You're starting to show some promise in this field."

"O-oh, thanks," Roy said embarrassed. "I hope to do this more often. Thanks for the help."

C. Falcon took out the chain mail that he put back on the rock table. Suddenly, the chain mail turned into dust, making him gasp, look around if someone was looking, then blow the dust away into the air where it vanished. Sighing, he turned around while whistling.

"I'll start the stew all over again tomorrow..." Mayu said with a sniff.

Fox frowned to himself. "I hope I don't get too close to this area again..."

All the native inventors started for the door as they said their good byes to Fayt and the others. Soon, the workshop was occupied only by Fayt's group and the Smashers.

"Phew," Fayt said as he wiped from sweat from his forehead. "All done for today..."

Sophia watched as all the Smashers (except the snoring Sonic) walked up to them. The girl stared at them before shyly waving a hand at them. "I want you to meet Sophia," Fayt introduced her. "She's one of us."

"Hi there," Sophia said as calmly as she could. "It's nice to meet such a group like all of you."

Roger crossed his arms and looked away. "Tsk, you're also a softie, Sophia..." he muttered.

Sophia folded her arms behind her back. "So, you guys are new around here?"

A small while passed as Sophia was told about everything of every single one of them, basically the same they told Fayt and the others before.

"I see..." Sophia said before chuckling. "Well, we'll hope to be of help for all of you."

Fayt put a hand on his hip. "Do you guys have anywhere to spend the night?"

"Well, we don't have exactly a place to rest," Samus said. "(I have to back up our statements with something so they believe we don't have a place... Oh, wait, this universe has an intergalactic war across the whole universe so...) We've been wandering quite a long way from our spaceship," she explained. "We left our spaceship far off south from here."

"Well, would you mind us to make some reservations at the inn of Peterny?" Fayt asked. "We don't mind giving you some rooms there. We have plenty of money to give you your rooms to rest for night."

"That'd be nice," Pit commented. "I'm getting a little bit exhausted after studying alchemy."

Fayt smiled a bit. "It's settled, then. Follow us to the inn."

As he turned around, he forgot the fact that the door was left opened. By the time he found out that fact, he met face-to-face with a young teen girl standing in the door with another woman nearby, everyone else also noticing the new people. Fayt blinked a few times before looking a bit surprised.

"Y-you already checked Surferio?" Fayt suddenly asked to the young woman in front of him.

The long blue-haired girl by the door wore a soldier uniform with black sleeves, and a long gray trail coat. The girl also wore black pants with a holster for a blaster weapon she had, and black boots.

The woman behind her looked a little bit happy. The blond-haired woman had a short ponytail, wore a small black jacket with a black vest underneath, yellow belt, wore black knuckles, black pants, and black boots (all black clothing didn't imply she was a goth).

The first girl ran a hand through her long hair. "Hi, Fayt, everyone," she greeted. "We already went to check up on Surferio. There weren't any attacks from the Executioners."

"I...see...Maria..." Fayt said unsure.

Maria Traydor is a young and beautiful human girl born on Earth who is the leader of the anti-Federation organization Quark - a group most active in the Klaus system. Maria has been long hunted by Federation officials due to her enigmatic power of Alteration (a special power that manipulates and changes matter as she pleases) that she was given by Symbology genetics through scientists during her childhood. She was the one who planned Fayt's abduction which ultimately led him to meet her in person. A long time had ever since passed, and Maria has become acquainted with the people she met. Whenever she can, Maria is always shown to be the voice of reason, many times being blunt. In battle, she's considerably a strong fighter for both long-range attacks with her phase guns and close-combat attacks with her kicks.

Maria nodded. "Pretty much everything's okay over that side." She looked behind the counter where the Smashers were staring at her. "And...I see you brought people in here..."

Fayt gasped once Maria's eyes kept staring at the silent group before she slowly walked forward to the counter. The blue-haired boy knew Maria was going to do something to see the odd group.

"You know, Fayt..." Maria began as she stopped walking, still staring at the Smashers. "Many of the people here don't look like they were born in this planet in the first place..."









Cliff Fittir
A Klausian from Klaus III.
A member of the anti-Federation organization Quark, which was founded
by Klausians, Cliff rescued Fayt for an unknown reason. Although he relinquished the post to Maria, Cliff used to be the leader
of the anti-Federation organization, Quark, and is also the
organization's founder.
Considering that he organized Quark, Cliff must be quite intelligent
and charismatic, but at first glance, he only looks like a thug.

Nel Zelpher
A runologist working for the Sacred Kingdom of Aquaria who has infiltrated the Kingdom of Airyglyph in order to gather information as
a spy.
Having learned of the importance of the peculiar technology owned by
Fayt, she felt that Fayt is the person prophesied in ancient Aquarian
texts, and decided to make contact with him regardless of any danger
this might entail.

Albel Nox
The captain of the Black Brigade, one of the three military forces of
the Kingdom of Airyglyph.  His nickname is Albel the Wicked.
He is an excellent combatant specializing in the katana, a special kind
of sword.

Mirage Koas
A Klausian woman born on Klaus IV, and Cliff's partner in Quark.
She may be low-key, but she is dependable and gets the mission accomplished.
Mirage trusts Cliff's skills, and will faithfully follow any command, no matter how crazy it may sound.
Seeing Mirage and Cliff in action might give one the wrong impression. 
Klausians are not particularly chauvinistic.  Mirage just happens to
have an extremely unpretentious personality.

Adray Lasbard
Although not as active as before, he used to be part of the Crimson
Blade.  Together with Nevelle Zelpher, he supported the growth and
prosperity of the Sacred Kingdom of Aquaria.

Although he has great knowledge and makes good use of symbology, he
hates deskwork, as he has a hard time sitting still.
Knowing this, people around him never make him do that kind of work.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 08, 2009, 10:00:04 PM
Seeing that Maria wanted an answer and the fact most of them were looking a little bit helpless, Fox crossed his arms and decided to speak. "Of course we're not from this planet," he said, looking serious at her. "We're here because we're after a group we've been chasing for a long time now."

Maria crossed her own arms and looked at the vulpine. Something about her look made Fox think she was already judging him. "Really?" she asked somewhat amused. "Care to give me all the details for that?"

"Maria!" Sophia yelled.

Maria looked at her. "Sorry, but it sounds very fishy to find such people like them here," she said. "I want to know everything they know to actually come here and risk themselves against the Executioners."

"B-but don't you think you're going kinda far?" Peppita asked as she was seen besides (for some reason) Fox. "I mean, you barely met them..."

"And I can imply you barely met them as well, right?"

"...W-well..." Peppita knew Maria was right. "...Yeah..." she muttered embarrassed.

"Just as I thought," Maria said. "I'd like to hear the reason behind your visit to this planet."

Fox grinned at her. "Okay then, I'll tell you everything."

A time passed after Fox told Maria everything about their reasons being in Elicoor II. The leader of Quark nodded at almost all the facts the leader of Star Fox told her. After Maria, and the woman behind her, were told about their reasons, Maria rubbed her chin. "So, you're saying you're secret agents of the Pangalactic Federation, and most of you come from races that like to be secretive and secluded from every other person in the universe, right?"

"That's about right," Fox said.

"...Hmm..." Maria narrowed her eyes at them. "...Most of what you said didn't make much sense to me, though..."

The Smashers looked a little bit surprised as Fox's eyes widened a bit. "What do you mean by that?" Fox asked, trying to sound not suspicious enough to Maria while Fayt, Sophia, and Peppita watched somewhat worried as Roger looked amused.

Maria closed her eyes. "It sounds very fishy to me for the Pangalactic Federation to have undercover agents," she explained. "I know that very well because I've researched the organization itself for quite a long time now. And..." She opened her eyes to look at them. "I haven't heard a bit about undercover agents...at all..."

The Smashers looked at Fox. By now, the vulpine knew they were relying on him by the looks of the situation. Fox looked serious at Maria as he came up with more things to talk back to her. "You probably didn't hear enough to know about us," Fox said. "How can you tell all that, anyway?"

"I can tell all that because it's common knowledge," Maria stated. "You're probably the only people in the whole galaxy who stand out the most...well, most of you stand out, anyway."

"So you're judging us because how we look," Fox said with a small glare.

"I know for sure you're not a Foxtail or even close to it," Maria said. "Also, the Lycanthrope you have there is not even in a berserk state. All Lycanthropes are known to act as mindless beasts when they're transformed. How come this one is so calm?"

Wolf glared at her. "Oh, come on, I have a lot of control in myself to be considered a mindless beast."

"Really now?" Maria asked. "You and your "Foxtails" friends are raising me a lot of doubts now."

"Call me a friend of Fox and the 2-tailed kid again and you'll regret it later," Wolf responded coldly.

"Oh, sorry," Maria said, a bit of a sarcastic tone in her voice.

"L-look," Roy began. "We're just a special undercover group working for the Punlilactic Federation."

Maria stared at him. "...Care to repeat the name of the federation again?"

Pit gasped. The angel knew Roy didn't exactly say the correct name of the organization. Maria was surely going to use this little mistake to further interrogate them. "E-er, my friend here doesn't know how to pronounce the name exactly," Pit suddenly said.

"Hey!" Roy yelled.

"He's not that good for pronouncing longer words for that matter," Pit said nervously. "Make him say onomatopoeia and he'll surely say something different."

Maria looked at Roy. "Say onomatopoeia."

"E-er..." Roy had to make Pit's untrue fact believable. "...Elematothing..."

"..." Maria looked bored at him. "...Are you joking or what?" she asked before frowning. "You're trying to hide something from us, aren't you?"

The World Traveler pondered something in his mind. Chris asked himself why they needed to be constantly lying to almost everyone they met to find the Subspace Army. He thought that by explaining their true intentions would be good enough to not lie, but he also knew nobody would believe them at all. It was not like they would look for Fayt and suddenly tell him, "We need you and your group to help us fight the Subspace Army to make them leave your world" or something close like that.

Also, it was not like Fayt's group to actually help them out of the blue since they were probably dealing with their own affairs. Chris recalled the time he told everything to Wes and Rui previously, but that happened after traveling around with them until bringing up their reasons. Chris met a hard question he wanted to solve for himself.

"We're not hiding you anything," Fox said. "Stop thinking we're shady."

"Well then, stop looking shady," Maria said somewhat amused. "Can you do that?"

Deciding to stop further interrogations by the blunt woman, Fayt looked at Maria. "Maria, I think you shouldn't try to take this to yourself."

"What?" Maria asked. "Are you saying you're not bothered to see this kind of people in this planet? Sorry, Fayt, but I'll have to object you for that."

"Why?"

Maria crossed her arms. "If you have forgotten, the whole galaxy is at a big problematic situation with the Executioners," she said. "Now, they said they didn't get to see or hear about the Executioners in their way here. How can that be if I've heard reports of multiple Executioner attacks across all the systems in the galaxy? I find it fishy they don't even know what an Executioner is."

"We happened not to hear anything from them," Tails said.

"So you say," Maria said. "Even so, there's something of you I can't just leave alone that easily..."

"You tell 'em!" Roger said as he lifted up a fist.

Ignoring Roger's small encouraging sentence, Sophia looked at Maria. "Please, Maria, we're all worn out after working here through the entire day. We want to rest for now."

Maria looked at Sophia before the look turned into a stare. Fayt's childhood friend looked worried as the leader of Quark looked serious at her. "...Okay," Maria said, giving up. "To be honest, we just came from an Executioner attack ourselves on our way here...yet another ambush."

"Oh my, are you hurt?"

"Not at all," Maria said. "As always, fighting the same enemy over and over again every day makes one very predictable of them," she explained before she looked at the Smashers. "However, don't think I'm going to stop here with this."

"Oh, c'mon," C. Falcon said with a grin. "Can't you give us a rest?"

"I'll give you all a rest once I get to the bottom of this," Maria looked bored at them. "I'm not just in the mood to be arguing now."

Peppita looked bored at her. "(You're not always in the mood as you say...)"

"Oh, and also," Maria began. "I haven't introduced myself, have I?" she asked before coughing. "My name is Maria Traydor, nice to meet you."

The Smashers didn't exactly see a point for Maria to greet them at this point. By now, Maria's attitude gave them all a bad impression of her. However, they knew Maria wasn't exactly stupid, but the otherwise. They were all practically at her mercy.

Suddenly, from behind them, they began to hear chuckled coming from a sleeping Sonic, who hadn't woke up for the entire conversation. The hedgehog was chuckling aloud until he sat up and yelled "MARIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" loudly to the ceiling before cracking up, everyone turning to him as they noticed his closed eyes, indicating he was sleep talking.

"..." Maria stared at the blue hedgehog. "...I'd infer that hedgehog guy over there is a friend of yours as well..."

"Yeah..." Tails said. "He's Sonic the Hedgehog..."

"...Original name," Maria said with sarcasm.

It was not long before the hedgehog began to talk more as he rolled his face a bit to them. "Maria..." he chuckled. "Who in their right mind names herself Maria, anyway?" he asked, making some of the Smashers gasp silently. "Stupid Shadow and Maria..." he continued as a grin appeared on his face. "I'll throw Maria an emo hedgehog and see what happens... The moment is just so...priceless, I swear..."

The Smashers were looking shocked after the hedgehog rolled a bit to the wall. Looking back, they all noticed Maria's serious yet bored look.

"...Please, don't mind anything he said," Samus said. "Sonic was just being...himself... He's like this all the time..."

"...I am going to mind what he said," Maria said bored. "Nobody jokes and insults a name for no reason. I found that offensive to me as well."

Peppita looked worried. "I-I don't understand, what is emo?"

"It's nothing you should know for now," Fox muttered.

Maria sighed with a frown. "Oh well, I'm tired myself as well so we may as well call it a day," she said before turning to the door. "I'll go ahead and reserve a room. If you don't mind, I'll leave for now." She looked at the Smashers over her right shoulder. "Let me tell you this before I go: I won't stop this conversation. For now, you're all good to go anywhere you like, but expect me to ask you more questions."

Maria started to leave, some of the Smashers glared at her back before she left the workshop. Fayt, Sophia, and Peppita looked at each other worried before the blue-haired teen decided to speak. "I'm sorry if she offended you," Fayt said.

"You know Maria's like that, Fayt," said the woman who stepped in the workshop, the same one that was accompanying Maria. "She will never change her attitude...that easily, that is."

"Oh, there you are, Mirage," Sophia said with relief.

The woman, named Mirage, put a hand on her hip as she smiled at the Smashers. "Well, what did I miss? Can I get an update of what had happened here when we were away?"

Mirage Koas is a Klausian (a race that have been remarked through the universe for having better strength than the average human) woman born on Klaus IV, and Cliff's partner in Quark. She may be low-key, but she is dependable and gets the mission accomplished. Mirage trusts Cliff's skills, and will faithfully follow any command, no matter how crazy it may sound.
Seeing Mirage and Cliff in action might give one the wrong impression. Klausians are not particularly chauvinistic. Mirage just happens to have an extremely unpretentious personality.


"I think you pretty much know everything," Sophia said. "Seriously, I think Maria goes too far sometimes."

Mirage chuckled. "You know her, alright." She turned to the Smashers (not noticing the grin C. Falcon was giving to her). "Hi everyone, I'm Mirage Koas, nice to meet you all."

"Glad here," C. Falcon commented with a wink, not noticing the bored look Chris was giving him. "I guess you know our names, right?"

"Pretty much after Maria interrogated you," Mirage said. "Sorry if she made you feel uncomfortable. Maria doesn't like to see unusual events so she'll try to find a reasonable reason behind all of them if she's nothered." She rubbed her chin. "But I have to agree with some points she made with you all, though."

"Oh please, don't give us the same treatment she just did," Roy said.

"Don't worry about that," Mirage said with a small smile. "I know better than her that some things should be better keep as a secret."

"Good..." Tails sighed. "In truth, I was getting so worried if she planned to resort to violence."

"She only resorts to violence only when necessary," Mirage explained. "That only happens during fights, though. Maria doesn't hurt anybody unless they're our enemies which I think you're not, right?"

"Right," Samus said.

"Well," Mirage began with a chuckle. "Shall we leave for the inn? I want to wait for Cliff and the others to return soon. They're surely taking a lot of time in Aquios and Airyglyph."

"Good riddance..." Wolf muttered.

Fayt coughed a bit. "Okay, please forget anything you thought was offensive by Maria and follow us to the inn. She's going to be there so be careful around her. Don't try to make her mad or else...well...you'll know what would happen..."

Chris looked bored. "I'm already seeing my grave."

Sophia bowed to them. "Please, just try to be friendly around her and everything will be just fine, okay?"

"As long as she stays away from the Sonic guy..." Roger muttered. "Then he'll be dead meat..."

"Can we just go to the inn?" Chip asked yawning. "I wanna wish to dream with chocolate fields tonight..."

Wolf rubbed his chin. "Wait..." He looked outside where the night was already coming. "Night time...doesn't that mean..."

"GEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Most of the Smashers' eyes widened after hearing a menacing howl coming from behind them. Fayt's group, confused at the howl, looked behind the group where they gasped after seeing a bulky beast getting up from the cold floor. The figure growled silently before looking at itself.

"Aw, dangit!" Sonic cursed once he looked at his big claws, everyone else staring at him. "And here I thought I forgot about it completely!"

"KYAH!" Sophia yelped. "A-a-a Lycanthrope!"

Fayt looked at her. "I thought we already had one here."

"...Oh, sorry..." Sophia said with a sigh. "...But even so, KYAH!"

Sonic lowered his fists on the floor and looked at them with his menacing look. "Oh, guess I overslept," he said with a chuckle, showing his bare fangs for a bit. "So, what did I miss?"

Chris face palmed. "Sonic, how can you ASK that in a moment like this?" he asked irritated. "It's not like everyone in the whole universe know you're a werehog!"

"Er, Chris, I think you're saying too much now," Roy whispered.

The dragoon looked at Fayt's group. For the looks of their faces, Sophia was obviously scared, Mirage had a surprised look, Fayt stared at the werehog in curiosity, Peppita looked shocked, and as for Roger...

...

...Where did Roger go? He was standing besides Fayt a minute ago.

"H-hey, what are you doing?" Sonic was heard asking.

The dragoon turned around to find Roger walking around Sonic. Apparently, the Menodix was examining the werehog with a big hint of excitement in his eyes as he paced around Sonic. "Just look how awesome this guy turned out to be!" Roger yelled in excitement as he lifted up one of Sonic's claws.  "Check out his muscles, they're underneath fur but it's so awesome!"

The Menodix are a cheerful race living in the Sanmite Republic which is descended from raccoons. They may not be very tall, but they boast dexterous fingers and a high level of adaptability to new circumstances. Compared to other races, Menodixes have an excellent sense of smell. Their downfall is that they are very curious and easily excitable, characteristics which more often than not will act together to offset the Menodixes positive characteristics. Strangely enough, Menodixes have an excellent ear for music and there are many eminent Menodix troubadours. Unfortunately, thanks to the innate Menodix personality almost no one is aware of this fact.

"..." Sonic raised a big eyebrow at him. "...Okay?"

"Just okay? What is wrong with you, honestly?" Roger asked. "I thought you were some kind of lame dude, but after you just turned into THIS all of a sudden, well, I take everything back what I thought about you!"

"..." Sonic glared at him. "What were you thinking of me, then?"

"I thought you looked weak, stupid, everything a lummox is," Roger said. "But after seeing you turning into a wolf, man, did I get a surprise of that!"

Pit looked back at Fayt while the excited Roger literally touched Sonic almost everywhere. "Is...Roger always like this as well?"

"Yeah..." Fayt said before shaking his head. "I guess...that's natural for your friend to transform during the night, then?"

Chris turned at him and raised a finger to explain Fayt and the others about Sonic's transformation. However, Fox blocked his mouth. "Yeah, very natural," Fox said with some nods. "Sonic has this curse that he needs to get rid of very soon so we're helping him. Actually, that's another reason why we're chasing the group we're looking for..."

Fayt looked back to an annoyed Sonic as Roger pulled his furred quills. "...I see..." Fayt said.

"..." Peppita smiled and chuckled. "You guys are so way interesting," she muttered with some excitement.

Inn
Chris's Room

Environmental Noises

After explaining even more details to Fayt's group about Sonic's transformation, they all, taken by Fayt and the others, went to the inn of Peterny (which was located just to the right of the workshop they were working). Their rooms were already arranged by the time Fayt dotted down their names, also paying the fee.

In a room with a 17th century feeling, there was Chris laying down on one of the two beds of his room. As far as he knew, everyone was paired up with somebody else in the other rooms of the in due to the fact he saw all the rooms were the same.

The dragoon removed his hat and red jacket to put them on a drawer that was between the 2 beds. Chris sighed and laid down his head on the soft pillow, his eyes staring up at the ceiling. "...This is so boring..." he muttered as the darkness of the room was illuminated with some moonlight from the windows against the beds. "There's no one here to talk with..." Chris muttered more. "...Normally, I'd have Lucario close to me to talk with but he's not here..."

The dragoon sighed as he turned his head to the left, his eyes closing.

"This feels...just as like I was before I met Lucario..." Chris muttered. "...I wish somebody would come and sleep together with me, but I don't want to be stingy..."

Suddenly, the door of the room opened. Chris covered his head with the bed sheet to make himself look like he was sleeping. He heard some hard boots walking on top of the wooden floor, getting closer to where he was.

The situation didn't make him feel uncomfortable.

"(...Oh no...)" Chris thought as the sound of the footsteps stopped. "(Someone is here... He, she, or it is probably standing just behind me...)" He looked serious. "(Oh, hell no. I won't let whoever got here do something to me, not on my watch... Now, what could I do to attack?)"

Chris felt a hand grabbing the bed sheet.

"(...At the count of 3...)"

The bed sheet got pulled back, prompting the dragoon to make a gun sign with his right hand to aim his index finger to his enemy.

"S-stay back!" Chris yelled with closed eyes. "M-my finger may not look like it, but it can shoot bullets...and...fire!" he proclaimed. "Turn back and I won't resort to long-range violence at short distance!"

"Oh no, whatever will I do? Somebody, help me. Chris is threatening me with his index finger of doom. Oh no, the pain I'll receive..."

The dragoon began to hear some chuckles in front of him. The voice was so obviously easy to recognize. Chris opened his eyes where he found himself aiming his index finger right up to Fox's nose, the vulpine looking down amused at him.

"...What?" Fox asked with a grin. "You don't have any bullets to shoot my nose?"

"...Y-you..." Chris lowered his "gun" and looked a little bit mad at the vulpine. "W-what do you think you're doing in my room?"

Fox crossed his arms. "Can't I stay here to sleep for the night?"

The question made Chris tilt his head. "...Er..." Chris trailed off, staring at the vulpine. "...I thought you already had a room..."

Fox rolled his eyes. "To be honest, I didn't like to be with Samus because...I was bored," he admitted. "Hardly anybody here talk that much with me. I don't happen to be that tired enough to sleep as well."

"...So you're saying to left your room because you were bored?"

Fox nodded. "Well, mainly because I don't talk too much with Samus. As soon as I left, C. Falcon snuck inside the room before I hear some explosions coming from it. I don't talk with Roy and Pit. I could have slept with Tails but he's already sharing a room with Sonic and Chip. And Wolf..." Fox looked bored. "Should I bother saying why to you when it's obvious?"

"...No..." Chris said.

Suddenly, the 2 turned their looks at the door where a malevolent voice came from Sonic's room. From what they could tell, the evil voice yelled loudly "WHERE THE F(BEEP) IS THAT MOTHERF(BEEP)R, HUH, HUH, HUH?! ANSWER ME, B(BEEP)S!!! UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" followed by screams from Tails and Chip.

The dragoon sighed and frowned. Fox watched as Chris left his bed, put on his boots, jacket, and hat on, changed to his Beastmaster job, and began to walk to the door as he prepared his whip. "Sorry, but I need to do some business with a certain maniac over the next room. I'll be right back," the beastmaster said as he left the room by closing the door.

Fox shifted his eyes around before the sound of a whip lashing someone echoed. A curse came from the dark voice, some thanks were said to Chris, and the beastmaster then returned, changed to his dragoon job, put his jacker and hat on the drawer and put his boots on the left side of the bed before he got on the bed and covered himself with the bed sheet, laying down his head on the pillow while looking at Fox.

"You were saying?" Chris asked.

The leader of Star Fox shook his head. "I was saying I was bored with Samus so I decided to see if you were sleeping alone for the night to sleep with you."

"...Oh, I see." Chris smiled a bit at him before looking away embarrassed. "I-I wouldn't mind having someone else here to sleep with me. I don't like sleeping all alone as well."

Fox chuckled and sat down on the left bed. "Well then, thanks," he said as he began to take off his white flight jacket that he tossed on the floor, revealing his furred arms. "You're the only one left I hang out pretty well with."

Chris yawned a bit and turned to the right as Fox began to take off his gloves, red scarf, and headgear that he put on the drawer, and his red-and-black tanker boots on the floor. "...Fox..."

"Yeah?" Fox asked as he put his feet on his bed and covered himself with the bed sheet.

Chris turned his head to him. "You see..." He looked away for a bit. "...Well, I just wanted to know something..."

"What would that be?"

"Hmm..." Chris thought for a moment. "...You said your father read that book to you when you were younger, right?"

"Yeah."

"I was wondering something...how did you and your father lived?"

Fox rested his right arm on his right knee as he stared down at his feet. "...You want me to tell you?"

"Well...if you don't want to..." Chris muttered. "It's just that now that I have the chance to talk to you in private I wanted to...know more about you, you know..." he said embarrassed. "I-I know it could revive you some dreadful memories...but...maybe you could remember the good times..."

"...Heh," Fox chuckled a bit before looking at Chris. "I did say I was bored so...alright," he said as he laid down his head on the pillow with folded arms behind his head as he stared at the ceiling. "Since I trust you're not going to tell anybody this, you promise you won't do that?"

"N-not at all," Chris said. "M-my curiosity is so big right now and I want to know much more about yourself, Fox..."

"Well, I don't see why I shouldn't tell you about myself," Fox said with a small grin. "Okay, Chris, I'm going to tell you everything about my past with my father."

Chris smiled delighted as Fox prepared to narrate.

"Truth is, I didn't live a happy life shortly after I was born..."

Now Chris knew he just made Fox revive an awful memory...

Fox looked depressed. "Shortly when I was born, my mother died..." he muttered. "When that happened, my father was at a loss because he didn't know how to take care of babies, at least that's what Peppy told me about. Peppy knew my father very well since both had grown together as friends. It was a total chaos, let me tell you..."

Chris turned to him. "What happened the following years, then?"

"Well...I don't remember much of it, but fortunately I remember some of it thanks to Peppy... I hope this is right..."

Flashback

Corneria
Great Fox - Bridge

High above the skies of Corneria, the Great Fox flew slowly as it looked like it was floating in the night. Suddenly, cries of a baby began to make long high-pitched yells as 2 familiar figures were looking at each other.

"Aww, I can imagine you as a baby," Chris said with a few chuckles.

One of the figures was a young Peppy Hare who had his ears covered by his hands as he was sitting down on a chair while looking up at his comrade.

And the other figure was a young James McCloud who was carrying a small fox baby within a blue mantle on his arms. The baby was his son, Fox McCloud, who had now 1 year of being born.

However, the night wasn't very pleasant as the baby Fox cried loudly enough for the Great Fox's inner areas to bounce his cries and yells. This didn't look good for both the hare and the father of the crying child.

"Why did you want to take him here?!" Peppy yelled loudly at James who merely grinned nervously at him. "Do you REALLY think I know how to take care of babies?!"

"Well, I thought you did!" James yelled as his son cried loudly. "Geez, Peppy, you're the brains of the team here!"

"I didn't study to be a babysitter, you know!" Peppy yelled as the baby cried louder. "I know you have your hands full with your son, but it's not a good idea to resort to my help when I don't even know how to take care of babies like him!"

"If my wife was alive, this wouldn't happen so frecuently!" James yelled as his sunglasses lowered down a bit, but not enough to see his eyes as he pulled them back to place. "There's something I know well about my son, though!"

"What would that be?!"

"He has pretty strong lungs for being a newborn!"

Peppy grunted annoyed as the baby kept crying. "James, focus for once! We're dealing with quite the dilemma with your son! Do something about him!"

"What do you expect me to do?!" James asked as Fox cried loudly. "I know I'm his father, but I didn't expect a situation like this one!"

At that moment, from behind James, an annoyed Pigma (less fat and younger) came from the hallway of the spaceship as he was seen covering his ears. "Ugh, somebody shut that baby down before I'll do it myself!" Pigma yelled loudly as he stood besides James.

James and Peppy looked at him. "What, you know how to calm him down?!" James asked interested.

"Yeah," Pigma said as he took out a Blaster. "Just don't move him and I-"

James quickly slapped the Blaster away from Pigma's hand. The pig snorted angrily at this as the leader of Star Fox looked down at his crying son. "Oh, please, Fox, calm down for once! There's nothing to cry for!"

But his pleas fell to deaf ears as the young vulpine clutched his small fists underneath his snout. James, Peppy, and Pigma all looked up at the ceiling in annoyance as the baby kept crying.

"For crying out loud, James," Pigma began annoyed. "Shut your son's mouth!"

"It's easier said than done!" James yelled at him. "At least you're not planning to have children, but I DO care to have at least one with me!"

"I wasn't born to help you out!" Pigma complained as he looked at James. "I thought you knew that this was going to happen from the beginning you decided to have him...HERE!" he yelled loudly, making Fox cry even louder than before to the point he fully opened his mouth. "Damn it, where's his baby bottle when you need it?!"

"Baby bottle?!" Peppy asked. "Hey, Pigma is being useful here for once!"

"Hey!"

Peppy pointed at James, making him take a step back. "James, go look for his baby bottle! I'm sure he's crying because he's hungry!"

James chuckled nervously, making both members look at him annoyed.

"...You just didn't forget his baby bottle in your house, right?" Pigma muttered, not minding the baby crying.

"I thought it wasn't necessary..." James muttered.

"...Peppy, I want to ask a favor to you," Pigma muttered. "...Whatever I do...don't let me rip his head off..."

James looked serious at him. "You're not going to rip my head off, ever."

"I meant Fox, not you!" Pigma yelled. "(Although the idea doesn't sound that bad...)"

James looked down at his crying son's mouth before he decided to close it by using his index finger and thumb to make Fox stop crying.

The easy idea produced the silence of the Great Fox. Peppy and Pigma noticed that the cries weren't there anymore, and they uncovered their ears before sighing loudly with a relieved James.

"Why didn't you do that from the beginning?" Pigma asked annoyed.

James chuckled. "Well, I didn't think of it myself," he admitted. "Guess I have what it takes to be a father."

Suddenly, the baby vulpine glared at the fingers closing his mouth before he pulled his snout back and bit hard the 2 fingers with his small sharp fangs. James's eyes widened as his tail pointed straight up to the ceiling before he began to scream loudly at the strong bite from his son. Peppy and Pigma exchanged glances as the father jumped crazily on his spot to try and save his fingers from his own son without having to use enough force to startle Fox.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!" James yelled loudly enough to make Peppy and Pigma laugh at him. "F-Fox, stop it, you're gonna rip my fingers off with those fangs of yours! Oww!"

Fortunately, his baby blinked a few times before he released James's bleeding fingers. The leader of Star Fox looked at his bleeding fingers before Pigma began to crack up while Peppy covered his mouth to stop his chuckled from coming out. James looked down at his baby, who was now looking happy for the little mischief he did.

"You..." James muttered.

"Heheheh!" Fox giggled happily, his face looked very happy as he smiled a bit at his father.

As Pigma and Peppy's laughs started to get more silent, the pig grinned at the vulpine. "What do you know, I hated your son a moment ago, and now he appealed to me!"

James glared at Pigma. "You're just happy to see me screw up, aren't you?"

Pigma lifted up his hands to his shoulders' level. "It's for you to guess."

James grunted before noticing that Fox was giggling happily at him. His father looked down at him as Fox tried to reach for his face. James, not having a good idea, pulled the baby closer to his face where Fox grabbed his nose. "...Oh no," James said. "My baby's got a killer grip. I can't breathe..."

Pigma rolled his eyes at this while Peppy watched amused as the father and son chuckled to each other. Peppy watched as the grinning James pulled and pushed back and forth his son that constantly picked his nose in curiosity.

"Heheheh..." Fox giggled happily as James put him against his chest, a finger touching Fox's own nose.

"Just reminding you that you have one as well," James said with a grin. "Didn't you know that?"

Fox stared at him with a happy expression.

Peppy coughed a bit. "W-well, it seems we adverted another crisis..."

James looked annoyed at him. "Oh, don't joke about Fox like that, Peppy..." He walked to Peppy and quickly put Fox on his arms. "Here, play with Uncle Peppy for a bit."

Peppy raised an eyebrow. "Uncle Peppy, huh... How creative of you..."

"Heheheh," Fox giggled as he looked up at Peppy.

"...Now, don't you look like you father?" Peppy asked amused as he looked down at Fox. "It's amazing, James. You and Fox share the same stoic look."

"Pfft, what'd you expect, Peppy?" Pigma asked. "It's obvious this little brat was gonna look like James."

"Wow, I take that as a remark from you," James said as he crossed his arms. "Thanks, Pigma."

"Tsk..." Pigma looked away.

"Always tryin' to look tough, huh?" James with a chuckle before he looked at Fox trying to pull some of Peppy's whiskers. "Now, now, Fox, you don't want to rip Uncle Peppy's whiskers now, do you?"

Fox's curiosity was big as he tried to reach for Peppy's whiskers, the hare constantly moving his face away from the clueless baby. "Fox, knock it off, please," Peppy said with a few chuckled. "James already alarmed me from your killer grip."

"Heheheh," Fox giggled happily as he pulled his small fists back to his neck. The young vulpine blinked as his father gently grabbed him back on his left arm. The young vulpine looked at Pigma from his spot. "..." Fox moved his hands at Pigma as he wanted to reach him out.

"By the way, I really hate Pigma," Fox reminded Chris. "I wasn't aware of what I was doing during my early days, so don't go thinking nice things between me and Pigma, okay?"

James chuckled a bit before looking at Pigma. "Hey, Pigma, Fox wants to look at you now."

Pigma turned to him and looked at Fox. The young vulpine looked happy at him, causing Pigma to turn around and walk away a few steps. "Oh no, I'm not letting him get close to me. What if he pukes on me?"

"C'mon, he's not gonna do something like that to you," James said before looking at Fox. "Isn't that right, Fox? You're not gonna puke on Uncle Pigma's face, right?"

"U-Uncle Pigma?" Pigma repeated embarrassed. "W-what are you thinking now, James? I'm not his uncle!"

"He gotta have uncles," James said. "Surely you want him to admire you one of these days once he grows older, don't you?"

"Bah, why would I want that?" Pigma asked as he waved a hand in front of him. "I don't want your son falling to my feet and praise me for things I don't want to get praised for! I don't want to have him all the time with me, thank you very much."

James rolled his eyes with a frown before looking down at Fox. "Well, looks like Uncle Pigma's in a bad mood," he said, Pigma hiding a small grunt. "Well then, what do you want to do now, Fox?"

"..." Fox merely blinked at him.

"...Oh, right, I have to remember you can't talk yet," James said embarrassed. "Well, Fox, I'm going to wait for you until you get yourself a voice. I'd guess you'll have a manly voice so the girls fall for you."

Fox giggled happily.

"Oh, James..." Peppy frowned. "It's been hardly a year and now you're expecting a lot of things from him..."

"Hey, unlike you, I like to believe in my son," James said. "I'm going to give him my full support so he grows to become a fine young man that I want to have around with me. He's going to be my sidekick of the sorts once he becomes older."

"Geez, I didn't know you wanted to put your own son at risk of dying during our battles," Pigma said with a frown. "I can't just seem to understand a guy like you, James."

James flashed him a confident grin. "You two'll see soon enough how this little baby will become the greatest hero of Corneria."

"Now you're lifting this way too high for him," Pigma said. "Can't you just let him get the usual life every person has?"

James shook his head. "I want my son to become successful," he said. "I know he wants to be big, right, Fox?"

"Heheheh!" Fox giggled as he nodded.

"...Hey, check this out, he understands me," James said as he lifted Fox up over his head. "That's a very good sign now." He watched as Fox tried to touch his face from the seemingly long distance between him and James.

Pigma walked to him. "Are you really sure you can raise him alone, James?"

"Who said I was going to raise him alone?" James asked. "Heck, I'm as clueless as you 2 are. I need some help here."

Peppy got off from his seat and folded his arms behind his back. "W-well, now you're pitting us both to raise him together with you..."

"...OH NO," Pigma said as he shook his head quickly. "There is no darn way in hell I'm going to raise a kid here!"

"Too bad, the 3 of us are on the same train with this little brave man," James said as he grinned up at Fox, noticing he had a relieved look on his face. "Yeah, just look at his face. He's already thinking about his future as one of the members of Team Star Fox."

Peppy and Pigma looked at the relieved expression Fox was making, his eyes looking at different ways. For some reason, the 2 other members didn't exactly think that expression hinted anything about what James said.

"...Er..." Peppy looked around. "...Aren't you guys...starting to notice something different in the air?"

"Why, yes..." Pigma said. "...It's starting to smell pretty badly, actually..."

James's wide grin suddenly vanished as he stared up at Fox before pulling him down to his chest's level. "Hmmmmmmmmmmmm..." Fox hmm'd in his mouth with some pleasure.

"...Oh, look at the time, I must be sleeping by now," Peppy said as he began to back away before as James stared down in curiosity at the baby.

"...He's all yours..." Pigma muttered as he backed away from them before he turned around and ran into the hallway.

It became very apparent to James about why Pigma and Peppy decided to leave him all alone with the relieved Fox. It took him some seconds before he looked shocked at Fox. "Fox...you just didn't..."

"Hmmmmmmmmmmm..." Fox responded relieved as he giggled silently.

"...Oh, crap...literally..." James muttered with a frown before looking around. "Er...does anybody here know how to change diapers? ...Anyone? ...Hello?" He turned to the hallway where he began to walk with Fox. "...Hello? ...Peppy? ...Pigma? ...You guys listening? ...Hello? ...Anybody?"

The smell started to get even worse overtime.

"Please, don't make me change diapers here!" James pleaded. "It's the daycare's babysitter's job to do this, not me!"

The night continued as the father carried his relieved son around the Great Fox, unfortunately not getting any help from his fellow comrades who shut the doors to their rooms so he wouldn't bother them.

"Really, this isn't funny!" James yelled. "I'm not joking either! This isn't making me laugh! You guys are supposed to help me here!"

Silence replied to him.

"Guys!"

Peterny
Inn

End of flashback

"..." Chris looked a little bit surprised at Fox.

The vulpine scratched his head embarrassed. "Well, that's part of the story I'm willing to tell you for now..."

"...James wasn't exactly acting cool that time, right?"

"Er, Peppy told me I was the only person in the whole world who could make my father lose his attitude because he didn't know much how to raise me," Fox admitted. "...Well, he did put me at a daycare where he left constantly so he could do his job with Peppy and Pigma. I have to say the babysitters taught me more than he did like speaking." Fox smiled a bit. "Peppy told me my first word was daddy."

Chris smiled a bit at him. "Aww, that's cute."

Fox blushed a bit. "R-really now? T-that's odd coming from you..."

"H-hey, I like cute things," Chris said blushing. "I'm that weird..."

"...I see..." Fox said chuckling a bit before he yawned. "Well, Chris, that's all I can tell you for now... Thanks to you, I was able to have some fun by telling you about myself, though. Thanks."

Chris made a happy expression. "Don't worry as well. I enjoyed listening to you."

Fox grinned at him. "And there's more... I can tell you the rest of my childhood tomorrow once we finish doing our things."

The 2 didn't notice that there was someone spying on them on the other side of the door. The silent silhouette grunted to itself before it turned around and walked away to a room, frowning its head as it recalled Fox's narration.

"I'd like so," Chris said interested before he yawned loudly. "Well...thanks for giving me company for tonight, Fox... I'm looking forward for the rest of your story..."

Fox nodded at him. "It's going to get interesting, I promise."

"I know it will... Well..good night...Fox..." Chris muttered with a sigh as he fell asleep on the soft pillow, smiling a bit.

Fox stared at Chris to make sure he was sleeping deeply. Seeing that Chris was sleeping deeply, the vulpine grinned to himself and took out the fairy tales' book from his back as he laid down his head back on his pillow, his eyes now focused in the book's pages while the light from the window made the words visible for his eyes.

In truth, there was another reason why Fox wanted to share rooms with Chris...

"Too bad I didn't tell you my true reason, Chris," Fox muttered as his eyes were dragged by the sentences of the book. "I didn't want Samus to find out I had this book. Also, your room has windows with light, perfect enough for me to read my book in peace..."

3 hours later...

Midnight had already come by the time Fox got to the 67th page of the book. His attention was fixated only in his book as he muttered words with a small smile to himself. "The captain of the spaceship Melader met himself with a hard decision as his enemies began to shoot lasers at his ship without mercy, alarming everyone on board. He knew he loved his true love more than anyone else, but he couldn't refuse to let his crew die in the battle they were all in and just let his true love escape alive through the only escape pod they unfortunately had. He could have escaped to use the pod, but he wasn't a coward. After thinking so much, the captain knew what was best to do: fight back their enemies until the end even if there were slim chances to escape or win the fight to save his crew...for his true love was also part of the brave crew of the spaceship Melader..."

Fox grinned at this before he closed the book, yawning loudly as he kept it underneath his pillow before he looked over at the sleeping Chris while laying down his head on the stuffed cotton.

"Man, that was a good memory from my childhood..." Fox muttered as he looked at Chris. "This book was one of the many reasons I wanted to become a member of my father's team..."

"..." Chris didn't respond.

Fox smiled at him. "I know you're not listening, but it's better than nothing," he said before yawning one more time. "Ugh, I shouldn't have read too much of it, though..." He closed his eyes. "Oh well, I'll read more of it next time..."

The vulpine suddenly fell asleep as the moonlight shone on him.

However, Fox didn't know he was going to start reviving memories from his past through the same book he liked so much...

Dream

Final Fantasy IX - Kingdom of Burmecia

In a private dream, clouds made rain that fell down upon an abandoned playground of some city with tall skyscrapers and buildings. The playground itself didn't have anyone there to play around the slides or swings spread across the area. The rain was so heavy that normal sight barely made out whatever was far away from the rain. Trees, benches, and trashcans surrounded the playground as a lone figure was leaning against a tree as he looked up sadly to the rain.

The solitary figure turned out to be a young vulpine of around 7 years. The little boy wore a green shirt, red shorts, and white sneakers. The little boy was a young Fox McCloud who seemed depressed as he stared up to the rain that didn't reach him that much because he was underneath the tree's branches.

Some sniffs came from Fox as he looked down with a frown. "...When is he going to come and get me?" he asked, his voice sounding more childish. "...He promised he wasn't going to come for me late again..." he muttered, his green eyes half-closing. "...What happened to him?" he asked to himself.

The young vulpine looked around to see if there was somebody else in the playground. The only person he found was himself, though.

"Seriously, where is he?" Fox asked depressed as he looked down at the very shallow pools of water that reflected his sad look. "I-I'm afraid of going back home by my own... W-what if I end up getting lost?" he asked frightened. "...Where are you...dad?"

Fox looked up to the rain.

"...I need you here..." he muttered, the rain sounding everywhere around him.

Music stops

Inn

"..." Fox slowly opened his eyes, seeing sunlight shining down on him.

The vulpine looked at the other side where Chris was still sleeping. Fox looked depressed for a moment before he slowly sat up, resting his right arm on his right knee while he stared forward to the wall.

"What...was that dream?" Fox muttered to himself. "I remember finding myself in some sort of playground while it was raining..."

The leader of Star Fox looked at the sleeping Chris. Fox looked disappointed of himself as he frowned.

"And I was wondering where my father was..." Fox muttered saddened. "...At least you know your parents are alive, Chris... Me..." Fox looked down at his feet. "...I just don't know what really happened to my father..."

Fox never had felt before like now. He always thought that James was dead, but he never found out all those images of his father that usually came out to give him words of encouragement. Nothing really didn't make sense to him. Only thinking about his dad made him feel very depressed.

"...Who cares..." Fox muttered before looking serious. "It's his fault for hiding away from me if he's still alive..." He said before he sat on the right side of his bed, looking at the floor to see if there enough space for him to do something. "If he's alive, I don't get why he needs to be secluded and run away. If my mind is playing tricks with me, then it'd better stop before I become insane."

The vulpine grunted annoyed before he laid down on the mattress of the floor where he began to do 50 push-ups as his every day morning routine.

"...Idiot..." Fox muttered as he glared down at floor while doing push-ups, Chris still sleeping deeply.

Unbestknown for the leader of Star Fox, he didn't see that, from the doorknob of the room, an eye spied silently on him as it blinked a few times before looking happy. "(Just look at him...)" some mind thought pleased. "(He's just so dreamy and...so cool...)"

"Peppita?"

"U-uah!" a yelp came from behind the door.

Fox suddenly lost his focus and fell down on the floor with a grunt. After hearing the yelp from behind the door, he wasn't exactly in a good mood as he glared at the door. "Hey, who's there?" Fox demanded before he quickly stood up and walked to the door to find out who was looking at him.

Upon opening the door, he met the empty hallway of the second floor of the inn. The vulpine looked confused as he glanced at both ways of the long hallway to see if there was someone. Shrugging after not seeing anybody, Fox frowned and closed the door silently before returning to his routine on the floor.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Gaiety Company

If he could have looked further to the right side where the hallway turned to the left, 2 figures were leaning against the wall going downstairs. The 2 figures were Peppita and Mirage who had run all the way so they wouldn't be spotted by the depressed Fox. Peppita, after looking back at the hallway with all the other doors, sighed in relief before looking at Mirage. "Mirage, what do you think you're doing appearing out of nowhere like that? You scared the living heck out of me!"

Mirage looked down at Peppita and chuckled. "If I remember, you shouldn't be eavesdropping on others during the morning."

"W-well, that's because I couldn't hold myself to do it..." Peppita admitted embarrassed. "Y-you see, I woke up early and I wanted to say Fox good morning..."

"...Is that so?"

"..." Peppita knew Mirage wasn't easy to fool. "...No..." she said depressed.

"I thought so," Mirage said a little bit a amused. "You looked so fixated on Fox back there."

Peppita flushed a bit and looked at Mirage. "W-well, y-yeah, he kind of makes me feel so excited and happy when I'm around him...and..." The Velbaysian looked down before looking up at Mirage. "...Mirage...are you good keeping secrets?"

"That depends," Mirage said as she rubbed her chin. "What kind of secret do you want to tell me?"

Peppita shifted her eyes for a bit before coughing. "It's about Fox...you see... I'd like to say this to somebody else I can trust so I can feel fine with myself..." Peppita explained. "...Will you listen and keep it a secret between us?"

Mirage nodded. "Don't worry; I won't tell anyone else about that secret of yours."

The Velbaysian smiled happily at Mirage. "Okay, here's the thing..." Peppita looked around. "...Truth is...I-I-I'm...kind of...attracted...t-t-t-t-to..." Her lips twitched in excitement. She tried her best not to shout. "...I-I'm kind of attracted to to...F-F-Fox..." She blinked. "...There, I said it!" she said happily. "Mirage, I'm glad to be telling you this: I...I...I like Fox very much!"

The Klausian kept her smile, but she looked a little bit surprised as Peppita began to giggle uncontrollably.

"T-truth is, he's so cool and so handsome," Peppita said giggling. "That handsome face he has, it makes me feel so excited. That dreamy built he has, it makes me blush a lot. That manly voice he has, it makes me giggle mentally. Just thinking of him makes me feel very happy!" she said cheerfully as she spun slowly a few times on her spot, her bangles swinging themselves in the air before she stopped with folded arms behind her back. "I can't hold this any longer, Mirage, but I...I think I'm in love with Fox!"

Mirage kept her normal look at the happy Peppita before she spoke. "I-I see you like him a lot, Peppita. But, don't you think he's a little bit too old for you?"

Peppita tilted her head. "I don't see what's wrong with our difference in ages," she said before giggling. "Even if he's old, he looks admirably young to make me squeal like I've never done before!"

"Well, I have to remark he looks younger than he looks," Mirage remarked. "However, I have to be the voice of reason here and tell you tha-"

"Are you going to say we're the perfect couple?" Peppita asked in excitement.

It was either tell Peppita the truth and crush her wishes or go along with her so she could see the truth by understanding it slowly by herself. Mirage wouldn't like to see Peppita depressed. She would rather see the Velbaysian happy all the time.

"...I guess," Mirage said with a nod, making Peppita hum happily to herself as she spun a few more times on her spot.

"Okie-dokie!" Peppita said with a giggle before stopping. "So, do you think you can help me so he falls in love with me?"

Mirage NOW wanted to say no after hearing the offer, but Peppita was way too cheerful for her dismay.

"...Why not?" Mirage responded, making the smallest hint of nervousness in her smile.

Peppita joined her hands together. "Oh, thanks a lot, Mirage! I've never felt so happy  before in my life until now! Really, you don't know how excited I am!" she said cheerfully. "Can you give me some advice to see how can I do what I want to do with him?"

"W-well..." Mirage's smile twitched a bit as she looked away. "I-I only know a very small amount of ideas to make someone fall in love with someone else..."

"Oh, please, you gotta help me out with this!" Peppita said worried as she moved up and down her joined hands. "It's the first time I ever fell in love with someone else and I want to succeed. Fox is..." She blushed. "...Fox is so..."

"O-okay, I get it now," Mirage said with some nods. "I understand you love Fox very much, but I don't know if I have the best advices for you..."

An idea came to the Klausian.

"Why don't you tell Sophia?" Mirage asked as she raised a finger. "I bet she knows a lot more of romance than anyone else here. Maria could help you, but you already saw her yesterday."

Mirage knew it was a little bad of her for putting all the work to Sophia. The Klausian knew very well she didn't have the best tips for romance, but she didn't have another option. Besides, it could ruin her calm demeanor around everyone if Peppita decided to resort for her help constantly.

"...Of course!" Peppita said. "Sophia surely is more professional at this kind of stuff. Me, I'm just...stick in the mud..." she said with a giggle. "Well, Mirage, thank you for giving me that suggestion! I'm gonna go get Sophia so she knows how much I want to do this!" the Velbaysian said happily before she happily hummed to herself, walking downstairs as she left Mirage behind.

Once Peppita was out of sight, Mirage sighed and wiped sweat from her forehead. "Phew, that was close..." she muttered to herself. "I hope Sophia doesn't mind..."

The Klausian decided to walk away to her room for the time being.

Aquios Territory
Irisa Fields

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Bird's Eye View

Some time passed after the morning came. A small group of the Smashers decided that it was a good idea to look after the Spagonia Temple in Elicoor II with some of Fayt's friends. That group consisted of Fox, Tails, Wolf, Chris, Sonic, Chip, Fayt, Sophia, Peppita, Roger, and a skeptical Maria. The others decided to inspect the southern road with Mirage.

The reason behind why Mirage was chosen to show Samus, C. Falcon, Pit, and Roy all alone by herself was because, for some reason or another, Roger decided to tag along with Fayt, and Peppita because she seemed oddly fixated on Fox as the Velbaysian was walking close to Sophia.

Before them laid the long northern road to the Sacred City of Aquios. A road of bricks directed all the way across the long field of hills and trees that adorned the environment. The grassfields around the area were almost empty with some hills and trees making shades.

Overall, the field looked peaceful enough for them.

"Okay," Maria began as she crossed her arms. "It's time for you to tell us where the group you're looking for is."

Fox looked at her. "Geez, why don't you sound a little bit more friendly for a change?"

"Yeah, why don't you do that?" Peppita asked, receiving an odd look from Fox.

"I'm going to act friendly once my doubts are cleared," Maria explained as everyone looked at her. "You didn't think I'd forget what we talked about yesterday, right?"

"Knowing you, who wouldn't..." Wolf muttered.

"So," Maria continued, "I've made up my mind to see what you're after. Since you want us to help you we would be gaining something valuable from each other, right?"

"I guess..." Tails said. "Just...don't act that rude, please..."

"My bad," Maria said, Tails not believing her small apology. "If you want me to stop being rude, then why don't you just reveal your real intentions?"

"(I don't know if we should tell her everything we know...)" Chris thought worried.

"Pfft," Sonic (now back to his normal self) began as he rolled his eyes. "Who wants to listen to someone so blunt like you, anyway?"

"What was that?" Maria asked as she looked down at Sonic. "I forgot that you're the same hedgehog who insulted my name yesterday."

Sonic looked confused at her. "Wait, I insulted your name? I barely know your name!"

Some of the Smashers sighed at Sonic's cluelessness.

"Well, if you forgot my name, it's Maria Traydor," Maria said.

Maria's eyes widened after he heard a very silent chuckle from the grinning hedgehog. The others around him looked at him angrily before they all frowned.

"...Let's get on with this, okay?" Maria said annoyed. "I want to finish this little favor Fayt accepted to make for all of you. Be glad I'm going to allow you to rely on my help."

Fayt looked at her. "Maria..."

"...Okay, I guess I was acting rude again," Maria admitted. "So, what do we have to do here?"

"Look for the group we're looking for?" Chip asked.

"I'd like to hear where the heck we're going," Wolf said. "After all, we "lost" that group when we got here, right?"

Maria sighed. "Well, before we even get started with this task, you wouldn't mind if I analyze you to see how strong you are, right?"

"What?" Sonic asked.

"You wouldn't want to go against the Executioners, unprepared," Maria explained as she took out a circle-shaped device from her right pocket. "It's always necessary to be prepared to fight battles..."

"Good thing we already came equipped, then."

The group watched as the device produced a vertical green line that circled around to touch everyone. The Smashers watched as the light stopped, analyzing their status.

"A-amazing, the technology you possess just keeps making me so interested!" Tails said surprised.

"And you haven't seen this before?" Maria asked.

Tails gasped mentally. "Y-yeah, but yours happen to be even newer to me, that's all..."

The leader of Quark narrowed her eye
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 10, 2009, 11:52:59 AM
The leader of Quark narrowed her eyes for a moment. "Examination complete," Maria said before looking down at her machine. "Now, the results are..."

Silence...

"..." Maria blinked a few times at the device. "Are you...this weak?"

"What?" Wolf asked with a glare. "What was that supposed to mean?"

Maria frowned. "I mean to say your status isn't basically the best around... According to my analyzer, your base strength is way too low that barely reaches 170. The average of your defense is around 90, and intelligence to use Symbology is very low as well," she explained. "With that in mind, how do you think you're going to survive against the Executioners?"

Fox crossed his arms. "Care to explain to us how can we get stronger?"

"It's not bad to know, I guess," Maria said. "Truthfully, compared to us, you're pretty much in danger of being annihilated by the Executioners. I expected you weren't that strong as well."

"The point, girl, get to the point," Wolf said.

"Okay," Maria said. "If you want to deal a good amount of damage to them, your base strength should be around 1200, and to resist their attacks you need to have a base strength of 900."

The numbers were practically big for all the Smashers. They all looked at each other. Maybe Maria could give them a throughout explanation of how to become stronger?

"Hmm..." Sonic rubbed his chin. "I'd like to know a little bit more..."

"Like?" Maria asked.

Sonic snapped his fingers. "Hey, tell me how strong I am. I wanna see what the limit is for all of us."

For once, the hedgehog had some reason in his words.

Maria began to click some buttons on her device. "Well, according to this, your base strength is of 400, your defense isn't that good because it has 50, and you can't even use Symbology," she said.

"(400?)" Chris thought. "(It could be that high because of the sticker...)"

Sonic nodded. "So, is that good enough?"

"Frankly speaking, you're technically in trouble," Maria said. "I can tell you that out of everyone in your group, you're the one that has the most strength in physical attacks. I'm actually quite impressed...a little bit."

Sonic grinned as Wolf grunted. "You mean to say this speedy freak is the most powerful person of our group?" Wolf asked.

"Yeah," Maria said. "You wouldn't survive the enemies in this area. You need some good equipment if you want to be stronger."

"Oh, hey, then what are the limits for ours stats?" Sonic asked.

"Very simple, yet so hard to achieve," Maria began. "Your base strength can reach over the 9999, and that also includes your defense and other attributes. We ourselves haven't reached that high yet, but through Item Creation and refining our weapons will make us take more steps for improvement. Once someone reaches that high, your enemies won't even hurt you at all."

"That's...impressive," Fox remarked.

"Yeah, so impressive, isn't?" Peppita asked.

"I...guess?" Fox said confused as Peppita giggled.

Maria looked at Sonic. "I can tell you that your speed is insanely high," she said, making Sonic grin at her. "Your base speed reaches 5000 easily."

"Watch me," Sonic said before he disappeared out of sight. Fayt, Sophia, Roger, Peppita, and even Maria got surprised at this before the hedgehog was seen standing behind all of them. "Did you see me, or were your eyes slow?" Sonic asked.

"Dude..." Roger began before he wiped his nose. "That had to be the most awesome thing I've ever seen before! Cool!"

"(Weren't you suspecting of them before, Roger?)" Fayt asked.

"I...have to say your speed is impressive," Maria said. "Enemies wouldn't have a good time to land a hit on you unless you screw up."

"Nobody can't catch me," Sonic said as he crossed his arms proudly. "That's the law."

The World Traveler got in a thinking position. "...So, you're saying we can reach that high?"

"Yes," Maria said. "The way to get all that power is going to be hard, though. It's really hard for someone to have the perfect status. Maybe if you find or buy the most expensive weapons and armors, you'll eventually become a fighting machine."

Fox looked up to the sky. "Work hard to become even stronger, huh..."

Peppita pumped up her fists. "C'mon, everyone, time to get strong!"

Fayt looked at the Smashers. "If you want, we can lend you some weapons and armor so you can stand up against the Executioners. We're short of them so you're going to be using them as you stay with us."

"That'd be nice," Fox said. "I want to go prepared."

"I'm sure you're gonna be the strongest one out of your group, Fox," Peppita said with a giggle.

"Thanks..." Fox said, giving her a confused grin that made the Velbaysian chuckle.

"(We're limited to buy from Master Hand and the shop at the village of the Black Mages...)" Chris thought. "(But we don't necessarily gather big amounts of money so easily...)"

Roger yawned a bit before he removed his helmet, revealing his brown pointy ears at the sides of his head. On top of his messed up hair, the World Traveler watched as 2 golden ladybugs flew around the Menodix.

"...Wait just a minute..." Chris muttered as he watched the golden bugs flying around Roger. "...Those bugs...those bugs...those bugs are the same bugs Agitha asked me to find..."

Roger looked at him as he had his helmet under his right arm. "Huh, did you say something?"

Chris's eyes were focusing on the bugs that flew around Roger. "...Roger, are those bugs yours?"

Roger grinned at him. "Oh, so I see you got interested in my special golden bugs I found 4 days ago at Surferio," he said. "Well, it's not like me to be collectin' 'em, but they looked pretty rare so I said why not have them around me?"

"R-Roger, I need to tell you something about the bugs..."

Roger raised an eyebrow. "Ooh, what would that be?"

"Y-you see..." Chris tried his best to convince Roger to give him the bugs. "I'm secretly gathering those golden bugs as part of a request a friend told me to do..."

"..." Roger stared at him. "...And?"

"A-and could you...um...please...give me the bugs?"

The Menodix looked bored at Chris. "...Hey, I just found these bugs some days ago and you're already asking me to hand them over to you?"

"P-please, it's really important," Chris said. "I really need to have them with me so my friend doesn't get preoccupied. You see, she likes to gather golden bugs that she asked me to find them out for her so she could find them all faster..."

"..." Roger crossed his arms, letting his helmet fall down on the grass while the bugs circled around his head, making tingling sounds that echoed. "...Hmm, I dunno if I should just give 'em to yah that easily..."

"..." The dragoon sighed. "Fine, I'm going to wait until you decide... It's not like I'm rushing you, anyway..."

The Menodix watched as Chris walked away from him. Roger looked at his circling golden bugs flying around his head before his eyes looked at them.

"Well," Fayt began. "We wouldn't mind giving you some of our equipment."

"We're just lending you our equipment," Maria said. "We need them back after you finish with your little hunt, okay?"

"We understand," Fox said.

"As for you..." Maria trailed off as she looked down at Fox's Blaster. "...I guess you wouldn't mind if I give you my weapons..."

Fox raised an eyebrow at this.

"Wait right there," Wolf began as he walked to Maria. "If we do equip armor, I don't want to look like some sort of medieval soldier."

"Nah, don't worry about it," Sophia said. "It doesn't look like it, but we're wearing armors right now."

"Technology has made great feats," Maria said. "Once you equip armors, I'll use a special device that can make armor invisible so you can fight like you always do without having to worry about carrying extra weight."

"I see..." Sonic said. "Well, I'm in."

Some minutes later...

After Fayt's group lent weapons and armors to the Smashers, the traveling group looked at themselves amazed. After they equipped their armors, Maria used a special scanner that analyzed the armors in order to make them disappear, their protective effects still there.

"Wow..." Sonic began as he looked at himself, staring at some brass knuckles that he equipped on his hands. "Suddenly, my body turned thick or something..."

Wolf, wearing the same kind of brass knuckles as Sonic, looked at his claw after he equipped himself with a new phase gun that Maria had given to him. "Freaky," Wolf commented as he moved his nails a bit. "The weapon itself made everything in me stronger..."

Chris looked at his brand new spear. Fayt looked at him and smiled a bit. "You were lucky that we had a special spear weapon for you to use," Fayt said.

"This is...so surprising..." Chris muttered.

Fox looked at his new phase gun. Something about the weapon made him get even stronger that before. The weapon's effects far surpassed the power of the stickers he had equipped. "So this is how you get so strong..." Fox muttered before he put his phase gun in his holster.

"Weapons sometimes affect physical prowess," Maria explained. "They'll certainly help you fight the Executioners and resist their deadly attacks now that your strength is 1600 and defense is 1000, quite the big enhancements, right?"

"...Yeah..." Fox said with a grin as he crossed his arms. "I never felt this big surge of power before."

Wolf looked behind him where a big boulder, 3 times bigger than him, silently stood. The lupine looked at his right claw before he slammed it against the rock; a big crack that appeared on it that quickly spread all over the boulder before it broke into crumbles that fell around. Chris, Sonic, Tails, and Chip looked shocked after the display of power from Wolf as he looked at his claw and smirked.

"Screw our normal means to get stronger," Wolf muttered as he flexed his claw a bit. "This stuff is even better than that."

The World Traveler thought something. "(What if we can get this strong by normal means through the use of stickers? Master Hand said we could, didn't he?)"

Peppita walked to Fox and giggled. "So, are you surprised now?"

"You bet I am," Fox said. "I never felt so powerful in my life before."

"That's Item Creation for you," Peppita said with a chuckle.

The vulpine didn't know why, but Peppita seemed more talkative to him ever since the morning started...

Fayt turned around to the north where he found 2 figured walking towards them. The blue-haired teen blinked a few times as he identified the 2 persons coming from Aquios. "Hey, aren't they them?"

"Hmm?" Sophia looked forward. "...Oh, right, there they are!"

The Smashers looked at each other confused. Chip flew up to see the people that were coming from the north. "Who are those 2 guys?" he asked.

From the north, a man and woman came walking down the brick road.

The blond-haired man, that was 36 years old and stood 6'2", was a muscular adult that wore a black vest, black pants, black boots, and black brass knuckles on his fists. The man had a small tattoo on his neck that looked like a scar at first glance.

The red-haired woman besides him, that was 23 years old and stood 5'7", looked like she lived in the planet due to the fact she wore antique female spy clothing (also wearing pale-yellow belts on her torso, and long black heels above her black boots) with a long blue-and-black scarf that hung around her throat. The young woman also had several rune marks on her wrists.

"Heeeeeeeeeey!" Peppita said as she waved her hands to the incoming newcomers. "We're here, you 2!"

Tails tilted his head. "Um, who are those 2? Do you know them?"

Nobody responded him as the 2 characters stopped walking in front of them. The man put a hand on his right pocket while the woman crossed her arms.

"Well, we're here," the man said. "Took our sweet time in Aquios. The city's as calm as ever."

"Yeah," the woman said with a nod. "No Executioners attacked it as we thought they would."

"Phew, I'm glad..." Sophia said with a sigh. "Now we just need Albel and Adray to come back from Airyglyph and then we'll be together again."

The man looked at the new members of Fayt's group. "Er, Fayt...did you recruit people while we were away?"

"Oh," Fayt began. "Pardon for not advising you both before but yesterday these guys came to us while we were refining our equipment."

The woman looked at them. Unlike most of Fayt's group, she didn't exactly find any of them weird since she was native of the planet they were all in. She have seen a lot of mysterious happenings that she didn't care what else was new to her. "I see. I suppose they're helpful to us in some way or another, right?"

"Possibly," Maria said.

"Well then," the man began. "Let's start off good so you meet us, okay?" He crossed his arms. "Glad to meet new people here. I'm Cliff Fittir."

Cliff Fittir is a Klausian from Klaus III. A member of the anti-Federation organization Quark, which was founded by Klausians, Cliff rescued Fayt for an unknown reason. Although he relinquished the post to Maria, Cliff used to be the leader of the anti-Federation organization, Quark, and is also the organization's founder. Considering that he organized Quark, Cliff must be quite intelligent and charismatic, but at first glance, he only looks like a thug.

"I guess it's my turn," the woman said with a chuckle. "Very well, then. My name is Nel Zelpher."

Nel Zelpher is a runologist (a special spy that can use Runology, another name for Symbology in Elicoor II) working for the Sacred Kingdom of Aquaria who has previously infiltrated the Kingdom of Airyglyph in order to gather information as a spy during the war of both kingdoms. Having learned of the importance of the peculiar technology owned by Fayt, she felt that Fayt is the person prophesied in ancient Aquarian texts, and decided to make contact with him regardless of any danger this might entail. Ever since she met Fayt and the others, Nel was asked by the queen to help them all to save the universe from the attack of the Executioners.

"This is all so sudden, you know," Nel said as she looked at the group. "I didn't know we needed more people in our group."

"Yeah," Cliff said. "Is there a reason why you invited this...peculiar group, Fayt?"

Maria frowned. "I'm pretty sure they're going to tell you the same story they already to us all."

"What do you know, I was just going to say that," Fox said bored.

Some minutes with introductions and explanations later...

Cliff rubbed his chin. "So you guys are looking for a group you've been chasing 'round the universe while the Executioners are afoot," he said. "Man, who the hell thinks about doing their business in the middle of a universal crisis, huh?"

"The group we're chasing?" Chip said.

Nel shook her head. "It was everything very normal until Fayt and Cliff crash landed in here. From that point onwards, everything started to turn out so weird for us."

Fayt rolled his eyes. "Hey, the events went like that, okay? At least we know each other."

"True," Nel said. "I have to say it's a little bit pleasing."

"Ahem," Maria coughed. "If everyone forgot, we're on a small recognition mission to find the certain mysterious group these guys are hunting down."

"Oh, right," Sophia said. "Nel, Cliff, would you mind if you lend us a hand with this?"

"Do you have to ask?" Cliff asked. "I'm up for some fighting."

"I may not have the same ideas as Cliff, but I wouldn't mind," Nel said. "It's been a little bit boring without doing any fighting." She looked around. "We should be careful. Those Executioners may show up in a few."

Wolf rolled his eyes. "I've been hearing the word Executioners a lot of times yet I haven't see what the heck they are. Is somebody here willing to give me a good example of how they look like exactly?"

Cliff pointed behind him with his right thumb. "Why bother? We already have 3 right behind us."

"...What?" Roger asked.

Behind Cliff and Nel, 3 angels slowly floated towards them. The angels were actually robots that wore long white robes, sets of 4 angelic wings, and metal faces that looked up to the sky. The robotic angels looked harmless for the Smashers, but they looked dangerous for Fayt's group.

"Sheesh, more of those Proclaimers..." Roger muttered. "They just won't stop multiplying."

"Don't say that bizarre fact..." Sophia said worried.

"Proclaimers?" Chip asked. "Weren't they called Execusomething?"

"Well, they're the same, but they're called Proclaimers," Nel said. "They disguise themselves as angels so they look angelic, but that's just a facade for their real nature."

"...So...we like...fight those angels?" Tails asked, hiding behind Sonic.

Chip chuckled. "Why feel scared? They're Pit's long lost cousins. They're surely gonna be nice to us."

Chris looked worried. "I-I don't think they're Pit's long lost cousins..."

The party looked at the angels slowly flapping their wings. "Protraste thyself..." they all said in unison with a monotone voice.

Sonic looked at the others. "What was that supposed to mean, exactly?"

"I think it means to announce..." Sophia said. "They're basically like messengers..."

"And...what are they trying to say with that?" Fox asked.

"With that, they mean they're here to deliver...death...to all of us..." Cliff said.

"..." Everyone looked at each other.

It was not long before the party got ambushed by 2 more angels that came from all directions. They all quickly looked around as some of them took fighting stances.

"It's an ambush!" Maria yelled as she took out her phase gun.

"Gimme a break..." Cliff said with a sigh.

"What a dirty trick," Nel said as she took out some daggers from her belt. "They just can't stop ambushing all of us, huh?"

"What, do they do this every time?" Tails asked as he stood behind a grinning Sonic.

"You wouldn't believe all the times they ambush people," Fayt said as he held a long sword at the right side of his belt with both hands.

Roger grinned as he called back his golden bugs on his hair to put his helmet back on and took out a small axe from his back that he playfully spun on his right side. "Can we just fight these guys?"

"Okay, everyone, attack!"

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Cutting Edge of Notion

"Separate and pick your own targets so they go down faster!" Fayt ordered as she rushed forward to the frontal line of Proclaimers, everyone else quickly separating to strike every enemy (while Tails dragged Chip away from the fight to the safest place in the whole planet: a tree on a small hill to the west).

"I'll use magic!" Sophia said as she took out a rod with a red crystal on its tip before she formed a blue sphere in front of her.

Noticing this, Fox stopped on his tracks and stared at the sphere growing a little bit as Sophia focused. The vulpine looked a little bit interested in the Symbology magic the young teen was using.

"Thunder Flare!" Sophia called out forth a big sphere of sparks that appeared between 2 of the 7 Proclaimers, zapping all of them constantly as they were getting staggered by the circling sparks.

"What was that you just used?" Fox asked, not noticing that Peppita was very close to him.

"Oh, Symbology?" Sophia asked. "Weird, I thought you knew what Symbology was."

"E-er..." Fox looked away. "I-I haven't seen much of it these last years so...yeah..."

"...Well, if you forgot, Symbology is the magic that everyone uses," Sophia explained. "Many people out there can possess Symbology, and maybe even you can do it."

"Not exactly..." Fox admitted. "Magic isn't my strongest asset."

"Really?" Sophia asked. "Well, if that's so, why don't you train it? I'm sure you can master it very soon."

"I've been trying to, but it's always the same result," Fox explained. "It's either nothing or me getting on fire."

"..." Sophia felt a little bit of sympathy. "That's...not good..."

"Well," Peppita began, startling Fox a little bit. "Fighting beats practice every time, so go train, Fox! I know you can do it!"

"...Thanks?" Fox responded at the cheerful girl.

Peppita gasped and pointed behind Sophia. "Sophia, behind you!"

"Wha-AAH!" Sophia yelled in pain after a Proclaimer appeared behind her instantly before sending forward an X-slash after it crossed its hands in front of it. The teen was pushed to the air where she flipped and landed on her feet, closing her right eye in pain.

"Hey, how did that thing appear behind her?" Fox asked as he glared at the angel.

"They hack their speed," Peppita explained. "They can teleport instantly to any side so you gotta be careful!"

Fox cracked his fists. "Well, I'm not letting one of them sneak behind me," he said before he dashed towards the Proclaimer, passing an angry Sophia as she focused more Symbology.

Peppita giggled. "And I'm not letting them lay a finger on you," she muttered before she began to spin her right bangle behind her. "Magic Hook!" she yelled loudly.

The vulpine suddenly saw Peppita's bangle extending all the way to the Proclaimer where it struck it hard, somehow getting stuck on it before the Velbaysian got pulled all the way to the angel where she accidentally used a strong headbutt that pushed the Proclaimer away. Fox watched confused as Peppita fell down on the grass, dazzled.

The vulpine looked around before he went to see her by kneeling down. "Hey, Peppita, are you okay?"

"I dunno, am I okay?" Peppita asked dazzled. "I'm pretty sure I was okay a long time ago..."

Fox shook her a bit. "C'mon, stand up. We're in the middle of a fight."

Peppita quickly pushed herself up to stand up, giggling a little bit at Fox. "W-well, thanks for worrying about me, Fox."

"Okay..." Fox stood up. "Just...don't use that attack again..."

"Oh, don't you worry," Peppita said. "That's how my attack works, anyway."

"That's a little bit suicidal, you knew that?"

"So what? It's very effective," Peppita said.

Fox thought Peppita was insane for a moment.

"Hey, you guys!" Sophia yelled. "It's coming back!"

The 2 quickly looked to the west where the Proclaimer calmly floated towards them. Fox instantly took a fighting stance while Peppita did the same...except very close to him.

"Don't you think we make a pretty good team?" Peppita suddenly asked.

"...We just barely worked together..." Fox pointed out.

Peppita blushed. "O-o-oh, okay, sorry..."

As the 3 fought their own enemy, chaos ensued across the green fields of Irisa as the rest of the group fought against the Proclaimers. Knowing that attacking them 1 at a time was going to take an eternity, Fayt came up with a strategy.

"Make up teams and coordinate attacks together!" Fayt yelled. "Don't let them attack back!"

"W-what did he mean by that?" Chris in a panic as 2 Proclaimers surrounded him from both sides, the dragoon holding his spear in fear. "H-help!"

Suddenly, behind the Proclaimer that came from the right, Nel snuck from behind and slashed the robotic enemy hard enough to make it go to the air. While it was in the air, Wolf came from another side, used Wolf Flash to appear on the angel to use a Meteor Smash effect with his claw on the angel to plummet it down to the ground, where Sonic came fast from the south, grabbed the angel, and crashed its head down hard on the ground.

The dragoon blinked surprised at this sudden display of strategy before he heard something from behind.

"Prostrate thyself."

Suddenly, 4 towers of light circled around the Proclaimer that he didn't see. The towers of light dealt 4 heavy hits on Chris as he was pushed away to the ground where he fell, grunting in pain as the Proclaimer stood in front of him, the towers having disappeared.

Seeing that the dragoon didn't retaliate, Wolf frowned and charged at it while the other one he left behind got pulled off the ground by Sonic. "Tsk, what do I have to do this for you?" Wolf asked annoyed as he crossed his open claws in front of him.

However, once he did that move, something within him awoke.

"What is this...felling?" Wolf asked to himself. Wolf watched as his claws suddenly began to glow with dark energy, completing covering themselves with a pitch-black color as purple outlines covered the sides of it. The lupine didn't exactly think that he could do that, but he shook the thought away as he charged at the Proclaimer. "Whatever, I'm using this either way."

The dragoon looked up from his spot to see the lupine charging at him. Chris gasped and covered his head with his hands before Wolf leaped over him to reach the angel.

"(Let's see if this works...)" Wolf thought as he reached the Proclaimer. "Hand of Doom!"

Suddenly, the lupine found himself quickly slashing the Proclaimer severely by constantly doing horizontal slashes (a total of 6) that left trails of his claws' glowing tips. His claws also ripped the robot's clothing a bit before Wolf finished the attack by pushing it away. He stopped while the angel tried to regain its composure to look at his claws, now turning back to normal.

Hand of Doom

Slashes foes with 6 hits. This attack is fast enough to stun foes somewhat enough for the user to attack.

"...I have to admit this attack was useful..." Wolf muttered before chuckling. "Wonder if I can link this together with my other attacks...UOH!"

The lupine didn't see the Proclaimer sending forward an X-slash shockwave in the air that pushed him away. As Wolf flipped in the air to regain his control, a stubborn Menodix stood in front of Chris.

"This guy is gonna go down now," Roger said before he tossed his helmet high above him, pointing his axe to it as it glowed and shot a light that struck the spinning helmet. "Raging Helmet!"

Once the light struck the helmet, a shower of lights began to rain down upon the Proclaimer. The robotic angel got severely injured by this attack that it couldn't attack back.

Chris took this opportunity to get up and dash at the angel. "I just can't let this thing beat me like that again..." He prepared his spear. "Lancet!" The images of roaring dragons flew around him before Chris swiftly stabbed the angel, dealing a considerable amount of damage as it also drained a little bit of energy.

And thus the first Proclaimer was taken down as it vanished. "Uaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhhh..." it said silently before vanishing in thin air.

The dragoon sighed in relief as the Menodix walked to him. "Seems you're a natural fighter," Roger said. "Of course I did most of the work here."

Chris looked down annoyed at him. "H-hey, at least I did the finishing attack here. So, have you considered abou-"

"It's way too early to be asking that!" Roger complained. "Also, we've got a fight!"

Behind them, the second Proclaimer summoned forth towers of light that dealt heavy hits on both Nel and Sonic. The 2 stumbled back as they grunted in pain before Cliff came in. "Freeze, you maggot!" he yelled before he jumped in the air, holding a glowing sphere between his hands that he slammed down underneath the Proclaimer that caused a big invisible explosion of air that made the angel get to the air. "Hammer of Might!" Cliff yelled as he landed on the ground.

"Right there!" Maria was heard yelling as she rushed at the angel and shot several glowing shots that struck it hard. As she got closer, she quickly kicked the Proclaimer by sending a big wave of energy. "Crescent Locus!" she yelled, pushing the angel to the air before she swiftly shot from her phase gun a sphere of darkness that slowly went forward. "Gravity Bullet!"

The sphere forced the angel to tremble in pain as it dealt a big amount of hits. As Maria glared at its enemy, she began to issue strategies. "Nel, I wouldn't mind if you help me here!"

By that time, the Elicoorian was already holding out a blue sphere to cast Symbology. "You don't have to tell me even once," she said. "Earth Grave!"

In front of Nel, big stalagmites came from within the ground that pierced through the angel several times before the magic earth vanished in thin air.

Maria aimed her phase gun, seeing the angel immobile in the air. "Well, time t-" She stopped talking once she saw the hedgehog leaping high up to thrust down his feet right on the Proclaimer's face. Due to the power boost, Sonic quickly sent the angel crashing down on the ground where it screamed in pain and vanished slowly, the hedgehog landing on the grass as he wiped his nose a bit with his thumb.

"Check it out," Sonic said as he crossed his arms. "So far, I'm liking this fight."

Maria frowned. "Please don't rest yet until we're done with this fight."

"Oh, please, you need to enjoy the moment," Sonic said. "Can't you do that?"

"I'll only "enjoy" the moment after we're done here," Maria said. "Now, don't slack off. We still have 3 more of them to take care of."

The hedgehog looked annoyed at her before Maria turned around to run to Fayt who was busy fighting a Proclaimer alone. Sonic rolled his eyes and grunted a bit. "Does anyone here enjoy fighting?" he asked.

"Hardly anyone here enjoys fighting," Nel said as he walked to him from behind. "I do know Roger likes to fight a lot...but I also know another person not here who enjoys it very much so he doesn't get bored doing something else."

"Who's that?"

"You...don't want to know," Nel said. "He's currently in Airyglyph with my friend's father doing some recognition. I think they're on their way here."

"Just how many of you are there?"

Nel began to raise fingers. "Well, if you want to know, it's me, Fayt, Sophia, Maria, Cliff, Mirage, Roger, Peppita, and the other 2. We're 10 in total. How about your group?" She crossed her arms amused.

Sonic grinned at her. "It's me, Chris, the fox dude, the wolf dude, Tails, Chip, some racer guy, the girl in the armor, the angel, and the red-haired dude. We're 10 as well."

The Elicoorian knew well that Sonic didn't bother to say names possibly because he liked to address most of them that way.

"...Can you be a little more specific?" Nel asked.

"How?"

Nel frowned. "Oh, forget what I said..."

Back with Fayt and his enemy...

"Fool," the Proclaimer stated. "I shall carve thy crimes into thy flesh..."

"Oh no, you don't," Fayt said as he watched the Proclaimer calling forth a staff that it summoned as it floated slowly into the air, the staff glowing brightly. The blue-haired teen knew that the Proclaimer was going to struck down the staff to create a saint glyph that would emit green light and cause extreme damage. "Dimension Door!" Fayt yelled as he called forth darkness that covered a big portion of the area that trapped the Proclaimer and forced it to fall down, several incomplete dark circles floating around Fayt before he vanished from sight.

The Proclaimer was stunned due to the attack's effect. Sparks flew out before the blue-haired teen appeared behind it, a huge slash of darkness from behind him that easily ripped the angel in 2 that took it out with a very severe hit. "Uaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhh..." the Proclaimer yelled silently as it vanished, Fayt holding out his sword to the side before standing up straight.

Maria didn't make it in time as she stopped in front of Fayt. "You know, sometimes I think you're a little bit "broken" yourself if you know what I mean."

Fayt wiped some sweat. "Geez, was that a compliment?"

She looked behind him. "Behind us!" Maria gasped and quickly pulled Fayt to the ground along with her to evade an X-slash attack from another Proclaimer.

At that very moment, Wolf appeared from behind the angel to grab it hard with a claw and toss it to the air. Once he did that, he used Fire Wolf to strike the Proclaimer hard on its back where he swiftly made his claws glow with dark energy to use Hand of Doom, slashing brutally the Proclaimer as he moved above and kicked it down to make it crash on the ground.

"Fool..." the Proclaimer said as it crossed its hands to damage Wolf while it was laying down on the ground.

The lupine, still in the air as he descended, looked to his right where the leader of Quark rushed at the angel to stop it from executing an attack. "Aiming Device!" Maria yelled as she shot a hard shot to the downed enemy that made the angel jump back to the air. The lupine saw this opportunity to slam down his claws hard on the angel as it plummeted down even harder than before.

Wolf landed back on the ground and glared daggers at the angel. However, he didn't see that Maria was holding behind her a blue sphere that grew a little bit in size before holding it out at Wolf. "Power Up!" she yelled.

The leader of Star Wolf found several circling orange lights that made a sphere on him, his body swelling a bit before he rushed at the Proclaimer, opening his right claw wide as he swiftly stabbed the angel with it. Wolf, looking surprised, watched as he claw literally went through the Proclaimer, instantly killing it while it screamed silently, vanishing in the air.

"Hey, what did you just do to me?" Wolf asked to Maria as she walked to him.

"I thought I'd be nice to increase your power more with a 50 percent of power boost," Maria said. "Enjoy it while it lasts, though. It lasts about a minute."

"...Heh," Wolf grinned at her. "Who would have thought you possessed this special skill?"

"Thanks," Maria said without giving a smile. "But we still have one last Proclaimer over there."

Wolf turned his back around to see from a long distance that Sophia, Peppita, and Fox were dealing with the last Proclaimer from before, the vulpine swiftly evading an X-slash attack from the angel as he hit its side hard with a kick that pushed it down to the ground.

Peppita, several feet away from both of them, began to hop around as she called forth a glyph in the air that made 4 ice daggers. "Frozen Daggers!"

Unfortunately, this attack proved to be a little bit disappointing as it didn't send all the daggers at the same time. Instead, the daggers slowly were sent down upon the robot at a slow pace.

Sophia frowned as she prepared another spell. "(I know Peppita likes to use that attack a lot, but it doesn't do a lot of damage...)" She looked at the vulpine behind the angel. "Well, he wouldn't mind if I use this on him... Angel Feather!" she cast, pointing her staff at Fox.

Fox blinked confused as several angel feathers appeared around him before fading away. Suddenly, he felt that everything in him increased in strength, defense, speed, evasiveness, accuracy, and even intelligence to use magic. The vulpine grinned to himself as he looked serious at the Proclaimer. "This is just turning out all better for me..." Fox muttered before rushing quickly at the Proclaimer.

Peppita stopped dancing around to look at the vulpine. She looked surprised (and probably excited) as Fox swiftly reached the Proclaimer where he used a fast back-flip kick that surprisingly pushed the robotic angel high up into the air; even higher than anyone else. He then proceeded to jump 2 times to reach the enemy to do a series of quintuple kicks that dealt a great amount of damage.

"(Just look at him...)" Peppita thought amazed. "(He's so athletic!)" she thought excited.

Fox's combo didn't end as he performed a drill kick right on the enemy's face before both started to descend faster. However, Fox was able to descend even faster to use a slow back kick that sent the Proclaimer down where it rolled recklessly and laid down on the grass, making some short-circuits as it slowly got back up.

As Fox prepared to attack all by himself, something within him awoke...

"(What is this feeling?)" Fox thought confused before looking down at his feet. "(I wonder...)" he trailed off in mind before he glared at the Proclaimer.

By that time, the others were already rushing to the last enemy, but Fox had everything under control as he reached the Proclaimer that was about to send an X-slash attack with its hands.

"Stop, infidel..." the Proclaimer stated as it crossed its hands.

And it did the attack, sending it straight to the dashing Fox.

Peppita and Sophia gasped. "Fox, no!" Peppita yelled.

The Velbaysian didn't see the confident grin that Fox hid as he suddenly and swiftly jumped besides the incoming to attack to evade it, the vulpine landing at the Proclaimer's left side where he hopped on his spot. Suddenly, his right tanker boot caught yellow energy that sparkled a bit as he struck it hard against the Proclaimer's waist while yelling loudly, "Side Kick!"

Side Kick

One of Fayt's most effective attacks. The user evades any kind of attack almost perfectly and strikes a single foe hard with a side kick.

"Uaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhhhhh..." the Proclaimer yelled silently in pain as they all watched it vanishing in thin air as Fox's right tanker boot glowed with energy before it faded out as he pulled in back behind him, safely landing on the grass as he twisted his neck a bit and grinned with a chuckle, crossing his arms.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Victory Bell

The rest of the group sighed in relief as they all reunited. "Wasn't that easy?" Sophia asked with a chuckle.

"I have to admit everything was easier thanks to the weapons and armors you gave us," Chris said as he looked at his spear. "...Are you sure I can't keep this with me?"

"Sorry," Maria said, "but we'll need our equipment back."

"Oh, bummer..." Chris said with a sigh.

At that moment, Tails and Chip came from behind the tree. "W-wow, everything did go just well, you guys," Tails said surprised. "You looked stronger than before as well, Sonic."

Sonic grinned at him. "What, I haven't been this strong before?"

"W-well..."

"Eh, don't sweat it, kiddo," Cliff said as he crossed his arms. "Thanks to all of you the battle ended much sooner than we expected. You're not half bad if I do say so myself."

"I think we should thank you for providing us with your equipment," Fox said.

Peppita giggled happily. "You looked so cool out there, Fox. The way you defeated that Proclaimer alone looked so impressive!"

"Thanks," Fox said, giving her a small grin. "You're not that bad as well."

Peppita gasped mentally. "(Oh my, he's starting to show some feelings for me. Just look at that grin he's giving to me. What do I do? What do I do?) E-er, thanks, Fox... That was a nice thing to say to me..." She played with her fingers a bit while staring up at him. "M-maybe we could work together in the next fight?"

"I...guess so..." Fox said confused at Peppita's odd attitude. "(Why does she blush every time I look at her? Unless she thinks... Er... Um... No, she wouldn't think that of me. She looks a little bit mature, I guess, but...) Oh, I almost forgot," Fox said as he turned to Maria. "I saw some of you using Symbology."

"Oh, that?" Nel began. "Well, it's oftenly called Runology in this continent, but Fayt's group says it's Symbology from they come from."

"They're the same," Sophia said. "I can use Earth Grave as you do, Nel. Not to mention Maria uses the same buffs as I do."

"You guys don't have anyone in your group that can use Symbology, then?" Roger asked.

"We don't, as a matter of fact," Wolf said before he looked away. "(If I recall, we can learn special abilities in every world out there... Isn't there a way to keep them with us, though? This Hand of Doom attack proved useful to me...)"

Sophia looked at Nel. "Nel, do you think we can give them that?"

Nel crossed her arms. "Wait, are you thinking in giving them the Decrepit Tome we have?"

"Hey, hey, hey," Cliff began. "You should think before doing something reckless here. If they want to learn Symbology through what we have with us, we should spend some more time together and see if they're not trying to deceive us."

Tails looked up at the tall man. "H-hey, we're not planning to do that sort of thing. What makes you say that?"

Cliff crossed his arms. "I believe Maria already questioned you before, right?"

"Of course," Maria said. "I'm being a little bit more careful with them around us."

Fayt knew an argument was going to come very soon if he let Maria talk even longer. "Um, why don't we stop this before it gets, um, unncessary to do?"

Maria rolled her eyes. "There you go again..." she muttered with a sigh.

The Smashers knew they were constantly being judged by the others. Chip, looking worried, decided to speak. "Hey, shouldn't we explore these fields to see if we can find that temp-I mean, group?"

Maria looked at him. "...Pardon me to ask, but did you just say temple?"

"N-no..." Chip sweated as many of the Smashers glared at him (actually, they were all glaring at him).

"...(Okay, now I know for sure they're hiding something for real this time...)" Maria thought as Sonic grabbed Chip and pulled him away from her. "(Just what is so utterly important for them to conceal?)"

"I guess your friend is right," Nel said as she put her hands on her hips. "We don't need to waste anymore time if you want to find that group so badly."

"Yeah, let's just help them so we get done with this," Roger said. "I wanna go to the enemies' headquarters very soon."

"That can wait," Fayt said. "Now..." He looked around. "Where should we head to?"

Nel pointed east. "We shouldn't go there because a big rock wall from the nearby canyon won't let us pass unless we climb it." She pointed to the west where a long trail of trees resided, making long archs of wood and branches. "Why not head over there instead?"

Everyone turned to the west. Cliff rubbed his chin. "Isn't that where the Aquatic Garden of Surferio is?"

"Aquatic Garden of Surferio?" Tails repeated. "What's that place?"

"It's a sunken city that lies underground between Surferio and Aquios," Nel explained. "There's a hidden passage that goes down to a big sanctuary where huge ruins reside. We explored the ruins before, but the whole sanctuary was enormous by itself. It's been in ruins since the Kingdom of Aquor fought the Kingdom of Greeton a long time ago."

Tails rubbed his chin. "It'd make sense for the...uh...group we're chasing to hide there because they like to steal relics and all that..."

"Well, they're wasting their time," Nel continued. "There are no artifacts in the ruins anymore. However, I do think it'd be a nice place to hide."

Cliff smacked his fists together. "What are we waiting for? Let's head over there and see if we can find those guys or that guy over there will do it for us instead."

Everyone looked at each other after Cliff spoke.

"Um, what do you mean by that?" Chris asked.

Cliff pointed to the west where he saw a tall person under the archs of trees. "Don't you see that eggman-looking guy over there? Yeah, I was talking about him."

"Eggman guy..." Sonic and Tails muttered before looking to the west.

Ironically enough, there was none other than Dr. Eggman looking around the trees without doing anything else. Sonic grinned, Tails gasped, and Chip was being himself as he titled his head. "Eggman!" Sonic and Tails yelled, making the whole group stare at their direction.

"Well, wasn't that the description I gave?" Cliff asked.

"Er, no, that's his name..." Tails said.

"...OOOOOOOOOOOOH, I see..." Cliff looked up with a frown. "...Seriously, that's his name?"

Maria rubbed her chin as she looked at the shady doctor. "I supposed he's one of the group you're looking for, am I correct?"

"Pretty much," Chris said. "But...what is he doing here of all places? I don't recall he was with...you know who...the group..."

Tails looked serious at everyone. "Whatever Dr. Eggman is doing here shouldn't be good."

"I have some questions to ask him as well," Sonic said as he crossed his arms. "Let's go and see what he's doing here!"

The hedgehog was the first one to make it behind the evil scientist. As he halted his fast speed, he grinned at Dr. Eggman and pointed an accussing finger to him as Dr. Eggman talked to himself. "Now, where could it be?" Dr. Eggman asked as he scratched his head. "I'm pretty sure it should nearby this area..."

"Eggman!"

Dr. Eggman looked up before turning around to look down at Sonic, cracking his fingers with a confident grin before everyone else reached them. "Oh no, it's you," Dr. Eggman muttered in annoyance.

Sonic chuckled. "Well, you came all the way here so I could kick your egg(beep) again? Man, I didn't think you were THAT stubborn!"

Peppita folded her arms and looked confused. "Um, Fox, what is an eg-"

Fox covered her mouth. "Don't bother asking what that word means. You're still too young to know, anyway."

"..." Peppita merely blinked confused. "...Okay..."

Fox looked away. "(Why'd she ask me and not somebody else, anyway?)"

TO BE CONTINUED...

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

"Say, I don't like this title. The Melacholy Of The Bravest?" Peppita asked.

"Pfft, I hope that doesn't have anything to do with me," Roger commented.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Irisa Fields
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Tails, Chip, Fayt, Sophia, Maria, Cliff, Mirage, Nel, Peppita, Roger
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 11, 2009, 08:21:59 PM
Chapter 156: The Melancholy Of The Bravest

Aquios Territory
Irisa Fields

The group stared at Dr. Eggman: some with glares, some with blank faces, and some with confused looks after seeing such a fat guy with thin legs.

"How the heck did you get here?" Sonic demanded.

Dr. Eggman folded his arms and bent down to look at Sonic. "Well, now that you're kindly asking without using violence...I guess I should tell you because all odds are against me with contradictions ready."

Tails looked down, but his eyes were focusing on the scientist. "You should've had some way to get all the way to this place, isn't that right?"

"Ohohohohoho, quite right," Dr. Eggman said before he pulled himself back up, crossing his arms in front of him. "Well then, what do you want to ask me?"

"I thought I already asked you," Sonic pointed out.

Dr. Eggman chuckled a bit. "I forgot the question. Care to repeat it to me?"

"U-um..." Chris coughed a bit. "Sonic asked you why you were here..."

"...Oh, now I remember," Dr. Eggman said with a small grin. "Well, bunch of clueless people, I got here thanks to a reliavable benefactor who offered to give me a ride to where you were. It's not easy for me to just jump between dimensions with my machines."

Many of the Smashers forgot about the fact that they had 7 allies of Elicoor II with them. Maria raised an eyebrow after hearing the doctor. "Jump between dimensions? What is that supposed to mean exactly?"

"And who might you be?" Dr. Eggman asked before looking at the other group. "You've got yourself a whole group of newcomers, it seems... Well, what's your name, young lady?"

"My name is Maria Traydor, leader of Quark, an anti-Federation group that works under its own rules."

"Maria?" Dr. Eggman repeated before looking up to the sky. "Ah, that name sure brings back memories of my deceased cousin..."

"Deceased cousin?"

"It's something you shouldn't bother to look," Dr. Eggman said. "You 2 only share names, but that's about it I'll ever tell to you."

Maria took a step forward. "Okay, thanks for the little info about your family, but I'm still waiting for your answer to the question I asked to you."

"Oh, jump between dimensions..." Dr. Eggman recalled. "I don't see why I shouldn't tell you, Maria." He cleared his throat. "I'm not a person born in this universe because I came from another universe that isn't here. Those imbeciles you're traveling aren't also from this universe as well."

This extremely simple explanation made the 4 Smashers, Tails, and Chip, facepalm with a frown. They surely thought the same word.

BUSTED.

"...What?" Fayt asked before looking at the Smashers. "So it's true you're not from a known part of the galaxy?"

"Ooh, that's pretty shocking," Cliff said. "You guys didn't look like you lived in any of the planets I know, either. I could have believed the kid (Chris: Teen, dangit!) but since he's traveling with you..."

Peppita looked at Fox. "...You're not from this universe, Fox?"

"Well..." Fox looked down and clenched his fists. "Dammit..." he muttered.

Dr. Eggman grinned. "They didn't tell you? Oh, that's something they wouldn't reveal without much freedom. After all, all of us don't belong in any part of this universe."

"You idiot..." Chris muttered.

The scientist looked at the leader of Quark. "Was that what you wanted to hear? I'm glad I was able to reveal to you their origins. Now, I'll see what you'll do to them for lying."

Maria stared blankly at him.

"...So?"

"...Just as I expected," Maria said, not particularly showing any hints of surprise as most of her group did show. She looked amused at Dr. Eggman with a small smile. "I knew for sure they didn't even come from any part of the universe since I studied everything there is to know about the Pangalactic Federation."

"..." Dr. Eggman stared at her.

Maria shook her head. "And...I don't want to punish them," she stated. "I'd have punished them if they kept lying to me, but you were so kind enough to tell me what they were all hiding from us. Truthfully, I'd have to thank you for saving further interrogations I was planning to do to them."

Wolf raised an eyebrow. "What do you know, we don't need to lie anymore to them."

"W-Wolf!" Chris looked at him. "W-why are you saying that now?"

"Face it, kid," Wolf said bored. "No matter how much we try to hide it, the people are bound to know about what we really do. I don't see why we should keep lying any longer since it doesn't necessarily cause any kind of problem to whoever wants to know."

"B-but..."

"Don't you feel relieved for explaining yourself?" Wolf asked. "Personally, I like to be completely honest so I don't have any trash pestering me."

"Hey, who are you calling trash?" Cliff asked.

"Step back, Cliff," Nel said amused. "He's just being honest because he's annoyed."

"But still, he insulted us."

"So? I don't see the reason of being dishonest. If he wants to speak his mind, then let him." Nel looked at Wolf. "However, I know people can change their attitudes towards others. Even the most rotten individual can change overtime."

"Tsk, now you're starting to say foolish things..." Wolf muttered as he looked away.

Nel chuckled amused. "You'll see."

Everyone looked back at Dr. Eggman and Maria.

Dr. Eggman raised an eyebrow. "Oh well, it's not like I waited for you to beat up each other down."

"That was your plan, dork..." Sonic said bored.

"...Maybe?" Dr. Eggman asked.

Maria sighed and quickly took out her phase gun that she aimed directly at the scientist's head. "Now with that away, I wouldn't mind if you start to surrender," Maria said.

"What is the meaning of this sudden display of actions?" Dr. Eggman asked.

Maria chuckled. "I know that they're not bad guys after they argued to me about their false intentions, that's for sure," she admitted. "They would have done something before but they didn't. I'm glad to say they're relievable to us. After I met you by the hedgehog, I instantly knew you were going to pull out a trick to make us question them. Too bad you didn't expect that your card didn't play as you expected it to do since it backfired at you."

Dr. Eggman grunted a bit. "Wow, aren't you the most clever lady?"

"I'll take that as a compliment, thank you," Maria said as her right finger slowly reached for the trigger. "Now, as I've said before, surrender."

"Why would I surrender now?" Dr. Eggman asked. "I'm just an innocent doctor looking for the Spagonia Temple located somewhere in this planet."

"Wait, what?" Tails asked. "You're looking for the Spagonia Temple as well?"

"Why would I come all the way here?"

Sonic raised a finger. "You'd come all the way here to try and kill us off since you don't have anything better to do?" he asked.

Dr. Eggman chuckled. "That's a small freebie of my plans," he admitted. "But truthfully, I'm here to locate the temple and keep you away from it."

"Why are you so interested in the temple, Mr. Eggman?" Chip asked curiously.

The scientist looked at the imp. "...Who might you be?" he asked confused.

Chip chuckled and began to punch the air a few times. "My name is Chip McChip, adventurous imp!"

"...Chip McChip...right..." Dr. Eggman waved a hand. "I don't have time for little guys like you, honestly."

"H-hey, I can be pretty dangerous..." Chip trailed off.

"You're only dangerous to the flies, everything else clearly outmatches you in any field," Dr. Eggman said. "Back on topic..."

Tails rubbed his chin. "If you're looking for the Spagonia Temple...then...that must mean you know about Dark Gaia..."

"Dark...what again?" Nel asked confused.

"...Wait, that's the most logical thing!" Tails said before glaring at him. "Dr. Eggman, you're here to find the Spagonia Temple because you know about Dark Gaia! There's no other reason behind your motives!"

"...Bingo and bull's eye," Dr. Eggman said with a chuckle. "That's right, Tails, I'm here to find that temple in order to prevent anything from awakening Dark Gaia."

Sonic pointed at him. "Are you the one who's behind the continents floating apart from each other?"

"Duh," Dr. Eggman said. "What, didn't I tell you?"

"You cheap bastard!" Sonic yelled. "You told us many times before it wasn't you who did all that chaos!"

Chris looked bored. "Actually, I probably was the only one who knew he was behind pretty much EVERYTHING that happens in your world..."

"Your world?" Roger asked.

"Face it," Chris said with a sigh. "If something very catastrophic happens in your world, it's always going to be Dr. Eggman no matter what it is. There's not another person out who would do such a thing. You 2...basically won't learn that..."

Sonic and Tails looked at each other. "Weeeeeeeeeell, now that you put it that way..." both trailed off.

"But enough of this small chit-chat," Dr. Eggman said as he snapped his fingers, calling instantly a strong wind from the west that made everyone back away as a big green and white floating robot with roller blades on its hands came from above. The robot only had a main body with arms and its hands equipped with spinning blades. "It's time for me to use the Interceptor on all of you!"

"Stop right there!" Maria yelled as pulled the trigger, unfortunately missing to hit the scientist since he backed away behind the robot before them. "Dammit..." she muttered as everyone looked at the robot.

It was not long before Dr. Eggman called his transporter with another snap of his fingers. The scientist jumped into it where he sat and floated besides the Interceptor. "Well, Sonic, other bunch of people I barely know, it's time for you to take a hike and go away from here because my robot isn't going to be taken down easily!"

Everyone prepared to fight the robot. "I can infer he's evil, right?" Maria asked as she glanced up at the Interceptor.

"Oh, you don't know how much he tries to be evil," Sonic said with a grin.

"Oh, okay," Maria said before aiming her phase gun at the floating robot.

Dr. Eggman laughed before grinning evilly at them. "Your pathetic weapons won't scratch the Interceptor that easily, imbeciles! I've designed this robot for the sole purpose of eliminating you once and for all. You don't have many odds to defeat this ultimate creation of my technology! Just try destroying it by yoursel-"

"Aiming Device!" Maria suddenly interrupted.

Everyone watched as the long hard blue shot passed right through the Interceptor, making a big hole in its metal chest before letting out sparks. The robot began to twitch constantly as it slowly turned around, floated away some feet, crashed down upon the ground, and exploded into bits of metal.

Dr. Eggman stared at the spot where his new robot exploded by a single shot from the leader of Quark. The scientist just kept staring at the empty air as the others did the same, except without looking surprised. They didn't hear the small sniffing sound that Dr. Eggman made.

"...Ouch," Cliff commented with a chuckle as Maria kept her phase gun in her holster. "That ended way too fast than I expected."

"...Dude," Roger began. "Maria just proved you how wrong you were..."

"So..." Fox trailed off. "...I can guess you took it down because of your weapon?"

Maria nodded without looking at him. "That robot wasn't well-constructed enough to withstand our weapons," she explained before crossing her arms, looking amused at the doctor. "Also, you're just wasting your time in making such a ridiculous-looking robot to take us out."

"..." Dr. Eggman turned to them before starting to grunt loudly. "...Okay, I'm honest when I have to admit you're stupidly strong to take down one of my most ultimate creations!"

"Heh," Sonic chuckled before grinning. "Got another robot we can destroy?"


"E-er..." Dr. Eggman looked around. "W-well, y-yes, I have another one ready to take you down..."

"Well," Nel began as she crossed her arms. "Where is that robot?"

Dr. Eggman raised a finger. "Well, that robot is right over..." He looked around before he quickly flew away from them to the west, making most of them gasp. "Hohohohohohohohoho! See you all later, idiots! Hohohohohohohohoho!"

Maria got a little fed up by this action that she began to shoot to his direction. However, by the time she shot, Dr. Eggman had already gotten away from them.

"What a dirty trick," Roger commented. "He was just trying to make his escape!"

"Does it matter now?" Tails asked. "He's always getting away like this..."

Wolf rolled his eye. "I can't understand why you didn't do anything to seize him before he could escape away like that."

"Well, we like to hear motives and reasons before doing something reckless. We have to stay alarmed for anything."

"You call that stay alarmed?" Chris asked. "You didn't do anything..."

Tails shifted his eyes around. "W-well..."

"Seriously," the dragoon began with a sigh. "This is why you always will face him all the time..."

"I'm sorry to interrupt this conversation, but you didn't do anything to stop him if you knew he was going to do it," Sonic pointed out annoyed.

"...I..." Chris blushed embarrassed.

"Shouldn't you do something as well?" Sonic asked with a grin.

"If I recall, you didn't do anything," Fayt pointed out.

"..." Sonic remained silent.

"And you didn't do anything as well either, Fayt," Nel pointed out.

"I-I just met him, how else was I going to know him?" Fayt asked.

Cliff chuckled. "Well, Ms. Elicoor here didn't do a thing t-"

Without even looking, Nel already had a dagger dangerously pointing its tip at Cliff's throat.

"H-hey, it was just a joke," Cliff said as he looked at the dagger. "Don't take it that personally..."

Nel chuckled before keeping her dagger. "Well, this was getting stale so I asked myself why not stop it."

"Scar-ee..." Cliff muttered.

Tails looked worried as he stared at the direction where Dr. Eggman escaped. "Still, we didn't get much information about how Dr. Eggman got here in the first place... He said he was looking for the Spagonia Temple but that's it..."

Sonic grumbled a bit as he frowned. "That Eggman surely is planning another one of his every day schemes."

"That's obvious," Tails said. "I wonder how he got here since he said he wouldn't possibly come here through his inventions. He must have had someone to take him here...but who would that be?"

Fox thought for a moment. "If he came here, wouldn't Tabuu be the person he was talking about?"

The Smashers looked at each other.

"...Of course," Chris said. "There wouldn't be any other person who could take people through worlds like that...he must have been the one who brought Dr. Eggman here..."

"So Dr. Eggman is in league with Tabuu..." Tails muttered. "...Aren't we thinking about conclusions too soon, though?"

"Yes, but it should have been Tabuu," Fox said.

Fayt coughed. "Um, sorry for interrupting, but what are you all talking about?"

"Yeah..." Peppita said confused. "You guys...aren't from this universe?"

"What's this all about the Tabuu guy?" Cliff asked, "And what about the eggman guy?"

Maria looked at the Smashers. "Well, it seems your lies won't work for much longer for us."

Fox looked at her. "You weren't even thinking we were telling the truth?"

"Of course not," Maria said. "There are no proofs that there are people that look like most of you in any part of the universe. I find your group's members a very odd team because of how different each one looks like."

"I guess you could say that..." Fox muttered.

Sophia looked confused at the group. "I-I don't understand anything about their true reasons, though. It's too much confusing for me to find an answer by myself..."

Maria shook her head. "Don't worry, Sophia, they're going to explain their reasons and origins once we get everyone back with us. I don't want to hear repetitions twice." She looked at the Smashers. "Do we have a deal with that?"

"Yeah, whatever," Wolf said. "I'd rather say all the details than say lies."

"(But the video game fact is out of the question,)" Chris thought. "(That'd be far longer to explain...actually, I think I'm forgetting a big revelation in this world now that I think about it...)"

"Then we're all good," Fayt said before sighing. "Finally, I was worried Maria would do something harsh to you guys."

Maria looked at him. "Hey, I wasn't going to use violence against them."

Tails smiled a bit in relief. "Well, we can tell you everything if you promise to help us out that is..."

"It'll depend," Nel said a little bit skeptical. "You just came out of nowhere and asked us for our help. I'd say we should judge your problems if they concern us in some way or another."

"Believe me," Fox said serious. "This concerns a lot of people."

"We'll see," Nel said. "For now, let's do whatever you want to do with the temple you're really looking for." She crossed her arms. "I can assure you there isn't such temple in any part of neither the Kingdom of Aquios nor the Kingdom of Airyglyph."

"Why are you guys looking for a temple?" Roger asked.

"I guess that would be one of the most important questions to ask them..." Maria thought before looking around. "Actually...we should go back to Peterny for the time being."

"What?" Chris asked. "B-but I thought we were looking for the Aquatic Garden around here..."

"Sorry for doing this sudden action, but I really want to know more about all of you," Maria explained. "Also, we should wait for everyone else to regroup so we all know what's happening with you."

Cliff nodded and closed his eyes. "Yeah, I agree with Maria right there."

"I wouldn't mind hearing explanations," Nel admitted. "As long as they're grave to my world, I'll do what I can do to help."

"Hmm-hm," Roger said with some nods. "That sounds pretty good to me."

"Well..." Sophia looked worried. "That plan doesn't sound too bad either... Okay, I agree."

"I'm a little bit curious..." Peppita said as she played with her fingers. "(Maybe I can know more about Fox this way?)"

"..." Fayt sighed. "Okay, fine, I agree with everybody here..."

Sonic rolled his eyes and grinned. "You guys go on ahead. I'll look around the area and see if I can find that tem-"

"You're coming with us and that's that," Chris interrupted suddenly.

Sonic looked at him. "Hey, what's the big deal with that?"

"Did you forget about the promise you told me?" Chris asked. "You said you weren't going to run off again. What if we get in trouble...or you get in trouble for going away? Do you really want to cause of trouble because of your actions?"

"I..." Sonic stared at Chris before he frowned. "...No, I don't want to do that..."

Sophia looked confused at this but decided to stay on topic. "So...are we gonna head back to Peterny and stop our progress for now?"

"That's the idea," Maria said. "I'm sure everyone would understand each other better if we hear the full story of their mission that for some reason involves all of us as well. We can resume our little expedition for a little bit of time. After all, I don't want to let this bother me any longer."

Wolf turned around and began to walk back. "I'll go on ahead and head to the town. I don't want to deal with more of those Executioners, Proclaimers, or whatever the heck they are supposed to be..."

"I have to agree with you there..." Chip said before shuddering. "Their voices freak me out..."

The Smashers and Fayt's group decided to go back to Peterny to explain the situation to everyone else that didn't know about the Subspace Army. They were already expecting "Ms. Maria" to "crave" every single detail possible from them.

Peterny
Central Square

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Lively Step

Once the big group walked to the center of the square of the town from the north, they recognized the other group of Smashers and Mirage sitting around a big table in an outdoor restaurant, Mirage sitting in front of the 4. The group itself was separated from the other costumers that ate peacefully on the other tables, not minding the group at all. Upon looking at them, Roger ran to them and stopped to look up at Mirage. "Hey, why're you here, Mirage? Weren't you guys in the south field of Peterny?"

Mirage looked down at Roger. "Oh, it's you, Roger," she said calmly as everyone else rejoined. "Looks like you came earlier as well."

Maria blinked at the other 4 Smashers. "Why'd you come back here?"

"Oh, it's nothing," Mirage said. "I just happened to find out what they were all hiding as you suspected, Maria."

Chris looked at the others. "Wait, what?"

Samus frowned. "I'm telling you the truth when I said this could've been adverted if C. Falcon wouldn't have opened his big mouth."

C. Falcon looked at her. "Hey, I already said I was sorry!"

Pit rolled his eyes. "Seriously, why did you decide to go on and say aloud "Bring those Subspace Army guys to me. C'mon! I'll show them not to mess up with us anymore!" then?!"

"..." Chris looked bored at the racer. "...I hate to say this, but I can totally picture you saying such a thing... However, I have to something to ask you... Why the hell did you that for?!"

"I-I was just excited to some action, that's all!" C. Falcon defended himself. "But I guess I went too far with that..."

Mirage chuckled. "When I asked them about the army, he cordially told me everything they knew about it."

"THAT was another reason..." Roy muttered. "C. Falcon became infatuated by her so easily..."

Fox frowned and looked at the racer. "Your big mouth almost cost us the whole thing...but it's not like we're going to keep it as a secret anymore."

"Oh, why's that?" Samus asked. "Don't tell me you did something similar EXCEPT less stupid."

"We kind of did..." Sonic frowned. "We didn't do it...but Eggman did..."

The 5 looked at each other. "Eggman?" Roy repeated. "Isn't that the guy with the big belly, egg-shaped body?"

"Yeah," Tails said. "We found him to the northeast of the city."

Wolf noticed that the group of 5 didn't exactly have 5 people but 7. The extra 2 were not sitting on chairs, but they were standing up, not saying a single word. "Hey, who are the 2 of them?"

Mirage looked at him. "Oh, them? They happened to be coming back from Airyglyph when we were on the fields south of here. I guess you haven't met them yet, right?"

The Smashers looked at the 2 newcomers.

The first was an old man of 58 years that stood 6'2". Despite the man's old age, he looked a little bit younger due to the fact he was muscular. The man wore a long red kilt (with a sword's sheathe hanging on the right side of his belt) with Japanese shoes. The old man had grey hair, grey beard, and a grey mustache.

The man examined the group with his pale red eyes. Once looking at them for a while, the old man chuckled and crossed his arms. "Well, well, don't we have even more people to meet here? Hahahahahahahaha!" he laughed loudly.

"...Something about this man doesn't make me feel uncomfortable..." Roy muttered.

Roy was suddenly grabbed by the old man's right arm. The red-haired swordsman yelped a little bit as the old man bent down to look at him. "Hey, why are you muttering things about me, young man?"

"I-I didn't mean to say anything insulting, I swear!" Roy pleaded, confusing the other group of Smashers.

After looking at the man, Fox looked at Fayt. "Who's he?"

"Oh," Nel began as she crossed her arms as Roy was being stared by the old man. "Allow me to introduce him to you."

"Why bother?" the old man suddenly asked as he let go of Roy. The old man showed his teeth and bit and chuckle. "I'll do my own introduction here, Nel." He coughed a bit before crossing his arms. "It's a pleasure to meet more youngsters like all of you. My name is Adray Lasbard."

Adray Lasbard is a retired soldier of the Crimson Blade (the special unit where Nel works) that once worked together with Nevelle Zelpher (Nel's deceased father) to support the growth and prosperity of the Sacred Kingdom of Aquaria. Due to his unpredictable nature and somewhat violent actions, many consider Adray a person quick to get bored, which is why nobody ever puts him to do desk work where he can't sit down and stay silent for a minute because he would kick the table away. (It should be said that, because of his attitude, he's been a messenger so he wouldn't participate in important matters).  In battle, Adray is a master of both physical attacks and Symbology.

"So," Adray began as he smiled at the Smashers. "I heard from Mirage that you're the new guys who came here to join us." He rubbed his chin as he looked at Chris. "You, the young teen in the red jacket, can I ask you a question?"

For once, somebody addressed Chris as a teen. The dragoon looked at him. "Yes?"

"Are you..." Adray looked down at Roy for a moment. "...Do you happen to be looking for the girl of your dreams?"

Chris instantly blushed at this sudden question. "W-what? W-why are you asking that?"

Adray grinned. "I'm asking that because my daughter is looking for one. I'm telling you, she's a real beauty to the Kingdom o-"

"Ahem," Nel coughed and frowned at Adray's question. "For the last time, Adray, Clair doesn't want to get married yet."

"Aww, please," Adray said with some disappointment. "You Nel know as well as I do Clair won't try to marry anyone soon unless I go look for the perfect husband."

Wolf grinned at Chris. "I wish you good luck with your family, kid."

"V-very funny!" Chris yelled sarcastically.

Nel shook her head and put her hands on her hips. "Sorry, Adray, but you need to understand that. Besides, Clair herself gets annoyed by you asking to others to marry her. Haven't you learned your lesson nor do you want her to scold you again?"

"Pardon me to ask, but who's this Clair person?" Roy asked before Adray, yet again, pulled him close with his right arm. "Uagh!"

Adray pointed a finger at Roy's nose. "This person turns out to be my beloved daughter, young man," he said seriously. "Do you want me to ask you to marry her?"

"P-please, reconsider what you're asking, sir!" Roy yelled.

"Adray, stop," Nel said annoyed. "Nobody here wants to marry Clair."

Adray looked at her, not noticing he was putting a rather strong grip on Roy's throat. "Not even the young man in the red jacket?"

Chris shook his head several times. "I-I'm telling you I don't want to marry someone yet! I-I'm way too young to do that!"

Adray, pushing Roy down by accident, stood up and raised an eyebrow. "Age doesn't matter around here," he stated.

"No, it doesn't matter to you," Nel pointed out. "Seriously, stop it. It's getting annoying."

Adray rolled his eyes. "Okay, fine I won't be asking anymore..." He turned around...but then turned back. "She's still single, though."

"Adray!"

"It was just a joke, geez..." Adray frowned.

"It's always the same old joke every single minute with you..."

The group noticed the second and last person of Fayt's group some feet away from them. Unlike all of them, the black-and-yellow-haired teen of 24 years that stood 6'1" feet looked rather evil. The teen was a native of Elicoor as Nel, Adray, and Roger. He wore a purple shirt that only covered his chest and not his waist, a purple kilt that was cut in half by the sides of his legs where a sheathe with a katana was hanging from his right side, purple long heels, and black shoes. It should be noted that his left arm was completely covered in a steel gauntlet with a sharp claw. By the look of his eyes, he looked at anything without interest since they looked bored.

Chip blinked a few times at the last person. "Who's that guy?"

Nel stared at the teen. "Oh, he's Albel Nox, better known as Albel the Wicked of the Kingdom of Airyglyph."

Albel Nox is the captain of the Black Brigade, one of the three military forces of the Kingdom of Airyglyph. His nickname is Albel the Wicked due to his mastery of battles. During the war between Airyglyph and Aquaria, Fayt and company met the captain several times before the kingdoms decided to join forces against the Executioners, the king of Airyglyph forcing Albel to help Fayt. Albel is an excellent combatant specializing in the katana, a special kind of sword. It should be said that Albel isn't very kind to anyone he meets because of the fact he mostly addresses people as...

"Maggots..." Albel said as he slowly walked to them. "I had enough with our current group, but now we have to look out after these other maggots..."

"Who are you calling a maggot?" Wolf asked with a glare. "The only new maggot I see here is you."

Albel looked at Wolf. "How ironic you say that. You're the only one of your whole group that deserves to be even more of a maggot."

"Heh," Wolf chuckled at him before glaring. "What a funny joke. Just look at how I'm laughing here."

Albel narrowed his eyes even more. "Don't try to mock me anymore, I'm warning you."

"Tsk, same here," Wolf said with a grin. "If you look so tough, why don't we settle this little misunderstanding thro-"

"Okay, okay, you both can stop now," Nel interrupted as both glared at her. "This is supposed to be a pacific city. We're not meant to start a fight here just because of a small argument that's not relevant to us."

"Oh, right, after all, we're in Aquaria territory," Albel said.

"That's not it and you know it," Nel said before looking at Wolf. "Please, don't mind him if he insults you."

"Too bad," Wolf said as he crossed his arms, glaring at the captain. "Once someone ticks me off, it won't be easy for me to forget the treatment."

"Same here," Albel admitted.

Fayt shifted his eyes around before he raised a finger to talk. "W-"

"I think everyone's here," Maria interrupted Fayt. "Well, we want to hear your real story without concealing the truth this time," she said to the Smashers. "It's very obvious you're not from this universe, and it's also obvious that you're doing something even more different than what you explained before."

Samus stood up from her chair. "I want to do all the explanation here."

"Very well," Maria said. "Please, go on ahead and tell everyone here. I don't think the citizens of this place will mind us."

"Okay," Samus said as she looked at the whole group. "In truth..."

3 hours later...

"...And our job is to prevent Tabuu from ultimately taking every single realm, world, or universe before he achieves his desires," Samus explained. "...That's pretty much it..."

The group of Elicoor kept blinking at her after listening about everything the Smashers did in the past. However, Samus didn't mention the fact that everyone but Chris was a video game character; that was the only truth they wouldn't dare to say to anyone.

"..." Maria rubbed her chin. "Wow...I'm actually quite...amused by that..."

Fayt thought for a moment. "So you guys mean to say you travel around different universes to stop this Subspace Army from conquering all the worlds? I didn't think you'd be in such a mission."

"Yes..." Pit said. "It's actually a hard work we always do every day..."

Roger whistled a bit. "Stupidly unbelievable...yet so cool and awesome." He grinned a bit. "You guys are probably something to be doing that. Wait, no, not something, but really amazing."

"Ouch," Cliff commented. "You have a lot of weight on your backs, huh?"

"You wouldn't believe all the events we went through..." Chris said. "It's always fighting everywhere we go, but there's not other way to resolve matters."

Sophia thought for a moment. "Was that Dr. Eggman person one of the Subspace Army members?"

"It's the most logical answer we have for now," Roy said. "You said you met him, right? Tabuu comes to mind when you want to find out a way how he got here in the first place."

"Tsk," Albel began with a frown. "It doesn't matter to me where the heck you came from. It matters to me if I get to have something to get out of boredom since the war between the 2 kingdoms stopped. I wouldn't mind killing some maggots to death."

"Always in favor of violence, huh?" Nel said amused. "You really live up for your nickname, Albel the Wicked."

Albel looked away. "Whatever..."

Peppita giggled. "I knew you guys were hiding something so awesome to tell us. I'm so impressed that you do that very often. You meet a lot of new people, you fight against different enemies, you ensure peace, it's all so cool!" she said. "And to think we're helping such people to save our own universe makes me feel like I'm part of a big team!"

"It's fun," Chip said. "I've been traveling very much around."

"If I recall, you only traveled to 2 worlds," Sonic pointed out.

Chip greeted his teeth and approached Sonic's right ear. "Quite, Sonic, I'm trying to look good here..."

Sonic chuckled. "Good luck..." he said sarcastically.

"Thanks," Chip whispered. "It's good to know you're always there to support me, Sonic."

Sonic looked disappointed at the imp. He knew Chip wasn't even using sarcasm for the smallest bit. "(Geez, he can't tell who's being sarcastic...)"

"Bwahahahahaha!" Adray's loud laugh made most of them look at him quickly. "Now I see what you do! Seriously, you don't really want to know my daughter and see if you want to marry her?"

"For the last time, Adray..." Nel trailed off.

"Heheheheheh, that was just a joke, though..." Adray said.

Nel narrowed her eyes at him. "How can I possibly tell you were joking? You're always saying it too seriously whenever you talk about it."

Adray shifted his eyes around as everyone stared bored at him. "...Youngsters these days don't know when an old man jokes..."

"...Why are we listening to him, anyway?" Roger asked confused.

"Funny, I was thinking the same thing since the start of this," Albel said.

Nobody decided to talk as the chatters of the people of Peterny prevented silence.

"...Sooooooooo..." Cliff shifted his eyes. "...You told us your reasons and we understand them..."

Tails scratched his head. "Y-yeah, but...I thought you had already planned something else to say..."

Maria rubbed her chin. "Since there's nothing else to talk about, why don't we return to what we were doing? You wanted to find that Spagonia Temple somewhere in this planet, right? Also, since we're all here, it would make the search even easier to do if we divide in even smaller groups. We're 20 people."

Fayt thought for a moment. "Well, I want to go to the workshop and make more items and refine some of our weapons."

"I wouldn't mind going there as well," Cliff said. "I'm a little bit tired after walking around the whole kingdom with Nel."

"I want to go to the workshop too," Mirage said as she stood up, C. Falcon hiding a pleased gasp.

Aquios Territory
Irisa Fields

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Bird's Eye View

Back on the fields of Irisa, the whole group discussed what to do next now that they were all back on track. Maria had suggested that they should return to the Irisa Fields and resume their search for the Spagonia Temple. However, the biggest difference was that only Maria, Sophia, Peppita, Chris, Fox, Wolf, Sonic, and Chip went to the fields.

In Peterny, Fayt, Cliff, Mirage, Nel, Albel, C. Falcon, and Samus decided to stay at the workshop for more Item Creation business.

Adray himself wanted to make an expedition with Roy, Pit, Roger, and Tails to the south since they were all the only ones left to choose. Something about Nel made her think that it wouldn't be such a good idea to send most young boys with him. After all, Adray could take advantage of the situation and bring them all to meet Clair.

Not to mention that Clair herself was to the south...

Well, Roy knew what to respond. Too bad Adray would probably beat him up if he dared say no to anything the old man would ask him.

Back with the group that went back to the spot they were, Sonic shuddered once looking at Maria's group. "Ugh, we're being escorted by girls... This is seriously not making me feel so good..."

"What was that?" Maria asked as they stopped walking. "Are you being a little bit sexist to us?"

"P-please, don't mind what he said..." Chris said. "Sonic sometimes doesn't know when he goes far."

"Hey, that's not true!" Sonic argued.

"Quiet, hedgehog," Wolf said annoyed before crossing his arms. "If you forgot, we're trying to find some ruins around these parts."

"I have to agree," Fox said as he looked around the arches of trees. "Where are those ruins?"

As Maria recalled the locations of the ruins, an excited Peppita was whispering things with Sophia some feet away from them all. Apparently, the Velbaysian wanted to work harder to get Fox's attention. Now that she had Sophia, things were surely going to work out.

That was what Peppita thought, though.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 13, 2009, 08:03:29 PM
"So, got any ideas to help me out?" Peppita whispered to Sophia.

The young teen didn't know what to say to the cheerful Velbaysian. Sophia knew well that Peppita wanted to achieve her goal at all costs. It was sad to thing about Sophia telling Peppita that Fox would surely not think the same as the girl thought.

"Well..." Sophia looked worried at this. "Peppita...are you really sure you want to go with this?"

Peppita looked a bit serious. "Sophia, I know I'm doing the right thing here," she said. "I never felt so crazy in love with a guy before so I want to enjoy as soon as a I can."

"But seriously..." Sophia muttered.

"...Seriously what?" Peppita asked, hinting some preoccupation in her eyes. "What are you trying to say, Sophia?"

"I-I..." Sophia stammered a bit as she looked at Peppita's eyes. Her eyes were shaking so slow enough to produce very small tears that glittered a bit. Sophia didn't have enough courage to tell Peppita about what she thought about the idea that sounded farfetched to her. "...I-I'm thinking my best to help you...but I just can't find any good idea..."

"..." Peppita stared at her. "...What? You don't know how to help me?" She folded her arms and looked down. "I thought you were good at this kind of situations, Sophia...Mirage told me so."

Inside Sophia's mind, she hid some annoyance of what she really thought about what Peppita just told her. "(Mirage was asked first and she decided to give Peppita to me...)" Sophia could have sworn a small sniff came from the Velbaysian. "L-let me think more, okay? I-I'm sure I can come up with a plan!"

Peppita looked up at her. "...I'm starting to feel depression, Sophia..." She looked down at the ground. "I just wanna have him notice me more...and probably make him...make him..."

Sophia gasped a bit as she saw Peppita sniffing a bit. "I-I have an idea!" she suddenly said, making Peppita quickly look up at her. "Y-yes, I have the perfect idea to help you out, Peppita!"

Cheerfulness quickly affected Peppita as she smiled happily. "Y-you do? W-what is it? W-what do I need to do?"

"Y-you..." Sophia's lips twitched a bit. She didn't have the slightest idea about an idea (pun intended). "...Y-you have to..."

Peppita blinked in excitement. This action only made Sophia more nervous. Now that Peppita was at her highest point of happiness, telling her she didn't have an idea would surely push Peppita all the way down to depression.

"...I have to..." Peppita trailed off.

Sophia looked back and forth between Peppita and Fox's back. The teenager felt even more pressure that sweat began to go down between her eyes.

"...Y-you have to..." Sophia suddenly got an idea. "Ah, you have to...you have to..." Her mind suddenly went blank for her dismay. Now, anything would be nice to use for Peppita to not feel discouraged or herself. "...Hug him..."

"..." Peppita blinked a few times. "...Is that going to work?"

"(Stupid, stupid, stupid idea!)" Sophia thought several times. "E-er..."

Peppita chuckled. "That's way too easy to do!" she said happily. "Now I see what you meant with that, Sophia!"

The teenager looked extremely confused at her.

"If I hug him, chances are that he will hug me back!" Peppita said, making Sophia gasp mentally as she looked bewildered by Peppita's thinking. "Okay, I'm gonna head over there and do it before something else happens. Wish me luck!" she said cheerfully as she hummed, walked towards Fox, and swung her bangles back and forth on her sides.

Sophia knew this wasn't going to work at all. She just hoped Fox wouldn't get mad at her. If there was something Sophia feared more than seeing Peppita break in tears, that would be staring at Fox's face.

Seriously, the guy looked evil with those eyes of his.

"If my memory doesn't fail me..." Maria muttered as she looked to a bunch of branches with some ruined monuments around the wood. "The entrance to the ruins would be behind those branches and trees. See those monuments? It should be behind the branches."

Fox grinned a bit. "Well, shall we go and see what's inside?"

Chip looked at him. "Oh, right, you should take care of the 2 of you now."

Fox looked confused at him. "I...beg your pardon?"

Chip pointed at him. "You surely are very close to each other."

Wolf looked at Fox and chuckled amused. "What do you know, Fox has a new girlfriend."

Chris turned to Fox. "U-um...is that true?"

Sonic hid some chuckles. "W-wow, I didn't think you were like that..."

Maria looked at Fox. "W-what the..."

Fox looked confused at all of them before he noticed some tanned hands hugging his chest from behind. The vulpine quickly looked over his left shoulder to find a happy Peppita hugging him from behind. The Velbaysian looked very happy, but Fox grew uncomfortable as everyone looked at him. "Peppita?"

"...Yeah?" Peppita asked as she looked up at him. "What's the matter?"

"Er..." Fox shifted his eyes. "...Why are you...hugging me?"

Peppita stared at him surprised. "So...you're not going to hug me back?"

At this question, Wolf, Chris, and Sonic began to chuckle silently, receiving glares from the vulpine before Fox looked back at Peppita. "Why do I need to hug you back after you hugged me out of the blue?"

Peppita blushed a bit, not even thinking about stopping the hug. "Shouldn't you do the same?"

Wolf, Chris, and Sonic chuckled even more, annoying Fox even more as Chip merely stared at this curiously.

"I...don't plan to..." Fox admitted.

Some glass breaking inside Peppita's mind made her look blankly at Fox. She shifted her eyes a bit before looking at Fox's back. Peppita remained immobile before she slowly pulled her hands back to take a few steps back from the vulpine where she folded her arms and looked down. "...Okay..." she muttered before walking back to a sighing Sophia.

Wolf snickered a bit. "So, when's the wedding going to be? I'll gladly attend the event."

Fox glared at him, ignoring that Sonic began to laugh loudly as he began to pound the ground with his right fist. "Very funny, Wolf," Fox commented before walking to the west. "Can we just go see the ruins?"

The vulpine didn't hear Maria hiding a small chuckle. For once, she thought the moment was random, yet it looked funny to see. "O-okay, everyone, let's go."

Chip looked confused. "(Weird, I thought they were a couple. They looked cute together if you ask me.)"

As a chuckling Chris helped Sonic to get up from the grass, Sophia looked at the depressed Peppita. "U-um..." Sophia tried to say something to her.

However, she was taken surprised as Peppita chuckle a bit to herself, looking up to Sophia with a happy expression. "That was very effective, Sophia!"

"...What?" Sophia asked in disbelief.

"When I hugged him tightly, I managed to find out that Fox has pecs!" Peppita said pleased. "And above that, they were hard!"

"..." What did Sophia just make Peppita do? This wasn't surely even going to be thought about as far as Sophia knew. Peppita completely misunderstood every single accidental step Sophia told her to do. "(W-what did she do that?!)" Sophia asked in pure disbelief. "(W-why would a 14 years old girl go that far to get someone to love her?! W-what was she taught, anyway?!)"

"I see you're thinking you're surprised of me," Peppita said with a giggle before blushing. "I didn't know you were this good at thinking very good ideas, Sophia!"

"B-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b..." Sophia's lips twitched in pure horror.

"Please, don't say anything," Peppita said. "I'm sure I'm gonna get to his heart very soon if I keep listening to you, Sophia." She smiled happily. "Thank you so much for helping out, Sophia!"

"(S-she's out of control... H-How am I going to get out of this one now?!)" Sophia thought in a little bit of a panic.

"Heeeeeeeeeeeey!" Chip called from the branches. "You guys need to come down and see this HUGE place! It's...huge!" he said before he disappeared from sight after going back behind the branches.

"Coming!" Peppita yelled cheerfully, leaving an astonished Sophia before she came back to her senses and ran to Peppita.

Aquatic Garden, Surferio

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - More Complicated

"..." Wolf crossed his arms and looked around. "...And this is supposed to be underneath the fields?"

"I..." Chris shook his head. "...I can't believe this place is actually..."

The Smashers found themselves standing on a large platform that was stuck to the ceiling of gigantic ruins that stood an insane height of about 500 feet down below their location. They each noticed that the ruins down below were gigantic enough to make 3 utopias. They looked at the platform they were on, and it didn't even match what was underneath it. In fact, the platform looked like it could fall at any moment, but it was very secured from falling off down to the insane height due to the pillars that were going straight up the misty ceiling along the staircases and floors.

The platform they were on had a long staircase that went down to the left before it spread into more staircases. The staircases themselves, however, didn't go far down. They all went down for about 7 feet each.

Fox looked back at the exit where he could see the light of day. He then looked back at the enormous ruins. "This place is just unbelievable..." he muttered.

"Amazing, isn't?" Maria asked. "I wonder how this big empty space was known as a kingdom."

Chip flew around their area, looking amazed at the ruins down below. "...Hey, if this place is so big..." he trailed off before he began to yell. "GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"GERONIMO!"

"YODELEIHIHOOOOOOO!"

The imp's surprised expression suddenly turned into a shocked one after the echo suddenly changed words out of nowhere. Chip knew he didn't yell the last word, and he pointed around confused to make the others know about what he found out. For his dismay, everyone ignored that.

"My goodness..." Sophia said in awe as she looked down. "..." She felt a little bit sick. "I-I don't want to fall off from this place..."

"Somebody got an awful lot of time in his hands..." Wolf joked sarcastically. "I'd die of boredom if I helped to build a place like this."

Chris looked worried. "D-don't tell me the Spagonia Temple could be down below..."

Maria shook her head. "Even if it was there, it would be insane to jump down. We'd surely die if we did that without thinking."

"Nah, I don't think it's down there," Sonic said as he stared down at the ruins. "It if was there, I could examine the whole place in 5 minutes best."

"Oh no, we're not sending you down there," Chris said. "What if you couldn't jump back here? I doubt you can jump that high..."

"Yeah, I guess you're right on that," Sonic said, Chip wanting to get his attention.

Maria looked forward where she saw the other floors with some monsters floating about. "There are the monsters that roam this place," she said as she pointed forward. "They're weaker than the Executioners, though. As long as we don't disturb them too much, they won't attack us."

"Sounds better to me," Wolf said as he put a hand on his right pocket. "I don't want to deal with those abnormalities myself."

"Neither do I," Fox said.

"Or me," Peppita said. "My bangles could break 'em down."

Maria thought for a moment as she looked at the long staircases that connected flat platforms where monsters roamed about. She didn't see anything out of place like the temple the Smashers were looking for. However, something didn't make her feel right as she thought hard about the situation. "We're not sure if the temple is here...we should prepare ourselves to investigate this place again."

"Wait," Fox suddenly said.

"Huh? What is it?" Maria asked. "Did you get an idea about how to find the temple?"

Fox shook his head. "No, it's not that... You see, there was something that was bothering me..."

"What would that be?" Sophia asked.

"Well...it's about the Symbology you use to attack," Fox said. "I grew a little bit curious about it once you spoke about that tome that you had that can teach anyone Symobology."

Peppita took out a tome with a red cover. "You mean this?"

"Is that the tome?"

Peppita nodded. "Yeah, this is the Decrepit Tome. It allows anyone to use basic support symbols. Sophia, you know the ones?"

Sophia nodded. "Yeah, they're Healing, Antidote, and Silence."

Maria looked at the tome before looking at Fox. "Wait, you're not thinking about learning how to use that, right?"

"I...was wondering if I could..." Fox admitted. "But I know you're going to object to that..."

Peppita suddenly got an idea in mind. "(Fox wants to learn Symbology? Well, if he wants to learn it so badly...I could use this advantage to make him like me even more!)" she thought in excitement. "Hey, Fox, take it."

Maria looked at Peppita. "What are you doing, Peppita?"

"U-um, I'm just helping him learn Symbology..." Peppita said as she blushed a little. "W-what's wrong with that?"

"Well, it's our only Decrepit Tome we have left with us," Maria pointed out. "And giving it to Fox wouldn't be such a good idea..."

"But we're fine with the healers we have," Peppita said. "Having Sophia, Adray, and Nel as healers is good enough, don't you think?"

"Yeah, I guess..." Maria said before sighing. "Fine, give it to him. If we get in trouble in the future, it's going to be your full resposibility, okay?"

Peppita nodded. "Don't worry, everything's fine," she said as she gave the tome to Fox. "You just need to read the middle page of the book and you'll instantly learn the skills."

Fox stared at the tome. "That easy?"

"Yeah, I know it's creepy, but it gets the job done."

The vulpine looked confused at this before he opened the tome to the middle page. His eyes focused in some lines that were written differently apart from the other sentences. Suddenly, his eyes widened after he saw the paragraphs shining brightly before they vanished. Something inside Fox had just woken up as he stared down at the empty pages of the book.

"..." Fox looked at everyone. "...I...know how to use those 3 spells now..."

"Sweet!" Peppita said as she took the tome back. "Congratulations, you learned Healing, Antidote, and Silence!"

Maria frowned a bit. "I hope this was the right choice to do..."

Fox crossed his arms. "How do I use this Symbology magic?"

"I knew you were going to ask something like that since you came from another universe..." Maria muttered. "It should be an easy thing to do. First, you need to focus your Symbology in your hand, think about the spell you want to use, then release the spell on someone to see if it works." She rubbed her chin. "I don't exactly teach stuff like this, but I'm going to make an exception with you."

Fox looked at his right hand before he pulled it back behind him. He seemed to be staring at Sonic. "Would you mind if I use you as a my target?"

Sonic shrugged. "Meh, it's not going to hurt me so go on ahead."

Fox nodded before he closed his eyes, trying to focus his new kind of magic in his right hand.

"Focus hard or else the spell won't work," Sophia instructed. "Trust me, I use Symbology so much than anyone else."

"Right," Fox said as he focused harder.

Wolf looked at this little event. "Heh, this should be interesting to see..."

The vulpine focused harder as everyone stared at him.

5 minutes later...

Maria just couldn't understand the fact that nothing had happened after Fox began to focus 5 minutes ago. Normally, it'd take a person 5 seconds to cast Symbology, but it was so unclear that Fox couldn't even call forth the blue sphere on his right hand.

Confused at this, Peppita tilted her head. "What is wrong with you?" she asked confused before Fox stared at her, his hand still behind him. "You should have cast Healing a long time ago by now..."

"But..." Fox trailed off. "I am feeling the surge of Symbology running through me..."

"Really?" Sophia asked. "It looks like it's not manifesting by itself..."

Fox looked back at his hand where it was holding out air above it. Maria walked to Fox and stared closer at his hand. "...I don't feel any traces of Symbology on your hand..."

"I do feel that he has Symbology," Sophia pointed out. "Actually...it's there, but it doesn't want to come out."

"What?" Chris asked. "You mean to say Symbology is alive or something?"

Sophia shook her head. "No, but this is so weird. Symbology shouldn't do this kind of effect on you. I mean, you look like you could use magic very well...but what is keeping you from using Symbology?"

Fox looked down as he still tried to call forth Symbology. "(Wait...isn't this situation similar to the Black Magic?)" he thought.

Maria thought for a moment. "This is a very rare case of an individual not able to use Symbology when he has learned it... I guess this may as well be the first case of people not being able to use Symbology that easily..." She looked at Fox. "Are you sure it doesn't have anything to do with the fact you come from another universe?"

"I don't think so," Fox said.

Wolf grunted a bit before he pulled his right hand over his left shoulder spiked pad, his claw glowing yellow. "Let me show you my own magic..." he muttered before he quickly held out his open claw forward. "Thunder!"

A small bolt of lightning crashed down on the floor, creating a black spot on it.

The lupine crossed his arms. "That magic isn't something I could learn in my own world, but I did learn it through other means."

Fox could only feel a bit of anger after seeing that Wolf could easily use Black Magic than himself. Maria merely stared at this, nodding several times as she tried to find an answer.

"Ooooh, this is just so confusing..." Peppita said.

The vulpine only sighed and pulled back his hand, stopping his focus on the magic as he crossed his arms and looked away.

"Still, this situation is going to be tested more," Maria said. "I can't seem to find the answer behind this phenomenom that you have, Fox."

"Who cares about it..." Fox muttered in some depression. "I didn't want to learn magic that much, anyway..." He sighed again. "Whatever it is that it's keeping me from learning magic shouldn't be that bothering... If I can't learn magic, then I won't learn it. I like to fight physically than resorting to spells."

Peppita, Sophia, Chip, and Chris looked worried. Wolf and Sonic looked away, and Maria still thought about the reason behind the problem that Fox had.

However, the one that was more worried about Fox was Peppita. She knew very well that it was the right time to cheer him up. Maybe cheering him up would help her as well.

"No, Fox!" Peppita suddenly yelled. "I know you can do this!"

Fox kept staring away into the ruins far down below them.

"You just have to keep trying to do it!" Peppita cheered seriously. "Do you want this to defeat you? I know you're much stronger and devoted than that! Who knows, you could be formidable if you put your mind into it!"

"..." Fox frowned. "Please, don't say anything else to me. It's not like I'm interested anymore."

"B-but..." Peppita looked worried.

"Knock it off already, okay?"

The Velbaysian only looked down at the floor. "...Okay..." she muttered with a frown.

"Hmm..." Maria looked back at the staircases. "Since Fox doesn't want to talk about it anymore, we should start to explore the garden so we can find out about the temple."

"That...would be the best thing to do for now..." Chris commented as he looked at Fox.

"Lead the way..." Sonic said before Chris stared at him. "...Slowly..." he added woth a frown.

"Are we gonna have trouble with the monsters?" Chip asked.

"It shouldn't be that threatening," Maria said. "The enemies here are far weaker than anything outside. We shouldn't try to use much force of them." She started her way down the small staircase. "Okay, let's go."

Everyone else started their way down the staircase, leaving Fox behind close to the exit. The vulpine, even after he told them that he didn't want to learn magic, wanted to find out what was wrong with him. Fox knew well that he intervened with magic a long time ago, but he just couldn't understand the reason behind his problem.

Fox didn't notice that Peppita was still close to him. He didn't care about anyone for the moment, causing the Velbaysian to frown in shame and walk away from him.

However, Fox noticed that Wolf hadn't left yet. The lupine stared at him from the staircase, a look of seriousness in his face.

"..." Fox glared at him. "Go on ahead and laugh at me. You can use magic, but I can't use magic."

"..." Wolf merely glared back at him before he turned around and began to walk down the staircase.

The leader of Star Fox was waiting for a laugh, or even some chuckles, but he didn't expect Wolf to simply stare at him for a small period of time. He knew Wolf was going to mock him, but the leader of Star Wolf didn't do what Fox had in mind. Was Wolf thinking about a way to help him? Of course now, Wolf wasn't that kind to Fox.

There were so many confusing things in Fox's mind that he decided to shrug all of them off. Fox decided to join the others, pondering more about his personal problem.

Music stops

Trading Town of Peterny
Inn - Chris's Room

The day went on, and nothing much interesting happened. Night came too fast, and everyone had already gathered at the inn to rest for the day.

The party that went to explore the Aquatic Garden, for their dismay, didn't find anything new. They all found out that the Spagonia Temple wasn't inside the ruins. Maria decided to call of them back to Peterny once sunset came.

The party that was at the workshop worked hard to create and refine items. From what Chris heard from Samus, C. Falcon didn't work but rather talked with Mirage a lot. This little event only caused Cliff to grow suspicious about the racer before both of them began to talk with each other. The only amusing fact was that both guys had become fast friends. Samus even said they both did arm wrestling, and C. Falcon lost all the bouts due to Cliff's Klausian blood giving him insane strength.

Samus didn't want to say Mirage also played against him, and C. Falcon was knocked down with the first push Mirage gave him. Samus thought she shouldn't say more about it or else Doug's dignity would be destroyed.

As for the expedition group that went to the south...

"H-he's crazy!" Roy commented as he was shown sitting on Chris's bed. "H-He didn't take us to look for the temple, but he rather took us to the town where her daughter lived!"

"Roy, calm down," Chris said as he was shown sitting next to him to the right. "It shouldn't have been that bad with Adray..."

"O-oh, you're telling me!" Roy said as he shook in fear. "W-when we met her daughter, she got angry at Adray for doing what Nel told us about. H-however, when she left, Adray proceeded to go nuts on us and tried to cut our heads off!"

"..." Chris stared at him. "...Go on?"

"I-it was so crazy, I'm telling you..." Roy said. "Adray also tried to cut one of Pit's wings once he got a hand on him. Needless to say, Pit said he was going to have nightmares after he escaped in time, all alone by himself...but thing is, I received the most threatening event thanks to Pit running all the way back here!" he complained. "Adray's look turned so amused before he started to use that Symbology magic on me. I dodged stalagmites, fireballs, lightning blasts, stones falling from the sky, and let's not forget the huge water whale that almost crashed on me!"

"T-then what happened to Roger and Tails? I'm sure Roger should've tried to stop Adray..."

"That kid is evil, Chris," Roy muttered. "The only thing Roger did during the ordeal was crack up and point at us. He rolled around the floor laughing madly while Adray continued his rampage. As for the Tails, well, he was more clever than anyone so he left right after Adray took us to her daughter...I doubt Tails is old enough to marry someone, let alone a human..." He shook his head. "B-but I'm glad I made it back in one piece..."

Chris thought for a moment. "...And did Nel say anything about this?"

"Well, she didn't, but Clair did..." Roy said. "I was so lucky for her to appear right when I was cornered by that maniac she calls her father. They DON'T look alike at all. Clair got all angry and scolded Adray, and I took the opportunity to escape all alone by myself."

"It...must have been a real nightmare..." Chris commented.

Roy sighed. "At least Adray didn't come back...I pray Clair killed him..."

Chris looked oddly at him. "O-okay, I know Adray scares you a lot..."

"T-thanks..." Roy said before standing up. "Now, I'm going to go back to my room with Pit... We're going to lock the door if Adray comes back and tries to kill us off..."

Chris sweat dropped at this. "Okay...good night..."

"Likewise..." Roy muttered with a nod before he walked away, leaving Chris all alone in his room.

The World Traveler thought for a moment. "I wonder..." He looked hesitant. "I-is there a bathroom around here?"

Chris quickly stood up and ran away from his room in a hurry, leaving it all alone by itself with the door wide open.

However, the room's solitary atmosphere was soon finished after 2 figures walked into the room. The 2 figures were an excited Peppita with a worried Sophia. Apparently, Peppita had a new idea that she thought would work very well. As for Sophia, she was against it but couldn't try to change Peppita's cheerful mood.

"A-are you sure this is a good idea?" Sophia asked as Peppita looked underneath Fox's bed. "I-I mean, are you going to hide underneath his bed all the night?"

"Yep, that's the idea," Peppita said before she crouched and slipped underneath the bed. "Maybe I'm wrong, but Fox could talk to Chris when they're alone."

"T-that's just a prediction. You don't know if they really talk alone!" Sophia said as she looked back and forth between Peppita and the door.

"Please, Fox seems to be the social type," Peppita said under the bed before she turned around to stick her head out to look up at Sophia. "If I get a little bit of information about him, then it'll be easier to make him fall in love with me!"

"(Oh, please, when is she going to see that isn't going to happen?)" Sophia thought worried. Sophia wanted to tell Peppita what she thought about the whole deal of romance, but the teen wouldn't bring herself to hurt Peppita's feelings.

"Okay, leave," Peppita muttered. "They must be on their way here. Hurry up and leave!"

"B-but..." Sophia looked panicked.

"Just hurry, Sophia!" Peppita said.

"A-alright..." Sophia said with a frown before she ran out from the room, Peppita giggling happily.

"Okie-dokie," Peppita said to herself. "Now I need to avoid getting a flu under the bed while I listen to everything Fox says in private. Teeheehee, this is gonna be so much fun."

The Velbaysian suddenly saw the leader of Star Fox walking into room, still looking depressed after their investigation of the Aquatic Garden. Peppita gasped mentally as Fox walked to his bed and sat down, sighing a bit.

"(Time for Operation Fox to begin...)" Peppita thought.

Outside the bed, Fox stared outside as he stayed silent. By now, he wanted to do something to cheer him up himself. Fox thought that he could tell Chris more about his past with his dad now that they would be "alone" by themselves.

"What is wrong with me?" Fox asked to himself. "It's not like me to be this depressed. What the heck is keeping me from learning magic, anyway? I'm pretty sure I know how to use it because I've had those Krazoa Spirits entering my body when I was in Sauria...and let's not forget Krystal's Staff..."

Under the bed, Peppita nodded several times.

"I started to get a taste of magic back then..." Fox closed his eyes hard like he was struggling to resist something. "But that was a long time ago...I mean, what if that doesn't have anything to do with this?" he asked before opening his eyes, looking down at the floor where he removed his tanker boots. "That's the only good reason I could use magic...but...is it really relevant after I couldn't use Symbology either?"

Peppita gasped once she saw a white flight jacket fall on the floor, hearing the sound of Fox's headgear being put on the drawer as his back fell down on the bed quickly.

The vulpine stared up at the ceiling as he folded his arms behind his head. "I shouldn't make such a big deal about this..." he muttered. "...I don't know what's happening to me anymore..." he muttered even lower than before.

"(...Oooooooh, I barely understand anything he said about spirits and staffs...)" Peppita thought in disbelief.

Suddenly, Peppita heard the door closing. She looked to the door's direction where a relieved Chris walked to his bed and sat down. "I didn't think there was a variation of bathrooms in here," Chris said to Fox. "...But I rather not say what I did there..."

"WHERE THE F((BEEP) IS THAT LITTLE SON OF A B(BEEP) HIDING?! TELL ME NOW OR ELSE I'LL F(BEEP) YOU ALL BUT GOOD! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Chris grunted in annoyance as Tails and Chip were heard screaming loudly. "Ugh, not that little imbecile again!" he yelled before quickly changing to his Beastmaster job. The monster tamer left the room quickly as he ran all the way to Sonic's room. Fox could hear the echo of a whip's lash hitting the werehog before the World Traveler came back, sighing in relief as he closed the door and changed back to his Dragoon job. "Phew, he's gone for the time being..."

The vulpine stared him at him for a while. "I...guess..." Fox responded. "...Chris..."

"Yes?" Chris asked as he walked to his bed.

"I'm yet again bored for the night...but I wouldn't mind telling you the next part of my past with my father."

Peppita blinked a few times. "(His past with his father? Oh my, I struck gold!)" She made a happy expression. "(I didn't think I'd get to know about his father! I bet he was as handsome as Fox is...)"

At Fox's idea, the World Traveler smiled a bit before he took off his red jacket, red hat, and boots as he lay down on his bed. "Oh, please, do tell me. I'm excited to know even more about you."

Fox chuckled at this, now feeling more enthusiastic than before. "Well, thanks. I need to do something fun to do after what we did today."

Chris covered himself with his bed sheet. "Don't mind if I listen to you. Please, tell me more."

"You're getting excited like a kid, you know that?"

Chris blushed a bit. "I-I'm just excited, that's all..."

Peppita giggled mentally. "(Yep, same here if you ask me.)"

Fox chuckled even more. "Well, here we go, then..." He coughed a bit to clear his throat. "Peppy told me about all the things my father went through when I was a baby. He told me that my father was always in quite a fit to calm me down whenever I cried. Peppy also told me that my father slowly understood the ropes about raising babies by himself."

Peppita looked confused. "(Why did his dad raise him as a baby? Where was his mom back then?)"

"The dead of my mother really put him in trouble..." Fox said.

"(...His mom died?)" Peppita thought.

"But what happened after?" Chris asked. "I mean, what happened when you were a child?"

"Oh, that part?" Fox asked before chuckling. "That was one of my most precious memories I had with my father."

Flashback

Corneria
Great Fox - James's Room

Darkness covered a solitary room where some chuckles were heard. The metalic sliding door opened wide to reveal James looking around. The chuckles eventually stopped, James hearing one of them that made him grin.

"Okay, Fox," James began as he walked inside the dark room. "You can't fool me anymore, son. Get out from your hiding spot and confront your father."

There was no response as he looked around his room.

The room itself was mostly made out of steel and metal. Only the floor, walls, and ceiling were of hard metal. However, the room had drawers on walls, a closet to the left wall, a ventilation duct on the far right corner of the ceiling, and a small window to look outside at the starry night's sky. A big mattress adorned the metal floor, and a bed was touching the front and right wall. There were some pictures in some parts of the front, right, and back wall depicting James and Fox with some of the other people that they knew such as Peppy, Pigma, General Pepper, and even some of Fox's friends like a young Falco, a young Slippy, and a young Bill.

James chuckled as he walked forward, finding a small bump under the bed sheet. "Now, I wonder where is Fox?" he asked to himself in amusement as he stared down at the bump on his bed. "He better not be hiding on the bed."

James expected a response from the bump.

"..." James raised an eyebrow. "Let's see now..."

Wherever Fox was hiding, he waited for James to lift up the bed sheet. In truth, the young vulpine of 8 years was hiding behind the closet, trying his best to hide his small chuckles.

"You must be on the bed..." James was heard saying. "Or maybe...just maybe..."

Suddenly, the young vulpine gasped when the doors of the closet opened, revealing James looking down at him with a grin. The young vulpine quickly hid his face behind some flight jackets that James wore.

James chuckled as Fox hid his face from him. "Hmm, sir, have you seen a little kid hiding somewhere?"

"W-well," the young Fox chuckled. "N-no..."

"That's weird," James said before he slid the clothes hangers back, making Fox laugh a bit. "You look a lot like Fox."

"O-okay, I give up!" Fox said as he lifted up his hands. "You found me again, dad!"

"Get over here, you," James said as he grabbed his son from his sides and took him out from the closet. "So, you expected me to lose this time, huh?"

"Heheheheh," Fox chuckled as James put him on the floor. "I thought I was going to win for sure this time. How did you know I was hiding in there?"

James pointed at the bump on his bed. "I know for sure that bump doesn't even match your size," he said as he went to the bed and removed the bed sheet, revealing 2 pillows pilled up together. "I mean, last time I checked, my son had this problem of not staying still for 3 seconds, and he surely didn't have cotton inside him."

Fox chuckled once more. "Y-yeah, that's me, alright..."

James turned to him and sat down on the bed. "Okay, Fox, time to go to bed. Your dad has had a tough job today." He wiped some sweat from his face. "You're lucky I brought you here from Falco's house, Fox. I know you 2 are best friends, but I can't let you sleep in his house almost all the time. What if his parents get angry at me?"

"No, they don't," Fox said. "They don't mind if I stay with Falco. We talk so much with each other, you know."

"Yeah, but I can't just let you sleep in his house almost all the time," James said. "You understand it's been very rough to take care of you, right?"

Fox looked down. "...I know..." he said as he frowned. "You've been telling me from time to time that I can't go with you to any mission because I'm not old enough..." He walked to his father and looked up to him. "Why did mom abandon us?"

"...She didn't abandon us, Fox," James said as he patted the left side of where he was sitting to call Fox on the same spot. The young vulpine hopped and sat next to James. "There were...some circumstances that made her...well..." James looked away, Fox waiting for his answer. "...Well..."

"...So?" Fox asked.

James didn't want to tell Fox about James's wife. The past leader of Star Fox didn't want to make Fox feel uncomfortable.

"..." James looked back at Fox. "The circumstances made her go somewhere else because she needed to do it."

"What?" Fox asked.

"...Well, she told me not to tell you because..." James scratched his head. "...You need to be much stronger..."

"..." Fox tilted his head. "I need to be stronger to know what she didn't want me to know about her?"

"Yeah..." James said with a nod.

"..." Fox looked away. "...I gotta be stronger to know about it?"

"Um, yes..."

"...Heheh," Fox chuckled before he looked up at James. "Well, if she wants me to be stronger, I need to be as strong and cool like you, right?"

"(Oh, thank god Fox has a somewhat hyperactive imagination...)" James thought pleased before grinning at Fox. "Yeah, she wanted you to be just like your old man."

"Hey, you're not old," Fox said. "You look very young, dad."

"Well, thanks," James said as he rubbed Fox's head. "So anyway, are you ready to go to sleep?"

Fox wagged his tail a bit before he began to hop on his spot. "Tell me what you did today, dad! I want to know what adventure you had today!"

"Wow, wow, wow," James said as he stopped Fox from hopping by putting his hands behind his shoulders. "No need to react like that, Fox. You know very well I'm going to tell you the adventure I had today." James chuckled. "Remember the bothersome guy I told you about?"

"Hmm..." Fox thought for a moment. "...Oh, it's the Wolf bandit?"

"Right again as always," James said before sighing.

"It was around that time where my father met Wolf," Fox said. "My father first met Wolf when I was 6 years old. Most of the missions thatmy father took from General Pepper were almost always about Wolf doing some kind of thievery in any planet of the Lylat System."

"I see..." Chris said.

"Thing is, I met the guy for the 88th time," James explained. "Man, that guy sure has a lot of energy to go around the planets and fight me back."

Fox grunted. "Did you show him who was the boss?"

"Heheheheh, yeah, as always," James said with a grin. "He messes with me, he's bound to go home."

Fox chuckled. "What did he do to you this time?"

"Again, the same," James said. "He first tries to make a riot in a planet just to make General Pepper call me and do something about him. I swear, I shouldn't have taken that mission to Katrina where he wanted to steal one of the Corneria's army weaponry when I first had the encounter with him. Wolf's so darn headstrong..."

"But..." Fox looked serious. "You beat him down, right?"

"Yeah, but I'd say his temper makes him lose so easily," James said chuckling. "The day his temper stops interfering him will be the day where I'll have a decent battle against him."

"He doesn't give you a good fight?"

"Nah, he's always saying all the time "Play time's over, Star Fox," James said, trying to mimic Wolf's voice. "I should point out I'm the one who ends his play time, though."

Fox chuckled. "Dad, you're so cool."

"Am I now?" James asked as he raised an eyebrow. "Well, back with Wolf, he went down the same way as every single encounter. So I let him chase me, I do a loop, I appear behind him, then I start shooting him down."

Fox began to hop on his spot again. "Ooh, ooh, when are you going to let me ride an Arwing? I wanna have my own one and go around the sky fighting enemies and saving people like you do!"

"Hey, you need to grow a little bit more," James said as he pulled Fox to his left side under his left shoulder. "You need to look tougher than you are now."

"Pfft, I'm really tough," Fox said annoyed. "Why, I can beat Falco with rock, paper, scissors."

"Remember, I was just a kid back then. Don't laugh at me because of that," Fox said.

James hid a chuckle. "Just because you defeat Falco through that game doesn't mean you know how to fight in an Arwing, Fox."

"Then what do I need to have in order to be as strong as you are, dad?"

James began to raise fingers. "You gotta have maturity, a smart mind, confidence in your own actions, and you have to be respectful to a lot of people who are much more important than you."

Fox blinked. "Are there any people who are more important than you?"

"There's General Pepper," James said.

Fox rolled his eyes. "Seriously, is that guy more important than you? Has he ever rode an Arwing before?"

"No, but that's not the point here, Fox," James said. "General Pepper is a very respectable commander of the Corneria Army. He knows what to do in order to ensure peace in the Lylat System."

"You do more of ensuring the peace around than him."

"Look, the point is that General Pepper knows his thing," James said. "He gives me my jobs as well."

"..." Fox thought for a moment. "...If I become one of the members of Star Fox...am I going to receive orders from him?"

James chuckled. "No, you're going to receive orders from me, which are going to be orders from General Pepper himself. In a few words, you're gonna work for me."

"...I see!" Fox said excited. "If it has you in it, it's surely going to be so awesome!"

James rubbed Fox's head faster. "That's how things are, Fox." As he rubbed Fox's head, James suddenly yawned loudly. "Well, time to hit the pillow, Fox..."

Fox suddenly yawned aloud. "Yeah...I'm sleepy..." he muttered.

James decided to prepare the bed for him and Fox as James took out his sunglasses. Once he did, both were already lying down on the bed and close to each other. However, James felt asleep first than Fox who was staring at the ceiling.

James opened an eye to see his son awake. "Fox, go to sleep."

Fox turned his head at him. "But...I don't want to..."

"Weren't you saying you were going to sleep?"

"Yeah, but I suddenly lost my boredom..." Fox chuckled. "I was thinking about my future in Team Star Fox!"

James sat up and grinned. "You're going to wait until I sign you up for the Cornerian Flight Academy, Fox. There, they are going to set you up very good. I took the course there, and I'm now what I am today."

Fox's eyes widened. "Is there the place where people turn so cool like you?"

James chuckled. All Fox thought about was to turn into a cool person. "Yeah, that's the place where you think that happens."

"Yay!" Fox rejoiced. "When am I going to join the academy?"

"I'll tell you when, okay?" James asked with a wink (it should be said by this point that it was literally impossible to see James's eyes due to the fact the scene was being looked from behind James). "Keep studying the basics before you jump to the most advanced stuff."

Fox nodded. "Good, then I'll tell Falco."

"Falco?" James asked. "What about him?"

"Didn't I tell you? He's a rabbid fan of yours," Fox said with a chuckle. "He's heard a lot about your deeds that he's always asking me where you're going so he knows before anyone else than me. I think he likes the fact you ride an Arwing, though. He likes to draw lots of 'em in his room."

"...I see, heh," James said amused.

"I think Slippy respects you a lot as well, but he's into machine stuff," Fox said. "When we grow up, we're gonna all join Team Star Fox!"

"...What?"

"Yeah, that's our shared dream," Fox said excited. "All of us want to join your team, dad. We all think that Team Star Fox is the best team there is!"

"Hahahahaha," James laughed a bit. "I see now. Well, I'll be the one judging your performances to see if you're up for it."

Fox looked serious at him. "Just you wait, dad. I'm gonna be as cool as you."

James nodded a few times before he recalled something. "Weren't we going to sleep?"

"..." Fox smiled nervously. "Can we talk some more?"

"No can do," James said. "I have some important missions to do tomorrow morning, and I need to drop you off with Falco yet again. I hope his parents don't get angry. That aside, I need to wake up early tomorrow to take you to him, then I'll need to leave for Katina."

"Okay..." Fox said a little bit depressed. "...But I don't feel like sleeping..."

James rubbed his chin. "I need to do something about it or else it'll bother me all the night..." Suddenly, he got an idea. "Hey, I know," he said as he looked at one drawer on the wall. The father pulled it to take out from it a brown book that he showed to Fox. "See this book?"

Fox narrowed his eyes to look at the book's title. "...Tales of Star Ocean?"

James nodded as he closed the drawer. "Yeah, this is a fairy tales' book that Peppy lent me some days ago."

"..." Fox looked confused. "What was Peppy doing with that? Isn't that for children?"

"Well, yeah, it is for children, but he happened to pick it up by accident at the library," James admitted. "Although I don't know what he was doing in the children's section. Maybe it was a shortcut to where he wanted to go? Thing is, I forgot why he had this with him."

Fox gasped. "Peppy steals children's books! Call the police!"

James laughed a bit. "No, Peppy doesn't steal books, Fox. Stop exaggerating."

"Are you sure he doesn't steal books?"

"...Not really," James said before he shook his head. "I mean, calm down, Fox. Do you want me to read you this so you can sleep?"

"It looks boring..." Fox muttered.

"If you think books are boring, then that certainly proves you did bad at your math test," James pointed out, making Fox look away embarrassed as he blushed. "Certainly 5 plus 5 doesn't equal 2 fives."

"Hey, Chris, stop chuckling!" Fox yelled.

"S-sorry..." Chris muttered.

"I-I take that back," Fox said as he looked at James. "I-I want you to read the book."

James grinned. "So I don't keep reminding you about your previous grades? You're not going to become like me if you do-"

"Alright, alright, I'll study! Geez, I don't see why my grades are important..." Fox said annoyed.

"I know you're going to pass with honors," James said before he coughed to clear his throat as he opened the book. "Well, let's see what we have here..."

The young vulpine rested his head on the pillow. "What's the story about?"

"Hmm, let's see..." James took a closer look. "...Hey, would you like to hear fairy tales about galactic wars?"

"Wait, it has that?" Fox asked. "Ooh, ooh, tell me, tell me, tell me!"

"What do you know, they do tales like inspired by real events," James said. "This is ought to be interesting to read..."

"Can you read it to me?" Fox asked with some excitement. "If it has galactic wars, I wanna listen to them!"

James chuckled amused. "Alright, Fox, I'll read you this book, but you'll have to promise you're going to sleep."

"Okay!"

"Right, then," James said before he started to read the book. "A very long time ago in the future..."

The young Fox listened silently as James narrated him the book's tale. The young vulpine made a happy expression as his father's eyes read every sentence of the book. Sometimes, James would as far as to change his voice to pull Fox's curiosity into the tale, but this only made Fox laugh silently since many of his voices didn't come out so serious but funny instead.

"That's where you got the book from?" Chris asked.

"Yeah," Fox said. "When my father read the book for me, Peppy had to give it back to the library. I was upset after the book was returned so I asked my father to buy it somewhere else. Thing is, I liked the book very much," he explained. "I could say the book's tales easily outmatched some of my father's own adventures. I didn't tell him that, though. After I found out that this place was related to the book...I wanted to come here and see this universe by myself..."

"(Heheheh, so he wanted to come here because of a fairy tale? That's so cute of him,)" Peppita thought happily.

"Anyway, back to where I was..."

"'You can do this to me!' yelled the woman. 'What will happen to me?!' she demanded. Turning around, the young commandant said to her, 'I don't care for those who hurt others through unnecessary violence who later plead for forgiviness. You should have thought better about your actions for the people of this underdeveloped planet, insolent fool.'"

"Zzz..."

James looked back at Fox. The young vulpine had already fallen asleep deeply. Chuckling a bit to himself, James put the book back in the drawer before he laid down next to his sleeping son. "Guess you couldn't bear to see the ending just yet," James muttered. "That's the ending of chapter 2, though."

With a long yawn, the previous leader of Star Fox felt asleep, a grin on his face appearing.

The next day...

Early in the morning, a half-asleep Fox came out from the sliding door as his father put his clothes on. The young vulpine looked up to find Peppy already awake.

"Oh, good morning, Fox," Peppy said.

"Good morning..." Fox said grogily. "...Booknapper..."

Peppy looked at no one in particular after hearing the word from Fox who decided to go back to the room, the door closing behind him as Peppy looked still confused.

Trading Town of Peterny
Inn - Chris's Room

"So that's a part of the story," Fox said.

"That was exciting to listen," Chris said pleased. "You had a very fun childhood, right?"

"Like hell I did," Fox said with a grin. "When I was that young, I found out I liked sports when I was in school. My father told me I was a very good kicker from some private lessons he taught me when he had days off. Once, I hit the ball so hard accidentally to his face that he ended up getting knocked out on the ground. I gasped and went to check on him before he looked up to me and told me that I had a pretty strong kick...but he looked pretty well even if his right eye was bleeding. I told him not to wear his sunglasses, but he never listened..."

The dragoon stared at Fox.

"...I told him not to," Fox said, lifting his shoulders a bit.

"..." Chris yawned suddenly. "Oh well, thanks for telling more about you, Fox... What else is there?" He turned his head around to look away.

Fox thought for a moment. "...The last part was when the incident with Andross started..."

The World Traveler suddenly looked shocked.

"I think you know what happened there, but maybe you don't know how I received the news about what happened to my father..."

Peppita blinked a few times. "(Wait, something happened to his father? What would that be?)"

Fox let out a yawn. "But I don't feel that energetic enough to tell you for tonight...I want to sleep now..."

"..." Chris closed his eyes. "Okay, I understand... Good night, Fox..."

"Night, Chris..." Fox said before he slowly felt asleep with the World Traveler.

The Velbaysian under the bed shifted her eyes a bit. "(Okay, that helps, I think...)" she thought pleased. "(Maybe I can do it better tomorrow. Better think about what to do... Hmm...)"

"Fox..." Chris muttered with a chuckle.

"What...?" Fox asked without opening his eyes.

Chris chuckled a bit. "...What's 5 plus 5?"

"...Shut up and go to sleep already..." Fox said annoyed.

"Heheheh...sorry..." Chris muttered.

"(Teehee...)" Peppita chuckled mentally at the joke.

The 3 characters decided to sleep for the night...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 15, 2009, 03:28:02 PM
Dream

Final Fantasy IX - Kingdom of Burmecia

"...When is he going to come and get me?" The young Fox asked to himself as he looked up. "...It's getting late..."

The same dream that happened the last night once again came back. Fox found himself standing below the same tree where he was leaning his back. He looked around to see the abandoned playground as heavy rain fell down. The young boy embraced himself as he started to get shivers from the cold weather. Fox asked himself why he was wearing a simple shirt and shorts.

Fox looked at himself. He had several mud patches all over his clothes. He thought that he was surely playing soccer due to the fact there was a soccer ball by his left side, some drops falling on it.

The vulpine shivered and sat down where he embraced himself even more. Looking around, he wanted to see if there was someone else out there so he wouldn't feel alone. Unfortunately, the rain didn't let him hear or see anyone close.

"I-I'm not alone, am I?" he asked to himself. "W-where's my dad? H-he promised he would come back..."

Suddenly, his small ears perked up as he began to hear some sobs from nearby. Fox looked around the playground to see the source of the sobs when he found a human kid of his same age sobbing under a slide just in front of him, several feet away. The boy was embracing his legs as his face looked down behind them, preventing Fox from seeing the boy's face.

Since Fox didn't have any other choice to go somewhere else, he slowly stood up. "H-hey, you!"

The boy didn't seem to respond to him.

"Hey, you, I'm talking to you!" Fox yelled. "What are you doing here?!"

The boy only kept sobbing to himself. The young vulpine looked worried as he looked around before he actually went to see the boy closer by running all the way to him. Once he reached under the slide, Fox knelt down to see the kid. Upon a closer look, the black-haired boy of his age wore a light blue shirt with red shorts and black sneakers. "Hey, are you okay?"

"...N-no..." the boy finally replied between sobs.

"Why are you here?" Fox asked. "Why are you sobbing? Why are you alone in here?"

"I-I don't know my way home..." the boy replied."I-I don't know how I ended up here..."

"What?" Fox looked worried. "You got lost and you don't know your way home?"

The boy suddenly started to cry, making Fox gasp. "N-no!" the boy cried as he shook his head, his face still looking down. "I-I don't where I am! I-I don't know where my home is anymore! I-I want my dad and mom here!" he yelled.

"C-calm down, okay?" Fox asked as he put a hand on the boy's back. "I-I'm sure your parents are going to come for you..."

The boy didn't look at Fox, but he wanted to ask him something. "W-who are you and what are you doing here as well?"

Fox shivered a bit. "M-my name is Fox...a-and I'm here because there was a soccer practice 2 hours ago...but my dad told me he was going to come and get me..."

"...And did he come?"

"No... Not yet..." Fox muttered. "...I'm sure he was going to get me...but I don't want to go alone to my house because it's far away from here by foot..."

"...I see..." the boy muttered between some sobs. "...I'm so scared of going alone to my home...but I don't know the way back..."

"I'm sorry..." Fox said. "...I barely know you so I don't know where you live... By the way, what's your name?"

"...Chris..."

"...Okay...Chris..." Fox said. "...I don't know what to do...but maybe I could ask my dad to give you a ride home..."

"...And...would he get rid of the monster in here?"

Fox blinked at this question. "Wait, monster? There's a monster around here?"

"Y-yes..." the young Chris muttered. "I-I wanted to go somewhere else...b-but then that thing appeared from the ground and it tried to hurt me..."

Fox looked up at the slide. "That's why you're hiding under here?"

"Y-yes...the monster doesn't attack me if I'm hiding here..." the boy explained before he sobbed. "B-but I don't know if it doesn't hurt me because I'm here..."

"Did you run away from it?"

"Yes, I made my way here when I lost it around the trees..." the young Chris muttered. "...It's surely looking for me..."

Fox gulped. "How does that monster look?"

"W-well, it looks big, it's all black with blue and purple, it has these pincers, and its eyes are so white that it's so scary..." Chris explained.

The young Fox looked around to see if the monster was nearby. "This isn't good, then..."

Suddenly, in front of them, a shadow spot appeared on the mud before a creature jumped out of it and made Fox yelp. The creature before them was in fact a Nightmare, the same monster that appears during the nights.

Once the Nightmare screeched loudly, Chris stared to shake in fear, his face still looking down. "I-It's here, isn't it?! D-do something to get rid of it, please! I-I don't want to look at it!"

The young Fox stared up at the Nightmare in complete fear. Once the Nightmare looked down at him, his legs shook, his hands twitched, and his eyes trembled in fear, reflecting the monster's image on them. The young vulpine suddenly covered his head and began to scream loudly. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH, HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!!!"

"D-DO SOMETHING, I BEG OF YOU, PLEASE!" Chris yelled loudly while the monster screeched menacingly, the dream suddenly covering itself in hazy mist that made Fox's vision get blurry...

Music stops

Inn - Chris's Room

The night still went on, and Fox grumbled to himself as he moved his head a bit to the sides, not noticing that the same figure from before was stalking them from behind the door to the room.

The figure then decided to walk away, muttering words in silence.

The next morning...

"...Ugh..." Fox grumbled a bit as he slowly opened his eyes, staring up at the ceiling before he rubbed his head. "That dream again..." he muttered to himself as he slowly sat up. "What the heck was it? It was the same one, that's for sure..."

The vulpine looked back at the sleeping Chris. Something that Fox noticed was the fact that Chris's face looked like it was a little bit saddened. Fox raised an eyebrow at this expression.

"(Weird, he looks a little bit different than before... Maybe I'm just thinking too much...)" Fox thought before he stared forward. "..." He sighed with a frown. "Whatever, I need to do my routine again..."

Underneath the bed, a sleepy Peppita slowly opened her eyes to see Fox's white furred feet touching the floor before he went over in front of the beds where he began to do pushups. Seeing this exercise, Peppita's eyes suddenly opened wide before she giggled a bit. "(There he goes again,)" she thought. "Teeheehee..."

As Fox did pushups, his eyes were looking a little bit weak. He didn't have control of his head for a moment as he looked around the floor where he found nothing but some eyes looking at him from under the bed. The vulpine frowned to himself before he recalled the eyes, making him lose his focus and fall down on the floor with a grunt. "Hey, who's there?!" Fox asked as he looked under the bed.

Peppita suddenly gasped at this reaction as Fox's glaring eyes looked at her. "E-er, there's nothing under the bed. Y-you're probably imagining things and stuff..."

Fox's eyes narrowed to the point they looked menacingly serious.

"...Good morning?" Peppita said sweating.

Quickly, Fox quickly stood up and walked to the bed where he knelt down and inspected whoever was under it. Upon looking underneath, the eyes were quickly covered by Peppita's hands. "What the hell?" Fox asked. "You?"

"...Whoever you're talking to, she's not here," Peppita said behind her hands. "Please try to talk with Peppita once she comes back and..." She stopped talking. "...Oh, fiddlesticks..."

"Okay, get out there right now," Fox demanded as he stood up with crossed arms.

"A-are you sure it's safe out there?" Peppita asked. "I mean, the floor here feels soft..."

"Out, now."

"I-I found money here. I-I don't want to let go of it..."

"Out...now...or else..."

"..." Peppita sighed disappointed before she slowly came out from below the bed. Once she looked up at Fox's glaring look, she quickly looked away as she stood up, folding her arms behind her back.

"Tell me, what were you doing down there?" Fox asked as he looked down at her.

"I-I..." Peppita didn't want to tell him the truth. "W-well, I..."

"How long have you been in there?"

"...I-I've been in there since morning..." Peppita admitted.

"Are you really sure you were there since morning?" Fox asked. "I didn't hear the door open."

Peppita looked up at him from the corner of her eyes. "A-are your ears that sensitive?"

"..."

"...Well...I better go away for now..." Peppita muttered as she slowly began her way to the door.

Fox closed his eyes. "...Wait right there."

Peppita's feet came to a halt as she stared at the door. "Y-yes, Fox?"

"...You've been here since last night...right?"

Peppita gasped mentally. "I-I..."

"I could have sworn there was someone nearby chuckling and giggling," Fox said. "At first, I thought it was outside, but I didn't think there was someone under my own bed. That was you, right?"

"..."

"I won't hurt you if that's what you're thinking I'm going to do to you."

"..." Peppita looked down. "...Yeah, that was me..."

"And I can assume you heard everything I talked with Chris as well, correct?"

"...Yeah..."

"And you heard everything."

"..." Peppita nodded.

"..." Fox opened his eyes and nodded. "Okay, now get out. Whatever you heard from us, don't tell it to anybody; absolutely no one needs to know about this private conversation, you got that?"

"...Yes sir..." Peppita muttered in shame before she opened the door and left, closing it behind her back.

The vulpine stared at the door for a while before he sighed and frowned. Suddenly, Chris began to mumble a bit before he woke up. "...Fox?"

"Good morning, Chris," Fox said a little bit mad as he went to get his clothes. "Did you sleep well or what?"

Chris looked groggily, but he didn't want to question why Fox was a little bit angry. "...To be honest...no..." he said as Fox put his jacket on. "I had some sort of weird nightmare where I was hiding from a monster..."

Before Fox could reach for his tanker boots, he stopped once hearing about Chris's nightmare.

"...And I was all alone in some sort of playground when it was raining so much...that's all I can remember..."

Fox looked a bit shocked at this.

Chris looked at him as he rubbed his eyes a bit. "Is there something wrong?"

"...Nothing...nothing's wrong..." Fox reassured him before he continued to put on his boots. "(Okay, now that's odd. That nightmare Chris had surely wasn't the same I had, right? It's surely pure coincidence that it was very similar... Well, he didn't say I was there so... Yeah, I think I'm overreacting a bit...)"

"...I see..." Chris said. "Well, let's do our best to find that temple today..."

Inn - Lobby

The small lobby of the inn had 2 reception counters located in front and to the left of the entrance. There was nobody there, except for a depressed Peppita on a circular table where she rested her chin on her hands on the table. Sighing, she tried to think about what happened a moment ago. "Geez, what a way to mess everything..." she muttered as she looked down. "Now he's gonna hate me for stalking on him through the whole night..."

From the right hallway, the person who she didn't want to see the most came in, looking bored as always before he looked to her on the table.

"If it isn't the maggot circus girl..." Albel said.

Peppita pouted a bit and looked away. "Go away, Albel. I don't want to talk to you right now."

"Figures," Albel said. "You're not always like this every morning. You're usually acting like a parrot, jumping and swinging those spheres of yours around."

"Good, thanks for pointing out what I normally do every morning," Peppita said annoyed. "If you'll excuse me, I have to resolve this problem I have."

"What would that problem be?"

"Like I'm going to tell you I like Fox so much," Peppita said bored. "I mean, I'm not going to tell you I had an accident with him today."

"...You just told me your problem..."

Peppita blinked a few times before looking embarrassed. "...No, I didn't tell you just now..."

"Fool," Albel said. "Your mouth sometimes spill the better stuff you don't really want to talk about."

"..." Peppita's lips twitched a bit.

"Whatever, it's not like I care about romance or anything," Albel said.

"T-that's sort of mean, you know..." Peppita said before looking at him. "I know you haven't experienced love before, but you don't need to say that."

"Tsk," Albel said with a frown. "So what, are you going to make your future husband some breakfast so he accepts whatever accident you did to him?"

"I'm NOT going to make breakfast for Fox just because you'r-" Peppita's yell suddenly stopped as she thought about what Albel just told her. "...Wait...make Fox breakfast so he accepts my apology?"

"Maggot, what are you thinking now?"

"...That's not a bad idea..." Peppita remarked as she rubbed her chin a bit, looking up at the ceiling. "Yeah, that's a very nice idea... I heard that if you want to get to someone's heart you first need to pass through the stomach..."

"What?" Albel asked confused.

Peppita giggled and looked at him. "Albel, that idea sounds very good to me! I know I hate your guts a lot, but you really did give me more chances to do what I want to do."

"What the heck are you talking about now?" Albel asked. "I merely said my opinions about how romance is very cheesy and sappy an-"

"No need to lose more time now," Peppita said as she gave Albel a serious look. "I need to make this fast before Fox goes away from here. I need to do some breakfast for him, and then I'll get to his heart through his stomach."

Albel looked a very little bit disgusted at Peppita's plan.

Peppita hopped off her seat and started her way to the workshop. "I better hurry and make a fast breakfast. Albel, thank you so much for the idea, it's surely going to help me a lot!"

Before the captain of the Black Brigade could say anything to the Velbaysian, Peppita had already run away to the workshop where she entered and quickly went to the Cooking area.

Albel looked up and frowned to himself. "The mind of a naive child..." he muttered."I wish this doesn't involve me in some fashion..."

Inn - Chris's Room

Back on the room, Fox, alone by himself, cracked his fists a bit before someone knocked on the door. The vulpine looked at the door before he went to open it. Upon looking at who was it, the vulpine looked bored. "What do you want now?"

There was an ashamed Peppita holding a plate with curry. The Velbaysian looked up at Fox and showed him the curry. "Please, I'm sorry for what I did to you, Fox..." Peppita said. "So...please, accept this breakfast I made for you as an apology..."

Fox stared at the curry. The steam that came out from it went all the way to his nose where he sniffed it a bit. "You made this for me?"

"Y-yeah," Peppita said. "I-I'm not pretty good at cooking but I wanted to do my best...just for you..." She blushed a bit. "P-please, take it."

The vulpine slowly grabbed the plate, the spoon already in the rice.

Peppita smiled a bit and bowed to Fox. "Okay, I hope you like it, Fox." The Velbaysian turned around and walked away happily.

Fox looked confused at this before he smiled a bit at the curry and began to eat it. At that moment, Chris came from the left side of the hallway where he found Fox already eating the curry. "Are you having curry?" Chris asked.

Suddenly, once the spoon was inside his mouth, Fox stopped eating the curry as his eyes dilated and his tail pointed straight up behind his back. The dragoon watched as the vulpine fell down on his back, the curry falling all over his vest as Fox's head turned to the right, his tongue sticking out a bit.

"F-Fox!" Chris gasped as he knelt down to see the knocked out expression of the leader of Star Fox. "O-oh my god, are you okay? Fox! D-did that curry do something to you?"

The World Traveler looked at some leftovers on the curry's plate. With a finger, he ran it on the plate so he could have a taste of it. "Hmm..." He looked shocked. "A-as far as I know, curry isn't supposed to be so sweet...literally... It should be spicy, but this curry is so sweet..."

Chris felt a little bit sick.

"Ugh, it's also a little bit sickening...and Fox took like 8 servings of it..." He looked at Fox. "...Now what am I going to do?"

The World Traveler heard some footsteps coming from the hallway. Chris saw as a whistling Roger walked nearby. "Doodydo, the man's awake, doodydo, it's another day, doodydo, who wants the man, doodydo..."

When Roger stopped on his tracks and looked to his right to see Chris and the knocked out Fox, he walked inside to see the curry spilling over his clothes.

"...Dude, you killed him with food?" Roger asked.

"W-what? N-no, I didn't kill him with food!" Chris argued.

"Hey, Fayt! This guy killed the fox dude with food poisoning!" Roger yelled before he ran away, screaming the same sentence over and over again. "FAYT!"

"Y-you little..." Chris muttered before he stood up and began to go after Roger. "C-come back here, you!"

As the corpse...I mean, as Fox was left behind on the floor, an amused Wolf appeared from the hallway and looked down at him. With a chuckle and a grin, Wolf started to say something. "Breakfast sometimes can kill you, huh?" he asked.

"..." Fox didn't respond.

"Tsk..." Wolf frowned with another chuckle as he walked away.

Workshop

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Let's Item Creation!!

Back at the workshop, there was a different arrangement of inventors that worked busily in teams to create the most invaluable items. It was not worth mentioning most of them. However, the only inventor that stayed behind from the previous line of inventors was the easy-to-get-angry Puffy who wanted to share items with the amused Wolf, Chilico who wanted to finish her own affairs in the workshop, and Misty Lear who was trying to create a material of synthesis while helping Pit.

As Fayt was sitting down on the counter where he wrote some files in patents, he looked to his right where he saw a red patch of curry on Fox's green vest as the vulpine looked at him with crossed arms. "Oh, hi. What happened to you?"

"This happened because someone named Peppita gave me Super-Sweet Curry for breakfast," Fox responded annoyed with a glare.

"She did what?" Fayt asked before standing up. "She knows very well she can't cook so good."

"Well, she tried, and I got the result through digestion," Fox said. "Now I hate the fact that there isn't any kind of laundry machines in this planet. Do you really think I'm going to be walking around while my vest smells like sweet curry?"

"...No..." Fayt said.

"Good," Fox said as he smiled sarcastically. "Tell her to stay away from me."

Fayt looked worried. "Wow, I haven't seen you making that face before, but then again it's hard to tell whether you're glaring or look-" Fayt stopped talking once Fox glared menacingly at him. "...Did something else happen between you and Peppita?"

"Nothing much, except for the fact she slept and stalked me under the bed during the whole night."

"What?"

"That's the whole truth," Fox said. "Care to hear more?"

As Fox explained everything to Fayt, some feet away from him, there was C. Falcon putting his left arm on the counter as it was grabbed by Mirage who was sitting in front of him. "I think I like you," C. Falcon said. "I like tough women, you know."

"Heheh, thanks," Mirage chuckled. "Is it okay for you to play arm wrestling against me?"

"Meh, what can I say, I like challenges, especially when they look tough," C. Falcon said with a wink.

Mirage smiled a bit. "Okay, do you want me to start?"

"Don't mind if I do."

"3, 2, 1, go."

As soon as Mirage said go, C. Falcon was quickly forced to fall down on the stone floor hard after Mirage pushed down his arm. The woman Klausian looked down at him.

"...You win..." C. Falcon said with a chuckle. "Oww..."

From the Smithery area, Cliff was banging a big hammer against a red glittering sword. The Klausian stopped for moment to see Mirage and C. Falcon close to the counter. "Hey, Mirage, don't go easy on him, you heard me? You better not show him some sympathy either!" he said before laughing a bit.

Mirage shook her head, her face still amused. "Don't worry, Cliff. I have everything under control here."

"Very funny..." C. Falcon muttered with a chuckle. "(Even with the gauntlets she gave me yesterday...she's still so strong...)" he thought as he looked at his gauntlets over his yellow gloves. "(...I so like this place...)" C. Falcon raised a finger in the air. "Rematch..."

Mirage chuckled. "Very well, then."

In the Crafting area, a bored Roger looked all the way to the Cooking area where Peppita talked with the busy Sophia. The Menodix, as he was using a microscope to check on a small piece of stone, grumbled a bit. "There she goes again, trying to get someone else to like her," Roger muttered bored. "Man, when is she going to get back to work?" He looked at the red boots over the table; the Boots of Prowess. "We need more of these so we can kick butt out there."

"Busy, busy, busy!" Chilico said as she flew over Roger several times.

"And again, it's hard to get a decent conversation with someone like you," Roger said with a sigh. "Er, whatever, I'm going back to work."

Meanwhile, in the Compounding area, Puffy looked proud of herself as she had several devices spread across the table, an amused Wolf staring at the devices. The malevolent inventor grabbed a small white bag that she hopped on her palm. "See this little baby I have here? It's one of my most successful inventions. It's the Grabbag Stun Bomb-R2."

"Interesting," Wolf said a little bit sarcastically at the bag. The lupine didn't really think the bag was. "What does it do?"

"You'll be surprised," Puffy said with a chuckle. "This bag releases a bad smell that stuns the enemy, lowers its defense to a total of 30 percent, and also produces some secondary effects that are somewhat dangerous," she said before smirking. "However, I know there are bastards out there who like to be oh so immune to these kinds of items, so I went ahead, and I made sure this item affects even bosses."

Wolf grinned at her. "Does it really affect bosses?"

"If you see them gagging, then the item worked. However, I'm not saying it's not going to work. It really does affect any boss out there. Those bastards think they're so darn awesome to not be affected by items, huh? Well, guess what, they better think twice before they drop on the floor and gag uncontrollably," Puffy said with a snicker. "Just toss it at your enemy and the bag will do its work. Watch them gag as they get instantly paralyzed because they won't move to fight anymore...for around 10 seconds."

"So, are you planning in giving me one of those?"

Puffy looked away amused. "Of course, you're the only one here besides Fayt and the others to praise my explosives in battles." She hopped the bag to Wolf's right claw. "Go ahead and take it with you. You can take 4 more of them if you'd like." She pointed at 4 more bags of the table. "I have a big supply of them already. I won't mind if you take the 4 bags."

Wolf chuckled as he looked down at the bags. "These bags look ridiculous, but I guess it doesn't hurt to test them out."

"Heheheh, you won't regret this, I assure you," Puffy said darkly as the lupine decided to grab the small bags that he hid behind his vest.

In the Alchemy area, as Pit examined a black stone, the door of the workshop suddenly slammed wide open as he heard the sounds of wooden Japanese sandals entering. The angel from Skyland suddenly stopped working as he looked shocked. In the Smithery area, Roy stopped as well as he dropped a sword on the floor by accident.

"Hmm?" Misty Lear looked at Pit. "Master Pit, why did you stop working?"

"T-there's this feeling of danger that tells me I'm going to die a slow but painful death..." Pit muttered. "...And that feeling has a name..."

Misty Lear chuckled heartily. "I know what you mean."

"Y-you really do?"

Misty Lear nodded. "I am looking for the souls of my late husband and daughter through alchemy. That feeling of death has been around me for a long time now. I'm sure you're going to get used to that feeling very soon, Master Pit."

Whatever the heck Misty Lear told Pit didn't make him feel any better. Worse yet, Pit started to think Misty Lear was a little bit crazy. However, this didn't have much to do with the person that came from the door.

There was Adray, his mustache making some sort of smile as he looked with his right black eye the workshop, focusing on both Pit and Roy who refused to look at him after the incident of yesterday. He was surely beaten up by his own daughter Clair after Roy managed to escape from the town to the southwest of Peterny.

"Oh, there they are," Adray said chuckling before he began his way around the counter. Pit and Roy had developed the strange ability to sense the muscular old man approaching. They didn't want to look back and just continued working in their own affairs. "They think I'm going to forget the fact they didn't say yes or no to Clair, well, I'm going to make them say what I want to he-" The old man suddenly stopped walking as he looked at an amused Nel in front of him. "...Hi."

"Hi," Nel said bored before she crossed her arms. "I heard from some sources that there was an incident at Arias where Clair was," she said. "Surely that incident had something to do with a person I know that's standing right in front of me."

"E-er, where did you hear something stupid as an incident at Arias?" Adray asked as he looked away. "I-I was conducting an expedition to the south to find that Spagonia Temple those guys were talking about."

"LIES, ALL LIES!" Roy and Pit yelled without turning around.

Nel raised an eyebrow. "I've got a letter from Clair herself this morning saying that you went around in a rampage to get Pit and Roy to marry Clair. She also told me you didn't care about the people who got in the way of your crazy frenzy of Symbology attacks. Thanks to you, Arias was left even more destroyed than before when the war first started."

Adray scratched his head. "Meh, my daughter was surely saying random things. Don't listen to her, okay?"

"Oh, I'd listen to her before you," Nel said. "Explain to me where you got those black eyes for example."

"I-I tripped on my way here where 2 rocks were conveniently placed a little bit apart from each other..."

"If that did happen, then your eyes should have taken worse damage than they are now."

"..." Adray sighed. "Fine, fine, I was the one who did the rampage..."

"Good to hear some honesty," Nel said. "Now, stay away from those 2 or else I'm telling Clair about your reckless behavior. She has clarified to you at least 46 times that she doesn't want to marry yet."

Adray looked down. "Yes, Nel, I heard you..."

"Now, go to your area and start working in Smithery."

Adray recalled Roy was in that area. He hid a smile.

"And if you start a conversation with Roy, I'll make sure Clair knows about this as well."

Adray's smile suddenly vanished as he frowned.

"Well then, go and be quiet for once," Nel said, hearing some sighs from both Pit and Roy.

In the Cooking area, a worried Peppita looked up at Sophia.

"Sophia, I think I screwed up with the room plan," Peppita said worried as Sophia stirred a ladle in the soup in front of her. "When he found me while he was doing his pushups, he told to get away from him...and his face looked kinda scary..."

"(Oooh, I wanted to tell her not to do that...but I just couldn't see her look down...)" Sophia thought as she looked at the pot with the soup. "Well, did you apologize to him?"

"Well, yeah, I did," Peppita said. "I apologized to him by making him breakfast."

Sophia knew Peppita was going to go to big heights just for Fox.

"And...what did you make for him?" Sophia asked.

Peppita rubbed her chin. "I made some kind of curry. I made sure it was sweet enough for him."

"Oh, I see..." Sophia said. "...Wait, you made some kind of curry that was sweet?"

"...Um, is sweet a kind of taste?"

"Yeah."

"..." Peppita looked away. "...Was it right for me to make the curry super sweet?"

Sophia stopped stirring the ladle and looked at Peppita. "Peppita, what did you just do with that curry?"

"I made sure I was sweet by taking a small bite of it?" Peppita said confused. "I dunno what you're trying to tell me, Sophia..."

Sophia shook her head. "No, you don't understand. Curry is supposed to be spicy, not sweet!"

"..." Peppita thought for a moment. "...Oh no!" she said before frowning to herself. "I knew the taste was a little bit funky! Oh my god, so that's why he smelled like sweet curry when I passed behind him!"

"And you went ahead and gave that to him?"

"U-um, yeah..."

"And you didn't see him eat it?"

"I-I had a lot of confidence that it came out good so I left his room..." Peppita responded.

"Oh my goodness..." Sophia frowned. "Peppita, you need to apologize to him again. I'm sure he doesn't look happy. I mean, look at him," she said as she pointed at the mad Fox talking with Fayt. "He looks really mad and...is that a curry patch on his vest?"

"Er..."

"...He fainted when he ate it..."

"..." Peppita trembled a bit. "...I have to make it up for all the mistakes I've been doing to him..." she muttered before she walked to the Crafting area.

Sophia blinked a few times as Peppita returned to her area. The teen stared up at the ceiling and looked worried. "Oh no, things are going to get even worse, I know it..." she muttered before sighing and returning to make the food.

However, she noticed that Peppita was back on her right side, making Sophia jump back a bit in surprise.

"Y-yiah!" Sophia yelped. "P-Peppita, I thought you were going back to work! W-what are you doing here?"

"I just remembered something," Peppita said. "When I was hiding from him yesterday, I heard some good stuff about his past..."

"And..."

"You need to know this," Peppita whispered. "I need you to know more about Fox so you call help me out."

Sophia looked unsure at this before the Velbaysian started to tell her all about she heard last night between Fox and Chris.

"And then I fainted and the curry fell on me," Fox finished explaining Fayt. "I'm telling you, she's been looking at me for quite a long time now. Every time I look at her, she blushes and starts stuttering a bit."

Fayt thought for a moment. "(She blushes and stutters when she sees him... Hmm... She's not thinking about...)"

"Do you have any idea to stop her from acting like that around me?" Fox asked, interrupting Fayt's train of thoughts.

"Well, I'm not sure about it," Fayt said. "I don't understand most girls that well, but I guess I could tell her to stop that."

"No, you're going to tell her without possibilities," Fox said. "Seriously, do you think I'm in the mood to have a child like her stalk me when I'm having some personal problems that I rather not talk about someone else?"

"No..."

"Well, then tell her to stop bothering me," Fox said with a glare. "As I've said before, I'm not in the mood. I wanted to relax in this place, but all I've done was mope around depressed these last days. I just want to find that Spagonia Temple so we get over this."

"I understand," Fayt said. "I don't know if Peppita is going to listen and stop."

"Just try, please," Fox said. "I'm getting quite annoyed by her odd antics whenever I look at her directly."

"Okay," Fayt said. "I'll do my best to put her in her place."

"Thanks," Fox said nodding. "Now, I need to go back to the Engineering area. For once, there's a place I have some expertise," he said with a sigh before turning around to walk directly to the Engineering area where a busy Samus and a very busy Tails worked on the machines as a sleeping Sonic used some wrenches to use them as a pillow of last resort.

"Oh, you're here," Samus said as she stopped spinning a presser to lower it down on a metal plate where some devices were scattered around. "You look a little bit angrier than usual."

"Oh, what do you know?" Fox asked without looking at her. "I've been having bad times these last days."

"What would those bad times be?"

"Nothing you should know about," Fox said annoyed as he went to a machine. "Leave me alone for the time being so I can relax."

Samus looked away, "(What is wrong with him? He's looking even angrier than usual... Wait, that's his usual face...I-I mean...whatever...)" she thought with a mental sigh. "Are you really sure you don't want to talk to anybody?"

"I'm sure, okay?" Fox asked as he grabbed a lever from the green machine in front of him in order to activate its functions. "I need some time alone."

"Okay..." Samus said before returning working. "I'm just worried, that's all."

"Please, don't be," Fox said. "I can get over this pretty well."

At that moment, Cliff passed and looked at Fox. "Hey, you," he said to get the vulpine's attention. "Don't look so bad, okay? You can do it just fine."

Fox stopped working and looked up at him. "I beg your pardon?"

"It's not necessary for me to remind you about you-know-what," Cliff said before smiling a bit. "You look pretty tough to hang in there. Trust me, guys like you can tolerate and resist pretty much anything."

Fox looked confused before Cliff walked away. The vulpine looked down at the stone floor. "(What did he mean by all that, exactly?)"

Suddenly, Nel came from the Alchemy area and looked at Fox. "So, you're not fretting over anything?"

Fox looked at her. "What?"

Nel crossed her arms. "You look a little bit depressed so I wanted to give you some moral support."

"...Thanks?"

Nel nodded. "Glad to be of help here," she said before walking away to talk with Fayt.

Fox looked even more confused at this sudden talk. Suddenly, Roger passed by and looked up at him. "Hey man, how's it going for yah?"

"...Good?" Fox responded.

Roger grinned and wiped his nose a bit. "Heheh, don't sweat it. A real man like you can get over the toughest of challenges out there."

Fox raised an eyebrow. "Why are you being so nice to me? I thought you didn't like me."

"Meh, after watching you fight yesterday against the Proclaimer, I take all back about what I said about you," Roger said with a chuckle. "You're real example of a real man, dude. At first, I didn't recognize that spark until you actually fought like a professional. I'm pretty darn sure you can overcome any obstacle in your path." He stared at Fox. "Cheer up, okay?" he asked before he walked away to the left.

Fox merely blinked confused at this. When did he become the center of attention for 3 people? "Why's everyone talking to me so suddenly, anyway?" he asked to himself.

Suddenly, Albel came from the left and chuckled to himself. "Maggot, can't you resist whatever is haunting you?"

Fox looked at him. "What do you mean by that?"

"Whatever, I don't want to have more problems that I don't need," Albel said. "Enjoy your time as you suffer slowly, maggot." The captain of the Black Brigade snickered a bit as he walked away to the right.

Fox looked mad at this moment. "Okay, something's definitely going on around here that's making everyone talk to me."

The vulpine noticed that Maria came from the left and looked at him. "Are you feeling okay?" Maria asked as she rubbed her chin a bit.

"You, why are you asking me that out of nowhere?" Fox asked with a glare. "I demand answers."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 16, 2009, 09:23:39 PM
Maria shook her head. "I refrain to hurt your feelings. Sorry."

"Hurt my feelings?" Fox asked. "What's that supposed to mean exactly?"

"Look, just don't think about what happened to you before," Maria said. "I once lost my mother when I was fleeing from a sudden attack at the transport ship I was traveling in. My mom couldn't make it with me because there was only a escape pod left that she wanted me to use so I could live..." She closed her eyes and frowned. "I know how you feel, Fox. Really, I do..."

The vulpine stared at her.

"..." Maria opened her eyes. "I just don't want to hurt your feelings...that's all I want to say... Sorry for interrupting you..." she said before turning around to walk away.

Fox looked down at the floor and shifted his eyes a bit. "Wait, why did she decide to talk about her family randomly? Why was she showing some empathy?" He rubbed his chin a bit. "You know, I think I'm starting to understand why everyone's telling me about hanging in there by myself..."

Fox found some black shoes in front of him. The vulpine looked up where Mirage looked down at him, a hint of sympathy in her look. "Hey, are you feeling okay, Fox?"

"Yeah..." Fox said before shaking his head. "...Okay, that's it," he said before standing up as he glared up at Mirage. "Tell me right now why everyone's showing some sympathy to me."

Mirage tilted her head. "What, you don't know, then?"

"If I knew why everyone is saying encouraging things to me, I wouldn't be asking you this question," Fox said as he crossed his arms. "Now tell me something. Why's everyone suddenly talking to me out of the blue? I'm pretty sure you know why because you came here to ask me how I was feeling."

Mirage got in a thinking position. "Does that mean you're feeling okay now?"

"I'm feeling okay now," Fox said. "However, I'm not feeling quite fine after I started to get some talks with the others."

"Oh," Mirage said with a nod. "It's good to see you're not feeling bad for what happened to your father and mother then."

A record scratched.

"...Wait, what?" Fox asked. "My father and mother?"

"Yeah," Mirage said. "I heard that you had a very happy childhood before everything turned out so badly for you. I think I understand that you lost your mother when you were born."

The vulpine looked extremely confused at this. Fox asked to himself where the heck they all got the information about his past.

"How the hell do you know all that of me?" Fox asked with a glare. "I didn't tell you any of that, and you shouldn't know about it either."

"Oh...I see..." Mirage said a little bit worried. "Sorry if I knew about you, Fox."

Fox pressed his fingers between his eyes as he closed his eyes. "Just...go away...please..." he muttered.

"Okay..." Mirage said before she walked away from him.

The vulpine remained doing the same action before he slowly opened his eyes to look around the workshop with a glare. "(Okay, now I know somebody has been going around here telling pretty much everyone about my past...)" He grunted a bit as he made a fist on his right hip. "(I'm not willing to let this go so simply like that, no way... Now, who did I tell my past to?)"

In the Writing area, there was the dragoon busily writing on blank pages as he wore some small glasses. Upon looking down, Chris chuckled heartily to himself as he adjusted his glasses. "Oh, just look at this piece of art," he said to himself as he finished writing for the book. "We have here a Fire Discharge book which can relinquish fire elemental properties to any kind of weapon there is through synthesis. Oh yes, I'm just getting warmed up in the field of Writing," he said happily to himself as he put the book away.

Once he looked to his right, the dragoon froze as he looked up at the glaring Fox.

"U-uah!" Chris dropped his glasses on his hips. "F-Fox, don't scare me like that with THAT face you're making! (Not that I said you're always making that one but...)"

"Chris," Fox began, making Chris shake a bit. "I want you to tell me something."

"I-is it something about regarding an incident that surely had nothing to do with me whatsoever?"

"Unfortunately, it has you there," Fox said before closing his eyes. "Now tell me, did you go around telling everyone about what happened yesterday?"

"..." Chris stared at him. "...Er, no..."

"Are you sure about it?" Fox asked as he opened his glaring eyes.

"I-I'm definitely sure I didn't break our promise," Chris said with a gulp. "I-it's not like I betrayed you or something..."

"..."

"C-can you stop looking at me that way?"

Fox sighed. "Whatever, just continue with what you were doing..."

The dragoon gulped one last time before turning around to the desk, leaving Fox to walk away as he slightly hit his forehead with his right fist. "Ugh, c'mon, Chris must have been the one who told everyone about yesterday's conversation...but he's always saying the truth to me when I ask him..." He looked around. "If he wasn't the one who did it, who else did? Who am I forgetting?"

The vulpine thought for a minute.

"...Wait, why don't I ask the people who went to say all those things to me so I can track down the culprit?"

At that moment, Adray came from the right. "The loss of your parents must have been very tough for you, young man. You have my respect fo-"

"Shut up and tell me who told you that," Fox interrupted Adray by pointing a fast finger at him.

"What is wrong with people today?" Adray asked as he looked up. "Can't they be nice to me for a change?"

"AHEM..."

Adray looked back at Fox. "Oh, sorry... Anyhow, Roger told me that you were..."

And then Fox found himself going from area to area to talk with different people.

Roger stopped working and turned around to look up at Fox. "Well, yah see, Mirage told me that..."

Mirage rubbed her chin. "I heard from Cliff that..."

Cliff stopped banging the big hammer he was using on a katana to talk with Fox. "You don't know? Well, I heard from Maria..."

Maria crossed her arms. "Last time I checked, Albel was the one who..."

Albel, who was leaned against the wall from the left side, looked at the glaring Fox. "Maggot, I heard from the Aquaria scum that you were..."

Nel rubbed her chin. "I think Sophia was the one who..."

And finally, Fox made his way to the busy Sophia in the Cooking area.

"Hmm?" Sophia turned around to find the vulpine staring at her. "Oh, hi there, Fox. Is there something bothering you?"

Fox nodded. "You see, people around the workshop have been approaching me, telling me that I needed to hang in there and such things like that."

Sophia looked confused. "And?"

"And I realized that pretty much everyone here knows what happened to my parents for some reason or another," Fox explained, making Sophia gasp mentally. "And last time I remember, I DIDN'T, I repeat, DIDN'T tell anyone about that at all because it is SUPPOSED to be private."

Sophia began to sweat. "I-I-ah..."

Fox narrowed his eyes at her. "You weren't the one who told them all of that..were you?"

Sophia felt a lot of pressure as the emerald eyes focused on her brown eyes. The teen began to feel weak and worthless at the smaller yet older character. Sophia never felt so much pressure before in her life, even if she fights abnormalities all the time with Fayt and the other. With those eyes, Sophia knew well Fox could kill people off. The only thing Fox needed to really kill people was Fox to have laser eyes.

And what was Sophia thinking about laser eyes in a moment like that?

"..." Sophia blushed embarrassed. "I-I need to go back to wo-"

"Just tell me already that you were the one who told EVERYONE here about me," Fox demanded with a menacing glare (without laser eyes). "Tell me that, and I'll try not to find some kind of way to punish you."

Sophia got even more pressured than before. Fox's words weren't surely reassuring her at all.

"..." Sophia closed her eyes as her lips twitched.

Fox only had his arms crossed as the teen bowed down to him in respect.

"I...I told Nel about you..." Sophia admitted ashamed of herself. "...B-but I didn't tell anyone else about your childhood...N-Nel probably was the one who started to tell everyone...b-but that's just me..." She pulled back her head to look back at Fox. "Really, I'm so sorry for divulging something I shouldn't have heard from you! I-I don't know what I was thinking back then, I swear!"

"Wait," Fox said to interrupt Sophia's apology as he raised an eyebrow. "You're saying you heard that from someone else?"

Sophia gasped. "E-er, no, I didn't hear that from someone else..." She began to sweat even more.

Fox narrowed his eyes yet again. "Are you sure you didn't hear that from someone else?"

"I-I'm sure of it, yeah..." Sophia said. "C-can I go back to work on the soup I'm making?"

"Wait right there."

"Y-yes sir..." Sophia said with a gulp.

Fox rubbed his chin. "Okay, based from all the people I interrogated here..." He pointed at her. "Was it Fayt the one?"

"Oh no, he wasn't the one who told me that..." Sophia gasped. "I-I mean, I-I didn't hear that from anybody!"

"Stop it with the panic and let's get to the point so I can stop that bastard from telling stuff he or she shouldn't tell anybody else. I don't like of people to hear about my past because I think that's invading my privacy AND my past as well," Fox explained. "And let's see here, if I've asked 8 people out of the 10 from your group, that'd make you the ninth person I'm talking to."

Sophia gulped. The image of a certain happy Velbaysian came to her mind.

"And if I've interrogated 9 people out of the 10..." Fox looked even more serious at her. "...I can assume that the last person who did this outrage was the same person who overheard about what I was talking with Chris yesterday..."

Sophia looked annoyed at him. "Wait, if you knew it was Peppita all along, then why are you asking everyone about something that's so obvious to te-"

The teen suddenly covered her mouth with her hands as Fox looked mad at her.

"...I-I mean to say she didn't do that sort of thing..." Sophia tried her best to calm down the vulpine. "S-she's a nice girl, I mean..."

"...So it WAS her all along..." Fox muttered.

"...I-I swear she didn't mean this at all..." Sophia said as she uncovered her mouth. "R-really, she didn't think this would happen..."

Suddenly, Fox stomped the hard floor one time enough to make a loud sound that startled Sophia as she backed away a bit from him.

"P-please, don't hurt me, Fox!" Sophia pleaded as she joined her hands and began to move them back and forth. "A-and please, don't do something harsh on Peppita!"

"Where the hell is that girl, anyway?" Fox demanded. "Tell me now or else I-"

"S-she's not here!" Sophia yelled worried. "S-she just went out to get some materials for the Boots of Prowess she's making!"

"Is that true?"

"Y-yes, I swear it's true, but please don't hurt her!" Sophia said. "S-she's just...w-well...I-I don't want to say that..."

Fox looked very serious at her. "And what is that?"

Sophia shook her head as she took another step back. "I-I..."

Suddenly, the door of the workshop opened to reveal a cheerful Peppita walking in. The Velbaysian looked very happy as she muttered to herself something. "That guy I bumped to by accident looked so familiar," she muttered as she walked around the counter. "Why, he looked just lik-"

Fox and Sophia turned at her, the vulpine making a glare. "There she is," Fox said before he started to walk towards her.

Sophia knew things were going to turn out for the worse. The teen stopped cooking to go and do whatever she could do to stop any arguments.

Stopping on her path to the Crafting area, Peppita noticed that Fox was standing in her way with crossed arms. The Velbaysian stopped walking and blushed a bit after looking up at him. "Oh, hi, Fox. How are you?" She looked confused. "You know, you look a little bit angry... Did something happen?"

"Oh, like hell something happened," Fox said a bit mad while a worried Sophia watched from behind him. "Stop playing around, now."

Peppita raised an eyebrow. "What do you mean? I haven't been playing around..."

"Oh, are you sure?" Fox asked.

"Y-yeah..." Peppita started to get a little bit frightened by Fox's glare. "I-I mean, I've been working hard on the Boots of Prowess all day..."

"Are you sure of that?" Fox asked. "I'm asking you this because I started to hear from, I don't know, pretty much everyone here that they know about what I talked with Chris last night."

Peppita rubbed her chin. "Is that so? Weird, I only remember telling that to Sophia in secret and..." The Velbaysian suddenly gasped and covered her mouth. "Oh no..."

Fox narrowed his eyes at her. "What the hell did I tell you about not telling absolutely ANYONE about what happened that night?"

"Y-you said you didn't want me to tell nobody..." Peppita muttered under her hands. "B-but I just told Sophia..."

Sophia looked defeated. "S-sorry, but I think I went too far in telling everyone about what you told me, Peppita..."

"Sophia!" Peppita looked angry at her. "That's a little bit childish of you from telling people secrets from others! What were you thinking when you did that?"

"Hey, don't put all the blame on me!" Sophia said annoyed.

Fox closed his eyes and grunted a bit. "Actually, I agree with Sophia," he said before looking at Peppita. "Do you know who else is acting very childish to others here?"

Peppita shifted her eyes. "...Roger?"

Fox shook his head.

"Cliff?"

Fox shook his head.

"Chris?"

"Hey!" Chris yelled without turning to her, not minding whatever they were doing.

Fox shook his head.

"Albel? It should be Albel because he's such a meanie."

"No," Fox said. "I'm talking about you."

"..." Peppita blinked a few times. "Huh? Me? B-but I always act very mature, don't I?"

"You, mature?" Fox asked before frowning. "What the hell makes you think you're even half mature?"

"W-well, I act very nice to people and I always say thanks when somebody helps me out in something I'm having some issues with...I even help them out when they need me," Peppita said as she played with her fingers a bit. "I listen to adults whenever they want me to do something as well... Isn't that mature?"

The vulpine made a fist on his right side of his hips. "What the heck makes you think that makes you mature at all?!" Fox yelled loudly.

Suddenly, all the inventors overheard the loud yell that they all stopped working before looking at the center of the workshop to the 3.

Fayt looked up from the files he was patenting before he turned around and gasped a bit. "What the..."

Peppita took a step back from Fox. "W-well, I think I'm mature enough..." Peppita said unsure.

"Oh, do you really think that makes you mature?" Fox asked mad. "Is it really mature for people to stalk others in their rooms?"

"W-well, that isn't matur-"

"Is it really mature for people to act very stupid around others?"

"N-not that I'm aware o-"

"Is is really mature for people to treat others like little children when they're ironically the real children?"

Peppita started to panic a bit. "L-little kids can become mature very earl-"

"And is it really mature for people to disobey adults when they're having private talks with others that they prefer not to tell anybody else so it stays as a secret?!" Fox asked loudly to the point he didn't notice he was walking slowly to the frightened Peppita. "Why are you being so darn fixated on me, anyway?!"

Peppita gulped as she started to back away from the furious leader of Star Fox. "I-I..."

"Why the hell can't you just leave me alone in peace?!" Fox asked as he came even closer to Peppita. "I wanted to enjoy this universe so I could feel happy myself for knowing that this place actually existed, but after I came here to see it with my own eyes, there's you who can't just stop annoying the hell out of me!"

Peppita tried her best to stay calm. "I-I..."

"P-please, stop it!" Sophia yelled, but Fox didn't listen to her.

"Why the heck can't you be nice and go away from me?!" Fox asked as she pointed at her. "I want to have some peace and relieve my stress from some painful memories I've been starting to recall and you're not helping at all!"

"I-I tried my best to..." Peppita trailed off.

"Tried your best? What the hell does that even mean?" Fox asked as he stomped the floor one time, awakening the sleeping Sonic from the Engineering area. "Don't you understand I'm way older than you and that I know how to take care of myself from people like you?"

"I-I understand that very much b-but..." Peppita's eyes started to fill with tears.

"If you understand very much, then why can't you just leave me alone for once?!" Fox asked furiously.

Peppita began to shake her head. "Y-you don't understand me, Fox..." she muttered with some fear.

"What?" Fox asked. "What do you mean by that? What's that about me not understanding you?"

Peppita gulped as almost everyone looked at them from all the areas. "I-I mean to say you don't understand me because you just simply...er...um...you just simply don't understand me...that's all..."

"That doesn't even make ANY kind of sense," Fox said mad. "Tell me what you really mean, now."

Peppita shook her head even more. "N-no, it's too early to say that to you! I-I need to keep working hard for...I-I mean...d-don't listen to me, please..."

Fox came even closer to her. "Oh, I want to hear that. I want to find out why you're being like this around me," he said with a glare. "I want to know right now so we end this here once and for all."

Peppita found herself standing in front of the left wall, not any more space to back away from the mad adult. Gulping, Peppita began to feel threatened. "I-I don't wanna!" Peppita yelled. "I don't wanna say it here! I-it's just too embarrassing to say such a thing when everyone's looking!"

"You know what, that's the same thing I felt," Fox said as he stopped walking just some feet away from her. "I'm feeling so DAMN embarrassed because someone couldn't shut up her mouth from telling private things to others when I'm at the point of yelling aloud many curses to no one in particular. Do you EVEN know what the private word means?"

"I-it means something that should be kept to one person or more as long as it doesn't get known by others..." Peppita responded. "T-that's correct, right?"

"Yeah," Fox said as he narrowed his eyes, frightening the girl even more. "If you want to stay fine with me, you better tell me what you're hiding from me."

"N-no!" Peppita yelled loudly as she blushed embarrassed. "I-I'm sorry, but I just can't tell you this! I-it's a very intimate secret I just don't wanna sa-"

"You're starting to piss me off now," Fox said as he made fists to the side of his hips, the others looking at each other. "Tell me what the hell you're hiding from me now...or else..."

Fox's words sounded very threatening to the Velbaysian. This feeling of fright was further supported by the glaring look the leader of Star Fox was giving to her. Also, Peppita just remembered that the fox was bigger than her, making everything feel so frightening.

"I-I..." Peppita stuttered as she shook in fear. "I-I..."

"You..." Fox muttered.

"...I-I..." Peppita gulped as everyone silently watched. She wanted someone to help her out, but it seemed that everyone wanted to see where this was going. "I-I...I-I...I-I..." Peppita gulped again.

"3..." Fox began a countdown. Whatever was at the end it surely had something very bad in reserve for Peppita. "2...1..."

Peppita was cornered.

"I-I...I-I...I-I love you, Fox..." Peppita muttered before she looked down and frowned to herself. "...I-in truth...I-I love you so much, Fox..."

Sophia gasped, Fayt's jaw opened a bit, C. Falcon looked shocked, Mirage covered her mouth with a hand, Cliff raised his eyebrows, Tails's tails (pun intended) stopped moving as he looked surprised, inside Samus's helmet her eyes were wide, Roy looked a bit shocked, Pit didn't move, Chilico stopped flying around to look very surprised at this, Adray's eyes dilated, Nel stared at the 2 in surprise, Misty Lear's eyes didn't make any motion, Roger's jaw dropped, Maria blinked with a little bit of amusement, Albel looked away, Puffy looked confused, and Wolf merely crossed his arms.

And Sonic looked bored, not finding anything of worth in this revelation.

"...What?" Fox asked to break the eerie silence in the workshop.

"..." Peppita nodded and looked up at him. "...I-I'm so madly in love with you, Fox..." Peppita said as she smiled a bit at him. "...W-when I first saw you, I thought you looked...very handsome...and so cute as well... I-I started to feel so funny when I looked at you at Welch's place..." She giggled silently. "A-and whenever I thought about you...I-I always blushed and giggled to myself because...I-I fell in love for the first time ever..." She played with her fingers. "I-I feel extremely happy when I'm talking you in hopes to get you...well...in love with me..."

Fox simply stared at her.

"...S-so I did everything I could so you could like me..." Peppita said. "...I wanted to find out more about you so we could be together..."

Fox blinked at this.

"A-all the stuff I offered you before was only because I like you so much..." Peppita admitted. "...I-I want to be in love with you forever, Fox... I...I...I just want you to confess your love to me..."

The dragoon shook his head at this. "(Oh my god...)" Chris thought. "(T-that's going too far already...)"

"(Oh no...)" Sophia shook her head. "(Here it comes...)"

"...S-so..." Peppita smiled at Fox. "What do you say, Fox? D-do you love me as much as I do to you?"

A creepy silence followed after Peppita told her question of proposal. Nobody could do anything to speak due to the fact the situation looked very serious.  The vulpine kept staring at Peppita without showing any emotion because he stared down blankly at her. The Velbaysian thought that the leader of Star Fox surely tried his best to choose the right words to make her happy.

However, this was just a cruel illusion...

"..." In an instant, Fox's fists tightened as he glared down at her. "...Why would I EVER fall in love with such a immature girl like you?!"

Peppita's eyes suddenly widened in horror as her pupils shrunk instantly. She could heard glass shattering inside her after hearing the angry response from the furious vulpine.

Pit looked back in the Crafting area where a shocked Roger looked down at a broken orb that just appeared there. "N-NO, MY MIST ORB!!!" Roger yelled as he lamented his mistake. The orb presumably rolled over the edge and fell down by accident.

Peppita raised her hands to her neck level as the vulpine looked furious at her. "You mean to tell me you did all those things just because you thought I could fall in love with you?" Fox asked. "What the hell is wrong with that head of yours?!"

Peppita's eyes began to fill with tears. "I-I thought you loved me as well so I-"

"What makes you even think I'm in love with you?!" Fox yelled as she pointed at her, some of the inventors gasping. "Why would I love a very young girl like you?!"

"A-age differences don't matter at this time, right?" Peppita asked as she wiped some tears. "L-love doesn't have any barriers t-"

"What kind of bulls(beep)t is that?!" Fox yelled.

"W-what?"

Fox swung his right arm to his right as he held out his hand to the same direction. "If you really think you're mature, you should have known before that adults don't fall in love with kids! You were so fixated on me so you could have an excuse to spy on me and divulge my past that I wanted to keep private from the others?"

"D-didn't you tell him that t-"

Fox pointed at Chris. The dragoon hopped from his seat. "I told that to Chris because he knows darn well not to tell anybody else about what we talk in private, you know!" he yelled furiously at her. "He knows very well I'd beat him to death if he ever did something like that!"

The World Traveler gasped. "(W-wait, beat me to death? W-what is Fox thinking now?)"

Peppita shook even more in fear. "A-are you going to hit me, then?"

"No, I still have some manners towards girls," Fox said. "However, do you think I'm going to let you go after you did all that?"

"N-no..."

"Then understand that I don't want you to help me at all!" Fox yelled. "I'm sick of you already! It's way too much to have you around when I'm trying to relax for once!"

"I-I just wanted t-"

"Just do me a favor and get out of my sight!" Fox yelled at the girl. "I will never love you, I will never talk to you anymore, and I will never, EVER think about you anymore either!"

Peppita's eyes began to fill with tears as she sniffed several times at the older character. Everyone watched as the Velbaysian rubbed her eyes a bit before looking back at Fox.

"Don't even think you're going to change my mind by crying either," Fox said mad.

"..." Peppita, despite shedding tears, glared at Fox. "...What makes you think I'm going to listen to you?!" she asked by yelling loudly as she pointed at Fox. "You're such a big meanie!"

"What was that?"

"Yeah, you're a big jerk!" Peppita yelled angrily. "I dunno why I even fell in love with such a heartless bastard like you! If I knew you were THIS easy to make angry, then I wouldn't have done all those nice things to you!"

"Nice things? Do you call all that crap nice things?" Fox asked. "Those nice things ended up hurting my dignity and conscience!"

"I was just trying to do my best to help you!" Peppita yelled. "Geez, I don't understand why adults get so worked up over meaningless things!"

"You just did NOT say my past is meaningless..." Fox muttered as he gritted his fangs.

"It IS meaningless!" Peppita yelled. "Who cares if you lost your father and mother? Why do you make such a big deal about that insignificant fact on a poor girl like me?"

"I happen to have liked both of my parents very much," Fox said. "If I heard someone mocking them, I'm going to do something about it."

Peppita stuck out her tongue. "Well, then I don't care!" she yelled loudly before she started crying. "Y-you're always going to be alone for the rest of your life because you don't care what the others think about you!"

Fox's eyes widened in fury as he looked down at her.

"A-and for that matter..." Peppita sniffed. "I bet I'm not the only one who gets this unfair treatment over a small accident by such a big jerk like you!"

"GET THE HELL OUT OF HERE AND LEAVE ME ALONE!!!" Fox shouted loudly at the Velbaysian.

Peppita stared angrily at him. "...T-this is exactly why you're going to be alone...because you want to be a stupid lone wolf... Jerk! ...You're such a big...a big...a big...a big...a big...idiot..." Peppita's lips shook as her eyes were completely filled with tears. The others watched as the Velbaysian turned around and ran away outside where she started crying silently as she went away in a hurry to the east, her fists moving back and forth as her tears fell down on the street.

No one in the workshop decided to speak as a furious Fox panted heavily with long sighs. All the inventors could only wait for the vulpine to calm down after the event that took place.

Sophia shook her head in pure disbelief. "N-no..."

"...Oh man..." Cliff muttered. "...What a way to yell at her..."

"This is just...so bad..." Pit muttered.

"...I would have done the same thing, though..." Tails muttered worried. "I'd have run away after that..."

"Peppita..." Maria shook her head. "She knew she was going to confront this sooner or later because of her actions... Dammit, I told her not to come with us..."

Fayt only frowned and closed his eyes. "Poor Peppita..." he muttered.

"Getting yelled like that...and knowing that he didn't think the same as she did to him..." Samus muttered before frowning. "...It's just so sad..."

"..." As Fox panted heavily, he wiped all the sweat from his forehead and turned around to look at everyone. "...What?" he asked as he opened his arms. "Do you have something to say or what?"

"...I have something," Nel began as she crossed her arms.

"Then what is it?" Fox asked with a glare.

Nel shook her head. "I know for sure that breaking someone's wishes with that display of cruelty is wrong," she said. "It's just like a monster would do."

Fox glared menacingly at her. "Are you calling me a monster? Do you see something disturbing on me to address me like one?"

Nel shook her head again. "Monsters don't necessarily need to look hideous," she said. "Real monsters are those who harm people physically...or in this case, emotionally."

"Tsk," Fox said with a frown. "She had it coming from the very beginning. If she was so fixated of me, then should would have listened."

"What kind of insencitive bastard are you?" Maria asked. "You don't care about her anymore just because she told something about you to everyone? Why is it wrong to know what happened to you before in the past?"

"Look," Fox began, "I had a very horrible past before that I wanted to stay in the shadows so I wouldn't feel depressed. I told this to Chris because I wanted him to know more about me because I didn't want to tell this to anyone else who would probably tell someone else about it," he explained. "And look at what just happened here."

Fayt shook his head. "Yeah, we understand it should be private, but...why did you have to be so harsh on Peppita? She just wanted you to like her."

Fox closed his eyes annoyed. "Do you think it was right for her for going so far to achieve something she wouldn't get even in a million of years? It was so obvious I didn't love her even a bit. I grew so frustrated to the point I wanted to speak my mind to her."

"We know it was not right for her to do all that," Mirage said. "However, she didn't need to receive such a cruel response from you."

"Who cares..." Fox muttered as he opened his eyes. "What's done is done..."

Everyone looked at each other worried before they all slowly returned to work on their areas. Fox looked at Wolf from his spot. The lupine had his arms crossed before he frowned and turned around to work in the Compounding area.

"(What, am I ashaming him of all people?)" Fox asked in his mind.

The leader of Star Fox grunted a bit before he looked to his right where Sophia looked worried at him.

"What is it now?" Fox asked. "Are you going to yell at me?"

"..." Sophia shook her head. "D-don't take me wrong, but I don't exactly hate you, Fox..."

"Good," Fox said. "Somebody here understands my reasons."

"However..."

Fox rolled his eyes. "Here we go to the part I shouldn't have done..."

"...Peppita just felt empathy for you all along..."

Fox frowned and glared at her. "Oh, please, like this already happened to her once. I know for sure this is the first time she has been scolded by an adult."

Sophia nodded. "Well, yeah, this is the first time she has been scolded by an adult...but...truth is..." She looked worried. "...Peppita thought she would be good friends with you..."

"More like false lovers," Fox said. "I mean, I have a girlfriend."

Chris turned around. "I-I could argue you wit-"

"Shut up!"

The World Traveler turned around and continued to write.

Fox looked at Sophia. "Anyway, she shouldn't feel empathy for me because of this."

"No, you don't understand..." Sophia trailed off. "I-I know it was wrong of her to tell everyone about your past...but...I guess it's not going to harm you to know about her own past... Everyone here knows it, but she doesn't care about it..."

Fox looked bored at her and grumbled a bit.

"You see..." Sophia trailed off. "...Peppita...when she was little..."

Inn - Hallway

Enviromental Noises

The day went by, and night came very fast. Nobody decided to make more research around the fields of Peterny after witnessing the cruel event at the workshop. Fayt had told the Smashers and the others not to worry about Peppita. Fayt told them that Peppita would eventually come back and be herself again.

However, some of them started to grow worried as Peppita didn't come back from whenever she ran away. Roger offered to look for her around the city, but he ended up not finding her. He thought that she wouldn't possibly leave the city and just hide somewhere to think about what had happened.

It was very late, and a half-awake Chris slowly walked upstairs. The dragoon was thinking about the incident at the workshop. "I don't understand why Fox had to act like that... If somebody would ask me, I'd say he went too far on Peppita..." he muttered as he reached the dark hallway. "Why did I have to stay behind and finish the Earth Discharge book? My wrist feels so...tired..."

The World Traveler suddenly bumped into a figure. The dragoon fell back on his rear and moaned a little bit in pain.

"O-oww..." Chris muttered before looking up. "Who's standing in the middle of the night and the hallway in this darkness?"

"If isn't the kid..."

Chris's eyes suddenly widened after he looked up at Wolf. The dragoon looked a bit scared after finding the lupine all alone in the hallway of the second floor of the inn. "Y-you?"

"What, can't I have a walk in here?" Wolf asked a little bit irritated.

Chris slowly got up and looked scared. "W-what are you doing here? It's like 12:30 right now..." He looked to the door that was close to Wolf. "...And...that isn't your room's door...that's my room's door...and you're quite close to it..."

"So?"

"...Wait just a minute..." Chris looked serious at Wolf. "What are you planning to do?"

"Nothing," Wolf said. "I'm just trying to overhear some info from Fox."

"Oh..." Chris nodded. "..." He thought for a moment. "...Wait, what? Are you..."

Wolf frowned and looked at the door.

"W-wait just a minute, why are you stalking Fox for?" Chris asked confused. "It's not like you to be this interested on Fox, you know..."

Wolf thought for a moment. "Hmm..." He looked at Chris and grinned a bit. "...Maybe this will prove beneficial to me..."

The dragoon looked scared at Wolf's amused grin. "W-Wolf, what are you trying to do to me now? A-are you trying to change the subject here?"

Wolf shook his head. "Oh no, it's quite the contrary that also has to do with this," he explained. "However, it's going to give me some benefits in exchange thanks to you, kid."

"W-whatever are you trying to say to me?" Chris asked.

A while later...

The World Traveler blinked shocked at the lupine. It seemed that they both had an important talk that also involved Chris accepting a favor from Wolf himself.

"...I-I...I-I just can't..." Chris shook his head. "I mean...you...you've been doing..."

"Let's save the talk for later, kid," Wolf said as he grabbed the doorknob of the door. "It's time to make Fox atone for what he has done today to that girl."

"D-do I take that as a sign of you-" Chris stopped talking once Wolf opened the door of the room.

"...What the..." Wolf muttered.

"...Is something wrong?" Chris asked before he walked to his side and looked into the room. "...What..."

After Wolf opened the door to Chris's room, what he didn't expect was Fox's bed empty. It was easy to tell Fox was there before by the fact the bed sheet was all rugged as it hung on the right side of the bed. Also, the window behind the bed was wide open as the curtains were being dragged along by the wind.

"That bastard..." Wolf muttered as he gritted his fangs. "That's why the room was so silent. The guy escaped right before I came here..." He grunted. "Dammit..."

"O-oh no, where did he go?" Chris asked worried.

Aquatic Garden, Surferio

However, they didn't know that one of them was already at the mercy of the Shadow Nightmare as a scream from a man echoed through the enormous garden hidden between Peterny and Aquios.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!"

The scream not only was alone, but if someone could hear, another different voice could be heard laughing maniacally...

...It was just the prologue of the next dreadful fight of the third hellish night...

TO BE CONTINUED...

.............................................................................................

"Third Liar: Fox the Corrupt... Dammit..." Maria muttered.

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Aquatic Garden, Surferio
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Tails, Chip, Fayt, Sophia, Maria, Cliff, Mirage, Nel, Albel, Peppita, Roger, Adray
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 18, 2009, 07:21:15 AM
Chapter 157: Third Liar: Fox the Corrupt

Flashback

Trading Town of Peterny
Workshop

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Lakes and Marshes with Doubt

"No, you don't understand..." Sophia trailed off. "I-I know it was wrong of her to tell everyone about your past...but...I guess it's not going to harm you to know about her own past... Everyone here knows it, but she doesn't care about it..."

Fox looked bored at her and grumbled a bit.

"You see..." Sophia trailed off. "...Peppita...when she was little..."

Fox turned around a put a hand in his right pocket. "Look, this is done and over with. I want to be alone for the time being."

"I-I know you want to do that, but will you please listen to what I have to say first?"

"..." Fox didn't move. His face still looked mad.

"...Okay..." Sophia said nodding. "Let me tell you why Peppita felt that about you..." She looked away. "...Fox...your mother died right after you were born, right?"

"I thought EVERYONE knew that here," Fox said annoyed.

"Y-yeah, that's what I thought," Sophia said worried. "And your father...kind of left you...right?"

"...Yeah," Fox responded annoyed. "Where do you want to get with this?"

"I-I'm asking you all those things to clarify something I understand that you and Peppita have in common, Fox..."

"We do not have something common," Fox said as he turned around and glared at her. "For that matter, we're never going to be friends or something like that."

"Please, let me continue," Sophia said. "Even if you're going to refuse this...you 2 do have something in common..."

Fox looked mad at her. "Well, what is it? Tell me so I can go away and do my own business."

"..." Sophia nodded. "...You and Peppita probably share the same kind of past..."

"SURE," Fox said.

"I-I'm telling you this because...well..." Sophia looked away. "...Peppita...when she was little...her father..."

Fox grumbled a bit.

"...He abandoned her..." Sophia said. "...It's just like your father did to you, Fox..."

Fox narrowed his eyes at her. "Please, do you REALLY think that guy abandoned me just because he wanted?"

"W-what?"

Fox frowned. "I know my father is dead. There's no reason to fret over that for any time longer," he explained. "I know for something that my father didn't abandon me."

"I-I know, but don't you think you can relate that with Peppita's past?"

"I don't care about her anymore," Fox stated.

"...Not even if her mother died when she was 5?"

"..." Fox looked down. "Why do you try so hard to make me change my mind?"

Sophia put a hand over her neck. "I'm doing this because I can't just sit and watch how someone yells at someone else so fragile like Peppita. Why do you think she's always looking cheerful?"

"..." Fox remained silent.

"She's always looking cheerful so her past doesn't bother her," Sophia explained. "It's something natural that people do so they stay optimistic. Didn't you do that as well at some point?"

Fox frowned. "No, I didn't," he said. "But still, I'm not going to apologize to her after she did all that just for me to tell her I didn't love her."

"B-but...don't you feel ashamed?" Sophia asked. "Don't you feel ashamed to yell at a happy girl like Peppita who has gone through all those cruel events before?"

Fox stared away.

"Is it really any good destroying her cheerful nature?" Sophia asked. "She's been given another opportunity to enjoy life with the troupe she travels around across the universe. They told me that Peppita has been enduring and hanging there by herself in order for her to be happy."

Fox looked at her. "...And?"

"And...doesn't that bother deep down in you in truth?" Sophia asked. "Don't you have shame for breaking her emotionally?"

Fox closed his eyes and crossed his arms. "...Maybe just a little bit..."

"So, why don't you just go apologize to her?"

"I just can't," Fox stated. "I just can't do that, not after everything she did to me. She knew very well this was going to happen if she was acting "mature" all the time."

"Well, personally, I'd go to her and apologize," Sophia said before frowning. "...Otherwise, it'll bother me for the rest of my life if my parents died...and thinking about adding that display of unnecessary cruelty would make matters worse...and...I wouldn't be the same happy person like Peppita..."

Fox's eyes widened.

"...But...if you don't want to do that...I won't force you..." Sophia said before she walked away. "Just...think about this again so you can find the best answer..." she muttered as she walked to the Cooking area.

The vulpine watched as Sophia silently returned to her area. Fox looked around the workshop where nobody payed any attention to him. However, he noticed that Wolf stared at him for seconds before turning around, frowning to himself. The leader of Star Fox could tell nobody wanted to talk with him due to the silence that filled the air. The only sounds that echoed in the workshop were pencils writing, hard hot metal being banged against hammers, and the brewing moves of the soups.

The silence made Fox look down.

"(Dammit...)" Fox thought. "(I just don't know what to do for now... Everyone here should pretty much think I'm some sort of idiot... I...I need to have some time by myself and see this again...)" he thought ashamed before he walked away, trying to find the best answer for his dilemma. "(I hope I can decide this in time before I regret it...)"

End of flashback

North Peterny

The window of a familiar suddenly opened wide as Fox jumped out from the second floor and landed on safe floor, a serious look on his eyes as he sprinted to the north of the city, thinking only about the event that happened in the workshop that afternoon.

"(Why, why the hell did I do all that to someone like her?)" Fox asked to himself as he glared forward at the stone street. "(I just can't let her look all down after hearing Sophia about her...)" He closed his eyes as he dashed. "(If she ever comes back, she'll never speak a word to me. Worse yet, she could just hate me forever...)" He opened his glaring eyes. "(I don't want people to hate me because of my reckless behavior just because I'm thinking way too much...ever...)"

The leader of Star Fox suddenly stopped and looked around with a fist to his right hip. He seemed to be clicking several buttons on his scouter to find steps going to the north. Unfortunately, he only found a multitude of steps. The vulpine narrowed his eyes before turning off his equipment.

"(I heard she didn't come back to us when she ran away,)" Fox thought. "(Would she be still in the city, though? Ugh, she could be anywhere, crying to herself...)" Fox closed his eyes and grunted. "(No, don't think that... Focus... There must be a place somewhere where she could have escaped... There's a big chance I'm going to end up getting lost...but...)" He looked around. "(If I was her, I'd go to a place where nobody would look... If I take in mind that she knows the area, she'd probably think I'd go somewhere else before I'd go to a place I know well...but...am I right?)"

The vulpine looked at the open north gate of the city.

"...It's worth the try," Fox muttered in a serious tone. "She could be hiding in the last place I'd look into..." He tightened his fists and sprinted to the north, leaving the city behind.

Inn – Hallway

Around this time, the lupine had made his way behind the door to Chris's room to check on Fox even if he didn't know he was there. Also, it was around this time that Chris first appeared and bumped accidentally on Wolf.

"W-wait just a minute... Why are you stalking Fox for?" Chris asked confused. "It's not like you to be this interested on Fox, you know..."

Wolf thought for a moment. "Hmm..." He looked at Chris and grinned a bit. "...Maybe this will prove beneficial to me..."

The dragoon looked scared at Wolf's amused grin. "W-Wolf, what are you trying to do to me now? A-are you trying to change the subject here?"

Wolf shook his head. "Oh no, it's quite the contrary that also has to do with this," he explained. "However, it's going to give me some benefits in exchange thanks to you, kid."

"W-whatever are you trying to say to me?" Chris asked.

"I guess you find this odd of me, right?" Wolf asked as he crossed his arms and leaned against the wall. "Don't try to hide it. It's very easy to tell."

"W-well..." Chris looked down for a bit before looking back at Wolf. "...It's odd of you to focus on Fox..."

Wolf nodded. "Truth is I have my reasons to be stalking him during these times at night."

"...Wait, what? So you've been stalking him ever since we came here?"

Wolf nodded again. "Not exactly stalking but making sure he was fine with himself."

The World Traveler looked confused at him. He didn't think Wolf would actually care about Fox's welfare. As far as Chris knew, they both would beat each other to death rather than helping each other. "W-why, though?" Chris asked. "Why are you trying to focus more on him more than usual? ...Are you trying to kill him?"

"I'd like to do that myself," Wolf admitted before he frowned. "However, it's...a favor I'm doing to someone who asked me to do this..."

"...What?" Chris asked. "Who made you do that? I thought you liked to do things your way...and not listen to anyone...or even me..."

"Well..." Wolf looked away. "...It's sort of a promise I made with someone..."

"...You made a promise with someone to stalk Fox?"

"...Sort of," Wolf said. "I'm not letting you know about it, though."

"What?"

Wolf shook his head. "I won't let you know about with who I made the promise with. As far as I know, telling you the secret could ruin my image with the people I know at my turf. However, as long as you shut up...I could let you know..."

"W-well..." Chris looked unsure. "I-I won't tell anybody about that secret... I don't mind..."

"...Hmm..." Wolf rubbed his chin. "...If I were to tell you this secret...would you do something for me?"

"Do something for you?" Chris asked. "What's that?"

"Your curiosity is way too high tonight," Wolf said before chuckling. "Chances are this will prove to be very benefitial to me if you do want to know the secret I have about Fox."

The World Traveler thought for a moment.

"I need you to shut up for this," Wolf said as he uncrossed his arms. "By no reason you're not allowed to tell this to anybody, not even Fox, and not even to someone in private. You already saw how everything turned at the workshop after Fox yelled at that girl for divulging his past to everyone. My own secret, however, can really hurt my reputation."

Chris gasped as he just noticed that Wolf's dark claw was about to touch his chin. His dark claw glowed thanks to the Hand of Doom attack.

"Even if you try to threaten me by telling someone this, I won't hesitate to resort to drastic measures...and no one will be able to protect you either..." Wolf muttered as the World Traveler looked shocked. "I don't care if I die as long as unrequired scum doesn't piss me off..."

Chris shook a bit. "Y-you're EVIL when you need to..."

Wolf grinned. "Do we have a deal or what?"

"W-what makes you think I need to know about that?" Chris asked. "Will it make any difference to me if I know that secret?"

"Maybe," Wolf said. "It could possibly help you grasp Fox even better than before...and not to mention myself... C'mon, kid, your biggest weakness is that you really crave for important events in the pass of somebody you want to know more. I shouldn't be that different, right?"

Cornered.

"...I-I do want to know more about Fox...and possibly you..." Chris said with a gulp. "W-will you please lower that creepy claw of yours?"

Wolf grunted a bit and lowered his claw which instantly turned back to normal. The lupine put a hand on his left hip and looked at Chris. "Then, do you want to hear about the secret I have so you can do me a favor later on?"

"...I-I'm not so sure, but..." Chris thought for a moment before sighing. "Okay, I think we have a deal..."

"Cool," Wolf said with a nod. "Alright, kid, I trust you're not going to tell this to anybody, not even the blue dog, right?"

"No..." Chris nodded. "You have my trust."

"Okay, then," Wolf said before clearing his throat with a cough. "You're probably wondering why I've been focusing on Fox lately, right?"

"Yes..."

"Well, to be honest, I wouldn't be doing this kind of thing," Wolf said. "I despise Fox a lot because he's way too cocky like somebody else I knew before him... Ironically, that same person was the one who told me to anonymously...take care of Fox..."

Chris gasped silently. "Wait, you're...you're taking care of Fox?"

Wolf nodded. "Very out-of-character for a person like me, huh?"

"B-but why?" Chris asked. "I thought you 2 were rivals that would want to beat each other to death...and then do the same thing all over again..."

"Yeah, but unfortunately, I'm chained to this promise that keeps coming out every time I look at Fox," Wolf said. "This promise was made by that person who asked me to take care of him..." He looked serious. "I'll let you guess who it is."

Chris thought for a moment. "I-I don't know..."

"Time out, then," Wolf said with a frown. "The person who asked me to take care of Fox...was none other than his father himself."

The World Traveler looked surprised. "Y-you don't mean..."

"Yeah," Wolf said. "I'm talking about my first rival I crossed paths with a long time ago...James McCloud, better known as Fox's father to many."

Aquatic Garden, Surferio

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Fly Away in the Violet Sky

The lonesome ruins underneath the fields between Aquios and Surferio remained very silent. The light of the moon entered through cracks on the long ceiling that gave the ruins a dark atmosphere where crickets chirped endlessly.

However, someone had snuck inside during the whole day. Sobs and sniffs echoed in the peaceful ruins as, in a previously discovered area that was located at the center of the hanging floors, was a lone figure clutching to her knees as she leaned against a small pedestal.

The center of the platforms wasn't the same as the other platforms. This particular platform was very wide and long enough to hold a lot of people. The floor had plants and flowers adorning the edges over the walls that all lead to the precipice down below. The floor also had a staircase that directed to the previous floor to the south of an arch with a blue gem on its top and center. To the north area of the floor, a small staircase directed to a small hole where a monster used to be before Fayt and the others came to destroy it.

Peppita sobbed and sniffed silently to herself as she looked down behind her legs. The Velbaysian had fled in the garden after the argument she had with Fox. Peppita decided to hide away by re-visiting the aquatic garden by herself, knowing that nobody would look for her in an area they already investigated to find the Spagonia Temple.

"H-he's such a big jerk..." Peppita muttered between sobs. "I-I can't believe I let myself get fooled because of that insensitive bastard..." she cried a bit with a sniff. "I-I don't want to see him or anybody else after that..." she muttered. "He deserves to be punished one of these days for yelling at me like that..." Peppita cried more as she embraced her legs. "H-he's such an idiot!" she yelled loudly before sobbing louder.

Without her knowing, she didn't see that a figure floated towards her from the arch.

"...I don't wanna see Fox anymore..." Peppita muttered. "...After all...we weren't meant to be for each other...I...admit that..."

"Oh, is that right, little girl?"

Peppita suddenly looked up to find a figure in some sort of floating...whatever it was. A floating chair. "W-who are you?" Peppita asked. "L-leave me alone! I don't want to see anybody ever again!"

"My, what an immature behavior," the person said, making Peppita gasp. "Weren't you taught to listen to adults?"

"W-what do you know, anyway?" Peppita asked angrily as she looked down behind her legs. "I didn't ask you to come here and bother me any longer! I'm really mad right now so go away!"

"..."

The person on the floating seat was Dr. Eggman. The scientist apparently came back to look for the temple in the same spot he previously had fled when the others were about to attack him. The scientist remembered Peppita being there with them before.

"Hmm..." Dr. Eggman rubbed his chin. "Why are you here all alone by yourself? I thought you were supposed to be with that pesky hedgehog and the others."

Peppita looked up angrily at him. "I don't wanna see any of them anymore, you dork..." she muttered before lowering her face. "I don't wanna see anybody..."

"Why's that?" Dr. Eggman asked. "You look a little bit sad for my tastes..."

"You shouldn't know," Peppita said without looking at him. "It's something very intimate that a bastard made me get this sad..."

"So I take somebody made you get like this and cry all night..."

Peppita gasped. "N-no, that's not what I meant to say..."

"Really now?" Dr. Eggman asked with a chuckle. "Well, I do know very well that was your reason to be here...or it is the reason..."

"Go away and leave me alone!" Peppita yelled as she looked up at him. "It's none of your business to talk to me at all! Y-you're evil, I know that!"

"Perhaps," Dr. Eggman said. "Is somebody looking for you or have you just came here right now?"

"Nobody shouldn't be looking for me... I came here ever since afternoon..." Peppita muttered with a sniff. "I-I've been crying and sobbing in peace to feel much better...b-but you're not helping me feel any better..."

Dr. Eggman chuckled. "Well, well, maybe I can take advantage of this unfortunate situation..."

Peppita looked confused at him. "W-what do you mean? What are you going to do?"

Dr. Eggman grinned. "Oh, very simple," he said as he clicked a button on his machine. "Why, it shouldn't need explanations that much."

Peppita gasped once a catching net was shot out from the front part of Dr. Eggman's floating machine. The Velbaysian stood up to run away, but she wasn't fast enough to dodge the net that captured her underneath. Peppita screamed and tried to get out, but she gasped after she saw that the spheres that were attached all over the net's edges turned into drills that dug themselves into the floor in order for her not to escape easily, trapping her under it.

"H-hey, stop this!" Peppita yelled as she tried to break through the net. "W-what are you trying to do to me?!"

"Oh, my bad," Dr. Eggman said with a chuckle. "I guess I DO need explanations...or it's you," he said. "Very well, little girl. I shall tell you what I'm going to do with you."

Peppita looked worried. "W-what would that be?"

"I am going to use you as...hmm...what's the word? Oh yes, hostage," Dr. Eggman said before Peppita gasped. "If someones dares to appear here and be a hero or heroine, I'm going to have you zapped but good with the same net you're underneath."

Peppita's eyes widened once she saw some sparks jumping from some of the sides of the net she was in.

"The voltage shouldn't kill you with one shot, but it could finish you off with 20 tries," Dr. Eggman explained with a snicker. "Just think about it. You're going to be a very useful little girl for me."

"I-I'd never help you out!" Peppita yelled angrily. "I-I don't want to deal with this stupidity as well! L-let me go!"

Dr. Eggman shook his head. "I'm not going to listen to such an immature little girl like you."

Peppita gasped.

"Why would I listen to such an immature girl like you?"

"I-I'm not immature..." Peppita muttered with a sniff as she recalled Fox's harsh words. "I-I'm a very mature girl..."

"Bah, nonsense," Dr. Eggman said. "You're better off being a childish girl like you are now. Pfft, children becoming mature, please..."

"T-that's not true!" Peppita cried out. "Y-you don't understand me!"

"And you don't understand me either," Dr. Eggman pointed out. "Children are supposed to respect adults, don't they?"

Peppita took a step back and looked away. "...Y-yeah...I-I guess..." Peppita muttered before glaring at the scientist. "B-but I DO know I shouldn't be nice to a guy like you ever!"

Dr. Eggman grumbled. "There you go again... No wonder why you got here by yourself."

Peppita shook her head. "I-I didn't get here because of that!"

"No, you really did come all the way here because of that," Dr. Eggman said as he looked serious at her. "You're making such a big deal over an insignificant thing like your maturity which you don't have."

The Velbaysian felt that this was like some sort of repeat of the event that took place during the afternoon. Peppita's eyes filled with tears as she shook her head to the scientist.

"Your expressions prove my point," Dr. Eggman said. "It had something to do with you being immature to someone of that group."

"N-no!"

"Oh, yes, it is," he said. "I can easily tell you were nagging a single person, and that same person snapped out of it and yelled at you."

"T-that's not true!" Peppita yelled. "H-how can you tell all that?!"

"Little girl, I use common sense and logic," Dr. Eggman said. "My IQ is remarked for being the most talented there is."

"Y-you're just guessing, that's all!" Peppita yelled before she covered her face. "I-I don't want to stay here and listen to you!"

"Oh, too bad," Dr. Eggman said as he moved his right hand in the air. "You decided to come here, I decided to come here, and now you will be a very important human shield for me to do anything I please here and finally find the location of the Spagonia Temple."

Peppita uncovered her face and looked at him. "T-too bad because we already came here and we didn't find that temple anywhere..."

Dr. Eggman looked bored at her. "And I take you didn't look very well around here?"

Peppita looked confused. "W-what?"

Dr. Eggman nodded. "You probably just looked around this long hanging floor with staircases and monsters," he said. "You probably didn't look down, though..."

"B-but there shouldn't be nothing down here..." Peppita muttered. "W-well, that's what we thought..."

The scientist frowned. "For your information, the temple is ironically right under this very same platform."

The Velbaysian's eyes dilated. "W-what?"

"Yes, it is indeed right below this platform," Dr. Eggman said with a chuckle. "It's not easy to find with the naked eye, you know. The temple happens to be hidden behind taller buildings as their central point. Also, the temple's color is different from the pale light green color of everything in here," he explained. "You should have looked below, but it's very good to know you were such a bunch of dorks."

Peppita grunted angrily at this.

"Now, now, I don't want to see that angry expression of yours," Dr. Eggman said as he clicked a button that shot a hand claw at Peppita's net. The Velbaysian gasped and covered her face with her arms as the claw grabbed the net and pulled her off from the floor. The drills suddenly joined together to completely trap Peppita in it as the net hung down below Dr. Eggman's machine, prompting her to stand on the ropes so her legs wouldn't fall in the holes, her hands grabbing the net in fear. "Be good and stay quiet."

"L-let me go right now!" Peppita demanded as she shook the ropes. "I don't want to stay with you!" Peppita's demands stopped once the ropes zapped her hands a bit enough to make her fall down on the ropes, scared.

"Stop making things worse for you," Dr. Eggman said. "If you start to annoy me even more, I'm going to have to use drastic measures..."

The Velbaysian couldn't look up at the scientist anymore from the spot she was now. Peppita looked sadly at this and frowned to herself. "T-this is just so unfair..." Peppita muttered in defeat.

"You know what is else is unfair?" Dr. Eggman asked. "It's unfair for you to behave like a bad girl."

Peppita sniffed and embraced her legs again. "W-why did this have to happen to me?"

Dr. Eggman frowned. "This happened to you because you didn't listen well enough to understand what the other people told you not to for sure," he said. "After all, that always happens when children like you act immature."

Peppita sobbed a bit as she reminded herself about the incident at the workshop. She recalled Fox's words once more; the words that hurt her the most.

"What the hell did I tell you about not telling absolutely ANYONE about what happened that night?"

"Why would I EVER fall in love with such a immature girl like you?!"

"What the heck makes you think that makes you mature at all?!"

"Nice things? Do you call all that crap nice things?"

"GET THE HELL OUT OF HERE AND LEAVE ME ALONE!!!"

Peppita's eyes filled with tears before she started to cry silently to herself. The scientist frowned to himself as he looked to the left.

"Well, it's better not to say anything to you so you shut up and calm down," Dr. Eggman said. "I better get this done as soon as possible..."

Peppita thought that it was her fault that all of this happened. She thought she should had listened to Fox's demands before, but she didn't think she would end up being a hostage for the enemy. The Velbaysian was completely at a loss. Peppita thought nobody would look for her due to the fact they didn't know where she was. Every single route for salvation was closed for her, and that only made matters worse.

In a few words, Peppita was going down to the wrong path...

"...Hmm?" Dr. Eggman looked around. "Somebody is approaching..."

Peppita sniffed a few times before slowly looking up. "W-what?"

The Velbaysian suddenly heard some footsteps coming from the south of the floor they were both on. The 2 persons looked to their left where a serious Smashers stood under the arch of the staircase, his glaring eyes focusing on Dr. Eggman as his fists were tightened on both sides of his hips, making him look like he was ready to attack.

"..." Peppita blinked surprised before she looked away and frowned in shame.

Dr. Eggman raised an eyebrow. "Oh, what do we have here now?" The scientist said before turning to the Smasher. "It seems somebody did look for you, pesky girl..."

The Smasher under the arch was Fox. The vulpine had found Peppita in the garden just as he expected. Dr. Eggman could tell the leader of Star Fox was looking at him with a death glare. "What the hell are you doing here..." Fox muttered in an angry tone. "Why do you have her in that net?"

Dr. Eggman grinned and chuckled. "What's up with that harsh demand?" he asked amused. "You don't like to see your dear little friend in this nice net?"

Fox looked mad at him. "Let her go right now or else..."

"Hmph, threatening me isn't going to work for you," Dr. Eggman said. "If you want her to be free, you'll have to listen to what I want to do here."

Fox shook his head. "I told you to release her at once. What can't you understand?"

Peppita looked at Fox from the corner of her eyes. The menacing glare that Fox had made her shake in fear, not wanting to look back at him. Peppita thought Fox was still mad at her, and she didn't want to talk to him, thinking she would only enrage himeven more than before.

"I understand I have no right to listen to a furry like you," Dr. Eggman said. "What good will it bring to me if I do listen to you?"

"I'll tell you," Fox said. "You're going to get away from here unscathed if you let her go. Otherwise you're going to get injured pretty badly."

"Hahahahaha," Dr. Eggman laughed a bit. "Sorry, but I just can't do that. You see, the Spagonia Temple is waiting for me down here. I do not want to lose anymore time with a guy like you." The doctor turned to the right along with the trapped Peppita who still looked away from Fox.

Suddenly, before Dr. Eggman could hover off the floor, a laser shot rose in front of his face. The scientist stopped his way to the abyss before he looked back at the vulpine, holding his phase gun from Maria tightly in his right hand.

"Also," Fox began as his look retained its menacing glare. "I failed that shot on purpose."

"..." Dr. Eggman slowly turned to him and shook his head. "Getting cocky, aren't you?"

Fox lowered his phase gun and kept glaring at Dr. Eggman. "We can do this the good civilized way or the bad violent way. Which one are you going to choose?" he asked.

"Well..." Dr. Eggman rubbed his chin a bit. "Both sound so tempting..."

The vulpine moved his face down, but his eyes were still fixated on the doctor.

Trading Town of Peterny
Inn - Hallway

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - So Alone, Be Sorrow

The World Traveler stared at Wolf in surprise. "...Fox's dad told you to look after Fox?"

Wolf nodded. "That's how things are, kid."

"B-but..." Chris shook his head. "I-I don't understand this... Why would you take care of Fox? Aren't you supposed to hate his guts to the bitter end or something like that?"

"Yeah, we do that," Wolf admitted. "But we don't necessarily kill each other."

"What does that mean?" Chris asked.

"Look, if I ever finished Fox off, I wouldn't be able to find any worthy opponents out there in the Lylat System to have some fun," Wolf explained. "I have to admit Fox has what it takes to be my rival...but when you think about it, it sounds so twisted for me to be his rival due to how different we are."

"Why?"

Wolf frowned. "Kid, I better tell you this from scratch. You need to know how I ended up meeting James."

Chris looked worried. "Okay, so I know you met James before but..."

"Let me continue," Wolf said before clearing his throat. "So anyway..."

Flashback

Fichina
Sky

The cold region of Fichina was shown. Small sleets swept the land from time to time as the light from the sun shone brightly on the glittering surface of icecap. Some clouds were floating away into the blue and orange sky to the east as the shadows of some ships quickly zoomed by.

"I first met James when I started my moves around the Lylat System in Katrina," Wolf narrated. "By that time, I was a young thug who recently started his thievery and crimes. Back then, I was totally different than I am now."

"How?" Chris asked.

"I...was very headstrong," Wolf admitted. "I was very easy to anger. I didn't have the best control in temper. My rage easily made my own affairs even harder...and I didn't know that at all. I was very blind myself," he explained. "That bothersome attitude was there for a long time, and I didn't do a thing to change it. My temper, even worse, made me lose many battles against him..."

"James?"

"Exactly," Wolf said. "When I was doing that task in Katrina as I was almost going to escape by myself, I was suddenly bombarded by shots from an unknown vessel from the sky. When I looked up, it was the first time I ever met James McCloud..." he narrated. "This initial attack made me so angry that I became enraged, and before I knew it, I found myself fighting against who was surely worthy of being called my nemesis...and rival..."

"I see..."

"The first battle I had against James didn't come out well for me," Wolf said. "He always managed to find a way to attack me with full force. I was getting so desperate during all those occasions. It was just like I was an easy read for him to grasp my moves. I couldn't believe it, but James knew how to take me down without doing any effort. That defeat also blinded me when I found out the weapon I was carrying under my Wolfen had disappeared. Surely, James took it when I wasn't looking."

"Aren't you supposed to be an expert at dogfights?"

"I thought I was," Wolf said. "However, James proved to me that he was the best out of the 2...I give him that..."

"It's...hard to believe you're saying that..."

"Believe me, I said otherwise most of the time with every single defeat I suffered..." Wolf frowned. "I never, ever won a single time against James... It was so frustrating to admit he was a better fighter than I was. No matter how much I improved my skills, he always found a way around them all. I wanted to be flawless, but that's just a foolish thought..."

"...Please, tell me more..."

"...James taught me many things that I constantly ignored with each defeat," Wolf said. "His stupid cocky nature made me so angry every time he managed to talk to me between battles. Whenever I looked at him, he always grinned and taunted me a lot like I was some sort of living toy for him. I wanted to destroy the screen where he always appeared, but I always found myself unable to do it due to the fact I was already taken down to the ground..."

"Okay..."

"It was always the same thing... I developed a crazy obsession to defeat him ever since I started to do crimes," Wolf explained. "After the 5th or 6th crime I committed, my fury grew so much that I set a personal goal to take James down so he would leave me alone...but that was just part of his plan, at least that was what I thought."

"Why did you think that?"

"I thought that mainly because he always laughed in amusement with every fight we had," Wolf explained. "That hare and Pigma didn't do a thing to help James out because he always told them to stay put and let him handle me. He was so darn overconfident of skills with that Arwing of his. I cursed loudly to the sky whenever I was taken down. Thanks to my constant crimes, a big bounty was put on my head for discrupting the peace all over the Lylat System. However, James nor the officials never caught me... I was very lucky for making my gateway to freedom."

"I think so..." Chris muttered.

"The day I knew I could take him down once and for all was the same day I last heard of him..."

"...The incident with Andross, you mean..."

"Yeah," Wolf said. "I've got word from some sources that the mad scientist Andross was exiled to Venom. When I heard that he was going to start an intergalactic war against Corneria and the other nations, I knew James and Team Star Fox would go to help out. Knowing from experience, James had what it took to bring Andross to justice..."

"And...I can assume you..."

"I knew James was going to do the mission," Wolf said. "By that time over the years, Team Star Fox had become the most specialized team that stopped any kind of crimes across the galaxy mostly thanks to James and his leadership. Whenever I got the chance, I usually concealed my appearance to mix with the crowd just to read the headings of newspapers to see if there were notices, and the notices were always there about the victories of Star Fox. It made me so angry to see James's confident grin in every single photo I saw with Peppy and Pigma by his sides."

"...What else happened?"

"Well, the last day I last saw James was the last encounter I had against him," Wolf explained. "And I remember everything about it..."

Shots blared out furiously over the frozen scenery as a fast Arwing zoomed by followed by a fast Wolfen that pursued it from behind it. The Wolfen's red shots couldn't land a single hit at the swift Arwing as a young Wolf gritted his fangs in anger. "Play time will be finally over, James McCloud!" the thug proclaimed angrily. "This shall be the day where you will fall down and rot to death at last!"

"Am I counting on that, though?"

The young Wolf hopped a bit surprised before he glared down at the small screen in the center of his board with flashing buttons and levers. There was the image of the grinning James saluting him. "What's so funny now?" Wolf asked with a snarl. "Why are you grinning for?"

"Funny," James said with a chuckle. "Last time I recall, this is the 137th time my play time is over. I wonder, why am I still playing out here?" he asked amused. "Would it be because nobody has stopped me yet from ending my play time? It's been like 7 or so years since I last started my fun time."

"Shut up, you little weasel," Wolf muttered as he glared at him. "You're not to get away with again today. I'm going to make sure you and your team don't make it to Venom that easily."

James raised an eyebrow. "How do you know we were going to Venom? Are you stalking us? Geez, if you keep going like that, you're going to turn into a creepy stalker with a freaky obsession to guys like me."

Wolf grunted. "You're the ONLY guy in the whole galaxy who can't mind his mouth during an aerial fight. Now stay focused or else you're gonna kiss the snow down below in a minute!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 18, 2009, 08:56:07 PM
"How ironic you say that, actually," James said with a chuckle. "I was about to tell you that myself."

Wolf narrowed his glare at him. "What is that supposed to mean exactly, James?"

Suddenly, Wolf's Wolfen found itself being under attack by a flurry of blue shots from behind. The lupine watched in anger as the wings of the Wolfen were shot down in a matter of seconds. Grunting in complete fury, the lupine looked back where James attacked him with a full assault of shots.

"H-how the heck did you manage to sneak behind me?!" Wolf demanded. "Answer me, you stupid cocky idiot!"

James chuckled as he stopped his attacks. "Well, I was talking with this guy a moment ago. I noticed he wasn't looking where I was going so I decided to do a loop and take advantage of his argument against me."

"What?!"

"If you didn't know," James began," I was talking about you...again."

"And yet again, James had me where he wanted me to be..." Wolf narrated. "I felt down once again by his tricks he put on me... James knew I was not match for him in that last encounter..."

In his cockpit, Wolf began to see a red warning alarm that illuminated his space. The lupine looked down at the screen where it showed a summary of the damage reports. From what he could see, the wings of the Wolfen were taken out, an engine was set on fire, and the main machine that allowed the Wolfen to fly faster was burning with smoke. Wolf looked shocked at this before he found himself spiraling down at the ice field, screaming loudly as he covered his face with his arms, his Wolfen finally crashing down abruptly on the snow.

James decided to slow down and circle around the big smoke signal that the Wolfen made. Raising an eyebrow, the previous leader of Star Fox narrowed his eyes behind his sunglasses.

"When I crashed down...I found out I was stuck in the Wolfen," Wolf said as his past self was seen knocked out, a trail of blood scrolling down from the right side of his head. "

The flames that covered my Wolfen didn't disappear, and they quickly covered every single part of it. When I woke up, I grunted to myself after I wanted to open the upper window, but the front part of the Wolfen was stuck in the snow, with the upper window also blocked by the darn snow. I slowly fainted due to the smoke that leaked in my space, and I started to curse myself loudly in my mind before I could die...
"

"But..." Chris looked confused. "What happened after that? You surely survived somehow..."

"I did survive..." Wolf said with a frown. "But I didn't escape from the Wolfen... Someone else did it for me..."

The young Wolf didn't know why, but he found himself opening his eyes to see the clouds on the starry sky as he lay down on the soft snow. He knew he was trapped inside the Wolfen, but he didn't know he did escape from a certain death. Slowly getting up as he rubbed his forehead, Wolf found a wrecked Wolfen several feet away from him. "W-what did just happen?" Wolf asked as he looked in surprise at his fallen vessel. "I-I was sure I was going to die after I was shot down by..."

"Glad to have you alive in a whole piece."

Wolf blinked surprised before he turned around to find an Arwing safely parked on the soft snow as James was sitting on top of the white ship while he rested his right arm on his right knee, looking down at lupine.

"McCloud?" Wolf said confused before he shook his head and glared at him. "I mean, what the hell did just happen here?"

James chuckled and jumped down to the snow. Once he landed safely on the terrain, James grinned at the glaring Wolf. "Isn't it obvious? I just saved your butt from getting burned alive," James said as he walked to Wolf and stopped, standing 10 feet away from him.

"...What?" Wolf asked in disgust. "...You, from all people, saved me?"

"Yeah, what's so wrong about it?" James asked amused. "I thought you wouldn't mind if I saved you."

"Oh, I DO mind, idiot," Wolf said with a snarl. "I thought you were going to leave me here and die in this cold hell. Now that you saved me out of the blue, what do you think I'm going to do next?"

"Say thanks to me for not letting you burn alive and then get frozen inside a big popsicle because of your recklessness?"

"What? No!" Wolf yelled angrily before pointing at him. "What I'm going to do next is get away from you so we can have another battle very soon!"

James crossed his arms and sighed. "Oh, okay..."

"..." Wolf looked mad. "Wait, why did that response sound bored? Are you mocking me?"

James frowned. "There you go again, thinking things I didn't mean to say..."

Wolf made a fist by his right side as he stared at James with some anger. "Am I now, then?"

James nodded. "You know, I don't feel threatened very much by you at all."

Wolf grunted a bit. "Well, then stop telling me that crap, James. I don't need your stupid sympathy. Save it only for you."

"I take that you're not glad I saved your life?"

The lupine turned away. "...Like I'm going to owe you this. You just made a big mistake, McCloud. Letting your enemy stay alive is gonna be one of the worst mistakes you've ever done before in your life."

James chuckled. "Believe me; you'll be glad I let you live by saving you."

Wolf turned back to me. "What was that? You like all the challenges I put on you?"
James lifted his shoulders. "Sure, I don't mind them. All your challenges turn out to be almost the same thing."

"That's not true!"

"Oh, it is," James said. "Ever since the 12th fight, I could have ignored you altogether."
Wolf snarled at him. "Don't try to piss me off even more, I'm warning you..."

"I'm not trying to," James said. "I'm just telling you what you've been quite wrong all these years."

"I don't need your stupid advice," Wolf said. "I'm better off by myself, thank you very much."

"You're welcome."

This response made Wolf grunt annoyed.

"So go away now," Wolf said with a frown. "Leave me alone for the time being and go finish that business with Andross so we can have another fight."

James sighed. "Wolf, seriously, when are you going to learn to correct your mistakes?"

"I'll learn to correct those frequently mentioned mistakes once I take you down myself," Wolf said with a glare.

"..." James remained silent. "Then that means you will never defeat me."

"Grrrrrrrr..." Wolf grunted as he gritted his fangs.

"Sorry, but I do happen to know even better than you," James explained.

Wolf almost wanted to stand in a fighting position. "If you know that stupid belief, then why the hell do you always come to stop me from doing my crimes?"

"I know you can change for the better."

Wolf rolled his eyes. "Yeah, right. I'm fine as I am now."

"Are you really sure of that?"

"Yeah."

"Well, if you ask me, you have...potential to be a dangerous criminal," James said.

"And I'm not supposed to be one by now?!" Wolf asked angrily.

"Tell me one time where you've gotten away with the stuff you tried so hard to steal."
Wolf remained silent and looked down and away, his right fist rose at his shoulder's level.

"Now you see?" James asked.

"Shut up..." Wolf muttered before he kicked some snow away angrily. "Shut the hell up, James! I don't need your advice, you little piece of s-"

"Calm down now," James interrupted him. "You just turned out to be alive. You shouldn't overexert yourself like that."

"What do you know?" Wolf asked as he turned around. "You know what, I'm out of here. I'm sick of listening to your pointless talk."

"Fine, be that way," James said uninterested. "I wanted to ask you something to do for me, but now that you're like this..."

The lupine grunted and turned to him. "What? Why do you want me to do you a favor? Do I look like a friend to you?"

"Yeah."

Wolf snarled angrily once again. "What are you thinking now exactly?"

James lifted his shoulders. "Meh, nothing. Just asking you to do me a favor."

Wolf rolled his eyes. "If it's about me, then I'm not doing it... T-that doesn't mean I'm going to do a favor to you in the future either!" he said angrily.

"Wolf, just listen," James said in a serious tone. "You do know I'm in the middle of a trip to Venom to make sure what's happening over there, right?"

"Yeah, so?"

James looked down. "I've heard that Andross is the most dangerous criminal scientist of the whole system. I've seen all the incidents he had caused in Corneria. I can tell you Andross shouldn't be taken lightly. Heck, I don't know if I'm ready to confront him head on."

Wolf grinned as he chuckled. "Ooh, what's the matter with you? Are you feeling scared for some mad scientist? I thought you were overconfident of your skills, James."

"I'm not overconfident," James said. "I'm just confident. Overconfident people only beg to die earlier as they say. That's why I'm just being simply confident." He shook his head. "Enough about that, though. I want you to d-"

"Look, maybe this is very crucial for you, but why is it important for me to listen?" Wolf asked with a glare. "Does it have something rewarding for me?"

"You bet your wrecked Wolfen that it is crucial," James chuckled. "Since you've been some kind of creepy stalker to me, you do know I have a family, right?"

"No," Wolf said. "I don't know that because I'm NOT a creepy stalker as you say."

"Good enough," James said. "Well, I was just wondering something..."

Wolf turned away.

"Do you know I have a son?"

Wolf looked at him over his right shoulder. "No, I don't know or don't care if you have a son."

"Well, start caring because this has to do with my son," James said with a grin. "I'm telling you, that son of mine is a real prodigy that shows some good traits. When he turned 11, he already knew how to handle an Arwing by himself."

"Did I ask about your son?" Wolf asked. "Get to the point, McCloud. I have some business to do somewhere else."

"Would that include getting a new Wolfen?"

Wolf looked at his wrecked Wolfen. "...Yeah," he said. "I don't want to stay here any longer talking with you. However, knowing you, you're going to keep bugging me with that favor you want to ask me to do... Whatever it is, I'm surely going to say no."

James chuckled. "Looks like you're calming down. Well, this is much better," he admitted. "Now I can tell you for sure that my favor will benefit you in some way or another."

"...Tsk," Wolf muttered with a frown. "Spill it out so we end this. I have better things to do."

"Very well," James said before he thought for a moment something. "Wolf...would you look after my son for me?"

At this sudden question, the lupine turned around and glared at James. "What the hell does that mean, James? Why are you asking me the work you're supposed to do?" he snarled. "Do I look like a babysitter to you or what? Stop mocking me!"

James shook his head. "No, I'm serious," he said. "Even if you know I've beaten you in all our encounters doesn't mean I'm going to come back unscathed from Venom," he explained. "Heck, all the other missions I've done besides taking you on are harder."

Wolf gritted his fangs at this statement.

"However, this one threatens the whole planetary system," James said. "It's been a rumor that Andross is planning to launch a full assault to all the planets in order to conquer them all. The Corneria Army doesn't know if this is true, but it's most likely that it'll happen very soon if I don't get where Andross is."

"Are you worried or what?"

"Frankly speaking...yeah," James said. "Do you really think a team of 3 people can withstand whatever Venom hides? That planet is the most rotten place many people know. Since Andross had been exiled to that place, it's unknown if he's still alive."

"If you're saying that, then why do you think he's still alive?" Wolf asked. "As far I know the atmosphere of that planet is deadly."

"There have been recent reports of some small groups of lizard people that have been saying that they work for Andross," James said as he crossed his arms. "I know that because I've fought those groups myself. They were insane, saying foolish things about the birth of a new empire by Andross. When I reported this to the army, they didn't believe he was still alive, so I was requested to inspect Venom. Peppy made preparations to our Arwings so we could get into the planet and see if we could find Andross in there."

Wolf kept staring at James.

"It's been 5 years since he was last seen," James said. "However, I have a hunch he's still living because of those groups I've fought before."

"...Okay," Wolf said. "What does this have to do with you, your son, and me of all people?"

"I'm not sure if I'm going to succeed in this mission like all the other ones I've been doing all these years..." James said unsure. "Andross had done many good deeds for Corneria a long time ago before he got corrupted for lust of power. His intelligence is very dangerous, and I know well he could be plotting something extremely catastrophic," he explained. "...That's why I'm asking you to look after Fox for me..."

"...I can assume your kid's name is Fox McCloud..."

"Yeah, that's his full name," James said.

"..." Wolf shook his head. "Forget it."

James only grumbled a bit at this.

"I'm not going to look after you son, James," Wolf said. "How's that even going to benefit me?"

"Well..." James trailed off. "...You could challenge my son someday..."

Wolf blinked a few times. "What?" He stared at James. "Why would I challenge your son?"

James chuckled. "Well, I could say he's at your level..."

"Blasphemy," Wolf said. "There's no way I'm going to help you out with that kind of favor. Besides, I know you're gonna come unscathed from Venom. If I say yes now, I could make a huge mistake and let you laugh behind my back," he said. "Sorry, but I ain't gonna be babysitting your son."

James sighed and put his hands in his pockets. "Okay, I understand," he said before tilting his head. "Let me tell you this, though," he continued with a cough. "I know something very well about Fox."

"Like I care," Wolf commented.

"No, seriously, let me continue," James said. "Fox is gonna be a prodigy very soon. I can see that determination in his eyes. He just needs some years before he turns out into a full-fledged man of my team. I'm planning to allow him to join my team and work alongside Peppy, Pigma, and I."

"So?" Wolf asked.

"However, he has a long way to go to learn certain things I can't seem to teach him properly," James said. "But...you...you can do it..."

Wolf glared angrily at him. "You're trying to say I have the ability to teach your useless son how to become a real threat to me?"

James grinned. "Nah, don't worry about it, Wolf. Fox can give you a very good challenge like me. I can tell you that you have the upper hand in taking him down as much as you want. Can you see how he progresses, though?"

Wolf frowned. "James, the only thing I'm going to do to your son is assassinate him rather than making sure he's alive. You'll regret telling me all of this pointless crap very soon."

"Or will you?" James asked amused. "Fox is not stupid, Wolf. He could easily grow to be an intergalactic hero."

Wolf turned around and shook his head. "James...shut up," he muttered.

James merely kept staring at him.

The lupine looked at him over his right shoulder again. "I admit you're being so annoyingly vague with me."

James lifted his shoulders. "Fox could teach you a lot of things I couldn't teach you."

"...Now I know you're saying a lot of bulls(beep)t," Wolf said as he gritted his fangs a bit before turning to the empty lands of snow. "Go away from here and leave me alone. I don't have more time to waste with a cocky scum like you. Also, I don't have time to take care of YOUR scum either."

James chuckled again, making Wolf think about ripping his head off. "I assure you're going to be fighting my own son yourself," he said amused. "He's gonna teach you a lot. You're eventually going to be the most feared thug if you fight him. And also, you're gonna teach him stuff in return."

"Like you know what the future holds for me," Wolf said before he spotted two Arwings coming from the south. "Your little team is here. Get away, now."

James watched as Peppy and Pigma landed their Arwings and jumped out from them. Peppy looked a bit worried as Pigma looked bored at the situation. "J-James!" Peppy yelled as he ran to James, stopping some feet away from him. "Phew, I'm glad to see you're OK." He looked at the wrecked Wolfen and Wolf. "...You defeated him again, right?"

"Yeah," James said. "We don't have enough time to be here any longer. We have to reach Venom as soon as possible."

"Finally," Pigma said with a sigh. "I was getting ALL bored flying around this cold ball you call planet. I hope I don't do this ever again."

"Well, your wish has come true," James said with a grin. "We're taking off."
Peppy stared at Wolf. "James, did you..."

Wolf turned to the three and glared at them. "Go away and leave the heck out of me."

The hare grumbled a bit at this before James put a hand on his right shoulder. "C'mon, let's go," James said before he jumped to his Arwing and started the engine. Peppy blinked a couple of times before he went back to his Arwing.

However, Pigma remained behind as he looked at Wolf. The lupine looked at him. The Star Fox pilot stared at him before Pigma went to climb his Arwing with James and Peppy.

The lupine watched as the three Arwings took off to the north and disappeared quickly into the sky. Wolf kept staring at the sky before he looked around the empty field of snow.

"...Time to go back home..." he muttered before he started to walk to the west. "...I better start thinking what to do next for our next encounter..." He frowned. "Tsk, him not coming back alive from going to Venom... Just...what is he thinking?"

The lupine kept wondering more about James as he slowly disappeared into the distance.

"And that was the last time I saw James..." Wolf narrated. "Ever since that day, I haven't seen him anywhere. I heard the rumors that he died when he went to confront Andross."

"I see..." Chris said. "...But..."

"It was also around that time that I decided to form my own team," Wolf said. "I still lived in the Sargasso Space Zone during that time. I didn't have as much members like I do now. I wanted to make sure I could be feared across the Lylat System by recruiting the most talented criminals."

"What about Pigma?"

"Pigma betrayed James and Peppy when they reached Venom," Wolf explained. "I heard from Andross himself that Pigma's greed was just too much for him, and he eventually was convinced to betray James and Peppy as Andross fought James with that abominable form of his with his huge head and hands," he said. "By the time I slowly formed a team. I secretly put my services for sale to get loot from others. When I was minding my own business in the Sargasso Space Zone, an emissary from Andross came and requested me to talk to him personally through a communicator."

"And..."

"Andross introduced me to Pigma," Wolf said. "The bastard wanted to do something where he could do anything without restraints. When I told him I was making up my own team, he didn't hesitate to join me..." He frowned. "But...you probably know what happened to Pigma as the time went by... Anyway, Pigma isn't important."

"Okay, I just wanted to know that..."

"So anyway," Wolf continued. "I heard that James was defined as dead when I got the word of his apparent fate in Venom."

Inn – Hallway

End of flashback

Wolf looked away. "And ever since then, James was nowhere to be found alive..."

The World Traveler stared at Wolf. "...But...what about Fox, then?"

Wolf looked down. "...When I was hired to assassinate Fox's team by Andross when I had made up my team, I fought Fox head on...and...I failed to accomplish the task," he admitted. "James was right about Fox. However, I knew Fox was a little bit worse at attacking and defending, just as James told me. For some reason, I started to see that everything James told me was true."

The World Traveler didn't say a thing to Wolf.

"Fox is the reason why I got this cyber-patch on my left eye," Wolf said as he pointed at his left cyber-patch. "When I fought him at Fichina, I crashed down, but not necessarily died. I got a heavy hit on my left eye after Fox and his team finished their business in the base of the planet," he explained. "Frustrated by that, I told my team to quickly repair our Wolfens to take Star Fox down in Venom. However, even if we came back, we still lost the fight..." He frowned. "...And I was still the same back then until I slowly started to change."

Chris thought for a moment.

"After I lost against Fox, the memories of what James told me began to flood in my head," Wolf said. "I recalled him saying that I needed to put my attitude under my control. He knew I was a complete idiot if I let myself get so angry very easily. After the defeat at Venom, I didn't want to do anything else like crimes for 12 years. During that whole time, it was the time Andrew and Pigma left the team, and I recruited Panther in their place. My turf grew to become one of the most feared places in the galaxy, and I changed, just as James had predicted."

"I see...but...sometimes you still..."

"I know I get angry sometimes...but it's stopping now."

"What?" Chris asked.

"I have to act like a professional," Wolf said. "I will accomplish that from now on after recalling James's words. If I do that, I'll surely become a respectable figure."

"...So you followed James's advice after all?"

"Yeah," Wolf said with a nod. "James was right all along. I started to change slowly during the years of my absence until I achieved my dream...but...there was something that was bothering me."

"What was that?"

"Time after time, when I recalled James's word, the favor he told me always came to mind to bother me," Wolf said. "That memory is still there, reminding me the same favor."

"And the favor was..."

"Take care of Fox," Wolf said, closing his eye. "...Take care of the idiot who would show you that you haven't changed for the better..." He sighed. "I just can't believe my rivalry to James passed on to Fox, a person younger than me, a guy in his 50s."
"Well, I think so too. I mean, Fox is 30 years old and you're FIFTY years old?!" Chris said shocked.

Wolf grinned at him. "If you're asking why I look young is because I keep myself fit all the time so I can keep my youth. I'm telling you another secret: I do a lot of workout when you're not looking."

Chris looked a bit surprised. "W-wow..."

"...That's not important, though," Wolf said. "Back on topic, I refused to do that favor to James mainly because I hated Fox's guts as much as him," he explained. "However, that cocky James managed to make my conscience decide to ultimately...take care of Fox..."
The World Traveler stared at him in silence as Wolf looked down.

"...Of course, I needed to be subtle about it," Wolf said. "I shouldn't go to Fox and tell him stuff like "Be sure you don't get yourself in trouble" or crap like that," he explained. "I had to maintain this secret a secret from Fox or else he would look at me differently or anybody else we knew." Wolf stared at Chris. "Suddenly, I turned out to be some kind of babysitter for Fox just so my conscience could feel fine with James...but...as James said before...it did help become what I am now; what I wanted to be."

"...And then you decided to do the favor for all this time..."

Wolf remained silent before he nodded. "...Yeah...that's the whole story about James, Fox, and me..." He looked serious at Chris. "This has to be still a secret, though. It's bigger than what Fox's past was. All these years I've been secretly making sure Fox was alive by not telling him, or else he'd go easy on me in all the fights we had before in the past," Wolf said. "I trust this secret is going to be safe with you, right?"

"...Of course," Chris said worried. "...You know...you're actually nice..."

Wolf looked away. "I'm being subtly nice, kid, and not entirely nice. I have to keep a reputation, you know."

"Yes, I know," Chris said as he smiled a bit. "And...I'm glad to hear you're not entirely bad either..."

"Don't get me wrong, kid, I'm still a criminal, but I'm just taking a break of that job so this whole stuff of worlds getting conquered by Tabuu doesn't happen," Wolf said. "After all, the Lylat System is my home, and it's would be the same to have some kind of supreme ruler doing whatever the heck he wants to do."

"And also because I took you with us."

"Well, that as well," Wolf said. "However, I guess I could say my stance at the mansion is not that bad," he said with a grin. "I can always see how Fox progresses while I fight him."

Chris chuckled. "That's actually pretty smart of you, Wolf. A little nice and smart... Maybe you did change as James told you before."

"Have I?" Wolf asked. "Well, that idiot was some sort of voice of reason to me..." He coughed a bit. "Okay, kid, now you know why I keep an eye Fox."

Chris rubbed his chin. "You keep an eye on him because you make sure he's progressing for James."

Wolf nodded. "Correct. I never try to make this favor look so obvious with others, but I try to be as secretive as possible about it..."

"Wait, nobody's going to watch this, right? Master Hand projects to the others back at the mansion about our movements...right?"

"They don't stalk your group when you have to rest," Wolf explained. "I'm sure they won't look at us now. I don't want to deal with stalkers, either."

"I-I wouldn't be hurt, right?"

"Depends..." Wolf muttered. "...Enough chit-chat, kid. I told you my reasons behind Fox, and now it's time for you to do me a favor yourself."

"U-unless it doesn't last all the years to come, then I suppose I could listen to you..." Chris said. "...So, what is it?"

"Let me ask you a question," Wolf began. "What would you do if there was a person impersonating you so he or she makes a bad portrayal of your name and identity?"

"Like...some sort of doppelganger?" Chris asked.

"Yeah, just like that. What would you do? Would you be bothered?"

"..." The World Traveler didn't know why Wolf asked him that. "...I think I just...get him or her to talk to me and say why he or she went around using my name and identity... Why do you ask?"

"Just wanted to know," Wolf said. "I'd you ask me, I'd punish him severely for doing something that could ruin my image."

"But I don't understand why you're asking me this," Chris said. "I mean, it's kind of unrelated..."

"Okay, I'll get to the point," Wolf said. "However, I'll give you a hint or the whole reason."

"...Okay..."

Wolf crossed his arms. "The Battle Floor at the mansion; a door, to be precise... For some reason, the door can't be opened by just me when I tried to enter by myself when nobody was looking. After I looked at the description on the door, I realized that I needed you and some of them to come along with me so I can discover who's been going around using my name and identity behind that door. I bet I can't enter in there because I have to meet the requirements to do that side-boss battle thing," he explained.

"Huh? Why ask about that floor?"

"It needs visits," Wolf said. "And we're going to be the guests. Besides, I'm sure you'd like to become stronger as I do, kid."

"...That's kind of true..." Chris admitted.

"You can't back up now," Wolf said. "You already made a compromise with me after I spoke to you about James's past."

The World Traveler thought for a moment. "...Okay, it's a deal," he said. "We'll go to the Battle Floor once we have the time, okay?"

"As long as we go in there soon, I'm fine with it," Wolf said. "...However, I have a specific condition for that battle, but I'm going to tell you later. Now's not the time to be talking about that floor." He pointed at the door. "You know what I'm talking about?"

"Y-yes..." Chris recalled what he talked with Wolf. "...It's a little bit unbelievable that..."
"I know."

"...I-I...I-I just can't..." Chris shook his head. "I mean...you...you've been doing..."

"Let's save the talk for later, kid," Wolf said as he grabbed the doorknob of the door. "It's time to make Fox atone for what he has done today to that girl."

"D-do I take that as a sign of you-" Chris stopped talking once Wolf opened the door of the room.

"...What the..." Wolf muttered.

"...Is something wrong?" Chris asked before he walked to his side and looked into the room. "...What..."

After Wolf opened the door to Chris's room, what he didn't expect was Fox's bed empty. It was easy to tell Fox was there before by the fact the bed sheet was all scrambled as it hung on the right side of the bed. Also, the window behind the bed was wide open as the curtains were being dragged along by the wind.

"That bastard..." Wolf muttered as he gritted his fangs. "That's why the room was so silent. The guy escaped right before I came here..." He grunted. "Dammit..."

"O-oh no, where did he go?" Chris asked worried.

"...Over there," Wolf said as he pointed over Fox's bed where the window was wide open..
The World Traveler ran to the window and stuck his face out to look around the town. "W-where did he go now?" Chris asked as Wolf walked to him. "It's not like Fox to just leave without leaving behind a notice or something!"

"That's the reason," Wolf said bluntly.

"...What? Why?"

Wolf thought for a moment. "Didn't you see how Fox looked like all the day after he yelled at that tanned girl? He's been fretting over what happened in the workshop ever since he yelled at her like that."

"...Wow..." Chris said surprised. "You really are looking after Fox because I didn't notice that. I was very focused in my inventions..."

Wolf chuckled a bit at this. "Anyhow, the most logical reason for Fox to leave without telling us would be because he wanted to find her."

"Peppita?"

"Yeah," Wolf said. "From what I could expect is that Fox couldn't live with what he did to her. I'd say he was being unnecessarily harsh on her. These last days, Fox has been very stressed from the expressions he made. When I decided to look after him, I managed to grasp easily what he was thinking."

"...Really?"

Wolf nodded. "Fox is stressed because this world reminds him of that fairy tale book he found. Also, I can easily infer the book was given to him by James. And tell me, what could make Fox feel stressed?"

"Let me think..." Chris thought for a moment. "...He could be stressed because...hm...um...hm..." He looked at Wolf. "...He's stressed because of James..."

"...Correct," Wolf said. "I can tell Fox has been mourning the supposed death of James over all these years. He's been concealing that painful memory in him for this long without showing those emotional wounds."

"B-but..." Chris said. "He always looked very serious and professional all the time..."

"That was just a small facade," Wolf said. "He was hiding that wound for a long time now. I bet Fox has been doing the same thing ever since James disappeared. And if he does see James, then that means that either his mind is playing tricks on him or James...could be possibly alive..."

"...Wait, how do you know all that?" Chris asked.

"Krystal," Wolf simply said. "When she left Star Fox and joined Star Wolf, I grew a little bit curious about her relationship with him. When I wanted to have a talk with her, Krystal was so darn stoic to get info from her because she didn't want to talk about Fox anymore, but I persisted until she explained to me about Fox's visions of James in all the important battles Fox fought before." Wolf rubbed his chin. "If that's true, then that means James is alive...or Fox is just plain insane."

"I-I don't know, though... You really know a lot about Fox..."

"Like I said before, I took care of him all these years in secrecy," Wolf said. "That's enough, though."

Chris looked back at the open window. "So what do we do? Is it alright for Fox to go alone and look for her?"

"It could be possible that the girl escaped from the city..."

"What?"

Wolf looked at the window. "The kid with the furry tail said he looked everywhere but didn't find her. Since that girl is immature, I'd guess she'd try to run away from the place Fox is so she can be alone and question herself about the argument she had with Fox," Wolf theorized. "Furthermore, she surely left the city so nobody would have a chance to find her. Knowing Fox, by now, he should have left the city as well."

The World Traveler looked completely amazed at Wolf's theory.

Wolf raised an eyebrow and looked at Chris. "I'd say let's go and find those 2 before they get in trouble."

"Why?" Chris asked.

"I don't know what monsters live in this planet, kid," Wolf pointed out. "I'm just using common knowledge to track them both down."

"...You know," Chris began as he tilted his head a bit. "Even if you have some evil intentions...you're very good and smart when it comes down to these things. I'm starting to notice that you're becoming really good at what you do."

Wolf looked away. "That idiot James..." He chuckled a bit. "...I'll give him that he was right all along..." He looked back at Chris. "Thanks for that, but we don't have time to waste."

The World Traveler smiled a bit a nodded. "Right, we have to tell the others that Fox left."
Wolf nodded. "It'd be best if we make groups and look for the 2 of them." The lupine turned to the door and walked away where he started to knock on the doors of the hallway.

The World Traveler sighed and chuckled a bit. "Wolf isn't exactly a bad guy..." He looked up at the ceiling. "...I honestly think...he's very cool..." He looked back at the window. "...Just like Fox..." he muttered.

"Hey, kid, get here and give me a hand, will you?"

"C-coming!" Chris yelled as he ran back to the hallway.

Aquatic Garden, Surferio

Dr. Eggman snapped his fingers as he glared at the glaring leader of Star Fox. "You know what; I'm going to jump to the best part now."

Fox narrowed his eyes before he looked under Peppita's net. The vulpine gasped once a dark portal materialized under the net where a cage sprouted out. In the cage, there was another immobile Shadow Nightmare, staring deeply at Fox.

"W-what's this?" Peppita asked, not being able to see what was inside the cage due to the fact she could only see the roof of the cage. "W-what's in there?"

Fox gritted his fangs and looked back at Dr. Eggman. "You, what are you planning to do with that monster?!"

Dr. Eggman chuckled. "You don't want me to feed it with your little girlfriend?"

"W-what?" Peppita asked scared. "F-feed who with me?"

Fox tightened his right fist on his right side of his belt. "You bastard, don't think you're going to do that to her..."

Dr. Eggman grinned. "Ooh, I'm scared. A furry is telling me not to do what I want to do now."

"I said don't do that her..." Fox muttered angrily.

Dr. Eggman grumbled. "Like I said before, I won't listen to you," he said. "This girl has been a little crying rat that's been annoying me for a time now. I wonder what could happen if I throw her at the mercy of the Shadow Nightmare..."

Peppita didn't have any clue about what was happening, but she knew very well something very dangerous was going to happen to her if she didn't do anything. She clenched her eyelids before she broke out crying to Fox. "P-please, save me, Fox! I-I beg of you!"

Fox started to get desperate. He quickly took a step forward, but Dr. Eggman stopped him by opening his right palm down at him. "Stop right there!" Dr. Eggman demanded as he took out a remote control with a red button. "Dare take another step closer and the girl gets it...or the monster will get her."

"Grrrrr..." Fox gritted his fangs.

Dr. Eggman looked amused. "Well, since you seem to be really preoccupied by the girl...maybe we can make a deal here."

"I'm not planning to make a deal with a guy like you," Fox said with a glare. "Let her go, now."

"With one condition, though," Dr. Eggman said as he raised a finger. "I'll let her go if you listen to what I have to say."

Fox fumed a bit. "What is it?"

Dr. Eggman chuckled and pointed at Fox. "If you want her to be okay...you agree to be the Shadow Nightmare's host instead of her."

Fox's eyes dilated in shock after hearing the deal. "What?" he asked before glaring at the scientist menacingly. "Are you kidding me or what?"

"Who's kidding here?" Dr. Eggman asked as Peppita sobbed in terror. "I'm not kidding here. I'll let her go if you become the Shadow Nightmare's host, you little furry." He hopped the remote control a bit on his right palm. "Don't you care about her?"

"I do," Fox said.

Peppita's sobs slowed down a bit as she cleared some tears and looked at Fox's glare.

"But I think what the best is for all of us," Fox declared. "Let her go."

Dr. Eggman shook his head. "Sorry, but that's not how things will work around here. Or you become the host of the Shadow Nightmare, or she becomes the host," Dr. Eggman said. "It's you or her. Do you care a lot for her, or do you care about yourself?"

Fox stared at Peppita, accidentally looking at her with the menacing glare. The leader of Star Fox was met with a hard decision to make. He knew what a Shadow Nightmare could do, but he didn't want to see what would happen if it did use him. "(Either her or me...)" Fox thought. "(...I can't let her feel whatever that monster can do...not after how I treated her back at the workshop...)" Fox clenched his eyelids hard before looking up at Dr. Eggman. "I decided," Fox said.

"What would the choice be?" Dr. Eggman asked.

The vulpine gritted his fangs and clenched his fists before he looked down, his fists raising a bit. "...I'll be the host..."

Peppita gasped. "F-Fox, no!"

Fox looked at her and frowned. "You don't know what you're saying... You don't know what that monster could do to you... And you're just an innocent girl who got scolded unfairly by me..."

Peppita's eyes dilated as they shook in surprise.

"...I don't want you to suffer anymore..." Fox said depressed. "...So please...trust me in this one..."

Dr. Eggman frowned. "Enough of this teary talk, let's begin the show already!"

"Wait!" Fox yelled at him. "First, I want you to let her go before I become the host!"

"Hmm..." Dr. Eggman thought for a moment. "That doesn't sound too bad..."

"...Let her go," Fox said through gritted fangs.

"Let me think..." Dr. Eggman thought for a second. "...Nah."

Fox gasped once the scientist pressed the button of the remote control. Instantly, the cage of the Shadow Nightmare opened up, and the creature slowly walked out of it. Peppita gasped once she saw the back of the shadow monster beneath her. She tried to back away, but there was little space for her to move back due to the net.

After the monster was released, the leader of Star Fox felt a lot of rage as he glared at the Dr. Eggman. "You stupid BASTARD!" Fox yelled at the scientist.

"Hohohohohohohohohohoho! You're quite angry, tonight, aren't you? Hohohohohoho!" Dr. Eggman laughed. "Fool, did you think I was actually going to listen to you? Pfft, you're just wasting your time. However, I'm glad you decided to take her spot. Now the Shadow Nightmare will become probably the most powerful creature once it copies all your abilities, memories, and even fighting prowess."

"...Over my dead body!" Fox yelled angrily.

Dr. Eggman pointed at him. "Shadow Nightmare, I bring you your victim! Go get him!"

The vulpine gasped once the Shadow Nightmare locked its eyes on him. Peppita grabbed the ropes of the net and tried to break out of them as she cried loudly. "No, Fox, get away from here!" she cried out. "Don't let that thing attack you!"

"(Dammit, I need to think of something!)" Fox thought angrily as the monster started to move towards him.

"Don't waste your energy," Dr. Eggman said. "If you land a hit on it, it'll simply absorb your kick and then it'll pull you into it."

"Why are you telling me that?" Fox asked angrily. "That's an advice, not a warning."

"Simply because you're pretty much cornered," the scientist said.

The leader of Star Fox watched as the Shadow Nightmare raised its pincers forward. The monster started to accelerate towards Fox. The vulpine grunted and turned around to escape from it, but as soon as he turned around, the Shadow Nightmare dove into the floor, creating a dark spot that quickly went all the way under the arches before leaping out in front of Fox, letting out a screech that made Fox cover his ears before turning around to run towards Peppita.

"Hang in there!" Fox yelled as he ran to them. "I'm going to get you out of here!"

Peppita screamed out of a sudden.

The vulpine looked confused at the Velbaysian's scream before he was pinned down by force on the floor, his body sliding a bit as the Shadow Nightmare was on top of him. Fox's eyes took a wild look as he glared at the monster menacingly before it stabbed its pincers right on Fox's back.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Peppita watched in horror as Fox lifted up his head from the floor as he fully opened his mouth to scream painfully while the monster slowly entered his body. Soon, the Velbaysian saw the vulpine being covered in a dark blob that let out dark sparks. "FOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOX!!!" Peppita yelled loudly as she tried to break free from the net. "Let me go, you lunatic old man! Let-me-go!" she demanded loudly before the net opened up, letting her fall on top of the cage. "Oww..." she muttered once landing on her knees.

Dr. Eggman showed his teeth in amusement as he heard the screams of the adult character in the blob of darkness caused by the Shadow Nightmare. Peppita slowly got up from the top of the cage before she jumped down and ran to the blob. However, she stopped running once she saw Fox being spat out from the darkness as he landed painfully on the floor, grunting in a pain a bit as he closed his eyes.

"F-Fox!" Peppita yelled in relief as she ran to him and knelt down. "F-Fox, are you alright? Fox!"

"...Pe...ppita?" Fox muttered silently as he slowly looked up to see the sniffing Velbaysian. "...You're...okay...thank goodness..."

"F-Fox..." Peppita sniffed a bit and wiped her eyes with her right arm. "D-did you come here to..."

Once Peppita looked back at the blob of darkness, her eyes widened after staring at something else where the blob was supposed to be before. The leader of Star Fox slowly pushed himself up before looking at her.

"Hey...Peppita..." Fox trailed off worried. "Why are you looking like that?"

The memory suddenly hit Fox back as his eyes dilated. The vulpine slowly turned around to see an abomination standing in front of the 2 characters.

Dr. Eggman chuckled please. "Well, well, what do we have now? We've got ourselves a new special guest," he said before waving his right arm a bit to the right. "Please, I'd like you 2 to meet your new friend..."

Fox slowly shook his head in horror as he looked at the figure in front of him and Peppita...
"Heheheheheheh..." the figure before them chuckled as it crossed its arms amused. "Nice to meet you...my son..."

Peppita's eyes shook in shock as she stared at what looked to be a doppelganger that looked exactly like Fox. The only difference about this person was the fact that he was completely shrouded in darkness with glowing yellow eyes. However, this creature wore sunglasses that made Fox feel uncomfortable.

"..." Fox lowered his face a bit and glared at the shadow. "...Stop it..." he muttered. "I know for sure you're not my father..."

"Really?" the shadow asked as it imitated James's voice. "How do you know exactly that I'm not your father? I'm standing just in front of you, Fox. Accept me, please..."

"Stop it!" Fox yelled as he swung his right arm to his side. "You're not my father, dangit! You're supposed to be..." Fox closed his eyes and shook his head. "No...you're not..."

The shadow nodded and decided to take off his sunglasses, revealing his yellow glowing eyes as he stared at Fox. "Wow, at least you knew I was you," the shadow said before the sunglasses vanished in thin air. "However, do you truly believe I am you?"

Fox remained silent as he glared at his shadow while Peppita hid behind him scared. The Velbaysian moved her face to the left to look at the shadow.

"Pfft, of course you don't believe I'm you, that's why I'm here," Shadow Fox said as he crossed his arms amused. "You were responsible for my birth, after all. I suppose I should thank you as a real gentleman would do... Oh, that's right, you're NOT a gentleman at all."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 23, 2009, 06:43:04 PM
Fox crossed his arms and glared at Shadow Fox. "What is that supposed to mean?"

"I'm telling you that you're not a gentleman," Shadow Fox said with a grin. "You never were one to begin with. I find that amusing since you chose to be very insensitive to others." Shadow Fox pointed at Peppita. "Especially that girl over there, for example. She's a clear example of your unnecessary cruelty towards her."

Peppita looked worried. She didn't know what to say nor she didn't understand anything that was happening. The Velbaysian was very confused at this event. "F-Fox, why does that shadow look a lot like you?"

Fox kept staring at Shadow Fox. "It looks just like me because it's here just to piss me off..."
Peppita knew well that Fox was stressed. The Velbaysian wanted to see Fox at least smile for a bit, but she had seen Fox's angered expression for a long time now.

Shadow Fox frowned. "I'm not here to piss you off, me," he said. "I'm here to speak the truth aloud so you feel good with yourself. Actually, you have a lot of truths to say."

Fox gritted his fangs. "You have NO right to go say things about me to anyone."

"Oh, yeah," Shadow Fox said. "If I do that you're probably going to break my heart with heave cruelty," the shadow said as he faked a sniff. "You break my heart, me..."

"Stop it..." Fox muttered as he tightened his right fist.

Shadow Fox put his hands on his chest. "Please, don't yell at me. I'm gonna cry and run away so you don't see me anymore. Boo-hoo..."

"I told you to stop..." Fox muttered as his anger grew bigger.

"F-Fox..." Peppita muttered worried. "(I-I want to tell him to calm down...but...what if he yells at me again? H-he looks so angry... I-I'm so scared...)" She closed her eyes and shook her head. "(I-I dunno what to do anymore...)"

"Are you gonna yell at me?" Shadow Fox taunted. "C'mon, you know you wanna. After all, we're meanies."

"Shut it!" Fox snapped out. "Stop pissing me off more before I kick you out from here!"

"Geez, no need to lose your cool either," Shadow Fox said with a chuckle. "It's your task not to lose your cool, right?"

"You...get away from here..." Fox said through gritted fangs.

"My, you look SO mad," Shadow Fox said with a snicker. "What happened? Did somebody go about telling everyone about our past?"

Peppita gasped at this and looked away. She slowly started to grasp what was going on in the scene.

"And did you grow so angry that you didn't care what the person you yelled at would do next?" Shadow Fox asked in a mocking tone. "Who cares about her, anyway?"

"W-what?" Peppita asked. "H-how do you know I..."

Shadow Fox looked at her. "If isn't the little b(beep) Peppita..."

Peppita gasped at the cursing word. "W-what? I-I'm not such a person like that!"

"Sure you are," Shadow Fox said before glaring at her. "Thanks to you, I'm going to suffer humiliation by people I barely just met some days ago." He closed his eyes and frowned. "I wanted so badly to enjoy this world so much that I HAD to find such a bastard like you," he said before glaring at her. "Why did you decide to RUIN MY FUN?!"

Peppita backed away a bit. "I-I didn't...I-I mean..." She glared at the shadow. "I never told you anything like that!"

"Pitiful girl," Shadow Fox said. "You did tell me that."

Fox grunted. "She didn't tell you that!" he yelled.

"Oh, sure she did," Shadow Fox said amused. "The infatuated girl couldn't stop her own feelings to ruin my fun time," he said before moving up his face, his eyes still staring down at her. "Those feelings turned out to be a real nuisance to me."

"S-shut up!" Peppita yelled. "I-I never met you before in my life!"

"Tsk, tsk, tsk," Shadow Fox said as he frowned in disappointment. "Peppita...we met some days ago...don't you remember?" he asked. "You came to the guild building where you stared at me and my physique." He chuckled before he flexed his right arm. "I'm quite the handsome muscular guy of your dreams, huh?"

Peppita blushed embarrassed, but she kept glaring at the shadow. "N-no, I didn't do that to you! W-why can't you understand that?"

"Silly, immature Peppita..." Shadow Fox muttered as he looked at her with a devious face, raising his eyebrows a bit. "You still think I'm the man of your dreams, huh? C'mon, you can say it to me. I won't yell at you, I promise."

Peppita folded her arms behind her back. "Ooooooooh, just shut up, you!" she yelled angrily. "I'll keep saying the same to you: I never met you before in my life!"

"Oh my god, you're not only immature but stubborn as well?" Shadow Fox asked. "And here I thought you wouldn't turn out much WORSE," he said in shame. "Peppita, you're one bad little girl," he said amused. "I like bad girls."

"I-I'm a good girl!" Peppita contradicted quickly.

"Oh, then can you define everything you did to me as good?"

Peppita took a step back and looked a bit shocked. "W-well..." she trailed off. "I-I..." She shook her head. "U-um..."

"There's the truth I wanted to hear," Shadow Fox said pleased. "Nice to see you're a little bit good...but not enough," he said before glaring at her. "Thanks to you, my life has been taken down through the toilet. You've been a real imbecile who just acted all infatuated and stuff. You don't know how much mad I am now, Peppita." He looked at Fox. "Isn't that true, me?"

Fox was at a loss. He didn't know what to do besides glaring at his own shadow. The leader of Star Fox's anger kept him silent as he tried to calm himself down. He never felt so furious before in his life. "...T-that's not true..." Fox said. "...I didn't want to hurt her feelings."

"Did you now?" Shadow Fox asked. "I can say otherwise, though." He raised a finger and waved it in front of Fox's face. "I know much better than you here. I'm warning you: this could be very satisfying for you...but heartbreaking to her."

"Don't you DARE say anything else to her," Fox threatened the shadow. "Or else I-"
"Hey, Peppita," Shadow Fox began. "Did I tell you how much I wanted to say to you that you suck?"

Peppita gasped. "W-what?"

Shadow Fox turned to Peppita. "That's what we thought together," he explained. "I SO wanted to tell you how much I hated you after you broke that promise you made with me when you stopped stalking me immaturely."

Peppita shook her head. "N-no..."

Dr. Eggman, watching the scene silently from behind, coughed a bit to get their attention. "Little girl, in order to get you out from your shell of confusion, I'm going to tell you that the shadow in front of you is the real embodiment of the furry's truths."

"W-what?"

Dr. Eggman nodded. "Basically, the shadow you're seeing is telling you ALL the honest truth that the idiot didn't want to say to you because he was tolerating you by the looks of it," he explained. "Whatever the shadow says, it's the whole truth."

"...N-no, of course not..." Peppita muttered before looking at Fox. "...You wouldn't think those awful things of me...right?"

"Ugh..." Fox looked away and frowned.

"...Right?" Peppita asked worried. "...Is that right, Fox?"

"Geez, you're so darn clueless, aren't you?" Shadow Fox asked. "Guess what: this is what he was thinking after you asked him."

Peppita looked shocked. "H-how can I believe you? Y-you don't know anything!"

"Again, you're wrong," Shadow Fox said. "I'm the real Fox here," he said before pointing at Fox. "This one over here is just a poor imitation of the true one."

Fox pointed at him. "You're the poor imitation here."

"Am I?" Shadow Fox asked amused. "I'm starting to get sick of you 2," he said before glaring at Peppita. "It's time to shut the little b(beep)...forever..."

The Velbaysian took a step back. "W-what are you gonna do to me?"

"Oh, don't worry, Peppita," Shadow Fox said. "I'm just going to take you to your mother. She's dead, right? Well, I'm gonna do a good deed tonight and take you with her so you STAY there and don't piss me off anymore. Isn't that gentle of me or what?"

Peppita looked confused at him. "H-how do you know that my mom..."

"Sophia told me after you ran off crying," Shadow Fox said. "She wanted to make me apologize to you after I yelled at you. Good thing she told me that so I could seek you out and tell you how sorry I am..." He raised a finger and smiled evilly. "Then, I got an idea: why not take you to your mother as a form of an apology? You miss her, right? You want her to be with you again, right? Well, don't you worry, Peppita, I'll make you sure to reunite with her. That way, you're not going to be around anymore so you drool all over me."

Peppita looked at Fox. "F-Fox...i-is that true?" she asked as some tears strolled down her cheeks. "D-did Sophia tell you that?"

"..." Fox closed his eyes and turned to her. "...Yeah..."

"..." Peppita shook her head. "I-I'm not mad because now you know what happened to my dad and mom...but...if that's true...d-does that mean you really want to kill me off?"

Fox opened his eyes shocked and looked at Peppita. "No! I don't want to do such a thing to you!"

"I gotta admit he doesn't want to kill you off," Shadow Fox said. "I want, though. If I get rid of you, surely my stress will lift over." He made a happy expression. "It'll be so relieving to watch you squirm on the floor, begging for my help... I can totally help you by crushing your head with my foot."

Peppita shook her head quickly. "Y-you're lying! W-why do you want to kill me without having a good reason?"

Shadow Fox's happy expression turned into a demonic look. "Toying around with my past was your biggest mistake. I get so sick that people barge in my privacy and divulge whatever I talk to myself alone. The first I time I saw you, I knew right away you were going to follow me." He slowly raised his right fist. "I think it was your fault for meddling in where you weren't wanted. Right now, you're gonna face the consequence," he said before smiling honestly as his fist stopped under his right arm. "But think about this: I'll make sure your mother sees you again, and you'll get to stay with her forever! Now that's a perfect excuse for killing you. It'll benefit everyone in some way or another. Don't you agree, Peppita? The man of your dreams will help you to see your mother."

"...I-I..." Peppita shook scared as she slowly covered her face. "I-I don't wanna die... I-I don't wanna die..." She started to sob, making Fox feel neglected. "I-I don't wanna see my mom... I-I don't wanna die because I was so happy..." She started to cry silently. "I-I just don't wanna get hurt..."

"(Peppita...)" Fox thought in shame as Peppita started to rub her eyes without stopping.

Dr. Eggman snickered and turned to the right. "Well, you 3 seem to be having a good conversation without me. I'll leave you so you become acquainted," he said before he flew off the floor and went down to the temple.

The vulpine glared at the direction the scientist went off. "Get back here!" Fox yelled.

"No can do," Shadow Fox said as he stared at the crying Peppita. "Now, be a peach and let my fist stick out from your flat chest."

"S-stop it..." Peppita sobbed. "P-please, stop it..."

Shadow Fox chuckled. "I'll stop this once you die, Peppita. Why don't you stay there and let me kill you?" The shadow flexed his right hand's fingers at the level of his shoulder. "I'm getting warmed up here. It will be all over soon, don't worry..."

Fox had had enough of this. Turning around, he instantly tightened his fists more and glared at his shadow. "Don't you dare get closer to her..."

Shadow Fox looked at him. "What will you do if I do get close to her?"

Fox moved his left foot behind and narrowed his glare. "I'm going to stop you from killing her unfairly...that's what I'm going to do."

Shadow Fox put a hand on his forehead. "Aww, you love her, huh?"

"...No, I don't love her," Fox said.

"Then what is she to us?" Shadow Fox asked as Peppita kept sobbing. "Is she a little brat that can't listen to adults?"

"...She isn't like that," Fox said, closing his eyes.

"Oh, wait, I know," Shadow Fox said. "She's a little filthy b(beep), then."

"Stop calling her that!" Fox yelled, opening his angered eyes.

Shadow Fox sighed. "You know, this is starting to get so boring to me. I'll just start right now." He imitated Fox's stance. "Are you ready to face yourself?"

Fox gritted his fangs. "...There's no darn way I'm you... You're not me!" he yelled loudly. "You're just an a(beep)e! You're not me, dangit!" Fox closed his eyes and gritted his fangs even more than before, inhaling air so his anger would wear out. YOU'RE NOT ME, YOU SON OF A B(EEEP)!!!"

"..." Shadow Fox stared blankly at him. "...So...I'm not you, huh..."

Fox panted heavily and furiously at the Shadow Nightmare. "...Pretty much..." he muttered between pants. "...You're...not...me..."

"..." Shadow Fox chuckled silently. "...Heheheh..." His chuckles slowly got louder. "Heheheheh... Heheheheheh... Heheheheheh..." He slowly opened his hands at the sides. "Hahahahaha... Hahahahaha, hahahahahaha, hahahahahahaha, HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" he laughed maniacally. "HAAAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Fox watched in shock as the Shadow Nightmare's aura glowed even darker than before, creating a malicious wind that made the several plants move back. Shadow Fox crackled evilly to the ceiling high above the garden as he relished his newfound darker appearance. "Ugh, no..." Fox muttered as he continued to grit his fangs, Peppita stopping crying after feeling the wind pushing her bangles back.

"W-what's happening now?" Peppita asked as she rubbed her eyes a bit. "W-what is going on?"

Fox looked at her over his left shoulder, a serious look that frightened her. "Run!" he yelled. "Get away from here, quick!"

Peppita looked back and forth between the 2 foxes. "B-but what's gonna happen to you?"

"Don't care about me and run away from here!" Fox yelled at her. "Do you want to die or what? Get away from here and leave!"

Peppita was utterly confused. She didn't know if Fox was telling her to get safe from the Shadow Nightmare or if he was telling her to stay away from him. Her feelings were so damaged that she couldn't tell if this was good or not anymore. Peppita grabbed her head and slowly shook in fear.

"Peppita!" Fox yelled. "Run away from here!"

"N-no..." Peppita sobbed.

"What?"

"I-I don't want to leave you alone..." Peppita muttered as she sniffed, rubbing her eyes once more. "I-I don't want to...leave..."

Fox cursed under his breath. "Dammit, this is for your welfare, don't you understand?!"

Peppita embraced herself and looked at Fox as her eyes let out tears. "I-I'm so confused!" she cried out emotionally in pain. "W-what should I do?!"

"I'm caring about you!" Fox yelled. "Listen to what I say and run away from here!"

"Oh, there's no need for such foolish idea to get safe from the truth anymore..."

The vulpine's eyes shook in shock before he turned around to see a confident Shadow Fox with crossed arms looking at him, his dark aura glowing dangerously black.

Shadow Fox chuckled and flexed his right arm. "Ah, the surge of power from the lies..." he muttered with a snicker. "Just see what I can do thanks to your constant lies..."

Fox grunted and regained his fighting stance. "What do you know about me? I haven't been lying!" he yelled angrily.

Shadow Fox looked amused. "You mean to tell me you don't really miss your father?"

Fox gasped a bit. "I don't miss him anymore... He's dead..."

"Wow, you're such a heartless guy," Shadow Fox said disappointed. "You miss him a lot, I know that very well because I came out of you, Foxy," he taunted. "Also..." Shadow Fox narrowed his eyes. "Last time I recall...you're the one who encouraged him to go right to his death..."

Fox's jaw opened a bit in shock. Peppita slowly looked at Shadow Fox. "...What?" Peppita muttered. "...What was that?"

Shadow Fox nodded. "What, he didn't tell you?" he asked confused. "Oh wait, he didn't. Well, I may as well tell you, right? I'm really honest, Peppita... Besides, if I tell you now, you won't tell anybody else because you won't be around anymore to gossip this."

Peppita looked scared at Shadow Fox's devious look.

Fox wasn't going to stay quiet about it.

"Shut up," Fox said through gritted fangs. "You have NO right to do that."

"I don't have the right to say it like Peppita did?" Shadow Fox asked. "What, do you want me to go away and cry?"

"Who's telling you to do that?"

"You're a meanie, Fox," Shadow Fox said. "Meanies don't have a place to be around with you. You think you have the best choices just because you're a great leader? Tsk, you're just fantasying way too much."

Fox narrowed his eyes. "I'm a great leader... I know for sure I'm a great leader based on everyone's opinions. I'm not showing off, but everyone I know thinks I'm a great leader with the best choices there is..."

"...And...hmm..." Shadow Fox rubbed his chin. "...Are you good at choosing the right decisions so you don't hurt others emotionally?"

"What do you mean by that?"

Shadow Fox chuckled. "I remember this guy who didn't believe that his girlfriend was ready for the Anglars that he told her to leave the team, not caring how she cried and ran away..." Shadow Fox got in a thinking position. "...Don't you think you did sort of the same with Peppita?"

The leader of Star Fox looked shocked at him. "N-no...t-this is just different..."

"Is it?" Shadow Fox asked. "Apparently, I've been known to be such a dip(beep)t to just a single person," he said. "I care about their welfare, but I don't care what they say to me if they contradict my facts."

Fox slowly started to get bothered by the Shadow Nightmare as his fists slowly turned back to hands.

"Pfft, what do they know, anyway?" Shadow Fox asked annoyed. "They think they're all better than me. Hello, I'm the legendary leader of Star Fox. Whatever I say, it goes, period."

"T-that's not true..." Fox muttered as he started to look a little bit tense.

"Oh, it's so true, alright," Shadow Fox said amused. "I ALWAYS have the right choices. I like to order people the way I want them to do. I'm the strongest, smartest, most clever leader that the universes had ever seen before." He crossed his arms and smirked at Fox. "I hate all the people who dare not listen to my choices. Heck, I hate Falco for that matter. He thinks he's so cool and stuff that he can decide anything his little head (real size) wants to do."

"D-don't mock Falco..." Fox muttered with some anger.

"Slippy, oh, little weakling Slippy," Shadow Fox chuckled a bit. "He's not good riding an Arwing. Even if he's useful to make really good machines, I'm always have to chase the enemies that get his tail because he didn't listen to my orders. My god, what a big dumb(beep)s deaf toad..."

"Don't talk about Slippy like that either..." Fox muttered.

"Peppy's just an oldie," Shadow Fox said. "I have to remark it was so surprising that he came alive from Venom without my father. Really, when you think about it, it makes you think Peppy was a chicken who let my father do all the dirty work in there. Thus, my father possibly died because of Peppy's recklessness," he said with some anger. "I hope that old man is ready to die when I finish you off."

"Peppy isn't an idiot..." Fox muttered as he looked mad at Shadow Fox.

"And Krystal..." Shadow Fox chuckled. "...Do I care what she says? It was her fault that I ultimately judged her an inexperienced pilot of my team. She was lazy, so darn infatuated by my looks that she was fired... Like I care what the b(beep)h says to me, anyway."

"Stop talking about Krystal like that..." Fox muttered as he fully showed his fangs.

"I could go on all night saying stuff about everyone you know," Shadow Fox said. "I think I should stop here before I get to the best part...about what I really thought my father was..."

Fox's hands quickly turned into fists as Peppita watched scared from behind. "...Shut up..." he muttered as his eyes dilated in anger. "Shut up, shut up, SHUT UP, SHUT UP!!!"

Shadow Fox watched as Fox started to dash towards him with his menacing glare. His fists trailed behind his back, ready to deliver a hard punch at the shadow's face. However, the Shadow Nightmare looked amused at this and moved his face up before sighing, smiling wickedly. "...Pitiful Foxy..."

"UGH!!!"

"Always letting a small angering fact grow into a big stress for you... Thanks to that, you shall forever be defined as the worst insensitive leader in history..."

Peppita gasped loudly as she took a step back in shock.

Fox didn't know why, but Shadow Fox wasn't in front of him anymore. His vision turned blurry before his eyes rolled back into his head as he fell to his knees and fainted on the floor, his hands sliding forward from each side of his head as he lost consciousness.

The Velbaysian looked horrified as she saw where Shadow Fox was now. Peppita couldn't believe that the Shadow Nightmare appeared behind Fox right after she blinked one time.

The Shadow Nightmare had his left elbow behind his back in the same spot where Fox's throat once was. Peppita looked frightened as the Shadow Nightmare looked at her amused, not looking back at the knocked out Fox.

"...Excellent," Shadow Fox said as he looked at his feet. "I've achieved not only brute force, but I also got insane speed..." He smiled at Peppita. "Am I the coolest as you think or what?"

Peppita started to shake in fear as she recalled she was left behind with a dark monster that easily took out the one who could have potentially saved her. The Velbaysian looked helpless as she looked around to find a way to get away, now cursing in her mind after not listening to Fox before. Closing her eyes, Peppita closed her eyes and quickly ran to the right in order to run away.

However, for some reason, she felt like she just ran into a hard wall that made her lose her footing as she stumbled back a bit. The Velbaysian opened her eyes and gasped once she saw Shadow Fox standing in front of her with fists on his hips, looking down at her confused. "What are you doing?" Shadow Fox asked. "Why are you crashing onto my chest?"

"U-uh..." Peppita looked frightened as she backed away. Looking to the right, she thought she had another chance to run away. Once her feet began to run to the right to move around the Shadow Nightmare, she closed her eyes, not wanting to see another abomination.

Unfortunately, she once again ran into the same kind of wall before she stumbled back a bit. Peppita opened her eyes and looked even more frightened as she found Shadow Fox standing in front of her, keeping his "heroic" pose as he looked down at her. He deviously grinned a bit. "What do you know, you still DO like me. I mean, you want a hug from me?"

"N-no!" Peppita yelled loudly as she turned back to the left where she instantly stopped right after she found out that she was standing right in front of Shadow Fox again. "S-stop it!" she demanded as she turned to the right, only to find Shadow Fox there as well. "S-seriously, stop it!" she demanded louder as she turned around, finding herself looking at Shadow Fox's chest before looking up at his grinning expression. "W-what's so funny now? L-leave me alone!"

The Velbaysian started to look freaked out at the Shadow Nightmare. It was so unbelievable to think there was someone so insanely fast that she couldn't see with the naked eye. Peppita started to get even more desperate as she looked around to find a way out, but she always found herself looking at Shadow Fox.

This constant display of speed kept going for a minute as Shadow Fox enjoyed scaring the young girl. Once he stopped appearing in front of the lone pedestal of the floor, the Velbaysian shook in fear, her eyes looking exhausted for so much looking around.

"W-why are you doing this?" Peppita asked as she slowly backed away to the staircase the leaded to the lower floor behind her. "W-why are you playing around with me?"

"I like to play around with children," Shadow Fox said as he crossed his arms, smiling at her. "I like to do it a lot."

Peppita thought that she could distract the Shadow Nightmare by asking him questions. It seemed like Shadow Fox didn't plan to appear just behind her. The Velbaysian kept staring at him, not wanting to look at the fainted Fox on the floor. She thought that the Shadow Nightmare would vanish and appear right behind her if she looked away for a second. "D-don't you think you're going too far on a person like me?"

"You went too far on me," Shadow Fox recalled. "Or what I used to be me... Even so, you kind of went too far on me," he stated. "Shouldn't we be fine after I go too far on you?"

"N-no..." Peppita said gulping. "I-I don't think that's fair, actually..."

Shadow Fox tilted his head. "...Really? That's sad..." he trailed off. "But...you know why this is good?"

"N-no, I don't know why this is good..." Peppita responded, knowing by memory that the staircase was getting closer to her.

Shadow Fox chuckled. "This is good because...well..." He looked away amused before looking at her from the corner of his yellow eyes. "...I'm the one who made that choice..."

Peppita tried her best not to cry as she continued to back away. "A-and?"

"And...well..." Shadow Fox scratched the back of his head. "...Whatever I decide to do..."

Peppita's eyes widened as she quickly found herself being pulled against Shadow Fox's chest by his right arm pressing her shoulders. She couldn't believe that the Shadow Nightmare would instantly react and prevent her from getting away.

"...It's the right choice to do..." Shadow Fox chuckled deviously.

Peppita panicked out of fear and tried her best to push Shadow Fox's arm away from her by slipping her hands behind it. Unfortunately, for her dismay, she could barely move the arm away with her hands as it budged a little bit. "L-let me go, please, let me go!" she pleaded for mercy as she used all her forces to push the arm away from her shoulders. "Y-you're insane, you're a monster, and you're a maniac!"

"Wow, wow, wow," Shadow Fox said as he looked down at her. "Why are you treating me like trash now? Didn't you want this to happen?" he asking before chuckling deeply. "You always wanted to be this close to me... Don't be scared, Peppita, admit your love to me..."

Peppita looked extremely panicked as she struggled to get off from his arm. She didn't think this would happen to her just because she ran away. "LET ME GO!" she cried out as tears began to stroll down her cheeks. "I-I don't love a monster like you, and I won't love you at all!"

"...Peppita, you're hurting my feelings..."

The Velbaysian suddenly felt that the arm slowly applied more force against her. Peppita felt pain and she tried to get off as soon as she could, but her hands weren't strong enough to push them away. She later found herself gasping for breath as Shadow Fox looked amused at her.

"Why do you want to deny what you really want to have from me?" Shadow Fox asked as he later looked blankly at her, not caring the fact he was asphyxiating her. "C'mon, you want me to love you back, right?"

Peppita slowly closed her eyes as the arm pressed her hard against his chest. "I-I..." she trailed off weakly. "...I-I don't love you..."

"Why's that?" Shadow Fox asked. "Do you love the lying bastard over there?" he asked as he looked at the fainted Fox. "That's bad, though. He didn't care about your feelings at the very least. I, however, care for you..."

Peppita felt that she was slowly fainting. She tried her best to stay awake and resist the brute force of the Shadow Nightmare. "I-if...i-if...i-if...you care...a-about me..." She slowly opened her eyes as she found herself looking up at him. "...W-why...w-why...a-are you...t-trying...t-to...k-kill me..."

"...Didn't I tell you?" Shadow Fox asked. "I said I was going to take you to your mother."
Peppita gasped weakly.

"And that will surely be a perfect example of true love," Shadow Fox said as he grinned at her. "You'll die on my arms, Peppita. That's going to be the best romantic scene ever..." He smirked wickedly. "Now be a good girl and shut up so I can get rid of you."

Peppita suddenly started crying silently. "(N-no!)" she thought in panic. "(S-somebody, please, s-save me from this monster, I beg of you! I-I'm so powerless to do anything now! P-please, somebody...help me...I-I need your help...)" She clutched her eyelids as more tears strolled down her cheeks. With the strength she had left, she decided to shout loudly under Shadow Fox's snout, "PLEASE, ANYONE!!!"

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Oh, that's cute," he remarked at Peppita's crying expression. "You think someone going's to come right now and stop me from taking you to your mom..."

Suddenly, his ears twitched a bit.

"It's amusing to come right before you have a chance to kill her after she wanted help," said a voice from behind the Shadow Nightmare.

The Shadow Nightmare stared forward and looked bored. "..." He remained silent.

"Flying Guillotine!"

Shadow Fox pushed the gagging Peppita to the floor as he quickly ran all the way to the lone pedestal, avoiding some dark energy waves that sliced the air apart before moving back to the staircase. The Shadow Nightmare watched as seven figures came running from the staircase, instantly looking around as the person in the center of the group, the one that executed the attack, put hands on hips.

"Looks like we arrived here in time..."

"..." Shadow Fox glared at the group.

The Shadow Nightmare looked at the group that came from the staircase. The group that just arrived was composed of Maria, Sophia, Wolf, Chris, Sonic (as a werehog), Chip, and Nel who had been the one to execute the attack to save Peppita.

"N-no!" Chris gasped as he looked at the downed Fox before looking back at Shadow Fox. "S-somebody brought a Shadow Nightmare here!"

"A Shadow Nightmare?" Maria asked. "What is a Shadow Nightmare?"

Wolf glared at Shadow Fox. "Basically, a monster that turns itself to look like its target... However, this copy is entirely made out of sick and twisted thoughts from the victim, boosting its power with how many lies the victim had been hiding from others so it unleashes enhanced attacks. In a few words, the lies that the victim tries to hide make the shadow even stronger... Well, that's just what I think it is."

Sonic looked surprised at him. "Wow, how do you know all that?"

"Hedgehog, I DO study battles," Wolf said as he kept looking at Shadow Fox. "I knew I was gonna fight a scum like this very soon. I could tell that very well."

Sonic growled a bit before looking away. "W-well, I study battles too..."

Maria rubbed her chin. "Let me get this straight... A Shadow Nightmare copies its victim's appearance and boosts its power by how many lies the victim has... Sounds farfetched to me, but I want to see more about this phenomenon."

"P-Peppita!" Sophia yelled as she saw the struggling Peppita on the floor. The teen ran and knelt down to see her. "Peppita, are you okay? Did he do something to you?"

"S-Sophia..." Peppita muttered weakly as she turned herself around to lay her back against the floor, her expression looking happy and relieved at them. "Y-you came to save me...Sophia..."

Sophia nodded. "Yeah, we all came for you, Peppita..."

Peppita looked at the group. "W-where's...Fayt and the others?"

"We separated intro groups after knowing that Fox went to find you," Nel explained.
Peppita smiled weakly before she moaned a bit in pain and fainted.

"Peppita!" Sophia yelled. "Hang in there, Peppita, please..." she said as she tried to heal her.

"Since we already found you..." Nel looked at Maria. "Think you can give them a shout to alert them?"

Maria nodded and took out a communicator that looked like a cell phone that she held on her right. "Of course," Maria said. "I just need to press this button an-"

In a slow motion, Maria watched as a blue shot destroyed the communicator completely as its pieces fell on the floor. The leader of Quark blinked a little bit surprised at the crumbles of the communicator before she looked all the way back to the lone staircase where the Shadow Nightmare had a dark phase gun aiming at her.

Shadow Fox chuckled as he spun the phase gun on his right finger. "Oh, sorry, I failed that shot," he said chuckling. "I meant to shot you head down, but I accidentally missed and destroyed your communicator apparatus."

"..." Maria didn't look surprised anymore. "Don't lie to me now. I know you reacted quickly and shot my communicator so I couldn't call reinforcements here."

"Bravo," Shadow Fox said as he put the phase gun in his holster. "You're very clever, Maria Traydor, but not so smart."

"I'm not going to instantly know about you," Maria said. "I just met you, after all. If I DID know about you, then I'd surely be some sort of stalker who doesn't have anything better to do than...stalk people...and I'm not like that."

"...Maybe," Shadow Fox said before shaking his head. "Anyhow, I stopped you from calling reinforcements here," he said before chuckling. "I know for sure you think I'm your enemy, right?"

Chris glared at him. "O-of course you're our enemy!"

"But I'm not your enemy," Shadow Fox said as he opened his arms wide. "I'm the real Fox, the one that will try and help you all defeat the Subspace Army."

"Not this crap again..." Sonic muttered with a frown.

Wolf frowned. "Oh please, don't talk about this "I'm the real one here" stuff now," he said a little bit disgusted at the Shadow Nightmare. "What you have to do now is scram or die."

Shadow Fox glared at them as Sophia tried to heal Peppita through Symbology. "What if I tell you to choose one of those options instead?" he asked. "I know what I'm doing here. I'm always right with what I decide to do for everyone to stay...alive..."

"...What?" Wolf asked. "What does that suppose to mean?" He thought for a moment. "You mean to say you know what's best to do?"

"And that I'm always right," Shadow Fox said. "I mean, I have always the right choice in mind."

The World Traveler knew that the shadow was probably telling what Fox thought in reality. If that were true, Chris would look at Fox with a different point of view. However, it was impossible to tell if the shadow was thinking by his accord. "Is that what Fox really thinks of himself?"

"...Duh."

"...B-but...that's not really true..." Chris said before he looked at Peppita. "I don't think it was right of him to yell at Peppita like that and..." The World Traveler looked at the fainted Fox. "Fox!"

As soon as Chris took a step forward, Fox instantly disappeared in a blink of an eye. The World Traveler looked shocked as the Shadow Nightmare held Fox by the collar on the floor.

"What the..." Sonic looked shocked. "I-I didn't see him picking him up..."

Chip shook. "W-what was going on here?"

Shadow Fox chuckled and let Fox fall down on the floor, close to the lone pedestal. "Oh, sorry, but I can't let you lay a finger on him," he said before he was shown holding the fainted Peppita by holding one of her bangles high up on his left side before letting her fall down. "Also, I can't let you either lay another finger on her."

Sophia gasped once she saw that Peppita was gone from under her hand. "N-no!" she gasped as she got up. "Y-you, bring her back to me!"

Shadow Fox shook his head. "Sorry, but I have to take her to her mother soon. She wants so badly to reunite with her."

"...What?" Sophia asked. "...Y-you surely don't mean kill Peppita..."

"That's...another way to put it," Shadow Fox admitted. "If I do that, then Peppita will meet her mother again, right? This is going to be my apology for yelling at her." He smiled honestly. "Peppita wants to see her mother again, so why don't give her what she wants to see?"

Sophia stared at him before shaking her head. "I bet Peppita didn't want to meet her like that..." The teen glared at the shadow. "Peppita wouldn't try to do that at all."

"She wanted to, so I'm gonna give her that," Shadow Fox said. "After I'm done with her, let's all go back to Peterny and sleep for the night." He made a happy expression. "Leave me alone with these 2, please."

Shadow Fox noticed that the seven characters were looking at them with glares.

"..." Shadow Fox frowned. "...I take that you're not going to leave..."

"Exactly," Wolf said as he crossed his arms. "I don't take orders from an abomination like you."

Apparently, this fact made Shadow Fox feel a little bit tense as he stared blankly at Wolf.

"...You...are not taking orders from me..." Shadow Fox muttered before he started to pant heavily. "...You're not listening, then..." He closed his eyes. "Seriously...I really hate people who dare not to listen to what is best for them...I know what's best, after all..." He tightened his fists. "Don't worry about this, though..." He grinned evilly and chuckled. "It'll be all over for you, fools..." He opened his glaring eyes as he smiled at them wickedly. "You're gonna go down by being such bastards..."

The seven (including Chip) took fighting stances as Maria walked forward. "Okay guys, let's do it."

Shadow Fox cracked his fists as the two fainted characters weren't moving at his sides. "Be my guests."

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time – The Divine Spirit of Language

"I am the shadow...the true self..." Shadow Fox stated as he crossed his arms. "You don't know what to do when you feel that the situation is getting worse, huh? Well, I'll gladly be your leader of the pack. Now, my first order of tonight for you...is telling you to die."

Maria frowned and took out her phase gun. "If you put it that way, then we don't have any choice but to die either way. If we follow it we'll die, and if we don't you'll kill us."

Shadow Fox chuckled amused. "That's the whole meaning behind it."

Nel took a step back as she brandished her daggers. "Sorry, but I don't follow your orders."

"That's sad," Shadow Fox said. "You could have done that."

Sonic growled angrily. "Please, I'm not gonna be ordered by you to do whatever you want me to be doing."

"Really? You need some discipline, you know."

"A-and I think you need some discipline..." Chip said as he shyly punched the air. "T-these guys will teach you, though..." He quickly hid behind Chris. "G-go get 'im, guys!"

Chris frowned. "I knew you were going to do that..."

Shadow Fox put his fists down by the sides of his belt. "Well then, shall you begin to follow my order?"

Sophia took out her staff that she put crossed in front of her. "I'm scared...but I'll give it my best shot."

"Let's cut down the talk and get to the fight," Wolf said as he fully opened his claws. "You better be ready for the worst...all of you."

"Yeah, we know," Maria said.

Shadow Fox opened his arms. "Let's begin the show."

And he instantly disappeared right after they all blinked.

"H-he just disappeared!" Chip yelled before he decided to hide behind the arch's blue gem of the staircase. "B-be careful!"

Maria sighed. "He's probably still in this floor. If that's true, he's waiting for us to take a step forward so he kicks us away..."

Sonic looked at her. "Then what do we do to stop him from goin' around?"

"Very simple," Maria said as she aimed her phase gun at the floor. "Hey, shadow freak, try dodging THIS! Magnetic Field!"

The phase gun of Maria shot down a beam that created a big field of blue magnetism that covered an eight of the long floor. The attack didn't affect any of the members of the group, but it did affect someone.

Maria looked pleased after she saw some dark tanker boots being stuck on a corner of the circle of magnetism. She looked forward where Shadow Fox grunted angrily as some electricity ran through his body.

"D-dangit!" Shadow Fox yelled as he struggled to move his feet. "I'm starting and now I'm getting stopped that fast?"

"Shut up," Maria said while she pulled back her phase gun that the magnetic field kept doing its effect. The leader of Quark ran to the shadow vulpine to initiate another attack. "Crescent Locus!" she yelled, kicking the air upward to send a shockwave that obliged Shadow Fox to be pushed up to the air. "No-one can escape gravity! Gravity Bullet!" Maria yelled as she shot out from her phase gun a gravitation sphere that pulled Shadow Fox into it, dealing several hits that made him grunt in pain.

"Let's not stay standing here and do something as well," Nel told the others. "We know his speed is insane, but we must try to hit him once he gets staggered."

"Oh ho ho ho, I know what you mean by that," Sonic said with a smirk before he glared at the shadow and extended his claws to the sphere of gravitation.

"Ugh!" Shadow Fox grunted as Sonic's claws grabbed him by the sides. "Idiot..." Shadow Fox muttered before he easily pushed the claws away with his hands, landing back on the floor where he shook his head and smirked at the group.

"Aw, dangit! What a way to screw up by attack!" Sonic cursed as he pulled back his claws.

"Disperse!" Maria yelled. "We shouldn't be standing close to each other!"

"I think that's a good idea," Wolf said. "Let's do it."

All the characters decided to disperse across the long floor as Chris tried to see where he could be. Chris gasped once he lost sight of Shadow Fox. "W-where did he go now?" He felt something leaning behind his back. "...T-tell me he just didn't appear behind me..."

Chip slowly peer from the arch to see that Shadow Fox was leaning his back against Chris's back, the Shadow Nightmare crossing his arms. "H-he just did..."

"Dammit, I told you not to tell me that!" Chris yelled angrily as he turned around. However, once he turned around, the Shadow Nightmare was gone, and now he was leaning behind his back once again. "S-stop that!" Chris yelled as he turned around to see the shadow, but he was once again leaning behind his back. "R-really, stop it now!"

"Hey, I'm acting cool," Shadow Fox said amused. "I thought you though I was cool."

"L-leaning behind me isn't exactly being cool... It's being annoying..."

"..Oh well," Shadow Fox said before he slammed the back of his right hand against Chris by lifting up his arm. The World Traveler yelled in pain as he was sent stumbling across the long floor to where he stopped rolling right in front of the small stairs that led to the lone pedestal. "If you don't like it, then don't say it to me again. You don't want to piss me off, right?"

"O-oww!" Chris moaned in pain as he got up and rubbed the back of his head. "T-that hit was...just too...oww..."

Nel, who was located to the west of the floor, narrowed her eyes once she saw the World Traveler shaking his head. "Not only this doppelganger is fast, but his strength is brutal..."
"Damn straight," Shadow Fox said behind her. The Elicoorian turned around to glare at him. "You're quite clever when just finding out how strong I am. By the way, you were late in that, though."

"Shut up," Nel said as she did a hand sign. "Now stay there and don't move."

"I don't receive orders from the likes of you," Shadow Fox said as he began to hop on his spot, imitating Fox's signature fighting stance. "Let's have some fun."

"Did I tell you that I can tolerate flirting guys a bit?"

"I wasn't flirting."

"Good," Nel said. "Whirlwind!"

Shadow Fox backed away once winds began to circle around the Elicoorian. Nel stood between torrents of slicing winds that protected her from the Shadow Nightmare. The spy then ran at the shadow where the winds sliced his vest a bit. "Ugh..." Shadow Fox quickly side flipped to escape from the winds.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 23, 2009, 06:50:01 PM
"What's the matter? Can't get close to me?" Nel asked.

Shadow Fox chuckled as he took out his phase gun. "No, but this can do the job."

Nel's eyes widened as she saw the phase gun shooting out a flurry of blue shots that obliged her to flip into the air to evade them all. For her dismay, the whirlwind soon vanished, its effect not exactly lasting a lot of time. "Darn it..." Nel muttered as she landed back on the floor. "That's my only attack to keep him away from getting too close to me..."

"Actually, I'm close to you now."

Nel gasped as she turned around for her to receive a harsh blow by a fast kick on her face that sent her rolling a long distance to the north wall. The spy grunted and quickly stopped by stabbing the floor with a dagger to stop herself from rolling, her right hand putting a tight grip on the dagger's hilt. "His strength...is just unbelievable..." she muttered. "I...don't feel so good anymore..."

The Crimson Blade made suddenly was pulled back by the scarf she was wearing. Nel gasped for air as Shadow Fox was seen pulling her by the two ends of the long scarf that she wore.

A sadistic smile was on the Shadow Nightmare as he snickered a bit. "This is why I have my red scarf's ends tucked in," he said as he grabbed both ends with each hand to asphyxiate Nel's throat. "It's dangerous to wear clothes sometimes, you know."

Nel began to cough weakly. "Y-you...insolent...fool..."

Shadow Fox applied even more force. "Shut up, you b(beep)," he said mad. "You don't listen to me; you die, simple as that."

"S-somebody...lend a hand..." Nel gasped for air.

Behind one of the pillars of the floor, a Blaster shot a shot at Shadow Fox's head. The Shadow Nightmare was too busy torturing Nel before the shot impacted his head. Shadow Fox stopped grabbing Nel's scarf before he looked back angrily. "Okay, who did that just now?"

The Blaster with the knife pulled back before Wolf appeared from behind the pillar. "Got a problem that I stopped your play time?" he asked as he put his Blaster back in its holster.

"I have problem," Shadow Fox said. "And I want to terminate that problem."

"Bring it on, then," Wolf taunted the Shadow Nightmare.

Shadow Fox smirked. "With pleasure..." He instantly disappeared.

At this sudden action, Wolf snapped his fingers. "Now."

"Magnetic Field!"

The same field of magnetism suddenly came from behind the same pillar Wolf was hiding. Once Wolf turned around, he found the struggling Shadow Fox trying to move his stuck feet. "N-not this again!" Shadow Fox yelled.

Wolf crossed his arms in front of his face as his claws glowed dark. "Time to rip that face of yours," he said before he leaped at Shadow Fox and began slashing his face 5 times before dealing a harsh blow that sent him falling down on the floor, grunting a bit in pain as some sparks flew out from him.

Maria sidestepped from the pillar, her phase gun pointing down. "You know, it's surprising what strategies can do when you work together to take down a guy like you."

Shadow Fox grunted and quickly got back up by pushing his feet up. "I don't need teamwork," he said as he cracked his fists. "You 2 are going to be the first ones t-"The Shadow Nightmare stopped talking once a sphere of electricity appeared, trapping him inside where he grunted several times. "W-why did this come out of nowhere?!"

Several feet away, there was Sophia holding out her open right hand as her staff was behind her. "Stop right there, filthy monster!"

"Ugh!" Shadow Fox grunted once more after the sphere disappeared by delivering a strong blow of sparks into him. "So I guess everyone's ganging up on me..."

"We are!"

Shadow Fox's ears perked up before he sidestepped from a lance crashing down the floor. The wielder of the spear, Chris, cursed after he was seen holding the spear down.

"Aww, please!" Chris cursed. "I wanted this attack to land the hit!"

Maria frowned. "You should have stayed quiet if you didn't want him to dodge it."

Chris looked helpless. "You're right..."

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Man, what a way to screw up, Chris," he taunted. "Then again, you screw up a lot."

The World Traveler gasped once he felt that he was lifted up by a fist by grabbing his jacket's neck. Chris gasped for breath as he looked down to see the smirking Shadow Nightmare looking up at him. "L-let me go..."

"Tsk," Shadow Fox snickered a bit. "Like I'm going to let you go that easily, Chris."
Shadow Fox watched as Chris removed his jacket to fall back on the floor on his feet.

"...I have to admit that was clever..." Shadow Fox said as he tossed the jacket away, looking forward at Chris. "But it won't help you from this."

"UGH!" Chris was quickly punched in his stomach by a hard fist from the Shadow Nightmare. The World Traveler's vision looked blurry for a moment as he looked at Shadow Fox in front of him.

Shadow Fox chuckled. "What's the matter? Can't you resist a simple fist attack?"

"U-ugh..." Chris coughed some blood as Shadow Fox pulled back his fist and prepared to deal another blow. However, magnetism quickly stopped him from moving again as electricity ran into his body. Chris took this opportunity to run away from the corrupt shadow.

"Oh, for crying out loud!" Shadow Fox yelled angrily as the magnetism stopped, his back behind furiously slashed by Wolf's Hand of Doom that made him stumble forward. "Can't you use another attack than that?!"

Maria closed her eyes. "(It's the only attack that can stop him from running and probably warping all over the place so he doesn't deliver those fatal blows to any of us...)"

"Well, it's not like your attacks are that severe," Shadow Fox said as he quickly disappeared from sight.

Wolf grunted. "Use that magnetic attack again to stop him fr-"A harsh fist smacked the left side of his head as he was sent crashing against a pillar that got destroyed and fell back. The lupine gritted his fangs as he was forced to lean against the remains of the pillar. "D-darn you..." Wolf muttered before he slowly got up only to be met by another fist that sent him crashing on the western wall of the floor, leaving a big crack on it as he panted heavily.

Shadow Fox smirked and flexed his right arm in front of him. "Looks like I'm starting to gain the upper hand here."

"H-how dare you..." Sophia muttered somewhat scared, calling Shadow Fox's attention as she prepared another Symbology attack by grabbing the tip and the lower part of her staff, a blue sphere slowly appearing in front of her.

"Sorry, but I just can't let you do that," Shadow Fox said before he disappeared in a blink of an eye and appeared right in front of Sophia. The teen gasped as the shadow grabbed the staff and broke it apart by crushing it with a hand. Sophia quickly backed away as her spell was interrupted, the shadow letting the two parts of the broken staff fall down as he stomped on one and crushed it. "Without your little staff, you won't try to cast another Symbology spell, huh?"

Sophia looked shocked as she found herself unequipped with a weapon. The staff that she was using supported greatly her Symbology spells since it was specially synthesized for magic, but once it broke, her Symbology power diminished greatly.

"H-help, you guys!" Sophia yelled as she found herself helpless.

Shadow Fox moved his right fist back. "Stay there and don't move."

"Can I say that to you as well?"

Shadow Fox was quickly grabbed by two stretching claws that appeared from behind a pillar. The Shadow Nightmare looked angrily at this before he raised his fists in the claws as he began to be covered by incinerating flames that made the claws return to the werehog. Sonic sidestepped from the pillar where he blew air at his burned claws.

"Hot, hot, hot..." Sonic said between exhales.

Shadow Fox landed back on the floor, quickly avoiding another magnetic trap from Maria as he speeded back to the staircase of the south. Chip gasped and quickly flew over the arch so the monster wouldn't see him. "Alright, I'm getting back to my usual battle performance," he said pleased as he made fists by his sides, Sophia running away to help Nel to left side of the floor.

"Ugh, his speed is unbelievable..." Maria muttered.

"I could keep up with his pace but nooooooooo I had to be a darned werehog," Sonic said annoyed. "Do you think I enjoy all this power in me or what? I hate strength when it makes my speed so darn low..."

"Jealous much?" Shadow Fox taunted him. "I have both speed and power by my side, not to mention my mind."

"What does your mind have to do with anything?"

"Well, for example, I can think of taking out first the people that present some kind of threat to me," he stated as he quickly vanished in front of them. "If my guess is correct, the most dangerous person around here is...the blunt girl Maria."

"Magnetic Field!" Maria yelled without interruptions in order to stop the Shadow Nightmare from delivering a blow to her. "(Wait a minute, this seems rather odd to do...)" She noticed that the floor was illuminated a bit with a shade of red. "What the..."

"A-above you!" Chris yelled as he pointed up at a burning meteor that quickly went down on the leader of Quark. Maria gasped and quickly ran away before the meteor crashed on the floor, creating a big explosion that sent Maria away as a big crack spread covered at least a fourth of the floor.

The meteor itself turned out to be Shadow Fox as he was standing in a big crack that he made by the attack. He had his fists on the sides of his belt as he grinned at them. "Do you like my Meteor Fox?"

"Meteor Fox?" Chris repeated. "...Is that some kind of upgrade from Fire Fox?"

"Yeah, that's how awesome the honest people like me are," Shadow Fox stated as he pointed at himself with his thumb. "I have lots of powerful attacks at my disposal."

Maria slowly got up from the floor as she stood up. "That explosion was rather dangerous..."

"Rather dangerous?" Shadow Fox repeated as he turned around to see her. "Idiot, don't you dare address my attack as rather dangerous..."

"Enough of your mocking talk, scum," Wolf said as his claws glowed dark. "Let's continue with this so you go away."

"Why don't you go away?" Shadow Fox asked with a snicker before he vanished once again.

The World Traveler looked around the floor. "T-that monster is surely running all over the place to make a surprise attack again..." He held his spear tightly with both of his hands. "W-what should we do?"

"(At this rate, he could take us all out...)" Sonic thought as he growled angrily and looked around. "(I want to have my speed back. That way, I could probably stop him from running all over here...)" He closed his eyes to concentrate his hearing. "(Yeah, there's definitely someone stepping all over this wide area... Ah, god, I'm relying on my werehog senses. I don't want to be using this kind of method forever...)"

Suddenly, all the pillars that were standing idly soon began to collapse all over the floor. The group watched as the pillars broke apart into crumbles that filled the whole place with some dust. Soon, there was nothing left on the floor to hide.

Wolf grunted. "He's cleaning out the whole place so we don't hide again..."

"I-it's futile to hide now, right?" Chris asked scared.

"Looks like it..." Sonic muttered before slamming a fist on the floor (making a crack as well). "Somebody think of something!"

To the left area of the floor, Sophia tried her best to heal Nel's injuries by using some Symbology magic she had left. The Crimson Blade member was lying down on the floor as she looked weakly at Sophia. "Hang in there, Nel..."

Nel coughed a bit. "That bastard..." she muttered. "Using what I'm wearing to take me out..."

"I know..." Sophia muttered as she held a blue sphere in front of her right hand on Nel. "O-oh no, it's harder to concentrate without my staff..."

"You can do it..." Nel coughed a bit. "The staff only affects your offensive Symbology, but not you healing Symbology..."

Sophia smiled a bit and nodded. "Yeah, you're right... Just give me more time and I-UAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!"

Nel's eyes widened in horror as Sophia let out a fierce cry of pain before she was kicked away hard by a strong kick on her right side. The Crimson Blade member gasped once she found Shadow Fox standing beside her with a right fist down where Sophia's back used to be. The Shadow Nightmare chuckled darkly as he crossed his arms and looked down at Nel. "Hey there, hottie. How's the cold floor down there?"

Nel glared at him. "Y-you can't possibly expect forgiveness now!" she yelled angrily as she managed to roll away where she stood up, her injuries making her grunt in pain. The red-haired woman looked to the right to see that Sophia was taken out as she was fainted on the floor, clutching her stomach with her arms. "Sophia..." She turned back to the enemy with a glare. "I hope you're prepared now..."

Shadow Fox opened his arms and raised his eyebrows a few times. "I was born prepared. Bring it on."

Nel crossed her arms in front of her as she opened them to shoot several ice knives that went after Fox. "Ice Daggers!" she yelled.

Shadow Fox chuckled at this as he pulled his fists back and called forth flames that covered him, melting the daggers instantly to water.

Nel grunted as the Shadow Nightmare kept burning. However, once she noticed, the flames, with the devilish shadow in it, quickly rammed against her before she cried out in pain. Nel's pupils shrunk in pure pain as the flames burned her and ultimately pushed her back to the wall where she managed to stop herself by putting her feet against the wall. She started to gasp for breath as Shadow Fox's fire vanished while he landed down, a hand on the floor as he smirked at her.

"I-I have to admit...you're a worthy opponent..." Nel muttered as she put an arm around her waist. "B-but...I won't be taken down..." She pulled back her right hand to cast Symbology. "(I need to heal my injuries with this spell...then I can strike back in time...)"

Shadow Fox frowned. "Here's an important rule for all of you," he began as he raised a finger, hearing the footsteps of Wolf, Maria, and Sonic from behind her. "No Symbology is allowed in the field as long as I'm the one being the target, okay?"

"You're not the target of my spell..." Nel pointed. "...I'm the target..."

"Oh snap, then I should stop you at once before you heal your injuries," Shadow Fox said surprised. "Okay, don't move, I'll be right there in a minute."

"UGH!!!" Nel received a severe uppercut under her chin as she was sent to the air before Shadow Fox quickly appeared above her and slammed down his joined fists together on her. Nel yelled loudly in pain as she crashed down on the floor on her back. "Nooooooooooo!!!" she yelled loudly before she passed out, a small line of blood coming from her lips.

Shadow Fox landed close to her and dusted off his hands. "2 out, 4 more to go..."

"7!" Chip yelled from the arch.

"Oh right, 7."

"...Darn it!" Chip cursed.

As Wolf, Maria, and Sonic rushed to the Shadow Nightmare, Chris panicked as tried to come up with an attack close to the staircase. "Oh please, oh please, oh please," he muttered as he thought hard. "I-I need some sort of new attack to stop Shadow Fox..."

"Well..." Kawashima began from Chris's pocket. "You need to deal some hits so you learn your next new skill for this job..."

Chris sighed in relief. "Okay...thanks for the info...but how am I going to land some hits on him?" he asked. "...Unless I use Jump again..." He frowned. "...I'll have to..." he said disappointed before he disappeared by jumping high up into the air.

Shadow Fox turned around to see the three characters stopping running to him. "You 3 are next," he said as flexed his fingers. "You shall suffer the consequences for not listening to my orders."

"For the last time, we don't have much of a choice but to die for you," Maria reminded him. "We're not gonna comply with that."

Shadow Fox sighed disappointed. "It's people like you that makes my blood boil so much," he said before grinning evilly at them. "Some violence can fix that. Don't try to use that magnetic attack again or else you're gonna get a déjà vu moment."

Maria pointed her gun down at the floor as Wolf and Sonic stood by each side of her. "Magnetic Field!"

The Shadow Nightmare vanished from sight once again, expecting the field of magnetism to engulf part of the field. However, this was all a plan Maria was thinking of as she smiled a bit, not pressing the trigger to use the shouted attack.

"(Just as I thought...)" Maria thought before looking up to see a flaming star going down on them. "Right there!" she yelled as she shot out from her phase gun a gravitational sphere that went up in hopes of stopping the burning dark vulpine.

"Will that do it?" Sonic asked as the three looked up to see both attacks clashing against each other.

"...Get away!" Wolf yelled as he saw the fire overwhelming the gravity sphere as he easily broke the sphere apart. "The sphere was too weak to stop him!"

"Quick!" Maria yelled as the three dispersed to different parts to avoid the meteor that crashed on the floor to create a big explosion of fire.

Once the flames disappeared, Shadow Fox was shown touching the floor with a hand before stood up and grinned. "Ah, the power of the lies..." he muttered in pleasure. "They make me so darn strong and powerful..."

Sonic stopped running as he turned around to glare at the Shadow Nightmare. "Yuck, this guy is just thirsty for power, isn't he?"

Maria stopped running to make the same action as the werehog. "This time is for real..." she muttered. "We have to keep on attacking."

"I agree," Wolf said as he stopped running to turn around and brandish his Hand of Doom attack with his claws. "Let's use a frontal attack to see what happens."

"Wait, it's too soon to rely on those attacks!" Maria yelled as Wolf shouted loudly while charging to Shadow Fox. "Dammit, I'll have to think by myself..."

"Hey, don't leave out from the fun," Sonic grinned as he started to rush towards the Shadow Nightmare. "I wanna whack this guy down."

Shadow Fox looked amused. "How about if I whack you guys down instead?" Once again, he vanished from sight.

Wolf and Sonic stopped running to look around the area. "Now where'd he go?" Sonic asked as he snarled angrily.

"He could be anywhere..." Wolf muttered as his claws kept glowing dark. "As far I know, his speed could allow him to do 20 laps around the whole garden without sweating..."

"Pfft, I could do that as well," Sonic said as the two stood back by back. "Any ideas of where he could be?"

Wolf scanned the area as Maria remained in her place as well. Not long after he started looking around, an impact from a spear made someone grunt in pain on the southeast corner of the floor. They all looked behind where Chris flipped back in the air and landed some feet away from the downed Shadow Fox on the floor.

The World Traveler adjusted his hat a bit and smiled. "I-I did it, I hit him even though he was moving all over the place!"

"You insolent kid..." Shadow Fox muttered before he pushed his feet to the air to stand up. "You're gonna be sorry for stopping me."

Chris quickly looked frightened as the shadow began to walk towards him while Shadow Fox cracked his fists. "U-um..." He quickly looked back to the others. "HELP!!!"

Wolf grunted and started to charge, along with Sonic, to the shadow as Maria took the distraction to go over to heal both Sophia and Nel. "(I need to do this as soon as I can before he notices me...)" Maria thought as she grunted a bit. "(This enemy is far more dangerous than I expected him to be as well...)"

For Maria's dismay, she gasped after she found the Shadow Nightmare standing between her and the fainted Nel and Sophia. "Going somewhere?" Shadow Fox asked with crossed arms.

"Dammit," Maria muttered as she stopped running. She quickly knelt down to aim at Shadow Fox's head. "I won't miss! Aiming Device!" As soon as she shot, Shadow Fox quickly disappeared from sight as the shot flew away of the floor. "Oh no..." Maria muttered before standing up. "Now what? I need to think fast before he attacks..." She aimed her gun down at the floor. "Try dodging THIS!"

"No, why don't you try dodging this instead?"

Maria knew Shadow Fox had appeared behind her in the air to kick her to Sophia and Nel. The leader of Quark ducked to evade a quintuple kick attack in time to roll away where she quickly stood on her right knee to shoot a shot from her phase gun, the attack actually hitting the shadow on his chest.

"Ouch..." Shadow Fox muttered as he landed on the floor. "Wow, not bad. You're very skilled yourself."

Maria stood up and quickly rushed at Shadow Fox. "Crescent Locus!" she yelled as she kicked the air upward to push the shadow away. For her dismay, Shadow Fox sidestepped from the shockwave swiftly with a move that Maria recognized. "Wait a minute...Fayt's Side Kick?"

"Side Kick!" Shadow Fox yelled as his right foot caught energy, approaching closer to Maria.

Maria grunted and tried to dodge the blow by back-stepping. Shadow Fox, however, proved to be much faster as her as he brutally delivered a strong blow at Maria's waist. The leader of Quark coughed after the kick slammed right into her, prompting her to back away as she embraced the hurt area with her left arm. "This isn't funny..." she said.

Shadow Fox landed back on the floor. "It's funny to me."

"S-stop that!" Maria yelled as she was forced to attack back. "Dust to dust! Scatter Beam!" she yelled loudly as she shot 10 shots at him.

Shadow Fox merely chuckled as he called forth his Reflector. Something different about this was the fact that, as well as reflecting all of Maria's shots back, it emitted a magnetic effect that pulled Maria closer to him. Not only this was the effect, but also it turned Maria's shots into reflected homing shots that dove down on her.

"What the..." Maria gasped as all the shots went after her. The leader of Quark quickly stood up, but since the shadow was still using his Reflector, she found herself unable to run even a foot away before the 10 shots connected to her back. She yelled loudly in pain before the shadow quickly appeared behind her and thrust his right foot hard on her back to add up with the damage, making Maria roll recklessly to the south of the floor before she stopped rolling as pain went all over her from her back. "I need medicine..." she muttered in pain. "...Somebody!"

The leader of Quark gasped once she saw the shadow looking down at her on her left side. Maria's eyes dilated once the shadow lifted up his right foot over her stomach. "Now..." the shadow began as he grinned at her. "Let's end this."

Shadow Fox was quickly stopped as 2 claws quickly reached for him and slammed him down away from Maria. The shadow grunted in pain before he stood up and disappeared once again.

"Grr," Sonic grunted angrily. "There he goes again!"

"M-Maria!" Chris yelled as he went over to see her. "Oh my god, are you okay?"
Maria coughed. "I-I'm fine...don't worry about me..."

Chris shook his head. "If there was just a way to stop that monster from moving around so quickly..." He moved his spear to his right. "I'd thought about something good t-" The dragoon stopped talking as he felt that someone had passed over his spear before the sounds of someone grunting was heard. The dragoon looked to his left where he saw Shadow Fox rolling all the way to the wall where he crashed his back on it, glaring angrily at him. "...Whoops," Chris said embarrassed as he pulled his spear behind him and stood up. "I-I'm sorry if I made you trip, b-but you just appeared in there..."

The dragoon didn't like the fierce glare of the shadow.

"...U-um...Wolf...Sonic...could you..."

Once the Shadow Nightmare got back to his feet, he quickly disappeared from sight before he was shown grabbing Chris from behind his back. Shadow Fox pulled the World Traveler down with his left arm as he put his phase gun at the right side of Chris's head. Wolf and Sonic were about to attack before they saw the dragoon struggling to get off.

"Stay back," Shadow Fox demanded as he held Chris at gunpoint. "Stay back or the kid gets it."

"F-for the last time, I'm not a-" Chris stopped talking once the phase gun pushed his head a bit.

Wolf snarled a bit at this. "Having someone at gunpoint... What a coward you are..."

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Thanks, I like to do things my way. I mean, don't you like to do things your way as well?" He put a stronger grip on Chris's throat. "Wait, you want to save him? Wolf, what happened to you? What happened to the heartless bastard I knew you were?"

Wolf glared at him. "There's a whole lot of things you don't know about me, idiot. I don't plan in telling them to you."

"Like I give a darn about you, Wolf," Shadow Fox as Chris looked panicked. "As for you..." he began as he smiled amused at Chris. "Allow me to finish you off..."

"Aiming Device!"

Shadow Fox was shot on the back of his head, forcing himself to grunt in pain as he let go of Chris for a moment enough for the dragoon to escape from his grip. The World Traveler tried to reunite with Wolf and Sonic, but the shadow regained his composure too soon and grabbed Chris by his left shoulder. "Where do you think you're going?" he asked mad.

"S-stay away from me!" Chris yelled. "Lancer!" he shouted as mist dragons came from behind him as he stabbed the shadow hard with his spear, dealing damage both physical and magical to the shadow. "Lancet!"

"Another attack?" Shadow Fox wondered before the World Traveler did a hand sign and absorbed energy from the shadow. The dragoon then flipped back to Wolf and Sonic, all glaring to the shadow that was shaking his head to regain his composure once again.

"Ugh," Shadow Fox grunted as he put a hand on his chest. "You're gonna pay for stabbing and draining my energy away..."

"I'm confused..." Sonic said as he looked at Sonic. "What's the difference between Lancet and Lancer?"

Chris raised a finger. "Lancer allows me to deal normal damage to the enemy as well as reducing the energy left to cast magic, while Lancet allows me to absorb health and energy as long as I can see the enemy."

"Damn you..." Shadow Fox grunted before he looked back at Maria. "You insolent bastard... You were the one that show me, right?"

Maria glared at him weakly. "W-what if I did?"

Suddenly, Shadow Fox vanished and then forced Maria to be sent to the air where she gasped before the shadow appeared on her and delivered a downward kick on her stomach. The leader of Quark coughed out blood before the shadow performed a powerful drill kick on the same spot he had struck before finally diving down enough to kick Maria hard on the side. Needless to say, this attack was just too much for Maria to keep resisting as she was sent spiraling down to the area where Fox and Peppita were.

"NO!" Sonic yelled as he quickly extended his claws to catch the blunt leader. Once he managed to reach out for her, the werehog pulled her back to the 3 where he gently put her down the floor. "Maria, you okay?"

Maria coughed weakly as she slowly drifted off unconscious. The werehog looked down sadly at her as she put her hands over her waist where some blood patches started to come out, making Chris gasp in horror while Wolf looked away and frowned. "...Never thought it would...come to this..." Maria muttered as she coughed more.

Sonic grabbed Maria's hands with his claws. "No, Maria, hang in there..."

"...Please..." Maria coughed more. "You guys...need to save Peppita and...Fox..." she muttered. "Y-you're the only ones that can do it..."

"Maria..." Sonic muttered.

"...I'll be just fine..." Maria muttered as she smiled weakly. "...Please...save them both from that...monster..."

Once the dragoon looked at the sad expression on Sonic, for some reason, Chris couldn't tell why he saw Shadow holding Maria's hands with a painful look on his face. The sudden mirage made Chris look shocked. "W-what the..." The dragoon shook his head. Once he looked back at them, Sonic was standing there and Shadow was gone. "W-what was that just now?"

"Kid," Wolf began. "We have a problem here."

The dragoon looked back where the fainted bodies of Fox and Peppita were to see Sophia and Nel close to them. "H-hey, they weren't there a second ago!"

Sonic looked sadly at Maria as she fainted. "...Maria..." Sonic muttered. "Maria, are you there? Maria?"

Wolf's ears perked up as he heard footsteps going all over the place. The lupine snarled at this as his claws glowed dark. "You 2, stay alert! That bastard's running all over the whole floor again!"

Sonic growled angrily as he made fists and looked around. "Where is he? Tell me! I have something to tell to him!"

Chris gulped as he held a tight grip on his spear. "H-how are we going to stop him from moving like that?"

The werehog looked at the fainted Maria over his right shoulder. "(Don't worry, Maria...) UGH!" Sonic suddenly was attacked harshly on his gut with a dark fist that forced him to roll all the way back to the staircase.

Wolf and Chris gasped once they found Shadow Fox extending his right fist where Sonic used to be. The shadow looked at both of them before he fastly vanished so he could deliver the same attacks on the same spots on both of them. Chris clutched his stomach with both hands and Wolf crossed his arms in time to resist the attack as both were slidding back to Sonic. The three panted heavily as they saw Maria disappearing from her spot as she later appeared back with Fox, Sophia, Nel, and Peppita, the shadow appearing in front of them with crossed arms as he stared at the Smashers from the long distance.

"Hoo boy," Shadow Fox said as he grinned at them and crossed his arms. "It's way too easy to take you guys out. Can't you resist my feeble punches? They're not that deadly, you know."

The three Smashers glared at the monster. "Does that mean you have been playing with us all this time?" Wolf asked as he put his dark claws in front and behind him.

"Wait, what?" Chris asked. "H-he's been playing?"

Sonic showed his fangs angrily as a wild look took over his eyes. "Don't you dare mock me anymore!" he yelled angrily.

"I'll mock you all as much as I want," Shadow Fox said chuckling. "Also, I barely showed all my moves to you. Dealing with all of you will be the easiest thing ever."

Wolf narrowed his glare. "Kid, hedgehog, we must think our strategies throughoutly if we want to have a chance to eliminate him..."

Sonic nodded. "I agree," he said as he cracked his fists. "We have to work together in order to bring that guy down."

The World Traveler looked worried before he looked serious and nodded. "R-right," he said as he spun his spear to his left side before stabbing the floor down to stop it. "I don't plan to let him kill us."

Chip nodded and flew over the gem a bit. "Give 'im a good one, guys! C'mon, bring him down!" he said before he quickly hid behind the gem. "I-I'll support you from here!"

Sonic sighed. "Chip, just stay away from trouble and leave this to us."

"That's basically what he wants us to do for him, idiot..." Wolf muttered with a frown.

"Honestly, you guys really need backup," said Roger as he stood close to Sonic before looking at Shadow Fox. "Who's that dark guy, anyway?"

Chris looked at Roger. "Well, you see, that shadow that looks like Fox is..."

"..." Wolf and Sonic turned to look at the Menodix.

Roger grinned and wiped his nose a bit with a finger. "Hey there, you guys. The macho man is here to give yah a hand."

"Roger?" Chris said confused. "How did you get here?"

Roger crossed his arms proudly. "My instincts told me you were down here. You see, this is close to my city, yah know. This is not the Aquatic Garden of Surferio for nothin'." He closed his eyes. "You're absolutely helpless without me who has been undertaking Real Man Contests."

Wolf frowned. "Just tell us you ran all the way here from the group you're with, kid..."

Roger looked angrily and pointed at Wolf. "Hey! Mind you words, lummox! The Great Roger S. Huxley couldn't leave an important fight like this to you! You're lucky I'm here!"

The lupine looked back to the staircase where Cliff, Mirage, C. Falcon, and Samus came running to them. The four quickly joined up with the first group.

"Hey, sorry for coming here so late," Cliff said. "Did little guy here come running to you?"

"Pretty much..." Sonic said bored as Roger pouted a bit.

"S-so what if I did come here first?" Roger asked as he looked away bored. "Y-you guys are so mean..." he sobbed a bit.

Mirage chuckled. "Crocodile tears, Roger?"

"N-not!" Roger yelled angrily.

C. Falcon chuckled, looked at Mirage, and pointed down at Roger. "Isn't he a funny dude to have around?"

And an axe's back struck his left knee hard.

"O-oww!" C. Falcon grabbed his knee as Roger looked angrily at him. "Y-you little piece of..."

Roger stuck his tongue out at him as he had his axe pointing down at the floor. "That's what you get for being a big lummox...lummox."

"Ahem..."

The nine characters turned back to Shadow Fox, C. Falcon stopping rubbing his left knee (C. Falcon: A-and this knee is the good one to attack...).

The Shadow Nightmare looked bored at them. "...I hate when people don't listen to me," he stated before glaring at them. "And I hate it even more when more people show up and ignore me."

Samus readied her arm cannon. "Let me guess: Fox became victim of a Shadow Nightmare."

"Yes," Chris said as they all stared at Shadow Fox.

"Shadow what now?" Cliff asked confused.

Wolf raised some fingers. "Evil doppelganger, dark body, enhanced powers, maniac personality, sadistic bastard, annoying bug, all that," he summarized.

"...Oh," Cliff said nodding. "Guess I understand."

Mirage took a fighting stance. "So, is anything goes, doesn't it?"

Cliff whistled a bit pleased. "Good ol' Mirage," he said before he took a fighting stance and looked serious at the shadow. "You're always ready for the worst."

C. Falcon gasped a bit and made a pose by holding his hand out in front of him. "Hey, I'm ready too."

Samus frowned at this before looking back at the shadow. "Please, don't get distracted too much during this battle, C. Falcon."

"E-er, I won't do that," C. Falcon said. "Seriously, I'm ready."

Roger frowned and slowly spun his axe behind him as he hopped on the ground and glared at Shadow Fox. "Hey, moron! You're gonna get your butt handed over to us!"

Chris looked unsure. "R-Roger, I don't think you should try his temper..."

Cliff narrowed his eyes as he spotted Fox, Maria, Nel, and Sophia behind the Shadow Nightmare. "Hey, wait a sec, did that guy take out all of them?"

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Well, I did all that. Boy, these girls aren't that tough." He closed his eyes and snickered a bit. "If you ask me, they should better be cooking and cleaning the house while real men fight against each other."

Samus looked at Roger. "Don't you dare agree with him."

Roger gulped a bit. "Yes, ma'am, I-I didn't want to agree with him in the first place..."

Shadow Fox stomped the floor hard, creating a big crack that extended almost half of it. The nine characters took this as a sign of warning before they all prepared to fight the Shadow Nightmare.

"Listen to me now," Wolf began. "That guy is a real pain in the a(beep). You gotta be careful if you want to land a blow on him. His speed is insane, and his strength shouldn't be taken lightly either."

Cliff smacked his fists together. "Gotcha."

"Alright," Mirage said. "Let's give it our best."

Shadow Fox snickered at this as the nine fighters glared at him from the staircase, a serious Chip peering from behind the gem to join the group with the stares. "You guys are so darn stupid..." Shadow Fox said with a frown before he cracked his fists. "Okay, you don't mind if I tell you not to move so I finish you, right?"

"Like hell we're going to do that," Samus said. "I take that the shadow is being honest with everything Fox has been hiding, right?"

Chris looked away and shook his head. "It's...hard to tell if Fox was like this..."

"He was just like this," Shadow Fox said before crossing his arms. "Well then, shall we begin the mission?"

"What kinda mission is that?" Roger asked.

Shadow Fox began to imitate Fox's fighting stance. The shadow chuckled evilly as he smirked maniacally at them. "The mission..." the shadow began, "...to lay down...and DIE already!"

TO BE CONTINUED...

....................................................................................

"Star Ocean Forever. Hey, we're getting a fifth chapter?" Roger asked.

"I wonder why..." Sophia wondered.

"Heheh, cool."


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Aquatic Garden, Surferio
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Tails, Chip, Fayt, Sophia, Maria, Cliff, Mirage, Nel, Albel, Peppita, Roger, Adray
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 24, 2009, 07:05:09 AM
Chapter 158: Star Ocean Forever

Aquatic Garden, Surferio

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - The Divine Spirit of Language

The shadow chuckled evilly as he smirked maniacally at them. "The mission..." the shadow began, "...to lay down...and DIE already!" he shouted with wicked pleasure before he vanished in front of their eyes.

"What the..." C. Falcon looked around. "Where'd he go?"

"I told you already," Wolf said. "This creep has insane speed."

"The same insane speed Sonic usually has?"

Sonic grunted. "Look, let's just finish the guy off before he does it with us." He looked around. "He must be running here still."

"So you're saying the shadow doesn't leave this place, only runs all over it at insane speeds that are impossible for anyone to see easily?" Mirage asked.

"Yes..."

Cliff rubbed his chin. "Hey, Mirage, think we can do that?"

Mirage thought for a moment. "I guess we could, Cliff."

The male Klausian chuckled. "You guys, you better be prepared to pull out one heck of a good combo 'cuz we're gonna smack down the ground hard."

"A good combo?" Chris asked.

"Yeah, you know, prevent the enemy from retaliating as you keep attacking him between everyone?" Cliff asked. "Okay, Mirage. Let's do this thing!"

"Right," Mirage said as a both Klausians ran forward, the others looking at each other.

"At the count of 3, Mirage," Cliff said as both he and Mirage ran forward. "...1, 2, 3!"

The 2 Klausians jumped to the air where they pulled their fists back behind, creating a yellow but invisible concentrated ball of energy between their hands before they both slammed the energy down, creating a big shockwave that covered a third of the whole floor. "Hammer of Might!" they both yelled.

"U-uah!"

Cliff watched as a shadow figure tripped over the air. The Klausian chuckled as he watched Shadow Fox falling hard onto the ground while Cliff and Mirage landed back on the floor. "Okay, there he is!"

"Right," Mirage said as she rushed forward.

Seeing this, Cliff smiled a bit. "Hey, Mirage, are you having fun with this fight or what? We're barely beginning, y'know."

"Yeah, but I can't help think that this will prove to be a hard fought battle," Mirage said.

"Okay, I agree," Cliff said as he decided to join Mirage. "Let's pull out a combo, then!"

Shadow Fox grunted as he pushed his feet to the air to stand back up. The shadow grunted angrily. "Geez, I shouldn't have underestimated yo-"

"Fists of Fury!"

Shadow Fox was about to run away before Cliff began a furious assault of fists that collided against the shadow's face. As Cliff kept the shadow staggering, Mirage ran to the shadow's right side to initiate her own attack. "Get ready!" she yelled at the shadow before she kicked him two times to pull high into the air. The female Klausian followed with a big jump as she started a long attack with fierce kicks. "Acrobat Locus!" Mirage yelled between kicks as Shadow Fox tried to get away. He was able to run away only after Mirage dealt a downward kick on his stomach to make crash on the floor. The attack didn't end until Mirage struck her right foot down, creating big blue aura energy that pushed the shadow further away.

Sonic looked astonished. "Ouch..." He grinned chuckling. "They know how to fight."

Roger chuckled. "They're not half-bad."

Wolf smirked a bit. "Well, let's not stay behind and let them have all the fight for themselves."

"I agree," Samus said. "Let's disperse so we don't get in each other's way."

The Smashers (and Roger) nodded before they all dispersed across the floor. As Roger ran to the right, he noticed the fainted people to the north. "(Hey, maybe I should try to revive them all with Fresh Sages...)" he thought as he took out some plants from his back. "(These can help faint people to come back...)" He looked serious at them. "(Okay, time for a man to do it for the team.)"

The Menodix began his way to the four characters that were previously guarded by the shadow vulpine. Roger looked around as he ran to them so there were no interruptions. However, once getting closer, the Menodix got punched hard on his right cheek that made him roll painfully to the left on the floor. Roger grunted a bit at this and quickly got up.

"Hey, that was a dirty trick!" Roger yelled at Shadow Fox. "I thought you were being taken on by lummox and Mirage!"

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Yeah, I was...past tense," he said. "You're not allowed to get closer to those carcasses over there. If someone gets close to them, my troubles will grow more problematic."

Roger began to hop on his spot. "Okay, big dude, bring it on! I'll take yah on by myself!" He chuckled a bit. "This is gonna be one heck of a Real Man Contest..."

The shadow tilted his head. "Oh, wait; I have a better idea for your ridiculous contest for men."

"What'd that be?" Roger asked seriously. The Menodix watched as Shadow Fox vanished in front of him before Roger received a harsh punch on his gut by the shadow who ducked to reach him down. "U-uah!" Roger coughed weakly as he backed away and panted heavily. "T-the...pain..."

"You're not a real man," Shadow Fox said disappointed as he stood up. "You're just a little midget who can't shut up his mouth."

Roger coughed more before glaring up at Shadow Fox. "Y-you try say that again...I dare you..."

"Can I say it again to you with an attack?"

Roger grunted angrily before he charged forward to the shadow. "Whirling Heat!" he yelled, taking out a long yellow whip that he wrapped all over the Shadow Nightmare. Shadow Fox gasped before Roger pulled the whip hard, making the shadow spin quickly on his spot before tumbling at the sides dazzled. The Menodix took advantage of this and used another attack. "Raging Helmet!" he yelled, tossing his spinning helmet high up.

Shadow Fox stopped spinning before seeing Roger shooting a beam from his axe to the spinning helmet. As the beam hit, the helmet created many lights that rained down all around it. The Shadow Nightmare grunted in pain as the lights slammed down on him. Thanks to this attack, a grappling beam was wrapped on his waist before he got pulled back all the way to Samus.

Once Samus pulled Shadow Fox to her, the bounty hunter slammed him down against the floor with the Grapple Beam, kicking the shadow by spinning on her place before she created a fire burst on him. Shadow Fox grunted even more in pain before he got up and grabbed Samus.

"You wouldn't like me when I'm mad," Shadow Fox said as he shoved Samus's helmet down to him. "Really, you wouldn't."

"Maybe," Samus said before she slammed down her arm cannon on his head. Samus took advantage of this little staggering effect to allow her to shoot an already fully charged Charge Shot directly to him. The Shadow Nightmare tumbled back, gritting his fangs in pain before C. Falcon came from behind him and used Raptor Boost to deal fire uppercut that sent the shadow to the air.

"Ho-ho, yeah," C. Falcon said as he held his fist up. "We're working well together now." He saw Shadow Fox disappearing in the air. "...And he just went away."

Samus wondered something. "...C. Falcon."

The racer instantly looked at her. "Yes?" he asked grinning.

"I have a nice combo I wanted to try out with you," she said. "You'll be the main offensive force of it, though."

"Weeeeeeeeeell, I don't mind," C. Falcon said.

"(Thank you for being my human shield should this go wrong,)" Samus thought, "(and sorry for using you as well.)"

Shadow Fox appeared in a blink of an eye behind Samus. "Here I am," he said.

"Now!" Samus yelled as she turned around and quickly lashed her Grapple Beam on the shadow. "Prepare your fist!"

C. Falcon gasped a bit before understanding the message. The captain pulled back his fist as it began to catch fire.

"Ugh, what are you trying to do me?!" Shadow Fox asked.

"This," Samus said before tossing the shadow at C. Falcon. Once the shadow was sent to him, the racer used Falcon Punch at full force, delivering a strong blow on the shadow's face. Shadow Fox grunted more in pain as he tumbled a bit behind before gaining his composure. "Alright, now we're talking," C. Falcon said grinning.

In a flash, C. Falcon noticed that the shadow grabbed his right fist. "And now I'm the one talking here," the shadow said before turning around to pull the racer above him to slam him down hard on the floor. The racer yelled in pain while the shadow snickered. However, the shadow was distracted long enough for Wolf to leap from behind him and use Hand Doom and deliver six slashes to push him away, allowing C. Falcon to stand up and escape.

"Heh, weakling," Wolf said as stopped, glaring at Shadow Fox.

The shadow turned to him and rubbed his snout with an arm. "Not bad for a surprise attack, Wolf. You were always like this, anyway..."

Wolf grunted a bit. "So, got a problem with that?"

"Not really," Shadow Fox said. "After all, I ALWAYS knew I was gonna be the winner of every single feud we had. Doesn't that make you...very angry?"

"..." Wolf closed his eye and shook his head. "...Not anymore."

"...Yeah, right," Shadow Fox said sarcastically. "Admit it; you're just an idiot who doesn't know what he's doing."

"I may be an idiot..." Wolf trailed off. "...But I know you're the bigger idiot here. You know why?"

Shadow Fox glared at him.

"You're the bigger idiot because you're not the real Fox," Wolf said. "At least I know from experience that the real Fox is a little bit more considerate. So what if he didn't want to tell me what you told me? He knows what not to say unlike your big dark mouth."

Shadow Fox gritted his fangs before disappearing.

Wolf frowned. "(Better finish this as soon as we can...)"

Chris looked a little bit annoyed at this from another side of the floor. "This whole deal about running so fast around is pissing me off now," he said before he changed to his Monk job. "...A-and I don't know what to do to stop it..." He started to think about a good job to fight back. "C-close range ones aren't exactly thing even if I need to make them better..."

"If you ask me, would you just let me exterminate you?"

The World Traveler remained still as he felt that a phase gun was aiming at the back of his head by Shadow Fox.

"I-I thought you were going to go after Samus!" Chris yelled.

Shadow Fox smirked. "Oh no, she's not dangerous," he said as he slowly prepared his finger to push the trigger. "You have a whole lot of powers, so I need you shut up and die."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" In a quick reaction, the World Traveler hastily grabbed Shadow Fox's wrist with his hands before he turned around and actually managed to lift up the shadow vulpine over him to slam him down harshly on the floor. The Shadow Nightmare grunted angrily at this before the World Traveler turned around to bring him over him and slam Shadow Fox down once again.

"Okay, you're starting to become a nuisance now," Shadow Fox said mad as he grabbed Chris's hands and slammed him down beneath him. The World Traveler yelled in pain as the shadow let go of his hands to stand up quickly.

"..." Chris couldn't believe he was reaching his limit as he struggled to move on the floor. "(N-no... I-I just received a few attacks and now I'm in trouble... T-this shadow is just too strong...)"

Shadow Fox prepared to split his legs to push the monk further away before a small bomb exploded on his face. The shadow stumbled back a bit before looking up to see Samus dropping small bombs by using her Morph Ball. "Ooh, look at that, a soccer ball," Shadow Fox said somewhat excited before he quickly jumped high to slam down the Morph Ball hard on the ground with a powerful back-flip kick. The Morph Ball itself created a big crack on the floor.

Samus turned back to her usual form, pants filling the air inside her helmet. "(I'm underestimating this monster...)" she thought as she rolled to the right to evade a downward kick by the shadow, letting his foot crash and push crumbles to the air. "(C. Falcon, I need your assistance...)"

"Hey!" C. Falcon yelled at the shadow, Shadow Fox looking to the south at him with grin. "You better stop moving around like that or I'll smack you one!"

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Moving around like this, you mean?"

C. Falcon gasped once the shadow vanished in front of him. The racer looked around for any traces of the monster. However, Samus scanned the area with her visors to detect the shadow. "(Let's see...)" Samus thought as he looked around to find images of the shadow slowly vanishing in the air. Her visor allowed her to see many different images that appeared out of nowhere suddenly as old ones vanished. "(He's definitely running all over here. If he's not doing anything, then that could mean he's thinking about a surprise attack... He's probably toying around with us... So, in order to make him stop, I need some sort of huge attack that could reach him...) Cliff, Mirage, think you can do that Hammer of Might again?" she asked as she looked north of the floor, finding the 2 Klausians back-to-back as they looked around.

"That attack proved to be effective," Mirage said. "Cliff, may I ask to do the same tactic?"

"We don't have any more ideas," Cliff said before nodding. "Alright, let's do it."

The 2 Klausians jumped high and looked down at the center of the floor. Pulling back their hands as they held energy balls, the 2 slammed them down hard on the floor to create a big wave of energy that affected a third of the whole floor. Fortunately, the shadow was seen pushed to the air as he looked shocked. "There he is!" Mirage yelled. "He's all yours!"

"Alright!"

Mirage looked over her where Sonic leaped high up with his fists behind his head. As Sonic descended, he was able to reach down the shadow to slam his fists down on his body, making an impact directly on the floor. Shadow Fox grunted in pain before Sonic began to slam down his fists furiously at him, constantly pounding every single part Sonic could hit.

"Get off me!" Shadow Fox yelled as he got himself covered in searing flames that made Sonic back away to prevent burns. The shadow pushed his feet up to stand back up, a hint of anger in his face before he disappeared.

"Ugh!" Sonic received a harsh uppercut on his chin that forced him to be sent to the air. As he clutched his eyelids, Sonic managed to see a dark blur above him before a downward kick hit his face severely. The werehog howled in pain as he was about to crash on the floor below before Shadow Fox disappeared in the air, appeared back on the floor, and did a frontal spinning kick that sent the werehog rolling to the east of the floor, some deep growls coming from Sonic's fangs.

"It's time for me to get even more serious than before, it seems..." Shadow Fox muttered before chuckling. "You're starting to get a little bit more annoying than before." The shadow suddenly found a dark claw coming from behind his throat. The Shadow Nightmare glared at the claw before looking back at the glaring lupine.

"One move and I'll cut your throat," Wolf warned the shadow.

Shadow Fox smirked. "Just try it."

"Oh, okay."

"UGH!" Shadow Fox received a severe cut on his throat before he could even escape. This later was followed by 4 slashes on his back before a stronger one made him tumble forward. Wolf took advantage of the staggering time that he quickly thrust his claw on the shadow's back. Grunting in annoyance, Shadow Fox disappeared in a blink of an eye and later used a quick right kick from behind Wolf to make him fall down on the floor.

"Not yet..." Wolf muttered as he quickly used his right foot to spin it around him and make the shadow stumble. Unfortunately, when his kick connected with Shadow Fox's left foot, it just crashed right into it without making the shadow fall down. "Dammit..."

Shadow Fox looked amused. "My feet are strong, idiot," he said before he used a split kick attack to push Wolf away to the west. The lupine gritted his fangs in pain as he rolled many feet away, leaving a trail of dust behind. "I'm a strong kicker for that matter," the shadow stated with a snicker.

"Don't block! Piercing Claw!"

Shadow Fox was attacked harshly on the back by a spinning claw from Roger. The claw made the shadow yell in pain as it damaged his energy three times. Roger then proceeded to use Charge; a simple ramming attack that pushed the shadow further to the front. The Menodix knew he had the shadow where he wanted. "Ahahahaha!" Roger laughed as he pointed at Shadow Fox. "What do you think of that now, lummox?"

"You insolent pest..." Shadow Fox grunted before looking over the fainted people to the north staircase. The shadow found Chris slowly sneaking to them. Seeing this, the shadow quickly vanished and then appeared right in front of the monk. "Going somewhere?"

"Oh my god!" Chris yelped as Shadow Fox pulled back his fist to send a severe blow to Chris's face. The World Traveler, however, used Counter to grab the fist and pull the shadow behind him. Shadow Fox looked a bit shocked as the monk let go of his hand and made him fall down on the floor. Knowing that the shadow would get violent, Chris looked back at the fainted characters. "O-okay, now I need t-" He was quickly interrupted as the shadow did a fast spin on the floor with his kick to make Chris fall down. "O-oww!"

"Sorry," Shadow Fox said sarcastically as he grabbed Chris's right arm. "You're gonna head down to the precipice!" he yelled as he quickly turned to the east and tossed the World Traveler.

"HEEEEEEEEEEEEEELP!!!" Chris yelled loudly as he crossed the floor and reached over the abyss down below. As the monk screamed for dear life, two claws quickly extended right beneath him and captured him. The monk stopped screaming as he was pulled back to the floor by the werehog.

"Phew..." Sonic sighed as he grinned at Chris on his claws. "You okay?"

Chris smiled a bit in relief. "O-oh, thank you so much, Sonic, really..."

The werehog winked at Chris before he safely put him back on the floor. The World Traveler, looking to the north where the other characters were lying down unconscious, grew worried. Sonic noticed the expression on Chris's face as Wolf was met by Shadow Fox close to the same mentioned area, blocking fists that hurt his wrists, but stayed blocking them as the shadow grinned evilly at him. "I know what you're thinking," Sonic said. "You wanna save the others, right?"

"Y-yes, but every time someone gets too close to them, the shadow just comes out of nowhere and keeps us out from reaching the place..." Chris said. "There should be some sort of way to get there...but his speed and strength are way too high..."

"Ahem," Kawashima was heard coughing. "If I may interrupt, why don't you use your items?"

"Our items?" Chris asked.

"The Over Limit gauge is filled, and now you may be able to use a Final Smash," Kawashima said. "I have some good advice for you to do with this chance. Want to hear?"

"E-everything would be fine," Chris said as Wolf started to lower his guard, tiring himself from blocking many fists as Cliff, Roger, and Mirage went after the shadow.

"Okay," Kawashima said. "Chris, change to your Scholar job."

The World Traveler looked confused before he changed to mentioned job in a small flash of light. "Now what?" Chris asked.

"Can you use Item Lore on the Super Mushroom?"

"L-let me take a look at my book..." Chris said as he flipped through the pages of his book. "...Oh no."

"What?" Sonic asked.

"I lack the sufficient experience to double the effects of the Super Mushroom..." Chris said disappointed. "I can still double the effects...but there could be fatal secondary effects."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Please, what kind of fatal effects are those, anyway?"

"Well...the target may lose fur, clothes would not grow along with the size, voice could end up being stupidly deep or high, gastric problems, eye blindness, confusion, several body parts would grow but others would not..."

The werehog looked disgusted at the secondary effects. The worst one for him was the fur effect. "...Okay, those may be really problematic...not to mention humiliating..."

Kawashima began to speak. "Use your Final Smash, Chris."

"My Final Smash?" Chris asked. "What would it do?"

"It's basically like Item Lore, only that it triplicates the effects of an item," Kawashima explained. "Also, it ignores the fact that you haven't mastered how to duplicate an item's effects. I'd suggest using it on the Super Mushroom in order to change the tide of the battle...a bit, though. I don't know how much you will last, but you should use the mushroom on Sonic. It's called Inventory Lore."

Inventory Lore

Triplicate the effects of any item. It doesn't matter if the user hasn't mastered how to duplicate an item's effect prior to using this Final Smash.

The World Traveler looked at Sonic. The werehog thought for a moment. "The mushroom makes someone grow, right? Hmm..." A small grin slowly grew bigger on his lips as he looked up from the corner of his eyes. "...Heheheheheh..."

Chris didn't like the look on Sonic's eyes a bit. That and the fact Sonic looked like a demon when he was a werehog. "O-okay, I will take that creepy crackle as a yes..." The scholar gulped before looking serious to call forth the Over Limit. "Dexterity, please, heed my call!" he proclaimed, a rainbow aura appearing on him as a force came out, pushing the air away a bit.

Sonic rubbed his claws' palms as he grinned at the scholar.

The scholar took out the Super Mushroom and concentrated his magic on it. "Let us hope this works..." Chris muttered, Sonic's eyes fixated on the mushroom.

Back with the fight, Shadow Fox was surrounded by Wolf, C. Falcon, Samus, Cliff, Mirage, and Roger. The shadow merely crossed his arms and motioned his hand at him. "Come and get me...if you can," he said chuckling. "It'll be futile for you to land a hit on me."

"We shall see," Mirage said.

"Bring it on."

"GEEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

The seven characters suddenly heard a mighty howl coming from the south of the floor. They all looked to the mentioned direction and gasped after seeing a huge werehog of 30 feet pounding his chest with gigantic fists as he let out a howl to the ceiling that shook the floor's crumbles. The enormous werehog slowly grinned while showing his dirty fangs as he slowly lowered his face to look down upon his enemy, the other six looking a bit shocked at his sudden grow.

"M-M-MONSTER!!!" Roger yelled loudly.

"Holy cow, look at that size!" Cliff said shocked.

"Hmm..." Wolf looked a bit amused. "Now that's something we could rely on..."

As the werehog, for his enormous size, chuckled deeply (and probably evilly) at the people, the scholar peer from behind Sonic's left leg. "Why did you decide to pound your chest and howl so loud? My glasses were going to break apart if you continued to do that..."

Sonic looked down at the minuscule World Traveler. "HEY, I WANTED TO RELISH MY NEWFOUND SIZE," Sonic called out in an extremely deep voice that made him talk like some sort of high entity. "CAN'T I DO THAT AT LEAST?"

Chris's glasses broke apart after the deep voice made them shook. He looked bored at the huge beast. "Ugh, fine, do that if you really want to lose time. I do not care either way..." He changed his glasses for a new pair. "Now, go forth and crush that monster!"

Sonic chuckled deeply as he gave Chris a thumb up. "ROGER, BOSS," he said before growling deeply at the Shadow Nightmare, not noticing that he broke Chris's new pair apart.

Roger shook in fear at the fierce glare of the huge werehog. "G-guys, I think we should back away if we don't WANNA GET CRUSHED!!!" he screamed loudly before turning around to run away.

"Everyone, fall back!" Cliff yelled, the others promptly running to different directions as the shadow looked up at the monster and glared at him.

"Big deal," Shadow Fox said before smirking. "Let's see what you can do by being a hugea(beep) monster."

Sonic let out a very deep growl before he leaped quickly at the shadow. Shadow Fox chuckled and quickly disappeared in a blink of an eye as the huge werehog landed on the floor, creating a big earthquake before growling in fury, looking down around to find the Shadow Nightmare. "WHERE IS HE?!" Sonic demanded while he growled deeply, tightening his huge claws. "STUPID COCKROACH, WHERE ARE YOU?!"

"Over here," Shadow Fox called as he was seen above the huge monster's head with crossed arms. The werehog grunted deeply as he glared up at him. "What? I can't stay on top of here? You can pretty much have a nice view of this whole empty plac-"

"Thunder!"

"Ugh!" Shadow Fox was struck by a small thunder that fell from above him, the magic being cast by Chris from the arch. The shadow didn't exactly receive a lot of damage, but the attack made him stagger a bit, allowing the huge werehog to grab him with his right claw. "A-ah!" Shadow Fox grunted in pain as the claw put a very strong grip on him while it was pulled all the way to the front of Sonic's glaring face. For Sonic's surprise, he felt that his claw was slowly being pushed away by the shadow.

"OH NO, YOU DON'T!!!" Sonic demanded loudly with a growl before he slammed down the enemy, creating a huge crack on the floor. Shadow Fox grunted in more pain as he slowly got up, only to be met by several gigantic fists that continuously pounded him down by the furious werehog. "GEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHH!!!"

The others watched as the enormous werehog growled deeply while he continuously pounded the floor in a blind rage. Screams of pain came from under the frenzy of fists by the Shadow Nightmare as he tried his best to escape, but the fists kept him down, receiving all the attacks.

Cliff smiled a bit at this. "Hey, we may have chance of winning this if he keeps it up like that."

Wolf rubbed his chin. "This could be too easy, though... Considering how much the shadow has resisted, I wouldn't be betting on gaining the victory too soon."

"Yeah," Samus said. "We have to prepare ourselves for the worst."

Roger looked to the north area of the floor. "Hey, yeah! We should help those 5 to come back and give us a hand!"

C. Falcon looked at his direction. "I think we should do that first. The more, the better, don't you think?"

"For once, you're right," Samus said, C. Falcon grinning to himself. "We must get there and save them."

"I'll go," Mirage offered as she ran to the north while the huge beast kept the shadow from escaping his flurry of fists.

The scholar, from behind the enormous beast, thought for a moment. "(I also tripled the effect's duration...)" he thought. "(Sonic should keep the monster unable to move in order to think of a good plan. It would be too easy to win this way... I doubt the shadow is even ready to be defeated as well...) We have to do think of something if we want to keep this pace," he said to himself.

On the other side of the gigantic werehog, Mirage managed to reach the five fainted people. Taking some Fresh Sages from her pocket, she looked back to all of them. "Let's give them these medicines..." she muttered as she carefully put every tip from the five roots in everyone's lips."Please, eat them up."

Mirage watched as many of them slowly moved their lips a bit before they began to bite the roots. Slowly, one by one, they all began to eat the whole plant before slowly waking up. "U-ugh...my head..." Maria muttered weakly as she slowly got up and looked the huge werehog pounding the floor furiously. "W-what the..."

"Please, don't overexert yourself," Mirage said as she put a hand on Maria's shoulder. "It's good to have you back, leader."

"Y-yeah..." Maria said nodding as she was helped by Mirage to stand up. "W-what has been happening here?"

The Klausian watched as Nel, Sophia, and Peppita came back to their senses and woke up. "O-owie..." Peppita muttered as she pushed herself up, tumbling a little bit to the sides before looking at the big werehog. "W-what's happening?!" she asked shocked.

"My goodness..." Nel said surprised as she stared at the beast. "That's one big monster."

"F-Fox!" Peppita yelled as she looked back at Fox. "Fox, wake up, please! Fox!"

The five women looked back at Fox. For some reason, he was the only one who seemed not to be eating the Fresh Sage on his lips. A painful expression was plastered on his face, worrying Peppita even more as she ducked to grab the plant and force it to enter his mouth.

"P-please, eat it up, Fox! Please!" Peppita said panicked as she tried to make the fainted vulpine eat the Fresh Sage. "Fox!"

Sophia looked confused at the whole event before focusing on Fox. "That's weird..." she said, rubbing her chin a bit."I thought the Fresh Sage would have made him eat it instantly... Why isn't he eating it?"

Nel crossed her arms. "Well, this is sure surprising," she said. "Fresh Sages normally make someone come back to their senses. How come is not working with him, though?"

"T-that's what I'm wondering..." Sophia said. "T-this is so unusual..."

Mirage looked confused. "It is, indeed."

"...Maybe it could have something to do with the shadow that looks like him..."

Maria turned back at the huge werehog pounding the floor. "I guess he's taking care of the shadow guy, huh?"

Sophia listened to the painful screams from the shadow. "I-I think so. Don't you hear those screams?"

Suddenly, Sonic felt something weird within him before he stopped and shrunk back to his size, frowning in disappointment after losing his extreme size. They all looked back at the huge crack on the floor where the Shadow Nightmare remained, lying down with open arms as he fully showed his fangs, his eyes tightly shut.

Cliff looked to the north to see all the female party awake. "Maria! Sophia! Nel! Peppita!"

C. Falcon looked to his direction and chuckled pleased. "(And a whole lot of women...)" He made a mental wolf whistle.

Seeing this, Samus decided to shout at them. "Get out of there, quick! We don't think this battle is over yet!"

Sophia looked alarmed as she looked at the shadow. "O-oh no, I don't think this is over yet as well..."

"We have to move out from here, quick!" Maria yelled before putting an arm around her waist where the patches of blood were. "Ugh, reviving us with Fresh Sages don't necessarily heal our injuries completely..."

"Let's get out from here for now," Nel said before looking back at the worried Peppita who tried to make Fox eat the Fresh Sage without success. "We also need to take him away from his shadow's reach."

Mirage knelt down to grab the fainted leader of Star Fox on her arms. Peppita held the Fresh Sage sadly as she stood up, looking worried at Fox. "Don't worry," Mirage said to Peppita. "Everything will be just fine, Peppita."

"..." Peppita looked down. "I hope so..."

The five women looked at each other and nodded before running to different directions, scattering all across the floor as they watched the Shadow Nightmare slowly getting up back to his feet. Sonic gasped and backed away from the mad shadow as everyone gasped in shock. "Oh, come ON!" Sonic groaned. "I gave him a hell of a punishment and he's not down yet?"

"...I-I'm...not going to be taken down so easily yet..." Shadow Fox muttered in pain as he pulled his right hand behind him, glaring at everyone that surrounded him. "Hmph, I see you revived the people I tried to keep you away from...very nice," he said frowning. "You're just starting to beg to show you all my true power..."

"It's cliché that the enemy will always say that he or she hasn't been giving it all in battle," Cliff said annoyed. "Seriously, how many smart guys think they can go around and say that? It's getting so annoying and stale."

"As long as there are malicious minds..." Chris commented close from the arch. "We are going to meet such people all the time..."

Shadow Fox looked to his left where Mirage and Peppita were guarding the downed Fox that the Klausian put against the wall on the floor. "You little b(beep)..." he muttered as he glared at Peppita. "You just DON'T know when to stop it, right?"

Peppita looked frightened, but Mirage put a hand on her shoulder and shook her head. Peppita seemed a little bit worried before looking serious at Mirage. The Velbaysian turned back to the shadow and shook her head. "...So what if I don't know when to stop it, huh?"

"You dare yell back at me?" Shadow Fox asked, narrowing his eyes. "Peppita, you don't really want to have me close to you now..."

"L-like I care!" Peppita yelled back before pointing angrily at him. "Y-you're not the real Fox to me or us! Y-you're just an evil monster who wants to kill us all!"

"...Yeah, so?" Shadow Fox asked as they watched his right hand creating a familiar blue sphere on it. "You shouldn't have heard about my past..." he muttered angrily as most of them gasped at the sphere."...And for that, there's no forgiveness for you, cretins..."

Sophia covered her mouth and shook her head. "S-somebody, stop him! H-he's trying to use Healing!"

"What?" Cliff asked. "When in the heck did he learn to use that?"

Maria thought for a moment. "Since he came out of Fox..." She frowned. "...No...he knows how to use Symbology because we gave Fox the Decrepit Tome yesterday when we came to look for the temple in the garden..."

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Fools, standing there doing nothing will make you all pay a big price..."

Chris took a step forward. "S-Sonic, stop him, now! You're the closest one to him!"

Sonic snapped out from his shocked look before he began to rush at the shadow.

"TOO LATE!" Shadow Fox yelled loudly as he quickly moved his hand forward, the blue sphere shattering into pieces. "HEALING!!!"

They all watched shocked as all the injuries inflicted on the Shadow Nightmare disappeared in a swirl of green pyre flies that circled around him. Sonic growled furiously at this before he leaped quickly at him. The shadow quickly turned around and delivered a fast punch on Sonic's face that made him yell in pain as he was sent back to the shocked scholar.

After watching the shadow making an overconfident chuckle, Roger's lips trembled a bit before he sobbed silently to himself. "C-cheeeeeeeeeeeeeee-eeeeeeeeeeeeeee-eeeeaaaaaaaa-aaaaaaaaaap!!!" he yelled loudly as he rubbed his eyes. "T-that guy is so cheeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeap!!!" he cried.

"Heheheheheheh..." Shadow Fox chuckled deeply as he flexed his fingers of his right hand in front of him. "Symbology..." he muttered pleased before making a fist, looking around to see everyone glaring at him."Yeah, what a nice backup to keep on going..."

"Dammit..." Nel muttered as she took out her daggers. "We were just about to finish him off..."

Peppita gulped. "P-please, tell me we still have a chance to win this fight..."

Sophia shook her head. "T-that recovery move must have healed at least 60 percent of his whole health... He looks pretty well for that matter..."

"Not well...but excellent," Shadow Fox stated pleased. "I thank you all for being so considerate to me and let me learn healing abilities..." He grinned evilly. "Yes, yes, yes, this power...it makes me feel so good...along with my strength and speed...this is really good..."

C. Falcon looked a little bit disgusted. "Eww, the guy's pleasing himself..."

"How ironic you say that..." Samus muttered before looking back at the shadow. "Well, we're more people now, aren't we? I think we have more chances to bring him down."

Shadow Fox waved a finger at them. "There are no chances for you to return all the pain done to me," he said. "If you did, I'd heal myself to the maximum again." He smirked at them. "It's futile for you to keep attacking me when I can heal myself as many times as I want."

Maria readied her phase gun. "I've had enough of that mouth of yours already."

"I've had enough of beating the same people to a bloody pulp," Shadow Fox said mad as he adjusted his gloves. "Now, for all of you, the gloves are coming off..."

"Literally or metaphorically?" Chris asked.

"Metaphorically," Shadow Fox said. "Any last words before I start to give it all to finish you all of in a matter of minutes?"

"Yeah," Wolf said as he took a fighting stance. "Say your prayers, scum."

"Scum..." Shadow Fox chuckled. "We shall see who ends up being the scum here...for now..."

Music Stops

Chip, who had been watching the whole feud from behind the gem of the arch, looked behind him where he heard some screams and feet quickly coming from some floors away from them. "Huh?" he tilted his head confused as he saw 2 figures screaming for dear life. "Who are they?"

The screams got louder overtime before they managed to reach the floor where everyone were. All the Smashers, the others, including Shadow Fox, looked back to the staircase where Chris and Sonic turned around and looked at two Smashers running and screaming. The scholar's glasses lowered a bit as Chris looked confused. "...What the..."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Chris didn't know why, but for some reason or another, he watched as Roy and Pit came running from the staircase, passing the scholar by the sides as both didn't notice that they were running straight towards Shadow Fox.

"Roy?" Samus said confused.

"Pit?" Chris said confused.

"Why are they...screaming like maniacs?" Sonic asked.

The Shadow Nightmare smirked and cracked his fingers. "Alright, more people t-" He stopped talking as the two screaming Smashers ignored and pushed him aside to the floor. The shadow didn't believe that they actually pushed him before he could even punch them hard. Grunting as he clenched his fists, Shadow Fox got back up and turned around to see Roy and Pit leaning against the wall of the north, panting heavily. "Hey, you 2, why did you ignore me?" he asked with a glare.

"L-look," Roy said as he panted heavily. "W-we don't care if you look a lot like Fox...b-but we DO care about someone else!"

"H-honest!" Pit agreed with Roy as he sweated. "T-there are more dangerous people out there who are just...dangerous!"

"...What the f(beep) are you talking about?" Shadow Fox asked as he lifted his shoulders. "How can you define me as being less important than someone else?"

Pit shook his head. "S-seriously, you wouldn't want to stay close to him any longer when no one is looking your way! V-very nasty things happen if that DOES happen!"

Everyone looked at each other confused as the Shadow Nightmare grew angrier than before. "You're being so retarded," Shadow Fox said mad. "Okay, since you're being annoying bugs as pretty much everyone else here, I'm gonna have to exterminate the 2 of you so I can go on with my life an-"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" many of them screamed loudly after looking back at the staircase.

Shadow Fox turned around and looked up shocked to see a big shark made up of water that somehow appeared in thin air. The shadow looked around for a way to escape, but there wasn't a place for his dismay. "...Oh, f-" Shadow Fox grunted in annoyance before the huge shark crashed down upon the floor, creating a big splash that sprayed water all over everyone, causing some to be pushed against the walls or slid down on the floor while the cracks were filled with water.

This sudden attack also made Shadow Fox lose some energy for some reason.

As most of them lied down on the floor while others were forcefully leaning against the wall, a familiar figure came from the staircase, rubbing his chin in amusement as he placed a hand on the hilt of his katana in its sheath. "Heheheheh," the person chuckled amused. "Guess I got here in time for the big battle, huh?"

Nel, one of the people who were forced to lean against the wall of the east, looked at the person. A bored expression soon came to her. "...I knew that was Sea Gate..." she muttered with some annoyance. "...And Sea Gate is supposed to be your own move...Adray..."

Adray looked a little bit pleased as he looked around. "Whoops, I didn't think my Symbology would affect everything in here... My apologies..."

Cliff, leaning against the west wall, looked up from the corner of his eyes and frowned. "Geez, old man, remind yourself there ARE people in here..."

"Is that so?" Adray asked.

Nel sighed. "You were surely doing something to Pit and Roy when Fayt or Albel weren't looking...right?"

Adray scratched his head. "Eeeeeeeeeeeeer....n-"

"YES, YOU WERE!" Pit and Roy yelled from the floor, their bodies all washed up.

"...Youngsters these days like to joke a lot, don't you think?" Adray asked amused.

"...Adray..." Nel looked serious.

"..." Adray looked worried. "But I just asked them if they reconsidered the proposal I told them to take..."

Roy quickly stood up and shook his head. "Oh, and did you forget to say the fact you were about to rip Pit's right wing off?" he asked annoyed. "Let's not forget you were asking it at the SAME time you wanted to do that to him?"

Pit gulped. "P-Palutena would punish me for losing a wing in such a barbaric and inhuman way! ...Not to mention it'd be really painful to me..."

Nel rolled her eyes. "Well, as how pointless and stupid this situation seems to be, I have a better question."

"Why Adray isn't dead yet?" Roy asked.

"Why do we have to suffer his senseless wrath?" Pit asked.

"Why nobody wants to marry my Clair?" Adray asked.

"...None of those," Nel said frowning. "...Where are Fayt and Albel? I supposed they were chasing you 3 all the way here, right? And for that matter, wasn't the 2-tailed fox kid with you as well?"

Ironically enough, Fayt came from the staircase, panting heavily and putting his right hand on the left side as he stopped running to catch his breath for a brief moment. "G-geez, no wonder why I didn't notice Pit, Roy, OR Adray anymore..."

All the people that were leaning against the walls looked at him.

"If Adray was gone...I KNEW right away it had to be him...again..." Fayt said before sighed in relief.

Tails then came from the air and landed on the floor. "Why do we have to care about Adray?" he asked. "Apparently, reasoning with him doesn't work with him very well...and..." He looked at everyone. "...W-what has been happening here?"

A bored Albel came from behind and looked around. "...So, did you maggots have some fun or what?"

Everyone remained silent as most of them got up from the wet floor.

"...I'll take that as a maybe," Albel said.

Adray smiled a bit. "Are we having another fight for justice here?"

Roy and Pit looked shocked at the old man. However, and finally, they decided to think about something else so Adray would leave them alone. "You know what? Screw this!" Roy yelled as he unsheathed the Sword of Seals. "I'm going to give Adray a piece of my mind right here and now! Pit, are you with me?"

Pit looked worried at him. "I-I don't think violence i-"

"No then," Roy said before he charged at Adray. "YIIIIIIIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

Adray's eyes widened as he back stepped to evade a slash from the red-haired swordsman. Albeit to say this was surely going to end up in his death, Adray chuckled amused. "Wow, now the boy's fired up to have a fight with me," he said as he rubbed his chin, Roy clenching his teeth in front of him. "I have an idea. If you defeat me, I'll drop the idea of marriage with Clair. But if I do win, you'll marry Clair."

Roy nodded, making most of them gasp.

"Hahahahahaha! This shall be fun!" Adray exclaimed in pleasure. "C'mon, boy, give me your best shot!"

For Adray's dismay, a big tremble shook the whole floor they were all on. They all looked back to the center of the floor where a mad Shadow Nightmare glared menacingly at all of them, his right foot over the same huge crack that the previously giant werehog left.

"Hey, the floor's all damaged and it hasn't fallen down yet?" Roger asked as he looked at the damaged floor under his feet.

"Shh..." Sophia muttered. "Don't give him any ideas..."

"...You guys...are being like cockroaches..." Shadow Fox muttered in anger. "No matter how many times I crush you...you will keep coming back so I can crush you again...repeating the whole cycle..."

Chris looked a bit worried as he adjusted his glasses. "T-technically speaking, cockroaches do not come back to life when you crush them...it is just that they are way too many to think you did not really crush any of them..."

"Shut up...nerd..." Shadow Fox muttered as everyone glared at him. "...This time...I'm going to be really serious about the mission I gave you all to do."

Tails blinked confused at the shadow that looked like Fox. "W-wait, isn't that one of the Shadow Nightmares? A-and if he looks like Fox...that means..."

Albel rolled his eyes. "Can somebody please tell me what the hell this maggot is?"

Sonic raised some fingers. "A shadow monster got on the fox guy, it copied everything the fox guy knew, it's more powerful than the fox guy, it's way more annoying than the fox guy was..."

"...That is understandable," Albel said as he slowly unsheathed his katana. "Normally I wouldn't bother, but you've irked me."

Shadow Fox looked to the downed Fox on the west wall. The shadow instantly disappeared, the fainted body also vanishing as well. Peppita and Mirage gasped as they looked around to see where the shadow headed to.

Albel and Tails felt a fast wind coming from behind them before the Shadow Nightmare appeared back on the center of the floor. "Well, that takes care of him," Shadow Fox said pleased.

"W-what did you do to Fox?" Peppita asked.

Shadow Fox put a hand on his hip and chuckled. "I took him out for a walk," he said. "Right now, he's somewhere all alone by himself so you imbeciles don't try to do anything funny to him. With that distraction gone, I guess we can resume the mission together as a team."

"W-where did you take him exactly?" Roger asked.

"Hmm...I forgot," Shadow Fox said snickering. "I could have put him around this dirty place...or maybe I tossed him down to the ruins below..."

Tails looked back and forth between him and the south. "Y-you guys fight him by yourselves! I-I'm going to go find the-"

"If you even dare leave this place," Shadow Fox began as he tightened a fist, "I'm going to kill you, Tails."

Tails abruptly stopped on his trail, looking shocked at the statement of the shadow. However, the 2-tailed fox grunted a bit and decided to run away.

Sonic glared at the shadow before he vanished and appeared in front of Tails, looking down at him amused. "Tails, quick, get away from him!"

"U-uah!" Tails looked frightened at the shadow before making a sharp turn, only to bump right into Shadow Fox. The shadow grinned a bit picked Tails by his head. "S-Sonic!"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Sonic growled menacingly before Shadow Fox hit Tails's throat with a soft chop. Even though the chop was soft, it was strong enough (due to the shadow's power) to make Tails lose consciousness. As Sonic tried to reach both of them, Shadow Fox disappeared from sight and later reappeared back on the center of the floor, chuckling. Sonic stopped to turn around and growl angrily at him. "What the hell did you do to Tails, bastard?!"

"The same as I did with the other liar," Shadow Fox explained. "That's all I'm going to say about it, though."

Peppita gasped and quickly jumped on the west wall to look down to the abyss. For her dismay, since it was night, nothing else could be seen easily. The Velbaysian also remembered that the scientists had gone down to investigate the Spagonia Temple as well. Grunting with some tears, she hopped down the wall and took a fighting stance. "I-I'm gonna stop you, you evil...monster..."

Shadow Fox watched as everyone prepared to continue fighting. The shadow chuckled at this but looked back at Peppita. "Peppita...this wouldn't have happened if you didn't stick your nose where it didn't belong..." The shadow cracked his fists. "Since you're a disobedient little b(beep), as an adult, I'm going to teach you to shut up."

"..." Peppita gulped, but she kept glaring at the shadow. "I-I'll teach you to...teach you to...teach you to..."

"Aww, the little b(beep) is holding back her tears," Shadow Fox teased.

Peppita sniffed a bit. Her determination to defeat the shadow was slowly being crushed by the monster's speeches. The Velbaysian thought a lot about Fox, and she wanted to finish the fight for the night so everything would be back to normal. Rubbing her eyes, Peppita finally decided to glare back at Shadow Fox. "I'd rather not be here....but looks like I have no choice but to fight you..." She shook her head, still looking determined as she looked at everyone. "Okay guys, let's give it our all on him!"

Cliff nodded and smacked his fists together. "Finally, we're ending this by beating the heck outta the guy's head."

Fayt managed to regain his breath as he unsheathed his sword from behind his back. "O-okay, I'm all better now. I think I understand what's been happening here all along."

Wolf crossed his arms. "We'd better work perfectly. Since this guy is too darn fast, we'll have to do everything to perform our attacks."

"Agreed," Maria said. "We'll attack with everything we can do."

"Don't let him escape as well," Samus said. "If he escapes, this will fail."

Shadow Fox chuckled. "Me, escaping from scum like you? ...Are you crazy? Why would I escape? If I let you guys live, you'll eventually become a big pest to my own plans," he explained as he began to hop on his spot, mimicking Fox's fighting stance. "I want to wrap up everything in a single fight."

"Good," Pit said as he took out his dual blades. "We want to "wrap up" everything in a single fight as well."

Adray rubbed his chin. "A battle would not BE a battle without SOME tension..." He looked at the angry Roy. "Let us work together in this fight."

Roy stared at him blankly.

"...And I'll think about not asking you the same thing."

"Think about?" Roy asked bored.

"...Kid, we should put our differences aside and fight as real men (Roger: Damn straight!) in order to bring this coward to justice," Adray explained before smiling a bit at Roy. "(Perfect, this should draw him away from my favor). So, what do you say?"

"Hey, hey, hey, hey, wait a second," Shadow Fox began. "Are you calling me a coward, old man?"

Adray looked at him. "Only a coward refuses to mount a frontal assault. By the looks of the situation, I could infer you've been doing ambushes and surprise attacks on everyone here, right? I thought as much."

"..." Shadow Fox smirked evilly. "Now I know who I'm going to kill first..."

Chris, after finding out he and Sonic were close to Roy and Adray, gulped and looked worried at the shadow's sadistic smirk. "S-somehow, I should step aside before I regret it..."

"Why are you saying that?" Adray asked before the World Traveler ran away with Sonic.

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Bitter Dance

Shadow Fox instantly disappeared from sight, making most of them gasp.

Maria held out her open right hand. "Everyone, we must organize ourselves as the battle goes! Symbologists need to support and heal close combat attackers, try to chain combos together in order to leave our enemy unable to retaliate, and please be careful of any sudden attack!"

"That strategy sounds useful enough to me," Wolf said. "Let's do it."

Adray looked serious. "He's going to attack me for sure."

Roy rolled his eyes. "Oh, I wonder why?"

Just as Adray had predicted, Shadow Fox appeared just in front of him and used a frontal kick on his waist. Adray grunted a bit in pain as he was forced to fall back on the floor. Roy gasped and quickly tried to attack the shadow. Unfortunately, as he brought down the tip of his sword on the shadow, Shadow Fox swiftly evaded the attack by jumping to his right, his right foot covering itself with energy before the shadow slammed it behind Roy's back. The red-haired swordsman yelled loudly in pain as he was pushed to the east, sliding on the floor forcefully.

"Quick, we must provide healing magic!" Nel yelled as she reunited with Sophia on the east side, many of the close combat attackers rushing after the shadow.

"Right!" Sophia nodded as both Symbologists prepared healing spells.

However, they gasped after the shadow quickly appeared in front of them and delivered two punches that were strong enough to push them back against the wall. The two Symbologists felt pain running across their backs before Nel opened her eyes to see the shadow about to ram his right kick on her. Nel quickly took a quick sidestep to the right to evade the kick which made a big crack on the wall. Sophia gasped and turned around to run away from the shadow.

"Where do you think you're going?" Shadow Fox asked as he appeared right in front of Sophia's path. The teen gasped and took some steps back. Shadow Fox pulled back his right fist and smiled at her. "I need to take you down before you heal somebody."

"F-FAYT, EVERYONE!" Sophia yelled loudly, reminding herself that she didn't have her staff.

"Your little prince isn't going to come here to save you," Shadow Fox pointed out as he looked behind to see all the physical combatants rushing after him. The shadow turned to Sophia. "You'll finish the mission earlier than anybody else here, though."

Out of nowhere, Shadow Fox watched as Fayt appeared from a veil of darkness to slash the shadow hardly with a black spore that covered his sword. Shadow Fox felt a lot of pain on his back before he backed away from the blue-haired teen, Sophia running behind Fayt. "You're not gonna hurt her again," Fayt said serious.

"How the heck did you appear like that?" Shadow Fox demanded.

"Dimension Door allows me to stun my enemies and slash them from behind their back regardless the distance," Fayt explained. "And that's exactly what I'm going to use to stop you from running so fast. Dimension Door!"

Shadow Fox watched as Fayt called forth a black atmosphere that covered the floor as he and Sophia were protected by several shockwaves that floated around them. The Shadow Nightmare found himself unable to move after the atmosphere reached his feet. Shadow Fox stared to feel pain taking his health and energy away before Fayt disappeared in front of him and re-appeared behind, performing a severe slash of darkness on the shadow's back.

"Dammit!" Shadow Fox grunted before he disappeared from sight.

"T-thank you for saving me, Fayt..." Sophia said in relief.

"Yeah, but we're not done yet," Fayt said as he looked around the big floor. "We need to celebrate only after we defeat that guy."

"Agreed," Nel said as she formed a blue sphere behind her back on her hand. "Let's try to end this as soon as we ca-" She felt a hand grabbing her own hand with the sphere, abruptly stopping her spell. Nel knew very well the shadow had appeared behind her before she looked behind to find Shadow Fox. "Y-you..."

"Sorry, hottie, but not healing allowed as I've said before," Shadow Fox reminded her.

Nel didn't attack back, but rather did a hand sign. "Whirlwind!" she yelled, casting several slicing winds around her to push the shadow back. Since Shadow Fox staggered a bit, Nel decided to attack even more. "Ice Daggers!" she shouted, tossing three frozen knives at the shadow. Shadow Fox couldn't use his Reflector in time to reflect the weapons back as he was stabbed by the attack. Nel flipped back to land some feet away.

"Not bad..." Shadow Fox said grinning.

Back to the area close to staircase, Roy watched as Adray came back. "Well, shall we join forces and attack, young swordsman?"

"Oh no," Roy shook his head. "I'm NOT falling for that trick."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 26, 2009, 07:30:20 PM
"Oh please," Adray said chuckling. "We have exchanged words, but not fight strategies yet. Why judge my battle skills when you haven't seen me fight?"

Roy looked unsure. "N-not to be rude, but I think you're a little bit crazy yourself..." Roy covered himself with his arms and one leg, scared.

Adray raised an eyebrow. "You have to understand I look so hard for the ideal man for my Clair," he explained. "She needs to have a man to look after her. It makes me hurt to know she hasn't decided who to be his man who would take her of her instead of me. I only worry about her happiness and welfare as my only daughter."

"B-but I don't want to marry her..." Roy said. "...I-I'm already engaged to another girl...anyway..."

"..." Adray stared at him blankly.

Roy backed away from Adray's serious look. "(O-oh no, now I've done it...)"

"...Oh, then why didn't you say that from the very beginning?" Adray asked. "Now I feel guilty for forcing an already engaged young man like you to marry my daughter."

"...What?" Roy lowered his arms and leg.

Adray chuckled. "I respect others when I have to," he said. "You can't back up from your word to that fortunate lady, right? If you did marry my daughter, you would break your fiancée's heart, right?"

"W-well, yeah..." Roy said unsure with a gulp. "...Hey, you didn't stop asking me the same thing even when we first met."

Adray rubbed his chin a bit and looked up. "...Did I?"

Roy grunted annoyed. "Forget it..."

"Hahahahahaha!" Adray laughed loudly. "Well then, shall we join the fight as I've said before?"

"...O-only if you stop nagging me about marrying your daughter..." Roy said as he raised a finger. "Only that way I'm going to feel fine."

"Okay, honest," Adray said nodding. "Go for your girl, young warrior."

Roy chuckled nervously. "Y-yeah, I'll do that..."

"..." Adray stared at him.

"...Do you...have something else to ask me?" Roy asked.

Adray narrowed his eyes at Roy. "...Your friend...the angel Pit..."

"...Y-yes, he's engaged to another girl as well..." Roy knew Adray was going to ask him about Pit. Lying was the only option to make Adray stop talking about marriage. "(That should really put Pit out of trouble now...)"

"What's her name?" Adray asked.

"(Stupid, stupid, stupid!)" Roy cursed several times mentally as he stared blankly at the old man. "...Her name...is...um..."

Adray narrowed his eyes even more.

"...Nana..." Roy muttered.

Somewhere, in a familiar mansion, a girl twin cursed.

"...My best wishes to both of you," Adray said with a bow.

"...Yeeeeeeeeeaaah..." Roy said as he shifted his eyes.

"Me too!" Chip yelled from behind the arch's gem. "Go get 'em, tiger! Grrrrrrrrr!"

Roy blushed a bit and looked at the arch where Chip was hiding. "H-hey, who asked you? I-I don't even know if love is going to be that easy or something!"

"Yeah, man," Shadow Fox said as he patted Roy's shoulder. "You'll see how love is so problematic and bothersome."

Roy looked at him. "Well, maybe so, but still I'm going t-GET AWAY FROM ME!" he yelled as he slapped Shadow Fox's hand away. "D-dangit, how did yo-"

"I'm way too fast," Shadow Fox said as he pointed at himself with a grin. "Nobody can catch me for that matter." His ears twitched a bit. "Be ready back, need to stop some fools who think they can heal without my permission. Did I give them an order to do that? No. They must suffer the consequences."

Roy watched as Shadow Fox disappeared in front of him. The red-haired swordsman and the old man looked back to the east side of the floor where Shadow Fox appeared in front of Sophia and kicked her hard by her left side. Sophia yelled in pain as many of the fighters rushed after her. Seeing that Shadow Fox was surrounded, her grabbed Sophia by her hand and vanished along with her, appearing on the left side where nobody was.

"U-ugh!" Sophia staggered as Shadow Fox grabbed her neck and shoved her to his mad face.

"You'll have to learn the painful way not to disobey my orders..." Shadow Fox muttered with anger.

"L-let me go!" Sophia yelled.

"WITH PLEASURE!" Shadow Fox yelled as he turned around and slammed down Sophia with all his forces. Sophia screamed loudly in pain as she flopped and hopped on the floor before the shadow did a back flip kick that made her bounce high up to the air. "Too slow!" the shadow yelled as he evaded Fayt's dark blade attack by jumping high up to the damaged Sophia.

"Sophia!" Fayt yelled as he looked up.

"F-Fayt..." Sophia muttered weakly as she found herself unable to move in the air. Apparently, Shadow Fox had been using a little bit of his real strength to play around with everyone. However, it seemed that he was saying the truth. Sophia gasped after the shadow appeared above her to impact a downward kick hard on her face. Needless to say, the attack was so brutal that it sent Sophia all the way down where she crashed and screamed loudly in pain. "...I'm sorry...everyone..." she muttered before she passed out.

Fayt looked horrified as Sophia lost consciousness. "Sophia?! Sophia!" he yelled as the shadow landed back on the floor, smirking. "You'll pay for that!" Fayt yelled enraged as he rushed to the shadow.

However, the blue-haired teen was suddenly punched away by a harsh blow on his stomach that made him get pushed many feet away to the south. The shadow, looking down at Sophia, grinned and instantly vanished along with her.

Adray felt a fast wind blowing from the north to the south. The old man then felt the same wind passing right from the south to the north, the Shadow Nightmare appearing back in the middle of the field with crossed arms.

Fayt, clenching his teeth in pain after receiving the blow, looked at the shadow. "W-what have you done with Sophia?"

"I took her for a walk as well," the shadow said smirking. "I just can't let her dead carcass lay around the floor and be an obstacle now, can I? I don't want someone to heal her as well. Goodness, wasn't she very annoying..."

"You bastard...you won't get away with this!"

Shadow Fox rolled his eyes. "Go cry me a river, kid."

"AaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!" Fayt yelled as he rushed at the shadow, his sword trailing off behind his back with both hands grabbing the hilt tightly.

Shadow Fox cleaned his right ear a bit with a finger. "Geez, that scream of yours is just so irritating for my tastes... I'd rather have you speak soft and nicely... Speaking of that, can you mutter your last words?"

"Piercing Cl-"

The shadow quickly turned around by doing a spin and grabbed the Menodix by his right hand. Roger got shocked after Shadow Fox pressed him against his chest with his left arm as he held the Menodix at gunpoint with the phase gun. "Ah, ah, ah, no can do, little snobbish kid."

Roger yelped a bit after looking at the phase gun. "H-how did you, lummox, know I was behind yah?"

"Here's a hint," Shadow Fox said. "If you plan to do a surprise attack, don't be stupid and go yelling behind someone like me, understand?" he asked before he tossed the Menodix high up above him. "Also, you failed the Real Man Contest! Take this as a runner up, though!" the shadow laughed as he shot upwards a barrage of shots from his phase gun.

The flurry of shots was an insane one due to the fact that at least a hundred of shots hit every single part of Roger. The Menodix couldn't just take the whole flurry alone as he descended, spinning madly by the shots pushing his arms back. "UAAAAaaaaahhh!!!" Roger yelled loudly as Shadow Fox stopped firing, catching the fainted Roger on his arms.

"Aww, look at the baby," Shadow Fox teased as he looked down at Roger's painful expression. "Come to think of it, his scream sounded girly a bit."

"Put him down, now!" Fayt yelled as he reached the shadow, his blade glowing blue. "Blade of Fury!"

"F(beep) off," Shadow Fox said simply as he used the fainted Roger as some sort of fan and slapped Fayt away harshly before his glowing sword could land a slash on the shadow. Fayt grunted in pain before the shadow disappeared from sight.

"W-where did he go?"

Samus looked around. "He didn't just take Roger away as he did with Sophia, right?"

Maria looked around. "Wait a minute, I can't find Nel..."

"Where is she?" Chris asked.

From the northeast corner of the whole floor, behind the walls that had a very small platform to keep someone from falling down below, there was Nel muttering chants to herself in order to cast a healing spell that would heal everyone. "(Now, I need to keep myself concealed from that monster. After he took Sophia away, I'm the only one besides Adray to possess healing Symbology...)" Nel thought to herself as she looked down at her blue sphere. "(Just a little bit more and...)"

"There you are..."

Nel's eyes widened as she looked up to see the shadow vulpine grinning down at her with crossed arms, the fainted Roger lying down on the plants that adorned the edges. "I knew you'd hide here by yourself."

"How did you know I was here? Tell me the truth and don't show off something that you didn't even predict in the first place," Nel said with a glare.

Shadow Fox pointed at his ears which moved a bit to the sides. "I have pretty strong ears," he explained. "My senses became much more wary. Besides," he continued as he smiled a bit, his ears still moving a bit, "don't you think my ears look cuddly?"

"..." Nel blushed a bit.

"..." Shadow Fox blinked a bit. "...Wow, I didn't know you..."

Nel shook her head. "D-don't distract me with such stupid distraction like your cuddly..." She blushed more. "...S-shut up..."

"..." Shadow Fox glared down at her. "No, YOU shut up instead." He raised his hands and moved his fingers. "Let me remind you how I put you where I wanted you to..." The shadow looked at Nel. "...Wait, something's wrong here..."

Nel stopped her Symbology and smiled a bit at the shadow. The scarf that usually hung on her neck was gone. "Oh, my scarf? I took it off," Nel explained. "You want to see where I put it?"

"Do I care about clothing?" Shadow Fox asked.

Nel chuckled and took out from her back her scarf. However, the scarf now had an end with a tight knot that looked like some sort of ball. "By the way, thanks for giving me an idea to attack you from a long range by using my clothing."

Shadow Fox rolled his eyes. "Pfft, big deal, you made a knot on an end of your scarf. So what, are you gonna hit me with it?"

"That doesn't sound too bad," Nel said, actually agreeing with the shadow vulpine. The Elicoorian spun her scarf in front of her before she moved it up to slam the knot against Shadow Fox's face.

"UGH!!!" Shadow Fox pushed the knot away as he felt that something stabbed his forehead. The shadow put a hand on the damaged spot before gritting his fangs angrily at Nel.

Nel stopped spinning the knot before she pointed at it where Shadow Fox found a small dagger's knife sticking out. "Of course, making a tight knot wouldn't be strong enough," Nel explained. "So then, I decided to tie a dagger into it to make it even more useful."

"Ugh, you b(beep)..." Shadow Fox grunted as he removed his hand from his forehead. "Prepare to fall to the abyss down below. Hiding behind the walls wasn't such a good idea for you after all."

"True," Nel said. "But, did you consider the idea that you're pretty much visible from up there? Someone could pull back to the floor." She closed her eyes. "And I know just the person who would do that kind of thing..."

Shadow Fox looked confused before he turned around and met a big sphere that somehow wrapped around his head. The shadow grunted before he was forced back onto the floor by none other than Peppita. It should be noted that the shadow left the knocked out Roger on the plants where Nel jumped back to examine him.

Peppita revealed the shadow's head hardly by pulling her right bangle at her. Shadow Fox spun a bit on his feet before stomping the floor to stop his spin, glaring down at Peppita. "T-that's what you get for messing up with Fox!" Peppita yelled.

Shadow Fox crossed his arms. "Geez, I don't want to deal with a girl like you now... You're not that dangerous to me..."

Peppita pouted a bit. "I-I can be dangerous in my own accord, okay?" She was quickly grabbed by the neck by the shadow. "N-not this again!" she yelled.

The shadow pulled back his fist. "Prepare to get yourself hurt by your actions," he said. Shadow Fox suddenly noticed Peppita's hand in front of his face. "What now?"

"Instanto Blast!" Peppita yelled, her hand sending an invisible blast to the shadow's face. Shadow Fox grunted and let go of the Velbaysian before she ran close to him to initiate another attack. "Kaboom!" she shouted, spinning on her spot to call forth a rotating star that circled around her and damaged the shadow several times before pushing him away.

"Damn, I underestimated you..." Shadow Fox grunted as he stopped backing away. "That was just a small attack, though," he said before vanishing.

Peppita held out her hand. "Instanto Blast!"

On the southwest corner of the floor, Shadow Fox stopped running as the same invisible blast collided against his face, making him stumble back a bit. "W-what the..." He shook his head. "How the hell did that attack manage to hit me?"

"My Instanto Blast attack can hit you no matter where you are!" Peppita yelled from the center of the floor. "Try running again and I'll hit you but good!"

"Grr, don't try my patience..." Shadow Fox said through gritted fangs as he vanished from the spot.

"Instanto Blast!"

"Ugh!" Shadow Fox appeared right in front of Peppita.

"Now or never!" Peppita yelled as she used Kaboom once again, this time making laughter as the star circled around her and landed several hits on the shadow. Shadow Fox grunted even more pain as he stumbled back before quickly delivering a frontal right kick at Peppita. The Velbaysian yelled in pain as she was pushed all the way to the north wall where she crashed. "S-someone help!" she yelled as she saw Shadow Fox vanishing. "U-ugh...m-my hand is hurt...I-I can't use Instanto Blast again..."

Alone by himself on the southeast corner of the floor, Wolf crossed his arms and took out one of Puffy's Grabbag Stun Bomb R-2 while nobody was looking at his direction. "(She said it reduces defense by 30 percent and also stuns enemies in a wide area...)" he thought before looking back at the fight where Cliff blocked Shadow Fox's kicks. "(However, just throwing it won't be enough... I need to toss this thing once I find the right time. If it does work, I need to come up with a good tactic...)" He clutched the bag in his right claw and looked back at the fight.

"D-darn, you kick too good..." Cliff muttered behind his arms.

"And I'm just getting to the best part," Shadow Fox said before he appeared right behind Cliff. Suddenly, his ears twitched a bit. "Oh wait, I need to do something else first."

The Klausian turned around in time to see the shadow disappearing. Cliff looked around before he saw Nel being launched back to the floor where she recklessly hopped all the way to the west wall, then he heard Adray being slammed down on the floor by the shadow. Cliff didn't understand why the shadow decided to change targets before mentioned enemy appeared right in front of Cliff.

"Done," Shadow Fox said grinning.

"What the heck did you do?" Cliff asked glaring.

"I heard some small chants that SURELY involved healing," Shadow Fox explained. "So I went ahead and shut those annoying bastards up. Also, I hope you don't mind, but I took the raccoon kid away from here so nobody would heal him."

Cliff looked a bit mad. "Oh well, then I should shut you up myself."

"Try," Shadow Fox said as he appeared right behind Cliff and used a harsh spinning kick, sending Cliff several feet away as the shadow vulpine landed his feet on the ground and back stepped. "Hmph, big guy's harder to push around... Well, it doesn't matter your size or anything, anyway."

"Ugh, this guy's just so strong..." Cliff muttered as he felt pain running through his back.

"And it's not over yet!" Shadow Fox yelled as he appeared in front of Cliff, somehow doing Fox Illusion without even slashing the Klausian. He simply turned around and smirked.

"What's so funny now?" Cliff asked.

Suddenly, he saw the floor burning red before pillars of fire came out. The scorching flames pushed Cliff upwards where Shadow Fox seemed to warp above him to deliver a downward kick on his chest. Cliff grunted in pain before he noticed that the eruption of fire was still down, and once he was sent back to the flames, screams of pain were heard before they vanished, showing Cliff struggling to get up before he fell down. "No...not like...this..." Cliff muttered before he passed out of cold, Shadow Fox landing close to him.

Adray seeing that the only way out to leave the floor was the south staircase, stood below the arch. Chip, noticing the old man standing down, peer his head upside-down. "H-hey, mister, what are you doing? Aren't you gonna help them?"

Adray looked up. "Nah, I will be the guard of this exit," he said. "That shadow monster seems to leave through here. If I can stop him in time, then he is not going to take away our comrades."

Chip nodded. "Oooooooooh, now I get it..."

"Hey, young warrior, come over here and lend me a hand!"

Roy stopped running towards Shadow Fox and turned around to look at Adray. "What is it now?"

"I need your assistance immediately before we regret it!" Adray yelled. "Let us stop that monster from kidnapping our comrades, together!"

"W-well..." Roy looked back at the shadow before looking back at Adray. "O-okay..." he muttered before rushing at Adray. Once the swordsman reached the old man, they both stood from side-by-side. "So, what's the plan? I hope you have a plan."

"Simple," Adray said as he pulled his right hand behind, calling forth a blue sphere of Symbology.

Back at the spot where the shadow was, he grinned down at the fainted Klausian, thinking about taking him away as the leader of Quark reacted to this by yelling "You're in for it now!" as she rushed at him from the east.

"Away," Shadow Fox said annoyed before vanishing along with Cliff.

"Now!" Adray yelled as he shoved the blue sphere forward, water gathering in front of his feet. "Seeeeeea Gate!"

A huge water shark jumped out from the water. Somehow, it managed to stop the swift Shadow Fox as he was pushed him up into the air where the shark bit him hard and took him down on the floor, splashing the whole ground covered in crumbles. Shadow Fox grunted in pain after he was slammed down hard onto the floor, Cliff's fainted self crashing down some feet away.

"(Now's my chance,)" Wolf thought as he dashed from the east. The lupine pulled his right claw behind him to toss the bag at full speed to the downed dark vulpine.

And then, a big explosion of sparks burst on the shadow as it covered a wide area with a big cloud. "G-GIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Everyone watched as the cloud of yellow sparks covered the area where Shadow Fox was. Even if the cloud of horrible smell reached Adray and Roy, it didn't affect them due to the fact Puffy had surely designed it to work on enemies only (this surely meant she had a lot of time on her hands to make an item like that).

"Eah, y-yuck, ahem, y-yuck!" and more gags and coughs were heard. When the cloud cleared out, they watched as Shadow Fox rolled a little bit to the sides while he clutched his hands to his throat, his yellow eyes dilating by the horrendous smell of the clouds. "W-what the f(beep) is this stuff?! M-my body...u-ugh...d-darn!" he cursed as he continued gagging on the floor. "W-what kind of corrosive thing was that?! GIAH, IT STINKS!!!"

"Wait, I know that item..." Fayt said. "That's one of Puffy's bombs."

"We should have brought one of those with us," Mirage said before looking at Cliff. "Now's my chance to give him a hand," she said as she rushed towards Cliff as she held a Fresh Sage in her right hand.

Wolf grinned and chuckled as he looked down at the shadow. "What do you know, the item really worked... Turns out the girl wasn't lying after all."

"OF COURSE NOT!" yelled Puffy from Peterny.

Gritting his fangs like before, the shadow glared menacingly at Wolf with his eyes dilated. "Y-YOU BASTARD! Y-yuck!" Shadow Fox spat.

The lupine raised his right claw before it turned pitch black. "Okay, now that we have him down, we have to give him all."

"Right," Maria said. "That bomb surely did lower his defense."

Shadow Fox was suddenly grabbed harshly by Sonic's claws. "Allow me to begin, then! HYAH!" the werehog yelled as he tossed the shadow high up into the air. Shadow Fox found himself unable to move as his body let out sparks that would last for a small time. Sonic stuck his tongue a bit as he put his fists close to his face before stretching them all the way to him.

Shadow Fox received the hits, making him spin madly in the air. "Right there!" Maria yelled as she followed the assault by shooting three shots to the air. "Pulse Blast!" she yelled, firing five spheres of energy that kept Shadow Fox from falling down as he was forced to bump along in the air.

"Please, do not leave me behind this," Chris said as he adjusted his glasses and prepared a spell. "(I better keep him in the air...it is better to execute consecutive combos that way.) Rise, o violent winds... Aero!" he shouted, holding his hand as winds gathered around Shadow Fox and kept him in the air while they slashed him a bit.

Pit aimed his bow upwards at the shadow as he ran beneath him. "Go!" he yelled, shooting the arrow high up to strike Shadow Fox. The shadow grunted in pain as he descended where Pit spun his dual blades a bit before slashing the air above him consecutively, the shadow falling down on the attack where Pit quickly stabbed the floor with both blades to kick the shadow upwards. The angel quickly joined his blades and shot a fast arrow once again to the shadow.

"Hey, kid," Wolf said as he dashed to Pit. "Let me do it now."

"O-okay," Pit said as he back stepped.

Wolf ran under the shadow and looked up at him. "Time for me to do what I want to do," he muttered as he raised his claw up before using Fire Wolf. The lupine reached the spinning shadow vulpine and delivered an upward kick to his back. Shadow Fox grunted in pain as Wolf was able to grab his right arm to pull himself up where he crossed his dark claws in front of him. "Hand of Doom," he muttered darkly as he slashed the shadow across his body, leaving trails of energy behind before he slammed his claws down, forcing Shadow Fox to plummet all the way down to the floor.

C. Falcon came rushing from the north, pulling his right fist back where he, once reaching the shadow before he could collide, used a fire uppercut while using Raptor Boost. The captain delivered the uppercut right on Shadow Fox's chin. "Feel the burn, jackass," C. Falcon muttered as the shadow was forced up again.

"Why can't this be the coup de grace for a chance?" Wolf asked to himself as he fell down from above Shadow Fox and slammed down his claws on his chest. Shadow Fox gritted his fangs even more to the point he showed them fully. Due to the fact of Wolf's attack being a Meteor Smash, the shadow was once again forced to go down where a Grapple Beam caught him and pulled it back to Samus.

Shadow Fox's face was shoved to Samus's helmet. The shadow tried to attack and get off, but his body was still stunned. "Y-you, filthy woman, won't get away with this..." Shadow Fox said through gritted fangs.

"Oh no, look how I'm scared, idiot," Samus said sarcastically before she pulled Shadow Fox behind her by using her Grapple Beam before tossing him back to the air. "And please, taste this," she muttered as she shot a fully charged Charge Shot to the shadow. Once the shot collided, it sent electric waves into Shadow Fox's body that made him grunt even more in pain (with annoyance as well).

Fayt came rushing from the west as he looked up at shadow coming down. "Now, this is for Sophia..." he muttered as he stopped running right underneath Shadow Fox. Fayt raised his hand and moved it down to his ankles' level, calling forth a downward wave of fire. "Shotgun Blast!" he yelled, Shadow Fox falling on the wave where he grunted.

Suddenly, the shadow found himself able to move back again. Glaring at Fayt for the last attack, the shadow rushed at him to use a spinning kick on his face.

Fayt quickly reacted, jumped to the right, and hit Shadow Fox's back with his right energized kick. "Side Kick!"

"UGH!!!" Shadow Fox gritted his fangs in pain as he stumbled forward. "Y-you darn skill thief..."

"Hate to point out this, but that's originally my move," Fayt said. "...Which reminds me, how did you learn that as well?"

"SHUT UP!" Shadow Fox yelled as he used Fox Illusion to cross the blue-haired teen, leaving a burning trail of red on the floor before it erupted into pillars of fire. However, the shadow didn't expect Fayt to sidestep in time from the attack as he used another Side Kick on Shadow Fox's right side. "Dammit!" he yelled loudly as he was pushed back to the floor. Quickly getting up, he began to pant heavily. "It's no use to keep attacking...if I'm starting to feel weaker... I must heal myself before I-"

"Shockwave!"

"What th-" Shadow Fox stumbled forward after a wave of energy crashed against his feet. Behind him, Nel held her daggers tight in her hands.

"Shadow Wave!" Nel yelled, sending some aerial shockwaves in front of her that slashed the shadow from behind his back. The Elicoorian crossed her daggers in front of her to call forth another attack. "To the netherworld with you. Poison Cloud!" she shouted, releasing a putrid cloud of poison that quickly reached the shadow's nostrils.

"Y-yuck..." Shadow Fox began to gag some more. "W-why is it that everyone is releasing gases on me?!"

"To point out something for you, it's been only 2 times," Nel said as she crossed her arms with her dangers while crouching down. "Slashing blades! Ice Daggers!" she shouted, firing three frozen knives at the shadow's back.

"S-stop it!" Shadow Fox cursed loudly before he began to pant heavily, Nel backing away from him in order to keep herself safe from a quick close attack. "H-healing..." the shadow muttered he pulled his right hand behind him. "I-I need...heali-"

"Oh, sorry, but I just can't let you, worm, do that... Aura Wall!"

Shadow Fox's eyes widened as he turned around to see a metal claw opening its palm, calling forth what looked to be a small wall of malevolent spirits that pulled him into it and attacked his energy. Somehow, the wall of spirits ended up hitting Shadow Fox many times, stopping him from escaping as he constantly tumbled on his spot.

Albel narrowed his already narrow eyes as he pulled back his metal arm. He then raised it above him to call forth a dark atmosphere that covered Shadow Fox's feet. "Your life is mine now, maggot... Vampiric Flash!"

The atmospheres, combined with Albel's Aura Wall, made Shadow Fox suffer a great deal of pain. He found himself unable to move thanks to the Aura Wall that drained his energy away along with Albel's Vampiric Flash.

Having sucked Shadow Fox's energy a bit, Albel pulled back his metal claw and shot a green blast from it as the Aura Wall vanished. "Palm of Destruction!" Albel yelled, hitting Shadow Fox's chest right in the middle of it.

"U-ugh, what the..." Shadow Fox panted heavily. He knew he had a lot of health left, but for some reason, his energy didn't feel as strong as he thought it would be. "I-I have to he-"

"Stupid maggot, just go down and die already," Albel muttered under his breath as he managed to caught Shadow Fox off-guard. The Black Brigade captain's katana was shrouded with energy as he yelled "Double Slash!" while doing an upward-downward strike. The two slashes were long enough to push Shadow Fox to the air and then slam him down hard to the ground.

Shadow Fox started to get even more mad. Pushing his feet back up, he stood up and quickly vanished before Albel could slash his face across with his katana.

Albel grunted a bit and stood up, looking around the floor. "Keep your distance, your stupidity is contagious..." he muttered bored.

Shadow Fox appeared standing on the north wall, looking down mad at the whole group of characters glaring at him. "Y-you guys are GETTING so DAMN ANNOYING I swear..." he muttered under his breath as he pulled back his right hand, calling forth a blue sphere.

Peppita gasped. 'H-he's gonna heal himself again!"

Mirage, giving Cliff the Fresh Sage, looked down at him where he started to eat it before he slowly opened his eyes and got up. "Phew...thanks, Mirage."

Mirage smiled a bit and stood up. "Always ready, Cliff."

Cliff looked at the shadow. "Damn, he's healing himself again!"

"T-that's what I said..." Peppita muttered with a frown. "...Wait a minute, maybe I can stop him..." She looked at her right bangle before she began to spin it around her side. "Magic Hook!" she yelled, her bangle extending all the way to Shadow Fox.

Unfortunately...

"HEALING!!!" Shadow Fox yelled loudly before green pyre flies circled around him, healing his health for 60 percent. The hook then slammed right into his chest, but oddly enough, the shadow grabbed the sphere with his right hand and pulled it behind him.

"A-aaah!" Peppita found herself unable to match up against Shadow Fox's strength as she was pulled all the way to the shadow. Everyone gasped once after the shadow put a strong grip on throat with his arm, slowly crushing her against his chest.

Maria grunted a bit. "You've gone too far now... Let her go!"

"Oh, hell no," Shadow Fox said as he smirked at them. "I had this mission prior meeting all of you, and I have to finish it all alone by myself."

"Y-you...s-stupid..." Peppita muttered in pain. "...Coward..."

The pressure got even harder on her. Shadow Fox panted heavily above Peppita. "Coward? Now that's very mean for you to say, Peppita..."

"We're not fooling around here," Cliff said before smacking his fists together. "Let her go now before we smack you one!"

Shadow Fox snickered. "Sorry, but you can't give order to the leader of the pack," he explained, Peppita gasping for breath. "Stay there and don't move. If you do otherwise, she'll die."

Samus grunted a bit. "What is the point of standing here doing nothing if you're going to keep torturing her like that?"

"Yeah, what's the point of that?" C. Falcon asked, receiving a bored look from the bounty hunter.

"The point is..." Shadow Fox trailed off as he grinned darkly, "...she doesn't have any other way..."

Chris grunted and shook his head. "S-she does not deserve this unfair punishment!"

"Oh, she does, alright," Shadow Fox said. "No one is allowed to stalk me unless I say so. Oh, that's right, you CAN'T stalk me like a creepy bad girl like Peppita..."

Peppita began to son as the shadow lowered his face at her right ear's level.

"Like some people say, Peppita..." Shadow Fox smiled deviously at her. "...Game Over..."

"N-no..." Peppita coughed. "N-n-no...p-p-please...y-y-you should have some...remorse left in you..."

Shadow Fox looked down amused at her. "Peppita...for the last time...I am NOT that liar, son of a dead b(beep)..."

Everyone could only stand and watch as Peppita suffered a demise she was forced to receive. If they dared move, Peppita would instantly die by crushing her throat. They all tried to think of a way to save her, but it looked very futile to do anything. Shadow Fox had Peppita as his hostage.

Shadow Fox chuckled deviously. "Checkmate, don't you think? I ended up accomplishing my mission after all..."

Chip flew over the arch's gem to shout loudly "S-somebody do something!" as he put his hands close to his mouth.

"Ah, ah, ah," Shadow Fox shook his head. "Bad children need to be taught a lesson the bad way. Peppita's been doing very bad things to me all this me, and now she needs to pay the price."

Suddenly, his ears twitched a bit.

"..." Shadow Fox looked at everyone on the floor. "...None of you is using Symbology...then..." He shifted his eyes around. "...Why am I hearing something close to me, then? It doesn't make sense for someone to sneak up behind me and..." He turned around and looked down at the edge of the floor. "Okay, I know someone's hiding there. Reveal yourself before I take drastic measures."

There was no response to where he yelled at.

"...The silent type, huh?" Shadow Fox asked with a glare. "...I DEFINITELY know you're there...whoever you are..."

The others, back at the floor, noticed that the shadow wasn't paying any attention to them. Without speaking, Maria signaled at the long-range attackers to strike the shadow's back. The fact that Shadow Fox had Peppita as a hostage was a fact they made them unable to hit, but Maria persisted by pointing many times at the shadow. Shrugging a bit, Pit slowly raised his bow with an arrow ready, Samus aimed her arm cannon, Maria aimed her phase gun at the shadow's head, and Sonic narrowed his eyes and raised his fists at his face's level.

"(This is very risky...)" Maria thought. "(A wrong move, and Peppita could receive all the blows...)" She closed her eyes. "(Since he has a pretty good hearing, we should attack as silent as possible...but...I wonder...)" She opened her eyes. "(What is making him turn around?)"

"..." Shadow Fox gritted his fangs, not noticing that the force he used on Peppita with his right arm was losing its grip. "I gave you an order to come on out. If you don't come on out, I'll go get you where you're hiding..."

The shadow kept staring down at the edge. Some grass patches were sticking out from the edge as some windswept them by a bit. However, Shadow Fox noticed that a patch of grass was, in truth, hiding something that was aimed directly at his head.

"What the..." Shadow Fox muttered. "...A Blaster?"

"Ooh, congratulations, you get a prize for guessing the name of my weapon," said a voice that resulted very familiar to the shadow.

Shadow Fox narrowed his eyes as Peppita managed to look down at the gun. "Wait a minute, that stupid voice and funny accent..."

The voice grunted. "Okay, now you're being just annoying. Wanna know your prize?"

Shadow Fox didn't have a second to reply as the Blaster shot his face. The shadow yelled a bit in pain as he let go of Peppita, the Velbaysian falling down on the little space of grass floor where she panted heavily for breath.

"NOW!" Maria yelled.

The shadow turned his back only to find a Super Missile, a hard blue shot, an arrow, and big fist colliding all against him. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Shadow Fox screamed loudly as he was pushed out from the platform where he frantically moved his hands while he fell down to the abyss, his dark image slowly shrinking until he eventually disappeared from sight.

Music stops

"U-ugh..." Peppita coughed weakly as she pushed herself up with her hands, a hand rubbing her neck as she closed her right eye and looked around. "W-what...did just...happen...?"

The entire group could hardly believe that the shadow was taken down to the abyss. After seeing only Peppita standing up and struggling to get back some breath, they all sighed in relief. "It's...over..." Maria said as she rubbed her forehead a bit with her arm. "...That was tougher than it needed to be..."

C. Falcon sighed and looked down. "Whew, that was...so annoying...but it's over..."

Wolf grunted a bit at this while Fayt and Nel went to check on Peppita. Noticing the annoyed grunt from the lupine, Pit turned around and looked at him. "Um, is something bothering you?" Pit asked as he saw Wolf closing his eye and crossing his arms. "You look like you're not happy that we defeated that evil doppelganger..."

"..." Wolf frowned and grunted annoyed.

"...Seriously, what is bothering you?" Pit asked with more curiosity.

The lupine remained silent, making Pit look a bit worried. Something was greatly bothering him about the shadow...

Peppita slowly turned around to see Fayt and Nel climbing the wall where they reached her. Concerned, Fayt knelt down and looked at her. "Peppita, are you alright?"

The Velbaysian coughed a bit. "Y-yeah, I guess I'm still OK, Fayt..."

"Hang on," Nel said as she formed a blue sphere in front of her right palm. "I'm going to heal the injuries that guy dealt to you."

"P-please do..." Peppita muttered weakly as she smiled a bit and shed a tear. "W-we showed him...right, Fayt?"

Fayt chuckled and nodded. "Of course we did, Peppita," he said, reassuring Peppita's feelings. "It's all good now."

"B-but..." Peppita looked back at the gun behind the patch. "...F-from who is that from?"

Fayt and Nel looked down at the gun. "Come to think of it, I only saw that weapon with Fox's holster...."

Peppita gasped and smiled a bit. "F-Fox, is that you? D-did you come here to rescue me as you wanted to do it before? T-that's so cool of you! I knew you were going to make a comeback!"

The gun suddenly pulled back down. "Oh, sorry, but you got the wrong person," the voice said as his owner moved his head up, Peppita's happy expression turning one confused, the three finding a hand hiding behind another patch of grass. The person grinned up at them. "I could say you were pretty darn close, though."

"..." Fayt tilted his head confused. "And...you are..."

"Oops, guess I haven't introduced myself," the person said before he pushed himself back to the air, flipping one time before landing on his feet to their left.

Chris looked back at the three and gasped once he looked up at the other person. "W-what in the world?" the scholar muttered before running up all the way to them. Once he reached the north wall, he looked up at the person. "What are you doing here?"

The person turned out to be none other than Falco. The ace pilot looked down at Chris and waved a hand. "Hey there," he said grinning. "Sorry for coming here so late, but I needed some special requirements to give you guys a hand with that son of a b(beep) you were fighting a moment ago."

Fayt, Nel, and Peppita looked back and forth between the two. "What? You know each other?" Fayt asked.

Falco looked at him. "Know each other? We practically know a lot of each other because we live under the same roof."

Chris smiled a bit at this.

"But anyhow, sorry for not introducing myself," Falco said. "The name's Falco Lombardi, ace pilot from Star Fox. Nice to meet you all."

"...From Star Fox?" Peppita repeated. "Are you one of Fox's team members?"

Falco scratched his head a bit. "Well, I get a little bit bothered that he's my boss...but yeah, I'm his "lackey" of the sorts." He put his right hand on his right hip. "So, did my distraction help at all or what? Looks like you guys took him down literally."

"B-but I do not understand..." Chris said confused. "How did you get here?"

Falco grinned at Chris. "Well, you know that rule about the team here being in danger? Master Hand said the situation looked pretty bad, and he let me come here after watching you guys having a hard time to shut that monster up."

Chris got in a thinking position. "Oh yes, I recall that emergency rule..."

"When you were cornered by 3 VS. 1, I was about to come in here and lend a hand. But just before I could step in, reinforcements came, and I decided to pull back," Falco explained. "However, when I saw that the situation was turning for the worst, I came here by having a plan to make a surprise attack by appearing right behind the edges of this frickin' floor hanging on top of this big abyss down below to attack him." He chuckled a bit. "Needless to say, that plan wasn't that bad, right?"

"I guess..." Chris said. "...Really, thank you for your assistance, Falco."

"Meh, don't sweat it," Falco said before looking around. "You guys received some serious beating, huh..."

"Don't remind us, please..." Nel said before looking back at Peppita. "Hang in there a little bit longer. I'm a bit tired so that's why the spell isn't fully complete yet."

Peppita nodded. "I-I understand, but hurry up because I'm feeling woozy..."

Back with the others, Maria looked at the newcomer talking to them. She turned around and chuckled a bit at Mirage. "Phew, I'm glad they have more people with them to come and aid us in our time of need..."

"I think so too," Mirage said. "You have to give them that they're somewhat unique, right?"

"I guess so..." Maria said. "For now, though, let's find Sophia, Roger, Tails, and Fox. They must be nearby here somewhere."

Mirage nodded. "Right away,lLet me go find them."

"Maybe you should take some people with you as well," Maria said before turning to Cliff. "Cliff, can you assist Mirage in finding the others?"

Cliff nodded. "Oh well, we may as well find them before something else happens."

"H-hey, let me come as well," C. Falcon offered.

"Oh no," Samus said as she walked to them. "Let me go in your place, please."

"What?" C. Falcon asked. "Oh no, no, no, let me go in your place, please."

"I think 3 are enough to look for them," Maria said. "Okay, Samus, please go with Cliff and Mirage."

"Thanks," Samus said.

C. Falcon looked a bit bewildered as the three ran their way back to the south staircase. Groaning a bit, he looked at Maria. "Wh-"

"Look," Maria began, interrupting the racer from talking. "I know pretty much well enough that you want to go with them just because of Mirage and Samus."

The racer looked a bit shocked. "I-ah, no..."

"Sure," Maria said as she looked bored at him. "I can tell that much by simply looking to you. I thought adults were supposed to show some maturity, but I guess there are a few exceptions out there."

C. Falcon looked a bit angry at her. "H-hey, I'm not like that!"

"Sure you are," Maria said bluntly as she ran hand through her hair. "Why can't you be more sophisticated to others? If you were like that, you could achieve what you want to do with...women, I think...considering whatever you're thinking is even half-appropriate..."

"I-it is..."

"Hmph, we'll see."

C. Falcon rolled his eyes and looked away.

The four characters on the wall jumped down to regroup with everyone else. Falco looked at everyone. "Geez, you do look pretty beat up yourselves."

"It's good to see you here to give us a hand," Pit said.

"Yeah, I know," Falco said. "I just couldn't sit and watch, right?"

Chris adjusted his glasses. "Please, stop showing off, Falco. We KNOW it is good for you to help us, but please do mind your words."

Falco rolled his eyes. "Okay, okay, geez..."

Albel looked away. "Another maggot joins the fray, I see..."

Falco, hearing this, looked annoyed at Albel. "Oh, you shut up," he said annoyed as he pointed behind his left shoulder with a thumb. "At least be grateful I saved your a(beep) from flying fire guy back there in the air."

Fayt sighed in relief. "Well guys, I think we need to go back and rest for the night. We had a pretty rough night."

Sonic nodded. "Yeah, and I need to see if Tails is fine."

Peppita smiled a bit. "I-I'm glad this is all going to be over..." She looked at Nel. "C-can you heal me now?"

"...Ugh," Nel grunted as the blue sphere disappeared. "Not good...my energy is so low..."

The Velbaysian looked down depressed.

"Sorry, my bad..." Nel apologized. "If I continue to overexert my Symbology, I could eventually suffer a mental death..."

"Yeah, I know..."

Pit looked at her. "Mental death? What is that?"

Nel coughed a bit. "It's technically the phenomenon for users that can execute runology and Symbology alike. According to what I know, if you keep wasting the energy you have to use runology or Symbology; your mind will become so exhausted that it will have a mental breakdown, forcing you to faint..." She put a hand on her forehead. "Only the people that know how to use both of those teachings are put at risk to suffer that kind of effect..."

"I see..." Pit said nodding. "It's basically like a second way to faint?"

"You could put it that way..." Nel coughed.

"I'm glad we were able to keep our energies from depleting," Maria said. "But for now, let's go back to Peterny and rest for the night."

The group nodded to each other before they started their way back. However, there was something that bothered Maria as she recalled Falco's words. The leader of Quark stopped walking and stopped Falco by grabbing his right shoulder. Turning his head to the right, Falco looked at her. "Yeah?"

"I'm sorry, but there was something that bothered me when you spoke about some flying fire guy..." Maria trailed off.

"...Oh, that?" Falco asked before his eyes widened. "Er, wait a minute...why did I even say that?"

The two looked behind Maria where they found Wolf glaring up to the north with crossed arms, a hint of anger in his face. "I knew it..." Wolf muttered. "...This was way too easy..."

"..." Falco shook his head. "Oh no, don't tell me that he..."

Maria looked at Wolf's direction and moved her right foot back. "E-everyone, come back now! We still have trouble!"

Everyone else overheard what Maria said and turned around to look at their direction. The group gasped after finding a familiar figure floating above the abyss where Shadow Fox fell down.

For their dismay, they saw none other than the mentioned enemy in the air. However, this time, Shadow Fox looked extremely mad as he had fists on the sides of his hips, fire coming under him. It was just as if he was using Fire Fox to remain suspended in the air.

"I-impossible!" Pit yelled. "T-this is not done yet?!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 27, 2009, 09:10:39 PM
Shadow Fox slowly panted heavily as he stared down at all of them, fire still coming from under his feet. "This...has gone long enough now..." he muttered through gritted fangs."...You're starting to be the most bothersome guys I've ever fought..."

Falco grunted and took out his Blaster. "Damn, this guy just DOESN'T give up, does he?"

"Falco..." Shadow Fox muttered in anger. "...You're the main reason why I was pushed off from this filthy floor..." He raised his fists even more. "For that...you shall be expelled from Star Fox..."

Falco rolled his eyes. "I'm not really sorry to say this to you, but you're not the Fox I know who can really tell me to drop off from the team."

"Oh, is that so?" Shadow Fox asked.

"Yeah," Falco said. "You're gonna get surprised, but I thought you said you weren't him again."

Shadow Fox narrowed his eyes.

"What was all that about you being you, then?" Falco chuckled. "Are you the one lying now?"

Shadow Fox swung his right arm to the side in front of him to his back. "I have to remind you that I'm the honest Fox here. The other one was an idiot who couldn't express what he really felt about you."

"I couldn't care less."

"What?"

Falco looked down. "...I admit I'm some kind of a jerk for disobeying him sometimes, so what of it?" he asked. "He knows pretty much that I'll be there to give him a hand whenever he needs my help."

"Ain't that cute..." Shadow Fox said sarcastically.

"For now, though," Falco began as he aimed his Blaster at Shadow Fox. "You're gonna have to go down to the same way you took."

"Like I'm going to listen to you, bird brain."

Falco looked annoyed. "That's supposed to be Wolf's saying, not yours."

"U-um..." Chris gulped a bit. "Did you forget the fact that now we know that Shadow Fox can...fly?"

Shadow Fox crossed his arms and chuckled. "Like I said before, I didn't show you all my true powers," he said snickering. "This time is for real now..." He took a fighting pose. "I hope you're ready to lay down and DIE as I've told you to do before!"

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - The Divine Spirit of Language

"Tsk," Albel muttered before unsheathing his katana. "I wouldn't mind beating the same worm again. Bring it on, maggot."

Chris gulped. "D-do we really have to try his patience? H-he looks pretty mad if you ask me..."

Wolf grunted a bit. "Kid, this is why I thought we ended the battle so easy." He took a fighting stance. "People like that doppelganger ALWAYS come back for more until they finally fall down."

"Agreed," Maria said. "Let's get over this quickly."

Fayt put a tight grip on his sword. "Let's give him our best shot, then."

"W-wait, I do not think this is going to end up very good!" Chris said as the shadow was engulfed in scorching flames. "I-I have a very bad feeling about this!"

"Chris, everything's just fine," Sonic said as he cracked his fists. "Let's just finish him off for real this time."

"I hate to agree with this, but we don't have much of a choice..." Nel said. "We're still injured, but we must fight with everything we've got this time."

"Hahahahaha!" Adray laughed loudly. "Bring the tension to me! This shall be a battle to remember for sure!"

Roy looked bored at him. "Geez, you're forgetting the fact that we might DIE this time for sure, right?"

"Roy, it's useless," Pit said with a sigh. "You can't just change his mind that easily."

C. Falcon took a fighting stance. "Um, you guys, we have Super Shadow Fox in the air, and he doesn't look that happy to see us again..."

At that moment, Shadow Fox vanished in the air.

Maria grunted. "Now that we know he can fly, we have to be even more careful than before. I shouldn't have told Mirage and the others to leave if I knew this was going to happen."

Sonic looked around, his fists prepared to hit anything. "So, where'd he go to?"

Peppita shook in fear. After watching that the enemy proved to be so persistent, her feeling of calmness was broken apart. However, she had enough of fighting the doppelganger for so long that she eventually resolved herself to stand up. "Guys, I'm gonna heal everyone here," she said, getting the attention of everyone. "Please, do everything you can to prevent him from getting close to me!"

"What are you saying?" Fayt asked.

"Just fight and watch!" Peppita said before she began to dance slowly on her spot, calling forth a glyph of light that reached everyone. As she moved her legs and hands around her by taking small steps forward and back, she chanted. "Iridescent spirits, forest dwellers... Rain down your dew of life!"

Most of them began to feel that their injuries were slowly being healed overtime as Peppita kept dancing. "Good..." Nel muttered. "But still, we have to find him..."

Albel noticed that the floor suddenly turned a little bit of a red shade. "..." He looked up and took a step back. "You better resist the incoming attack, worms. He's coming right on us!"

Everyone looked up to see a huge flaring star coming down upon them. Most of them gasped at the size of the star. It could easily outgrow the floor they were standing on, and it was probably hard to evade such an attack.

"W-what do we do now?!" Chris asked. "T-the size of that meteor is just too big!"

Wolf gritted his fangs. "It must be that imbecile's doing," he said. "And judging by the size of that thing, it's surely his ultimate attack."

"...You gotta know when to run..." Maria muttered. "We're outta here, guys!"

Adray rubbed his chin. "We must flee, then. Follow me!"

"H-hate to say this, but I have to agree with him for once," Pit said gulping.

"Grr, dangit, what are we doing standing here doing nothing?" Falco asked. "Go!"

Roy looked at Peppita dancing. "You need to stop for now! We have to get out of here!"

Chris then took out the Heart Container that he kept. "T-this...I need to use this before..."

Unfortunately, the meteor wasn't really going down upon them. It was stopped in midair, and it suddenly came crashing down on the whole floor. Flames quickly spread all over it, and everyone was forced into high up in the air. A furious war cry blared out from the center of the floor where the Shadow Nightmare's image yelled to the sky as he burned with intense fire. In a flash, he quickly vanished from sight.

Falco grunted as he found himself unable to move. "D-darn, he's so darn fast enough t-"

"DIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEE!!!"

Falco gasped after he saw the burning appearance of Shadow Fox in the air. His fire intensified even more before he disappeared and began to fly around, slamming himself at everyone at a very insane speed. Everyone screamed loudly in pain as the shadow could attack everyone in a matter of a second, kicking them, punching them, burning them, and kneeing them hard. Chip, who was the only one unaffected, watched shocked as he saw everyone bouncing all over the air, seeing the image of Shadow Fox all over the air where he punished everyone by quickly everywhere they were sent to.

"E-everyone!" Chip yelled.

Suddenly, he watched as the crazy frenzy of attacks stopped while everyone was sent down on the floor where they crashed on different areas. Most of them were severely burned, some were not moving anymore, and some were barely able to push themselves up. "...N-no..." Roy coughed as he thrust his sword down on the floor to force himself up. "T-this...can't...be happening..." He looked around. "...E-everyone..."

Fayt struggled to grab the hilt of his sword in front of him as he was on the northwest corner of the floor. As Fayt was about to reach his sword, his energies depleted. "No...nooooooo!" he yelled before passing out.

Roy looked behind him where Sonic laid down on the floor on his back, a painful expression on his face as he grunted. "You gotta...be kidding me...darn you..." he muttered before his head tilted to the right, indicating he fainted.

Maria, lying down on the southeast corner, twitched in pain. "This has become...so annoying..." She struggled to get up. "But...we must continue..."

Wolf coughed some blood as he managed to stand up, a claw clutching to his chest. "T-that darn imitation of Fox is getting on my nerves now..." He looked behind him where Chris struggled to grab his book in front of him. "Kid...you okay?"

Chris twitched in pain as he managed to grab his book in time. "I-it appears so..." Chris muttered. "B-but...I am concerned...about Shadow Fox's whereabouts..."

The lupine quickly looked back to the air. "Dammit, you're right... Where did he go this time?"

"..." The World Traveler recalled that he had a Heart Container with him. "...The Heart...Container..." he muttered as he slowly reached for his back. "...Wait...just a second..." He got a little bit panicked and slowly stood up. Moving his hands as fast as his energies could let him, Chris couldn't find the Heart Container with him. "W-what in the world..."

It seemed that Chris had lost the recovery item.

"N-no!" Chris gasped as he frantically looked around through the pockets of his scholar robe. "W-where did I leave it? I-I am sure I had it with me a moment ago!"

"Kid...why are you so shocked?" Wolf asked.

"I-I had a Heart Container that could replenish all my health in a second...b-but I lost it!"

Wolf grunted annoyed. "Way to go...kid...that could've saved someone from dying here..."

"W-why do you think we are going to die?"

"..." Wolf frowned. "...We don't stand a chance upon that monster..."

The scholar looked at Wolf in pure disbelief. "W-we must escape, then!"

"Kid...it's futile now..." Wolf said. "That shadow of Fox just keeps coming back...if I could speak to him one more time...I could say he's the real cockroach here..."

"N-no...do not talk like that..."

"I..." C. Falcon, who seemed to be close to them, struggled to stand up. "...I have to...agree there..."

Chris shook his head. "N-no, I still think we have a chance...j-just...let me cure you a bit..." The World Traveler concentrated his magic, but as soon as he started, he stopped. "...M-my energies...they are so low..."

C. Falcon kicked a crumble away. "Damn..."

Adray, located to the northeast corner, slowly stood up and saw Pit trying to get up by himself. "Let me...give you a hand..." Adray offered as he stretched his hand at Pit.

Pit took it and he was pulled back to his feet. "Are you...still okay?"

Adray chuckled. "I may be old, young one...but I can still put up a good fight..."

"You're just being...so persistent..."

"True...but I cannot let this go like this, right?"

"I suppose...so..." Pit said.

The eerie silence of the scenery made them feel very uncomfortable. Looking around, Pit tried to find the shadow. "...Now...where is he?"

Adray looked up. Some seconds passed before he frowned. "We may as well...be dead..."

"Why...please, don't tell me..."

The characters that looked up shook their head in disbelief as they found Shadow Fox's burning body increasing in size. They watched as the shadow opened his arms, releasing what appeared to be ten scorching illusions of himself that made a big circle around him. The shadow, holding out his stretched arm and hand upon them, began to yell something. "I shall incinerate you to ashes... HELLION STAR!!!"

Hellion Star

Slams down a wide area with flames, then uses insane speed to attack all foes, followed up by illusions of fire to explode all over the field, creating bursts of fire. Deals massive fire damage upon all enemies.

Albel, standing up by forcing himself on his katana, grunted at this. "Fire, fire, fire...it's always darn fire, isn't it?" he asked annoyed before he thought about something. "Wait, fire..." The Black Brigade captain looked around to find a struggling Peppita getting up from the floor. "Hey you, yes, you..."

Peppita looked very shocked, but she looked at Albel. "Y-yes?"

Albel recalled something important, "We need...Flare Rings..."

The Velbaysian looked up and gasped at the illusions. "F-Flare Rings?"

"Yes, I believe you made them...right?"

"A-as a matter of fact..." Peppita took out some rings with red gems on them. They were about seven of them. "H-here are they..."

Albel held out his hand at her. "Quick, give me one! Those fire puppets he called forth will surely attack us, and those rings can help us to resist them..."

"O-oh, right," Peppita said as she put a ring on her index finger.

"QUICK!"

Peppita looked around to all the people who were still standing up. She found Wolf, Chris, Roy, Pit, Adray, and C. Falcon standing up. "Y-you guys, here, quick!" She tossed the rings to their feet. "P-put them on!"

The Velbaysian suddenly found something weird close to her. Peppita didn't know why, but she found what looked to be a crystal shaped like a heart that spun a bit on its place.

"W-what?" Peppita looked confused at the heart. "W-what is this?"

"GO DOWN AND FINISH THEM OFF!!!" Shadow Fox called out from the sky before all the illusions of fire began to shoot themselves down, exploding all over the floor. "Die, die, die, DIE, DIE, DIE!!!" Shadow Fox shouted loudly as he saw explosions of fire blowing up everywhere under his feet.

Screams of agony, yells of pain, and people forced into the air occurred all over the already scorched floor. The shadow laughed maniacally as the explosions of fire illuminated a great portion of the underground garden while the plants that adorned the edges of the floor were burned into ashes that remained on the ground. Shadow Fox laughed as crazily as he could before he began to descend down, fire covering almost every inch of the floor. The fire that shrouded him slowly vanished overtime, his fists lowering down.

Chip watched in horror as the shadow panted heavily in extreme exhaustion. The imp didn't want to come out and let the shadow know he was there. Instead, Chip remained behind the gem.

Shadow Fox chuckled deeply as he looked at some of them lying down on the floor, the fire leaving burn scars on their clothes. "Heheheheh..." Shadow Fox chuckled as he saw the fainted Falco close to him. "...Looks like you were destined to end up in defeat...fools..." he said as he panted heavily. "Damn...I'm still so...exhausted..."

Suddenly, Shadow Fox's ears twitched. The shadow gritted his fangs and turned around to find none other than Peppita, still struggling to stand up as she had her hands on her knees. Closing an eye in pain, the Velbaysian glared at Shadow Fox. "You won't just...get away with this...I-I told you so..."

Shadow Fox tightened his fists. "You're still standing after all the beating I've done on you?"

"D-don't underestimate...the Fairy of Illusions...dork..." Peppita coughed a bit.

"I just don't understand why you're still standing, though..."

Peppita was able to stand up completely. "W-when you were just about to send those explosions on us...I found this odd heart close to me...and...when I touched it...the heart vanished and it somehow healed all my injuries..." she explained. "B-but then your explosions came in, and I was back at the same state...h-however..." She showed him the Flare Ring. "T-this little crafting creation...halved your fire attacks...and it saved me from dying..." She shook her head. "But...I know you haven't killed anyone yet...because you're such a...such a..."

Shadow Fox narrowed his eyes.

"...You're such a...such a...such a big dummy!" Peppita yelled as she crossed her left arm in front of her, a fist pumping up. "Now...now...now...now I'm really MAD!!!" she shouted before she started crying, still glaring at Fox fiercely. "I-I'm gonna shut you down for real this time!"

Shadow Fox rolled his eyes. "Whatever..." He started to pant heavily. "I still have enough energy to take you down for once..."

Peppita's lips shook before she began to dash at the shadow. Shadow Fox frowned in shame before he vanished from sight once again. "Kaboom!" Peppita yelled, gracefully spinning in the air as a circling star moved around her.

"U-ugh!" Shadow Fox grunted after he was about to kick Peppita harshly. The star then pushed him away where he rolled on the floor before standing up with a roll. Peppita acted quickly and ran at him. "You snobbish little girl...you're starting to get on my nerves now!"

"I don't care about a monster like you! Be gone!" Peppita yelled as she spun her right bangle at her side. "Magic Hook!"

Shadow Fox crossed his arms in front of his face. However, instead of the bangle going straight to him, the bangle, along with the sphere on its end, went above him. "W-what?"

"Hiiiiiiii-yah!" Peppita pulled down the bangle, the cloth falling on Shadow Fox before she pulled it with all her forces to make the sphere collide hard behind Shadow Fox's head. The shadow grunted in pain as he stumbled forward, the Velbaysian quickly dashing to him. "It's the...grand finale..." Peppita muttered as she stared at the dazzled shadow. "It's my biggest debut...not on the stage..."

Shadow Fox quickly vanished from sight. Peppita stopped running and quickly looked around, ignoring the fainted people around her.

"The Fairy of Illusions...must let the show go on..." she muttered."She has...to beat the evil shadow...that swallowed dreams through scorching flames of hell..."

Shadow Fox appeared over her and prepared a downward kick.

Peppita quickly flipped back constantly to stop all the way to the west wall to evade the crushing kick of the shadow that crashed upon the floor. Once her feet touched the ground, just in front of the western wall, she quickly stood in her usual fighting stance as she glared at the shadow. "The monster needs to go away...and let nightmares leave people's dreams..." she muttered.

"AaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Shadow Fox pulled his fists back as he got engulfed in flames that greatly surpassed the usual Fire Fox attack. The shadow was at a complete rage, his target of his anger being Peppita.

However, the Fairy of Illusions remained on her spot as she moved her hands in front of her face, making her index fingers and thumbs touch each other as she stared at the shadow between them. "I must...end the nightmare that enjoys pleasure through agony..."

"DIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEE!!!" Shadow Fox yelled as he quickly shot himself towards Peppita at full speed.

The Velbaysian gulped and closed her eyes tightly. "And...and...and...she needs the help of friend of the fairies!" she shouted as a hole appeared in front of her feet. "Fairy Friend, come and help us all!!!"

Suddenly, some kind of large stuffed animal jumped out from the hole. The large stuffed animal stood seven feet, and it looked like some kind of monster that greatly resembled a moogle. The large stuffed animal looked forward at the meteor that aimed for Peppita.

Pulling back her fist along with the big plush doll, Peppita gulped with some preoccupation, but she nevertheless dared stop her attack. "And please...please, friend of the fairies..." she muttered before glaring forward. "...SAVE US FROM THE ETERNAL NIGHTMARE!!! HaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

The large stuffed animal's right fist moved forward as it created a big shockwave of air that went after Shadow Fox's Meteor Fox. The wind was strong enough to slice the floor and blow away the flames that covered the area around it. Shadow Fox narrowed his yellow eyes as he watched the tornado of air about to crash on him. "IDIOT!" he yelled as he accelerated and clashed against the tornado. Peppita's attack ended up halting the shadow's fire as he slowly used all his energies to crash on her by trying to break through the tornado. "This is going to be the last time you'll see me!"

"I don't think so!" Peppita yelled loudly as she ordered the large stuffed animal to pull back its fist and send another wave of air that clashed against the shadow's scorching fire. "You have to go away!"

The shadow grunted loudly in rage as the next tornado joined up with the previous one, making the force even stronger against Shadow Fox's Meteor Fox.

Peppita pulled back her fist to make the large stuffed animal do the same and sent another wave of air forward to stop the shadow from hurting her. With each sentence Peppita yelled out, she tossed another fist of air through the big puppet. "This is for trying to make Fox feel bad!"

Shadow Fox grunted as the next wave of air started to halt his progress.

"This is for being a bastard to everyone!"

The shadow's Meteor Fox suddenly began to feel weaker.

"This is for troubling me this whole time..."

Shadow Fox's eyes widened as his fire began to lose power.

"This is for being such an annoying mean person..."

Shadow Fox's Meteor Fox suddenly demised as it only managed to cover a small portion of himself. Suddenly, the huge tornado that clashed against him trapped him inside of it.

"And finally..." Peppita muttered with some tears as she pulled back her fist with the big puppet. "...This is...this is..." She sniffed a bit, hoping that her attack would end the fight. "...This is for...this is for..." She glared fiercely at the shadow. "...THIS IS FOR TRYING TO KILL US ALL JUST BECAUSE YOU WANTED TO!!! HaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

Shadow Fox watched shocked as a stronger wave of air joined up with the tornado that had him in it. The tornado blast pushed the shadow all the way across the burning floor, blowing out all the flames that burned most of the fainted people around the crumbles. Shadow Fox spiraled crazily in the blast before he finally collided against the eastern wall where a explosion of winds slices him completely. Once the attack sliced him completely he fell down on the floor, the large stuffed animal and Peppita staring at him before the big doll looked at Peppita, waved a hand, and jumped back into the hole before it disappeared.

...But for her dismay, the shadow quickly pushed his feet up and chuckled loudly. Peppita shook her head in pure disbelief. "N-no!" Peppita yelled. "B-but I thought..."

"Enough of this bulls(beep), Peppita..." Shadow Fox said as he pulled back his right hand behind him, calling forth a blue sphere that the Velbaysian recognized as Symbology. "Now...I just need to heal myself again...hit you hard on the face...and then...I'll win...after all this hell..."

"...NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!" Peppita shouted loudly as she began her way to interrupt the shadow from healing himself. It was a long distance, but the Velbaysian ran as fast as she could to stop him.

Chip, after watching the whole struggled, decided to finally join up to the fight as he flew as a fast as he could to the shadow. "Y-you, stop there!"

Shadow Fox glared at Chip, but the shadow knew that he could heal himself in time to exterminate his two enemies. "...This ends here...you 2..." he muttered with a snicker as he swung his right arm and hand forward, calling forth pyre flies that healed his injuries. "HEALING!!!" he yelled loudly.

Peppita and Chip suddenly stopped running in horror as they watched the shadow healing his injuries. Once he was done, Shadow Fox laughed maniacally at the sky before looking at them with a devilish grin, his fists tightening on the sides of his hips.

"Well, well, well..." Shadow Fox said snickering. "It seems I, once again, have the upper hand..."

Peppita sniffed sadly as she shook her head continuously. As for Chip, the imp was ready to fly away as fast as he could from the scene. His life was now at risk.

Shadow Fox took a step forward, making both of them gasp. "It's time to complete the mission. Geez, I had so much with all of you, but darn, I'm so strong to stand up after all those attacks done on me... And now..." the shadow began as he cracked his fists, showing his fangs a bit with a wicked grin. "I just need to deliver a single hit on you...and..."

"...Huh?" Peppita and Chip said in unison as they watched the shadow stopping on his trails.

Shadow Fox looked confused. "...And...why am I feeling...so...dazzled?" he asked before he fell on his knees. "...H-hey...w-what's...happening?"

Music stops

Peppita and Chip looked confused as the shadow suddenly fell down on his face.

"..." Shadow Fox felt extremely weak. "...H-hey...h-hey..." He started to get panicked. As he looked to the right, his yellow eyes quickly darted everywhere. "...W-what...w-what did just happen?!" he asked as he fully showed his fangs. Shadow Fox tried to move on the crumbles, but he found himself unable to move his body for a bit. "DAMMIT, WHAT IS HAPPENING?!"

The Velbaysian and the imp stared at each other confused as the shadow cursed loudly.

"WHAT IS HAPPENING, I ASKED?!" Shadow Fox demanded. "Y-you...darn little...B(BEEP)H!!!"

"W-what?" Peppita asked.

"Y-you were the one who made this to me, weren't you?!" Shadow Fox asked as he tried to move. "NOT ONLY YOU HURT MY FEELINGS, BUT YOU ALSO HURT ME PHYSICALLY?!"

The Velbaysian, after recalling that the shadow couldn't move from the floor, slowly walked to him. Chip gasped and decided to stay close to the Fairy of Illusions to protect her (even if Chip knew he was pretty much dead). "...You...can't move, then?"

"EXACTLY!!!" Shadow Fox yelled as he pathetically tried to clench his stunned fists. "I'm still good to smack you down, but my body isn't responding to me at all!"

"...Is...that so?"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Shadow Fox grunted in anger as he glared up at Peppita and Chip.

Chip tilted his head confused and looked at Peppita. "Um...did you do this to him?"

Peppita looked at him and shook her head. "N-no, I don't believe I have the power to stun people like this..."

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Shadow Fox screamed loudly. "Why, why, why, why, WHY?!" he asked in a blind rage. "Why the hell can't I move?! WHY?! You must know why, YOU MUST!!!"

Peppita looked a bit frightened at the display of anger from the shadow that she backed away a bit from him. However, as Peppita and Chip stared down at the angry complaints of the shadow, surprisingly...

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Misted Moon

...The Shadow Nightmare began to sob and sniff on the floor...

The Velbaysian and the imp got shocked after the shadow began to cry silently to himself. His eyes closed tightly, and his fangs were soon covered by his dark black lips. "N-no..." Shadow Fox sobbed. "N-no...n-no...n-no..." he sobbed more. "...T-this...is just...so cruel to a guy like me..." He began to cry a little bit louder.

Peppita blinked confused at this sudden change of attitudes. Knowing that the shadow couldn't move, she could tell he was really crying true tears. Gulping a bit, Peppita sat down on her feet to take a closer look to the shadow's face, Chip gasping at this. "...Are you...sad?"

"...Y-you don't know all the pain I went through..." Shadow Fox sobbed. "...T-this has been so darn unfair...to me..." Shadow Fox cried silently. "...Y-you don't understand anything..."

Chip looked worried. "W-watch out, he could be lying!" he warned Peppita as he looked around to see everyone else on the floor. "H-he could stand up and hit us!"

"W-why...would I do such a thing again...anyway..." Shadow Fox asked as he sobbed. "...I...I can't move anymore... I'm forever destined...to be like this...and die on this cold floor..." He closed his crying eyes. "I-I'm pretty much...done for..."

"W-well, you heat it up, though..."

Peppita looked at Chip and shook her head.

Chip blinked surprised. "W-what?"

"..." Peppita remained silent before looking back at the shadow. "...Why are you so sad so suddenly?"

Shadow Fox glared at her. "...G-go away...stupid girl..." he told her before sobbing. "I-it's because of you...that...I'll die...all alone..."

"...What?"

Shadow Fox's lips twitched in sadness. "I-I'm gonna die...am I not?" he asked, more tears coming out from his yellow eyes. "I-I'm gonna die and...join up with that bastard I call my father...right?"

Peppita looked surprised. "...Y-you mean your dad?"

"IT'S BECAUSE OF YOU THAT I'M GONNA DIE, IDIOT!!!" Shadow Fox yelled loudly at Peppita before he grunted and continued sobbing. "S-so unfair...s-so uncool...s-so...unneeded..." he cried. "I call still pretty much attack...but...why can't I even move a finger anymore?" Shadow Fox tried to frown. "I...can't understand...why I have to go through this unfair treatment..."

Peppita blinked a few times before she glared at him. "Why can't you understand it...WHY CAN'T YOU UNDERSTAND IT?!"

Shadow Fox looked a bit scared at Peppita as she raised her voice.

Peppita closed her eyes and shook her head as she sniffed herself. "Y-you're like this because you deserved it from the very beginning you appeared!" she cried loudly, Chip quickly flying behind her where he patted her back. "B-because of you, many us nearly died!"

"B-but..." Shadow Fox sobbed a bit. "I-I had to live...and enjoy my own life..."

Peppita tightened her fists on the ground as she sobbed. "You're just a heartless guy who wants to kill anyone without feeling remorse... What kind of a person are you?!"

"...Someone..." Shadow Fox looked away sadly. "...Someone...who already went through enough emotional pain in life...and wanted to let everyone know how it feels to be like this..."

The Velbaysian rubbed her eyes continuously as Chip rubbed her back a bit. The imp looked back and forth between the two sobbing characters. Nobody dared speak a word as Chip tried to say something. "...You guys..." Chip trailed off. "...Please, stop sobbing like that..."

Shadow Fox looked up at him. "How can you understand the pain I went through all my life?" he asked. "...No one knows how I feel..."

Chip stared at him before frowning in shame.

None of the three were aware of the fact that someone slowly walked to them, dragging a right foot along the crumbles before stopping in front of the sobbing shadow.

"...So...I guess they stopped you from doing whatever you wanted...huh..."

Shadow Fox looked shocked before looking up at the person in front of him and Peppita. "...Y-you?!"

Chip turned around and looked up at the figure. "...H-how?!"

Peppita continued sobbing before a hand touched her right shoulder. The Velbaysian rubbed her eyes one more time before she slowly turned her face around to look up at the figure behind her. Her eyes quickly dilated in surprise as they reflected the image of the hurt person. "...Is...is that really you?"

The person nodded before he struggled to kneel down besides them, the shadow looking shocked at him.

Peppita looked in pure disbelief as she saw that Fox, the real one, had appeared out from nowhere. Apparently, Fox looked weak since he was grabbing his left arm with his right hand. The leader of Star Fox glanced around the area to see the others knocked out on the crumbles. "...Looks like everyone here fought hard..." Fox muttered. "...You fought ike that all because of me..."

"...F-Fox..." Peppita trailed off. "H-how did you..."

Fox slowly pointed back to the staircase.

Peppita and Chip turned to the direction of his finger where they watched as Cliff, Mirage, Samus, and surprisingly, a recovered Roger, a cured Tails, and a healed Sophia came all from the south. Upon looking around, Sophia gasped. "O-oh no, everyone!" she gasped.

"This is bad," Samus said. "They surely fought that shadow when we went to look for you."

"S-Sonic!" Tails yelled as he found the unconscious werehog close to them.

"Quick, we must give them some medicine before this turns out even worse," Cliff ordered. "Mirage, do we still have some Fresh Sages left?"

Mirage took out some plants from her pocket. "Yes, it appears we have enough for everyone."

"Alright, let's give them all one so they recover," Cliff said.

As Peppita and Chip watched everyone spreading around the whole area to heal the others on the floor, Fox coughed a bit. "T-they found us some floors away from here..." he explained. "T-this bastard hid us behind some bushes...but...they found us..."

Chip looked at him. "B-but I don't understand something... The guys that he took away look healthier than you are..."

"...T-that's because...I woke up by myself..." Fox coughed a bit. "A-and when I did...that's when they found us...but...I wanted to come here as soon as I could...not wanting to stay behind to let them heal me..." He looked at Peppita. "...Also...I was worried because you were left alone with him...and I just couldn't let him hurt you any further..."

"..." Peppita sniffed. "F-Fox..."

"D-darn you..." Shadow Fox suddenly said. "...Why are you here again? Are you here to...finish me off?"

Fox glared at the shadow and shook his head. "N-no..."

"...Then...WHY?!" Shadow Fox asked enraged. "I don't understand any of this blasphemy!"

Fox ignored him for a bit as he looked around to see the others healing everyone by giving those Fresh Sages to Maria, Nel, Chris, Wolf, Sonic, Adray, Falco, Pit, Roy, Albel, Fayt, and C. Falcon so they could come back to their senses. Once they all managed to stand up in some pain, they all looked back at the shadow on the floor, but most of them were surprised to see Fox back.

"F-Fox?" Falco asked as he grabbed his right arm.

Fox looked a bit surprised at him before smiling a bit. "...Hey...Falco... You came here to help...right?"

"...Damn straight..." Falco said. "...The situation..looked so bad so Master Hand let me come here to help..."

"Good..." Fox nodded to him.

The trio watched as everyone began to walk to them, forming a big arch on the eastern wall as they all looked at the stunned shadow on the floor.

Shadow Fox grunted annoyed. "W-why can't I move anymore?! T-tell me already! I-I'm sick of being here!"

Maria blinked confused. "You mean to say...you can't move anymore?"

"WHAT THE HELL DID I SAY?!" Shadow Fox asked enraged. "I have enough force to take you all on...b-but my body doesn't respond to me anymore! WHY IS THAT?! WHY?!"

"...I could be wrong...but..." Nel looked at Peppita. "You were the only one left who took care of him, right?"

Peppita looked a bit concerned. "Y-yeah, but I dunno why he fell down, though..." She rubbed her chin. "...I gave him everything I've got...but then he managed to stand up and heal himself from all the injuries again...and then...he just fell down right here..."

Nel closed her eyes. "...He healed himself and fell down exhausted, huh..."

Albel looked up to the far away ceiling. "...Symbology to heal himself, huh... That means only one thing..."

Roger got in a thinking position. "...Oh, I see now," he said as he raised a finger. "This guy's energy to cast Symbology completely depleted right after he healed himself!"

"...What?" Shadow Fox asked in disbelief. "B-but...I still have some force left with me!"

"Yeah, but..." Sophia thought for a moment. "...Since Fox and you know how to use Symbology, you're wide exposed to the deadly effect of the mental death..."

Fox looked at her. "Say what?"

Maria nodded. "It seems we forgot to explain to you the dangers of Symbology," she said before raising a finger. "The users of Symbology need to be very careful while using that magic. If someone overuses Symbology over and over again, the mind will soon start to feel tired after so much used concentration on Symbology that it will eventually have a mental breakdown, or as we like to call it better, a mental death."

"Mental...death?" Shadow Fox asked. "...You mean to say my energies soon hit zero when I healed myself...and if I didn't cure myself...I could have lasted for even longer to kill Peppita?"

"...In a few words...you screwed up yourself," Maria said before shaking her head. "And here I thought you were flawless."

"Tsk," Albel muttered. "If you forgot, many of our attacks attack the mind directly."

"Oh, right," Mirage said nodding. "Now that I recall, most of our attacks affect the opponent's mind. When we were hurting him, most of the time, part of the damage went to his mind as well. Ironically enough, I think Albel was the one who inflicted the most because of his Aura Wall attack and Vampiric Flash. That and also because of Fayt's Dimension Door."

"...Yeah," Fayt said. "Now I remember that Dimension Door deals massive damage to the mind and body."

Sonic grumbled. "...Then that means most of our attacks weren't doing a thing?"

"Not really," Adray said. "We always put the shadow to his limit until he healed himself. I have to remark that he needs to take many beatings before resorting to Symbology."

'B-but...I have a lot of health myself..." Shadow Fox said in disbelief. "...But...my mind doesn't?"

Chris thought for a moment. "...If you are a shadow that came from Fox...that means you are a novice at Symbology..." he theorized. "If that is true...then that means you were not an expert at using magic since Fox himself is not one yet."

Fox looked away in shame.

"As soon as Fox learned Symbology, he was quickly exposed to the dangers of a mental death," Chris explained. "And due to the fact he could not cast Symbology, Fox was ready to faint by a direct attack to his mind... Since Shadow Nightmares amplify the victim's powers, I could say you were able to raise the rate of success to use Symbology; healing Symbology to be precise, and use it as you pleased to do..." He looked at Fox. "...However, you did not know about the secondary effect at all because Maria forgot to explain it to Fox prior the fight."

Maria looked away embarrassed. "Y-yeah, blame it all on me, but at least that helped, didn't it?"

"And since it had to mean that you should have fainted," Chris continued, "the reason why you are still awake probably is because Fox had realized something now...a lie that he has accepted to admit..."

"...Damn you all..." Shadow Fox sobbed. "...I used knowledge by my side...but I was defeated because I didn't know what I was getting myself into..." He cried silently. "...I'm...gonna die...either way..."

Fox closed his eyes and shook his head. "...No...nobody is going to die..."

"...Huh?" Shadow Fox looked at him. "...Why are you saying that?" he asked. "It's been hell, I remind you! Did you forget that we still have yet to beat our own father to a fight with Arwings or what?! Thanks to him disappearing, we haven't had the chance to fulfill our goal in life yet!"

Falco blinked surprised. "...Wait, did I hear right?" He looked at Fox. "...You want to fight your father?"

"I-I..." Fox looked away. "...I-I..." He frowned. "...I have to say it now before you suffer..." he muttered before looking back at the shadow. Sighing, Fox began to talk again. "...It's all over..."

Shadow Fox sniffed as everyone kept staring at them. "...Is...it...really over?"

"...Yeah..." Fox muttered. "...It's been hell for you...even worse than me... No..." He glared to himself and shook his head. "It was hell for the 2 of us..."

"...W-wait, I don't understand," C. Falcon said. "What is happening?"

Fox looked at everyone as he stood up, Peppita promptly following by standing up as well. "...The truth is...I...I...I..." Fox frowned. "...I hate my father..."

"What?" Falco asked. "You hate your own father?"

Wolf grunted a bit and crossed his arms. "Fox, what the hell are you saying now? Last time I checked, you looked up at James ever since I met face-to-face with you. Now you come here and say you hate your father?"

"...Yeah..." Fox said.

"...Then what is it?" Wolf asked.

"...I hate him..." Fox admitted. "...I hate my father...so much..."

Most of the people looked a bit surprised at the ashamed vulpine as he slowly looked down, Peppita being the one who looked the most worried.

"...You all know what happened to me during my past..." Fox said. "...So...it's time to finish up the story..."

Peppita looked away in shame.

"...Please...listen well...because I'm not planning in repeating myself..." Fox trailed off.

Chris looked worried at Fox's shameful expression. "(Fox...)"

Fox looked at them before he made a serious expression. "So now...let's me wrap this up..." he said. "I hated my father because of..."

Flashback

Corneria
Great Fox - Bridge

In the eerie silence of the bridge, there sat an ashamed Peppy on the main seat of the ship as he stared forward at the frontal window of the Great Fox's head. Joining his fingers together, he waited for the automatic door to open wide for the person he was waiting for. The hare, this time, was all alone by himself after he came back from a mission to Venom with Pigma and James who, for some reason, weren't around with him.

As Peppy expected, the door opened wide, and a grinning 15 years old Fox McCloud walked in. The young Fox wore almost the same uniform as James did (as a birthday present for Fox reaching 13 years), the only differences being that Fox wore a red scarf and didn't wear sunglasses like James. "Hey, Peppy," Fox began. "How's it going with the team?"

"Oh...you're here," Peppy muttered as he put his fingers apart from each other while he turned the chair to look at Fox. For a moment, he could have sworn that James was standing in front of him where Fox was, but he shook his head in shame. "I'm glad to see you here, Fox..."

Fox crossed his arms and nodded. "Well, yeah, you called me here, right?" He looked around. "Where's my father, though? I thought he was here with you."

Peppy looked preoccupied as he looked at Fox. The hare knew what had happened in Venom some days ago, but Peppy didn't know it if was right for him to tell Fox the news. "About that..."

Fox raised an eyebrow. "Yes?"

"..." Peppy looked away. "...He...your father..."

In order to buy time, Peppy decided to make Fox feel as comfortable as he could.

"...Let me ask you something first, Fox."

Fox tilted his head. "What is it?"

Peppy thought for a moment. "What did you...I mean...er...what did you tell James when we were about to leave for Venom?"

Fox grinned. "What did I tell my father before you left? Well, when he told me he was going to come home soon-" Peppy's face looked a bit pale at the 'come home soon' part. "-from Venom, I told him to give Andross hell for whatever he's doing...making sure if he was around, though."

"I see..." Peppy closed his eyes and frowned.

"I knew what happened to my father..." Fox narrated. "...It was easy to tell that Peppy was thinking about him..."

"..." Peppy seemed to take a moment of silence as he recalled some words from James that Fox couldn't hear or listen to. Deciding to break the silence, Peppy coughed a bit. "...I see, Fox..."

Fox chuckled. "I'm sure he gave Andross hell."

Peppy grunted a bit and looked away, recalling some words in his mind when he was at Venom. His memory was still hazy, and he barely remember what was going on as he tried to recall the event after Pigma betrayed the team, right before Andross showed up in his big mutant form.

"What are you doing, James?! Turn back!"

"Sorry..." James's voice echoed in Peppy's mind, the sounds of shots scratching the metal of Arwings. "...I gotta give Andross hell."

"What?"

"See you later," James said with a grin. "Don't worry about me, I'll be just fine by myself."

"Are you nuts or what?!" Peppy's voice yelled. "Andross has the advantage to take us both down!"

"Maybe he has it, but can he keep up with only one of us?" James asked confidently. "I'll give you time for you to escape. Andross is my target."

"We're pretty much in risk here," Peppy explained. "That bastard of Pigma shouldn't have escaped when Andross appeared. Now you're thinking you can handle Andross alone?!"

"...Yeah."

Peppy could recall roars from the mad scientist behind them as James turned his Arwing around to go after Andross.

"Why are you doing this idiocy?!" Peppy asked. "It's not like you to do this, James! Come back!"

"...It's something my son told me to do..." James said. "...I can't let him down...can I?"

"JAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEES!!!

"Hey, Peppy."

Peppy suddenly looked at Fox.

"Are you okay?" Fox asked confused. "You looked a little bit worried about something. Is something bothering you?"

"..." Peppy sighed. "Fox..."

"Yes?"

"...Are you ready to hear something that could possibly...hurt you for all your life?"

Fox stared at him odd before he let out a small laugh. "Peppy, what are you saying? Why are you sounding like some sort of sage?"

Peppy frowned. "Fox...I'm serious. You're old enough to handle this kind of news..."

Fox rolled his eyes. "Whatever, Peppy. Just tell me already," he said grinning. "I'm pretty sure it has something to do with the favor I told my father to do."

"...What favor?"

"Well, he told me he was going to take my application to become part of Star Fox into matter once he came back from Venom with you and Pigma."

Peppy gasped mentally.

"Speaking of them...where are they?" Fox asked before looking around. "Are they somewhere in the Great Fox or are they doing something else?"

"...Oh god..." Peppy sighed depressed. "...Fox...please, don't interrupt me even more before I regret it..."

"...So...what is it?" Fox asked.

"...Why was I thinking when I talked to Peppy like that..." Fox narrated. "...I was all so confident to see my father...but then...when Peppy told me what had happened...I suddenly felt very heavy..."

After the hare explained everything to the young vulpine, Peppy stared at Fox. "...I'm sorry for you to hear about that...Fox..."

Fox stared at him.

"...But...that was what happened when we went to Venom..." Peppy said ashamed. "...Please...don't feel bad about it..."

Fox looked away and shook his head.

"...Fox?"

"...Heheheheh..." Fox chuckled nervously. "Y-you're lying, right?"

"...No, I'm not lying, Fox..." Peppy said. "...I only speak the truth when I have to...and that's always..."

"Heheheheh...heheheh...heheheheh..." Fox chuckled to himself before looking nervously at Peppy. "Peppy, seriously, you're being really funny today. Just tell me where my father is now."

"Fox, I know it's hard for you to believe, but that was what happened..." Peppy said as he looked down. "Pigma betrayed us right after we stayed at Venom for a while...and then we found Andross deep in the planet...and then...your father...sacrificed himself to let me live..."

"...My father sacrificing himself..." Fox repeated before chuckling. "Peppy, stop being so funny now... Everyone knows my father knows how to deal with people, and Andross is not an exception..."

"...Unfortunately..." Peppy trailed off. "...Unfortunately, I think Andross managed to be the exception this time..."

Fox's eyes dilated.

"...After I escaped from there..." Peppy looked up at Fox, "...James's Arwing signal was out of range...and he never came back as I made my way alone to Corneria..." He sighed silently. "...I think Andross got James off-guard..."

Fox shook his head as he kept grinning nervously.

"...And James surely..." Peppy trailed off, not wanting to say the 'D' word to Fox. "...Sorry..."

"..." Fox's grin suddenly vanished. "...Peppy..."

The tone of Fox's voice made Peppy feel guilty.

"...My father..." Fox trailed off. "...He...didn't..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 28, 2009, 07:57:19 PM
"He did, Fox..." Peppy said. "...But...I know what I'm saying when he did it with honor...for everyone he knew..."

"..." Fox shook his head. "Yeah, and you assume he knew he was going to die with honor in such a small span of time."

Peppy knew Fox was going to get angry. "Fox, wait," Peppy began as he stood up. "Please, calm down a bit, will you? I know this is hard for you to understand as much as I do bu-"

"Peppy, shut up."

Peppy gasped as Fox tightened his fists at the sides of his belt.

"It's clear here that my father's still at Venom, fighting all by himself."

"W-what?"

Fox pointed at Peppy. "Peppy, take me to Venom so we can rescue him."

"F-Fox, wait, you don't know what you're saying!"

Fox glared at Peppy. "I said take me to Venom. We have to rescue my father before he REALLY dies."

"Fox, seriously, calm down," Peppy said with some desperation. "I-I'm so sure that James is stil-"

"Dammit, Peppy, why are you putting me down?!" Fox yelled angrily at him. "Why aren't you being optimistic?!"

Peppy put a hand over Fox's right shoulder. "Fox, listen to me, please!"

Fox slapped Peppy's hand away and frowned. "Peppy, didn't you hear me? Let's go to Venom and help my father!" he yelled. "If you said you lost communication with him, that'd be probably because you got away too far, and that also could mean he's still alive in there."

"F-Fox, I can't take you there!" Peppy yelled. "You're still inexperienced to go to fights across the galaxy an-"

"I know how to handle a stupid Arwing, Peppy!" Fox yelled as he raised his fists a bit. "My father has told me I'm becoming a pro very fast!"

"Y-you're being overconfident, Fox!" Peppy yelled. "I can't just let yo-"

"You know what, Peppy?" Fox asked as he went to the main control panel of the ship. "I'm not going to let you waste my time while we could be on our way there and give my father a hand!"

"F-Fox, what are you doing?!"

Fox raised his fingers on top of the main control panel. "What else? I'm telling the ship to take to Venom."

"W-wait, Fox!" Peppy ran to the stubborn Fox. "Y-you can't just..." For some reason, Peppy saw that Fox remained his fingers still on top of the panel. "...Fox?"

"..." Fox turned to him with a glare. "...How the heck do you operate this thing, anyway?"

"..." Peppy stared at Fox.

"...Tell me."

"..." Peppy looked away, knowing that he had Fox where he wanted him to be. "...No."

"Tell me now."

"No."

"Peppy..."

"No."

"Tell me now before I-"

"No."

"How do I take the shi-"

"No."

"Peppy, I'm seriou-"

"No."

"Pep-"

"No.

"Bu-"

"No."

"P-"

"No."

"Shi-"

"No, Fox, I won't tell you," Peppy said. "If that will keep you away from reaching Venom, then I won't tell you."

Fox grunted. "Peppy!"

"Fox...please, calm down..."

Fox shook his head as some tears began to stroll down around his snout. "P-Peppy, we need to go now!"

"Fox...please..."

"P-please, Peppy..."

Peppy watched as Fox held back his tears as he clenched his fists behind his belt. Sighing in shame, the hare walked to the young vulpine and put a hand on his right shoulder again. "Fox..."

"H-he didn't...no...h-he didn't..."

"I'm afraid he did, Fox..."

"N-no!" Fox shook his head. "Just because I told him to give Andross hell made him die?! Tell me it wasn't because of that!"

"Fox, it wasn't because you told James those words..."

"THEN WHY THE HELL DID YOU TELL ME WHAT HE TOLD YOU BEFORE COMMITTING SUICIDE?!"

"He knew I couldn't fight Andross long enough for him to escape so he used himself instead so I could live, don't you understand?!"

"Why didn't you die instead of him, then?!"

Peppy gasped.

Fox opened his eyes and looked shocked. The young vulpine sniffed silently to himself before looking at Peppy. "...P-Peppy...I-I'm sorry..."

"...No..." Peppy shook his head. "It's okay, Fox... I knew you were very attached to James...so I understand why you'd put him first than me..."

Fox looked down and tried his best not to cry. "N-no, don't cry...I-I'm a grown man...I-I can't just cry like this...no..."

"Yeah, don't cry like that if you think you're real man," Roger said.

"Shh..." Chris whispered.

Peppy looked ashamed at Fox. "Please, look at me, Fox..."

Fox slowly looked up at Peppy.

"...You're still not ready to take on Andross by yourself..."

Fox sniffed a bit. "...I thought...I was ready..."

Peppy shook his head. "No, you're not, Fox. You need to undergo a special training if you want to face Andross."

"What kind of special training is that?" Fox asked with a glare. "Isn't the Cornerian Flight Academy good enough for me or what?! My father told me that it was the best place for me t-"

"Fox, calm down," Peppy said. "...You'll have to drop the academy..."

"...Say what?" Fox asked confused. "...W-what do you mean by that? I can't just drop out...I mean, I need to shape up my grades before I even drop out the academy..."

"Grades aren't that important now," Peppy said. "...Well, they are, but thing is...if you want to go to Venom very soon..."

Fox stared at him.

"...You're going to have to take your father's place as the new leader of Star Fox..."

"..." Fox looked at him in surprise. "...Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait..." Fox shook his head before pointing at himself. "...Me, the new leader of Star Fox?"

Peppy nodded. "That is right...seeing that you're James's only son, and the fact that he has told me from time to time that you have a lot of potential to become Star Fox's next leader...I decided, as the last remaining member of Star Fox, to make you the next leader in command."

"...I..."

"...Of course..." Peppy looked around. "...We have to...make this place more lively, though..." He looked back at Fox. "I mean, I know you're the only one who wants to join Star Fox, but...the 2 of us alone doesn't make me feel that good..."

"...Peppy..." Fox looked worried. "...Are you sure I'm ready to be the next leader? Why don't you make yourself the leader instead?"

Peppy closed his eyes and shook his head. "I just don't have what it takes to be the leader, Fox," he explained. "The leader of the team must look tough...well, that's according to your father..."

"...Father..." Fox looked away. "...He told you that?"

"To be honest, I find his words very ridiculous," Peppy admitted. "However, I'm pretty sure I'm not like him at all. I don't have the same abilities with the Arwing as he does, but you, Fox, you...you have what it takes to be the leader..."

"...I'm not so sure, though..." Fox said before looking back at him. "I mean, everything's just happening so suddenly..."

Peppy chuckled. "Well, I know for a fact you were going to say that," he said. "You were confident to join the team, but you don't know if you should become the leader right away."

"...Yeah..."

"That's why I'm putting you under my wing to train to become the next leader of Star Fox," Peppy said. "I promise you're going to become one very soon."

"By soon, he meant 3 years..." Fox said annoyed.

"...But...you, training me?" Fox asked.

"...Hey, you don't think I'm good enough to teach you or what?" Peppy asked. "Fox, I know what I'm doing here. I know you'd have wanted James to be the one training you, but you know what happened to..."

Fox frowned. "...Yeah, I know...don't remind me..."

"...So..." Peppy coughed a bit. "...Are you sure you feel fine after hearing what I told you about..."

"..." Fox thought for a moment. "...Knowing that my father just...sacrificed himself so you could live...it will surely haunt me all my life..."

"I know, Fox," Peppy said. "But if I were to fight Andross to let James escape...I wouldn't have make it, and Andross could have taken down James next before he could even get away. I could be shot down in an instant, and my life would be wasted... James knew what to do because he was the leader, but not me nor that traitor of Pigma..."

Fox stared at Peppy. Shedding a tear, Fox wiped it away. "...My father was the best there was, right?"

"...Yeah...he was the best there was..."

"..." Fox looked at his right hand. "...Can I be the next one?"

"...Time will tell, Fox," Peppy said as he folded his arms. "For now, are you sure that it's okay for you to drop the academy and train under my guardianship?"

"...I'm scared..." Fox muttered.

"Don't be," Peppy said. "If you think you're up for it, say the word, and I'll make the right arrangements."

Fox thought for a moment. "...Now."

"...What?"

Fox nodded and looked at him. "I want to start right now."

"Have you decided, then?"

Fox closed his eyes. "This is what I have to do as soon as possible..." he muttered. "Star Fox's reputation is very recognized across the entire Lylat System, isn't it?"

"Well..." Peppy flushed a bit. "I-I don't want to show off, but I've heard from the newspapers that it is..."

"And they know anyone can count on Star Fox to make the job done, right?"

"Yes..."

Fox remained silent as he thought something. After the small silence, he chuckled, grinned, and opened his serious eyes. "...I gotta do it..." he said. "I have to make Star Fox's reputation live up to everyone's expectations before it dies and gets forgotten..."

Peppy stared at Fox as the young vulpine put his right fist in front of him.

"This is what my father would have wanted me to do if he knew he was going..." Fox trailed off, thinking about James again. However, he decided to go on with his speech. "...So...I'll do it...for you...for Corneria...for the Lylat System...and lastly and most importantly...my father..."

"...You're not going to back down on your word, right?" Peppy asked. "I expect you to grow into a fine young man and leader of Star Fox after you said that oath, Fox..."

"...Oh yeah," Fox said grinning. "I'm sure what I'm doing, Peppy. I'm sure as hell what I'm doing here."

Peppy stared at Fox's determined expression for a while. As the silence kept going, Fox didn't even dare stop his determinate look. After staring at Fox for a while, Peppy chuckled heartily "...In that case..." he began, "...Fox..."

Fox stared at him, his fist still raised.

"...You really do have what it takes to be the next leader..."

Fox's grin turned into a wide smile. "...Then..."

"...Yes," Peppy said smiling a bit.

Fox tried his best to contain his excitement in him as it grew bigger overtime. "...Alright," Fox said. "From now o-"

"You'll be my trainee," Peppy interrupted.

Fox's determinate look suddenly faded into a confused one. "What?"

"Fox, I told you that you were going to be my trainee," Peppy said chuckling. "What, did you forget or what?"

"I...didn't..." Fox looked depressed, his fist slowly going back to the right side of his belt. "..." He looked down embarrassed. "...Damn, did I just oath to be someone's trainee?"

Peppy laughed a bit. "It appears so, Fox, it appears so."

Fox looked annoyed at him. "H-hey, stop chuckling like that, Peppy... I'm being serious about this!"

"Serious about becoming a trainee?" Peppy chuckled.

"I-I said stop it already!" Fox blushed embarrassed. "O-once I become Star Fox's leader, my first order will be kicking you out from the team!"

"Well, just try," Peppy said amused. "If you're thinking that, I'm not training you to become the next leader."

Fox gasped. "I-I mean, I-I'm going to let you live..."

Peppy raised an eyebrow. "Were you going to kill me instead, then?"

Fox showed his fangs at him. "P-Peppy, stop making me say things I don't mean to say already!" Fox yelled annoyed before Peppy broke out laughing. "Ugh, you're just unbelievable!"

Peppy stopped laughing and looked at Fox. "Well, well, looks like I'm the James of the team for now. He used to do this a lot with me and Pigma."

"My...father..."

Peppy noticed the depressed look on Fox's face. Putting a hand on his right shoulder again, Fox looked at Peppy. "...Don't fret about it again, you promise?"

"..." Fox looked at Peppy's hand. "...I'll try...I'll try to do that...or else I'll never be the next leader..."

Peppy chuckled heartily. "Well then...when do you want to start?"

Fox looked at him and smiled a bit. "As soon as you're ready to go, we'll start."

"Good," Peppy said. "That'd mean once we get more members for the team. Until then, wait."

Fox chuckled to himself. "Funny, I have 2 friends in mind already."

"Really now?" Peppy asked. "Do you think you're right with that?"

"Damn right I am," Fox said grinning. "One of them is an expert on flying machines, and the other one is an ace pilot with air fighters like Arwings."

"Better than you?"

"Er...maybe?"

"Can somebody here try to say Falco?" Falco asked.

"Can somebody here try to say bird brain?" Wolf asked.

"Can somebody here try toss the mutt down the abyss for me?" Falco asked annoyed.

"Well..." Peppy chuckled. "You better give them both a call before we start. I'd like all of you to start your training at the same time in a week," Peppy said.

Fox nodded and gave him a thumb up. "Yeah, and you'll see how they work."

"I'm sure this will be a team that won't go down that easily, then?"

Fox nodded again. "Yep...Star Fox will never fall down by someone else...ever..."

Peppy chuckled, but then, he stared at Fox. "...But...are you sure the death of your father won't make you..."

"I-I'm sure of that..." Fox said.

"...Are you really sure, Fox?" Peppy asked. "You need to keep your cool and don't think about saddening events anymore if you don't want anything to pull you down."

Fox thought for a moment. "...I'm sure, Peppy, I do..."

"Well...you better, because if you don't..."

"I know," Fox spoke in a serious tone. "I can do this..."

"Really?"

"Peppy, stop asking me before I think about going back to my word..."

Peppy nodded. "...Alright, but if you feel down, come to me so you don't feel that bad again."

Fox looked away worried. "...Yeah, I'll do that, don't worry..."

"I should have hit myself on the head when I said that..." Fox said. "...I sure as hell didn't feel okay in the ensuing years because I constantly remembered my father..."

Aquatic Garden, Surferio

End of flashback

"And for that point..." Fox trailed off, "team Star Fox was reborn..."

"But..." Samus thought something. "...What you said about your father before..."

Fox frowned. "...I lied to myself ever since..." he said ashamed as he looked down at his shadow."All these years...all these months, days, hours, and even minutes...I've been trying to suppress that sad fact by ignoring it," he explained. "...But, now after it grew so big that it eventually created this spawn of the devil...I feel that I need to be frank and honest to my shadow..."

Shadow Fox sobbed. "...When I wanted to be bigger...I wanted to face my father..."

"...Yeah..." Fox admitted. "Don't get me wrong, but I really did like my father, guys... But, when I was at that age, I had the annoying thought about facing my father to a fight with Arwings...and even to these days...I want to do it still..."

"Fox..." Chris trailed off.

"...I know I've been a bastard all this time for thinking that...but I'm not scared of saying it," he said. "...I want to face my father to a fight, and prove to him that I'm the best at maneuvering an Arwing better than him...that's what you wanted to hear, right?" he asked to his shadow.

Shadow Fox looked away worried. "...Yeah...I wanted to hear that from you all this time along..."

"...So...go away now..." Fox said. "I told you the last lie you wanted me to say..."

"...I just can't do that..."

"...What?"

Shadow Fox looked up at him. "You still have...many things to confess...if you do really want me to go away..." He looked away again. "...After all...you don't like me...your real self..."

Fox looked at him a little bit shocked. "But...what else is there?"

"I...don't know..." Shadow Fox sniffed. "...Don't you think you still have some other things to confess before this ends?"

"What else is there?"

Peppita looked worried at Fox. "I dunno..."

Fox looked down at Peppita. "...Wait..." He stared at her. "...You mean to say..."

Shadow Fox looked at him. "...I guess..." he muttered. "...If I recall, you haven't told her how you really feel about her..."

Fox looked ashamed. "But I did it today...and she didn't take it very nicely...because, after all, it was supposed to make her go away from me..."

Roy glared at Fox. "Fox, I can't believe you're such a heartless guy to her."

"I-I'm not, really..." Fox said as the Velbaysian looked away.

Shadow Fox coughed. "...But...what about now?"

"What?"

"How do you feel about her, I ask you?" Shadow Fox asked. "After she showed me that I was wrong about what I thought...now, what do you think of her after everything occurred?"

Peppita folded her arms and looked down. "...Does it really matter now?" she asked. "...Fox hates me with a passion..."

The vulpine looked down at her. The leader of Star Fox looked at everyone that stared at him. Even if they were staring blankly at him, Fox felt very guilty. He recalled the words that he yelled at Peppita in his mind. Clenching his left fist, he began to speak to Peppita. "...Peppita..."

"...What..." Peppita asked without looking up at him. "...What do you want?" She turned around. "...You're here to tell me to die?"

"W-what? N-no..." Fox said. "I-I'm here to tell you...that..."

"...Don't say anything..." Peppita muttered with a sniff. "...It's clear you hate me so much...besides, you didn't say sorry when you came here after that scientist held me as a hostage..."

Tails blinked. "Wait, what scientist are you talking about?"

Fox looked around. "Wait a minute...I forgot that the guy with met yesterday came here and toss the Shadow Nightmare on me before he went down to the temple..."

"W-what?" Tails asked shocked. "The Spagonia Temple is just down below the abyss?"

Sonic grunted. "That bastard of Eggman came here after all, then?"

Without hesitation (or maybe with it), Tails ran to the north wall where he jumped and began to spin his tails together. "I've got to go down and get to the temple!"

"Wait!" Sonic yelled, but Tails had already dived down to the abyss. Recalling that he had stretchable arms, the werehog extended his claws to some pillars on the walls before he leaped down where Tails headed.

Seeing this, Roger tilted his head. "Um...are they gonna be okay? I mean, the way down is very long..."

Chip blinked. "I-I'll go with them, then," he said, pulling his hands back before flying over the walls to go down and follow the two.

Pit looked at Roy and nodded. "I'll go with them as well. After all, I can fly down and land without problems," he said before he ran all the way to the north wall where he jumped over it and flew down.

"..." Fox didn't care about the scientist. For now, he looked at the sad Velbaysian, moving the tip of her right foot to distract herself. "Peppita...look...I'm really sorry for what happened today..."

Peppita sniffed. "B-but...Fox...y-you looked so angry at me..." She rubbed her eyes. "I-I thought you weren't going to snap out like that to me...I-I just wanted you to like me..." She sobbed a bit before turning around to look up at him. "Was it wrong for me to do all that?"

"...Well...I hate to say this...but..." Fox took a small moment of silence. "...You were really getting out of control, Peppita..."

The Velbaysian looked away and sobbed.

"...And...after thinking everything again, thanks to Sophia..." Fox continued. "...I've got to admit I didn't have to be so harsh on you..."

Peppita rubbed her eyes a bit and looked at him. "B-but...are you still angry at me?" she asked. "W-what if you're just lying now?"

Fox closed his eyes and frowned. "...I'm not lying this time..." he said."...Those lies are over with," he said determined. "I won't lie about the fact that I hated my father as much as I liked him..."

"..." Peppita sniffed. "...And...do you think that whatever you do is the right to do?"

"What?"

"It's true," Fayt said. "Your shadow kept saying that everything he did was the best choice...but most of it was only very insane stuff that involved violence and his welfare."

"And by his welfare, it means also you," Maria said. "That shadow is supposed to say aloud your truths, right? Well, maybe we're wrong, but do you really think that you have always the best choices, and that everyone should follow you?"

Fox looked at them at disbelief. "I...I don't...I mean...I...I don't..."

Chris looked worried. "...It is okay, Fox...just say it so you get over it once and for all..."

"..." Fox sighed depressed. "In truth...I thought the same things that my shadow said to you..."

Some of them gasped a bit.

"...Do you understand that it makes you look like some sort of stupid bastard?" Chris asked. "What is wrong with you, Fox?"

Fox looked away ashamed.

"Just because you are the leader of Star Fox does not make you the best leader there is," he said. "Even I admit I am not ready to be one despite all this time. I have screwed up many times in the past, but that does not make me the perfect leader at all. Maybe I am wrong, but do you think you can handle all the burden of commanding a whole group of people like all of us under your hand?"

Falco shook his head. "He can barely handle Krystal alone."

"True fact," Wolf added. "Let's not forget that Fox was the one who made her drop out from the team."

Fox looked even guiltier.

Maria decided to talk by taking a step forward to Fox. "I know for experience that I'm not the best leader that Quark has ever had," she said, "but that doesn't make me a heartless person... I know I've been very blunt all this time, until I finally realized what it meant to have people who care about you not because you're a high authority..." She closed her eyes and frowned. "Please, Fox, you need to understand that, if you're planning to be a leader, you must carry the burden of everyone and sort it all out to do your best."

"...I know..." Fox said.

"If someone dies because of an order you told them to do that you thought was the best choice, what is that going to do to you?"

"...That's going to tell me my choice was wrong...and I'd feel very bad..."

"Exactly," Maria said. "Choices have all kinds of consequences, and those are always going to be there. That is something that you always have to look for. After fighting your shadow, you pretty much gave me an idea that you're not good enough to be a perfect leader."

Fox grunted. "...I know, really, I know..."

"Now, I ask you something..." Maria trailed off. "...Do you care for the people you talk to?"

"..." Fox nodded silently.

"If you do..." Maria looked at Peppita, "...you can always say sorry and forgive them before it is too late."

Falco crossed his arms. "Or do you wanna repeat the same incident you had with Krystal on the girl?"

"..." Fox looked guilty at the sobbing Velbaysian. "...Peppita...I'm really sorry for everything I've done to you without even thinking about your opinions..."

Peppita sniffed a bit. "B-but..."

"I'm not angry with you anymore..." Fox looked down at his stunned shadow. "You did manage to set this guy straight, and it you didn't fight him...I wouldn't have realized how stupid I am..." He closed his eyes, some tears filling his eyelids. "I'm the best leader...I don't care whatever other people have to say to my orders...and most important of all..." He opened his eyes a bit...and sniffed a bit himself. "...All of these are just lies in the past...because now I know I've been living doing everything wrong, regardless of victories..."

Peppita looked up at him. "..Are you...crying?"

"(...Say it...you can do it...)" Fox thought. "...Yeah...I'm crying now..."

"..." Peppita sniffed a bit. "...Fox...what do you think now?" she asked sniffing. "...What do you think of yourself?"

"...I think there's always time to forgive..." Fox said. "...Also...there's always time to improve and foster relationships with others..." He looked at Falco. "...Sorry, but I think a lot of stuff about you that I really want to say...but I just can't..."

Falco rolled his eyes. "Don't waste your breath with that. The shadow already said all the things he thought about me and the whole team."

Fox looked even more ashamed. "...I'm sorry, then..."

Falco lifted his shoulders a bit. "Meh, it's fine, I guess."

"What?"

Falco grinned at Fox. "I know for one thing that you wouldn't dare say those things so harshly to us, right? I know you Fox. I know you won't yell at us for being lazy people, or inexperienced people, or freelancer-"

"Or idiots," Wolf interrupted.

Falco grunted. "Yeah, hate to admit, but that as well."

"..." Fox looked back at Peppita. "...But I did yell out those things to you so harshly...and...I want you to forgive me..." Fox said. "I was very stressed that time, Peppita. I was feeling a bit mad about the fact that the book I read made me remember about how my father was before he died..."

"Y-yeah..." Peppita said. "...And...I'm so sorry for bothering and annoying you all this time, Fox...please, forgive me instead..."

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - THE LITTLE BIRD (Instrumental Ver.)

"..." Fox thought for a moment and shook his head. "...No, it's me who needs you to forgive me..." His eyes filled a bit more with tears. "What the hell was I thinking all along this time and release all my anger on someone like you?"

"F-Fox..." Peppita sobbed a bit.

Fox rubbed his eyes with his right arm before pulling it down. "...After Sophia told me that, when you were younger, your mother died and your father abandoned you..."

"...My father didn't exactly abandon me..." Peppita said.

"What?"

Peppita smiled at Fox. "My dad's a soldier in the Pangalactic Federation... That's what my mom told me, before she died..." She looked away before looking back at him. "He's a brave, brave soldier...and he's worked his whole life to protect people..." She closed her eyes and frowned. "My mom always said I take after him..."

"But..." Fox thought a bit. "...If you know he's a soldier...does he know that you're here?"

"...No," Peppita admitted. "My dad is always very busy with his work for sure...and I don't exactly know his full name to ask where he works either..." She looked down. "...I'm pathetic, am I not?"

"...No, you're not," Fox said.

"...Heheheh..." Peppita chuckled and smiled a bit at Fox. "...Maybe you're gonna get mad if I tell you this...but...honestly thinking..." She closed her eyes. "...I think we're in the same boat, huh?"

There was a silence that the Velbaysian didn't want to be in. Peppita opened her eyes and stared up at Fox who stared blankly at her. Peppita suddenly grew worried, thinking that Fox would snap out and yell at her again.

"..." Fox seemed to be smiling a bit at her. "...I like to think that way as well, Peppita."

Peppita gasped. "W-w-w-w-what?" she asked in disbelief. "Y-you're not mad at me anymore, then?"

"Why would I get mad over something so stupid, anyway?" Fox asked with a chuckle. "It's just a past, nothing more."

"W-well..." Peppita played with her fingers a bit. "...I-I supposed I could agree with you...but...aren't you putting yourself down a bit?"

"...Nah," Fox said as he shook his head. "It's very fine, to be honest. Heck..." He grinned at her. "...I feel even better with myself now..."

"...Really?"

Fox nodded. "Yeah...you don't know how much better I am, Peppita." The vulpine rubbed his arm one last time against his eyes before looking back at Peppita. "Actually...I think I feel even better...because you were there to make me understand what I've been doing wrong all this time."

"..." Peppita couldn't help but smile wide, a tear shedding itself from her right eye. "T-then..."

Shadow Fox grunted a bit, but he chuckled as well. "What do you know...you finally let it all out..." He smiled happily and sniffed a bit. "...At last...I can leave in peace and enjoy my life...no... Our life together as one single person..."

Fox looked down at him. "So then..."

"...Can...somebody help me to get up?" Shadow Fox asked. "...I really need to stand up before I go away..."

Cliff narrowed his eyes at the shadow. "How do we know you're gonna do something bad?"

Fox looked at him and shook his head. "I trust him," he said before kneeling down, grabbing the shadow's right hand, "and as for you...please, forgive me as well..."

The Shadow Nightmare looked shocked at Fox's hand grabbing his own dark hand. Shadow Fox suddenly chuckled silently before crying some tears. "...Finally...finally...finally!" Shadow Fox exclaimed happily as he managed to look at Fox. "I can finally live without worries at last! I-I don't believe it, but everything feels so darn good all of a sudden!" He made a happy expression.

Roger took a step back. "W-wow, he just became all so happy..."

Shadow Fox looked at everyone and laughed a bit to himself. "Thank you, thank you so much, really! I just can't wait to live normally with everyone I like to hang out with!"

Fox chuckled and smiled. "Hey, you don't have to say aloud what I'm thinking now."

Shadow Fox chuckled and looked back at him. "Please, you really wanted to say it aloud, anyway."

"...Hahahahaha..." Fox nodded. "...So true...so true..."

Shadow Fox chuckled one last time before the darkness that covered him soon began to dissipate in the air with a bright light. For a moment, everyone could see the right image of Fox where the shadow was before he vanished into spores of light that went to Fox through his hand. The vulpine closed his eyes as the spores retreated to his body, and after a while, the light faded, and Fox grunted a bit in pain.

"Fox!" Falco ran and knelt down to see Fox. "Hey, are you okay?"

"...Heheheh..." Fox chuckled. "Okay...are you kidding me, Falco?"

Falco raised an eyebrow as Fox slowly stood up.

"I never felt this good before..." Fox looked at everyone. "And I'm not talking about power or something, but emotionally better..."

Most of them chuckled while others turned away. However, the one that was happier than anybody else was Peppita who leaped to Fox and hugged him tightly, her head leaning to his chest. "Fox, I'm so happy you're the same person I thought you were before!"

"P-Peppita..." Fox blushed a bit as he looked down at her. "P-please, not in front of everyone..."

Mirage chuckled. "You can't hug her back, then?"

"W-what?" Fox asked.

"Hahahahahaha!" Adray laughed loudly. "Oh please, surely you don't want to make her feel sad now, right, young man?"

Roger crossed his arms and nodded. "A real man gotta appease the ladies, after all."

"W-what are you saying now?" Fox asked annoyed.

Wolf grinned at Fox. "C'mon, you know you want do. Make up your mind before it's too late, Fox."

"...You..." Fox grunted a bit before looking down at Peppita. "...Okay..." he muttered before he hugged Peppita back."Sorry for everything, Peppita...please, forgive me."

Peppita smiled and chuckled happily. "Teeheehee, you don't worry, Fox. A hug's the only thing I want from you now. I'll always forgive you for screwing up so badly as well."

Fox glared at her. "I don't screw u-"

"Ahem..." Nel coughed a bit.

"...I-I mean...sure..." Fox said embarrassed. "Geez, you guys put many words in my mouth, I swear..."

The silence of the garden suddenly became defeated by some laughs that came from almost everyone around the 'couple' in the middle of them. Even if Fox felt embarrassed, he nevertheless smiled and chuckled along with Peppita. The Velbaysian never felt so happy before, and the moment surely made up after the whole ordeal they all went through.

"Well," Fayt began, "I guess we can go back and rest for the night. We're surely worn out."

Roger sighed and fell back. "Fayt, don't remind me..."

"Actually..." Wolf trailed off. "There's one last thing to do."

Roy looked at him. "The Spagonia Temple?"

Wolf shook his head. "No, it has to do with Fox and the girl."

Fox and Peppita looked at him. "What do you mean by that now, Wolf?" Fox asked.

Wolf chuckled and crossed his arms. "If you ask me, you should do something else for the girl if you really wanna feel good with yourself to the 100 percent. Considering the fact you thought before that everything you do is the right choice to do...I guess I can do the same to you because I know the girl will like what I have in mind."

"What makes you think I'm going to listen to you?" Fox asked with a glare.

Wolf looked at Peppita. "Once I say the words, there's no turning back for her."

The vulpine and the Velbaysian looked confused at each other.

Trading Town of Peterny
Central Peterny

"...It's sure is a pretty night, right?"

"I guess..."

"Teeheehee, the stars look so bright tonight for some reason, don't you think?"

"I guess..."

"I'm so happy that you decided to come here with me alone..."

"I...guess?"

"Can't you say something else than that?"

"I...don't know..."

Peppita sighed.

It had been a long while after the whole group decided to come back to Peterny and rest for the night. As for Tails and the others, the young fox had investigated the Spagonia Temple and said that Dr. Eggman was nowhere to be found, but unfortunately, Fox couldn't remember much due to the fact he was doing something else that he had to consider important.

And that was having a date with Peppita.

This wasn't exactly the vulpine's idea, but rather Wolf's idea. The lupine had told Fox and Peppita to go a date alone, and Peppita instantly looked so excited at the idea except for Fox. The leader of Star Fox couldn't just say no after the Velbaysian looked very cheerfully. That and the fact almost everyone looked at him smiling to make feel guilty about what he was going to say originally.

Thus, Fox said yes.

The leader of Star Fox and the Velbaysian were sitting down alone on the steps of the silent central square of the town, just in front of the church. Peppita was sitting to the left of Fox as both looked up to the stars.

Peppita chuckled and leaned her head to Fox's right arm. Startled a bit, Fox looked at her. "W-what are you doing?"

"Well, your friends told me you were gonna leave tomorrow, right?"

"Yes..."

"So...I wanna enjoy the time we have left before you leave," Peppita said chuckling. "Don't worry, I don't love you anymore, Fox."

"But..."

"...But I do like you very much instead," Peppita giggled happily. "I'm so happy that you decided to take me on a date. That's so nice of you."

Fox wanted to kill Wolf now.

However, Fox's thought was interrupted as he could have sworn hearing a sniff from Peppita.

"Peppita?" Fox began. "Are you sniffing?"

Peppita sniffed silently. "I-I am..." she said sadly. "T-to think you're going to leave tomorrow...makes me so sad..." She looked at him. "C-can't you come back? I know you have to fight the Subspace Army so they don't mess up the other worlds out there, but..."

"Sorry..." Fox looked away. "I need to do that or else nobody's going to do it."

"What about the other 10 people with you?"

The vulpine felt a bit cornered at the question. "...They need my help," Fox said as he grunted mentally. "I need to give me some aid, you know..."

Peppita looked down and rubbed her right eye a bit. "B-but...I want you come back and visit me again, Fox..." She sobbed a bit. "I really want you to do that for me...pretty please?"

Fox looked at her. "I-I just don't know, Pepp-"

"Oh, wait, I know!" Peppita suddenly said as she quickly stood up and looked down at him. "I have just the thing that will make you come back to visit me!"

Fox raised an eyebrow. "And...what would that be?"

Peppita dug her right hand in her pocket as she stuck out her tongue a bit to the side. "Oooooohh...where is it now? I'm pretty sure I had another left here..." She blinked surprised as she felt something thin. "Oh, here it is!" She giggled happily as she took out her hand and showed something to Fox. "Here, take it."

"...A..." Fox stared at a ticket in front of him. "...Ticket?"

Peppita nodded several times. "Yep, a free pass ticket to watch the Rossetti Troupe perform at Moonbase very soon."

Fox looked confused at her. "Where's Moonbase?"

Peppita pointed at the stars. "It's close to Earth, around the satellite Luna. There's where my family is at right now."

"..."

"...I'll show where it is with your own eyes," Peppita said as she gave the ticket to Fox. "For now, please, have that ticket with you and protect with all your life."

Fox stared at the ticket. "...What?"

"Silly, that's my last free pass ticket," Peppita said. "That's the only reason that will make you decide to come back and watch the Fairy of Illusions perform in her debut on stage." She giggled happily as she slowly danced a bit. "~And then the warrior, exhausted, shall pay a visit to the Fairy of Illusions to recover his forces and keep fighting for the future,~" she sang happily before stopping dancing. "You might want to hold on to that for now on. Will you promise me that?"

"..." Fox thought as he stared at the ticket. "(Make her happy after all you've done on her...)" he thought before smiling a bit at Peppita. "You've got a deal, then."

"Not a deal, but a promise..." Peppita trailed off. "...Um...nah, a promise is too much for you." She giggled. "Take it as a reminder instead."

"Yeah, I guess," Fox said as he put the ticket inside his jacket's pocket. "There, safe and sound."

Peppita waved a finger in front of him. "No getting it dirty of ripped now, okay? Take care of it."

Fox nodded. "You don't worry about it."

The Velbaysian smiled happily. "Thank you so much, Fox..." She happily took out a black scoreboard from her back. "And now, I'm gonna give you my autograph."

"...What?" Fox stared at the black scoreboard. "What are you going to do with that?"

"Stand still and let me give you my autograph, okay?"

"O...kay?" Fox said confused before Peppita walked behind him where she knelt down and...scribbled on the back of his jacket. "P-Peppita?"

Peppita stuck out her tongue a bit. "To...my...beloved...Fox..." she muttered. "From...the Fairy of Illusions...Peppita Rossetti..." She put her black scoreboard away. "...All done!"

"W-what the..." Fox turned his head over his left shoulder to look whatever Peppita wrote on his jacket...

Even though he couldn't see much from his shoulder, there was some sort of happy face that surely looked like Peppita since it had her pigtails on the head. Also, below it, there was Peppita's name that spread from each side of the vulpine's back...and it barely even said 'Peppita' due to the fact it was hard for her to write her whole name. Peppita didn't want to admit she did it wrong as well.

Worse yet, the black scoreboard's paint was permanent.

"H-hey!" Fox looked at her shocked. "Y-you just can't draw on somebody's jacket like that!"

"Huh?" Peppita tilted her head. "B-but I thought you'd like to have an autograph..."

Fox sighed in depression. "Peppita, I didn't ask you for your autograph, but..."

Peppita looked down and sniffed.

"(Oh man, not this again, please...)" Fox thought ashamed. "...Okay, okay, I'll keep your autograph if you stop looking so sad now..."

"...Seriously?" Peppita suddenly looked excited. "T-thank you, Fox! You're the best guy I've ever met before!"

Fox smiled nervously at her. "Y-yeah, I am, right? (My jacket...)"

"After I do my debut, in six months, that jacket will be so valuable," she said. "Why, you could buy an entire planet with it."

"An...entire planet with my jacket..." Fox trailed off bored.

"...You don't believe?"

Fox gasped mentally after Peppita looked sad. "N-no, I believe you...I-I'm sure you'll do it just fine on the stage. I can't hardly wait to buy a planet with my jacket...as well..." he muttered the last part.

Peppita joined her hands and giggled. "Heeheehee, thanks, Fox," she said before blushing as she knelt down and hugged him tightly. "Really, many thanks, Fox..." She moved up her eyes at him. "And please...fight for me, okay?"

"Fight for you?"

"Yeah, I mean, you're fighting to keep peace, right?"

"Yes, I do..."

"And you fight to protect your beloved ones, right?"

"Yes..."

Peppita hugged him tightly. "Please, when you fight something or someone, think about me, okay?"

Fox tilted his head. "Hey, I fight for everyone, not just you."

"...Can I be a special one, though?"

Fox thought for a moment. "(...Make her happy... Well...screw it, just tell her)." The vulpine chuckled and hugged Peppita. "Of course, I will fight for everyone...and you, Peppita..."

The Velbaysian remained silent before she closed her eyes and chuckled. "Thank you so much, Fox..." She shed a tear. "...I'm really going to miss you after you leave, Fox...really, I will..."

Fox closed his eyes. "I will as well, Peppita..." He looked up to the sky. "...I will as well..."

"I'll promise you that I'll become the greatest dancer..." Peppita muttered. "I'm gonna hit the stardom to make the Rossetti Troupe the biggest attraction in the whole universe...and become a great dancer like my mom was..." She remained silent. "...Will you cheer on me on the stage?"

"You can say that again, and I'll say of course."

"T-thank you so much, Fox! Really!"

Peppita and Fox chuckled together for a little while before they both remained silent once again.

"(Teehee...)" Peppita giggled mentally. "(He smells so sweet when you're close enough to him...I wonder why, though...)" She moved her eyes down to find a familiar brown patch on Fox's vest. "(...Oh, right, the curry...)" she thought embarrassed. "(...Don't remind him about that...)"

Fox suddenly yawned a bit. "Well...I don't know you, but I really have to sleep for now..."

Peppita stopped hugging and looked determined at him. "And I gotta finish up some works I have pending at the workshop."

"What?" Fox asked. "I thought the workshop was closed for the night."

Peppita took out a key. "It was...past tense," she said chuckling. "When Fayt wasn't looking, I stole this from him." She looked to the west of the square. "You can go back to sleep now, Fox. Really, thanks for taking me to a date with you. I really enjoyed it."

"(I'm just glad there weren't any kisses,)" Fox thought. "And I'm glad we're back to our normal selves...mainly because of you."

Peppita blushed. "O-oh, please, you're making me blush...but seriously, I hafta go and work extra hard before you leav-I mean, before Fayt files the patents tomorrow." She turned around and ran away to the west. "Until then, good night, Fox! Thank you so much for tonight!"

"Wait."

Peppita stopped running and looked at him. "Yes?"

"Let me ask you one last thing," Fox began, "why did you fall in love with me again? You're a human and I'm a humanoid fox."

"..." Peppita thought for a moment. "...I guess you could say you're attractive yourself."

Fox stared blankly at Peppita.

The Velbaysian chuckled. "Well...I haven't experienced love before...but that's the whole truth." She nodded at Fox. "Do you have a girlfriend? I'm pretty sure you have someone you really love."

"..." The image of Krystal passed through Fox's mind. "...Sort of."

"...Sort of?"

Fox nodded. "Love...is a very complicated matter, Peppita... Don't worry, you'll see by yourself when you get older."

"...Okay," Peppita said chuckling. "Well, I wish the best of wishes to you 2. For now, I have to go and do something special." She turned around and continued her way. "Thanks again, Fox! You're...you're the best person I've ever met!"

The leader of Star Fox watched as the Velbaysian ran away to the west. Smiling a bit to himself, Fox got up from the floor and looked around until he looked to a small stand to his left. "You can come on out now."

"!" A figure gasped behind the stand. A familiar scholar stood up and looked nervously at the grinning vulpine. He then looked around. "E-er...would you like to buy something tonight, young sir?"

Fox looked amused as he put his hands on his hips. "Well, I don't see you have anything to sell tonight, Chris..."

Chris looked at the empty bosses that were leaning against the stand. "...They are invisible fruits and vegetables...a new kind of...food..."

"..."

"...Sorry," Chris said in defeat. "I was worried about what you would do alone with Peppita..."

Fox rolled his eyes. "I wasn't going to yell at her. Are you that worried?"

"...To be honest...yes..."

Fox chuckled. "Well, you saw what happened now. You can stop worrying about me now." He looked serious. "But seriously, I'm not a kid anymore."

Chris shyly walked out from the stand and walked to Fox. "W-well...sorry..."

"..." Fox smiled a bit at him. "Meh, it's okay, Chris. I think it's nice of you to worry about me."

The scholar looked away for a bit before he looked back at Fox. "I-it is, right? I am sorry for stalking you."

"It's justified," Fox said. "After all I did...I guess you had the right to check on me."

The scholar wiped the sweat off from his forehead and sighed. "I have to admit it was very nice (and cute) of you to go on a date with Peppita. At least it was a fake one."

Fox nodded. "Heheheh, yeah, good thing it was a fake one. She got happy, though. That's what I wanted to do for he-"

"After Wolf told you that."

"...Yes," Fox said annoyed. "But in all truth...it was the right to do like said...come to think of it, it was mysteriously nice of him..." He rubbed his chin and looked even more serious. "It's like he's trying to give me a hand while I think he wants to annoy me to no end..."

Chris chuckled, recalling Wolf's private conversation. "Yes...I think it was just like you thought. We are sure you picked the best choice that did not involve sadness or something of the sort."

"..." Fox looked down. "...Thank you, Chris."

The scholar tilted his head confused. "What? Why are you being thankful to me so suddenly?"

"If it wasn't for you, I wouldn't have known that this place existed," Fox said as he clenched his fists a bit. "And I wouldn't have gotten over the death of my father either... I think he really is dead..."

"Sorry..." Chris looked apologetic. "It is hard for you...right?"

"...Yes, it is very hard for me to get over it," Fox said before he looked at him and smiled, shedding a small tear. "But I'm glad it's over at last..." He closed his eyes. "Now, I can live without worries. If I see my father again, for some other reason, I'm going to ignore him and curse out my mind for playing tricks on me."

The scholar smiled a bit, his half-closed eyes staring at Fox with some relief. "Then...I am glad I helped you, Fox..." He looked away and blushed. "...And I am glad you are back to your cool self..."

"...My cool self?" Fox repeated. "...Oooooh, so you think I'm cool," he chuckled before crossing his arms, grinning at Chris. "Really, am I cool to you or what?"

Chris looked at Fox's pose. "(O-okay, do not say lies now...) T-to be frank...you are the coolest, Fox..."

Fox looked a bit surprised.

The scholar chuckled. "Why, I think you are the coolest character I have ever met in person before," he admitted, smiling happily. "Maybe you could be the perfect role model I have been looking for!"

"Wait, wait, your role model?" Fox asked. "What about your dad? Because I had my father as my role model, but now you're saying I'm your role model?"

"What is wrong about that?" Chris asked. "You are so cool...that...I wish I could be just like you when I grow up..."

Fox uncrossed his arms and shook his head.

"...What?"

"If you ask me, you're cool in your own way," Fox said. "You're not thinking about being just like me, right?"

"A-a little bit..."

"...Well, that's good, I guess," Fox said grinning. "Okay, Chris. Since you helped me to come here and overcome my internal problems..." He saluted to him by putting his fingers on his forehead. "I'm going to do my best to live up to your expectations. That way, I'll know I'm doing the right thing...for sure this time."

"...(H-he is so cool...)" Chris thought embarrassed. "T-thank you, Fox. Really, it makes me so happy to think you will continue like this. If you ask me, it is the best choice you have chosen this time."

"...Thanks..."

"...From all the other choices that affected the storyline of your game...it is surely the best one."

"What?" Fox asked as he lowered his hand.

"It is true," Chris said as he looked worried. "Your latest game revolved about decisions and decisions and decisions with even more decisions. One decision leaded to another decision, and so on until you reached 9 different endings that...some were weird."

"...Really?"

Chris nodded. "There was this ending where Falco decided to make Star Falco with Kat and Dash as his members..."

Fox stared blankly at Chris.

"...And there was this other ending where Krystal becomes Kursed because everyone treated her as a traitor after rejoining you, and you and her met sometime in the future. When you did, you did not recognize her again.

Fox stared blankly at him.

"And there was this other ending where Dash tries to make Venom habitable for people...until he became corrupted with power and turned out like Andross..."

Fox's jaw opened a bit.

"...And do not get me started with the ending where you and Falco become racers in G-Zero races to forget everything about your past lives after Star Wolf defeated the Anglar by themselves..." He took a moment of silence. "...Like Captain Falcon, no less..."

The vulpine stared at the scholar in some disbelief after hearing some of the endings to his last game. Closing his eyes, Fox grunted a bit and started to say something. It seemed that what he heard made him get a little bit angry... "...What the f(beep) did those programmers do to my storyline?"

Chris bowed to Fox. "Please, do not think badly of us...but that is how everything turned out..." He pulled back himself and looked back at Fox. "At least Master Hand made out a new ending where you and everyone rejoined Star Fox..."

"..." Fox sighed. "You know what...screw it, Chris."

"Hmm?"

"I'm happy to know that AT LEAST Master Hand let me do my things right..." Fox rolled his eyes. "Please, become racers like C. Falcon...Krystal leaving to change her name and identity...Falco making his own team...Dash becoming a madman like Andross..."

The scholar sweat dropped at this."(At least I did not tell him about the Marcus ending... I do not want Fox to get worked up by hearing more, anyway...)"

Fox chuckled and waved a bored hand at him. "Okay..." He yawned a bit. "If you'd excuse me...I have to rest and meet the pillow..."

The scholar stared blankly at him before nodding. "...All right, then... Go ahead and forget what I said about the endings."

"Please do."

"...Oh yes, it was a very rough night for everyone. It would make sense you were exhausted."

"Yeah..." Fox muttered before he started his way to the west. "Time to go back to the inn, Chris..."

"Y-yes...about that..." Chris shifted his eyes. "...I am going to stay here for a little bit more and take some fresh air, okay?"

Fox raised his shoulders a bit as he continued walking. "Whatever rolls your way...good night..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Star Ocean 3 Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on November 29, 2009, 05:59:23 PM
Music stops

As the scholar watched the tired vulpine walking many feet away where he opened a door to the inn and closed it, Chris looked to the south where he watched as, from the darkness of an alley, Wolf walked out with crossed arms. The lupine looked around and found the scholar. "So, you're here."

Chris nodded and walked to him. "Yes, I am here," he said. "Why did you want me to come here after we exited the garden?"

Wolf looked serious at him. "Because I want you to meet someone in person that I've been wanting to see him again for all this time."

"...Whatever are you talking about?"

"Let's cut the talk and get to the point," Wolf said as he looked mad to the east. "I know you're hiding there, idiot. Come on out and face me."

The scholar looked confused as he looked to Wolf's direction. His half-closed eyes suddenly opened fully as a figure walked to them with hands in green pockets. The figure was the same height as Wolf, and he looked strongly familiar like someone Chris and Wolf knew except for the fact that the mysterious man wore an orange scarf and orange-and-black tankers boots, along with some sunglasses that covered his eyes.

"My god," the man said as he stopped walking in front of them, chuckling amused to himself. "Have your ears gotten that better during all these years of abscence?"

Wolf grunted a bit and put his hands at the sides. "Shut up, you. It's been hell to be taking care of your son."

"...W-what the..." Chris shook his head.

Before the scholar, he just couldn't believe that the person that looked strongly the same as Fox was standing in front of them. The only person that could easily push theories that involved around him was Star Fox's previous leader, James McCloud, the same hero that did many deeds to Corneria in the past.

James, grinning, looked at Wolf and Chris. "So, how's it going, Wolf?"

Wolf rolled his eye. "Very dandy, if you'd ask me again," he said sarcastically. "Seriously, cut the crap already, James."

James still looked amused. "What crap would that be? I just came here, and now you're going back to your stubborn self?"

"No, like I'm going back to be the same guy I was before," Wolf said annoyed. "I knew you were going to come and stalk on Fox and me the moment that girl told me that she met you."

"...Oh, so I guess the girl that was with my son told you, huh?"

Chris looked shocked at James, but then he turned his head to look at Wolf. Noticing this action, Wolf frowned. "I know what you're going to ask now, kid. When we were coming back here, the little girl told me that she saw someone that looked just like Fox today. I don't know why she told me that, but I guess she said that to me as some kind of gift for giving her the idea to go on a date with Fox." He glared at James. "Then, I used logic, and I came to the conclusion that YOU were here."

"..." James chuckled a bit. "Seems you have grown after all, Wolf."

"Oh, yes, I did," Wolf said grinning. "It appears that my 'friend' suggested me to take care of his son for him so I could become the feared leader of Star Wolf across the Lylat System." He frowned. "James, James, James...what were you thinking when you decided to give me a hand?"

James raised his shoulders a bit. "I knew you could be a worthy rival in the future so I asked to myself why not."

"...Seriously, tell me now," Wolf said. "Tell me why you've been hiding all these years from Fox and everyone. I knew you weren't going to necessarily die in that battle with Andross."

James looked away. "...Would you believe that I did all that just to let my son take over Star Fox for me earlier?"

"What?" Wolf asked. "You decided to stay low and let Fox take over your team? I don't see why you did all that bravado just to let Fox be the leader of your team."

James looked at him. "I did that so he could grow faster by himself, Wolf," he explained. "To be honest, I knew he was doing just fine, but, would he accept the idea to become the leader earlier if I told him directly? He would say no and be just a regular member, and I didn't want that. I wanted him to reach his goals faster because my own goals were done for the moment I worked with the team for years. The kid looked up to me so much, Wolf. I myself was restraining him from becoming so good by himself. I didn't want him to become a splitting image of my own self."

"Tsk, he DID get good enough to take me down," Wolf said annoyed. "You're putting a lot of work on him, you know that?"

"So what?" James asked amused. "Fox worked his way around everything as I've had predicted. Just look at him, Wolf," he said. "Fox has become the man I wanted him to become without EXACTLY being like me. He would have become just like me if I was around."

Wolf looked away and snarled a bit. "I JUST don't understand your motives...seriously..."

"Well, you don't have a son yourself so you don't know very well," James said before looking at Chris. "As for you...Chris, right?"

"That's his name," Wolf said as he turned around to see them. "This kid gave us a hand during the whole thing."

James grinned at Chris. "Well, thanks, Chris," he said as put a hand on the shocked scholar. "Thanks to you, my son accepted what he had to accept to fully become probably the best leader of Star Fox. You really pulled him back to his feet, man."

The scholar merely remained silent as his eyes stared at James.

"...You're at a loss of words, huh?" James asked amused before he pulled his hand back. "Okay, I understand."

Wolf grunted a bit. "How did you even get here, anyway? We came here through a portal, but what about your case?"

James looked at him. "...You wouldn't know how messed up a black hole is around the galaxy..." he said shrugging. "Really, you get in one, you don't know what will happen next."

"...The hell were you doing around a black hole?" Wolf asked.

"...It was very black," James said. "...How can you tell where it is? The outer space HAD to be black to fool your eyes. I'm an idiot to run into one as I soared the space some days ago, minding my own business."

Wolf chuckled. "Yeah, I'd blame the sunglasses you always wear. Those kill your vision if you wear them for that long, you know."

James chuckled. "Maybe they do, but hey, at least I got to where Fox was. Now THAT'S what I call luck, wouldn't you say?"

"Yeah, I guess. You had the luck of a bastard."

"Exactly what I was thinking," James said. "Oh, and by the way, I wouldn't mind if I came back home and give you the so-deserved match you wanted to have with me, provided you're not going to kill me..."

Wolf smirked. "Well, shall we see what could happen?"

"...I like your demeanor," James said chuckling. "If that's the case, I won't let you take me down and end my play time, Wolf."

The lupine nodded. "Okay, now we have a compromise..."

"But don't tell this to Fox, okay?"

"What, are you going to be hiding a little bit more?"

"Well, I want to see what the new Fox can do before I make a return," James said. "Or...I could appear once he marries Krystal."

"You know about her?"

"I know EVERYTHING about Fox," James said. "Hell, I've been there in all those important battles where his life was at danger."

"...Then...he wasn't kidding when Krystal told me that he saw you close?"

James raised an eyebrow. "He wasn't kidding, but he doesn't know ironically... Does everyone really think I'm some sort of ghost? Cool, I didn't think my disappearance would put me at the ranks of the undead."

"Stop it already and go away," Wolf said. "I want to have that match with you."

"Will you promise you won't tell this to Fox, though?"

"Yeah, whatever," Wolf said. "The kid here won't say it as well. If he does, he'll have a nice talk with my Wolfen."

The scholar still looked shocked.

James chuckled at this. "Wolf, always being a little bit violent..."

"What can I say, I've changed after all this time...thanks to you," Wolf said chuckling. "Now get out of my sight and go back to Corneria. Tell me the time, place, and rules."

"I'll send you a message, but you have to make sure Fox doesn't know or anyone else, okay?"

"Got it."

James saluted Wolf one time before he turned around. Raising a hand as he walked away to the east gate, he said to them "And please, do take care of Fox. After all, he has to fight the Subspace Army."

"Do you know the way back home, though?" Wolf suddenly asked. "Do you want to risk your luck with Mr. Black Hole?"

James stopped walking. "...I...ah...well...you see..."

"...Owned at last," Wolf said pleased before he took Chris's Wiimote from his pocket. "I can give you a hand. I know how to use this machine."

James looked back at Wolf. "You're not tricking me, right?"

Wolf grinned and walked to him. "Why would I trick you now? I wanna have that fight as soon as possible. Don't worry; I'll open a portal big enough for your Arwing to get in."

James chuckled pleased as he walked alongside Wolf. "...So, you made yourself a team."

"Yeah, but I'm not that proud of it," Wolf said as they both walked to the east gate of the city. "Leon is just a stupid psychopath and Panther is an annoying womanizer."

"Tsk, you recruited the weirdest people, then."

"If I recall, you were the first one to have Pigma with you."

"...Touche," James said chuckling with Wolf.

It almost looked like the two formed some kind of a strange relationship. It even looked like Wolf didn't hate James anymore by how each other talked and chuckled at each other's achievements in life. These facts were made clearer as James hung his right arm on Wolf's shoulders, the lupine not minding to push it away before they both disappeared from sight...

...And back with the scholar...

"..." Chris shook his head before he started to chuckle nervously. "Heheheh...heheheh...heheheh..." He embraced himself. "I-I-I did not just see a ghost now, d-d-d-d-d-d-did I?"

It looked just as if Chris was getting insane by the crazy look behind his glasses.

"I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I surely did not see James in front of me...right?" He looked around as he chuckled nervously. "I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I am crazy...that is it...I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I am crazy just like Fox and Wolf...y-yes, that must be it...heheheheheh, heheheheheh, heheheheheh..."

Chris slowly turned around to the west as he clutched his arms to his body.

"T-T-T-T-T-T-T-That must be the most logical reason...y-y-y-yes, it must be it...I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I am as crazy as Fox and Wolf are...J-J-J-J-J-J-James is not alive but dead...and the one that was in front of me was not him but...m-m-m-m-my mind playing tricks on me...like Fox and Wolf's minds...hahahahahaha..."

The scholar walked all the way back to the inn, ignoring an Arwing that flew into a portal from his Wiimote on the horizon of the sky.

"I am so crazy...I am so...stupidly crazy...oh yes... HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Chris crackled loudly before he entered the inn, slamming the door behind him.

Dream

For Fox, there was one last thing he wanted to be done with as the scene where the young Fox and the young Chris were hiding under the same slide. Fox glared up at the monster in front of them while Chris didn't want to stop embracing his legs in fear.

"...Stop it..." the young Fox muttered. "...Stop it!" he demanded to the shadow. "...This is over, you hear me?!"

The shadow seemed to back away scared as the young vulpine raised his fists and closed his eyes with anger. The crying Chris slowly looked up and gasped.

"I know why you're here!" the young Fox yelled. "You're here because you think my father is out there, right? Well, let me tell you something: James McCloud is dead, and he will never come to get me!"

The young vulpine didn't notice the fact that his voice was somehow becoming like that of a young man.

"I was stupid to think he would come back because he is not alive!" Fox yelled. "That's what you wanted to hear, right? Well, there you have it! Do me a favor and leave us both alon-oww! My head!" Fox gritted his fangs as he felt something hitting his head. "Damn...what was that just now?"

The young vulpine slowly opened his eyes and found himself staring at the shadow. For some odd reason, the Nightmare looked smaller than before. Then, looking to himself, the young vulpine found out that he wasn't a kid anymore, but was his current older self as an adult, his usual attire and Blaster in his holster. Fox looked surprised before he looked down at the shocked Chris.

"Y-you...grew up so suddenly..." the young Chris said as he looked up at him. "...H-how did you do that?"

Fox looked at his hands. "...I don't know..." he said. "But...maybe this happened because..." He slowly grinned as his hands turned into fists. "...This happened because I realized what I had to say aloud...and make the lies go away by saying the truth..." He smirked at the Nightmare. "Now, guess what I'm going to do now with you?"

The Nightmare looked a bit frightened before Fox quickly dashed at it and delivered a quick right kick to its head. The Nightmare shrieked in pain before the vulpine got closer again and used a back-flip kick to hit its chin hard enough to push it high up into the raining air. The leader of Star Fox then jumped twice to reach high enough and use a quintuple kick, kicking the shadow hard in the head before Fox turned around and used a strong back kick to push the shadow away.

The young Chris watched in surprise as Fox landed back quickly and ran after the Nightmare. The monster didn't have any force left to attack back nor turn back and disappear. It painfully managed to stand up for Fox to grab it by the neck, putting a tight grip that made the Nightmare scream.

Fox grinned at the monster. "Guess what: I'm not scared anymore," he said. "It's time for you yo pack your things and go away."

The Nightmare shrieked as Fox pulled him up above himself and slammed it down hard on the floor, the vulpine jumping to the air at the same time to send a flurry of shots from his Blaster to obliterate the shadow. The Nightmare, as it received the shots, couldn't take it anymore and it suddenly vanished in dark spores that spread as Fox landed back crouching, confidently spinning his Blaster's trigger with a finger before putting it back to its holster, the vulpine chuckling.

Fox stood up and looked around. "Finally, now everything's back to normal..." He looked back to the slide where the young Chris was. "...Or...maybe not..."

"..." The young Chris didn't say a word as he saw the adult walking to him. Once Fox reached him, he looked down at him and knelt down. "...U-um..."

"What?" Fox asked. "I just saved you from that monster. You're not going to run away, right?"

"N-no..." Chris gulped before he sniffed. "I-it was so nice of you in getting rid of the monster...but...I-I don't know my way home..." He began to sob. "I-I want to go home...I don't want to stay here anymore..."

The vulpine rubbed his chin. "Yeah, I forgot about that..." He thought for a moment. "...Wait, I know where your home is."

"...Really?" Chris asked in surprise. "H-how do you know?"

Fox looked at him and chuckled. "I know that because I know you, Chris." He stood up and crossed his arms. "You want to get home as soon as possible, right? Well, I know the way."

"...D-do you really know the way?"

Fox grinned confidently. "Just leave it to me, Chris." He stretched his right hand to him. "C'mon now, we have to get you home before night gets here."

"...I-I..." the young Chris stuttered a bit before he, surprisingly, ignored Fox's hand and went straight to hug his legs tightly. "T-thank you so much, Fox!"

Fox got startled as the young boy put a tight grip on his legs. "Chris?"

The young Chris chuckled and looked up at him. "Y-you're...you're so nice...and so cool, Fox..." he said happily. "The way you showed that monster who the boss was here...it looked so cool how you kicked it like that just because you wanted to save me!"

"...Well, what can I say?" Fox grinned again and rubbed Chris's hair a bit with his right hand. "You're important to me. I just couldn't watch it hit you. I'd get so angry if that happened."

The young Chris made a happy expression before leaning to Fox closer. "You're so cool...there's no doubt about it..."

Fox could only stare and laugh for a bit before he knelt down to the boy. Resting his right arm on his right knee, the vulpine smiled a bit at Chris. "So, shall I let you follow me to your home?"

The young boy blushed a bit. "...P-please..." He shivered a bit and snizzed. "I-I don't want to get a cold..."

"Hmmm..." Fox grunted at this and took out his jacket that he put on Chris. "Here, use my jacket. It'll keep you warm."

"R-really?" Chris asked.

"You're using it now," Fox said annoyed. "You're even clutching your hands to it."

"...Heheheh," the young Chris chuckled embarrassed. "T-thanks again..."

Fox gave him a thumbs up before standing up. Standing by the side, the leader of Star Fox stretched his left hand to Chris. Covering himself with his left hand grabbing the middle of the jacket, the young boy grabbed the vulpine's hand with his free hand. Fox smiled a bit and nodded to him before he began to walk away along with Chris.

"Are you sure this is the way?" Chris asked.

"...I'm pretty darn sure," Fox muttered with a chuckle as both disappeared into the mist. "Don't be scared...because I'm going to stay with you all the time. If something gets to you, tell me so I can protect you, okay?"

"...You're the coolest..." Chris commented. "...You're so, but so cool."

"...Thanks..."

And everything became so hazy...as both the adult and the boy chuckled happily with other within the mist of the rainy night...

Aquios Territory
Irisa Fields

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Air Harmony

The next morning...

"So...I guess it's good bye now," Nel said.

It was a bright morning as both groups were out from the city. The Smashers were standing in front of Fayt's group on top of a hill. For some reason, Peppita was nowhere to be found as only Fayt, Sophia, Maria, Cliff, Mirage, Nel, Albel, Roger, and Adray were there.

"Yeah, we have to leave now," C. Falcon said. "We're done with this place, right?"

Tails nodded as he took out what looked to be two pieces of a tablet that depicted a star. "Yes, we're done," he said. "But I don't understand one thing...you said Dr. Eggman had gone to the temple, but we didn't find him around."

Fox nodded. "That's how I recalled the event," he said. "I'm pretty sure he went down."

"Hmm..." Tails thought for a moment. "...Even so, we managed to use the Sun and Moon Tablets to get to these other pieces..." He looked at the pieces. "...There must be something I overlooked, though..."

"Well, we can't help you more with that," Cliff said. "I guess you're all on your own, huh?"

"True," Samus said. "This is a mystery we have to resolve by ourselves."

"Pitiful knowledge, I'd say," Albel commented. "Whoever is the maggot that is causing all those commotions to you, do us a favor and kill him off." He looked serious. "I don't mind taking on the worm you're looking for, but now..."

"We have our own matters to resolve by ourselves," Nel continued. "It's pretty much like yours. A group goes their own way."

"Yeah," Pit said. "Thank you so much for giving us a hand. If it weren't for all of you, we wouldn't have survived in this place."

"Don't sweat it," Roger said. "You DID give us back our equipment, right?"

"Yes, we did."

"Hmm, that's okay, then," the Menodix said before looking up at them. "Yah guys have to get stronger by your own means and show that doctor who's the man here, got that?"

"U-um...Roger..." Chris looked at Roger. "...Did you...reconsider?"

"Reconsider what?"

"The bugs...the bugs that you have with you... I really need to have those bugs with me..." The scholar looked a bit worried. "...Can I have them, please? They are going to help us a lot if you give them to me..."

The Menodix slowly took off his helmet and let the two lady bugs fly around his head. "Well..." He lifted his shoulders. "Oh, whatever," he said before looking at the bugs. "Lucifer, Thanatos, go with him."

"...Lucifer and Thanatos?" Sophia repeated confused as the golden bugs listened to Roger and went to a shocked Chris. "Roger, why did you give those bugs...those names?"

"What? I can't give 'em those names?" Roger asked. "I thought they sounded cool."

"N-no, it is just that those names are...a bit scary..." Chris admitted. "...Those names are of demons, you know that?"

"...Really?" Roger asked. "...Awesome," he chuckled a bit. "I knew lil' Thany was special. She's a girl, but man, she's very special."

Everyone just looked at him shocked as the bugs flew around Chris. The scholar snapped out from the silence and gently grabbed the bugs and put them in his pcokets.

"...That aside..." Maria looked at them and smiled a bit. "Thanks for coming here. It was nice to have such an interesting group of people among us."

"Aw, please, don't say that. You're as interesting as we are," Roy said. "Heck, you're even stronger than us. It was because of you that we were able to fight the enemies in this place."

Adray nodded and rubbed his chin a bit. "You always have a home here. But...if you reconsider..."

'We're NOT marrying Clair," Roy and Pit interrupted the old man.

"...No, I was going to say that you can come back and join us in our quest to save the universe beyond the sky."

"...Are you sure?" Roy asked.

"Very sure."

"Are you sure?"

"I'm so sure."

"VERY SURE?"

"I'm so very sure."

"ARE YOU REALLY, VERY SURE?"

"...I forgot now," Adray said ashamed. "I knew I was saying the truth, honest."

Roy sighed and frowned. "Oh man..."

Adray laughed a bit. "But please, do come back here and drop by in any workshop! I'll be glad to have your presences aroun-"

"And I'll make sure he doesn't do something weird," Nel interrupted.

Adray sighed. "Teenagers these days take care of everything...it wasn't like this a few years back."

Roy, without making any sounds, opened and closed his mouth to Nel to say "Thank you, Nel" in order for Adray to not hear him. Nel chuckled and merely nodded at him.

Mirage looked around. "That's weird. Where is Peppita?"

Fayt and the others looked around the field. "Yeah, I thought she was going to be here and say farewell to you guys."

Sophia put a finger on her chin and wondered something. "Last time I recalled she wasn't at the inn... I wonder where she went to..."

Sonic tilted his head before he looked at a figure coming from the gates of Peterny. "Hey, I think she's coming here."

Everyone turned around to the south where the Velbaysian came running to them. Peppita seemed to be carrying a bag with something inside in her right hand. Halting to catch her breath, the Velbaysian panted a bit before looking up cheerfully. "H-hey, everyone..." she muttered. "Sorry to be late...but I had to finish up some arrangements during the whole night at the workshop..."

"You what?" Cliff asked. "You stayed all night working in the workshop all alone by yourself?"

"Peppita!" Fayt said. "You were the one who took away the key, then?"

"L-look, I'm so sorry for doing that, but I had to do it to do something special for..." She blushed a bit as she looked at Fox. "...Fox..."

The vulpine raised an eyebrow as the Velbaysian walked to him and showed him the bag.

"...Since you're going away..." Peppita began, "...you may as well leave prepared." She chuckled happily. "I worked so hard all night long, thinking about you all the time."

Fox looked away and blushed.

"...So then..." She dropped the bag on his right hand. "I want you and everyone to have this..." Peppita looked confused. "I-I dunno what happened when I crafted those items...but...they came out like...well...um..." She looked embarrassed. "...Please, take a look..."

The leader of Star Fox looked at the bag on his hand. Curious, he grabbed the ends of the bag to open it wide and see what was inside. "...Hey, these are..."

"...Stickers..." Peppita muttered. "...Oooooooooh, I'm so sorry, Fox!" she apologized. "When I noticed, all my creations came out as stickers for some random reason! T-that's how complicated the world of Item Creation is for the inventors!"

Some of the Smashers took a peek of the bag in front of Fox. From what they could see, there were big and small stickers that had, for some reason, the images of Fayt, Sophia, Maria, Cliff, Mirage, Nel, Albel, Roger, Adray, and even Peppita herself were the very same stickers, along with a big one that depicted a pair of red boots.

"...Stickers..." Wolf muttered amused. "...You don't think these stickers have special effects, right?"

"...They do..." Fox muttered as he smiled a bit at them. "They must have special effects added to them..."

Peppita looked surprised. "What?"

"Well..." Fox took out the sticker with boots. "What's this one, though?"

"Oh, that? It's the very same pair of Boots of Prowess I've been working on," Peppita explained. "I struggled so much to refine it to its maximum all night, and...it came out like a sticker...together with the other rings and amulets I've made specifically for you all...that also turned into stickers..." She looked down. "They're useless, right?"

"N-not at all..." Roy said. "I know you're not going to believe us, but, we know how to handle these stickers very well."

Albel stared at them. "...Maggots, you're the weirdest bunch of people I've ever seen... Stickers having special properties, please..."

Chris chuckled embarrassed. "R-really, we know what we are doing with these..."

"...Okay, then!" Peppita said cheerfully. "Then it was nice of me to work all night and create you guys those stickers, right?"

Fox nodded as he kept the bag at his right side. "Yeah, they're going to help us a lot, Peppita. Thank you very much for bothering."

Cliff tapped Adray's shoulder to whisper him something. "No doubt these guys are insane with those stickers."

"Yes," Adray whispered. "What was I thinking when I asked the young warriors to marry my Clair?"

"Teeheehee..." Peppita blushed happily. "W-well...can I...ask you another favor?"

"Oh, sure, I don't mind," Fox said.

"...Sure?"

"Sure," Fox grinned at her. "Whatever it is before we go, it's fine with me."

"Kiss me."

Most of the people in there quickly stared at Peppita.

"..." Fox remained silent and looked at everyone. "...Er...say what again?"

"Kiss me," Peppita said simply. "Please? You're going away so why not?"

Fox shook his head. "E-er, sorry, Peppita, but that's a little bit too much to ask..."

Peppita looked worried. "What? But..."

Wolf chuckled. "Fox, just give her what she wants from you. Surely, it won't hurt anybody's self-esteem, right?"

Fox snarled a bit at Wolf. "You're enjoying this, aren't you..."

"Enjoy this? Are you serious?" Wolf asked amused as he crossed his arms. "Why would I lie in a moment like this? If I were you, I'd give her what she wants so she doesn't bother me anymore."

Everyone looked at Wolf.

"...It's just a kiss," he said. "What's wrong with it?"

"Yeah, what's wrong with it?" Peppita asked with a giggle. "Can't you just give me a little kiss on the cheek?"

"OH, THE CHEEK," Fox said relieved as his eyes widened. "Geez, you made me look worried, Peppita... Don't do that again, please..."

Peppita chuckled happily at this as she folded her arms behind her back. "So, can you give it to me?"

Fox noticed that most of the people there were smiling at him. "...You're going to tease me for this during your whole lives, right?"

"Why would we?" Fayt asked smiling. "It's something that won't hurt you or Peppita. Besides, it's the last thing she'll ask to you."

"Think of this as a good bye kiss," Sophia said a little bit excited. "Do it, Fox. For Peppita."

"..." Fox looked at Peppita as she looked at him by the side. She was surely lifting a side of her head so Fox could kiss her right cheek. "...Okay," he said chuckling. "...There are no tricks, right?"

"Nope," Peppita simply said.

Fox gulped a bit before he lowered down his legs to reach Peppita's level. Gulping one more time, he slowly moved towards her as his black lips approached her cheek. He wanted to be careful since there was something that he expected that Peppita would do out a sudden since she giggled, turned around, and kissed him right on the lips in a quick move...and...

Oh wait, she did all that already.

"Buah!" Fox fell back as Peppita smiled very happily. "P-Peppita!"

"Yes, I did it!" Peppita said cheerfully (as some of them clapped in amusement) as she raised a triumphant fist in the air. "Fox kissed me on the lips! I didn't know I could do it, but I did it at last!"

"What?!" Fox asked shocked. "Y-you little girl..." He quickly got up and restrained himself from yelling at her. "After all this time..." he said quickly. "You just wanted a kiss...on the lips?!"

Peppita looked at him innocently. "What's so bad about a quick kiss? It's not like you should do a big deal about it..."

"Well...I...um...you...well..." Fox looked at everyone. It seemed that they weren't against her small wish at all since they were smiling at Fox. "...You guys are so unbelievable, I swear..."

Albel chuckled. "Ha, there was something to enjoy from the girl after all."

"Oh, quiet, you..." Fox muttered in annoyance.

Peppita giggled and hugged Fox one more time. "Okay, you can go now, Fox," she said as everyone looked at her. "Please, fight for all of us as you said before, okay?" she asked. "...And fight for me too..." she muttered.

The vulpine sighed before he gave up and hugged her. "Fine, Peppita... You know how to get what you want from people, huh?"

"Nope," Peppita said. "I know what to get from you and only you."

Fox glared at the people who chuckled at this before Peppita stopped hugging him. The Velbaysian took a few steps back to rejoin her group. "Okay, we're done now," Fox said as he turned around. "Anybody else wants to say something else before we go back to the mansion?"

"Yes," C. Falcon said. "Nice jacket design you have on your back."

Fox's jaw dropped a bit before he remembered that Peppita had drawn her 'autograph' on his jacket. Ignoring the small laughs behind him, he pointed a finger at Chris. "Chris, just open up the portal already," he said annoyed.

Chris chuckled and covered his mouth. "S-sure..." He noticed that Wolf gave him the Wiimote. The scholar recalled the little event of tonight and quickly became as silent as the bugs he had in his pockets. The newly silenced scholar opened the portal to the mansion behind them where Fox walked to it without looking back.

"I hope Falco told everyone not to look at the date I had with Peppita..." Fox muttered. "He left so he could do me that favor..."

"Foooooooooooox!" Peppita called out.

When Fox was about to enter in the portal, he turned around to see the Star Ocean gang waving their hands at him, especially Peppita, who was in front of them as she waved her right hand high up in the air.

"Take care, please!" Peppita called out. "...You can do it, I know you can!"

"..." Fox couldn't help but receive their farewell as a sign for him to smile and salute them. "Good bye..." he said grinning, "...Peppita..."

The Velbaysian stared at the leader of Star Fox entering the portal as he put a hand on the side of his belt, the bag he received from Peppita tightly hanging on his other hand before he disappeared into it.

C. Falcon stepped in front of the portal and looked at Samus. "Allow me," he said.

Samus frowned and walked into the portal, muttering "Womanizer..."

The racer chuckled to himself before he walked in. Soon, Wolf had to grab Chris by the shoulder and drag him all the way into the portal. Fortunately, the scholar managed to walk instead of being dragged on the grass.

Pit looked at Roy. "Let's go before Adray goes nuts."

"Agreed," Roy said. "I hope he learns the lesson. He didn't get his kilt charred for nothing when we left the garden."

The angel looked at Adray's kilt slightly charred. The old man, however, smiled a bit at them. "U-ugh..." Pit shuddered before he ran into the portal, waving a hand at them before Roy soon followed, doing the same action.

Chip flew close to the portal and pointed at it. "Our way home is open," he said before hmm'ing. "I wanna have a taste of Peach's chocolate cake," he said excited before going in.

Maria looked at Sonic. "...By the way, I never asked you why you're wearing that ridiculous dog collar on your neck."

Sonic's eyes widened before he quickly ran into the portal, leaving a trail of dust behind.

"Hey, that was a little bit rude of your friend to do," Maria said to Tails.

"Heheheh...heheheh..." Tails shifted his eyes as he kept the pieces of the tablet behind him. "...See ya!" he said, waving a hand at them before he ran back inside into the portal.

As the portal remained open, Peppita turned around and looked at everyone. "I'm so happy, you guys..."

"Geez, I wonder why," Sophia said chuckling.

"You really enjoyed their visit, right?" Mirage asked.

Peppita nodded. "I'm sure I did..." She closed her eyes. "...I'm sure I did..."

Albel looked back at the portal. "...Hmm..." He wondered something. "It hasn't closed yet."

Suddenly, the group began to hear hysterical laughter that blared out from the portal. From what they could tell, the laughs were growing in size as they heard some kid in a blue parka saying aloud "Hey everybody, Fox's sporting new clothes!"

Roger looked a bit confused at this. "Um..."

"...I'm starting to think that giving him the same autograph you gave me before wasn't such a good idea, Peppita..." Fayt muttered.

Peppita shook her head. "My autographs will make you and Fox buy any planet in six months, Fayt. Don't be silly, okay?"

"...Okay..." Fayt sighed and frowned. "(And I still have it under the armor...)"

"And that's not all," Popo's voice continued. "Look at the sweet curry patch on his vest!"

Apparently, someone grunted aloud and some fists and kicks of anger flew before the portal could close down by itself. The group of ten people stared blankly at the air where the portal once stood.

The Smashers have left Fayt's group.

"...Let's go back to Peterny for now," Nel said as she turned around. "..."

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Cutting Edge of Notion

Mirage turned around and instantly took a fighting stance. "An ambush?"

Everyone else turned around to find at least eight Proclaimers that flew towards them. Grunting, Adray turned around and yelled "What a dirty trick!"

Cliff sighed and frowned. "Okay, bad situation..."

"I couldn't agree more with you there," Roger said before he began to hop on his spot. "What a bunch of pushovers..."

"Okay, people," Fayt began as he unsheathed his sword. "Let's give them our best shot!"

Sophia took out her brand new staff. "Even I can handle this now."

"Worms..." Albel muttered. "Normally I don't waste my time on weaklings..."

"Let's have a good fight, then," Nel said before taking out her daggers.

"Let's get over with this quickly," Maria said as she took out her phase gun before sighing annoyed. "What a pain..."

Peppita, now enthusiastic as she was before, chuckled and stood in a fighting stance. "Okay guys, let's give it our all!"

And thus, the Star Ocean gang began the fight...

Music stops

Village of Black Mages
Black Mage Shop

"Wow, it is a surprise to see you here, Black Mage Reject."

Fox glared at Kief and crossed his arms. "Sorry if I sound so confident," he said before grinning, "but I found out I can use Black Magic."

After a brutal scene at the Smash Mansion, Fox, along with Falco, decided to go to the village of the mages to have a nice talk with Kief. The leader of Star Fox looked like he had something in his sleeve for Kief to know.

"Is that so?" Kief asked before looking at the silent Falco. "Oh, your friend there, he can use Black Magic. Unlike you, he believes it in a bi-" He stopped talking once he saw Fox pulling back his hand. "...What are you doing now?"

A red light shone under Fox as the vulpine grinned and shoved his glowing red hand at Kief. "Fire!"

Kief watched as a burst of flames appeared right in front of his face. The mage, however, didn't look frightened or scared at this sudden demonstration of Black Magic. Once the flames vanished in thin air, he saw that Fox was glaring with him along with Falco.

"...Oh..." Kief nodded.

"...So?" Fox asked.

Kief lifted his shoulders a bit. "I guess you were compatible with Black Magic from the very beginning."

Fox blinked surprised. "What did you just say?"

"Here," Kief began as he put a sticker that depicted a big flame of medium size, "as I've promised, here's your Fira sticker. You're lucky that the order came right before you and your friend came in here. My regards go to the Chocobo mailman for that matter."

"Hey, stop," Fox said as he glared at Kief again. "Stop ignoring me now."

Kief frowned. "Okay, what do you want me to answer you?"

"When I used Fire on Popo (which he kind of deserved it because he laughed at me the most), I found out I could use Fire out of a sudden," Fox said. "Was there a reason behind it?"

"Did your mind clear itself, then?"

"What?"

Kief nodded. "In all honesty, you had the power to use Black Magic from the very beginning," he admitted. "There was something that was troubling your mind, though. That problem was hindering you from use Black Magic."

"What?"

"There's this leftover of sacred spirits within you," Kief said. "Were you...possessed by spirits before?"

"...The Krazoa Spirits..." Fox muttered.

"...As I thought," Kief began, "you are compatible with magic." He put his hands on the counter. "I forgot to tell you this, but in truth, the mind has to be clear enough for the power of magic of the Black Mages to fully develop correctly. Was something there that trouble you a lot that you just couldn't admit to say?"

"..." Fox looked away. "...How I really felt about my father James..."

"...Parents, huh?" Kief asked. "Well, by the looks of it, you finally resolved that chapter in your life. The mind of a Black Mage has to be empty and clear with pure thoughts that don't disrupt the user's mind. Due to the fact you had that mental problem, it stopped you from using Black Magic." Kief looked happy. "If you ask me, you're better this way."

"...But...I don't understand something..." Fox trailed off and looked back at him.

"What would that be?"

"You said you knew I had that problem a long time ago, right?"

"Correct."

"And you also said I was compatible with magic as well, right?"

"Double correct."

"If that's true...wasn't I having those problems the very same day I came here with everyone?"

"Well, yes."

Fox blinked a few times and narrowed his eyes at Kief. "If so...then...why didn't you tell me I had to get over them so I could learn Black Magic before going through a whole odyssey?"

"..." Kief pulled his hands back. "...Simply because I don't like your face."

Fox and Falco's jaws opened a bit. "...What?"

Kief nodded. "I don't like you. Don't you get it? I don't like you."

"...You don't like me because of nothing?"

Kief nodded. "That's right, I don't like you because I just don't like you."

"You don't have a reason for that?" Falco asked.

"...No."

"Not even a small bit?"

"No."

"Seriously?"

"Yes."

"But why?"

"I don't like him," Kief continued, "and never will like him."

"..." Fox looked bored at Kief before he looked at Falco and nodded to him. The ace pilot nodded to him and walked out from the shop. Panting a bit, Fox looked back at Kief...and cracked his fists.

"Hmm?" Kief looked confused. "What are you going to do now?"

Fox took the Fira sticker from Kief and glared at him. "Something I should've done the first moment I saw your annoying face covered in darkness..."

"..." Kief blinked innocently. "That surely doesn't involve violence in any way, right?"

Fox smirked. "Shall we see?"

The Black Mage, silently, pulled his hands behind his back where he chanted a spell in his mind.

"This has gone long far enough," Fox said mad. "Now I know I can pretty much beat you down with a good reason for NOT having a good reason to help me out," he explained before grinning at him. "Do you have something else to say before I take you down as the stupid bastard you have been to me?"

"...Firaga."

"What?"

Streets

Falco looked bored into the sky as he leaned on a small hut close to the shop where a explosion of fire came out. The avian, however, frowned at this before he began to hear screams, followed up by howls of battle. Sighing, he frowned to himself. "Geez, calm down, Fox..." he muttered as he could have sworn hearing somebody pinning down someone else before another explosion of fire came out.

Fortunately, the shop was all alone except for the leader of Star Fox and the vulpine-hater Black Mage.

"...At least I don't get that angry..." Falco muttered before he saw a small pendant coming out from the shop that hit his forehead. "...Nope, not angry." He closed his eyes and sighed.

A small potion crashed into his head.

"Is that your best shot?" Falco taunted nobody, his eyes still closed.

Then, another bigger potion crashed and broke apart on his forehead, spilling liquids all over him.

"..." Falco opened his eyes. "..."

And finally, an amulet hit his beak.

His beak trying to break apart by clenching it hardly, Falco's attitude suddenly had enough. "...THAT'S IT!" Falco said annoyed before he ran into the shop to join the fray, just in time for him and Fox to receive an attack from Firaga. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!"

Corneria
Great Fox – Bridge

Back on the peaceful fourth planet of the Lylat System, the Great Fox peacefully soared the skies in a region where no one lived; above a long expanse of trees and rivers. In the main room of the ship, Slippy, along with his fiancee Amanda, busily clicked on the control panels.

Suddenly, a small alarm blared out. The two toads looked up from their positions to see that the main screen showed them a mail icon.

"We've got mail," Amanda said.

"Looks like it," Slippy said as he moved the pointer at it to open a small window that showed the letter's info. "It says here is from...anonymous."

Amanda looked worried. "You don't think it's someone trying to warn us from an attack, right?"

Slippy looked serious. "I don't think so," he said. "I need to call Krystal and Dash here for them to see this." He clicked on a button to call the two mentioned characters. "Krystal, Dash, I need you to come in here and see what we've got in our hands! Come here, quickly!"

It had seemed that Fox had decided to let Dash join the team due to the fact Fox and Falco left for a time to join the Smashers and fight the Subspace Army. For Dash, this was something that he really wanted to do. The previous Cornerian Soldier reluctantly accepted to join the team in their absence. After all, it was his dream to become part of Star Fox.

Out of a cue, both Krystal and Dash came from the automatic door and reached the two frogs. "Slippy, I heard we got something here," Dash said. "What is it?"

Krystal looked at the main screen. "A...letter?"

"Yep," Amanda nodded. "It seems it's from a anonymous source, though. However, I ran a scan on it and it doesn't contain any viruses in it."

"Really?" Dash looked confused. "I wonder from who that is..."

"Okay, let's take a look..." Slippy said as he opened the contents of the letter... "..."

"..." Amanda looked shocked.

Dash's mouth opened a bit.

And for Krystal...her eyes widened.

They didn't know why, but from what they could see, they saw as photos came out from the mail where Fox himself was with a seemingly younger girl. The photos themselves depicted Fox being hugged by behind by the girl, the two sitting down on the steps of the church during the night, another one where Fox was hugging the girl tightly (to his chest) where they could see some people standing around them.

And finally, the most shocking one: Fox kissing the girl...right on the lips.

Slippy, Amanda, and Dash could hardly believe their eyes. Krystal, however, kept staring at the photos of his soon-to-be boyfriend.

However, they wondered who sent them those photos. Surely, it was someone who watched Fox and the girl together all the time. But, who could have been the one?

That person was surely Wolf. The lupine didn't waste time to tease Fox one last time by taking photos from his cyber-patch of his left eye. It turned out that piece of eye-patch wasn't just for show. It had, in fact, its own applications that anybody else didn't know.

"...Er..." Dash trailed off. "...Why is Fox kissing that girl..."

"On the lips?" Amanda added.

"I...dunno..." Slippy admitted.

The three members of Star Fox knew that this was going to affect Krystal in some way o another as she was the only one who kept staring at the screen and to the photo where Fox was kissing the girl. The three members exchanged glances with each other before Amanda broke the silence by asking "Krystal...are you feeling okay?"

"..." Krystal kept staring at the screen.

"...Are you sure this is...er...okay with you to see?" Dash asked.

Slippy frowned and sobbed a bit. "Please, Krystal, there must have been a good reason behind all this..."

"..." Krystal's blank stare changed to an amused look before she began to walk again, chuckling. The three members looked a bit surprised at this sudden reaction. "...Fox wouldn't do that, we know very well, right?" she asked as she walked away.

"I guess..." Dash said. "Fox is loyal, you know."

"Besides," Krystal continued, "those photos were surely photoshopped."

"..." Slippy, Amanda, and Dash looked at each other in pure disbelief as the vixen walked away from the bridge, muttering something about having a talk with the leader of Star Fox soon.

"...Sooooooooo..." Dash shifted his eyes. "Do you think this is going to end well, Slippy?"

Slippy grunted annoyed and covered his eyes. "Guys, prepare to see another bickering between those 2 very soon again..."

Amanda sighed. "Why can't they just admit their love to each other? They love each other so much, but they argue with each other so much as well..."

"That's how love is complicated for you..." Slippy said.

And thus the three did a group sigh, thinking what to do with the situation that was in hands...

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have gained 2100 Smash Coins!

All Abilities Learned Have Been Forgotten.

TO BE CONTINUED...

.......................................................

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 01, 2009, 07:22:08 AM
Chapter 159: The Subspace/Smashers Agenda

Subspace
Deep Inside the Great Maze

In the infinite darkness of the brewing world of no shape, Dr. Eggman stood, with folded arms behind his back, in front of a skeptical Tabuu. Apparently, something bothered Tabuu about Dr. Eggman's last mission.

"I do not understand any of this," Tabuu began. "I thought our mission was to destroy the Gaia Temples. Why did not you accomplish the task at hands?"

Dr. Eggman shook his head. "After I went to see a temple myself, I've found out that destroying them isn't going to be the most reliable method to do," he explained. "You see...there were some interesting findings in the Spagonia Temple that enlightened me with a new change of plans..."

"...Please, be more specific about that vague detail..."

"Allow me," the scientist said. "After I tossed another Shadow Nightmare out, I took the advantage of the commotion and went to see the temple. Once I got there, I found out that there were these special doors that leaded further inside the temple, to the inner sanctum, where the only way to restore the planet's continents lies there..."

"Have not you tried to get in there by force?" Tabuu asked.

"It's a very hard thing to do," Dr. Eggman explained as he looked worried. "Those temples were built with some kind of protective magic that can't be easily pierced through. I tried to go in with lasers and missiles, but they just exploded and nothing else came out as a result. Then, when I examined the temple, the 3 doors that were there surely could lead someone further inside...however...those same doors turn out to be closed because they require tablets to open..."

"Tablets?"

"Indeed, tablets," the scientist said. "Those tablets happen to be the keys to open those doors. However, the very same tablets are the only things we need to go inside and do whatever we can do to stop anyone from interfering... Unfortunately, we lack the information about the tablets' whereabouts at the moment..."

Tabuu grunted a bit as he turned around to look into the Subspace. "Do you have a plan to resolve this dilemma?"

"..." The scientist thought for a moment. "I have heard from my sources that the temples...are guarded by people who happen to hold the tablets to enter. Those people are better known as Gaia Guardians, the ones who maintain the security of the temples at peace."

Tabuu lifted up his head a bit before turning around to look down to Dr. Eggman. "So, the most obvious reason to do here is to find those Gaia Guardians and take the tablets away from them."

"That would be the case here."

"And do you know where they are?"

"Well, it's obvious they are living as normal people in my world," Dr. Eggman said. "They prefer to be secluded when talking about the Gaia Temples so nobody would get their hands on the tablets."

"That is something clever of them to do, I admit," Tabuu said. "However, we must not allow this to go the same way it has been going. Dr. Eggman, I want you to resolve this problem as soon as possible."

Dr. Eggman rubbed his chin. "I'll do everything I can to find those guardians. It's going to be very tedious, but we don't have any other choice but to seek them all out and take the tablets away from their hands."

At that moment, the Ancient Minister came from behind Dr. Eggman and looked up at Tabuu. "Lord Tabuu, I'm afraid to say that we have alarming news."

Tabuu frowned. "What is it now?"

"The Shadow Bugs retrieval chambers have stopped from sucking out the Shadow Bugs from our main source," the Ancient Minister explained. "It seems the perpetrator hasn't been found yet, and this annoying person got back to the chamber and completely halted the process..."

"...Why..." Tabuu muttered as he frowned. "Why do we have to keep suffering at the hands of this infidel individual?"

"I have the same thoughts as you," the Ancient Minister said. "To make matters worse, it's harder to decode the program that this perpetrator input to the main computer of the chamber. It is so hard for me to decode completely due to the fact that he or she was already prepared..."

Dr. Eggman grumbled at this. "Well, this now is alarming for my Shadow Nightmare procedure..."

"I assure you, Lord Tabuu, that we are doing everything we can to find the culprit of this whole mess. For that, the factory has closed its doors in order to find this annoying problem. However, the production of Subspace Bombs is still going...but unfortunately..."

"Here comes another problem..." Dr. Eggman muttered.

"Not only this culprit was able to halt the Shadow Bug procedure, but it is certain that the same person is doing all sort of unneeded actions across the factory, this includes halting the whole production of Subspace Bombs by hacking the system to make the machines act at a very erratic way, the illumination sometimes goes off, and the machines that we have stored in the Halberd have also been affected. Currently, all the R.O.B.s are doing their best to clean the mess."

Tabuu sighed and turned back to stare at the Subspace. "Why is it that we have to deal with that culprit in times like this? I will not stand idly for this..."

The Ancient Minister lowered his head. "Again, I'm sorry to report all this to you... We are doing everything we can to stop this trouble from getting even worse..."

Tabuu grumbled a bit at this. "As long as this problem disappears soon..."

The Ancient Minister looked away and shook his head. "...I have very bad news regarding the Shadow Bug chambers and the manufacture of Subspace Bombs..."

Dr. Eggman raised an eyebrow at this and stared at the minister.

"When I found out that the system was hacked, the code that was put into it turned out to be even more complicated than I expected it to be. As such, the system is down, and the chamber, along with the manufacture, has been completely disabled for that matter..."

"And...this means..." Dr. Eggman trailed off.

The Ancient Minister looked away for a moment before deciding to turn at the one in charge of the Subspace. "...This means that this problem will stay here for a long time..."

Tabuu kept staring down upon the minister. Thinking about the consequences, the floating man decided to get more specifications. "For how long will this problem be here?"

"I'm not sure myself..." the Ancient Minister muttered. "The complications done to the system are almost impossible to decode apart and fix it as a whole. It could take me a lot of time."

"How long?" Tabuu asked with some hint of anger.

"I'm not very certain...but this could last days..." the minister said. "...Or...this could last even months..."

Dr. Eggman nodded. "This is quite sudden, if you'd ask me."

"I know," the Ancient Minister said. "It's almost like this culprit is working by himself or herself to slowly bring down the Subspace Bomb Factory in order to terminate it...but...I won't allow such a preposterous plan to get done and stop your orders, Lord Tabuu. The whole factory needs to be running all the time in order to stay with the program you have set up."

Tabuu looked away. "First, the production of Subspace Bombs stops, then the extraction of Shadow Bugs slows, now both have stopped completely..."

"This is truly unfortunate," the Ancient Minister said. "I have made up my mind and will start the recovery process. I am going to stay all days occupied to fix those problems...but in the meantime, I am going to tighten security and find the imbecile behind all this."

Tabuu nodded. "I knew you could have a solution for this dilemma. Since I am confined to forever roam the Subspace, I cannot go out and look for the idiot myself."

"(You just don't know how useful this is for my own plans,)" the Ancient Minister thought. "(No matter what you can do, you can't get out from this cursed space of darkness and see who the real culprit is...not me, but you who caused me to do all this...) Thanks for acknowledging my solution."

Dr. Eggman thought for a moment and looked up. "Well, this certainly puts me out to create more Shadow Nightmares...which means I have all the time I want to have to look for the Gaia Guardians."

The Ancient Minister looked at him. "Was there something I should know?"

The scientist explained everything to the minister.

"I see..."

Dr. Eggman turned to Tabuu. "I shall take my leave now," he said before turning around to the darkness of the atmosphere, stepping on ominous flat, rocky floor before disappearing.

Tabuu looked down at the minister. "Can I bother you for a little longer?"

The Ancient Minister looked up at him. "I don't mind. Do you have some sort of plan that you want me to do?"

"You have a good guess," Tabuu remarked. "Ancient Minister, I have some important tasks for you that I want to see fulfilled very soon. If you are still working with the recovery process, please do not do this yet."

The Ancient Minister stared at the leader of the Subspace. "What would those tasks be, I ask?"

A time later...

The minister looked down and nodded. "I have to say that those plans of yours are original..."

Tabuu nodded. "Can you do this accordingly?"

"...It will be hard...but it is easy to do," the Ancient Minister said as he lifted up his look at Tabuu. "Very well, I shall commence my tasks as you wish, Lord Tabuu. However, I'm going to save the second task for last."

Tabuu shook his head. "That one is the most important to do first. Why would you decide to delay that plan?"

"It could put me a lot of stress, truthfully," the minister admitted. "Since it is the most important, I'm going to have to ask you to put that one for last should the other tasks fail."

"...I will only allow you to do that provided that you do them. The chances of getting failure are slim."

The Ancient Minister nodded. "Everything will be just fine this way, I assure you."

"It will go just fine," the Ancient Minister said nodding. "If you would excuse me, I need to get started..."

Tabuu watched as the minister turned around and went away into the darkness. The leader of the infinite space of darkness grunted a bit to himself before he disappeared.
However, the minister was thinking about something so hard that he pondered about it all the time after he left the Subspace.

"(These tasks themselves sound very atrocious,)" the Ancient Minister thought. "(Does he expect me to do such plans? It is better if I follow the flow for the time being...but...can I do the last task he instructed me to do? Thanks to Master Hand, I just can't complete that last task...though...I want to talk to that person and know his motives more personally... I should stay low and continue with my own plans before I can make an escape from this hellish atmosphere of darkness...)"

Smash Mansion
Command Room

"It's getting late now..." Master Hand trailed off. "This better be good, you little fox kid."

Tails looked up at him and grunted a bit. "Please, I really need everyone's attention before I do my speech..."

"Well, hurry up," the hand muttered. "They can get very aggravated when they don't sleep."

"They're not animals!"

"Half of them are half-animals, though..." Master Hand shook himself. "Enough of this, though. Go ahead and start before they go away."

"Certainly..." Tails muttered annoyed.

It had been a time after the group came back from the previous world. Many of the Smashers were busily talking to each other since the group returned. It was all chatters about different topics: the temple, the Shadow Nightmares, Dr. Eggman, and how ridiculous Fox's jacket looked like now (courtesy of Popo).

"You think Fox's an accidental pedophile?" Popo muttered to the young Smashers.

Pikachu rolled his eyes. "Nah, I'd say he's just unlucky to attract younger girls."

"True," Ness commented. "And they said adults normally don't screw up that bad."

"Everyone?!" Tails suddenly shouted in front of the whole group of people. The Smashers continued talking. "Everyone, may I please have your attention?!"

The chatters suddenly came to a halt as they all slowly were silenced and looked at Tails.

"Phew..." Tails sighed. "I thought I wasn't going to pull this out...but...anyway..." He looked at them. "You may know what has been happening currently, right?"

"Yes," Zelda began, "the sudden apparition of Sonic's nemesis Dr. Eggman."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "He's not my nemesis, but just a dude who doesn't have anything better to do than annoying me."

"If I recall," Knuckles began, "you went to him first, and then he began chasing you around."

"Shut up, you," Sonic muttered annoyed.

Tails clapped his hands. "Okay, okay, order, please, we have to discuss this throughout as a team, okay?"

"If that won't include cheesy things, then I don't mind," Snake commented close to the hallway.

Tails remained silent for a bit. "...Okay..." he said. "...Anyway, we have some important matters to discuss before we go to sleep and call it a day." He showed the 2 pieces of the tablet. "As you can see here, we've got these from the Spagonia Temple that was hiding in the depths of the garden we went to."

"Care to remind us what happened there?" Olimar asked. "I-I'm afraid I forgot how everything went..."

Tails sighed. "Okay, I guess it doesn't hurt if I explain it to you..." He nodded. "Well, let's see how things went."

Chip raised a finger. "Activate flashback waves!"

Flashback

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time

Aquios Territory
Aquatic Garden, Surferio - Spagonia Temple - Entrance

In the flashback, the depths of the garden were shown as an eerie silence surrounded everything down below. There was a huge sanctum made up of orange bricks that easily stuck out from the white ruins around it. For some, it looked like just a wall since it didn't look like a building, but for others, it was the Spagonia Temple.

From the air, Tails arrived and landed in front of the huge pillar. The 2-tailed fox rubbed his chin and took a closer look to it. "It's definitely the Spagonia Temple..." he muttered.

"If I recall from what Professor Pickle told me, the entrance to the temple should be...there."

A small opening that lead into the pillar was found in the center. It almost looked like it was just a normal hole, but it was, in reality, the entrance to the temple.

Tails looked around. "Fox told me Dr. Eggman came down here...but I don't see him..." His ears perked up a bit. "Maybe he's inside!" he gasped. "If that's true, I better be careful and enter the temple...I just hope I could have some backup."

At that moment, a heavy object fell from the sky and crashed right besides the young fox. Tails backed away from the object before he started to hear some grunts and snarls from within the small cloud of dust that the object had formed by accident. "Oooooooww..."

"...Sonic?" Tails asked confused as he saw the werehog in the dust. "Sonic, what did you just do?"

Sonic rubbed his head as he found himself sitting on the hole. "I thought I could stretch my hands to grab onto something...but then I found out there wasn't nothing so...I fell."

"...And you survived the long way down here?"

Sonic pushed himself up and looked at Tails. "...Yep."

"...I shall question that troubling fact later..." Tails muttered before he shook his head.
"A-anyhow, thanks for coming with me, Sonic. With Dr. Eggman around, I wouldn't know what to do."

Sonic grinned and smacked his fists together. "Just let me give him a good one for turning me into this demon of the night. You don't know how good it feels to be running during the night...unlikely this."

"I...guess I could understand that..." Tails muttered before he looked up. "Hey, there's someone coming."

Sonic looked up and saw the angel of Skyland coming down from the floor high above. The angel descended slowly before he touched the ground without problems. "You know, I think it was fun to go down so slow," Pit commented with a chuckle. "It makes me remember of home."

Chip then appeared in front of him, upside-down. "Yeah, it reminds me of home too."

Pit looked confused. "You...remember your home?"

"..." Chip looked ashamed and shook his head.

Tails looked at all of them. "I-I'm sorry to be interrupting, but we have to get into the temple and use these," he said before he took out the Sun and Moon Tablets from behind his back. "Dr. Eggman could do something very bad in there as well."

"Let's get going!" Sonic yelled before he ran to the door...stumbling to the sides. "I'm SERIOUSLY going to kill him off now..."

Sonic watched as Pit, Tails, and Chip passed right next to him and entered the temple.

"...Noooooooo!" Sonic moaned in emotional pain. "Everyone's faster than me now! I used to be the fastest, but Tails's the fastest now! What has the world come into?!"

Tails stuck out his head from the entrance. "Sonic, please, stop losing time and hurry up," he said before going back in.

Sonic looked at no one in particular and shed a tear. "Now Tails's telling me to hurry up and catch up with them!" He frowned ashamed as he entered the temple. "This is just getting even worse with every day!"

Spagonia Temple - Gaia Gate

The temple, unlike the Apotos Temple, looked different. In fact, the Apotos Temple was the only temple that had light. The other temples, however, were almost shrouded in normal darkness.

The Spagonia Temple had some torches that were always burning. A long path leaded to three doors that looked the same as the ones found in the Apotos Temple. At the sides of the long path, there were some doors that didn't have anything to do with anything, meaning they were just...for something else.

Tails, Pit, and Chip slowly came in from the entrance. They all looked around the seemingly quiet temple. The trio looked at each other before Sonic came from behind them before sighing. "My speed...why..." he muttered in shame.

Pit ignored him and looked around. "...I don't see Dr. Eggman anywhere..."

Sonic's ears perked up, and he walked in. The werehog looked around the temple but didn't find the scientist anywhere. "Hey, what's the big deal here? Eggman's not here, that's the big deal!"

Tails, Pit, and Chip walked inside and slowly looked around even more. "Hmm..." Tails wondered for a moment. "I believed Fox told me Dr. Eggman came down here..."

"Maybe he was blind?" Chip asked. "Sometimes I confuse people for food-items. I confused DK for a big coconut one time."

"That's...very impossible..." Tails looked confused. "...Back on topic, Dr. Eggman was supposed be down here, but he's not here at all."

Pit took some steps forward. "I doubt he's even here anymore. The temple is not too big enough to hide people."

Sonic sniffed the air. "(I hate this darn super smell sense...) I can't sniff him out. He's not here, alright."

Tails looked a bit grossed out and silently backed away from Sonic. "Okay... With that, we can infer he already went away from here...but why?"

Chip rubbed his stomach. "He went away because he had to finish up his dinner. It's getting so late so I'd guess he went for a midnight snack."

"Chip, can you, um, please...focus?" Tails asked.

Chip stared at him blankly. "...I dunno what focus means."

Now Tails felt sorry for the imp.

"..." Tails turned his head to look forward at the three doors. "L-look, the doors," he said to make them all look at his direction. "We have to see if the tablets work on them."

Chip looked a bit annoyed as he grumbled a bit. "Y'know, something's telling me that you're trying to avoid me, Tails."

By the time Chip noticed, Tails, Pit, and Sonic were already standing in front of the three doors.

"..." Chip narrowed his eyes. "I smell a conspiracy here."

As the mauve imp flew to rejoin the group, Tails examined the Sun and Moon Doors on each side of the Planet Door. Looking at both of his tablets, he gave the Moon Tablet to Pit. "Here, can you use this to open that door, please?"

"Certainly," Pit agreed.

Tails nodded to him and walked to the Sun Door. Once he took a closer look at the small slot at the side of the door, Tails looked at the tablet in his hand before he carefully inserted it into it, Pit doing the same with the Moon Door.

The two backed away from the doors. It looked like the tablets fit just fine into them since the Sun and Moon Doors themselves suddenly turned brighter with red and blue colors respectively. However...

"...They're...not opening..." Sonic commented, the doors not doing anything else that shine a bit. "Are they busted or something?"

"What?" Tails looked confused. "But, the tablets fit into the slots. I thought the doors were going to open up..."

Pit thought for a moment. "We're not forgetting something else, right?"

"N-no..." Tails shook his head. "Professor Pickle told me that the doors would open if we found the tablets for them. I don't understand any of this at all!"

Chip chuckled and went to the Sun Door. "Tails, you should know that doors, nowadays, have doorknobs on 'em."

Tails frowned. "Chip, if you turn around and see the door, you're not going to find a doorknob... What you're saying isn't helping much."

Chip pouted a bit at this. "Well! I'm gonna see if it is an invisible doorknob, then!"

Sonic leaned closer to Tails as the 2-tailed fox put a hand on his forehead and frowned ashamed. "Just to make things clear here: I dunno him."

"Now you're telling me..." Tails muttered.

Pit watched as Chip got closer to the Sun Door. Upon getting closer, the angel saw that Chip's necklace glowed brightly in a green light. The imp looked down at it in curiosity and blinked a couple of times. "Hey, check it out; my necklace's jewel has an automatic light!" Chip said surprised. "Now I won't need to have a lantern to go into the darkness!"

"Er..." Pit tilted his head confused. "...Why is your necklace glowing like that?"

Chip looked at him. "It IS a special necklace, I remind you."

Pit looked bored. "You just found out that it had that with it!"

Tails and Sonic looked at the imp's glowing necklace. "Hey, what's happening now?" Sonic asked.

Chip chuckled and put his right hand against the Sun Door, not noticing that he triggered something as the door shone brighter than usual. "I'll tell you what's happening here, Sonic. I, Chip Baron McChip, have discovered the ancient secret and meaning of these doors."

And suddenly the door moved up, making the other three gasp.

Chip pointed at himself. "I turn out to be the best door opener that you have ever known," he said proud of himself. "No matter what door there is, it'll open up as soon as I say the word. With my necklace and my wits of an adventurer, Indiana Chip shall soon discover the hidden secrets that this temple holds."

Tails stared shocked at this. "...But...how?"

Chip rolled his eyes. "Yeah, I changed Chip Baron McChip for Indiana Chip 'cuz it has a nice ring into it."

"T-that's not what I meant!" Tails yelled as he pointed at the Sun Door. "The door opened up after you touched it!"

The mauve imp turned around and found that his hand was touching the air in front of him. Chip looked up and down for any signs of the door. "...What do you know, what I said before was the whole truth!" He punched the air a few times. "Ha-ha! Take that, Sunny Door!"

Sonic looked shocked. "H-hey, how did he open the door?"

"I-I'm pretty sure I touched the door after I inserted the tablet into the slot, but that didn't happen..." Tails trailed off. "Why Chip was able to open it, though?"

Chip turned around and crossed his arms. "It is because I AM THE KEY TO THE SECRETS OF THIS SACRED TEMPLE! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!"

The three stared at the seemingly evil imp who opened his arms to the ceiling and laughed maniacally to the point his mouth began to foam somehow.

"C-Chip, stop it!" Tails yelled.

The imp shut up and looked at Tails. "I was enjoying the moment," he said chuckling. "You guys need to enjoy it as well. It feels so good to become a maniac sometimes."

Tails grunted and frowned. "Chip, please, focus for once! We're trying to find out why you were able open the door and not someone else!"

Pit sighed and looked into the place where the door was before. "Can we try to ponder this at a later time? We need to get done here before the others up there leave."

Sonic grunted. "Fine, let's get this over with before I get headache by Chip."

Chip pointed angrily at Sonic. "You shall not defy the human key to the secrets of this temple, fool!"

Sonic, as he walked to the Sun Door's place, grabbed Chip with his right claw and put him under a grip. "Chip, you're starting to become annoying now. Shut up before I shut you up myself, 'kay?"

Chip blinked, his mouth being covered by one of Sonic's finger. The imp nodded and saluted him.

"Anyway..." Tails sighed as he walked into the opening. "Let's see what's in here..."

The four looked into the small corridor that leaded to a small pedestal that was attached against the wall. On the top of the pedestal, there were two burning torches that remained at the sides of another tablet. However, this tablet in particular looked liked it was a piece of a whole tablet, and it was adorned with a red jewel on the lower end of it. The four walked to it and looked at the piece.

"...That's it?" Sonic asked as he released Chip. "Behind door number 1 is another tablet?"

Tails took a closer look to the piece. "That's weird...but...I guess this fragment is just a half of the real tablet."

Pit took the tablet and stared at it. "What could this mean?"

"It means that the other door could probably have the other half," Tails said. "It's just a guess, but it's probably it."

"Let's see what's behind door number 2!" Chip said excited. "Let my palm do the trick again." The imp pulled back his hands before he flew away to the Moon Door on the right side of the Planet Door. The other three looked at each other before they followed the imp.

Upon arriving to the right door, Chip approached it, and his necklace began to glow in a green light that intervened with the Moon Door. The door with the moon carving glowed blue before it shook and slowly opened by sliding up into the wall.

Sonic tilted his head. "How does that happen? Why does Chip need to be close to them so the doors open up?"

Tails rubbed his head. "I-I just don't understand it either..." he muttered. "It's just as if Chip himself was like a second key of the sort..."

Chip looked happily at them. "Maybe I was destined to open these doors."

Sonic chuckled and rolled his eyes. "I bet it's just a coincidence."

"Or maybe..." Chip looked at his necklace. "Or maybe...this could mean I'm somehow related to these temples, don't you think?"

Pit remained silent. "...Shall we see the other tablet?" He looked behind Chip. "I can see that there's the other half of it."

Tails promptly entered through the small corridor and went to see the other half of the tablet. The trio remained behind before the 2-tailed fox came out, holding two pieces of the broken tablet as the other piece was adorned with a blue jewel on its lower end. "Well, we were right," Tails said as he looked at the tablets. "These tablets are broken from each other."

"But why were they broken in the first place?" Pit asked.

Tails looked at the Sun and Moon Doors' places. "I think they were split apart because of security. If we only had the Sun Tablet, we could have opened a door, but not the other one that has the other half of the tablet of the middle door," he theorized. "You know, protect the temple from intruders."

"Good thing we're not intruders," Sonic said. "This is to save our world."

Tails nodded and stared at the pieces. "And if I'm right, these 2 should fit with each other perfectly. Now, if I just do a little push here and..."

The group watched as the 2-tailed fox tried to piece back together the halves of the tablet of the Planet Door. However, for some reason, they just didn't fit. Tails got confused at this before he tried to force them to fit with each other, grunting a bit as he tried to complete the tablet.

"Ugh! This is impossible, but they don't want to get completed..." Tails gave up and set each piece apart from each other. "What now? They don't want to fit with each other..."

"You sure those are the right pieces?" Sonic asked.

"It wouldn't make sense to have a fake or another piece in here..." Tails trailed off. "I'm pretty sure these are the correct pieces. Why would they be behind guarded doors then?"

Pit thought for a moment. "Dr. Eggman didn't have anything to do with this, right?"

"No..." Tails shook his head. "He would have gotten these, but he didn't possess the tablets that we had."

Sonic snarled a bit and slammed a fist on the floor, making a crack on it in the process. "Dammit, we came all this way for nothing..."

"D-don't say that," Tails said. "I'm sure that these pieces have to complete the tablet of this place...but...I don't know what to do now..."

Chip yawned a bit. "Guys, I'm tired... Let's go back with the others..."

"I hate to say this, but we have no choice but to leave this place," Pit said. "If we can't think of anything, we might as well stop."

Tails sighed and frowned in shame. "And here I thought we were getting to something..."

"Don't sweat it," Sonic said. "Let's go back for now. Maybe we can discuss this with the others."

"I guess that's the best choice for now..." Tails nodded. "Fine, let's go back."

The four nodded before they began to walk down the long path to the exit of the temple. As they were walking down, Sonic noticed that there was a room to his right that had several pedestals. One of them seemed to be glowing with blue light.

"Hmm?" Sonic raised an eyebrow as the others left. "What's that?"

The werehog blinked confused at the glowing pedestal, but a yawn made him forget about it. Sonic decided to leave the temple behind, where the torches silently illuminated the inner area...

Smash Mansion
Command Room

End of flashback

"After we managed to find a way up by climbing some ruins," Tails continued, "we ultimately decided to discuss this with everyone here."

Marth crossed his arms. "In other words, we found yet another blockade to get further inside that temple."

Tails looked down. "It seems that way...sadly..."

Master Hand looked at everyone. "This seems to be really alarming, don't you think?" he asked. "Since we don't have any ways to resolve this..."

Knuckles stepped forward. "Hey, wait just a minute there." He thought about something. "Tails, didn't you say before that there were these Gaia Guardians that we couldn't find before?"

Tails got in a thinking position. "Now that you mention it... I got these tablets from Otto and Lucia. I'm still wondering why they had these with them..."

Amy crossed her arms. "It sounds very fishy if you ask me," she said before holding out her hand, moving it up and down a bit. "I think they're hiding something from us that we don't know."

"They could be those Gaia Guardians," Cream commented. "Why else would they say that it was right for us to take the tablets from them?"

The 2-tailed fox thought for a bit. "...It's all clear what we have to do here."

"Can you please let us know what you're talking about?" Diddy asked. "I'm starting to think we're invisible for you."

"O-oh, sorry about that... Ahem..." Tails cleared his throat. "If my assumptions are correct, Otto and Lucia may be the Gaia Guardians that we accidentally ignored."

"Just who are these Gaia Guardians?" Mario asked.

"Well, the Gaia Guardians are the people that are charged in protecting the Gaia Gates in each continent," Tails explained. "They all try to hide by not giving away their status as the guardians so malicious people wouldn't perturb the temples and steal whatever it is inside all of them. This is everything that Professor Pickle told me, though. He doesn't know who the current Gaia Guardians are."

Knuckles looked at them. "They could be anyone. We've looked around to find them before, but we didn't have much luck. Those guardians surely are tightening their privacy after the world split apart."

"And because of that, they won't give away their jobs that easily to anyone," Tails said. "If Dr. Eggman were to find them, he would probably kidnap them. But, since he doesn't know who they are, the guardians are peacefully remaining silent as of now so nobody tries to do something bad with the temples."

Mewtwo closed his eyes. "In other words, we need to find the Gaia Guardians before it's too late."

"Yeah..." Tails said depressed. "But...we don't know who they are...and we could waste a lot of time if we were to look for them again..."

Sonic (in his werehog form due to the fact it was night already) smacked his fists together. "Hey, did you forget we have a bunch of people here?"

"I know that..." Tails trailed off. "But even if we're so many, it could take us a lot of time before we even find all the guardians." He rubbed his head with both hands. "Thinking so much is starting to give me a headache as well..."

Cream hopped off her seat and looked at Tails. "If Otto and Lucia were the ones who had the tablets...wouldn't it be easier if we asked them about the other guardians and about what we're doing?"

Tails looked up and looked at Cream. "Cream, I think you just gave out a good idea."

Cream chuckled. "I do think, Tails. I'm worried about our world. Cheese here is as well, right?"

Cheese flailed his arms a bit. "Chao chao chao!"

Knuckles nodded. "So, we're off to Spagonia. That's the place where the old man Otto and the girl Lucia are, right?"

"H-hold on, Knuckles," Tails said. "We still have to think about taking some of the people here..." He turned around to look at Master Hand. "If it wouldn't bother..."

Master Hand looked at the Smashers. "We already did a compromise with them. Also, since Dr. Eggman appeared in the previous world, we may as well be involved in this because it's obvious that he's in league with Tabuu and the others."

"The fact that Ganondorf called forth a Shadow Nightmare..." Nana trailed off.

"The fact that Charizard brought a Shadow Nightmare..." Pichu trailed off worried.

"And the fact that Dr. Eggman took a Shadow Nightmare as well..." Roy trailed off.

Ike looked at Master Hand. "This obviously mean they're all together."

"They are," Master Hand said. "Ugh, I swear Tabuu's going too far with recruiting people...but then again, he'd do this kind of thing. Tabuu would be bored if he tried to do the same strategy to take over the worlds with Subspace Bombs over and over again."

"At least I give him that he's not being stale with his plans," Pit said. "However, this only opens up more ways to take us all down..."

"Please, don't say that," Samus said. "Those Shadow Nightmares are a pain to deal with. I don't need to get a reminder about them again."

Tails nodded. "This is getting even more dangerous with every move they make. We have to stay ahead of them or else our world could be eventually destroyed."

Knuckled grunted at this and kicked the floor one time. "Damn those Gaia Guardians. The moment we need them more is the same moment they have to go hiding around all over the continents as normal people."

"That's why we have to get a move on," Tails said. "Guys, I'm sorry to be asking much, but we have to use all the help possible to find them all before the army attacks."

Master Hand grunted a bit and began pacing around while floating. "Okay, things here are a bit complicated... There's the fact that Tabuu could attack another world anytime, and the fact that I just can't slow down the time for you to do everything you can."

"Wait, what's that about slowing down the time?" Amy asked.

Master Hand stopped floating and looked at them. "Well, you see, when a group goes to a world, I normally use my powers to slow down the time in this universe so when you are there the days don't pass by here. When I mean I slow down the time in this universe, I mean that I affect only time in this mansion. Thanks to this, I can let you stay in a world for as long as you want, providing you don't take too much time in there, though."

Luigi shrugged at this. "F-for that, I eat 7 times in a day here..."

Kirby looked pleased at this.

"Yeah, I know I mess up with the very fabric of time, but hey, it helps us to do a lot in a single day."

Tails wanted to know more about the hand, but then again, the topic about his world was more important to him. "If you can do that, can you slow down the time here so we have enough time to complete our tasks?"

"That...I'm not sure," Master Hand said. "I mean, didn't you say that your whole world was split apart?"

"Yes."

"Isn't that putting all of us to explore every single corner of the continents to find the guardians?"

Tails remained silent. "...Yeah..."

Master Hand sighed. "There's our problem. Even though the temples were warped away from their original places, we don't know for sure if their guardians are around those locations."

Tails looked up at him. "Still, we have to give it a try. The time's running out as we speak as well!"

"If you forgot, I don't stay up all night to slow down the time here without taking a break," Master Hand pointed out. "I'm an individual who needs his break time and sleep, you know. If I don't get my sleep, my powers could get screwed up, and I could 'crash' down and become useless."

Knuckles frowned at this. "So much for the Hand of Creation..."

The hand grunted a bit at this. "Anyhow, we need ideas from everyone to get over this problem. Any ideas from our diverse team of humans, anthros, and whatever you are?"

The only response the hand got was silence from everyone.

"...Come ON Mewtwo, your super intelligent brain should've gotten an idea by now. Please, give me a hand, will you?"

Mewtwo noticed that everyone was looking at him. The Psychic Pokemon sighed. "Since you're asking to me, I think that we should make groups like we have done before in the past. You remember, right? We used to make teams when the army targeted 2 or 3 worlds at the same time."

Roy slapped his forehead. "Oh god, that was so obvious to think of, and we didn't even thinkt about it."

Mewtwo looked away. "It seems this is the best alternative..."

The hand nodded. "I feel so stupid for not thinking about that plan before. Alright then, we're going to exploit that idea to resolve this nicely, okay?"

"Alrighty," Amy said. "Sounds very good to me."

Tails sighed in relief. "Okay, now we have to decide who to take with us. Sonic, Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Knuckles will have to come because they know our world." He put a finger on his forehead. "Since it's very late, I guess it'd be better if we started this tomorrow morning for the reasons we just discussed."

Master Hand nodded. "That's the best thing to do for now," he said before looking at the Smashers. "We have to rest for the night and wait what'll happen tomorrow. If Tabuu targets the world, we're going to be doing our thing as always, okay?"

"I guess that's right..." Peach said worried.

The hand nodded again. "Well then, everyone, rest for the night and be prepared for tomorrow. We need to have Smashers ready to go with this group to hasten this plan. I HOPE to see some of you going."

Crazy Hand, behind the counter, banged hard a hammer on the counter and eventually destroyed it. "Court adjourned!" he yelled.

"And please, ignore him if you can..." Master Hand sighed and snapped his fingers to repair the counter through magic. "Hmm-hm, hand magic is that useful."

Everyone soon started to get off their seats or stretch their arms up with some yawns before they all began to leave the command room. Tails, Cream, Cheese, Sonic, Amy, and Knuckles were walking close to each other to the hallway.

"We're gonna hit our world tomorrow, then?" Sonic asked.

Knuckles nodded. "Since we come from there, we know very much about the continents and the cities."

"I think that's a very good idea," Cream said smiling a bit. "We can be everyone's guide to know about the different cities in our world."

Amy looked up. "That reminds me, don't we have some of our friends looking into the matter in our world as well? You know, like Team Chaotix."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "The last thing I expect them to do right is opening their door out of their office," he joked. "If they can get that far enough, I'll tell them they're helpful."

Tails looked away. "Maybe I should try to ask them all to tell us about what they found..." he muttered.

Chip flew to Sonic and shook his furred left shoulder. "Hey, Sonic, do you think the temples are linked with me?"

Sonic let out a long yawn as they all left the room. "Look, Chip, we'll see about that at a later time. For now, I wanna faint on a bed and sleep for the night."

Chip looked at Sonic's back. "Wait for it..."

"What is that?"

Out of a cue, Dark Super Sonic's spirit sprouted out from Sonic's back and laughed maniacally, opening his arms to the ceiling. "YEAH, YEAH, YEAH!!! ANOTHER NIGHT, ANOTHER CHANCE TO OWN YOU UP TO THE A(BEEP), MOTHERF(BEEP)!"

Everyone stopped walking and looked at the maleficent cursed spirit. "That guy again..." Knuckles muttered with a sigh. "Sonic, can't you do something to him so he doesn't curse out in front of little girls like Cream?"

Cream looked at Knuckles. "I know what those bad words are, but I am never going to say them because they're so foul and bad."

Sonic grumbled and turned around, recalling that Chris didn't leave the command room. "You guys go ahead to your rooms. I'm going to ask Chris to do me a favor and shut this bastard up before I stay with any longer. You DON'T know how bothersome this guy is..."

Knuckles saw that the spirit pointed at him. "Heheheheheheh, HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!! IT'S THE KNUCKLEHEAD! I'M SO GONNA F(BEEP) HIM DOWN BUT SO F(BEEP)NG GOOD, MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

The echidna rolled his eyes and walked away. "Oh, please do get rid of him before I become an exorcist..." He grunted very annoyed.

Amy patted Cream's shoulder to get her attention. "Just leave him along, okay, Cream? Let's go to sleep."

Cream smiled a bit as Cheese rested on her head. "Yes, thanks, Amy."

"FOOLS, DON'T THINK YOU CAN GET AWAY FROM ME THAT EASILY!" DSS proclaimed. "BE PEACHES AND LET ME RIP YOUR HEADS OFF SO I CAN BATHE IN YOUR SUCCULENT BLOOD!!!"

Amy looked bored. "Yes, I dare you to do that," she said sarcastically before she, Cream, and Cheese walked away to the left where they all left.

Sonic looked up at Chip. "Let's go to Chris."

The imp nodded before they both turned back to the command room. Once Sonic and Chip came into the room, they found Chris and Lucario to the left side. "Hey, there he is," Chip said. "Chris!"

Sonic tilted his head confused. "...Something's wrong with him..." he muttered.

The imp and the werehog found out that the World Traveler wasn't moving at all. In fact, it looked like Chris was totally paralyzed by something that happened before. Lucario looked worried as he waved his left hand in front of the shocked scholar. "Chris?" Lucario said worried. "Chris, are you feeling fine?"

"..." No response came from Chris.

"Chris?" Lucario repeated. "Please, say something to me. You're starting to make me worried."

"..."

Sonic and Chip walked to the duo, and the werehog pointed a finger at Chris. "Hey, Chris, guess who's on my back tonight?"

"THE LORD OF ALL THAT IS AWESOME!!!" DSS responded for the silent scholar.

Sonic snarled at the spirit. "So yeah, you know the roll."

"..." Chris only kept staring forward without responding.

Chip moved to the front of Chris's face and waved his hands in front of him. "Chris, hey, can you see me?" He began to spin clockwise in the air. "Heheheh, look, I'm defying gravity and spinning at the same time. How cool is this to you?"

"..."

Chip stopped and looked at the scholar upside-down. "Chris?"

At that moment, Master Hand came to them and looked at the scholar. "What is it now? Why is Chris the new kind of Smasher that likes to be a statue?"

Lucario glared at the hand. "Please, don't say that to him. I can't understand why he's like this at all. I tried to read his mind, but it's entirely blank..." He looked worried at his trainer. "I'm really worried about his state."

Master Hand thought for a moment before tapping Chris's head. The Aura Pokémon growled a bit at him. "Geez, don't look at me like that," Master Hand said. "You have to agree that he looks out of it now."

Lucario grunted and shook Chris a bit by his left shoulder. "Chris, please, come back to your senses now."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 03, 2009, 12:11:20 PM
The scholar suddenly blinked and looked around. Chris gulped a bit and looked at them. "I-I am not crazy, right?" he asked. "I-I mean, I did not see ghosts, right?"

Master Hand looked at everyone. "Are you kidding me? You were like this just because you thought you saw a ghost?"

Chris nodded. "Y-yes...you did see what happened the night we were in Peterny, right?"

"I'm afraid to tell you this...wait, I'm not actually afraid, but we didn't see anything," Master Hand pointed out. "Last time I remember, Falco came back earlier than you and said that he didn't want anyone to look at you from here because Fox himself said so. So, I listened and did his favor."

"...Nobody saw what I saw there?" Chris asked.

"...No..."

The scholar frowned. "Oh well... I may be crazy about what I saw... (Actually...Wolf told me not to tell anybody this or else he would kill me... I better stay silent about that...)"

"AHEM," Sonic coughed annoyed. "Chris, I'm REALLY sorry to be interrupting this sweet conversation, but I need you to teach Mr. Shadow A(beep) a lesson and leave me alone."

Chris looked at the shadow. It looked like DSS cracked his intangible fists. "MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA, NOW YOU ARE MINE, LITTLE NERDY BRAT!!!"

"..." Chris looked bored. "You know, I am quite glad that I am back to my old self because of you..." He changed to his Beastmaster job and prepared his whip. "However, I get so sick when I see your stupid face. So, go away now."

"NEVER!"

"Say it to my whip and see if it listens to you. Oh, that's right; my whip doesn't have a life." The beastmaster swiftly whipped Sonic's forehead, and the shadow began to feel that he was being pulled back into the werehog.

"DAMN YOU TO HELL!!!" DSS yelled before he soon disappeared by retreating back into the werehog's back.

Chris grunted as he tied his whip back to his belt. "I swear that the spirit is making me sick already..."

"I wanna get him off my mind," Sonic said. "I want to make him go away as well as the darn werehog transformation."

"What can we do with that, though..." Master Hand trailed off. "Okay, Chris seems fine now. If you'd excuse m-"

"W-wait!" Chris suddenly yelled before the hand could teleport away. "I-I have to ask you a very, but very important favor first!"

Master Hand looked at him. "What would that be?"

"W-well..." Chris looked away. "...Thing is...my parents are coming home...and I haven't gotten back to my home..." He folded his arms behind his back. "I was wondering if I could go back and wait for them because they're going to arrive the next day after my birthday..."

The hand looked away. "Chris, why are you asking that now that we're having issues here?"

Chris bowed to him. "I-I'm so sorry to be asking this all of a sudden, but Fox reminded me that I was waiting for them before all of this happened..." He looked down a bit. "...And...I really want to see my parents again... I want to go back and see them as soon as possible..."

Master Hand turned to him. "Well...I don't know if I should let you go. We have very important tasks to do tomorrow."

"Please, I want to back home for just a day," Chris said. "Can you slow down the time here so I can have a few more days with them, please?"

"You're asking too much."

Lucario grunted. "He hasn't seen his parents in a long time. Why can't you understand that? Chris wishes to see them as soon as he can."

"Stop, Lucario..." Chris trailed off. "I can handle this pretty well... I've been living most of my life waiting for them to come and see me, anyway..."

The Hand of Creation thought for a moment. "I can't just have you mope around like this... Ugh, fine, I'm letting you go."

Chris looked up worried. "But what about the tasks we have to do here?"

"It's just a few days," Master Hand said. "It's not going to be that hard to slow down the time here so you can enjoy the time with your parents."

The beastmaster looked away. "Are you sure?"

"Look, I'm trying to keep the morale of the Smashers as high as possible here," Master Hand explained. "If I let someone be like you are now, it's going to make me feel guilty. I hate to see certain people down...scratch 'certain' and put 'everyone' there."

"..." Chris smiled a bit. "Thank you so much...really..."

"Aah, what can I say? If I want to look benevolent, I need to give the best of the best to my fellow people of the mansion. That way, I look less of a jerk."

Lucario nodded. "Thanks for granting Chris what he wants."

Master Hand snapped his fingers and opened the portal to Chris's world. "Okay, you can go in there and come back once you're done with your family reunion. I'm going to give you a deadline of 3 days until then. Try to send me some sort of message telling that you're coming back."

"I'll try to," Chris said a little bit excited. "I can't hardly wait to see my parents again..."

"Hey, wait," Sonic interrupted. "What are your parents' names, Chris?"

Chris looked at him. "My father's name is Alfonse, and my mother's name is Elena."

"Alfonse and Elena, huh?"

"Yes, those are their names," Chris said before chuckling. "Well, I have to go now. Bye!" The beastmaster promptly ran into the portal.

Lucario looked at Master Hand. "If you'd excuse me, I have to go as well."

"Why you?" Chip asked.

Lucario looked at Chip. "I haven't seen Chris's parents in person, but since they don't know anything about me, I'll have to hide and see them from a safe spot." He closed his eyes. "I want to see how excited Chris gets when they come home..."

"Go on, then," Master Hand said. "And please, don't let them spot you. The last thing we need is his parents knowing about what Chris has done in secret all this time."

"They won't see me," Lucario reassured him. "If they manage to see me, I'll use Extremespeed to get away." He looked at the portal. "I have to go. Until then, see you later."

The trio watched as the Aura Pokémon ran into the portal before it could disappear. Once the portal disappeared, the hand looked at Sonic and Chip. "Time to rest, you 2."

Chip nodded. "Before I do that, I'm gonna get a midnight snack in the fridge," he said sticking out his tongue before he flew away to the kitchen.

Sonic looked at the hand. "You know, something about Chip seems weird..."

"I know," Master Hand said. "That little imp is just too mysterious..."

"Yeah, I mean, he managed to open those doors at the temple an-"

"You know what? I need to sleep now. I seriously need to lie down and sleep," Master Hand interrupted with a yawn. "Sorry if you wanted to talk about something."

"Meh, it's okay," Sonic said as he lifted his shoulders a bit. "I want to sleep and wait for my old self to come back tomorrow..." The werehog began to walk away to the hallway with Chip tagging along.

Once they both stepped in the hallway, they were ignored by Fox and Falco. For some odd reason, both of them had charred spots all over their clothes, and there were several burn marks all over their faces.

Sonic and Chip looked at each other and blinked confused before they walked to Sonic's room, not wanting to talk to the seemingly angry Star Fox members.

And with that, everyone went to their rooms...

Real World
Chris's Room

October 4 - Morning - Saturday

Four days had passed ever since Chris and Lucario returned to the real world. The teenager was sleeping calmly during the bright morning of Saturday. When it was Wednesday, Chris was absolutely delighted once his parents were waiting for them at home after he had come from school. Lucario had hide away in some trees of the backyard of the house once he had sensed the auras of Chris's parents. Right now, the Aura Pokémon was hiding inside the closer, under some clothes to prevent Chris's parents from finding him.

Lucario looked between the small openings of the closet to his sleeping trainer. It was 7:30 AM in the morning. Lucario had woken up after he saw the door to the room opening to see Chris's parents coming in. The Aura Pokémon narrowed his eyes and listened to the adults. They looked like they were about to leave.

"Chris..." Elena's voice softly called. Lucario could barely see the faces of the adults from where he was kneeling down. "Chris, wake up."

The teenager yawned a bit before he slowly turned his head to the right to smile at his parents. "Dad...mom...good morning..."

If only Lucario could stand up, he would have gotten a better perspective. He was only able to see the black jackets that Chris's parents wore. Also, Lucario was able to see Alfonse's black hair and Elena's long blond hair.

"Chris, we have to leave early now," Alfonse's voice said. "You remember what we told you a few days ago, right?"

"Yes..." Chris muttered. "You needed to go soon this morning..."

"We're sorry if we have to leave right now, but it's our job to work around the country," Elena said. "Besides, they need us to finish the project to restore the previous business plan that they need to develop."

"Don't worry..." Chris said yawning. "I'm going to be just fine..."

Lucario saw as Alfonse patted Chris's right shoulder. "Don't worry, we'll come here more often. Elena and I found the most suitable time to come here. We tried so hard, but we could only compress all the time enough to make 20 visits here during each year."

Chris smiled and chuckled. "That's very good, though. I wouldn't want to make you drop out from your jobs..."

Elena chuckled heartily and rubbed Chris's messy hair a bit. "Well then, we have to leave now. The next flight to Minnesota is going to miss us if we don't hurry. We have 30 minutes to arrive at the airport."

Lucario's eyes widened after he heard the teen sniffing a bit.

"Thanks for coming here..." Chris muttered.

Alfonse rubbed Chris's shoulder a bit. "We'll always call you when you want to, Chris. If there's something that you need..."

"No, it's okay..." Chris sniffed. "Everything's just fine..."

"You sure?"

"Pretty sure..." Chris chuckled. "It's alright, believe me."

Lucario watched as Elena bent down to kiss his son on his right cheek. She rubbed his forehead a bit. "Just don't make us feel worried about you, okay?"

Chris looked happy. "Okay, I understand..." He rubbed his left eye a bit. "Please, just go. I'll be just fine here by myself. My aunt still drops by to make food for me, and she takes care of me a little bit less now that I'm becoming mature."

"That's right," Alfonse said with a chuckle. "We're glad you grew up to be such a fine young man."

Chris blushed. 'D-dad, don't say that, please..."

Alfonse and Elena chuckled to each other, Lucario making a happy expression. "Well, time's running out. We have to leave as soon as we can," Alfonse said. "You're going to be fine by yourself, right?"

"(You could say I have a lot of people who look after me...)" Chris thought chuckling. "Of course I'll be fine. Don't worry too much."

Elena looked at Alfonse. "He seems very sure of himself."

"Yes, he looks like that," Alfonse said. "You know, I've been noticing that you've changed a lot during these years, Chris."

Chris blushed and looked away. "Y-you could say I'm starting to be mature enough..."

"Hahahaha, I think you're right," Alfonse said. "We're proud to see you've been growing up just fine."

The teenager chuckled. "You could say I learn to be like this from other people I know."

"Maybe," Elena said before she looked at the clock. "Alfonse, it's getting a bit late now."

Alfonse looked at the clock on the left wall of the room. "Oh no, you're right," he said before they both looked back at Chris. "Well, we have to get going on or else we'll be stuck here until the next flight arrives."

Chris nodded a few times. "Okay, get going now."

Alfonse patted Chris's right shoulder a bit. "Well, good bye for now."

"We'll call you once we arrive at Minnesota, okay?"

Chris chuckled. "Okay, I'll be waiting... Good bye...dad...mom..."

Lucario watched as Chris's parents said their good byes to him before they left and closed the door behind them. The Aura Pokémon used his aura to make sure that Chris's parents were leaving through the main door. Once he heard the door closing with a lock from outside, Lucario stood up and opened the door of the closet, just in time to see Chris shedding some tears. "Chris?" Lucario asked worried before he knelt down close to his trainer.

"I-I'm fine..." Chris sniffed a bit. "I-I'm just so happy to have spent all these few days with my parents, Lucario..."

Lucario smiled a bit at this and approached his face closer to Chris to lick his tears. The World Traveler chuckled heartily as his Aura Pokémon began to move down to lick his right cheek.

"L-Lucario, you're taking advantage of this!" Chris said between chuckles. "S-stop it!"

Lucario pulled his head back and lied it down close to Chris. The Aura Pokémon made a happy expression and growled happily.

Chris looked at Lucario and scratched his head between his ears. "T-thank you, Lucario... I just couldn't be happier with you..."

"Guuuuuuuoooooooorrrrrrrrgggh..." Lucario growled happily before Chris stopped scratching his head.

The World Traveler slowly got off from his bed and sat down while Lucario stood up. Chris joined his hands on his legs and looked down. "...You know, Lucario..."

"Yes?" Lucario began.

"After I spent these days with my parents..." Chris looked up at Lucario. "...They're giving me more of a reason to protect this world..."

"Protect this world from the Subspace Army?"

Chris nodded. "Yes...Tabuu's goal is to get here, right? I just can't let him invade my world and cause chaos as he pleases... My world is pretty much at total peace, and I wouldn't want to let the army come here at all..." He looked serious. "My world is unaware of my actions and from you."

Lucario thought for a moment. "Then...what do you want to do?"

Chris looked outside through the right window. "I want to protect this world even more than before...for the sake of my parents..." He looked embarrassed. "Even though they don't know of you or what I've been doing all this time, it's the best thing I can do for the time being. If I were to tell them, they'd get very worried and...I don't know what could happen..."

"It'd be very bad..." Lucario said. "Your parents are a total different story..."

"...But...let's not think about that, okay?" Chris asked before he smiled a bit. "I've been so happy for these few days, Lucario. Are you sure that you're feeling fine after hiding so many times?"

Lucario blushed a bit and looked away. "Well, you forgot to give me something to eat when I was left outside... I didn't eat for a whole day because your parents were walking in the house."

Chris chuckled embarrassed. "I-I'm sorry, but I was so distracted by them...not to mention school is still being a pain to balance everything I have to do."

"No, it's okay," Lucario said. "I was so glad when I saw you laughing with your parents. That made it all up for me."

The World Traveler stared at Lucario. "You know, that was a little bit..."

Lucario shook his head. "Chris, my task in life is to make you happy," he said, Chris opening his mouth a bit. "I always try to see you laugh when I can..."

Chris blushed a bit. "O-oh, Lucario, when you say that, I know for sure you're being serious about it..."

"I ask you, is it bad?" Lucario asked. "Is it bad for you to be happy all the time?"

"...No, it isn't..."

Lucario knelt down and looked up directly at Chris. "Also, I try my best to make you feel proud of me," he said. "I want to be the strongest Pokémon of your team and probably become the strongest in history."

"B-but my team will always be made up by you..." Chris said.

"That's why all the effort is directed to me," Lucario said before he glowed with aura, his eyes turning a shade of yellow. "With the bloodline of my family, my power could be unlimited." He stood up and looked down at Chris. "I shall be forever your guardian, Chris. I'll use my power to protect you, and make you proud of me."

The World Traveler watched as the Aura Pokémon kept burning intensely with his aura. The appendages behind Lucario's head floated slowly while Lucario rested his fists on his hips. Chris thought that Lucario was trying to look tough for him. The World Traveler blinked a few times and smiled a bit at Lucario. "...Thank you very much, Lucario..." He stood up and hugged his Pokémon by his left side, Lucario looking down at him. "I'm glad to have a very special Pokémon like you."

Lucario growled deeply as he put his left arm around Chris's back, his aura covering Chris.

Chris chuckled and closed his eyes. "I'm so lucky to have the biggest, strongest Lucario in history..."

"Biggest?" Lucario repeated.

Chris looked up at him. "Normally, all Lucarios reach 4 feet, but when comparing to them, you're a giant. I mean, you surpass 6 feet, and even you surpass me that I can only reach your snout."

"..." Lucario closed his eyes and growled happily.

The World Traveler leaned his face against Lucario's face. "Thanks a lot for making me be so proud of you, Lucario..." He looked up at him from the corner of his eyes. "I have the strongest Lucario the world has even seen for that matter..."

"Guuuuuuuuuuuuuoooooooooooorgh..."

"Nobody can beat you in the strength area," Chris said. "Your brute force tears up the ground, and you can even cause an earthquake when you want to. Better yet, you're very different than other Lucarios, and that makes you the best one out there."

"...Thank you..." Lucario muttered.

Chris chuckled heartily before they both stopped hugging each other, Lucario's aura slowly vanishing. "Well, it's weekend, and I need to take a bath."

"Me too."

"..." Chris thought for a moment. "...W-wait, didn't we forget something?"

"What?"

"..." Chris's eyes widened. "I-it's been 4 days since we left the mansion! We didn't report back to Master Hand!"

Lucario looked at the Wii behind him. "You're right..."

"O-oh no, we're so screwed now," Chris said gulping. "W-we have to go back now!"

"What about the bath?"

"W-well, let's each take a bath but quick!" Chris said before he ran out from the room.

Lucario looked around the empty room before he looked at himself with a mirror that was leaning against the south wall. His gaze was directed at his arms and body. "...Now that I think about it, I look very skinny... My chest and my shoulders look bulky enough, but everything else is under my expectations..." he muttered. "I don't even look like I possess brute force..." Lucario crossed his arms. "Maybe I should workout harder to get more muscle mass? I think I can pull it off in a span of 2 months, and I bet Chris would be fairly impressed if I had a-"

"You're not turning into a bodybuilder, Lucario!" Chris yelled from the hallway.

Lucario blinked a few times. "B-but if I-"

"I know you'll get what you want to have in a few days, but you're surely going to go over the top with your workout that you'll become a huge Lucario, and I don't want to have a 10 feet tall Lucario!"

"T-that would make our fight with the army easier..."

"Even so, you'll use stickers to get stronger! We're sticking to them!"

Lucario grunted silently at this before he heard the shower turning on, followed up by a door closing.

"Sticking to the stickers..." Chris muttered with a chuckle.

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Soon, a portal opened up, and Chris (in his Beastmaster job that was triggered automatically) and Lucario came running out from it before it disappeared in thin air. "W-we're here, sorry to be so late! W-we didn't want to come at a time like this but my parents kept distracting me s-"

"Chris, there's no one here."

The World Traveler looked around. There were no souls, or people, found in the silence of the room. Chris looked behind him, and Crazy Hand wasn't behind the counter. "I-I thought everyone was here..." he muttered. "...Where'd everyone go?"

Lucario looked at the hallway where Mario walked nearby. The plumber, upon turning to look at them, walked into the command room. "Oh, it's you," Mario said. "Are you done in your world, Chris?"

"U-um, yes..." Chris said confused. "W-where's everyone? I thought they were going to be here..."

"You 2 came very late," Mario pointed out. "Tails and the others are already gone. They left the mansion just yesterday."

"...They did?"

"Yes."

Lucario looked confused. "But, wait, nothing happened with Tabuu?"

Mario raised an eyebrow and looked confused. "It's weird, but Tabuu didn't do any move yesterday. It was pretty much so calm...that it felt so odd as well."

Chris blinked confused at this fact. "You're not lying, right?"

Mario shook his head. "I wouldn't lie about that."

Chris looked around. "So...Tails left...with who?"

Mario raised some fingers. "Well, Tails left with Amy, Cream, Cheese, Sonic, Chip, Yoshi, Marth, Ike, Mewtwo, DK, and Diddy," he explained as he closed his hands to raise one more finger for Diddy. "After they all left, we all waited for Tabuu to make a move...but...we just wasted time and remained here until afternoon..."

"..."

"...I know, it's very odd, but that's what happened," Mario said. "Master Hand then said that Tabuu surely is plotting something. However, some of us decided to suggest to rest for the time being. We all agreed to make everything easier by having to rest until Tabuu made an attack."

"Everyone is resting and having a normal day?" Lucario asked.

"Yes," Mario said. "Master Hand is not even using his hand magic to slow down the time anymore. He said he'd rather prefer to have a break to recover his energies. Also, since we haven't had any alarms, everyone has been very pleased with that fact that it looks like the mansion returned to its usual lifestyle during the Melee Tournament." He smiled a bit. "In a few words, everything's very peaceful and enjoyable. Peach took her time to go to the garden in the back of the mansion to relax with Zelda."

"..." Chris closed his eyes.

"Is something wrong?"

"..." Chris smiled relieved. "This is...just like a dream coming true..."

Mario tilted his head. "When you put it that way, I think so too. Personally, I like to see everyone having a good time instead of fighting all the time...even though they can still issue matches against each other. Other than that, I can live up with this just fine."

"So we can do anything we want to do?" Lucario asked.

Mario nodded. "Yes, you're free to do whatever you want to do. Actually, would you mind if you tag along with me to visit the post office of Parakarry? He came early today saying that he wanted to show me something very important that he made up."

Chris hummed happily. "You mean going with you? I wouldn't mind."

"Then I'm coming as well," Lucario said.

Mario nodded. "Good, I'm also asking some people to tag along as well. I want to be sure about going outside," he said. "Parakarry told me that monsters roam the area sometimes."

"We're going to be fine," Chris said. "Okay, let's start this."

"Oh, wait," Mario began, "There's a message Sonic wanted me to tell you."

"What message is that?"

The plumber looked away embarrassed. "You know how to stop that spirit from coming from Sonic's back, right? You see, Sonic came back during the night as a werehog and..."

"...Oh no..."

Mario looked at him and nodded. "Yes...Sonic looked so angry when he found out you didn't return." He pointed down at some big cracks under their feet. "When Sonic found out you weren't here, he got in a fit of rage and started to pound the floor madly before Master Hand grabbed him and tossed him back to his world."

Chris looked ashamed. "I hope he's not angry anymore..."

"Sonic'll come around that, and he will understand," Mario reassured Chris. "Let's forget about that and go to Parakarry, okay?"

"...Oh well," Chris said. "Please lead the way."

Outside

"At first, I thought the group was fine, but then..." Chris looked to a person as the group walked towards the south. "Why did you want to come?"

Wolf rolled his eye. "I have nothing better to do in the mansion."

"Are you really sure of that?"

"Maybe."

Chris shrugged.

The group that Mario made up after Chris and Lucario were Luigi, Link, Toon Link (who wanted to take a break from his bow training), Olimar, Kirby, Meta Knight, and Wolf. The Smashers were all walking towards the south. As they walked to the post office across the other side of the big hill, they saw the clouds that were supposed to be on the ruins of Nintendo City.

Olimar frowned. "The city...it's still in ruins, isn't it?"

"Yeah," Link said. "It's strange, you know. Those clouds have been there for a long time now."

"They have been there this whole time, then?" Toon Link asked.

"Yes," Mario responded. "It's just as if the city will forever look grim. I don't know, but I think it's just a mere coincidence that it stays like that."

"What happened in there is forever going to perturb me..." Meta Knight muttered. "It's proof that we were powerless to stop the unavoidable destruction of the city."

"That's a sad thing to say..." Chris muttered.

"It's reality," Meta Knight said. "If you lived what I've been living, you'd get an idea of what I went through some years ago."

Kirby looked down. "I miss the restaurants..."

Meta Knight looked away. "Kirby..." he muttered with a sigh.

"Who cares about some ruins?" Wolf asked. "Care about when somebody bothers to rebuild the entire city."

"That's not a bad idea," Mario commented as they began to go up on the slope of the hill. "Maybe I could contact some friends and ask them to repair the city?"

"I doubt they can repair a city like the one we're talking about," Link said. "It'd take an eternity to do that..."

Chris looked away. "That's a really sad fact..."

At that moment, winds from the west swept the grass in silence as they walked up the slope. Suddenly, a red ribbon came from the air and got stuck itself on Wolf's right shoulder spiked pad. The lupine looked at the ribbon and raised an eyebrow. The red ribbon didn't look normal since it had some spores on the ends of it. "Who's letting go of this?" he muttered annoyed before he tossed it aside.

Kirby saw the ribbon and jumped to catch it. The Star Warrior held it in front of him before he put it under his mouth, humming happily.

The group managed to cross over the hill before they walked down to it, finding the post office some feet away from the hill. The group eventually reached the counter of the establishment where Parakarry stood up from behind it. "Oh, hi there, everyone!" he greeted enthusiastically. "How've you been? I hope you've stopped the Subspace Army from doing whatever they do."

Mario nodded. "It's been okay lately."

"Glad to hear that," Parakarry said happily.

Toon Link took a peek inside the office. "Hey, where's Quil?"

"Quil is on an errand to deliver some mail," Parakarry explained. "Postman is doing the same thing. I was left behind to make sure the post office would be fine." He made a happy expression. "And when I resumed what I had planned, I finally came up to do it!"

"You look very enthusiastic today. Did something happen?" Mario asked.

Parakarry nodded. "As a matter of fact, something I recently made up a few days ago made me get all fired up," he explained. "You see...surprisingly, there have been people around these parts."

"Really?" Olimar asked. "I thought there was nobody around..."

"Thing is, they come from all directions," Parakarry explained. "For example, they come out from the forest."

"And what does this have to do with the random people?" Link asked.

Parakarry chuckled. "Well, I've noticed that many of them want to do something that they wish to do but can't find the solution easily..." He looked worried. "I hate to see people with problems that I want to give them a hand, you know? But then, I recalled that I have a job to deliver mail to the nearby villages and towns around the area." He looked happy. "So then, I came up with this original idea!"

The Smashers watched as the Paratroopa ducked to grab some nuts and a hammer, together with a big billboard that he took out to the front side of the post office. Parakarry, at an insane speed, began to set the billboard by banging nuts all over it. This fast action started to make a lot of dust before everyone was covered by it. The Smashers coughed a couple of times before the dust cleared out, looking at what Parakarry had done.

Before them, Parakarry floated, looking please with crossed arms, in front of the billboard that had a big title in white and green letters on the top of it with several papers that had different purposes. The Paratroopa held out his left hand at the billboard. "I'd like you to receive the opening inauguration of the 'Aid People and Give Them a Hand Center' of the Wings Post Office!"

"...Seriously?" Link asked.

Parakarry raised an eyebrow. "What is seriously?"

"You made the name yourself?"

"Well, yeah, I did," Parakarry said embarrassed. "At first, I thought about an almighty name, but then I decided to use this one." He chuckled a bit. "Sounds good, doesn't it?"

"...Not really," Toon Link commented.

Pakararry looked bored. "Oh, what do you know," he muttered. "Anyhow, I'd like you guys to make good use of the APGTHC."

"...Wait, us?" Link asked.

"That's right," Parakarry said. "You see, remember I said I have my hands full with my job? Well, I thought that you guys would like help other people out in their problems."

Wolf crossed his arms. "You basically made this so we could do the job for you?"

"Um, well, yeah...but maybe other people could be willing to help others." Parakarry shook his head. "However, I'm telling you that this will prove very useful if you know what to do." He turned around and pointed at a paper. "See all these documents stamped against the billboard? These are all requests that people put up. C'mon, take a closer look to this one I'm pointing at."

The Smashers looked at each other before they walked closer to see the billboard. Upon taking a closer look, they stared at the request that the Paratroopa pointed at.

Find My Friend's Memento

The memento of my late friend flew away from my hands! I don't know what to do to find it. It's a very important memento I need to have every single minute of my life, but what's the point of that since I lost it? Please, anyone, I need to find it! I'll give a reward or 2 to the guy or girl who finds it! As soon as I can, I'll come right here to meet my lifesavers!

From the Maiden of Madain Sari.

"See?" Parakarry asked. "The girl that came here a few days ago looked so worried. When I told her that she could put up a request, she didn't reply and wrote the request in 3 seconds before she ran off into the forest to the east, just behind the post office." He shook his head. "Enough about the girl, though. Did you see how desperate this request sounds?"

Mario rubbed his chin a bit. "It sounds desperate..."

"Also," Parakarry continued as he pointed at another request, "here's another one from another girl that...sort of scared me when she came a few days ago as well..."

Investigate The Mysterious Cliff Of The East

I've found myself standing in a very different area that I didn't know it existed. However, when I walked around, I found a mysterious place where I sensed mana flowing out. I'm sure I can go in there by myself, but I'm afraid of going alone unprepared due to the fact I don't know the area very much. I would like to have some people, preferably fighters or adventurers, to join me and investigate the source of mana from the cliff. If you accept my request, please come prepared to the eastern expanse of mountains.

I'd really appreciate anyone's help.

From the Little Girl of Ozette

Olimar tilted his head. "Why is it that the people that request help like to write titles like those?"

"Well, it keeps them safe from others to know who they are," Parakarry said. "This is a Safe-and-Hide system that helps them to be found by, for example, bad people. If you guys want to accept the request, you should try to meet up with the person in need where they want you to go." He showed them a wing stamp. "If you DO accept the request, take this to the person in need to indicate that you're the ones who want to help them out."

"Is there something good for us if we help them?" Luigi asked.

"Of course," Parakarry said. "They'll give you rewards for helping them as long as you do a good job." He looked happy. "Maybe this will even let you guys get good freebies that you can't find anywhere else."

Chris thought for a moment. "Help others to get freebies..."

"It doesn't sound so bad," Mario commented. "Who knows, maybe this can help us in some way or another."

"I don't like to do this kind of job, but maybe it could have challenges," Meta Knight commented. "I wouldn't mind exploring the surroundings either."

"It gives you the feeling of a mercenary," Lucario said.

Parakarry silently flew behind the counter and joined his hands on the table. "So, you guys want to help others in need? It could give you good propaganda for the mansion and its people."

"Master Hand surely would like that," Mario said. "Besides, it gives us a chance to explore this universe."

"I don't know what you're talking about universes but whatever," Parakarry said before smiling. "So then, try to give a hand or ten to these unfortunate people."

Link looked at everyone. "Why don't we go ahead? While I tried to save Hyrule from Ganondorf, I used to help other people with their problems, and they always had very good rewards."

Chris felt that his DS was shaking a bit. The World Traveler took it out to see Kawashima. "Yes?" Chris asked.

"This is a very good opportunity to gather sidequests," Kawashima said. "If you can, try to help everyone who puts requests in the billboard."

"Does this have to be something mandatory?"

"You want to make future battles easier or not? I bet the troubled people have very special items that you could use with everyone."

Chris thought for a moment. "...Okay, I'll accept to do them."

Kawashima chuckled. "Since we're doing sidequests now, do you want to see the sidequest you have yet to complete?"

"I have some left? Oh well, show me."

"Right away..." Kawashima disappeared from the upper screen before he appeared on the lower screen, taking out a list of sidequests on a virtual page. "Done. Here's the list of all the sidequests you've finished, along with the ones you have yet to clear."

-Seekers of the Truth of the Subspace - In-Progress.

-Wanted: Musicians - Pending.

-Wanted: Laharl - Cleared!

-Wanted: Repede - Cleared!

-The Dojo - Pending.

-Sonic, Chris's real pain? - In-Progress.


"You have a lot of work ahead of you," Kawashima said chuckling. "Give it your best, okay?"

"Yes, thanks for reminding me about what I have to do," Chris said.

Toon Link got closer to the billboard and narrowed his eyes at the first request. "...This one seems easy enough," he said as he pointed at the request from the maiden of Madain Sari.

"Oh well," Mario said as he lifted his shoulders a bit. "It's easy to find a lost item with how many of us are now."

Wolf rolled his eye. "It's always a pathetic job to start with...but I don't mind either way."

Link turned to Parakarry. "We'd like to accept the first request."

Parakarry nodded and held out a wing sticker. "Okay, you guys need to rendezvous with the little girl and show her the wing sticker to confirm you want to help her."

"A little girl..." Olimar muttered. "How does she look like?"

Parakarry looked up to the sky. "Well, this little girl looked cute to me. She had blue hair, wore a pale yellow ribbon on her head, and she also wore 3 different clothes garments. In other words, she could stick out as a sore thumb in a crowd because of the fact she...has a small horn on her forehead."

"A small horn on...her forehead?" Luigi gulped. "S-she's not a demon, right?"

"Oh no, she's good." Parakarry nodded. "Hope you guys do a good work! Effort pays off if you work accordingly, as they say."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 04, 2009, 05:20:35 PM
Meta Knight looked around. "...You said she was going to come here, right?"

Parakarry looked embarrassed from the counter at the billboard. "Whoops, it seems she forgot to write the place to meet you..." He raised his hands a bit and frowned. "You'll have to wait until she comes back."

Luigi noticed that Parakarry was shifting his eyes many times. The green plumber raised an eyebrow. "Is something wrong?"

Parakarry blushed. "O-oh, nothing wrong..." He looked at the ruins of the city many feet away from the post office. "It's just that I met a pretty gal today...and she went to see the city by herself a few minutes ago."

"A pretty gal?" Olimar asked.

Parakarry nodded many times. "Yep, she's one heck of a pretty Koopa Troopa I've ever seen before! And man, does she have an explosive personality that makes me flip in the air like crazy!"

Mario smiled a bit confused. "Did you ask her for her name?"

"What I did now? Oh, right, I asked what was her name." Parakarry thought for a moment. "...Oh yeah, her name was Kylie Koopa."

"...Kylie Koopa?" Luigi repeated confused before he looked up and crossed his arms. "Why do I think I heard that name before?"

Parakarry blinked shocked. "Y-you guys know her?"

"Yes, I remember now," Mario said. "We met that reporter of the Koopa Kronicle a long time ago."

Wolf frowned. "Is it the same scatterbrained turtle girl?"

"Yes..." Luigi trailed off. "I'm surprised she's still around."

And out of a cue, the group looked back to the city in ruins before a pink shell came spinning to them. Some of them took a step back as the shell spun in front of them before it stopped spinning. It suddenly stood up by itself before jumping 4 feet as somebody sprouted out from it and quickly...took photos of the group.

Mario & Luigi: Partners in Time - Tutorial

Some of the Smashers blocked their faces with their hands as photos were being taken. Once the flashes died down, they looked forward to find the ever-enthusiastic Kylie Koopa. "Ha! Those pictures are sure to be best used in an album than a newspaper!" she said chuckling. "Anyhoo, nice to see you hooplas again! That's right," she continued as she spun on her feet before stopping to wink at them while she crossed her right arm under he face, giving them a thumb up (her trademark pose), "Kylie Koopa's got your number!"

Parakarry looked at her with hearts as eyes. "Woohoohoo," he muttered pleased, the reporter not even paying attention to him.

Kylie hopped on her spot a bit. "Well, well, if isn't the lovely group who kicked the Shroobs outta the Mushroom Kingdom!" she said as she looked at Mario and Luigi. "Boy, remember that event? It made me reach the stardom of the Koopa Kronicle! Thanks to you, my scoop was the biggest scoop ever!"

"Kylie," Mario began, "it's good to see you're doing fine. You even look like you haven't changed much."

Kylie giggled a bit. "Well, duh! I gotta keep my streak of cheerfulness to reach the stars beyong the sky...through the newspaper building, of course!" She took a few more photos of the group. "So, you live around these parts? You ain't surely living in what used to be a city behind my shell, right?" She turned around to see the ruined city, just in time to see a building collapsing under the rain. "...I swear, drops of rain are gettin' heavier each day. Before you'll know it, they'll crush you to bits, no less."

"Er...no, we live in a mansion across this big hill," Luigi said as he pointed at the hill behind them."

Kylie turned around. "Oh, makes much more sense to me," she said nodding. "Well, throw me a newspaper to look for a good place to expand the Koopa Kronicle newspaper 'cuz I ain't gonna expand it in a city like the one BEHIND me, pals!" She looked down in shame. "I've got the word that the city of this place was so huge that it NEEDED a competent newspaper. What a shock I got after I went in there, fellas. Do you expect me to be working in a place where it looks like it's never gonna prosper at all? I'll tell you my answer right now: never! I'm not standing up for this!"

Wolf cleaned his right ear a bit. "Geez, slow down, I can barely make out what you're saying..." he muttered.

Kylie didn't seem to be listening to Wolf as she crossed her arms and looked up to them. "How am I gonna do my job if the place where I wanted to work at is only reaching my ankles? I'm serious about this, hooplas. I wanna see the place I've heard so much about from other people right now!"

Link looked away and scratched his head a bit. "We don't know how we're going to repair the damages done to the city..."

Kylie pouted a bit. "Ain't that bad now?" She turned around and hopped on her spot a bit as she looked at the ruined city. "Desperate times call for desperate measures, and when I say that, I mean I'm gonna have to call my special connections!" she demanded loudly before she took out a pink cell phone. "Oh no, Kylie ain't gonna sit and let ants climb up on me to make a home in my shell! I'm calling the dibs of this!"

"Um..." Chris muttered as Kylie typed out some numbers. "I heard you were going to come here because you sent me a letter some time ago..."

Kylie ignored the World Traveler as she lifted up her cell phone to the right side of her head. "Hello? Anyone there? Oh, good, there you are. Good, good. Okay, listen me loud and clear, got that? Okay, here's the deal, pal. You see, there's this big desert that used to be called a 'ci-tah'. What' 'ci-tah' is that, you ask? Well, how am I gonna know, anyway? I barely came here from scratch! Listen to me now! I need you and your squad to do something about this dillemma before I DO something myself, got that clear? Sweet. I wanna have your guys come here and give this ci-tah a nice clean up round before it grows back to it's usual majestic glory that, you know, I heard so much about. What's that? You need refunds to get what your guys need? Oh, don't be that silly, pal! We can get around it just fine once you get here by, hmm, when's good for you? In a week?! Are you kiddin' me?!"

The Smashers idly watched as the energetic reporter kept arguing with the phone for a long while. Kylie seemed to be trying to come up with a deal with whoever she was talking to. "..." Kirby looked up at Chris. "How do I look with this ribbon on?"

The beastmaster looked down at Kirby and blushed a bit. "Y-you look very good with it..." Chris commented.

Kylie nodded several times. "Goodie, that sounds very nice to me then! Okay, you get your guys here in 2 weeks, and we'll do business, 'kay? You're such a sweetie pie, pal. Thanks a lot!" she said chuckling before she ended the phone call. Kylie turned around to look at the Smashers. "There! I've got a nice deal with my pals!"

"What?" Mario asked. "You're calling masons to repair the city?"

"Yep," Kylie said. "I always dreamed to make the Koopa Kronicle the best in a big city. How do you think I feel after my dream went down the sewers once I took a peek at the city? Pissed, hooligan, mad, I tell you!"

Toon Link looked bored. "If they're really going to come to repair the city... If you ask me, a week sounded better than 2 weeks..."

"..." Kylie closed her eyes. "That little... I knew all that smooth-talking wasn't for show..." She giggled. "But anyway! The guys are gonna come and pimp this city up!"

"What guys?" Mario asked.

"1...thousand Hammer Bros.," Kiley said chuckling. "They'll come here in 2 weeks from now on."

"...1000 Hammer Bros?" Luigi asked shocked. "T-that many of them? A-are they good?"

Kylie looked at him. "You're asking if they're good people? Of course they are! They're a smart bunch, I'm telling you."

Mario blinked a couple of times. "Oh, then you know them as well."

Kylie turned to Mario. "You know my fellas?"

Mario nodded. "I was just going to call them later today, but after you called them..."

"Wait, wait, wait," Link interrupted. "Mario, how do you know 1000 guys, anyway?"

Mario looked at Link. "They're Hammer Bros. who decided to drop out of Bowser's army because they thought he wasn't that good of a smart leader. The funny thing is that Bowser didn't even see them dropping out because of the fact he has many subordinates under his command that he can barely tell who's who or even count them all."

"...And if he does have many subordinates..." Chris trailed off thinking, "...how come he never gets to conquer the Mushroom Kingdom with all of them?"

"Um, Chris, Mario just said Bowser isn't smart..." Lucario pointed out.

"...Oh, I see," Chris said embarrassed.

"A-and don't give Bowser ideas..." Luigi looked around. "H-he could be close..."

Kylie ignored the green plumber. "Well! Sorry for being rude, but I'm just that excited to see this city back to its clean image." She took more photos of them. "I can see the heading of the first page in my mind, fellas! 'Rainy City Receives Special Edition of Pimp My Downtown', and the second heading would be 'Ace Reporter Gets Lost in Previous Ruins. Author Utterly Shocked!'"

Parakarry looked happy. "Didn't I tell you she was dynamite?"

Kylie turned to Parakarry and took several photos of him. The Paratroopa's eyes turned into swirls before he fell down behind the counter. "Sweet scoop! I have witnesses in these golden pictures!"

"U-um, excuse me..." Olimar tried to get the attention from the female Koopa Troopa.

Kylie turned to them. "Oh right, I remember I sent you a letter," she said as she looked at Chris. "Didn't think I'd actually get here, huh? Dude, this city's my only lead to make the Koopa Kronicle the best one there is!" She hopped on her spot. "But NO! City's busted as a cracked cookie! Scoops don't live up with this unless I take photos for the right section! But forget about the tempting section I want to take photos for. How've you been?"

Meta Knight frowned and put a hand on his forehead. "It takes her 10 minutes to ask about personal matters..." he muttered.

"W-we've been doing good," Chris said. "I guess it's not necessary to talk how you've been, right?"

"Better than a Goomba who got its wings, I'd say!" Kylie said happily.

A dead silence soon followed...

"...Er..." Kylie shifted her eyes. "...Soooooooooooooooo, seen any good newspapers?"

Wolf grunted a bit. "Just as I expected her to talk about..."

"..." Kylie shifted her eyes more. "...Wouldn't mind if I got a place to stay and wait for my guys to come here and pimp the city? I'd suggest them to make a 3-stars hotel."

Parakarry suddenly flew up behind the counter and looked shocked at her. "H-hey, this post office doesn't have that many commodities, but it does have some beds!"

Kylie looked at him. "Not exactly what I expected, but meh, it'll do nicely, I guess."

"Inviting her to the mansion would get Master Hand angry..." Toon Link whispered to Kirby.

Parakarry joined his hands and closed his eyes to the sky. "Thank you, darn you, thank you..." he muttered in excitement.

Kylie giggled a bit and looked at the Smashers. "Well fellas, I ain't got a thing to talk with you unless you're into paper with ink..." She quickly jumped over the counter where she went for a chair inside and dragged it to sit on it and reach the counter to look at the Smashers. "Till then, I'll be here for 2 looooooooooooooong weeks." She looked at Parakarry. "So, you like the Koopa Kronicle?"

Parakarry sighed pleased. "Oh yeah," he said nodding.

The Smashers watched as the two Koopas began to talk with each other, the postman always looking happy while the reporter merely talked and talked to no end. By a few seconds, the two were ignoring the Smashers completely.

"...I think they don't want us to disturb them," Luigi commented.

"Actually, I think that's Parakarry and not Kylie," Link said.

Chris shrugged. "It's pretty obvious that Parakarry has...you know what for her." He looked at Meta Knight. "By the way, have you ever fell in love with someone?"

Meta Knight stared at him for a moment. "Well, I haven't fell in love with someone before, but I think my soulmate is somewhere out there. I like to think that there is such a person for me." He looked away and frowned. "However, that's all I'm going to say."

"Is it Jigglypuff?" Kirby asked suddenly.

"...No, Kirby," Meta Knight said in a bored tone.

Olimar looked at the ruins of the city. "...Do you think the city will be really repaired?"

"I doubt it..." Chris said unsure. "Isn't the city...500km long?"

"Actually, it's 10km long," Mario pointed out.

"What? But I heard from Master Hand that this city was..."

"He forgot."

"What?"

"Master Hand and everyone forgot how long the city actually is," Mario said. "Somebody would waste their entire time in their lives to build a 500km long city." He looked up confused. "But I'm confused as to why Master Hand said 500 instead of 10..."

Lucario narrowed his eyes. "He was surely trying to make Chris desperate to save the city. Since Chris doesn't know about this world, Master Hand took advantage of him."

"And we followed the flow..." Toon Link sighed. "That hand is surely an odd guy, I swear..."

The Star Warrior looked miffed for a bit before he saw that a girl walked in front of him. The girl in question had come out from the western forest, but once she turned to look at him, she instantly gasped and pulled her pink sleeve-covered hands back. "N-no way!" she said in disbelief. "T-the ribbon you're wearing...t-that's..."

Kirby looked confused at her. "Um...who are you?" he asked.

The girl clutched her fists on her neck before she took some long steps towards Kirby. By this time, the group had already noticed her. "That's the ribbon I lost!" she demanded as she pointed at Kirby. "I need it back to me!"

Kirby looked a bit worried. "W-well..."

Link stared down at the girl. The Hylian studied her appearance a little bit before he noticed that the girl fit perfectly the description that Parakarry told the group. However, apart from the fact that the blue-haired girl wore garments and had the small horn on her forehead, she also had some small wings on her back. "Er..." Link looked at her. "Hey...who are you?"

The girl looked up at Link. "Wow, that's a very wrong way to address a young lady like me, you know!" She pointed at Link. "Give me some respect here, will you?"

"I was just asking for your name," Link said. "So, what is it?"

"Hush!" the girl said with a frown. "I'm not gonna tell you!" she yelled before turning to Kirby. "You pink puffball gimme my ribbon back!"

Kirby looked at his ribbon and took it off. "Is this yours?"

"Why, yes, it is!" the girl said angry. "That's the memento of my late friend you're holding with your fingers! Even though you don't have fingers, I can pretty much say you are doing that!"

Chris studied the little girl a bit. "(Wait, I know who she is...)"

The girl quickly put her hands on her hips. "You don't know, but you're talking to Ms. Eiko Carol here!" she said as she looked at the group. "When I wanna get my belongings back, usually people do as I say!"

Eiko Carol is a little girl that comes from the destroyed tribe of Madain Sari that is located to the north of the Mist Continent. Eiko was met by Zidane, Garnet, and Vivi when she was stealing food in a nearby town of dwarves. Once they met her, she decided to let them come to her village. From that point on, she has been traveling with Zidane's group. (It should be noted that Eiko was told by her deceased grandpa to leave Madain Sari when she reached 16 years, but after she met Zidane, right at the time she was (and is still) 6, she left the village anyway). Eiko is known to be a spunky and snobbish girl, and she will do anything to get what she wants (.

Final Fantasy IX - Eiko's Theme

"Next time, introduce yourself when addressing a lady, okay?" Eiko asked with a pout.

"You introduced yourself first," Meta Knight pointed out.

"...Got a problem with that or what?" Eiko asked before grunting. "Ugh, why am I losing the time with you, anyway? I came here to reclaim what's rightfully me to have!"

Kirby looked at the ribbon before he started to walk to her. However, Link grabbed Kirby's free hand. "Wait a bit," Link told Kirby before looking at Eiko. "Are you by any chances...the maiden of Madain Sari?"

"Yep," Eiko said nodding. "I'm also known as Eiko Carol Fabool, princess of Lindblum," she said proudly, a sly smile almost reaching her nose. "You didn't think you were gonna meet a princess, huh?"

"You don't look like a princess but rather a spoiled girl to me," Wolf commented bored.

Eiko looked at him. "Spoiled girl?" She walked to him, not minding the fact she just barely passed his knees' level. The girl of Madain Sari put her sleeve-covered hands on her hips. "You don't know anything about loyalty at all, huh?"

Wolf rolled his eye and bent down to pick up the girl from her back. The lupine put her in front of his face as she stared at him annoyed. "Not at all," Wolf said," and I don't care either."

Eiko grunted before she began to flail her arms. "Why am I always being picked up by everyone like this?! Be glad you're not a dammed branch because if you were I'd break you in 2!"

"Wolf, I think you should let her go," Mario commented. "You don't want to have a problem with her, right?"

Wolf sighed and dropped Eiko back on the ground. "I guess," he said bored.

Eiko pushed herself up quickly and pouted at Wolf. "Why you..." She stared blankly at him. "Wait..." She tilted her head a bit. "...You fit the description Zidane told me about..."

"Zidane?" Link repeated. "Wait, you know Zidane?"

Eiko looked at Link. "Come to think of it, I think Zidane mentioned about you..." She turned to Chris. "You." She turned to Lucario. "You." She turned to Toon Link. "And you..." She looked at Link. "And yeah, Zidane's my ex."

"Zidane...is your ex-boyfriend?"

Eiko looked amused. "The guy was almost mine to have, but Dagger was around more with him, and then I saw that Zidane loved her more than me," she chuckled. "Needless to say, the guy's a little bit hopeless, but meh, what can you do with him?"

"I don't even think he ever fell in love with you..." Wolf muttered.

"Nobody ASKED you," Eiko said annoyed. "Sheesh, Zidane was right about you. He told me you were much of a lone wolf (which ironically you are) and somewhat rude. He surely made friends with you, though."

The lupine looked away. "Well, I could say I'm sort of a friend for him..."

"Ha! You're not that lonely then!" Eiko said before looking at the others. "So I take that you travelled with Zidane, right?"

"It was just for a small while," Lucario said.

"Yeah, he definitely said you guys left him when you arrived at Lindblum," Eiko said. "Soooooooo, do you know any personal secrets about Zidane? I wouldn't mind listening to some of them," she said amused. "I can ALWAYS go back to my words and do something more productive that benefits me..."

"We don't know," Toon Link said.

Eiko sighed. "Oh well, at least I tried..." she muttered before she turned to Kirby. "Okay, you're gonna give me back my ribbon or what?"

Link showed her the wing stamp. "Actually, we accepted the request to find your friend's memento."

Eiko gasped and took the stamp from Link's hand. "What? No way! Somebody DID accept my request?" She looked at Kirby. "A-ha, you were the one who found my Ribbon, right?"

Kirby shook his head. "No..."

"But you're holding on it," Eiko pointed out. "Why is it that you're holding it?"

Kirby simply pointed up at Wolf. "He found it, but he wanted to toss it away, and I caught it so I could wear it."

"...Whatwhatwhatwhat?!" Eiko asked shocked before glaring at Wolf. "Why the hell did you find my Ribbon?"

Wolf looked at her. "Hey, that thing of yours came out from nowhere, and it got stuck on my shoulder's spike," he pointed out. "It went to me, but I didn't find it."

The girl of Madain Sari walked to Kirby and took the ribbon back to her. Eiko stared at the ribbon on her sleeves before she rubbed her left cheek with it. "My Ribbon..." she muttered with a sniff. "It's good to have you back..."

"What's up with you now?" Wolf asked confused.

Eiko looked back at him. "You see...this is a memento of a very special friend of mine," she explained. "It's a very important ribbon that Mog, my late moogle friend, left behind when she sacrificed her life to save me from getting killed by 2 evil-looking clowns..." She looked at the ribbon. "This was left behind by her before she turned out to be an Eidolon, a special entity with amazing powers, who saved me from dying..." She looked up at Wolf. "Well, I wouldn't be a lady if I didn't thank you for finding this for me. Even if you don't understand how much this is for me, I really am glad to have this back with me... Funny, I think I know Zidane befriended you."

Wolf rolled his eye.

"So!" Eiko spoke up, "Your guys (Wolf: My guys?) didn't find this but you. Well, that works out fine with me to give you your rewards!" she said happily as she kept the ribbon with her. The Madain Sari girl stuffed her hands in her pockets. "Now, where did I put them again? Lemme see, hmm..."

"Just what are you going to give him?" Mario asked.

"Oh, here they are!" Eiko said happily before she took out her hands and showed three different objects at Wolf. "Here, you deserve these for finding my most precious memento from Mog." She chuckled. "C'mon, don't just stare them down like that! You won't regret to have these with you!"

"...You're giving me jewelry...and a feather?" Wolf asked bored.

On Eiko's hands, there were two different gems: a sapphire, and a ruby. Next to the two gems there was a bright feather that shone a bit with the light of the sun. The lupine thought that the rewards looked a bit worthless, but then again he could sell the gems...and probably the feather as well.

"Jewelry? Oh no," Eiko said as she shook her head. "You don't believe this, but these 3 items are quite powerful if you happen to know what summoning magic is... As a matter of fact, can you summon Eidolons?"

"I don't know what the heck they are nor I don't know how to call forth those creatures," Wolf responded.

"Oh well," Eiko said miffed. "Go ahead and take these with you, please."

"Whatever..." Wolf said as he took the three objects with him. "Hurray, we finished this," he said sarcastically as he stuffed the items in his pockets. "We got 2 gems and a feather. This is like the best day ever."

Eiko pouted a bit. "Hey, for the last time, those items are powerful!" she yelled angrily. "Why can't you believe me? Do you want me to show you their true power to you?"

Wolf rolled his eye. "I'm sure it's going to be useless in some way..."

Eiko grunted as she began to stomp the ground by jumping several times. "Grr! Fine, I'm showing you their true power myself!" she proclaimed as she took out a small flute from her back. "Once you see their true power, you're going to make up a smirk and say thanks to me. Zidane told me you wouldn't being stronger."

"Pfft, he doesn't know that much about me," Wolf said.

"W-wait, what are you going to do?" Luigi asked.

Eiko looked proud. "Simple: I'm gonna show you guys the power of the Eidolons so this mutt of a friend you have learns about them," she said as she looked around. "Now, I need an open field to showcast them all..." The girl from Madain Sari looked behind the billboard. There was a big open field behind it that she thought was perfect. "Perfect!" she exclaimed before motioning at the group. "You're gonna need to come here and see this!"

The Smashers looked at each other before they all walked behind the billboard, ignoring the seemingly busy Koopas on the counter that, by this point, have been ignoring them for a long while.

Once the group walked behind the billboard, they looked at Eiko as she held her flute with boths hands behind her back, constantly moving it at the sides as she faced the open field. "Alright," she muttered before grinning, "time to call forth my Eidolons!"

Final Fantasy IX - Battle 1

Eiko gracefully spun her flute all the way to her mouth before closing her eyes to play a tune. The Smashers watched as several green spheres with mystic flames appeared around her and spun in the air.

Wolf narrowed his eye at this.

"O beast that leaps from cliffs to mountain peaks, come to me now and let out a roaring howl to call forth the ruler of mighty earth..." Eiko chanted softly before she opened her determined eyes. "Come right here...Fenrir!"

The Smashers noticed that the atmosphered darknened a bit before they heard an ear-splitting howl from somewhere. They all staggered for a bit at this sudden howl before they watched, from far away on the mountains, a big sacred wolf that leaped all the way to the open field, just landing close to Eiko. The beast itself had long white and purple fur, as well as some yellow fur around its head, with two long horns that pointed back. The wolf stared at Eiko for a bit as she stopped playing her flute.

Some of the Smashers hid behind the billboard in fear of the big wolf.

Eiko held out her right hand at Fenrir. "Now, Ferrir, use Terrestial Rage upon the field!"

Fenrir nodded its head before he let out a mighty howl to the sky. The earth beneath it began to shake uncontrollably before a big mountain began to rise up high enough to 80 feet. The Smashers backed away as they found out that the very same mountain had a face with green glowing eyes. Some of them gasped as Fenrir let out another howl.

"W-what is that?" Link asked shocked as he stared up at the mountain with the face. "I-is that some kind of living mountain?"

Eiko turned to him. "That big mountain is the Eidolon Titan," she explained. "Fenrir itself doesn't attack directly, but it can call Titan instead to deal high earth damage on all enemies." She raised a finger. "And guess what; the attack never fails to hit the enemies since it seeks the enemies out!"

"D-don't tell it to attack us!" Olimar yelled form behind the billboard.

"Nah, I won't tell them that," Eiko said before she turned around to point up at Fenrir and Titan. "Fenrir, tell Titan to use Terrestrial Rage on the earth already!"

Fenrir let out a mighty howl. Titan's eyes shone brightly before the Smashers saw that a big portion of the earth in front of it began to rise up. Suddenly, a huge fist of earth dealt a long uppercut that reached 100 feet in the air, punching a big chunk of earth away into the sky.

As they all watched surprised, Fenrir let out a loud howl before leaping away into the mountains to the west. Titan itself, along with the fist of earth, began to retreat back into the earth. The group watched as the earth itself began to fill the cracks that were left by Titan's appearance just as if it had a recovery effect.

And then, the big chunk of earth began to fall down from high above the air, spinning madly in its place before it crashed down, creating a big cloud of dust that flew everywhere. While some of the Smashers looked shocked, Eiko merely chuckled.

The summoner turned to Wolf. "Well, what do you think now? Do they look any worthless?"

The lupine stared at the space where Titan once was. Eiko blinked a few times as the leader of Star Wolf remained silent. Suddenly, Wolf slowly looked down at her and nodded. "Show me the other 2."

"...Alrighty..." Eiko said confused before she brought her flute to her mouth to play another tune, green spheres starting to spin around her. "O creature that lives only to serve and protect, shine your ancestral jewel on us to reach salvation..." She looked serious. "Come forth, Carbuncle!"

Instead of an environmental event, the air in front of Eiko shone brightly as a small creature appeared spinning. The creature then stopped spinning in the air, revealing to be some sort of green monster with a red jewel in its forehead. The Eidolon name's was Carbuncle.

"Use Ruby Light on me!" Eiko asked Carbuncle.

The creature nodded its head before the gem in its forehead began to shine brightly in a red light. The Smashers watched as the Eidolon's gem started to grow a horn before it grew out quickly, shining a red light that shot a red ray above Eiko. The red ray then stopped, creating a blast of red glimmering lights that dropped around Eiko, creating some sort of red barrier in front of her.

Meta Knight saw that Carbuncle, its ruby horn turning back into a normal ruby, nodded its head to Eiko before it disappeared in a green light that quickly vanished.

"How was it?" Eiko asked to Wolf. "Carbuncle showers the whole team of yours with Ruby Light to cast Reflect; a protective shell that, obviously, reflects magic back to the enemy. If you ever use its help, take in mind that healing spells will bounce off and heal the enemy instead."

Wolf shook his head. "That one looked a bit worthless..."

"...Well, even so, use it when you find an enemy that likes to use magic a lot...if you can even summon, that is," Eiko said. "One left! Do you want to see the last one?"

"Isn't that the whole point of the demonstration?" Toon Link asked.

Eiko chuckled. 'Yep, that's the point here." She turned around and spun her flute one more time before she put the pipe in her mouth and began to play another tune with the same spheres appearing around her. "O sacred bird whose feathers burn with intensity and retrieve unfortunate souls with them, I call upon you to burn my enemies to the ground and get back the souls of my allies..." She looked serious. "Come on, Phoenix, appear before me!"

Suddenly, a shower of red glimmers rained down upon the field. In a quick moment, the lights shone intensily as they all burst in searing flames that created a big inferno. The Smashers backed away once the flames reached them, but then they did, they didn't seem to be burning all of them. Link looked forward where he saw that the flames circled in the air to make a sphere.

The sphere of fire suddenly burst apart, revealing a big mythical bird of sacred fire that let out a cry of power. The big bird itself had a wide arrangement of multi-colored feathers, along with a long tail of feathers, red feathers sticking out the most between all the feathers together. The Eidolon Phoenix let out another cry as it began to flap its wings slowly while it began to rise up into the sky, releasing a bunch of sparkling lights that doused the flames and touched everything around them, shining brighter as they all slowly vanished.

As some of the Smashers watched stunned, Eiko turned to Wolf and nodded. "That's Phoenix for you. This one is surely helpful because not only it burns enemies, but it also revives downed members of you group," she explained. "What's more, if every single one of you gets knocked out, there's a small chance that Phoenix will appear and revive you to keep fighting."

"Hmm..." Wolf rubbed his chin. "How much is the probability of that bird appearing to revive us all?"

"It depends on the number of Phoenix Pinions, the same kind of feather I gave you some minutes ago, that then you need to divide by 256."

Wolf looked down at her. "So, in other words, a feather won't make much of difference for that small odd."

"I guess...but hey, luck's sometimes is useful," Eiko said. "You gotta wish for Phoenix to come back and heal you."

Final Fantasy IX - Eiko's Theme

"Aaaaaaaaaaaand that's my demonstration," Eiko said chuckling as she kept the flute behind her back. "Pretty cool, huh?"

"I have to say..." Link trailed off. "I have to say that looked cool. But, we just saw the whole field getting ruptured and burned..."

"And even so..." Toon Link blinked at the seemingly calm grass in the open field, "the field looks the way it was before the demonstration...why's that?"

Eiko turned to see the big field in front of her. There weren't any signs of destrution after the Eidolons had appeared. The Madain Sari girl turned back to them. "Oh, that? Eidolons are good entities that coexist with nature," she explained. "Summoners only use Eidolons for protective means. In my case, I use them to aid me in ordeals. Eidolons themselves would hate that their power would destroy nature so they use their powers to keep it like it should be. However..."

"H-however?" Luigi asked as he slowly came back from behind the billboard.

"...There are people who'd like to cause destruction with them. An Eidolon's ultimate decision lies in the summoner that called it forth. It's the summoner's bidding that gives the Eidolon the necessary power to cause destruction that won't be repaired. Since I'm a good girl, my Eidolons won't try to harm nature," Eiko explained. "That's the reason why they don't leave destruction behind their path."

"I see..." Meta Knight said. "It is quite interesting to see entities with such powers to respect what they do."

'It's all in the summoner's will, though," Eiko said. "The summoner is the one who decides what the Eidolon will do. Fortunately, those bad people seized to have the affinity to obtain them all." She looked at Wolf. "I hope YOU don't turn out to be a bad guy. If you even dare to cause destruction, the Eidolons could turn and kill you off if they can."

"Thanks for the little warning," Wolf said. "The last thing I wish to do is taking over the world..." He frowned.

Eiko looked bored. "Geez, only an dummy would think something THAT stupid. Unfortunately, I know someone who would do such a thing...and that person died..." she said. "You're not going to missuse their power, right?"

Wolf shook his head. "I'll use them if I find myself in trouble."

"Good!" Eiko exclaimed satisfied. "I'm not so sure, but I think I can trust you with the 3 Eidolons, provided you know how to summon them." She smiled happily as she took out her Ribbon. "I can't just lose this that easily again! I'll be very careful this time around."

Link looked at Wolf. The lupine was staring down at the three items on his right hand. "...Wait a minute," Link began before looking down at Eiko, "don't you think you're being a little bit too nice by giving him 3 powerful entities?"

Wolf looked a bit amused at Link before Eiko held out the ribbon to Link. "Um, hello? This memento is from my bestest friend in the whole world who saved me from dying!" she yelled. "I'm feeling very generous today as well, but it mainly has to do with my friend's memento! If I just gave out the Sapphire, that would be a jerk thing to do!"

Wolf grinned at Link. "Jealous because you won't get these items, perhaps?"

Link looked away annoyed. "No..." he muttered.

"Anyway!" Eiko spoke up, "do me a favor and don't go losing those items, okay? If you lose them, you won't be able to call forth the Eidolons to help you out. Unless of course you want somebody to take them off from your...claws. Since you, by some odd reason, made me think you're not that bad (which I'll regret at some point) and you lose those items, just come to me, and I'll give you more of them, okay?"

Wolf stuffed the items back into his pocket and nodded. "Thanks, I'll make good use of them."

Chris closed his eyes. "No burning Fox with Phoenix, okay?"

"No, that'd be too easy, then."

Eiko sweat dropped. "...And don't use them for revenge or something like that," she said.

"Oh, one last thing I wanted to ask you about," Wolf began, "...do I really have to say out loud those chants you just said?"

"The chants? Oh, those aren't really necessary," she said chuckling. "Those were just for show. The spell is actually much longer, but the Eidolons asked me to hurry up the pace."

Wolf stared blankly at her. "...They asked you?"

Eiko nodded and pointed at the little horn on her head. "See this horn? I need to focus my thoughts into the horn in order to talk directly with the Eidolons. Since you don't have this, you won't have the chance to talk to them. It's only an ability we summoners have." She looked proud as she quickly put her hands on her hips. "Ha-ha, we're something, aren't we?"

"I think so," Mario commented. "You're a very impressive girl."

"Teeheehee, I like to receive compliments, thank you very much," Eiko said with a bow to Mario before turning to the others. "So, I guess that's all you need to know about the Eidolons."

Wolf nodded, but then he felt that something was shrinking in the pocket where he had left the items. The lupine dug his right hand into his pocket to grab three stickers that weren't there before. "What the..."

Eiko chuckled as she looked at the others. "Thank you so much for finding my friend's memento!" she said happily. "This little accident will surely teach me to be more responsible. I have to show some manners since I AM Lindblum's mistress." She turned around to look at the expanse of forest behind her. Eiko remained silent as she stared at the trees for some seconds before she scratched her head a bit. "Now...where was the way home again?"

Most of the Smashers frowned at this. Chris kept frowning as he thought "(Is the way to get to this universe by accident that messed up? I'm going to have to ask Master Hand more behind this...)"

"...Oh well," Eiko said before she turned to them. "I can fend off by myself pretty well. Even if I get lost, I'll be just fine." She thought for a moment, hitting the side of her head a bit. "I'm not sure about where the way back home was, though..." she muttered embarrassed. "...I'll find it if I keep going to the same way I went," she said. "...Then again, from where did I come from exactly? I was looking frantically around for my ribbon all this time that I lost the way..."

"Do...you need any help?" Kirby asked.

"Oh, don't bother," Eiko said. "I'm a pretty strong girl, I'll have you know. If a monster sees me, it'll run away right in an instant." She smiled. "Okay then, see you around!"

Meta Knight cleared his throat. "What would you do if you get lost again?"

Eiko took a moment of silence as she stared at the masked knight for some seconds. "...Give me a hand until then, okay?" she responded before turning around to walk to the western forest. "I'll be fine, trust me!" Eiko turned her head to look and wave a hand at them. "Thank you very much for finding my ribbon again! Make good use of the Eidolons, and don't let anyone have them, you got that? Bye!"

The Smashers watched as the princess of Lindblum disappeared from sight once she entered the woods. Coughing to get Chris's attention, from his pocket, Kawashima said "'Find My Friend's Memento' sidequest complete in record time!"

"Find My Friend's Memento" Sidequest Completed!

Sapphire, Ruby, and Phoenix Pinion Obtained!

"Wow, that's surely a new record," Kawashima said. "Keep up the good work, okay?"

Mario smiled a bit at them. "It's good to see we were able to help her, don't you think?"

Wolf showed them the stickers that he held with his right hand. The Smashers stared at the stickers and looked confused after doing so. The three stickers that Wolf held were medium-size stickers that had the images of the Sapphire, the Ruby, and the Phoenix Pinion.

"Er...why are those stickers with you?"

"Who knows," Wolf said. "The items the girl gave me shrunk in my pocket, and these stickers replaced their places."

"Why is that?" Olimar asked. "Is it some kind of freaky spell?"

"Again, who knows," Wolf responded again. "Either way, I don't care as long as I can use them."

Lucario thought for a moment. "...Maybe any equipment that we receive will automatically turn into stickers..."

"That's...bizarre..." Luigi commented. "Why'd you think that?"

"That's just a theory I made up now," Lucario said. "I could be wrong..."

"Considering the fact that we're the only people who uses Trophy Stands and the stickers to enhance our powers, and the fact that Master Hand is the one who invented these items," Meta Knight began, "I wouldn't be surprised if he put on us a spell like the one Lucario mentioned."

"I think you're right," Link said. "Master Hand has his ways to mess up with anything..."

"Be glad he 'messes up' with anything and not anyone," Meta Knight said. "Everything is barely normal as it is, but surely you wouldn't want him to do...oddities with people, right? It's a mystery what he really has with his magic and what he does with it."

"...So true..." Toon Link muttered.

Wolf chuckled and stuffed back the stickers with his hands in his pockets. "Well, I must say that this walk had benefits," he said amused as he turned around to the direction of the mansion. "If you will excuse me, I have to go back and relax for the rest of the day."

Link narrowed his eyes at him. "You're not going to do something funny with those Eidolons, right?"

"None of your business, elf," Wolf said as he began to walk to the north. "I really want to relax for the rest of the day. Also, since the girl gave me these stickers, they're mine to use and not anyone else's use, okay?"

"As long as you follow her warning..."

"Yeah, I'll do that," Wolf said. "I don't want problems with anybody, anyway."

They all watched as Wolf walked up to the top of the hill. Feeling unsure, Link turned to them. "I think I'm going to go with him to see if he doesn't do something weird with those Eidolons."

"Fine, but please keep your jealousy under control," Meta Knight pointed out.

'I-I'm not jealous," Link said annoyed before he turned around and began to run up to the hill. "See you later, okay?"

Kirby sighed depressed and began to walk up the hill as well. "I'm hungry..." he muttered softly.

Meta Knight sighed with a frown and looked at the others. "I'd have liked to stay here a little bit more, but if I were to leave Kirby alone in the mansion, specifically in the kitchen while he's hungry...we would starve to death in a span of 3 days."

Luigi looked shocked. 'O-oh, please, don't let him get close to my flan! I-I haven't finished that yet!"

"...I'll do what I can."

"Thanks..." Luigi muttered as Meta Knight pushed back his cape and began to walk up the hill with the others. Soon, the four Smashers reached the top and walked down to the other side. The green plumber sniffed a bit at this.

Chris looked a bit amused. "Don't you think Meta Knight is starting to open more to some people? When he first came here, he was very rude about getting the Halberd..."

"People change overtime, Chris," Mario said. "It's other people that help others to change. It's their influence that does all the work on others. If you were to hang out with the wrong crowd, would you change?"

"No..." Chris said. "If I did that, I'd be someone worse..."

"Maybe," Mario said. "Just stay with us and you'll be fine."

The World Traveler chuckled. "Thanks, Mario."

Mario looked at Luigi, Olimar, Toon Link, Chris, and Lucario. "Well, a smaller group has a lot more of control, right? Why don't we accept the second request to see who wants to get help?"

"Let's do that," Toon Link said a little bit excited. "I'm up for some exploring."

The others nodded at Mario. The red plumber smiled a bit and walked around the billboard together with everyone to get to the infatuated Parakarry and the talkative Kylie Koopa. Seeing that Parakarry wasn't even paying attention to Kylie due to the fact he looked up with hearts as eyes, Mario knocked the counter a bit. "Parakarry, we would like to accept the second request. Can you give us the wing stamp to show it to the other girl the request mentioned?"

"Yeah, yeah..." Parakarry didn't seem to look at Mario as he merely ducked to grab a wing stamp that he tossed at Mario's hat. "Leave me and the gal alone now, okay?"

Mario grabbed the stamp and looked at the infatuated Parakarry, Kylie still talking like there was no end about how amazing the Koopa Kronicle was. "And then, when I took a step forward to get the silver picture of the third page on my secret target, my curiosity grew wide enough to re-think my thoughts after I found out my target was wearing an alien costume during July...and the costume was 0 percent costume but a real alien!" Kylie narrated. "The darn hoopla ran away, though..."

"...The request said that the girl was waiting in the mountains of the east, right?" Chris asked as Kylie went on.

"Yes..." Mario muttered.

"And BAM!" Kylie said shocked. "I found the hoopla running right into a wall, and he turned out to be a scam. His mask fell off, and he was just a Goomba. Silly me..."

The Smashers looked confused at this conversation before they slowly walked away around the post office to head into the eastern forest to get to the eastern expanse of mountains across it.

Eastern Mountain Range

The group had walked out the forest to find a long expanse of mountains and cliffs that extended to the east. The land under them was arid with winds that usually swept some ground on their feet. Before them, across a long region of bare ground, there was a mountain that had a path between cliffs.

"Look at this..." Toon Link said as he admired the scenery while everyone walked towards the mountain. "It's always green around the mansion, but here it's all dry."

"It makes you want to explore this unknown universe more, don't you think?" Lucario asked.

"What, you want to do that someday?" Chris asked.

"I wouldn't mind," Lucario said. "I'd like to go on a journey and see new places in this world. Like a journey of discovery."

Mario thought for a moment. "I have to say this universe that Master Hand created is very intriguing."

"W-wait, Master Hand created this universe?" Olimar asked.

"Yes, Master Hand was the one who created this universe," Mario said. "I remember him saying that it took an awful lot of time for him to make this universe all by himself. Crazy Hand was there with him, but he made his work harder because he used to destroy many things...because it was fun. But anyway, the only think I feel a little bit that makes me feel sympathy towards Master Hand is...that he forgot what he created here."

"You mean to say he forgot what he created?" Lucario asked.

"...Pretty much..." Mario trailed off. "It's been, according to him, thousands of years ever since he created this universe." He thought for a moment. "Actually, this kind of makes you think why Tabuu wants to have Master Hand so badly, don't you think?"

Luigi looked up. "Tabuu wants Master Hand's power then?"

"That could be a big reason..." Mario trailed off. "...But let's leave that for another time, okay? For now let's focus in the request of the girl of Ozette..." He looked confused. "Ozette is a town, right?"

"Ozette..." Chris repeated. "I'm sure I heard that name before..."

"Me too..." Lucario said before he closed an eye and tried to think. "Ugh, I know I saw that place before... How could I forget that?"

As some of them pondered about the name, they eventually reached the mountain with the path that spread between cliffs. The Smashers looked around to see if there were any signs of the girl of Ozette. However, they didn't see her anywhere.

"Where is that girl?" Olimar asked. "Wasn't she supposed to be here waiting?"

"She could get bored by waiting for so long," Mario suggested. "Maybe we should wait for her to come here?"

At that moment, Lucario's ears twitched a bit. The Aura Pokémon turned around to find someone looking at them. "...Everyone, she's here."

The other five Smashers turned around to look at their client who requested the sidequest. The girl looked at Chris and Lucario the most before she warmly smiled at them a bit.

"If isn't you guys..." the girl said.

"...Wait, I know you," Chris said. "You're...Presea..."

The requester turned out to be Presea, the girl that Chris and Lucario had met a long time ago. The girl of Ozette looked a bit cheerful after she saw the two, even if her tone of voice didn't exactly express the facial expression she gave them.

"It's good to see 2 again," Presea said as she walked to them. "It's been a long time, hasn't it?"

TO BE CONTINUED...

---------------------------------------------------------------------

Smash Channel

The forum was once again shown while Chris (in his Beastmaster job) stood in the middle and behind of the counter in front of a crowd sat on rows of chairs. Hearing some claps from the multitude of Toads, Goombas, Koopa Troopas, Shy Guys, Waddle Dees, Waddle Doos, some Pokémon of many different types, humans, and even many of the Smashers who were spread across all the crowd, the World Traveler joined his hands together on the counter and smiled nervously.

"Well, it's time for the section of Smash Channel to make another appearance again!" he said chuckling. "We're awfully sorry that this section hasn't showed up ever since chapter 134..." He looked away. "We could say the forum was destroyed after Ms. Rita Mordio was here..."

"Ahem..."

"Oh, right, sorry," Chris muttered embarrassed. "Well, today we have a special guest as always. This guest isn't featured in SSBB, but as you know by now, this section's purpose is to give them a special highlight so they speak aloud their thoughts about the Smashers." He raised his right arm. "Today, please give a warm welcome to the girl of Madain Sari, princess of Lindblum, and above else the..." He took out a note from under the counter that he started to read. "The Queen of Moogles since I was raised by at least 30 of them..." he read before tossing the note away. "Give a warm welcome to Eiko Carol!"

"Eiko Carol Fabool!" the mentioned character yelled as she sat next to Chris, the crowd starting to applaud her. "I'm the adopted daughter of a king and queen, you know!" She pouted a bit. "For that matter, I have another last name!"

"O-oh, my bad..." Chris said before Eiko waved a hand at the audience. "S-so, okay, you're here now, Eiko. What are your thoughts of being the only Final Fantasy IX character to be here?"

Eiko smiled pleased. "If you have any of Zidane's gang in here, you MUST have me here as well, don't you think? They already came here once, right?"

"W-well, yes, but is this a rule you just made up?"

"Does my rank as a princess let me make rules?"

"...I...don't think so..."

"Then yes, I can," Eiko said. "Okay, beastmaster, throw me the question of the day. I wanna give some insight to anything or anyone my beloved crowd wants me to do. Isn't that right, people?"

Some people of the crowd began to cheer a bit.

"Seeing some enthusiasm here, let's begin," Chris said as he took out a paper. "Okay, Eiko, the topic of today is..."

What does Eiko Carol (Fabool) thinks of a character she would like to talk about?

The crowd began to clap at the topic. The World Traveler smiled a bit. "Seems like the people like the idea very well," he commented. "Okay, Eiko, give us your insight of a certain Smasher you would like t-"

"Wolf O'Donnell!" Eiko interrupted as she raised her sleeve-covered hands.

As the crowd cheered loudly, the World Traveler looked away and frowned. "Seriously, what's up with all the attention given to the Star Fox reps...and Star Wolf rep?" he asked before looking annoyed at the crowd while opening his arms wide. "We'd like to give more attention to Olimar here. Isn't that right, people?"

"Y-yes, please do that!" Olimar yelled from within the cheering crowd.

Eiko smiled slyly. "Well, I touched a good one, huh?"

"As long as you tell us your insight..." Chris said.

"Hmm-hm, I'd like so," Eiko said proudly. "Well, let me see what I can talk about him..." She took out a scroll from behind her back.

"Er, Eiko..." Chris looked unsure at how big the scroll actually looked like.

The Madain Sari girl unrolled the scroll that went rolling all the way across the right side of the table before it fell down on the floor. Chris, along with the crowd, looked at how long the scroll of 100 feet was. Being curious, Chris looked at the scroll's contents, finding many questions that mentioned Wolf.

"Let's see..." Eiko held the top of the scroll as she looked the questions she had. "What's the better way of knowing about someone? Asking, that's it!" she said. "Okay, here's a question that's been bugging me. Does Wolf want to have children sometime?"

"H-how am I supposed to know that?" Chris muttered through gritted teeth as the crowd looked interested. "That's a little bit personal."

"Nah-ah," Eiko said as she looked at him. "Everyone's starting to say that they're gonna have children. We all know the red fox is gonna have a child very soon, but that's just a misleading information that's better be a secret since he doesn't know himself." She muttered a small laugh. "That's like funny."

"What red fox is that? I don't know any red fox..."

"Mr. Best Leader," Eiko said chuckling. "Better known, ironically, as the red fox Fox."

"That was over with already!" Fox yelled from the laughing crowd.

"Anyway, I wanna know if he's gonna have children," Eiko said. "For a guy in his 50s, I'd suggest him to get a wife before it's too late. He has a team so why can't he get the girl of his dreams in order to keep the legacy living with a generation?"

Chris blushed a bit while the crowd cheered. "I-I still don't know that! Heck, nobody knows that!"

"I do," said Crazy Hand from the back row.

"Y-you don't," Chris said. "You're crazy..." He shook his head. "E-Eiko, can you ask another question?"

Eiko rolled her eyes, the crowd getting depressed. "Fine, let me take a look here..." She stuck out her tongue a bit as she looked at the scroll. "Ooh, ooh, I have one here. Does Wolf love someone?"

"Eiko, that's almost exactly the same question you asked before..."

"Nah-ah!" Eiko said moving her head at the sides. "If it's almost, it's another question. You answer me that question now before I call the guards to take you away!"

"..." Chris looked blankly. "...I-I don't know who he loves... Why are you asking things related to love, anyway?"

Eiko rested her chin on her arms on the counter as she looked away amused. "Well, what can I say? I like to gossip with romance..."

"You're playing with that, though."

"That's the point."

"What?"

"Answer the question!" Eiko said as she quickly pushed her chin up.

"Well...Wolf doesn't love anyone..."

"..." Eiko blinked, her sly smile still intact. "You kidding, right?"

"No, I'm not..."

"..." Eiko sighed and tossed the whole scroll away. "What point is there to keep asking if my questions revolve around romance?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 06, 2009, 12:51:48 PM
"What? Every single question you had there was about Wolf getting a wife?"

"Duh!" Eiko said annoyed. "The guy needs love or else he'll die as a lone wolf, which is a very ironic thing to point out!"

Chris grunted. "Eiko, I'm afraid the section's time is over. You lost your chance to ask a more important question."

Eiko took out her flute. "If you end this, I'm calling Madeen on you!"

"Wasn't the original name for that powerful Eidolon Maduin?"

"Blame my translators for messing up that one then! It's Madeen in my universe, and it will pummel you down the ground with this place you call forum!"

Chris looked annoyed. "Oh no, we're not repeating another Rita accident here again!" He took out a whistle that he blew on it. "Security!"

Eiko turned around to see Sonic (as a werehog) and Chip coming from the left. They both were wearing police hat on their heads, and the werehog looked annoyed at the chuckling crowd. "Why the hell am I wearing this ridiculous hat?" Sonic asked bored.

"Hey, it looks good," Chip commented. "Besides, we get paid."

Eiko grunted at Chris. "You're not going to toss me out of here, right?" She pointed her flute at him. "I'm a princess, you know!"

Chris took out a paper. "Sorry, but according to an anonymous source, she said that girls getting angry to have an excuse to beat on guys is so overused these days that she wishes it to end forever. As a favor, I'm actually going to listen to her...once."

"What? That's bias!" Eiko yelled. "That happens a lot because people don't know who they're messing with! Besides, if the person is even anonymous, why did you decide to say that the person was a gir-"

"SONIC, TOSS HER OUT!"

The werehog rolled his eyes and streched his claws at Eiko. Soon, the princess of Madain Sari was flung all the way behind the werehog as she crashed right into a garbage can that rolled over and away through a door. "I'M SO SUING YOU ALL FOR THIS, YOU HEAR ME?!" Eiko yelled loudly.

The werehog looked bored at Chris. "This is the last time you'll have me randomly wearing a police hat..." he muttered annoyed before he walked away.

Chip saluted to Chris before he flew away with Sonic, the crowd cheering a bit as the Beastmaster looked nervous. He knew well that Eiko would surely come back. "W-well, the time for this section has come to an end! We're happy to return here again. Please, don't forget that the Smash Channel will be constantly featured during the remainder of the Sidequest Arc." He shifted his eyes. "W-with that in mind, thank you all for assisting to the show... See you!"

The curtains quickly fell down.

"Phew, the show's over, and there were no damages done on the stage..."

It was not long before Chris heard footsteps from the left side of the stage.

"O creature of holy might, trap your enemies within sparkling and divine rays of judgment to mesmerize and annihilate them wi-ah screw it! Madeen, own that guy down!"

Explosions of light, along with a mighty roar of a beast, echoed behind the curtains as the beastmaster ran away for his dear life from a huge lion-like beast that chased after him.

"Send him to hell!" Eiko yelled loudly. "Nobody messes with Eiko Carol Fabool, nobody!"

------------------------------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Eastern Mountain Range
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi
, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 06, 2009, 07:07:53 PM
Chapter 160: Achieving What One Takes to Strive For

Eastern Mountain Range

Tales of Symphonia - Water Symphony

"Presea..." Chris trailed off as he looked down at the young-looking girl. "Is that you?"

"I assure you it's me," Presea said. "Why, I still remember the day we met each other. How could I forget a face like yours? I always remember those who are my friends."

"Oh...thanks," Chris said as he blushed a bit.

Presea smiled warmly at them. "May I ask you what are you doing here of all places?"

"We could ask you the same thing," Lucario said.

"Lucario!" Chris yelled.

"Oh, s-sorry," Lucario apologized. "We just happen to live close to this mountain range..."

"Oh, really?" Presea asked. "You live nearby?"

"Yes, we live in the mansion across the woods from the west," Mario explained. "By the way, hi, my name is Mario." He held out his left hand at the others. "This here is Luigi, the one with the green hat is Toon Link, and the one with the helmet is Olimar."

Presea looked at the other three characters. After seeing how different they each looked like, she tilted her head. "As a whole, you don't look like you came from the same place..." She looked back at Chris and Lucario. "These are your friends, right?"

"Oh yes," Chris said. "This is part of the group we told you before. There's a whole lot of them in the mansion, but we came here as a smaller group."

"Then does that mean Marth, Roy, Pit, Ness, Lucas, Fox, and Falco are there as well?"

"Yes..." Chris said. "You weren't lying about remembering us..."

Presea chuckled a bit. "Like I said before, I wouldn't do such a thing. So, what are you doing here?" She looked confused by the expression of her face. "Did you come here for a walk? That'd be a very unlikely thing to do because this place seems to be inhabited by monsters."

"M-m-m-monsters?" Luigi and Olimar repeated in fear.

"Yes," Presea said simply before she pointed at the path along the mountains. "I began to hear some moans and howls from this direction. When I first came here, I started to sense some powerful mana that radiated from these mountains..." She looked up. "This is very odd, but I think I felt this mana before..."

"What is...mana, exactly?" Toon Link asked.

Presea looked at him. "It's the only force that can give life to nature," she explained. "It flows everywhere in the world of Sylvarant and Tethe'alla. Only a handful of people can feel the power that mana radiates out from itself. If a world runs out of mana, it will wither itself and die...but thankfully, it will never deplete itself." She looked back at the mountains. "I'm very intrigued as to why this place exudes such a big amount of mana that I wanted to investigate but..."

"You don't know if you can make it alone by yourself," Mario finished.

Presea blinked surprised before she looked at him. "Weird, that's what I was going to say..."

Mario showed her the wing stamp.

"...You were the ones who accepted my request at the post office of that flying turtle?" Presea asked, the Smashers nodding afterwards. "Oh, then I think I feel more relieved after you were the ones who accepted my request." She made a happy expression. "What's more better than traveling with the people I know?"

"I-I don't know you..." Luigi muttered.

Presea looked at him. "That doesn't matter. You look like you're a nice person yourself who could easily like anybody."

Luigi blushed a bit and scratched his hat a bit. "T-thanks..."

"You're welcome," Presea said smiling warmly. "By how you look like, I can infer you're Mario's...older brother or friend?"

"N-no, he's the older brother," Luigi said. "I'm the younger one."

"I see..." Presea said as she looked at Mario. "(These people look different. They either have big noses or big eyes...but it's not my place to judge their looks...) In any case, you decided to help me with my request, right?"

"Yes," Mario said. "Is it okay if we go with you?"

"I don't have any objections with you," Presea said. "I'm sure I'm going to enjoy having the friends of Chris and Lucario, at least I can trust you all well."

Chris blushed a bit. "Oh, Presea..."

"Just..." Presea turned around where she began to walk behind a small rock formation, "let me make sure my charm is safe..."

"Charm?" Toon Link repeated.

Presea stopped walking and turned to them. "I'm a person who likes to make lucky charms and brooches," she said. "For that matter, you can say I have a knack to be a crafter besides the fact I'm a lumberjack."

As Presea walked behind the rock formation, Luigi, Toon Link, and Olimar looked at each other confused. "Lumberjack?" they all repeated.

"Yes, a lumberjack," Presea said from behind the rock formation as she dragged some kind of tall coffin with the image of a skeleton that had its arms crossed on the top of the coffin. "I wanted to be a lumberjack to take on the role of my dead father. I needed to have the necessary strength to be a lumberjack so I submitted myself to an Exsphere research." She stopped dragging the coffin-like charm as it stood calmly behind her. The lumberjack girl showed them a blue crystal that was embedded to her skin in her neck. The gem had some sort of yellow crest around it. "See this?"

"I-is that a jewel attached to your neck?" Toon Link asked shocked.

"Yes, this is an Exsphere," Presea explained. "Can you see the crest around it? That's a Key Crest, a special artifact that allows me to suppress the malicious effects of the Exsphere so I can use its power."

"Wait, I don't understand any of this," Mario said. "Can you explain more?"

"Of course," Presea said. "You don't seem to know what Exspheres are so... Exspheres are special gems that allow the user to develop special abilities such as increasing the strength or even allow someone to cast magic. Mine gives me the strength I need to carry heavy objects that nobody else can." She looked a bit depressed. "However, I blame myself for using the Exsphere because its malicious effects are very harmful..."

"Why?" Toon Link asked.

"Thanks to the Exsphere, I lost 16 years of my life due to the fact I didn't have a Key Crest when I was 12 years old."

"...You lost 16 years of your life?" Luigi asked confused. "But...you look very young..."

"That's the reason why I look like a young girl of 14 years," Presea explained. "While people see me as a young girl, I should be actually 30 years old."

"...T-thirty years old?" Olimar repeated in shock as he opened his eyes.

"Yes, I'm actually 30 years old," Presea said in shame. "Thanks to the Key Crest, I was able to age again. When I was under the effects of the Exsphere, I was an empty shell without emotions that couldn't even remember what had happened. I lived 16 painful years without knowing about what I had done... I was like a robot," she explained. "During that time, my father...he died on his bed...and I just kept working like there was no end...and my father's corpse...it was...still on the same bed where he died of a sickness..." She shed a tear and rubbed her eye a bit. "I was so ashamed that I didn't try to feel anything about my father...but I just kept working without taking him to his grave..."

Lucario looked a bit worried about Presea's past. The Aura Pokémon somehow felt that he understood Presea better than anyone in there. "(...She lost the time to enjoy her childhood and was turned into some sort of emotionless robot...)" He looked down. "(...Why am I feeling this bad, though? There's something that bugs me...)"

"P-Presea, wait, you're getting a bit overboard," Chris said worried. "You don't need to explain all that much, please..."

"...Thanks," Presea said as she smiled weakly. "I don't want to think about all those years again...but it's something that will keep haunting me forever because I won't able to recover all those years back...but..." she looked relieved, "nobody said I can't enjoy the life I have ahead of me...that's what makes me happy."

"Please, don't try to remember awful memories again," Mario said. "We just wanted to know what the Exsphere was."

"Sorry," Presea said. "Like I was saying before, my Exsphere allows me to carry bix axes that people wouldn't normally carry." She took out a big axe that was roughly the same height as her (as she was 4'11"). "Don't look freaked out, though."

"W-we are..." Luigi and Olimar said as they saw their reflections on the ax's blade.

"I have to thank Lloyd and his group for giving me the Key Crest in time," Presea said. "The Key Crest is what lets me be a normal girl again. Thanks to this, I've recovered my humanity as the girl I needed to be." She smiled a bit. "I hope that explains it all for you."

"It was...good knowledge, I guess..." Toon Link said a bit surprised.

Presea kept her big ax and looked at her coffin. "Well, it's time to hide this charm somewhere safe before we proceed."

Luigi looked freaked out at the skeleton with crossed arms on the top of the coffin. "W-what is that...charm?" he asked as he hid behind Mario (along with Olimar).

"This is a good luck charm from Lezareno Mystic Supply, a subsidiary of the Lezareno Company. Most of you don't know Regal, right? He's a friend of mine," Presea explained. "He's the president of the multi-famous Lezareno Company in Altamira." She looked back at the coffin. "This here is an iron maiden that the Lezareno Mystic Supply sent me since they wanted to collaborate with me. They sent me this as a sample for a product they wanted me to judge," she explained more. "Don't look scared, please. It's not really that scary."

"W-why?" Olimar asked.

"Well, the reason why you don't need to be scared by this is that they say that, if you put a hair from someone you love inside here, 765 days later, you'll find happiness together."

Chris looked a bit surprised at the ominous-looking 'charm' that Presea had. "...Is that right?"

"Of course it is," Presea said. "This product is becoming popular across Meltokio that 350,000 had been shipped. The Lezareno Mystic Supply said that, if the sales keep up good, they will soon ship this to other towns and cities. In other words, this product is becoming a big seller."

"...I can hardly believe that..." Lucario said.

Mario looked at the Iron Maiden. "If it does bring happiness to someone...do you have someone in mind?"

Presea blushed and looked away. "That is a secret..."

"Oh."

She looked back at them. "Well, I need to put this somewhere safe."

Luigi (surprisingly) approached the Iron Maiden and found out that it had two small doorknobs on the lids. "C-can I see what's inside?"

"You'll be cursed."

Music stops

An eerie wind passed around their feet as the others looked shocked at Presea's simple tone of voice. Luigi, his hands grabbing the doorknobs, stared blankly at the black paint of the iron maiden.

Tales of Symphonia: Dawn of the New World - Off-Key

"...Excuse me?" Olimar asked. "Y-you can get cursed if you open that?"

"Yes," Presea said without even looking shocked. "Since the iron maiden has a hair of someone, and the fact 765 days haven't passed yet, the wish will be broken, and then a terrible curse will befall anyone who opens the iron maiden."

Luigi just kept staring at the lid of the 'charm' in front of him.

"...What kind of terrible curse is that?" Lucario asked.

Presea looked at him and raised a finger. "Once you open the lid while the wish hasn't been granted, first, you'll experience stomach-churning sickness and diarrhea for 77 straight hours."

Most of them widened their eyes at the utterly disgusting curse.

"F-for 77 straight hours?" Olimar repeated in shock.

"It's a very risky curse," Presea said. "But that's not all. There's something even worse than the stomach-churning sickness."

"(If you ask me, having diarrhea is worse than that...)" Chris thought disgusted.

"Anyway," Presea continued, "for the following seven hundred seventy-seven days, when you least expect, the king of demons will appear and stick his finger up your nose," she explained as she had some sort of poker face that didn't reflect any emotions or reactions whatsoever. "Every. Single. Day," she added.

Mario looked shocked, Olimar's eyes widened as he pulled his hands inside his helmet and covered his nose, Chris looked disgusted, Toon Link covered his nose with his arms, and Lucario just stared shocked at the good luck charm he considered it to be more like a misfortune artifact.

And Luigi just kept staring blankly at the lid.

"...Has anyone opened that before?" Mario asked. "I mean, does the...king of demons really appear to...stick up his finger up someone's nose?"

"Yes," Presea said as she looked completely normal. "I heard that 100 people had opened the lid, and they all could have sworn that someone got inside their rooms and stuck a finger up their noses," she explained. "10 of those people died between the 40th and 100th days."

"Oh my god..." Chris muttered disgusted.

Toon Link stuck his tongue out. "A-and does the king of demons stop doing that gross thing to them?"

"Of course..." Presea trailed off, "...not," she added. "There have been reports of people seeing a figure going into the graveyards at nights. It could be implied that the figure was the king of demons who dug out the corpses of the cursed people just to stick up his finger up their noses. So far, since the product barely came 500 days ago, the figure always is seen going into the graveyards when it's at its calmest atmosphere..."

The group remained silent.

"By the way, did I mention the last person who died by the king of demons was a child?"

They looked even more shocked than before.

Presea stared at them before she looked at Luigi. "But if you're all right with this information, go ahead and open it and be cursed."

The Smashers watched as Luigi kept staring blankly at the lid. It was not long before the green plumber's skin turned pale in a white color before he fell down on his back, Presea looking down at him.

"I guess that is a no," Presea said simply.

"Luigi!" Chris said worried as the others ran to check on the knocked Luigi. "Luigi, are you okay?"

Toon Link looked down at Luigi. "Oh boy, he didn't take it so well..." He blinked shocked. "D-did his eyes just roll back into his head?"

"T-they did!" Olimar yelled scared.

"Luigi!" Mario yelled as he ducked to shake his brother's head. "Luigi, wake up! You didn't open the lid-"

"Yet," Presea added to interrupt.

"Luigi!" Mario yelled as he continued to shake his brother's head on the ground.

"Ooooooooooooooooooooooooohhhh..." Luigi managed to say as he continued to look knocked out, his skin still white.

Chris looked shocked at Presea. "H-how can they even sell this product to the public if it really does call the king of demons to do...you-know-what?"

"Hmm, you have a good question," Presea remarked. "Well, my guess is that there aren't many reckless people out there that the group thinks is safe. Those who happen to open the lid before the wish is granted are unlucky enough to get the curse."

"..." Chris looked down at the pale Luigi.

Presea blinked a few times before she closed her eyes. "If you feel so unsure, keep your brother away from the iron maiden's lid. Do you want the king of demons to drop by?"

"Presea, I think you're not helping with this..." Lucario said as Mario kept moving Luigi a bit.

"My bad then."

Lucario sighed.

Presea temporarily joined your team!

A while later...

Tales of Symphonia - Search a Seal ~Tethe'alla~

As Mario grabbed his dazzled brother's right hand, the group looked up to the mountains, some of them staring at the path went between cliffs. Presea had hid the iron maiden in a small opening of a crack where it could barely fit. The ax-wielder walked to the group and nodded. "Let's go," Presea said as she turned to the path. "We must see the source of the mana."

"Why are you so intrigued about this mana flow?" Toon Link asked.

"It feels familiar," Presea said. "I want to see what it is before I go away from here."

"That's right," Mario began as Luigi twirled his head a bit on his shoulders, "how did you come here?"

"To be honest, this land is entirely unknown to me," Presea explained. "I was just taking a walk in the forest of Ozette before I noticed that I came out from it, finding this expanse of mountains I never have seen before around the areas of Ozette." She looked confused. "How did I end up here in the land where you all live?"

Chris shifted his eyes a bit. "Because...you haven't looked well enough?"

"That's very unlikely since I've explored the areas around Ozette to hunt down materials for my charms," Presea explained. "But...maybe you're right. I haven't been in some areas for quite some time..."

Chris sighed in relief.

"...Let's proceed," Presea said as she began to walk towards the path. "Be careful, I listened to some faint howls that came from further into the cliffs."

Olimar gulped. "Oh my..."

The Smashers finally decided to follow the seemingly young-looking girl, carefully looking where they were stepping on. Soon, as they all walked forward, they found out that the path wasn't necessarily attached against the rocky walls on the cliffs, but they were also dangerously forming a thin path between precipices. Some of them got scared after they glanced down to see pure darkness. Worse yet, the path divided into several paths that went to different caves across the cliffs.

"Strange," Presea commented. "The paths here remind me of the Temple of Earth."

"W-where's that?" Olimar asked as he peeked down the precipice.

"It's a mystical temple located north of Meltokio," Presea explained. "In there, the Summon Spirit Gnome lives to nurture the land's mana with his power of earth."

"Gnome?" Mario asked.

Presea smiled a bit. "Yes, he's the Summon Spirit of Earth. Unlike the other Summon Spirits, I should say that Gnome is...quite different."

"Why is he different?" Toon Link asked.

Presea pointed down at the narrow path that went all the way down to an entrance to a cave. The group calmly followed down the path as they talked with her. "Well, Gnome's appearance is that of a big mole who carries a shovel and wears a red bow on his head."

The only one that remembered how the Summon Spirit of Earth looked like and blushed at the thought was Chris.

Presea's chuckle echoed a bit even though it was very faint. "The best part is that Gnome has big paw pads."

The group suddenly stopped at the awkward information that the girl had given to them. Presea turned around and looked at them.

"Is something wrong?" Presea asked.

Toon Link looked confused. "Pardon me if I'm sounding a bit rude but...why is the best part of Gnome about his...paw pads?"

"Oh, that?" Presea said as she tilted her head to the left a bit. "I just like paw pads. They're so soft and spongy when you touch them..." She blushed a bit at thought of touching Gnome's paw pads. "I just seem to like paw pads, which reminds me..." She looked at Lucario. "Do you...have any paw pads?"

"W-what?" Lucario asked embarrassed.

"He does..." Chris said.

"C-Chris!" Lucario yelled.

Presea looked a bit interested at this. "Since you look like a dog to me, I thought you'd have some... Can I see them for a bit?"

"What?" Lucario asked again.

"Don't worry; it'll be quick."

Lucario shook his head. "S-sorry, but that request sounds very embarrassing to me..."

Presea looked depressed. "I see..."

Mario looked a bit worried and he turned to Lucario. "Let her do it."

"What are you saying now?" Lucario asked. "Why do you want me to..." Lucario saw that Mario was pointing at his head. "What?"

Mario motioned a bit at the depressed Presea. Lucario didn't get what Mario tried to say, so he used his telepathy to talk with him.

"(What are you trying to say, Mario?)"

"(Oh, good, you understood my message to talk to me through telepathy instead of muttering,)" Mario said.

"(...Mario, what are you trying to tell me? I'm confused...)"

"(Lucario, you should let Presea see your paw pads.)"

"(I...don't see the reason...)"

"(Wasn't she depressed when she talked about that Exsphere of hers? She got a little bit too far with it by accident.)"

"(And?)"

"(Why don't you cheer her up by letting her see your paw pads? You surely don't want to see her looking down the whole day, right? She's a friend of yours, right?)"

"(Mario...)"

"(What would you prefer to do for her?)"

Lucario sighed. "(Fine, I'll let her...do that...)"

"(Believe me, I just want to see her happy with herself. I don't want to see her like this again.)"

"(I suppose I should do the same... Well, here I go...)"

"Excuse me?" Presea interrupted as she stared at Mario and Lucario. "You 2 are staring at each other for too long now."

Lucario turned and Presea as he looked worried. "Presea..."

"Yes?"

"You...can see my...paw pads..." Lucario wanted to hit himself for saying the two words, "...if you want..." he finished.

This sudden response made the others look at Lucario surprised. Presea, however, blinked a few times at this. "...I can do it?"

"Yes..." Lucario nodded as he blushed a bit. "G-go right ahead..."

"..." Presea smiled a bit. "Thank you, Lucario. Do you have paw pads on your paws?"

"My paws?"

"Oh, sorry, I meant your hands... (He musn't like his hands to be called paws...well, I think I understand because it does sound offensive to him...)"

Lucario showed her his hands. "I don't have any on them," he said.

"I recall seeing some behind your legs..." Toon Link muttered, taking a step back after Lucario gave him a death glare.

"You have them behind your legs?" Presea asked rhetorically as she walked around Lucario. The Aura Pokémon gasped and looked over his right shoulder to see the girl ducking to check the pink paw pads behind his legs. "Oh, here they are..."

Lucario's jaw dropped a bit after Presea...began poking his paw pads.

Presea chuckled as she touched the left leg's paw pad with a finger. "Poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke," she kept saying, "poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke..."

Lucario closed his mouth as he tried to prevent laughs from coming out. "(S-stop it, please, stop it...)" Lucario thought as he twitched a bit, the others watching a bit amused at Presea and himself.

"Poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke," Presea said faster as she poked the paw pad faster,  making Lucario's tail twitch to the sides. "Poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke, poke..."

The Smashers' lips began to twitch uncontrollably before they all broke out laughing loudly, every single one of them dropping on the ground to roll a bit at the sides, holding their stomachs in pain as their laughter echoed in the cliffs and precipices. Lucario couldn't hold on much longer before he broke out laughing by the ticklish sensation that Presea's fingers put on his paw pads. Even though Lucario felt embarrassed by Presea's constant pokes to his paw pads, the Aura Pokémon felt a little bit happy with himself as he managed to look down where Chris was laughing.

Unfortunately, not even Chris's laughs made Lucario feel any better...

"Poke, poke, poke..." Presea continued.

"PLEASE, STOP IT! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Lucario laughed in panic.

"Poke, poke, poke..." Presea continued.

"T-THIS IS GETTING RIDICULOUS NOW! S-STOP IT, HAHAHAHAHA, STOP IT!" Lucario pleaded, his right leg trying its best not to kick Presea away.

"Poke, poke, poke..."

"STOP IT! HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

A time later...

Lucario panted heavily after he laughed like never before in his life. A very pleased Presea smiled up and rubbed his chest, the Aura Pokémon blushing a bit. "Thank you, Lucario," Presea said without expressing the tone of voice of how happy she was. "You have very soft and spongy paw pads. I'm surprised that such a strong person like you have them."

Lucario looked away embarrassed. "P-please, stop rubbing my chest..."

"Oh, sorry," Presea said as she stopped. "Truthfully, I wanted to rub your head, but you're taller than me so..."

Lucario blushed even more, ignoring some chuckles from the other five Smashers. "C-can we just continue?" he asked annoyed.

Presea smiled happily. "Of course," she said.

Lucario looked at Chris who got closer to whisper him something. "Thanks for making Presea happy. That was very nice of you."

Suddenly, the embarrassing moment from before proved to be worthwhile for the Aura Pokémon.

"I-I wanted to make her feel happy..." Lucario whispered back.

Chris chuckled. "Thanks again."

Soon, the group continued their way down the thin path that leaded to the entrance of a cave inside a mountain. When they passed through the opening, they found themselves standing inside a cave where rocky cliffs made up the walls around. Light was able to come down between the small cracks of the walls that were enough to illuminate the inner room of the mountain.

As they all walked down a path, Presea, wanting to end the eerie silence from the cliffs, decided to talk more with the group. "What have you been doing ever since you left our group?"

"We've been fighting the Subspace Army," Chris said. "They're still at it..."

"I see..." Presea said. "It's the same group of people who ambushed us at the Temple of Darkness, right? Have you made any progress in halting their moves?"

"I could say we haven't..." Lucario commented. "The army changes every tactic they do in order to conquer their desired worlds..."

"...Worlds?" Presea repeated. "What do you mean by worlds?"

The Smashers suddenly stopped walking, Presea stopping on her tracks.

"Wait, are they wanting to conquer Sylvarant and Tethe'alla again?"

Toon Link slapped his forehead. "Lucario, I know it's safe to say to you that you're an IDIOT..."

Presea tilted her head. "Is...there something you didn't tell me before when we traveled together, Chris?"

Chris hopped a bit on his spot. "O-oh, well..."

"If there's some kind of secret that you don't wish anybody else to know, I'll keep as a secret to me," Presea said. "I wouldn't want to divulge personal secrets to anyone. I could end up breaking a promise."

Mario looked at her. "Are you sure you can keep this as a secret?"

"Well...I suppose so," Presea said. "If it's alright, I could tell this to Colette and the others when I go back to Ozette provided I can find them because we parted to different ways...but that's another story."

"Y-you won't tell this to everyone?" Luigi asked.

"You have my word."

The Smashers looked at each other and nodded before looking at Presea. Sighing, Chris began to say something. "...Mario, you tell her. You're in charge of the group since you were the one who called us here."

"Me? Oh well," Mario said before clearing his throat. "Presea, w-"

An hour later...

"And then we're currently taking a rest for the long work to stop Tabuu," Mario finished explaining, not telling Presea about the fact of 'video games' that Chris had explained before.

"...That's very incredible to believe," Presea remarked. "Now I see why most of you don't look alike."

Olimar looked down. "Is it because of my big nose?"

"Or my eyes?" Toon Link asked.

"...Sorry...but...yes..." Presea said worried.

"...Oh well..." Olimar and Toon Link said.

"In any case," Presea continued, "you have probably the most important job that others couldn't do right. I'm amazed to meet people like you." She looked up to the rocks that composed the rocky wall of the inner withins of the cave they entered. "To think you work every day to protect all the worlds apart from my world..." She looked back at them. "I take that I'm not in Ozette's region as well, right?"

Chris looked surprised. "So...you didn't believe me?"

"Sorry, but I have to say no," Presea said. "This whole land's look doesn't have the same look around Ozette's land. I figured out that I found myself walking in another place I didn't know before."

"...She's very clever..." Lucario remarked.

"How did I end up here?" Presea asked.

"Oh no, that's something we don't know either..." Chris said in defeat.

"I see..." Presea said before looking worried. "I wouldn't be surprised if there was some kind of force at work for my appearance in this universe...but...you're here so everything should be just fine, right?"

"Of course," Mario said. "Everything's safe here. You don't have to worry about that."

"Oh, then it's just fine," Presea said relieved. "I just need to go back from where I came from, and then I could get back to Ozette, right?"

"That's...possible..." Toon Link said. "Many people wind up in this universe by accident when they get lost..."

"..." Presea nodded. "Then let's forget about that. There's no point talking about it if you don't even know." She smiled a bit. "I'm glad to see you again, though. I'm lucky to see my friends again."

"Presea..." Chris smiled a bit.

The pink-haired girl chuckled. "With that away, let's proceed." She turned around to look at a path that turned around to the left towards the west wall of the cave. "Hmm..." She looked confused as she looked around the path they were going. "I can't help but think that this place looks like the Temple of Earth..."

"What is that?" Toon Link asked.

"The Temple of Earth is the same one I talked you about before," Presea said as they continued their way down where they reached the turning point to the left. "The mana that I feel in this cave is very strong...and so familiar to that of the temple..." she trailed off as they stopped in front of a small bridge over a deep precipice. To the other side of the cliff, there was a wide area where some steps leaded to some kind of altar.

"Look at that..." Luigi said as they all looked to the other side of the small bridge. "What is that?"

"...I can't believe it," Presea muttered before she ran across the bridge to cross to the other side. The others looked at each other before they all ran forward to catch up with her. Once Presea stopped running before she could pass a step to the altar, she looked around. "This is...the same thing..."

The Smashers found some kind of big mechanical-like formation that spread in front of the big rocky wall before them. The big pedestal that resembled some sort of machine was a pale purple with a glyph in its circle. They didn't want to approach the weird-looking mechanism as they stood forty feet away from it and its steps. Presea, however, took a step forward to take a closer look.

"...It's another place...but it contains the same mana of earth..." Presea muttered as she looked at the pedestal.

"What does that mean?" Olimar asked.

"It means that this place..." Presea trailed off before they watched as the pedestal glowed a bit, "...is a perfect replica of the Temple of Earth...no doubt about it," she finished.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 07, 2009, 08:57:10 PM
The Smashers watched as the pedestal glowed brighter than usual. Soon, they all took steps back as the earth started to shake violently. Lucario narrowed his eyes, feeling an extremely amount of energy that radiated from the pedestal. Luigi and Olimar tumbled before they fell on their rears, looking shocked as the earthquake kept shaking the ground.

Music stops

"Everyone, be careful," Presea warned them. "If my assumptions are correct, we're probably going to meet someone..."

"W-who's that?" Toon Link asked as he tumbled to the sides.

Suddenly, from around the pedestal, stalagmites quickly sprouted out from the ground as they all pointed at all directions. The Smashers looked a bit shocked as more stalagmites came from the ground, completely covering the pedestal that they could see before. A big stalagmite took the place where the glyph once was, pointing all the way to the top of the cave's ceiling.

And then, the earthquake subsided, returning the silence of the cave.

"..." Mario looked around the pedestal. The stalagmites that sprouted out were still intact on their places. "...What was all that?"

Luigi gulped as he got up. "T-that was called 'How to Scare Luigi so Easily'..."

Presea shook her head. "Don't think it ends here either. Last time me and the others came here, he did the same thing before he finally showed up."

"Who is this guy?" Toon Link asked.

Suddenly, the earthquake came back with much more force than before, all the stalagmites shattering into crumbles of rocks that were pushed away as a big figure jumped out from within the big stalagmite that shattered into dust. The Smashers and Presea covered their faces to avoid coughing by the amount of dust. They all looked up to see the figure spinning a bit before it landed on the pedestal without actually touching the ground but instead floating over it.

However, after the Smashers looked at the figure, they all made very confused looks. Presea herself looked so confused to see that the figure looked a bit different...

...due to the fact the figure was wearing sunglasses. (It should be said Chris blushed and thought that the figure looked cute).

"...Gnome?" Presea finally spoke.

The figure before them was none other than the Summon Spirit of Earth called Gnome. The Summon Spirit of Earth looked like a big mole or some sort of big gerbil that stood roughly about 6'7" in height. He wore a big red bow on his head, his fur was brown with some pale brown horizontal stripes that ran on his wrists and back, and he was holding a small shovel in his right hand. However, the feature that made them all look weird at him was the fact that he was wearing big sunglasses that covered his dotted eyes.

"..." Gnome raised an eyebrow at them. "Hmm..." He took off his sunglasses with his free hand. "Who dares disturb my vacation...I mean...resting place?" he asked, his voice echoing across the whole cave.

"...Vacation?" everyone repeated confused.

"Er..." Gnome shifted his dotted eyes a bit before he tossed the sunglasses away. "I-I mean...er...um..." He cried toon tears. "Oh no, now I've done it this time..." he said ashamed. "The other Summon Spirits are so gonna kick me out for this..."

"...Gnome," Presea said again. "Is that really you?"

Gnome blinked a few times to the ground before he looked at the group. "...Hey, wait a minute," he began as he narrowed his eyes at Presea. "...I know you. You're that little girl Presea, the friend of Sheena the Summoner, right?"

Presea smiled a bit. "It seems you didn't forget me, Gnome."

Gnome blushed a little. "How could I forget the girl with the inhuman strength who almost pushed be down the precipice?"

"I believe that was just a small mistake of my part," Presea said. "I didn't want to push you off the edge. I didn't see where you were standing."

Gnome sweat dropped. "...Okay..." he said a little bit scared. "...Anyhow, hi!" he said happy. "What are you doing here, Presea?" He looked at the Smashers. "For that matter, who are those guys with you?"

Presea held out her left hand at the Smashers. "This people are my friends. They happened to be nearby the area before I went to see what was in here," she explained. "Everyone, I'd like you to meet Gnome, the Summon Spirit of Earth."

"N-nice to meet you..." Luigi said a bit scared.

"S-same here..." Olimar said with a gulp.

"(S-so cute in person...)" Chris thought as he smiled a bit at the Summon Spirit.

Gnome smiled happily. "Hey you guys, nice to meetcha," he said as he waved a hand at them.

"The mana that flew out from here was so familiar that I could've sworn feeling it before. I take that the mana is here because of you, right?" Presea asked.

"Yep," Gnome said before he chuckled nervously. "This is a little secret between you and me but...right now, I'm taking a vacation..."

"...You're taking a vacation?" Toon Link asked.

Gnome sighed. "You dunno how a Summon Spirit has to be constantly watching the new world that was born from the union of Sylvarant and Tethe'alla," he explained. "Even if we're making sure everything goes well, well, I just...need a break, seriously..."

"...I didn't know Summon Spirits could take breaks..." Presea trailed off.

"They don't, but I decided to be the first one to do it," Gnome said. "And look, you found me here! I'm seriously gonna get busted when you go to them to tell them I'm here. They're gonna say things like 'Gnome, is your responsibility to watch over the earth' or 'Gnome, how dare you defy the rules of the Summon Spirits?!' or ' Gnome, you lazy bastard, go away from here!' or 'Gnome, you're so going to die now' o-"

"W-we understand already," Mario interrupted.

Gnome looked hopeless before sniffing. "I-I don't wanna get busted!" he cried loudly before he fell forward and began to flail his hands a bit. 'I-I just don't wanna get busted! I wanna have my vacation and rest peacefully for a small time! Is that so much to ask for?! Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhh!!!" he cried loudly to the point the whole earth began to shake uncontrollably.

The Smashers and Presea covered their ears as some stalactites began to fall down the abyss. Having enough of Gnome's agonizing cries, Toon Link gritted his teeth. "C-calm down, we're not gonna tell those Summon Spirits about you being here!"

"WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA-really?" Gnome asked as he suddenly stopped crying, looking up to them as he blinked tears away.

Everyone in there sweat dropped at the sudden change of moods of the big gerbil.

"A-are you really gonna keep this is as a secret? Seriously?" Gnome asked as his dotted eyes turned wide, revealing they were all very teary. "Y-you promise?"

"Y-yes?" Olimar said.

Gnome sniffed a bit before he pushed himself back up his feet. "A-are you sure you're not gonna tell on me?"

Presea shook her head. "As long as they don't find out you're...skipping your work to take a vacation to rest...I guess we can make an exception this time..."

Gnome smiled happily at this. "Oh, oh, oh, thanks a lot, you guys!" he said pleased to the point he cried tears of happiness.

Some of them smiled confused as the big mole (or gerbil) rubbed his eyes with an arm.

"O-okay, I'm back to my cool," Gnome said. "Thanks, really. The others would surely maul me alive if they found out I'm skipping my work as a Summon Spirit..."

"It's all fine," Presea reassured him. "You don't have to be so scared."

"Thanks, girl..." Gnome said. "...Well...since you're here...what are you doing?"

"Investigating this place?" Mario said.

"...Oh, right, Presea did say that she was curious to come here..." Gnome said. "...Heheheheh," he chuckled suddenly.

The Smashers looked confused at Gnome's chuckles. "What is so funny now?" Lucario asked.

"Well, now that you're here...why don't we do something very...special?" Gnome asked before he winked at them.

"What is that, exactly?" Presea asked.

"Well..." Gnome spun his little shovel a bit. "You guys found me here so...why don't we have...a fight?"

Luigi gulped. "H-have a fight against you?"

"Yeah!" Gnome said enthusiastically as he made a happy expression. "C'mon, why don't ya fight against me for fun? It'll be fun!"

"But...I don't see why..." Chris said.

Gnome looked bored at them. "Hmm, you're the kind of guys who would like to do something as long as you get something out from it, huh? Hmm-hm, you're sharp, I give you that..." He looked amused. "...Okay, you want something out from me?"

"Well...not exactly..." Mario trailed off.

"Pfft, I insist!" Gnome said. "C'mon, it's gonna be so good for you."

Lucario sighed. "Just get to the point to see what you're trying to say..."

"Okay, dog guy (Lucario: Dog guy?), here's the deal," Gnome began, "We're gonna have a fight here, me against you seven, to see who can win. Don't worry; I won't kill you or anything. I'll just whack you hard enough to make you faint."

Olimar and Luigi looked at each other before gulping.

Mario looked a bit unsure. "...Continue..."

Gnome nodded. "You guys will fight me, and I'll fight you back. The winner of this single round will get the chance to use a very special ability that only some can use..." He closed his eyes. "I feel some kind of energy in all of you, except for Presea, which allows you to do a lot of stuff. Between all that stuff, you can try to use the power to call forth entities...like me," he explained.

"...You mean to say..." Chris trailed off.

Gnome chuckled before opening his eyes. "Yep, if you manage to win against me, I'm gonna give some of you guys the power to call me forth during battles!" he said. "You seem to have the power to use very special abilities in yourselves. So, if you defeat me, I'll become one of those abilities for you to use as much as you can...probably."

"Strange," Presea commented. "Don't you need a summoner to call upon you to fight? Sheena is a summoner, but none of us are one."

"Yep, I need a summoner, but I've spent these last years doing...things, should I say," Gnome said chuckling. "I've developed a safe way to make someone learn summoning magic. Just don't laugh at my method because...it took a lot of time... Heck, I'm a bit different for that matter."

Mario rubbed his chin. "...Well...coming all the way here just to meet you would feel kind of simple...so...why not?"

"W-what?" Chris asked.

"We should do it," Mario said. "After all, it's just a friendly battle. Nobody's going to really die or anything."

"That's right," Gnome said as he folded his arms. "It's just a friendly round of smackin' around."

Toon Link looked a bit unsure. "I-is it okay?"

"I guess..." Presea said. "Why don't we do it?"

"..." Lucario looked serious before his hands flared with aura. "I wouldn't mind fighting the Summon Spirit of Earth myself."

Chris looked a bit helpless after he saw Lucario's determined look. The World Traveler sighed and frowned. "Okay, okay, we'll fight..."

"Oh well," Toon Link said as he raised his shoulders a bit before taking out his sword and shield. "I'm ready for some fight against...a Summon Spirit..."

Presea nodded at them before she took out her big ax that she slammed down on the ground. She looked at Gnome with everyone else. "Everyone's alright with the decision."

"W-we don't!" Luigi and Olimar yelled.

"The majority has spoken, though," Presea said without looking at them. "Gnome, please, let us fight against you."

"N-no!" Luigi and Olimar yelled.

Gnome grinned under his cheeks. "Heheheheh, I like how that sounds," he said. "Okay, let's start the fight! I'm so fired up after you barged in here without my permission!"

"If I recall, this place's entrance didn't have any sort of gates," Presea pointed out.

"..." Gnome looked miffed. "You get what I mean, though."

Tales of Symphonia - Fighting of the Spirit

The Smashers watched as Gnome jumped forward to flip in the air several times before he landed on the ground, making a big crack that spread around as he twirled one time, his small shovel gracefully twirling alongside him before he stopped spinning to look serious at them. "It's time to taste dirt!" he said.

"H-he's huge!" Olimar panicked.

"H-he's fluffy..." Chris muttered.

"He's strong, I can sense a big power from him," Lucario said as he narrowed his eyes.

"Big..." Presea commented.

Everyone looked at each other before five of the seven actually went after Gnome. Obviously, the two that remained behind were both Luigi and Olimar.

As Gnome watched the five fighters going after him, he chuckled. "Heheh, gang up on me, will ya?" he asked amused before he grabbed both ends of his shovel, calling forth a brown glyph that glowed under him to cast a spell. It roughly took him two seconds to cast a quick spell. "Stalagmite!" he yelled, raising his shovel.

The fighters noticed that the ground glowed with earthly light before a stalagmite sprouted out, gradually increasing in size to deliver earth damage. Lucario and Presea were swift enough to evade the attack, but Mario, Chris, and Toon Link didn't have the same luck as they grunted in pain while being to the air.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled before he jumped to catch his trainer. The Aura Pokémon did a high jump to catch Chris on his arms, crossing over the stalagmite that began to retreat into the earth. Once he landed, Lucario looked at Chris. "Are you feeling all right?"

Chris twitched in pain. "I-I'm just fine, he just took me by surprise..."

Lucario put Chris's feet down. "Please, be careful."

"I-I will..." Chris said before he took out his whip. "However, that guy is an animal so my attacks will be doubled with thi-"

"Here we go!"

It was not long before both Chris and Lucario were crushed by the Summon Spirit of Earth as Gnome bounced his big body on the ground to land in front of them. Looking down, Toon Link opened his jaw a bit. "Y-you guys!"

"...Seriously..." Chris muttered as his face was buried in the ground with Lucario. "Gnome is...so darn heavy... It looks more painful than it does..."

"Sorry..." Lucario muttered. "He caught me off guard..."

Gnome chuckled pleased. "C'mon, you're not gonna surrender now, right?"

The two companions quickly pushed themselves up to back away from the big mole.

Gnome crossed his shovel in front of him to use another spell. "Read-uah! Uah! Uah!" he staggered multiple times as Presea began to slice his back hard with her ax.

"Infliction!" Presea yelled as she raised her ax upwards, forming a crescent moon that damaged Gnome. "Dual Punishment," she said before she spun on her spot two times to slice Gnome with the ax. "Beast!" she said to stop before she did a sharp spin, sending a roaring lion's face to collide hard on Gnome's back.

"UAH!" Gnome yelped in pain as he accidentally tumbled over. The big mole then flipped to stand up. "Ohohohohoho, Presea, your attacks keep their usual level of danger."

"Attack him, now!" Presea yelled at the others.

Gnome got an interrogation mark on his head before he received several arrows on his back. As the big mole grunted a bit in pain, someone spun behind his back to deliver several punches before one hit him hard. The one behind was Mario who used (the forgotten) Mario Tornado. The red plumber then pulled his cape out to make Gnome turn around.

"Hey, how'd you do that?" Gnome asked surprised. "You just needed to hit me with that?"

"And this," Mario said before he used a Super Jump Punch uppercut on Gnome's chin. However, the heavy mole wasn't pulled up as he merely received a hit.

"Owie!" Gnome moaned a bit in pain before he sneezed. "Ugh, that attack hit my nose. Now it's on!" he yelled. "Taste steel!" he yelled before he used his shovel to smack Mario on his head. "Yah!"

Even thought smacking someone with a shovel sounded a bit weak, Gnome's shovel, although small, dealt a fairly good amount of damage. Mario backed away from the attack before he shook his head. "That shovel felt like a brick..." he muttered.

"Here we go!" Gnome said as he leaped high up on Mario to crush him. The red plumber gasped and rolled away before Toon Link rushed under the big mole.

"Okay," Toon Link said with a grin before he aimed his bow at Gnome. "Here I-"

And thus Toon Link was crushed under the 250 pounds Summon Spirit of Earth before Gnome bounced on him and landed on the floor. Toon Link had his arms and legs stretched as he was lying down on the big crack Gnome had made.

"...Too...confident..." Toon Link muttered. "...Oww..."

"Hmm..." Gnome prepared another spell to use on the downed Toon Link. "Ready?" he asked before raising his shovel. "Stone Blast!"

Several rocks were raised beneath Toon Link, prompting him to be sent to the air before he crashed on the ground. "Oww..." Toon Link moaned in pain.

"Ha-ha, I'm getting so warmed up now!" Gnome said as he began to hop on his spot. "Bring it on!"

"Well, since you said that..."

Gnome looked confused before a harsh blow made him tumble forward four times enough to make him fall. The Summon Spirit of Earth looked around confused before he felt that someone was grabbing him from his stomach. Gnome looked shocked as he was being carried over Lucario; the Aura Pokémon struggle a bit to keep Gnome on his hands.

"W-wow, n-no way!" Gnome said surprised as Lucario grunted under his body. "Nobody has ever carried me! You have a lot of strength to carry the heaviest Summon Spirit, dude!"

"GUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRGGGHH!!!" Lucario replied with a loud roar as he pushed Gnome to the air. The big mole then crashed harshly on the ground, making a big crack in the process. Lucario then proceeded to leap high up to deliver a harsh blow with Force Palm on the big mole. Gnome, after receiving the blow to his stomach, coughed a bit in pain as he managed to use his shovel to smack Lucario away from his body.

Gnome slowly got up and looked pleased. "Oh man, you're pretty much like Presea," he said to the grunting Lucario. "Hm-hmm, I sense a huge force in you. Why, maybe you could tear up the whole mountain expanse of this area with a single fist of yours!"

"I don't know if I can do that," Lucario said, "but don't distract me with that."

Gnome looked serious. "Oh, right, you're fightin' me," he said. "C'mon, doggy, show me your power!"

"How about if I do that instead?"

Gnome turned around in time to dodge a whip attack from the World Traveler. "Haha, missed!" Gnome taunted.

Chris blinked surprised before he grunted a bit while pulling his whip back. "Dammit!" he cursed before he went after the big mole.

"Ooh, determination, gimme more of that!" Gnome said playfully as Chris reached him. The big gerbil used his little shovel to guard himself from the whip attacks of the beastmaster. Soon, the beastmaster didn't know that Gnome was guarding against all his attacks.

"Dammit, stop guarding yourself!" Chris yelled.

"No can do," Gnome said chuckling. "You gotta give me your best, pa-" He abruptly stopped talking after an ax sliced his back. "Ouch!" he yelped as he accidentally lowered his guard, allowing Chris to whip his face several times. "Oww, oww, oww! Stop it!" Gnome demanded before he rushed at Chris and pushed him away, Lucario promptly stopping his trainer from falling back.

Gnome turned around to find Presea. "Remember that we're fighting against you. We can help each other if it's needed," she explained.

"Meh, I don't have any complaints with that," Gnome said before he leaped high up to crush Presea.

The pink-haired girl sidestepped away from the crushing attack. However, as Gnome was about to bounce off the ground, Presea yelled "Beast!" to swing her ax hardly in front of her to send a roaring lion's face to Gnome. The Summon Spirit of Earth yelped in pain as he rolled to the left.

Gnome blinked a bit before he rolled further to the right to avoid a slamming attack by Presea's ax. The Summon Spirit then got up from the ground and spun his little shovel a bit by his right side. "Oh yeah, now we're talking!" he said pleased. "Let's keep this fight going!"

Toon Link, still stuck in the crack, managed to push himself up. The Wind Waker hero shook his head before he looked a bit mad. "So he wants to keeps this fight going, huh?" he asked angry before he raised his sword, a familiar rainbow aura covering his self as a force pushed the air away.

"What?" Chris asked as he looked at the glowing Toon Link. "The Over Limit gauge was ready?"

Kawashima looked ashamed as well. "Really, REALLY sorry for not saying it... It was my responsibility to tell you after you used the last one in the fight against Shadow Fox..."

Gnome turned around to look at Toon Link. Judging the rainbow aura, the big mole looked serious. "Well, ain't this interestin' now? What are you gonna d-" Gnome's eyes looked shocked after he felt that something got into them after staring at Toon Link's glowing Triforce of Courage symbol on the back of his left hand. "H-hey, what the..."

It was not long before Toon Link trapped the Summon Spirit of Earth within a symbol of the three Triforces. Gnome began to spin in the symbol as Toon Link slashed it continuously, sending golden bits of the symbol to all directions.

Presea blinked surprised at this. "Amazing..." she muttered.

"Uah! Uah! Uah! Uah! Uah! YIAH! Uah!" Gnome yelped continuously as he spun in thr symbol without having any control. Once Toon Link stopped slashing him madly, the Outsetian stabbed the big mole hardly on his stomach as Toon Link let out a loud yell. "YIAH!" Gnome was pushed away to the pedestal's steps. The Summon Spirit of Earth crashed on a step as Toon Link held his stabbing position before he landed on the floor.

Toon Link blinked surprised before the aura vanished. "...Cool..." he muttered pleased.

Gnome pushed himself up and grunted. "Like I said before...good move," he remarked before chuckling. "It's gonna take a lot more to take me out, though!" he warned them as he prepared another spell. "Ready?"

Chris gasped and quickly changed to his Black Mage job. The magician concentrated magic into his staff. "Burn to greater ashes..."

"Stalagmite!"

"U-uah!" Chris was quickly grabbed and taken away to the right by Lucario before the stalagmite could sprout down his feet. "L-Lucario, thank you..."

"Always there to help you," Lucario said.

Gnome grumbled. "I hate when people avoid my magic..." He noticed that Luigi and Olimar weren't fighting, but rather shaking in fear close to the bridge to the area. "Hey! You guys are gonna fight or what?"

"N-no!" Luigi and Olimar yelled.

Gnome rolled his eyes and prepared another spell by crossing his shovel in front of him. "Well, take this!" he yelled before raising his shovel. "Stone Blast!"

Luigi and Olimar looked down their feet before rocks slammed up to them, the two yelped in pain as the rocks forced them to come closer to the field of battle.

Gnome gasped and quickly blocked Presea's ax attacks. Soon, she was aided by Mario who began punching and kicking the shovel. Not sooner Mario joined up, Toon Link came rushing to them to start slashing the big mole. "T-too many people!" Gnome said alarmed before his guard got broken. "Oh no!" he yelped before he began to receive all the attacks from the two close combat fighters.

Chris looked at Lucario. "Go help them!" Chris yelled as he prepared another spell. 'I'll be the magic caster here!"

"Be careful then," Lucario said nodding to him before he dashed towards the Summon Spirit of Earth.

Suddenly, as Chris wanted to use Fira, the Black Mage glowed for a bit. "A new spell?" he asked surprised before he automatically focused his power into the staff. "Bacteria that reside in every single inch of land, multiply in size and burst your illnesses out... Bio!"

The close combat fighters stopped attacking as they saw that several green bubbles began to grow in size all over Gnome. Once they reached a big size, they all burst in a chain reaction, causing great non-elemental damage to the big mole. "Y-yuck!" Gnome said disgusted as he stuck his tongue out. "W-who would have thought bacteria could be so harmful? Bleh!"

Bio

Hidden bacteria start to grow in size before exploding, causing great non-elemental damage to all enemies. It may also inflict the Poison status.

As Gnome looked disgusted, he was quickly attacked by the fighters before Lucario joined up. Not being able to hold anymore, Gnome managed to slap them all away by swinging his shovel. "Now you're gettin' harder!" Gnome said. "Alright, gotta give it all!" He rushed at them.

"Danger," Presea commented. "Gnome is going to use other attacks now."

"What attacks are those?" Toon Link asked.

The four quickly back stepped in time before Gnome could even start his attack. Looking a bit unpleased at this, the big mole crossed his shovel in front of him to start another attack. "Ground Dasher!"

"Uh-oh..." Toon Link muttered before he looked down on his feet. A huge crack appeared all under him before it glowed brightly, releasing earthly energy out as it created a tremble around the area. Unlike Stone Blast and Stalagmite, this attack was Gnome's best spell as it deals great earth damage to anyone under the cracks. "YIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Toon Link yelled in pain as he was slowly but painfully being pushed into the air. "Uaaaaaah..." The attack seemed to be too much for him as he lost consciousness. The Outsetian fainted in the air before the crack disappeared to let him fall down.

"L-Link!" Chris yelled before glaring at Gnome. "Okay, I'm not letting you get away with this..." He focused his magic into his staff. "Rise, o violent winds... Aero!"

Gnome was sliced a bit by some winds that circled around him. Angry by this response, a vein popped out from his forehead before he prepared another spell. "Ground Dasher!"

"O-oh my god!" Chris yelped in horror before Lucario quickly came to his aid by taking him away from the glowing crack that released earth energy out. Soon, the crack itself vanished as Lucario growled angrily at Gnome. "Lucario...thanks again..."

"He's going to pay for trying to hurt you..." Lucario said through gritted fangs before he quickly vanished from sight.

"UAH!" Gnome coughed weakly after Lucario appeared right in front of him, his glowing fist of aura severely uppercutting his stomach. "O-oww, you're so fast and strong..." The Summon Spirit of Earth gagged a bit at the harsh blow before Lucario grabbed him by the face and actually managed to carry Gnome over him to slam him down behind his back. "O-ouch!" Gnome yelped in pain before Lucario pulled back his hands to send a great blast of aura to the big mole. The Summon Spirit of Earth screamed as his body was burned with blue aura while he rolled away from the furious Lucario.

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted as he fully showed his fangs at the big mole, his aura flaring up intensely in his hands before it slowly covered his arms.

Presea was about to run at Gnome before she noticed the aura that covered Lucario. Due to her Exsphere, she managed to feel the power that radiated from the Aura Pokémon. "(That power...)" she thought as she blinked at Lucario. "(I can feel its an immense force...but...his strength is somewhat...alarming...)"

Gnome coughed a bit before he pushed himself back up. Shaking his head, the Summon Spirit of Earth looked at the only two fighters who weren't fighting at all. "You 2, fight me!" he demanded at Luigi and Olimar.

By the time Gnome had noticed, the two scared Smashers were standing very close to his altar as they both were hugging each other in fear to get dragged into the fight.

"Hmm, I don't like scaredy cats!" Gnome complained before he used a quick spell. "Stone Blast!"

"U-UAH!" Luigi and Olimar were once again pushed back to the battlefield by the rocks that were shot off from their feet. The two Smashers recklessly rolled all the way to the middle of the field.

"I-I don't want to fight!" Luigi complained as he sat up with Olimar.

"Here we go!"

Both gulped as they saw a shadow on them. The two looked up to see the leaping Gnome about to crush them with his weight. Luigi and Olimar embraced each other before yelling loudly for help. Their plea, fortunately, was answered by Mario who jumped to Gnome to use his cape to hit it with the big mole, forcing Gnome to turn around and crash down close to the panicked Smashers before Mario came down to the ground. "Are you okay?" Mario asked.

"Y-yes..." Luigi gulped before he and Olimar stood up.

"Luigi, you need to fight," Mario said worried. "Otherwise, Gnome will focus all your attacks on you."

"B-but isn't the same thing if we fight him head on?" Olimar asked.

"Well...yes," Mario admitted. "You have to help us, though. We need to defeat him as soon as we can."

Luigi and Olimar looked at each other worried.

"...Oww!" Mario yelped after he received a smacking attack from Gnome's shovel on his head.

"Nobody turns me back with a cheap move like that!" Gnome complained to Mario. The red plumber gasped as Gnome (on purpose) tumbled over to make his head touch the ground. However, this was all just a part of Gnome's attack as...incredibly as it sounds...the bow on the top of his head began to spin while Gnome was aiming his head down on the ground to move towards Mario. The spinning ribbon actually managed to tear the ground apart as it constantly hit Mario. The red plumber grunted in pain as Gnome's spinning ribbon kept hitting him with its two big ends, afterwards pushing Mario away.

"T-that was unexpected..." Mario muttered in pain.

Gnome pushed himself up and looked happy. "Yep, that's an attack I like to use oh so much. I just LOVE to hit my opponents with my bow."

Mario looked a bit confused at this. "...Okay..."

Gnome's ears twitched before he sidestepped away from an ax slam attack by Presea from behind. The Summon Spirit of Earth chuckled heartily at the pink-haired girl. "You missed, sorry!"

"Ugh..." Presea grunted very silently at this before she tried to slam down her ax on the big gerbil again, missing the big target once again. "Ineffective..." she muttered.

Gnome looked playful as he moved his hips to the sides. "You guys are going to stop playin' around or what? I can still go on!"

"W-well," Chris began as he prepared another spell, "y-you seem to be the one playing around here!"

"...Maybe," Gnome responded miffed.

"Grr..." Chris grunted at this response.

However, as soon as Chris was about to chant a spell, he felt the same sensation he always felt when he and another Smasher discovered a CFS. The Black Mage's surroundings suddenly froze as well as everyone in the battle.

"(T-that sensation again!)" Chris said as his voice echoed. "(W-who is the next one to learn a new CFS?)"

"(Does that have to do with mean now?)"

"(...Mario?)"

"(It seems so...)" Mario called over. "(So is this the feeling Peach told me about?)"

"(If you're referring to the CFS...well, yes.)"

"(Hmm, I see...and feel it as well...)"

"(But if I was able to find out your CFS while I'm using the Black Mage job...that means the Black Mage job is compatible with you...)"

"(I guess,)" Mario said. "(I studied a bit about this phenomenon after many of the others had to go through this.)"

"(Wow, really?)"

"(I like to be prepared for anything, Chris,)" Mario said. "(This isn't an exception. To be honest, I was looking forward to find out my CFS with you.)"

"(Oh...well...when you say it like that, you make me feel embarrassed...)"

Mario chuckled. "(No, I don't mean it to make you feel like that. It's all good.)"

"(Thanks, Mario...)"

"(If we can do this together...)" Mario trailed off thinking. "(Maybe...this could mean Luigi is compatible with this job as well...)"

"(Why are you saying that?)"

"(Well, I was just wondering if you could do it with Luigi because we're brothers,)" Mario said. "(Since you can do CFSs with Ness and Lucas with a single job, then I guess you can do the same with this one.)"

"(I think that's true...)" Chris said. "(...Mario, when I'm not looking at you, you prove to be a very insightful person about the situations.)"

"(Mewtwo is more of an insightful person that me...but I don't mind if you call me like that.)"

Chris chuckled heartily. "(Okay, then, shall we do this?)"

"(Please do.)"

Chris looked serious as the time began to continue its way. "Okay, Mario, let's do this!"

"Hmm-hm," Mario muttered with a nod as they both looked serious at Gnome.

The Summon Spirit of Earth blinked a bit as Mario began to rush forward at him. "Okay, the guy with the funny accent wants some piece of me again," Gnome said as his bow spun a bit on his head. "Lemme give you some!"

"Oh no, you don't!" Chris yelled from afar as his staff glowed with fire magic. "Harmless fire, make a human tornado of fire..." The World Traveler pointed his glowing staff to Mario. "Fire Mario Tornado!"

As the red plumber rushed towards Gnome, Mario's fists glowed with fire as he slowly began to use Mario Tornado. However, his fists with fire began to release fire as Mario spun towards Gnome. The Summon Spirit of Earth gasped as Mario turned himself into a human tornado of fire that swiftly reached him. Gnome then found himself trapped inside the human tornado of fire that burned him greatly. The others watched a bit surprised as the fire tornado spun quickly on his spot before it ended with Mario extending his fists inside to stop the whirlwind of fire that pushed Gnome upwards and away to the west.

"O-o-oww!" Gnome moaned in pain as some flames burned him around his body before he crashed on the floor. "Ouch!" he yelped after he crashed.

Mario looked at his hands. "...It was a nice move," he commented as he smiled a little at Chris. Although the World Traveler's face was covered in thick dark fog, his yellow eyes made a happy expression to Mario.

New ability learned! Fire Mario Tornado!

Gives Mario the power of fire in his fists to use an upgraded version of Mario Tornado on a single opponent, dealing great fire damage.

"Ugh..." Gnome shook his head as he got up. "Man, you guys have some tricks under your sleeves that...well, I gotta keep fighting!"

After seeing his brother doing a strong fire attack, Luigi blinked a few times before he adjusted his hat and looked serious at Gnome. "I-I'm going to fight, Olimar," he said determined. "I-if Mario can do it, I-I surely can as well!"

"..." Olimar frowned worried. "Is it...okay?"

"...I don't know..." Luigi said with a gulp.

"..." Olimar clutched his fists to himself before he plucked out from the ground two Blue Pikmins, one Red Pikmin, two Yellow Pikmins, and one White Pikmin. "W-we can fight...we can do it..." he tried to cheer himself as his Pikmins raised their hands in approval.

"Y-yes, we can!" Luigi said as he looked more relieved. "H-hey, you big gerbil! We want to fight you!"

"Hmm?" Gnome turned to see the two Smashers rushing after him. "Oh, glad to see more people thrown into the mix." He smacked his shovel a bit on his left hand. "I'll smack you a hard one, though. No mercy from the Summon Spirit of Earth!"

As Chris prepared another spell, he noticed that Toon Link was still fainted some feet away from the fight. "Oh no, I forgot about him..." Chris muttered before he changed to his Fonic Hymn User job. The World Traveler crossed his rod in front of him to recite a spell. "Return this soul from the abyss of death... Resurrection!"

A light shone from above that touched Toon Link's fainted body. Soon, his body glowed with sacred light before he grumbled a bit and slowly got up, the light disappearing after a while. "Ugh...I'm back..." Toon Link grumbled before he blinked shocked. "O-oh, right, the fight!" he said alarmed as he prepared his shield and sword. "Tell me where the mole guy is!" he demanded.

Gnome looked around to see that the seven fighters were locking their eyes on him. "...Somehow, I don't think I feel safe anymore..." Gnome muttered under his breath before all of them rushed after him.

"H-here we gooooooooooo!" Luigi yelled as he rushed after Gnome.

Gnome blocked the flurry of swinging arms by Luigi with the shovel. The Summon Spirit of Earth grumbled at this and smacked Luigi hard with his shovel. "C'mon, that's your best attack? That's rather desperate if you ask m-" Gnome stopped talking after he saw that six Pikmins were latching on his face. "What are these bug-"

It was not long before the Pikmins began to smack the big mole hard on the face.

"O-oww! T-these little guys pack a punch!" Gnome complained as he felt some fire burning him. "A-and they hit you with elements as well!"

"G-go!" Olimar cheered. "S-smack him some more!"

Gnome shook himself to push the Pikmins back off. The Summon Spirit of Earth then turned around to see that Presea was looking at him with some fierce eyes. However, something seemed wrong as Gnome found his body unable to move. "H-hey, what's the big idea? I-I can't move!"

"This..." Presea began as her ax was behind her on the floor, "is the end," she finished.

"(W-wait a sec, she's in Over Limit?)" Gnome thought. "(O-oh nuts, she's coming!)"

Even though Presea ran slowly to the Summon Spirit of Earth, Gnome could tell that there was energy building up in her as she leaped high in the air, raising her ax behind her by using both of her hands on the hilt. The Smashers watched as the ax wielder brought down her ax hard on the big mole while yelling "Massive Devastation!"

Once the ax slammed hard on Gnome's feet, a long crack of energy opened up that ran all the way across the floor to the precipice of the left where the darkness didn't let them see how long it went down as it let out energy that dealt massive damage to the big mole who got pushed to the air and crashed on the ground, moaning in pain. The Smashers looked shocked at the length of the long crack as Presea pulled back her ax.

The pink-haired girl put her left hand on her chest and closed her eyes. "There's no way to turn back time..." she muttered. "You can't go back to correct your past mistakes like I did..."

Some of them looked a bit worried at Presea's sudden sad reaction. However, Lucario was the one who looked the most worried. Something about what Presea said made him think about something that troubled him...

The Summon Spirit of Earth slowly pushed himself up and shook his head. "Okay..." he said panting before he looked a bit miffed at this as he crossed his hands. "...Okay, time's up! I give up!" he called over.

"What?!" Toon Link, Chris, Luigi, and Olimar asked shocked.

Music stops

Everyone stopped rushing after him after Gnome had declared his renunciation. The seven fighters looked confused at this sudden decision that the big mole had taken. "Okay, okay, it seems very clear I just can't win against all of you..." Gnome admitted.

"What?" Presea asked surprised. "Why is that?"

"Well..." Gnome blushed a bit. "Let's just say...I'm not in the mood to be fighting..."

"...B-but you said that you wanted to fight!" Toon Link pointed out by yelling.

"I know, but you gotta admit when you have to give up before you regret it," Gnome said. "Besides, I wasn't even feeling so good. My battle style was SO messed up, I swear..."

"I think you just fought well, though..." Mario said.

"...Sorry, you guys," Gnome said. "...You gotta admit you all fight DIRTY."

"What?" Olimar asked. "W-why do we fight dirty?"

"...What the heck is up with the 7-on-1 garbage you're pulling on poor me?" Gnome asked worried before he closed his eyes and cried toon tears. "I'm just a little Summon Spirit who wants to relax in his vacation, and you guys come in here to make me feel so pumped up to fight you! If you ask me, that's very offensive!"

"Well..." Presea looked away. "You said something like that a long time ago..."

"Yeah, you know?" Gnome said as he looked happy. "Gotta surrender when you have to!"

"...Grrrrrrrrr..." Lucario slowly showed his fangs at Gnome.

The big mole sweat dropped while everyone stared at him in an eerie silence. "(Please, let them go away so I can relax in this nice little cave... I don't want to tell them I was chickening out because of the dog that carried me...)"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGH!!!"

"L-Lucario!" Chris yelled.

Gnome's eyes widened before he received a super hit of aura on his right eye by the furious Aura Pokémon's right fist of intense aura. Unlike the last hits he received, Gnome was actually sent flying across the precipice of the right side where he crashed right into the wall. The Smashers looked shocked after they looked at the furious Lucario.

"...Oh boy..." Olimar muttered in fear as his Pikmins hugged him in fear of the person they thought was a big monster.

"..." Chris looked at the panting Lucario. "...Lucario...why did you go ahead and do that to Gnome without reason?"

"...Hmph," Lucario grunted a bit as he crossed his arms and frowned. "It was his fault to forfeit the match when it was getting good to me."

"..." The Fonic Hymn User narrowed his eyes and walked towards Lucario.

The moment Lucario saw Chris's bored eyes was a signal that he was going to pull his appendages very hard behind his head. The Aura Pokémon gulped at this and took a step back. "I-I'm sorry, Chris," Lucario pleaded a bit. "I-it was an accident my blind state of rage made me do..."

"Oh, really?" Chris asked without showing any emotions.

Presea looked confused as the World Traveler stood in front of his Aura Pokémon. The ax wielder tilted her head. "(His...blind state of rage?)" she asked to herself. "(I did see him getting into a small fit of rage just around the same time he got that power boost...)" She rubbed her chin a bit as Chris argued to the worried Lucario. "(...It makes me think Lucario doesn't know how to control that unfair power boost...hmm...)"

Toon Link looked a bit freaked out by Lucario's force before he looked over to see that Gnome got stuck on the wall across the precipice to the right. "H-hey, are you okay?"

"M-my goodness..." Gnome said as he tried to get off from the wall. "T-this guy has a lot of strength to send me flying across this big hole... I-I blame myself for not using all my energies..."

"What?" Mario asked. "You weren't using all your energies?"

"N-no..." Gnome said embarrassed. "I was in the middle of a break before you guys came in here..."

"...Well, no wonder it was a little bit easy to fight you," Presea commented.

"(I just hope they don't find out I didn't give it all like I did some years ago... I got so rusty over the years that my strength was reduced... Why, oh, why did I have to start eating rocks even more than usual? I'm getting so fat...) U-uuuuuuuuuuuuuugh!" Gnome tried to move off the wall before a popping sound was heard from his back as he finally stepped in midair. "Phew, there..."

The group watched as the Summon Spirit of Earth began to fall down the huge precipice. Screams of pain and yelps of agony echoed across the cave as Gnome hit many pointy cliffs in the darkness of the precipice. The group's only action was to sweat drop, Lucario looking guilty.

30 minutes later...

The whole group bowed down before the Summon Spirit of Earth who was on the pedestal. Gnome, after he returned from the abyss he swore was way too deep that he expected it to be, looked a bit mad at them.

Gnome had a very black eye. Along with his black eye, Gnome was using his little shovel as some sort of crutch. His left arm was cast in bandages, and there was a long bandage that covered the top of his head. The Summon Spirit of Earth also had some over sized band aids plastered in almost every region of his body.

Worse yet, Gnome looked very mad at Lucario.

"We're really sorry for causing you this..." Presea said before the group pulled their heads back up. "It wasn't Lucario's real intention to push you down the abyss. He's very sorry for hitting you in the eye."

Lucario knelt down on the ground and placed his right hand in front of his right foot. "You have my condolences for doing this to you... I'm sorry."

"...You just be glad you're Presea's friend," grumbled Gnome with some irritation. "Otherwise you'd be stabbed right through your chest by my Grave attack."

"(I doubt that can even pierce my steel chest...)" Lucario thought.

Gnome's bored eyes looked at the others. "As for you..." he trailed off, "...you won the fight because I gave up... HOWEVER, I didn't see why it was necessary to PUSH ME OFF the FREAKIN' floor so I could fall down the precipice. Geez, now I regret making the precipices around here way too deep..."

"I-I'm so sorry..." Lucario muttered as he closed his left eye and used the other to look up at Gnome.

"You BETTER be," Gnome said in a threatening tone. "...Oh well, you guys won. As I've promised before, here are your spoils." The bored eyes of the big mole looked to his right where two floating papers appeared and went all the way to the Smashers.

Once Mario looked at the pieces of paper, he recognized them as two stickers that had images of Gnome as he was shown holding his shovel in some kind of a panicked pose. "...Stickers?" Mario asked.

Gnome wanted to nod, but his neck felt horribly sore after it hit a cliff by itself. "Yeah, those were the things I mentioned as the method I was telling you about," Gnome said bored. "I'm telling you that the method sucks hard, though. It was something I did during my free time just to lose the time a bit... You're probably not gonna find something useful." He sighed depressed. "And here I thought I made a worthwhile job..."

"Actually, we happen to know how to use stickers..." Luigi admitted before Presea gave them a confused look.

"..." Gnome raised his shoulders a bit (that made him twitch in pain) and looked a bit normal. "Oh, is that so? Well, I did something good." He managed to smile a bit through the pain. "If you guys can equip those, you'll be able to call strong me onto the battlefield."

"Really?" Toon Link asked.

Gnome nodded. "Yep, you need to use the Over Limit I saw you using in that battle that I DO NOT WISH TO RECALL WHATSOEVER," he said annoyed as he looked at Lucario before looking at Toon Link. "You kid used it to use a special attack, right? Well, if you equip one of those, you can sacrifice the Over Limit to call me and crush your enemies."

"S-sacrifice it?" Toon Link said unsure.

"Yeah, as in use something to help you," Gnome explained. "You can't ignore callin' me altogether, but I'm gonna feel alone if you don't call me..." He shed a tear. "Please, please, please, please, if you do equip one of them, call me and I'll be right there to CRUSH your opponents."

"You appear to crush people?" Mario asked.

"That's how I roll," Gnome said pleased.

"...But wait," Toon Link continued, "what if I call you but you end up not hitting the enemy?"

"Are you kiddin' me?" Gnome asked a bit mad. "Do YOU know why it takes an Over Limit to call pretty good me? Once you call me, a glyph will instantly appear under your enemy that will stop him or her or it from escaping. Once your opponent is trapped, I'll appear with a flip over them to crush them down with my weight. Not only that, but I'll also cause a shockwave of stalagmites to go 4 different ways to damage others enemies." He winked at them with his other free eye. "Also, if you happen to be close to the glyph, instead of stopping you, my earth power will give you defense of 20 percent so you resist attacks."

"..." Toon Link quickly grabbed a sticker and swiftly put it on his Trophy Stand. "Yeah, besides learning how to use my bow more efficiently, I can summon big...gerbils..."

Gnome chuckled. "I dunno why you did that but...whatever rolls your way," he said. "Just gimme a call and I'll drop by. Heheh, get it? Drop by?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 09, 2009, 07:22:03 AM
"...Yes, I do," Toon Link said.

Luigi looked a bit confused as to why they got two stickers and not one. "H-hey, why did you give us 2 stickers, though?"

Gnome looked miffed. "I gave you 2 instead of 1 if you promise you're not gonna bring dogs to me ever again," he said as he looked a bit mad at Lucario. "That stupid saying is just a lie. When dogs bark, they not only bite you but they give you an uppercut up to the chin!" He cried toon tears. "...And also because I wanna make sure you guys don't tell the other Summon Spirits about this..."

Chris sighed annoyed, making Lucario close his eyes in shame.

"...'K," Gnome said before waving at them. "If you happen to lose those stickers, come and see me so I think about giving you more to re-stock 'em. I'll give you more ONLY if you lose those stickers. For now, I wanna relax for the time being and heal as well... So...later!"

"Wait..." Luigi trailed off.

"Hmm?" Gnome looked curious. "What is it?"

"Y-you're floating now, right? You're floating on the pedestal, right?"

"Yeah, what about it? Summon Spirits can float because of the mana we have in our bodies."

"I-I see but..." Luigi thought for a moment. "...If you can float in the air...doesn't that mean you could have floated before you could fall down the abyss?"

"..." Gnome shifted his eyes a bit. "(...Crap...) Er...well...um..." He made a happy expression to hide his embarrassment. "Kthnxbai!" Gnome said quickly.

With a bright brown flash, the Summon Spirit vanished on the pedestal.

"H-hey, you could do it!" Luigi yelled. "D-don't run away like that!"

"Leave me alone and let me relax!" Gnome's voice echoed in the cave. "For that matter, take your dangerous dog away!"

"I already said I was sorry..." Lucario muttered with a sigh.

Presea sighed. "...Well, I guess that's over with," she said as she looked at the group. "Thank you for helping to investigate this place. It turned out this place wasn't dangerous or mysterious. It just happened to be Gnome's second home."

Luigi moved his arms down in depression. "D-didn't you say there were monsters?" Luigi asked.

"Well, I did say that, but we didn't see any of them..." Presea trailed off as she looked around. "Maybe those monsters are deep down the precipices that surround the area. We're lucky we didn't have to deal with any of them."

Toon Link sighed and sat down. "Can we leave now? Gnome was sure strong with those spells of his..."

"Yes, let us go back..." Presea trailed off. "...However, there's something I wanted to discuss with you after Lucario's strength got a power boost out of the blue."

"What?" Lucario asked.

Presea looked at Lucario. "Your strength greatly improved when you started to feel rage within you. After seeing how powerful it grew, I got a little bit of insight information I want to share with you and the others. Pushing Gnome to the other side across the precipice was a big feat if you ask me."

"Yeah..." Toon Link moaned a bit in pain. "When he crushed me, I fell like 20 anvils fell down on me... My back's aching..."

Presea closed her eyes and nodded. "Then...if I recall from your talk some minutes ago, you said that you needed to get stronger to fight off the army, right?"

"Yes," Mario said.

Presea looked at Lucario. "Let me ask you this: do you feel good when you get that power boost?"

"Honestly...yes..." Lucario said.

"But can you control it?"

"Control it?"

Presea nodded. "It seems you don't understand... Well then..." Presea turned around to walk back to the bridge. "Follow me. You have to listen to what I have to say about power."

"What?" Toon Link asked. "What's that about power?"

Presea stopped walking and turned to look at them. "You have to understand the burden that power has..."

The Smashers looked confused at each other before they decided to follow Presea. As they walked, there was something that Lucario pondered to himself. It was something that Presea had said when she did that ultimate attack of hers against Gnome.

"There's no way to turn back time..." Lucario muttered. "(She lost many years of her childhood because she had an accident... It's just like as if she didn't enjoy the childhood she could have had...but...what about me?)" he asked to himself. "(I don't remember much of my childhood since I came from a game...)" He looked a bit depressed. "(...I want to have a childhood to remember and enjoy...a childhood I should have had...)"

"Lucario?" Chris snapped Lucario out from his state of thought. "Are you okay?"

"Huh? Oh, yes..." Lucario said. "Everything is just fine, Chris..."

Chris looked a bit worried. "Well...if there's something that's bothering you...talk to me about it, okay?"

"...Yes..." Lucario said. "(...A childhood...with Chris...)"

The World Traveler smiled worried as the Smashers followed Presea, Lucario looking away to think about what Presea had said about her own tragedies in the past that made him think about a past he barely remembered.

Peaks

Tales of Symphonia - Dry Trail

It turned out that Presea took them all to climb up a long path to a peak. After they left the cave of Gnome, the group had taken a different route that went all the way up to the peak of a mountain that Presea knew was a path to the highest point of a mountain. Once they reached the peak, the party found itself looking at the large expanse of land that lied on the west.

"Look at that..." Olimar muttered amazed.

"I never saw so much land on the top of a mountain before..." Toon Link muttered.

Before them was the long expanse of land to the west. The Smashers and Presea could spot many different locations. They all could see the forest that surrounded the long path between the mansion and the ruins of the city. Apart from that, they also found the Dojo's place, the Wings Post Office's small hut, the village of the Black Mages across the western forest, and some house that was located on the eastern forest (that was surely Agitha's castle).

Presea smiled a bit at the scenery. "Well, here we are; one of the peaks of these mountains. I wanted to take you all up here to see the whole mass of land you see before your eyes." She looked at them. "Tell me something, though. What do you see before you?"

Mario looked confused. "Do we have to respond by being specific?"

"Yes."

"Well...we see a whole land with villages, houses, forests, mountains, and...what else?"

"Is the sky peaceful?" Presea asked. "Is it calm enough for birds to fly into the horizon?"

"Oh yes, the sky looks fine, I guess," Mario said.

Presea nodded. "Right, now tell me what you can relate all of this to power."

"What?" Chris asked. "Relate all this land with power?"

"Yes, that's what I mean," Presea said. "What does power have to do with all the land?"

"Hmm..." Chris got confused. "I-I don't see what..."

Presea looked at the others. "You don't know either?"

Toon Link crossed his arms and thought. "Ugh, I can't find an answer to that..."

"I-I don't know either..." Olimar muttered as his Pikmins sat down on the ground.

"...I see..." Presea said. "I'm afraid to say this, but you all don't understand how great the power is..."

"Okay, we give up," Toon Link said. "What are you trying to say with all this?"

Presea looked worried. "I hoped for one of you to understand...but it's a little bit hard for you." She ax wielder coughed a bit to clear her throat before she turned to see the western land they were all looking at. "Tell me something about the fight against the Subspace Army..." She looked up to the sky. "...Do you fight because you wish to protect the different worlds out there?"

"Well...yes..." Chris trailed off. "It's our job to stop the army from conquering them..."

"Yes, I know, but..." Presea looked at them. "You want to grow strong very quickly in order to stop this meaningless fight, right?"

"I suppose so..." Mario trailed off.

"Have you ever fought enemies that are almost impossible to defeat, even with all of you together?"

The World Traveler, the Aura Pokémon, and the red plumber remember the only enemy that they couldn't defeat a long time ago when they tried to save the city from being obliterated: Culex and his crystals.

"...Yes..." Lucario muttered.

"And...did you wish to be strong enough to fight that enemy?" Presea asked. "Did you have the urge to think about getting so strong enough to defeat your enemy? Did it defeat most of you without any effort?"

"...That's all true..." Lucario said.

Presea frowned and closed her eyes. "As I expected..." she muttered, "you don't know what you're getting into if you seek greater power in a small span of time..."

"W-what?" Luigi asked.

Presea opened her eyes. "People would like to obtain the greatest power, right? Every single one of you wants to be stronger very soon, right?"

"Y-yes..." Luigi muttered.

"...I'm going to be blunt with you," Presea began, "whatever you're thinking about doing such actions...don't do it very quickly or else you'll regret what you've done to yourself..."

"Why?" Chris asked. "Why is it bad to get so strong in a small span of time?"

"Would you get used to the biggest amount of power you got?" Presea asked. "Would you carry the burden of holding all that power?"

"W-what do you mean by that?"

"Think about this," Presea began, "...imagine that you're walking along a straight path, carrying a box on your arms. You represent yourself and your will, and the box represents your power. Now, continue imagining that you're walking along the road with the box you have on your arms. Would you keep walking all the way like that?"

"W-well, if the box is small, I think so..." Olimar muttered.

Presea nodded. "Well...what would happen if you suddenly got another box?" she asked. "What would happen?"

Mario rubbed his chin. "Since you said the box represents our power...that'd mean we'd be stronger 2 boxes, right?"

"That is correct," Presea said. "As you carry 2 boxes, you then find yourself with a heavy box of metal in your path that you wish to carry as well," she explained. "However, that heavy box is so heavy that carrying all boxes together would represent a problem. The will you have will surely tell you that you can carry all of them together. So then, you carry 2 boxes and one metal box...but you don't stop walking. In fact, you can carry the 3 boxes just fine."

"And..." Toon Link trailed off.

"...And then, out of the blue, you find another person," Presea said. "That person wasn't doing something else, but that person was carrying 20 heavy boxes without even feeling the struggle to carry all of them. You can just stop and watch amazed as the person merely walks by and chuckles at you. Feeling a little bit discouraged, you look worried at the boxes you're carrying..." She closed her eyes. "You then wish to be as strong as the person that walked by. Your mind is set to get as strong as possible because you don't know where you walked into," she explained. "Assume that, as you walked the straight path, you found yourself in a place where everyone else is much stronger than you, not knowing that everyone there...was corrupted..."

"Corrupted?" Lucario asked.

"Yes," Presea said. "The very same person that walked by turned out to be a malicious person who could have easily punched you hard enough to kill you off. Wanting to be prepared, you panic a bit and look around. Then, out of the blue, you get attacked by a person a whole lot stronger than you are... You are quickly taken out in 10 seconds, much for your frustration. The enemy that fought you decides not to waste time with a weakling like you and walks off. You get frustrated by the fact you lost, thinking you could win that you set your mind to become as strong as possible..."

"W-what happens next?" Olimar asked.

"You find many heavy boxes in the path you chose. Thinking how powerful you will become, you carry all of them, and then you find out you can actually carry 20 heavy boxes like the person you saw earlier. You look happy as you look up at the tower of boxes you're carrying, meaning that you got very strong in such a small span of time. Happy with yourself, you then resume the path you were walking on, feeling very proud."

"...But...I don't see what's wrong with that..." Chris trailed off.

"There's more."

"What?"

Presea nodded. "As you're walking without being bothered, your will to carry all the power in the boxes starts to feel weird. You panic a bit after you see that the tower of boxes of power start to tilt at the sides. You know very well that your power is enough to carry them all together...but your will just can't control it all because it didn't get used to have such a big amount in a very small time. In fact, your will needed to get used to get power little by little, not a lot by a lot. Your will is directly related to your mind, and your mind can't just keep up. Soon enough, the tower of boxes began to move on you. You yell loudly as all the boxes fall on you, burying you under all of them..." She closed her eyes. "...Then...everything starts to get even worse..."

"Y-you die?"

"Worse yet..." Presea continued, "...you later find out that you're alive, and you easily push the boxes away...but...everything you once controlled doesn't seem as pleasant anymore..." She looked worried. "Due to the fact you power crushed you, it also crushed the good self you had with you. The power that you got very quickly happened to destroy the strong will you had in you...and...you get corrupted by the power..." She frowned. "You don't look the same anymore. The power that you obtained changed your personality to that of a heartless person who won't care about anyone. You start to develop a twisted personality where you want to get more and more power. Soon, you're not a good guy anymore...you're a person who wants to fight without feeling anything good."

Mario looked away. "So, in other words..."

"You become corrupted by the huge power you obtained very quickly," Presea said. "Even if you have a strong will, it won't keep up for much longer maintaining the power you have in you. Anyone doesn't have what it takes to control all the power... Anyone is wide open to succumb to power..." She looked back at the land. "Now...imagine all of this in real life...and...imagine that everyone you know followed the same path as yours..."

The Smashers looked at the peaceful land.

"Would you like to see this whole land destroyed?" Presea asked. "You wouldn't like the army to destroy everything, right? However...what would happen if you were the one who destroyed all of this?"

"..." Chris looked a bit worried.

"You gained a whole lot of power that is enough to destroy big portions of nature," Presea said. "You meet up with someone of your same level, and you 2 start to fight, destroying everything that you see just to see your opponent dead on the ground. Trees are burned, ground is destroyed to dust, the animals that you don't see hiding in the trees die because of your reckless behavior due to your power, and you endanger whoever gets in the way."

"Wait right there," Lucario interrupted. "I'm pretty sure I can handle a whole lot of power lik-"

"You can't," Presea said. "Nobody can do that. There are no exceptions out there, Lucario. Let me ask you something: did you control the power you got through your blind state of rage? All I saw was you mindlessly punching Gnome away to the wall."

Lucario gasped a bit. "W-well..."

"You see now?" Presea asked. "If I can infer, you surely get those moments where your power is massively increased to a whole new feat nobody else can reach. However, since you obtained all that power in such a small amount of time...were you able to feel it without causing destruction?"

"..." Lucario looked away.

"Just as I expected," Presea said. "You get obviously corrupted by all that power that your will is crushed..."

"That's...true..." Chris said. "Remember when you killed that thief who tried to kill me? You got so furious that you..."

"...I killed him..." Lucario said. "...And you hate to see me killing someone..."

"Yes..." Chris said. "Even I told you before that your power was so powerful enough to destroy a whole house," he explained. "You agreed not to use it to kill somebody...but...later..."

"I...see..." Lucario said ashamed.

"...I'm surprised, though," Presea said as she looked at Lucario. "Fortunately, those states of huge power are just temporal. If it was permanent, you would be turned into a fighting machine..."

Lucario grunted and looked to the land before them.

"Right now, you can control the power you always have with you. Your will can keep up with that, right?"

"Yes..." Lucario muttered.

"That goes for everyone else as well," Presea said before she looked at the others. "Lucario is the only one that is easily driven off to madness with his power of his aura. However, you can be subdued to that same state if you're not careful..." She looked worried. "The first thing you're going to feel like when you get that amount of power is that you feel very good. After that...everything just turns out worse... Your will can carry the burden, but it's slowly crushed every second you're using that power...and then..." Presea turned to see the land, "...you lost common sense...and you start to kill people..."

Some of them looked shocked as they imagined catastrophic visions about the whole land before them. Some of them thought about the forest being set of fire while cries and yells echoed through every direction, some of them thought about seeing their beloved ones dying, some of them thought about all the environment being torn apart by monsters who would destroy everything out of pleasure, and some of them thought about a whole desert where skeletons were scattered around withered plants.

Presea blinked worried as the wind peacefully brushed her hair. "Power...affects anything...and it's not safe to use it..." she trailed off. "It's power that makes wars happen, it's power that makes people die, it's power that makes a person feel hungry for more power, it's power that will slowly give pleasure to a person before it stabs the person on the back to take full control of his or her will to become corrupted, it's power that causes sadness and despair, it's power that drives someone to total madness, and it's power...that everyone wishes to have deep within themselves...even if it's a small bit..."

"...Oh my god..." Toon Link muttered.

Chris embraced himself. "T-that's a very scary thought now..."

Presea closed her eyes. "And if you don't believe me, trust me," she said. "You'd be surprised at all the events I went through just because of corrupted people who seek power to control everything. Power affects people in different ways, and it's even worse if the power manages to control the mind. People who are corrupted with power and have a very smart mind will only become in corrupt villains who think about either destroying or conquering the world..." She opened her eyes. "Now, I ask you, do you want that? Do you want to become so powerful in a very small span of time? Your will to control yourself won't keep up..."

"..." The Smashers remained silent.

The pink-haired girl watched as everyone began to shake their heads as negative responses as they continued to stare at the land.

"...Thanks for understanding," Presea said. "The last thing I'd wish to do is fight any of you."

"Don't say that..." Mario said worried.

"But it's sadly true," Presea said. "Mario, I know you have a very strong will to help others. You're so nice and all, but sadly, power can easily corrupt you. If you try to use that power for good, you'll soon find yourself destroying anything in your path, even your beloved ones..." She frowned. "Absolutely nobody is safe from that...that's reality..."

Lucario's eyes looked worried. "...You know a lot about this, Presea..."

"It's because of my Exsphere that made me realize this," Presea said. "I heard countless of stories about past wars between Sylvarant and Tethe'alla that involved a mastermind in each side to control the land. As a result of their hunger for power, wars broke out, and many innocent people are caught in the crossfire..." She looked around the land. "Fortunately, it seems this place doesn't have people besides you. It'd be quite impossible to imagine a war here."

Mario looked away. "(You could say a 'war' against the Subspace Army took place far away from here, though...)"

"...So..." Presea began as she looked at them, "if you ever get the chance to find an enemy that is super powerful who wishes to destroy you...what are you going to do? Are you going to fight it and get defeated so you find some way to get very strong, or are you going to think wisely and run away?"

"That's a very hard question..." Luigi muttered. "That enemy is super strong, right? If we run away...he or she could destroy anything while we get away..."

"..." Presea frowned. "...Unfortunately, that's for you to decide...but personally, I'd run away; I'd run away so I don't get corrupted with power. I'd hate to destroy anything and anyone... Besides, you're fighting to protect your home. Isn't it the same thing if you include the land you live on? What's the point in protecting the land you wish to protect if you tear it up yourself during the fights? You lose the whole purpose to why you wanted to get strong to protect your home; your world..."

The Smashers looked down in shame.

"It seems you understand..." Presea smiled a bit at them. "After telling you all this, I'm sure that the land you live will stay the same as it is now."

"...Thanks, Presea..." Chris muttered. "You made me think about protecting everything..."

"Y-yes..." Olimar sniffed. "I-I don't want to get corrupted with power..."

Luigi wiped out a tear. "I-I'm always going to remember this whenever I get the chance to get strong..."

Toon Link smiled a bit. "If we want to get so strong, we have to do it with effort, right?"

Presea chuckled and nodded. "Effort is the only way that keeps you away from getting corrupted with power. Small steps will make your path easier. Soon enough, you shall see that the power won't control you, but your will is going to be so used that it won't subdue to the power you have. You'll have the strength where you want it to be: under your own hard-earned effort."

Lucario smiled a bit and looked at Chris. "Chris, did you reconsider about my idea to get mus-"

"What, are you crazy?" Chris asked.

Tales of Symphonia: Dawn of the New World - Off-Key

"W-what?" Lucario responded in confusion.

"I told you before that we're using the stickers to get stronger. I'm NOT letting you turn into a bodybuilder so you get muscles and grow to a 9 feet tall person."

"I'm sorry to interrupt," Presea interrupted, "but I doubt Lucario can even grow to 9 feet because of muscle mass."

Lucario nodded. "I won't grow..."

"...He's going to reach 7 feet, though."

"What?"

"I personally object that you workout to get powerful, Lucario."

"W-what are you saying? W-why is it that you and Chris don't like my idea?"

"You're very dedicated in what you want to do. You're surely going to be so muscular in a small span of time, and then you'll be corrupted with strength," Presea explained. "And also, do you know how bad it'd be to see your legs getting so hard and bulky?"

"...I don't see why it's bad..." Lucario admitted.

"Your paw pads would become so hard, and their softness and sponginess would disappear," Presea said worried. "I don't want to see such a horrible thought happen to you."

Mario, Luigi, Olimar, Toon Link, Chris, and even the Pikmins started to chuckle silently at the mention of Lucario's paw pads.

Lucario groaned. "Presea, you don't want me to do workout just because of my paw pads getting hard?"

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" The Smashers broke into laughter after the Aura Pokémon said paw pads. They all dropped the floor and embraced their stomachs in pain while they continued laughing.

Presea, ignoring Lucario's gritted fangs, shook her head. "No, I don't want to see that." She walked around Lucario and ducked to poke his paw pad on the back of his right leg. "Your paw pads are the softest paw pads I've ever poked..."

"Presea!" Lucario yelled before he began to feel a tickling sensation. "S-stop, please, stop!"

"Poke, poke, poke, poke..." Presea said as she smiled a bit and poked Lucario's paw pad with a finger. "Poke, poke, poke..."

'N-NOT AGAIN!" Lucario groaned loudly before he began to laugh. The sound of his laugh was loud enough to make a long echo that went across the whole expanse of mountains. This, combined with the laughter of the others, lasted for a long time as Lucario tried his best not to kick Presea away.

Presea suddenly stopped and looked at the others. "By the way, would you be interested to join a group of the Lezareno Group?" she asked as she showed them a card. "It's called the 'Paw Pad Playmate Society', a group sponsored by the Lezareno Company."

"W-what?" Lucario asked in pure disbelief.

Presea smiled a bit at him. "It's one of the famous groups that the Lezareno Company sponsors. Do you want to join us? A person like you would fit very well."

"I-I refuse to do such a thing..." Lucario said embarrassed. "N-no, thanks..."

"That's...a shame," Presea said a bit depressed. "I was hoping some of you would join..."

"Sign me in!" Chris said as he raised a hand.

"Me too!" Toon Link said.

"M-me three!" Luigi said.

"C-can I join too?" Olimar asked.

"Hmm, I think I'll join..." Mario muttered.

Lucario's jaw opened overwhelmed as Presea gave them all some cards to approve they were all members of the Paw Pad Playmate Society. "W-what the heck are you doing now?" Lucario asked as he shook his head.

"Hey, Presea convinced us," Toon Link said as he showed Lucario the card. "It'd be fun to be part of this group."

Presea chuckled. "I'd love you have all of you as honorary members. Welcome to the Paw Pad Playmate Society."

"U-ugh..." Lucario groaned and grunted. "(What kind of group is that Lezareno Company, anyway?)" he asked mentally in disbelief. "(...Please, tell me they didn't join just to make fun of me...)"

Entrance

"And remember," Presea said as the group walked back to the entrance, "we hold meetings almost all the time. We'd like you to come Sunday during 11:00 AM."

"Can we please stop talking about that society?" Lucario asked irritated.

"Just join the group, Lucario," Toon Link said.

"I'd rather not..."

"Party pooper..."

After the group got a second dose of laughter, a happy Presea and a blushing Lucario walked close to each other as they all returned to the entrance of the path to the inner areas of the mountains. Once they reached the entrance, they found C. Falcon and Kirby waiting for them. "Hey, you guys," C. Falcon called out with a salute. "I knew you were here."

"C. Falcon?" Mario said confused. "Kirby? What are you 2 doing here?"

"Just wanted to what you were doing all the way here," C. Falcon said. "Kirby here wanted to come as well. He said it wasn't just the same to be in the kitchen with Meta Knight around... I think Meta Knight told me to take Kirby away, though," he whispered the last part.

Chris smiled a bit. "I think it's nice of you to have Kirby around, C. Falcon."

"Really? I didn't think that," C. Falcon said before looking at Presea. "Oh, you're with that little girl?"

"Nice to meet you 2," Presea said as she smiled warmly at them. "Your name is C. Falcon, and the little guy's name is Kirby, right?"

"Heheh, seems you memorize the names right after listening to them. I like that."

"It's good to meet the friends of my friends. My name is Presea Combatir and..." Presea trailed off as she looked at a familiar iron maiden next to Kirby. For her dismay, the lid was wide open, revealing the red soft walls of the iron maiden. "...Who opened that?"

Chris gasped as he saw that Kirby was the closest person to the iron maiden. If Chris recalled the curse, Kirby would surely receive a very spooky visit of the king of demons. Worried by this, the Fonic Hymn User ran to Kirby. "K-Kirby, tell me you didn't just open the iron maiden!"

Kirby blinked confused. "I...didn't open that..." He pointed at C. Falcon. "When we came here, C. Falcon found it and he opened it to see what it had inside...but we didn't find anything..."

The rest of the Smashers looked shocked at the racer. C. Falcon stared at them and looked confused. "...What?" he asked. "Did I do something wrong?"

"(At least they don't know that the hair is hidden behind a veil in the iron maiden...)" Presea thought with a mental sigh. "...I'm sorry, everyone, but I have to leave for the time being."

"What? Why?" Toon Link asked.

Presea merely walked to the iron maiden and closed its lid. Glancing one last time to the racer, Presea felt ashamed before she began to walk away to the forest while she dragged the iron maiden behind her. "I need to return this sample to the Lezareno Mystic Supply to see if they didn't do something wrong with this..." As she walked away, she turned her head to look at smile at them. "Until then, please remember the talk we had about power. Effort is everything you need to control power itself."

"...W-wait!" Chris interrupted as he ran all the way to Presea. "I-I'm sorry to ask this, but weren't you going to give us a reward for helping you?"

Presea stopped walking and looked at Chris. "Oh yes, I almost forgot. After all, I was the one who put up the request," she said before she dug her right hand on the pocket of her skirt to hand something over to Chris. "Here, take this with you."

Chris looked down to see that Presea gave him a small blue statue with the image of a goddess embracing herself. "What's this?"

"It's a Blue Sephira," Presea said. "If you have this with you, you'll double the amount of money you get from the fights you take part of. As long as you have that, you'll receive more money."

"...Oh, thanks," Chris said. "It's going to be very handy."

Presea chuckled. "Well then, I'll be on my way back to Ozette. If I go to the way I came from, I could surely be taken back to Ozette. Remember that you can call me to help you guys out in your battles."

Chris smiled a bit. "Thank you, Presea."

"You're welcome, Chris," Presea said as she continued her way back to the forest. "Until then...good luck, okay? Effort is the only thing you need to handle power...and please do keep Lucario away from doing workout."

The World Traveler sweat dropped at this as he chuckled nervously, waving a hand to Presea as she went back into the forest where she disappeared after they lost sight of her.

"Investigate the Mysterious Cliff of the East" Side-quest completed!

Obtained Blue Sephira, Gnome Stickers X2!

The World Traveler looked at the statue on his hand before it glowed a bit and turned into a medium-size sticker. Chris looked a bit surprised at this, but once he remembered that the item doubled the received money from battles, that could only mean that they would get a lot more of money if he equipped it. However, he decided to stuff it in his pocket. "I'll equip it when the time is right..." he muttered before he saw that the group walked to him.

"Wow, that girl has a lot of strength," C. Falcon remarked. "That coffin thing was way too heavy for me to drag it out from the crack, and she barely even struggled to drag it behind her..."

"Er..." Luigi looked worried at C. Falcon. "You...don't feel like going to the bathroom now, right?"

"Huh? No..." C. Falcon said. "Why'd you ask that?"

"F-forget what I said..." Luigi muttered, C. Falcon looking confused at this question.

"Weirdo..." C. Falcon muttered before shrugging. "Okay, you guys wanna head back to the mansion?"

Olimar sighed. "I want to rest for the whole day..."

"Me too..." Toon Link said. "(...Oh yeah, I should continue with my bow training some more...)"

As Kirby smiled and hopped to Chris's arms, the Smashers decided to go back to the mansion, leaving the expanse of mountains behind them...

Agitha's Castle - Garden

TLoZ: Twilight Princess - Agitha's Castle

October 21 - Morning - Tuesday

"Did you guys hear about C. Falcon?" Link asked.

"Er..." Chris looked away.

"Marth told me that C. Falcon had been suffering from stomach-churning sickness and...something else for 77 straight hours during 3 days..."

Chris looked disgusted as he closed his eyes.

"Ever weirder than that," Link continued, "he stopped having those sicknesses, but he told me that his nose has been feeling so sore after his sicknesses were healed..."

"...Um...can we just focus in what we came here to do?" Lucario asked disgusted.

"...Oh well..." Link shrugged. "I don't want to think about that again..."

Two weeks had passed ever since the group met Presea. Sonic's group had been coming in and out from their world to rotate Smashers to check on the different continents of Mazuri, Holoska, Apotos, Adabat, and Shamar. In truth, the group had the most unfortunate of luck since they didn't find any of the Gaia Guardians. It was a very frustrating thought to Knuckles, but the echidna had to keep working with the others to find the tablets.

As for Chris, the school's homework in his world kept him from doing something productive with the Smashers. It was only during a Wednesday, where he got a day off from school, which he decided to come and visit Agitha's castle with Link, Lucario, and Kirby tagging along in order to give her the bugs he received from Roger. Thankfully, Chris remembered where he saw the location to Agitha's castle thanks to the time where Presea took him to see everything to the west. The small group of Smashers only had to travel east in the forest.

"And here it is..." Link muttered.

The Smashers traveled a bit within the forest to find Agitha's castle located on the top of a small hill. The 'castle' itself wasn't exactly a castle but a big house with two floors that had several roots and plants covering most of its walls. A beautiful garden with white, yellow, and pink flowers surrounded the brick path to the door of the castle where some bugs flew over it to make it to the long patch of flowers, making small sounds that seemed to echo in the air.

"So this is her castle?" Lucario asked. "It looks like a normal house to me."

"That's Agitha for you," Link said. "She's as weird as usual...but hey, she gives you a lot of money to find bugs."

Kirby looked miffed as he was sitting on Chris's hands. "I want to see how the inside looks like," he said.

"Well, let's go right ahead," Chris (in his Swordsman job) said. "I bet she's going to be happy to see that we found some bugs."

"Let's do that," Link said. "Let's just calmly open the door and get in..."

The other three Smashers stared at him.

"...What? It always works for me," Link said. "I can barge in any house, and the people who live in there won't say anything. Weird, huh?"

"...Knock on the door," Lucario said simply.

"Okay..." Link shrugged.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 09, 2009, 07:20:32 PM
Agitha's Castle - House

And then the small group opened the door.

"Link!" Chris yelled, Link being the one who opened the door.

"Oh, sorry..." Link said embarrassed. "It's just that...it's a bad habit I have, okay?"

"Make sure you stop that bad habit soon..." Lucario muttered bored.

Once the group looked inside...they found out the house's interior looked exactly the same as the other 'castle' that Agitha had back in Hyrule.

"Wow," Link said as they all began to enter. "She made this place look exactly like her other home..." He looked at a big tree in the middle of the interior which touched the ceiling high above on the second floor. "Yes, this place looks the same..."

"Grasshopper! Stag Beetle! Doggy! And...um...Pink Pill Bug!" called a somewhat high-pitched voice from upstairs.

The Smashers looked up to see an eager Agitha looking down to them from the second floor. The princess of the bug kingdom giggled happily as she carefully used the ladder to go down and welcome them.

"Welcome to the bug kingdom," Agitha greeted by bowing politely at them. "How's your day today?" she asked pleased. "I haven't received many visits from others lately. The bugs outside are the only ones who come here and have a nice tea time with me."

"Okay..." Link said before he looked at Chris and nodded. "Agitha, we brought you some bugs as we promised."

Agitha blinked surprised. "You actually went bug hunting for me? Honestly, I doubted you would... I hope this doesn't make you think I'm a poor-mannered princess..." she trailed off before giggling. "Well, may I see my friends?"

"C-certainly..." Chris said as he walked to her and showed her the two lady bugs that he received from Roger. "Here, 2 lady bugs: a male and a female."

Agitha looked down at the glowing bugs before she giggled happily. "~Li'l ladybugs, li'l ladybugs, if I was smaller, I would get on your backs and we'd fly around...~" she sang happily. "Who would have thought that you would find a pair of them? You're hard workers, I'm glad for that!" she said pleased.

"Is this okay?" Kirby asked.

"Oh yes, it is!" Agitha said very pleased before the two glowing lady bugs began to fly to the tree where they both began to crawl slowly all over it. "Heheheheh, just look at them," Agitha said as the lady bugs crawled over the tree's bark. "They're happy to be back to hold another ball..." She looked at them. "And you brought a whole pair! This will surely make them feel happier together. Now they will love each other very much, that's for sure!" she said excited. "Oh, that's right...I said I was going to share my happiness with you..."

The Smashers watched as Agitha dug a hand on her pocket. Once she touched something, Agitha giggled and showed them a big wallet.

"As I've promised, here's the bag where you will keep your happiness," Agitha said as she gave Chris the big wallet. "Now you can hold up to 20000 coins in there. Isn't that good or what?"

"Yes, it is..." Chris smiled a bit.

"Also, as a little bonus, there's an extra 5000 coins in there."

The others walked closer to see the swordsman opening the wallet to find 5000 Smash Coins in there. "Oh god...this is so good..." Chris muttered as he took out his wallet and poured the 3601 Smash Coins in there, reaching a sum of 8601 Smash Coins. The World Traveler tossed the old wallet away and stuffed his new one in his pocket.

Agitha giggled and joined her hands together. "And look! You reunited a pair of bugs!" she said. "For this, I'm going to share with you even more happiness!" She showed them a bag that contained 'at least' 10000 Smash Coins.

The Smashers' eyes widened a bit as Chris slowly took the bag from Agitha.

"Goodness gracious..." Link muttered as the World Traveler took out his wallet and poured the 10000 Smash Coins in there, reaching a bigger sum of 18601 Smash Coins.

Agitha giggled happily. "If you bring me a bug, I'll give you 5000 coins. If you join a pair, I'll give you 10000 coins instead." She looked at the two lady bugs. "As of now, I have 2 bugs with me, and there are 22 more to go..." She looked happy and looked at them. "I hope that you'll keep bringing them here! You will, right?

"(Bug hunting beats all the odysseys we go through every world we save...)" Chris thought. "O-of course we will."

"Really? Thank you very much!" Agitha said giggling. "I'm so sure that you'll reunite all the bugs in no time! Until then, please come back to call them all back here, okay?"

Link looked at Chris. "I guess this is a very worthwhile job, huh?"

"Of course," Chris said as he made a happy expression. "With this money, we're going to be able to buy very expensive abilities..."

"And we'll become stronger very soon," Lucario said.

"...Wait...become stronger very soon?" Chris repeated confused. "B-but..."

"Please remember the talk we had about power. Effort is everything you need to control power itself..." Presea's words rang inside Chris's mind.

The World Traveler looked down and frowned. "...We have to be careful or else we could become corrupted with power..."

"...Oh, right..." Lucario muttered. "That's what Presea told us... (...And that thought about not turning back the time to enjoy what you couldn't enjoy...ugh...)"

"Huh?" Link looked confused. "Presea?"

"Didn't we tell you? We met here some weeks ago," Chris said. "She told us that we had to be careful with gaining a lot of power in a small amount of time. We could become corrupted with so much of it that we could...possibly end up doing brutal things..."

"...Oh..." Link nodded. "I see what you mean..." He crossed his arms. "To tell you the truth, that's how Ganondorf became corrupted with his own greed of power. Once he got the Triforce of Power, he gained what he sought to get...and he became an evil madman..."

"...It's good to see you understand," Chris said. "You're something, Link."

"Hey, I know a lot about this," Link said. "If you have any doubts, you can come and talk about them to me."

Kirby smiled happily. However, he blinked a bit confused after he looked back to the tree. Behind the tree, he could see that someone was doing something on the other side. "Huh? Who's there?" Kirby asked as he pointed behind the tree.

Agitha blinked a bit before she looked at the tree. She later smiled a bit and giggled. "Oh, I didn't show you my special guest to the bug kingdom, did I, Pink Pill Bug?" she asked.

"Who?" Link said confused as everyone looked at the tree.

The group saw that someone took a peek of them from behind the tree. The figure then walked around to make them see the person. The four Smashers looked a bit confused at the person that stepped out from behind the tree.

"Um..." the person muttered as he walked closer to them.

From what they could tell, the figure was a young teen that was around Chris's height. The boy had light-blue hair; he wore a long white-and-blue sleeved shirt with dark blue pants and blue shoes. The boy also had a bag with a wing symbol hanging around his belt in front of him. The features that the Smashers noticed about the boy that were the most surprising were the fact that the boy's left hand was a large red claw, and the left red eye he had with the right blue eye. The boy himself looked like he was bored, but through the false face of depression, he blinked a few times and smiled a bit at the group. "Hi," he greeted without showing any emotions despite the small smile he gave them.

"H-hi..." Kirby said as he smiled nervously.

Agitha giggled and held out a hand to the young boy. "Allow me to introduce you to Sig," she presented the boy named as Sig. "He's a fellow bug fanatic who wanted to drop by and see the bugs who gather in here."

Sig looked at them and nodded. "It's good to meet you, I guess," he said.

Sig is a spacey boy. The red eye and the large red claw he has are directly derived from neutral parts of a real demon that he got. However, one thing for sure is that Sig...doesn't really care about the fact he has body parts of a demon and is ignorant of the origins of them or where he got them in the first place. Very little is known about Sig other than the fact that he was born in June 16th. Even if he doesn't look like it, Sig is able to use magic that derives from Blue Magic (the magic that is supposedly learned from the attacks that monsters use). Sig is very oblivious about everything that happens around him except for insects. In fact, Sig has a deep interest or even obsession in collecting bugs and makes a hobby of it all the time. Whenever he hears about bugs, Sig's interest will soon become obvious after he asks more about them. It should be noted that Sig shows little emotion to everyone. Even if he does smile, he lacks emotion in what he says, and acts passively towards things and people alike.

Agitha giggled. "I'm lucky to meet Sig. He was outside this morning looking at the bugs with so much interested. I got a little bit captivated when he told me that he likes bugs a lot so I told him he could come in here to the bug kingdom. Sig, I'd like you to meet Grasshopper, Stag Beetle, Doggy, and Pink Pill Bug. They're the people who are looking for the bugs I told you about. Please say hi, Sig."

Sig smiled a bit. "Hi," he greeted them. "Do you like bugs?"

"I...guess so..." Chris said.

"(Wait, Agitha calls us with nicknames but she doesn't give him any nickname?)" Link thought bored.

"It's good to meet new people, I guess," Sig said. "Have you...seen a dragonfly around here?"

"A dragonfly?" Link asked.

Sig nodded. "It was a dragonfly I was following when I was on my way to Primp Town's magic school," he explained.

"Primp Town?" Kirby repeated.

"Don't you know Primp Town?" Sig asked. "It's a special place where people learn how to use Puyos."

Primp Town is a colorful town where the people who live there know how to use the magical properties that Puyos possess. It has had many different travelers that it's population grows a bit every day. People who wish to learn how to use the magic of the Puyos should enroll as students in the magic school of the town.

"Puyos?" Link repeated.

Sig nodded and took out from his bag some kind of red slime with big eyes. The Smashers looked a bit shocked after the slime itself blinked curiously at them. "This is a Puyo," Sig said. "Cute, isn't?"

"C-can you even call that cute?" Link asked a bit grossed out.

However, out of the four Smashers, Kirby seemed to smile happily at the Puyo. "A Puyo!" he said happily. "I haven't seen a Puyo in a long time!"

Sig smiled down at Kirby. "You know what a Puyo is?"

"Yes, a Puyo lets you use magic attacks, right?"

"Yes," Sig said. "Do you come from Primp Town?"

Kirby shook his head. "No, but I used to play with Puyos," he explained. "It's good to see a Puyo again."

Sig smiled a bit and kept the red slime in his bag. "Anyway...back with the dragonfly I was telling you about..." He looked outside. "Can you hear me out?"

"Well...go ahead," Link said.

"Thanks," Sig said. "You see, when I was heading to Primp Town's magic school, on my way there I found this glowing dragonfly. Smiling at the thought to see it closer, I decided to follow it where it headed...until I found myself in this place. When I noticed, I lost track of the dragonfly I was following. I got a little concerned as to how I got here...until I saw the garden with many bugs outside. I forgot the concern I had in me and went to see the bugs. Then, Princess Agitha spotted me and I talked a bit with her about bugs."

"Then I let him stay here," Agitha added with a giggle. "Sig knows so much about bugs that he's an honorable special guest to the bug kingdom."

"But...the dragonfly..." Sig trailed off, his tone of voice not showing any signs of depression. "I want to see it again..." He looked at Kirby. "Your name is Pink Pill Bug, right?"

"...It's Kirby..." Kirby said.

"...Oh," Sig said as he scratched his head with his large red claw. "Kirby...can you find that dragonfly? I think it's supposed to be around these parts but...I just don't know where to look..."

"Er, don't worry," Link said. "We'll look around for the dragonfly."

"Really?" Sig said as he smiled a bit. "Yay," he said without showing any enthusiastic tone. "Thanks a lot," he added.

An eerie silence soon followed after Sig spoke to the Smashers. Everyone in the house blinked a bit confused before Agitha decided to break the silence.

"Well, I'm sure Grasshopper and his friends will find the dragonfly, Sig," Agitha said. "Until then, stay here in the bug kingdom. We have lady bugs with us now."

Sig turned to the tree to see the mentioned bugs crawling slowly. "Oh, lady bugs," he said a bit interested as he walked closer to the tree to look at them. "They glow so bright..." he muttered with some fascination.

The Smashers looked at each other with odd looks before they looked back at Agitha. "N-now that we delivered you the bugs...we have to leave," Link said.

"Oh, wait," Sig began as he turned to them and walked to Kirby (who was still sitting on Chris's arms). "Take this with you," he said as he took out the red Puyo to Kirby.

The pink puffball blinked at the blinking Puyo. "I...can have this?" Kirby asked.

Sig nodded. "You said you used to play with Puyos before, right? Why don't you go ahead and take this one with you so you can remember how you played? I still have lots of them with me so I don't mind."

"Well..." Kirby smiled a bit at the red Puyo before he took it and wore it on his head. The red Puyo then looked up to the confused Chris while Kirby smiled happily at Sig. "Thanks, Sig," he said.

"You're welcome," Sig said as he smiled a bit at Kirby. "Come to me if you want to have another one."

"I'll put this in my room...or I'll wear it all the time," Kirby said excited as he looked up at the red Puyo.

"Just...please find that dragonfly," Sig said. "I wanna see it again."

Kirby chuckled heartily and nodded. While the two shared smiles, Chris noticed that the odd red Puyo was looking up at him. "...Er...hi?" Chris said confused at the blob of slime.

Agitha smiled happily. "If you happen to find a bug, come here again, okay? Sig here is eager to participate in the ball with us."

The Smashers took a glance at the boy with colored eyes. The only action Sig made was waving his large red claw at them with subtle smile. "...Can we leave now?" Lucario asked as he examined Sig a bit. "(There's something about this kid that doesn't make me feel comfortable...maybe it's the claw he has... Weird, the claw has an aura of its own... What? The aura of his claw is...a bit malicious...but...everything else dominates the malicious aura that his claw emanates...)"

"Oh, please find the bugs," Sig said. "Kirby, I'm counting on you."

Kirby raised a hand. "You got it," he said happily.

Then, the group decided to leave the castle, leaving Agitha and Sig alone before they began to talk about bugs. Lucario took one last glance to the bug boy before he walked away and closed the door behind him.

Agitha's Castle – Entrance

As the four left the area, Link couldn't help but cross his arms confused after they met Sig. "Just who was this Sig guy exactly?" Link asked to the others. "Did you see that claw of his?"

"Y-yes..." Chris said. "He looked like he didn't care about having that...I mean, did you see how he used it to scratch his head?"

"What about the red eye he has?" Link asked. "Wasn't it weird that he had 2 eyes with different colors?"

"Actually," Lucario began, "there was this malicious aura that came out from that red claw he had..."

"What?" Link asked. "That claw has its own aura?"

"Yes....but there was something very strange with Sig's aura," Lucario said. "When I looked at his aura, it looked like it was repelling the claw's aura. I can tell easily that, while the aura of the claw is perturbing, Sig doesn't seem fully...possesses by it. In fact, his aura makes the other aura stay away..."

"You saw all that?" Chris asked.

"I inspect people's auras when it doesn't look like it, Chris," Lucario said. "I don't want to glow while I do that so they can't tell apart if I'm looking into their auras or not. I do this to see if we can trust the people we meet..."

"Oh...that's like a security process?" Kirby asked as the red Puyo looked up at Lucario.

"You could say that..." Lucario looked a bit curious at the red Puyo. "...And...what are you going to do with that...Puyo?"

Kirby looked up happily at his Puyo. "I'm going to use it as a hat...use it as a pet...or maybe even use it as a decoration item..." He chuckled. "Just thinking about using this gives me good memories!"

"What good memories? What do you know about...Puyos?" Link asked.

"Well, a long time ago, there was this tourney that King Dedede made," Kirby said. "It was a tourney to find out who was the best at the Avalanche Competition. When I entered, I learned about Puyos because they were the things that help you play against each other," he explained. "I got surprised that Puyos let you use magic!"

"They let you use magic?"

"Yes...but..." Kirby looked miffed, "...I think I forgot how to use one..."

Chris closed his eyes bored. "Kirby...then what you said to Sig..."

"D-don't take me wrong, but I just wanted to remember those memories," Kirby said. "Besides, I think I can remember what I used to do with Puyos."

"Well...just don't do something weird with...this Puyo..." Chris said as he stared down at the blinking red Puyo.

Kirby chuckled heartily. "Heheh, I'll see what I can do."

After the small talk, the four Smashers decided to leave for the mansion...

"(There's no way to turn back time...)" Lucario thought. "(But...I wish I could do that...)"

Outside

October 24 - Afternoon – Friday

"So, this is the billboard where people put up requests..." Pikachu said.

"Yes, this is it," Chris said.

It had passed three days after the visit with Agitha and Sig. Pikachu, bored, wanted to have some of the young Smashers to come with him and see what else they could do. Pikachu ended up taking Pichu, Diddy, Kirby (and his Puyo hat), Ness, Popo, Nana, and Chris outside. It was Chris who suggested to see if somebody came to the Wings Post Office and put up a request.

"Where's Lucario?" Diddy asked as he looked to Chris. "I thought he was going to come with you."

"Well...I don't know where he went..." Chris admitted. "I didn't see him this morning... When I came from school, I didn't find Lucario anywhere. And when I came here, he wasn't around either. I asked Mewtwo if he saw Lucario but he said he didn't..."

"Oh well," Pikachu said. "Lucario's losing time without us. Let's see what requests are here in the billboard. We don't have anything better to do than watch the cancelled channels in the TV."

"Let's see..." Ness narrowed his eyes. "...Looks like there are 2 requests now..."

The Smashers looked at the billboard...

Wanted: Butlers

The opening inauguration of the Wonder Restaurant will take place in 3 weeks. However, we're short on staff with the butlers! I know this is kind of rushed out, but I need anybody to work as a butler! I don't care if you want to work here forever, but I care to have at least 1 butler before the restaurant even opens!

From Toad gal of the Mushroom Kingdom.

Diddy blinked a bit. "This sounds more like an application than a request..."

"A butler?" Chris asked interested. "Oh, it'd feel like having a part-time job." He looked a bit pleased. "Maybe I should take the request."

"Oh no," Pikachu began as he jumped to Chris's right shoulder, "we're taking the request together. Why send one butler when you can have more?"

"Do you...want to apply?" Nana asked.

Pikachu crossed his arms. "Hey, why not? Besides, the more people who works there, the bigger the reward will be, right?"

"I guess..." Pichu trailed off.

"Hmm, maybe I should take it..." Ness wondered.

"You know what? The people who want to apply for this should be here in 3 weeks," Pikachu said. "For now, let's see what the other request is, okay?"

"The other request?" Diddy said confused before he looked at another request on the billboard. "Hey, this one...um..."

"What's wrong?" Nana asked.

"...Take a look at this..." Diddy muttered as everyone took a closer look at the billboard's second request.

Inner Training of Discovery

I am a master in the ways of the aura. Unfortunately, I have not found people who would wish to take the request to help me to train my inner self so I can use my power to my full potential. If I could manage to tap into my hidden powers...I could become much stronger for a person I want to protect with my life... Please, anyone who is interested in my request should meet me at the wasteland in front of the eastern mountain range. I will be waiting for anybody.

From the Aura Master.

"..." The Smashers remained silent at the request's note.

"The Aura Master?" Popo said confused.

"Who's this guy?" Diddy asked.

"Well, I haven't heard of any Aura Master...but isn't Lucario one?" Jigglypuff asked.

"I think so..." Pikachu said. "You don't think this Aura Master is another Lucario, right? Maybe it could be a totally different person..."

"Maybe it's another Lucario," Popo said.

It was not long before mostly everyone looked at him.

"...Something on my face?"

"Weird, Popo's acting...just fine," Pichu said. "Why's that?"

Nana grunted and looked at Popo. "Popo, please turn around and don't see this."

"O...kay?" Popo said confused before he turned around.

Nana sighed in relief and showed the others a piece of paper that had something written on it. "Okay you guys, I'm going to be quick about this," she said. "This paper you see here contains the words that you SHOULDN'T say around Popo or else he'll become that stupid state again..."

"What?" Ness asked.

"Just take a look at this list and don't even think about saying it aloud," Nana said irritated. "I want to keep Popo in this perfect and smart state. Can you please understand the pain I'm going through?"

The other Smashers looked at each other before they stared at the paper. Reading it inside their minds, their eyes were dragged word by word in the paper...

Banned Words that you shouldn't say around Popo.

-Parent
-Father
-Mother
-Dad
-Mom
-Past
-Nocturnal Snowstorm
-Adoption (or any other tense)
-Dead Parents
-Grave
-Tombstone
-Abysses without floor
-Orphan
-Baby orphan
-(At this point, list will be gradually updated)


Most of them looked confused after staring at the paper that Nana later pulled back behind her. "Don't you DARE say those words or else my hammer will have a nice chat with you...if you know what I mean..."

"Okay, okay," Ness said. "We understand, happy?"

"Very much, you don't know how much," Nana said a bit pleased as she turned Popo around. "Okay, where were we? Oh yes, Aura Master..."

"Actually, why don't we ask Parakarry?" Nana suggested. "He's been here all day again. Maybe he saw how the guy looked like."

"He's our best source now," Ness said as they turned around to see an infatuated Parakarry watching as Kylie was arguing with somebody in her cell phone.

"What do you mean your guys need more time?!" Kylie argued to the cell phone. "I swear you hoopla said in 2 weeks! Now you're askin' for 2 more weeks?! Are you takin' my leg, seriously?!"

"...Looks like they're both in their own little worlds..." Nana muttered as she looked at Parakarry. The Paratroopa was resting his chin on his right hand as he stared up to the sky. Sighing loudly, Parakarry made a happy expression, ignoring all the rambles Kylie tossed to the phone. "Hey, did you see the guy who put the request to train?"

"What? No..." Parakarry responded without looking at them.

"Something is telling me he's been like that for all these days..." Kirby muttered.

"...Um...we're accepting the second request..." Chris said. "Can you give us the wing stamp?"

Parakarry's left hand went under the counter before he took out a wing stamp that he handed over to Pichu. "Leave me alone, you guys..." Parakarry muttered with a sigh. "I'm in my best dream ever now..."

The Smashers blinked at him before they turned to Kylie.

"I'm SO GONNA call the dibs on you now!" Kylie yelled at the cell phone. "You hear me, pal?! You better get here as soon as you can or else I'm SO calling the dibs on you!"

Diddy coughed. "Guys, let's ignore them and go to the east..." he muttered.

"Agreed..." the other Smashers muttered before they all slowly walked around the post office and left to the eastern forest.

Eastern Mountain Range - Wasteland

Once the Smashers made it to the wasteland in front of the eastern mountains that Chris had gone to before, they looked around to see if the requester was around. However, they didn't find anyone from where they were.

"Where is that guy?" Ness asked. "I thought he said he was going to be here."

"You don't think this was a joke or something like that, right?" Chris said.

"I doubt it...but then again, Parakarry was busily staring up to the sky," Pikachu said bored before sighing. "Okay, let's all head back to the mansion..."

As soon as Pikachu said that, the Smashers were quickly covered by a big cloud of dust that made them all cough continuously. As they all coughed, they found out that a dark figure in the cloud of dust was standing in front of them while the figure looked to the mountains in front of them.

"Welcome..." the figure said as the dust cleared out. "Thank you for accepting my request..."

"Yuck..." Nana gagged a bit. "W-who's the guy who did this?"

Once the cloud of dust cleared out, the Smashers shook their heads and looked forward to see the person. However, something about the person made them gasp a bit.

"...You know," Diddy began, "the guy looks just like the Lucario we live with..."

"Diddy, he's really the Lucario we know," Chris pointed out.

"...Oh."

Before the Smashers, there was Lucario who looked at them over his right shoulder. The Aura Pokémon turned around to look at them. "Thank you for coming here," Lucario said.

"Wait, you put that request?" Pikachu asked. "Why did you want to do that?"

"I wanted to do that because you would surely accept it," Lucario said. "I was...thinking some days ago to train myself...and then I recalled we were doing these requests so..."

"If you ask me," Nana began as she looked bored, "you could have just told Chris about this before doing that..."

"...I...kind of wanted to make more of you come as well," Lucario admitted. "...So...can you help me out?"

"A-are you crazy?" Pichu asked with a gulp. "We'll die in this training! You have that brute force of yours while we have our underdeveloped skeletons!"

Everyone stared at Pichu.

"...Well, I have fragile bones..." Pichu admitted embarrassed.

"...Anyway..." Lucario trailed off. "...I need your help to tamper with the highest level of aura I can achieve..."

"Say what?" Diddy asked.

"Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait," Pikachu said as he jumped down to the ground, moving his hands forward. "You want to do what?"

"It's just like you heard," Lucario said. "Pikachu, Pichu, you 2 were there when Chris narrated the time where I...killed somebody out of rage...right?"

"Y-yes..." Pichu gulped as he stood close to Chris.

"...Well...I was able to recall that event..." Lucario said. "And honestly speaking...I could feel that my power, during that occasion...was very high..."

The World Traveler blinked worried at this.

"...And well..." Lucario trailed off unsure, "...please, I need your help so I can reach that level of power again..."

"..." Pikachu shook his head.

"What?"

"Lucario, sorry to telling you this, but you're stupidly crazy," Pikachu said as many of them nodded. "We've seen how crazy you get when you get utterly mad."

Jigglypuff held out her hands to the sky. "~As the Aura Pokémon roars out loud, the land under his feet will disappear in a void,~" she sang. "~When the land disappears with brutal power, the people will die and climb the path to heaven we call an endless tower.~"

"...What does that mean?" Lucario asked.

Jigglypuff grunted a pouted a bit. "It means we'll die if you get in that state!" she yelled.

"But...I'm sure I can get a hold of it if I concentrate hard enough..." Lucario trailed off.

"The first thing you're going to feel like when you get that amount of power is that you feel very good. After that...everything just turns out worse... Your will can carry the burden, but it's slowly crushed every second you're using that power...and then...you lost common sense...and you start to kill people..."

The words of Presea rang inside Chris's mind.

"Even if you have a strong will, it won't keep up for much longer maintaining the power you have in you. Anyone doesn't have what it takes to control all the power... Anyone is wide open to succumb to power..."

"...Lucario, don't do this," Chris said worried. "Remember what Presea told us? What if you become corrupted with power?"

"It's just going to be temporal, Chris," Lucario said. "If I do get out of control...just call me back to my Poké Ball and everything will be just fine... Trust me; I know what I'm doing."

"I-I refuse!" Chris yelled. "You remember how bloodthirsty you got when you killed that thief?!"

"Y-yes...but...please..."

"It's like you're asking us to die!" Diddy said worried. "What if you can't control it? What will happen, huh?"

Lucario closed his eyes and tightened his fists on his hips. "Please, everyone, help me... If I can control that power, the fight against the army will be much easier..."

Nana shook her head. "Sorry, but we know what we're saying when we're saying no!"

"This will be one time only, I swear," Lucario said as he tried to convince the younger Smashers. "I won't even let that state kill any of you."

"Lucario..." Popo muttered.

Lucario knelt down to them. "Please, help me...I want to reach that state...and see if I can manipulate it..."

"Your will is going to be crushed, don't you get that?!" Chris yelled. "Presea said nobody can control a huge amount of power! Even if you do manage to do such a thing, it will slowly turn you int-"

"It's just temporal!" Lucario yelled loudly. "For that matter, it's not permanent! I won't be corrupted by power!"

"Ugh!" Ness threw his hands up. "You know what, I don't care! Let's give him what he wants!"

"W-what?" Pichu asked shocked.

"Yeah, let's do this!" Pikachu yelled annoyed. "Lucario is as stubborn as an idiot. He won't drop off the idea that easily, anyway!"

"Pikachu..." Lucario muttered.

Chris shook his head. "B-but...this is going to be dangerous..."

Nana pressed two fingers in the middle of her eyes. "Oh god...well, let's do the request..."

"What?"

Nana looked serious at Chris. "Look, if Lucario says that he can handle it, we may as well follow the flow and see what happens. If he can't handle it, then he's going to learn a very important lesson out of this. You rather have him look depressed all day?"

"W-well..." Chris looked down.

"...It's going to be just fine, Chris..." Lucario muttered as he stood up. "Trust me, please..."

The World Traveler thought hard about Lucario's request. Chris didn't want to see his Aura Pokémon getting into a huge fit of rage again, not after what he had remembered just now. Chris knew that Lucario would be very dedicated in what he wanted to do, but would he be able to achieve what he wanted? This question made Chris feel so unsure, but he had to decide now...

"...Fine..." Chris said before he pointed a finger at him. "One wrong move and you're going to get punished, okay?"

Lucario looked serious and nodded. "I'll be just fine, Chris. You're the main reason why I'm doing this. This is for your protection."

Chris closed his eyes annoyed. "Stop trying to encourage me and let's get this over with," he said a bit angry.

"..." Lucario looked worried. "...Just trust me..."

"..." Chris opened his worried eyes. "...Okay..."

Pikachu clapped his hands to get their attention. "Okay, I didn't think we would do such a thing in a beautiful day like this, but seeing that our client wants to do this so badly...group, form a circle and listen to what I have to say!" he ordered. "Everyone make a circle around me, kneel down, and keep Lucario from hearing us!" He pointed at Lucario. "You better not come any closer or hear the idea I just got..."

"I...won't listen..." Lucario said.

"Circle formation...HOOTHOOT!" Pikachu yelled before everyone except Lucario scrambled a bit around before they ducked to form a circle of themselves around the electric type, listening to Pikachu wanted to suggest as a plan to help Lucario.

The Aura Pokémon tilted his head confused as he saw that the group shook and nodded their heads. Lucario couldn't focus his hearing because of the fact they were all arguing with each other. Remembering what Pikachu told him not to do, the Aura Pokémon turned around.

"Okay!" Pikachu said as he stood straight. "Lucario, keep looking away! We need to get prepared to do this if you wish to get that huge power boost!"

"Fine," Lucario responded without looking at them.

Several claps from Pikachu's hands were a sign for the other Smashers to scramble around as they made lots of noises to confuse Lucario's ears (since they didn't exactly trust Lucario about not hearing them). The Aura Pokémon looked a bit worried as he stared at the mountains across the wasteland. Soon, Pikachu clapped his hands again. "Okay, turn around."

Lucario turned around and found Pikachu standing in front of him. The others had disappeared by the time Lucario looked around. "Where did everyone go?"

"Listen to me," Pikachu began as he pointed up at Lucario. "By no reason, you're not going to use your aura to detect ANY of them, okay?"

"Okay?"

"If you're asking why, that's because the others are just behind me."

Lucario blinked a bit before he looked behind Pikachu to the forest. The Aura Pokémon found Ness, Diddy, Pichu, Popo, Nana, and Kirby (holding a hammer) standing around a tree that they looked with worried looks.

"Why are them...there?" Lucario asked.

"Simple," Pikachu said. "At the count of 3, the guys back there are going to start the plan and attack the tree."

"But...where is Chris?"

"Don't move from your spot...but...Chris is behind the tree they're surrounding... The reason why they look worried is because they're going to start attacking Chris..."

Lucario's eyes widened. "Chris!"

"STAY THERE!" Pikachu yelled loudly, stopping Lucario from taking a step forward. "Lucario, by no reasons you're not allowed to go there and save Chris from getting hurt, you got that?"

"What? Are you crazy?" Lucario asked with a glare.

"I'm not crazy," Pikachu said in a serious tone. "I figured out that you reach those states where you get super powerful when you see Chris getting hurt. So then, I thought about hurting Chris in front of your eyes to help you reach that state."

"Grrrrrrrrr..." Lucario grunted as he slowly showed his fangs at Pikachu.

"See that? That's the look I wanted to get from you," Pikachu said before he raised a hand. "Okay guys, I'll start the countdown!"

"Chris!" Lucario yelled.

"I-it's okay!" Chris yelled from behind the tree as the Smashers looked up worried at him. "Lucario, trust me, I'll be just fine!"

"B-but they're going to attack you! I'm not going to be able to hold for much longer!"

"Trust me!" Chris yelled. "Ignore the pain I get and stay right there on your spot!"

Pichu gulped. "I-I don't want to do this..." his body started to release some sparks, "b-but we're going to help Lucario this way..."

Kirby looked worried. "Chris...I'm sorry..."

"It's okay..." Chris muttered. "You just go ahead and start attacking me!"

"No!" Lucario yelled. "I know you're not going to attack him!"

Final Fantasy IX - Battle 2

"Want to see for yourself?" Pikachu asked before he snapped his fingers. "Forget the countdown and start attacking Chris at will!"

Lucario's eyes widened after he saw the group gulping in unison before they started to attack the tree with all sorts of attacks. The Aura Pokémon's pupils shrunk in horror as he heard the agonizing screams of pain from the World Traveler behind the tree.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed in pain as he was smacked hard with hammers, fire, blizzards, and even a barrage of peanuts by Diddy's Peanut Popguns.

"Stay right there!" Pikachu yelled at Lucario. "If you dare move, this is going to fail!"

"B-but..." Lucario shook his head as he heard the World Traveler screaming loudly in pain. "C-Chris!"

"LUCARIO, HELP ME!!!" Chris yelled loudly as the young Smashers kept attacking him.

"CHRIS!!!" Lucario yelled loudly as he took a step forward. However, as soon as Lucario moved his foot, Pikachu send a bouncing Thunder Jolt that collided against Lucario's foot. The Aura Pokémon gasped and pulled back his foot, Pikachu standing in a fighting stance while gathering sparks in his cheeks. "Pikachu!"

"I told you NOT to move!" Pikachu yelled as he glared up at Lucario. "Stay there and listen to Chris's screams!"

"What?"

"Whatever he asks you to do for him, don't do it!" Pikachu yelled through Chris's screams of pain. "Try to resist listening to all his cries of pain!"

"I-I won't resist this blasphemy!" Lucario yelled loudly at Pikachu as he looked both worried and furious at the younger Smashers. 'Dammit, they won't stop!"

"STAY THERE!" Pikachu demanded. "Hold your position!"

"B-but!"

"HOLD YOUR POSITION!!!"

"U-ugh!" Lucario's feet twitched in horror as he remained in front of Pikachu, listening and watching how Chris screamed loudly in pain and the Smashers attacking him at will respectively. "G-g-g-grrrrrrrrrrrr..." Lucario started to pant heavily, his eyes reflecting the glittering lights from the attacks that collided against the back of the tree where he could imagine his poor trainer getting assaulted by.

"(C'mon...)" Pikachu thought as he gritted his small fangs a bit. "(Lucario, try to build up your rage so you get that power...)"

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Chris screamed loudly in pain. "LUCARIO, HELP ME, PLEASE!!! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

"G-g-grrrrrrr...grrrrrrrrrrrr...grrrrrrrrrrrrrrr...grrrrrrrrrrrrrr..." Lucario panted heavily as he slowly showed his fangs at the horrible event before him. His fists tightened so hard in each other that Pikachu was able to hear a cracking sound from both of them. The Aura Pokémon's fists then slowly started to flare up with his aura.

"(Yes...)" Pikachu thought. "(It's working...) Lucario, whatever you do, don't hurt anybody once you reach that power, okay?"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRR..." Lucario grunted silently as the aura of his fists began to cover his arms. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR...GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR...GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..."

Pikachu gulped for a bit but kept his serious look at Lucario. "(He looks like he's about to explode...but...we have to keep going...)"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR..." Lucario began to pant heavily. His chest began to grow and shrink with the air he inhaled. His eyes were focused on the young Smashers that kept attacking without even thinking at the back of the tree where Chris was suffering the unfair treatment. Soon, Lucario's body flared up with aura, his feet were covered, his arms were coated, his head got engulfed, and his eyes began to shine brightly in a yellow light in the intense aura that covered him completely. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR! GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR! GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR! GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!" Lucario grunted loudly as he fully showed his bare, gritted fangs. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!"

Pikachu grinned a bit at this and nodded. "(Alright, he's almost there...)" He looked down at Lucario's feet. "(...Um...wait...there's something wrong here...)"

The Electric type watched as the earth around Lucario began to shake uncontrollably. For Pikachu's surprise, the intense aura that covered Lucario pushed out some kind of force that made Pikachu get pushed back as he rolled all the way to the forest area. Once Pikachu crashed his back on a tree, he watched shocked as the area around Lucario began to get cracked up with some small fissures that slowly stretched across the spot he was standing on.

The Aura Pokémon grunted in rage as he flexed down his arms. It was not late before Lucario's grunts began to echo all over the air. The fissures that appeared on the ground began to expand quickly at every single direction that they even reached the forest area around Pikachu.

"Oh my god..." Pikachu shook his head as he sat down. "Lucario's getting out of control that fast?!"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario's mighty growl made the very earth beneath his feet shook with intensity.

The Electric type's eyes widened in shock as the area around Lucario began to shake uncontrollably. The trees behind Pikachu's back began to shake their leaves and branches slowly before they started to move around crazily. Shaking his head in pure disbelief as he saw Lucario's aura starting to grow bigger and bigger overtime, Pikachu closed his eyes and yelled between the screams of agony from the World Traveler, "GUYS, STOP IT! LUCARIO'S OUT OF IT NOW!!!"

"W-what?!" the Smashers said in shock as they noticed that the ground began to shake crazily while cracks and fissures began to reach their feet. The young Smashers panicked a bit as they all returned to where Pikachu was standing.

"O-oh my goodness," Nana said shocked as they all looked at the enraged Aura Pokémon. "L-look at his growing aura!"

"Holy..." Diddy muttered as some of them hugged each other in fear.

The young Smashers watched as the aura of Lucario began to expand in a great flaring flame that greatly covered 50 feet. The radiation that his aura emitted was the force that ripped the ground apart around him as cracks and fissures began to open all around. For their surprise, they saw the fissures covering great distances that went all the way to the eastern mountains behind the furious Aura Pokémon. "GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" the furious grunt echoed all around the atmosphere of the air.

"G-guys," Jigglypuff began as she cracks extending under their feet, "I-I don't think this was such a good idea anymore..."

The earthquake that Lucario caused began to increase in magnitude as the Aura Pokémon let out a howl to the sky, his aura expanding even more that it almost managed to engulf the others within it. "GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!" Lucario's almighty roar echoed.

This roar, however, turned out to be very destructive. The young Smashers were all pushed away at least 50 feet away, crashing all on trees that stopped their forceful push. They all moaned in pain and looked back to the field where they gasped as they saw the ground around Lucario breaking into stalagmites that rose up all around him. The very same stalagmites rose about 10 feet each as they expanded over the fissures.

"EVERYONE, TAKE COVER!" Diddy yelled to make everyone climb to the nearest tree.

All the young Smashers climbed up to the trees behind them to evade the dangerous stalagmites that reached the forest and began push trees away from the ground. The young Smashers watched in horror as the roar echoed a very loud sound that caused the very dust to get pushed away as a growing ring of ground.

Pure destruction reigned over the land. Stalagmites rose up, trees were stabbed through or pushed away with force, dust flew everywhere as the aura reached a big territory, and some of the  Pokémon that were hiding in some trees ran away in fear of the seemingly- looking catastrophe.

Having enough of so much destruction, Pikachu looked around. "CHRIS, COME ON OUT NOW!!!"

"I-I'm already out!" Chris yelled as he stood up from behind some bushes.

It turned out that the Smashers had tricked Lucario into believing they were attacking Chris while, in fact, the World Traveler was hiding behind some nearby pushes faking screams of pain and yells of agony.

"L-Lucario!" Chris yelled as he looked around to see the chains of stalagmites extending deep into the forest. "Lucario!" Chris yelled loudly as he spotted the big mass of aura glowing in the wasteland. "Oh no...t-this is worse than I imagined..."

"Hey!" Ness yelled from a tree. "We have to get to Lucario!"

"Are you insane?!" Pichu asked from another tree as the Aura  Pokémon roared with all his might. "W-what if he attacks us?!"

"We're already in danger of being attacked!" Pikachu yelled. "If he combines this power with ExtremeSpeed, we're all screwed!"

Popo gulped and looked back at the mass of aura between the stalagmites. "W-we don't have any other choice, do we?!"

"NO!" Chris yelled. "E-e-everyone, let's just go and stop Lucario!"

The Smashers looked worried before they all jumped down the trees and began to navigate through the chains of stalagmites as fast as they could to get to the destructive Lucario. For their dismay, the Aura Pokémon seemed to be 180 feet away from them, but they pressed on forward to get closer and stop him.

Eventually, they managed to reach the point where Lucario's aura was. The trip was very short due to the fact Lucario's aura covered 120 feet of the whole terrain. "Lucario!" Chris yelled as the strong gust came from the aura's force. "Lucario, calm down! I'm fine! They didn't hit me!"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!" Lucario responded.

"L-look out!" Nana yelled loudly.

The chains of stalagmites were soon blown apart by big beams of aura that came from the Aura Pokémon's hands. What scared them a lot was the fact the beams of around 40 feet of height rose their bodies for mere centimeters. This caused everyone to look extremely frightened at the thought of dying instantly by someone of their side.

"...I-I saw my whole life flashing in front of me..." Jigglypuff muttered with a gulp.

Chris looked back at the forest. He knew that those beams were Lucario's Aura Storm that reached a whole new level of power. Once Chris looked back, he looked confused to see that the forest was torn apart by the beams that barely scratched their bodies. "O-oh my god..." Chris muttered as he shook his head, the wind produced by Lucario's aura blowing behind him. "T-this is...just so wrong..." he muttered before he turned around to face his Aura Pokémon. "Lucario, stop it! I'm fine!"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRGGGGGHHHH!!!" Lucario let out a powerful roar that pushed all of them away for 60 feet, many of them spreading on the fissures of the wasteland while others crashed right on the trees.

"Ugh!" Kirby moaned in pain as he bumped and bounced off a tree, his Puyo hat still on his head. "L-Lucario!" Kirby yelled worried.

"T-this is not good at all..." Pikachu muttered as he peered out his head out from a fissure. "At this rate, Lucario will as well destroy everything in sight!"

"See? I told you this wasn't such a good idea!" Pichu cried from behind his back as dust flew everywhere.

"B-but I don't understand!" Nana yelled from the other side of the field. "Lucario should have calmed himself down after he saw that Chris is fine! W-why is Lucario still so angry?!"

Pikachu gritted his small fangs and tried to think. "...Oh no, Lucario's mad because we tricked him!"

"T-that should be it..." Diddy muttered as he was sitting down against a tree. "W-we have to stop Lucario!"

Chris closed his eyes and decided to press on to his enraged Aura Pokémon. The others watched as the World Traveler covered his face with his arms to get through the force field of aura that covered Lucario. From what they could tell, inside the big mass of aura, Lucario's shadow looked like he was some sort of dreaded demon with yellow eyes that glowed ominously within the aura.

"L-Lucario!" Chris yelled as he walked inside the force field of aura. "P-please, calm down! I-I'm fine, Lucario!"

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted loudly as he pulled his right intensified fist of aura behind him.

Chris slowly uncovered his arms to look at Lucario. "S-stop, stop what you're going to do!"

"Oh my god, this isn't good!" Pikachu said as everyone watched the Aura Pokémon about to bring down his fist down the fissures he had created with his aura. "His power left this place so screwed up...and if he decides to use it on someone or...this place... LUCARIO, NO!"

"LUCARIO!!!" the others yelled loudly as they quickly stood up and ran to get to the Aura Pokémon and the struggling Chris.

"U-ugh..." Chris began to feel some sort of intense force as he spent more time within the aura field. "I-I...can feel it..." he muttered as he dropped to his knees. "T-this is...Lucario's...true power..."

"GRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Lucario grunted loudly. "GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Everyone froze on their spots as Lucario brought down his fist upon the earth, just in front of the World Traveler. Everyone watched as the fissures began to fill with Lucario's extreme aura that later began to spread out wide around everywhere. Pikachu and Pichu looked around to see that Lucario's aura had made everything much worse than before because his aura had made the fissures go all the way across the land, spreading even all over the eastern expanse of mountains. If they were right, the aura surely reached even further than the expanse of mountains, and maybe even the land where the Smash Mansion was.

"E-everyone..." Ness looked frightened as he embraced himself. "I-I...I-I can feel Lucario's power...g-going so far away..."

"W-what? You're using your power now?" Popo asked as he and Nana looked shocked at Ness. "H-how do you know that?"

"I-I haven't trained my mind to sense this power...b-but..." Ness shook his head, "...m-my PSI energy can't...it can't just follow the entire aura Lucario sent out..."

"...N-Ness, you're scaring me..." Nana gulped, "d-don't tell me that his aura reached out everywhere..."

"...I...I can assure you...I can assure you that...it did..." Ness said frightened. "A-and that's not the worst part yet..."

"T-there's more?" Kirby asked as he ran to Ness while Diddy, Pikachu, Pichu, and a frightened Chris went to him.

"T-that's not all..." Ness said as he shook his head. "H-his aura is building up massive energy in all those fissures he made...a-and if I'm correct..."

The others saw that Ness shook his head.

"...T-the aura building up all over the region...will blow up..." Ness said. "...A-and once it blows up, everything and everyone in the range of the attack will...be destroyed and annihilated..."

"...Oh my god...no..." Chris muttered as everyone looked down and everywhere where the fissures of aura were spreading. If what Ness said was true, then that would mean that a whole catastrophic event would occur just because Lucario wanted to see what level of power he could reach. The World Traveler felt not only scared but terrified as he turned to Lucario. "NO, LUCARIO, TRY NOT TO DESTROY ANYTHING, PLEASE! LUCARIO!!!"

"GUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

It was too late. Lucario exerted a huge amount of aura through his fist into the ground that made all the fissures glow brightly that blinded all of them. Everyone covered their faces and screamed loudly as a massive explosion of aura managed to cover further than probably 30 miles of land that surely took everything and everyone standing around the whole immense land...

TO BE CONTINUED...

...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: Allegretto on December 11, 2009, 08:36:38 AM
Dang, you'v been wrighting this for almost more than a year. Well done, it's great.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 11, 2009, 12:11:40 PM
Smash Channel

Final Fantasy IV DS – Mystic Mysidia

In the peaceful and lively forum (that had to be quickly repaired due to a previous attack by an Eidolon of light), the World Traveler (in his Chozo Arts job) waved happily at the cheering audience. "And we're back again with the Smash Channel!" Chris said as he raised his hands to the air, calling for the public to applaud. "As we've promised before, here's our second round of the show for the special Side-quest arc. Okay, are you worried about what happened in this chapter?"

The audience only murmured things.

"I bet you're thinking that we all died. Well..." Chris closed his eyes. "...Wait until the next chapter comes in...okay?" he asked before opening his eyes. "There's a 95 percent that the whole good cast of people died...and the other 5 percent is to point out that, out of everyone that surely got killed in the explosion, Sig surely survived."

"Yay," came as a response from Sig between the audiences.

"And don't start asking how I'm here and all that because, well, this is non-canon, just to amuse people a bit... Okay!" Chris said enthusiastically. "Today, we've got word of a lawsuit that 2 characters filled in because they didn't get a chance to be in this show some time ago," he said as he looked annoyed. "And I'm pretty darn sure they were surely going to sue the whole section if I didn't call them today..." he muttered before looking happy. "So then, we ultimately decided to call those 2 here so they get their chance to participate in this special section."

The audience started to clap.

"Without further ado," the teen began as he held out both hands out to his sides, "give a warm and, if you can, magical welcome to the twin mages of Mysidia: Palom the Black Mage and Porom the White Mage!"

"Palom the Mysidian Genius!" said the mentioned bluffing character that sat left to Chris. "I told you before that's my title!"

"Hush now, Palom," said her somewhat angry sister Porom who sat to Chris's right side. "Be glad we're here today."

Chris looked bored. "It's hard to think you 2 put the lawsuit. It's not like Porom to do such a thing... Who did this?"

Porom merely pointed at Palom.

Palom folded his arms behind his head and looked proud.

"...Of course, that makes much more sense," Chris said as he rolled his eyes. "Well, you 2 are here, so let's not keep wasting words, sentences, and time, okay?"

"Shoot the topic, dude!" Palom said excited as he punched the air a bit. "I wanna get to the point here!"

"I hate to say I have to agree with my brother for once," Porom said with a bow. "Please, do present the topic to discuss."

"Hmm-hm," Chris nodded as he took out a paper, "the topic for you 2 is..."

Of the characters that went to help the FFIV gang, who do you think would be perfect to stick with the team for the remainder of your adventure?

Some people began to clap at this topic. "An easy topic," Chris said. "Since we have 2 people here, you each will get to say something."

Palom and Porom nodded to each other before they opened their mouths to sa-

"Ooh, sorry, you can't say Popo or Nana because that would be too obvious," Chris interrupted.

"Bullcrap!" Popo and Nana yelled from the audience.

Palom looked a bit mad and Porom looked annoyed at this. "Hey, we don't have anyone else to mention!" Palom argued as he pointed a finger (with a swirl on it) to Chris. "You're being cheap!"

"Who else do you want us to talk about?" Porom asked a bit annoyed. "Our world only got 5 of the Smashers, and you're not even stated to be in the real deal you call video game."

"Well, that's true...but you still have Ike and Zelda," Chris pointed out.

"Pfft, Ike and Zelda? Are you kidding me?" Palom asked chuckling. "Do you think I want to mention how much of a dummy Ike is? He's all talky-talky about swords and what not. Why, if I were him, I'd GRAB his sword, POINT it at my butt, and MOVE it up m-"

Chris quickly took out a floating black sign from under the counter that read "CENSORED" and put it in front of the oblivious Palom as he began to say very disgusting things about hurting himself with Ike's sword. The words that he spoke were silenced as long as the sign was in front of him. "There," Chris said as Palom kept talking without noticing the sign. "Porom, it seems you have Zelda."

Porom crossed her arms and looked away as she shook her head.

"...Is something wrong, Porom?"

Porom turned to him and shook her head. "Sorry, but putting Zelda in there would destroy much of the fandom that has followed the game."

"...I beg your pardon?"

"You know Cecil, right?"

'Yes."

"You know Rosa, right?"

"Yes."

"You know how much infatuated Zelda was for Cecil in the arc, right?"

"Yes..."

"Well, if we let her come, there would be a horrible threesome," Porom theorized. "Cecil is constantly worrying about Rosa's welfare. If Zelda is put into the picture, she is bound to do something unneeded between the love between Cecil and Rosa. Fans have appreciated their love, but what would exactly happen if Zelda was in there?"

"C-can you please stop talking about me?" Zelda was heard saying from the crowd.

"Besides, she's not even engaged to someone. That means my theory could happen."

"O-of course not!" Zelda said embarrassed.

"W-well, at least those 2 universes haven't intervened with each other before..." Chris said.

Porom shook her head. "Oh no, they did intervene a very long time ago, actually..."

"...When?"

"Final Fantasy I, the glorious birth to the series," Porom said. "If you go to Elftown and visit the graveyard, if you see a grave it'll read 'Here Lies Link,' and Link is supposed to be the hero of The Legend of Zelda, right?"

True fact in you have the GBA version of Final Fantasy I & II: Dawn of Souls.

"...B-but that's just a small cameo!"

"Besides, I'm never found in a grave!" Link yelled from the crowd.

"Oh no, it gets more obvious after that," Porom said. "In Final Fantasy Tactics Advance, there's a special weapon called Master Sword. If you take a closer look to the sprite, you'll see it's modeled like the Master Sword that almost every single Link uses."

True fact if you have Final Fantasy Tactics Advance for the GBA.

Porom crossed her arms. "You could say those small cameos are the way to say thanks for letting my creators do their production in your, our, games. But if we take those cameos at hand, you'll get a surprising thing that could happen as another way to say thanks."

Palom removed the sign by pushing it away. "Yeah, tell him, sis!"

"What's that other thing? Destroying a pairing from the seemingless queen of Hyrule that is in fact a princess."

"...Time's up!" Chris said as the crowd began to clap. "Sorry, Palom and Porom, but your time has ended."

'No it's not!" Porom argued. "Our fellow Final Fantasy IX companion, Eiko, stayed her for a little bit longer! We deserve the same treatment!"

'Yeah!" Palom yelled as he showed Chris the CENSORED sign. "You better hear to what we have to say, or we're shutting you up with this little baby here!"

Before Chris could even say something, Palom put the sign in front of Chris's face to silence him.

Porom looked bored. "Palom, you should have let him say something before even doing that to him. People here will think we're brats when YOU are the true brat here."

"Oh, wanna fight or what?" Palom asked as he began to punch the air, Chris trying to take off the sign in front of his face. "Don't make me angry, Porom. You'll hate me when I'm angry!"

Porom rolled her eyes. "I hate you even when you're not angry... Now hush."

Chris removed the sign. "I said time's up!" he yelled before smiling happily at the crowd. "Well then, see you later!"

And then the curtains fell down. However, the crowd knew well that something was going to happen behind the curtains that they decided to stay and listen.

"Okay, you've made us reach a violent decision we didn't want to do to you," Porom said behind the curtain. "Do you feel regret for not letting us talk some more?"

"Look, you 2 came in here without stating how much time you want to be here. It's your fault that you didn't want to specify the time," Chris said. "And no, I don't feel regret."

"Sweet!" Palom called out. "Porom, can we use Twincast on him?"

"Oh well, this is just for once, okay? Once we cast our spell on him, we'll go away," Porom said.

"...Wait, what?" Chris asked.

"Comet!" both mages yelled.

Not long after they said that, a shower of stars began to crash down behind the curtain. It seemed like most of the newly acquired stage's props were destroyed once again...

"Seriously, it's been 3 times in a row that this place has been blown up to bits!" Chris yelled before a star hit his head and made him pass out. "I hope the next guests won't do such a thing here!"

"See you later, suckers!" Palom proclaimed before Porom yanked his ponytail. "Oww, not the hair, not the hair!" he yelled.

"Hush now!" Porom yelled as the forum kept being bombarded by the stars that came from the ceiling.

...

-Next Chapter's Title: Select Restart-

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

Eastern Mountain Range
-None-
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 13, 2009, 05:35:55 PM
Chapter 161: Select Restart

Eastern Mountain Range - Wastelands

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Interval of Frozen Time

It was hard to picture the horrible scene that had happened ten minutes ago; ten minutes ago where a massive explosion of aura took most of the environment across the landscape...

Winds from the horizon swept the ground of huge fissures where something came out of them and exploded. For a brief moment, it looked like there was no life left. An eerie silence followed the winds, and there were no signs of people around...

Until a lightning-shaped tail perked up from a fissure, then it was a sign that there was someone alive.

"...U-ugh...u-ugh...u-ugh..." a voice struggled to say anything.

From a western fissure, Pikachu, all bruised and coughing constantly, pulled his head up. The Electric type shook his head to dust it off from the crumbles that had fell on him.

"Bleh..." he coughed some dust."This is what happens when your curiosity grows so...oh my Arceus..."

Pikachu could hardly believe his eyes. The Electric type looked around at the new landscape before him...

From what he could see, Pikachu stood inside a small fissure, many other big fissures running through the whole wasteland before his eyes. For his dismay, many of the mountains of the eastern range had collapsed, save for the mountain where Gnome was resting. Turning his head to look back, Pikachu gasped once he saw that many different trees from the forest had been turned into dust. It was apparent that Lucario's aura had done everything around because, apparently, there were some small flames of aura that burned silently over the whole wasteland and forest.

However, there was something that didn't make much sense for him. Apparently, there were still some trees that had some luck to be unaffected after the explosion of aura took place, and there were some patches of grass that looked unharmed as well. It was even more surprising to see that there were some rows of trees behind where the main road to Nintendo City was still there.

"...B-but how?" Pikachu asked in pure disbelief. "I-I thought everything was destroyed...but...when you look back..."

Pikachu looked back to the eastern chain of mountains, finding some mountains still intact.

"...How did this happen?" Pikachu asked confused. "Why are some places...unaffected?"

"So, this is what happened because somebody had to go on and obtain ultimate power so foolishly fast...how pathetic is that?"

Pikachu's ears perked up before he turned around to look directly at Mewtwo's purple tail. The Electric type looked up to see at the Psychic type crossing his arms as he looked around the whole area.

"M-Mewtwo!" Pikachu said.

Mewtwo looked down at Pikachu. "It seems you're still alive as everyone... I'm glad."

"What?" Pikachu asked. "What do you mean by that? I-is everyone still alive? W-wait, how did yo-"

"Calm down," Mewtwo said, "First, let's get the others back here. They're not dead but alive."

"...H-how?" Pikachu asked.

Mewtwo frowned. "I can easily infer this had to do with Lucario...right?"

"...Yeah..." Pikachu said as he looked down, his ears dropping a bit.

"...Just as I thought, then," Mewtwo said before his eyes glowed. He then held out his open right hand in front of him. "Let's see..."

"What are you doing?"

"I'm just retrieving everyone's bodies back to safe ground, or what used to be safe ground before this enormous catastrophe took place," Mewtwo explained. "...Yes, there they are..."

Pikachu blinked confused before he turned to the east. Gasping surprised, he watched as Pichu, Popo, Nana, Ness, Jigglypuff, Diddy, Kirby, and Chris's bodies all began to rise up from many different fissures. Perhaps what was more surprising was the fact that Lucario was between all the knocked out bodies of all the fainted Smashers, all of their bodies severely bruised.

While using Confusion, Mewtwo closed his eyes as he pulled everyone to him and Pikachu. Once everyone's bodies were brought down safely on the ground, Pikachu went over to check on a bruised Pichu. "Pichu, Pichu, wake up, Pichu!"

"...U-um..." Pichu's eyes slowly opened as they stared up to the sunset's sky. "W-what...am I doing here?"

"Pichu!" Pikachu's face moved up to Pichu's face. "Oh goodness, you're still alive..." he sighed in relief."I'm so glad..."

"P-Pikachu?" Pichu said confused. "W-we're...alive?"

"Of course you're all alive," Mewtwo said, Pichu's eyes quickly moving to look up at him.

Not sooner he said that, the other Smashers moaned a bit in pain as they all slowly opened their eyes. This also included the downed Lucario who grunted and gritted his fangs a bit while he pushed himself up by using his right hand.

Pikachu, seeing that everyone was slowly pushing themselves up, sighed in a big relief. "You guys...you're all just fine..." he muttered.

Diddy coughed. "O-oh man, what did just happen here?" he asked as he rubbed his hat a bit. "W-where did...I mean...w-where did the..."

Everyone else looked around in shock to see the big scars of destruction that Lucario's aura had left behind on the wastelands. Most of them shook their heads in pure disbelief as they slowly looked around to examine what was left of the aftermath of the destruction.

"I-I...can barely believe any of this..." Nana said in shock as she stared down at the long fissures that ran all the way across to the east. "L-Lucario..."

"U-ugh..." Lucario frowned and looked down, his breathing becoming a bit heavy.

Surely, the one who looked the most shocked was Chris. The World Traveler could just close his eyes a bit and stare shocked at Lucario's destruction over the whole landscape. Lucario slowly turned his face to look at Chris, but Lucario later and slowly looked away in shame. He knew Chris was going to scold him.

The silence made Lucario feel worse while Chris kept staring away.

"...Goodness..." Ness muttered. "...This is what you call mass destruction, then?"

"I-I guess..." Kirby gulped as he grabbed his Puyo hat and embraced it in fear.

Everyone remained silent for a moment before Jigglypuff looked at herself, finding many bruises on her body. "B-but...there's something I just don't understand..." she muttered. "H-how did we survive? A-and..." she turned around to look at some of the unharmed trees in what was left of the forest, "why is it that there are...some trees left?"

Mewtwo looked at them. "After the massive explosion of aura that took many different areas, you, and everyone else in the range of 40 miles, were lucky to have survived."

The others looked back at Mewtwo. "...Forty miles?!" everyone else yelled in shock.

Mewtwo frowned. "Well, that's what I could sense with the scattered bits of Lucario's aura going a long way to every single direction," he explained. "Lucario, do you have enough energy to sense your aura scattered across everywhere? I know Lucarios should sense auras for half a mile, but since you come from a legendary lineage...can you sense your aura? I could be wrong with this wild guess..."

Lucario blinked a bit in shock. "W-well...let me see..." Lucario closed his eyes as he managed to glow with a more suitable aura than the one that he used minutes ago.

The silent World Traveler stared worried at Lucario. "(...Why?)" he asked to himself as he stared at his glowing Aura Pokémon with some preoccupation. "(W-why do I feel that his aura...looks scary?)"

It seemed that Chris had the unfortunate luck to have developed a small phobia against Lucario's aura. The World Traveler remembered how intense Lucario's aura glowed before everything was almost blown away to nothing, and Chris remembered how horribly strong the aura felt when he took a step inside the force field of aura to get closer to his previously enraged Pokémon. Before, Chris would feel very nice whenever Lucario let him feel his aura, but now, just looking at Lucario's aura didn't look the same anymore...

"(That aura...it felt a little bit...malicious...)" Chris thought. "(...It...couldn't have turned red, right? Lucario said before that red auras are with bad people...but...his aura felt malicious...)"

"..." Lucario opened his exhausted eyes. "...M-my aura...those small flames...they're...very far away from here..."

Every young Smasher gasped a bit, muttering things to each other while Mewtwo nodded. "Then, your aura did reach over 40 miles..."

Lucario tightened his fists a bit. "I...I just didn't know I could cause all this..."

"If you ask me, I knew this was going to happen beforehand," Mewtwo said.

"What?" Lucario looked at him.

"I didn't tell you this before because I thought you knew how powerful you were," Mewtwo began, "but seeing that you look so helplessly absent-minded, I may as well tell you before you repeat this same mistake and take our lives away just because your curiosity bothered you."

Lucario grunted a bit and looked away.

"You don't know, right?"

"...N-no..."

Mewtwo frowned. "Well...Lucario, what you just did some moments ago was using your true power to unleash its true and destructive potential."

Lucario nodded as he looked ashamed at a long fissure that went to the south.

"I can tell that very well because of my own strength in my mind," Mewtwo explained. "At first, when I first met you, I felt a whole lot of energy within your aura that was waiting to be called upon."

"...Really?" Lucario asked as he and everyone looked at Mewtwo.

"Yes," Mewtwo said. "To be honest, I hoped you wouldn't resort in using that kind of power before because that could have easily killed anything and anyone, even me." He closed his eyes. "I can tell you were absolutely helpless when you went on and decided to 'explore' that power...right?"

Lucario frowned to himself and looked down on the cracked ground.

"I'll take that as a yes," Mewtwo said. "You thought you could tame that power, right?"

"...Yes..."

Mewtwo shook his head in shame. "I'm going to be blunt to you, Lucario. You were acting like a stupid fool for thinking you could take control of that power. Thanks to you, the ecosystem and environment alike within the range of 40 miles were almost obliterated to nothing, and that could have included everyone as well."

Lucario grunted and frowned one more time. "...I know what I did was...very dangerous...but...I'm so sorry for everything..."

"Take in mind saying sorry won't bring back what you destroyed," Mewtwo reminded him. "Don't you know? Power is not only used to save people, but it also corrupts anyone very easily."

Chris looked a bit surprised at this as he recalled in his mind Presea's words one more time.

"It's something very natural that a lot of people overlook. For that, I am careful about my own magnitude of power," Mewtwo said.

"B-but wait..." Kirby interrupted. "H-how did we survive?"

Mewtwo looked away before he looked back at them. "I can say I'm surprised that Lucario managed to make his aura less lethal that it was supposed to be..."

"What?" Ness asked. "He made his aura less...lethal?"

"Well, I can tell that much," Mewtwo said. "Isn't that right, Lucario?"

"..." Lucario nodded. "...Yes, I did ease the power of my aura..."

"How the heck did you do that?" Diddy asked. "I dunno anything about aura but..."

Lucario looked at everyone. "While I was being taken enraged by my power, I tried my best to calm it down..." He looked around a bit. "The aura I have is for my will to use. Whatever I tell the aura to do, it does it. But...when I was being used, my aura grew immensely strong that I couldn't longer control it...and power took me..." He looked ashamed. "When that happened, my aura was going in a rampage. In my mind, I struggled to make it stop, but I couldn't do it. However...I concentrated everything I had left in me to make it less destructive and protect everyone...all in small amount of time..."

"A small amount of time?" Pikachu asked. "You were grunting and roaring all the time..."

Lucario looked at Chris. "It was because Chris himself yelled at me before I exerted the ground with my aura... When he yelled at me, I quickly used everything to stop the attack from being very lethal, and I guess I was able to do it..." He looked back at the forest. "As a result, my aura lessened its magnitude, and it didn't manage to destroy everything in its way. I made it not so destructive enough to destroy the various places across this land like the Smash Mansion, the post office, the dojo, Agitha's home, the village to the west, and everywhere where I sensed the auras of many people..."

Mewtwo nodded. "That's the whole truth. The Smash Mansion was completely engulfed with his aura, but oddly enough, it didn't cause any kind of destruction. Once it engulfed the mansion, everyone in there panicked for bit before noticing that everything was normal. I did notice that they were a bit hurt, though. Master Hand told me that Lucario was the one responsible for this, and he also told me to find you and see what happened. Thanks to Lucario's control of his aura, a lot has been adverted from being completely erased from existence..."

"W-what do you mean by that?" Jigglypuff asked.

"If Lucario didn't stop his aura in time..." Mewtwo trailed off, "...we wouldn't be here, and all the range where his aura reached could have created the biggest crater known to this universe..."

"My...goodness..."

Mewtwo frowned. "Also, I saw that the other people living nearby weren't hurt by your aura. I can guess you didn't want innocent people to get hurt, right?"

"Yes..." Lucario said. "I...wanted to keep innocent people from getting hurt, and I thought that we could resist some of the attack..."

"That was a wise thing to do," Mewtwo remarked. "I was hurt a bit and so did everyone."

Kirby looked down. "That...was so scary..."

"Such is the power of Lucario's lineage, I see...but I can infer that it was pure negative energy that he shouldn't have used in the first place. I wonder, what did convince him to do it?" Mewtwo asked.

Lucario looked at him. "...I...wanted to feel that power again..."

"Oh right, and everything and everyone around here had to feel it the bad way," Mewtwo said sarcastically. "Lucario, I'm going to have to order you to stop thinking about relying on that power ever again."

Lucario looked down.

Mewtwo crossed his arms and glared at Lucario. "You should know that the power you used wasn't even the true one you hold."

Lucario looked back at him.

"That power was negative," he explained. "If you really want to obtain the positive power, then do like everyone does and train yourself. Everyone trains hard so they can become stronger little by little, not little by big, do you understand?"

"I-I...understand..." Lucario said.

"Besides, maybe you're thinking that the force you used would be very helpful in the fight against Tabuu, and I have to agree with you."

"What?" Popo said. "Didn't you say it was..."

"Of course, we can't forget the fact it kills us off as well," Mewtwo said. "You don't want that to happen, right?"

Lucario looked at the worried Chris. "...No, I don't want to..."

"Good," Mewtwo said annoyed. "Take in mind you're receiving a lecture from a Legendary Pokémon. I know what I'm talking about so you can understand the burden power has on everyone."

Chris gasped mentally.

"I-I know..." Lucario trailed off. "Presea gave me a lecture about power some weeks ago..."

Mewtwo closed his eyes and turned to the mansion's way. "That only makes you look even more like a fool, Lucario. If you did know about the burden, why go ahead and ignore it altogether?"

"I know...sorry..."

Mewtwo sighed. "I hope this made you learn a very important lesson." He looked at Lucario over his left shoulder. "By the way, rage isn't going to make us defeat the Subspace Army."

Lucario looked worried at him.

"Rage only makes you go blind enough to commit something very stupid. I know it's been very helpful in all our previous battles, but if I were you, I would stop relying on rage and wrath alike so it doesn't grow dangerous enough to make us all suffer the consequences...unless you want to repeat what happened here..."

Lucario shook his head. "I-I understand... I feel so ashamed, Mewtwo...really, I do..."

"I hope. Take in mind that this could have been even worse if you had the necessary stickers to enhance your powers," Mewtwo explained. "The magnitude of your force could have increased to a new feat of power...and you know the rest, right?"

Lucario nodded silently.

"That's all you need to know for now," Mewtwo said before he turned back to the mansion's way. "Everyone, let's go back to the mansion. Master Hand told me to tell you to come back. I guess he wants to have a talk with Lucario as well..."

"Mewtwo, don't you think you're being a little bit harsh on Lucario?" Nana asked.

"He needs to understand this through this way," Mewtwo said as he floated away. "My reasons are justified enough to do that."

As the Smashers watched Mewtwo hovering on the ground to the mansion, the Psychic type closed his eyes to think about something.

"(This didn't happen with the previous Lucario before him...)" Mewtwo thought. "(Even so, I could say this Lucario is more...sociable...I guess...)"

The young Smashers and Chris looked at the ashamed Lucario. They all stared at his ashamed look before they all began to walk back to the mansion, most of them hanging their arms on someone else's shoulder. The Aura Pokémon looked forward where Chris stared at him.

"...Chris..." Lucario muttered. "...If I made you feel angry...I'm very sorry..."

Chris kept staring at him.

"The only thing I'd hate to get is your rejection to me...that's a bigger punishment I wouldn't be able to tolerate for a time..."

Lucario watched as Chris shook his head and walked back to the mansion with everyone else. Lucario's jaw dropped a bit at this. "C-Chris, please, forgive me!"

Chris stopped in his trails and shook his head. "...Lucario...I'm not angry at you..."

"What?" Lucario asked. "B-but then..."

"I don't hate you either," Chris pointed out. "But...when you were so furious over what we did...you looked...like some sort of hellish demon..."

Lucario shook his head in shame. "...Sorry...I'm so sorry..."

"...Take in mind I'm not angry nor hate you, Lucario..." Chris said. "...I...want to be alone for a time so I forget that awful memory..."

"Chris..."

Chris looked back at Lucario before Chris turned around and walked back to the mansion, his body aching a bit in pain for surviving the attack that could have destroyed everything in its way.

Lucario blinked worried before Chris disappeared from his sight. Clenching his fangs, Lucario tightened his fists and looked down to find Pikachu looking up at him. "Pikachu?" Lucario said.

"Come on already, PMD," Pikachu said as he motioned to the mansion. "We have to go back. Don't look that sad either. Chris will surely talk to you before long, okay?"

"...Pikachu..." Lucario forced a small smile. "...Thanks for trusting me..."

Pikachu nodded. "You like Chris as much as I like Ash. I sort of know the bond between you 2," he said before he jumped to Lucario's head, lying down between his ears as Lucario's eyes looked up at him. "Let's go back and wait until he talks to you, okay? I'm sure time will fix you 2 up very soon... Even if you almost destroyed everything, you didn't which is good."

"Thank you..."

Pikachu patted Lucario's forehead. "You just trust me, okay? If you have doubts, I won't hesitate to help you out with them."

Lucario chuckled a bit before he began his way back to the mansion with Pikachu on his head.

"...Pikachu," Lucario began as they both walked pass by a tree, "can I ask you something else?"

"Yes?" Pikachu said.

"...Why did you say PMD to me?" Lucario looked confused. "What does it mean?"

"Oh, that?" Pikachu said. "Well, after you were about to blow up everything with your aura...I decided to call you PMD."

"And...PMD means..."

"Pokémon of Mass Destruction."

Lucario remained silent as he walked.

"Not to be confused with Pokémon Mystery Dungeon," Pikachu added.

"Pikachu..." Lucario trailed off with a sigh.

Suddenly, after Lucario passed a tree, he grunted and put a hand on his forehead.

"What is it?" Pikachu asked. "Do you have a headache now?"

"S-sort of..." Lucario muttered. "I...think it's some kind of bad aura I just can't seem to focus on because it's so twisted...but...maybe I'm just overreacting...after all, I'm still using my aura to see if it did go even further away..."

"You should rest for now," Pikachu suggested as Lucario walked away with him. "Let's take a nap."

Unaware of something, neither the Aura Pokémon nor the Mouse Pokémon noticed that they were being watched all along by a blond boy who was hiding just behind the tree Lucario passed. Sticking his face out, Barry watched as the rather huge Lucario walked back to the mansion.

"Holy Pidgey s(beep!)t!" Barry said astonished. "That Lucario's power is just frickin' amazing! He got so mad enough to destroy the whole place!" he said surprised. "Man, that one surely beats that stupid Lucario from Maylene!"

Barry blinked in shock and looked around.

"Oh no, I gotta inform this to Dawn and Lucas. They need to know this before we make our moves!"

Carefully sneaking behind what remained of the forest's trees, Barry made sure he could sneak back into the mansion without being noticed. The hyperactive trainer, however, was thinking about having Lucario for his team in a near future.

Smash Mansion
Lucario's Room

Night came in, Chris had to receive a visit from Sonic the Werehog to get rid of DSS one more time, and Lucario was yelled by Master Hand after the hand noticed that many different areas around the mansion were almost annihilated through Lucario's blind rage. Many of the Smashers could only frown at Lucario when they locked eyes with him. They were all relieved that his aura didn't kill anybody, but even so, they were all a bit ashamed or worried about the Aura Pokémon.

But there was something else that made Lucario feel more guilty than anything.

By the time Lucario returned to his room, Chris was already sleeping. However, the World Traveler was sleeping in the middle of the bed, preventing Lucario from lying down. The Aura Pokémon silently walked to the bed to look down at the worried expression that Chris had on his face. Clenching his eyes, Lucario turned around and walked towards the window to stare at what he managed to save from the wrath of his aura.

Through Lucario's eyes, it looked horrible. Even if there were some trees where some Pokémon were sleeping inside, most of the landscape of trees had disappeared, turned into dust scattered all over the patches of grass. Lucario used a bit of his aura to see if he could sense the flames of aura across the land. Fortunately, it looked like they all faded away. He also took advantage to see if everyone around alive.

It was a relief to sense the auras of he was familiar with.

Lucario sighed depressed as he stared outside. "After all I did, Master Hand said he wasn't going to kick me out or something...that's good," he said. "Everyone in here just looked worried or ashamed...and worse yet..."

Lucario turned to the right to see his sleeping trainer.

"...I don't think Chris is glad that I used all that power..." Lucario muttered in shame before he turned back to stare outside. He then moved up his face to look at the stars, finding a shooting star that went across to the west. "...I wish I could restart from zero again...I could sense Chris's aura getting a bit perturbed by my own aura...and by zero...I mean..."

The Aura Pokémon looked high up.

"...I wish I could be a Riolu again...so I can have a fresh start..." he looked at Chris, "...with Chris..." he finished. "...My memory when I was one is so blurry...and...to tell the truth...I would like to be a Riolu so Chris could raise me properly...but...that would also help me so Chris talks with me again..."

Lucario sighed in more depression as he frowned, his face looking down to the floor of his room..

"Even so...no matter how much I try, that's never going to happen..." Lucario muttered.

The Aura Pokémon looked back up into the sky. Soon enough, he could spot something coming down from the sky. Lucario blinked confused as he saw a small glittering star slowly coming down to the mansion. The Aura Pokémon's jaw opened a bit before the small star stopped going down when it reached the level where Lucario's room was, just outside the window.

Lucario could only stare at the little star before he opened the window's doors. The Aura Pokémon then stared directly at the star.

"...What is this?" Lucario asked confused. "Why did this come from the sky?"

"Well, mainly because I heard you wanted to make a wish."

Lucario could have sworn that the little star had spoken to him. The Aura Pokémon blinked surprised as he moved his face a little forward to take a closer look at it.

"That voice..." Lucario trailed off. "...Geno?"

"...Good," the star said. "It seems you still remember me, Lucario."

"Then...you are Geno?"

The star moved up and down as a sign it nodded. "Of course I'm Geno," the star pointed out.

"But...what are you doing here?" Lucario asked. "I thought you were working in the Star Haven in the sky..."

"To be honest, I'm still working," Geno said. "I just that I heard somebody here wanted to make a wish, and I decided to take the request personally because...well...I wanted to come here and see how you were all doing by yourselves."

"...Oh..."

"So, I heard you made a wish," Geno said. "What was it again? Oh yes, something about being a Riolu to have a fresh start with Chris."

Lucario stared at Geno with some surprise in his red eyes. "W-well, I did wish that, but...I didn't think that would come true..."

"It hasn't come true...yet," Geno said. "You would be surprised, but I've been watching every single thing you all have been doing this whole time."

"You did?"

"Yes, and Twink was there as well," Geno said before he chuckled. "Twink is always you all more than I do. He's becoming like some sort of stalker, but what can you do? He likes all of you."

Lucario nodded. "I see..."

"...Oh, wait," Geno said as he looked around. "Where's Lucas's room?"

Lucario thought for a moment. "His room is just to the left of this room...why'd you ask?"

"I need to see something first," Geno said. "I'll be right back. Stay here."

"...Okay..." Lucario muttered.

The star 'nodded' before it moved to the left to reach Lucas's window. The star could find the Nowhere Island resident sleeping deeply in his blankets on a bed that was leaning against the wall just aside from Lucario's bed. The star from Star Haven, however, wanted to look around to find something.

"...There it is..." Geno muttered as he found his doll idly sitting on a small drawer. Even though it was almost impossible to see, the star smiled a bit to Lucas. "...Thanks, Lucas..." he muttered before he went over to Lucario's window. "Okay, I'm here."

"What did you do?" Lucario asked.

"I just wanted to see if Lucas was keeping my doll safe and sound, and he's doing that," Geno said. "That aside, let's get back to the topic of your wish."

Lucario blinked surprised. "Wait, you can make my wish come true?"

"Of course," Geno said. "Now that the Star Haven got back to business, I was granted my power to make wishes come true again. You're lucky tonight because you wished you wish when a shooting star fell down."

"Well..." Lucario trailed off.

"What is it?" Geno asked. "Are you worried about doing this?"

"But..." Lucario stared at Geno from the side, "can you really do that?"

"It's an easy thing to do," Geno said. "The wish itself is easy, but if you want that to happen, you need to be a little bit more specific."

"What?"

"You can specify how you want your wish to be," Geno said. "By that, you can set limits or things like that to it so you can be happy with your wish. That's an important rule Eldstar made up recently. Also, I can provide you with more specifications so you stay safe."

Lucario smiled a bit at this. "Does that mean you can take me back in time an-"

"OH, HOLD ON RIGHT THERE!" Geno yelled.

"W-what is it?" Lucario asked a bit startled.

"Lucario, you just can't wish very impossible things. I can tell you that I can take you back in time...but doing that will greatly affect this future in some unexpected ways..."

"But..."

"No buts, Lucario," Geno said. "I can't allow you to do that risky thing. Besides, you came from Chris's world. My powers can't affect his world because it's not part of any of the realms we live in...you remember the day where he showed us the reality?"

"...Yes..." Lucario said.

"I can't alter his reality. As a result, you can't go back in time," Geno said. "However, you still have a wish to make. What would it be? Why do you want to be a Riolu again?"

Lucario looked down. "I want to be a Riolu again...so I can experience a childhood I never had..."

"...Is that it?" Geno asked. "I thought you had a childhood like everyone does."

"No," Lucario said. "You see, the memory of my childhood is all blurry and very hard to focus on. No matter how much I try, I can't seem to remember anything about my childhood... In the game, I was being used by a trainer to fight battles, but that's almost everything I did...until Chris brought me to his home, then I started to think by myself," he explained.

"...I...see..." Geno said. "That's pretty twisted if you ask me."

"I know," Lucario said before he looked back at Geno. "Geno, since I have the opportunity to make a wish, I want to be a Riolu and experience a childhood...with Chris..."

The star kept floating in midair as he stared at Lucario for a moment. "...Well...maybe we can do this the way I'm thinking..."

"What is that supposed to mean?"

"Lucario, if you want to be a Riolu, you have to turn back into an egg until you hatch," Geno said. "For that, we need Chris to know you're going to undergo this process."

Lucario looked worried at his sleeping trainer.

"It's going to be a scary thought to see you as an egg in the morning," Geno said. "You should tell Chris you're going to do this."

"Well..." Lucario trailed off.

"Trust me, this is the best thing to do," Geno said. "Wake Chris up, please, Lucario."

"...Ugh..." Lucario grunted a bit and walked to the bed. The Aura Pokémon knelt down to put his right hand on Chris's right shoulder where he started to shake him a bit. "Chris, wake up, please. I...I need you to listen to me one more time..."

"..." Chris didn't respond.

"Chris...please, stop ignoring me..." Lucario muttered.

Geno slowly floated in and looked at Lucario. "Like I said before, I've been watching everything from above," he said. "I saw when your aura was about to destroy everything...and I saw how Chris seemed to turn you down..."

Lucario shook his head. "Chris...didn't turn me down..."

"..." Geno remained silent before the World Traveler began to grumble a bit.

"H-hmm..." Chris grumbled a bit before he slowly opened his eyes, finding Lucario's black hand shaking his shoulder. The World Traveler turned his head to the right to see his worried Pokémon and the little star. "What do you want now...Lucario?" Chris asked before he stared at the little star. His eyes widened a bit. "W-what is that star doing here?"

"Chris, please, I know you didn't like what I did today...but...can you listen to what I have to say?"

Chris looked a bit unsure. "B-but..."

Geno sighed.

A time later...

Geno had explained everything to Chris while Lucario silently watched as the star moved up and down a bit in his place. "Well, that's how things are," Geno said. "Lucario wants to turn back into a Riolu so he starts from zero again."

"I-I...I also want to do this so you can forget about what I did, Chris..." Lucario admitted. "I'm...I'm hoping you can forgive me for what happened..."

Chris sat on his bed and looked at Lucario. "Lucario..."

"You...you're scared of my aura, right?" Lucario asked. "Is that it?"

"...Ugh..." Chris frowned. "Lucario...it's just that..."

"...Please..." Lucario pleaded. "I want to solve this before you keep looking me down like this, Chris...

"It's just that I'm not looking you down, Lucario..." Chris trailed off. "...It's just that I'm a little bit scared of you..."

"See? That's why I need to do this," Lucario said. "If I restart my life as a Riolu again, you could like me again...like I want you to do to me..."

Chris looked worried at him. "...I...just don't know what to say..."

"Can I get in this conversation?" Geno asked. "Okay... Chris, I think you should let Lucario do what he wants for now. I believe in him for choosing this option so he can feel better with himself. Plus, it's surely going to convince you to like him again. Or do you really want to stop talking with Lucario?"

Lucario looked away ashamed. The World Traveler stared at Lucario's eyes for a moment, thinking hard about what to do with Lucario's decision to turn back into a Riolu. Chris had to admit that he was scared of Lucario for a bit. After all, Chris saw how demonic Lucario turned out to be just because he wanted to tamper with his true powers which turned out to be negative energy as Mewtwo had explained before.

Chris closed his eyes and sighed. "...I...don't want to be like this with him any longer..."

Lucario quickly looked back at him. "T-then..."

"But...that doesn't mean my small phobia isn't going to go away that easily..." Chris said, making Lucario look worried again. "...If Lucario wants me to forget that phobia...and if I want to like him again..." he looked at Geno, "...please, make his wish come true."

"Hold on, then," Geno said. "First, we must set specifications here."

"What kind of specifications?" Chris and Lucario asked at the same time, the two looking back at each other before looking away.

"When I say specifications, I mean what Lucario wants to keep remembering," Geno said. "Once he turns into an egg that will later hatch into a Riolu, he won't have any memories of Chris, any of the Smashers, or anything that had happened until now. In a few words, he'll become an infant; a baby without memories."

Lucario looked down. "That's...true..."

"However," Geno continued, "nobody said I could make all your memories get back into you, Lucario."

Lucario looked at him. "What?"

"Once the time where you evolve comes, you'll turn back into your current form. The 'youth' wish you want to make come true will end once you evolve into Lucario again. All abilities, skills, experience, and everything else you have right now will instantly flood back inside your body, and thus you'll feel like you didn't change...provided nothing goes wrong with your childhood effect, that is..."

"I see..."

"Also, you'll be able to remember everything from the point where you first met Chris," Geno said. "Everything to this point will be instantly remembered the moment you evolve back. See now? Those specifications will keep you safe from forgetting many different things."

"That's...useful..." Chris said.

Geno nodded his star form. "Well then, shall we begin the process?" He looked at Chris. "Chris, you better take care of Lucario's egg. If you let it break apart, you'll know what could happen, right?"

"I-I'm not going to let that happen..." Chris trailed off. "...This is for Lucario...and if he wants to do this...I won't say no..."

"Chris..." Lucario looked at him with a small smile, shedding a small tear from his right eye.

"...Besides..." Chris looked away and blushed while he smiled a bit. "...having a baby Riolu as my Pokémon is going to be a very enjoyable experience..."

Lucario made a happy expression as he stood up from the floor.

"...And once the time comes for Lucario to evolve back..." Chris looked up at Lucario, "...I want to witness his evolution with my own eyes..."

Geno chuckled. "Well, that's good enough for me to listen," he said. "Lucario, are you sure you want to do this?"

Lucario looked at him and nodded. "I'm sure of it. Please begin."

"...Okay," Geno said. "I need you stand there still so I can sparkle you with my magic. You're going to feel a little bit funny before you glow and turn back into an egg. Chris, I need you to take care of Lucario's egg once the process ends, okay?"

Chris nodded. "Yes, I understand."

"Me too," Lucario said.

The two Smashers watched as Geno's form glowed brightly. "Without more interruptions...I, Geno from the Star Haven, will grant Lucario his wish to turn back into a Riolu so he can enjoy a new childhood he wants to have with Chris," he said before he started to fly above Lucario before Geno started to spin all over him. "As a star, I wish that your wish comes true...NOW!"

Lucario closed his eyes before the sparkles of light began to fall down all over him. Chris watched as the sparkles glowed brighter, blinding his vision for a bit while Lucario began to glow in a yellow light that reached outside. The light glowed extremely bright as Geno circled all over the Aura Pokémon. Soon, Geno started to slow down his action before he eventually stopped.

The light that covered Lucario glowed even more, blinding everything in the scene of the room. Once Chris noticed that the glow became dimmer and dimmer, he slowly turned back to where Lucario once stood. On his place and on the floor, there was a blue egg that had a little black mask-shape on the front. Chris blinked surprised as he stared down at the egg besides the bed.

"There..." Geno said as he floated down to check on the egg. "Chris, this is Lucario's egg. Inside, depending on how you take care of it, a Riolu will be born in a few days. Once Riolu is born, you'll have to be very careful about him, okay? You're going to have to be some kind of parent so he doesn't do something mischievous."

"...Heheh..." Chris chuckled. "I don't think Lucario was mischievous when he was a Riolu...but..." he reached for the egg with his hands to pull it back on the bed, "this is going to be a very fun thing to do..."

"I hope so," Geno said. "Weird, I think you're starting to like Lucario again."

"W-well, I could say I'm excited for him to be born as a Riolu again..." Chris admitted while looking embarrassed. "I'll make sure he has a fresh start as my Pokémon..." He placed the egg where Lucario rested before. "I'm going to keep it warm every single day. I'm also going to take it everywhere with me to see if he born."

"You do that," Geno said. "Well, my job here is done." He turned to the open window. "I'm going to come back here in another night again once Lucario comes back to his original form and see how everything went." He looked down. "Hmm...what's that little coin?"

"What coin?" Chris asked as he looked back to the floor, finding Lucario's Trophy Stand. The World Traveler blinked a bit before he reached for the stand. "Oh, this is Lucario's Trophy Stand. He uses this to use stickers to increase his powers...I guess it fell off because he doesn't need it for the moment..." The World Traveler looked at the small drawer besides him where he put the stand inside it. "There, I'll give it back to him when he evolves into Lucario."

"Good," Geno said. "...Before I go...Chris, do you know what Sonic was hiding all this time...right?"

"Yes..." Chris said. "...Thanks to that, I have to wait for him every single night to make that dark spirit of his go away..."

"Well...I knew he was going through that beforehand," Geno admitted. "Once I noticed, he pleaded me not to tell anyone..."

"...It's okay," Chris said. "That event is half-done with. Once we find the way to get rid of that curse, everything will be just fine like it should be."

"I just wanted to tell this to you so you would understand... Thanks," he said before he began to float out from the window, Chris leaving his bed to look at the star going back into the sky. "I wish you good luck in raising that egg, Chris! Please, tell everyone I said hi!"

"Y-you bet!" Chris yelled. "Thanks for coming!"

As Geno's star slowly disappeared into the sky, a blink of it made Chris realize he was gone and back to the Star Haven, smiling a bit to the night's sky, Chris chuckled and turned to see the Riolu egg on his bed. The World Traveler then got back under the blankets where he pulled the egg closer to him.

"...This egg is a little bit big..." Chris remarked after he measured the egg's height a bit. The egg's size was about a foot and a half or more when he compared it to the size of his head. "Now...let's rest, okay?" Chris asked to the egg before he leaned his left ear to hear if there was Riolu inside. "...I don't hear anything..." he muttered a bit depressed. "...Well, that's how eggs are supposed to be... In a few days, I'm going to be so excited when it rocks back and forth."

The World Traveler chuckled a bit as he lied down the egg beside him to cover it with the blanket. Once half of it was covered, Chris rubbed it one more time before chuckling to himself.

"A Riolu..." he muttered chuckling. "I can't wait to have a Riolu..."

With a yawn, Chris decided to go back to sleep, the egg silently resting besides him...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 14, 2009, 07:45:15 PM
October 31 - Evening - Friday - Halloween

Main Lobby

Kingdom Hearts II - This is Halloween

A week had passed ever since the 'Aurageddon' (a name that Crazy Hand had come up with to describe Lucario's attack) took place. Chris had told almost everyone about Lucario's wish, and he also explained that Lucario had turned back to a Pokémon egg which Chris always carried around (except take it to school. Those days were the times where he asked Pikachu and the others to take care of it while they were in his house).

"How dark...so dark that it looks so pleasant..." Diddy said as he stared outside to look up at the ominous night's sky, some bats casually flying away to the full moon.

More conveniently enough was hearing some howls outside.

"Ah, the children of the night... What sweet music they make..."

"Diddy, will you just stop standing there and come over here?" called Nana. "We're watching the special 10-minute CGI movie Chris wanted to show us!"

"Oh, right... Sorry, I just got in the moment..."

It turned out that, as well as Chris's world, there was a night of Halloween that the Smashers celebrated. At least some used disguises; disguises Chris haven't seen yet. However, he did see that the young Smashers were wearing different costumes...

Actually, could someone call those costumes real costumes?

"I have to say..." Chris trailed off as he, Popo, Nana, Ness, Lucas, and Kirby were all sitting on a sofa while Diddy, Pikachu, Pichu, Yoshi, Jigglypuff, Toon Link, Red, Ivysaur, and Squirtle were all scattered around the floor with some popcorn buckets, "...some of those...costumes of yours do look...good..."

"I told you before," Ness began (wearing a pink hat, pink shoes, a white backpack, with a black shirt that had a small Mr. Saturn logo on it), "using our alternate costumes for the matches do look nice during Halloween."

"So is that the reason you're wearing an extra pumpkin on your head?" asked Pikachu (who was wearing a green bandanna above his eyes).

Ness was also wearing a pumpkin head with eyes and mouth as holes. "...That's an idea Tracy gave me, okay?"

"Shh," whispered Pichu (who wore some blue goggles on his forehead with a small blue knot of cloth on his neck). "We're watching a movie."

"Can you call this 10-minute short a movie?" Chris whispered back (he also wore something different. The World Traveler decided that choosing a job would make him look like some sort of cheater due to the fact he already had many jobs. To resolve this, he managed to find a Lucario trainer costume he had seen in a game. Chris wore black shoes, long blue pants, and a yellow shirt under his blue jacket, a black belt that had a small pouch on the back, and also a hat with Lucario ears). "...And...have I told you before that you make a pseudo-reference to an anime character with that costume of yours, Pichu?"

"Do I?" Pichu asked.

"Well, your costume doesn't beat my costume," Toon Link (who wore a dark attire to his outfit, with really dark and red eyes, and also had white hair sticking out from his black hood) said proudly.

"I have to admit yours do give the scary feeling," Nana remarked. "Heck, I think you beat Link's dark attire."

"Ha, take that, older hero."

"Shh," Squirtle (who wore a white shell) whispered.

"Yeah, you guys should stop talking," whispered Ivysaur (whose color looked light while the bulb on his flower was a pinkish white).

Chris sighed, placing his hands on the Riolu egg that he had between his legs. "Okay, okay..."

It was a Halloween night where Chris had invited some of the Smashers to watch a special 10-minute short that was recently published over his world. The short was none other than 'Night of the Werehog', a CGI short that depicted Sonic and Chip going into a seemingly abandoned mansion which was inhabited by ghosts. Chris's Wii was hooked to the big plasma TV of the east wall, the console being the 'DVD' of sorts since it was using the Internet Channel to watch the short in Youtube.

"So it turns out Chip is not just a random guy but an actual character," Ness said. "Why am I thinking I saw that coming?"

"Yes, but unfortunately I don't know much about Chip..." Chris said. "All I know is that he appears in the Sonic game that will come out this November. I'm going to buy it and see if it has something about Chip."

"You guys think we should show this to Sonic and the others sometime?" Diddy (who had dark black fur and wore purple shirt and purple hat, the Nintendo logo being orange) asked as he watched the movie.

"Maybe," Jigglypuff said (who wore a white hat that made Red feel nostalgic about someone else). "But...let's watch this before doing that...if we even do it..."

"Agreed," Yoshi (who had blue skin) said as he took a sip of his soda.

Kirby (who was all white and also wore the red Puyo hat he received from Sig) smiled pleased as he used a straw to drink his juice with a bucket of popcorn that he shared with Ness and Lucas. "I like this movie," he said.

"That's how wonderful the world of CGI animation is for you," Ness said.

Red (who wore a pale brown outfit (and oddly enough had brown hair)) looked back to the small movie. "Check that out, Sonic's being beaten by those 2 ghosts in bull form."

Pikachu pointed up at the TV. "That's what I call dumb people owning you so badly," he said before he ate a fist of popcorn. "If that happens, I'll shock those people until they die. Surely, nobody wants to be beaten like that around, right?"

"Right," everyone said.

"I'm glad to hear the popular vote from everyone," Pikachu said chuckling a bit before returning to watch the movie. He then looked at the egg between Chris's legs. "You've been taking care of it just fine, right?"

"Oh yes," Chris said. "I always keep the egg warm so it hatches faster...but I haven't felt Riolu inside it yet. I guess I need to wait even longer..."

"W-well," Lucas (who looked oddly familiar like his brother Claus) began, "eggs aren't supposed to take that long, right?"

"What's up with you?" Ness asked to Lucas. "Why did you decide to 'dress up' as your brother?"

"He told me in my dreams to dress just like him."

Everyone stared at Lucas for a moment, the movie still going.

"...I-I receive some visits from him and mom during my dreams...and they've said they're real..." Lucas explained. "...I-it's true..."

"...Back on topic," Pikachu said, "it's going to be some more days before that egg hatches up. When that happens, I'll admit Riolu to be one of our honorary club members."

"What?" Chris said.

Popo nodded. "Yes, why not go ahead and take advantage of the situation?" he asked.

Nana looked at him. "We may as well loose his personality of a loner a bit, right? That way, once he evolves, Lucario can become a little bit closer to everyone else."

"Well...I think that's a good idea..." Chris trailed off. "...By the way, this is a side note, but how come Popo and you aren't dressed up with alternate costumes?"

"That's because I'm wearing Popo's clothes," Nana pointed out. "Can't you see the differences?"

Everyone looked a bit surprised when they took a closer look at both Ice Climbers. Popo and Nana had made sure that they both looked like the other by going as far as to fix their hairs to resemble each one's hairs as well. They were both looking exactly the same as their counterpart looked like which impressed some of the Smashers a bit.

"...Wow," Yoshi said. "I didn't recognize that you were dressing up as each other..."

"Heheh, pretty clever, right?" Nana said. "That's the advantage of being a twin."

Popo remained silent. "...Wait, did Lucas say mom?"

Nana gasped after she recalled the words that shouldn't be said around Popo. "Oh, no, no, no, no, Popo, don't you DARE go stupid now!"

"Too late."

"What?!"

The others watched as Nana quickly grabbed a cushion and hit Popo hard on the face. The blow was strong enough to knock him out of cold, his tongue sticking out a bit from his mouth.

"There..." Nana said panting heavily.

"Popo, was that necessary?" Pichu asked.

"Um, Pichu, I think you forgot that Nana's wearing Popo's clothes..." Squirtle whispered.

"Oh...even so, why'd you do that?"

Popo (I mean, Nana) looked annoyed at him. "Let's just say I hate when his stupid self comes out during this special time of the year...okay?"

The others looked at each other before shrugging. They then decided to return and watch the movie while Nana used Nana's (I mean, Popo's) body as a human cushion. "When is this stupid painful memory going to disappear for good?" Nana asked annoyed before sighing.

After they watched the end of the movie (which hinted the SonicxUnnamed Lady Ghost pairing), they turned off the TV and the Wii. This was a bad move since it left the whole lobby completely shrouded in darkness.

"Oh great," Jigglypuff said bored. "We forgot to turn on the lights first before turning off the TV."

"Well, what'd you expect?" Yoshi asked. "You want to have a dark atmosphere? We turned off the lights."

"I told you guys that we should have watched some horror movies before," Chris said. "You should see the Resident Evil movie. It has tons of blood and pretty scary zombies."

"Oh well, let's do it," Toon Link said. "There's a whole lot of popcorn left. It's still hot as well."

"Alright," Kirby said pleased. "I want to eat more until I faint."

"You don't necessarily faint when you eat a lot..." Ness pointed out.

"...Your point?"

"Forget it..."

"So then, did anybody remember where the lights were?" Red asked as he looked around. "I forgot where they were..."

"I'm pretty sure they're far behind the 8 creepy eyes that are staring at us just behind the sofa," Ivysaur said before they all turned back to see some glaring eyes staring at them in the plain darkness. "See them? The switches should be far off..."

"...I-I don't remember those eyes being there..." Lucas muttered in a high-pitched voice. "S-somebody..."

"..." Ness looked bored. "Okay, we know there are still some people here who like to do pranks to people like us. Whoever you are, show yourselves."

"But I thought we were already showing ourselves to you..."

The stupidly darkly and deep toned voice made them all widen their eyes.

"Heheheheheh..." multiple deep chuckles echoed around the lobby, making everyone look at each other in shock.

"YIAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" every single Smasher that had watched the small movie screamed loudly in the dark, their yells actually shattering some of the windows' glasses.

It was not long before the very same eyes closed themselves before they were followed by people dropping on the floor. Several hysterical laughs soon followed right after that, making most of the other screaming Smashers stop their scared screams.

"H-hey, I recognize those voices!" Pikachu yelled between the laughs before he ran past the sofa to go all the way to the left wall where he, fortunately, found the switches which he had to jump to turn the lights on. "Oh, for the love of Arceus...I had a premonition you were the ones from the very beginning!"

Kirby, Chris, Ness, Toon Link, and Ivysaur went over the sofa to look behind it. They all instantly looked mad when they found out that Falco, C. Falcon, Link, and even Fox himself were all rolling and laughing loudly on the floor, holding their stomachs tightly with their arms.

"Okay..." Ness began to pant heavily. "I did know for a fact that Falco, C. Falcon, and even Link would go so low as to prank us all...but Fox? What, did I miss the day where he got a childish personality?"

"Why the hell did you do that for?!" Toon Link asked as he wanted to get to the point. "You guys, taking advantage of you dark attires to scare us!"

In fact, the Smashers who did the prank on them were all wearing dark attires. In a few words, Falco had dark feathers while he wore a dark brown jacket with dark pants and a light-blue scarf with a red scouter, C. Falcon's attire was all black, Link, as Toon Link, looked exactly the same, and Fox had dark brown fur while he wore a purple scarf with black-and-white tanker boots; the smallest details being the red scouter and the golden insignia on his belt.

Everyone else had walked around the sofa to look frustrated at the four laughing Smashers.

"I can't believe you guys!" Chris yelled. "I can't even believe Fox would do that as well!"

Their laughter slowly died down before they looked at everyone with amused looks, chuckling darkly. Needless to say, those chuckles made most of them shook a bit in fear. After the dark chuckles, the four then broke out laughing again.

"K-knock it off already!" Nana yelled. "D-don't take advantage of your costumes and faces again!"

"S-sorry!" Link coughed between laughs. "B-but this is something C. Falcon planned to do to have some fun, and he convinced us to do this!"

"Y-yeah!" C. Falcon said before he returned laughing.

"Oh please, chill out!" Falco said between laughs. "We had some Halloween spirit in us. What's so wrong about it?"

"The part that's wrong is that we were almost going to have heart attacks!" Jigglypuff yelled. "I mean, look at Lucas!"

The others turned their heads to the front of the sofa where Lucas was fainted on the floor.

"Poor boy didn't deserve this!"

"Besides, I'm still surprised that Link and Fox agreed to do this prank on us!" complained Pikachu said before pointing down at Fox. "What's the matter with you? You're supposed to be mature enough to do this kind of thing!"

Fox stopped laughing and looked amused at the Smashers. What they could tell from the look of his face was that Fox seemed to be smirking evilly. Again, most of them felt some chills on their backs as they stared at the evil-looking vulpine. "Sorry for barging in here, kids. C. Falcon convinced me to do this prank on you, and I had to admit I have some...mischievous side left in me...if you know what I mean..." he spoke in a deep tone that sounded evil, altogether with a chuckle.

The other Smashers gasped a bit at this, making the four laugh hysterically louder than before.

"T-that does it! I had it with them!" Yoshi said. "Who wants to gang up on them?"

Everyone that wasn't laughing raised their hands. The four laughing Smashers stopped their laughter and looked a bit shocked to see that the other Smashers surrounded them.

"...CHAAAAAAAAAARGE!" Toon Link yelled the order, pumping up a fist in the air.

In an instant, everyone but Chris, Red, and Kirby leaped right on the four Smashers. A small fight broke out soon as most of the young Smashers were trying to kill the older characters with their bare hands; strangling them sometimes. Chris, Red, and Kirby watched helplessly as Fox, Falco, C. Falcon, and Link struggled to get away from the brawl. Some of the younger Smashers were punching them to death, while others resorted to more barbaric means like biting off their clothes (it should be said Toon Link was the only one doing this on Link...)

Chris looked back to his egg on his legs. "I couldn't fight and leave you alone, eggy-weggy," he said as he rubbed a hand on the egg.

Kirby merely smiled while Red issued orders to Squirtle and Ivysaur. "Use Water Gun, Squirtle! You use Vine Whip, Ivysaur!" he ordered constantly.

"Yeah! Give 'em hell!" Barry said as he was standing on his knees just to Chris's left, close to Popo's dead carcass. "Ooooh, low hits! I like those!"

Suddenly, everyone stopped their brawl and quickly looked at the hyperactive blond trainer punching the air in front of him. Stopping the whole action made Barry look a bit mad at all of them.

"What's the matter? I wanna see more bloodshed action going on!" Barry said annoyed.

Everyone looked extremely confused as to why there was a kid in the mansion. The ones that looked shocked from the Smashers were Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur.

"Er...who's this guy?" C. Falcon asked.

"Who are you talking to? Who are you talking to?!" Barry repeated as he crossed his arms, looking proud. "You're talking to Barry: Super Mega Awesome Cooltrainer of Awesome!"

"No, seriously..." Falco trailed off. "...Who the heck are you?"

"I just told you all already!" Barry complained as he pointed an accusing finger to everyone. "You guys have been the most suspicious guys I've ever met before! You only reach the ranks of Team Galactic's secretive organization!"

Toon Link spat out a black strap of cloth from Link's tunic. "...What the hell is he talking about?" he asked.

"Oh, YOU tell me, Mr. Red Eyes," Barry said, narrowing his eyes a bit. "I have very good evidence of almost every single person living in this place!"

Chris gasped. "W-what are you talking about?"

"Wait just a minute," Link began, "how the hell did you get in here? Didn't the security system trigger when you came in here?"

"I dunno about a stupid security system, but I DO know you guys aren't from here!" Barry yelled.

"B-Barry, shut up now!" Red yelled annoyed. "S-stop saying that!"

Everyone else looked at Red, making the trainer gasp a bit. "Red...do you know this wacko?" Jigglypuff asked.

"HA! That's a good joke right there!" Barry said. "You see, Red here let me and my friends have a room in YOUR place."

Everyone either looked mad or bored at Red.

"And we've been spying on you guys ever since we got in here!" Barry said.

"What?" Fox asked. "You've been here this whole time?"

Falco narrowed his eyes at Barry. "Wait, you're the same dork who tossed me a Poké Ball when it was freakin' winter!"

"And I still have a spare Poké Ball right here," Barry said as he took out mentioned item. "Stay there, mutated Taillow!"

"A what now?"

Before Barry could even toss the sphere at Falco's forehead, Ivysaur quickly used Vine Whip to stop the hyperactive trained from doing such an action. "H-hey, let go of me, traitors!" Barry yelled at Red and his Pokémon. "Red, I thought we were BFFs!"

Red flushed a bit in embarrassment. "W-what the heck are you saying? W-we're just friends, not BFFs!"

There was a creepy silence that made Red feel uncomfortable. This grew worse as everyone stared at him with bored or mad looks on their eyes.

"...I-I forgot what BFF meant..." Red muttered.

"Best Friends Forever," whispered Chris.

"Thanks," muttered Red. "...A-ah...I...well...you see...um...well..."

"Tell 'em, dude!" Barry yelled as Ivysaur's vine was wrapped tightly on Barry's right wrist. "Tell 'em your true reasons to be here! C'mon, tell them we're a team that will plan to conquer the world very soon!"

"SHUT THE HELL UP, BARRY!" Red yelled loudly. "Let me say something before you say something very farfetched!"

"I'm just giving you my support!" Barry yelled annoyed. "Heck, I'm giving you a helping hand!"

"Can you please stop arguing?" Yoshi asked bored. "If you don't stop yelling at each other, this is going to keep going on forever..."

"The transfigured Tropius says the truth!" Barry said as Yoshi looked confused at him. "We gotta shut up for a moment and let me handle things here!"

"Barry, why don't you shut up first?" Red asked. "By now, everyone knows how you are so...imaginative..."

"Pfft, you're just jealous because I can say the truth and you don't," Barry said.

"Oh no, it SHOULD be the other way around," Red said annoyed before he looked back at all the Smashers. "Well...you guys...you see..."

"Oh my goodness!"

Every single person in the main lobby turned to the stairs to see a shocked Dawn and a frowning Lucas (the trainer) staring down at the big commotion that was taking place.

"B-Barry, what are you doing now?" Dawn asked in pure disbelief. "Why did you decide to go on and go directly to them?"

"Seriously," Lucas began, "Barry, you screwed up many things before in the past...but this one takes the prize..."

Barry rolled his eyes. "You guys should be supporting me instead of scolding me like my mom!"

"Ugh!" Dawn grunted annoyed before she began to walk down the stairs with Lucas following from behind her. "Barry, for the last time, stop pulling us all in trouble!" she yelled annoyed. "It's been pure hell to make your compulsive nature from stirring up trouble!"

Ivysaur pulled back his vine on Barry's wrist as the hyperactive trainer walked all the way to Dawn. "Now hear me out, Dawn!" he began as he raised a finger. "We're here to discover what these guys do! Don't tell me you forgot about the whole crap of the Submarinepace Armada and those big feet!"

Most of the Smashers looked a bit shocked at this.

"Barry, I believe it was Subspace Army..." Lucas muttered.

"And they were hands, not feet," Dawn corrected.

"...It's the same thing!" Barry said in his defense.

"Oh god, no, no, no, no! No more extra guests again!"

Everyone turned to the hallway where Master Hand (wearing a black glove) and Popo were standing there, looking at them.

"P-Popo?" Nana said confused before she noticed that Popo wasn't on the sofa anymore. "Did you just sneak away and told Master Hand about..."

Popo only stuck out his tongue a bit as the hand floated towards the group. "Let's see here, who's the one responsible for letting these kids in?" Master Hand asked as he looked at Lucas, Dawn, and Barry.

"Hey, who are you calling a kid?" Barry asked as he put his hands on his hips. "I'll let you know I'm actually 29 years old, but I look like this because I know how to keep my youth! I take lotsa vitamins, you know!"

Master Hand stared at Barry in silence before the hand turned to Lucas and Dawn.

"He's not that old at all," they both said.

Master Hand looked back at Barry. "...You, shut up."

"And if I don't wanna?" Barry asked annoyed.

"Ugh!" Master Hand shook himself. "I'm being serious here," he said as he looked at the Smashers. "Who is the guy who let these people get in here? I know for one thing that they didn't sneak in because our security syste-"

"It's busted," Jigglypuff interrupted. "Remember? I destroyed all the cameras before we fought Sonic's dark spirit...and..."

"...Last time I recall, I didn't know you destroyed the cameras..." Master Hand trailed off. "...Jigglypuff...I haven't gotten the time to repair those cameras yet because I'm busy with some stuff I'm preparing...but...may I ask you how you got in the security room in the first place?"

Jigglypuff looked shocked and shifted her eyes a bit. "E-er...s-see you later! I want to have my beauty sleep!"

"Hey!"

Jigglypuff didn't listen to the hand and turned to the stairs where she quickly ran upstairs.

"You're not avoiding punishment!" Master Hand yelled. "Once I see you again, I'm going to do something REALLY painful on you!"

"Just try!" Jigglypuff yelled.

Master Hand sighed. "Seriously...who let these people in here?" He looked at all the dressed Smashers. "Let's see, I learned from a source that the one who did something and is hiding between everyone is the one that is sweating and looking worried..."

Unfortunately, Master Hand couldn't find the person he was looking for.

"..." Master Hand turned around to look at the sofa. "Oh, here he is..." he trailed off as he reached for the front side of the sofa and picked up and worried Red. Like the hand had predicted, Red was looking worried while sweating while Ivysaur and Squirtle were ducking behind the front. "You little rascal..." Master Hand muttered.

"I-I..." Red chuckled nervously. "...U-um...I-I..."

Barry began to punch the air. "You show 'im, Red! Give him an uppercut, the a knee smash, then a shoulder ram, then a-"

"Barry, shut up," Dawn muttered.

"Pfft..."

Red hit his palms against each other and bowed several times to the hand. "P-please, don't kill me! I-I was the one who let them stay here for a pretty long time now!"

"So it WAS you after all!" Master Hand said as he dropped Red on the floor. "Red, what did I say about not letting people in here without my permission?"

Red stood on his knees. "I-I'm really sorry for not listening to that rule! I-it's just that they were Pokémon Trainers, a-and I wanted to meet some so I could get to be a better Pokémon Trainer myself, a-and so I let them stay here ever since before we fought Smithy, a-and they have been staying here all the time, a-and I've been doing my best to keep them away from looking at any of us...a-and...w-well..." Red looked down and frowned. "...T-that's all..."

"..." Master Hand remained silent as everyone looked at each other. "...Red..."

"Don't kill him off!" Squirtle and Ivysaur yelled at the same time as they both jumped to the sofa and looked up at the hand.

"Take me instead!" Squirtle panicked. "Red deserves to live but not me!"

"Yeah!" Ivysaur said. "Squirtle here will sacrifice himself!"

"Yea-" Squirtle did a double-take and looked annoyed at Ivysaur. "I thought you were supposed to say you wanted to sacrifice yourself as well!"

"Well..." Ivysaur muttered as he looked away. "You said you wanted to do it first so..."

"Y-you cheater...cheap...cheater..." Squirtle muttered.

"STOP!" Master Hand yelled loudly. "Okay, everyone, calm down right now! First, we have to stay calm, relax a bit, and explain ourselves to see who die-I mean, to see who gets...um...er...gets...um..."

"Scolded?" C. Falcon spoke.

"Y-yes, that," Master Hand said before sighing. "Everyone, sigh..."

Everyone sighed.

"Now...tell me who started the panic here."

The first Smashers quickly pointed at the four pranksters.

"Hey, we didn't start the panic here!" Link yelled at them.

Barry decided to point at them as well.

"Barry!" Dawn yelled.

"What? They started it!" Barry protested.

"QUIET!" Master Hand yelled. "Okay...who started the second panic?"

All the Smashers pointed at Barry.

Lucas and Dawn looked bored at him. "I knew Barry was the guy who did all this..." Lucas muttered. "When you smell something weird, it's definitely the Barry..."

Barry crossed his arms and pouted a bit. "What do you know?" he asked annoyed.

"O...kay..." Master Hand nodded before he looked at Lucas and Dawn. "And who are you?"

"W-well, Mr. Hand..." Dawn trailed off thinking. "Y-you see..."

"Seeing that you're not getting freaked out that easily means you already saw me before, right?"

"Y-yes..." Dawn nodded. "W-we've been in here for a very long time to..."

Half an hour of explanations later...

Master Hand frowned continuously as he floated around the lobby. "No, no, no, no, no..." he muttered in disbelief as everyone watched him floating around the big space. "This is just...no..."

Apparently, Dawn had explained everything she, Lucas, and Barry had found out about the Smashers. Dawn proceeded to point out that they know a lot about the Subspace Army, the Smashers themselves, all the different events that had taken place, and a bunch of some embarrassing secrets that Barry 'conveniently' had read from some diaries of some Smashers.

"Hey, I don't see what's wrong in knowing about what you do here," Dawn said.

Master Hand stopped floating and looked at her. "Oh no, you just don't understand."

Lucas shook his head. "Mr. Master Hand sir, I don't think we should be kept out from understanding what the 'Smashers' here have been doing all the time."

"We know everything!" Barry proclaimed. "We know everything from that evil army, those weird worlds, and every single masculine guy that rules over the small population of women here, 2 which I consider sexy-sexy!"

Dawn stomped his left foot hard.

"Oww!"

"Please, ignore Barry," Dawn said annoyed. "He failed many tests during our childhood, and I still can't figure out how he became a trainer in the first place..."

"..." Master Hand shook himself. "No, you don't understand how crucial this is," he said to return to the previous topic. "I know for sure that you guys can know about our business in here...but letting many bystanders know about this will cause a lot of panic..."

"Oh, that?" Lucas said. "We can keep our mouths shut with the secret. We won't tell anybody."

Master Hand stared at Barry. "...Your friend here is the one that makes me feel so uncomfortable..."

"You should be!" Barry said as he kept bouncing on his spot while he grabbed his left foot with both hands. "I'm gonna fine you a million for giving me the worst treatment I've ever received!"

"I didn't even see you before, you dork!" Master Hand yelled. "Try it, but you won't be able to fine me that easily!"

"Ugh, please, ignore Barry," Dawn said. "We're not gonna let him say a word about anything you do behind everyone's backs, we promise."

Master Hand looked at Red. "I hope you're happy now, Red. Like EVERY SINGLE OTHER uninvited guest, I'll have to go and comply with these 3 about staying here..."

Red blinked surprised. "W-what?"

"I'll face it now," Master Hand said. "No matter how many times I try, uninvited guests will pop out from nowhere and live here for a time. If I could, I could kill them all, but fortunately for them, I'm a little bit benevolent to some people..." He sniffed. "It's just one trouble after another. I always have to ignore the mansion's rules every single time this happens, and there's no way I can remedy this at all..." He began to sob a bit. "What did I do wrong to deserve this bad karma? What?!"

The Smashers stared at the sobbing hand, some of them looking a bit apologetic.

While Barry shed a tear and blew his nose on a napkin he took out from his back, Lucas and Dawn looked worried at each other before Lucas walked to the hand and patted his wrist. "There, there, if you want us to leav-"

"Okay," Master Hand said as he quickly opened the double doors of the exit and grabbed the three trainers to toss them out.

Once their rears hopped a bit on the ground, the three trainers quickly stood up and ran back inside, Dawn pointing a finger at Master Hand. "H-hey, you should've waited a bit before we could say something!" she complained.

"Ugh," Master Hand grunted. "Fine, you people... Geez..." He frowned. "Okay, here's how we're going to do things here. You better agree with this or else is the forest outside for yo-"

"You mean what used to be the forest?" Lucas interrupted.

Master Hand recalled that most trees in the area were erased from existence while a small percentage of them remained behind. "...Either way, listen," Master Hand said. "By no means you're allowed to say ANYTHING about what we do here to other people you know. Each guest that has stayed here respected that rule just fine, and I don't wish you 3, especially Barry, to say our matters aloud, you got that?"

Lucas smiled a bit. "Don't worry about it. We don't have any kind of business here."

Dawn nodded. "Yeah, we just wanted to have some rooms so we could explore this place for new Pokémon."

"Can we still threaten you so you I can create my own army of super guys and 2 sexy-sexy girls?" Barry asked.

"Thank you, I'm glad, and go to hell," Master Hand said respectively answering the three trainers. "You can't meddle in our matters either. By that, I mean you're not allowed to go to the command room on this floor, okay? You get close to that place, I'll smack you down."

Lucas and Dawn nodded while Barry saluted the hand.

"Now go grab a camera, take your photos, and go over the board to the left so you stick your photos on it," he said as he pointed at the board 'People That Have Entered the Mansion without Any Permission, Yet They Stayed Here for One Reason or Another.'

The three trainers walked to the board and looked confused at it. "May I ask why is this one...scribbled with red marker?" Dawn asked confused as she saw the photo of a familiar Genius Mage with red horns, now scribbled with newly acquired red eyes (this Genius Mage was Rita Mordio).

"...Someone wanted to make a prank," Master Hand said as the Smashers looked bored at him. "...What? Somebody did it...I swear somebody else did it..."

"...Er...am I safe from getting punished?" Red asked.

"Punishment? Oh, well, I guess you're safe from that," Master Hand said. "Besides, killing you off would mean I would go out and find a replacement. If it came down to that, I'd go for that boy with the white hair and black-and-red bandana from Hoenn," he said. "...But enough about that..."

Red gulped.

"Calm down, okay? It was just a saying," Master Hand said. "Well, everything's settled here again. We can all live together with happy days ahead of us," he said as he faked a happy tone. "Nowdon'tdothisagainorelseIwillreallykillsomebodyokay?" he asked quickly and annoyed before he snapped his fingers and warped away to his room. "Happy Halloween as well," his voice echoed a bit.

"Alright!" Dawn said relieved as she lifted up her hands to the air. "Finally, we'll stop hiding from everyone!"

Lucas looked pleased. "I was getting a bit upset from all the lurking around."

"Sweet!" Barry pumped a fist in the air. "Time to celebrate!"

The Smashers could only watch the three trainers talking between each other. Chris looked worried at Red. "Are you sure they don't know about my reality? That would cause a lot of commotion..."

"I-I'm pretty sure they don't know," Red said. "Let's...not ask them, okay? They could grow curious about it..."

"Good idea..." Squirtle whispered.

The three trainers turned to the Smashers. "Okay, now that we can meet you all personally," Lucas began, "we're glad to meet such a diverse group like all of you."

"Especially the talking Pokémon," Dawn said before she locked eyes with Pikachu's eyes, the Electric type backing away a bit. "Ooh, he's so adorable!"

"E-er..." Pikachu gulped. "(W-which one is worse? This Dawn or the Dawn I know?)"

"..." Lucas blinked as the Smashers kept staring at them. "...Say something, you guys..." he muttered.

"Well, what do you want us to say?" Link asked. "We barely know any of you..."

"Oh, I guess that's right," Lucas said. "I guess most of you are not into Pokémon, right?"

Most of the Smashers shook their heads.

"...Well..." Lucas shifted his eyes a bit. "...I guess we should call it night for now?"

Dawn yawned a bit. "Oh well, I think tomorrow's gonna be a better day. Besides, I wanna use the kitchen to make my poffins. Now that I recall, I haven't made my poffins..."

"If you're doing that, do my Pokémon's poffins!" Barry said. "Torterra has been starving over your homemade poffins for a long time now!"

"That's something I'm looking forward to do..." Dawn admitted. "Seriously, that's one of the few things I'd like to hear from you."

"You hurt my heart, Dawn..." Barry muttered.

Dawn chuckled. "Meh, you'll be just fine...I guess..." she said confused before she began to climb up the stairs."Let's rest for tonight, okay, guys?"

"Yeah," Lucas said as he followed her. "It's so late now..."

Barry let out a long yawn. "You guys can't just enjoy nocturnal parties like I do..."

As they all walked up, they looked back at the group of Smashers. "I hope we can get acquainted very soon!" Dawn said to them. "Good night!"

The Smashers watched as the three trainers walked up the stairs of the second floor, leaving the big lobby behind.

"..." C. Falcon looked at Red. "And here I thought I only met one of your group..."

Red looked annoyed at him. "T-they're not in my group, and I don't have a group!" Red said. "L-look, they're a pretty good bunch of people, okay? I'm happy to know I've made friends with more Pokémon Trainers!"

"Well, as long as they don't consider capturing Pichu or Jigglypuff, everything will be just fine," Pikachu said.

Pichu and Jigglypuff looked worried at each other.

"Relax, they won't catch you 2," Toon Link said. "We'll see what they do here, okay?"

"That's better," Falco said. "Just keep the blond idiot away from me and I'll be good to them."

"That reminds me," Popo began as he walked back to them, "weren't we having a brawl a moment ago?"

Fox, Falco, Link, and C. Falcon looked shocked before all the same Smashers that attacked them leaped at them and continued their previous revenge, Popo looking happy before he leaped to C. Falcon and started to whack his head together with Nana.

Chris sighed and frowned at this, the pranksters trying their best to fend the Smashers off, unfortunately failing to do so. "My god, why can't they act their age?" he asked confused.

"But Chris, don't you cry?" Kirby asked.

Chris looked defeated. "Kirby, don't say that again..."

"Sorry..." Kirby said ashamed while Red issued orders to Squirtle and Ivysaur to attack Falco.

And the Halloween night passed, the World Traveler rubbing the Riolu egg he had on his legs. Chris wanted Riolu to hatch from the egg very soon. He didn't want to wait any longer because of the fact Tabuu could invade a new world where a Gaia Temple would be.

And speaking of Gaia Temples, how was Sonic's group faring in their research to find the Gaia Guardians? The World Traveler's only choice was to wait and see what happened next...

Lucas (the Smasher) grumbled a bit and slowly sat up. "W-what did I miss? ...W-why's everyone beating on C. Falcon, Falco, Fox, and Link?"

Unfortunately, everyone ignored the confused Lucas/Claus...

Music stops

November 9 - Morning - Sunday

Lucario's Room

The sunlight touched Chris's face as he held the egg tightly between his arms. The World Traveler leaned his happy face against the upper part of the egg.

"...Hmm..." Chris smiled a bit as his face shook a bit. "...Hmm?" he slowly opened his eyes to look around the room. "Hmm..." he grumbled. "Who's...making some trembles now?" he asked annoyed as he looked around the room a bit more. "I swear, this place is full of people that can't even stay still for a day so I can sleep peacefully..."

Chris yawned as he sat up, his lips moving like a wave for a bit.

"...Strange..." he said."The tremble stopped..." he muttered before he groggily looked around. "I could have sworn something was making some trembles..."

Chris looked down to his left to see that the egg was hopping a bit on its spot, rocking back and forth.

The World Traveler smiled a little and rubbed the egg. "Funny, the way you're moving makes me think you're going to hatch in a few minutes..." he trailed off as he stopped rubbing the egg."...Actually..."

Outside

"HOLY CRAP, THE EGG'S GOING TO HATCH NOW!" Chris's voice boomed almost all over the mansion.

Main Lobby

The World Traveler (in his Racer job) ran as fast as he could to the lobby with the trembling egg on his arms. Chris carefully walked down the stairs to reach the sofa of the lobby where he placed the trembling egg on a cushion. "Pikachu, Pichu, anyone else awake, come here!" Chris yelled to the hallways. "The egg is going to hatch!"

"C-coming!" Yoshi was heard yelling from the kitchen as he ran all the way to the sofa.

Chris shook his head and looked at the excited Yoshi. "What's the matter with you?" Chris asked as Yoshi sat on the floor and looked at the egg.

"I like babies," Yoshi said. "Lucario's going to be born as a baby again, right? I want to see him as a baby."

"...Oh..." Chris said before he turned to look at the hallway. "You guys, come here! The egg's going to hatch!"

"Oh my!" called Peach from the kitchen. "I need to see this!" she said excited as she walked as fast as she could to the sofa.

"..." Chris stared at Peach. "Oh, why bother asking you..." he muttered.

It was not long before Pikachu, Pichu, Kirby, Jigglypuff, Ness, Lucas, Toon Link, Diddy, Popo, Nana, and even Luigi, Olimar, DK, Pit, Roy, Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur all came from every single hallway that leaded to the main lobby. The group of Smashers gathered around the sofa to see the trembling egg rocking back and forth on its place.

"Seriously," Chris began as he looked at the multitude of Smashers, "were all of you waiting for this to happen?"

"The egg's cracking!" Luigi said suddenly.

Everyone stared at the egg's upper shell. It seemed that a small crack was starting to appear on the top before it gradually began to get longer across the upper part of the egg. Everyone watched closely as some small bits of the top fell off at the sides, revealing a small blue spot from within the egg.

"Here we go..." Pikachu muttered. "The birth of a new Pokémon..."

The egg began to move back and forth as more cracks began to appear all over it. Soon, something inside the egg began to push out the shattered parts of the egg as they all watched some small blue hands breaking through the egg. It was not long before the egg's upper part had been broken by a small creature that was inside of it. This creature in question was a newborn Riolu who everyone stared with some curiosity.

"..." Chris's eyes shook as the baby Riolu looked at everyone.

The newborn Riolu looked up at all the Smashers around him before he focused his eyes on Chris, the World Traveler gasping a bit. "..." Riolu remained silent and tilted his head.

"Aww..." Peach rejoiced. "How cute.."

"..." Riolu blinked a few times before he said his first word. "RiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" he said as some sort of long yawn.

The Smashers began to applaud the newborn Pokémon, Riolu looking at them with some curiosity.

"Ri?" Riolu blinked confused. "Riiiii..."

Chris looked happy and reached for Riolu to carry him on his arms. Once the World Traveler had the Emanation Pokémon on his arms, Riolu looked up at him. "Hello," Chris said as he rubbed the Pokémon's head, "welcome to your new life, Riolu."

"Ri?" Riolu looked confused.

"...What's the matter?" Pit asked. "Shouldn't he be at least a little bit excited?"

The Smashers stopped applauding before Riolu looked at them.

"I bet he's just trying to adjust to his new life," Roy said. "Be glad he didn't cry. His speech is a little bit high-pitched..."

"Compared to Lucario's deep and gruff voice..." Olimar shrugged. "C-can he stay like this? I like him this way..."

"Oh no," Chris said. "This little Riolu will soon evolve into a Lucario once he gets very friendly with me." He raised the baby above him. "Isn't that right, Riolu?"

Riolu blinked and looked down at Chris. "Ri?"

"..." Chris looked worried. "...But...now that Riolu is here...taking care of him will be a lot harder than he was a Lucario before... If I'm right, then I'll have to leave him alone when I go to school..."

"I'll take care of him," Yoshi offered.

Pikachu looked annoyed. "Oh no, he's staying with our group. Lay a hand on Riolu and you'll pay."

Yoshi looked annoyed at him. "Please, I want to take care of him!"

"How 'bout if I take care of the little guy?" DK asked.

"Pfft, you?" Ness began. "No offense, DK, but your strength is probably going to rip his head off."

DK looked annoyed. "Oh, and all of you surely are very sophisticated and careful."

"We DO happen to be like that," Jigglypuff said annoyed. "Riolu's a baby Pokémon, and baby Pokémon are welcome in OUR group."

"U-um, everyone..." Chris muttered as he put Riolu close to his neck.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 16, 2009, 04:46:00 PM
Squirtle pointed at Pikachu. "You stay away from him!" he said. "I'm going to raise him to act just like me."

"Oh, by that, you mean acting like a slaved creature like you are to Red?" DK asked annoyed.

"Not that!" Ivysaur said. "We'll take care of him!"

"Everyone..." Chris muttered.

Popo (now back to normal) crossed his arms. "If we're the ones to raise Riolu, he'll become a Lucario once again, and he'll be in our group. Now that's what I call having a powerhouse in a team."

"You just want him so you have more reputation as a group? That's dirty, you know," Roy said.

"What's that?" Nana put a hand close to her left ear. "The kid swordsman wants to raise the baby himself?"

"Why not? I could make him get interested in swords."

"Hello?" Chris asked.

Jigglypuff gasped before pouting. "Y-you won't turn Riolu into a sword freak like you are!"

"A sword freak? He's not going to turn into a sword freak!" Roy yelled. "Tell them, Pit! You're with me in this, right?"

Pit looked unsure. "W-well, you, me, and some others are in some kind of a special team..."

Pikachu looked bored. "Coughswordsmengroupcough."

"Everyone," Chris said.

"P-personally, I want Riolu to join us..." Lucas muttered.

"We have a majority of votes, then!" Ness proclaimed.

"Hey, not fair! You guys are way too many!" DK argued.

"Too bad," Toon Link said amused. "Unless you have your own group, then you're not prepared for voting."

"Everyone," Chris said.

"I-I want to take care of him..." Olimar offered. "W-who knows, he could turn out nicer than he...was(?) when he was a Lucario..."

"Yeah..." Luigi said. "I-I agree with him..."

The other Smashers shot death glares at the 2.

"...M-mommy..." Luigi and Olimar muttered.

"Everyone!" Chris yelled.

"Okay," Diddy began as he cracked his fists, "since we can't get to an agreement, what we're gonna do here to resolve this is by having a free-for-all brawl at Kongo Jungle!"

"Pfft, why that place, anyway?" Roy asked. "I choose Castle Siege!"

"But fighting in Skyworld would be a great honor," Pit said. "Palutena could be the judge and criticize our performances as fighters."

"New Pork City for me!" Ness said. "What do you say, Lucas?"

"B-but that place is just plain evil!" Lucas said with a gulp. "T-the Ultimate Chimera paces around, remember?"

"You guys are so outdated," Squirtle said. "I say Spear Pillar so Arceus gives to us his words of wisdom!"

"Yeah, I agree!" Ivysaur said. "How 'bout you, Red?"

Red shifted his eyes. "W-well..."

"You 2 are way too religious for my tastes," Pikachu said to Squirtle and Ivysaur. "Let's all go to Pokémon Stadium 2!"

"P-Pokémon Stadium 1!" Pichu suggested. "Nothing beats the original!"

"Poké Floats!" Jigglypuff suggested.

"That stage isn't even here anymore," Nana pointed out. "Besides, that huge Venusaur scared the heck out of me."

"More of a reason to choose that stage, then!"

"That stage is NOT here," Nana said. "We all go to The Summit! That place is pure intensity on ice."

"Yoshi's Island," Yoshi said with crossed arms, "simple and yet basic for any fights."

Luigi didn't want to suggest going to Luigi's Mansion. The Boos in there scared Luigi a lot. "M-Mushroomy Kingdom!" Luigi suggested.

"Are you nuts? Moving stages are NOT good," DK said. "Let's all go to Rumble Falls instead!"

Toon Link looked bored. "If I recall, that stage is a M-O-V-I-N-G stage. Worse yet, it goes up."

"...Your point?" DK asked.

"T-the Distant Planet!" Olimar suggested. "Y-you better be careful about the Bulborb in there! ...And that counts me as well..." He looked down and frowned.

"Hey, why don't we ask Chris himself?" Roy asked. "He's the one who owns Riolu. We should ask him who he wants to be Riolu's guardian."

"Good idea," Pikachu said before he looked at Chris. "Hey, Chris, can you decide who you're going t-"

By the time the Smashers noticed, Chris, Riolu, Peach, and Kirby were all gone from the lobby ever since they began suggesting stages to fight to be Riolu's babysitter.

"Hey, where'd they go?" DK asked confused.

"Who cares?" Jigglypuff asked as she pouted. "We're all having a full-scale brawl right now at Poké Floats!"

"For the last time, that stage isn't here anymore!" Nana said annoyed. "That's it, we all go for random! Don't complain if we end up in Port Town Aero Dive. We all know that stage sucks for its crazy drivers and cars."

Everyone nodded before they all headed upstairs to issue the matches. As they went up, this attracted the attention of other Smashers who didn't get why the big group wanted to have a full-scale brawl, but it was surely going to be worth the time to fight until they all dropped down.

Peach's Room

"So, Peach, I want you to take care of Riolu the 5 days of school."

"Oh, thank you so much," Peach said. "I'll be happy to take care of Riolu."

Chris, Riolu, Peach, and Kirby were all sitting down on Peach's pink bed, the Emanation Pokémon stared up curiously at his surroundings while the puffball kept an eye on him.

"I just don't get why it is so important for all of them to take care of Riolu," Chris said. "Is it because they know that Riolu will evolve back to Lucario soon?"

"I guess so," Peach said before she shifted her eyes a bit. "...This is a little bit of a gossip, but I did hear some people wanted to take advantage of Riolu by...well...making him look like them..."

"...Bastards..." Chris muttered as he narrowed his eyes. "I knew there were wrong things with all of them..."

"Well, not most of them," Peach said. "People like Snake weren't interested..."

"...Snake who?" Chris asked. "O-oh, wait, where's Snake, anyway? I haven't see him for a pretty long time now..."

Kirby looked up at the ceiling. "I think Snake has been locked up in his room a long time ago... I don't know..."

Chris looked worried. "Oh no, if I ignore Snake for a long time, he's going to start thinking nobody cares about him..."

"What makes you think that?" Peach asked.

"Hello? Snake is some kind of cloned soldier," Chris said. "I don't recall much about his past in his game, but other than that, I know why he'd be secluded from most of us," he said. "I mean, Snake was invited to come here...then he got involved in all this mess... He's probably the only person in here who acts very serious."

"I understand that," Peach said worried. "Snake looks sharper than anyone here. So far, nobody has tried to get to be friends with him."

"I thought he wanted to stay here because he had feelings towards Samus."

Peach chuckled. "Love sometimes can make people do things they wouldn't want to do. That's why Snake is here."

"I guess you're right..." Chris said as he rubbed Riolu's head a bit. "...But in any case, I want you to take care of Riolu while I'm in school..." He looked down at Riolu. "Riolu."

"Ri?" Riolu looked up at him.

"Why don't you try to look happy for once?" Chris asked confused. "You've been looking blank for a time now..."

"Rii," Riolu simply said.

"...It's no use," Chris said defeated. "Riolu can't talk like Lucario did..."

"Riiii," Riolu said as he blinked.

"...No, I'm not going to try to guess what you're saying..."

Riolu looked a bit worried. "Riiiii..."

Peach looked worried at Riolu. "...It's a little hard to believe that Riolu was the one who was going to destroy everything, don't you think so, Chris?"

"I know what you mean..." Chris said as he grabbed Riolu and raised him up in front of them. "You're such a small Pokémon. It'd be hard for someone to believe that you have brute force..."

"...Rii," Riolu said.

"Just think about it for a moment," Chris said. "With the destructive power he showed us days ago, nobody would stand up against him... I bet that he could defeat anyone out there without even breaking a sweat..."

"B-but...he could kill us by accident..." Kirby said worried.

"...I know..." Chris said. "...Maybe...I'm going to remind this to you again..." he said to Riolu.

Riolu stared blankly at Chris.

"And of course, you don't know anything about it until you evolve into a Lucario... Speaking of which, do you have that brute force with you?" Chris asked.

"Ri?"

"...Okay, I'll try to guess what you mean..." Chris said without any other option to choose from. "I mean to say that...do you possess a lot of power?"

"..." Riolu shifted his eyes a bit. "...Riiiiiii."

Chris looked at Peach and Kirby before looking back at Riolu. "Do you, Riolu?" he asked as he put Riolu on the floor. "Maybe this is a little bit too much to ask but...Riolu, can you lift up this bed with your hands?"

"Ri?" Riolu looked at the pink bed.

"W-wait, isn't that really too much?" Peach asked.

Kirby looked worried. "What if Riolu ends up getting hurt?"

"I-I wouldn't let him get hurt by no reason..." Chris said. "...Okay, Riolu...try to lift up the bed...but if you can't do it, stop."

Riolu looked confused at the bed before he walked to it and put his hands under it. The three Smashers watched as Riolu stood straight while trying to carry the bed. Once Chris saw how Riolu looked like he was struggling, the World Traveler bent down to pick the Emanation Pokémon to put him back on his legs, Riolu staring blankly at him.

"That didn't work..." Chris said before he rubbed Riolu's head. "Thanks for doing it, though..."

"...Ri," Riolu said.

Kirby tilted his head a bit. "Why is it that he doesn't try to look happy for once?"

"Well, it may be mainly because he's just a newborn," Peach commented. "Riolu is probably trying to adapt to his new life..."

Chris smiled worried at Riolu. "I just hope you end up being a very happy and enthusiastic Riolu," he said as he carefully scratched Riolu's chin a bit, the Emanation Pokémon staring up at him. "If you can do that, maybe you'll evolve into Lucario."

"...Ri," Riolu said.

The World Traveler sighed mentally. "(The first day he's born, and now he's worrying me a lot... His calm attitude bothers me...)"

"Oh, that's right," Peach began, "Parakarry came here a while ago."

"Really?"

"Yes, he said he wanted us to go to the city... He said there's an important event there."

"Hmm, I wonder what that could be..." Chris muttered before he looked at Riolu. "Why don't we go all together now that we're alone?"

Chris looked at the smiling Kirby who nodded at him. Chris then looked at Riolu. "Do you want to go out?"

"Riiiiii..." Riolu responded.

"...I'll take that as a yes," Chris said confused. "...But...before we go...maybe we should try to invite him with us..."

"Who?" Kirby asked.

Wings Post Office

"I'm surprised you actually said yes for once," Chris said.

"Kid, I'm only doing this because there are a whole lot of people yelling in the mansion right now," Snake said. "My room had to be just a floor above the Brawl Room..."

"Brawl Hall?"

"The place where everyone can issue matches," Peach said. "It's just to the right of the Classic Mode Hall."

"And my room is just above both of those halls," Snake muttered. "Try having a moment of tranquility before it gets interrupted by a bunch of weirdoes on the floor below."

"Okay, okay, I know you're mad because they randomly decided to have some sort of full-scale brawl...a reason which I have yet to know..."

"Riii..." Riolu said on Chris's arms.

The rather small group of Smashers (Peach, Snake, Chris, Kirby, and Riolu) decided to go back to the post office to visit Parakarry.

"And I'm surprised about another thing," Chris began as he looked at Snake, "I didn't think you'd change clothes."

The others looked at Snake's new attire. Unlike the alternate colors that most of the Smashers had used for Halloween, Snake was wearing a brown vest over his long blue sleeved shirt, and he was also wearing blue pants with black boots.

"I'm only wearing this because I don't want people to see me wearing my espionage clothes," Snake said. "I still carry all my weapons in this attire, though. I've got to be as a careful as possible around here."

"Why is that?" Kirby asked.

"It's because this universe has many messed up monsters. Also, since there have been people coming out of freaking nowhere, I better be clothed right for the occasion to meet them. If you were me, would you go about wearing the clothes I wear for my undercover missions?"

"...You have a pretty good point..." Chris admitted.

"Thanks."

The five looked back at Quil on the other side of the counter. The Rito postman had his arms crossed over the counter as he looked at them. "I'm sorry for not being here the days you visited this place," Quil said. "The other settlements across this land requested our services to deliver mail. Even if we are tired, we like how much our work has progressed. Right now, Postman is doing many errands."

"I see," Peach said. "Have you seen Parakarry?"

"It'd be difficult not seeing him," Quil said before he looked to the south. "Parakarry and her seemingly talkative friend Kylie headed to the ruins of the city a while ago. He said he wanted me to tell you to go to him." He looked back at them. "By the way...do you know anything about the...'Aurageddon' that took place some weeks ago?"

Chris looked shocked while Riolu merely tilted his head in curiosity. "W-where did you hear about that name?"

"I heard about that name from that twin brother of Master Hand," Quil said. "Some days ago, after the event took place, I went to the mansion to deliver some mail and Crazy Hand received me. I asked him about the event, and he told me it was the 'Aurageddon' or something..."

"...That stupid big..." Chris muttered.

"Also, I've heard from a lot of people from the settlements that the strange event where that big dome of energy engulfed what appeared to be a massive amount of landscape across every direction was some sort of event that had to do with...aura..." Quil explained. "According to some mages, they managed to identify the source of the energy as aura..."

Kirby looked worried.

"But the oddest of things was that all settlements and people were left unharmed," Quil said. "However, that should have been said to the environment... There are many scars of destruction over the whole land such as caves being buried under rocks, chains of trees turned into ashes, and many patches of grasses being turned to dust... I just can't seem to understand why there are several spots where the land wasn't harmed at all... Do you know why?"

Snake grunted a bit at this and pointed at Riolu. "It was this little dog you see here that did all that."

Chris, Peach, and Kirby gasped while Riolu blinked confused as to why the scary man to his right pointed at him with a finger. "Snake..." Chris muttered through gritted teeth.

Quil looked at the curious Riolu. "...Yes...I'm surely certain a small creature like him did all that..." he said sarcastically.

"Tsk," Snake muttered with a frown. "I know you weren't going to believe me. Fine, be that way."

The other three Smashers sighed in relief.

"..." Quil looked around. "...Well...in any case, you should go with Parakarry and Kylie right now," he said before he pointed at the city.

The five Smashers looked at the direction of the city before they all began to head down the path to it, looking up at the clouds that stopped raining upon the ruins of the city.

"It stopped raining..." Kirby muttered.

"Weird, whenever I came to this place, I always saw it having rain all the time," Chris said. "Maybe it was just coincidence?"

"Let's see what those turtles want us to see," Snake said. "The more I stay away from the mansion and its crazy people, the better."

"Snake..." Otacon said over the codec.

"Quiet, Otacon."

"Hmm," muttered Otacon.

Nintendo City: The City of Despair
Entrance

The Smashers soon entered the territory of the ruined city. After Lucario had used his rampaging attack of aura, most of the remains of the city had disappeared. Unfortunately, about a fifth of the whole ruins were turned into bits, leaving a huge land covered in crumbles behind the destruction.

"And here I thought the dog had taken care of all the crumbles," Snake said as they walked along a destroyed street. "Look at this place; it's all lonely and so dead as a rat."

"I hate to say something similar to what you said, Snake..." Peach said as she looked around the destroyed buildings. "This city used to be so bustling with all sorts of people..."

Kirby sniffed. "I-I miss the bakery..."

"And now...it's all gloomy, wet, and destroyed," Chris added as they stopped walking on a corner. "...Where are Parakarry and Kylie?"

At that same moment, mentioned characters were seen to their left as they were looking to the south of another street. The Smashers walked all the way to see that Kylie was yelling out something.

"Come over here!" Kylie yelled to the south street. "You hoopla will have to give me a very detailed, DAMN explanation about your delay getting here!" she yelled as she hopped a bit on her spot.

Parakarry sighed. "They're not here yet, are they?"

"Course not!" Kylie complained before she turned around. "My pal isn't just showing his face because he knows I'm gonna put him in the humiliating section of the Koopa Kronicle!" She grabbed her camera. "Once I spot him, the picture will do the rest on the paper! I'm asking for justice, pal, JUSTICE ON PAPER!"

"Ahem..." Chris coughed.

The two turtles turned their heads to look at the Smashers. "Oh, here you are, my boys!" Kylie said pleased before she took a quick photo of them. "Nice to see here such a bunch of kiddos under the dead weather on this place you used to call a city, huh?"

"I...suppose so..." Peach said.

Kylie cordially bowed to Peach. "If isn't Your Majesty of the Mushroom Kingdom...what an honor to see some royalty comin' in here!" she said pleased.

Peach chuckled heartily. "It's nice to see a person with such a go-"

"PHOTO TIME!" Kylie quickly yelled, startling some of them before she began taking a bunch of photos of Peach as Kylie actually appeared on different spots around the surprised princess. As the flash of her camera blinded most of them, it looked like Kylie seemed to be warping all over Peach to take any possible angles from the princess, Kylie giggling like crazy all the way until she stopped, herself standing back on the spot where she bowed to Peach.

"M-my eyes..." Kirby said dazzled.

Riolu's eyes were spinning a bit. "RiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIiiiiii..." he muttered dazzled, Chris looking worried at him.

Kylie gave them a thumb up with a wink. "I'm so gonna hit the golden rank now!" she said before smiling at Peach. "I didn't think the princess herself would come all the way from the kingdom to pay a visit to this dump!"

"T-that's because I live in the mansion close to this place..." Peach pointed out.

"...HA! You're takin' my leg now, aren't you?" Kylie asked chuckling.

"W-what?"

Kylie rolled her eyes. "You're not only very benevolent to everyone in the kingdom, but you also sport a very good sense of humor!" she said. "Please, do you really think you'd be livin' in some random mansion close to this place? I wouldn't believe that for a bit, princess!"

"B-but...I-I do live in a mansion as my second home..."

"...Well..." Kylie shifted her eyes a bit, "...a mansion would be a nice place for vacations..."

Snake coughed. "Can you stop talking about unrelated business and say why did you want us to come to this ghost city?"

Kylie looked at him. "Why, yes, my man of the sharp face," she said. "You see, my connections are coming here in a minute. They said they were arriving here!" She clapped her hands happily. "If that's true, that means this city will be pimped up after all this infernal waiting!" She looked around. "Now, I'm having a hard time deciding where to tell them to make the Koopa Kronicle's HQ building... Hmm...hard choice, considering how gloomy this place looks like, hooligans..."

Parakarry chuckled before blushing. "I-I'm sure the place you choose will be the best of places, Kylie..."

"Thank you, sweetie," Kylie said without even facing Parakarry directly, her mind thinking had about a nice location. "...Hmmm...hmm...hmm..." She knocked her head a bit. "Don't jump to conclusions now, Kylie! You must wait until the time comes for you to make your move as an expert journalist!" She did her trademark pose and winked at the group. "Isn't that right, my boys?"

"...Ri," Riolu said as he raised a hand, his eyes still spinning while Chris tried to snap him out of his state.

"Good enough for me!" Kylie said before she heard many footsteps coming from the south. "Oh my, like, they're here already!" She chuckled deeply. "It's time for some fixin'-fixin', by boogity!"

The rest of the group looked to the south to see that a big multitude of Hammer Brothers were walking towards them, all formed in long lines that seemed endless from the group's point of view. Chris gasped, Kirby hid behind Chris, Riolu shook his head to snap out from his dazzled state to look curiously at the 'army' of hammer wielders, Snake narrowed his eyes and slowly reached for a grenade, and Peach took a step back.

"Goodness..." Parakarry muttered in awe as he saw the squad of Hammer Bros. walking towards them. "T-they're your connections?"

"Yup!" Kylie said proudly. "Quite a bunch, huh?"

"I-I'd say a lot..." Kirby commented behind Chris.

The Smashers couldn't see how many of them were, but judging by how the feet of the multitude of Hammer Bros. were making the very earth tremble, it could have meant that either the brothers looked very heavy or they were way too many as Kylie had explained before.

"And a one, and a two, and a three, and a four," one leading Hammer Bros. in front of the whole squad of Hammer Bros. commanded as they walked to the group. "And another one, and another two, and another three, and another four, people!"

"And a one, and a two, and a three, and a four," the multitude of Hammer Bros. said at the same time. "And another one, and another two, and another three, and another four, people!" they said in a cheerful manner.

Snake grunted. "Tell me these guys aren't with the stupid lizard dinosaur of Bowser..."

"Pfft, they're not with him," Kylie said. "The whole bunches of people you see in front of your eyes are renegades who dropped out from Bowser's army." She giggled a bit. "Man, you gotta admit their mom was very proud of having so many kids!"

"...W-wait, what?" Chris asked. "T-they all came from the same mom?"

"Ha, you wish, you hoopla!" Kylie said giggling. "That's technically impossible to do!"

"Really?" Kirby asked.

"...Maybe."

Chris, Peach, and Kirby shrugged.

The group looked back at the 'militia' of Hammer Bros. Soon enough, the civilized brothers stopped walking once they were ten feet away from Kylie. The leading Hammer Bro walked to her and bowed a bit. "Sorry for the delay, ma'am," he said. "We came to report to you that we're ready to repair this big place you call city."

Kylie nodded. "Very well, kiddo, I like how that sounds." She pointed around the mountains of crumbles, buildings that were slowly falling apart, and the cracks that completely covered all the streets. "You have a lot of work ahead of your minds, you know that?"

"Oh, that's no problem," the Hammer Bro said chuckling. "My guys here can get the job done in a few days. I gotta say this place is WAY on the edge to become some sort of a cemetery!" He turned to the whole multitude of Hammer Bros. "Okay guys," he began as he raised a hammer, "bang your hammers on all the stuff you can find! We gotta renovate this place by first clearing it up, then we move up to our favorite part: building blueprints!"

"HAMMER!" the Hammer Bros. let out some sort of war cry sound before they all scrambled around the whole city. Many of them made groups of four to ten to take care of the bigger buildings while others simply were simply picking up big stones that they carried out somewhere.

Overall, the scene looked like the city became inhabited by many Hammer Bros. The group watched as how every single one of them began to work arduously by either destroying the buildings or removing all the fallen crumbles.

The leading Hammer Bro looked pleased at Kylie. "There you go, ma'am. My guys will fix this place up in less than a Goomba can cry!"

"Excellent, excellent!" Kylie rejoiced as she clapped her hands together. "Do you have an estimate time?"

"Well, we calculated the width and the length of the whole city, and I gotta admit that the result will come out very nicely good," the Hammer Bro said smiling. "I really am sorry to know that this place used to be so populated, but man, rebuilding this MASSIVE place will be a great feat to achieve!"

Kylie nodded. "Good, good. I'm sure the outcome is gonna be the heading of the first page on the newspaper." She turned around to look at the Smashers. "Well, there you go; a city's being rebuild for your own pleasure."

The leading Hammer Bro looked at the group. "You guys live close to this place, right? Well, once we finish up the cleaning part, what do you want us to build first?"

Parakarry looked happy. "Oh, oh, can I request my old post office building?"

Hammer Bro scratched his helmet a bit. "Unfortunately for the moment, you guys will have to accept what we have for tools..."

"What do you mean by that?" Chris asked.

"Well, ma'am here called us in the worst of times," the Hammer Bro said as, from behind them, a group of ten Hammer Bros carried out a big chunk of cement. "Since we're way too many, we're always being asked to make buildings all over the Mushroom Kingdom. Because of that...we're a little bit short of materials to create buildings..."

Kylie looked a bit mad at this. "Didn't you hoopla say you had everything?"

"W-well, you were asking us to hurry up so...yeah..." the Hammer Bro said embarrassed. "I tried and tried to convince you from giving us more time, but you said you wanted the job done as soon as possible..."

Kylie sighed. "Great, just great..."

"D-don't look that mad either," the Hammer Bro said sweating as three Hammer Bros were walking to the east, humming happily to themselves. "We still have enough materials to create some buildings..."

Kylie looked at him. "How many buildings can your guys make?"

"...Like...um..." The Hammer Bro turned around to look everywhere while the Hammer Bros. were yelling and banging their hammers on everything they could focus on. "...We can make like 20-old fashioned buildings to have a fresh start..."

"20?" Kylie repeated. "Hmm, would that make this place look like a city?"

"Well, if my assumption is correct, I'd guess this would look like a village than a city..." the Hammer Bro said as he smiled nervously. "...So...yeah..."

"..." Kylie sighed depressed. "Just make a small building for the Koopa Kronicle..."

"It'd have to look old-fashioned, though," the Hammer Bro said. "Unfortunately, we lack the materials to make modern-looking buildings. We have a lot wood and glass but very little mass for cement..."

Kylie banged her forehead against her camera. "This have to be some sort of bad joke, isn't it?!"

"That's...reality, ma'am..." the Hammer Bro said in defeat. "B-but see the bright side: this place is gonna be cleaned up from south to north. Once we start making buildings, we'll try to gather up more materials. Once you notice, the city will be back to its majestic splendor."

"I guess that's all we have to do; wait," Peach said.

Upon looking at the princess, the Hammer Bro bowed to her. "It's such a cloudy day to see the very same princess of the kingdom here! I'm not worthy enough for your presence!"

"Hey, little guy, stop the formalities," Snake said. "I thought you guys were supposed to be working for Bowser."

The Hammer Bro looked annoyed. "Bowser? Are you kidding me?" he asked. "We're the tiniest bit of people who had enough common sense to drop out of his army. The guy can't remember most of us AT ALL. Besides, we don't get paid much unless Bowser decides to rob a bank, something that he has never done before!" He crossed his arms while tapping a foot on a crack. "It's pure hell to work for him! Persuading the other guys of his army is a very stubborn thing to do because they don't understand that we don't make any progress in any of Bowser's plans. We're way sick to see that guy that we ultimately decided to silently sneak out from his castle without him knowing about it! Also, working with an honest job is much more worthwhile than cleaning cannons and Bowser's room!"

"...I see..." Kirby said as he blinked a few times.

The Hammer Bro chuckled. "Heheh, funny this is Bowser didn't even check to see how many of us dropped out."

"But if you are so many," Chris began, "how come he didn't notice all of you sneaking out from his castle?"

The hammer wielder looked bored at him. "Hello, this is Bowser, the stupidest guy you'll ever see in the world."

"...Oh..."

"Besides, he talks to posters," the Hammer Bro said. "I heard from a friend at Petalburg that he smooth-talked a poster of Princess Peach."

Snake frowned. "Now that's what I call a good example of a retard."

"I know," the brother said. "Anyhow, do you want to recommendate some buildings?"

"Pleasepleasepleasepleaseplease," Parakarry pleaded, "make a post office! I want to have a big one!"

The Hammer Bro nodded and took out a notepad and a pen. "Okay," he began as he wrote the request down, "post office..." He pointed his pen at the group. "What else?"

"How about a long, wide building for a restaurant?" Toadette asked.

Hammer Bro nodded. "Yep, a long restaurant. Good start for the renovation," he admitted. "Should we make a hotel? You know, for travelers and stuff."

"Oh yes, that sounds good," Peach said.

"Hotel... What else?"

"A grocery store?" Chris asked.

"Oh, good one," Hammer Bro said. "Anything else?"

"A bakery!" Kirby rejoiced.

"Hmm-hm, bakery," Hammer Bro said. "What else?"

"The Koopa Kronicle HQ!" Kylie said.

"Got that one down," Hammer Bro said. "Hmm, we should make some houses for people who would like to buy 'em."

"I don't know much about it, but that would make this place look less gloomy than it is now," Snake commented.

Hammer Bro nodded as he wrote it all down. "Okay, so you wanna have a hotel,a grocery store, a bakery (Kirby: Yay!), the Koopa Kronicle HQ, some houses, and a wide, long restaurant."

"That's about it," Peach said.

Hammer Bro nodded again and kept both the notepad and pen. "Hmm-hm, that sounds about right," he said. "Well, you'll have to wait some time before we get this place all clean. Once we do that, we're gonna start building."

Riolu looked curiously at Toadette.

"Oh well, I gotta join the guys and issue orders," the Hammer Bro said. "Until then, please wait, okay?" He chuckled before turning around to walk away, the group staring at bunches and bunches of Hammer Bros moving all around.

"...Ri!" Riolu said suddenly.

Chris looked at Riolu. "Is something wrong?"

"Ri!" Riolu pointed at Toadette.

The group soon noticed that the pink Toad was there. Some of them shook their heads in surprise to see Toadette appear out of nowhere. The young Toad chuckled and folded her arms behind her back.

"H-hey, when did you get here?" Parakarry asked.

Toadetted looked at him. "Rude, I came here about a minute ago," she said. "Can't you see when someone arrives here?"

"With a bunch of hammer wielders going about, it'd be a little bit hard to spot someone like you," Snake commented. "Then again, that big mushroom of yours sticks out as a sore thumb."

Toadette rolled her eyes. "That doesn't matter for now," she said before turning to Peach. "Salutations, Princess Peach!"

Peach chuckled a bit. "It's nice to see you here, Toadette...but...what are you doing here?"

Toadette chuckled and moved her hips a bit to the sides. "Well, it's just that I'm gonna open my own restaurant here very soon, and I wanted to check out this place."

"You're opening a restaurant?"

Toadette nodded. "The Wonder Restaurant; that's the name," she said chuckling. "After I made a success by having a hotel, I decided to move on with a restaurant to create another small business."

"...The Wonder Restaurant?" Chris asked. "Wasn't that name dotted down on the billboard of requests?"

The pink Toad blinked a bit. "Oh, right! I already came here some days ago to request people to be butlers!" she said before looking worried. "You see, I have the chefs and some staff ready for the opening inauguration of the restaurant...but...I haven't had any luck finding butlers anywhere..." She sniffed to the point where she took out a napkin from her back. "It's horrible, I tell you..." she said as she blew her nose on the napkin. "When I came here to see that this place was destroyed by some sort of unknown event, my dreams were shattered, but then I went to Parakarry's place where he told me I could put up a request on the board..."

Kirby shed a tear and rubbed his right eye a bit.

"...And I've been waiting for people to accept the job..." Toadette said. "...But I thought that wasn't a request but rather an application request. I can hire butlers at a later time, and also open up the restaurant much, much later, but I want to experience the joy by hiring part-time butlers...just so I can make people happy with food and good service..." She looked up at them and joined her hands. "Waiting for so long has been killing me..."

"...Tough luck," Snake muttered.

In an instant, Chris, Kirby, Peach, and Parakarry gasped after Toadette leaped to Snake's neck and pulled his vest hardly where his face was shoved to hers. "Now you LISTEN to me well before I resort to violence here," Toadette began as she glared directly at Snake's eyes. "This is one of my most treasured dreams I want to achieve very soon. I didn't come all the way here so a guy like you utter some annoying words to me!"

"Little girl, get off my me before I get to be the one to resort to violence," Snake threatened.

"Oh my," Mei Ling began from the codec, "Snake, don't be such a harsh man on little girls. Your reputation could be hurt if you hurt her."

"Mei Ling, nobody asked you to comment," Snake said. "Also, I don't have much of a reputation to keep."

Mei Ling sighed. "Whatever you say, Snake..."

"U-um, Toadette, can you get off Snake?" Peach asked.

Toadette grunted loudly to Snake before she jumped back to the floor and closed her eyes annoyed. "Oh well, I'm not letting people putting me down. Just be glad you're not the butler I'm looking for!" she yelled at Snake.

"Like I want to be a butler," Snake said. "Would I look like one if I were to wear a tux?"

Chris, Peach, and Kirby imagined Snake in a black tuxedo as he held a plate on his right hand. They went as far as to think Snake asking "Would you like some tea with your soup, madame?"

As the three Smashers were thinking of Snake handing over a grilled steak to some Toads, Toadette opened her eyes and examined Snake. "...I don't want to scare people with that face of yours. I mean, it looks SO cold..."

Snake rolled his eyes. "Offensive reason, but a good one to stay away from you."

"You just wait until my restaurant opens up," Toadette said as she looked amused. "Once people start liking the food in there, you're gonna be starving yourself to death."

"I'll have to keep some rations for me then."

"Whatever," Toadette said bored before looking happy again. "So then, I'm waiting for some people to become butlers. I hope I can find some before the restaurant opens up."

"A-actually, I wanted to apply to be one for a time," Chris said, Toadette looking relieved at him. "There were some other friends I have who wanted to become ones as well."

"Like, no way!" Toadette said shocked. "That means my restaurant will have all the staff complete!" she rejoiced a bit by hopping on her spot. "Okay, if you are going to accept my request, you have to show me the wing stamp."

Parakarry floated to Chris and gave him a wing stamp. Even if this looked a bit bizarre, Chris showed the stamp to Toadette.

"Accepted!" Toadette said. "I'll send you guys a note to advice you when the restaurant is opening. I'm sure you'll be delighted to see our staff of expert cooks!"

"What staff is that?" Peach asked.

"Oh, I'm telling you that getting the cooks was a little bit hard. But I, eventually, found the most talented ones after looking and looking everywhere," she said. "I even went to Rogueport."

"Then what my sisters told me about applying for a restaurant job was true."

Everyone turned around to find none other than another Toad, The Master, standing behind them with Lee (the Duplighost). The elderly Toad coughed a bit and looked at them.

"Hello," the Master greeted. "It's nice to see you."

"Oh, if isn't Mr. The Master!" Toadette said pleased. "Oh yeah, your sisters did apply to be the cooks of the restaurant. I'm happy to see such 2 talented cooks decided to join ladles and forks to create miracle cuisine!"

The Master nodded. "Nothing else makes me feel relieved to see my sisters working together. I hope they don't cause you any trouble. Their personalities can be...the perfect opposite of each other..."

"Don't be that worried either," Toadette with a chuckle. "They know each one of them are going to be working there."

"Well, I would like to visit the restaurant once it opens," the Master said. "They can argue with each other, but they know what they do when cooking is involved."

"I have 2 other cooks besides them so they all befriend each other," Toadette pointed out. "Plus, I have the master chef who will be the head of the team." She giggled happily.

"The master chef?" Chris asked. "Who's that?"

"Well...he told me not to tell anybody about his identity...but he did say he wanted people to enjoy his cuisine," Toadette said. "Sorry, but I'll have to keep his identity as a secret. If you're wondering who the other cooks are, well, they are from another...dimension, I should say..."

"Another dimension?" Snake asked. "(I swear, these universes get more and more unbelievable. Soon enough, before I know it, I'll be eating mushrooms with eyes...)"

Toadette giggled. "Other than that, don't you worry, okay? I have everything under control."

The Master nodded. "Thank you. I hope my sisters find a way to get closer to each other through working together."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 17, 2009, 04:59:48 PM
Chris looked a bit confused at the Master. "Wait, did you come here just because you wanted to express how grateful you were that your sisters applied for the restaurant?"

Lee shook his head. "No, the Master has come here because he's taking a walk...and also because he has something to tell you."

"What is that?" Chris asked.

The Master coughed. "I have sensed that the journey ahead of yours will become even harder than before..."

Kirby shrugged. "H-how do you know that if you didn't see us that much?"

"That's because I focused my mind with the nature," the Master said. "Rigorous meditation has allowed me to perceive calm winds and dangerous winds. The winds that swept the land of this location alert me from almost everything there is to know. Those very same winds also alerted me that the journey you're taking part of will become much harder than before."

"...You can do that?" Snake asked.

Lee nodded. "The Master knows what he does. He can sense practically anything by meditating in tranquility."

The Master looked at Chris. "I want you and some of the Smashers to come to my Dojo in a few days," he said. "It's clear that what you're all doing will ultimately lead to greater conflicts that must be resolved... The power you all possess won't be quite enough to confront those malignants forces you're about to face."

Toadette looked confused. "Pardon me?"

"Sorry, but it's something you better not know," the Master said.

"Okay..." Toadette lifted her shoulders, "either way, I gotta give that Hammer Bro a nice blueprint for the restaurant of my dreams," she said before humming and turning around to walk away, skipping a bit on the cracks of the street while she passed through groups of Hammer Bros. "~La dee dah, good cuisine, la dee dah, good palate, la dee dah, good business, la dee dah...~" she sang happily to herself as she walked away.

Kylie hopped on her spot a bit. "I gotta do the same and head down with my pal," she said before turning around to walk away and try to find the Hammer Bro between every single Hammer Bro. "Nuts, I need to recall who was it again! Everyone looks just...the same!" she cursed between the groups of Hammer Bros.

Parakarry saluted the group. "And I gotta give him a good, clean blueprint for the post office. Now, since it's going to be old-fashioned, I better try to think of a nice look for it..." he muttered to himself as he turned away and flew over the working Hammer Bros. Once he began to look around, he looked miffed at no one in particular. "Who was it again?" he asked. "...Oh yeah, that one over there," he said as he looked to the right where a Hammer Bro was issuing orders to a big group of Hammer Bros. The Paratroopa had a lot of luck since he was able to find the leader of the whole squad.

The Master coughed a bit to get the Smashers' attention. "As I was saying before, the path ahead of yours will become even thinner to walk on. I'm sorry to hesitate a bit...but I need some of you to come to my Dojo so you can train your minds and bodies for the incoming battles."

Kirby looked worried. "W-why are you putting a lot of trust on us?"

The Master closed his eyes. "I know I'm doing the right thing here," he said. "You're the only ones that can attack head-on to the bad omen that wants to conquer everything... I could join you in your quest, but I'm way too old..." he complained a bit.

"...No wonder," Snake muttered.

The Master opened his eyes. "Thus I need you to come to my Dojo and make some special training I have for you to take."

"What would that training be?" Peach asked worried.

"That training is challenging the Master or Jinx themselves to a fight," Lee explained. "Believe me when I'm saying this: Jinx or the Master are expert martial arts fighters. Don't judge them for their appearances 'cuz they're going to hit you hard where it hurts the most."

Chris looked shocked at this.

The Master frowned and raised a fist above him. Upon seeing the action, Lee gasped and knelt down to him. "I-I'm sorry, sensei! Please, forgive my clueless tongue!"

"Hmm," the Master murmured as he lowered his fist down. "I hope you learned your lesson."

"Yes, sensei..." Lee said ashamed.

As Chris sighed in relief, the Master looked up at him. "Please, do come to my Dojo before it's too late. I'm aware that your fight against that omen will start to become more erratic than before..."

Chris nodded. "Okay...but I'm worried about getting so powerful in a small span of time..."

The Master stared at Chris. "...Don't you worry about that."

"What?"

The Master shook his head. "I assure you that this challenge will make every single one of you much stronger than you are now. It'll be very quick as well."

"T-that's...endangering..." Chris said worried before he looked at Riolu. "D-didn't you see th-"

"The event where your companion that can manipulate aura by his will where he was about to destroy everything over his lack of control of power?" the Master asked.

"...Yes..." Chris said.

The Master nodded. "I sensed that massive energy engulfing a whole expanse of land that wasn't harmed where living creatures and people live," he said. "I can tell that his power grew dangerously high to the point he couldn't control it perfectly."

Snake looked away. "One more reason to avoid making him mad..."

"You know..." Chris began, "...a friend of mine explained to me the dangers that power has over anyone. I learned that getting power very quickly could lead someone to become...corrupted with power..." He hugged Riolu tightly, the Emanation Pokémon staring up at him. "Once you offered to give us that training...I...I don't think it's a good idea to do it because...I would hate to see some of us kill someone because they can't control power well..."

The Master stared at the Smashers for a bit before he lowered his chin and chuckled. "So, it's effort that you want to have so it prevents you from getting corrupted with power."

Chris blinked shocked and looked at the Master. "H-how did you know that?"

Lee stood up and crossed his sleeved arms. "People like the Master know that gaining ultimate power foolishly to resolve something is an unforgivable thing to do. Even if you are heroes or something, it's still not a good excuse," he explained. "Such people don't have what it takes to control their powers at their wills."

The Master frowned as he folded his arms behind his back. "I have battled such people before. It pains me to see how malicious they had become just because they wanted to achieve greater power... No matter how much you try, getting so much power can eventually lead you to insanity; insanity that is not visible."

Snake crossed his arms. "Explain the insanity part a little bit more."

The Master merely pointed down at the cracks on the street. "These cracks are fresh," he stated. "These cracks were made by aura; aura that wasn't controlled properly."

Chris looked shocked at the cracks on the floor.

"Also, this is further supported by the fact that there are more cracks expanding over the land as if was all dry like a desert or an arid region," the Master explained. "What good is there to use ultimate power if you're not caring about what your power touches? Are not you supposed to save? Power destroys, it doesn't save anyone. Power is only used to cause destruction and deaths. Are you going to simply look around at the scar of destruction you left behind and say something that could encourage you to keep using that power so you go on and on about using it more frecuently?"

Peach shook her head. "I wouldn't do something so horrible like that..."

The Master looked down. "Such is the insanity of power, princess..." he muttered. "You're supposed to protect everything and everyone. You surely like to protect everyone than everything. It's like you're saying you don't care about nature as long as your beloved ones are there. Well, isn't that being irresposible to nature itself? Wasn't nature the fact that let you live? Why would you go on ahead and destroy it with power?" He pointed at them. "Every living being needs to protect anything and anyone. Power itself shouldn't exist...but there is no choice but to keep getting stronger to maintain peace..."

Chris scratched his head a bit. "This is...so confusing... All this talk about the consequences of power is making me get so confused..."

"Riiiiiiiii..." Riolu trailed off.

"I have to admit it's very crucial to accept what is good and what is not about power," the Master said as he looked back at them. "Only wise beings know how to manipulate their power so it doesn't destroy people or nature."

The World Traveler thought hard for a moment before he recalled something that Eiko had said about her Eidolons. "Eidolons are good entities that coexist with nature. Summoners only use Eidolons for protective means. In my case, I use them to aid me in ordeals. Eidolons themselves would hate that their power would destroy nature so they use their powers to keep it as it should be," her words echoed in Chris's mind.

"In order to keep power under your control," the Master continued, "effort needs to be used to protect your will from being corrupted."

"Effort?" Snake asked.

"Think about this for a second," the Master began, "if you ever saw someone copying answers from someone's test during an exam, what would you think?"

"I'd say rather to think that he or she should stop doing that."

"What is that called?"

"Cheating."

"Correct," the Master said. "Now, try to think of a same occasion but with power instead of knowledge."

Snake rubbed his chin for a moment. "Hmm..." He thought hard for a bit. After thinking for fifteen seconds, the mercenary looked back at the old Toad. "...The scene doesn't look good," he said. "The person I imagined didn't know how to manipulate his power."

"Shameful knowledge, I'd say," the Master said. "Why do you think people train their minds and bodies alike?"

"Simple," Snake said. "They want to achieve what they want to get through honest effort. Otacon didn't get to be hacker by stealing information of his colleagues."

"Hey, don't say things like that, Snake!" Otacon yelled from the codec.

"...Now I see what you mean by effort," Snake said.

Kirby looked surprised. "You're actually listening to someone's advice for once?"

Snake looked at him. "I'm just trying to prevent myself from getting crazy with power. Sure, it's crazy for me to think I can get stronger than I am now, but facing the difficulties we have to resolve...it's possible."

The Master nodded. "It's effort that helps us to shape up the places where we are," he explained. "It's effort that lets us find new discoveries as well."

Chris then remembered Presea's words echoing in his mind. "Effort is the only way that keeps you away from getting corrupted with power. Small steps will make your path easier. Soon enough, you shall see that the power won't control you, but your will is going to be so used that it won't subdue to the power you have. You'll have the strength where you want it to be: under your own hard-earned effort."

"...Effort will keep us from getting corrupted..." Chris muttered.

Lee nodded. "Alright, it seems you're starting to get the hand of it now."

"I'm glad to hear that," the Master said. "I'm sorry, but we must return to the Dojo for the time being. What have you decided to do now?"

"..." Chris looked a bit determined. "...We'll see you very soon as soon as we clear up some other businesses we have to do first."

"Very well," the Master said before he turned around and walked away with Lee. "I shall wait for you to visit the Dojo..." He stopped walking to look back at the Smashers. The Smashers stared at the Master as he chuckled a bit and continued his way back to the Dojo in the western forest, Lee walking close to him.

Kingdom Hearts II - Friends in My Heart

The World Traveler looked down at Riolu before he looked at Peach, Snake, and Kirby. "...I think I understand what we have to do..." he said.

"Get stronger?" Snake asked.

"No...that's just a small part of the main reason..." Chris said as he looked at the hard-working Hammer Bros. "The Master told us that we're the only ones who can defeat Tabuu, right? Don't you think that protecting the worlds we go to need to be kept away from destruction?"

Peach thought for a moment. "Well...it's our job as a group to stop Tabuu..."

"So then...I realized that our main job is to keep peace whenever we go," Chris said as he looked down at Riolu while he rubbed his head a bit with care. "No matter where we go, we have to keep the worlds safe from harm."

"...Ri..." Riolu trailed off.

"The Subspace Army is the main enemy to defeat here," Chris said. "You said you were defeated by Tabuu when you fought against him... That could mean you weren't strong enough, right?"

Snake nodded. "That's what happened, kid."

"But when the Master gave us that lecture about power...and if you add Presea's words to it...it makes me think that we have to be careful of what we do with what we have..." Chris said. "He said we could grow stronger, but we had to be careful to use our powers before we blindly destroy what we're trying to protect so hard..."

Kirby looked down sadly. "You're...right..."

"...I hope so..." Chris said. "After all those lectures, I realized that we have to protect even the smallest life we meet or find. If we don't think that way, it's just like we're showing them our backs like we didn't care at all..."

Snake thought for a moment. "Maybe you got a point, kid."

"A very good point," Mei Ling spoke. "It's like you do, Snake. You prevent weapons of mass destruction to be deployed. Isn't that a sign that you want to protect everything?"

"...Heh," Snake chuckled a bit. "I guess that's a very good example."

"You're...very good people..."

The Smashers heard a very different voice that came from the north. They all turned back to the direction that the Master and Lee walked away to find none other than the bug fanatic Sig walking pass by the Hammer Bros. The demon claw wielder walked to them and stopped.

"Sig!" Kirby said. "What are you doing here?"

Sig looked at Kirby. "I'm looking for bugs," he said. "Many of them fled when that weird blue light covered Agitha's castle. She cried and cried, saying that she wanted them to come back. I couldn't see her cry any longer so I offered to look for the bugs," he explained. "I wanted to see what was happening here, and I happened to overheard what you were saying about protecting people and nature alike."

"You're...a friend of Kirby?" Peach asked.

Sig nodded before he smiled a bit. "Yes, I am. When I heard that you were going to protect anything...I got happy to know people that care about anything and anyone. Does that mean you care about bugs as well?"

Chris blinked a bit shocked. "W-well...bugs should be protected as well..."

"...Yay," Sig said as he blushed a bit. "You're a good bunch of people," he said. "If you want to go as far as to protect bugs, then that means you care about every single living thing that you protect..."

"...Right..." Snake trailed off.

Sig continued smiling. "I'm glad to have people like you as my friends," he said. "...I'm so glad, actually..."

Kirby smiled a bit at Sig. "I'm happy you're happy, Sig."

"Thanks, it means so much for me to believe that there are people with nice hearts out there," Sig said. "For that, you're the nicest people I've ever met... I'd hate to see people who don't care about bugs...bugs are living beings as well as we are, right? Why can't they coexist with us a bit?"

"W-wait, we're not saying they don't deserve the same rights to live as we do," Chris said.

"I know that," Sig said. "You look like you're going to keep up your word to protect everyone. That's what makes me really happy."

Snake narrowed his eyes at the emotionless boy. "(It's hard to tell you're happy with that face you have...)"

Peach joined her hands together and looked happy. "You know, I'm starting to believe we're going to do things just nicely."

"If we keep thinking like this, nothing is going to make us look like heartless people, right?" Kirby asked.

"You could say that," Snake said. "It's better this way so people don't mutter things behind my back."

"That's how you need to think, Snake," Otacon said over the codec.

"Hmm-hm, I like how that decision sounded as well," Mei Ling commented.

Chris chuckled and raised Riolu above him. "What do you think, Riolu? Do you like how we're thinking?"

Riolu stared blankly at him. "Riiiiiiiiii..." he trailed off.

"..." Chris looked confused at the blank look of his Emanation Pokémon. "You really need to start to show more enthusiasm because I'm going to start to think you like to be emotionless..."

Snake merely pointed at Sig.

"I'm not saying Riolu will be like Sig!" Chris yelled annoyed before looking nervously at Sig. "N-no offense to you, Sig."

"I understand," Sig said.

Chris looked back at Riolu. "Please, you should have something in mind, Riolu..."

"Riiiiiiiiiii..." Riolu trailed off. "Riiii..."

The World Traveler pulled Riolu back to him and rubbed his head. "Well...even if you didn't decide yet, I can tell you agree with us, right?"

"...Ri," Riolu said.

Snake frowned a bit. "Just take in mind that I don't want to be a tree hugger or something like that," he said. "If I accidentally blow up a tree with a grenade, I'm not going to feel guilty."

"Snake!" Peach said a bit annoyed as she put her hands on her hips. "I can't believe you're saying that!"

Sig's smile faded away and looked at Snake. "Please, try not to be so reckless..." he said. "You could end up killing bugs on the trees because of how reckless you are."

"Are you calling me reckless?" Snake asked a bit annoyed.

"I'm not," Sig said. "If you do destroy the trees...at least bring some seeds with you so you can plant it back. That's not going to bring back the dead bugs, but it'll look nice if you did it."

"Tsk, don't even think I'm going to be carrying seeds with me," Snake said. "Again, think about what I would do."

"...Okay..." Sig said. "But...just don't do it, okay?"

"...I'll try my best," Snake said.

"Thanks," Sig said. "I wouldn't forgive you for killing bugs... I wouldn't forgive anyone who didn't feel sorry for bugs..." Sig looked around the crowds of Hammer Bros. "I better find those bugs before Agitha gets even sadder than before," he said. "...Talk to you later," he said before walking away to the west.

The Smashers watched as the bug fanatic went into an alley and disappeared out from sight. Snake sighed and began to walk to the north. "Well, we're done here, aren't we?" he asked. "I think it's about time we return to the mansion."

Peach sighed a bit in relief and looked at Snake. "...I agree," Peach said as she looked around the hammer wielders. "I hope this city returns to its original form again..."

Kirby smiled happily and jumped to Peach's arms. "Is the bakery going to be ready very soon?"

Peach chuckled and rubbed Kirby's forehead a bit. "I bet it will."

"Okay, let's go back to the mansion," Chris said before they all began to walk back to the mansion. "...Snake..."

"What is it?" Snake asked without looking at him.

"I...was wondering if you're starting to...well...you know...like us a little bit more..." he muttered. "You've been very aloof all this time and well...I think I'm honest when I'm saying I'm worrying about you not trying to like anybody..." Chris looked worried at Riolu. "...I'm telling you this so I can much better with myself..."

"..." Snake kept walking as they all followed him from behind. "...Don't get your hopes up, kid."

Chris opened his mouth a bit in disbelief.

"...Yet, though..." Snake added.

The World Traveler, the princess, and the puffball stopped walking as they looked at each other surprised. The mercenary kept walking ahead before he stopped walking and looked at them over his right shoulder.

"You are staying here or what?" Snake asked.

"U-um, coming..." Chris said.

Snake nodded before he continued walking ahead. The Smashers looked at each other with relieved looks before joining up with the mercenary, each of them thinking that there was still some hope for Snake to befriend the group. The World Traveler, although looking a bit worried, was excited to think about knowing more about Snake very soon.

"(Very soon,)" Chris thought, "(I'll become acquainted with Snake...and when that day comes, that could mean I can understand anyone without troubles...)" He looked happy as he looked up to the clouds. "(Until then, I have to do whatever I can to make him open up some more...)"

After the Smashers had arrived to the mansion, the day passed by...

Music stops

However, Chris couldn't get why there were around twenty Smashers having matches that didn't seem to go somewhere...

Lucario's Room

Kingdom Hearts II - Friends in my Heart

After the night came, both Chris and his Riolu were lying down on the bed under the blankets. The World Traveler was carefully rubbing the Emanation Pokémon's ears with care as Riolu merely stared at Chris.

"Please," Chris said, "you have to show some enthusiasm, Riolu..."

"Riii..." Riolu trailed off. "Ri..."

"...I just don't get what you mean," Chris said. "Then again, it's possible that you don't understand anything because you're still a newborn..."

"...Ri," Riolu said.

Chris looked worried. "You should have the blood of your family running through you," he said. "I mean, only the Lucarios of your family are able to speak through the mouth and not telepathy. I know that your family can do that without problems, but I'm sure there aren't any others like you."

Riolu stared at Chris as Riolu's tail tried to move a bit under the blankets. "...Riiiiiiiiiiiii..." Riolu said.

Chris pulled back his hand and sighed in depression. "I should be happy that you're here...but...why isn't just the same?" he asked. "This doesn't feel like you're the Pokémon I expected to have. In my mind, I pictured you as being a cheerful Riolu...but...you look like you don't want to talk to anybody..."

"Ri."

The World Traveler looked down. "I just...hope you don't stay like this for a long time..."

Riolu blinked a few times. "...RiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiii..."

Chris smiled a bit and chuckled. "I have to admit that you look...very cute..." He blushed a bit. "I'm not afraid of telling this to you, Riolu. I'm very happy to have someone like you as my starter Pokémon... I...just wish you could show some more...happiness, though..." Chris looked sad and looked down. "...I'll have to wait some time before you start to like me..."

Riolu noticed that Chris shed a small tear from his right eye. The Emanation Pokémon blinked a bit in curiosity at the tear before Chris sobbed a bit.

"...I want to be it soon, though..." Chris said. "It's going to be so hard to see if you even like me..." he sobbed more. "I-I don't want to think you don't like me or simply don't care about you..." He closed his eyes and sobbed a bit louder. "...I...I don't want to keep crying all night like this... I-I have to think positively or else I-"

"RiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!"

Chris opened his eyes at the sudden cry of the Emanation Pokémon. His high-pitched tone startled Chris a bit before Riolu slowly went closer to him and stared at the tear on his right cheek. "R-Riolu?"

"Riiiiiiiiiiiiii..." Riolu looked worried at the tear. Blinking a few times, the Emanation Pokémon lifted up his head to reach the tear. Chris watched as Riolu tilted his head a bit at the tear before he decided to lick it away with his small tongue. Riolu, however, kept licking the spot of the tear, making Chris chuckle a bit before he let out a small laugh.

"R-Riolu, stop it," Chris said between some chuckles as Riolu kept licking his cheek. "R-really, stop licking me that fast! Riolu!"

Riolu suddenly stopped to say something. "RiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" Riolu said before he continued to lick Chris's face. Something about Riolu's tone of voice made Chris feel like the Emanation Pokémon was having some fun because, once Chris managed to open his eyes a bit, he saw the Riolu was smiling while he licked his face.

"R-Riolu, please, stop it!" Chris pleaded as his little Pokémon didn't listen and kept licking his face. "Y-you're doing this on purpose, right?"

"Riiiiiiiiii!" Riolu said, his tone of voice sounding obviously happy as he hit the pillow with his head to look directly at Chris. "RiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiii!" he said happily.

The World Traveler stared in surprise at the happy look that Riolu had. It was the first time that Chris saw Riolu actually smiling for the whole day. Last time he recalled, Riolu didn't even think about smiling when he was born from the egg.

To think that Riolu didn't want to smile before, it made Chris think that Riolu didn't like him at all.

After seeing that Riolu smiled directly at him, Chris could only utter a sob before he began to cry a bit, Riolu's smile fading as he looked a bit shocked to see his trainer shedding more tears. "R-Riolu...y-you like me...right?" Chris asked. "Y-you just were trying to understand your new life, right?"

"Riiiiiiiiiii!" Riolu cried out sadly before he quickly began to lick Chris's tears away. The World Traveler, however, kept crying before he hugged Riolu tightly in his arms, making Riolu stop licking his tears. "Ri?"

"D-don't take it so badly, Riolu," Chris said with a sob before he smiled a bit at Riolu. "I-I'm not crying because I'm sad... I-I'm crying because...because...because...you...like me, right?"

"..." Riolu thought for a moment before he nodded a few times. "Ri!" he said happily.

"T-then, you don't hate me?"

"Ri!" Riolu shook his head.

"Y-you...like me?"

"Ri!" Riolu nodded happily. "Riiiiiiiii!"

"R-Riolu...R-Riolu..." Chris sobbed a bit before he pulled Riolu's right cheek against his left cheek. Feeling Chris's cheek, the Emanation Pokémon chuckled a bit and started to shed his own tears. "T-thank you...thank you...thank you..." Chris muttered between sobs. "I...I thought you didn't want me to be with you..."

"Riiiiii!" Riolu let out a cry before rubbing his cheek quickly with Chris. "Riiiiiiii!"

Chris's tears stopped from coming out of his eyes as he rubbed them with his right arm. Riolu opened his watered eyes and licked some tears from the cheek of his trainer. The World Traveler could only laugh for some seconds before Riolu stopped and looked happily at him. "Riii, riii, rii, riiiiiiiii!" he said happily.

The World Traveler stopped hugging Riolu before looking back at him. "It's getting late now," Chris told Riolu. "We better go back to sleep."

"...R-r-r-riii..." Riolu shivered a bit and leaned his head closer to Chris's neck.

"Riolu, are you cold?"

Riolu shook a bit while closing his eyes.

"...Don't worry, Riolu," Chris assured him as he covered Riolu with more blankets. "I won't let you sleep with some cold. I'll keep you warm enough, okay?"

"Riiiiii..." Riolu rubbed his head against Chris's neck.

For a brief moment, Chris could have sworn that Riolu was blushing.

To tell truth, it wasn't even cold yet. The night was warm, and it looked a little bit suspicious that Riolu was shivering. The World Traveler thought about this for a moment, analizing carefully about this some more.

And it hit him.

Chris smiled a bit at Riolu. "...You're not feeling cold, right?"

"Ri!" Riolu looked up surprised at him. He then looked away and blushed even more. "R-ri..."

"...Heheheheheheh," Chris chuckled for a few seconds. "You don't have to be afraid of saying it, Riolu..."

Riolu looked up confused at him.

"I know you want to sleep close to me, right?"

Riolu blinked in shock and blushed a bit more than before. "R-r-r-riii..."

The World Traveler made a happy expression as he embraced Riolu. "To be honest...you know what?"

"Ri?"

"I...wanted you closer to me...so I didn't feel alone..."

"Ri!" Riolu looked surprised before he hugged Chris. "Riiiiiiiii!"

Chris blushed a bit as he began to rub Riolu's head. "I can't just stand it," he said as Riolu looked happily at him. "You're just so cute!" he said before laughing with Riolu. "Besides, you're just a baby. I have to be responsible for you and take care of you until you evolve into a Lucario again..."

"Riiiiiiiiiiii, riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii, riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" Riolu said happily.

It was not long before Chris let out a long yawn. Pretty soon, Riolu did the same, showing fully his small fangs for a bit before looking up curiously at Chris. "Time to sleep," Chris said before he thought about something. "...W-wait, I didn't tell you my name..." Chris said. "I forgot to tell you my name when you were born..."

Riolu tilted his head.

"My name is Chris, Riolu," Chris said. "You may have heard it from everyone by now, but I wanted to say it to you directly..."

"..." Riolu kept staring at Chris.

The World Traveler yawned before he closed his eyes and laid down his head on the pillow. "...Good night...Riolu..."

Riolu kept staring up at him before he looked happy. "...Chris!"

"..." Chris's eyes opened up in shock before he looked down at Riolu. "W-what did you just say?!"

"...Chris!" Riolu said with enthusiasm. "...Chris!" he said happily. "...Chris, Chris, Chris, Chris!"

"R-Riolu!" Chris said in pure disbelief. "Y-you can talk!"

"Chris, Chris, Chris, Chris!" Riolu repeated happily, his small tail wagging quickly under the blankets. "Chris, Chris, Chris, Chris!"

"I-I can't believe it!" Chris said in astonishment. "Y-you learned how to say my name just now?"

"ChriiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiis!" Riolu said happily. "ChriiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiis!"

It looked like Riolu liked to say Chris's name as many times as he could. The World Traveler didn't know why, but since Riolu was just a baby, maybe it had to do something with the fact that Chris's name had the 'ri' part in it, and Riolu liked to speak by saying the same syllable over and over again.

It was obvious to tell Riolu liked how the name sounded since he continuously put a lot of emphasis on the 'ri' part. "ChriiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIiiiiiiiiis!"

The World Traveler shed more tears before he hugged his Riolu very tightly, the Emanation Pokémon repeating his name over and over again. "I-it's like some sort of miracle," Chris said. "I-it surely has to do with the fact of your bloodline that you can talk so early..."

"Chris, Chris, Chris!" Riolu repeated. "Chris, Chris, Chris!"

Chris chuckled heartily before Riolu licked his face a bit. "Now...that I recall..." Chris began, "your sister could talk right after she was born..."

"Chris!" Riolu said happily.

Chris chuckled and rubbed Riolu's head. "You know what?"

"Ri?"

"I...I think I'm so fortunate to have the Legendary Riolu as my Pokémon..." Chris looked happy. "You're the Legendary Lucario of the prophecy of your home...but...you're the Legendary Riolu for now..."

"..." Riolu made a happy expression and silently rubbed his cheek against Chris's face.

Chris yawned one more time before he closed his eyes to sleep. "Good night...Riolu..." he muttered. "...And...thank you for calling me by my name..."

"Chriiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiis..." Riolu muttered happily before he closed his eyes, yawned a bit, and rested the right side of his head on Chris's neck, the two smiling a bit before they drifted off to sleep during the peaceful night.

While they both were sleeping deeply, a small star spied them from the outside of the room. Geno chuckled a bit a this. "Looks like Lucario's wish was a good one," he muttered. "I hope he gets what he wished to have..."

The small star began to float up to the sky before he disappeared, a blink of light shining a bit on the night before it faded away.

The ensuing days...

For the following days, ever since the first night for him, Riolu started to show a little bit more of emotions and expressions to Chris. The World Traveler was happy to see that Riolu liked him a lot from the beginning, and even some of the Smashers began to start being friends with Riolu (by some of the Smashers meaning all the young Smashers).

Unfortunately, much for his dismay, Chris had to go to school. These were the times where he would leave Riolu at Peach's care. However, whenever this happened, the Emanation Pokémon would wander off around the mansion to explore it a bit. Taking advantage of this, some of the Smashers that wanted to take care of Riolu would find him and keep him away from Peach or someone else.

Needless to say, from all people, Mewtwo would easily track Riolu down and bring him to Peach. This was mainly because the Psychic type wouldn't stand seeing people running all over the place to look for Riolu (Yoshi being on the top of Mewtwo's list).

Soon enough, Chris learned that Riolu was able to speak full sentences after the first day he was born. Mewtwo had pointed out for Chris that Riolu knew how to talk the moment he was born, but the reason why Riolu was limited to talk syllables was because he liked to communicate that way with everyone else. Riolu made an exception by liking to repeat Chris's name, much for Chris's delight.

However, what made Chris get confused was the fact that Riolu didn't seem to evolve to Lucario. Surpringly enough, Chris didn't care. He thought that making Riolu evolve so fast would screw up Lucario's wish to enjoy his childhood. Opting for Riolu's joy, Chris decided to make Riolu evolve into a Lucario if Riolu wished to do it.

And so, thirteen days passed quickly...

Real World
Chris's Room

November 22 - Afternoon - Saturday

Tales of Symphonia: Dawn of a New World - Behind Us!

The World Traveler looked shocked while he was sitting on the bed as Riolu played happily with a huge ball bigger than him. The Emanation Pokémon chuckled heartily as he pushed the ball up to the big pillow where the ball would roll down back to him, Riolu pushing it back again and again.

"B-but..." Chris stared at the TV in shock.

It looked like he was playing a new game he recently bought a week ago...

"...So then..." Chris trailed off. "...This explains everything that we have to do?"

Riolu stopped pushing the ball and looked at his trainer. "Chris?" he said confused.

Chris looked away. "So...after finishing this game..." he trailed off, "...does it fully explain the path we have to take to resolve this conflict about..."

Chris looked back at the screen of the game he finished playing, seeing the title of it right on the main menu of the game...

Sonic Unleashed.

The World Traveler looked away with his blank look intact. After he managed to finish the whole game, a lot had been revealed to him...

The truth about who were the Gaia Guardians, the very same people Sonic and the others haven't found yet for this whole time...

The reason behind the Gaia Temples, the very same temples that had mysteriously vanished due to Chris's intervention with Sonic's world... (It should be said that it was 'Temples of Gaia' and not 'Gaia Temples').

And lastly, and most importantly...Chip's true nature, the only being capable of stopping Dark Gaia from destroying Sonic's world known better as Light Gaia...

"Chip is...the being called Light Gaia..." Chris muttered in shock. "...He lost his memory because he was awaken prematurately like Dark Gaia did...and Dr. Eggman is waiting for Dark Gaia to recover all its energies so he controls it... In a few words, both Chip and Dark Gaia didn't get what they were supposed to have: Chip's memory, and Dark Gaia's energy."

Riolu tilted his head a bit.

"...This...would actually help us a lot..." Chris said. "If I tell everyone about this, we could have a chance to find the Gaia Guardians...but...what if...I end up messing up the whole storyline even more than before?" Chris asked to Riolu. "What should I do about this?"

"Riiiiiiiii..." Riolu looked worried.

Chris sighed and looked down. "What to do here... If I tell them this, would this lead to bigger problems in the future?" he asked. "Riolu, what do you think should I do?"

"...Riiiiiiiiiii..." Riolu kept looking worried at Chris.

"...Maybe...I..." Chris looked away and frowned, "...I shouldn't do this...I don't want to cause some sort of mistake and spoil them about it..."

Riolu looked away for a bit before turning back to Chris. "Ri," he said. "Ri, ri, ri, ri, ri."

"Why can't you speak with normal words?" Chris asked. "Mewtwo already told me that you can talk just fine."

Riolu coughed a bit. "W-well..." he began. "...I-I don't know, Chris..."

Chris nodded. "Thanks for telling me your thoughts," he said before looking back at the TV screen. "(If I do it, they would find the Gaia Guardians faster and end their mission but that could end up in something getting even more messed up...but if I don't do it...they will keep looking and looking without taking a break...)"

With a sigh, Chris continued to play the game, Riolu taking this as a signal to play with his big ball.

"I'm not going to tell them this..." Chris said ashamed. "This is the best thing to do so their continuity doesn't get even more confusing... I hope they understand..."

Music stops

Smash Mansion
Command Room

November 23 - Morning - Sunday

And the Smashers, along with the whole Sonic group, were called to have an important meeting in their meeting room. Chris cleared his throat and looked determined at Chip.

"Chip, you're Light Gaia," Chris simply said.

Chip gasped and put his hands on his head before looking at no one in particular. "I-I remember who I am now! I-I remember everything!"

"...So...let me get this straight..." Chris began with a miffed look, "I only had to say what your true name was so you could remember your true purpose in life..."

Chip nodded happily. "Yep."

"...Lovely," Chris said. "Now, I have something really good to say for this special moment, provided it was my first reaction after you remembered everything..." The World Traveler's jaw opened. "...WHAT?!"

......................................................................................

Smash Channel

Star Ocean: Till the End of Time - Pert Girl on the Sandy Beach

"And welcome everyone again to the special segment: Smash Channel!" Chris (in his Hacker job) greeted the audience with open arms before they all began to give a round of applauses. "After having to repair this place for the third time," he grumbled a bit, "we're back once again to make you know we're still alive (and breathing)."

The World Traveler joined his hands on the counter.

"And here's some important info," Chris said. "Did you actually think we would kill off everyone in this fiction? If I did that, the story would have ended. We don't want that to happen, right? Well, I'm just going to say that these kinds of events won't happen ever again...but...it may or may not happen... Mwahahahaha, I just used some nice skill of suspense..."

The audience began to question about Chris's true self as he looked enthusiastic at them.

"Well, we now have 2 special guests who debuted in the Star Ocean 3 arc," he said. "And I'm pretty DAMN sure they won't try to destroy this place because, if they did, I'd call security again and make them leave this place before they regret it...and..." Chris chuckled nervously. "L-let's not make them think we're going to have to resort to that, okay?"

The audience chuckled for a bit.

Chris looked annoyed at this reaction. "Without any more chuckles for the spectators I think are trying to laugh at my demise..." he muttered annoyed before looking happy, holding out his hands at both sides of the counter. "Here we have the 2 special guest from Star Ocean 3: Roger S. Huxley and Peppita Rosetti!"

The mentioned Menodix and Velbaysian were both sitting respectively on each side of the hacker. Roger made a peace sign to the public while Peppita waved both of her hands cheerfully. "Hey, hey, hey, Roger's the man you called!" Roger said before crossing his arms. "This place ain't gonna be popular if I'm not here, y'know."

"Hi, my adoring fans!" Peppita said cheerfully. "Greetings from the Rosetti Troupe by yours truly, Peppita Rosetti!"

While the audience applauded the two young characters, Chris's eyes looked bored as he smiled amused. "(These 2 are the only people who don't know how to destroy this whole place like the previous guests did...) Welcome here to the show, you 2," he said as he tried to look professional. "You 2 have gotten the exclusive chance to debut in this small but interesting section."

"Heh, I had a premonition that I was gonna be called here," Roger bluffed.

"Same here," Peppita said. "After all, I was a very important partner character to a very, but very special (handsome) Smasher..."

Roger and Chris exchanged glances before Chris looked back at her. "Peppita, can you keep your feelings from...making so many unnecessary references?"

Peppita looked at him. "What? But I just wanted to be honest..." She played with her fingers a bit. "Is it so wrong to say why I'm so happy?"

"W-well..."

Roger slammed his right hand and pointed his left finger at Peppita. "You gotta be focused today," he said. "I'm not planning in screwing up our debut here just because you can't leave Mr. Bachelor alone for a minute!"

"For the last time, I'm engaged t-" Fox's response from the public was interrupted as Chris coughed loudly.

"A-anyway!" Chris yelled loudly to prevent an argument between the two Star Ocean members from erupting, "now you're going to discuss something here that regards the Smashers, the game, or something more," he said as he took out a paper, Roger trying to take a peek by slowly leaning to Chris. "Your topic for today is..."

Please tell us what you think about the Voice Actors that gave their voices to the whole cast of Smashers.

While the audience clapped their hands, Chris sniffed a bit. "Too bad anybody has barely heard my voice... It just sounds plain normal..." he said before shaking his head. "O-okay, let's stay focused here..." He cleared his throat. "You 2 can practically comment about anything regarding the voices that each Smasher has."

Roger rubbed his palms together. "Sweet, I'm gonna love talking about this."

Peppita chuckled. "I have some points to say as well."

"Well, we start with...Roger," Chris said.

Roger nodded and took out a paper from underneath the counter. The Menodix cleared his throat and began to read the paper. "Well, you see," he spoke in a gentle manner as he put on some small, squared glasses, "I want to talk about the funny accents that some of the 'Smashers' have. I like to say that the voice of the angel sounds very girly."

"Oh, for the love of Palutena, I don't see what's wrong with my voice!" Pit complained from the rows of people on the chairs. "Wait, who's chuckling in here?"

"Next we have the bird with the funny accent," Roger said. "So he began to live somewhere else? I can infer he grew up with the mafia or something. Furthermore speaking, I can't simply identify if he has a New Yorker accent or a Brooklyn accent. This fact is, unfortunately, severely discouraged between communities of people and fans alike."

As the audience chuckled at this, Falco crossed his arms and grunted loudly.

"And finally we have the racer," Roger said. "What's up with his voice? He sounds like a kid. I did some research, and I have to admit his previous voice in his last game sounded just about right. What's up with that? He talks like he's being choked."

"Oh, want me to give you a punch in your gut, little brat?" C. Falcon threatened from the last row of seats. For his dismay, nobody listened to him.

Roger looked proud as he put the paper down. "So there yah have my opinion," he said.

Chris looked at the paper that Roger was holding. The World Traveler narrowed his eyes as he found out that the paper had lines, circles, and other scribbles all over it. "Roger, your whole paper doesn't even have any words in it."

Roger tossed his glasses away. "Hey, this is top grade handwriting, yah know!" he complained. "You wanna make something out of this?"

Chris sighed. "No, I don't want to. Sorry if I offended you."

"Hmm-hm."

Chris rolled his eyes. "(I better not underestimate this guy...) Peppita, it's your turn to comment more about this."

Peppita gasped in excitement and inhaled a lot of air.

"And the person you're about to speak of must NOT have an 'F' as his name's first letter," Chris interrupted.

Peppita shook her head and looked at him. "B-but you just took away my whole comment!" she said. "W-why would you do such a thing?"

Chris shook his head. "If I let you say that name, you're surely going to be going on and on about very encouraging things that people will think you're obsessed."

Peppita sniffed a bit.

"...Oh no, please don't cry now..."

"I-I...I-I..." Peppita rubber her eyes as she laid down her hands on the counter, "I-I wanna talk about what I was gonna say... I wanna do it..."

The audienced aww'd at this as Chris slapped his forehead and frowned, Roger doing the same thing.

"Okay, okay," Chris said in defeat. "You may go on and say what you want to say..."

Peppita gasped, pushed herself up, and quickly looked very happy while blushing. "W-well then, I want to say lotsa things!" she said cheerfully, not noticing that Chris was making some gestures to the cameramen around the stage. "Here I go," she said before giggling a bit. "Firstly, I want to say that hearing his manly voice makes my heart race so fas-"

BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!

The scene was quickly blocked by an interruption signal that stopped anyone from ever knowing what Peppita was talking about.

Once the channel changed to the warning signal (that had a white background where a fainted Pichu tried to energize a Christmas tree's lights through their cord that he was holding down on the floor), the channel got back to show the forum, finding Chris and Roger sleeping deeply on the counter while Peppita was still talking about many things about (take your guess who again).

"And that, no matter what happens, I'll try my best to like him," Peppita said with a giggle. "All done."

Chris and Roger yawned loudly before they began to wake up. The World Traveler looked at his left arm to see the time of his watch. "...It's been roughly 3 hours ever since she started to talk...and we just wanted to know above voices, not giggle over a whole biography... Goodness, she knows how to keep talking non-stop..."

Peppita giggled. "Well, I ran out of people to talk about. I hope you liked how I-"

"It's NO wonder," Chris grumbled annoyed. "Thank you very much for sharing your diary's secrets with us."

Peppita looked confused. "But I didn't say anything about my diary...and...I don't have a diary..."

"GOOD ENOUGH," Roger said tired. "Let's wrap up the show already. I wanna have some Haute Chinese Soup."

Chris sighed in relief before he looked enthusiastic at the audience. "Well then, we still have more chapters for the Side-quest arc, people!" he said. "Unfortunately, we have to expand this arc even more because there's something very special that will take place in the next chapter after the next one of this one, and also because there are some important matters to finish, meaning that this arc will have 5 chapters," he explained before the audience began to applaud. "Now, a special message from one of our many special sponsors of the channel. Luigi, please say it."

"R-right," Luigi was heard from the mic room over the back row of seats. "T-this special segment was brought to you by Team Chaotix Detective Agency," he said as a banner of Team Chaotix (that was all made up by scribbles of Charmy) appeared besides Chris. "If you lost your car's key, Team Chaotix will surely find it...so they later lose it so it ends up getting even more lost than before. Warning: Team Chaotix is not allowing armadillos to join the agency anymore."

Chris, Roger, and Peppita waved their hands at the audience. "Until then, stay tuned for another segment in the next chapter. See you later," he said with a smile before the curtains fell down. "Oh god, this place wasn't destroyed...now I can say I'm so happy..." Chris muttered in joy.

Roger gasped. "Star Fal-"

'Don't you even GO there," Chris interrupted him. "You call space junk in here, you'll get put in jail."

"Rats," Roger cursed.

Preview of the next chapter

"Somebody...shut her up..." Squirtle said. "She's been singing and singing every single morning, and I can't stand sleeping twice a day..."

.......................................................

"What you sell clearly outclasses Crazy Hand's shop..." Marth said.

"That's the business traveling moogles like me have to make a living while finding new lands, kupo. It's the wonderful world of finances."

.......................................................

"N-no more..." Chris pleaded. "I-I can barely believe that they like to eat here so much..."

Toadette turned around, ignoring the tired butler. "Next order's coming up!"

"A-are you even listening to me?"

.......................................................

"We shall see how well you fare against me."

"If he punches me, it's going to be someone else's fault, okay?" Chris asked annoyed.

.......................................................

"Ugh, that stupid Sword Dancer can't just stop spinning!" Roy complained. "I hate this side boss battle!"

"Funny, I thought you were the one who said to come here..." Ike said bored.

.......................................................


"Why NPCs Are So Important to Any Story. I know, it is because that we need people who look inferior in power to us so we look more threatening," Ganondorf said.

"Right," Bowser said. "What point is there if you don't have puny guys who make you look strong?"

"Who the heck invited you 2 here, anyway?" Chris asked annoyed.


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris, Riolu, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 19, 2009, 02:59:01 PM
Chapter 162: Why NPCs Are So Important to Any Story

Smash Mansion
Command Room

Complete silence reined the air in the command room after Chip had said that he remembered everything about his past. Once Chris said Light Gaia, the imp's memory recovered right in an instant.

Chip looked happy.

Chris frowned in disbelief.

Riolu wagged his tail a bit.

Knuckles furrowed his brow.

Master Hand sighed.

Tails couldn't believe anything he heard.

And Marth ran a hand through his hair.

"...So..." Amy began as she looked at Chris, "...you know what we have to do?"

"...Yes..." Chris nodded, "I know everything about Dark Gaia, the Temple Guardians, and the Temples of Gaia."

"Wasn't it Gaia Temples and Gaia Guardians?" Knuckles asked.

"Gaia Temple, Gaia Guardians, Temples of Gaia, Temple Guardians, let's stick with the real names," Chris said bored before looking at Chip. "Chip, I can barely believe that it only took you to hear about your true name to recover your memory."

Chip nodded. "That's how things are," he said. "Now I can tell you guys the reason of my existence."

Nana rolled her eyes. "What a bizarre way to recover your memories. This was so easy, yet so darn fast."

Chip coughed. "Well, I got my memory back. I can say everything about the Temples of Gaia, the Temple Guardians, and my insane brother," he said before looking pleased. "I feel like I'm the ancestral ancient god I used to be."

"...Wait, did you just say brother?" Marth said.

Chip nodded. "Dark Gaia's my brother."

Many of the Smashers stared at Chip with very confused looks. Even Chris himself didn't know that Dark Gaia...had a brother like Chip.

"...Excuse me?" DK asked. "W-what's this all about...you know...that monster being your brother?"

Chris grunted. "I think I should demonstrate all of you about this...through...well...using the game itself..."

Mario looked confused. "Are we going to have to use a video game as a resource to know more about this whole matter?"

"I-I know it's going to be bizarre, but seeing that everyone here needs to see this with their own eyes...this is the best way to do it..." He turned to Master Hand. "If you would...can you take my Wii here?"

Master Hand. "We've got no other choice, right? Oh well, here," he said as he snapped his fingers, Chris's Wii appearing above Crazy Hand's counter.

The World Traveler looked very embarrassed at this. They were all actually going to have to rely on a video game to know more about how to stop Dark Gaia from ever coming out from the planet. Chris, eyes closed, turned the power button on, and thus the Wii started the game, the Smashers grabbing some seats behind the tables to look at the screen in front of everyone as Master Hand snapped his fingers to turn off the lights, the light of the screen illuminating the room a bit.

"(This has to be the weirdest moment I've ever done before,)" Chris thought as he pointed at the screen with his Wiimote, the title screen of 'Sonic Unleashed' appearing. "O-okay, the cutscenes are the things we have to look first."

Knuckles sighed and sat down on a chair. "I don't want to see you moving me around with a joy stick."

"...Don't worry," Chris said. "You don't even appear in this game."

"Oh, that sounds much better," Knuckles said.

...

"...Wait," Knuckles began, "I don't appear in the game?"

"W-well, I-I don't know why, but you, Cream, and Cheese aren't even mentioned once... D-don't think they're putting you down or something... Tails and Amy do appear, though..."

Knuckles started to get a little bit mad. "The whole world is affected, and I don't get even a single darn mention?"

"N-not even me?" Cream asked.

Amy smiled nervously at the sobbing Cream and patted her back. "There, there, Cream, there's nothing to cry for..."

"Y-you're saying that just because you got to be in the game..." Cream muttered.

Amy sweat dropped. "U-um, I'm not saying that just because of that fact!"

"Shh, the opening's starting," whispered Diddy as everyone focused their attention to the screen.

They all watched as a big fleet of Dr. Eggman was navigating the silent space. Once they saw the whole fleet, some mad laughs were heard in one of the longest battleships. "Oh ho ho ho!" laughed Dr. Eggman as he was shown inside the biggest battleship, his arms wide open to the ceiling.

"Can anybody spell insanity for him?" Ness asked.

"Hmmmm?!" Dr. Eggman suddenly stopped laughing as he spotted, from the tip of the battleship, a serious Sonic as he stood straight; apparently looking at Dr. Eggman from where Sonic was standing. Grunting loudly, Dr. Eggman began to deploy robot guards in Sonic's path to the inside of the ship while all the turrets turned to him and aimed at him. "Fire!" Dr. Eggman commanded.

Everyone watched as Sonic quickly ran towards the front of the ship, quickly dodging all the bullets and shot from the turrets and robots respectively. The hedgehog jumped high up to jump over a barricade of robots before he accelerated to push away a long line of robots as if they were bowling pins.

"Alright, that's how I roll!" Sonic said with a wide grin.

"We're supposed to understand what's going on with this game's plot, not show off about something you didn't even do with us," Snake pointed out.

Sonic chuckled and crossed his arms. "At least I can totally pull out some crazy stunts like that and everyone else don't."

Chris sighed. "Sonic, for once, shut up and watch..."

When Sonic (in the cutscene) was about to enter the battleship, a big black robot jumped down from the top of the ship and stopped the hedgehog from getting inside.

"Why you little!" Dr. Eggman, who was inside the robot, grunted loudly before he began to fire missiles at will to Sonic who ran to the left and ran along a big red wall as the missiles failed to explode on him. The hedgehog then jumped over the robot and began his way to the inside of the ship through a long corridor while Dr. Eggman's robot turned around to spin the right hand of the robot.

"How to Fool an Eggman 101 by Sonic the Hedgehog," Sonic said with crossed arms.

"You're not getting away!" Dr. Eggman proclaimed as he turned around and fired the right hand of the robot to Sonic. Everyone watched as the hand went inside and actually managed to catch up with the hedgehog's speed before it grabbed him.

"NOT cool," Sonic said loudly.

"Wuh-oh!" the Sonic in the cutscene yelled as he was forced to go back with Dr. Eggman, a very tight grip squeezing Sonic while Dr. Eggman chuckled evilly.

"Sonic, no! Don't die!" Amy suddenly yelled.

"Amy, we unfortunately have Sonic here," Knuckles muttered.

"What was that supposed to mean?" Sonic asked annoyed.

Everyone watched as the hedgehog was forced to look closer at the doctor. Once he struggled a bit, however, Sonic gave Dr. Eggman an evilly smirk before he closed his eyes and was somehow able to call forth the seven Chaos Emeralds which floated around him.

"Badass," Sonic muttered.

"Just what we needed," began Link, "Sonic's secretly a psychic guy."

Dr. Eggman watched in pure disbelief as the emeralds glowed brightly around the hedgehog trapped in the robot's fist. "What?!" Dr. Eggman yelled before he slowly tried to compress Sonic with both hands of the robot. However, once Dr. Eggman captured Sonic, a sudden burst of energy made both hands explode. Everyone watched as the newly called Super Sonic appeared in front of the robot and merely went thought its steel chest to deal a fatal blow.

"Even if he doesn't look like it anymore," Roy began, "that super form of yours gives me bad memories about when Tabuu took over your body..."

Seeing his robot falling apart, Dr. Eggman gasped and quickly retreated into his battleship through his usual method of transport: his flying seat. "Uh-oh, time to go!" he said with some panic.

Super Sonic, circling back into the corridor where Dr. Eggman had escaped, began to chase after him while the doors closed to prevent him from reaching the doctor. As he flew through the doors by destroying them, Super Sonic began to destroy the whole ship by leaving severe damages in the inside with his powerful energy. The main ship then began to explode and fall apart as the golden hedgehog flew to the nearby ship of the right and went though it to take it down.

"If I was Super Sonic forever, you guys would have to sit back and let me do the fighting here," Sonic said with an amused look.

"Show off," everyone else responded.

Sonic rolled his eyes. "I'm just suggesting a way to defeat all our foes faster...just saying..."

The next scene then showed Dr. Eggman entering the tower through a hole. Unfortunately for him, before he could reach the lookout of the tower, his transport tumbled a bit enough to make him trip back to the floor, rolling all the way to the other side to stop in front of the grey wall. It was not long before a hole blasted the floor a bit where Super Sonic flew up to the ceiling and grinned down at Dr. Eggman.

"S-Sonic!" Dr. Eggman said in astonishment as he sat down his knees and pleaded for mercy to the descending golden hedgehog. "I-I'm sorry! Really! L-look, go easy on me! I'll turn over a new leaf, I swear! Just give me a chance!" he pleaded continuously.

"If I'd get a penny for every time Eggman says that, I'd be stinky rich," Sonic said.

"And I'll have the half of your money, thanks," Amy said with a wink.

Sonic groaned a bit.

The Super Sonic of the cutscene chuckled and looked at the panicked doctor. "Well, this is new," he commented with a small snicker. "Showing remorse, Eggman?" he asked as he pointed a finger at the scientist. "If you played nice, I wouldn't have to break all your toys."

"That's how you talk to your nemesis," Sonic said.

"Oh for the love of Nayru, can you just sit down and shut up?" Link asked.

"You're doing the same thing, Mr. Elf!"

"Both of you, shut up!" Zelda yelled.

"Yes..." both said embarrassed.

Everyone returned to watch the cutscene where Dr. Eggman began to chuckle evilly before he took out a button and pressed it. "Gotcha!" he said pleased as the floor beneath Super Sonic began to raise some sort of machine that trapped him inside.

"Wha-" Super Sonic looked around to see the weird machine of metal pillars. Soon, the machine trapped the golden hedgehog in a ring of energy that prevented him from getting away while Dr. Eggman went to the cockpit in front of the machine and the windows to prepare the tower to do something.

In truth, the tower itself was a huge cannon that aimed directly at the planet. The machine that trapped Super Sonic forced the Chaos Emeralds to come out from the hedgehog, prompting him to turn back to Sonic. The hedgehog began to yell in pain as the energy of the emeralds was being drained out from himself, empowering the tower to shoot a beam of energy down to the earth.

"And here I thought Super Sonic was that powerful..." Pit said. "It's a shame you're not completely invincible while on that form."

"Hey, he just took me by surprise," Sonic said annoyed as he crossed his legs and arms while sitting on a chair. "How the heck was I supposed to know he'd do that?"

"Er, I don't know, maybe because you didn't stop bluffing, showing off, and giving him the time to trap you?" Knuckles asked, making some of the Smashers chuckle at this. "Also, that didn't happen here, so why get so worked up over it? Oh, that's right, because you'd do it."

"Shut up..." Sonic muttered annoyed.

"Ho ho ho ho ho! Oh, I've waited a long time for this!" Dr. Eggman laughed maniacally before he raised a finger and pressed a button on the control panel in front of him. "Fire!"

The group watched the tower shooting down a beam upon the earth, going through an ocean that created a big force, which created some strong winds. Not long after the beam went down the planet, the planet itself began to tear apart. Fissures began to spread all over the earth before the continents were separated and forced to float into the atmosphere of the planet.

However, what were more shocking to see were the purple tentacles that began to come out from within the fissures to touch the continents in the atmosphere. The Smashers watched as a roar from a beast echoed through the whole planet, managing to see a small glance of the gigantic beast between some continents.

"D-don't tell me that's supposed to be..." Pichu trailed off.

"...Yes..." Chris said. "...That's Dark Gaia, the monster that Dr. Eggman wants to control..."

"And my brother..." Chip trailed off.

"...Seriously, Chip, you ruin these dramatic moments by saying that monster of hell is your brother," Chris said annoyed.

"I'm only telling the truth here, okay?" Chip asked.

Upon seeing the monstrosity from the tower, Dr. Eggman smiled wickedly and admired the gigantic beast that began to come out from within the earth. "Whoooa!" he said in pure amazement while Sonic was still being drained out from his energy through the machine.

The Smashers then caught a more detailed glance of Dark Gaia. The monster itself was huge enough to place its purple claws upon some continents while its tentacles moved around a half of the planet. The beast itself looked transparent, but it made many of them look disgusted (or scared like Luigi, Pichu, Lucas, and Olimar).

"Oh my f(beep)ng god," Falco said as his eyes widened to see the huge creature. "Please don't tell me that we're going to fight a thing THAT big."

"Pray we don't even get to see him..." Chip muttered. "My brother doesn't have the best of attitudes..."

"That's something we surely didn't know," joked Samus as she frowned.

The scene then depicted Sonic dropping on the floor, the machine still draining his energy. The Smashers watched as the hedgehog of the cutscene soon began to change in shape: his gloves were torn apart by huge claws, dark blue fur grew on every area of his body, his shoes gained some spikes around them, and his teeth grew bare, dirty fangs. The emeralds around the hedgehog soon turned black and fell down, having no more energy within them to drain out. As Dark Gaia let out a roar, the newly created werehog let out another roar as well. It was around this time that the werehog felt weak and dropped down with the emeralds, the machine lowering down.

"Amy, I hope you stop thinking about liking that form of mine," Sonic said.

Amy chuckled. "After seeing this transformation for the 58th time or so again? You wish."

Sonic slapped his forehead and grunted a bit at this.

"Ho ho ho! Success! A brilliant success! It's just as the Gaia Manuscripts foretold! The entity that was sealed within the planet has awakened. Now I just need to harness its power. Eggman Land will finally come to be! Nyah ha ha ha!" Dr. Eggman said before he maniacally laughed to the ceiling while admiring the view from the tower to Dark Gaia, the werehog struggling to get up.

"Eggman Land..." Tails trailed off. "It always has something to do with some kind of big park or Promised Land where he's the president or something."

"If you forgot, he's bald," Chip said.

"And...that is...relevant?"

"Not really, just reminding you."

Tails sighed with a frown.

Once the beam began to decrease its magnitude, the werehog shook his head and panted heavily as he turned to the left to look up at Dr. Eggman. "You've really...gone and done it this time, Eggman."

"Oh yeah, I should TOTALLY say that to him because he turned me into a FREAKY BEAST WITH FUR!" Sonic complained loudly.

"Yeah, and you should complain to him about the collar you're wearing," Chip said.

"Chip, you're not helping here."

"Ahh, Sonic. That's a good look for you. Festive!" Dr. Eggman rejoiced as he 'admired' Sonic's new look, the werehog not even noticing his new appearance at all.

"Okay, now we know Eggman is a furry," Knuckles joked.

Dr. Eggman proceeded to press a button to open the window behind the panting werehog. "So long, friend!" he said laughing before Sonic noticed he was being dragged away into the space.

The werehog tried to stay in the room by grabbing the floor, but the force of the air eventually took him out where he plummeted down to the planet, the emeralds also falling together with him. The Smashers watched as Dark Gaia let out another roar before slowly vanishing into particles that somehow released some kind of purple cloud that began to cover the planet's upper half as the scene panned out.

And thus the video ended, the Smashers muttering things about the colossal monster of darkness.

Chris sighed and looked at the Smashers. "There you have it," he said. "This is how Dark Gaia looks like..."

Cream gulped and hugged Cheese tightly. "I-I can't believe there was such a dreadful monster living inside the planet..."

"Me neither," Tails said. "But that's how Dark Gaia looks like. I know that because of the Gaia Manuscripts that Professor Pickle has."

"But seeing that monster..." Marth trailed off. "Dr. Eggman wants to control it, right?"

"Apparently," Tails said. "Now that we saw how it looked like, once it comes back, the planet may as well be doomed..."

Sonic smacked a fist to his palm. "That wacko's gonna end up screwing up at the last moment, and then that beast will destroy everything, right?"

Chris looked embarrassed at this. "W-well...Dr. Eggman didn't exactly manage to control Dark Gaia at the end and he...got pushed away very easily..."

"Is that so?" Tails asked. "Well, I kinda figured that would happen. After all, Dr. Eggman didn't manage to control Perfect Chaos."

"Or control the Space Colony ARK," Amy added. "Both always ended in the world in danger of being destroyed."

"But what about that big monster?" asked Diddy. "That thing is...just colossal and gigantic combined... What could happen if we didn't succeed and..."

Chris shook his head. "Dark Gaia is...actually less big than that for some reason..."

"...What?"

The World Traveler nodded. "W-well, in the game, when you get to fight against Dark Gaia...it..."

"He," interrupted Chip.

"...He's far less big than what you saw right now..." Chris said confused.

"How's that possible?" Cream asked.

"...That's...for the producers of the game to answer..."

This response called an unneeded silence in the room.

"...W-why are you so silent now? T-that's the whole truth!" Chris said embarrassed. "B-but let's not argue about how complicated games are, okay? We have to focus about Dark Gaia!"

"..." Master Hand shook himself. "Okay, that video gave us an image of what that beast can do. It's somehow big, according to Chris." He began to float back and forth between the walls. "However, this poses a threat... Judging how big that thing is, I doubt that, even if we all fought it together, we wouldn't be a match against Dark Gaia."

"That's a huge problem," Ivysaur said. "There's NO darn way in hell I'm going to cut that monster with Razor Leaf. I don't wanna get any closer to that as well...a-and I want to stay away from those fissures. T-they have lava..." he said as he shivered a bit in fear.

"I-I have to agree with Ivysaur there," Red said. "I honestly don't think we can defeat a monster that...hideous..."

Snake frowned with a grunt. "Everyone here should stop thinking badly about this," he said. "Provided we stop that monster from coming out, we have to stay focused and stop it before it's too late. It's not even out so stop thinking like we're going to fight it right away."

The Smashers looked at Snake. "Actually, that's true..." Mario said. "Dark Gaia hasn't even come out from the planet, right?"

"No..." Tails said. "It..." he looked at Chip, "...I mean...he's surely still trying to regain its...his energies..."

"Oh, that's a big relief right..." Pikachu said with a sigh. "I don't want think about facing a monster like that..."

Wolf closed his eye. "Currently, we have an advantage over that monster, don't you think?" he asked. "Since it's not doing any rampages, we can still stop it in time before it's too late, right?"

"I guess," Tails said. "If we can make the continents piece back together, then Dark Gaia wouldn't have to come out...at least that's what I think..."

"...Let's all think positive for the time being, okay?" suggested Peach. "We should all work hard to prevent it from coming out so it...he destroys Sonic's world."

"Besides, that thing is supposed to be some sort of god," Knuckles said. "I know you guys are strong, but...strong enough to bring that monster down?"

"Please, stop this!" Master Hand said. "Stop thinking we're going to face that monster!"

Chip sighed. "This commotion wouldn't happen if we weren't awakened so soon..."

"Oh, right," Chris said as he looked at Chip. "If you would...can you let me show them the video where you explain your true nature?"

Chip smiled and nodded. "I would love to explain it myself, but seeing that this machine can do it...well..."

"...I'll go ahead, then," Chris said as he browsed the videos of the game through the gallery, the Smashers returning their gazes at the screen.

Amy gasped, hopped on the spot, and pointed at the screen. "S-stop right there! T-there's a video of me dancing with someone who does NOT look like Sonic!"

"We're not watching the entire game," Knuckles reminded her. "(Besides, what's the point if I'm not there?)"

"B-but I have to watch that!" Amy complained.

"S-sorry, but you can watch that particular scene much later, Amy..." Chris said as he found the right video clip where Sonic and Chip were in a port in the continent of Adabat. "Oh, here it is." He clicked on the video so it could start.

Amy crossed her arms and sat down on her chair. "Fine, but you better let me play the game."

"Whatever..."

"What was that?"

"I-I mean, sure..." Chris said gulping as the video started.

The cutscene now depicted Sonic and Chip standing in a port of Adabat as the sun set in the horizon. Once the duo stopped walking to look at it, Chip walked on the floor and stared at the sunset, his hands clutched to his neck. "My... My real name is Light Gaia," Chip said. "I draw power from the day and light, and guide the planet to its rebirth. My job was to protect the planet from Dark Gaia. But Eggman broke the world apart himself, and Dark Gaia and I were awakened before we should've been."

"OH MY GOD," said Crazy Hand as a bucket of popcorn was shown on his counter. "This is like story of my life, except this isn't my life but Chip's life an-"

"Crazy, you can become a movie critic after we finish with this," Master Hand said in annoyance.

"Hurray for people's dreams coming true in a minute!"

Chip looked down worried at the wooden floor. "That's why Dark Gaia broke apart, and I didn't know who I was." The imp began to knock his forehead a bit. "I didn't remember what I was supposed to do. All because this isn't the proper time of awakening."

"Time of awakening?" Sonic asked.

Chip walked forward to take a closer look at the sunset. "Dark Gaia grows over millions of years, then rises to destroy the world. And I put it all back together. We've been doing this over and over, again and again...since the very beginning of time."

Luigi looked surprised at Chip. "Y-you 2...do that over and over?"

Chip nodded. "That's the role of each one of us. Dark Gaia breaks the planet apart, and I fix it. It's like some sort of never ending cycle that must keep going."

"Wow," Knuckles began, "and how come we didn't hear about this at all?"

"Maybe because you're so ignorant about all the stories that your world has," Chip said. "You should try reading some books."

"Oh, I see... Wait, did you call me ignorant?"

"Shh, the movie's still going."

"So you were asleep all this time? For millions of years?" Sonic asked.

The imp turned around and nodded at Sonic. "Yes. For ages and ages."

In the cutscene clip, because the sun lowered down, night came around the time they were talking, and Sonic instantly changed to his werehog form. "I'll bet it's thanks to you," he said with his gruff voice.

Chip looked up at him. "Hmm?"

Sonic looked around the scenery. "Even at night, when I'm like this, I'm still myself. Not like all the other people we've seen. You must have been protecting me this whole time."

"What does he mean with all the people they've seen?" Pit asked.

"Well, in the game, they both meet up with a lot of people who happen to be aggressive due to Dark Gaia's influence," Chris said. "At day, all the people of the world are happy and cheerful, but at night, they all become bitter and angry to anyone."

"Oh yeah," Tails said. "As we looked around for the Gaia Guardians, we did find some angry people during the night. They were really angry at us for some reason, and then we went to ask Professor Pickle why they were like that. He told us Dark Gaia's presence affects anybody in attitude during the nights..."

Cream shivered. "A-and I got scolded by a nice baker lady of Spagonia for something I didn't even do..."

"In a few words, people turn very aggressive at night," Tails said. "But...I wonder why we weren't affected by Dark Gaia's influence since we all live in the same world..."

Back to the cutscene, Chip shook his head in shame. "I haven't done anything, Sonic. You're the reason you haven't changed at all. You're too strong to lose yourself!"

"I'm the reason?" Sonic asked.

"Yeah! You never doubt yourself, no matter what. You never give in to the light, or to the darkness inside your heart. I think it's that because I knew about you."

Tails rubbed his chin. "So...Sonic didn't change because he has a strong will?"

Sonic grinned and crossed his arms with a chuckle.

"Pfft, are you kidding me?" Knuckles asked. "This guy can be easily driven to anything with his temptations. Just look at his face."

"Knucklehead, I told you to shut up," Sonic muttered annoyed.

"What's that?! You little son o-"

"Shh!!!" most of the Smashers whispered in annoyance, both characters shooting glares at each other before looking away annoyed.

In the cutscene, Chip flew a bit on his spot. "That's why I wanted you to help me. It's been so fun!" he said as he began to fly around a bit. "Getting to see the world: I've lived here since the planet began, but...I didn't know a thing about it. That it's so pretty, or that food tastes so good, or that people are so nice." He sighed and smiled a bit to Sonic. "I'm so glad I got the chance to discover all that with you. And I'm so glad that you helped me find my memory. Sonic, I will never, ever forget you."

Peach sobbed at this that she took out a napkin from her back and cleaned her tears.

"Peach, you really are easy to cry in dramatic scenes like this..." muttered Nana.

"Thank you, Sonic. Goodbye, friend!" Chip said in parting words as he turned around and flew away to the sunset.

The werehog gasped at this. "Hey!" he called out before he stretched his arm to grab Chip. Once Sonic's claw extended long enough to reach one-hundred feet long, the werehog grabbed Chip by his back.

"Whoa, wha-" Chip got surprised before he was pulled all the way back to the werehog.

"Where do you think you're off to all by yourself?" Sonic asked annoyed as he let go of Chip.

Chip began to shift his look around in a nervous manner. "What...but... My memory is back now, and..." The imp looked at the sunset. "Well, from here on out, it's my responsibility, so, um... I mean, there's no reason for you to come along, so I should just..." He looked back at the werehog.

Sonic looked away. "Do I need a reason to want to help out a friend?"

"That question is what dragged us into this," Ike pointed out.

Chip blinked a few times before he smiled and joined his hands together. "Thanks, Sonic!" he said happily before the two did a high-five.

"Yeah!" they both said before laughing with each other that the scene reached its end as it panned out.

The Smashers kept staring at the screen before Chris sighed and turned around to look at them. "And...that's all we need to know..." he said. "I hope we know what Dark Gaia is and what Chip's mission is."

"Man, talk about catastrophic," DK said as he scratched his head. "All this stuff about saving a WHOLE world from that monster..."

Chip frowned at this. "I'm sorry, you guys. That's the role my brother and I have..."

"Can you PLEASE stop saying that monster is your brother?" Ness asked annoyed. "You 2 don't even look alike!"

Chip chuckled at this. "Well, now you guys know my true purpose in life," he said. "My job is to save the planet from my crazy brother..." He looked serious. "So, I want every single one of you to help me out by restoring each continent back to its place before it's too late. Once I get my powers back to me, then we can stop my brother from destroying Sonic's world."

The Smashers kept staring at him.

"Heheh, I'm glad I was able to remember my status as a god," Chip said. "So what do you say? I say let's kick some butt and save the world together for the welfare of everyone on it!"

The Smashers kept staring at Chip for a longer period.

"...Um..."

More staring.

"...You guys..."

Even more staring.

"...Um...you guys...why are you staring at me with those looks?"

The Smashers looked at each other.

"Y-yeah, you're kind of...so silent today..."

"..."

Before his eyes, Chip watched as many of the Smashers began to laugh madly for no reason. Chip watched as some Smashers dropped to the floor and began to roll a bit while holding their stomachs, some began to chuckle uncontrollably, and even the most silent ones snickered a bit at this. Even the Sonic team and the hands began to laugh as well. The imp blinked in pure confusion as the room became filled with hysterical laughter; something Chip didn't foresee.

"I-I don't understand..." Chip said confused as he turned around to look at a chuckling Chris and a laughing Riolu. "W-why's everyone laughing like this? I-I thought they didn't believe me about my true purpose!"

"T-that's exactly why they're laughing..." Chris said as he chuckled with Riolu. "T-they think that you don't look like a god at all..."

"...W-what?" Chip said in disbelief. "B-but I'm a god! I-I'm Light Gaia! I-I mean, I can open up doors and stuff!"

The hysterical laughter behind Chip began to grow even louder than before.

"C-Chip, please, stop saying that already..." Chris pleaded between chuckles. "I-if you keep saying that, they're going to keep laughing until they die..."

Chip blinked sadly before he looked serious and narrowed his eyes at Chris. "You guys do know you're pissing off a god, right? I can mesmerize every single one of yo-"

"T-they know you don't have any powers at all..." Chris said.

Chip gasped loudly.

"A-and they surely won't help you if you threaten them...b-because you're powerless right now...a-and you need us so you can have your powers back...right?"

"...Awwwwwwwwwwwwwww!" Chip groaned out loud to the ceiling. "I-it's true, I need them to recover my powers as Light Gaia!"

And the hysterical laughter grew even louder than before, the imp hanging down his head in shame.

"...I'm pathetic, am I not?" Chip asked sadly.

"P-please, don't look so down either..." Chris said between chuckles while Riolu pointed at laughed at Chip.

And everyone kept chuckling, snickering, or laughing madly for some minutes. The imp sniffed sadly at this as his ears twitched by all the laughter that came from behind his back, looking down at the floor in shame...

Some time later...

Everyone soon calmed down as Chip tried his best to look calm. The imp, however, felt very embarrassed to see that some people were still wiping out some tears from their eyes. "So..." Chip began, "that's my job, you guys... I have what it takes to repair the planet..."

"I-in other words," Tails began as he wiped out some tears from his eyes, "y-you're the key to open the doors of the Temples of Gaia?"

"Yeah..." Chip said. "My necklace here lets me open the doors so anybody can get further inside into the temple. I also happen to know the Temple Guardians as well."

A record scratched and everyone looked surprised at Chip.

"...Say what?" Knuckles asked.

Chip nodded, a grin of pleasure on his face. "Yep, I happen to know the Temple Guardians very well. They're the ones who were entrusted to protect the temples by taking care of the Sun and Moon Tablets." He chuckled mentally in his mind. "(Finally, they're gonna take me more seriously after this! Oh yeah, I just need to take them to the real Temple Guardians and...)"

Chip looked shocked before he realized something very important.

"...Chip, why do you look so shocked?" Amy asked.

"W-well...you see..." Chip gulped a bit, "I-I do know the Temple Guardians...b-but...er..." He smiled nervously and folded his arms behind his back. "...D-do humans live for a million of years as their life span? I-I'm asking this because I only know those guardians... A-are they still alive?"

For his dismay, Chip received many bored looks from every single person in the room.

"..." Chip gulped nervously. "C-can I take your silence as a sign of a yes?"

Everyone shook their heads in boredom.

"U-um..." Chris began, "I-I happen to know the current Temple Guardians..."

Tails blinked a bit. "You know the Temple Guardians and who they are?"

Chris nodded. "The game let me know about them. Luckily, I can show you who they are and where they live."

Everything and everyone around Chip turned black as the imp stared off at the empty space, his thoughts echoing in his little world. "(Why, why, oh why?)" he asked to himself. "(I-I should be the one to know everything about this, b-but it's pathetic to see that a normal guy like Chris knows way more than me, a god...)"

Back at the current scene...

The World Traveler looked relieved. "Well, I'm going to show you who they are now. I'd like someone to dot down their names and remember how they look like."

"I'll do it," offered Cream as she held a notepad and pen.

The World Traveler proceeded to show the group the Temple Guardians of Apotos, Spagonia, Adabat, Chun-nan, Shamar, and Holoska. After browsing the world map for about ten minutes, Chris finished giving the information about the Gaia Guardians.

"So, in other words..." Knuckles began, "we have to look for Gregorio of Apotos, the village elder Gwek of Mazuri, Otto and Lucia of Spagonia, Jari-Thure, Jari-Pekka, and Sarianna of Holoska, the village elder Zonshen of Chun-nan, Layla and Ehsan of Shamar, and finally we have Tenchai of Adabat..."

Amy tilted her head a bit. "Wait just a minute...all those people..."

Tails gasped. "We already met all of them!"

"What?" Master Hand said. "You met all of them already? How come they didn't say anything about the Temples of Gaia?"

"I-I'm pretty sure we met all of them before, but..." Cream trailed off, "...b-but they didn't say that they were the Temple Guardians..."

"Dammit," muttered Knuckles as he smacked a fist on his palm. "They were trying to be secluded about their ranks as Temple Guardians that they weren't going to say they were the guardians themselves..."

"We're trying to save the world here, hello," Sonic said annoyed. "Those guys can't escape now. Now we know who they really are."

"Well, in that case, does that mean you're all going off again?" Marth asked. "Since we know who they are, I'm pretty sure you're going to go after them, right?"

"Of course," Tails said. "We have to get to them as soon as possible."

"There's no time to waste now," Cream said. "The sooner, the better, right?"

"I guess..." Chris said. "Finding the guardians is our top priority."

"Yeah," Tails said. "We don't need to make up a group, but...if something were to happen...we should make a group and set out to those places again."

"Finally, this search will end very soon," Knuckles said. "Alright, let's prepare t-"

"H-hold on a second..." Tails trailed off.

"What is it now?"

The 2-tailed fox began to think. "...Apotos, Spagonia, Mazuri, Holoska, Shamar, Adabat..." he said as he looked up to the ceiling. "There are supposed to be 7 continents...but...there are 6 of them..."

The World Traveler looked worried.

"Is there a continent we're missing?" Olimar asked.

"Yeah...but...which one is that?" Tails asked.

"A-about that..." Chris said. "There's this extra seventh continent in this part of the world..." He looked back at the screen with everyone else to rotate the world map.

Once the world spun a bit, there was a small chunk of a land that was floating between some continents. The spot itself had lights and black layout, and there was a small portion of ocean around the land.

Sonic narrowed his eyes at the spot. On the spot, there was a title for the location of it. "...Eggmanland..." he muttered.

"That's the seventh continent," Chris said. "Oddly enough, this continent doesn't have any guardian. But if you think about it, Dr. Eggman could be the 'guardian' of this place since he owns the continent as his base of operations..."

"You mean to say there's a temple in that place?" Snake asked.

"Yes," Chris said. "Deep under the facility, the seventh temple rests there," he explained. "That's the only temple that doesn't need tablets or guardians since Dr. Eggman built his base on top of it."

"So basically, that would be his HQ," Master Hand said.

"Technically speaking, yeah," Tails said. "But to think he guards a temple..."

The Smashers began to think in silence for some minutes.

"...If we go there, we'd have to make an assault, right?" Ike asked.

"Yes," Tails said. "But if we think again...shouldn't we leave that place for last? You know, that place being the last place where the temple is? It would be best to go there after we finish with the first 6 temples. Besides, in the event where Dark Gaia awakens..." he trailed off in thought, worried about the event. "...Let's save that place for last and hope we don't end up fighting that monster, okay?"

"I agree with that idea," Master Hand said. "Making first an unnecessary uproar in their HQ isn't a wise thing to do. The last thing we need is make an uprising in that world."

"Okay, then it's settled," Amy said. "We should make the team and go to our world before it's too late."

Sonic looked away. "Can you guys...go alone without me?"

"What?" Knuckles asked. "What's gotten into you now? This is our world we're talking about here. We have to make sure we find those guys first!"

"Yeah...well, thing is, I wanna take a break from this."

"You're asking for a break now?" Knuckles asked before crossing his arms. "We're all exhausted right now, sure. However, time's running out and we need to get a move on."

"Can we just relax for a day?" Sonic asked annoyed. "Nobody's making a move now."

"Sonic, we're going there and that's that," Knuckles said annoyed.

Cream sighed depressed. "I'd rather rest a bit before we go..."

"...What?"

Amy yawned. "Y'know, I need a rest as well..."

"Come again?"

Tails looked a bit weak. "I wouldn't mind having some relaxation today as well..."

"B-but..."

"Chaaaaaooooooo..." Cheese yawned a bit.

Knuckles looked a bit overwhelmed. "B-but you guys, this is our world!"

"Knucklehead, admit it," Sonic said bored. "We've been around the world in less than 80 days, and we're all exhausted of searching, looking, spotting, asking, resolving, traveling, and flying. Aren't you tired as well?"

"W-well..."

"Chill out, okay?" Amy asked. "We can resume this tomorrow. The guardians aren't going anywhere."

Knuckles grunted and gritted his fangs. "Ugh, fine! Be that way!" he yelled. "But if something happens, it's going to be your fault, okay?"

Sonic grinned. "Gotcha, Knucklehead."

Amy looked pleased and joined her hands. "Great, I think it's time to hit the little hot spring this place has!"

"Oh, can I come with you, Amy?" Cream asked excited.

"Sure thing, come with me," Amy said pleased before both girls (and Cheese) walked away from the room.

Tails hopped off his seat and walked away to the hallway. "I need to get some rest and think thoroughly about this some more..." he muttered.

Knuckles grunted and began to walk away. "I'm just going to rest, but that's it," he grumbled before he left the room.

Sonic chuckled and looked at the Smashers. "Anything new to talk about?" he asked as Chris turned off the Wii while the lights came back on.

Not long after Sonic asked that, the Smashers began to hear somebody singing. For some odd reason, most of them began to yawn loudly as the singing kept going and echoing.

"Not again..." Red muttered as he rubbed an eye. "I thought this wasn't going to happen anymore..."

"Great, just great..." Ivysaur said as his eyes were slowly closing. "It's like the 60th time this happens..."

The reason why Ivysaur said that was because of a simple person of the Smashers: Jigglypuff.

Ever since the sudden break that they all had began, Jigglypuff had been in very high spirits. This was supposed to be a good thing until she resolved to sing every single morning with her song. Not only this boosted her self-esteem, but this also caused any unfortunate soul to drop down the floor and snore for about half an hour. It was almost impossible to stop her from singing since, even if she got scolded, it would make her sing even more.

"Somebody...shut her up..." Squirtle said. "She's been singing and singing every single morning, and I can't stand sleeping twice a day..."

Master Hand began to tilt at the sides. "Oh god, I really had enough of this..." he muttered as he saw that Chris himself was tilting to the sides while Riolu was about to fall asleep while leaning against Chris's legs. "This singing has to stop..."

"Why the hell can't you just...put a lock on her mouth or something...huh?" asked an annoyed Pikachu.

"If I did that, she would complain to me all day about it..." Master Hand said as he let out a yawn.

"Duh, that's why putting a lock on her would...make her shut up...so she doesn't complain..."

"Really, somebody, stop her..." Zelda said drowsily. "Sleeping so many times...during the day...ruins my metabolism..."

"~Jiiiiiiiiiiigglyyyyyyyyypuff, Jigglyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyypuuuuuuuuuff...~" Jigglypuff sang happily as she came into the command room, some Smashers already falling asleep by falling down on the floor. "~Jiiiiiiiigglyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyypuuuuuuuuuff...~"

"S-shut up!" Ness yelled before he fell asleep on the floor.

"I-it's useless..." Pikachu muttered as he saw C. Falcon falling asleep and hitting his head on the desk. "Jigglypuff has the special ability Soundproof..."

"W-what kind of ability is that?" Pichu asked before he rolled back and fell asleep.

"T-that's an ability that allows her to be immune to...any sound-based move...and she's probably using it now...to hear anybody...and...yaaaaaaaaaawwn..." Pikachu sat down on the floor and curled up.

Master Hand yawned loudly. However, he was able to overhear what Pikachu had said about the Soundproof ability. "Soundproof...ability...to prevent sound-based moves from...affecting..." he trailed off. "...Prevent sound-based moves...from affecting..." he looked at the yawning Smashers, "...from affecting...people..."

Idea.

"...Soundproof...to prevent people...from being affected...from sound-based moves..." Master Hand reiterated. "...Soundproof...as an ability...for...all of us... If we had...that ability...we wouldn't have to suffer...from Jigglypuff's singing...anymore...right? ...Am I...having an...idea here? ...Wait... Soundproof..." The hand gasped a bit. "...Soundproof!" he said loudly. "Oh my god, why didn't I think of this before?" he asked before he went over to Jigglypuff and put a tight grip on her to stop her from singing more.

"H-hey, what are you doing, moron?" Jigglypuff asked inside the hand's grip.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on December 26, 2009, 08:25:59 PM
"Something I should have done a LONG time ago, believe me," Master Hand said annoyed before he looked at his insane brother (literally) on the counter. "Crazy, come over here! We're doing a special ability creation emergency situation!"

Crazy Hand yawned loudly and floated over his brother. "We're doing that?" he asked groggily.

"Yes, we're doing that so we don't have to go through this pandemonium EVER again," Master Hand said as some Smashers managed to stay awake long enough to prevent falling asleep. "It's staying awake or dream unnecessarily all the time."

"That sucks," Crazy Hand said. "I dreamed I was Mario."

"Again, that's one of the many reasons we're doing this," Master Hand said while Jigglypuff took a peek of the outside of his grip to look out. "You know what we're doing?"

"Take some of her DNA and use our hand powers to alter it and provide everyone with a new ability?"

"Yep."

Jigglypuff looked shocked before both hands vanished in thin air along with her.

As many of the Smashers were trying to wake the ones on the floor, they could hear some crashing sounds with some girly screams of the singer puffball. This surely was shown like this because the hands wanted to let the Smashers know about what they were doing with Jigglypuff in some room...

"OH MY GOSH, PUT THAT HUGE SYRINGE AWAY FROM ME!" Jigglypuff yelled.

"It's a bigsy-itsy-hugesy-little pinch," Crazy Hand said. "It won't hurt you...that much... Wait, I'm lying here. Just pulling your leg, you know. Heheheheheh, it will hurt you...that much."

"KYAH!"

"Don't scare her more, Crazy!" Master Hand yelled. "Jigglypuff, don't move or else it'll hurt...that much."

"See? You're even saying it as well," Crazy Hand pointed out.

"Shut up and just pinch her already!"

"I'm doing that but she's so fast while she hovers in the air than running on the ground!"

"LET ME GO AWAY FROM THAT SYRINGE!" Jigglypuff yelled.

"It's going to benefit every single Smasher (and hands) in the mansion!" Master Hand yelled. "It's going to make them listen to your drowsy songs as well! Don't you want that? People will ACTUALLY listen to your songs till the end!"

"Y-yeah, that's good and all, but it's not good when I'm about to be PINCHED BY A 7-feet tall SYRINGE!" Jigglypuff screamed as the sound of a needle crashing into a wall was heard. "MISSED!"

"I won't fail this time, though!" Crazy Hand said with a chuckle.

"HOLY MOLLY!"

"Right there!"

"Missed again!"

"How 'bout there?"

"MISSED!"

"A-ha, right here!"

"MISSED AGAIN, HAHAHAHAHAHA!"

"Don't you dare laugh at my face on my middle finger!"

"AAAH!!!"

"It's just right there now!"

"Not quite, you missed again!"

"NOW!"

"S-SO CLOSE!"

"STOP IT!" Master Hand yelled.

And thus Jigglypuff received a pinch.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH, I'M DYING HERE!" Jigglypuff screamed.

"If you keep moving, then you might die!" Master Hand yelled.

"What?!"

"I-I mean, treatment is...complete! Now, hand over this syringe to me... We take the little sample of blood..."

"Why the heck was the huge syringe for if you just took a bit of my blood?!" Jigglypuff asked.

"Crazy here wanted to show off the huge one."

"Heehee!" Crazy Hand laughed merrily.

"And we pour this sample of blood on the glass... We use a microscope and remove any Pokémon DNA with a little needle from it so no one here gets your DNA... We make sure the necessary DNA is here so the ability is there... We apply some hand magic into it... We revise that it doesn't have any unnecessary DNA...and...hmm...there. It's done..."

Jigglypuff sniffed a bit.

"There, there, you get yourself a green lollipop for being brave enough to withstand my syringe of doom," Crazy Hand said.

"T-that's not a lollipop, t-that's a scalpel!" Jigglypuff complained.

"Imagine it's a lollipop, then. I ran out of candy. Question: is never having any candy an expression to say I ran out of candy? Like if I didn't have any candy in the beginning, can I say I ran out of it?"

"Knock it off already!" Master Hand yelled.

With another cloud of smoke, the hands (and a dizzied Jigglypuff) appeared before all the Smashers, the Balloon Pokémon rolling back to hit her head on the counter.

"My god," Master Hand began, "and when I say my god, I mean me. I can't believe I didn't think of doing this a long time ago. But I have to say it's brilliant!"

Chris yawned. "W-what do you mean by that?"

"I mean I took some DNA from Jigglypuff here so I could make a nice ability for everyone to use," Master Hand said. "We now have new stuff at the shop!"

Crazy Hand nodded. "Yup, we also have new improvements, right?"

"Oh right," Master Hand said. "You see, you might say we haven't done anything productive during all this time, right?"

Chris looked away. "Well...I haven't seen you doing anything..."

"Thing is, we've been doing lots and lots of productive stuff," Master Hand said. "You remember that some Smashers here received some special benefits with abilities, but everyone else didn't have the same luck, right? Well, during this whole time, me and my brother here came up with the best of the best in permanent abilities so everyone has the same advantage of having the best there is for each one of them."

"In other words..."

Master Hand could have rolled his eyes if he had them in the first place. "The shop's been heavily upgraded. Check it out for yourself."

"...Okay..." Chris looked at Crazy Hand.

Crazy Hand nodded. "Whatcha gonna buy today, lad?"

Jobs (None) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities (New!) - Items

Smash Coins in hand: 18601

"Hey, hold on right there," Master Hand said. "Where'd you get that big wallet?"

"Oh, you mean about the wallet... Well, there's this girl named Agitha who lives in the eastern woods who gave me this wallet for collecting some bugs she lost," Chris explained.

"..." The hand looked away. "(To be honest, I put up those expensive abilities there because I didn't think they would actually get a big wallet... Those abilities were just for show; a joke...)"

"With a big wallet like this, I'll be able to buy more."

The hand turned to Chris and chuckled a bit. "Heheheheheh, right... (Oh man, oh man, oh man, I haven't made those abilities yet. I swear to myself he doesn't buy those yet...)"

"Ehem," Crazy Hand coughed. "Now that we have a whole bunch of new stuff, we've decided to separate all abilities for each Smasher in their respective area so we don't have to show EVERYTHING with one strike. You just need to ask which Smasher's abilities you want to see and I'll show 'em for you."

"Okay, that sounds good," Chris said.

"So here it is."

-Miscellaneous Abilities (New!)
-Smashers' Abilities (New!)


"Where'd like to see first?" Crazy Hand asked.

"Hmm... Miscellaneous Abilities, please," Chris said.

"Okay, there you go."

Over Limit Lvl. 2 - 20000 Smash Coins

Final Smash Extension - 4000 Smash Coins

Last Breath – 5000 Smash Coins

Professor Kawashima Party Screen - 1000 Smash Coins

Soundproof - 2000 Smash Coins


Gives all party members the ability to be 100 percent immune to any sound-based attacks.

"...Wait a minute, besides the Soundproof ability, there's a new ability here..." Chris trailed off.

Combined Final Smash's Partner - 4000 Smash Coins

Any Smasher can perform a CFS with any other Smasher who isn't Chris. This special ability enables possible partners to use CFSs without having the need of Chris being in the pair. Examples of people who can perform a CFS would be Ness and Lucas either using PK Detonation or PK Volcano, or a Smasher who knows summoning magic to collaborate together with Zelda and perform a known CFS. (However, only discovered CFSs can be performed with anybody. More unavailable CFSs can be available only after Chris is the one who goes through the new CFSs first with another Smasher).

"I guess you noticed that new ability, right?" Master Hand asked.

"Y-yes..." Chris said. "This one sounds very beneficial..."

"Yes, I know what you mean," the hand said. "I've been using a lot of time in you that I'm starting to think I'm being so unfair with everyone else. So I said screw it and made this special baby." The hand nodded a bit. "If you were to be knocked out in battle, it would disallow many abilities to be used later. Why not have other people to do the same with others as you, though?"

The World Traveler thought for a bit. "...Yes, that sounds very required."

"However, take in mind you're going to be the 'key' to discover new CFSs," Master Hand said. "Apparently, you're able to mix up with anybody by spending time together and such. Seeing Pichu discovering a CFS with Snake through partnership seems...very wrong...if you know what I mean..."

"..."

"...In other words, since you can cope well with anybody that doesn't seem so WRONG, you're going to be the 'key' to get more CFSs."

"Oh, I see."

"So, wanna buy this?" Crazy Hand asked.

The World Traveler rubbed his palms together, Riolu noticing this and doing the same out of curiosity. "I have an insane amount of money this time..." He coughed to clear his throat. "First, I want the new ability; the one you just showed me."

"Right-o," Crazy Hand said as the teen gave 4000 Smash Coins to him. "What else?"

"Soundproof, Soundproof, Soundproof, Soundproof," Master Hand muttered.

The teen sighed. "Fine, I'll buy the Soundproof as well... Wait, how come you didn't give me that one for free if we needed it so badly?" Chris asked annoyed.

"I might be smart, but I'm not stupid," Master Hand said. "I need to take advantag-I mean, the chance to...well..."

Chris looked annoyed at him.

"...You want to sleep twice a day?"

Chris and Riolu looked at the fainted Jigglypuff to their left.

"..." Chris looked back at the hand and narrowed his eyes. "This time I'm going to listen to you...but no more tricks, okay?"

"You have my word," the hand said.

"Seriously?"

"Want to wait to see if I do it?"

"..." Chris merely gave the insane hand 2000 Smash Coins while Chris stared at Master Hand. "...Wait, if Soundproof does block sound-based attacks, then how did Jigglypuff get pushed by Lucario's roars back then?"

Jigglypuff instantly pushed herself back up and smiled a bit at Chris. "Oh, that's why I didn't get affected by it all. In fact...I think I got pushed away by his aura rather than his roars..."

"...Oh...I see..."

The Balloon Pokémon smiled happily. "And if everyone here is immune to sound-based attacks like me....then...that means..." her eyes swelled up with tears, "a-anybody can finally listen to my singing without sleeping?"

"Yes," Master Hand said. "Lookie here, I made someone's dream come true."

Jigglypuff began to cheer loudly at this before she began her way to the hallway. "Oh my Arceus, I've achieved a new feat! Oh my gosh, this is like the best day in my life!"

It was not long before Jigglypuff began to sing while walking away. Many of the Smashers blocked their ears so they wouldn't hear, even though it would be useless to do it. However, unlike all the times, they actually were able to listen to Jigglypuff's singing without even yawning a bit.

Peach smiled and joined her hands. "Oh my, I can listen to her without having the fall asleep... She has a nice voice for singing as well."

As many of the Smashers sighed in relief, Chris turned around to look at Crazy Hand.

"Anything else you want to buy?" Crazy Hand asked. "Right now, you have 12601 Smash Coins."

The World Traveler looked at Crazy Hand. "I want to buy the Last Breath ability as well."

"One Last Breath ready and coming," Crazy Hand said as Chris gave him 5000 Smash Coins. "You have now 7601 Smash Coins. Boy, you like to buy expensive stuff a lot, huh?"

"That's not all," Chris said. "I want the party screen of the professor as well."

"Hurray for new upgrades to my system!" said a happy Kawashima while Chris gave 1000 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand. Right after the money was given, the DS glowed for a bit before it stopped. "We've got ourselves a new upgrade. Now you can check the health of all party members in your group, as well as having the ability to see if they have any illnesses, buffs, and debuffs caused by attacks or/and magic."

"Sweet," Chris said pleased. "I have 6601 Smash Coins now...but...I want to save money for the time being."

"You forgot to see 2 new abilities," Master Hand pointed out.

Chris looked confused before looking back at the list to find two other new abilities he had ignored by accident.

Anti-Stagger - 7000 Smash Coins

During Over Limit, the user won't stagger at any single attack he or she receives from the opponents. However, be aware that you can still lose your chance to use a Final Smash if you receive too many hits.

Smash and Bash! - 7000 Smash Coins

During Over Limit, the user can constantly use as many attacks as possible in a quick succession without tiring out. Take in mind that the Over Limit wears out if the time isn't taken into account.

The World Traveler looked shocked to see the two abilities. Chris had just lost an important chance to get the most benefitial abilities. He looked down in shame. "T-this was all your doing, right?" he asked to Master Hand.

"Nope," Master Hand admitted. "You just didn't look at everything."

"..." Chris sighed and looked forward again. "Fine, it was my fault...but I'll later buy those."

"Besides, you got nice abilities," the hand pointed out. "Those are going to help a lot."

"...Well, I guess you could say that..."

"Don't you want to see some of the character specific abilities to see how they work?" Crazy Hand asked. "You'll be overwhelmed."

"...Okay, show me..."

"Right away, sir," Crazy Hand said. "Okay then, ask for any Smasher of the group and I'll show you what I can buy for him, her, or undecided gender person."

"I hope the last one didn't refer to me," Mewtwo said annoyed as he was leaning to the right wall close to them.

"Er...no..." Crazy Hand said as he sweated a bit. "A-anyhow, Chris, ask for any Smasher."

"Hmm..." Chris thought for a moment. "I want to see what I can buy for..." he looked down at his curious Riolu, "...Riolu..."

"Ri?" Riolu looked confused.

"Well, I don't have any abilities for Riolu, but I DO have abilities for his adult form," Crazy Hand said. "Okay, here they are: 5 little abilities for him."

-Lucario

Metal Claw - 2000 Smash Coins


The user can use Metal Claw, a Steel type attack that rips the targets with steel claws, that can also boost attack sometimes. This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Reversal - 4000 Smash Coins

The user can use Reversal, a Fighting type attack, that becomes much stronger depending how much health left the user has. This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Close Combat - 8000 Smash Coins

The user can use Close Combat, a Fighting type attack that is one of the strongest Fighting type moves, but can also lower the defense of the user (up to six times will the defense be decreased). This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Resist lvl. 1: Aura - 1000 Smash Coins

The user will reduce any received Aura-based attacks by a half (1/2). A side effect of this defensive ability is that the user won't be affected by darkness anymore so he can use the usual level of his strength.

Resist lvl. 1: Fire - 1000 Smash Coins

The user will reduce any received Fire-based attack by a third (1/3).

"...Wow..." Chris said. "These abilities sound very useful..."

"Yep, that's how it is for all the Smashers," Master Hand said. "Each one has gained the ability to get 5 new abilities. We have created offensive and defensive abilities to balance everyone because it'd be a waste to keep making their offensive much stronger while their defensive is low."

"I see..." Chris said.

"As for defensive abilities, some Smashers can reduce received attacks by a half while others can only reduce the attacks by a third. This is like this because most of them are used to those elements by experience while others don't."

"Can you...give me an example?"

"Sure thing," the hand said. "Let's compare Mario with C. Falcon. Both use fire attacks, but in truth, Mario is the one who has really been used to fire while C. Falcon didn't get used to it in his world."

"That's because C. Falcon doesn't have any of those moves in his world."

"Yes, I gave him his moves," the hand said. "I did that with every single Smasher here. But back on topic, Mario can reduce received fire-based attack by a half while the captain can only reduce his by a third. If you buy their defenses, you can keep buying their next level so they can resist their attacks by more, and then you'll get the chance to have them be completely immune to those attacks...and maybe even more..."

Chris nodded. "What's more?"

"You'll see once you buy everything..." the hand muttered. "I hope this is the last thing I do for you guys. I think I ran out of all my ideas to help you out. From here and on, you're all good to go by yourselves."

"Less talk and more money," Crazy Hand said. "Want to buy something else?"

"Well..." Chris looked at Riolu for a bit. "...I'll just buy Riolu the defensive aura one so he doesn't get perturbed by darkness anymore." He gave the hand 1000 Smash Coins.

"Lucario's resistance to aura has been updated with the second level," Crazy Hand announced. "You have 5601 Smash Coins now. Anything else you want to buy?"
"That's all," Chris said. "I'll browse everyone's abilities when it's necessary."

"Okay, nice doing business with you," Crazy Hand said. "Whew, that was tiresome..."

"I just hope I don't need to keep track of everyone's abilities, though..." Chris said.

"Oh, it's okay," Master Hand said. "Just fight and don't think about it. They'll use their abilities when they want." Master Hand noticed that most of the Smashers had already left the room. "Oh, I see everyone wants to return to their usual activities. Well, if you'll excuse me, I need to do my stuff as well. See you."

The Hand of Creation nodded to Chris before he vanished.

"And I need to do something-something as well," Crazy Hand said as he gave Chris a thumb up before vanishing.

"Riiiiiiiii..." Riolu tugged Chris's leg a bit.

The World Traveler chuckled and ducked to grab his Pokémon with his arms. "Do you want to go to our room?"

"Ri!" Riolu nodded.

Chris chuckled more before he turned around and found Pikachu looking at him from a chair. The World Traveler noticed he, Riolu, and Pikachu were the only ones left in the room. "Pikachu, is something wrong? You look a little bit...skeptical..."

Pikachu nodded. "I heard everything the hand told you," he said.

"About what?"

"It was about giving us special abilities," Pikachu said.

"I-I didn't see yours yet..."

"No, that's not what I mean," Pikachu said before pointing at Riolu. "It's about little PMD here."

Chris looked at Riolu before looking back at Pikachu. "What do you mean by...PMD?"

"Pokémon of Mass Destruction."

The World Traveler looked annoyed at this.

"Not to be confused with Pokémon Mystery Dungeon," Pikachu added.

"Y-you're calling Riolu like that just because of the accident?" Chris asked.

"Look, I know it was an accident, but he was so going to take us all to the skies," Pikachu said. "But that aside, you should be extremely careful in making him even stronger now that Master Hand is giving everyone abilities."

"Riiiii..." Riolu stared blankly at Pikachu. Maybe the Emanation Pokémon didn't understand what Pikachu was talking about.

Chris thought for a moment. "Well..." he looked at Riolu, "...I'll be careful with that..."

"I hope so," Pikachu said. "You better keep little PMD here from getting even more powerful. What if Lucario didn't learn his lesson and ends up blowing up everything and US during a battle?"

Chris looked down worried while Riolu stared up at him.

"I'll be there so he doesn't do that," Pikachu said. "We should be the only ones getting stronger before he does. He's the brutal Smasher who could possibly defeat pretty much anybody, but there should be balance between everyone so we don't get out of shape. You know what I mean?"

"Yes, I know..." Chris said.

Pikachu smiled. "Don't look so down either, okay? Let's wait until Riolu evolves and see if he learned his lesson fully."

The Electric type hopped down his chair and began his way to the hallway while the World Traveler and his Pokémon soon did the same, Chris thinking hard about what Pikachu told him.

What if Lucario's power could get even worse and ended up being more catastrophic? The World Traveler met a very hard question to answer...

That night...

Lucario's Room

Chris and Riolu were already under blankets. The World Traveler rubbed Riolu's head a bit before chuckling and smiling a bit.

"Well, good night, Riolu," Chris said. "Have good dreams, okay?"

"Riii," Riolu nodded and closed his eyes. "Riiii..."

The World Traveler's smile faded before looking worried. "(I hope you learned your lesson...I'll just have to wait until you evolve into Lucario...)"

With a yawn, the World Traveler fell asleep.

"..." Riolu turned to the left and slightly opened his eyes. "...Ri?"

In front of the Emanation Pokémon, there was a drawing of Lucario stuck on the wall. Riolu stared at the drawing in curiosity and approached it to take a closer look. Upon a closer examination, Riolu found out that there were some sentences around the Lucario in a fighting stance.

Protect me from all danger, Lucario...

I will...

Thank you...


"...Riiii..." Riolu blinked a few times at the sentences before looking at the Lucario in the drawing. The small Pokémon began to examine the strong-looking Pokémon in the drawing.

It looked like Riolu studied the drawing for the remainder of the night since he seemed to look very interested on the drawing that Chris had made.

More so, Riolu started to think about becoming a Lucario very soon...

December 6 - Saturday - Morning

Outside

During a shining morning of Saturday, a proud squad of Hammer Bros. stood on the big hill to see a majestic site before their eyes. The head of the Hammer Bros. was on the top of the hill together with Kylie, Parakarry, Quil, and Postman.

"Just look at that..." Parakarry trailed off.

"This is sure to be a miracle," Quil said with crossed arms. "It's been a long time, but we've finally reached this day."

"Oh man, oh man, oh man, I can't wait for people to come in for me to deliver mail through our new post office!"

Kylie chuckled and looked at the head Hammer Bro. "You pal did a nice job," she said pleased.

The head Hammer Bro nodded. "Yep, everything's ready, ma'am," he said. "The new look still can be upgraded, but we need to gather more materials before going over new blueprints. It's gonna take some time, but with patience everything can be done!"

The five looked back at the newly created settlement in front of them...

Nintendo Village: Morning of New Beginnings

Chrono Cross - Another Termina

The whole expanse of land was entirely cleaned. Because of this, a lot of land was left unattended, prompting a big land of grass to grow. However, the whole land wasn't covered by green patches of grass. A small village was located close to the big hill.

In front of the big hill, there were around twelve five blocks of different buildings of five by five. In those blocks, there were several buildings that were either hotels, individual houses, shops, and several other establishments. The squad of Hammer Bros. was able to make stoned streets and sidewalks between every block so the village would look a little bit more sophisticated.

Overall, the scenery of destruction was completely replaced by a small village.

"It looks very simple, but it's enough for me to consider it a village," Quil commented. "You've done a very good job in cleaning the whole mess of buildings."

"HAMMER!" all the Hammer Bros. exclaimed while raising their hammers before they all broke into laughter.

Kylie clapped her hands together. "Yup, this is a nice fresh start for this newly born village, my boys!"

"We need to run some checkups on the buildings before we let people in, though," the lead Hammer Bro said. "In the meantime, please have a look at your new establishments."

Since there was a new post office building, the previous post office was wrecked down, and its pieces were used to make some small additions to the new post office. Parakarry and Postman shed some tears at this but later smiled at each other.

An hour later...

The big hill was cleared out from all the Hammer Bros. However, after it was cleared out an hour ago, some Smashers (Chris, Riolu, Popo, Nana, Marth, Pikachu, and Kirby) emerged from the other side and stopped walking to see the new village in front of them.

"Wow," Nana began, "they surely did clean everything from here."

"It's nice to see something more peaceful than seeing some kind of dungeon," Marth said. "Besides, I think I like how the place looks like."

"Says the guy who has visited villages, villages, and more villages his entire life," Pikachu muttered in amusement. "You need to update yourself badly. You need to live the city life."

"Oh yeah," said Sonic as he appeared right besides the group. "City life's awesome if you ask me."

Chris (in his Chozo Arts job) looked bored at him. "And you're here with us and not with your group today because..."

Sonic chuckled and crossed his arms. "I told 'em I was gonna check out the Mazuri temple here. Since we haven't checked that temple in a time, I'm going to make sure nothing weird happens there. Knucklehead objected, but I did get away with it, heheheheh."

"That means we get to stay with you guys as well," Chip said as he appeared from behind the hedgehog's back.

Sonic looked bored at him. "You should have stayed with them, y'know..."

"Nope," Chip said. "I wanted to make sure you followed your word and not sneak away so you wouldn't look for the guardians."

"(Please, don't let him know I made up that excuse so I could relax...)" Sonic thought.

Chip chuckled and looked at the Smashers. "Also, after so much thinking, I found out my life as Light Gaia is so dead boring that I want to live my new life to the fullest."

The Smashers looked at him. "What? You find your job as Light Gaia boring?" Popo asked.

Chip looked annoyed. "I have to face it!" he said upset. "Living inside a boring sphere of lava for millions of years with a bothersome brother who has the urge to break up the planet from time to time has to be the most boring job EVER!" he said annoyed. "I mean, sure, I have the job to piece back the continents together so life can keep its track, but where's the fun in that for a little guy like me? It is B-O-R-I-N-G, you know, boring!"

"Are you...neglecting your job as Light Gaia?" Marth asked.

"Sadly, I can't neglect it," Chip said. "I have to follow the same boring cycle since that's supposed to be my task. My brother doesn't mind destroying the planet, but I do mind to piece everything back together. Also, if you guys were to call me Light Gaia, I'd just yell at you and correct yourselves to call me Chip instead." He crossed his arms and looked away annoyed. "'Light Gaia' sounds like some name you'd give to an old man. 'Chip', on the other hand, has a nice sound to it."

Pikachu shifted his eyes. "Cheer up, Light Gaia."

Chip pointed an accusing finger at Pikachu. "It's Indiana Chip, dude, Indiana Chip! Call me Chip, but I'm known to be Indiana Chip!"

The Smashers stared at him for a few seconds before Chris spoke. "So, since you hate your name so much as Light Gaia...you have some sort of freedom to keep changing your name illegally as you please?"

"Yep," Chip said. "I'm a god, so I know what I'm doing her-"

Once the imp said the word 'god', the Smashers began to chuckle silently to themselves.

"You guys will respect me more once we get to complete our mission," Chip said. "Before that days comes, it's all fun and merriment for little Indiana Chip here to enjoy the world outside the sphere of lava we call the core."

Pikachu thought for a moment. "Wait, if we do get to save Sonic's world, doesn't that mean you'll have to go back into the planet?"

Chip thought for a moment. "Hmm, that's kinda true... Well... I don't want to think about grim stuff yet, okay? Let's enjoy the time together as a big happy family!"

"...Oh, look at the village," Nana began, "who wants to go in there?"

The Smashers agreed to visit the village while Chip merely lifted up his shoulders and looked at Sonic. "You said you wanted to be a guard in the temple. Let's go to the temple!"

"Yeaaaaaaaaaaah...no," Sonic said before he disappeared from Chip's sight, a blue bur quickly disappearing into the village.

Chip blinked a few times before looking angry. "Hey, you should be helping me out here! Come back here and let's go to the temple, Sonic!"

The imp was about to complain more. However, Chip recalled what he said about his job as Light Gaia.

"...On the other hand..." Chip muttered before smiling, "if Sonic 'accidentally' does other stuff that doesn't have to be about me...that means I get to enjoy more time out here than being inside the planet!" He rubbed his palms together and chuckled. "Mwahahahahaha, little Indiana Chip gets away with what he wants to do in life... He's as free as a little birdy. It's time to taste chocolate, candy, sweets, and more chocolate goodness!" he said cheerfully before he began his own way into the village.
Sidewalks

The group of seven Smashers were walking on a sidewalk while admiring the new look of the village. Very soon, after crossing a street, they found the new Wings Post Office located on the corner of the second block.

The establishment itself didn't look that different from its previous look. The only new things of the office were the fact that it had a new second floor, the fact that it looked a little bit more updated, and the fact that the billboard of requests was occupying half of the counter's desk, leaving the other half-wide open for Quil to look at the Smashers.

"Welcome to the new Wings Post Office," Quil greeted them.

"So, the city got renovated?" Pikachu asked.

While this conversation started, Chris began to rub Riolu's chin, the Emanation Pokémon's tail wagging a bit.

"You could say that," Quil said. "It was only renovated to a village since there weren't any materials left for more construction. However, this is the best we can have now, and I'm grateful that at least we have this instead of a barren land of ruins." He looked around the sidewalks. "It's going to be a matter of time before people start coming here."

"I'm glad to hear that," Marth said. "I was getting a bit freaked out because we live close to a huge city cemetery."

"Well, since that's in the past, I'd like all of you to enjoy the new life of this place," Quil said. "By the moment, Parakarry and Postman are setting up the new mail boxes of the houses with some Hammer Bros. Right now, all Hammer Bros. are making sure that the buildings are in perfect conditions for people to come in there." He pointed at the billboard. "Right now, there's been some people who would like to get help, though. You should take your time and hear them out before you anything else."

"Well, that gives us benefits," Nana said before everyone looked at the billboard.

It looked like there were three new requests besides Toadette's request...

The Search for Arle Nadja

It has been painful. My search to get to Arle has not leaded me anywhere. I am at the risk of becoming enraged by this that I must ask people to give me some aid and find this girl for me. I will not present myself right away, but I am going to do my best to make some contact with my helpers.

Once I find Arle...at last, she shall be my desire!

From: Dark Magician.

"Ain't that cute or what?" Popo asked. "A magician wants to get the girl of his dreams."

"Er, I'd rather take that request later," Marth said. "Something about that request makes me feel very...uneasy..."

"Oh well," Kirby said. "Let's see the next one!" he said cheerfully as he made sure his Puyo hat didn't fall off his head.

Vanquish the Monster Threat

Well, yep, er, there's this annoying roar that has recently appeared very close to my vacation spot. The roar keeps roaring, roaring, roaring, and roaring every single day, and I can't get my beauty sleep if it keeps up like that! I-I would go see what the cause is but...thing is...I'm very scared...so...yeah... I'm asking some nice guys (like the ones in front of this billboard (that means you)) to come here and see what you can do about it... I'm certain it's a monster...

From: Summon Spirit of Earth.

The World Traveler, still rubbing Riolu's chin, blinked confused at the requester of the request "Summon Spirit of Earth...you don't mean..." He looked at Quil. "Excuse me, but, did the guy who put up this request looked like some sort of...big gerbil?"

Quil took a peek of the posted request before he pulled himself back and nodded at Chris. "Oh yes, there was this person who looked like a big doll with this huge bow on his head who came here and asked me to hear him out... I have to tell you that he looked very peculiar..."

"(Gnome came all the way here?)" Chris thought to himself.

"Chris, don't keep us in the dark and tell us what you're talking about," Nana said. "Do you know the requester?"

"Well, yes," Chris said.

The World Traveler decided to explain who Gnome was to the Smashers.

"Oh...that's pretty bizarre," commented Popo. "You fought a big gerbil with a spinning bow?"

"I-I know it sounds weird, but that's how the story goes..." Chris said as he kept rubbing Riolu's chin.

"In any case...let's see the other request," Marth said before everyone looked back at the billboard.

Find my Mime Jr!

Help, help, help! I need some nice people to help me find my dear Mime Jr! The little guy got lost after an 'accident' happened to both of us, and we got separated from each other! I can't stand sleeping alone anymore. I can't stand looking at the empty spot I always had reserved for Mime Jr. to sleep! Please, I'm begging you to find him before I lose all hope! When you find my Pokémon, I'll show up to you once I have the time, but please keep Mime Jr. somewhere safe!

From: Master of Disguise.

"Oh, finally, this request sounds a little bit more normal," Chris said.

"Actually, this request sounds kind of odd," Nana said. "The guy surely likes his Mime Jr. a lot."

Pikachu shrugged. "Something about this request doesn't make me feel very good, though..."

Quil crossed his arms. "Well, what requests are you going to accept?"

"Let's take Toadette's request!" Kirby offered. "We came here to do that, right?"

"Yes," Pikachu said. "We all want to work, right?"

"I guess..." Marth said.

Quil gave the group a wing stamp. "Very well, you're accepting Toadette's request, then," he said. "You can find her restaurant 2 blocks to the south of this place. The restaurant is easy to spot so you can't miss it."

Pikachu looked at everyone. "Everyone here wants to be butlers?"

"I just want to do it because I want to do something different for a change," Marth said.

"Oh well, let's all head down to the restaurant," Nana said.

Once the Smashers turned to the south, they noticed that a small figure was standing in their way, blocking their path. They all looked down at the rather chubby-looking character. This character, who was in fact a moogle, of around 1 or 2-feet tall of height had fur all over his body, had two small red wings on his back, wore several garments with a little cap that allowed his little red pom-pom to stick out from his head, and wore a small pouch on the front of his stomach. It should be said that, even if there were moogles like him, this moogle was from a different species since it didn't have any arms or hands. This figure, his face always having a happy expression (with eyes shut all the time), looked up and hopped on his spot a bit.

"Hello," the small moogle began, "greetings to all of you."

"...Er...hi..." Pikachu said confused. "And...who are you?"

The little moogle stopped hopping. "Oh, I see that you don't know me," he said. "Well, I'm just a little traveler who goes from place to place to know more about the vast land in the horizon." He hopped a bit more on his spot. "I'm suited to life on the road with no roots to tie me down."

"You must have a name, though," Marth said.

"...Whoops," the moogle said. "My name is Stiltzkin. It's very nice to meet such a colorful group of people like you."

Chris thought for a moment. "Hmm...you said you're a traveler?"

"Of course I am," Stiltzkin said. "I go from place to place in order to gain more knowledge about the world." He looked up to the sky. "I have to say my travels have taken me to a very different...air. Somehow, I think this is a new place I have yet to travel." He looked back at them. "It's probably just me, right?"

The Smashers shifted their eyes a bit.

"Your faces tell a lot," Stiltzkin said. "I must surely have walked into a different world, kupo! If that's so, that means this place is 100 percent real!" He hopped more on his spot. "Sightseeing is believing, as they say!"

"Who says that?" Nana asked.

"The people I get to know," Stiltzkin said. "It's one of the many things I've learned in my travels. The more you get to go anywhere, the more you know more about everything. One of my biggest dreams is to discover new places. If there are people who would like to give me their aid, I'll be glad to do it as long as they help me."

Riolu was starting to get a bit tired of the rubbing on his chin that he began to look worried.

Marth crossed his arms. "I think that's an interesting dream you have."

"It is," Stiltzkin said nodding. "I'm glad that I'm the only moogle who dares to do such a huge feat. It makes my fur get so fuzzy to think about the new places yet to visit!" He chuckled a bit at the thought. "Anyhow, who are you?"

The Smashers introduced themselves to the little traveler.

Stiltzkin nodded. "Hmm-hm, nice to meet you," he said. "Would you be interested in...helping a bit?"

"Helping you?" Kirby asked confused. "Why do you need us?"

Stiltzkin turned around and looked away. "You see, traveling far and wide isn't easy," he explained. "You think I have everything set to go around some more, right? Well, that's not true, sadly..." He turned back at them. "Traveling is not easy. For traveling, you need...um... How do I put it? ...It needs...money..."

"...Money?" Kirby asked.

"...Lots of money," Stiltzkin admitted. "I need to spend lots of money to wherever I go."

Nana looked bored at him. "You're not thinking about us giving you some money now, right?"

"Oh, please, don't think I just want to ask for money like that!" Stiltzkin said embarrassed. "Since I go from here to there, I get on my hands lots of goodies."

"What does that mean?" Popo asked.

"It means I have special stuff to sell to people." Stiltzkin looked at his small pouch. "I might not look like it, but I do carry a lot of stuff in here. You could say I carry a magic inventory!"

"Weird, we could say the same here," Pikachu said.

"Ooh, we're kindred spirits now," Stiltzkin said. "Care to look at my wares? I'm sure I can find anything good for you. Traveling and meeting people so much has allowed me to get anything you would find useful for pretty much anything. There's stuff for everyday things, medicines, and even stuff for fighters." He stared at them. "Something about you all makes me think you're...fighters."

Nana crossed her arms. "What makes you think we're fighters?"

"The guy with the little creature on his arms has a gun," Stiltzkin pointed out. "You and your twin look like you would wield something like hammers, the guy with the thunder-shaped tail looks like he knows how to use lightning, and the little guy with the strange hat...does a lot of stuff."

Kirby made a happy expression.

"Oh, and the lady wields a sword."

The Smashers chuckled a bit at Marth as the prince looked a bit annoyed. "Is it because of the tiara, right? I told you I wasn't going to get rid of it," Marth said with a sigh.

"...Oops, you're a guy, sorry," Stiltzkin said. "Anyway, you're all fighters?"

"...Yes..." Popo said. "You...could say that..."

The moogle nodded at this. "Okay, I've got just the stuff you would need so badly." With his mouth, the moogle dug out from his pouch a list that he let go on the pavement. "Here's a list with special stuff I sell. This stuff is kind of odd, though."

Pikachu picked up the list and looked at it.

"I'm saying it's odd because...the stuff itself is enchanted stickers with magic fused into them..."

Chris shook his head. "Wait, magic-fused stickers?"

"Do any of you have any use for these?" Stiltzkin asked. "I brought it up because...that's the only idea I had in mind for you to sell..."

"Oh, we do use stickers...as odd as it sounds..." Nana said embarrassed. "In fact, we rely too much on them to get more abilities..."

Stiltzkin hopped a bit. "Ooh, then I was right! Please, do browse through the list to whatever you would like to buy from me! If I can, we can come up with a deal and reduce some money from the stickers."

The Smashers decided to take a peek of Stiltzkin's list...

Stiltzkin Wares

Smash Coins in hand: 5601

Counter – 4000 Smash Coins


A common ability used by monks. This attack will instantly make the user retaliate an attack.

"I have no use for that one," Marth said.

Fury – 4000 Smash Coins

A special ability that Fayt and his group can use. This ability doubles the attack of the user when a party member (preferably close to the user in terms of friendship) is knocked out.

"...Fayt?" Chris asked before looking at the moogle. "You know who Fayt is?"

"Er, like I said before, I've traveled to many places," Stiltzkin said. "In fact, I may have winded up in other...universes... Really, I don't know how I did that, but I guess you could achieve universe traveling by going to lots of places."

Marth rubbed his chin. "(I think I know why... Maybe the fact that we have been in so many worlds has leaded to some people to go anywhere... I have to tell Master Hand about this before it gets a little bit out of the hand...)"

"I've met lots of people," Stiltzkin said. "I think I have met some Fayt before. Thing is, you tend to forget some people when you meet more."

Bad Breath – 9000 Smash Coins

The user releases a gastric and sickening breath to the enemies. This breath causes a wide variety of status effects such as Confusion, Blind, Silence, Poison, Slow, Berserk, and Sleep (and somebody could say the victims lose all common sense...). This attack has slim chances of inflicting all illnesses to bosses than normal enemies, though. Constant use of the attack should be required if the user wants to make a boss sick.

"Even though this ability sounds disgusting...it does sound very useful," Pikachu said.

"Actually, this one would help a lot," Nana said.

Chris shook his head. "I just have about 5000 coins, though..."

"Oh, I see," Stiltzkin said. "Well, maybe I can come here again and see if you get more money. Would you like that?"

"Wouldn't that interrupt your travels?" Marth asked.

"Hmm, maybe a bit, but I can handle it," the moogle said. "Okay, try to look for me if you want to buy more expensive stuff."

"Well, let's see what else is here," Popo suggested.

Life – 5000 Smash Coins

The user can revive fallen party members through this spell.

"Useful," Pikachu said. "We need more healers in our team."

"Wait, let's see what else is here," Popo said.

Null-Physical – 7000 Smash Coins

The user will be immune to all physical attacks. However, this ability won't work if the physical attack has elemental attributes.

"Hmm, this ability would be good for Peach, don't you think?" Pikachu asked.

"I guess so," Chris said. "I'd hate if she got punched in the face..."

Riolu started to get annoyed that Chris was still rubbing his chin. The little creature began to growl silently at this.

Death – 3000 Smash Coins

The user can use a deadly spell to knock out a victim instantly. Unfortunately, this spell won't work for bosses.

"I see why the price is a little bit low now..." Nana said bored.

"I know," Stiltzkin said.

Twincast – 4000 Smash Coins

Palom and Porom's signature move. This ability allows two users to cast a strong spell in tandem with each other. The spells are Pyroblast (deals moderate fire damage to all enemies (high chances)), Comet (deals moderate non-elemental damage to all enemies (high chances)), Bubble (doubles all party members' vitality (slight chances)), Faith (increases all party members' magic power (slight chances)), Bravery (increases all party members' strength (slight chances)), and Ultima (deals extreme non-elemental damage to all enemies (very slight chances)). Take in mind that the spell requires some time to be executed.

Popo and Nana blinked shocked. "W-wait, isn't Twincast the same ability that Palom and Porom use?" Popo asked.

"T-that's their ability," Nana said.

"Think about what we could do with it..."

The Ice Climbers thought for a moment...then turned to Chris.

"Buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it, buy it!" Popo and Nana said in unison while they both jumped constantly on their spots, tugging Chris's arms for a bit.

"H-hold on!" Chris yelled to calm both of them. "W-we haven't looked through the whole list yet!"

"Actually, that's all," Stiltzkin said. "You want to buy anything, kupo?"

Popo dropped to his knees and joined his hands while looking up at Chris. "I'm begging you here, buy the ability for us!" he yelled before he began crying dramatically.

"Just think about all the stuff we could," Nana said worried. "It's the only ability that sounds powerful enough, and we're the people who can use it!"

"Please, man, do us a favor and buy it for us!" Popo pleaded. "It's a good memento to have for how they sacrificed that time!"

"Really, buy it," Nana said. "The last thing we'd like to have is their ability to cast magic together..."

The World Traveler stared at the worried faces of both Ice Climbers. Chris knew well that Popo and Nana had befriended Palom and Porom very well since they were all twins in pairs. Sighing, Chris thought for a moment before he smiled a bit and showed the moogle 4000 Smash Coins, making Popo and Nana gasp.

"A deal?" Stiltzkin asked. "Very well!" he said cheerfully before he dug out from his pouch two medium-sized stickers depicting Palom and Porom in their DS versions: Palom with hands on hips and Porom with a rod pointing to the right. "If the 2 want to use Twincast, they each need to have one of these." He took the money from Chris's hands and put it inside his pouch.

"Oh my, oh my, and oh my," Nana said excited as she grabbed a sticker and happily put it on her Trophy Stand. "Thank you, thank you, and thank you!" she said repeatedly at Chris.

"You're like 10 more levels of awesome, I swear," Popo said happily as he put his own sticker on his Trophy Stand.

Chris blushed a bit. "U-um, you don't need to be THAT thankful, either..."

"Oh, we should," Nana said happily. "You made us get a very sweet ability in memory of Porom."

"And Palom as well," Popo said before looking at his stand. "Just look at my...Porom...sticker..."

Nana looked bored at him. "...Hey, you're supposed to have the Palom sticker," Nana said before looking at her stand. "I mean, I have the...Palom sticker..."

Pikachu, Chris, and Marth looked at the stands, and apparently, they found out that the twins had made a huge mistake and placed the wrong twin they had befriended more in the wrong stand.

"...Oh no..." Nana muttered. "T-this was just a little mistake, I swear! I-I can't believe we didn't' notice this!"

"Quick, we need to remove and change them!" Popo said in panic.

"W-wait right there, you 2!" Pikachu yelled before the twins could take off the stickers.

"What is it now?" Nana asked.

"If you remove those stickers, they'll disappear!"

After recalling the rules of the stickers, Popo and Nana instantly turned white while they stared at Pikachu.

"...Wow, they turned dead white..." Chris muttered.

Stiltzkin tilted his head to the right a bit. "Um, you seem to have made a big mistake. I did hear somewhere that removing those stickers would make them disappear. I guess nobody uses that way to get new abilities because one needs to think carefully about the consequences...something that you both seemed to forget... Of course, I'm not offending any of you..."

Both Ice Climbers remained staring at Pikachu before they got their colors back and looked down in shame, their stands falling off their hands and to the pavement.

"...This must be some kind of a bad joke, isn't?" Nana muttered in shame.

"I myself think it's not," Stiltzkin said. "Don't look like that, okay? At least you have the ability."

"It's just that this mistake is going to haunt us forever..." Popo muttered with a sob.

"Oh well," Stiltzkin said. "What can you do about it? I could give you 2 more stickers, but it'll cost you, I'm afraid." Stiltzkin hopped a bit on the spot. "What do you think of my wares?"

"What you sell clearly outclasses Crazy Hand's shop..." Marth said.

"That's the business traveling moogles like me have to make a living while finding new lands. It's the wonderful world of finances."

As Popo and Nana kept looking down, Chris closed his eyes nervously. "Don't look like that, okay?"

"It's easy said than done..." Nana muttered.

"..." Stiltzkin looked at them. "Well, I guess that's it,. It was nice doing business with you."

"That's too bad," Marth said. "You seem to sell very good abilities. It's a shame you have to leave this village."

Stiltzkin thought for a moment. "...Actually, maybe I can leave this place...and give you a special item to call me anywhere you are."

"What?" Marth asked.

Stiltzkin dug out from his pouch a little golden bell (with a red pom-pom on its top that acted as the handle) that he put on the floor. "See this bell? It's a special item I like to call the Stiltzkin Bell."

Pikachu went over to pick the bell. "The Stiltzkin Bell?"

"Yes, that's a bell I specifically designed using some materials I've gathered thorough my journeys," Stiltzkin explained. "If you ring that bell, I'm going to do my best to report to you and see if you want to buy any of my wares."

"Oh, so is this some kind of magic bell?" Chris asked.

"Yes, it is," the moogle said. "Do you want it?"

"Well...I guess."

"It's yours, my friend," Stiltzkin said as he hopped on the spot.

Obtained Stiltzkin Bell!

A special bell that can call the wanderer Stiltzkin wherever you are just to sell you his stuff.

Pikachu rang the bell a bit. "Nice sound."

"Oh yes, I'm going to tell you some pointers you have to hear first," Stiltzkin said. "I can only go to you if you're not fighting in a battle. I don't like to get close to dangerous situations. Also, there are times I'm not going to appear because I could be busy doing something else."

"We can call you anywhere?"

"As long as you're not in a battle, yes," Stiltzkin said. "Shall we try the bell out? I'm going to walk away to a spot where you can't see me, and then you're going to ring the bell to call me, okay?"

Chris looked bored at him. "You're certainly going to hear the bell's ring, though..."

"Oh, you'll see how I appear," Stiltzkin said before he began to walk away to the south where he reached the corner of the sidewalk and walked away to the east.

"..." Pikachu looked at them. "Ring the bell?"

"Do it!" Kirby said excited.

The Electric type rang the bell a few times, and the Smashers looked around the place (while the Ice Climbers were still looking down).

However, there were no signs of the traveler moogle around the place.

"...Is he deaf or what?" Chris asked confused. "The bell's sound should have reached at least a block of the village..."

"Well, he was peculiar as well," Quil noted as he was still behind the counter, listening to the whole conversation. "I guess he'll come back to you."

"In fact, I'm back!"

The Smashers and Quil quickly looked behind the counter where the moogle was sitting down on a chair to look at them. The Rito postman and the Smashers gasped and took a step back, not seeing when the moogle appeared besides him.

"W-what the, how did you get here?" Quil asked in disbelief before he looked inside the post office. "I don't recall a back door being built to this place...and there's not an alley behind the office either!"

"I have my ways to appear," Stiltzkin said before he flew over the counter and landed on the safe floor of the sidewalk. "I know how to get here instantly."

"T-that was creepy..." Kirby said shrugging.

"I guess I freak you out," Stiltzkin said. "Well, now you know you can call me anytime, it's time for me to take my leave. See you around! Don't hesitate to call me if you want to buy something else. I might get new stuff as well, so ringing the bell would 'sound' very tempting, heheh." He turned around and began to walk away to the south. However, they all saw as the moogle turned to look up at a sign of a building before he got inside.

"...What kind of person was him?" Quil asked in disbelief. "I didn't see him getting inside the office at all..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 03, 2010, 11:51:18 AM
"Maybe this bell is...creepy," Pikachu said as he stared at the bell.

Marth smiled a bit. "At least we can call him so he can sell his inventory to us. Think of the possibilities."

Chris looked away worried. "(I hope this doesn't make us get crazy with power...)"

For some odd reason, the World Traveler began to feel a lot of pain on his hands.

"W-why am I feeling like I'm getting hurt by no reason?" Chris asked confused.

The Smashers looked at him. Pikachu gasped once he saw that Riolu, having enough of the rubbing on his chin since he wanted Chris to stop about ten minutes ago, began to get enraged and started to chew Chris's hands off with his small but sharp fangs. Chris's eyes widened in shock before the Emanation Pokémon looked up at him and showed him his fangs bathed with some blood.

"Riiiiiii..." Riolu muttered through gritted fangs.

The World Traveler's jaw dropped once he saw that, despite Riolu looking not that threatening, his hands were bleeding heavily. In fact, a lot of blood was falling down from Chris's shredded hands.

And the fact that Chris himself didn't like seeing the sight of blood, he would have screamed. He could stand and watch his own blood for a bit...but not seeing a lot of it being dropped to the floor.

"...AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHH!!!" In a panic, the World Traveler accidentally let go of Riolu, and the Emanation Pokémon fell down and hit his forehead hard on the floor. Since Chris was in a panic, he quickly turned to Quil. "I-I need a First Aid kit, please! I-I can't stand all this blood!"

"S-sure," Quil said before pointing at a door at the right side of the billboard. "Come in here through there."

The World Traveler quickly opened the door and went inside the post office, the Rito postman walking inside the post office to treat Chris's wounds. It was not long before the Smashers began to hear screams from within the establishment since Chris felt pain with the alcohol being applied to his hands.

"Stop screaming!" Quil yelled through the screams.

Popo, Nana, Marth, Pikachu, and Kirby looked at each other while the screams kept going. "I...have to admit that this looked very embarrassing for Chris..." Marth said.

"Yeah, the guy can't stand seeing blood for so long," Pikachu said before looking at Riolu on the floor. "You okay, Riolu?"

"..." Riolu slowly sat up and blinked a few times. Pikachu watched as Riolu's eyes began to fill with tears before Riolu covered his eyes and began to sob silently, a red spot on the center of his forehead appearing to indicate where he got hurt by the fall. "Ri-ii-ii-iiiiiiii!" Riolu cried. "Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!"

Pikachu sighed, his ears moving down. "Oh boy, this was just so random..." he muttered.

"Agreed..." the others said as Riolu cried and Chris screamed in pain.

Some time later...

The group headed down the sidewalks to reach a building; the building that had some roses and sunflowers adorning the front of a long window with a big sign on the top that read 'Wonder Restaurant' in yellow letters.

An ashamed Riolu kept licking Chris's bandaged hands as a sign of his shameful treatment to his trainer. While Riolu kept doing this, the World Traveler pulled him close to his neck. "Riolu, I know what I did was wrong to you. I should have stopped it before you...would chew my hands' skin off..."

"R-riiii..." Riolu's eyes filled with tears.

The World Traveler rocked back and forth the young Riolu in his arms. "There, there, you don't have to cry anymore. It was my fault, not yours..."

"I have to say you screamed pretty loudly, though..." Popo remarked.

"Popo, shut up," Chris muttered annoyed.

Pikachu looked at the restaurant. "So, this is the Wonder Restaurant," he said. "Looks a bit normal to me."

"Well, this is just the exterior," Marth said before spotting the double doors that leaded inside. "Shall we go inside?"

The Smashers decided to enter the restaurant...

Wonder Restaurant

Final Fantasy IX – Vivi's Theme

Once they all got inside, they admired the interior's look. From what they could see, there were several lights nicely hanging over the ceiling across a hallway that had a counter with a casher machine on the end. The hallway itself had a long wall to the left that leaded to an arch that leaded to the big dining area where a long counter was located on the front wall, overlooking the outside of the restaurant with the long window they had seen before. There were around twenty tables with nice-looking red chairs (each table with four chairs each) and some candles with all utensils across the front of the counter, and some of the tables were close to the left wall where the chairs were long sofas instead to accommodate more than four people. The floor was covered by a soft red mattress that extended to every single corner of the establishment, and the wall depicted several dishes that looked appetizing to Kirby.

"Ooh, nice look," Popo remarked as the group walked forward and stopped right in front of a counter where someone would greet them. "I wonder who works here, though."

"My guess is that there are chefs here," Pikachu said.

Just then, two familiar girls appeared from behind the counter and raised their arms.

"Welcome to the grand inauguration of the Wonder Restaurant!" a girl said.

"Please let us known if you find our service to your liking," the other girl said. "So anyway, what will you..."

Popo and Nana gasped after they both looked up at the familiar girls before them.

"...Kat! Ana!" Popo and Nana said in unison.

"Popo! Nana!" the ninja girls said in unison.

Apparently, the Smashers found both Kat and Ana standing behind the counter of the hallway. However, both of them weren't wearing their usual attires, but they were wearing small pink hats with small pink dresses that had mini skirts each. The two ninjas smiled a bit after seeing the familiar faces of Popo and Nana.

It could be said they didn't have good memories of Popo, though...

"Wow, you're here?" Ana asked surprised. "I thought we would never see each other again!"

"It's very fortunate to see you all again," Kat said pleased as she joined her hands. "Do you live close to this village?"

"Well, yeah," Nana said. "We live in the Smash Mansion. It's a big mansion located to the north of the big hill."

Ana chuckled a bit. "Okay, we'll be sure to drop by and visit all of you."

Kat made a happy expression. "Anyway, why are you all here? Are you coming here to be the first clients of the grand inauguration?"

"Er, we came here to apply for waiters..." Chris trailed off.

"Is that so?" Ana asked. "How lucky for you! We just needed some waiters right now. The restaurant doesn't have any waiters yet, but we'd like to have you working with us as well."

"Especially if Nana wants to do it as well," added Kat.

"...Hey, what about me?" Popo asked as he opened his arms.

Kat and Ana looked at each other. "Uh, well..." they both trailed off.

Nana sighed. "Relax; this guy is in his normal state. He's not in his crazy state right now."

Both ninjas looked at each other worried while Popo tilted his head confused.

"...If...you say so..." Ana muttered unsure.

"...Well...you guys want to apply for the job?" Kat asked. "If you want to apply, you should go over the counter of the dining room with Toadette. She's in charge of the place."

"Okay, thanks," Marth said. "...By the way, aren't you too young to be working?"

"Oh, that? Well, we were already working for Wario," Ana said. "However, when he escaped, we have gained some well-earned vacations...then we got bored and decided to do something to kill the time....then we got the word that Toadette was opening a restaurant and she needed some people. We both agreed to be working as the receivers of the establishment."

"Truthfully, you could say we're workaholics..." Kat said embarrassed.

"W-we like to work a lot, despite the fact we're too young..." Ana added with a nervous chuckle. "R-really, don't think badly of us... We like to do lots of stuff."

"...Anyway, go with Toadette," Kat said as she pointed at the long counter inside the dining area. "She should be sorting out some stuff behind the counter. Hope you guys get applied for the job as well."

"Try to meet our chefs, okay?" Ana asked. "There's this special guy who Toadette told us about who will become the head chef, though..."

"The head chef of the chefs of this place?" Kirby asked curiously.

"Well, yeah, there's this guy who Toadette hired that showed her some 'amazing chef moves that made her get inspired to open a restaurant' or so she says..." Kat said. "Truth is we haven't seen the guy yet. We just saw the chefs of the place, but not the head chef himself..."

Ana smiled. "It's going to be so awesome to work with you, though. Go, go, go! I know she'll accept all of you!"

The Smashers looked at each other before they all walked inside the dinning area and walked to the long counter. They noticed there was a small window that peered inside the kitchen just behind the center of the counter.

And just in time, from behind the counter's floor, Toadette lifted up her head and smiled at the Smashers. "Ooh, you came!" she said excited before she jumped to a chair to be visible from behind the counter. "Welcome to the Wonder Restaurant!"

Pikachu showed her the wing stamp. "Here's our application for part-time waiters."

"Nice, nice," Toadette said pleased. "So, how many of you are applying?"

"Everyone but...Riolu," Chris said as he looked at Riolu. "Oh no, I shouldn't have brought you here. I need to go back and leave you with Peach..."

Riolu blinked a few times before he clutched himself to Chris. "Riiii, riiiiii!" he cried.

"R-Riolu, I need to take you with her so I can work here," Chris said worried. "P-please, let's go back with Peach..."

"Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!" Riolu cried loudly.

Toadette looked worried. "Aww, that's the cutest creature I've ever seen before..." she said with a sigh. "Well, he does look like he doesn't want to leave you..."

"B-but how can I work if he's here?" Chris asked. "It's going to be weird if I carry him around all the time while taking orders..."

"Hmm, that's a problem..." Toadette muttered. "...Oh, I got it!" she said while snapping her fingers. "You could leave him in the corral!"

"The...corral?" Chris repeated.

Toadette pointed over a small corral located at the far left corner of the dinning room. The corral itself was surely for babies, and it had several toys like balls with some slides and a ball pool.

"I figured there would be some people with babies so I thought about making a corral," Toadette said. "You can leave Riolu there."

Riolu looked at the corral from Chris's arms. "Riiiii..." he muttered with some interest.

Chris smiled a bit. "Oh god, that's a big relief now..." he said before he went over to the corral to put his Emanation Pokémon in it. Once inside, Riolu wagged his tail and went over to play with a big ball that he used to push it to the wall to bounce back to him. "(How cute...)" Chris thought happily before he returned with the others.

Toadette clapped her hands. "Okay, you better get dressed up! You need to show some etiquette around the clients, you know."

"Wait, we're going to wear uniforms?" Popo asked.

"Of course, this place needs to show good etiquette as I've said before," Toadette said. "Luckily, I have your uniforms ready. I want this casual dining restaurant to become a fine dining restaurant some day. If I can't reach that status, I won't be recognized as a professional restaurateur."

Nana looked at Pikachu. "How are you going to serve food, anyway?"

"Oh, I can do something else than serving food," Pikachu said. "Just you wait."

Kirby looked happy. "Can I be the first client instead of a waiter?"

"Didn't you want to be a waiter?" Popo asked.

"It's going to be painful for me to serve food rather than eat it..." Kirby admitted.

"...Trust me, he's better off as a costumer," Marth said.

Some time later...

"Hmm-hm, you look good in those uniforms now!" Toadette said happily. "Yep, they fit you very good."

After Toadette provide the attires to the Smashers, a time had passed, and they all dressed. For both Chris and Marth, both were wearing black shoes, black pants, black vests, black ties, white gloves (which covered Chris's bandaged hands), and wore long white sleeved shirts under the vests. As for Pikachu, he wore a small version of the uniform.

Perhaps what was more curious to see was the fact that Toadette had black parka uniforms for both Popo and Nana. The World Traveler thought it was a little bit unfair that he never got the chance to see neither Ice Climbers' heads, and he thought it was just as if destiny itself protected Popo and Nana's heads from being seen by any other person.

Chris blushed a bit. "And here I thought I'd never have a part-time job..."

"Oh, you don't worry about that," Toadette said. "I can still look around for waiters. I just need you today for the grand inauguration. Once I find the waiters I want to have, you can renounce. Of course, you're all going to get paid depending how much we win today."

"Well, that's going to be hard," Marth said. "We didn't see many citizens out there."

"We still have the Hammer Bros., though," Toadette pointed out. "Besides, I heard they spread the word about the village so we might have some costumers here."

"By the way," Nana began, "we never got to see the chefs."

Toadette blinked. "Oh my gosh, I didn't present them to you yet!" she said before clapping her hands. "Okay girls, you need to meet our waiters so come on out the kitchen!"

A door situated to the left side of the counter suddenly opened up and four chefs walked out. The chefs of the restaurant were all females, but half of them were older while the other half were younger.

The first chef was a sweet elderly yellow Toad who wore a yellow shirt. Her white hair was curled up at the sides of her face. She giggled sweetly after she looked at the waiters. "Nice to meet you," she greeted. "My name is Tayce T.," she introduced herself.

The next elderly chef besides her right didn't look as sweet as she did. In fact, this Toad shared the same top yellow-spotted head and curled white hair as Tayce T., but the biggest differences were the fact that this Toad had a somewhat angry looking face, had red lipstick, had some contact lenses on her eyes (that weren't visible but were there), and wore a black shirt underneath her red apron. "Hello," she said. "You don't happen to be clumsy people, right?"

"Er, no..." Pikachu said.

"Well, I hope so," she said. "By the way, my name's Zess T.," she introduced herself. "I WISH you don't make any mistakes here or else you're going to get a good scold by me."

"Oh, Zess, please don't say such things," Tayce said. "They haven't done anything yet. Let's see what they can do, okay?"

"Oh sister, you're always being utterly sweet to people," Zess said annoyed.

"Well, why can't you?" Tayce asked.

"Once I set my eyes on people, I know what's going to happen next," Zess said. "I remember Clumsy Crush-a-lot to these days."

Toadette looked at the Smashers. "These 2 are sisters. They're the sisters of the Master."

"You mean they're all siblings?" Marth asked.

"Unfortunately, we are siblings," Zess said. "You met the guy, right? Did my brother tell you some weird training philosophies to you or what? He likes to train a lot that he can become quite annoying with what he says. It's always training this, training that, focus on this, focus on that, meditate to have a healthy body, things like that."

"I hate to say this, but I have to agree with Zess there..." Tayce admitted. "That's why I moved to a house to stay away from his dojo."

"Well, you only get to hear that a lot from him if you LIVE with him," Zess said. "That's my whole reason why I moved to Rogueport."

"Let's not talk more behind his back, okay?" Tayce suggested. "You know how he gained that odd ability to sense things..."

"True," Zess said. "Our brother's the biggest weirdo we've ever met before."

"Okay, that's enough about the Master," Toadette said. "Please do meet our other chefs, you guys and girl."

The Smashers looked at the third chef. Unlike the two previous elderly Toads, the third chef looked extremely different in terms of appearance. The third chef was a young girl of light green skin. She had (literally) a hexagonal-shaped orange hair behind her (literally) squared head (and she had a squared-shaped nose as well). Not only that, but she had very thin arms and legs due to the fact they were just straight lines, and she had round hands without fingers. The third chef wore a pink apron with a cream-colored skirt that had some pinkish squares around the lower end, and she wore reddish shoes. Like Tayce, this girl looked always cheerful with her happy eyes.

"Welcome to the Wonder Restaurant, where we will turn your frowns upside down!" the third chef greeted. "My name is Saffron, chef from Flipside's Sweet Smiles, and a Flipper resident!" she said cheerfully.

"(Look at that squared shape she has,)" Popo thought.

"...Wow, she looks...peculiar..." Pikachu muttered.

"I know, right?" Toadette asked. "But you shouldn't judge her by her looks. She's a very talented chef as Tayce and Zess."

"Teehee," Saffron giggled. "How nice is to have such nice-looking sugars! I bet our establishment is going to be even more fun with them here."

"I hope so," the pink Toad gal said. "Well, here's our last chef."

The Smashers looked at the last chef. Like Saffron, she looked almost identical to her (just as Tayce looked identical to Zess). However, as with the first two Toads, the fourth chef looked very different than Saffron. This chef was another young girl with light violet skin who had the same appearance as Saffron, but this one had light blue hexagonal hair behind her squared head (and, unlike Saffron, had a pointed-shaped nose). She wore a lime-green apron with a green-yellow skirt that had green triangles in some up-and-down pattern around the lower end, and she wore dark green shoes. Like Zess, this girl looked...quite in a bad mood with her bad-looking eyes.

"Und what do vee have here?" the girl asked in a German accent a little bit harshly. "More schnitzels? Finally, this place NEEDS good staff!"

"Um, why don't you introduce yourself?" Toadette asked.

The girl crossed her line arms. "The name is Dyllis, frankfurters!" she introduced herself. "Und I live und work in Flopside's Hot Fraun, und that means I am a Flopper!" she said. "I'm NOT a Flipper like Saffron is, so don't confuse US!"

"Geez, no need to be that harsh to us..." Nana muttered.

"Vhat vas that?!" Dyllis asked angrily. "You COME over here and vee vill have good fight!"

"Er, Dyllis, sugar, I think you should calm down a bit..." Saffron whispered worried.

"I shall NOT stand up for this again!" Dyllis complained. "You schnitzel are lucky I'm not going to SPANK you hard!"

Nana looked bored. "(I'll spank you harder, though...)"

"Don't give me that look!"

"AHEM!" Toadette coughed loudly to call everyone's attention. "Girls, guys, let's all calm down and start working now! Customers are going to start coming here in a bit and we must be prepared for anything they want to order!"

Zess sighed. "Are we finally gonna work for once? I'm tired of not doing anything."

"Let's all join together and cook the best dishes," Tayce said. "What do you say, girls?"

"Sugar, now you're talking my language," Saffron said giggling. "I hope Dyllis has the same thought."

"Vee shall SLICE und SIMMER!" Dyllis proclaimed. "I don't like slacking off. You better listen to orders or else!"

Toadette stared at Dyllis. "And...that means..."

"Yes, let's do this!"

Pikachu looked up at Chris. "Is it just me, or are Tayce and Saffron the happy chefs while Zess and Dyllis are the grumpy ones and their counterparts?" he asked.

"I think they are..." Chris muttered.

Marth looked a bit confused at the four chefs. "Wait, I forgot there was this head chef. Is any of you the head chef?"

Zess shook her head. "We're not Crazy McWeirdo if that's what you mean."

"What?"

Tayce looked confused. "You see, there's this chef who happens to be very merry and happy, but thing is...even if he looks crazy, he does a perfect job at doing dishes."

"That sugar is such a curious one," Saffron said. "His cooking skills can defeat any of our cooking skills without breaking a sweat onto the frying pan. His happy behavior is like mine, but he's extremely cheerful at anything he's asked."

"I hate that guy is the head chef," Dyllis commented. "However, I have to admit he's good in vhat he does!"

Popo walked around the left side of the counter and spotted the door. "Is he in there?"

"Definitely," Tayce said. "He's busy arranging the frying pans and bowls."

Just as Popo was about to reach for the doorknob, Toadette stepped between him and the door. "Sorry, but we don't have time for more introductions anymore. You can meet the guy later."

"What?" Popo asked.

"We're getting customers now!"

Everyone turned their faces to the right side where Kat and Ana were receiving a Hammer Bro. It looked like the hammer wielder wanted to eat something since he walked inside and sat down a table where he rang the bell a bit.

"Oh my goodness!" Saffron said in surprise. "Quick, we must return to our posts!"

"Make vay!" Dyllis yelled before she charged at the door, Popo and Toadette stepping aside to let the four chefs rush into the kitchen.

Toadette quickly went over to her seat and pointed at the waiters. "One of you has to attend the customer! Quick, we need to provide the best service there is!"

"W-what do we do first?" Chris asked.

"Walk around the place, wait for a person to call you, answer whatever the client wants to eat, dot down the order with the notepads and pens I have here," she said as she put notepads and pens on the counter, "make sure you get the order right, come over here and tell me so I can tell the chefs what to make, deliver the order, and receive some tips if you can! By the way, nobody likes incomplete dishes or have a lot of them so be very careful!"

Pikachu was shown sitting on a chair besides Toadette. "I'm going to be the boss of all of you. I'll make sure you don't ignore a customer."

Nana looked bored at him. "Oh, since you're so small, you can't serve dishes, huh?"

"Yep," Pikachu said. "You guys won't have to worry about unattended tables."

Toadette clapped her hands. "What are you waiting for? We have 2 customers now! Chop-chop!"

"T-two? Who's the second one?"

Toadette pointed at the Hammer Bro.

"W-wasn't he the first?"

Toadette shook her head and pointed over to a table where Kirby was looking at the menu.

"W-wait, he doesn't have any money with him..." Chris said.

"We accept credit cards and any kind of money currency here," Toadette said. "I've browsed through lots of different money currencies before, and I ultimately decided to accept everything. We accept anything: Mushroom Coins, Bean Coins, Gil, Fol, Bells, Rupees, Rubies and whatever you name. Now go!"

"B-but Kirby doesn't hav-"

"Correction, he does," Marth corrected.

The World Traveler looked back where Kirby waved a Gold Credit Card at them.

"...Where in the name of Dreamland did he get his hands on a credit card?" Chris asked.

"Hello, we all have credit cards," Nana said as she showed him her own credit card. "You get many benefits from participating in Master Hand's tournaments. It's completely legal."

"And even some already had credit cards," Marth pointed out. "In your case...you have a wallet."

Chris looked miffed at Marth.

"...Just saying..."

"GO NOW!" Toadette yelled loudly. "And don't forget to greet them!"

"Chris, you take care of table number 12! Nana, you take care of the sixth table!" Pikachu ordered. "(Heheh, being the boss is very pleasing...)"

Nana looked annoyed before she went over to the Hammer Bro while Chris went to Kirby.

"(Uh-oh,)" Chris thought as he walked to an anxious Kirby. "(Kirby has a stomach without a bottom. I'm so worried about this now...)" He stopped by Kirby's side and chuckled nervously. "W-welcome to the Wonder Restaurant, sir, might I take your order?"

Kirby nodded. "I want 2 Mushroom Steaks and 1 Goomba Soda."

The World Traveler looked a bit surprised at the seemingly normal order from the black hole wielder.

"Is...something wrong?" Kirby asked.

"E-er, no..." Chris said before he dotted down the order. "Okay, 2 Mushroom Steaks and 1 Goomba Soda... I'll be right back, sir..."

Kirby looked happy as Chris made his way back to the counter.

Toadette crossed her arms and looked at Chris. "Well?"

"2 Mushroom Steaks and 1 Goomba Soda," Chris said while the rest of the waiters began to walk around the tables. "An easy order."

The Toad gal nodded and turned to the window behind her. "2 Mushroom Steaks!" she yelled loudly.

The World Traveler smiled a bit in relief. "(Well, this isn't going to be so bad. With such easy orders, I think we can make it just fine...)"

However, his thoughts of relief were quickly silenced after Chris looked at the window of the kitchen. What Chris couldn't understand was the fact that, from the window, the mentioned Mushroom Steaks came out pretty quickly. In fact, the dish looked very extravagant-looking since it was nicely simmered with a very fragrant and tasty aroma.

"...What?" Chris asked confused as Toadette merely grabbed the order and put it down in front of him on the counter. "H-how did... I mean... Er... Was the order already being made or what?"

"Oh, don't worry about that," Toadette said. "You need to get the drinks from the machine over there, though." She pointed at a machine located to the left side of the door of the kitchen that had several beverages, many of which Chris didn't even think existed. "Get a red glass, fill it with the drink, take a straw, and take the order to the customer."

"...B-but..." Chris stared at the fresh steak in front of him. "H-how did this order..."

"Hello, we have people waiting!" Toadette recalled Chris. "Get working or no pay!"

The World Traveler shrugged and decided to bring the order to Kirby, wondering how the two steaks could be done so fast.

"Here..." Chris said as he gave the steaks to Kirby. "Hope you enjoy it, sir."

"Steak!" Kirby said happily as he grabbed his fork and knife and began to chow down the steaks by cutting them into little pieces.

"I-I'll go get your drink..." Chris said confused while he turned around and walked away. "(Phew, at least he didn't order everything...)"

By that time, Nana had already dotted down the Hammer Bro.'s order and walked to the counter. "1 Koopa Soup with a Bean Cappuccino."

Toadette turned to the window. "1 Koopa Soup!"

Nana smiled a bit as the bowl with hot soup was pushed through the window and given to Toadette...then after recalling how fast it was done, the pink Ice Climber looked a bit shocked. "What?" Nana asked.

"Take it away while it's hot," Toadette said simply.

"B-but..."

"Just take it, okay?" Toadette said. "The warmer, the better!"

Nana stared at her in confusion before she took the plate with the bowl on the top and carried it to the Hammer Bro. before she went over to get the drink.

Once Chris found Nana taking a glass, he looked worried. "Let me guess. The order came out in 3 seconds," he muttered.

"Yes..." Nana muttered back. "It was so weird..."

"...Well...we eat instant food at the mansion, don't we?"

"But Master Hand's not here," Nana said as she filled the glass with Bean Cappuccino. "Who is capable of making the orders so fast?"

"The chefs?" Chris asked.

"Maybe, but something sounds very fishy..."

"...Let's...work and see what or who makes the dishes so fast..."

"...Agreed..." Nana said before she walked away with a straw and the glass on each hand.

And so, some hours passed by in the restaurant. For their surprise, different kind of people began to come into the restaurant. The waiters were amazed to see that the restaurant had a fourth of the tables filled with different kinds of people such as Piantas, Goombas, Nokis, anthros, humans, Yoshis of different colors, even Waddle Dees. In fact, there were many kinds of people who began to eat at the restaurant, and this fact was further supported once Marth looked outside the long window to see some people actually walking around on the sidewalks.

Toadette was possibly the most delighted person of the whole staff since she received big amounts of money that she put inside the cashier. Truthfully, she was very proud that the establishment gained some popularity.

"Amazing..." Marth muttered as he stared out of the window to look at the people. "The village is slowly gaining more citizens..."

And close to him, a bell rang on the ninth table.

"Well, time to get back to work..." Marth muttered as he turned around and walked over to the ninth table. "Welcome to the Wonder Restaurant..."

Marth blinked surprised to see both Link and Zelda sitting on the ninth table's chairs, both of them holding menus. The Altean blinked a few times at this while the other two did the same.

"...Hi...Marth..." Link said as he looked at Marth's attire. "Nice...uniform..." he added.

"You...work here, Marth?" Zelda asked surprised.

"...Yes," Marth said. "I wanted to give it a try with everyone so...yes..."

"...Oh...I see..." Zelda said as she and Link stared at Marth in an awkward silence. "...Well...since you're the waiter...can you take our orders or give us a recommendation?"

Marth shifted his eyes between the two. "Are you 2...er..." He raised a finger on each hand and put them close together to avoid saying a romantic word.

Both Hylians looked at each other shocked and looked back at Marth. "N-no!" Link and Zelda yelled embarrassed.

"I-I... W-we just wanted to eat some food here, okay?" Link said embarrassed. "I-I invited Zelda here as well...b-but it's not what it looks like, I swear!"

"T-totally to the whole extent of the word," Zelda added while she blushed slightly.

"...Oh..." Marth muttered. "Sorry for making conclusions..." He looked at Link. "Well, since Zelda asked me for a recommendation, I'm going to go ahead and give one to Link."

"Oh, nice," Link said a bit pleased. "Give me one, then."

"Would you like to eat some Octorok, Link?"

"Oh, I think I'm going to eat some of i-" Link shook his head and glared at Marth. "Hey, don't joke to me like that!"

Zelda stifled a chuckle behind her hand.

"A-and you don't do it, either!" Link said embarrassed.

"S-sorry, I couldn't resist..." Marth muttered with a chuckle. "A-anyway, what do you want to order?"

"I'd like to have a Royal Hyrule Salad and a small glass with Zora Tea, please," Zelda said.

Link sighed and looked annoyed at Marth. "1 Ordon Fish and a Red Chu Jelly drink, if you would...Marta."

Marth nodded and dotted down both orders. "Okay, I'll be right back with your orders..." He shook his head and gave Link an amused glare for the name. "...Be careful what you call me, Link... You wouldn't want me to be upset with you," he muttered before he walked away.

Link chuckled a bit while Zelda looked bored at him. "I think that was a bit rude of you," she commented.

"Serves him right for the Octorok thing," Link said amused. "I shouldn't have told him that part of my life."

Zelda sighed. "Oh well, I did the same thing with some people as you did..."

"Want to see your father?"

The princess looked annoyed. "No."

Meanwhile, in the baby corral area, a confused Chris watched as Riolu cheerfully played using the same big ball with none other than Baby Mario and Baby Luigi. More surprising to see was the fact that Baby Peach was staring with pure glee at the trio from the ball pool. The World Traveler looked extremely confused as to why they both were there. "W-what? How can they..." He thought for a moment. "Well, their baby versions were inexplicably around even during tourneys..." Chris looked back at the tables. "But...who brought them here?"

Chris spotted Mario, Luigi, and Peach talking and chatting with each other on the eighth table on the wall.

"...Maybe...they brought them here somehow..." Chris muttered before he heard a bell ring. "Oh, I need to respond to the call..." he muttered as he left the baby corral and walked to the seventh table, just besides the one where the three Mushroom Kingdoms residents were. There was probably a small person covering the face since the customer was still looking at the menu that he or she held. "Welcome to the Wonder Restauran-"

The menu was put down, and Chris's eyes widened in shock after he stared at the person's face...

"We meet again," said the little brown Toad girl with blue ribbons on her head and brown pigtails.

"(I-it's her!)" Chris thought in panic. "(I-it's the same freaky Toad girl I met when the village was a city!)"

"Now, shall we resume our talk?" the little girl asked.

"E-er, h-how did you come in here? A-are you alone or what?"

"My parents are in the bathroom," the little brown Toad girl said. "But that doesn't matter. I want to question more stuff and relevancies about the true nature of lif-"

"S-sorry, I need to go to the bathroom as well!" Chris interrupted as he turned around and walked as fast as he could from the freaky girl.

Once Chris got away, he stopped walking in front of the counter where a busy Pikachu was organizing every single order made by every single customer. "I-I'm sorry, but I want someone else to attend table number 7..."

Pikachu, with glasses, adjusted them and looked at Chris. "That's so going to be reduced from your pay."

"H-hey, don't say that!" Chris said annoyed.

Pikachu sighed. "Fine, you lazy dude," he said annoyed. "Marth!"

The prince of Altea came to him. "Yes?" he asked.

"Chris here got scared and he refuses to answer table number 7's order. Would you attend it?"

"H-hey!" Chris said annoyed.

Marth looked confused. "Oh, I see. Well, I'm free so..." He turned around and went over to the seventh table.

The World Traveler shook his head in disbelief at this and looked at the busy Pikachu. "Y-you've made a big mistake, Pikachu..."

"Oh yeah, I should have made a sum about our salary befor-"

"N-not that!" Chris yelled. "I-I meant about the girl I saw before when this place was a city! S-she's here!"

Pikachu looked bored at him. "Chris, you need to let go of those memories now. The city's slowly coming to what it was before, and you're remembering how we lost tragically. I think you need some air."

"...N-no!" Chris said. "Y-you don't understand! T-that girl is probably the freakiest little Toad girl who will you ever meet! I swear she can make the brightest person get some kind of confusion that nobody could ever solve!"

"You seem normal so you must be exaggerating," Pikachu said before Marth returned. "Okay, tell us the order."

Something looked different from the Altean. Chris and Pikachu stared at Marth's blank face. His eyes were staring forward, he stood straight, and he looked like as if he saw a dead parent coming to life before him...or saw a ghost.

"...Marth, hello, I'm asking you to tell us the order," Pikachu said while Chris's jaw dropped.

An awkward silence soon followed when the Altean didn't reply back since his eyes were still staring forward.

"...Marth, I can't read minds."

"...Is everything we see...real?" Marth asked.

"...The hell does that mean?" Pikachu asked confused.

"I began to think that...we're all probably illusions created by our subconscious..." Marth muttered. "Life itself could be a lie...or it could be controlled by a puppeteer who pulls our strings and moves us around...and that puppeteer can make us see anything we want to see...and feel..."

The Electric type shifted eyes with Chris in an uncomfortable fashion. "...Marth, can you speak English or Japanese? Is that some kind of Japanese meaning or what? I can't seem to understand what you're even talking about."

"Let me ask you something," Marth said without even staring at any of them. "How do you know you're alive, Pikachu?"

"I'm breathing oxygen, duh," Pikachu said annoyed.

"But what makes you breath oxygen?" Marth asked. "Your lungs make you inhale oxygen, but what made your lungs?"

"My biological parents did," Pikachu said bored.

"Who made your biological parents?"

"Arceus did, and go to work already! You're starting to make no sense!"

"Maybe life doesn't make any sense..."

"Get out of my sight and attend the customers!"

Marth silently turned around and walked between all the tables. Pikachu looked miffed as Marth walked in a perfectly same manner without any small details. In fact, Marth looked like he was a statue that couldn't stretch anything else than moving.

"N-now you see!" Chris said.

"Of course I see," Pikachu said bored. "He forgot the darn order."

"...W-what?"

"He forgot the order!" Pikachu said. "Chris, sorry, but you'll have to resist whatever stupidity Marth heard and take the order of the customer."

"H-how am I going to resist the girl's philosophies about life? S-since Marth got like this, maybe she has more complicated and brain shattering questions than before!"

"There's no such ridiculous thing like that," Pikachu said. "Now go and attend the girl's order!"

"B-but...what if...I get...er...uh...um...er..."

"Go now before I resort to electrocution!"

Chris gulped and finally turned around to the seventh table way. As Chris was walking to the seventh table to attend the girl, Luigi seemed to be staring at the whole event from the eighth table. With a gulp, Luigi tapped Mario's right shoulder. "D-did you hear anything the girl aside our table said to Marth?" he asked terrified.

Mario looked at Luigi. "Um, no, I didn't... What did she say?"

"V-very scary stuff about life being a...lie..." Luigi shifted his eyes. "...I-is it a lie?"

Mario and Peach exchanged glances.

"...I-is it?"

"Ahem," Popo interrupted as he carried a plate on each hand with pasta and meat that he put on the table. "Here are your Poshley Pasta dishes for Mario and Luigi. I'll go for Peach's Sarasa Deluxe Meat."

Mario looked surprised at the fresh pasta. "That was fast..."

"Believe me, everything's fast here," Popo said. "This place so lives up to his fast-food style." He turned around and walked away to the counter.

Peach looked a bit amazed at the dishes that both Mario and Luigi began to eat with forks. "Um, this restaurant is sure...elegant and very nice in service..."

"A-and very good at making pasta," Luigi commented before he resumed to eat his pasta.

And of course, Luigi didn't want to hear any truths about life at all. He just wanted to relax.

Back at the reception area, Nana seemed to be taking her time to chat with Kat and Ana. All of them were chuckling for some reason. "A-and then the Topi said to the seller that the furred monster on the mirror wasn't a monster but him!" Nana said before all the girls broke out laughing loudly.

"N-nice, v-very nice..." Ana muttered as she shed a tear from her right eye that she wiped off. "I-I told you it was going to be nice to have you work with us."

"See how fun it is?" Kat asked. "We work and have a fun time as well."

"Oh my, why I didn't think of this before..." Nana said with a pleased sigh.

The doorbell of the double doors suddenly rang, signaling the arrival of a new customer.

"I need to get back to work," Nana said. "See you guys later."

"Laters," Kat and Ana said in unison before the pink Ice Climber walked away to the dining room.

Nana cracked her hands a bit in preparation for the next client as she saw the next customer coming in. The pink Ice Climber was surprised to see that the customer, who was nicely greeted by Kat and Ana, looked very young. However, instead of an adult, the customer was in fact a very young girl. This particular little red-haired girl with pigtails was around the same height as Nana, had brown eyes, wore a green apron with a skirt (that had the image of a very familiar leaf emblem printed on the right side corner) and yellow shirt underneath, blue-and-white striped socks, and brown shoes.

Something about the girl didn't make Nana feel so sure since she looked very young. Carefully thinking about receiving her, Nana walked to her in the least suspicious manner possible. "Welcome to the Wonder Restaurant," she said to her. "Do you come with your parents?"

The girl seemed to be looking around rather than listening to Nana, though...

"...Excuse me..." Nana muttered.

The girl smiled a bit as she still kept looking around.

"...AHEM!"

The girl shook her head in surprise and looked in shock at Nana. "O-oh my, I-I'm so sorry for not paying attention!" she said ashamed. "Really, I'm so sorry but I was just admiring the nice look of the restaurant...that's all..."

"Well, admire the people more and then I won't get angry..." Nana muttered bored.

The girl chuckled and bowed a bit to her in apology. "V-very sorry, really..." she said before looking back at Nana. "So...are there any available tables here for me to eat something?"

"Of course we have tabl-" Nana shook her head. "Wait just a minute now," she said bored. "You look awfully young to be alone, don't you think?"

"Am I?" the girl responded confused.

"Duh," Nana said. "You look very young to be around here. Where are your parents? Are you lost or something or what?"

The girl thought for a moment before she chuckled. "Oh no, you don't understand," she said. "My parents aren't here because I live alone."

"..." For a split second, Nana could have sworn Chris was standing in the same place where the girl was standing. "...Did...they leave you?" Nana asked.

"..." The girl tilted her head and shook it. "No... I...decided to start a life on my own...and they agreed..."

Nana narrowed her eyes at the seemingly nervous girl. "(Okay, this whole stuff about this girl is just plain weird. She's barely like...what...9 years old? But then again, Red's 10 years old and he lives his own life in the wild... That sounded pretty twisted... Whatever it is about this girl, though, something is very fishy about her... Who let their children have their own life so soon?)"

"U-um..." The girl looked back at Kat and Nana before looking back at Nana. "Aren't you all...children like me? And...aren't you working here?"

A record scratched in Nana's mind.

Nana stared in surprise at the little girl. "(...Wow...clever...)"

"...So...I think I have a reason since you seem to be like me..."

Nana sighed and dropped her shoulders a bit. "Oh well, you have a very valid point... (Dammit, she outsmarted me...)"

The girl clasped her hands together behind her back and smiled at Nana. "Anyhow, is there an available table? I'd like to eat something in this nice-looking restaurant before I go to the Smash Mansion to deliver a special letter."

Nana nodded. "Yes, we have 9 tables open," she said. "Follow me this wa-"

The pink Ice Climber recalled the girl's words again.

"...Deliver a special letter to the Smash Mansion?" Nana asked.

The girl nodded. "Yes, Mayor Tortimer personally requested me to deliver this mail to the mansion... Well, he was going to tell the mailman to deliver it, but I was around in the Town Hall and I happened to be a bit bored since I had 2 weeks off work so...I asked him if I could deliver the letter myself and I set out this morning to get there..." She looked around a bit before looking worried at Nana. "However, I didn't know where the mansion was... I rode my bike and went anywhere without even knowing the destination...then I think I got lost and ended up in this village..."

"...I...see..." Nana said. "(She's a victim of the random people appearing here just like Stiltzkin...)" She looked at the familiar emblem on the girl's skirt. "(...Wait, that emblem...)"

"But...do you know where is it?" the girl asked. "I really need to deliver the letter before it gets late..."

"...Say, that emblem you have on your skirt..." Nana trailed off.

The girl blinked and looked down at her emblem. "Oh, you mean Nook's Cranny emblem?" She looked at her attire a bit. "This is just a small uniform for Tom Nook's employees. Right now, I'm not wearing any of my dresses."

"That's good, but..." Nana tapped her gloved hand on her forehead, swearing in her mind that she had seen the emblem somewhere else. "Are you...from..."

Then, it hit Nana's mind.

"...Oh yeah!" Nana recalled. "Are you a resident from Animal Village?"

The girl nodded. "That's right, I live there," she said. "Wait, how do you know?"

"I know that because of... Do you know something about a Smashville?"

The girl looked confused. "Smashville... Smashville... Smashville..." she repeated constantly before recalling the name. "Right, I do know about Smashville! It was the town's suggested name!"

"...What?" Nana said confused. "Come to think of it, I thought the name was Smashville... I happened to hear it was Animal Village before..."

The girl shook her head. "No, it's Animal Village," she said. "There were 2 reasons why Mayor Tortimer wanted it to be Animal Village rather than Smashville..."

"What were those reasons?"

"Well, the fact that the town's billboard had enough space for 8 letters, and Smashville has 10 letters..." the girl explained. "...And since Smashville was a suggested name for a person named Master Hand, the supposedly owner of the Smash Mansion...well...thing is...Mayor Tortimer thought the name sounded so barbaric and primitive and offensive and...sort of discriminating..."

"..."

"...I-it's the truth," the girl said. "Even most of the people of Animal Village said it sounded so barbaric...e-even I did..." she said. "N-not only that, but Mayor Tortimer said that the people who were working under Master Hand's command were some persons called Smashers... Mayor Tortimer defined every single one of them as 'barbaric morons who only know how to throw fists and kicks without even caring about disrupting a nice tea time for us spectators' or something along the line..."

Surely, Nana understood the girl's message. However, she got very offended after Nana herself was defined as a barbaric moron who only knew how to throw fists and kicks without even caring about disrupting a nice tea time for the spectators of Animal Village.

Nana wanted to point out she was a Smasher...

"...And Animal Village is an acceptable name that exceeds that 8-title letter limit because..." Nana trailed off annoyed.

The girl chuckled nervously. "T-to be honest, 'Animal' was the only word carved into the billboard...and then, besides it, we put up another billboard with the word 'Village' carved into it..."

"...And the village didn't have a longer billboard because..."

"The wood of the trees aren't long enough...and putting pieces together would make the billboard look decrepit..." the girl pointed out. "...Besides, 'Smashville' was already defined as a barbaric name for the village..."

Nana faked a smile. "Oh, it is a barbaric name because it comes from the barbaric morons who only know how to throw fists and kicks without even caring about disrupting a nice tea time."

"...You...could say that..." the girl said. "...T-thing is I don't know..."

"...Well," Nana began with an amused smile, "please tell that stupid mayor something for me..."

The girl didn't understand why Nana resorted to the small harsh words at all. "...Yes?"

"Tell him that I wanted to tell him that I'm NOT a barbaric moron who throws fists and kicks without even caring about some tea time...and that I use a FREAKING hammer to smack down idiots like him instead of punches or kicks!" Nana yelled.

The girl took a step back and moved her arms close to her chest. "W-why are you looking angry? A-are you...related to the...um...barbaric morons?"

Nana's eyes widened in fury at the seemingly naïve girl. "I AM a barbaric moro-I mean, I AM a Smasher myself!"

The girl studied Nana's uniform for a moment. "...You're...a Smasher?"

"..." Nana looked at her black version of her parka. "This is just a uniform..."

"W-well..." the girl began with a gulp, "I-I don't see why you need to let out your anger towards me... I-I didn't even do anything wrong..."

Nana's quick breaths suddenly came to a halt after realizing she had yelled to an innocent girl who didn't have most to do with the offensive nickname. The pink Ice Climber sighed in shame and looked a bit worried. "Oh my goodness, what was I doing..."

"Y-yelling at me..."

"I know," Nana said. "...But anyway, I'm a Smasher of the Smash Mansion..."

For Nana's look, Toadette had been busy assorting the gained money that she didn't see anything that Nana did to the girl.

"...And...you came to the right place..." Nana added. "...In fact, the mansion is just up north of the big hill... You can't miss it if you go that way..."

The girl shifted her eyes a bit. "...Thank...you...whoever you are?"

"...Nana," Nana said sighing. "I'm Nana of the Ice Climbers..."

The girl sighed in relief and bowed again to Nana. "It's a pleasure to meet a Smasher...I guess... My name is Ai."

"Ai?" Nana repeated. "Ai as in Artificial intelligence?"

"Er...uh...no..." the little girl named Ai said. "It's just Ai..."

"I see..." Nana said. "...Well, nice to meet you too, Ai. Sorry for yelling at you."

"I-I should be sorry for not knowing about you," Ai said with a nervous chuckle. "I-I don't know much about the Smash Mansion, Smashers, or you...t-that's because I recently moved to the village... Even I think there's more to the name Smashville but...I just don't know much..."

The pink Ice Climber understood the girl. "Oh, I see... Well, hopefully you're going to start knowing about us, right?"

"If I take my time, then I guess I can..." Ai said. "I like to meet a lot of people and become friends with them. It's much easier for me to be in a happy mood by having lots of friends."

Nana knew right away that Ai was a very innocent girl. Ai herself made Nana think that the girl from Animal Village was very sincere.

Ai made a happy expression. "That way, living my own life is much more enjoyable, don't you think?"

Who cared if the girl could fend life on her own? Ai looked very sure of herself to Nana. Judging Ai surely was a big mistake for Nana to do.

Perhaps the fact that Nana smiled was a sign of a small bond between the two had just begun.

"You know, it was rude of me to do all those things on you," Nana said. "So you live your own life?"

Ai nodded. "It's a really easy thing to do. You wouldn't believe how easy it is to live in such a peaceful town like Animal Village. At first I thought I wasn't going to make it through, but once I settled down in my home, everything became much clearer than I thought." She smiled happily at Nana. "You should drop by in my house...if you want... You don't look like a barbarian...I-I mean...like one at all..."

Nana rolled her eyes. "It was your mayor's fault, not yours," she said. "I can guess you know we had a...stage there...right?"

"..." Ai looked away. "N-no... I barely arrived at the village some months ago... I heard very little about that detail... I think I'm the only one of the whole village who is clueless about it..."

"Oh, that's okay," Nana said. "If you want, I can take you to the mansion to deliver that letter you're supposed to deliver."

Ai looked at her with a relieved expression. "Would you do that for me, Nana?"

"Sure, I don't mind," Nana said. "That way, your misunderstandings about us aren't going to make you believe we ar-"

"O-of course not!" Ai said. "I can tell there's decency in you so I think there's more decency with the Smashers, right?"

Nana's eyes looked away. "There are just a few who are like that, though..." Her eyes looked back at Ai. "But we're nice people."

Ai looked very pleased. "Maybe I can end up being friends of them?"

"Just stay away from the adults because...here between us..." Nana got closer to Ai's left ear, "they're shady and scary-looking. I'm friends with some of them, but can you make it pass through them?"

Ai thought for a moment. "Does the fact I'm friends with everyone in Animal Village makes it good enough?"

Nana pulled herself back. "Hmm...I guess it's enough... We'll see later, okay?"

"Sure!" Ai said excited. "I can't wait to meet all of them so soon."

"Just meet a few though because it's hard for me to cope well with everyone," Nana said. "Okay, Ai, since I should be back to work, you should find a seat."

Ai nodded and chuckled. "Would you...show me a seat, please? I just came here..."

"Of course," Nana said. "Lead the way. You'll have to act like you didn't know me because Toadette is a bit bossy about us talking with the customers for so long. I had luck she didn't spot me talking with you."

"Don't worry; I can do that just fine," Ai said.

"Good," Nana said as both girls began to walk to the twelfth table. "(You know, she's not half-bad at all. She lives alone by herself because she wanted to, and Chris does share the same trait... Maybe I can make Ai meet Chris... Yes, that'd be a nice move from me. Those 2 could become acquainted in a short time...and maybe even me.)"

Nana looked back at Ai.

"(...Actually, I already did.)"

Ai smiled a bit at Nana as she did the same while they walked to a table.

Some tables away from them, a freaked out Chris was there embracing himself tightly while walking around. Fortunately for him, he managed to withstand the little girl with blue ribbons on her head and brown pigtails' talk, unlike Marth the Zombie who was somehow still dotting down orders with a blank look that made some customers get scared a bit. "L-life...is not a lie..." Chris muttered with a gulp. "I-it's not definitely a lie..."

His scared murmurs were soon interrupted by the sounds of a bell close to him.

Chris closed his eyes and slowly regained his composure. "(Get a hold of yourself, Chris... You need to keep working and forget you ever met that girl...well, that's a hard part...but you need to focus...)" he thought to himself as he turned around to face the customer of the nineteenth table on the southeast corner of the restaurant. Opening his eyes, he bowed at the client. "Okay, welcome to the Wonder Restaurant. May I take your or..."

The World Traveler blinked a bit surprised after he saw his next customer waiting for him to take the order. (Hopefully, it wasn't the girl...)

Out of the different kinds of people of the restaurant, the client would stick out from the whole crowd. The customer was a very elegant, gorgeous-looking woman with a straight face that implied she was insightful. This silver-haired woman wore mostly black: black boots with long black heels that reached her black tight shirt. The woman also wore a long jacket that reached behind her calves. The woman wore also some long earrings and black pearls necklaces around her neck. To combine her long silver hair (that reached her back and chest), she had silver eyes as well.

It was easy for Chris to define the woman to the ranks of Snake since they both wouldn't surely take a step into the universe. However, Snake already did...and so did the woman.

"...Aren't you supposed to finish what you said?" the woman asked.

Being the video game fanatic of the Smashers, Chris had played many games before. The knowledge he had gained from all his games allowed him to recognize the sharp-looking woman very easily. However, it would sound very suspicious of him to address directly the woman's name to her without even having met heard of her of another way than from the usual TV screen of his room.

"...der?" Chris finished.

The woman looked a bit amused at this. "Not literally...but that's okay for me."

"Right..." Chris said before he shook his head. "What would you like to eat?"

The woman didn't have to glance at the menu at all. "I would like to have some tea. I don't care which one you bring me unless it's cold or has a bad taste."

"I-I'm sorry, but you have to specify the order..." Chris said.

"..." The woman glanced at the menu and looked at him. "...Koopa Tea..." she said, somehow not liking how the name of the drink sounded.

"...R-right away, madam," Chris said before turning around to walk to the drink machine. "(But...how? How did she end up here?)"

"Hey."

The serious tone of the woman made Chris stop in his tracks. The waiter World Traveler closed his eyes a bit in preoccupation before he turned around to face her again, his eyes opening once more. "Yes?" he asked, trying to keep his calmest state.

The silver-haired woman looked around, her eyes fixing on the odd-looking people such as Piantas and Nokis. "Normally I wouldn't ask something like this since it's not common, but...is this some kind of village that likes to hold costume festivals?"

The World Traveler stared blankly at the woman's guess and herself. Of course she would ask something like that since she herself came from a world where it could be an almost-perfect replica of Chris's world. Would Chris tell her the truth, though? "W-well...about that..."

"Please don't say more."

Chris gasped a bit in his mind.

The woman closed her eyes and shook her head. "It's clear to see the obvious. You don't need to explain anything to me."

"(...My god...)" Chris thought worried as the woman kept her face from changing. "(D-did she just find out that this is not her world? ...Of course she did... She isn't stupid at all...)"

"I would like to have my tea," the woman interrupted Chris's thoughts.

The World Traveler nodded to her. "Certainly," Chris said before he turned around. However, the waiter had to make some talk with the woman or else it would bother him that she would be walking around the village through the countless amounts of different-looking people. With a gulp, Chris turned back at her. "By the way..."

"Yes?"

It seemed that the woman was still staring at Chris.

"..." Chris closed his eyes before he opened them again and stared at the woman. "My name is Chris, nice to meet you."

The woman raised an eyebrow. "I thought the waiters weren't supposed to have talks with customers."

"I-I know, but...you look...kind of...interesting to me..."

"..."

Chris kept staring at the woman in silence before she leaned her back to the chair and crossed her arms.

"Sorry, boy," she said fairly amused to him. "But I'm going to be frank with you."

The World Traveler's eyes widened in shock at the amusing look that the woman gave to him. Many different thoughts raced through Chris's mind that made him feel very uncomfortable, and one would tell it was all because of the woman he just met a few minutes ago. Sweat began to run down across his forehead, and his eyes began to shake a bit in fear. Just staring at the woman made Chris think he was trapped in a cage where she could use interrogation as no other person would use.

"I don't like to love younger people than me. With that said, you're not my type either."

...And suddenly, Chris's panicked look changed to one which hinted traces of embarrassment.

"...Oh..." Chris muttered in a low tone as he blushed.

"...But I guess it doesn't hurt to say my name to you," the woman continued. "My name is Nozomi Weaver."

At least the World Traveler was able to communicate with the enigmatic woman named Nozomi. "(Nozomi Weaver...)" Chris thought. "(...A special doctor and surgeon known for having a supernatural ability to cure patients in a very unusual way that only a few possess... If I recall, she lost her license as a doctor in Japan but then later got a new license and name by an organization that developed very dangerous man-made diseases and used her to cure their guinea pigs for further tests... Also...she comes from a futuristic era than mine like 10 years in the future... However, I know that isn't her real name at all because that's her fake one...)"

"I'm glad we got to be acquainted," Nozomi said. "Personally, I was getting a bit confused to see such a weird amount of people in here. At least there are people who don't like to dress up in costumes."

Chris sighed in relief. Nozomi surely thought they were all wearing costumes.

"However, most of their costumes seem very realistic..."

Chris looked shocked.

"...But I'm not going to keep talking about people I barely know about," Nozomi said. "I'm sorry for being a bit pushy, but I'd like to have my tea now...Chris."

The waiter snapped out from his shocked look and nodded to her. "V-very well," he said before turning around, wondering many things about the silver-haired woman. "(How did she end up here?)" Chris thought in confusion. "(She was the last person who would stumble into this realm... Well... Snake shouldn't be here yet he is here...so I think I can draw a comparison between him and her...)" He looked forward with a worried look. "(But the fact she comes from an era where that malicious disease exists... It doesn't mean we could be facing that as well...right?)"

Chris made a mental sigh.

"(You're over thinking too much...)" he thought to himself. "(Just try to relax and hope she doesn't get involved in any of our matters because she wouldn't believe it...)"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 04, 2010, 12:13:44 PM
Back at the nineteenth table, the woman interlaced her fingers while putting her elbows on her table. "(What is this place exactly?)" she thought with some curiosity. "(I haven't seen anyone like these people before. To be honest, I haven't seen anything like this at all... Man, what did I just get myself into?)" She looked at a black umbrella and a black briefcase leaning to the wall that she had with her. "(Normal walks through the Royal Park in London during the rain usually don't take you to unknown villages...)"

Her silver eyes narrowed a bit.

"(...Maybe...I could stay here and find out what's going on here... This could prove to be a bit worthwhile...)" she thought interested.

As Nozomi pondered more about the realm she didn't know about, Popo silently walked in front of her and went over to table number fifteen located to the front of the window. The blue Ice Climber had already heard that a bell rang on the same table where a customer was still looking at the menu from the other side of the table. Because of that, Popo didn't see the customer's face. "Welcome to the Wonder Restaurant. What would you like to eat?"

The customer lowered the menu and looked at him. "I would like to eat some Miso Stew only, you..."

Popo's eyes widened, and so did the customer's.

"...YOU!" Popo and the customer muttered loudly so they wouldn't attract the attention.

"What are you doing here?" Popo asked in pure disbelief. "I thought you left with that Raven guy and the others a long time ago!"

From all the people the Smashers had met before, surely the Genius Mage was the most dangerous person to ever take a step into the mansion. Popo had found none other than Rita Mordio in the very same restaurant he was working.

"Y-you again!" Rita said surprised. "Y-you're that weirdo twin with the wacky attitude!"

"And you're that girl with the dangerous magic who almost assassinated Master Hand...and everyone else!" Popo said.

Rita crossed her arms. "What are YOU doing in a place like this? I thought you were supposed to be somewhere else where you wouldn't weird people out!"

"Duh, I work here part-time," Popo said mildly annoyed. "I mean, didn't you see the other guys?"

"Well, how should I know?" Rita asked annoyed. "I didn't know there was this village where the cemetery of wrecked buildings was before." She looked away. "So this place got a renovation?"

"Yeah."

"At least it looks good enough," Rita said before looking back at Popo. "And if you're asking why I'm here, I have a pretty good reason."

"What would that reason be?"

Rita closed her eyes. "We defeated Alexei back at Terca Lumireis," she explained. "After that happened...we're going through a lot to stop another menace but by the time being we're resting now."

Popo stared at her. "And...you came here?"

Rita opened her bored eyes and looked away. "To be honest, I didn't want to come back here again. I just took a walk in a forest to look for some Blastia because I was bored...then I ended up here...again." She looked back at Popo. "I think I can go back to Aspio from where I came from, but well, maybe it's good to see a familiar face...b-but don't even think I haven't forgotten everything I went through in my stance at that mansion with the bunch of weirdoes!" she said annoyed. "I'll have you know that I've become even stronger than before so watch your mouth, okay?!"

"(Geez, she didn't change with that explosive attitude of hers...)" Popo thought bored.

"...Why are you staring at me like that now?" Rita asked upset at the face Popo gave her. "Where's my Miso Stew?"

Popo rolled his eyes. "Right away, my nice client," he said before he walked away to the counter.

Rita's pupils shrunk as a sign of annoyance while she looked up bored at the ceiling. "Why the hell do I have to make such bad impressions to people? Thanks to that, Estelle will never forgive me..." She sighed and stared forward at the rows of tables with people. "Whatever, I'll just relax for the time being...but...better think to listen to Estelle..."

As the Genius Mage waited around a minute for Popo to bring the suspiciously, quickly done stew to her, Nana, having left Ai to eat her bowl with Topi Ice Cream, was struggling on her own by a undecided customer with other people at the fourth table.

"I dunno," Barry said as he scratched his head a bit at the menu. "I can't decide between both the Viridian Rodeo Meat and the Rustboro Omelet."

Lucas (the trainer) slapped his forehead for the fifth time. "Barry, just decide already! You're taking her time away..."

"Oh no, no!" Barry said annoyed as he kept staring at the menu. "You guys already ordered, and I don't wanna be looking at both of you eating while I'm not even eating! I need my food to grow, y'know. Do you want me to eat a napkin?"

"Only you would think about actually doing it, Barry..." muttered Dawn annoyed.

Barry rolled his eyes before looking back at the menu while Nana impatiently tapped her right foot on the floor. "Hello, you need to order now before I go," she reminded Barry. "Decide now or else I'll go."

"You wait right there!" Barry demanded, his eyes still fixed at the menu. "I'm about to decide. Just you wait!"

Nana looked annoyed at him. "I've been waiting here for some 10 minutes now!" she complained before turning around to look at the busy restaurateur behind the counter. "Toadette, this guy just won't pick up an order! Can I leave him?"

"No!" Toadette yelled back as she sorted out the different money currencies they had received from satisfied customers. "You're bound to listen to what they want! Until they tell you what they want, then you can leave!"

"What? That's bias!" Nana yelled.

"Ha-ha, you need to hear me out before you go-o," teased an amused Barry as he kept staring at the menu.

The pink Ice Climber wasn't going to stand up for this for even longer, but she had to listen to Barry or else she wouldn't receive her pay. She'd rather smack his head down, but violence wasn't required in the establishment, much for her dismay.

"Please, forgive him," Dawn whispered at Nana. "He had a very difficult childhood with me..."

"Oh, thank you," Nana said with sarcasm. "I didn't even NOTICE that the first time I saw him."

Lucas smacked down his head on the table. "Please, bear with him a bit more..."

"You guys are just lucky you get to stay at the mansion," Nana said. "Fine, I'll wait here until he decides..."

"Yes, that's right. You're my little slave for the time being," Barry said without making eye contact with a fuming Nana.

While this happened, a shrugging Chris passed close to the zombie Marth as the World Traveler headed to the ninth table to attend a family of three Piantas: a father, a mother, and a daughter. Upon arriving there, Chris greeted them with a smile. "Welcome to the Wonder Restaurant. What would you like to eat?"

The green Pianta, the father of the family, spoke to Chris. "Yes, we would like to order 9 Fungitown Mushroom Pastas, 4 Deku Stews, and 5 Sirena Salads."

Chris dotted down the seemingly big order. "Okay... I'll be right back in a minute," he said.

The World Traveler thought that the order itself was just too much for the whole family to eat. In fact, all the given orders to the waiters had been pretty straight forward by now, but not like the order Chris had taken. It was surely going to take the five chefs of the restaurant some time to prepare all the dishes.

Chris stopped in front of Pikachu and the counter. "This is a big order... 9 Fungitown Mushroom Pastas, 4 Deku Stews, and 5 Sirena Salads!"

Pikachu looked a bit surprised. 'That's sure a big order for a family of 3," he remarked before turning to the window to the kitchen. "9 Fungitown Mushroom Pastas, 4 Deku Stews, and 5 Sirena Salads!" he yelled before turning to Chris. "Well, there you go."

The World Traveler nodded at the order. "I'm going to be attending other people's orders in the meantime...and..."

Were Chris's eyes deceiving him, or did the huge order appear on the window to the kitchen? In fact, plates began to be pushed out from the window at the same pace that they soon filled the whole window. Chris hadn't noticed the fact the window itself was long enough to hold all those dishes together.

"Looks like they're ready," Pikachu said without showing signs of surprise or shock. "Go now."

Chris stared at pure disbelief as Pikachu began to bring all the plates to the counter. Thinking quickly, the World Traveler took as many plates as he could carry to the ninth table. It was pure luck that the ninth table was just close to the counter. Chris had to make several trips back and forth to bring all the plates to the pleased family.

"Thanks!" the little Pianta girl said happily before they all began to eat their plates in silence.

The waiter just couldn't believe that the whole table was occupied by a big amount of dishes. It looked extremely awkward to see that none of the customers had said a complaint about what they ordered and plainly ate all the dishes in perfect peace.

No, it was IMPOSSIBLE to see something like this. Heck, Chris even thought he gave a whole buffet to a family...and they were happy about it? What did just take place in the restaurant?

Shaking his head, Chris began to hear more ringing sounds from the tenth table to the right where a purple Toad waited anxiously for him. Upon arriving, Chris greeted the Toad. "What would you like to eat?" he asked as he prepared his pen and notepad.

"I'd like to have 8 Saffron Fondues, 9 Pagoda Peak Rice Plates, and a Petalburg Soda," said the Toad simply.

Chris carelessly let go of his pen in disbelief after hearing the order. He stared in shock at the small Toad, and a split second at the small stomach of the customer.

"..." The Toad tilted his head confused. "Is something bothering you?"

"E-er..." Chris shook his head and picked up his pen again. Trying not to sound very shocked at the order, he asked the customer with a clever question, "I-I'm sorry, I didn't hear what you ordered... Care to repeat?"

"Oh, of course. I can tell you again."

Chris sighed in relief. His ears were surely a bit sore after hearing so many ringing sounds from the tables' bells. The Toad surely didn't just order...

"8 Saffron Fondues, 9 Pagoda Peak Rice Plates, and a Petalburg Soda."

The World Traveler stared in shock at the Toad. However, Chris reminded himself not to look weird to anyone, and he tried his best not to look shocked at him while Chris, shaking pen in right hand, wrote down the big order from the only Toad. "O-okay, I'll bring them all to you..." he said before turning around and quickly walking as fast as possible to the counter. "U-um...w-we have another big order..." he said to Toadette.

Toadette smiled. "We do?"

"D-do you see that Toad in the tenth table, close by the reception?" he asked before Toadette took a peek of the purple Toad. "H-he just ordered...8 Saffron Fondues, 9 Pagoda Peak Rice Plates, and a Petalburg Soda..."

Surely, Toadette would see this as a strange happening...but for Chris's dismay, Toadette lifted her shoulders a bit and turned to the window to the kitchen. "8 Saffron Fondues, and 9 Pagoda Peak Rice Plates!"

"...What?" Chris just couldn't understand why Toadette didn't even get shocked at the order. Nothing about the whole nonsense make any sense to him for the most part. "Y-you're not..."

And the orders were merely pushed out from the other side of the window, all of them having that fresh aroma of high rate food. Toadette chuckled at this and began to bring every single plate in front of the terrified waiter. "C'mon, show some spirit!" she said once she finished bringing all the plates.

"...B-but..." Chris's lips trembled as he looked down at the line of plates for the lone costumer.

"Once you bring all the plates to the table, give him his soda."

"A-aren't you even thinking this looks odd?" Chris asked.

"Not at all."

The hell did Toadette just respond to Chris?

"Go now! Chop-chop!" Toadette said cheerfully.

"T-this...this is just...just so...but...I..." Chris shook his head continuously before he was forced to bring every single dish to the Toad. It was just entirely impossible that the small Toad would eat everything on sight. Chris even thought the customer was probably Kirby in disguise, but the Toad was surely a normal guy who just wanted to come and eat whatever his little stomach wanted to eat.

Of course, it looked extremely bizarre to think about something like that.

While this happened, a skeptical Popo walked to the counter. "There's a big order from a Noki," he said, "6 Spicy Pasta Dishes, 7 Hot Dogs, and an Herb Tea."

Toadette turned to the window. "6 Spicy Pasta Dishes and 7 Hot Dogs!" she yelled.

And for Popo's surprise, the orders appeared right inside the window's frame.

"What?" he said confused before Toadette began to bring all the plates to the counter. Shaking his head and pondering many times the fast service, the blue Ice Climber shrugged for two seconds and began to bring all the plates to the red Noki he was serving. He later went for the Herb Tea.

The still terrified Marth walked to the counter, and in a monotone voice, he said "8 Lovely Noodle Dishes, 5 Shroom Steaks, and a Veggie Set."

Unlike Popo or Chris, Marth didn't question that all fourteen plates were soon delivered to the window before being taken by Toadette to the counter. With plates on each hand, Marth silently made his way to the eleventh table.

It should be noted he was serving Kirby, who now decided to eat more than before.

Soon enough, the quartet of waiters noticed (with Marth as an exception) that the customers had very crazy orders to give them. Occasionally, they all would deliver extremely hard orders to any customer that would range from almost everything in the long menu. It became really impossible to think that many people had the guts to challenge themselves by eating huge amounts of dishes. What was more terrifying to see was the fact that, to further add the craziness of the orders, the customers had actually eaten everything on the table.

It just didn't make any sense for the waiters. How could normal people like Toads, Nokis, Piantas, Yoshis (although they could be a bit understood from this), Monty Moles eat so much? Nana wondered if they asked Kirby to have his bottomless stomach.

It was scary to see that a little Toad was eating ten whole Fried Shroom Plates. Chris saw horrified the tower of roasted mushrooms that the little Toad was eating in complete peace. Hell, the plate itself over passed the little Toad's height. Without being noticed, Chris walked close and overheard the mother and the child saying something, the kid apparently wanting to order a Honey Shroom.

"Not until you finish your 10 Fried Shroom Plates! You need to grow strong, honey."

Bizarre, it was bizarrely bizarre to hear such an easy yet twisted sentence to a little child.

For Chris's dismay, there was another order from the eighteenth table; a very crazy order as he had expected: Nine Dyllis Lunches and seven Ink Pasta Dishes.

And the World Traveler, once having said the order to a busy Toadette, slammed down his head hard on the counter.  "N-no more..." Chris pleaded. "I-I can barely believe that they like to eat here so much..."

Toadette turned around, ignoring the tired butler. "Next order's coming up!"

"A-are you even listening to me?" Chris asked annoyed before he saw plates being taken around his head.

"9 Dyllis Lunches and 7 Ink Pasta Dishes!" Toadette yelled with enthusiasm.

While Chris wished to die a silent death for the whole nonsense, Nana passed behind him holding a Mango Juice for a blue Yoshi. The pink Ice Climber thought by herself that she needed seriously a break (since she had already delivered six Mushroom Crepes and eight Mushroom Delicacies). "Insane," she muttered under her breath as she gave the juice to the happy Yoshi. "This is just insane," she said with more emphasis.

She noticed Marth passing behind her. As always, the only words beside the greeting words of the restaurant that Marth said were "I'm breathing...but am I real?"

Nana thought he was a lost cause now. Poor prince shouldn't have met the little girl from before.

Was there anyone in the whole establishment who would have liked to order something more believable and less threatening to the common stomach? The waiters wanted to wait for such a person to order few plates. Sadly, this never took place, much for their dismay.

The only ones that didn't even think about ordering huge amounts of dishes were the people that the Smashers either met or knew well. Ai could barely believe the Monty Mole family behind her was eating around twenty different plates. Rita just looked fairly disgusted at the group of three Yoshis behind her eating eighteen bowls of stew. And Nozomi...didn't care much about the whole scene whatsoever.

Chris was called by Olimar to the first table. Sighing in relief, Chris smiled at Olimar. "Oh, Olimar, are you here to eat?"

Olimar shook his head. "No, I'm here because I'm inviting my friends to eat here."

"What friends are those?"

Olimar pointed at the Red, Blue, Yellow, Purple, and White Pikmins spread across the table, all of them sitting on their own chairs.

The World Traveler blinked shocked to see that each Pikmin was holding their menu. It was more shocking to see that they set the menus down and looked at him, producing silence.

"...Can they even eat?" Chris asked.

"Of course they do," Olimar said.

"...Well, I didn't hear them saying what they wanted..."

"Oh, I can understand them very well," Olimar said. "They said they would like to eat 18 Fruity Hamburgers, 20 Heavy Meals, 15 Omelet Plates, and 7 jars of Sap Syrup please."

"..." That was it. It was by far the biggest order Chris had ever received, and from Olimar's Pikmins no less... "T-they want to eat ALL that? T-they don't have mouths except for the Blue Pikmin!"

"Yes," Olimar said in simplicity. "My Pikmins like to eat a lot. At first, when they sucked biggest pools of flower nectars, I got shocked, but then I got used to their big appetite."

"(B-but that's a big order still!)" Chris thought.

"Would you bring them here what they want?" Olimar asked as he showed Chris a credit card. "I have my own money account. Good thing I retrieved enough materials in my adventures to get lots of Pokos."

The World Traveler was afraid of this, but he turned around and decided to take on the order by himself.

"Hey, you only brought 9 Town Specials and I wanted 10!" complained a Goomba in the second table to Popo. "I'm not eating this!"

"W-wait, I just forgot 1 of them!" Popo said in his defense before the Goomba hopped down his chair and walked away through the corridor. Popo looked at the table with around nineteen dishes. "Who's going to eat all that now?"

"Waitress!"

Nana stopped walking around on her tracks. The pink Ice Climber just had enough about the whole thing since she had served around two hundred plates, and it was amazing to see that they didn't run out of ingredients yet. But she just had to attend the order either way. Her temper was surely going to explode in any moment now, and her pen was surely about to break in half.

Sighing loudly, she turned to the tenth table with a single Boo. "What would you like to eat?" she asked through gritted teeth.

"I would like to eat 1 Block Meal."

Music stops

At last, Nana heard a very easy order after two hours had passed. It was the hugest relief she had gotten through the entire day, and she was going to thank god for giving her what she wanted so much to hear from a normal costumer. Smiling relieved, she dotted down the order on her notepad. "Okay, sir, I'll be right bac-"

"I'm not done yet! I want 25 Koopa Dumplings as well!"

And after so much previous pressure, Nana's pen finally snapped in half.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

The pink Ice Climber's yell echoed through the whole establishment. Everyone in there suddenly stopped eating in peace and looked a bit surprised at the fuming Ice Climber. This yell also caused Marth to snap out from his state and look around in confusion of the whole scene.

"I HAD IT with this place!" Nana yelled loudly.

But then, a bell of another table rang a few times.

"SHUT IT!" Nana yelled without facing the customer before she began his way to the counter.

Meanwhile, on the table Nana had ignored, Falco crossed his arms and grumbled angrily to himself, wondering why he was yelled by her by no reason at all.

Back with Nana, the pink Ice Climber stopped her angry stomps in front of the counter where, from the seat, a bored Toadette looked down at her. "I'm sorry to be this rude, but it's already enough!" Nana complained to Toadette while Kat and Ana left their places and went to the dining area. "It's hard for me to believe that everyone here can eat a whole buffet by themselves that I'm just SICK of it!"

"Y-yes!" Chris joined in as he appeared behind Nana. "S-she's very right in that! I can't barely believe that the orders come out so fast just right after we said them to you!"

Popo walked close to them. "It's crazy! I've served at least 300 dishes today!"

"You guys know what I've been doing these last hours?" asked a confused Marth as he walked to them. "I remember talking with a little girl before everything went so blurry..."

Nobody paid any attention to Marth at all.

Toadette just shifted her eyes around to see a multitude of customers staring at the whole commotion from their tables. The pink Toad glanced around to see that all eyes were focused on the waiters and her. Toadette only sighed silently and looked at Pikachu. "Okay, I guess we shouldn't hide our staff what we have in the kitchen."

Pikachu nodded. "It seems so."

Chris blinked a few times at this. "Wait, Pikachu, you know what's been happening this whole time?"

"And you didn't tell us before?" Nana asked annoyed.

"Rules of the special rank of staff like me," Pikachu said. "I know much more than any of you do."

"Yeah," Toadette said. "He's allowed to go into the kitchen when you work. He does all the checkups and whatnot to keep everything in order. He's my right-hand mouse of the sorts."

"...Okay, I had it now," Nana said annoyed as Kat and Ana joined them. "Tell us what the hell makes the orders so darn fast before I resign!"

Toadette sighed. "You're just not going to let this go like that for some more, huh?"

"I-I'm sorry, but this is so unbelievable!" Chris said.

"...Okay, follow me," she said as she hopped down her seat and went to the door. After recalling that all the customers were staring at them, the restaurateur turned around and smiled. "Move along, people. There's absolutely nothing to see here! Please do keep enjoying our service here at the Wonder Restaurant more!"

The customers looked at each other before they all slowly returned to eat in silence while chatting in peace.

Toadette looked at her staff. "Whatever you see in here...you shouldn't tell it to anyone else...okay?" She grabbed the doorknob and slowly opened the door to the kitchen.

"Why shouldn't we tell this to anyone?" Marth asked.

When Toadette opened the door, they all began to walk inside to the kitchen. Once inside, they found many ovens on the front wall, long tables with a wide assortment of ingredients to the left wall, and dish washers located to the right wall. Inside, Tayce, Zess, Saffron, and Dyllis were all cooking different sorts of food in a seemingly normal pace, some of them cutting vegetables and meat while some were cooking stews on big bowls over the ovens.

Zess turned her face at them. "Can't you Meddling Interrupt-a-lot leave us alone to cook or what?" she asked angrily.

"Sorry, but they wanted to meet the head chef," Toadette said. "Where's the guy?"

Tayce turned around and pointed at a door to the right side of the ovens. "He's getting some frozen meats to replenish the shortage of meat for the Shroom Steaks."

Right in an instant, said door opened quickly, and a cheerful man walked out from it, holding a big meat with ribs that he held with both arms. The man himself had a chef hat, wore green trousers, long-sleeved white shirt, brown boots, and a long red cape around and behind his neck.

"There you are!" Toadette said.

The man looked at the group and smiled happily at them. "Hey there!" he said enthusiastically.

None of the staff knew the man at all...but Chris did. The World Traveler couldn't forget the face of the mysterious chef who appeared before him and some others a long time ago. Pointing a finger at him, Chris said "I-it's the Wonder Chef!"

The staff looked confused at him. "The...Wonder Chef?" Popo said confused.

"Y-yes, he's the guy who taught me how to make Curry during the Festival of Sports!" he said. "H-he was posing as a poster of Raine when we were resting in our room..."

"Ahh, I remember you!" the Wonder Chef said with a wide grin at Chris. "You're the same fellow I taught the Curry recipe! Have you been making recipes?"

"N-not that much, but... F-forget it, okay? You work here of all places?" Chris asked. "I thought you were in a journey of discovery or something like that..."

"Oh, that's because I decided to stay here and learn more about these new recipes I've found recently," the Wonder Chef explained. "I haven't seen such wonderful and tasty dishes before!"

"What dishes are you talking about?"

"Dyllis Breakfasts, Fried Shroom Plates, Shroom Steaks, Spit Roasts, Sap Syrups, Gingerbread Houses, Koopa Tea, everything these wonderful chefs know!" the Wonder Chef said in excitement. "I just had to stay here and learn more!"

"Wonderful chefs..." Zess muttered bored. "Flattering isn't gonna take you anywhere with me, Mr. Chef-who-dreams-a-lot-of-crazy-dreams."

"And they've got such wonderful personalities as well!" the Wonder Chef said in excitement. "This just makes me even more excited!"

"Oh dear, he's such a handful when he gets like this..." Tayce muttered.

"I know, sugar," Saffron said. "He's the happiest guy I've ever met before."

Nana looked bored at the Wonder Chef. "So...are you the one who prepares those dishes inhumanly fast or what?"

"O-oh, right," Chris said as he took out a notepad from his pocket. "I have a huge order of 18 Fruity Hamburgers, 20 Heavy Meals, and 15 Omelet Plates..."

Nana turned to him. "Chris, we're interrogating this weirdo and you're asking him to make that impossible huge order?"

"Right-o!" the Wonder Chef said excited.

The Smashers looked back at the hyperactive chef starting to run over the entire place at some unbelievable speeds. It was completely surprising to see that the chef himself was able to make every single plate he was asked to do that he nicely put on the window. Everyone but Pikachu, Toadette, and the chefs looked shocked to see the available ovens and frying pans frying meat for hamburgers, fried eggs, and whatever the Heavy Meals were being made at a span of five seconds each. Soon enough, the window was filled with forty-seven plates.

"All done!" the Wonder Chef said.

"...Did he just...cook at the speed of light or what?" Nana asked in disbelief.

"I-I think he even surpassed Sonic's speed..." Chris muttered. "I-I didn't see him standing in front of an oven for 4 seconds at all..."

"Chris, I think it's an overstatement to say this guy surpassed Sonic's speed," Marth said. "...He mimicked it through his own way..."

The Wonder Chef smiled happily. "Well, we should deliver the dishes before they get cold!"

"H-how can you say that?" Ana asked. "Y-you just cooked all these dishes that fast!"

"I don't see why we should be making the clients wait for their orders," the Wonder Chef said. "They could get hungry."

Toadette looked happy. "Isn't this guy something? He was my main inspiration for opening the Wonder Restaurant."

Kat thought for a moment. "Wonder Restaurant...the Wonder Chef..."

"...Oh, I see a pattern here..." Ana muttered.

Pikachu sighed and looked at his waiters. "Just to let you know something. I got the same look with him as you did. But once you make trips to the kitchen, you get used to him."

"B-but...this is all just...insane..." Chris trailed off. "H-he can cook at that speed? I-I mean, how does he do that?"

The Wonder Chef smiled happily with a chuckle. "That is a secret only known for the Wonder Chefs!" he said. "A chef never reveals his secret ingredients to anyone."

"I thought it was a magician never revealing the secrets behind magic," Popo said.

"There are many sayings for the Wonder Chefs that you probably will never see," the chef said. "Sorry, but I just can't tell you that!"

Nana looked defeated. "So all this time, this guy has been making all the plates by himself?"

"Yep," Toadette said. "He's not the Wonder Chef for nothing."

"Then what do the other chefs do?" Marth asked.

Saffron giggled a bit. "We teach him how to make our special recipes."

"This schnitzel is such a handful," Dyllis complained. "He will go on und on about this und that dish und that other recipe und this different ingredient!"

Chris thought for a moment. "...But if the chef learns all the recipes...wouldn't you be resigned?"

"Actually, the Wonder Chef and I made a contract," Toadette said. "He said he wanted to stay here for a time because he's in that journey of his to discover new recipes. I eventually came with an agreement with him, and he will leave this place like in a week."

"Until then, it's all fun and merriment for me," the Wonder Chef said with a pleased grin. "I'm telling you that this is the best day of my life!"

"...Wow," Kat commented. "...Nice story..."

"...B-but wait a minute!" Chris suddenly said. "I-I can understand all this, b-but how can the people out there eat so much?"

"That..." the Wonder chef trailed off, "...is...a secret."

"...Are you kidding us?" Nana asked. "There should be a reason why everyone eats so much! We didn't come AND suffered the entire day to come here and hear that it's a secret you don't want to tell!"

"Maybe they like the food so much," the Wonder Chef said. "They ignore more than they can chew, apparently."

"T-that doesn't make any sense and neither does you!"

"Oh well, you'll understand the true nature behind all this very soon," the Wonder Chef said with a wink. "If you don't understand it, I pity you for not having a good appetite."

"That's because we have common sense," Nana said annoyed.

"Good! I'm glad you're starting to grasp the magic of restaurants and dishes!" the Wonder Chef said. "Let's all get working again!"

Toadette folded her arms behind her back. "Well, you heard the guy. Everyone go back to your posts!"

Ana looked back and forth between the chef and Toadette. "A-are you saying we should just shrug this off now?" she asked.

"Of course, it's not like we have to keep the customers waiting even longer," she explained. "Besides, you all know everything you needed to know. You seem to understand everything as well."

"To the contrary, we can't just grasp any of this at all!" Nana complained.

Toadette sighed and frowned. "Let's just go back to work already! It's already late afternoon and we have to close the place at 8 PM!"

The staff exchanged looks with each other before they all sighed in unison and decided to go back to work, leaving the five chefs working with the dishes. The Wonder Chef put his hands on his hips and chuckled. "Alright, my ladies, let's do our best to make some dishes! C'mon, get yourselves together and simmer those steaks with grace and delicacy!"

Zess sighed. "My god, Mr. Happy Happiest can't just keep himself quiet for 8 seconds..."

"That fraun vill taste very spicy curry very soon," Dyllis muttered with a grunt. "It vill taste as if vas lava itself!"

"Sugars, let's just keep making dishes..." Saffron muttered.

"This is sure going to be such a long day..." Tayce muttered.

And so, the day went on...

After having to serve around nine hundred dishes in a single day, the restaurant said farewell to a small family of Shy Guys. Once the doors closed, the whole staff reunited to the long counter of the dining area to receive some news from Toadette, some of the Smashers (all of them wearing their usual attires that they put in some bags) already tired as they sat around a table (with Chris having Riolu sitting on his lap).

"Seriously, what happened to me?" Marth asked to the others. "I can't seem to recall anything for some hours..."

"Marth...you seriously don't want to know..." Chris said.

Toadette looked around at the staff before she giggled a bit. "Okay, everyone's here. I'm happy to say that we made big winnings during the first day of the Wonder Restaurant. I thank all of you for your hard work and indomitable spirit for attending all the customers with respect and courtesy."

"At least be glad my hands went through the whole ordeal..." Chris said as he felt a small surge of pain in his gloved hands.

"Riii..." Riolu said worried to him.

"It's not your fault, Riolu. We already said why..."

"I have to say that the experience was worthwhile," Kat said. "This definitely makes up for the lack of work we have for Wario's absence."

"I just can't wait to continue working some more tomorrow," the Wonder Chef said before turning to the Smashers. "And for your hard work through effort, I will teach you how to make Quiche!"

Marth looked confused at him. "You're going to teach us how to make Quiche right now?"

"It'll be quick," the Wonder Chef said before raising his big fork to the air. "By the delicacies of the frying pans, I am letting these chefs-to-be the necessary knowledge to make Quiche!"

Everyone stared at him in complete confusion.

"...I'm sorry, sugar, but what are you doing?" Saffron asked.

The Wonder Chef grinned to himself and lowered down his fork. "I already did it."

The Smashers looked at each other after they felt that something in all of them just...became learned. "...Guys...don't you feel like you suddenly know how to make Quiche?"

"A-actually, that's what I was feeling..." Pikachu admitted.

Nana looked defeated and slammed down her face on the table. "This place...doesn't make any sense...I swear..."

Marth, Popo, Nana, Pikachu, Riolu, and Chris have learned how to make Quiche!

Zess rolled her eyes. "And here I thought he couldn't get any weirder than he is now..."

The Wonder Chef chuckled to himself. "Please do drop by here again to please your stomachs. Food is always important for your health."

"Thank you for the childish advice," Toadette said (showing some signs that she was starting to get annoyed by the chef's attitude). "Oh, you guys, I have some news to say to you. Today's the last day you're going to work here."

"What?" Popo said confused. "You mean you found full-time waiters?"

"Yep, and I helped," Pikachu said. "As you all worked, Toadette and I made many calls to potential waiters until we found some."

Toadette made a happy expression. "Thank you SO much for helping me to achieve one of my biggest dreams I've ever had before! Really, I'm so happy that you decided to give me your hands and work here!" She ducked behind the counter to bring a bag to the counter. "I'd like you to have your pay."

Marth got up from his seat and walked to the counter to see the contents of the bag. A shining light radiated from the inside as Marth looked surprised at the inside of the bag. "Wow...you're giving us these?" he asked as he brought out from the bag five Gold Bars that made the Smashers stare at them in surprise.

"Of course, we made lots of money on the first day," Toadette said. "Thanks to your work, we became a little bit too much rich...and so you got the 15 percent of our winnings."

"Riiiiii..." Riolu wagged his tail in excitement as he stared at the Gold Bars on the counter.

Kat and Ana took out Gold Bars each one of them. "This place DOES pay you," Ana said. "This is not like Wario's work at all."

Kat smiled pleased. "If we keep working, we're going to become rich in no time."

Toadette nodded at the Smashers. "You guys can redeem these bars by big amounts of money. Sell it anywhere and you're probably going to get thousands and thousands of coins."

Marth brought the Gold Bars to the Smashers' table, all of them staring surprised at the bars. "Can anybody say shopping spree?" Pikachu asked.

"Can anybody say villa?" Nana asked.

"Wait, we shouldn't jump to conclusions yet," Marth said. "We should think first about to do to spend them into something more beneficial."

Pikachu thought for a moment. "Maybe...we could sell these to Master Hand to get some abilities for us."

"I second that!" Popo said. "Let's sell these for Smash Coins!"

"That's a plan," Marth said.

The Smashers looked back to the counter where the four female chefs walked to them. They were all holding different dishes on their hands. "We shouldn't just let you leave with money alone," Tayce said. "Please, have these."

Tayce was holding what looked to be a blue spiral: the Dizzy Dial (an item capable of dizzying all enemies).

"Here you go!" Zess said as she gave them a blue snowflake: the Ice Storm (an item capable to attack all enemies and freeze them). "Don't go wasting this, okay?"

Saffron giggled as she gave them a plate with a transparent block (with an orange piece): the Block Meal (an item capable of making the user invisible, therefore making the user invincible for a time). "Please, do enjoy this, sugars," she said.

"Heh," Dyllis, instead of all the chefs, gave the Smashers what looked to be a recipe. "Here! It's vun of my recipes!"

The Smashers stared at the items. "Why are you all giving us these?" Chris asked.

"You deserve them," Tayce said. "You were very good when you were working. The girls and I wanted to give you these gifts for your hard work."

"Tayce sugar here proposed this," Saffron said.

"And we should better give you something or else you'd think badly of us," Zess said.

"So don't vaste anything, you heard, Schnitzels?" Dyllis asked. "Don't lose my recipe!"

Popo took the small note and looked at it. "What is this? Hmm... Mega Mushroom Recipe?"

"Yes," Dyllis said. "That'd be vun important recipe for you, Frauns. You show try to do that and you'll have nice item!"

"A recipe for making a Mega Mushroom?" Marth asked. "Hmm...this could be useful..."

"I guess," Pikachu said as he stared at the recipe.

Obtained Mega Mushroom Recipe!

A special recipe to make Mega Mushrooms. You should show this to somebody who would like to make this in masses.

Nana sighed in relief. "Well, thanks for everything... I guess this means we completed the side-quest at last..."

"Wanted: Waiters" Side-quest completed!

Obtained Gold Bar x5, Dizzy Dial, Ice Storm, Block Meal, and Mega Mushroom Recipe!

"Really, I'm so thankful for you all," Toadette said. "Please do come back some of these days to enjoy the food here."

"And if we can, we could cook you some dishes," Tayce said. "If you bring us some ingredients, we'll cook them for you. It won't cost anything so don't worry about it."

"Bring you some ingredients to cook?" Nana said.

"Yes, sugars. We like to cook a lot," Saffron said. "We can cook you anything unless you don't bring ingredients."

"You guys are lucky that we're doing this for you," Zess said. "You better be thankful of this, okay?"

"Till then, you EAT, and you VILL like it!" Dyllis said. "Nothing gets wasted here!"

"Except of course if the dish turns out to be a Mistake..." Tayce muttered.

"Great!" the Wonder Chef exclaimed. "I can't wait to cook some more for you! I feel like we're going to have a good time by talking about the wonderful world of cuisine!"

The Smashers were starting to get freaked out by the Wonder Chef's attitude. "Yeeaaaaaaaaah... We better leave now," Pikachu said.

"As a free gift, I'll let you take the uniforms if you ever want to come here again," Toadette said. "Remember that this place is always going to be open for you to eat."

"Thank you," Marth said. "We appreciate this."

"(Though I'm not going to wear this for even longer...)" Chris thought.

As all of them got up from their seats, Nana went to hug both Kat and Ana. "I'll come here, don't worry," she said to them.

"Thanks," Kat said. "This is surely going to be very worthwhile."

"I know," Ana said. "This place will be always open for you."

"Thank you," Nana said before the Smashers started to head for the exit. "See you later."

The staff of the restaurant waved their hands together before the Smashers left through the door.

"It still bothers me that the people here eat so much..." Chris muttered.

"I wouldn't be surprised if the Wonder Chef had something to do with it," Nana whispered. "He surely did something..."

"Maybe his presence makes everyone starve," Popo whispered.

"...Knowing the guy's wierd power...that's a big possibility..."

Sidewalks

Once they all walked out, they found the sidewalks almost empty as some people walked around. Upon seeing that there were people in the village, Pikachu sighed in relief. "It's good to see that this place is getting more people."

"I know," Marth said. "It's about time that this happened."

Looking to the left, Chris found Sonic (in his werehog form) walking to them. "Oh, there you are, Sonic," Chris said.

"Hey," Sonic began with his gruff voice, inspecting the clothes they were all carrying in the bags that some of them carried, "you guys work for restaurants or what?"

"We worked for this one for just today," Popo said. "Where were you?"

"Checking out the Mazuri temple," Sonic said. "I came running all the way here before I could turn into werehog again. You guys know that between the village and the temple there's a big field of grass, right?"

"No, we didn't know..." Chris said.

"Well, there's this big open field back there," Sonic said. "And man, do I feel good for running a few times there..."

"Are you heading for the mansion?" Nana asked.

"Yeah, and I'm here so Chris stops Mr. Dark Shadow of Evil."

At that very same moment, DSS came out from Sonic's back and desperately tried to leap at Chris without having any success at all. "THERE YOU ARE, SON OF A MOTHERF(BEEP)R, MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Riolu got a bit frightened by the spirit that he cowered in fear. Chris rolled his eyes annoyed before he changed to his Beastmaster job and whipped Sonic's forehead hard, forcing the dark shadow to retreat into Sonic's back. "For the gods, when is this going to stop?" Chris asked annoyed, Riolu sighing in relief.

"It'll stop until I freaking die or when we hire an expert exorcist to take him out," Sonic said annoyed. "Well, let's go to the mansion. Chip surely went there by now."

The Smashers decided to call it a night for the time being.

Lucario's Room

Time passed, and Chris and Riolu were already sleeping deeply. However, as Chris moved himself a bit under the blankets, the Emanation Pokémon slowly opened his eyes. It looked like he woke up by accident because of his trainer moving a bit. Before Riolu could go back to sleep, he looked at the drawing of the fighting Lucario. "...Riiiiiii..." Riolu muttered as he stared at the drawing.

The small mutter made Chris grumble. Riolu turned around to see his trainer opening his eyes a bit. "...Riolu...go back to sleep..." he muttered.

Riolu blinked a few times. "...U-um...Chris..."

Since Riolu only liked to say small syllables instead of full sentences, the World Traveler decided to hear Riolu. "Yes?"

Riolu looked away for a moment. "...Um...well...can I ask you something?"

"Sure, what is it?"

"...What is...the Subspace Army?"

The beastmaster looked confused at him. "What is it? Didn't I tell you before?"

Riolu shook his head. "N-no, you didn't... I'm asking that because I'm confused..." he said. "I heard that a few times from Ness and the others...but I didn't ask what it was..." He looked back at his trainer. "Can you tell me, please?"

"..." Chris smiled a bit. "Well, of course," he said. "Listen well to this."

Riolu made a happy expression and wagged his tail a bit.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 08, 2010, 10:27:21 AM
"The Subspace Army is a bunch of bad guys who are trying to take over the worlds," Chris explained. "They're the ones who keep all of us busy."

"All of us?"

"Yes," Chris said. "Thanks to the army, we always go to different worlds to stop them from taking them over."

"Do...we fight?"

"Yes..." Chris said. "We fight against them to stop them..."

Riolu looked worried. "And...we don't have any other way to stop them?"

"Sadly...no," Chris said. "Personally, I'd like to stop the fighting...but it's impossible to stop it because words aren't enough to stop the army..."

Riolu thought for a moment. "Um...do you...get hurt...Chris?"

"Well...yes, I get hurt in all the battles..." Chris said. "That's the worst part of any fights I take on..."

Riolu looked worried. "W-why do you have to fight if you don't like to get hurt?"

"That's because...well...I'm supposed to be the World Traveler..."

"The World Traveler?"

"Yes, that's a nickname I got," Chris said. "I'm supposed to be the one to protect the worlds from being attacked... It's my job to take care of every single world I go to and there are no exceptions for that..."

"So...when you go to a world...is your job to save it?"

"...I think so...yes," Chris said. "Because I'm the World Traveler, I'm supposed to be saving all the worlds I go to from their menaces... Well, everyone else is a World Traveler, but I think I should reserve that title for me because I need to have a title... But...now that I think about it, I always help those worlds in need...and all of them have conflicts that have to stop..."

"Do you like to go anywhere?"

"Well...yes," Chris said. "If I can, I take advantage of the situation to enjoy the worlds with everyone else."

Riolu shook a bit. "A-and do you still get hurt, Chris?"

"You already said asked that...but yes..." Chris looked confused at Riolu. "Why are you so worried about me getting hurt?"

"I-I just... I-I just don't want to lose you..."

Chris stared at Riolu's frightened look.

"I-I don't want you to...go away forever from me..." Riolu muttered. "A-and if you get hurt...y-you could leave me all alone..." Riolu sniffed a bit. "I-I don't want to lose you like that... I-I just don't want to see you...go away..."

Chris gasped as he saw Riolu starting to shed some tears. The World Traveler put a hand on Riolu's head and rubbed it. "P-please, don't cry either! I-I'll never leave you alone, Riolu!"

Riolu rubbed his eyes a bit and looked at Chris. "Y-you will never leave me alone?"

"I-I wouldn't do such a thing," Chris said. "I really like you because you're my starter Pokémon...and besides the fact I like to have you..."

Riolu sniffed a bit before he forced a small smile. "You're not going to leave me alone?"

"If I did that, I wouldn't be worthy to be called a trainer..." Chris said. "Besides, you're my favorite Pokémon as well..."

Riolu made a happy expression and chuckled to himself. "You like me?"

"I like you as a friend and my Pokémon," Chris said. "I need to take care of you so you can grow strong."

Riolu's happy expression faded as he looked down. "...Grow...strong?" he said confused. "...Can I grow strong?"

"Well, yes, you can," Chris said. "If you do grow strong, you could evolve into Lucario..."

Riolu looked back at him. "Lu...ca...rio?" he said slowly. "What is a Lucario?"

"You...don't know what a Lucario is or looks like?" Chris asked.

Riolu recalled the drawing behind him. The Emanation Pokémon turned around and stared at the drawing of Lucario. "Is...that a Lucario?"

"O-oh, yes," Chris said embarrassed. "I-I made that drawing when I was bored..."

Riolu inspected the drawing closer. He examined the Lucario from bottom to top and from top to bottom. "...He...looks...so cool...and strong..."

"Well...I think Lucarios are very strong..." Chris said. "Ever since I got you, Lucarios have been my favorite Pokémon ever, along with Riolus."

Riolu turned to him. "You like both?"

Chris smiled a bit. "I really enjoy having you or a Lucario. If I can do it, I'd make a hobby and train Riolus and Lucarios alike in some place in this world."

"Train?"

"Yes," Chris said. "Riolus and Lucarios are so obedient. I...personally think that Riolus are very cute and Lucarios are the strongest Pokémon ever..."

"Oh," Riolu said before he looked happy. "Am I...your best Riolu?"

"Of course," Chris said. "Nobody will ever take your place as my best Pokémon of my one-man team."

Riolu thought for a moment. "Can I...evolve to a Lucario?"

"Yes, you can," Chris said. "If you train with me, you'll surely become a Lucario right away. I mean, you can evolve based on how close you are to me..."

Riolu looked back at the drawing before turning back to Chris. "Lucarios...are very strong?"

"Yes, they are...but...are you thinking in turning into one soon?"

"If I evolve into a Lucario...would I be strong enough to...u-um..." Riolu flushed a bit, "...protect you from danger?"

The World Traveler stared at the shy look of his Riolu. "...Well...you're one very special Riolu...and if you did evolve...you could do a whole lot of stuff because...you would be very unique..."

Riolu looked worried. "And...would I be very brave?"

"...Yes, when you evolve, your attitude changes, but you don't forget the most important things..."

The Emanation Pokémon stared at his trainer while Riolu thought about his ideas of becoming a Lucario. Riolu thought that being a Lucario would let him protect Chris from harm and danger alike. "...If I evolve...would I make you feel proud of me?"

"...Yes," Chris said. "I'd be very proud to have you as a strong Lucario..."

Riolu looked happy. "I want to become a Lucario to make you proud of me!" he said happily. "I want to be strong enough to protect you!"

Chris got a bit surprised at this reaction. "B-but wait, you're just coming with fast conclusions, Riolu! Don't you want to think before doing that?"

Riolu thought for a moment. "Hmm...do you know how am I going to look like?"

"Well..." Chris began as he sat on his bed and grabbed Riolu by his sides, "let me show you," he said as he stood on the floor while holding Riolu at his neck's level. "You're going to be this big. This is the usual height Lucarios have."

Riolu looked around. "...No!"

"W-what is it?"

Riolu looked upset. "I'm so small! I don't want to be so small!"

"B-but this is the height Lucarios have..."

"No!" Riolu complained. "I want to be bigger!"

"...Well..." Chris moved Riolu to his chin's level, "what about this?"

"I'm still small!" Riolu complained.

Chris moved Riolu to his face's level. "Okay, now you have the same height I have. Happy?"

"..." Riolu looked around. "...No!"

The World Traveler looked confused at this reaction before he moved Riolu a bit over his head's level. "Okay...that height is a bit high because I would reach part of your snout..."

Riolu looked down at the height he was. "...Yes!" he said happily. "I want to be so big!"

Chris moved his happy Riolu down. "But tell me something. Why do you want to be so big? (I have to make sure I don't tell him he's going to be that big or else I'd spoil his fun time...) Is there some reason?"

Riolu stared at him. "...I...want to be bigger than you so you can hide behind me from getting hurt by others..."

Chris's eyes widened a bit at this.

Riolu made a happy expression. "I want to be so big and strong! If I'm big, you can hide behind me, and if I'm so strong, those bad people are going to run away from me so you can stay safe!"

"R-Riolu..." Chris muttered.

"I want to be a Lucario like that!" Riolu said happily, his tail wagging quickly at the sides. "I want to make you proud of me, Chris! I want to be a powerful Lucario for you!"

The World Traveler kept staring at his happy Riolu before he put Riolu back to bed. Chris then put himself on his side of his bed and covered he and Riolu under the blankets. Seeing that Riolu was still excited, Chris decided to talk some more to him. "Okay, you want to be a powerful for me."

"Yes!" Riolu said happily. "If I become a Lucario like that, nobody's going to have to hurt you!"

Chris chuckled. "I know you're very excited to become a super Lucario or something, but why don't you...well...think about evolving much later?"

Riolu stopped wagging his tail and looked at Chris. "What?"

"(When he was a Lucario, he told me that he wanted to enjoy his childhood to the fullest...)" Chris thought as he stared at his confused Riolu. "(He looks very happy now...but...I don't know if I should listen to what he wants to have right now...)"

"Why don't you want me to become a Super Lucario?"

Knowing Riolu, he would surely want to think all the time that he could become a 'Super Lucario'.

"W-well...I-I would like you to stay like this for a little bit longer," Chris admitted. "I-I want to have you like this because...well...um..."

Riolu tilted his head a bit.

"...I want to have you like this because...I think...that I'd be happier to have you...stay as a Riolu for while longer...before being a Lucario..."

Riolu stared at him.

"...So?"

"..." Riolu looked down. "...Can I still become a Super Lucario?"

"O-of course you can," Chris said. "T-tell you what... You can become into Lucario sometime this month...okay?"

Riolu looked happily at this before he looked down and made a worried look. "...Chris..."

"Yes?"

"...Are you still...mad because I bit your hands?"

Chris looked at his bandaged hands. "...I'm...not mad... It's just that you were biting me all of a sudden..."

Riolu looked up at him. "I-I was getting really upset because you wouldn't stop scratching my chin...a-and I grew really angry at that s-so I didn't know what I was doing..." He sobbed and covered his eyes. "I-I didn't mean to hurt you, Chris... I-I wanted you to stop, that's all... Ri-iiii..."

The World Traveler gasped and hugged his sobbing Riolu tightly. "P-please, it was my fault, Riolu! P-please, don't cry anymore!"

Riolu sniffed and looked up at him. "Y-you're not mad at me?"

"N-no, I wouldn't be mad at you," Chris said. "You're...my only Riolu...and you're just very young to understand...but...it was my fault and not yours..."

"..." Riolu sniffed.

"...So please...don't cry, okay? Everything's just fine," Chris said with a relieved expression. "My hands will soon heal, don't worry."

Riolu blinked a few tears away before he looked happy. "...Riiiiiiii!" he exclaimed happily.

Chris blushed a bit at this. "They'll heal very soon, Riolu," he said. "And...as for your evolution to a Super Lucario...well...wait like 2 weeks or so, okay? I want you to be like this some more so you can enjoy to play around."

Riolu looked up at Chris and began to lick his face, his tail wagging quickly at the sides.

"R-Riolu!" Chris said before he was submitted to chuckles by his Pokémon.

After about two minutes, the two decided to sleep, Riolu facing the drawing as he imagined himself to be the 'Super Lucario' he wanted to become very soon. And so, the night went on...

December 14 - Sunday - Morning

Outside

"So, Red, where are Lucas, Dawn, and Barry?" Chris asked.

"They went out to explore the forests around the area," Red said. "They said they wouldn't come back until afternoon."

"Well, I hope they don't run into some monsters..."

Since the winter season was starting to become apparent by the cold weather, it was the time of the month where Christmas was going to be celebrated. For the Smash Mansion, it wasn't an exception. Since there were around thirty wierdoes, each from different worlds or realms, living in the mansion, it was almost like having to fetch the weirdest of gifts for each one. Everyone didn't give gifts to everyone, but there was a limit that someone had to give to four people a gift each.

However, there was an important question to this...

If the Smash Mansion liked to celebrate Christmas...then why wasn't it decorated with candy canes, mistletoes, and the big Christmas tree? Moreover, why were all the Smashers and their belonging outside the mansion for about eighty feet away from the entrance?

"Okay, everyone," Master Hand began as he looked at the several groups of Smashers talking to each other, "it's that time of the month where we have to renovate the mansion with a new one."

"What do you mean by that?" asked Chris (in his Swordsman job) as he was grabbing Riolu (who wore a small red robe that Peach had sewed for him).

"Oh, right, you and some newcomers don't know about this," Master Hand said. "Well, as you can see, we have a rule that says that the mansion needs to be changed from year to year."

"By that, he means he's going to re-arrange everyone's rooms," Mario explained.

"Yes, and we're going to re-arrange everyone's rooms in alphabetical order this time," Master Hand said. "The last time was who liked to be close to who, but we're doing it in alphabetical order."

"What is going to happen to the other rooms that don't have anyone?" Pit (wearing a blue rob with holes for his wings) asked.

"They'll be re-arranged to the higher floors," Master Hand said. "As for the Battle Floor, it'd be placed higher so we have more space for some other rooms, and I'm going to make some more bathrooms for all the rooms. We just have to do this through my hand magic. With a snap, I'll re-arrange everyone's rooms."

Crazy Hand appeared behind him. "Hey, no fair! You said it was MY turn to do the changing!"

Master Hand turned to him. "Ugh, okay, you can do the honors. HOWEVER, be careful because I don't want the mansion to get destroyed by your cluelessness, okay?" He turned to the Smashers. "And since there was an 'Aurageddon' some weeks ago, the sports area didn't receive a good visit from that attack, and thus it was blown apart."

"O-oh, so that's why I couldn't play soccer at all," Falco (wearing a gray robe that had much more cotton on the collar and the sleeves' ends) said while shivering a bit at the cold air.

"Yeah, that's why," Master Hand said before he turned to Crazy Hand. "Okay, you better not do something reckless because if you d-"

"Snappity-snap!" Crazy Hand interrupted while snapping his fingers that released some spores of light that came out from the snap.

The Smashers looked back at the mansion...and nothing seemed to happen.

"...Did the floors change now?" Lucas (wearing the same shirt but with longer sleeves) asked.

"They...should have..." Master Hand said.

Before their eyes, the mansion's base shot out dust, and soon the whole mansion went down the ground. Most of the Smashers took some steps back as their home was brought down by a single snap from the insane hand. Bricks, glasses, wrecked walls, and remains of the rooftop were scattered around a big portion of the area that even reached their feet. Since a big cloud of dust came out from the destruction, they all were covered by it, causing everyone to cough several times.

Master Hand, somewhere in the cloud of dust, grumbled to himself and snapped his fingers to make the dust disappear as soon as it came to cover the whole perimeter. The Smashers, some still coughing, looked back at the remains of the mansion before most of them glared at Crazy Hand.

"There!" Crazy Hand said. "We can now start rebuilding it!"

"You stupid son of..." Master Hand grunted and turned to the Smashers. "Okay, you people, there's nothing to be worried about."

"What are you talking about?" Roy began. "Our home was brought down before our eyes!"

"And that's surely something Tabuu would want us to through stupidity," Pikachu (wearing a red robe) said bored. "He'd want us destroying the mansion."

"Calm down, calm down," Master Hand said. "I can bring back the mansion with a single snap of my fingers, don't worry."

"Would that also mean the musicians you left in there?" Popo asked.

"Yes, that would..." Master Hand looked back at the remains of the mansion. "...Oh my GOODNESS!" he yelled shocked as he saw some of the musicians miracuously coming out from the wrecked pieces of the mansion.

Zelda sighed. "You forgot to tell them that we were going to do this?"

"H-hey, I swear this was not intentional," Master Hand said. "T-this was just a little accident that later became a big one because SOMEBODY thought we were going to destroy the mansion INSTEAD of changing it!"

"You can thank me later," Crazy Hand said. "Changing, according to my dictionary, means destroy and obliterate."

"You and your stupid excuses to... Ugh!" Master Hand grunted and quickly went over to check on the musicians. "Y-you guys are still alive, right? Please, tell me you can breath!"

"Y-yes..." said a frightened Chunky. "W-we were doing some music...a-and everything went down...f-for some reason..."

"W-what did just happen?" Makar asked as he looked around for his instrument. "Why did everything go down?"

Master Hand chuckled a bit. "...The building had poor bases and I didn't remember that..."

"What kind of...explanation is that?" Penny asked confused.

"B-believe me, the guy who I told to build the mansion didn't have high rate materials."

Red (the devil) looked miffed at the hand. "What kind of people do you contract?"

Master Hand looked all the way over to the group of Smashers where Crazy Hand waved at him. "People who are so darn stupid no matter what you do to change them..."

Mona shifted her eyes aroudn. "O...kay..."

"A-anyway, you should leave this area. I'm going to use my hand magic to bring the mansion back to its usual form."

Once the hand fixed his look on Ashley, he noticed the little witch was staring blanky at him. Her eyes were focusing solely on Master Hand and not anything nor anyone else.

"..." Master Hand felt weird and shrugged. "L-let's all leave this area...please. If there was anything broken, I'll fix it, okay? Now please go with the Smashers and wait for me to bring back the mansion."

"Okay..." Lanky said confused before all the musicians began to walk away from the area.

Once everyone was brought together, Master Hand turned to the mansion and nodded to himself. "Well, here goes," he said. "Crazy, you better behave now or else I won't let you have special chances ever again."

"Fiddlesticks..." Crazy Hand muttered.

Master Hand frowned to this before he snapped his fingers. Once everyone had heard the snapping sound, they watched as a huge cloud of smoke appeared right on the spot where the wrecked remains of the mansion once stood. In about ten seconds, the cloud of smoke disappeared, and the huge mansion of ten floors (not counting the attic) came back.

"THERE!" Master Hand said to Crazy Hand. "That's how you do it!"

"Ooh, ooh, I learned something today," Crazy Hand said excited.

Chris examined the mansion. "It...doesn't look that different from the outside..."

"Well, we did change everything from the inside," Master Hand said. "We kept the lobby and the kitchen on the first floor, though. The Battle Floor is now at the tenth floor (so it has this eerie feeling of darkness on the top area of the mansion), and the floor occupied by the musicians is in the ninth floor."

"Oh, I would like to see my room overseeing the landscape," Medli said excited.

"Okay, everyone, it's time to start thinking the decorations for Christmas," Master Hand said. "I COULD make it automatically, but some of you like to it manually so..."

Peach interlaced her fingers and looked happy. "I'm going to start thinking how to make this year's Christmas tree."

"I'll help," Mario said.

"M-me too," Luigi said.

"Thanks, you 2," Peach said with a giggle.

"Everyone, grab your belongings and let's all move to your rooms," Master Hand said.

All the Smashers began to gather their things before they, along with the musicians, went inside the mansion. As Chris was grabbing some boxes where he kept his consoles in, Master Hand went to him. "Chris, I put that big bed for you in your room. Why'd you want that, though?"

Chris chuckled. "Riolu wanted to have a bigger bed because he wanted to have more area for him bounce around."

"Riiii!" Riolu said happily as he carried a bag on his arms.

"Oh, I see. Pleasing your little Pokémon's wishes, huh?" Master Hand said. "Well, just to let you know that you have your own room now, Chris. That means when Riolu evolves into Lucario, he'll have his own room."

"I know," Chris said. "But...Riolu can keep sleeping with me, right?"

"Oh, no problem with that," Master Hand said. "Besides, once he does you-know-what, he's going to dislike staying away from you and he'll surely have some sort of vendetta on me...so I don't want to have any of you guys to dislike me."

"I think Snake hates you."

"Thank you for reminding me that," Master Hand muttered. "Now, let's go into the mansion so you decorate your room with your stuff, okay?"

Chris and Riolu nodded before the two walked inside. Once they entered, Master Hand turned around to see that Ashley (with Red by her right side) was staring at him.

"...Er..." Master Hand stared at the witch. "...Is something bothering you?"

"..." Ashley merely made a small smile. "Your magic... I want to know more about it."

"...W-well...I...don't tell anyone about my magic..." Master Hand said. "It's top secret...sorry..."

"...Oh," Ashley said, her smile fading away.

Even though her request was answered, she kept staring deeply at the hand.

"..." Master Hand silently moved inside the mansion through the entrance, his gaze still focused on Ashley before he went inside and quickly floated away.

Red looked at Ashley. "Ashley, why don't you just capture him? He seems freaked out of you."

"If I captured him, he would kick me out from the mansion," Ashley said. "My magic isn't developed enough to take on his magic. Besides, I think I will never be able to face him in battle head-on. However, we will wait until the right time comes for him to lower his guard..."

"Oh, right, Ashley. I know he's gonna be ours very soon," Red said with a snicker before the two went inside and closed doors.

After a time had passed, DK, Diddy (wearing a red robe), Pit, Olimar, Chris, Riolu, and Yoshi (wearing a blue robe) came out from the mansion. The group walked outside before Pit began to talk. "So we're going to challenge the Dojo?"

"Yes," Chris said. "I think we should see what the Master has for us there. He said it was important for us to go there so...we should go."

"Ooh, I foresee a fight," DK said. "Count me in. I want to have some fun with fighting that old Toad."

Diddy chuckled. "Yeah, that guy's pushing his luck with us. He'll go down very quickly before he can say 'begin'."

Chris looked away. "You...should be really careful with him, though... Appearances do trick you..."

The Kongs looked at each other and lifted up their shoulders. "You don't worry, you have me to pummel him down," DK said.

"DK, it's not all about brute strength," Chris said worried. "The Master said that we should be careful in handling power because...it could corrupt us without us knowing about it..." He turned to look at Yoshi having Riolu riding on his back. "You just came because Peach is busy with the decorations inside and thus there's no one to take care of Riolu, right?"

"You're going to fight the Master," Yoshi said. "Somebody has to look after Riolu."

Riolu looked happy as he rode on Yoshi's back.

"Oh well," Chris said. "Riolu seems happy with you so it's okay with me."

Olimar gulped. "I-I want to go because I don't want anyone to think I'm not brave to face enemies... I-I mean, Snake gives me those looks that makes me feel my soul escaping from me..."

"...Okay, that's...good to hear," DK said.

"S-seriously, I'm doing this because I have to show some sportmanship or something..."

Pit looked to the western woods. "Shall we get going?"

"YES! I DID IT, I DID IT, I DID IT!!! YEAH!!!"

The Smashers heard some excited yells coming near from them. They all turned to the left to see that Toon Link, lying down on the grass around a bunch of arrows stuck on the grounds, was running around in circles on the floor as if he was running while standing. The Hero of Winds ran around the same spot, his head being the center while the legs made the circle.

Confused to Toon Link's excitement, the Smashers walked to his spot and looked down at the excited Hylian. "Link, what's wrong with you? Why are you running in circles all over the ground?" Diddy asked.

Toon Link kept running, but he did listen to them. "I mastered Raven's second arrow technique just now!" he said. "Finally, after so much training, I did it!"

Olimar looked around the wide area with arrows stuck on the ground. "W-well, you did train all these days nonstop..." he said.

"Yeah, and I did it!" Toon Link said. "Oh man, oh man, oh man, this is like the best day of my life after the day I wielded the Master Sword!"

Chris looked at the Master Sword's handle behind Toon Link's back. It was surely some sort of fake since he remembered he took Toon Link to join them after he finished the Phantom Hourglass storyline. The World Traveler thought Master Hand was the one behind this perfect replica...

Master Hand...

Master Sword...

Chris saw a connection of the sorts.

The young swordsman stopped running and quickly scrambled to get up. "Check this out!" he said energetically as he brandished his bow and shot an arrow to the sky. The Smashers watched as the arrow then began to come down with its blade pointing down. Toon Link, while staring at the arrow, took out another one and aimed it to the first arrow before he shot it to the first arrow's blade. Upon making contact, the first arrow's direction changed, and it also went down much faster as if it was shot from the air. The Smashers saw as the fast arrow got stuck in the ground to the far-right edge of the mansion's wall, perfectly on the very same corner.

"Ouch..." Diddy said surprised. "That was kind of cool."

"Kind of? It was awesome!" Toon Link said. "Now that I know how to do this, I'm SO going to shock my enemies during battles, especially that Ganondorf. He won't know who hit his back."

"That's very useful," Pit remarked. "I think it makes you better in marksmanship than Link."

"Ha, that guy needs to understand from us who the better one is," Toon Link said with crossed arms and a grin. "And now that I know 2 bow techniques...I can finally return to my usual affairs." He sighed pleased, uncrossing his arms. "Man, it took me a lot of time... Raven wasn't kidding there..."

"Plus, you made our group look better," Diddy said.

"Actually, I made the Swordsmen Guild look better as well..."

"...What?"

Toon Link chuckled. "Y-you see, I'm part of a swordsmen group called Swordsmen Guild... That group has Marth, Roy, Ike, that other Link, and even Meta Knight with them..." He pointed at Pit. "Heck, even Pit is there with me!"

Diddy looked up at Pit. The angel chuckled and scratched the back of his head with a hand. "T-that's true, we made up that group a time ago..." Pit trailed off.

Diddy turned to Toon Link. "W-what do you say about it?" Toon Link asked.

Diddy thought for a moment while looking up at the sky before he looked back at Toon Link. "...I have something to say: Ness is going to beat you to a bloody pulp for that once he finds out you're with 2 groups at the same time."

Toon Link remained speechless at this fact.

"And everyone will probably do the same," Diddy added. "They'll think you're a double agent."

"I-I'm not going to tell secrets or something!" Toon Link said embarrassed. "I-I follow both groups' rules and laws to the step of every word, I swear!"

Chris looked surprised. "Wait, Meta Knight is in that group as well? I thought he liked to be in solitude."

"Well, I heard he joined because of boredom," Toon Link said. "He said he could find some excitement out of this, but he did say that some rules were a bit stupid...though they didn't stop him from joining... Anyway, where are you heading?"

"We're going to the Dojo to challenge the Master," Yoshi said. "Want to come?"

"Oh, sure," Toon Link said. "I want to test out Gnome. You remember, right, Chris? I had this sticker that Gnome gave me to call him here."

"I remember," Chris said. "I wonder what he will say once you call him to battle..."

"I bet he's going to comment...or not," Toon Link said. "The guy's a bit bizarre, you know..."

DK grumbled. "Can we just go to the Dojo already? I'm itching to some fighting..."

"W-why did you have to ask?" Olimar asked.

DK narrowed his eyes at the small Smasher. "I want to fight, we want to fight, we WILL fight, understand?"

Olimar and the rest of the Smashers exchanged shocked looked before they all took some steps away from the crazy ape.

The Dojo -Arena-

After wandering through the woods, the Smashers spotted the Dojo's building. Once they arrived there, they didn't waste more time to enter inside and find the masters and the disciples on the far end of the other side of the Dojo's entrance.

"It seems you have come," Jinx said. "It was about time you showed up here."

The Smashers found both the Master and Jynx sitting on their legs above some red cushions while Lee (the Duplighost) and Chan (the Buzzy Beetle) were standing by the Master's side. However, it looked like Jinx had a disciple of his own since there was a Koopa Troopa with a white helmet standing by his side as well.

"Sensei," the Koopa Troopa began before he looked at Jinx, "are they the ones you spoke about?"

"Yes, they're the Smashers," Jinx said. "They're a nice bunch of fighters."

"Oh, I see," the Koopa Troopa said.

"I'm sorry, but you weren't here the last time we came here," Pit said. "Who are you?"

"Sorry for not introducing myself," the disciple of Jinx said. "My name is Jagger. I arrived here some weeks ago after my sensei, Jinx, moved here to train with the Master in the same Dojo. I used to be in Bowser's army before some events happened and I decided to become stronger by training with my sensei here." He looked down. "Thing is...I haven't become much stronger enough to go back with King Bowser..."

"I have told you many times before that working for Bowser is the lowest rank you could ever get," Jinx said. "You're still thinking about joining him?"

"I-I had some good times there..." Jagger said. "I still want to see some friends there..."

"If you go there, you will probably never return," Jinx said. "Once Bowser fixes his eyes on you, you can bet your shell you're not going to come back here ever again."

"B-but I like to be under your hand, sensei!" Jagger said. "H-heck, you taught me lots of things about your disciplines!"

"And yet, you're undecided," Jinx said.

Jagger sighed. "Oh man..."

Yoshi tilted his head a bit. "(He's stuck in deciding to side between good and evil, huh?)"

"Ahem," the Master coughed to get their attention. "I had feeling you'd come here," he said before he stood up. "Normally, we would put you through some fights against our disciples..."

"Actually, let's do that," Jinx said before he stood up. "Let's see if these guys can beat our disciples one by one before facing us in battle."

"We already came into terms that one of us would fight them," the Master said.

"Yeah, we did," Jinx said. "They'd decide who, though."

"It's fine with me," the Master said before looking at the group. "We won't start the fights right away unless you want to fight now. I'd like you to prepare yourself through the ordeals we have in hands for you."

"I'm sure this is going to be a good experience for all of us," Chan said. "I can't wait to see how you fight. You guys put those 2 idiots who attacked the Dojo to misery, anyway."

"Prepare yourselves to face the Dojo's disciples!" Lee said enthusiastically. "Our masters are very strong, but we shouldn't be underestimated at all!"

"Pfft, I'll prove those 2 that Jinx's disciples are far better," Jagger said.

Lee and Chan looked angrily at Jagger. "Oh, says the ONLY disciple of Jinx," Chan said.

"Numbers aren't important!" Jagger complained.

"You said 'disciple' in plural," Lee pointed out. "You MUST care about it."

"S-shut up, you!"

The Master and Jnx frowned at this. "The 3 of you, stop this moment," both said.

"Y-yes, senseis..." the three disciples said embarrassed.

The two masters remembered that the Smashers were staring at them. Jinx looked back at them. "Prepare before fighting," he said. "It's going to be a rough day for all of you."

"I should explain the rules," the Master said. "In here, we only have 1-on-1 fights against our disciples, then we have 3-on-1 fights against me or Jinx."

"Why is there a difference?" Toon Link asked.

"Fighting our disciples 1-on-1 will make us judge your individual performances," Jinx said. "If you do beat them, then that would mean you're capable of fighting us. However, cooperation is crucial when fighting against stronger opponents than yourselves."

"Why not have everyone fight instead?" DK asked.

"We don't do that here because that's kind of dirty," Jinx said. "We COULD allow all of you to fight against 1, but that'd be considered cheating. Even worse, if we did allow that and you all ended up knocked out by a single opponent, that would hurt morale."

DK stared at Jinx's diminute size. "(...I could step on him...)"

Chris recalled some similar words by a familiar big gerbil he met some time ago. "What the heck is up with the 7-on-1 garbage you're pulling on poor me?" rang in Chris's mind.

"Please, prepare yourselves," the Master said.

The Smashers formed a circle and began to prepare themselves. "Okay, we should probably stick with stepping on Jnx. He's so small..." DK said.

"We're not stepping on him," Pit said. "Besides, don't judge him because he's small..."

"Right..." Chris said. "Jinx is very strong."

"Is he?" DK asked.

"Yes, now let's see what we can do to prepare for battles..." Chris said before he thought for a moment. "...Hey, we still have the stickers that Peppita gave us."

Pit snapped his fingers. "Right, I forgot we had them with us."

Chris took out the eleven stickers he had with him: Fayt, Sophia, Cliff, Nel, Roger, Albel, Maria, Peppita, Mirage, Adray, and the Boots of Prowess were all the stickers. "My Nayru, those are so many," Toon Link said. "What do they have on them?"

"...I...have no idea..." Yoshi said. "Really, what do they have for each one of them?"

Diddy looked confused. "What do they enhance? What do they do? Do they make you feel weird? Do they turn you into a zombie or a vampire? Do they make you get ill? Do they make you get heat vision? Ooh, let one of them have heat vision. I'd be cool to shoot fire out of your eyes. You could say HEAT VISION, then boom."

The Smashers stared blankly at Diddy.

"...One can dream," Diddy said.

Chris thought for a moment. "Hmm, what to do..."

"Maybe you can show them to me and find out their abilities," Kawashima suddenly said from Chris's pocket. "I have a sticker checker system built into me. If you show me the stickers, I can find out their attributes."

"Good..." Olimar remarked. "I-I wouldn't like to have the wrong sticker..."

Chris took out his DS and showed Kawashima the stickers. "Scanning..." he muttered before a little sound rang in the DS. "Okay, done. I have to say that these stickers are very unique."

"That was fast," Yoshi said. "What are their properties?"

Kawashima showed them a list. "Well, here's the list with their abilities. They're very useful because they have 2 abilities each."

"2 abilities?"

"Yes, they were perfectly made," Kawashima commented.

"(I guess Peppita worked so hard in them...)" Chris thought.

Olimar looked at the list. "Ooh, look at that..."

Name - Size - Attribute - Character

Fayt - Medium - Abilities: Side Kick, Shotgun Blast - All

Sophia - Medium - Abilities: Healing, Thunder Flare - All

Cliff - Medium - Abilities: Sphere of Might, Hammer of Might - All

Nel - Medium - Abilities: Shockwave, Whirlwind - All

Roger - Medium - Abilities: Charge, Piercing Claw - All

Maria - Medium - Abilities: Laser Blast, Protection - All

Albel - Medium - Abilities: Double Slash, Hand of Doom - All

Peppita- Medium - Abilities: Kaboom, Healing Dance - All

Adray - Medium - Abilities: Chaos Tide, Fairy Light - All

Mirage - Medium - Abilities: Crescent Locus, Triple Kick - All

(Note: Symbology's Mental Death won't occur).


"I have something to say," DK began with a grin, "these stickers kick sorry butts so hard."

"And that's not all," Kawashima said. "We still have the Boots of Prowess."

Boots of Prowess - Large - 30% ATK/DEF increase

"This one increases base strength and base defense by 30 percent," Kawashima said. "If somebody of you would use this, I'd presume he or she would get a very nice boost for attack and defense in ALL attacks..."

Olimar raised his hand. "I-I need that one! I-I need to survive more through battles!"

"Pfft, step back, you," DK said. "If I get it, I'll be a tank fighter. Nobody would stop me if I used it on me."

"I would like to use it," Pit said. "I need to have more defense because I admit that I'm a bit fragile myself."

"Oh no, I'm the most fragile here," Diddy said. "I'm small so I should use that one."

"I'm a bit unsure," Yoshi said. "Can I use it?"

"If I were to use it on me, oh man, my arrows would deal even more damage!" Toon Link said. "That one's mine!"

Chris looked worried at them. "You...did know that none of us can use this sticker...right?"

The six Smashers stared at Chris. "I'm sorry, but I don't think I heard you saying we couldn't use it," DK said annoyed. "What did you say?"

"I-it's true," Chris said. "I-I mean, didn't you see that there's someone who can use it than any of you?"

The Smashers looked back at the list and found out that the had ignored the character column where it read that, unlike all the previous stickers that were compatible with anyone, the last one had just an owner...

"...Fox..." muttered Yoshi after he read the name.

Kawashima digitally sweat dropped. "Well...it seems none of you but Fox can use this sticker... Sorry."

"...Awww!" Diddy groaned. "That's a really huge let down! Why can he use the sticker and not us?"

"It seems he can use it because of...romantic reasons..." Kawashima explained. "...That's what I can theorize..."

"Romantic reasons?" Chris said confused. "...Oh god, I hope Peppita isn't still thinking she and Fox...oh god..."

"That's a big shame," DK said depressed. "He gets the good stuff while we're left in the dumps..."

"E-er, don't look so down!" Kawashima said. "You still have these stickers for you to use!"

Pit sighed. "I guess that makes up for this..." he muttered.

The Smashers heard some coughs from the other side of the Dojo. They looked back at the Master. "Are you ready?" he asked.

"G-give us a minute!" DK said before everyone looked back at each other. "I take the Cliff sticker!" he said as he grabbed the medium size sticker and placed it on his Trophy Stand. Upon placing it on the stand, DK felt a bit odd. "Ooh, I suddenly know how to use those abilities... Very weird, but so useful, heheheheheh..."

The rest of the Smashers exchanged odd looks before Pit took the Nel sticker. "I'll use this one," he said before placing it on his Trophy Stand.

Toon Link chuckled and grabbed the Roger sticker. "This one is going to have my name on it...now," he said as he placed the sticker on his Trophy Stand.

Diddy and Olimar looked unsure at the remaining stickers. "U-um..." Diddy shook his head. "None of those abilities sound very good to me..."

"M-me neither," Olimar said. "Many of them sound a little bit strange for me to use..."

Yoshi stared at the stickers and shook his head. "No, I don't think these stickers would look good on me either. I'll pass."

Chris took out the Dr. Crygor sticker. "This one here increases a bit of strength for arm and leg atta-"

"Takey-takey," Diddy interrupted as he nabbed the small sticker and placed it on his Trophy Stand.

"And...that's all I have," Chris said. "The other stickers won't give any of you a specific enhancement... Sorry, Olimar, Yoshi..."

Olimar frowned and looked down. "It's okay..."

Yoshi looked happy. "Besides, I'm not going to fight. I'm going to take care of little Riolu here."

At that moment, Riolu climbed Yoshi's back and got to the top of his head where he looked at Chris and wagged his blue tail at the sides. "Riiii!" Riolu said happily.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 10, 2010, 08:18:23 PM
"The Subspace Army is a bunch of bad guys who are trying to take over the worlds," Chris explained. "They're the ones who keep all of us busy."

"All of us?"

"Yes," Chris said. "Thanks to the army, we always go to different worlds to stop them from taking them over."

"Do...we fight?"

"Yes..." Chris said. "We fight against them to stop them..."

Riolu looked worried. "And...we don't have any other way to stop them?"

"Sadly...no," Chris said. "Personally, I'd like to stop the fighting...but it's impossible to stop it because words aren't enough to stop the army..."

Riolu thought for a moment. "Um...do you...get hurt...Chris?"

"Well...yes, I get hurt in all the battles..." Chris said. "That's the worst part of any fights I take on..."

Riolu looked worried. "W-why do you have to fight if you don't like to get hurt?"

"That's because...well...I'm supposed to be the World Traveler..."

"The World Traveler?"

"Yes, that's a nickname I got," Chris said. "I'm supposed to be the one to protect the worlds from being attacked... It's my job to take care of every single world I go to and there are no exceptions for that..."

"So...when you go to a world...is your job to save it?"

"...I think so...yes," Chris said. "Because I'm the World Traveler, I'm supposed to be saving all the worlds I go to from their menaces... Well, everyone else is a World Traveler, but I think I should reserve that title for me because I need to have a title... But...now that I think about it, I always help those worlds in need...and all of them have conflicts that have to stop..."

"Do you like to go anywhere?"

"Well...yes," Chris said. "If I can, I take advantage of the situation to enjoy the worlds with everyone else."

Riolu shook a bit. "A-and do you still get hurt, Chris?"

"You already said asked that...but yes..." Chris looked confused at Riolu. "Why are you so worried about me getting hurt?"

"I-I just... I-I just don't want to lose you..."

Chris stared at Riolu's frightened look.

"I-I don't want you to...go away forever from me..." Riolu muttered. "A-and if you get hurt...y-you could leave me all alone..." Riolu sniffed a bit. "I-I don't want to lose you like that... I-I just don't want to see you...go away..."

Chris gasped as he saw Riolu starting to shed some tears. The World Traveler put a hand on Riolu's head and rubbed it. "P-please, don't cry either! I-I'll never leave you alone, Riolu!"

Riolu rubbed his eyes a bit and looked at Chris. "Y-you will never leave me alone?"

"I-I wouldn't do such a thing," Chris said. "I really like you because you're my starter Pokémon...and besides the fact I like to have you..."

Riolu sniffed a bit before he forced a small smile. "You're not going to leave me alone?"

"If I did that, I wouldn't be worthy to be called a trainer..." Chris said. "Besides, you're my favorite Pokémon as well..."

Riolu made a happy expression and chuckled to himself. "You like me?"

"I like you as a friend and my Pokémon," Chris said. "I need to take care of you so you can grow strong."

Riolu stared blankly at him. "Y-you like me even if I bit your hands?"

Chris looked at his bandaged hands. "P-please, that was an accident..."

Riolu looked down. "I-I see..."

"S-so don't worry about it, okay?"

"...Okay..." Riolu muttered. "...Grow...strong..." he said confused. "...Can I grow strong?"

"Grow strong to become a Lucario, you mean?"

"Y-yes..."

"Well, yes, you can," Chris said. "If you do grow strong, you could evolve into Lucario..."

Riolu looked back at him. "Lu...ca...rio?" he said slowly. "What is a Lucario?"

"You...don't know what a Lucario is or looks like?" Chris asked.

Riolu recalled the drawing behind him. The Emanation Pokémon turned around and stared at the drawing of Lucario. "Is...that a Lucario?"

"O-oh, yes," Chris said embarrassed. "I-I made that drawing when I was bored..."

Riolu inspected the drawing closer. He examined the Lucario from bottom to top and from top to bottom. "...He looks...so cool...and strong..."

"Well...I think Lucarios are very strong..." Chris said. "Ever since I got you, Lucarios have been my favorite Pokémon ever, along with Riolus."

Riolu turned to him. "You like both?"

Chris smiled a bit. "I really enjoy having you or a Lucario. If I can do it, I'd make a hobby and train Riolus and Lucarios alike in some place in this world."

"Train?"

"Yes," Chris said. "Riolus and Lucarios are so obedient. I...personally think that Riolus are very cute and Lucarios are the strongest Pokémon ever..."

"Oh," Riolu said before he looked happy. "Am I...your best Riolu?"

"Of course," Chris said. "Nobody will ever take your place as my best Pokémon of my one-man team."

Riolu thought for a moment. "Can I...evolve to a Lucario?"

"Yes, you can," Chris said. "If you train with me, you'll surely become a Lucario right away. I mean, you can evolve based on how close you are to me..."

Riolu looked back at the drawing before turning back to Chris. "Lucarios...are very strong?"

"Yes, they are...but...are you thinking in turning into one soon?"

"If I evolve into a Lucario...would I be strong enough to...u-um..." Riolu flushed a bit, "...protect you from danger?"

The World Traveler stared at the shy look of his Riolu. "...Well...you're one very special Riolu...and if you did evolve...you could do a whole lot of stuff because...you would be very unique..."

Riolu looked worried. "And...would I be very brave?"

"...Yes, when you evolve, your attitude changes, but you don't forget the most important things..."

The Emanation Pokémon stared at his trainer while Riolu thought about his ideas of becoming a Lucario. Riolu thought that being a Lucario would let him protect Chris from harm and danger alike. "...If I evolve...would I make you proud of me?"

"...Yes," Chris said. "I'd be very proud to have you as a strong Lucario..."

Riolu looked happy. "I want to become a Lucario to make you proud of me!" he said happily. "I want to be strong enough to protect you!"

Chris got a bit surprised at this reaction. "B-but wait, you're just coming with fast conclusions, Riolu! Don't you want to think before doing that?"

Riolu thought for a moment. "Hmm...do you know how I am going to look like?"

"Well..." Chris began as he sat on his bed and grabbed Riolu by his sides, "let me show you," he said as he stood on the floor while holding Riolu at his neck's level. "You're going to be this big. This is the usual height Lucarios have."

Riolu looked around. "...No!"

"W-what is it?"

Riolu looked upset. "I'm so small! I don't want to be so small!"

"B-but this is the height Lucarios have..."

"No!" Riolu complained. "I want to be bigger!"

"...Well..." Chris moved Riolu to his chin's level, "what about this?"

"I'm still small!" Riolu complained.

Chris moved Riolu to his face's level. "Okay, now you have the same height I have. Happy?"
"..." Riolu looked around. "...No!"

The World Traveler looked confused at this reaction before he moved Riolu a bit over his head's level. "Okay...that height is a bit high because I would reach part of your snout..."

Riolu looked down at the height he was. "...Yes!" he said happily. "I want to be so big!"

Chris moved his happy Riolu down. "But tell me something. Why do you want to be so big? (I have to make sure I don't tell him he's going to be that big or else I'd spoil his fun time...) Is there some reason?"

Riolu stared at him. "...I...want to be bigger than you so you can hide behind me from getting hurt by others..."

Chris's eyes widened a bit at this.

Riolu made a happy expression. "I want to be so big and strong! If I'm big, you can hide behind me, and if I'm so strong, those bad people are going to run away from me so you can stay safe!"

"R-Riolu..." Chris muttered.

"I want to be a Lucario like that!" Riolu said happily, his tail wagging quickly at the sides. "I want to make you proud of me, Chris! I want to be a powerful Lucario for you!"

The World Traveler kept staring at his happy Riolu before he put Riolu back to bed. Chris then put himself on his side of his bed and covered he and Riolu under the blankets. Seeing that Riolu was still excited, Chris decided to talk some more to him. "Okay, you want to be a powerful for me."

"Yes!" Riolu said happily. "If I become a Lucario like that, nobody's going to have to hurt you!"

Chris chuckled. "I know you're very excited to become a super Lucario or something, but why don't you...well...think about evolving much later?"

Riolu stopped wagging his tail and looked at Chris. "What?"

"(When he was a Lucario, he told me that he wanted to enjoy his childhood to the fullest...)" Chris thought as he stared at his confused Riolu. "(He looks very happy now...but...I don't know if I should listen to what he wants to decide right now...)"
"Why don't you want me to become a Super Lucario?"

Knowing Riolu, he would surely want to think all the time that he could become a 'Super Lucario'.

"W-well...I-I would like you to stay like this for a little bit longer," Chris admitted. "I-I want to have you like this because...well...um..."

Riolu tilted his head a bit.

"...I want to have you like this because...I think...that I'd be happier to have you...stay as a Riolu for while longer...before being a Lucario..."

Riolu stared at him.

"...So?"

"..." Riolu looked down. "...Can I still become a Super Lucario?"

"O-of course you can," Chris said. "T-tell you what... You can become into Lucario sometime this month...okay?"

"...Riiiiiiii!" Riolu exclaimed happily before he went to hug his trainer.

Chris blushed a bit and couldn't resist hugging his Riolu back. "W-wait like 2 weeks or so, okay? I want you to be like this some more so you can enjoy to play around."

Riolu looked up at Chris and began to lick his face, his tail wagging quickly at the sides.

"R-Riolu!" Chris said before he was submitted to chuckles by his Pokémon.

After about two minutes, the two decided to sleep, Riolu facing the drawing as he imagined himself to be the 'Super Lucario' he wanted to become very soon. And so, the night went on...

December 14 - Sunday - Morning

Outside

"So, Red, where are Dawn, Lucas, and Barry?" Chris asked.

"Oh, they said they were going to do an expedition to find more Pokémon around the area," Red said.

"I see... Well, I just wanted to ask because...of this..."

Since the winter season was starting to become apparent by the cold weather, it was the time of the month where Christmas was going to be celebrated. For the Smash Mansion, it wasn't an exception. Since there were around thirty weirdoes, each from different worlds or realms, living in the mansion, it was almost like having to fetch the weirdest of gifts for each one. Everyone didn't give gifts to everyone, but there was a limit that someone had to give to four people a gift each.

However, there was an important question to this...

If the Smash Mansion liked to celebrate Christmas...then why wasn't it decorated with candy canes, mistletoes, and the big Christmas tree? Moreover, why were all the Smashers and their belonging outside the mansion for about eighty feet away from the entrance?

"Okay, everyone," Master Hand began as he looked at the several groups of Smashers talking to each other, "it's that time of the month where we have to renovate the mansion with a new one."

"What do you mean by that?" asked Chris (in his Swordsman job) as he was grabbing Riolu (who wore a small red robe that Peach had sewed for him).

"Oh, right, you and some newcomers don't know about this," Master Hand said. "Well, as you can see, we have a rule that says that the mansion needs to be changed from year to year."

"By that, he means he's going to re-arrange everyone's rooms," Mario explained.

"Yes, and we're going to re-arrange everyone's rooms in alphabetical order this time," Master Hand said. "The last time was who liked to be close to who, but we're doing it in alphabetical order."

"What is going to happen to the other rooms that don't have anyone?" Pit (wearing a blue rob with holes for his wings) asked.

"They'll be re-arranged as well," Master Hand said. "As for the Battle Floor, it'd be placed higher so we have more space for some other rooms. We just have to do this through my hand magic. With a snap, I'll re-arrange everyone's rooms."

Crazy Hand appeared behind him. "Hey, not fair! You said it was MY turn to do the changing!"

Master Hand turned to him. "Ugh, okay, you can do the honors. HOWEVER, be careful because I don't want the mansion to get destroyed by your carelessness, okay?" He turned to the Smashers. "And since there was an 'Aurageddon' some weeks ago, the sport grounds didn't receive a good visit from that attack, and thus it was blown apart."

"O-oh, so that's why I couldn't play soccer at all," Falco (wearing a gray robe that had much more cotton on the collar and the sleeves' ends) said while shivering a bit at the cold air.

"Yeah, that's why," Master Hand said before he turned to Crazy Hand. "Okay, you better not do something reckless because if you d-"

"Snappity-snap!" Crazy Hand interrupted while snapping his fingers that released some spores of light that came out from the snap.

The Smashers looked back at the mansion...and nothing seemed to happen.

"...Did the floors change now?" Lucas (wearing the same shirt but with longer sleeves) asked.

"They...should have..." Master Hand said.

Before their eyes, the mansion's base shot out dust, and soon the whole mansion went down the ground. Most of the Smashers took some steps back as their home was brought down by a single snap from the insane hand. Bricks, glasses, wrecked walls, and remains of the rooftop were scattered around a big portion of the area that even reached their feet. Since a big cloud of dust came out from the destruction, they all were covered by it, causing everyone to cough several times.

Master Hand, somewhere in the cloud of dust, grumbled to himself and snapped his fingers to make the dust disappear as soon as it came to cover the whole perimeter. The Smashers, some still coughing, looked back at the remains of the mansion before most of them glared at Crazy Hand.

"There!" Crazy Hand said. "We can now start rebuilding it!"

"You stupid son of..." Master Hand grunted and turned to the Smashers. "Okay, you people, there's nothing to be worried about."

"What are you talking about?" Roy began. "Our home was brought down before our eyes!"

"And that's surely something Tabuu would want us to through stupidity," Pikachu (wearing a red robe) said bored. "He'd want us destroying the mansion."

"Calm down, calm down," Master Hand said. "I can bring back the mansion with a single snap of my fingers, don't worry."

"Would that also mean the musicians you left in there?" Popo asked.

"Yes, that would..." Master Hand looked back at the remains of the mansion. "...Oh my GOODNESS!" he yelled shocked as he saw some of the musicians miraculously coming out from the wrecked pieces of the mansion.

Zelda sighed. "You forgot to tell them that we were going to do this?"

"H-hey, I swear this was not intentional," Master Hand said. "T-this was just a little accident that later became a big one because SOMEBODY thought we were going to destroy the mansion INSTEAD of changing it!"

"You can thank me later," Crazy Hand said. "Changing, according to my dictionary, means destroy and obliterate."

"You and your stupid excuses to... Ugh!" Master Hand grunted and quickly went over to check on the musicians. "Y-you guys are still alive, right? Please, tell me you can breathe!"

"Y-yes..." said a frightened Chunky. "W-we were doing some music...a-and everything went down...f-for some reason..."

"W-what did just happen?" Makar asked as he looked around for his instrument. "Why did everything go down?"

Master Hand chuckled a bit. "...The building had poor bases and I didn't remember that..."

"What kind of...explanation is that?" Penny asked confused.

"B-believe me, the guy who I told to build the mansion didn't have high rate materials."

Red (the devil) looked miffed at the hand. "What kind of people do you contract?"

Master Hand looked all the way over to the group of Smashers where Crazy Hand waved at him. "People who are so darn stupid no matter what you do to change them..."

Mona shifted her eyes around. "O...kay..."

"A-anyway, you should leave this area. I'm going to use my hand magic to bring the mansion back to its usual form."

Once the hand fixed his look on Ashley, he noticed the little witch was staring blankly at him. Her eyes were focusing solely on Master Hand and not anything nor anyone else.

"..." Master Hand felt weird and shrugged. "L-let's all leave this area...please. If there was anything broken, I'll fix it, okay? Now please go with the Smashers and wait for me to bring back the mansion."

"Okay..." Lanky said confused before all the musicians began to walk away from the area.

Once everyone was brought together, Master Hand turned to the mansion and nodded to himself. "Well, here goes," he said. "Crazy, you better behave now or else I won't let you have special chances ever again."

"Fiddlesticks..." Crazy Hand muttered.

Master Hand frowned to this before he snapped his fingers. Once everyone had heard the snapping sound, they watched as a huge cloud of smoke appeared right on the spot where the wrecked remains of the mansion once stood. In about ten seconds, the cloud of smoke disappeared, and the huge mansion of ten floors (not counting the attic) came back.

"THERE!" Master Hand said to Crazy Hand. "That's how you do it!"

"Ooh, ooh, I learned something today," Crazy Hand said excited.

Chris examined the mansion. "It...doesn't look that different from the outside..."

"Well, we did change everything from the inside," Master Hand said. "We kept the lobby and the kitchen on the first floor, though. The Battle Floor is now at the tenth floor (so it has this eerie feeling of darkness on the top area of the mansion), and the floor occupied by the musicians is in the ninth floor."

"Oh, I would like to see my room overseeing the landscape," Medli said excited.

"Okay, everyone, it's time to start thinking the decorations for Christmas," Master Hand said. "I COULD make it automatically, but some of you like to it manually so..."

Peach interlaced her fingers and looked happy. "I'm going to start thinking how to make this year's Christmas tree."

"I'll help," Mario said.

"M-me too," Luigi said.

"Thanks, you 2," Peach said with a giggle.

"Everyone, grab your belongings and let's all move to your rooms," Master Hand said.

All the Smashers began to gather their things before they, along with the musicians, went inside the mansion. As Chris was grabbing some boxes where he kept his consoles in, Master Hand went to him. "Chris, I put that big bed for you in your room. Why'd you want that, though?"

Chris chuckled. "Riolu wanted to have a bigger bed because he wanted to have more area for him bounce around."

"Riiii!" Riolu said happily as he carried a bag on his arms.

"Oh, I see. Pleasing your little Pokémon's wishes, huh?" Master Hand said. "Well, just to let you know that you have your own room now, Chris. That means when Riolu evolves into Lucario, he'll have his own room."

"I know," Chris said. "But...Riolu can keep sleeping with me, right?"

"Oh, no problem with that," Master Hand said. "Besides, once he does you-know-what, he's going to dislike staying away from you and he'll surely have some sort of vendetta on me...so I don't want to have any of you guys to dislike me."

"I think Snake hates you."

"Thank you for reminding me that," Master Hand muttered. "Now, let's go into the mansion so you decorate your room with your stuff, okay?"

Chris and Riolu nodded before the two walked inside. Once they entered, Master Hand turned around to see that Ashley (with Red by her right side) was staring at him.

"...Er..." Master Hand stared at the witch. "...Is something bothering you?"

"..." Ashley merely made a small smile. "Your magic... I want to know more about it."

"...W-well...I...don't tell anyone about my magic..." Master Hand said. "It's top secret...sorry..."

"...Oh," Ashley said, her smile fading away.

Even though her request was answered, she kept staring deeply at the hand.

"..." Master Hand silently moved inside the mansion through the entrance, his gaze still focused on Ashley before he went inside and quickly floated away.

Red looked at Ashley. "Ashley, why don't you just capture him? He seems freaked out of you."

"If I captured him, he would kick me out from the mansion," Ashley said. "My magic isn't developed enough to take on his magic. Besides, I think I will never be able to face him in battle head-on. However, we will wait until the right time comes for him to lower his guard..."

"Oh, right, Ashley. I know he's gonna be ours very soon," Red said with a snicker before the two went inside and closed doors.

After a time had passed, DK, Diddy (wearing a red robe), Pit, Olimar, Chris, Riolu, and Yoshi (wearing a blue robe) came out from the mansion. The group walked outside before Pit began to talk. "So we're going to challenge the Dojo?"

"Yes," Chris said. "I think we should see what the Master has for us there. He said it was important for us to go there so...we should go."

"Ooh, I foresee a fight," DK said. "Count me in. I want to have some fun with fighting that old Toad."

Diddy chuckled. "Yeah, that guy's pushing his luck with us. He'll go down very quickly before he can say 'begin'."

Chris looked away. "You...should be really careful with him, though... Appearances do trick you..."

The Kongs looked at each other and lifted up their shoulders. "You don't worry, you have me to pummel him down," DK said.

"DK, it's not all about brute strength," Chris said worried. "The Master said that we should be careful in handling power because...it could corrupt us without us knowing about it..." He turned to look at Yoshi having Riolu riding on his back. "You just came because Peach is busy with the decorations inside and thus there's no one to take care of Riolu, right?"

"You're going to fight the Master," Yoshi said. "Somebody has to look after Riolu."

Riolu looked happy as he rode on Yoshi's back.

"Oh well," Chris said. "Riolu seems happy with you so it's okay with me."

Olimar gulped. "I-I want to go because I don't want anyone to think I'm not brave to face enemies... I-I mean, Snake gives me those looks that makes me feel my soul escaping from me..."

"...Okay, that's...good to hear," DK said.

"S-seriously, I'm doing this because I have to show some sportsmanship or something..."

Pit looked to the western woods. "Shall we get going?"

"YES! I DID IT, I DID IT, I DID IT!!! YEAH!!!"

The Smashers heard some excited yells coming near from them. They all turned to the left to see that Toon Link, lying down on the grass around a bunch of arrows stuck on the grounds, was running around in circles on the floor as if he was running while standing. The Hero of Winds ran around the same spot, his head being the center while the legs made the circle.

Confused to Toon Link's excitement, the Smashers walked to his spot and looked down at the excited Hylian. "Link, what's wrong with you? Why are you running in circles all over the ground?" Diddy asked.

Toon Link kept running, but he did listen to them. "I mastered Raven's second arrow technique just now!" he said. "Finally, after so much training, I did it!"

Olimar looked around the wide area with arrows stuck on the ground. "W-well, you did train all these days nonstop..." he said.

"Yeah, and I did it!" Toon Link said. "Oh man, oh man, oh man, this is like the best day of my life after the day I wielded the Master Sword!"

Chris looked at the Master Sword's handle behind Toon Link's back. It was surely some sort of fake since he remembered he took Toon Link to join them after he finished the Phantom Hourglass storyline. The World Traveler thought Master Hand was the one behind this perfect replica...

Master Hand...

Master Sword...

Chris saw a connection of the sorts.

The young swordsman stopped running and quickly scrambled to get up. "Check this out!" he said energetically as he brandished his bow and shot an arrow to the sky. The Smashers watched as the arrow then began to come down with its blade pointing down. Toon Link, while staring at the arrow, took out another one and aimed it to the first arrow before he shot it to the first arrow's blade. Upon making contact, the first arrow's direction changed, and it also went down much faster as if it was shot from the air. The Smashers saw as the fast arrow got stuck in the ground to the far-right edge of the mansion's wall, perfectly on the very same corner.

"Ouch..." Diddy said surprised. "That was kind of cool."

"Kind of? It was awesome!" Toon Link said. "Now that I know how to do this, I'm SO going to shock my enemies during battles, especially that Ganondorf. He won't know who hit his back."

"That's very useful," Pit remarked. "I think it makes you better in marksmanship than Link."

"Ha, that guy needs to understand from us who the better one is," Toon Link said with crossed arms and a grin. "And now that I know 2 bow techniques...I can finally return to my usual affairs." He sighed pleased, uncrossing his arms. "Man, it took me a lot of time... Raven wasn't kidding there..."

"Plus, you made our group look better," Diddy said.

"Actually, I made the Swordsmen Guild look better as well..."

"...What?"

Toon Link chuckled. "Y-you see, I'm part of a swordsmen group called Swordsmen Guild... That group has Marth, Roy, Ike, that other Link, and even Meta Knight with them..." He pointed at Pit. "Heck, even Pit is there with me!"

Diddy looked up at Pit. The angel chuckled and scratched the back of his head with a hand. "T-that's true, we made up that group a time ago..." Pit trailed off.

Diddy turned to Toon Link. "W-what do you say about it?" Toon Link asked.

Diddy thought for a moment while looking up at the sky before he looked back at Toon Link. "...I have something to say: Ness is going to beat you to a bloody pulp for that once he finds out you're with 2 groups at the same time."

Toon Link remained speechless at this fact.

"And everyone will probably do the same," Diddy added. "They'll think you're a double agent."

"I-I'm not going to tell secrets or something!" Toon Link said embarrassed. "I-I follow both groups' rules and laws to the step of every word, I swear!"

Chris looked surprised. "Wait, Meta Knight is in that group as well? I thought he liked to be in solitude."

"Well, I heard he joined because of boredom," Toon Link said. "He said he could find some excitement out of this, but he did say that some rules were a bit stupid...though they didn't stop him from joining... Anyway, where are you heading?"

"We're going to the Dojo to challenge the Master," Yoshi said. "Want to come?"

"Oh, sure," Toon Link said. "I want to test out Gnome. You remember, right, Chris? I had this sticker that Gnome gave me to call him here."

"I remember," Chris said. "I wonder what he will say once you call him to battle..."

"I bet he's going to comment...or not," Toon Link said. "The guy's a bit bizarre, you know..."

DK grumbled. "Can we just go to the Dojo already? I'm itching to some fighting..."

"W-why did you have to ask?" Olimar asked.

DK narrowed his eyes at the small Smasher. "I want to fight, we want to fight, we WILL fight, understand?"

Olimar and the rest of the Smashers exchanged shocked looked before they all took some steps away from the crazy ape.

The Dojo -Arena-

After wandering through the woods, the Smashers spotted the Dojo's building. Once they arrived there, they didn't waste more time to enter inside and find the masters and the disciples on the far end of the other side of the Dojo's entrance.

"It seems you have come," Jinx said. "It was about time you showed up here."

The Smashers found both the Master and Jynx sitting on their legs above some red cushions while Lee (the Duplighost) and Chan (the Buzzy Beetle) were standing by the Master's side. However, it looked like Jinx had a disciple of his own since there was a Koopa Troopa (more commonly known in the ranks of a terrapin) with a white helmet standing by his side as well.

"Sensei," the terrapin began before he looked at Jinx, "are they the ones you spoke about?"

"Yes, they're the Smashers," Jinx said. "They're a nice bunch of fighters."

"Oh, I see," the Terrapin said.

"I'm sorry, but you weren't here the last time we came here," Pit said. "Who are you?"

"Sorry for not introducing myself," the disciple of Jinx said. "My name is Jagger. I arrived here some weeks ago after my sensei, Jinx, moved here to train with the Master in the same Dojo. I used to be in Bowser's army before some events happened and I decided to become stronger by training with my sensei here." He looked down. "Thing is...I haven't become much stronger enough to go back with King Bowser..."

"I have told you many times before that working for Bowser is the lowest rank you could ever get," Jinx said. "You're still thinking about joining him?"

"I-I had some good times there..." Jagger said. "I still want to see some friends there..."

"If you go there, you will probably never return," Jinx said. "Once Bowser fixes his eyes on you, you can bet your shell you're not going to come back here ever again."

"B-but I like to be under your hand, sensei!" Jagger said. "H-heck, you taught me lots of things about your disciplines!"

"And yet, you're undecided," Jinx said.

Jagger sighed. "Oh man..."

Yoshi tilted his head a bit. "(He's stuck in deciding to side between good and evil, huh?)"

"Ahem," the Master coughed to get their attention. "I had feeling you'd come here," he said before he stood up. "Normally, we would put you through some fights against our disciples..."

"Actually, let's do that," Jinx said before he stood up. "Let's see if these guys can beat our disciples one by one before facing us in battle."

"We already came into terms that one of us would fight them," the Master said.

"Yeah, we did," Jinx said. "They'd decide who, though."

"It's fine with me," the Master said before looking at the group. "We won't start the fights right away unless you want to fight now. I'd like you to prepare yourself through the ordeals we have in hands for you."

"I'm sure this is going to be a good experience for all of us," Chan said. "I can't wait to see how you fight. You guys put those 2 idiots who attacked the Dojo to misery, anyway."

"Prepare yourselves to face the Dojo's disciples!" Lee said enthusiastically. "Our masters are very strong, but we shouldn't be underestimated at all!"

"Pfft, I'll prove those 2 that Jinx's disciples are far better," Jagger said.

Lee and Chan looked angrily at Jagger. "Oh, says the ONLY disciple of Jinx," Chan said.

"Numbers aren't important!" Jagger complained.

"You said 'disciple' in plural," Lee pointed out. "You MUST care about it."

"S-shut up, you!"

The Master and Jinx frowned at this. "The 3 of you stop this moment," both said.

"Y-yes, senseis..." the three disciples said embarrassed.

The two masters remembered that the Smashers were staring at them. Jinx looked back at them. "Prepare before fighting," he said. "It's going to be a rough day for all of you."

"I should explain the rules," the Master said. "In here, we only have 1-on-1 fights against our disciples, then we have 3-on-1 fights against me or Jinx."

"Why is there a difference?" Toon Link asked.

"Fighting our disciples 1-on-1 will make us judge your individual performances," Jinx said. "If you do beat them, then that would mean you're capable of fighting us. However, cooperation is crucial when fighting against stronger opponents than yourselves."

"Why not have everyone fight instead?" DK asked.

"We don't do that here because that's kind of dirty," Jinx said. "We COULD allow all of you to fight against 1, but that'd be considered cheating. Even worse, if we did allow that and you all ended up knocked out by a single opponent, that would hurt morale."

DK stared at Jinx's diminutive size. "(...I could step on him...)"

Chris recalled some similar words by a familiar big gerbil he met some time ago. "What the heck is up with the 7-on-1 garbage you're pulling on poor me?" rang in Chris's mind.

"Please, prepare yourselves," the Master said.

The Smashers formed a circle and began to prepare themselves. "Okay, we should probably stick with stepping on Jnx. He's so small..." DK said.

"We're not stepping on him," Pit said. "Besides, don't judge him because he's small..."

"Right..." Chris said. "Jinx is very strong."

"Is he?" DK asked.

"Yes, now let's see what we can do to prepare for battles..." Chris said before he thought for a moment. "...Hey, we still have the stickers that Peppita gave us."

Pit snapped his fingers. "Right, I forgot we had them with us."

Chris took out the eleven stickers he had with him: Fayt, Sophia, Cliff, Nel, Roger, Albel, Maria, Peppita, Mirage, Adray, and the Boots of Prowess were all the stickers. "My Nayru, those are so many," Toon Link said. "What do they have on them?"

"...I...have no idea..." Yoshi said. "Really, what do they have for each one of them?"

Diddy looked confused. "What do they enhance? What do they do? Do they make you feel weird? Do they turn you into a zombie or a vampire? Do they make you get ill? Do they make you get heat vision? Ooh, let one of them have the power of heat vision. I'd be cool to shoot fire out of your eyes. You could say HEAT VISION, and then boom."

The Smashers stared blankly at Diddy.

"...One can dream," Diddy said.

Chris thought for a moment. "Hmm, what to do..."

"Maybe you can show them to me and find out their abilities," Kawashima suddenly said from Chris's pocket. "I have a sticker checker system built into me. If you show me the stickers, I can find out their attributes."

"Good..." Olimar remarked. "I-I wouldn't like to have the wrong sticker..."

Chris took out his DS and showed Kawashima the stickers. "Scanning..." he muttered before a little sound rang in the DS. "Okay, done. I have to say that these stickers are very unique."

"That was fast," Yoshi said. "What are their properties?"

Kawashima showed them a list. "Well, here's the list with their abilities. They're very useful because they have 2 abilities each."

"2 abilities?"

"Yes, they were perfectly made," Kawashima commented.

"(I guess Peppita worked so hard in them...)" Chris thought.

Olimar looked at the list. "Ooh, look at that..."

Name - Size - Attribute - Character

Fayt - Medium - Abilities: Side Kick, Shotgun Blast - All

Sophia - Medium - Abilities: Healing, Thunder Flare - All

Cliff - Medium - Abilities: Sphere of Might, Hammer of Might - All

Nel - Medium - Abilities: Shockwave, Whirlwind - All

Roger - Medium - Abilities: Charge, Piercing Claw - All

Maria - Medium - Abilities: Laser Blast, Protection - All

Albel - Medium - Abilities: Double Slash, Hand of Doom - All

Peppita- Medium - Abilities: Kaboom, Healing Dance - All

Adray - Medium - Abilities: Chaos Tide, Fairy Light - All

Mirage - Medium - Abilities: Crescent Locus, Triple Kick - All


(Note: Symbology's Mental Death won't occur).

"I have something to say," DK began with a grin, "these stickers kick sorry butts so hard."

"And that's not all," Kawashima said. "We still have the Boots of Prowess."

Boots of Prowess - Large - 30% ATK/DEF increase

"This one increases base strength and base defense by 30 percent," Kawashima said. "If somebody of you would use this, I'd presume he or she would get a very nice boost for attack and defense in ALL attacks..."

Olimar raised his hand. "I-I need that one! I-I need to survive more through battles!"

"Pfft, step back, you," DK said. "If I get it, I'll be a tank fighter. Nobody would stop me if I used it on me."

"I would like to use it," Pit said. "I need to have more defenses because I admit that I'm a bit fragile myself."

"Oh no, I'm the most fragile here," Diddy said. "I'm small so I should use that one."

"I'm a bit unsure," Yoshi said. "Can I use it?"

"If I were to use it on me, oh man, my arrows would deal even more damage!" Toon Link said. "That one's mine!"

Chris looked worried at them. "You...did know that none of us can use this sticker...right?"

The six Smashers stared at Chris. "I'm sorry, but I don't think I heard you saying we couldn't use it," DK said annoyed. "What did you say?"

"I-it's true," Chris said. "I-I mean, didn't you see that there's someone who can use it than any of you?"

The Smashers looked back at the list and found out that they had ignored the character column where it read that, unlike all the previous stickers that were compatible with anyone, the last one had just an owner...

"...Fox..." muttered Yoshi after he read the name.

Kawashima digitally sweat dropped. "Well...it seems none of you but Fox can use this sticker... Sorry."

"...Awww!" Diddy groaned. "That's a really huge let down! Why can he use the sticker and not us?"

"It seems he can use it because of...romantic reasons..." Kawashima explained. "...That's what I can theorize..."

"Romantic reasons?" Chris said confused. "...Oh god, I hope Peppita isn't still thinking her and Fox...oh god..."

"That's a big shame," DK said depressed. "He gets the good stuff while we're left in the dumps..."

"E-er, don't look so down!" Kawashima said. "You still have these stickers for you to use!"

Pit sighed. "I guess that makes up for this..." he muttered.

The Smashers heard some coughs from the other side of the Dojo. They looked back at the Master. "Are you ready?" he asked.

"G-give us a minute!" DK said before everyone looked back at each other. "I take the Cliff sticker!" he said as he grabbed the medium size sticker and placed it on his Trophy Stand. Upon placing it on the stand, DK felt a bit odd. "Ooh, I suddenly know how to use those abilities... Very weird, but so useful, heheheheheh..."

The rest of the Smashers exchanged odd looks before Pit took the Nel sticker. "I'll use this one," he said before placing it on his Trophy Stand.

Toon Link chuckled and grabbed the Roger sticker. "This one is going to have my name on it...now," he said as he placed the sticker on his Trophy Stand.

Diddy and Olimar looked unsure at the remaining stickers. "U-um..." Diddy shook his head. "None of those abilities sound very good to me..."

"M-me neither," Olimar said. "Many of them sound a little bit strange for me to use..."

Yoshi stared at the stickers and shook his head. "No, I don't think these stickers would look good on me either. I'll pass."

Chris took out the Dr. Crygor sticker. "This one here increases a bit of strength for arm and leg atta-"

"Takey-takey," Diddy interrupted as he nabbed the small sticker and placed it on his Trophy Stand.

"And...that's all I have," Chris said. "The other stickers won't give any of you a specific enhancement... Sorry, Olimar, Yoshi..."

Olimar frowned and looked down. "It's okay..."

Yoshi looked happy. "Besides, I'm not going to fight. I'm going to take care of little Riolu here."

At that moment, Riolu climbed Yoshi's back and got to the top of his head where he looked at Chris and wagged his blue tail at the sides. "Riiii!" Riolu said happily.

Chris smiled at Riolu. "Please, cheer me, okay?"

"Ri!" Riolu nodded.

Yoshi looked to the right and spotted some red cushions. "Oh, we'll watch the fights from over there," he said before he and Riolu went to the cushions and sat down (Yoshi being the only one who sat down since Riolu was grabbing to Yoshi's head to look to the others).

The Smashers turned to the Dojo's members and nodded in unison. "We're ready to fight," Pit said.

"Great," the Master said. "Please, choose the first opponent against Chan."

Chan looked serious and walked in front of the members. "I'm not going easy on you. Bring it on!" he said with a fierce face.

DK chuckled and walked forward. "I'll be your opponent," he said.

"Alright, big guy, let's start this!" Chan said as he ran his feet on his spot.

The Master coughed and raised his right hand. "The first match: DK VS. Chan...can now commence."

Jagger picked up a hard stick with an iron ball on the tip of it and hit hard a nearby gong behind him.

Paper Mario - Battle Theme

"Here I go!" Chan said as he hid in his shell and began to spin on the spot before he shot himself to DK. "Try to stop me now, ape!"

DK narrowed his eyes, waited for the shell to get closer to him, and grabbed it with both hands. Everyone watched as DK raised the shell above him and crashed it down hard on the floor. The Kong then tossed the shell forward, landing upside down, and a knocked out Chan emerged from it.

"...Owie..." Chan muttered.

Music stops

"Enough," the Master said. "The winner of this encounter is DK."

"YEEEEEEEEHAAAAAAAWWWW!!!" DK yelled excited before he began to pound his chest with his fists.

The Smashers looked bored at the rather fast ending of the battle. "...That was it?" Olimar asked. "He just needed to do that to him..."

"Chan!" Lee yelled worried before he ran to Chan's spot and ducked down to check on him. "Hey, are you okay? Chan, answer me!"

"Fine right here..." Chan muttered weakly. "I pushed my luck so much, didn't I..."

"Y-yeah, you sure did," Lee said. "Come on, you have to leave the arena. It's time for me to uphold the next match in your name."

Jagger rolled his eyes at this. "Are you serious? I thought he was going to last much longer than that..."

Lee turned around and glared at him. "Hey, Chan here just needs more training, that's all! Don't go showing off now because I haven't even taken the match yet!"

"Well, hurry up," Jinx said. "I'd like to see more matched before our match."

"Okay, okay," Lee said as he grabbed the knocked out Chan to take him all the way back to the left side of the Master where a sole red cushion rested. The Duplighost flipped the Buzzy Beetle so he could lie down on the soft square and rest. Lee turned around and walked forward to the arena. "Time for me to face somebody now," he said. "Who shall be my opponent?"

"Oh, I'll be the one," Diddy said as DK passed besides him (the two doing a high-five). Diddy chuckled a bit before he walked forward and looked serious at the Duplighost.

The Master raised his right hand again. "The second match: Diddy VS. Lee...can now commence."

Jagger took this sign as an order to sound the gong.

Paper Mario - Battle Theme

Diddy interlaced his fingers and cracked them a bit. Lee chuckled a bit before he stared at Diddy without focusing his view on anyone else. "I hope you don't mind but I'll have to scan you a bit to make this fight more interesting," Lee said.

"What do you mean by that?" Diddy asked.

"I mean THIS!" Lee yelled before his eyes turned a shade of yellow. Diddy suddenly became petrified by the stare as some sort of green flat square appeared above him and went down to run some kind of scan of his body. Once Diddy was scanned, Lee's eyes turned back to normal, the chimpanzee regaining his movement. "Heheheheh, now's time for the surprise," Lee said before he removed the blue sheet on himself (the blue sheet technically a sign of him being a ghost), tossed it aside to the left wall, and chuckled to Diddy. "Who do you see?"

Diddy gasped shocked after he saw that Lee had revealed to be...himself. In fact, Lee was now a perfect replica of Diddy.

As some of the Smashers gasped at this, Riolu saw this very entertaining and he clapped his hands together. "Riii! Riii! Riii!" he exclaimed happily.

DK gasped. "D-Diddy, you never told me you had a twin brother!"

"But I never did!" Lee said as he perfectly mimicked Diddy's voice. "In fact, I don't have a twin brother! This one over here is an impostor!"

Diddy shook his head and grunted at the false Diddy. "Hey, don't call me an impostor," he said before he brandished his Peanut Popgun. "You're going to get a good smack for that."

Lee chuckled and took out a Peanut Popgun of his own. "We shall see who the real Diddy is here."

"Lee, stop playing around and get fighting," the Master simply ordered.

Lee sighed. "Always reminding me that I have main tasks to do..." he muttered before he smiled happily at Diddy and aimed the gun at him. "Take this...peanut," Lee said skeptically as he shot a peanut at Diddy.

Diddy looked serious and shot another peanut at the peanut, and both peanuts broke apart upon impact, making some crumbles of the shells fall down on the floor.

"You know what, I'm not going to use this thing," Lee said as he kept the gun away. "Let's go physical now!" he said before he ran to Diddy (in his usual running style).

Diddy gasped and ran forward towards Lee. Once both Diddys were close to each other, they both smacked each other by using spinning attacks with the back of their hands. Both of them grunted in pain and stepped back, each one carefully staring at each other.

"You're fighting yourself, Diddy," DK said in a creepy tone. "Whatever you do, your reflection will do it as well..."

"Something much more helpful to say, DK?" Diddy asked.

"Er...break the mirror..." DK said, keeping his creepy tone. "Shatter it...with...slaps..."

The Smashers looked at DK.

"...Yeah," he added.

"...Thanks...DK..." Diddy said. "As always you're a big help..."

Lee rolled his eyes and leaped towards Diddy. "Angry Chimpanzee Attack!" he yelled loudly.

"Avoid Angry Chimpanzee Attack!" Diddy yelled before he dove under Lee and quickly turned around to fire several fast peanuts at the Duplighost's back. Lee yelled in pain (pondering why the peanuts actually hurt him) and fell down in front of Diddy.

...And Lee remained there, knocked out unconscious on the floor.

Music stops

"Enough," the Master said. "The winner of this encounter is Diddy."

"What?" Diddy asked confused. "B-but I thought he was just getting harder to defeat..."

"Lee hasn't developed his mimicking skills well enough, it seems," the Master said. "He has had trouble to maintain his stamina and energy while copying someone else's body. Personally, I'd like him to go through a rigorous training before he can achieve what he wants to get soon."

"Master...you're so awesome..." Lee muttered weakly.

Jagger sighed in depression. "I have to give him that he did give a decent fight... He fought much better than Chan did..."

"...Shut up...you..."

Jagger frowned at this and he went over to drag Lee all the way back to the Master's side. The Terrapin put the knocked out Duplighost beside the unconscious Buzzy Beetle's left side on a red cushion. Jagger then went to pick up Lee's blue sheet to put it back to the mimicker's body. "Well, is it my turn now, sensei?" Jagger asked to Jinx.

"Of course it is, Jinx said. "Please do your best out there."

"I will," Jagger said before he stepped forward in front of the two senseis and crossed his arms while staring at the Smashers. "Who shall be my opponent this time?"

As Diddy shrugged and walked back to DK's side, Pit stepped forward and brandished his dual blades. "I shall be the next one to fight," Pit said.

Jinx nodded at this before he raised his right hand. "The third match: Pit VS. Jagger shall now begin," he announced before he went over to the gong to give it a hard punch that made it ring loudly.

Super Mario RPG: Legend of the Seven Stars - Battle Theme

Jagger winded up his right fist. "Prepare!" he warned Pit.

Pit narrowed his eyes and waited for the terrapin to come closer to him. "(All right, I think it's time to put those new abilities into test now,)" he thought.

"TERRAPUNCH!" Jagger yelled as he sent his fist forward, which prompted him to ram his fist towards the angel.

Once Jagger came closer, Pit began to use the offensive. "Shockwave!"  he yelled, slashing the ground with both blades to create red sparkling energy that acted as a barrier and damaged Jagger's feet, causing him to lose his footing.

"Yaaaaaaah!" Jagger yelled before he tumbled back and was stuck in a position where his shell was upside down. "N-noooooooooo!" he yelled as he tried to put himself back to feet.

Pit decided to go on with the battle and use the second ability he got. "Whirlwind!" he yelled, slashing the air in front of him to call forth slicing winds that shielded him. Since Pit was very close to Jagger, the terrapin got stuck in the winds that he got severely sliced by them, his shell levitating off from the floor.

"Aaaaaaaaah!" Jagger yelled as he continued to be sliced in the winds.

"(He is stuck right in front of me,)" Pit thought as Jagger was some feet away from him. "(Maybe I can still attack him...) YIAH!" Pit used his dual blades and sliced the terrapin, prompting Jagger to get pushed out the slicing winds where he fell back on the floor and let out a grumble, indicating he was knocked out. "There..." Pit muttered before the winds disappeared.

Music stops

"Enough," the Master said. "The winner of this encounter is Pit."

Olimar looked confused (which was a bit hard to point out since his eyes were closed most of the time) while Pit came back to them. "I...don't know what to say about this... I think Pit did it very good, but the battle itself...felt short..."

Jinx sighed and went over to check on his disciple. "Jagger, you do know that you lost because you're still lacking some training, right?"

"Y-yes, sensei..." Jagger muttered, his face resting on the floor.

"You're dismissed," Jinx said. "Now please clear the arena."

Jagger slowly got up but himself and walked over to Jinx's side where he sat down a red cushion...then fell back on his shell and fainted out of exhaustion.

"And you said...you were better..." muttered Lee from the other side of the Master while Jinx returned to take his seat.

The Master sighed. "It seems you have proven yourself worthy of facing us," he said. "I'm impressed by your determination in battles. Now, for this match, it will be a 3-on-1 match against me or Jinx."

The Smashers looked at each other while Riolu clapped his hands happily on the right side of the Dojo. "Okay, those 3 were pushovers. Who are we going to fight now?" DK asked.

"Let's fight the old man," Toon Link said. "I think he's easier to defeat than the small guy."

"You guys are seriously being overconfident..." Chris muttered. "Really, each one of them is far more dangerous than Lee, Chan, or Jagger."

"Well, we'll see how dangerous they really are," Pit said. "I want to see by myself how they fight."

"Then...it's the Master?" Olimar asked.

They all nodded before turning to the senseis. "We'd like to fight the Master," Pit said.

"Who shall be my opponents?" the Master asked.

Toon Link took a step forward. "Me," he said.

Chris gulped and took a step forward. "M-me," he said unsure.

Olimar sighed and took a step forward. "M-m-me," he said very unsure.

The Master nodded this and slowly got up, coughing a bit. "I see," he said. "Very well, then."

Jinx looked at him. "You're not going to give them the true extent of you true power yet, right?"

"Of course not," the Master said. "It'd be better if they started off in the easy level."

DK looked a bit annoyed. "The guy's taunting us!"

"I'm not taunting, the Master said. "I am merely doing this so I can see if you're worthy enough to proceed to the next level of my power. For now, we shall follow this rule... Also, I'd like to add that you can rotate between all of you if you think you need someone else to fight. However, you'll have to keep in mind that this is a 3-on-1 fight."

"Rotation... It sounds useful," Toon Link said.

"Ooh, yeah, I do get to fight," DK said pleased.

Diddy looked away. "(DK, I think you're overexcited today...)"

The Master coughed and looked at Jinx. "Please do the honors," he said before turning back to the Smashers.

Jinx nodded and went for the gong where he gave it a hard punch to ring it loudly.

Paper Mario: Master Battle

The Master coughed a bit more before he took a fighting stance. "We shall see how well you fare against me," he said. "Prepare to do battle."

"If he punches me, it's going to be someone else's fault, okay?" Chris asked annoyed.

"Chris, are you that scared about him?" Pit asked.

"W-well, it's just that I've seen...um...heard how powerful he is..."

Toon Link chuckled. "Please, how bad can he be?"

The three swordsmen saw that the Master was running at them. Pit looked confused as to why the elderly Toad could run if he was old. "Is...he running?" Pit asked.

"Wow, he ignores his aches," Toon Link said.

"Prepare," the Master said. "I want to have a nice match against all of you."

Toon Link looked serious and ran towards the elder. "Okay, here I go!" he said before he took out his Hookshot to pull the Master to him.

However, in a swift move, the blade of the Hookshot was grabbed instantly by the Master's hand. Toon Link gasped in shock at this before the Master, amazingly, used the Hookshot against Toon Link by using the item as a long lash. Pit and Chris looked shocked when they saw the Master lashing down Toon Link around the floor. "A bad initiative," the Master commented as he lashed the young swordsman around.

"OWW!" Toon Link yelled in pain as he was continuously lashed on the floor. "OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! OWW! YOU GUYS, OWW, HELP! OWW!"

Pit looked back at Chris. "T-that elder has insane strength for his age!" he said.

"W-what are you doing standing there?" Chris asked in a panic. "We have to help Link before he gets his skull cracked!"

"R-right!" Pit said before the two rushed towards the Master.

The Master, his gaze focusing on the other two while he lashed Toon Link down, frowned at this. "I have taken care of precautions," he said. "I didn't forget about you 2 at all."

In an instant, Pit and Chris were quickly pushed away by Toon Link being used as a wrecking ball. The three swordsmen grunted in pain as they all rolled to the right and nearly reached the wall. Seeing his trainer getting hurt, Riolu gasped and jumped down Yoshi's head. "Chriiiiiiiiis!" he yelled.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 11, 2010, 09:06:29 PM
The World Traveler slowly got up and twitched a bit in pain while the angel and the Hero of Winds were getting up as well, Toon Link being the one who moaned in pain the most. "I-it's okay, Riolu..." Chris muttered. "T-the Master is not going to kill us or something..."

"B-but..." Riolu muttered before Yoshi grabbed him and put him on his back.

"Don't you worry," Yoshi said as he looked at Riolu. "Chris is going to be just fine. Just watch him fight, okay?"

Riolu sniffed a bit before the trio went back to the arena. "O-okay...ri..." Riolu muttered.

The Master watched as the Smashers looked serious at him. "Shall we continue the fight?" he asked.

Toon Link coughed a bit. "M-man, this old guy is tough..."

"I-I told you he's tough..." Chris trailed off. "Now everyone here knows we have to be careful around him..."

Pit rubbed his chin a bit. "Well, now that we saw that frontal attacks don't work..."

Toon Link grumbled annoyed at this fact.

"...Maybe we should come up with strategies," Pit suggested.

The Hero of Winds sighed. "I guess that'd be for the best..." he said.

Not sooner he said that, the Master was already charging at them. Panicking, Chris looked at the two. "W-what do we do now?" he asked.

"Use Combined Final Smash attacks!" Toon Link suggested.

"Use Over Limits whenever they're ready!" Pit suggested.

"You 2 go forward and protect me!" Chris suggested.

The two swordsmen stared angrily at him.

"...Let's use both of your ideas!" Chris said.

Toon Link grabbed his right hand and looked back at the Master. "Quick, let's do our stuff!" he said.

The Master was about to reach them. "Have you come up with a good idea to attack?" he asked before he focused his view on Toon Link.

Toon Link and Chris looked serious at him. "Okay, at the count of 3..." Toon Link trailed off.

The Master, however, stopped Toon Link from further speaking as the Master sent a flying kick right on the young swordsman's waist. Toon Link coughed weakly before he was sent tumbling back to the entrance's way. Chris gasped at this before he turned back in time to see the Master jump at him and punch his face hard enough, prompting Chris to tumble back as well (making Riolu cry out for his trainer's name).

However, Pit was much better in avoiding attacks than any of them. The angel quickly took a step back from the roundhouse kick of the Master before Pit used Angel Ring to move himself closer to his opponent to slash him continuously. "I-I have him trapped!" he yelled.

But just then, his dual blades were stopped by the Master who managed to grab Pit's hands. The angel gasped shocked at this before the old Toad did a quick turn and lashed Pit down hard on the floor. "U-ugh!" Pit grunted in pain.

"Have you learned yet that trapping your opponents isn't enough to keep them from attacking?" the Master asked.

Pit looked up at him while he gritted his teeth in pain. "I-I thought it would work..." Pit muttered.

The Master quickly back stepped away from the impact of two arrows that came from both swordsmen some feet away from him. "Darn it!" Toon Link cursed.

Chris lowered his bow and looked ashamed. "And here I thought he was distracted..."

"It would be foolish of me to let my guard down for a second," the Master said while Pit pushed himself up and took several steps back from the adversary. "Don't forget that you're dealing with a martial arts master."

"We're forgetting about the things we shouldn't be forgetting about!" Toon Link yelled.

Chris looked confused at him. "Um, how does that work, exactly?"

"We could stand here talking about my confusingly confusing comments or we could be fighting together against that super old Toad."

"...Are you saying it's my fault you're talking like this?"

"Yeah."

"Link!" Chris yelled annoyed.

"You 2, give me some help over here!" Pit yelled to the two as he back stepped from some triple kicks from the Master. "I-I can't handle him alone!" He then received a harsh blow on his gut. "U-ugh... I-I'm...done for..." Pit muttered as the Master pulled back his fist and let him fall down on the floor, loosing consciousness.

"P-Pit!" Chris, Toon Link, DK, Diddy, Olimar, Riolu, and Yoshi yelled.

The Master folded his arms behind his back and coughed a bit. "Well, it seems he lacked some more training," the Master commented.

After he said that, he looked a bit surprised to see that a divine light shone down on Pit, gently touching his back to make the image of some glowing wings appear and flutter a bit. The shining wings, however, disappeared, and Pit suddenly opened his eyes and slowly got up from the floor.

"W-what...just happened?" Pit asked confused. "I thought I was knocked out of cold..."

Diddy looked confused and tilted his head. "What did just happen? Why did that light appear out of nowhere?"

DK gasped and looked up at the ceiling. "A-are our guardian angels watching over us, perhaps? A-are they giving us their blessing?"

"If that were true, then we would have finished this fight a long time ago," Kawashima was heard saying from Chris's pocket. The professor sounded a bit bored at this as well. "Well, no. That wasn't the reason behind Pit's recovery. You see, Chris bought the 'Last Breath' ability, and it allows any Smasher to recover from getting knocked out in a fight. However, this ability recovers 50 percent of the health of any fainted Smasher."

Chris looked at his pocket. "So we can keep coming back until we finish the fight?"

"Sadly, no," Kawashima said. "This ability only works once with every single Smasher per fight. If Pit is knocked out again, then that's it for him and he will get knocked out for real this time. You better be careful because you don't want to rely on it that much."

"Impressive," the Master remarked as Pit rejoined with the other two. "You were prepared for this fight."

"(I'd say it was just luck I bought that ability before this day...)" Chris thought.

The Master coughed a bit. "Let us resume the match," he said before he ran towards the group.

And that's where panic once again took over all of them.

"We JUST have to do SOMETHING," Toon Link said in shock. "There's no unbeatable enemy out there and he's no different!"

"True," the Master commented.

"Y-you heard him out!"

Pit thought for a moment. "Maybe we should try to attack with different attacks like magic?"

"But then if you say that, that means I'm the only one who can attack with magic," Chris said. "...Then I should rely on magic while you 2 fight him?"

"Yes."

Without having second doubts, Chris changed to his Black Mage job. "Okay, magic user ready here," he said. "You 2 go forward and try your best to land some hits on him."

Pit looked at Toon Link. "Should we try a double attack?"

Toon Link looked worried before they all looked back at the Master about to reach them. "DISPERSE!" Toon Link yelled loudly, causing the trio to run at different directions before the Master could attack them.

Chris, being the only Black Mage of the group, ran to the farthest area so he could cast magic from afar. The World Traveler held his staff tightly with both hands and focused his magic. "Burn into greater ashes.... Fira!" he called out.

The Master found himself unable to dodge the attack as a burst of flames appeared and burned him greatly. The sensei of the Dojo shook his head at this attack...and went after Chris after. "If I let you attack from afar, I won't have many more chances to attack," the Master said.

Chris's yellow eyes widened in shock before he turned somewhere else and ran away from the Master. As the Master ran after Chris, Toon Link and Pit were chasing the Master from behind his back. "Hey you!" Toon Link yelled. "Don't forget about us!"

The Master stopped on his tracks and turned around to them. "I haven't forgotten you at all."

"That's good, because we want to see how you dodge this," Pit said.

The Master became wary about their movements. However, he then looked disappointed to see that the two swordsmen were doing a frontal attack on him. "Have you not learned your lesson yet?" he asked before rushing at them.

"(3...2...1...)" both Pit and Toon Link thought while they ran towards the Master. "GO!" they both yelled.

Just before the Master could send them a flying kick, both swordsmen rolled around the elder to perform a familiar attack in which they sliced the Master's back hard with an X-slash before turning back their blades to deal another X-slash. The Master grunted a bit in pain as he was sent rolling forward, but he quickly regained his composure and performed a flip to stand back up.

The Black Mage looked surprised at this. "T-that was the parry attack that I found with Link..." he muttered. "T-then the ability I bought from Master Hand does work..."

The Master coughed a bit and turned to the two swordsmen. "That was unexpected," he remarked. "I didn't expect a parried attack like that. I blame myself for not knowing that much about swordsmanship."

"Ooh, we have an advantage now," Toon Link said pleased.

Pit smiled a bit at him. "I have to say that it was good for us to perform that attack."

"However," the Master began as he ran to Pit, "can you perform it again before you're knocked out?"

The angel looked shocked before he quickly found himself being attacked by the Master. Pit had to block several kicks and fists from the elderly Toad before Toon Link reminded himself that he was close to him. The young swordsman went to attack the elder, but this was quickly interrupted after the Master sneaked a surprise fist attack at Pit's face. The angel, having been revived with only fifty percent of his health, grunted in pain as he back away, a hand trying to ease the pain on his face.

The Master did a back flip over a shocked Toon Link before landing behind him and use a strong palm attack on his back. Toon Link yelled in pain as he was sent rolling forward where he reached Pit.

"Fira!" called a familiar voice to burn the Master with another burst of fire.

The Master then fixed his gaze at the Black Mage on the upper left corner of the arena. The elder then decided to attack Chris to stop magic at once. Toon Link and Pit gasped before they both ran after the Master, a panicked Chris looking around to find a way to escape.

Riolu, having been interested in the fight, began to grow curious about fighting that he decided to climb down Yoshi's back and stand by his side. He looked down at his palms for a bit and thought about something that he would like to do while the battle kept going on.

The Master then turned around and quickly went after Pit. The angel didn't foresee that the elder would turn around and attack him, something that the elder Toad defined as a quick uppercut on Pit's chin. Toon Link gasped as Pit was sent up into the air before the Master jumped high and used a triple kick attack on the angel, the last kick pushing Pit away to the entrance's area. The young swordsman's, for his dismay, saw that Pit didn't get back up. "Pit!" Toon Link yelled.

"Sorry..." Pit muttered. "It was...just too much for me to handle..."

Chris looked worried at this. "(I don't think using healing magic would be good enough... The Master will probably try to stop me from using it, so...)" He forgot that they could rotate Smashers after DK went to pick up Pit to take him to the entrance's area. "U-um...Olimar, come here!"

Olimar looked up from his spot. "W-what? D-do I have to?"

Chris noticed that the Master was going after him. "YES!"

"O-okay..." Olimar shyly walked into the arena and plucked out a Blue Pikmin, a Red Pikmin, and a White Pikmin. Recalling that he just plucked out the Pikmins from the bare floor, the captain sighed. "Oh, this doesn't make any sense... I can pluck out Pikmins randomly from impossible places where they are..."

Once Olimar looked forward, he watched as Chris tried to run away from the Master while Toon Link gave chase to attack the elder Toad. It surely did look odd for him to see a teen running away from an old man that was being chased by a young teen.

The captain gulped and looked at his Pikmin. "Y-you need to give me your support, okay? A-and when I mean support, I mean you latching on the Master..."

The Pikmins looked at each other before they all went after the Master. As for Olimar, he just remained there as far away as he could be from the fight.

"...L-latch!" Olimar yelled. "B-beat him down!"

As Olimar issued orders, DK grunted a bit at this. "Olimar needs to get closer to fight."

"Meh, I saw a mile away he would stay away from getting hurt," Diddy said.

Back at the fight, unfortunately for Chris, he tripped and fell down on the floor. "H-HELP!" he yelled as the Master came closer to him.

Fortunately for Chris, the Master sidestepped from a boomerang that Toon Link tossed at him. Scrambling back to his feet, the World Traveler got up and took several steps away from the elder.

"I-I think it would be a good idea for me to change to a job I haven't used..." Chris muttered before he changed to his Fake King job. "Okay, dat oughta do it..."

...

"...What dah hell is wrong with mah speech?" Chris asked confused. "I'm talkin' as if I was that there blue penguin! ...W-what's wrong with me?!" he asked shocked. "I-I hate to talk like this!"

"Oh," Kawashima began, "it seems you have earned experience enough to start talking like King Dedede does, Chris."

"...WHAT?!"

"T-that's the truth," Kawashima said embarrassed. "You didn't expect that his manner of speech could be an ability, huh?"

"T-this is just some kinda joke, ain't it?" Chris asked in disbelief.

"Sadly, you'll have to abide by the rules."

"T-this sucks!" Chris complained angrily. "I-I don't wanna be talkin' like that fat dude!"

The World Traveler then felt that someone grabbed his robe from behind. In an instant, the hammer wielder yelped as the Master spun Chris above him and rammed him down on a running Toon Link, both Smashers yelling in pain. Right after Chris crashed down on Toon Link, Olimar's Pikmins came from behind them and they leaped to the elder Toad.

Unfortunately, the Master merely punched them away, instantly killing them off. The elder Toad coughed a bit and folded his arms behind his back. "Please do show some more strategies," he said as Chris and Toon Link got up from the floor, panting heavily. "I know there must be something in you that could change the tides of this battle. You haven't defeated all the enemies you've faced before without having a strategy."

"U-ugh..." Chris grunted in pain. "I-I bet dat there's some kinda strategy to beat dah guy..."

Toon Link stared at him with an odd look. "Chris...why are you talking like if you had some sort of weird accent?"

The fake king grunted annoyed at this. "I-I dunno! Dah job's dah one who's makin' me speak like this!"

"Creepy..." Toon Link commented before the two focused back to the Master rushinf directly at them. "W-we have to think of something!"

"Easier said than done!" Chris complained. "Y-ya better have a good plan or we can kiss our butts good bye!"

Toon Link stared at him.

"I-I don't normally say this, I swear!" Chris said in his defense.

"Prepare yourselves," the Master called out, his straight look freaking the two Smashers.

Chris gulped at this and readied his hammer. "I-I better do somethin' before we regret it..." he muttered. "Y-YIAH!" he yelled before he used a Super Dedede Jump to jump over the Master. "Heheheheheh!" Chris snickered in a weird manner. "Didn't expect dat, did y-"

And the fake king forgot the fact that the ceiling wasn't exactly that high, thus giving himself a good smack to his head. The World Traveler turned upside down and crashed right on the floor.

"O-owie..." Chris muttered in pain. "...Who put dat ceiling up there?" His look quickly turned shocked as he heard the footsteps of the Master going after him. "H-HELP!" he yelled.

"C-coming!" Toon Link yelled as he took out his Hookshot before he ran towards the Master. "(I-I know this didn't work before...but I better find out another use for this...)"

The young swordsman looked around before he glanced up at the wooden ceiling.

"...Wood..." Toon Link muttered before looking at his Hookshot. "My Hookshot can attach itself in wood..."

The fake king quickly got up and turned around in time to see the Master leaping at him, his small right foot with intentions to give Chris a triple kick on the face. "This shall be over soon..." the Master muttered.

However, before the Master could even land a hit on Chris's terrified look, Toon Link, hooking up his Hookshot on the wooden ceiling, leaped towards the Master and used the Hookshot's chain as a rope in order to reach him faster and slash him across from the left side, prompting the elder Toad to be pushed away to the floor. Chris watched surprised at Toon Link's quick thinking by the use of his Hookshot.

Toon Link chuckled as he spun around while keeping a tight grip on the Hookshot's handle. "You okay, Chris?" he asked.

Chris smiled. "O-of course I'm fine, thanks to ya."

The young swordsman kept spinning around a bit before he pulled back the chain back to the Hookshot. The two then looked back at the Master standing up by pushing his feet back up. "Nicely done," he remarked. "I'm sure I didn't expect such quick thinking."

Toon Link closed an eye and scratched his head a bit. "Pretty good, huh?"

"Yes, but will it be enough to make you win the fight?"

Toon Link and Chris gasped before the Master rushed towards them. Surprisingly, from behind the elder, Olimar came closer and tossed three Red Pikmins at the Master's back. The elder Toad was taken by surprise to this attack before the Pikmins began to smack him down everywhere. "T-take that!" Olimar yelled before he plucked out two Yellow Pikmins and a White Pikmin that he tossed them all at the struggling Toad. "A-and that!" Olimar added.

The previous two Smashers sighed in relief at Olimar's action before they looked serious at the Master. The two looked and nodded to each other before they went after the Toad, Chris pulling his hammer high up to begin charging the Jet Hammer. "Ya little toony swordsman, distract dah ol' dude!" Chris ordered. "P-please don't mind how I talk right now!"

Toon Link decided to ignore the weird speech as he ran to the Master. As the Toad managed to toss some Pikmins away, Toon Link saw the perfect opportunity to use his Hookshot. The young swordsman fired the blade to make it latch on the Master. The elder Toad gasped at this before Toon Link pulled the Master to him and rolled his back on the floor to push the Master away to Chris's direction.

"THERE!" Chris yelled as he did a hard swing to the Master's head. Thankfully, the attack was strong enough to send the Master away to the entrance's area, his body rolling recklessly on the floor before he stopped by using a flip to get back up to his feet. "Alrighty, dat's what I call a good smackin'!" he yelled before laughing loudly in an usual way, his hands resting on his hips.

Seeing Chris laughing like some maniac was surely a very strange sight for the rest of the Smashers. Toon Link and Olimar exchanged looks with each other while DK and Diddy did the same thing.

As for Riolu, the little creature looked happy at his trainer's happy mood, oblivious of the fact Chris had never laughed at an enemy like that before. Yoshi, however, looked a bit skeptical at this.

"You're starting to get livelier," the Master said. "It's good to see such a happy mood in battle. That usually boosts confidence in one's courage."

Chris stopped laughing and he grinned (which he had never done so much before). "Ya bet AM happy, ol' man!" he said before he looked shocked at what he had done and said. "...W-what's happenin' to mah speech?"

Yoshi looked confused at this. "Huh, weren't you noticing that you were talking like Dedede?"

Chris shook his head. "N-no, right after I used mah hammer...s-something kinda made me say those things...a-and I even grinned? ...W-what is wrong with this job?!" he asked terrified.

The Master blinked a few times before he shook his head. "It must be the use of the power you have on that form. It's clearly obvious that the person who was used to base your power surely did act in such a...unique manner."

"Can ya call this a unique manner?" Chris asked in disbelief.

"It...sure is unique around these parts..."

"..." Chris slapped his forehead and frowned at this.

"Let us continue the fight," the Master said before he charged towards Chris and gave him a harsh blow on the stomach. The fake king coughed weakly at this as he accidentally moved his head down, allowing the martial artist to hop a bit from the ground to do a flying spin kick to his face. The World Traveler yelped in pain as he rolled back recklessly before he stopped and started to pant heavily on the floor.

"Chris, be careful!" Kawashima yelled. "According to the new application you bought for me, which I'm very thankful about, you're at the verge of being taken out!"

"I-I know..." Chris muttered as he slowly pushed himself up. "B-but I'm not gonna let the ol' man own me dat badly agai-"

The World Traveler's comment was soon halted by a flying kick that the Master impacted on his face. Having enough of all the damage he had received, Chris's eyes spun a bit at this, and he fell down on his back, letting go of his hammer as he lost consciousness.

Riolu's tail pointed up in shock as he saw his trainer knocked out on the floor. "CHRIIIIIIIIIS!!!" he cried out loudly, Yoshi twitching a bit at the high-pitched scream.

Suddenly, the same divine light that had shone on Pit appeared on Chris and gently touched him. The light wings from before appeared on his back to flutter a bit on the sides before disappearing in spores of light, giving Chris another chance to fight in the battle.

Once Riolu blinked some tears away, he saw that his trainer moved his head up before he slowly got up. This sign made Riolu look surprised before he clapped his hands together with glee. "Chriiiiiiiiiiis!" he exclaimed happily.

"R-Riolu...I-I'm just fine..." Chris muttered with a sigh as he stood up. "I-I'm not gonna fall down to dah floor again!" he complained as he turned around...just to see the Master in the air about to give him a spin kick. "CRAP!" Chris yelped.

Fortunately for Chris, a chain of six Pikmins pushed the Master away in time. The World Traveler looked to his right where a gulping Olimar pulled back his Pikmins on the floor. "A-are you okay?" he asked. "I-I was conveniently standing close to you..."

"Olimar...thank ya..." Chris said in relief.

"...Thank 'ya' too..." Olimar said confused.

"The Over Limit gauge is ready," Kawashima said. "You may now use a Final Smash."

Toon Link gasped at this. "W-wait, let me use my Final Smash!" he said. "I-I want to call Gnome into battle!"

"O-oh, right," Olimar said. "You have that sticker..."

Toon Link coughed a bit before he used the Over Limit, instantly engulfing himself in a rainbow aura. The young swordsman put his sword across in front of him and closed his eyes to chant a spell while the Master ran after him. "I call upon the servant of Mother Earth!" he chanted loudly.

The Master suddenly found himself unable to move due to an earth glyph appearing under his feet. The elder Toad coughed a bit as he tried to escape from the glyph, but it was just too much for him to even move an inch from his spot. A bigger brown glyph appeared right around Toon Link's feet as he continued his spell. "I summon thee...come...Gnome!"

The Smashers looked up of the Master where they saw that smoke appeared, and from it appeared Gnome, flipping several times in the air as he fell down upon the elder Toad. "I'll...crush ya!" Gnome said happily before he crushed the Toad under his weight, creating a 4-way shockwave of stalagmites that spread around upon the Dojo. The attack itself, however, didn't cause any damages to the floor or the walls. The Summon Spirit of Earth playfully hopped on the spot he had fell on the Master before he turned at Toon Link, gave him a wink, then disappeared right after.

Toon Link chuckled. "I don't know why, but I think I'm going to use this attack more often."

The Master, lying down on the spot where Gnome had fell on him, slowly got up and shook his head. "Well done..." he muttered. "You're all full of surprises...but I can still hold my ground against all of you." He took a fighting stance. "Let us continue this battle."

Olimar couldn't believe that the elder Toad was able to fight back even after the big mole crushed him down. However, the captain did recall that the Master could run and even perform roundhouse kicks without showing traces of sweat. Shrugging at the thought, Olimar decided to attack the sensei with Pikmins trailing off from his back. "H-how can you still fight?" Olimar asked. "I-I thought you were retired."

The Master coughed and went after Olimar, making the captain make a sharp turn around and escape from him. "Years and years of training and meditation have allowed me to withstand my age," the Master explained. "This is the result you get for following the routine."

"(It must have been a bit boring to do all that...)" Olimar thought.

As the Master gave chase to Olimar, a determined Toon Link chased the old Toad from behind with a boomerang ready. As for Chris, his job didn't make him run all the fast with the big hammer he was carrying around. Before Toon Link could even throw his boomerang at the Toad, the Master stopped running after Olimar to perform a back flip and pass over the shocked swordsman. The Master then landed behind Toon Link and used a quick palm attack to his chest, delivering a strong blow that pushed Toon Link away.

It was made clear that Toon Link couldn't resist the attack for much longer since the same divine light shone on his back, prompting light wings to appear and flutter a bit on his back before disappearing. Soon, the young swordsman regained his senses and slowly pushed himself from the floor. "Uaaaaaaahh..." Toon Link sighed. "I better be more careful for those surprise attacks..."

"That would be a nice plan to do," the Master commented behind Toon Link.

The young swordsman yelped, turned around, and took several steps back to stay away from the Toad. The Hero of Winds then recalled that he had learned new abilities thanks to the stickers. "Piercing Claw!" Toon Link yelled as he raised his sword to the air. The blade of the sword then formed an iron drill that he quickly moved forward to the Master.

For Toon Link's dismay, the Master easily dodged the attack by taking a side step. Toon Link grunted at this and quickly made a sharp turn, the drill of his sword disappearing. "Charge!" he yelled, a force shield that formed in front of him to use a quick rushing attack with his sword to the elder Toad.

The Master couldn't evade the attack due to the fact the force shield reached him and made him get stunned for a split second, enough time for Toon Link to deliver a harsh slash attack. "Very good..." the Master muttered as he tumbled back a bit while Toon Link stepped away from him.

Before the Master could take a step forward, he dodged a Gordo bouncing to his way before it disappeared.

"Damn that ol' man!" Chris cursed. "He's movin' around like a sneaky rat with hyperactivity for nearby cheese!"

Olimar, being the one the farthest away from the Master, rubbed his helmet as he tried to think of an attack. "I know latching you 6 on him is going to look stale..." he muttered to his six Pikmins. "...But I have to fight...even though I didn't want to be a fighter at all..."

The captain resolved himself to run towards the Master while Toon Link used his shield to block the fist attacks of the elder Toad. Eventually, Toon Link's shield was moved away, allowing the Master to deal several fists attacks to his waist. The young swordsman coughed weakly as he clutched himself in pain before the Master hopped a bit to do a spin kick to his face, making Toon Link lose the last of his breath as he rolled back and fainted, face lying on the floor. "Sorry...you guys..." he muttered before falling unconscious.

"L-Link!" Chris yelled as a scared Olimar reached a point where he could toss three Pikmins to the Master.

"Coming!" DK yelled as he ran around the right wall and went to pick the fainted Toon Link.  The Kong reached for the small swordsman to put him on his back before walking away.

For Olimar's dismay, the Master easily punched away the three Pikmins he had tossed to him. The Hocotate employee gulped as he glanced as his Yellow, White, and Red Pikmins, all of them trembling in fear. "I-I know it's very likely that you're going to be taken out that..."

His Pikmins blinked in shock at this statement that they, as odd as it sounded, burrowed themselves back to the floor and disappeared.

"..." Olimar's eyes opened in bewilderment after he saw that his very own Pikmins retreated by their own. It looked even more bizarre when they had burrowed to the floor and didn't leave traces of dirt or crumbles of wood. The captain began to question the physics of the universe he was in before he shrugged the thought away. "...T-they could do that?" Olimar asked utterly confused.

Thanks to this distraction, Olimar was pushed away by a palm attack on his back from the Master. The captain went stumbling on the floor before he fell down and moaned in pain.

Chris looked over at DK and Diddy. "Hey, ya big ape, c'mere and fight already!"

DK blinked surprised before he cheered a bit at this and ran into the arena to assist the team while Diddy kept looking after Pit and Toon Link.

Chris had enough of the Fake King job's weird accent that he decided to change to his Monk job. "Phew... This is much better..." he muttered as DK ran to his side. "Honestly speaking, I like to talk like I usually do because I'm not that used to change speeches..."

"Ooh, I know," DK said. "You were so out of it just now."

The World Traveler stiffled a small nervous chuckle before he looked at his claws. Chris noticed that he was wearing two familiar claws: the Ice Claw on his right hand, and the Lightning Claw on the left hand. "These claws..."

DK looked at the claws. "What about them?"

While Olimar kept tossing Pikmins wildly at the Master, every Pikmin having the unfortunate result of dying by a single fist, the World Traveler remembered something about the claws. "These claws were given to me by Yang when I was in Baron in another world... I thought these were going to turn into stickers but they didn't... Why?"

Kawashima coughed. "It looked like your job was...kind of incomplete."

"What do you mean by that? (Olimar: K-keep him away from getting closer to me! O-oh my god, my Pikmins, they're all dying so fast!) My job was incomplete?"

"To be honest...it lacked its weaponry," Kawashima explained. "Master Hand forgot that part, and thus you didn't get the full extent of your power. However, once you obtained those claws, they became part of the job to fill in the gaps."

Chris sighed annoyed. "So Master Hand screwed this job?"

"...People tend to forget even what matters the most."

DK chuckled. "Hey, at least you pulled through it."

Chris rolled his eyes. "Sure, I pulled through all the battles because I didn't even use this one that much. (Olimar: H-hey, guys, can you give me a hand here? M-my goodness, h-he's getting closer!) Thankfully, I'm going to use right now."

DK looked serious with a grin. "That job gives you more power, and I don't like to brag much but I do have a lot of strength."

"What do you mean?"

DK began to punch the air boxing style. "You and I are going to beat that old man down with brute strength. If he doesn't go down, then we're gonna have to keep trying until he DOES go down."

Chris looked at the very enthusiastic look that DK had. The World Traveler began to think that DK, even though being more of a muscle brain, was energetic about almost everything. In fact, DK even liked the fight, showing some enthusiasm that made Chris smile a bit. "...I think we can actually pull it off."

DK stopped punching the air and he looked at Chris, showing his teeth a bit. "You gotta think about good stuff so you don't feel so down. (Olimar: Oh my god, he's so close! M-my Pikmins, t-they're dying too much!) That way, you get to enjoy what you do."

"(Heheh, I guess I'll just have to be as optimistic as you.)"

"(Yep, that's how you need to do it.)"

"(But I really dislike the idea to fight...)"

"(Pfft, what can you do?)"

"(Nothing...for now, I think...)"

"(Good, good... Well, now that you're looking better...can you explain me why everyone froze around us?)"

The World Traveler ignored that the two of them were talking through the same way when anyone and Chris would obtain a new CFS. Around them, everyone and everything froze into place, and they couldn't even move as well. Chris gasped a bit at this that he could right away that he had found a new CFS. "(D-DK, you're the next one to get a new CFS!)"

"(...Huh? Really? Is it my turn?)" DK asked surprised. "(Ooh, this weird feeling feels...weird...)"

"(...That weird comment aside...the Monk job...the job is the one compatible with you.)"

"(No wonder why I felt that energetic around you.)"

"(W-well, wasn't it because I started to talk?)"

"(Aww, man, I thought it was because of that!)"

"(...DK, I think you're being a little bit helpless if I'm not using the Monk job. You're...just itching to pummel enemies down today more than usual, that's why...)"

"(...Is that it?)"

Chris sighed mentally. "(Yes, you're really wanting to punch someone today that you think you HAVE to do it out or urge...)"

"(Well...if that's true...can I punch you then?)"

"(N-no, that's not what I meant!)" Chris yelled. "(B-besides, would you ever bring yourself to punch me?)"

"(Er...no...you're a buddy to me like Diddy.)"

"(...I seriously feel a bit of pity for Diddy for having to hang out with you sometimes...)" Chris muttered.

"(What was that?)"

"(U-um, DK, l-let's stop talking now and use our CFS on the Master! W-we have to see if we can defeat him with this one!)"

"(You know, I think I'm feeling the urge of punching someone now. It's just like you said.)"

"(...Please tell me you're not talking about me...)"

"(It could be you if you keep talking.)"

"(Oh, well, let's do this... Wait just a minute, am I the one talking too much here?)"

"(Yeah, you're talking so much that you're keeping me from using my new CFS!)"

"(Y-you hypocrite, I-I...I-I... Oh, screw it already!)" Chris gave up before time began to move on again. "DK, prepare yourself!"

DK smacked his fists together and chuckled deeply. "Yeah, now we're talking my way..."

Chris looked miffed and annoyed at the ape. "(I swear that he can scare me really badly with those straight comments of his...)"

Olimar gulped in fear as the Master reached for him and lashed him down on the floor. The captain yelped loudly in pain before he was tossed away to the left wall where he bounced off from the wall and fell down on the floor, moaning a bit in pain. "You gave a decent encounter, but you can do better if you put your mind into it."

Olimar slowly pushed himself back to his feet and shrugged. "I-I'm hurt...b-but...maybe I can fight..."

"Have confidence in yourself," the Master said. "However, having overconfidence can lead to very disastrous results such as...death."

The Hocotate employee's eyes opened in shock. "I-I'll just have confidence..." he muttered.

"Good choice," the Master said. "Now, can you uphold to that vow in this match?"

Olimar scrambled around to take out three Blue Pikmins, one Purple Pikmin, and two White Pikmins. The Smasher then began to toss the Pikmins wildly at the Master's direction, but the constant repetition of the attack made the Master very wary that he easily used several spin kicks to kick them away to their demises. Seeing this fast yet cruelsome result only made Olimar sniff sadly as he saw the ghosts of the Pikmins disappearing in the air.

"Losing confidence?" the Master asked.

Olimar nodded a few times. "H-how can I keep my confidence like that if all my Pikmins are getting themselves killed against you?"

"You don't have another way to attack?"

'N-no, I rely on my Pikmins to do the fighting..." Olimar muttered. "I need to send them to battle...but I-I just can't stand watching them die so easily. T-they used to survive for a longer period of time for simpler tasks...b-but not fighting..."

The Master closed his eyes. "Your case carries the burden of their sacrifices."

"Y-yes..."

"You're very fond of them, yet you toss them at your enemies. You wish they could live longer, but they can't survive through harsh ordeals..." He opened his eyes and nodded at Olimar. "You're probably forever locked into using that strategy to keep yourself alive. Without you, they wouldn't have someone to listen to."

Olimar sighed. "I know... I don't have another way, though..."

"Maybe if you struggled, you could find out another way..."

"...Can I?"

"Yes, but today is not the time," the Master said before he began to rush at Olimar. "Today is the day where you will have to think of the best solutions to defeat me."

Olimar yelped at this and quickly turned around to run away from the sensei.

"And one day, soon, you will stop from running awa-"

"Hammer of Might!"

The Master was interrupted by a yell and a impacting force on the floor that reached his feet and made him go to the air where he flipped and landed back on his feet. The Master looked back to see DK landing back on the floor with tight fists ready. "It was reckless of me in forgetting about you," the Master said.

DK grinned. "Liked my new attack? I just LOVE smackin' people around when I have an excuse like this fight."

The Master frowned. "You, my friend, need to change that attitude of beating people for joy. If you keep going like that, you will eventually start to bully your friends, and you will laugh at what you do to them."

DK looked confused. "I can turn into a bully?"

"It's one of the many reasons that power should be used for better goals than using it on the people you care the most," the Master said. "Would you use your imposing figure to take advantage of others and hurt their self-esteem?"

"I-I..."

"Would you?" the Master asked. "Why not keep that strength from hurting people? Why not just ignore it altogether and be a normal person?"

"H-hmm..."

"Even the smallest of people take advantage of bigger people," the Master said. "That is still a sad thing to see, in my point of view."

DK looked away worried.

"I hope that gives you an insight of what you should do for the best. I'm only trying to keep a good sense of trust between you and your companions. Don't take this as some sort of offense to you."

The Kong nodded a bit at this and looked back at the Master. "T-thanks, mister..." he said embarrassed.

"I'm glad to provide you with this advice," the Master said. "Now, let's resume the battle where we left on."

Chris appeared from behind DK. "DK, I thought we were going to use our you-know-what after you used Hammer of Might."

DK gasped and looked at him. "I-I was going to but he started talking about strength and stuff..."

"At least I gave him good tips," the Master said. "However, that aside, I'm intrigued to see what you 2 want to show me..." He thought for a moment. "I wonder what it is..."

"DK, HE'S WONDERING WHAT WE'RE GOING TO DO TO HIM! ATTACK!" Chris suddenly yelled before the two quickly reached for the Master. The elder Toad looked a bit susprised at this as DK grabbed him from both sides and tossed him up. The two physical fighters quickly took positions by standing by each side where the Master was about to fall.

DK and Chris pulled back their fists. "3, 2, 1," DK counted down.

"Go!" Chris yelled.

"HAAAAA!!!" they both yelled as they began to send a flurry of upwards fists to the Master. The elder Toad couldn't move from his spot in time before the quick barrage of fists began to hit most parts of his body, prompting him to spin madly in the air. Everyone watched as the two seemed to be sending a blinding flurry of attacks to the Toad.

After sending their punches, the Master kept spinning in the air before DK leaped high up, joined his hands together behind his back, and rammed them down hard on the Master. "One more..." DK muttered as the Master was sent down to the floor.

"...for you to stop!" Chris finished as he swiftly did a quick turn and delivered a hard spin kick on the Master. The elder Toad grunted in pain as he was sent to the north area of the arena while he bounced several times on the ground and stopped sliding on the floor.

DK landed back on the floor and high fived with Chris.

New ability learned! Beat of the Jungle!

One target is thrown high up for 2 users to deliver a flurry of fast punches. After that, both users perform individual attacks to add more damage. Deals great damage to a single enemy.

Jinx, having seen the Master being knocked out very close to him, nodded in surprise. "That was a nice move," he remarked. "Can you still fight, though?"

The Master slowly got up from the floor and looked at him. "I'm reaching my limits now...but would it be wise to keep fighting?"

"That's for you to decide," Jinx said. "It's not my place to tell you what."

"I thought your advice would have sounded nice to hear...but...I'll continue," the Master said before he rushed towards the duo.

Chris watched surprised as the Master went after them. "W-what? Is not enough yet?" he askedin disbelief.

DK gasped and quickly put himself in front of Chris. "Stay back and leave him to me!" DK said.

"What? Can you handle him solo?"

This little distraction was enough for the Master to jump over DK and go towards Chris. The monk got a shocked look before the Master delivered a donwward kick to his face followed up by some palm attacks on his chest. Chris tumbled back weakly as he began to pant heavily before the Master leaped at him and delivered a flying kick to his gut. The World Traveler then was sent bouncing along the floor before he fainted close to where Yoshi and shocked Riolu were. "And...here I thought I was about to...ugh..." Chris muttered.

"C-CHRIIIIIIIIIIS!!!" Riolu cried out before he jumped off from Yoshi's back and went to see his downed trainer. "W-wake up, Chris, wake up!"

Yoshi got up from his spot and went over to check on Chris. "Riolu, don't worry... Chris is just fainted. He's going to wake up in a bit."

Riolu sniffed a bit and looked up at Yoshi. "R-really?"

"Yes," Yoshi said. "Let him rest for a while."

Riolu looked back at the painful expression of his trainer. The Emanation Pokémon looked worried at this as he kept staring at Chris. "(...Maybe...this wouldn't have happened if...)" He looked at his hands. "(...)"

Yoshi blinked a few times at this as Diddy made his way to the match.

The Master coughed a few times before turning to an angry DK. "I don't have much energies left...but I shall keep fighting until someone is defeated."

DK cracked his fists a bit. "You're gonna pay for taking Chris out like that," he said before he jumped high into the air while pulling his fists back. "Get this!"

The Master quickly rushed away from a Hammer of Might attack from DK. However, when the Master side stepped away, a Purple Pikmin was flung to his head, making him lose his balance and fall down before the Purple Pikmin walked back to a gulping Olimar. "I-I can do this... Maybe I can pull this off..." he muttered to his Purple Pikmin.

As the Master got up, Diddy came in and used Monkey Flip to latch himself on the Master's head. The spider monkey then began to smack the Master hard over all parts of his heads before the sensei grabbed him and tossed him away to the right where DK quickly reached for Diddy and caught him on his hands.

Next, Olimar rushed to the Master and used the sole Purple Pikmin as his weapon (as much as Olimar pained to hear) by smacking it hard on the Master. The sensei of the Dojo did some back flips to escape from the Hocotate employee just to be attacked by DK's Hammer of Might right on the very spot of the attack, making the Master bounce to the air in pain.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 14, 2010, 12:13:10 PM
While the Master bounced to the air in pain, Diddy came back and used a quick Rocketbarrel Boost to slam himself hard on the Master's back. Before the Master could even regain control, Olimar decided to attack once more by jumping to the air and toss his heavy Purple Pikmin right on him.

Music stops

"Re...markable...all of you..." the Master muttered.

And then, the Master fell down on the floor, panting heavily before he fainted.

The Smashers gasped after they saw that the Master didn't move anymore from his spot. Olimar, DK, and Diddy all looked shocked to each other at this, and they didn't think that they would actually defeat the Master.

Jinx, together with the weakened Lee, Chan, and Jagger, watched this from his seat before he stood up and raised his right hand. "That is enough for now," he said. "The winners of this match are the Smashers."

"..." Diddy smiled a bit at this and looked at a happy DK. "We did it...we did it!"

"Yeah, we did it!" DK said before the two high-fived each other.

Olimar sighed in relief and sat down on the floor with his Purple Pikmin. "Phew...that's over..." he muttered. "...Thanks for helping," he said to his Purple Pikmin, who in turn tilted his head.

Yoshi sighed at this and looked at Riolu, who was still looking at his trainer. "Riolu, the fight's over," he said.

"Riiiii..." Riolu muttered as he looked down at his trainer.

However, Riolu blinked some tears away as he watched his trainer's right hand twitching a bit. Soon, he saw that Chris slowly woke up from the floor and looked up at Riolu. "Riolu...I'm...just fine...see?" he said, giving Riolu a small smile.

Riolu sniffed a bit at this before he dropped to his knees and lied close to Chris, his blue tail wagging at the sides. "Chriiiiiiiiis!" Riolu exclaimed happily before he hugged his trainer.

Chris chuckled heartily at this before Riolu began to lick his face. The World Traveler embraced his Riolu before he looked up at Yoshi, who smiled a bit at this and nodded at him.

Some minutes later...

The Smashers (Pit and Toon Link having regained consciousness back) were standing in front of the five members of the Dojo while the Master had an ice bag on top of his head. "Congratulations," the Master said. "You have won the match against me."

Toon Link sighed. "You sure hold many surprises for a guy your age..."

"It's my routine that allows me to be like this," the Master explained. "However, I don't want to talk more about that."

Pit looked a bit worried. "Is...something else that you want to say?"

The Master nodded. "In recognition for your efforts to take me down, after seeing all of you work together as a team despite the big differences that each one of you have with each other..." he took out a badge from his back with a silver ring and a red '64' imprinted in the front, "I would like you to have this."

The Smashers stared at the small badge. "What's this?" Yoshi asked.

"This is a badge that proves that you have beaten the Master," Jinx said. "Not only it is a diploma of the sorts...but it also gives all of you a very useful ability."

"That badge gives us an ability?" Olimar asked.

"Yes," the Master said. "Once you grab this badge, it's going to double your strength."

The Smashers looked a bit surprised at this. "This...badge does what?" DK asked surprised.

The Master closed his eyes. "This special badge doubles all of your team's strength, vitality, defense, magic attack, magic defense, and luck in giving strong hits. It will only raise your base attributes, though. It won't raise those extra attributes you receive from the equipment you have."

Chris looked surprised at the badge, but after he recalled the Master's words, he looked away worried.

Diddy took a closer look at the badge. "How did you get to do this?"

"We were able to create this through intense hours of meditation to channel vital energy and dexterity into this material," Jinx explained. "We've been trying so hard that all of us had to work together and produce this."

The Master coughed. "And this badge is only destined to be used by your hands. It was meant for you to use it."

"...But..." Chris trailed off, "...that's going to make us stronger...right?"

The Master opened his eyes. "Ah, you're worried about the talk I gave you a few weeks ago, right?"

Chris looked back at him. "Yes... After you said that the badge is going to increase our strength...well...it's going to..."

The Master shook his head. "Do not think such a thing will happen."

"W-what?"

The Master nodded. "You're not going to become corrupted with power because of the badge. Besides, if you think again, why would we go ahead and put the very same world we live in danger through giving this to you? It wouldn't make sense, would it?"

"...No..."

Jinx cleared his throat a bit. "You gained this through hard effort, you know."

The World Traveler looked a bit surprised at this. "W-well, we did fight hard to win..."

"Hard effort should be rewarded for those who put their minds into what they want to achieve without having to cheat," Jinx said. "You have done this flawlessly."

"And in recognition for your hard efforts, you shall have this with you," the Master added as he moved his hand with the badge forward. "Please, take it. We know what we're doing."

Toon Link approached to the badge and stared at it. "Once we take it...will it make us stronger?"

"Yes."

"..." The Hero of Winds gulped a bit and slowly reached for the badge. He stopped right before grabbing to think about the effects. The young swordsman closed his eyes and quickly grabbed the badge, waiting for the effects to take place as everyone else did the same.

Obtained 64 Badge!

A vital energy-infused badge that doubles the base strength, vitality, defense, magic attack, magic defense, and luck of all party members.

...

At first, none of them felt anything in particular. They just looked confused at the five members of the Dojo.

"What is it?" Jinx asked. "Your power has doubled."

"But...that's it?" DK asked. "No swelling, no tickling, no grumbles inside stomachs, nothing at all?"

"What, did you really think you were actually going to feel anything?" Lee asked.

"Why should you feel the power?" Chan asked.

"It sounds so wrong to feel the power because it might sound perverted," Jagger said.

Jinx shook his head. "Your power DID double, but we removed the part where you feel it."

"What? That should have been nice..." DK muttered.

The Master shook his head. "Believe me; there are foolish people who, as soon as they feel that their power have doubled, want to test it out on some unfortunate living being or object just to show off," he explained. "We wanted to make the effect like this so none of you would "give it a try" on something or someone."

"Besides, feeling stimulates people to do all sorts of crazy things," Jinx said. "Some of which...we don't want to refer to."

Olimar sighed in relief. "O-oh, I think that was a good choice..."

The World Traveler looked at his Riolu before he gasped. "W-wait, if our power did double...then...wouldn't that mean..."

Chris imagined the devastating attack Lucario had used weeks ago. However, this time, he thought that the attack would grow immensely dangerous in size as it took a much greater expanse of land, and it didn't let anything get alive. He imagined that the attack would completely obliterate anything and anyone except for Lucario.

"..." Chris looked worried at this. "...We...just made everything..."

"Of course, we took all precautions," the Master interrupted.

The World Traveler looked at him. "What?"

"We didn't even think about making your attacks much bigger," Jinx said. "To the contrary, we just intensified them in damage, not magnitude."

"If we did otherwise, we would've done a big mistake," the Master said. "We do our best to maintain a balanced level in power. We know that it would be very good to have a bigger magnitude, but it would also be a bad idea."

"You guys seriously want to destroy everything with the opponent you want to defeat?" Lee asked. "You must be out of your heads if you're thinking that."

"In a few words, your attacks can deal more damage besides your attributes doubling as well, but just that," Jinx said. "You don't have to worry about anything else."

The World Traveler took another look at his Riolu before he chuckled at him and looked back at the Master. "...Thank you for everything..." he said.

The five members nodded at them. "This was for the best," the Master said. "You are the only ones who can vanquish the menace that threatens all the worlds out there. We're just trying to give you some advice before you do something very reckless."

"And giving you a helping hand whenever you find yourself in trouble," Jinx said.

Pit smiled a bit at this. "We're thankful for your help."

"You can always come back here and train some more," Chan said. "I'm sure the Master and Jinx will have new challenges for you to face."

Jinx nodded. "You can achieve even more here...but now it's not the time. You need to gain even more experience in battles before you take another step further to improvement as a group."

Toon Link looked at the 64 Badge. "You mean to say...there are more stuff you can give us?"

"We could give it to you...but that would be cheating without using effort," Jinx explained. "You have to do more effort before you can do the next challenge here."

The Master nodded. "Until then, please do take care of each one of you," he said. "You're the first group of people who had showed partnership and an indomitable devotion to protect anyone, even yourselves."

Chris looked relieved at this and he and the Smashers bowed to the members. "Thank you so much for everything."

"You guys are something to defeat the Master," Lee said. "However, it won't be easy the next time so you better be even more prepared to what's to come to your way."

DK gulped. "Y-you mean we can challenge this place again and fight another harder battle?"

"Yes," the Master said. "For now, I need to take a rest."

Pit looked at the badge. "Why does it have the 64 number on it, though?"

"That is because we thought about giving it some kind of special reference to the very same tournament Mario assisted a long time ago," the Master said. "We decided to name the badge after the first tournament. We know it didn't have 64, but it did sort of alluded the number..."

"...I...see..." Pit muttered.

Chris looked at Riolu, who in turn looked up at him. "Well, I guess we should go back to the mansion now."

Riolu blinked a few times at this before he looked at his hands and began to punch the air in front of him. "Ri, ri, ri, ri ri, ri," he said several times as he punched the air.

The Smashers looked a bit amused at this sudden display of a small training. "Riolu, what's up with you now?" Diddy asked. "You want to train or what?"

Yoshi chuckled at this and walked by Riolu's side. The Emanation Pokémon stopped punching the air and looked up at him. "Okay, you want to play a battle? I'll be your opponent," he said before he fakely punched the air in front of Riolu. "C'mon, give me your best punch."

Olimar tilted his head at this. "Yoshi, why are you..."

Yoshi looked at him and looked happy. "I like babies. I like to play with them a lot."

"But Riolu is no longer a baby," Chris said. "He's a young kid."

Yoshi rolled his eyes. "Well, I did raise him when he was a baby."

"Thanks to you sneaking into Peach's room just to take him away from her," Chris added annoyed.

"Hey, Riolu likes me," Yoshi said before looking back at Riolu. "Isn't that right, Riolu?"

Riolu stared at Yoshi before he looked serious and preapred a single palm to use an attack at Yoshi. The Yoshi saw as Riolu's right palm glowed brightly before Riolu thrust it on his stomach.

Yoshi's eyes looked forward in shock before some sparks radiated from his body, prompting him to fall on his back, stunned.

"Riiiiiiii..." Riolu muttered as he made a small glare at Yoshi.

"...G-good...boy..." Yoshi muttered as sparks flew out from his body. "O-ouch...h-he has a killer punch..."

The Smashers looked shocked (no pun intended) at this before looking back at Riolu. "R-Riolu, you didn't have to use Force Palm on Yoshi!" Chris said in disbelief. "S-say sorry to Yoshi right now!"

Unfortunately, Riolu didn't listen to Chris before, surprisingly enough, the Emanation Pokémon flexed down his arms and let out a fierce cry to the ceiling. "Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!"

And then, it occured...

The Smashers gasped once Riolu began to glow brightly in a sparkling light. The members of the Dojo, being the ones that were sitting in front of the small creature, watched a bit surprised at this event. "W-what is he doing?" Toon Link asked.

"H-he's going to explode!" Olimar yelled.

"N-no!" DK yelled. "Riolu's evolving!"

"W-what?" Chris asked in shock. "H-he's evolving to Lucario now?"

"Well, wasn't that his evolution?" DK asked.

"B-but...I-I don't know if Riolu should evolve now!" Chris yelled before looking back at the glowing Riolu. "H-how did he need just a punch to Yoshi just to evolve, anyway?"

The World Traveler quickly recalled that the only way that Riolus could evolve into Lucarios were the fact that their evolution was based entirely on the friendship with the trainer. Chris knew very well that it was obvious that Riolu liked him very much, and he presumed that Riolu would evolve very quickly in a short period of time.

Of course, damaging Yoshi wasn't expected...

But back on the matter, Chris tried to think if he should just let Riolu evolve...or stop him so he could enjoy his childhood some more as Lucario had requested...

Then, the decision came...

"RIOLU, STOP EVOLVING!" Chris yelled loudly.

Riolu's glowing image suddenly looked at Chris before the image began to stifle some grunting sounds of pain. Soon, Chris saw that Riolu's glowing form stopped shining, and the Emanation Pokémon dropped weakly on his knees and panted heavily. "R-riiii..." Riolu muttered.

"Riolu!" Chris yelled before he went to grab his Riolu in his arms. "Oh my god, are you okay?"

"Ri-ri..." Riolu coughed a bit before looking up worried at Chris. "Riiiii..."

"I-I'm sorry...b-but...I-I'm just a bit unsure if you should evolve right now..."

"Why?" Toon Link asked. "Why don't you want him to evolve into Lucario?"

Chris turned to the Smashers. "W-well...the thing is that Lucario wanted to enjoy his childhood as long as he could...so I agreed with him..."

Riolu looked confused at the mention of his older form. He remained listening to the conversation.

"B-but...is it...really the time now?" Chris asked. "It's been a long time after I got Riolu..."

"Pardon me for interrupting," the Master began, "but is there something you would like to get help?"

Chris turned to the Master. "...No...everything's okay..." Chris said. "We don't want you to get involved in almost everything we do...n-no offense, of course..."

"None taken," the Master said.

Yoshi slowly sat up and shook his head. "So...he just needed to punch me to evolve? T-that's kind of...just too much..."

Toon Link chuckled. "That's what you get for sneaking him out when it's not the time for you to take care of him."

More sparks flew out from Yoshi before he looked annoyed at him. "O-oh, you shut up..."

Chris looked back at the Master. "If...you'd excuse us..." Chris muttered before he turned to the exit's direction with the Smashers, an exhausted Riolu sighing weakly to himself after having to halt his evolution.

As the Smashers walked to the exit, DK walked close to Chris. "You sure you don't want Riolu to evolve just yet?"

Chris looked away as he held Riolu on his arms. "I...need to think more..." he muttered.

"Hmmmm..." DK grumbled a bit before the group left the Dojo.

The five sole figures of the Dojo looked at each other before Jagger spoke. "Sensei, are you sure we're not putting a lot of stress on them?" he asked. "I mean, I've heard from you that they're trying to stop that so-called menace...but..."

Jinx nodded. "I know what we're doing with them," he said. "Trust me, Jagger."

"If...you say so..." Jagger muttered.

"You don't worry," Chan said. "Those guys are something to be recognized."

"Yeah," Lee said. "Let's put faith in our senseis' words. They know what they're doing...unless you doubt Jinx."

Jagger gasped. "N-no, I-I don't doubt Jinxat all!"

The Master sighed. "(We shall see how they come along in their long journey... Their progress is something I'm going to be looking forward to.)"

December 15 - Monday - Morning

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Days passed after the fight at the Dojo. By now, the Smash Mansion was already prepared for the Christmas season. In the main lobby, a huge tree pine of 25-feet tall of height stood proudly, the tip wig touching gently the ceiling as glittering lights sparkled and blinked several times around the braches of the tree. Underneath the tree, there were rows and rows of presents carefully wrapped in nice-looking wrappers with all sorts of different names on the tags.

From the left side, a curious Riolu walked to the tree and looked down at a present that had his name on the tag by Pikachu's name. The Emanation Pokémon looked happy and wagged his tail at the sides.

Chris (in his Hacker job) came behind him and chuckled. "You're very happy today, aren't you?"

"Riii!" Riolu said happily as he grabbed the present and showed it to Chris.

"Oh no, no, no, no, put it back," Chris said. "Christmas is almost here, but you need to wait some days before you get to open your presents."

Riolu looked down sadly and returned the gift to its spot. "Riiii..."

Chris smiled nervously at this while he ducked down and rubbed Riolu's head. The World Traveler glanced to the presents and spotted the names of Tiny, Penny, and Medli between other names. "I did hear that the musicians were going to celebrate Christmas as well..." Chris muttered while, from behind him, Lanky climbed up the stairs, holding a bag with some things that he wanted to wrap up inside boxes as he went up through more stairs.

"Riiii," Riolu said as he turned around and looked up at his trainer.

Chris grabbed Riolu on his arms and gently rubbed his chin. "Try to look happy, Riolu. You woke me up this morning because you started bouncing around all over the big bed."

"Ri, ri, ri," Riolu chuckled happily.

"And then you were shouting out while you were taking a bath," Chris said. "My god, you grew up so soon for having to take a shower by yourself."

"Riiiii."

"You're just so full of surprises," Chris said before he and Riolu hugged each other tightly. "I'm so glad you learn so fast..."

Riolu chuckled at this before he began to lick Chris's face. The World Traveler laughed together with Riolu before Crazy Hand appeared from above the tree and went down to see them. "Hey, you 2, 's up?"

The two looked at him. "Oh, hi...Crazy Hand..."

It was weird for Chris to have a conversation with the insane brother of Master Hand.

...Thinking again, Chris had never spoken to Crazy Hand in solitude.

"Whatcha doing?" Crazy Hand asked. "Ooh, ooh, thinking about what to give me?"

"...I-"

"BWAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAA!!!" Crazy Hand suddenly burst out crying loudly.

Riolu covered his ears while Chris twitched a bit at this. "N-no, please, stop crying like that!" Chris yelled. "(Okay, I haven't even decided yet to get a fifth person to give a present...maybe...I could give one to him... But then, what does he want?)"

Chris stared at Crazy Hand.

"(...Anything he considers fun...)" Chris thought. "I-I'll get you a present if you stop crying!"

Crazy Hand instantly stopped crying. "Oh, okay, that makes me feel better."

"Riiii...." Riolu uncovered his ears.

"Nice of you to do that," Crazy Hand said. "Here I thought nobody was going to give me a gift... Well, Luigi's giving me one and I'm wondering if it's a doll. I like to play like I'm a girl who voices dolls. I call it the Girl Doll Game. Wanna play with me when I get doolls?"

Chris looked unsure at the idea. "...I-I'll...think about it..."

"Awesome!"

"(When I mean that, I mean forget it...)" Chris shook his head and recalled something important. "Oh, Crazy Hand, I actually wanted to see you for something."

"No, you can't see what I have inside my wrist," Crazy Hand said. "I know it's the best place to hide but there are limits, y'know."

"I-I wasn't talking about that," Chris said before he put Riolu down and took out a bag with five Gold Bars. "Can I sell these to you?"

Crazy Hand gasped at the sight of the Gold Bars. "H-HOLY MOTHER GOLLY!" he yelled surprised. "120 percent real gold chocolate bars!"

"..." Chris shifted his eyes between the hand at the bars. "T-these are not chocolate covered in wrap-"

"Okay, how much do you want for the chocolate bars?"

"But these are no-"

It was either correct Crazy Hand's belief or stay silent. Chris figured out that arguing with Crazy Hand would surely make him get blasted away out of stupidity.

"...Yes, these are chocolate bars wrapped in golden wrappers," Chris said, Riolu giving him an odd look.

"Hmm-hm! Alright, lemme think," Crazy Hand said before he turned away and quickly turned back to Chris. "How 'bout 3500 Smash Coins each?"

"Hmm...that sounds very good to me," Chris said.

"Deal!" Crazy Hand said before he snapped his fingers and produced a bag with 17500 Smash Coins, and the hand instantly took the bars away from Chris's hands. The World Traveler took the bag (increasing his money count to 19101 Smash Coins) and looked at the giggling Crazy Hand.

"Oh gosh, this is like the best day after the day I made a party at the Electroplankton stage..." The hand looked inside the bag before he seemed to look confused. "Hey, what's this?" He took out what looked to be some sort of recipe. "A...Mada Mishboom...recipe?"

Chris recalled. "Oh, that's...a Mega Mushroom Recipe," he said.

"Oh, oh, sorry, I-I failed my reading test when I was a finger."

"...You were...what?"

"Mega Mushroom Recipe, huh?" the insane hand said. "Where'd you get this?"

"(Wait, is he trying to evade about why I asked?)" Chris thought. "(...Never mind...)" he thought with a mental sigh. "I...got the recipe for working at the restaurant. The chefs there told me that I could make Mega Mushrooms with the recipe...but...I simply don't understand how they make them...even if there are instructions..."

Crazy Hand stared at the paper. "...Chris..."

"Yes?"

"You just made my IQ thingy much smarter...whatever IQ means, anyway," Crazy Hand said. "Why, this note thing is going to let me suggest something very nice to Master Hand!"

"What do you mean by that?"

"Oh ho ho ho, you'll see soon enough," the hand said. "For now, I'll keep this recipe with me with the chocolate bars you sold me," he said before grabbing the bags. He turned and quickly floated away to the second floor. "First, I gotta make up a Goomba chocolate statue!" he yelled before disappearing.

Chris could only make a strange expression with Riolu before he kept the bag with him. "Just what is he going to do with the recipe? ...Oh well, I guess I'll just wait..." He sighed. "And now I have even much more money than before," he said pleased. "I...hope Crazy Hand doesn't get depressed that the Gold Bars aren't chocolate... Oh well, he can use them to buy real chocolate."

Riolu looked worried. "Riii..."

"Is something bothering you now?" Chris asked.

"...Chris..." Riolu muttered. "...I...I want...I want to...evolve..."

The World Traveler gasped a bit at this.

"I want to evolve now..." Riolu said. "I want to evolve..."

"R-Riolu, why are you saying that now? Are...you sure you want to do it?"

"W-well...I want to..." Riolu said. "I...I just want to evolve because...I want to see how strong I can become..."

The hacker thought hard for a moment. He began to ponder about if he just let Riolu do the evolution phase or stop him from doing so and keep being a Riolu for a time longer. The World Traveler looked back at Riolu. "...Well...I-I just don't know if I..."

"Please!" Riolu yelled. "I want to evolve before you get hurt!"

"W-what?"

"I remember when you fought the Master," Riolu said. "I saw how you got so hurt by him that you fainted...a-and I was so worried about you..." He shrugged at the thought. "I-I thought...I-I thought you were going to leave me alone...ri-iiiii..."

The World Traveler gasped as Riolu began to sniff silently while covering his crying eyes. Chris took a step back before he quickly embraced Riolu and stood up to hold his Pokémon on his arms. "I-I'm not going to leave you, Riolu! P-please, don't cry!"

"I want to evolve!" Riolu cried. "I don't want to see people hurting you anymore! I want to grow strong and beat those bad guys for hurting you!"

"B-but...what... (What can I do? Lucario never said a specific date to evolve! W-what am I going to do now?!)" Chris thought in panic as Riolu kept sniffing.

Suddenly, the hacker noticed some kind of sweet aroma passing in the air. For Chris, the aroma wasn't very sweet but just a bit, but for Riolu, it was a very sweet one that he couldn't help to ignore. Riolu stopped sniffing sadly before his nose picked up the scent, some tears still strolling down his cheeks. "..." Riolu smelled the aroma. "...Hmm..."

Chris overheard Riolu's pleased hum. "Where...is that scent coming from?" he asked. "It smells like fresh bread..."

Riolu slowly looked at the kitchen. The hacker then followed Riolu's direction.

"It's coming from the kitchen..." Chris said.

Riolu's stomach suddenly growled a bit, making him blush embarrassed before he looked upset. "I'm hungry..." he stated. "I want to eat something..."

Chris stifled a chuckle. "O-okay, I'll give you something to eat now," he said. "(Hopefully you'll forget about evolving for a small while...)"

The two decided to go to the kitchen and find out the source of the scent.

Kitchen

Once the two reached the kitchen, they found out that there was someone there working alone in making some different-colored buns that were all placed in piles on steel trays. Looking around, the duo found a trainer (wearing a pink apron) doing all the buns.

"Whew!" the trainer sighed as she stood up and rubbed her forehead with her left arm. "I've never been so relieved to make Poffins again!" she said before stretching her arms up to make a long sigh. "Seriously, I was getting so bored about just looking around for Pokémon all the days..."

"...U-um...excuse me?"

The trainer looked to her left and found Chris and Riolu staring at her. "...Oh...aren't you...um..."

"Chris," Chris said. "You're...Dawn, right?"

Dawn nodded. "Yeah, that's my name," she said. "I-I'm sorry to say, but we've never had to talk with each other personally, right?"

"No..."

"Well...sorry for that," Dawn said. "It's just that, ever since you guys let us stay here with you, Lucas, Barry, and I have been outside even more than before," she explained. "To be honest, Barry, Lucas, and Red aren't here. They're outside looking for the same Digletts who attacked Barry with their noses with Fury Swipes..."

Chris and Riolu stared blankly at her.

"...I-I know it sounds very ridiculous that Digletts attack with their noses..." Dawn said embarrassed. "Barry is just...being himself..."

"...Digletts attacking with their noses..." Chris muttered confused. "...Okay..."

"Yeah..." Dawn said embarrassed. "(Man, what do I have to tell people about Barry's doings?)"

Riolu blinked a few times before he stared at the trays with the Poffins that Dawn surely made by herself. "Riiiii..." Riolu muttered with interest.

Dawn noticed the Emanation Pokémon. "Oh, is that your Riolu?"

Chris looked at his Riolu. "Yes, he's my starter Pokémon."

"Aww, he looks so cute," Dawn said smiling. She then noticed that Riolu wasn't paying any attention to her as he fixed his gaze at the Poffins. "Hmm? Hey, look, he's looking at my Poffins."

Chris noticed that Riolu was staring at the Poffins. After a few seconds, Riolu's stomach grumbled. The Emanation Pokémon gasped and blushed at this, but his eyes were still looking at the buns.

Dawn chuckled. "It's obvious, so don't try to hide it," she told Riolu. "You want to eat some of them, right?"

Riolu blinked a bit before he looked at Dawn. "...Riii..." he said.

The Twinleaf Town trainer chuckled more before she looked at the wide array of Poffins on the table. "Let's see, you want to eat some of my Poffins?"

"I-is it alright for him to eat your Poffins?" Chris asked.

"Oh, it's not problem," Dawn said. "Besides, I think I was very excited today that I just couldn't help myself but bake lots and lots of Poffins...I mean..."

The trio stared at the eighteen trays with piles over piles of different-colored Poffins.

Dawn blushed and scratched her forehead a bit. "Yeah...too many of 'em to stuff them in my Poffin Case... Guess I'll need to have somebody to eat...at least 8/9..."

Chris looked miffed at her. "Do you expect Riolu to eat all that?"

"N-no! I-I didn't mean it that way!" she said embarrassed. "M-maybe I just call my Pokémon out!"

"Riiiiiiii!" Riolu struggled to get off from Chris's arms. The scent that the Poffins released made him get very hungry.

"O-okay, I'll let you eat!" Chris said.

Dawn gasped. "W-wait! Let me see which Poffin would be best for him!" She looked at the piles of Poffins. "L-let's see...hmm...er...uh...hm...um...here!" she said as she grabbed a yellow Poffin with some red sprinkles on the top. "This one is a Sour-Spicy Poffin. Give this one to him."

Chris grabbed the Sour-Spicy Poffin from Dawn and showed it to Riolu. "Will he like this one?"

"...Riii..." Riolu stared at the Poffin before he smelled it. "Rii-ii-iii," he muttered as he smelled the Poffin. Before more time could pass, Riolu gave a small bite to taste the flavor. "...RiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIiiii!" Riolu said pleased, his tail wagging to the sides. It was not long before he grabbed the Poffin and began to eat it rather fast. "Riii!" Riolu cried out happily.

Dawn clasped her hands. "Alright, my guess was correct!"

"Riii!" Riolu raised his arms.

"I think he wants more," Chris said.

"Oh, sure," Dawn said as she went for a tray full of Sour-Spicy Poffins. "Here, there's a lot for him to eat."

Chris watched as Riolu struggled to get off from his arms. The World Traveler chuckled and sta Riolu on a chair in front of the tray. The Emanation Pokémon didn't waste more time before he began to grab Sour-Spicy Poffins with both hands. The two trainers watched as Riolu tasted every Poffin he grabbed with glee and happiness. "Riiii!" Riolu said happily as he ate the Poffins.

Dawn chuckled at this and rubbed Riolu's head. "You eat as much as you like, okay?"

"Riii," Riolu said happily to her before he resumed to eat.

As Riolu kept eating, Dawn looked at Chris. "I think you're lucky to have a Riolu."

"Why is that?"

"Not many people can find Riolus in the wild," Dawn said. "There's only a few people who have at least a Riolu or a Lucario. So far, I've only seen 3 people who have a Lucario: Veilstone's Gym Leader Maylene, Riley, and the Champion Cynthia."

"(And I've met all of them a long time ago...)" Chris thought.

"But now that I see you have a Riolu and a Lucario...you must be lucky."

Chris looked puzzled at her. "Wait, I have both?"

"You don't?" Dawn said. "But I could've sworn Barry said he saw a "gigantic Lucario" or something like that... Was that Lucario yours?"

Chris glanced at Riolu. The creature didn't seem to be listening since he was very focused in eating the Poffins before him. The World Traveler looked back at Dawn. "Well...about that... (Would it be fine if I tell her that this Riolu is the same Lucario? That would make her...get a bit freaked out...) ...This is a different one."

Dawn tilted her head. "What does that mean?"

"I mean to say I have my Lucario...somewhere else, in my PC box," Chris said. "Right now, I'm having my Riolu with me for the time being."

"Oh, I see," Dawn said. "You're going to have 2 Lucarios very soon, then."

"You...could say that..."

"Are you and Riolu very close to each other?"

"Very much..."

Dawn smiled. "Then I guess he's going to evolve into a Lucario if you gave him a little bit of training. That's a big advantage for Pokémon who can evolve through friendship. Are you planning to evolve him?"

Chris looked away. "That...I'm not sure..."

Dawn looked confused. "Why's that? You don't want him to turn into a Lucario?"

"It's just that...I...I don't think it's the time..." Chris said. "I don't know if he should evolve so fast now..."

"You think?"

"Yes..." Chris said as he looked back at her. "(I could tell her truth...but...it would be just too much for her to believe that a wish made Lucario turn into a Riolu... She'd think I'm insane...) Right now, he looks very happy as a Riolu, as you can see."

Dawn rubbed her chin. "Hmm...so you don't want him to evolve yet?"

"No..."

"And..." she glanced at Riolu, "...does he want to evolve?"

"What?"

Dawn looked back at him. "Did Riolu say anything about wanting to evolve?"

Chris looked away. "Well...he did say it many times..."

"...And...you said no to all those times?"

"..." Chris nodded.

Dawn stared at Chris before she stared blankly at him. "If you ask me, I guess he has the right to say what he wants to do."

"What?"

"It's true," Dawn said. "He's the one who can evolve, not you. I don't see why he shouldn't evolve now at all. If Riolu wants to evolve so badly, why not make his wish come true?"

"(His wish WAS to become a Riolu...)"

"The Pokémon has the best opinion," Dawn said. "Trust me, I know what I'm talking about here. During my journey with Lucas and Barry, I've seen many trainers' Pokémon who liked either to evolve or stay as they are. Heck, even some of my Pokémon wanted to do either thing!" she explained. "And Riolu is no different."

Chris looked back at his happy Riolu.

"Just listen to him if you like him," Dawn said. "You should know which option the best is for him to take. It's not your place to decide what he should do... You're supposed to make sure he's fine with whatever he chooses, not make him go somewhere you want him to go. Doesn't your decision sound a bit selfish as well?"

"I-I...I think it sounds a bit selfish..." Chris admitted. "(But...what he wanted to do...and what he wants to do now...it's just making everything confusing to me...)"

"Make him happy," Dawn said. "Riolu deserves the best of what he wants."

The World Traveler thought hard at this before he looked back at the Twinleaf Town trainer. "...I'll...think about it..."

Dawn shook her head. "Don't think; do it. It's something you have to do."

Chris looked down and sighed. "I understand... (...I'll see if I can decide today... I need to do this fast or...remain thinking regardless of what Dawn said...)"

And suddenly, Riolu burped.

The two trainers looked back at the Emanation Pokémon. They were surprised to see that half of the big pile of Sour-Spicy Poffins was gone from existence but inside Riolu's rather small stomach. Riolu sighed loudly leaned back to the chair, his hands on his pleased stomach.

"Riiiiii..." Riolu said in a low tone before chuckling to himself.

Dawn sweat dropped at the half of the pile. "Goodness...he WAS hungry..."

"Or he liked the Poffins very much..." Chris muttered.

"Well, he looks tougher and cooler now."

"...What?"

"You can't see? Those Poffins made him look tougher and cooler," Dawn said. "I can't understand why you can't see it when it's plain to see."

Chris stared at Riolu. Nothing about him looked tougher or cooler at all.

"...Okay..." Chris muttered before he grabbed Riolu and looked back at Dawn. "Thanks for talking with me."

"No problem," Dawn said smiling.

Chris looked back at the Poffins. "Say...if you can...would you teach me how to make Poffins?"

"Why?"

"I'd like to make Poffins for Riolu," Chris said, Riolu looking interested at this.

"Oh, sure...if you can do me a favor as well."

"What's that?"

Dawn looked at the piles of Poffins. "Would you...call those talking Pokémon here? I need people to eat these Poffins because I don't have anywhere to keep these..." She looked back at Chris. "Besides, I'd get acquainted with them much easier this way...and probably catch them."

Chris gasped at this. "T-they're all already owned, though..."

"...Really? By who?"

"...Red...is taking care of them for some other friends he has...yes..."

"...Oh, I see," Dawn said. "Well, no matter. Call them here so I can get rid of these Poffins."

"Sure...see you," Chris said to Dawn before he and Riolu left the kitchen. The trainer was thinking hard if he should let Riolu evolve. After Dawn told him about Riolu's decision, it made Chris's final answer much clearer, but at the same time much harder.

Chris would think this through the entire day as he went everywhere with Riolu.

As Dawn watched the two walking away to the lobby, she sighed to herself and looked back at the Poffins. "Well, guess I should put everything away except the Poffins," she said to herself before she heard footsteps from the lobby's direction. Turning around...she gasped loudly. "KYYYAH!"

Dawn couldn't believe her eyes, but for some random reason, Barry, Lucas (the trainer), and Red (with Squirtle and Ivysaur) were all brutally scratched to death. In fact, their clothes, their backpacks, even their faces and hands had some scratch marks (that some could be even considered scars) all over the place. The Twinleaf Town female trainer watched Squirtle falling back on top of his shell.

"O-oh my god, what did just happen to you?!" Dawn asked in shock. "Y-you look like you fell off a cliff!"

"T-that's not what happened!" yelled a frightened Lucas before he embraced himself.

"Y-yeah, that didn't happen!" Red yelled. "I-I'd have wished that happened instead of what REALLY happened!"

Dawn took a step back. "W-what really happened?"

"Dawn, we've got to stay away from those moles from hell!" Barry yelled.

"W-what moles?"

"The Digletts are coming!"

"W-what?"

"T-those Digletts he mentioned attacked us!" Lucas yelled. "At first, neither of us believed Barry at all until he took us to them...b-but after he tossed them a pebble...hell...started...Dawn... T-they scratched us to our deaths...almost! We barely escaped them all!"

Dawn couldn't believe what she just heard from Lucas. She wouldn't believe the insane Barry, but Lucas...was an entirely different person. "H-how did they scratch you if they don't have claws or nails?"

"T-they used their noses!" Red yelled as Ivysaur fell to the left side. "W-we saw how they did it!"

"...Are...you 3 really sure?"

"YEAH!" Barry, Lucas, and Red yelled.

It was farfetched to believed that noses could actually scratch people so badly...

Dawn's right eye twitched a bit at this before Barry freaked out and looked around for a hiding spot. "Quick! We need to seek refuge!" he yelled. "I don't wanna fine those Digletts after facing 'em again!" He spotted a door under the table big enough for him to get inside and hide, a thing he just did in 3 seconds. "Tell them Barry's not home!" he yelled, the door shaking crazily.

Dawn looked back at Lucas and Red. "H-hold on, I'll go get the First-Aid kit for your injuries!" she said before she looked around for said kit. "W-where do they put the kit in here, anyway? T-this place is so big!" she complained.

Lucas and Red looked at each other before their eyes rolled back to their heads and both fell on the floor in defeat.

That night...

Chris's Room

Under blankets, there was a moving bump that went around over the bed. The bump chuckled continuously to itself as it moved rather fast around. On the left side of the bed, Chris watched as the bump went around until it moved up and revealed a face that popped out from the blankets and licked his face a bit.

"R-Riolu!" Chris said between laughs. "Y-you're getting very excited with the big bed!"

Riolu stopped licking his face and wagged his tail. "It's so big and wide!" he said. "I can bounce and do many other things!"

"I-I know," Chris said between chuckles. "You're very energetic for that."

Riolu looked up at the ceiling. "I can reach the ceiling if I bounce high enough."

"E-er, no, don't do that," Chris said. "You might end up hitting your head..."

Riolu looked miffed. "But I want to touch the ceiling..."

"It's okay if you stay out of reach," Chris said. "Besides...it's a bit high for you..."

Riolu shook his head. "Nope, I can reach it. Want to see?"

"N-no," Chris said. "I-it's okay, Riolu, really..."

Riolu sighed. "Okay..."

"There, we have to go to sleep now," Chris said. "Christmas is going to come in a few days now. You want to open your presents, right?"

"Yes," Riolu said. "I want to see what Peach is going to give me...and Pikachu, Yoshi, DK, and Mario." He looked at Chris. "What are you going to give me?"

"(Say something so he doesn't find out I haven't thought of a present yet...) Something very nice," Chris said embarrassed. "You'll see."

"Riii!" Riolu exclaimed happily. "I'm going to give you a special gift as well!"

"What? You were able to get a gift?"

Riolu nodded. "Yes," he said before he turned around to look at the drawing of Lucario. "I'm going to evolve so I can do what it says there."

Chris gasped as he looked at the drawing he had drawn of the Lucario in the fighting stance. Chris went as far as to read the same lines that were written around the Aura Pokémon...

Protect me from all danger, Lucario...

I will...

Thank you...


Riolu looked back at Chris. The creature looked a bit upset. "...But...I want to evolve sooner than that..." he admitted. "I don't like to wait... The more I wait, the more you get hurt, and I can't stand it anymore..." His eyes began to get a bit watery. "I-I...I want to evolve now..."

Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky - Defend Globe

Chris gasped as Riolu covered his eyes. "I...I want to evolve..." he sniffed. "I...I want to grow so strong... I want to be so big... I want...I want to make you proud of me..." he sniffed. "...A-and...a-and...and I want...I want to protect you...ChriiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiis!" Riolu cried loudly before he began to cry in a high-pitched tone that made Chris twitch.

The World Traveler was at a loss now. The situation had turned out for the worst the moment Riolu saw the drawing. Riolu's cries made Chris feel very guilty about the whole matter of the evolution that he would wish to evolve Riolu very soon before the Emanation Pokémon would get even more upset and sad.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 17, 2010, 08:54:57 PM
Riolu began to sob as Chris looked painfully at his eyes full of tears. "I just want...I just want to evolve..." Riolu muttered. "I...I want to do that so you get safe..."

"Riolu..." Chris muttered.

"I...I really want to evolve..." Riolu muttered between sobs. "I want to be so strong for you...Chris..."

The World Traveler thought hard as Riolu stared at him with tears scrolling down his cheeks. All the tears went down upon the pillow Riolu was resting his head on. Chris knew that Riolu would surely refuse a negative response to his claim to evolve. Chris glanced back at the drawing of the fighter Lucario, then glanced back at Riolu's saddened expression.

What to choose? What to think? And what to do? Did Chris have a place to decide for Riolu?

"He's the one who can evolve, not you. I don't see why he shouldn't evolve now at all. If Riolu wants to evolve so badly, why not make his wish come true?"

The World Traveler recalled the words of Dawn.

"Just listen to him if you like him," Dawn said. "You should know which option the best is for him to take. It's not your place to decide what he should do... You're supposed to make sure he's fine with whatever he chooses, not make him go somewhere you want him to go. Doesn't your decision sound a bit selfish as well?"

Chris stared at Riolu's eyes.

"Make him happy," Dawn said. "Riolu deserves the best of what he wants."

Sadness was the only term that could define Riolu's heartful expression. It wasn't helping Chris to feel better at all.

"I...just want to evolve so you can be safe..." Riolu added before he started sobbing.

"I think you're lucky to have a Riolu."

"I want to be strong..."

"The Pokémon has the best opinion."

"And...if I'm strong..." Riolu muttered before looking at Chris, "...you can hide behind me...and you won't never leave me all alone..."

"Don't think; do it. It's something you have to do."

"There won't be somebody out there who would bother you...or hurt you...if I'm super strong..."

"Just listen to him if you like him."

"..." Chris sniffed after recalling Dawn's words while listening to his Pokémon's pleas.

Quickly, Riolu's eyes widened after Chris hugged him rather fast. The Emanation Pokémon blinked his tears a bit before Chris began to sob. "I-I'm sorry...Riolu..." Chris muttered between sobs. "It was...n-not my place to decide what was best for you..."

"..." Riolu kept staring forward where he was forced to look.

"It's your opinion that matters...not mine..." Chris muttered as he sniffed continuously. "I...I was selfish, Riolu...so selfish about you not having to evolve when you wanted to do it so badly..."

"...Chris?"

"W-what?"

Riolu sniffed a bit before he pushed himself away from his trainer. As their wet eyes stared at each other, Riolu cleared his throat a bit. "...Are you going to miss me being like this?"

"W-what?"

Riolu looked down. "Do you like me more in this form than a Lucario?" he asked. "I...I wouldn't like to evolve if...you want me like this..."

"...No!" Chris said. "Don't think about me, Riolu! Think about what you want to do the most...so I can...accept you..."

Riolu sniffed at this. "...I...I-I mean...would you still like me even if I evolve into a Lucario?"

"I would like you a lot even if I got another Pokémon...a thing I will never do," Chris admitted. "Nobody can take your place...and neither will any form you turn into... You're the same Pokémon; my starter Pokémon, who knows what he wants to do."

"I...I want to grow so strong so you stay safe, Chris..." Riolu said.

"Then...do it...do that favor to me..."

Riolu gasped at this. "Y-you want me to evolve?"

Chris looked away, but he smiled a bit. "You're the one who wants to evolve so badly... You're you, the person who wants to grow up, not me." He sobbed a bit before he looked back at Riolu. "Besides...am I going to stay very safe behind the back of probably the strongest Pokémon who can defeat even the strongest of foes?"

"...Who will be that Pokémon?" Riolu asked interested.

"It's...going to be my Riolu..."

Riolu's eyes widened.

"My Riolu...who will become the strongest Lucario the world and the people have ever known... The one who will show every Lucario out there that you're the strongest..."

The Emanation Pokémon looked down after hearing Chris's words. Riolu thought things for a bit before he cleared his tears and looked back at Chris.

"...So?" Chris said.

"...RiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" Riolu cried out loudly in happiness before he lunged at his trainer and hugged him tightly. Chris couldn't help himself but embrace his Emanation Pokémon back while Riolu licked away the tears Chris had shed.

"Riolu, thank you for everything you've experienced with me all these days!" Chris said happily. "I'm so grateful for having a Riolu like you, really... This is going to be the final time I'm going to have a Riolu...before having the strongest Lucario..."

"A Super Lucario?" Riolu asked smiling.

"...Of course, a Super Lucario," Chris said chuckling before rubbing Riolu's head. "You'll become the best Lucario the world...no...the universes have seen before..."

Riolu pushed himself back from Chris. "Make me strong, Chris!"

"What?

"I'm not going to be so strong when I grow into a Lucario!" Riolu said determined. "I want you to make me so strong!"

"W-why are you thinking you're not going to become so strong?" Chris asked.

Riolu showed Chris his fists. "If we want to become strong, we have to...we have to do this through effort first!"

The World Traveler gasped at this statement.

"Effort makes everything easier!" Riolu said. "The Master told us that, and I want to follow that fact...with you!"

Chris stared at Riolu before the World Traveler made a relieved face with a sigh. "Yes...thank you for reminding me how to become strong without turning crazy..."

Riolu looked happy before he wagged his tail at the sides.

"I'm...so happy for having a clever Riolu as well..."

Riolu chuckled to himself before he looked around. "I want to evolve right now!" he said before he stood up and jumped over Chris to land on the floor. "I'm going to evolve right here, right now!"

"What?" Chris asked. "How are you going to evolve right now if you don't have a battle or..."

The World Traveler watched as Riolu began to punch the air with rhythm. He saw that Riolu was using Force Palm with both hands while hopping a bit on his spot as if he was using a boxing style. Chris couldn't avoid some of the amused chuckles he stifled. "R-Riolu, I think you should wait tomorrow fo-"

"RiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii!!!" Riolu let out a fierce cry to the ceiling, stopping punching the air to flex down his arms.

Chris looked a bit nostalgic about the cry. "...Wait...that cry you just made...it sounded the same as the one you did back at the Dojo...then after that...you..."

And it happened at last.

Riolu's body began to glow brightly with a light that made Chris narrow his eyes a bit. The World Traveler gasped loudly as the light covered completely the little Riolu. Chris fought back the light to watch how Riolu would evolve. "N-no way, you're evolving after doing that small demonstration?!" Chris asked in utter disbelief.

"Then I guess he's going to evolve into a Lucario if you gave him a little bit of training. That's a big advantage for Pokémon who can evolve through friendship."

The final words that Chris recalled from Dawn made his shocked look fade. Even if the light was strong, the World Traveler smiled a bit at this and shed another tear. "(...Dawn...you really helped me here to decide what to do...)" he thought. "(...Thank you so much... I'll thank you in person tomorrow...for this.)"

However, Chris noticed something weird from the evolution. His eyes could see that Riolu was starting to grow in size...but...not the same size Lucario used to be... In fact, the image only reached about 4 feet of height.

"W-what? H-he's not staying as the Lucario he was before?" Chris asked in disbelief. "W-what did just happ-"

"GUUUUUUUUUUOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHH!!!"

Chris gasped once more after hearing the menacing roar that the image in the light had made. The body of light soon was covered by blue aura that flared up very quickly. Perhaps what was most shocking to see was the fact that the image began to grow in size, slowly surpassing 4 feet, then surpassing 5 feet, and finally surpassing a bit of the 6 feet limit. The image itself had surpassed the place where Chris was sitting down. The roar kept echoing, and it suddenly grew deeper in tone, making it sound even more menacing than it was.

Was the aura the thing that made all that? It was very likely...

The body of light in front of Chris was huge from the point he was looking at it. He could tell that a Pokémon stood in a fighting stance, the face looking up at the ceiling. Soon, the aura around the light began to fade, and the light then began to fade as well.

And before Chris's eyes...there stood the Legendary Aura Pokémon who would be his guardian...and starter Pokémon... The only Pokémon who would be capable enough to protect him from all danger...

Lucario...

Chris blinked in surprise as he looked up at his evolved Riolu. He could barely recall that he once had a small creature that he could easily carry with him at all times, play with him, even feed him with the food he needed to eat. Now, it was a very different story. That very same Pokémon was strong enough to act as a 'tank' and deal fatal attacks that would defeat foes most of the time.

The Aura Pokémon still had his long arms flexing down, his chest sometimes inflating a bit between heavy pants, and his face still looking up while showing the fierce, sharp fangs that he had under his long snout. Chris could only see the fangs and the underneath of the snout before the head slowly began to move down towards him, revealing some closed eyes. Once the face stopped moving, the eyelids slowly began to open, revealing a menacing glare with red eyes that would easily intimidate almost all foes...

But for Chris...it was a glare that the Pokémon before him would never change...because he knew his evolved Pokémon didn't mean harm with the glare he always had once that glare would look at Chris.

Instead, Chris thought he was very safe.

"...Finally..." Chris muttered.

The Pokémon before him stared down at him before he made a small smile. "...Finally...I am the Lucario I wanted to be...for you...Chris..."

"..." Chris began to sniff at this. "Lu...Lu...LUCARIO!" he cried loudly before he left the bed and ran to his newly evolved Pokémon to give him a tight hug, Lucario returning it with an embrace with his left arm. "Y-you evolved at last like you wanted!"

Lucario closed his eyes and shed some tears. "Yes...I feel much stronger than when I was Riolu before..."

Chris leaned the side of his face to Lucario's left shoulder and looked up at him. "I-I'm...I-I'm so happy that I have my Lucario here again!"

Lucario looked down at him. "And I'm happy you're still the trainer I always knew from my birth..." He hugged his trainer tightly with his left arm.

Chris grunted a bit. "A-and you have a very strong strength with you...like...I expected you to have..."

"Guuuuuuoooooooorrrrrrgghhhhh..." Lucario growled happily while Chris chuckled heartily at this.

"It's all over..." Chris muttered. "You finally are a Lucario...and...you enjoyed the childhood you want to experience with me after all..."

"Of course," Lucario said. "I enjoyed my childhood very much. I'm happy to be raised by you. After all, I was born a month ago, and I evolved into this like I wanted," he said. "I wish we knew each other sooner."

"D-don't be clueless," Chris chuckled. "You did know me before. Why, we met each other like a year and a half ago."

"Really? I don't remember ever meeting you a long time ago," Lucario said. "After all, I met you a month ago..."

Music stops

The World Traveler suddenly looked confused at this claim. "...What?"

"I...never met you a long time ago," Lucario said. "I met you in...November..."

"...No, you met me during summer vacations of the last year," Chris said. "That's when you met me."

"No...I met you a month ago."

"What? I thought you would retain the memory you had with me..."

Lucario shook his head. "What memory are you talking about? I can't glance to the past or something... I'm...not a Xatu..."

The World Traveler looked away from his Lucario. He specifically heard from Geno that Lucario would regain his memory right after evolving; a thing Lucario didn't even recover at all. It was very confusing and puzzling to Chris to see that the wish didn't fully become true.

"...So...in other words..." Chris trailed off, "...you think we've known each other for a month?"

"Pretty much..." Lucario said. "...Why are you asking me this all of a sudden?"

"I-I'm asking this because...you should HAVE gained back the memory Geno spoke about..."

"Who...is this Geno?"

Chris was speechless for a bit. "...You mean to say you don't even know who Geno is?" Chris asked in disbelief.

"Unless it was a secret character from all the characters I saw in the Final Fantasy games you showed me...then...no... I'm afraid I don't know a Geno..."

"..." Chris pushed himself back from Lucario's left shoulder. Looking up at his Lucario, Chris smiled a bit and tilted his head. "Would you please stay where you are?"

"Why?" Lucario asked confused.

"I...need to call a bastard...I mean, someone here..."

From what Lucario could tell, Chris's voice turned a bit angry once he said 'bastard' in his words. "...Is it Pikachu?"

"No, another guy," Chris said before he turned to the window. "It'll be quick, don't worry."

"..." Lucario nodded. "Fine..."

Chris sighed deeply...before he ran at the window, opened it, and stuck his head out to the night's sky. "GENO, YOU DIMWIT, COME HERE RIGHT NOW!!!" he screamed loudly.

Pokémon Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Time/Darkness/Sky - Guildmaster Wigglytuff

Lucario's mouth opened a bit after he heard his own trainer cursing at the sky for some reason he couldn't grasp well enough. "Dim...wit?" Lucario muttered confused. "Chris, is something wrong?"

Chris pulled his head back and smiled at Lucario. "Oh no, nothing's wrong," he said before he stuck his head out. "YOU POOR EXCUSE OF A STAR GUARDIAN, COME HERE RIGHT NOW!!!"

"Hey, there's people sleeping, you know!" yelled outside an irritated Roy from some floors above.

"You go back to sleep!" Chris yelled to the swordsman, who in turn grunted at this and closed his window. "GENO!!!"

It looked like Chris's angry call did make something happen. In the sky, a blink of a small star was seen going down at an alarming speed. It was Geno in his star form. "W-whew, I-I'm here, what happened?"

Chris stared angrily at him. "You said Lucario was going to recover his memory!"

Geno tilted himself at the side (even though it was a bit hard to tell). "What? Oh no..." He looked behind Chris where the Lucario stared confused at him.

"Who...is this thing?" Lucario asked.

"Oh Eldstar, what did I do?" Geno asked to himself as he entered the room.

Chris pulled his head back and put his hands on his hips. "Can you explain to me why did this happen?"

Geno turned to him (it was hard to tell that as well). "I...seemed to forget that part of the wish..."

"...You...forgot the MOST important part?" Chris asked irritated.

"P-people tend to forget the most important of things," Geno said in his defense. "E-even the most obvious of things as well..."

"So...is he going to stay clueless to what has happened a long time ago?"

Geno turned at the confused Lucario. "O-oh, no, don't worry about that..."

"Well, do something!" Chris yelled. "It's not going to be the same if he doesn't remember anything! I can stand repeating things myselfs, but I can't stand Lucario not knowing anything!"

Lucario shifted his eyes between his trainer and the little star. "What is going on here? Why are you talking about a memory I never had?"

Geno 'seemed' to frown. "This is just unbelievable..."

"Oh, how ironic you say that," Chris joked sarcastically.

Geno cleared his throat and looked at Lucario. "Okay, you, my name is Geno, and I'm going to give you something you should have right now with you. I'm going to give you back the memory you need to have with you about the past events as you wished before."

"What?" Lucario asked.

"Listen to him," Chris said irritated. "Don't move and let him do his thing."

The Aura Pokémon didn't understand what was happening just now. However, he obeyed Chris with a nod. "Fine...but...I'm still very confused at this..."

"Well, with that away...let's do this," Geno said.

The star began to shine brightly before he began to fly around Lucario before going up on his head. Lucario looked up to see that Geno began to make sparkles of light that rained down around Lucario. The Aura Pokémon blinked a bit surprised at this while Geno kept flying around in circles, dropping sparkles of light. Suddenly, Lucario looked forward in shock before Geno stopped and flew down between Lucario and Chris.

"That should do it...I guess..." Geno said.

Chris looked skeptical. "So you say," he said annoyed before looking at Lucario. "However, just to make sure you did it right, I'm going to interrogate Lucario with some questions that only the real Lucario would know very well."

Lucario looked at Chris. "What?"

"Bad start," Chris said. "But even so, let's do this now."

"What are you going to ask him?" Geno asked confused.

"Just listen," Chris said before he gave Lucario a determined look. "If you're the Lucario I met a long time ago, then that would mean you know a lot of our personal lives. If that's so, then that means you know what happened in every single event I'm going to ask you about."

"Oh, I see," Geno said. "You're going to ask him about the Subspace Army?"

"Hell no!" Chris said. "There's something even more useful than that topic!"

"What is that, then?"

Chris cleared his throated and stared at Lucario. "Lucario...I want you to respond to these questions...are you ready?"

"..." Lucario nodded.

"..." With a sigh, Chris pointed his finger at Lucario's face and said "Who are the 2 Gym Leaders who use Flying types?"

"Falkner and Winona," Lucario responded.

Geno 'looked' confused at this question.

"What is Diddy to DK?" Chris asked.

"Diddy is DK's nephew," Lucario responded.

"Why people consider Marth a girl?"

"He wears a tiara of his sister that he doesn't like to take off."

"Does Pit look so different than his real form?"

"Yes, he looks a bit bishonen...as Pikachu said to us before."

"The hell?" Geno said confused.

"Who of the 6 main characters of Final Fantasy VIII didn't grow up in the orphanage?" Chris asked.

"Rinoa Heartilly didn't grow up with them," Lucario responded.

"Does Mario ever seem to age?"

"No, he always stays the same for some reason."

"Is Toon Link a descendant of Link?"

"No, they're not connected at all because of the separate timelines that were created in Ocarina of Time, and there's still a big controversy behind the timelines of the series."

"Does Olimar's name mean something?"

"It means some partial anagram of Mario's name."

"Who's the mother of Bowser's 8 children?"

"Nobody knows."

"Why did I think Azurill's nightmare, in PMD: Explorers of Time and Darkness, was in fact a nightmare, despite it had countless of cute Pokémon?"

"You thought it was a nightmare because there were Wigglytuffs in there, and you said Azurill surely had seen Guildmaster Wigglytuff's power to have a nightmare like that."

"What?" Geno said confused.

"How was Samus trained?" Chris asked.

"She was trained by the Chozo, that's why she is so athletic," Lucario said.

"Does Zelda use a sword?"

"In Twilight Princess, she does, but she's never seen attacking someone with it in battle while she wasn't controlled by Ganondorf."

"Who are Roy's parents?"

"Lyn and Eliwood are his parents."

"Are Popo and Nana related?"

"They could be twins, friends, or a couple, but they're most likely siblings."

"Who's my favorite character in the Phoenix Wright series, and who's your favorite character?"

"Maya Fey is, but then again, you like Trucy Wright as Maya as well. My favorite character is Pearl Fey."

"What was wrong during the scene where Sora imagined himself dancing with Kairi?"

"The fact that he imagined the dance with the younger version of Kairi while he was currently a teen."

"What does Ness mean?"

"It's an anagram for SNES."

"Why does almost all the world hate Sonic instead of liking him?"

"His series, according to the sources, are getting boring as of late, and with the sudden voice actor change, he's getting annoying."

"Do we like Sonic still?"

"Unless he doesn't pull us to trouble in here, then yes."

"Is Meta Knight the creepiest guy I've ever met?"

"No, he's the second one. The first one is any Grovile you see."

"It's very impossible to say that the Lucario who appears here in the game is the same Lucario of the movie because..."

"The developers stated that anime characters were not allowed. Also, if that Lucario would be here, then whatever happened to Sir Aaron? He gets free but not his trainer? I find that very hard to believe. Besides, it'd look hypocrite to allow anime character from Nintendo."

"If the Pikachu here knows Ash, why does it contradict this?"

"He contradicts this because Master Hand did his own agenda behind the scenes."

"Is Joshua gay?"

"No, he just likes to tease Neku a lot."

"What can't Locke tolerate?"

"He can't tolerate ship voyages because they make him seasick. This happened when he, Terra, and Shadow were going to Thamasa."

"Why did Adel Tulba join the Hands of Asclepius?"

"He joined that organization because Derek Stiles couldn't use the Healing Touch when Adel had high fever with massive bleeding on his body. Adel took this bad, thinking that Derek thought he wasn't worthy of being saved by the Healing Touch."

"Does Kai hate the Elebits?"

"He hated them, but he eventually befriended them."

"Does Fox hate Tricky?"

"He likes Tricky but can't stand him most of the time."

"Did Luigi have an adventure that sounded very crazy?"

"He had an adventure called "Super Luigi," that was also the name of the book series."

"Why can't you use a Phoenix Down on Aerith when she died?"

"Nobody thought about it."

"Marina turned into a human?"

"Yes, she did...or does if you get all the gems."

"Why does Mumbo hate Humba?"

"They're both rivals in magic. Besides, Humba does the transformation phases, not like Mumbo did before."

"Why do most people hate Yukari?"

"If she hadn't argued about what to do in "The Answer", nobody would have to fight their friends, and she caused the argument."

"Who has the Squall card, and where is this person?"

"Laguna has the Squall card, and he can be challenged in the Ragnarok with a Triple Triad card game."

Geno didn't get anything what Chris asked to Lucario. It was something...no, many thing he couldn't understand at all. He did know a few, but everything else was very confusing.

Chris narrowed his eyes at Lucario, who in turn crossed his arms. "...Okay..." Chris said. "You seem to know very much about all those games..."

Lucario nodded. "Why ask all that if I know every single detail?"

"That's because you know me a long time ago."

"Correct," Lucario said.

"And...when did we begin to live with each other?"

Kingdom Hearts II - Friends in My Heart

"It was during your summer vacations," Lucario said.

Chris's eyes began to shake a bit at this. "And...how did come to me?"

Lucario closed his eyes. "I came when a lightning struck your DS. I came out from the game with a high fever. You were the only one who attended me during that time, and you took care of me regardless of the surprise you got..." He opened his eyes and looked at him. "That was the beginning of my life with the trainer who would become the World Traveler, and I turned into his guardian."

"But nevertheless..." Chris began to sniff a bit, "you're...my...Pokémon..."

"And I'm...your Pokémon," Lucario said. "And we both will always stay together because we detest to be alone."

"..."

"..."

Geno sighed as the two kept staring at each other, some small smiles growing on each other's faces. "Well...it worked..." he muttered.

"...Lucario..." Chris trailed off, "...now...it's really you..."

Lucario put his arms back to his sides. "Why would I forget those memories? They're the most treasured ones I will always have with me at all times."

"(You'd forget if I wasn't here...)" Geno thought with a mental sigh.

The World Traveler kept staring at Lucario before he ran to him and gave him a tight embrace, doing the very same one he gave Lucario a few minutes ago. The Aura Pokémon also did the same move while both chuckled heartily at each other.

"Good," Geno said. "Everything's fine now."

"Lucario..." Chris muttered with a sniff. "Did you...enjoy your new childhood?"

"I enjoyed it like never before," Lucario said. "I know it sounds weird to experience it again...but at least I grew up with you, like it should have been from the beginning."

Chris looked up at him. "You're not angry for evolving in a month?"

Lucario shook his head. "I just couldn't stand watching you getting hurt in those battles," he said. "I was so upset that I was so weak...but now..." he looked at his right hand before making it a flaming fist of aura, "I have the power to keep you safe."

Geno looked away in boredom. "(Like I said a long time ago, these people are just a bunch of barbarians almost all the time...)"

Chris chuckled. "So, you wanted to evolve for me?"

"I...think it's hard to avoid seeing you in pain," Lucario admitted before blushing. "I'd prefer that you hide behind me so I take care of those idiots who want to lay a hand on you."

"You and your insecurity for me..." Chris trailed off before chuckling. "That's what makes you the perfect Pokémon for me, Lucario."

Lucario blinked a few times before he hugged tightly his trainer while growling happily. Seeing that the two Smashers were having a good time, Geno decided to speak. "Well, my job here is done," he said, interrupting the two. "I'm glad I did something else for you guys."

"Thank you," Lucario said to Geno. "If it wasn't for you, I wouldn't have been able to do this."

"I wish you learned your lesson about power as well," Geno said. "I mean, there are still some big portions of land where there's no grass or ground..."

Lucario stared at Geno before he looked back at Chris. "Chris...I'm so sorry for what I did..."

"...I know," Chris said. "You felt very guilty about the whole deal."

"I didn't..."

"What?"

"I felt like an idiot because you didn't want to talk to me," Lucario said. "I...only care about your opinions more than anything or anyone else...Chris..."

"..." Chris closed his eyes. "I forgive you."

"What?"

Chris smiled a bit at him. "You already pardoned for your destructive behavior back then. When you were a Riolu, you managed to make me change my mind...although...I don't know if you're going to do the same thing again..."

Lucario looked away and shook his head. "...I won't use my wrath just to increase my power anymore."

Chris and Geno stared at Lucario.

"I learned that using wrath to make me stronger...is unforgivable," Lucario said before turning back to look at Chris. "What point is there if you end up getting hurt by me? I'm supposed to protect you, not hurt you in any way..."

"I...see..." Chris looked down.

"So...from now on, I'll stop using my fury to increase my powers," Lucario said. "I'm already powerful as I am now. Why do I need a power boost if I'm already the strongest of Lucarios?"

"...Heheheheh..." Chris chuckled at this before looking up at him. "Duh, you're the strongest of Lucario. That's the biggest fact out there."

"And there's always room for improvement," Lucario said. "I can't become the strongest if I don't have someone to look after me."

"And in turn, I need someone to look after me as well."

"..."

"..."

"...Thank you so much, Lucario," Chris said. "I...I promise I'll make you even stronger."

"With effort, don't forget it," Lucario added. "Presea and the Master taught us that."

"Of course with effort," Chris said. "Effort makes everything easier."

Geno chuckled at this. "Okay, now my job is really done here," he said to call the attention of the two. "Sorry you guys, but I have to go back to Star Haven. More wishes are coming as we speak."

"O-oh, right," Chris said. "Thank you, Geno. Thank you for helping Lucario."

"No problem," the star said. "You can always call me whenever you wish upon a falling star. As long as your wishes aren't insane, then I'll make them come true." He turned to the window. "For now, there's a wish of C. Falcon, saying something about getting rid of the sore nose he has..."

"Sore...nose?" Lucario and Chris repeated confused.

Geno turned to them and 'nodded' himself. "Yes...I don't know what it is...but...I'll see if I make the wish true or not..." He began to float away to the window. "And with that...see you 2 later! Keep wishing as well!" he said before he went outside through the window and went up to the sky where he disappeared in a small blink between the stars.

The two Smashers stopped hugging each other before Chris folded his arms behind his back. "Well, Lucario, you have to go to your room now."

Lucario shook his head. "What?"

"It's true," Chris said. "Master Hand gave everyone a new arrangement of rooms, and I got my own room. Yours is in the third floor, the floor above this one, between Link's room and Lucas's room. Each floor has 10 rooms for the Smashers in alphabetical order. I'm between C. Falcon and Diddy."

"B-but...I-I want to stay with you..." Lucario said.

"...It's a joke," Chris said chuckling. "I hate to sleep alone, anyway."

Lucario looked at the big bed.

"Do you want to bounce and touch the ceiling?"

Lucario blushed and looked back at him. "I-I'm not a kid anymore."

"Liar, you're a month old now."

"N-no, I'm a year and a half old..."

"Which puts you as a baby; a big baby."

"I-I'm not a baby anymore!" Lucario yelled. "I can think like a mature adult now!"

'I'd say you're a mature teen," Chris said. "A wise one, to be precise."

"Ugh..." Lucario grunted annoyed at this.

Chris chuckled. "A mature teen suits you better, don't you think?"

"...I guess..."

"Come on, let's go back to sleep," Chris said. "Tomorrow is going to be another day. I want everyone to know you evolved now."

"I wonder if Peach is going to get depressed because she won't have to take care of me anymore..."

Chris looked away. "...Tell her thanks and give her a hug."

"...Okay...that would do..." Lucario muttered.

"Besides, maybe she'd sew you a big red robe," Chris said as he looked back at Lucario. "The one you wore as a Riolu won't fit you anymore."

"I...I...I'll wear it if she does make me one..."

Chris looked relieved. "Well, this experience made you get closer with some of them. I'm happy you did."

Lucario smiled a bit at this. "I'm very happy everything went well."

The two Smashers chuckled to each other once more before they went to sleep back on the bed. Chris took another glance at Lucario before smiling at him. After that, they both fell asleep, anticipating the Christmas day.

Music stops

...

"...?" Lucario opened his eyes and looked around as if something was bothering him.

Chris slowly opened his eyes and looked at him. "Is something bothering you?"

"I-it's just that..." Lucario trailed off. "...Is C. Falcon next to your room?"

"Well, yes, he and I have a 'C' in our names... Why are you asking that?"

"...I'm sensing...some kind of dark presence entering his room..."

The World Traveler looked confused. "A dark presence?"

"Listen..."

They both remained silent. Once they were very silent, they overheard some footsteps slowly walking somewhere, probably to where C. Falcon was sleeping. Suddenly, the sound of the footsteps stopped, but then they were slowly being replaced by some loud snorts and snores from the racer. After that, silence came in, but the same footsteps were heard slowly walking away to the hallway where they heard them clearly enough than before, echoing a bit in the middle of the night.

"..." Chris's eyes widened. He knew that there was something familiar he heard from Presea. "...Y-you don't think that...the king of demons paid a visit to C. Falcon as Presea told us about the curse before, right?"

"...I'm...going to be honest..." Lucario said. "...Lately, I've been sensing that same presence coming in here every night...and...when I notice, it disappears in the middle of nowhere..."

Chris stared in pure shock and disbelief at Lucario. "...T-then...t-that curse...the very same curse of the king of demons coming every night to stick his finger in somebody's nose...is..."

Lucario silently nodded.

"..." Chris looked back at the door, his body shaking in fear.

"Mwahahahaha...hahahahaha...hahahahahaha..."

The sudden silent laugh made Chris feel even more uncomfortable than before.

"...Chris..." Lucario muttered, his eyes focusing at the door.

"Yes?"

"If you don't want 'somebody' else we know to rub the curse on you..."

"Yes..."

"Get close to me, quick."

"D-don't mind if I do..."

Chris quickly went over to Lucario where he covered his head with the blankets and ducked a bit. Lucario placed his left hand on Chris's head and glared at the door for any signs of the king of demons...

But for the time Lucario found out, the presence had vanished mysteriously...

Some days passed, and everyone else pretty soon knew about Lucario's evolution. It was surprising to see that it all happened so fast, but it was a decision Lucario decided to take. As promised, Chris thanked Dawn for what she talked about with him.

However, once she looked at Lucario, she remarked that he was rather big. Chris only chuckled at this fact and said that he was lucky to have two big Lucarios (even thought he only had one so Dawn wouldn't get suspicious).

And for the time being, the duo resumed to be the same duo they used and always be...

December 20 - Saturday - Afternoon

Battle Floor - ?

Tales of the Abyss - Bloodthirsty Fang

"Gah..."

"Y-you okay?"

"Y-yes, but...I-I just can't believe this!"

A cave filled with tracks and pickaxes was shown. The cave itself currently had a battle going on in the depths of it (even if the entrance was directly straight ahead of the depth). There were two badly injured Roy and Ike as they looked up at a dreadful creature: a big dark blue horned skeleton monster that held four swords in four hands, looking down menacingly at them.

Roy gritted his teeth as he looked around. He grew with desperation as he saw the fainted bodies of Link, Toon Link, Pit, Marth, Chris (in his Swordsman job), and even Meta Knight. They all had been severely attacked by the monster, even to the extreme where they used their second chance to stand up to fight back but were easily taken out.

The monster roared at the two standing Smashers. Both Ike and Roy had already been knocked out once, but they had one last chance to fight.

"Ugh, that stupid Sword Dancer can't just stop spinning!" Roy complained. "I hate this side boss battle!"

"Funny, I thought you were the one who said to come here..." Ike said bored.

"S-shut up, you're not helping here!" Roy said annoyed as he put a tight grip on the Swords of Seals. "We better take that thing down or else we'll lose the fight!"

Ike looked up at the monster. "Even with the badge Chris told us about doesn't make much difference... Why?"

Roy looked away in embarrassment. "D-don't mind that and help me take that thing down alread-"

"LOOK OUT!"

The two swordsmen looked to see four swords being brought down hard on them. Ike and Roy screamed loudly in pain, their energies finally depleting as they let go of their swords and fell down to their knees to collapse on the cold ground... After that, everything went blurry...

"STOP THE BATTLE!" yelled a familiar voice as everything and everyone stopped form moving anymore. "The match has been lost, and thus the battle is officially over. No contenders are no longer able to fight anymore!"

Everything in the scene suddenly was replaced by black and grey lines that scrambled all over the screen...

Battle Floor - Main Floor

The scene then changed to a big screen that had the very same lost transmission signal in it. In front of the very screen, there were all the rest of the Smashers with Master Hand and Crazy Hand. Apparently, the fight was being shown to everyone, and most of them felt a bit sorry for the outcome of the battle.

"Ugh, the first time they have to fight a side boss battle and THIS has to happen..." muttered Master Hand before snapping his fingers. "Okay, you guys lose!"

Everyone turned their looks to the right where, in front of a door (with a dark blue skeleton insignia on it), the whole group of swordsmen appeared without having the severe lacerations and blood loss on their clothes. They all looked at each other before looking back at the group.

"Man, what a way to lose..." Link said ashamed.

"Hmph," Meta Knight frowned, "of course we lost the battle against that monster."

"Well, I DID see you fighting it back," Toon Link said, "but you were taken out rather quickly."

"Unfortunately, I lacked knowledge about the monster's strength," Meta Knight said. "Its strength with 4 swords was surprising and too much for me to handle."

"Same here," Ike said. "That monster did fight well, though..."

Chris shivered. "P-please, no more monsters who can wield more than 2 swords...I-I had enough with that thing!"

"I-I agree," Pit said. "I-I'm glad those injuries were just temporal..."

Master Hand floated to the group of swordsmen. "You guys were so pushing your luck in that battle," he said. "Because of that, you were taken out very quickly...all of you..."

"I-I don't understand..." Chris trailed off. "I-I was sure the 64 Badge was going to give us more strength...but yet that monster took us out so easily like nothing!"

Roy looked away, Marth noticing this action.

"That thing shouldn't be that strong!" Chris said. "In fact, we could have easily defeated it without effort...but...this happened!"

Marth looked bored at Roy. "Roy...did you have something to do with this?"

Roy chuckled nervously at this and looked back at the door's sign.

"This lost soul only lives to fight the strongest for the welfare of its growth in swordsmanship."

Roy looked at a small rotator that had the words "Very Intense" on it. "L-look at this, somebody accidentally changed the difficulty of the battle..."

Some of the Smashers groaned at this, Chris taking a closer look at the rotator. "Wait, I forgot why this was here before..."

Master Hand grumbled. "Okay, you need more explanations, so I'll give them to you," he said. "Let's walk back with the others."

The defeated Smashers nodded at this before they all walked back to the group in front of the TV (the stairs leading to the floor just behind the group). Once reuniting with them, they all looked at Master Hand in front of the TV screen.

"Well, the first battle that took place here ended in defeat for you," Master Hand said. "If would have been much easier for you to win it if Roy DIDN'T change the difficulty."

Most of the Smashers glared at the red-haired swordsman. Roy smiled nervously. "H-hey, I was just thinking if we could beat it at a harder difficulty..."

Zelda frowned. "Master Hand, I don't think I saw the option of increasing the difficulty of the battles here the last time we came here... Did you recently add that?"

Master Hand nodded. "Well, yes, I did," the hand said before showing the small rotator on the TV screen. "For those who forgot already, this is the Rotator of Difficulty. I recently added this feature so you guys want to have a bigger challenge."

Mewtwo looked at his right where all the doors had the rotators by their sides. "It's clear to see every door got one," he said.

"After so much thinking, I decided to allow you to increase the difficulty for each battle if you're aiming to get a bigger challenge," Master Hand explained. "There are 5 different settings: Hard, Very Hard, Intense, Very Intense, and Unknown. The bigger the challenge, the better the prize will be."

"And somebody here thought we could defeat a skeleton monster at Very Intense without us having to know in the first place," Toon Link grumbled to himself, Roy giving him a nervous look.

"So changing difficulties give better spoils, then?" asked DK.

"Exactly," Master Hand said. "However, there are some doors here that have set difficulties that can be increased to harder difficulties. There are doors with the Intense difficult already on, and it can be increased to Unknown but can't be reduce to Very Hard. This is like this because there are some bosses who are, in fact, hard as they are."

"It's suicide if someone increases the difficulty..." Ike muttered.

"Like SOMEBODY we know here," added Link.

Roy groaned. "Okay, okay, okay! It was my fault, not yours, geez!"

Master Hand cleared his throat. "Well, after seeing how badly the last fight went..." he looked at Crazy Hand, "I want you to provide them with the shop so they buy something."

"Right-o," Crazy Hand said before he snapped his fingers and made a counter fall down from the ceiling...making a hole in it.

Master Hand sighed at this. "At least you made a counter appear... That's progress."

"Hee hee!" Crazy Hand giggled.

The Hand of Creation frowned at this and looked at the Smashers. "Everything's set for you to take another challenge. I wonder, what will it be this time? Does anybody want to take on a boss here?"

Almost everyone looked at each other and began muttering and whispering things between each other. As each one talked with each other, Chris felt that a claw was tapping his left shoulder. Turning around, he looked a bit shocked at Wolf.

"Kid, the time is now," Wolf said. "Time for you to do the deal you made with me."

Chris looked unsure. "W-wait, how come you just remembered this now?"

Wolf crossed his arms. "I thought about asking this earlier, but seeing how we ended up having to rest all this time, I wanted to have some relaxation and not sound too harsh," he explained. "It'd be very selfish of me to ask to come here right after our break started. If I did, you'd be annoyed, and you wouldn't want to cooperate in battle."

"T-that's...kind of...well..."

"True," Wolf finished for Chris. "So what will it be?"

"...I...made a deal with you..." Chris said. "...I'm not going to go back to my word."

Wolf nodded. "This is how it should be," he said. "Now tell the hand you want to take the challenge...for that door over there."

Chris glanced over to the door with the several claw marks all over it. He also saw the splitting image of someone who looked like Wolf and read the sign hanging in front of it.

"The lunar howls of the Werehogs shall be the last roars you hear before you die a fast, but painful death."

"...That door?" Chris asked.

"That very same door," Wolf said. "That's the one we're going in."

The swordsman stared at the door. "...You know...Wolf...don't you find it odd that this door has the word 'werehog' in its description?"

Wolf looked back at the door. "Now that you mention it...it does sound odd..." He rubbed his chin a bit. "To tell the truth, what does it even mean? Why would the transformation of the hedgehog be worth mentioning in that door?"

"..." Chris turned around and raised his hand. "U-um, excuse me, Master Hand..."

"Yes?" Master Hand said. "Do you want to take on a boss?"

Chris nodded unsure. "Yes...I'd like to take on the boss of that door over there," he said before he turned around and pointed at the door with claw marks to the left of the entrance.

"Oh, I see," the hand said before floating over to the door, the Smashers following him with their eyes. "Well, okay, you guys will be facing whatever is behind this door."

"What do you mean by whatever is behind the door?" Olimar asked. "You don't know?"

Master Hand turned to them. "Well...you see...this door here isn't like any of the doors of this place..."

Mario crossed his arms. "Why's that?"

"Unlike any of the doors, which will take anyone to a different world...this door takes you to...another alternate dimension," the hand explained.

Snake sighed at this. "First our task is to travel between worlds to save them from the Subspace Army, and now we're going to intervene with dimensions? I swear that this is getting really wacky for my tastes..."

"Hey, don't say that, it's not what you think it is," the hand said. "You see, I wanted to give it a test with this; a test where I want to conduct some research of how parallel dimensions work."

Sonic looked annoyed at this. "Hey, I'm not someone else's guinea pig..."

"N-no, I'm not using any of you like guinea pigs at all, I swear!" Master Hand said. "I-it really looks like it, but it's not!"

Samus sighed. "We're always being used as guinea pigs, and we always say the experience was enjoyable..."

"But still, I don't like to be one," C. Falcon (with a piece of paper sticking out from his right nostril) said. "I didn't join this place for this!"

Master Hand chuckled. "That's what happens when you don't read everything in the contract. You get yourselves submitted to me for any new experiment I'd like you try out with you...not threatening for your lives, o-of course..."

"That...pretty much says we're a bunch of guinea pigs for you..." Ness said bored.

"...A-anyway! You want to challenge this boss to a battle?" Master Hand asked (many of the Smashers giving him bored looks). "T-then you should get prepared for what is to come in there!"

Chip joined his hands. "Ooh, ooh, can I join Sonic, pretty please?" he asked before he flew over to the sign with the selected characters on it. "It says here he's going there. Can I be his loyal partner?"

"That...I'm not sure..." Master Hand said confused. "Well, you're not technically a fighter...but you're some sort of a spectator..."

"Then can be I watching the fight from a safe distance?"

Master Hand looked at Sonic.

"If he gets hurt, he won't have to follow me everywhere," Sonic whispered.

Master Hand looked at Chip and nodded. "Okay, you may go as long as you don't do something reckless."

"Oh, don't worry," Chip said before he took out a small brown hat with a small whip around his left arm. "Indiana Chip's ready for action."

The hand stared at Chip's odd costume before he shrugged. "Okay...Indiana Chip..."

Chip smiled pleased before he looked back at the sign. "...Hey, it says werehog in plural... WAIT A MINUTE!" he suddenly yelled and turned to Master Hand. "How come this door has that word in there? I demand answers right now because I AM the one who made the word before!"

"Hmm?" Master Hand read the sign. "...Oh, right, I forgot about this little detail..."

Sonic looked shocked. "Wait a second, WAIT A SECOND THERE," he warned before he quickly went to read the sign. "Something about this isn't JUST going my way at all..."

Master Hand thought for a second. "Well, the description of the door sounds a little bit...dangerous...I admit..." he said.

Sonic looked back at him. "Then since it says that there's more than one werehog...doesn't that mean..."

The Smashers thought for a moment before multiple groans came out from most of them, many of them starting to complain about seeing one more werehog.

"Oh no, NO, NO, NO, NO," Chris said gulping. "T-there's no way there's more than one werehog than Sonic out there!"

"I agree totally with you there..." Diddy muttered. "I-I mean, don't we still remember what happened the last time we fought that evil spirit inside Sonic while he was a werehog?"

"The very same night Chris died..." Lucario muttered before glaring at the door. "I don't want to see another monster like that ever again."

"I'm pretty sure NONE of us want to see one again," Roy said. "That excuse for a wolf was pretty insane and stupid, remember? He enjoys making people suffer through his power out of pleasure!"

"But now we have to watch more than one of them?" Falco asked before he shook his head. "Bleh, I'd rather puke than seeing another one..."

"B-but...do we know that the monsters in there are the same?" Pichu asked. "W-what if...they end up turning out worse than Dark Super Sonic was?"

"If...that was true..." Link trailed off, "...I don't want to think about it at all."

"Everyone, calm down now," Master Hand said. "Like I said before, there's no way you can die in these side boss battles. If you were to die, you'd get transported back here. You don't have to worry about dying or losing."

"We know that, but...it's just that we're awfully sick of seeing this thing brought up again," Samus said. "What if whoever is waiting for people like us to show up there turns out to have been driven to madness with the power that Sonic gets when he transforms?"

"Not to mention how I lose my speed..." Sonic muttered in annoyance.

"Actually...would it be possible that there's a way for someone to...um...well...become a werehog?" Lucas asked terrified.

Nana rolled her eyes. "Lucas, this is not like typical werewolf fairytales where you get turned into one if an infected werewolf bites you. Also, I don't think there's a way to turn into one without having to go through the same thing Sonic was trapped with, and fortunately none of us will be like him...to the full extent to the word. (Sonic: Hey!) Do you still believe in those tales?"

"N-no...b-but it was just a guess..." Lucas admitted.

Wolf grumbled a bit at this. "Would you all please stop arguing? If we hate that transformation so much and how the victim turns out to be, why we don't get rid of the scourge by fighting them head-on? It'd be for the best if we ended it that way."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 21, 2010, 07:14:54 AM
"Y-you're saying that because you're the one who wants to go IN there," Chris pointed out. "I-I don't know you, but I think this is a very bad idea... I can barely stand watching Sonic turn into a werehog..."

"And I can barely stand myself from scratching my neck with my foot, and that isn't a very pretty sight, y'know," Sonic said annoyed.

"T-too much information..." muttered Kirby in disgust.

Master Hand sighed. "If you guys hate Sonic's transformation so much, you either can go and challenge the boss in there or nuke Sonic to his oblivion instead."

Chris frowned. "I...guess the fight would be better..."

Wolf grinned a bit at this. "Good enough for me."

Chris turned to the sign to see the allowed characters. "...For this battle, Wolf, Popo, Nana, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Toon Link, Yoshi, Sonic, and I are going to be let in..."

"Me too!" Chip yelled.

"And...you too, Chip..."

"Hurray!"

Persona 4 - Backside of the TV

The Smashers began to talk with each other before Sonic noticed something he ignored a moment ago. "Wait, nuke me to my oblivion?" he asked to himself.

Chip floated to him. "Let's call an exorcist so we don't have to nuke you to your oblivion, Sonic!"

Sonic stared annoyed at Chip. "You're not going to nuke me, right?"

"Depends of what everyone says."

"Chip, you're just...ugh... Forget it..." Sonic muttered in shame.

Chip looked a bit pleased at this while Chris seemed to be talking with Wolf from behind their backs.

"Okay, kid," Wolf began with crossed arms, "I'll let you handle what we should need to have for that fight. Once we go through that door, I'll be the one in charge."

The World Traveler looked unsure. "Well, it concerns you in some way or another... I'm fine with what you want to do as long as you think about us as well."

Wolf nodded. "It's obvious that the boss is going to be allied with more of those worthless monsters. If they happen to gang up on me, I'll need as much as help as possible."

"...You're...actually thinking about relying on us?"

"Selfishness is going to be my death one of these days," Wolf said. "If I am selfish, I wouldn't change like a certain someone told me I would do."

"..." Chris shrugged at the memory. "P-point taken..."

Wolf nodded. "However, don't think I'm going to be friendlier than before. I'll just help out during the battle, not foster other things."

"I-I know..." Chris muttered.

Wolf looked up at the ceiling. "If it comes down to it, I'll use my new power that the pesky girl with the horn we met some months ago gave me."

Chris blinked a bit. "You mean Phoenix?"

Wolf looked back at him. "Yeah, I'm talking about the fire bird. She said not only it attacks all enemies, but it also heals fallen fighters." He shook his head. "But it's enough about all that. Go with the hands to get stuff necessary for the battle. You're in charge of the inventory."

"W-why?"

"I hate to admit this, but I barely know a thing about items," Wolf admitted. "You're much of a know-it-all in that area. Whatever you think is good for us, we'll use it."

"..." Chris nodded with a sigh before turning around to walk towards Crazy Hand's counter.

"Ooh boy, hi," Crazy Hand said.

"Hello," Chris said. "Crazy Hand, whatever did you do with the recipe I gave you?"

Crazy Hand moved his fingers a bit. "Well, thanks to that piece of paper, there's a new selection of items at this shop. Now you can buy Mega Mushrooms!"

Chris smiled a bit. "T-that's actually good to hear."

"You can buy one for 5000 Smash Coins!"

"...Now it suddenly turned bad..."

Crazy Hand grumbled. "Hey, this item makes you grow 3 times instead of 2 times like the Super Mushroom does," he explained. "Battles would be really easier if you bought this one. However, it takes some of the fun away, so that's why its price is high."

The World Traveler looked a bit miffed at this. "Okay, I'll have to agree with you."

"So, my boy, what are you going to buy from little good ol' me?"

Jobs (None) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items (New)

Smash Coins in hand: 19101

Chris thought for a moment. "First, I'd like to store some items."

"Okay, what are those items?" Crazy Hand asked.

The swordsman put the Block Meal and the Superspicy Curry on the counter. "These ones," he said.

Crazy Hand nodded and took the Block Meal and the Superspicy Curry behind the counter on the floor. "Okay, it was stored. What are you going to buy?"

"Hmm, I would like to see items first, please."

"'Kay," Crazy Hand said.

-Items

Assist Trophy - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Beam Sword - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Bob-omb - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Bumper - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Bunny Hood - 300 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Cracker Launcher - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Deku Nut - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Fan - 100 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Fire Flower - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Food (contains 10 dishes) - 400 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Franklin Badge - 400 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Freezie - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Golden Hammer - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Gooey Bomb - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Green Shell - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hammer - 700 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Heart Container - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Home-Run Bat - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Hothead - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Lightning - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Lip's Stick - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Maxim Tomato - 300 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Metal Box - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Motion-Sensor Bomb - 100 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Mr. Saturn - 100 Smash Coins - 100 copies
Pitfall - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Poison Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Poke Ball - 800 Smash Coins - 6 copies
Ray Gun - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Screw Attack - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Smart Bomb - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Smash Ball - 1000 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Smoke Ball - 100 Smash Coins - 5 copies
Soccer Ball - 500 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Spring - 200 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Starman - 800 Smash Coins - 1 copy
Star Rod - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Mushroom - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Super Scope - 400 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Superspicy Curry - 300 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Team Healer - 200 Smash Coins - 3 copies
Timer - 500 Smash Coins - 2 copies
Unira - 200 Smash Coins - 4 copies
Warp Star - 600 Smash Coins - 2 copies

Mega Mushroom - 5000 Smash Coins - 1 copy

Items in hand:
Green Shell
Poison Mushroom

Stored items:
Superspicy Curry
Block Meal


Chris pressed his brow a bit with two fingers of his right hand. Thinking hard enough, he managed to think what he wanted to buy. "I have a lot of money this time around, so I'm going to buy...hmm...a Timer, an Assist Trophy, a Deku Nut, a Smash Ball, a Motion Sensor Bomb, and a Warp Star."

Crazy Hand chuckled deeply. "Dude, you're going on a shopping spree with me now! I'm flattered and impressed."

Chris nervously chuckled a bit at this. "W-well, I want to be prepared for anything in that boss battle so experimenting a bit wouldn't hurt, right?"

"Yeah," Crazy Hand said. "Okay, adding all that up, you'd spend...2900 Smash Coins in total."

The World Traveler nodded at this and gave the insane hand the amount of coins. Upon receiving the coins, Crazy Hand snapped his fingers to produce the six requested items that Chris took with him, the money count dropping to 16201 Smash Coins.

"Oh yeah, that was good, alright," Crazy Hand said. "Anything else you want to see?"

Chris thought for a moment. "Let's see... Most of the Smashers who are going to come with us have some good extras...but..." he looked up at him, "I'd like to see the specific abilities for...hmm...Wolf, Yoshi, Squirtle, and Ivysaur, please."

"Nice," Crazy Hand said before showing Chris a list. "Here you can see the abilities for 'em."

The World Traveler took the paper and looked through the list for the specific abilities.

-Smashers' Abilities

-Wolf

Wolf Flash EX - 1000 Smash Coins


Instead of performing a diagonal attack, Wolf can perform the attack at any direction. The Meteor Smash will remain.

Charger - 2000 Smash Coins

Gives a new function to Wolf's Blaster. Wolf can charge his next shot to make it bigger, faster, with a much longer paralyzing effect. The charged shot will remain unless fired.

Fire Wolf EX - 3000 Smash Coins

Once executing the last kick, Wolf will start a series of close combat attacks (claw, knees, kick attacks) in midair before using a strong Meteor Smash on the target, delivering great damage to a single enemy.

Poison Inflicter - 4000 Smash Coins

All physical attacks will have an average chance of inflicting Poison or Deadly Poison.

Resist lvl. 1: Dark/Shadow - 1000 Smash Coins

Wolf will reduce any received dark/shadow based attacka by a third (1/3).

Chris thought for a moment. "...Maybe I should buy him 2 so he becomes a bit stronger..." He nodded to himself and looked at Master Hand. "I'd like to buy for him (balance between strength and defense), Wolf Flash EX, and the resistance." He gave Crazy Hand 2000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 14201 Smash Coins.

"Nice, kid."

Chris nearly got a bit of a heart attack before turning around to look at Wolf. "D-don't appear out of nowhere like that, it's creepy!" Chris complained.

Wolf rolled his eye. "What, I can't thank you for buying me 2 new things?" he asked.

"W-well..."

"Heh, I just enjoy seeing people realizing what they forget because I point it out for them, and you're not an exception, kid," Wolf teased a bit. "...But anyway, thanks for giving me those abilities, I guess."

"...O...kay..." Chris said a bit freaked out. "(I shouldn't have bought those abilities if this was going to happen...) You're...not upset because I didn't want to buy the rest?"

Wolf shook his head. "If you did that, I'd look selfish to others. I don't want you to make me look like a jerk, kid."

The World Traveler stared at Wolf for a bit. "...R-right, sir..." Chris nodded.

Wolf grinned a bit. "Make up your mind and get things ready. I'll wait for everyone close to the door," he said before he turned around and walked to the door.

Chris shrugged at this and looked back at the list.

-Yoshi

Egg Ammo - 1000 Smash Coins


Yoshi will be able to swallow 7 things/enemies to turn them into eggs for him to have as ammunition. These 7 can be fired at a quick pace to deal great damage to one or several enemies.

Color Change - 2000 Smash Coins

Sometimes, Yoshi will change colors right after using Egg Roll. Anything he swallows will give him a different ability depending of the color (blue for wings, red for fireballs, pink for charm, white for invisible defense, and black for heavy hits).

Ground Pound Stomp - 3000 Smash Coins

Yoshi will use Ground Pound on an enemy, but, depending of how much energy he has left (preferably high), he will pound the enemy 5 times maximum.

Resist lvl. 1: Water - 1000 Smash Coins

Yoshi will reduce any received water based attacks by a third (1/3).

Resist lvl. 1: Fire - 1000 Smash Coins

Yoshi will reduce any received fire-based attacks by a third (1/3).

"Hmm, Color Change..." Chris mused. "I want the Color Change ability, please."

"Money talks even more than your own words, if you know what I mean," Crazy Hand said before Chris gave him 2000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 12201 Smash Coins.

Yoshi walked to Chris and shrugged a bit. "I-I don't want to see more of those...monsters anymore... I hated to fight Sonic's transformation back then..."

Chris sighed. "I'm as scared as you, Yoshi... But this is a favor I have to do for Wolf."

"W-well, make sure that favor doesn't end up making all of us have nightmares with werehogs because I'm a bit fragile with nightmares."

"I-I'll see..." Chris muttered before Yoshi shrugged more and walked away from him. The swordsman looked back at the list once more.

-Squirtle

Aqua Ring - 1000 Smash Coins

Squirtle will cast rings of water around him. He will recover energy overtime (in small amounts). This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Ice Beam - 2000 Smash Coins

Squirtle will shoot a frigid shot of ice to the enemy, having small chances of freezing the enemy. This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Brine - 3000 Smash Coins

Once a foe's health has been reduced to a half, this weak attack will grow to a much stronger level to cause even more damage. This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Resist lvl. 1: Water - 1000 Smash Coins

Squirtle will reduce any received water-based attacks by two thirds (2/3).

Resist lvl. 1: Electric - 1000 Smash Coins

Squirtle will reduce any received electric-based attacks by a third (1/3).

-Ivysaur

Growth - 1000 Smash Coins

Ivysaur will gather energies to grow (even if the attack states he will grow, he won't grow at all) to increase his Grass type attacks by 10 percent. It can be used up to 6 times.  This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Spore - 2000 Smash Coins

Ivysaur will release spores to make all enemies fall asleep always (except the effect is halved by the same type). This special attack ignores the 4-move limit that all Pokémon have.

Sunny Day - 3000 Smash Coins

Ivysaur will release a bright sphere to represent the sun. This attack allows Solarbeam to be ready at any moment, reduce Water type attack by a quarter, and make Fire type attacks much stronger (but this also affects everyone in battle).

Resist lvl. 1: Grass - 1000 Smash Coins

Ivysaur will reduce any received grass-based attacks by two thirds (2/3).

Resist lvl. 1: Fire - 1000 Smash Coins

Ivysaur will reduce any received water-based attacks by a third (1/3).

"(More abilities for each one of them,)" Chris thought. "I'll buy...um...Aqua Ring for Squirtle, and Spore for Ivysaur."

Crazy Hand nodded at this as Chris gave him 3000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 9201 Smash Coins. The World Traveler felt that the mentioned characters would show up in a few seconds, so he turned around to see Red, Squirtle, and Ivysaur.

"This is giving me the creeps," Red admitted. "I-I wouldn't want to see more monsters like Sonic is when he's that werehog thing."

"Hey, at least you're not FIGHTING them head-on," Squirtle said. "We have to be the ones FIGHTING head-on while you sit back and relax and...stuff."

Red blushed a bit at this. "I-I'm seriously not trying to save myself first while you 2 are battling, I swear!"

Ivysaur looked bored. "Pfft, we know how this works by now. It's always going to be the same for us 3, anyway. No need to say sorry."

Red sighed. "Oh well...but I'm going to issue the best orders I can give to you 2."

"I suppose that's how we work and do things our way," Squirtle said.

"You 3 are scared like me, right?" Chris asked.

"Let me see now..." Ivysaur wondered, "we're going to fight more than one beast with claws and fangs, night is surely going to be involved, considering how things went with our battle with that spirit inside Sonic..." he smiled, "yeah, I'm pretty darn sure we're scared."

"..."

Ivysaur glared at Chris. "Of course we're scared, dangit! Are you blind or what?"

Red gulped. "No need to be scared for this, you guys... If we pull through this, then everything will end sooner than we expect."

Squirtle shrugged a bit. "I hope we can have the same confidence you have, Red..."

Red chuckled nervously. "Y-yeah, follow my lead, you 2..."

Squirtle narrowed his eyes at Ivysaur. "We're definitely screwed, right?"

"Yeah," Ivysaur muttered back.

Chris sweat dropped at this before the trio walked away, wondering how things would turn out to be on the other side of the mysterious door. Turning around to look at Crazy Hand, Chris exhaled. "Finished..." Chris said with a sigh. "...Oh my god, I spent almost everything..."

Crazy Hand giggled. "Money comes to you, money goes to me," he said. "Every single coin in your wallet is destined to go with me someday."

The World Traveler looked a bit defeated. "Please, don't say that..." He blinked a few times. "Wait a minute, I think there's somebody else I can buy things from..."

Crazy Hand watched as Chris took out a small bell with a red pom-pom as a handle. After taking it out, the hand tilted himself to a half circle. "What's that little thingy?"

"This is the Stiltzkin Bell," Chris said. "Supposedly, if I ring it, Stiltzkin will come so I can buy stuff from him..."

Crazy Hand grumbled. "Hey, you're supporting my rivals in business? Not cool, man, not cool!" he said angrily. "I'm supposed to be your #1 main source of goods here, not some guy you just met a day where I wasn't there to see you meet the guy!"

Chris stared at him before he rang the bell a few times, the sounds of the little instrument ringing hard in the floor (although it wasn't loud enough to interrupt the others talking to each other). "Well...let's see if he does appear," Chris said.

Master Hand went to Chris. "Oh, sorry, Chris, but nobody's allowed to play instruments outside the music room."

The World Traveler looked annoyed at him. "You just made that rule right now!" Chris yelled.

"Well, I'm the boss, so your logic fails, ha-ha," Master Hand said.

Chip suddenly floated close and showed them his hat. "You guys wanna give me some refunds for my next exploration after this fight? I'm short of money right now..."

Master Hand frowned. "Chip, drop that weird persona from you. It's making you look...wackier than usual."

Chip pouted a bit. "Hey, don't you dare say that to Indiana Chip again!"

As the imp looked angrily, Chris looked around the floor for any signs of Stiltzkin. "...Where is he? I thought he was going to appear..." he muttered.

Chip looked at his hat on his hands. "I need money so I can buy myself a compass. You need one when you're lost inside a cave filled with traps, arrows, pits, monsters, some boulders, more arrows, puzzles, some more pits, bigger boulders, vines that hide passages, more arrows, more tra-"

And suddenly, from Chip's hat under side, Stiltzkin appeared by falling down from the hat. Chris, Chip, Crazy Hand, and Master Hand turned to look at the little traveler 'businessmoogle' with some shocked looks. "Greetings," Stiltzkin said. "Did I hear a bell ringing here or what?"

Master Hand 'seemed' confused as to why the little shopkeeper appeared from within an unlikeable area like Chip's hat. He was a bit freaked out that someone like Stiltzkin could actually appear from a hat. "W-what the... Who are you and what were you doing in there?"

Stiltzkin hopped a bit on each foot. "My name is Stiltzkin. I just happened to come out from the guy's hat, Mr. Hand."

"Yes, I SERIOUSLY believe that you just happened to come out from that little hat," Master Hand joked. "Really, how did you get there?"

"I have my ways," Stiltzkin said. "Many, many ways," he added.

Chip looked at his hat in curiosity. "Hmm, he appeared from my little hat... Well, at least he didn't appear from my Crystal Skull."

The Hand of Creation ignored Chip's comment before focusing back on the moogle. "...Nothing else to say besides that?" Master Hand asked. "You just appeared from his hat?"

"Hmm, not much," Stiltzkin admitted. "There's not much to it."

"..."

Stiltzkin looked at Chris. "Oh, if it isn't my friend with the hobby to change between extravagant-looking clothes to old-style clothes. Well, did you want me to buy something from my wares?"

Chris nervously chuckled a bit before Crazy Hand 'glared' at the shopkeeper/traveler. "Me don't likes competency..." Crazy Hand muttered, the moogle ignoring him totally.

"A-ah, well, I wanted to see what else I could buy from you," Chris said to Stiltzkin while Crazy Hand grumbled angrily to himself. "Do you have new stuff or do you still have the same?"

Stiltzkin tilted his head to the right. "Hmm, I have the same stuff, sadly," he admitted. "However, you have some kind of a keen eye for buying what you need the most. I'll be glad to sell you anything as long as you have money."

Master Hand shook himself. "Wait, are you supposed to appear whenever someone rings that little bell?"

"That's how I and the bell work," Stiltzkin said. "I have my ways to get to my customers, which happens only to be the whole bunch of you."

"But...you can get here from anywhere?"

"Like I said, I have my ways," Stiltzkin said. "Anyhow, what would you like to buy from me?" he asked to Chris.

Stiltzkin Wares

Smash Coins in hand: 9201 Smash Coins

Counter – 4000 Smash Coins

Fury – 4000 Smash Coins

Bad Breath – 9000 Smash Coins

Life – 5000 Smash Coins

Null-Physical – 7000 Smash Coins

Death – 3000 Smash Coins


The World Traveler couldn't think of a good ability to buy from Stiltzkin. Chris began to knock himself on the forehead a few times as he tried to get something from the moogle. "(Oh, please, these abilities are very different than Crazy Hand's abilities... I need to decide...but...for which one?)"

Out of nowhere, Popo came in and pouted at Chris.

Chris looked at Popo. "U-um...is something wrong? Why are you looking very upset at me?"

"I'm mad," Popo said. "VERY mad right now," he added.

"But...why are you mad?"

A bored Nana appeared from behind Popo and sighed after. "It's my fault, Chris. I accidentally said a banned word I shouldn't have said when Popo's close."

Chris looked back at Popo's pouting face before shifting back to Nana. "What word?"

"Well, I was wondering if there was going to be a nocturnal snowstorm very soon this month, and that's when Popo's Wacky Mode turned itself on."

"Yeah, and I'm PISSED off!" Popo said pouting. "I just remembered I had some business to settle with some furred beasts who happened to be such a bunch of immature jerks to me when I went to look for a close bathroom!" he yelled angrily. "Remember that time where I was trying to fine some super cool bathroom through the door? Well, I met these guys who ticked me off: TICKED me off badly."

"...What?" Chris muttered.

Popo crossed his arms. "That door over there has probably the wierdest of weirdoes I've ever met before! Not only they smelled weird, they looked like poor imitations of wolves, I swear! Wolf-looking weirdos with fur and stuff..." Popo thought for a moment. "No, wait, they were werehog weirdos just like Sonic...except even weirder and creepier."

Chris shook his head at this. "W-wait, hold on there... You went into that door?"

Popo nodded.  "Yeah, they were all hairy, had these big huge fangs, and liked to howl almost every single minute I could count with 2s and 5s." He pointed at Nana.  "You DO remember, right? I told you about them once during my 'wonderful voyage' to get to a nice bathroom."

Nana rolled her eyes a this. "I UNFORTUNATELY remember, Popo... But I do know for sure you're just making up those weird facts just so you can get attention, which you're doing nicely because it sounds very weird!"

"Cool, but enough about that. Those guys were cuckoo cuckoo ala Kakariko Village for sure!" Popo took out his hammer.  "They broke my hammer, and I had to get a new one. Not to mention the fact that, while they had a nice bathroom, they were all total jerks to the extreme. I mean, Were-Falco and Were-Snake kept swearing, Were-Link kept asking me a bunch of dumb questions which I didn't get at all, Were-Olimar made up a bunch of weird words, and, oh, Were-Zelda was just so lesbian and emo that she looked so lesbemo! She was moaning about losing "Zesu" or something, and I was like "who is that" an-"

"Popo, shut up!" Nana yelled and raised a finger. "Look, I don't know what you saw in there, but I know you didn't see all of us as werehogs. I mean, puh-lease, Popo!" She looked at the others. "Do you really think we're going to believe any of that bull?"

"Yeah, like I so did that! ...Well, I didn't see us as werehogs, though. They said I was dead and you had gone super crazy but like all of rest of them were werehogs an-"

Nana grunted again and slapped Popo hard enough to make him fall on his back. "Shut up, shut up, shut up already, Popo!" She turned to the others and sighed angrily. "Don't believe in anything he's saying at all! When Popo is like this, it's so hard to understand what his mind is trying to say!"

Master Hand stared at the fuming Nana for a bit. "...Alright...we'll have that in mind for sure..."

Nana sighed. "Thank you, really, thank you," she muttered a bit pleased.

Popo sat up and raised his hand. "I want the Fury ability!" he demanded. "I'm furious with those guys, so I'm going to use that sticker to get back at 'em!"

Nana slapped her forehead. "...Chris...would you please buy what he wants so he stops being this...irrational?"

The World Traveler stared at Popo's pouting look. Shrugging at this, the World Traveler showed Stiltzkin 4000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 5201 Smash Coins. Stiltzkin nodded at this. "I don't have a clue about what the seemingly absentminded guy said, but if you want to buy anything, then I'll have to comply," he said as he took the coins and dug out from his pouch a small-sized sticker that read 'Fury' in red letters.

Before Chris could take the sticker, Popo suddenly got up and grabbed it, placing it quickly on his stand. "There, now I feel the boost," he said pouting.

"That's not how it works," Stiltzkin said. "Your power will be doubled once you see a party member fall down."

"Bummer!" Popo groaned. "Fine, I'll go get myself ready with other stuff!"

"Popo, what do you mean by that?" Nana asked bored. "(I'm going to hit myself for asking him while he's like this...)"

Popo pumped up a right fist. "You'll see once I get back!" he proclaimed before turning around to the stairs where he walked down through them.

Nana rolled her eyes. "Sometimes, I think he's just doing this so he can have fun..." she muttered before moving up and down her right hand to the others. "You ignore him, okay? I can't do anything for the moment... I'll wait until we're ready..." She turned around and walked away from them.

Master Hand frowned. "How wonderful is the group of fighters, huh... You'll see pretty much a lot from each one of them..."

"You're feeling kind of guilty for this because you gathered them?" Chris asked.

"Meh, not really," Master Hand said with a chuckle. "It adds for the craziness, and I like to see some of it a lot."

Chris frowned at this with a sigh before looking back at Stiltzkin. "Well, that's going to be everything," he said.

"Pleasure doing business with you," Stiltzkin said. "I wish you luck with whatever you're going to do in this eerie floor. I'm getting the creeps by just staring at the torches around here..." He hopped a bit on each feet. "Okay, I'm off. There are many places where I'm required to know more about."

Master Hand sighed. "Well, you can use the stairs and go directly to the lobby where yo-"

Stiltzkin didn't listen to Master Hand. Instead of going through the stairs, the moogle traveler looked up at Chip (still staring at his hat) before Stiltzkin flew over to the underneath of the hat where he nicely entered through it and disappeared, the imp blinking surprised at this.

"Wow," Chip said, "this hat must have been created for the only purpose to use it for magic."

"Burn it," Crazy Hand muttered. "Stop that guy from ever appearing here."

Chip looked worried. "But I like my hat! It's like getting a hat at the circus except I got this from Peach and not from a circus where it should have been more entertaining to do."

Master Hand ignored Chip once more and looked at Chris. "Incredible how you get to meet weird people like Stiltzkin, huh?"

The World Traveler looked at the hand. "...Just...well... How does Stiltzkin appear like that?"

"Beats me," Master Hand said. "As far as I know, there are many peculiar people out there."

Crazy Hand grunted at this. "If I ever see that little client-thief furry guy again, I'll smash him down...twice...followed up with FOUR more smacking...then twice again!"

Master Hand turned to his brother. "Oh, Crazy, please don't start another riot with other sellers. I know you think they're trying to take clients (AKA. Chris) away from you, but you're just exaggerating."

"I didn't wreck that raccoon's shop for nothing!" Crazy Hand said annoyed. "I was very pleased with myself!"

"And thanks to that, now I know I can foresee a bill from Tom Nook in a near future!" Master Hand complained. "Besides, neither Chris nor anyone else buys from him at all!"

Crazy Hand moved his thumb and pinky finger up a bit. "You never know if they'll buy from 'em very soon. Gotta destroy the competency before it's too late."

"Not destroy their stores literally, you dumb idiot!" Master Hand yelled. "Ugh, you're a big lost case, sincerely..."

"Thanks."

Master Hand grunted and turned to Chris. "Anyway, you get the guys ready for the next grueling battle. Everyone seems eager to watch this now."

Chris shrugged. "I-I'd prefer if we didn't fight again..." He turned around and walked to the front of the door where Wolf waited patiently for Chris. Soon enough, Toon Link, Yoshi, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Sonic, Chip, and Nana walked to them to join the group. "Ready."

Wolf nodded. "Alright," he said.

Nana looked around and grunted. "Where the hell is Popo now? We're going in without him if he doesn't show up in time!"

At that moment, Popo appeared behind her. However, the blue Ice Climber was wearing what appeared to be silver crosses around his neck, a silver crown spoon around his head, silver wrappers around his gloved hands, and even silver glasses. "Okay, my anti-werewolf armor is ready," he said.

Everyone looked at his weird attire before Nana grunted. "Popo, why did you go ahead to wear that ridiculous attire made out of silver."

"Hey, Jiggs here said that silver stuff worked with werehogs (Jigglypuff: Did not!)," Popo said. "I'm being smart here so I outsmart those guys out their fur suits."

Wolf stared at Popo's attire. "So far, you've managed to make it clear for me that you're a big retard."

"Geez, you just noticed?" Nana asked annoyed before looking back at Popo. "Popo, take those off, now."

Popo shook his head. "Oh no, I'm not going to get naked just because you hate silver!"

"You're wearing freaking silver glasses! What are they going to do?"

"They give me silver vision."

Nana grunted and began to take off every single silver material from Popo until everything was scrapped off from him. "There, you don't need any of those things for this battle."

Popo sighed. "You want me to die so badly, right?"

"For the last time, you won't die in these battles!" Master Hand reminded them.

"You got your answer now!" Nana yelled at Popo as she tossed the silver stuff away. She turned to Chris. "Let's begin this encounter before the day ends! The sooner we get this done, the smarter Popo will become!"

"But you just made me get naked!"

Wolf had enough of the whole argument that he decided to open the door, revealing a blue vortex that leaded somewhere. "If you had enough of that, let's all go in."

The selected group looked at the swirling vortex with some worry. Many of them gulped at the sight of the vortex before Chris turned around and looked at some of the other Smashers. "S-somebody please wish us good luck..."

"Good luck," DK said with a thumb up.

"B-be very careful, okay?" Olimar said.

Lucario stared at Chris. "Please, don't let anything or anyone hurt you badly."

"I won't so don't worry... I-I'll worry about it, though," Chris admitted.

Toon Link made a serious look. "Let's skin them alive!"

"Y-you do that part..." Yoshi muttered.

Wolf sighed at this before he grabbed Chris's right shoulder and entered through the portal. Toon Link, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Yoshi, Popo, and Nana looked at each other worried before they all went through the vortex. Once they crossed, Kirby walked to the door and silently closed it, creating a bit of a crackling sound.

Master Hand looked at the Smashers. "Well, the next match will start in a few. We should better watch it from the screen over there."

"Can we still talk to them?" Luigi asked.

"Sure, we'll use Chris's DS to cheer from here. The screen will show how the battle goes," Master Hand explained. "Okay, let's go now. Let's give them good morale, unlike how it went with the previous battle."

Roy groaned. "Would you knock it off already?"

"Okay, okay..."

The Smashers began to walk back to the screen where they all stared at the blurry screen before it got clearer, showing a different setting for the next match...

TO BE CONTINUED...

----------------------------------------------------

"Night of the Were-Wolf... U-um...didn't we already have Night of the Werehog?" Chris asked.

Silence...

"...H-hello?"


Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Smash Mansion
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on January 29, 2010, 12:14:14 PM
Chapter 165: New Year's Resolution

-Smash Mansion-
Main Lobby

December 23 - Tuesday - Morning

In the lobby of the mansion, there was Pikachu putting a present under the rows of presents of the tree. He sighed a bit after doing what he wanted. "Just in time..." he muttered. "This is what happens when Lucario has to evolve. I have to get him a new gift because the previous one would look childish for his age...or how old he appears to be, anyway..."

At that moment, Chip appeared from behind the tree and looked at Pikachu. "Hey!" he greeted cheerfully. "How's it going?"

Pikachu looked at him. "Oh, Chip, hi," he greeted. "What are you doing here? I thought you were out doing some sightseeing."

"Yeah...I don't feel like doing it today," Chip admitted. "I feel like staying here all day for the time being."

"Oh, is that so?"

"Pretty much," Chip said before he looked at the presents. "...Hey, there's a gift for me here."

Pikachu looked to his right where a mauve gift (a bit bigger than Chip) had a tag with his name on it. "I guess somebody wanted to give you one. Actually, the tag reads it's from...Sonic."

Chip looked pleased at this. "Aww, I'm officially part of the gang of the house."

Pikachu looked bored. "Yeah, you are because you barged in here..."

"Anyhow," Chip began, "I haven't heard of Tails and the others yet..."

"You know...that's true," Pikachu said before crossing his arms. "It's been a long while after they last were here. To be honest, their search for the Temple Guardians hasn't come along very well..."

Chip rubbed his chin a bit. "I wonder why this is happening..."

"What, you have some kind of a wild guess?"

"No, but...it should have been over sooner," Chip said. "I mean, I know they all have to fly around the world and get to their destinations, and I know it takes days to go from here to there, but...I feel like something is awfully wrong..."

Pikachu raised a finger. "Chip, there's the biggest spawn of the demon waiting to sprout out from Sonic's world and devour us. OF COURSE there's something awfully wrong."

"I-I know..." Chip said. "...But...that's not it..."

"Then what is it?"

"It's just...well...it's about the Temple Guardians..."

"You mean the same guys of the cult who don't want to say, "Hey, look at me, I'm a Temple Guardian but I'm not telling you that even if you asked me many times" or someone else?"

"No, those guys," Chip said. "I have this weird feeling that...they're not safe."

"NOBODY's safe, Chip," Pikachu said. "Remember Mr. Dark Gaia? He would like to cause darnation and the like very soon to anyone but himself."

"N-no...it's just that..." Chip trailed off, "...I think that...they're in danger..."

"Everyone's in danger, Chip," Pikachu said. "You, me, that sofa over there, the mansion, and everything else are in danger. Be a little bit more specific."

Chip grabbed his head. "...The Temple Guardians...they're not safe right now..."

Pikachu looked miffed at him. "Okay...what else?"

"..." Chip looked down. "...I can't shake off this feeling...but...maybe I feel it because I'm Light Gaia...but...if I'm right...the Temple Guardians were all...um...well...you see...er..."

Pikachu watched as Chip floated around for a bit as if he had a sudden headache.

"..." Chip stopped flying and shook his head. "...I...can't tell..."

"...Look, Mr. Clairvoyance," Pikachu began, "you're probably just so worried about what is going to happen. You need to chill down and relax."

The imp sighed. "Well, I guess you're right... I shouldn't look down right now," he said. "I need to stay with high spirits as much as I can."

"Just stay away from eating too much sugar and you'll be...probably fine," Pikachu said.

Chip looked at him and smiled. "Yeah, I'll do that," he said. "Or my name isn't Chip Norris."

Pikachu tilted his head confused at him. "...Weren't you Indiana Chip yesterday?"

Chip shook his head. "Indiana Chip died in an incident. He got his hand bitten by a snake during an expedition to get the infamous Peridot Jewel. However, Chip Norris was born thereafter." He put his hands on his hips. "Besides, if Chip Norris gets wet, the water gets Chip Norris instead."

Pikachu rolled his eyes at this. "You and your constant name changes..."

Chip pointed at him. "You shall respect Chip Norris. You don't want to make him angry."

"Depends on how threatening Chip Norris is."

"I can do a lot of stuff," Chip said.

Pikachu frowned. "Look, just don't do something stupid and you won't be in danger or something."

"Chip Norris doesn't fear danger because danger fears Chip Norris."

Having enough of the imp, Pikachu turned around and walked away to the hallway of the first floor.

Chip crossed his arms proudly. "Time for me do to some little roundhouse kicks around the front yard," he said chuckling before he flew away outside.

-Real World-
Chris's Room

As the morning light shone into the room of the World Traveler, a sleepy Lucario grumbled a bit before he yawned out loud, opening his mouth fully to reveal his sharp fangs before closing it. The Aura Pokémon looked around a bit before looking down at his sleepy trainer close to him. He smiled a bit after seeing the happy expression on Chris's face. "(He seems so happy after I evolved back...)" Lucario thought.

Since Chris had told Lucario that he didn't like to oversleep, the Aura Pokémon decided to shake his trainer a bit to the sides.

"F-five more seconds..." Chris muttered as he was asleep. "J-just let me get that darn high score... Oh my god, I got hit..."

Lucario blinked at this. "...Well...since you're not going to wake up that easily...that means I can do this instead."

"..." Chris was slowly pulled to Lucario where the Aura Pokémon began to lick slowly his cheek. "...H-heheh, heheheh, hahahaha, hahahahaha!" Chris began to laugh while Lucario looked happy. "P-please, stop, I beg you, Lucario! I-I'm awake now, please!"

Lucario stopped and looked at Chris. "Good morning, Chris."

Chris wiped some tears away. "G-good morning, Lucario... I-I knew I should've said something else for you to wake me up. You'd resort to other things..."

"I thought shaking you wasn't enough so I...did that instead."

The World Traveler smiled a bit. "Oh well, I like whatever way you want to wake me as long as it doesn't resort to some little violence."

Lucario shook his head. "I wouldn't do such a thing."

"I know that," Chris said before he yawned loudly. "Aaaaaaaah, I feel so excited today..."

"Why is that?"

"We haven't had any missions to other worlds for a long time," Chris said. "We've been resting all these days without having to do extreme fights of the sorts, and I'm glad I can socialize with others like this."

Lucario nodded. "I wonder how long this break will last, though..." he said. "The Subspace Army may be planning something in hands..."

Chris looked away. "I...think so," he said. "They wouldn't do this, but maybe there's something that it's making them not attack a world..."

Lucario sat up. "Let's not think about that. I don't want to talk about them right now."

"Right," Chris said. "Christmas is almost here. I can't wait to see what I'm going to get from my parents and the guys at the mansion. Are you excited or what?"

Lucario blushed. "W-well, I did see some people's gifts are directed to me..."

His trainer smiled a bit. "That's very good. Now you're going to be the only Lucario of the whole world to not be a lone wolf as many think you are."

"Do you think I'm a lone wolf?"

Chris shook his head. "You were one when we first got to the mansion, but ever since that, you've changed a lot, and I'm glad you did."

Lucario smiled a bit. "Thank you."

"Thank everyone else as well," Chris said before sitting up. "Let's take a bath and go to the mansion today. We finally set the Christmas tree in our house."

"And why didn't you want to set it up before?"

Chris blushed a bit. "I-I forgot about it because I was busy in the other world... At least you evolved in time to help me with the tree." He sighed depressed. "It would have been fun if you helped me when you were a Riolu."

"It's okay," Lucario said. "I like to be a Lucario more than being a Riolu. I don't want anything bad happen to you."

The World Traveler made a happy expression. "Thank you so much, Lucario."

"Guuuuuuooooorrrrrgghh..." Lucario growled happily.

Smash Mansion
Main Lobby

Back at the mansion, Lucario and Chris (in his Black Mage job, except without wearing the magic hat) reached the lobby where they found a skeptical Sonic staring at the double door, tapping his right foot on the floor in impatience. "Hmmmmm..." Sonic grunted and crossed his arms. "Just when are they gonna get here?"

"Um, Sonic?" Chris spoke from behind.

The hedgehog's ears perked up and he turned around to look at them. "Oh, it's you," Sonic said. "What's up?"

"I...could ask you the same thing," Chris said unsure. "You seemed like you were thinking about something..."

"Hey, it's rude to find out what a person is thinking," Sonic said.

"W-well..."

Sonic shook his head. "Nah, it doesn't hurt if I tell you, anyway," he said before crossing his arms. "If you're wondering what I'm wondering, it's about Tails and the others."

"What is it about them?" Lucario asked.

"Thing is, I think it's been enough time after they last were here," Sonic said. "I'm starting to wonder what's going on over their side."

Chris rubbed his chin. "Now that you mention it, I think it's been enough searching for the Temple Guardians..."

Lucario crossed his arms. "I thought it was enough as well."

Sonic grumbled a bit. "C'mon, they had to find them by now..." He stared at them. "Normally, we'd have things done very fast, but they're taking way too long...and it doesn't give me a good feeling, y'know."

Chris sighed. "That is something I can agree with you," he commented. "This doesn't make me feel just fine at all."

"See? I've made my point," Sonic said. "So then, if I'm right, there's gotta be something or someone doing something weird somewhere so this someone makes something bad and does something really bad to somebody like us, so this somebody has to do something very bad to stop us from doing something about the Temple Guardians."

The two looked at him with confused looks.

"...Hey, understand me!" Sonic said annoyed. "I'm trying my hardest to sound intelligent. T-that's not my strongest area, b-but still it didn't hurt trying!"

"I'm...just so confused..." Chris admitted in embarrassment. "T-to be honest, you didn't sound intelligent but confused at what you even told us..."

Sonic blinked a few times before he looked down. "Hmmmm, I screwed it up, didn't I?"

The World Traveler smiled nervously. "N-no, you didn't screw anything. Y-you're trying hard to come up with a logical explanation, so I guess it's a first for you to think like that."

"I dunno if I should be happy or sad..." Sonic frowned and looked up at them. "Well, doesn't matter now. I tried my hardest, right?"

"That...is right," Lucario said. "(I doubt he's going to try it again, though...)"

Sonic grinned. "Oh, then I was about to get into something important." He closed his eyes while growing his grin a bit wider. "Soon enough, I won't need Tails to think about everything we need to do."

The two sweat dropped at this. "...Don't you think that sounds a little bit...offensive to Tails?" Chris asked.

Sonic thought for a moment. "...Whoops, I think it was."

"It IS," Lucario corrected.

Sonic chuckled. "Oh well, that was a bit interesting to do, don't you think?"

The World Traveler put a hand on his forehead. "Sonic, I can't just tell if you were really trying to get to something now..."

"You're making everything look even weirder than before. Your looks make me think you're doing it just for fun," Lucario said.

Sonic sweat dropped. "U-um, maybe you're just jumping to conclusions too fast..."

"You are," Chris pointed out.

Sonic looked bored. "Alrighty, then..." He folded his arms behind his head. "So, what are you gonna do today? I was going to head down to the Mazuri Temple in a bit, but...you know what I was doing, so..."

Chris thought for a moment. "What we were going to do?"

Lucario looked up. "Haven't you gotten the presents for the people you want to give gifts, Chris?"

His trainer looked at him. "O-oh, yes, I need to get some presents... Where do I get those? I need to think what would be nice to give..."

Lucario looked at him. "Do you have a present for me?"

Chris looked away. "U-um, yes, I have yours ready..."

Lucario looked down. "Oh, I see... I should see where I can you a nice gift you like..." He thought for a moment. "(Just what can I give Chris? I don't think I can find something I can buy for him. Now that I can go anywhere, maybe I can find the right gift... Hmm...maybe I can... Actually...) Do you mind if I leave? I need to go somewhere else to get you a gift."

"Where?"

"I...can't tell you, sorry... It's going to be a surprise for you," Lucario said. "Please, let me go for a little while."

Chris looked a bit unsure. "Okay...I'll let you go..."

Lucario nodded. "Thank you. You won't regret this, Chris."

Chris watched as Lucario turned around and walked up to the stairs where he walked away from sight. The World Traveler kept staring at the same direction before he turned around and found Sonic looking amused and deviously at him. "S-Sonic, why are you looking at me like that?"

"Don't lie to me, Chris," Sonic said deviously with a grin. "You don't even have a gift for him, do ya?"

Chris blushed. "Y-you little... I-I admit I don't have one, b-but I didn't want to hurt him, that's all there is to it!"

Sonic crossed his arms. "Oh, you're planning to get one for him soon, then?"

"O-of course I'm going to!" Chris said. "I still have 2 days before the date comes. It's enough for me to look for a gift for Lucario!"

Sonic lifted his shoulders and closed his eyes. "Good luck, dude. You're gonna need luck to get a gift for him. I hope you don't end up giving him some clothes because that's the lowest stuff you can get to someone."

Chris looked annoyed. "I-I gave him a scarf last Christmas..."

Sonic opened a bit his amused eyes. "Told ya."

"B-but this year is going to be different," Chris said. "I'm going to look around for the best gift there is for him!"

"How are you going to do that?" Sonic asked. "You know a place?"

Chris thought hard. "U-umm...I-I don't know...b-but that won't stop me, either..."

"Weak idea."

"Y-you stop discouraging me!" Chris yelled. "Y-you'll see the gift very soon. In fact, I'm going out to see where I can get a nice one right now!"

Sonic rolled his eyes. "It's not like you'll find it doing something like those jobs you've been taking at that post office."

Idea.

Nintendo Village: Morning of New Beginnings
Wings Post Office

As the last time, Quill was in charge of taking care of the office while Quill and Postman were doing their errands around the village. The Rito crossed his arms and looked at the group (which were Sonic, Chip, Chris, Pichu, Ike, and Diddy). "Have you decided which request you want to take?" Quill asked.

Chris stared at the billboard. "Well...how about if we take Gnome's job? I think it sounds a bit more intriguing."

"I guess," Ike said. "I don't think the others sound good enough to me. The other 2 involve looking around for lost people while this one has specific places."

"Chip Norris says it's a good idea," Chip said.

Chris stared at Chip before he shrugged and turned back to Quill. "W-we're accepting Gnome's request."

Quill nodded and gave the group the wing stamp. "Here you go. You need to present to the requester at the eastern mountain range, deep inside the cliffs... What an unlikely place to meet up, don't you think?"

"It is..." Pichu muttered before shrugging.

"...Oh, that's right," Quill said. "By the way, I have some important news to tell all of you."

"What are those news?" Diddy asked.

"Well, it's about some strange events that happen during the night," Quill said. "I haven't seen nor heard much, but there are some reports that there are some roaming creatures that appear during the night when there's no one outside."

"What?" Ike asked. "Roaming creatures that appear during the night?"

Quill nodded. "It's just a thought, but I think these creatures are the same ones I've been hearing about from Parakarry... However, I just don't know. The rumors are just a few, but there are some people who claim they've seen them."

Sonic rubbed his chin. "Nocturnal monsters..."

Chris frowned. "N-no, you don't mean those dreadful monsters called Nightmares..."

Quill blinked. "You know those creatures?"

"I-I do, but...I didn't know they could roam freely anywhere..."

"They don't do it here," Quill said. "The people who said this added that the monsters only appear only if a wide area doesn't have people. Unfortunately, these people were only a few, so it's a bit hard to believe that this is true or not."

Ike crossed his arms. "It might be true, but it's not certain yet."

"I'll tell you more if I can get more information about it," Quill said. "Right now, do whatever you want to do. Besides, Christmas is going to come soon. It's the time of the year where you need to be cheerful and get gifts."

Chris blushed a bit. "I-I hope Gnome has some kind of a nice prize for us..."

Quill nodded. "Go meet him."

-Eastern Mountain Range-
Gnome's Altar

"So I take from you that you didn't bring that dog here to push me off again, right?"

"F-for the last time, Lucario is NOT here!" Chris yelled at Gnome.

The group had walked all the way to Gnome's domain. And as the last time, the Summon Spirit of Earth was found wearing sunglasses. The big mole was sitting down on the pedestal as he looked at the group in front of him.

"Goodness..." muttered Ike. "He looks...fluffy, as they say?"

"Hmm," Gnome mumbled a bit. "Well, what brings you here, anyway? I was relaxing very nicely without people pushing me off down the abysses."

Chris grunted. "I-it was just one time, and you're starting to think we're going to do such a thing to you!" he argued. "Besides, none of us can push you down! You're so big and heavy!"

"Who knows," Gnome said. "You guys could be the same as the dog guy."

"Ugh, you're just unbelievable..." Chris muttered. "A-anyway, here," he said as he showed Gnome the wing stamp.

Gnome stared at the small stamp. "Oh! You took my request? Aww, man, I didn't want the dog's team to be the ones t-"

"Drop the whole thing already!" Chris yelled annoyed. "None of us is going to push you off the cliff!"

"Really?"

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Really..."

"...Oh, why didn't you say so?" Gnome asked. "For a second there, I thought you were going to."

Chris narrowed his eyes. "ANYWAY...what's your request?"

Gnome rubbed his chin. "Well, you see, there's one bad neighbor close to my place, and I can't to stop him or her from doing something so annoying..." He grumbled a bit. "It's been some time after he or she last arrived here, and he or she does a lot of stuff up there that can't make me feel at home at all! I'm so sick of it!" he complained.

"...One bad neighbor?" Pichu said confused.

"At least I think it's a neighbor 'cuz he or she hasn't left yet," Gnome said. "...Really, need some help here with the neighbor! You guys are brave enough to do it, right? Please, say so!"

"Why can't you do it yourself?" Chip asked.

Suddenly, they all covered their ears after a menacing, long roar echoed within the cliffs that reached all the way into the caves. The roar was strong enough to cause several huge rocks from fall down into the abysses of the caves. After five seconds, the roar calmed down, and the group saw that Gnome cowered in fear with his hands on his head.

Gnome looked up at them. "W-well, that's the something I was tellin' you guys about," he explained. "T-that something is always that roar that makes my fur point out to all directions!"

"T-that was certainly some roar..." Pichu muttered in fear.

Gnome cried toon tears. "I know," he said. "Those roars are keeping me from meeting this bad neighbor because I think that I could get chewed to death if I said stop..."

"Haven't you thought that it could be just a possibility?" Ike asked.

"...I did that 50 times," Gnome said. "I even have the count in mind."

Chris frowned. "Okay, it looks like you'll never see the person behind these roars unless we go, right?"

"That's the plan," Gnome said. "You guys need to reach the guy and tell him or her to stop roaring. I have had NASTY insomnia problems the last days 'cuz of those roars, y'know! My vacation spot is gettin' torn down to pieces as well!"

Diddy looked up. "Strange...that roar did seem familiar to me for some reason..." he muttered.

"A-anyhow, can you go up this mountain?" Gnome asked. "You can reach the top if you go through back here," he said.

The Smashers saw Gnome pointing to his right where a small entrance rested on the wall. It was dark, but there was some light shining through some small cracks that made it possible to enlighten some stairs that went up.

"I'm pretty sure the monster's up here," Gnome said. "See if you can knock some sense to the guy, will ya?"

Pichu gulped. "I-is this going to be a nice thing to do?"

"Duh! You'll make the guy leave! Your task is to tell him or her to stop roaring. If he or she doesn't want to, then use force! He or she deserves some punches for getting into my domain without my permission!" Gnome said with hands on hips. "Ya're gonna be the voice of reason!"

Ike looked at the small entrance. "Let's see if we can do that first..." he muttered. "Let's go."

The group nodded before they all walked to the right around the pedestal before entering the small entrance, one by one. Once they all were gone, Gnome nodded to himself and fell on his back to lie down. "Aww, man, I'm exhausted..." he muttered. "...Hope none of the Summon Spirits know about this... Celsius gets so angry if I slack off even a bit..."

Peaks

After walking around the mountain's inner stairs, the group emerged from a hole on the top of the mountain. Once they all came out, they found out that the top of the mountain had a long ground floor; long enough to set up a camp. They all looked around the highest elevation to overlook the different chains of mountain around it.

Chris looked worried once he saw that there were huge piles of rocks between some of the mountains. He thought that they could have been taken down by Lucario's blind state of rage.

The World Traveler shook his head and looked around. "So...Gnome said the monster was around here..."

"I don't see any monster," Sonic said before yawning a bit. "If there's no monster, I'm getting outta here."

"Patience," Ike muttered as he looked around. "That monster should be around here. We need to be patient here, Sonic."

"Um, sorry, but the hedgehog doesn't know the word patience," Sonic said with a grin. "In fact, if he doesn't know the word, he'll be pretty darn fine."

"Sonic, can you please lower down that ego of yours?" Chris asked bored. "I'm starting to think you're not going to change your ways."

"I-I was just saying...I swear..." Sonic muttered embarrassed.

Chip flew around the place. "Hey, Mr. Roaring Monster, come on out! We have some stuff to tell you!" he announced. "There's this guy down here who wants you away from his vacation home. Can you listen to us for a few minutes, pretty please?"

Diddy looked at Chip. "I think that's going to make the monster irritated..."

"Oh well," Chip said. "That guy's gonna show up faster, then."

Pichu gulped. "I-I don't want to look or even meet the monster in person. I-I want to finish this without having to fight!"

"Unfortunately, judging by the silent atmosphere around here, I can easily tell we're going to end up fighting..." Ike commented, his right hand resting on Ragnell's hilt. "I suggest we should be prepared for the worst."

"Ike, tell your fight sense to turn itself off," Chris said frightened. "I-I didn't like how it sounded just now..."

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAARRRRR!!!"

The group gasped at the sudden roar that came out of nowhere. They all looked around the mountain range to see where it came from, but it was hard to tell the exact location of the loud shout.

"W-where did that come from?" Pichu asked.

"It's hard to tell..." Ike muttered. "I didn't listen to it long enough to see where it came from."

"W-well, it could've appeared from around the mountains, right?" Chris asked.

Sonic looked serious as he looked around. "I didn't like how it sounded either. Better be prepared to do some fighting because that monster's gonna show its face around in a few seconds."

Diddy looked worried, his legs shaking crazily at the sides. "W-why am I thinking that roar was so familiar? I-it's making me feel so heavy a-and stuff..."

Chris looked at Diddy. "What do you mean by that?"

Diddy gulped. "I-if my assumptions are right... I-I think I-I already saw that monster before..."

"...Diddy, please tell me it was a big gerbil..."

"Y-you mean Gnome?"

"N-no, the other huge gerbils you and DK fought before..."

"T-those gerbils DIDN'T roar like that!" Diddy said. "I-in fact, the only scary roar I can think of, after hearing that same roar, is probably about that big snake thing..."

"Big snake thing?" Ike said confused. "What kind of...big snake thing are you talking about exactly?"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAARRRRR!!!"

Chip gasped and looked up to the sky. "U-up there, in the sky, there it is!"

The group quickly looked up to the sky where they saw a spiraling figure going down to their area. They all gasped and quickly back stepped away to leave space for the figure to land. From what they could tell from their perspective, the figure itself was a large, green, flying snake-like creature with rudder-like wings. There were some yellow rings that ran across the length of the creature's body, and it had an additional yellow ring on top of its head. The figure also had two limbs with three-clawed carpals, and two long, flat, horn-like structures on its head, with two smaller horns below them. Its eyes were dark, but its pupils were yellow.

"..." Chris's eyes widened. "W-what the hell is Rayquaza doing here?!"

The name of the monster was thus given away. It was the Sky High Pokémon, Rayquaza. The big Dragon/Flying Pokémon descended from the sky and, instead of doing an attack, landed gracefully in front of all them in its usual stance, locking its yellow eyes on all of them. "ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" it roared furiously.

"R-Rayquaza is the neighbor Gnome was talking about?!" Pichu asked frightened.

Sonic smirked and smacked his fists together. "Alright, I thought the monster looked lame, but this one isn't lame at al-"

"W-wait a minute!" Chris interrupted Sonic. "I-instead of fighting, w-why don't we try to talk with Rayquaza instead?"

Ike glared up at the wary  Pokémon. "I don't think words will suffice its anger."

"I-it's angry?"

"Well...I don't know. It has that glare on us..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared loudly, creating a long piercing sound that echoed all over the mountain range.

Chip covered his ears. "C-Chip Norris doesn't like dragons because dragons kill themselves when they know they can't beat Chip Norris!"

"Chip, shut up for a sec..." Sonic muttered.

The World Traveler, hands on ears, looked up at Rayquaza. "P-please, there's no need to fight o-or eat anybody here!" he yelled. "W-we didn't come here to bother you, we swear it!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Chris twitched a bit. "W-we're serious about it! We don't want to bother you!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAARRR!!!"

Ike looked confused. "I don't understand this... That monster seems to be angry at something..."

Sonic looked at Ike. "What, we came here uninvited to its home or something?"

"That would be one reason...but I think there's something else; a main factor of the sorts..." Ike said. "But what could it be?"

Pichu gulped. "I-I hope it's not hunger to eat us!" He looked at Diddy. "D-Diddy, why haven't you said som-"

Once Pichu turned to see Diddy, the spider monkey's legs were shaking, and he had a very frightened look since his eyes were staring in fear and shock combined at Rayquaza, who in turn glared down menacingly at Diddy. Pichu blinked confused at this before he looked back and forth between the Kong and the Sky High Pokémon.

"U-um, Diddy...what is wrong with you?" Pichu asked.

Diddy only responded with a gulp.

Chris noticed this odd behavior from his spot. "(Wait a minute... If I recall, the Subspace Emissary had Diddy being attacked by Rayquaza... He looks like he's the most frightened person out of all of us... Well, Pichu could be more scared, but still... Yes, it makes sense...)" he thought. "Diddy...do you and Rayquaza have something to say?"

Diddy shook his head and looked at Chris. "U-um, k-kind of..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAARRRR!!!" Rayquaza roared in disagreement.

Sonic cleaned his right ear with his finger. "Man, somebody gotta shut its mouth or else my ears will bleed."

Ike crossed his arms. "So Diddy and Rayquaza have something to say? What is that?"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAARRRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I-I'm afraid we can't understand what you're saying..." Chris said. "We're not Pokémon like you... If we were, then we could be able to unders-" He shook his head and looked at the frightened Pichu. "T-that's it! Pichu, you're a Pokémon!"

Pichu looked at him. "S-so?"

"So speak to Rayquaza!" Chris suggested. "You can probably tell what it's trying to say to us, can't you?"

Pichu looked down. "W-well, I can understand Rayquaza very well..." He gulped a bit at the thought. "O-okay...I-I'll talk to Rayquaza..."

Diddy gulped. "I-if you can do that, can you tell him to stop looking at me with those eyes?"

"I-I'll try..." Pichu muttered before he took some steps forward to get the attention of the Legendary Pokémon. "H-hi, Rayquaza...sir... H-how are you doing today?"

Chip nodded. "Oh yeah, we must be formal to the snake-thing."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared angrily.

Pichu shook in fear and looked at Chip. "H-he just said he wanted you to shut up..."

"...Oh, I see," Chip said. "Sorry, snake-thing."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu rubbed his chin. "H-he said he doesn't want to listen to you any longer..."

"Oh well," Chip said.

Pichu looked up at Rayquaza. "W-what should I ask him now?"

Ike thought for a moment. "Ask why he's angry."

"Oh, and tell us word by word," Chip suggested.

"O-okay..." Pichu nodded and looked up at Rayquaza. "U-um, why are you so angry?"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu rubbed a bit his chin. "My rage is very upset because of an intruder who got into my domain of the skies some time ago. I have been looking for this imbecile who dared enter my skies while I was making sure the peace around the skies was right," he translated.

"An intruder into his domain of the skies?" Sonic said.

"I-I don't know what he means by that..." Pichu said unsure. "M-maybe I'll ask him more... U-um, Rayquaza, who is the intruder who got into your domain?" he asked.

"ROOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared at the frightened Diddy.

"This very same person was the one who wandered in my skies," Pichu translated. "...Diddy is the intruder?"

Diddy shook his head in fear. "I-It wasn't me, I swear! I-I don't know what you're talking about at all!" he said scared.

"ROOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared again.

"Liar, I saw your presence with my very own eyes," Pichu translated. "I do not forget a face when I see it. You have no rights to wander into my domain and cause chaos."

Diddy shook his head. "I-I wasn't even in the sky. I-I was on the ground this whole time!"

"ROOOOOOOOOAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared angrily.

"How can you prove what you have not done?" Pichu translated. "You have caused chaos in my skies. I can tell that it was you who did all the commotion."

Diddy gulped. "B-but it wasn't me!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You still claim that you are not the culprit?" Pichu translated. "You are but a big fool. I am having enough of your useless claims that will not prove that you were not the intruder."

Chris was a bit frightened at the whole situation. He thought that Diddy was going to be Rayquaza's meal if they didn't do something to stop him. "W-wait, Rayquaza, please, listen to us!"

Rayquaza turned its head to him.

The World Traveler gulped. "A-are you really sure Diddy was the one who caused chaos in the sky where you were?"

"ROOOOOARR!!! ROOAAAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"It seems you are an acquaintance of this imbecile," Pichu translated. "However, you do not have proof that he was not the intruder. I saw this intruder getting into my domain. He has no right to do such a thing, for I am the lord of the skies who has the task to calm down the weather abnormalities that Groudon and Kyogre cause," he translated more. "I do not like it when chaos is created in the skies. Therefore, I have a mission to accomplish: punish those infidels who dare destroy the peace where I am."

Sonic blinked. "Did he really say all that just with 2 roars?"

"ROOOOOAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You are but an ignorant," Pichu translated.

Sonic grumbled at this that he crossed his arms.

Diddy gulped. "C-can you tell him I didn't do any of that?"

Pichu nodded. "R-Rayquaza, Diddy wasn't the one wh-"

"ROOOOOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared angrily.

Diddy looked very frightened. "I-I didn't like how that roar sounded just now... W-what did he say?"

Pichu gulped. "I have had enough already. All I have heard from the animal is that he was not the one to cause the chaos in the skies. I am getting very sick of his worthless claims. Unless he has something valid to say, I will punish him for his deeds today."

Diddy thought for a moment. "W-well, it's hard to say how I can prove my innocence..."

Ike stared at Rayquaza. "Maybe...there was someone who was the real culprit behind the chaos in the skies..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu's ears twitched a bit. "W-what did you say?"

"ROOOOOOOAAARR!!!"

Pichu looked confused before looking at the others. "H-he just said this..." he trailed off. "I remember the event very well. It was the day where the land was being overrun by malevolent creatures who decided to take everything for them through the strange method of using hazardous technology that took great masses of land to nothingness itself. Not only was it attacking the land, but it was also attacking the skies with an enormous metal monstrosity."

"Enormous metal monstrosity..." Chris trailed off. "...You don't mean...the Halberd?"

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu twitched a bit. "I do not know the name of the metal monstrosity, but it was one of the many intruders who dared start the chaos in the skies," he translated. "However, there were more than the metal monster."

"There...was more?" Diddy asked.

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" the Sky High Pokémon roared.

Pichu looked confused, but he later shook his head to regain his composure. "Among the metal monstrosity, there was this unknown vessel of metal. It was swift, but it got taken down after fighting the metal monster you call the Halberd."

Chris thought. "An unknown vessel that was taken down by the Halberd..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I still remember the vessel's appearance. It was rather small, but it boasted speed and aerial prowess much better than the Halberd did. However, what it lacked was power; something that brought it to its demise...apparently," Pichu translated. "That cursed vessel caused a big riot, and it plummeted down to the ground where it crashed, close to where I was watching the event unfold. After it crashed into the lake's shore, I came out and found this imbecile before me."

Diddy gulped. "T-that wasn't me!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared furiously.

"You were close to it. I did not see anybody else besides you," Pichu translated. "I watched carefully from the lake's water. There was chaos across the land, and it also involved the very same skies I was guarding. I did not want to go after the metal monster because there was an ominous energy radiating from it that it made me feel unsure. However, the small vessel did not have that, and it was one of the intruders."

"ROOOOARRR!!! ROAR!!! ROAR!!! ROAAAAARRR!!!"

"It was because of you that this whole war in the skies broke out," Pichu translated. "What is making you think that you were not the one behind the attacks in the skies? You are only trying to fool me so you can be excused from the matter."

Diddy shook his head. "I-I wasn't the one who flew that vessel!"

Chris suddenly got the answer to the whole argument. "W-wait a minute, Diddy wasn't really the one behind that!"

Rayquaza looked at Chris and grunted loudly. "ROOOOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!"

"Why are you trying to fool me?" Pichu translated. "Do you have proof?"

Chris nodded. "O-of course I do!"

"ROOOOOOOAR!!!" the Sky High Pokémon roared.

"Then, please do show me the proof you are trying to make up," Pichu translated before gulping. "S-so, who was the one, then?"

Chris thought for a moment. "There's only one cocky idiot who did the hugest racket in the skies while the Halberd was doing its task to spread the Subspace Bombs...and there's only 2 people who know how to handle those vessels. However, since Rayquaza claims that this vessel crashed close to the lake where it was watching... Then...the culprit behind all that wasn't Diddy, but..."

The World Traveler gulped at the menacing glare of the Dragon/Flying type Pokémon.

"D-don't you remember that there was someone else with Diddy?"

"DK?" Diddy said.

"N-no, there was another person after DK who partnered with Diddy!" Chris said before pointing at Rayquaza. "Did that person look rather shady?"

Rayquaza remained silent for a moment. "...ROOOOOOOOARR!!!"

Pichu blinked surprised. "Now that you mention it, there was this cocky-looking character who intervened me from finishing off the imbecile... That very same fool attacked me as well."

Chris looked unsure. "Then...that person was the real one who fought the Halberd..."

"ROAAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"He was an accomplice of the imbecile. I did not think he was important because I did not see where he came from. Are you claiming that this character was the one who caused the riot in the skies and not your friend?" Pichu translated.

Chris nodded. "Yes... In fact, I can bring him here to confess."

"You can?" Sonic asked. "Who's the guy?"

Chris walked to Sonic and whispered something in his right ear.

The hedgehog grinned at Chris. "Oh, you want me to bring him here?"

Chris nodded. "Can you do it quickly?"

Sonic chuckled and frowned. "Chris, haven't you learned yet? I'm the world's fastest hedgeh-"

"Just go back to the mansion and bring him here quickly!" Chris interrupted.

Sonic looked bored and annoyed at him. "Fine, party pooper..." he muttered before he disappeared in a blue flash into the hole of the mountain.

As Rayquaza stared angrily at them, the Smashers turned to the west where they saw Sonic's blue bur running into the eastern forest where he crossed it quickly and reached the mansion's doors. Once Sonic made his way inside, some three seconds passed before he came out from the mansion and ran all the way back into the eastern range of mountains. As soon as he entered the mountain range, Sonic appeared right in front of them, carrying someone above him, struggling to get off from Sonic's hands.

"L-let me go!" Fox complained to Sonic. "What the hell is wrong with you today? I said let me go now!"

Sonic looked shocked. "Person...too...heavy...oof..." he muttered before he fell on his back, Fox landing on his stomach.

Fox looked over his right shoulder at Sonic. "You better have a good darn explanation to wake me up while I was resting in my room because if you don't have one, I'm going to make you regret i-"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAARRRRRRRRR!!!"

Fox's ears perked up at the loud roar before he looked forward and up to the Sky High Pokémon. "W-what the... It's you again!" Fox yelled with a glare.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 01, 2010, 09:40:38 PM
Ike looked at Fox. "Oh, right... Fox was the one who caused the whole aerial battle..."

Fox looked confused before he looked at Ike. "What aerial battle?"

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!"

Fox grunted and stared back at Rayquaza. "What, you want to get more revenge on me or what?" he asked aggravated.

"ROOOOOARRR!!!"

"I don't speak your stupid language of roars!"

Pichu walked to Fox. "I-I'm going to translate to you what he's saying," he said before clearing his throat. "So you claim to be the one who fought the Halberd in my domain?"

Fox looked back at Rayquaza. "What domain are you talking about?"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You are such a big ignorant. Have you forgotten the fact that you became an intruder when you fought that metal monster in the skies where I was?"

"An intruder in the skies?" Fox asked confused. "What is that supposed to mean?"

Chris looked scared. "W-well, Rayquaza is the lord of the skies, Fox... You happened to invade his domain, the skies, when you were fighting the Halberd during the war against the Subspace Army..."

Fox thought for a moment. "I...did what?" he muttered before glaring up at Rayquaza. "Hey, what makes you think you own the WHOLE sky? So what if I invaded your precious domain? I was doing it for a good reason, you know!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOAAARRRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu gulped. "That does not change the fact that these people claim that you created the biggest riot. They even said you were in charge of the aerial battle against the battle. In a few words, you were the one who did the first shot that triggered the aerial war in my skies."

Fox glared at the others, who in turn looked away nervously (with Chip whistling innocently). "Thank you so much, you guys..." Fox muttered through gritted fangs.

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAAARRRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You are the one, then?" Pichu translated.

Fox pushed himself off from an asphyxiated Sonic (Sonic: My...spleen...) and stood up with crossed arms. "Okay, I admit I did the assault on the Halberd because I was the only one who had the resources to do so, but what of it? I was doing it for a good cause."

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"Why did you not choose another less threatening method? Thanks to you, the aerial war triggered, and you made me upset about the welfare of the skies."

Fox rolled his eyes. "I'm not a freaking pacifist who uses words to calm down issues, and neither are you."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!"

Chris looked unsure. "U-um, Fox, Rayquaza...is a pacifist; a mediator of the sorts..."

Fox sighed and looked at Chris. "You're trying to say this monster is a pacifist?"

Pichu coughed a bit to get Fox's attention. "I-I'll tell you what Rayquaza said," he said. "Fool, I am the only one who can calm down the wrath of Kyogre and Groudon. I do not use my power to cause destruction upon their domains because I do not want the skies to be involved, but I rather use my presence itself, which is enough for me for to nullify their weather catastrophes."

"...So you claim you have the power to make weather normal?"

"Rayquaza knows Air Lock," Chris explained. "Rayquaza is the only Pokémon who knows that ability. The ability makes all weather changes null if Rayquaza is nearby, thus is why he...it...um...Rayquaza can calm down both Kyogre and Groudon."

Fox frowned and looked up at Rayquaza. "What do you want from me, then? You're so angry at nothing?"

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You deserve to be punished instead of the false imbecile (Diddy: Phew...)," Pichu translated. "You are the one who made the whole issue worse. You shall not escape the punishment you rightfully deserve from me."

Fox looked nastily at Rayquaza. "Bull-crap," he muttered. "One, you're not the darn lord of the skies. Two, you can't say who can go into your domain and who can't. Three, you're the one who's being unfair. And four, you're the one who should be punished because you're claiming I was the culprit when the Subspace Army was the REAL culprit here."

There was a dead silence around the mountains after Fox told his mind to Rayquaza. None said anything at all, but they all stared at Fox with some disbelief.

Feeling odd at the event, the vulpine looked at his group. "What's the matter now? Why's everyone so silent?"

Pichu looked frightened. "P-please, tell me you just did NOT talked back at Rayquaza with those words..."

Fox looked angrily at Pichu. "What the hell? I did so, so what?"

Rayquaza began fuming at the sight of the fox. The Sky High Pokémon narrowed its eyes at the vulpine.

"F-Fox...did you ever fight Rayquaza?"

Fox shook his head. "No, I didn't."

Chris looked confused. "You didn't fight Rayquaza with Diddy? I-I thought you two fought it and won..."

"What makes you think that?" Fox asked annoyed. "None of us never took this idiot down."

The World Traveler looked at Diddy. "Diddy, you and Fox never fought Rayquaza?"

Diddy looked confused. "We did? Er, no, we didn't... Last time I remember, that's not how things went..."

Fox looked shocked before glaring at Diddy. "W-wait a minute, don't say i-"

"Right after Fox reflected back Rayquaza's shot, Fox told me to help him out...but when he was looking at me, Rayquaza came out from the shore, swallowed Fox, and went back into the water again."

The Smashers looked blankly at the annoyed vulpine.

"When that happened, I...was wondering if I could go into the water and rescue Fox...but...I was in a hurry to look for help to rescue DK so we could all meet up at some point..." Diddy admitted in embarrassment. "T-then I just ran off..."

Fox slapped his forehead. "Why did you have to go and say it?"

Diddy chuckled nervously. "I-I just wanted them to know..."

Sonic chuckled. "S-so this guy swallowed you as a whole?"

"So what?" Fox asked annoyed. "I was swallowed, but I DID come back out."

Diddy rubbed his chin. "When I was running to the swamp, I met up with Toon Link...I mean, Link on a shore where he was using a small boat to go around the water. I told him what happened, and we both went to the swamp. Bowser attacked us on the way there, and I was so angry at him, but Link grabbed me by the hand and dragged me away into the forest before we could get turned into trophies."

Rayquaza kept listening to the spider monkey.

"A-and after much running, while I was talking with Link, I was shot by those big guns and turned into a trophy. Link told me that Bowser came out again, and he tried to finish him before Falco appeared and destroyed the gun by himself."

Chris thought for a moment. "But then whatever happened to Fox?"

"W-well..." Diddy looked at the annoyed Fox. "Right after Falco destroyed the gun, Rayquaza appeared from the deep waters of the cliffs. As usual, he roared at us, but then he spat Fox out...on Falco before Rayquaza went back into the water..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu looked at Rayquaza. "I still remember that event very well. After I gave halted the animal, I kept watching the events from the waters to see what was happening. In truth, I was chasing after the false imbecile (Diddy: It's Diddy!), but when I investigated the war again, there was no hope for me to intervene. I did not completely digested the animal because he struggled to keep himself alive. I grew upset with this, and I appeared before them to give them back their ally."

Fox grunted. "And I was covered by your smelly saliva everywhere... Bleh..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"After I gave their imbecile back, I retreated into the water to make sure I was safe from the war. I knew I could stop it, but the ominous air that those dark spheres emanated made me feel unsure of what to do..." Pichu translated. "An immense concentration was radiating from every single sphere of darkness. Its energy was malevolent and very dangerous to stop. As the lord of the skies, I know what I did... However, it seemed that the war had taken over beyond the skies I guarded."

Ike looked surprised. "You know what happened after?"

"ROOOOOOOOAAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"Of course I do," Pichu translated. "I watched how the hugest of the spheres of darkness slowly disappeared over the ocean..." Pichu shook his head. "W-wait, w-what did you see?"

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAAAARRR!!!"

"It is not important to address that meaningless event now," Pichu translated. "I care about to teach the intruders of the skies to not invade my domain ever again. Thanks to them, you endangered many living species. You shall not escape punishment now."

Fox looked mad at this. "Wait a minute ther-"

"ROOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You shall not excuse the inexcusable," Pichu translated. "Those who go unpunished will then repeat the same event very soon in my skies. I will not allow such a thing happen ever again. And for that, you are all to be punished..." Pichu looked shocked. "A-all of us?"

The Smashers gasped at this statement that some of them took a step back. "W-wait, what did he say?" Diddy asked. "A-all of us has to be punished for this?

"ROOOOOOOOAAARR!!! ROOOOAAAARRR!!! ROOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared continuously.

Pichu shook in fear, but he kept translating the roars. "You are clearly accomplices of this threat to the skies. Anyone who is an ally of this sick bastard is clearly the same as he is."

Sonic shook his head. "We don't know the guy. In fact, we just met him. I don't think we have to be in this. He should be punished alone."

Fox gave a nasty glare to Sonic.

"ROOOOOOOAAAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"There is no fooling me around," Pichu translated. "You all need to be punished, regardless of your lies. You have threatened the skies, and therefore you must be taught not to do fighting."

Fox grunted. "If you want to punish people, then you should better punish the Subspace Army because they're the ones who started the whole thing."

"ROOOAARR!!! ROOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I do not know where that force went, but I did find you," Pichu translated. "You were involved, and thus you must suffer the pain you have inflicted on the skies. Prepare yourselves to stop dwelling my skies to pester them...forever..."

The Smashers gasped at this. "H-hey, he's gonna kill us?" Sonic asked.

"ROOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"It is another way to put it," Pichu translated. "Once I am done with you, I will try to find the other intruders who started the war. After I punish all of them, then there will be no more chaos."

Diddy gulped. "O-oh, great, now we're all gonna die because Fox had to go nuts in the air against the Halberd..."

Fox stomped his right foot on the ground and pointed at Rayquaza. "You're just being an idiot here! We were ALL fighting the army so they wouldn't attack any other place in your precious skies!"

"ROOOOOOOOAAARRR!!! ROOOOAAAARRR!!! ROOOOAAAARRR!!! ROOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared furiously.

"As I have explained before, that does not excuse you that you harmed the skies with those dangerous weapons," Pichu translated. "You have all sinned against your own wills. Now, I shall commence the punishment for you. Prepare yourselves for threatening the peaceful skies I try to guard!"

Pokémon Colosseum/XD: Gale of Darkness - VS Battle 2 (Hoenn Gym Leader Battle Theme Remix)

Fox grunted and made fists on his sides. "Okay, you're going down now!" he yelled.

Pichu shook his head. "N-no, we have to escape! Nobody can defeat Rayquaza in battle!"

Fox looked down at him. "What the hell does that mean?"

"L-look, I know you're a legendary pilot and all that, but it's technically very hard to bring a Legendary Pokémon like Rayquaza down with a battle!" Pichu yelled. "Even if we're so many, it's going to be really hard to defeat him in battle!"

"We'll have to try, then."

"Y-you're being very stubborn, Fox!" Pichu yelled. "I-I know you're against Rayquaza, b-but you and the others are no match for him! I-it would have been a huge feat if you DID beat Rayquaza...but you didn't, so..."

Fox took out his Blaster. "I don't care if this is a Legendary Pokémon or not. It's going down for being unfair to me!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"What's he saying now?"

Pichu gulped. "You shall suffer the wrath of the skies for endangering the very same earth you walk!" he translated. "T-this is bad... T-this is soooooo bad now!"

Ike took out Ragnell. "Damn, we'll have to fight Rayquaza to stop him from killing us!"

Chris looked frightened. "W-we're actually going to fight Rayquaza by force?"

Diddy shook his head. "T-this is all very unneeded! R-Rayquaza, please, don't do this!"

"It's useless now," Ike said as he stared at Rayquaza's angry look staring at them. "Rayquaza has lost it. He won't listen to reason anymore because he thinks we don't have anything else to say."

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"What did he say this time?"

Pichu shook his head. "T-that was actually a normal roar..."

Sonic looked bored. "How can you even tell he's talking anymore again?"

The group watched as Rayquaza took off to the air around them. The Sky High Pokémon began circulating before he went down to hide around the cliffs.

"This isn't good," Ike said. "He'll try a surprise attack from anywhere for sure..."

Fox grunted and shifted his eyes around with his Blaster pointing up to prepare a shot. "Everyone, be on your guard!" he yelled. "This bastard will try to swallow anyone like he did before!"

"H-how do you know he's going to do that?" Chris asked as he held a tight grip on his staff. "H-he could have different attacks this time around!"

Sonic smirked. "Alright, now there's a good fight here."

"Y-you're not helping!"

The group suddenly heard a roar before they all turned to the right and were quickly tackled across all sides by Rayquaza's swift appearance. The Sky High Pokémon roared loudly while everyone yelled in pain on the ground before he went back into hiding between the cliffs.

Sonic grunted on the floor and pushed his feet back up. "D-darn, I didn't see him at all!"

Chris moaned in pain before he sat up. "I-I think Rayquaza used ExtremeSpeed... T-that would explain why he moved so fast..."

Chip, who had been hiding inside the hole into the mountain, came out and punched the air a few times. "C'mon, guys. C-Chip Norris knows that we're gonna win, and that's because Chip Norris knows the outcome very well!" he cheered before he gulped and went back into the hole. "C-Chip Norris knows he can't fight this one, though!" he yelled.

Everyone ignored the comment of the imp as they looked at all directions to spot the Sky High Pokémon. Chris, Diddy, and Pichu were all looking scared while Fox, Ike, and Sonic were the ones who looked serious at the whole event. "Come on out now..." Fox muttered. "I'm prepared to take you down this time for sure..."

Diddy gulped. "W-why couldn't we just let the Halberd go alone before? T-this fight wouldn't have happened if we didn't stop the Halberd back then!"

Fox glared at Diddy. "If we let the Halberd go away, we could have died. However, since this idiot wants to kill us for no good reason, then we'll have to teach him that we were right in attacking the Halberd."

"We?" Ike said confused. "I'm sorry to say this, but you were the one who did the most fighting in the skies."

"Now you're agreeing with him?"

"Hey, I'm just using common sense here," Ike said. "What if Rayquaza had a right to punish us for endangering the skies?"

Fox looked mad. "Look, I don't know you, but if we let the army do whatever it pleased, Rayquaza could have been killed, or worse, taken away by them. He didn't have any kind of connection with them as well, so that would explain why he wasn't with them."

Diddy thought for a moment. "W-well, he didn't look like he was being controlled..."

The group heard the same loud roar before they were all quickly tackled away by the swift Rayquaza. Even Sonic couldn't react in time to evade the attack, which frustrated him a lot. "Less talk and more fight!" Sonic yelled as he pushed himself back on his feet. "Crazy guys like him need to be smacked hard so they listen!"

"Eggman was smacked many times before and he didn't listen..." Chris muttered.

"Y-you get what I mean, anyway!"

Ike looked around. "If this keeps up like this, we'll never land a hit..." he muttered.

Sonic grinned. "Leave that part to me. I'll kick it hard on its face once it appears."

"(Would that be enough?)" Pichu thought worried.

They all heard the roar coming from the south. They all turned around and saw Rayquaza coming out from the cliff where he charged swiftly at them. This time, Sonic had the right momentum to jump at the dragon and deliver a hard kick on its face. However, once Sonic kicked Rayquaza, he felt that his foot felt as if it had kicked a hard wall. The hedgehog twitched a bit in pain before Rayquaza stopped his attack and chomped him hard in its mouth. "AAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Sonic yelled in pain as Rayquaza began to shake him to the sides.

Diddy gasped. "H-he's trying to chew Sonic to death!"

"Not today, you!" Fox yelled as he jumped twice to reach Rayquaza's height. The Star Fox leader then aimed for the mouth and used Fox Illusion to slash it hard. Unfortunately, even the attack wasn't enough to make Rayquaza flinch. "What the..." Fox muttered in shock before he landed back on the ground and looked up at Rayquaza. "That didn't work?"

"I-I told you that it's hard to fight Rayquaza!" Pichu yelled.

Fox grunted. "Then how the hell do we save Sonic?"

"I'll do it," Ike said before he ran towards Rayquaza. "Taste this!" he yelled, slamming hard Ragnell on Rayquaza's body.

Fortunately, the hit seemed to make Rayquaza flinch a bit. It was enough to make Rayquaza release a weak Sonic to the ground before it roared angrily and stared down at them.

"S-Sonic, are you okay?" Chris asked.

Sonic grunted and slowly got up from the ground. "I-I'm fine... J-just a scratch here and there...and some icky stuff everywhere..."

"Don't act so tough now," Chris said. "(Rayquaza has a very thick skin so most attacks don't seem to work. But Ike's Ragnell was strong enough to make it flinch... I'll have that in mind...)" he thought.

Rayquaza roared angrily at the group before it flew up and began spinning in a tight circle. The group watched as Rayquaza's body began to radiate electricity before bolts of lightning hit the entire group at the same time, making them all scream in pain before Rayquaza returned to its position and grunted at the group.

"W-what was that attack just now?" Ike asked.

Chris shook his head. "I-I don't know what it was....but...maybe it was...Thunderbolt..." He looked confused. "B-but if that's true...why did it end up hitting everyone?"

"Legendary Pokémon are known for having very strong attacks..." Pichu muttered. "They differ greatly from the common Pokémon so that would explain why Rayquaza hit all of us..."

Diddy gulped and took out his Peanut Popgun. "O-okay, let' focus back into the fight!" he said unsure. "I-if Rayquaza wants to kill us...t-then we'll have t-"

"ROOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza interrupted as it pulled back its tail. It then swiped a big area of the ground with a hard spin, reaching Diddy and Fox to push them back.

"T-that was Iron Tail..." Pichu muttered. "A-are you okay?"

Diddy twitched in pain. "P-please, tell me we're going to live after this!" he pleaded on the ground.

Fox grunted and got up quickly. "We're going to live after this," he said before he pulled his fists back and began to be engulfed with flames. Fox then shot himself in flames towards Rayquaza's body.

However, Rayquaza merely floated there before its eyes shone a bit. In the next second, before Fox could even land a hit, he was stopped by a harsh explosion of flames that pushed him back to the ground where he grunted in pain and gritted his fangs.

"What was that attack just now?" Chris asked.

Pichu rubbed his chin. "It could have been Secret Power or Hidden Power... I don't know for sure..."

Fox grunted and looked up at Rayquaza. "What the hell is your problem, anyway?!"

Rayquaza only responded by taking off to the skies. Fox grunted more at this and got up from the ground where he looked at the Sky High Pokémon soar the sky.

"Damn that idiot..." Fox muttered.

Chris tried to think. "(We're not ready to fight Rayquaza head-on yet... We have to do something...)" He looked at Fox. "(...Wait, maybe I can tell him he can get stronger with the stickers we have...) Fox!"

Fox turned to him. "What is it now?"

Chris ran to Fox and showed him the Boots of Prowess sticker. "Here, use this."

Fox stared at the sticker. "Hey, that's one of the stickers Peppita made for us..."

"This one doesn't work for anybody else but you," Chris said. "If you put it on, you'll receive a 30 percent power and defense boost... Maybe it'll help a lot..."

Fox blinked at the sticker before he glared up at the flying dragon. He grunted and looked back at the sticker before he took it and put it on his Trophy Stand. In an instant, he felt that his body swelled just a bit. Fox grinned at this and kept his stand in his pocket. "Okay, now it's all better," he said.

"Hmm..." Chris took out the Fayt sticker. "Why don't you put this one on as well? It has Side Kick and Shotgun Blast, 2 for 1."

Fox smiled a bit and took the sticker. "Well, much, much better, then," he said before he took the sticker and put it on the Trophy Stand, instantly gaining the ability to use Side Kick and Shotgun Blast. Fox smacked his fists together and looked up at Rayquaza. "Come and get us now!"

Chris gasped. "W-wait, don't get so confident either! W-we have yet to see if it really makes a chang-"

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared angrily before it began to descend to the group.

"Everyone, prepare to attack!" Ike yelled. "We have to force him to stop before we land attacks!"

Sonic grumbled. "That monster's gonna go down this time..."

Chris gulped. "L-let's see...since Rayquaza is a double type that is weak against ice... I should rely on ice magic to deal massive damage..." He cleared his throat before his staff glowed in a blue mist. "Freeze to greater cold..."

Pichu gasped after he saw that Rayquaza decided to go after Chris. Since Chris was busy chanting, the Electric Mouse Pokémon ran after him. "C-Chris, look out!"

"W-what?" Chris stopped chanting before he looked up and screamed at Rayquaza. Pichu closed his eyes and used Agility to push the Black Mage away before Rayquaza could take him down the earth where it burrowed into the ground and disappeared from sight. Both Chris and Pichu were rolling on the floor before they stopped. "U-ugh, thanks, Pichu..." Chris muttered.

"N-no problem..." Pichu muttered as they got up from the ground.

Diddy looked frightened to the ground. "H-he just went underground..."

"That means he could perform a surprise attack again..." Ike muttered. "Let's be careful now!"

"Weren't we careful before?" Sonic asked.

And the earth started shaking before Rayquaza appeared right under Diddy, which meant that the Sky High Pokémon finally was able to swallow Diddy as a whole like it planned to do before. The Smashers gasped after Rayquaza merely floated in the air before releasing a loud roar.

"H-he just swallowed Diddy!" Pichu said.

"Oh no, this is so bad now..." Chris muttered. "W-what do we do?"

"Get him out, of course," Ike said. "But if we damage Rayquaza, we could end up damaging Diddy as well..."

Fox grunted at this. "Damn, we have to think of something or else Diddy is going to get digested for real this time!"

"Pichu, try to convince Rayquaza to stop all this!"

Pichu looked worried. "H-how do you know it'll work?"

"We don't have anything else to think about. We have to bring Rayquaza to reason. Hurry before Diddy dies!"

Pichu gulped frightened before he ran to Rayquaza and looked up at him. "R-Rayquaza, please, you have to stop all this! P-please let Diddy go!"

"ROOOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"W-what do you mean this should be this way? I-it's doesn't have to!"

"ROOOARR!!! ROAAARRR!!!"

"N-no, you shouldn't kill anyone! P-please, listen to us!"

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!"

"W-we know we shouldn't cause trouble in the skies. We learned our lesson, we swear of it!"

"ROOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared one last time before he spat Diddy out to the ground. The Sky High Pokémon then proceeded to shoot an energized sphere on both Pichu and Diddy to create an explosion that pushed them away from it. Rayquaza roared furiously before it took off again.

"D-Diddy!" Chris yelled before he ran to Diddy and Pichu's side. "A-are you sure you're okay?"

Diddy sniffed a bit. "W-when is this going to end without anyone having to die, Chris? I-I'm so scared now!"

Sonic looked up. "It's either escape and let the flying snake ambush us anytime or finish this right now before it gets even worse..."

Chris clenched his hands on his staff before he turned around and resumed his spell. "Freeze to greater cold..."

"He's coming back down!"

Chris stopped his spell in annoyance. "Oh, for the love o-" He was quickly shut up by a swift downward Iron Tail attack from the Sky High Pokémon, prompting Chris to roll recklessly away before stopping. "O-oww..." Chris moaned in pain.

Diddy looked scared before he shook his head and looked serious at Rayquaza. "W-well, I-I'm sick of getting this frightened by you... I-I'm gonna shut you up this time!" he yelled.

Rayquaza turned to Diddy. "ROOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!"

Diddy's legs suddenly shook in fear, and his lips started to tremble likes waves, but his look kept the serious face intact. "N-no backing away now..." Diddy muttered. "T-this has gone long enough! YIAAAAAAAH!!!" he screamed loudly as he rushed towards Rayquaza.

Chip took a peek from the hole and pumped up a fist. "Go, you brave but stupid monkey, go!" he cheered before retreating back into the hole.

The Smashers watched as Diddy used Monkey Flip to latch himself on Rayquaza's body. The Sky High Pokémon roared furiously before Diddy began to smack as many times as he could to it. "D-Diddy, no!" Pichu yelled.

Chris grunted and focused his magic. "I won't fail this time for sure... Freeze to greater cold..."

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAARRRR!!!" Rayquaza roared furiously as it prepared to use another energized sphere on Diddy.

However, before Rayquaza could release its attack, Ike came out from nowhere with a fully charged Quick Draw, delivering a harsh blow on Rayquaza. The Sky High Pokémon roared in pain and lost focus to charge the sphere that it slowly vanished. Rayquaza grunted at this before glaring down at its opponents.

Once looking down, Rayquaza's eyes widened after seeing Fox about to deliver a kick attack. Rayquaza acted quickly and shook Diddy off from its body in time to prepare a sweeping Iron Tail attack. As soon as the Sky High Pokémon turned around, Fox had already used a new learned attack. Rayquaza quickly swept the ground, but before it could hit the vulpine, Fox used a side-way jump over the tail to evade a hit, and he quickly turned around and jumped straight to Rayquaza to deliver an energized kick to its thick skin. "Side Kick!" Fox yelled.

"ROOOOOOOOAARR!!!" Rayquaza roared in pain as it received the full attack. The Sky High Pokémon then shook its head and took off to the skies.

Fox grinned. "What, can't you resist a kick or what?"

"Fox, I'd shut up if I were you," Ike muttered. "You don't want to make Rayquaza angrier than he is."

"Cocky person is cocky," Chip commented from the hole.

Fox looked annoyed. "Okay, I admit I got too cocky..."

Just then, Chris had finished his chant with the spell as he pointed his staff to the sky. "Blizzara!" he yelled.

Rayquaza's roar of pain in the sky meant that the freezing attack successfully hit without problems. The Sky High Pokémon suffered from being trapped in a big concentration of ice before it shattered into pieces, dealing a great amount of damage on it.

"Effective!" Chris rejoiced.

However, not only the spell inflicted a big pain on Rayquaza, but it also made it angrier than before. The Sky High Pokémon flew around the skies before locking eyes on Chris, then it began to descend into an area where there wasn't anyone around to burrow itself into the ground. The Smashers quickly looked at all directions before Rayquaza sprouted out from underneath Chris and trapped him in its mouth.

"HEEEEEEEEELP!!!" Chris pleaded for help as Rayquaza took him into the skies in order to stay away.

"No!" Fox yelled as they looked up at the circling Rayquaza. "Dammit, let him go right now, you bastard!"

Rayquaza, obviously, didn't listen to anyone or anything. Instead of that, it tossed Chris higher up. The Black Mage still felt agonizing pain on his left arm as he tried to move. Unfortunately, Rayquaza quickly rose up under him and rammed its head against Chris. The World Traveler yelled in pain as he spun crazily on the air. Rayquaza then shot an energized sphere to Chris to further deal even more damage while the Black Mage was unable to move. Once the sphere created an explosion, Rayquaza passed the immobile Chris before it used a downward Iron Tail to make Chris descend quickly into the ground.

"Somebody get him before he dies!" Pichu yelled.

"On the job!" Sonic yelled as he quickly rushed under Chris and pulled out a spring to use it as a means to jump high towards the Black Mage. The hedgehog went directly at the unconscious Chris to catch him on his arms. Sonic sighed in relief before he landed back on the ground and looked down at Chris. "Chris, Chris, c'mon, respond!" Sonic said as he shook Chris.

The hedgehog watched as a divine light shone on Chris, allowing some light wings to spread on his back before disappearing. The Black Mage slowly opened his eyes and gasped. "O-oh no, Rayquaza was about to kill me off..." Chris muttered before Sonic put him back to his feet. Chris sighed in relief. "I-I can still fight back, though..."

"Phew, that was a close call," Sonic said.

The Smashers looked up into the sky to see Rayquaza. The Sky High Pokémon roared loudly before it dove down between the cliffs to use another surprise attack.

Ike narrowed his eyes. "He's going to attack us from anywhere again," he said.

Chris gulped. "I-I think chanting magic will only leave me very vulnerable..." he muttered before he changed to his Ranger job. "L-let's see how I do it with this job instead..."

Ike looked at him. "Oh, I forgot you had that job. Now you look as if you were...my fan, as they say?"

"...I-I'm not your fan or something like that!" Chris said embarrassed. "At least be a bit flattered that I'm kind of following your example as a Ranger!"

"Oh, sorry, my bad," Ike said. "I didn't mean to say it that way."

"(Good, I hope you're telling the truth,)" Chris said. "(Now please don't get too excited or something. The least I want to do is you becoming a role model or something like that.)"

"(I'll make sure I don't get you to do that... I could get embarrassed...)"

"(...Wait a minute. Are you trying to say something else with that? It sounds a bit offensive to me.)"

"(N-no, you've got it all wrong,)" Ike said. "(Really, I'm not trying to make you feel miserable or me...)"

"(Good... Now for the actual fight...)" Chris noticed that everything and everyone had stopped moving. "(...Ike...)"

"(We've discovered our CFS for me, right?)"

"(Can I infer that somebody told you how this works?)"

"(Marth.)"

"(I expected as much...)" Chris muttered.

"(...So, is there something I'd need to know in order to do one attack?)"

"(Not much... The attack comes right after we go through this.)"

"(Oh, I see,)" Ike said. "(Do we have to think of one?)"

"(I-I don't know, but it should be appear right...now...)"

"(...)"

"(...)"

"(...)"

"(...)"

"(...)" Ike tried to look surprised (due to the fact time had stopped for them to realize their attack). "(...Oh, there it is.)"

"(Bizarre...)" Chris muttered. "(This way to get abilities is just bizarre, I swear...)"

"(I've had weirdest moments before,)" Ike said. "(This isn't the weirdest one yet.)"

"(Is that really true?)"

"(Depends... I mean, I have these weird visions sometimes at nights. They are very odd and strange. It's not like you've seen before.)"

"(...Ike, those are called nightmares... I can't believe you're that tense...)"

"(...)" Ike mumbled. "(What is wrong with me today?)"

"(We can keep talking between each other or stop Rayquaza from killing us by being digested. Which one will you choose?)"

"(Can I choose both? We can take advantage of the sudden stop of time, can't we?)"

"(...Ike...)"

"(...Fine...)"

Time itself began to continue its path, and Chris looked serious at his surroundings with Ike. "Are you ready?" Ike asked.

Chris stepped in front of Ike. "Ready when you are," Chris muttered. "Start charging a Quick Draw attack!"

"Right," Ike said with a nod before he crossed his arms in front of him while holding Ragnell with a tight grip. Chris merely used his sword as a shield as if he wanted to use Counter.

Suddenly, the Smashers heard another roar. They all turned north where Rayquaza came from the cliffs while using ExtremeSpeed to hit every single one of them. However, something happened, and none were rammed to the sides once Rayquaza made contact with Chris's sword.

Time itself stopped, and Chris and Ike were the only ones able to move. Chris turned to Ike. "It's all yours," Chris said, giving his copy of Ragnell to Ike's left hand before stepping out of the way to let him face the immobile Rayquaza.

"COUNTER DRAW!" Ike yelled, instantly reaching Rayquaza's head with a serious cross slash with both swords. Once he inflicted damage, time began to move again, and Rayquaza roared in pained as it was obliged to fall down on the ground where it grunted in pain.

New Ability Learned! Counter Draw!

Two users wait for an enemy to attack. The first user will use Counter, and the second user will use Quick Draw. Once being touched while using Counter, time will stop and the first user will give a sword to the second user, who will then reach out the enemy whenever it is to deal a harsh cross slash. Deals great damage to a single enemy.

Pichu stared at Rayquaza. "Rayquaza is down!"

"D-did we stop him?" Diddy asked.

Rayquaza twitched in pain before it slowly got up and floated on the ground. The Sky High Pokémon roared furiously.

Ike gave Chris back his sword and looked at Rayquaza. "Did that do it?" Ike asked.

Something looked wrong the moment they saw Rayquaza trembling randomly. The Sky High Pokémon retained its angry look, but his body seemed to be acting in a strange manner. Soon enough, they noticed that Rayquaza's body began to produce some steam.

Chris looked shocked. "W-what is going on with Rayquaza now?"

Pichu thought for a moment. "W-well, if I'm correct, I could say he's about to use..."

"ROOOOAAARRR!!! ROAAARRR!!! ROAAARRR!!! ROARRR!!! ROOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared continuously in fury before it turned red in rage and started to slam down its long tail against the ground, creating huge cracks that almost covered the whole portion of the floor.

"O-Outrage!" Pichu yelled. "H-he's using Outrage!"

The Smashers gasped as Rayquaza started to move around in a violent manner. Rayquaza didn't know where it was going, but it didn't stop it from going around to land a hit of its blind state of rage.

"Move!" Fox yelled. "Stay away from him!"

"O-one of those attacks could take us out very easily!" Pichu yelled. "S-spread out or avoid him!"

The Smashers scrambled around to stay away from Rayquaza. Unfortunately, for some of them, Rayquaza managed to reach them out. The one that got the baddest of luck was Chris, who was slammed down hard on the ground before the Sky High Pokémon began a series of powerful slamming attacks with its tail. The World Traveler, under the cloud of dust that Rayquaza created, yelled in extreme pain before he was pushed away from Rayquaza's sight as it then went to another way, leaving Chris knocked out.

"Chris!" Ike yelled to the unconscious ranger. "Chris, can you get up? Chris!"

There was no response from Chris.

"Dammit..." Ike muttered. "He was taken out for real this time..."

"IKE, BEHIND YOU!" Pichu yelled.

Ike turned around in time to receive a harsh tail attack. The range was later submitted to a series of mad slam attacks from the Sky High Pokémon, continuously screaming in pain before Rayquaza performed a sweeping attack and pushed Ike away, instantly knocking him out.

A light shone on Ike, calling forth some lights wings that later disappeared. The ranger grunted in pain and slowly got back up. "This is just insane..." Ike muttered under his breath.

Ike watched as Rayquaza wildly slammed its tail around the terrain. The rest of the Smashers were trying to stay away from the mad rampage or else they would be instantly taken out. A slight mistake and it would be over.

"Hey, can't we like stop him from moving around?" Sonic asked.

"I-I don't know, but it's dangerous to do so!" Pichu said. "Outrage is a very strong Dragon type move..."

Fox back flipped away from a sweep tail attack before he landed on his feet and grunted at the rampaging Rayquaza. "There should be some way to stop him from going nuts..." he muttered. "But what?"

"ROOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared loudly before it slowed down its pace. Eventually, the Sky High Pokémon's mad rush stopped, and the Smashers stared at it remaining on the same spot.

Diddy, hiding behind a rock, took a peek of Rayquaza. The spider monkey blinked confused and looked at the Dragon/Flying type's head slowly circling around. Upon closer inspection, Diddy saw that Rayquaza's eyes were spinning a bit as it seemed to moan. "What is wrong with him?" Diddy asked. "He...looks like he's dazzled..."

Pichu gasped. "Of course... Outrage is a very strong move, but it leaves the user confused after a while..."

Sonic looked at Pichu. "Does that mean it has a prize?"

"W-well, in a way," Pichu said. "Rayquaza is now confused..."

Sonic looked back at the dazzled Rayquaza before he grinned. "Heh, looks like you didn't think what to do, snake," he taunted.

Ike glanced over to the fainted Chris. "Oh no, we don't have any food items or healing magic to heal ourselves..."

Pichu looked serious at Rayquaza. "We have to attack now that Rayquaza is confused!" he proposed. "Quick, before he regains his composure!"

"Charge, then, charge!" Fox issued the order as everyone but Ike (who decided to check on Chris) ran after the confused Rayquaza.

Rayquaza circled its head around before it roared suddenly and started to use Iron Tail around itself to try to make everyone stay away. The Smashers gasped and quickly turned back to evade the wild sweeping to stay cautious. "Oh, great, now we can't even reach him out!" Sonic complained.

"It's risky to use midair attacks as well..." Pichu muttered. "He's swinging his tail to all directions..."

"ROOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared in pain.

The Smashers looked surprised after Rayquaza accidentally smacked itself hard with its own tail. The Sky High Pokémon, after receiving the smack, got even more dazzled than before.

Fox chuckled. "Well, that's what I call luck," he said. "Now, charge forward!"

Sonic instantly appeared in front of the dazzled Rayquaza before he performed two upward kicks. The hedgehog then curled himself down to use a Spin Dash, ramming himself hard on Rayquaza. Pichu gathered his courage and ran close to Rayquaza to call forth a thunder to hit himself, but deal a strong hit to Rayquaza. After that, Diddy charged his Rocketbarrel Blast to blast himself onto Rayquaza's dazzled head.

Once the attack connected, Diddy was pushed away by the impact. Unfortunately, Rayquaza's confusion seemed to have been worn off after it shook its head and looked down at them. "ROOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Fox managed to get closer to the Sky High Pokémon and use a new attack. The Star Fox leader moved up his right hand before swinging it down in front of Rayquaza, creating a downward wave of mini explosions that burst on Rayquaza. "Shotgun Blast!" Fox yelled.

"ROOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared angrily before it quickly used Iron Tail to push Fox away.

Fox fell on his back before he grunted and got back up. "How long is this fight going to take?"

"A-a lot," Pichu said. "That attack you just did wasn't effective... Fire attacks aren't strong enough against Dragon types."

"Now you're telling me..." Fox muttered under his breath.

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Fox narrowed his eyes. "Here he comes for mor-"

"W-wait!" Pichu yelled. "T-the battle ended now!"

Music stops

The whole group (including Chip) stared at Pichu from their scattered spots across the terrain of the peak. "...What did you say just now?" Sonic asked.

Pichu nodded. "Rayquaza just said that the battle was over..." he said. "I-I heard him say that..."

Fox glared at Rayquaza. "Hey, what's the big deal now? Are you surrendering?"

"ROOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu blinked a few times before he decided to translate Rayquaza's words. "Yes, the battle has ended. I have decided that this battle has no real purpose to solve the conflict I have with you."

Ike walked to them as he carried the unconscious Chris on his back. "Wait, what?" he asked.

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"It is as you have heard," Pichu translated. "I do not see the reason to further prolong this fight. I should not have made this violent decision before."

Fox crossed his arms. "But you were the one who said we should be punished through this way: by battling!"

"ROOOAARRR!!! ROOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I acknowledge that I did say that, but after fighting against all of you, I have realized that I was going against my principles," Pichu translated. "I mentioned to you that you did not find another way to solve the problems you faced that time long ago. And once I compared that event to this one, I found out that this one can be talked through with words and not attacks. After all, I am in favor of pacifism."

"Tsk," Fox muttered before he frowned. "Now you're trying to find an excuse t-"

"ROOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I believe you wanted me to listen to you, so I am going to do that," Pichu translated. "I do not need to listen twice, though. I have understood everything now."

Fox looked skeptical. "So what have you understood from all this?"

"ROOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I have understood that everyone but you are not deemed to punishment," Pichu translated. "I should not have attacked everyone. You all have my apologies for resorting to violence. Phew..."

Chip sighed in relief. "Well, he understood this so it's just fine... I guess..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared to Fox.

Fox looked confused. "What is it?"

"Please do not move. Your punishment shall now begin," Pichu translated.

Fox stared at Rayquaza. "Oh, I see..."

It took about three seconds for Fox's mind to realize what he just heard from Rayquaza.

"...What? I thought you already did it with the fight!" Fox argued to the Legendary Pokémon.

"ROOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I know that, but you still need to be further taught about your wrongdoing," Pichu translated worried. "You have caused the deepest damage in the skies. In order to make myself sure that you will not repeat the same mistake, I shall punish you right now."

Fox glared nastily at Rayquaza. "You're just being unfair to me and no one else!" He pointed at Rayquaza. "You're but a big imbecile!"

Rayquaza shook its head before it moved it up to start charging a Hyper Beam attack. Fox saw the concentration of energy building up slowly on top of Rayquaza's mouth that he looked shocked at it while the others silently backed away from the spot.

However, Fox recalled that he had reflected a shot from Rayquaza a long time ago. The vulpine blinked at this before he grinned and slowly reached for his Reflector. "Heh, now you're just going to make a big mistake," Fox said grinning as he touched his empty belt's left side. "Once you shoot that beam on me, I'll just reflect it back to make it even stronger so you end up being..."

Perhaps what was able to make Fox's grin fade away was the fact that his Reflector had gone missing from his belt. The vulpine's grin faded away before he looked down at his belt where the empty spot of his Reflector was found.

"...H-hey, where did my Reflector go?" Fox asked confused before he looked up and saw that said device was hanging on the horns of the Sky High Pokémon. Fox's jaw opened in shock at this. "H-how did you... Wait, did you take that away from me when you attacked us after you were going around the cli-"

And the vulpine was shut up when Rayquaza instantly used Hyper Beam at full potency on him. The extreme beam of energy made everyone gasp as it later created a big explosion of fire, seeing a black blur bouncing out from the cloud of smoke. They looked up to see what looked to be Fox spinning madly in the air before he stopped ascending into the air to begin his descend into the ground where he accidentally hit his head hard on the ground. The group watched as Fox made a shocked expression while his feet moved forward, making him look like as if he was going to roll, but looked like he leaned to a wall that stopped him from rolling.

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared before he gave the Reflector back to Fox, nicely landing on his butt (Sonic silently chuckled at this).

"Punishment given," Pichu translated. "You have been pardoned, ruthless inferior being."

The group looked back at Fox's ridiculous black look and position on the ground. "..." Fox could only look away forward in an upside down fashion.

Diddy stared at Fox in pure disbelief. "...And...he's still alive after all that?"

At that moment, Chris regained consciousness and looked around over Ike's back. "W-what happened? ...W-why's everyone so silent? ...Why isn't Rayquaza attacking us anymore? ...Why is Fox covered in soot while he's rolled back like that?"

"..." Fox blinked. "...I...hate...dragons so much now..." he muttered.

Ike looked at Chris. "Oh, you're fine," he said. "Rayquaza wanted to stop the fight, and then he punished Fox by using a beam attack.

"..." Chris looked confused. "Was it...really necessary to cause all that to him?"

Pichu nodded. "Legendary Pokémon know what they're doing... You shouldn't talk back to them when you can do it..."

Ike rubbed his chin. "I don't know if this situation was excepted or not, though..."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"It was not excepted," Pichu translated. "It was necessary for him to understand not to start a war in the skies. I am honest when I said I could have used another less painful method, but he would surely not listen to me..."

"Yeah...right..." Fox muttered in annoyance.

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu's ears twitched a bit. "I have finished my task. I shall now wander the skies to make sure they are protected from more intruders," Pichu translated.

Diddy sighed in relief. "Phew, this is over now..."

Sonic grumbled a bit. "Bummer. I wanted to kick 'im hard."

Ike looked away. "Wait a minute... There was something that Rayquaza told us about... What was that, though? I forgot..."

Chris gasped before he hopped off from Ike's back and ran to Fox's side (although it could be said he ignored Fox altogether). "W-wait, Rayquaza! T-there's something we want to ask you!"

Rayquaza looked down at Chris.

"Can you listen to us?"

"...ROOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"What is it?" Pichu translated. "What are your minds wanting to know from me? I hope it is not regarding some kind of fight in the skies."

Chris shook his head and looked down. "W-well...it's about the Subspace Army..." He looked up. "You mentioned that you saw the sphere disappearing over the ocean, right?"

Rayquaza nodded its head.

"Did you happen to...oversee what happened after?"

Diddy blinked and rubbed his chin. "Wait, that's right... Rayquaza said he was watching the whole event from the waters..."

Ike snapped his fingers. "He could have some information about the army."

"ROOOOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"Why do you want to know?" Pichu translated. "Why is it important for you to pursue this?"

Ike took a step forward. "We're still fighting against the army so they don't have to threaten another place like your skies," he explained. "We don't remember what happened after we couldn't win against their leader. But since you know what happened after..."

Rayquaza kept staring at them. "ROOOOOOOOAARRR!!! ROOOOAAAARRR!!!"

Pichu looked confused. "I am sorry to say this, but I do not know much more than the fact that the sphere of darkness disappeared in the horizon as if nothing had happened at all," he translated. "After that, I lost sight of it."

The Smashers looked a bit helpless at this information. They thought that they had found some vital information, but it was just a false alarm.

Sonic thought for a moment. "...So...um...have you looked around for 'em? You did say you were going to punish the intruders who got into your domain, right?"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 05, 2010, 05:55:34 PM
"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"I am honest when I say that I have been looking for either one of the intruders this whole time," Pichu translated. "I have not had luck in finding the one who began deploying those dreadful creatures. It is just as if their existence had vanished entirely from the skies."

Diddy knocked his head a few times. "So you just saw the Subspace vanishing in thin air?"

Rayquaza nodded. "ROOOOOOOOAARRR!!!"

"At that time, I was away," Pichu translated. "The sphere, along with the rest of the spheres outside, disappeared and took big portions of land with it. Thanks to that, only the ocean's water had covered the craters left behind."

The group looked confused at this added information. Ike thought for a moment before speaking. "...Excuse me, but what do you mean by "along with the rest of spheres outside" exactly?"

Diddy crossed his arms. "I-I don't remember any more Subspace spheres being deployed..."

"ROOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

"You do not know?" Pichu translated. "I watched how the entire group of yours went into the biggest sphere of what you call the Subspace. Once you went inside, you surely did not see that portals began to appear out of nowhere from the spots where those creatures had deployed those bombs. From inside those portals, those dreaded machines were taken out and they all burst instantly, sacrificing those other machines that were carrying the bombs."

The Smashers (except for Chris) stared at each other, giving odd looks while thinking what had happened outside the Subspace. Diddy rubbed his head a bit before looking up at Rayquaza. "U-um...but..."

"...No, Diddy," Ike suddenly said. "I don't think Rayquaza knows how those Subspace Bombs and the portals were able to appear while we were all going after Tabuu."

Diddy looked down in shame.

Chris put a hand on his cheek and looked down at the ground. "(Just...what exactly happened?)" he thought in confusion. "(Are there more events that took place when they were all fighting the army? Or is Rayquaza having trouble recalling what he saw?)"

"ROOOOOOOOOAAAARRR!!!" Rayquaza roared.

Pichu looked at the group. "Do you have anything else to ask me?"

"..." Chris shook his head. "U-um, Rayquaza, there was something else we needed to ask you... It's about an ancient spirit who resides in these mountains. The...spirit became so restless because you have been roaring many times, many days ago, and that spirit asked us to tell you that you should stop because the spirit can't tolerate any more roars..."

Rayquaza stared at them. "...ROOOOOOAARRR!!!"

Pichu's ears perked up. "I admit that it was a mistake of my part to be so rude. I became frustrated that I could not find any of the intruders that my rage took over me in this very same place," Pichu translated. "Rage tends to make any individual blind and unethical. Only a fool would fall so low, and I have fell into it, and I am sorry for that mistake."

Chris sighed. "Phew..."

"(Actually, all Legendary Pokémon have really short-temper issues, and they get very wild...and that's why nobody makes them angry...)" Pichu thought with a gulp.

"ROOOOOOOOOOOAAARRR!!!"

Pichu looked up. "But before I go, I have a request to ask you."

Sonic crossed his arms. "What's that?"

"ROOAARRR!!!"

"Since you all are looking for the Subspace...I want you to stop them," Pichu translated. "I cannot afford to see the skies being plagued by their presence any longer. I can still feel the intolerant odor of that atmosphere of darkness, but I cannot seem to find it anywhere I go..."

Ike nodded. "We'll make sure that we meet your expectations, as long as you don't blame us for starting an aerial fight."

Rayquaza looked back at the paralyzed Fox before roaring to them. "ROOOOOOOAAARRR!!!"

"I will judge your actions to see if you need to be punished," Pichu translated. "For now, I will resume my search for that realm of darkness for the time being. I shall not allow it to further endanger the skies anymore. With that, I shall take my leave."

"ROOOOOOAARRR!!! ROOOOOOAAARRR!!!"

"May the skies aid you all in your battles," Pichu translated.

The Smashers watched as Rayquaza began to circle around its spot before it started to ascend slowly into the sky, his long body trailing in a perfect and accurate manner along the air. With a mighty roar, the Sky High Pokémon's silhouette disappeared into the horizon of the east.

Everyone sighed loudly in relief, and most of them fell down on his rears and sat down. "Man, that's over..." muttered Sonic before yawning.

Chip flew out from the hole and looked happy. "Told you everything was gonna be fine," he said. "You showed 'im who the boss is."

Pichu shook his head. "I-I don't think we caused a lot of damage on Rayquaza..."

Everyone looked at the Electric Mouse Pokémon.

Pichu looked at everyone before he shrugged. "L-Legendary Pokémon are extremely tough to beat, you know... I-I admit we did well, but it wasn't enough to defeat Rayquaza. It'd be hard to believe than a normal person can take down Rayquaza by their bare hands as well. And...it doesn't matter that we're Smashers. We still didn't have any chances in defeating Rayquaza..."

Diddy mumbled. "So all that we did was for nothing?"

"I-I'm sorry to say this, but it looks that way..." Pichu admitted. "...Even so, we managed to survive before Rayquaza said he didn't want to fight anymore...so that's a plus."

Diddy looked defeated. "W-well, that's good... Besides, if I did beat Rayquaza, that would seriously look a bit out of place..."

Chris looked away. "(You have to thank Brawl for being a bit illogical at some fights...)"

Ike chuckled nervously. "A-anyway, not only did we complete the task, but we also got valuable information about the Subspace...and..."

Pichu blinked a few times. "W-we forgot to ask what Rayquaza meant by craters!"

"No, wait, it's okay," Ike interrupted Pichu's panic. "We can assume it took place in the areas where we fought the army."

Chris looked back at them. "Wait, that reminds me... Is this universe supposed to have the place where you all fought the Subspace Army?"

Ike looked at him and nodded. "It is," he responded. "The areas where the fight took place are far away from here, up north the mansion's grounds," he said as he pointed to the north. "It's quite a long way to get there, though."

Chris stared to the north where the naked eye couldn't see clearly. All Chris was able to look were some rows of peaks that extended all the way north.

Pichu moaned before he sneezed. "C-can we leave this place and report to Gnome? I-I'm starting get a small cold by the winds..."

"That'd be nice to do right now... We could discuss this with the others at a later time as well," Ike muttered. "Well, let's go back to Gnome."

Chris looked at them and nodded. "Yes. I also want to see if Gnome can try to give me a present for Lucario in Christmas."

The Smashers decided to leave the peaks through the hole in the ground. Once they left, a peaceful windswept the dust of the terrain away...

Then, Ike came out from the hole and went to pick up the downed Fox on his back, carefully placing the Reflector back on Fox's belt. The Crimea soldier stood up with the shocked Fox on his back, hanging to his neck from before they both left the peaks by going down the hole.

Now all that mattered was to get Gnome's reward...

Gnome's Altar

"Are you out of your box or what?" Gnome asked annoyed.

"I-it's just a small present for me to give to Lucario. That's all I'm asking for!" Chris demanded.

Gnome removed his sunglasses and looked annoyed. "Look, I'm not gonna get the dog a present. I still remember the painful moment where I was brutally pushed down the abyss..."

Chris grunted. "He's awfully sorry for doing that to you!" he argued. "H-heck, he's really, REALLY sorry, I swear!"

"Pfft, I don't buy that," Gnome said bored. "They say they're very sorry, and when you least expect it, you wake up in the depths on an abyss because SOMEBODY wants you out of their sight."

"F-for the last time, he won't do that again to you!"

Ike sighed and took a step forward. "Please, listen to him, Gnome... We went through a lot to get rid of Rayquaza..."

"Even so, my nightmares with bratty dogs persist," Gnome said before crossing his arms. "For telling the guy up there to scram, I'm gonna give you guys...this little freebie." He took out from behind a small red gem. "Here ya go, a Ruby."

Sonic looked annoyed. "That's it? You're giving us just a jewel for having to fight that snake?"

"Rayquaza," Pichu corrected.

"Hey, watch your mouth, bluish porcupine!" Gnome said annoyed. "Fine, fine, I'll give ya something else since I think having to suffer those roars at midnight was a pain in the butt for sure..." He took out from behind a red cape (the upper part having normal red color while the bottom part had the image of flames). "Oh, here," he said. "Take this Flare Cape with ya as well."

Diddy walked to Gnome and grabbed both items from him.

"The Ruby gives earth resistance and also gives the earth power to your physical attacks," Gnome explained. "And the Flare Cape gives a small boost for defense and your evasiveness actions, altogether with resistance to fire and earth attacks." He made a happy expression. "That's very useful, huh?"

"I guess," Ike said. "Thanks."

"No problemo, you guys," Gnome said.

"Vanquish the Monster Threat" Side-quest completed!

Obtained Ruby, and Flare Cape!

Chris looked a bit relieved. "Oh well, I'll look around for a gift..."

Gnome closed his eyes and took out another item from behind. "Okay, ya wanna have something to give to that dog? Well, here ya go. Catch it."

Chris looked back at Gnome before the Summon Spirit of Earth tossed at him a small item. The World Traveler gasped and managed to catch the item before he looked down at it and... "..." Chris held a small key-chain with a mini-figurine of Gnome hanging from a small chain. "...What is this, exactly?"

"One of my creations," Gnome said proudly. "I make key-chains. That's a personal hobby of mine."

Pichu stared at the key-chain. "...I don't think that's going to be a nice gift..."

Gnome opened his annoyed eyes. "Hey, that's Summon Spirit Craft-made. You can't find it anywhere else!" he complained before nodding with crossed arms. "It's a Must-Have key-chain."

The World Traveler looked annoyed at the key-chain. However, Chris had to admit that the mini-Gnome looked peculiar to him. It was nicely crafted to the perfection and... Chris shook the thought away and stuffed it into his pocket. "I doubt this will make the cut for a gift...but it won't hurt to try..."

Obtained Gnome Key-chain!

It's an adorable key-chain with a perfect mini-Gnome figurine hanging to it. What else do you want for some cuteness?

Gnome looked happy. "Maybe that'll remind the guy to avoid pushing m-"

"Did you just give me this for that purpose?" Chris interrupted annoyed.

Gnome shifted his eyes around. "...Maybe."

While Chris stared bored at Gnome, Fox (now back to normal, except for the fact that he was mostly covered with soot) grumbled. "Can we go back to the mansion now? I really need to take a shower now."

The group looked at him. "Oh, are you still mad for what happened up there?" Ike asked.

Fox grunted. "After I was attacked by a beam out of unfairness from a big snake-dragon thing...how do you think I feel?"

Chris looked at Pichu. "Wait, Hyper Beam, Secret Power, Iron Tail, ExtremeSpeed, Thunderbolt...that's 5 moves..."

Pichu shrugged. "I-I don't even know if Rayquaza can make his own attacks because it's unclear to me if he knows Secret Power... He's a big mystery...isn't he?"

Chris frowned at this. "I'd like to see what those energy spheres were, then..."

Fox frowned. "I feel really mad now. I was taken here while I was resting, then I got attacked by that thing. OF COURSE I'd feel very mad."

Sonic chuckled nervously. "Chill down, man. At least this conflict got over with."

"Yeah," Chip said. "Chip Norris knew good things were going to come from a mile...no, TWO miles away."

Fox fumed a bit. "Yeah, it got over by me getting almost killed by a beam," he recalled them. "If you'll excuse me, I'd like to have some time alone in my room to relieve my stress."

Pichu looked worried. "But Rayquaza had a point..."

Fox closed his eyes. "I don't care anymore. I don't give a darn about Rayquaza."

Chris did think that Fox would take this very seriously. The World Traveler got a little bit worried at Fox's angered attitude that he wanted to do something to make Fox relieve his stress without having to think more about it. Then, the thought suddenly gave Chris an idea.

The Smashers looked at each other before they turned to Gnome. "We hope we did our best to help you out," Ike said.

Gnome nodded. "Aww, I'm gonna enjoy my beauty sleep again. Thanks a bunch," he said happily.

The Smashers turned around and began their way back to the mansion. As they were walking, Chris tapped Fox's right shoulder. "What is it," Fox asked without turning to Chris.

"U-um, Fox, I know you're still angry at the whole event...but...I...was thinking if you..." Chris thought things over for a bit, "...would like to play...Star Ocean?"

Fox stopped on his trails and looked at Chris. "What?"

Chris looked away. "W-well, I have the game with me so I thought it'd be a nice thing if you played it so you could relieve your stress..."

The vulpine thought for a moment while he tapped his head a bit. "Hmm, it wouldn't be so bad to play a little game now..." He smiled a bit a Chris. "Alright, I'll play it."

Chris smiled a bit. He didn't think Fox would agree. "T-then let's go. You'll surely like the game very much."

Fox nodded and grinned before the two continued their way with the others to the mansion. "Show me the hardest difficulty."

"...What?"

"What you heard, Chris," Fox said.

"...O-okay, but I doubt you'll pass the first storyline fight... It took me a time to get pass that fight in the hardest difficulty..."

"I'll see by myself," Fox said confidently.

If only Chris had questioned Fox about his decision... It would have been a bad idea to question Fox since he was still mad. Chris decided to forget the thought before they all left the area.

Gnome sighed loudly before falling on his back to lay down on the altar. "Man, now I can dream some good ol' dreams without listening to roars..." He curled himself. "And a good morning sleep wouldn't hurt..." he trailed off before he fell asleep and began to snore loudly, creating some echoes in the cave.

-Smash Mansion-
Lobby

December 24 - Wednesday - Evening - Christmas's Eve

The night of Christmas's Eve was a bit lively one since people were putting even more gifts under the tree. One such person of the group of people was Chris (in his ISOKFMG) who placed down a light blue present between the other rows of presents that had Lucario's name on the tag. The World Traveler looked worried. "I hope this is enough... It was hard to look around for an appropriate gift..." he muttered.

"Make way. There's another gift coming in."

Chris turned around and looked down at Ness (wearing a red scarf around his neck), carrying a red present with Lucas's name on the tag. "O-oh, sorry," Chris said as he stepped away from the rows of presents. Ness ignored him and went over to drop the gift to the rows.

"There," Ness said. "I hate to do last minute searches..."

Chris chuckled nervously. "H-how convenient, we think the same things..."

Ness looked up at Chris. "So, you found a gift for Mr. Aura Master?"

Chris folded his arms behind his back and looked away. "T-that...yes... Going around the village and my world's home to get a better gift from last year's was kind of tedious, but then I found one...or some..."

"Hard to think of a gift for a guy who barely likes anything, huh?" Ness asked amused. "I know that very well. Last year's Christmas was a hard one because I barely found a gift for Mewtwo."

Chris looked back at Ness. "You gave Mewtwo a gift?"

Ness looked away. "A Twistedspoon item I found in his world," he said. "It looks ridiculous, but he said he liked the gift because it would help him to meditate better... Those psychic guys are psychos sometimes."

"You are a psychic kid," Chris pointed out.

Ness looked at Chris. "Yeah, but I'm not that into my abilities, you know. You know how Mewtwo is too smart and stuff? I don't want to turn into some sage. Well, I balance what I do between a kid and a psychic guy. After all, I'm still young."

"...Wait a minute..."

"Yes?"

"Do you age?"

Ness thought for a moment. "Well, for that, I do age, but there's something you should know..."

"What?"

"The universes that we all come from have their own fabrics of time," Ness said. "We all have different paces of time that greatly differ from each other. Thanks to that, the next Smash tournament is always going to be the next month every time I go back to my world."

Chris looked in disbelief at this.

"I know," Ness said. "Thing is, Master Hand doesn't want me to age because that would "take the charm" away from the tourney since he likes how peculiar it looks like with all the different people he requested to come here..."

"...Then...what about the others? Do they age?"

"As long as we're all here, we don't age a day," Ness explained. "Actually, whenever we come here, Master Hand uses his weird magic to stop the aging time of all worlds so he doesn't interfere with some "important time-line events" he doesn't want to deal with."

For Chris, it was easy to understand that Master Hand didn't want to mess up the actual time-line events that occurred in the games.

"I find this really good, though," Ness said. "We can stay here all days without aging."

"...That's messed up..." Chris admitted.

"Too bad you can't take advantage of it," Ness said. "You have to age because your world is original. Though it's a bit depressing that we don't celebrate others' birthdays."

"I see..."

Ness nodded. "Enough about that," Ness said. "You ready for tomorrow's Christmas?"

Chris gasped a bit before looking back at the rows of presents. "I-I think so," he said. "But Lucario hasn't come here ever since yesterday's morning..."

"He's right behind you, you know."

Chris hopped a bit on his spot and turned around to see Lucario holding a blue present under his left arm. "L-Lucario, you're home!" Chris said nervously. "I-I was a little bit worried that you were gone..."

Lucario shook his head. "I wouldn't be gone enough to miss Christmas," he said. "Besides, I found you a nice present that...I hope you'll like..."

Chris looked at the present. "O-oh, I see..."

Lucario silently put down the gift with the rows of presents before standing back up. "It was hard for me to find one."

"Same here," Chris said. "Where'd you go, anyway?"

"I went to different worlds to find you gift."

"...What?"

Lucario nodded. "I thought that I could find you a gift somewhere in the other worlds we had visited. Not only did I find the gift, but I also got the chance to travel for a little while, and it was very enjoyable." He closed his eyes and smiled a bit. "It feels so nice to leap from cliff to cliff when you have the chance to do it."

Ness and Chris exchanged glances before looking back at Lucario. "Um, that's nice to hear..." Chris muttered.

Lucario opened his eyes in shock. "B-but it's boring if you're not around, Chris. In fact, it was so boring to do it without you."

Ness looked bored. "Liar, liar, super strange thighs on fire."

Lucario glared down at Ness before looking back at Chris. "S-so yes, that's what happened while I was away," he said. "I even met up with Zidane and Colette (and she hugged me very tightly...)"

"..." Chris looked away. He had to admit that Lucario had a good idea to look for a gift. It would have been easier for Chris to find one if he took Lucario's idea before. "(Dammit, outsmarted by my own Pokémon... I don't know if I should feel proud or embarrassed...)"

"...So..." Lucario began, "...are you ready for tomorrow?"

Chris looked at Lucario. "O-oh, yes, I'm ready and all set," he said. "Let's hope everything goes well."

While the duo started to talk with each other, Ness looked away to think about something. "(I'm starting to think that this long break is going end soon... Actually, I don't think so, but... Nah, I'm just imagining things. But then, how are the others doing in finding the Temple Guardians?)"

Ness kept pondering this question for the remainder of the night as it went on...

December 25 - Thursday - Morning - Christmas

And once the night hit 12 PM, Christmas arrived at the Smash Mansion.

Unlike any other idea, it was expected to see many of them gathered in small crowds with presents on the floor. Even though the event would also involve the coldest ones, they were alone by themselves, usually somewhere a bit far away from the other crowds like the area where there were sofas.

Snake, for example, was sitting down on a sofa with crossed arms. Like he expected, nobody went to get a present for him. However, that thought was dropped once Meta Knight walked to him and showed him a black gift. "Here," Meta Knight said.

Snake looked at Meta Knight. "So, you thought you could get me a gift?" Snake asked.

"Aww, that's very thoughtful of you, Meta Knight," Mei-Ling said over the codec. "There's a soul out there who cares for Snake besides us."

"Yeah," Otacon said. "By the way, where's my gift, Mei?"

"Oh, that. Hold on, let me go for it."

Snake ignored the conversation. "What made you decide to give me a gift?" he asked to Meta Knight. "I don't think that whatever is inside this box is going to appeal me."

"Maybe," Meta Knight said. "Unless you open it, you will never know what's inside."

Snake raised an eyebrow. "Acting smart, huh?"

"No, I'm just giving you a feeling of suspense that will ultimately make you open the gift."

Snake stared at the present.

"And it seems it's working," Meta Knight said. "Merry Christmas, Snake," he said before walking away.

Snake narrowed his eyes at Meta Knight's back before he stared down at the gift on his lap. The mercenary's hands slowly opened the present before he eventually saw what it was inside. Snake could only nod as if he said that the gift did appeal to him. "Hmm, what do you know? He found a suitable gift..."

Suddenly, a pink gift appeared right besides his right side on the sofa. Snake shifted his look at it before looking up at Peach. "Merry Christmas, Snake," Peach said warmly.

Snake blinked a bit. "Odd to see you giving me a gift today."

Peach chuckled. "Oh, it's not only you," she said. "I gave a present to everyone."

"What, you didn't find the 5 adequate people for you?"

"Um, no, it's just that I like to do this every year," Peach said. "Being the princess of a kingdom has its advantages. I use those advantages for good."

The mercenary expected such a response from the princess. "Yeah, I'd figured you'd say something like that."

Peach chuckled heartily. "Well, I hope my gift is of your liking, Snake."

"Well, I'll see that by myself. Unfortunately, I didn't get one for you."

"That's not a problem," Peach said. "I know you haven't spent enough time with us. I understand that pretty well."

Snake looked at the pink gift. "Thanks, though."

"You're always welcome," Peach said before walking away to another direction.

As Snake was about to open the pink present, Yoshi passed from behind the sofa and went to Olimar. The Yoshi took out from behind a red gift. "Hmm, here," Yoshi said. "Merry Christmas."

Olimar gasped. "Oh god, what is inside?"

"Open it, then... It was hard to find a present for you."

Olimar took the red gift from Yoshi's hands and began to open the present. Once Olimar tossed the wrapper away, he opened the box and found a long pot with fertile ground in it. "G-goodness, a pot for my Pikmins to sleep!" Olimar said.

Yoshi sweat dropped. "D-do they burrow themselves into the earth to sleep?"

Olimar nodded. "Yes, I was thinking of buying one for them...but now I don't have to do it... How did you know I wanted this?"

"...I didn't know..."

"..."

Yoshi looked away. "I was running out of ideas, and since you looked like you'd like something related to gardens...I bought that for you."

Olimar stared at Yoshi for a few seconds. "...Oh..." Olimar muttered. "...Thanks, Yoshi..."

Yoshi looked back at Olimar. "...You're welcome..."

The two remained silent while Pikachu carried a big green gift on his head to an excited Pichu. The older Electric type set the gift down and smiled a bit at Pichu. "Go ahead and open it," Pikachu said proudly.

Pichu didn't waste any more second to pass as he leaped on top of the gift and frantically tore open the wrapper. The young Electric type opened the box, gasped, yelled in glee, and dove into it. Once Pichu dove in, a big spongy cushion pushed out the box's sides. Pichu's head popped out from the top and looked at Pikachu. "Yes, a super soft cushion!" Pichu said happily.

Pikachu nodded. "I knew you still liked very soft stuff so I got you that."

Pichu looked happy before he dove deeper into the cushion. "Oooooh, just you wait until I sleep in here. It's all soft and...so fun to swim!"

"(The more childish the mind, the easier is to find a gift)," Pikachu thought. "Don't cut it or something, okay? It was one of the last ones at the shop."

"You bet!" Pichu yelled before he kept swimming inside the cushion.

As Pikachu kept watching Pichu shaking the cushion, an enthusiastic Lanky juggled a big yellow gift in the air as he walked towards the group of Kongs, specifically DK. The Kong Smasher grinned at the juggling gift before it fell down in front of him. "There you go," Lanky said. "It was hard to look for the best one, but I got it!"

DK quickly grabbed the gift and tore it apart with both hands to reveal a set of fresh-looking bananas. The Smasher gasped in excitement. "B-Bananas from the Banana Fairy Island!" he said as the others looked at the fruit. "M-man, these are the hardest to find out there!"

Lanky sighed. "You know how hard it is to find the freshest ones? It is almost impossible," he explained. "You can't tell which one is the good one until you taste one. I had to compare every single one until I found the right one."

Tiny looked disgusted. "D-don't tell me you were filled with gases while you did all that."

Lanky smiled a bit. "What do you think?"

Diddy shrugged. "T-too much innuendo..."

"Agreed..." Chunky muttered.

DK made a happy expression before he began to ate the banana he received. Since there were many bananas, he offered the others to eat along with him.

Several feet away from all of them, Chris (in his Chozo Arts job) ducked under the Christmas tree to take out the gift that Lucario had brought before. The World Traveler stared at it before he looked to his left where Lucario ducked to get the gift Chris brought for him. The Aura Pokémon looked at Chris. "Please, open it," Lucario said.

Chris looked a bit embarrassed because of the gift Lucario was grabbing. "O-okay," Chris said. "I wonder what you got me..."

"I'm sure you'll like it...that's what I think."

The World Traveler began to slowly tear open the wrapper of the box. Chris then opened the box and looked what was inside.

Chris's eyes widened as he took out from the box a perfectly well-made Wii statue made out of pure minerals and glittering gems. The World Traveler's jaw opened a bit in awe at the sight of his reflection on the light blue surface of the statue. Every single detail that someone would find in a normal Wii was there. What's more, it was nicely sculptured to the smallest of details that it almost looked as if a Wii was turned into pure ore. "L-Lucario...this...this is so amazing..."

Lucario looked a bit proud with the small smile he had on his face. "I'm so glad you liked it, Chris."

Chris looked at Lucario. "How did get this?"

"Simple," Lucario said. "I went to Zidane's world."

"You...went there?"

Lucario nodded. "I arrived at the dwarf settlement of Conde Petie and there was Zidane taking a small vacation. When Zidane saw me, we started a conversation with each other and I explained the purpose why I was there. Once I told him that, he offered me a big amount of Ore that he had with him. At first, I said no, but he insisted me to take it."

"And...what happened after that?"

"Well, I was honest when I told him that the Ore wouldn't be enough because it looked like it to me, so then he said the Ore could be used for making sculptures. That's when I got the idea to use my spikes and make you a sculpture...of a Wii."

Chris looked back at the sculpture.

"I was having trouble, so I asked Zidane for help. He helped to make the sculpture's sides perfectly vertical, and I used my spikes to make the small details. I stayed there for a whole day until I was done by night, and that's when I said good bye to him and got back yesterday during the night."

The World Traveler was thrilled by Lucario's effort. However, it made Chris's gift look pathetic. Chris thought that Lucario did a lot more effort than he did. Heck, his Pokémon made a gift out of pure minerals while Chris used the old-fashioned way to go to shops and buy something good enough for him. Chris's smile suddenly faded.

Lucario noticed the somewhat depressed look of his trainer. "Is something the matter, Chris? You don't like my gift?"

Chris gasped and looked nervously at Lucario. "N-no, it's just that I was hoping you'd like my gift..."

Lucario chuckled and started to open Chris's gift, much for the dismay of the owner. "Well, that's what I'm holding it. I'm sure you got one for me after all."

Chris looked in disbelief as Lucario opened the gift. Once Lucario did so, he opened the box and looked inside. As Chris had expected, Lucario stared confused at what he found inside. "..." Chris gulped.

"..." Lucario looked back at Chris. "U-um..."

Chris's lips trembled like a wave before he groaned aloud. "L-Lucario, I'm so sorry! It was so hard for me to find a gift for you, I'm so sorry!"

Most of the people who were opening their gifts looked at their direction.

Lucario looked inside the box and began to take out what was inside.

Apparently, Chris had gotten many different items. Lucario took out some sunglasses, a DS protector case (because he had a black DS Lite), some black earphones, a dark blue iPod (shockers), and a gold watch. "...I..." Lucario trailed off.

Chris looked defeated and bowed down to Lucario. "I-I'm really sorry, seriously... I was running out of ideas..."

Lucario's mouth opened a bit. "W-well..." He looked inside the box, and Lucario didn't want to ask why there was a small key-chain with a figurine of Gnome inside. He took it out and stared at it in confusion (especially the little Gnome figurine at the end of the little chain). "...Where'd you get this?"

Chris looked up. "T-that's one of the things I got just for you... I got that for having to put my life in danger by fighting none other than FREAKING Rayquaza 2 days ago..."

Lucario looked shocked. "W-what? You fought Rayquaza over this?"

"I-it was hell!" Chris yelled before he started to talk fast, "I-I thought I could find a gift by doing a side-quest so I went to Gnome to help him out but then I found out Rayquaza was the one making all those roars over his home and I had to fight him to make him go away but then the battle was so hard that we're almost going to die then Rayquaza called quits and he left and we want to Gnome and he still had a grudge on you but he said whatever and gave me that key-chain so I could give it to you as a gift but I was worried and stuff and more stuff a-"

Lucario covered Chris's mouth. "P-please, don't talk too fast. I can barely understand what you're saying..."

Chris moved Lucario's hand away. "I fought Rayquaza but then I got that key-chain from Gnome..." he summarized.

Lucario looked at the little key-chain. "...But...you got this because you fought a Legendary Pokémon?"

Chris sniffed a bit. "I-I almost died..."

"...I can't believe you did so much for me, Chris."

"I-I know, but it was so scary. Rayquaza was SO mad that he wanted t-" Chris did a double take and looked shocked at Lucario. "You say what now?"

Lucario looked a bit worried. "I mean to say that it was so amazing of you for having to fight none other than Rayquaza to get a gift for me..." He shook his head. "It was...so admirable of you."

Chris blinked shocked at this. "W-well, I fought in a group..."

Lucario shook his head. "Even so, you fought Rayquaza. It makes my gift look so pathetic, I swear..." Lucario muttered. "I made one for you, but you fought a big entity for my gift... Why didn't I think of doing something like that before?"

Chris's jaw opened.

"I feel so ashamed now..."

The World Traveler looked in pure disbelief at Lucario. What did just happen? That was the only question that was puzzling Chris so much. He never thought Lucario would react the way he did. In fact, it looked so ironic that what Chris feared what was Lucario feared the most. If there was a lady of irony, Chris would have mauled her to death by now.

Unfortunately, there wasn't such a lady.

"..." Chris sighed loudly. "Oh my god... T-then I'm glad you liked my gift..."

"I'd have liked if you didn't have to risk your life, though," Lucario said. "I'd have liked some clothes instead."

Chris looked at Lucario. "I would've gone for clothes but SOME HEDGEHOG told me it was pathetic to give to you."

Lucario instantly glared sideways at Sonic, who at that point was innocently whistling to himself while looking away embarrassed. "I should have known before," Lucario muttered.

Chris looked worried. "But still...do you like my gifts?"

Lucario looked back at Chris and nodded. "I'm very happy. You gave me some random things, but it's the way you got them that matters to me."

Chris smiled a bit at this.

Lucario made a happy expression. "Only you would go to such great lengths for me, right?"

"Honestly speaking...no."

"...At least you did it," Lucario said. "Thank you so much, Chris, and merry Christmas."

Chris hugged sideways his Lucario and chuckled heartily. "Merry Christmas, Lucario," Chris said happily before Lucario growled and hugged him back.

As the two kept hugging each other, an annoyed DK looked away and mumbled to himself, "But I wanted my own iPod..."

And so, Christmas went by very nicely. The celebration ended with a dinner during the night where everyone enjoyed the food and talked. However, as the celebration kept going, some of them wondered what happened to Tails and the others back at Sonic's world. The fact that they haven't reported back yet made most of them get worried. The only option for them to take, for now, was to wait and see what happened...

December 30 - Tuesday - Afternoon – New Year's Eve

The wait had prolonged for a long time. It was New Year's Eve, and there wasn't any news about Tails's team yet. A restless hedgehog sat down on the sofa of the mansion with folded arms behind his back while Master Hand and Peach were removing the Christmas furniture from everywhere.

Sonic sighed loudly. "MAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAN, when are they gonna drop by?"  he asked to himself. "It's almost new year and they even skipped Christmas... That's weird because Amy would usually freak out and go around to look for a gift to me..."

"Well, you gotta be patient," Chip said as he appeared from behind Sonic and flew over the sofa. "Chip Norris says patient is a good option."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Chip, you're not helping."

"Chip might not be helping, but Chip Norris is."

Sonic slapped his forehead. "Ugh, now you're getting me confused to who you are..."

"Chip Norris is the name."

Sonic grunted. "Whatever, Chip...Norris..."

"Hurray, you got my name, Sonic!" Chip cheered. "Now you'll see what Chip Norris is capable of..." He looked around and stared at the double doors of the mansion. "Oh, right there! I'm gonna use my super powerful roundhouse kicks on those doors to break 'em."

Sonic frowned. "Chip, I'm not in the mood t-"

"BANZAI!" Chip interrupted as he went towards the doors with a flying kick ready.

However, just as Chip was about to make contact with the double doors, said double doors suddenly slammed opened (crushing Chip behind one) and a desperate Parakarry came in. "G-guys, guys, guys, where are you?! Guys!" he said in panic.

Sonic looked confused to this unexpected visit. One, he wanted to know why Parakarry was so tense. Two, he wanted to see if Chip (Norris) was fine. Sonic chose the first over the second. "Hey, calm down, you," Sonic said. "What's the hurry?"

Parakarry stopped panting heavily. "S-something so bad happened at the village today..."

"It didn't get destroyed by another sword, right?"

"N-no, that's a thing of the past!" Parakarry said. "T-the village...the whole village is...is under martial law!"

"Under what?" Sonic asked confused.

"Y-yeah, just as you heard. The whole village is under martial law by..."

Outside

Outside of the mansion, to the left wall, there was a training session going on. A preoccupied moogle of the name Chris (obviously in his Moogle Knight job) shyly held a sword with both hands as he stared forward at a serious Meta Knight. It happened that Meta Knight had asked Chris to start some training lessons of swordsmanship whenever Chris was ready for the task. The World Traveler was unsure at first, but he ultimately agreed to partake the training.

"W-why did I agree again, kupo?" Chris asked.

Meta Knight unsheathed his sword. "You wanted to make yourself better in swordsmanship. I offered you my help, and so you said yes," he said. "I was looking for a sparring helper as well. You will serve me very well, and I'll do the same for you."

Chris gulped. "J-just don't kill me, kupo..."

"If I did, I would have a grudge by someone close to you," Meta Knight said as he glanced sideways to the left. "Isn't that right, Lucario?"

Chris looked to the right where Lucario meditated in peace below a tree's branches. The Aura Pokémon had his eyes closed, but he was still watching the whole training. "You're absolutely right," Lucario replied. "Don't end up hurting Chris, you heard me?"

Suddenly, Falco (wearing a grey coat) appeared from behind the same tree and chuckled at the scene. "I predict a pretty bad bloodshed very soon today," he joked. "No poking the little guy with the tip of your sword, you got it?"

Chris pouted annoyed. "Y-you come over here and use a sword to spar with us, kupo!"

Falco shrugged as he stared at Meta Knight. "N-no, thanks. I'll rather use fists than a sharp knife..."

Several feet away from Falco was Zelda sitting on a table while drinking hot tea. She was there to see the training session. "I wouldn't mind if the training started," she said interested. "Maybe I could get inspired to get a new training regiment for the soldiers of Hyrule out of this. They need to have that courage because they seem to be lacking a lot of it."

"You're just here to enjoy yourself..." Falco muttered. "After all, you're a princess. The loyalty always expects something amusing like fights."

Zelda looked annoyed. "Oh, I'm not in favor of bloodsheds if that is what you mean. I don't like to see such events at all."

"Enough," Meta Knight interrupted as he stared at Chris, Lucario opening his eyes. "Let us commence the session. Are you ready or not?"

Chris gulped and slowly pointed with a hand his little sword at Meta Knight. "I-I'm ready for anything, kupo..." he replied.

"Good," Meta Knight said before he tossed his cape away and extended his bat wings. "En garde."

Chris's eyes widened as he saw Meta Knight taking off from the ground to hover all the way to him. The Moogle Knight yelled in fear before he crossed his sword in front of him before Meta Knight reached him out and started a series of fast slashes that scratched the sword of the moogle. "K-kupo!" Chris yelped in fear as he was constantly forced to step back.

"You should find a way to retaliate," Meta Knight between the swift attacks. "Don't just defend. Retaliate to stop your opponent from attacking many more times like I'm doing."

"(T-this guy is talking so seriously...)" Chris thought worried as he was forced to back away to the wall of the mansion. "(H-how am I supposed to attack back with all those swift attacks, kupo? O-one second without guarding and I'll be severely cut to death, kupo!) A-aah!"

Chris lost the grip of his sword by a strong leftward slash from Meta Knight, who decided to stop the mad assault right now.

As for Chris's sword, it went slicing the air in circles right towards Falco's face. "HOLY CRAP!" Falco yelled as his eyes widened in shock before he ducked in time for the sword to get stuck on the tree's bark, right on top of his head, cutting off some feathers in the process. Falco looked up at the dangerously close weapon and rubbed his head a bit to take some feathers. He stared at them and got instantly mad. "Hey, watch where you toss that sword! It cost me some feathers of my head!" Falco complained.

Back at the actual fight, a panting Chris was forcing himself up from the ground at the mercy of Meta Knight's Galaxia right an inch away from his nose. The moogle panted heavily in fear as Meta Knight stared down at him. "Now how are you going to fight back without a weapon?" Meta Knight asked.

"I-I don't know, kupo!" Chris yelled. "I-I'm out of ideas, kupo!"

"Hmph, as I expected," Meta Knight said. "You rely solely on your sword than any other way to attack. Continuing to use that tactic is ultimately going to take you to defeat."

"B-but what am I to do in a situation like this, kupo?"

"That is for you to find out," Meta Knight said before he pulled back his sword from Chris. "The training is over."

Chris kept panting before he stopped and sighed loudly in relief. Zelda looked a bit shocked, but he she was more disappointed. "Aww, it already ended?" she asked. "That ended so fast..."

"A-at least I survived, kupo!" Chris yelled.

"I didn't plan in hurting you at all," Meta Knight stated. "I said that before."

Chris looked back at Meta Knight. "Y-you looked so serious, though..." He gulped. "M-maybe if I had used some stickers..."

"Do you honestly think that you should rely on those?"

"What?"

Meta Knight shook his head. "If you keep relying on those enhancing equipment items, your skill with your abilities will start to become so sloppy and reckless that you won't be able to execute them properly as you do right now," he explained. "Those only help you to become stronger, but what about your natural abilities? They can be further enhanced without relying on equipment if you train by yourself."

Chris blinked at this. "W-well..."

"Train yourself," Meta Knight said. "When you do that, you'll find out your true potential in your skills that the stickers won't grant you. I know that everyone here got those attacks just because Master Hand intervened, but that's not enough," he said. "Master all your abilities before you make yourself stronger."

The Moogle Knight kept staring at the Star Warrior. "H-have you become this strong like that?"

"Yes," Meta Knight said. "Thanks to that, I can easily stop any ridiculously fast opponent from landing a hit on me. It doesn't matter how fast my opponent is, I can find the exact momentum to execute an attack and retaliate back."

Chris recalled that Meta Knight did stop Sonic one time long ago. Meta Knight even pinned the hedgehog down, even if the knight was looking away. "I-I think I remember you doing something like that..."

"I could do that because of training," Meta Knight said. "From now on, be sure you train your abilities. You might get better with time, who knows."

Chris nodded at this before he stood up. "I-I'll have that in mind, Meta Knight..." He bowed to the knight. "Thank you so much for today's training."

Zelda looked a bit pleased at this. "Hmm, this was interesting despite being so short... I enjoyed it."

Falco grunted as held his cut feathers. "You weren't the target of the flying sword of death, THAT'S why you enjoyed all this."

The princess shook her head. "No! I was talking about Meta Knight's lecture, not the fight!"

Lucario looked a bit worried at the training session. "(Be less serious on Chris because you're going to put him in a trauma soon, please...)"

Suddenly, the five overheard the double doors of the mansion slamming open by a blue blur that went directly to the direction of the village. They turned their gazes to the south where a panting Parakarry came around and landed weakly on the ground. "Y-you guys..." he muttered. "I-I... N-no... W-we need some help...please..."

Zelda pushed herself from her chair and walked all the way to the tired Paratroopa. "Please, hold your breath for a moment."

"HIIIIIIIUUUUUUUUU...." Parakarry inhaled air before he exhaled and sighed loudly. "Phew...that feel much better..." He looked up at Zelda. "I-I need you all to come to the village. It's in danger right now!"

"In danger, you say?" Meta Knight asked.

"Y-yeah, danger as in DANGER," Parakarry said alarmed. "Y-you see...the whole village fell under martial law!"

"Under martial law?" Zelda said confused. "What do you mean by that? Is there an army taking over the city for security measurements?"

Parakarry frantically shook his head. "Not that kind of martial law! I mean a much bad one!" he said as the others walked to them. "I-in fact, as we speak, there are some weird robots holding civilians at gunpoint!"

"The hell?" Falco said skeptical. "What kind of army is that, anyway?"

"I-I dunno, but the army is a whole army of robots in egg-shaped bodies. T-they said that the civilians shouldn't move or else they'll destroy the village! I-I managed to sneak away from over the roofs, b-but they're even threatening Quill and Postman as well... Y-you've got to help the village before it's destroyed!"

"Egg-shaped robots, kupo?" Chris asked confused before he rubbed his chin. "Hmm, why do I think I remember those robots, kupo..."

Parakarry looked serious. "L-look, you can ponder while you head down to the city. I already told Sonic to go and he said he knew what was happening. I don't know what he was talking about, but he should need your help! The more, the better!"

Meta Knight looked at the direction of the village. "Then we should better be on our way."

"I wonder who that army is..." Falco muttered.

Chris gulped. "T-this will probably serve me as training with my sword, kupo..."

Falco grumbled and handed Chris his sword. "And make sure it stays in your hands, got it?" Falco asked annoyed.

"O-okay, kupo..."

Lucario glared at the south. "Let's go."

The six then began their way to the village as fast as they could.

-Nintendo Village: Morning of New Beginnings-
Sidewalks

Meanwhile, in the village, there was a gun aimed directly at the forehead of a young girl. Said girl happened to be a shocked Ai who had recently come out from a clothes' shop with a bag with dresses. The Animal Village resident's eyes shook in fear as she eyed the big robot in front of her. "W-what is happening?" Ai asked in fear. "W-why are you aiming that weapon at me?"

The robot itself had an egg-shaped body. It stood around 6-feet, had blue, white, and green steel markings around its body, and it had a machine gun attached to its left hand. "Civilians are not to cause any trouble," the robot said. "Any kind of misbehavior shall be punished severely."

"W-what?" Ai asked. "B-but I wasn't doing anything wrong!" she argued before the robot moved the gun closer to her forehead. "P-please, don't scare me like that!"

The Animal Village resident moved her eyes around to see what was happening. Not only she was being threatened, but there were many other residents standing still on place as many other robots surrounded them. Families, children, and lone civilians remained still in order to avoid getting shot.

Ai gulped at this and looked back at the robot. "I-I don't understand any of this," she said. "Why are all these robots doing this to everyone? It wasn't like that yesterday!"

"Silence," the robot replied. "You shall not question our authority."

Ai forced a glare. "B-but it's so unfair!" she yelled. "I don't see why you have to do this!"

"That is enough," the robot said. "Prepare to suffer, insolent girl."

Ai gasped and took a step back from the robot before she ducked and screamed loudly for help. "HELP, SOMEBODY!" she yelled loudly.

The robot took a step forward and aimed down its gun at Ai's head. The crowd looked at their direction, and this little action made all the robots charge forward every single one of them, creating panic as everyone screamed for help.

And said help was responded as the form of a blue blur swiftly slamming into every single robot in the vicinity of the village. Metal exploded into bits, machine guns were scrapped, and each robot exploded. The public still screamed before they all saw that all the robots were destroyed, leaving wires and metal all over the streets.

Ai kept ducking in fear before she noticed that nothing was happening anymore. The Animal Village resident opened her eyes and lifted up her head to look around in confusion. Her eyes instantly looked to a machine gun in front of her, causing Ai to jump from the floor in fear. "K-kyah!" she yelped before looking around to find the robots all gone. "W-what just happened here now?"

"Oh, it was nothing. I was just taking a stroll around and I saw these robots messing so I beat them, no big deal."

Ai blinked confused at the voice before she turned around and gasped at the blue hedgehog in front of her. "O-oh, w-who are you?" Ai asked.

Sonic grinned and gave her a thumb up. "The name's Sonic the Hedgehog," he said with a wink.

Ai stared at Sonic. "W-what..." She looked around to see the people looking in confusion at the scraps of metal scattered all over the place. "I mean, you destroyed all the robots?"

"Yeah," Sonic said simply. "They were about a hundred, but they were nothing. They're all gone like the wind."

Ai looked a bit surprised at this claim. She looked around once more, and sure enough, there wasn't any other robot menacing a person. The Animal Village resident blinked confused before looking up at Sonic. "And...you said you destroyed them by yourself?"

Sonic looked worried. "What the heck? Didn't anybody see me at all?"

"...I...was ducking down..." Ai responded.

The hedgehog looked at the people, and none of them were paying any attention to him. "...Noooo!" Sonic groaned before slapping his face. "I knew I was doing it so darn fast and nobody noticed I took all those robots down!"

"So I take that you just were going to save people only to get famous?"

Sonic gasped when he saw that Chris, Lucario, Zelda, Meta Knight, Falco, and Parakarry appeared behind Ai, the latter turning around to look at them. "N-no, it wasn't what you think it was...I-I swear of it!" Sonic said in his defense.

Zelda looked annoyed. "I wouldn't be surprised if you did as I've thought."

Sonic groaned once more. "You guys, I saved these people because I HAD to do it, okay?"

Chris grumbled. "Well, at least show some dignity and respect next time you talk with a girl, kupo."

Meta Knight looked around the streets. "At least Sonic took these robots out. That's all that matters to me."

Sonic grinned and chuckled. "Heh, told you I was doing my job."

Chris looked at the Star Warrior. "You're just going to say that, kupo?"

Meta Knight nodded. "I don't see why we should care about Sonic's intentions as long as he saves people."

Sonic nodded. "Yeah, you shouldn't care about me."

Falco chuckled. "That means we should ignore you altogether."

"Of course I know... Hey, wait a minute now!" Sonic demanded.

Parakarry looked happy. "Well, it was a good idea to call you all here after all! The village is saved, so all is good once again. Thanks a lot, everyone!"

Lucario looked a bit skeptical. "But where did these robots come from?"

Zelda rubbed her chin. "Actually, that was bothering me just now..." she muttered. "Parakarry, did these robots just appear out of nowhere?"

Parakarry thought for a moment. "Well, last time I recall, these robots suddenly appeared from all sides of the village...but...I think there was more to that..."

"What do you mean?" Meta Knight asked as Chris inspected a dropped machine gun.

"I think I recall seeing a maniac in some kind of hover machine with the robots..." Parakarry recalled. "The guy looked insane, I swear. He laughed like if it was so funny to destroy a village, and he was the one who told the robots to keep all citizens in here..."

Sonic knocked his head a few times. "Did he...look like an egg?"

"...Not literally, but he had an egg-shaped body for sure," Parakarry said before he shrugged. "He looked like a maniac..."

Sonic gasped. "Eggman!" he said. "Oh, so that's why this looked so familiar with all these robots doing this... Eggman is here!"

"You mean that guy with the fat stomach?" Falco asked.

"There wouldn't be someone else like him," Sonic said. "So where is Eggman?"

Parakarry rubbed his helmet. "Geez, I forgot where he went... Wait a minute," he began, "last time I recall, that "Eggman" guy headed to the south, saying something like staying away from some temple..."

"The temple..." Meta Knight trailed off. "...Yes, I heard there was some kind of temple nearby."

Chris blinked. "Oh, he means the Mazuri Temple where some of us took refuge from the rain that time, kupo..."

"And aren't we supposed to protect the temples?" Zelda asked.

The group looked to the south...where a long wall blocked their sight. "Er...was that wall over there before, kupo?" Chris asked.

"Heheh, apparently, the Hammer Bros. put that wall there," Parakarry explained. "They said that the sight of temple in the distance looked out of place for a little village like this so they built that wall to prevent anyone from seeing it. They also said that "mystical places are ALWAYS bound to be attacked, and that will SURELY include the closest place like a village, town, or city no matter what happens" or something like that..."

The Smashers looked bored at the wall. "...Dude, that sounded incredibly ironic just now," Falco commented.

"..." Parakarry slapped his helmet. "See? They were right all along! Putting that wall over there was useless! They should've destroyed the temple so this wouldn't have happened!"

"A-actually, we need the temple to be perfectly intact," Zelda said. "So please...don't destroy it... It's very valuable for us..."

Parakarry looked bored. "Geez, I knew it was a place of importance all along..."

Sonic took a step forward. "No time to waste. We gotta get to the temple and stop Eggman!" he yelled before he disappeared from sight.

Lucario sighed. "There he goes again, alone by himself..." he muttered.

Meta Knight frowned. "One day of these, Sonic will understand the meaning to be patient."

"Unfortunately, I'll have to agree that we have to hurry this time," Falco said.

"Then let's go," Zelda suggested.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: Chris8492 on February 09, 2010, 08:12:10 PM
Is this the next chapter (164) thats coming out? Looks great. ;0
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 09, 2010, 08:22:00 PM
Quote from: Razgriz2489 on February 09, 2010, 08:12:10 PM
Is this the next chapter (164) thats coming out? Looks great. ;0
And...who are you?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: Chris8492 on February 09, 2010, 08:28:41 PM
It's ChrisCLX898 on Fanfic.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 09, 2010, 08:36:10 PM
Quote from: Razgriz2489 on February 09, 2010, 08:28:41 PM
It's ChrisCLX898 on Fanfic.
Oh...

Then please be aware that you're technically spoiling yourself by being here. Also, be aware that this might not be the final product because there are some changes that tend to happen while putting all this into actual chapters at the site. I'd suggest that you should wait unless you want to see how the work goes.

Take in mind that coming here won't mean that you won't review the chapter in the actual site as well. Some people say that they don't need to review anymore if they talk to me, but that's practically cheating a bit.

I hope you enjoy the chapters. This is chapter 165.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: Chris8492 on February 09, 2010, 08:38:45 PM
O_O sorry... forgiven? I was never going to stop reviewing.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 10, 2010, 07:25:45 AM
The group nodded in unison before they all ran to the south before turning to the right to cross the wall around it. Parakarry kept staring to the south before he sighed and looked back at the people cleaning the streets from the scraps of metal. "Well, it's going to be New Year tonight. We should be getting ready for the celebration and make sure there isn't any alcohol being sold..."

The Paratroopa looked down to see that Ai was still there, completely being ignored by the Smashers.

"...Oh..." Parakarry muttered. "...Sorry, I didn't see you were here..."

Ai kept staring at Parakarry without looking at any other way.

"..." Parakarry shifted his eyes around before he chuckled nervously. "I-I've gotta go for now... See you!" he said before he turned around and flew away to the direction of the office.

Ai stared at Parakarry's direction before she put a hand under her left cheek and looked at no one in particular. "What did just happen now?" she asked confused. "Why do I think I shouldn't have heard anything those people said?"

The Animal Village resident shrugged at the thought before she picked up her bag and walked away to the north before turning to left corner of the sidewalk, still wondering what happened a few seconds ago.

-Mazuri Temple-
Entrance

Meanwhile, in front of big grass fields, there stood the Mazrui Temple. The temple itself wasn't affected by the renovation of the village that it remained the same, except for the fact that now a long field was situated between the temple and the village. The temple had served as some sort of historical monument where almost nobody ever went.

However, today was much different than that.

In front of the temple, there were two figures. One was Dr. Eggman in his hover machine, and the other one was another different person. This white-bearded, short old man looked like a chief from a tribe since he wore red garments, wore a golden necklace around his bald head, wore yellow rings hanging on his long ears, and he carried a wooden staff with his left hand.

Dr. Eggman grunted at the old man. "You don't want to open the Gaia Gate, then?"

The old man shook his head. "I am sorry, but I'm not obliged to do such a thing at this time," he said with a frown. "I'm not required to open the Gaia Gate right now."

"Why is it that you're being so stubborn in that?" Dr. Eggman asked. "You should know better that opening the gate will grant me a better way to resolve this problem."

The old man shook his head. "Even I know you have malicious intentions with the Gaia Gate," he said. "I only grant permission for outsiders to enter the temple when they have good intentions for it. Unfortunately, I haven't found such people because they tend to appear and ask for admission to the temple, and it is risky to do it without being careful about them."

"Grrrrr, just open the gate for me now!" Dr. Eggman demanded.

"No," the old man said. "Taking me here by force and then request me to do that isn't going to help you."

"Look," Dr. Eggman began irritated, "or you go in there and open the Gaia Gate, or I'll eliminate you right now!"

"If you do eliminate me, then how are you going to open the Gaia Gate?" the old man asked. "I'm the only one who can do that."

Dr. Eggman grunted before he grinned and chuckled. "Well, smart old man, since you're saying that...you wouldn't mind if I cause some havoc at your village, right?"

The old man narrowed his eyes. "Threatening to endanger the lives of my people... You're clearly not worthy to go into the temple."

"So, how will it be?" Dr. Eggman asked. "You have the decision to save the trouble...or have the trouble on your humble home."

The old man thought for a moment. "Hmm..."

"Eggman!"

Dr. Eggman and the old man turned to the north where they saw a cocky blue hedgehog looking at them with a grin and crossed arms. Dr. Eggman grunted at the sight of the hedgehog. "Sonic!" Dr. Eggman yelled. "I knew you were going to show up here very soon..."

Sonic chuckled. "Nice to see ya around these parts again," he said, wiping his nose with his thumb. "You know, thanks for trying to attack the people in the village back there. You gave me good nostalgia by eliminating all your robots at top speed."

Dr. Eggman slapped his forehead. "Every single robot is someday destined to turn into scrapped metal..." he muttered before he glared at Sonic. "Sorry, Sonic, but I don't have time for you."

"Oh, but I have time for you," Sonic said. "Why is it that you and that army weren't doing their evil plans? It's been a pretty long time and I got bored."

The scientist chuckled. "Sorry for making you wait. I forgot you hated to wait because you're so impatient."

The hedgehog narrowed his eyes at this.

"You see, we had some technical issues," Dr. Eggman explained. "We couldn't resume any of our plans because we didn't have the necessary ideas to use. We took a long time, but it's finally over," he said. "Now, it's time for us to get a move on and resume our main mission again."

"And what are those plans?" Sonic asked with a glare.

"Pfft, it should be pretty obvious for you, hedgehog," Dr. Eggman said. "I don't want to waste any more words with you today. Now be a good guy and leave us."

Sonic smirked. "Since I'm a good guy, I'm gonna have to kick you outta here before I leave."

"Persistent, aren't we?" Dr. Eggman asked. "Well, since you're being such a pest today, I'll have to take care of you."

The old man looked at Sonic. "Now what is going on here?" he asked. "Besides being taken here by force from Mazuri, I have to witness a feud?"

Sonic looked confused at the old man. "Er...who are you?"

"Pardon me for not introducing myself," the old man said. "I am Gwek, the village chief of Mazuri," he introduced himself. "And you are Sonic, right?"

"Well, yeah, you heard that from human egg here."

Dr. Eggman grunted. "Like I said before, I don't have time to waste for you or more conversations." He pointed down at the old man. "You, start opening the Gaia Gate!"

The village chief of Mazuri shook his head. "I have said and will keep saying no," he said. "I won't allow you to open the Gaia Gate. I don't like people like you to go inside."

The scientist looked at Sonic. "Not only I have to deal with this pathetic fool, but also I have to deal with you, Sonic," Dr. Eggman said aggravated. "This couldn't have turned out like this. I expected to finish things up right after I came here."

"Guess your way isn't just going to happen," Sonic said grinning.

At that moment, the Smashers caught up with the hedgehog from behind and looked at Dr. Eggman. "Oh no, he's here, kupo..." Chris muttered.

Dr. Eggman rolled his eyes. "And I was also foreseeing all of you here as well. The logical thing would be that because Sonic's got a collar and you're his owner. He's been such a bad "dog" for sure, hasn't he?"

Sonic looked at the collar of his neck. "Well, of course I have to be wear this crap daily!" he complained. "Thanks to you, I have to deal with a wolf transformation that looks so cliche, and a psycho guy in me trying to take over my body!"

Dr. Eggman chuckled. "What, you don't like that surge of power, Sonic? I thought you were into physical stuff. I also let that friend in you to become acquainted with you."

Sonic grunted. "You'll pay for letting that guy go nuts on me!"

"Sonic, calm down," Meta Knight cut in. "I presume you were already taunting Dr. Eggman before we came here."

"That is exactly what happened," Gwek suddenly said.

The hedgehog shook his head. "What side are you guys with again?"

"Obvious," Zelda said before glaring at the scientist. "We're not surely on his side."

"And I'm glad that it's that way, milady," Dr. Eggman said cordially. "But enough chit-chat, you all better be gone from my sight before you suffer the consequences of meddling with me." He turned to Gwek. "You shall open the Gaia Gate or else your village will burn down to the ground!"

Gwek tapped his staff on the ground. "I'm not willing to help you," he said. "I trust that you will never attack my village."

"Grrrrr!" Dr. Eggman grunted. "That's it, now I'm getting mad at this whole nonsense," he said while gritting his teeth. "Since I need to finish my task as soon as possible here, I'll let everyone here be friends with my little new friend here..." he said as he took out a button from behind his back and pressed it with his thumb.

Suddenly, the Smashers looked up to see a huge bug-like robot flying over the temple of Mazuri. Most of them gasped before they ran back to avoid being crushed by the robot's immense size. Gwek backed away to the wall while Dr. Eggman snickered and flew over the big robot's head where he attached his hover machine into its head and laughed maniacally at the Smashers. "This, my friends, is Egg Beetle!" he yelled. "Behold this powerful creation of my genius!"

The robot in question looked like an oversized beetle. It was purple, big, and had long pincers with glowing pink lights. It had a green barrier that protected Dr. Eggman from being harmed.

The Smashers took their positions as they faced the robot. "Is this going to take too long?" Falco asked.

"I don't think it will," Lucario said. "It's not a strong robot."

Dr. Eggman snickered. "Well, since you're all so confident about destroying one of my ultimate creations (Sonic: He always says that. Ignore him.), let's see if you can make a scratch on it!"

The robot closed quickly its pincers several times in front of the Smashers.

Sonic Unleashed - Boss Stage - vs. Boss - Day

Chris gulped and crossed his sword in front of him. "Will we be able to defeat him on that thing, kupo?"

"Why don't we see how much it lasts?" Meta Knight asked as he unsheathed Galaxia. "This will be a fair battle."

"Heh, bring it on," Falco said as he brandished his Blaster. "Let's start by SHOOTING it down!"

"Then let's all use projectiles," Zelda said.

Lucario moved back his left foot and began charging an Aura Sphere. "Let's do this," he muttered.

"Now!" Sonic yelled.

The group began a full assault against the Egg Beetle by using different projectile attacks: Chris used Mog Lance to send forth slicing shockwaves, Zelda used Din's Fire to direct them all the way to the robot, Falco began shooting the robot at will, and Lucario fired fully Aura Spheres. As for the only close combat attackers, Sonic used charged Spin Dashes while Meta Knight rushed forward and used Drill Rush on a pincer.

The Egg Beetle backed away from the group. Dr. Eggman grunted angrily at this while they all kept attacking. "Ugh, you seem to become stronger during all this time..." he muttered. "Well, how about this, then?!"

The Egg Beetle began to throw some purple boxes from behind its back towards the Smashers. Lucario looked up and grunted. "Destroy those boxes!" he yelled.

"Aim up at 'em!" Falco yelled.

The four long-range attackers directed their attacks at the falling boxes, successfully destroying every single box on midair before they could make contact with any of them.

As Dr. Eggman cursed at this, both Sonic and Meta Knight used their same tactics and rammed themselves against the robot's pincers. The Egg Beetle began to shoot out smoke from some small openings around its pincers that made the scientist alarmed. "N-no!" Dr. Eggman gasped. "T-this can't be happening! I thought this machine was going to be enough to crush you all!"

"Over Limit ready!" Kawashima announced. "It's ready for anyone to use!"

Meta Knight took this opportunity to use the Over Limit by pushing back his cape, sending out a force that pushed back the robot to the temple's direction. Dr. Eggman grunted angrily at this before he looked forward and saw Meta Knight flying directly to the green shield in front of him. With a swift movement, Meta Knight swept the shield with his cape, causing darkness to engulf the whole area with everyone in it.

...

And suddenly, a swift and deadly slash cut both of the Egg Beetle's pincers in half, making them blow up into pieces of metal. Not only the pincers were cut in half, but the whole robot was cut in half as well. Dr. Eggman looked around in panic before he started to type fastly on the control panel of the machine to do something. "I-it's falling apart!" Dr. Eggman yelled. "T-this is extremely ridiculous!"

Meta Knight, standing just in front of the shield, frowned at Dr. Eggman and jumped back to the group, who at that time had stopped their attacks.

Music stops

As Sonic rolled back to the Smashers, they all watched as the robot began to shoot smoke everywhere. Dr. Eggman typed frantically on the control panel before the robot blew up completely, creating a big explosion that made all of them cover their faces with their arms. Now there was a smoke cloud in front of them, and Dr. Eggman flew out from the top and raised a right arm covered in soot at them. "Y-you!" he yelled. "T-this isn't going to end right here, you heard me?!"

Zelda looked a bit surprised at this. "Wait...we beat him already?"

"Hmph," Meta Knight muttered as he sheathed Galaxia. "It seems we have to thank the badge Chris mentioned before."

Chris gasped and took out said badge from behind. The Moogle Knight stared at it in surprised with Falco, Sonic, and Lucario. "...Thanks, the Master..." Chris muttered with a pleased smile.

"Grrrrr!!!" Dr. Eggman grunted loudly through gritted teeth. "You'll pay for destroying one of my robots!" He sat back into his hover machine. "Just you wait until we resume our plans. It'll be all over soon, that I assure you!"

"Shut up," Sonic said grinning. "You'd rather leave now before you stay here more."

"Good idea," Dr. Eggman said as a dark portal appeared in midair. The doctor looked over to the temple where Gwek stared up at him. "Your village will pay for this..."

Gwek shook his head. "I'm aware of that," he said. "My village won't fall down because of you since it will be just fine. I know that the dreadful event you're planning to do with Dark Gaia isn't going to see the light of day."

"Literally," Dr. Eggman added. "I need the night than the day." He looked down at the Smashers and pointed a finger at them. "I hope you're all ready for what's to come... You haven't seen the last of me yet," he muttered before he directed his hover machine into the portal before it disappeared.

Falco kept glaring at the spot where the dark portal disappeared before he spun his weapon on a finger and kept it in its holster. "He's gone now," he said. "So much for a day without battling."

Sonic narrowed his eyes. "Eggman...you're gonna pay for doing this to me..."

Chris looked worried to Sonic before he flew over to him and placed a hand on his right shoulder. Sonic turned to him, and Chris smiled a bit. "Sonic...I know you're still angry at him for doing this to you, kupo."

Sonic looked away. "Even if I keep taunting him..."

"It's alright," Chris said. "You'll see that I'm going to do something about all this..." he turned to look at the others, "and that also goes for everyone here."

Zelda nodded. "We don't want to see you in that hideous look again."

Lucario nodded in agreement. "It's better when you're are the normal you."

Meta Knight nodded as well. "Until that day comes, keep relying on our help, Sonic."

Falco grinned and crossed his arms. "Yeah, you'll get rid of that transformation before you get really sick of it."

Sonic stared at the group before he smiled a bit and nodded. "Thanks, you guys..." he muttered.

"Ahem."

The six Smashers looked forward to the temple where the old man Gwek was smiling at them. "O-oh, we forgot you were here," Zelda said embarrassed.

"It's not necessary to say that," Gwek said. "But what I want to say to all you is this: thank you for saving me from that person a moment ago."

"It was what we had to do," Meta Knight said. "It was clear to see that Dr. Eggman was about to force you to do something against your will, am I right?"

Gwek nodded. "In fact, this Dr. Eggman wanted me to open the Gaia Gate for him," he explained. "He found out I was one of the Temple Guardians..."

Sonic nodded at this. "Yeah, I see... Wait..."

Zelda looked confused at this. "Wait...you mean to say you're a Temple Guardian?"

"Yes, I am," Gwek said. "I'm not only the village elder of Mazuri, but I'm also a Temple Guardian."

Lucario tilted his head bit. "But...I thought you were supposed to be hiding from anyone else from knowing you were a Temple Guardian..."

Gwek rubbed his chin and looked up at the sky. "I was supposed to do that," he said. "Lately, people have been asking about the people who are the Temple Guardians right after the planet was split into pieces," he said. "It looked so strange to me that people started to do that, so I had to keep my status in secret for security reasons."

Sonic grumbled. "I have a questione for you, old man."

Chris looked annoyed at Sonic. "S-Sonic, you should call him by his name, you idiot, kupo!" he said through gritted teeth.

The hedgehog ignored Chris altogether, much for the dismay of the moogle.

"Did one of those people happen to look like a fox with two tails?" Sonic asked.

"Hmm..." Gwek thought for a moment. "...Yes, there was such a fellow coming into the village with some other people some time ago... They were looking for the Temple Guardian, me, in my village. However...I distrusted them to stay cautious, so I lied about the fact that I was a Temple Guardian myself."

Sonic groaned a bit. "B-but they're good guys! They're my friends, you know!"

"So?"

"So?!"

Zelda blocked Sonic's face and she nervously chuckled a bit. "P-please, forgive our friend here," she said embarrassed. "He's a little bit tense today..."

"Oh, I see," Gwek said as he looked back at them. "Well, as I was saying before, I hid my status as Temple Guardian in order to keep malicious people like the Dr. Eggman from getting inside the temple; the same one you see behind me," he explained.

Sonic pushed Zelda's hand away. "The people who came to your village were trying to find you to stop Dark Gaia from destroying the world!" Sonic argued.

Gwek kept staring at Sonic. "Unfortunately, it was hard for me to tell who was good and who was bad...and I guess I was too late to guess," he said ashamed as he frowned. "Thanks to this, all the Temple Guardians had been kidnapped by that same man..."

Lucario blinked a bit. "...Pardon me? Did you say Dr. Eggman kidnapped..."

Gwen nodded. "Yes, this Dr. Eggman kidnapped every single Temple Guardian from their respective places around the world," he explained. "What is more is that he is holding them captive somewhere in a place I couldn't know its location..."

Falco narrowed his eyes. "That bastard is holding them all in the army's HQ, no doubt about it."

"Well, if you know such a place, please do something," Gwek requested.

Chris looked worried. "But...what happened exactly, kupo?"

Gwek sighed. "It happened not too long ago..." he trailed off. "As the continents were still drifiting in the skies, Dr. Eggman suddenly began to attack every important place where the Gaia Temple were located. He threatened to destroy the cities, towns, and villages if the Temple Guardians didn't show up. It all happened so fast that it didn't seem it took place... Mazuri was put in a state of panic very quickly as soon as he stated his plan. I couldn't see my people in such an event that I couldn't stand watching anymore. Then, having no choice, I revealed my status...and thus got kidnapped..."

Meta Knight nodded. "I understand the pain of seeing your own village in a dangerous situation."

Gwek nodded. "After Dr. Eggman took me into the unknown place through the very same dark portal he used a moment ago to go away, I was shocked to see that the rest of the Temple Guardians of the rest of the world were being held in steel cages. Most of them were trying to stay calm at the situation, but some were a bit desperate... Then, Dr. Eggman came to us and told me to follow him to this very same place..."

The Smashers kept staring at the village chief, each one of them thinking about the problem Gwek was facing.

"..." Gwek looked down and frowned. "I feel sorry for them now. They have to be close to Dr. Eggman before they're called to the temples to open the Gaia Gates."

Sonic grunted and made a fist on his right side. "That Eggman now crossed the line..."

"However, I don't see why he needs to go through all that trouble if I can't even open the Sun and Moon Doors alone."

The Smashers looked confused at him. "What do you mean?" Zelda asked.

"Well, you see, you need to have something else to open those doors," Gwek said before he took out from behind the Sun and Moon Tablets of the temple. "Typically, you would need to insert these into the slots of the doors. However, that will only activate the second lock of those doors."

"A second lock?" Meta Knight asked.

Gwek looked back at the temple. "I myself don't know the second key to those doors, though," he said. "My job as a Temple Guardian is to keep the temple safe from bad hands while keeping myself informed of how to piece back the special Planet Tablet of this temple. Unfortunately, I don't know much more than that nor the second key to those locks."

Sonic thought hard for a moment. "Second lock..." he muttered before knocking his forehead a bit. "Let's see... One time, we were at a temple, and we opened those doors before..."

"Hmm?" Gwek looked at Sonic. "You're saying that you opened those doors before? But that's impossible."

Sonic's eyes widened. "Wait a minute, now I remember!" he said shocked before he turned around and dashed away to the north.

"S-Sonic!" Chris yelled. "Where are you going now, kupo?!"

Chris's words fell to deaf ears as they all watched Sonic jumping over the wall of the village where he ran quickly all the way across the big hill to the mansion's area. Soon enough, the hedgehog's blue blur raced back to their spot, and Sonic appeared in front of them, holding a knocked out Chip (upside down) between his hands. "This...is the key," he said. "And I'm sorry he looks like this, but he was crushed by the door."

They all stared at Chip's dazzled eyes. "Heeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeey..." Chip began as he saluted them, his tongue sticking out a bit. "Is for today's chocolate what huh?" he asked in broken words.

"..." Gwek rubbed his chin. "Who is this little fellow you've brought here?"

Sonic looked annoyed at Chip before he shook the imp a few times. The imp shook his head and regained his composure before he smiled at the Smashers. "Hey, guys!" he said cheerfully. "Wow, why's everything upside down today? Has gravity finally rebelled against all of us? It seems so."

Falco rolled his eyes. "Hey, dude, you're the one upside down."

Chip looked down (or to the sky) before he got off from Sonic's hands and flipped himself to regain his stance. "Oh, that would explain everything," he said. "Chip Norris knew the answer all along because the answer itself comes to him."

Meta Knight stared at Chip. "Can you open those doors of the temple?"

Chip looked at the temple. "Oooooh, you mean those doors that can open only if I touch them?"

Gwek stared at Chip. "How is this this little fellow able to open those doors?" he asked. "Do you have some kind of proof that he can do such a thing? More so, who are you?"

Chip looked at Gwek. "I'm Chip Norris."

"AHEM," Chris coughed loudly in annoyance.

Chip rolled his eyes. "I'm Chip Norris, but I'm known in other parts as Light Gaia."

Gwek looked interested at this. "Light Gaia... Hmm... That name sounds familiar..."

Chip stared at Gwek in disbelief before looking down. "I told you guys," he muttered. "Nobody even knows I exist..."

Gwek tapped his staff on the ground. "Since you are this supposed Light Gaia, wouldn't that mean you're the counterpart of Dark Gaia?"

The imp nodded and looked back at Gwek. "That's how it is."

"Then...follow me," Gwek said as he turned around to the temple. "We should do this quick before we lose more time."

"Do what?" Falco asked.

Gwek looked at them. "We will open the Gaia Gate to restore Mazuri to its former state in the world."

Gaia Gate

The group had gone inside where the layout of the Mazuri Temple was different. It was gloomy-looking with all the torches that ignited some light around the room. The group walked all the way to the three doors in front of them.

Gwek had placed the Sun and Moon Tablets in their respective slots, triggering the doors' glowing light to shine brightly. "There," Gwek said as he looked at the Sun Door. "Now I need to see if Chip can really open these doors."

Chip looked serious as he flew to the Sun Door. The necklace on his neck started to glow brightly as he approached his right hand on the door. Suddenly, the door shone brighter, and it slid upwards, revealing a small passage to one of the Planet Tablet's fragment. The Smashers took closer looks at the short corridor with the village chief on the front. "Aah," Gwek said. "Interesting..."

Chip nodded. "I told you that I was Light Gaia."

"Well, this is surely a surprise," Gwek remarked. "Let us get the fragments of the Planet Tablet at once."

A time passed, and Chip had opened the Moon Door to get another fragment of the Planet Tablet. They all gathered in front of the middle door (Planet Door) as Chip gave the right tablet fragment to Gwek. "Here," Chip said. "They're kind of broken right now..."

"That is because they both have to be in pieces," Gwek explained. "Having the full product would be dangerous for those malicious people who want to go into the temple. However, I doubt they can piece the fragments back together."

"What do you mean?" Zelda asked.

Gwek began to twist some small bits of both fragments. "Temple Guardians possess the required knowledge to piece back the Planet Tablet," he explained. "Only us can do this as means of protection of the temples."

"In other words, the temples have many locks," Meta Knight said. "They have the Temple Guardians, the tablets, and Chip."

"It looks that way," Gwek said. "Press...push...twist..."

The Smashers saw as the Planet Tablets pieced back together to form one single tablet. Chip looked surprised at this.

Gwek chuckled. "The product is complete," he said pleased. "It came out quite well, wouldn't you say?"

"It's the first time we see this so I guess, kupo..." Chris muttered.

Gwek turned to the Planet Door. "Well then, let's go further into the temple," he said as he placed the Planet Tablet on the slot of the door, triggering the door's shiny form.

Chip acted quickly and touched the shining door to make it open. It shook a few times before it slid up, revealing a long corridor to the deepest part of the temple. Chip stared at the corridor before turning to the others. "W-we did it!" he said.

Gwek shook his head. "Not quite yet," he said as he began his way into the corridor. "Once we restore the continent, then it'll be done."

Lucario began to walk forward into the corridor. "Let's go," he told the others.

The Smashers decided to walk through the corridor. After walking for a small time, the group finally reached the other side of the passage, stepping inside a spacious area where torches with green fire illuminated the place with pillars. The room looked exactly the same as the last time Chris got in, except for the fact that it had a lock before. They were all focusing their attention to the altar at the far end where Gwek walked to it.

"Hmm," Gwek wondered as they all surrounded the altar. "This must be the place..." he muttered as he stared at a hole in the middle of the pedestal. "Then..." he looked at Chip," would you please touch the hole?"

"U-um, okay..." Chip said unsure. The imp flew on the altar to touch the little hole.

Suddenly, a small pedestal came out from the hole. The Smashers took a closer look at it to see that the pedestal had a empty slot on its top that had a shape. "..." Gwek shook his head. "I'm afraid to say I don't know what to do next..."

However, Chris knew better than the village chief. The moogle tapped Sonic's left shoulder to get his attention. "Pss, Sonic, place a Chaos Emerald on it, kupo"

"What?" Sonic asked.

"Just do it, kupo!"

Sonic looked confused at this direction before he took out from behind the pale green Chaos Emerald. The hedgehog then placed the emerald on the pedestal, and it actually fit nicely in it. Sonic looked a bit surprised at this, as well the others, before said emerald began to glow. "W-what the..." Sonic trailed off.

Gwek watched carefully the glow of the emerald. "Now what will happen now?" he wondered.

Suddenly, the emerald shone so brightly that they all had to cover their eyes. The emerald then sent green lights all over the temple, provoking some kind of tremor that shook the area around it. Some of them looked around to see the cracks of the floor and walls being filled with the emerald's light.

"W-what is happening?" Zelda asked.

"I don't think it's something bad," Meta Knight said.

Out of a cue, the tremor stopped, and the lights dimmed down until they vanished completely. The group uncovered their eyes to look back at the emerald on the pedestal.

For their surprise, the green Chaos Emerald had returned to normal since its shiny glow was there again. Sonic stared in awe at the glow of the emerald before he slowly reached it and took it out from the pedestal. The hedgehog pulled closer the emerald to inspect it. "...The Chaos Emerald..." Sonic muttered. "...I can feel its power again..."

Chris took a closer look at the gem. "Hmm, so it got its power back, kupo?"

Sonic grinned and raised the emerald in the air. "Yeah, the green Chaos Emerald's power is back!"

Lucario looked a bit skeptical. "It...looked weird that there was a pedestal like this for the Chaos Emerald..."

Falco crossed his arms and grumbled. "I'd say it looked SO convenient for some reason."

Gwek stared at the Chaos Emerald. "That item certainly gave back the power to the Mazuri continent."

The Smashers looked at him. "The continent has been restored?" Zelda asked.

"Well, if you look around..." they looked around the temple, "the temple's energy should be back now. I can sense its force emanating from every single part of this sacred shrine." He smiled a bit. "Now the Mazuri continent should be piecing itself back to its place on the planet."

Chip pumped up a fist. "And so, Chip Norris has completed one of his goals in life, my friends!"

Chris looked bored at the cheerful imp. "Do you have to talk in third person every now and then? It kind of takes off the mood of your job, kupo..."

Chip shook his head. "Chip Norris knows the future well, and the future is Chip Norris's pet and slave."

Gwek stared at Chip for a moment. "(It is hard for me to believe that he is the supposed Light Gaia...)" he thought before speaking. "It seems my judgment of you was right. You are people without bad intentions."

"We never intended to be," Zelda said. "We're trying to save Sonic's world from staying like that."

Gwek looked down. "If that's like that, then I know that I'm speaking for all the Temple Guardians that we're sorry for having to hide from you," he said. "We had to hide, unfortunately."

Sonic scratched his right ear. "Well, you had a reason so..."

"Wait," Meta Knight interrupted. "Since the continent of Mazuri was restored, wouldn't that mean that the others should notice by now?"

"I'm certain a tremor also took place there so there's a possibility most people noticed," Gwek said. "Mazuri should be on its place."

Chris looked at Sonic. "That means we're done with 1 of the 7 temples, kupo"

Sonic nodded. "Yeah," he said before looking at the green Chaos Emerald. "And now this little baby has its energy back."

Gwek coughed a bit. "I'm glad Mazuri got back to its rightful place," he said. "But for now, I'm afraid of what the people of my village are doing with this sudden change, and I don't know my way back there."

"I can take you there," Chris said. "We can travel between worlds, and going there isn't going to be such a problem, kupo."

Gwek rubbed his chin. "Perhaps you can save the rest of the continents as well..." he wondered. "...Are you sure you want to take on this task?"

"We're already tied to this," Falco said. "And there's no turning back now, sadly."

"In that case...please do save the planet," Gwek said. "You have to save the other Temple Guardians as well. Besides being guardians, they're all human beings. They should come on out once when Dr. Eggman needs to take them to their respective temples. You must interfere with Dr. Eggman's plans before it's too late for the world to stay away from Dark Gaia's presence..." He nodded. "I'm sorry to be putting a lot of trust in you, but I've no other choice left."

Sonic grinned and wiped his nose with his thumb. "Just leave it to us. Eggman isn't going to have what he wants as long as we beat him to the temples."

"I admire your determination," Gwek said before turning to Chip. "And you, Light Gaia, must open the doors in order to unlock the path to the deepest parts of the temples."

Chip saluted him. "Chip Norris's hands are in good hands because they're on their own hands."

Chris looked confused at this claim. "...Chip...stop doing that, kupo..."

Gwek chuckled. "If you wouldn't mind, I'd like to go back to my village now. I have to make sure Dr. Eggman doesn't attack my people."

The moogle looked at Gwek and nodded. "Okay, then, follow us."

The group decided to leave the sacred temple behind for the time being. Chip stopped flying to look back at the pedestal and the antique carvings around the room before he sighed and flew away from there.

-Smash Mansion-
Command Room

Once they returned to the mansion, Zelda had called Master Hand to advice the others about what happened earlier. The hand agreed to call everyone to the command room in order to know more about what was going on. Thanks to Gwek, they all knew exactly what had been happening the whole time.

After the explanation was over, a portal was opened to the way to Sonic's world thanks to Chris, who was standing besides it. "The portal is directly connected to the outskirts of Mazuri, kupo," Chris said. "It was hard to set the portal's location, but Master Hand helped a lot with that, kupo."

Gwek walked towards it and turned around to look at the multitude of Smashers before him. "Please, save the planet," he reminded them. "Save the Temple Guardians' lives as well."

Sonic nodded. "You betcha."

"Then, I'll be on my way," Gwek said as he turned to the portal. "Good luck, everyone. You're probably the last hope we have for the planet to go back to the way it was."

The village chief then stepped into the portal before he and it disappeared from sight.

Chris sighed and frowned. "Oh no, things are just starting to get even worse, kupo..."

"You tell me," Master Hand said. "I saw this coming from a mile away, anyway. Our break wasn't going to last forever as well... But enough about that!" he said. "I was getting bored of not doing anything these past days."

"I was relaxed doing that," Roy said.

Master Hand shook himself. "As long as Tabuu is around, we're all bound to stop him with whatever plan he comes up with," he explained. "And when he's getting others to do his job, it's even worse."

"Now, back on the topic," Mewtwo said. "For now, we know that Tabuu is about to do one of his moves very soon. That would mean the time for our break is going to be over very soon."

"I presume it'll be in a few days," Master Hand said. "Also, this means Tails's group will come back here before we get back to our usual schedule with the army... In fact," he began as he looked to his left to see a portal opening up, "there they are."

However, the portal only took out Knuckles with Cream and Cheese. The portal then closed down, and the echidna looked alarmed at the Smashers. "E-everyone..." Knuckles muttered.

"We know, Knucklehead," Sonic said. "The Temple Guardians were all kidnapped, and the Mazuri continent returned to its place on the earth."

Cream cleared her throat a bit. "Y-you mean you all know now?"

"Yes," Zelda said. "We can explain it to you how."

After the echidna and the rabbit were told about what had happened, Knuckles understood everything.

"Okay, now you know," Knuckles said. "A lot of crazy stuff has been happening around the world... I told you that something bad was going to happen, didn't I?!" he asked annoyed.

"CHILL DOWN," Sonic said with emphasis.

Knuckles grunted at this and looked away with a grimace.

Cream looked worried at the Smashes. "About what Mr. Knuckles was talking about, that mainly involves the Temple Guardians," Cream said. "T-they...were all kidnapped by Dr. Eggman..."

Knuckles looked back at the group. "We know that because news came out from every single continent about Dr. Eggman threatening the cities to look for the guardians. We gathered some information about what happened, and then it was clear they were all gone because they were kidnapped."

Cream hugged Cheese. "And there were some sad moments where the family of Marketa from Holoska was all kidnapped but her..." She looked depressed. "She was so sad, and she was crying out for them..."

Chip looked at the two. "Um, where are Tails and Amy?"

"They're at Holoska with the Marketa girl," Knuckles said. "Well, Amy wanted to stay with her, and Tails was going to do some patrol around the world to make sure everything was fine. As for the 2 of us, we wanted to come here."

Sonic crossed his arms. "It's not like Amy to miss the opportunity to lose both Christmas and New Year."

Cream looked at Sonic. "We celebrated Christmas at my house, Mr. Sonic," she said, forcing a smile. "But it's going to be lonesome without Tails and Amy...but this is for our world."

"Besides, Amy didn't want to leave the girl alone at Holoska," Knuckles said. "You wouldn't surely do that, but it had to be done." He shook his head. "Too bad we're not going to count on their help for the time being, though."

Cream smiled happily. "But thankfully, we found a replacement."

Knuckles grumbled. "Cream...I didn't want you to bring him up now."

Lucas tilted his head. "Um, who are you talking about?"

The echidna frowned and closed his eyes. "Well, you see, when we were at Shamar, we met an old friend again...and he pleaded and pleaded us to let him come with us. He just COULDN'T stop pleading and he got on my nerves. Whatever we tried to tell him, it wasn't enough AT ALL. I was going to snap out and beat the living sh-"

"So we let him come," Cream cut in. "A-and we're doing this so he doesn't have to fret over his lost friend."

"A lost friend?" Mario said confused. "Who is this lost friend?"

"A darn frog," Knuckles muttered annoyed.

Chris rubbed his chin. "Let's see... This said guy wanted to find his lost friend who is a frog, kupo..." He thought for a moment with closed eyes. "...Who has a frog as a best friend, kupo?"

Chris carefully tried to use logic. Since this said character was from Sonic's world, and the fact that he had a frog as a best friend, it made the connection apparent for the World Traveler.

Knuckles took out a Wiimote from his back and opened the portal to his world. "Well, you there! Stop crying and come over here so we get done with this!" he yelled angrily.

And from the said portal, a big figure came out sobbing loudly. Cream joined her hands and looked up at the sobbing figure before the portal could close down. Some of the Smashers recognized the familiar face of the big figure before them.

And that mentioned figure and friend was none other than...

"Please, Mr. Big, you have to be strong," Cream encouraged the sobbing huge, purple cat. "Froggy is alright, I know that."

"Froooooooggyyyyyyy!!!" Big cried out as he rubbed his eyes with his right arm. "Where are yooooooouuu?! Froooggyyyyyyyyy!!!"

Some of the Smashers twitched a bit at the loud cry while some of them stared confused at the crying cat. Chris blinked in shock as he looked up at the huge cat before him before he shook his head and moved his hands up. "P-please, don't cry anymore, kupo!" Chris said. "F-Froggy is going to be alright, wherever he is right now!"

Big sniffed at this and looked at the Smashers with teary eyes. "I want Froggy back..." he sobbed before he took out a napkin from behind and blew his nose on it. "This is the second time Froggy is taken away..."

Mewtwo frowned and placed a hand on his face. "Why do we have to become helpers for any person out there again?" he asked.

Master Hand sighed. "Oh goodness, this...wasn't expected to happen," he said.

Sonic took a step back from the sobbing cat before looking behind at Knuckles. "Couldn't you just run away from him?" he asked by whispering.

"I wanted to do that, you know," Knuckles muttered back through gritted fangs. "But Cream got all sad with him, and they both asked me to take the guy with us. What the hell was I supposed to do when Cream wants to get her way? I can't stand TWO people crying on me!"

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Well, she pretty much had you where she wanted you to be..."

Knuckles grunted. "Next time, I don't want to be with her anymore, got that?"

"Froggy..." Big muttered sadly. "W-what am I to do now?"

Chris floated in front of Big. "Y-you have to calm down, kupo," he said. "S-since you're that worried about Froggy, I-I think it's going to be fine for you to stay with us, kupo..."

"CHRIS," Master Hand suddenly spoke up.

The moogle looked at the hand. "Look, we're pretty much going to help Big out, kupo," he said. "Besides, it's not going to do any harm to take Big alongside...right?"

Master Hand sighed. "I know he got in this because his friend was kidnapped..."

Big sniffed and looked at the hand. "I...I saw how Froggy was taken..."

The hand stared at the huge cat. "You did?"

Big nodded. "Y-yeah, Froggy and I were at Shamar," he explained. "We met a nice girl who gave Froggy some good frog food that he liked a lot. The girl was pretty and nice. She was dressed like everyone else in there... But...then...s-something awful happened..." His eyes became teary. "O-out of nowhere, Dr. Eggman came with his army of robots to hurt the people in there. He demanded to see this Temple Guardian, and that's when I found out that the girl, Lyla, was the Temple Guardian he was looking for. She grew upset with him, and so she confronted Dr. Eggman...b-but then he caught her in a cage thanks to some of his robots, and I noticed she was holding Froggy...and he was in the cage as well..."

The Smashers kept listening to the huge cat.

"A-and then, an old man came sneezing, and he revealed to be another Temple Guardian. Dr. Eggman then caught him as well, as he left the city with the robots, the girl, the old man, and Froggy..." Big broke into tears. "F-Froggy was taken away from me ever since!" he cried out. "FROOOOGGYYYY!!!"

Many of them had to cover their ears from the loud cries of the cat. Cream twitched a bit at this and looked up worried at Big. "M-Mr. Big, everything will be just fine!" she yelled preoccupied. "Y-you don't have to cry because we're going to find Froggy with you!"

Big stopped crying and he sniffed a bit. "W-will you help me, then?"

Knuckles frowned and sighed. "That's the reason you're here...crybaby..." he muttered the last part in annoyance.

Big sniffed more before he made a happy expression. "T-thank you so much for helping me out to get Froggy back," he said. "I-I could've been stuck in panic if it wasn't for all of you..."

Peach smiled a bit and interlaced her fingers. "You don't worry. Everything will be just fine with us to help you."

Pikachu looked bored and sideways at Ness. "Why am I thinking Peach doesn't understand the fact Big is...a bit..."

Ness closed his eyes and shook his head. "Let her be. You can't change her super nice nature at all."

"True enough..."

As Big cleared his tears again, Master Hand decided to speak up. "Besides the fact we've got ourselves a temporal member, there isn't anything else to talk about by the moment. However, since we shouldn't think about bad things at all, I'd like to remind you that today is New Year's Eve," he said. "Today's the day where you get to make up your resolutions for the next year. I'd like some of you to do a resolution to stop Tabuu's army soon."

"That's going to be a little meaningless," Snake commented from the far end of the room.

"It might be, but it's not bad to do it," Master Hand said. "Expect a party by 9 PM, everyone. Musicians are also included." The hand snapped his fingers and disappeared in a cloud of smoke.

Chris tried to cheer up the purple cat. "Cheer up, Big. Froggy will return to you very soon. For now, act optimistic, kupo."

Big sniffed and nodded. "Thank you, little furred guy..."

"Chris."

"Chris, yes..." Big said before he shook his head and put up a simple blank stare. "I've gotta think optimistic for Froggy... Maybe I should just walk around for a bit."

Unfortunately, Big's first step to optimism was a reckless one. The purple cat took a step forward, and he accidentally slipped back his right foot. Big got alarmed as he tried to balance himself, but it was useless since he went forward and fell down on the floor, causing a small tremor around him.

"...Oww..." Big muttered on the floor.

"..." Cream tilted her head. "...Wasn't Chris just in front of Mr. Big?"

The Smashers looked down at the floor where a red pom-pom was sticking out from Big's belly. Some of them got shocked as it twitched a bit at the sides. "...Just be glad you're helpless right now, Big, kupo..." Chris muttered under Big.

"Sorry..." Big trailed off as he pushed himself off the floor, revealing Chris to be stuck in a small crack that had his shape on the floor.

Chris pushed himself up and stared up at Big. "I should've changed jobs before..." he said dazzled.

Lucario sighed at this with some depression while Big merely rubbed his head a bit. "(Whatever is ahead of us, it's going to be rather amusing with Big...)" he thought. "(...I'll keep Chris away from him.)"

Main Lobby

Kingdom Hearts II – The Afternoon Streets

The day went on with Cream trying to cheer up Big as she explained everything to him, but he just cared about getting Froggy back, much for her dismay. The purple cat only seemed to be mainly focused on his lost friend. However, Cream managed to pull Big back to optimism, just in time for the celebration during midnight.

"Froggy and I liked to sit and watch the stars during this time of the year," Big recalled as he was sitting down the sofa with Cream and Cheese.

Cream forced a smile, this fact being the twentieth one she heard from Big. "T-that's nice, Mr. Big, but I think you should stop thinking about Froggy for a little while... It wouldn't hurt..."

Big looked up at the ceiling. "But I don't wanna forget Froggy..."

"T-that's not what I meant," Cream said with a sigh.

Aside from the fact Cream was trying her best to calm Big, there was a bigger celebration in the mansion. All the people made up the Smashers, the musicians, and even the trainers, all of them having a nice time between friends.

It was about to be first of January in a few minutes, and Chris (in his Hacker job) was staring outside from the window with some solitude. At that moment, Mario walked to the World Traveler. "Chris," Mario said.

Chris turned around and looked at Mario. "Yes?" he asked.

"I was wondering what you were doing here alone," Mario said. "Where's Lucario?"

"He went to get me a glass with juice from the kitchen," Chris said. "As for me, I was...just trying to recall everything I've been doing to this moment."

"Ah, I see," Mario said. "You're the only representative from the real world, after all. I've figured you'd remind some events. You're the kind of person to do that, right?"

Chris looked away and smiled a bit. "I-it's just that this whole experience has been really enjoyable to me... I got to meet my favorite characters while facing a threat to my world..." He looked embarrassed. "I-I think it's a little cliché that this is happening to me, but..."

Mario shook his head. "Cliché or not, it's happening," he said. "You were probably the only one who was up to the job."

"What do you mean?"

"I mean that you had what it takes to be here," Mario explained. "If there was another person instead of you, who is not surely going to be here, what would you think?"

Chris thought for a moment. "I think that person would have been chosen over me for some differences...I don't know..." He looked at Mario. "But, when I think about it, I think it was weird..." He frowned. "Just...what was the fact that called me here to help out?"

"It was probably Master Hand."

"No, I don't think that was," Chris said. "I mean, this place really exists, and it wasn't supposed to be... Sometimes I wonder what made this place real and what made me come here to help out..." He looked worried. "Sometimes I even think this is just a dream..."

Mario stared at Chris before he walked to him and knocked his forehead a few times.

"U-um, Mario, what are you doing?" Chris asked.

Mario stopped knocking on his forehead. "Did you feel that, Chris?"

"I-I surely did, but why was that for?"

Mario smiled a bit. "That means you're not in a dream. Everything around you is really happening."

Chris scratched his right arm. "B-but...even so...I still wonder what took me here..."

Mario closed his eyes. "Maybe it was the fact your belief in fantasy was very strong..."

"N-no, that shouldn't have been..." Chris said embarrassed.

"Or...maybe..." Mario opened his eyes and shook his head. "...No, I can't think of an answer..."

Chris looked down and sighed. "It's no use, is it?"

"Relax," Mario suggested. "I'm sure there's a logical answer for your question, and maybe someday it will come."

"...Yes," Chris muttered. "I've got to enjoy everything while I can..." He looked at Mario and smiled. "Thank you, Mario."

Mario chuckled. "Until then, let's stay together. You have a reputation as the 40th Smasher."

Chris blinked at this. "The fortieth...Smasher?"

Mario nodded. "You're the 40th Smasher in the entry of the group," he said. "Since Mewtwo, Roy, and Pichu are here, they add up to 38 people in the roster. And if that's true, that means my alter-ego as Dr. Mario counts as well, adding up to 39 people."

"Alter-ego as Dr. Mario?"

Mario nodded. "What, did you think there was another Mario running around here?" he asked before chuckling. "Master Hand said himself it was pointless and confusing to do that. He could do it, but he said he didn't want to. He wanted me to change to my other attire whenever it was needed. In times where I had to face my alter-ego, he merely used a clone of me and made it fight against me. I have to say that the clone acted pretty much like I do."

"I...see..." Chris trailed off. "...Can you still change to Dr. Mario, then?"

Mario thought for a moment and rubbed his chin. "I haven't thought of that before, but I think I can," he said. "But I don't think that other me is necessary right now. I like to be me as the real Mario, not the real Dr. Mario."

The World Traveler had found out an interesting fact that he would remember from the red plumber.

"Back on the matter, you're the 40th Smasher, Chris," Mario said. "I have to say that the number 35 was a bit unpropotional, and the number 39 looked a bit random. Thanks to you, though, we reach 40 Smashers." He smiled a bit. "You have the honor to be the last Smasher of the group."

Chris blushed a bit. "I-I don't know what to say or how to feel right now," he said. "I-I should be embarrassed, and I'm at the same time honored, but I can't decide which one is bigger than the other."

"I'd say you should be happy instead," Mario said. "To me, everyone is special in their own way. You're different than others, and that makes you unique. You could say each Smasher is unique as well."

Chris smiled a bit at Mario. "W-well, I personally think it's such a honor to receive a talk from the hero of the Mushroom Kingdom himself. Besides, you're the first Smasher, right?"

Mario nodded. "Yes, I'm the first, then DK is the second one, then Link is the third one, then Samus is the fourth one, then Yoshi, then Kirby... I could go on all day, but you get the idea."

Chris nodded, but he hid an annoyed look in his mind. "(Oooh, Mario, I wanted to know which ranked numbers were the others!)" he thought with dismay. "I see," he simply said.

"So then," Mario began, "be glad you're here with all of us. Otherwise, we wouldn't be experiencing our reality as video game characters. You've done so much for us already, and we're all grateful you're here."

The World Traveler made a happy expression and bowed to Mario. "Thank you for making me feel so happy for being with such a group as this one, Mario."

"Just try to stay like that and we're surely bound to get over our problems," Mario encouraged.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 12, 2010, 09:40:16 PM
Chris nodded at this. However, once he stayed silent, he then remembered something when he recalled about the amount of Smashers. "...Mario..."

"Yes?"

"Now that I think about it...most of us aren't here because they're with the Subspace Army."

"Well, yes, Bowser and the other villains are there."

"But...then there's the only person I haven't thought about this time at all..." Chris muttered. "..." He shook his head and looked serious at Mario. "I was thinking about Mr. Game & Watch."

Mario blinked at this before he looked away. "Now that you mention it, I haven't worried about him at all as well..." he muttered. "Mr. Game & Watch must be with them against his own will..."

"He...was taken away by force, right?"

Mario nodded and looked back at Chris. "Mr. Game & Watch was a likable person. Even if he looked weird, he was a very nice guy. I haven't seen him ever since the Melee tourney ended, and so he somehow wound up being taken by Tabuu... I, for one, think Mr. Game & Watch didn't say yes to Tabuu. I never thought he had those Shadow Bugs as well...and probably he never knew as well."

Chris looked worried. "So...right as we speak...Mr. Game & Watch could be suffering?"

"...That's very possible," Mario said. "He's an unlimited source of Shadow Bugs. They would exploit him until he...dies...but he can tolerate the pain..." He looked down and frowned. "But...he surely wants to escape from there as soon as possible..."

The World Traveler felt guilty that he never asked about the flat character at all. Worst yet, Chris never knew the personality Mr. Game & Watch had. Mario gave out that the Flat Zone character was a nice person, but that was it. Chris bit his lip a bit before Mario placed a hand on his right shoulder.

"For now, don't think about those things," Mario suggested. "If you really want to save him, then say so or do it. After all, he's like all of us."

"...Yes," Chris said with determination. "If I ever get the chance to see him...I'll make sure he comes back here."

"That's the spirit you need to have," Mario said with a chuckle.

At that moment, Lucario came in holding a glass with fresh orange juice. He saw that Chris and Mario were talking to each other. "Chris, here," Lucario said.

Chris turned to Lucario and smiled a bit. "Oh, thanks, Lucario," Chris said as he grabbed the glass with juice. "I was just talking with Mario about some things."

"I see," Lucario said. "Well, New Year is going to come in 5 minutes. Have you made your resolutions yet?"

Chris looked up and touched his chin with a finger. "Let's see... My resolutions for this year would be to visiting new worlds, get more video games, stop the Subspace Army, rescue Mr. Game & Watch from them, have some relaxation now and then, and...of course..." he smiled and looked at them, "I want to keep staying here with everyone, and also go to new worlds together." He looked at Lucario. "I want you to be there as well."

Lucario smiled a bit and nodded. "My only resolutions are to make sure you're happy and safe from anyone who wants to hurt you, and I want to..." he trailed off in thought before he blushed and looked away. "I-I'd rather keep them as secrets for now..."

Chris and Mario looked at each other.

"(I didn't want to say I wanted to make him proud of me. That was a little bit too much to say after the first resolution...)" Lucario thought in embarrassment. "...B-but I want to keep traveling to worlds with everyone as well, and I wanted to become more acquainted."

"Oh," Chris said. "I'm glad you're ready."

Suddenly, a little but loud tingling sound came from the center of the lobby. The whole people turned to the said direction where Master Hand set down his own martini (puzzling some to believe he actually drank something from somewhere) on a table and chuckled a bit. "Well, New Year is going to come in about 4 minutes, everyone," he said. "Now that we're all here reunited as a big group, thanks to the fact we have the presence of our beloved musicians and the Smashers, I'd like to thank all of you for being here," he thanked. "Before we reach the new year, anybody wants to say some kind of speech to welcome the next day?"

"I do!"

The whole crowd turned to the left side of the lobby where Barry was standing on top of a chair. The blond trainer took out from behind a long scroll that fell down and rolled all the way between the people.

"I'd like to say lots of things, firstly," Barry said as his eyes began to move from side to side to read the ridiculous long scroll. "I'd like to say that the service of this mansion could be more refined than it is now. Also, if I could be allowed to capture these cool Pokémon, that wouldn't so bad at all! For my next thing to talk about is about having the necessity to interact with some of the girls in here for at least 7 hours straight a day so I can make some moves on the-AAAAA-OWW!"

The chair where Barry was standing was removed by an embarrassed Dawn while Lucas (the trainer) stood several feet away from them with a nervous look on his face. The Twinleaf girl trainer grunted, then forced a smile at the crowd of people. "H-he's technically saying he's so glad to be here as all of us!" Dawn faked a summarization.

Barry raised a finger from the floor. "Nah, you got it wrong, Dawn. That was actually reason number 124 on the lis-OWW!"

Dawk kicked Barry's side while looking at all the eyes on them. "H-he wants to say he's grateful to be here as well!" she said, faking a laugh.

Penny looked bored at Mike. "It's obvious to know we shouldn't see what he wanted to say..."

"Affirmative, Penny," Mike responded in confusion. "I completely agree..."

"..." Master Hand shook himself and looked at the clock hanging on top of the second floor. "Oh, look at that, New Year is 30 seconds away now!" He looked at the some of the eager people. "Let's all begin a countdown at 10!"

The people waited for the clock to have ten seconds until 12:00 PM. Once it did, they all started a countdown, some of them not wanting to participate in it. The rest then began a countdown by saying it aloud. "Nine! Eight! Seven! Six! Five! Four! Three! Two! One!"

And then the clock hit 12:00 PM.

"Happy New Y-"

"BUNCH OF LITTLE MOTHERF(BEEP)RS SONS OF B(BEEP)S!!!"

Music stops

Most of the people gasped at the sudden yell of rage coming from the right side of the lobby. They all found out that, on top of a mad werehog's back, a dark spirit came out and crackled evilly to the ceiling with extended arms to the sides. The spirit made fists and looked at everyone before him.

"Oh, for the love of Arceus, that guy just won't stop coming in every night..." muttered a frustrated Ivysaur.

Chunky covered his face and ducked down in fear. "W-who's that guy?" he whimpered.

Dark Super Sonic pointed a finger at everyone. "You're gonna be sorry very soon, bunch of b(beep)bs. You're gonna feel the awesome power of my awesome self that you'll beg for you lives to be spared, and I'm not even gonna do something to f(beep)ng sappy like that!" he proclaimed with crazy laughs. "Oh f(beep)ng yeah, my resolution for this year will be making you b(beep)s turn into big piles of s(beep)t under my foot! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Big tilted his head at the sight of the malevolent spirit. "Ooh, look. That ghost guy who looks like Sonic is trying to hurt us. I hope he doesn't call me with those bad words again because they sounded so offensive."

Sonic made a wild look. "Can somebody in the crowd PLEASE shut this guy?" he asked in anger.

Dark Super Sonic pointed down at Sonic. "SILENCE!" he demanded. "You're gonna be the first b(beep)h to kneel down before your maker, motherf(beep)r! Then, after you, everyone else in this poor excuse of a sh(beepy) party wil-AAAH!!!"

Sonic was suddenly whipped hard on the head by Chris in his Beastmaster job, who looked very annoyed at the interruption. The spirit's eyes widened before he was forced to go back into hiding, leaving a silent crowd staring at the sighing Sonic.

Chris turned at them and looked bored. "...Now that he's gone from here..." he trailed off.

Kirby smiled happily and jumped high. "Happy New Year!" he yelled.

Everyone else returned to their enthusiastic looks before they all yelled in unison "Happy New Year!" before most broke into cheers and hugs.

The party resumed with everyone wishing a happy new year to each one. Most of them did this while some of the loners merely talked and didn't do any other action.

Outside

Not only the mansion was the only lively place, but the village was also very lively. Many cheers echoed through the land around the places, counting the several villages located in the west with the small places like Agitha's Castle and the Dojo as well. Even in the most desolated of places there were some people cheering like Gnome.

Overall, the new year was well received by everyone, and it meant that the break of the Smashers from the Subspace Army...was finally over with.

TO BE CONTINUED...

----------------------------------------------

"And the next chapter will be "Yuffie", then?" asked Pikachu.

"It seems like it," Samus said.

"Pfft, wasn't there a simpler title?"

"No."

"Well, screw it, then."


----------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data after the events of today?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

-Smash Mansion-
Chris, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Sidequest Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 13, 2010, 05:00:10 PM
Chapter 166: Yuffie

-Subspace-
Deep Inside the Great Maze

January 1- Wednesday - Morning

In the dark realm of emptiness, there floated Tabuu in midair (with the Ancient Minister) as he looked down at Ganondorf, Bowser, Wario, Charizard, King Dedede, and Dr. Eggman. The leader of the Subspace crossed his arms and grunted a bit. "I hope that we are ready to move on with our carried duties," Tabuu said. "It has been a long time after we last did a new plan."

Dr. Eggman folded his arms behind his back. "I'm assure you that everything is ready," he said. "I've successfully kidnapped all the Temple Guardians to keep those pests from getting their hands on the tablets. It was better to kidnap them because they have more secrets that they seem to have. We can use all the time we want to do anything."

The Ancient Minister looked at Tabuu. "Lord Tabuu, I have finished my requests as of now," he said. "However, there are some issues with the Shadow Bug retrieval chambers, and as such, extracting Shadow Bugs takes a while to do."

Tabuu frowned. "Have you found the perpetrator?"

"Not yet," the Ancient Minister said. "We have yet to find a clue about the whereabouts of the culprit. I will do anything in my power to stop the imbecile from further hindering your plans."

"I will leave that in your hands."

"(I'll make sure this lasts even longer, though,)" the Ancient Minister thought. "(The extraction of Shadow Bugs has been slowed to the point you'll need to wait quite a time to get enough to produce those Shadow Nightmares.)"

Bowser glared up annoyed at Tabuu. "Can I PLEASE have the pleasure to do a mission this time? I think it's my turn to do SOMETHING for a change after I was put in that chamber of torture for a whole month!"

Wario grumbled at the thought. "I didn't like to laugh with that tickling machine for a straight month either! I didn't even know you had such a stupidity like that here!"

"Actually, that credit goes for me," the Ancient Minister said. "I was the one who came up with the idea of the torture chamber as well."

"That would explain why Tabuu wasn't the one, then," Bowser said annoyed. "Anyhow, I demand my turn to go on a mission. I don't want people to think I'm lazy."

"What kind of people are they?" Charizard asked.

"Why, the people who...hmm...um...look and watch every single move we make...from...somewhere..."

Everyone in the space of darkness stared at him.

"...Ignore me on that one!" Bowser demanded before he stomped the floor. "What I want to do right now is to go on a mission this time!"

Ganondorf chuckled at this and looked sideways at Bowser. "So the turtle buffoon will go out and fetch a temple for us? That is something new for an old guy like you."

Bowser glared at Ganondorf. "Says a guy who keeps reincarnating to conquer a kingdom he will never take over!"

"Then how ironic you say that, Bowser," Ganondorf said amused.

The Koopa King made fists before he crossed his arms and looked away in annoyance.

King Dedede smiled happily at this. "At least ya guys don't own a kingdom like I do."

Charizard looked at Dedede. "Do your people even listen to you?"

Dedede rubbed his chin. "Hmm, good question..." He shook his head and looked annoyed at Charizard. "I-I mean, course they do!"

While the presumed kings argued against each other, Tabuu looked at Dr. Eggman. "Has there been any signals for a temple?"

Dr. Eggman nodded. "I've getting energy readings for the Adabat Temple in another world," he confirmed. "You should send the turtle guy in there so he stops complaining about not doing anything."

Bowser stopped arguing to Ganondorf before he looked at Tabuu and smirked. "Oh yeah, now we're talking."

Tabuu looked at Wario (who at the time was "digging for treasure" in his nose). "And to be safe, Wario will accompany you in this task so he does not look as if he does not do anything."

"Eh?" Wario suddenly said before (censored grossness) from his nose. "But I don't wanna do anything," he said. "Heck, I don't even want to be here."

"Then I will make your last wish comes true by sending you with Bowser."

"Then can I do nothing while I'm with him?"

"That will not do," Tabuu said. "If you dare do nothing, you shall be severely punished by your actions, or should I say laziness?"

Wario sighed. "Fine, fine, I'll do whatever you want me to do... But don't expect some "nice things" like being grateful."

"I shall give you as many riches as you want after I take total control over everything."

"Definitely nothing wi-" Wario did a double take. "Say how much money again?"

The other villains looked bored at each other.

"I will tell you once you do what I want you to do," Tabuu said. "You will have to earn what you want through work."

Wario grumbled. "You've got a deal, as long as you KEEP it in mind. I don't want any tricks or else you'll get it, got that?"

"I will remind myself of that," Tabuu said. "Now, Dr. Eggman, tell them where they have to go. Is the next Shadow Nightmare ready to be deployed?"

Dr. Eggman shook his head. "It's about to be finished, but I need some more Shadow Bugs before it's completed. I blame the fact the process of extraction for Shadow Bugs has been severely slowed down. However, the next one should be ready soon."

The Ancient Minister nodded. "You will have to stay behind to see the completion of the Shadow Nightmare. We shall leave everything to Bowser and Wario to find the Adabat Temple."

"That sounds like a plan to me," Dr. Eggman said. "Once they find the temple, I'll send them the Temple Guardian of Adabat...or should I say Temple Guardians?" he asked with a small chuckle. "Either way, I'll resume my work here."

The scientist chuckled more to himself before he walked away and disappeared in the darkness.

Bowser chuckled evilly and smacked his fists together. "Well then, I'll go get myself ready for some action, if you don't mind," he said before walking away into the darkness.

Wario narrowed his eyes at Tabuu. "You better give me some gold outta this," he muttered before he grunted and walked away from them.

After both assigned villains were away, Ganondorf grinned. "The plan to get Dark Gaia is coming together, right?"

The Ancient Minister looked at Ganondorf. "I'll be ready soon, but we'll have to make sure everything goes according to the schedule."

Tabuu nodded. "Speaking about schedules, are you still working on the tasks I gave you?"

"For that...I still need more time," the Ancient Minister admitted. "It's such a difficult process to do, but I'll eventually have it done soon, Lord Tabuu."

"I hope you do as you say, Ancient Minister," Tabuu said before looking at the rest of villains. "As for you, I want you to look for this perpetrator. We need to stop him from further halting our manufacture of the machines in the factory."

Charizard nodded. "If I can burn that bastard to a crisp, then I'll look for him or her."

"You are allowed to resort to violence," Tabuu said. "It is better to get rid of the intruder through drastic means. This imbecile shall face the consequences of meddling with the Subspace Army."

The Ancient Minister looked away as the villains walked away into the darkness. "(It gets much more dangerous for me to keep going, but it has to be done so I can outline my own plans...)" he thought.

Tabuu looked at the Ancient Minister. "Is something bothering your mind, Ancient Minister?"

"(The main problem that's bothering my mind is your filthy and disgusting presence being so darn close to me...)" the Ancient Minister thought with disgust. "Nothing is bothering me, Lord Tabuu. I was merely thinking about the next steps of the schedule you gave me."

"I see," Tabuu said. "I need to stay in solitude for the time being. Do not forget your duties while I am gone."

"I won't."

The leader of the Subspace nodded at this before he warped away from the place. The Ancient Minister looked forward where he floated away from the Subspace, cursing mentally about the schedule Tabuu had given him.

-Smash Mansion-
Chris's Room

In the peaceful morning, Lucario rested in a meditating position on the bed as he waited for Chris to come out from the shower of the room. The Aura Pokémon was waiting for his turn to take a bath. He waited patiently with closed eyes for his trainer to come out while some steam flew out from the small space under the door of the bathroom.

Perhaps what was a little bit entertaining to do for Lucario was to listen to Chris singing in the bath.

"Grab the key let's go out and have-some-fun. Have you ever seen such a-perfect-day? What's in your mind? Let's do it one-by-one. Have you ever though such a day-would-come? Time's up! Forget the theoryyy. Staaart up the brand new storyyy, Straaaight up and put-it-shortlyyy. This-is-the way my-life-goes!" Chris sang from the shower.

Lucario looked a bit embarrassed at this. "What is it that makes him sing, even though there's no music playing anywhere?" he asked to himself. "He should be embarrassed for having to sing while taking a shower..."

At that moment, Snake walked pass the front door. The mercenary stopped walking once he overheard Chris singing freely in the shower. "Wait a minute; it's all been done before. How long it takes to do it all over again? What's in your hand? Now drop them one-by-one. Have you ever thought such a day-would-come? Shut up! You're-so-wordyyy. Forget about all-those-worriiies. Show me your smile, how-charmiiing. Go home and kiss-your-mommyyy!" Chris sang loudly.

Snake frowned at this and looked at Lucario. "Tell the kid he's going to hit stardom very soon."

"Very funny, Snake," Lucario said sarcastically. "I don't see why he can't sing what he wants to sing."

"I'm just saying that's a little bit random of his part," Snake said.

"He's just trying to have some excitement, that's all," Lucario said. "You maybe do something embarrassing as well."

"Maybe, but not as embarrassing as the kid's singing," Snake commented.

Lucario rolled his eyes. "I think I know what: your necessity to use cardboard boxes to do your undercover missions."

"Oh, please, I use those because they're the perfect stuff to hide and cover from unsuspecting enemies," Snake said. "I don't see what's wrong with them."

"Funny you say that," Lucario said. "Chris would pretty much say the same thing as well."

Snake looked back at the door of the shower.

"Somehow I hate to see you liiieee-and-lie. I knooow how dumb I am but sooooo are yooou! Sometimes I want to laugh and cryyyyyy-at-once. Eeexplain...to me what is justice, whaaaat is riiiiiight?!" Chris sang loudly.

Snake chuckled a bit. "I can infer he likes to be a drama queen, huh?"

Lucario glared at Snake. "Just stop making fun of him, Snake. Let him be."

"Fine, I'll let the singer be himself," Snake said. "I need to have some relaxation in the lobby in the meantime. If you'll excuse me..."

The mercenary walked away to the first floor while Lucario kept glaring at the spot where Snake stood on. The Aura Pokémon then sighed a bit at Snake's comments before Chris stopped singing in the bathroom, the water's sound coming to a sudden halt.

"...Should I tell Chris that Snake heard him sing?" Lucario asked to no one in particular.

Command Room

Everyone were called in to the command room. A flushing Chris (in his Dragoon job) stared forward in complete embarrassment after Lucario told him that Snake heard the World Traveler singing merrily in the shower. The World Traveler blinked a bit and kept staring forward. "L-Lucario..." Chris began, "...p-please stop me from singing so loudly next time..."

Lucario sighed. "It was fine for me to see you in high spirits, but if that's what you wish..."

"Y-yes, I'm pretty sure this is the best decision," Chris said embarrassed. "At least Snake didn't tell anybody else that I sang in the shower..."

"That's relieving to hear..."

"May I get your attention, please?"

Everyone turned to the front of the room where Master Hand was looking at them.

"As you might know by now, a new temple has been discovered, just as I've had expected. Our break from the army has finalized, and now we're back on the schedule," Master Hand said before looking over to the computer where Tails had installed the radar. "Little Cream, what's the reading of the radar?"

Apparently, Cream turned out to be one very good computer user (or at least at how the radar worked). Knuckles had tried to make the darn thing work, but he grew frustrated that he ended up playing Solitaire for some reason (and lost). Cream, on the other hand, knew very well how to get around a computer, putting Knuckles in dismay.

Cream raised a hand. "The reading says the next temple to go to is the Adabat Temple," she said. "It's located around some continent in another world."

Knuckles looked away in annoyance. "(Outsmarted by a little girl who can barely put up a good fight... Dammit, I've never felt so embarrassed...)"

The rabbit smiled. "Hmm, let's see, where I can put the image on the main screen?" she asked as she examined the menu of the radar. "...Oh, here it is."

The main screen to the front of the room then blinked a few times before it displayed the image of a world map. The map depicted two large continents on the west and east with a thin, long continent located to the west of the western continent, and a continent of snow located to the north. An orange square then closed in to the landmass to the west of the western continent, specifically to the northern end of the landmass.

Master Hand looked up at the screen. "The temple should be located around that area, then?"

"It appears so," Cream said. "There's energy radiating from there."

"Okay," the hand said before he went over to get a paper from Cream about the status of the world. "And now, our next destination is...this one. I'll read it aloud."

Final Fantasy VII
Current Status: Unknown
Race: Anyone
Number of protagonists: 9
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Anything

Chris accidentally gasped loudly enough for everyone to hear and look at him. The World Traveler then blushed embarrassed at the sight of around sixty eyes focusing on him. "T-that's a world I know very well..." he said. "T-that's the world where Cloud Strife lives..."

"Cloud..." Samus trailed off. "Wouldn't he be the same one you met when you were...you-know-what?"

Chris nodded. "I-I'm pretty sure I'm not mistaking this," he said. "That's the world where he lives."

"Oh, I see," Master Hand said. "Well, this is sure a small advantage now. Since Chris knows this Cloud, then maybe you can find t-"

"A-actually, Jaydes told me that Cloud forgot everything that took place in the Underwhere, and he surely doesn't know me anymore..." Chris interrupted with a small chuckle.

"..." Master Hand shook himself. "I take that back. We don't have any advantage in this world. We're as clueless and wild as Sonic's werehog look."

Sonic looked annoyed. "Hey, I heard that, you know!" he yelled.

Master Hand ignored the hedgehog. "Well, in any case, since the next mission involves going to this world, I'd like all of you to be prepared for what's to come in there," he said. "Chris, since you're the biggest otaku guy of this kind of world, you'll be the guide to go around this world."

Chris looked upset. "W-would you please not call me an otaku again?"

"You're going to be an otaku, and you will like to be called like that," Master Hand said. "Okay, people, prepare!" he said with some enthusiasm. "I'm up to see good and nice results from this mission this time around! I expect you to do as you always do, so be on the lookout for anything dangerous."

Final Fantasy VIII - The Timber Owls

The Smashers began talking with each other while Chris grumbled to himself and crossed his arms. "By no means, I shall be called an otaku..." he muttered. "I'm just a normal fanatic of the series. I hate when people give me those nicknames..."

The World Traveler sighed to himself and went over to Crazy Hand's counter where said shop owner looked away in annoyance. Chris noticed this odd behavior, and he tilted his head to the right.

"Um, Crazy Hand, I'd like to buy some stuff from you today," Chris said.

"Oh, hell no," Crazy Hand said. "Why don't you buy some better stuff from Mr. Plushie?"

The World Traveler blinked confused at this. "W-what? W-who is this Mr. Plushie you're talking about?"

Crazy Hand grunted and turned to Chris. "That Mr. I-Can-Appear-From-Pretty-Much-Anywhere guy, that's who!" he explained. "You looked SO happy when you bought his stuff that time. Well, that's insulting for a guy who doesn't have a visible part for a heart, you know! Do you know how hard it is for me to see where my heart beats, even if I don't know if I have such a thing in me?"

"..." Chris knew that Crazy Hand's heart didn't have much relevance in the matter. "...You mean Stiltzkin?"

"Yeah, Stealclientzkin!" Crazy Hand said. "That guy who barged in here and wanted to make his business territory where I was the owner!"

Chris groaned a bit. "Oh, for the love of god, he sells different stuff than you! Besides, your stuff benefits the same as his stuff does!"

"How much better is my stuff than his?"

"W-well, for one, your stuff gives all of us new abilities..." Chris had to resort to uber flattery to appeal the insane hand. "...New oh so cool stuff..."

"..." Crazy Hand kept staring at Chris.

"...I-it's so cool that my wallet wishes to have a lot of sweet money to buy as many cool stuff from an awesome hand like you," Chris said, trying his best to sound as convincing and appealing as possible. "Hell, I'm always thinking every single second of my life about what new stuff you'll sell me the next minute!" he said, faking a wide smile. "I JUST CAN'T hardly wait to see what else I can buy from the greatest of shop owners like you!"

An eerie silence took place in the atmosphere between the insane hand and the World Traveler. Chris kept smiling wide to Crazy Hand while the silence remained between the two. The insane hand didn't even move or budge any body part as he kept staring at the sweating dragoon.

"...You should really become a professional actor one of these days," Crazy Hand muttered.

Chris blinked in shock but kept smiling. "(O-oh my god, he found out?)"

"...But I should be hyper to say that because you sounded pretty convincing enough to me!" Crazy Hand said with a lot of enthusiasm. "Damn, I didn't know my stuff was THAT super seriously important to you! I'm mega flattered that I'm a prodigy shop owner!"

Chris wanted to smack himself hard on the head for saying all those flattering things to the clueless hand.

"Okay, apology accepted!" said the hyper hand. "Whatcha wanna buy from awesome biggie me?"

"..." The World Traveler sighed to himself. "Let me see what you have, then..."

Jobs (None) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Smash Coins in hands: 5201

"What do you want to see in my list with kewl stuff?" Crazy Hand asked.

Poor hand was thinking he was the best guy in the world Chris had ever met.

Chris thought for a moment. "Hmm... I'd like to see some of the specific abilities for some Smashers... Wait a minute..." He crossed his arms. "If I'm going to look for specific abilities, I should first go get the people I'm going to take with me to the next world..."

"Hmm," Crazy Hand grumbled. "Let Lady Luck give you a chance to get something from me."

"Oh no, I'm not taking any chances," Chris said. "I'd better have the people before buying something for someone else I'm not going with."

Crazy Hand grumbled more. "C'mon?"

"N-no!" Chris yelled. "If you keep insisting, I won't buy from you today!"

"Okay, fine, dude," Crazy Hand said in annoyance. "You'll miss the 10 percent sale deal, though."

Chris looked angry at him. "You never said that before!"

"Well, I'm saying it now."

"Ugh, I'll come back in a few," Chris muttered before he turned around and walked away from the hand.

Crazy Hand pumped himself up in a fist. "Mark my words, World Traveler, that you WILL come back here in 5 minutes!" he proclaimed loudly, the World Traveler ignoring his claim altogether.

Once Chris was some feet away from the crazy shop owner, he grunted and sighed in relief. "...Okay..." he began by muttering, "it's time to get the team ready for the next mission." He closed his eyes with some worry. "I really didn't want to go out and risk my life for the sake of the universes, but...that's my job, sadly..."

"That's everyone's job here, so don't put yourself alone in this."

Chris opened his eyes and looked to his right where Marth was staring at him. "O-oh, right, I'm not alone in this."

Marth nodded. "Besides, if you were alone, you'd probably be dead by now."

The World Traveler looked a bit frightened at the frank statement. "O-okay, I seriously think I could've been dead by now, b-but why state it like that?"

"That's the most logical thing to think about," Marth said. "Don't think it's just you, though. Pretty much anyone here would be dead if we were alone by ourselves. Even I could die."

"T-that's enough, Marth," Chris said scared. "Stop talking about that, please..."

"Oh, sorry, my bad," Marth said. "The good thing is that we're all together in this, and the fact that we never fight alone." He frowned a bit. "While I think fighting alone is a courageous thing to do, it's a bit risky, don't you think?"

Chris calmed down his shaking and rubbed his chin. "Well, fighting together in a battle feels safer than fighting all alone..." He shrugged a bit at the thought. "I think it's really stupid to fight all alone. I really hate to be alone..."

"If that's so, be sure to stay together with the group," Marth said. "We all are going to watch our backs for anything dangerous out there."

"Phew, that's good to hear," Chris said with a sigh. "Anyway... Marth, can you come?"

"Are you asking me that just because I gave you some advice?"

"I-I'm going to honest in this. Yes," Chris responded. "But even so, do you want to come?"

"Yes, I guess," Marth said. "I'm intrigued to meet this Cloud person you met."

"Just hope that he doesn't shrug us off... He was a bit serious when I met him."

"I'm pretty sure he'll understand our motives," Marth said. "Okay, tell me when we're ready to go."

Chris nodded to Marth before he walked from the Altean prince. The World Traveler looked around to the other talking Smashers. "Let's see now... Since this world allows anyone to go there, I can take with me practically anyone..." He looked to his left where he saw Sonic, Knuckles, Chip, Cream, and Cheese talking to each other. "And since this involves their world..." he trailed off and walked to them.

Knuckles noticed Chris. The echidna crossed his arms. "Take me with the group this time around," he said.

"(Wow, that was fast,)" Chris thought. "Why?"

"Isn't it obvious?" Knuckles asked. "Amy went with you, and Tails did the same as well. I think it should be right for all us to have a chance to go do some missions. That way, I'm not going to think I'm lazy for having to sit back and see how everyone does something," he explained. "Besides, unlike Sonic, I DO focus on the main task."

Sonic grinned at Knuckles. "Oh, so Knuckles is gonna be a babysitter and tell me where I should paint?"

Knuckles glared at Sonic. "I'm not going to be your babysitter!" he said annoyed before crossing his arms. "I'm just going to head down to that world and find that temple. Who knows, maybe I can end up being more reliable than you are."

"You'll end up getting lost in a forest," Sonic taunted. "You're good at looking for Master Emerald shards, but in anything else, you're stick in the deep mud."

Knuckles grunted angrily at Sonic before Cream shyly made a nervous, happy expression. "U-um, would you 2 get along a bit more today?" she asked innocently. "We should focus this time now that we found the temple..."

Sonic chuckled a bit. "Oh, don't you worry, Cream. Knuckles here is just pretty mad that he's not guarding the precious Master Emerald."

"WHAT?!" Knuckles asked angrily, his fangs gritting each other hard.

The hedgehog raised his shoulders and open hands a bit. "Staying away from the Master Emerald makes you really angry, Knucklehead. Why, the emerald could be as well your stress-reliever. No wonder why you need to have it close to you so you can have some relaxati-OWW!"

An annoyed Chris hand-chopped Sonic's forehead, interrupting the hedgehog's taunt. "Sonic, I even know you were acting like a big jerk to Knuckles right now," Chris said annoyed. "And you said you were going to change, so I'm reminding you now about that."

Knuckles grinned pleased, stopping his grunts. "Oh, thanks, Chris. He was getting on my nerves just now."

Sonic rubbed the spot where he got a hand chop while he grunted a bit and looked annoyed at Chris. "You should be thankful, Knuckles. Chris is pretty much on favor with anyone here. He's not the Chris I used to be with."

Chris's pupils shrunk in annoyance. "You mean the same Chris whom you always ran away from most of the time?"

Sonic looked away. "I-I didn't run away from him... It was the other way around..."

As some of them looked bored at Sonic, Chip made a happy expression and folded his arms behind his back. "~Liar, liar, legs on fire,~" he sang merrily.

Cheese looked happy. "~Chao, Chao, Chao-Chao-Chao,~" he sang happily.

The hedgehog scoffed a bit at this. "Oh, what do you 2 know, anyway..." he trailed off in boredom.

Chris blinked a bit for his pupils to turn back to normal. "With that out of the way... Knuckles, I want you to come with us."

Knuckles nodded. "Nice."

"And then, I'll have to take both Sonic and Chip since they need to come."

"Bad," Knuckles commented. "Leave Sonic behind and just bring Chip. Sonic is bound to run somewhere and leave us alone until something attacks us... Then, you can think he likes (or loves) to be stalking people just to come to the right moment and show off by saving us."

Sonic looked up at the ceiling. "That wouldn't be a bad a thing to do, now that you say it..." he said.

Chip looked proud. "Fear not, Mr. Knuckles," he said. "I, Chip Norris, shall tell his dog how to sit down and bark when needed." He looked at Sonic. "Sonic, sit down."

Sonic looked bored before his feet moved forward and let him fall on the floor. "O-oww!" Sonic moaned a bit in pain.

Chip chuckled. "Now, Sonic, bark for us."

Sonic looked up annoyed at Chip. "You and your stupid collar-controlling powe-woof! Woof! Woof!" Sonic barked suddenly.

Chris, Knuckles, Cream, and Cheese exchanged glances before they all began to chuckle silently at the orders Sonic was forced to do thanks to the collar on his neck.

The hedgehog stopped barking, and he glared at Chip. "Chip, one more stupid order an-"

"Now, now, Sonic," Chip interrupted. "You're being a bad doggy. For that, you shall sleep as your punishment!"

"I'm not going to sleep just because you're telling me to d-" Sonic suddenly yawned a bit and lied down on the floor, curling before he began snoring a bit.

The group stifled some chuckles on their hands as Chip looked happily at the snoring Sonic. "O-okay, no more, please," Chris said, stifling a chuckle. "I think Chip will serve very well in that world. Chip, you're coming."

"You need help disciplining Chip Norris's dog?" Chip asked.

Chris chuckled. "S-something like that..."

Knuckles nodded at Chris. "Call us when everything's ready."

"I will," Chris said. "...Hmm, that's strange..." he trailed off as he looked at the group. "I thought Big was going to be with you..."

Cream made a happy expression. "Mr. Big was still fretting over losing Froggy again, but fortunately, he's calming down right now."

"He is?" Chris asked. "But where is he?"

Cream pointed behind Chris where the World Traveler turned around and found said purple cat sitting on a chair. Big was busily taking tea with both Peach and Zelda while all of them were talking to each other. Curiously, Big looked refined with the little cup of tea he was drinking.

"Thank you for helping me during this time," Big said to Peach and Zelda. "Tea time makes me feel much better."

Zelda nervously smiled a bit. "You don't worry, Big."

"Yes," Peach said without having to smile nervously. "We're here to make you feel better about Froggy."

Big sniffed a bit. "I-I hope we can get Froggy back from Dr. Eggman... Froggy said he didn't like to be with him because it was scary and dangerous..."

Peach and Zelda exchanged glances to each other before they looked confused at Big. "Um... You can understand Froggy?" Peach asked.

"N-no, wait, can he even talk?" Zelda asked.

Big looked up at the ceiling. "Froggy can talk," he said. "I don't see why people can't understand him." He looked back at them. "Can you understand Froggy?"

Zelda remained silent with Peach. "...O-of course we can," she said.

Big looked happy. "Oh, I thought I was the only one who understood Froggy. I'm glad to hear you 2 can understand him as well."

Zelda and Peach nervously chuckled a bit, wishing to see that Froggy could really talk.

Chris sweat dropped at this scene before turning to Cream. "Well, at least he's having a nice time."

"That's all that matters," Cream said. "It's a good thing he hasn't thought about going to a world..."

"It's not going to be long before he actually asks..." Chris said. "...I'll see you later."

Cream nodded to Chris before the World Traveler walked away from the group, leaving Knuckles to wonder what he could ask Chip for Sonic to do. It was a big advantage that Chip was so dense at times for the echidna.

The World Traveler stopped walking and thought more. "I have 3 people ready... I need 5 more, then," he said. "Let's see, since I'm going to a world where someone I know happens to be a big fanatic of a certain protagonist, it should be obvious that he wants to come..." Chuckling, Chris walked close to the exit of the room where Lucario was leaning against the wall. "Don't you hide it anymore, Lucario," Chris said. "You REALLY want to come with us."

Lucario looked at Chris before he looked away and blushed a bit. "H-how did you know?" Lucario asked.

"One name: Cloud," Chris said. "You're a big fanatic of Cloud. You have a chance to meet him in person, and you REALLY want to do it because I met him while I was...you-know-what."

Lucario looked back at his trainer. "T-that might be true...but..."

"For the gods! You're bad at hiding stuff like that from me, Lucario!" Chris said. "No matter how much you hide it, I always know what you want to do. It's the same with you to me, but this time is from me to you."

Lucario sighed. "Fine, it was pathetic..." he trailed off. "...I want to go with you and meet Cloud in person."

Chris smiled a bit. "Was it so hard to say?"

"A-a bit..." Lucario said. "...I only do this because I don't want to look so weird."

"Why'd you look weird?" Chris asked. "You just need to act coolly so you don't look weird. I know Lucarios are Pokémon with pride, but I know you can keep your attitude intact."

Lucario looked down. "...Am I weird?"

"..." Chris shook his head and chuckled. "You're like any other Lucario, except for the fact that you're more special than any other out there." He crossed his arms. "Really, you're a LEGENDARY Lucario. That makes you much more important than your everyday Lucario we've met out there."

Lucario looked back at Chris, blinked a bit at this, and smiled a bit. "I'm...not only special because I'm a legendary, but it's also because I have my trainer who fights alongside me, and trainers don't usually fight with the Pokémon in a battle. They just give orders."

Chris chuckled. "So anyway, you're weird at all, Lucario," he said. "Today, I'll make sure you meet Cloud."

Lucario nodded. "I hope he doesn't attack me because of how I look."

"(Chances are he'll have a hand on the grip of his huge sword ready...)" Chris thought. "Okay, wait until I call everyone, okay?"

Lucario nodded once more before his trainer walked away from him.

"Now I have 4 people," Chris muttered. "4 more to go..." He thought more for a moment. "Maybe... Hmm... Actually...that isn't a bad idea," he mused to himself. The World Traveler looked around before he found Mario sitting on a chair to the left side of the room. Chris smiled a bit and walked to the red plumber.

"Hmm?" Mario looked up at Chris. "Oh, you want me to come with you?"

Chris nodded. "I thought it would be kind of amazing to see Nintendo's mascot meet up with Cloud," he explained. "I mean, Cloud is regarded as one of the best protagonists from the Final Fantasy series."

"When...you put it that way, it sounds a bit...off?" Mario said confused. "I know I'm a mascot for the company that created all of us, but saying a thing like that..."

"...O-oh, sorry!" Chris said embarrassed. "I-I swear my mind sometimes makes me say things I don't wish to say!"

"That's fine," Mario said. "Maybe you're just excited for the idea that you didn't give it second thoughts. That sometimes can make some more problems to you."

The World Traveler looked away. "D-did I make some now?"

"Not really," Mario admitted. "I was thinking about meeting Cloud as well, so it's all good, don't worry."

Chris sighed. "I thought I screwed it up just now..."

Mario chuckled a bit. "Well, let's make sure everything goes well," he said. "We need to give Cloud a good impression. People often judge others by the first impression so we have to make sure our first impression goes like we want it to go."

"Knowing Cloud, he'd probably label us as quite the unusual group..." Chris shook his head. "I need to be optimistic right now. I don't need to think about the bad stuff."

The red plumber nodded. "Okay, I'll be ready to go anytime."

The World Traveler nodded to Mario before he walked away from him to seek out more people.

Chris could choose three more people. Since the world admitted anyone, anyone would be good. The World Traveler knew that some should go so they would go nicely with the world. Thinking hard, he got another person in mind; one that could go along with the world.

"And why I can go in the first place?" Fox asked with crossed legs while he was sitting down on a chair. "Do you have a reason for this?"

Chris looked away. "Maybe because there was some guy who didn't stop playing a certain game at the hardest difficulty these last days...in my room," he muttered.

Fox blinked a bit shocked at this.

"And that guy didn't even leave my room until it was around midnight, and he didn't even move forward from the 2 obliged battles; the second one where he died exactly 79 times," Chris said bored. "I recall that the unlucky gamer has been so addicted to the game as well, and he decided to listen to me to choose the normal difficulty, but he still looked pretty mad that he had to take the basics before he could catch on..."

The vulpine looked away.

"And I'm doing this so his newly obtained gamer sense shuts off for a moment," Chris explained more. "I REALLY think he needs to release some stress by breathing fresh air."

Fox grumbled at this and looked back at Chris. "Okay, so yeah, I need to vent off some stress," he said.

"I know it's courageous of you to take on the hardest difficulty, but it's also very stupid to attempt to d-"

"I KNOW," Fox interrupted. "Since I'm very stressed right now, I should really get going to that world. Can you hurry it up a bit?"

Chris shifted his eyes. "Okay... Wait here until I call you."

"Thanks," Fox said nodding.

Shrugging, Chris walked away from the stressed vulpine. "It was fast," Chris muttered to himself as he looked around to get another person. "Hmm, I think I should add a girl to the group because I don't want to think there's so much testosterone in the team..."

The World Traveler went over to the bounty hunter.

"So, you want me to go, I assume?" Samus asked.

"Yes," Chris said. "I-it's for the sake to have a differentiation in genders..."

Samus crossed her arms. "Oh, the testosterone matter," she said, surprising Chris a bit. "Yes, I do think it'd look odd to have a group of men for a mission. It's not bad to include a woman in there."

Chris shrugged. "I-I know there are a small number of female characters in this tournament..."

"I know that very well," Samus said. "There isn't a big amount of female fighters out there, so I guess it's understandable."

"I could name a few, but I don't want to do that around Master Hand."

"Nice move," Samus said. "He's the one who made this entire tourney, anyway. You wouldn't want him upset when these things are brought up."

"Because he'll probably avoid talking about it, or because he'll probably have a poor excuse?"

"Mainly because he hates to admit he did a lazy work at certain tasks."

"HEY, I heard that, you know!" Master Hand called from several feet away from them.

Samus sighed. "See what I mean? It's better to not argue about that to him."

"I think I understand..." Chris trailed off. "...Well, I want you to come with us, Samus."

Samus nodded. "Okay, I'll be ready by the time you call me."

The World Traveler nodded and walked away from the bounty hunter, ignoring some calls from an excited C. Falcon (who still had a paper sticking out from a nostril, for some kind of reason). Chris stopped to think about the last person to take. "Just one more and it's done..." he trailed off. "It's going to be hard to think for a last person..."

As Chris kept pondering who, he noticed that Snake was all alone by himself on the right corner of the command room. The World Traveler began to think that he had to do whatever thing possible to get to know Snake better. Thankfully, Chris had played his series, but unfortunately, Snake was one harsh person to talk to.

Nevertheless, the teen knew there were ways to know Snake.

Chris gulped in fear at the thought before he went all the way to the corner to speak to the former FOXHOUND operative. "Snake..." Chris trailed off.

The mercenary looked at him. "What is it this time, kid? You are calling me to do a mission with the group?"

"T-that's what I thinking," Chris said. "I think you want to do something this time, am I right?"

"Tsk, you may be right on that," Snake said. "I'm not some kind of lazy bum. I'm the type of man that likes to take some "retirement" times, but when my help is needed... You get the drill."

The World Traveler nodded. "So...would you rather be in retirement right now?"

"I'd like to do so," Snake said. "But after I was dragged into this whole mess about fantasy, anthros, really wacky worlds, it's hard to ignore such things, or even forget about them," he explained. "Do you really think I'd forget I met Mario?"

"Oh, of course you wouldn't forget about Mario," Otacon said over the codec. "I mean, I have some figurines here with me. I even have one of Yoshi."

"Otacon, that was unnecessary to say right now," Snake said.

"Hey, I'm just saying..." Otacon trailed off.

"Sure you were," Snake said. "In any case, kid, I'd like to see what else is in this whole matter about the Subspace and what not. The fact that they can target any world makes me feel uneasy."

"Why?" Chris asked.

"I come from a world where you have to deal with Metal Gears," Snake said. "Do you know what they are?"

Chris thought for a moment. "Let's see... I've played the game a long time ago, but what I can recall about Metal Gears are that they...um...hmm...um..."

"Metal Gears are armed bipedal tanks with nuclear weapons, kid," Snake said. "Hearing the name makes me upset. Those weapons are probably the deadliest things you'll ever see in your life," he said.

"N-nuclear weapons?" Chris asked with some fear.

"Yes," Snake responded. "Facing one is just crazy, but you might find a way to stop them from obliterating you...or any country of the world to bits. Anyway, I don't know if Metal Gears could be disabled by all of us, but I honestly think we could be in for hell if the army were to get on their hands that dangerous technology."

Chris looked away, worried about the thought.

"Do you see why I need to be here?" Snake asked. "They get their hands on a Metal Gear and we're all pretty much screwed. They don't have the same level of competence as the people I've faced before, and that's why letting them have one of those infernal machines is just crazy and stupid."

The World Traveler looked back at Snake. "So that's your reason to be here?"

"Yeah."

Chris bit his lip a bit. "Well...I always thought you were here just because of Samus..."

"About that..." Snake shook his head. "No, of course it wasn't because of her..."

In the codec, Mei-Ling chuckled a bit. "Snake sometimes hides his true feelings towards women. Samus isn't the first woman Snake has been infatuated with."

"Mei-Ling, I never implied some romance," Snake said.

"It's obvious you attract most women. Too bad you can't attract Samus, though. You 2 would make a nice pair if you were to ge-"

"Kid, just tell me when we're ready," Snake interrupted hastily. "You don't want to know more about this whole thing, right?"

Chris thought for a moment. "But I was actually wishing t-"

"Not in this life, kid."

Chris sighed in depression. "Oh well, that's okay. Since you're the last person, we're ready to go."

Snake nodded. "I hope you don't bring up more stuff about romance while we're on the mission."

"Can I do it, though?" Mei-Lin asked.

"Not even you, Mei-Ling. You like to do this a lot, so I'm going to have to ask you to avoid doing that as well."

"You're no fun sometimes, Snake."

"That's how I am."

The World Traveler walked away from the mercenary. Chris walked back to Crazy Hand, who at the time was still waiting for him to get done. "Done?" Crazy Hand asked. "There are some items that would REALLY like to hang out with you for a very long time."

Chris rolled his eyes. "I know what to ask for. I have the team assembled already."

"Aww, no fun," Crazy Hand said. "I hoped you'd go for random..."

"Just...show me the list, please..."

"Fine, party pooper," Crazy Hand said, muttering the last part.

Jobs (None) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Smash Coins in hands: 5201

"So, what will it be this time?" Crazy Hand asked. "What do you want to see?"

"I'd like to see specific abilities for a single character."

"Okay, which character do you want to see first?"

The World Traveler thought for a moment. "Hmm... I'd like to see what...um..." He scratched his head a bit. "I-it's a bit hard to think which one I want to see first..."

"Take your time."

"...I know," Chris said. "I want to see Samus's abilities."

"Oh, nice," Crazy Hand said. "Okay, here it is."

-Smashers Abilities

-Samus

Screw Attack EX – 1000 Smash Coins


Gives Samus's Screw Attack its true nature. Samus can cross over long gaps by jumping 5 times. This move can constantly damage enemies on the way she goes.

Ice Missiles – 2000 Smash Coins

Samus will be able to launch ice missiles. These missiles are guaranteed to freeze an enemy for a short period of time.

Morph Ball – 3000 Smash Coins

Allows Samus to use the Morph Ball. Along with using this to cross through small spaces, Samus will be able to use Bomb (module), Boost Ball, Power Bomb, and Spider Ball (for climbing magnetic surfaces).

Annihilator Beam – 4000 Smash Coins

Gives Samus's Arm Cannon the potent Annihilator Beam; a beam infused with light and dark energy that gives a lot of damage to enemies weak to light and dark attacks alike. Charging this attack will create the Sonic Boom, creating a rift in space to deal damage to all enemies.

Resist: Status Ailments - 8000 Smash Coins

Gives Samus full immunity to any kind of status ailment as long as she remains using the Varia Suit.

The World Traveler stared at the list. "My god, all these abilities sound very useful..." He shook his head. "I don't think I should be the one choosing, though. They're their abilities, not mine..."

Crazy Hand groaned. "Oh, please, don't tell me you're going to call them here before you get to buy something from me!"

Chris looked annoyed at Crazy Hand. "Hey, last time I bought abilities was because I was the one who did all that. I want the others to see by themselves what they want...because the money we get is supposed to be shared by everyone!"

Music stops

The World Traveler heard many people turning to look at him from their spots. Chris shook his head in surprise at the sudden response from almost every Smasher. Somehow, an unneeded feeling of tension began to rise in Chris. His mind told him that, if everyone was to use the money freely...would there be a control in what they wanted to buy?

"...I-I meant to say I-I'm...u-um..." Chris trailed off, "I-I'm in charge of the money here so there's no pointless spent stuff for a single person! T-there should be someone here who thinks equally for every single character in this room!"

The Smashers kept staring at the World Traveler before most of them frowned and returned to talk to each other, giving Chris a sense of tranquility and peace.

Final Fantasy VIII - The Timber Owls

Crazy Hand chuckled a bit at this. "Bummer," he said. "And here I was thinking you were going to promote randomness; my favorite hobby in the whole world."

Chris turned to the hand and looked angrily. "You're enjoying all this, aren't you?" he asked.

"160 percent I am," Crazy Hand said.

Chris grunted annoyed.

Several minutes later, Chris had called Samus to see the abilities that she could get. Of course, she took in mind the current amount of money they had. "Hmm, all of these abilities give me some good memories about my past missions," Samus remarked. "I wish I could use all of them, but maybe I should just get one for the time being."

Crazy Hand nodded. "There will be a time where all my stuff will be bought," he said. "If only Chris would rob a bank..."

"I-I'm not going to do that sort of thing!" Chris yelled in annoyance. "I-I'm a very good guy!"

"Aww, c'mon, you wanna do it sometime in your life," Crazy Hand said. "Everyone has some dark thoughts that they wish to do, and there are darker thoughts...and then there are more besides those...and the ones besides the ones besides the darker thoughts..." 

Samus frowned. "I know for one thing that Chris won't fall that low, ever," she commented, making Chris sigh in relief. "Back on the stuff...I'd wish to have Ice Missiles again."

"Ice Missiles?" Chris said in curiosity.

Samus nodded at Chris. "Believe me when I'm saying that ice helped me to stop those vicious Metroids from sucking my life force," she said. "They work with other enemies as well. I'm thinking about building a strategy that revolves freezing enemies so I can charge my shots."

The World Traveler nodded. "Okay, Ice Missiles, then," he said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 19, 2010, 07:23:20 AM
Crazy Hand nodded himself as Chris gave him 2000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 3201 Smash Coins. Once the money was given, the insane hand snapped his fingers. "Alrighty, Samus can now use Ice Missiles, and I took a step closer to achieve my dream to get a bank in the future," he said.

Samus looked at her Arm Cannon. She saw as some icy mist leaked out from some of the small openings of the weapon. She nodded at her weapon before looking back at Chris. "This is going to become very useful to me now," she said. "Thanks."

"You deserved it," Chris said.

"Oh," Crazy Hand began, "since Samus has 2 forms, she has another assortment of abilities as Zero Suit Samus," he explained. "However, take in mind she can't use both areas in the same form, though. You wanna use the other assortment? Give up the form you're using, then."

Samus thought for a moment. "...That helps me more," she said.

"That same goes for Zelda and Red," the hand said. " Anyhow, what else would you like to buy? You could buy some stickers that increase defense. I think you have one or two items stored here as well. What will you do?"

The World Traveler thought for a moment. "Hmm, there are a few people in the group who don't have any points in defense..."

"If you give them some defense, they could withstand some attacks to keep fighting," Crazy Hand said. "You'd rather have dead bodies around you?"

"O-of course not," Chris said, shrugging at the thought. "Well, I think I'll buy some defense stickers to Marth and Samus for the time being."

"High boosters, medium boosters, or small boosters?" Crazy Hand asked. "High boosters are 2000, medium are 1000, and small are 500."

Chris thought more. "Medium boosters are affordable... I'd like to buy 2 medium defense boosters, please."

"Right-o," Crazy Hand said before he ducked behind the counter to get the requested stickers. "Here you go, 2 medium-sized defense boosters: a Dark Samus sticker, which boosts defense, or battering resistance, plus 11, and a Rutoga sticker, which boosts defense, or slash resistance, plus 18." Crazy Hand twirled a finger. "It doesn't really matter which resistance is for which kind. All counts as defense...but the specific attributes that boost certain kinds of attacks could end up having more boost in their respective areas..."

"So...even if we raise a certain kind of defense, it still counts as defense for everything else?" Chris asked.

"In a way, yes. BUT! Elemental resistances won't give that benefit because those vary a lot from slashing or battering."

Samus's look became a bit stern at the Dark Samus sticker. "Ugh, isn't there any other sticker besides that?"

"But it's made specifically for you," Crazy Hand said. "Just ignore the sticker and mind the boost, okay?"

"...I...suppose so..."

Chris nodded at this. He took the stickers and gave Crazy Hand 2000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 1201 Smash Coins. The World Traveler gave the stickers to Samus. "Put this one on your stand, and go give Marth the other one, okay?"

"Yes," Samus said before she turned around and walked away to the Altean prince.

"Any items you'd like to withdraw?" Crazy Hand asked. "Currently, you have this."

Stored Items:
Superspicy Curry
Block Meal


"All of them, I guess," Chris said. "I don't have any item right now. I should better take everything just in case."

Crazy Hand nodded and took out from under the counter the mentioned items. The World Traveler took the items with him to the inventory and sighed. "Well, that's that..." he trailed off. "It's time to go now. Wish me luck, okay?"

"I'll wish you luck if you get money."

Chris rolled his eyes. "You really like this job, don't you?"

"I like it even more than I like myself."

The World Traveler got a bit freaked out by this statement (or fact) before he slowly walked away from the seemingly calm hand.

A time later passed, and Chris had called everyone to prepare to go to the next world. Master Hand floated close to the group to talk to remind them about their mission. "Remember that your mission is to find the Adabat Temple," he said. "Also, be on the lookout for the Subspace Army's henchmen. They're surely going to be there around the area. You either can avoid them, or fight them. It's your choice, but I'd prefer you avoid them so they don't slow us down."

"I'll fight them if necessary," Marth said.

Samus crossed her arms. "Most of them are not really that intimidating. Ganondorf is the only one with the brains to think about the most malicious of plans."

Mario nodded. "We don't know if Ganondorf is even going to show up, though. I get the feeling that the others will appear."

"Let's just focus in finding the temple," Knuckles said. "I hope we don't have to get involved in something to distract us from this..." He pointed at Sonic. "And you better stick with us, or I'll tell Chip here to make you sit down like the dog you are!"

As Chip made a happy expression, Sonic rolled his eyes. "You know, I'm having second thoughts about removing this idiotic collar from my neck now..."

Chris shook his head many times. "And let that spawn of the demon's butt menace us with his sadistic comments? H-hell no, Sonic! Hell no!"

Sonic sighed and looked away. "And that guy's the reason why I have to be wearing this..."

"I completely agree with Chris," Fox said.

Sonic looked up in annoyance. "I know for sure that EVERYONE agrees about this..."

"(I hope I get to meet Cloud properly...)" Lucario thought. "(I need to make sure he doesn't see me as a monster...)"

The World Traveler stared at the Aura Pokémon in deep thought. Chris smiled a bit, thinking that Lucario was thinking solely about the enigmatic character.

Snake grunted a bit. "If everyone's ready, let's just go." He looked at Chris. "Open the portal."

"O-okay..." Chris trailed off as he pointed forward the group and made the portal appear.

The group then proceeded into the portal, leaving behind the command room before the vortex shrunk in place and disappeared in a small blink of light. Master Hand sighed and turned to the others. "I personally liked when we had that unexpected break," he said. "Maybe we can get another one when we least think about it."

Ike scratched his head a bit. "Well, it wasn't like we expected one."

"I know, but I wouldn't mind have another one... I guess you can't get everything in life," the hand said. "For now, let's all work so this ends someday."

Big raised his right hand. "Can we have Froggy before someday comes?"

"...Of course, we will have the toad with us before then..."

"But Froggy is a frog..."

"I KNOW," Master Hand said. "(Geez, why are Sonic characters...so annoying?)"

As the hand pondered this, the mission was starting to develop its plot...

Music stops

-Final Fantasy VII-

-The Planet-
Western Continent – Wutai Province

Final Fantasy VII – Main Theme

While the location of the Smashers was still unknown by the time, meanwhile, in a mountainous region with long, wide forests, there was a person merrily humming to herself as she walked across the forest to the north, carrying a bag with glowing, sparkling spheres behind her back.

The black-haired short girl in question was 16 years old. Unlike any other person in the world, she wore many different kinds of stuff. She wore a white headband with a green, sleeveless turtleneck jumper that bared her stomach and unbuttoned tan shorts. Over her left arm, she wore some kind of a protective gauntlet that originated from a single pauldron over her shoulder (possibly to act as a shield). She also wore typical ninja-mail mesh covering part of her right arm and left leg as well, as an additional piece of armor which covered the rest of the thigh of the leg. Not only she wore all this, but she also wore a smaller wrist-covering gauntlet on her right arm, both hands being covered with fingerless gloves while she wore brown sneakers with white leg warmers.

The girl, despite of her looks of a thief, was in fact a ninja.

The girl stopped humming to herself with a heartily chuckle. She then proceeded to sigh loudly in a cheerful manner. "Aww, man, this is great!" she said to herself. "I knew I was going to steal these precious babies from that clueless Cloud. Teehee, he didn't see this coming from a mile away now, did he?" she asked with another chuckle.

The ninja kept walking to the north where she walked to the left side of a long row of bushes. She was just walking besides a wide area where a cliff was situated on the far right side, overlooking the long sea of the west.

"I was lucky, though..." she muttered. "I was lucky that those Shinra soldiers appeared out of nowhere. Hmm, maybe they're here as well? Well, who knows." She smiled happily. "What matters now is that I've got in my hands these precious Materia I've been wanting to have for a long time now!"

Materia is an artificial gem created from Mako (the liquid that the Planet has in the Lifestream, a stream of spiritual energy where all living things end up after dying, namely being the blood of the planet), and presumably a natural-created item as well. The Materia, since it's born directly from a potent source of energy, often have a wide assortment of abilities for those who know how to handle them with the knowledge of a forgotten race. Materia is a very valuable item across the Planet that many people seek out to discover about more powerful Materia.

The ninja showed her teeth with a smile. "I can see how all this will help me out in mission," she said. "If my father isn't going to do a thing to renovate the country, well, I should do it with the Materia instead," she said before her look became stern. "...This is for the good of the country..."

The girl remained thinking before he shook her head and looked happily to the north.

"Who really cares about my old man?" the girl asked with a chuckle. "He's so gonna be jealous once I become a heroine for the village."

She stopped walking on her tracks to the north by sighing loudly. She closed her eyes, dropped the bag to the ground, and sat down.

"Man, I'm tired..." she muttered. "It was not an easy task to run ahead to stay away from all of them..." She looked away. "Cloud is ought to get me now. He's so stubborn, I know that very well..." She embraced her legs and looked up at the sky. "Hmm, wonder if they're coming for me... Of course they're coming for me. I stole their Materia before they were about to fight. Good think those good-for-nothing Shinra soldiers helped to slow them down..."

The girl remained silent as she heard the several birds chirping in the trees. She blinked a few times at the sky before she looked forward. It was not long before her stomach grumbled a bit.

The ninja blushed. "I can steal when I have a full stomach, but I can't go on if my stomach gets empty... Oh, hell no! I need to get to my hometown before Cloud and the others catch up with me!" she said before standing up. "No use resting in the middle of nowhere. I've gotta get going before something else happens!"

Out of a cue, the girl looked to her right to the wide area where, in plain midair, a mysterious vortex appeared.

"..." The ninja's mouth opened, and she took a step back away. "W-what the heck?" she asked to herself before she ducked down and took a peek of the weird portal from behind the bushes. "W-where did that thing come from?"

As the girl kept staring at the portal in curiosity, out of it, people began to come on out. The ninja got a shocked look after he saw the strangers plainly walking out of the portal, which vanished after it took out ten people from it.

At first, it looked strange, but later, it looked really and very strange. The ninja examined the looks of the people. From what she could tell, there were an old man in soldier uniform, a guy who dressed as a prince, a teen who dressed as a dragoon, some kind of mutated, humanoid dog with strange thighs, a robot with ridiculous wide shoulders, some kind of a humanoid red dog, a humanoid blue hedgehog with joined eyes, a seemingly short guy in blue overalls, some kind of a flying dog, and some kind of a humanoid mutt with a menacing glare.

"(W-what in the world?)" the girl asked mentally to herself. "(J-just...j-just, what just happened here? W-who are those people? W-what was that portal? ...Why do I have to see all this by myself?!)"

"So..."

The girl gasped mentally after she saw the old man talking while glancing around.

"We're here," Snake said, taking a look around the vicinity. "Kind of straight-forward, if you ask me."

"I'd say it's nice," Marth commented. "So far, it's just a normal panorama."

Chris breathed in the air. "And the air is nice as well," he added. "For once, I like to be out in the field." He looked to the right where he saw the long ocean. "We're close to the ocean. That should explain why it feels a bit warm around here."

"Hey, we shouldn't get distracted by all this," Knuckles said. "Weren't we supposed to look for the Adabat Temple?"

"Killjoy," muttered Sonic. "I knew you were gonna wreck this moment, Knucklehead."

Knuckles glared at Sonic. "Will you just shut up!" he yelled. "I'm just trying to remind everyone here our main mission, that's all!"

Mario forced a happy expression with some hint of nervousness. "Knuckles, I think you shouldn't listen to Sonic if he says something offensive to you. If there isn't any reason to listen him, then don't fall for his tricks."

"...Hey, what's that supposed to mean?" Sonic asked annoyed.

"I-I'm sorry to say this, but you should mind what you say, Sonic," Mario said. "You don't want people to hate you, do you?"

Knuckles rolled his eyes. "The guy can't just stop being himself, you know. He's going to stay like that forever." He crossed his arms and frowned. "You know Sonic very well if you spend enough time with him..."

"I think I'm going to have to say that I agree with Knuckles...about looking for the Adabat Temple, that is," Samus said. "So then, why don't we get started?"

"That was what I was thinking about just now," Fox said. "The faster we find the temple, the more advantages we'll have over the Subspace Army, don't you think?"

Chip nodded and joined his hands. "Yep, that's how it is," he said. "Once Chip Norris beat the army in finding the temple, then I'll be able to make more of this awesome facts about myself."

Chris stared at Chip before he sighed. "Anyway...we should be on our way..."

"And maybe we can meet Cloud," Lucario said.

Marth looked a bit skeptical. "But is he really going to help us out? I wonder if he's going to turn us down."

Snake crossed his arms. "Judging by the fact we're an odd bunch, thanks to a certain people we have with us, chances are he'll shrug us off right from the start," he said. "Even if we told him about our motives, will that be enough?"

Fox glared at Snake. "Oh, please, just because some of us look out of plac-"

"Unfortunately, Snake has a point," Mario interrupted. "We have to face that we're going to stand out from a big crowd."

The vulpine grunted and looked away. "I hate when people have to judge us by our looks... I hate discrimination to an extent..."

Chris looked serious at this. "P-please, let's not think about that right now," he said. "Let's hope everything turns out fine. We won't know what will happen unless we try."

"That's right," Marth said. "Let's be optimistic and think about how we'll do here."

"That's the spirit," Chip said. "Chip Norris says so."

Samus sighed at this before she looked around. "If we're all ready to go, we should start searching around the area for the Adabat Temple."

"I suggest some order here first, though," Snake said. "We're a bit unfamiliar with this world."

"With that thought in mind...let's think about what we can do first," Mario offered.

The group began to talk with each other to discuss about their moves. While they were all talking, the ninja behind the bushes looked a bit confused at what she heard from all of them. Her eyes began to shift around. "(Wait just a minute here...)" she trailed off in thought. "(...Just...who are they exactly? Were they just talking about...Cloud? But how?)" she asked to herself. "(How do they know who Cloud is? I don't remember them ever meeting him at all...)"

The girl put her hands on her head before she started rubbing her hair.

"(But...they said they hoped they'd meet him in person... So...how does this work?)" she pondered. "(Maybe they heard about him somewhere, but then again, maybe Shinra spread the word about Cloud...or... Ugh, it's not my thing to think so hard about this! This is regularly Cloud's area of expertise, not mine!)" she yelled mentally. "(...Okay, I've gotta stay calm... Hmm... Wait a minute...)"

The ninja had realized something very important about the whole event across the bushes.

"(...This doesn't have anything to do with me at all!)" she realized before sighing mentally. "(Oh god, I don't have a reason to be spying these bunch of guys...animal...robot...whatever...)" She looked happy. "(Well, since I'm not required here, I'll just sneak away from them and go back to my hometown.)"

With a silent chuckle, the ninja looked away...

Final Fantasy VII - Stolen Materia

However, a tempting thought stroke her mind once she reminded herself about how the group looked like. The girl's eyes turned bored before she looked back to the group conversing.

"I propose that we should separate in groups," Marth said. "That way, we could cover more area."

Samus shook her head. "I'm a bit worried myself, though," she said. "What if there are strong monsters around? What if a group gets ambushed?"

"No worries," Chris said before looking at Lucario. "Lucario can alert anybody. He could use ExtremeSpeed to get anyone anywhere, right?"

"I think I can do that without troubles," Lucario said. "My aura should reach out anybody. It covers a long area to detect anyone's aura."

"Even so...it stills makes me worried," Mario said. "I know we have 2 speedsters in the group, but, will they be enough?"

Sonic grinned and chuckled. "Are you doubting the world's fastest hedgehog now?"

"No, we're doubting the world's most annoying hedgehog ever," Knuckles said.

"Will you 2 just drop it already?" Fox asked. "None of you are even giving us a hand."

"I don't see you giving one," Sonic said.

Snake sighed as Fox glared at Sonic. "This is why we're never going to get moving from this stupid spot..." he muttered.

Back at the bushes, the ninja's lips took a shape of that of a cat as she wondered something in her mind. "(I know I don't have any business with them...but...)" Her eyes focused on the Smashers.

However, her eyes weren't exactly focusing on the Smashers themselves. Her eyes were actually eying what they were all carrying with them.

"(Now that I think about it...they sure have really interesting stuff carrying with them...)" she thought, raising an eyebrow. "(I mean, the old man carries a lot of stuff...and the short guy with the red hat looks really peculiar, particularly his red hat with the little "M" in the front...)" She chuckled mentally to herself. "(Wait, didn't they come out from a portal? ...Wouldn't that mean their stuff are from... Ooooooohh, they're from another dimension...arent they? ...Yeah, I guess that's very logical...)" she thought. "(If I think right here, their stuff could end up being really good to have in here. If I were to get my hands on their stuff...what good would it make? On what could I use their stuff?)"

The girl looked back at the bag with Materia.

"(Of course!)" she thought. "(I could grab their stuff and sell them for big prices to collectors! And if I could do that, I could use the money to buy even more Materia from other people!)" she thought before chuckling mentally. "(Oh yeah, that's a very nice idea now! I'll end getting even more Materia for my plans to get done sooner!)"

The girl looked back at the group with a hint of seriousness in her look.

"(First things first, though,)" she thought seriously. "(What could I do to steal their stuff? They're so many, and what they said about the dog and the porcupine could mean they're fast in running around... Well...that's what I think. You don't see people coming from a portal everyday, anyway...)" She shook her head. "(So then, I should take those 2 out with...hmm...what? ...Oh right...)"

The girl took out from behind a pipe with some darts charged with sleeping shots in them.

"(Teehee, I was gonna use these on Cloud and the others, but thank goodness those Shinra soldiers were close. I didn't have to use these at all! Now that's luck!)" she thought with a small giggle before looking back at the group. "(Okay, who's going down first?)"

Back with the group, Lucario crossed his arms and looked a bit upset. "I can alert anyone about anything happening anywhere."

"And I can do that," Sonic said.

"I think Lucario is more reliable than you, Sonic," Marth said.

Sonic looked away and faked a sniff. "You guys hurt me emotionally so much..."

Knuckles stared angrily at the hedgehog. "You and your stupid crocodile tears aren't going to work this time!"

The girl focused on the Aura Pokémon. "(Since he's more reliable as they say, he's gonna go down first... Now, where should I shoot him?)" she wondered. "(Hmm, the back of his head sounds like an easy spot, but it's a little bit cliche to strike the back... So...I'm going to be original and strike his...)"

Her eyes looked down where she found two pink spots, each one of them on the back of Lucario's legs.

"(...Paw pads!)" she thought with glee. "(And they're surely spongy! ...W-wait, I shouldn't distract myself with those paw pads right now!)" She thought a bit more before she got an idea. "(...Instead, I'll shoot one of them!)" She aimed for the right paw pad. "(Aim...)"

Lucario grumbled a bit before he sighed and looked at Chris. "Can we just decide? I think we're losing more time talking than moving..."

"That was what I was thinking about just now..." Chris said embarrassed. "Don't worry, Lucario. We're going to get moving in a bit so you meet Cloud. I'll think about a good outcome, okay?"

Chris stared at the straight look Lucario was giving him. Oddly enough, there wasn't any other response like a little bit of blushing, some stutter, or even a blink of eyes.

"...Lucario..." Chris began in confusion. "Why aren't you saying anything? I-I thought you were going to say something like not wanting to really meet Cloud while it's clear you really want to meet him..."

Again, there wasn't any more replies from the Aura Pokémon.

"...Lucario?"

Before Chris's eyes, he saw that Lucario's eyes, for some reason, rolled back into his head. The World Traveler gasped loudly at this, enough to make the others look back at Lucario. They all saw as the Aura Pokémon closed his eyes and fell back on the ground, where he remained still, not moving any muscle of his body.

"L-Lucario!" Chris yelled before he knelt down. "O-oh my god, what just happened?"

The others walked closer to check on their fallen teammate. Snake rubbed his chin. "Ever heard of fans dying to meet their heroes?" he asked. "Well, we just saw that it's true."

Chris looked up annoyed at Snake. "T-this is not the time to be cracking jokes!" he said. "L-Lucario just fainted for some kind of random reason!"

Snake took out a cigarette that he began to smoke it. "I told you why, kid."

"Um, Snake, I think you should stop here," Otacon said over the codec.

Sonic chuckled a bit. "I'm with the guy's suggestion here..." He looked over to Lucario's feet where he spotted a small dart stuck on the right paw pad. "Huh? Hey, lookie here. There's some kind of needle stuck on his paw pad."

"W-what?" Chris asked confused. The others fixed their gazes at the dart. "H-how did this..."

Back at the bushes, the ninja pumped down a fist. "(Bull's eye!)" she thought in victory. "(Okay, I'll load the next one for the hedgehog... But...)" She saw that Chris was wondering about the dart. "(...Oh no, I won't let the people who wonder hard about this keep going...)" She carefully aimed at Chris's throat.

"Hmm..." Chris looked worried at the dart before he took it off from the paw pad. "It's...a smart move to strike his paw pad..."

Chip flew down to look at him. "What do you mean?" he asked.

"Lucario's body is strong enough to withstand bullets," Chris said. "It's hard like pure steel, but I'm impressed his hands are a bit soft. However...his paw pads...well...I don't think they share the same defense..."

Samus thought for a moment. "Oh, you mean to say that because his paw pads are very soft?"

"..."

"...O-oh, I'm sorry. I-I didn't want to say that, but I'm a girl, so I think I..."

"..."

"..." Fox tilted his head as he looked down at Chris. "...Chris?"

"..."

Suddenly, they all watched as Chris fell on top of Lucario's back without moving to avoid falling down. The look on his face indicated he had fainted. Most of them gasped at this sudden action before noticing that there was a dart stuck on Chris's throat.

"W-what the heck is happening here now?" Knuckles asked as he knelt down and inspected Chris. "There's someone here who's doing this, or what?" He looked at Sonic. "Hey, now's the time for you to do something here! You're the fastest to catch anyone on foot!"

Marth crossed his arms. "I think you're right. If there's someone around here who is doing all this..." He looked at Sonic. "Sonic, you should see who it is."

Unfortunately for them, they watched as Sonic dropped to his knees before falling to his right side. Again, most of them gasped after seeing Sonic's face intact with a fainted look. There wasn't any more responses or movements from the hedgehog anymore.

"A-again?" Chip asked. "W-what is going on here?"

Mario took a closer look at Sonic's back. "He was taken down like Chris and Lucario, right? If that's so, where is the dart?"

They all inspected the hedgehog's back until they found the dart logged on Sonic's...

Back at the bushes, the ninja blushed a bit. "(W-whoops, I wanted to strike his back, not his butt... Oh well, accidents tend to happen...at least that's what I think...)"

Snake rubbed his chin. "What an unusual turn of events, don't you think?" he asked. "All of them were put to sleep by those darts."

Fox grabbed the dart on Chris's throat and looked at its needle. He found some liquid spilling over the very tip. "...These darts have sleep-inducing liquid," he said. "They're sleeping darts."

Once more, back at the bushes, the ninja gasped mentally. "(O-okay, this is getting a bit worse for me now,)" she thought as she lowered down her pipe. "(I just can't keep repeating the same thing over and over again. They'll spot me from here, anyway! It's going to be curtains for me if I don't think of another strategy to cover myself!)" she thought in panic. "(There's no turning back now for me... I have to keep going with another idea...but...what? Pretend I just came here and find them all like this...)"

She blinked in surprise and looked to her right where a tree stood.

"(...I could...maybe...)"

Samus checked Sonic's chest. "...Yes, he's sleeping," she said. "His heart is beating."

"Well, that saves them from a funeral," Snake said before he rubbed his chin a bit. "But still, it strikes me odd that we were quickly ambushed by this..."

Mario looked worried. "Hmm, if you think about it, maybe we can say these darts didn't come from the sea's direction," he said. "Sonic, Chris, and Lucario were all struck from behind."

Marth nodded. "Of course," he said. "If that's true, that means the darts came from..."

"Oh my!"

The remaining seven turned their looks to the west where they saw a girl (the same one) appearing running from behind some bushes and trees. The girl blinked in shock as she looked at the fainted Smashers. "And who are you?" Samus asked.

The girl looked worried as she looked at the odd group. "I-I'm sorry to appear out of nowhere, but I-I heard some yells coming from here..." she said before focusing on the people on the ground. "I-I knew it!" she said. "They were assaulted like everyone else as well!"

"What?" Marth said confused. "What do you mean?"

The girl crossed over the bushes and went to get closer to them. "I-I mean to say they were assaulted by some lousy criminals around this area..." she said. "And it looks like you didn't know there were criminals here, right?"

"No, we didn't," Mario said. "Are you from around these parts?"

"Y-yeah," the girl said. "I live very close to this place...and I was taking a stroll..."

Snake noticed the protective gauntlet covering the girl's left arm. "You sure are one who wants to be protected, huh?"

"Huh?" the girl said before she looked at Snake. She then looked at her piece of armor. "Oh, you mean my gauntlet? Well, yeah. Sometimes I get attacked by monsters that I need to have some armor with me."

"And you still take a stroll around these parts, knowing that there are monsters around here?" Marth asked.

"...I like danger," she said with a smile. "What can I say? I like to have some action. It seems you guys like danger because you're in the plain field as well."

"Maybe," Knuckles said. "We don't like to do that, though."

However, questions arose in Snake's mind as he stared at the ninja. One, the girl who they just met looked a bit out of place. Secondly, the same girl's happy nature wasn't giving Snake some nice impressions. In fact, Snake considered the girl to be a bit strange. He knew he wanted to know more about her.

"Pardon to ask you this," Snake began, "but can you tell us your name first?"

The girl blinked before she chuckled and closed her eyes. "Oh! Right! I didn't get to introduce myself, did I? Silly me, I was caught up in the moment," she said before giving them a peace sign. "Nice to meet all of you. My name is Yuffie; Yuffie Kisaragi!"

Yuffie Kisaragi is a very clever, cunning, rebellious, and cocky tomboy who wants to return the glory of her nation to what it was before. Due to the fact Shinra had banned the use of Materia in her country, she has an ambition to go out and steal Materia from any traveler she finds (and it's possibly that she has a really big obsession with Materia, even though it's needed), even though her father doesn't want her to do that (thus explaining why she's rebellious). She originally traveled with Cloud's party, but she did this only to get a chance to get a hold of all their Materia when they least expected it (which just happened). A little side note is that Yuffie suffers from motion sickness, whether she is on an airship or a boat.

"Okay...Yuffie," Snake said. "Do you have any more information about these criminals?"

Yuffie nodded. "Like hell I do!" she said. "They like to play pranks on people who have valuable stuff with them."

Fox put a hand on the right side of his face. "So they're after our stuff?"

Yuffie looked at Fox and nodded. "(My god, he looks way shady with that face.) Yep, that's it," she said. "You guys surely have really valuable stuff that they want to get their hands on them."

Samus thought a bit about the matter. "Hmm, well, I could say we have stuff that could be considered valuable..."

"I knew you had valuable stuff," Yuffie said. "So then, I'll advice you guys to stay careful because you're bound to get shot down. Luckily, you're many and you're taking care of each other. Those criminals wouldn't want to have at least one of you standing."

Chip blinked. "Wow, you're so smart!"

"Heheh, I know my thing, alright," she said. "You're lucky I was around to warn you about 'em."

Snake kept staring at the girl. "Yeah, thank you so much to coming out from your hiding spot. You saved us a lot of work "

Yuffie looked at Snake and nodded. "Aww, it was nothing. I thought you weren't going to find out it was me who shot down you-" She shook her head. "W-wait just a minute!" she said. "W-why are you suddenly thinking I had to do with this?"

Snake frowned at this. "Please, wasn't it more obvious?"

"W-what was obvious?" she asked before she looked up and rubbed the side of her face. "I don't get what you mean..."

Snake pointed at the bushes. "I saw you were there all this time."

The Smashers looked at Snake. "What? You saw her behind those bushes?" Marth asked.

"Well, technically, I found her after the second dart was shot," Snake explained. "Since all shots came from the west, there should have been somebody hiding close to this place. Then, I saw the third shot coming out directly from the bushes, and I caught a glimpse of the girl's gauntlet."

Yuffie looked at her gauntlet. "W-what?"

Snake nodded. "You were about to hide behind the tree and pretend you came running here. However, you gauntlet was a bit big. I saw it before you hid behind the tree. If you didn't wear it, I would have been forced to listen to you lies about the criminals you were talking about... Well, guess what, I found the criminals, and they're all a single person, namely some girl who wants to do something to us: steal our stuff."

Yuffie began to sweat bullets. "B-but why would I do such a thing like this?" she asked. "I-I just came in here..."

Mario thought for a moment. "I think I believe in Snake."

The ninja gasped a bit. "U-um, w-well, I-I..."

"It's over for you," Snake said. "You're even holding a pipe with a dart sticking out from its hole just behind your back."

Yuffie gasped at this before she looked behind her back and saw said pipe sticking out from her shorts' pocket. The ninja looked back at the group, many of them looking at them with suspicious looks. "..."

And the point where she sighed depressed gave away that she wasn't going to lie more.

"Okay, you guys found me out..." she trailed off, giving them a worried look. "I was the one who shot those sleeping darts..."

Marth crossed his arms. "But why would you do that to us?" he asked.

Yuffie began bumping her fingers a bit with each other. "Y-you see, you were carrying lots of really neat stuff that...I wanted to have to...sell them for money..."

"...You what?" Samus said confused.

Knuckles glared at her. "You wanted to steal our stuff? What the heck is wrong with you?"

Yuffie smacked her palms together and bowed down several times at them. "I-I wanted to have your stuff to sell them to get money to buy Materia," she said. "I-I'm really sorry for doing this to you, b-but I need Materia for my home!"

"Wait, wait, wait," Mario said. "You need calm down. We're not going to hurt you or something."

The ninja stopped bowing before she sighed. "Phew, I thought you guys were gonna throw me down the cliff..."

"...That wasn't a bad idea," Snake commented.

"Snake!" Marth said.

"Seriously, I don't know you, but this girl is still acting fishy to me," Snake said. "Why, she has this air I can't just shrug off."

"Yeah, I agree with the guy," Knuckles said. "This girl isn't making me feel good at all. Just a look at her gives me this air of suspicion."

Yuffie shook her head. "I-I know I look fishy, but I'm sorry, really!" she said. "I-I'm trying to do this to save my country's honor!"

"You're trying to save your country's honor?" Chip asked. "What country is that?"

Yuffie looked at the imp. "That's Wutai for you," she said. "That's the name of my home and country." She pointed to the north. "The village is just some miles to the north of this place...but that's not important right now," she said before sighing. "I-I know it was for me to do this to helpless travelers like you...but I had my reasons..."

Fox crossed his arms. "What are those reasons?"

"You see, Wutai...is not what it used to be," Yuffie said. "In fact, Wutai has forgotten its independence because of a malevolent company...Shinra..."

"Shinra?" Snake repeated. "Hmm, that name sounds a bit weird to me..."

"(How is it weird to you?)" Yuffie thought. "(I mean, if you know Cloud, then you should've heard about Shinra... I'll just play along...) Well, you see, Wutai was once a proud nation before Shinra came in and started the Wutai War..." She shook her head. "Do you want to listen to this, though?"

Samus nodded. "If it will give us a reason to not punish you, then continue."

"Okay..." Yuffie cleared her throat. "Long ago, when I was younger, Wutai was the last nation that had independence in the Planet from Shinra. Shinra is a bad company that wants to have total domination over the whole world with Materia. Thanks to them, many people are suffering because they enforce their power on everyone. Anyway, when they came to Wutai, a war erupted, and we lost. The leader of Wutai then signed a treaty that said Wutai wasn't allowed to use Materia...and then...it...became..."

"What did it become?" Knuckles asked with a stern look.

Yuffie struggled to say whatever she wanted to say. Her lips twitched a bit, but she managed to say her words. "...Wutai...turned into a tourist resort..."

"..." Marth blinked a bit. "...It became a tourist resort?"

"Yeah!" Yuffie said with an angry look. "Thanks to those Shinra scum, Wutai forgot its proud dynasty! The stupid weakness of the leader caused Wutai's downfall by being under Shinra's monopolizing actions!" She shook her head and looked away. "I hate how my home became like this... I hate it to the very end!"

Mario looked away. "It must have been really painful for you. You seem to care about your home a lot."

Yuffie nodded and looked back at them. "That's right... Since we're not allowed to use Materia, I decided to go around and steal Materia from the people to get as much as I could to restore Wutai's to its glory... I know that if I gather enough Materia, the people of Wutai would stand up against Shinra and recover its freedom... I'm surely sure, though..." She looked worried. "A-and that's how I ended up trying to steal other people's Materia..."

"And you wanted to steal our stuff so you could buy more of that Materia," Snake said.

"(Geez, these guys don't know what Materia is, either?)" she asked mentally. "So that's my reason...and I hope you guys can forgive me..." She looked at the fainted Smashers. "And I'm sorry for doing this to them as well..."

Marth sighed. "Well, you had a reason, but you shouldn't have thought about stealing our stuff."

"I know...so that's why I'd like to say I'm sorry..." she said. "If you can forgive me, I won't do this..."

"So if we don't forgive you, you'll do it?" Snake asked.

"I-I mean, I won't do it either way!" Yuffie said in a bit of panic. "C-can you forgive me? I-I had a good reason; an honest one..."

Mario looked worried before he smiled a bit. "Don't worry, we'll forgive you."

Yuffie gasped and put a hand close to her mouth. "Y-you mean it?" she asked.

Fox nodded. "Yeah, you just were doing a good deed for your country. I think it's a reason enough for us to forgive you."

"I agree," Marth said. "You're not a bad person for doing that."

Knuckles frowned. "You guys are always letting people go that easily, huh?"

Chip looked angry at the echidna. "Hey, you be a good mutt and forgive her! If you don't say that, Chip Norris will give you a nice roundhouse kick!"

"If you call me a mutt one more time..." Knuckles muttered through gritted fangs.

Samus frowned at this. "Please, ignore him. He gets angry really easily."

"Hey!"

Yuffie chuckled and folded her arms behind her back. "Heheh, I see," she said confidently. "Thank you so much for forgiving me, you guys! I thought I wasn't going to convince you... I guess I was wrong." She extended her left hand at Samus. "So, in order to make this official, I'd like to do a little handshake as a sign that we're friends."

"Tsk," Snake muttered. "Don't think you convinced me, though."

Yuffie ignored the mercenary. "I'm sure we're going to be very good acquaintances," she said. "So please, Ms. Robot, let's be friends."

"...Um..." Samus shifted her eyes a bit. "This isn't a robot... I'm a woman inside a suit..."

Yuffie got a curious look. "Really? Wow, I thought you were a robot... (So she's wearing a suit... Hmm... Maybe I could...) Okay, give me a little handshake," she said as she moved her hand behind her back before extending it to Samus.

The bounty hunter stared at Yuffie's hand. "Why did you do that just now?"

"I had some dirt on my fingers," Yuffie said. "I shook them off behind me."

"But why behind you?" Marth asked.

"I had some stupid habits," Yuffie said. "C'mon! Gimme a handshake!"

Samus looked a bit confused at this. "Okay, but don't act so weird about it..." she muttered as she extended her left hand and shook hands with Yuffie.

Snake stared at the hands from both girls before he noticed something stuck between Yuffie's fingers. "Samus, stop handshaking that girl's hand, now!" he yelled.

"What?" Samus asked.

Yuffie suddenly took an amused look. "Too late..." she muttered.

Before their eyes, Samus's left hand moved down along with her owner. They all watched as Samus dropped forward on the ground, suddenly turning unconscious for some reason. Most of them knelt down to see what had happened to the bounty hunter before Snake narrowed his eyes at Yuffie. "You little brat..." Snake muttered.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 21, 2010, 04:38:54 PM
Yuffie giggled a bit. "What? I just knocked her out unconscious with a sleeping dart," she explained as she showed them a dart's needle sticking out from between her left hand's fingers. "What's so bad about this accident?"

"Accident? You weren't holding that dart before!" Knuckles yelled. "In fact, you never did that!"

Yuffie looked away. "Hmm, maybe it got stuck the moment I pulled my hand behind me? Who knows, exactly..."

"Stop lying," Snake said. "You were planning the whole thing from the very beginning, you cunning little bastard. Besides, how the hell did you even pinch Samus if she's wearing a suit of armor?"

"Since it was kinda hard to pinch her with all that armor she had on, I aimed for the small opening she had around her hand," she explained. "I used a needle charged with sleeping liquid to pinch her with the handshake I wanted her to do with me, and that's how she fainted. It was a bit hard, but I did it, so it was a success."

Knuckles turned his hands int fists. "You little bastard! You're still thinking about stealing our stuff?!"

Yuffie looked mildly annoyed at the echidna. "So what if it was my real intention?"

Fox glared at her. "What are you talking about? I thought you wanted to become acquainted with us."

"Pfft, I don't need any of you," Yuffie stated as she waved a bored hand back and forth. "In fact, I just need to pilfer you from your stuff, and I'll be just fine on my own to get more Materia! It's quite simple, don't you think?"

"But I thought you wouldn't mind us helping you about the problem with your nation..." Marth trailed off.

"..." Yuffie looked away and folded her arms behind her back. "...You don't really understand anything, still..."

Mario looked confused. "What is it that we don't understand? Was there something else you wanted to say or talk about?"

Yuffie's eyes opened up a bit and looked back at them. "...Well, the thing is..."

Snake glared at Yuffie. "Don't you even try to pull out another trick on us."

Yuffie raised her shoulders a bit. "Oh well, it's not going to be a trick if I tell you that I'm going to use a smoke ball to escape from all of you."

Chip tilted his head. "What do you mean by that?"

"I mean..." she took out from behind a black smoke ball that she slammed down on the ground, "this!"

The area was quickly covered in a smokescreen. The Smashers gasped before they all began to cough loudly. They all quickly lost sight of Yuffie and from each other. The smoke spread out to all directions, despite the fact the ball was very small.

Knuckles coughed. "W-where the hell did she go now?!"

"I-I don't know..." Mario said as he coughed. "I-I think she ran away as she said..."

"W-well, the hell with this! Once I see her again, I'm going to give her a good and nice talk about..."

"...Knuckles?" Mario asked before he heard a sound of something hitting the ground. "Knuckles, why did you stop?"

"W-what's wrong?" Fox asked.

"K-Knuckles just stopped talking out of a sudden..."

"B-but this isn't sleeping gas," Fox coughed out. "A-are you sure he didn't..."

Another sound of something hitting the ground was heard.

"...Hey, Mario, did you hear that?"

There wasn't any more responses from the red plumber.

"...Mario!" Fox yelled. "Dammit, Mario, talk to me!"

"I think you shouldn't waste more words..." Marth said before coughing. "H-he surely was..."

Marth heard another sound of something falling on the ground.

"A-and there is another sound..." Marth trailed off. "Fox, you heard that, right?"

Oddly enough, Fox didn't reply back. Marth waited for a few second for any other reply, but he just received silence.

"...Fox?"

Marth suddenly saw Chip flying in front of him. The imp coughed and looked worried at Marth. "H-hey, what's happening here?" he asked worried. "I-I can't find anybody in this smoke!"

"N-neither can I..." Marth muttered. "But...what's happening, exactly?"

Marth saw that Chip suddenly looked shocked at him.

"...Chip?"

Suddenly, the imp's wings stopped fluttering before he fell and dropped unconscious in front of his feet. The Altean prince looked down in shock.

"C-Chip!" Marth yelled. "W-what did just...u-ugh..."

Marth felt that something was pinched on the back of his throat. Unfortunately, the Altean's eyes slowly closed before he fell to his knees and fell on the ground, fortunately for him, he avoided crushing Chip with his body.

The smoke suddenly cleared out, and most of them had fallen down unconscious on the ground. However, the reason behind all this was just standing behind Marth's feet. Behind the Altean, there was Yuffie holding a dart on her right hand just above her shoulder. The ninja looked down at them before she looked happy. "Heheheheheh," she chuckled. "Guess my plan worked out after all," she said to herself. "Now I'll just have to be quick on this matter and take everything off from you...except your clothes, of course."

The ninja stared forward with a small hum. However, she suddenly noticed that Snake was standing a few feet away from her.

"W-what the..." Yuffie blinked in shock. "I-I thought..."

Snake frowned. "You just forgot about me, huh? Not so smart for a cunning thief like you."

Yuffie looked angry at this. "B-but I... Dammit!" she cursed. "I thought I had everyone!I completely forgot about you for a split second!"

"Or I just ducked down," Snake said. "You knew where we were standing, but you didn't see who moved and who didn't. I turned out to be the only one moving down, and you passed right next to me, wondering where I went, right?"

Yuffie thought for a moment. "Actually, that was... Yeah, that was it... But still! I need you knocked out right now!"

Snake cracked his fists. "That isn't going to happen unless I say so," he said. "You're some kind of enemy, and you need to be taught a lesson about not meddling with me."

The ninja gritted her teeth a bit and took a step back. "N-no! I-I came all this way to get what I want from all of you!" she yelled before she pulled back the dart, preparing to toss it at Snake. "You stay there and don't move!"

"Please, do you really think I'm going to stand stil-"

"YEAH!" Yuffie suddenly yelled as she tossed the dart as fast as she could at Snake's neck. The mercenary quickly rolled at her, evading the flying dart that fell far away on the ground. Yuffie gasped as Snake rolled around her feet and quickly stood up behind her back. The man then quickly applied a grab on Yuffie's neck, preventing her from escaping. "N-no!" she said in disbelief.

"Guess you weren't that dangerous," Snake said behind her head, holding her a bit above the ground. "Now, you bette-"

Yuffie struggled a bit to survive the grab. Suddenly, she noticed that her feet were touching the ground again. The ninja blinked surprised at this before she looked back at the arms around her neck and gasped loudly. She pushed the arms away and looked behind her where Snake stared forward, frozen in place. "...What happened?" she asked.

"...Damn you..." Snake muttered.

"Huh?"

Yuffie saw as Snake's body slowly tilted back before he made full contact with the ground. The ninja shook her head in complete disbelief. The mercenary that got a hold of her suddenly fell down unconscious for some strange reason. Yuffie was completely puzzled as to why that happened out of the blue.

"...B-but...what did just happen here?" Yuffie asked to herself. "I thought I didn't pinch him with a dart...or..." She looked behind her back. "...What the..."

Yuffie herself didn't find out the fact that her pipe was still sticking out from her pocket of her shorts. Her eyes quickly focused on a dart that was sticking out from said pipe on the tip of the hole. She then recalled that Snake had pointed it out for her.

"Oh, yeah, the old man said there was this dart sticking out... It surely pinched the guy's belly when he pulled me into that grab..." Yuffie muttered before she got a cocky smile. "Hah! What do you know? Luck's smiling on me today, baby!" she said in complete excitement before looking forward. "Take that, idiots! I'm gonna get myself a big loot of Materia very soon thanks to your cooperation for appearing out of a freaking portal!"

...

"...Wait..." Yuffie got a confused look. "Just how did they know about Cloud, and why did they come out from a portal?"

She wondered this for a little bit. The question made her think so many things that she wanted to ask them, but seeing how confusing and twisted the situation looked, Yuffie thought it was impossible to get more information out of the Smashers.

Chrono Cross - Optimism

"...Nah, who cares. What matters now is that I'm gonna get more Materia out of their stuff!" she said happily before looking down at the unconscious Samus. "How am I going to get that suit? Maybe I should find something to tore it open..." She looked around and found a rock sitting down on the ground close to her. It was about a feet tall. "Hmm, let's do this the old way: bang it till it opens up! After that, it'll be the time to get everyone else's belongings!" She made a fist. "Oh yeah, it's Yuffie's time!"

The ninja merrily picked the rock from the ground and went over to Samus. Time passed, and Yuffie went on everyone to get as much stuff as she could get from all them. Her only thoughts were about getting more Materia, and get back to her hometown close to her current position...

An hour later...

"...G-grrrrrrrr..."

A sudden deep growl sounded from Lucario's mouth. The Aura Pokémon slowly opened his eyes where he found out that he was dropped on the ground. "...Damn..." Lucario muttered before he slowly pushed himself from the ground. "W-what the hell did just happen to me? Why did I just fell asleep?"

Lucario felt that there was a body on his back. He turned his head around to see his trainer fainted on his back.

"Chris!" Lucario yelled before he quickly turned his body around and grabbed Chris on his arms. "Oh no, Chris, wake up!"

"..." Chris slowly opened his eyes. "Did I...win against that darned Iron Giant in Final Fantasy III?" he asked groggily. "B-because if I did, that would explain I ran into the wall in excitement..."

Lucario blinked a couple of times before he shifted his eyes around. "Um...you didn't...yet..."

"...Dammit!" Chris cursed loudly as he fully opened his eyes. "I thought that was it because..." He shook his head before he realized what had happened. "W-wait, that didn't happen at all... I-I was stuck down on the throat with something, and I fell down on the ground!" he said before looking at Lucario. "I-I remember you did the same!"

Lucario nodded before looking worried. "B-but I don't know what happened... I felt that something pinched me somewhere on my leg..."

Perhaps, if somebody pointed out that he was struck on his paw pad, it was going to be embarrassing.

"You were struck with a dart on your right paw pad," Chris pointed out.

Forget the previous statement...

Lucario looked annoyed, but he also blushed embarrassed. "I-it was clever for somebody to pinch me where I don't have much protection for sharp things like darts..." he admitted. "B-but other than that..."

The two looked forward where they saw everyone else dropped on the ground.

"...Were they all..." Chris trailed off.

"...I...assume so..." Lucario trailed off.

The duo quickly stood up and went over to check on everyone. Chris knelt down to shake Mario by the arm. "Mario, wake up! Wake up, please, Mario!"

It was not long before every single one of the Smashers began to wake up with some grumbles. They all slowly sat up from the ground and looked around their surroundings. "W-whew..." Chip yawned as he extended his arms to opposite sides. "Hmm, I was dreaming I was drowning in a sea of chocolate...and I actually died a happy death in what I love to eat the most...but before I died, I sang under the chocolate sea, and there were chocolate sea horses that I chomped down, and they didn't mind being eaten by me."

Chris closed his eyes helplessly. "Chip, at least think about what happened BEFORE you had that weird dream..."

Chip pinched his chin and looked up. "Oh yeah, I remember I was struck by a needle between my wings."

The Altean looked at the imp. "You...too?" Marth asked. "I was struck by a needle as well..."

"So do I..." Fox trailed off.

Knuckles grunted. "And I was pinched as well... It got to be that pesky girl we met!"

Mario crossed his legs and arms. "Hmm, it was her, alright..."

The World Traveler looked confused. "A girl did all this?" he asked.

Snake nodded as he stood up. "There was this girl with the oversized gauntlet who came out from the bushes and tried to lie to us about being friends. However, it was all a trick to make us all fall asleep with some sleeping darts she had with her."

Chris looked worried before looking down. "Girl with the oversized gauntlet..." He gasped and quickly stood up. "Y-you don't mean that girl was named Yuffie, right?"

"Actually, that was her name," Samus said before everyone looked at her. "It was Yuffie Kisaragi who did all this to us. I think she mentioned something about stealing our stuff to sell them all for money to get this Materia thing she was talking about..."

"...Yuffie!" Chris said. "I-I know her. She's one girl who likes to steal stuff from people!"

"Sorry to tell you this, but that's what happened,"

"Then...that means she wanted to steal something from us?"

"Yes."

Sonic raised an eyebrow at Samus. "So...that happened?" he asked.

"Yes, that's what happened when she appeared," Samus said.

"And...why did you change forms?"

"What?" Samus asked. "Why are you asking that so suddenly?"

Lucario looked confused. "He means that because of the fact you're not wearing your suit anymore..."

Samus blinked confused before she looked down and found herself in her Zero Suit. The bounty hunter gasped as she looked at her hands. "W-what? How did I end up changing to this? Where is my Varia Suit?" She looked around. "Where is it? It's impossible to take if off from me...unless it was damaged to the point it broke into pieces..."

Snake grumbled. "If I use some logic, I'd say that girl had to do with this," he said. "She took Samus's clothes off."

Samus glared at Snake. "They're NOT clothes, you know."

"Oh, my bad," Snake apologized.

"Since you're having a bit of an amusing time with this, I should point out you had your stuff stolen as well."

Snake looked to his body to see that his equipment was all gone. "...Crud," he muttered. "She took it all off from me as well..."

"Luckily, codec calls weren't taken off," Mei Ling said over the codec. "You were lucky that she didn't interfere with codec calls, Snake."

"Oh, you're there," Snake said. "Mei Ling, did you see what happened when everyone fell asleep?"

"Well, all I could tell was that she was going on every single one of you to steal your things," Mei Ling explained. "Namely, Snake, you were the only one who "suffered" the most since she stole every single little weapon you had. That means she took away your grenades, remote controlled missiles, cypher, landmines, mortar, C4s, and RPG-7...and she even took your..."

"Utility belt," Otacon added suddenly, "meaning she pretty much scrapped everything from you, Snake."

Snake looked away. "...That little b(beep) is gonna pay me if she breaks all those weapons..." He lifted his head up. "Wait, did you try to stop her?"

"About that..." Otacon trailed off, "we tried to stop her by making the codec reach her out by shouting, but...thing is...she stopped for a moment, but then she resumed what she was doing, thinking that her mind was playing tricks on her."

Mei Ling chuckled. "It was kind of funny, though. She thought she was seeing ghosts in plain light of day."

Snake grunted at this. "Mei Ling, this isn't the time be cracking jokes."

"Oh, heheheh, my bad."

Chris looked at Lucario. "I don't understand..."

"I know what you mean..." Lucario trailed off.

"N-no, it wasn't about Yuffie..." Chris trailed off. "...How the heck did Mei Ling and Otacon see all this if there aren't any cameras around here?"

"...I have no idea..." Lucario admitted.

Marth sighed. "I wonder what else she took..." He looked at his belt. "...For the love of Altea, what did she do to me?!" he asked in a panic.

They all looked at Marth's belt where the sheath of Falchion was completely empty. The Altean Prince looked a bit horrified at his empty sheath. "Oh no, they took his main and only way to fight..." Chris muttered.

Marth looked upset. "O-okay, I'm a bit mad at this now," he said. "Stealing stuff like Snake's is a bit common, but stealing a sword as my father's Falchion? T-that's preposterous and inhuman!"

"C-calm down, Marth," Chris said worried. "I-I'm sure Falchion is alright..."

"Oh, that's what you think," Marth said. "I can't let this go on like this...not on my watch!"

Sonic chuckled. "Chill out, at least we know you don't have trouble with your gender anymore."

Marth glared at the hedgehog. "Why bring up that unrelated and annoying matter? I think you all know better than I'm 100 percent a man."

"Good to hear that," Sonic said. "So that's why you removed the ridiculous tiara on your head, Martha."

"...Sonic...what do you mean by that exactly? Y-you don't mean..."

Sonic merely pointed at Marth's head.

Marth's eyes widened a bit before he touched his hair and found nothing sitting on top of it at all. The tiara that was given to him by his sister Elice was completely gone from his head. "...AAAAAAAAHHH!!! N-not the tiara, dangit!" he cursed. "N-not my sister's tiara of all things!"

The World Traveler looked surprised at Marth's sudden change of moods. Chris never had seen Marth being so shocked over the loss of his items before. In fact, he thought Marth was very sophisticated, and that thought was forever lost after seeing the Altean's calm demeanor crushed by a panicked one. "M-Marth, calm down, please..."

"Calm down... Calm down?!" Marth asked in panic. "I let that stupid girl take my father's sword and my sister's tiara away from me! Those are the most important things of my life, I'll have you know! I bowed to my sister that I'd never lose the tiara as well, and look what happened!" he said as he as stood up. "I lost both of them from coming to this stupid world with uncivilized people!"

"..." Samus frowned. "Marth...calm down...now..."

"..." Marth sighed and looked down. "...Sorry...i-it's just that..."

"We understand to the full extent of the matter, don't worry..."

Marth clenched his hands into fists. "...I...I...I won't forgive this...but...why my tiara of all things?"

"Dude, she's a girl," Sonic said. "It was obvious she was aiming for girly stuff like that tiara. You sure the tiara didn't have gold or something?"

"No..."

Mario looked around. "Well, she certainly ran away from here when she had the chance," he said. "And...why does it feel a bit cold?"

Chip looked at Mario. "Oh, so you finally removed your hat, Mario!"

It was easy to tell that Mario had his signature red hat stolen by Yuffie. The red plumber touched his head and found nothing on top of it.

Mario sighed depressed. "Well, she surely took my hat because she thought it looked peculiar..."

"At least I think you were the least affected," Snake said. "The fox here looks awfully different for some reason."

They all looked at Fox. The vulpine looked at them in confusion. "Um, what?" he asked. "Is there something wrong with me?"

Chris crossed his arms. "W-well...I don't know why, but you look really different now..."

"Could you please just get to the point?" Fox asked annoyed.

"But that just ruins the..." Chris noticed Fox's glare. "...She stole your headgear, Reflector, and Blaster."

Fox gasped before he began to touch the areas where he held his weapon, headgear, and Reflector. "D-darn!" he cursed, making a fist to his right side.

Snake rubbed his chin a bit. "I have to admit that, without the headgear, you look so straightforward."

Fox grunted at Snake. "Look, I'm mad right now because I'm always the victim to have my stuff either broken or stolen. This happened before, and I don't want to revive those moments right now."

Chris stared at Fox. "W-well, I hope you get used to walk in socks..."

"...What do you mean?" Fox asked as he looked at Chris.

The World Traveler pointed at Fox's feet. The vulpine looked at his feet to find out that his tanker boots were gone, only leaving the white socks he was wearing. Fox's jaw dropped a bit at this in a bit of shock.

Chip looked up and thought for a moment. "Hmm, maybe she stole your boots because she thought they looked kinda funny."

Fox glared at the imp. "Kinda funny?"

"Yeah, I mean, I haven't seen boots before, but I think yours had really big ends for your toes..."

"Big ends..." Fox crossed his arms in annoyance. "Well, those are like that to give my kicks some extra power."

Samus looked bored at this fact. "Personally...I think it looks stupid."

"Are we here to discuss my boots' look, or are we here to discuss about that thief girl?" Fox asked aggravated,

Chris sighed. "We're here to discuss about Yuffie..." he trailed off. "...Since she went on everyone to steal stuff...wouldn't that mean I was also..." He slowly touched his pockets. The rectangular-shaped object that was once in his right pocket was gone. "...M-my DS...i-it got stolen!" he yelled before he frantically looked for his DS around himself. "N-no! N-not my DS, please! I-I had my copy of Final Fantasy III just close to that stupid Iron Giant, a-and I had my party at pretty high levels! I was so close to get to lvl. 99 too!"

Mario ignored the fact about what Chris was panicking about. "Wouldn't that mean Kawashima got sort of...kidnapped?"

"N-no!" Chris said. "N-not him too!" He looked around more. "...Oh no, not my Wiimote! Not that one as well!"

Knuckles rolled his eyes. "Relax, I still have one of those weird remotes that the hand gave to me to come back from the searches I was doing with the others," he said as he reached his back. "...OH, DAMMIT!" he yelled loudly. "She stole mine!"

"Doesn't that mean we're stuck in here?" Lucario asked.

The World Traveler froze into place, his eyes staring out to the ocean. "...W-we're...w-we're..."

"Wait, hold on, Chris," Mario interrupted. "Master Hand and the others are watching our movements, probably. He can make a portal to rescue us, don't you think?"

Sonic nodded. "Of course he can do that," he said. "Man, I was worried there. I didn't want to get stuck in here with all this water close to me..."

Snake frowned. "The hand wouldn't leave us in the middle nowhere. After all, we're kind of his employees, if you know what I mean."

"I...hate to admit it, but it's true," Samus said. "Master Hand surely knows what's been happening here."

-Smash Mansion-
Command Room

Unfortunately, the group that had went to the world was unaware of the fact that an accident had occurred in the command room right after they left. For some reason, the main screen was having technical difficulties as it buzzed loudly, its image showing lines and dots scrambling around.

"I-I'm so very sorry!" Cream apologized as she and Cheese were bowing down to a depressed Master Hand. "C-Cheese didn't mean to do any of this. I-it was just an accident!"

Master Hand looked back at a computer where sparks and smoke constantly came out from the CPU, PC, and keyboard. There was a relatively big area covered in orange juice, somehow potent enough to make all computers, along with the main screen, to go offline. A big glass with some drops of juice was leaning against the top of the computer where a trail of juice was spilled over all the previously mentioned machines.

Cream looked at Cheese. "Cheese is sorry for dropping his juice while he was flying over the computers. H-he didn't mean to let go of his glass at all!"

"C-chao, chao..." Cheese sniffed sadly.

Master Hand sighed. "Why the heck did I make all computers in this room be connected to the same main server? If just one has a malfunction, the system goes down with it..."

Jigglypuff looked confused. "If that's true, then why that didn't happen when Ike destroyed some?"

Ike looked away. "T-that was an accident, okay?"

"Well, Ike just ended up destroying one completely," Master Hand explained. "If you recall, static didn't come out from it. However, since liquids were spilled over one, it released a lot of static; static enough to make it to the system and...blow it offline..."

Cream sniffed. "C-Cheese is so sorry, Mr. Master Hand..."

Master Hand could only repeat one action: sigh to himself. "Don't worry, Cream... I'll make sure I can bring the system back up right now... It might take a long time, though...maybe a few days..."

"Way to screw it up with a single shot," Falco muttered before rolling his eyes. "And here I thought this place had top-notch technology."

Roy chuckled nervously. "W-well, pray we didn't miss anything that important from them. I'm sure the guys are doing just fine in their mission..."

-Final Fantasy VII-

-The Planet-
Western Continent - Wutai Province

Back with the group stuck in the world...

"We're not stuck, okay?" Samus reassured the group.

"I hope that's true..." Mario muttered.

Chip was holding a notepad with a pen as he stared at the little notebook with some glasses he was wearing. "Let's see, so that Yuffie girl ended up stealing Snake's weapons, Samus's suit, Fox's weapons, Chris's stuff, Knuckles's remote, Marth's sword and girly tiara (Marth: Hey!), and Mario's pretty awesome hat," he summarized.

Mario tilted his head at Chip's interest on his hat. "(Hmm, maybe my hat is very popular...)" he thought. "(Or maybe it just looks peculiar...)"

"Ouch..." Sonic muttered. "She took everything from us..."

Lucario looked at Sonic. "Actually, there were 2 things she wasn't able to take from us."

Sonic raised an eyebrow before Lucario pointed at his neck. The hedgehog blinked a couple of times before he groaned and looked down at his neck to find the same collar he was forced to wear. "Not cool, man!" he cursed. "Dammit, this collar can only be taken off by Chris or Chip!"

Chip looked at his wrist to see the little wrist collar. "Oh, I guess she couldn't take mine off as well. You have to thank this weird magic for "locking" this to us, right, Sonic?"

Sonic grunted before looking away mad. "Chip, don't make me strangle you to death..."

"Bad Sonic!" Chip said angrily. "Slam your face on the floor, boy! You shall listen to Chip Norris!" he ordered.

And the hedgehog's face crashed hard on the ground, making Sonic grunt loudly on the hole his face made before he pushed his face off from the hole.

Chris sighed. "I hate to add this to the list, but she also stole all our items..." he trailed off.

Chip nodded and wrote it down on the notepad. "Okay, what else?"

Fox took out from behind his Trophy Stand. He sighed in relief at the sight of his little way to equip stuff. "Thank god she didn't take our stands..."

"Well, Master Hand said nobody else except us could take the stands out," Mario said. "That's very clever of him to do."

"And it wasn't clever for us to let HER steal our other stuff; the most valuable stuff!" Marth argued. "I don't know you, but I'm going to make a full search to find her and get my belongings back!"

Snake stiffled a chuckle. "Is the prince mad today? I haven't seen you this angry before."

Marth glared at Snake. "If I recall, you got everything stolen from you as well."

"..." Snake grumbled a bit. "Well, I guess you got me there..." He shook his head before looking at everyone. "Anyway, I know I speak for everybody here that we have another task to do here."

Samus narrowed her eyes. "Get my Varia Suit back."

Marth glared forward. "Take Falchion and my sister's tiara back to me."

Fox got a very stern look. "Recover my weapons and my boots."

Knuckles smacked his fists together. "Teach that little brat a lesson."

Chris looked helpless. "G-get my hard-progressed saved file back as soon as I can before I buy a new copy..."

"And let's not forget the controls; our only ways to go and leave worlds," Lucario added.

"T-those too..." Chris muttered.

Snake thought a bit. "We could simply put them all together and say something like getting everything back..." He shook his head. "Finding our weapons is our top priority here. Without them, we might not stand much of a chance against any enemies we stumble upon."

Music stops

Lucario looked around. "Well, if we want to get our stuff back, we should get going."

Fox stood up. "Where, though?" he asked. "Where should we go to find her?"

Marth rubbed his chin. "It's true... I don't know where we are, and she didn't say where she was heading to." He looked at Chris. "Do you know anything?"

Chris shook his head. "I'm so sorry, but it's been a long time since I last played the game, and I just remember the characters and not much of the plot..."

Samus furrowed her brow a bit. "Let's see, I think I recall something she told us about..."

The group that had met Yuffie thought hard about the conversation they had with her while Chris, Lucario, and Sonic were left out from thinking together. The trio felt a little embarrassed that they were useless to help in this situation.

"...Right!" Knuckles suddenly said. "She said something about a village called Wutai close to this place!"

Snake nodded. "And she said that village was supposed to be located up north here."

The Smashers fixed their glances towards the north where they saw that the cliffs slowly went down a slope, reaching down a long beach along the coast. Taking a closer look, Chip looked further ahead where he noticed something. "I think...I can see some weird-looking houses far away from here..." he said.

"That must be Wutai," Mario said. "But...is she there?"

Chris thought for a moment. "Hmm, maybe she isn't there...but...we don't have anything to lose... I have a hunch that we're supposed to go there..."

"Of course we don't have anything else to lose by pilfering," Marth said annoyed.

The World Traveler sweat dropped. "(I think Marth is scary when he gets this angry... I should never think about losing his sword if it's me...)"

"If everyone's done talking, let's get moving," Snake said. "Oh, by the way, the hedgehog needs to stay with us."

Sonic groaned. "Fine, old man..."

And the group began their way to the far away village, hoping that they could find Yuffie and try to get the stolen items from her. As they all walked down the long slope (with Fox twitching in pain for the fact that he was only wearing socks and stepped on some pebbles), Chris looked at Snake. "...Snake...can I ask you something?"

Snake looked away. "Whatever it is, let it be quick."

Chris nodded. "Well...I was thinking something just now..." he trailed off. "...Do you think you're starting to...um...open up to people?"

Snake shook his head. "Sorry, kid, but you're not going to pull me into this group," he said. "I don't trust people that much."

"What?" Chris asked. "Why do you mean by that? Nobody here is bad..."

"You don't know what I've been through, kid," Snake said. "When you trust so many people, you tend to get betrayed when you least expect it."

"B-but..."

"When you work together with another person, there's going to be a point where he or she will turn their back on you and drop you down to your death," Snake explained. "I've faced that so many times in the past, and I'm not planning to commit the same mistake."

Chris thought that Snake's reasoning was a bit off. The World Traveler kept walking as he pondered more about the mercenary's intentions with people. "...But I can assure you that I won't betray you, Snake."

"Maybe," Snake said.

"I-I'm sure I won't betray you, Snake!"

Snake gave Chris a serious look. "Kid, stop it, now," he said. "I want you to know that I don't care much about other people surrounding me, let alone this weird group I had to join against my will."

"Against your will?"

Snake nodded. "The hand had called me a long time ago. He asked me about joining this tourney thing, but then the Colonel gave me the order to..." He shook his head. "Sorry, but I won't explain anything else with you."

Chris sighed depressed and looked away. "...I-it's just that...you seem..."

Snake kept walking ahead at a slightly faster pace.

"...You seem to give up on people so easily..."

Unaware of this, Chris didn't notice that his words had triggered something in Snake's mind. The mercenary kept walking, but there were some words that echoed in his mind. Those very same words had some coughs of pain from a mysterious woman that Snake knew. The mercenary narrowed his eyes as his mind recalled a sentence.

"Go on living and don't give up on people!"

"..." Snake shook his head.

The group continued their way to the village they had seen over the horizon of the cliffs, the mercenary trying to shake off the thought he got.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 23, 2010, 11:12:19 AM
After walking about three miles or four, the group eventually reached the village's gates.

-Wutai Village-
Residential Area

Final Fantasy VII – Wutai

And what they found...surprised them at most.

For some reason, the village, at first, looked common. There were several pagodas located across the village, a largest one over the west that seemed to overlook the whole village. There were small red bridges over running waters that ran across the whole village's terrains. All the buildings had red wood as their walls, adorned together with Japanese letters on boards and flags. However, there were some flags that depicted some kind of serpent that looked mythical. Overlooking the village, a mountain was located right in front of the village that depicted several deities carved perfectly in stone.

Although all this was what someone would expect to find in a Japanese village, there was something very out of place. This was actually the fact that surprised them the most.

"Tourists..." Mario muttered.

"Lots of 'em..." Sonic muttered.

"With cameras..." Marth muttered.

They expected people wearing Japanese-looking clothes like furisodes, hakamas, happis, yukatas, kimonos, zoris, or getas. They did spot some people, but it looked very pathetic in terms of numbers. That was because of the fact that the tourists easily overgrown the native people of Wutai. It was easy to tell they were tourists since they were wearing typical things such as shorts, t-shirts, hats, sandals, and travel guides. Perhaps the most noticeable fact was their cameras hanging from their necks.

"..." Chris's right eye twitched. "...This...is a tourist resort..."

"Okay, now I believe what she said about her village turning into this..." Samus said as she spotted several children running around (tourist children). "This is...kind of sad, really..."

"I know what you mean," Snake said. "The culture of this place isn't surely blooming all that well with all these people running around and taking photos of what they find..."

They all then met a bright flash coming from their right side. Everyone looked to their right where a little kid was holding a camera. "Cool!" he exclaimed before running away. "Mom! I just took a picture of some cool-looking Japanese heroes! They're surely from an anime!"

Knuckles closed his eyes and smacked his forehead. "Please, tell me we didn't just become part of this place's attractions..."

Sonic grinned and crossed his arms. "Alright, we became famous the first time we stepped in here."

Mario sighed. "Sonic, that's the least of things I want to know by now..."

Chris looked at Lucario. "And do I look like I come from an anime?" Chris asked confused.

Lucario shrugged at the question. "I don't know... Maybe you do with those dragoon clothes..."

"I don't want to know that," Marth said. "What I want to know now is that girl's whereabouts."

"I'm pretty darn sure that's what everyone wants to know," Fox said annoyed. "Once I find her, I'm going to reclaim her for forcing me to walk on socks all the way along the road." He looked down at his socks. "How am I going to resist all the pain for having to walk on pebbles if we go around this place?"

Out of pure coincidence, Chip looked down to his right and found a box where a geta was abandoned. The imp went over to pick the box to see the wooden shoes. "Hmm, somebody threw this," he said before he looked forward to see some boxes dropped and scattered behind a building. "I guess people trash away their stuff. Chip Norris says they should take care about their stuff before he comes around and finds golden treasure."

Fox looked at the box that Chip was holding before he grabbed it from him. The vulpine stared at the geta before he shrugged his shoulders and ducked down to put them on. Fox stood up and looked down at his newly obtained replacement for his boots. "...I look ridiculous with these on," he said annoyed.

Chris chuckled a bit and looked at the geta. "See the bright side; they make you look taller...than me." The World Traveler noticed the fact that Fox now passed him in height by some inches.

Fox grumbled. "Chris, don't make me feel better now..."

"That aside," Snake interrupted, "we need to see where that girl went."

Mario looked back at the village. "Is she going to be around here, though? There are a lot of people walking around, and she could be everywhere..."

Samus sighed. "I guess we might as well stick together. We could end up getting lost between all this public if we separate to different ways, and we also don't know how long this place is."

"If we were to get lost, I'll track everyone down using my aura," Lucario said. "I admit there are a lot of people, but your auras are very recognizable."

"I don't want to take any chances," Knuckle said. "Besides, we need to keep an eye on Sonic."

Chip chuckled. "Sonic can't go. He's under my hands."

Sonic looked annoyed. "Can we please just look for that girl?"

"I'm going ahead," Marth stated bluntly before he went into the crowd.

Sonic grinned at this. "Losing his stuff made him so angry, huh?"

Most of them sighed in depression before they all decided to follow the angry Altean into the crowd.

And that little action was the biggest mistake they did in the village.

Upon mixing up with the tourists, the group ended up getting in many different situations. They all accidentally pushed some people away, and some of those people pushed them away out of anger. There were times where some of them pushed some kids to the ground, and unfortunately, most of them cried loudly enough for their parents to scold the Smashers (Chris wasn't too good at apologizing, resulting in him getting slapped and Lucario growling at the tourists).

Pub "Turtle's Paradise"

Forcibly, the Smashers were pushed into the most popular Japanese restaurant of village. Most of them looked awfully tired after having to go through the whole ordeal of "swimming" through the crowd.

A Chris with slap marks on his face sniffed sadly. "S-status report..." he requested.

"I was punched in the stomach by a girl," Knuckles said annoyed. "What's more, it actually hurt."

"A woman began ranting me about being very rude for pushing her accidentally," Marth said annoyed. "She then slapped me hard."

"I tried to calm down a crying kid, but then he spat me on my face and ran away to get the police," Samus said annoyed.

"Two snotty kids stomped my feet," Fox said annoyed. "These stupid geta don't have anything to shield you from stomps, unfortunately."

"A girl hugged and cuddled me to the point I was about to lose my breath," Chip said. "Chip Norris can resist death hugs, though."

"Some kids pulled my tail because it looked funny," Sonic said annoyed before he twitched.

"A girl begged her father to let me carry her on my shoulders," Lucario said annoyed. "Chris told me to do it, and the girl put her fingers in my ears."

"A man got angry at me for bumping into him, but then I grabbed him by the the throat and threatened him to warn him about not pissing me off," Snake said annoyed.

Sonic looked bored. "Let me guess. Self-defense?"

"Pretty much."

"Hmm..."

Knuckles looked at Mario. "How about you? What did you have to go through?"

Mario looked up. "Hmm, I took some photos with some families, and I had some nice talks with some children and their parents."

Everyone (but Chip) looked annoyed at the red plumber.

"How the hell were you the only one who didn't have to get something bad out of this like everyone else?" Knuckles asked angrily.

Mario lifted his shoulders a bit. "I guess I was polite enough to the tourists."

Chris dropped to his knees and fell on the floor. "I-I don't understand why Mario went just fine while I was slapped until I began to cry silently..."

Mario smiled nervously. "Maybe I just happen to be very nice..."

Fox rolled his eyes. "Oh yeah, that would explain all the handshakes you gave to pretty much everyone you met even though nobody here knows a thing about you."

"You're just jealous of him, aren't you?" Sonic teased Fox.

Fox looked away. "Shut up, you..."

Snake sighed at this before he looked forward. "...Strange..."

"What is it?" Samus asked.

Snake merely pointed forward.

The group looked forward to see where they arrived. They got surprised looks once they saw that the pub they forcibly got in was...deserted. In fact, there weren't any people in there. A lone owner paced about behind the counter to their left, minding his own business with the kitchen across a door. The restaurant was ornamented with Japanese letters displayed on all the tables, lights inside papers, and red tables with red chairs. Several bonsais were displayed along the front wall of the counter, along with a stone monument covered in vines sitting on the upper left corner.

"...No way," Marth muttered. "There's actually a place where angry women don't dwell?"

Mario frowned at this. "Marth, I think you really need to calm down before you get a bit poetic...no offense."

The owner of the bar stopped pacing around before he noticed the Smashers standing in the entrance. "Oh, hello there," he said. "It's about time the Turtle's Paradise got some clients."

Marth and the others looked at the owner. "Um, we came here because...we wanted a place to have some space... You know what I mean, right?"

The owner looked up to the ceiling. "Hmm, maybe I can tell why," he said before looking back at them. "Anyway, are you interested in some promotion for a campaign? The Turtle's Paradise is holding a publicity flier campaign right now. If you'd like to participate, all you need to do is find the 6 fliers that read the bar's title. If you gather all, you win a prize!"

Snake shook his head. "We're not interested in a campaign like that. We have other better things to do."

"Oh, I see..." the owner said with some depression. "Well, do enjoy our service at the Turtle's Paradise, please. We haven't had any customers as of late."

The Smashers looked at each other before they all went over the counter to talk to the owner for information. "What do you mean?" Knuckles asked before pointing outside. "There's a river full of tourists out there, you know!"

The owner nodded. "I know the village has had a lot of tourists lately, but this place could as well be filled to the top any day."

Chip sat down on spinning chair. "So then, why isn't anybody here?"

The owner tilted his head once he took a closer look at some of them. In order to stay quiet, he shrugged the thought away. "Well, my weird-looking friend, that is because..." the owner trailed off in thought as he slowly looked behind the Smashers for a moment. "...Sorry, but I can't tell you right now."

Mario looked confused at this. "Why is that?"

The owner shifted his eyes a bit before he rested his elbows on the counter to whisper something to them. "It's because of the people sitting on that table just behind all of you..." he whispered. "They're the reason why nobody comes in here, and they've been here ever since 2 hours..."

The Smashers looked behind them.

Final Fantasy VII - Turks' Theme

Behind the group, there were three people sitting around a table as they peacefully and silently ate their food and drank wine. Unlike any other person out in the streets, the people around the table all wore blue business suits with black ties.

The first person of the three looked serious. He had short, spiky red hair with a small ponytail that ran to the back of his shoulders, had a small red tattoo over his left cheek, wore some goggles over his forehead, had his suit unbuttoned, untucked dress shirt, and he carried a small baton attached to his belt. The red-haired person turned his eyes at the group, but he shrugged them off with a "Tsk" sound before returning to drink his small glass with wine.

The second person was a big bald man who wore sunglasses, and he had a little goatee. The most noticeable fact about him was the fact that he was spinning his head around his shoulders because he had drank a few too many drinks. He ignored everything and everyone for now.

And the last person was a young blond woman with short hair...and she was directly looking at them with curiosity.

"!" the woman gasped before she quickly turned back to eat in silence, hastily trying to eat her rice in some sort of panic. The red-haired guy frowned at this as he continued to drink his wine.

The Smashers exchanged glances before turning back to the owner, ignoring that the woman in formal clothes slowly turned her gaze at them. "You saw them, didn't you?" he muttered. "They're with Shinra..."

"Shinra..." Fox muttered. "...I heard that from that girl before..."

The owner sighed. "The people you just looked at are...dangerous," he whispered. "They're Shinra's main elite; the Turks."

"The Turks?" Samus muttered. "Who are these Turks?"

The owner looked awfully shocked. "You don't know who they are?" he asked. "I'm impressed you don't know about them... You should be informed, though," he said. "Care to know more about them?"

Behind them, the woman narrowed her brown eyes at the group.

"It wouldn't hurt..." Marth muttered.

The owner nodded. "Well, for starters, they're part of Shinra. They're the ones who perform black ops on behalf of the corporation."

"Black ops..." Snake trailed off. "You mean they do kidnappings and assassinations?"

"Yes, they do that just because they're told to do it," the owner muttered. "Not only that, but they also go around asking people to join the SOLDIER elite fighting force..." He shrugged a bit. "You know SOLDIER, right?"

Most of the Smashers shook their heads at this. The owner got a little bit perturbed at their accidental ignorance about the whole matter.

"Well...SOLDIER is...well...a very bad unit..." he muttered. "The unit consists of altered humans who have many different abilities...or so I heard about the rumors," he said. "The Wutai War that occurred here years ago came to its end once Shinra employed those SOLDIERs." He shook his head in shame. "If they didn't bring those people...Wutai could've been spared from becoming what it is today..."

Chris looked away. "That must've been sad..."

"Don't take it that badly, though," the owner said. "Wutai has become a very popular place. Thanks to that, people around the world get to know more about our culture... However," he began, "if it keeps like this, tourism could ruin the honor and glory of the nation, but that's in the hands of the leader of Wutai to decide. If we were to say no to Shinra, another war could erupt, and we might lose..."

Sonic rubbed his chin. "Ouch, you got really owned, right?"

"S-Sonic!" Knuckles muttered angrily.

"That's another way to put it, sadly," the owner said. "But we may as well embrace this. We don't have anything else to do about the whole matter."

Snake looked away. "(These people don't have courage at all...)"

The owner chuckled and smiled. "For now, we'll be true to our nation by showing people our culture that we hope doesn't fade someday."

"Thank you for telling us," Fox said. "...Oh yeah, there was something I wanted to ask."

"Hmm? Well, ask away."

Fox crossed his arms. "Do you know any Yuffie Kisaragi?"

The woman behind them suddenly gasped loudly after hearing the name. They all turned around to see that the woman was eavesdropping on all them. In a hurry, she clumsily turned around and pretended she didn't hear anything that they talked about. Unsure about the sudden silence she made, she slowly looked back over her shoulder to see that they were still staring at her.

"...U-um...y-you got a problem or what?" the woman asked. "I-if not, then don't bother me!" she yelled.

Most of them exchanged glances before Snake spoke up. "Oh no, we don't have a problem with you...but it's you who has a problem with us instead."

The woman gasped silently at this. She completely ignored her red-haired companion shaking his head slightly to prevent her from talking further to them. Unfortunately, for his dismay, the woman decided to take action by slowly turning around to face the Smashers. "S-so what if I have a problem?" she asked before standing up, making her companions sigh in boredom. "You're just coming in here asking about what you should know!" She crossed her arms. "Besides, what are you, anyway?" she asked as she glanced at the Smashers who weren't even human for the most part. "I haven't seen any mutants around these parts, except for some monsters!"

Fox glared at her. "You just did not call me a monster, did you?"

"Pfft, of course I meant that," the woman said. "Why, you stick out from the whole crowds of tourists out there. One would be blind if they didn't spot you right from the start."

Lucario grunted at her. "So what is your problem with us?"

"My problem?" she asked. "My problem is that there is a weird and shady group of people coming in here to ask about something that was established a long time ago, that's my problem," she explained. "You're surely such ignorant to ignore what Shinra really is."

The owner, worried about what he told, slowly walked away from the scene.

The woman crossed her arms. "Now, I ask you, where were you this whole time?"

The group suddenly saw the red-haired man grunt annoyed at his partner's interrogation. He turned his gaze at her with a glare. "Elena, knock it off now."

The woman named Elena gasped and turned to the red-haired man. "W-what are you saying?" she asked confused.

Elena is a junior member of the Turks who recently was admitted after an small incident happened to another member. Unlike her other fellow Turk comrades, Elena takes her job as one very seriously to the point she tries to sound as intimidating as possible. Unfortunately, for her, she has a rather clumsy nature (such as spilling information she wasn't meant to say, much for the annoyance of the other Turks).

The red-haired man grunted once more. "Have you forgotten why we're all the way here in the middle of nowhere?"

Elena shifted her eyes a bit. "W-we're taking a vacation from work..."

"Exactly," he said bluntly. "And what are we supposed to do in vacations?"

Elena gulped. "T-that's easy...we need to rest and relax before we can work again..."

"Correct," he said. "Now sit down and relax."

"Okay..." she trailed off. Once she was about to take her seat, she quickly shook her head and took a step back. "W-wait a minute! This is all wrong!"

"You know what is really wrong?"

"What?"

"You."

Elena bit her lip so hard that she ended up hurting herself a bit.

The red-haired man sighed with a frown. "Now our vacation is ruined thanks to you, Elena."

The bald man across the table frowned. "Even the booze tastes bad..." he said drunkenly.

"B-but..." Elena staggered a bit at this. "B-but what about these people? T-they should know who the Shinra AND the Turks are! D-don't you find that really fishy?!"

The red-haired man thought for a moment. "...I would mind it...but right now, I can't mind it since we're takin' a vacation; a ruined vacation you just cracked."

Elena blinked shocked. "T-this is just unfair, Reno!" she complained. "I-I can't stand any of this foolish ignorance at all! I can't believe you're just going to shrug it off as if it was nothing!"

The red-haired man named Reno returned to drink his wine. "Elena...for the last time, ignore them and relax, please."

Reno is a prominent member of the Turks who usually is the second in command, taking his job with pride. He had an accident during a mission, and after that, Elena was signed in for the Turks. He is a cocky, cynical, and somewhat lazy. Despite these traits, he does his job accordingly without hesitation, dedicating his life to Shinra. He also possesses a rebellious attitude temperament with sadistic actions, which could be contradictory for his laid-back personality.

The Smashers kept staring at the whole scene without interrupting. "I don't know you, Reno, but I have very big issues with these people," Elena said. "I'm not going to let them go like this, not on my watch!"

Reno rolled his eyes and looked away. "Too bad, you'll have to let them go for this time."

"N-no, I won't!" Elena yelled back before turning to the Smashers. "Now you listen to me wel-"

"Shut up," Snake simply said.

"I won't shut up!" Elena yelled. "You're by far the weirdest bunch I've ever met around these parts. For that, I'm going to have to ask you some questions about what you know, what you don't know, and what you don't really know that you should know."

Sonic circled his head a bit. "I think I got lost somewhere with what you said..."

"Shut up, porcupine," Elena sneered. "Now that I have your attentio-"

Elena stopped talking once the Smashers turned around to ignore her.

"H-hey, what do you think you're doing now?" Elena asked. "I'm asking you a question. Answer it!"

Mario looked at her. "I'm sorry, but we're kind of a hurry to find someone," he said before turning around.

Reno sighed. "Elena, would you PLEASE leave them alone before you end up spoiling what we have left of our vacation?"

Elena grunted at this. "Reno!" she groaned.

As the blond Turk kept ranting to the seemingly uninterested red-haired Turk, the Smashers stared forward to the wall in complete boredom while the owner tried his best to ignore what was going on in his establishment. "...We're in quite  fit, aren't we?" Knuckles asked.

Marth sighed. "I hate to say it but you're right," he said.

Lucario looked to the entrance and frowned at the whole event. His eyes drifted off where he found that there were three people standing in the entrance, staring at the scene in silence. The Aura Pokémon suddenly widened his eyes after he looked at the blond man in the middle of the other two.

Chris, bored, looked at Lucario's shocked expression. "Lucario, is something bothering you besides all the ranting she's making?" he asked.

"...C-C-C-C-C-C..." Lucario stuttered as he kept staring to the entrance.

Chris looked confused. "Um...would you stop stuttering like that?" he asked. "You're acting weird today. I don't want to deal with another issue right now."

Lucario gulped a bit and tried his best to remain calm. Once he managed to get into a calmer and collected state, he slowly pointed at the entrance.

Chris followed Lucario's gaze before his jaw opened a bit. The World Traveler quickly began tapping the others' shoulders to direct their sights at the entrance to see the people looking in confusion at what was happening in the pub.

"...T-there he is..." Chris muttered.

The Smashers (and Elena) turned to the entrance to see the three people. One of them was a blond adult with a cigarette hanging on his lips. He wore a navy blue jacket over a dark shirt with dark green pants, wore a white pilot's scarf that covered most of his shirt, wore a pair of goggles with a packet of cigarettes strapped underneath the band, and also wore leather gloves and boots. There was also a very closely cropped beard. The man narrowed his eyes at the Turks, muttering some harsh curses under his breath as he exhaled some smoke out from his mouth.

The second person, unlike the serious-looking old man, was a brown-haired lady in his late teens. The long-haired lady wore  shin-length pink dress with a slit up the front that buttoned up. She also wore a red bolero jacket over it with metal bracers, along with brown boots. Her hair was drawn back in a thick plait with a large pink ribbon tied around it. Her bangs were segmented and framed her face on the sides, and she had clean, emerald green eyes.

And in the middle of them, there was the supposed leader. The leader was an older blond teen with spiked hair. He wore simple pants with a no-sleeved shirt, which were indigo in color, and a simple belt. The teen also wore brown boots and gauntlets with a single pauldron over his left shoulder, and a big sword of about four or five feet (called a broadsword). If anyone could see his blue eyes, anyone could spot a small and strange glow in them. These very same eyes were were staring blankly at the whole scene.

It was, without a doubt, Cloud Strife, the man whom Chris had met before.

"..." Sonic shook his head. "What? Why did we stop talking just because these people came out of nowhere?"

His question made the three newcomers look at their direction.

"Great, you idiot," Knuckles muttered through gritted fangs. "Now they're going to start thinking things about us!"

Instead of any words from the three, the teen just stared at them for a moment while the lady tilted her head in curiosity as if she had never seen any people like the Smashers.

However, silence broke once the older man of the three fixed his eyes on the Turks. He spat smoke out from his smoke before yelling aloud "F($#&%($#&^%(#&(^%$&^%($#%$(#&^(#&(&(!!!"

Some of the Smashers gasped at the sudden breaking of the silence from the older man. His two allies looked at him before he stomped his way to the table where the Turks were sitting. Elena gasped and quickly sat down in fear, thinking the old man was very dangerous and menacing-looking.

"You biggest pieces of s^%#!" the old man cursed loudly, pointing an accusing finger at them. "Thanks to you, dips*%&@, I won't be seeing what else is beyond the skies! You b^*&$% destroyed my dreams!"

Reno and the bald man merely kept drinking their wine, ignoring the ramblings of the old man while Elena was the only one paying attention (with a terrified look on her face).

"Are you motherf*$^&#$ listening to me?!" he demanded. "I'm standin' right here!"

Elena gulped. "C-calm down, please," she pleaded a bit. "I-I don't know what you're talking about!"

The old man glared menacingly at the junior Turk, making her move back a bit. "You...you...YOU...YOU...YOU!!!"

Reno turned to the old man. "I'm very sorry, old man, but we're takin' a vacation right now," he said bluntly. "Right now, we can't attend to any of your rants. Please come back once we're back from our break."

"WHAT?!" the old man asked furiously. "What the f%*^ does that mean?!"

The Smashers looked back at Cloud sighing in annoyance before he walked behind the old man and put a hand on his right shoulder. "Cid, leave them alone for now," he said. "I don't see why they need to have a vacation right now, but it'd be best if we don't bother them for the time being."

The man named Cid grunted and closed his eyes. "Fine! I don't care about these f&*^%$, anyway!" he said as he did a sharp turn and crossed his arms, cursing harsher words under his breath.

Cid Highwind is a foul-mouthed man who lost his dreams of becoming the first man in space. An incident that occurred years ago prevented him from releasing the first flight, and Shinra was supporting the cause before the discovery of Mako changed their minds, ultimately dropping the project altogether, much for the dismay of Cid. Because of this, Cid has a grudge against a person he knows that stopped him from doing the launch, and Shinra because they lost interest to further give funds to the project. He joined the group to get revenge of Shinra for destroying his dreams.

The teen nodded at this before he gave Reno a stern look. "Is this true about the Turks getting a vacation so suddenly?"

"So what?" Reno asked uninterested. "We're people, y'know. Even we can have vacations from work."

"I find it fishy, though," Cloud said. "It's fishy to find the Turks in the middle of nowhere without raising arms against us."

Elena grunted. "I-I'm raising my weapons, though!"

Reno slammed his right fist on the table, instantly shutting Elena up. "If you don't have anything else to say, please, leave," he said. "Elena gets easily agitated."

The blond girl blinked shocked before she crossed her arms and grunted even more.

Cloud narrowed his eyes at Reno before shaking his head. "Whatever," he said. "The less we see each other, the better."

"Likewise," Reno said before taking another drink.

The Smashers watched silently at the event in front of them. It looked as if everyone of the native world was ignoring them completely. Some of them felt a bit offended at this at first, but most of them didn't want to get involved in so much trouble. "...We turned invisible or something?" Sonic asked. "They're not looking at us anymore."

Snake frowned and sat down on a chair. "It's not our place to get involved in others' affairs," he said.

Chris looked at Lucario. "...Do you want to meet Cloud?" he asked.

Lucario looked away. "W-well...i-if it's okay for him..."

The World Traveler looked back at the teen. Somehow, it looked like Cloud wasn't in the mood to meet anyone for the moment. "(...Hmm... Wait, I'm starting to recall some events of the game now...)" he thought. "(If I recall correctly, this is the part where Yuffie stole Cloud's Materia, and the group were doubting her for a long time now... I guess that'd explain why Cloud looks a bit mad...)" He looked to his right where the lady was rubbing Chip's head. "I don't know what to do now, sadly," he told Lucario.

Lucario sighed. "I don't want to make a bad impression to him..."

"Don't worry, I'll see if I can get him to..."

And Chris recalled that Chip was being cuddled by the lady.

"W-wait a second," Chris muttered as he looked back to the lady and Chip. "L-look!"

Final Fantasy VII - Flowers Blooming in the Church

The Smashers looked to their to see that the lady rubbed Chip's head with care. She laughed for a bit as Chip sighed loudly in pleasure. "How cute," she said. "I haven't seen a person like you around here."

Chip looked seductively at her. "I wouldn't mind if I was your tiger for a pretty long time," he said. "Chip Norris makes girls get attracted to him very easily, grrrrrrr..."

"Heheheh," the lady chuckled a bit at this before she stopped rubbing Chip's head (much for his dismay) and folded her arms behind her back. "Oh, so your name is Chip Norris?"

Chris wanted to slam his head on the counter for hearing that nickname being said from the lady.

"Excuse me..." Mario trailed off.

The lady turned to them. "...Oh, sorry!" she said embarrassed. "I forgot that you were all here... My apologies, but I was a little bit distracted by your little friend here."

Chip floated besides her. "Aww, come on, baby, tell them I'm your so special gu-" Chip received a hit by a fortune cookie straight on the face by an annoyed Sonic.

The lady looked as Chip fell down on the floor. Sonic got surprised once she ducked down and picked the downed imp (who was at the time very dazzled at the hit). She stood up and looked at them while she held the dazzled Chip on her arms. "I don't think that was a nice way to interrupt him," she said.

Sonic looked away. "I-I, er, ah..." He sighed and looked down. "I'm sorry..."

The lady chuckled heartily. "At least I can tell you're sorry for hitting your friend with a cookie," she said.

Sonic chuckled nervously, hiding some traces of blushes from the others.

Through the Smashers' eyes, they saw that the lady was a very warm and nice person. She would surely be one of the fewest kinds of girls that would take and carry around an atmosphere of pure tranquility...

...However, through Chris and Lucario's eyes, they saw one heck of a dead innocent girl. A very, very dead girl who would be brutally killed by a long sword going through her chest. The two shook the gruesome thought away before looking back at her. Chris shed a small tear that he wiped away quickly.

The lady nodded a bit. "I'm sorry for not introdrucing myself yet,"  she said. "My name is..."

Chris was pleading many times in his mind something. "(Please don't say Aeris, please don't say Aeris, please don't say Aeris, please don't say Aeris!)"

"Aerith," the lady introduced herself. "Aerith Gainsborough."

Aerith Gainsborough is a highly upbeat and cheerful person who during several times cheers up the others when they're having problems. During her early childhood, she and her biological mother were running away from Shinra. Her mother, weakened after being wounded, became weak and was about to die but was able to give Aerith to her adoptive mother, who gave Aerith her last name. Years later, she began selling flowers, known as the "flower girl" by some people. Cloud rescued Aerith after she was about to be captured by Shinra, who still are keeping tabs on her, seeing that there's a lot of potential for her to become part of SOLDIER. She decided to leave her home and travel around the world with Cloud and company to find out more about who she really is and what she has to do.

Chris looked shocked at this before he began thanking in his mind about hearing the correct name.

The lady named Aerith smiled warmly at them. "Nice to meet you, everyone," she said. "Normally, I don't get to see such..." she looked at the non-humans, "...unique people..."

Sonic looked bored at Chip on Aerith's arms. The imp's dazzled stated lifted off, but he took advantage of the girl by pretending he was still dazzled.

"Why are you talking to us?" Snake asked.

Aerith tilted her head. "Huh? Well, I wanted to meet some people of these parts," she said. "And, you know, you look like travelers to me."

Fox looked bored. "(Just get on with it and say we don't fit here.)"

Aerith chuckled. "I don't see what's wrong with it," she said. "We're travelers as well. We're currently chasing a-"

"Aerith," Cloud interrupted.

The girl turned to Cloud. "Yes? What is it?"

Cloud took a glance of the group before looking back at her. "It's time for us to go."

"Already?" Aerith asked with some disappointment. "Oh well, it can't be helped, I guess..." She looked back at the group and bowed a bit to them. "Sorry, but I think we have to go for now."

Lucario looked at Chris. "They're going, Chris..."

Chris sighed. "Okay, I'll do something to stop them, but I don't think Cloud will like me to... Wait a minute," he began, "now that I remember, Cloud told that if he didn't know me, I should yell at his face..."

"Do it."

The World Traveler got annoyed. "Oh, just because Cloud is telling me to do it I should definitely do it? If he told me to get stabbed in the heart by a knife, should I do it?"

Lucario shook his head quickly. "N-no, I didn't mean that sort of thing..."

Chris grumbled a bit. "Okay...here I go..." he muttered as he made his way to the blond mercenary.

Cloud kept staring at Aerith before Chris showed up. The blond turned to look at him. "Yeah?" he asked.

The World Traveler gulped. "U-um...C-Cloud..." Chris stared at the small glow that Cloud's eyes had. It looked very ominous to him. "...D-do you know who am I?"

"..." Cloud shook his head. "I've never met a person like you before."

"...Okay..." Chris muttered before he thought about what Cloud told him to tell him Taking a deep breath, the World Traveler decided to yell at him. "CLOUD, IT'S ME, CHRI-"

And Cloud instantly punched Chris right on his left eye. The World Traveler's look turned dumbfounded as he fell on the floor, getting a knocked out expression afterward. Some of the Smashers (and Aerith) gasped at this as they looked down on Chris.

"...Bad...idea..." Chris muttered on the floor, his left eye darkening a bit. "Very...very bad...idea..."

"Ouch..." Samus muttered.

Snake looked away. "Priceless, should I say," he commented.

Cloud looked down on Chris before a worried Aerith walked close to him. "Cloud...was that really necessary?" she asked with a stern look.

Cloud looked away. "I guess."

"You guess? You just punched him and knocked him out of cold!" she complained.

"Hey, he was yellin' at me straight on the face by no reason," Cloud said in his defense. "What else could I do?"

Mario, Lucario, and Knuckles went over to see if Chris was fine while Aerith blinked at Cloud. "Well, you could just hear him out."

"I don't even know him (Chris: T-that's cold...), y'know," Cloud said. "Hell, I don't even have a business with him at all."

Aerith sighed before she playfully put a finger on Cloud's nose. The mercenary looked a bit shocked at this before the flower girl approached her face at him. "Do you promise not to this again?

"I...well..." Cloud trailed off.

"Do you?"

"..." Cloud silently nodded.

Aerith chuckled. "I hope you keep your word, or else there will be more people knocked out on the floor."

"Why do I think...that didn't sound too funny to me...huh?" Chris asked.

Aerith kept rubbing (the growling) Chip. "Now, Cloud, please apologize."

"...Okay," Cloud muttered. "I'm sorry."

Aerith shook her head. "Not to me, Cloud. Him."

Cloud sighed and turned around to look down on Chris. "Hey, you, sorry for the punch."

"..." Chris raised a hand. "A-apology accepted..."

"There," Cloud said.

Aerith chuckled a bit at this. "I saw your eye twitch a bit. Was it hard to say?"

Cloud closes his eyes annoyed. "Hey, it wasn't that hard to say!" he complained. "And please, stop teasing me with this!"

"Okay, I won't tease you any longer," Aerith said.

Chris slowly got up from the floor and looked a bit frightened at Cloud. "I-I'm sorry for yelling at you a moment ago, b-but I was just trying to..."

Cloud shook his head. "It doesn't matter."

"(Phew! I didn't have anything good to explain myself!)" Chris thought in relief. "O-okay, whatever you say..."

Cloud looked at Aerith. "I think Cid wants to leave this place right now," he said. "Let's go outside and look for Yuffie."

The sound of name made most of the Smashers grunt in annoyance. Recalling the cocky smile of the ninja girl. "Wait," Marth interrupted, "you know who Yuffie is?"

Cloud and Aerith turned to them. "You know Yuffie?" Aerith asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 25, 2010, 12:14:23 PM
"Know her?" Marth asked. "She stole my sword and my sister's tiara!" he complained.

"She stole my boots and my weapons," Fox said in annoyance.

"S-she stole my game console..." Chris muttered.

"She stole my suit," Samus said.

"She stole all my weaponry," Snake muttered.

"She stole a control that isn't even mine," Knuckles said.

"And she stole my hat," Mario added.

Cloud and Aerith exchanged glances. "...Wow," Cloud muttered. "You...happened to stumble upon her on your way here or what?"

Aerith gasped. "Did you see if she was carrying some Materia with her?"

"Materia?" Samus asked. "Hmm, I didn't see any of that."

Cloud thought for a moment. "Where did you meet her?"

"We met her close to this village," Mario said. "Once we met her, she made us all fall asleep to steal all our belongings to sell them to get money to get more Materia...or something like that. After that, we came here to see if she was around these parts. It wasn't long ago since we arrived."

The blond mercenary thought more about the matter. "Then...she probably had the Materia with her around the time where she decided to pilfer you."

Aerith looked a bit upset. "Yuffie has to be here. She told us she knew the area very well, so she surely meant that she lived here..."

Cloud nodded. "If that's the case, she must be somewhere in the village. Okay, Aerith, Cid, let's go out and find her," he said as he turned to the entrance.

"W-wait!" Chris interrupted.

The blond mercenary turned to Chris. "What do you want now?"

Knuckles crossed his arms. "Hey, if you forgot, we got our stuff stolen by that girl. Do you think we're just going to sit here and do nothing?"

"It's the s&^%..." muttered the bald man Turk from the table.

"..." Cloud shook his head. "Sorry, but this only involves us. Yuffie, the girl you met, was part of our group until recently. It's better if any of you doesn't get involved in our affairs."

"Wait a minute," Fox began, "we can't just let her get away with it."

Aerith looked up. "I don't see why they shouldn't come with us, Cloud..."

"Aerith, don't support them," Cloud said. "If we let more people come with us, they're going to slow us down. Yuffie is very nimble, you know."

"But the more, the merrier, right?" Aerith asked before looking at Cloud. "I'm sure that it'll be easier to find Yuffie if we use some help."

"We don't even know these guys," Cloud said. "Besides, most of them...aren't even human like one person we know."

Aerith chuckled. "So? I got pretty used to meet non-humans."

Cloud sighed. "Aerith, he's the only person we met that isn't human..."

"Even so, I think it's just fine," Aerith said. "Also, I haven't seen any of them destroying anything in here. That's a plus."

"But my decision stands," Cloud said. "They're not coming with us."

"Hey, you," Snake called from the counter.

Cloud looked at Snake. "Yeah?"

Snake got off from his chair and looked at Cloud. "Normally, I'd say I don't want to meddle with any of you."

"S-Snake!" Chris muttered.

"...But," Snake continued, "since I got my weapons stolen, it was natural that I was going to follow after her."

"So?" Cloud asked. "I'll get your stuff if I find Yuffie."

Snake shook his head. "That won't do, sadly," he said. "Like I said before, I'm following that girl to get what it's rightfully mine. I'm not going to let a kid like you tell me what I should do."

Cloud shook his head. "Forget it, old man. I'll find Yuffie an-"

"We'll find them together and that's that," Snake said as he took a slow step forward. "She even stole more valuables that she doesn't need to play with. If you don't like the idea of us tagging along with you 3, then you'll have to tolerate us as much as you can, but we'll stick together until we find her."

The ex-SOLDIER glared at Snake. "What is it that you don't understand about this? She was with us before, and she needs to understand the consequences about stealing what she had been "loaning" from us. You don't know what you're getting into."

Cid turned to them. "That b&^*$ isn't gettin' away from me," he said.

"Well, we could say the same thing," Snake stated. "She'll get a consequence from us for stealing our things. And since you know a lot about her...maybe we should partner up for the time being."

Lucario gasped mentally. "(Please, let us join you. Please, let us join you.)"

The World Traveler, unaware that his Aura Pokémon was thinking (or maybe begging) about letting join them, looked away. "(I'm pretty sure there are some crazy thoughts running inside Lucario's mind by now...)" he thought.

Aerith smiled a bit at the offering. "I think it's OK," she said. "As long as you listen to what we have to say, things could go pretty well." She looked at Cloud. "What do you say, Cloud?"

Cloud looked away and frowned in disappointment. "Aerith..."

Aerith chuckled. "C'mon, it's not going to be so bad. I started to cope well with some of them already."

"..." Cloud looked back at the group of Smashers. "...Fine, you can come with us."

"Really?" Sonic asked.

Cloud looked away again and nodded. "However, take in mind that we'll separate once we recover your stuff from Yuffie," he said. "We don't want to grow more in numbers since we were 9 people in total. Having 10 more is just...crazy."

Snake nodded. "Don't worry, I have the same thoughts as you."

"Whatever," Cloud said with a frown. "If any of you are ready for this, don't try to make any kind of oddities around or else Yuffie will know we're close."

Aerith put a finger on her chin (stopping rubbing Chip's forehead, much for his disappointment). "Um, Cloud, Yuffie is in the village. We caught her walking around the gate, don't you remember?"

"Oh...right," Cloud said.

Marth glared forward. "Then she IS here!" he said.

"Yeah, she is, alright," Cloud said. "There's one more thing I wanted to tell you if you're all going to join us."

"What is that?"

"You're going to have to listen to us," Cloud explained. "That's the simple rule you have to follow if you want our help to find Yuffie."

Final Fantasy VII - Wutai

Snake nodded. "Sounds about right to me," he said before turning to the others. "Are you okay with this?"

All the other Smashers looked at each other before looking back at the mercenary. They all nodded in agreement.

"Good," Snake said.

The Smashers have joined Cloud's party!

Aerith chuckled heartily at this. "It's going to be an enjoyable experience," she said. "We have a lot of people here to look for Yuffie while the others are doing some recogniztion outside the village."

"The others?" Samus asked.

Cloud nodded. "We're a total of 9 people before Yuffie left our team. There are 5 others investigating the surroudings of this continent to see if Yuffie went anywhere else. I know she is in the village, but maybe she could have escaped from here..."

"I think she's still in here," Aerith said. "Cloud, what do you think?"

"I think we better get a move on," Cloud said. "You guys will have to reduce your numbers a bit. We don't want to attract much attention outside with all those tourists walking around."

"That...is actually a good idea," Fox said. "We shouldn't just stay all together in a big group."

"What the fox guy said is true," Cloud said (Fox getting a bit annoyed at the "remark"). "Alright..." he took a quick glance at the Turks on the nearby table where Elena kept an eye on them, "...let's all first go back to the main gate of the village. That should be a place where we can plan out our movements."

"Heh," Cid chuckled a bit. "I know what you mean. You don't wanna have Shinra scum eavesdroppin'."

"S-Shinra scum?!" Elena repeated enraged. "W-why you..."

Cid turned to her, giving Elena a fierce glare that forced her to gasp and drink her tea in peace. "Better..." he muttered with an amused chuckle.

Cloud sighed. "Please, let's just leave this place already..."

The Smashers and Cloud's party started to leave the pub. While they did so, Chris walked to Snake. "Snake, thank you for convincing Cloud to let us join them."

"Kid, I'm just doing this because this problem has to do with us," he said. "Hopefully we'll find that girl before the day ends. I don't want to stay a lot in here with Cloud because he's giving us the bad eye, if you know what I mean."

Chris looked worried. "And what if we don't find Yuffie?"

"We'll chase her as much as we need to do so."

"I just hope we don't give Cloud or the others a bad impression while doing this..."

Snake looked forward. "That's a little bit far from impossible as of now."

"Why?"

Snake pointed forward where an amused Aerith rubbed Lucario's left ear with care. The Aura Pokémon growled happily at the treatment, making the flower girl laugh a bit while she still carried the "seemingly" dazzled Chip on one arm.

"(She's so gonna be my girlfriend now,)" Chip thought with pleasure.

Chris stared at this for a while before he smiled. "Yes...I think everything will be just fine..."

Once the Smashers had left the pub, back on the table where the Turks were sitting, Elena quickly looked back at the exit with a glare. The blond Turk, clenching her eyelids a bit, then stood up from her seat.

Reno saw her action and looked up at her. "What do you think you're doing now, Elena?"

Elena shook her head. "I-I'm sorry, Reno, but I just can't allow this to continue!" she said. "I must follow those guys to see what they're planning to do. I'm going to see

"Tsk," Reno muttered as he shook his head. "It's gonna be a heck of a trouble if you end up gettin' in trouble, Elena. If you don't want to relax, fine by me."

"W-what?"

"You're on your own for this time," Reno said. "You're gonna be working by yourself, and we won't have anything to do regarding your issues with those guys. Whatever happens to you will be your full responsibility."

"..." Elena looked down worried before she made a serious look. "...I'll be just fine!" she yelled. "You will see that I'm doing the right thing for Shinra, Reno! Just you wait until our boss gets a word of my actions!"

"I wish you some good luck, then."

"Ugh!" Elena grunted annoyed before she sprinted outside to follow the group.

After the Turk ran away from sight, Reno sighed at this and looked at the bald man across the table. "There goes one stubborn and stupid girl of the Turks..." he trailed off.

"I can see dah futurh," the bald man said. "I seeh our bossh daing by being crushed by a big@^$ cannun," he said drunkenly before chuckling loudly.

Reno sighed. "Seriously, the booze of this place is really sapping your brain now, Rude..."

Rude is the silent member of the Turks. He is rarely seen without his long-time partner Reno, and he is rather quiet and taciturn, tending to relegate the talking to Reno. Rude is a superb physical fighter and prefers to use his fists in battle. There are some rumors about Rude having a crush with another woman; one who is travelling with Cloud.

Rude laughed oddly. "I want my intro description sooner!" he yelled at no one in particular. "I wanna be...so much more important...darn you..." he muttered before he slammed his face on the table, fainting out of drunkness.

Reno looked at no one in particular and frowned at this, drinking his wine one more time.

TO BE CONTINUED...

-----------------------------------------------------------------

"Elena of The Turks. Why am I thinking that we're gonna have one more problem for us?" Cloud asked. "I'm serious that I'm not liking any of this..."

"Cheer up, okay?" Aerith asked.

"I'll try...just maybe, though."

"Heheheh."


-----------------------------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Wutai Village
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Knuckles, Cloud, Aerith, Cid
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 26, 2010, 07:27:41 AM
Chapter 167: Elena of the Turks

-Wutai Village-
Entrance

Final Fantasy VII - Wutai

After having to go walking through the public, the group of thirteen gathered at the main gate to discuss about their next movement. "This is very unlikely," Cloud said. "I've never thought I'd have to direct a lot of people before."

"We're sorry for causing any inconveniences," Marth said. "This has to be done, though."

"I guess I could comply," Cloud said. "You seem to be very worried over your lost sword and your sister's tiara... Why'd Yuffie steal a tiara, though? Was it golden?"

Marth shook his head. "No, it's not. She probably stole it because she wanted to have more stuff with her to sell."

Aerith looked at Samus. "Don't worry, we'll find your tiara so your brother doesn't look this worried."

The bounty hunter blinked a bit. "...What?" she asked. "Oh, wait, no. That's not my tiara, and I'm not even a relative of Marth..."

"What?" Aerith asked. "I thought it was yours since you're the only girl of your group..."

"You're misunderstanding," Samus said. "That tiara is actually Marth's."

Cloud looked back at Marth. He imagined the Altean wearing a tiara over his pale blue hair. "..." He shook his head. "I see..."

Marth grumbled a bit. "Yes, that's my sister's tiara, but she gave it to me to remember her while I'm away."

"...Oh, that makes much more sense," Cloud said. "(Judging by his looks, this guy is definitely metrosexual... I'm gonna keep my distance from him.)"

The hedgehog stretched his arms to sides before letting out a long yawn. "So, anyway, what do we do now?" Sonic asked. "We're gonna wait for her to show up here?"

Cid shook his head. "We're gonna go 'round the darn village until we find her. That brat's bound to show her b&^%$@ face soon enough."

"And we're going to have to split in groups," Aerith said. "If we divide, we might get a bigger chance to find Yuffie."

"Just for security, I'm going to have to be in a team with another person of my group," Cloud said. "Aerith, you're going to have to come with me."

"Okay, fine by me," Aerith said.

Cloud looked at the Smashers. "I'll have to take five of you with us. The other 5 will have to go with Cid here. For the five I want to take...I want the kid, the old man, the swordsman, the girl, and the short man."

"Oh," Mario began, "we haven't introduced ourselves before, right?"

Cloud sighed. "Yeah, you didn't."

After some introductions...

"I want Chris, Snake, Marth, Samus, and Mario to come with me," Cloud rephrased. "The others will have to listen and follow Cid."

Cid smacked his fists together as he looked at the anthro group. "Alright, g!@*#$# idiots, you'll be Uncle Cid's little slaves from this point on!" he said. "You shall not talk back to me in any way while we look for the ninja brat in here. If you b%^&@ disobey me, you're so gonna get into a world of f&^%@#% pain!"

Lucario looked worried at Chris. "Chris, I wanted to come with Cloud..."

Chris looked worried at Lucario. "I-I'm sorry, Lucario, but Cloud wants to do it this way... I-I'm sure he's trying to get used to us so he can get acquainted better."

"I don't think it seems that way..." Lucario muttered in depression.

Cloud stared at the energetic Cid. "...Thinking again," he began, "maybe I should give a call to another friend of mine just to be sure that Cid doesn't end up making any kind of...oddity."

Cid glared at Cloud. "Your spiky %@$' is pinching your back or something 'cuz of me?"

"No," Cloud said bluntly as he took out a cell phone (a rectangular cell phone called a PHS) from his back. "I'll call someone who I can trust better than you."

"Hey!"

"Sorry, but you just joined us today in the morning," Cloud said before he began dialing a number on the cell phone. The Smashers saw as the blond mercenary turned his back to them to look away. "Yes, is that you?" Cloud asked.

"Oh, hi there, Cloud," a female voice spoke in the PHS. "Did you find Yuffie's whereabouts yet?"

"Actually, I think I did," Cloud said. "She is going about Wutai Village, the village located to the northern area of this small landmass."

"Nice!" the voice said. "So are you going to stay in that area to find her?"

"Yeah."

"Are you going to tell the others about what you found?"

"Nah, it's okay," Cloud said. "I don't think Yuffie could be in the same spot all the time. It's better if everyone performs recognition just to be sure she doesn't get away."

"Oh, okay," the voice said. "If you're not going to tell the others about this, then why go ahead and tell me?"

"That's because I need you to come here and assist us," Cloud said before he turned around to look at the Smashers. "We met a bunch of stubborn people who were pilfered by Yuffie on their way to the village, and they all want to catch her with us."

"I see," the voice said. "I'm pretty sure they're giving you the bad eye if you're close to them, right?"

Cloud noticed that some of the Smashers were glaring at him. "Sort of," Cloud said. "The problem is that they're too many, though. I need to have some...order, if you know what I mean."

"Always being cautious, huh?" the voice asked. "Okay, I'll head down to the north. I'm probably going to arrive there in less than fifteen minutes or so. I can see the village from the point where I am."

Cloud nodded. "Good, I'll meet you once we finish looking around for Yuffie," he said before he hung up. He looked at the rest of the Smashers. "You guys will have to stay here and wait for my friend to come here. We're going to move on and see where we can look for Yuffie."

"I think there's no other way around to convince you, right?" Knuckles asked.

"Exactly," Cloud said. "Okay, if the people I'm with are ready to go, let's get going further into the village."

Cloud's group began to move back to the crowd of people. Chris looked behind at a disappointed Lucario before he walked away from sight, leaving all the non-human Smashers behind with a grunting Cid.

The non-human Smashers looked at Cid.

"So what's your story?" Cid asked with crossed arms. "Travelin' around the world to meet some ladies or what?"

"No..." Sonic muttered.

"Heh, then I don't see what your intentions to be traveling are," Cid said. "People often travel from place to place to discharge and settle in where they want to be."

Fox thought for a moment. "Well, we could tell you our reasons; our true intentions."

Cid raised an eyebrow. "Hmm, is that so?" he asked before he sat on a crate that was conveniently close to the village's gates. "Then let me hear your story."

Residential Area

It turned out that the human Smashers were telling Cloud and Aerith about their true intentions to travel. The group kept walking through the crowds of people while the two characters listened to their explanations.

"..." Cloud looked away. "I swear that your intentions are...so darn f^&*$# up to believe."

"T-that's the whole truth, I swear!" Chris complained. "W-we're in reality a group of people who need to stop an army from conquering the worlds, including this one!"

"Please," Cloud said. "Do you honestly think we're going to buy any of that from you? It's incredibly farfetched, you know."

"But it's the whole truth," Samus said. "Those are our true intentions to be here. Haven't you noticed how different we look from each other?"

"The only people who I call tell are different from any of you are those furry people," Cloud said. "Besides them, you're all pretty normal-looking to me."

"That...well..." Chris shook his head. "T-that was so true to the whole extent..."

Cloud rolled his eyes. "People traveling from world to world..." he muttered. "What kind of people do you think you are, honestly?"

Snake looked sideways at Cloud. "I'm sure it's hard to believe, but that's how things are for us, sadly."

Cloud shook his head. "Whatever, it's not like I care to hear about such stuff."

"(Wolf, I hope you're happy,)" Chris thought annoyed. "(You were the one who suggested us to do this...)"

Aerith chuckled nervously at this as the party preceded their walk towards the west, finding a wide area where different houses were surrounding the place. The tallest pagoda was located to the farthest point of the west, overlooking the whole village. The party looked up at the tower before the flower girl looked to her right to find a big residence. Aerith tilted her head at the imposing building before she looked at the sign to the left of the entrance. "Mansion of the Mystic Kisaragi clan," she read. "Wutai's most prevalent clan and chief leader live here..."

Cloud looked at the building. "Hmm, maybe we could ask for information about Yuffie. The leader of the village should..."

"Wait a minute," Marth interrupted. "What was the name written on the sign?"

Aerith read the sign again. "Mansion of the Mystic Kisaragi clan..."

"Kisaragi..." Chris muttered. "...That was Yuffie's last name, wasn't it?"

"It is," Cloud said. "If that's true, then perhaps this place has some sort of connection with her."

Marth glared at the building. "Then let's go inside," he said. "I want to know if she's here hiding from all of us."

Samus sighed. "You really are so mad about your stolen valuable, aren't you?"

"Sorry, Samus, but this is very crucial," Marth said. "I'd like to get back my stuff before she gets to sell a family's heirloom and a personal object to anyone out there. Do you really want me to lose Falchion? Without it, I can't even fight properly. I'm not like Ike who punches a few times; even if we know his fists don't necessarily deal that much damage."

Chris looked away. "I hope Ike didn't hear you saying that because he would get upset..."

The Altean prince sighed. "Please, don't mind some of my rants... I'm really worried about losing Falchion and my sister's tiara forever..."

Aerith looked worried at Marth. "Everything is going to turn out just fine. Have some optimism with you until we get to her, okay?"

"I'll try my best to stay calm..."

The group then decided to enter the mansion without having to knock on the door. The World Traveler frowned in pure disbelief after seeing that the blond mercenary didn't even think about knocking on the door. Perhaps what Link told Chris about getting inside other people's houses was very true, even if it sounded so rude.

Kisaragi Mansion

The group walked into the mansion. They were met by a lush green garden with small ponds and bamboo sticks spread all over the place. They looked to their right where a windy way extended across the white wall to the other side of the garden where some rooms were located. In plain sight, one of the entrances of the rooms looked highly detailed since it had Japanese letters, ginseng hanging from the letters' papers, and several golden statues of a water serpent standing at the sides of the sliding door.

And the fact that a frame with the letters "Godo Kisaragi's Room" was hanging on top of the door made it very obvious that it was the leader's room.

"Godo Kisaragi..." Mario read. "He should know about Yuffie. Maybe they're relatives."

"Who knows," Cloud said. "Maybe it's a coincidence that they both have the same last name, but it's just a thought."

"However, it doesn't discard the idea that he should know about the inhabitants of the village. After all, he must know who lives in this place infested with tourists," Snake said. "I'd suggest arranging a small meeting with the lord himself right now."

Aerith looked at the door across the garden. "I hope he can help us in any way..."

The group then proceeded to walk around the windy hallway to reach the other side of the garden. Once they did so, they stopped walking in front of the sliding door. Cloud slowly opened the door by pushing it aside, revealing a door with all kinds of ornaments: a small tea table, an altar with some photos of the ancestors of the clan, and a sleeping bed on the flat mattress's floor where someone was taking a nap.

The person taking a nap was an adult. The adult wore a purple sokutai (a long vest over a t-shirt with long sleeves) and black zori. The adult had long eyebrows, and he had a pointy beard on his chin and a wide mustache with pointy ends. Once the group stepped inside, the man yawned loudly and looked to his right to see all of them looking down at him. "..." he remained silent before he pushed him from the floor and sat down on his crossed legs. The group saw this as a sign to sit down in the same way. "Greetings," he said. "I'd like to welcome all of you to the glorious Wutai."

"We're thankful of that," Cloud said.

The adult nodded. "As you may know by now, I'm Godo Kisaragi, the leader of Wutai," he introduced himself. "Since we're always happy to receive people into the village, please do make yourselves at home."

Aerith looked serious. "I'm sorry to be asking this to you, but we're doing something here that we'd like you to help us."

"Hmm?" Godo raised an eyebrow. "What would that be, young lady?"

"It's about a person," Mario said. "We're looking for a resident of this village, and we thought you knew the people who live here."

Godo nodded. "Of course I do. It's one of my many tasks to recall the names of the people that this village has," he said. "It's easier to remember the very few names that remain, though..." he muttered. "...But in any case, I'll try to do my best to serve you in any purpose you would like me to help."

Snake nodded. "We're looking for a girl named Yuffie Kisaragi."

"..." The chief looked away. "I-I'm sorry, but I don't know any Yuffie, unfortunately..."

The sudden reaction that the leader of Wutai did made the group look a bit suspicious at Godo.

"Why did you react like that?" Snake asked. "It's not common for people to stutter unless they're trying to avoid saying something important they know. Do you know this Yuffie girl?"

"N-no, I'm absolutely possible about that," Godo said. "W-why would you ask about such a person, anyway?"

Chris looked worried. "T-that's because you have "Kisaragi" as your last name..." he pointed out. "And since Yuffie's last name is Kisaragi, we thought you were related to each other..."

"Hahahahahahaha!" Godo suddenly laughed loudly at this before turning back to look at the group. "Haven't you heard about people having the same last names, my boy?" he asked with some cheerfulness. "Kisaragi happens to be a very common name in our village. Why, you could ask anyone out there about their last name and you'll probably meet another different Kisaragi than one of the clan's members of this place."

Marth looked skeptical. "Is...that really true?"

"Of course it is!" Godo said before he followed with another laugh, wiping some tears from his eyes. "You surely met another Kisaragi from the village, so that would explain why you would think we were related."

Cloud narrowed his eyes at the chief. "So, if I take that we met another different Kisaragi, then wouldn't that mean you know who she is?"

Godo gasped in shock at this before he shook his head several times. "I-I don't know any Yuffie, as I've told you before," he said. "It's possible that she might be an outsider of another settlement..."

Mario noticed that the chief started to sweat a bit since he was rubbing his forehead with his right arm. "...Are you sure that you don't know Yuffie?"

"N-no, I don't know her!" Godo yelled in pressure. "W-why would I know her if I even have the slightest idea of how she looks like?" He swung his left arm. "I-I've had enough of this useless talk. I want all of you to leave my home right now!"

Snake looked sternly at Godo. "Look, it's clearly obvious that you know who this Yuffie is. We're looking for her since she's stole all of our stuff today."

Godo looked away.

"She stole our Materia," Cloud said. "We need to get all of it back from her."

"..." Godo sighed. "Why do you keep asking me about her? I don't know any Yuffie," he said. "Whatever you try to ask me, I won't respond since the person you're looking for is a stranger to me..." He looked back at them. "Why, maybe you're losing time with me..." He sighed more. "I don't really want to listen to any more things at the moment..."

Aerith looked at bit curious at this. "Why are you stressed? Did something bad happen?"

"...Shinra has caused me a lot of stress as of late since there are some of their operatives patrolling the village as it if were under martial law," Godo explained. "Those soldiers have been settling in here for a long time now, but it's not because they want to... It's because they're brought here by the fugitives they want to arrest."

"Fugitives, huh..." Snake trailed off.

"Exactly," Godo said. "People who run away from Shinra bring forth more of their soldiers anywhere. Since this is a proud village, it makes me feel uneasy to see so many soldiers running around the streets..." He stared at them for a while. "...You wouldn't happen to have something to do with them, would you?"

Cloud shook his head. "No..."

"I don't care about who you are," Godo stated. "For now, I'd like to have a moment of solitude for myself... I want to forget about the tragedies that took place during the Wutai War. Ever since Shinra won the war, Wutai has had the necessity to follow Shinra's rules so another war doesn't occur. Standing up against Shinra is one foolish move, and Wutai doesn't want to lose its current peace."

"What the heck is wrong with you, you coward?!" asked an angry voice from behind the sliding door.

The group and the chief looked back at the door frame where it was pushed aside by a familiar girl. Some of them gasped after seeing that an angry Yuffie came into the room and pointed a finger directly at Godo's face. "Y-Yuffie!" Godo said in shock before he quickly stood up to look at her.

The Smashers gave bored looks at the chief. "...Pardon me for being rude, but since you knew how she looked like so suddenly, wouldn't that mean you two are related?" Marth asked bored.

"Related?" Yuffie said before she faked a chuckle. "This old man right here happens to be my father; the leader of the proud nation of Wutai who HAD to turn into a freaking tourist resort!"

"Y-Yuffie, shh!" Godo whispered in shock as many of them glared annoyed at his behavior.

"You won't shut me up this time, father!" Yuffie yelled as she stomped her way between the group and the chief to stand directly in front of him. "Have you learned anything about the current status of Wutai yet, or have you considered building that water boat ride attraction you wanted to make soon?"

Godo's right eye twitched at this. "Y-you little daughter of mine..."

Seeing that this was the only chance to get close to her, the Altean stood up. "Hey, you, give me back m-"

Yuffie didn't turn around to face Marth, but she nimbly tossed a sleeping dart at Marth's throat. The Altean gasped after he received the shot before his eyes swirled a bit around and closed down as he fell on the floor unconscious, Chris looking a bit horrified at the fainted Marth.

"Are you scared of the Shinra still?" Yuffie asked angrily at Godo. "You get beaten once, and that's it? What happened to the mighty Wutai I used to know?"

"S-shut up!" Godo yelled. "Y-you don't know anything about this, Yuffie!"

"I DO know more than that thick-headed skull of yours!" Yuffie yelled before she pointed at Cloud and Aerith. "Those two over there are fighting against Shinra, you know!"

Aerith looked at Cloud. "Cloud, there she is," she whispered while Mario, Chris, and Samus went over to check on Marth. "What should we do?"

Cloud thought for a moment. "...We'll stay put to see where this conversation is going."

"W-what?"

"I think that we could get to know something more about these two if we let them rant to each other for a little bit longer," Cloud said.

Snake, overhearing Cloud's plan, rolled his eyes. "I don't think that will be the most suitable idea, but whatever you say, kid..."

"Y-you shut up, Yuffie!" Godo demanded as both glared fiercely at each other. "I won't permit you from yelling at your own father like this for any longer! You're ought to be ashamed to be acting like you are now!"

"It's my own DAMN business, not yours!" Yuffie yelled. "You don't have any authority to dictate my style!"

"D-dictate...s-style?" Godo twitched at the words. "S-such words coming from a fancy person like you...y-you're such a miserable daughter!"

Yuffie stuck out her tongue. "Well, you're a sad excuse for a father, then!" she complained. "You're the reason Wutai's gonna be a tourist resort for the rest of its life!"

"T-that's not true!" Godo yelled. "Wutai is stil-"

"Wutai is still a sucky nation of ninjas!" Yuffie complained. "It was a very proud nation before you had to chicken out by a meaningless beating in a war!"

"You have to understand that there was no way to win it!"

"And if there wasn't any way, then why not make another fight?" Yuffie asked. "People usually stand up twice after they suffer just a beating, you know! We can always strike Shinra anytime, but you're always letting them whip you like a dog! Thanks to you, I have to go around and steal Materia to recover all the Materia that Shinra has taken from us!"

"Why do you do such a thing?" Godo asked. "You're going to cause an uprising if Shinra finds out tha-"

"Wutai will be prepared until then!" Yuffie yelled. "I'm the one who is ACTUALLY doing something worth unlike you who sits down all days to watch how Wutai gets ruined!"

Aerith looked at Cloud, trying to give him a sign to intervene in the family feud.

Cloud sighed and stood up. "Yuffi-"

Yuffie did a sharp turn and looked angrily at Cloud. "No Materia for you!" she yelled before she took out a smoke ball that she slammed down on the floor.

The whole room was covered in smoke, causing everyone there to cough continuously. Once the smoke had cleared out, they looked around and didn't find the rebellious ninja anywhere. She had escaped without leaving a trace.

"Damn..." Cloud muttered.

Godo sighed at this before he turned around and looked outside the mansion. "That daughter of mine..." he muttered.

Snake stood up. "So you can't even control your own daughter, huh? That's kind of weak for the leader of a whole country."

"...Leave me alone, please..." Godo said without giving them a look. "I do not want to see anyone right now..."

Cloud took a step forward. "Before we go, have you noticed that Yuffie has been stealing Materia all this time?"

Godo shook his head. "I've never noticed that since Yuffie ran away from home three months ago... Since then, it's unclear to me about what she's been doing all this time..."

"Do you at least know if she has Materia?"

"..." Godo shook his head. "The use of Materia is forbidden," he said. "The ban has put us in complete vulnerability against Shinra..."

The three kept staring at the chief in a moment of silence while Chris tried to awake Marth.

"...Please, leave," Godo muttered.

Cloud kept staring at the chief before he shook his head. "Fine, but let us know if she brings Materia with her. If it's true that the use of Materia is banned, then you should agree that it should be taken away from Wutai."

"..." Godo nodded in silence.

Cloud looked at the others. "C'mon, we have to find Yuffie."

"After she was just standing in front of us?" Snake asked. "Tsk, maybe we didn't have a chance to catch her off-guard..."

The chief suddenly turned around to them. "I want to say one more thing before you leave from here," he said.

Aerith stood up. "What is it?" she asked.

"Yuffie is very cunning," Godo said. "She may as well be Wutai's most experienced ninja. Don't let her looks deceive you or else she might get away from all of you."

Cloud nodded. "We already knew that, but thanks, anyway," he said. "Everybody, let's go."

The group decided to leave the mansion while Mario and Chris carried an unconscious Marth by the sides. Once they left the room, Godo closed his eyes, folded his arms, and turned around to look outside to the same mountain that overlooked all the area around Wutai. "...Yuffie..." he muttered.

Entrance

Back at the entrance, hysterical laughs filled the air as Cid was rolling around the floor, laughing loudly to himself while he held his stomach with both arms. He was apparently laughing after hearing the Smashers' story about the Subspace Army.

"B-boy, you sure know how to be so f^*%&%^ funny!" Cid laughed loudly.

Sonic pressed his brow with two fingers. "Old man, that's the whole truth... It's not something you should laugh about..."

"People who travel from world to world...an army who wishes to conquer any world they want to have...hilarious!" Cid laughed.

Fox slapped his forehead. "Ugh, this guy is just impossible..."

Chip chuckled a bit. "Well, there are going to be some people who aren't gonna believe in us. You gotta show 'em some proof, or so says Chip Norris."

Knuckles looked annoyed at the imp. "Would you just shut it with that nickname of yours? The guy's laughs aren't making me feel any better right now!"

Lucario looked down at the laughing Cid before sighing. "(I wanted to go with Cloud...not stay with Cid...)"

As Cid kept laughing hysterically, the echidna put his hands on the sides of his head and grunted loudly. "DAMMIT, WHEN IS HE GOING TO STOP LAUGHING LIKE THAT?!" he asked.

The vulpine ignored the echidna's rant as he looked at Lucario. "Hey, you," Fox began, "can't you just locate that girl?"

Lucario looked at Fox. "I don't know her aura," he said.

"What? I thought your aura thing could identify anyone very easily."

Lucario shook his head. "I could easily identify anyone's aura as long as I get a glimpse or an image of that person in my mind. My aura will remember any aura very well if I get to see a person first... Outside of that, I can find many different kinds of aura here, and I won't be able to tell who is who."

"But if we assume that girl was close to us when she ambushed us, wouldn't that mean your aura could have caught her?"

"Do you honestly think my aura is activated all day?"

"I...thought it did."

"Honestly speaking, my aura senses were off by the time she attacked us," Lucario explained. "If I just had it ready, we could have found her..."

Fox looked down. "So it was all bad luck of your part."

"...I hate to say it, but yes, it was bad luck..."

Fox sighed. "You were going to be an easy way to find her... Oh well..."

"Don't take me wrong, though," Lucario said. "My aura helps me a lot to identify any person hiding from us. It helps me to stay alert every time, even when I'm sleeping. For now, though, I don't want to exert a little bit of energy this time since I think that girl won't return."

"I guess you're right," Fox said. "The last thing she'd want to do is spy us."

"That is one very unlikely thing."

If Lucario had activated his aura senses, he could have easily perceived the presence of a familiar blond Turk hiding behind some rows of trees close to the gate. Elena was carefully listening to their conversation and, unlike the laughing Cid; she picked an interest to the reason of the Smashers to be in Wutai.

Unfortunately, for Elena, she had arrived a minute ago, missing everything but Cid's laugh.

"Hmm..." Elena muttered to herself. "These guys are weird, alright... I heard that freaky old man saying something an army and those people going from world to world... I wonder what that really means, though..."

Cid's laughs suddenly slowed down before he calmed down and sat up, looking happy at them. "Well! I admit you're kinda strange, but you're strangely funny to me!"

Knuckles sighed. "At least he stopped laughing...for now..."

Sonic cleaned his right ear with a finger. "Yeah, I was getting annoyed already."

Cid nodded. "Alrighty, then," he said before putting up a serious look. "You seem friendly enough to me, so I'm just gonna let you follow us around till we find that b%$@# Yuffie."

Lucario looked annoyed. "Is it really necessary to curse so often? It's a bit ridiculous to me."

Cid stood up. "Hey, you ain't tellin' me how to f^&%*$# talk, dog," he said. "You want me to put you a leash?"

Sonic got excited. "Can you take off my collar and put it on him? You can put him a leash if you want!"

Chip thought for a moment. "Hmm, he would fit better to be my dog..."

Lucario glared at Sonic. "What was that just now?"

The hedgehog chuckled nervously. "H-heheheh, just a joke, pal..."

Cid rolled his eyes. "You guys are very odd, I swear..." He looked to the outside area where he noticed a young lady walking towards the village. "Oh great, here she comes..."

The Smashers looked outside the gates. "Who's coming?" Knuckles asked.

Elena took a peek from the tree. "Yes, who's coming?" She took a closer look. "...Oh...another one of them..."

Far to the southeastern area of Wutai, a young woman walked towards the village. The dark brown-haired woman was 20 years old, her hair was long that ran across all her back and ended in a distinctive dolphin-tail split. She wore white tear-drop earrings, a sleeveless white tank shirt that showed her stomach with a short black miniskirt and a pair of black suspenders connected to her belt. She also wore fighting gloves that came up to her elbows, which had metal protecting pads, and she wore old boots. Despite her looks by having slim, she possessed great physical strength.

"...Who is she?" Fox asked.

"That pretty gal with the big %$^@$& is one of us," Cid said. "I don't want to introduce her myself. Let her get here first."

And the Smashers waited for her to arrive. Once she arrived, the woman smiled a bit at Cid. "Hi there, Cid," she said. "What are you doing alone here?"

"Heh," Cid muttered. "Killin' some time to wait for you, of course. Cloud told me to wait for you here to make you the appointed leader of our little group." He pointed at the Smashers. "Say hello to the bunch of furry people."

The bunch of furry people...I mean, the Smashers, shot some glares at the blond man (except for Chip) before looking back at the young lady. The young lady looked at them and tilted her head in some curiosity. "Oh..." she muttered. "...Why...hello there..." she said a bit surprised.

"...What's up?" Sonic asked.

The young lady shifted her eyes. "Er...nothing...for now..." she muttered before looking embarrassed at Cid. "Cid, who are these guys? They're all wearing costumes, aren't they? Please tell me they're wearing costumes because they're even wagging their tails..."

Cid shook his head. "I'm afraid they ain't wearin' any costumes. Their fur is 110 percent real," he said. "They're pretty real, just like the lion guy in our gang."

The young lady looked back at the Smashers before she chuckled nervously. "H-hey there, nice to meet all of you," she said, trying to stay calm. "My name is Tifa; Tifa Lockhart."

Tifa Lockhart is a laid back and selfless person, with a motherly streak concerning all her friends and her attitude to others. She has a soft spot for shyness, and she is caring and loving to a fault, hiding some of her true feelings from other people. She seems to have met Cloud long before he joined the resistance against Shinra (called AVALANCHE) where she was part of, and she struggles to understand Cloud's nature as it seems very familiar for her, prompting her to stay very close to Cloud. Tifa lived in a hometown (called Nibelheim) before it was burned, and she was taken far away from it to stay safe. Once she met Cloud, she began to get closer to him, trying to figure out something that her past has to do with him.

The young lady named Tifa chuckled more. "S-so, what are your names?" she asked as she sweated a bit on the forehead.

After an introduction of each Smasher...

"Okay..." Tifa trailed off. "Well, nice to meet you all..." She quickly turned around and took out her own PHS from her pocket. She quickly dialed Cloud to call him. "Pick up the call, pick up the call, pick up the call..." she muttered in a bit of a panic, recalling that there were five odd-looking people behind her back. "...Oh, there it is," she muttered in relief.

Chip looked at Sonic. "What's she doing now?"

"I dunno..." Sonic muttered.

Tifa cleared her throat. "Cloud, are you there?"

"Yeah," Cloud said over the phone. "You got a problem over your end? Are you in the village?"

"Oh, yes, I'm in the village now."

"Did you meet up with the group I told you about?"

Tifa looked behind her.

Chip waved a hand.

Tifa looked away. "Does that group have at least five people wearing costumes?"

"No."

Tifa sighed in relief.

"They're not wearing costumes, but they're pretty real, alright."

Tifa's jaw dropped for a bit. "W-what?"

"I know how shocked you are, but it's the whole truth," Cloud said.

"I-I can't believe this!"

"Neither can I, but what can you do about them?" Cloud asked annoyed. "Anyway, you're going to be the leader of that group. We met Yuffie in here, but she ran away as soon as I spoke to her."

Tifa sighed. "Cloud, can I ask you something?"

"Yeah."

"Just...how did you end up letting these people follow us?" she asked before took a quick glance of the group. "The guy with the fox look is giving me a really nasty look...isn't he?"

"They followed us because it concerns them as well," Cloud said. "They got their stuff stolen from Yuffie, and they wanted to come along with us to get them all back. I tried to say no but they didn't listen."

Tifa sighed once more. "There isn't any other way for them t-"

"No," Cloud interrupted. "Since I think it's a little bit dangerous to let Cid take the lead, I called you here because you were more trustworthy."

Tifa blushed a bit at the remark. "Oh...I see..."

"So yeah," Cloud said. "You are in charge to lead the group to find Yuffie. We're gonna meet up whenever we stumble to each other."

"Okay, but I'll be careful around them."

"I'm being careful around them as well. They seem a little bit trustworthy, but don't look away from them, got it?"

"Yeah...I got it..." Tifa trailed off. "(I'm SERIOUSLY not ready for this... Well, I gotta pull this through...)"

"Catch you later," Cloud said before he hung up.

Tifa kept her PHS in her pocket before she sighed loudly and turned to face the others. "Well, you guys will have to follow our lead if you want to recover your stolen stuff," she said. "So..."

Dead silence...

"...Anybody got an idea of where to start?" Tifa asked embarrassed.

"For cryin' out loud!" Cid ranted. "Isn't it obvious or what? We're gonna hit the village and look around for her!"

"Oh yeah!" Tifa said. "I-I knew that was the only option for now!"

Cid spat some smoke out from his mouth. "We gotta get a move on before that little ninja gets away from our hands," he said. "I ain't lettin' her keep our Materia without any permission."

Tifa looked at the bunch of anthros. "So anyway, can you follow us?"

Knuckles looked bored. "You don't even know what you're doing anymore, huh?"

"...No..." Tifa sighed. "I'm a bit lost right now... I mean, everything happened so suddenly," she said. "Our Materia got stolen, you guys got your stuff stolen, both of us joined together and...the fact that you look like people in costumes..."

Sonic frowned. "Why can't anybody tell we're not people wearing costumes? The joke's kinda getting so old now."

Tifa looked worried. "I'm really sorry for thinking that way about you, but what was I supposed to think?" she asked. "It's not like you get to see the same kind of guys like you."

Fox frowned. "I'm sure everyone thinks the same way about us..."

Tifa bowed to them. "Again, I'm sorry. I didn't mean to offend any of you."

"I'm not offended," Chip said before Sonic slapped the back of the imp's head.

"Tsk," Cid muttered as he tossed away his cigarette. "Worry about that matter later," he said. "We have a mission to do here: find the b&%^* ninja and get all our stuff back."

"I know," Tifa said. "I've got to stay calm... I'm sure I can used to this."

Lucario frowned. "Why am I thinking this is going to happen with other people?" he asked to himself.

The fighter forced a smile and nodded. "You don't worry about me thinking badly of any of you, okay?" she asked.

Back to the trees, Elena shook her head and looked up to the sky. "(When are they going to do something worth spying? I refuse to go back to Reno, and say I didn't find anything good out of them!)"

Cid brandished a new cigarette from the packet attached to his headband. The blond man ignited the item with pocket igniter before he looked back to the village. "Let's go," he said before he walked away into the crowd of tourists.

The Smashers and Tifa decided to follow the blond man, carefully walking between the rows of people.

Elena took a peek from the tree she was hiding behind and narrowed her eyes. "Now's my chance to see where they're going!" she muttered to herself before jumping out from the trees back to safe ground.

Just before she could take a step forward, she was stopped by a group of three soldiers who came from the same direction that the Smashers had went to. They were all wearing blue uniforms with blue hats that covered everything except their mouths, and had machine guns on their right hands. "Elena," the soldier of the middle began, "we've found him at last!"

Elena took a step back. "W-what are you talking about? I-I'm in the middle of an undercover mission!"

The soldier of the right saluted her. "Sorry for interrupting you, but we've found the slime of Don Corneo in this place, just as we have thought!"

The female Turk shook her head. "I-I don't care about that guy!" she complained.

"What?" the soldier of the left said in confusion. "But he's the reason why we were sent al the way here!"

"I'm in the middle of a vacation!" Elena said in her defense.

The three soldiers looked at each other. "Vacation?" they repeated confused.

"..." Elena shook her head. "That was a direct order from Reno himself."

"But you're not supposed to take vacations at a time like this!" the soldier of the middle complained. "Think about Don Corneo! Rufus has declared that Don Corneo should be killed for betraying Shinra!"

Rufus Shinra is the current president and leader of Shinra. He took over the job to order the company right after his father was assassinated. Unlike the beliefs that his father had for the company that world should be ruled by the use of money, Rufus believes that the company needs to rely solely on fear. As such, Rufus is the mastermind behind all of Shinra's actions around the world.

"I-I know that's our job, but I'm currently taking a much more crucial task this time around!" Elena protested.

"By yourself?" the soldier of the middle asked,

Elena looked away. "Y-yes, by me, that's it. It's something I'm doing personally without the help of Reno and Rude."

The soldiers looked at each other before looking at the serious Turk. "What about Don Corneo?"

Elena swung her left arm to the left. "You take care of Don Corneo! Once you locate him, give the word!"

The soldiers remained silent for a moment before they nodded. "Alright, we'll do as you say," the soldier of the right said. "Just be careful out there. Who knows what these Wutai scum could do to us while we're alone."

"I'm sure everything will be just fine," Elena said. "Now go!"

"Yes, sir!" the soldiers saluted before they all scrambled back into the village.

Elena kept looking serious at their direction. "Now that the little distraction is over with..." She looked around a bit before looking worried. "...W-where did those guys run off to?!" she asked in panic before she ran into the village.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on February 28, 2010, 08:32:00 PM
Item Shop

Outside of the only item shop of the village (which had almost the same look as every other building), Tifa's group stopped walking after the fighter stopped on her trails. "Is something wrong?" Sonic asked.

Tifa turned to them. "It's just that... I-I'm so sorry, really..." she muttered. "I can't just seem to shake off the thought that there are people like you with us..."

Cid scoffed a bit at this. "Can you just get over it? These guys ain't half bad, despite most of them have fur up their a%$^#, y'know."

Most of them got offended at this "remark" while Tifa frowned. "Cid, I know for a fact this isn't our first time meeting such people, but meeting five at the same time? I wasn't really expecting that."

Knuckles grunted and crossed his arms. "Would you just stop thinking about that? We're good guys, not bad guys!"

"I know!" Tifa said, irritated about herself. "I just wish there was a way for me to get over the stupid thought sooner!"

Fox rolled his eyes. "Look, maybe you just need to engage in a conversation with one of us. Maybe that'll help you to become more "used" to see us."

"Hmm..." Tifa thought for a moment. "That...could help...but I just don't know how to do this..."

The Aura Pokémon looked at her. "..." He looked down in embarrassment. "...Can you...please tell me about Cloud?"

Everyone looked confused at Lucario. Tifa blinked a bit surprised at the question. "What?" she said confused. "What is that supposed to mean?"

"Um..." Lucario looked away. "I-it's just that I wanted to meet Cloud because...I heard some stories about him..."

The fighter looked confused at this statement. "You heard stories about Cloud? How could a person like you get to hear something about him, anyway?"

"I did hear stories about him," Lucario said. "And since you two seem to know each other..."

Tifa tilted her head to the right. "(That's weird. I don't think Cloud has made that many heroics to be recognized by other people... Hmm... This does look so weird...)" She kept staring at the embarrassing Lucario. "(Besides, I haven't seen someone like this dog guy around...)"

"I-I'm sorry for being this rude," Lucario apologized. "I wanted to meet Cloud in person, but he ignored me for the most part as if he didn't care who I was."

"...Oh!" Tifa snapped out from her thoughts and chuckled heartily. "That's Cloud, alright. He likes to shrug off most people because he doesn't want to make that many friendships with others." She rubbed her chin a bit. "I guess you could say he's the kind of lone wolf, but he's not that bad, really."

Lucario blinked a bit. "Are you sure? He didn't sound interested in meeting any of us."

"Aah, you've got to give him some time before he opens up to you," Tifa said with a small laugh. "We gave him sometime, and he's made some of a close bond with Aerith. He didn't know about her until he saved her from being experimented by Shinra."

Knuckles looked a bit interested. "That girl was going to be experimented?"

"Oh yeah, it was because of her that Cloud wanted to make an assault in their HQ," Tifa said. "Thanks to us, Aerith managed to escape alive, and ever since then, we've been traveling around the world to chase after a..."

Tifa looked away, putting a serious look on her face.

Fox raised an eyebrow. "Is something bothering you?"

"...No," Tifa muttered before turning back to them. "It's just that we're all after a certain person who is planning to do something really crazy..."

Inside Tifa's mind, the image of her hometown being burned appeared. In the middle of the wild flames, there stood a tall man with long gray hair and black cape. The image was blurry, but she could picture an immensely large, thin sword being held on the man's right hand.

"..." Tifa shook her head to shake off the thought. "...Don't mind me about that," she said. "In a few words, this man is going to cause some serious problems to everyone in the Planet, and we're trying to stop him from doing whatever he wants to do..." She bowed to them. "Sorry, but I just don't want to recall more about it. Even Cloud doesn't want to think much about that person. Many of us don't like that person as well."

"I don't even know him," Cid muttered.

Tifa ignored the fact. "So yeah... Oops!" she said embarrassed. "I-I think I got a little carried off from the main topic, didn't I? Silly me..."

Chip looked happily. "Aww, don't worry, it was all very interesting."

"Heheheh, I guess so," Tifa said. "I think I was talking about Cloud, though... Back on topic, Cloud isn't a bad guy even if he acts so rude to people. Don't lose hope in getting him acquainted to you, okay? Give some time."

Lucario stared at her before he smiled a bit and nodded. "Thank you, Tifa."

"Don't mention it," Tifa said. "I'll make sure he talks more with all of you as well. I personally hate to see Cloud shrugging off people a lot."

Sonic closed his eyes and crossed his arms. "(You know, I can kind of relate Cloud with the Snake guy. Both of them are kinda like lone wolves... Hmm... Nice connection...)"

"..." Tifa blinked surprised before she looked happy. "Hey, what do you know! I stopped thinking you guys being weird and strange!"

"You did?" Knuckles asked.

"Yeah!" Tifa said as she nodded. "I never thought I could get over it so fast!"

Cid rolled his eyes. "You gotta admit you were so screwed up some time ago."

The fighter chuckled a bit and sweat dropped afterward. "Y-yeah, I guess you're very right on that," she said.

Fox sighed in relief. "Finally, we don't have any more bad impressions with you... I'm relieved to hear that."

Tifa nodded once more. "Yup, I think I can do this just fine now. I hate to be so shy sometimes, and this is one of those occasions," she said. "Now that I can talk with you without having thoughts of looking away and pretend you're not here, we can focus on finding Yuffie."

"..." Knuckles looked bored. "...Second thoughts of looking away and pretend we're not here?"

"..." Tifa got a bit shocked. "I-I didn't..."

"Okay, we got you..." the echidna muttered with a sigh.

The fighter looked a bit ashamed at this. "Oh man, me and my big mouth..." she muttered under her breath before forcing a smile. "Let's just forget I said that, okay?"

Lucario looked away. "I don't think it'll be easy to forget that "comment" you said..."

"R-really, it's going to be easy later on," Tifa assured Lucario. "Look lively and let's go find Yuffie. I'm feeling much better than I was just now."

When they all looked to the west, they took a step back after finding the two most unlikely people to be walking about the village. The two characters didn't need introductions since they were not from the current world; rather they were people that the Smashers easily recognized...

The small group in front of the Smashers gasped and pointed fingers at them while Sonic, Chip, and Knuckles pointed at the new group as well, saying a loud "YOU!!!" to each other.

Tifa looked at the two newcomers before she got worried. "O-okay, now I'm getting worried again!" she complained.

"A-ha!" said one of the two characters to the Smashers. "So you're here at last! Aww, perfect, just what I thought!"

"Were you even thinking that?" asked the other character besides the first one.

"S-shut up, that's how a villain keeps their coolness," he muttered.

Lucario glared at the two. "What are you doing here of all places?"

"Well, we're here to find a little temple to DESTROY it from the inside!"

Fox crossed his arms. "And you're planning to do that while covering your back with that white mantle?" he asked with a glare.

The Smashers had found none other than Bowser and Wario. Both of them were apparently looking around to find the temple. However, there wasn't a clear explanation as to why Bowser covered his whole body (except the face) with a big white mantle.

Bowser shook his head in irritation. "Of course not! I'm not planning to conquer something without looking good!"

Chip tilted his head to the left. "What do you mean by that? Are you wearing that so you can scare people by thinking you're a ghost?"

"NO!" Bowser yelled enraged before he sniffed sadly, causing Wario to roll his eyes. "I-it's just that...I-I'm currently going around...naked..."

Sonic looked a bit disgusted. "Were you even wearing some clothes?"

"That's what I can ask you as well, hedgehog!" Bowser yelled before he sniffed again. "I-I don't really want to fight with any of you right now. I'm not in the mood to raise fists and exhale fire by the moment..."

"And neither me!" Wario complained. "You gotta scram now or else we..."

"I already said I didn't want to fight like this..." Bowser muttered.

Wario sighed. "Oh yeah..."

Lucario looked confused before he used his aura to read the minds of the villains. The group watched as the Aura Pokémon's eyes glowed yellow while he was covered by his own aura. Tifa and Cid were the only ones who looked a bit astonished at this. It took around five seconds for Lucario to read their minds before he stopped glowing and opened his eyes. "...Yes, they're saying the truth about not fighting now," Lucario assured.

Wario glared at Lucario. "Of course we don't want to fight right now! We're right down mad at the moment!"

"Pissed about what? You're mad about not finding the temple?" Knuckles asked in demand.

"No!" Bowser yelled before sniffing. "W-we...we were both pilfered from our stuff..."

Fox raised an eyebrow. "You were both pilfered?"

"Yeah..." Bowser muttered in embarrassment. "A-and worse yet, we were tricked by a snotty girl no less..."

"Snotty girl?" Sonic repeated. "What kind of snotty girl?"

Wario crossed his arms and looked away. "Well, it won't hurt to tell you this, but when we were looking around for the temple, we stumbled into this perky girl with the big gauntlet just outside the town. She wanted to talk with us, but we told her to scram and leave us alone. And right after we knew it, we were both dropped on the ground because she shot us with sleeping darts on our rears."

Bowser sniffed. "A-and when we found out, after we woke up...we lost our stuff..." He cried toon tears. "T-that malevolent girl stole my shell!" he yelled.

"Aww, shut up, crybaby!" Wario complained. "That girl stole my MOTORBIKE as well!"

The King of the Koopas looked away. "B-but my shell! T-this has never happened before in my long years! W-why would someone steal somebody else's shield? T-that's really inhuman and so mean! And stealing a shell from the very same king of the Koopas...p-preposterous! I call shenanigans!"

The Smashers kept staring at the two.

Wario looked at them. "So yeah, we don't wanna have to make some trouble with you (even though I don't really want to start any fighting)."

Sonic narrowed his eyes. "You sure you're telling the truth?"

"For the love of my mother, I DON'T fight NAKED!" Bowser complained. "I want to find that girl as soon as possible and beat her up for stealing my precious shell!"

"But then, if you're really going to fight her, then why did you say you wouldn't fight naked?" Chip asked.

"That's because..." Bowser trailed off in thought. "...S-shut it! I'll find a way to get back to her!"

"And me too!" Wario agreed. "That loser won't be riding my precious Stephanie on my watch." He pointed at them. "No messing around with me, okay?"

Lucario glared at the villains. "But if we stop both of you right here, we wouldn't have to worry about the Subspace trying to destroy the temple."

Tifa looked confused at the mention of a temple. "Temple?"

Cid nodded. "These guys are sayin' they're here because of some temple with that whole story about 'em travelin' from world to world and all that s*&^$# crap."

The fighter looked a bit shocked. "D-did I just hear right?"

Bowser shook his head. "You DO know that attacking two helpless guys like us is right down cruel, right? I mean, I'm FREAKING NAKED! I know for one thing that good guys can forgive their opponents for just once!"

"Helpless? You're a bit too big to be referred as helpless," Knuckles said.

"Yeah, big and naked," Bowser said. "L-look, I have trouble trying to go around in public with this stupid mantle I found on the trash. It's still too much for me to be like this, and you want to stop a naked guy like me who's looking around for his shell?"

Lucario shifted his eyes a bit. "...Well..."

"Face it! You don't even want to stop us!" Bowser said. "You rather be clean and fight a clean fight, aren't you? Are you like the kind of idiots who believe that they need to have a fair fight? Well, guess what, wait until I'm dressed for the occasion at least!" he ranted.

The Aura Pokémon remained silent before he nodded.

"See? You guys should follow the dog's example!" Wario ranted.

Bowser sighed mentally. "(Bleh, thinking about good guys can damage your evil mind... Good think he bought that, though. I don't want to stay like this any longer...)"

Just at that moment, a tourist kid passed by and looked at Bowser before his mouth opened wide. "Cool!" he said before he took a photo of the King of the Koopas. The kid then ran away from the direction he came from, yelling "Mom! Mom! I got a picture of a real dragon of Wutai! There was this mini-sumo guy with him as well!"

Bowser grumbled some curses to himself. "And wearing this stupid mantle makes anyone in here believe I'm some sort of festival dragon..." He glared at the Smashers. "You guys better stay out of our way! Step in our way once we get our stuff back!"

"Yeah!" Wario agreed. "No girl is gonna go around in Stephanie!"

Chip tapped Sonic's right shoulder. "He's been saying this and that about somebody named Stephanie. Who is she?"

Sonic shrugged. "I think he's talking about his motorbike..."

"And also," Wario continued as he showed them his bare hair, "she stole my cool helmet!"

"I personally think you look nice without it," Chip commented, making the Smashers frown in disbelief.

"You don't know any fashion, so shut your trap!" Wario complained before he grunted and walked away.

Bowser looked mad at them. "If you have a camera, DON'T take a picture of me with this piece of cloth on my back, you got that clear?" he asked annoyed before he walked away, tugging hardly to the mantle he was using to cover his whole body.

The Smashers watched as the two villains disappeared from sight between the crowds of people. However, just after they weren't visible, many cheers from tourist children came from the same direction, and many flashes from cameras were reflected in some of the shadows of the alleys, depicting an annoyed Bowser.

"...I think we should've stopped them," Fox muttered.

Lucario shook his head. "I don't really want to fight dirty. I don't want to be reduced to their ranks."

"Then again, I think I can agree with you there."

Tifa kept staring at the flashes and listening to the loud roars from the King of the Koopas before she shook her head. "Do any of you know those two?" she asked, making the group turn at her and Cid. "The guy who always kept showing his teeth looked a bit shady for my tastes..."

"Well, we unfortunately know them," Fox said. "They're part of the Subspace Army."

"Subspace...what?" Tifa repeated in confusion. "What are you talking about?"

Knuckles recalled that Tifa hadn't heard the story about their reasons to be in there. "Wait, we haven't explained you about our reasons to be here, have we?"

"What is that about your reasons to be here?" she asked confused.

Cid blew some smoke out from his mouth. "Prepare to hear some funny s*&^, woman."

Ten minutes later...

After being informed about everything, the fighter stared wide-eyed at the furry group. Surprisingly enough, what they said made a lot of sense to Tifa since she didn't see anyone who looked like them to be living in the world.

However, the very same fact made her stomach twist a bit in pain. The people before her were actually coming from other worlds, and there was even a world traveling army trying to take over those very same worlds, and her world was probably one of those different realms.

"...So then...you guys aren't from here?" Tifa asked.

"We're not from here," Knuckles said. "Each one of us comes from different worlds, but we're all together in a team to stop that army from trying to take over all the worlds out there, including this one...maybe."

"..." Tifa's eyes became a bit restless. "Oh my god... I...I can barely believe all this is happening..."

Cid stifled a chuckle. "Oh please, these s&^@*&%ds ain't telling the truth. They just wanna hide the fact they're all from that darn Shinra."

Sonic tilted his head. "What?"

"Yeah! You guys escaped from Shinra 'cuz they were runnin' crazy experiments on ya," Cid said. "That's the closest thing I can think of!"

Tifa rubbed her chin. "I think you have a point with that..."

Fox slapped his forehead. "We're NOT from this world, dangit!" he cursed, having enough to tell the same thing over and over again. "We don't even know what Shinra is as well!"

"They brainwashed you, surely," Cid theorized.

"They didn't even do a thing to our brains!" Knuckles complained.

Chip looked up in curiosity. "Weird, I thought they made me so awesome through freaky experiments because that would explain how my sweat can cure cancer."

The Smashers glared instantly at the imp. "Chip...you should SERIOUSLY shut up for once..." Sonic muttered.

Cid laughed. "Jus' tell us you're failed Shinra experiments! There's no harm in saying it!"

"We're not going to say that because we don't even belong to this world!" Knuckles ranted.

Seeing that conversation wasn't going anywhere, Tifa looked away and took out her PHS to call Cloud, trying to find a way to escape from all the craziness (and possible nonsense that was damaging her beliefs about the Smashers) as soon as she could. She unconsciously walked into the item shop where she walked around the establishment. "U-um, Cloud? Can you listen to me? A-are you there, Cloud?"

Residential Area

Back with the group of the blond teen, Cloud's pocket began to shake a bit. The mercenary took out his PHS and answered the call. "Hey there, Tifa," he said. "Did you find anything about Yuffie?"

"Not yet, but...there are some issues with us right now," Tifa said.

"What kind of issues are those?" Cloud asked, telling the group to stop walking to the east.

"Well, you see, remember those guys you told me that were going to stay with us?"

"Yeah."

"Y-you see, there's an argument outside the item shop where they're saying crazy stuff about them being from another world, and Cid is laughing and coming up with his theories about them being from here because they were failed Shinra experiments who escaped..."

"...I see..."

"I-I know what you're thinking, but it's the whole truth," Tifa reassured. "And I'm having a hard time trying to understand all of this, but..."

"It's been the same story with me," Cloud said as he eyed the Smashers. "However, judging by the situation, I think they're actually telling the truth."

"W-what? You trust them?"

"Not trust them, but believe them, at least," Cloud said. "I haven't heard or seen any of those people in any part of the world. The craziest, yet believable fact would be that they do come from another world... Besides, they saw the Turks at the pub. They didn't seem to be interested on them. Even Reno didn't even stare at them for a long time."

Chris (still carrying the unconscious Marth with Mario) sighed. "Please, just believe in us when we're saying we're not from around these parts..."

Cloud ignored the teen. "Don't worry, Tifa. They don't seem to be that weird despite the fact they might be from other worlds..."

Item Shop

Tifa stopped walking in front of a small treasure chest on the floor. She looked down at it and ducked down to open it. Seeing as it was close to the trash can, Tifa thought it wouldn't cause any harm to take its contents. She kept talking through the phone while she slowly opened the chest. "Okay, I'll believe you, Cloud," she said before she opened the treasure chest. "I'm going to have to ignore Cid because he sure looks like he's having a fun time annoying the heck out of them."

"Please do," Cloud said over the phone. "Just focus on finding Yuffie and let us know if you do."

Tifa looked inside the chest and smiled a bit. "Hey, Cloud, guess what I found in an abandoned treasure chest in the item shop!"

"What did you find?"

Tifa stood up and looked down on her right palm a small green sphere with a shiny glow that she had found in the box. "I found Materia in it!" she exclaimed. "And it's ours to take for now!"

"Oh, that's good to hear," Cloud said. "Maybe we should try to rely on that little piece of Materia for now."

Tifa chuckled at this as she looked away to the left from her right palm. "I think I did a pretty nice job in coming in here, huh?" she asked in amusement.

The fighter, as she kept looking away, didn't notice that a hand was slowly reaching after the little piece of Materia.

"So, have you found anything about Yuffie?" Tifa asked, not thinking about looking to any other way.

"Afraid not," Cloud said. "We're still lookin' around for her in our location. So far, we've been unsuccessful."

"That's a real shame," Tifa said worried. "But we're not going to leave from here, are we?"

"No," Cloud replied. "If it takes all night, we'll have to rest by the chief's mansion. He told us we could sleep in there as much as we want."

"Nice," Tifa said.

The hand finally grabbed the sphere of Materia from Tifa's palm. It began to retreat to the same way it came from.

Tifa sighed. "Well, I think it's about time I go back to the others," she said before turning back to the exit's direction. "I'm going to have to hang up on..."

The fighter looked directly at the person holding the Materia Tifa had just acquired. Tifa's eyes widened after she found none other than Yuffie standing besides her. The ninja made no talk, but she gave Tifa a wide smile while showing her teeth with a chuckle.

Residential Area

Final Fantasy VII – Hurry!

Cloud could have sworn that he heard a chuckle coming from the other end of the line. "Tifa, did you just chuckle?" Cloud asked.

"OH MY GOD!" blared the phone loudly enough to make Cloud's right ear twitch. "I-I FOUND YUFFIE! S-she's standing right in front of me!"

The blond mercenary gritted his teeth from the sudden screech before he pulled back the phone to his ear. "W-what did you just say?" Cloud asked, still twitching.

"Yuffie's right in front of me!" Tifa yelled. "A-and she just stole my Materia an-wait, Yuffie, come back here!" she yelled before the call suddenly hung up.

"Tifa? Tifa? Tifa!" Cloud yelled to the phone without having any success of getting a reply. He hung up the call and frowned. "Damn..."

"What happened?" Samus asked.

"It's Tifa's group, they found Yuffie and they're chasing her, probably..." Cloud trailed off.

Chris dropped Marth's fainted self on the ground in shock. "W-we have to get to her! I need my console so badly!"

Cloud looked to the east. "Tifa told me they were close to the item shop of the village... Let's go there, quick!" he ordered before sprinting east.

Snake grumbled. "I hope we make it there in time before she gets away again," he muttered under his breath.

They all followed Cloud's lead (while Mario was left behind to drag Marth's body all by himself), leaving behind the residential area. Unaware of all this, some figures (around four) were spying on them from an alley. They seemed to be fixing their gazes at the bounty hunter of the group.

"Don Corneo, sir," one of them began, "we've found one gorgeous woman for you."

The figures slowly retreated from their spots.

Item Shop

The Smashers kept arguing against the laughing Cid before a familiar person ran in between them and stopped right in front of a sign in front of the river that cross the entire village. Yuffie chuckled happily as she held the little piece of Materia on her right hand. "Hey, everybody!" she said, getting the attention of everyone. "The great ninja Yuffie has done it once again today!"

"Y-you!" Knuckles yelled before pointing his right fist at her. "Give us back our stuff before we force you!"

Tifa ran out from the item shop and looked at Yuffie. "Y-Yuffie, please, we need that Materia! Give it all back to us!"

Yuffie shook her head. "No! I can't just do that simply! I need all this to recover Wutai's lost honor and glory as the proud nation it was!" She pointed behind to the sign to make them look at it. "See this sign behind me? It's this kind of sign that bothers me a lot!"

The sign behind her had a cartoon version of the mythical snake running around the border. Between the snake's long body, there was a message that read "Coming Soon: Wutai Water Glory Ride! Amaze yourself of the culture of Wutai by riding a boat! Entry Fee for Adults: 1000 Gil. Entry Fee for Children: 500 Gil. Caution: No Food Allowed During The Rides. A Clean Wutai is A Happy Wutai."

"See?" Yuffie said annoyed. "I better change this soon before it's too late!"

Fox pointed at her. "We don't want our stuff sold to strangers, you know. Give it all back now!" he demanded. "Do you think I'm going to be walking around with these stupid shoes?"

Yuffie looked at the vulpine's wooden shoes. "Hey, those geta are made here! Don't insult Wutai's fashion!" she complained.

Sonic grunted annoyed. "You know what? That's it!" he yelled. "That girl's not gonna fool us this time around. I'll catch here right on the spot!"

The ninja gasped as the group slowly walked towards her. Yuffie was a bit desperate at the time, and she didn't know what to do next. Out of desperation, she took out from behind the Superspicy Curry she had stolen earlier. "O-oh man, what do I do now?" Yuffie asked as she stared at the dish. "I don't know if I have more smoke balls with me!"

Lucario grunted at Yuffie. "You're going to pay for stealing from Chris. I already know your aura very well, and that means it won't be so easy to hide from us anymore."

Yuffie looked confused. "My aura what again?"

Knuckles grinned at this. "Now you're going to hand over our stuff without having to go into hiding ever again."

Chip pumped up a fist. "One more victory for Chip Norris and his gang has been achieved today!"

Yuffie shook her head, oblivious of many things. "Y-you're not going to get anything from me! It's my job to save Wutai!"

"But it's our job to get back our stuff from you, thief," Fox said.

Sonic grinned at Yuffie. "Now stay there and let me catch ya! GO!"

Yuffie looked forward to see that Lucario and Sonic were charging at her at nimble speed. The ninja gasped at this sudden action before she turned around and accidentally tripped, throwing her hands behind her, all of this happening in a second.

Unfortunately, by the time she tripped down, she was still carrying the spicy dish, and the same mentioned dish's contents were scattered all over the air, leaving traces of flames behind. Lucario and Sonic, since both were running at blinding speed towards her without seeing the pieces, couldn't react in time to stop running right towards the bits of food, and the ending result...was extremely painful.

The small pieces of rice didn't exactly burn them. It was much worse than that.

The small pieces of rice...ended up landing straight all over their eyes, causing them to stop their mad dash as their eyes quickly were reddened to the point they looked like they were crying blood.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!" Sonic yelled in extreme pain as he covered his eyes with his hands before he fell on the floor and twitched a lot uncontrollably.

"GUUUUUUUUAAAAAAAARRRRRRGGGHHH!!!" Lucario yelled in the same manner before he covered his eyes and dropped down on his knees.

Chip gasped. "Goodness gracious! They became blind with pain of the power of the super curry of death!"

Knuckles looked annoyed at him. "Would you shut up with those comments?"

Fox shook his head. "I didn't think something this would actually happen..."

The group watched as the two twitched a lot on the floor. Yuffie looked up from the ground before she turned around and found the two yelling in pain for the super spicy food spilled over their eyes. "W-what did just..." she muttered under her breath before she shook her head. "Who cares, honestly? I need to get away from here ASAP!"

The ninja got back up to her feet and quickly jumped over the sign into the river where she dove in to stay out of sight.

Cid kept watching the two screamers before he noticed that Yuffie had escaped from the scene. "Hey, where'd that girl go?" he asked. "HEY, SHE ESCAPED! THE F*&^%$ UP B*&^$ ESCAPED!"

Tifa gasped after seeing that Yuffie wasn't there anymore. "O-oh, rats! She escaped with the Materia I had found a moment earlier!" she cursed.

Music stops

At that moment, Cloud's group came running from the west (with Mario dragging Marth along some pebbles). The group stopped running when they saw Lucario and Sonic trying to resist the intense burning pain on their eyes. "O-oh my god, what happened here?" Chris asked before he looked down to the ground where the Superspicy Curry plate was empty of its contents. "Is that the Superspicy Curry on the ground?"

"C-Chris? I-is that you?" Lucario asked as he grunted in extreme pain.

The World Traveler saw the red patch spilled all over around Lucario's eyes. "L-Lucario!" Chris yelled before he ducked down to see him. "What happened to you? Why are you covering your eyes?"

"T-that ninja girl tossed that plate at us!" Sonic yelled as he tried to resist the pain. "We got it served straight to our eyes!"

Chris looked shocked. "A-and you got the whole plate?"

"Yeah!" Sonic yelled. "It hurts like I'm dying or something!" he complained.

Lucario showed his fangs in rage as he tried to sustain the pain in his eyes. Chris got a bit panicked at this that he tried to calm Lucario down by getting some water from the river to rub it on his face.

Tifa bowed to Cloud. "I-I'm so sorry, Cloud!" she apologized. "I should've looked another way so Yuffie wouldn't have to steal the Materia and provoke all this!"

Cloud sighed. "It couldn't be avoided, I guess," he said. "Too bad we got another Materia stolen as well."

"Grrrrrrr!!!" Lucario grunted in pain, gritting hard his fangs as Chris tried to find a way to help him out.

The World Traveler grabbed his own head. "W-what am I supposed to do?!" he asked in a panic.

Unaware, Chris didn't notice that Aerith had ducked down to rub the Aura Pokémon's head. For some reason, Lucario's grunts began to calm down as Aerith rubbed his head with care. Eventually, Lucario ended his grunts of pain, but his eyes were tightly closed as pain kept running through them.

"There, there," Aerith said. "There's nothing to grunt for anymore."

"...But..." Lucario muttered. "I-I can't seem to resist all this..."

"You have to hang in there," Aerith said. "The pain will go away in a few minutes."

"B-but it was super spicy curry that got spilled on my eyes..."

"...Then I guess it's going to take even longer..." Aerith muttered worried.

Lucario looked down, his eyes still tightly shut. "I...hate this...Chris..."

Chris looked worried at his Pokémon. "...Can you resist, though? Try to resist, Lucario... Can you do that?"

"...I'll try...if you say so..." Lucario muttered.

Snake shook his head. "What a way to get screwed over," he commented. "Our items backfired on us."

"That was really unlucky," Samus said. "Now we'll have to search all over again for her. Where did she go? Does anybody know where she ran off to?"

Cid thought for a moment. "I-"

"She dove right into the river!" Knuckles yelled before he ran to the edge of the river to see if there traces of Yuffie. The echidna inspected the surroundings, but there wasn't her shadow being shown anywhere. Knuckles grunted at this and looked away. "Damn, she fled already!"

Cid muttered some curses under his breath. "Well, ain't that good? We were jus' 'bout to get her, and then she jumps away while we see these two gettin' their eyes f*&%#$ up."

"I-I heard that!" Sonic yelled on the floor. "It's sapping into my brain!"

Cloud sighed. "Well, we're all back on square one..."

"Wait," Fox began, "Lucario said he identified her aura. He can sense the auras of people with ease."

The blond mercenary looked a bit confused. "Sense auras? He can do that?"

"Yeah, he ca-"

"I-I'm afraid to say I can't sense auras for now..." Lucario interrupted.

Chris looked worried. "W-what? Why can't you sense auras? Did you lose your ability again?"

"N-no, it's because the pain in my eyes isn't letting me concentrate long enough to even sense a single aura close to me," Lucario explained. "W-while I'm like this, I just can't seem to concentrate very well as I did a few minutes ago..."

Knuckles frowned at this. "Oh, great, our only easy chance to get that brat just got screwed over as well."

"I-I'm sorry, Chris. I didn't want to make you feel sorry for me..." Lucario apologized.

"I-it's okay, Lucario," Chris said. "You couldn't avoid this, anyway..."

"I was able to if I wasn't focused on her..."

"Please, don't say that..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: Custom on March 01, 2010, 09:56:34 PM
Have you won the award for longest Super Smash Brothers fan fiction yet?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 02, 2010, 07:47:32 PM
Quote from: Customrobo13 on March 01, 2010, 09:56:34 PM
Have you won the award for longest Super Smash Brothers fan fiction yet?
There's an award for that?
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 02, 2010, 07:54:01 PM
Cloud cleared his throat to get the attention of everyone present. "Alright, listen up," he said. "We still have time to look for Yuffie more. Unfortunately, we'll have to perform another search before evening comes by. If nobody finds Yuffie by evening, then let's all agree in meeting up at the Kisaragi Mansion located to the west of the village. The village chief agreed to let us rest in there, but he doesn't want us to be here for so long."

"We rather look around more, huh?" Snake asked.

"That's the idea," Cloud said. "The more time we waste, the more chances Yuffie will get further ahead from us. It's vital to keep looking for her."

Mario scratched his head a bit. "I hope we don't run into any kind of accidents like Lucario and Sonic did."

Chris looked away. "We didn't have any more curry dishes with us, don't worry..."

"Ha ha, see how I'm laughing," Sonic joked as he was able to stand up on his feet, his eyes tightly shut as Lucario's eyes. "Too bad I can't even see me laugh!" he complained, followed by a grunt.

"...Um..." Chris muttered, "...there's a problem right now."

"What problem?" Cloud asked before he remembered that Lucario and Sonic were blind at the moment. "Oh, yes..."

"Yes..." Chris said. "I presume they don't even know where they're facing anymore."

"That's right," Lucario said, still resisting the pain on his eyes. "I can't even focus long enough to tell where I'm going with this pain... I could walk anywhere, but this is just too much to bear..."

"Same here, but thing is I can't resist that much as you do!" Sonic complained. "I don't wanna run straight into a wall as well! Somebody will have to be my eyes!"

Chip pumped up a fist before he flew close to Sonic. "I know how to solve your issue, Sonic."

"Oh please, no!" Sonic pleaded.

"Ehem," Chip cleared his throat. "Sonic, I command you to follow my lead without going to another way. You shall NOT go anywhere else besides staying behind my back. That way, you won't run into anything."

"What's making you think that I'll actually listen to you this ti-" Sonic stopped talking once his feet were forced to walk all the way behind Chip. The hedgehog's feet then came to a stop before he grunted and crossed his arms. "Oh, sweet, now Chip's going to tell me when to eat my dinner."

"Hmm, that'll be pretty nice," Chip said. "Chip Norris could eventually pass on his teachings to you."

"NOT ON THIS LIFE," Sonic replied in annoyance.

Cloud was asking himself what the hell made the hedgehog do what he didn't want to do. The blond mercenary shook his head, shrugging off the puzzling thought. "Okay, I don't know what happened or made you listen to the funny-looking imp, but I don't care much either way."

"Hurray, somebody who doesn't care about the collar," Sonic said.

Take in mind it was actually taken as an honest compliment from the hedgehog.

Cloud looked at Lucario. "We have him blind, though."

Chris sighed. "By all means, I'll have to grab his hand and drag him around the village..." He turned around and saw that Aerith had grabbed Lucario's right hand. "...Um..."

Lucario smiled a bit. "Thank you, Chris. I really appreciate it."

The World Traveler was about to say a word since Lucario was oblivious of the fact that Aerith was already holding his hand. Before Chris could even say a "but", Aerith put a finger in front of her lips as a sign for Chris to follow the flow of what Lucario was thinking. "Y-yes, I'm your trainer after all," Chris said. "Now you won't run into walls."

"I just hope nobody laughs at us," Lucario said. "I won't be able to defend you because I can't see... Why am I thinking your hand is so soft?"

Aerith did a great job in avoiding the chuckle she wanted to mutter. Chris chuckled nervously at this. "W-well, how can you tell? It's not like you know how my hands feel like. If you did...that would be sick..."

"..." Lucario shrugged. "I guess you're very right on that part... Sorry."

"N-no, it's okay," Chris said, Aerith smiling and nodding at him.

Cloud ignored what Aerith was doing with Lucario. "I guess that resolves our problems with our blind members," he said. "With that away, we'll split ways from here with our current groups."

Chris pointed at Aerith holding Lucario's hand.

"...Well, with just a few changes," Cloud said. "The dog will have to follow my group."

"Of course I'll have to go with you this time," Lucario said, trying his best to avoid a smile to indicate how happy he was about the idea. "I mean, Chris is the one guiding me, isn't he?"

Aerith made a happy expression. Chris sweat dropped at this. "(I want to say no, but she looks...so...so happy... I-I don't want to say no to her! In some days, s-she will... I-I don't want to think about that gruesome fate she has in reserve in the near future!) Yes, I'm the one guiding you," Chris said simply, whimpering a bit in his mind.

"True enough," Lucario said.

Tifa frowned after thinking about Yuffie. "Do we honestly stand a chance against Yuffie? She's one nimble person, Cloud. If we do find her, there's a big possibility that she'll end up pulling a trick on us so she can escape."

Cloud shook his head. "We don't need to think about the bad stuff right now," he said. "If we find Yuffie, we'll have to do our best to corner her to a spot where she won't run away."

Cid coughed a bit. "You got a plan?"

"No, but we'll think of something," Cloud said. "Let's resume our search so we can finish this whole matter before evening comes around."

Snake furrowed his brow a bit. "I want to get done with this whole nonsense as soon as possible. We have other things to do besides hanging around with all of you."

"How ironic, we think the same things," Cloud commented. "Okay, let's all separate and look for Yuffie. Meet up at the Kisaragi Mansion west of the village to rest if nobody ends up finding her."

At that moment, Marth woke up from his induced sleep. The Altean groaned a bit as he lifted up his head. "O-oww... Why do I have this headache now? I could've sworn that girl pinched me with another sleeping dart..." He noticed that everyone was looking at him. "Did I...miss anything important?" he asked.

Mario looked away. "Sorry for dragging your head all the way here..." he muttered.

As Cloud sighed in boredom, the group didn't notice that there was a blond Turk spying on them from the right side wall of the item shop. Elena took a peek to see all of the fourteen people. "There they are," she muttered. "I need to keep tabs on them without getting any interruptions now. There's no room for error this time around."

Samus rubbed her forehead a bit. "I won't let her run away this time. I'll use my Plasma Whip to seize her before she escapes again."

There was something wrong once Samus tried to look for her mentioned gun-whip.

"..." She looked bored at them. "...She also stole my Plasma Whip, didn't she..." she trailed off a bit mad.

Fox frowned. "Well, she may as well steal everything from us. We were all completely scrapped to the last bit of equipment."

"At least she didn't think about pilfering our equipment besides Materia," Tifa said. "We wouldn't have survived in the open otherwise."

Cloud crossed his arms. "Let's all start right now. Hopefully, nothing will try to stop us from capturing Yuffie. I'm very certain that we're all going to corner her very soon."

Cid nodded. "About time we started this show," he said. "Let's get her!"

Cloud nodded. "If you feel like separating from the group to find her, that would increase the odds of finding her," he said. "Okay, guys, let's do this now."

Donkey Konga - Sing, Sing, Sing (With A Swing)

Once they all went to different ways, it was the start of a long chain of events that would pit them against just a person. It was all about fourteen people trying to seize and happy-go-lucky ninja of the village. Elena pushed herself against the wall to see everyone going to different ways. The Turk made a serious expression and decided to follow Cloud's group, carefully walking as far away from them to avoid being spotted.

Streets

Once they had walked several feet away from their spot, they found Yuffie looking to several small statues on a pedestal of a building. Marth yelled her name, and the ninja got startled by this that she ran away into the crowd to lose them. They all lost sight of her, and Cloud decided to choose the option to let everyone go their ways to find her. They all dispersed around, making Elena get undecided about who should she follow.

Cid had luck since he was able to see Yuffie running into some rows of trees by jumping over some bushes. The old man grinned to himself and ran after her. Unfortunately, upon crossing over the bushes, Cid eventually fell into a deep hole of thirty feet of depth. Yuffie walked close to the hole and chuckle down at the blond man, prompting him to curse her for almost everything (since he seemed to have broken a leg in the whole process). The ninja merely folded her arms behind her back and walked away from the spot.

In another part of the village, Chris confusingly looked around for any traces of the ninja. Upon looking to a building where people came out wearing kimonos, he saw that all the girls were covering their faces with fans. With a closer look, one of them seemed to be wearing a huge pauldron. The World Traveler shouted a "You!" and was able to find Yuffie. The ninja gasped at this that she grabbed the hem of her clothes and ran away into the crowd. The dragoon gave chase to her, but just as he was crossing over an intersection, a whole crowd of tourists appeared from the right and accidentally captured him by taking him away. Chris yelled in annoyance as he was dragged away with all the tourists while Yuffie watched all this from an alley. She giggled a bit and walked away.

Bridge

Aerith and Lucario were walking over a wide bridge. The Aura Pokémon was still thinking that Chris was the one guiding him around the village. Once Aerith looked down on the water, she saw that there was someone riding a small boat. That person turned out to be Yuffie. The ninja looked up to see the two characters before waving a hand at them as she entered underneath the bridge. Aerith smiled and waved her hand at her, but then she remembered what she was doing. The flower girl ran all around the bridge to reach the edge of the river and try to meet up with her. Once the boat came out, the "sailor" wasn't there anymore. Aerith looked confused at this, not noticing that Yuffie was hiding underneath the drifting boat. The flower girl looked back to the bridge where she had forgotten about Lucario, who was now being used as tourist attraction since there were families taking photos with him. Aerith blinked at this before she gasped and went to get the blind aura user and take him away from the public.

Streets

Close to the pub, Marth was doing a mad dash through the crowds of people after he located Yuffie. The ninja was now running from the serious Altean. Yuffie looked around to lose Marth until she found an alley where she ran into. Marth knew Yuffie had gone into the alley, and he then ran into it. However, upon stepping inside the alley, the Altean saw pure darkness before dozens of glowing eyes opened up (apparently from cats), seemingly glaring at him. Marth got confused at this since he knew there wasn't any real reason for the cats to grow upset with him. Yuffie should have received the same gazes, but all was answered once Marth looked to his right shoulder to spot a fish being held by a string from the rooftops. The Altean looked up to see where it came from, but he was then attacked by rabid cats that not only pushed the fish from the string, but piled up on him as well. A chuckling Yuffie, meanwhile, watched the entire scene from the roof where she held the string before she turned around and jumped away, ignoring the Japanese curses of the Altean.

Pub "Turtle's Paradise"

A wary Snake entered the pub to see if Yuffie was there. Once he looked to the table where Reno and (the fainted) Rude were, the red-haired Turk glanced at the mercenary. Reno rolled his eyes and merely pointed down of the table where Yuffie was crouching down below it. The ninja gasped after she saw the mercenary charging towards her. Suddenly, she flipped over the tile under the table, and she disappeared from sight. Snake muttered a remark before Cloud appeared from behind him. Suddenly, the tile under Cloud flipped over, and it took him down. Snake then was pulled into the floor's tile as it flipped over on his feet. The same tile then flipped over, and Yuffie appeared with a pleased expression before she ran away from the pub. A slash cut the tile in half where Cloud got in and said blond mercenary crawled up and then ran away outside, followed by a sighing Snake, who cursed some words.

Around that time, Reno saw that Elena carefully followed after the two. The red-haired Turk grumbled annoyed before he drank more wine while Rude muttered some words on the table; something about proposing to a certain fighter his undying love for her.

Streets

Around that time, a parade was held in some streets of the village. People were throwing and tossing confetti around while the nimble ninja ran between the rows of public. This time, Bowser and Wario had spotted the girl, demanding to get their items back from her. As soon as Yuffie decided to cross over to the other side of the street by running underneath a long dragon figure with a long body, being carried by several Wutai natives, the two ran underneath of it, but they were stuck in the dragon's fake insides since the natives lowered down the dragon to make it look like it was sliding over the ground. The two villains yelled in annoyance as they were taken away into the parade.

Rooftops

Above the rooftops, Yuffie was now jumping from roof to roof as she tried to escape from an angry Knuckles and Chip. The ninja easily crossed over the gaps, but so did the other two. Seeing that they've been leaping from place to place for a long time, Yuffie decided to jump into a gap to go into hiding. Knuckles had seen this, and he went to follow her. Unfortunately, as soon as he jumped into the gap, he fell right into a trash can on the lower floor. Chip gasped and then dove into the trash to go after Knuckles, but the trash can was covered by its top by a happy Yuffie, who then lied the trash can down and kicked it down a steep hill. The echidna cursed loudly, swearing to punch her so badly, while Chip merely shouted; shouting that Chip Norris could handle the situation very well and that nobody should worry about him, much to the echidna's annoyance.

Since Sonic was supposed to follow Chip, the hedgehog...was nowhere to be found. Back on the rooftops, Sonic had tripped along the chase, falling down where he hung on a rope where he was entangled with clothes wrapped on his whole body. The hedgehog yelled annoyed, wishing to see the light of day as soon as possible.

Residential Area

Yuffie was running along the several buildings as Samus gave chase after he. The bounty hunter was very determined in recovering all her stolen weaponry from the ninja. By this time, Yuffie was getting tired of running all day. The ninja was thinking about resting, but first she needed to get rid of Samus or else she would be captured. Thinking quickly, the ninja turned around a corner. Samus followed after her, and she did the same thing. Upon turning around the corner of the building, the bounty hunter didn't find the ninja anywhere. She looked around the trees of the place, but there weren't traces of the ninja. The bounty hunter decided to run away and search elsewhere, not noticing that Yuffie pressed herself against a tree's bark with a camouflage sheet of paper of the same color. The ninja sighed in relief and ran away to another direction.

Close to the same place, the figures that had taken sight of Samus focused on Yuffie as well. They seemed that they were reporting something to their boss regarding the two girls.

Just then, Elena came on the spot, and she looked around to see where they went. Cursing under her breath, she took a sharp turn and ran away to look around in a different area.

The figures then took an interest on the blond Turk before they left by walking through the alleys.

Due to exhaustion, Yuffie had to hide in an alley with a dead end. She was getting awfully tired by this time. Sighing, she looked forward before gasping at the sight of the Star Fox leader glaring at her. Yuffie began to back away from Fox, who looked very mad at her. When Yuffie was forced to back away to the wall of the alley, she gulped in fear. Her options of escaping were running out, and she had to think of a way to escape before Fox could get his hands on her. Yuffie gulped once Fox was just ten feet away from her. Thinking quickly with some hesitation, she closed her eyes and hoped that two of her fingers would strike Fox's eyes dead on. The vulpine was too busy staring at her that the fingers hit his pupils hard enough to make him yell in pain. Yuffie gasped as Fox backed away and fell on his rear, gritting his fangs in pain while he covered his eyes with his hands. The ninja then hopped over him and escaped, ignoring the harsh words that the Star Fox leader yelled at her.

And finally, the last ones, Mario and Tifa, where the only ones who were left from being tricked by the ninja. The two were chasing after the ninja, and it looked like Yuffie's legs were starting to tire her out due to the fact she was panting heavily. She was barely able to catch her breath, and her speed started to slow down. Yuffie was determined in losing every single one of her chasers to accomplish what she wanted todo with their stuff. Unfortunately, her energies said otherwise. The red plumber and the fighter saw their opportunity to catch the ninja as they were closing in on her by twenty feet of distance. Once they were about to reach her...

Yuffie turned to look and laugh at them. Apparently, it was all a trick. She had enough energies, but she was playing around with everyone. Mario and Tifa gasped as Yuffie took out a smoke ball (that she had stolen from a shop prior the chase) and slammed it down on the ground, creating a thick cloud of smoke that forced the chasers to stop and cough. Meanwhile, the laughing Yuffie ran out from it and headed towards the east with a triumphant look on her face. Closing her eyes, the ninja began to think about what she was going to do next with the stuff and Materia she had stolen from both groups. She ran out from the crowds of people.

Music stops

The moment she closed her eyes was her biggest mistake in the whole day.

After she ran several feet away from the cloud of smoke, Yuffie was suddenly pushed down to the ground by a quick figure of about 3'9" of height that leaped on her and pinned her down hard. The ninja grunted in pain before she opened her eyes and saw a menacing glare staring down at her face, prompting her to yell in fear. "GAH! M-M-MONSTER!!!" she yelped as the figure showed its fangs at her, revealing to be a feral animal.

At that moment, Cloud and Snake came running from the south. They stopped running once they saw that someone had pinned Yuffie down to the ground. Cloud looked at the figure, and he breathed out a sigh of relief. "Oh, it's you," Cloud said. "Good timing."

Snake raised an eyebrow at Cloud. "So, I suppose you know this...animal, right?"

"...Animal? Why would you address me with such an offensive title like that?"

The ex-FOXHOUND looked back at the figure. He could have sworn that the animal just spoke to him in clean English. From what he could tell, the figure looked like an animal of some sort of lion or feline appearance. The figure was a quadrupedal animal with thick dark red and orange fur with a thin brown mane extending partway down its back. Its right eye had a scar running through it, and the remaining eye was ochre in color. The animal was otherwise adorned with a variety of beads, earrings and feathers around its head, with golden pastern braces and brands on its legs. The most singular feature that the animal had was a tail with a flame on its tip.

"..." Snake looked a Cloud. "Maybe I didn't hear right, but did the cat on top of the girl just spoke to me?"

Cloud nodded. "Yeah, you did hear right," he said.

The mercenary stared at the blond mercenary in some silence. The simplicity of the reply made Snake think that there wasn't anything wrong with the animal before them.

"Are you done staring at each other in silence or what?"

Now Snake did listen well. Those words did come out from the quadrupedal animal. The ex-FOXHOUND looked at the lion-like character. "...Hmm, so you know how to talk like humans do, don't you?"

The lion nodded. "Of course I can do that. It's a very easy thing to do for my species," he said. "I dislike when people don't know about my family, but I can't do anything to change that fact."

Snake stared at the talking lion. The mercenary had already met other creatures in the whole ordeal against the Subspace Army, so why get an impression for another one? "I'm sorry if I didn't hear the news about you."

Cloud looked at Snake. "I wouldn't say those things around him if I were you," he said. "He dislikes to hear that."

The lion looked away. "Cloud, please don't waste any more words with him. It's clear he doesn't have an interest in people like me."

"Not like I said I had one," Snake muttered.

Cloud frowned and looked back at the lion on top of the annoyed Yuffie. "Anyway, the guy on top of Yuffie is named Red XIII, Snake," he said, introducing the animal. "Or you can call him Nanaki if you want. Each one doesn't really matter to him."

Red XIII is a lion-like character from an unidentified species of animals. He has a strong sense of honor and courage, especially regarding his father, who he believed was a coward who abandoned his tribe some time ago (and was later found out that he was actually defending his home from a rival tribe by battling them alone). Red XIII is polite, curious and observant, with something of a distaste for humans which may stem from Shinra's treatment of him as they kidnapped him to run experiments on him (particularly forcing him to breed with Aerith (the same incident where they all fled from Shinra), since his species are known to have long lifespans). He is highly intelligent, as should be indicated by his ability to speak articulately, and he knows much about the world due to his being raised at Cosmo Canyon (his native home where most people can study the ways the Planet behaves). However, he can still be very feral and bestial when called upon. "Red XIII" is not his real name but a codename given to him by Shinra. His actual name is Nanaki.

The lion named Red XIII looked away. "Pleased to meet you, Snake," he said. "As Cloud has said before, it doesn't matter which name you want to call me. Either one is fine."

"(I can tell from his tone of voice that he's not that pleased,)" Snake thought. "Same here," he muttered.

Yuffie struggled to push the lion away from her. "U-ugh, you stupid idiot!" Yuffie cursed. "L-let me go!"

Red XIII glared down at her. "After you stole all our Materia from our hands?"

The ninja grunted before groaning aloud. "Okay, okay! I get it already, sheesh!" she complained.

Cloud decided that it was about time to call everyone to meet at the spot. The blond mercenary began to call everyone through his PHS. Unfortunately, only two of his group had said phones; fortunately, the Smashers found their way back to them.

A time passed, and everyone had gathered. Most of them had evidence about what they went through because of Yuffie (such as Knuckles and Chip having a stinky smell, and Cid using a crutch for his right leg).

Tifa sighed in relief. "Finally! We got to catch her at last!" she said.

Red XIII was still on top of the struggling ninja. The lion didn't want to move anywhere else as he kept a perfect position to prevent Yuffie from running away. The talking animal looked at the new assets of Cloud's group. "It seems you've gathered a bunch of new people, right, Cloud?" he asked.

"Yeah," Cloud said. "At first, I didn't want them to come along, but they insisted because Yuffie had stolen their things to sell them for money to get more Materia."

"I thought as much."

Knuckles looked bored at Tifa. "So you have a guy who has a very obvious feral look and can talk, huh? It's easy for you to see him without getting freaked out, but it's not the same with us?"

Tifa looked away in embarrassment. "I-I didn't know this would happen, honest!"

Red XIII chuckled a bit. "Well, I think I am a little bit grateful that there are such people who look different than humans just like I do," he said.

"Please, don't enjoy this so much," Cloud said mildly annoyed. "Anyway, why'd you come here, Red XIII?"

Chris thought it was a little bit bizarre to call the lion by its codename by saying the roman numbers. Actually, thinking again, the Smashers already had someone else named Red in their group, so they were a bit used to listen to bizarre names.

Red XIII looked at Cloud. "I came here because you didn't seem to respond to my calls," he said. "You have around nine missed calls from me."

Cloud took out his PHS to see on the screen that there was a record of nine missed calls from Red XIII. "Oh, I surely didn't hear the calls while we were chasing after Yuffie."

"I understand," Red XIII said. "I was getting worried about why you weren't answering so I had to leave my area and look for you. I used your scents to locate you. Fortunately, the area I was patrolling was close to Wutai, easier for me to track down your scents."

Cid scoffed at this. "Not like I fart every four seconds or somethin', sick animal."

Chris looked away. "I think that was disgusting and unnecessary to say..." he muttered.

Red XIII looked down at Yuffie. "And when I arrived, I saw Yuffie running straight outside. I saw my moment to stop her, and thus I halted her getaway."

Yuffie stuck out her tongue at him. "You shouldn't have come, anyway!" she yelled. "Thanks to you, I won't ever realize what I wanted t-"

"Yuffie," Cloud interrupted as he walked next to her, "it's over now. Hand over all the stolen stuff you got from all of us this instant."

Yuffie sighed and looked away. "There isn't another way to convince any of you, huh?"

"No."

"...Fine..." the ninja muttered. "...If you want your stuff, just follow me to my house..."

"The mansion?" Aerith said. "We didn't see any Materia in there."

"No, that's not my house," Yuffie said in defeat. "My house is located in a hidden section of the village just close to the gates. If SOMEBODY lets me stand up, I'll lead you all the way there."

Fox (having teary eyes thanks to the harsh pokes on them) glared at the ninja. "You're not going to pull another trick on us, right?"

"No!" Yuffie said. "I-if you want, have someone grab me by the hands so you stop thinking about me doing that to you!" she suggested.

"That doesn't sound like a bad idea," Mario said.

Cloud ducked down to grab both of Yuffie's hands. Red XIII got off from her to let her stand up straight. Sighing, Yuffie looked bored at Cloud. "Well, now that you have me, let me take you all to my house."

Cloud nodded. "Please do."

And the ninja finally decided to give in, leading everyone to the west.

Just inside a building, Elena watched carefully the group leaving towards the gate. She narrowed her eyes and quickly and carefully left her post.

Yuffie's Hideout

The group was taken to a remote location of a small forest just close to the villages' gates. There was a simple house small enough for a single person to live in. Inside the house, there were many scattered ninja stuff (such as shurikens and kunais) with bed sheets being scrambled around a small tea table. An ashamed Yuffie looked at the whole group of fifteen people (most of them giving her glares). "You know, you guys didn't have to enter in here. You're all taking up my free space."

"Yuffie, knock it off already," Cloud said. "We're just here because you caused everything."

Yuffie looked down. "I know that, but..."

"Tell us where our stuff is so we finish all this nonsense."

The ninja wanted to cling into all the stolen spoils. Yuffie didn't want to listen to Cloud's demand, but she was cornered by everyone. There was no way to escape from them this time. "...Fine," Yuffie said before pointing at the wall of the right towards a door. "See that? It'll take you to my secret basement. That's where I hid all your Materia and stuff."

"You go first."

Yuffie bit her lip a bit. "Okay..."

The ninja proceeded to go to the door while everyone kept an eye on her. Yuffie began to walk down the stairs before everyone soon followed after her.

Once they all reached the basement, they crossed a hallway to a room where there was a machine with a screen and two levers in front of it. Some of them thought that the machine before them was used to spy on the people outside, and some others thought it was just used for Yuffie to do other stuff (possibly the latter, since there seemed to be the original version of the game Pong). There was a purple mattress with a Japanese letter written on it, and there were cat statues ornamenting opposite sides of the walls.

Final Fantasy VII - On That Day, 5 Years Ago

The ninja stopped right in front of the machine to look at them. "...You really want your Materia back?" she asked.

"Haven't you listened or what?" Fox asked. "We want everything you took from us back."

"Yeah," Snake said. "I just can't let you sell my weaponry to anybody. They're strictly confidential to the organization I'm working for, and they should be kept by members of it."

Marth looked away. "As if grenades were strictly confidential..."

Yuffie looked worried and shook her head. "B-but I just can't do this!" she argued. "N-not like this, you guys! I need to do this before Wutai gets even worse!"

"What is that about this village getting worse?" Knuckles asked.

Cloud shook his head. "Yuffie, it's over now. We don't want to listen to you anymore."

Yuffie shook her head again. "B-but you need to listen to this so you can see why I'm doing all this, Cloud!"

Cid grunted. "Haven't you head learned that we don't care s^&* about ya?"

Aerith looked at Yuffie's ashamed look. The flower girl felt a bit of sympathy for the ninja that she looked at Cloud. "Cloud...maybe we should listen to her."

The blond mercenary looked at Aerith. Sighing, Cloud looked back at Yuffie. "Fine, go ahead but make it quick."

The ninja looked down. "You might've seen the Wutai of today, right? Well, it didn't use to be like this before the Wutai War erupted," she explained. "Before then, Wutai was a proud nation of ninjas. It was one of the best nations of the world. Wutai was admired for being peaceful and intriguing by its culture. My father, back then, was feared by those who dared to attack the nation, or so I heard about the stories that people told me when I was little."

"So you loved this place so much," Samus said.

"Yeah, and I still do..." Yuffie muttered before she began to sniff a bit. "Before I was born, Wutai was a lot more crowded and more important..."

"But it looks like that today," Mario said.

"Of course not..." Yuffie said. "Wutai didn't use to have that many tourists who easily overgrown the native people by hundreds of them. You saw what it looks like now, right? ...JUST a resort town because we had no choice but surrender to Shinra...all because my father decided to surrender..."

"We saw how you yelled at your father," Cloud said. "You looked like you hated him."

"I hate him, alright," Yuffie said. "He was strong, but now he's just a pathetic excuse for a leader of a proud nation. Sure, we got peace after we lost the war, but we lost the glory. Without glory, Wutai just won't be the same as it used to be. Now look at Wutai!" she yelled before she started to sniff. "That's why...if I had lots of Materia...I could..."

"You could restore Wutai's glory," Tifa said. "Is that what you're saying?"

"Y-yeah..." Yuffie started to sob. "Y-you don't know how humiliating it is for me to live in this hell hole! Each time I see another tourist enter the village, I always think there could've been another way around Shinra, but it's useless!" She walked all the way behind the group where she pounded she wall with a fist. "My father is an idiot, the people of Wutai don't even do a thing to rise against Shinra, and soon the nation is going to lose its culture by all these stupid tourists! I hate it all!"

The group watched Yuffie dropping to her knees where she began to cry silently. Feeling sad for the ninja, Chip flew over to her and tapped her shoulder. "Aww, don't cry, you. Everything's gonna be alright, you'll see."

"I-it's not going to be alright if I don't do something about it!" Yuffie cried.

"But Chip Norris says so!"

Chris looked bored. "(Chip, stop ruining these moments with your nickname already...)"

Yuffie kept sobbing to herself before Cloud took a step towards her. "Yuffie," he began, "stop crying now."

The ninja sniffed a bit and stopped.

"To be honest, Yuffie," Cloud began, "I don't really care that much about Wutai or your feelings about the whole issue."

Yuffie gasped and looked at Cloud. "W-what?"

Some of the group looked confused at the blond mercenary. "You don't care about her?" Tifa asked.

"Why should we care about something that doesn't have to do with us?" Cloud asked. "It's Yuffie's issue, not ours. She happened to find us in the field where she wanted to steal our Materia. Once we stopped her, she gave up, but then she said she wanted to come along with us. And thorough our journey, I've seen her fixated on our Materia that she hardly ever talked with any of us."

"I-it wasn't like that!" Yuffie yelled.

"It was like that," Cloud said. "She didn't care about us, so why should we care about her?"

Mario looked worried. "I...don't think you should give her the same treatment..." He looked at Yuffie's depressed expression. "She looks like she's sorry."

Cloud shook his head. "It's hard to trust her now. She's been tricking us all day."

Chris thought for a moment. "That reminds me... Yuffie, why were you going around the village?"

Yuffie cleared some tears, but she kept looking down. "I...I wanted to see if anyone of the tourists knew about somebody who would like to sell Materia to me... Also, I was trying to convince the shopkeepers from buying the stuff I stole from you, but they gave me really cheap prices, and I refused... You guys were going around, and so I had to run away and lose all of you."

"Until I arrived, everything was going according to your plan," Red XIII said.

"Yeah..." Yuffie muttered. "I didn't have any luck, and I became stuck. I was considering leaving the village to seek out a Materia seller, but I don't really wanna go on a ship voyage again..."

"..."  Tifa shrugged. "Oh yes, you puked at least seven times in one voyage."

Yuffie shook her head and looked worried at Cloud. "Cloud, please, let me d-"

"No, Yuffie," Cloud interrupted. "It's all over. You should've done something else than stealing Materia from other people. It was your fault that you got into this mess, and you knew very well what was going to happen if you failed."

The ninja sobbed a bit and covered her face. "I...I...I..."

Marth started to feel some sympathy for the ninja. "Sorry, but this has to be done this way. Please, give us back what you stole from everybody."

Yuffie suddenly nodded, deciding to give up already. "...O-okay...there's no way around it, huh?" she sniffed. "I-I'll tell you where I hid your stuff right now..." Without looking, the ninja pointed at the two levers close to the screen. "S-see the left lever? Pull it down and...a secret door should open here in this room... Inside that room, all your stuff will be there..."

Something hit Chris's memory. Somehow, what Yuffie said was about to trigger an important detail about the lever she told the group to pull down. There was something very important, and it wasn't related to finding Materia.

Chip was the one who headed for the lever. The imp smiled and gently pulled down the lever. "There," he said before he turned to the group. "Now we can see this hidden entran-"

Music stops

And from the ceiling, a huge cage dropped down, trapping all of them except for the imp. Seeing that this was predictable, Knuckles looked bored. "...Okay, who REALLY saw this coming a mile away?" he asked in annoyance.

Everyone raised their hands.

"Just as I thought, alright..." he muttered.

Final Fantasy VII - Stolen Materia

They all turned to Yuffie. The ninja suddenly stopped sobbing and replaced her sniffing sounds for hysterical laughter. This only made most of the people in the cage get mad at her sudden change of moods. "Hahahahahahahaha!" Yuffie laughed loudly. "What made you think I'd give up all the stuff so easily, anyway? You're way SO easy to trick, y'know!"

"Y-you...bastard!" Marth yelled. "I thought you were going to cooperate and hand over our stuff!"

"Not in a million years, sadly for you!" Yuffie said. "You guys are so gullible, I swear. You should've listened to what I told you, Cloud! If you listened, I could've given you everything!"

Cloud glared at the ninja. "Yuffie..."

"Sorry, but there is NO way I'm handing over your the Materia AND the stuff that easily to such a bunch of insensitive guys like you! (Aerith: But I was caring about your problem!)" she said. "The Materia's as good as mine! Tough!" she said before she stuck out her tongue and ran away while laughing madly to herself.

Cid shook in fury before he grabbed the bars of the cage and began to yell like a madman. This was further enforced because Knuckles was doing the same thing.

"Foiled again!" Tifa said. "I can't believe she did all this again!"

"...But I have to admit she did a very good job at faking it," Aerith commented.

Marth slapped his forehead. "I don't think that's really important right now..."

"Oh, my bad..."

Chris looked down. "(I knew it; I knew this was going to happen!)" he thought. "(I found out this right after it happened, though... Dammit!)"

Sonic tried to look around. "What? Where? Who? What happened? Did we get our stuff?"

"Hedgehog, were you deaf this whole time?" Snake asked in annoyance. "The girl trapped all of us in a cage."

"Hmm, that sucks."

"That's it? That's all you have to say?" Knuckles asked.

Samus sighed a place her right hand on her forehead. "Okay, now we have to think about how to come out from this cage..." She noticed that Chip was waving at them from outside the cage. "...Chip, can you try to pull up the lever? Maybe the cage will pull up. There's a rope hanging on top of this thing."

The imp nodded. "Right-o," he said before he looked pass all of them to see Yuffie coming back into the basement. "Hey there!" Chip greeted.

Everyone turned around to look at the cunning ninja. "Yuffie, stop this now!" Tifa yelled. "You don't have to steal our Materia and stuff to bring back Wutai's glory!"

"No can do!" Yuffie said with a chuckle. "That just won't do at all!"

Red XIII grunted at her. "Would you just stop? You still have time before your punishment becomes even worse."

"Well then, I'll escape from you so I don't have to be punished at all," she said. "You want your Materia and stuff? Then go find it yourselves!"

"You mean to say they're not here?" Fox asked.

"That's right!" Yuffie said. "I just brought you here in hopes for you to listen to my story, but since the cold Cloud thinks he so cool and stuff to give a little bit of his time to help Wutai, I COULD have given everything back, but since he's such a big meanie with everyone, why bother to get him to help me? I swear that everyone hates anyone who is not that cooperative with you."

Snake blinked a bit at this statement.

"Why bother sticking together when you can just leave them all behind and do it yourself?" Yuffie asked. "I mean, it's not like we have to be all together in a big group. If that group hates you, then you may as well leave 'em. You just gotta think you can do it alone without anyone's help."

The mercenary looked away, seemingly looking as if Yuffie's words made him think about something he wanted to ponder.

Cloud shook his head. "I don't care either way, Yuffie. Give bac-"

"Sheesh, all of you guys repeat the same darn thing over and over again," Yuffie said bored. "Don't you tire yourselves from doing that so many times when it's useless to do so?"

"AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Cid and Knuckles yelled furiously, banging on the steel bars even more.

The ninja chuckled heartily. "Alright, time for me to leave and challenge you in finding everything you want back from me. If you don't find what you're looking for, then it'll be forever lost in the village. Yeah, that's right. And when you're looking for everything, remember you gotta steel it." She chuckled a bit. "Heh heh...steel...steel! Get it?"

"NO!" Knuckles yelled in fury.

"Thought so! C ya!" Yuffie said before she ran away, laughing hysterically to herself.

A moment of silence passed, and the ninja's footsteps weren't heard anymore nor her laughter. Chris sighed and looked to Chip. "Chip, can you pull up the lever now?"

Music stops

"Right-o, take 2," Chip said with a salutation before he pulled up the lever, letting the cage to be carried into the roof where it disappeared into the darkness.

"Oh brother," Tifa muttered. "She's done it again..."

"It seems that way," Mario said. "I think that she was actually trying to get help so badly... Something about her, when she returned, looked different."

"What was that?" Sonic asked.

"Well, for instance...I saw that she was still crying," Mario said. "For one thing, she wasn't faking anything just now. Everything looked perfectly real and honest."

Cloud crossed his arms. "You're forgetting one main fact: it's Yuffie," he said. "She's the most cunning of people we've ever met. She might be one good "actor" if you know what I mean."

"But I think tha-"

"Enough, Mario," Cloud interrupted. "Now that we're once again back on square one, we'll have to look for Yuffie...again."

Aerith looked at Red XIII. "Can you use your nose to track down her scent?"

Red XIII shook his head. "It could be easy if it wasn't for the fact there's a lot of people in this village. Their scents combined makes it hard for me to tell which scent is Yuffie's one. Worse yet, there are so many scents of food."

"I know," Fox said, "since this is her house, we can wait here for her to come back."

Samus shook her head. "I don't think she'll be back here now that we know she lives here," she said. "It wouldn't be a smart move to come back here again."

Fox looked down. "I guess you're right..." he muttered.

Marth groaned a bit. "Please, don't tell me she won't ever be found..."

"We don't know until we try again," Cloud said. "...We'll try tomorrow, though. It's sunset already."

Sonic yawned. "I wouldn't mind lying down on a bed and TAKE this spicy stuff off from my eyes..."

Cid stopped yelling before looking serious. "I know! Let's burn her home down!" he suggested.

"Seconded!" Knuckles agreed.

"No," Cloud said. "We're not going to cause anything in her home. We don't want to fall at the same level she's at. Besides, if we did burn this place, the village would get upset."

"F^&%," Cid muttered under his breath.

Chris looked at Lucario. "Do you still feel pain?"

Lucario nodded. "Sadly, yes... I still can't concentrate well enough..."

Cloud sighed. "Well then, I think everyone wants to rest for the time being," he said. "Let's all go back to the Kisaragi Mansion. Hopefully they'll let us stay there for the night because the inns in the village are too booked up."

Everyone soon left the basement. Before Chris could step into the hallway, he looked behind where Snake was looking away in deep thought. "Snake?" Chris said. "Snake, we have to leave from here."

Snake kept looking away for a bit more. He then looked back at the World Traveler. "Right," he said.

Chris tilted his head to the right. "What were you doing just now?"

"It's none of your business," Snake said as he passed the teen and walked away.

Chris kept staring at Snake walking away. The World Traveler knew that the mercenary was thinking about something. Given the fact that snake replied a little bit late, it was surely something important. Unfortunately, Chris couldn't tell what it was. Once he was done pondering, Chris left the building.

However, none of them noticed that a person was spying on them. On the other end of the hallway, Elena walked out from the darkness as she held a notepad (with a logo of a chocobo on the cover) on her hand. It turned out she had beaten the group in getting to the house since she was the one who found the place first than they, and she hid in the darkness to stay out of sight. The blond Turk raised an eyebrow at the notepad, listing some things on it with a pen (with a logo of a moogle on its tip). "Let's see now," she began, "so far, I've gathered some juicy information about them all. For instance, that girl stole their stuff and Materia... Since they don't have Materia, that leaves them very vulnerable to any attacks..."

She bit the tip of her pen.

"Now, if I could think of a way to convince some of the soldiers to drop off the matter about that Don Corneo guy...I could get those guys arrested and brought in to Rufus!" she said before looking serious. "But I wonder, maybe there's more that I can I find out about them, specifically the group of furry people... I have to keep gaining more information before I do my report."

The blond Turk decided to leave the basement, carefully making sure nobody saw her.

Kisaragi Mansion

The evening soon came over Wutai. Surprisingly enough, the streets of the whole village were...completely emptied out. All people were resting by the time night fell. At first, it looked odd that there weren't people, but it later became creepy to some of the group. There wasn't any reason that the streets didn't have any people during the night, but there should have been at least one.

"And to prove this place encourages tourism," Mario began, "we all got free hotel clothes: jinbeis."

True to be told, the Kisaragi Mansion wasn't exactly just a normal manor but some kind of hotel. Cloud had convinced Godo for everyone to book in, allowing them to have a place to rest for the night. Oddly enough, Godo was the only one who was present at the house as a family member. The only people who attended him were hired maids.

As for the group, each one had their own rooms. Some of them went as far as to sleep in groups, while others simply slept alone. In one of room, Chris, Mario, Lucario, Sonic (who turned into a werehog), and Chip were having a conversation. Surprisingly enough, all of them (except Lucario) were wearing jinbeis (traditional Japanese clothing during summer season consisted of short-sleeved jacket with shorts). They were given jinbeis by the maids.

Chris looked happy. "Well, I personally like the service in here," he said. "We even got to eat Chinese rice."

"And free clothes," Chip said. "Chip Norris gets everything for free.

Sonic ignored the imp. "Too bad I can't even see what's in front of me anymore with this stupid spicy stuff on my eyes. Why did I have to be stuck in here while everybody went to have dinner?"

"It's because you turned into a werehog again," Mario said. "And you turned into it after we came back. Do you want to scare the mansion's lord with a sudden transformation?"

"Meh, he won't say anything."

"I say otherwise, though," Chris said. "You'll have to be hiding from anybody when you're a werehog."

"Oh, so any other non-human guy can go around? I'm one like that as well!"

"Yes, but remember your transformation," Mario said. "Anybody would freak out if they saw you transforming so suddenly."

Sonic sighed. "Guess there's no way, then..."

Chris chuckled nervously. "S-see the bright side about this: I got you your own jinbei."

"So?"

"...Forget it..." Chris muttered before looking at Lucario, who was doing a meditating position besides Chris's bed. "Are you eyes still hurting you?"

"...Yes," Lucario said in shame. "The curry has a horrible effect on eyes..." He grunted. "I want to see very soon because I'm getting sick of having to walk around with somebody grabbing my hand. Thank goodness it was you, Chris, who guided me all day."

If only Lucario knew that a girl did all the guiding for him...

"...U-um, yes," Chris said. "You have me to guide you anywhere."

"Yes."

Chris stood up and sighed. "I don't know you, but I'm going out for a walk around the garden..."

"Why?" Chip asked. "You lost somebody dear to you that you need some time alone? Chip Norris understands that, but he can always roundhouse a corpse to make it come alive again."

"...N-no!" Chris said in embarrassment. "I just want to have some relaxation by myself after the ordeal we went through to get our stuff without having any good results."

Lucario looked up, listening to Chris's words to see where he was. "Can I go with you?"

"No, it's okay," Chris said. "You should rest for now. I'll be right back in a few minutes... If you'd excuse me..."

The World Traveler walked towards the sliding door before he left the room.

Mario looked at Sonic. "Don't worry, Sonic, we'll lift that transformation very soon."

"Do you know the date?" Sonic asked.

"...No..."

"Bummer," Sonic muttered with a scoff.

Windy Hallway

Environmental Noises

The moon's reflection floated on a small pool of water of the silent garden. A lonely figure, Chris, walked silently on the wooden floor. The World Traveler looked at the garden before sighing a bit to himself. "I wonder..." he muttered, "how long will it take us to finish our things here?"

"Beats me."

Chris gasped at the sudden response that came out of nowhere. Looking forward, the World Traveler found a man in jinbei behind a pillar resting his shoulders on the wooden handrail. He looked odd to Chris since he never met him. Judging by the serious look of the man, Chris could tell he wasn't from the village. The man had a small beard and dark brown hair. Other than that, he just wore a jinbei. "O-oh, sorry, mister!" Chris apologized. "I-I didn't see you were here. You were kind of hiding perfectly behind this pillar..."

The man nodded before he looked back to the garden.

Chris sighed. "Really, I'm sorry for not noticing you... There's no need to avoid replying back to me. I won't say anything offensive..."

"...Tsk," the man muttered.

"...(Now that I think about it, I never saw him in this place before...)" Chris thought. "U-um, I'm sorry for having to ask you this, but who are you?"

"..." The man glanced sideways at Chris. "Iroquois Pliskins," he introduced himself.

"Oh..." Chris trailed off. "(Iroquois sounds a bit a funny as a name... I-I shouldn't chuckle at him for his name... But...Pliskins... Oh no, another funny name...) Iroquois?" Chris said in curiosity. "Wow, I think that name is kind of..."

"Random?" the man named Iroquois finished. "Yeah, I've gotten the same kind of response a few times."

The World Traveler thought that he could further talk with the man. "So, are you staying here in the mansion?"

"Yeah," Iroquois said with a nod. "Otherwise I'd be out in the streets. The inns of this place are all booked up to the top shelf of the main reception."

"I know what you mean..." Chris trailed off. "But how did the owner let you in?"

"Simple," the man began, "I already met him with some group of guys. We're all staying here for the night."

"Oh, so you're with a group," Chris said. "...What kind of group is that? I didn't see anyone else rather than the people I'm with."

"Well, those guys are the oddest bunch you'll ever meet," Iroquois said. "You'll see why because they all wear fur suits all day."

"...Wow..." Chris muttered. "They must be really attached to their costumes, aren't they?"

"That's one way to put it," Iroquois said. "Some of them are menacing-looking, and some of them have goofy looks on their faces that could drive you nuts. Heck, they may even give you nightmares."

"I-I'm used to see strange faces, so it's going to be fine," Chris said with a nervous smile.

"I don't, thought," Iroquois said. "Why, even some of them are human, but they could be ever weirder than the others."

"What do you mean?"

"Well, there's this guy who wears a tiara that makes him look girly, this woman with the stern look, this guy who doesn't seem to work as a plumber, and this other kid who likes to change clothes every so often."

Why was Chris thinking that he could picture somebody else saying those kinds of words?

"...I...see..." Chris said in confusion. "...That's strange, now that you said it..."

"Why?" the man asked.

"Well, most of what you said was kind of ironic because I happen to be traveling with the same kind of group," he said. "But it sounded kind of convenient, you know? I was about to say that you forgot the man with the dead serious look on his face and the...surprisingly tight buttocks." He looked away in embarrassment. "D-don't tell him I said that, though! He'll get mad if he heard I said that about him!"

"..." Iroquois shook his head and looked away. "I admit my suit is kind of ridiculously tight in some parts. Sadly, I've never taken fashion that badly before."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: Custom on March 05, 2010, 06:16:56 AM
Quote from: AuraChannelerChris on March 02, 2010, 07:47:32 PM
There's an award for that?

There should be. If there is, you've got it.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 05, 2010, 09:10:56 PM
Chris chuckled. "I don't see you wearing any kind of suit right now. You're wearing not-so-tight clothes."

"Yeah, but I'll be wearing my usual espionage suit again like I always do. I wouldn't mind wearing some more common clothes while I'm in the middle of the public, but I don't have any at the moment."

The World Traveler looked a bit confused at this. "...Excuse me?"

Iroquois looked at Chris. "Yeah?"

"Espionage suit?" Chris said. "What...are you? Some kind of undercover spy?"

"Maybe," the man said. "The kid in my group would ask the same thing."

"..." Chris narrowed his eyes at the man. Somehow, the World Traveler felt that the man before him was already a familar face. "...Wait just a minute here!" he said in shock. "You're not just some kind of man, are you?!"

"...Heh," Iroquois chuckled a bit. "Fooled you, didn't I, kid?"

Chris shook his head. "W-wait, you're not Snake, right? There happens to be a guy who could respond something like that just like you, and I don't think it's a coincidence that there's someone with the same kind of responses...and...the voice..." He slapped his forehead. "Aw, god, the voice! They both sound the same as well! How did I overlook that?"

Iroquois nodded. "Afraid so, kid. You're talking to Solid Snake now."

The World Traveler looked shocked. "B-but...is that really you?"

"What, haven't seen me without the headband?" Iroquois asked. "Without the headband, it's a bit hard for people to recognize who I am. I guess you fell for it, kid."

"I-I admit you looked very different without the headband," Chris said. "You were having fun messing with me, didn't you, Iroquois?"

"Hey, I just happened to be breathing some fresh air outside my room," Iroquois, or Snake, said. "And I didn't wear my headband because it was getting a bit hot."

"Then I walked here and you faked to be another person?"

"Pretty much, but the name Iroquois Pliskin was a name I used to have when I wanted to help another kid some time ago," Snake said. "It's not that fake and random, though. You just happened to fall for it."

"U-ugh!" Chris grunted in annoyance. "I can't believe I didn't think that you were you, Snake!"

Snake looked away. "It's not my fault you haven't seen me with a more normal face."

"W-well, I'm pretty sure I'm not going to make the same mistake ever again!" Chris said with crossed arms. "Goodness, I thought you looked new to me BEFORE I-"

"Kid, would you stop ranting that loud?" Snake asked. "You're gonna wake up the people resting in here, especially the maids and Godo."

"O-okay, I will," Chris said. "I think I might be overdoing it a little, so I'm going to stop there..."

"Good," Snake said. "Now please leave me alone. You'll have to enjoy what time I have left before I drop out from the group."

Chris nodded. "I understand, Snake... I think I'm going to head back to my room now... Good night, Snake."

The World Traveler turned around and walked away into the hallway of the mansion. The mercenary kept looking at Chris's direction before the World Traveler came back in a hurry as if something was recalled in his mind. "What is it, kid?" Snake asked. "You can't sleep and counting sheeps wasn't enough?"

Chris blushed a bit. "I-it's not that!" he said. "Maybe I heard wrong, but did you just say I had to enjoy the time I have left for you before you drop down the group? ...What exactly did you mean by that?"

Final Fantasy VII - Anxious Heart

Snake gave Chris a stern look. "No, you didn't hear wrong. What you heard is the whole truth."

"...B-but..." Chris shook his head a bit. "...But...seriously? In a moment like this?"

"Yeah," Snake said simply.

"...I..."

"No need to talk more about this," Snake said. "I already made my decision."

"...It's just that...it's so sudden..." Chris muttered. "I mean, why drop out from the group so suddenly? I don't see what's the reason for you to do that..."

"There is," Snake said. "I'm not needed to be here anymore, nor I was needed this whole time."

"...What?" Chris asked. "What do you mean you're not needed here?"

Snake looked back at the reflection of the moon's image on the pond. "It's true. I realized that there isn't any reason for me to be with the group. I began to think that after we last met that snotty girl."

Chris looked away. "Snotty girl... You mean Yuffie?"

"Yes."

"But what made her think you weren't needed here?"

"She said that there isn't a point to be with her group because they don't care about her," Snake said. "She also said that she may as well leave them behind so she can do everything by herself, and I kind of related to what she said."

"...W-wait a minute," Chris began, "are you saying we don't care for you and that you're better off alone by yourself?"

"Pretty much," Snake said. "I work solo most of the time, kid."

"But you always receive help from Otacon, Mei Ling, and the others," Chris said. "How can you say you're alone when you have all of them to support you?"

"That's because they're the ones I resort to get info during my missions," Snake explained. "They're not physically there, which is better for me to work and avoid worrying about anyone in a battle."

The codec ringtone ran suddenly. "Oh yeah, he says the truth, alright," Otacon said. "I don't want to remember the first we met. Snake almost killed me."

"You were being very clueless about what you were doing to help the enemy, Otacon," Snake said. "And since it was a weapon of nuclear weaponry, of course I had to yell it out to you."

"Er, I personally think there was another nicer way to tell him, though..." Mei Ling muttered.

Chris shook his head. "What about you two? Aren't you against Snake's decision?"

"Frankly speaking, he can do what he wants to do," Mei Ling said. "We just give him information for anything he has trouble with. Only Colonel Roy Campbell can order him."

"Well, then why the Colonel isn't saying anything?"

"That's because Snake has already spoken to me," said the Colonel. "All he told me was something I thought over before I allowed him to do what he wanted."

"But...Snake is an important asset for the group..." Chris muttered.

"Not really, kid," Snake said. "The guys in the group are kind of very secluded when they look at me. I'm some kind of outcast for them like the hedgehog is."

"Sonic isn't an outcast!"

"Most of them treat him like as if he were a stranger stuck in the mansion," Snake said. "I don't want to annoy anyone like he does, so I should better leave everything and everyone behind."

Chris shook his head again. "You're wrong. Maybe there are some of them who really care for you!"

"The mushroom princess?"

"...Peach likes pretty much anybody who seems good or has the possibility of becoming a nice person..." Chris muttered. "...Besides her, I could probably...um..."

Snake sighed. "Can't think of some names, huh?"

"...No..." Chris admitted. "...B-but even so, you don't really have to leave, Snake! I...I do care about you!"

"Why do you care about me, though?"

The World Traveler thought for a moment. "I care about you because...you're singular like any of the guys we've met. Every single one of them is unique in their own way, and you're not an exception. I mean, you're the only one of the whole group who is dead serious about what you do..."

Snake kept staring at the pond. "Everyone else is as "dead serious" as me, kid."

"At least you keep focusing on it more than anyone..."

"Possibly," Snake said. "Unfortunately, we're all on the same level when we want to discuss about what to do next about the army. If I dropped out, the group wouldn't lose that much of aid."

"..." Chris looked down. "But having you around makes us look complete..."

Snake looked up. "Are you saying that because of the fact that we need to be the whole roster of people in the so-called tourney?"

"...I'm going to be honest: yes," Chris said. "But I'm not so sure about putting it like that..."

"Well, guess what," Snake began, "it doesn't always have to be that way. We still have some members absent, yet they're the villains who are trying to stop us from stopping them. I should just forget the whole thing and keep them away from stepping into my world. I'm better off if I'm alone without have to worry about someone close to a battle."

The World Traveler looked back at Snake. "...But...if you were to be hurt so badly, and there was no one else than yourself in an area where there's nobody close to you, what would you do?"

"I get such situations sometimes, but it hardly happens," Snake said. "If I ended up like that, then I'd blame myself for being so reckless in the fight I was taking part of."

"Even so, you're going to risk your life by being alone?"

"..." Snake looked serious at Chris. "...Who dares, wins."

"...That's isn't true!" Chris argued. "Are you planning to dare your life with this decision?"

"Most likely," Snake said. "My life is always in danger, no matter how you look at it."

"Now you're sounding like you don't even value your life..."

"Kid, stop getting off-topic," Snake said. "This isn't about whether or not I'll live. This is about me taking a decision to leave you all behind."

"But..."

"Of course, I won't forget any of you," the mercenary said. "Like I told you before, it's hard to forget all the experiences I've been through with this. Once I take my leave, though, don't try to convince me from joining you ever again."

The World Traveler remained silent for a brief moment. "...And are Otacon and Mei Ling with you?"

"I'm sorry," Otacon said. "Once Snake makes up his mind, contradicting him could mean you want him to kill you..."

Chris got a shocked look at this statement.

"That only happens to you because you make him a little bit stressed," Mei Ling pointed out.

"T-that's not true," Otacon said in embarrassment. "B-but in any case, you should listen to him, Chris."

"I'll have to agree," Mei Ling said. "You just can't force somebody to believe the same way you do."

"I'm not trying to make him believe like I do..." Chris muttered. "I just..."

"Stop," Snake muttered before he stood straight and looked at the teen. "I don't want to hear anything else about this. I already made my decision, and you'll have to respect it."

The World Traveler looked away. "...I...understand..."

Snake nodded. "Glad you understood my reason," he said. "I'll be dropping out once we're done with this mission. Until then, try not to do something to change my mind because I'll tell what you'll do, kid."

"..." Chris shook his head and looked at Snake. "But if I do, that'd mean I care for you."

"I'd like to see anyone else to try to do the same thing, but that's very unlikely at these heights," Snake said. "If you'll excuse me, I need to take a nap before I get to recover my stuff from that girl tomorrow."

"..." Chris sighed in depression. "Good night, Snake..."

"Night," Snake said before he proceeded to leave the hallway and the teen behind.

Once the mercenary was gone from sight, Chris decided to rest his arms on the wooden handrail. He stared at the same pond Snake was looking at, thinking hard about what he should do about the mercenary. "I feel like an hypocrite now..." Chris muttered in depression. "Snake surely wanted to do this because nobody gets to spend the time with him... Maybe I should've done that from the very beginning..." He grabbed his head and shook it a bit. "What am I thinking? I'm not the only one who's supposed to do that sort of thing. It's everyone's fault that he doesn't want to stay any longer with us, right? ...But should I really blame everyone or just me?"

"Snake should be the one with the blame."

Chris gasped and looked around. He could have sworn he heard a voice coming from somewhere, but this time, there wasn't anyone in the hallway except for himself. He was scared enough to the point he thought there were ghosts in the mansion. "W-who's talking to me?" Chris asked. "A-are there any ghosts in this place? Did I just break some kind of rule that's considered taboo here or what?"

"...No... You said almost the same thing as that Yuffie girl..."

"...What?"

"There's nothing to fear, Chris. It's me, Mei Ling."

"M-Mei Ling?" Chris repeated in confusion. "How can you be talking to me if Snake left? Shouldn't he be around for anyone to get into the conversation of a codec?"

"Not really," Mei Ling said. "The codec works by manipulating the staples of the ears. We can talk to anyone through that way by sending compressed, codified, and decoded communications to your ears."

The World Traveler had no idea what Mei Ling was talking about. "...Um... What?"

"...Never mind," Mei Ling said. "Thing is, codec is an easy thing to do as long as you press you ear a bit like Snake does. It was hard to get you in here because you didn't to that to let me manipulate your staples. I'm glad it worked, though."

"So you can talk to anyone?"

"As long as they press their ears and have the codec nanomachines that are hidden in there, then I can talk to them," Mei Ling explained.

"...Nano-what?" Chris asked in shock before shifted his eyes to his ears. "...T-that means you put super small machines into my ears without me knowing about them?!"

"Well...I did that," Mei Ling said. "I hid some extra ones in Snake's pockets. Those possess fly capabilities and can be controlled from where I am, and I direct them to jump into anyone's ears. I was lucky that you got close to Snake because he had some with him on his hands. That was a very long time ago, though."

Chris's skin color turned pale. "...I...had...machines...in my ears...for a long time...and I' haven't noticed until now... Oh god..."

"...They won't do anything wrong," Mei Ling assured. "They won't cause any kind of illnesses."

"...So if anyone could heard anything you talked about with Snake...does that means everyone has nanomachines in their ears?"

"Yes."

"...And they can call you anytime?"

"Yes, but they don't know how to use it unlike you and Snake. I only insert the ringtone for those I want to talk to. Here, listen to it."

The trademark codec ringtone rang inside Chris's ears, making him yelp a bit.

"Oh, sorry..."

"..." Chris sighed scared. "O-okay, that was a little bit too much information..."

"Sorry, but it had to be done if Snake was ever in need of help," Mei Ling said. "But that's enough for now. Chris, there was a favor I wanted to ask you about."

"Yeah," Otacon said as he joined in conversation. "Make that a favor by two people."

The World Traveler shook his head to snap out from his scared state. "A favor?" Chris said confused. "Why a favor?"

"Look, it's about Snake," Mei Ling said. "You've got to do something to change his mind about leaving the group."

"What? Why?" Chris asked. "He already said..."

"Even so, he has to understand that he needs to rely on others," Mei Ling interrupted. "Snake was like this a long time ago, but then he learned that he shouldn't give up on people."

"However," Otacon began, "he got back to that attitude as soon as he was admitted into the Smashers. I guess he didn't take the idea of working with an unusual group that well."

"Unlike him, we can talk with any of you guys without problems," Mei Ling said. "Snake...doesn't, though. He needs to change that attitude before he resumes being so cold like he used to."

"And if he gets like that, he might endanger the lives of people who happen to be hostages for bad guys," Otacon said.

"Seriously, do you have to remind us about your first meeting with Snake?" Mei Ling asked.

"H-hey, he brings nasty memories with the way he's acting now," Otacon said. "Might I add that he almost asphixated me when I was the one trying to save him from rotting in a cell with a dead body?"

"Oh, Snake was just very stressed that time. You should've let him breathe in and out."

"AND the time before that," Otacon added. "And the time after that..."

"...Um..." Chris recalled what they asked him to do. "...You want me to try and convince Snake from leaving the group?"

"Yes," Mei Ling said. "We're against his decision. We don't want to have the loner Solid Snake back. We want to have the little bit friendly Solid Snake."

"Little bit friendly..." Otacon muttered. "You just can't make him a lot friendlier..."

"That's a fact," she said. "But in any case, Chris, you need to do this."

"..." Chris looked worried. "W-why me, though? Why it has to be me and not anybody else? I don't want to make Snake strangle me from behind!"

"Because you're the only one who gets to talk with everyone in the group," Mei Ling said. "You have some kind of heart of gold, and we need that very same heart of gold to make Snake change his mind."

The World Traveler blushed for a bit. "...Are you trying to flatter me with those words?"

"Did it work?"

"...Not really, they made me get more scared..."

Silence...

"...Do it, man!" Otacon said, breaking the silence. "You have, no, you MUST convince Snake before he leaves as the cold man he was before! He can do anything is he's opened up a bit, but other than that, it's hard to have a conversation without him getting angry!"

"B-but I don't want to die by making him get stressed!" Chris argued. "Those eyes of his can kill anyone!"

"He's not going to do that sort of thing," Mei Ling assured. "Hopefully the Colonel will order Snake to stop."

"Maybe," the Colonel said.

"See? There's a chance for you to avoid getting hurt."

Chris remained speechless at the fact. "...And he's just going to say maybe?"

"I don't know, sorry. For now, I'll take my leave and let you all think about you want to do with Snake," the Colonel said.

"...Wait a minute, you're just going to let this go like this? Aren't you worried about Snake?"

"I am," the Colonel said. "I'm not that good at changing people's minds. I'd like Snake to stay with you, but he has requested me to leave. The last thing I'd wish to do is making him have a grudge against me for saying otherwise."

"..." Chris looked away. "I see..."

"But if you're planning to keep going with this, I won't stop you," the Colonel said before he left the conversation.

"...Why is it that I'm being pitted to do the unthinkable?" Chris asked in annoyance.

"You can do it," Otacon said. "Mario could have the same advantage, but you know Snake more than he does."

"B-but I barely touched Snake's game series!" Chris said on his defense. "I haven't played his game a long time ago!"

"Well, we can't back up now that you know what we want to," Mei Ling said. "But please, try to do it."

"...I'm not so sure about this..." Chris muttered. "...But...I don't really want Snake to leave as well..." He closed his eyes and sighed. "Fine, I'll try to do everything I can, provided he doesn't crush my throat with a grip..."

"Oh, thanks," Otacon said with relief. "You're doing the right thing here."

"YOU should be doing this," Chris said.

"I-I-ah, don't need to, really," Otacon said. "Well, good luck out there! I'll be cheering on you from a remote spot... Bye!" Otacon said before he left the codec.

Chris looked away in annoyance. "I swear that Otacon has a phobia for Snake..."

Mei Ling chuckled. "I think so, too. Well, for now, I'm going to wish everything goes well for you," she said. "If you ever want to call us again, press your ear."

"Just don't call me when I'm sleeping..."

"We don't like to do that, anyway," Mei Ling said. "Well, see you later, Chris," she said before ending the codec conversation.

A moment of silence took place in the hallway before the World Traveler walked to the nearby pillar and began hitting his forehead against it. "Why, why, oh why to I have to risk my life to do this?" he asked in disbelief. "Screw Snake's "Who dares, wins" motto, I'm so going to lose by daring myself into this!" he cursed.

Unbestknown to him, some footsteps were heard on the hallway. Thanks to the fact he was hitting his forehead against the pillar, Chris didn't hear anything until words were spoken. "Hmm, I didn't think someone had a hobby to hit a pillar without any reason."

Chris stopped hitting his forehead and looked to his left. He found that Red XIII and Aerith (wearing a yukata; a Japanese clothing that looks like a kimono used for summer seasons) were staring at him with some odd looks on their faces.

"..." Chris blushed embarrassed. "I-I was just trying to shake something off from my mind, that's all..." Chris muttered.

"Sure you were," Red XIII said. "It "seemed" to be just that."

Aerith looked worried. "Are you okay, Chris?"

"(Well, the fact Snake is going to leave us very soon, and the fact I'm looking at one soon-to-be dead innocent girl in front of me, I'm NOT that okay!)" Chris thought. "I'm okay, don't worry," he faked. "Just okay..."

"Are you now?" Red XIII asked.

"..." Chris thought for a moment about Snake. "(...What can I do to convince Snake? I'm out of ideas...)" He looked at the two. "(...Wait... I think they can help me somehow... Let me think a bit...) Aerith, Red XIII, can I ask you something?"

"What is it?" Aerith asked. "You can ask us anything."

Red XIII looked away. "Once she said that, I can't back down."

The World Traveler shook his head a bit. "W-well, it's about Yuffie," he said. "You traveled along with her some time ago, right?"

"Yes, we did," Aerith said. "What about it?"

Chris folded his arms behind his back. "...It's just that...do you still believe in her as a partner of your group?"

Aerith crossed her arms. "You might get surprised, but I think she's still a partner to us."

The World Traveler looked at the lion. "What about you?"

Red XIII looked up sideways at Chris. "I don't honestly think she should be still a partner to me. Yuffie has had her reasons to be traveling with us, and the way she left us was unforgivable."

"Why is it unforgivable?"

"She betrayed us by stealing our Materia," Red XIII explained. "We were being deceived by her for a long time after we caught her from stealing our items after we escaped from the Shinra building... I'm sorry, but I don't trust humans very much as I used to."

"You still trust your grandpa," Aerith said.

"He's the only one I can look up to, and you with the others," the lion said. "But Yuffie is another different person."

Chris looked worried. "Can you answer me something else? Did you...had fun times with Yuffie?"

Aerith chuckled and nodded. "Yuffie was one lively girl when she was with us. She used to do some pranks and tell some jokes to make us feel right at home. Not only that, she was also a pretty nice cook. Even Red XIII ate her food."

Red XIII looked embarrassed. "That's because I couldn't resist the scent..."

"...Okay..." Chris muttered. "But once she left the group, do you still think she might have a place with you?"

The flower girl thought for a moment. "Hmm... I think she still has a place with us..." she trailed off. "Yuffie was affected by Shinra as all of us did: Cloud worked for them but then dropped out for unknown reasons, Tifa lost her home and friends in a gruesome accident, I was being persecuted by them to join SOLDIER, Red XIII was kidnapped from home to become a experiment subject, Cid got his space voyage cancelled, and Yuffie had her home turn into a tourist resort," she explained. "Also, another friend of us lost his arm and his friend, and another one had a cruel past...all because Shinra affected all of us."

Red XIII looked down. "If someone should be blamed for is Shinra," he said. "Because of them, the world and even its people are suffering..."

"Come to think of it," Aerith began as she looked up, "if Shinra hadn't done all those things, none of this would've happened like Yuffie having a place to live with honor..."

Chris thought for a moment. "So, do you still think she should return?"

Red XIII closed his eyes. "It's a hard choice," he said. "She caused this and she has to repay us in some way or another."

"Yeah," Aerith said. "I know she did something she shouldn't have done, but there's always room for forgiviness, and a room for her to be with us."

"Shinra is the main reason we're trying to stop them from doing more attrocities to the people," Red XIII explained. "That is one common goal that makes us all work together."

"(A common goal...)" Chris thought. "(But even if we're facing the Subspace Army, it won't be enough to convince Snake from staying with us...) Do you think...it would be a good idea if all of you were on your own to fight Shinra?"

Aerith shook her head. "No, that's dangerous," she said. "If we ever got separated, our lives could be at risk..."

"We work better when we're together," Red XIII said. "There's no turning back once Shinra has set an eye on all of us."

"(Staying together so the enemy doesn't finish you off...)" Chris thought. "(But Snake said he could fight alone well without having to worry about others...)"

"Why are you asking so many questions regarding Yuffie?" Red XIII asked.

Chris snapped out from his thoughts. "I was just trying to see if you still want her to stay with you, that's all..."

Aerith rubbed her chin a bit. "Well, if she ever wanted to come back, we would receive her with open arms, if she apologizes and starts being honest with us, that is."

"Otherwise, we may as well ignore her," Red XIII said. "If she doesn't truthfully say she's sorry, then we won't care any longer for her."

The World Traveler nodded at this. "I see..." He thought about something else. "(I need to see if I can get some kind of clue to help me with Snake...)"

Aerith yawned a bit. "Sorry, but I think it's time for me to sleep for the night."

"I should do the same," Red XIII said.

"W-wait!" Chris stopped them from taking another step. "I need to ask one last thing to you."

Red XIII grunted a bit. "Well, what is it that you have in mind?"

"(I need to listen carefully to this...)" Chris thought with some worry. "If, let's just say, Cloud were to leave the group because he thinks he can fight Shinra alone...and you happen to be not that close to him...would you still try to stop him from leaving?"

The lion thought for a moment. "I'm still grateful for Cloud for rescuing me and Aerith from Shinra, but seeing that you're asking me with a situation like that..."

Aerith nodded. "Of course I'd try to stop him," she said. "Even if I didn't know him, I would stop him from doing so."

"Are you sure?" Chris asked. "Are you absolutely sure that you would do that?"

Aerith chuckled. "I know I can do it because it happened once before," she said. "Cloud was a rather secluded person who liked to be alone most of the time. He still does that to these days, but he's starting to open up," she explained. "I guess he just won't leave us because he's starting to care for others rather than himself."

The World Traveler looked a bit surprised at this. "(So then, Cloud had a similar situation like this, but he never thought about leaving because he slowly grew together with all of them... This does seem to be helpful, but it won't change much about what I can do...but maybe I can use this as some kind of basis...)"

"Are you done?" Red XIII asked.

"...Yes," Chris said. "I'm done. I think I'm going to go back to sleep."

Aerith smiled a bit. "Let's sleep well tonight so we can see if we can track Yuffie down."

"Yes, let's do that," Chris said.

However, he recalled another different matter.

"...O-one more question!" he interrupted.

Red XIII sighed. "What..." he trailed off in boredom.

Chris looked at Aerith. "This is...a little bit more personal, but why did you offer to guide Lucario around? You looked like you were having fun..."

Aerith chuckled. "I did it because I think he's kind of special," she said. "I don't know why, but there's a lot of life in him. That, and he looks kind of cute to me."

"You know there's a lot of life in him?"

"Yes."

"(...Oh god, more of a reason that Aerith is one heck of an innocent person... S-stop thinking about her death already!)"

"Can we PLEASE go back to sleep now?" Red XIII asked. "I get a little bit upset if I don't rest."

Chris snapped out from his thoughts. "O-oh, okay, let's go, then."

The World Traveler decided to follow the two characters down the hallway. Many thoughts raced inside Chris's mind, and he mainly though about what to do to convince Snake from leaving the group. It was going to bother him a lot, but he needed to do it to accomplish Mei Ling and Otacon's favor.

Music stops

After they left the hallway, they didn't hear that somebody had sneezed a little bit loudly.

Just underneath the wooden floor, a person hid in complete darkness, except for a little light that emanated from a helmet she was wearing on her head. There was a serious Elena writing down everything she heard the moment Chris came into the scene. The blond Turk was decided to get a nice report done by all the information she had gathered up until now.

"Hmm, interesting," Elena muttered as she read her notes...

Elena's Report

-Do NOT mention I'm ignoring the search for Don Corneo to my superior (or else I'm so screwed).
-Cloud's group had their Materia stolen.
-Foreign group of people had their stuff stolen as well.
-The foreign group is from another kind of world, according to them (VERY relevant).
-The red mutt is easy to anger (still thinking if this is any relevant at all).
-Subject Snake wants to drop out from group (not relevant).
-The teen likes to get nervous a lot (I don't know why I wrote this).
-Some kind of traveling army is around these parts. This needs more information (and, of course, it's VERY relevant).
-The dog has a lot of life in him, according to the Cetra girl (might be relevant).
-I didn't receive any help from either Reno or Rude, so I should definitely receive all the credit (at least this is here to remind me I'm doing all this ALONE, you guys...)


Elena looked forward. "Well, I think this should help," she muttered. "I have enough information to start my report about those guys now... But still, it strikes me odd that the odd group came from another world... If this is true, then I might even make a new discovery for Shinra's ruling power!"

She began to crawl back outside the wooden floor to a wall she had made to enter. Once she got out, Elena coughed a bit and looked back at her notepad.

"Yes, I think this should be enough," Elena muttered as she turned around to the east. "Now I just need to make my report right away and let Rufus know about..."

For some reason, the blond Turk found herself surrounded by eight men in ninja uniforms. All of them had their eyes covered under cloth, and they were all staring at Elena.

"...And just who are you?" Elena asked. "Wait a minute, those uniforms seem a bit familiar to me..."

"These uniforms are not even ours," one of them said. "We're using this to pose as residents of this village."

"Posing?" Elena said confused. "What do you mean by posing? Why are you surrounding me? Does that mean you're not from here?"

"Of course not. We're all henchmen of Don Corneo," one of them spoke.

"...Don Corneo... W-wait a minute, you're his henchmen?" Elena asked. "Okay, I didn't plan to do this now, but you need to bring Don Corneo to Shinra after he leaked out information to Cloud's group because of his sick fascination ove-"

"We're afraid we can't do that," one of them said. "Don Corneo wishes to stay away from Shinra as far as possible."

"And since you're a Turk, we can't just let them know he's here as well," another one said.

Elena looked serious. "What is that man planning to do?"

"Kidnap you."

"...Kidnap me?" Elena asked. "Why kidnap me?"

"He wants you to be his bride."

Final Fantasy VII - Hurry!

"..." Elena processed the statement inside her mind for a bit. "...NO!" she yelled suddenly. "Y-you mean to say he plans to do the same thing he did back at Midgar?"

Midgar is the city that is commanded by the Shinra Company. Many incidents have occurred when Cloud and Tifa were there.

"Well, not exactly, but you could say that," one person said. "Besides, it would be a waste if you were the only one."

"What?" Elena asked. "Then there are more?"

Elena saw that one of stepped aside. Behind him, a familiar person was completely tied up around her arms and legs on the ground with her mouth covered under a white bandana. The person on the ground looked up at Elena and struggled to yell for help. Elena took a closer look at the girl before gasping.

"Y-you!" Elena said in surprise. "You're the Yuffie girl of Cloud's group!"

At that moment, Yuffie gasped loudly before Elena was grabbed from behind by her arms by two men. The blond Turk gasped at this and looked at her captors. "W-what do you think you're doing to me?!" she asked. "Why are you even taking her along?!"

"Don Corneo has found a liking to this girl," one of them said as Yuffie looked mad at him. "She happened to ask for help to find some kind of shopkeeper to sell some stuff, but since our disguises fooled her, we were able to subdue her."

"T-that's sick!" Elena complained. "She's barely old enough to have marriage!"

Yuffie looked a bit angry at Elena.

"It doesn't matter," the same man said. "Don Corneo can do what he pleases."

"No he can't!" Elena argued. "That man has really sick thoughts about women!"

"He couldn't care less about you. However, in the case none of you girls manage to please him, we can always have the third bride..."

"..Third bride?" Elena repeated. "What third bride is that?"

The man looked at the Kisaragi Mansion. "Right now as we speak, some of us will soon bring here another woman for Don Corneo..." He looked to the right where some men were dragging another familiar face to them. "Ah, it looks like they already did so."

Elena looked at five men coming to them, carrying an unconscious Smasher by her arms. The blond Turk watched as they dropped her on the ground and tied her around the same parts as Yuffie. The ninja looked to her left and stared at the blond woman being forced to sit down.

"...Wait..." Elena trailed off, "I think she was with the foreign group... I think her name was...Samus...or something..."

It was Samus. The bounty hunter seemed to have been unconscious. Elena looked at the men that brought her in, and they looked a bit weak. "We're sorry for the delay," one of them said. "She woke up right after we were about to make her fall asleep deeply. She then tried to knock us all down by herself, but we managed to grab her in time before she could run out for help."

"Did anybody hear you?" a man asked.

"No, the fight was very silent, sir."

One of them nodded. "Then we're all set," he said. "Now we just need to bring all of them to Don Corneo."

Yuffie's eyes widened before she began to yell as loudly as she could. Unfortunately, the cloth covering her mouth made it impossible for her yells to be loud enough for somebody to listen her pleas.

Elena grunted loudly. "N-no! I just can't let this happen! Not like this! I just came from a very important mission!" Elena tried to yell, but the men covered her mouth with a chemical on it. The blond Turk's eyes suddenly became weared out before she soon tilted her head forward, letting go of the helmet on her head that fell on the ground. Yuffie looked shocked after Elena fell asleep.

"Quick, we must move," one of the henchmen said. "No people are out in the strees because of those monsters coming out at night."

"Yes, let's haste towards Da Chao Mountain right this instant," another one said.

The henchmen nodded to each other before they all carried all the women towards the north to the mountain that overlooked the whole village. Being the only one awake, Yuffie watched as she was taken further away from her original home. The ninja yelled for help, but she stopped doing so after she saw that many dark globs appeared on bare ground and came out as the shapes of dreadful monsters with yellow eyes. The ninja didn't know that there were any monsters in the village.

Yuffie did know, however, that she was about to be forced to marry a person she never met. The only thing she wished now was help from anyone to save her. She even went as far as to call out Cloud's name for help.

Unforunately, it was futile. Nobody what was happening about her anymore. Yuffie kept yelling out for help as she, along with Elena and Samus, was brought into the mountain just in front of the village...

Samus has left the team.

TO BE CONTINUED...

------------------------------------------------------------------

"Between Honesty and Stubborness. Just when things couldn't get any worse..." Mario muttered.

------------------------------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Wutai Village
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Knuckles, Cloud, Tifa, Aerith, Red XIII, Cid
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 08, 2010, 07:20:45 AM
Chapter 168: Between Honesty and Stubbornness

-Wutai Village-
Kisaragi Mansion

Final Fantasy VII - Wutai

The next morning brought some lights into the village, more specifically the mansion of the Kisaragi clan. In his room, a light reached out to Chris, who grumbled a bit at the blinding light on his face. He covered his face with the futon (the bed he was using) and hoped that the light would move away.

Usually, anyone would wake up early or late. Today, they woke up by the lovely voice of a blond man who had just tripped in the hallway.

"S*&%!" Cid was heard cursing before moaning in pain, his leg still hurt from chasing after Yuffie yesterday.

"Hmm..." Chris pushed the futon off from his face and let the sunlight touch his face. He instantly sat up and looked around the room where Mario, Sonic, and Chip (on top of the hedgehog) were slowly waking up from their futons. The World Traveler looked to his right where Lucario let out a long yawn, but his eyes were still shut tightly. "Good morning, everyone..." he muttered.

"Morning..." Sonic muttered. "Phew, no werehog traits during the whole day..." he said as he touched his right arm to see if he didn't pick any fur.

Chris looked at Lucario. "Lucario, can you see again?"

The Aura Pokémon slowly opened his eyes, but as soon as he opened them, they became very watery before he shut them again. Chris could catch a glimpse of Lucario's eyes. The veins of his eyes were bright red, and the very same eyes looked hurt. "No..." Lucario said. "The pain isn't there any longer, but the aftereffect isn't letting me see clearly..."

"Can you use your aura, though?"

"I'm afraid not..." Lucario said. "My eyes twitch and itch a bit too much that they're stunning me from concentrating..."

The World Traveler looked down. "So you'll have to wait a little bit longer before you can fully recover..."

"I'm sorry for making you feel like this..."

"It's okay, it's not your fault," Chris said with a sigh.

"Well," Mario began as he stretched his arms to both sides, "we're going to have to look for Yuffie more today without having to rely on Lucario's aura or Sonic's speed."

"Don't get me wrong," Sonic said as he looked at Mario (or apparently tried to look at him, since the hedgehog was looking at the wall), "I can pretty much catch her if she's right in front of me."

"Nonsense!" Chip said suddenly as he began to fly in the air. "Chip Norris says dogs ALWAYS listen to him, no matter how ridiculous the order is."

Sonic grunted. "Chip, stop thinking you have control over me..."

Mario forced a smile. "I'm afraid to say Chip has actual total control over you, Sonic..."

"Thanks, man," Sonic said with sarcasm. "You REALLY are making me feel better this morning."

"Oh, my bad..."

They all then heard a multitude of curses coming from the hallway by an angry Cid. From what they could tell, the retired man from the space cursed almost everything he could think of, even someone named Shera. However, Cid seemed to be cursing that particular name so much for some reason.

"Oh, great," Chris muttered in boredom. "Today I had to wake up by someone cursing the harshest words I've ever heard before..."

Chip thought for a moment before he snapped his fingers. "Oh, I know! I should do the same so I look manlier to people! Chip Norris will then appear on a dictionary for the definition of awesomeness!"

The hedgehog knew where Chip was because he was too close to him. Sonic grunted and forced Chip to the futon's sheet. "Let's just start the day already!" he said. "I wanna see what, y'know, is in front of me very soon!"

"I want to say I agree with you, but not in the same desperate manner," Lucario said.

"Ugh, just ignore me, then..."

Residential Area

After everyone woke up, got dressed up, (and attended the cursing Cid), they all walked to the front of the mansion where Cloud called them for a new plan to look for the cunning ninja.

"Alright," Cloud began, "today we will be looking for Yuffie, everyone."

Marth sighed. "I really want to stop this whole thing, but seeing that she has family heirlooms stolen from me... I can't just let her go away with this."

"Same here," Fox said. "I hate when my equipment either is stolen or broken. I also hate to get replacements because there are times those very replacements aren't ready to be used."

Cloud looked at the group. "Well, let's see if anyone has an idea of what to do since I don't have any more of 'em."

Chris glanced over to Snake. The mercenary had his arms crossed while he looked away to another direction. The World Traveler thought with worry that the ex-FOXHOUND operative was still sure about leaving the group. Chris thought hard about what to do to convince Snake from doing otherwise, but anything seemed useless. He faced a hard moment.

"...Snake..." Chris muttered. "(I...I...I don't know what to do at a moment like this... I don't want Snake to leave, but another side of me is telling that I don't really want to meddle with him... I hate this so much...)" he thought.

Cloud blinked a bit confused once he looked once again at the group of Smashers. "That's strange now..." he trailed off. "Why am I thinking you guys are incomplete?"

"What do you mean by incomplete?" Mario asked.

"Well, last time I checked, I thought there was one woman with all of you," Cloud said. "She doesn't seem to be with you anymore. Did she leave somewhere else?"

The Smashers looked at each other. They soon found out that Samus wasn't around anymore.

"Hey, where is she?" Knuckles asked. "Wasn't she with us yesterday?"

"She was," Snake said. "Maybe she's still at the mansion."

"Oh, I'll go get her," Tifa offered before she ran into the mansion to get the bounty hunter.

Cloud watched as Tifa went inside the mansion's doors. The blond mercenary looked back at the group. "While she goes for her, has anyone thought about a plan? I think there's no point in looking for Yuffie given the fact that we can't capture her."

Fox crossed his arms. "Capturing her would be easier than chasing her."

Red XIII nodded. "It seems that way," he said. "Yuffie knows the village's grounds very much that any of us. It gives her an advantage to hide anywhere."

Cid grunted. "She girl knows her thing, alright," he said. "If we wanna get her, we're gonna have to get some kind of bait to fish her out from her hiding spot!"

"Yes," Marth said. "But how, though? How are we supposed to catch her?"

Snake thought for a moment. "Let's think again," he said. "She said yesterday that she's been running around the village to look for a shopkeeper who could buy her our stuff at high prices..."

"I know!" Chip chimed in. "Let's all pose like shopkeepers by putting on some costumes! That way, she won't tell we're us!"

"Oh god, for once, Chip has a nice idea," Sonic said in boredom.

Cloud closed his eyes to think about the idea. "Hmm, that could help, on second thought..."

"Can it?" Red XIII asked. "What if Yuffie can see through our disguises? Ninjas are masters of disguise, and she may as well be skilled in telling people apart."

"That poses as another problem..." Chris muttered.

At that moment, Cloud turned back to the mansion where Tifa ran outside and towards them. The fighter then stopped running in front of them to catch her breath. "C-Cloud..." she muttered.

"Yes? What's the hurry about?" Cloud asked. "Did you find Samus?"

"N-no, I found out something even worse than that..." Tifa trailed off. "S-she's not in the mansion anymore, but she was kidnapped!"

Some of them gasped at this sudden news. Mario looked at Tifa. "Wait, you are sure she was kidnapped? This is very sudden..."

"I-I know what you're thinking," Tifa said. "But's it's the whole truth!"

"Calm down," Aerith said (as she was holding the blind Lucario's right hand). "How do you know?"

Tifa stopped panting before she got back into a calmer state. "When I went to her room in the mansion, I found Godo in there. He told me that people had entered into the room during the night yesterday. He said that he knows that there were intruders in there because the room where Samus was looked a bit broken down. The door to the outside garden was wide open as well, and Godo said the maids heard some rumbling sounds in her room..."

"But there was no sign of Samus?" Marth asked.

Tifa shook her head. "I asked the maids if they saw her, but they said they didn't see her anywhere..."

"And you think she was kidnapped," Cloud said.

"Well, Godo presumed she was kidnapped because there were mud footprints going out from the room..."

Knuckles made a fist on his right side. "Damn... First, we get our stuff stolen; now we're getting ourselves kidnapped by her? What the heck is wrong with this place?"

"...Hold on," Red XIII began, "Tifa just said that there were many footprints all over her room, right?"

"Oh, yes," Tifa said. "Those footprints looked a bit big for Yuffie's feet, though. I don't think she had anything to do with this incident."

"Besides," Cid began, "the b*&^$ has an eye for Materia, not women. Otherwise she'll be a slut."

Cloud ignored Cid's comment. "It makes sense that Yuffie didn't do it. She wouldn't kidnap anyone unless they have Materia, but she hasn't even thought about doing that sort of thins before."

Aerith looked worried. "Then we can assume Yuffie didn't do it, right?"

"She didn't do it," Cloud said. "Somebody else did."

Mario thought for a moment. "But the question is who and why... Actually, make those two questions," he said. "Who would do something like kidnapping one of us?"

"Not Yuffie," Aerith said. "It was probably somebody else in here..."

Fox's eyes widened before he looked stern. "Bowser and Wario," he said. "They must be here in the village."

"Bowser and Wario?" Chris said in confusion. "What about them?"

"We met them yesterday when we were with Tifa," Lucario said. "Apparently, they got their stuff stolen from Yuffie as well, and they're looking for her to get everything back as we're doing."

Sonic grumbled a bit. "But they didn't do this. Did you forget? They said they wanted to find her before doing any sort of bad thing around here."

"Well, I don't know if I trust them, but it looks like it..." Knuckles trailed off.

"...Hey, the Turk scums!" Cid said in anger. "Those m*&^$&#%$^*&s did it!"

Cloud shook his head. "I don't think they did because Reno said they were taking a break. I honestly don't trust him, but he looked serious about the fact."

"S&^*..." Cid muttered.

Cloud knocked his forehead a bit. "This is just too hard now..." he muttered. "There are so many subjects, but all of them are not guilty of anything..."

"It just doesn't make any sense," Red XIII said. "We haven't met anyone who would go to such heights to kidnap one of us."

"And why Samus, of all people?" Marth asked. "I don't see why she needed to be kidnapped. If could have been any of us."

Aerith crossed her arms and looked down. "I wonder who did all this..."

"Everyone is wondering, Aerith," Tifa said. "It's something we didn't expect that would happen."

Cloud nodded to himself. "Guess we'll have to run yet another search in the village to see if anybody saw her going anywhere." He looked at the Smashers. "Was she going to leave you?"

Mario shook his head. "No, she never thought about doing that."

Chris looked away. "(But Snake is the one who really wants to...)" he thought, looking at the mercenary, who was wondering what to do about the current issue.

"Then she must have been kidnapped..." Mario trailed off.

Knuckles nodded. "We don't have any other choice left than looking for her. While we're at it, why don't we look for the ninja girl as well?"

"That's a good idea for now," Tifa said. "Do we separate like before?"

Cloud shook his head. "Since everyone should know the layout of the village, everyone can go anywhere. However, I wouldn't mind if some people could follow me."

Chris raised his hand. "Oh, can I go with you?"

"Me too," Tifa said.

"Me three," Aerith said with a chuckle.

"Don't mind if I tag along," Mario said.

"Can I please...come as well?" Lucario asked in embarrassment.

"I guess," Cloud said. "Anybody else can go along in groups as well."

The World Traveler noticed that Snake wasn't interested in following them. Trying to come up with an excuse, Chris looked at Snake. "Snake, do you want to come with us?"

Snake looked at Chris. "I don't really want to, but seeing that it could change things a little bit... Fine, I'll come along."

Chris sighed mentally. "(Oh, thank goodness, he's coming along...)" He noticed that the mercenary gave him some kind of stern look. This made Chris sweat bullets. "(T-that look he's giving me isn't making me feel any better... I need to stay cautious about this or else I'll pay the price through the most violent way possible... I have Lucari-oh, wait, he's blind, so I'm so dead...)"

Silently, everyone else went to separate ways; some of them going along with a partner. Cloud looked at his group and sighed. "Let's do everything we can to see where we can find Samus and Yuffie."

At that moment, a resident of Wutai (a ninja) passed by and looked at the group. "You don't seem to be around these parts," he said. "Then again, with all these tourists, it's easy to tell who doesn't live here."

"Oh, hi," Cloud said. "Who are you?"

"I'm a special officer of Wutai's police department," he said. "Master Godo sent me here to tell you about what you should watch out for some strange events."

"Mind if we ask you some questions first?"

"Would you answer me one, though?" the ninja asked. "It's important for you to know before you commit a mistake."

"What would that be?"

The ninja crossed his arms. "Well, since you're new around here, you should know that you shouldn't go out to the streets at night... Perhaps you haven't heard about the monsters?"

"Monsters?" Tifa asked. "What monsters are you talking about? If there were any monsters, wouldn't the village be in trouble?"

"Yes, but that's not exactly the case," the ninja said. "See, ever since some weeks ago, during the nights, these monsters made out of darkness have appeared in areas where people usually don't walk around. The intelligence of the village has then reported this to Master Godo, who looked into this to find out if it was true. Once he found out the truth, he issued a law that everyone should rest in their homes to prevent anyone from getting hurt."

Mario and Chris exchanged glances. "Monsters made out of darkness?" they both repeated.

Snake frowned. "Those creatures again..." he muttered.

"Monsters that appear during nights?" Tifa said.

"Exactly," the ninja said. "These monsters have been appearing all over the region surrounding Wutai. Apparently, these creatures like to patrol the area as if they were looking for something, but we can't tell what it is, or if they're even looking for something. What's more, they've been appearing on the empty streets of the city, but...they don't attack anything or anyone."

"What? I always thought monsters were hostile unless they're not bothered," Cloud said.

"These monsters don't attack anything in sight," the ninja explained. "They just patrol and nothing else."

Aerith looked worried. "Has the police done something to stop those monsters?"

The ninja shook his head in shame. "Unfortunately, we can't do anything due to the fact causing a fight in the streets would mistakenly make Shinra operatives believe Wutai will rise against it. Master Godo has then ordered that we should better watch the monsters and see if they don't do anything to the village...which hasn't happened yet."

Tifa looked down. "Shinra is making this place feel miserable..."

"Even they're not concerned about this," the ninja explained. "We don't know if they know about this, but it's better if they don't know. The last thing we want is deals from them to protect the village."

Cloud thought about the issue. "So you're saying we shouldn't go out to the streets at night?"

"Yes, for the welfare of the nation," the ninja said. "This is between you and me, but I honestly think this is so wrong..." He shook his head and looked at them. "Anyway, what did you want to ask me about?"

"Have you seen a girl wearing a blue suit?" Mario asked. "She's been missing. You know, the one that disappeared from the mansion."

"Sorry, but we don't know anything about a kidnapping," the ninja said. "If there was a missing person, perhaps you should report her to the detective department. Although we don't fight because of Shinra, we do still provide public services since this place is filled with tourists."

Aerith smiled a bit. "Can you please do that?"

"Of course, ma'am," the ninja said. "Give me a general description of the victim before I take this to the headquarters."

"I'll give the description," Mario offered before he began to describe Samus to the ninja.

Once the red plumber was done, the ninja nodded at them. "I shall take this info to the office now. I'll make sure this search for the victim starts today as soon as possible."

"We really appreciate your help," Tifa said. "Thanks, really."

"No problem," he said before he turned around and walked away from them.

Chris shook his head. "I can't believe all of this is happening... It's one problem after another."

"And with Yuffie playing tricks on us isn't helping at all," Tifa said. "Wonder where she is, though."

"We'll see if we can finish either task today," Cloud said. "For now, I'm out of options..."

"Tsk," Snake muttered as he looked around. "Talk about a tight spot." He looked in front of the Kisaragi Mansion where a big bossed gong hung on the top of a wooden platform of about 8-feet of height. "I thought Samus could manage to fend off by herself. She's one tough woman, I know that."

Mario thought for a moment. "True enough," he said. "Samus could definitely fight alone without us around."

"But if that's true, then it's safe to say she was being attacked by several men," Snake said. "However, this isn't that relevant anymore."

"I know," Cloud said. "Now, I'll ask again: does anybody know where should we go next?"

Chris looked at the gong Snake was staring at. "Ooh, look at that, a gong," he said. "I always wanted to ring one of those before."

The blond mercenary rolled his eyes at this. "Talk about a childish dream..." he muttered.

The World Traveler looked annoyed at him. "H-hey, I still have a child in my mind, you know!" he complained. "You surely have one in you!"

"Not really," Cloud said bluntly.

"...Who cares, anyway?" Chris asked annoyed before he walked towards the gong by walking around the platform before going up some steps. The group watched as the World Traveler picked up a long stick with a hard end from the floor. Chris tumbled to the sides for a bit before he gained his balance. He looked at the big bell for a bit and smiled. "Heheheh, nobody is going to say anything if I ring it a bit, right?"

Aerith tilted her head to the right. "I don't think you should really do it," she said. "What if there was anyone else guarding it?"

"But it's just a little hit!" Chris said worried. "I really want to listen to how it sounds!"

Snake frowned. "Kid, you really are childish sometimes."

Chris grunted at this. "Oh, what do you know?" he asked before he pulled back the stick and gave it a hard swing to the gong, creating a long echo that traveled many feet away across the surroundings. Some of the group covered their ears as Chris stumbled back and fell on the wooden floor. The loud sound provoked him to drop down the stick to the floor. "O-oww..." Chris muttered as the sound keep ringing. "I-I didn't know the sound could be this loud!" he yelled.

Cloud sighed as the sound kept echoing. "Before you do anything reckless, at least give it some thought, will you?"

Suddenly, on the left side of the wall of the platform, the group watched as a door suddenly appeared in sight. The blond mercenary looked a bit surprised at this, along with everyone else, who were all staring at the secret door appearing out of nowhere.

"...Hey, look at that," Tifa said. "A secret door?"

"But...how did it appear out of the blue?" Aerith asked.

Snake rubbed his chin as the sound of the gong slowly died out. "Maybe making that gong sound triggered the secret door to appear..." he wondered.

Chris stood up and looked at the group. "What are you talking about now?" he asked before he looked down at the secret door. "W-what the..."

Mario smiled a bit. "I think that you were supposed to ring the gong, Chris. Its sound made this door appear."

"(...Wait...)" Chris thought, "(now that I remember, this door down here could be revealed if the gong would be rang...)" He slapped his forehead and frowned. "(Oh god, what did I just do? I could just do it...but then again, I don't want Cloud's group to suspect why I know this...so this is necessary...)"

Cloud stared at the door before he walked towards it. The ex-SOLDIER looked at the doorknob and slowly reached out for it. Cloud then opened the door to see that there were some steps going down into the secret basement of underneath the gong. "...There's a hidden passage in here," he said.

The group went to see what he meant by the passage. They all looked into it where some lights were illuminating the bottom of the steps. "Hey, you're right," Tifa said.

"Hmm," Mario wondered for a bit. "Should we go in and see where it leads?"

"Well, we don't have anything else to think about," Snake said. "Maybe we could find out some clues about Samus's kidnapping...but that's just an assumption."

"Even so, it won't hurt us to go see what's in here," Cloud said before nodding. "Alright, everyone, let's go in."

"H-hold on, what if somebody is using this?" Aerith asked. "What if this is a secret house?"

"Nah, I don't think so," Cloud said. "Who would honestly have their house hidden under a gong? There should be some kind of secret down here, and we need to see what it is in hopes to see if we can find any clues about Yuffie... Maybe she's hiding in here..."

"In that case, let's go in there," Tifa suggested.

The group nodded in unison before they all walked down the steps of the hidden passage, Aerith carefully guiding a blind Lucario while Chris sighed and closed the doors behind his back.

Secret Basement

They all walked down the steps, and soon they found themselves standing in some kind of storage room where boxes were piled up on each other and other decorations were scrambled. There were some stairs going up to some place on the far right corner of the room.

"A basement," Mario said.

"Strange," Tifa muttered. "Why would a basement be hidden right in here?"

"It would make sense if those stairs over there would be the only way in here," Cloud said. "However, having a secret door under the gong is a bit odd..."

Snake looked around the surroundings of the basement. "...We're not alone in here," he muttered.

Chris looked worried. "W-what do you mean we're not alone?"

"I can listen to some sick breathings, and there's some kind of putrid smoke smell in the air in here," Snake said. "Can't you listen and smell them?"

Lucario smelled the air and shrugged. "There's a sick smell of smoke," he said.

"Ho...ho...ho...hohi...ho...ho...hohi..."

The group gasped after listening to some kind of laugh coming from the basement. They all looked around to see where the voice came from. Upon looking close to the stairs, the group saw that that an obese, blond man walked out from the darkness. The man wore mafia-style clothes, such as a bright red coat, unbuttoned white shirt underneath, dark blue pants, and pale brown shoes. The man had a small patch of blond hair on his head, and he had a tattoo of a heart with an arrow stuck on it. He was smoking a pipe.

Final Fantasy VII – Don of the Slums

"Hohi! Ho ho ho hi!" the man laughed.

The Smashers didn't know exactly who the man was. As for Cloud's group, they did. Aerith and Tifa, for some reason took steps away from the shady man, and Cloud, for some other reason, reacted a bit too weird. The blond mercenary shrugged, shook with worry, and then shook his head. Making a fist, Cloud's right eye twitched and looked at the man. "C-Corneo?!" he said in shock.

Don Corneo is a lonely, perverted, rich man who seeks some love. He was in-league with Shinra as a secret spy to get information about AVALANCHE until he was forced by Cloud to spill info about a secret plan to terminate the team. He is known to have sick affinities to women, as he had taken girls away to make them, presumably, his sex slaves.

"Now what do we have here?" the man named Corneo asked before looking at the group. "Hmm... Oh, but if it isn't the lovely ladies and the man who likes to be a transvestite!" he said.

"...Transvestite?" Snake muttered before looking at Cloud. "He doesn't mean you, does he?"

Cloud tried hard not to blush in embarrassment. "I-I did that just because it was needed!" he argued to Corneo.

Mario looked confused at this. "Um, Cloud, what does he mean that you're a transvestite?"

Aerith chuckled. "Oh, now I remember," she said. "We met Don Corneo back at Midgar. He had "kidnapped" Tifa so she could become her wife."

Tifa looked away in boredom. "I told you before that I just let myself get kidnapped to get information out of him..."

"So then, Cloud and I wanted to get to his mansion to rescue Tifa, but then we learned about her true intentions for being there," Aerith said. "We went through a lot of trouble to get Cloud properly dressed as a girl because Corneo wouldn't let men in his mansion. However, when we were able to make Cloud look like a girl and entered inside and met up with Tifa, the guards took us to Corneo, and he chose Cloud to be his bride."

Cloud glared in embarrassment at Aerith. "Aerith, stop right now o-"

"And then Tifa and I broke in and found Cloud in bed with Corneo," Aerith finished with a chuckle. "It looked kinda disgusting, though..."

Mario, Snake, Chris, and Lucario looked at the blushing Cloud. "..." Snake stifled a small chuckle.

Cloud glared at Snake. "What's so funny now? I-I did all that because I was worried about Tifa."

Tifa blushed a bit and looked away. "H-hey, i-it's not like I can't handle anything, you know..."

Cloud ignored her. "S-stop looking at me with those faces now! It's obvious you want to laugh at me!"

"Oh, don't worry, Cloudy," Snake joked. "Everything's just fine here."

"C-Cloudy?" Cloud twitched at the name.

Chris looked a bit doubtful. "No, I think Cloudelia sounds more girly."

Cloud glared menacingly at the World Traveler.

"What about Cloudel?" Tifa asked in curiosity.

"No. How about Cloudelina? I think it sounds nice," Aerith suggested.

"I'll go for Cloudel any day!" Corneo said with a laugh.

Cloud turned to glare at the don. "Y-you shut up! You're not wanted here!" he yelled.

"My, what a temper!" Corneo complained. "Geez, for once, it was a good thing those hotties broke into the room before I could rub your hairy chest!"

The blond mercenary blushed more. "S-stop reminding me about that incident!" he complained.

"Ugh, fine!" Corneo complained. "Besides, the last thing I want to do is dealing with you all! Thanks to you, Rufus is trying to put an end to my life as a loner!" he said before sniffing. "My life for a gorgeous woman..."

Cloud shrugged at the thought and brandished his buster sword, which he pointed at Corneo. "Why are you here? Answer me!"

Lucario tried to glance to Chris. "I think Cloud is a little bit stressed by this man, right?"

Chris sighed and nodded. "I can tell that perfectly from a mile away..."

Corneo sighed. "I'm here because Shinra is trying to kill me, duh!" he complained. "Thanks to you, my life has become hell! I had everything back at Midgar. I had women, money, mansions, and now everything is almost lost!" He sniffed a bit before he chuckled grossly. "But who cares as long as I can get some pretty women?"

"You mean kidnap women?" Aerith asked. "T-that's very inhuman!"

"And let's not forget you want to make love with you!" Tifa yelled. "I mean, who would honestly fall in love with you?"

"Grrrrrrr, what do you know?!" Corneo asked. "You're still very young and sexy to understand (Snake: Yeah, this guy is pretty much a pervert) all this!" He turned around and looked up. "However, I don't care about you anymore! I have much better things to do like choosing my next wife!"

"Did you just kidnap more women again?" Cloud asked. "You'll never change, huh?"

"Nah, I'm better off this way," Corneo said before he smiled toothily at them over his left shoulder. "Besides, three pretty women are waiting for me as we speak. I'm just hiding here so I can sneak my way through to my secret dating spot I have close to this place."

"Three women?" Mario asked. "What three women are those?"

Tifa looked a bit confused at the question. "Why ask about them now?" she asked before she thought about the question. "...Oh, right, so we might have a chance to save them..."

"No, no, no, no!" Corneo refused. "You're not gonna save them from me! I'm a good guy!"

"Tell me at least ONE thing that makes you a good guy," Cloud demanded.

"Oh, simple," Corneo said. "The fortunate woman gets to be my wife."

"T-that isn't even a good thing!"

"You don't know!" Corneo argued. "As for your question about the three women, my henchmen just got a hold on three pretty "contestants" if I do say so myself. One of them happens to have such a big bust that makes OH SO mad about her! So sexy, so dreamy, so GORGEOUS!" he explained while he drooled a bit at the image of said girl in his mind.

While Tifa looked disgusted at this, Chris looked a bit confused at the statement of the girl. "..." He looked a bit embarrassed. There was something that triggered in his mind after listening to Corneo. "...Would...that girl happen to be...wearing a blue suit?"

Corneo blinked at this before looking up at the ceiling. "Oh, the weird blue suit? Why, yes, she has one. Too bad she has it, though, because I can't see her charms very well. There's no way to take that off from here, unfortunately..."

"..." Snake grunted a bit. "Oh god, please kill me now... He wasn't the one who kidnapped her, was he?" he muttered. "If he was, Samus is going to be seriously scarred for her whole life..."

"..." Chris gasped at this. "H-he was the one who kidnapped Samus, then!"

"Um? Is that her name? Lovely!" Corneo rejoiced. "Actually, it sounds a bit odd, but who cares? She's so sexy unlike the blond Turk girl and the ninja with the oversized pauldron over her right shoulder!"

Aerith blinked a bit confused at this. "Oversized pauldron? You don't mean..."

Tifa gasped and forced a glare. "You kidnapped Yuffie as well?"

"If you mean the girl with the charming smile, then yeah, I did," Corneo said. "She looks so cute that makes me go crazy on her!"

"U-ugh, you pervert! She's only sixteen!"

"Love doesn't have any barriers for ages, you know," Corneo said with a wink, making Tifa yelp a bit.

"And who is this blond Turk you're talking about?" Aerith asked. "You don't mean Elena, right?"

"Bravo!" Corneo rejoiced. "You guessed correctly for all my three brides! If I were to marry Elena, I could get some kind of immunity against Shinra!" He hopped on the spot. "Oh man, oh man, oh man, I can't wait to arrange the wedding ceremony!"

Cloud grunted. "Corneo, let the two of them go!" he demanded.

"Um, Cloud, I think you're forgetting Elena..." Mario muttered.

"I don't care about her. She's our enemy."

"...Oh..."

Corneo shook his head and grunted at the demand. "W-why you! I don't want to listen to what you have to say! I'm gonna get myself one of 'em in bed by today's night or else I'll die from waiting too much!" He turned to the stairs. "Smell all of you later, suckers!" he yelled before he quickly ran upstairs.

Aerith gasped. "If we let him escape, we're going to lose track of him!"

"B-but why is he doing all this?" Chris asked.

"Forget about that, dangit!" Cloud complained. "We'll ask him all this after we apprehend the guy! Come on, let's go!" he ordered before he ran after the don.

The group remained behind, seeing as the blond mercenary's calm behavior had snapped out with pure rage and anger. Lucario, listening to the dead silence of the room, tried to look around. "...Does Cloud get this upset when Corneo is mentioned to him?"

Tifa sighed. "You could ask that to Cloud and he would explode," she said. "He has been having those nightmares with Corneo sometimes..."

"Well, at least I'd twice before I wear a drag and get on the bed with an obese dork," Snake commented. "But that's not something we should think about right now."

"Right," Tifa said in determination. "If we can get Corneo, we might be able to get to Yuffie."

"And save Samus, don't forget that," Mario reminded.

The group then decided to ran after the blond mercenary by going upstairs, leaving the basement behind.

???

After walking upstairs, the group found themselves walking around a golden status of a Wutai god. Several Japanese decorations were ornamenting the room's ceiling, along with a golden mattress positioned in front of the golden statue. They looked forward to see that Cloud held his buster sword with both hands, facing forward where Corneo was backing away from eight Shinra soldiers that appeared from the frontal door of the mysterious room.

"Freeze!" one of the soldiers demanded, all of them staring at Corneo. "Don Corneo, you're wanted for betraying Shinra in the past, the pay for the crime being your death!"

"G-guh?!" Corneo looked shocked at this. "N-no! I won't let myself turn in that easily!"

The group joined in with Cloud, standing around him. "Shinra soldiers!" Tifa said. "They're surely with the Turks right now, right?"

"Corneo!" Cloud yelled. "I'm not gonna let you escape after you tried to do you-know-what on me!"

Corneo shifted glances between the group and the Shinra soldiers. Desperate, the don closed his eyes and yelled loudly in panic. "LEAVE ME ALONE!!!"

"GET HIM!" one of the soldiers said as they charged forward after him.

However, unexpectedly, Corneo moved sideways, allowing the Shinra soldiers to run straight towards Cloud's group. As the group gasped at this, the incoming charge meant something to them.

Do battle.

Final Fantasy VII – Fighting

"W-what the..." Tifa gasped as the soldiers ignored the scared Corneo as they loaded their machine guns. Right after charging, the men began firing at will at them, making everyone step away from each other to stay safe.

"Damn," Cloud muttered as he shielded himself with the buster sword's edge. "They're after us as well! They weren't ignoring us from the beginning!"

Mario hid behind the golden statue to avoid being shot. "Well, you were the one who came in here earlier! Aren't your group wanted by them as well?"

"DIE!" a Shinra soldier shouted as he fired at Aerith.

The flower girl gasped and quickly took out a long staff from behind that she used to defend herself by blocking the shots. Soon enough, she was shielded by a blind Lucario who charged up an Aura Sphere and shot it right to the soldier. The Shinra soldier yelled in pain as a blue explosion forced him to be pushed all the way to the wall where he lost consciousness and fell down. Aerith looked surprised at this. "T-thanks, Lucario..." she said.

"Don't worry," Lucario said. "Stay behind me."

"HELP!" Chris yelled as he accidentally rolled behind the Aura Pokémon to avoid being shot. Two soldiers began firing at Lucario, but the bullets that crashed against him were all dropping on the floor without having any kind of hurtful effect on him. The Aura Pokémon growled angrily at this that he charged two separate Aura Spheres and shot them right on the soldiers, knocking them out with single shots.

"Chris?" Lucario asked as he looked over his right shoulder to Aerith and Chris (even though Lucario couldn't still open his eyes). "Don't you have your spear with you?"

"I-I wish I had it, but Yuffie also stole it from me!" Chris complained. "I'll have to change jobs!" he said before he changed quickly to his Black Mage job. He took out his staff from behind and sighed. "Phew, I can use some long range magic now..."

Aerith tilted her head to the right. "Wow, did you just change clothes in a bright light?"

The World Traveler gasped and looked shocked at Aerith. Chris had forgotten that the flower girl was with them. "I-ah... T-that's one of my specialties to fight..."

"Hmm..." Aerith thought for a moment. "I think it looked...good, I guess..."

Chris sweat dropped. "Thank you for the compliment..." he muttered.

On one side of the room, Tifa and Snake were being surrounded by four Shinra soldiers. The two were standing back to back as they looked at the soldiers. "Okay, you," Tifa began speaking to Snake as she looked serious at the soldiers, "do you know any martial techniques?"

"No, but I do know self-defense," Snake said. "I don't rely too much on my weapons in all fights."

"Good," Tifa began, "because we're going to have to go physical on these guys."

"Fire!" one of the four soldiers ordered to attack before they all began shooting at the two.

Both Tifa and Snake dove right underneath the shots to roll towards a soldier each. Tifa performed a strong uppercut to the chin of the soldier while Snake used a sweeping kick to throw his soldier off-balance. The other soldiers stopped shooting and turned to each one of them to try shooting them down, but the two defenders sidestepped out of the way and charged directly to them. Snake used a somersault forward to force the soldier fall down on the floor, and then he proceeded to grab him by behind the throat to do a choke hold. The soldier choked out breath before Snake slammed him down on the floor. Tifa nimbly avoided some shots before she reached the soldier with a flying kick to his stomach, making him cough in pain before she delivered a fast punch to his face, prompting him to fall down unconscious.

Two Shinra soldiers went after the red plumber. Mario was still hiding behind the statue. The soldiers tossed some grenades to the back side of the statue, but then they were reflected back by Mario's Cape. The soldiers sidestepped from the explosives before charging to the statue.

Behind the blind Lucario, Chris concentrated his magic to the tip of his staff. "Burn to greater ashes..." he chanted. "...Fira!"

Harsh flames covered both of the Shinra soldiers, prompting them to stop running to try and make the fire disappear by flailing their arms. Aerith saw the opportunity to attack and she did by spinning her staff a bit and leaping to both men to strike their heads hard. The impacts were strong enough to make both of them lose consciousness before they fell down on the floor, fire still burning them on their backs.

Aerith looked at Chris. "Do you have Materia with you?"

"What?" Chris asked.

"You just used magic," Aerith said. "You can only use magic through Materia. Do you have any?"

"N-no, my magic is obtained through experience..." Chris trailed off.

"Is that so? That's strange..." Aerith said. "Normally Materia is the only way to get new abilities..."

"(This world relies on Materia a little bit too much...)" Lucario thought.

Back with Tifa and Snake, they still had two soldiers against them. Behind them, the last soldier of the unit yelled and shot bullets at them. The two characters then grunted in pain before the first two soldiers joined in with the attack, making matters worse for Tifa and Snake. "Cloud, help!" Tifa yelled.

"I'm coming!" Cloud yelled as he ran towards the soldiers with his buster sword with a grip behind his back. The blond mercenary jumped high and yelled as he brought the heavy weapon down on a Shinra soldier. The soldier received a harsh cut on his body, making him lose his machine gun for a moment before Cloud rammed his right shoulder against the soldier to make him crash to the nearby wall. The two soldiers stopped firing at Tifa and Snake to turn around and shoot at Cloud instead.

The blond ex-SOLDIER shielded himself by crossing his buster sword in front of him. Since the two soldiers had stopped shooting at Tifa and Snake, they were both quickly attacked by flying kicks from both fighters, making them fall to the floor.

"Shock in great paralysis..." Chris chanted. "...Thundara!"

Several bolts of strong thunders crashed right on the back of the soldiers, making them yell in pain before they fainted.

Final Fantasy VII - Wutai

And the mini battle had ended.

The blond mercenary sighed after all enemies were taken out. He spun his buster sword (as impossible as it might sound) and put it behind his back. "That should do it for now... Is everyone okay?" Cloud asked as he looked at everyone, Mario coming back from behind the statue.

"Yeah, I'm fine," Tifa said. "I got shot quite a bit, but I'm okay... (Thank you, Cloud, for saving me,)" she said and thought.

"I'm okay," Mario said. "Everyone is fine."

"Good," Snake said. "These soldiers caused us some trouble, but at least they're all taken out."

Tifa chuckled and looked at Snake. "You're not half bad at fighting," she remarked before looking at the other Smashers. "And you guys know how to do your thing."

Cloud nodded. "Seems they can handle fights well," he said. "I was a little bit impressed by the dog, though. Those spheres of energy looked kinda cool to me."

Lucario smiled a bit at this. "(Did I just get a compliment from Cloud?)" he asked in excitement.

Aerith chuckled a bit. "Wow, Cloud, you complimented them?"

Cloud looked away. "Hey, I'm just saying..."

Chris glanced at the fainted bodies of the ten soldiers on the floor. The World Traveler shrugged a bit and said, "We didn't kill them, right?"

"I don't think so," Aerith said. "They were just knocked out."

"In that case, we shouldn't keep staying here for any longer," Cloud said before he turned to the right wall with a glare on his face. "Alright, Corneo, it's time for you t-"

For Cloud's dismay, it appeared that the perverted old man had escaped during the battle. Corneo wasn't in the room anymore, and there weren't any signs of him anywhere.

"...Dammit!" Cloud cursed with a stomp on the floor. "The guy escaped from here while we were fighting these soldiers!"

"That's a shame," Lucario said. "I could've seen him, but I can't do much in this condition..."

Chris sighed and looked worried at Lucario. "Please, don't say those things, Lucario. It's not your fault."

Tifa became preoccupied. "Oh no, what are we gonna do now?" she asked. "He could've escaped anywhere while we were all fighting..."

Mario shook his head. "He didn't escape from the secret passage. I was hiding there to avoid being attacked."

"Well, that should give us an obvious clue," Snake said before he faced the doors of the room. The doors had a small opening, indicating someone had left it open. "He escaped through there."

At that moment, the doors slammed open, and a familiar figure stepped into the room with a glare. "Alright, what's the whole racket in here?!"

It was none other than Godo Kisaragi; Yuffie's father and Wutai's leader.

"Godo?" Cloud said confused.

"...It's you," Godo said. "What are you doing in my statue room?"

"Statue room?" Mario repeated before looking back at the statue. "You mean that statue?"

"Yes, that's one of the ancient deities of Wutai...but that's not important right now!" he complained. "How did you all get in here?"

Snake pointed at the secret door behind the statue. "That door over there has a hidden passage that leads right under the gong in front of this mansion. Why would you have a passage like that?"

Godo closed his eyes. "Oh, that passage. That passage existed during the time of the Wutai War against Shinra. It was used mainly as an emergency route should I could get cornered in my home. I've forgotten that it was there this whole time. Besides, it's convenient to have it just besides my room."

"..." Aerith looked behind Godo where the door to his room was located in the hallway. "...Oh, so this is close to your room..." she muttered.

"How did you find this passage?" Godo asked.

Cloud's look became stern. "All this time, there was somebody hiding in the basement of the gong. We're chasing after that person, and he kidnapped Yuffie to make her his sex slave."

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest does not support the mistreatment towards younger audience in any way possible. It is mainly the fault of the victim to get interested in such private matters that drives them to commit a horrible mistake in life, mostly because of curiosity. As such, the story is not responsible for encouraging the next step of love.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"...Yuffie...a SEX SLAVE?!" Godo asked in complete shock. "W-what kind of sick idea is that? For the gods of Wutai, she's sixteen years old, dangit!"

Chris slowly approached to Cloud to whisper him something. "Um, Cloud, do you really think Corneo wants to turn her into that?"

"He's the male definition for slut himself, except that he's paid with pleasure; sick pleasure," Cloud responded.

"...Oh," Chris muttered.

Godo shook his head. "I-I can't allow such a horrible and unforgivable thing to happen, not to one of the Kisaragis!" he said.

"Do you care for Yuffie, then?" Mario asked.

"Even if we have our differences, Yuffie is and will always be my special jewel," Godo said. "I know she harbors hatred towards me for making Wutai surrender against Shinra, but she's still my daughter above everything. I'd go as far as to sell the whole nation just to have her safe..."

Tifa looked bored. "You know, the last thing you said would really make her very mad."

"..." Godo looked down. "And yet, I'll end up making her mad at me... Maybe she was right that I'm a poor excuse as a father..."

Cloud rolled his eyes. "Please, we're not her to discuss your family matters with Yuffie. We're here because we're chasing after Corneo."

"He's the one who kidnapped Samus," Snake said. "And we must hurry to find him before you're prepared to become a grandpa earlier than expected and father-in-law of a man older than you."

The others looked fairly disgusted at the ending result. If there was a woman nearby, she would instantly spread the word to every single corner of the world about the seemingly possible outcome.

Godo's jaw opened. "T-the gruesome thought just makes me want to... U-ugh..."

Mario looked a bit disgusted. "I really never thought about that, honestly..."

"Not to mention that'd be a first to any known marriage..." Lucario muttered.

Godo furrowed his brow and closed his eyes. "No, I can't allow such an atrocity to happen, not even to my daughter!" he said. "I need to order a research party to find as soon as possible!"

"Wait, that's a bad idea," Cloud said.

The leader of Wutai opened his eyes. "What? Why is it a bad idea to rescue her from a sick man?!"

"You'll end up alerting his henchmen, that's why it is a bad idea," Snake said. "If they were to get a word of this, they'd tell the guy Corneo to make a run for it from this place. The last thing you want to do is having a whole army look for a single girl while accidentally alerting your captors about it."

"B-but she's..."

"She's your daughter, I know," the ex-FOXHOUND said. "But you need to think better before making a reckless mistake."

Godo grunted at this. "Then how am I supposed to rescue my daughter?!"

Cloud raised his hand. "Leave the rescue to us," he said. "Corneo has her and we need her to tell us where she hid our Materia and stuff. He also has a companion of them as well. If we go by ourselves, we won't raise much suspicion."

Godo looked down and frowned. "...Can I really trust in all of you to save my daughter from being..."

Aerith looked determined. "We'll save her no matter what," she said. "She deserves a punishment, but not THAT kind of punishment..."

"At least we agree that she doesn't really deserve that treatment," Mario said. "Neither Samus..."

"...Oh god, I wonder if he has them awake..." Chris asked. "They're surely cursing as much as they can..."

Godo looked serious at the group. "Please, I beg of you, rescue Yuffie before she gets in real trouble! The last thing this family needs is an early heir for the clan!"

Cloud nodded. "We'll head out right now," he said. "Before we go, did you see Corneo?"

Godo crossed his arms. "Well, by the time I woke up, there was a big silhouette running towards the exit of the mansion. When I heard explosions coming from this room, I got up and ran to see what was happening here. Around this time, Shinra soldiers were inspecting the house to see what the reason for the event of yesterday's night was..."

"They must've been here by the time Corneo fled," Cloud said.

Chris looked worried. "W-what are we waiting for? W-we need to look for Corneo before somebody has to make a family!"

Mario looked serious. "We've got no time to waste, then. Let's go!"

The group nodded in unison before they all ran out from the statue room. Godo watched as the group went towards the exit, wishing them to rescue Yuffie and prevent the clan to have more unnecessary members into the family tree. "...Please, save her... She's my most and only valuable treasure of Wutai..." he muttered before turning to see ten fainted bodies in his statue room. "..."

After he looked at the traces of destruction around the space, now the leader of Wutai was thinking that making the room big enough to have a battle was a bad idea; a conveniently bad idea.

Streets

Cloud's group ran out from the mansion and headed for the main streets of the village. After running through some crowds of tourists, the group stopped running to look where to go next. "Where could he have run off to?" Tifa asked.

"The village itself is so big," Aerith said (while she guided Lucario by grabbing his hand once again). "He could be hiding anywhere..."

"Don't lose hope yet," Mario reassured her. "We need to think more about what to do next."

"There's a problem: he could be anywhere," Cloud said. "Thinking logically, he'd hide somewhere where he can do anything to Yuffie and Samus."

"The question is where, though," Snake said."Hmm..."

Chris thought for a moment. "(...Wait a minute. Didn't Mei Ling say that she put some nanomachines in some of us? Maybe she also put those things in Samus's ears as well...)" The World Traveler pressed his staples a bit. "(...Wait, how do you call them exactly?)"

"Chris?" Mei Ling's voice sounded.

"O-oh, Mei Ling, thank goodness you're responding," Chris said with a sigh. "I thought you weren't going to respond..."

"I was just about to call you, actually," Mei Ling said. "I forgot to tell you that you need to set the frequency to 140.96 if you wanted to call me anytime."

"...What?"

"To do that, you just need to think," she explained. "Think the number, and it'll be set. The only way to talk either to me or Otacon is to input the right frequency. Don't go forgetting it now, okay?"

In Chris's point of view, he didn't have any idea what Mei Ling was talking about. "...F-forget that for now! We're in trouble here! I really need you to answer me something!"

"Is it about Snake? Have you made any progress yet?"

"...E-er...no..."

"..." Mei Ling remained silent for a moment. Chris thought that she got depressed by the response. "...So what is it?" she asked, trying to avoid sounding depressed.

"W-well, Samus got kidnapped last night, and you said you had implanted those machines in some of us," Chris said. "Did you happen to put some in Samus?"

"I'm afraid not," Mei Ling said. "By the time I wanted to give Samus some nanomachines, she was wearing her Varia Suit. Upon contact, the nanomachines were taken out by the suit's technology. I'm pretty sure her suit took the machines as digital bugs."

"Oh no..."

"I'm sorry, but I couldn't do anything else," Mei Ling apologized. "People who have codec can be easily tracked down if you input the right frequency to call them. It's like a radio. However, if they don't have codec, it's impossible to track them down."

"Oh...so much for that..." Chris muttered.

"Sorry, but you're all on your own," Mei Ling said. "Try to find Samus by yourselves, okay? And before I go, can you try to convince Snake in the subtlest way possible?"

Chris gulped mentally. "I-I'll try to do it."

"Thank you," Mei Ling said. "Well, good luck. Remember that my frequency is 140.96."

"...Right..." Chris muttered. "I'll end the transmission right now. I don't want to waste anymore time."

"Why waste time? Codec calls last a lot of time in just a second."

The World Traveler had it with the explanation about codec calls. He didn't see that time itself had frozen when he was pressing his staples.

"...O-okay..." Chris muttered scared before he ended the call, time itself returning to its main track again.

Tifa rubbed her chin. "This is bad. The more time we lose, the more danger for Yuffie is going to grow worse..."

Cloud crossed his arms. "Damn that pervert..." he muttered. "If only there was some way to know where they are..."

"So you guys are quite in a fit, aren't you?"

The group blinked a bit at the voice before they turned around and found none other than Reno and Rude (now sober) standing behind them.

Final Fantasy VII – Turks' Theme

"Reno..." Tifa muttered.

The red-haired Turk looked serious at them. "Hmm...that Corneo is good at escaping..." he remarked in annoyance.

Cloud looked serious at Reno. "What are you up to now?"

"Isn't it obvious?" Reno asked. "Elena was kidnapped by Corneo. We could as well leave her behind if it wasn't for the fact that she is a Turk. The Turks have some honor, you know. Allowing one of us to be kidnapped could ruin our reputation."

"You're just doing this for the sake of the Turks' reputation?" Aerith asked. "What about Elena? Don't you worry about her?"

"Elena pretty much gets herself in trouble because of her recklessness," Reno explained. "However, she had to be recruited to the Turks because of her previous story in achievements, and because I was injured by our battle a long time ago."

Cloud looked away. "Now that you mention it, she said you were short on people..."

"Yeah," Reno said. "We don't honestly care much about Elena, but she is still a member. Whatever she does will ultimately involve the Turks. The Turks have had a reputation, as I've said before, that is very important. If we were to make mistakes or get into one, Rufus will ultimately disband us. He has the power to make us fall."

Snake thought for a moment. "(They don't care about her, but they care if she's one of them...)" he thought.

"Elena..." muttered the quiet Rude who had just spoken.

Reno nodded at her name. "Let's go, Rude. We'll give Corneo a taste of what the Turks can do..." He looked up. "...Yeah, that sounded nice... If Elena is in his hands, that's going to make things a little difficult." He looked at the group. "And, uh... You said he also took one of you, right?"

"Yes," Mario said.

"Corneo took Yuffie from us. And without Yuffie, there's no way we'll get our Materia back," Cloud explained.

"Was that some kind of petition to receive help from us?" Reno asked before he frowned. "Don't misunderstand. Just because a member of each of our group was kidnapped by the same man doesn't mean we'll help you. We have no intention of joining you. But for now, we'll agree not to bother each other. That's all."

"That's fine," Cloud said. "We have absolutely no intention of cooperating with the Turks either."

"That's good to hear. The last thing I'd want to do is helping the enemy."

Chris looked away. "(It'd be a nice thing to do, though...)"

Cloud looked around the crowds of people. "Now, uh, just what direction did Corneo run off to?"

Reno chuckled a bit. "Hmm, nice attitude, you. Fortunately, Rude managed to catch a glimpse of someone who looked like Corneo, and we're sure it's him."

"You know where he went?" Tifa asked. "Can you please tell us?"

"Not that simple, though," Reno said. "Here's a clue: it's the place that stands out the most."

Tifa looked upset. "T-this is no time for riddles! We're all racing against the clock here!"

"Geez, you hate to do work, huh? Then again, I'm on vacation, so I don't want to do work either," he said before pointing to the north. "That place stands out the most, literally."

The group turned around to look at the north, seeing the huge mountain that overlooked the whole village.

"You know it? That's Da Chao Mountain," Reno said. "That's maybe the place where Elena and that girl Yuffie were taken."

"T-then that means Samus is there as well!" Chris said.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 11, 2010, 05:35:48 PM
"We shall leave for now," Reno said. "You're on your own from here."

The red-haired Turk and the bald Turk silently dashed away towards Da Chao Mountain. The group watched as the two went into the crowd and disappeared from sight.

Cloud looked forward at the mountain. "So it is there where Yuffie was taken..." he trailed off.

Tifa looked serious at Cloud. "We must go there immediately!" she suggested.

"But...before we go, we should first try to communicate with everyone else," Cloud said. "We don't know what awaits us in that mountain, do we?"

"No..." Chris trailed off.

Cloud nodded at this and took out his PHS to start calling Cid and Red XIII. "Get the phone..." Cloud muttered before a clicking sound was heard. "Cid, we've found Samus's whereabouts. We've also found Yuffie's location as well."

"ARE YOU F*&^$#% KIDDING' ME?!" Cid's voice boomed in the phone, making Cloud twitch at the loud shocking words.

"N-no, I'm not f^%&$&# kidding you," Cloud replied in annoyance. "We know this because the Turks helped us."

"WHAT?!"

"Is Red XIII with you?" Cloud asked, trying to change the subject to prevent another scold from the older man.

"The mutt ain't with me. He's gone somewhere! I think he's marking his territory, the crazy bastard!"

"That's just an inaccurate and sick assumption," Cloud said. "Is there anyone else with you?"

"No!"

"...Then we all need to head to Da Chao Mountain," Cloud said. "Can you alert the others to go there as well?"

"How the f*&^ do you expect me to do that if I'm lost in this place you call a village?!"

Snake frowned. "That guy sure has strong cords. Anybody can listen to his rants from anywhere."

The blond mercenary pressed his brow. "Cid, please, this is a favor. I really, REALLY need you to tell the others to head to Da Chao Mountain."

"Go do it yourself! I have some business with that little b&^*# myself!"

And the call suddenly hung up.

"...Cid, did you just hang up on me?" Cloud asked, not receiving any response from the older man. "...Oh, great..."

Aerith chuckled a bit. "I think Cid got so upset and excited that he knew where to find Yuffie. I mean, he got pretty angry when she trapped us in that cage before..."

Chris sighed. "Please, don't tell me he's really going to kill her off..."

"Well, if he were to find her before us, chances are he'll do it," Tifa said. "We just met the guy a day ago, and we already know how he'll react."

Cloud shook his head. "Well, we have to find some way to communicate with the others and tell them to go to the mountain. Unfortunately, Red XIII doesn't have a PHS like most of us do. I've never seen him using a phone as well."

Mario raised his hand. "Let me go around the village, then," he offered. "You all can go ahead while I find and tell everyone to go to the mountain."

"Are you sure?" Chris asked.

"Frankly speaking, that's the only thing we can do to stay cautious," Cloud said. "We need to have the most people in this group we can take with us. We don't know what could be waiting for us in there."

The red plumber nodded. "I'll be on my way now. Go ahead and try to find Yuffie and Samus, okay?" he said before he turned around and ran into the crowds of people to look for the others.

As soon as Mario left, an angry Cid came charging from the same direction, running between the group before going away towards Da Chao Mountain. The blond man left a long trail of dust behind his feet before it vanished from sight along with him.

"Oh goodness..." Tifa muttered in boredom. "He already got the advantage in this "race", huh?"

"...But we don't want Yuffie to die!" Aerith gasped.

Cloud smacked his forehead. "Why the hell did I call Cid?" he asked before he glared at the mountain. "Everyone, let's go!" he ordered before they all started running towards the mountain of ancient deities.

While they were all running, Chris looked at Snake. "(But if I try to talk to him, he'll tell I'm trying to convince him to stay...)" he thought. "(Snake is very clever as well. How am I supposed to be subtle enough to finish the favor?)"

The World Traveler pondered this as they kept their way towards Da Chao Mountain.

Da Chao Mountain

The mountain itself wasn't far away from the village. In fact, it was just in front of it. The group managed to reach the base of the mountain where they looked up to see several giant carvings depicting the deities of Wutai. The carvings themselves formed several paths that lead towards holes and narrow passages. Overall, everything looked normal to them.

"Da Chao Mountain..." Snake muttered. "This is kind of the place where Mei Ling would love to study about."

The codec ring tone rang. "Hey, just because I'm part Chinese doesn't mean I want to..." Mei Ling trailed off for a bit. "...Wait, this is another world... Hmm, maybe I could get a bit interested..." she muttered to herself before she ended the call.

Snake rolled his eyes. "Whatever. I know what you want to do," he muttered.

Chris looked worried at the mountain. "Are we going to have to climb this? I personally don't like to climb that much..."

"There are some paths that seem safe, though," Tifa said. "I think we can do this just fine."

Aerith looked at the blind Lucario. "Um, can you try to do this, Lucario?" she asked.

"I'll certainly fall if I can't see where I move my feet," Lucario admitted. "Hopefully Chris will guide me to the right way so I don't fall down."

Chris cried toon tears. "(Why must you mention my name like that when Aerith is the one who's been guiding you all this time?!)" he asked in disbelief. "(If Yuffie didn't spill my only Superspicy Curry, Lucario wouldn't have to go through this, and we could've found Yuffie sooner!)"

Cloud looked to his right where he saw Reno and Rude looking up to the mountain. The Turks were focused in the mountain's structure without noticing the group walking to them. "Hey, Reno," Cloud called out.

Reno blinked and looked to his left to look at them. "You're finally here," he said. "The stubborn man came here earlier. He beat the two of us before he went into the mountain's caves."

Aerith chuckled nervously. "He has a lot of energy for being older, I give him that..."

Reno ignored her comment. 'We're gonna split into two. You do whatever you want, but don't endanger Elena."

"As if we want her to have much more hatred towards us," Cloud said.

"That's Elena, alright. Taking her job so seriously to the point it's absurd," Reno said with a sigh. "Don't worry. We won't do anything to that girl Yuffie...for now..."

Tifa looked upset at this. "So if you were to find Elena first, would you then attack Yuffie?"

"I would...if it wasn't for the fact we're on a break," Reno said, Rude nodding in agreement. "Like I said before, we don't plan to fight you guys. For now, we'll split up."

The two Turks turned towards the mountain path, carefully walking in front of the narrow ways that extended all over the front wall of the mountain.

Aerith looked at Tifa. "This is a little bit random to say, but I think Rude was staring at you for a pretty long while. He didn't look like he wanted to look at anybody else."

"What?" Tifa asked. "What are you trying to say? How did you notice he was staring at me if he was wearing sunglasses?"

"Well, his gaze was definitely directed to you," Aerith said. "I wonder why he didn't say anything else..."

Tifa looked away. "I hope it doesn't have to do with something more intimate because I'd yell..."

Chris admired the mountain's carvings for a bit before looking at the group. "I really doubt that a fat man like Corneo could easily navigate through here..." he commented.

Cloud took a step forward and looked up at the mountain. "Cid must've already went ahead of us," he said. "We've got no time to waste."

"Wait, Tifa interrupted, "what if there are monsters in here?"

"If there are monsters, we'll have to deal with them," Snake said. "However, if we were to be ambushed while we're climbing this mountain, it won't be easy to avoid falling down to a certain death."

Chris groaned. "Oh, please, I didn't want to worry about that fact! I don't want to develop a fright for heights now!"

"Can we please stop talking?" Cloud asked. "We need to go up there now."

The World Traveler gulped. "As long as we don't fall down..."

"I could save anyone from falling down, but I can't do it in this condition," Lucario said.

"Lucario, don't make me feel that I'm more screwed that I think I am currently..."

"Sorry..."

Cloud's group decided to press on by carefully leaning against the wall to prevent falling down. As they all climbed the deities' carvings, the ground floor seemed more and more distant from their current height. One look would make Chris look up, but then he would think he was slowly falling down, and so he ended up having to look forward to the wall. Surprisingly enough, Aerith managed to keep Lucario from falling down. The flower girl used her own feet to touch Lucario's feet by leaning it against his foot. Aerith knew that Lucario could grow suspicious that she was guiding her, so she told Chris to tell Lucario to follow him, when it was Aerith who Lucario was following.

Chris couldn't resist the cursing temptation to look down to the ground floor, which was about seventy feet away from where they were. "Nobody's going to fall, Chris. Nobody is going to fall..." he muttered. "Think of your happy place where you're walking peacefully on a road..."

Some seconds of thinking later...

"...N-not somewhere that reminds you of the ground floor, dangit!" Chris cursed.

"Kid, stop talking," Snake said as he was going to the left, just besides Chris. "The less you talk, the better will be for us to drift in thought while we climb this wall."

"I-I'm sorry," Chris apologized.

The World Traveler needed to make progress with Snake. Gulping, Chris thought about talking to Snake. He needed to be very subtle or else he could end up getting hurt. The World Traveler stared at Snake for a while.

"(...I-I can't do this!)" Chris thought. "(Anything is going to trigger in his mind what we talked about yesterday! Snake is not an idiot, but he is one clever bastard!)" he thought in panic. "(Dammit, I don't want to have a conversation at THIS height. It's stupid!)"

Snake noticed that Chris was staring at him without even looking away. The World Traveler was panicking a lot in his mind to notice that the mercenary was looking at him. With a sigh, Snake looked back to the left to carefully walk on the narrow path.

"(Oh god, no,)" Chris thought. "(He's surely thinking I'm trying to convince him from staying here with us. I know that look he gave me meant all that!)" He looked down...to the ground floor. "(D-dangit, stop looking down!)"

"How much are we going to have to climb like this?" Lucario asked.

"Be patient," Tifa called out from Snake's left. "I'm pretty sure I saw some entries somewhere around here..."

Cloud, being the one in the lead, stopped sliding his feet in front of the wall to see that there was a climbable spot that led to a cave. Just in front of that cave, Rude stared at it for a moment before he went inside. "I think I've found something," Cloud said. "Rude just went inside a cave. Everyone, follow me," he said before he began to climb the way up to the cave that Rude had gone into.

"A-anything than here is a really nice place!" Chris agreed.

The World Traveler looked down again. However, instead of looking at the ground floor, he stared at a rock formation where two arms in front of a Buddha-like head. Upon looking at it for a bit, something triggered in his mind.

"(....Wait a minute...)" Chris trailed off in thought, "(now that I'm looking at that place, wasn't that the place where Corneo held Yuffie and Elena hostage in the game? Why aren't they there? I thought they were supposed to...)"

"Um, Chris," Aerith began, "I need you to move up."

Chris shook his head and looked up at Snake climbing the wall towards the cave Cloud mentioned. "O-oh, sorry," Chris said before he slowly and carefully walked up the narrow path, thinking where Corneo could have gone to instead of the usual spot.

Lucario slowly tried to open his eyes to see the blurry images in front of him. His eyes were too watery, but they were less itchy than before. "My eyes are slowly recovering," he said. "I hope I can see by the end of this day..."

Aerith chuckled a bit before the two went up to the cave.

Once everyone had gone into the dark cave, they were met by the heating light of lava. It turned out that the mountain had lava inside its caves. "Oh, great, lava," Snake commented. "And just when you thought making out with someone in a place like this wouldn't look any weirder than before."

"Can you please stop saying that?" Tifa asked. "I don't want to have sick pictures in my mind about Corneo doing...you-know-what."

The group looked to their right where Rude stared at a pool of lava before looking at them. "You like to be very silent, huh?" Cloud asked.

Rude seemed to ignore Cloud's comment before he looked to his right and found some kind of passage. The silent Turk ran into it and disappeared from sight.

"(Wait, what's that passage doing there?)" Chris thought. "(That wasn't there before...)"

"Have it your way..." Cloud muttered. "Let's go there."

"What?" Tifa asked. "Isn't it a bit dangerous to go to the same place where he went?"

"Reno said he wasn't going to meddle with us," Cloud said. "It's all good."

Tifa looked worried. "Sometimes I think they're going to say otherwise later..."

Snake rubbed his chin. "Maybe, but we outnumber them. I don't think they'll attack us."

"Besides, Reno is a man of word," Cloud said. "Everything is just fine, trust me."

"Back on the matter," Aerith began, "is it okay if we go further inside? I mean, do you see that lava pond? What if there's even more of it further inside?"

"I bet my sword that we could get into a very dangerous territory," Cloud said. "However, it wouldn't make sense for Corneo to hide in such a dangerous place to do...you-know-what to women. At least I know he has common sense, but just a bit of it. If so, he should've some sort of hideout hidden within the mountain."

"Nice thinking," Tifa said. "But let's not lower our guards until we get to him."

Lucario shrugged. "I don't like heat very much... I'd appreciate if you guided me cautiously, Chris."

Aerith smiled at this, but Chris looked away. "Um, sure, Lucario, whatever you say. I won't let you sink in lava."

"Thank you."

The World Traveler wanted to smack his forehead. "You're welcome..."

The group then pressed on by going through the passage Rude had gone into. Upon walking several feet away in it, they found out that there was a complicated set of different passages that went almost every single direction.

"Darn it," Cloud muttered under his breath as they all looked around. "Now we're going to have to choose which path the real one is."

Snake looked down to find some footprints going to the right. "Not really," he said. "The pervert took that way. Just look at the footprints."

Aerith looked down. "Oh, you're right."

Snake noticed that there were more footprints going to the left. Judging by their shape, he could tell Rude went that way. "And these other footprints were from the bald guy. He surely didn't see these ones."

"Well, that's luck," Tifa said. "Now we won't have to go everywhere blindly."

Lucario grunted. "How ironic you say that..." he trailed off in boredom.

"Oh, my bad..."

Cloud looked serious at the way Corneo had gone to. "Okay, everyone, let's corner that bastard and finish this today."

The group ran into the passage in hopes to find Corneo and all his hostages. The World Traveler thought that he needed to do something to convince Snake from staying, but the fact that Snake was clever and smart could present a real threat to Chris. Anything he could bring up would make Snake know he was trying to make him stay with the Smashers.

The only thing Chris could do was to wait and think for the best approach.

???

Final Fantasy VII - Don of the Slums

Meanwhile, in the depths of Da Chao Mountain, Corneo giggled to himself as he looked up at the monument before him. "Hohi ho!" he laughed. "Yes, yes, yes! This is so feisty, I swear, feisty!"

The surrounding area was a very dark cave with a relatively long space. The cave itself was illuminated by very small lava rivers that ran around the wall's floor. Several stalagmites were stuck on the ceiling, and there were stalactites covering the edge where the small leaks of lava were.

However, there was some kind of ancient-looking structure facing the long space of the cave. Before Corneo lied some kind of temple with light brown walls that depicted some kind of ancient deity. An entrance was located in its center that leaded to an inner sanctum.

Just to the right of the upper part of the temple's wall, three figures were tied up against rotating walls over stalactites in a pond of lava. Their hands and feet were tied quite hard against the wall. The three figures could easily fall down to a possible death if they were to be released right on the pond.

"I swear I'm gonna throw up if I'm stayin' up here for longer!" Yuffie complained, being on the center of the other two. "I'm not a fan of heights!"

"I swear I'm going kill SOMEBODY after I get off from these ropes," Samus muttered, being tied up to Yuffie's left, as she glared fiercely at the pervert man.

"A-and I swear I'm going to write as many reports as possible to make you, Corneo, die a slow and EXTREMELY PAINFUL death!" Elena proclaimed, being tied to Yuffie's right, as she struggled to get her hands off the ropes.

Yuffie gritted her teeth to the point she struggled even more than Elena did. "LET...ME...GO!" she demanded.

Corneo merely giggled at this. He seemed to like Yuffie's rebellious attitude. "Hmm Delicious... scrumptious! I think I've just found a new HOBBY!"

"What are you talking about?" Samus asked. "What kind of hobby is to kidnap women for your own pleasure?"

"I-I agree with her!" Elena yelled. "T-that's such an idiotic thing to do!"

Corneo disgustingly licked his lips while he stared at Elena. The blond Turk looked very disgusted at the don's face. "Which shall it be to be my eternal love? Hmm... Hmm... Should I go...with HER?" he asked as he stared dreaminly at Elena.

"E-excuse me?!" Elena said in irritation. "I-I'm one of the Turks, you know! D-don't think you can get away with this and ME! I have a reputation to keep for them, and I'm not letting you lay a hand on me! Leave me alone if you know what's best for you!"

"When you think about it, the fact that he had his men tie us up here over lava, it makes you think he won't listen to you unless you have love with him..." Samus trailed off. "I'm NOT up for that at all."

Corneo's fascinated look went over to Yuffie, who blinked in complete shock. "Or...maybe...HER?"

"BLEEEEEEEH!!!" Yuffie yelled in disgust as she shook her head. "H-how can you think such a thing about me, you dirty pervert?! I-I'm just sixteen!"

"But love doesn't require barriers!" Corneo said, drooling a bit. "Love makes anything possible!"

"That's why love is sometimes very stupid..." Samus muttered.

"W-what are you saying? I can't get pregnant because of YOU!" Yuffie complained to Corneo. "I-I mean, my father would become a grandpa AND a father-in-law! Honestly, who has ever heard of an old man becoming son-in-law to a younger guy like my father?!"

"Y-yeah!" Elena yelled. "If you go with her, you're going to provoke a strange situation of the laws of marriage!"

"You're not helping, you know!" Yuffie complained to Elena.

"Nonsense!" Corneo said. "Besides, who's saying I'm so old? I'm in my young thirties, mind you!"

Elena sighed. "Well...that's a big relief for you," she told Yuffie.

Yuffie laughed happily. "Oh, it's a big relief, alright," she said. "It'd be a real relief it if wasn't for the fact HE WANTS TO MAKE OUT WITH ME!"

"You don't want to?" Corneo asked. "Aww, you're no fun... Well, better give you the fun instead!"

"N-no, it's okay, really. I'm already fun myself," Yuffie said in disagreement.

Samus sighed. "How the heck did I get myself dragged into this mess? I swear I'm going to put some kind of security system to my room back at the mansion should a situation like this happens again..."

Corneo snorted and looked dreamily at Samus. "Or...perhaps contestant number three should be my wife? I wonder how soft her charms are..." He drooled. "I wanna squeeze 'em..."

The bounty hunter blinked at this before she glared menacingly at the don. "Okay, you're starting to become a huge jackass pervert."

Yuffie struggled to move. "Hey, you make it sound like a compliment!" she complained. "He's more like super duper jackass pervert!"

"You're both wrong!" Elena argued. "There's one true definition that can describe well enough, and that word is rapist!"

"Would you two STOP arguing about this? It doesn't have any relevance to this screwed up situation!" Samus yelled at the two girls. "And it's not usual for me to yell like this, but you both are making me snap out, seriously!"

"What about the rapist?" Elena asked.

"Especially the rapist man!" Samus complained.

Corneo giggled with glee. "Wheee! I like how saucy women are! They tend to have more action than others!" He pointed a finger at Yuffie. "And she's the winner of this contest!"

Yuffie's jaw dropped. "G-GROSS-NESS!!!" she yelled in extreme disgust. "D-don't mess with me, old man! I swear I can be rather ferocious when the situation demands it!"

"Hohi ho! Then I chose the right girl!"

Samus looked bored. "I don't want to ruin this to you, but he'll take anything offensive and misinterpret it as love innuendos."

Yuffie looked mad. "Aw, come on! This isn't happening!" she argued before looking at Elena. "Why don't you take her? She's saucier than me!"

"E-excuse me?!" Elena asked.

Corneo snorted a bit. "Hmm, she looks saucier, alright..." he muttered, licking his drool.

Elena yelped a bit and looked at Yuffie. "Oh no, she's saucier than me!"

Corneo turned his look at the ninja. "N-no way, she's saucier!" Yuffie yelled.

The don turned to Elena. "Oh, please, everyone knows she's saucier!"

The pervert looked to Yuffie. "H-hahahaha! She's WAY saucier than me!"

Corneo mumbled words as he turned to look at Elena. "H-hey, choose the woman in the blue suit instea-"

Samus shot a death glare at Elena, not wanting to become part of the pointless discussion.

"N-never mind that!" Elena said in panic. "P-please, choose anyone else but me! I-I'm one of the Turks!"

"Well!" Corneo said pleased, licking his lips once more. "If I marry a Turk, Shinra wouldn't need to go chasing me around, right?"

"I-I-ah, what are you saying? They'll maul you to death if you did!" Elena proclaimed.

Samus looked away. "Will they now? Your allies didn't look that interested in you."

Elena pouted a bit at this. "T-that's because they don't take the job as seriously like me. They DO care about what happens to me, that I assure you!"

"Hohi hohi ho!" Corneo laughed with glee. "Then you can convince them from stop messing around with me, and then they'll tell Rufus to stop the death threat they have on me! Oh yeah, baby, daddy wants to be yours truthfully!"

Elena started to scream, struggling hard to get off from the ropes. "NO, NO, NO, AND I REPEAT, NO! I-I don't want to take part of this!" she complained. "T-that's it, my future is already set from this point on! I'm going to become his beloved, he's going to make me have babies, I'll take care of the babies while he's gone seducing another woman, I'll yell at him for leaving me ro raise our children alone, he'll say he's sorry but then he'll sneak out to go to a party club where he will party all night while I attend the crying babies who will probably start asking where he is and why I'm freaking our fo-"

"Would you please SHUT UP for once?!" Yuffie asked in irritation. "None of that is even happening at all!"

"Yet!" Elena added in panic. "I'm so screwed now, and all because I lowered my guard down for some minutes!"

"EVERYONE HERE lowered their guards," Samus said. "Well, unlike you, I DID some fighting, but then I got hand-chopped on the back of my throat."

Corneo chuckled loudly. "MAN, seeing women fighting like this looks...so SMEXY!" he said with joy. "Alright, I'm gonna have to choose all three of you 'cuz a quarrel in the bed with me in-between all of you would be something I'll look forward to! I'm can see myself moving my hands everywhere to touch anything!"

At this, the three girls looked shocked. They all looked at each other. "...Can somebody please tell me that we're going to be just fine?" Elena asked.

"I'll give you a hint," Yuffie began, "we're NOT going to be JUST fine!"

"T-that isn't a hint! That's a very obvious fact!"

"THAT IS THE WHOLE POINT OF IT!"

Corneo giggled. "Yeah! Women fighting against each other! Woohoo!"

Samus wanted to smack her forehead. "Please, please, anybody, I hate to say this but rescue me from this demented pervert...and these two loudmouths as soon as possible," she muttered with closed eyes.

"Okay, that's it!"

And her pleas were soon answered, much for her relief.

The three women and the don looked back at the other side of the cave where Cloud, Snake, Aerith, Chris, Tifa, and Lucario stepped into the room. Cloud was the one who was in front of the whole group, having a tight grip with both hands on his buster sword.

"It's all over, Corneo!" Cloud declared with fury. "You're gonna have to surrender now for real!"

Corneo backed away a bit. "W-what's going on here?" he asked. "W-who's there?"

Yuffie gasped. "Oh crap, Cloud!" she said. "I-I mean, please, help me here! I'm having one heck of a wild time, but that wild time is trying to kill me off!"

"Um, I'm pretty sure that wild time wants to love you...in the most disgusting way," Elena said.

"I know what I'm saying here, so shut up, you!" Yuffie complained.

Upon seeing the struggling ninja, Aerith sighed in relief. "Phew, he hasn't done anything unforgivable to her..."

Snake looked at Samus. "Oh, there you are," he said. "I thought you were a goner for a minute."

Samus looked annoyed. "Why, thank you, gentleman," she said. "Would you be so kind to take me off from these stupid ropes?"

Chris looked at the lava pool with stalactites. "I-I think we should think about this more carefully first..." He looked back at the building behind the three women. "...Wait, isn't that building..."

Snake inspected the building's structure. "Wait a minute, isn't that one of the temples of the hedgehog's world, the same we ones we were sent to find?"

"...It is," Chris muttered. "...It's the Adabat Temple."

Truth to be told, the Adabat Temple was positioned before them.

Snake rubbed his chin. "So that's why the reading said that the temple was located around the area of this village. It was hiding inside this mountain all along."

Corneo took a closer look at Clou-

"Hey, wait a minute!" Elena interrupted suddenly. "Nobody's going to say they're relieved to see me okay?"

Yuffie looked bored. "Well, nobody here cares that much about you. I mean, with you being our eternal enemy and all that...you know..."

"I think those other Turks didn't pay much attention nor cared about what you were going to," Lucario pointed out, trying to find the right direction to look at Elena.

Elena cried toon tears and sniffed sadly at this. "I-I'm just doing my work here. W-what's so bad about it?"

Tifa looked away. "Um, let me think. Oh, yes, right, because you're trying to KILL us, remember?" she asked angrily.

"I-I'm doing all this in good law!" Elena said in her defense.

"No you aren't!" Yuffie yelled. "We're the ones doing the right thing!"

"Yuffie, you're not longer one of us EVER since you betrayed us...twice!" Cloud said angrily. "And you're still saying you're one of us?"

Yuffie nervously chuckled at this. "O-oh, please, t-that was all a joke, you guys!" she said. "I mean, I was just trying to save your Materia from other people..."

"You STOLE our Materia rather than saving it!" Tifa pointed out with a finger.

The ninja looked worried. "O-okay, it was all a trick! I-I swear it was all a trick to get all the Materia!" She started to struggle even more. "I need some help here! Please, anyone, take me away from this idiot before I have children against my will!"

"You just want sympathy from us so you can escape from the pervert and from us again," Snake pointed out. "If you want some help, then promise you're going to give back all our stuff."

"N-no can do!" Yuffie said. "I need to save Wutai!"

"Well, don't call me when you need to get a godfather."

Yuffie sniffed sadly. "O-okay, I'm returning everything to you guys, I promise! But please, DO SOMETHING ABOUT THAT SICK GUY BEFORE I GO NUTS!"

"You're going nuts now..." Samus muttered in boredom.

Corneo narrowed his eyes. "Whee, long time no see..." he said.

"We met ten minutes ago," Aerith pointed out.

"S-shut it!" Corneo yelled. "I-I don't want to listen to you guys anymore!"

Cloud took a step forward. "Corneo, your end is finally here. You're going to pay for making me dress up as a girl, dangit!"

"But, Cloudel, you had to admit it was fun," Corneo teased.

The blond mercenary shook his head. "Shut up!" he yelled. "I've had enough of you and your face!"

"Oh, who doesn't?" Yuffie asked

"All of you, be quiet!" Corneo complained. "None of you know how much I had suffered since you broke into my mansion and Shinra gave chase after me... It's a long story, but..."

"I don't care or give a darn about that!" Cloud yelled. "Let Yuffie and Samus go right this instant!"

Chris looked sideways at Aerith. "Oh my god, Cloud is seriously out of it today..."

Aerith sweat dropped. "I think he hates Corneo more than he hates Sephirot-"

The World Traveler coughed loudly. "O-oh, sorry, I had a bit of a sore throat..."

"Okay..."

"(I don't really want her to say the name of her KILLER in here...)" Chris thought with a mental sigh.

Tifa readied her fists and took a step forward besides Cloud. "Alright, it's all over for you, Corneo!" she said. "You wanted to kill us off after you found Cloud wasn't a girl (Cloud: For the last time, stop reminding me that!), so you're gonna have to stop all this!"

Yuffie sniffed. "Y-you guys are so awesome..." she muttered. "I-I'm so glad to have such caring friends..."

Elena shifted her eyes a bit. "Um, didn't they just say you're not one of them any longer?"

"You, shut up and don't ruin the moment," the ninja muttered in annoyance.

The don gasped a bit before he sighed and looked sternly at them. "You people are so serious about the whole thing, huh? Good, good... I'm not going to fool around as you're doing now. Since I have the opportunity to attack you right here, I'm gonna avenge the death of my little Aps." He giggled darkly. "Oh yeah, you're gonna PLAY with my new pet so you don't get in my way to search my new bride!"

Snake looked at Aerith. "What did he exactly mean by Aps?" he asked.

Aerith pinched her chin a bit and looked up in thought. "Hmm, I think he meant the monster he sicked on us when he tossed us into the sewers of Midgar... I remember we killed it off."

Corneo grunted at the thought. "You guys killed me pet Aps! For that, you're going to play with my little Rapps instead!" He whistled loudly enough to make an echo in the cave. "C'mon, Rapps! Your new friends are here to play with you!"

A loud roar echoed from behind the group. They all turned around and quickly backed away from a monster that came out from behind. The monster flapped its wings to stay in the air. The monster looked like a green pterodactyl with a long tail and long wings. It had some red outlines over his wings and on the tip of its hard tail. The monster named Rapps let out a screech and looked down upon its prey.

Final Fantasy VII - Still More Fighting

"Hohi, hohi, hohi, hohi, ho!" Corneo laughed. "Behold my pet Rapps, bunch of imbeciles! I hope you give him a good play time 'cuz he ain't like bad play times at all!"

"Aw, crap," Yuffie muttered at the sight of the monster. "Just when things were turning out for the better."

The group readied their weapons (or fists in some cases) as they all looked up at the monster. "H-how can you consider that a pet, exactly?" Chris asked in fear.

"Well, it'd make sense Corneo bought it from someone," Tifa said. "I've heard there are trained monsters out there that can be bought from hunters."

Cloud put a tight grip on his buster sword. "I've HAD it with all this crap!" he yelled before he jumped high above while pulling his long sword vertically behind his back. "Time for you to STOP pissing me off. METEORAIN!"

With a mighty swing (of rage), Cloud shot six flaming meteors that emerged from his buster sword. The six meteors crashed right into the pterodactyl monster square on its body, creating a big explosion of smoke that covered it completely. It let out a screeching sound before it slowly flapped its wings and started to fall down upon the entrance of the cave.

At that moment, a familiar vulpine stepped into the scene, panting heavily under his breath. "Y-you guys, I'm here!" Fox called out. "Mario told me you al-"

Chris gasped. "F-Fox, get out of th-"

And Rapps accidentally crashed right on top of the vulpine, causing him to lie down on the ground in a painful way while Cloud landed back on the ground and glared at the now unconscious monster. "It's...over for you..." he muttered between pants.

Music stops

Corneo and everyone in the room but Snake gasped after seeing that the so-dangerous monster was taken down by Cloud's finished. Corneo shook in fear at the sight of his pet knocked out on the ground that he let go of his golden pipe and let it fall down. "N-no, my adorable Rapps! No!" he said in shock.

Fox was sticking out from the front of the monster's body with hands and arms extending out. The vulpine opened his worn out eyes and looked worried at the group. "W-what did I do to get crushed by a monster?" he asked.

Snake rolled his eyes. "Ever heard of arriving at the wrong time at the wrong place?"

"O-oh, you shut up..." Fox muttered in pain.

Yuffie cheered loudly at this quick victory. "Hurray! I'm gonna be saved by 'em!" she cheered. "I knew you guys were gonna be victorious. I never lost faith in all of you!"

Elena looked sideways at her with a bored expression. "You know, I think you're just trying to flatter them with sweet tal-"

"If you shut up, I won't tell them to drop you down the lava."

"I'll be quiet," Elena muttered in fear.

Samus sighed in relief. "This is going to be over soon, fortunately..."

While Chris had to take Lucario (with Aerith already reacting to this by going along as well) to go help the vulpine, the others turned to face the don, who was shaking in fear as they all glared at him. "W-wait... J-just wait a second!"

"SHUT UP!" Cloud yelled loudly as he positioned his buster sword directly in front of him. "Corneo, we had enough about you already. It's time for you to die!"

Snake coughed a bit. "Sorry to say this, but none of us aren't that annoyed at him except you."

"Shut it!" Cloud yelled without turning at the mercenary.

Corneo snorted a bit and waved his hands at them. "P-please, just listen to me for one last time! I-I swear it won't take that long before you kill me off!"

Tifa sighed in boredom. "What is it this time? I hope it's not a trick..."

Corneo shook his head, shaking off some sweat away. "W-why do you think a bad guy like me would swallow his pride and plead for his life to guys like you, huh?"

Cloud rolled his eyes. "That's an easy one. Because he's sure to lose."

Suddenly, the don chuckled at this answer and shook his head. "Quite wrong, you..." He took out a small remote control and pressed its red button.

Final Fantasy VII - Hurry!

The group saw Elena, Yuffie, and Samus being rotated upside down on their respective places. Elena and Yuffie let out a loud scream while Samus grunted loudly at the whole event. "Oh god, why the HELL didn't I say he was going to do this?" Samus asked in annoyance.

"O-oh my god!" Elena yelped. "I-I don't like any of this! I tend to become irrational when my blood goes to my head!"

Yuffie gritted her teeth. "He makes me so MAD, I swear!" she complained.

Seeing this happening, Tifa smacked her forehead and grunted. "I already said I hoped it wasn't a trick. What didn't you understand of it?"

"Hohi hohi ho!" Corneo laughed loudly. "Well, I admit you saw that coming. Too bad you're too slow!"

Chris twitched at this while Lucario pulled Fox with a simple pull out of the downed monster. "D-don't say that!" he complained.

Cloud gritted his teeth. "Damn you, Corneo, stop pulling dirty tricks out of your f*&(^$# a^$ already!" he cursed.

"Sorry, but I just can't do that!" Corneo said with a laugh. "You see, I'm sure to win this! I have everything prepared for anything should I lose. HA, in your faces, losers, in YOUR u-g-l-y faces!"

Tifa took a step forward. "Let them go!"

"NO!" Elena and Yuffie yelled.

Tifa sweated a bit. "I-I mean, let them go somewhere else besides above the lava!"

"Never!" Corneo said as he showed them the same remote control. "Not so fast, sexy woman! If I push this button, they'll fall upside down into the lava, and we'll have
ROASTED TOMATOES!" He thought about the outcome. "...Nah, make it NOTHING for ANYONE!"

Snake glared at the don. "Nothing like a sore loser, I see," he said.

"Damn..." Cloud muttered as he lowered down his buster sword. "Dammit, I didn't want this to end like this!"

"Oh no, what a way to change things around..." Aerith muttered. "W-we just can't let this happen!"

"Sorry, but you can't do anything right now!" Corneo declared. "It's time for me to make everyone listen to what I have to say. Not even Shinra can do a DAMN thing about me anymore since I have one of their precious Turks in captivity."

"CHEAP!" Elena yelled. "Be glad I'm in your captivity because I'd be KILLING you with a gun pointing at your head right now!"

"Hohi, hohi, hohi, hohi, hoooooooo!" Corneo laughed histerically while everyone glared at him. "Looks like I'm the one laughing last!"

The group had no choice but watch the don laugh maniacally at his seemingly secured victory. The three captured women struggled to get off from the ropes, reminding themselves that they could all fall into the lava. Samus thought she could use the stalactites to try to jump out, but she wasn't sure if they could resist.

Chris then recalled something about the scene. "(Wait, this part is where Reno and Rude arrive to stop Corneo from letting them fall down, but that was outside instead of inside here...)" He looked back behind the fallen Rapps. "(Maybe they'll arrive behind because that's the only place they can come out...)"

Inside the darkness of the maze, the World Traveler saw a small shining glow in it.

"(...Are they there?)" Chris asked to himself. "(They must be arriving here right no-)"

Chris's train of thoughts was interrupted as soon as he saw a long metal hand stretching out from the darkness of the maze directly to the laughing don. The group looked at the sudden apperance of the metalic hand as it snatched the remote control from Corneo, making him gasp in shock as it retreated into the darkness, everyone following its sight.

"W-what was that just now?" Tifa asked to Snake.

"How the heck should I know?" Snake asked.

"H-hey!" Corneo took some steps forward, fists raised to the air. "W-who's stealing my remote control now? G-give it back here to me! How am I supposed to make love and win this whole thing?"

Music stops

"Oh, did I make an unnecessary arrival? I beg your pardon, but I just had to come in here by orders of my boss, of course..."

Many of them looked confused at the voice that echoed from the maze's darkness. "Oh, great, now what?" Tifa asked. "Is somebody else trying to do something to us right now?"

"Why, that would be me. Don't you see the obvious in front of your eyes?" the voice asked with a snicker.

The World Traveler tilted his head to the right. "Wait, that voice... That voice isn't that hard to recognize..."

And suddenly, a floating machine with a scientist entered into the cave.

"Dr. Eggman," Chris said.

The scientist chuckled for a bit and looked at everyone before him. "It's a real pleasure to meet everyone again. It's been a long time ever since we last me-"

"We met just yesterday in the hand's world," Snake interrupted.

"Oh, right," Dr. Eggman said. "Sorry, but I've been too distracted in other important matters, namely finding the temples for one."

Cloud, Aerith, and Tifa looked at each other before looking back at the scientist. "Pardon me to ask, but who is this guy in the floating saucer?" Tifa asked.

"My name is Eggman Robotnik, or Dr. Eggman for short," Dr. Eggman said. "I'm here to accomplish one of my tasks: destroy the Adabat Temple."

"The Ada-what?" Tifa asked before looking back at the temple behind them. "You mean that temple over there? I thought it was part of Wutai's land."

Yuffie shook her head. "Now that you mention it, this temple wasn't even here in the first place... Oh, who cares about this temple? GET ME DOWN!" she demanded.

Dr. Eggman snickered. "Sorry, that won't do." He showed them the remote control that he had stole from Corneo. "Now that I have hostages, my mission is going to be a lot easier to do."

"H-hey, you just stole my opportunity to make love with them!" Corneo complained. "G-give it back to me!"

"You shut up, obese idiot," Dr. Eggman said before looking back at the Smashers. "Now, if you can stay there for the remainder of my mission, I won't have the necessity to drop those three girls into the lava down below."

Fox coughed a bit as he stood up. "W-why are you here? I thought Bowser and Wario were here to find this temple..."

Dr. Eggman shook his head. "Those two imbeciles can't even do a thing right, it seems. We told them to seek the Adabat Temple, but no, they end up going somewhere else! I don't know what happened to them in here, but I don't care. I had to come in here myself to look for the temple and I found it out of luck."

Chris shook his head. "N-no, we can't just let you destroy it like that!"

"I'm sorry to tell you this, but it must be done," Dr. Eggman said. "Besides, how are you guys supposed to enter in there without the assistance of the Temple Guardians? Do you have the tablets? I don't think you have either of those right now, am I right?"

"W-well..." Chris looked down. "...T-that's right..."

Dr. Eggman snickered. "Well, allow me to help you out. However, that aid is only going to let you see the guardians by yourself." He snapped his fingers.

The group looked back to the cave's exit where a floating cage hovered over the fallen Rapps all the way to the front of the entrance of the temple. The cage had four people in it. Some of them were grabbing the bars while some of them were looking down in shame.

"Who are they?" Snake asked.

"These are the guardians of the Adabat Temple," Dr. Eggman said. "They all are the protectors and the only people of their village. In fact, you're looking at Adabat's whole population," he explained. "I had to kidnap every single one of them because they have the tablets."

One of the four guardians looked sternly at Dr. Eggman. The guardian was a black-haired, skinny teenager named Jamal who wore a sleeveless black shirt with purple shorts and sandals. "Let us go now!" he yelled.

Dr. Eggman frowned at this simple demand. "Boy, how many times have I heard that demand before?"

"T-this isn't funny!" yelled a black-haired, young woman named Rudi. She wore a light blue shirt with a blue belt and pink-and-purple skirt with sandals. She was sitting down on the floor besides a depressed man. "We don't want to help you in any way with the ancestral temple!"

"Yeah, that's right!" yelled a young girl besides Jamal. The young girl named Nagi wore a white t-shirt, had her brown hair combed in a small ponytail, and wore pale yellow shirts with sandals. "You're just a bad guy with bad intentions!"

"Everyone, please...it's all useless now..." muttered the man besides Rudi. The man was the father of all the three children. The black-haired man named Teanchai wore a buttoned t-shirt with dark green shorts and sandals. He looked as if he was ashamed of being captured inside the cage. "There's no way for us to do anything..."

Jamal turned to him. "Dad, how could you say those things? We need to have hope!"

"In what?" Teanchai asked. "It's futile. Thanks to the earthquake, much of our ancestral home was forever lost..."

Rudi looked worried at Teanchai. "Dad, please, you need to stop acting like this..."

Dr. Eggman coughed to get their attention. "What happened to you doesn't matter at all to me," he said. "What matters to me about you is the tablets for the Adabat Temple. Hand them over now before I take extreme measures."

"N-no! We won't!" Nagi yelled. "It's our job as guardians to protect the temple from people like you!"

Rudi closed her eyes. "At this rate, we'll have to hand over the tablets against our wills..."

Jamal shook his head. "But I don't want to give up this easily!"

"Too bad, you will all have to surrender to me," Dr. Eggman said.

Cloud looked at Snake. "I hate to ask in the middle of this event, but do you happen to know what's going on?"

Snake looked away. "Remember I told you that we all come from different worlds? Well, those people also come from other worlds as well."

"Oh, please, not that whole nonsense again..."

Snake looked at Cloud. "It's nonsense, alright, but it's the truth," he said. "The fat guy in the saucer is one of our enemies. He wants to destroy the temple over there so there's no chance for us to stop his plans from conquering worlds... I know, cliche, but still..."

Cloud frowned. "I didn't believe any of this was true at all..."

"Me too, kid, me too."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 18, 2010, 02:18:02 PM
Chris took a step forward. "D-Dr. Eggma-"

"Stop right there, you!" Dr. Eggman interrupted, showing him the remote control. "One brusque move, and those women on the wall will fall down to their deaths!"

"...So let me get this straight," Yuffie began, "we're not going to be the sex slaves of the sick Corneo guy anymore, but NOW we're hostages for another different random obese guy for something else I barely even know about?"

"That's how things seem, apparently..." Elena muttered.

"...Okay," Yuffie began, "now I know that, from today, THIS IS THE WORST DAY OF MY LIFE EVER!"

"Now you're telling me..." Elena muttered in depression.

Samus sighed. "It's not exactly my best day ever, but at least things couldn't get any much worse."

"When I was a little girl, I used to kiss flowers all the time," Elena said. "One of 'em pinched me hard on my lower lip, and then a small insect flew out from that flower and pinched me on my forehead. I went ouch so much during that time of the day."

"...O...kay..." Samus trailed off at the random fact. "What the heck is wrong with you now?"

Yuffie looked bored. "Remember she said she becomes irrational when her blood goes to her head? Well, she's acting irrational now."

Samus rolled her eyes. "You've got to be kidding me..."

Dr. Eggman looked back at the family. "Will you hand over the tablets?"

"I-I refuse!" Jamal said.

"Oh, will you, now?" Dr. Eggman asked with a grin.

The atmosphere grew tense as everyone was frozen in place, thinking what to do while others were thinking what was happening. The Smashers were trying to find a way to get through the dilemma they faced, but it could end up by taking three lives away. Thinking hard, Chris looked at Lucario. "Lucario, can you try to shoot an Aura Sphere to Dr. Eggman?" Chris whispered.

"I don't know..." Lucario whispered. "I don't know where he's in the air. My eyes are still itching so badly."

Chris cursed in his mind and looked at Fox. "Can you use your Blaster?"

Fox looked bored. "I would if I HAD one right now," he whispered mad.

"S-sorry..." Chris muttered. "(I don't think I can change to another job without Dr. Eggman noticing me...and chanting a spell won't make a difference as well... If only there was some way to do something...)"

Yuffie gritted her teeth. "Okay, that does it!" she yelled. "I don't care if I fall into the lava anymore! I WANNA FALL DOWN RIGHT NOW!" she demanded loudly. "MAYBE I CAN SAVE MYSELF FROM SINKING INTO THE LAVA!"

Dr. Eggman grunted at the loud demands before he turned to the three women and floated all the way to them. "Will you just shut up, girl? I have the ultimate decision to end your life whenever I want to!"

"T-that was supposed to be my job!" yelled Corneo from the entrance of the temple. "T-there's no fun for me on bed anymore?"

"SHUT UP!" Cloud yelled.

Dr. Eggman ignored the rants. "You'll have to stay quiet for the time being if you don't want to die a gruesome death, girl!" he yelled at Yuffie.

"Like I care!" Yuffie yelled. "I look as if I was the target for obese people to kidnap me! What the hell, man, what the hell is right about this? IT'S COMPLETELY UNFAIR!"

The scientist gritted his teeth. "Silence, I say, silence!"

"I don't wanna shut up!" Yuffie yelled angrily. "You're not my father, who sucks as much as you do!"

"W-what?" Dr. Eggman asked. "I'll have you know that my IQ is the highest you've ever seen before!"

"Like I care about how smart you are, nerd!" Yuffie taunted. "I give a darn more attention than you, and that darn surely does a better job at kidnapping than a man with a rubby tummy!"

The ninja and the scientist kept arguing and insulting each other to no end, completely ignoring everyone else in the cave. Everyone watched the feud continuing as if there was nothing better to do. However, as they kept insulting each other, the World Traveler blinked a bit. "...Wait, this could actually allow me to change jobs without being noticed..." he muttered before he changed to his Agent job. "Okay, now I need to carefully aim my shot to his hand..." he trailed off as he closed his right eye and pointed his revolver at Dr. Eggman's right hand, where the remote control was being held. "Now I just hope my personality as a flirtatous man doesn't come up during all this..."

"Dude, I have perfect eyesight!" Yuffie chuckled. "You use glasses, nerd!"

"S-stop calling me a nerd, insolent girl with the ridiculously big pauldron!" Dr. Eggman complained.

"Ha, is that the best you can do to insult me?" Yuffie taunted.

"S-silence, just be quiet!"

Samus looked away in boredom. "Seriously, I REALLY hate this day. In fact, I'm going to start my own diary to state I hate this event, and to remind me to never, EVER let the door of my room open without a lock."

"I used to write chocobos on my diary's pages," Elena said randomly. "Heck, I wrote "Kweh!" in little bubbles to make them say something so people wouldn't think they were mute! How cute! Heheh, that rhymed!"

"...Okay, somebody, shoot me on the forehead now," Samus muttered. "I don't care if I die anymore. Screw this, screw Dr. Eggman, screw the girls besides me, screw these ropes, screw this cave, screw this temperature, SCREW THI-"

Samus's curses were eventually stopped by a loud banging sound. The bounty hunter watched Dr. Eggman stopping insulting Yuffie as a shot pushed the remote control away from his hand. The remote control bounced off from the wall under Samus's head, promptly crossing the other side of the lava pool where it landed right between some rocks in a place where it was hard to take out.

"..." Samus smiled a bit. "Oh, much better..." she muttered with a relieved sigh.

Fox grinned at Chris. "Nice shot there, Chris."

Chris looked embarrassed. "I-I didn't want to shoot the remote... I wanted to shoot his head but the steam of the lava got on my goggles that didn't let me see where I was aiming at..." He cleaned the goggles' lenses and took them off.

The vulpine blinked a bit at this. "...No need to be so violent, Chris..."

Chris closed his eyes. "I-I thought the shot wasn't going to kill him..."

"W-what the hell did just happen?" Dr. Eggman asked in bewilderment as he looked to his empty right hand. "W-what did just..."

"HA-HA!" Yuffie laughed in triumph. "IN-YOUR-FACE, NERD! The forces of justice will always prevail forever when I'm the one in danger!"

"That's the cheesiest thing I've ever heard before!" Dr. Eggman complained.

"Do I even care?"

"Grrrr!!!"

Final Fantasy VII - Hurry!

Snake took quick action of the moment and looked at Cloud. "Kid, free the people in the cage, now!"

Cloud looked at Snake. "What?"

"I know you don't have any business with us, but we need to get all the help we can get for now," Snake said. "Use your darn sword to cut the bars and set them free, quick!"

Cloud blinked in confusion at this order before he looked serious and rushed towards the cage where the family was being held. The blond mercenary let out a yell as he jumped high above and slashed the bars of the cage to cut them in half, allowing a big hole for the four guardians to escape. The mercenary landed on the ground and looked up at them. "Now, it's your chance to get away from here!"

Rudi gasped at this and looked at her father. "D-dad!" Rudi yelled. "W-we can escape!"

Teanchai looked up from the floor and saw the hole of the cage. "T-then there is a chance to escape?" he asked before he stood up and nodded. "Quick, we must escape from Dr. Eggman!"

The family of four jumped down from the cage and quickly ran away to the group's direction. The guardians ran all the way to where the fallen Rapps was. Once they made it there, Teanchai looked at Fox and bowed to him. "We're thankful for what you've done for us."

Fox nodded. "Right, but stay away from here for the time being. You don't really want to stay any closer to that madman."

Jamal nodded. "Of course we don't want to!" he said. "We're still confused about what's happening, but from the looks of the situation, you're the good guys, right?"

"Y-yes," Chris said. "We're the ones trying to save the planet from being destroyed by Dark Gaia."

Rudi sighed. "Then there are people trying to do something about the crisis. I'm glad to hear you're doing it."

Nagi looked worried. "B-but what are you going to do now? That bad Dr. Eggman wants to destroy the temple!"

"We'll do anything to stop him from doing so," Fox said. "For now, stay away."

Teanchai nodded. "Please, don't let him destroy the ancient temple! If he does, our world may as well be doomed along with what remains of our home!"

Jamal motioned to the cave's maze behind the monster. "Everyone, over here!"

The family ran into the cave's maze to stay away from the room of the cave. Once they did, Aerith looked back to where Dr. Eggman was grabbing his head out of frustration. "What should we do now, Cloud? I'm very confused..."

Cloud ran towards her before he stopped and looked at the three captive women. "Now that we're involved in this, we don't have much of a choice but to see what happens next."

Tifa sighed. "Oh well, at least this is going to be much interesting than dealing with Corneo..." She looked around the cave. "Speaking of which, where did he go now?"

Cloud looked around the cave. "...Oh, great, he escaped again..."

"I don't think he left from where we came from," Aerith said. "I didn't see him coming our way..."

Cloud shook his head. "Never mind for now," he said before glaring at the scientist. "We have another problem to deal with."

Dr. Eggman grunted and glared down at his enemies. "Okay, you guys crossed the line!" he yelled. "Since I don't have any more hostages with me, it's time for me to jump right into the fray!"

"You and what army?" Snake asked. "I only see you and no one else on your side."

Dr. Eggman frowned. "Since it's day, Shadow Nightmares won't do a thing in here..."

The World Traveler sighed in relief. "Phew, that's nice to hea-"

"So I'm going to have to bring the night's feeling for them to dwell during the day!"

"...Say what again?" Chris asked in confusion. "I-I thought Shadow Nightmares could only appear during the night."

Dr. Eggman snickered. "They do if there's not daylight," he said before he took out a sphered that had darkish outlines circling around it. "Behold one impossible creation made out of pure Subspace matter and Shadow Bugs essence!"

"What the heck is that?" Yuffie asked. "It looks like a ball except it probably doesn't bounce."

"That's because it's NOT supposed to be a... Ugh, I don't care anymore," Samus muttered in annoyance. "You're free to guess anything you want to think."

"Is it candy? Tell me it's candy because I have candy for dinner ALWAYS!" Elena asked in excitement.

"I take that back..." the bounty hunter muttered.

Chris shook his head. "W-wait, how did you make that thing in the first place? I don't remember seeing something like that before!"

Dr. Eggman chuckled darkly. "Oh, that's why resources with the Subspace Army are much better materials than any other resources out there," he explained. "This little baby was created thanks to the efforts of the Ancient Minister. He was the one who made this possible for me to create. Actually, the credit should go to him because I only adjusted some statistics about this sphere. It makes me feel inferior, buuuuuuuuut my little help did a much better job in creating this. How was this created? Thanks to the whole absence of our plans to raids the worlds, the Ancient Minister was tasked to create the Nightmare Sphere, the ball you see here, to allow Shadow Nightmares to dwell during the day. However, this little machine doesn't quite work if it's used right outside. It only works in dark places such as caverns like this one."

Snake grunted. "I knew bad stuff would show up after that long break we had..."

"They were preparing themselves," Fox said. "They don't look like they want to take breaks."

"Exactly!" Dr. Eggman said. "You fools thought we were taking a break while we were actually doing a lot of different stuff to make sure everything could go much better." He raised the sphere. "And now, let the magic begin..."

The Smashers watched as the scientist tossed the sphere right into the wall behind him. Upon contact, the sphere broke out, and it released some kind of dark smoke that began to pollute the ceiling of the cave. Everyone looked up to see dark lines going straight down to the floor before some kind of dark feeling was felt by everyone.

Aerith embraced herself and looked around. "W-what is this dark atmosphere?"

Tifa shrugged. "This is weird...but I do feel as if the air in here got a bit thicker than usual..."

Snake looked up at the ceiling where remains of the dark smoke floated. "This isn't getting any good..." he muttered.

"Oh, on the contrary," Dr. Eggman began as he snapped his fingers and called forth a portal of the Subspace that brought a cage with a rabid Shadow Nightmare pounding on the bars, "it's getting really good now!"

Chris gasped at the sight of the monster. "Oh hell no, not another one of those things!"

Cloud stared at the enraged monster. "What is that supposed to be and what was that portal just now?"

"Starting to believe we come from another world except from that portal?" Snake asked.

Cloud looked away. "...I think so..." he muttered.

Dr. Eggman laughed maniacally before he examined at the seven characters before him. "Now, who will it be this time? I already sicked one of these on the fox. It'd be a real waste if he was the victim... Maybe I should choose..." he pointed at Aerith, "...that girl?"

Aerith covered her mouth with her right hand. "W-what?" she asked.

"OH GOD NO!" Chris yelled suddenly. "N-not her from all people!"

Tifa looked at Chris. "Wow, I never saw you getting this stressed over Aerith. Why's that?"

Chris blushed and looked away. "Y-you don't know what that monster does to people! I-it latches on your back, takes over your body, pushes you out, and creates a copy of you that will start to traumatize you for any kind of tormenting lie you've been living your entire life without acknowledging it!"

"What the f&^* does that even mean?" Cloud asked.

"In a few words," Snake began, "you're so screwed if it grabs you. You better try to stay away from it or you'll regret it later. If it does get to you, you'll become very scared."

Cloud blinked at this. "...Scared?"

Snake frowned. "Yeah, scared, as in extreme fear."

Dr. Eggman pointed at Cloud. "Oh, maybe that guy will serve very well."

Chris sighed. "Well, he's better than Aerith..."

"Chris!" Fox yelled angrily.

"I-I mean, that's still bad!" Chris yelled. "It's still so bad that... Oh no..."

"What is it?" Lucario asked.

"(Cloud has been living a really bad lie his entire life up until now,)" Chris thought. "(Anything he's thinking about his past is actually from another person close to him... If the Shadow Nightmare gets on him and Cloud denies everything he's been thinking to this point...that monster is really going to become extremely powerful by how many lies Cloud hasn't acknowledged, right?)"

The World Traveler then came to a response from himself.

"(...CRAP!)" Chris cursed loudly. "N-no, you leave Cloud alone! He doesn't deserve to be sicked with th-"

And the cage of the Shadow Nightmare thus broke out, letting out the beast that jumped to the ground and let out screech.

"...Dammit!" Chris cursed.

Dr. Eggman laughed maniacally and pointed at Cloud. "Shadow Nightmare, your meal is right before you! Get him good!"

The Shadow Nightmare let out a piercing screech before locking eyes to the blond mercenary.

Chris quickly stepped in front of Cloud. "No! Don't take him!" he yelled. "Take me instead!"

Somehow, Lucario stepped in front of Chris. "How can you say that? I won't allow it to get on you, Chris!"

Aerith stepped in front of Lucario. "No, please, take me! I don't know what's happening, but I know something bad will happen if Lucario gets attacked by that monster!"

Chris quickly stepped in front of Aerith. "Dammit, I'm trying to protect you as well!" he cursed.

Cloud stepped in front of him. "Why the hell should I fear that monster? I just need to slice it in half!"

Tifa stepped in front of him. "No, Cloud, I trust them! I understood everything they said about that monster nightmare thing!"

Fox stepped in front of her. "Don't let it get to you or you'll be sorry!"

"You were already attacked by one!" Chris yelled. "Heck, I don't want to face another stupid, sadistic, speedy enemy ever again!"

Cloud stepped in front of Fox. "You people just let me handle this, dangit!"

"You six look ridiculous standing in front of each other."

In order, Lucario, Aerith, Chris, Tifa, Fox, and Cloud looked to their right to see Snake frowning. The first six characters were all standing in a line while Snake was out of it.

"What, are you going to do a conga dance next?" Snake asked, rolling his eyes.

Yuffie laughed a bit at this. "Heheheheh, good one, man, good one!" she yelled, Samus rolling her eyes.

"...Y-you shut up!" Cloud yelled in embarrassment while everyone else looked away to different directions.

Dr. Eggman kept staring at the line of people before he shook his head and pointed at Cloud. "Shadow Nightmare, what are you waiting for? Get him good!"

The Shadow Nightmare raised its pincers and slowly started to walk towards Cloud, who gritted his teeth and put a tight grip on his buster sword.

"F*&$ this s&^$!" Cloud yelled as he charged towards the Shadow Nightmare. "AAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!"

"Cloud!" Aerith and Tifa yelled in unison.

"Oh hell no!" Chris cursed loudly.

As Cloud charged towards the Shadow Nightmare, a hand pulled him back, stopping him from running. The blond mercenary turned around and looked at Snake's stern look. "Now you listen to me," Snake began, "I don't want to deal with a shadow monster because a kid thinks he could stubbornly take on a monster that can't be defeated that easily."

"Who the hell are you calling a kid?" Cloud asked with a glare.

"You're the kid here," Snake said. "You're acting like one as well."

"Shut up! I don't care what anyone tells me now. That's just another common monster in my eyes, and it needs to be taken out before it attacks us!"

"Screw your eyes, then," Snake said. "You don't want to touch that thing."

"I won't because my sword will slice it!"

"Not even that will suffice, kid."

"Stop calling me a kid!"

"I will once you stop acting like one."

Fox looked up annoyed. "Oh boy, this argument brings me some memories about Tricky..." he trailed off.

"And it's making me feel upset because some people call me a kid despite I'm a teenager," Chris said. "..." He shook his head. "T-this is not important right now! What's matters now is that Shadow Nightmar-"

"It's already leaping towards Cloud!" Tifa yelled.

"Aw, crap!" Chris cursed.

"CLOUD!" Aerith cried out.

In slow-motion, Cloud slowly turned around to look up in the air where the Shadow Nightmare had its pincers wide open to his sides. The blond mercenary's eyes started to shake in surprise as he remained in place. Somehow, once Cloud looked directly at the monster's eyes, he could see a dark reflection of himself staring down at his own eyes. Around this time, the Shadow Nightmare was a few feet away from Cloud. Snake, seeing that Cloud looked as if he was frozen in place, muttered some words and frowned.

"...The hell with this," Snake muttered.

Before the Shadow Nightmare could latch its pincers on Cloud, Snake quickly grabbed Cloud's shoulders, and he pushed him to the right to evade the monster. Snake gained a small momentum, allowing him to step back from the monster in time. Cloud, since he was pushed aside, fell on the ground with a grunting sound. The Shadow Nightmare landed on the ground and screeched once more before looking to its left to Cloud.

Cloud raised his face from the ground and looked behind where the monster locked eyes with him. The blond mercenary quickly took a grip on his buster sword on his back, but the monster quickly leaped at him once again. "AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" Cloud yelled before he closed his eyes tightly.

"CLOUD!" everyone yelled in desperation.

"There's no escape from this!" Dr. Eggman declared.

And soon, the Shadow Nightmare latched its body on the mercenary's body...

...

"..." Cloud slowly opened his eyes. He blinked in shock after he saw that the Shadow Nightmare disappeared from sight. "W-what did just happen?" he asked before he looked to his right and gasped. "H-hey!"

The group gasped once they saw that Snake had made one last action by tackling aside the monster. The mercernary held down the shadow monster on the ground by holding it from its neck. "G-grr!" Snake grunted as the beast's body started to fuse into him through his hands. "D-darn this spawn of the demon's butt!" he cursed.

"S-Snake, no!" Chris yelled. "Y-you can't be serious about this!"

"S-shut up, kid!" Snake yelled as he struggled. "T-this is exactly why I don't like to work with others. They become a real pain in the a%# to protect during a fight!"

"What?" Cloud asked.

The Shadow Nightmare screeched loudly as it completely turned into spores that ran along Snake's body. The ex-FOXHOUND gritted his teeth before he was completely consumed into a blob of darkness, screaming out in pain as the blob let out dark sparks while it flashed crazily. The group watched in bewilderment as it shook madly while Snake screamed in extreme pain. "W-what is happening?!" Tifa asked.

"I-it's too late!" Chris yelled. "I tried to prevent this, but..."

Aerith slowly shook her head. "No..." she muttered.

"Damn that idiot," Fox muttered with a fierce glare at the blob.

Music stops

Soon enough, the blob of darkness spat an unconscious Snake out from it, making him roll recklessly on the ground before he stopped right besides a confused Cloud. The blond mercenary's eyes shook in surprise at this before he looked back at the blob. "W-what did just happen? Why is he still alive?"

Lucario frowned. "This is just the beginning of something even worse..." he trailed off.

Chris gulped. "Please, please tell me this isn't happening..."

"Mwahahahahahaha, hahahahahahahahahahaaaaaa!" Dr. Eggman laughed maniacally. "At last, after a long time, the fourth victim has been chosen!" he declared before pointing down at the trembling blob. "Behold the fourth Shadow Nightmare, fools! Mwahahahahahahahaha!"

The blob of darkness stopped emanating dark sparks. Soon, it began to compress itself into a smaller figure. The group gasped as the darkness took Snake's image right before their eyes. Slowly and carefully, the shadow before them stood up and looked away from them.

"...I-is that..." Tifa trailed off, gulping at the sight of the doppelganger.

"..." Fox closed his eyes. "...He's not him...but..."

"..." The Shadow turned around to face them. "...It's really good to be finally alive..." he muttered.

Snake coughed a few times before he opened his eyes and sat up. The mercenary looked to his left and glared at the shadow. "Oh f(beep) no..." Snake trailed off.

"Oh f(beep) yes, should I say," the shadow said. "What, does it really sickens you to see me alive and kicking?"

"Hell yes it does," Snake replied as he stood up. "Heck, I didn't think I'd be a victim of this whole Shadow Nightmare fiasco."

"Fortunately, you are part of this "fiasco" as you call it," the shadow said. "Thankfully, you'll be happy that your lies will be exposed to you today... Hmm, today, and it's not even night yet."

Snake shook his head. "I don't care about that," he said. "I'll just have to acknowledge my lies to you and you'll be gone, right?"

"I don't think you can do that correctly."

"So says you," Snake said. "Just watch."

"I don't need to watch when I know what you don't want to acknowledge fully to the whole extent of the word," Shadow Snake said. "Just saying it isn't enough. You REALLY have to stay true to your words. If you don't, you'll suffer the consequences greatly..."

"Tsk, whatever," Snake said. "Like I cared about my conflicts."

"Oh, you should care about them. Why, they might end up killing you or making you feel like s(beep) after all you've done your entire and worthless life."

Tifa looked confused at the whole conversation. "I-I don't understand why they're talking instead of fighting..."

"Didn't you say you understood?" Lucario asked.

"I-I was just trying to sound convicing enough for Cloud..." Tifa trailed off in embarrassment.

Cloud stood up from the ground and stared at the shadow. "Just why is that monster taking the form of him?" he asked.

"Kid, shut up," Snake said without facing Cloud. "I need to face this by myself before it gets more idiotic."

"Ouch," Shadow Snake said. "Since when I was idiotic? You know that you're talking to yourself, right? After all, we're the same person."

"Of course we are the same person," Snake said.

"Can you prove we're one, though?" Shadow Snake asked. "If one of us doesn't believe, the one with the correct answer will prevail over the wrong one. In other words, one dies, one lives."

"I admit that's a hard thing to do," Snake said. "However, I'll do it without making mistakes."

Chris looked worried at the situation. "Just what is he going to face?"

Shadow Snake closed his yellow eyes for a moment. "...I'll begin," he began, "by asking you if you think the people care about you."

Snake frowned. "I'll admit that most people admire me, and they even care about me."

Chris looked surprised. "O-okay, that's true..."

"I'm not done with this yet," Shadow Snake said. "There's one last thing I need to know from you."

"Well, spit it out already," Snake said. "I don't have time to deal with the likes of yo-"

"Do you care about the people whom you got the chance to talk with?"

Snake looked away. The mercenary suddenly started to think about the question given to him. Everyone watched as Snake rubbed his chin, thinking hard about the answer.

"So?" Shadow Snake asked. "What will it be, me?"

"..." Snake looked at his shadow counterpart. "...I care about them." His right eye twitched a bit at this statement.

The World Traveler gasped. "W-what? A-are you telling the truth, Snake?"

"...I'm pretty sure I'm telling the truth..." Snake trailed off.

Shadow Snake stared at Snake. "...Hmm, it was hard to say, huh? Do you feel less weight on your shoulders now?"

Snake glared at the shadow. "Yeah, I feel a lot of weight being taken out from my shoulders."

"Oh, that's great to hear from you," Shadow Snake said. "...However..."

"However?"

"...It'd been nicer if you didn't have to lie," Shadow Snake pointed out.

Chris looked down in depression. "...I kind of knew he was lying with that..."

Shadow Snake chuckled. "The famous and yet infamous Solid Snake isn't the best talker," he said. "For you, actions speak louder than words, huh? Well, that's mostly true, but in your case, words should speak louder than actions."

"What does that mean?" Snake asked in irritation.

"I mean to say that you're not capable of starting bonds with people," Shadow Snake said. "The closest thing to bonds that you have are the people you work with. It's incredible that you have forgotten your past bonds with other people in the past, and we both know full well that you made some friendship against your will."

Snake looked away. "I admit that, alright."

"Sure you do," Shadow Snake said. "However, what made you take this abrupt change of thoughts? I'll tell you what," he said before pointing at the Smashers, "they're the reason why you decided to become an ass."

"What?" Fox asked. "Are you trying to say he was friendlier before he met us?"

"But of course," Shadow Snake said. "Before I got to meet you, my life was kind of normal, or a little bit far off from normal, but even so, it was common for me to live. Everything went down, however, when a certain hand contacted the Colonel about my services. That's when my behavior changed."

While Snake didn't like the fact that the shadow was referring to him, Chris shook his head. "W-why?" he asked. "Why would you do that, Snake?"

Snake remained silent at this.

"...Snake?"

"Once I joined the team, I began to see many different and unusual events that couldn't happen from where I came from," Shadow Snake said. "I'm the kind of guy who doesn't like to take part of nonsenses. Guess what, the nonsense I'm trying to deal with every single day is the team I'm working for. I hate their guts so much that I wished they just left me alone."

The World Traveler shook his head again. "N-none of us is trying to piss you off!"

"You do that unintentionally," Shadow Snake said. "Just looking at any of you makes my blood boil up. Every time I look at one of them, I try my best to tolerate the fact of the scum I face. Too bad I can't tolerate them any longer, and that's what made my decision to drop out from the team."

"Drop out?" Lucario repeated. "Snake wants to disband from us?"

"Yeah," Shadow Snake said. "The kid knew about this. Hell, I've been looking at him making those depressed faces. He was trying to think about some way to convince me from staying."

Chris gasped. "Y-you mean to say you knew I was going to try t-"

"Yes," Shadow Snake interrupted. "Otherwise why would you remain speechless whenever you turned to look at me?"

"I-I..."

Fox looked at Snake. "But he can't drop out like that. Once someone joins the team, they can never drop out that easily. It's the code we follow."

"What kind of code is that?" Lucario asked.

The vulpine raised his shoulders. "Beats me. That's what Master Hand said."

"Do I have to say I brought Pichu, Roy, and Mewtwo into the team because they weren't called to be in the Brawl list?" Chris asked. "And if I recall, they WERE part of the team."

Fox looked away. "That sounds funny because Master Hand let them in when we fought the army just because he wanted them all out by getting them killed by Tabuu, but when they were taken out and we were all reunited again, he made that code right after."

"...That cheating bastard," Chris muttered. "...Wait, getting them killed... What?!"

"Eh, don't tell him I told you this...or none of the three..."

"How do you even know this?! Why didn't you say this before?"

"Hey, nowadays, it's easy to spy on someone when you have their room just across yours when you have a poorly arranged set of rooms in a mansion... And how was I supposed to say that to them? The last thing I wanted to have was an argument!"

"Ugh, I really want to know what happened during that whole army event..." Chris trailed off.

Aerith looked at Tifa. "What's a Master Hand?" she asked.

Tifa shrugged. "I bet that their boss's nickname..."

Shadow Snake sighed. "You guys are exactly the reason why I'm like this," he said. "I can't take this anymore. I want to forget everything as soon as I can before you become a hindrance to me. I only work solo."

Chris looked back at the shadow. "B-but we care about Snake!"

"I don't give a darn about you, though," Shadow Snake said. "I mean, after all, I'm the one who wants to be alone from getting closer to people, not the other way around."

Snake glared at him. "Shut up now."

The shadow continued talking. "People are so annoying when they want to talk to me. They don't understand that a man like me needs to be in solitude. My life isn't going to last too much before I succumb to the effects of FOXDIE. Overall, my life doesn't have a true meaning."

"Oh god, he's turning emo now," Yuffie commented from the wall.

"Be quiet, you," Samus whispered angrily.

"FOXDIE..." Chris trailed off. "What is this FOXDIE thing?"

"FOXDIE is a virus," Snake said. "It's a virus that was injected into my genes in order to kill rebelling FOXHOUND members with a cardiac arrest to the heart. However, its purpose was fulfilled, and I wasn't aware of it until they told me so. An ally who used to work with us injected it into me by orders of the government, but because she thought I killed her brother, she modified it so it could kill me off as well. When she found out I didn't kill her brother, she became horrified of her actions that she pleaded for forgiveness before she was put under arrest, not before telling me that my death was set at a "wildcard" value, meaning I can die randomly."

"My god..." Chris muttered. "You...can die anytime?"

"Yes," Snake said. "And I don't know when I'm going to kick the bucket, but I don't care either way."

"My thoughts exactly," Shadow Snake said. "Because of that, you think your life is worthless. None of the stuff you've done so far makes you change your mind, huh?"

Snake closed his eyes. "...They do."

"Not," Shadow Snake said. "Admit it truthfully, the reason why you don't want people to sympathize with you is because your life is very short. You're doing this only because it's your own personal conflict and nobody else's conflict. Whatever everyone tells you isn't going to change your perspective about the fact you'll die very soon. By all this, your life doesn't have a true meaning because you really don't want to do anything unless it concerns you."

Snake opened his eyes. "I don't need somebody like you to tell me tha-"

"Oh, why's that? You hate to be reminded about your unavoidable fate?" Shadow Snake asked. "I hate to say this but you're always reminding yourself about it. It's nothing different if somebody else does it. Also, we're the same person, so it makes sense you're reminding yourself through me."

Snake tightened his right fist. "I told you I don't need to be reminded. I accept everything I've done so far. I'm not lying about anything."

"But you don't truthfully believe in your truths," Shadow Snake said. "Did you think I'd go away just because you said the truths of your lies? It doesn't work that way, Solid Snake. For your truths to become truly real, you need to put a whole lot of belief in them. I'm still here, so that'd prove you're not being true to yourself."

"I'm...being true to myself, dangit..." Snake muttered.

"No you're not," Shadow Snake said.

Chris took a step forward. "N-no, please, stop this! I don't want Snake to leave!"

And the World Traveler accidentally yelled what he was trying to do all this time but couldn't bring himself to do anything.

Chris shook his head and looked determined. "I-I don't want you to leave the group, Snake! You're still an important asset for the team! Otacon and Mei Ling told me in secret that they don't wish you to leave either! In fact, they want you to keep spending time with u-"

"Kid, shut the hell up," Snake interrupted.

"W-what? No! I won't shut up now!" Chris yelled. "I-I know it'd help you if you stayed with everyone here, Snake. You need to stop being a lone wolf before you end up thinking your life is worthless when is not!"

"Why do you go to such measures for somebody like me, kid?" Snake asked aggravated. "Is my existence that important?"

"O-of course it is!" Chris said. "You're unique in your own way, that's what makes you so special!"

"Bulls(beep)," Snake said. "I don't believe any of that crap."

"And that's why you deserve to die right now to relieve you from your stress," Shadow Snake said.

"...What?" Snake asked.

"Think about this," Shadow Snake said. "If you think your life is meaningless, why go ahead living? I've been wondering why you haven't taken suicide yet."

"I don't want to suicide because I..."

Shadow Snake shook his head. "There it is," he said. "You're still living so you can find meaning to your life. It's so cliche to see that, but it's something that pisses me off so much. In fact, you're are lying to yourself with very confusing matters that you can't even resolve anymore. Your lies are just taking a turn for the worst."

"Shut up..." Snake muttered in anger.

"Don't worry, you won't have to listen to me anymore because you'll die in here," Shadow Snake said. "At last, you can find your truth in the afterlife, where these imbeciles won't pester you any longer. Isn't this what you want, Solid Snake? Didn't you want to be alone? Well, I gotta kill you right now so you become one dead lone wolf."

"I said shut up," Snake said, tightening his fists.

Shadow Snake opened his arms. "So what now? Do you want to live a lie or die with truth?"

"Shut up!" Snake yelled.

"Either way, you'll die with truth, Solid Snake," Shadow Snake said. "Your life is meaningless to the very end. I shall live in your place so your lying truths don't go to waste."

"SHUT UP!" Snake snapped out before he charged towards Shadow Snake. The group gasped as the shadow blocked Snake's incoming fists with both hands. The two of them were now trying to push each other way, but it looked like Shadow Snake had the upperhand. "What the hell makes you say all those things about me?!" Snake asked.

"S-Snake, please, calm down!" Chris pleaded. "D-don't let that shadow get to you!"

"I'm trying to kill this bastard, dangit!" Snake yelled. "That way, he won't get to me, kid!"

Chris shook his head. "S-stop, please!"

"Chris, it's useless now," Lucario said.

"W-what?"

Lucario shook his head. "Snake lost his calm self. He won't listen to anything or anyone now that he's enraged."

"H-how can you say that, Lucario?" Chris asked in disbelief. "I-I still believe Snake has..."

Shadow Snake chuckled evilly. "Look at this, none of us aren't even moving an inch from our positions," he said. "We're both equal as a whole. This proves that I am you, and you are me, Solid Snake."

"U-ugh..." Snake grunted. "S-stop calling me by my full name!" he demanded. "Y-you're not...you're not...y-you're not..."

Fox glared at this. "No, you bastard! Don't say that now before it's too late!"

"Snake, don't say it!" Chris yelled. "Please, don't sa-"

"You're not me, son of a b(beep)!!!" Snake yelled loudly. "You're never going to be me in any way, you piece of s(beep)!!!"

Dr. Eggman showed his teeth in victory. "Well, looks like it finally begins after all! I never thought it'd fail, but it never does! Quarrels between truths and lies are truly benefitial to my creations!"

Shadow Snake smirked evilly at Snake before he began to be covered by a thicker dark aura. Soon, the shadow emanated a shadowy aura that covered Snake's arms for a bit. Snake began to feel that the hands grabbing his fists started to become stronger with the grips that he began to back away thanks to the shadow. "W-what the heck is going on now?" Snake asked as he was being forced to step back.

The shadow, suddenly, lifted the mercenary from the ground. The group and Snake gasped as the ex-FOXHOUND was completely lifted above the shadow. Shadow Snake grinned up at Snake and said, "Looks like you became inferior to me, Solid Snake. I shall finish you up now."

"P-put me down now..." Snake said through gritted teeth.

"With pleasure."

And with a sharp turn, Shadow Snake slammed Snake down hard on the ground, creating a big hole that left Snake's image carved in it. The mercenary let out an agonizing scream of pain before the shadow promptly kicked him hard on his side, sending Snake rolling all the way to the temple's entrance where he panted heavily for air before he passed out of cold.

Cloud looked shocked at this. "This... How the..." he stammered for a bit before forcing a glare at the shadow. "What have you done to him?"

Shadow Snake cleaned his hands from dust before looking back at the group. "He's out of cold now," he said. "I thought I applied the necessary strenght to kill him off, but he has some resistance, I remark."

"Y-you're going to kill him?" Tifa asked.

"So what of it?" Shadow Snake asked. "He doesn't want to live any longer. Dying will help him out by relieving his neverending stress to find something he's valued for. Once he dies, he won't have any regrets."

"Y-you're wrong..." Chris muttered. "...Snake can still do something..."

Shadow Snake shook his head. "I'm afraid to say his time has ran out," he said. "Now it's time for him to die before FOXDIE kills him off."

Dr. Eggman looked back at the entrance where the guardians were hiding in the caves while watching the whole event from a safe distance. The scientist looked at the group and frowned. "Great, you're now protecting the guardians," he said. "It'd be useless if I try to take them by force again." He snapped his fingers and called forth a portal to the Subspace. "I'll leave you all alone so you can play with your new replacement for that foolish man. Once he's done with you, I'll come back to resume my mission. I'll be watching all this from a safe distance."

"What?" Tifa asked. "You're escaping?"

"Duh!" Dr. Eggman said with a small laugh before he left the cave through the portal before it vanished completely.

Shadow Snake raised an eyebrow and looked at himself. "Now where did my equipment go? It's such a pain that the ninja had to steal everything from me before this."

Yuffie looked confused. "I didn't steal from you..." She looked at Samus. "Hey, you, what does he mean?"

Samus looked away. "I don't want to explain anything for the time being..."

"What? I need explanations! I'm so confused!" Yuffie complained.

"I'm so pretty!" Elena complained randomly.

Shadow Snake chuckled darkly. "Well, since I don't have any weapons, I'm going to have to call one myself. I thank Snake for not believing in his truths because it makes me so darn powerful; powerful enough to do this."

Final Fantasy VII -Still More Fighting

With a snap of his fingers, shadow spores began to jump out from his legs. The group watched as the amount of spores began to rise in crazy piles before they all merged back with the shadow mercenary. Shadow Snake opened his arms and closed his eyes as the spores completely covered his body.

"W-what's happening now?" Aerith asked.

Cloud took a step back and narrowed his eyes. "I'd like to know more, but whatever it is, it's going to force us to fight."

Soon, the spores of darkness began to accumulate together in a big pile that began to grow to the point it reached the ceiling. Before the group, a mountain of spores of about fifty feet tall stood. However, once the spores stopped multiplying, a roar of a monster came out from them. The group took several steps back as a long machine gun began to stick out. Once the long rail gun was fully visible, the shadow spores quickly compressed themselves into one single figure that looked like some sort of machine.

The machine before them had heavily armored legs. It had the long rail gun pointing forward the wall behind the group. There was a cockpit protected under thick dark armor on top of the armored legs, and there was some kind of circular device sitting at the left top corner of the huge machine. Its legs took some steps forwards before it somehow let out a roar that sounded like that of a dinosaur.

"W-what is that thing?!" Chris asked in fear.

"Impressed much?" asked Shadow Snake inside the machine. "I'd like you to meet one Metal Gear; Metal Gear REX."

"Metal Gear REX..." Chris trailed off.

"Well, more like Shadow Gear REX," Shadow Snake said. "Hmm, Shadow Gear REX sounds kind of cool... But enough about that," he said. "With the help of this little machine, you guys will have to die right here and right now. Since my life should be meaningless, it WILL stay meaningless without you having to worry about me. Your first big mistake was trying to stay close to me, and your second big mistake was being a pest." The machine took a step backs and crouched down a bit. "Prepare to die."

Tifa looked afraid of the machine before them. "W-what do we do now, Cloud? Are we seriously going to fight that thing?"

"Grr, we don't have any other choice now," Cloud said before he unsheathed his buster sword from his back and positioned it in front of him. "We're part of this."

"Yeah!" Yuffie yelled from the wall. "If you guys let this shadow machine thingy make havoc in Wutai's grounds, I won't forgive you!"

"I really think you should shut up now," Samus commented in boredom. "Also, I hope you're ready to resist being upside down for a long time because I don't think they'll come here to help us right now."

Yuffie closed her eyes. "You guys! You're SO dead if you don't stop that thing, you hear me?! DEAD!"

Aerith took out her long staff and looked serious. "I'm ready for anything, then," she said. "I know we don't have our Materia, but we must try to defeat that machine."

"Aerith, I swear you sound unnecessarily serious at the worst times," Tifa said before she readied her fists. "But whatever, I won't let you fight all alone."

Chris looked worried and shook his head. "I didn't think this would end like this... Cloud, do you have another one of that meteor attack ready?" he asked.

"No..." Cloud trailed off. "I need time to prepare another Meteorain attack..."

"...Oh no..."

Fox looked serious at Chris. "Get ready because this is going to be a hard fight," he said. "I'll have to rely on fire magic because of you-know-what."

Chris closed his eyes. "I know, Fox, don't remind me about that... If only we had just one more helper..."

At that moment, the Altean prince came from the cave's maze and climbed over the fallen Rapps. Marth panted heavily for a bit after running before he jumped down and joined up with the group. "E-everyone...I-I'm here..." He looked up at Shadow Gear REX. "W-what?"

"Snake got attacked by a Shadow Nightmare, Dr. Eggman used some machine to allow it to dwell in here, Snake is on the other side of that machine, and his shadow in controlling that monster to kill us off," Fox summarized.

"I-I see," Marth said. "Well, we don't have any other choice but to fight, right?"

Chris sighed. "Thank goodness you came here, Marth. Please, fight with us and..."

The agent just recalled that Marth didn't have any means to fight. Taking away his Falchion meant he was completely useless.

"..." Marth looked away. "...Would you mind if...I step down from this fight for obvious reasons?"

"..." Chris turned to Shadow Gear REX while Lucario readied his fists, looking at the wrong way. "...We have Lucario blind, Fox doesn't have his boots to fight physically, Marth doesn't have his sword, Cloud, Aerith, and Tifa don't have any Materia to use special abilities, and I got my spear stolen from my Dragoon job but I don't think I will do much because I'm really scared to fight a nuclear machine..."

Shadow Gear REX aimed its rail gun down at them.

The agent looked bored as he recalled the facts once more. "...Yes, we're definitely screwed for real this time..."

TO BE CONTINUED...

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"Fourth Liar: Snake the Loner. Oh, and since we're all going to die by that machine, he'll be a loner his entire life?" Tifa asked.

"No, his shadow is gonna be the loner. It'll kill him off later," Cloud said.

"Oh, well, that's so lame, you know!"

"You know what else is lame?" Marth asked. "It's lame I don't have my sword to fight!"

"Shut up, tiara boy," Cloud muttered annoyed, causing Marth to grunt annoyed.


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite File?

Yes

Wutai Village
Chris, Lucario, Mario
, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Knuckles, Cloud, Tifa, Aerith, Red XIII, Cid
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 20, 2010, 08:26:15 PM
Chapter 169: Fourth Liar: Snake the Loner

-Wutai Village-
Adabat Temple - Entrance

Final Fantasy VII - Still More Fighting

As the insanely big machine aimed its rail gun down at the group, Chris could tell it was aiming directly at his face. With a gulp, the World Traveler started to whimper in silence. "W-what am I supposed to do?" he asked. "I-I don't know how to fight a thing like that, it's just impossible for any of us to do damage to it! I-it's just too...big!"

Suddenly, a familiar ring tone rang. The World Traveler then found himself entering a codec conversation with Otacon.

"God, thank goodness I contacted you!" Otacon said. "Now you'll have time before that machine attacks you. The codec should slow it down for now."

Chris blinked in shock. "O-oh, please, you're not being serious that entering codec conversations can actually slow down time, right?"

"I am."

"..."

"Mei Ling does a pretty good job with this," Otacon said simply.

"...I'm a bit jealous that Snake can do this kind of thing..." Chris muttered.

"...Weren't you freaking out because you were fighting a shadow version of REX?"

"Oh, now I remember," Chris said calmly. "OTACON, please tell me there's a way to fight that machine!" he yelled in panic. "I don't want to die so young before falling in love with the girl of my dreams!"

"Why are you talking about girls now?"

"Blame my stupid Agent job for that! It takes a mind of its own when I least expect it, and it also makes me go ladies' man in an instant, but who the hell cares about it right now? I'm going to die!"

"C-calm down, will you?" Otacon asked. "Look, whatever you look at it, Meta Gear REX has a flaw that makes it not that perfect for a nuclear machine."

"N-nuclear?"

"Don't worry, it doesn't seem it has any nuclear warheads," Otacon assured. "Snake fought it without the Metal Gear having at least one of them. That should make things a little bit easier for you guys."

"O-okay, that's nice to hear, alright," Chris said. "But how do we fight it head on? Are normal attacks enough?"

"I'm afraid not," Otacon said. "Metal Gear REX possesses heavy armored legs and upper body that normal attacks won't even make a scratch on it. However, since I designed it mysel-"

"Now I suddenly want to strangle you," Chris said in boredom.

"H-hey, I didn't know what I was doing when I was making that monster!" Otacon argued. "They told me it was supposed to intercept nuclear weapons, not THROW them out! They kept me in the dark so how was I supposed to know? I-in any case, there's a flaw in REX that you should know."

"A flaw?" Chris asked. "I don't know why, but I thought you were the kind of guy who wouldn't overlook a small detail."

Otacon chuckled a bit. "Nothing can be complete without a character flaw, you know."

"...That...well...it's...true..." Chris said.

"...Anyway, the character flaw of REX is the radome," Otacon said. "Since the cockpit is sealed, the pilot can't see anything outside of it unless the radome sends the information into the cockpit. The radome is the object sitting on its left shoulder; the one that looks likes a shield. The radome itself creates a virtual reality interface inside the cockpit so the pilot can maneuver REX without going around blindly. Disabling the radome forces the system to go offline, and the cockpit needs to open so the pilot operates it manually."

"Disabling?" Chris repeated. "B-but wouldn't be best if it was destroyed?"

"I don't know if you can destroy it that easily. The radome itself has less armor built into it, but it's still durable," Otacon said. "Snake couldn't destroy it or disable it during the fight against it, but then Gray Fox came into the fight and he sliced it to destroy it completely before he died protecting Snake."

"...He...died?" Chris asked. "But then, why is he an Assist Trophy in here?"

"I dunno. Maybe the hand made a perfect replica of Gray Fox," Otacon said. "...That aside, you need to strike the radome so the cockpit opens up. When it does, attack the pilot with everything you got before the radome gets back online and the cockpit closes down. It's logical that you can possibly disable the radome's functions instead of blowing it up."

"Is there something else I should know?" Chris asked worried.

"Oh yeah, REX shoots missiles for any sides, uses lasers, and a machine gun for frontal attacks," Otacon said. "Since it's big, you need to watch out for its feet because it can crush anything very easily. Also, be careful about the rail gun because it can also crush anyone if it charges to you."

"..." Chris gulped. "W-wish us luck..."

"I will," Otacon said. "Try to save Snake, Chris. We still think there's hope for him to change his mind."

"I'll try...but I can't promise anything..."

"Good luck, then. If you want to call me, my frequency is 141.12," Otacon said.

"Oh god, not this again about frequencies..." Chris muttered. "How do you control those?"

"Oh, just think the number in your mind or something. It should work that way for you," Otacon said before the codec ended.

Chris shook his head and looked to the upper right corner of Shadow Gear REX where he found a round, shield-shaped object situated on its left shoulder. "(That should be the radome Otacon was talking about...)" He aimed his revolver to the radome. "Taste steel fused into bullets, you darn machine of hell!" Chris proclaimed as he shot bullets at the radome.

However, in a split second, a wall of darkness formed up right in front of the radome, swallowing the bullets to prevent them from damaging the virtual reality device. The agent gasped at this sudden protection.

And it was such an easy way to make Chris panic.

The agent quickly pressed his stapes. "141.12! 141.12! 141.12, dangit, 141.12!" he yelled in panic.

The codec ring tone rang, triggering another conversation with the otaku.

"Otacon, the radome is being protected by a wall of darkness!" Chris yelled. "It consumed my bullets somehow!"

"What? T-that's impossible!" Otacon said.

"Oh, right, it's impossible since I saw that wall with my OWN eyes!" Chris complained. "W-what are we going to do now?"

"E-er, I didn't wait that this shadow version of REX could possess such a defensive system like that..."

"System? That isn't a system but an abnormality!" Chris said. "Please, tell me you added another character flaw into that monstrosity!"

"I-I'm afraid I didn't add another one..."

The agent looked bewildered and helpless. "...No, we can't be screwed this time..."

"Sorry..." Otacon muttered. "But it seems you guys will have to find another way to damage the radome," he said. "Otherwise you won't do much damage to REX."

"Is it really that important to take out the freaking radome?" Chris asked.

"Of course it is," Otacon said. "REX is perfectly and heavily armored. Nothing can pierce through its armor that easily, and I don't think supernatural strength will do much either. For now, try to find a way to make that mysterious wall of darkness disappear so you can damage the radome."

"Focus every attack on the radome..." Chris muttered.

"I'm rooting for you here," Otacon said. "Call me again if you need anything."

And the codec ended once more.

The agent closed his eyes before he opened them with a serious look. "Everyone, focus your attacks on the shield object over the machine's left shoulder!" he yelled.

Aerith looked at Chris. "You mean the round one over there?" she asked as she pointed to the radome.

"That very same one!" Chris said. "Don't attack anything else but the radome. The cockpit where Shadow Snake is hiding will open once we disable the radome. When that happens, attack Shadow Snake before the radome comes back online!"

Cloud put a tight grip on his buster sword and narrowed his eyes at the radome. "Well, let's all follow that plan for now," he said. "We don't know how to fight that thing, but if attacking that singular spot is important, then let's do it."

Suddenly, they heard some dark chuckles coming from inside Shadow Gear REX.

"What now?" Tifa asked.

"You guys are serious?" Shadow Snake asked from inside the Metal Gear. "If you try to attack it, you'll end up getting vulnerable for me to attack. I'll see how each one of you do to scratch my face. C'mon, just try it," he taunted.

Fox narrowed his eyes and pulled back his right hand over his left shoulder. "Burn to greater ashes..." he chanted before shoving his hand to the radome's direction as a fire glyph shone under him, "FIRA!"

Surprisingly enough, the wall of darkness covered the radome just right after the scorching flames appeared over it. The wall managed to resist the magic attack before it lowered down into the machine.

"Damn," Fox muttered, gritting his fangs a bit. "My newly learned magic was simply rejected..."

"I'm sick of you guys coming up with your ways to attack me," Shadow Snake said before he aimed his rail gun to the group's center. "Time for you to kiss the ground good bye."

"But didn't we did that just onc-" Chris was interrupted as twenty shadow missiles were shot from the rail gun. "HOLY MOTHER OF CRAP!" he yelled.

"Everyone, disperse!" Cloud yelled, making everyone take different directions (with Aerith grabbing the blind Lucario's left hand) to evade the missiles.

Unfortunately, the explosions of the missiles were a bit too powerful. Once they all failed to shot somebody, they all made contact on the ground, causing a huge explosion of darkness that reached all of them, making them stumble from their directions. The group grunted in pain at this before they quickly stood up.

Cloud coughed some dust from his mouth and glared at the Metal Gear. "Didn't think I'd face something like this before..." he muttered.

"Of course not," Shadow Snake said. "You face fantasy monsters in here so much that you don't face against what I usually fight," he explained as he turned slowly to the blond mercenary. "Good thing you're not used to fight Metal Gears, kid."

"I don't give a darn about Metal Gears or whatever they are," Cloud said as he prepared his buster sword. "I care that this machine goes down alongside you."

"We'll see if you go down first instead," Shadow Snake said.

Before the Metal Gear could turn around completely, Cloud ran towards its left leg where he did a high jump and climbed up the armored leg to the top of the machine.

"What the..." Shadow Snake muttered as Cloud was seen jumping high into the air, going directly towards the radome.

"Take this, you darn machine!" Cloud yelled as he brought down his huge sword over the radome, creating a harsh impact on the wall of darkness that appeared right after he was about to clash the sword against the radome. The blond mercenary, however, gritted his teeth and tried hard to pierce through the wall. "D-darn this f*&^%^& protection!" he cursed, his sword seemingly doing not much of a change.

"You need assistance, so here you got it," Chris said as he aimed his revolver to the wall. "Flouris-"

Apparently, the shot's power could only deal more damage depending of how many females were around Chris. The bullet was powerful enough to send Chris for about fifteen feet away from his position where he landed on his rear and grunted in pain. As for the powered bullet, it impacted right into the wall.

However, it didn't do enough damage.

The agent slowly stood up and shook his head. "S-so, if Flourish grew that powerful..." he trailed off before looking at Tifa and Aerith. "Y-yes, they would explain why it got so powerful, but I still think it was because..."

Glancing behind the Metal Gear, Chris saw (the dazzled) Elena, Yuffie, and Samus watching the whole fight from above the wall.

"...Of course..." Chris muttered. "They're in this room..."

Yuffie struggled to get off the ropes. "D-dangit!" she cursed. "I wish I was down so I could escape from here!"

"S-shut up!" Cloud yelled from over the Metal Gear. "I-instead of running away, why not helping us out?!"

"Ha! You said I wasn't part of the team anymore so screw you, Cloud!" Yuffie said triumphantly.

Samus rolled her eyes. "You only do this when it suits you, huh? It's no wonder why he doesn't want you with them."

Yuffie looked at Samus. "What are you saying?"

"Please, it's obvious they'd leave you in a valley, abandoned where you'd starve to death," Samus said. "Now that they're in trouble, wouldn't helping them out make them believe you're trustworthy?"

Yuffie looked away with a pout. "I don't need anyone's sympathy!"

"Well, go ahead," Samus said. "However, don't expect anyone to help you when you need help, just like you need it now."

Yuffie looked down (or up to the ceiling) at this statement. The ninja began to think about what Samus told her.

"Hey, kid with the biga(beep) sword," Shadow Snake called out as the rail gun moved to the right, "get off from REX right now before you get hurt."

Cloud was about to respond, but the Metal Gear did a quick turn to the left, making Cloud stumble all the way down to the ground where he flipped and landed on his feet. The blond mercenary quickly looked back and stepped away from a crushing foot of armor of Shadow Gear REX. "That was close..." he muttered as he backed away. "(None of the attacks seemed to have an effect on that wall...)"

"Taste bullets," Shadow Snake said simply as he activated some four machine guns from the front of REX, all of them hiding inside small spaces. Cloud blinked at this before he quickly blocked a barrage of bullets by using his buster sword's edge. "Hmm, double potency would be nice now," he said before four more machine guns appeared below the first four, making Cloud back away slowly before he sidestepped out of the way. Shadow Snake stopped the attack and turned the machine to Cloud.

Tifa looked at Aerith. "Aerith, don't get too close to that gear bucket. You're not that good with physical attacks as much as I do... No offense."

Aerith nodded. "Don't worry about that. I'm sure you're much better for close-range combat."

Tifa blushed a bit at the remark. "W-well, if only there was a way for you to use magic... You're the best magic user out of everyone in the group."

The flower girl looked down in some depression. "I know, but I can still be of help..."

Tifa looked serious at the Metal Gear. "I know; provide healing items to anyone who needs 'em. You should better be the item user for now."

"Got it," Aerith said. "I'll better do that."

"And as for me, it's time to get this started!" Tifa yelled as she dashed towards the Metal Gear.

The Metal Gear noticed the fighter approaching. It turned around to face Tifa directly before it shot ten shadow missiles towards her.

Suddenly, Chris's senses reacted at the attack. "N-no! I won't let a lady be attacked by such a filthy omen of darkness!" he yelled before he took out a black cape and waved it in front of himself. "I would lay down my life at a single word..." he muttered before he instantly disappeared and quickly appeared right in front of Tifa. "Escor-"

And the agent thus was submitted to a whole lot barrage of missiles, making Tifa back away to avoid the explosions from reaching her. "C-Chris!" Tifa yelled worried as smoke flew out everywhere from where Chris was.

Once the smoke cleared out, Chris was shown standing up...and then he quickly fell to the front.

"Oh my god, Chris!" Tifa yelled.

Suddenly, a holy light shone down on the fallen agent, making saint wings appear and flutter a bit before disappearing. The agent grunted in pain and slowly got up from the ground. "W-what a man does for love...is so cruel...many, many times..." Chris muttered dumbfounded.

"Tsk, what a dumba(beep)," Shadow Snake commented. "Next time, before you protect somebody, measure how hurt you'll get."

Tifa sighed in relief. "Phew, he had an auto-life effect... I'm glad..."

"Too bad he doesn't have one anymore. I know that well," Shadow Snake said as he aimed his rail gun at the agent.

Chris yelped at this and quickly turned around to run away. "F-forgive me, but I'm still a little bit worked out with half health!" he said to Tifa.

The fighter looked a bit clueless about this before she shook her head and focused back to the Metal Gear. Tifa continued to dash towards the machine before it shot eight shadow missiles at her. "(There's no protection this time...and why am I thinking about needing it?)"

"FIRA!"

Scorching flames covered the first missile of the line, creating a chain reaction of explosions that covered Shadow Gear REX's front completely. Tifa looked back to see a grinning Fox before she looked back to the machine and quickly climbed its right left, nimbly jumping over it to reach the upper top to reach the radome's area. "I'll give it all with these!" she yelled before she charged to the radome to deliver strong fists with her knuckles, the wall of darkness forming over the object to protect it. Tifa's knuckles clashed against the wall, her voice grunting in anger as she tried to break into it. "D-dangit!" she cursed.

Cloud suddenly jumped towards the machine's left leg and quickly made it to the top where Tifa wildly punched the wall. Cloud yelled as he delivered a harsh slash on the wall before continuing. "When is this thing gonna break?!" Cloud asked.

"I dunno, but keep going!" Tifa yelled. "It's got to break down!"

Lucario grunted as he overheard the two grunting and yelling with every attack they landed on the wall. Shadow Gear REX then shook the two off, making them both fall down to the ground where they landed on their feet and quickly stepped away from the machine's crushing feet. "If I just could see for a bit, I could try to destroy that radome thing with my fists."

Aerith blinked a bit at this and chuckled. "Oh, then let me give you some aid with...this."

The flower girl took out from behind a small purple container that she opened afterward. Aerith chuckled a bit and delicately opened Lucario's reddened eyes (which caused him to twitch uncontrollably). The flower girl quickly applied several drops of the container into Lucario's left and right eyes, the Aura Pokémon grunting a bit in pain as the drops made his eyes more watery than before. "W-what are you doing to me?" Lucario asked.

"I'm using some Eye Drops so you can see again," Aerith said. "We have a lot of them with us, but we don't have that many Hi-Potions..."

Lucario grunted a bit. "B-but you only made my ey-" he stopped talking once his eyes became less and less watery. Suddenly, his vision began to restore slowly before Lucario managed to see what was in front of him (a smiling Aerith) and around. "...What?" Lucario said in confusion. "M-my eyes can see again..."

Aerith folded her arms behind her back. "You can see again? That's so great!" she said happily.

"...B-but..." Lucario shook his head. "You could've done this before?"

"Hmm, I guess, why?"

"...Well...if you could do it long before, we wouldn't have had to go around the village and search for Yuffie..."

Aerith looked at the Eye Drops's info tag behind its back. "Well, it says here it only cures blindness, but it doesn't cure extreme blindness..."

"...And you thought my blindness was extreme?"

"I think so... That curry had flames burning on its plate, was it?"

"..." Lucario let out an annoyed grunt. "Then I could've seen anything during this morning if you used that..."

"Don't look at me like that because you had to wait forcibly," Aerith said. "Otherwise the Eye Drops wouldn't have worked much. Oh, and it looks like you have some veins sticking out from your eyes, so don't do something to make you blind again, okay?"

"I was blinded accidentally, if you forgot..." Lucario muttered.

"At least you're all good to see, right?" Aerith asked with a warm smile.

"(Aerith just wants me to forget this easily, doesn't she?)" Lucario asked in defeat before he shook his head and looked at the Metal Gear. "Well...thanks for healing my eyes..."

Aerith playfully rubbed his left ear with care. "You're welcome, Lucario."

Lucario blushed a bit before glaring at Shadow Gear REX. His fists suddenly became flared up with aura. "Now that I can see again, I need to fight alongside everyone else."

"Go get him, okay?"

Lucario's cheeks reddened more at this. "F-fine..." he said in embarrassment before he dashed towards the shadow machine, Aerith chuckling heartily at this.

"He looks cute when he blushes," Aerith remarked.

Shadow Gear REX locked its vision to Lucario. "God, the blue pup is coming towards me," Shadow Snake faked some worry before moving its rail gun at him. "I'll make you go blind eternally, though." He shot twelve missiles at the aura wielder.

Lucario narrowed his eyes and easily jumped over the missile barrage. He managed to jump very high to the point he reached more than Shadow Gear REX's height. "Please, not even those missiles will stop me from attacking," Lucario said.

Shadow Snake sighed. "Well, if you want to put it that way, maybe I should put the missiles in lock-on mode."

"What?" Lucario asked before he looked behind to see the twelve missiles suddenly turning around towards him. With a grunt, Lucario shot an Aura Sphere, managing to destroy just one missile. Grunting more, he began to shoot more Aura Spheres to eliminate every single missile until they were all gone. He sighed and turned around just to be smacked hard on the face by Shadow Gear REX's rail gun. "GUARGH!" Lucario yelled in pain as he crashed right into the left wall, leaving an image of his body printed on the wall before he pushed himself off and landed on the ground. "Dirty trick..." he muttered.

"It's not my fault you were distracted," Shadow Snake said. "Besides, I thought I was supposed to stop you, wasn't I?"

Lucario gritted his fangs. "S-shut up..."

On the other side of the Metal Gear, Chris aimed at the radome once more. However, this time, Fox assisted him with fire magic, moving his right hand over his left shoulder. "Okay, let's try attacking at the same time to weaken it more," Fox said. "The protection might break apart if we damage it with a strong impact."

"Right," Chris said before shouting, "Flourish!"

"Fira!"

Both attacks connected with each other, enveloping the wall of darkness in scorching flames with a harsh bullet impact (that made Chris fly several feet away). As the fires ceased to burn, the wall didn't seem damaged at all.
Fox cursed a bit at this. "Damn that wall, when are we going to inflict some real damage?"

"Right after I inflict the damage on all of you," Shadow Snake said. "With that, I mean you won't even do anything."

Shadow Gear REX shot several missiles towards Fox (and Chris was far away, long enough to avoid being attacked). Fox narrowed his eyes at the missiles and merely stood there with a grin. "Heh, you're forgetting I have..." He looked down to his empty belt. "...Oh, righ-"

And the vulpine thus received a full barrage of shadow missiles, creating a big explosion that pushed him away towards Chris, who at the time was about to stand up before Fox's back crashed right into him, prompting both to fall down together. "F-Fox!" Chris said. "Fox, are you okay?"

"B-barely..." Fox muttered on top of Chris before rolling to the side. "T-those missiles sure can...make you feel weak..."

"One more missile should do the trick, then," Shadow Snake said before shooting another missile towards the two. However, it was quickly taken down by an Aura Sphere from an angry Lucario. "Oh yeah, dog protecting his owner."

"You won't do anything to him!" Lucario yelled before charging towards the machine. Shadow Gear REX turned to the right before Lucario leaped high up over its shoulders, running quickly towards the radome where he charged up his right hand with Force Palm on the sudden appearance of the shadow wall that covered the radome completely. "Grrrrr!!!" Lucario grunted loudly as his palm tried to pierce through the small dome.

"Don't you get it or what?" Shadow Snake asked.  "The shadow wall can't be pierced through brute force. I guess none of you will understand that."

"Shut up!" Lucario yelled before the Metal Gear tried to shake him off. However, Lucario embraced the wall of darkness to stay on top of the machine. "You won't shake me off that easily!"

"Geez, talk about annoying," Shadow Snake said before he shot three missiles out, all of them setting a lock on to go towards Lucario.

Lucario looked back at the missiles before he quickly jumped over the radome's dome to take cover. "(Maybe...)" he thought, "(I can use the dome as a means to...)"

The missiles accidentally crashed right on the dome, creating a big explosion that couldn't reach Lucario thanks to the wall being strongly resistant to the impact. The Aura Pokémon looked back to see the dome was...intact.

"What?" Lucario asked in a bit of a shock before he forgot to hold himself to the small dome and fell down once the machine shook him off quickly. He landed on his feet and stood in a fighting stance. "Why didn't the missiles do anything to the shield?"

"Tsk, the usual 'seeker missiles to damage myself' trick isn't going to work," Shadow Snake said as he turned the Metal Gear to Lucario. "The missiles are made out of pure darkness, and the wall is made of the same type of element. When both crash against each other, the wall isn't going to be damaged. Instead, it'll just nullify dark attacks of the machine altogether."

Lucario grunted at this. "And here I thought it'd do something..."

"Good thing it didn't. Shadow Gear REX is optimized to do the best performance. Heck, it does better than the normal Metal Gear REX." He aimed the rail gun at Lucario. "No matter how many times you try, you won't damage this thing."

"MOTHERF*&%#%@!!!"

Shadow Gear REX turned around to the entrance of the cave where everyone looked at the same direction to see someone jumping over the fallen Rapps's body. Cloud, Aerith, and Tifa gasped as they saw a super mad Cid charging towards Shadow Gear REX with a long spear trailing behind his back. The blond man looked as if he was in a blind state of fury.

"Cid?" Cloud muttered.

Cid didn't pay any attention to anybody as he charged towards the machine without thinking. Shadow Snake frowned inside the shadow REX. "God, are there any people with some good attitude instead of this cursing fool?" he asked in annoyance before preparing to shoot more missiles.

And by this time, Cid had unexpectedly jumped high enough to overpass the machine's height. Shadow Snake looked up to see the furious man quickly and blindly extending his spear down to the radome. "MOTHERF*&^%$@ B*&^%!!!" he proclaimed in fury before he instantly struck down the wall of darkness with the tip of his spear.

"For crying out loud, do I really need to repeat myself?" Shadow Snake asked. "For the last time, that wall of darkne-"

And suddenly, the mentioned wall of darkness broke apart in pieces that later vanished.

"What?" Shadow Snake said in some astonishment as the furious space man struck the radome hard enough to disable it temporally. Shadow Snake looked up to see the cockpit quickly opening up, revealing himself standing inside the shadow machine. "But..."

Cloud blinked a bit at this. "So...it can be pierced through?"

Shadow Snake grunted a bit. "Damn, that strike he just did was too much for the wall, then..." He looked to his left where Cid didn't even focus on him. "Hey, retard, aren't you supposed to fight me instead of looking away?"

Cid's angry look was focused on a single person, and it wasn't Snake who was his target. His eyes were giving a fierce glare at a particular ninja who at the time was tied up against the wall.

"..." Yuffie began to sweat a bit more. "...Tell me he's looking at her and not me..." she muttered to Samus, referring to the dazzled Elena.

"Ooh, twosome!" Elena said. "He's so into you. I'm jealous!"

Samus glanced at Yuffie. "Let me give you a hint: he's not looking at me."

Yuffie gulped and chuckled nervously to Cid. "H-heheheh, how're ya doing, Cid? It's a nice weather out there, isn't? Look, are you still mad that I stole all the Materi-"

"B*&%#$%%$#^%#^$#$&#%^&$%#@$%$#^%^$!!!" Cid interrupted with a loud and long curse before he quickly aimed his spear right at Yuffie's chest where her heart was supposed to be. The ninja let out a scream as Cid tossed the spear towards her, making her close her eyes while yelling.

Fortunately, for Yuffie, the spear managed to hit just right below her head, where it was stuck in place. The ninja looked up (or down in her case) to see the spear's blade carefully separated just an inch away from her hair. Yuffie turned white for a split second before she looked at Samus. "I-I have a bad feeling he wants to kill me off for good!"

"That's supposed to be the main reason," Samus said in boredom.

"I-I don't know you, but having a spear stuck just above (or below) my head isn't reassuring me at all!" Yuffie complained. "I wanna leave this place with Cid behind!"

"You little slut!" Cid called over the Metal Gear. "Ye're gonna have to say a nice apology to ol' Cid before he messes you up but GOOD!"

Yuffie smiled nervously. "C-c'mon, everything's in the past already," she said, her right eye twitching. "Can we all be just friends and have nice strolls around the world to stop Shinra from becoming a threat to the world, and defeat that man with the ridiculously long white hair?"

"F&*^ no!" Cid yelled. "If you're with us, I'll strangle you with my bare hands, and then I'll pinch your flat chest till it bursts wide open!"

Yuffie got a little bit angry. "H-hey, you can talk about killing me if you want, but you can't comment about someone's chest like that!"

"Like I give a darn!" Cid yelled. "Stop fooling around over that wall with those other girls and get down already!"

"That's something I've been trying to do all this time, you know!" Yuffie yelled. "All my blood is in my head right now!"

"Well, get down!" Cid yelled angrily.

"Take me down yourself!"

"You wish!"

"I thought you wanted me to get down, and I need help here!"

Samus sighed. "This isn't going to go anywhere at this rate..."

"You girl are so lazy to do things yourself!" Cid yelled. "I'm not gonna give a hand to ya because I-"

"Would you two stop arguing right now?" Shadow Snake interrupted in annoyance. "I really want you to stop arguing in the middle of this fight."

Cid turned to look at the shadow. "You ain't tellin' me what to do, shadowy guy!"

"Well, if you don't want to listen, then I'll push you out by for-"

"FIRA!" shouted Fox, finishing a chant he did with mutters, as he moved his right hand to Shadow Snake.

Scorching flames burned the pilot in the Metal Gear. Shadow Snake grunted in pain before a harsh bullet shot (a Flourish from Chris that pushed him back) crashed to his body. The shadow mercenary grunted more before a long staff smacked his head hard before falling down to the ground where Aerith went to pick it up, followed by two Aura Spheres to Shadow Snake. The shadow was covered by smoke from the spheres of aura before he moved the smoke away. "Okay, you guys ar-"

Shadow Snake stopped once he got a fierce punch by Tifa, who had climbed up the machine while all the attacks crashed on him. "Take this, demon of darkness!" Tifa yelled as she fiercely punched Shadow Snake's face.

"Ugh, you woman, stop it!" Shadow Snake yelled before managed to push forward and throw Tifa down, where she landed gracefully on the ground. Shadow Snake grunted a bit before he clicked several buttons on the control panel of the shadow Metal Gear. "The radome should get back online now..."

The cockpit suddenly closed down, showing a sign that the radome was fully operational again. Many of them gasped at this as Shadow Gear REX began to move once more. "Dammit, it's closed again," Cloud said.

"We'll have to damage the radome again," Tifa said. "If Cid used his special ability, then that'd mean the wall of darkness can be pierced through with fatal strikes..."

"That's the idea," Fox said. "Only fatal strikes can break through that cover."

"B-but..." Chris stuttered a bit, "what kind of fatal strikes?"

Cloud thought for a moment. "I guess fatal strikes like Cid's Jump ability..."

"That's still a bit vague," Tifa said.

Lucario looked away. "Not even my brute force can do much..."

"HEY, B*&^$#@!" Cid called over the Metal Gear. "What're we doing with this piece of sh*&^% metal? Are we fightin' it to screw it good?!"

Aerith looked at Tifa. "I guess he's still a bit of a cuckoo about Yuffie..."

Tifa rolled her eyes and looked at Cid. "Yeah, we're trying to fight it to take it down!" she yelled. "We need your help so that doesn't kill any of us!"

"I ain't seein' a reason why I should fight it!"

"W-well...it...wants to kill Yuffie before you do!"

"...This piece of scrapped metal ain't takin' that opportunity from me!" Cid yelled.

Yuffie looked annoyed at this statement. "Oh, geez, right after they take that thing down, I'm going to get killed by Cid?"

"That seems to be the idea for him...at least for him," Samus muttered.

"...Sucks to be me right now," Yuffie muttered in boredom.

"Alrighty, kids!" Cid yelled as he took out another spear from behind his back (making Chris twitch his right eye a bit). "Uncle Cid's gonna do some rumble on this hellish bulls*&^ you call machine!"

"(How the heck did he take that new spear out?)" Chris asked. "(I guess everyone uses hammer-space quite a lot around here as we do... Actually, this is kind of a pointless question...)"

"Oh god, not another cockroach," Shadow Snake said within the Metal Gear. "This one likes to curse a lot unnecessarily. So annoying, I swear..."

Cid grumbled a bit at this and pointed at the covered cockpit. "You ain't callin' me a cockroach, motherf*&^%$#. You try to shut me up; I'll freakin' kill ya off."

Lucario looked at Cloud. "Do you get sick of listening to his cursing and swearing all the time?"

"Frankly speaking, one day with him makes you extremely used to his language," Cloud muttered in annoyance.

Cid started to slash the machine randomly on the spot he was standing. "Bastard won't get a scratch, ugh!" he complained.

Cloud frowned at this. "Cid, you need to strike the circular object behind your back! That way, the cockpit of the machine should open up, and then you can attack the pilot!"

Cid turned behind to see the radome. With some kind of war cry, the space man tried to slash it, but the wall of darkness had regenerated back, protecting the radome from further receiving more damage. "What the f*&^ is wrong with this? Where in the name of a random chocobo did this dome come from?!" he asked, continuously slashing the wall to no avail.

"Oh man, I've had enough of your mouth already," Shadow Snake said before he launched ten seeker missiles out from the rail gun, all directing towards Cid.

Cid turned around and saw the missiles. "HOLY S&$^!" he cursed loudly before leaping down the Metal Gear, just in time to make all the shadow missiles collide with the spot he was before.

"Finally, at least he's down," Shadow Snake said. "Well, sorry to make all of you wait, but I guess you wouldn't mind to run around the room for a bit."

Tifa glared at the machine. "What is that supposed to mean?"

"I mean this," he said simply before he began to fire a barrage of missiles that didn't seem to end.

The entire group gasped at the huge amount of shadow missiles being fired towards their direction. Grunting, Cloud swung his right arm and shouted, "Everyone, disperse and try to evade any missiles!"

Everyone quickly dispersed to different ways. Unfortunately, the missiles were seeker missiles, making all of them run around to avoid being attacked by a missile.

Shadow Snake chuckled. "Oh, and since using missiles all the time is kinda getting stale, I'm gonna use other weapons as well." He ordered REX to show four machine guns at the sides of the protected cockpit that began to fire at anyone running in front of REX.

"U-ugh!" Tifa was attacked by the frenzy of bullets before three shadow missiles collided against her. "C-Cloud, help!"

"Tifa!" Cloud yelled before making a sharp turn and jump over the missiles chasing him. The blond mercenary made the missiles crash against each other, creating an explosion that pushed him away some feet, but he used the push to run faster towards Tifa. He quickly reached to the place Tifa was lying down on the ground, and he blocked the bullets with his buster sword's edge. He looked down at her. "Tifa, are you okay?"

"N-not that much..." Tifa muttered. "D-darn those missiles..."

Aerith, who was running by the right side of the Metal Gear, looked to the two and gasped. "No, Tifa!" she yelled before she slowly turned to their direction, some four missiles following her. She looked behind and screamed in fear before four Aura Spheres exploded on the missiles, saving her from being attacked. She looked at Lucario, who had his palms holding out before he looked to his right and destroyed five missiles with more Aura Spheres. The Aura Pokémon was busy destroying the flying explosives; procuring most of them didn't get hurt. Aerith sighed in relief and ran over to where Cloud and Tifa were. "I-I'm coming! Hang in there, Tifa. I'll give you a Hi-Potion!"

Next to where she was, Chris gulped and held out his revolver in fear. "A-away!" Chris yelled as he shot a missile with a bullet, making it explode. Another missile went downwards on him. He looked up and quickly shot it down. "O-oh my goodness, I don't want to get hit by another dark missile again!"

"F*^&!" Cid cursed as he was attacked by a dark missile from behind, making him roll recklessly towards where Chris was. He stopped right to his left side and looked angrily at the agent. "You kid awright?" he asked with a mad look. "Havin' fun getting' your sorry a^* kicked around?"

"S-somewhat, and no for the last question," Chris admitted before he yelped and quickly shot another missile down. "I-I hate this fight so much!"

"Heh, you ain't the only one here," Cid said before he pushed his feet up and stood up. "Damn piece of metal is givin' hell to us. All these missiles will blow us into the air if we don't do s#^* fast to it."

Chris yelped once more to stop another incoming missile. "D-do you have an idea to strike the radome hard?"

"Well, I could if I'm ready to use my Jump ability," Cid admitted. "You need to gimme some time so I can use it again. Otherwise I'm somewhat f*^#$%."

"S-seriously, don't you have another plan?"

"Kill Yuffie so I can feel good with myself?"

"N-not that plan!" Chris yelled. "I meant a way to strike the radome hard!"

"You're talkin' with the wrong person, kid," Cid said. "I ain't havin' a clue about a powerful attack to damage that thing."

Chris looked serious. "(There must be some way to deal strong damage to that wall of darkness... Wait a minute... I know Kawashima isn't here to tell us there's an Over Limit ready, but I honestly think there's one ready now... If it's true, then maybe...)" He looked around the room, finding Fox sidestepping from a missile, and Lucario shooting down more missiles with Aura Spheres. "(Either I or one of those two should perform a strong attack... I'll choose...) Lucario!"

Lucario turned to his trainer. "What?"

"Use your Over Limit to use Aura Storm on the radome!" Chris ordered. "You should destroy the shield and damage the radome at the same time!"

"Understood," Lucario muttered before he flexed down his arms. "GUUUUUUARRRRGGHHH!!!" he growled loudly, calling forth a rainbow aura that shone on him.

"(Yes, there was one ready to be used,)" Chris thought in relief.

Shadow Snake noticed that the atmosphere turned darker than before. He turned Shadow Gear REX to the left where he saw Lucario glaring at his direction. "The dog's glowing in a hippie light," Shadow Snake said before Lucario put his palms closer to each other, creating a radiating sphere of aura that shone brightly. "...Wait..."

"GUUUUUUUUUUAAAAAAARRRGGHH!!!" Lucario growled furiously as he pushed out his palms towards the radome, letting out a huge stream of aura energy that instantly broke into the wall of darkness, damaging the radome at the same time before disabling it once more. As the beam of aura kept going, the cockpit suddenly opened up, revealing a mad shadow piloting the Metal Gear. Lucario's stream of aura diminished overtime before he let out a grunt while the rainbow aura vanished completely from him.

"Time to attack, now!" Chris yelled as he used another Flourish shot at Shadow Snake, making Chris get pushed several feet away.

However, Shadow Snake evaded the shot in time, but it went to damage the control panel. "N-no," Shadow Snake muttered as he saw some sparks jumping out from the small hole in the panel. "U-ugh..."

"FIRA!" Fox shouted, casting scorching flames that burned the cockpit with Shadow Snake and control panel getting affected.

While the flames burned, making Shadow Snake unable to see, Cloud jumped high towards the cockpit with his buster sword raised behind his back. "HA!" he yelled, bringing down his sword with a hard slam on the control panel. "Dammit, I failed!" he cursed before pushing himself off from the cockpit.

Shadow Snake grunted and quickly regained his composure after the flames dispersed out. "You're starting to get more annoying..." he muttered before the cockpit closed down, making a sign that the radome was back online.

The codec ring tone rang in Chris's ears. The agent pressed his left staple to get in a conversation with Otacon. "Chris, I just remembered something important," he said. "The control panel of REX is a very vital point for the Metal Gear to operate."

"What do you mean?" Chris asked.

"I mean that, if you were to damage the cockpit enough, it'll seize functions of REX completely," Otacon explained. "If it does that, there won't be a way for it to move or attack anymore."

"So if we destroy the cockpit, the Metal Gear should go down?"

"Yeah, pretty much," Otacon said. "Ignore Snake's shadow and destroy REX's cockpit! That way, you won't have to deal with that shadow monster!"

"G-got it," Chris said worried before ending the codec. "E-everyone, concentrate your attacks on the cockpit! If we destroy it, the Metal Gear will stop attacking permanently!"

"There's an actual weak point for that thing?" Tifa asked.

"Y-yes, but don't ask more about it... Just try to destroy the cockpit the next time we open it up!"

"If that's so, then I guess I'll have to be a little bit more careful with all of you," Shadow Snake said. "You've already given me enough problems with the control panel shooting some sparks, so as a sign of thanks..."

The group watched as the rail gun began to charge a blue light.

"...Die."

Lucario glared at the rail gun. "He's concentrating energy into a laser!"

"Quick, move out of the way!" Fox yelled.

"Damn," Cloud muttered before he looked back at the downed Tifa, who at the time managed to drink a Hi-Potion container from Aerith. "Tifa, you okay?"

"Y-yeah," Tifa said as he pushed herself up.

"Good, now quick, run!"

Everyone quickly ran to different directions before the rail gun fired a humongous laser that penetrated the lower right side corner of the room, creating a long passage with a dead end that was quickly covered by falling rocks with a cave in. The group looked a bit horrified at the laser's magnitude that they looked back at the Shadow Gear REX.

Yuffie dropped her jaw down (or up). "Daaaaaaaaaamn!" she said in horror. "That laser thingy was too much, you guys! Now go show that guy he shouldn't destroy Wutai's grounds with laser guns!"

"Well, that laser hopefully didn't cause a cave in," Samus muttered with a sigh of relief.

"I want it to be a pink laser next time!" Elena said randomly.

Shadow Gear REX began to pace around the room. "Hope that clarifies all of you that you shouldn't mess with a Metal Gear's shadow counterpart," he said before his rail gun began to charge once more. Instead of pointing straight forward, it pointed down to the ground. "With that demonstration of power aside, I'll make it smaller so I don't cause a cave in with me in here."

Aerith sighed. "He knows he shouldn't cause a cave in..."

"Aerith, sigh in relief when this gets over with," Cloud said.

"There you are, cockroach," Shadow Snake said as he stomped the Metal Gear's feet on the ground towards him. "Let me squash you to bloody bits."

Cloud noticed that he and Aerith were cornered on the lower left side corner of the room. With no room to escape, the blond mercenary grunted angrily at this and readied his buster sword for anything. "You bastard..."

"That's all you're going to say? Weak; so weak as you," Shadow Snake commented before he cornered the two together and raised Shadow Gear REX's right foot over them. "Say good bye now before you get shut up permanently..."

Aerith yelped at the sight of the foot's shadow and covered down. "C-Cloud, help!"

"DAMMIT!" Cloud yelled as the foot was brought down on them. He quickly closed his eyes and put his buster sword's sharp edge across in front of him in hopes to stop something he thought was impossible.

...

"...D-did we die yet?" Aerith asked, uncovering herself to look up at the machine's foot being abruptly stopped by Lucario, who had appeared using ExtremeSpeed to stop the foot from coming down on them. The Aura Pokémon gritted his fangs and he extended his hands against the foot. "L-Lucario!"

Cloud looked a bit surprised. "But..."

Lucario looked at them over his right shoulder. "W-what are you waiting for? G-get out!"

Aerith blinked at this before she regained her composure and nodded in confidence. Cloud nodded as well before the two ran out from under the foot. Lucario gritted his fangs more before he quickly used ExtremeSpeed to escape from being crushed by the steel foot.

"Hmm, nice try," Shadow Snake remarked. "You've got to thank that inhuman brute force of yours for saving them from dying."

"Grrrrrrr..." Lucario grunted, his palms flaring with aura.

Behind the Metal Gear, Cid, Chris, Tifa, and Fox were looking up at the radome. "If we combine attacks together, then we could pierce through that barrier, right?" Tifa asked.

Cid wiped his nose with a finger. "That's the plan to do here," he said. "Mix up stuff together to get something much better."

"But since the previous attacks managed to reach the radome as well, we should strike the radome with another second assault," Fox said.

Chris aimed his revolver at the radome while Fox prepared another Fira chant. "Let's start before it notices u-"

And the Metal Gear turned around to face at them, making Tifa and Cid react to run towards the machine, quickly climbing it by its legs. The two managed to reach the upper part where they both rushed together towards the radome to strike it with a harsh fist and a spear. "Now, you guys!" Tifa yelled as she and Cid were about to collide attacks against the wall of darkness.

"...FLOURISH!!!" Chris yelled in panic, pushing himself away by the bullet's force.

"Fira!" Fox shouted.

The clash of the four attacks combined managed to make the wall of darkness tremble a bit. Before their eyes, Cid and Tifa noticed that the wall of darkness shattered itself into spores of darkness that disappeared in thin air, revealing the radome. "Awright, it worked!" Cid said.

"Now attack the radome!" Fox yelled.

Before anyone could attack, Tifa and Cid fell down after the Metal Gear shook them off. The two landed on the ground on their feet before looking up at the eight machine guns that aimed at them. They then began shooting a barrage of bullets, making both yell in pain as they crossed their arms in front of them to resist the attack.

"C-Cloud, help me here, please!" Tifa yelled for help.

"Tifa!" Cloud yelled before he ran towards the two.

"Nobody's going to break my combo here," Shadow Snake commented before he shot seven dark missiles to Cloud, making him turn around to avoid the projectiles.

"You won't hurt him!" Lucario yelled as he began shooting Aura Spheres at the missiles.

"Oh well, I'll just hurt you both," Shadow Snake said before he shot eight more missiles at Lucario.

Cloud looked at Aerith while he was running away from the missiles. "Aerith, try to save Cid and Tifa from dying!"

"B-but what can I do, Cloud?" Aerith asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on March 26, 2010, 07:29:54 AM
"Nothing, because you're dead as well," Shadow Snake said, shooting more missiles towards Aerith.

The flower girl yelped at this before she turned around and began running for her life. One of the missiles following her was shot down by a bullet from Chris, who was at the time far away in the corner Shadow Snake had shot the laser. "N-no one will hurt a damsel here while I breat-"

And this called the attention of the Metal Gear, which shot more missiles at his direction.

"And I HAD to open my big mouth!" Chris complained loudly before he quickly ran to the north of the cave with the seeker missiles following him. "T-these missiles go so slow! Why are they like that?!"

"They're like that so they can maneuver more freely in this kind of space," Shadow Snake explained. "Also, with the tracking system built into them, it's easier for them to land themselves on anyone, and they won't stop unless they impact into something. Fortunately, making them collide with Shadow Gear REX won't do any damage to it since they're both made out of darkness, nullifying each other completely."

Even more missiles (five) were shot, but this time at Fox; the only one of the group not being attacked. The vulpine gasped and quickly dashed to the south of the room. "How the heck do you run fast with these stupid shoes?!" he asked angrily, staring down at his geta.

"Hey, don't go complaining about Wutai's geta!"  Yuffie yelled in annoyance. "They're the best around these parts, y'know!"

"You shut up! You're the reason why all this is happening!" Fox yelled, running away from the seeker missiles.

"W-well, I-I think it does..." Yuffie muttered in embarrassment.

"Let me tell you a fact," Samus began, "it IS your fault in so many points."

Yuffie sighed in depression. "(I really didn't want any of this to happen, I swear...)"

"AAAAHH!!!" Fox yelled in pain after the missiles had collided against his back. The vulpine went rolling on the ground before he stopped. Clenching his fists on the ground, he looked up weakly. "I need some help...please..." he muttered.

On the other side, Aerith continued to run away from the missiles following her. For her dismay, her energies were depleting. She started to become tired for much running that her pace began to slow down, allowing the missile to catch up with her. "S-somebody, help, please!" she pleaded.

"I-I know you want help, b-but we all need help here!" Tifa yelled from the front of the Metal Gear's machine guns before she knelt down. "T-this isn't good for me anymore..." she muttered before she lost consciousness.

"TIFA!" Cloud yelled from another side of the room. The blond mercenary grunted at this before he turned around and slid underneath the missiles following him, making them touch each other to trigger an explosion. At first, Cloud was pushed away by the big explosion, but he somehow did a flip in the air and admirably got on his feet to run towards the front, where Cid covered himself with his spear. "Damn you, imbecile!" he yelled, referring Shadow Snake.

"That's right, everyone," Shadow Snake said. "Run; run for your meaningless lives. That's all you can do for now. You're my little dogs while I'm your master. You've been very bad, so you better be taught a lesson in blood."

"I-I hate that stupid sarcasm shadows have!" Chris yelled, continuing running away from shadow missiles going after him. "T-they seriously make me mad!"

"It makes me mad you're still running," Shadow Snake said. "You're one stubborn, dead dog."

"Well, if we're talking about dogs, then he does a bad job at being a dog."

Shadow Snake looked forward from within the Metal Gear where he found infra-ray signals of a small creature over the fallen Rapps. He found that Chip had arrived at the scene, looking particularly clueless to the fact almost everyone was being pursued by shadow missiles.

Chip rubbed his chin as he looked around. "Hmm, we're still thinking they're all dogs, right? Well, you guys are so bad!"

"C-Chip!" Chris yelled.

"Hey, Chris, stop being a bad doggy!" Chip proclaimed angrily. "You all do as much of a bad job like Sonic does, but he does it much better!"

"S-stop talking about dogs!" the World Traveler yelled. "D-do something to help us against these missiles!"

Chip gasped. "Somebody wants Chip Norris's help to stop some dark missiles!" he said before he joined his hands and looked up happily. "Man, my career just got much better!" he said before he looked serious at the Metal Gear and punched the air. "C'mon, ya piece of junk! Give Chip Norris your best shot!"

"Alright," Shadow Snake said before he simply used a missile to shoot at Chip.

The imp gritted his teeth and quickly performed a flying roundhouse kick to the missile, ending with him making the missile explode, trapping him in smoke without signs of him being pushed out anywhere.

Fox blinked a bit shocked at this (being the one close to the explosion). "...Did he just...blow that missile with a kick without getting harmed?" he asked to himself as he stared at the thick cloud where the missile blown up. "But I thought that..."

And Chip's dead carcass fell down from the smoke, landing close to Fox.

The vulpine looked bored at the fallen imp. "Talk about...stupid..." he trailed off in boredom before he lost consciousness. A holy light gently touched his back, making wings appear and flutter before vanishing. The vulpine tightened his fists and pushed himself up. "Good thing we have second chances to keep fighting..." he muttered before he ducked and picked Chip on his right arm. The vulpine looked around and ran away from the spot.

Chip slowly pumped up a fist in the air. "Chip Norris shall never be defeated...you just happened to blow him up...and that's cheating because it's Chip Norris we're talking about, you know...bleh..." he muttered before he fell on his back and lost consciousness.

"You just keep resting, (crazy idiot...)" Fox thought in boredom.

Lucario quickly disposed the missiles being shot at him before Shadow Gear REX launched more missiles at him while it was busy trying to beat Cid down with a barrage of bullets. Lucario grunted at this and resumed to run away. "I can't believe all these missiles have no end!" he yelled in complain.

"A-and I can't believe nobody else besides Chip have arrived yet!" Chris yelled. "I-is it because of the maze before this room that they're not arriving?" He looked back to see the missiles closing in with him. "HELP!"

At that moment, a blue burr quickly took Chris away from the missiles. The missiles crashed against each other before they could reach the agent. Chris closed his eyes tightly, thinking he was attacked. "Hey, you gotta open your eyes or else you won't know if you're still alive, Chris."

Chris opened his eyes and found himself on Sonic's arms. He looked down to his right to see the blue hedgehog grinning at him. "O-oh, thank you so much for saving me, Sonic..." Chris trailed off with a sigh.

"Heh, you gotcha," Sonic said with a wink before he put Chris down on the ground. The agent stood up and looked at him before the hedgehog looked around. "So, more of those shadows?" he asked.

"Yes," Chris said. "Dr. Eggman came in here and he released the Shadow Nightmare on..." He stared at Sonic. "...Wait, how come you can see now?" He noticed some veins still showing on Sonic's eyes.

Sonic shrugged. "Remember that lion guy? Well, he leaped on me and dropped these drops on my eyes. They BURNED like hell, but then I noticed I was able to see again."

"...Why would Red XIII leap on you?" Chris asked.

"Well, you see, I was complaining about not seeing anything, and I think he grew upset with me and used those drops. Funny thing was that he realized he could've done that in the morning. So then, I got excited that I ran away from him," Sonic explained. "Also, I met up with the red plumber and he told me about what was happening, so I came all the way here and inspected every single corner until I found all of you in here."

"(That would explain why Red XIII did that...)" Chris thought. "B-but...in any case, we're fighting Shadow Snake who made Snake... Snake... Snake..." Chris looked shocked before he looked back to the temple where Snake lied unconscious. "S-Snake!"

Sonic looked at his direction before he reacted quickly and ran back to Snake before carrying him back to where Chris was in two seconds. Sonic tumbled at the sides before he let go of Snake from his arms. "O-oof, this guy weights a ton, y'know..." he muttered.

Chris knelt down to check on the mercenary. "Oh my god, is he okay?"

Sonic began to feel a weird sensation in his body. "H-huh, why am I feeling right now that I'm going to..."

And Sonic suddenly turned brawnier; turning into his werehog form.

Sonic looked at his claws, which had ripped his gloves (again). "Aww, come ON now!" he cursed, making Chris look at him with a gasp. "It's barely noon out there and I turned into this freakish transformation already?!"

"B-but that's impossible...unless..." Chris looked up to see that there were black tiles raining down from the ceiling as they vanished sometimes. "...That device Dr. Eggman tossed also affects you... The Shadow Nightmare can't go out during the day, but Dr. Eggman created a device to let one dwell inside dark places like this cave..."

"That idiot..." Sonic muttered through gritted fangs, tightening his fists a bit.

"I-I know you're furious, but please, calm down," Chris said. "Now it's not the time to be worrying about that." He pointed to the Shadow Gear REX. "We need to beat that thing down first."

Sonic sighed and looked down at Snake. "What about this guy? I don't think he's all that safe in here."

"Sonic, can you use your claws to take Snake back into the dark maze so he can be out of trouble?"

Sonic nodded and quickly grabbed the mercenary with his oversized claws before he stretched him all the way behind the fallen Rapps. The werehog put the mercenary down in a safe spot before he pulled back his arms and looked at Chris. "There you got him," he said.

"Excuse me, but did the hedgehog just change appearances?"

The two Smashers blinked a bit at this before they looked besides them to see a skeptical Cloud looking at Sonic. "O-oh, that..." Chris trailed off.

"Why did he just change into some kind of wolf?" Cloud asked. "I thought humans could only turn into werewolves or something like that, but why did he change?"

"U-um, look, we'll explain that later," Chris said. "But if you want to get a quick summary, Sonic got his genes changed so that he could change into a wolf, or werehog every time night arrives."

"..." Cloud looked away. "...Transforming into a wolf at night...that's really overused and cliché..."

"...." Sonic blinked a bit. "...Yeah," he agreed before he shook his head and looked at the machine. "Ready to give some beat-down, Chris?"

Chris gulped and prepared his revolver. "I-I'll see if I'm ready. Sonic, you need to attack the plate-shaped object on top of the Metal Gear. If you manage to disable it, the cockpit where Shadow Snake hides will open up. When the cockpit opens, damage the control panel inside the machine so it gets its functions down."

Sonic smacked his fists together. "Alrighty, let's do this!" he said before he quickly extended his claws all the way towards the radome, surprising Cloud for a bit.

"His arms...just stretched?" Cloud muttered.

"I know, freaky, but that's how things are," Sonic said in boredom.

Cloud looked back to the front of the Metal Gear where Cid stood in front of Tifa while spinning his spear to prevent the bullets from harming both of them. "YEEEEEEEHAAAAW, you ain't givin' s&^$ to ol' Cid, bastard! No givin' s#&*, ya hear me?!"

Cloud sighed in relief at this before looking back at Sonic's claws grabbing a hold of the radome's wall of darkness. Sonic gasped before he gritted his fangs. "Chris, what the heck is that thing covering the plate thing?!" Sonic asked.

"That wall of darkness prevents any damage to hurt the radome," Chris said. "Only fatal strikes can pierce through it, so you'll need to combine attacks with someone to break it apart."

Sonic smirked. "Then I'll just gonna press it hard!" he yelled before he started to apply a tight grip on the protection.

"It won't be enough," Cloud said before he looked at Sonic's arms. He looked back and forth between the werehog and the radome on top of the machine before he got an idea and jumped on to Sonic's arms to use them as a direct path to the radome.

"Hey!" Sonic yelled.

Chris gasped once he saw the Metal Gear slowly turning around at them, stopping its bullet barrage on Cid and Tifa. "N-now I get it. He's using your arms to get to the radome directly!" he said.

"I hate people walking over me, but do the same, Chris!" Sonic ordered as he felt the machine pulling his arms.

The agent aimed his revolver at the wall of darkness. "No, I only use long-range attacks when I'm using this job. I'll wait for Cloud to get there."

Sonic grinned. "Let's all three of us attack at the same time."

The two looked back where Cloud was reaching the radome. The blond mercenary put a tight grip on his buster sword before he leaped up high, raising it above him with a war cry.

"Now, Flourish!" Chris yelled shooting the harsh bullet that made him fly some feet away from Sonic's spot.

Because of Sonic's tight grip, Cloud's buster sword slamming onto the protection, and Chris's Flourish bullet making contact with it at the same time, the werehog crushed the wall into bits of darkness that quickly vanished in thin air, revealing an unprotected radome.

"This is starting to get bad..." Shadow Snake muttered before looking to the front of the Metal Gear, facing to the lower left corner of the room where Cid set down his spear and went to attend Tifa. "But enough about games, because it's time to get this job done right now."

Sonic noticed that the rail gun began to charge its laser. "Hey, I think he's gonna shoot something!" he yelled.

Cloud, who was on top of the machine, looked behind to see energy gathering inside. However, he got shocked once he looked to the front where Cid was busy attending Tifa. "CID, RUN AWAY WITH TIFA, QUICK!"

"I'm workin' right now!" Cid yelled, oblivious to the fact a laser was going to obliterate them since he had his back facing the machine. "You wanna have this girl alive or what?!"

"That's what I'm trying to say!" Cloud yelled. "Get out of range before that laser kills you two!"

Cid turned around. "What laser are you talking about?!" he asked before looking up at the rail gun pointing towards him. "HOLY CRAPPY S*&^!!!" he cursed before he picked up Tifa over his shoulders and quickly ran to the temple's direction.

Shadow Gear REX followed suit their direction. "It's no use," Shadow Snake said. "No matter where you run to, Shadow Gear REX will follow you. If you try shielding yourself by going under REX, I'll crush you."

Cloud gritted his teeth and looked back at the unprotected radome. He held his buster sword tight and started to slash it. "You're not going to hurt them!" he yelled.

Shadow Snake sighed and shook Cloud off rather easily. The blond mercenary didn't have enough time to set his feet down to land safely, but Sonic extended his claws towards him, catching Cloud in time before he could hit the ground. Cloud got off from the claws and quickly backed away from the stomping Metal Gear. "Laser ready," Shadow Snake said.

Cid suddenly tripped on his tracks with Tifa on his back. The space man cursed loudly very harsh words to himself as the Metal Gear was about to shoot its laser on them. "I'LL F&^% ALL THIS SOON!" Cid cursed loudly.

Aerith gasped as Lucario destroyed the missiles following her from behind with Aura Spheres. "C-Cid, Tifa, no!"

The laser then shot a huge stream of energy that covered Cid and Tifa completely, taking along a big portion of the cave as it struck the wall hard, creating a long tunnel that was then covered by a cave in. Shadow Gear REX kept shooting its laser for five seconds before it eventually vanished. Shadow Snake chuckled at this before looking to see that there were no remains of Cid or Tifa behind. "Finished."

Aerith covered her mouth with both hands. "N-no... T-they couldn't be...could they?"

Cloud looked shocked at this. "...Tifa...Cid..." he muttered, his anger about to explode at any second to unleash upon the machine.

"You kid are gonna shed some tears now? God&#%^mit, you're such a vagina-y, b^%*%!"

Cloud blinked at the curses before he looked to his right to see Lucario carrying both Cid and Tifa on his back. The blond mercenary looked surprised to see both of his allies alive. "T-Tifa, Cid!" Cloud said in relief.

Lucario set Cid down on the ground where he jumped off from him. The blond man put Tifa down on the floor before looking at Lucario. "Gotta thank this guy for savin' our a$%^&," he said. "He ran at the f*&^%&* speed of light, you."

Cloud looked and nodded at Lucario. "You don't know how grateful I am for you saving both of them... I own you one for that."

Lucario smiled mentally. "(Clouds owns me one now...)" he thought a bit happily. "It was nothing," he said, trying to hide his excitement.

"Seriously, you're full of surprises to me," Cloud remarked, making Lucario even more excited in his mind. "But I shouldn't do this in a time like this. We need to beat that machine before it gets the chance to attack us severely with that stupid laser."

Lucario mentally groaned a bit. "I see..." he muttered, wanting to receive more praise.

Shadow Gear REX slowly turned towards them as Cid took out a red feather from his pocket and lied it down on Tifa; the red feather being a Phoenix Down (a feather that could heal knocked out fighters). "You guys are starting to give me a headache," he complained. "But I promise by the end of the day that none of you will escape from here alive."

"You're gonna die, pal!" Yuffie yelled from the wall. "You're gonna die for destroying precious Wutai's grounds!"

"Wow, you're back to your cheerful mood..." Samus muttered.

"Don't take me wrong, but I'm pretty scared," Yuffie clarified. "I mean, you're not the one with the spear stuck right below your head, are you?"

"I can use a spear like a pole!" Elena said randomly. "And I can use it to cut butter!"

Samus, once more, wanted to smack her forehead. "Somebody, just take me down from here already..." she muttered.

"Die," Shadow Snake said as he resumed his assault of shadow missiles from the rail gun.

Chris aimed his revolver at the missiles from behind it, standing close to the fallen Rapps while Sonic stood next to him. "I-I'm getting so sick of those missiles!" he yelled before he fired bullets to prevent any missiles from coming out. "(W-wait...this is actually working now!)"

Shadow Snake grunted at this before he turned Shadow Gear to face the exit of the cave. "I should've focused my attention to you, kid. You're the main reason why I'm mad off now."

The agent tried to think of a good comeback. "You said you were mad that you were with a bunch of people who looked very unlikely to meet!"

"Yeah, but out of all of them, you're the one who's been bugging me the most," Shadow Snake said. "Screw you, kid. Your stubbornness for someone like me isn't needed."

The Metal Gear began shooting bullets to Chris, but the agent ducked, and he was covered by Sonic, who covered the World Traveler by stepping to the front and cross his arms for protection. "U-ugh, I'm not gonna hold on for that much, Chris," Sonic said through gritted fangs. "Y-you gotta think about something!"

At that moment, the Metal Gear began shooting shadow missiles once again. However, this time, they were all quickly taken down by Lucario's Aura Spheres. The Aura Pokémon stood behind the machine, standing several feet away from the temple's entrance. The Metal Gear, however, ignored him altogether, focusing all its attention on beating Sonic and Chris. "He's distracted. Attack the radome!" Lucario yelled as he tried to keep any missiles from shooting out.

"This time is going to be the last!" Cloud yelled as he charged towards the Metal Gear and nimbly climbed it by jumping on its legs. The blond mercenary reached the radome where he raised his sword high to land a fierce slash, yelling out, "Braver!"

The radome was struck hard with the heavy slash that it became disabled once more, forcing the cockpit to open up again. Shadow Snake grunted at this before he saw that Aerith had climbed up all the way to his position. "How the heck did you get all the way here?" Shadow Snake asked.

Aerith chuckled. "I just climbed the right leg when you weren't looking. You need to be more aware next time," she said before she took out her staff and started banging on the control panel, destroying its circuits slowly.

Shadow Snake grunted angrily and tried pushing Aerith down, but a harsh bullet attack blocked his right hand from pushing her down. Chris had shot another Flourish shot from behind Sonic, the agent being pushed towards the fallen Rapps by the shot's magnitude. "You won't hurt a lady!" he protested.

The shadow ignored his complaint before he tried pushing her off again, but scorching flames burned his body, prompting him to back away to his seat. In front of the Metal Gear, a weak Fox was holding out his open right palm to the cockpit while Cid stood next to him, having given the vulpine a Phoenix Down to revive him.

"Damn all of you..." Shadow Snake muttered before he looked back to Aerith.

And his control panel was completely destroyed.

Aerith stopped banging on the control panel before she smiled a bit at the shadow and later jumped down to the ground where she ran away from the machine. Shadow Snake looked back at the control panel, which started to shoot out sparks everywhere before it started blowing up. Soon, the Metal Gear began to shake uncontrollably, making everyone back away from it. "No, this isn't happening..." Shadow Snake muttered before the cockpit forcibly closed down on him, trapping him within Shadow Gear REX.

Music stops

And soon, the Metal Gear dropped down on its metallic knees before some explosions covered it overtime.

Everyone watched as it began to shatter into spores of darkness that vanished upon flying up into the air. The top of the machine began to vaporize into spores before it eventually vanished from sight.

Yuffie saw one last spore disappearing before she looked serious with a smirk and said, "And never come back again! You destroy Wutai's grounds, you mess with my guys!"

"...Shut up...please..." Samus muttered.

"Okey-dokey!" Elena said before she shut her mouth tightly.

Everyone reunited with each other (except for the girls on the wall). Cloud looked and nodded at Aerith. "Great job, Aerith."

Aerith smiled a bit. "It was nothing. I'm happy were able to pull through this."

"Yeah, that was luck, alright," Cid commented as he gave Tifa (now cured) a Hi-Potion to restore her injuries. "Machine saw it comin' to it, along with that son of a b%^&* of a shadow."

Marth came from behind the fallen Rapps and walked to the group. "It seems this battle ended," he said. "I'm glad that we didn't have that many problems without our weapons."

"Speaking of weapons," Fox said after he drank a Hi-Potion. He turned around and looked at the girls on the wall. "Shouldn't we just put them down now?"

"That's like the best idea in the world now!" Yuffie yelled from the wall. "I have a freaking spear right below my head, for god's sake!"

Cloud sighed and walked towards them. "We'll put you down, Yuffie, if you give us back our stuff."

Yuffie sighed in depression. "...Okay..."

Cloud glared at the ninja. "Listen, Yuffie. If you're gonna do another dirty trick on us, I'm going to have to kill you off the next time we meet."

The ninja looked apologetic at the blond mercenary. "Okay, okay, I understand this time for real, geez..."

"I hope you do," Cloud said before looking at the stalactites. "I think I saw the remote control falling between those rocks over there..."

"Wait, if you do press that control, we'll fall right into the lava," Samus said.

"Okay, change of plans," Cloud said. "Maybe we should get a ladder...or something else..."

While Cloud wondered what to do about getting the girls down, a codec signal rang inside Chris's right ear. The agent pressed his staples and got into a codec conversation with Otacon. "Otacon, we defeated the Metal Gear," Chris said in relief.

"I know," Otacon said. "Thanks to you, you won't have to face another Metal Gear. Thankfully, you destroyed it completely, and it was good it vaporized into spores...but..."

"But what?"

"I dunno, but there's something that's been bugging me..." Otacon trailed off. "If you ask me, I think that shadow version of Snake didn't look that...desperate..."

"...Well, Snake is supposed to be very serious, right?"

"Yeah, but that shadow was commanding a Metal Gear," Otacon said. "The girl destroyed it, but I think the shadow's mood didn't look that alarmed... Actually, don't you think it was a bit easy that you beat him?"

"N-no..." Chris muttered. "...Wait...what are you thinking about?"

"Well...I'm thinking that the battle...isn't over yet..."

"B-but we destroyed the Metal Gear with Shadow Snake in it! What else is there?"

"Well, aren't shadows supposed to dissipate once their true self start admitting their lies to them?"

"I guess, but I think they can be defeated through force..."

"Maybe that's not very relevant," Otacon said. "But whatever you say, Shadow Snake didn't look like he thought was in real trouble. Every expression he made during the fight doesn't make me think we won, but it's like it's making me think he had more things under his sleeve yet to show to us."

"...Otacon...you're starting to scare me... I don't see Shadow Snake around the area, minus where the Metal Gear stood..."

"...Maybe...he might be there still but you can't see him..." Otacon muttered.

"...W-what?"

"Chris, warn everyone about this," Otacon said. "That shadow might be still there with you. Be extremely careful. I don't like where this is going."

"I hope your assumptions are wrong about this whole thing..." Chris muttered before they both ended the codec call. The agent looked at everyone. "E-everyone, we need to be careful," he said.

"What? Why?" Tifa asked. "We finished that guy and his machine off."

"Y-yes, but I think this is not over yet," Chris said. "In fact...that shadow might be still on the loose..."

Cid looked mad at this. "The kid's getting' weird ideas. I see no shadow 'round this hot place!" he complained.

Chris looked worried at Lucario. "Lucario, can you use your aura to detect that shadow?"

Lucario looked a bit skeptical. "Well, if you say so..." he muttered before he glowed with his aura, his eyes turning a bright yellow. Everyone watched the aura wielder glowing for ten seconds before he stopped, his appendages lowering down. He looked at Chris and shook his head. "I can't detect that shadow anymore, Chris..."

"But...I thought..." Chris trailed off.

"Sorry, but I can't find him," Lucario said. "I think he went down with the Metal Gear."

Tifa sighed. "Please, you guys... Don't make me feel scared with those things about that guy being still alive."

The agent looked away. "I think Otacon was just imagining things..."

Back with Cloud, the blond mercenary rubbed his chin as he tried to think of a way to get down the girls from the wall. "Well, crap, I can't think of anything with that pool of lava right below all of you."

Yuffie sniffed. "Please, don't let stay up here forever, Cloud! I-I promise I'll give back everything!"

"Don't you promise, do it," Cloud said sternly.

"I-I'll do it, I'm good girl who does as she's been told to do!"

"What about you father?"

"That jackass can go to hell as much as I care!"

Cloud sweat dropped at this. "...Okay, let me think of a way to get you all down."

"You're such a peach, man! Thanks a bunch!" Yuffie said, shedding some tears upside down.

"Grow up already..." muttered Samus.

As Cloud kept thinking of a way to get all of them down, he was unaware that a presence was slowly approaching him from somewhere.

Cloud turned around and found Lucario. "Oh, it's you," he said.

"Chris told me you wanted to take them down here," Lucario said. "I can do that if you want."

"You can?"

"I can jump all the way where they all are," Lucario said. "I can cut the ropes and grab them before they can fall down."

"Okay, that'll help a lot," Cloud said nodding. "Please do."

"(I'm starting to get points for making him get impressed,)" Lucario thought happily, before he jumped straight towards the three girls. Yuffie watched as the Aura Pokémon reached the wall and grabbed it to stay stuck on it. Lucario began to cut the ropes by using the spikes of his free arm. Before Yuffie could fall, the Aura Pokémon quickly grabbed her from her wrist. He then jumped all the way down where Cloud was and set Yuffie down next to him.

"S-safe ground at last!" Yuffie rejoiced with glee, throwing her arms up before Cloud grabbed her left shoulder with his right hand. The ninja sighed in depression. "I know, I know..." she trailed off sulkily.

Cloud looked back at Lucario, who jumped right back towards the wall to get Samus down. The blond mercenary looked at Yuffie. "I hope you had fun, but it's all over now."

Yuffie looked bored. "Geez, man, I already said I was sorry like twelve times already! How many times do you want me to say sorry?"

"They won't matter as long as you give us our Materia," Cloud said.

"Look, I'll give the Materia back once we get out from this place," Yuffie said before Lucario brought Samus down to the safe ground next to them. "Seriously, I need you to stop giving me that dirty look you're making right now."

Lucario looked up at the crazed Elena. "Should I get her down as well?"

Cloud thought for a moment. "...Take her down as well. Reno was kind enough to give us a clue about where you all were."

Lucario nodded and went after Elena. Once he reached next to her, he cut the ropes keeping her on the spinning plate before he grabbed her by her right wrist and jumped all the way back to Cloud, lying her down on the ground.

"I'm sleeping!" Elena yelled out, her eyes shut tightly. "Don't bother me when I'm sleeping!"

Cloud rolled his eyes. "She's starting to become more and more annoying every time we meet her."

"Well, she's like this because she said she could turn irrational if her blood went to her head," Samus pointed out, all of them turning their backs on Elena.

"What a Turk she is, then..." Cloud trailed off.

Unaware, the four didn't notice that Elena started to levitate off from the ground somehow. The blond Turk thought she was drifting off in the clouds as she was mysteriously being taken away to the temple's entrance.

Once Aerith turned to look at the floating Elena, she let out a gasp and pointed straight at her. "E-everyone, look over there!" she yelled. "S-she's floating in midair!"

Everyone inside the wide room turned to see the floating Elena. Most of them let out gasps as she abruptly stopped floating and fell down on the ground. The blond Turk grumbled and turned to the temple's direction before Cloud let go of Yuffie's shoulder and went to check on her. He knelt down and looked around Elena. "What was that just now?" Cloud asked to himself. "How did she gain the ability to levitate by her own will?"

"That might be because she doesn't have that power."

The group listened to a voice calling out from somewhere in the room. They all looked around to see where it came from, but they couldn't find anyone close.

"W-who is that?" Chris asked.

"Kid, I'm surprised you've forgotten me that quickly. Well, I expected that from the beginning."

This time, the voice came from a completely different direction. The party started to think that they were hearing things and not an actual person. It was impossible to tell where the voice was coming from.

"That voice..." Marth trailed off. "...That voice is from that shadow!"

"Hurrah, at least there are some people who recall someone else's voice. I'm flattered, but not that much, honestly."

"I-it's Shadow Snake!" Chris yelled. "H-he's still here!"

"What? I thought that wuss went down with the machine!" Cid yelled in complaint. "How the f*^% did he manage to survive that?!"

"That'd be because I'm immune to shadow and dark attacks," Shadow Snake said, his voice coming from somewhere else. "Thanks to my 'other self' for neglecting his truths, my power is far beyond what you'd expect."

Tifa looked around with some fear. "W-why is his voice coming from different places at once?"

"Let me explain my other 'power up', please," Shadow Snake said from somewhere else. "Unlike any of the previous shadow monsters you guys had fought before, I traded offensive for defense. As such, I decided to increase further my camouflage stealth. Now, I'm completely invisible, my steps don't make any sound, and many other different ways to track me down are useless like the dog using his aura to find me. Don't even try using thermal vision as well. As of now, I'm a hundred percent invisible to your eyes."

"B-but that's..." Chris trailed off.

Suddenly, Chip pushed himself from Fox's arm and raised a finger. "That's blasphemy!" he added. "Only Chip Norris can d-"

"Oh, and in case you didn't know, the battle is not over yet," Shadow Snake said, his voice coming from somewhere else. "Let's see how everyone fares by fighting someone you can't even see or find."

Cloud shook his head and unsheathed his buster sword. "Damn that imbecile, using camouflage in a fight," he muttered before looking at Yuffie. "Yuffie, you better help us out here!"

Yuffie yelped a bit. "U-um, do I really have to?"

"Of course you will," Cloud said, putting a stern look. "Think of this as a way to say sorry for all you've done."

The ninja smiled a bit. "If I help, can I still have all the Materia?"

"I meant to say this is just a small part to forgive you," Cloud pointed out. "Besides, you love Wutai so much that you don't want this guy running about and destroy anything he sees, right?"

"..." Yuffie looked worried before she shook her head. "I-I don't want to let that guy do that!" she yelled before realizing what she said. Yuffie sighed in depression before she looked serious. "Alrighty, you convinced me, Cloud... That's pretty clever thinking of you, y'know," she said with a grin before taking out an oversized shuriken from behind. "Okay, I'll help. No dark guy is gonna destroy Wutai as long as I breathe!"

"Just to let you know, you're still giving everything back."

"I know, I know," Yuffie said in boredom.

Yell Dead Cell

Samus looked around the room. "This is bad. Since he's completely concealed anywhere...that decreases anyone's chances to land hits on him."

Lucario tried to find Shadow Snake's whereabouts using his aura. However, the Aura Pokémon couldn't detect any dark aura in the room. "It's no use," Lucario said as he stopped using his aura. "I can't detect his dark aura."

"I told you before that you don't have any ways to track me down."

Lucario, Cloud, Yuffie, and Samus backed away from their spot. They could have sworn Shadow Snake was just standing between all of them. Acting quickly, Samus ran towards the center and uses a flying kick, but she didn't strike anything but the air. "Dammit, he's not here anymore," Samus muttered. "(I could use my whip to land a strike, but that girl had to steal it from me...)" She felt that something pressed her throat rather hard. "U-ugh!"

"What, can't fight without weapons?" Shadow Snake asked, holding Samus's throat in a grip with his arms. "You rather be like me and use physical attacks, Samus."

"Y-you...bastard..." Samus muttered, her vision slowly becoming blurry.

"Leave her alone!" Lucario yelled as he ran towards Samus and fired an Aura Sphere over her left shoulder. The sphere, however, went flying and crashed against the wall, making Lucario grunt.

"Miss," Shadow Snake muttered before he slammed Samus down on the ground. Lucario quickly rushed and tossed a fist of aura where he thought Shadow Snake was, but he ended up punching the air. "Ooh, missed as well. You have really bad accuracy, dog."

"Come and get it, you!" Yuffie yelled as she dashed to where she thought Shadow Snake was. The ninja held her shuriken tight on her right hand and did a hard spin. The spin attack actually managed to land a slash on something, and Shadow Snake grunted in pain. "Ha-ha, leave camouflage to real ninjas!" she said with joy before she was kicked hard on her stomach, making her fall to the ground. "O-oww..."

"You just got lucky to do that, girl," Shadow Snake said, his voice seemingly drifting away to another location of the room.

The others spread out of the room and looked around for any signs of the Shadow Nightmare. Sonic sniffed the air, and he later shrugged at the action. "I can't sniff him out!" he yelled. "He REALLY is invisible!"

"Isn't that just wonderful or what?" Fox asked, his eyes darting everywhere while he raised his fists.

Suddenly, a jab made Fox's breath escape his mouth. The vulpine clutched his stomach and backed away before two kicks to his face made him fall on the ground. Fox coughed in pain before a sweeping kick struck the side of his head. The vulpine put his hands up and managed to grab an incoming kick. "I-I found him!" he yelled to Sonic. "Quick, attack him!"

Sonic readied his fists and sent a flying right fist to Fox's direction. The vulpine, suddenly, gasped as he was grabbed by the collar and was put in the front where he received a harsh punch by Sonic. "G-gah!" Fox gasped in pain.

The werehog looked shocked and pulled his fist back, seeing the vulpine before slammed down behind where he lied down on the ground in pain. "N-no, that was an accident!" Sonic said in his defense before gritting his fangs. "You BASTARD!" he yelled at Shadow Snake, blindly charging forward to empty air where he leaped and slashed it with both claws. "Grr!!!" Sonic grunted after just slashing the air. "Where'd he go?!"

Suddenly, an explosion went off. Sonic turned around and saw a thick cloud of smoke where Fox was. The werehog saw through the smoke a fainted Fox. "...S-sorry... I-I...just can't...go on...anymore...ugh..." Fox muttered before he passed out of cold.

"No!" Sonic yelled before he looked around. "That guy is using explosives?!"

"Fools, I also had enough power to have my equipment back, unlike my false self," Shadow Snake said from somewhere close to them. "You all better watch out before you get injured badly. These weapons are also invisible and silent. Just think about an unexpected missile on your backs"

Sonic stomped the ground. "Aww, great! Now he has weapons we can't see as well!"

Cid took out a cigarette and lighted it with a lighter. He put the cigarette hanging on between his lips and exhaled smoke. "Bastard thinks he can go chameleon on us, huh? Bring it on, b&*^%!" he dared the shadow.

"With pleasure, foul-mouthed man," Shadow Snake said from behind the space man.

Cid's eyes made a glare before he turned around and tried to slash the shadow with his spear. However, Cid only slashed the air. "S*^&!" Cid cursed, starting to slash the air around him in hopes to land a hit on the invisible shadow. "Be a man and let me see ya!"

The space man suddenly felt a square object being attached to his head. Cid looked up before an explosion was triggered on his head, making him get pushed away to the ground where he fell on his back and gritted his teeth in pain. "Sorry, I won't let you order me around," Shadow Snake taunted with a chuckle.

"F-f^%#..." Cid cursed under his breath before getting up from the ground. The space man put a tight grip on his spear and looked around, trying to find the invisible shadow. "Where the hell did you go now? Tell me!" he demanded.

It seemed that Shadow Snake had left Cid behind. The invisible Shadow Nightmare was slowly approaching a clueless Tifa, who had fists raised to her shoulder level so she could block any surprise attacks or deliver some punches. Suddenly, a fist clashes against her right fist, and she quickly reached out to the air where the grabbed an arm. "Got you!" she yelled before turning around and slamming down the shadow on the ground.

However, while she was still grabbing the shadow, Shadow Snake took advantage of this and brought Tifa down to the ground as well. The fighter swept the ground in pain before she stopped, feeling that she wasn't grabbing an arm anymore. A sweeping kick kicked Tifa further away from her spot, and she pushed herself up and got in a fighting stance. She wiped some blood from her lips and shifted her eyes around. "Careful of the snake," Shadow Snake said from somewhere around Tifa. "It might bite you if you're careless."

"S-shut up, you!" Tifa yelled back, her fists ready to deliver some blows. "Just let me find out where you are and then you'll be very sorry!"

"Ooh, I'm scared. A girl's gonna punch my guts out," Shadow Snake taunted. "I'd feel scared it if was a man, but a girl doesn't know how to punch a man."

"..." Tifa looked mad at this. "Okay, you're being sexist now!"

"I can be whatever I want," Shadow Snake said over Tifa's right shoulder before he walked away to avoid a punch from her. "You can't hit me, though," he said behind her before walking away to avoid a spinning kick. "Maybe you need some glasses so you look more defenseless," he taunted in front of her before he ducked down and evaded three punches. "After all, girls don't know how to deal a good ki-" he stopped talking once Tifa kicked him hard on the face.

"There you are!" Tifa said before she forced Shadow Snake to stand up by kicking up his chin. The shadow grunted in pain before Tifa began a series of physical combos on him. "I'll show you!" she said, delivering fast fists on Shadow Snake's face. "Not done yet!" she said, doing a quick somersault kick up to Shadow Snake's chin, herself landing on the ground. "But now I'm done!" she said, sweeping the ground hard with her right leg, accompanied with a blast of water that pushed the shadow away from her.

"U-ugh..." Shadow Snake backed away. "Better be more careful..." he muttered, his voice going to another direction.

Tifa stood up and looked around. "You coward, come back here!" she demanded.

Close to her, Lucario had his hands burning with his aura. The Aura Pokémon shifted his eyes around the room to stay cautious from the invisible shadow. "It'll be hard to strike someone you can't even detect," Lucario muttered. "But once he deals a strike, my power will just grow, and I'll remember where the blow came from. That way, I'll end up delivering most damage."

"In your dreams, dog," Shadow Snake called from somewhere.

Lucario turned around and fired a quick Aura Sphere, which only went through the air and crashed to the western wall. He grunted and looked around. "(I know he's around me, but where?)" he asked in confusion.

It was not long before Lucario felt a round object bumping into his back. He turned around and was met by a grenade's explosion, forcing him to back away to a spot where an invisible mine triggered and exploded on his feet, pushing him to the air. Lucario grunted loudly and flipped in the air to land on his feet, where a fast moving object crashed against his face and exploded, making him grit his fangs in pain. He looked at his hands burning with more aura than before.

"I better try not to make you mad," Shadow Snake taunted from a direction Lucario turned to. "Those hands can kill places very easily, and I don't want to get caught in the crossfire."

"You're just making me even stronger..." Lucario trailed off. "You better stay out of the way..."

"Yeah...that's not happening."

Suddenly, several explosions set off all around Lucario. The Aura Pokémon yelled in pain as he was pushed back into the air, this time not regaining his composure. Lucario then met a downward kick right to his face, forcing him to crash hard into the ground while his aura just kept growing, but his energy going down very quickly. "U-ugh... G-grrr..." Lucario grunted.

"Normally, my false self would've done this really poorly," Shadow Snake said from somewhere as Lucario slowly got up from the ground. "I do use my mind, though. Explosions should do more damage than mere physical attacks to you."

"S-shut up...and stop taunting me..." Lucario muttered in pain, his aura flaring up even more.

"You're not my dad," Shadow Snake taunted. "You're just a mutt with weird thighs."

"GUARGH!" Lucario turned around and shot a massive Aura Sphere that managed to hit the shadow. Shadow Snake yelled in pain as he was sent across the room, towards the temple where he crashed on the floor and grunted. "D-don't...mock me...anymore..." he panted.

"Lucario!" Aerith yelled worried before she ran to his side and knelt down. "Oh no, you're really hurt..." she muttered.

Lucario looked at the flower girl. "I-it's okay, Aerith. I can mo-"

"No, you need to rest," she said as she took out a Hi-Potion from behind. "Here, drink this. This is the last Hi-Potion we have so drink i-"

Aerith gasped once an explosion, which reached her and Lucario, pushed her away, holding a broken potion in her right hand. The flower girl twitched a bit in pain as she looked at the broken item. She gasped and looked back where Lucario was lying on the floor. "N-no!"
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 01, 2010, 10:20:54 AM
Lucario lied down on the ground, the Hi-Potion's liquid spilled all over his body except his mouth. The damage of the explosion had taken him out.

"One down," Shadow Snake muttered as he put away his missile launcher.

Aerith looked around her pockets, but she gasped after finding out they had run out from Phoenix Downs. "N-no, we ran out of healing items!" she yelled, seeing the fainted Lucario on the ground. "I-I'm...I'm so sorry, Lucario..."

Her sobs were soon interrupted as a saint light touched Lucario's back. Holy wings appeared and fluttered a bit before vanishing. The Aura Pokémon grunted as he slowly stood up. He let out a growl as his hands began flaring with aura again.

"..." Aerith wiped her tears off from her face and smiled happily. "Well, I need to stop being dramatic..." she trailed off in embarrassment.

However, several explosions were triggered right after Lucario stood up. The Aura Pokémon screamed in pain before he was pushed several feet away. Aerith watched as Lucario rolled recklessly on the ground before he stopped, lying down with his face turning to the temple's direction.

Aerith looked horrified at this that she shook in fear. "N-no!" she yelled. "Lucario!"

"What, did you think I'd forget the fact everyone needs to be knocked out twice so they stay knocked out for good?"

Aerith took a quick action and brandished her long staff. She put up a serious face as she looked around for the nearby shadow. "W-where are you? I-I'm going to show you not to mess with us!" she said with determination.

"Aww, the girl's crying because I took out the dog that's not even hers," Shadow Snake taunted. "You're really into pups, aren't you?"

"S-shut up, I care about the people I like to be with," Aerith said. "If I need to protect them, I'll protect them from a monster like you!"

"Ooh, I'm a monster now," Shadow Snake snickered before he grabbed Aerith's staff, making her gasp and try to keep it with her. "Well, since I'm a monster, I'll take that staff of yours and break it in half."

"C-Cloud!" Aerith yelled for help. "H-he's right in front of me!"

"I got it!" Cloud yelled from afar, as he ran towards Aerith.

However, Aerith suddenly pulled her staff back to her. She gasped after Shadow Snake let go of it, allowing him to escape to another location. "He escaped!" Aerith yelled.

Cloud stopped running towards her and looked around. "Dammit, why did he have to be invincible and COMPLETELY silent?"

"Those Shadow Nightmares have really unpredictable powers..." Samus muttered. "They can increase power drastically, they can increase speed greatly, they can raise defensive skills such a camouflage, and they can call forth other things..."

Chris backed away to her side. "Just how many things can they do?"

"I wish I knew," Samus muttered. "It greatly depends on the people they take over. I can tell that much, though..."

"That's all you need to know about how dangerous Shadow Nightmares are, Sammy."

Samus turned around, but she was grabbed by the neck by two arms. The bounty hunter began gasping for breath, making Chris back away in fear. Samus's body turned around towards Chris as she tried to break free by pushing away the invisible arms, but she wasn't able to do so. "C-Chris, help..." Samus trailed off weakly.

"S-Samus, hold on there!" Chris said as he aimed his revolver over Samus's left shoulder, only for Samus to be forced to get in the direction. The agent gasped at this before he tried aiming over her shoulder again, but Samus was forced to move in its way again. "T-that's not fair, you! Using a woman like Samus as your shield and hostage...t-that's a dirty trick!"

"No, it's not," Shadow Snake said behind the struggling Samus. "It's playing on the defensive, literally."

"T-that's playing dirty on the defensive!" Chris yelled, trying to aim the behind Samus's back to shoot at the invisible enemy. "S-stop, please!"

Samus's breathings began to slow down at an alarming pace. The agent looked frightened as he tried to aim the shadow and shoot in time before Samus could be choked to death. "Q-quick..." Samus muttered in pain, her vision starting to become blurrier by the seconds.

"I-I don't know what to do!" Chris yelled, dropping his revolver to the ground. "I-I don't want to end up shooting at your face!"

Shadow Snake chuckled darkly. "Pathetic," he muttered. "Guess she's as good as deat-"

"Here comes super ninja Yuffie!" Yuffie yelled from above the shadow's position, raising high up her oversized shuriken to slash the invisible enemy. "You wanna get cut? I'll cut ya down right on the spot!"

As soon as she was about to land and slash, Shadow Snake released Samus, and Yuffie accidentally ended up slashing Samus's back harshly. The bounty hunter yelled in pain as she stumbled forward while the ninja looked horrified at her mistake. Soon after that, an explosion triggered behind Samus, forcing her to fall down on the ground where she grunted in pain and slowly got up. "B-bastard..." Samus muttered in pain.

"I-I'm so sorry, really!" Yuffie said in horror. "I-I... T-that guy moved away on the last minute!" she said on her defense. "I-I didn't want t-"

"I know..." Samus interrupted the ninja.

"That was pretty clever," Shadow Snake admitted somewhere nearby Yuffie, making her shift her eyes in fear. "I was planning to choke her until she was knocked out, and once she was revived by that crappy light, the mines I placed on her back would set off and take her out right away. That slash you did made me stop, allowing her to get saved."

Chris picked up his revolver and began firing at the air around Yuffie. "Y-you monster, stop doing this!"

"I'll stop once I get done with all of you," Shadow Snake commented. "Judging by the fact the way you're shooting right now, it's making me think you want me out, right?"

"That's the whole idea!" Chris yelled before he received a hard knee attack to his stomach. "U-ugh!"

"Never yell back to your superiors, kid," Shadow Snake said.

Chris received a hard uppercut on his chin, making him back away in pain. "Y-you're not my superior but a big bully..." he muttered before receiving a harsh kick attack on his chest, making him fall back to the ground where a downward kick slammed his stomach down. "O-oww!" Chris yelped in pain, feeling a round object being laid down on him before it exploded, making him roll away on the ground. "Y-you're...you're enjoying all this..."

Yuffie helplessly waved her shuriken around while she ran around the spot where she thought Shadow Snake was attacking Chris, but she only managed to slice through the air in a crazy frenzy. "I should've taken stealth lessons more seriously, and that also goes for rope training lessons as well!" she complained.

Suddenly, Yuffie felt that she sliced something, but then she was pushed away by an invisible missile's explosion. The ninja slid on the ground in pain before she gracefully pushed herself up and flipped in the air, landing on the ground. She twitched a bit in pain, but Yuffie managed to become numb to it as she looked around for Shadow Snake. "Learn to be less reckless, girl," Shadow Snake commented.

Yuffie gritted her teeth with anger. "Once I'll find ya, you're gonna be AWFULLY sorry for destroying Wutai's grounds!"

"How sweet to see such a girl devoted to her nation," Shadow Snake commented.

Yuffie received a missile exploding on her back. The ninja went flying forward before flipping and landing on her feet. Closing one eye in pain, she turned around and swung her shuriken hard, only slicing the air as well. "I'm gonna take camouflage lessons more SERIOUSLY, I swear!" she said in irritation.

"It's not like they'll help you out in any way," Shadow Snake commented behind her, making her turn and swing her shuriken to the empty air again. "I use advanced technology made out of shadow energy... Oh, wait, it's not actual technology but an ability I can only have for myself," he commented behind her back, making her turn, but this time without swinging her shuriken.

"Grr, stop moving around!" Yuffie complained.

"You stop moving around. It really tires me to have to walk all the time behind you," Shadow Snake said.

Yuffie turned around and swung her shuriken fast, ending up with slicing nothing. "Aww, come on, you!" she ranted.

The ninja watched as the agent tried to stand up, but he was struck hard by an invisible kick on the head, making him roll away before losing consciousness. "Forgot that he was still breathing," Shadow Snake said. "Now I won't have to worry about more scum."

Shadow Snake was suddenly slashed hard on his back by Yuffie's shuriken. The ninja, standing right behind the invisible shadow, let out a war cry as she stepped back and dashed forward to slash the shadow several times before ending it with pushing him to the ground. "Lucky hits!" Yuffie rejoiced.

The shadow had moved away while she rejoiced.

Yuffie turned around and saw Samus being pushed away by some invisible kicks on her back. The bounty hunter grunted in pain and turned around to stop a kick, but it pulled away from her before a ramming attack pushed her down to the ground. Samus, feeling a lot of pain, quickly rolled away from a crashing downward kick where it should had struck her chest. Rolling to the side, she gracefully flipped back on her feet and raised her fists. "I...still can...do this..." she trailed off weakly.

"I admire your acrobatic skills, Samus," Shadow Snake said nearby. "You're the kind of girl I'd hit."

"What are you...talking about now?" Samus asked sternly.

"You don't see girls fighting the way you do," Shadow Snake commented from another spot around Samus. "It's such a surprise to see one doing some fighting."

"Thanks for the remark...but I'm not interested in men," she muttered. She felt a round object slamming on her right arm that she quickly backed away from the spot to avoid another explosion. "Stop being invisible..."

"But if I do that, I'll get severely handicapped against all of you," Shadow Snake said. "Losing that skill will render my progress, Samus. I don't see why I should become visible."

"There you are!" Cloud yelled, coming down from above to slam down his sword on the ground. The blond mercenary grunted before he was suddenly grabbed by behind by the shadow, who tried to chock Cloud as fast as possible. Tifa came in from behind and tossed some punches behind Cloud, but the shadow had already left the chocking Cloud, the blond mercenary dropping to his right knee while he tried to regain his breath. "D-dangit..." he muttered.

Tifa looked at Samus. "Sorry, but we don't have anymore Potions or Phoenix Downs to recover," she said. "We'll have to be more careful than befor-AAAAH!!!" Three explosions exploded right behind her. Tifa went up into the air and was attacked by some downward kicks before one of them slammed right down on her stomach, making her crash close to Cloud, who looked shocked before getting angry again. "C-Cloud..." Tifa muttered on the ground. "H-help..."

"Tifa!" Cloud yelled as Aerith and Cid ran to them, Yuffie doing the same. The four who were still standing up looked around, trying to stay cautious about the invisible shadow while protecting Tifa from being harmed. "Imbecile, where are you?!" Cloud asked in rage.

"Aw, god, you all committed a big mistake now," Shadow Snake commented.

"What big mistake is that?" Yuffie asked. "We're trying to protect Tifa from getting hurt by YOU, you know!"

"That's exactly the big mistake," Shadow Snake said. "Now."

Underneath Tifa, several explosions were set off, damaging every single one of them, forcing them to go into the air where Shadow Snake fired several invisible missiles at will, creating a plethora of fireworks that caused everyone to yell in pain before they all crashed in different parts of the ground, all of them moaning in pain. "M-mother...f&%^*$..." Cid muttered before he let go of cigarette and fainted.

Samus had lost consciousness, but her back was touched gently by a holy light that made light wings appear and flutter before vanishing. The bounty hunter slowly got up, looking at Cloud, Aerith, and Yuffie still trying to stand up. "...I have to get serious now," Samus muttered.

"I already got serious enough here," Shadow Snake said.

Samus suddenly heard a yell of pain coming from Cloud. The blond mercenary was lying down on the ground, trying to reach his fallen buster sword in front of him. There was Shadow Snake's right foot stepping on top of Cloud's weakened hand, causing him to scream as Samus watched his skin being twisted painfully to the sides. "N-no!" she said.

"Cloud, no!" Aerith yelled, struggling to stand up from the ground. "L-leave Cloud alone!"

"He needs company badly," Shadow Snake said. "I don't want him to be a loner."

"W-what the heck is up with these monsters?" Yuffie asked, trying to reach out for her shuriken besides her. "W-why would they use very sadistic comments?"

"That's how Shadow Nightmares are," Shadow Snake said. "We live only to make those untrue to themselves suffer. Why not believing in the truth to save yourself from being killed is beyond me, but I know for sure we have a duty to shut up those bastards from keeping lying to themselves forever. We're doing a favor here, if you see."

"T-that's...a very twisted way to resolve things..." Cloud muttered in pain, blood starting to spill from each sides of his mouth. "Y-you...are...really...annoying...and...worthless... AAA-AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!" he started screaming loudly as he felt the foot crushing his hand even more.

"C-CLOUD!" Aerith yelled.

"Don't you go saying those things, kid," Shadow Snake said. "You'll only get hurt."

"Leave them alone, you filthy being of darkness!"

Shadow Snake turned around in time to sneak right behind Marth, who decided to rush in to the fight to save Cloud from getting harmed, the latter losing consciousness. The Altean prince stopped running before Shadow Snake grabbed his left arm, put it behind his back, and began twisting to the point Marth began yelling in pain. "Trying to be a hero, huh?" Shadow Snake said behind the screaming Marth. "Don't jump into battle when you don't have your sword, kid."

"S-stop, now!" Marth yelled between his screams. "A-argh!"

"Oh, please, it's just a little twist that will break your bone," Shadow Snake said. "It's not like you're gonna miss it that much. Wait, I think you're right handed, so you'll have to start using your other hand...not like you're going to survive through this, though."

Chip, who was hiding behind the fallen Rapps, flew up and pumped up a fist. "Go, prince, go!" he cheered. "Show that guy what you're made of by throwing some fists!"

"I-I wasn't that much into physical fighting!" Marth yelled.

"You fight with a sword! Isn't that physical fighting?"

"I mean LITERAL physical fighting!"

Chip blinked a bit. "Oh...well, hang on in there. Chip Norris doesn't want to cheat and go fight that guy today. I'd beat him really badly otherwise," he said before hiding behind the fallen Rapps.

Marth slowly dropped to his knees as his arm twisted in pain. The Altean gritted his teeth in pain as he tried to resist but to no avail. "P-please...somebody...help..." Marth muttered weakly, his right arm starting to become numb to the pain.

"It's over," Shadow Snake said.

A fearsome roar echoed in the cave. Shadow Snake turned around and received a ramming attack by a reddish lion that had arrived at the nick of time. The shadow grunted as he looked down to the feral beast before him, letting go of the weakened Marth. "You..." Shadow Snake muttered.

Red XIII gritted his fangs as he faced forward to the empty air. "I knew there was a reason why everyone here was lying down on the ground," he muttered. "Then I saw the guy's arm twisting all by itself, and I also heard a voice coming from just behind him. Thinking quickly, I deduced there was someone, you, doing all that."

"Huh, smart pup," Shadow Snake said, walking somewhere else. "Well, thanks to you, you saved the metrosexual guy (Marth: D-darn you...) from dying, but you only delayed the time of his death."

The feral beast grunted. "Just because you're invisible doesn't mean I'll just give up the fighting," he said. "And for hurting everyone here, I'll be your next opponent."

"Honorable, I see," Shadow Snake remarked. "Okay, let's start the fight, pup."

"I am NOT a mere dog!" Red XIII roared in fury as he leaped forward to the air, landing on the ground without ramming to the shadow. The feral beast gritted his fangs and looked around the room. "Where did you go now? (I can't hear any footsteps or even smell a faint odor from him...)"

Red XIII was kicked a few feet away. The lion grunted in pain before he landed back on the ground and looked around more for the shadow. "I'm here, yet at the same time over all the place," Shadow Snake said. "Try to guess where I am."

"RIGHT THERE!"

A crushing fist shot downwards to the spot where the shadow was, who let out a loud grunt. Red XIII blinked at the long claw before him as he looked up to the ceiling of the room where Sonic had a claw stuck on the ceiling while the other one was all the way down where the shadow lied down in pain. The werehog chuckled and showed his fangs a bit. "I forgot the pesky hedgehog monster was still in here..." Shadow Snake muttered.

"Heh, guess now you're thinking I use my mind to strike before attacking," Sonic said with triumph. "I'm so flattered."

Shadow Snake pushed the claw away before it shot down deep into the ground. Sonic pulled back his fists before he let go of the ceiling and fell down on the ground. The werehog looked at Red XIII and chuckled. "Sorry for being annoying to ya," he said.

Red XIII stared at the werehog. "You're the hedgehog, right? I can tell that much because both of yo-"

"Yeah, I'm the hedgehog. You're surely saying that because of my smell being familiar, right?"

"No," Red XIII said. "It's because you both act pretty much the same with the cocky attitudes."

Sonic looked bored at this. "Oh, man..."

"In any case," Red XIII began as he shifted his eyes, "we must take out our enemy before he does so with us."

Sonic smacked his fists together. "Right, but first, take in mind we have people still awake over there," he said as he pointed at Aerith and Yuffie, still struggling to keep themselves awake while Marth weakly walked to them, a hand grabbing his right arm. "You look pretty beat up, even though it's just your arm."

Marth looked annoyed at the hedgehog. "D-dont say that. I tried to save Cloud from getting hurt," he said on his defense. "Why didn't you do anything before?"

"Waiting to find the right time to attack," Sonic said. "Otherwise I'd end up hurting somebody else by accident like I did with the fox guy."

"I-I see..." Marth muttered before looking at Red XIII. "D-did you see somebody else coming here?"

Red XIII shook his head. "No, but I did smell some familiar scents in the dark maze behind," he said. "They're all here, but they're lost in the maze. Since I thought it'd be better if I came here first to see how things were going, I wanted to make sure I didn't delay much of my time in coming here." He looked around and gritted his fangs again. "You better leave this room before that shadow finishes you off, though."

"R-right," Marth said before he ran towards the exit of the cave, managing to take cover behind the fallen Rapps.

Sonic readied his fists and looked around the room. "Any ideas where'd he go?"

"It's hard for me to know that," Red XIII muttered before he ran towards Aerith and Yuffie. "Can you both stand up?"

"I-I think I can't..." Aerith muttered.

"Y-you wouldn't happen to have some items with you?" Yuffie asked.

Red XIII shook his head. "I couldn't buy something at the shop because I didn't have money."

"R-rats..."

"Even so, they'd scream if they knew I could talk or even see the way I look," the feral lion said. "All I can do now is fight that enemy and keep you safe."

Aerith forced a weak smile at Red XIII. "T-thank you..." she muttered before she fainted.

Red XIII gasped silently before he grunted and turned around. "Hey, you! The invisible enemy! Come on and fight me!" he demanded.

"I'll just do that," Shadow Snake spoke from behind.

"(There he is!)" Red XIII did a sharp turn and leaped towards the voice's origin. The feral lion crossed the air and landed on the ground before a sweeping kick made him trip. Red XIII quickly reacted and rolled to the left to avoid another sweeping kick, giving him enough time to stand up and leap towards the kick's direction, successfully pinning the shadow down on the ground. "I've got you now!" Red XIII yelled before fully opening his mouth to bite the shadow's face.

Shadow Snake grunted and stuffed a grenade between the feral lion's fangs. Red XIII grunted and shook off the grenade high up before it could explode. The lion growled angrily and began scratching Shadow Snake's face before the shadow pushed him away, only to receive a fast punch from Sonic, who leaped and pinned the shadow down to the ground. Sonic smirked (rather evilly) before he began to pound the shadow with his fists. "Get off me!" Shadow Snake demanded, grabbing Sonic's arms before tossing him away. The shadow rolled forward and stood up before walking somewhere else.

"Heh," Sonic muttered as he wiped his nose with a finger. "So little time, so much damage," he muttered, pleased with himself.

"Sonic!"

The werehog turned towards the exit of the cave where Mario and Knuckles appeared from behind the fallen monster, the latter being the one who yelled. Sonic grinned and ran to meet up with them. "You're here, you guys," he said.

"Why the heck are you a werehog now?" Knuckles asked.

Sonic pointed up at the dark atmosphere. "Chris told me Eggman came in here and used some machine to let a Shadow Nightmare attack us."

"A Shadow Nightmare?" Mario asked.

"Yeah, that guy is invicible and stupidly silent," Sonic said. "Moreover, he grabbed the tight butt man and copied the way he looked."

Mario looked away. "Snake..." he muttered.

Knuckles looked stern. "You're saying that shadow is around here, except he's invisible?"

"And silent," Sonic added. "You better watch out for any surprise attack he throws because he likes to be this cheap!"

Mario looked back at Sonic. "So much for today," he said before looking around. "Let's join forces and fight Snake's shadow, then."

Knuckles nodded. "I agree," he said before readying his fists. "C'mon, you stupid monster of darkness! Fight us!"

The trio looked back where Red XIII stood close to the fallen members of the group. The feral lion shifted his eyes around, trying to see where the shadow would speak to pinpoint his location. "How long are you planning to stay hidden?" Red XIII demanded.

"Fine, pup," Shadow Snake said before he set a mine on Red XIII's back, only for him to bite it and throw it away before it exploded. "You're really impatient for my own good."

Red XIII replied with a loud roar before he leaped and extended his paws towards the shadow's direction, only for him to get a direct kick on his face. Red XIII landed back on the ground and shook his head in pain before the shadow did an upward kick to his chin, pushing the lion into the air where the shadow jumped up and pushed Red XIII away with both feet, making the feral lion crash into the ground where he growled and stood up, his right eye tightly shut. "N-not bad..." Red XIII remarked.

Knuckles rushed in with both fists ready. "You better be prepared for me, cheap idiot!" he cursed as he let out a war cry. He was then punched on his face, but he managed to grab the fist and didn't let go of it. "T-there you are!"

However, Shadow Snake chuckled and kicked Knuckles right on his stomach, making him fall back. "You know where I am...but you don't, now," he said as he walked away from the grunting echidna.

"D-darn..." Knuckles muttered before getting up. "Where did he go now?"

Knuckles was suddenly engulfed in an explosion from a nearby grenade that the shadow had dropped. The echidna was pushed away where he rolled on the ground and managed to sit down on one knee, panting a bit. "Huh, I thought you'd fall down faster. Guess I was wrong," Shadow Snake muttered.

"I can hold my ground longer than you think I can..." Knuckles muttered as he gritted hard his fangs. "J-just let me make you hurt."

"Sorry, can't let you do that," Shadow Snake said before he stepped away from a downward punch from Mario, who landed close to him. "Oh, the plumber. I forgot he was here," he said before a big fist pushed him forward, right where Mario was crouching down to make the shadow fall and slam down his face on the ground. "D-darn, I didn't see that coming," the shadow muttered on the ground before Mario performed a break dance (no, really) sweep kick, pushing the shadow away from him. "N-now you're making me really mad," the shadow muttered before getting up by rolling forward.

"Yes," Red XIII muttered. "We're gaining the upper hand in this battle."

"That's what I call making a comeback," Sonic admitted with a (wicked) grin. "That guy has his days counted."

Suddenly, the hedgehog met a grenade slamming right into his face, triggering a big explosion that pushed himself and Red XIII away. Sonic grunted loudly as he flipped in the air and landed back on the ground, sliding a bit before looking around for the shadow. "Don't get so cocky now," Shadow Snake said. "Your cockiness shall be your biggest mistake."

"G-grr..." Sonic grunted and turned around. "Y-you try saying me that closer!"

"Okay."

Sonic's eyes widened before he turned around and received a harsh kick attack on his face. The werehog went rolling along the ground while Mario jumped towards the shadow with a fist ready to attack, but the shadow walked closer to Mario and grabbed his legs, slamming him down on the ground before Red XIII leaped from behind the shadow and pinned him down, saving Mario from further harm.

Red XIII roared before he began scratching Shadow Snake's face as quickly as he could before the shadow pushed him away, only for Sonic to come back and slam down his huge fists on the shadow's chest. "G-grr!" Shadow Snake grunted before grabbing one of Sonic's fists to throw him away. The shadow pushed his feet up to walk away to another location.

"Keep it going like that...and this battle will finish soon..." Sonic muttered as he looked over to Knuckles's side. The echidna was still panting heavily after he was hurt. "You okay, Knucklehead?"

"C-couldn't be any worse than this..." Knuckles muttered as he panted heavily. "H-how come you guys can resist more attacks than I can?"

Sonic rubbed his chin. "Hmm, maybe because you're not like us who can get benefits by the abilities we buy...umm...hmm...what was the name again? Smashers?"

"...T-that's bullcrap..." Knuckles muttered. "T-that hand is going t-"

"You're going to knock yourself out, you like it or not," Shadow Snake spoke from behind the echidna.

Knuckles gasped before a mine was put on his back. The mine then triggered by exploding right on his back, prompting Knuckles to be pushed high to the air. "AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!" Knuckles screamed before his pupils shrunk when a downward kick was delivered to his stomach. The echidna let out a gasp for breath as he was sent rocketing towards the ground, where Sonic quickly reached him out with his stretchable claws, catching Knuckles in time before he could fall down hard. The were hog pulled the echidna back to him and Mario, both of them looking at their fainted member.

"Knuckles!" Sonic yelled before he slowly gritted his fangs and set the echidna down. "That's it, now I'm PISSED OFF!" he roared in fury.

Suddenly, a grenade slammed right into his face, triggering a big explosion that forced Mario to fly away as well as Sonic did. The werehog grunted and flipped once more in the air, landing hard on the ground. "Aww, the monster is mad now," Shadow Snake taunted from nearby. "I better be careful with it."

Sonic's eyes took a wild look before he licked his fangs and let out a fearsome roar to the ceiling, his claws fully opened while doing so. The werehog slammed down his fists on the ground and shifted his furious eyes around. "Where are you now?! Tell me so I can SMACK the living crap outta you!" Sonic demanded.

Red XIII rushed towards and Sonic. The feral lion looked sternly at the enraged werehog. "You better calm down before your rage takes the better of you," he said.

Sonic growled silently. "Fine, but if he makes another surprise attack ONCE more..."

Red XIII glared at Sonic. "I told you to calm down already. Your rage isn't going to help us in any way in this fight."

"It WILL help, alright," Sonic muttered in anger, glaring fiercely at Red XIII. "It's gonna make my fists a hell lot stronger!"

"Yes, but will they hit?" Red XIII asked. "Just calm down, Sonic. You won't do much in this state."

Sonic breathed in and out before he let out a long sigh. The werehog seemed to have calmed down for the time being. "Okay...I think I'm calmed now..." he trailed off.

"Good," Red XIII said before he looked around the room to see the others lying down. "You wouldn't want to harm the others..."

"Yeah...I know..."

"...Wait..." Red XIII narrowed his eyes and looked around. "...I don't see some people in here anymore..."

"What was that?" Sonic asked before looking around. "Hey, you're right... Some of them are missing..."

Red XIII growled a bit before an explosion took place between them. The two feral beasts rolled recklessly on the ground on opposite directions as Mario jumped towards a spot and delivered a downward punch, managing to hit Shadow Snake's head. "U-ugh," Shadow Snake grunted in pain as he backed away before Mario landed on the ground and performed another break dance sweep kick to make the shadow trip down forward, allowing Mario to use a Super Coin Punch to uppercut the shadow into the air.

"N-not bad," Shadow Snake remarked. "Too bad it's not that good," he later commented as he grabbed Mario in midair and tossed him away. The shadow suddenly met a hard fist smacking hard into his body, making him fly away before he crashed the ground where he rolled away in time before Red XIII could bite him. "Now you're getting harder to deal with, even if there are only three of you left."

Red XIII grunted. "Numbers aren't very important for us. Now, stay right there!" he yelled as he rushed towards the shadow, letting out an echoing howl to the ceiling.

Shadow Snake narrowed his eyes at this, but then he noticed that Red XIII's howl triggered some sort of magic since ten shining stars appeared all over the ceiling. "What the hell is..." he trailed off before the stars shot down over all the room, three of them managing to crash on him. "U-ugh!"

"My Stardust Rain attack wasn't going to be very effective," Red XIII said. "It hits randomly, so be lucky you weren't hit by the full attack."

"You're just full of surprises..." the shadow muttered. "I dare you to do better..."

"Don't you mind if I DO!" Red XIII roared while Mario and Sonic rushed towards where they thought the shadow was standing.

Back where the fallen Rapps was, a tired Chip carried on his back a weak Yuffie. The imp had sneaked into the battle to retrieve the ninja before anybody could spot him. Chip let go of Yuffie on the ground where she twitched in pain a bit and blinked at her surroundings. "There," Chip said, crossing his arms with a smile. "You're lucky that Chip Norris knows how to sneak without getting caught."

Marth, who was still grabbing his right arm with his left hand, sighed and stared at Chip. "Thankfully, nobody saw you carrying her..." he looked to his left where Chris lied down nearby, "and him..."

Chip nodded. "Well, you were lucky Chris was far apart from the others," he said. "I mean, the girl had a lot of luck because I had to lie down and pretend she didn't move or I was carrying her."

Yuffie grunted as she slowly looked up at Marth. "T-thank you...for rescuing me..." she said, noticing Marth's stern look. "I-I'm so sorry for...stealing your things, really..."

A tiara's memory appeared inside the Altean's mind. Marth rolled his eyes and looked back at Yuffie. "Be thankful than we DO have some well being, you."

"Y-yeah, I know that," Yuffie said. "B-but...seriously...I have a favor to ask... I-I need help from stopping that guy from destroying Wutai's grounds and...and...and I don't want him to hurt the others, too..."

"So now you're feeling sorry?"

"I-I know what you're thinking about me," Yuffie said, closing an eye. "B-but I was doing it for the welfare of the village..."

"Either way, it was still bad of you to steal everyone's belongings," Marth said. "...For now, you're forgiven..."

Yuffie forced a weak smile. "T-thanks, you..." She looked worried at Marth. "P-please, you have to do something to stop him!"

Marth looked away. "I don't know what to do..." he trailed off. "I can't just go back to the village and ask for assistance. I doubt I can find someone else to deal with a Shadow Nightmare..."

"Y-yeah..." Yuffie muttered. "You try getting help here...my dad's soldiers won't do much against that monster...(besides, anything from him is totally worthless...)"

Marth looked at the ninja. "We still need to think of a way to pull through this," he said. "Where did you hide our stuff?"

"Just underneath the table of my house, right next where you sat."

"...What?"

"You remember the tea table of my house?" Yuffie asked. "W-well, I hid everything just below it"

"...You've got to be kidding me..."

"N-no, it's the truth, I swear..." Yuffie trailed off with a nervous chuckle. "E-everything was practically sitting under your noses the whole time and you didn't notice...funny, isn't?"

Marth gave her a stern look.

"...Okay, it's not funny," Yuffie muttered with a sigh. "B-but that's another topic for another day..." She struggled to get up, but she fell back to the ground. "Y-you have to do something to beat that monster...the guys back there won't hold on for much longer now..."

The Altean grunted and shook his head. "But what can I do? Don't you have something we could use?"

"..." Yuffie thought for a moment. "...I think I have a spare Phoenix Down right here..." she trailed off as she dug her right hand into her pocket, taking out a reddish feather that she showed to Marth. "L-lookie here, I got one..."

Marth took the reddish feather. "Okay...what is this for?"

"I-it helps to heal knocked out people to wake up," Yuffie explained. "U-use it on somebody so you can get help..."

Marth stared at the feather before he looked over to Snake and Chris. "One of those two should...what?"

The Altean noticed that Snake seemed to budge a little.

"..." Marth looked serious at this before he looked over at Chris and let go of the feather on his back. The feather gently fell down until it landed on the agent's back, instantly releasing shiny glitters that spread all over him, and soon enough, the agent began mumbling weakly to himself before he woke up and looked around in a daze. "Phew..." Marth sighed.

"W-what...is happening...huh?" Chris asked weakly, slowly pushing himself up to stand up. "H-have we won yet?"

"No," Marth said, making Chris look at him. "Mario, Sonic, and Red XIII are fighting the shadow right now."

Chris looked back at the fallen Rapps.

"It'd be best if you didn't look," Marth said, overhearing curses from the werehog as explosions were set off. "We shouldn't attract attention to this place."

"I...guess you're right..." Chris agreed. "The last thing...I want...is shooting the air without...landing a shot..." He looked behind where Snake was budging. "...I-is he..."

Yuffie glanced to Snake. "...Wow, I thought he was knocked out..."

"I guess he has some energy left," Marth said. "That shadow delivered a strong strike to knock him out, but I think it was a bit worse than that..."

"U-ugh..." Snake muttered to himself, stopping budging. "...What happened now?" he asked, seeing Marth's feet besides him.

Marth knelt down. "We're fighting that manifestation of your lies," he said. "He's been giving us a lot of trouble ever since he knocked you out."

"...I...see..." Snake muttered.

The agent struggled to get up. He looked down at Snake before the mercenary slowly got up from the ground. "Snake..." Chris trailed off.

Snake looked away. "What do you want from me this time, kid?" he asked.

"You know what..." Chris trailed off. "I already told you...before you were knocked out by that shadow..."

The mercenary looked sternly at the World Traveler. "I'm still going to leave, kid...you like it or not..."

"B-but it's just..."

Snake tried to catch some breath to avoid making pauses. "Why the hell do you care so much about me? You should forget about me altogether."

"I...I just can't let you go like that," Chris muttered, trying to catch his breath as well. "I can't let you go that easily..."

"You want to make it harder for me to leave?"

"N-no, I don't want to make things complicated for you," Chris admitted. "I-it's just that...I-I think...I think you're a very important asset for the group, Snake..."

Snake turned away from Chris. "You told me the same thing last time."

"Y-yes, and I'm still going to continue to hold on to that," Chris said. "It's...all I can use to convince you from staying here..."

Marth looked at Snake. "Wait, you're planning to leave us behind with the Subspace Army on our tails?"

Snake turned to Marth and nodded. "My world is safe, even if I'm the only one protecting it."

"Are you sure of that?" Marth asked. "Snake, why do you think we're all together fighting the army?"

"Don't bring that crap on me," Snake said. "Unlike any of you, my world can get safe well enough from any stupid army from some s(beep)y universe of darkness."

"I don't quite think so," Marth said with a serious look. "You don't know what they'll do to you once you leave. What if they try to kill you off when you're alone in your world?"

"So be it," Snake said. "My life doesn't have any real significance. It's going to be a short life for me, so I may as well accept it."

The World Traveler slowly shook his head at this. He started to think Snake didn't care about his life at all. Chris felt that he needed to change Snake's attitude before the mercenary would think about himself as a mere nobody. "Snake...how can you be so...so serious about this?"

"Kid, my life isn't going to last for much longer," Snake said. "I don't know when I'm going to kick the bucket, but it's going to be less than fifteen years from now, more or less. Either way, it's going to be very soon for me."

"You...you still have time to do something significant, Snake," Chris said worried. "Who cares if your life is short? What matters the most is the time you use it to do other stuff like...like..."

"Like saving the world from nuclear machines like those Metal Gears you talked about," Marth said. "Isn't that something worth your life?"

Snake sighed. "I know I have the skills to disable those monstrous things...but I don't think..."

Chris took a step closer to Snake. "You're just discouraged about the fact you're going to die very soon...right? If that's so...then that means...you fear death too much..."

Snake remained silent as the other four stared at him. The mercenary closed his eyes and tried to reorganize his thoughts about the situation he faced. After he listened to several explosions setting off in the room, he opened his eyes again. "...Everyone fears death, no matter how tough they try to hide it," he muttered.

"...So you're scared of dying that you don't think you're going to do something good with the time you have?" Marth asked. "You've been doing very important achievements anyone else couldn't normally do, Snake. How can you say that to yourself if you're always saving your world from potential destruction?"

"It's because his life is short..." Chris trailed off, hinting some worry in his tone. "No matter how many good deeds he does, he thinks everything is worthless because he won't have a normal life..."

Snake looked sternly at Chris. "Don't get me wrong, kid, but I don't want anyone to bother with me."

The agent forced a glare. "Snake...y-you're being an idiot!" he yelled. "I-I don't know how to remedy your problem about having a shorter life, but the only thing we can all try to do for you is giving you some company along the way!"

Snake looked away, making a silent grunting sound.

"I mean, you've been doing extreme things nobody else has done before..." Chris trailed off in thought. "...You've saved the world countless of times from nuclear wars, you've faced the most dangerous foes out there, and you've managed to cross over worlds and meet people you thought you wouldn't meet before in your life...isn't that something your life is worth for?"

"..." Snake looked at the agent. "...And how does that compare to your life, kid?"

"W-well, I had a normal life before Lucario came to me," Chris said. "It was a really depressed one because my parents were always away from home...but it all changed once I met Lucario..." The agent sniffed a bit at the thought before he looked seriously at Snake. "Snake...you're a much better person than I am here. Even if your life is so short, you manage to accomplish very important feats in your story. No matter how long or short your life is...every moment should be the most valuable for you."

"..." Snake closed his eyes and shook his head. "...Man, what a cheesy way to put the story of my life."

The agent got annoyed at this. "I-I'm trying to make you feel like someone instead of a nobody, Snake! T-try to show some respect for the people who care about you!"

"Well, you really like to do you hardest to make people think the way you do."

"T-that's not true," Chris said in embarrassment. "I-I'm trying to make them happy with themselves..."

"...Tsk," Snake muttered as he shook his head, opening back his eyes. "I'm going to be frank with this: I didn't get moved by your little speech, kid. I still think my life is worthless to the very extent of the word."

"S-Snake!" Chris yelled.

"...But you gave me a reason to keep on living."

"I-I tried my best to..." Chris, Marth, and Chip shook their heads in unison. "...S-say what?"

"Actually, you didn't give me a reason to keep on living, but you reminded me that people struggle to work for something in their lives to become successful," Snake said. "Since I'm a mercenary, my path to find that motivation to make me think I'm someone is a long way full of perils. I'm even risking my darn life near those Metal Gears, but at least I do favors to the whole world."

"E-exactly!" Chris said with some nods.

"I just wish it all ended sooner for me," Snake muttered. "I'm talking about my life to fight organizations...I'm tired and mad to death by them all. The only thing I wish to do in life is have what most people have: a normal, pacific life as a normal citizen where you don't face life-threatening perils all the time."

"So...you're tired of saving the world," Marth said.

"One of the days, my job is gonna kill me off for sure," Snake said. "...I was really thinking that it was me who wanted to become secluded from other people, not the people trying to be secluded from me. Some times, I started to think I was jealous of everyone who didn't have a short life like I do. Other times, I thought I was jealous about people who didn't have to go through the same crap I go through each day. I tired of it all, and I want to ditch it all as soon as possible."

Chris looked down, his right eye shedding a tear. "S-Snake...I...I didn't think you hated what you always did..."

"Every mind of any individual out there wants to be a hero, kid," Snake said. "They don't ever think about the consequences one goes through. It makes me mad to think about that, but it's something I have to live every minute...and that is the burden of endangering my short life."

The group stood in silence as they stared at Snake. The mercenary turned away and sighed loudly. He took out from his pocket and cigarette that he lighted up. Smoking it, Snake let out a quick cloud of smoke from his lips while the silence still remained, except for the explosions' sounds echoing in the room where the battle was being held.

"...Snake..." Chris began, "...you're...you're...you're still a very valuable person, no matter what you think about your life..."

"..."

Maybe his ears were deceiving him, but Chris could have sworn that the mercenary had muttered some words to himself. The agent blinked a bit at this in confusion, waiting for Snake to make a reply. "...Snake?"

"Sorry," Snake replied. "I was just muttering some things about this."

"Oh, I see..."

"In any case, how do you feel about your new job as a 'hero', kid?" Snake asked.

Yuffie looked upset about the conversation as she heard screams coming from the room behind them. "Hey, if you guys forgot, there's a battle going on behind our backs! I suggest you get your butts on the other side of this big fly an-"

"Shut up."

"Yes, sir..." Yuffie trailed off.

Snake looked back at Chris. "How do you feel about endangering your life through this crap, kid? Has it been enjoyable as you thought, or has it been a real pain?"

The World Traveler thought for a moment about the question. "...It's been...good so far to me..." he said honestly. "That's what I guess..."

"Huh," Snake muttered. "Then you don't care much about dying in battle?"

"F-for that..." Chris shuddered at the thought, "...I...I just think everyone else is going to watch my back should I get hurt or really killed... At first, I was excited, then I got worried, and finally...I got used to this kind of work..."

Snake thought for a moment. "(Who can blame the kid... He started doing this so young without having any hindrances like I have...and he has such a calm state after enduring all the fights he's been through...)"

"...But even so," Chris continued, "I think I'd like to live a normal life where I don't have to fight..."

"Just like I do," Snake said, snapping out from his thoughts. "Once you get into this, you soon realize you'll possibly die trying to save other people. It's not selfish thought about thinking of yourself; it's just that you don't want to suffer any consequences along the way."

"That's...true..." Chris said concerned. "...So...Snake..."

"I'm still going to drop out from the team," Snake said. "I want to have relaxation for myself, alone somewhere in my world. I want to stop thinking about all the stress I get in this universe."

"..." Chris looked down in shame before he nodded. "...It's not really my place to convince from staying if you don't want to...and I'm not even your boss..."

Marth stared at Snake. "You can go anywhere you like. It's not our place to force you. Besides, anyone like us can do pretty much the same thing as you want to do, Snake."

Snake sighed with some relief. "Thank you for understanding," he said. "I can finally leave without having any grudges with somebody."

The World Traveler still felt a bit saddened about Snake's decision, but he fully respected Snake. The agent smiled a bit and looked at Snake. "Are you...true to yourself now, Snake?"

Snake looked away. "...Yeah, I truly believe in the truths I've been trying to admit to myself."

Chip looked happy at this before he peeked from the fallen Rapps to the battle. "...G-guys!" he called over.

Yuffie gasped. "O-oh crap, the battle!" She pushed herself up and looked at the Smashers. "P-please, you guys, stop that monster from killing everybody in here!"

"You stole my Falchion!" Marth yelled.

"C'mon, can't you kick or punch?"

"No!"

"Wow...that's pathetic."

The Altean looked annoyed before he turned to Snake. "Snake, can you fight?"

"Just a bit...but that's enough, I guess..." Snake trailed off. "What about you, kid?"

Chris gasped at the mention of his name. The World Traveler thought for a bit. "I-I'm still weak after the fight...but I don't know if I can hold on for much longer..."

Chip flew to them. "Y-you guys, you have to take a look at this!" he said in panic. "S-something's happening to the shadow!"

The four looked at each other before they all peeked from their spot towards the battle.

Red XIII, Mario, and Sonic were all panting heavily as they stood next to each other, staring at the shadow. However, something was different this time. The shadow's image began to appear in several blinks, and the shadow himself looked at his slowly tangible hands. "W-what in the world..." Shadow Snake muttered as his hands began to turn visible to anyone's eyes. "Why is this happening now?"

"Hey, the shadow's starting to become visible..." Sonic panted. "W-what is happening to him?"

"I...I don't know..." Mario said between pants. "B-but...it's surely because..."

Back to the others, the World Traveler watched as the shadow turned visible. Chris looked down and shifted his eyes to understand what was happening. "How is the shadow..." he trailed off. "How is the shadow turning visible?"

Marth rubbed his chin and thought hard about the event. "...Wait," he began before looking at the others, "Chris, do you remember the fight against Lucas's shadow?"

"Y-yes, nobody can forget those fights easily..." Chris muttered in fear.

"Don't you recall when Shadow Lucas yelled that his powers were...becoming weaker when Lucas came into the scene?"

The World Traveler blinked at this. "...T-that's right," he said before looking at Snake. "Lucas realized that his mother and Claus were dead, and his shadow's purpose to fight was because Lucas was denying himself the truths... Once he realized, the shadow began to lose its powers..."

"If that's true, then..." Marth nodded, "Snake must have realized his truths now."

Snake looked away. "What an embarrassing way to admit them, then..."

"...A shadow's power can be weakened if the victim acknowledges their lies and believe fully in the truths," Marth summarized. "However...it's hard for some to believe in the truths, and the shadows take advantage of their most hurtful lies so they keep getting stronger and stronger over time..."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 13, 2010, 09:25:24 PM
The agent looked at Snake. "Snake, you finally believe in your truths, then?"

"...I guess," Snake said.

"Then...w-we have to take advantage of this as soon as possible!" Chris encouraged. "We need to get back to the fight and defeat your shadow before it's too late!"

The mercenary looked back at the fight. Snake stared at his shadow still looking at himself, slowly becoming tangible once more. "...Will it make a difference, though?" Snake asked. "I'm not so sure..."

A hand was put on his left shoulder. Snake looked to his left where Marth was looking seriously at him, his right hand weakly resting on Snake's shoulder (making Marth twitch in pain). "It's going to make a difference, Snake," he said. "Just believe in your truths and everything will be fine."

"...Cheesy," Snake commented before looking back at the fight. The mercenary fixed his headband, a determined look taking over his face. "But what the heck, I'm dealing with weirdos all the time...this shadow isn't going to kill me off..."

"Or any of us," Chris added. "You better try to protect the others."

"Fine," Snake said. "Wish me luck." The ex-FOXHOUND ran around the fallen Rapps before he dashed towards the battle, becoming a bit numb to his pain.

Chris panicked at this and decided to follow Snake, albeit to say a bit weaker that the adult. "W-wait for me, Snake, please! D-don't rush like that!" Chris complained.

The Altean sighed in relief and looked at Yuffie and Chip. "Let's see if they can do it."

Yuffie looked confused at Marth. "I don't understand... What did he mean by short life?"

Marth sighed in boredom at the question while Yuffie puzzled herself about the question, Chip doing several roundhouse kicks in the air to cheer the group.

Back to the fight, Shadow Snake became fully visible. The shadow grunted in annoyance before he stared forward to the glaring trio. The shadow then gasped when he saw Snake and Chris joining in with the trio, who looked at Snake. "You..." Shadow Snake trailed off before chuckling cockily. "Seems you finally faced your truths head-on, huh?"

Snake glared at his shadow. "Yeah, and I feel a lot better than before," he said. "Much better to stop you from being such a nuisance to my eyes."

"Well, it doesn't really matter if you can fight me now," Shadow Snake said. "You're gonna be lying down and eating dirt after I'm done with all of you. I might not be invisible now, but I can still beat you in a fight."

Sonic growled a bit at this. "You just try, shadow!"

"We're not going to be discouraged because of you," Mario said with determination. "Things have changed as of now."

Red XIII nodded. "You're going to be the one who will fall down because of us."

Chris slowly aimed his revolver at the shadow. "A-and we'll do everything in our hands to shoot you down for good!"

Snake shook his head and stared at the shadow. "You guys are going to cause my death very soon..."

The agent looked annoyed. "S-Snake, will you just... Oh, forget it..."

Shadow Snake cracked his fists and motioned at himself with his right hand. "Come on, then. I challenge all of you to a fight."

Sonic chuckled. "Heheheheh, five on one isn't gonna make things easier for yo-"

"All of you, step back," Snake said suddenly.

The four looked at the mercenary. "What?!" Sonic asked. "What do you mean by stepping back now?"

Snake looked at his shadow, both of them shooting fierce glares at each other. "This is my shadow, and you don't need to bother with him anymore. You all have been beaten up to death because of this monster, so now I'll be the one who gets pounded around instead."

Sonic groaned loudly. "Aww, no!" he cursed before pointing a finger at Snake. "Why the hell do you want to do things like this now? Seriously, fighting alone is just stupid and beyond the question!"

"I-I agree!" Chris argued. "We have the shadow cornered, and you want to fight him alone by yourself? T-that's crazy! Fighting alone is not an option, Snake!"

Snake looked sternly at them. "This is a fight I need to finish myself," he said. "If you think about it, I owe you one for weakening him. However, it's my duty to see him stop bothering everyone because he's my shadow."

"Well...I don't know if I should agree, but your reason sounds..." Mario trailed off.

Red XIII shook his head. "I hate to say this, but I even think that we should all fight," he said. "Fight because you want to, not because you want to win for your pride."

"I'm prideful of myself," Snake said, stepping forward. "A big mistake, but whatever."

The shadow suddenly chuckled to himself.

"What's so funny now?" Snake asked with a glare.

Shadow Snake frowned and opened his hands at his shoulders' level. "You want to fight me alone, right? But those guys aren't letting you do it, right?"

"Yeah, what's your point?"

Shadow Snake took out a remote control from behind. "While I was invisible, I went around the whole place throwing explosives at everyone. I didn't say I was just doing that, though..."

Snake grunted a bit. "So, you're using your shadow powers to allow you to put even more mines that I can, right?"

"Exactly," Shadow Snake said. "Thanks to you realizing your truths, I've lost a lot of my stealth skills."

The five noticed the shadow's equipment slowly fading into dark spores.

"Oh, looks like I talked too late," Shadow Snake said before he pressed the button and said, "Now!"

Before their eyes, the whole room was set on several explosions that were triggered all at once. For Snake and Chris, the two narrowly avoided being knocked out as they crashed to the ground, but for Mario, Sonic, and Red XIII, the three didn't have the same luck and were all knocked out instantly, falling together with every single fainted fighter in the room.

Snake grunted in pain as he pushed himself up from the ground, a weaker Chris doing the same with a slower pace. "Y-you...you hid C4s all over the perimeter..." Snake trailed off. "Is that...what you tried to say?"

The remote control on the shadow's hand disappeared into darkness. "Yeah, that what I was talking about," Shadow Snake said. "Sorry for setting them all too soon, but my equipment was going to vanish completely along with all the C4s I had placed around. I didn't want them to go to waste now."

"Y-you...s-sadist..." Chris muttered in pain. "E-every single shadow...is...a sadist...to the end..."

"Shut up now," Shadow Snake simply before running at the weak World Traveler.

Chris gasped at this and aimed at the shadow, but the damage he had received prevented him from lifting his revolver high enough. Seeing this, Snake stepped in front of him. "S-Snake!" Chris said.

"Kid, can you still stand up?" Snake asked.

"I-I'm not so sure now..." Chris trailed off in pain. "T-those mines took me off-guard..."

Suddenly, Snake turned back to the shadow to block several fist attacks. The mercenary blocked them off with his own fists, but his hands were starting to wear out with all the pain. The shadow's fists seemed stronger than Snake's strength. "Don't worry, you won't last for much longer now," the shadow taunted.

Chris closed his eyes tightly and forced himself to sidestep besides Snake and shoot the shadow several times to make him back away. "S-stay away from Snake!" he yelled, falling down to one knee. "D-dangit..."

"Why can't you just heal yourself?" Snake asked, pain running through his hands.

"M-magic isn't going to work...i-if I'm this tired..." Chris muttered in pain. "I-I can't concentrate much energy into magic..."

The mercenary looked away. "(Just what I needed...)" he thought sarcastically.

Snake turned back to the shadow. Shadow Snake rushed towards him, but Chris quickly blocked him off by shooting bullets to the shadow's legs. Seeing the shadow back away, Snake took quick action and delivered a flying kick to his chest, forcing the shadow to fall down to the ground. The shadow grunted and rolled away from a sweeping kick before getting up and delivering a flying kick to Snake. The mercenary grunted in pain before the shadow delivered several punches to his face before slamming his right side with a kick, pushing Snake to the ground. "Yeah, I'm getting back to the groove here," the shadow said with a chuckle.

"U-ugh..." Snake grunted, making fists on the ground.

Chris let go of his revolver. "I...I can't help anymore..."

The agent heard the shadow's footsteps coming closer. He looked up and coughed in pain, trying to grab his revolver to make the shadow back off. However, the shadow reached the revolver and stomped on it, preventing Chris from retrieving it. "Kids shouldn't be playing with guns," the shadow said.

"S-shadows should just go away..." Chris shot back.

"Nah, I don't think s-" The shadow was interrupted as Snake came from the side and pinned the shadow down hard. The shadow, however, started a fist fight with Snake while Chris tried to reach out for his revolver and aid the mercenary. The shadow had the upper hand in the fist fight as Snake received most attacks to his face. "Geez, you liars sure know how to keep pestering," the shadow remarked, throwing fists at Snake.

Snake chuckled between hits. "W-what, you can't finish the job fast?"

"I'll do it once you stop bothering me," the shadow noted before a harsh shot connected to his back. The shadow was pushed away from Snake while the latter sat up in pain and looked Chris standing several feet away from him, his revolver aimed at the shadow's direction.

"Y-you...got to love...Flourish..." Chris trailed off.

Snake got up from the ground and ran towards the agent. He knelt down and checked on him. "Kid, you're in...no condition to keep going anymore."

"W-what about you?"

"Good question... Not that much as well," Snake admitted. "At this rate, I'll be biting the dust...very soon..."

"D-don't say that, please..." Chris muttered, managing to stand up from the ground to force a smile to Snake. "W-we just...have to keep struggling...and then...we can beat that shadow..."

Snake looked away. "Still thinking...we can win this...huh?"

"S-somebody has to stay optimistic...right?"

"...Can't deny that because somebody will do that....you," Snake muttered.

Chris shook his head and loaded his revolver. "I...I can still fight a bit more..."

"I'd suggest you should rest, though..."

"W-what difference will it make?" Chris asked. "If that shadow beats you, I'll be the next to be defeated...and I don't want that to happen..."

"(Kid, you're really stupid with those decisions you're making...)"

"(I-I'm trying to stay optimistic here, Snake...t-that's the only thing I can do for now...)"

"(You expect me to do the same?)"

"(T-that wouldn't be a bad idea if you think about it...)"

"(Maybe...but...I have a question unrelated to this matter.)"

"(W-what is it?)"

"(How in the name of Liquid is everything frozen into place now and why are our voices echoing?)"

The agent blinked subconsciously at this as he noticed time itself had frozen. He saw Shadow Snake rushing towards them, but he was completely halted in his spot. The World Traveler also noticed he couldn't move but talk to Snake.

And Chris knew it was time.

"(I-I can't believe this...)" Chris trailed off in thought. "(I...I formed a strong bond with Snake already?)"

"(Kid, I'm still here,)" Snake reminded Chris.

"(U-um, Snake...it seems both us have come into understanding with each other now...)"

"(Really now...)"

"(I-I know this is weird for you, but it looks that way... I...honestly think you're not so bad, Snake...)"

"(...I still think this is so weird,)" Snake commented, "(but whatever, I'm used to this kind of thing already.)"

"(You just like to complain about everything outside your world...)"

"(I thought I was already excused of that.)"

"(...Whatever... I-in any case, Snake, we can perform our new combined attack.)"

"(So we got it out of nowhere?)"

"(N-no, we got it because we understand each other and the fact we're...um...friends now?)"

"(Try to put that in less cheesy words, kid.)"

"(U-um...we're...acquaintances now?)"

"(Less cheesy than that, please.)"

"(We're... Wait a minute, I can't reduce that anymore! I don't know what to use here! And why are we talking about this in the first pla-)"

"(Because I want to make my last stance in here a bit more tolerable, that's why.)"

"(Oh, for the love of... Okay, I understand...)"

"(Shall we just get to the point with this combined attack? I'm starting to get freaked out by this whole echoing voice thing.)"

"(Sure, sure...)"

Time itself began to resume as the shadow rushed towards the two. "I'll take out the kid now," Shadow Snake said. "Then I can take out the best  one."

"Just try," Snake muttered before glancing at Chris. "You ready, kid?"

Chris loaded his revolver once more and nodded. "R-ready for anything here!" he said with a gulp.

"Okay, then let's begin."

As the shadow approached the two, he noticed that Snake was taking out a familiar katana from his back. Snake himself looked a bit surprised at this, and the shadow stopped running. "What in the world... Where did you get that katana from?"

Snake glared at the shadow and pointed the katana down to the ground. "Who gives a darn where this katana came from?"

The agent stared at the katana. "(There must be some kind of reason why Snake is using that sword now...)"

"Let's begin," Snake said before he ran towards the shadow with the katana trailing off along the ground.

"Pfft, now you're just plain stupid," the shadow said. "What, do you have swordsman skills or what?"

"No, but I know how to slice people with a sword," Snake said before raising his sword over him.

The shadow continued rushing towards Snake. "I'll just grab that sword and stab you to death, fool. Don't take me for a-"


Before the shadow could say anything else, Snake swiftly slashed him across his face. However, right when the slash made contact, Chris had used a Flourish shot, just in the very same spot where Snake had slashed the shadow, inflicting more pain to the shadow. The Shadow Nightmare grunted in pain before Snake slashed him across his chest while Chris shot another Flourish shot upon contact. "Huh, useful," Snake muttered as the shadow backed away a bit. He aimed the sword's edge at his shadows. "Let's make this even more interesting, kid."

"Go!" Chris yelled.

The Shadow Nightmare shook his head before Snake rushed close to him and began slashing him across every single part he could reach while Chris used Flourish several times to inflict massive damage. The attack kept going for a long while with the shadow trying to back away or block the sword, ending in failure as he was hurt even more. Snake grunted with every slash he made, and the shadow did so but with grunts of pain.

Snake pushed the shadow away to prepare a finishing blow. "Out of my sight, you idiot," Snake said before he raised his sword and brought it down on the shadow, causing Chris to shoot one last Flourish shot that forced the shadow to fly away several feet from the ground before he crashed and slid painfully on the floor. Snake frowned and put away his sword behind his back, disappearing from sight. "Well, that was rather interesting now," Snake remarked.

New Ability Learned! Bullet Slash!

Uses the sword of a lost comrade. Slashes one enemy while shooting Flourish bullets to the same spots, dealing moderate damage to severe damage depending of female members in the party.

Chris panted heavily as he slowly moved his revolver down. "W-where did you get that sword...Snake?"

Snake frowned. "That sword... It was from Frank Jaeger...Grey Fox..."

Snake heard someone falling behind him. The mercenary turned around and found Chris lying on the floor. "S-sorry..." Chris trailed off, "b-but...I can't go on...anymore..." He passed out of cold.

"Yeah...you were the one with the most injuries..." Snake trailed off before he turned around to face the shadow on the ground. It struggled to get up as Snake panted a bit. "What...have any energies left?"

"Y-you're the one to talk..." Shadow Snake muttered in pain. "N-now that you're all alone...are you sure you can walk over me like I did with everyone else?"

"I have...confidence..." Snake muttered. "I...can do this..."

The shadow started rushing towards Snake. Snake saw this as a warning before he started rushing towards the shadow as well. Both of them raised fists together and collided each other's faces at the same time. The two grunted in pain as then the two started fighting hand-to-hand, delivering punches and side kicks to each other.

Unfortunately, Snake was losing health very fast. His fists didn't deliver much damage anymore, and his pace began to slow down, allowing the shadow to deliver more hits, pushing him back. "U-u-ugh..." Snake grunted in pain before he fell on his knees while the shadow panted heavily. "N-not like this...n-no..." Snake muttered to himself before he fell down unconscious.

Shadow Snake sighed in relief. "Who would've thought he... Wait..."

The shadow saw Snake being touched by a holy light on his back. Glittering wings appeared and flapped a bit on his back before they vanished. Shadow Snake backed away as Snake began to regain consciousness. The ex-FOXHOUND grunted before he stood up and glared fiercely at his shadow. "Well, it looks like the nonsense of these places gave me another chance to beat you down to a bloody pulp."

Shadow Snake grunted at this. "Y-you're just lucky that you can still fight against me," the shadow said as he got in a fighting stance. "Let's drop the talk now. I want to see you dying so I can become the real Solid Snake."

"Huh, how funny you are," Snake said. "Everyone will know the real Snake after one of us gets knocked down."

"I'm glad you agree with me..." the shadow muttered. "Now...come on!" he demanded, rushing towards Snake.

As the two clashed fists and kicks against each other, Marth, Yuffie, and Chip watched the battle from afar. Yuffie looked restless as she hopped a bit on her feet. "Are you really sure we should leave everything to the old man?" Yuffie asked. "I think I can go ahead and help him out."

"Help him if things get bad," Marth said. "Besides, this is Snake's fight."

Yuffie looked bored. "Y'know, you're crazy and stupid if you want to fight all alone by yourself...just saying..."

Marth looked away. "In many ways...I think I agree with you..."

Chip, meanwhile, was performing some aerial roundhouse kicks to cheer on Snake. "Hit him with a low kick! Oww, that's gotta hurt! Ooh, nice punch! Ouch, that MUST had hurt a lot now! Yes, that was nice comeback! Watch out, he's doing a super punch attack now! Aww, he failed!"

Shadow Snake grunted in pain as he was pushed a few feet away from a punch delivered by Snake. The mercenary panted heavily while his shadow did the same. Snake panted a bit. "You're not half bad...I give you that," Snake remarked.

"Yeah..." Shadow Snake muttered. "You just got half of your energies recovered...but I can still kick your butt..."

"We'll see...stupid shadow..." Snake muttered before rushing towards the shadow again, the latter doing the same. Snake, however, used a somersault forward to pin the shadow down to the ground. The shadow struggled to push Snake away, but the mercenary forced the shadow to lie down on his stomach to grab his right arm and twist it. The shadow grunted in pain before he kicked Snake back. The shadow tried to get up, but Snake used a sweeping kick to hit the shadow on the side.

"D-darn..." the shadow muttered.

"What the matter now..." Snake muttered.

"(I-I had to trade power over defense...)" Shadow Snake thought. "(The Metal Gear was technically my ultimate attack...) Ugh!" the shadow grunted as Snake slammed down his right foot on his back.

"Give up now," Snake said. "It's clear you're in no condition to keep fighting any longer."

"I...I won't give up now..." the shadow muttered. "S-somebody...has to become the...real...Solid Snake..."

"Yeah...and that somebody isn't gonna be you..."

Shadow Snake grunted at this that he grabbed Snake's right foot and pulled it away, making Snake fall down to the ground. "(Now or never...)" the shadow thought, thinking about delivering another fist at Snake's face. Pushing himself up, the shadow turned around...

Music stops

And he received a harsh kick hit by Snake, who had reacted just in time before the shadow could attack him with a fist.

Marth, Yuffie, and Chip gasped in unison as the two fighters stopped moving. Snake remained still with his left foot stuck next to Shadow Snake's face. The shadow looked extremely shocked, staring forward while the last bit of pain ran through his body. Shadow Snake slowly closed his yellow eyes before muttering, "I...was fool...wasn't I..."

"...Yeah...you...were a fool..." Snake muttered. "...You...and I...were fools, actually..."

The shadow lost consciousness before he fell down hard on the ground, finally defeated.

Snake stared at his shadow for a while. The mercenary then frowned to himself and got up from the ground, still staring at his shadow. "...Hope that makes you feel much better..." Snake muttered to his dark counterpart.

"YEAH!"

Snake turned to the left to see a happy Yuffie pumping up a fist in the air. The ninja shouted with glee before she ran around the fallen Rapps and went over to Snake, with Marth and Chip following behind her. The ninja leaped to Snake and gave him a tight hug, making the mercenary look stern at her. "Oh my god, you did it!" she said. "You showed that shadow dude who the boss is!"

Snake shrugged at her and pushed Yuffie to the ground. She still remained happy at him as she stood up. "God, don't do that ever again, you got that? I don't like people to hug me that way."

"Gee, lighten up, you," Yuffie said. "You should be happy that you saved Wutai! People who save Wutai are respected. You should be thankful the great ninja Yuffie admires you!"

Snake looked away. "I'm a bit thankful, then," he said sarcastically.

Yuffie chuckled while Marth looked relieved. "Good job, Snake," he said. "We managed to defeat another Shadow Nightmare thanks to you."

"Yeah," Snake said. "One more nuisance taken care of."

Marth looked at the other dropped on the ground. "Now we need to think about healing all of them..."

Chip looked worried at this before his ears perked up at some footsteps from the exit. The imp looked back to the fallen Rapps where two familiar Turks appeared. "H-hey, it's the agent guys!" he said.

Final Fantasy VII - Turks' Theme

The trio turned to see a stern Reno and a silent Rude walking towards them. Both of them stopped and looked around the room to see the fallen group lying on the ground. Rude fixed his eyes on Tifa before he went over to her and knelt down to see if she was fine. "Tsk," Reno began, "what happened here? Did a storm hit this room or something?"

Yuffie looked angrily at Reno. "No, a monster did this." She pointed at the shadow close to them. "See that guy? He did all this to us. He brought this big&^$ machine from the shadows and attacked us with it. Then, when we took it down, that guys turned invisible and started attacking us from anywhere an-"

"Slow down," Reno said. "It's not like I care what happened here. I care about Corneo."

The ninja looked disgusted. "W-why would you care about..." the ninja trailed off before she gasped. "W-wait a minute, he's right! W-where's that pervert?"

"Ho hi ho!"

Everyone turned to the temple's entrance where a drooling Corneo held the sleepy Elena hostage by aiming down a gun straight at her face. "Corneo..." Reno muttered.

"W-where in the world were you?" Yuffie asked.

"Well! I was hiding back there in that temple," Corneo said, pointing behind him. "When that bastard shadow came in, I went into hiding by going into the temple. Once you guys took care of the shadow, I decided to take this blondy for me!" he rejoiced. "But...I'm not gonna let the Turks stop me, oh no..."

Reno sighed at this before he swiftly took out a revolver and shot Corneo square on his forehead, killing him off instantly as he was pushed away to the temple's steps. Yuffie, Marth, and Chip looked a bit shocked at this while Snake merely rolled his eyes. Reno put his revolver away. "Done," he said.

"...I...think I feel sorry for him..." Yuffie muttered as she stared at Corneo's dead carcass. "...W-wait, of course I don't!"

Reno sighed and walked all the way to Elena. The red-haired Turk stared down at her. "...Elena."

Elena shook her head and opened her eyes. The blond Turk sat up and looked around. "H-hey, what just happened?" she asked. "First, I thought I was held hostage by Corneo. Second, I find myself on the ground..." She looked at the steps where Corneo lied down. "...C-Corneo!" she yelped.

"Elena!"

Elena looked shocked at Reno before she stood up in a rush. "R-Reno! I-I'm glad you came here to rescue me! R-really, I'm so glad I didn't become Corneo's se-"

"Elena."

"Y-yes, sir?"

Reno turned away from her. "Our job here is done. Thanks to you spoiling our vacations, we didn't enjoy our stay here at Wutai. I hope you're happy now."

Elena sighed and looked down. "I'm sorry, Reno..."

"...Elena, act professional," Reno suggested. "You're supposed to be part of the Turks. A Turk never shows any weakness to anybody, let alone their own members."

"Yes, I know that..." Elena said ashamed.

"Start acting like a real Turk would act," Reno said as he walked towards the group, Elena following him from behind. Suddenly, Reno's PHS rang. The Turk took it out and answered the call. "This is Reno. What is it?"

The group saw Reno nodding a few times.

"...Okay, I got it," he said before he hung up the call.

"Was that the company?" Elena asked.

"Yeah...they asked us to find Cloud..."

Marth, Yuffie, Snake, and Chip stared at the Turks with serious looks.

"...But today we're off duty," Reno said. "We still have some time left for our break."

Elena looked back and forth between Reno and the others before she sighed in depression. "Okay, whatever you say..." she muttered, shooting a glare at the group.

Rude walked back to his comrades. The imposing man walked to Snake and showed him some Phoenix Down feathers on his right hand. "For me?" Snake asked.

Rude nodded silently. Snake stared at the feathers before he took them off from the Turk's hand. The silent Turk nodded at him before he stepped back to Reno and Elena.

Reno shrugged his shoulders and frowned. "Too kind of you, Rude, too kind..." he trailed off before he looked at the four. "Make this clear: we never saw each other during our stance in Wutai. I don't want to get a scold from Rufus." He turned to Elena. "Elena, your lips are sealed, right?"

"Y-yes," Elena said ashamed.

"Good," Reno said before he turned back to the four. "So now we're off from here. Next time we meet outside Wutai, we'll be enemies again. Tell that to Cloud."

Yuffie nodded. "Okay, but you better be honest."

"I am," Reno said. "Rude, Elena, let's go."

The red-haired Turk turned back to the exit with Rude following. Elena looked sternly at the four. "I'm not going to forget this, you hear me?" she asked with anger before she grunted and ran back to her comrades. After a small while, the trio of Turks left the cave.

Final Fantasy VII - Wutai

Yuffie rolled her eyes. "Those guys give me a bad feeling every time I see 'em, but they turned out to be good guys...well, at least for now."

Marth furrowed his brow. "I don't want to deal with more problems today, please..."

Chip stared at the feathers in Snake's hands. "Hmm, what are those for?"

Yuffie looked at the feathers. "Oh, sweet! They're Phoenix Down feathers! We can use them to heal everyone here!" She took them from Snake's hands. "Awesome, there are more than enough for everyone!"

"Isn't that good?" Marth asked. "I think those Turk people were very kind."

"Well, the baldy is the kind one," Yuffie said. "I'm so sure why, though... Okay, I'll go heal everyone. The steam of this place is getting on my nerves now." The ninja chuckled to herself and went to help the others by dropping a feather on them.

Snake looked back at his shadow counterpart lying on the ground. "Hey, you, are you awake?"

The shadow replied by getting up from the ground. Instead of saying something, the shadow merely stared at Snake. Marth and Chip gulped a bit, but they knew the shadow was tamed for the time being.

"Look," Snake began, "I've realized that I needed to stay true to my own truths. It's okay for you to become part of me again. I...have no regrets any longer..."

The shadow nodded at this, but it seemed that he wanted to hear more from Snake.

"I'll try to stay true to myself from now on," Snake said. "I don't want to deal with identity problems, you know what I mean?"

"Worry no more," the shadow said. "None of us is the true Solid Snake by their own, but both of us are a part of him."

"Yeah..." Snake muttered. "I'm not Solid Snake if I don't have you with me."

The shadow seemed to smile a bit. "So, Snake, have you come to an understanding about everything you have been trying to hide from yourself?"

Snake thought for a moment. "...I am true to myself," Snake clarified.

"...Thanks," the shadow muttered nodding.

Marth and Chip saw as the shadow began to shine brightly. After a brief moment, the shadow's shining form barely looked like the real Snake before it broke into spores of light. The spores light circled a bit in the air before they all shot to Snake, who grunted a bit and shone brightly. After the spores retreated into him, Snake felt a bit weak and stepped back. "G-god, why the hell do I have to get this kind of treatment?" Snake asked irritated.

"Don't complain now," Marth said. "You're feeling much better now, right?"

"I guess..." Snake muttered. "...But promise me this isn't going to happen to me ever again."

"I can't do promises," Marth said. "Since you're going away, well..."

"It doesn't matter," Snake said with a sigh.

The group waited a time for Yuffie to supply everyone with a Phoenix Down. After she finished doing so, and after they rested up, they all reunited with each other.

"Finally..." Chris muttered. "You defeated your shadow, Snake..."

"I'm glad he did so," Aerith said. "I was worried he was going to kill us all."

Cid grunted. "The bastard went down as he was supposed to. Ain't that good or what?"

"Yes, it is," Cloud said. "Overall, we pulled through this ordeal."

Sonic looked up to the dark atmosphere of the ceiling. At that moment, the atmosphere began to clear out by itself. The werehog blinked surprised at this. "H-hey, the atmosphere Eggman made is disappearing!"

Everyone looked up to see the last of the atmosphere disappearing. "Yes, he's right," Tifa said. "I was starting to get some chills because of the air..."

"...U-ugh!" Sonic grunted in pain before he was covered in darkness. The group looked at the werehog shining in darkness before the darkness stopped covering him. Soon enough, they saw that the werehog had turned back to his hedgehog form. Sonic had his eyes closed before he opened them and looked at his hands. "H-hey...I got my normal appearance again!" he said in surprise.

Cloud raised an eyebrow at this. "Okay, that was interesting to see..."

Chris sighed in relief. "Phew, I thought that atmosphere was going to stay up there forever... I guess defeating the Shadow Nightmare gets rids of the atmosphere as well..."

Sonic looked at his gloves. "How the heck did I get my gloves back again? They get ripped off every time I transform, but they come back every time I revert back to my normal form..."

Mario shrugged. "I think we shouldn't try to find the explanation for that..."

Sonic lifted his shoulders a bit. "Meh, I guess. It's hard for me to get gloves my size, anyway."

"What I'm a bit confused about is that your dark self didn't get out..."

Sonic thought for a moment. "Hey, you're right," he said. "I wonder why he didn't come out this time..."

"Maybe he needs to come out during the night because the atmosphere isn't enough for him?"

"I guess, but let's worry about that later."

Knuckles turned back to the exit where he saw the four Adabat residents walking towards them. The echidna stared at them before they reached them. "Oh, you're here," Knuckles said. "Have you been hiding back there all this time?"

"Yes," Teanchai, the father of the family, said, "we've been watching how everyne tried to defeat that monster."

Jamal looked grateful. "You guys did a good job," he said. "We know you're the good guys, alright. We needed to find the people who were trying to restore the continents back to their places in the world."

"Wait, what?" Cloud suddenly asked, making some of the Smashers gasp. "What is he talking about with continents going back to the world?"

Snake sighed. "See what I was telling you about?" he asked. "We ARE trying to restore a world's continents back to their places in the hedgehog's world."

"Oh..." Cloud muttered. "So then..."

"Yeah, everything we told you was the whole truth," Snake clarified. "I hope you stop thinking we're insane."

"Don't be offended, but I still think you're insane," Cloud said. "But...if that's the truth...then I guess I should start believing in it..."

Teanchai had no idea why Cloud was questioning the matter. "...A-anyway," he began, staring at the Adabat Temple before them, "that is the temple of Adabat, isn't it?"

"It is," Rudi, the daughter of Teanchai, said. "At last, we have found it."

Nagi, the younger daughter of the family, showed the group the Sun and Moon Tablets. "Here!" she said. "We're the ones in charge to protect these tablets. Please, use them to restore Adabat!"

Marth grabbed the tablets from Nagi's hands and stared at the items. He turned to the group and nodded. "Shall we go in, then?"

-Adabat Temple-
Gaia Gate

The whole group stood in front of an inner sanctum where torches with blue flames lit the place. The sanctum looked exactly the same like the Mazuri's temple. They all stared at the altar at the far end side of the sanctum where Teanchai, Jamal, Rudi, and Nagi walked towards to. The family of guardians looked at the altar before a small pedestal sprouted out from the middle of the altar. Chip flew closer to the pedestal as his necklace shone brightly. "Then it was true that you are Light Gaia," Teanchai said.

"That's weird," Jamal noted. "We haven't heard much about the existence of Light Gaia...but I think we were mentioned that he did exist..."

"He opened the doors to the fragments of the Planet Tablet," Rudi pointed out. "It's proof enough he's another key to open the inner sanctums."

Chip looked up. "Then there are people who knew I existed after all?"

"It's just a possibility," Jamal said.

Sonic walked to the pedestal with the pale blue Chaos Emerald on hand. The hedgehog looked at the emerald before placing it on the hole, fitting nicely on the pedestal. After doing so, the Chaos Emerald began to shine brightly, causing the temple to shake a bit. Cloud's party looked around as the temple shook before it eventually stopped.

Sonic looked back at the blue Chaos Emerald, which now had recovered its usual brimming color. The hedgehog smiled a bit at this before he took it back from the pedestal.

"Wow, what was that?" Yuffie asked.

"That was a sign that the Adabat continent has been put back to place," Teanchai said. "Honestly speaking, I'm thankful it was restored."

Rudi chuckled heartily. "You told us that you restored Mazuri as well, right? That means you have five more continents to go."

Nagi folded her arms behind her back. "Keep going like this and the continents will be restored in no time!"

Sonic grinned at them. "You got it," he said.

Chris turned to Cloud. "I hope this makes it clear to you that we came from another world, Cloud."

"It makes it clear to me," Cloud said, "and to all of us, of course."

"To think there is the existence of many more worlds out there besides ours," Red XIII said. "It's just as if you haven't seen everything in your life."

"Well, I like my world," Aerith said. "I haven't even seen much of it yet. I don't want to see more worlds while I barely know much about mine."

"You guys are something, alright," Cid said. "I wouldn't like to deal with s-"

Aerith blocked Cid's mouth. "Don't say those words here! There are children present this time!"

The space man grumbled some words on Aerith's hands.

Teanchai looked at Sonic. "Sonic, was it? Will you do us a favor?"

"Let me guess," Sonic began, "you want me to return all of you back to Adabat, and you want us to save the kidnapped Temple Guardians as well, right?"

"You stole my words from my mouth," Teanchai said. "We'd be pleased if we could go back to Adabat now. We have to rebuild our home as soon as possible."

"Can you do that, Mr. Sonic?" Nagi asked.

Sonic grinned and looked at Chris. "He's the man behind the portals. Leave that to him."

The agent blushed at this. "D-don't put it like that, please..." he trailed off embarrassed.

-Wutai Village-
Yuffie's Hideout – Entrance

The group decided to go back to Yuffie's hideout where she went inside her home to get all of their stuff as she had promised them. At this time, Chris had come back from Yuffie's house with his Wiimote in hand, already opening the portal to Sonic's world, directly to Adabat. Teanchai's family stood in front of the portal while everyone else was standing in front of them. "Thank you," Teanchai said. "Without your help, the Adabat Temple wouldn't have been saved."

"Don't worry about it, okay?" Sonic asked. "The temple is safe and sound now."

"Yes, we're glad it's safe," Judi said. "It's still a very important part of Adabat for us. By no means shall it be put in danger."

"But we need you to do the same with the other remaining temples," Jamal said. "It's just not going to be the same if one of them were to be destroyed."

Samus sighed. "Yes, it's going to be a lot of work, but we still need to keep them safe."

"You saved Mazuri and Adabat already," Nagi said. "Surely you can save the other continents and their temples as well, right?"

"You bet," Sonic said with a grin.

"And I'll be working to open the temples so we can restore them all," Chip said.

Teanchai's family nodded. "Please do, Light Gaia," Teanchai said. "We'll leave everything in your hands."

"Have a nice trip back to Adabat," Marth said.

"We will," Teanchai said before all his family and he walked into the portal. It remained still before it vanished completely in the air, leaving a trace of sparkles behind.

Cloud kept staring at the empty air with everyone. The blond mercenary turned to the Smashers. "Wait for Yuffie to get all our stuff here. She should be coming out now," he said.

Ironically enough, the door to Yuffie's hideout opened, and the ninja came out struggling to pull two big bags with stuff inside. The ninja sighed and stopped dragging the big bags. Wiping sweat from her face, she chuckled to herself and showed everyone the bags. "Ta-dah," she said, "as I've promised, here you go, you guys: a full order of Materia and stuff ready to be shipped back to you!"

Cid rolled his eyes and went over to look inside the bags. "...Well, ain't she a peach now," he muttered sarcastically before looking at the others. "All our Materia is in here, awright."

Fox went over to the other bag. Taking a peek inside, the vulpine looked back at his group. "Our stuff is in here as well," he said.

"My tiara!" Marth yelled before he ran over to the bag and began throwing out things. The Smashers gasped at this as they all grabbed their stuff before they could fall on the ground. Soon, everybody got their stuff back, Marth taking out his sister's tiara and Falchion. "Here they are..." he trailed off in relief...before he noticed everyone looked at him with weird looks. "...Uuh..."

"...I-it's okay," Aerith said, putting up a nervous smile. "W-we were just surprised that you were acting like that..." she said as her group began to take out the Materia that has been stolen from them.

Marth looked away in embarrassment as he put Falchion into its sheath while he put on his tiara. "U-um, w-we got our stuff back, so that's the only thing that matters to me..."

"Right..." Samus said.

Mario stared at Samus's broken suit, which had been reduced to cramped pieces that were beyond repairs. "Samus..." Mario trailed off, staring at the pieces.

Samus sighed. "I can't believe she caused all this to my Varia Suit..."

Yuffie looked away and sweated a bit. "O-oh, come on, the rock I used wasn't that strong," she said. "...I had to use my shuriken to twist it open."

The bounty hunter frowned at this. "It's okay. I'm going to have to use another suit, then."

Mario fixed his red hat and FLUDD on his back. "Phew, I forgot about you for a moment, FLUDD. I hope you're not mad."

"It's fine," FLUDD spoke. "Try to be more careful, Mario."

"I'll be," Mario muttered before he (magically) put FLUDD away.

Chris embraced his DS tightly. "Professor, you're okay!" he rejoiced. "You and my game cartridge are okay!"

"Hmm, what am I thinking you're more relieved that your game cartridge is fine than me?" Kawashima asked.

"I-I...I-I didn't mean to say it that way, I swear!" Chris said in embarrassment.

"Don't worry about it," Kawashima said, crying digital toon tears. "I just need to work harder so you like me more."

"(Oh god...)" Chris thought worried before he put his DS away. He picked up his spear, and he changed to his Dragoon job to put it away. "I think everyone got their stuff back, right?"

Fox placed his headgear on his head and put his Blaster and Reflector on his belt. "Yeah, I got my stuff back," he said. "Hopefully I won't look weird to you because I have my headgear back."

"Not me," Knuckles said before spotting a big spiked shell and a odd-looking motorcycle (which had the name "Stephanie" written on the seat) next to Yuffie's house. "Er...what are those things doing there?"

Yuffie looked at the mentioned items. "Oh, those things were stolen from two guys I ran into," she said. "I think one looked like some sort of dragon while the other was a sumo wrestler..."

Suddenly, from out of the bushes, Bowser and Wario jumped out and went over to get their shell and bike back. The two villains embraced their stolen items. "Stephanie!" Wario rejoiced, rubbing the motorcycle a bit. "You're okay, little girl!"

"Heheheheh, she couldn't fool us in the end!" Bowser said, pointing an accusing finger to Yuffie. "You're NOT going to be stealing stuff from us ever again!"

Yuffie blinked in confusion. "O...kay...I think I shouldn't hav-"

"Yeah, you SHOULDN'T have!" Bowser interrupted before he picked up his shell and ran away from the scene. "Wario, we're going back to the Subspace! This place is so full of thieves that I don't really want to stay any longer and get my precious, badass shell stolen again!"

Wario jumped over his motorcycle and revved up the engine. He made a hand-sign to the group on his forehead and said, "So long, suckers!" before speeding off towards Bowser's direction.

The Smashers and Yuffie merely kept staring at their direction for a while. Chip thought about it for a moment before he turned to the group. "Was it okay for us to let them go?"

"Meh, I guess," Sonic said shrugging. "Those guys went through the same ordeal we went through."

Yuffie sweat dropped at this. "O-oh, was everyone so worried about their stuff?"

The ninja noticed most of the Smashers shot glares at her. Even her former group stopped grabbing Materia to glare at her as well.

"...I-I get it, I get it already, guys!" Yuffie said in panic. "Geez, people are so stingy these days!"

Both groups stopped glaring at her, Cloud's group resuming to take their Materia back from the bag.

Once both groups had collected everything back, the Smashers separated with Cloud's group. Aerith looked sad to the fact that they all had to go for the time being. "You're going now?" Aerith asked.

"Yes," Marth said. "We're done with what we had to do here."

Cloud crossed his arms. "Well, I guess we can believe about the fact there are other worlds out there," he said. "But I think we'd be better off if we just deal with our own world."

"Yes," Mario said. "It was nice to meet all of you."

Aerith sniffed sadly at this. "G-good luck, everyone," she sniffed. "I hope you all have a good journey ahead of you..."

Lucario just couldn't shake the fact that this was probably the very last time they would ever see Aerith. The Aura Pokémon looked sadly at her that he walked to her and hugged her by the side. "Please, don't cry," Lucario muttered. "...We will come back here someday to visit you."

Aerith sniffed a few more times before she smiled a bit and tightly hugged Lucario, making him blush a bit. "W-will you?" she asked.

"...Yes," Lucario said, forcing a smile, making Aerith chuckle heartily.

The Aura Pokémon stopped hugging her before Chris came in and hugged her as well. "T-take care, Aerith," Chris said, avoiding shedding some tears.

Aerith started to get happier at this that she hugged Chris as well. "Oh, thank you, Chris," she said before the World Traveler turned back to his group and hid some tears falling down his cheeks.

Mario noticed Chris's tears that he asked, "Chris, why are you crying?"

"I-I'm not crying, Mario..." Chris muttered. "I-it's just that..." The agent whispered some things to Mario's right ear.

"...Oh...well...I...oh no...oh my god..." Mario muttered in shock. Once Chris stopped whispering, the red plumber went over to Aerith and hugged her. The flower girl smiled happily at this that she hugged him back. "Take care, okay?" Mario asked.

"I will, Mario. This is so sweet of you," Aerith said, shedding a small tear.

Knuckles looked at Chris. "What did you tell him?" he asked before Chris whispered the same things to the echidna. "...Goodness...oh god...but...that's so..." Knuckles muttered in shock. The echidna stared at the flower girl for a while. He decided to go over and hug her as well.

Sonic snickered as Knuckles was being hugged by Aerith. "Hey, Chris, what did you tell Knucklehead to make him all lovey-dovey about her?" he asked before Chris did the same thing with him. "...Oh...I see...I...ah...what...really...are you serious...you're not..." Sonic muttered in shock. In a blink of an eye, after Knuckles stopped hugging Aerith, the hedgehog was already hugging her, causing Aerith to get surprised and hug him tightly while Knuckles went back to the group.

Marth looked at the sniffing Chris. "Um, what did you tell them?" he asked, making Chris whisper Marth about Aerith's fate. "...What...but...that is so...are you kidding me...that is..." Marth muttered in shock before repeating the same thing as the previous people.

Fox crossed his arms and looked at Chris. "Why are you making all of them hug her?" he asked before Chris approached and whispered him something. "...Yes...I see...wow...oh my god...you are serious, right...but...really...oh no..." Fox muttered in shock, repeating the same action as the others did.

Samus looked at Chris. "What is wrong with all of them?" she asked before Chris whispered her something. "...Yes...a-ha...oh...oh my...that's...but that is...oh my..." she muttered in shock, but this time going to Aerith and wish her a good journey.

Chip looked angrily at this. "Hey, I was going to start a long relationship with her! Why's everyone suddenly infatuated with my girl?"

Chris looked at Chip in disbelief. "Um, Chip, you really don't want to know the reason wh-"

The imp pointed at him. "Tell me on the double!" he demanded with crossed arms. "I wanna know why everyone here wants to make fall in love wi-" he stopped talking once Chris began whispering him about Aerith's future fate. "..." Chip's eyes suddenly froze into place. The imp remained flying in the air as he stared forward towards Aerith.

The agent took a few steps back and bowed to Chip. "Sorry...but you didn't leave me with another choice," he apologized.

Chris saw as Chip floated towards Aerith. The flower girl smiled warmly at him. "Oh, Chip, you're going as well, right?" she asked before rubbing the imp's hair a bit. "Take good care of yourself, okay?" she said.

Chip kept staring at her. The imp nodded a few times and flew back to Sonic, Aerith tilting her head to the side as she wondered why Chip didn't say anything. "You okay, Chip?" Sonic asked, receiving no response from the emotionally paralyzed imp.

Snake was told about by Chris about Aerith's situation. The mercenary walked to her and shook hands. "Be careful out there," Snake said. "You have your group to keep you safe."

Aerith chuckled heartily. "Thank you for reminding me, Snake. You're so sweet."

Cloud, Red XIII, Cid, Yuffie, and Tifa looked at each other in confusion after seeing all the Smashers saying their personal farewells to the flower girl. Red XIII coughed a bit to get Snake's attention. "Excuse me for asking, but why is everyone suddenly being very nice to Aerith?" he asked.

Snake looked away. "What? She's been nicer to us than any of you were."

Yuffie smiled. "Oh, that's right. Aerith is probably the nicest person you've ever met before. Not even 10,000 puppies will suffice to match her good nature."

Aerith blushed at this. "T-ten thousand puppies?" she said asked.

"I-ah, that was an expression, of course... Ignore me, please," Yuffie said with a chuckle before Cid slapped the back of her head. "H-hey!"

Cloud rolled his eyes at this. The blond mercenary looked at Snake. "So, Snake, are you okay now?" he asked. "I mean, after that shadow of yours tried to kill us..."

"I'm okay," Snake said honestly. "Beating that thing actually made me feel much better."

"Are you sure?" Tifa asked. "You seem a bit restless."

"Seriously, I'm okay," Snake repeated. "There's no need to worry about me anymore. That shadow is history."

"S-Snake..." Chris muttered as he walked to the mercenary. "I...I was thinking about..."

"I'm going to leave, kid," Snake said. "I want to stop thinking about this nonsense. Haven't I made myself clear before?"

"But..."

Snake narrowed his eyes at Chris. The ex-FOXHOUND stared at the teen's depressed look before his look drifted off to the other Smashers, who either looked blankly, depressed, or sternly at him. "..." Snake merely pressed his stapes to call the Colonel, getting into a conversation with his superior. "Colonel, I need to talk to you," he said.

The Colonel remained silent, making Snake think that he just wanted to listen for now.

"Personally, I think I can decide for myself about what to do here," Snake said. "This kid and the others, however, are keeping me from coming to a conclusion about this, though. It's making me mad, but I just can't come to a final result for this dilemma...so I need you to give me some suggestions, Colonel."

Again, more silence came as a response from the Colonel.

"I know you're thinking that I might have been wrong, Colonel," Snake said. "I just need one wise suggestion from you so I can find my own answer for this whole problem. I want to leave, but part of me wants to see what stupid and crazy thing occurs with those guys. It's hard for me to forget everything I had been gone through, so please, I request some kind of answer from you."

Even more silence was replied to Snake.

"...Please, tell me you're thinking about this, Colonel," Snake said. "You're making me feel very guilty now. It's not funny to stay very silent when I'm facing thi-"

"La-li-lu-le-lo, La-li-lu-le-lo, La-li-lu-le-lo ," the Colonel replied finally.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 20, 2010, 09:07:52 PM
"...Okay, who the hell is toying around with me at a time like this?" Snake asked aggravated as the "Colonel" kept repeating the same lines over and over again.

"O-oh, sorry, Snake," spoke Otacon as he took over the spot of the "Colonel" by replacing him. "I used the Colonel AI to play a bit around with yo-"

"Use that ever again and I'll choke you."

Otacon gulped at Snake's threat. "R-right, Snake, whatever you say..."

"Hmph," Snake muttered. "...Anyhow, Otacon...did you hear anything I said?"

"About deciding to leave the group? W-well, yeah, I did," he said.

"I'm thinking about kicking the heck out of you now...but I'll save that for another ocassion."

Otacon shrieked a bit at this. "S-so, what do you want to tell me, Snake?"

"Recall everything you listened about the conversation I had with the fake Colonel AI, Otacon, and I'll see what you can offer me. If you don't have anything to say, then I'll promise I'm going to twist some guy's neck in the near future...if you know what I mean by that."

"G-gah!" Otacon yelped.

"Otacon, I'm serious here!"

"I-I know, sorry," Otacon said in panic. "O-okay, you should probably...well..."

Snake waited impatiently as Otacon tried to speak up. The hacker kept staggering to think long enough to come up with a good response. Unfortunately, Snake seemed to be grasping Otacon's stuttering so well that he sighed loudly, stopping Otacon from stuttering. "Otacon, just say you want me to stay with them. It's so obvious you want me to keep working with all of them."

"Y-you...you knew, then?"

"No, I knew it right after you kept stuttering," Snake said. "I also noticed you didn't sound quite convincing when we spoke yesterday."

"Oh...so..."

Snake sighed. "I knew all of you were against it, but the Colonel didn't seem to. I wanted to talk to the Colonel since he seemed neutral."

"I-I'm sorry for joking, then," Otacon said. "The Colonel is attending a meeting, though. He'll be back tomorrow."

"Just my luck..."

"What do you want to talk about, then? ...Wait, I should just say it, Snake... I don't want you to leave the group."

"Why would you want that, Otacon?"

"Snake, just think about it," Otacon said. "You're probably the only man lucky enough to take part of a big threat. Also, you get the chance to meet other people you thought were impossible to know. How can you just forget all that when you have everything at your reach?"

"The kid would be an example of this," Snake said. "You already know how different we are from his world and ours."

"Y-yeah, but it doesn't change the fact that we're real," Otacon said. "That aside, Snake, you should stay with them...please..."

"...Otacon..."

"Honestly, when are you going to have an opportunity like this one again?" Otacon asked. "Snake, this is the only chance for a lifetime... Surely you can't deny an opportunity like that, right?"

Snake furrowed his brow a bit. "...I guess not..."

"You can say no to this, though... After all, it's your decision, not mine. I have some selfish thoughts about wanting to find out more about other worlds out there..."

"Or get the kid to share some of his anime magazines with you because I did hear from Mei-Ling that you wanted to see some of them."

"T-that's just another but not so important excuse, Snake!" Otacon said embarrassed. "B-but anyway, Snake...it's all up to you to decide."

"...I decided..."

"...Really?"

"Yeah, after thinking about this again, I came to a conclusion with myself," Snake said. "I'll call you later."

"W-wait, can't you just tell me what you've decided, Snak-" Otacon was interrupted right after Snake ended the codec conversation.

The mercenary looked at the Smashers. "I've decided," he said. "Finally, I made up my mind."

"So then...what are you going to do?" Samus asked.

"I've decided I should just...leave..."

Some of the Smashers (and Aerith, Tifa, and Yuffie) gasped a bit at this decision.

The World Traveler stared at Snake before frowning. "I...understand, Snake..."

"Can you please let me finish first, kid?" Snake asked in annoyance.

Chris looked up at Snake. "W-what?"

"I didn't finish," Snake said. "I wanted to say that I'm leaving...so I can retire for a while."

"Retire?"

"Yeah, as in letting me have a time for some relaxation," Snake said. "I thought hard about this, and I came to the conclusion that I need a rest to continue working with all of you. You're not going to see me for a while, but you'll have to get used that I'm not going to be around to fight the Subspace Army."

"J-just out of curiosity, what made you change your decision, Snake?" Chris asked in curiosity.

"Well, mainly you and the other guys who kept meddling in my affairs," Snake said. "So, thanks for meddling, everyone. You guys can make anyone go crazy."

Sonic looked bored and folded his arms behind his head. "Sheesh, that's so nice of you, man," he said sarcastically.

"I was expecting a response like that, actually..." Mario muttered.

Knuckles rolled his eyes. "Well, I'm not officially part of the roster you are in, but I guess having a rest once in a while doesn't hurt."

Snake nodded. "Thanks for understanding," he said. "Now I know I can leave and return so I can sort out my thoughts."

The agent looked worried at this. "You're not going to have second thoughts and leave us for good, right?"

"Who knows, kid," Snake said. "...But I'll most likely come back someday."

Chris blinked at this statement. A small smile formed on his lips as he made a happy expression to Snake. "...Okay, Snake, I'll wait for you to come back. I'm sure the others will wait for you."

"Not really."

"Who said that?" The agent turned around where Sonic had spoken out loud, thinking that the others were going to say the same in unison. The hedgehog looked at the others before looking confused. "Sonic?"

"H-hey, I thought you guys didn't like the guy!" Sonic said.

Marth sighed and frowned. "Sonic, I believe we already grew a bit closer to Snake. You...seem to be the only one who hasn't done that."

"O-oh, come on, none of you didn't seem that friendly to him to me, at least!"

Snake looked away. "More of a reason why I don't like you, hedgehog. Kid, I hope you're happy, but the hedgehog just made me think things over again."

Chris gasped and glared at Sonic. "S-Sonic, you stupid idiot! Look at what you've done now! He'll start thinking about leaving us because of you!"

"Hey, don't start blaming me of this!" Sonic yelled. "It's ridiculous of him to stay away from us just because I'm here! I'm not the one planning to leave here!"

"So you're going to be the one to leave us, then?"

"Of course not! He should be the one leaving instead of me!"

"S-Sonic!"

The two started yelling at each other while Snake hid a small grin to himself; a grin Cloud's group managed to see clearly, making them chuckle in unison while the two Smashers kept rambling on and on. "Kid, you need to tell what a joke is," Snake finally said.

The agent and the hedgehog groaned at this and looked back at Snake. "Y-you're impossible, Snake, really!" Chris complained.

"Heh, I thought I was the guy who did the impossible here," Snake muttered with an amused chuckle. "Thanks for reminding me, kid."

Sonic slapped his forehead. "Seriously, this guy should be the one who drives everyone nuts, not the other way around..." he trailed off.

Knuckles crossed his arms and nodded. "I think the same, Sonic, I think the same..."

Most of the people in there laughed for a bit before they stopped. Cloud looked back at the Smashers and nodded to them. "So then, since you're all leaving, I think you should take something so your long journey doesn't get that hard to endure," he said as he took out three pieces of Materia from his right pocket. "Here, have these with you."

Lucario looked at the gems before taking them from Cloud's hand. "What are these?"

"Those are Summon Materia," Cloud said. "Equipping them will enable anyone in your group to call forth three entities to attack your enemies. Of course, one of them is going to have to equip it first, so don't forget that."

Lucario nodded and smiled a bit at Cloud. "Thank you."

"You got that mostly because I think you're kind of cool," Cloud admitted.

The aura wielder gasped mentally, starting to feel very proud of himself. "I...I'm honored."

"...What was that?"

Lucario gasped mentally again, thinking Cloud was going to resume thinking he was weird. "I-I mean, thank you so much, Cloud. These are going to be helpful for us."

"...Yeah."

Lucario sighed in relief.

Obtained Choco/Mog, Shiva, and Ifrit Materia!

Snake looked at Chris. "Shall we get going now? I want to go back to Alaska and relax for a long while."

"...Alaska? God, you really want to stay away from anybody..." Chris trailed off. The agent brandished his Wiimote and opened the portal back to the mansion, where a still Chip merely floated inside without saying anything or turning back to the others. "Why am I thinking he's... No, never mind..."

Yuffie gasped and took some steps forward. "W-wait, you guys!" she yelled, trying to stop everyone from leaving. "I-I wanna say something before all of you go!"

"What?" Fox asked.

"L-look...I just want to say that...that..." she moved her hands down, "...I-I'm so sorry for stealing all your stuff previously... Really, after all those things you did to save Wutai from that shadow guy, I think it made me see the error of my actions on all of you...so...for once more...I'm sorry I caused all this trouble..."

The Smashers looked at each other. Knuckles gave Chris the Wiimote he held with him and turned to Yuffie. "Well, you were annoying the first time we met you," he said, crossed his arms, and closed his eyes. "But, since I don't honestly believe that you're REALLY sorry this ti-"

"I guess we can accept your apology this time around," Sonic said, making Knuckles look shocked.

Marth looked at his Falchion's hilt. "She didn't manage to sell our stuff to a merchant, so...I think we can forgive her."

Chris nodded. "I wouldn't have forgiven her if my console was sold to anybody (Kawashima: Hurray!), but since she didn't...well...I'll forgive her as well."

Yuffie's eyes shook in surprise before she turned to Cloud's group. "W-what about you, guys?"

Tifa rubbed her chin. "Hmm, I dunno. You did a lot of nasty stuff on us before in the past."

The ninja gasped. "I-I swear this isn't going to happen anymore!" she said. "N-now I know we all had something in common: we all want to take down Shinra so it stops manipulating everyone in the world, including Wutai!" She looked serious. "I won't promise that we will defeat Shinra...but...I'll do it," she said determined. "I'm gonna travel with you again and bring Shinra to justice! Of course...if you really wanna have me back..."

Cloud thought for a moment about the offer. "...I don't know, Yuffie..."

"D-dude, please, you gotta let me come with you again!" Yuffie said. "I'm gonna do everything I can do for everyone! T-think of this as some punishment for me because I stole your Materia!"

"...Okay."

"Y-you mean it, Cloud?"

"Sure, I guess," Cloud said unsure. "If you really wanna repay us, you'll have to come along with us."

Cid grumbled. "Your spiky a$$ is makin' really crazy decisions, kid."

Yuffie opened her mouth in surprise before she broke into happiness and leaped towards Cloud, making him gasp and fall down to the ground while Yuffie hugged him tightly. "Yeah, Cloud, you're dah man!" she yelled happily while everyone chuckled a bit at this. "Thank you for letting me come with you again! You won't regret this at all, Cloud!"

"U-ugh! Y-Yuffie, get off me!" Cloud yelled, pushing the ninja aside.

Yuffie sat down and showed her teeth with a chuckle. "Yep, this is gonna be a trip to remember for me, alright," she said, standing up from the ground with Cloud.

The blond mercenary looked annoyed as he stood up. "Hey," Cloud called the group, "good luck in your journey, you guys."

Tifa chuckled and crossed her arms. "You guys are really something, so we'll root for you to finish off that Subspace Army group. Just root for us to be successful as well, okay?"

"We will," Samus said nodding. The bounty hunter smiled a bit and walked back into the portal.

"Come back to visit us," Red XIII told Sonic and Knuckles. "You will certainly become strong assets for our group."

"Nah, I think I'll pass on that offer...for now," Sonic said with a wink.

Knuckles grunted at the hedgehog. "So you're planning to leave your team?"

"That was just an expression, Knucklehead," Sonic said amused.

"Ugh, you're just untolerable..." he muttered before walking back into the portal with Sonic, Red XIII chuckling silently to himself.

Mario shook Red XIII's paw and nodded to him. "Thank you," Mario said. "It was nice meeting and fighting alongside you."

"I can say the same, Mario," Red XIII said. "Don't let Sonic's behavior get the better of himself. He still acts like a childish boy."

"I'm NOT a childish boy!" Sonic yelled from the portal.

Red XIII looked amused at Mario. "Really, he needs to get a hold of himself."

Mario smiled a bit. "Okay, I'll help him out, Red XIII," he said.

The feral lion nodded at the red plumber as the latter waved at him and walked into the portal.

Cid grunted and closed his eyes. "Don't make any mess in those other worlds, you," he told Marth and Fox. "Don't wanna see the space-continuum-whatever getting broken because ye're makin' a mess."

"As if you don't do a mess already..." Fox muttered.

Cid opened an angry eye. "What was that, little mutt?"

"H-he said okay," Marth said, receiving a stern look from the vulpine.

"Heh," Cid muttered, looking away. "So get going now before I get the rabies from the mutt."

Marth sighed at this while he and Fox walked back to the portal, Cid looking over his right shoulder at them. Without knowing, they didn't see that Cid had flashed a small smile at them.

Aerith went over and rubbed Lucario's head, making the Aura Pokémon close his eyes in pleasure. "Don't get hurt, okay, Lucario?" she asked.

Chris turned around and sniffed mentally. "(Why must she do this to make all of us feel guilty about her horrible fate? Why?! A man like me can't take this for much longer! ...Dammit, this job is changing my personality again!)"

Lucario growled happily and nodded at Aerith. "Don't worry about me, Aerith," he said.

Aerith chuckled heartily. "Okay, I won't, if you say so," she said, turning to Chris. "Be careful you too, Chris."

Chris forced a twitching smile at the flower girl. "Y-yes, I'll be really careful, Aerith," he said, shedding some tears.

"Aww, please, don't cry, Chris. We'll meet again someday for sure."

"(Seriously, don't make this even worse, Aerith!)" Chris thought sadly while Lucario silently lead his trainer to the portal, waving at Aerith and Cloud. The agent, however, came back and took out his Trophy Stand. "Oh, I almost forgot to put this sticker on my plate..." he muttered as he took out the Blue Sephira sticker to place it on his stand. He looked at the group and smiled at them. "G-good bye, everyone! W-wish us good luck!" Chris yelled as he went into the portal before it vanished in thin air.

Cloud, Aerith, Tifa, Cid, Red XIII, and Yuffie stared at the portal's spot for a small while in silence. The group then looked at Cloud. "So, what are we gonna do, leader?" Yuffie asked.

"Hmm, good question..." Cloud muttered. "...We should call the others here so we can think about what to do next."

At that moment, the group heard someone coming at their direction. They all turned to the south where a bulky figure hopped along the ground while a small figure rode on its head. The bulky figure was some kind of oversized stuffed "moogle" while the figure on top of its head was a cat-looking character that wore a short red cape tied around his neck and white gloves and a small crown. He also carried a small megaphone on his right hand. Once the bulky moogle stopped in front of the group, the cat-looking character waved at them.

"It's you, Cait Sith," Red XIII said.

Cait Sith is a fortune teller cat who decided to travel with Cloud's group after telling the mercenary his fortune: "What you pursue will be yours. But you will lose someone dear." Intrigued by this himself, Cait Sith came along to see what the prediction meant. He is never seen going about without his stuffed moogle, which is technically his only way to attack other enemies by using megaphones and shout orders to it. However, it is rumored that Cait Sith might be hiding some secret from the group...

"Hello!" Cait Sith greeted. "Man, I've been out there in the open for a long time. I see you got Yuffie back, though. Did I miss something important?"

"Oh, you sure did," Aerith said. "We met this group of people called Smashers who came from another different world than ours..."

Aerith explained everything to Cait Sith.

"Hmm, I find it so hard to believe," Cait Sith said before laughing a bit. "You're not pulling my leg here, right?"

Cloud sighed. "Oh well, telling others what we experienced before isn't gonna yield us any good replies..."

"I think so," Cait Sith said. "Sorry, but I don't believe anything that happen."

Yuffie pouted a bit at this. "Good thing you missed everything, then!" she said before gasping loudly. "W-wait, I just remembered something!" she said, turning to Cloud. "Cloud, I need to ask you a favor."

Cloud looked bored. "What?"

"You see, I think I'm ready to take on the challenge my dad arranged at the pagoda close to our house for me to take for myself," Yuffie said. "If I could pass that challenge, my dad would acknowledge my skills. I think he has something more to give to me, though... Can we go there now? I know I can pull this one out!"

"Well, we don't have anything better to do, but hurry up with that challenge," Cloud said. "We can't waste more time as it is."

"Yeah, I knew you'd say yes!" Yuffie said as she started to run towards the west. "C'mon, everyone! You gotta cheer me on this one!"

Cid frowned to himself. "That girl's gonna gimme a headache..."

Tifa smiled. "I'm honestly glad she wants to amend for her mistakes, though."

Aerith chuckled. "That's something we'll see very soon."

As the group followed the excited ninja, Cait Sith remained behind and looked away with his stuffed moogle. "Aerith told me that there were others worlds beside ours out there... Hmm, I don't think they were trying to trick me. My facade hasn't been discovered yet, right? So if they don't know I'm spying on them, then that wouldn't mean that what Aerith told me was really true, correct?"

Cait Sith remained silent.

"...Naaaaaaaah!" he said with a laugh. "They were just trying to make me laugh, which they passed with flying colors! You gotta appreciate their sense of humor!" he said gleefully before he knocked on his stuffed moogle's forehead, making the doll look up at him. "On the double, you! We gotta watch a ninja fight today!"

The chuckling Cait Sith and his stuffed moogle followed the group, the cat's laugh echoing in the sunset as he and the moogle disappeared from sight...

WORLD COMPLETED!

You have received 6000 Smash Coins!

TO BE CONTINUED...

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-Smash Channel-

Unlike other previous ocassions, the Smash Channel's forums was full with even more people than before. Chris (in his Moogle Knight job) sat behind the wide table as the public went wild and cheered loudly. "W-well, what a surprise we have today, kupo!" he said. "Welcome back to your unique channel that you can only get to see in this place: the Smash Channel!" he said, raising his hands on both sides. "I'm happy to see that there are many more people who wanted to see this section again, so as some kind of reward, here we have today some guests from the Final Fantasy VII team! To my left, give a round of applauses to your favorite slums' flower girl, Aerith Gainsborough!"

The flower girl sat on the left side behind the table. Aerith smiled happily and waved a hand at the audience, causing a very wild crowd to cheer very loudly. "I'm happy for being here," she said. "Thank you for being so nice to me."

The moogle noticed the people starting to yell Aerith's name loudly that he sweat dropped and twitched a bit at the cheers. "O-okay, everyone, now give another round of applauses to your favorite em-I-I mean, ex-SOLDIER mercenary whom you like and love a lot, kupo! Here it is Cloud Strife!"

The blond mercenary sat on the other side of other side behind the table. With crossed arms, he just listened at the crowd yell his name. "Tsk, people are so noisy, I swear..." he muttered to himself.

"All is right, then, kupo," Chris began, the crowd slowly calming down with their cheers, "as you might know, we here at Smash Channel interview the special guests outside the Brawl roster to comment about your favorite Smashers on certain topics. I hope you, Cloud and Aerith, know what you're going to do."

"Spit the topic already," Cloud said. "The sooner, the better."

"You can ask us anytime," Aerith said.

The moogle looked bored at the crowd. "(Those two are the exact opposite poles of each other...) Okay!" he said cheerfully as he took out a small note card. "So let's begin with today's topic! Today's topic is..."

Who is, in your own words, the best swordsman of the Smashers?

The crowd clapped hands at the topic. "As you know, Super Smash Brothers has had a long trend of including swordsman type characters into the fray. Lately, they outnumber any other kind of character who fights differently than others. However, what can you two say, kupo? Who do you think is the best swordsman?"

Cloud and Aerith got into thinking positions while a silence floated in the air. A small while passed for Aerith to speak up. "I think Toon Link is my favorite one," she said, the crowd applauding her.

"Oh yeah, choose me over these other guys!" Toon Link yelled from the crowd. "They don't even know how to run like I do!"

"Hey, I heard that!" shouted Ike from another side of the crowd. "You try saying that to me again!"

Chris clapped his hands together in anger. "Will you two just be quiet for ten minutes, kupo?" he asked annoyed. "Anyway, Aerith, please explain why you think your pick is the best swordsman."

"I think he's cute," Aerith said, making the whole crowd "aww" at her.

The moogle did the same, but he shook his head and regained his senses. "I-isn't there another explanation why you picked him, though?"

Aerith looked up to the ceiling. "Hmm, I don't know..." she admitted.

The moogle knight looked bored at the crowd. "So you chose Toon Link for the best swordsman just because he looks cute to you?"

"...Would I get scolded if I said yes?" Aerith asked, the crowd raising torches with burning flames at Chris's direction.

"I-I think you wouldn't get scolded for that!" Chris said in panic, the crowd lowering their torches down until they weren't visible anymore. The moogle gulped and turned to Cloud. "S-so, Cloud, what about you, kupo?"

Cloud was still in deep thought. "I'm not quite sure," he said. "Many of them seem to be very skillful in their own ways to fight."

Chris sighed while the crowd lauded Cloud's opinion. "So then, do you have a pick, kupo?"

"Hmm, let me think... I don't honestly have a pick, sadly," Cloud admitted.

"What? You cheapskate!" yelled Roy from the crowd. "You're surely thinking you're the best swordsman out there, even when you're not on the current roster!"

Chris blew a bit of air at his hanging pom-pom over his head. "Wow, that was so ironic for you to say, Roy, kupo," he muttered, hoping Roy wouldn't hear anything he said.

"You pick one!" Link yelled at Cloud. "You think you're so cool, huh?"

"Not really," Cloud said. "People just think that about me while I don't care much."

Despite the harsh comment against the crowd, the crowd cheered and lauded Cloud's comment, making the blond mercenary slap his forehead with a frown. Aerith looked happy at this while Chris slammed his face against the counter. "You've got to be kidding me, kupo..." he muttered.

"You're not fooling us here!" Roy yelled. "You're still trying act so cool and stuff so people think you're even cooler!"

"Exactly!"

None of the two knew that the crowd began to raise their torches, this time against them.

"Why, I dare you clash swords against me!" Link declared. "My Master Sword isn't going to get a cut by that buster sword thing of yours!"

"Not even the Sword of Seals will get a scratch!" Roy declared.

Chris, Cloud, and Aerith sweat dropped as the two swordsmen were unaware about the torches being raised against them. This grew worse as the crowd raised pinchforks as well.

"I double dare you!" Link dared.

"I triple dare you, then!" Roy yelled.

"Get the infidels!" a Toad demanded.

"There are Toads as Cloud's fans, kupo?" Chris asked.

And soon enough, chaos erupted in the rows of seats as Link and Roy were ganged up by the countless amount of people, throwing pinchforks and torches against them. The World Traveler, the ex-SOLDIER, and the flower girl watched in horror as everyone began to fight whoever got in their way, resulting in a whole mess as chairs and fire spread all over the place except the stage, which remained standing far away from the angry public.

The moogle shook his head at this. "W-well, I think our time has reached to an end!" he said, ducking before a pinchfork could kill him. He stood up while Cloud and Aerith ducked down for cover. "L-Luigi, please say something to the readers from our sponsors, kupo!"

No response.

"LUIGI!"

"Y-yes!" Luigi yelled. "U-um, this special was brought to you by Chocobo Greens! Probably the only food you can feed a Chocobo with. Warning: other feeding products could cause most Chocobos to have headaches and stomaches...for some reason."

"Lower the curtains!" Chris yelled, making the red curtains fall down to cover the stage while the fight outside of it kept going on. "P-phew, things couldn't get much worser now..."

"...He is here," Cloud said darkly.

"Who is here, kupo?"

"So, you've been hiding away from me, Cloud. What a pathetic fool you are... You amuse me a lot."

"Grrr!" Cloud grunted loudly.

"O-oh no, please, don't tell me that voice was..."

"I'll get you right here, right now, Sephiroth! Meet your maker!"

"You mean you're going to meet your maker."

"AAAAAAAAAH!!!" Cloud let out a war cry before leaping towards the direction of the voice, and thus starting an epic battle behind the curtains.

"A-Aerith, don't get closer to them, kupo!"

"I need to aid Cloud! He can't fight him alone without me!" Aerith yelled determined as she dashed towards the fight.

"N-no! A-a loyal moogle knight won't let such a beautiful woman as yourself get killed, kupo! U-um...u-um...u-um...h-here I go, kupo!"

...

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!"

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Once the screen had blackened, a small orange circle opened up, and a giggling Yuffie took a peek from the circle. She made a peace sign to no one in particular and said, "And remember, you guys, that this is not the last time you'll see great ninja Yuffie making a debut. You guys will have to wait until this story gets to the point where I, with my wonderful skills and cunning knowledge, will appear in Kingdo-"

Cloud's hand grabbed her right shoulder and dragged her away. "You wait, Yuffie. We still have a lot of time to wait for that to happen."

The circle closed down. "C-Cloud, geez, don't be such a party pooper! And here I was already exciting everyone!"

"Shut up."

And with that, everything calmed down.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (FFVII Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 22, 2010, 07:20:54 AM
Chapter 170: Digging for Refracting Treasure

February 14 - Saturday - Afternoon

-Subspace-
Deep Inside the Great Maze

Over a month had passed ever since the Subspace Army tried to make a move to destroy a Temple of Gaia, which had ended in failure, much for Dr. Eggman's dismay. Tabuu had called everyone for another meeting at the realm of swirling darkness where he himself hadn't appeared yet, leaving the others to discuss things with each other.

"So we ended up waiting a long time now," Bowser said, crossing his arms. "Why did we wait such an awful lot of time now? I want to do something again!"

"Well, if you forgot, the perpetrator that slowed down pretty much everything at the factory made things go nuts," Charizard pointed out. "Also, the Shadow Bugs aren't being drained out properly...right?"

"Correct," Ganondorf said. "We must not go out and destroy a temple without the aid of the Shadow Nightmares that Doctor Eggman has been creating."

"I think we rely a little bit TOO much on those things," Dedede commented. "Why, they don't get the darn job done!"

"Must you be so absent minded?" Ganondorf asked sternly. "The Shadow Nightmares have become another way for us to deal with those idiots. We personally think that they provide much more help than our conventional means."

Bowser rolled his eyes. "And yet they haven't done so much."

"Nevertheless, we will wait for the day they kill off the scum," Ganondorf said before smirking. "Or...perhaps the King of Koopas would like to have the opportunity to command a Shadow Nightmare for once?"

The Koopa King blinked shocked at the offer. Using his sharp claws to rub his thick chin, Bowser thought about the offer. "Hmm, I could throw one of those at those pesky plumbers... Alright!" he said, pumping up a fist. "I want to use one of those monsters and see how they break Mario and the green 'stache emotionally! I want to see them both crying with my own eyes, then I'll beat them up to the bloody pulps they needed to become for a long time now!"

"Just let me convince Doctor Eggman to give you a Shadow Nightmare," Ganondorf said. "He should be finishing one by now."

"Sweet. I can't wait to see how Mario embraces himself in extreme fear and cry on his overalls to see what he's been trying to hide from everyone..." Bowser muttered with joy at the thought.

"Hey, losers! Yeah, you, I'm talking to you, losers!"

The villains turned to the south(?) and saw a spider machine stomping the ground with its claws, an angry old Porky grunting loudly while some red sparks radiated from his machine. "Who are you again?" Dedede asked.

"Hahahahah, very funny, dude!" Porky said angrily. "I hope you guys have been enjoying going out fighting those bastards, 'cuz I'm here to force you to bring me on the next mission!"

The villains looked at each other. "...I don't really know if we should let him come with us," muttered Charizard skeptically.

"You, lizard, I heard that! I'm not THAT deaf!" Porky yelled angrily. "You people are irritating, but you aren't as irritating like my number one and two super-arch-mega-baddie-enemies: Ness and the chicken Lucas!"

Bowser rolled his eyes. "So, you want to come?"

"That is what I'm trying to say here!" Porky yelled. "My fans out there wanna see more Porky awesomeness from little cute me, and I can't let them down! There's nooooooooo way I'm gonna be a lazy bum and let all of you go out and have fun beating on those guys!"

Ganondorf pressed his brow. "Such a childish bickering from a noisy fool like you..."

"What was that, alien-skinned guy?!"

The Gerudo King stared at Porky. "If you wish to come along, then ask Tabuu personally. We do not have the power to let us come with us, let alone us going somewhere else. Tabuu is the one who decides what to do here."

"Well, if that's so, then we're the digital old man?" Porky asked.

Right after asking about Tabuu, the embodiment of the Subspace appeared before them, suspended in the air. "Sorry for interrupting, but did somebody call me?" Tabuu asked.

Dedede looked bored. "I can tell ya're just jokin' with that question..."

"Well, that is a good guess," Tabuu remarked before turning to Porky. "I heard that you wanted to go to the next location of the Temple of Gaia, correct?"

"Yes, yes, yes, yes, yes!" Porky said repeatedly. "I wanna have another chance at making Ness worship me and make Lucas cry like the little blondy baby he is, please!"

"I have to say that your reasons for being here are utterly not worth my time."

"H-hey, everyone has different goals! Respect that!"

"Very well," Tabuu said. "Bowser and Porky will be sent to the next Temple of Gaia. Doctor Eggman has found the location of the next temple."

Ganondorf raised an eyebrow. "He found the next temple just now? That is what I call punctuality."

"After our last failed mission, I do not wish to see more failures coming from any of you," Tabuu said. "We must eliminate the temples before the Smashers restore the continents. I do NOT want any of you to leave another Shadow Nightmare behind this time. I want you to actually stay there and destroy the temples before leaving."

Charizard thought a bit. "But those freaky shadows want us to leave before we get hurt by them. Isn't there some way to make them hostile only towards our enemies?"

"Doctor Eggman has been trying to force the shadow to listen to our orders," said Tabuu. "It is perhaps the hardest process he can mess with. It is harder for him to fulfill that particular task. However, he said there should not be any difficulties with the next Shadow Nightmare he has in reserve...or should I say two Shadow Nightmares."

The villains looked at each other at the news. "He made two this time?" Dedede asked.

"The Ancient Minister is currently trying to figure out how to make the Shadow Bugs pour out from our sources faster. Today, he managed to make the system extract a huge quantity of Shadow Bugs, but as soon as he extracted them out, they stopped coming out from our sources," Tabuu explained. "He is trying to see if he can restore the chambers back to their original states, seeing that he did some progress."

Bowser smirked. "Wouldn't that mean I get to use two Shadow Nightmares?"

"That is exactly as you have said."

Bowser smacked his fists together and smirked evily at his comrades. "Well, well, looks like it was time for the Koopa King to use not one but TWO of 'em," he said. "That's what I call luck."

"You are lucky, then," Ganondorf stated.

"...Why am I thinking that sounded offensive just now?" Bowser muttered before shaking his head. "A-anyway, I'm on my way to the next Temple of Gaia, where I will CRUSH the entire thing down!"

"And where I will MAKE my rivals beg for mercy!" added Porky. "Duaha, duahahahahahahaaaaa!!!"

Tabuu nodded. "Do not fail me this time, Bowser. I still remember how you and Wario could not make any significant progress on your last mission."

Bowser sulked at this. "Not my fault some girl took off with my precious shell of awesome..."

"...Just...leave and prepare yourselves," Tabuu said with disgust while Bowser chuckled darkly with Porky before both of them walked away into the darkness.

Dedede looked bored towards Wario, who had been lying down on the cracked floor all this time. "Ya lazy off should do somethin'!" Dedede said annoyed.

"Meh, I'll just go and polish Stephanie a bit more," Wario said, rolling forward to stand up and walk away.

Charizard frowned. "Weirdo," he muttered.

-Subspace Bomb Factory-
Shadow Bug Generator Room

"Well, it was nice move of you to suck those bugs out of them, right?" Dr. Eggman asked with amusement as he and the Ancient Minister stood in front of the chambers where multiple Mr. Game & Watches were being suspended in midair.

"Yes, it was," the minister said. "We might even fix this whole problem very soon."

"That's good to hear," Dr. Eggman said, turning to the left where the exit waited for him. "Now, I'll prepare the Shadow Nightmare to be brought to the next location. According to the information given by my computer, the next temple is the Shamar Temple... That means I'll have to bring two more guardians."

The Ancient Minister nodded, not saying anything else as Dr. Eggman left the room through the sliding double doors. "(...Unfortunately, my schedule is almost done...but, fortunately...it could bring me a chance to finally...)"

The minister kept thinking to himself in solitude, staring at the real Mr. Game & Watch.

-Smash Mansion-
Kitchen

"Oh god...oh my...oh goodness...I think I just stepped into heaven...because this is just too...delicious!"

"Did my strawberry cake come out so good?"

"Y-yes, it's so tasty. I never ate something so good before..."

"Heheheh, I'm glad you liked it."

And Chris (in his Musician job) kept eating a nicely, well-made strawberry cake that Peach had finished recently. Next to the happy teenager, a happy Kirby slowly eat a slice of the cake with two forks. Surprisingly enough, the young Star Warrior learned from Meta Knight to slow down his eating, which seemed to be working for the time being. Naturally, Mario and Luigi were both eating the cake, tasting it with delight.

Of course, since Chris was there, Lucario decided to join in, tasting the sweet-flavored cake with his trainer, just sitting to his right, wagging his tail slowly to the sides.

Peach, who stood across the table, looked very happy as the three kept eating. "I worked hard enough on the cake," she said, looking at said cake lying down on a round plate just between her and the three. "You should be lucky because I hardly ever have a chance to make one myself."

Chris swallowed a small piece and looked at her. "Why?"

Peach smiled nervously. "It's just that, back at the castle, the chefs would refuse if I wanted to make a cake myself. They said that because I shouldn't be making any cakes for the fact I'm a princess."

"Many people are missing out your cakes," Mario said. "Remember? You invited us to a party last time where you baked a cake, and then..."

"B-Bowser kidnapped her...again..." Luigi shuddered at the thought.

Lucario stopped eating and looked at Peach. "Don't you get tired of being kidnapped?"

"Sometimes...but I did go to my own adventure," Peach admitted. "Too bad it was just once..."

"(Aww, Peach just have a lot of potential for anything...)" Chris thought dreamily as he ate the cake with delight.

Kirby looked happy as he swallowed the last piece of his cake. He burped a bit and looked confused at an oval object sitting in front of Chris. "Are you eating that?" Kirby asked, holding some excitement.

The teen gasped and grabbed the oval object. "N-no, I don't have this just for somebody like you to eat it!" Chris yelled. "D-don't think about eating it, Kirby, because I need this for a grade!"

"A grade?" Luigi asked.

The World Traveler slowly uncovered the oval object, revealing it to be an egg with a drawn face on it. "I-it's just that this egg is important to me," Chris said. "This egg is for my psychology class. The teacher asked us to take care of an egg, which she signed, to see if we could be careful with it. If this little egg breaks up, I'm done for, and my grade gets hurt with a huge zero," he said.

Kirby looked at the funny-looking drawn face on the egg. The face itself was weird since the eyes were half-closed, looking away as the mouth was half-open, making the face look a bit crazy. "Did you draw the face?"

Chris looked at the egg's face. "Oh...I based the face's drawing on the awesome smiley..." He blushed a bit at this.

"...Awesome...smiley?" Peach said confused.

"A goofy-looking smile that you can find in the internet," Chris explained. "I thought it'd be funny to draw it on my egg..."

Mario nodded. "Did you name the egg?"

"Eggy Jr. the Fourth."

Silence...

"...The fourth?" Luigi asked, breaking the silence. "Were there others before it?"

"U-um, no. I just thought the first random name that came into my mind was good enough for the egg... I-in any case, this egg must NOT be broken by any means," Chris said. "This month has been becoming quite a pain for me to bear because homework ONCE again attacked me, and this little egg isn't going to make my life even harder and dangerous. So, if you can, DON'T BREAK EGGY,, okay?" he asked with emphasis. "One little crack and my grade is a total goner."

Kirby shifted his eyes. "...You can replace it if it breaks, right?"

"No..." Chris trailed off, showing them the egg's underneath where a difficult sign was drawn on it. "See the little sign? That's the teacher's sign. Replacing this egg with another one isn't going to change anything because of the sign so my teacher doesn't get fooled."

Mario shrugged and resumed eating his cake. "Wish we don't go on a mission today. Bringing that egg with you would be such a hassle."

"I know," Chris said with a sigh. "I can't leave the egg behind with somebody, sadly. I should be the one looking after it. Besides...if I can take care of the egg, then it'd give me a good chance of becoming a good parent in the near future."

Lucario instantly thought about raising Chris's future children. The Aura Pokémon growled happily as he imagined himself looking after babies who would get excited by just looking at him.

"For now, it's just Eggy," Chris said with a sigh. "I hope a chicken comes out of it..." he muttered.

"Changing topics," began Mario, "have you heard about Snake?"

"Hmm, not really," Chris said. "Snake hasn't even said a single word to us when he left the place for a while. He must really think that he needs a rest badly, though... Why'd he go to a frigid place like Alaska is beyond me..." He gasped. "M-maybe he's being attacked by mountain wolves as we speak, and he's calling out for help, but his cries for help triggered an avalanche that buried him with the hungry wolves, and he's freezing to death!"

Peach gasped. "We need to save him!" she said worried.

"Peach, everyone, calm down," Mario said. "Snake is surely okay. He wouldn't just go somewhere dangerous. We need to remind ourselves that he's not stupid."

Peach sighed in relief. "I was worried for a second..."

"I highly doubt Snake would be in trouble," Lucario commented, snapping out from his thoughts.

"Maybe you're right..." Luigi muttered. "Doesn't he hate us?"

"Yes, he does..." Mario muttered. "He's starting to open up to us, though. As long as we don't bother him, everything is going to be just fine. Be glad he wasn't like any of the other villains when we lived together."

And Chris knew he had to ask.

"That reminds me," Chris began, "did all of you live with Bowser and Ganondorf? How did they live here? I personally think it was like having a convict hiding in the house waiting to kill their victims..."

Mario thought for a second. "Well, one thing I can tell you for sure about this is that they certainly didn't make any trouble."

"They didn't?"

"No, they didn't," Mario said. "They mostly stayed here because they would brought pain to everyone as many times as they liked. None of us never tried to get along with them simply because they'd shrug us off or curse our names."

Chris looked worried as the others resumed eating, Peach sitting on a chair. "That sounds bad..." Chris muttered.

"And it was a very tricky situation because Link would have to spy on Ganondorf and make sure he wasn't planning something fishy, but all times ended with both of them breaking into a fight anywhere in the mansion," Mario said. "Worse yet, it'd make the others break into a fight as well if they ever got to help either one, mostly being Link."

"...Is everyone here that...passionate about battles?"

"It's just that accidents tend to make anyone mad here," Mario said. "Long story short, nobody ever did spend time with either them. Sometimes I think I could get along with Bowser, but many of those times make me think he'd hang me alive with a rope..."

Luigi shook his head before shrugging. "L-living with your enemy is like you're trying to survive every day..."

Out a cue, Chris looked to his right where a passing Wolf walked towards the exit, purposely bumping shoulders against Fox who had walked to the lupine's opposite direction. Wolf and Fox shot glares at each other before walking away to their desired paths. "I think I know what you mean by that..." Chris muttered.

"Some of them can change for the better, though," Mario said. "Others...well, they just can't turn over a new leaf. Because once they smile at you, once you turn your back on them...they'll finish you off from behind."

Everyone stared shocked at Mario.

"...I'm just telling the truth," Mario said. "That's happened to me already..."

"..." Everyone looked at each other. After a brief moment of silence, they all returned to eat while Mario looked embarrassed at his little explanation.

Not long after returning to eat, the alarms blared off quite loudly, starting all of them. "We have found another Temple of Gaia!" Tails announced. "Quick, report to the command room immediately! I repeat, report to the command room immediately, guys!"

"You didn't say 'guys' before!" yelled Crazy Hand.

"T-they know what I mean!" Tails yelled, the alarms suddenly shutting down.

Mario pushed his chair away and stood on the floor. "Well, what do you know? We have work to do. Are you sure you're going to bring that egg?"

Chris grabbed his egg, pushed his chair, and stood up, Lucario doing the same. "I need to take of it," Chris said. "I don't to leave it behind with everyone in here. What if DK tries to eat it, or what if Diddy juggles it?"

"Okay, if you say so..." Mario muttered before the others joined them and ran to the command room...

...And Chris came back in to get a piece of the strawberry cake. The musician rejoiced and ran away...

...And then Kirby came back in, jumped to the table, and swallowed the rest of the cake with one move, satisfying his stomach before jumping back to the floor where he ran away to the command room.

Command Room

Soon, everyone had gathered in the room full of computers. Master Hand, as always, was floating in front of all of them to give a summary of the situation. "After a whole month, we've located the next temple, guys," he said. "Tails, would you care to show us the next temple's whereabouts?"

Tails, who was sitting at the same chair from last time, nodded and displayed the next location, this time being an island in the middle of the ocean. "According to the readings, a Temple of Gaia's energy is radiating from somewhere in this island," he said. "It must be the Shamar Temple."

Master Hand took out a sheet of paper. "And according to this little piece of paper, this is the status of this world."

Megaman 64
Current Status: Marlwolf's Defeat
Race: Humans
Number of protagonists: 3
Level of danger: Medium
Members allowed to dispatch: 9
Highly recommended abilities: Explorer skills, only humans (and special conditioned characters) may be allowed to go

Chris rubbed his head at the mention of the world. "Hmm, it's been a long time ever since I heard about that game before... I don't know remember much about it anymore."

Final Fantasy VIII - Timber Owls

"Okay, everyone, prepare yourselves for the next mission," Master Hand said. "We've got two temples down, and there are five more to go. Don't let me down with this one."

Soon, everyone began talking with each other. While this happened, Chris decided to think about who he should take to the next world. "Only humans can go," he said. "But then again, I can bring special conditioned characters: Kirby, Meta Knight, and Sonic or any of his friends... Well, first, I'll go ask Kirby."

The World Traveler went to the Star Warrior, who still looked pleased at the cake he had eaten before. Kirby looked up at Chris, smiling happily. "You want me to go?" Kirby asked.

"(I need to resist his smile!)" Chris thought, twitching a bit. "(It makes him a lot more hug-gable than before! God, this is the hardest trial I've ever faced before!) Yes," Chris said simply, shaking off the thought. "It was time for you to come, Kirby."

Kirby looked happier, making Chris try to avoid the thought about hugging him. Surely, nothing else could make things much worse for Chris... "Yay!" Kirby rejoiced.

And Chris ducked down and hugged Kirby tightly, Kirby returning the hug without minding at all. The World Traveler went as far as to cuddle the little Star Warrior before letting go of him. Chris stood up, sighed loudly in his mind, and looked down at the happy Kirby. "(WHEW! That's done with...)" Chris thought. "W-well, I'll call you in a few, Kirby. Wait here."

Kirby nodded chuckling. The World Traveler didn't want to stay any longer with Kirby to hug him once more. One hug was everything Chris needed to do with Kirby.

Next, he walked up to Ness and Lucas, who were just talking to each other by the time he walked to them. "So, Chris," began Ness, "do you know anything about this world?"

Chris pressed his brow. "Just very little," he said, stopping pressing his brow. "The only thing I recall about this world is that there's an incarnation of Megaman in there?"

"Incarnation?" Lucas asked curiously.

"You see...Capcom, the company where Megaman comes from, has had an ongoing trend to make many different kinds of Megaman based on the very first one," Chris explained. "And because of that, there are a lot of them like the one in that world."

"Aah, so they squeeze a lot out of the original guy," Ness said nodding. "That doesn't make things confusing, right?"

"I'm not so sure," Chris said unsure. "Some of them do follow the original storyline, but others have their own storyline that differs a lot from the others. I personally think it's a very innovating idea."

"So...is this Megaman the original one?" Lucas asked.

"No... This Megaman has his own storyline," Chris said. "I could say this one is more human than the other ones because, technically speaking, the others are more robotic."

"Then the original one must be a robot, right?" Ness asked.

"Yes."

"Ooh, and let me guess: these robots have emotions, right?"

"Yes..."

"And there are some other robots who take advantage of their emotions and try to destroy humanity as it is."

"...Yes..."

"Thought so," Ness said, snapping his fingers. "It's the typical tale with robots having emotions."

Chris sweat dropped. "A-at least you can say Megaman was one of the earliest robots to do this..."

"Well, he might have originated this whole deal about robots having emotions," Ness said. "I'm already pretty excited to see more about this."

"M-me too," Lucas said. "...There aren't any killer robots there, right?"

"Er..." Chris trailed off, worried about making Lucas unsure about going to that world.

Lucas knew the response was going to be an affirmative one, so he gulped and forced a smile. "I-it's okay," he muttered. "I can handle all this just fine, you two..."

Ness sighed. "Lucas, you're still trying to become brave, right?"

"I-I'm trying my best!" Lucas replied back. "D-don't push me, Ness! I-I'm doing this little by little!"

"Okay, okay, I understand," Ness said. "Don't push yourself too much because you could end up getting hurt so badly."

Lucas whimpered a bit at the thought. Chris looked at Ness. "Ness, I think you're not helping too much here..." he muttered.

Ness looked at Lucas. "I'm sorry if I made you feel scared, Lucas. It wasn't my intention to do that..."

"I-it's all good," Lucas said with a gulp. "I-I can do this just fine...just like I said before..."

Ness waved a hand at Chris. "He'll be fine. If he gets in trouble, he knows he hasus for help."

Chris nodded. "Okay, then I'll call you both when we're ready," he said before leaving the PK users talking to each other.

Next up, he approached Ike, who seemed to be in deep thought about something. Tilting his head, Chris looked confused at the ranger. "Um, Ike?"

Ike snapped out from his thoughts. "Oh, it's you," Ike said. "Are you here to request my aid, Chris?"

"That's what I was thinking," Chris said. "Do you want to come?"

"Sure," Ike said. "If you were asking why I was thinking just now, it was because I'm a bit concerned about Dark Gaia."

"Wow, I thought nobody was going to think about that beast of hell," Chris said.

"You know, if we ended up fighting Dark Gaia...would we win?" Ike asked. "Dark Gaia is supposed to be a deity. Deities are know for being far superior than any common person like us. What would happen if we ended up going against someone so powerful as Dark Gaia?"

Chris looked away. "I-I'm not so sure if I should be worrying about that," he said. "In the original storyline, Sonic and Chip faced Dark Gaia after they couldn't place the last continent back into the planet...but, since Sonic's storyline will OBVIOUSLY become our mission to defeat Tabuu a lot harder...we need to restore all the temples before facing Dark Gaia."

Ike nodded. "Correct. If we restore all the temples, Dark Gaia would stop from coming out from the world and destroy everything, and then we wouldn't have to go through with a battle against it." He smiled a bit and nodded. "You've got to thank everything and everyone has a fatal flaw."

The World Traveler Otacon's words. "Nothing can be complete without a character flaw, you know."

"But whatever flaw is that, anyone will try so hard to hide it so they show off and say 'I'm so invincible and you aren't, ha-ha' when you're not going any damage."

"...Okay," Chris said.

"I'd suggest to exploit that flaw till the enemy goes down," Ike suggested. "As for today, I'll be ready for whatever event comes by," Ike said. "Well, call me when we're ready."

The World Traveler nodded at the ranger. Turning away, Chris decided to go talk with Mario, Luigi, and Peach, the latter Chris thought that he was worried of asking to come.

"I want to come," Peach said seriously and sure about herself, not giving Chris a chance to speak at all as she knew what the World Traveler was to going to ask them all. Mario and Luigi exchanged shocked looks with each other after listening to this.

Chris's expression would have been a sight to behold, since he mentally cursed himself as many times as he could after Peach's decision. "M-my god, Peach, I haven't even asked you and you already said yes?" Chris asked in pure disbelief.

The musician would have been scared to see Peach's serious expression. "..."

And the mushroom princess quickly dropped her serious expression for a worried one.

"W-well...I just thought it was time for me to do something..." she said spoke softly.

Mario, Luigi, and Chris sighed in unison.

"...But I still want to do it."

Peach didn't know how well she put everyone around her so frightened at the thought about forcing herself into the battle, being a little oblivious herself. The trio looked worried at her, Luigi placing his hands on her right shoulder. "P-Peach, are you SURE about this?" he asked with a gulp. "I-I can't imagine you going into a fight where you'll get hurt!"

"Me too!" Chris spoke quickly.

Mario nodded. "I'll be honest, Peach, when I'm saying that you could be in danger."

Peach looked at the trio. "But aren't we all in danger?" she asked, making a point. "There's no use if I stay sitting here without doing anything. Everyone is trying their hardest to face the Subspace Army... I just can't let everyone do it while I'm away from you."

Mario sighed and looked at Chris. "She made up her mind. You can't say no to her now."

Luigi gasped at this. "M-Mario, you can't be serious! You're putting the princess in danger!"

"B-but I want to be in danger!" Peach argued.

The statement sounded a little bit twisted itself, causing a dead silence to fall between the four.

Peach looked down in embarrassment, holding onto her long pink skirt with both hands. "I'm sorry for raising my voice..." she muttered, "but...I want to go, you two..."

Mario and Luigi looked worried at the proposal. The two plumbers looked at Chris. "If she's going, we'll go," Mario said. "It's the least we can do to make sure she stays safe during the battles."

"(I'm going to die first before I get to shield her!)" Luigi thought, crying mentally. "Y-yes, what Mario said. I-I don't want Peach to get hurt."

The decisions made Peach look up and smile happily at the two, who she gave a group hug. "Mario, Luigi, thank you so much," she said, making both plumbers blush. "I know I can always count on you two the most, and that also includes Chris and the others."

Both plumbers hugged her tightly. "Don't fight when things get worse, okay?" Mario asked.

"But if they do get worse, I'll find a way to help no matter what," Peach said. "I won't let anyone get hurt either."

Luigi sniffed sadly. "P-Peach, don't say those things, please! I don't want to think about bad stuff happening to us!"

"I won't, then," Peach said while the three chuckled heartily, ignoring that Chris was standing in front of them.

"(If I only had a camera, I'd have a million dollar picture with these three hugging each other like this,)" Chris though before snapping out the thought away. "O-okay, I'll call all of you when we're ready," he told them, despite the fact the three were still chuckling heartily.

And, since the mission involved a temple from Sonic's world, Chris had to go and ask Sonic to come along. The World Traveler made his way to the hedgehog, who was accompanied with Tails, Knuckles, Amy, Cream, Cheese, and Big, who were all staring at Chip flying in the air in front of them without showing any signs of emotion. "...Oh god, is he still like this?" Chris asked, staring at Chip.

Amy nodded. "Yeah, Chip hasn't been moving for a whole month. It's really ridiculous when you think about it, but the poor guy hasn't even eaten anything yet. Why, he hasn't even blinked, moved, or breathed air at all! It's so freaky of him."

"I'm worried that he becomes a statue if he keeps going like this," Cream said, a little bit oblivious of the results.

Knuckles sighed. "Guys, he's just making a fool out of himself," he said. "He's surely playing some kind of trick to us."

"Is he, though?" Tails asked, tilting his head to the side. "I'm pretty sure something must've happened to make him stay still in the air like this..."

Sonic rubbed his chin. "The question is what, though..."

"Hmm, maybe he became really still," Big said without thinking much.

The musician thought about the situation. He recalled what had happened a month ago, and that was when he recalled. "Chip...you're not still accepting the fact that...she was going to...well...die...right?"

"...Yeah," Chip suddenly spoke, blinking his eyes. "Ever since that day, Chip Norris hasn't overcome that really hard trial... And that means Chip Norris died!" he proclaimed, making a serious face after a long time. "Today, a new Chip is reborn!"

Sonic crossed his arms and stared at Chip. "Geez, what are you gonna do this time, Chip?"

"This," Chip said, taking out a black vest that he put on together with sunglasses. He also combed his hair back so he would look tough.

Cream and Cheese looked excited as the imp kept staring forward. "Oh, oh, who are you trying to be now?" Cream asked in excitement.

"Ma'am, I'm not trying to be anybody," Chip said. "I am myself."

Big gasped. "I...I didn't know you were yourself."

Amy rolled her eyes at Big's surprise. "Okay, Chip, can you tell us your next name?"

"Call me...Chipminator," Chip said, crossing his arms. "Those Shadow Nightmares will be Chipminated when all this is over with."

Knuckles kept staring at the imp. "...You really like to change names a lot, don't you?" he asked bored.

"I have the full authority to do it," Chip said, still staring forward. "My only purpose in life is to exterminate the Nightmares, my brother's servants of darkness. They won't stand a chance against me, Chipminator, after I recover my powers as Light Gaia."

Sonic looked interested, despite the fact this was probably the only persona Chip would adopt to stay closer as a job as the supposed deity. "Oh, so what powers are those?"

"Merge temples together and make the Gaia Colossus."

"What else is there?"

"That's pretty much it."

Dead silence...and Big saw a withered plant rolling by.

"...Coughcoughboringcough," Sonic coughed.

Chip sneered a bit at this. "You shall see how I act, Sonic. Mark my words."

Chris looked annoyed at Sonic. "Did he steal those videos I have? I just noticed many of my library's movies are gone."

"Yeah, he took 'em all by himself a long time ago," Sonic said. "The guy's been watching all of them nonstop before he began adopting those names he comes up with."

The musician frowned at this. "Next time, you'll see how he becomes Chip Hitler..."

"It was a very nice title, but I dropped that name," Chip said. "Chipminator sounds much cooler."

"...I'll...just go over to Crazy Hand's shop..." Chris muttered, slowly backing away before a hand grabbed his right shoulder. The musician looked at the hand to see Big looking at him. "Oh, Big...is something wrong?"

Big pulled back his hand. "I wanna go with all of you," he said. "I want to see if I can find Froggy again..." His ears drooped down in shame as he looked down at the floor. "It's been a month ever since Froggy got kidnapped by Dr. Eggman..."

Chris felt a bit of sympathy for the big cat. "Oh, right, I forgot you were here in hopes to see Froggy again..."

Big sniffed sadly, rubbing his eyes with his hands. "P-please, let me come along, too. I just want to have Froggy back with me. I won't rest until I see him again. The poor guy must be really scared right now, being so far away from home..."

"I...don't know, Big..." Chris muttered. "We're already too many, and we can't choose more people to come with us..." He turned towards Master Hand's direction. "Master Hand, is it alright if I take one more person with us even if have a full party?"

"Well, Big isn't a fighter, so...okay, you can bring him," Master Hand said.

The World Traveler turned and smiled to Big. "You're lucky because you ca-" Chris gasped as he saw Big starting to sob rather loudly, making some Smashers look at him. The musician walked behind the cat and patted his back. "C-cheer up, Big! I-I already said you can come with us! I-I'll find Froggy with you if you want! E-everyone will help out as well!"

Big looked down at Chris. "D-do you mean it?"

"I-I mean it, Big. I can't stand seeing someone crying because they lost a friend. I-in a way, I think we can relate each other very WELL!" he yelled suddenly after Big gave him a rather strong hug.

"Oh, thank you, thank you, thank you!" Big rejoiced, not noticing he was crushing Chris's back while doing so. "You made me so super happy, Chris! Now I know Froggy will come back sooner, right, right, right?"

"I-I k-know h-he w-will..." Chris stuttered in pain. "S-so p-please...s-stop...h-hugging m-me...b-before I-I...g-get...k-killed...B-Big...p-please..."

Big let go of Chris, the latter falling down to the floor where he caught his breath back. "Thank you, Chris," Big said happily. "You promise Froggy will return?"

"I-I...can't...promise anything..." Chris muttered weakly on the floor. "...I-I'll...do it..."

"Thank you," Big said nodding.

The World Traveler slowly stood up, panting heavily. "(D-darn, Big doesn't know his strength very much...)" he thought, slowly backing away from the oblivious and happy Big. "I-I'll call you...s-so wait there, you..."

"Got it," Big said simply.

With eight people ready to be called, the World Traveler made his way to Crazy Hand's counter where he dropped on it, still trying to catch his breath. "H-hi..." Chris muttered weakly.

"Goodness, you look like somebody strapped a Bob-omb to a nuke and tossed it on you," Crazy Hand said.

"W-what difference does it make by strapping a Bob-omb?"

"The explosion...gets stronger?"

The musician sighed and managed to regain all his breath. "W-whatever, thing is, Big almost made Tabuu's wish come true: kill ONE of us OFF, that person being ME."

"Ah, well, he takes his vitamins, unlike anyone else in here. Ever thought about that, huh?"

"Maybe..." Chris muttered before shaking his head. "I want to see what else I can buy from you, Crazy Hand. Can you show me the list again?"

Crazy Hand handed the World Traveler the inventory list. "Here you go."

Jobs (None) - Stickers - Smashing Abilities - Items

Smash Coins in hands: 7201

"I think I'm going to see what I can buy for the people I decided to choose...so I'm going to ask Mario come over here," Chris said before getting Mario to come. "Mario, it's your turn to buy something from your list of skills. What would you like to buy?"

Mario looked at the list.

-Smashers Abilities

-Mario

Super Dodge - 1000 Smash Coins


Mario can perform Super Dodge, which will save him from being hurt by any kind of attack right after connecting with him. However, Mario needs to use this RIGHT after an attack connects with him, otherwise he'll be hurt. Not only will he dodge with a spin, but he will also counterattack any physical attack, doing minor damage and staggering the foe long enough for him to attack back.

Appeal - 2000 Smash Coins

Allows Mario to appeal the public watching all fights he's in by doing stylish maneuvers, getting the opportunity to gain extra items or even let the audience help by tossing hazardous stuff at the enemies. Warning: should Mario fail to appeal, the public might end up tossing rocks at him.

FLUDD Devices - 3000 Smash Coins

Allows Mario's FLUDD to change applications between Hover Nozzle, Turbo Nozzle, and Rocket Nozzle.

Bros. Attacks: Mario - 5000 Smash Coins

Allows Mario to join forces with Luigi and perform any of Mario's Bros. Attacks introduced in Superstar Saga: Splash Bros., Chopper Bros., Fire Bros., and Swing Bros. This ability also allows Mario to wield a hammer.

Resist lvl. 1: Fire - 1000 Smash Coins

Mario will reduce any received fire based attack by two-thirds (2/3)

"Good, good memories," Mario said, reminiscing many different events in his life.

"(Good, good games,)" Chris said, reminiscing many different times where he played all those games.

Mario pointed a finger at one of the abilities. "I'd like to buy Super Dodge, and Appeal, please."

"Oh well," Chris said. "Those are cheap for me," he commented, giving Crazy Hand 3000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 4201.

Mario looked at Chris. "Why don't you let Luigi get something, Chris?" he suggested. "I think he'd be more sure of himself if he gained another ability."

"Well...I guess you're right," Chris said. "Call him over, Mario, please."

"Will do," Mario said, walking away towards his rather worried brother.

Luigi came back and forced a smile. "C-can I get something from here?"

"YOU DON'T GET ANYTHING FROM ME!" Crazy Hand yelled in a booming voice, making Luigi faint instantly while Chris backed away from the insane hand. "...You buy anything you want," Crazy Hand added happily.

"You just LOVE to scare the heck out of Luigi, don't you?" Master Hand asked.

"...Yup."

Chris frowned at this and ducked down to slap Luigi on his face. "Luigi, wake up! Crazy Hand was just playing...um...playing, of course!"

"...Luigi's not available," Luigi muttered. "Please check after the ring tone. Bzzzzzz."

"Luigi..." Chris muttered.

After Luigi regained his composure, the green plumber took a glance of the insane hand, gulped, and took a look to the list. "(H-he's not going to kill me still, right?)" Luigi thought in fear of Crazy Hand.

-Luigi

Thunderhand - 1000 Smash Coins


"I want this one, please, please, please, please!" Luigi pleaded.

"Luigi, we haven't even got to the description part yet!" Chris interrupted.

"Aww..."

"That also includes the other abilities, so please, see them all first before choosing one... I'm not scolding you or anything, sorry..."

"...Okay..." Luigi muttered.

Luigi will use Thunderhand, an ability introduced in Superstar Saga. With this, Luigi can charge up his hands and zap an enemy. Warning: charging this too much will cause the attack's damage to be reduced drastically, and Luigi will get hurt a bit as well.

Poltergust 3000 - 2800 Smash Coins

Allows Luigi to use the Poltergust 3000 with all three elemental attributes (fire, water, and ice) available, and the typical vacuum-sucking ability, which has the possibility to suck projectiles and return them back to the enemy.

Bros. Attacks: Luigi - 5000 Smash Coins

Allows Luigi to join forces with Mario and perform any of Luigi's Bros. Attacks introduced in Superstar Saga: Bounce Bros., Knockback Bros., Thunder Bros., and Cyclone Bros. This ability also allows Luigi to wield a hammer.

Resist lvl. 1: Thunder - 1000 Smash Coins

Luigi will reduce any thunder based attacks by two-thirds (2/3)

Resist lvl. 1: Water - 1000 Smash Coins

Luigi will reduce any water based attacks by a third (1/3)

"...I don't understand," Luigi said. "Why is it that my Poltergust costs a little bit too much?"

"Oh, well, we called E. Gadd to lend us his Poltergust 3000, because the Superpoltergust 3001 was already being used," Crazy Hand explained. "Actually, he just made a different Poltergust, which is the one we have here. But, anyhow, he said he added those three elemental functions in there, but he ALSO said that it was too much work for him to do that, so he asked us to raise the price a little bit."

"...That...that's...t-that's a bit too greedy!" Luigi complained. "I-I'm certainly the only one from everyone here who has their second ability a little bit too overpriced!"

"You are," Crazy Hand pointed out.

Luigi's right eye twitched at this.

"...Oh, oh, oh, wait, I meant to mutter that so you'd ask why I said, not say it aloud," Crazy Hand said. "Okay, okay, let me try this again."

"Crazy Hand...I think it's a little bit too late for that now," Chris said with a frown.

Luigi looked down in depression.

"Aww, no!" Crazy Hand groaned aloud. "I wanted to make a joke out of that!"

Luigi kept looking down, a finger slowly reaching out over an ability. "I want to get...buy this one...please..." he trailed off, his finger pointing on the first defensive ability.

Chris gave 1000 Smash Coins to Crazy Hand. Seeing that Luigi looked depressed, Chris, out of sympathy, told Crazy Hand to get the first ability as well. "Also, get the Thunderhand ability, please."

At this little mention, Luigi looked up, watching as Chris gave Crazy Hand another 1000 Smash Coins, reducing the amount to 2201 Smash Coins. "B-but..." Luigi stammered a bit.

The World Traveler looked at Luigi. "I think you deserved it, Luigi. I didn't want you to look so down."

The green plumber sniffed a bit and wiped out a tear from his left eye. Smiling a bit, he hugged Chris tightly and patted his back. "T-thank you," he whispered, Chris returning the hug before Luigi began crying loudly.

"L-Luigi, don't get so moved!" Chris yelled, noticing most of the Smashers were looking at their way. "Everyone's watching!"

Luigi stopped hugging the musician, wiping out even more tears from his eyes. He took out a napkin and blew his nose on it. "O-okay, I'll be strong...emotionally," Luigi said, throwing the napkin away. He then started to charge electricity in his hand to create a small ball of lightning. "H-hopefully with this, I'll become stron-"

The little ball of electricity exploded a little bit too strong despite its size, causing Luigi to be engulfed in smoke while Chris backed away from the thick cloud of smoke. Once the smoke had cleared away, most Smashers gasped when they saw that Luigi was covered in soot by his own attack. They even saw his rather small pupils on his eyes while his green (or black) hat slipped off and fell down. "...L-Luigi?" Chris asked worried. "...A-are you...okay?"

"..." Luigi released a small cloud of smoke from his mouth before he fell to his knees and then on top of his nose. It was not long before most of the Smashers broke out laughing at the event, causing Chris to panic while he checked on Luigi.

"Luigi! Oh no, not again!" Chris cursed between the echoing laughs.

"...This...isn't just my day...is it?" Luigi muttered on the floor.

"Thank you for your purchases!" Crazy Hand said between the laughs. "Need anything else?"

"H-how can you be asking that in the middle o-wait, you're Crazy Hand, of course you'd do something like that..." Chris muttered, sighing in disbelief at the event.

After a while, the Smashers had calmed down, and the chosen group prepared themselves for the next world. The selected ten stood in front of Master Hand while everyone else stared at the hand as well. "Well, it's time," Master Hand said. "A month without the Subspace Army attacking means that they must have something in hands for us. Be warned of anything they throw at you, got that? The last thing I want from them is something really nasty like...you know what, let's not think about that."

"Thinking about negative stuff is the last thing I want to do right now," Sonic said. "I wanna think we're gonna be just fine."

"We got two temples restored, and we need five more to visit," Mario said. "Let's hope we keep this up."

"Then let's work like we always do," Ike said. "That way, not only will we get to save a temple, we get to see and meet other people out there in all the other worlds."

Chris hummed happily a bit at this. "I like how that sounds now," he said. "Wait for me here, okay, Lucario?"

"I'd like to go with you...but there's no point since I'm not allowed to go in a world full of humans," Lucario said. "Please, do be careful, Chris."

Chris ducked down to pick Kirby, who happily waved his hands up and down. "I have Kirby right here to protect me."

Lucario stared at the happy Kirby. "...Right..."

Kirby forced a glare at Lucario. "I'll eat you," he threatened.

The Aura Pokémon took a step back, knowing that Kirby would suck him very fast. "I-I didn't mean you weren't going to do a good job, Kirby..."

"Hmm," Chris muttered, "you will spend time with Kirby once we get back here, then. You have to watch out for what you say, Lucario."

"Yeah, you're so bad, meanie," Big commented out of nowhere.

Lucario sweat dropped while Kirby looked proud of himself, making the Aura Pokémon think the Star Warrior had a cunning side he could only see. "...Fine," Lucario muttered in boredom.

"Be good, big dog," Ness began amused, "because if you don't behave, you'll get grounded, and you know how steel types are weak against ground attacks. Ha-ha, get it? Grounded? Ground?"

"P-pfft," Lucas stiffed a chuckle, receiving a glare by Lucario, which was ignored completely as Lucas turned to another way.

Luigi chuckled as well, returning to a happier attitude. He got a little bit of confidence because of the joke.

Unfortunately, Lucario gave the Luigi the glare of death, which forced Luigi to become depressed all over again. With a gulp, he tapped Chris's right shoulder and said, "C-can we go now? I-I'l afraid I might be hurt in here if we stay a little bit longer..."

Chris knew why Luigi said that. "Lucario, stop!"

Lucario shook his head, snapping out from his fierce glare. "W-whatever you say, Chris," he said.

Peach forced a smile and rubbed Luigi's hat. "Everything's fine, Luigi. Don't be so scared now."

Luigi blushed. "R-right, Peach..."

Sighing, Chris went ahead and opened the portal. A serious Chip flew in front of the group and turned to them. "Let's Chipminate them all," he said in a low tone before flying into the portal.

Big's ears perked up high. "N-no, don't Chipminate Froggy, little guy! H-he never did something bad to you! W-wait for me!" he panicked before running into the portal.

Ness and Lucas exchanged glances before looking at Sonic. "Is he...this absent minded?" Ness asked.

Sonic shrugged. "That's how Big is... I don't know much about him, anyway."

Lucas looked worried. "I think I feel sorry he lost his friend..." He looked serious at the portal. "I-I'm going to go help him!" he said before running into the portal.

Ness rolled his eyes. "Don't you love when your heroic sense kicks in?"

Sonic grinned. "It does so many times that I lost the count," he said, quickly disappearing from sight after running into the portal, Ness following from behind.

Chris sighed and looked down at Kirby on his arms. "Something tells me that stuff will happen once we all get on the other side of that portal, Kirby... Please, don't let me fall in insanity," he said before taking out Eggy. "Also, don't let this egg get broken. I want that grade, you know."

Kirby raised a hand and smiled. "Okay!" he said cheerfully.

Chuckling together, both Chris and Kirby stepped into the portal, disappearing from the room.

Mario and Luigi walked and stood on each side of the portal, bowing to Peach. "Princesses first," Mario said.

Peach blushed and chuckled heartily. "You guys..." she trailed off in excitement as she made her way to the other side of the portal, Mario following right after.

Luigi cleared his throat and took a long step into the portal, but he, unfortunately, slipped and fell into the vortex.

Master Hand saw the portal disappearing. "Well, there they go," he said. "I hope we don't get any other incidents like the last time."

Cream looked down sadly.

"I-I mean, t-those were accidents after all!" Master Hand said in panic.

While Cream forced a smile, Knuckles raised his hand. "Hey, hand, can you do me a favor and let me become strong enough to face those enemies everyone else here fights against? The last battle I participated left me dropped dead on the floor!"

The hand thought for a moment. "Well, that is a good point," he remarked. "I think I can fix that with some time in hands... Heheh, get it? Hands? Me being a hand?"

Most Smashers groaned loudly at the joke.

"You guys don't like comedy that much, you know that?" Master Hand asked.

"I'm right with you, bruddha, I'm right with you," Crazy Hand said, making his brother sigh in depression.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 25, 2010, 09:38:01 PM
Music stops

-Megaman Legends/64-

In a world covered by endless water...

People are forced to eke out a living on the small patches of land that remain above the sea...

The people of this world rely on ancient technology driven by quantum refractors, a powerful energy source.  These refractors lie in ancient ruins underground and in the sea and are sought out by explorers called "Diggers"...

These brave explorers are the sole source of refractor energy which has become a cornerstone of the emerging civilizations.

Originally, this was the Diggers' only purpose; to find refractors so that civilization might endure...

However over the years, the story of an incredible treasure, the legendary Mother Lode, began to be whispered among the Diggers....

The Mother Lode...a treasure so great that were it discovered, it would provide so much power that the world need never fear of running out of energy....

In search of this Mother Lode, Diggers travel from one island to another in their flying machines ever hoping that they'll find what they seek just over the horizon...

Hope...
Despair...
Charity...
Greed...
Duty...
Power...

Who can say what truly motivates the Diggers?


-Kattelox Island-
Clozer Woods

Meanwhile, minutes before the Smashers had entered the portal, in an area where a huge hole resided, several explosions were being set off because of a huge yellow machine blowing up for some reason. Once the machine blew up, a figure went flying in the air just to land hard on the ground, covered all in soot.

In front of the soot-covered figure, a young boy in a blue suit stood several feet away from it. The boy wore the previously mentioned blue suit, which made him look like a robot more than anything else. The blue suit, however, lacked a blue helmet, which forced the boy with green eyes to reveal his spiked brown hair. Apparently, it looked like the boy in the blue suit had defeated the huge yellow machine, which the figure was piloting.

"Er...are you okay?" he asked the figure. "You don't look so good..."

The soot-covered figure slowly sat up on the ground, staring forward in shock without minding the boy in the blue suit. "How much does he think it costs to build that in the first place?  I'll get him if it's the last thing I ever do...I mean..."

The boy in the blue suit looked worried. "W-well, you were trying to steal the ruins' treasure, so I had to..."

Suddenly, from above, a wide elevator lowered down from a huge green battleship hovering in the sky. From the elevator, two small figures looked worried at the figure on the ground. The figures had funny yet cute-looking yellow heads with small blue bodies and yellow pincers as hands. "Master Teisel, are you all right?" asked the first one on the left with worry.

The two figures ran to each side of the figure, who slowly stood up. The both figures began to shake the soot-covered person with worry. "Are you Master Teisel?!" asked the second one, doubtful about the person's appearance due to the soot.

The figure that had been forced to leave the machine that was destroyed kept staring forward. The figure was a tall man with long spiky white hair that trailed pointed straight back. He had red eyes and he wore a green suit that didn't exactly have anything worth mentioning. His face was the only visible part of his body that had skin showing out, but he was definitely human. His full name was Teisel Bonne.

Teisel Bonne is a 29-year-old man, leader of a band of rogue pirate Diggers known as the Bonne Family. Being the leader, he commands his other two younger siblings and the whole crew of Servbots. Together, they all search for treasure, stealing them from places where it is prohibited to dig without authorities' permission. Teisel has a very individual laugh he often uses whenever he is excited, which is high pitched and slightly insane in nature. Teisel's behavior is often very uncertain, as he is extreme in his emotions, either being very angry, tearing up and crying, or being extremely excited; rarely, if ever, is he calm.

"This...just won't do for now..." Teisel muttered, still in shock. "No...this place absolutely failed today..."

"Master Teisel, please, cheer up!" one of the small figures said as they leaded the shocked Teisel back to the elevator where he sat down in depression. "We just gotta try harder next time! You aren't seriously going to stop this, right?"

"Yeah, he's right!" the other small figure said smiling. "Master Teisel knows better than the Bonne Family doesn't give up that easily! He is the guy of guys!"

"...You guys..." muttered Teisel.

And after in a brief moment of shock, the Bonne Family member stood up on the elevator and pointed angrily at the boy in the blue suit, who took a step back, thinking Teisel was insane (which was actually true).

"You," Teisel began, "y-you're going to get it next time, blue boy! I'm seriously going to get you! This isn't going to be the last you'll see from the Bonne Family! Just you wait until I get you!"

The boy in the blue suit looked worried; worried about that such an insane guy would follow him. "U-um...okay?" he said, forcing a smile.

"G-g-grr! How can you be smiling at a time like this?!" Teisel demanded, stomping his right foot hard on the elevator, causing the small figures to hide behind the iron bar that maintained the elevator attached to the battleship in the air. "Are you trying to tell me that you're a sadist? Why, you little punk!"

"W-wait! I didn't mean I was a sadist!" the boy in the blue suit said in his defense. "Y-you're jus-"

"Look, I might be getting a little bit ahead of myself, but I recognize a sadist when I see it with my own eyes!" Teisel declared. "That's not something I'm going to bother with, though!" He snapped his fingers, giving the order to start pulling back the elevator into the battleship. "Just you wait! You're mine, boy. I'll get you the next time we me-"

Just after the elevator started pulling back into the ship, some kind of vortex appeared right between Teisel and the boy in the blue suit. The two gasped loudly (with the small figures) as the mysterious portal enlarged long enough for somebody to walk in and out.

By this time, the elevator had pulled back into ship, Teisel's words being, "WHAT IN THE NAME OF THE MOTHER LODE IS THAT THING?!" before the ship flew away from the scene.

Back on the surface, the boy in the blue suit gapped his mouth wide open in shock by seeing the portal swirling a bit above the ground. "Megaman, are you okay?" called a female voice from somewhere. "I'm picking up some kind of energy close to you! It's...it's just too strong! Are you sure everything's okay over there? Did you get the pirates already?"

The boy in the blue suit stuttered a bit. "U-um, Roll, there's some kind of...vortex...just in front of me..." He inspected the portal. "...Yeah, a portal!"

"A portal?" the female voice asked. "What kind of portal is that, anyway? ...Wait a minute, a portal? Are you serious, Megaman? T-that doesn't make sense to me! Are you trying to fool me?"

"N-no!" the boy said. "W-why would I fool you right now, Roll? I-I'm serious that there's a portal right in front of me! I-it appeared right after I beat that man named Teisel!"

"O-okay, Megaman, I think I can trust you..." the female voice said skeptically. "...Can you examine it?"

The boy looked worried. "I don't know if it's safe to do it..."

"But what if you leave it like that?" the female voice asked. "Megaman, examine that...portal, please. We don't know what could happen if we leave it alone! Please, do something about it!"

The boy in the blue suit sighed. "Alright, Roll, I'll examine it..."

After his reply of boredom was heard, from the portal, several people came out, making the boy in the blue suit gap his mouth wide. The people that came out were the Smashers, with Luigi coming in by tripping down as he did before. "O-oww!" Luigi moaned in the ground.

Mario helped him to get up. "You're starting to have a bad day, aren't you, Luigi?" Mario asked.

"Y-yes," Luigi muttered before standing up. "I-I'm going to be just fine, right?"

"Yes, don't worry about that, okay?"

"I-I'll try..."

It was not long before a shot was fired at Luigi's head, making him fall on the ground once again. The Smashers gasped at this, and then followed the direction where the shot came from. They just noticed that the boy in the blue suit held out his right hand, which had turned into some kind of arm cannon with smoke shooting out. The boy looked serious at them, but they could tell that he was kind of nervous. "Y-you people...d-don't move!" he demanded.

Ness groaned. "Oh, SWEET! We're already being menaced by the local police...in blue suits."

Lucas thought worried. "D-didn't we already get thrown in jail before?"

"Oh no, I don't want to be thrown in jail even though I'm clearly a kid! If I get thrown in jail again, I'll start thinking all the worlds out there ar-"

Chris quickly covered Ness's mouth, looking worried at the boy. "W-we..."

"T-tell me," the boy demanded, "tell me you're not here to...um...d-destroy this island or something! I-if you are, I-I'll make sure you get thrown in jail!"

Ness pushed Chris's hand away. "Oh, double SWEET, then!" he complained.

Sonic glared at the boy. "Hey, I'm not gonna be thrown in a jail here. Jails don't have a lot of space, y'know."

"Sonic, I think we don't need to talk about your claustrophobia right now," Mario commented.

"I-I'm not claustrophobic!" Sonic said in his defense. "I just don't like tiny spaces!"

"You're claustrophobic," everyone else said at the same time, even the boy in the blue suit said it.

"...H-hey, don't get me distracted!" the boy in the blue suit said, aiming his arm cannon at them. "I-I'm going to have to ask you to stay there, otherwise, I'll...do something!"

Despite most of them didn't look threatened, Big covered his head. "Oh no, what are we gonna do? He's gonna hurt us if we don't do something!"

"Big, quiet," Sonic muttered.

Tension grew as the group stared at the wary boy. However, the very same tension was quickly stopped once Peach raised a hand, calling the attention of everyone (and the boy's arm cannon). "P-please, we didn't come here to cause any trouble!" she yelled. "We came here because...because this world...is in danger!"

Once again, the boy's mouth gapped wide while everyone else looked shocked at the princess. Silence took over the atmosphere as everyone stared at Peach with disbelief. "...Oh, crud," muttered Ness in a low-toned voice.

Peach kept staring at the boy for a while. She then noticed what she had say, and she covered her cheeks in embarrassment. "I-I didn't mean to say that...really..." she admitted.

"H-hold on!" the boy began anew, "w-what are you talking about now? A-answer me! This situation is getting a lot weirder for me to understand!"

Ike stepped forward. "Please, listen to us. We didn't come here to hurt anybody mindlessly. If you can lower that...arm cannon..."

"Mega Buster," the boy corrected.

"Yeah, Mega Buster... Lower it, please..."

The boy looked worried before looking serious again. "A-are you going to attack me once I lower my guard?"

"For crying out loud, kid, just lower your weapon!" Sonic complained.

This time, the boy put his left hand over his arm cannon. "I won't if you keep yelling at me!"

"STOP, EVERYONE!"

They all gasped once Lucas burst out of anger at the event. The Nowhere Island resident exchanged worried glances with everyone. "L-Lucas..." Ike trailed off.

"P-please, why do we need to do this?" Lucas asked. "W-why do we need to have all this tension on us? I-I'm really getting angry that this isn't taking us anywhere! Can we just solve things by talking and not by fighting? I don't understand why we need to be so violent!"

Everyone else merely blinked with worry, exchanging even more glances with each other. After some silence took over the air, the boy in the blue suit sighed and frowned. "...Megaman, is everything okay there?" the female voice asked once more.

"Um...yeah, everything's fine, Roll," the boy replied back, looking at a small screen on his arm cannon. "Don't worry about it."

"Of course I'm going to worry, Megaman! I mean, you just said some kind of portal appeared before you! It seems the energy disappeared just a moment ago, though... I don't really know what's happening over your end, Megaman, but you need to come back to the city... The mayor has something important to tell you."

The boy looked at the group. After staring at them for a moment, he nodded to himself. "Roger...I'll head back to City Hall... See you there, Roll." He lowered down his arm cannon and bowed to the group. "I'm sorry, but I have to go for now... I don't really know what you guys are going to do, but since you said you weren't going to do something bad to this island, well...don't cause any trouble or else I'll come back to get you..." he said skeptically, turning around towards a long, steep slope that leaded to the surface of the terrain. The boy kept staring at the group for a while before he ran away, climbing up the slope, disappearing from sight.

"..." Chip looked at the group and shook his head. "You guys do a poor job at first impressions. Shame on you, guys, shame-on-you," he said, receiving a downward punch by an annoyed Sonic afterward.

"Man, that was screwed up from our part, I guess," Ike said, scratching the back of his head. "Do you think he's going to come back?"

"I doubt so," Mario commented, helping a sniffing Luigi to get back up once more. "We're not certainly going to cause any more trouble, right?"

"No..." Sonic muttered, an annoyed Chip getting back up from the ground.

Peach sighed and looked down. "It wasn't because of something I said, right?" she asked worried.

"U-um, no," Chris said, forcing a smile. "Besides the fact you probably freaked him out by saying right away about the existence of other worlds..."

Peach frowned to herself.

"...Oh...I-I..."

"It's okay, Chris, I was the one who gave the bad impression..." Peach trailed off before Mario and Luigi patted her back. "Mario, Luigi..."

"Peach, don't take all the blame to yourself. It wasn't your fault, less anyone else's fault," Mario reassured her. "We kind of came in at the wrong place at the wrong time, that's all."

Chris groaned a bit. "But if that's so, then that means I have the whole blame!"

"Yeah, way to go, Chris," Sonic said in boredom.

"S-Sonic, you little bastard! I don't know how to control the portals properly, so don't blame me, okay? I-I'm starting to get the hand of this, you know!"

Kirby looked upset, jumping off from Chris's hand to the ground. The Star Warrior clapped his hands together to get everyone's attention. "E-everybody, please, calm down!" he pleaded worried. "I-I don't want everyone to look so depressed right now!"

"...Kirby has a point," Ike said nodding. "We're supposed to survey the area and find the next temple somewhere."

"I was starting to forget about that," Ness said, looking around. "...Soooo...here we are at some excavation site...I think..."

Looking around, the group found themselves standing in a big hole, possibly an excavation area as Ness had described before. In the middle of the area, however, a huge thin tower stood far apart from any accessible point to jump to the top. The Smashers walked towards the tower, spotting some kind of small dome where a door resided.

"Do you think the temple is inside this tower?" asked Lucas.

"Hmm, I dunno," Sonic said. "The temple might be underground 'cuz I don't see how a thin tower like this one can be the whole temple."

"But...how are we supposed to reach a height that high?" Ness asked. "That door is like a hundred feet away from the ground. The best height we can reach is twenty-five feet, more or less."

Chris looked at Mario. "You're the Jumpman here!"

Mario shook his head. "Even I have my limitations, Chris. I can't jump that high."

"Oh, great..."

Sonic grinned and lifted his shoulders. "Guys, guys, we don't necessarily need to jump to reach that place... We'll just run!"

Ike looked skeptical. "I don't see how running will help us here, Sonic. Can you explain yourself?"

Sonic waved a finger to the group. "You're forgetting that you're talking with the world's fastest hedgeho-"

"Even though this isn't literally the world you came from," interrupted Chip.

A red toon vein popped out from Sonic's forehead, but he kept grinning at them. "Anyway, I'll just run at the speed of light on the tower itself to reach the door. Once I get there, I'll open it up for you."

"There's a problem with that, tho-" Ike was interrupted as Sonic began to dash along the tower's wall, eventually reaching the highest point. "Sonic!"

Sonic, standing in front of the metallic door of the dome, interlaced his fingers together and chuckled to himself. He looked over his shoulder to look down to the others. "I told you I was gonna reach this place! No biggie!" he said laughing, walking towards the metallic door where he looked and knocked on it several times. "Okay, you...open up!" he said grinning.

A minute later...

The group remained silent as they saw the hedgehog standing in front of the door, which didn't open to his command. The hedgehog began to grow upset, even after just a minute had passed. "Hmm, open," he told the door, not receiving a positive outcome from it. "...Open," he said again, not getting anything good or bad from the door. Growing angry, the hedgehog grunted and started kicking on the door. "Dammit, you! Open, I say, open!"

As the hedgehog kept kicking on the door, Kirby slowly reached out for the platform of the dome because Big used his strength to throw the Star Warrior all the way to where Sonic was. The Star Warrior blinked his eyes at Sonic before he walked besides him and noticed a small card slot to the right of the door. "Sonic...I think you didn't see that," Kirby said, pointing at the slot.

Sonic stopped kicking the door to look at the slot. The hedgehog grumbled some curses and inspected the horizontal hole on the wall. "Aww, just my luck," Sonic muttered before he turned around and jumped all the way down to the group, Kirby latching to his head. Once both landed back, the hedgehog lifted his shoulders with open hands, saying, "Nope, we need some kinda card key to get in."

"A card key? Well, that's just swell," Ness said. "Now we need to find some card key somewhere, then?"

"What if the temple turns out to be somewhere else?" Ike asked. "We might end up wasting our time."

Mario crossed his arms and thought for a moment. "That could mean we're in a tight spot... What to do now..."

Big looked up to the sky. "What if we go to that city the boy in the blue costume mentioned?"

Everyone looked at Big. "Oh yes, that boy we met earlier said he was heading to some city, right?" asked Luigi.

Sonic chuckled and grinned again. "Okay, so that settles it!" he said. "We're gonna go downtown and see if we can find information about any spooky stuff happening on this place!"

"That seems like the best idea we can do now," Peach said. "Besides, I don't like the terrain of this excavation site...and it's creepy to think there's nobody in this place..."

"Let's go to the city," Big suggested. "Maybe somebody saw Froggy."

With Big's blind hopes about finding Froggy in mind, Chris turned to the long slope where the boy had climbed to run away. "I think that if we follow this path, we might reach the city faster...but...I don't know if this is the way..."

"I-if he went that way, we should go that way as well," Luigi said. "P-please, let's just go! I don't like the fact our voices are echoing in this abandoned place!"

"My thoughts exactly..." muttered Lucas.

Peach looked cheerfully, trying to stay optimistic to raise the morale of the group. "Let's go, then," she said, starting for the slope with everyone else while Chris made sure Sonic wasn't going to run away (Sonic: Lame-o!)

And so, the group eventually climbed over the slope and reached the higher ground, which was a pacific green field with trenches that had caves in them. In truth, the caves weren't exactly caves as they were short passages to access other areas. Only one of them was present in the main path, and they decided to cross through it. Once doing so, they found themselves walking right besides the ocean on a pacific-looking green field with hills.

Lucas smiled at the sight of the scenery. "This place is so calm..."

Ness breathed in the clean air before yawning loudly. "I think this place is very good. You don't get to see this kind of place that much."

Peach raised her hand a bit for a bird to land on it. The princess pulled back her hand and petted the little bird a bit. "This is such a beautiful place. Don't you think so, Mario, Luigi?"

"Yes it is," Mario said. "We could even have a picnic."

"I-I'll make the sandwiches!" Luigi offered with excitement.

"Um, I hate to break this moment, but we need to get to the city," Ike said as they continued walking along the coast. "We can have a picnic here after we find the temple."

"I was already hungry," Big said sighing. "I also wanted to go fishing..."

Kirby nodded in agreement. The puffball looked around before looking confused. "Where's Sonic?" he asked, making a point as the hedgehog had disappeared from sight.

Chris turned to his left to see that Sonic was walking as far away possible from the super killer substance of the world known as water. "I'm not getting close to some coast!" Sonic yelled from afar. "Water doesn't go well with me! Don't force me to walk next to it!"

"Pussy," Chip commented, fixing his sunglasses a bit.

"Whatever, I'm not getting close to where all of you are," Sonic said, shrugging with some fear.

"One of these days, I'm sure I'm going to throw you inside a pool with a lifesaver..." Chris muttered.

After walking along the peaceful coast, the group noticed several buildings scattered along the field. Not only did they find that, but they also found another dome that required a card key for its door to open. After having examined it, the group continued their way to the south until they reached a long wall, indicating that there was a city on the other side. Just in front of the wall, where a door was, a police officer stood still in front of it, folded arms behind his back. The white police helmet he wore on his head that covered his eyes made him look like as he couldn't look what was in front of him: a bunch of people from different worlds who wanted to access the city.

"Excuse me?" Mario asked, trying to get the guard's attention.

The guard focused his attention to them. "Hmm? Oh, hello there... You aren't pirates, are you?"

"Pirates?" Ness asked. "Do we really look like pirates?"

"Should I suppose you're not one of them?"

"I think you're mistaking, mister..." Lucas muttered. "W-we're not pirates of any sorts..."

"Really..." the officer muttered. "Well, most of you look quite peculiar to me."

"(And here we go with the costumes,)" Sonic thought in boredom.

"We aren't pirates," Mario said. "We're just travelers sightseeing this area."

"Why would sightsee this area when it was previously raided by pirates some hours ago?" the police officer asked. "For that matter, why are you even here? How did people like you manage to be here without getting harmed? I guess you hid inside those buildings with everyone else, right?"

The Smashers looked back at the buildings scattered across the big plains. They turned back to the officer. "Um, yes, we did..." Luigi muttered.

"In that case, you should go back into the city," the officer said, stepping aside from the door. "We're not sure if there are any more pirates left in the area. You should be okay if you stay in the city."

"(That was rather easy to make him move,)" Ike thought.

"Oh, you can't enter the city without using this," the officer said, handing over to Mario a small blue card. "Here you go, a Citizen Card. Did you have one like this before?"

"No," Mario said.

"Are you even around these parts? I'm sure I haven't seen people like you before... Did you arrive from the sea on a ship but lost your way and ended up all the way here?" the officer asked.

They all looked at each other before Ike stepped forward. "Um, yes, that happened."

"Oh, I see," the officer said before taking out several Citizen Cards that he handed to each one of them. "You should all have one for safety. These cards will allow you access to the downtown and city hall."

Obtained Citizen Card x11!

A special card that allows anyone to visit the downtown and city hall of Kattelox Island. Losing it might be a bad idea now.

The officer pointed at a card slot besides the door. "Insert your cards there so the gate opens up for you."

"I-I'm confused," Peach began, "why do we need cards to visit these places? I think it sounds a bit too much for me..."

"That's because there has been an increased pirate activity lately," the officer explained. "We were told from other islands that pirates have been plundering treasures, and so the mayor came up with the idea to protect the city and the island's ruins from being targets for the pirates by setting gates across the city's perimeter. We're sorry if this will prevent you from visiting other places, but it must be done to ensure the peace in our island."

"Wait, ruins were also sealed off?" Ness asked.

"Ruins were sealed off as well because we can't let them take any hidden treasures," the office further explained. "Only Diggers certified with special licenses can open the doors to the ruins to search for treasure."

Sonic looked away. "So that's why that tower's door needed a card to open..." he muttered.

"Diggers?" Big repeated with curiosity. "What are Diggers?"

"You...don't know what Diggers are?" the officer asked before sighing. "Well, I suppose I can explain that as well... Diggers are people who go around the world to dig out treasures such as Refractors to find power sources. Not only they find power sources, but they become rich if they can gather many of them."

"I see..." Ike muttered.

"Please, go inside the city," the officer offered by unlocking the door with his own card for them to pass through. "You'll be safe if you are in the city. Please have in mind that certain areas are sealed off for security."

"Thanks," Mario said before they all walked through the door, leaving the big plains behind.

The officer closed the door and looked away. "Those people looked strange to me, though... Whatever," he said. "If they cause any trouble, it'll be easy to find them within the city."

City Hall

Once crossing through the door, the Smashers were now standing in firm pavement. Just across the street, the city hall's back wall loomed over them with its shadow. Around the wall, there were palms being touched gently by the breeze that blew from the east.

"Wow, talk about security," Ness said, glancing to the sides where the wall extended all across the area of the city. "Everything's completely protected by this wall."

"Think of it as a border," Mario said. "They seem to have good security in this place."

Peach clasped her hands together and chuckled. "Okay, everyone, let's go around the city to see if we can gather information, shall we?"

The World Traveler looked skeptical at the proposal. "I'm not so sure if people will think we're...around these parts... I mean, Kirby, Sonic, Big, and Chip stand out very much from a crowd, and Peach has that dress of hers..."

The princess thought for a moment. "That's true...even I admit that walking around with my dress is a bit too suspicious."

"A bit? Peach, people will think you're using a costume," Ness said. "We know that Chip is the one wearing a costume, though."

Chip pointed firmly at Ness. "You wanna get Chipminated right here, pal? You don't want to make me mad, do you?"

"...No, I don't want to hear anything from you right now because you sound ridiculously serious for my tastes," Ness commented.

Luigi rubbed his chin. "Why don't we go around and see what happens? After all, if people think we're wearing costumes, they'll get used to see us, right?"

"Well, if you put it that way, kids might even get very excited," Sonic said before he shook his head. "Let's just go, guys. We can't waste any more time!"

"I agree with him for once," Ike said. "We should better go somewhere where information is easy to come by."

Kirby stared at the big building in front of him. He pointed at it and said, "What about that place?"

The Smashers stared at the big building. "Sure, that place looks nice to me," Ness said. "Let's go."

Lucas looked to his right. "C-car!" he shouted, the group stopping walking to let a blue truck pass in front of them. "Phew, that was close..."

"You tell me," Sonic said. "That car was going a little bit too fast...not as fast as me, of course," he said chuckling, noticing that the group had already crossed the street, walking around the building to get to the front entrance. "Hey, you gotta stay behind and listen to what I have to say next time, got it, guys?" Sonic asked irritated before speeding towards the group to join them.

After walking around the building, the group found an orange-yellow car parked right in front of the building, just over the lawn. Not minding the clanking sounds that came from within the car, the group stood in front of the city hall, looking up at the third-story building. "Well, let's go in," Mario said. "Let's hope we can mix well with the people on the island."

Ness looked bored at the car parked on the lawn instead outside the pavement. "Geez, people here don't respect traffic much, do they?"

"You've got to admit every world ignores something other worlds don't..." Luigi muttered.

Suddenly, an explosion sound came from the car next to them. They then heard some girl cursing loudly as she coughed repeatedly. "N-no, everything was going okay until now!" she yelled in disappointment. "Oh my god, fire! Data, give me the fire extinguisher, now!"

They noticed that the car's right window opened up to release the smoke with foam spilling out. After a small while, the smoke stopped coming out from the car, and they heard the same girl panting heavily before sighing loudly to herself. "Wow, that was fast," Ike commented.

"I'm glad the car wasn't set on fire right in front of the city hall," Peach said worried. "Should we see if she's fine?"

Around that time, Sonic was standing behind the car, where a door leaked some smoke. "Hey, I found a door behind," he called over before said door opened up, foam spilling out from the car's floor. Sonic stepped behind to see somebody jumping out from the car.

The person who jumped out of the car was a 14-year-old girl (who seemed to be as tall as Chris was). The girl wore red-orange-and-white shoes with red shorts up her knees and red short-sleeved shirt. She also wore brown gloves and a big orange hat with a steel plate on the front. Her spiky yellow hair was inclined down under her hat. Sonic noticed that the girl had several soot marks all over her as she coughed some smoke out. "M-man, this isn't just my day," she muttered before coughing more.

"Hey, are you doing okay?" Sonic asked.

The girl stopped coughing to see the source of the voice. She found the blinking hedgehog staring at her. "...Um..." she trailed off, "...who are you?"

Sonic grinned and pointed at himself with his thumb. "Sonic the Hedgehog," he said with a wink.

Most of the Smashers looked bored at the little introduction. "You've got to give him that he doesn't care about giving such an introduction," Ike said. "It's so prudent of him to do that."

The girl stood straight and rubbed her chin, staring intently at the hedgehog. "...You don't look like you're a kid wearing a costume for sure... Your body is so thin and skinny for somebody to be wearing a costume..."

Sonic's grinning expression suddenly turned bored. "...Girl, I'm not somebody wearing a costume. I'm a hundred percent hedgehog."

"Well, hedgehogs aren't supposed to be blue and tall," the girl commented. "Also, they're not supposed to talk either, which makes me believe that..." she lowered down her right fist on her left palm, "you're a mutant!"

"...I am NOT a mutant," Sonic responded annoyed.

"Huh?" the girl muttered before shaking her head. "If you're not a mutant, then I don't see a reasonable explanatio-"

"Um, sorry for interrupting you, but your car is on fire."

The girl turned back to her car, which now was being burned again. "What do you mean b-UAH, the Support Car!" she panicked before she jumped into the back of the car to fight off the flames.

Sonic gasped at this before the girl screamed for help. "G-guys, we've got to help the clumsy girl!"

"I heard that, you know!" yelled the girl within the flames.

"P-PK Freeze!" Lucas suddenly yelled, casting an icy mist that flew into the car's window and exploded to make the flames disappear, but accidentally freezing everything inside. "O-oh no!" Lucas gasped.

"Lucas, I think you went a little bit too far on the car," Ness commented.

Lucas blushed in embarrassment and shook his head. "I-I didn't mean to focus so much energy into my PK Freeze, I swear!" he said in his defense.

The Smashers rushed behind the car to take a look inside. They gasped in unison after finding out that the green room inside the car was completely frozen with the girl trapped inside a stalactite of ice. She had herself standing in a funny manner, showing her teeth while her eyes were looking up at the ceiling, not moving an inch from their spot.

"I-I'm sorry! I-I didn't mean to do this!" Lucas pleaded, jumping inside the room he had turned into a big fridge. "I-I'm really sorry!"

The group heard some creaking noises coming from the ice. They found out the girl was still alive since her mouth twitched a bit. "N-no worries..." she spoke inside the ice. "T-thank you for...freezing everything in here..."

"Is...she still alive?" Luigi asked worried.

Ike sighed with relief. "Looks like it..." he muttered.

Several minutes later...

After the Smashers were able to unfreeze the girl inside the car, they decided to offer their help to clean and dry the car to make sure there weren't any more trails of ice. Once they finished polishing the car, the girl sighed in relief and smiled at them. "Thank you so much for your help, you guys," she said. "I'm surprised that the blond kid...I mean, Lucas, used magic to freeze everything inside. You took me by surprise, that's for sure."

Lucas bowed to her. "S-sorry for freezing you..."

"And that wasn't magic but PK energy," Ness added. "It's a special skill Lucas and I know."

"Okay..." the girl said confused, still thinking it was magic. She crossed her arms and chuckled. "Anyhow, thanks a bunch for dousing the fire for me."

"Why did the car burn?" Big asked.

"That's because I was fixing the car, you see," the girl said a bit ashamed. "We just got this car from the junk shop's owner as thanks for my friend for saving him inside some ruins." She glanced to her car and put a hand on in. "Thankfully, I'm an expert engineer, so I brought it back to life by fixing some cables and remodeling it with my usual paint scheme. When I was putting back some cables, they kind of blew up after I put them together...and this happened. Good thing the car didn't explode or something. It'd be a waste if such a car like this would burn to ashes..."

Peach looked relieved. "You're okay, right?"

"Oh, sure, I'm okay," the girl said. "Since you helped me, I think we can all be friend from now on." She cleared her throat a bit. "Glad to meet you guys. My name is Roll Caskett."

Roll Caskett, despite being young, is an intelligent girl who is an expert in electronics and mechanics. Her devotion to become an engineer began after her parents disappeared mysteriously while searching for the Mother Lode. As a result, Roll has devoted her whole life in becoming an engineer, flying from island to island in hopes to find her missing parents by looking for the Mother Lode herself. Roll doesn't go alone in her adventures, traveling along with her grandfather, her little monkey friend, and childhood friend. The only thing she has that makes her remember her parents is a photo where she was a baby with her parents.

The girl named Roll made a happy expression and nodded. "Again, thanks for helping me out, you guys. That car wouldn't have lived long enough before it could be used."

"And Lucas would've ended up freezing it to its death," Ness muttered, receiving a pouting look from the blond boy.

"Did you notice you parked the car right over the lawn?" Mario asked.

"Parked the car right over the..." Roll muttered, turning around to her car. "Oh no, I didn't see I parked it over the lawn... I need to move it out of the way befor-"

A police officer showed up behind her and gave her a ticket. "Here you go, miss," the officer said, handing over the ticket to the engineer. "Please park your car on the street next time." He walked away to the east, to the wrecked police station building.

Roll looked worried at the ticket she just got. "Oh, fiddlesticks..." she muttered, stuffing the ticket inside her right pocket. "Oh well, I had it coming, anyway..."

Luigi just noticed something about the surroundings. From what he could tell, most wealthy buildings around the city hall were wrecked so much that it seemed they were built a long time ago. Worse yet, a huge square with rumbles where a bank used to be were located far to the west side of the area. Confused by this, the green plumber turned to Roll. "W-what happened here?" he asked. "Why is everything kind of...destroyed?"

Roll and the others looked around. "Oh...that," she said. "Well, you see, not long ago, pirates invaded this city, and they ended up destroying most buildings around the city hall and the downtown," she explained. "There was a big fight to defend the city, though." She smiled. "Thankfully, my friend drove the pirates out. The mayor of the city was thankful that we helped out in their time of need."

"So there were strong people swinging swords around?" Ike asked.

"...No..." Roll said. "If you're talking about the pirates...they used machines that shot explosives, beams, and used other weaponry. Even though it looked dangerous, my friend beat them all."

"Pirates using machines? Have they advanced in more conventional ways to attack and pilfer?"

"T-that aside, your friend drove them all out?" Luigi asked.

"Sure he did," Roll said, some hint of a proud sense in her tone. "My friend is a very good Digger, you know. He's the one who usually does the exploring inside ruins while I give him important information about his surroundings. Maybe I can get you to meet him. He's a very nice guy when you get to know him."

"Would that mean he's mean first?" Sonic asked. "I don't want to meet mean guys who then grow nicer."

"No, he isn't mean, don't worry. He has a good heart," Roll said. "Right now, he's at the city hall. The mayor needed to tell him something important. He should be coming out back shortly."

Lucas looked a bit excited. "(I-I'm going to meet a hero.)"

Chip stared at the building in front of them. "How come that's the only building that didn't get wrecked?"

"My friend managed to save the main building, but he didn't have much luck with the rest of the city, unfortunately," Roll said with some shame. "I think the mayor asked him to donate some zenny."

Zenny is the cash currency used in Megaman games.

Suddenly, the double doors of the city hall opened up, and from them, a familiar boy in a blue suit came out. The Smashers gasped, the boy gasped, and Roll looked back and forth between them. "Y-you!" everyone else but Roll said at the same time, pointing fingers at each other.

Roll looked confused as everyone kept pointing fingers. She scratched her hat a bit and looked at the boy. "Um, Megaman, is something wrong?" she asked.

"R-Roll, they're the guys I was telling you about!" the boy said. "They came out of that portal!"

"What?" Roll asked confused, glancing over at the group. "They're the ones who came out of the portal you mentioned?"

"Y-yeah!" the boy said before brandishing his arm cannon, aiming directly at them. The Smashers gasped, some of them backing away. "Roll, stay away from them! They're dangerous!"

"Didn't we ALREADY say we WEREN'T dangerous?" Sonic asked annoyed.

Chip sneered. "Guys like him only understand once they get a beating, Sonic," he said, making his hands look like guns. "Let's beat him."

"A-ha!" the boy said. "I knew you were dangerous after all!"

Sonic smacked Chip hard to the ground. "Chip, you idiot!"

Stepping between the boy and the Smashers, Roll stretched her arms, looking at the boy in the blue suit. "Megaman, they're not bad guys! They helped me out when the Support Car caught fire!"

"...What?" the boy asked confused.

"That's true," Roll said, lowering her arms. "If it wasn't for them, our car would've gotten burned. If it did, how would I work to make you some weaponry? The Flutter back at Cardon Forest isn't operational, so I thought that the Support Car would be a better replacement."

The boy kept staring at her and the wary Smashers.

"Please, Megaman," Roll said worried, "they're not bad people. Trust me in this one."

"...Okay, Roll..." the boy said, lowering down his arm cannon that later retreated into his arm and revealed a hand covered in blue armor. "If you say so..."

The engineer sighed with relief. "Thanks for understanding, Megaman..."

Most of the Smashers sighed in relief as well. "Man, here I thought he was going to attack us without mercy," Ike muttered.

Roll turned to them. "Megaman wouldn't do that to you, guys," she said smiling. "He only attacks when people are in danger."

"H-hey, Roll, don't treat me like I'm some sort of robot!" the boy said, walking next to her. "I'm a human, you know!"

Roll folded her arms behind her back and looked away. "Well, you were acting like a robot, Megaman. You've got to blame the fact you're using a blue suit."

"Roll..." the boy muttered with a sigh.

Roll chuckled and looked back at the Smashers. "Oh, sorry, I think Megaman hasn't introduced formally to you." She looked back at the boy and nodded. "C'mon, Megaman, don't be so shy and introduce yourself."

The boy blushed in embarrassment. "R-Roll, now you're treating me like a child! We're the same age...and...oh, whatever," he said sighing before looking at the Smashers. "Anyway, sorry for thinking you guys were dangerous..."

"It's okay," Mario said. "We knew you were kind at heart."

"Then I'm glad you did think of me like that," the boy said, giving them the first small smile coming from him. "My name is Megaman Volnutt, nice to meet you."

Megaman Volnutt is a full-fledged Digger who travels around the world with Roll in hopes to find the legendary Mother Lode and Roll's parents. Being a 14-year-old, Megaman doesn't know much about his past. According to Roll, her grandfather found Megaman in some ruins, where at the time he was just a baby. Roll's grandfather decided to take Megaman into their family before he grew with Roll to become a Digger. Megaman doesn't like fighting and only resorts to it when necessary. As a side note, Roll herself named Megaman after one of her favorite video game characters.

Roll chuckled heartily. "Isn't it easier when you introduce yourself formally to people, Megaman?"

The boy named Megaman chuckled nervously. "I-I guess, Roll."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on April 28, 2010, 09:32:04 PM
Roll's look became stern once she looked back at the Smashers. "But, there was something I just can't understand... Megaman told me that you came out of the portal that appeared at Clozer Woods... What did he mean by that?"

Megaman gasped and looked at the nervous Smashers. "T-that's right! I saw you coming out of nowhere from that strange portal! How do you explain that?"

"U-um, well, you see..." Ness stammered a bit. He looked at his team. "Should we just go ahead and tell me what's been going on with us?"

Chris sighed. "We may as well do it, anyway. Once they see something extremely unusual happening here that we can't avoid by lying, there's no other way around it..."

Megaman and Roll exchanged confused glances with each other. The duo looked confused at them. "What do you mean by that?" Roll asked.

Megaman crossed his arms and looked up. "I'm kinda interested about you, honestly..." He looked at them. "So, would it be alright if you told us what's going on?"

Everyone looked at Ike. The mercenary looked at each one of them. "W-why are you all staring at me for?" Ike asked.

"It's your turn to do the explaining," Chip said, pointing over at the Greil Mercenary. "Do it, boy."

"M-my turn? Since when did we start explaining like this?" Ike asked, getting no reply from the Smashers. "...You know what, I'll do it... (The people I live with, I swear...)" He cleared his throat and looked at the two soon-to-be teens. "Where do I start? Well..."

Several minutes later...

"...And that's why we're all here," Ike finished explaining.

Roll crossed her arms while Megaman rubbed his chin. "So you're saying there's this army that's trying to take over this world," Roll said.

"And you're also saying that there are other worlds out there besides ours that you have visited before?" Megaman added.

"I know it's hard to believe that there are other worlds," Peach said, "but that's the whole truth about it... Please, believe in us. We're not lying here. It's the whole truth."

Megaman looked worried. "After seeing you coming out from a random portal...well...it's harder for us to believe all that."

Roll nodded. "Yeah, you don't get to learn about the existence of other worlds when you think your world is the only one you know," she said. "To me, I think your story is kinda...believable."

Lucas gasped. "S-so, do you believe us?"

"Let me be frank with you," Megaman began, "the two us kind of believe you, but we need to see more proof to see if everything you told us was the whole truth."

"You...don't believe us?" Kirby asked worried.

Roll shook her head. "No, we do believe you in some ways, but...we just need time to see by ourselves about everything you told us," she said. "Since Megaman here saw you before, I think we can trust you all."

Megaman smiled a bit and nodded. "Yeah, we can trust you guys, so don't worry about it."

The Smashers sighed with relief once more. "Phew, they trust us," Sonic said.

"That's good enough for me," Mario said. "I'd prefer having people to trust me before believing anything so extraordinary and hard to believe I say."

Megaman and Roll chuckled together. "Well then, it's nice to meet our first trans-dimensional friends," Roll said with some interest. "I knew most of you didn't look like you came out from the same place when I saw the hedgeho-I mean, Sonic, the first time."

Sonic crossed his arms. "Oh, you're still thinking I'm a mutant or what?" he asked, making most of them laugh for a bit. "I'm not laughing, you guys!" he said even more annoyed before everyone calmed down.

Megaman stared blankly at them. "About what you said earlier about this Subspace Army...are they trying to take over this world?"

Chip nodded. "They'll take the temple we're looking for, and THEN they'll try to take over your world."

Roll looked serious at this. "In that case, we can't let them do that sort of thing," she said. "We're still having many doubts about what you told us, though. I think it's safe to believe your story...for now."

"Yeah," Megaman said. "I hope you all understand."

"No, it's okay," Chris said. "You'll see soon enough what we tried to say," he said with a sigh.

"However," continued Megaman, "both of us don't know if this army really exists, so, to make sure things go smoothly here, I hope you don't mind if we tagged along with you."

"Unfortunately, you'll have to come with us, though," Roll said. "We need to do some important things first before doing anything else. You understand, right?"

"Sure, we don't mind," Mario said. "Tagging along with you might even turn out benefiting for us. This way, we can find the temple around this island."

Megaman smiled at this. "Then, welcome aboard, you guys."

The Smashers have joined Megaman and Roll!

Chris mentally sighed to himself. "(Okay, things are starting to look up for us now.)"

"We hope you can help us out while we work," Roll said. "I think you don't know what Diggers are, right?"

"A police officer already explained that to us, but we aren't Diggers," Ness pointed out.

"Oh...well, if you go with Megaman, I'm sure you can access the ruins around the island," Roll said before looking at Megaman. "That reminds me, what did the mayor tell you about?"

Megaman took out a small license card with an "A" imprinted on it, showing it to them. "Check it out, I got a Class A License from the mayor!"

Roll looked excited. "Wow, that's great, Megaman! With such an important license, we'll be able to dig in those closed-off areas, right?"

"Yup, that's the gist of it," Megaman said as he put away the card. "The mayor also thanked me for saving the city, but she asked, if I had zenny, that I should donate for the restoration of the city."

The group looked across the street where a broken water fountain was spilling out water into the street, slowly flowing towards the sewer's entrance. "Yeah, I know what you mean by that," Sonic said.

Megaman looked serious at Roll. "She also told me the same pirates are heading for the Sub-Gate at Clozer Woods as well!"

"A Sub-Gate?" Sonic questioned.

"That's the name ruins are given."

"Oh, I see. So all ruins are called Sub-Gates?"

"Well, not really. There are some instances where other ruins are called with a different name."

"What? The pirates haven't given up yet?" Roll asked.

"Apparently not," Megaman said. "They're trying to break into Cardon Forest's Sub-Gate. We have to go there ASAP, Roll!"

The engineer looked serious and nodded. "Right, we can't let them get inside any ruins now. We could lose the opportunity to find hidden treasures." She looked concerned at the group. "Would you please come along with us? If you can, would you help Megaman in getting rid of the pirates?"

Luigi gulped at the question. "W-well..."

"Sure," Ike said. "We might not look like it, but we're experienced adventurers."

"That's great. Some hands would come in handy for us right now," Megaman said.

Roll nodded. "Since we need to get going, we'll have to use the Support Car to get back to Cardon Forest. Cardon Forest lies to the south from here, where we crash-landed."

"Crash-landed?" Big asked.

Megaman closed his eyes in shame. "You see, we didn't want to land on this island, but the engines of the Flutter, the airship we use to fly from place to place, started having difficulties."

Roll closer her eyes in the same fashion. "And then, we crashed on Cardon Forest... I hate to say this, but the Flutter has had very bad luck whenever we fly. This is not the only time we crash-landed. The other times weren't as bad as this one, though..."

"...Wait, we left the Flutter back at Cardon Forest, right?"

Roll instantly gasped at this. "The Flutter! The pirates might find our airship and scrap it! Worse yet, they could steal it from us!"

Peach stepped forward, a hint of determination in her eyes. "Then let's go right away!" she said.

Megaman and Roll nodded. "Right, let's all get on the Support Car!" Roll yelled, everyone running to the car while the duo sat on the front seats of the car.

However, once opening the door, the Smashers found out that the car's interior didn't have much space. In fact, there were some machines that occupied most of the space available for them to fit in. "H-how are we supposed to fit inside this car?" asked Luigi.

"I'm sorry, you guys, but you'll have to fit in somehow!" Roll yelled from the front. "Be sure you don't squish Data, though!"

"Who's Data?" Ness asked.

Suddenly, from behind of a box, a little tail appeared. It waved a bit to the sides before a little figure came out, jumping on the box. The figure looked like a little monkey in a gray cup-looking body that it shook to the sides while it seemed to dance. Only its face, round hands, thin tail, and face were sticking out from its cup-looking body. "U-ki-i!" the little monkey said as some sort of greeting.

Out of all the Smashers, Peach was the one who forgot about the situation as she clasped her hands together. "How cute!" she rejoiced, stepping inside the car to pick up the little monkey. She embraced it in her arms and sat down on the box. "Oh, you're so cute, little monkey. What's your name?"

The rest of the Smashers exchanged glances at this moment. "Peach...I think you forgot we're in a rush," Ness muttered. "And I think that monkey is Data."

Data is a little robot monkey friend of Megaman that was found by his side in the ruins Megaman was found. Ever since, Data has been the team's mascot, traveling from place to place. Data himself is a little mysterious, appearing anywhere where he is needed for Megaman to heal. Data only talks with monkey speech, but Megaman is able to understand what he is saying (this can be false since Data only seems to talk with Megaman. He never talked with other people, let alone Roll).

"Well, she got in the car, so that counts," Luigi said, "right?"

"Hurry, you guys!" yelled Megaman. "Get on! Roll will rev up the car now!"

Chris looked shocked at Big. "But Big is too big! He'll take a lot of space!"

"Oh, that's something I didn't know," muttered Sonic in boredom.

Big thought for a moment. "Maybe I can ride the top of the car."

"O-oh, no, that's a bad idea, Big," Lucas said worried. "You could fall off..."

Sonic snapped his fingers. "You guys get on the car. Chip and I will run and fly where we need to go."

Chip nodded. "Chipminator needs to do some exercise, you know."

"That's a good idea," Ike said. "Everyone, let's get on, quick! The car is...um...what's the word?"

"Starting," Luigi said.

"Yeah, that..."

"Get on!" Roll yelled. "And while you're at it, make sure you don't crush something! I spent a lot of time fixing everything!"

Pushing the huge cat inside the car where they all barely managed to fit inside, the car began to move down the street towards the south with Chip sitting on top while Sonic kept a required running pace besides it, surprising Megaman and Roll. "Wow, we didn't know you could this fast," Megaman told Sonic.

The hedgehog grinned at the boy. "You haven't seen how fast I can run."

Chris stuck out from the right window of the car. "Sonic, don't you dare show off at a time like this, please!" he yelled.

Sonic sighed. "You're always stopping me from doing something fun, Chris..."

"It's for your own good, so don't go somewhere! Remember that there's the killer ocean waiting for you to be alone!" Chris yelled before he got back inside and closed the window, the hedgehog getting some chills down his spine while the car headed towards the southern gate of the city to reach the south side of the island.

Cardon Forest - City Road

Final Fantasy X - Movement in Green

After coming out from the city's southern gate, the Support Car drove into the green open while the hedgehog kept a normal pace with the vehicle. Chip merely lied down on the car and stared up at the clouds. Roll kept looking forward while Megaman looked around the scenery. "Geez, the city back there looked like it was about to crumble down," Sonic said, remembering when they passed through the city.

"I did my best to protect the houses," Megaman said. "It looks like it wasn't enough, though..."

Roll smiled worried at the boy. "Megaman, you did your very best. You saved the city and the mayor. That's all you need to be proud of."

Megaman smiled a bit at her. "Yeah, I guess."

Inside the car, it wasn't such an easy time for the others to travel. Due to the small size, Chris had to stay too close to the right window while Kirby rested on his arms, Luigi was crouching down against the driver's wall, Big was big (irony) enough to block the back exit with his back, Mario had to sit very close to Ike (the latter thinking it was very uncomfortable), Ness sat down in front of a box where Lucas was sitting, and Peach, who seemed to be the only one who managed to be optimistic, sat down on the box where the dancing Data had appeared, the monkey doing some sort of dance on her lap that the princess lauded for being funny.

Luigi sighed loudly as the car shook a bit to the sides. "There wasn't another faster way to reach that area they were talking about, right?"

Mario shook his head. "We're in a hurry, so it's understandable why we're all cramped up here."

Chris opened the right window to look outside. He and Kirby saw rows of trees extending over the distance. A curved beaten up road lied in front of the car. The sky had some clouds, and a breeze gently swept the grasslands. For the two, the scene looked peaceful and enjoyable. The World Traveler had the small thought about playing something out there with Kirby. "Nice place, isn't it, Kirby?"

Kirby nodded before he clapped his hands together with glee.

The World Traveler began thinking about the young Star Warrior. "(Kirby isn't like anyone else in the group,)" he thought. "(He's just here so everything is okay, and he doesn't think too much about the situation. That only helps him to be seen as a baby, but...I think he's a little bit smarter than that, enough for me to think he helps everyone to stay in a cheery mood.)"

Kirby looked up at Chris. "What's wrong, Chris?"

"U-um, nothing, Kirby," Chris said, snapping out from his thoughts before focusing outside. "I was thinking about what we're going to do here."

"Can we eat something here? I'm getting a bit hungry..."

The World Traveler sighed in amusement. "(Yes, he doesn't stray too far from being himself...) We'll see about that."

Kirby waved his hands a bit, making Chris embrace him tighter.

Ike sighed while he looked at the small fraction of the right window he could see from his spot. "When everything is so calm, it makes you think there's nothing to be scared about."

"What do you mean by that?" Lucas asked.

The mercenary kept staring outside. "Just picture a field where nothing dangerous is happening," he said. "Doesn't seeing something like that make you have confidence that nothing bad will happen?"

"U-um, yes, I think so..."

Ike shook his head. "Too bad, though. There's danger looming over us from any corner to wherever we go. Back at Crimea, is easy for many foreign nations to break into a war. Those conflicts tend to last forever, but hopefully, I've been taking part of the ones that only last for months and not years... My point for this is, are we going to keep fighting the Subspace Army for a long time?"

The Smashers looked down worried at the question. Certainly, none of them wanted to fight the army for a long time. The longer they fought, the more they thought the battle would never end. Chris turned around and looked worried. "You guys should have stopped Tabuu right after the first encounter," he said. "But, you didn't, so..."

"Well...if you ask me," began Mario, "I think it was best we didn't defeat Tabuu."

"W-why is that?"

Peach thought for a moment and came up with something. "If you think about it, we wouldn't be embarking on this long journey to stop the army, right? We wouldn't meet other people like Megaman and Roll. We would be...secluded from going to unknown places."

Ness nodded. "You're right on that," he said. "Also, thinking again, it helps us grow together and become closer. Thanks to that, each one of us understands each other perfectly."

Lucas looked concerned. "B-before I even joined the group, did you all act...like...well...brats?"

"You mean jerks?" Ness asked.

Lucas nodded. "W-well, yes, that's the word I didn't want to say."

Ness shook his head and waved down a hand to Lucas. "Nah, we didn't act like jerks to each other. If we did, I'd assure you we wouldn't even be a team with a bunch of people who came from different worlds. If I was a jerk, I'd have toasted everyone to their oblivion."

Lucas looked frightened at Ness.

"...Of course, I'm joking here."

Lucas sighed. "Phew..."

Luigi shuddered at the thought. "I-I wouldn't want people like Falco to act like a bully... I-I'm scared about him," he muttered the last part.

The World Traveler looked away. "I hate jerk people who tend to be jerks most of the time," he said. "If everyone in the group was a jerk...I'd surely die."

"D-don't think about sad things like that!" Luigi said alarmed. "M-most of us are a nice bunch! I-I never do a prank, really! Honest!"

"(You're probably the first person I'd think is not a jerk...)" Chris smiled and nodded. "Fortunately, everyone is nice to each other. It makes it easier for me to stay safe. To me, I think we're quite the team."

Ike chuckled. "Are you starting to see that you're fitting in well with all of us?"

"Of course," Chris said. "I thank my behavior, though. If I was so laid-back, I'd look so cliche...like Sonic," he muttered the last part.

Sonic suddenly hung himself on the right window and looked angrily at Chris. "Hey, I heard that! I'm not so cliche!"

Chris gasped and turned worried to the hedgehog. "I-I'm sorry, Sonic! I-I didn't want to make you angry now! I-I swear I didn't mean to!"

The hedgehog sighed and looked bored at Chris. "Thank yourself you're so forgivable, Chris," he said. "Because you're so forgivable to people, you're more tolerable to hang out with."

The World Traveler sweat dropped and looked ashamed. "S-sorry again..."

"No worries," Sonic said, flashing a small grin before he jumped off and ran next to the car.

"He has a good point with you," Mario pointed out.

"And for that...I'm glad I don't ever smirk, grin, or think about pranks outside my personality-changing jobs," Chris said with relief. "But, anyway, we should be thankful that we don't screw each other up..."

"I know," Ike said. "If we did, that'd be something Tabuu would want us to do."

"And we don't want such a nasty thing to happen, right?" Peach asked as she rubbed Data's head a bit. "I would tell when somebody is being bad to anybody. I wouldn't want something like that to happen, ever."

"I-I'm right with you," Luigi said. "Everything is okay as things are now, s-so I wouldn't want violence to erupt between us..."

"True..." Lucas muttered.

To make sure he wasn't there for nothing, Big decided to speak by saying, "Chris is a very nice friend. He wants to find Froggy with me."

Such an easy comment made Chris think Big was thinking hard to console him. Chuckling heartily, Chris nodded. "Thank you, Big."

Big looked happily and nodded. "Anything to make a friend happy."

Suddenly, a window from the front green wall opened up, and Megaman glanced over his left shoulder at them from the driver's seat. "You guys, we're reaching the area of the Flutter now."

Roll sighed in relief. "Thank goodness it's still there..."

The Smashers inside the room managed to look outside the window from their spots. From what they could see was a big airship that was wrecked over a hill. The ship itself had the same paint color scheme as the Support Car did (a proof that made them believe Roll was in charge of all their machinery's color schemes). The ship was big enough to house several people inside. It previously had three wings: one of each side, and one underneath, the latter one scrapped off. Above the ship, there was a small terrace with a frontal handrail. The front of the ship had two green-dotted eyes, making the ship look like some sort of fish.

"It looks...nice," Lucas said.

"That's the Flutter, everyone," Roll said without taking her sight away from the front road. "It's the ship we use to fly around the world."

Megaman sighed and frowned. "But it's wrecked. The engines didn't last for long, and so we crashed here in Kattelox Island."

"At least we found this land nearby," Roll said. "We would've died if we didn't have somewhere else to land rather than the ocean. I still have the bruise I got on my back when we made the emergency landing."

"Me too..."

"In order to repair the Flutter, we need to find a huge refractor," Roll said. "Do you know what refractors are? Refractors are gems that have important energy sources. Diggers go around the world to explore ruins and find refractors."

"Have you found any of those refractors?" Ness asked.

"Yeah, but the one we got wasn't enough to repair the Flutter," Megaman said. "We got a blue one from a tower located in the sea."

"However, we need to find a bigger one that can provide a lot more energy into the Flutter, and the Sub-Gate in this area might have the refractor we need to retrieve for the Flutter to work," Roll said as the car took another path of the forest that directed to the eastern side. "According to Megaman, the mayor said there was a Sub-Gate here."

Megaman looked serious at the road. "The ruins are being raided by the pirates we met. The same pirates that attacked the city are now around the Sub-Gate."

"We're sorry for asking all of you this, but can you help us defeat the pirates?" Roll asked worried. "I'm worried that Megaman goes off alone to face all of them. But, surely, with all of you, our task might get a lot easier."

Ike nodded. "We can give a hand if you want." The whole group nodded in agreement.

"Thanks, guys," Roll said. "Oh, there was something else I was going to ask you... Since we're going to investigate the ruins, can you assist Megaman in there?"

"Well, sure, why not?" Ike asked.

Roll shook her head. "There was something important we need to tell you about the Sub-Gate, though..." She looked at Megaman. "That reminds me, didn't the mayor tell you something else?"

Megaman rubbed his chin. "Yeah, she said something important to me," he said. "She said that the Reaverbots on the island started to turn themselves on..."

"What?" Roll asked. "The Reaverbots of this place were turned off?"

"Yeah, that's what she said," Megaman said. "They didn't do this before, and that's what making her worry so much."

The Smashers listened to this. "I-I'm sorry for meddling a bit into this, but, what are Reaverbots?" Luigi asked.

Roll looked back to the track. "Oh right, you're not from this world," she said. "Well, for starters, Reaverbots are ancient robots built to protect Sub-Gates scattered across the planet. According to the legends, Reaverbots were built by ancient civilizations to protect refractors from being taken away by thieves."

Megaman looked over his left shoulder at them. "Don't think Diggers are thieves, though. With the way the world is now, everyone is trying to take the refractors to get power sources."

"It's all good," Roll said. "Besides, digging into the ruins can yield important discoveries about how civilizations from old lived, not just getting refractors. In any case, can you help Megaman investigate the ruins of Cardon Forest while making sure you get out alive?"

At this, Lucas looked scared. "A-are Reaverbots very dangerous?" he asked.

"Some might be, but some aren't," Megaman said. "You can find many small Reaverbots patrolling halls and the such, but there are some instances where bigger and stronger Reaverbots guard certain places such as rooms close to the refractor of the ruins."

"Remember we said that we found a refractor? Well, once he took it from its pedestal, it triggered the Sub-Gate's security Reaverbot. It was huge one, and even he couldn't destroy it completely."

"That robot even cornered me against a huge fall to the sea because the Sub-Gate was a huge tower in the middle of the sea," Megaman recalled. "Luckily, Roll came in with the Flutter and she saved me from that Reaverbot."

"And then, after that...the Flutter began malfunctioning, and we crashed here," Roll said sighing. "Man, we were talking about Reaverbots, and then we're suddenly explaining how we ended up here again..."

Lucas gulped. "P-please, tell me we're going to be okay..."

"I guess," Megaman said. "Don't you get so scared about them. It's hard for me to investigate Sub-Gates alone, but with all us together, it might be easier."

Ness patted Lucas's right knee. "You hold on, okay?"

The blond boy nodded. "O-okay..."

Roll chuckled at this as she spotted a small passage inside a cave. "Well, there it is. On the other side of that passage, we'll find the Sub-Gate's area. And once we cross to the other side, we'll find the pirates as well. As soon as I park the car somewhere safe, everyone has to leave the car. I'll be driving the car to provide protection."

Luigi shook his head. "W-what? A-are you seriously going to drive the car into the fight?"

Roll looked at Megaman. "I'm worried, you know? If Megaman happens to get hurt...I don't want to think about it."

Megaman smiled worried at Roll, blushing a bit on his cheeks. "U-um, thanks, Roll."

Anybody like Peach would have noticed the small hint of love between the duo. The princess chuckled to herself in amusement as she carefully stared at the two still locking embarrassed eyes at each other.

Sonic ran backwards next to Megaman's side. "So, anything you can tell us about these pirates? Do they swing swords or something?"

Megaman shook his head and looked at the hedgehog. "They use tanks armed with bombs and machine guns. So far, those are the only weapons they use to attack... Oh, and also, they have turrets, so be careful."

Sonic nodded. "Gotcha, I'll take care of those turrets." He grinned and winked at them. "I've been fighting robots for a pretty long time now. You can count on me."

"We'll see if we can really count on you," Roll said. "I'm worried about some of you, though..."

Peach looked concerned. "If things look really dangerous...I'll see what I'll do."

Luigi looked worried at her. "P-Peach, you should stay in the car. If things get really nast-"

"I'll help...somehow," she interrupted, making Mario and Luigi sigh.

"I'll stay in the car just in case something bad happens," Big said. "I don't wanna fight right now...I just want to find Froggy..."

Megaman and Roll looked at each other. "Froggy?" they both repeated confused.

"Long story..." Chris trailed off, "I'll tell you both later..."

On the roof of the car, Chip sighed to himself, staring at the clouds. He yawned loudly and then turned to the side where he fell asleep. "Give me back my machine guns and chocolate bar, jerk..." he muttered, drifting off into a dream.

"...Huh?" Roll blinked a bit. "There's a woman near the entrance..."

The engineer spotted a middle-aged, brown haired woman wearing a white apron. Roll and Megaman could tell the woman looked very scared about something. Stopping the car besides her, Roll looked at the preoccupied woman. "Ma'am, is something wrong? You look a bit upset," Roll said. "Did something happen?"

"Oh, yes, something happened, my dear," the woman said worried. "I was looking for mushrooms on the other side of this passage, and then all of sudden these tanks rolled out of nowhere! I-I don't know what some children like you are going to do, b-but I'm getting out of here!" she said before yelping and running away from the direction they came from.

Roll watched the woman getting away. "Wow, she's running quite fast," she remarked before snapping out from her remark, looking serious at Megaman. "Megaman, they must be on the other side. Are you ready to give it a go?"

Megaman nodded. "I'm ready."

Roll looked at the others. "What about you?"

"We're ready as well," Mario said as everyone nodded in unison.

Roll looked forward into the passage. "Then here were go."

The car drove into the passage, crossing the small cave to get on the other side where the ruins' area awaited them all...

Music stops

Cardon Forest - Ruins' Area

Parking carefully behind a tree that was conveniently sitting close to the entrance of the ruins' area, which was a big plain with some canyons surrounding the area, Roll made sure they were out of sight. She looked determined at Megaman and everyone before saying, "You guys need to go out now," she said before looking on the panel besides the wheel, spotting many dots in it. "I'm picking up many signals from tanks, so be careful out there."

"You're going to advance with the car?" Ness asked.

"Once you guys take out some tanks, I'll move the car next to you," Roll explained. "If you can, use the car to shield yourselves from incoming attacks, but let them damage the Support Car, or else it could explode for good this time."

Mario nodded. "We got it," he said, turning to the door where Big was blocking it. "Big, would you?"

Big nodded, stood up, turned to the door, and squeezed his body out from the car, making it move a bit to the sides. The Smashers walked out from the car (with Mario and Luigi standing very close to Peach) and Big got inside again, Data being the only one who didn't go out. He closed the door behind.

Megaman got off from the driver's seat and closed the door. He looked at the group and nodded. "Let's go," he said, walking to the other side of the tree with everyone following.

"Good luck, you guys!" Roll shouted from the car while a sleepy Chip mumbled some words about sweets being stolen by a swift ninja.

However, once the group walked a few feet away from the Support Car, they found out that they had arrived a bit earlier than expected. Apparently, they spotted a girl standing in front of three little figures that seemed to be the same figures that were with Teisel. The green-eyed girl had brown hair in an odd shape. She wore a pink tiara over her hair, a small black vest over her pink shirt, pink gloves, brown pants, and pink shoes. She also wore mechanical-looking skull marks: a pendant on her neck, and two earrings on her ears.

"Alright, you bunch of little-do-nothings, listen up here!" she raised her voiced, putting her hands on her hips. "We failed so badly last time in our attempt to enter the ruins back at Clozer Woods, so we need to make it all up this time by raiding the ruins in this place." She pointed a finger at them. "You're Servbots, a proud elite group who works hard for the Bonne Family! I'm giving you all a second chance to prove yourselves once more!"

Servbots are small-purpose robots who serve the Bonne Family, each one with their own personality and talent. The Servbots are pretty much the whole crew of 41 (the last Servbot's existence being a complete mystery to the others) of the Bonne Family, working hard every day to appease their creator. The Servbots have a child-like personality and love Tron Bonne as a mother, but are often in trouble for their mistakes and are punished by her whenever they goof off. Their cute appearance is useful to avoid people suspecting of them, allowing them to get information and report back to the Bonne Family. Their favorite food is Curry rice.

"Right, Ms. Tron!" the three figures, or Servbots, said with a salute.

"I'm gonna be busy preparing the robot I was going to make to get back at that annoying, pesky blue boy who beat us last time," she said with irritation. "Ooh, I hate that guy! If he didn't show up, we wouldn't be in this situation in the first place!"

The right Servbot raised his right hand. "Ms. Tron, what do you want us to do?"

The girl sighed. "I want you to guard this area and break into the ruins. Also, if that blue boy shows up again, kill him off, okay?" She thought for a moment. "...Or...just don't let him get near this place."

The Servbots looked at each other and stared back at the girl. "So, no killing the blue boy?" the left Servbot asked.

"W-well, you can hurt him a little, but that's all you'll do!" the girl said. "If you go overboard and kill him, well...we could seriously get the police on us now..."

The middle Servbot smiled. "But, Ms. Tron, the police are seriously on us. Did you forget we kinda wrecked the city when we all fought that blue boy and pathetically lost to him?"

The girl blushed in embarrassment. "I know that already, and don't you address us as pathetic again!" She closed her eyes and grunted. "I'm just saying that things could get even much worse than they are now!" She pointed a finger to some small tanks with the skull insignia imprinted on their front parts. "Go get your butts in there and guard the area, you got that?! You better stay on schedule or else there won't be dinner for any of you tonight!"

The Servbots saluted once more. "Yes, Ms. Tron! We understand!" they all said in unison before turning around to run towards the tanks to use them.

As the girl watched them getting inside their tanks, she sighed to herself and frowned. "Sheesh, things aren't definitely looking up for us today..." She rubbed her chin and looked up with some curiosity. "Okay, so what was it that Teisel told me about? Something about some people coming out from a portal after he was defeated by that blue boy... Man, my big brother is nuts, I swear," she muttered with a frown. "I didn't see any portal or something like that. I was flying the Gesellschaft. Too bad the radar wasn't operating well. Otherwise, I'd have seen that portal he was talking about for sure..."

The Smashers looked at each other. "Did she see us coming out from the portal?" whispered Sonic to Mario.

"She didn't. She just said so," Mario whispered.

The girl lifted her shoulders a bit. "Well, no matter. It doesn't really matter what he saw. After all, he's Teisel... All we have to do is follow the schedule," she said with a small chuckle. "Yeah, everything is just gonna be alright... But...I'm worried about that blue boy from before..." She crossed her arms and looked worried. "When he told that pesky dog from biting me...I...I don't know what was happening to me..." She slowly turned around, still deep in thought. "I felt a bit funny...and...I don't know why my heart was beating so..."

Once she locked eyes with the group for a small second, she stopped talking to herself.

Cross Edge - A Lucky Dog

"...U-UAAAAAAAAAH!!!" she yelped out, making some of them step back. In a second, she got into a moody attitude full of embarrassment and anger. "W-what the hell are you doing here, stalking on people like me?! T-that's so creepy! H-how long have you been standing there?!"

"Like forty seconds ago," Sonic responded.

Megaman scratched his head a bit. "W-wel-"

"You!" she yelled, ignoring the hedgehog, "you're the same blue boy from before! So, you came all the way here because you didn't have enough of us, huh?" She just noticed Megaman was accompanied with the Smashers. Her eyes looked bored at them before she looked amused and hid part of her face behind her right hand. "Oooooh, now I get it..."

"What?"

"Oh, that's so nice of you," she said in amusement. "You thought the next time we'd meet it'd be a lot harder for you to handle things alone, so you went to ask people with odd costumes to come help you against us."

Megaman looked a bit miffed at this while some of the Smashers felt a bit offended at the "remark" the girl said. "U-um..."

The girl waved a finger. "Nah-ah-ah, you can't hide it from me. I know you did just that for the sake to be safe. I'm flattered instead of being frightened, actually."

"W-wait, that's not..."

Ness pulled Megaman's left hand a bit to get his attention. "Hey, who's this annoying girl?" he muttered.

The girl clearly heard the mutters. "W-what was that, you little brat?!" she demanded with a fist. "D-did you just call me an annoying girl? Why, you, I should come over right there and slap you so you mind your own business!"

Ness stared blankly at her. "I thought I was minding my own business. I mean, I came here to stop you and all that...so yeah."

"Oh, so what are you gonna do?" the girl asked skeptically. "You're going to pick up some rocks and toss them at my tanks? Sorry, but they're rockproof." She smiled sadistically and waved down a hand at Ness. "Go back home with your mommy if you know what's good for you."

Annoyed by this, Ness grumbled and looked at Lucas. "Luc, should I burn her down or explode her to bits or do both?"

Lucas blinked in shock ."N-Ness, that's a bit too much, don't you think?"

"People that piss me off like she does don't really deserve a rock in their face," Ness muttered annoyed.

The girl shook her head and looked at Megaman. "You can take those kids away from here if you want. This is the ONLY chance I'm giving you to do so, so you might as well take it."

"W-well..." Megaman looked unsure. "...I don't think they'll leave."

"What are you trying to say now? Oh, that's just great, then!" the girl said in annoyance. "Well, if they're THAT stubborn, they'll know how I, Tron Bonne, can be dangerous whenever I want!"

Tron Bonne is the Bonne Family's mechanical and electronics' genius, little sister to Teisel Bonne and big sister for the youngest member. She is the creator who built all the 40 Servbots (Servbot 41 being a total mystery for her) whom she treats as children (ever-so-often punishing them if they goof off). Her personality changes many times as she can be calm and happy, then angry and furious the next minute, but in both settings, she's extremely stubborn and not above mocking her opponents openly whether she's winning or not. Like Roll, Tron is a mechanical genius who invents all of the Bonne's fighting machines, having a IQ of 180.

"Oh, so that's your name," Megaman said.

"W-what the heck, you didn't know my name?!" the girl named Tron asked in disbelief.

"I never asked for it."

"U-ugh! You're unbeliavable!" she said with disgust before she sighed, calming herself down. "Well, it doesn't really matter. It's not like I care or anything... I don't want to know your name."

"Megaman."

Tron blushed with anger. "I-I said I didn't want t-oh, whatever!" she yelled, throwing her hands up. "Either way, my children won't go easy on you this time! Your little group isn't going to make much difference at all. In fact, you just brought some weird bunch to get killed! What an idiot you are, honestly!"

Suddenly, Tron narrowed her eyes at the Smashers. Peach, feeling a bit unsure, tilted her head at her. "Is something wrong?" she asked.

"(Hmm, these guys fit into the description Teisel told me about...)" Tron thought. "(He said they dressed weird...)"

"Hello?"

Tron snapped out from he thoughts and looked mad at them. "I-I was just thinking about something, that's all!"

Chip rolled his eyes and plugged his ears. "This girl is such a loudmouth. She just won't stop yelling at us. She needs to be Chipminated so badly."

"Yeah," Sonic commented.

Tron narrowed her eyes at them. "Ooh, you're going to wish to be alive after this," she muttered. "Fine! You people are just irritating to me, so I'll be going now!"

Megaman held out his hand at her. "W-wait!"

"I won't!" Tron yelled back, turning around towards the south. "Listen to this for a minute, Megaman. I know you were so desperate to get help to deal with my Servbots, but I think it was stupid of your part to invite these guys here. I mean, look at them! They dress weird, they look weird, and they're annoying above everything else!"

Ness snickered a bit. "She just said your name, and she said she didn't care."

"Shut up, you little brat!"

Ike looked away. "God, what is her problem? She complains a lot for nothing..."

"I HEARD that!" Tron yelled as she walked away from them. "You better be prepared for what's to come, Megaman! The Bonne Family isn't going to give up on you and your little groupie!" She stopped walking and looked over her right shoulder at them. "Humph!" she said loudly, going back towards the south where she walked into the forest and disappeared from sight.

Once she was gone, Peach looked concerned at Megaman. "Um, why didn't we stop her? Isn't she your enemy?"

Megaman looked confused. "I...just don't know," he said honestly. "Part of me wants to take her to the police, but another part of me wants me to go on easy on her. I feel a bit guilty for stopping her team..."

"You don't like fighting, right?" Luigi asked.

"No, I had to fight them so they didn't cause trouble," Megaman explained.

Sonic cleaned his right ear with a finger. "Well, I, personally, didn't want her to come with us. I don't want her yellin' at us, y'know."

Peach crossed her arms and put a finger on her lips. "(She looked so upset, but I don't know why I think she feels something for Megaman...)" With this thought in mind, the princess clasped her hands together and looked excited. "(...Wouldn't this mean she has a crush on him? If she does...I want to see her soon again.)"

Chris took out Eggy from his pocket and sighed. "Please, don't break on me, Eggy. I don't want you getting broken now."

Weirded out a bit, Megaman looked at Ike. "Why is he talking to that egg with the funny face?" he asked.

"Some project he's doing, I think," Ike whispered back.

"...Oh," Megaman said, Chris stuffing Eggy back into his pocket.

It was not long before three tanks, the same tanks the Servbots rode, approached them. Stopping a few feet away, the Servbots began talking. "Okay, everybody, on your toes!" spoke the middle tank.

"We'll show Miss Tron what we can do...this time, for sure!" the right tank spoke.

"Remember, our dinner is at risk here. We can't lose our curry rice for tonight!" the left tank spoke loudly. "I'm hungry right now, so you know how upset I can get when I'm hungry!"

"Oh no, he's upset!" the tank of the center said. "We better stop them before he gets hungrier!"

"I thought he was supposed to watch his weight," the right tank said.

"Shut up, you!" the left tank said. "It's dinner or bust for me! I'm not backing off now!"

"Oooh, nooooo!" the other tanks said in fear.

The group sweat dropped in unison at this. Scratching his head a bit, Megaman looked at the others and said, "Guys, you really need to be careful."

"Pfft, watch this," Ness muttered, making fists at his sides while sending a green flash that grew in size and went over the middle of the tanks. "PK Flash!" he shouted.

The green flash exploded into a burst of energy, making all tanks exploded into bits. Out of the smoke that the flash had caused, the three Servbots rolled in the air and fell down in front of the group. Pushing themselves back on their feet, they looked at them and started screaming. "Uah, run away!" the middle Servbot suggested.

The left Servbot began crying. "A-at this rate, I won't have my curry riiiiiice!" he moaned.

"Quick, we need to get away from them and tell Miss Tron about this! T-they're...very dangerous...and so weird as well!" the right Servbot yelled. The three Servbots raised their hands and ran away in a mad dash to the same direction Tron went, hoping they'd catch up with her to tell on the Smashers.

"Weird... They're just trying to insult me," Ness muttered with crossed arms.

Megaman gaped a bit at the display of power from Ness. Looking at the proud Ness for a brief moment, the boy in the blue suit stared forward at some turrets placed on a big hill and smiled confidently. "Okay, now I know I can really count on all of you." He pointed forward and yelled, "here we go, everyone!"

TO BE CONTINUED...

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"The Misadventures of Tron Bonne. Wait, are we really gonna have her around again?" asked Sonic.

"In many occasions, I've been asking myself that at least four hundred times. You'll get used to her," Pikachu said.

"Four hundred times?"

"Team Rocket, dude, Team Rocket."

"Oh... Hey, wait, I don't know what a Team Rocket i-"


----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

-Kattelox Island-
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Big, Megaman Volnutt, Roll Caskett, Eggy Jr. the Fourth
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 01, 2010, 09:22:24 PM
Chapter 171: The Misadventures of Tron Bonne

-Kattelox Island-
Cardon Forest - Sub-Gate Area

Disgaea: Hour of Darkness - Do Your Best, Girl!

When rushed forward into the field, Chris gasped and grabbed Peach her shoulder. The princess turned to him confused. "What is it, Chris? Is something wrong?" she asked.

"W-well, there is something wrong," Chris said worried.

Peach knew what Chris was going to say. With a confident chuckle, the princess looked happy. "I'll be just fine, Chris. You don't need to worry a lot for me."

"I think you'd say something like that...so, I want you to put these in your Trophy Stand," Chris said, taking out from his pocket the Sophia sticker, a newly obtained medium-sized Choco/Mog sticker (the latter having an original moogle riding on a Chocobo) and an Ifrit sticker (which had the picture of a medium-sized horned green monster).

Peach tilted her head at the stickers. "What...will they give me?"

"Healing, Thunder Flare, and the Choco/Mog summon," Kawashima said. "You'll basically become some sort of mixture between a mage and a summoner. They're great for attacking and healing at long distances."

The princess thought for a moment. "I...wouldn't certainly get close to those tanks and smack them with my frying pan, golf club, or tennis racket..."

The musician sweat dropped at this.

"And if I could provide some healing...well..."

"Just think about it, dangit!" Chris cried loudly. "For the love of god, if somebody ever hit you right on the face with a punch, I'd never tolerate it! Hell, even Master Hand wouldn't tolerate it either! NO ONE ELSE would tolerate somebody hitting you in the face!"

Peach stammered at the sudden outburst. "G-get hit in the face?"

"I'm sorry if I'm putting up such a violent example, but, please, become a mage of the sorts before everyone regrets it! We're thinking about your welfare!"

"But...if that's true, then what would happen if Zelda got hit in the face?"

Chris stared blankly at her. "For some reason...it doesn't apply so well for Zelda. I mean, I think she's a little bit more of a tomboy than you are."

-Smash Mansion-
Command Room

"What?" Zelda asked upset. "Oh, so it's unforgivable if somebody hits Peach, but it's understandable if I'm the one getting the hit?" She looked at Link. "Link, give me your honest opinion about this."

"Why do I need t-" Link noticed Zelda's fierce glare. "I-I mean, sure, it'd be unforgivable if you ever got hit, Zelda! C-Chris is wrong in this one!"

"Are you being honest, Link?"

Link nodded many times. "Y-yeah, I'm sure of it! N-now, please, lower your hand before it shoots a Din's Fire at me!"

Marth looked away. "It's not like Zelda to get this angry, but I guess there are some certain things that could set her angry..."

-Kattelox Island-
Cardon Forest - Sub-Gate Area

"Hmm? How strange. It seems your partnership with Zelda diminished, Chris," Kawashima said.

The musician groaned at this and looked up to the sky. "Zelda, I-I was kidding! Y-you don't need to get mad at me! Please, forgive me for saying that about you! You're the same case as Peach, I swear!"

"Oh, it looks like the meter recovered half of its lost percentage now," Kawashima said. "Watch out for what you're saying, Chris. The others can still watch and listen to what we're saying during the mission."

"Great, now I'll have to remind myself that..." Chris muttered and looked at the concerned Peach. "So, Peach, please, use these stickers. You'll be a lot more helpful if you use them. Also, if you DO use them, I'll never bring up something like you getting hit in the face."

Peach blinked a bit shocked at this.

"Chris, for some reason, the meter lost Zelda's recovered percentage," Kawashima pointed out.

"Goodness gracious, Zelda, you're being irrational now!" Chris yelled. "Stop it, please!"

"The meter recovered the lost percentage, but it didn't recover fully."

The musician grunted loudly and looked at Peach. "So, what will it be, Peach?"

Peach looked serious and nodded as she took the stickers from Chris's hand. "I'll do it," Peach said. "If everyone is so worried about me...I'll do it."

"(God, look at the fierceness of her eyes,)" Chris thought. "(You can see fire on them...maybe.)"

The princess chuckled heartily and put the stickers on her Trophy Stand. She smiled at Chris and nodded. "Thank you for helping me out, Chris. You're so nice."

Chris blushed and chuckled nervously. "I-I do everything I can so I don't turn out to be useless, Peach..." He looked back to the field. "Well, shall we get going now before everyone finish off those tanks?"

"Please, you first."

"Okay, let's go now," Chris said, running into the field with Peach following from behind.

Meanwhile, behind the tree, Roll, from the driver's seat, managed to listen to the two's conversation. The engineer blinked a few times before looking confused at no one in particular, saying, "They're such a weird bunch, let me tell you," before sighing to herself. "Well, time to drive for me," she said, looking over to Big and Data behind. "It'll be alright, you two, so leave the driving to me."

Big and Data nodded. The purple cat looked up to the ceiling and thought, "(People here are so nice for letting young girls drive.)"

Data merely replied by doing his usual dance to the sides over the box.

Big stared at Data. The dance of the robotic monkey seemed very interesting for him.

Back at the field, eight tanks rolled from behind the big hill and towards Megaman's group. "There's the blue boy!" announced a tank. "He's bringing reinforcements!"

"Stop 'em from gettin' closer!" another tank announced. "Miss Tron will take our dinner away if we don't do something!"

"For the curry rice!"

"FOR THE CURRY RICE!!!" all tanks proclaimed in unison.

"Just look at their fierceness!" Ness remarked. "That fierceness for the golden taste of their sacred curry rice makes you feel proud of hearing such words from those tanks! Those words make you feel like a DAMN man, Lucas!"

Lucas looked surprised a Ness. "N-Ness, I didn't think you were like them."

"Lucas, have you ever heard of sarcasm before? I honestly think these guys are plain pathetic."

"...Oh... For a minute there, it sounded so convincing that you respected their curry rice."

"Hell no," Ness said before looking at Megaman. "Seriously, are you trying to say these guys gave trouble to the island?"

Megaman looked annoyed. "Hey, try fighting twenty robot tanks by yourself. It's a lot harder to watch out for one destroying a house while you're on the other side of the city!"

"Was that your first time?"

"Yes."

"Oh, that explains it," Ness said. "You just weren't used to that kind of thing. You have my condolences."

Megaman merely rolled his eyes. Seeing that they were being ignored, the tanks approached closed to them. "Hey, that's so rude of you!" one of them spoke. "Why are you having a conversation right in front of the enemy? Don't you know that's dangerous for you?"

Ness raised a finger. "I hate to break your bubble (actually, I don't), but you guys aren't dangerous for the most part."

The tanks gasped loudly at this statement. "N-not only are you rude, but you're a bully as well? I call dibs on you all!" a tank stated. "Taste bullets, brats!" he yelled, the tanks starting to shoot bullets with their machines guns.

Lucas yelped at this and sent forth a PK Freeze's mist, floating all the way to some tanks before exploding into a burst of ice, trapping at least two tanks in ice. "I-I need help, somebody!" he shouted, machine guns being aimed at him.

Megaman rolled and blocked Lucas while shooting several blasts of energy at the tanks. However, the shots weren't enough to destroy them, and the boy received the shots. Grunting loudly, he looked around. "Guys, I need some backup here!" he yelled.

Ness stood behind Lucas, sending forth a PK Flash that went floating all the way to the tanks before exploding in a big burst of energy, causing at least four tanks to explode. The Servbots of said tanks tumbled over along the ground, charred completely. The Servbots stood up and threw their hands up before scrambling around in panic. This, however, didn't indicate that the other three tanks stopped shooting at the trio. "Dammit, we need some help here!" Ness yelled.

It was not long before a blue sphere attacked the three tanks by penetrating their armored bodies, making them all explode into bits. The Servbots of said tanks had the same fate as their previous fallen comrades: throw their arms up and scramble around in panic for help. The blue sphere then rolled back to the trio and turned back into Sonic, who grinned at them confidently. "You called?" he asked.

Lucas sighed in relief. "Y-yes, thank you..."

Megaman looked amazed at the hedgehog's speed. "Wow...that was awesome," he remarked, smiling wide in surprise before standing up. "You're really something."

Sonic chuckled and crossed his arms. "I'm more than something, thank you very much."

"Sonic, I'd rather show off later than now," Ness commented in boredom. "If you forgot, we have those tanks Lucas froze back there."

Lucas looked serious and pulled back his hands. "PK Fire!" he shouted, sending a small bolt into the ice to burst into flames, making both tanks unfreeze from the stalactite of ice. Yells of pain came from both tanks as they burned bright red.

"Hot, hot, hot, hot!" one of them shouted.

"I liked it when it was cold!" the other yelled.

Ness stared at Lucas. "Aren't you getting a little bit overboard today? I mean, you froze Roll's car, and now you're burning those tanks."

Lucas shook his head. "I-I'm not going overboard! M-maybe we're just a little bit too strong for them..."

The Onett resident thought for a moment. "Hmm, that might be right..." he muttered.

Sonic spotted the Support Car going towards them. Roll peeked out from the driver's window once she reached them. "Good job, guys. You're clearing out the area from the tanks." She looked to the east. "There are more over there, and I think the others need help. Please, everyone, go and help them!"

"Right," Megaman said. "Everyone, let's go!"

Further to the east, Ike, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Kirby, and Chris faced four turrets that formed a long wall, despite being far-spaced from each other. "We're gonna stop you now!" a Servbot spoke from within the far right turret.

"Yeah, we don't wanna get the boot from Miss Tron because of you," spoke the Servbot from the far left. "And we SURELY don't want to have no dinner tonight."

"You're toast now!" the right turret's Servbot said. "Hmm, toast..."

"Snap out of it, you!" the left turret's Servbot said. "Besides, we all know curry rice beats any other food we eat!"

"Hmm, curry rice, how sweeeeeeeet..." they all said in unison, making the Smashers exchanged glances with each other, except for Kirby, who joined the Servbots' fantasies by saying the same.

"Are these guys...for real?" Ike asked.

Mario thought a bit. "Consider curry rice as their minimum wage for working for that girl we met..."

Peach looked worried at the turrets. "But, isn't it sad that they won't have dinner if we stop them from raiding the ruins?"

"Peach, if we think again, they're the bad guys of this world," Ike said. "Unfortunately, for them, we have to beat them so they don't cause trouble for the island. If you ask me, it was that girl's fault for threatening them by taking away their dinner."

Luigi rubbed his chin. "U-um, why are we talking about their dinner being taken away as punishment? Shouldn't we...like...stop them now instead of talking?"

Chris could still listen to the Servbots' moans of pleasure coming from the turrets. "They...don't seem to be minding us anymore, though..." He looked at the dreamy Kirby. "And...Kirby doesn't seem to be minding us as well..."

Ike put a hand over his face and frowned. "Somehow, I think they got punished too many times before we even got to meet them."

Mario took out FLUDD (which appeared magically on his back) and aimed its nozzle to the turrets. "Well, let me try something to make them listen to us: water," Mario said, charging FLUDD's water.

Luigi gulped. "I-I'd rather let them fantasize about their dinner than noticing us, Mari-"

Mario interrupted Luigi by shooting a stream of water ahead, spraying it all over the turrets. The Servbots suddenly snapped out from their thoughts and turned to them...before sparks flew out from their weapons, resulting in the turrets' demises by exploding due to their short circuits caused by the water.

The Smashers gapped their mouths a bit as four charred Servbots went flying in the air and landed rather hardly on the ground. They all pushed themselves to their feet before screaming and scrambling around in panic. After running around for a while, they yelled, "MISS TRON, HELP US!" before running away into the forest, disappearing from the area.

"..." Chris could barely believe that a little water was enough to take out the weapons out of commission. Even Mario couldn't believe it either nor did the others. "...Seriously, was that ALL?" the musician asked in disbelief. "Just a little spray of water and they're defeated?"

"Apparently, their weaponry cannot support water," FLUDD commented. "It is easy to believe that the weakness of their tanks and turrets is water."

Peach kept staring at the direction the Servbots ran off. "I feel guilty now," she said. "They seemed very sad..."

Ike didn't know how to make the princess understand that they had to beat them, even it if was by using simple means. Instead of thinking for a way to explain, the mercenary said, "Wish that they can get their dinner, then..."

"I will," Peach said. "After all, they're children."

"Robot children..." Luigi added, shrugging at the thought.

Kirby looked sadly at the direction the Servbots ran off. "I hope they get curry rice...it's so delicious..." he muttered, making Chris kneel down to rub his head.

Mario looked over his shoulder at FLUDD. "At least you're going to be used a lot more here."

"I am happy to be of assistance anytime, Mario," FLUDD said. "I do not get depressed when I am not needed. If situations do not call for me, I will understand."

The plumber smiled a bit. "Thanks again, though," he said, FLUDD magically disappearing from his back (Chris: Freaky). The plumber stared forward to see that the small canyon turned to the right. "I think there are more tanks passing that corner," he said.

Not long after saying that, the first group caught up with them. "You guys are okay?" Megaman asked.

"We couldn't be any better...really," Ike said. "Mario just sprayed water on the turrets to make them all explode. We found out their weakness out of curiosity, though."

Ness sighed loudly. "They have to admit they're pushovers. They don't pose any threat against all of us."

Roll came in with the Support Car. She looked at them and smiled a bit. "It seems there's just a few of them crossing that corner," she said. "In fact, I think there are only three left to take out. Furthermore, the ruins are just up ahead, everyone."

"Wow, that was quick," Sonic said. "Just a few more and we're done with this, right?"

"Not quite," Roll said. "We still have to explore the ruins, remember?"

Megaman made a fist and nodded. "Okay, Roll, stay here. We're going to finish off the last tanks so we can move on."

"Please do," Roll said. "Alright, go!"

All of them nodded at her before running towards the corner of the canyon. Once Roll saw that they all went to right, she could easily hear water being sprayed on tanks that later exploded, also seeing three charred Servbots flying over to the forest, screaming for help before they disappeared out of sight.

Music stops

"...Goodness, that was a bit pathetic and so fast," she commented to herself before taking over the wheel. She drove the Support Car over to the canyon's corner.

Once the car turned to the right, the car suddenly shook to the sides as if it had run over something.

"W-what was that just now?" Roll asked as she stopped the car and looked at a rather frightened group of Smashers, the sleeping Chip accidentally rolling over to the right of the roof where he fell down, still sleeping deeply. "Hey, guys, why are you all looking so...scared? You took out the last tanks, right?" She looked forward to see the remains of said tanks. "You did beat the tanks, so... Wait, where's Megaman?" she asked, not finding the boy with the group anymore.

Lucas's mouth couldn't get any lower than it already was. Closing it tight, the Nowhere Island resident avoided crying. "Y-you just...ran over Megaman!" he cried.

"Wha...?" Roll trailed off confused before she stuck out her head from the window and looked behind, looking back at a dead blue carcass dropped dead on the ground. "HOLY REFRACTORS, w-what have I done now?! M-MEGAMAN!" She opened the door and jumped out, running over to inspect the dead boy. "I-I told him to be careful about the car, didn't I?!"

"You didn't..." Sonic muttered.

"Oh my god, Megaman!"

Peach covered her face. "T-this is just unfair! We just met him two hours ago and now he's dead!" she cried. "W-why did we have to witness his death before our eyes? Why?!"

Both plumbers gasped as the princess broke out in sobs. The two quickly hugged her so she would stop crying, failing miserably to do so. "P-Peach, don't jump to conclusions now, please," Mario said, trying to stay calm.

"He's dead!" Luigi cried loudly with Peach, forgetting he was supposed to be strong emotionally. "Megaman is dead! Dead, I tell you, deeeeaaad!"

"L-Luigi, you're not helping at all!" Ike yelled.

Sonic placed a hand over his chest. Seeing this as rather insulting, Chris looked angrily at the hedgehog. "Stop that, Sonic!"

Ness went over to check on Megaman's condition. "Oh god, he's really dead..." he muttered, wiping a tear away. He went over and kicked him to the side, waiting for a response. "Dead..." he said.

Roll sniffed sadly and looked angrily at Ness. "N-no, don't say such a thing! H-he can't die now! H-he just got rolled over by a car, that's all!" She wiped some tears away. "T-this is what happens when somebody like me isn't so used to driving yet!"

"Another thing that this world doesn't care: young children driving CARS and AIRSHIPS," Ness muttered with emphasis.

"W-what about Red?" Lucas asked. "Isn't he ten years old and travels to places?"

"Yes, him too... You know, I get freaked out for the fact we're both older than him, and yet he's taller."

Lucas shrugged. "I-I think I do that, too..."

"Well, our worlds are very different from each other, s-"

"AHEM!" Sonic coughed loudly. "Did you forget we have a dead boy here?"

The car's back door opened, and Big peeked out from it to look down at the dead boy. "D-dead boy body!" he yelled.

"F-for the last time, Megaman isn't dead!" Roll said, trying to avoid believing the sad truth. "I-I surely just knocked him out unconscious, t-that's all, right? Right?!" She grabbed Ness by the shoulders and shook him. "Right?!"

"I-I'd s-say y-you k-knocked h-him o-out u-unconsciously f-forever," Ness stuttered as Roll shook him.

The World Traveler gulped and walked to the dead boy, Kirby walking to him to poke his head, thinking Megaman was sleeping deeply. "He couldn't be dead, right?" he asked.

Roll stopped shaking Ness (albeit not letting go of him) and looked at Chris. "I-I don't know what to do right now! Megaman needs to be taken to the hospital for recovery!"

Ness ignored Roll's sniffs, looking down at the dead boy's body. He noticed a small move from the right leg. "W-wait a minute... Everyone, he's alive! Stop sobbing and crying now!" he yelled before Roll pushed him away and placed down her hands upon the ground to take a closer look at Megaman.

"M-Megaman!" Roll yelled.

Everyone grew silent, listening to some chuckles coming from the boy. Roll wiped her tears away as her childhood friend slowly looked up to her with a smile, his face having bruises all over it. "H-hey there, Roll...guess I shouldn't have gotten in the car's way..."

"Oh my god, Megaman, I'm so sorry!" Roll cried. "I should've seen where I was driving so you wouldn't get run over!"

Everyone sighed in relief, seeing that the boy was still alive. "God, I got freaked out like never before," Sonic commented. He looked at Mario. "That reminds me, how did he didn't see the car?"

"Well, I think he was ducking down to shoot at the tanks," Mario recalled. "He was the one who came first, and he helped to distract them long enough for me to spray water on them. He...unfortunately, was very close to the corner, and Roll appeared and ran over hi-"

"Please, don't say that!" Roll interrupted without hesitation. "I'm feeling so guilty as it is!"

Kirby looked happily at Megaman and went over to his face to hug him. The boy coughed a bit and looked back at everyone. "S-sorry for being so reckless...but I thank my suit for protecting me from being crushed...I would've died if it wasn't for my suit..."

Suddenly, Data jumped out from the car's window and landed close to Megaman. "Oh, Megaman, don't be so reckless!" he spoke, surprising most of the Smashers, even Roll herself. "Thanks to your recklessness, you got into this!"

Megaman coughed. "I-I'm sorry, Data..."

Luigi looked shocked at the robot monkey. "T-that monkey knows how to talk?"

"I didn't know that, too..." Roll trailed off. "Megaman, did you know Data could talk for a long time?"

Data danced for a bit on his spot while Megaman nodded to Roll. "Y-yeah, he kinda doesn't want to talk to any strangers except me."

Roll stared at the dancing Data. "B-but it's rude of him to be so...secretive from me and gramps!"

"He didn't want to talk to you both either," Megaman said. "He said the time 'wasn't just right', so I guess he decided to talk right now..."

Data approached Megaman and took out a cord from his body. "Megaman, please don't get hurt so badly because you were distracted," he said, plugging the cord to Megaman's right shoulder to release energy into his suit. "You're lucky you have me around, u-ki-i!"

A short while went by and Megaman's suit recovered. However, despite the suit being recover, it didn't end up healing Megaman himself. "I-I think you don't know how to heal me physically, right?"

Data unplugged the cord from his suit and shook his head, looking worried at him. "I'm so sorry, Megaman, but I don't possess the ability to heal people. I can only heal and reload your suit."

Roll looked worried. "Oh no, Megaman, you didn't break a leg or something, did you?"

"N-no..."

Knowing this, Chris took out his harp and closed his eyes. "Allow me to heal you physically, then."

Roll and Data looked at him. "Um...are you planning to use that harp?" Roll asked.

"A song passed down from angels to troubadours... Angel Song!" Chris chanted, gracefully touching his harp's strings to make a melody that created a cheerful atmosphere around them. Most of the Smashers sighed silently as the enticing tune filled their ears with music.

Data looked around for a bit. "Hmm, why is it that the air here got a bit weird?"

Roll stared at the musician playing his harp. "That's a nice tune, but, what is that supposed to do?"

"Huh?" Megaman muttered. He blinked a few times and felt that the pain slowly faded away from his body. His wounds seemed to be slowly recovering overtime. Feeling better, the boy in the blue suit slowly stood up from the ground and looked at his hands, Chris playing his tune. "W-wow...my wounds are starting to heal very slowly... Actually...I'm feeling a whole lot better now."

Chris played one last solo before stopping. The World Traveler bowed at Megaman and smiled a bit at him. "There, your wounds should heal slowly until they're healed completely."

The engineer blinked at pure disbelief at this while Megaman looked at himself feeling less and less pain overtime. Roll herself couldn't imagine that magic did exist. She always believed there was some sort of trick behind all magic; something she was going to question to them. "S-so, wait, are you using magic?" Roll asked.

"Yes," Chris said. "I-I know it's hard to believe in it, but I used my harp's magic to heal Megaman's injuries..."

"...Awesome," Megaman exclaimed as he moved his fingers a bit.

Big sighed. "He's not dead. We won't have to make him a grave now."

Everyone stared quite shocked at this little, simple statement.

Roll shook her head and sighed. "Oh well, I guess magic does exist...in some worlds," she said. "Either way, thank you so much for healing Megaman. You don't know how relieved I am right now."

Megaman smiled at the Smashers. "I think we can trust you completely now. The fact you helped us defeat the pirates here makes it clear that you're not lying, right?"

"That's what we have been trying to say this whole time," Sonic said in boredom. "Oh well, now you believe in us. Crazy, but real, you know."

Roll chuckled. "You're going to be really handy to us," she said. "Since everything's okay now, let's go to the ruins... Oh, there it is."

The group turned around to the east where a big fence blocked the entrance to a blue dome with a big door.

"That big fence isn't going to let us through...so, I'm going to ram the car against it," Roll said, quickly getting back into the Support Car.

"...Wait, doesn't this seem a bit...so strange?" Ness asked. "Weren't those pirates supposed to raid the ruins? If they were supposed to do that, why didn't they destroy that fence?"

"Maybe we got here earlier than they expected so they stopped doing anything else?" Mario said.

"Maybe," Ike said. "That seems to be the most logical explanation."

The group turned back to the car, which began revving up its motor. "Okay, you guys, back away! I'm going to ram the car against the fence so we can explore the Sub-Gate!" She revved up the car a bit more. "Go!" she yelled, charging the car at high speed towards the fence. The car easily destroyed the fence. The engineer used the brakes to make a smooth stop right in front of the dome. "There!"

Kirby smiled at Lucas. "I like when things aren't very hard for us."

Lucas smiled back at him. "Y-yes, thank goodness."

Sonic's ears perked up a bit. He turned around to see a very sleepy Chip curling himself on the grass. "Hmm...gimme back my chocolate bar, evil turnip..." he muttered.

"Chip..." Sonic muttered, going over to pick the sleepy imp on his arms.

Everyone else walked towards the Support Car. Roll opened the door and jumped out. Cleaning her hands, she nodded at them. "Okay, guys, we did it," she said, turning to look at the blue dome. "There it is, the Cardon Forest's Sub-Gate..."

Megaman stared at the big red door that blocked the entrance to the dome. "Let's see where I need to insert my license," he said, taking out his Class "A" License. "There should be some kind of slot to open that door... Let me go look," he said as he walked towards the door.

Luigi looked at Roll. "W-what are we going to do once we get inside?"

"Well, for starters, you need to find the refractor hidden within the Sub-Gate," Roll explained, raising a finger by her right side. "However, you need to take in mind that ruins like the Sub-Gate contains security Reaverbots. No matter what you do, they'll see you as their enemies."

"A-and?"

"And they'll try to dispose of you so we can't get the refractor in our hands," Roll further explained. "Furthermore, there are many different kinds of Reaverbots in each ruins. They all have different ways to attack and defend, so watch out." She put her hands on her hips and smiled a bit. "I don't think you'll have much trouble, though. With all your support, there won't be any kind of danger in there. Be careful, though."

"We will," Ike said. "We're used to do exploration stuff. Everything's fine with us, so don't worry."

"Good, that makes it all much better."

"I found the slot!"

Everyone turned back to the dome where Megaman stood to the door's right side where he had found a small key card slot. The boy inserted his card into it. After the card got into the slot, it then pushed out as a confirmation that it was accepted by the gate. Megaman took the card back and looked at the gate, which now turned on. The gate began making sounds as the middle gear of the door spun a bit. A red eye-like circle turned on with a light. The door then began to move to the sides, slowly opening the path into the Sub-Gate.

Chris looked concerned. "So now we have to go in..."

"That's the plan," Megaman said as he walked back to them. "Don't worry, we'll be just fine. Normally, I get in trouble many times when I'm alone, but Roll always help me out."

The engineer nodded. "Yeah, I'm the Spotter of the team," she said. "I use a special radar to locate Reaverbot's readings and other similar robot activities around Megaman. Unfortunately, Megaman has the radar attached to his suit, so he needs to walk around so I can detect any movements from surprise enemies. If you happen to get lost, I'll tell you the directions to go back here."

"You'll be our guide, then," Sonic said. "That works for me all the way."

Peach looked serious. "Let's go," she said. "We can't waste anymore time. Who knows if those cute robots come back to stop us..."

Ness looked away. "Right...cute robots; the same robots who aren't going to have dinner for tonight because we messed them up but good..."

Megaman pointed at the Sub-Gate. "Okay, everybody, let's go!" he said.

Soon, everyone but Roll proceeded into the Sub-Gate's entrance. Upon taking a step inside, they noticed that they were standing over a platform with a control panel in front of them. Megaman went over to the control panel and clicked on it. "Down we go?" Ike asked.

"Yup, down we go," Megaman said as the platform budged a bit and began to descend underground. "Let's hope it's not pitch black in here..."

"P-please don't let it be like that!" Lucas yelled as the Sub-Gate's door slowly closed behind them.

Seeing them gone, Roll tilted her head to the side and shook her head. "I have complete faith in them this time around. Things aren't going to be so bad, despite them being from another world..." She turned back to the car's driver seat. "Well, better get myself ready so I can guide them through the ruins."

However, as Roll got back into the car, she didn't notice that five charred Servbots were keeping tabs on them by hiding behind the canyon. "We can't just go back to Miss Tron and tell her we failed, can we?" asked a Servbot.

"Oh no, never!" a second Servbot said. "I don't want to get our dinner canceled tonight! The least we can do now is keep tabs on those guys with the blue boy!"

"Yeah!" proclaimed a third Servbot. "If we can get juicy information out of them, maybe Miss Tron will spare our curry rice."

"But that's just wishful thinking," a fourth Servbot said. "You don't know if this is even right. You know how mad she gets if we don't go back home? It's dangerous either way!"

A fifth Servbot cried toon tears, despite the fact he had a blank look on his yellow, round face. "P-please, I wanna have my curry rice tonight! T-this is the right thing to do, right, guys?"

The second Servbot looked away. "We might as well be dead right now 'cause she'll punish us right after we go back home."

The fourth Servbot nodded. "Or she could come after us...and that's even worse."

"Alright, everyone, polish your ears!" the second Servbot suggested. "We're gonna eavesdrop in those guys as much as we can! Remember what Miss Tron said before: it's whoever has the most information that wins!"

"Roooooogeeeeer!" all Servbots proclaimed, gasping afterward for raising their voice too high.

Cardon Ruins - Sub-Gate

Star Ocean: Till The End of Time - Fly Away In The Violet Sky

The elevator lowered to an underground room. The room they arrived had light blue walls surrounding them. Once the elevator landed on safe floor, all of them stepped off from it to the floor, where they looked around the room. "So, here we are at the ruins," Megaman said before turning to them. "Well, I want to make something clear before we go in. Roll and I seriously need the refractor, so, if you could, we need to get it so we can repair the Flutter and nothing else."

"We're not interested in the refractor," Mario said. "It's all good."

"Thanks, that means a lot for us," Megaman said. He looked up suddenly. "Roll, we got in without problems."

"Okay, Megaman, I hear you clearly from my end," Roll said, her voice coming out from Megaman's right arm. "I decided to put the speakers loud so everyone can hear me, Megaman."

"That's okay," Megaman said as Ness and Lucas touched the light blue walls. "Are you picking up something?"

"Let me see... Oh, I'm picking up high energy readings from close by...and it looks like a refractor...and a big one, too!"

Upon hearing this, Megaman got a bit excited. "Do you think that's the main refractor of the Sub-Gate?"

"Yeah, I'm positive about it," Roll said. "It should be in the same room where all of you are. Can you see it?"

Peach gasped and pointed to the east of the room. "Over there, I see something!"

The group turned to her direction where a thin passage leaded to another part of the room. Over the other side, they saw some kind of yellow energy wall shielding a floating big gem (the refractor) in front of a control panel. They all walked towards the energy wall where they stopped and admired the refractor within it.

"W-wow, that's a big crystal," Luigi remarked. "If I got something like that...I'd become rich enough to buy myself a mansion."

"Um, didn't you have a mansion before?" Chris asked.

Luigi sniffed. "D-don't you remember what happened to that mansion?"

"I... Oh, wait..." He looked at Peach, who seemed a bit too marveled on the gorgeous refractor. "...Never mind, then..."

"So yes..."

"Looks like a Chaos Emerald to me, except a bit bigger," Sonic muttered. "Hey, wait, didn't you say refractors were power sources?"

"They are," Megaman said. "Refractors are used to provide energy to all kinds of technology that many people need. Its energy can be harnessed very easily into anything."

"Can it be harnessed into people?"

Megaman thought for a moment. "Hmm, I don't think so... I haven't seen people actually using refractors to get stronger or something..."

"Nobody has harnessed refractor's energy into people because it's extremely hazardous," Roll said. "Instead, people just use them for every day's life."

"Oh, I see," Sonic said. "(For a minute there, I was afraid to have some competency with another guy here... Oh, wait, I love challenges.)"

Ike and Kirby walked towards the refractor. They looked at the energy shield protecting it from being taken away from its spot. Kirby poked the shield several times as Ike just did once. "...I don't think we can destroy this shell through sheer force," he said.

"Don't do that, please," Roll said. "It's dangerous to destroy the shield with force because that would trigger a whole lot of Reaverbots to attack wildly. Megaman did that kind of thing a long time ago, and he barely escaped alive."

Megaman flushed. "Y-you were the one who said, 'Hey, Megaman, let's use super dynamite to blow up the shield!' and I listened to you, even though I was against the idea!"

"Well, it was too late, though. Gramps wasn't there with us at the time to tell us that it was dangerous... Anyway, Megaman, is the refractor shielded?"

"Yeah, it is."

"That'd mean something: that refractor is valuable," Roll said. "Most high-leveled refractors are protected in some kind of shield. Isn't there some kind of control console close by?"

Mario walked to the panel in front of the shielded refractor. "There's one right here," Megaman said, inspecting the control panel. He spotted three keyholes on it and a button below them. The boy pressed the button and looked at the shield. "...Nothing is happening, Roll."

"Nothing? Well, that's weird... Do you see something else on the console?"

"There are three keyholes on it," Mario said. "Maybe the keys are missing?"

"Yeah, those are starter keys," Roll explained. "Starter keys are needed to lower down shields protecting those high-leveled refractors. There's no other way, guys. You'll have to find the three keys somewhere."

Kirby looked to his right were two automatic doors sat idly on a wall. "There's a door over there," he said, pointing at the door.

"Then...wouldn't that mean there's more to see here?" Lucas asked. "I thought this room was all the ruins..."

"Well, I, for one, am excited to see what else is waiting for us," Ness said. "Let's go see."

"I-I propose some of us stay behind!" Luigi suddenly suggested. "W-we don't know what's in there, so some of us should stay here to perform some emergency rescue...or something like that!"

Megaman shook his head. "Ruins aren't very dangerous. There's nothing to fear."

"B-but what if..."

Mario put a hand on his brother's shoulder. "Don't get so scared, Luigi. Everyone is going to stick together. That way, nothing bad will happen."

"(I don't want to go! I'm just saying this so I don't get mauled by some robot in there!)" Luigi thought. "(Is it that hard to tell from me or what?!)"

"I'm fine with going together," Peach said. "I also don't think something bad will happen if everyone sticks together."

Lucas wiped some sweat from his forehead. "Well...I think everything will work out just fine if we DO stick together without having to go another way..."

"One for all...all for Chipminator..." Chip muttered, raising a finger while resting on Sonic's arms.

"Aren't you going to wake him up?" Ike asked.

"He's better off like this," Sonic said bored. "Do you want him to go face a robot by himself with this personality he has right now? He'd punch a robot before it kills him off."

"That's...sort of true..."

"Chipminate them all!" Chip proclaimed loudly in his sleep.

Sonic grinned at Ike. "Let him sleep until he wakes up."

"Alright, everyone," Roll called over, "you're going to have to look for the three starter keys to use the control console. That's the only way to take the refractor."

"We can always use dynamite if it doesn't work, right?"

"ABSOLUTELY NOT!" Roll blared loudly. "U-um...w-what I'm trying to say is that we don't need to use sheer force to break the shield..."

Sonic chuckled a bit. "Just teasing," he muttered.

Megaman walked to the doors, which instantly opened once he stood in front of them. "We're going deeper, Roll. Please, tell us anything important."

"I will, don't worry," Roll said. "I'll give information regarding Reaverbots, unusual energy readings, and the room you're in. I can only do this if all of you stay close to Megaman. You've got to stay close to him at all times if you don't wish to get lost, okay? Be careful, please! Remember that there are Reaverbots bound to attack anyone!"

"We'll be careful, Roll," Megaman said before looking back at everyone. "Alright, everyone, let's go."

"Let's hope our first Sub-Gate exploration turns out just fine," Mario said, everyone following the boy from behind.

After crossing the door, the group found themselves in a very wide room. The room looked more like a cave than anything else since the ceiling wasn't visible. They noticed that there were higher floors above the ground floor, them being on top of a high floor. Looking around the place, Ike crossed his arms. "So, where do we start looking for those keys?"

"There are multiple entrances around the room," Roll said. "If you go southeast, you should find a door on the ground floor... Huh?"

"What is it, Roll?" Megaman asked.

"Megaman, everyone, watch out! I detect multiple Reaverbots moving around the ground floor, and one of them is going after you!"

Not long after saying that, a figure jumped out from the ground floor. The group gasped and backed away as a robot landed in front of them. The green robot had its arms and legs attached to the same joint place, and it was around as tall as Megaman. It also had a needle-like head where a ominous red eye fixed itself on them.

"W-what is that?" Lucas yelped, hiding behind a wary Ness.

"A Reaverbot," Megaman said. "Do you see that red eye it has? All Reaverbots are characterized for having that eye somewhere on them an-"

Without hesitation, the Reaverbot aimed its trident-like hands and charged at them.

"Out of the way!" Sonic yelled, all of them accidentally jumping off from the higher floor to the ground floor to evade the ramming attack. "Is everyone okay?"

"Yeah," Ness said as he looked back at the Reaverbot on top of the floor they were before. "That thing is a little bit too fast."

"That's a Sharukurusu," Roll said. "I heard about this Reaverbot before. It usually has high jumping prowess and was built for combat."

"Sharuku...rusu?" Peach repeated the Reaverbot's name.

"I-I wasn't the one who named them, of course," Roll said embarrassed. "Wait, you're all on the ground floor now?"

"We are," Megaman said as they all stared at the Sharukurusu on top of the floor. "Why'd you ask?"

"There are multiple Sharukurusus coming at your way from all directions! It's like a big swarm of them!"

From the front and the right, and even on top of some high floors, around six Sharukurusus appeared rushing towards them. They all backed against the wall as seven Reaverbots cornered them all together. "T-there's so many of them!" Luigi yelped.

Mario acted quickly by spraying FLUDD's water at the seven Reaverbots. Unlike the tanks, however, the Reaverbots didn't seize functions as they slowly approached the group. "...It's no use," Mario said, "water doesn't seem to work on them."

"Bummer," FLUDD commented before it magically disappeared from the plumber's back.

Grunting a bit, Sonic handed over the sleeping Chip to Chris. "Please take care of him for a sec, okay?" he asked with a wink before he curled himself into a ball and used a fast Homing Attack on two Sharukurusus, destroying them with ease.

Kirby looked serious at this and turned towards a Sharukurusu. It looked down at the puffball before the latter opened his mouth and began sucking a whole lot of air, which also pulled the robot towards him. After resisting, the robot was sucked completely into Kirby, and the Star Warrior turned to a charging Sharukurusu and spat back the first one, making them both crash and tumble back.

Megaman, while shooting some Sharukurusus, saw the little puffball's unusual sucking ability. "Did he just swallow the Reaverbot bigger than himself?" he asked.

While Kirby merely smiled, Chris sweat dropped and chuckled nervously. "You could say Kirby is like a super vacuum that can swallow anything bigger than him...as long as said thing isn't so big, that is."

"Look out!" Ike yelled to Megaman, who turned to his right and saw a charging Sharukurusu rushing towards him. Megaman gasped at this, and the Greil Mercenary crossed his arms and sword before using Quick Draw, dealing a harsh blow on the Reaverbot's body. The Sharukurusu went flying away before it exploded into bits. Ike sighed and looked at Megaman. "Are you okay?"

Megaman just kept getting surprised at the Smashers' abilities that he was technically ignoring the fact that he had destroyed the Sharukurusu while shooting to empty air. "Wow... Sucking powers, insane speed, quick rushing attacks, water machines... You guys have everything, don't you?"

"Um, Megaman, I think you destroyed that Reaverbot monster a little while ago..." Lucas pointed out.

Megaman looked at his direction and stopped firing. He smiled a brief moment before turning south where three remaining Sharukurusus slowly approached them with caution. "There are three left to destroy," he said.

Peach looked determined at this. "Wait, I want to use my new magic on them!" she said, slowly putting her hands close together to form a little blue sphere of energy. The princess closed her eyes and focused energy into the sphere.

Chris looked worried. "W-why should we... I-I mean, if they get too close, we'll attack, Peach!"

Sonic rolled back to the group, sitting on a knee as the three Sharukurusus approached them with caution. "Hurry it up!"

The princess opened her eyes and shoved the sphere forward with both hands. "Thunder Flare!" she yelled.

A huge sphere of sparks enveloped the three Reaverbots. The group watched amazed as the sparks electrocuted the three Sharukurusus, causing blue light to shine in the dark room. After five seconds of multiple shock attacks, the sparks took all three Reaverbots down by making them explode into bits.

Everyone looked shocked (pun intended) at the quite surprised princess. Peach kept staring at the place where she handily took out three robots by herself. "...I did it?"

"Y-you did..." Luigi muttered with a gulp. "Y-you just destroyed those robots...by yourself."

"With magic," added Ness.

The princess suddenly had some sort of excitement erupting inside her. For once, she actually took enemies out by herself. It was this excitement that made Peach feel that she got into a totally new field where she could help everyone. At last, she had found something where she could fight without having to worry everyone. "I...I can't believe it," Peach said as she clasped her hands together, "I feel like I did something impossible..."

Ness bumped Lucas's right shoulder. "Uh-oh, she said it. It's not going to be too late before she starts cutting heads off without feeling remorse," he whispered.

Lucas yelped a bit. "N-Ness, don't say those things! I-I can't imagine Peach doing something so bloody! Why are you thinking this?"

"Amusement?"

"Hmm..." Lucas trailed off.

Peach turned to Mario and Luigi. "With this, I might be more useful to everyone. I think I can do a lot more with these new skills I got."

Luigi felt woozy. "Mario, please don't tell me she's actually going to step forward and fight along with us..."

Mario smiled worried at Luigi. "She made up her mind, Luigi. Once she sets her mind, there's almost no way to stop her."

"Then there's a way to stop her?"

"If you want to hurt her feelings, well..."

Luigi slapped his forehead. "Oh, no..."

The princess ignored this conversation as she said to Chris, "Thank you so much, Chris."

The World Traveler blushed. "N-no need to thank me twice, Peach... I'm already embarrassed enough..."

"Oh, don't be," Peach said. "It was you who gave me the opportunity to become useful to everyone. It was obvious I'd be very thankful for that."

The musician could have sworn that Luigi flashed a glare at him. Chris thought the green plumber was mad at him. "O-of course you were going to be thankful," Chris said.

Megaman tilted his head. "What, she didn't use magic before?"

Peach shook her head. "Well, I used to perform magic a very long time ago, but it's been a while ever since I used it."

"Is everyone okay?" Roll suddenly called. "It seems there's no more of them around. You took them all out."

"Roll, are you sure there aren't any more of them?" Megaman asked.

"Hmm, I'm spotting some, but those are different... Megaman, everyone, do you see something out of place nearby? I think it could be a dangerous Reaverbot."

Right next of to them, over a high floor, Kirby noticed a metallic round object sitting idly. It looked like some sort of nest since it had several holes all over it. "That?" he asked.

The group turned to the right, looking at the creepy-looking object. "Roll, there's some kind of ball over a high floor..."

"W-what?" Luigi asked, seeing as three small helicopter/dragonfly Reaverbots flew out from the next and stared at them. The robots were small. They had cone-shaped mouths with helicopter wings rotating right below their heads, and the rest of their bodies resembled short tails. "T-there are more of them coming out..."

"That must be a Jakko," Roll said. "They usually live in nests where they're created to attack people."

Not much time passed before the three Jakkos dove down towards the group. While Luigi yelped like a little girl (literally), Kirby stepped to the front and sucked the three robots inside...and swallowed them. "Puah..." Kirby muttered, sitting on the ground with a disgusted look. "They don't taste very good..."

"Um...I thought he just knew how to suck things into him," Megaman said. "Why would he eat them?"

"Kirby is unique," Chris said as Chip snored loudly on his arms. "Not only can he swallow his enemies, but he can also copy his opponent's skill."

"How?" Megaman asked.

Kirby turned to Megaman and sucked him inside his mouth. Simple as that.

"H-hey, get me out of here!" Megaman yelled inside Kirby. "I'm getting covered by his saliva in here!"

Obeying this, Kirby copied Megaman's ability and the latter came out from behind as a star before turning back to normal. The boy landed on the ground and looked at Kirby, who now donned...his spiky brown hair. Megaman blinked shocked at this and rubbed his eyes a bit, surprised to see that Kirby had grown hair.

Chris chuckled at Kirby's hair. "I thought he was going to get a different hat than that one..."

"W-what in the world?" Megaman said as Kirby (or Volnutt Kirby) walked to him. "You...got my hair?"

"Yup," Volnutt Kirby said, pointing at Megaman with his newly acquired mini-Mega Buster. "I got this, too."

Megaman eyed the little Mega Buster. "W-whoa..."

Sonic chuckled at Megaman's amazement. "You just keep getting impressed over and over again, don't you?"

"W-well, you don't see this usually here..." Megaman trailed off as he stood up from the ground. "You don't get to see magic, super speed, healing powers, sucking and copying powers... Anything you guys do certainly doesn't occur here at all."

Ness clapped his hands. "I'm sorry to interrupt this dandy moment, but, while you were talking, some guys decided to multiply themselves by four so they could beat our sorry butts."

"What guys are those?" Ike asked.

The Onett resident pointed back at the Jakko nest where at least twelve Jakkos flew around the next, locking eyes on the Smashers.

Peach had confidence enough to step forward. "I'll handle this," she said, making another blue sphere between her hands.

However, right after doing this, all the Jakkos dove after her, and she gasped before Mario pulled her back to avoid getting cut by the Jakkos' wings. This made her lose her focus as the blue sphere vanished. "Peach, be more careful," Mario said. "If you're chanting or trying to use magic, at least stay back where nobody will see you."

"I-I understand, Mario. Thank you," Peach said worried. "I can't believe I forgot that vital part."

Mario smiled at the princess. "Don't worry too much about it," he reassured.

"(You've got to give those two that they're a bit romantic at all times,)" Chris thought before looking at his arms where the sleeping Chip rested comfortably. "You wake up, Chip! We can't have sleeping all the time right now!"

"Chipminator-is-recharging-energies," Chip said monotony. "Please-do-wait-until-further-notice."

"Oh, please, you're getting too much into character now," Chris said. "Wake up from your implied recharging state, Chip!"

"Computer-does-not-know-this-Chip-person," Chip said. "It-does-know-Chipminator."

Chris sighed. "I want Chipminator to wake up from his state, please."

"He-is-not-resting. He-is-charging-functions-for-successful-output."

"Oh, you little... Fine, I want Chipminator to stop recharging or whatever he's doing."

"He-does-not-want-to."

"Dammit!"

"Chris, step back!" Ness yelled.

The musician looked up to see six Jakkos diving after him. Yelping, Chris stepped away to avoid being hit by the multiple ramming attacks from the Jakkos. Sonic reacted quickly by using a Homing Attack to pursue the Jakkos, destroying them all instantly. The hedgehog landed back on the ground and looked at Chris. "Don't try to wake Chip up, you! He's going to attack those machines, and we all know how reckless he is!"

Chip started to snore loudly.

"Oh, great, he just fell completely asleep now," Chris said. "He's such a handful."

"And you just noticed that?"

Megaman saw that six new Jakkos flew out from the metallic nest. "They keep coming. We need to get rid of their nest if we don't want more of them!"

Volnutt Kirby rolled to his side and scared the Jakkos away by shooting them with his mini-Mega Buster. The puffball pouted a bit at his bad aim.

"Okay..." Megaman muttered, feeling a bit embarrassed at Volnutt Kirby's attack.

"PK Thunder!" Ness yelled, shooting out a psychically-controlled sphere of lightning that went over to the nest and blew it up, preventing more Jakkos from coming out. "There," he said.

"Like I said before, you guys have everything," Megaman remarked before he turned to the left and shot down the first six Jakkos. "You stay away from me!"

Chris got a little bit upset and placed Chip down on the floor. "Using the Musician job isn't going to help me out here. I'm going to..." He noticed Peach was chanting a spell with joined hands over her chest. From the looks of it, she was going to use a summon instead of magic since there was a red glyph glowing under her feet. "Um, Peach, what are you doing?"

"Fire lord, please, protect us by burning my enemies into ashes..." Peach chanted. "Ifrit!"

Before the new six Jakkos could reach them, an eruption appeared right between the machines and the group. Once the eruption lowered down, they all saw a floating horned green monster that breathed out some fire from its mouth. Most of them opened their jaws at the big beast that engulfed itself in scorching fire and shot forward at the Jakkos. The damage of the attack was too much for any of them to handle, which made them all blow up. Ifrit roared loudly as it stopped and disappeared the flames before it itself disappeared from the cave.

Everyone thought that Peach had gone a little bit too far on the robots (even though they were the enemy). They all looked at the princess, who was completely speechless at her action. The only ones who were trembling a bit at the display of the summon's power were Luigi and Lucas, who were both hiding behind Mario and Ness respectively. "...Dude..." Ness trailed off, "...talk about OVERKILL YOUR BUTT TO DAMNATION."

"I-I didn't know it would do something like that," Peach said nervously. "D-did I get too far this time?"

"Well, the fact that you blew up really small enemies with a beast from hell itself," Ike began, "it could be easily taken as overkill, Peach."

"And it was coming from you, no less," Sonic said. "You're all happy and dandy, but then you went TOTAL ANNIHILATION on those guys..." He grinned and winked at her. "I like that."

Peach blushed and looked away. "I-I don't know if I should be glad or embarrassed..."

Mario chuckled. "Be glad, then. You're starting to be more helpful as time passes."

"Oh, Mario...thank you," Peach said happily.

Luigi gulped mentally. "(I-I don't want see her getting mad at me or somebody now...)"

Megaman had a gap on his mouth before he snapped out of it by shaking his head. "R-Roll, we took out the nest," he said.

"Megaman, what just happened?" Roll asked. "I don't know why, but I think there was this huge energy coming out from nearby. However, it disappeared shortly... What is happening in there? Is everything okay?"

Megaman watched as Mario and Peach hugged each other, only for Volnutt Kirby to join in as well. "Yeah, everything's fine..."

"...Okay, Megaman, don't make me worry too much. That energy was a little bit too...powerful to me," Roll said. "...What? ...Oh, Megaman! Guess what, there's a starter key close to you!"

"There is? Where?"

"It seems to be on a high floor to the west. It should be right next to you."

Megaman looked to his left where the door to the exit was. "If I'm facing west, the key shouldn't be close to the exit, which means the key is..." He turned to the right where the Jakko nest resided before.

"The key is up there?" Ike asked.

"It looks like it," Megaman said. "The floor is a little bit too high for me to jump, though..."

Volnutt Kirby turned to the high floor and went over to it. He looked up at the big height (which was around twenty feet) and inhaled air to jump several time to reach the floor. Megaman blinked at this while Volnutt Kirby looked around the floor for a key. He ducked down from sight before he jumped down to the floor and walked towards Megaman. "Is this the key?" Volnutt Kirby asked.

Everyone stared at the small yellow key with the blue core on top of it. Megaman grabbed the key to look at it. "Did you find anything?  I'm picking up a faint signal... That must be the starter key!" Roll said.

Megaman smiled at the little key. "Alright, we got the first key down, then."

"Keep looking, everyone. The other two keys must be lying around somewhere."

"Got it," Megaman said.

"Remember the door south to the southeast? That's the only room you can enter now. Go through there and see if you can find the next two keys."

Sonic noticed said double doors sitting idly in the wall to the southeast of their direction. "There's the door," he said before he appeared right next to it and waved at the others. "Here, everyone! Get over here!"

"S-Sonic, don't raise your voice like that! W-who knows if some robots are sleeping close to us!" Luigi yelled.

"Actually, Reaverbots are usually sleeping when nobody enters the Sub-Gate," Megaman explained. "They only wake up when somebody does enter."

The green plumber gulped. "T-then they woke up once we got in here, right?"

"Pretty much
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 07, 2010, 08:27:33 PM
"Pretty much so."

"...Isn't there a way to prevent any of them to wake up?"

"You just put a step into the place and they will wake up, regardless of what you do."

"How about flying?"

"There would be some Reaverbots scanning the place for any uninvited Digger, then."

"Oh, phooey..."

Megaman put a hand over his hip. "Well, shall we go on now? This room seems to be empty of Reaverbots."

While Luigi and Lucas sighed in depression and hung their arms down, the group proceeded further into the ruins by going through the automatic double doors of the southeast. They found another set of automatic double doors that opened upon walking closer to them. Once they crossed the passage, they stood in a purple room with a conveyor belt on the floor, which extended from the left to right, going up towards another room.

However, not only did they get into the room, they also met up with even more Reaverbots.

"U-uah, more of them!" Lucas yelped.

This time, the Reaverbots were small, had bronze bodies, had the Reaverbot eye between the top spike and the fan-shaped lower part, and they were floating in midair. Unlike the fast Reaverbots they faced before, the six Reaverbots fixed their eyes on them and floated closer to the group.

Without thinking twice, Megaman began shooting down the six Reaverbots with ease. With a single shot for each one of them, they all blew up quite strongly. "Finished," Megaman said. "They were nothing like the previous Reaverbots."

"I think you just faced the Foo-roos," Roll called over. "They first find a target so they can ram towards it and explode. Their explosions are quite strong, so it'd be best if you take them out as fast as you can. Luckily, they aren't very fast, and they have really poor defense."

"Foo-roos? That's a cute name," Peach said.

"Again, I wasn't the one who gave them these names..."

Lucas sighed. "I-I thought they could throw lightning bolts from those little spikes on their heads..."

Ike went over to inspect the conveyor belt on the floor, stepping on top of it. Looking to his left, he found some kind of spiked tube on the left end of the conveyor belt. "There's some kind of spiked tube in here."

"I think you're talking about a compactor," Roll said. "There's a conveyor belt there, right? I guess there is some kind of use for it. Maybe we can use it somehow? Isn't there a switch?"

The switch Roll mentioned was located to the right side of the compactor. Staring at it for a while, Sonic pressed the white switch, causing the conveyor belt and the compactor to move. Ike tripped down and was slowly dragged to the compactor, but he rolled away and shook his head. "B-be careful with that, Sonic. I was going to be crushed by that thing!"

Sonic snickered a bit. "Sorry, didn't know what it would do."

"Sure..."

Mario looked around the room, finding nothing else but a hole in the metallic wall to the right side of the conveyor belt. He walked towards the hole to see if there was something inside. He entered inside and pulled out a shining refractor shard. "Look what I found in this hole," he said, showing everyone the blue refractor shard of about two feet.

Megaman smiled at it. "Awesome, that's a big refractor shard."

"D-did we get rich now?" Luigi asked with interest.

"I don't think so," Megaman said skeptically. "It's a bit too big. Since it's a refractor shard, it doesn't have any energy like the refractor we saw earlier. Refractor shards are used to turn them into zenny, though." He grabbed the shard from Mario's hands. "I'll keep it, if you don't mind."

"Go ahead," Mario offered as the boy kept the shard away.

Ness looked around more in the room and walked towards the right end of the conveyor belt. He looked at a sliding door that could only be opened from the other side. He stood on the tips of his shoes to try to reach the door and push it forward, finding out he couldn't budge it a bit. "It's no use. I can't open this thing."

Ike walked over to the door and banged Ragnell against it. He drew back after the sword was rejected by the door's armored lid. "It's just too strong to open it from here."

"We'll have to go back to where we came from and see if we can find another door, then," Peach said. "If there's nothing to do here, we should go back."

"I agree," Sonic said.

The group went back to the dark room through the double doors. After walking back, Lucas found a slope that went up to the higher floors. "U-um, everyone, here!" he called over to the others. "There's a path right here!"

They turned to his direction and gasped once they saw a Jakko nest resting on the high floor. Four Jakkos flew out from it and dove down after the clueless Lucas. "Lucas, watch out!" Ness yelled.

Lucas blinked and turned to look up and gasp at the Jakkos. Out of panic, he lunged to the right to land on the floor and evade the flying Jakkos.

Both Volnutt Kirby and Megaman used their Mega Busters to take down all the Jakkos. They later focused on shooting the Jakko nest down, which exploded with ease, preventing any more Jakkos from coming out. "Nice aim," Volnutt Kirby remarked.

"H-hey, I was about to say that to you," Megaman said embarrassed.

Lucas stood up from the ground and sighed. "T-thank you for warning me about them..."

Chris stared at the slope. "Let's see what we can find on the higher floors," he said as everyone walked up.

Once they reached the high floor, they noticed that a bridge was standing up straight on the left edge of the floor. Ike walked to it and looked behind where a floor of the same height as the floor they were standing on was across the gap. Ike looked at the bridge before he pushed it forward, landing right on the edge of the other floor. The mercenary also noticed that there was a path all the way towards some double doors to his left side. "Hey, I think we can reach those doors over there by walking around the high floors."

The group obeyed this by walking across the bridged. After jumping a small gap towards another high floor, Megaman shot another bridge that quickly connected their floor with the floor where the double doors awaited them. "Easy as pie," Sonic said with a grin as they walked south through the double doors.

They all now found the room where the conveyor belt continued towards another room to the right. However, they were met by even more Foo-roos, which slowly floated towards them. Like before, Megaman used some shots to destroy the Reaverbots before they could touch any of them.

"You know..." Luigi trailed off before smiling, "this isn't so dangerous at all."

"That's how easy things can get when you have a lot of people like you, guys," Megaman noted, noticing a big hole on the lower left side of the conveyor belt. He went over to inspect it to take out some kind of metallic, golden doll, which resembled some kind of Reaverbot. "Ooh, look what I found now."

"I can see a lot of money for that thing now," Sonic said. "Wow, you Diggers find this kind of stuff in ruins?"

"Yup, very valuable stuff," Megaman said, pleased at the sigh of the old doll. "Hey, Roll, I found some kind of Reaverbot doll in here!"

"Really? That's great, Megaman!" Roll said. "But...we don't know anyone who would like to have an antique relic like that doll... Maybe we should look at the city and see if we can find a curator for a museum or someone else."

Megaman kept the doll away. "Yeah, let's do that once we're done here," he said.

As Peach looked excited to see what they would get for the doll, she noticed a tight corridor south of the conveyor belt. "There's even more to see over there," she said. "Let's see if we can find more relics!"

"You look very excited, Peach," Mario remarked.

Peach interlaced her fingers and nodded. "Of course I am. This is starting to become a very wonderful day to me! It's like a new world of opportunities has opened just for me to explore!" She blushed once she realized she broke into an outburst of joy. "O-oh, sorry if I'm being a little bit too excited..."

Chris hummed a bit. "Oh, don't worry, Peach. We like to see you in very high spirits."

"T-thank you," Peach said in embarrassment.

"Let's just go to that passage," Ness said, everyone going into the passage.

Once they reached the other side of the passage, looking to his left, Megaman noticed an orange chest sitting on the floor. The orange chest was later large. Seeing that there could be treasure in it, the boy in the blue suit walked and opened it, taking out some kind of machine components. "Hey, Roll, I found something else. I found more machine parts."

"Nice!" Roll said. "Be sure to take it to me so I can see if I can make it into a weapon you can use, Megaman."

"Oh, you use other weapons besides your...Mega Buster thing?" Ike asked.

Megaman nodded, keeping the machine parts away. "I can use my Mega Buster alone with another weapon attached to my other arm." He ducked down and slid a small mine. "That mine is called a Splash Mine. Once something steps on it, it explodes. It's rather weak, but it helped me in the fight against the pirates...and Tron."

Peach recalled the obnoxious girl they met before (except for the fact Peach didn't think the girl was very obnoxious as most of them did). "That reminds me; she seemed to be a bit too fixated on you. How do you know her?" she asked.

The group turned to the west, walking up to a slope to reach a higher floor. "Well, you see, I met Tron before her band of pirates attacked the city," Megaman explained. "Remember those little guys that were with her? She was talking to them when I first arrived at the city. After I went to meet the mayor, I went back to the city to see her being chased around by an angry little dog. You should've seen her because she leaped high to a pole and hung herself to it so she could stay away from the dog."

"So what did do you?" Sonic asked, folding his arms behind his head.

"I shooed the dog away," Megaman said. "When I saw her sliding back to the ground, she had this...infatuated look on her eyes, looking straight at me. Actually...she seemed rather happy when I told the dog to go away. Right after she walked a little bit closer to me, she snapped out and began yelling madly for no reason. I thought she was going to thank me, but she ran away from the spot."

Peach gasped excitedly at this. Surely, if the girl had an infatuated look on the oblivious boy... "Oh, I know. She must be surely in l-"

"Hey, we just reached another room," interrupted Luigi.

Peach and Megaman saw that they were all standing on top a high floor. The room itself was long. It had several ice platforms that would break apart if somebody stayed on them too long enough. In fact, the ice platforms formed a long path that extended all the way to the north of the room, where another set of double doors awaited them. On the ground floor, they could see the last part of the conveyor belt moving all the way back to the compactor.

"It looks like there's a faint starter key's signal, Megaman," Roll said. "It must be somewhere nearby in that room."

"Got it," Megaman said.

"You're lucky you have me as a Spotter. Remember the first time you went on a dig. MegaMan?  I wasn't used to being a Spotter... And you ended up getting lost underground for three days! ...Remember? We were lucky that Gramps came to help us...I don't know what I would've done if he hadn't been there..."

Several snickers came from the Smashers, Megaman groaning a bit. "R-Roll, why are you bringing this up at a time like this?" Megaman asked annoyed.

"S-sorry, but that was a memory I just wanted to recall..."

"Ha-ha, you got lost for three days 'cuz you didn't remember where the exit was," Ness teased, making Lucas chuckle loudly.

Peach, however, looked worried at the fuming Megaman. "Oh my, that surely was a very bad event. You got hungry?"

"When Megaman found his way out, he looked like a zombie about to die for real," Roll said, hearing Megaman's loud grunt. "I-I mean, find the starter key, Megaman, and please forget anything I said about that little incident!"

"I WILL, don't worry," Megaman said with emphasis. "Anyway, we should probably follow the path and find the next starter key, everyone."

They all set a foot on the first ice platform, which instantly broke up, making all them fall while yelling before hitting hard the ground down below.

"B-bad...move..." muttered Luigi on the floor.

"M-my back..." Chris muttered before everyone slowly got up from the floor, cleaning some dust from them. "We should've thought before stepping on the ice platform..."

The World Traveler looked at Chip(minator) on the floor. The imp snored loudly before he woke up and flew back to the air. "Who just interrupted Chipminator's charging position? Who wants to get Chipminated?"

Megaman looked confused at the imp. "What does he mean by Chipminated?"

"I go bang, bang, bang on you," Chip threatened. "You're lucky I won't do that."

"Chip, stop saying those things," Sonic said from the top floor, him having avoided the fall in time with Peach. "It's not the time to play."

Luigi looked at Peach standing next to Sonic. Sighing loudly to himself, Luigi said, "O-oh, Peach, you're safe..."

Peach nodded. "Sonic pulled me back when the ice broke apart," she said.

"Never walk on icy floors, you guys," Sonic said while waving a finger. "It messes up your walking, and it might even break."

"Thanks for the useful information..." Ness trailed off.

The hedgehog grinned and looked forward to the ice path. Backing away, he made a long jump to cross over the ice platforms to reach solid floor. The hedgehog stared forward at the path of ice where he found some kind of rusty chest on top of an ice platform. "Hey, you guys, I found another treasure chest over an ice platform!" he advised the others before he went over to it, making the ice floor break apart. "Whoa!"

"Sonic!" Lucas yelled while everyone ran towards the hedgehog's direction. They noticed that Sonic was trying to open the chest, but it was so rusty that it couldn't be opened through normal means. "Can you open it?"

"Nope," Sonic said with a sigh, noticing the rusty chest fell down on the conveyor belt. "Hey, I didn't see the chest was over the conveyor belt..."

The group didn't move as Sonic and the chest were being pulled to the metallic lid. The hedgehog turned to them before he and the chest passed the lid, reaching the room with the corridor. Looking back at the hedgehog, Sonic and the chest were finally pulled back all the way to the compactor room. Stepping out from the way, Sonic watched as the rusty chest went over to the compactor, crushing the rusty box to bits. Sonic shuddered a bit at this before he noticed that small key jumped out from the crumbles of the chest towards his right hand.

Back with the group, they all jumped back towards where the concerned Peach was. Not long after that, Sonic appeared out nowhere, grinning confidently as he showed Megaman the second starter key. "Guess what, the rusty chest had this key inside, and the compactor back there broke it apart."

"Alright," Megaman exclaimed, taking the second starter key from Sonic's hand. "Thanks, Sonic."

"Don't sweat it."

"Did you find another starter?" Roll asked.

"Yeah, Roll, we got another one from the rusty chest Sonic found."

"That's two, then," she said. "Only one more to go...It's gotta be around here somewhere! Keep looking, everyone, we're almost done here!"

Luigi sighed with relief. "J-just one more key and we're out of here..."

"There are more double doors to the north of your position," Roll said. "Maybe the other key is on the other side, Megaman."

"Right, we're going north," Megaman said.

After crossing the room by jumping over the gaps, the group crossed the double doors to reach the highest area of the room where the Sharukurusus and Jakkos attacked them. The floor they were standing was far away from the ground floor they were before, and there was another set of double doors across it. Luigi walked closer to the edge and gulped once he couldn't see the ground. "W-we're so high up..."

"At least this floor has more space," Chip pointed out.

"Doesn't look like there's any big Reaverbots anywhere..." Roll said. "Still, you'd better stay on your toes, everybody. You could be ambushed by a huge Reaverbot when you less think about 'em."

Noticing another orange chest resting on the edge, Volnutt Kirby went over to open it, taking out from inside more machine parts. "Look at this!" he marveled.

Megaman pumped up a fist and walked to Volnutt Kirby, the puffball handing over the parts to him. "Roll, we found even more machine parts!"

"This place is just loaded!" Roll said in excitement. "Refractor shards, relics, machine parts, and a big refractor! Is there something else?"

"Hmm..." Megaman looked around where he found a big hole on the left side of the double doors. Ike walked towards the hole, taking out from it some kind of metallic bone from it. "We found yet another relic, Roll!"

"A...steel bone," Ike said unimpressed.

"...It's still a relic," Megaman reassured. "Good or bad, it's still an important finding." He grabbed the bone and kept it away.

Holding her extreme excitement, Peach hummed to herself and walked across the double doors without anyone going with her. Seeing this, Chris sighed and smiled a bit. "Look at Peach, waltzing around the ruins to find more stuff."

"Gotta give it to her that she has an adventurous spirit," Sonic remarked. "Soon enough, she'll be kicking enemies' butts alone by herself."

Luigi grew concerned as the double doors closed behind Peach. "But, if there are enemies on the other side of those doors... PEEEEEEEEAAAACCCHHH!!!" the green plumber screamed loudly, rushing in a panic after the princess.

"You know, I'm starting to think she's more courageous than your brother," Sonic told Mario. "That...looks a bit pathetic if you ask me."

"Luigi has his moments," Mario said. "He can be very brave when he needs to. I mean, didn't he went to Peach just now?"

"Well, yeah, but look at the way he did it."

The group followed the princess and the plumber. After crossing the double doors, they found a room where, on the northeast corner, three different energy shields blocked the path to a small passage that went south. There were three switches on the floor with antennas standing in front of each one of them. Luigi, calming himself down, watched as Peach curiously stepped on the switches, deactivating the shields one by one.

"Look, everyone, I solved a puzzle by myself," Peach said appeased. The princess walked towards the path where the energy shields blocked off, but as soon as she was getting closer, the buttons shot up from the floor to their original positions, and the energy shields turned back on. Peach let out a gasp and backed away from the barriers. "B-but...I thought I solved it..."

"It's another energy barrier, right?" Roll asked. "I'm getting the same kind of readings as
before. Do you see a switch anywhere nearby, Megaman?"

"Yes, there are three switches, actually," Megaman informed.

Ness and Lucas inspected the switches. "These switches deactivate the barriers blocking off that path, but they come back after a little while... So, then, what can be done to cross to the other side in time?"

Sonic snapped his fingers, figuring out what they needed to do to cross to the other side. "Everyone, stand close to the barriers! Leave the switches to me."

Ike instantly knew Sonic's plan. "But of course," he said.

A while later, the Smashers and Megaman stood in front of the energy barriers. Sonic, snapping his fingers once more, ran over the three switches, activating all of them at once so the barriers could deactivate. Quickly, the group ran to the other side with Sonic tagging alone, managing to cross the path before the barriers turned back on. "Yeah, that's how we do things my way!" Sonic said with a chuckle.

Looking to the south direction of the hallway, Volnutt Kirby noticed a small glittering thing lying down on the floor. The puffball blinked and walked over to it, looking down to see the third and final starter key. "I found the last key!" Volnutt Kirby said.

Megaman ran over to his side and ducked down to pick the key. Smiling at it, Megaman told Roll, "we have all the keys now, Roll!"

"That's it! Now you should be able to access the console!" Roll said. "Everyone, go back to the refractor room!"

"Right, we're on our way back now!" Megaman said, finding one more set of double doors in front of them.

A while later...

Music stops

For some reason, the double doors to the refractor room opened up where everyone but Peach, Chip, and Volnutt Kirby walked weakly. When the doors closed behind them, most of them dropped down on the floor. "Honestly..." Chris trailed off, "who was the genius who thought about putting an exit high up where we were stuck?"

Lucas embraced his legs. "I-it was enough that we couldn't go back because those barriers didn't let us press the switches again..."

"Talk about annoying..." Ness said, feeling pain on his knees. "The people who made this place are lucky they didn't meet me because I'd set them all on fire for making us jump TWO HUNDRED FEET down to the ground..."

"At least Peach, Kirby, and Chip floated down...that's all good for me to know," Mario said.

"Heh, I'm used to jump down from high places that it didn't hurt my legs," Sonic showed-off with a grin.

"S-shut up...Sonic..." Ike muttered.

"Right...Mr. Heavy Sword here got the worst pain than any of us..." trailed off Ness.

Megaman, twitching in pain, went over to the console with Volnutt Kirby following him from behind. The boy in the blue suit inserted the three starter keys into the holes. The two then looked at the shield protecting the yellow refractor. It slowly lowered down until the jewel was unshielded. "There..." Megaman muttered, walking towards the yellow refractor. "Roll, I'm about to remove the refractor."

"Be very careful, Megaman," Roll warned. "We don't know if removing the refractor will trigger some kind of security alarm like it did last time."

"W-what?" Luigi asked.

Megaman looked at everyone. "Removing this refractor might trigger an alarm. The last time I did it caused a huge Reaverbot near the exit to go on a rampage on me, but I managed to escape, thankfully."

"And you're saying we might face a huge Reaverbot robot in this very same room?" Sonic asked.

"Most likely...but it's unclear if one will appear," Megaman said, looking serious at them. "So, please, prepare yourselves because once I remove the refractor, a Reaverbot might appear out of nowhere and attack us."

Lucas gulped as he stood up. "Y-you've got to be kidding me..."

"I'm not, so get ready for anything, everybody," Megaman said, turning back to face the yellow refractor. "Here goes nothing..."

"O-our lives might go, though!" Luigi yelled.

Every single Smasher forcibly stood up from the ground. Megaman slowly reached out for the yellow refractor, first, though, touching it with a finger, making a small gleam of light emanate. Nodding to himself, he slowly grabbed the power gem from both sides. "Okay, everyone, get ready!" he warned everyone, who began shifting their eyes around for any surprise attack from a Reaverbot. "At the count of three... 3... 2... 1... HA!"

Megaman removed the yellow refractor by pulling it up. Everyone else gasped and looked around. An eerie silence soon fell into the refractor room. Their eyes searched the small vicinity of the room to see if a Reaverbot would show up. Megaman froze still as he kept the refractor over his head, waiting for something to happen...

...The silence stayed for a little while longer, but nothing really did happen.

Megaman blinked a bit and shifted his wary eyes around, the yellow refractor between his hands over his head. "...Nothing's...happening?" he muttered.

"...Nothing..." Roll trailed off. "...It was a false alarm...thank goodness..."

The Smashers sighed in relief after hearing the news. "I was so scared a moment ago... I'm glad nothing really did happen," Lucas muttered.

Megaman grabbed the yellow refractor with both arms and looked at the Smashers with a happy expression. "We did it, guys!"

"Mission complete!" Roll called over. "Alright, we obtained a big refractor!"

Ike stared at his reflection on the yellow refractor's upper part. "That refractor sure does look profitable."

"Yes, but we're going to use this to see if we can repair the Flutter," Megaman said. "If it doesn't, we'll see if there's some other use for it."

Peach clasped her hands together. "I never felt so excited before. I know I said this before, but I'm so excited to see what we'll get from our findings."

"That's the wonderful job Diggers like me do," Megaman boasted. "I'll let you see what we get. Hopefully, it'd be really good."

Chip grinned and crossed his arms (in a coolly manner). "Yeah, let's go out of here. This place is freaking me out now."

"I-I agree," Luigi and Lucas said in unison.

"Alright, everyone, come back out," Roll said. "Let's regroup and go back to the... Huh?"

"Is something bothering you, Roll?" Megaman asked confused.

"Megaman, there's a huge energy reading coming from...outside!" Roll yelled. "And it's coming closer to my direction! Megaman, come back up! I... W-what the heck is that thin-"

BZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ!!!

A sudden interruption in the communication made a loud buzzing sound echo in the refractor room.

"...Roll? Do you read me? Roll, are you there? Roll, answer me!" Megaman yelled worried. "It's not good, I can't reach her out! Something happened to her!"

"Oh my goodness," Ness said. "Just when you thought things were going to be just fine..."

Mario looked stern. "Wonder that for the later because we need to go help Roll before something happens to her, and we don't want her to get hurt, right?"

"R-right!" Chris said worried. "M-maybe those pirates came back again!"

"Oh, no, let's hurry up, everyone!" Megaman yelled as he rushed towards the elevator, everyone else tagging along in the rush where they reached the elevator and left the dark Sub-Gate behind.

Cardon Forest - Sub-Gate Area

The steel door of the Sub-Gate opened up, and all the Smashers and Megaman rushed out from the dome. They stepped out and found out that the Support Car was parked on the same place where they last saw it. "Hey...the Support Car is right there," Megaman said confused. "Why did Roll yell?"

Lucas walked to the right side of the Support Car and took a peek to stare forward. Turning a bit pale, he leaned against the back door and looked freaked out at Ness. "N-Ness, it's him! H-he's back for more!"

"What?" Ness asked, "Who are you talking about, Lucas?"

"H-him!" Lucas whispered. "J-just take a look to see who it is!"

"Just tell me who the hell he is already!" Ness hissed.

"P-Porky! H-he's standing right in front of the car right now!"

"What? Not that idiot!"

"Porky?" Megaman questioned in curiosity. "Who is this Porky guy?"

Meanwhile, in front of the Support Car, there was Roll staring forward at a big spider mech where the old yet childish Porky rested inside. The engineer had accidentally cut off the transmission with Megaman since her right hand was pressing down the button to turn communication off. Roll slowly opened her mouth at the mech. "Excuse me, little miss," Porky said, "Have you seen two snotty boys around here? One looks like a punk and the other one looks like a wuss."

"I-I..." Roll trailed off.

"Oh, c'mon!" Porky groaned. "You surely don't know who I'm talking about here, right?"

It was difficult for Roll to grasp the idea that there was an old man using a spider mech right in front of her eyes. "I...don't know, sir..."

"Ugh, just what I needed," Porky said frowning. "I've been asking people in this island about my enemies, and all they do is run away and scream for help. Geez, people are so rude around here, honestly. I'm just a little boy asking for directions! What's so bad about me? You, tell me what's so bad about me!"

Roll kept staring at the spider mech.

"Hey!"

"I-I'm sorry!" Roll said suddenly. "U-um, maybe because you're riding on that machine..."

"Oh, this?" Porky asked. "Missy, you're missing the point here. If I get out from this thing, I'll die. I have, like, a thousand years, less or more. I dunno the count but you know what I mean with all this, right?"

"...Not really."

"Dammit!" Porky cursed, banging some of his spider mech's claws down to the ground. "Are you retarded, miss? This spider mech I'm using is technically everything I need to have so I can survive out there in the dangerous open field!"

Roll decided to glare this time at the old man with the childish mind. "H-hey, I'm not retarded. Who do you think you are, coming in here just to insult me like that?"

"I AM THE GREAT PORKY MINCH!" Porky proclaimed as his spider mech shot fireworks to the sides, making Roll look at the flashing lights while a fanfare played from behind the machine. "I'm the king of awesome, lovable, hug-gable, powerful dude, and above everything else, the king of awesome!"

"You already said 'king of awesome', though," Roll pointed out.

The fanfare came to a halt as Porky slammed down his claws. "SILENCE OR I'LL KILL YOU!"

Roll leaned back to her seat at this.

"Oh, oh, wait, no, that's a bit too much for my tastes," Porky said. "Yeah, I don't wanna see blood. You see, I just polished this awesome spider mech this morning so I don't wanna let it get your blood spilled on my window."

"...How?"

"How what?"

"How did you clean your machine if you said you can't leave it? You said you'd die if you did..."

Porky's upper claws suddenly turned into spinning sponges. "See this? My spider mech has everything: TV wireless service, car washer, bathroom, shower, kitchen, multimedia, internet service with Porkyflix, Porkytube, Porkygle, and Porkyhoo(!) included, video game system integrated, Wi-Fi hotspot," he paused for a moment. "Wi-Fi hotspot, girl! I can hook you up to my internet, which runs at 1000 Pig horsepower! Isn't that the best thing of this mech or what?!"

Roll blinked, fairly disgusted with some of the stuff the mech was supposed to include by itself. "...I guess?"

"No, you don't guess; you KNOW IT!" Porky said, his sponges turning back into claws. "Anyway, I'm getting off-track here. Have you seen Ness and Lucas around this place?"

"...Wait, Ness and Lucas?"

"Yeah, the punk and the wuss."

"Why didn't you say those names before?"

"Well, don't they look like a punk and a wuss?"

"Well, not really..."

"You, madam, are blind," Porky said. "I don't blame you, though. My eyes go so red when I see those guys. I'm telling they're a big pain in the butt...and even beyond it."

Roll shuddered. "O-okay, but I don't think they look like a punk and a wuss, if you ask me..."

"I asked you."

"I-I know."

"...Hey, wait a second!" Porky yelled. "You KNOW them?"

Roll didn't know if she needed to tell the psycho (Porky: I have fourth wall powers, you know!) about Ness and Lucas (Porky: If she knows, make her tell me!) or just stay silent about them (Porky: Dammit, I said make her tell me that!). The engineer decided to stay silent about them (Porky: Good lord, I said MAKE HER TELL ME...in a canon way instead of a fourth wall way, of course! It'd be cheating using fourth wall powers, but what are you gonna do about it, huh, huh, huh?!) instead of telling him.

Would you stop interrupting the flow of the story now?!

"Make me!" Porky taunted.

An interrogation mark popped out from Roll's head while she saw the old kid rambling to seemingly no one in particular. Suddenly, she noticed the group joined back with her while Porky kept arguing at somebody. "Megaman, you're here!" Roll said relieved. "Please, do something about this...person."

Megaman looked at Porky's spider mech. "What the heck?" he asked.

Porky just noticed the group. "No, no, no, no, you should ask for my name, dude. Gosh, learn to be a civilized citizen!"

"Funny," began a bored Ness, "that's some good irony you're using right there."

"A-HA!" Porky said, staring at his arch-nemesis. "So it is you, Ness! At long last, we have met each other for our final super mega special rematch of the battle of the ages! How long have I waited for this moment to arrive!"

Megaman and Roll exchanged glances with each other. They both looked at Ness. "Um, you know this old man?" Roll asked.

"I reckon I'm just a bit too old, but I'm still a child at heart; a genius child at heart, actually!"

Ness sighed and frowned. "Yes, I know him. He's my obnoxious neighbor."

A disc scratched right after that.

Everyone, however, heard that said scratching sound came from Porky's spider mech. "Yes, my spider mech has a lot of cool sounds. This one was needed for the occasion. Pretty cool, huh?" Porky asked.

"...Anyway," Ness continued, "Porky's my neighbor."

And the same sound came out from the spider mech.

"For the love of crap, Porky, stop doing that!" Ness yelled.

"Fine, party pooper," Porky said. "You never let me do anything fun, that's why I hate you so much."

"Anyway, Porky's my neighbor," Ness said, pressing his brow.

"Your neighbor is an old man (Porky: Old kid! I-I mean, young boy!) in a spider mech?" Megaman and Roll questioned.

"This freak WAS a young boy without a spider mech before...a fat one at that, though."

"Hey, I was big boned that time," Porky said.

Ness ignored his neighbor. "He became influenced by this scary-(beep) monster called Giygas and then he got a spider mech. SOMEHOW, he fled into the future, he screwed up BIG TIME, and he ended up aging like this."

"And I became the lord of Nowhere Island!" Porky proclaimed. "...And then, wuss Lucas, his girlfriend, a hobo, and a dog came into the picture and ALMOST defeated me and kicked me out like the bastards they are... That reminds me, where's that wuss?"

Lucas just poked his head out from behind Ness. The blond kid looked a bit scared and a bit mad at Porky's comment. "D-Duster is not a hobo and K-Kumatora isn't my girlfriend! S-she's too old for me!"

Silence...

"...A-and I'm not saying I'm in love with her or anything...s-so don't tease me more about it!" Lucas yelled, blushing madly at the thought. "...And I'm not a wuss either!"

"Perfect!" Porky said. "My two arch-nemeses are here before me with a bunch of weirdos READY to be nuked!"

Lucas gasped at this. "Y-you have a nuke right now?"

"I wish," Porky said in depression. "I don't have enough money in my piggy bank to afford on-wait a second; don't make me change topics here! Ness, Lucas, bunch of people I give a darn about, prepare to meet YER MEIKER! Once I'm done with you, I'll inform Tabuu and the Subspace Army that I got rid of you guys! DUAHA, AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

The Smashers and Megaman took their position to do battle. Once they did, however, they all heard Ness moaning loudly in pain. Hearing this, most of them looked confused, and even Porky stopped laughing maniacally to see what was happening. "U-ugh...my spleen... I-I think it just broke..." Ness muttered in pain, dropping to his knees.

"Ha-ha, loser!" Porky taunted. "Now that I have you at my mercy, it's time for me t-"

"C-can we call it a day?"

"What? Why? I want to crush you right now!"

"B-but you don't understand!" Ness said. "Didn't you want to have a battle of the ages?"

"Well, yeah, I wanted to have one but you're dropping yourself to the ground because your spleen just broke out of the blue."

"Don't you think it's...kind of a letdown if you were to attack me during my current state?" Ness asked coughing, holding his side where his spleen was. "I mean...you want the memory of our battle to be a enjoyable one for the rest of your spider mech's life, right? You want to...recall the sweet memories where you pounded me so hard that I begged for mercy, right? You surely don't want to remember that you caught me off-guard because my spleen hurt me even more than you did, right?"

"Hmm... You have a good point there..." Porky muttered. "This can't be a super mega special rematch of the battle of the ages if your spleen is like this..."

"S-so please...can we do it another day?"

"Oh, sure, sure," Porky said. "I WOULD like to crush Lucas right now, but, man, it's just not the same with you like THIS..." He turned around and sighed. "Fine, we'll do this very soon, someday. BUT remember I want you to heal fast, you got it?"

"R-right..."

"Okay!" Porky said convinced. "I shall take my leave now! See ya later, dorks!" he yelled, laughing maniacally before he ran away into the woods and disappeared from sight.

Peach knelt down to the weak Ness. "N-Ness, oh my god, did your spleen really break now? Oh no, this is so bad. It must have broken when we were exploring the Sub-Gate! We need to take you to a doctor and fa-"

Ness sighed suddenly, standing up as if nothing was hurting him. "Peach, it was all a fluke. My spleen didn't break."

"...What?"

"I tricked Porky into believing I was in pain to spoil his stupid super mega special rematch of the battle of the ages thing against me," Ness explained. "Truthfully, I didn't want him around right now...and I never will for that matter."

"So...that was all you did?" Roll asked.

"Yeah, Porky isn't exactly the smartest guy you'll meet in your life," Ness said. "If you had him in kindergarten, you'd find out there are lower grades than Fs..."

Lucas gapped his mouth at this, completely staring at pure disbelief at Ness. "I-is he that easy to convince?"

"I guess," Ness said. "Maybe you could give it a shot next time he comes back, Lucas. Try to come up with a good tactic so he believes you."

Lucas didn't exactly understand how he would think about a fluke, but he nodded at Ness. "O-okay, I'll try next time... Let me do it, okay?"

"Sure, go ahead," Ness said. "Well, now that Mr. Piggy is gone, we can rest assured that he won't bother us for a while."

Megaman tilted his head. "But isn't he going to notice soon that you tricked him?"

"Yes, but he takes his time, so don't worry."

"...Okay..." Megaman trailed off. He looked back at the group before turned to Roll and smiled at her, showing her the yellow refractor. "Look what we found in there, Roll."

Roll smiled at her reflection on the refractor. "Goodness, it's big!" Roll marveled. "Maybe we can use this refractor's energy to repair the Flutter. We should head back to the airship!"

Luigi looked up, noticing sunset had arrived. "Oh, night's going to come around very soon."

"A-and is it safe to rest outside in the open?" Lucas asked concerned.

"I think there's a hotel in the city..." Megaman trailed off. "...Oh, wait, it was destroyed."

Roll looked back at them. "I think we have some guest rooms inside the Flutter. You can use them to rest for the night if you want."

Chris sighed at this. "Oh, please, I want to sleep on a comfy bed. I want to avoid sleeping on the ground whenever I can."

Sonic smacked his forehead and frowned. "You do know what'll happen once night comes around, right, Chris?"

"...Oh, your werehog transformation..."

Megaman and Roll exchanged confused glances at the new word coming from the musician. "What is a werehog?" Roll asked worried. "Is it some kind of illness of some sort?"

"You could say that," Sonic said. "During all the nights, I turn into a wolf because SOME IDIOT SCIENTIST I DON'T WANT TO THINK ABOUT RIGHT NOW messed up with my DNA big time. Basically...every night, I change into a furry version of myself."

"You turn into a wolf every night...like some sort of werewolf..." Megaman trailed off.

Sonic nodded and crossed his arms. "Yep."

Megaman and Roll once more exchanged glances. "...That's so cliché, turning into a wolf during the night," they both said.

Roll looked up. "Seriously, werewolf tales are so overrated nowadays that it's starting to become so cliché like anvils falling on people."

"They are?" Ike asked. "From where I come from, the only cliché tales I know about are about unicorns with princesses riding on them all over the Crimean Kingdom."

Everyone stared awkwardly at the Greil Mercenary.

"...So what if that cliché is odd to you?" Ike asked annoyed. "We all come from different worlds, and clichés may vary between each other. Don't stare at me with those looks, please."

Mario scratched his hat a bit and looked at the bored Sonic. "I think I remember Cloud saying that your transformation wa-"

"YES, I KNOW, my problem is a cliché thing, alright," Sonic said annoyed. "I'm doomed to transform into a muscle brain idiot every single darn night."

Peach chuckled nervously. "D-don't worry, Sonic, we will find a cure so you can stop transforming into a werehog. Personally and honestly, I don't like to see you angry because of that."

"Oh, thanks, I guess," Sonic said with some depression. "That makes me feel a bit better."

"A-anyway," began Roll, "I'm not sure if that is true yet, but, let's all go back to the Flutter so you can spend the night there."

Volnutt Kirby yawned. "I want to have dinner..."

For Roll, it was a little bit peculiar to notice the matching spiked brown hair Kirby had. "...Where'd you grow hair, though?"

"He swallows people, copies their abilities, and gets a hat to resemble that target," Mario explained. "Literally, he swallowed Megaman and got his hair as a hat."

"...It looks good on you," Roll remarked in confusion, making Volnutt Kirby happy. "O-okay, please, hop on into the car, everyone. Let's go back to the Flutter right now."

Luigi yawned next. "Let's stay away from this place... It's so quiet..." He walked behind the car and opened the door to see Big's back blocking the way. "Um, Big..."

The green plumber noticed that the huge purple cat seemed to move to the sides. Inside the car, a happy Big moved his hands up and down in tandem with the little Data, who was making Big dance because the robot monkey himself was dancing.

A little while ago, everyone but Sonic and Chip got back into the car. Revving it up, Roll turned towards the west and drove away from the area, not noticing the fact that the Servbots were watching them from behind some trees. "I want to sing something now. I want to do it because...I want to have some fun," spoke Lucas inside the Support Car."

"Oh, I know," Mario said. "~Ninety-nine bottles of beer on the wall, Ninety-nine bottles of beer. Take one down, pass it around, Ninety-eight bottles of beer on the wall.~"

"~Ninety-eight bottles of beer on the wall. Ninety-eight bottles of beer. Take one down, pass it around, Ninety-seven bottles of beer on the wall,~" everyone sang in tandem.

"Wait, you two know the song as well?" Ness asked.

"I guess there are certain things our worlds have in common," Roll chuckled.

"Yeah," Megaman chuckled.

"Let's continue!" Big suggested.

"~Ninety-seven bottles of beer on the wall. Ninety-seven bottles of beer. Take one down, pass it around, Ninety-six bottles of beer on the wall,~" everyone sang in tandem.

Nobody knew Ike was pretending to know the song since he was trying to grasp the concept of it, sadly.

When the car drove away from sight and their voices grew silent, the Servbots from behind the trees jumped out and formed a group circle, all of them crossing their arms. "Okay, this is bad news," the first Servbot said. "It seems there's a potential pirate on the loose!"

"Yeah, very bad news," the second Servbot said. "We thought we were the only pirates on the island, but, did you see that machine with the dead carcass inside?"

"I sure did," the third Servbot said. "I'm especially preoccupied about this Subspace Army and that Tabuu guy."

"We must inform this to Miss Tron as soon as possible!" the fourth Servbot suggested. "This is crucial information, guys. We must let her know this!"

The fifth Servbot nodded. "Yeah, and we might even get dinner for tonight if we provide her with this information!"

Once they all turned around, they quickly screamed and hugged each other together, seeing an imposing figure standing right behind them with hands on hips. "UAH, MISS TRON!" they all yelled, finding out the Bonne Family's only daughter was looking at them with a mad look on her face.

"So here you are!" Tron said angrily. "I've been looking all over for you after some of the other responsible Servbots told me that there were a few of you who remained behind! Don't you see it's already dangerous enough for us to wander around this island? Everyone pretty much knows that we're the bad guys!"

"U-um, Miss Tron..." the second Servbot stammered, "w-with all due respect, I think you and the other two are the only ones who have wanted posters all over the city's walls..."

"T-that's right, Miss Tron," the fourth Servbot gulped. "W-we are the only ones who don't ha-"

"Silence!" Tron yelled, making the five Servbots yelp. "You better have a very good explanation for staying behind with that blue boy or else I'm taking away your dinner for five days straight!"

"N-no, anything but our curry rice!" the first Servbot pleaded.

"Well, let me hear what you have to say!" Tron demanded.

Looking at each other with worried looks, the third Servbot decided to take a step forward to his leader. "U-um, well, Miss Tron, you see..."

A while later...

"What kind of stupidity did you just tell me?" Tron asked. "Are you certainly sure that there are other pirates beside us that are looking to steal the treasures before we can do so?"

"T-that's not so certain, but that's the most logical answer we can reach for now," said the first Servbot. "W-we're not lying, Miss Tron! Please, believe in us! W-why would we lie to you, our supreme leader?"

Tron rubbed her chin and looked away. "Hmm, if that's true, that's going to be pretty bad news for us..." she muttered.

The second Servbot cried toon tears. "T-that's the truth, Miss Tron. We're not lying."

Tron looked sternly at them. "Are you pretty sure about this information? Most of it doesn't sound any convincing to me."

"Miss Tron, for Teisel's sake, we're sure of it!" the fourth Servbot said. "This new clan of pirates might even challenge us in finding all the treasures on the island!"

"And you know how Teisel gets mad when there's another pirate trying to outwit us!" the fifth Servbot said. "He might even go as far as to rip his hair off!"

The first Servbot saluted Tron. "Miss Tron, so what are your orders? We must eliminate the competency before things get rough! The Bonne Family shall not allow any other pirate be better than we are! (Please, please, let this little speech make her forgive us!)"

Tron looked skeptical. "Well, that's odd. We haven't seen any other pirates around until now... This could mean a lot of trouble if we overlook those guys..."

"How about if we came into terms of agreement with them and cooperate together?" the third Servbot asked.

"What, are you nuts?" Tron asked angrily. "We don't ever partner up with other pirates unless we're under extreme circumstances! It's good luck that we haven't done such a thing yet, and I hope it stays like that forever! You can't trust pirates, remember? They might even steal ideas from us and use them as if they came with them! I'd get mad if somebody were to steal my blueprints for new robot prototypes!"

The Servbots exchanged glances. "...So, what's the plan?" the fourth Servbot asked.

Tron smiled confidently. "Easy, you're all going to go back to the Gesellschaft right now."

"W-what?" all Servbots asked in unison.

"I'm gonna stay behind and spy on those guys by myself," Tron said. "You're being a little bit unreliable today."

"B-but, Miss Tron, you might get in trouble if you go all alone by yourself!" the first Servbot said concerned. "W-we don't have robots ready to drive either!"

"A-also, weren't you supposed to be making another big robot right now?" the fourth Servbot asked.

"That can wait," Tron said. "I've got all the time I need to make that robot."

"W-what if Teisel says something about this?" the third Servbot asked.

"I'll see what I do with him. I can handle all this by myself."

"Are you just going to forget your duties like this?" the fifth Servbot asked.

"I'm pretty sure everything is gonna be just fine."

"W-why are you so determined now, anyway?" the second Servbot asked.

Tron sighed. "Look, you guys are telling a bunch of pretty unbelievable things. Also, Teisel has been going on and on about that portal and those people coming out from it! To tell you the truth, I wanna see what the fuss is all about!"

"Um, if I remember, I saw those guys as well," the second Servbot said. "I was with Teisel at that time, and those people came out from nowhere!"

"And they're helping the blue boy right now!" the third Servbot said. "Miss Tron, something is afoot here! Why would portal people want to help out him of all people?"

"I can smell a conspiracy here, and I don't even have a nose to begin with!" the fifth Servbot said.

Tron frowned at this. "Well, fine! I'm going to get to the bottom of this whole thing about them by... eavesdropping!"

"Miss Tron...I dunno if that's good idea, I mean, you going alone by yourself..." the second Servbot said.

The pirate sighed. "Okay, okay, I'm taking you, you, and you," she told the first, second, and third Servbot.

The fourth Servbot and the fifth Servbot tilted their heads. "H-hey, why can't we come? Is it because we're the last two?"

"Yeah," Tron said. "Got a problem with that?"

"W-well, n-no, b-but we're worried about you, Miss Tron, that's all..."

"I'll be fine with these three," Tron said. "Besides, I always choose three of the forty Servbots."

"I think you got the count wrong, Miss Tron," the first Servbot said. "I think there is another one of us."

"Puh-lease, you're all making up that story about Servbot 41 again? It's starting to become some kind of myth between us," Tron said. "...I-I mean, who cares about that extra Servbot? Right now, we need to focus on the mission!"

"What about th-"

"I give a darn about that Servbot! If I don't know him, then leave him be!"

The five Servbots cried toon tears. "Miss Tron, it's one of our brothers! Don't talk about him like that!"

"If you don't stop crying right now, I'll seriously ban your dinner for a few more days!"

"Ooooh nooooo!" the five Servbots cried.

Tron clapped her hands together to calm them down. "Alrighty, you three are going to follow me! As for the other two, go back and tell Teisel I'm trying to get materials for the robot because we're short on them!"

"Are you going to put on a disguise to fool the masses again?" the second Servbot asked with curiosity.

"If I need to, I will," Tron said. "Alright, my kids, let's go!"

"Roooogeeeeeer!!!" the five Servbots said with a salute.

Cardon Forest - City Road

After taking a trip back, the group reached the wrecked airship. Each one of them got off from the car and stood next to the Flutter's right side. Megaman carried the yellow refractor with both arms while Roll looked at the Smashers. "Well, here we are," she said. "Let's hope this refractor's energy is enough for the Flutter to fly again. If I can make the Flutter fly, it'll be easier to transport around the island...but only here."

"Why?" Mario asked.

"Well, for one, I don't honestly think the refractor will have much energy," Roll said. "If my assumptions are correct, the refractor might be enough for the Flutter to hover above the land, but not fly properly. But, if they happen to be incorrect...then the refractor isn't going to be enough."

Peach thought for a moment. "If it's not enough, what then?"

"We could see if there's another use for it," Megaman said. "Maybe there's some other sort of machine that needs the refractor badly."

Roll spotted a box staircase on the right side of the wrecked Flutter, leading to a yellow door. She looked at Megaman. "Alright, Megaman, you give me the refractor now. I'll start putting this in the engine room now. But, since it's going to be night very soon, I think I'm going to prepare some dinner for everyone. Luckily we have a lot of food."

"Here," Megaman said, giving the refractor to Roll. The engineer nodded at him before walking up to the box staircase, where the reached the top, opened the door of the airship, and got inside. Megaman sighed and looked at everyone. "Well, let's go in, you guys. I know we're all exhausted after exploring the Sub-Gate."

"What do you have in there?" Chip asked.

"There's the pilot's cabin, living room, two bathrooms, five rooms with four beds each, library, hallway, engine room, and a terrace," Megaman explained.

"Oh, a library inside an airship? That's sophisticated," Peach said interested.

"When you're a Digger, you get a lot of stuff from the findings you turn over to museums," Megaman boasted.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 11, 2010, 07:39:12 PM
"Wow," Ness said. "Diggers surely must have an easy life finding relics all over the world."

"When there are not dangerous Reaverbots, that is... Wait, I just remembered something," Megaman said. "Since you aren't from this world, that would mean you don't have Digger licenses, right?"

Chip took out his Citizen Card. "You mean this?"

"No, that's a card to enter the city," Megaman said. "I'm talking about a license like this one," he said, showing them the license he obtained from the mayor. "I'm afraid to say that you could be in serious trouble if officials were to know that you're entering ruins without special permission from them..."

"D-don't you mean we could get thrown in jail?" Luigi asked.

"Maybe...but...you helped us a lot..." Megaman rubbed his chin. "...Tell you what: you will pretend you're Diggers, but you have to make sure you don't get the attention of the authorities. If they ever get know that you're unlicensed Diggers, they might label you as pirates."

"But I'm not swinging a sword or wearing an eye-patch," Big said.

"Er, that's not what I meant by pirates," Megaman said. "Worse, if they knew I'm giving you access to the Sub-Gates...Roll and I could get in serious trouble."

"That doesn't sound too good," Ike commented. "We'll try to be as cautious as possible so we don't have to face the authorities."

"I know this is a little bit too much, but I'm not certain if something so bad like that will happen. Even so, try to be careful. They could go as far as to advocate my license."

"So then, we're going to be your ticket to become a hobo?" Sonic asked.

"H-hey, I'm not going to turn into a... Whatever," Megaman said. "Seriously, be very careful."

"We will," Ness said. "We don't want to cause you any trouble, anyway."

"You give me more help than trouble, though. I'm pleased for that," Megaman said smiling.

Volnutt Kirby yawned. "I want to sleep now..."

"Oh, sorry, let's all go in before it turns dark outside."

Peach raised a hand. "I'll make dinner for everyone if you don't mind. I'll give Roll a hand."

Luigi gasped. "N-no, no, no, I'll make dinner instead."

"Oh, thanks, Luigi, you can help me out."

"Wait, what? N-no, I didn't mean... Oh, okay, Peach..."

That night...

Once it turned dark, night arrived. The stars flickered in the distant sky while crickets' sounds echoed in the forest. Several fireflies flew over the silent grass while a big figure was sitting down on the top terrace of the Flutter, his eyes full with worry.

"Froggy...where are you now?" Big muttered to himself. "It's not just the same without you, my friend. I get too lonely, but...I have my friends right here with me to make some company while you're away with the bad Dr. Eggman..." He closed his eyes and shed a tear. "...I know we're going to get back together...so please, hang on a little longer..."

Big's ears perked up once he heard a girl scream coming from inside the Flutter. The huge feline turned towards the hole on the floor. From his position, he overheard a conversation.

"O-oh my god, then it was true!" Roll was heard yelling. "Y-you DO turn into a wolf!"

"Dammit, I told you I was going to turn into one tonight!" Sonic yelled in a gruff voice. "Well, it doesn't matter because you NOW know I DO transform against my will!"

"O-oh my, your face looks even scarier than before!"

"Hey, what was that supposed to mean exactly?"

"I-I mean, s-stop glaring at me!"

"I'm not glaring at you! That's how I look! Sheesh, can't people tell what's a grimace and a normal face?"

"It's harder to tell that apart when it's you, though!"

"Grr!"

"U-uah!"

"Sonic, stop making such a fuss already!" Chris was heard yelling. "Just stay quiet until Peach finishes making dinner for all of us, okay? Roll was supposed to do it as well!"

"I-I'm sorry, I just got scared when I came out from the bathroom and saw him transforming next to the door!" Roll said. "I-I'll go back to the kitchen now!"

Big looked at no one in particular and blinked a few times.

"...Whoa, there's an animal in here!" Megaman yelled. "Who let this wolf in?!"

"Oh, please! This is getting ridiculous no-"

"Die, you beast with fleas, die!"

Various shots were heard being fired.

"Hey, what the f(beep) is wrong with you?! It's me, Sonic the Hedgehog!"

The shots came to a halt. "What?"

"THANKS FOR STOPPING SHOOTING AT MY FACE, MAN!" Sonic yelled.

"I-I'm so sorry, Sonic, really! I was just heading to take a shower when you suddenly looked at m-"

"That's it, I'm getting a face transplant if this ever happens again!"

"Would everyone shut up for half an hour? I'm watching some programs in the living room here!" yelled Ness.

"More like changing channels non-stop," Chip said. "Hey, there was a good movie right there! It was about androids; my favorite characters ever!"

"I-I think you were a fan of fighters yesterday..." Lucas trailed off.

"You have no right to point that out for me! Prepare to be Chipminated, inferior being!"

Big heard people being pushed down to the floor.

"C-Chip, get off me! D-don't punch me, please! N-no, not in the face! I-I didn't know you'd get this angry at me!" Lucas pleaded.

"My name is Chipminator!" Chip proclaimed.

"Ness, help me!"

"I think this is more entertaining than the television," Ness commented.

"W-W-WHAT?"

"I-I mean, Chip, get off from Lucas, you freak!"

"Stop yelling and screaming! Some people like to read books once in a while!" Ike yelled from the library.

"I'll stop once Lucas here gets Chipminated!" Chip yelled.

"I don't care what Chipminated even means, so shut up!"

"Why can't we have a peaceful night for once?" asked Mario.

"That's because we're having some bad luck tonight..." Sonic muttered.

"Hmm..." Volnutt Kirby yawned.

Big looked confused as the ruckus inside the Flutter kept continuing. Thinking for a bit, he made a happy expression and said, "It's so wonderful to see friends doing this sort thing every day, don't you think?"

"Okay, everyone, dinner's ready!" Peach called over. "We have cooked chicken soup with crepe pies for dessert!"

"Crepe pies made by Peach!" Chris and Volnutt Kirby rejoiced.

"Actually, Luigi made those."

"Aww..."

"H-hey, that's insulting!" Luigi called over. "M-my pies are as sweet as Peach's pies! I-I'm a good cook myself!"

"True," Mario said.

"Oh well...if Mario says so..." Chris trailed off.

Big looked up. "Hmm, crepe pies," he mused to himself before he entered the airship again.

If he had stayed behind for a little longer, Big could have noticed that four shadowy figures appeared from the Sub-Gate's direction and ran all the way to the Flutter's backside. The first figure was a cautious Tron while the other three were her loyal Servbots. Tron took a look at the Flutter and rubbed her chin. "Gosh, this airship is such in a bad condition," she commented. "Why, it looks like it could fall apart any minute."

"Miss Tron, is it okay for us to do this kind of thing?" the first Servbot asked. "We've never, ever eavesdropped on people before, let alone spied on them!"

Tron grunted. "This is a very crucial mission, you know! Besides, if there's something better to do than staying with that madman I call my brother, I'll get away from him and his rantings about those people with Megaman!"

For some reason, the three Servbots noticed that, once Tron said Megaman's name, her cheeks blushed a bit.

"Anyhow, you better be as silent as possible now," Tron said. "We're gonna find some kind of window and spy those guys."

"So, why are we spying on them again?" the second Servbot asked, raising a hand.

"Because they're supposed to be from a different place or something," Tron said. "Didn't you see that woman dressed as a princess? Who would honestly dress like that in a place like this? Also, what about the scary-looking hedgehog or the flying little dog? What if they could end up being dangerous as you said?"

The third Servbot sniffed. "B-but I'm telling you the truth when I'm saying that kid with the red cap blew our tanks with a green explosive flash he produced OUT of his HEAD!"

"Shh!" the other three whispered.

"I-I'm sorry, but I'm a bit worried about all this!"

"Kids shooting out green explosive flashes from their heads... I won't believe any of this until I see some proof, okay?" Tron said. "So now, let's get this undercover operation going!"

"Roooooogeeeeeer!" the three Servbots muttered in unison.

"Alright, then, let's look for a window," Tron said, inspecting the left side of the Flutter where she saw said window wide open. "A-ha, there is one...high up, that is."

The window was about twenty feet away from the ground. Tron just noticed that there were several hanging tubes that went all the way to the right side of the window. Without thinking, she began climbing the ladder as silent as she could. The three Servbots gasped and looked up at her. "M-Miss Tron, are you sure this is a good idea?" the second Servbot asked.

Tron stopped climbing up and looked back at them. "Yes, it is a good idea! Stop asking the same kind of question already!" She resumed climbing up until she reached the window. Narrowing her eyes, the pirate engineer slowly peeked inside. "Hmm, what do we have here now?" she asked, finding the group having dinner.

Suddenly, the three Servbots climbed up and joined her, interested to see what was happening inside.

The living room itself wasn't very big. The room had yellow walls with a green floor. A large TV sat on top of a shelf while three red sofas around and long table were in front of it. There were several pictures with frames hanging around the walls, and there were some smaller pictures standing on top of a long but short bookshelf. Behind the sofas, a long dinning table with five chairs on each long side and a chair on each short side had several bowl with fresh chicken soup aroma soothing the air. Those very same bowls were being consumed by thirteen people, all enjoying the dinner with fresh crepe pies.

"(Let's see... There's the girl over there,)" Tron thought, looking at Roll at the right end of the table, "(and then there's the blue boy on the other end... Hmm?)"

On the other end of the table, Megaman was sitting down his chair and eating his soup. However, instead of his usual blue suit, Megaman was actually wearing something else. The boy was now dressed in white t-shirt under a yellow apron, blue pants, and brown shoes. In fact, he looked a little bit more casual than before without his suit.

"Hmm, you're not an android," Chip commented, flying close to Megaman as the imp ate a big slice of crepe pie. "I thought you were one."

"Er, no," Megaman said. "That's just a special suit Roll built for me so I could handle explorations better."

"Wait, she makes suits?" Chip asked interested before turning to Roll. "I want to have a suit as well! Make me one!"

"U-um, sorry, but the materials I used to build Megaman's suit were very costly," Roll said. "What's more, I think they're not very easy to find anymore."

"Aww, poopy..."

Sonic imagined Chip encased in a blue suit. "Funny," he muttered.

Outside the window, Tron inspected all of them. "Geez, it looks like they're having a Halloween party or something. Those guys don't look like they'd fit in a crowd, that's for sure," she muttered.

The pirate engineer heard some sniffs coming from her Servbots.

"What is it now?" Tron asked in annoyance.

"T-they're having a succulent dinner, Miss Tron..." the second Servbot sniffed. "I-I'm hungry...so, but so hungry..."

"I knew I shouldn't have go ahead and make those super hard mechanical stomach parts and taste tongues for all of you if this was going to happen," Tron muttered angrily. "Be quiet and don't cry any louder!"

"But we want to have some dinner, Miss Tron!" whined the third Servbot.

"Ugh, I'll see what I can do about it, okay? Now, stay quiet!"

Megaman stared at Sonic. "As you were saying before, this Dr. Eggman guy made you like this?"

"Yeah," Sonic said with a grunt. "Thanks to him, there's this dormant evil spirit in me that likes to piss me and everyone off by yelling aloud his death threats."

"Evil spirit?"

Just after repeating those words, a malevolent DSS shot up from Sonic's back. Megaman and Roll gasped before the shadow ghost crackled maniacally with open hands, the first one falling behind on the floor. "I HOPE YOU'RE HAVING A NICE F(BEEP)NG DINNER, B(BEEP)S, BUT NOW IT IS TIME FOR ME TO EXTERMINATE YOU ALL! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

"AAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!" Lucas, Luigi, Volnutt Kirby, Peach, Chris, Big, and Roll screamed loudly, preventing anyone around the table to heard the screams coming from Tron and her Servbots, who lost their balance and fell all the way down to the ground.

"M-Megaman, somebody, do something about that thing!" Roll asked in fear, completely sitting still on her chair.

DSS pointed at Roll. "YOU CAN'T DO ANYTHING TO ME, B(BEEP)H!!! NOBODY CAN DO ANYTHING TO STOP ME FROM MURDERING YOU! MWAHAHAHA, HAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Sonic made fists on the table, snarling silently before he broke out grunting loudly, glaring mad at a shocked Chris. "Chris, smack this guy away from me before I lose whatever's left from my patience!"

"R-right away!" Chris said, quickly changing to his Beastmaster job. The World Traveler yelled out as he smacked hard Sonic's forehead.

"N-NO!" DSS yelled, his white eyes widening before he was forced to retreat into Sonic's back.

"Whew...everything is fine for now..." Chris sighed, putting his whip away.

Roll still had her scared look. She eventually stopped looking scared after shaking her head. The engineer looked at the mad werehog. "W-what in the name of the Mother Lode was that just now?"

Sonic snarled a bit more. "That's Mr. Foul-Mouthed Shadow. He's so nice that he declares his inner fury against any innocent person he finds during this time of the night," he joked, not finding his joke very funny at all. He stretched his right claw to the ceiling, surprising Megaman and Roll. "Also, this is completely retarded, but my arms went to Cartoon World and got the ability to stretch like this."

"O-oh my..." Roll muttered as she saw the arm pulling back to Sonic.

"I-I see..." Megaman said on the floor before he stood up and picked his chair up while rubbing the back of his head. "T-that wasn't surely a nice welcome from that spirit..." he muttered, sitting back on his chair. "S-so, that evil spirit only comes out during the night?"

Sonic, in a sophisticate manner, cleaned his lips with a napkin and grabbed his spoon, closing his eyes annoyed. "Yup, he won't just stop doing that until I die or we find some way to take him off from me or hire an exorcist." He opened an eye to look at Megaman. "You know a good exorcist around these parts?"

"N-no, we just came to Kattelox Island today..." Megaman said.

Sonic lifted his shoulders. "At least I tried," he said, taking a long slurp from his soup.

Back outside, having swirls on their eyes, Tron lied down on the ground while her Servbots were piled up on top of her back. All of them were groaning in pain by the forceful fall. "M-Miss Tron..." the second Servbot trailed off, "I'm so dizzy and confused..."

"I-I bet I am, too..." the first Servbot said.

Tron's eye swirls were still spinning. "J-just get off my back, you three..." She shook her head and pushed them away from her. Sighing, she stood up and dusted off her jacket. "What the hell was that just now? You three saw the same thing I saw, right?"

The third Servbot raised his hand from the ground. "I-I bet it was hard for any of us to avoid seeing that creepy ghost jumping out from the wolf's back, Miss Tron..." he said.

Tron looked back at the window. "There's something definitely going on with those guys, I know that very well... Maybe what Teisel said about them was true after all... Ugh, what am I starting to think?" she asked to herself. "Soon, I'll become as paranoiac as Teisel!"

The first Servbot regained his composure and stood up, putting his arms to his sides. "M-Miss Tron, we're now sure that Master Teisel was right with his assumptions about them all!"

The pirate engineer put a hand close to her chin. "This is surely starting to make sense, but...we need to gather more information from them."

The second Servbot was next to regain his composure and stand up. "We're going to eavesdrop on them again?"

"I can't shake the thought that they might represent some kind of threat to our plans..."

The third Servbot did the same as the previous two. "What if they noticed we were spying them?"

"They didn't look outside, so... Let's go, you guys!" Tron said, climbing back up the ladder attached to the Flutter. The three Servbots flailed their arms in a panic before following their creator.

"Does that...spirit come out frequently from you?" Roll asked worried.

"Nah, he just comes out once each night," Sonic said. "That's one advantage, though. The disadvantage is that he COMES OUT regardless," he said with emphasis on the last words.

Megaman looked at Chris. "How did you change clothes so fast, anyway?"

"U-um, about that...it's a special power I possess," Chris said embarrassed. "I can alternate powers so I can find some way to fit any situation in all battles I take part of, but...I'm still not very good at alternating powers. I'm getting the hang of it slowly."

"Are you saying you're a close-combat fighter one second and then you're a healer the next second?"

"Something like that...but I usually stay fighting with just a job or two. I personally hate to alternate so many times in one battle," Chris explained. "I like to stick with the job I'm using to gain experience."

"Hmm, sounds very useful but tiresome to me..."

The World Traveler sighed. "Very tiresome because I draw the attention of enemies so often..."

Outside the window, Tron rolled her eyes. "Yes, these guys are nuts," she muttered. "People changing clothes in a second..."

"I think I caught a glimpse of that kid changing clothes in a bright light, Miss Tron," the third Servbot said.

"Now I know you're just insane."

He sniffed. "M-Miss Tron, don't be so harsh on me... I have an honest heart..."

"Shh, be quiet, please! They're still talking!"

Chris blinked and looked confused. "That's strange... I could've sworn somebody just referred me as a kid..." he muttered, shrugging at the thought before resuming to eat, not hearing a hard smacking sound coming from outside.

Ike looked at Roll. "How did it go with the refractor? Did you manage to make it work with the Flutter?"

Roll stopped eating and looked down. "I'm sorry, everyone, but the refractor wasn't enough to power up the Flutter..."

Lucas looked depressed. "After all that, we couldn't do it?"

"D-don't look so depressed, please," Roll said, forcing a smile. "I'm sure we can find some kind of use to it if we go back to the city tomorrow. There's got to be something waiting for the refractor somewhere..."

"In that case," Megaman began, "we'll go around the city and gather information to find out what to do with it. Thanks to the license I got today, the mayor told me I had access to other parts of the city."

"What parts are those?" Mario asked.

"First, it's the Old City located to the east gate of the downtown," Megaman said. "According to the mayor, she told me that the city in there doesn't have a lot of people because it was abandoned and used as a place for workers to build factories such as a power plant."

"That place sounds like there could be some use for the refractor we have," Roll said.

"But there's more," Megaman said. "To the south of the Old City, there's the entrance to the Main Gate..."

Roll looked interested. "The Main Gate, you say? I heard about it!"

"Ooh, tell us, please," Chip said. "If it's a main thing, it should be very important."

The lights suddenly turned off while a candle next to Roll illuminated her anxious face. "The Main Gate is supposed to be the place where the island's most valuable treasure resides," Roll said. "Many of the Diggers who have come here have failed to find an entrance into the Main Gate, though. I heard from Gramps that the Main Gate doesn't really have an actual entrance...but there are rumors saying that, in one of the Sub-Gates, the key to open the real entrance to the Main Gate is waiting to be discovered...and the fortunate Diggers who can decipher the entry to the Main Gate will be forever blessed with the treasure that rest within it, waiting to be discovered..."

Luigi gulped and looked around the dark atmosphere. "W-who turned off the lights?" He looked to his right to see Sonic's right arm extended all the way to the light's switch next to the TV.

Sonic chuckled and turned the lights back on. "Heheh, sorry, wanted to set up the moment here," he said as his arm pulled back to him.

Peach, recalling the excitement she had in the Sub-Gate, looked interested at the topic. "Let me guess, you're trying to find that entrance?"

"Of course," Roll said. "Well, if we happen to stumble upon it, that is..."

Megaman nodded. "We'll find that entrance so we can claim that treasure for ours," he said, pumping up a fist. "Oh, wait, I was talking about the places we could go tomorrow... Apart from the Old City, there's the Uptown located to the west gate of the downtown. The Uptown is where the city's services are found like the TV station and the hospital."

"Hmm, I'm not so sure if there's some place in there to use the refractor, unlike the Old City does..." Roll muttered skeptically.

"Well, there's more," Megaman said. "The Uptown has a dock on the Lake Jyun. There's supposed to be another Sub-Gate there. However, I heard there aren't any boats to explore the lake."

"Hmm, a lake," Big said. "Maybe Froggy is there..."

Chris sighed, but he didn't want to put Big down in a depressed mood. "Yes, he might be in there, Big. You really must be worried about him when you don't have Froggy around... Oh my god!" he suddenly yelped, digging into his pocket to take out his egg. Seeing it made him sigh. "Oh, phew, it's here... And here I was thinking Eggy didn't exist..."

"Be glad you didn't sit over it," Sonic said.

"Yes, I know..." Chris said, keeping the egg inside his pocket.

"There's a Sub-Gate at Lake Jyun?" Roll asked. "But wait, there are no boats right now, right?"

Megaman shook his head. "No, there aren't boats."

Roll took a spoon of her soup and sighed. "Oh well, I guess we can explore that Sub-Gate when we have the necessary means to explore the lake..." She looked at everyone. "So then, our mission tomorrow morning is to find some use for the yellow refractor in the city. Everyone will have to go first to the Old City and then head down to the Uptown."

"Right," everyone said.

"For now, let's have a pleasant dinner," Peach suggested, everyone agreeing to the idea.

Back outside, the four pirates blinked in unison and climbed down the ladder. Once setting their feet on the ground, Tron crossed her arms and said, "So they're going to look for a way to use that refractor they got from the Sub-Gate you couldn't break into..."

"Miss Tron, they'll be heading to Lake Jyun anytime soon!" the second Servbot said. "Isn't that the place where we're going to ambush them?"

"Yeah, that's the same place where I'm going to show off my new robot," Tron said. "But, this seems more interesting to do... Tomorrow, they'll be going around the city."

"It doesn't look like we got so much information about those guys, though," the first Servbot said. "The blue boy was just outlining their next movements."

"Which is good to know for our advantage," Tron said.

The third Servbot blinked. "Um, wait, are we still going to eavesdrop on them tomorrow, Miss Tron?"

"Why not?" Tron asked annoyed. "We're going to eavesdrop on them as much as we can so we can outwit them the next time we meet!"

"But, Miss Tron, we don't have any vessels or robots except for the Gesellschaft right now!" the second Servbot reminded her. "Remember? We use a ton of 'em in the take over of the city, which failed so badly!"

"And by ton of 'em, he means we literally used everything, even the smallest nut!" the third Servbot said. "If we go back to the Gesellschaft now, we can have enough time to build more vessels!"

"In that case, I'll send an order to the other Servbots to make more vessels," Tron said. "Phew, that's an easy issue we can deal with."

"But we still have the issue where you're supposed to make said robot!" the first Servbot brought up. "And Teisel might even scold you for that!"

"I don't care!" Tron said. "Teisel needs to be patience now! He will have to wait until I'm ready!"

The second Servbot tilted his head. "I don't know why, but, do you have another reason why you want to spy on them, Miss Tron?"

Tron gasped, blushed, and looked mad, thinking her Servbot thought she was thinking about Megaman. "I-I-ah, what makes you think that? D-don't be so silly!"

"What?" the second Servbot asked. "But what did I do to make you blush like that, Miss Tron?"

Tron covered her cheeks. "S-stop it, you! I don't wanna hear you anymore!"

The second Servbot cried toon tears. "M-Miss Tron, don't say that to me, please! I have very unstable feelings and emotions!"

"All of you, be quiet now!" Tron demanded loudly. "Okay, now that I have your attention, we WILL continue eavesdropping on them tomorrow morning. First, we're going to have to go back to the Gesellschaft right now to make sure things are going well over there."

"What if Teise-"

"If Teisel tries to stop us, I'll convince him...somehow," Tron said. "I don't know who, but maybe if I listen to his crazy ramblings about those guys, he might let me off the hook..."

The first Servbot saluted her. "Right, Miss Tron, we will follow your orders to the full extent of the word!"

"That's more like it," Tron said. "Okay, everyone, let's go back to the Gesellschaft and plan our strategy tomorrow! I have some energy to start the production of our next robot to attack those guys."

The three Servbots smiled. "Roooooogeeeeeeeeeer!" they all said.

The four pirates turned to the forest and ran away into the bushes. None of them noticed that a certain robot monkey, Data, was staring down at them from the open window of the living room. Apparently, Data overheard everything they said.

"Data, close the window, please," Roll said. "The mosquitoes will get inside if we leave that window wide open."

Data turned to her and nodded, closing the window behind his back.

The peaceful night went by...

However, nobody noticed that several minions of Dark Gaia sprouted out from the ground around the Flutter and began patrolling the area...

The next morning...

In her green room, Roll, wearing orange pajamas with an orange cap, lied down on her pink bed in a reckless position. Her right leg was touching down the floor, and her left arm was over her messy hair.

Her room was green, which had many different things. The pink bed was leaning against the upper right corner of the room while a light blue table with a red flower in a pot on it and a chair on the floor stood on the center. A big bookshelf was leaning against the wall right next to the red door, and to the right of the bookshelf, a small shelf for magazines rested. Over some green shelves for clothes between the bed and the magazine shelf, a shelf with a wide tea set adorned the wall.

The most unusual highlight of the room was Roll's super computer, with everything and machines, taking the left part of the whole room. For the time being, it was turned off.

For the surprise of many, the engineer was snoring a little bit too loudly to herself. "Don't take my treasure away, evil Reaverbot...I'm warning ya..." she muttered. "No...no...no...we're not selling this ultra refractor to those hobos, Megaman, don't be so silly..."

The door of her room creaked open as Megaman peeked out from it, smiling at the sleep talker.

"I think I'm going to become a queen with all these refractors..." Roll muttered. "I'll give Megaman ten percent of the money...and forty percent to Data..."

"Geez, Roll, you're kind of greedy in your dreams," Megaman spoke.

"MAVERICKS!" Roll yelled, awakening from her dreams as she clutched her pillow. She looked around in panic before noticing a chuckling Megaman standing by the door. "M-Megaman! D-don't do that! You know very well I have so many dreams and that I sleep talk!"

Megaman chuckled. "That's the best part of them."

Grunting while his best friend laughed, Roll tossed her pillow at him across the table, only managing to hit the door, which Megaman had closed in time. "Megaman, stop teasing me like that!"

"You better take a shower now. We'll be heading to the city shortly!" Megaman yelled. "I'll go put my suit on!"

"D-don't try to change the themes here, you heard me?!" Roll asked, blushing madly before she flopped on her bed and grunted on her bed sheet.

An hour later...

Downtown

The downtown of the city of Kattelox Island was previously a bustling part of the city where people walked its streets without having to worry for attacks. That is, until the Bonne Family had appeared. Thanks to the valiant efforts of Megaman, the downtown's people managed to survive the assault, but unfortunately, most of the buildings were destroyed in the ensuing battle. The main library was reduced to dust, the residential buildings had at least seventy percent of concrete, and most windows were left broken. Cars, which were a few, were wrecked into big chunks of scrapped metal, some of them even rammed against buildings.

The Support Car passed a southern gate from the Cardon Forest. It went all the way to the front of the destroyed steps of the library, and from behind the car, the Smashers came out from the door while Megaman came out from the driver's seat. Once they gathered together, they looked at Roll, who was still driving the wheel. "Okay, you guys," Roll began, "the gate to the Old City is located west of this place."

"What are you going to do?" Luigi asked.

"Gramps called from the mayor's place," she said. "He said he wanted me to get there with him so he could know what we were doing. He didn't come last night because he and the mayor were talking about the good old days because they are good friends since he was younger."

"I sure wish the mayor isn't an old man, then," Ness said. "Old men talk a lot."

"N-no, she's a young adult, that I can assure you," Roll said with a chuckle. "Alright, I'll head down to the city hall right now... By the way, have anyone seen Data?"

"The little monkey with the funny dance?" Big asked.

"Um, yes, I didn't find him anywhere in the Flutter this morning. I think he ran off as usual," Roll said.

Megaman grumbled at this. "That Data is always running away somewhere when he has the chance..."

"He sure is a bit peculiar, though," Peach said. "Should we look for him?"

"Oddly enough, Data always shows up at certain places when you want him to appear," Megaman said. "I think he's a professional stalker...but other than that, he'll be fine on his own. He manages to go about without having trouble."

Roll chuckled and leaned against her driver's seat. "Well then, I'll be leaving you. Megaman, you know how to call me if you need me, right?"

"Yeah."

"Okay, see you guys later!" Roll said, driving off to the north gate towards the city hall.

Sonic (back to his hedgehog look) crossed his arms and tapped his right foot on the ground, looking at the wrecked downtown where busy workers were working hard to bring back the downtown's look from the ground. "Geez, this place is surely wrecked to crumbles," Sonic commented.

Megaman looked down. "I did everything I could do, so, don't remind me anymore..."

"Oh, sorry, my bad," Sonic apologized.

"It's okay," Megaman said, looking back up. "How 'bout if we start heading east to see the Old City?" he asked, forcing a small smile.

"Somehow, I think I'm forgetting a very crucial fact about that part of this place..." Chris muttered to himself. "What was it? Something dangerous, I think..."

Unaware of their presence, the group didn't notice that, behind them, leaning against the steep steps of the library, four figures, one taller and three shorter, were covering their faces with newspapers in front of them. On the backside of the newspapers, Tron, and three random Servbots were inside frames that read "WANTED" each.

Big looked to his right towards the street and found the gate to the Old City. "Look over there. I think that's the place," he said.

"Oh, it is," Megaman said, the group starting to move to the west gate.

Once they were gone from sight, the figures reading the newspapers turned out to be Tron and her three Servbots (in that order, ironically, in the same positions of their "WANTED" frames), who lowered down their newspapers and were shown wearing sunglasses with mustaches. "These disguises are foolproof," said the second Servbot.

"I like the texture of my mustache, Miss Tron," commented the first Servbot.

"You two, stop getting distracted!" Tron hissed. "We gotta follow those guys!"

"Yeah, up and at 'em," the third Servbot said. "After all, Teisel completely understood your motive, Miss Tron."

"He was just happy to hear that I believed in him," Tron said. "If you agree with his ideas, he's bound to be very grateful. It's like a big baby wanting to get attention desperately." She shook her head. "What are we doing wasting our time here? Let's go!"

"Let's follow them silently and carefully without raising suspicion!" the third Servbot suggested.

"Yeah, let's go!" Tron said, running towards the direction of the west gate.

Old City

Paper Mario: The Thousand-Year Door - Creepy Steeple

"...Why do I think this place feels...evil, somehow?" Ike asked.

The Smashers, once having reached the Old City, didn't think that the place once had better days than today. Basically, the Old City wasn't but a bunch of dark buildings with several workplaces such as factories. Some of the floor of the area was covered in thick steel, and there were some cans dropped around the area. Gates, on both to the west and south side of the Old City, were located. Perhaps the most prominent feature of the city was the fact that, by some kind of crazy event by Mother Nature or probably something else, the sky had a sunset's color, unlike its usual morning's bluish color. What's more, no people were around, making the place feel deserted.

And the fact that the air running along the atmosphere made some creepy, long noise, made Luigi and Lucas be extremely wary about the surroundings.

"J-just by looking at this place makes me feel I'm going to die soon... Please, tell me otherwise!" Luigi pleaded, his voice echoing.

"This place feels like some sort of dungeon to me," Ike further commented. "You can practically tell that by just being here."

Mario looked up at the sky. "Well...it's still morning, so I don't know why it feels like it's sunset..."

Lucas gulped, hearing Luigi's voice echoing along the walls of the Old City. "H-how come this place is so alone without people than the downtown?"

"Maybe this place only serves as the city's main area of energy to provide electricity and water supplies," Megaman said. "I heard the power plant is somewhere around here..."

Chris looked worried, staring forward. "Something is definitely going to happen if we go further in..." he muttered.

They all began to walk forward into the abandoned place. After they left their spot, Tron and her Servbots entered through the gate and looked around. Putting her hands on her hips, Tron said, "Alright, you guys, be alert! Those guys must be around here somewhere. Once we find them, let's eavesdrop on them so we can find out more information for our plans!"

The second Servbot suddenly began trembling in fear because of the city's atmosphere. "M-Miss Tron, something about this place doesn't make me feel just fine..."

Tron looked at the place. "Hmm, this place would serve very well to hide and make a robot...especially that building behind those fences..." She nodded to herself. "Let's go and find those guys already," she muttered, dashing forward between the alleys of the buildings.

"W-wait, Miss Tron, we don't know what awaits us in this shady place!" the first Servbot yelled, running with his sickly worried companions.

Back with the group, they all stopped once they heard a multitude of footsteps coming at their way. Along with the footsteps, growling sounds echoed between the alleys. "U-um, I don't like those growls at all..." Volnutt Kirby muttered, gulping.

"When are you going to stop wearing that hat, anyway?" Ness asked.

Lucas let out a high-pitched scream, startling Ness a bit. Looking upset at the blond boy, Ness then heard Chris letting out a similar yelp. "I-I knew there was something very bad with this place," Chris said. "F-feral dogs!"

The group then noticed wild dogs slowly coming out from the alleys. Around fifteen wild dogs stared at them with creepy red eyes, showing their bare fangs that were being covered by their drool. Their drooling surely meant that they were hungry for anything, and that meant the group was their main meal of the day.

Lucas hugged Ness. "T-tell me they don't want to bite us! I-I don't have a lot of meat myself!"

"I'm pretty sure they want to bite us alive," Ness muttered.

"I-I told you not to tell me that, Ness!" whined Lucas.

"Oh, my bad."

"W-why aren't you scared, Ness?"

"If you live in some suburbs with crazy dogs running after you every day, you get used to those eyes."

"D-did they have red eyes?"

"...Wait a minute, no, they didn't!" Ness yelled quickly.

Peach chuckled nervously at the sight of the feral dogs. "P-please, don't be so scared, everyone. I'm sure they just want to play with us... Here, let me pet this one..."

The princess approached a rabid dog. The wary dog slowly and fully showed its fangs when Peach came closer. Luigi didn't like where this was going, and without hesitating, he pulled back Peach before the dog's fangs could chew her fingers. "P-Peach, don't do it!" Luigi yelped.

"P-Peach, I think optimism isn't going to help us out here this time..." Chris muttered, scared of the feral dogs. "H-has anyone wondered WHO THE HELL leaves feral dogs on the loose in this stupid part of the city?!"

"I-it makes you wonder why they even let people come in here," Megaman said. "W-well, they know there are feral dogs in here, so that'd be why..."

"...Then, here's the question: WHERE'S THE DOG KENNEL WHEN YOU NEED IT?!" Luigi asked loudly, angering the dogs.

Big's ears perked up as most of the dogs seemed to be staring up at him. "W-why are all the little doggies looking at me with those eyes?"

"Oh no, I forgot you're a huge cat, Big..." Ike muttered. "...They must be thinking that you're going to be the main meal..."

At this, Big's pupils shrunk and he embraced Ike in a panic. "P-please, don't let them eat me! I-I want to find Froggy before they do so! ...No, wait, that doesn't sound right. Protect me, please!"

Ike began gasping for air. "D-don't...crush...me...with your...killer hugs...please..."

Mario, looking at the panicked Big and the barely conscious Ike, looked serious at the predicament. "Times like this call for desperate measures, everyone."

Peach shook her head. "I-I refuse to hit them, Mario! T-they might be feral dogs, but they're still innocent!"

"Well, that was a pretty close guest, Peach..." Mario said, pointing over at Sonic, who seemed to be grinning at the dogs. "I think Sonic isn't just going to sit down and do nothing."

Peach gasped. "S-Sonic, no!"

"It's giving them a light smack on their head or our skin getting ripped off," Sonic said without facing her. "So please, let me do the first."

"D-don't hurt them too much, okay?"

Sonic sighed. "Fine, fine, I won't hurt them much."

"T-thank you..."

In a matter of seconds, for Peach's horror, they all saw the twenty or so feral dogs' pack being flung to the air by a fast Spin Dash attack. They all whined scared before landing painfully on the ground while Sonic appeared back with the group, crossing his arms coolly. As they stood up, the dogs trembled in fear at the hedgehog before turning around and running away from the scene, hiding back into the alleys.

"That should teach them," Sonic said grinning with a chuckle.

Luigi and Lucas sighed in relief, stopping hugging the closest human shields (being Mario and Ness respectively).

Peach had a hand about to cover her mouth. "B-but...t-that..." she stammered, sighing extremely depressed.

Sonic turned to her. "Whoops, I guess I got a little bit too far..." He noticed Peach wasn't looking at him. "...Sorry?"

"..." Peach stared away with a blank look on her face.

"...Oh, no, please, don't give me the silent treatment!" Sonic said. "I get upset when people don't want to pay any attention to me!"

"Why am I not surprised?" Ness asked, faking amusement.

"You're not helping me out here, so shut up!" Sonic yelled. "Please, don't get so mad at me! I-I admit I have ADHD!"

"Sonic, by curiosity, do you even know what ADHD means?" Chris asked.

"...Not really..." Sonic muttered. "...Please, listen to me! I don't want you to hold a grudge on me, I beg of you!"

Shifting his eyes, Megaman looked to the northern direction where he saw a gate to the power plant. He looked back at the group and cleared his throat a bit to get their attention. "I hate to interrupt, but, there's the way to the power plant right over there."

Peach silently walked towards said direction, Megaman rubbing his chin as he watched her saying nothing to them. Sonic sighed loudly and covered his head. "Great, now she hates me so much..." he muttered.

Mario patted the hedgehog's back. "She'll say something very soon to you, Sonic."

"And if she doesn't, then what?"

"Then you'll have to find a way to apologize to her."

"Sheesh, that really is making me feel much better," Sonic said, sighing once more.

"Make her a cake," Volnutt Kirby said simply.

"Does she like chilli dogs better?"

"A cake is better."

"B-but I dunno how to make a cake myself!"

Big's ears drooped. "You're mean..."

"Thanks, that's something I wanted to hear..."

The group decided to follow the silent princess towards the power plant. Once they crossed the gate, Tron and her Servbots jumped out from the alleys, but it seemed that Tron was completely horrified and scared very much since she was literally embracing herself. The third Servbot noticed her odd behavior and asked, "Miss Tron, are you getting a cold?"

Tron shook her head quite quickly. "N-no, it's not that," she muttered. "I-it's because there are feral dogs in this stinky place..." she whispered, her eyes darting back and forth around the area.

The first Servbot smiled. "Oh, right, you've told us from time to time that you hate dogs," he pointed out. "Why, though? Is it because they seem to hate you?"

"Dogs are, like, evildoers seekers," the second Servbot said. "Too bad there are many of them that get wild for food..."

"...Then, wouldn't that mean they're not evildoers seekers?"

"...Yes, pretty much."

Tron gulped. "L-l-l-l-let's just follow those guys and Megaman before any of those dogs show up...and fast, I say!" she ordered, rushing towards to the east. Not soon after rushing half the way, several feral dogs came from each sides of the street and began barking at the four. The three Servbots and Tron screamed and hugged each other scared. "U-U-UAAAAAAHHH!!!" Tron let out a girly scream. "Y-you Servbots, do something!"

"W-what?!" the second Servbot asked. "We weren't built to deal with feral dogs, Miss Tron!"

"You need to learn how to attack feral dogs!" Tron yelled. "Learn now!"

The first Servbot gulped and took a step forward, facing the dogs with a false serious look. "O-okay, you puppies, I shall be your opponent so you stop scaring Miss Tron!"

Tron sniffed. "P-please, get rid of them!!!" she cried loudly.

"(Miss Tron will be so proud of me if I beat those dogs...and, just maybe, I'll be promoted to a high-ranking leader in the group!)" the first Servbot thought with determination, hoping to achieve big dreams. He took a fighting stance, facing the pack of wild dogs. "A-alright, stupid dogs, I-I'LL SHOW YOU!"

Ten minutes later...

The Smashers and Megaman came back from the direction of the power plant, many of them having discouraged looks. "Bummer," Chris muttered, "the workers up there didn't have any problems with their machines..."

"At least be glad I told them about the wild dogs," Ness said. "Finally, this place is going to have a dog kennel for those stupid dogs."

"I was surprised they never thought about having one, though..." Chip muttered.

After they made it to the center of the Old City, they stopped walking to see several blue arms with yellow hands and blue legs scattered all over the ground. There was also a pendant with a robot skull shape lying on the ground as well. They also found pieces of cloth scattered, which were being pushed away by the wind.

"Were these things here before?" Ike asked.

"Hmm, I don't think so," Megaman said. "But...why do I think I've seen this somewhere before?"

"Beats me," Sonic said. "I don't wanna take trash with me."

"Same here, except I wouldn't consider these things like trash," Mario said. "Let's leave them here."

Luigi looked to the south where another gate was. He pointed towards it. "W-what's behind that gate over there?"

Megaman rubbed his chin. "I think that's the place where the Main Gate is..."

Ness rubbed his hands. "As honorable trans-dimensional tourists, let's see how it looks like. Who knows, maybe we can even find that entrance everyone's been trying to find."

Peach, again, walked towards the gate without saying a word.

Luigi looked worried at Sonic. "I-it's your fault she's like this, Sonic! Y-you apologize to her now!"

Sonic threw his hands up. "I've been trying to, but she's been tuning me down! What do you guys have in mind for her to accept my apologies?!" he asked with desperation.

"Sadly, I think you need to keep trying by yourself," Megaman said skeptically. "I don't know what to do here because I don't know her THAT well like you guys do."

"Oh, this is just great..." Sonic muttered in shame, slapping his face once.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 15, 2010, 03:08:06 PM
Following the blank princess, the group proceeded south through the south gate. After they left the area, somebody else, jumping on one leg, came into the scene where the scattered pieces of arms, legs, and cloth were. The figure was a right hand-less and left legless first Servbot, who sniffed silently to himself as he looked down at the parts on the ground. Picking up a leg he thought was his leg; he turned around and hopped on his only leg all the way to an alley where his other comrades were hiding away.

Hugging her ripped pants, Tron, who had so many scratch marks all over her clothes, face, fake mustache, and hair, was sitting down in a fetal position behind a trash can while the other Servbots' were just heads; heads that were crying toon tears, sitting close to her. The third Servbot came in before tumbling on the ground. He had a tight grip on his supposed leg, and he looked up at the trembling Tron. "M-Miss Tron, please, don't be so scared! T-those dogs aren't around anymore! N-now, please, fix my leg!"

"I-I think she isn't going to talk to you for the moment," whined the first Servbot. "S-she's been in a heavy state of trance ever since one of those bad dogs leaped on her!"

"D-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-dogs...I-I-I hate them all...I-I-I-I hate them..." stuttered Tron as she shivered in complete fear, her eyes darting back and forth.

The second Servbot sniffed sadly. "M-Miss Tron, why did you have to turn out like this? I-it's so sad and so hard for us to see you like this!"

The first Servbot hopped a bit. "Don't you understand? She can't listen to anybody now! She won't listen to us for a pretty long time!"

"Oh no, this became so bad in a span of ten minutes, more or less!" the third Servbot said before looking at the leg he was holding. "...Wait, this isn't my leg! This is your leg!"

The second Servbot smiled sadly. "T-thank you for getting it...now go get my body!"

The third Servbot tossed the leg aside. "T-that's it, we must request Master Teisel's help! We're in a very tight situatio-"

"Not to mention wild dogs' turf!" interrupted the second Servbot.

"E-exactly! It's not going to be too long before they come back to finish us off!"

"U-UAH! TAKE ME AWAY FROM HERE!!!" Tron snapped out, crying loudly.

"S-shh, Miss Tron, shh! Y-you're going to make them come here after we lost them!"

Tron cried silently, trying to stay calm without have any success in doing so.

The third Servbot crawled over to Tron to take out from her jacket a small phone. He recklessly tossed it in front of his face and began dialing a number. After a few seconds, the call managed to connect with the receiver. "M-Master Teisel, sir! W-we need backup immediately!"

"...Babuuuuu?"

The three Servbots blinked in confusion. "...Wait, you called Master Bon, not Master Teisel!" the second Servbot pointed out.

"Oh, no! I made a wrong call!" the third Servbot said.

"...Wait, wait, wait!" the first Servbot interrupted. "D-don't call Master Teisel!"

"W-why?" the third Servbot asked.

"Master Teisel is going to get pretty mad if he sees Miss Tron...like she is now!" he said. "Master Bon is a whole lot nicer than Master Teisel! After all, Master Bon is a little bit...how can I put it? Well...a baby," he muttered. "In any case, don't call Master Teisel so we don't get scolded again!"

"...You're right!" the third Servbot said. "Master Bon is more approachable than Master Teisel! He will understand our condition!" He looked at the phone. "Master Bon, sir! Do you read me?"

"Babu?"

"Y-yes, sir, we're in the middle of some...circumstances..." he said, looking over at the trembling Tron. "Y-you see, Miss Tron and us three were attacked by feral dogs...and they're still around our location!"

"Babu?"

"I-I know she'd rather stay away from puppies, but you do know we're on an important mission to get key-information from the blue boy Megaman!" he said in a panic. "You know, the people Master Teisel could swear that came out from a portal?"

"Babu!"

"E-exactly! W-we need your assistance, Master Bon! Miss Tron can't answer the call because she's practically paralyzed on her spot!"

"Babu, babu, babu, baabuu."

The second Servbot gasped. "W-what does he mean by that? W-why does he want to join our mission?"

"M-Master Bon, why do you want to tag along?" the third Servbot asked.

"Babuuuu! Babu, babu, babu, baabu!"

"Master Teisel is scaring you about those guys, and that he's been in such a fit ever since Miss Tron left yesterday to spy on them, and that he just left, ranting to himself about what to do?"

"Baaaaaaaabuuuuu!"

It was not long before they all heard growling sounds coming from somewhere.

"O-okay, sure! We understand pretty well!" the third Servbot said in desperation. "P-please, Master Bon, come right away! T-those dogs are surely going to eat us alive for sure an-"

Beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeep...

It looked like the phone's signal was cut off.

"..." The third Servbot tapped a button to turn off the phone. Gulping, he looked at his bodyless friends and said, "M-Master Bon hung up on us!"

"R-rest assured! He might be coming for us right away!" the first Servbot said. "Luckily, he'll scare the dogs away and save us from dying!"

The growls became a bit louder than before.

"...M-Master Bon, hurry!" the second Servbot pleaded while his head was grabbed and clutched tighly by Tron.

Music stops

Main Gate's Area

The group was now standing outside the city's walls where the sky was blue instead of a sunset's color. For most of them, it was bizarre to see such a peaceful scenery just behind the Old City's walls. They were all looking at a huge green tower that had no entrances around it, supposedly being the Main Gate.

"Boooooring," Ness said, staring the big tower in front of them. "This is the Main Gate thing? What a letdown. There isn't any entrance to it."

"Well, that's why there's no much importance for it," Megaman said. "But, once it opens up, I bet all Diggers will try to investigate it, and I'll be the first Digger to explore it before anybody else does."

"Why are you sounding so confident?"

Megaman made an embarrassed look. "T-that's because Roll and I are the only Diggers in the whole island right now..."

"Oh, so every other Digger has ignored this island?" Ike asked. "That's kind of sad, but with all the people living in here... No, wait, it's still sad."

"See the bright side," Mario began, "you have the treasure right before your nose without having to hurry and worry for any other Digger."

Megaman smiled a bit. "That's true. I'm sure we can find the entrance to the Main Gate if we look around more."

"What about that...Bonne Family group, was it?" Lucas asked.

"Hmm, maybe I should hurry..."

Chris looked sternly at the Main Gate's tower. "(I can't remember, but there's something else waiting inside that place besides a treasure...and I think it's something very bad...but I'm not so sure anymore...)" He looked down to his right and gasped to see Eggy dropped on the grass. "E-Eggy, oh my god!" he yelled, ducking down to check on the egg's condition. "P-phew, there aren't any cracks on it..."

"Be more careful, Chris," Ike said. "Be glad the egg fell on top of soft grass."

"Y-yes, I'll be more careful now," Chris said. "I'll die emotionally if this little egg breaks apart."

Megaman crossed his arms. "There's nothing else to do here. We should go back now."

Luigi looked scared. "I-I don't want to cross through that Old City place and be assaulted by more wild dogs again!"

Sonic looked at Peach, who turned to look blankly away from him. "Oh, please, you gotta forgive me!" Sonic said before he disappeared and appeared, holding a bunch of flowers taken out from the ground nearby. "Here, have some flowers!"

"..." Peach didn't turn to look at him.

"Talk about a desperate action to get attention," Chip muttered, seeing some bees coming out from the flowers, instantly pinching Sonic's forehead, which made him scream and drop the flowers on the ground while the bees flew away angrily. "Talk about angry bees," he said, watching Sonic rub the spot where the bees pinched him.

Megaman sighed and took out from behind a phone with a round speaker on top. He simply pressed a button to make a call to Roll. He put the phone over his right ear. "Roll, are you there?"

"Hey, Megaman," Roll greeted on the phone. "What, did you find some use for the refractor?"

Megaman looked down where Sonic dropped to the grassy ground, rubbing the spot where the bees pinched him. The blue boy sweat dropped at this while Volnutt Kirby, obliviously, poked Sonic's face in curiosity, making the hedgehog grunt in anger. "Afraid not..." Megaman said. "Can you pick us at the Main Gate's area, though? We don't want to run into those wild dogs in the Old City again."

"Wild dogs? Isn't there a dog kennel or something?"

"...No..."

"...Oh well, sure, I just finished my errand myself. Gramps seems to be talking more with the mayor," Roll said. "Okay, Megaman, I'll head down over there in a few minutes."

"Thanks," Megaman said before hanging up the call.

Old City

Paper Mario: TTYD - Creepy Steeple

Deciding to comfort the princess, Sonic went into the Support Car to make her accept his apology, but she never turned to face her. Everyone else but Sonic was singing together to cheer up the rather depressing atmosphere of the city. "~Forty-five bottles of beer on the wall, forty-five bottles of beer! Take one down, pass it around, forty-four bottles of beer on wall!~" they all sang in unison, Sonic trying to make Peach listen to him but to no avail while the car drove off to the downtown.

The Support Car passed by an alley where the scared Tron and the wary Servbots were hiding away from the feral dogs. Luckily, the third Servbot managed to get everything back to them, including Tron's earring that he put it on her ear by himself before tumbling back on the cold floor. "W-where Master Bon?" the second Servbot asked. "I-I'm so scared! I wanna leave this place!"

"T-they're getting away from here," the first Servbot said. "A-and we're going to start making a home in this place close to hell if Master Bon forgets about us!"

"M-maybe this place is the true manifestation of hell itself, and those dogs are the devils!" the second Servbot said.

"I-it must be that way! I-I'm sure of it!"

"Y-you guys aren't making Miss Tron feel any better than she is now!" the third Servbot said. "Where's the optimism? Where's the love? Where's the hope?"

"I'm a darn head on the floor right now, and you want us to think about those three things?!" the first Servbot argued. "I can't think about optimism in a situation like this! You're lucky you have a leg and an arm!"

"Maybe I am lucky!" the third Servbot asked. "Somebody HAS to be optimistic, right, right, right?!"

"You be the optimistic one while we're all living the true events!" the second Servbot argued, turning to Tron. "Miss Tron, say something!"

"I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I-I hate...d-d-d-d-d-dogs..." Tron stuttered.

"Miss Tron..." the three Servbots said worried.

A big shadow suddenly loomed over the four. The three Servbots blinked and turned to the shadow's direction where an imposing figure stood. They all gasped before noticing that the figure was a comrade of them. "M-Master Bon, you're here!" the second Servbot cried.

The figure before the Servbots was a huge yellow robot, which had broad arms and hands that touched the floor together with a simple set of legs. All of the arms and legs were joined together with the main head, which had a round white face with baby eyes and a metallic yellow pacifier on its mouth. Over its round head, two prongs stuck out, making the robot look like it had horns, and its shoulders had the Bonne Family's emblem. "Baaaabuuuuuuuuu," the robot said, its pacifier moving a bit.

"Master Bon Bonne!" the Servbots cried happily.

Bon Bonne is the youngest member of the Bonne Family, yet he is the largest of them all. Even though Bon is a baby, he is able to work together with Teisel and Tron when raiding islands. Since Bon is still an infant, he's only limited to say "Babu" to talk, and Teisel, Tron, and the Servbot crew only can understand his speech completely. For many, it is unclear if Bon is actually a huge robot, but given his personality, he may be a baby inside a mech suit (otherwise, people would think the Bonne Family is insane and made up a robot with a personality of a baby, which has not been ruled out of the question because of Teisel's personality).

"Babu," Bon said, looking down at them all.

"P-please, Master Bon, you have to help Tron!" the first Servbot said. "She's been like this for a short while, but she doesn't seem to recover at all!"

"Babu!" Bon said, making a happy expression.

"Oh, please, Master Bon, don't laugh at Miss Tron's condition! She's your sister, for god's sake!"

"Babuuuu," Bon said, his expression turning blank.

"...What? You're taking all of us back to the Gesellschaft so we can recover ourselves physically and emotionally? Well, I don't think that's a good idea if Master Teisel is there..."

"Babu."

"He's watching his favorite TV show marathon in his room and he's all locked up? Oh, that changes everything, then!"

"Babu!"

"I wanna go home now!" cried the second Servbot. "I want to go home or a place where wild dogs don't exist!"

The young member of the family grabbed everyone on his arms and walked away from the scene, laughing to himself as Tron practically didn't even move or said anything else rather than trembling in horror and mutter about dogs biting her legs off.

Uptown

Megaman Legends/64 - Uptown

"Sorry, Megaman, but Gramps called me again. He said he needed me to do him a small favor," Roll said. "I don't know what the favor is about, but, would you guys go on without me, please?"

"Yeah, don't worry, Roll," Megaman assured her while everyone got off from the Support Car.

Roll smiled. "Okay then, I'll see you later, you guys!" she said, driving back to the downtown while leaving them all in the Uptown.

Unlike the Old City's creepy atmosphere, the Uptown was actually a much better place. The Uptown itself had many highlights, such as the hospital, the museum of arts and relics (which was closed for the moment), the Kattelox TV Station, and the high luxury homes across the area. To the west of the place, the Lake Jyun's dock awaited visitors to admire the lake, but it seemed that no boats were available to explore the lake.

Ness inhaled the air before exhaling it out. "Aww, the sweet air of high class people... You've got to love that fresh air."

"You can smell that?" Lucas asked.

"Lucas, that was a metaphor. I'm saying this because it's a hundred-fifty percent much better than the dump the Old City area was."

"O-oh, I see..."

"Just make sure Cave Man Ike doesn't break up the TV station's building."

"Hey, I heard that, you!" Ike said angrily. "I have a very careful approach to technology now that I used to!"

"We'll see, because that same place is getting my attention," Ness said, eying the tall green building to their left that had a sign that read "Open to the public anytime! Become famous!" just on its right wall. "Have I ever told you that I always wanted to appear on a TV show and be a big TV star?"

Chris chuckled nervously. "I-I don't want to be a TV star, though. The thought that a whole nation of people will watch you from far away...makes you feel very sick in the stomach."

"I knew you were the kind of people who had stage fright. That's so you."

The beastmaster blushed. "E-everyone has their own weaknesses, okay?"

"Guys, please, focus for a second," Megaman said. "We're here to find some use for the refractor we found. We don't need to distract ourselves with the city itself."

"Oh, okay, then let's suppose somebody in the TV station needs a power source," Ness said. "Now, if there is somebody in there wanting a refractor, then why don't we go there?"

Megaman looked bored and annoyed at Ness. "You're just trying to make an excuse for us to go there, right?"

"Did it work?"

The blue boy sighed. "Okay, let's go in there, then..."

Ness looked at Lucas. "See? This is one of the few moves you call pull out to convince everyone from going to places you want to go. Don't forget it."

"S-sure..." Lucas said unsure before looking to his right. "...C-car!"

Megaman gasped and quickly stepped back before a blue truck could ram him. Instead of stopping, the truck kept driving away to the north. "P-phew, that was a close one," Megaman said.

"It was going to be the second time a car runs over you as well," Mario said. "Watch your step next time."

"I-I will."

Volnutt Kirby looked at the direction the truck went. "Um, why didn't the driver do anything to Megaman?"

Big looked up. "I think I saw the driver clicking on some screen on the wheel... I think it was a phone..."

Chris looked bored. "People text here as well? Isn't it dangerous to drive and text at the same time?"

Suddenly, they heard a car crashing somewhere to the same direction the blue truck had gone to. They all turned to the north where a wheel went bouncing along the street, passing in front of them before rolling away to the south.

Chip frowned, staring forward without interest. "Guys like him get Chipminated so easily, I swear."

"..." Luigi gulped and looked at the others. "C-can we just go to the TV station already?"

Shrugging together, the group crossed two streets and entered the automatic doors of the station while several police cars and an ambulance drove close by towards the north.

KTOX TV Station - Lobby

A very lively feeling usually accompanied the TV station. Enthusiastic TV programmers walked around the lobby while TV fanatics sat down and relaxed while watching different programs on the 2x3 TV screen, right next to the reception desk where a lady awaited anyone who would like to know about their TV schedule. Programs like baseball, forecast, soccer, between many others were broadcast live across the island, and maybe even possibly other islands as well. For the Smashers and Megaman, they would surely stand out from the crowd, or even confused as TV children stars because of how they looked.

"Aww, this reminds me of home," Ness said. "Your favorite children programs can destroy the current programs of today very easily."

"I-I concur!" Chris said. "TV programs aren't like the programs I used to watch when I was younger! Nowadays, they accept anything that looks cartoonish instead of being actually entertaining!"

"Chris, why are you suddenly so fired up?" Mario asked.

"U-Um, sorry, but I just wanted to express myself... P-please, don't tease me about it..."

"T-this remains me that my favorite novel is going to air this Monday," Luigi said, receiving odd looks from some of them. Annoyed by this, he said, "H-hey, you also like novels! Don't be so embarrassed if you watch them alone!"

"Meh, I'd love to watch a lot of TV myself, but I'm a guy who likes to go out more than being a couch potato," Sonic boasted.

"Excuse me? I'm not a couch potato, that's for sure," Ness said. "I can totally picture you being one, though."

"That's not true," Sonic said chuckling before looking at Peach. "You agree with me, don'tcha?"

Peach was still ignoring Sonic as she was deep in thought about the TV station. "I wonder what they broadcast here... Do they broadcast a program where they show fashion designs?"

While Sonic sighed to himself, the receptionist overheard Peach's thoughts. The formally-dressed lady turned to Peach. "We here at KTOX TV Station broadcast a wide variety of programs, ma'am. We broadcast from the latest political news to the most common programs like cartoon animation and live shows. We also have our own fashion design program for those people who'd like to stick with new fads," she explained.

Peach gasped excited. "Oh my, that's so wonderful! I'd love to see a program like that one!"

As the receptionist gave Peach a TV schedule form, Sonic sighed and looked at Mario. "She's doing this on purpose, right? You know, the silent treatment?"

"Of course she is. You're the guy who hits innocent rabid dogs," Mario said.

"T-those dogs were going to attack us! She knew that pretty well! What, did she want to get bitten or something? I don't understand this!"

Suddenly, a desperate TV producer came rushing in from a pink door. Panting heavily, he turned to the receptionist. "W-we're have a problem! The lady who plays the temporal role for Dylan's cousin got sick, and the live show novel can't go on if we don't have a replacement!"

"That is horrible!" the receptionist exclaimed.

"If we let things go like this, 'Parental Love's Conundrum' will lose audience!"

"Parental Love's Conundrum?" Chris repeated.

"That's a live show that is actually a novel," the receptionist said. "We know novels aren't supposed to be live shows, but the director wanted to give it a shot, and the idea was taken very well by the public. We're currently at episode 171, and if there are problems...we're afraid that the show would lose its reputation."

"A-aaaaaaah!" the TV producer yelled, pointing at a shocked Peach. "T-that woman! S-she's perfect for a replacement!"

"What?" everyone else said in unison.

The TV producer went over to Peach and grabbed both of her hands. "Please, I beg you! You're the only one who can save this novel from going bankrupt!" He showed her some papers with dialogue written on it. "Can you try to learn these lines, please?! The show will begin in an hour!"

Peach was still a bit startled by the sudden proposal, but her eyes were already studying the papers. "U-um, I guess I can give it a shot..." Peach muttered.

"E-excellent!" the TV producer said, dragging the princess away from the group while she didn't let go of the papers on her hands. "We need to prepare everything right away! Every second counts, so you need to memorize those lines! Don't worry about working for more days here! This is going to be the first and last time you'll appear on national TV!" he was yelling before he slammed the door behind them.

The Smashers and Megaman could only blink in surprise to the direction Peach and the desperate TV producer went. The receptionist, however, sighed in relief and smiled at them. "Thank you so much for bringing your friend here! This means a lot for KTOX TV Station! Please, do tune the live show novel in an hour. You're free to watch it right here in the lobby." She gasped. "Oh, sorry, I need to attend some important meetings. Please, excuse me!" she said, walking away to a door where she left the lobby.

"...I see it and don't believe it," Luigi muttered.

"Did Peach just...get a starring role at a novel we barely know about?" Lucas asked.

"She so did that, and she just needed to be here to get it..." Chip said. "...I wanna have a starring role!"

"I-I'm confused. What's a live show novel?" Ike asked, everyone ignoring his question.

"...What do we do now? I'm confused..." Big trailed off.

"Since she's going to be busy...and that she'll probably want to come with us and see what else is there in the Uptown... I suppose we need to wait here for her to finish," Mario said. "Let's sit down at the lobby and watch the novel she's going to appear."

"Oh well, we don't have anything else to do but watch that novel," Luigi said.

"You're just happy that you're going to watch a novel," Sonic teased.

"S-shut up! N-novels teach you how to be very understandable about girls' feelings, anyway!"

A light bulb appeared above Sonic, scaring Luigi a bit. "Hmm, is that so? Don't mind if I stay around, then!" he said, quickly appearing on top of a chair, watching carefully the various TV shows on the sixteen TVs on the wall.

"You know, it looks kind of cute to see Sonic so desperate to get Peach to listen to him," Chris admitted.

"Again, Chris, Sonic might be suffering from ADHD in reality," Ness reminded the beastmaster.

Uptown

Just behind the KTOX TV Station building, three small figures, a tall one, and a huge one appeared. The three repaired Servbots, a partially rehabilitated Tron, and a mustache-wearing Bon seemed to be looking for Megaman's group. "Miss Tron, it's a miracle you were able to recover from your state of trance caused by those bad dogs," the second Servbot said.

"S-shut up!" Tron yelled angrily. "I don't wanna hear about dogs, wolves, or puppies right now! What I want to hear right now is about those people that are going around with Megaman!"

"Babu?" Bon asked.

"Yeah, the guys Teisel was talking about," Tron said. "Since you guys said they all left the place closest to hell that is called the Old City, it'd be natural that they'd be around these parts! After all, we spied on them last night!"

The third Servbot gulped. "M-Miss Tron, don't be so mad anymore! There aren't any do-I-I mean, roaming beasts around the Uptown like in the Old City!"

"Ugh, don't remind me about that place as well!"

"I-I'm sorry!"

"Anyway, let's look around for those guys! My instincts are telling me that they must be around here somewhere! We just need to look around carefully. Everyone has their mustaches and glasses on?"

"Right, Miss Tron!" the three Servbots said, putting on fake mustaches with glasses that Tron put on as well.

"Babu!" Bon said in confirmation.

Tron nodded. "Good, now let's go into the TV station."

The three Servbots and Bon gasped. "A-are you sure our disguises will work, Miss Tron?" the first Servbot asked.

"Yeah, now let's go!" Tron said angrily, running around the walls before she made it to the front entrance.

The three Servbots exchanged glances while Bon silently walked to the front of entrance. "Yeesh, Miss Tron is surely in a bad mood," remarked the first Servbot.

"I bet our gruesome memory with the wild dogs will keep haunting us in our dreams, and that'd mean Miss Tron will never forget it!" the third Servbot said.

The second Servbot gulped. "L-let's hope the best happens, okay?"

"Okay," the other two Servbots said before running all the way to the front entrance, joining up with Tron and Bon.

KTOX TV Station - Lobby

Once entering the building, none of the people working at the station recognized the blatantly obvious disguises they were wearing over their faces. They all seemed to be buying the Bonnes' disguises pretty well, allowing the five to sneak inside without raising suspicion. Leading them, Tron walked into the lobby towards the empty reception desk. She looked around for a bit. "Hmm, now where would those guys be?"

The second Servbot gasped and pointed to the right side of the place, where the lobby was located. "M-Miss Tron, there they are, sitting on the chairs around those tables!"

Tron looked to her right where she gasped silently. She saw Megaman, Mario, Luigi, Chris, and Ike sitting around a table (with Volnutt Kirby sitting on Chris's lap) while Sonic, Chip, Big, Ness, and Lucas were sitting around another table close to them, all of them watching the different TV shows broadcast on the six TVs to the right all of the reception.

"Yes, I knew they were going to be around the Uptown," muttered Tron to her little team. "We need to eavesdrop a little bit more to see where they'll be planning to go next."

"M-more?" the first Servbot whined.

"Yes, more, now shut up and look for a table close to them so we can hear them nice and clear!"

"Rooogeeer!" all the Servbots muttered with a salute.

Back with the group...

"We've been here for fifty minutes now, and that novel hasn't started yet," said Sonic as he played with a little paper ball he made out of a newspaper's page.

"Only ten minutes for the show to air," Luigi said. "Hmm, I wonder if the camera will make Peach look a bit too fat as they say?"

"Cameras mess your appearance really badly on TV, or so I heard," Ness commented while the Bonnes were silently walking in front of them. "I think that's a misconception."

"It surely is," Megaman commented.

The Bonnes silently sat down on a table close to them, except for Bon who had to sit down on the floor due to his size. He crossed his legs and looked at Bon while they were picking up some newspapers to cover their faces even more than before. "Babu?" he asked.

"Shh, be quiet, Bon," Tron whispered.

"Babu," Bon whispered silently.

Naturally, one of the Smashers was fixing his gaze towards the unusual group, that Smasher being Volnutt Kirby. The puffball blinked at the five Bonne members before he pulled Chris's collar to get his attention. Chris looked down at Volnutt Kirby where he was pointing at the Bonnes. Gasping silently, Chris tapped Mario's right shoulder to get his attention, who saw Chris pointing at the Bonnes. This soon caused Mario to get Luigi's attention, who then got Megaman's attention, who then signaled the others on the other table to look at the Bonnes.

Soon, the group was staring towards the Bonnes' direction.

"...They're pretty quiet, Miss Tron," muttered the first Servbot. "What should we do?"

"S-shut up, they're surely thinking about very important stuff right now!" hissed Tron silently. "For once, don't talk back to me!"

"O-okay, Miss Tron. We understand."

The group kept staring in silence at the Bonnes before Ness sighed loudly. "Seriously, are these guys for real?" he asked loudly.

"Ooh, I wonder who these guys are," the second Servbot wondered. oblivious about their watchers. "They must be some very important people for sure."

"Shh!" the third Servbot hissed.

The Smashers sweat dropped in unison.

Lucas looked worried at Ness. "A-aren't they the same people we met back at the Cardon Forest area?" he whispered.

"Lucas, of course they're the people," Ness whispered. "And did they really think their ridiculous disguises would fool us that easily? Back at the mansion, since he amuses himself quite a lot by people like them, Pikachu is surely laughing his butt off! Actually, I think he's doing that right now!"

"Well, we didn't meet the big robot guy, that's for sure," whispered Sonic, aiming his gaze at Bon. "Maybe he's a security robot."

"Babu," Bon muttered.

"Bon, quiet!" Tron whispered.

"Hmm, big guy, what should we do?" whispered Chip to Big. "Should we Chipminate them for real? I've got my machine guns ready here."

Big shuddered. "I-I don't wanna see a bloodshed in here!" he muttered in fear.

"Aww, c'mon, dude, we gotta jump on them and show them who the boss is!" Chip whispered.

Big covered his head. "N-no, don't make me!"

"Chip, shut the hell up!" Sonic whispered. "You're scaring Big!"

Luigi looked concerned at Megaman. "H-hey, what should we do? Should we get their attention, or should we call the police?"

"U-um, I'm not sure," Megaman said unsure. "They don't seem to be causing any trouble..."

"But, Megaman, I thought they were the bad guys," whispered Chris. "Isn't your duty to turn them to the police?"

"I-it's just that I want to go easy on them..."

"For crying out loud, they almost destroyed the city!" Ness whispered. "Do you want to let them go on the loose and cause another rampage?"

"N-Ness, I thought you thought that they looked very harmless," Lucas whispered.

"Well, they do look harmless, but they surely messed themselves up, causing the city to mess itself up as well."

"...What?"

"F-forget about that, Luc! Look, the thing is, we need to do something about these creepy stalkers!" Ness whispered. "They DO look like they're going to keep following us everywhere! Would you rather let them do what they want to do with us, or do you want to stop them right now?"

Megaman pushed his chair aside and stood up. "I'll go talk to them," he said determined, walking around the table towards the oblivious Bonnes.

Mario looked at Luigi. "Prepare yourself, Luigi. We might have to fight them here."

Luigi gulped. "I-I wish we don't end up doing that, Mario..." he whispered.

The group turned towards Megaman. The blue boy calmly walked towards Tron, who seemed to be faking reading her newspaper. Megaman turned to look at the group before he turned back at Tron.

"...Okay, fine, I'm getting impatient here," Tron muttered. "Those guys have been pretty silent for a long time now."

The three Servbots and Bon lowered their newspapers, turning completely still after they saw Megaman standing in front of Tron.

"...You guys, don't let them see your faces!" Tron whispered angrily. "What if they find out that we're not citizens of this island?"

The pirate engineer saw a face peeking out from the top of her newspaper. Tron stared up blankly at Megaman, who seemed to be a bit confused at the whole deal. The two remained staring at each other for a while before Tron began showing traces of blushes on her cheeks. "Um, hey..." Megaman trailed off.

"...U-um..."

It seemed as if Tron had entered a new world where her feelings ran amok without worries. Her heart began beating faster than usual, and she could've sworn that she could fly away into the blue and sing along with the birds as much as she wanted. If the moment to step into heaven's love was now, Tron had t-

"KYAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Tron let out a fearsome yelp, startling everyone in the lobby.

"U-uah!" Megaman tumbled back to the floor.

Tron panted heavily as she tossed her newspaper away. "W-what the heck is wrong with you, honestly?!" she demanded at Megaman. "I-I was reading that newspaper, and you came out of nowhere and looked down at me! W-what a freak!"

"W-wait, no, that's not what I meant to do!" Megaman said in his defense.

Tron stood up and put her hands on her hips. "I'm just a regular citizen wanting to have some peace, but you just decided to ruin it by stalking me!" She pointed down at him. "You better apologize to me now before I call the cops!"

"Okay, that is IT!" Ness yelled, throwing his hands up before pointing at Tron. "If you think you can fool us with those disguises, you're dead wrong! We know it's you, the girl who yelled at us back at the Cardon Forest place!"

Tron gasped and chuckled nervously. "U-Um, la sir, please, moi just 'appened to meet you all today... Moi haven't seen you around before..."

"You can stop using that fake French accent now," said Ness. "You should've used that accent right after scolding Megaman."

"M-Miss Tron, our covers were blown away!" the second Servbot said worried.

"S-shut up, you!" Tron yelled.

"It is pretty obvious that it's you," Chris said ashamed. "Continuing to impersonate another person would just make you look like idiots..."

"Y-you're calling me an idiot? I'll have you know that I have a pretty high IQ of 180!"

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Doesn't even match Eggman's IQ, then," he muttered.

Ness looked amused. "Wow, I wonder if you even use your brain correctly for having an IQ like that."

Tron blushed embarrassed. "Y-you're trying to tease me or something?! That's it!" she yelled, taking off her fake glasses and fake mustache that she threw to a nearby trash can. "Alright, it's me, Tron!"

"That's...something everyone here knew already," Ike pointed out.

"Shut up!" Tron yelled before glaring at Megaman (while she seemed to blush a bit). "Y-you are gonna get it this time, Megaman!"

"W-what?" Megaman asked obliviously.

"Don't play with me here!" Tron yelled. "I know that those guys that are traveling with you aren't from this place at all!"

At this, the Smashers looked away.

"But I also know that they're a real threat to our plans, so we're gonna stop you from pestering us!"

"Babu!" Bon proclaimed, raising his big arms.

"You say it, Master Bon!" cheered the first Servbot.

Megaman looked worried at the confident Tron. "O-okay, I know you're mad that I have friends to help me out in my digs...right?"

"And also because they beat my poor Servbots to death back at the Cardon Forest!" Tron pointed out.

"Um, Miss Tron, we didn't exactly die... We kind of run away from them," muttered the third Servbot.

Tron ignored him. "Whatever you guys will do after this will mean a lot of problems to us!" she said angrily. "Since we're all here to confront you and your portal friends, it's time for you to say good bye!"

"Right, Miss Tron!" the three Servbots cheered.

Music stops

A dead silence fell in.

Tron blinked a bit at this, seeing that everyone kept staring blankly at her. She didn't like the silence at all since she wanted to hear another reply from Megaman or the Smashers. "...What's with the silence?" Tron asked angrily.

"Well...are you truly ready to fight us all in here?" Mario suddenly asked. "I mean, do you have something in hands to fight?"

"Of course I..." Tron trailed off. "...O-oh, a-ah, well..."

Sonic looked miffed. "Reckless..."

"I-I wasn't reckless!" Tron argued. "W-well, f-for your information, I-I do have something you can fight against!"

Luigi looked around. "W-where is it?"

"W-wait for it to be ready, okay?" Tron asked angrily before turning to her group. "You guys, let's scram from this place before I get sick of seeing them!"

"Babu!" Bon said, standing up.

"But, Miss Tron, that's it?" the first Servbot asked. "I think we did a very bad move in coming in here."

"We didn't!" Tron yelled. "Now let's go before I think about what to do to your breakfast!"

The Servbots gasped at this that they stood up and quickly ran away from the lobby, followed by Bon who merely walked away to the exit. Grunting, Tron turned to glare at Megaman, pointing a finger straight to his nose. "You better get ready 'cause, next time, we won't be so nice to you!"

"...Okay?" Megaman responded.

"Ugh!" Tron grunted before she sprinted towards the exit and left the lobby with a confused bunch of people.

"..." Volnutt Kirby looked up at Chris. "Do we chase them?"

"Somehow, I think I'm starting to understand why Megaman wants to go easy on them..." Chris muttered.

"I know," Ike began, "that's because we all think they're a bit...pathetic, right?"

"They make you wonder how they became a threat to this place," Ness said in boredom. "Are you sure the people of this island aren't that clueless about how to preserve peace?"

"I'm pretty sure they aren't like that," Megaman said. "But, trust me when I'm saying that the Bonnes know how to attack."

"Yeah, sure, they SURE seem to know how."

"...Oh, hey, look," Megaman said, pointing towards the TV screen. "The novel is about to start."

"Oh, it is," Luigi said. "I hope Peach does a good job."

The Smashers decided to ignore that they ever met the Bonnes, shifting their attention towards the TV screen.

Fifty-five minutes later...

Gesellschaft - Teisel's Room

High atop the skies of Kattelox Island, a huge green airship soared the clouds, wary of any events on the island. It was the Bonne Family's Gesellschaft, their main method of transportation for the skies. The ship looked fat and enormous, with the appearance of that of a big fish with red eyes and a metallic mouth. Much of the upper part of the ship was covered in green steel while very little of the lower part was covered in white steel. Cannons and grenades were usually located at the sides of the ship should the Bonnes would want to make an aerial assault on other airships.

Since the Gesellschaft was huge, it had many different areas. It ranged from the storage, deck, engine, and headquarters room to Tron's room, Teisel's room, gym, cafe, and the Torture Room (where supposedly lazy Servbots would be punished, the room being frequently visited each day).

In Teisel's room, it looked as if a library had taken over his personal place. His room looked very expensive-looking with lined books touching the floor and ceiling in countless of book shelves. An expensive picture hung on the front side, depicting some rich family while a sofa, a table, and a flat screen TV were in front of the picture. On the sofa, Teisel, the man Megaman had defeated earlier, sighed as he watched in pleasure his favorite TV novel: Parental Love's Conundrum.

"Dylan, my dear," spoke a familiar princess's voice on the speakers, "you shouldn't have told the only woman who cared about you to leave you alone. She was a very nice girl."

"You don't understand, Margaret!" the actor, Dylan, said with enthusiasm. "She tried to poison me at that party we had! How could you be forgiving that filthy...rat?"

"She wouldn't do that to you, ever! Why, she has the purest behavior I've ever seen before in my life! Even if your parents and you disapprove of her, you should admit that you were in love with her!"

"B-but..b-but..."

"Oh my god, the tension is rising!" Teisel spoke, grabbing a napkin from the table. "Dylan's sister has such an appreciable and clever approach, I swear... I-I've never seen such performance played by an actress like her before! She's just...brilliant!"

"Listen to yourself, Dylan," spoke the woman. "Listen and tell apart what is right and what is wrong. You should know better than true love blooms when your heart says so. Your parents shouldn't have any control over your feelings for other women...special women like Relyna..."

"...Y-you're right, Margaret..." the man spoke, trying his best not to sob. "Every time I looked at Relyna...it's just as if I had entered a new world of possibilities open only for me..."

"Then...please, go with her, Dylan," the woman spoke softly. "Apologize to her, you know what you have to do. You must regain her confidence in you!"

"But then...who would go to such lengths to poison me? Who would go so far as to kill me for good?"

"...Dylan...I think I know the answer..."

"You do?"

"...It's...your parents... They tried to blame Relyna by trying to convince you from marrying her..."

Teisel gasped in shock. "O-of course, it all starts to make sense now! Those bastards of his parents, trying to pit the blame on the only girl he loved so much!"

"N-no, my parents would never do such a thing!" Dylan yelled. "Why?!"

"Dylan, listen to me! They don't care about you anymore. They only care about your family's blood! They don't want the likes of her to mix with us. Your parents never, ever cared about you at all!"

"Oh my god!" Teisel yelled with enthusiasm. "T-the plot is thickening so hard now!"

"...My parents...t-they...t-they must..."

"I can't do anything else for you, Dylan. You must confront your parents and tell them your mind! Don't let them control your life any longer!"

"Y-you're right, Margaret. I must step up and face them...for Relyna...and for my future..."

"Please, go now. They must be taught a lesson."

"Thank you so much, Margaret. If it weren't for you, Relyna and I wouldn't have been ever in love any longer..."

"But, you're going to be the one who ends up doing the most," Margaret said. "I know you will recover everything you lost because of them."

"Thank you... Now, I must go and tell my parents to stop hating Relyna."

"Please do, and never forget that Relyna still believes in you, Dylan..."

Teisel remained speechless, blowing his nose on his napkin before the novel's airtime had ended. "And that concludes our episode 171 for Parental Love's Conundrum. Please do stay tuned tomorrow for another heartwarming episode where we'll see how Dylan faces his parents. This is Stein Tun from KTOX TV Station, good afternoon," the announcer said before Teisel turned off the TV.

"...Hee, hee...hee, hee...AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Teisel laughed maniacally before grinning wide. "God, the performance of that actress was just...phenomenal! I've never seen such a talented natural born actress like her doing such an important debut on TV! Man, I can't wait to see what will happen tomorrow! I need to TiVo that if I happen to lose watching it!"

...

"...Wait, didn't they just say that the actress was temporal?" Teisel asked to himself before gasping. "T-they can't be serious! She acted so natural on TV that I almost thought the novel was a real story! Oh no, those producers need to understand that she must stay for a little time longer!" He stood up and pumped a tight fist. "Alrighty, they are gonna get a special visit from me! No idiot in the world of the media will drop a talented actress like her down unless I say so myself! Yes, I can already see her appearing in all my novels from Mondays to Fridays! Aha, aha, AAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Gesellschaft - Hallway

A duo of Servbots walked close to Teisel's room through the dirty hallway, hearing the leader of the Bonnes laughing hysterically to himself. The two Servbots smiled at this and looked at each other. "You've gotta love Master Teisel's moments. He's so full of energy whenever he watches his favorite TV novels."

"Yeah, it's that same spirit that fuels him with new creative ideas to raid islands," the other Servbot spoke before the two walked away from Teisel's door, the maniac still laughing in his usual high-pitched laugh.

KTOX TV Station – Lobby

Megaman Legends/64 – Uptown

After the novel had ended, Luigi was brought to tears, taking countless of napkins from a nearby pile of them he had brought for himself. "S-she was so natural..." he muttered, blowing his nose on a napkin. "Peach has got talent to be in novels..."

Cheers suddenly hollered behind the door Peach had gone into. From what they could tell, the TV station's workers were cheering Peach's name many times before the door slammed open, and a formally dressed Peach (who wore a brown coat with a short brown skirt, together with her hair pulled into a ponytail) walked out with the same TV producer that dragged her into the studio. It looked like the producer was trying to convince her from staying since he was practically grabbing both of her hands. "Please, I beg you! You have a face compatible for any kind of scene, young lady! Don't leave, please!"

"I-I'm sorry, sir, but I have other matters to do," Peach said with a nervous chuckle. "It was a very pleasing experience to play a role for a novel, bu-"

"You could become very famous in a matter of days!" the TV producer interrupted. "You could even become so rich!"

"S-sorry, but I'm already rich in many ways as it is," Peach said, putting the TV producer in shame. "But...maybe I could come back someday."

The TV producer let go of her hands. "Don't do this to us..." he muttered before sighing. "Fine, we can't force people to work for us... I guess that's what they say about 'too good to be true', then."

Peach nodded. "Even so, thank you so much for choosing me, sir."

The man shed a tear and wiped it away. "O-of course, young lady, of course..." he sniffed silently to himself before he walked back into the door and closed it behind. Soon enough, the people walking around the lobby began applauding the princess for her job at the novel, making Peach blush.

"Goodness," Chris began, "she looks very...business-like in those clothes. It's like she took law school and passed it with honors and flying colors."

Luigi wiped some tears away. "T-that's our Peach..."

The princess walked back to the group with clasped hands over her chest. By the looks of it, she seemed very happy about her latest experience. "Everyone, I'm back," she said before making a happy expression. "You wouldn't believe how different I felt when the cameras started rolling!"

Luigi grabbed her hands and shook them up and down. "P-Peach, you were brilliant on TV! You brought me to tears even if I haven't watched the previous 170 episodes!"

"Was I?" Peach asked, giggling a bit at the remark.

"It looks like you had a very good time," Mario said. "First, you got to explore ruins, and then you got a starring role on national TV."

"Damn, girl, you're on fire!" Chip said, grinning coolly. "You Chipminate the masses with your face!"

"I'm starting to wonder what the true definition of 'Chipminate' is..." Sonic muttered in boredom.

As she hugged Luigi, Peach looked at them. "I can't believe so many nice things are happening to me in this world," she said. "I just can't wait to see what else happens next!"

Big made a happy expression. "She looks so happy and enthusiastic. It makes me happy and enthusiastic as well." He gasped and looked up. "Maybe I'll find Froggy again!"

"Oh well, I guess that'll happen eventually," Sonic said before turning to Peach. "I don't like novels myself, but darn, you were very good on TV."

"Everyone, let's go out and see the Uptown," Peach suggested, apparently ignoring the hedgehog. "I'm pretty sure something else is awaiting us, and I'm so excited to see what it'll be."

Sonic closed his mouth tight, his lips making a wave-like motion before he slammed his face on the table. "Please, don't tell me she's still mad at me..." he muttered.

"I...I think so..." Lucas said.

"I told you not to... Oh, whatever."

Ike crossed his arms and inspected Peach's new clothes. "Are you sure you want to go around like that?"

Peach thought for a brief moment. "Hmm, these clothes sure do feel nice, but...I'm more used to my usual dresses," she said. "I think I left my clothes back at the studio. I'll be right back." She turned around and walked back into the studio through the door.

"Oh my god, she's back!" the TV producer was heard yelling.

"S-sorry, I just came for my clothes to exchange these."

A whole multitude of groans echoed in the set for a long while.

Megaman sweat dropped at this and chuckled. "Guess they see her as an angel for novels of the sort..."

Volnutt Kirby smiled happily. "I'm so happy for her," he said.

"Me too, Kirby, me too," Chris concurred.

Uptown

The Smashers walked outside of the station, walking across the street where they reached a nearby plaza where the island museum was. The museum was probably the largest building in the entire place. It had long light brown walls with high-expensive windows, with a nice set of brown double doors as an entrance.

"Hmm, I wonder if I can submit our findings to the museum," Megaman wondered, walking to the double doors to open. However, for his dismay, the museum was closed. "Oh, rats, it's closed."

"We might have to come sometime later," Ike said. "There's a lot to do in here, right?"

Chip turned to his right where a 3-story building, the hospital, occupied a portion of a square. "Can we go there and see how people scream for their live-"

"Chip, stop it there," Sonic interrupted. "I don't see why we need to go in that hospital."

"R-right," Lucas said. "I don't think there's some kind of use for the refractor in that place either..."

"Then, where do we go?" Chris asked. "There are nothing else than luxurious houses around the Uptown. The museum is closed, we already visited the TV station, and the hospital...doesn't seem to be the place I'd like to be..."

Mario rubbed his chin. "Isn't there some kind of dock at the west of here?" he reminded them.

"Well, that's the last place we could go to... I guess we should head over there."

Peach suddenly gasped, taking out from behind a small lipstick. "Oh no, I forgot to put this back at the station."

"Um, I don't think they'll be missing this lipstick, Peach..." Luigi muttered.

"Maybe...but I feel a bit guilty for taking it out without permission..."

"Just take it with you," Sonic said.

"..."

"Take it with you, Peach. It won't hurt," Mario seemed to be rephrasing Sonic's words.

"Okay..." muttered Peach as she kept the lipstick with her while Sonic smacked his forehead for the twentieth time in the day.

The group decided to go west where they climbed a slope to some small squares with firm grass, overlooking the whole Uptown. The Smashers stared back to the Uptown to see the sight from high up the slopes.

To their right, they found an artist girl painting the hospital building into a canvas. The brown-haired wore a purple hat, and she also wore purple clothes, blue pants, and brown shoes. She seemed to be very focused on her painting, something the Smashers could see very plainly on their spot. The painting, however, looked as if it needed something else.

"I guess there's people who like hospitals," Sonic said.

"Hmm...something's missing..." the woman muttered. "What do you think I should add?"

"...Wow, she noticed us without turning around," Chip said.

"Well, we're talking behind her back. Of course she'd hear us," Ness said.

"So, what should I add to the painting?" the woman asked.

"Some talent," Sonic said.

"What did you say?"

"E-er, don't listen to him! He's not that good giving good critique to paintings!" Chris said.

"Never mind, then..." the woman muttered without turning at them.

Megaman took a closer look at the hospital's painting. It was easy for him to tell that the painting lacked red color because of the fact that a long red line covered the upper part of the hospital while a sign on a pole close to it needed red color as well. "You should add some red," Megaman suggested.

"Really?  You think so?" she asked, examining her painting. "I'm fresh out of red, which is why I haven't been using it, but...I suppose it is a little drab, but there's nothing wrong with this colder look either."

"So that's why it needed some tal-umumumuum!" Sonic's mouth was quickly blocked by Chris.

"Red..." Peach trailed off before taking out her lipstick, which was a red color. "Hmm, would this help, maybe?"

"A...lipstick as paint substitute?" Megaman said before he took the lipstick from Peach and showed it to the painter. "Would this help?"

"Could I borrow that for a second?" the painter asked, actually taking the lipstick before Megaman could reply. She suddenly started painting the little drabs where red color was needed with the lipstick. It was a matter of time before she finished the hospital's painting. "That's it! That's perfect!" she said.

Lucas looked at the painting. "It is good..." he admitted.

The woman turned to them with a smile on her face and bowed. "That's exactly what it needed! Thank you so much!" she looked at her watch on her right wrist. " Oh, would you look at the time! I'd better get going!"

The girl quickly grabbed the painting's frame and began running down the slope's street towards the direction where the museum was.

"...And she never gave the lipstick back," noted Big.

"Now I feel more guilty than before," Peach said. "Oh well, it couldn't be helped..."

"Look at how she goes into the distance," Chip said. "She's running like Sonic."

"Pfft, yeah, right," Sonic said, rolling his eyes.

"But...wasn't the museum closed?" Ike asked. "I hope she doesn't get mad."

"Why'd she be mad after finishing her painting and stealing a lipstick?" Ness asked. "She looked pretty happy."

"Maybe the museum got opened again?" Mario asked. "Should we go back?"

"Well..." Megaman looked behind where an elevator on the very edge of the Uptown was found, taking anyone down to the dock. "...I've got a feeling that the museum got open...so let's go back."

Ness sighed. "I'm a bit tired..."

"Oh, please, you were sitting on a chair for an hour straight, so quit complaining," Sonic said.

Once the group got back to the museum, they found out it was open with its double doors open to the public.

"What do you know, it did get open," Luigi said.

Megaman smiled at this. "Okay, let's find some curator inside to turn in our findings. I can't wait to see what we'll get from this."

Museum

Megaman Legends/64 – Museum

When the group entered the museum, they were met by a wide room where different paintings, sculptures, and other kinds of masterpieces rested on walls, on the floor, and even the ceiling. A small reception desk was situated in front of a spiral staircase, leading to the second floor of the museum.

"Looks sophisticated to me," Sonic commented.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 20, 2010, 07:21:33 AM
A woman stood behind the podium. Upon seeing the group, she bowed at them. "Welcome to Kattelox Museum," she greeted. "Please, do look around at the fabulous displays of art we have for the public to see, such as that big painting over there," she said, directing them to look to the left where a big painting depicting some kind of Egyptian-looking monster with purple hair was facing a small blue warrior in front of it. There was a big red eye between the two that somehow seemed familiar...

"Nice...painting," Ike said.

"That painting was apparently found in a ruin somewhere... It looks like the person wearing blue armor is fighting with a frightening monster!" she said. "I wonder what the thing that looks like an eye there is supposed to symbolize?"

"Hmm, maybe there's a deeper meaning to that painting," commented Megaman.

Lucas blinked and approached the painting, examining the little blue warrior on it. He tilted his head and looked towards Megaman, then looked at the warrior, then looked at Megaman, then looked back at the warrior until he looked back and forth between the two, finding some kind of comparison. "...N-no, of course not..." he muttered.

Chris looked at the other displays. "..." He looked at the spiral staircase. "What's up there?"

"That's where the art gallery of the museum is, where the curator can found," the receptionist said. "Currently, we're looking for ancient artifacts and relics to display in the upper floor. Anything would help as long as it's an interesting finding."

Megaman turned to them while Lucas walked back. "The curator should accept what we found in the ruins. Let's go."

The group walked up the spiral staircase until they reached the second floor. The second floor only had a red mattress with a long, circular table that awaited any kinds of relics to be displayed. Just in front of the staircase's end, the table where the curator was sitting behind was situated there. When the group looked at the curator, they found out it was the same painter girl from before.

The girl smiled at them. "Hi there! Thanks for helping me out before!"

"Oh, it's you," Mario said, "the same girl who was painting a portrait for the hospital."

"Thanks to all of you, I was able to finish my painting! I just paint for fun in my spare time. My real job is here, working as the curator... Why don't you take a look around?"

Big looked around the empty table surrounding the staircase. "...There's nothing in here..."

The curator sighed. "I know there's not much here, but we haven't had much luck getting new artifacts because not many Diggers are doing any digs. It's kind of depressing and a big letdown. If there was some kind of Digger who would bring artifacts in here...I'd be glad to display anything in here. It could attract people."

Megaman pointed at himself. "I'm a Digger."

"You're a Digger? Oh my, am I lucky today!" she said. "If you find anything interesting on one of your digs, could you bring it here and show it to me?  If it's really good, I could display it here! Of course, I'll give you some rewards in exchange for them. I'm not too shabby, you know."

"Actually, I've got two," Megaman said, showing her the metallic bone and the decrepit doll that he put on the desk in front of her.

The curator took a closer look at the doll. "What?  Did you really find that underground?  If you did, it's an incredible discovery... I wonder what something like this would be doing underground...Oh, well, why don't we call it a 'Human Doll'... It could be someone's idea of a joke, but..." She looked at the bone. "What's that you've got there?  It looks like a bone or something... Oh, well, a lot of the people who come here are into strange things like this... It doesn't look like much, but if you want, I can display it here... I'll call it an 'Ancient Digging Tool'... What do you say?

"Fine with me. You can take all those."

"Thank you so much!" the curator said in gratitude. "I bet there are a lot of people who'll come to see this! I'll put them right away!" She took the relics and put them on different places of the table. She walked back to her desk and rested her hands on it. "Well, thank you! I hope these artifacts attract people to the museum. Since you helped, here are your rewards."

--

"Thanks for helping out again," the curator said with a small bow. "Can I count on you to fetch some artifacts?"

"I don't mind, so yeah," Megaman said.

"Alright! I can't wait to fill this room with ancient relics and such!" She took out several papers from under the desk. "Well, come here again when you've found more artifacts. I'll be writing the relics' descriptions right away."

Ness looked amused at this. "Well, well, Megaman, you're going to be the only guy in the whole island to contribute this museum with artifacts. How does it feel to be the only Digger guy to do this task?"

"A-are you trying to make me mad?" Megaman asked in disbelief.

"It just worked, so yeah."

"Hmmmmmm," Megaman did a long grumbling sound, echoing in the art gallery.

The curator stopped writing and looked concerned at him. "Please, don't do that! This space is so empty that anything can be echoed!"

"If that's right, then you just did a long echo," Mario pointed out.

"O-oh, yes, my bad..." the curator said embarrassed.

Uptown

Megaman Legends/64 – Uptown

"Well," Chris began as the group walked outside the museum, "what do we do now? The last place we have yet to visit is the dock."

"Obviously, we're going there," Megaman said. "There wouldn't be any use for the refractor we have for the museum."

Sonic waved a finger in disagreement. "Nah, it could be pretty much used as a power source for the museum's light. Plus, it'd be a little nice relic to donate. You're a nice guy, aren't ya?"

"I-I'm not THAT nice!" Megaman protested.

Some of them laughed at the little embarrassing moment. Hearing that they were laughing, Sonic turned to Peach in hopes to see some giggles...but she was busy petting a little blue bird that had landed on her firm palm. "...OH, FOR THE LOVE OF GOD, STOP DOING THIS TO ME!" Sonic blared loudly, startling Peach and the bird that had just flown away by his loud yell. He, in a split second, grabbed her hands so she could look down at him. "You've gotta give me a break, please! I can't stand this anymore! Do you think I like people to have grudges on me?!"

"Doesn't Dr. Eggman have a very big on-"

"Shut up, Chris!" Sonic yelled at Chris before he turned back at Peach. "What do you want me to do?! I'd do anything so you stop ignoring me! Respond to my little heart, respond to it!"

"He seems so desperate enough to use cheesy wor-"

"You shut up!" interrupted Sonic to Ness before turning back at Peach. "What do you want me to do?! I can't stand all this anymore! I'm all ears for anything!"

Peach looked a bit worried at this. She saw that the hedgehog's eyes were trembling in fear at any negative response he would hear from her. Peach even felt that the grip Sonic put on her hands was very tight; a signal that he didn't want to let go of her. "U-um...well..."

"(Oh my god, she's talking to me. That's a very nice good sign now!)" Sonic rejoiced a bit.

"...Are...you sure you're very sorry from earlier, Sonic?" Peach asked softly.

Sonic nodded a whole bunch of times. "Yeah, yeah, I hate kicking rabid dogs! In fact, I'll start loving dogs more!"

"Then, wouldn't that mean you hate cats?" Chip asked, making Big yelp.

"No, shut up!" Sonic yelled, turning back at Peach. "I'm so sorry for kicking those dogs away like I did before, really! They didn't have to be treated like that, I know it already! If we do get surrounded by rabid dogs next time, I won't hurt them that badly!" He fell to his knees and shut tight his eyes. "Forgive me, please! All I want from you is to accept my apology!"

Peach thought for a moment. "W-well..." She saw Sonic looking up back at her, his pupils being drowned in tears. "U-um...you...seem very sorry for what you did earlier...right?"

"Totally! I could bet my brain on that!"

"H-hmm..." Peach thought about it some more. "...You...really want me to forgive you so badly, right?"

"That's all I'm asking for!"

"...Well..." she looked away, "I think I can forgive you this time..."

Sonic gasped. "Please, please, please do!"

Peach smiled a bit to herself and looked back at Sonic, who then stood up and gapped his mouth in excitement. "Sonic...you look very sorry for what you did to those dogs earlier...and I don't want to see you mopping around like this..." She looked at the others, who were smiling at this. "It's just wrong to see you being the only one desperate while everyone else are having a fun time..."

"I'm a man who wants to have fun all day long!" Sonic swore.

"...Sonic..." she smiled and made a happy expression that Sonic thought was an angelic one, "I...I...I forgive you for everything you did back th-"

Just before she could finish what she was saying, Sonic was pushed away, rolling towards a tree where he hit his head hard and was knocked out unconscious. The Smashers and Peach gasped at this before they noticed what had pushed Sonic away like that.

Or, in this case, who had pushed Sonic away like that. Right in front of a shocked princess, there was a very happy Teisel Bonne, shaking her hands up and down.

"God, it is you!" Teisel said with a very happy look as if a kid had found a very sweet candy. "You're that excellent actress that played the role of Dylan's cousin! I can't believe I'd find you around here!"

"W-what?" Peach asked confused.

"No, please, don't be so shocked! I'm your biggest fan! Actually, I'm your VERY FIRST biggest fan!" Teisel said. "When you played that role, god, you were ABSOLUTELY brilliant! You were so, but so natural on TV that I just had to meet you in person!"

"I-I beg your pardon?"

"Don't tell me you've forgotten now," Teisel said, still shaking her hands. "I know it was you who played that role. Those TV producers said you were like an angel for novels, but they were sad you had to go. After all, it was a one-time appearance. But I know when I'm saying that you were really great!"

"O-okay," Peach chuckled nervously. "I-I'm glad you liked my performance."

Ness gasped. "Oh my god, it's the paparazzi people incident again! It's all repeating once more!"

"Pardon me? What's that about an incident with paparazzi people?" Chris asked.

"Oh, wait, that's actuality the fan people incident," Ness corrected himself. "...But it's still related."

Chris looked at Luigi. "What is he talking about?"

Luigi gulped. "T-there was a time when all of us, the Melee competitors, became extremely famous to many people, Chris. You know our matches are broadcast, right? Well, when you get very famous, you tend to have...so many fans and paparazzi hiding in the bushes to do...certain things on you..."

"..." Chris looked horrified. "D-don't tell me one of you got kidnapped or something..."

"B-because of that, Pichu has had nightmares many times..."

"God... Then what did you do to resolve that problem?"

"When faked a hiatus to give us some freedom," Mario said. "That same hiatus...well...helped us in preparing to fight the Subspace Army..."

Chris looked away with a bored look on his eyes. "(When you think about it, it's really bizarre to compare the media with a war against the Subspace... Just what did they do before facing the army, anyway?)"

Before them, Teisel took out a paper and a pen, handing them over to Peach. "Please, you've GOT to give me your autograph! I must know your name! It was Kiwi or something, right, right, right?!"

Peach shifted her eyes a bit. "I-it's Peach...Princess Peach from th-"

"Peach, don't say more than that, please!" Chris interrupted hastily.

"J-just Peach, um..."

"Teisel!" Teisel responded in eagerness.

"...Okay..." Peach said smiling, writing on the paper. "For Teisel, with love, Peach... There," she said, handing over the paper and pen to Teisel.

Teisel began to pant heavily at the clean handwriting on the paper. "Oh my god," he muttered in a high-pitched tone, "I've got her autograph! Ahaha, hahaha, AAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

Most of them, even Peach, backed away from the maniacal laugh from the Bonne member. "H-he's starting to scare me, everybody..." Big muttered.

"Who's not getting freaked out, that's a better a question," Ike said.

Teisel stopped laughing and shook Peach's hands again. "Thank you very much for your autograph, Actress Peach. This means so much for me."

"Y-you're welcome," Peach said with a small giggle.

"Well, I shall treasure it for the rest of my life!" Teisel said. "But, can you really go back to your marvelous career as an actress? I'd love to see more of you, honestly!"

"I-I'm sorry, but it was kind of a...desperate moment, so I had no choice but to help the producer with the novel," Peach said.

"Oh, I know! You're one of those actors that don't like to stick around a lot! I knew you were like them!"

"N-no, it's completely different than that," Peach said. "Just...I don't know how I can explain it to you..."

"Okay, that's enough, Teisel! You're acting so ridiculous now!" yelled a voice from somewhere nearby.

"...There's only one person who has a voice like that in this place..." Luigi muttered, turning to the right where he saw Tron, Bon, and the three Servbots hiding behind a thin tree (pathetically, since Bon stuck out like a sore thumb behind the tree itself due to his arms). "Oh no..."

Tron jumped out from behind the tree and pointed a finger at the mesmerized Teisel. "Teisel, stop getting autographs from the enemy right now!" she demanded.

"T-Tron?!" Teisel said in shock. "W-what are you doing here?!"

"What are YOU doing here?" Tron asked with emphasis. "Did you forget already? They're the guys that came out from the so-called portal you mentioned a whole bunch of times before!"

"W-what?" Teisel looked back at the Smashers, who looked away from him. "...Wait a minute..." he muttered. "...I remember seeing those unusual clothes before... UAH!" He pointed at the Smashers, his pointer finger shaking. "Y-you're the same people that came out of that portal, alright!"

"(I wonder if this will bring us any trouble...)" Ike thought.

Teisel looked at the worried Peach. "And that means you're one of them as well, Actress Peach!" he said. "...Wouldn't that mean you're...very special?"

"She is!" Luigi said before blushing.

"I mean, sure, you came out of a portal, but you turned out to be one heck of a good actress."

"U-um, thank you, you're so considerate," Peach said, making a nervous happy expression.

Tron slapped her face once. "Teisel, stop bringing up that topic about your novels! They're in no way harmless at all! They're the ones who helped Megaman stop us at the Cardon Forest!"

Teisel turned to the confused Megaman. "I don't know how you did this, kid, but you're going to pay for being a pest to us. You and those...portal people are going to pay!"

Peach looked away. "...But...wouldn't that mean I'm going to 'pay' as well?"

Teisel yelped at this and grabbed Peach's hands once more. "No, no, no, no! I can't harm an actress like you! You're like a very refined diamond found in a pile of carbon!"

The Smashers and Megaman sweat dropped in unison.

"So...Peach is totally excused to be unharmed?" Ness asked in boredom. "Wow, I knew I had to become an actor..." he muttered sarcastically.

Tron grabbed Teisel's right shoulder and pulled him to her. "What the hell is wrong with you, Teisel? We have to stop them all before they stop us, and that means that woman is going to have to be taken down sooner or later!"

Peach clasped her hands together. "I don't know why I need to be harmed. I mean, I just wanted to have some fun and joy in this place..."

In a blink of a second, Teisel turned to Peach and grabbed her hands again. "Don't worry, Actress Peach. I'll make sure you're left unharmed once we do battle with your guys."

Tron did the same action she did to Teisel. "Are you nuts? She has to be harmed!"

"No!" Teisel said worried. "I-I can't harm my #1 actress in the whole world! I'd die if I even made a little scratch on that beautiful face of hers!"

Peach blushed at this remark. "A-am I that important to you?"

Teisel, once more, turned around and grabbed her hands. "Yes! You're much better than any treasure out there in the world! Not even finding every single treasure would make up for that fresh face of yours!"

Chris looked at Mario. "Shouldn't you be worried, Mario?"

"I think Peach can handle this very well," Mario said.

"No, I was talking about Teisel trying to make Peach fall in love with him."

Mario blushed and lowered his cap a bit. "Well, I never thought of that... She'll be fine about that."

"So...does that mean you really, really love Peach?"

"As a friend, of course..."

Chris chuckled mentally. "(Even the plumber has a very soft spot for the princess. I'm glad it is that way... If they do wed, I want to be the best man.)"

If he could've just looked, Chris could've found out that Luigi was getting a bit too upset at the whole scene. In fact, he wanted to push Teisel away from Peach. After all, he didn't want a pirate to take her away from him, and everyone else thought the same, but he surely was the one who fully supported this a lot.

And his wish came true unconditionally.

Tron grunted loudly and turned to Bon. "That's it, Bon. Grab Teisel and let's get outta here! I'm getting sick at his demeanor now!"

"Babu!" Bon concurred, walking over to Teisel where he used his big hands and carried the fanatic over him.

"H-hey, put me down already!" Teisel demanded. "Bon, put me down right now! This is your big brother telling you what you should do!"

Tron crossed her arms. "I'm sorry, Teisel, but you've gone too far already! I'm gonna have to take command of the operation because you're just useless right now!" She turned to Megaman and pointed a finger at his face. "Like I said before, you better be prepared, Megaman, 'cause we're going to crush you and your portal friends to bits!"

"D-do you have a robot now?" Lucas asked.

"E-er, no, I-I mean, shut up!" Tron yelled embarrassed. "Next time we meet, I won't be so nice to you."

"Were you even nice to begin with?" Chris asked.

"SHUT UP!" yelled Tron in embarrassment. "Servbots, Bon, Teisel, we're outta here NOW!"

"Roooooooooogeeeeeeeer!" the three Servbots saluted before they all ran away to the south from them.

As they ran away, Peach could hear Teisel's words very well. "A-Actress Peach! N-next time, I'll compose you a poem to show you how grateful I am for your performance! I-I'm going to start a fan club in your name! I-I'm going to go as far as to sew clothes with your face on them! H-heck, I'll make merchandise with little dolls modeled after yourse-"

"SHUT UP, TEISEL!" interrupted Tron before they faced into the distance.

The Smashers kept staring away where they went to. Some silence took over the air before Peach blinked and looked where Sonic had rolled to. She gasped and went over to him, the hedgehog lying down on the floor with Xs on his eyes. "S-Sonic, are you okay? Sonic!" she said.

"Ma'am, I'm pretty darn sure I ordered chili dogs. Why would I want to eat chocolate on meat? You're as crazy as I am, so you're excused," Sonic said incoherently.

"Okay..." Peach said confused.

Sonic shook his head and regained consciousness. He rubbed his head a bit. "O-oww, what just happened? All I remember was somebody pushing me outta that way while I was trying to apologize to her..." She looked at Peach. "O-oh, you're here... So, about that apology I wanted from you..."

Peach made a happy expression and hugged Sonic, making him blush. "Don't worry anymore, Sonic. You're pardoned."

"F-for real? Are you kidding me?"

"It's for real, and I'm not kidding you," Peach said. "I don't want you to be so depressed, so I better help you out by forgiving you. Is that okay with you?"

"...Not at all!" Sonic said happily before he hugged her. "Thanks a lot, really! (Man, asking for forgiveness sure does help you emotionally)."

While the two were hugging each other, the Smashers and Megaman became a little bit preoccupied about the Bonnes.

...

Actually, this didn't even take place at all. In fact, they were just thinking about getting rid of them.

"Is anyone here already annoyed by those guys? Because I sure am," Chip said. "They so deserve to be Chipminated."

Probably the only two who were actually preoccupied were Luigi and Lucas, the former gulping a bit. "I-I don't know, everyone, but I think they're really going to do something bad to us for real this time..."

"If they do, we'll be ready," Megaman said. "I've seen how you guys fight, so it shouldn't be much of a problem."

"Are you sure?" Lucas asked. "I mean, we just beat some small forces...but, do they make bigger things?"

"They do," Megaman responded. "I fought some of them on the island by myself. Remember the place where you all came out from, the Clozer Woods? That's the same place where I fought Teisel's big robot."

Peach and Sonic walked back to them, the latter having a grin of satisfaction. "A big robot? Please, I've beaten big robots so many times that I've lost the count already. One more isn't gonna slow me down."

"Always talking big, despite the fact we're facing a different group..." Chris muttered.

"Those guys don't look any dangerous at all. In fact, they're bit too quirky for my tastes," Ness commented.

"I hope they don't do bad things to us," Big said. "I think they...um...wanna be...something else..."

"Is there something much worse than being a retard?"

"Maybe having mentally retardation," Sonic said.

"Seriously, we have to be careful when treating them," Megaman said. "But enough about them. Let's go to the dock and see if there's some use for the refractor, guys. Roll is surely waiting sick for us to wrap this up."

Sonic shrugged. "I-if we're really going to a dock...wouldn't that mean there's a lot of water?"

"Um, yeah, that's obvious..." He looked at Sonic's legs. "...Why are your legs shaking so suddenly?"

Sonic grabbed his legs and chuckled nervously. "Heheheheh, d-don't mind 'em. You're just probably imagining things."

"But I just saw them shake... Wait, if you're worried about seeing a lot of water, wouldn't that mean you're afraid o-"

"YOU'RE IMAGINING THINGS, okay?!" Sonic yelled.

Chris sighed and looked away worried. "(Somehow, I can foresee Sonic running away from this place as soon as he can... Wait, we're on an island in the middle of the ocean, so he's pretty much screwed)."

And so, they all headed for the dock located at the far left end of the Uptown, hoping something needed the refractor's power source. However, they weren't expecting that things were just going to go awry from the point they would arrive at the dock...

From the museum, a man walked out and found a familiar funny-looking egg on the grass. "Huh? Who would drop an egg like this here?" he asked.

In a rush, Chris came back and picked up the egg. "I-I need to stop being so careless now or Eggy will break!" He bowed to the man. "T-thank you!" he said before rushing away, leaving the man confused at this.

----------------------

"One Gleeful Bowser. I can smell the Bonnes from a mile away from here," Pikachu said.

"What are you doing here? You're not even with us," Sonic said.

"These guys give me nostalgia about another group, so let me do my stuff here."

"Whatever..."

----------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

-Kattelox Island-
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, (Volnutt) Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Big, Megaman Volnutt, Roll Caskett, Eggy Jr. the Fourth
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on May 24, 2010, 07:23:20 AM
Chapter 172: One Gleeful Bowser

???

In a unknown area of Kattelox Island, around blue walls and a familiar temple standing to the right side, a gleeful Bowser paced around the wide room with arms crossed behind his spiked back. The King of Koopas had a streak of luck since he was able to locate the Shamar Temple inside some kind of ruins. Having a presumably good instinct, Bowser knew very well that Mario, Luigi, Peach, (and the bunch of weirdoes as he called everyone else) would arrive there at any moment.

"~Doo, doo, doo, I'm having a blast of a day now,~" Bowser mused to himself. "I have the control of two Shadow Nightmares, and I also found the Shuma-something Temple as well. Aah, things couldn't get any better than they are now!" he said happily. "I just can't wait to throw these little creatures on those plumbers! I just know I'm going to enjoy seeing them face their most embarrassing lies!"

"Y-you're sick, you know! How can you endanger the lives of the people who want to save the planet from Dark Gaia? You're nothing but a bastard!" yelled a voice nearby.

"Thank you! I always like to hear that from you!" Bowser yelled, turning to the east of the room where a cage had two people in it.

The first of the two caged people was a black-haired teenager dressed in blue garbs with a blue hood covering her head. The other one was an old man who dressed in Arab priest clothes with a little black hat on his head, and he used to sneeze from time to time. With a closer look, the girl looked frustrated at Bowser while she held on her arms a familiar-looking frog that had a worried look on its face.

"Why must people like you do this kind of thing to the planet? It's too irrational!" the girl, named Layla, yelled angrily. "You're being stupid if you think Dark Gaia can be tamed!"

"Layla, please...achoo!" the old man, named Ehsan, sneezed, "don't try to pick a fight with him. It's better if we don't make him mad. Achoo!"

Layla turned to him. "But it's not making me feel safe to believe that these people think that they can control Dark Gaia. Dark Gaia itself is a mindless beast, and all the Temple Guardians know that very well." She turned to glare at the happy Bowser. "You're just going to cause the destruction of the planet, thinking mindlessly that there's a chance to control Dark Gaia!"

Bowser walked to them and chuckled. "I don't care much about your planet at all. I have a bunch of worlds out there to conquer for myself. I haven't look that much about what that Dark Gaia will do, but it'll serve us in taking over the other worlds besides yours." He made a happy expression. "What's a little sacrificed world is going to do? If your world sacrifices, we can still have everything else."

"I knew you weren't going to care that much about our planet since you're not from there," Layla muttered. "You're going to doom us all if Dark Gai-"

"Ugh, look, little missy, I don't CARE," Bowser said, getting a bit aggravated. "Tabuu is probably even stronger than Dark Gaia is. If something goes wrong, he'll fix the problem. There, problem solved."

"H-he won't!" Layla yelled.

"He WILL, so shut up about it," Bowser said darkly. "Once we have Dark Gaia on our side, I'll ask Tabuu if he can do something to give me power, and I'm talking about REAL POWER like growing massive or getting muscles or something like that! Now, though, I'll make sure to get rid of those plumbers and sweep their princess from their arms."

Layla blinked a bit at this. "...You're...having problems with plumbers?"

"I know what you're thinking, but they're not your everyday plumbers. They're EVIL. They jump so high that they stomp on your head, and they also cause a lot of trouble for your conquers! Using the Shadow Nightmares will surely finish them off for real this time!" He made a happy expression. "Just thinking about their downfall makes me so happy!"

"Ugh, you're sick, alright," Layla said disgusted.

"I think I already noticed that before...achoo!" Ehsan pointed out.

Bowser rolled his eyes. "You people don't know anything about me. I couldn't care less about you."

"Ribbit," the frog on Layla's arms said.

Layla looked at the frog and petted its head. "Don't worry, little guy. I'll get you back to your friend soon. Just hang in there with me, okay?"

"Riiiibbit..." the frog said in depression.

"(I shouldn't have dragged you here in the first place,)" Layla thought. "(I was panicked when Dr Eggman's robots assaulted Shamar that day... And, speaking about days...)" she looked up at the faraway ceiling, "(how long has it been ever since we were all kidnapped by them?)"

"I have no time to spare," Bowser said. "I'll start thinking about ways to torture Mario and the green 'stache right now! Once I'm through with them, you can bet your little stone pieces that you'll be the next ones on the line!" He rubbed his claws together and chuckled in excitement. "Well, be good and be quiet now!" He turned around and walked towards the temple, brainstorming about ways to torturing his enemies. His gaze focused on a particular big orange tube with screws around it. "Hmm, I wonder what this tube thing is... It was here when I arrived at the temple... Bah, who cares about it," he muttered, resuming brainstorming his idea.

Layla looked away worried for a brief moment before looking back at Ehsan. "What should we do now? I don't like how things are looking..."

"A-achoo!" Ehsan sneezed, cleaning his nose with a napkin. "Well, young Layla, there's nothing we can do but wait for our saviors to come. You might want to hold on to that frog friend of yours."

Layla looked at the frog. "I guess you're right... Let's see, what was your name again? Hmm, Froggy, was it?"

"Ribbit!" the frog said in confirmation, revealing to be Froggy.

Layla chuckled and petted Froggy. "Well, Froggy, don't get so worried. I'm sure your friend Big will come to get us out. You two are very close to each other, right? Big told me so."

"Ribbit!"

Ehsan sighed with some relief. "Ho, ho, ho! That little frog is perhaps the only little guy who can cheer us up during this tight situation."

Layla looked up at the cage's ceiling. "But...I just wonder if we can be rescued in time before things get much more complicated than they are..."

"We shall wait as long as Dark Gaia doesn't destroy our planet," Ehsan said. "Let's pray for salvation, Layla. We must keep the Sun and Moon Tablets safe before that tortoise monster starts to make his moves on the sacred temple."

The girl looked at him and nodded. "Right, we must keep our composures. Until then, I'm not going to panic."

"Riiiibbiiiit..." Froggy croaked worried at this, watching Ehsan sneeze once more, his sneeze echoing in the wide room...

-Kattelox Island-
Uptown - Dock

The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess - Lake Hylia

"You must face your fears, Sonic. It's just a small lake. It's nothing like the ocean around the island."

"W-wait, we're on an island? Crap, I've never noticed that! I-I'm trapped in here! I'm a poor little hedgehog stranded on an island!"

"Sonic, take a hold of yourself, and please don't hide behind me because you're overreacting..." Mario trailed off.

"Also, we're riding a small elevator and everyone is kind of making this space so small, so please...d-don't pinch me with your quills on your back. They don't look that sharp, but just for precaution..." Chris said.

The group went to the small elevator on the edge of the Uptown. Unfortunately, for them, the elevator was barely big enough to hold everyone. It would surely had been better if Big didn't ride the elevator with them since he took over a quarter of the whole space. The huge cat looked depressed and lowered his head. "I'm sorry for trying to fit myself in here," he apologized.

"I-I'm sure you didn't notice it before," Megaman said, lost somewhere behind the cat's back. "A-and I'm probably the only one here suffering the most..."

"D-don't worry, the elevator just stopped moving," reassured a nervous Peach.

Once the double doors opened, all of them were pushed out from the elevator instantly. Big sighed and walked out from the elevator while Megaman walked out, fixing his spiky hair a bit. "A-air...fresh water air..." Ness muttered on the floor, gasping for breath as he overlooked the big lake to their right.

When all of them looked to the west, they admired the beautiful scenery where mountain trenches, trees, and grasslands extended over the horizon. The whole lake occupied the western side of the whole island.

Peach got up and clasped her hands. "It's just beautiful... A beautiful place just beyond the Uptown..."

"Wow, you quickly recovered all your air?" Ike asked on the floor.

Everyone stood up and dusted off their clothes. Besides the blue lake, they looked forward to the dock. They just noticed that a fence blocked them the pass to the dock, which casually had one single boat floating close to it, which was a big one. The black boat itself looked old. And surprisingly, it was the only boat available in the dock since no other boat was nearby.

"Is that supposed to be a boat?" Luigi asked. "It looks like a submarine to me..."

"Oh, maybe that's because people consider submarines boats," Ness said. "Yes, this world has its faults."

Megaman looked annoyed. "H-hey, don't try to make this world look pathetic! I'm pretty sure yours is...lacking something!"

Ness looked away bored. "I can't argue you with that there. Living trash cans and violent cockroaches aren't exactly what I'd call normal at all."

"...Living trash cans?"

"My world is that messed up, man."

The blue boy shrugged at this and looked back at the dock house in front of them. "Well, since we don't have anything to lose, let's see if we can find a use for the refractor, guys."

After walking a short path (that lasted a bit too long since Mario and Chris were holding Sonic from both arms while the hedgehog tried to go away from there), the group entered the dock house where the space was a bit too small, but it still was enough for them to fit in. Inside, they found two doors to the lake's direction and a miniature version of the black boat sitting over a small pedestal, and a desk resided to the right of the entrance. Behind said desk, and creepy-looking tall man stood, moving his white mustache a bit after looking at the group.

The man was tall. He wore a green buttoned shirt with green pants and black shoes. His face was probably the shadiest part since he was bald, had white sideburns, had the mentioned white mustache, and wore an eye-patch over his left eye. "May I help you?" he spoke in a mature, soft voice.

The group turned to face him. "Um, hi, mister," Lucas greeted. "U-um...u-um..."

"(Oh my god, he's going to give a bad impression of us if I don't say anything,)" Ness thought, taking over Lucas' stammering. "We're here to see if there was some kind of machine to check."

"Is that so?" the man asked. "The only machine we have is the boat right outside. But it's broken right now, so we don't have anything else than that old boat. You can inspect it if you want, though."

Megaman smiled and nodded. "Thanks."

"Where are my manners? I should introduce myself to you," the man said. "My name is Wily."

A fearsome but silent tune played from somewhere after Wily said his name. Apparently, the only person who noticed the tune was Chris, who backed away a bit without being noticed. However, Megaman backed away a bit, probably because of the same thing.

"O-okay," Megaman said. "(Dammit, why am I reacting like this to him? I've never met the guy before...) Can we please check on that boat, then?"

"I don't mind, go on ahead," Wily offered, pointing at the left door. "Go through that door. The boat has its own area to dock."

"R-right..." Megaman said, motioning at the others to follow him through the left door. He looked to his left where a freaked out Sonic was sitting on the sofa. "You aren't coming or what?"

"Y-you go on ahead," Sonic muttered.

"...Okay..." Megaman said before each one of them exited the place.

...And then, Chris and Mario came back, dragging Sonic back outside while a confused Wily raised an eyebrow at this. "Such curious-looking people..." he muttered.

When they came out from the building, they found the door floating close to the docking bay. They all looked up at the boat before Megaman turned to them. "Did you guys feel weird when we met that Wily person?"

Chris wanted to say yes, but he didn't to raise more suspicion.

"No... Why'd you say that?" Mario asked.

"Well, maybe it's just me, but I think the guy is kind of...creepy..."

"A-at least we agree on that," Lucas muttered.

"Anyway..." Megaman began before turning to face the boat, "this boat is supposedly old, right? Hmm, I wonder if this is the thing that needs energy from the refractor..."

Peach nodded. "Let's call Roll here, then. She'd be glad to hear that there is something that needs the refractor's power source."

"I'll be doing that right now," Megaman said as he took out his phone to call the engineer.

Several minutes later...

An upset Roll came from the dock house's door. She was carrying on her arms the yellow refractor while she muttered some curses. "Gramps shouldn't have made me run an errand to get some coffee for him and the mayor, and it got worse right after he asked to get some cooki-" she shook her head and smiled at the group, "hey, everyone!" she greeted, looking a bit nervous. "S-so, did you find anything?"

Volnutt Kirby pointed at the boat. "That?" he responded confused.

Roll walked close to the boat and inspected it from the boat's deck to the lower part. "Hmm, I see..." Her eyes suddenly enlightened at the sight of the boat. "Someone's been taking really good care of this boat!" she said.

"Um, isn't it broken or something?" Luigi asked.

Roll ignored the question as she climbed up to the boat's deck. Everyone else just stood on the dock looking at her before she spotted a hole that leaded to the inner engine room of the boat. "There!" she said excited, jumping inside the boat.

Some of the Smashers and even Megaman gasped before they soon began to hear clanking sounds echoing out from the boat. "God, do people here respect privacy on property or what?" Ness asked.

"T-that's not true, Roll just becomes excited whenever she spots something that has the potential to be repaired," Megaman explained before looking back at the boat. "Roll? Do you really think you should be doing that? I think Wily is going to get mad if yo-"

"Would you look at this engine?" she asked rhetorically, interrupting the blue boy. "Let's see... All we need to do is fix the transformer and the refractor and it'll be as good as new!"

Megaman sighed in defeat. "Roll..."

"I believe she has just gone to her own little world..." Ike muttered. "...So, is this what people call a 'fetish' of the sorts?"

"Ike, you wouldn't like to know what a fetish really means. Your mind will be forever scarred for life," Chris warned. "Trust me, you should better not know about it."

"Hey, I'm older than you."

"And because of that, I don't want to recall what the word even means."

Suddenly, the door behind them opened up, and Wily walked out with folded arms behind his back. The Smashers looked worried after they heard the clanking sounds coming from the boat. "What do you think you're you doing?" he asked with some patience.

"D-don't look at us, she just started playin' with the boat," Chip said. "Don't blame Chipminator. Blame that girl! In fact, I don't know her! You can take her in to the poli-"

Mario covered Chip's mouth to stop him from talking. "Chip, stop talking now. You're getting panicked over nothing," he said.

"Huh? Uh..." Megaman trailed off worried. "W-well, sir, you see...my friend here likes electronics and machinery that she kind of...well..."

"MegaMan, could you hand me a wrench, please?" Roll called over from within the boat. "I think I might be able to fix this with a little bit more time! Hurry! I want to test this boat out on the lake!"

Megaman looked worried at Wily. "J-just a sec, Roll!" he yelled, climbing up to the boat's deck where he ducked to the hole and tossed a wrench he took from behind. He bit his lip and looked back at the group and Wily, the latter having a blank look on his face. "R-Roll..."

"Yeah?" Roll said.

"I think yo-"

"Hmm, I think I misunderstood the situation here..."

"What?"

"Don't get me wrong, but I can really fix this boat today," Roll said. "But I think I need more time to fix it completely. The yellow refractor really fits here, but the inside seems to be full of rust and dust. A little cleaning and some new machine parts I have with us can bring this boat back to life."

"U-um..."

The girl engineer stood inside the hole and looked at Megaman before she looked down where the others were staring at her, her gaze fixing on the dock owner. "...Whoops..." she muttered embarrassed. "I'm sorry... I don't know what came over me... I just started fixing the ship and..."

The Smashers looked back at Wily, who chuckled slightly at this. "You really love machines, don't you?" he asked, walking closer to the boat to look at her closer. "I can tell just by looking at your face..."

The group looked at Roll's face. The engineer didn't notice that her face got several patches of black grease all over it, and there were more patches on her clothes as well. Some of them chuckled a bit while she blinked, oblivious to the fact. "What's so funny?" she asked.

Megaman chuckled. "Roll, your face! It's covered with grease!"

Roll wiped her right cheek and looked at the grease on her hand. "O-oh, I should've been more careful... How reckless of me..."

"Hahahaha..." Wily subtly laughed with some of them. "I'm glad I could get someone as pretty as you to fix my boat for me, little miss."

Roll blushed. "U-um, gee, I'm so embarrassed now. Next time you know it, I'll be entering houses without knocking on the door first... At least nobody does that, as far I know..."

"(I know plenty of people who do that,)" Mario thought. "(I'm thinking a certain Hylian friend...)"

"Tell you what," Wily began, "you can use it anytime you want."

The group looked a bit surprised at this offer. "W-what? Are you serious, mister?" Megaman asked. "I mean, this boat is yours, right?"

"It is mine, but I don't mind lending it you all," Wily said, closing his eye with relief. "Thank your meddling friend for trying to repair my boat."

"Would you please refrain from saying that kind of thing? I feel pretty guilty now..." Roll muttered before most of them laughed for a small while, causing her to blush and lower down into the boat so nobody would see her embarrassing face.

Megaman smiled down at the hole where she hid. "Now we can explore the lake, Roll! The Sub-Gate I talked you about must b-"

"Sorry, Megaman, but I'd like to work in complete silence right now," interrupted Roll. "I need peace here so I can work to the fullest. You understand, right?"

Megaman chuckled. "Is it because we're still laughing?"

"I-it's not because of that, so please, leave me alone for once!" Roll yelled angrily.

"Heheh, okay, Roll, whatever you say," Megaman teased.

"Y-yeah, now please, let me work... Sheesh..."

What they didn't know was that it was going to take Roll a lot of time to work on the boat. It took her so much time to fix the boat that she finished fixing it right when sunset came around. Exhausted, Roll came out from the boat, wiping her grease-covered face with her right arm. "Phew, that's done with..."

The only one she found on the dock was Big, who was fishing with his fishing rod while sitting down on an edge over the water. His ears perked up a bit and he looked at Roll. "Hi there," Big said. "Do you need me for something?"

"Um, kind of..." She looked around. "Where's everyone?"

"They went back to the city to have some fun, I think."

"Oh well, I'll call them over," Roll said, taking out her walkie-talkie to call Megaman.

Some minutes later, the group gathered back to the dock. A proud Roll stood in front of the boat with crossed arms. "You finished?" Peach asked.

"Yup, it's all ready to go," Roll said. "We can go to the lake right now if you want. I think we have enough time to explore the Sub-Gate right now."

"Do we?" Luigi asked. "It's getting kind of late..."

"Well, maybe I'm getting too excited to try out the boat..."

Peach raised her hand. "Why don't we go right now, then? It's just going to be late, but who cares about that?"

"Peach, I didn's know you were going to agree to go there so late..."

"Maybe we could catch a glimpse of the lake while it shines on the sunset," Peach said. "Personally, I'd love to see a scene like that right now."

Roll rubbed her chin. "Hmm, I guess we could give it a little walk around the lake just to test it out... But we're not going to investigate the Sub-Gate, okay? If something important comes up, then I'll say what we'll do, okay?"

"I don't mind," Big said.

"I guess we could go right now... It won't hurt to take a tour around the lake," Lucas said, forcing a small smile. "I want to see a peaceful place for once."

Roll smiled and nodded. "Alrighty, then, let's g-KYAH!" she yelped after she found Data standing right besides her. The group gasped in unison after they found Data (dancing) just next to Roll. "D-Data, here you are!" Roll said. "M-man, h-how did you appear out of nowhere like that? I-it's the billionth time you do this!"

"I do this only for fun, u-ki-i!" replied the robot monkey, still dancing.

"S-seriously, this isn't funny to me at all," Roll said. "A-anyway, where were you all this time?"

"Just chillin'."

Everyone exchanged glances with each other after hearing that.

"...Are we going to the lake?" Data asked before he turned to Megaman. "Hmm, Megaman, are you really sure you want to go to the lake like that?"

"Huh? What do you mean, Data?" Megaman asked.

Data looked at Megaman's left hand where he could deploy Splash Mines. "That weapon you have there is already old. I don't honestly think it'll serve you that much any longer. Did you even use it in the Cardon Forest's Sub-Gate?"

"No..."

"It's time for you to change to a more appropriate weapon!" Data suggested. "Ask Roll here to provide you with something more, um, powerful!"

Roll raised an eyebrow. "Data, why are you asking Megaman about changing weapons now?"

"I don't know, but I have a really bad feeling about the Laky Jyun," Data confessed. "Maybe it's just me, but just to be safe, Megaman needs to be ready for anything, wouldn't you agree?"

"I...think so... Wait a minute, that's it!" she said. "I just remember I finished making some important weapons for you, Megaman!"

"Really?" Megaman said.

"Yeah, they are gonna be a lot useful for our digs if you try them out!" she said. "I brought them into the boat. Follow me so you can equip them all." She walked to the back of the boat where she opened a door. Megaman walked inside before Roll followed, closing the door behind them.

The Smashers looked at each other. "What are we going to do with Sonic?" Mario asked. "He's inside with Wily. He's been in a fetal position over the couch, and I think I saw him sucking on his thumb."

Chris grunted. "That guy is never going to get over his fear for water..."

Chip coughed a bit. "Don't worry, Chipminator will fix this problem...the Chipminator way, of course."

"How exactly are you going to do that?" Ness asked skeptically.

The imp showed them the little collar wrist he had on his right wrist. "See this? I'm still Sonic's owner. I'll put that little hedgehog in his place with this... BRB!" he said before hurrying back inside into the shack. They heard him saying, "Sonic, turn into a stick!" before somebody fell flat on the floor.

Mario went inside, and then he came back, dragging a very still Sonic from his perfectly petrified arms. The plumber and the imp dragged the hedgehog right back to the group where they made him stand on his feet, his eyes paralyzed into place while forcibly glancing the boat.

Chip chuckled and dusted off his hands, putting them on his hips. "We've got Sonic the Stickhog, guys. Now we can take him anywhere without having to heard him whimper."

Peach gasped and took out a napkin, noticing some tears strolling down Sonic's eyes. "Poor Sonic, he was crying as well..."

"(Avoid chuckling, Ness, avoid chuckling! Don't chuckle so she doesn't scold you!)" Ness mentally restrained himself from chuckling at Sonic's teary eyes.

"Done!" Roll's voice came from the boat before the door opened. She walked out with Megaman and chuckled heartily. "Well, everyone, I hope you like how Megaman looks now," she said, turning to Megaman.

Megaman now wore a blue helmet that covered his head and hair. On his left arm, a long grey cannon was attached to it with a little orange aim over it. The blue boy inspected the cannon on his arm before he aimed towards the lake and shot a powerful explosive that blew up an average big explosion. "Wow..." he muttered.

"That's the Powered Buster," Roll said. "It's a part designed for heavy-duty combat. It increases both Megaman's firepower and firing speed. It's better suited to fight enemies with heavy armor and other defenses."

"T-that looks kinda strong..." Luigi muttered.

Roll nodded and looked at Megaman's helmet. "Next on the line, we have the Helmet. He won't get knocked down by enemy attacks as easily as before, and he'll be able to
survive long falls, even if someone throws him off a cliff. However, he's still vulnerable to attacks, so he should be careful about that fact."

Volnutt Kirby looked depressed. "Hmm..." he mumbled loudly.

Megaman turned to the puffball. "Is something bothering you, Kirby?"

"I liked you when you didn't have that helmet before..." admitted the puffball. "Your hair looked so nice..."

Megaman blinked and looked up at his helmet. "But Roll said it looked natural on me..."

"Hey, it'll protect your head from attacks coming from above as well," Roll said. "You better be protected and ready for anything out there."

"(Great going, Roll,)" Chris said mentally. "(Now, all you have to do for Megaman to become X is make him far more serious than he is now... Oh, make Wily the Dock Owner build Mavericks and a special robot as well.)"

Megaman knocked on the helmet a bit. "Well, it is hard..."

Roll looked at the Smashers. "Not only did he get those, but I also gave him the Jump Springs!" she said, kneeling down where she touched Megaman's feet. "I put the Jump Springs into his feet. Now he's able to jump over fifteen feet of height so he can reach places he couldn't reach before. Pretty useful, huh?"

"It is, thanks," Megaman thanked.

"It was nothing, Megaman. Thanks to those machine parts that you and everyone found at the Sub-Gate, I was able to make all of this," she explained before looking at Data. "Data, is that okay with you now?"

Data nodded. "It is, Roll, it is! Now we can go to the lake, yes?"

"Of course, I'm growing impatient to try out the boat already," she said, looking back at the Smashers. "Let's all go on a boat ride, everyone... Oh, that's right!" she said, stopping them from walking into the boat. She pointed up at a lookout tower on top of the steel boat. "See that tower? That's the lookout tower that you can get there by using the inner ladder. It's wide enough to have six people, so please, if you want to look outside, be sure there are no more than six people up there so you don't fall... And if Big gets up there, then make sure there aren't more than four people counting Big. Since Chip can fly, I guess he can go out without having to worry about not fitting it."

"That sounds pretty tight," Big said before chuckling. "Heheh, get it? Tight?"

"Um...yes, we get it," Ike said.

Roll clapped her hands together and showed them the entrance to the boat. "Come on in, everyone! ...What is wrong with Sonic, though?" she asked, looking at the "Stickhog" standing still.

"Long story..." Chris muttered.

After explaining Sonic's condition, a confused Roll understood the situation before everyone got into the boat. Megaman, Luigi, Peach, and Big got to the top of the lookout tower while everyone else was inside the boat, looking outside the windows. The boat's engine then started to turn on before it slowly went towards the lake before picking up some speed. The boat went towards the west in tranquility.

Lake Jyun

After departing from the docks, the steel boat went around the lake's water in a quiet manner. The four on top of the admired the sunset reflected on the water while Big took advantage of this and began fishing from high up. His fishing rod's fishing line was long enough to reach the water. He only hoped that one of his baits would be Froggy, but he was very patient, giving him all the time he needed to wait for a bait.

"What a nice view from up here," commented Peach as she looked around the lake, finding some mountain trenches and trees along the coast. "I heard from the TV station that they were going to use this locale to make a new episode o-"

"P-Peach, don't talk about that novel or else you'll go back with them and leave us forever..." Luigi said.

"Luigi, I'm not going to do that..." Peach said confused.

"How's the view from up there, Megaman?" Roll called over from the boat. "Everyone here is having a good time so far, and the engine seems to be working very well thanks to the yellow refractor. Any problems?"

"There aren't any problems so far," replied Megaman as he rested his hands on the handrail of the tower. "Everything is fine up here."

"Glad to hear that," she said. "If my assumptions are correct, we should be reaching the little island where the Sub-Gate's entrance is... Let's take a look, shall we?"

The four on top of the tower looked over the western horizon where they spotted a small island with a yellow dome on the middle of it. It was the Lake Jyun's Sub-Gate.

"So there's one here," Luigi said.

"Yeah," Megaman said. "Tomorrow, we'll explore that Sub-Gate and see what we can find inside... Maybe we can find a stronger refractor for the Flutter to work again..."

"Let's hope there is one inside," Peach said, making a happy expression. "I can't wait to see what is waiting for us inside..."

"M-more killer robots bent to kill us," muttered Luigi.

Big looked at them over his right shoulder. "Maybe Froggy's in there. I have a feeling he's inside that place."

Peach rubbed Big's shoulder. "I'm sure he is, Big."

"(We know better than him that the Froggy guy isn't there...but Peach wants to cheer him up, anyway,)" Luigi thought with a deep sigh.

"Sweet, this is so much fun, everyone!" called Chip over from inside the boat. "Riding on a boat around the lake during the sunset is so much fun! You get to see landscapes, trees, fishes, and beeping spots blinking over this round-graphed screen!"

"C-Chip, would you please not get too close to the controls?" asked Roll. "You're getting so close to them that you'll push some and the boat might break up!"

"Sorry, I was getting excited in seeing the beeping spots..."

Music stops

"Well, please, don't... Wait, what beeping spots are you talking about?"

"Um, the ones on that round-graphed screen? They seem to be getting closer to the center for some reason... Is this the legendary game Pong?"

"W-wait, this isn't a game or something... This is the sonar I made for the boat to detect anything unusual coming at our way just in case to be safe... So then, these spots coming to the center, where we are right now, are actually... Oh no, this is bad... Megaman!"

"Roll, what is happening now?" Megaman asked seriously, the others looking worried at this.

"I'm picking something up on the sonar... Keep an eye out, Megaman!" warned Roll. "I don't think we're going to have a peaceful tour around the lake like we planned!"

"W-what do you mean by that?" Chris asked within the boat.

Peach blinked and turned towards the east. She gasped and covered her mouth with her right hand. "E-everyone, look over there in the air!" she warned.

Megaman, Luigi, and Big turned to the east where they gasped and saw several small yellow ships flying and passing over them. Once the ships passed, Big looked down the boat and gasped once more. "S-submarines!" he yelled.

All of them looked to the water around them where they spotted three red submarines trying to come closer to the boat. Seeing this, Megaman decided to talk with Roll. "Roll, there are submarines going after us!"

"I knew it...  They're here! Their robots are here!" Roll said. "The guys that attacked the city are here as well!"

Megaman saw the round skull emblems printed on the front parts of the red submarines. "The Bonnes!" he said.

"You've got to be kidding me!" Ness yelled from within the boat. "These guys just won't give up in bothering us, will they?!"

"It was so obvious that they were going to come back after us. I mean, didn't you see their determination to stop us from stopping them?" Ike asked.

"Actually, I was being sarcastic, Ike. I knew they were going to come back. They're the kind of guys who screw up a lot but don't give up that easily."

"COMING, SERVBOT #24!" yelled one of the submarines. "You guys are finished! You are to be taken down along with your boat for causing Miss Tron and everyone else so much trouble to get treasure!"

"You shall pay for making Miss Tron ban us our curry rice for dinner yesterday!" yelled the right submarine.

"My tummy is still empty! I want to have some good ol' curry rice right now!" yelled the left submarine.

...

"...FOR THE CURRY RICE!" the submarines proclaimed.

"Do these guys have ANYTHING ELSE worth fighting than food?" Ness asked annoyed. "Kirby, don't give me that look either!"

Megaman grunted a bit. "This is seriously not looking good for us now..." He turned to Big, who was reeling in his fishing line. "Big, I think you should go back into the boat."

"I-I'm doing that right now!" Big said, finishing reeling in his fishing line before he went into the ladder and climbed down. Once he did, Mario, Volnutt Kirby, and Ness came out to take the remaining space.

"Alright, it's obvious we'll have to fight to teach these guys not to piss us off," Ness said. "And...is Peach going to stay here?"

Peach looked serious and nodded. "I'm going to stay here and fight," she said. "I know I can fight back now."

"Sheesh, I've got to thank Chris for putting a princess from the royalty in battle..."

"I-I heard that from down here, you know!" yelled Chris embarrassed. "I-I had no other choic-"

"Megaman, everyone, be careful from now on!" Roll said. "We can't just go back to the dock with them around the Sub-Gate. We've gotta protect it from the Bonnes at all cost-" she stopped talking once the boat began rocking back and forth thanks to a torpedo that collided against it. The ones on the lookout tower tumbled to the sides, but they kept standing after it stopped shaking. "T-they're using torpedoes... Everyone, this boat isn't strong enough to resist too many hits!" she warned them. "You've got to destroy any ship or submarine before they launch missiles or torpedoes to the ship! If they DO launch those, try to destroy them before they damage the boat, got it?"

"We got it, Roll!" Megaman said. "Did you guys get it?"

"Yes, pretty much," Mario said.

"S-so we just need to take down the ships and submarines and make sure we don't get hit," Luigi said.

"Sounds simple enough to me," Ness said. "Besides, we're a bunch of people."

"That reminds me," Roll began, "if you have to, swap places with somebody else inside the boat. You could get hurt badly if you get hit with the boat as well. I'm gonna drive the boat around the lake so they don't catch up with us. Everyone, do your best to keep us afloat at all costs! Mission start!"

Molgera Battle

"There are three submarines right behind us. Take them out!" Roll commanded as she drove the boat along the right side of the Sub-Gate island. "Megaman, use the Powered Buster to target far away enemies! It should be strong enough to destroy them!"

"I'm on it right now!" Megaman said, aiming his Powered Buster at the middle submarine. The blue boy shot a powerful blast that exploded on the machine, but it wasn't strong enough to take it down completely. "You guys, I need some backup here!"

"PK Flash!" Ness yelled, shooting a green flash that grew in size and exploded on the middle submarine, blowing it up. "One down!"

"Incoming missiles from the air!" Roll yelled.

The group looked up to see the yellow ships dropping missiles towards them. Megaman grunted and began using his buster to shoot them all down. Not long after that, more and more ships began to appear, firing missiles from everywhere. "T-this is crazy!" Megaman said. "You guys, I need more help!"

Luigi yelled as he shot green fireballs towards the missiles. He began to panic, covering his eyes with his free hand. "T-tell me if I'm hitting one, Mario!" he yelled.

"I don't really think you can hit one... You're not even shooting fireballs at the right direction."

Without uncovering his eyes, Luigi turned to the west and began shooting fireballs to the air.

"...Luigi..." Mario muttered with a sigh.

Volnutt Kirby jumped over the handrail and began shooting the missiles together with Megaman. The blue boy sweat dropped as the puffball seemed to be doing a better job than he did. Before long, all missiles were taken down. Megaman looked down at the water where five submarines were chasing after them. "There are just too many of them!" Megaman yelled, using the Powered Buster to take down the submarines.

After Ness sent a PK Flash that burst between two submarines to make them explode, he grunted and said, "I hate it when stupid villains start to have the upper hand like this!"

Peach looked hopeful, standing between all of them. "It's a sign that they're becoming much better at their jobs. I'm happy for them for improving."

"Which side are you with, again?" Ness asked annoyed.

The princess looked upset at this. "I want to think that I care for everyone."

"That's very sweet of you, but they want us to die," Ness pointed out.

Peach smiled a bit and chuckled, despite the fact they were all being assaulted by submarines and flying ships. "Don't be so silly. They at least want us to stop attacking them like we're doing right now."

"Um, and they want us to sink along this boat... What am I arguing with you? You'll never understand that they want us out of the picture, like, FOREVER!" he yelled, turning around in time to send a PK Thunder at a missile.

Luigi looked worried at Peach. "P-Peach, please, get back on the boat! Y-you're going to be in danger if you stay out here!"

"But I want to help," Peach said.

Ness turned to her. "Then use magic on them or something, preferably the flying ships coming at our way!"

The princess turned to the south where two ships flew towards them, ready to shoot more missiles while Mario, Megaman, and Volnutt Kirby were busy with the submarines. The princess got a bit sad but snapped out of her thoughts. "O-okay, this is for the better, I think..." she trailed off, focusing her hands to cast a blue sphere of magic.

Unfortunately, the boat suddenly shook wildly, causing the six on the lookout tower to fall down on the floor. "Everyone, be careful!" Roll said from the boat. "Even though there aren't many submarines chasing after us, they're also sending torpedoes from far away! Look into the water to find the torpedoes' shadows to blow them!"

Mario and Luigi helped Peach to get up while Megaman stood back up quickly by himself. "Torpedoes being shot from far away? Oh, great..." He looked behind the boat and shot down two submarines with a shot from the Powered Buster. The blue boy looked to the west where three shadows were going towards them. "There they are! Guys, I need assistance!"

Ness grunted and stood back up. "I'm getting so mad now," he muttered. "PK Thunder!" he yelled, sending forth a sphere of electricity that went on the shadows and dove down for one, causing three explosions on the same spot.

The princess gasped and looked back at the ships flying from the south. She quickly concentrated magic between her hands and shoved it forward. "Thunder Flare!"

Between the ships, a big sphere of sparks circled electricity. For Peach's dismay, the sphere of sparks remained in place as the ships easily flew past it, shooting four missiles at the boat. Mario looked serious at this and brandished FLUDD from his back, shooting a stream of water that stopped the missiles from bursting into the boat.

Peach looked down in depression. "My magic didn't do much..." she muttered.

Mario stared at the sphere of sparks vanishing in the air. "It only remains in one place after it goes off," he said, looking back at Peach. "You should use that when you think the enemy isn't going to move away."

Peach sighed. "I'll take that in mind..."

"...If you want, you can go back into the boat, Peach."

"..." The princess nodded and smiled. "I have to understand when I can't be of help to you, so please, don't get hurt, Mario."

Mario smiled and nodded. "I'll be just fine."

The princess chuckled and went back into the boat by climbing down the ladder. Once she did, Chris came back on. "I-I'll replace Peach," he said.

Luigi looked at Chris. "Um, why do you look a bit pale on the face?"

The teen's face was completely pale. "W-well, after those torpedoes shook the boat a bit...I-I just found out I can get seasick if the boat moves a bit too much..."

"Are you sure you can fight like this?"

"Y-yes," Chris said. "I-I'm on the verge of throwing up, but as long as we keep those torpedoes from hitting the boat, I'll be fine."

Mario shook his head. "If you're so sure, I won't stop you."

Chris chuckled nervously. "T-this is what I get for not knowing my sicknesses. I can do this just fine."

And once the boat got hit by a surprise torpedo blow from the front...

"...B-bag! B-bag! B-bag!" Chris pleaded, covering his mouth with both hands and jumping back into the boat where one could hear him...

A scared Lucas came out from the ladder and stood up. He shivered a bit before regaining his composure. "E-everything's fine for me to take Chris's spot, right?" he asked.

Ness nodded. "Yes, please help us here."

Megaman and Volnutt Kirby stopped shooting at the torpedoes and missiles for a brief moment. The blue boy looked at them. "There aren't any submarines and battleships around," he said.

"That's right," Roll said as she drove the boat behind the Sub-Gate's isle. "Sadly, there are more coming to our way from the west. Please, destroy them before they destroy the boat!"

"Roll, is the boat in danger of sinking?"

"Fortunately, no," Roll said. "Try to take them down faster, okay? They could really beat us if we let them attack us!"

"Got it," Megaman said.

"And please, guard the boat well! Chris here is having a very bad time with his seasickness..."

"I'm here to make sure he feels fine," Peach said.

"Incoming four battleships from the west!" Roll said. "Take them out!"

Mario, Luigi, Ness, Lucas, Megaman, and Volnutt Kirby looked towards the west, seeing four yellow battleships flying against their direction. Megaman took a quick initiative and began shooting them with the Powered Buster while Volnutt Kirby simply used his Mega Buster. Ness and Lucas joined in by using their PK Thunder attacks.

Luigi looked miffed at this. "It hurts to know we don't have long-range attacks like they do, right, Mario?" He looked to his left, finding his brother missing from the spot. "...Mario?"

"Water ready," FLUDD spoke, making Luigi look forward where Mario had joined the four, using FLUDD to shoot a long stream of water towards incoming missiles from their attackers that were taken down.

"..." Luigi got very depressed and squatted down, rubbing a finger on the floor. "Everyday, I get left out in any way..."

The group finished taking down the missiles, focusing next on obliterating the four battleships, taking them all down. "Alright, the sky is clear," Megaman said, looking back down in time to shoot an incoming torpedo. "But we still have to look out for anything coming from the water!"

At that moment, two red submarines came out and launched two torpedoes each. Megaman and Volnutt Kirby took care of the torpedoes while Ness and Lucas used PK Flash and PK Freeze respectively to freeze the submarines. After the machines were frozen, Megaman used his Powered Buster and shattered the submarines to bits. "Nice combo, I must say," said Ness pleased.

"Keep it on!" Roll encouraged. "We still have...nothing...to worry about...anymore..."

Music stops

"What?" Luigi said, looking back up from his spot.

"Um, how do I put it? Those were all the enemies..." Roll said.

"The graphed-circle doesn't have any more beeping spots," Chip said. "It's so clear...and boring."

"You took them all out of commission... Phew, that was all? That was kind of strange..."

Megaman sighed and lowered his Mega Buster. "That went a little bit too fast than I expected..."

Ness sat down and sighed loudly. "I knew they were just throwing everything they could on us. I'm happy they didn't get the upper hand after all."

"I did hear them saying they needed to work fast on their robots," Mario said. "Those submarines and battleships were probably the only ones they could make in time to use them on us."

Lucas looked back at the water where some unconscious Servbots were floating close to each other. He gasped a bit at the sight, but he didn't want to say anything. "A-ah..."

Luigi stared at the fainted Servbots. "U-uh-oh, I think we killed them!" he yelped.

The others looked at the Servbots floating calmly on the water. "Aren't they robots, though?" Ness asked. "I'm pretty sure they are. Nobody has pincers as hands."

"Yeah, they're robots...with personalities," Megaman said. "I don't think they can die. They can be repaired...so, what now?"

Roll chuckled as the boat circled around the isle. "I guess we can resume our peaceful ride around the lake, or we can go ahead and explore the Sub-Gate."

"That will have to wait for a LOOOOOOOOOONG time, I'm afraid! Ahaha, ahahaha, AAAAAAAHAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" laughed a maniacal voice in a high-pitched tone.

Ness groaned and lied down on the floor. "Are you really kidding me for real?" he asked to no one in particular.

"Sadly, I'm not kidding," Mario said.

"Mario, I wasn't talking to you."

At that moment, right behind the boat, the Smashers and Megaman turned to see water rising up. They gasped as the water made a tower out of itself just behind them all. Once the water fell back into the water, they were facing what looked to be a big purple robot with a frog head with yellow eyes. Within the robot, they expected the Bonnes to be riding it.

Lucas backed away to the handrail. "W-what is that thing?!"

"It's...it's...it's...!" Ness said shocked, staring at the robot before them. In a second, he looked bored at it. "It's just an armless robot with a frog head and nothing else..."

"...Is the head modeled after Froggy's head?" Big asked out of curiosity. "I can't see it from down here."

"Er, no, it's modeled after a lame frog's head."

"Aww..."

For everyone's dismay, the robot behind them wasn't exactly near completion. In fact, the only feature that stood out the most about the aquatic robot was its frog head situated on the top of a purple tower of thirty feet. On the sides, there were empty black circles where arms should have been, and the backside was supposed to have turrets over a small terrace close to the water, which didn't have anything at all but empty spots for said turrets.

"...Seriously, people," Ness continued, "are you really kidding me? I'm surprised that 'robot' is even able to stay on water!"

"Hey, don't you dare mock my robots!" Tron was heard yelling from within the robot. "I-I just happened to finish this and stop you guys from entering the Sub-Gate, that's all!"

Within the robot, the trio of Bonnes were sitting on chairs: Bon and Tron were sitting on a lower floor while Teisel sat down on a chair located of a higher floor, all of them close to each other. The inside was probably the most surprising feature of the robot since it was complete, unlike the outside of the robot itself.

Tron made a fist and stood up. "Try to say one more time! I dare you, I double dare you!"

"I'm really tired to face dares, so no," Ness said.

Megaman cleared his throat as the robot pursued them calmly. "What are you doing here?" he asked.

"Isn't it obvious, blue boy?" Teisel asked. "We're here to sink down your boat along with every single one of you! After we learned from our loyal Servbots, we decided to make a surprise assault! If you want to go through that Sub-Gate, you'll have to deal with us!"

Mario looked confused. "But we're just taking a ride around the lake to test out the boat Roll fixed today," he said. "We didn't want to enter the Sub-Gate for today because it's late afternoon..."

"..." Teisel turned to Tron. "Tron, maybe I was deaf before, but WERE THOSE SERVBOTS even telling the truth?"

Tron looked upset at her big brother. "They DID say they were going to enter the Sub-Gate!" she yelled before looking down at the floor. "Hey, you! Were you telling the truth?!"

"U-um, we just said that they COULD be here to enter the Sub-Gate, Miss Tron!" a random Servbot was heard yelling from under the floor. "W-we never said they WERE going to enter the Sub-Gate!"

"What?!" Tron asked enraged, stomping on the floor to panic the Servbots. "Y-you bunch of little liars! We could've finished this robot with the time we had today, but you screwed it all up by telling us possibilities! I'm so ashamed on you!"

"Ooooh, noooooooooo!" all the Servbots (unknown number) said in unison.

"W-what a way to screw up big time..." Chris said from within the boat. "...BLEH!"

Bon twitched his pacifier and looked at Teisel. "Babu? Babu, babu?" he asked.

"W-well, I don't know what to right now, Bon," Teisel said nervously, turning to Tron. "Tron, do we have weapons to attack them all?"

Tron shook her head and looked worried. "We just finished making Barcon's main body," she said, revealing the robot's name. "I'm afraid to say we were quickly moving on to the arms and turrets, but with the sudden warning of Megaman's group coming here, we didn't have enough time to prepare the weapons...so yeah..."

"..." Teisel hung his head down. "...I...hate you...Servbots... I really, REALLY hate your guts..." he muttered to himself.

"...GrrrrrrrrrrrRRRRRRRRRRR!!! DAMN YOU, ALL, DAMN YOU!!!" Tron snapped out, stomping on the floor to panic the Servbots even more. "Next time, make sure your assumptions are right, you heard me?! None of you will get any curry rice tonight...either!"

"N-no, please, you can't do this to us!" a random Servbot in the floor down below pleaded. "M-my tummy won't hold on for much longer if we keep getting our dinner banned!"

"No matter how hard I try, you never get things done correctly!" Tron complained. "Do I have to deserve this?! What did I ever do to you?! Why are you so irresponsible?!"

"B-Babu, babu, babu!" Bon said in panic, trying to calm down his older sister to no avail.

Teisel panicked, seeing Tron stomping on the floor while Bon did his best to calm her down. With the Servbots' please for forgiviness, the leader of the Bonnes grunted loudly and held his head with both hands. "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH, EVERYONE, SHUT UP!!!" he demanded, his yells reaching deaf ears.

Outside the robot, in and on the boat, the Smashers remained staring at the robot while the Bonne Family continued their riot and arguments between each other. At that point, they were all being ignored, most of the covering their ears from the loud screams. "I feel so much pity for them than before..." Ness muttered, shaking his head in lament. "They ARE really a lost cause...a big one."

Mario looked at Megaman. "Every time they come to us, it's harder for me to believe they caused you a lot of trouble before."

Megaman sweat dropped and chuckled nervously. "U-um, they are just losing their cool so fast, that's all."

"Now I'm going to be asking myself if they had some cool before," Ness said.

Megaman looked annoyed. "I-I'm honest when I'm saying they were really a threat before. They just happen to have some streak of bad luck today."

"If that's the case...darn, let them be."

Roll kept circling the isle while the Barcon kept chasing after them with all the tranquility of the waters. "...Should we just go back to the dock and come back tomorrow?"

"Personally, I don't think we should go," Peach spoke, patting the seasick Chris's back. "We're just very close to investigate it."
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 09, 2010, 02:43:11 PM
"I...I vote that we get in the Sub-Gate now that we have the chance..." spoke Chris weakly.

Lucas forced a smile. "L-let's go, then," he agreed. "F-for once, I want to go inside."

"Lucas, just admit it and say you're starting to get upset by the Bonnes," Ness said bored, lying down on the floor. "It'd be no surprise if you did get upset."

"W-well, I don't want to get so annoyed like you, Ness."

Ness chuckled heartily at this. "Oh, please, Lucas, don't joke around with me. The Bonnes are but a mere stepping stone to us. If I had to compare, I'd say they're at the same level Pokey is."

"...What the..." Roll trailed off, spotting a single spot on the sonar. "E-everyone, there's something else approaching us from the east!"

"What is it this time?" Ike asked.

"I-I don't know, but it seems to be all alone," Roll said. "Whatever it is, it's coming towards us!"

Mario looked serious. "Do we have to face something else?"

"Funny, at times like this, I'd expect Pokey to show up," Ness said. "I remember his spider mech didn't have any functionalities to operate in the water, so I doubt it's him."

"It IS Porky, you little dimwit, photogenic bastard!"

"..." Ness inhaled air and groaned so loudly that everyone heard him. "I really AM gonna cry my eyes out right now. Please, please, don't tell me that guy is here!"

"I'll tell you myself, then! I AM here, ready to kick your butts to the far away space!"

Porky's Theme

From besides the Barcon, Porky's spider mech rose up from the water, sporting new propellers beneath him that made it possible for the machine to fly around the air. The Smashers looked at Porky's corpse trembling with chuckles of his own. "Duahahahahaha! Here's Porky, right in the nick of time to steal the spotlight!" Porky proclaimed. "Do you like the new me? I made my spider mech waterproof. Now it can travel in water to find Ness and his squad of cosplayer people! Damn, I'm such a GENIUS!"

Ness sat up while Lucas hid behind a wary Megaman. "Dammit, Porky, what are you doing here now? What do you want? Can't you see we already have someone else to deal with?"

"Oh, it is you, Ness!" Porky said. "I'm happy to know your spleen was nursed back to health. You're a pretty darn lucky guy for avoding death at the hands of...Death itself!"

The Onett resident slapped his forehead. "Oh, yeah, I did heal..." he muttered sarcastically.

"Anyhow, I went to the local hospital," Porky said. "They said they didn't know a kid named Ness, so as the badass kid I am, I kept asking for you. Those nurses were seduced by you so they wouldn't tell me that you were there."

Ness gritted his teeth. "What part of your mind made you think I can seduce women?"

"The part where I always kept our memories of our youth, which I'm still kind of experiencing. Going back to my trip to the hospital, the nurses were screaming and calling the police to get me arrested for being a corpse inside a machine. I'll have them know I'm still WAY more charming than you, Ness! I'm in no way a corpse, dangit!"

Luigi stood behind Mario. "S-so, what did you do after that?"

"Their screams and the police were kinda annoying me...so I blew the place up with my Porky bots."

Megaman barely noticed a tower of smoke coming from the east, where the Uptown was located. "W-what did you just do?!" he asked in disbelief.

"You DAMN idiot!" Ness cursed. "There were surely people being taken care of in the hospital, and you BLEW IT just like that?"

"I mainly blew it because I thought you were there," Porky said.

"If I remember, you said you were going to wait for Ness to recover so you could fight each other," Mario said.

"Yeah, it turns out I suck at waiting. I get myself a bit too much pulled into the moment."

"And you BLOW UP hospitals?" Megaman asked, signs of irritation starting to show up in his tone of voice.

"...Yup."

"Ugh, you imbecile!" Megaman yelled, aiming his Powered Buster at Porky. "You're going to pay for blowing up the hospital!"

Ness stood up and glared at Porky. "Now this is the only time you crossed the line for real," he said seriously. "I'm going to have to put you out of your misery...and that spider mech of yours!"

Lucas looked at Mario. "I-I never saw Megaman getting so angry..." he muttered.

"He surely has hero genes in him," Mario said. "But either way, what Porky did today was unforgivable. We'll have to face him right now to avenge anyone hurt at the hospital."

Lucas thought for a bit before nodding. "Y-yes, I agree," he said, looking upset at this. "H-he's going way too far now!"

Luigi looked away. "But, if we think again, Ness kind of has some blame since he lied about having a hurt spleen..."

"Luigi," began Ness, obviously sounding mad, "I have nothing against you, and I don't have any grudges either. But if you remind about that, let me clarify something to you."

The green plumber, sadly, feared most people, even if they were seemingly younger than himself. He gulped, scared to ask, "W-what?"

"I never told him I was going to a hospital. It wasn't me who blew up the place, and it wasn't me who said I was going to that hospital. He JUST thought I was going to be there. Whenever Porky is mentioned, it will always have to be him who screws up, so don't go blaming me...got it?"

"..." Luigi gulped and nodded. "O-okay."

"Good," Ness said, his hands letting out some sparks. "All we have to do now is BEAT THE CRAP OUT OF HIM!" he yelled.

Unfounded Revenge/Smashin' Song of Praise

"Duahahahaha!" Porky laughed, flying around the boat while ignoring the Bonnes altogether. "Yes, yes, yes! That rage, it makes my hair tremble with excitement! Show me more, Ness, show me MOAR!"

"Wow, he really is insane," Roll commented. "I don't quite understand howwe ended up being dragged into this situation, but we have no choice but to fight him head on, it seems. Everyone, be careful! Protect the boat at all costs while making sure you don't get hit! He does have projectiles, right?"

"Yes, he does..." Chris muttered.

"I wonder when you're going to stop feeling so sick..."

"It'll be harder to take him down," Ness told the others. "Don't underestimate him when gets like this!"

"Before, you said we shouldn't worry, but now you're telling us to do that?" Megaman asked.

"It's his craziness that kills people, not himself!" Ness said. "If you're not careful, you'll get yourself screwed over by his antics!"

"Antics that you should pay attention to!" yelled Porky. "Porky Bots, go!" he yelled, shooting three Porky Bots from the spider mech's back.

"What the..." Megaman trailed off before he used the Powered Buster to take one of the bots down, the other two being taken down by Volnutt Kirby and Ness. "Were those robots supposed to look like him?"

"Hey, mind your words, blue boy!" Porky yelled. "They reflect my charmness, but the real deal, me, is actually more charming!"

"Talk about being narcissistic to the end..." Megaman muttered.

"Anyway, DIE!" Porky yelled, releasing energy-concentrated bombs that quickly fell over the boat and exploded all over it. The boat tilted wildly at the sides, making everyone tumble over (and a well-known teen getting very seasick).

"C-careful!" Roll said. "Those bombs are very dangerous! They can make this boat sink if we get more of them!"

Mario stood back up. "In that case, don't let any bombs fall on the boat!" he advised.

"I'm sorry, but I happen to have lots of bombs ready for you," Porky said. "And I can use them, like, NOW!" he yelled laughing, releasing more bombs.

Before the bombs could even descend, Megaman reacted quickly and shot a single Powered Buster explosive, blowing up all the bombs to create a chain reaction that destroyed all of them, damaging Porky's mech as well. The blue boy grinned a bit and chuckled. "Sorry, but those bombs aren't going to work for you as long as I'm here," Megaman said.

"On, then, I'll push you off!" Porky yelled, the spider mech's claws suddenly stretching all the way towards the lookout tower. "Check out my extendable claws!" he said.

The group gasped and quickly sidestepped to avoid getting impaled by the claws. When one landed close to Ness and Lucas, the former looked at the latter and said, "Set in on fire!"

"R-right!" Lucas said, shooting a bolt of PK Fire with Ness to set the claw ablaze. The claw began to burn, reaching the spider mech. Porky began to panic as the temperature in the machine rose up, causing him to retreat his claws and dive back into the water to put out the fire.

Porky rose back up and grunted. "You don't really wanna see me when I'm mad. I tend to be more annoying when I'm angry!"

"W-wow, he admitted he's annoying..." Luigi muttered.

"SHUT UP!" Ness's neighbor yelled angrily. "Taste some red bolts!" he proclaimed, charging red electricity under the propellers. The spider mech quickly flew over the lookout tower and remained there.

"H-how do we avoid that?!" Luigi asked.

"Out of my sight!" Megaman yelled, firing a dozen of shots from his Powered Buster. Fortunately, the combined explosions pushed Porky away, interrupting his charge.

"Dammit!" Porky yelled. "You're lucky you have that blue boy with you, Ness! You're THAT lucky!"

Megaman looked serious at Ness. "He really likes you in a very sick way, no offense."

Ness frowned. "This is why I'm such an oddball..."

"Okay, let's try something different," Porky began, flying closer to the boat. "Porky Bots!"

"B-but you already used them!" Lucas pointed out.

"This time, they come in dozens so you have some people to play with! Go, go, GO!" Porky yelled, shooting dozens of Porky Bots from the spider mech. At this, the group gasped and began shooting all the robots to prevent any from landing on the boat. The six used fireballs, PK Thunders, Mega Buster shots, and Powered Buster artillery. From any point of view, it looked as if they formed a wall to destroy all the Porky Bots in the air. "Hey, stop blowing them all to smitherins!" Porky complained. "They should be the ones blowing you to smitherins instead!"

Luigi started to pant heavily, realising fireballs after fireballs. "I-I'm getting so tired, Mario!" he whined. "T-they just keep coming!"

"Keep on going!" Roll encouraged. "You must stop all those robots from landing on the boat!"

"Please, don't stop!" Peach cheered.

"(Why, oh why does she have to cheer us on? I don't want to see her getting depressed if we fail!)" Luigi whined mentally, soon noticing that the Porky Bots' assault finished. "Huh?"

"You guys can get on someone's nerves way too fast," Porky said, flying around the boat without looking away from the group. "You did on mine, so you'll pay! Go, Piggy Claws!"

The spider mech's claws began to glow in a sickening green color. Before long, they all quickly dove towards the group, each one slashing them harshly before retreating.

"Hope you liked my ultimate attack! That should things easier for me now that you're all poisoned!"

They all turned pale as their vision became blurry. Ness, Lucas, Luigi, and Volnutt Kirby tumbled over their rears while Megaman and Mario kept themselves standing up by hanging on to the handrail. "G-guys...I don't feel so good..." Megaman muttered, coughing weakly.

"T-that attack was rather fast..." Ness muttered. "D-darn you, Pokey..."

"It's PORKY!" Porky demanded. "P-I-G-A-S-S, Porky!"

Lucas held his stomach. "I don't have any energies to laugh... I really want to, but I can't..."

"Oh no, hang in there!" Roll said. "I-I don't know what to do! D-Data, go heal Megaman!"

"I'm afraid to say I don't like to go out during a fight!" Data yelled. "If I get attacked, it's over for me!"

"D-Data!"

"S-sorry, uki!"

At that moment, from the ladder, Chris (barely feeling okay while using his Scholar job) came out and flipped his book's pages. "Remove the damaging liquid... Poisona!" he chanted, holding out a hand.

Bubbles flew out from everyone's bodies, cleansing them all from the poison. They all soon felt healthy, standing back up to face Porky. "H-hey, that's cheating! You're not supposed to do that! Now my ultimate attack got wasted!" he whined. "I don't like when my ultimate attacks get wasted like this! I-I'll sue you for this!"

The scholar ignored the old kid's rants. "Y-you guys, please, get rid of him as soon as possible," Chris said, feeling sick in the stomach. "If you need any healing, just give me a call... BLUH!" he covered his mouth and went into the boat in a hurry.

Megaman sighed in relief. "Roll, we're fine now!"

"Phew, you had me really worried," Roll said. "Thank you so much, Chris."

"BLEH!" was Chris's response.

"I'll...take that as a 'you're welcome', then..."

"Grr, now I'm mad!" Porky said. "And don't you even dare point out I was already mad before! This feeling of anger is a new one that will help me to destroy you, Ness, and your little squad of peop-" he was cut off after a fully charged PK Flash, a blow from the Powered Buster, and a fully charged PK Freeze collided against the spider mech, making Porky tumble back in the air. "GAH! I HATE WHEN THIS HAPPENS!"

Mario frowned at this. "At this rate, his head will burst out of anger."

"His head would've blown up a very long time ago," Ness said. "To these days, I'd like to see it burst literally."

Megaman glared towards Porky. His eyes then turned to the right, finding that the Barcon was still chasing after them. "Hey, are the Bonnes still here?" he asked.

The group stared at the frog robot. "Funny, I thought they left after Porky arrived."

"T-they were there this whole time," Luigi said. "They haven't stopped arguing..."

They all could hear clearly that the Bonnes were arguing against each other, making a big riot that was taken care of by themselves without having good results. The Barcon silently chased after the boat, making no harm at all. "M-Miss Tron, don't take out dinner and meals away now!" whined a random Servbot inside the robot. "P-please, don't be so cruel!"

"It's all your fault that we're messing up big time here!" Tron yelled. "If you talk back to me, I'll take away your breakfasts as well!"

"Ooooh, noooooooo!" all the Servbots whined.

"Shut up, I said, shut up!" Teisel yelled. "I want to have order here! OOOOOOOOORDEEEEEEEEEEEEEER!!!"

The six on the lookout tower exchanged glances and shook their heads in pity for them, focusing back on Porky, who just noticed the robot following the robot. "Are these guys your friends or what, Ness?" Porky asked.

"Hell no!" Ness complained. "These guys are morons! If anything, they should be your friends!"

"Ha, good one!" Porky laughed. "I, the great Porky Minch, only work alone!"

"Aren't you working for the Subspace Army?" Mario asked.

"Yes, but I work alone," Porky said. "There's no darn way a digital old geezer will order me around!"

"How ironic you say that, old kid geezer," Ness muttered. "Also, you ARE working for them. Don't deny the undeniable."

"I'll undeny the deniable, then!" Porky proclaimed.

Lucas looked confused. "I don't know how to respond to this..."

"Then don't do it 'cuz you're going down!" Porky yelled, launching several bombs over the boat. In a hurry, the Smashers and Megaman scrambled around, trying to prevent the bombs from landing on the vessel. "Go, my claws!" he yelled while the bombs kept raining down, extending all the claws to the group, slashing them harshly across their bodies. In doing this, they all yelled in pain and stopped focusing on the bombs, which made contact with the boat and exploded.

"Aaaaaah!" Roll yelled as the boat shook violently (not doing any good to Chris's stomach). "E-everyone, please, hold on! The boat is still okay!"

Luigi groaned in pain, standing back up with the others. "B-but I'm not okay..." he muttered.

"D-dirty trick coming from a dirty pig..." Ness cursed under his breath.

"Ha-hahahahaha!" Porky laughed. "What's wrong? Where's your cool now, everybody? Are you getting tired? I was just starting to have fun tonight!"

Megaman looked towards the sky, where the sun was hiding away in the horizon. In a matter of minutes, night arrived at the lake. He grunted in pain, supporting himself by leaning against the handrail. "T-this won't stop me from fighting," he muttered.

"Hmm? Do you want some more? Fine by me, baby!" Porky said. "Let's make a riot!"

While the fight kept it course, inside the boat, the imp witnessed Sonic's body growing in side with fur. "...Oh, you guys, Sonic just transformed into his Werehog look," Chip said. "And he's not a stick anymore..."

"H-hey, where the hell am I?" Sonic asked gruffily. "W-we're on a boat?"

"Yep, and we're fighting a flying machine with a corpse on it and stuff."

"I-I don't want to stay on a boat! G-get me to safe land ASAP!"

"Oh, for the love of... Sonic, I want you to stop being afraid of the water!"

"I-I can't stop doing that just because you're ordering me to do so!"

"Oh, well, in that case, think the water is harmless to you."

"T-that's not working for me!"

"Okay, then think the water is land."

"It's not working still!"

"Think the water is your friend."

"Nah-ah!"

"Fine, then think you're running freely around a big space of land where water doesn't even exist."

A bell chimed inside Sonic's head.

"...So?" Chip asked.

"...You know, I feel so good now," Sonic said.

"Ah, Sonic, you're not afraid of the water anymore? That's a miracle!"

"What are you talkign about? I'm running around land where water doesn't exist. Are you crazy, Chip?"

The imp found out he had made the hedgehog a psychopath by his orders.

"...Um, yeah, you're absolutely running on a big space of land where water doesn't exist."

"Aww, this feels sooooooooo good. The wind touching my face, my feet leaving a wind trail behind. This is awesome!"

"...Oh, great goodness. Chip, you screwed Sonic's mind!" Chris yelled. "I hope you can fix him later after this! But...it is not like it was already screwed before."

"Hey, Chipminator did the right thing here," Chip said. "Sonic doesn't fear water anymore. That's good, right?"

"Y-yes, but in doing so, he thinks he is running while he is just there looking at us without doing anything else!"

"Personally, he's better this way," Ike spoke. "I didn't want to see him in a fetal position. And, just maybe, he could be useful in this state..."

"...You mean...he could go out there and fight Porky?" Chris asked. "Wait, that is it! The others are having a hard time. We need to ask some of them to swap with us!"

"You all swap. I'll stay here," Ike said.

"Why?"

"I only fight at close-range. That machine is fighting in the air. I can't just jump to it and fall into the water."

"It sucks to be you right now, right?" Chip asked.

"...Please, don't say that."

The scholar shook his head and looked up at the ladder. "H-hey, somebody, can you hear me? I think it is time to swap places!"

In a hurry, Luigi jumped into the boat. "S-swap with me, please! I-I don't want to keep on fighting!"

"Oh my, you're injured, Luigi," Peach said. "Please, come with me so I can heal you."

"O-oh, thanks..."

Chris looked back up at the ladder. "We need somebody else!"

At that moment, Kirby jumped down, having lost Megaman's ability. He sighed in defeat and began to rest. "You...go...please..." he muttered.

"The coast is clear!" Chris said. "Sonic, please, follow me!"

"Not right now, Chris," Sonic said. "I'm running around."

"Chip, do something about this! And Ike, if you want to be helpful, take care of Eggy for me!"

"I feel so ashamed of myself for taking care of an egg," Ike muttered angrily. "Fine, I'll take care of it. I hope my father doesn't laugh at me for this."

"He surely will," Sonic commented.

"S-shut up!"

Back on the lookout tower, Megaman was able to stop a Porky Bot from exploding on the boat, shooting it down with a single shot. He panted heavily with Mario, Ness, and Lucas while Porky chuckled amused. "C'mon, admit you can't keep on with me," Porky taunted. "It'll be easier if you just lie down and die!"

"N-no way..." Ness muttered. "L-losing to you is like losing all my dignity..."

"I love to see scenes like this," Porky said. "The part where the rival falls to his knees and begs for mercy. Don't worry, Ness. As your super rival, I shall hear your pleas."

"Is your mind really that messed up?" Ness asked annoyed.

"Don't you mock this scene!" Porky demanded. "Aww, shucks! You just made this scene feel worthless! It won't be any good if we re-do it!" He began moving the spider mech's claws. "Awright, you guys, it's the end of the line for you!"

At that moment, Chris and Sonic came to the lookout tower, with Chip following them as well. The scholar looked at the imp. "I am not approving your ideas to order Sonic, Chip. I am glad he is not thinking that he is in a field. But now, I am quite upset that he thinks we are doing hikings on mountains."

"Don't make me stop now," Sonic said, staring at Chris. "We need to climb another mountain."

Chip shook his head at Chris. "This had to be done, my lad," he said coolly.

The scholar sighed and furrowed his brow. "I swear that you will mess around with Sonic's mind a lot more in the future..."

"AHEM!" Porky cleared his throat loudly, making the three look at him. "Thank you for coming to the epilogue of this fight, you guys. Really, you make this really worthwhile for me."

The scholar instantly groaned. "Your attitude is like a thorn penetrating my toes. Sonic, show him what I mean when I am saying I do not want to hear him anymore!"

Sonic growled angrily at Porky. "Hey, go take a hike somewhere else!" he yelled. "GEARGH!" he roared, extending his claws towards the spider mech. The old kid gasped as the claws grabbed his own claws, trying to tear them off from his machine.

"S-stop, stop! Y-you can't do this!" Porky yelled, trying to fly away so Sonic's claws would release the mech's claws. Unfortunately, he found out that Sonic's claws kept stretching longer and longer, no matter how long he pulled back. After he flew back fifty feet away, Sonic got angry and began pulling back the spider mech. "Y-you little cartoon wolf, let go of me!"

Chris watched surprised at this that he adjusted his glasses a bit. "Interesting. It seems Sonic himself has proved to be a weakness to Porky. Truly, this must be an advantage for all of us."

"I have some news here," Kawashima spoke. "The Over Limit gauge is ready. Why don't you try using the Unleashed Mode?"

"I admit we have not used that in a good time," Chris said, changing to his Beastmaster job. He brandished his whip and looked at Sonic. "Keep holding Porky while I get ready, Sonic!"

"Got it!" Sonic said, grunting loudly as he pulled back the spider mech. "G-grr!!!"

"Everyone else, take advantage of this and attack the mech! Maybe we can beat him with a single move!"

"Right!" Megaman said, standing back up to shoot more Powered Buster blasts at the machine as Sonic pulling it to the boat.

The beastmaster slashed down his whip before holding it with both hands. "O beast that roams nocturnal meadows and searches for unaware prey... I order you to listen and obey to my orders..." Small fangs stuck out from his lips as his eyes turned a wild red. "Control: Wolf!" he yelled, hitting Sonic hard with the whip to take control over him. "Release the Unleashed Mode!"

"GEEEEEEEAAAAAARRRRRRRGH!!!" Sonic howled loudly while an fiery blue aura enveloped his body, his eyes turning wilder than before. The aura then shot all around his shoulders to his arms and claws, which were pulling Porky to them.

"Pull, I say, pull!" Chris ordered, Sonic suddenly pulling the machine right close to the boat. "Pull that bastard close to us!"

"Y-you're scratching the paintwork!" Porky yelled. "I demand your dog to STOP this instant!"

After the spider mech was pulled right in front of the lookout tower, Sonic let out a fearsome growl, making the others back away a bit from him. The beastmaster, however, noticed that something had woken up inside the werehog. "(A new ability?" Chris thought. "Sonic, it's time for you to use the Were-Wallop!"

"Alright!" Sonic exclaimed, growling loudly at Porky.

"Don't let go of Porky yet! Pull a claw back to you so you can start a combo. After that, use the new technique!" He slammed down the whip's tip. "Now!"

"HAA!!!" Sonic yelled, pulling back a fist to smash it against Porky's windshield. The old kid began to panic as the werehog then began to send a flurry of punches, all of them almost shattering the window that shielded his corpse from getting hurt. With a single punch, the spider mech spun crazily in the air while Sonic winded up his right fist to his side. "GEEEEEEEEARGH!!!" he howled, uppercutting the spider mech high into the air.

The others watched amazed as the spider mech was sent into the sky. In a second, it clumsily fell back down into the lake, where Porky began to scream out of panic to put the machine back into the air. Porky began panting heavily as water fled from his windshield's cracks. "L-look at what you've done to my expensive spider mech, you mutt!" Porky complained. "B-be glad the windshield didn't get broken!" He gasped as the furious werehog extended his claws to grab the machine's claws again. "K-knock it off!"

"I'LL KNOCK YOU DOWN! GEEEEEEARGH!!!" Sonic howled, pulling up his claws to make the spider mech spin crazily once more. The werehog jumped high into the air, raising his energy-filled fists over his head. With another fearsome roar, Sonic brought his hard fists down on the machine, performing the Were-Hammer at high potency to dove Porky down into the water, causing a high amount of damage to the old kid.

"Well done!" Chris exclaimed happily as the Unleashed Mode seized to boost Sonic's power.

Sonic chuckled and gave a thumb up to Chris. "Nice teamwork, you," he said, Chris chuckling heartily at this.

Megaman stared amazed at the werehog. "T-that...was incredible," he muttered.

For their dismay, the spider mech slowly flew back to the air, Porky panting heavily as the machine barely kept flying in the same position. "I-I call dibs on you!" he demanded. "H-how the heck did you get so strong? I trained myself to get stronger!"

"Just because you train doesn't mean we'll be the same," Chris pointed out. "Also, you don't really train. You just upgrade your spider mech to do things for you..."

"L-lies, all lies!" Porky yelled, starting to deploy more Porky Bots. "I-I am stronger! Y-you can't deny that!"

Ness pressed his brow for a bit. "Can you just leave already?" he asked annoyed as everyone else stopped the Porky Bots from landing by shooting them down. "PK Flash!" Ness yelled, sending forth a green flash onto the spider mech, gradually growing in magnitude of power.

"N-no!"

Music stops

With a big explosion that radiated green flashes, all of them stopped attacking as they saw the spider mech blowing up in the air. It flew around crazily like a fly, buzzing loudly with Porky's panicked screams. "I-it's blowing up!" Lucas said.

"I-I-I hate you!" Porky yelled. "I-I-I despise you! I-I-I want you all dead someday! I-I-I'm going to get rid of you someday, Ness! A-and that vagina-y Lucas will get what he deserves for messing with my army! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Porky yelled, momentarily stopping flying around. "Oh, this really sucks," he muttered before the spider mech blew up, turning into a big scrap of metal that rocketed towards the sky where anybody could hear Porky cursing as he disappeared from sight.

"...Is it over?" Roll asked. "Everyone, you did it again! You managed to beat that guy after all! Phew, I thought we were really going to sink for a minute there!"

They all remained silent for a while before sighing in unison. All of them sat back down, relieved that they got rid of the old kid. "W-we beat him..." Megaman muttered. "...You guys aren't thinking that innocent people died, right?"

Mario shook his head. "We don't know if there were people there to begin with. If they were...we can hope that they survived."

"I guess that's the only thing we can do for now..." Megaman muttered. "...I don't ever want to see that maniac neighbor of yours, Ness."

Lucas frowned. "B-but he always comes back somehow. He'll surely come back to try to kill us."

"Sadly, I agree," Ness muttered. "Porky is not like the guys who give up so easily."

"Like the Bonnes?" Mario asked, pointing back at the Barcon.

They all fixed their sight on the robot following the boat. By now, their arguments were starting to tire themselves out. The Bonnes didn't have more strength to keep on yelling, and this made the group get even more relieved than before. "A-and...you won't get...desserts...either..." Tron muttered, coughing afterward.

Teisel sighed and leaned against his seat. "F-finally, there isn't anymore whining in here..."

"Babu..." Bon trailed off pleased.

Tron wiped the sweat off her forehead. "Phew, I feel a bit much better now," she said. "Now, what were we doing before we got in this...bickering?"

"Babu."

"...Oh, right, we were chasing Megaman," Tron said, looking back at the screen in front of them to stare at the group. "You there! We're back in action this time! You better get ready for the worst 'cause this is the last time you wi-"

"But we thought you didn't have any means to attack us," Megaman said.

"W-we do have some others ways to attack that little boat of yours!" Teisel yelled. "Tron, we do, right?"

"N-no..." Tron muttered, trying to restrain her anger at the sad fact.

"W-we have to come up with something!" Teisel demanded. "We came all this way to do something! I shall not accept defeat!"

"Babu!" Bon said, raising his arms.

"Well said, Bon!" Teisel said. "We are the Bonne Family! We're first class pirates bent to steal treasures from all around the world! When we face trouble, we always find a way to get pass through obstacles! No matter what happens, we always escape with treasure on our hands! Our skills are unmatched, and other pirates shake in fear when they hear about us! Diggers usually scramble away to make way for us! We are the Bonne Family! We get what we want! All of you are just a bunch of rats pestering us. Just like any other group, we will crush you!"

Tron and Bon stared at Teisel with some admiration. "Teisel..." Tron muttered, her eyes filling with tears of joy.

Teisel pointed at himself with a thumb. "I AM the leader of the Bonne Family, after all. It's always me who has to bring up the family together in times of desperation. And tonight, we will achieve our goal: raid Lake Jyun's Sub-Gate and get everything out from it!"

"Babu?" Bon asked.

Teisel crossed his arms and nodded confidently. "That's right, Bon. Those guys will have to go away or else we'll unleash our full potential on them!" He pumped up a fist. "Servbots, do you hear me? We're not going to fail tonight! We shall succeed!"

"Yes, Master Teisel, sir!" the Servbots yelled with determination, ignoring the sad fact that they were stripped away from their breakfast, meal, and dinner for a month.

Teisel made a fist, pointing it at the group. "How about if you start pleading us for our mercy? We MIGHT give you some mercy!"

Tron pumped up her fists. "Teisel, you're awesome!"

"Babu!" Bon said, pumping up his fists.

Teisel began crying toon tears with his siblings. "Y-you guys...you're the best brother and sister a big brother could ask for!" He rubbed his eyes with his right arm. "Y-you're so...so awesome..."

Tron sniffed sadly. "P-please, Teisel, don't cry! You've given us hope to keep fighting on! Show us the way to victory!"

"Babu, babu, babu!" Bon said.

"I-I want to show all of you the way, but this moment is so memorable! I want to cry my eyes out so see the path clearly!" Teisel said. "J-just give me a minute here, and we will continue on!"

"Master Teisel!!!" the Servbots yelled before everyone in the began to cheer loudly.

And, as for the Smashers, who were being ignored by the Bonnes having their memorable moment of false glory...

"...Tell me they're not telling us their life story," Ness muttered in boredom.

"S-should we attack them while they're distracted?" Lucas asked.

"N-no!" Chris said. "All villains have tragic pasts to tell. We need to hear them out so we get a better understanding of them!"

Sonic looked bored at Chris. "Aren't you getting a bit into the moment yourself, Chris?"

Chris blushed and looked away. "M-maybe their determination is rubbing on me..."

"Chris, don't make me hit you in the head with my bat, then," Ness warned.

"S-sorry."

"Anyway," Megaman began, a bit freaked out at the moment, "we should do something about the Bonnes."

Mario suddenly got an idea. "In that case, wait here. I'm going back into the boat," he said, starting his way down into the boat by climbing down the inner ladder.

Several seconds later, Teisel stopped crying his tears of joy out. He chuckled to himself and pointed back to the group. "So then, how will it be this time? Are you prepared to face us, or are you prepared to run away and leave us alone? As a rule, we will give you five seconds so you can have a chance to scram!"

"Pss, Mario," Chip whispered, "do they have weapons?"

"Not really," Mario whispered. "They're just trying to look tough. They must be very delusional."

"I'll start your countdown!" Teisel warned. "Five! Four! Three! Two! On-"

At that moment, Peach peeked out from the boat and looked at the Barcon. "Oh, who are they?" she asked.

Teisel stopped counting down. Just seeing Peach's face made him stutter like an idiot. Tron and Bon exchanged glances before their big brother began to sweat bullets. "Good God Lord! I-it's Actress Peach!" he said in a high-pitched tone.

Tron knew what was going to come next. Grunting loudly, she pointed at Teisel. "Teisel, what are you doing? We can't back down after you gave us that inspirational speech!"

The leader of the family shook his head. "B-but I can't bring myself to hurt her! S-she's more valuable to me than any treasure!"

"Not this whole crap about your novel's actresses again!" Tron groaned.

Peach smiled happily. "Is it you, Teisel?"

Teisel yelped like a girl at his name being said by Peach. "O-oh my god, she knows who I am! I-I'm the happiest fan in the world!" he muttered, clapping his hands so many times (like a girl).

Tron smacked her forehead. "Who would forget you, Teisel? You just met her five hours ago! Stop acting so shocked and let's get this show on the road!"

"N-no, I can't! I just can't!" Teisel said, touching his index fingers together. "H-hurting one of my favorites actresses is like getting my hair cut off..."

"Babu?" Bon asked.

"Teisel's hair doesn't defy gravity, so don't ask stupid things, Bon!" Tron scolded, turning back to Teisel. "Look, if you don't want to go through with this, fine! I'll assume control of the Barcon!"

Teisel suddenly guarded his control panel from Tron. "I won't allow you, Tron! You dare hurt her, I'll make you regret it!"

Tron, angrily, stood up and walked to Teisel's side, trying to pull him off the control panel. "You stupid weirdo, give me your spot!" she yelled.

"No!" Teisel pleaded. "I won't let you hurt Actress Peach! I'll sacrifice my life for her if I have to!"

"That's so sweet of you, Teisel," Peach was heard saying. "But, I wouldn't like to see you dying..."

Teisel gasped. "O-oh my god, she's so sweet!" he muttered, getting inspiration to keep Tron away from the control panel. "You won't lay a missile on her, Tron! I'm warning you!"

"Dammit, Bon, help me here!" Tron demanded. "Bon!"

The poor Bon was cowering in fear on his seat. He started to get scared at the scene just ten feet away from him. "B-babu! Babu, babu!" he yelled scared.

"I will stop yelling once Teisel stops acting like a retard!"

"Babu!"

"Stop whining and help me here!" Tron struggled.

"B-baaaaaaabuuuuuuuu!" Bon cried.

"Servbots, get your darn butts over here and give me a hand!"

"B-but, Miss Tron, we're scared!" a random Servbot said underneath the floor. "We don't want to get in trouble with Master Teisel!"

"YOU'LL GET IN TROUBLE WITH ME IF YOU KEEP CRYING DOWN THERE!"

"A-aaaaaaaaaaaaaah!!!" all the Servbots panicked loudly, scrambling around the lower floor.

While all the commotion kept its track, the Smashers merely stared at the Barcon, where a new bickering started to erupt within its steel walls. Peach looked concerned about the Bonnes that she asked, "Is it okay for us to do this?"

Mario sighed. "I don't want to make you sad, Peach, but this had to be done."

"A-Actress Peach!" Teisel yelled. "G-get away from here! I won't let these people hurt your fresh and sweet face! T-this is your chance to live on and keep making debuts in my novels!!!"

Ness, for once, began to chuckle so loud that he started to laugh afterward. "God, these guys are hilarious!" he rejoiced. "O-oh, my funny bone! I-it hurts! A-ahahahahaha!"

Lucas looked away. "(Ness, you're freaking me out so much...)" he thought.

Sonic looked miffed at this, looking back up to Chris. "Hey, do you have any ideas about what to do with 'em?"

The beastmaster frowned. "Sonic, this is already being such a waste of time to me. If you're asking me for an idea...then I'd say that you should crush that robot with your own hands...I mean, claws."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Oh well," he muttered, getting serious before his claws extended to grab the robot by the sides. The werehog began to put a lot of pressure and force in his claws that the robot's sides began to get compressed so quickly, alarming the Servbots inside.

"M-Master Teisel, Master Bon, Miss Tron!" a random Servbot yelled. "T-the Barcon is getting compressed by that wolf monster out there, and our robot wasn't properly shielded with the best steel we have due to time constraints! A-at this rate, the Barcon will blow up!"

But his warning fell to deaf ears as there was a lot of commission in the main room of the Barcon. Teisel and Bon were cursing each other out so loudly while a scared Bon backed away to a corner, trying to make his siblings stop yelling and screaming. A red alarm soon blared off inside the Barcon as the werehog compressed the robot with his big claws. Panic kept ensuing inside the robot, and before long, it finally blew up into smitherins, Sonic pulling his claws back.

Megaman looked up in the sky where a mulitude of knocked out Servbots and the Bonnes themselves (still cursing and yelling) flew far away into the horizon, turning into a small blink of light, indicating that they were gone.

Ness's laughs subsided, replacing them with long pants. "O-oh, why did you have to end the scene so soon? I was enjoying it..." he said, sighing afterward.

Megaman placed a hand over his forehead. "I feel sorry for them. This surely wasn't their night."

"And I don't feel very happy that they left like that," Peach said preoccupied. "I'm sad that they couldn't make up..."

Sonic gasped and fell to his knees, facing the princess while joining his hands. "N-no, don't get mad at me again! I-I won't tolerate any more silent treatments! For my heart, please, don't ignore me again!"

"S-Sonic, I-I won't ignore you!" Peach said. "D-don't cry, please. E-everything will be just fine!"

While the werehog tried to convince Peach of something she wasn't even going to do, Roll looked concerned as she drove the boat ashore the Sub-Gate's isle. "This is bad..." she muttered.

"Hey, Roll, why did we stop here?" Megaman asked.

"Megaman, I have some bad news," Roll said. "Apparently, the damage we took on that battle debilitated the boat's functions more than I imagined it could take. Fortunately, I can fix it up, but it will take a lot of time to do so... Thanks to all that, if I continue to drive the boat, it could sink, and we could end up drowning."

"That's bad to know..."

"Unfortunately, we'll have to stay here for a little while longer," Roll said. "However, since we're stuck here, why don't you guys get started on exploring the Sub-Gate?" she suggested. "While you're checking it out, I'll be fixing up the boat."

"But we're tired," Megaman said.

"O-oh, I can heal everyone," Chris offered.

Peach raised her hand. "I know how to heal as well."

"If we combine forces, we could heal everyone completely in a matter of time," Chris said. "And we could be ready to explore the Sub-Gate as well."

"Just having all of you with us makes everything easier," Roll said with a pleased sigh.

An hour later...

After healing everyone, Megaman and his group stepped out from the boat, standing over the grassy patch on the isle. They all looked at the yellow dome in front of them, which Megaman went to inspect to insert his Digger license. The mechanical door beeped a few times, then it slowly opened, revealing an elevator waiting for them to use.

"...What is this?" Kawashima said. "E-everyone, there are Subspace readings coming from the Sub-Gate!"

"What?" Mario said. "Does that mean they're inside?"

"Yes," the professor said. "If my assumptions are right, they could be looking for the Shamar Temple. And, just maybe, it could reside deep within the Sub-Gate..."

Chip looked serious. "My future is waiting to be answered inside these ruins," he muttered. "Guys, help me to Chipminate this!"

"You mean, blow it up?" Ike asked.
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 12, 2010, 07:18:43 PM
"No, when I say Chipminate, I mean investigate," Chip said, receiving bored looks from everyone. "What?"

"I can't really get the true meaning of that made-up word..." Chris said.

Chip chuckled. "You see, Chipminate has many different meanin-"

"That you only understand," Sonic said.

"Yes."

"Hmmmmmmm..." most of them grumbled in unison.

Megaman turned to the boat. "Is it okay for you to work in fixing the boat while you give us pointers, Roll?"

"Yeah, don't worry," Roll said, peeking out from the boat's door. "I can multitask pretty easily by myself. You don't have to worry too much, Megaman."

Big peeked out his face from the other side. "Besides, I'll give her some company. I don't like to explore ruins at night."

"Sub-Gates oftenly have illumination," Megaman said. "Hopefully, this one has its own one."

"But Kawashima just said that the Subspace Army could be waiting for us inside," Chris said. "And there might be a chance that Froggy is there."

Big's ears perked up a bit. "Froggy is inside?" he asked.

"Maybe?"

The purple cat jumped out from the boat and walked towards them. "In that case, I want to go."

Peach chuckled heartily. "I admire Big's determination to find his little lost friend," she commented.

"Heheheh, I'll do anything to rescue Froggy," Big said pleased, blushing a bit.

"Oh well," said Roll as Data peeked out from her back, "Data here will give me some company. Did you ask him to heal your blue suit, Megaman?"

"He already did," Data said. "Megaman is all set to go, uki!"

Megaman nodded. "We're ready to start the exploration," he said, turning to face the Sub-Gate. "Wish us good luck."

Chris walked to Roll and handed over Eggy to her hands. "You take care of Eggy. I can't take him with me in a place where robots will try to hit me."

Roll looked at the egg. "...Okay...I'll take care of this...Eggy..." she trailed off as Chris went back to the group.

Ike looked serious. "I don't like where this is going, so we better be prepared for what's to come."

Lucas gulped and took out Rope Snake. "Y-you stay with me so I can get moral support," he told the snake.

"Yep," Rope Snake said. "You do all the fighting while I sit back and relax."

"Y-yes, of course..."

...

"...What?"

"Lucas!" Ness yelled from the elevator, everyone else already waiting for the clueless Lucas. "We're going to leave you if you don't hurry!"

The blond kid blinked surprised at them, Rope Snake hiding inside his pocket. "H-how did you get there so..." The elevator started moving down, alarming Lucas. "H-hey, please, wait!" he yelled, running inside the dome where the door closed slowly while he jumped down to catch up with everyone.

Roll and Data kept staring at the dome before the engineer cleared her throat and kept Eggy in her pockets. "I better get started on the reparations. Data, you assist me," she said.

"Alright," Data said, holding a screwdiver and some screws on his little hands. He also wore a small yellow helmet (which seemed very familiar to many but Roll) when Roll noticed.

Suddenly, the sonar began to make sounds, locating several energy readings coming from further inside the Sub-Gate...

Lake Jyun - Sub Gate

Megaman Legends/64 - Main Gate

Once the elevator touched the cold floor, the group stepped off from it, finding themselves standing in a tight room where the walls had a crystalline blue and light blue color. For Big's relief, there was illumination to enlight the way.

"Well, here we are," Megaman said. "This place is probably much different than the previous Sub-Gate."

In front them, there waited some double doors that they crossed. Once they did so, they turned to the left, walked, and turned to the right to find a wider area. "So far, no Reaverbots..." Ness muttered.

Big looked down at the floor. "Huh? What's that shadow thing coming out from the floor?"

They all turned their attention to the floor where a familiar monster came out and screeched loudly at them, making everyone plug their ears. The monster stopped screeching and dangerously walked towards them.

"A-a Nightmare!" Chris yelped.

"A Nightmare?" Megaman asked.

Before anything else could be asked, Sonic growled angrily and tossed and flying punch at the monster, crushing it against the wall behind it. The Nightmare screamed in pain before vanishing into spores of darkness, also releasing red orbs that somehow flew into Sonic. The werehog blinked at this, feeling as if his body had gained a small amount of power.

Megaman, still confused, repeated his question. "What was that monster just now? I know it was something called a 'Nightmare' because you said so, but...you know them?"

"Well..." Sonic trailed off, "we know those monsters because they're plaguing worlds where the temples can be found."

"They only decide to appear during the night, though," Ike said. "If you don't bother them, they'll just patrol their surroundings without making a ruckus. If you got in their path, they will start to attack you."

"They relate to me in some way," Chip said. "They're my brother's henchmen."

"Your brother?" Megaman questioned.

"A big deity of darkness who's trying to bring darnation and annihilation upon Sonic's world and the other worlds as well," Chris said. "And no, that thing doesn't EVEN look like Chip at all."

Chip grinned coolly. "My brother didn't get the handsome looks of our father," he said.

"Chip, I'd like you to stop talking before we ask who your parents are," Sonic said. "But what I want to ask is this: what were those red orbs that flew into my body?"

"If seems those red orbs helped you to get closer to obtain a new technique, Sonic," Kawashima said. "I can safely assume that you get stronger the more creatures like the Nightmares you defeat. Collect those red orbs to unlock more abilities."

The werehog stared blankly at Chris. "Why the hell did that sound like a video game tutorial just now? Oh...wait...never mind," he said.

Megaman looked a bit stern. "Hey, don't leave me in the dark. I want to know more about these Nightmares."

"That's all we know about them," Chris said worried. "Whatever you do when you spot one, don't try to pick a fight with them."

"But that monster came out and attacked us!"

"But in this case...we'll have to go forward and fight them," Chris said. "We're so many, so I don't think we'll have much problems with them."

"Megaman!" Roll began to talk. "Megaman, this is bad!"

"Roll, what is it?" Megaman asked. "Are there any problems with the boat?"

"No, that's not it," Roll said. "I'm detecting several strange energy signals all over the Sub-Gate. Those very same signals aren't Reavebots but...something else I can't put my finger on..."

"...More Nightmares," Mario muttered, "and maybe even more different kinds of them."

Megaman shook his head. "Roll, everything is fine. We'll proceed through and take down anything in our way to the refractor."

"Are you sure? The readings are quite strong..." Roll trailed off. "...Alright, I'll trust you, everyone. Be extremely careful, okay? I'll warn you if there are enemies nearby."

The blue boy crossed his arms and thought for a bit. "Things are getting pretty irratic ever since all of you came here."

"I can't say for sure that we bring trouble to you," Mario said. "These events were going to take place even if we weren't here. And if you had to face all those obstacles alone..."

"I guess you're right... Sorry for that," Megaman said. "Well, if you guys are ready, let's move on."

"By the way, Megaman," Roll began, "I'm detecting some small energy readings hidden within treasure chests. It might be possible that there are Starter Keys scattered all over the place. I suggest that you find all of them before going further into the ruins."

"More of those keys," Peach said. "Let's do our best."

"I-I'll shield you while we do our best," Luigi offered, standing next to Peach.

After proceeding through a corridor, the group reached another wide room where four Reaverbots itched closer to them. The Reaverbots had red bodies with cream legs and heads with a thing prong for each one of them, sporting the Reaverbot eye on their heads.

"R-Reaverbots!" Lucas yelped as most of them assumed their positions.

"Even though those creatures are dwelling around the ruins, the Reaverbots are still patrolling," Megaman said. "Don't get careless, everybody. These Reaverbots are the most basic of them all."

"Those are called Red Zakobons," Roll said. "Zakobons are the most common type of enemies you'd find in a Sub-Gate anywhere. However, Red Zakobons are stronger versions of the common Zakobon. They like to ram themselves against their enemies, and they also shoot fireballs from behind their feet. As a little side note, they're also called Horokkos."

The four Red Zakobons raised their legs to reveal holes between them. They all shot four fireballs to them all, making them gasp. Mario reacted quickly and stepped in front of them, taking out his cape to reflect the fireballs back at the Reaverbots, successfully hitting them straight on. The Reaverbots began to get fire, making them all run amok by sliding around the floor.

"M-Mario, I think that was a bad idea!" Luigi said as everyone began to dodge the ramming attacks.

"I-I'm sorry for that mistake," Mario said, jumping over a flaming Red Zakobon.

Ike, however, stopped dodging to sweep his sword around, managing to hit two incoming Red Zakobons to crush them. Upon getting rid of two, the Greil Mercenary used a Quick Draw to tear apart one that was going to crash against Big, who snuck over a corner and ducked to take cover.

And Sonic just crushed the last one with a free claw. Yes, nothing so surprising like Ike did.

"Hey!" Sonic yelled to no one in particular.

Kirby sighed. "Thank you, Ike," he thanked Ike.

"Well, that was a first," Megaman said. "I never knew they could go crazy if they get themselves on fire."

"I'll think carefully about reflecting attacks next time," Mario said.

Megaman looked to the east where a treasure chest rested idly. "Ooh, I'll see if there's a Starter Key over there," he said, walking over to open the chest. He opened and took out more machine parts. "False alarm, but still useful," he said, keeping the parts away.

"Everyone," Roll began, "I'm detecting some Reaverbots waiting to ambush you across the double doors," she said as everyone turned to the west, spotting said double doors.

"I don't know if it was better not to known if they were going to ambush us," Ness said. "Even if we know they're going to ambush us, how the heck are we going to avoid an ambush?"

"By not entering?" Big asked.

"Yes, but we don't have any choice," Megaman said. "Let's get ambushed."

"You don't know how twisted that sounded just now," Chris said with a sigh.

The group crossed the double doors.

And they were ambushed by six short-legged robots that had their bodies flat, resembling big mouths to chow down their trespassers. The Reaverbots walked towards them as if they were crocodiles. Megaman grunted and began firing energy spheres from his Mega Buster, not doing any damage to the Reaverbots. The others began to attack them with long-range attacks, but none of them seemed to work. "Roll, these Reaverbots can't stop moving towards us! We can't hurt them!"

"Those must be Kurugurus," Roll said. "Watch out for their mouths! They can actually hurt you pretty badly!"

"Tips, dangit, give us any tips to hurt them!" Ness asked.

"If you want to hurt them, you have to flip them over," Roll said. "Their upper body is heavily-armored, but they're extremely vulnerable from their lower parts."

"How do we flip them over if they charge at us?" Chip asked.

Suddenly, one of the Kurugurus that Megaman was shooting at flipped over by itself. It budged its six legs, trying to get back on its feet. The blue boy took quick action and fire a Powered Buster shot, blowing the Reaverbot to bits. "It flipped over?" Megaman asked.

"I think multiple shots force them to flip themselves," Mario said. "Let me try," he said, shooting several fireballs at a charging Kuruguru. The Reaverbot, after receiving eight fireballs, flipped over by itself. Sonic then took advantage and slammed down both of his fists, obliterating the Reaverbot. "Just as I expected. They flip over if they receive too many hits."

"Thunder Flare!" Peach suddenly shouted, shoving a blue sphere of magic towards the four remaining Kurugurus. A big of circling sparks suddenly appeared between the Reaverbots, delivering many hits that forced to flip over. Since the sphere didn't stop, it began to damage their lower parts, making them explode into bits as the sparks vanished.

"Nice," Sonic muttered, grinning to Peach.

The princess chuckled heartily. "Oh, please, don't look at me like that," she said embarrassed.

"We took care of the Kuru..Kuru...something, Roll," Megaman said embarrassed, looking around the wide corridor where he spotted a corridor on each side of the walls and a set of double doors in front of them.

"Megaman, I'm detecting three Starter Keys nearby," Roll said. "They seem to be dividing in three different ways: one is to the south, one to the west, and one to the north."

"I think I have a pretty good guess why they're around," Megaman said. "Everyone, we need to divide into three groups and find those keys. My group will go forward, one will go to the left corridor, and the other one will go to the right corridor."

Mario, Luigi, and Peach decided to join Megaman. Sonic, Ness, Chip, and Big made the second group, and Ike, Chris, Lucas, and Kirby made the last one.

"We'll be okay from here," Ike reassured Megaman.

"I'm a bit worried, but let's do it," Sonic said, smacking his fists together.

All three groups divided by going through the three different ways. Fortunately, for Sonic's and Ike's groups, they were going to deal with a few problems on their ways to the Starter Keys.

But for Megaman's group, things were going to get dangerous.

The blue boy's group proceeded through the west, crossing the double doors to the next area. They all now were standing in front of a water veil that shielded the next big area crossing it. "Huh?" Roll sounded confused. "MegaMan, what can you see up there? I'm not picking anything up on my monitor..."

"What do you mean, Roll?" Megaman asked. "Wasn't this place getting full with those strange energy readings?"

"Yeah, but there were some waiting close to where all of you are," she said. "But...they suddenly vanished as if they were defeated by something else. Moreover, they all got taken out at the same time, and they were separated... I don't know, but I have a bad feeling about this... Please, proceed with caution, Megaman. We don't know what's in there."

Luigi gulped and grabbed Peach's left arm. "D-don't say anything else! I-I want to get out of here right now!"

"Luigi, calm down," Mario said. "Unlike the Nightmares, we know how to think. That gives us a big advantage."

"Y-yes, but..."

"Everything will be okay, Luigi," Peach reassured the green plumber. "Have some confidence, okay?"

While Luigi nodded, Megaman looked away in boredom. "(Who's the one getting protected here again?)" he asked to himself. "Well, let's step inside the room. From the looks of it, it's big."

Mario walked to the water veil, crossing his head through it to see the room. The room surely was the biggest place in the whole set of ruins since it had about four different levels of height spread all over it. There were also three more water veils covering some doors. "It looks safe for now," Mario said, crossing the veil completely. "Come on out," he told everyone.

Megaman smiled and walked through the veil while Peach and Luigi followed suit. After jumping down three floors below, they walked to the center, stepping on the water-soaked floor. "Megaman, everyone, be careful," Roll said.

"You worry too much, Roll," Megaman said chuckling. "Trust us when I'm saying that we're going to be fin-"

At that moment, the Mushroom Kingdom residents gasped as Megaman was pushed against the wall by no reason at all. The blue boy grunted in pain as he stood back up to his feet. "W-what was that?!" Luigi asked.

"S-something just rammed an iron claw against my face and I got pushed to the wall," Megaman said, looking around the room. "B-but I didn't see anything doin-ugh!" he grunted in pain as he was punched in his gut before being kicked hard on his chest, falling down to the floor. "H-hey, this isn't funny!" he complained.

Mario began to hear some footsteps nearby. "Something is here... Wait, no...there are more of them...and they're walking towards us..."

Luigi began to sweat bullets. "W-who are attacking us like that?" he asked.

"There must be invisible enemies in that room," Roll said. "Whatever they are, don't get hurt! Try to find a way to blow away their cover to know where they are!"

"T-then let's do this!" Megaman said, shooting around the area with his Mega Buster. At first, firing randomly seemed pointless, but suddenly, a shot connected against something in midair, and a Reaverbot appeared before them. "T-that's the thing that attacked us!"

"It's one of those Reaverbots we found at the Sub-Gate of the forest," Mario said. "But this one is blue..."

"An Invisible Sharukurusu," Roll said. "It has the capability to camouflage in water-soaked environments like the room where you are."

Without previous warning, the Invisible Sharukurusu charged at the mushroom trio. Mario looked serious and stood in front of Peach (and Luigi), shoving forward a fire-concentrated hand to deliver fire into the robot. The Reaverbot was pushed back, shooting sparks from the blow it received from the red plumber.

"I-I've got to do this as well," Luigi said. "I-I'll use my Thunderhand!" he said, charging forward to the stunned Reaverbot. "H-hey, you, w-we're not finished!"

Peach clasped her hands together at this display of courage. "Oh, Luigi..." she trailed off with happiness.

"(I-I can pull this one by myself. I really can do it!)" Luigi rejoiced mentally, charging towards the Sharukurusu. "(P-Peach will admire me after this. I-I know she will!) I-its Luigi Time, everybod-"

His charge of bravery, however, was soon interrupted as a metalic claw slammed right into his face, forcing him to fall down on his back.

"...WHY MUST I GET THIS KIND OF TREATMENT WHEN THE TIME IS RIGHT?! WHY?!" Luigi cried loudly before breaking into tears, much for Mario's dismay, who finished the robot off with another fire blow.

Peach gasped and ducked down to calm Luigi down. In the meantime, Mario and Megaman shielded both of them from any Invisible Sharukurusus. "There are more of them around," Mario said. "Let's hear them out so we can find them, okay?"

The two remained silent to hear the Reaverbots' footsteps. Upon hearing one coming from behind a high floor, Megaman turned to the left and shot a Powered Buster blast, managing to blow an invisible Reaverbot against the wall. The camouflage lowered down, revealing a Sharukurusu. "There's one!" Megaman said, finishing it off with another Powered Buster blast. "Man, this weapon does come in handy," he said.

"Don't let your guard down yet," Mario said as his eyes looked around the area. "There are more of them lurking nearby."

Just then, Megaman spotted several movements on the water, leaving behind splashes. "There is another one!" he yelled, firing a Powered Buster blast. The explosion pushed down a Sharukurusu, its camouflage malfunctioning. Megaman finished it off with another blast, destroying it to bits.

Suddenly, around the four, a few drops of water rose up a bit, indicating that three Sharukurusus were going to leap at them. "Quick, attack!" Mario warned Megaman. Both began to shoot fireballs and blast attacks, successfully pushing all three Reaverbots down. When their camouflages malfunctioned, Megaman quickly disposed of all of them with his Powered Buster.

They all remained silent, waiting to hear footsteps coming at their way. As they expected, footsteps were heard coming from the north and south. "There are more of them..." Peach muttered.

Luigi stood up and wiped out his tears. "I-I'm ready this time," he said. "I-I can do this."

"Megaman?" Chris's voice echoed. "Mario, where are you?"

From the north, Ike's group came in with Lucas holding a Starter Key. The former four sighed in relief after seeing them back. "Everything went well with you?" Megaman asked.

"We encountered a few Nightmares on our way here," Ike said. "We managed to beat them all, though."

"B-but they were hiding across the corners," Lucas muttered. "One of them even leaped on Ike..."

"Good thing he acted fast," Chris said. "That monster was about to dig its claws on his back."

"But he has that cape to protect his back," Kirby said happily.

"I doubt my cape will protect me of their pincers, Kirby..." Ike trailed off. "Anyway, have you found your Starter Key?" he asked as Lucas gave the key to Megaman.

"We were ambushed by some invisible Reaverbots," Peach said. "Luckily, Megaman and Mario destroyed them."

Luigi sniffed mentally. "(I could've been mentioned as well if I hadn't been attacked.)"

Kirby showed Megaman a ring. "I found this in a hole on the wall," he said, giving the ring to Megaman. The ring itself was actually very valuable. It had a perfectly polished sapphire on top of it.

Megaman smiled at it. "(I'm going to give the ring to Roll. She'll like it for sure,)" he said.

Luigi overheard some arms stretching all the way over a high floor. The green plumber looked up to see Sonic opening a treasure chest on top of the highest platform of the room. "H-hey, Sonic!"

"Man, more machine parts," Sonic said, taking out some parts from the treasure chest. "Here I thought I was going to find all three keys..."

"Sonic!"

Sonic's ears perked up a bit and he looked down. "It's you guys!" he yelled, jumping all the way down to them. "Did you find the last key?"

"The last key? Does that mean you found two keys?" Megaman asked.

The werehog grinned and showed him a Starter Key. "Found this one at the end of the south corridor," he said. "The others went to get another one behind me... By the way, here," he said as he gave Megaman two different sets of machine parts. "Are ALL ruins full of machine parts?"

"No..." Megaman said as he kept all items with him. "But, really, you guys should really consider careers as Diggers."

"Maybe, but we have other things to do," Mario said.

From the south, Ness, Big, and Chip came to them, holding the last Starter Key on Chip's hands. "Alright, we got all three keys," Ness said. "Are there any more?"

"I'm not picking up more faint signals, but I can still pick some strong ones due west of your position," Roll said. "You surely got all the Starter Keys by now."

"All that's left to find is the refractor itself," Megaman said, spotting yet another set of double doors high up on the floor. "If we follow that way, we could end up stumbling upon it."

"...Huh?" Roll sounded confused. "Hey, Megaman, I'm spotting a huge concentration of energy coming from the west part of the ruins. Oh my goodness, it's huge!"

"I-is it bad or good?" Luigi asked.

"I can't tell, but is neither a Reaverbot or one of those weird creatures," Roll said. "Looks like there's something else beyond..."

Ike rubbed his chin, thinking about a possibility. "Could it be a Temple of Gaia is in here?" He looked at Chip. "What do you think?"

"I think that could be true," Chip said. "There isn't anything else that gives out a lot of energy than a Temple of Gaia. If that's true, we must hurry and head down...I mean, up there!"

"W-wait!" Roll interrupted. "T-this is so weird, but there seems to be people in the ruins as well!"

"There are...what?" Megaman said. "Roll, are you sure?"

"Y-yeah, I'm sure of it," Roll said. "I'm picking up human life signals coming from the same direction of that huge energy concetntration!"

"Damn, how many things can you pick up?" Sonic asked surprised.

"I'm an expert in these kinds of things," Roll boasted. "My sonar can detect almost any kind of readings and signals. I can even pick up your life signals. It's very useful when there are Diggers held captive by Reaverbots... Do you think there are more Diggers here?"

Megaman looked skeptical. "I dunno," he said. "If there were, we should've found a boat outside, or maybe they found another way in through the Kattelox Ruins?"

"There are other ways to get in here?" Peach asked.

"Apparently, Sub-Gates are connected together through a big network of ruins under Kattelox Island," Roll said. "However, such entrances are hard to find... Everyone, you must go and find out what's happening."

"Either way, we will ALWAYS go where something big is going on," Sonic said bored.

After the group climbed the high floors and reached the double doors, they all went to the other side.

"...Wow," was all the Lucas could say.

The corridor that they had entered into was completely different. Instead of the crystalline blue walls, they were all standing between water walls that had some special kind of Reaverbots swimming in them. Those very same Reaverbots were green and had crocodile-shaped bodies. Like all other Reaverbots, they had the Reaverbot eye mark as their own eyes.

"Oh, crap," Sonic said, staring into the water walls where he inserted a finger through them before taking it out. "This is what happens when physics get screwed up and water stays still in one place. You don't really wanna mess with them." He turned to Megaman to talk to Roll. "Or is there some kind of explanation for this?"

"Sure," Roll said. "...Um...you see...well...there is this...oh...ah...h-hahaha..."

"..."

"...I've got no clue."

"Thought so," Sonic said.

"What? There's no explanation for these big cubes of water being like this, then?" Ike asked.

Ness faked a sigh of relief. "You've got to love when fantasy is involved. It's real, so everything can happen."

Chris frowned. "Even though I like fantasy so much, don't say it with sarcasm, Ness."

"Shut it, fantasy boy," Ness teased.

"Y-you're the one who comes from a place where trashcans supposedly have evil hearts!"

"...Touche."

Luigi stared at the Reaverbots swimming through the water cubes (the explanation for the water cubes being heavily discouraged to talk about). "T-those robots look nasty to me... I hope they don't come on out and attack us."

And they did, doing so by swimming out from the cubes and landing on the soaked floor, roaring angrily at them.

"...I-I said I was hoping for them NOT to come on out!" Luigi complained to the ceiling. "Are you deaf?!"

No.

"A-answer me! Are you deaf?!" he argued.

Megaman, despite the fact they were being ambushed by four Reaverbots, tapped Mario's shoulder. "What's happening to him? Who's he trying to talk to?"

"I have no idea," Mario said while everyone prepared themselves for the incoming Reaverbots. "I have no idea at all."

"Watch out," Roll began, "you're being ambushed (you get ambushed a lot of times, now that I think about it) by Firushudots. They not only attack with their powerful jaws, but they also release sonar waves if you happen to be far away from them!"

"What are sonar waves?" Chip asked curiously.

His question was answered as soon as the Firushudots opened their jaws, releasing energy circles out that went towards them. They all yelled at this and stepped aside to dodge the attacks, which ended up creating a big explosion after crashing against the wall.

"T-those are sonar waves, I think..." Big said, cowering in fear on a corner.

"These punks are gonna get destroyed NOW!" Sonic roared as he leaped between the four Firushudots. The four Reaverbots turned to him and released multiple sonar waves. The werehog grinned at this and quickly shot his claws up the ceiling to evade the waves, which not only failed to hurt Sonic, but ended up colliding against the Firushudots themselves. The magnitude of their attacks was too much for them to take that made them explode. "Oh yeah, that's how things roll my way!" Sonic said, holding himself on the ceiling before falling back down.

"Very good job," Chris remarked. "I just noticed that we're doing very good progress..."

"We'll finish exploring this place at this rate," Ike said. "Let's keep on going with our pace."

Megaman looked forward. He found out that the corridor had two other passages on each side, just between water cubes. "Hey, Roll, there are more passages in here."

"Don't lose your time with those," Roll said. "They lead to the Kattelox Ruins."

"Oh, okay."

"Just continue forward... The refractor is very close now!" Roll said surprised. "Just a few minutes, Megaman, and you'll get the refractor. Maybe it could be even more powerful to repair the Flutter for real this time!"

Megaman pumped up a fist. "Alright, I like how that sounds. Everyone, le-"

"H-hold on, Megaman!" Roll yelled. "Be careful, there's a big energy reading in your place!"

"Where?"

"On the other side of the corridor!"

Kirby gasped and pointed forward. "L-look over there!" he yelled.

Sonic Unleashed - Werehog Mini Boss

Everyone looked to the other side of the corridor where a huge circle of darkness appeared on the floor. Suddenly, from inside the void, a huge figure jumped out, creating a small tremble that shook the water a bit. The group gasped as the shadow before them roared furiously at them, standing on the same spot. The creature was one of Dark Gaia's highest ranked enemies. It was big, surpassing any of them all in terms of height. The monster had a dopey figure with big feet, arms, and a big belly (which was the same place where its mouth was). It also had curved horns on top of its head, with red glowing eyes staring at the Smashers.

"W-what the hell is that thing?" Megaman asked.

"That's a Big Mother," Kawashima said.

"A Big Mother?" Chris repeated.

"They are the most dangerous creatures that work under Dark Gaia," he said. "Big Mothers have a lot of health, and they have rather slow but powerful attacks. Also, be careful when fighting them because they oftenly spurt out Rex monsters."

"Rex monsters?"

At that moment, the Big Mother spat out from her stomach six little, green creatures that had dinosaur heads and small bodies, which had a line of spikes running on their small backs. They all shrieked out loudly and fixed their red eyes on the group.

"Those are Rexes?" Chris asked.

"Yes, you have to get rid of them as you fight the Big Mother. Focus first on the Big Mother so she doesn't spurt out more Rexes!"

"...How do you know all this information?"

"I secretly download the data you have on your Wii to know everything I have to know."

"..."

"Hello? The Big Mother and Rexes?"

Sonic smacked his fists together. "Let's make a head-on attack together!" he yelled, rushing towards the Big Mother.

A problem soon surged out because of the fact that nobody followed Sonic. In fact, they all remained behind as the werehog began to smash the Rexes by himself.

"It's so nice to think that he does all the job for us," Ness said. "Chip, I'm glad to say you raised your dog to be a very good ally."

Chip crossed his arms and nodded. "He grows too fast... I'm so proud of him..." he muttered with a sniff before he began to sob on Peach's shoulder.

Chris shifted his eyes with discomfort. "Are we sure that we should leave all the work to Sonic? He might get hurt if we don't help him out."

"Oh, thank you, Chris," Ness said bored, pointing towards Sonic who was getting covered by the six Rexes. "You just had to go and say that. You do know irony likes to mess around with us a lot, don't you?"

"I-I was just..."

"Would you guys get over here and help me?!" Sonic demanded, trying to shake off the Rexes. "Didn't I say that we should do a head-on attack together or what?!"

"I-I'm coming!" Peach yelled, carefully raising her skirt a bit so it wouldn't touch the water.

Seeing this, Mario turned to Luigi. "Where Peach goes, we will go as well," he said.

"D-duh! She can't go into some battle without us!" Luigi said. "L-let's go!"

Once the two plumbers rushed to their princess' aid, Chris turned to Megaman and bowed. "I'm very attached to Peach as a friend, so I need to put my butt out there and help her...sadly," he said, turning to rush with the others.

Kirby turned and looked up at Megaman. "Me too," he simply said, turning back and running towards the battle.

Ness and Lucas looked at the blue boy. "We better go there so they don't think we're lazy," Ness said.

Lucas chuckled nervously. "C-can I make an excuse and say my ankle twisted so I can stay behind?"

"It's too late for that. Also, you promised you were going to be brave, Lucas."

The blond kid gasped. "W-well, y-yes, I said that, I think..."

"So now, I'll make sure you keep it."

"I-I knew you and my brother were the same in some aspects!" Lucas complained.

"Stop whining and get moving!" Ness yelled, starting to run to the battle with a worried Lucas following.

Ike sighed. "I might as well join them. After all, I'm the one holding a legendary sword. I shouldn't let it go to waste this time," he said before he ran to the Big Mother.

Megaman blinked and turned to Big and Chip. "...What about you two?" he asked.

"As Light Gaia, you all are my guardians," Chip said. "You don't want a deity getting killed, right?"

"And I hate battles," Big simply stated.

"..." Megaman merely frowned at this and rushed to the Smashers' aid, leaving the cat and the imp behind.

Chip folded his arms behind his head and lied down on top of Big's head. "You've got to love when you're a super ultra special deity in danger, right?"

Big chuckled. "Yeah, I love that."

Back at the fight...

"Leave my little wolf alone!" Chris yelled as he rushed in, laching down his whip on the Rexes on top of Sonic. Because the shadow creatures were considered monsters, his attacks ended up hurting them so much that they all backed away and lied down dead. All six Rexes vanished from sight, making Sonic sigh in relief. "Oh, yes, my attacks deal more damage on monsters..."

Some red orbs jumped out from the Rexes' deceased bodies and shot to Sonic, giving him some strength as he got up from the floor. "Ugh, thanks," Sonic thanked Chris as the others caught up with them. They all faced the Big Mother, which spat eight Rexes out. "More of them?" he asked in disbelief.

"I always wonder how those big enemies can make more smaller enemies like that," Ness said. "It's like there's some unlimited void full of them."

Around this time, Peach was already preparing a summon. She clasped her hands together as magic rose up from the floor. "Please, don't get hurt... Deathblow!" she chanted loudly, her voice echoing in the corridor.

At first, nothing even happened. The Rexes shrieked out angrily and rushed towards the group. Peach shook her head in shame and looked around for any signs of a summoned creature, but nothing appeared. "U-um, Peach, are you sure you chanted it right?" Luigi asked.

"I-I'm pretty sure I did," Peach said worried.

Lucas began to hear some rushing footsteps coming from behind them. He turned around and gasped to see a moogle riding on top of a chocobo's back. "T-there!" he warned everyone, who stepped out of the way to let the chocobo trample over the Rexes. As it pushed the creatures away, it continued its way to the Big Mother, eventually (and comically) crashing into it. A big boom sign (literally) came out from the crash, and the moogle fell off the chocobo.

Dazzled, the moogle didn't recover, but the chocobo came back and picked it up with its beak before disappearing from sight. The others watched the whole scene from their spots as the Rexes pushed themselves back up to their feet.

"...I hate to say this, but that summon looked a bit pathetic and weak," Ike said.

Peach, however, didn't look that ashamed. After seeing the chocobo and the moogle, she sighed relieved. "Those creatures looked very cute, though," she commented. "Don't you think so, Mario, Luigi?"

"Y-yes, they looked very cute," Luigi said, agreeing with Mario.

"I'm going to try to summon them more often from now on," Peach said a bit determined. "I'm sure they can improve."

"Yeah, they can," Sonic said. "However, do I have to remind you that we're still fighting a supposedly female monster and her pets?"

"And I'm the only one here shooting them down!" Megaman complained as he shot the Rexes away. "Some five or more helping hands wouldn't be so bad to have right now!"

"Our main target is the Big Mother," Ike said. "We need to take her down first so she doesn't make more of these pigs!"

"I believe they're called Rex."

"Whatever, they look like pigs from a distance to me," Chris said. "Leave those monsters to me!"

"Let's rush in!" Sonic yelled as he, Mario, Ike, and Megaman rushed to the Big Mother while the others fought the Rexes.

The Big Mother grew upset after seeing the four coming towards it. It slowly raised her arms to prepare to push them away. Ike wanted to deal a fast blow, using a fully charged Quick Draw to make it tumble back. The Big Mother roared angrily and tried to crush the mercenary by swinging down her arms, but Ike ducked in time and backed away for Megaman to shoot several Powere Buster blasts on her head, causing smoke to blind her vision.

Sonic then crashed a big fist against her stomach, feeling its skin a bit too thick. "I knew she had a thick stomach," he said, pulling back his fist.

"I'll heat up her stomach," Mario said as he began shooting fireballs to her stomach, causing it to get bright red. The Big Mother roared in pain, swinging its big arms around in a panic. "I think tonight is not my night..." he muttered.

"First, your brother complains that it's not his day, then you're the one complaining next," Sonic said. "Meh, I think you just have some bad luck. Nothing to worry about that much."

"Yes, you're, right," Mario said.

Megaman and Ike backed away to them, their sight fixed on the rampant Big Mother. "Do you think that attack made her lose her composure out of pain?" Megaman asked.

"Y-you guys!" Chris called over where he whipped down a leaping Rex. "An Over Limit is ready to be used now!"

"What is an Over Limit thing?"

The Big Mother stopped panicking and roared at the four. Ike turned to Mario. "Can I have this honor, please?"

"Please do," Mario said.

"Thank you," Ike thanked before he raised Ragnell above him. "For Crimea!" he called out, summoning a rainbow aura that pushed the air around him away. Megaman watched surprised as the Greil Mercenary radiated with some strong energy. The blue boy even saw Ike's eyes shining a bright yellow. In a second, Ike rushed towards the Big Mother, holding Ragnell with both of his hands.

Sonic sighed and frowned. "I want to restore the Chaos Emeralds' power as soon as possible," he muttered. "I miss turning into Super Sonic so much these days..."

Megaman looked at Mario. "Is there anything else you have to say besides the fact Ike turned into some kind of rainbow light bulb out of a yell he did?"

"That's probably everything we can tell you," Mario said. "If there's anything else, we'll let you know... Oh, wait, we can perform combined attacks with each other."

Megaman turned towards Ike's direction. The blue boy watched as the Big Mother brought its arms up over its head, ready to crush Ike. "I-Ike, watch out!" Megaman yelled.

His warning was left unattended as Ike sliced and pushed up the Big Mother into the air with a trail of fire. The Big Mother began to spin madly in the air, and Ike jumped at it where he began to slash it furiously with Ragnell. Mario, Sonic, and Megaman even saw some blazing fire appearing over Ike and the Big Mother. "Great...AETHEEEEEEEEEEER!!!" Ike yelled loudly as he harshly slashed the night creature. He momentarily stopped to raise Ragnell over him and slam it down on the Big Mother, which resulted in both of them descending upon the floor.

Once Ike and his opponent landed, a big explosion of fire made the Big Mother yell out loudly in searing pain. The Greil Mercenary backstepped away to wait for the creature to get up.

The creature slowly tried to get up, but it then fell back down and began to vanish in red orbs of energy. The same orbs bounced along the floor before shooting into Sonic's chest, giving him a small feeling of power building in his body.

Music stops

And with a shout from Lucas yelling "PK Fire!" on one last Rex that burst into red orbs, the battle had ended. The red orbs that had been lying down on the floor shot towards Sonic while they all gathered once more.

"Nice," Ness said. "Not even that thing and her(?) pets from the underworld could stop us."

Big and Chip reunited with the group. "You guys were awesome as always," Chip said.

"Yep, they sure were. I'm glad you didn't have much trouble despite the situation," Roll said. "I have good news: I'm picking up a refractor's signal very close to your location, and it seems to be a bigger one than the one we got yesterday! It should be beyond the corridor where you are."

They all turned to the set of double doors that the Big Mother was protecting. "Nobody has anything to say, right? Then let's go," Megaman said, nodding with everyone else.

They all crossed the water-soaked floor and the set of double doors.

And, after crossing them all...
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 14, 2010, 09:00:10 PM
"...I knew it," Chip muttered, a serious expression taking over his face. "I knew that there was one in here..."

"I thought you had a feeling that told you it was here," Mario said.

"And I thank that feeling for telling me," Chip said. "Thank you, Roll. You're such a nice girl."

"U-um, thanks for the compliment?" Roll said confused.

Megaman looked around the area. As far as he could tell, the room was very wide. On the center, there was some kind of orange tires with screws attached on their sides, piled up together. To the left side of the tires, some kind of an entrance to a temple (the Shamar Temple) was there. To the right side of the tires, there was a big cage where some people were sitting down behind the bars.

The people were Layla, Ehsan, and Froggy, the first one who looked up from her spot and found the Smashers. "...Huh? There's people in here?" she muttered, standing back up.

The Smashers quickly ran to the cage with Megaman looking around in confusion. Upon looking at them, Ehsan sneezed and stood back up. "Who are you?" Mario asked.

"You don't seem to be bad people, right?" Layla asked.

"Nope, we're good guys," Sonic said.

"What are you doing in a place like this?" Layla asked.

"We're looking for a refractor," Megaman said.

"And as for everyone else, we're looking for the Shamar Temple," Ike said, turning to look at the temple. "That is the one, right?"

"...You know the Shamar Temple?" Layla asked before she gasped. "What business do you have with the temple? I hope you're thinking about destroying it..."

"No, we're here to restore its power," Sonic said. "But, seriously, who are you?"

Big stared at Layla's arms where Froggy was resting peacefully. "Froggy!" he yelled excited.

The girl turned to Big and smiled a bit. "Big, is that you? Oh, am I glad to see you again!" she said relieved. "I never thought you'd come all the way here!"

"How is Froggy?"

Layla looked down at the sleeping frog. "He just fell asleep a few minutes ago. The poor guy grew tired of being trapped behind these bars..." She looked at the others. "Are they your friends?"

Big looked happy and nodded. "They helped me to get to you, Layla."

"Oh, then I think it's safe to believe they're good people, achoo!" Ehsan sneezed and walked towards them. "So I heard you're trying to restore the temple's power, right? Well, we're glad to know you want to do that. My name is Ehsan, and I'm the Temple Guardian of the Shamar Temple."

Layla nodded. "And my name is Layla. I'm a transfer student who happens to be one of Shamar's Temple Guardians."

"How did you three wound up all the way here?" Peach asked.

Layla shook her head. "After Dr. Eggman kidnapped all of the Temple Guardians, he located the Shamar Temple hidden within these ruins, so he took Ehsan and I here with one of his 'friends'," she said.

"Does that mean the guy that brought you all here is around somewhere?" Chris asked.

"Actually, he should playing poker with himself just behind that pile of orange tiles, achoo!" Ehsan sneezed, pointing towards the pile of tires. "That fella is very crazy."

Layla sighed. "I swear that if I heard another thought about 'crushing these stupid plumbers and marrying this princess' one more time, I'm going to try to take my ears off my head. He SERIOUSLY needs a hobby."

"...Bowser," everyone but Megaman said bored.

"You know that weirdo?" Ehsan asked.

"Sadly, we know him," Chris said. "But is he behind those tires?"

The group turned towards the pile of orange tiles where they began to walk to. Once most of them walked around by the sides, they found Bowser sitting down, leaning his back against the pile while he held his hands full of poker cards. They also found two lines of cards lying down on the floor with a deck of cards in the middle.

"Go fishing," Bowser said, tossing a jack of clubs card to a pile of cards in front of him. Without taking his eyes off his hand, he took a card. He hummed happily to himself. "(I almost have a full house here.)"

Chip smiled happily and took one of the line of cards. "I need a new card here," he said, tossing a 3 of diamonds card on the pile.

Bowser tossed a three heart card and took one from the deck. "Ha, full house!" he yelled, slamming down his cards on the floor to reveal a 2 of diamonds, a 4 of diamonds, a 6 of diamonds, a 9 of diamonds, and a 10 of diamonds.

"That's actually a flush," Megaman said.

"Oh well, it's all the same," Bowser said, looking triumphantly to Chip. "What do you have, little guy?"

Chip looked at Bowser before looking back at his cards. "Hmm, these..." Chip said, lying down a 6 of spades, a 7 of spades, an 8 of spades, a 9 of spades, and a 10 of spades.

"...A straight flush," Chris said. "Much better than a flush."

Bowser's right eye twitched at this before he grunted loudly and slammed down his fists. "Dammit, my winning streak got broken!" he complained. "This wouldn't have happened if you didn't come in to play!"

Chip looked proud. "What can I say? I have an innate ability in cards."

"You didn't even know what you were going to play, Chip," Sonic pointed out.

"And of top of that, my opponent is a rookie!" Bowser complained before looking at them. "Worse of all, people are actually looking at me getting beaten by a..." He shook his head and glared at them. "Wait a minute, it's you!"

Everyone else backed away to the cage while Bowser stood up and laughed. "He just noticed we were here all this time?" Lucas asked.

"Bowser doesn't react that fast, I guess," Mario said.

"Oh, Mario, Peach, green stache," Bowser began, saddening Luigi for not saying his name, "I knew you were going to come here sooner or later. At last, my revenge on all of you has finally arrived!"

Megaman looked at Mario. "So if you know that tortoise guy, how many times have you fought him?"

"I've lost the count after ninety," Mario said.

"..." Megaman looked back at Bowser.

The Koopa King smacked his fists together and chuckled. "It was about time for me to take some action," he said. "You and your weirdo squad will have to give up now because I AM ready to get back at you for all the things you've done to ME and the army, but more importantly ME!"

"What are you going to do?" Kirby asked curiously.

Bowser snapped his fingers, and a cage came out from a void of darkness on the floor. The Smashers gasped after seeing the Shadow Nightmare inside the cage, staring intently at them. "Oh, don't get so shocked. You'll get REALLY shocked once I take another one of these things to use them on you!"

Chris gasped. "Y-you have another Shadow Nightmare?"

"That's right, boy. I have another one of those monsters ready," Bowser said. "HOWEVER, I'll use it once this one either gets Mario or his brother."

Mario looked serious while Luigi hid behind him. "You sure have a lot of confidence just because you have those monsters with you, right?" Mario asked.

"I sure am," Bowser laughed. "I don't want to throw both of them at the same time. I want this moment to last as long as possible. Once one of you gets to see their shadow, I'll take the other one out and throw it to the other one. I want to keep laughing for a long while so I watch quietly from the sidelines how all of you get owned by their shadows!" He held out a hand to Peach. "You won't get hurt, Peach. I'll tell them not to scratch your face," he said with a wink.

"T-that's a little bit considerate of your part, Bowser," Peach said, "but I'd like the shadows to leave us alone..."

"Sorry, no can do," Bowser said. "If I want you by my side, those plumbers will have to disappear, and that also counts all their friends and the boy in the robot suit."

"My name's Megaman," Megaman said.

"Don't care," Bowser hummed happily. "And then, after everything's over, I'll go ahead and wreck down this temple."

Megaman inspected the Shadow Nightmare in the cage. "What is that monster going to do? It looks different from the first ones we saw before..."

"Don't let it get on you," Ike muttered. "If it does, a shadow will be born from you, and it will start mocking you of your most embarrassing and darkest lie you don't want to admit to others and even yourself."

"That sounds...very twisted..."

"I'm tired of all this chitchat," Bowser said as he opened the cage. "Shadow Nightmare, go get any of those two plumbers in front of you! Go get Mario or his brother!"

The Shadow Nightmare slowly walked out from the cage before it screeched loudly. It raised its pincers before it started to run towards the Mario Bros.

Luigi began to yell at this point. "M-Mario, stop it!" he pleaded.

"Everyone, quick, attack!" Chris yelled.

Megaman, Ness, and Lucas began to use long-range attacks to stop the shadow, but all were easily dodged by the creature as it dashed towards Mario and Luigi. Even Peach tried to stop it with Thunder Flare, but the shadow nimbly sidestepped away from the sphere of sparks. It was only ten feet away from the brothers.

"N-no!" Luigi armed himself with courage and stepped in front of Mario. "D-don't take Mario! T-take me instead!" he cried out.

Mario gasped at this and looked at the Shadow Nightmare leaping towards Luigi. However, at the last moment, the red plumber closed his eyes and pushed Luigi out of the way.

Lake Jyun

"MAAAAARIOOOOOOOOO!!!"

The sudden yell from Peach made Roll get nervous, stopping to fix a big machine in front of her. The engineer turned to the sonar located on the inner right wall of the boat. "Megaman, everyone, what's going on in there?!"

"R-Roll!" Megaman yelled.

"Is everything okay?!"

"S-something bad is happening to Mario! One of those creatures leaped on top of him and he... W-what is that thing?"

Outside the boat, unbeknownst to Roll and Data, they were being sweatdropped by a familiar trio that was recently defeated that night. The trio were the Bonnes, all of them covered in soot after the Barcon blowed up on them. All of them were leaning their ears against the door to hear what was going on in the Sub-Gate.

Teisel nodded and pushed himself away from the boat's door. He crossed his arms and looked at Tron and Bon. "Something isn't quite right around this place," he said. "Whatever it is, we must find out and see for ourselves."

Tron pushed herself off the boat's door and looked at Teisel. "I'm worried, Teisel," she said. "What if...they're in trouble?" she muttered.

"Well, it's certainly good for us," Teisel said. "But then again, those people have made me very curious about their arrival to this place. They certainly have something in hands...and what they have must be a very juicy secret."

"Babu?" Bon asked, leaning away from the boat.

"We're going in, of course!" Teisel answered. "If those people are in danger, we must get in our hands their secret before it dies along with them!"

Tron looked relieved. "(And maybe we can even end up rescuing Megaman...)" She looked away worried. "(Why...why do I feel so weird when I think about him, anyway? He makes me think so much for no real reason... I hate when he makes me do these things...)"

Teisel turned to the Sub-Gate. "First, we must get across this door, and I know how to do this," he said with a wide grin. "Bon, our business card!"

"Babu," Bon said, handing over to Teisel a small, green business card that read "Bonne Family Piracy Business - Call to 1-800-SERVBOT" that the leader used on the big door, sliding it up and down between the small opening.

Tron frowned at this, despite the fact the big door actually opened. "Remember, this is our little secret," Teisel whispered. "We can't let the other pirates know our method to open the Sub-Gates."

The Bonnes silently stepped on the elevator and started their way into the ruins. Once they were out of sight, luck wasn't going to be so good with them in their first visit in the Sub-Gate.

"...Huh? Hey, what are these black spots on the floor?" Teisel asked. "Something is coming out of one of them..."

"...U-UAH, MONSTERS!" Tron yelped.

"HOLY CRAP, THEY WANT BON!"

"BABU!" Bon cried loudly.

"HURRY, TO THE REFRACTOR ROOM! DON'T LET THESE THINGS GET US!"

-------------------------------------------

"Fifth Liar: Mario the Dishonest. So wait, Mario has an evil darkside nobody else knew about? Is this for real? Ooh, the curiosity. I want to see what he wants to hide from everybody," Pikachu said eagerly.

"Ha, I knew he had a darkside," Link said. "He can't be so true to himself."

"I agree," Samus said. "It's obvious that he doesn't wants us to know his dark secret."

"I'm sure it's going to be one lie nobody really expected," Fox said. "Heheh, this is ought to be good."

"Maybe he does some ugly things behind our backs," Yoshi said.

"You don't know how many innuendos you made me think about Mario just now," DK said.

"...None of you aren't even in this world, so shut up with those comments!" Sonic yelled.


-------------------------------------------

Do you want to save your data?

Yes

Overwrite file?

Yes

-Kattelox Island-
Chris
, Lucario, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Yoshi, Pikachu, Pichu, Jigglypuff, Mewtwo, Red, Squirtle, Ivysaur, Donkey Kong, Diddy Kong, Samus, Kirby, Meta Knight, Link, Zelda, Toon Link, Fox, Falco, Wolf, Captain Falcon, Olimar, Marth, Roy, Ike, Ness, Lucas, Pit, Ice Climbers, Snake, Sonic, Chip, Big, Megaman Volnutt, Roll Caskett, Eggy Jr. the Fourth
Title: Re: The Subspace Emissary's Worlds Conquest (Megaman Legends Arc)
Post by: DededeCloneChris on June 15, 2010, 09:10:13 PM
Chapter 173: Fifth Liar: Mario the Dishonest

-Kattelox Island-
Lake Jyun - Sub-Gate

Super Mario Bros. 3 - Airship Theme

After Luigi was pushed away, he turned around to see his brother pinned down by the Shadow Nightmare. "Oh my god, MARIO!" he yelled.

Peach quickly broke into tears and stepped forward. "MAAAAARIOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"I-I'm fine!" Mario yelled, despite the fact the Shadow Nightmare already dug its pincers into his back. "I-I'm f-f-f-aaaaaaah!!!" he yelled once more as he was engulfed into a blod of darkness.

"Megaman, everyone, what's going on in there?!" Roll yelled.

"R-Roll!" Megaman yelled.

"Is everything okay?!"

"S-something bad is happening to Mario! One of those creatures leaped on top of him and he..." Megaman stopped as he saw that the blob of darkness began to shoot out sparks of different dark colors while Mario screamed in pain. "W-what is that thing?"

"HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAAAAA!!!" Bowser laughed evilly at the ceiling. "Finally, yes, Mario is getting what he deserved all these years of messing around with me! God, I can't be happier than I am now!"

Peach tried to run to the shadow, but Ike grabbed her hand. "No, you musn't!" Ike said. "You don't know if you'll get affected as well!"

"I need to save Mario!" Peach cried. "H-he needs us!"

Chris shook his head in panic. "We don't even know what to do after the Shadow Nightmare gets a hold on anyone! Helping him out right now is out of the question!"

"B-but...b-but...I-I can't..." The princess covered her face with both hands and frowned. "M-Mario..."

Ike decided to console her by patting her back. "Everything will be fine," Ike said, glaring at the blob of darkness. "We need to be strong and face whatever monster comes out of Mario..."

Peach looked down. "...I don't want to do this, really..." she muttered to herself.

Soon enough, the red plumber was spat out from the blob of darkness. He rolled towards the group and stopped, lying down on his back. The group gasped and ran to hise side. "Mario, are you okay? Mario!" Chris yelled, turning to face the blob shooting sparks before it calmed down. "...Here it comes..." he trailed off.

The red plumber slowly sat up and looked at the blob of darkness taking his shape. Soon, they all saw Mario's shadow staring intently at them. Megaman blinked surprised at the shadow. "W-why does that shadow has Mario's appearance?" he muttered.

"That's his shadow," Ike muttered. "Not only does it have all of Mario's memories, but it also has very powerful attacks, much stronger than Mario's attacks."

Layla and Ehsan looked shocked at the event outside the cage. "What is going on in here, exactly?" Layla asked. "That monster looked like the ones that appear at night..."

Ehsan cleaned his nose with a napkin. "It must be one of Dark Gaia's henchmen. But this one acted very strange..."

"Bwahahahahahahahaha!" Bowser laughed, smirking afterward at them. "You have to love how that shadow looks! It looks like a stupid plumber, that's for sure!"

"..." Shadow Mario stared silently at the group, its yellow eyes fixed on them.

The Koopa King chuckled darkly. "I like how all of you look; looking scared and horrified at Mario's shadow! You can't just imagine what kind of dark lie Mario has kept in secret all this time from everyone, can you? Gladly, his shadow will tell all of us his darkest secret!"

"(Mario having a dark lie?)" Ness thought. "(But it's hard to think about him having a very bad lie. Maybe...he has one?)"

Mario stared at his shadow, ready to face anything that it would say.

"I've got to love the suspense in the air," Bowser said. "That's how I wanted all of you: standing completely still in horror and lacking any idea of how to attack! You never thought Mario would get to face his shadow, did you? Well, he does get the chance that I've given to him!"

Lucas hid behind Ike. "I-I'm scared... I-I'm scared..." he repeated.

Kirby hid behind Chris. "I-I'm very scared..." he muttered, trembling in fear.

Luigi gulped and looked at Mario, who at this point looked away in shame. "M-Mario, you don't have a lie that you don't want to admit, right?"

"I know Mario doesn't have any bad lie," Peach said determined. "He's the greatest person I've ever met!"

"Y-yeah, he is! H-he must be!" Luigi agreed. "I-isn't that right, Mario?"

"..." Mario remained silent.

"...Mario?"

"..." Mario shook his head. "I don't have any lies to tell..."

The Smashers gasped at this and looked back at the shadow while Bowser smirked evilly. They knew that a shadow would start becoming rampant if their original host denied a lie. Preparing themselves for the worst, they remained in their spots to protect anyone from getting hurt.

"Aww, the sweet sound of a lie," Bowser said, "a very sweet music to my ears, and a very stimulant sound to awaken a shadow's true power... Hahahahahahaha!" he laughed and looked at them. "Well, shall we see what this shadow has to say? Once it starts talking, Mario will cry, I will win, and you all will die because he was such a stubborn little baby for not admitting his dark lie in time! If he didn't admit his lie, this wouldn't have happened! I'm glad it did happen, though! Now I can watch how the shadow rips all of your brains out while I sit back and enjoy the show! At last, my army will conquer the Mushroom Kingdom, and the princess will be all mine! ALL MINE! BWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAAA!!!"

Most of them grunted in anger at this speech, but they didn't want to provoke the shadow from attacking them. Each one of them tried to think about a way to retaliate, but the tension drew them back from reaching to a plan.

Bowser smirked and chuckled darkly. "And now, before I accidentally prolong this moment even longer with my speech of victory, Shadow Mario," he pointed at Mario, "kill him once and for all!!!"

Everyone quickly took a step forward and shielded Mario from getting attacked by the shadow. Shadow Mario kept staring at them without making a move, but everyone else thought that it was going to attack very soon.

"So go now and maul everyone but the princess alive!" Bowser demanded. "Damn, I feel so DAMN good tonight! This is my night and not YOURS, suckers! Bwahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! Go attack them, Shadow Mario!"

Shadow Mario stared at them for a while longer and turned to Bowser to say, "...I don't want to."

Music stops...rather quickly

"...Say what?" Bowser asked, his evilly smirk and glaring eyes frozen in place.

Shadow Mario shook his head. "I don't want to fight Mario," he said, distortioning Mario's voice.

The Smashers looked very confused at this statement. Each one of them looked so confused that they exchanged glances (and perhaps, Megaman was the most confused of all of them) and then looked back at the shadow.

Bowser closed his eyes and turned to the shadow. "What was that again? Are you telling me that you DON'T want to fight Mario?"

"That's right," Shadow Mario said. "I don't have a real reason to beat him."

"...GrrrrrrrrrRRRRRRRRRRR!!!" Bowser grunted so loudly that he stomped the floor once and gritted his fangs hardly. He glared menacingly at the calm shadow. "What is this crap you're giving me?! I told you to attack Mario! Eggman told me that you were going to ober my orders! You can't just ignore them like THIS!"

Shadow Mario shook his head. "I'm sorry for disappointing you, Lord Bowser, but there isn't a reason for me to fight all of my friends."

"YOUR FRIENDS?!" Bowser yelled enraged. "They're not your friends! You just were born tonight! You're all alone! You're supposed to be Mario's shadow: the real plumber that was confined within his body, heart, or something like those things!"

"I am a shadow, Mario's true self," Shadow Mario said. "And...we're actually fine with how we are. Since we're both the same, we both make the real Mario. I myself are incomplete if I don't have Mario."

"Y-you're incomplete, you piece of crappy darkness!" Bowser yelled. "You're standing right in front of me! You MUST be complete without Mario!"

"Sorry, but not," Shadow Mario said. "I'm incomplete. I need to rejoin myself with Mario."

Bowser snarled angrily and pointed at the shadow. "Now you'll listen to me, deficit shadow! Since you're here and you came out of Mario, that must mean he has some kind of dark lie that he doesn't want everyone else to know! You WILL start mocking Mario's lie, and you WILL start beating them all!"

"How can I do that if that oh-so called dark lie doesn't even exist?"

At this, Bowser slowly dropped his finger to his side. His pupils shrunk while his mouth gapped a bit.

Shadow Mario crossed his arms and frowned. "Seriously, if there isn't any important lie, I won't mock him. You can't make me mock him if he doesn't have a 'dark' lie or something."

"B-b-b-b-but... DAMMIT, MARIO ISN'T THE CLEANEST AND MOST HONEST GUY IN ALL THE UNIVERSES!" Bowser snapped out. "HE HAD TO MAKE ONE SINGLE LIE, O-OR SOMETHING THAT HE REGRETTED TO DO!"

"Sorry, but he already took care of all those things because he never, ever made a dishonest thing in his whole life to begin with."

"..." Everyone remained silent and looked at Mario, who looked embarrassed at their stares.

"...Not even a white lie?" Bowser asked calmly.

"Well, he did make white lies, but all those lies were used for greater good and not for selfish reasons," Shadow Mario said. "Shadow Nightmares don't mock white lies. If we did, we'd be complete jackasses."

"W-well, mock his white lies! I-I don't care abou-"

"I told you we DON'T mock white lies," Shadow Mario interrupted in annoyance. "For that matter, Mario is truly the most honest, honorable, cleanest, helpful, and greatest person anybody would like to have as a friend. I'd like to say that he's lucky for having such wonderful friends like all of them."

"Awwwww..." everyone but Bowser said in unison, making Mario smile a bit.

"...HA!" Bowser pointed at the shadow. "Did you notice what you just said about him?! Since you two are the same, that means Mario has a very big ego!"

"Actually, that was my own opinion of him," Shadow Mario said. "That doesn't really count as his own thoughts. I was merely voicing out my POV."

Bowser groaned and glared at the shadow. "N-nobody cares about your darn POV!"

"You're the only one that doesn't, so sucks to be you, then."

"H-how dare you MOCK me instead of MOCKING Mario?!"

Shadow Mario frowned at Bowser. "Look, I know you really, REALLY want to make Mario suffer, but, thing is, he doesn't really need to suffer for the fact that he doesn't have a big lie that he's been covering all these years. He helps grandmas to cross the streets, he rescues cats trapped in trees, he gives you the birthday present you always wished to have, he congratulates you if you're getting married next week, he helps you in your super hard algebra problems (Chris: I thank him so much for helping me out), he cleans your sports car, he offers himself to replace you in taking out the trash, he sings songs to sick children in hospitals, he works hard for world peace, he consoles you when your dog died, he makes sure to leave the light on when you want to sleep, he gives you some money when you have to pay your car insurance, he makes cookies for children, and he even assists to all party invitations he gets in his mail. All children look up to be like him as well."

Everyone stared in awe at the red plumber after hearing all the good deeds he had done over the years. "...Holy... Then Mario is technically the best guy that has ever lived in the world and the one that anyone would want to have around?" Chris asked.

Mario lowered his hat over his eyes. "Um, I don't like to say all the good deeds I've done because they're so many..."

"Just look at him," Shadow Mario said. "He even doesn't want to overshadow anyone."

"..." Chris smiled happily. "That's it, I want to be like Mario when I grow up!"

"A-ha! I knew Mario was a big star after all! Hearing all those good deeds makes me proud of knowing him!"

The World Traveled looked miffed after hearing a familiar voice that he was able to hear. "...Otacon, how long have you been listening to this? For that matter, are you spying me?"

"..." Otacon remained silent so Chris would think he was hearing things.

"...Otacon, I know you're there!"

"..."

"...Oh, whatever."

Bowser shook his head and glared at the shadow. "Are ANY of tho-"

"They're very true to the full extent of the word," Shadow Mario said. "Whether you like it or not, Mario is like the best person to be born. He hasn't done a selfish, bad, or dark lie ever. He doesn't hate anybody, he doesn't get annoyed by anything, and he doesn't yell at you if you failed at something," he explained. "If you do fail, he cheers you up ALL THE TIME, no matter what. What's more, he doesn't fall for temptations...except when Peach makes him cakes."

Peach blushed and chuckled nervously. "He likes my cakes very much..."

Mario nodded with a smile. "They're the best," he said.

Shadow Mario stared at the fuming Bowser. "So, in a few words, there's no one like Mario. You shouldn't be so angry for him being the perfect example of a real man."

Smash Mansion
-Command Room-

This whole event was being watched by everyone else back at the mansion. Most of the "cooler" people started to get annoyed to the point they believed it was all a lie.

"Wait, so Mario NEVER lied before in all his life?" Link asked. "That had to be one very hard task to do. He was never tempted either."

"That's so admirable," Zelda remarked. "He truly is the best example of a real man. If I had someone like him in my kingdom, I'd be deeply honored by the gods for giving me the chance to have such a person. At least he's my friend, so I'm very honored."

Marth nodded. "I never doubted that he was very true to himself. After all, he is Mario."

"You people could learn four or five things from him, though," Zelda said annoyed to everyone else.

Link looked away. "H-hey, I'm fine as it is. I don't need to look up to him."

"Sorry, but I don't look up to people," Falco said. "I'd rather have people look up to me."

"You're short of luck because nobody looks up to you at all. Who wants to be like you, anyway?" Pikachu asked bored, getting a glare from Falco.

"Yeah, I agree," C. Falcon said, crossing his arms.

"You're probably in the first place for the 'Guy Who Gets Tempted The Most' award," Samus said.

"T-that's not true and you know that very well!"

"You don't know how right you were on that," Samus said. "I know very much about you."

"Oh, come on," Fox said in boredom. "He can't be THAT good. There shouldn't be a perfect example of a real man in him. It's impossible for someone to be like that. You guys agree with me, right?"

Diddy looked bored at the vulpine. "You're just jealous because children like him more than they will ever like you."

"T-that's not it!" Fox yelled embarrassed, looking away.

"What a prick you are to Mario, seriously," Diddy muttered to himself.

Pichu waved a little red flag with a red "M" on it. "(Mario's my role model!)" he rejoiced mentally.

Megaman Legends/64

-Kattelox Island-
Lake Jyun - Sub-Gate

Bowser shook his head many times and shot some smoke from his nostrils. "I-I refuse to believe all this!"

"You should have your own shadow face you," Shadow Mario said bored. "Anyway, I think I should wrap things up and rejoin with Mario. I see no reason for me to kill him or anyone else. Sorry, Lord Bowser, but that's the sad truth you'll have to accept... I should really stop calling you my lord."

Bowser began to pant heavily.

"You should become his friend. I'm sure he would like to be your friend."

"I would," Mario said.

Chris chuckled and took out a notepad from his pocket. "Mario is officially the coolest guy I've ever met before, so I'm going to remove the first one on my list. Sorry, Fox, but there is always someone better than you, it seems," he said, ripping out a paper with Fox's name written on it to replace it with a note where Chris wrote Mario's name on it.

"Chris, your partnership with Fox just got reduced by five," Kawashima said.

"He'll understand."

"Now it got reduced by ten, leaving both of you at eighty-five..."

"He just fell to second place. He should be happy he's still on my list."

"Now you got five back..."

"(I can always make it up with him anytime,)" Chris thought happily, keeping the notepad in his pocket.

Bowser stomped towards the shadow, fists ready to punch him down. Rolling his yellow eyes, the shadow turned away from the Koopa King and said, "If you want to hurt me, you should be faster than that. There's no need to make me feel scared."

Mario stood back up and passed the Smashers to face directly his shadow. "So, no hard feelings?" Mario asked.

"Definitely not," Shadow Mario said nodding. "Please continue to work for world peace, Mario. Personally, that's the one I'd like to see with you."

Sonic rolled his eyes. "Can he really do that kind of thing?"

"You'll see very soon," the shadow said before it shone brightly, leaving behind Mario's real image. It turned into spores of light and shot into Mario, who merely stood still and received all of the spores.

The Smashers and Megaman walked to his side, all of them smiling at him. "I didn't know you were a role model," Ike said. "That's truly a very admirable feat, Mario."

"Oh, please, don't talk more about that," Mario said. "At this rate, I'll blush so much that I'll stay stuck blushing."

Luigi embraced Mario. "M-Mario, I never doubted that you were a liar. I-I knew I had the best brother I could ever ask for..." He sobbed silently. "I-I'm so lucky..."

Mario chuckled and embraced Luigi. "Thank you, Luigi. I'm happy for hearing you saying those things about me." He looked at his brother and nodded. "You're the caring brother I always wanted to have."

"...M-MARIO!" Luigi cried loudly, embracing Mario with more force.

"Awwwwwwww..." everyone but Bowser said, making happy expressio-

"I DON'T GET TO SAY ANYTHING ABOUT THIS SAPPY MOMENT?!"

They all stopped smiling happily and looked towards Bowser, who was panting heavily in rage. One could swear that his eyes were about to bleed with the expression of anger he used to face everyone.

"You're still here?" Sonic asked bored.

"Don't you ask that to me!" Bowser yelled. "I can't get over the fact that Mario doesn't have any lie! T-that must be a lie not to have a lie!"

"Are you jealous because children like him more than you?" Ness asked.

"Screw the children!" Bowser yelled. "I'd rather screw Mario, but how can I do that if he doesn't have something to regret?!"

Mario looked away. "Well, I have one thing to regret saying..."

Bowser looked shocked before he chuckled. "Well, well, turns out the plumber has a few things t-"

Mario looked at Peach. "I should've seen the novel's first part. I went to the bathroom right after it started."

"Oh, Mario, don't worry about that," Peach reassured him. "I didn't appear in the first part. I appeared ten minutes later."

"Phew, that's a big relief," Mario said. "Thank you, Peach."

Peach hugged the plumber. "You're welcome, Mario."

"...THAT WASN'T A REGRET! THAT WAS A LAME EXCUSE FOR AVOIDING WATCHING A NOVEL!" Bowser yelled enraged. "Are you pulling my leg here or what, Mario?!"

"No," Mario said simply.

"You're pulling it yourself," Ness pointed out.

"S-shut it, brat!" Bowser yelled...but then, he sighed in depression. "Who am I kidding? I'll never accept that Mario is the most honorable man in the universe. I'm just a sore loser who doesn't want to admit the undeniable..." He rubbed his eyes with his right arm. "I shouldn't have wasted that shadow on him if I knew this was going to happen beforehand..."

"...I smell a trap from five miles away," Sonic said bored.

Bowser sniffed sadly, still rubbing his eyes. "I-I give up, Mario. I can't win against you. Your good deeds overwhelm me in any blind spot I have." He slowly turned around, still sobbing silently. "I should just retreat for the time being and re-think my strategy... I-I know there's a way to beat you and make you cry in agony...and maybe, just maybe, the princess will be mine very soon..."

Silence...

"...Thank you for giving me the chance to go and leave you alone..." Bowser trailed off.

"...Guys, he has a trap," Sonic said. "We need to knock him out before he takes it out."

"I-I don't have any traps! It's useless to use a trap!" Bowser cried out. "I can't beat Mario tonight! I'm done for!"

Ike sighed. "Well, at least he said he's done fo-"

And the Koopa King quickly called forth a cage with another Shadow Nightmare that he quickly called out by opening the door. He turned around and pointed at Luigi. "Go-get-the-green-stache-instead-and-quick!" he yelled quickly, making the Shadow Nightmare dash towards a horrified Luigi.

Super Mario Bros. 3 - Airship Theme

"O-oh my god, not again!" Luigi yelped, turning around to run away from the monster. Unfortunately, none of the Smashers were able to react in time to stop the Shadow Nightmare from leaping to Luigi's back, quickly digging its pincers inside him. Everyone watched horrified as the green plumber was engulfed in a blob of darkness where he began to scream for help as dark sparks flew out. "H-HEEEEEELP, MARIOOOOOOOOO!!!"

"L-LUIIIIIIGIIIIIIIII!!!" Peach cried out, Ike holding her back from touching the blob.

"D-dangit, not this again!" Ike grunted. "We can't do anything!"

Everyone else glared back at Bowser, who smirked evilly at the scene. "Y-you sick bastard!" Chris yelled.

"You're way too slow!" Bowser said. "If anything, you should be ashamed for not telling I was joking around! You needed to stop me as soon as I started sobbing, but you didn't do anything about it. Too bad, you all lose!"

Sonic growled angrily and looked at Chris. "I told you twice, you know!"

"Megaman, what's going on in there this time?!" Roll asked.

"A-another one of those creatures got Luigi!" Megaman said. "We don't know what to do! We have to wait and see what happens next!"

"BWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Bowser laughed maniacally. "Who cares if I can't get Mario?! I can get the green stache anytime I want!"

"You do know his name is Luigi, right?" Ness asked.

"I give a darn about his name!" Bowser said, rubbing his palms together. "Now, witness the birth of Shadow Green Stache!"

At that time, Luigi was spat out from the blob of darkness. The green plumber mumbled some words as he lied down weakly on the floor. Everyone ran to his side, Mario kneeling down to shake him. "Luigi, answer me! Are you okay?"

"I-I feel so whoozy..." Luigi muttered, slowly opening his eyes to see a blurred image of everyone. His vision then started to get better. "I'm...still alive?"

"Be glad you are," Ike said. "You need to prepare yourself to face your shadow."

At this, Luigi's eyes widened. "Prepare WHO to face WHAT again?!" he asked, standing back up so he could look at the blob of darkness.

Everyone in the room saw the blob of darkness taking Luigi's appearance. Unlike Shadow Mario, Shadow Luigi reflected pure evil in his eyes. Some of them were a bit scared to see a smirk flashing in the shadow's lips. From they could tell, the dark aura engulfing the shadow was rather bigger than any other shadow they had fought before. In fact, said aura reached twenty feet from all over the shadow.

"B-be careful!" Kawashima yelled. "T-this shadow is beyond your league! I-it's much more powerful than any other shadow you've defeated before!"

"I-I can tell that," Lucas said with a gulp. "J-just looking at him makes me feel very unsure about facing him!"

"Mwahahahahahaha!" Shadow Luigi laughed, flexing his fingers. "This power...THIS IS THE ULTIMATE POWER OF LIES! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!"

A strong wind flew out from the shadow, making everyone back away while Luigi tried to back away more than anyone. He began to shake uncontrollably, and his teeth started to bite empty air against each other. Luigi also began to bite his fingers (even though he was wearing gloves).

Bowser was probably the only one besides the shadow who laughed maniacally with joy and glee. He pumped up his fists in the air and smirked at the Smashers. "How do you like it, punks?! This shadow makes up for the sad excuse of a shadow the first one was! Now the REAL fun will start!"

Shadow Luigi pointed at Luigi. "I don't need a pathetic guy like yourself! I can be myself without having to be in you! From now on, I shall be known as the true Luigi! The world doesn't need two Luigis, so you will DIE on my hands! Thank you so much for making me the most powerful Shadow Nightmare ever! MWAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" His hands burned with extreme fire that reached over ten feet in height. "YOU SHALL PAY FOR NOT ADMITTING ALL YOUR LIES!!! DIIIIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEE!!!"

"WAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!" Luigi cried loudly, lowering down his hat to cover his eyes as he covered his head and turned away from the shadow.

The others, however, shielded the scared plumber and prepared themselves to face the almighty shadow. "N-no matter how strong you are, we'll stop you from killing Luigi!" Chris yelled.

"Y-yes!" Lucas yelled. "I-I'm not scared! I-I know we can pull this out together!"

Ike raised Ragnell and glared at the shadow. "We shall stop you from committing unnecessary murders, monster!" he yelled.

"JUST TRY, SCUM!!!" Shadow Luigi yelled, preparing to shoot a horde of fireballs at them all.

"Yes, yes, YES, YES, YES!" Bowser rejoiced, pointing at them. "I knew I was going to come out victorious while you were all going to die! Shadow Green Stache, make sure you leave the princess alive! GO FORTH AND BURN THEM ALL ALIVE!!!"

"MWAAAAAAAAAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!" Shadow Luigi laughed manically, smirking evilly at them. "BURN TO BITS!!!" He pulled back his burning hands and he exploded into spores of light that went to join back up with Luigi.

Music stops...rather quickly again

...No, you were reading correctly. The shadow SOMEHOW exploded into spores of lights and went back to join up with Luigi just in time before it could unleash a catastrophic attack upon the group.

Luigi, clueless of the whole thing, rose up his chin and looked over his right shoulder to see that the shadow disappeared. "...D-did you guys beat my shadow?" he asked. "I-I feel a bit complete for some reason..."

Everyone was completely speechless as to what had happened. They were very sure that the shadow was going to attack them, unlike the pacifist Shadow Mario. However, everyone (but Megaman, as always) was confused, not finding a reasonable explanation for Shadow Luigi's sudden and very random demise.

"...What happened?" Chip asked.

"Well...Luigi's shadow...blew up by himself..." Ness trailed off. "...Are we lucky?"

"I don't know if we're lucky or not," Ike said. "I can't find a good explanation for this... Why did his shadow blow up so randomly?"

Bowser, bewildered for the second time, remained speechless as both of his eyes twitched uncontrollably. He thought that his moment of "awesomeness" was going to happen, but it was all a big cruel lie that laughed on his face. Silently, he shed a tear and sniffed. "B-but...b-but...b-but...WHAT IS GOING ON WITH THESE SHADOWS?!" he snapped out, breaking into tears as he fell to his knees and cried sadly without having to hide anything else. "WHY IS EVERYTHING SCREWING UP ON ME?! WHY?!"

Chris, Mario, Luigi, Peach, Ike, Kirby, Ness, Lucas, Sonic, Chip, Big, Megaman, Roll